630198 Parmelia semiviridis Muelleria 1(1): 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707642
Page is part of the work A remarkable lichen from arid Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171611

Page text

A REMARKABLE LICHEN FROM ARID AUSTRALIA 
by 
P. N. S. Bibby f 
(National Herbarium of Victoria) 
PARMELIA SEM1VIRID1S (F. Muell. ex. Nyl.) P. Bibby, combinatio 
nova. 
Scyphophorus (?) R. Brown, No. 5 25b; 
Parmeliopsis semivindis F. Muell. ex Nyl. Syn. Meth. Lich . 2 : 5 7 (1863) ; 
Chondropsis semivindis Nyl., in Cromb. J Linn. Soc. 17: 39 7 (1879); 
Parmelia hypoxantha Miill.-Arg., Flora 39: 85 ( 1881 ); 
Parmelia hypoxantha Miill.-Arg., var. major Mtill-Arg., Flora 66: 11 
(1883)., 
Thallus 2—6 cm. in diameter, hygrochasic, growing on arid soil, 
loose and easily blown about by the wind, lobes 2 — 3 mm. broad, 
repeatedly dichotomously branched, hardly imbricate; upper surface 
smooth, greyish-green, lower surface pale-yellow, devoid of rhizina?, 
slightly rugose; apothecium rare, sessile 2 mm., disk concave, reddish- 
brown; ascus and spores wanting. K, reddish, C, none, K+C, none. 
Localities : VICTORIA (north-west) — Murray River, F. Mueller 
(TYPE in MEL) ; Hattah Lakes, J. H. Willis; Pink Lakes near Walpeup, 
P. Bibby; Kulkyne National Forest, C. Beauglehole ; Thurla. J. H. Willis 
(?) TASMANIA— Mt. Wellington (Table Mt.), R. Brown. SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA — Mueller river, Birch; Koonamore Vegetation Reserve, 
B. S. Barrien ; Colona homestead, J. H. Willis; Nullarbor homestead, 
J. H. Willis; Loveday, E. J. Vickery. W ESTERN AUSTRALIA — 
Fraser s range, R. Helms. Nos. 43 and 73; Eucla, J. Batt. 
I have previously referred to R. Brown s specimens purporting to 
have come from Mt. Wellington | see Victorian Naturalist 67: 186 
(1951)]. Photostat copies of the types of J. Muller’s Parmelia hypo- 
xantha and Parmelia hypoxantha, var. major, prove them to be identical 
with the type of Parmelia semivindis , and I can see no reason to segregate 
the var. major. 
Parmelia hypoxantha Stirt. [Qd. agric. J. 5; 486 (1899) and 
Trans. & Proc. N.Z. Inst. 32 : 76 (1900) ] from Queensland is a different 
plant, the name of which is invalid, since J. Muller (Miill.-Arg. — of 
Argovie) published his species 18 years before Stirton. 
f While this paper was in press, the author died on 6th June, 1955, after a 
long illness. He was the only one in Australia carrying out critical taxonomic researches 
on lichens and hepatics, and his loss will be felt keenly at the Melbourne National 
Herbarium where he joined the professional staff in 1938. 
— J.H.W. 
60 

Page image

869450 Parmeliopsis semiviridis Muelleria 1(1): 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707642
Page is part of the work A remarkable lichen from arid Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171611
488199 Adansonia gregorii Muelleria 1(1): 61-63

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(1): 61-63".

997092 Apron Muelleria 1(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(1)".

537366 Aster exilifolius Muelleria 1(1): 30
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707671
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on Victorian Compositæ–1 Olearia, doi:10.5962/p.171603
537443 Aster frostii Muelleria 1(1): 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707670
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on Victorian Compositæ–1 Olearia, doi:10.5962/p.171603

Page text

J. H. WILLIS: Systematic Notes on Victorian Composite — 1 3 1 
minor Benth. (southern coast, W.A.) closely approaches exilifoha in its 
more diminutive leaves and heads and reduced number of florets (3—5), 
but again the rays are white and longer than in the latter. 1 am 
uncertain what to do with O. revoluta ; it is neither ramulosa nor axillaris 
in the accepted sense, and is perhaps best maintained for the present as a 
convenient “half-way” species with very hazy margins. 
O. exilifoha, as represented in Victoria, conforms very well to the 
West Australian type, although the leaves are longer. It; is an erect trim 
shrub to 5 feet, with small nearly smooth leaves, small massed yellowish 
and sweetly scented capitula. The total number of florets per head is low 
(3—7). with only 1—3 pale yellow ligulate ones; each ligule is only 
about 2 mm. long and therefore quite inconspicuous. The branch indu- 
mentum consists almost entirely of appressed but rather coarse, intricate 
woolly hairs: a few glandular swellings (incipient setae?) are also present. 
Olearia frostii* (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. 
Aster frostii F. Muell. in Victorian Naturalist 6: 167 (Mar. 1890): 
O. stellulata DC., var. Frostii Ewart in FI. Viet. 1 1 14 (1930). 
VICTORIA — Summit of Mt. Hotham (6000 ft.), C. French Jun., Jan. 
1890 (LECTOTYPE & PARATYPES in MEL): various collections from the 
Bogong High Plains ( MEL) . 
The name “ Olearia frostii ” has been used by several writers and 
attributed to F. Mueller; but I can find no evidence that Mueller ever 
made use of this combination, which seems never to have been validly 
published. O. frostii is a distinctive robust shrublet (up to 2 feet high) 
with rather large heads (2—3 cm. wide), borne singly on the branches 
or a few together. The mauve-coloured rays are numerous and con- 
spicuous, while the whole plant (branches, foliage and involucre) is beset 
with a copious woolly indumentum. It is an abundant species between 
Mts. Hotham and Bogong, at elevations exceeding 5000 feet and would 
appear to be endemic in this region. This and such other large-flowered 
Victorian daisy-bushes as O. pannosa (white), O. rudis (blue) and O. 
magniflora (rich purple) are subjects worthy of garden culture. 
Olearia passerinoides (Turcz.) Benth. in FI. Aust. 3: 482 (1866). 
Diplopappus passerinoides Turcz. in Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc. 24, pt. 2: 
63 (185 1) : 
Euryhia glutescens Sonder in Linncea 25: 462 (1852): 
Aster vernicosus F. Muell. in Fragmenta Phyt. Aust. 5: 67 (Oct. 1865 ); 
Olearia toppii Ewart & White in Proc. Rcy. Soc. Viet. n.s. 21 : 543 (1908) : 
O. glutinosa sens. J. M. Black ( 1929). etiam Benth. p.p. (non Eurybia 
glutinosa Lindl., 1 8 39). 
As LECTOTYPE of O. toppii Ewart H White, I have chosen the 
specimen in Melbourne Herbarium labelled “Sandy tracts, Shire of 
Borung, F. M. Reader. 29.5.1904”, and as PARATYPES the several 
specimens (MEL) labelled “Mallee scrub, Shire of Dimboola. F. M. 
Reader. 20/12/1892”. Comparison of this Victorian type material with 

Page image

795340 Aster frostii Muelleria 1(1): 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707670
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on Victorian Compositæ–1 Olearia, doi:10.5962/p.171603

Page text

J. H. WILLIS: Systematic Notes on Victorian Composite — 1 3 1 
minor Benth. (southern coast, W.A.) closely approaches exilifoha in its 
more diminutive leaves and heads and reduced number of florets (3—5), 
but again the rays are white and longer than in the latter. 1 am 
uncertain what to do with O. revoluta ; it is neither ramulosa nor axillaris 
in the accepted sense, and is perhaps best maintained for the present as a 
convenient “half-way” species with very hazy margins. 
O. exilifoha, as represented in Victoria, conforms very well to the 
West Australian type, although the leaves are longer. It; is an erect trim 
shrub to 5 feet, with small nearly smooth leaves, small massed yellowish 
and sweetly scented capitula. The total number of florets per head is low 
(3—7). with only 1—3 pale yellow ligulate ones; each ligule is only 
about 2 mm. long and therefore quite inconspicuous. The branch indu- 
mentum consists almost entirely of appressed but rather coarse, intricate 
woolly hairs: a few glandular swellings (incipient setae?) are also present. 
Olearia frostii* (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. 
Aster frostii F. Muell. in Victorian Naturalist 6: 167 (Mar. 1890): 
O. stellulata DC., var. Frostii Ewart in FI. Viet. 1 1 14 (1930). 
VICTORIA — Summit of Mt. Hotham (6000 ft.), C. French Jun., Jan. 
1890 (LECTOTYPE & PARATYPES in MEL): various collections from the 
Bogong High Plains ( MEL) . 
The name “ Olearia frostii ” has been used by several writers and 
attributed to F. Mueller; but I can find no evidence that Mueller ever 
made use of this combination, which seems never to have been validly 
published. O. frostii is a distinctive robust shrublet (up to 2 feet high) 
with rather large heads (2—3 cm. wide), borne singly on the branches 
or a few together. The mauve-coloured rays are numerous and con- 
spicuous, while the whole plant (branches, foliage and involucre) is beset 
with a copious woolly indumentum. It is an abundant species between 
Mts. Hotham and Bogong, at elevations exceeding 5000 feet and would 
appear to be endemic in this region. This and such other large-flowered 
Victorian daisy-bushes as O. pannosa (white), O. rudis (blue) and O. 
magniflora (rich purple) are subjects worthy of garden culture. 
Olearia passerinoides (Turcz.) Benth. in FI. Aust. 3: 482 (1866). 
Diplopappus passerinoides Turcz. in Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc. 24, pt. 2: 
63 (185 1) : 
Euryhia glutescens Sonder in Linncea 25: 462 (1852): 
Aster vernicosus F. Muell. in Fragmenta Phyt. Aust. 5: 67 (Oct. 1865 ); 
Olearia toppii Ewart & White in Proc. Rcy. Soc. Viet. n.s. 21 : 543 (1908) : 
O. glutinosa sens. J. M. Black ( 1929). etiam Benth. p.p. (non Eurybia 
glutinosa Lindl., 1 8 39). 
As LECTOTYPE of O. toppii Ewart H White, I have chosen the 
specimen in Melbourne Herbarium labelled “Sandy tracts, Shire of 
Borung, F. M. Reader. 29.5.1904”, and as PARATYPES the several 
specimens (MEL) labelled “Mallee scrub, Shire of Dimboola. F. M. 
Reader. 20/12/1892”. Comparison of this Victorian type material with 

Page image

805956 Caladenia concolor Muelleria 1(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(1)".

514532 Caladenia patersonii concolor Muelleria 1(1): 45
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707656
Page is part of the work Changes in the nomenclature of three Victorian monocotyledons, doi:10.5962/p.171606
923616 Chlamysporum juncifolium Muelleria 1(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(1)".

513469 Eria johnsonii Muelleria 1(1): 21, t. IV.
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707680
Page is part of the work A new species of Eria (Orchidaceæ), doi:10.5962/p.171602

Page text

A NEW SPECIES OF ERIA (ORCHIDACE/E) 
by 
TREVOR E. Hunt, Brisbane, Queeensland. 
ERIA JOHNSONII T. E. Hunt, species nova . 
Pseudo-bulbi ovoidei, circiter ] cm. alti et 8.5 mm. lati, virides. Folia 2, 
lineari-lancelota. circ. 7 cm. longa, petiolata, coriacea, apice cmarginata. Inflore- 
scentia dense multiflora, circ. 6 mm. longa. Flos cum ovario circ. 4 mm. longus 
lutc-i-albus. pellucidus, pilosus. Sepala lanceolata. obtusa. concava, circ. 2 mm. 
longa, extus pilosa. Petala lineari-lanceolata. circ. 1.5 mm. longa concava, 
glabra. Labellum circ. 1 mm. longum et 1 mm. latum, acutum. glabrum. ad 
apicem callis minutis instructum. Columna brevis lataque. 
Pseudo-bulbs ovoid, about 1 cm. long and 8.5 mm. wide (in the 
type plant) , light-green, covered with the scarious remains of the sheath- 
ing scales. Leaves two from the apex of the pseudo-bulb, linear-lanceo- 
late, emarginate, petiolate, coriaceous, light-green. Raceme many-flowered, 
very short and stout, about 6 mm. long. Flowers crowded together, 
yellowish-white, minute; bracts scarious, about 2 mm. long, broad acute. 
Flower including ovary and pedicil about 4 mm. long, not widely 
expanding, beset with woolly hairs, all segments transparent and 
incurved. Dorsal sepal lanceolate, about 2 mm. long; lateral sepals as long 
but slightly broader. Petals linear-lanceolate about 1.5 mm. long. 
Labellum about 1 mm. long and 1 mm. wide, tapering quickly to a short 
acute tip which bears a quantity of very minute calli. Column very 
short and broad. Pollen masses hard, easily detached from the surround- 
ing dry membrane. 
QUEENSLAND — Cook District: Mt. Islay, at 3,000 feet ( Arnold 
Johnson, 7 May 1950 — TYPE in BRI; part of type plant growing in 
the author’s collection). 
Ena johnsonii is easily distinguished from the other six Australian 
Ena species by the diminutive stature of the plant and the correspondingly 
small racemes and flowers, as the following key will show: 
AN ARTIFICIAL KEY TO THE GENUS ERIA IN AUSTRALIA 
1. Pseudo-bulbs more than 2 cm. high 
2. Pseudo-bulbs 5—20 cm. high, very stout, racemes 
to 50 cm. long, flowers white or yellow 
3. Labellum ornamented with lines of calli 
4. Labellum with 3 lines of calli 
4. * Labellum with 2 lines of calli . . 
3.* Labellum not ornamented with lines of calli 
5. Sinus between mid-lobe and lateral lobes a 
deep incision, lateral lobes triangular 
5.* Sinus a broad undulation, lateral lobes 
almost orbicular 
2 * Pseudo-bulbs 4—10 cm. high, slender (almost 
terete), racemes to 8 cm. long, flowers roseate . . 
6. Flowers purplish, labellum 3-lobed 
6.* Flowers dingy-pink, labellum entire 
L* Pseudo-bulbs less than 2 cm. high, racemes less than 1 cm., 
flowers minute . . 
E. fitzalanii F. Muell. 
E. linaviHlora Rupp 
E. inornata Hunt 
E. liparoides Hunt 
E. erioides (Bail.) Rolfe 
E. queenslandica Hunt 
E. johnsonii Hunt 
21 

Page image

853387 Eurybia subrepanda Muelleria 1(1): 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707669
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on Victorian Compositæ–1 Olearia, doi:10.5962/p.171603

Page text

32 
J. H. WILLIS : Systematic Notes on Victorian Composite e — 1 
that of the Western Australian species O. passerinoides Benth. (J. Drum- 
mond, No. 371) shows it to be identical in every respect, and I have no 
hesitation in relegating O. toppii to synonymy; Bentham had already 
done so with F. Mueller’s Aster vernicosus (from Mts. Barren area, 
W.A.). The authors of O. toppii state where their plant differs from 
O. decurrens Benth. (to which it really bears little resemblance); but, 
strangely enough, they make no reference to the much more obvious affini- 
ties with O. passerinoides . 
The leaves in O. passerinoides are erect, 5—15 mm. long, narrow- 
linear, strongly revolute and with somewhat recurved tips; the heads are 
infundibuliform, rather large, and usually solitary at the extremities of 
slender virgate branches, while the ligulate florets number 6-10; the few 
short hairs on stems and foliage are completely masked by a copious 
resinous exudation. The Tasmanian and coastal Victorian O. glutinosa 
(Lindl. ) Benth. is very closely related, but differs consistently in its 
longer, more spreading leaves which are narrow-linear and Rat (never 
revolute-terete). Eurybia glutescens Sond. (from South Australia), which 
Bentham merged with this species, is in my opinion referable to O. 
passerinoides and I have never seen a South Australian specimen of the 
typical flat-leaved O. glutinosa. 
Olearia quercifolia Sieb. ex DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 272 
(1 836), non Auctt. var. 
This species should be deleted from Victorian floras. It was described 
from Sieber’s FI. Nov. FI oil. No. 340 which represents a plant endem'ic 
(apparently) in the Blue Mountains, N.S.W. The Victorian specimens 
assigned by Bentham, Mueller and Ewart to O. quercifolia are all refer- 
able to O. stellulata (Labill.) DC., var. rugosa (F. Muell.) Ewart, which 
differs in its more sharply dentate leaves (strongly reticulate and more 
finely stellate-hairy beneath) , in the much smaller more numerous heads 
with tomentose (not glabrous) involucral bracts, and in the shorter, less 
boldly ribbed achenes. 
Olearia phlogopappa (Labill.) DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5; 272 
(1836). 
Aster phlogopappus Labill. in Nov. Holt. PI. Specim. 2: 49. T.195 
(1806) ; 
Eurybia gunniana DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 268 (1836); 
Olearia gunniana (DC.) Hk. f. ex Hook, in Bot. Mag. T.463 8 (1852). 
var. FLAVESCENS (Hutch.) J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. 
Olearia Ravescens Hutchinson in Gard. Chron. 3rd. ser. 61: 23 (1917). 
O. gunniana, var. Ravescens (Hutch.) Ewart in FI. Viet. 1 1 1 3 (1930). 
var. SUBREPANDA (DC.), J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. 
Eurybia subrepanda DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 268 (1836); 
Olearia subrepanda (DC.) Hutch, in Gard. Chron. 3rd ser. 61: 24 (1917); 
O. gunniana, var. Ravescens (Hutch.) Ewart in FI. Viet. 1113 (1930), 

Page image

997078 Fan Muelleria 1(1): 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707690
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
997098 Locket Muelleria 1(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(1)".

997396 Maize Muelleria 1(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(1)".

796400 Olearia flavescens Muelleria 1(1): 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707669
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on Victorian Compositæ–1 Olearia, doi:10.5962/p.171603

Page text

32 
J. H. WILLIS : Systematic Notes on Victorian Composite e — 1 
that of the Western Australian species O. passerinoides Benth. (J. Drum- 
mond, No. 371) shows it to be identical in every respect, and I have no 
hesitation in relegating O. toppii to synonymy; Bentham had already 
done so with F. Mueller’s Aster vernicosus (from Mts. Barren area, 
W.A.). The authors of O. toppii state where their plant differs from 
O. decurrens Benth. (to which it really bears little resemblance); but, 
strangely enough, they make no reference to the much more obvious affini- 
ties with O. passerinoides . 
The leaves in O. passerinoides are erect, 5—15 mm. long, narrow- 
linear, strongly revolute and with somewhat recurved tips; the heads are 
infundibuliform, rather large, and usually solitary at the extremities of 
slender virgate branches, while the ligulate florets number 6-10; the few 
short hairs on stems and foliage are completely masked by a copious 
resinous exudation. The Tasmanian and coastal Victorian O. glutinosa 
(Lindl. ) Benth. is very closely related, but differs consistently in its 
longer, more spreading leaves which are narrow-linear and Rat (never 
revolute-terete). Eurybia glutescens Sond. (from South Australia), which 
Bentham merged with this species, is in my opinion referable to O. 
passerinoides and I have never seen a South Australian specimen of the 
typical flat-leaved O. glutinosa. 
Olearia quercifolia Sieb. ex DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 272 
(1 836), non Auctt. var. 
This species should be deleted from Victorian floras. It was described 
from Sieber’s FI. Nov. FI oil. No. 340 which represents a plant endem'ic 
(apparently) in the Blue Mountains, N.S.W. The Victorian specimens 
assigned by Bentham, Mueller and Ewart to O. quercifolia are all refer- 
able to O. stellulata (Labill.) DC., var. rugosa (F. Muell.) Ewart, which 
differs in its more sharply dentate leaves (strongly reticulate and more 
finely stellate-hairy beneath) , in the much smaller more numerous heads 
with tomentose (not glabrous) involucral bracts, and in the shorter, less 
boldly ribbed achenes. 
Olearia phlogopappa (Labill.) DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5; 272 
(1836). 
Aster phlogopappus Labill. in Nov. Holt. PI. Specim. 2: 49. T.195 
(1806) ; 
Eurybia gunniana DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 268 (1836); 
Olearia gunniana (DC.) Hk. f. ex Hook, in Bot. Mag. T.463 8 (1852). 
var. FLAVESCENS (Hutch.) J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. 
Olearia Ravescens Hutchinson in Gard. Chron. 3rd. ser. 61: 23 (1917). 
O. gunniana, var. Ravescens (Hutch.) Ewart in FI. Viet. 1 1 1 3 (1930). 
var. SUBREPANDA (DC.), J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. 
Eurybia subrepanda DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 268 (1836); 
Olearia subrepanda (DC.) Hutch, in Gard. Chron. 3rd ser. 61: 24 (1917); 
O. gunniana, var. Ravescens (Hutch.) Ewart in FI. Viet. 1113 (1930), 

Page image

533124 Olearia floribunda floribunda Muelleria 1(1): 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707672
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on Victorian Compositæ–1 Olearia, doi:10.5962/p.171603
533161 Olearia floribunda lanuginosa Muelleria 1(1): 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707672
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on Victorian Compositæ–1 Olearia, doi:10.5962/p.171603
533207 Olearia frostii Muelleria 1(1): 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707670
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on Victorian Compositæ–1 Olearia, doi:10.5962/p.171603

Page text

J. H. WILLIS: Systematic Notes on Victorian Composite — 1 3 1 
minor Benth. (southern coast, W.A.) closely approaches exilifoha in its 
more diminutive leaves and heads and reduced number of florets (3—5), 
but again the rays are white and longer than in the latter. 1 am 
uncertain what to do with O. revoluta ; it is neither ramulosa nor axillaris 
in the accepted sense, and is perhaps best maintained for the present as a 
convenient “half-way” species with very hazy margins. 
O. exilifoha, as represented in Victoria, conforms very well to the 
West Australian type, although the leaves are longer. It; is an erect trim 
shrub to 5 feet, with small nearly smooth leaves, small massed yellowish 
and sweetly scented capitula. The total number of florets per head is low 
(3—7). with only 1—3 pale yellow ligulate ones; each ligule is only 
about 2 mm. long and therefore quite inconspicuous. The branch indu- 
mentum consists almost entirely of appressed but rather coarse, intricate 
woolly hairs: a few glandular swellings (incipient setae?) are also present. 
Olearia frostii* (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. 
Aster frostii F. Muell. in Victorian Naturalist 6: 167 (Mar. 1890): 
O. stellulata DC., var. Frostii Ewart in FI. Viet. 1 1 14 (1930). 
VICTORIA — Summit of Mt. Hotham (6000 ft.), C. French Jun., Jan. 
1890 (LECTOTYPE & PARATYPES in MEL): various collections from the 
Bogong High Plains ( MEL) . 
The name “ Olearia frostii ” has been used by several writers and 
attributed to F. Mueller; but I can find no evidence that Mueller ever 
made use of this combination, which seems never to have been validly 
published. O. frostii is a distinctive robust shrublet (up to 2 feet high) 
with rather large heads (2—3 cm. wide), borne singly on the branches 
or a few together. The mauve-coloured rays are numerous and con- 
spicuous, while the whole plant (branches, foliage and involucre) is beset 
with a copious woolly indumentum. It is an abundant species between 
Mts. Hotham and Bogong, at elevations exceeding 5000 feet and would 
appear to be endemic in this region. This and such other large-flowered 
Victorian daisy-bushes as O. pannosa (white), O. rudis (blue) and O. 
magniflora (rich purple) are subjects worthy of garden culture. 
Olearia passerinoides (Turcz.) Benth. in FI. Aust. 3: 482 (1866). 
Diplopappus passerinoides Turcz. in Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc. 24, pt. 2: 
63 (185 1) : 
Euryhia glutescens Sonder in Linncea 25: 462 (1852): 
Aster vernicosus F. Muell. in Fragmenta Phyt. Aust. 5: 67 (Oct. 1865 ); 
Olearia toppii Ewart & White in Proc. Rcy. Soc. Viet. n.s. 21 : 543 (1908) : 
O. glutinosa sens. J. M. Black ( 1929). etiam Benth. p.p. (non Eurybia 
glutinosa Lindl., 1 8 39). 
As LECTOTYPE of O. toppii Ewart H White, I have chosen the 
specimen in Melbourne Herbarium labelled “Sandy tracts, Shire of 
Borung, F. M. Reader. 29.5.1904”, and as PARATYPES the several 
specimens (MEL) labelled “Mallee scrub, Shire of Dimboola. F. M. 
Reader. 20/12/1892”. Comparison of this Victorian type material with 

Page image

796402 Olearia gunniana flavescens Muelleria 1(1): 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707669
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on Victorian Compositæ–1 Olearia, doi:10.5962/p.171603
796407 Olearia gunniana subrepanda Muelleria 1(1): 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707669
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on Victorian Compositæ–1 Olearia, doi:10.5962/p.171603
796408 Olearia hookeri microcephala Muelleria 1(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(1)".

535132 Olearia phlogopappa phlogopappa Muelleria 1(1): 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707669
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on Victorian Compositæ–1 Olearia, doi:10.5962/p.171603
535076 Olearia phlogopappa flavescens Muelleria 1(1): 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707669
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on Victorian Compositæ–1 Olearia, doi:10.5962/p.171603
535199 Olearia phlogopappa subrepanda Muelleria 1(1): 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707669
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on Victorian Compositæ–1 Olearia, doi:10.5962/p.171603
535744 Olearia ramulosa longisetosa Muelleria 1(1): 28
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707673
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on Victorian Compositæ–1 Olearia, doi:10.5962/p.171603
535785 Olearia ramulosa microcephala Muelleria 1(1): 26
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707675
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on Victorian Compositæ–1 Olearia, doi:10.5962/p.171603
535932 Olearia ramulosa rigida Muelleria 1(1): 28
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707673
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on Victorian Compositæ–1 Olearia, doi:10.5962/p.171603
536103 Olearia ramulosa stricta Muelleria 1(1): 27
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707674
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on Victorian Compositæ–1 Olearia, doi:10.5962/p.171603
536189 Olearia ramulosa tomentosa Muelleria 1(1): 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707672
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on Victorian Compositæ–1 Olearia, doi:10.5962/p.171603
796409 Olearia stricta Muelleria 1(1): 27
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707674
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on Victorian Compositæ–1 Olearia, doi:10.5962/p.171603
796410 Olearia subrepanda Muelleria 1(1): 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707669
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on Victorian Compositæ–1 Olearia, doi:10.5962/p.171603

Page text

32 
J. H. WILLIS : Systematic Notes on Victorian Composite e — 1 
that of the Western Australian species O. passerinoides Benth. (J. Drum- 
mond, No. 371) shows it to be identical in every respect, and I have no 
hesitation in relegating O. toppii to synonymy; Bentham had already 
done so with F. Mueller’s Aster vernicosus (from Mts. Barren area, 
W.A.). The authors of O. toppii state where their plant differs from 
O. decurrens Benth. (to which it really bears little resemblance); but, 
strangely enough, they make no reference to the much more obvious affini- 
ties with O. passerinoides . 
The leaves in O. passerinoides are erect, 5—15 mm. long, narrow- 
linear, strongly revolute and with somewhat recurved tips; the heads are 
infundibuliform, rather large, and usually solitary at the extremities of 
slender virgate branches, while the ligulate florets number 6-10; the few 
short hairs on stems and foliage are completely masked by a copious 
resinous exudation. The Tasmanian and coastal Victorian O. glutinosa 
(Lindl. ) Benth. is very closely related, but differs consistently in its 
longer, more spreading leaves which are narrow-linear and Rat (never 
revolute-terete). Eurybia glutescens Sond. (from South Australia), which 
Bentham merged with this species, is in my opinion referable to O. 
passerinoides and I have never seen a South Australian specimen of the 
typical flat-leaved O. glutinosa. 
Olearia quercifolia Sieb. ex DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 272 
(1 836), non Auctt. var. 
This species should be deleted from Victorian floras. It was described 
from Sieber’s FI. Nov. FI oil. No. 340 which represents a plant endem'ic 
(apparently) in the Blue Mountains, N.S.W. The Victorian specimens 
assigned by Bentham, Mueller and Ewart to O. quercifolia are all refer- 
able to O. stellulata (Labill.) DC., var. rugosa (F. Muell.) Ewart, which 
differs in its more sharply dentate leaves (strongly reticulate and more 
finely stellate-hairy beneath) , in the much smaller more numerous heads 
with tomentose (not glabrous) involucral bracts, and in the shorter, less 
boldly ribbed achenes. 
Olearia phlogopappa (Labill.) DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5; 272 
(1836). 
Aster phlogopappus Labill. in Nov. Holt. PI. Specim. 2: 49. T.195 
(1806) ; 
Eurybia gunniana DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 268 (1836); 
Olearia gunniana (DC.) Hk. f. ex Hook, in Bot. Mag. T.463 8 (1852). 
var. FLAVESCENS (Hutch.) J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. 
Olearia Ravescens Hutchinson in Gard. Chron. 3rd. ser. 61: 23 (1917). 
O. gunniana, var. Ravescens (Hutch.) Ewart in FI. Viet. 1 1 1 3 (1930). 
var. SUBREPANDA (DC.), J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. 
Eurybia subrepanda DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 268 (1836); 
Olearia subrepanda (DC.) Hutch, in Gard. Chron. 3rd ser. 61: 24 (1917); 
O. gunniana, var. Ravescens (Hutch.) Ewart in FI. Viet. 1113 (1930), 

Page image

537273 Olearia toppii Muelleria 1(1): 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707670
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on Victorian Compositæ–1 Olearia, doi:10.5962/p.171603
997080 Pantaloon Muelleria 1(1): 10
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707691
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601

Page text

10 R. ERICKSON & J. H. WILLIS: New Species and Varieties of Stylidium 
This specks is in the 5. petiolare group, near S. bolgartense, but 
differs in the partly connate lobes of the calyx, the presence of verti- 
cillate bracts below the inflorescence, and in the throat appendages (6 
equal in S. petiolare, 2 in S. bolgartense ). S. emarginatum, the only 
other bulb-like species with verticillate bracts, has 6 equal throat appen- 
dages and flowers yellow with red stripes on the outside, also the petals 
are more equal in length, with lobes and notches in the apical half. 
4. S. PERISCELIANTHUM Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. II, 
1 - 8 ]. 
Annua gracilis. 6—15 cm. alta: folia rosulata. circiter 8. spathulata, circ. 
10 mm. longa: flores racemosi. circ. 10. pcdicellis brevibus. parvi (corolla circ. 
5 mm. lata, rosea) ; calyces lineares, faucis appendicular 6, ad apices sanguines ; 
labellum minutum, oblongum. valde apiculatum. 
Species valde affinis S. pulchello Sond. in Lehm. (quod, ob flores plures 
parvos corymbosos. in sectione Despeclce unicum fuerat), sed d’.ffert: calyce 
longiore angustioreque, petalis coloratis parvioribus subarqualibus, et faucis appen- 
diculis 6 (cf. 2 in S. pulchello ) . 
Small slender plant 6—15 cm. tall, with a bulb-like stock. Leaves 
basally rosetted, about 8, glabrous, spathulate, on long petioles, about 
10 mm. long. Scape racemose, bearing 10 or more flowers, slender, dark- 
reddish, usually with one or two small blunt bracts below the slightly 
glandular inflorescence, pedicels shorter than the calyces, glandular, floral 
bracts pointed and narrow, smooth, reaching as far as the minute, 
pointed, paired bracteoles near the bases of the calyces. Calyx greenish- 
red, linear, glabrous except at the base; lobes free, pointed, much shorter 
than the tube, the margins minutely serrate. Corolla small, about 5 mm. 
wide, bright pink with white throat, tube about equal to the calyx lobes; 
petals very unequal, the small upright pair narrow, a little curved, rather 
blunt, about half as long as the broad extended petals; throat appendages 
6, toothed, with crimson tips; labellum minute, fleshy, almost oblong, 
with a long point. Column dark and strong, about as long as the small 
petals. 
Pollination by the fly Comptosia cuneata Ed. (Family Bombyludce, 
Subfamily Lomatunce) . 
Epithet in allusion to the resemblance of the corolla to a figure in 
long baggy “pants”. 
Vernacular name: “Pantaloon Trigger-plant”. 
Habitat: Along wet flats by creeks or swamps, in compact colonies. 
Representative localities: WESTERN AUSTRALIA — Cranbrook 
(Oct.) : Youngs Siding (Oct.) ; Bolgart (HOLOTYPE in MEL, ISO- 
TYPES in K and PERTH — Rica Erickson , Sept. 1952). 
A very constant species over a wide area. The bulb-like stock and 
the form of the corolla apparently places it in the 5. petiolare group; but 
the new species differs markedly in its spike-like raceme and long narrow 
calyx, marking its closer affinity to S. pulchellum which has paniculate 
scape and linear-oblong calyx. This latter species, however, has small 
white flowers on long pedicels, petals almost equal, and 2 throat 
appendages. 

Page image

631234 Pestalotiopsis pittospori Muelleria 1(1): 43, Plate VI
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707658
Page is part of the work A new species of Pestalotiopsis (Fungi Imperfecti) on Pittosporum bicolor, doi:10.5962/p.171605
996133 Pinafore Muelleria 1(1): 7
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
511085 Poa fax Muelleria 1(1): 45
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707656
Page is part of the work Changes in the nomenclature of three Victorian monocotyledons, doi:10.5962/p.171606
811675 Poa lepida Muelleria 1(1): 45
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707656
Page is part of the work Changes in the nomenclature of three Victorian monocotyledons, doi:10.5962/p.171606

Page text

CHANGES IN THE NOMENCLATURE OF THREE VICTORIAN 
MONOCOTYLEDONS 
by 
J. H. Willis* and A. B. Court* 
1. POA FAX Willis & Court, nomen novum. 
P. lepida F. Muell. Ftagm. Phyt. Aust. 8: 130 (1873), non Nees ex 
Steud. Synops , Plant. Glumac. 1 : 257 (1854), nec A. Rich. Tent. 
Floe. Abyss. 2: 424 (1851). 
As a later homonym, F. Mueller’s name Poa lepida must lapse 
(Code of 1952, Art. 74). The short epithet fax is here bestowed in 
the necessary new name for this little annual grass of southern Australia 
(chiefly from coastal and/or Mallee areas) in allusion to its dense, spike- 
like inflorescence which resembles a torch with ascending tongues of flame. 
2. THYSANOTUS JUNCIFOLIUS (Salisb.) Willis 8 Court, com- 
binatio nova. 
Chlamysporum juncifolium Salisb. Paradisus Lond. T. 103 
(1807). 
Thysanotus junceus R.Br. Prodr. Flor. Nov. FI oil. 283 (1810). 
R. Brown considered Salisbury’s epithet juncifolium inappropriate 
(“bene, si ex sicco, pessime si ex recenti”), and he changed it to junceus 
when transferring Chlamysporum to the genus Thysanotus in his Pro- 
dromus. According to the present (1952) Code of Nomenclature, Art. 
72, he was not justified and the earlier basinym must be restored in a 
new combination, T. juncifohus, for this lily of coastal New South 
Wales and far eastern Victoria. 
3. CALADENIA PATERSON1I R.Br., var. CONCOLOR (FitzG.) 
Willis & Court, status novus et combinatio nova. 
Caladenia concolor FitzG. Aust. Orch. 1~, T8 (1882). 
Caladenia patersonii is an extremely variable plant. In Orchids of 
New South Wales 62 (Dec. 1943), H. M. R. Rupp retained C. arenaria 
Fitz.G. and C. concolor FitzG. as distinct, but he expressed uncertainty 
about their status as species. W. H. Nicholls (Viet. Nat. 59: 189 (Mar. 
1943) had already reduced C. arenaria to varietal rank under C. pater- 
sonii. Both C. arenaria and C. concolor are little more than colour forms 
of R. Brown’s orchid (type from the Tamar Heads, Tasmania), the 
former greyish and the latter with intense prune-purplish pigmentation. 
Accordingly, we make the above new combination which does not seem 
to have been published previously. C. patersonii, var. concolor was 
ignored in Ewarts Flora of Victoria (1930) but is known from such 
widely separated parts of Victoria as the Grampians, Castlemaine, Heath- 
cote, Port Phillip and near Albury. 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, South Yarra. 
45 

Page image

4522493 Star Muelleria 1(1): 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707693
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601

Page text

8 
R. ERICKSON 8 J. H. WILLIS: New Species and Varieties of Stylidium 
free, blunt, a little shorter than the calyx tube. Corolla whitish; tube 
longer than calyx lobes; petals very unequal, the upright pair almost 
minute, oblong, sometimes with a tooth on the outer edge, the extended 
petals about four times as long, broadly rounded at the extremities and 
narrow at the base; throat appendages variable, usually 2, prominent and 
dentiform, located at the bases of the larger petals and appearing half as 
large as the smaller petals, sometimes with two similar additional appen- 
dages; labellum about 2 mm., narrow and pointed, without appendages. 
Column short, dark and strong, somewhat taller than the small upright 
petals; stigma developing into a rolled hairy lip. 
Pollination by the fly Comptosia carculum Newm. (Family 
Bombyludce, Subfamily Lomatnnce ) . 
Epithet in allusion to the locality of collection. 
Vernacular name : “Pinafore' Trigger-plant”. 
Habitat: In a pocket of sodden, washed soil, near the bottom of a 
small gully, in open Wandoo ( Eucalyptus wandoo Blakely) forest, in 
compact colonies. 
Representative locality: WESTERN AUSTRALIA — Bolgart, in 
Colin Haynes’s “poison paddock” (HOLOTYPE and PARATYPES in 
MEL. ISOTYPES in K and PERTH — Rica Erickson , 11 Sept. 1951). 
The new species is in the 5. petiolare group of the Despectce Section 
(bulbous stock and unequal petals) differing in its exceedingly small 
upright petals (pointed and almost as long as the extended petals in 
S. petiolare) , very broadly dilated extended petals, and 2 prominent 
dentiform throat appendages (6 in S. petiolare). 
2. S. ASTEROIDEUM Erickson U Willis, species nova. |Tab. I, 8— 13J. 
Annua pusilla. gracilis, usque ad 8 cm. alta; folia rosulata, pauca, anguste 
linearia, circ. 6 mm. longa, "stellulas” formantia: flores 1 vel 2. pedicellati. com 
parate magni (corolla usque ad 10 mm. lata, pallide carnea) ; labellum anguste 
ovatum. 1.5—2 mm. longum, apice longo calycis lobos subaequante. 
Species ex affinitate S. petiolaris Sond. in Lehm., sed differt: caulibus graci- 
lioribus, foliis linearibus, calycis lobis obtusis, corolla? faucis appendiculis 2 gib- 
bosis (6 in S. petiolan) . 
Small, slender, glabrous plant up to 8 cm. tall, with a bulb-like 
stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, narrow-linear, about 6 mm. long. 
Scape dark-coloured, very fine, 1- or 2-flowered; pedicels much longer than 
calyces, with a few glandular hairs; floral bracts and paired proleaves 
blunt, minute, a bract lower on scape, scarcely larger. Calyx greenish, 
twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 4 mm. in length including the lobes; 
lobes free, blunt, almost as long as the tube. Corolla pale pink, fading 
quickly to whitish, tube about as long as calyx lobes; petals unequal, 
upright pair small, narrow and curved but not pointed, the extended pair 
about twice as long and broad, dilated at the extremities; throat appen- 
dages 2, forming prominent humps at the bases of the larger petals; 
labellum narrowly oval, fleshy, with a long point. Column pale, short, 
about equal to the smaller petals. 

Page image

490879 Stylidium adpressum adpressum Muelleria 1(1): 16
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707685
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
490889 Stylidium adpressum patens Muelleria 1(1): 16
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707685
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
515687 Stylidium asteroideum Muelleria 1(1): 8-Sep

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(1): 8-Sep".

515833 Stylidium bolgartense Muelleria 1(1): 7
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
518913 Stylidium exoglossum Muelleria 1(1): 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707690
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
489635 Stylidium periscelianthum Muelleria 1(1): 10
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707691
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
490836 Stylidium repens repens Muelleria 1(1): 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707686
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
490818 Stylidium repens diplectroglossum Muelleria 1(1): 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707686
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
490867 Stylidium rhipidium Muelleria 1(1): 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707690
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
491124 Stylidium rubricalyx Muelleria 1(1): 9-Oct

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(1): 9-Oct".

491211 Stylidium sacculatum Muelleria 1(1): 13, Fig. 1-9
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707688
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
492886 Stylidium xanthopis Muelleria 1(1): Dec-13

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(1): Dec-13".

492956 Stylidium zeicolor Muelleria 1(1): 15-16

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(1): 15-16".

539755 Thysanotus juncifolius Muelleria 1(1): 45
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707656
Page is part of the work Changes in the nomenclature of three Victorian monocotyledons, doi:10.5962/p.171606

Page text

CHANGES IN THE NOMENCLATURE OF THREE VICTORIAN 
MONOCOTYLEDONS 
by 
J. H. Willis* and A. B. Court* 
1. POA FAX Willis & Court, nomen novum. 
P. lepida F. Muell. Ftagm. Phyt. Aust. 8: 130 (1873), non Nees ex 
Steud. Synops , Plant. Glumac. 1 : 257 (1854), nec A. Rich. Tent. 
Floe. Abyss. 2: 424 (1851). 
As a later homonym, F. Mueller’s name Poa lepida must lapse 
(Code of 1952, Art. 74). The short epithet fax is here bestowed in 
the necessary new name for this little annual grass of southern Australia 
(chiefly from coastal and/or Mallee areas) in allusion to its dense, spike- 
like inflorescence which resembles a torch with ascending tongues of flame. 
2. THYSANOTUS JUNCIFOLIUS (Salisb.) Willis 8 Court, com- 
binatio nova. 
Chlamysporum juncifolium Salisb. Paradisus Lond. T. 103 
(1807). 
Thysanotus junceus R.Br. Prodr. Flor. Nov. FI oil. 283 (1810). 
R. Brown considered Salisbury’s epithet juncifolium inappropriate 
(“bene, si ex sicco, pessime si ex recenti”), and he changed it to junceus 
when transferring Chlamysporum to the genus Thysanotus in his Pro- 
dromus. According to the present (1952) Code of Nomenclature, Art. 
72, he was not justified and the earlier basinym must be restored in a 
new combination, T. juncifohus, for this lily of coastal New South 
Wales and far eastern Victoria. 
3. CALADENIA PATERSON1I R.Br., var. CONCOLOR (FitzG.) 
Willis & Court, status novus et combinatio nova. 
Caladenia concolor FitzG. Aust. Orch. 1~, T8 (1882). 
Caladenia patersonii is an extremely variable plant. In Orchids of 
New South Wales 62 (Dec. 1943), H. M. R. Rupp retained C. arenaria 
Fitz.G. and C. concolor FitzG. as distinct, but he expressed uncertainty 
about their status as species. W. H. Nicholls (Viet. Nat. 59: 189 (Mar. 
1943) had already reduced C. arenaria to varietal rank under C. pater- 
sonii. Both C. arenaria and C. concolor are little more than colour forms 
of R. Brown’s orchid (type from the Tamar Heads, Tasmania), the 
former greyish and the latter with intense prune-purplish pigmentation. 
Accordingly, we make the above new combination which does not seem 
to have been published previously. C. patersonii, var. concolor was 
ignored in Ewarts Flora of Victoria (1930) but is known from such 
widely separated parts of Victoria as the Grampians, Castlemaine, Heath- 
cote, Port Phillip and near Albury. 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, South Yarra. 
45 

Page image

997081 Tongue Muelleria 1(1): 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707690
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
997393 Yellow-eyed Muelleria 1(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(1)".

729175 Brachycome dimorphocarpa Muelleria 1(2): 112, fig. 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814990
Page is part of the work Two new Australian species of Brachycome Cass. (Compositae), doi:10.5962/p.171866
675043 Brachycome tetrapterocarpa Muelleria 1(2): 111
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814989
Page is part of the work Two new Australian species of Brachycome Cass. (Compositae), doi:10.5962/p.171866
471886 Brachyscome dimorphocarpa Muelleria 1(2): 112, fig. 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814990
Page is part of the work Two new Australian species of Brachycome Cass. (Compositae), doi:10.5962/p.171866
473158 Brachyscome tetrapterocarpa Muelleria 1(2): 111, fig. 1-3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814989
Page is part of the work Two new Australian species of Brachycome Cass. (Compositae), doi:10.5962/p.171866
528971 Calotis suffruticosa Muelleria 1(2): 109-110

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(2): 109-110".

513245 Scaevola brooksiana Muelleria 1(2): 91
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814969
Page is part of the work Reduction of the lichen genus Bibbya, doi:10.5962/p.171861
490392 Ptilotus appendiculatus Muelleria 1(2): 102-103, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(2): 102-103, Fig. 1".

491412 Ptilotus dissitiflorus dissitiflorus Muelleria 1(2): 107
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814985
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171864
491435 Ptilotus dissitiflorus longifolius Muelleria 1(2): 107
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814985
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171864
493492 Ptilotus lanatus lanatus Muelleria 1(2): 107
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814985
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171864
493483 Ptilotus lanatus glabrobracteatus Muelleria 1(2): 107, Fig. 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814985
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171864
495003 Ptilotus pseudohelipteroides Muelleria 1(2): 105-107, Fig. 3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(2): 105-107, Fig. 3".

460080 Ptilotus stirlingii stirlingii Muelleria 1(2): 108
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814986
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171864
460059 Ptilotus stirlingii pumilus Muelleria 1(2): 108
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814986
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171864
477630 Acacia phasmoides Muelleria 1(3): 121, t. X (photos).
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934418
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
631230 Apalochlamys spectabilis Muelleria 1(3): 160
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934379
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615

Page text

160 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
CASSINIA UNCATA A. Cunn. ex DC. Prodr. 6: 156 (1838) 
C. complanata J. M. Black in Trans, roy. Soc. S. Aust. 52: 230 (1928) 
Duplicates of type Cassinia uncata (Liverpool Plains, N.S.W.) 
and of C. complanata (Murray Scrub, S. Aust.) are in Melbourne 
Herbarium, and the differences purporting to separate them are a 
matter of degree alone. In general, the former has more strongly 
uncate scabrid leaves that may attain lengths up to 5 cm., while 
those of the latter are often smooth, wrinkled and less than 3 cm. 
long; but these features are no more than might be expected to occur 
with a change of habitat — rocky montane tracts in the case of 
C. uncata, and mallee sand-hills frequently in C. complanata. Both 
extremes occur in Victoria, also intermediate populations, and neither 
involucres nor florets display any reliable distinguishing character. 
If, as now considered, the taxa are conspecific, then the first- 
published name C. uncata must take precedence. 
APALOCHLAMYS SPECTABILIS ( Labill .) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Calea spectabilis Labill. Nov. Holl. Plant. Specim. 2: 42, t. 186 (1806); 
Cassinia spectabilis (Labill.) R. Br. in Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 12: 128 
(1817); 
A. Billardierii DC. Prodr. 6: 157 (1838). 
This tall, tobacco-like and highly aromatic biennial of sandy, 
near-coastal habitats in south-eastern Australia holds quite an isolated 
position, if included in the genus Cassinia to which it has generally 
been referred by all Australian systematists during the past century 
and a half. A. H. G. Cassini in Diet. Sci. nat. 56: 223 (1828) had 
proposed for it a distinct genus, and following is a translation of his 
reasons for erecting Apalochlamys : 
“ This genus or sub-genus, founded on Cassinia spectabilis of Mr. 
Brown, is distinguished by 3 characters: 1. by its involucre formed 
of very slender, soft, diaphanous, almost colourless scales, a little 
coriaceous at base; 2. by its pappus of entirely filiform scalelets, very 
fine and very barbellate; 3. by its herbaceous stem with decurrent 
leaves ”, 
The name signifies “ soft envelope ” and was chosen in allusion 
to the texture of the involucre. Cassini did not use the binomial 
A. spectabilis nor make it clear that he was publishing a combined 
generic-specific description to cover a single species, Labillardiere’s 
Calea spectabilis. Thus, according to Article 33 (Montreal revision 
of International Code) , it would appear that a formal new combination 
is obligatory with acceptance of Cassini’s genus. De Candolle (I.c.) 
did accept Apalochlamys and described three species thereunder, 
citing Calea spectabilis as a synonym of the first one, A. billardierii. 
However, he should have retained for it the validly published epithet 
spectabilis, and his binomial is illegitimate. Bentham subsequently 
(1866) reduced all three Candollean names to synonymy under 
Cassinia spectabilis. Believing that C. spectabilis is worthy of 
distinction at generic level from other members of Cassinia, and 
constitutes a natural monotypic genus, the writer has established 
(above) the required nomenclatural combination under Apalochlamys , 

Page image

805309 Baeckea gunniana latifolia Muelleria 1(3): 139
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934400
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
534673 Baeckea utilis utilis Muelleria 1(3): 139
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934400
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
534657 Baeckea utilis latifolia Muelleria 1(3): 139
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934400
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
536836 Banksia canei Muelleria 1(3): 118
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934421
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615

Page text

118 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
inside (toward base), pale green but assuming reddish-purple tints in 
drying, d= 5 mm. high and 3-4 mm. broad at the dilated base, recurved 
through a semicircle above, the cucullate antheriferous laminae 
dz 2 mm. long and wide; torus straight, 1 -5 mm. wide, 0-3 mm. thick; 
hypogynal gland semicircular, pale at first, contrasting with darker 
torus to which it is equal in width and thickness. Ovary sessile, 
purplish, 4-5 mm. long, loosely white-villous with hairs 1 -5 mm. long; 
style relatively thick, 5-7 mm. long, purplish, glabrous toward apex; 
stigmatic disc green, lateral, 2 mm. wide, scutelliform with short 
central nipple. Anthers pale yellow, 0*7 mm. long. Follicle dull 
brown, with scattered soft hairs, broadly ellipsoid, 10-15 x 4-7 mm., 
0-4 mm. thick, the style and stigma persisting. Seed resembling a 
click-beetle, date brown, narrowly ellipsoid, plano-convex, 8-10 x 2-3 
mm., with whitish aril 1-5 mm. long. 
Affinities of the new species are with Grevillea lanigera A. Cunn. 
which differs in its non-verticillate branching, more spreading 
narrower leaves that are hairy on both surfaces, never becoming 
glaucous beneath and lacking a ± pungent mucro, also in the longer 
racemes of coloured flowers (chiefly reddish) with longer styles. 
Up to the present, G. jephcottii is known only from the south- 
western portion and summit area of Pine Mountain, where locally 
abundant; but its occurrence on similar granitic ranges along the 
Upper Murray, both in Victoria and New South Wales, may be 
anticipated. 
The epithet was chosen as a mark of respect to the Jephcott 
family of Ournie, on the Upper Murray River above Jingellic, N.S.W., 
especially to Sydney Wheeler Jephcott who discovered the plant 
when only fourteen (in 1878) and who died at the age of 86 on 
3rd July 1951. His father, Edwin Jephcott, had taken up land at 
Ournie during 1864. There he gradually established a magnificent 
arboretum of exotic trees, and was in early contact with Baron von 
Mueller who visited him in January 1874. Father and son also 
maintained a lifelong interest in the native flora, delighting to ramble 
over Pine Mountain on the opposite side of the Murray. They were 
the first to collect specimens on this floristically rich granite range. 
BANKSIA CANEI J. H. Willis spec. nov. 
ad B. marginatam Cav. (cum qua olim confusus est) et B. integri 
foliam L.f. evidenter proxime accedens; sed a formis omnibus prioris 
differt costa folii subter ± hirsuta, valvis capsulae magmoribus 
spisse tomentosis, et praecipue perianthiis stylisque post anthesm 
omnino deciduis; a B. integrifolia recedit statura multo minore, foliis 
angustioribus, seminibus comparate latioribus; a his speciebus duobus 
foliis constanter pungentibus (in statu maturo interdum dentatis) 
distinguitur. 
HOLOTYPE: Mt. Seldom Seen track, Wulgulmerang, E. Victoria, in 
montane forest at ± 900 m. (2,900 feet) alt. — J. H. Willis, 
27 Nov. 1962 (MEL). ISOTYPES at MEL, NSW, AD, K. 

Page image

741196 Bedfordia salicina Muelleria 1(3): 163
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934376
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615

Page text

J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 163 
(1841), based upon a Chilean type. Brunonis and brunonianus, 
however, are not etymological variants but different epithets, and 
they may be used simultaneously for two species in the same genus. 
Under the existing International Code it becomes obligatory to adopt 
the name S. brunonis, for which the above new combination was 
required. 
Senecio brunonis is at once the largest, most interesting and 
one of the most localized groundsels in Australia, being endemic on 
Mts. Wellington and Dromedary in southern Tasmania at altitudes 
between 2,500 and 3,800 feet. There it forms a small pyramidal tree 
6-12 feet high, with spreading, linear, aromatic, rather viscid leaves 
(2-4 inches long) and laminating papery bark. In far southern New 
Zealand, S. reinoldii and S. stewartiae also attain tree size (to 19 feet 
or more) , as does the related S. huntii on Chatham Islands. 
BEDFORDIA SALICINA ( Labill. ) DC. Prodr. 6: 441 (1838). 
G. Bentham’s observations on thousands of species of Australian 
plants are amazing for their meticulous attention to detail and general 
accuracy, especially when one bears in mind that this savant worked 
almost solely from limited amounts of dry herbarium material. It is 
the more curious, therefore, that in Flor. aust . 3: 673 (1866) he 
should have initiated a major error of description, blindly perpetuated 
by succeeding authors to the present day. Bentham states that the 
genus Bedfordia comprises “ shrubs more or less stellate-tomentose ”, 
commenting also: “ F. Mueller has proposed to unite it with Senecio, 
but the stellate tomentum and axillary inflorescence are quite 
unknown in that extensive genus. In Mueller’s Key Syst. Viet. Plant. 
1: 340 (1888), Senecio Bedfordi [= Bedfordia salicina ] is said to be 
“ invested with whitish or greyish stellular hairlets ”. Similar state- 
ments occur in C. Moore’s Handb. Flor. N.S.W. 298 (1893) and 
A. J. Ewart’s Flor. Viet. 1178 (1931). As recently as 1963, Dr. 
Winifred Curtis (Student’s Flor. Tasm. 2: 287) has made its “ stellate 
indumentum ” the main key character separating Bedfordia from 
Senecio. 
Examination of a wide range of Bedfordia specimens in Melbourne 
Herbarium has failed to reveal a single stellate hair, either on the 
branchlets, foliage or inflorescences, and this criterion is now 
considered to be no more than an illusion. The whitish, thickly woolly 
vestiture in Bedfordia consists entirely of simple, but highly cirriform 
hairs; sometimes, as on the upper surfaces of young leaves, these 
hairs may arise and intricately intertwine in little groups, and such a 
characteristic could perhaps have misled Bentham into interpreting 
them as true stellulae. In general, mainland examples of B. salicina 
have rather longer looser hairs than their Tasmanian counterparts. 
Another inexplicable feature is Labillardiere’s choice of epithet, 
when describing his Cacalia salicina — surely few plants could be less 
like a willow than the Australian “ blanket-leaf ”! 

Page image

928735 Calea spectabilis Muelleria 1(3): 160
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934379
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615

Page text

160 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
CASSINIA UNCATA A. Cunn. ex DC. Prodr. 6: 156 (1838) 
C. complanata J. M. Black in Trans, roy. Soc. S. Aust. 52: 230 (1928) 
Duplicates of type Cassinia uncata (Liverpool Plains, N.S.W.) 
and of C. complanata (Murray Scrub, S. Aust.) are in Melbourne 
Herbarium, and the differences purporting to separate them are a 
matter of degree alone. In general, the former has more strongly 
uncate scabrid leaves that may attain lengths up to 5 cm., while 
those of the latter are often smooth, wrinkled and less than 3 cm. 
long; but these features are no more than might be expected to occur 
with a change of habitat — rocky montane tracts in the case of 
C. uncata, and mallee sand-hills frequently in C. complanata. Both 
extremes occur in Victoria, also intermediate populations, and neither 
involucres nor florets display any reliable distinguishing character. 
If, as now considered, the taxa are conspecific, then the first- 
published name C. uncata must take precedence. 
APALOCHLAMYS SPECTABILIS ( Labill .) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Calea spectabilis Labill. Nov. Holl. Plant. Specim. 2: 42, t. 186 (1806); 
Cassinia spectabilis (Labill.) R. Br. in Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 12: 128 
(1817); 
A. Billardierii DC. Prodr. 6: 157 (1838). 
This tall, tobacco-like and highly aromatic biennial of sandy, 
near-coastal habitats in south-eastern Australia holds quite an isolated 
position, if included in the genus Cassinia to which it has generally 
been referred by all Australian systematists during the past century 
and a half. A. H. G. Cassini in Diet. Sci. nat. 56: 223 (1828) had 
proposed for it a distinct genus, and following is a translation of his 
reasons for erecting Apalochlamys : 
“ This genus or sub-genus, founded on Cassinia spectabilis of Mr. 
Brown, is distinguished by 3 characters: 1. by its involucre formed 
of very slender, soft, diaphanous, almost colourless scales, a little 
coriaceous at base; 2. by its pappus of entirely filiform scalelets, very 
fine and very barbellate; 3. by its herbaceous stem with decurrent 
leaves ”, 
The name signifies “ soft envelope ” and was chosen in allusion 
to the texture of the involucre. Cassini did not use the binomial 
A. spectabilis nor make it clear that he was publishing a combined 
generic-specific description to cover a single species, Labillardiere’s 
Calea spectabilis. Thus, according to Article 33 (Montreal revision 
of International Code) , it would appear that a formal new combination 
is obligatory with acceptance of Cassini’s genus. De Candolle (I.c.) 
did accept Apalochlamys and described three species thereunder, 
citing Calea spectabilis as a synonym of the first one, A. billardierii. 
However, he should have retained for it the validly published epithet 
spectabilis, and his binomial is illegitimate. Bentham subsequently 
(1866) reduced all three Candollean names to synonymy under 
Cassinia spectabilis. Believing that C. spectabilis is worthy of 
distinction at generic level from other members of Cassinia, and 
constitutes a natural monotypic genus, the writer has established 
(above) the required nomenclatural combination under Apalochlamys , 

Page image

795432 Calomeria punctulata Muelleria 1(3): 162
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934377
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
795448 Centropappus brunonis Muelleria 1(3): 162
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934377
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615

Page text

162 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
Haeckeria F. Muell. — woody perennials having stiff, linear, rather 
ericoid leaves (clustered or even imbricate) and the white or yellow 
heads forming compact corymbs. In habit, species of Haeckeria 
strongly resemble those of Cassinia, but differ in the total absence 
of both pappus and receptacular scales. H. cassiniiformis F. Muell. 
(the type species, endemic on Eyre Peninsuala, S.A.) and H. 
ozothamnoides F. Muell. (Vic. & N.S.W) need no change of name; 
but new combinations under Haeckeria are required for Humea 
punctulata F. Muell. (S.A. only) and H. pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. 
Black of mallee tracts in S.A., Vic. and N.S.W. These transfers are 
effected hereunder: 
HAECKERIA PHOLIDOTA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Ozothamnus pholidotus F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 2: 131 (1861); 
Humea pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. Black in Trans, roy Soc. S. Aust. 
43: 43 (1919). 
HAECKERIA PUNCTULATA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Humea punctulata F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 3: 137 (1863); 
Cassinia punctulata (F. Muell.) F. Muell. & R. Tate ex R. Tate Handb. 
Flor. extratrop. S. Aust. 241 (1890). 
In Hj. Eichler’s Suppl. J. M. Black’s Flor. S. Aust. 316 & 323 
(1965), both Humea punctulata F. Muell. and Cassinia complanata 
J. M. Black are synonymized under the name C. punctulata ( J.c .) — 
a procedure with which the present writer cannot agree. The type 
of H. punctulata (MEL) from Flinders and Elders Ranges supports its 
complete separation from C. complanata [= C. uncata A. Cunn. ex 
DC.], as set out by Black in his Flor. S. Aust. ed 2: 919 (1957): the 
former is totally glabrous, but has prominent resin-glands in the 
trigonal straight-pointed leaves, and extremely narrow, single-flowered 
capitula; the latter is more or less scabrid-hairy (especially on axes 
of the inflorescence) , with flattened but revolute leaves that are 
uncate at their tips and with broader capitula each bearing several 
florets. Certainly, capitula on the type of H. punctulata are very 
immature, but their minute florets fail to show any vestige of a 
pappus, the bristles of which are always discernible on Cassinia at 
comparable stages of development. Reasons have been advanced 
elsewhere in this paper for the writer’s action in relegating Cassinia 
complanata to synonymy under C. uncata A. Cunn. ex DC. 
SENECIO BRUNONIS (Hook, f.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Centropappus Brunonis Hook. f. in Lond. J. Bot. 6: 124 (1847); 
Senecio centropappus F. Muell. Annu. Rev. Govt. Bot. 1858: 26 (1858) 
atque in Benth. Flor. aust. 3: 666 (1866) — nom. illegit. 
In transferring the only known species of Centropappus Hook. f. 
to Senecio L., F. Mueller (l.c.) should have retained its specific 
epithet “ brunonis ”. He may have been dissuaded from so doing 
by pre-existence of the similar name S. brunonianus Hook. & Arn. 

Page image

807424 Daviesia corymbosa laxiflora Muelleria 1(3): 123
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934416
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
500517 Daviesia mimosoides laxiflora Muelleria 1(3): 123
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934416
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
534996 Dillwynia capitata capitata Muelleria 1(3): 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934415
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
535012 Dillwynia capitata uliginosa Muelleria 1(3): 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934415
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
553664 Eucalyptus behriana Muelleria 1(3): 165
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934374
Page is part of the work Typification of eight Victorian species names in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.237616

Page text

TYPIFICATION OF EIGHT VICTORIAN SPECIES NAMES IN 
EUCALYPTUS 
by 
J. H. Willis* 
The names for at least eight Victorian eucalypts have never been 
typified by a specimen and/or illustration. No type collection was 
cited with the original diagnoses (seven by F. Mueller and one by 
A. W. Howitt) , under which were given merely the known habitats 
and distributional ranges of these species. It is desirable that, for 
each entity, a specimen as representative as possible be designated 
LECTOTYPE from amongst the material examined by the author, 
used in drawing up his original description and still housed at the 
National Herbarium of Victoria. A particular desideratum is typifica- 
tion of the name Eucalyptus regnans (Mountain Ash) , referring to 
the tallest and largest flowering plant in the world. Unfortunately, 
many of the collections eligible and available for selection as type 
are in a rather fragmentary and unsatisfactory state; no juvenile 
foliage accompanies any of them. In some instances, two or more 
loose labels accompany several unmounted specimens, and it is not 
now possible to say which element rightly belongs to any label. The 
writer has made what he believes to be the best possible choice of 
type specimens, details of which are set out hereunder. Binomials 
are arranged alphabetically as to epithet, and explanatory notes are 
given in each instance. 
1. Eucalyptus behriana F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 34 (1855). 
LECTOTYPE: Near Bacchus Marsh, Victoria — “ In montibus petraeis 
sterilibus tractus Bacchus Marsh ”. F. Mueller, Jan. 1853 (MEL 
n. 10388). 
Geographical data cited with original description : “In arid plains and 
on stony bare hills near the Avoca, Murray, Gawler River and in 
Bacchus Marsh ” 
Of existing material from these four regions, that of the last and 
easternmost locality is in reasonable condition, consisting of an ample 
spray of adult leaves with buds and flowers; a few detached fruits are 
in an accompanying envelope. This collection, now chosen as lectotype, 
most probably came from the high ridge between Djerriwarrh Creek 
and Anthony’s Cutting (about 3 miles east of Bacchus Marsh) where 
the species continues to grow in fair quantity. 
2. Eucalyptus bosistoana F. Muell. in Aust. J. Pharm. 10: 293 (Oct. 
1895). 
LECTOTYPE: Between the Nicholson and Tambo Rivers, Victoria. 
Schlipalius (MEL n. 10389). 
Geographical data cited with original description : Following his diagnosis, 
Mueller lists no less than nine collections from between Port Jackson 
(N.S.W.) and Wilson’s Promontory (Vic.), viz — Cabramatta (Rev. 
Dr. W. Woolls), County of Camden (Rev. Dr. W. Woods), near Mt. 
Dromedary (Miss M. Bate), near Twofold Bay (L. Morton), near 
* National Herbarium of Victoria. 
165 

Page image

553683 Eucalyptus bosistoana Muelleria 1(3): 165
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934374
Page is part of the work Typification of eight Victorian species names in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.237616

Page text

TYPIFICATION OF EIGHT VICTORIAN SPECIES NAMES IN 
EUCALYPTUS 
by 
J. H. Willis* 
The names for at least eight Victorian eucalypts have never been 
typified by a specimen and/or illustration. No type collection was 
cited with the original diagnoses (seven by F. Mueller and one by 
A. W. Howitt) , under which were given merely the known habitats 
and distributional ranges of these species. It is desirable that, for 
each entity, a specimen as representative as possible be designated 
LECTOTYPE from amongst the material examined by the author, 
used in drawing up his original description and still housed at the 
National Herbarium of Victoria. A particular desideratum is typifica- 
tion of the name Eucalyptus regnans (Mountain Ash) , referring to 
the tallest and largest flowering plant in the world. Unfortunately, 
many of the collections eligible and available for selection as type 
are in a rather fragmentary and unsatisfactory state; no juvenile 
foliage accompanies any of them. In some instances, two or more 
loose labels accompany several unmounted specimens, and it is not 
now possible to say which element rightly belongs to any label. The 
writer has made what he believes to be the best possible choice of 
type specimens, details of which are set out hereunder. Binomials 
are arranged alphabetically as to epithet, and explanatory notes are 
given in each instance. 
1. Eucalyptus behriana F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 34 (1855). 
LECTOTYPE: Near Bacchus Marsh, Victoria — “ In montibus petraeis 
sterilibus tractus Bacchus Marsh ”. F. Mueller, Jan. 1853 (MEL 
n. 10388). 
Geographical data cited with original description : “In arid plains and 
on stony bare hills near the Avoca, Murray, Gawler River and in 
Bacchus Marsh ” 
Of existing material from these four regions, that of the last and 
easternmost locality is in reasonable condition, consisting of an ample 
spray of adult leaves with buds and flowers; a few detached fruits are 
in an accompanying envelope. This collection, now chosen as lectotype, 
most probably came from the high ridge between Djerriwarrh Creek 
and Anthony’s Cutting (about 3 miles east of Bacchus Marsh) where 
the species continues to grow in fair quantity. 
2. Eucalyptus bosistoana F. Muell. in Aust. J. Pharm. 10: 293 (Oct. 
1895). 
LECTOTYPE: Between the Nicholson and Tambo Rivers, Victoria. 
Schlipalius (MEL n. 10389). 
Geographical data cited with original description : Following his diagnosis, 
Mueller lists no less than nine collections from between Port Jackson 
(N.S.W.) and Wilson’s Promontory (Vic.), viz — Cabramatta (Rev. 
Dr. W. Woolls), County of Camden (Rev. Dr. W. Woods), near Mt. 
Dromedary (Miss M. Bate), near Twofold Bay (L. Morton), near 
* National Herbarium of Victoria. 
165 

Page image

554040 Eucalyptus fasciculosa Muelleria 1(3): 166
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934373
Page is part of the work Typification of eight Victorian species names in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.237616

Page text

166 J. H. Willis: Typification of Eight Victorian Species names in Eucalyptus 
the Genoa (Barnard), on the summit of Tantowango Mountains 
[ = Tantawanglo Mtn. between Bega and Bombala] (A. W. Howitt), 
near the Mitchell River (A. W. Howitt), between the Tambo and 
Nicholson Rivers (Schlipalius) , near the Strezlecki Ranges 
[= Strzelecki] (Olsen) . 
Although the specimen chosen (a flowering spray collected by one 
Schlipalius , without date) is not accompanied by the name E. 
hosistoana in Mueller’s hand, the folder does contain a slip of paper 
on which he has made pencil drawings of longitudinal flower-sections 
and anther details. Unfortunately no fruits are present. 
3. Eucalyptus fasciculosa F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 34 (1855). 
LECTOTYPE: Bugle Range (between Mount Barker and Strathalbyn) , 
South Australia — “ Locis lapidosis sterilioribus montium Bugle range ”. 
F. Mueller , Aug. 1850 (MEL n. 10390). 
Geographical data cited with original description : “ On barren ridges along 
St. Vincent’s Gulf, on the Gawler River, in the Mount Lofty Ranges 
and Bugle Ranges, and on Encounter Bay ”. 
The sheet selected for type bears Mueller’s early handwriting 
under the name E. fasciculosa, and contains a leafy branch with 
relatively large fruits (8x6 mm.), but neither flowers nor buds. 
4. Eucalyptus gracilis F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 35 (1855). 
LECTOTYPE: Murray Scrub, South Australia. F. Mueller, Dec. 1848 
(MEL n. 10391). 
Geographical data cited with original description: “In the desert on the 
Murray River ”. 
There is but a single collection in Melbourne Herbarium, coming 
from this region and labelled (as above) by its discoverer. Inevitably 
it must be denominated type, although it consists of only a small 
broken branchlet bearing leaves, buds and flowers, but no capsules. 
The material from which mature fruits were described seems to have 
disappeared. Why Dr. Behr’s name should also have been written 
by Mueller against this specimen is rather puzzling, for Herman Behr 
left South Australia and returned to Germany in 1847 — before 
Mueller’s arrival in Adelaide. 
5. Eucalyptus largiflorens F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 34 (1855). 
LECTOTYPE: Murray River above Moorundie, South Australia — 
“ Murray Scrub supera Morunde ”. F. Mueller, 1 Feb. 1851 (MEL 
n. 10392). 
Geographical data cited with original description : “In bushy barren 
localities on the Murray, Avoca, Wimmera, and on St. Vincent’s 
Gulf ”. 
The Murray River specimen (from near Moorundie) has leaves, 
buds and flowers but no fruits; it is the best of the four possible type 
collections examined by Mueller and has been chosen as lectotype. 
This name replaces E. bicolor A. Cunn. ex Hook. (1848) which, until 
recent years, was universally applied to the B)ack Box tree through- 
out eastern Australia. A. K. Cameron, in Viet. Nat. 63: 42 (June 

Page image

553743 Eucalyptus gracilis Muelleria 1(3): 166
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934373
Page is part of the work Typification of eight Victorian species names in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.237616

Page text

166 J. H. Willis: Typification of Eight Victorian Species names in Eucalyptus 
the Genoa (Barnard), on the summit of Tantowango Mountains 
[ = Tantawanglo Mtn. between Bega and Bombala] (A. W. Howitt), 
near the Mitchell River (A. W. Howitt), between the Tambo and 
Nicholson Rivers (Schlipalius) , near the Strezlecki Ranges 
[= Strzelecki] (Olsen) . 
Although the specimen chosen (a flowering spray collected by one 
Schlipalius , without date) is not accompanied by the name E. 
hosistoana in Mueller’s hand, the folder does contain a slip of paper 
on which he has made pencil drawings of longitudinal flower-sections 
and anther details. Unfortunately no fruits are present. 
3. Eucalyptus fasciculosa F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 34 (1855). 
LECTOTYPE: Bugle Range (between Mount Barker and Strathalbyn) , 
South Australia — “ Locis lapidosis sterilioribus montium Bugle range ”. 
F. Mueller , Aug. 1850 (MEL n. 10390). 
Geographical data cited with original description : “ On barren ridges along 
St. Vincent’s Gulf, on the Gawler River, in the Mount Lofty Ranges 
and Bugle Ranges, and on Encounter Bay ”. 
The sheet selected for type bears Mueller’s early handwriting 
under the name E. fasciculosa, and contains a leafy branch with 
relatively large fruits (8x6 mm.), but neither flowers nor buds. 
4. Eucalyptus gracilis F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 35 (1855). 
LECTOTYPE: Murray Scrub, South Australia. F. Mueller, Dec. 1848 
(MEL n. 10391). 
Geographical data cited with original description: “In the desert on the 
Murray River ”. 
There is but a single collection in Melbourne Herbarium, coming 
from this region and labelled (as above) by its discoverer. Inevitably 
it must be denominated type, although it consists of only a small 
broken branchlet bearing leaves, buds and flowers, but no capsules. 
The material from which mature fruits were described seems to have 
disappeared. Why Dr. Behr’s name should also have been written 
by Mueller against this specimen is rather puzzling, for Herman Behr 
left South Australia and returned to Germany in 1847 — before 
Mueller’s arrival in Adelaide. 
5. Eucalyptus largiflorens F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 34 (1855). 
LECTOTYPE: Murray River above Moorundie, South Australia — 
“ Murray Scrub supera Morunde ”. F. Mueller, 1 Feb. 1851 (MEL 
n. 10392). 
Geographical data cited with original description : “In bushy barren 
localities on the Murray, Avoca, Wimmera, and on St. Vincent’s 
Gulf ”. 
The Murray River specimen (from near Moorundie) has leaves, 
buds and flowers but no fruits; it is the best of the four possible type 
collections examined by Mueller and has been chosen as lectotype. 
This name replaces E. bicolor A. Cunn. ex Hook. (1848) which, until 
recent years, was universally applied to the B)ack Box tree through- 
out eastern Australia. A. K. Cameron, in Viet. Nat. 63: 42 (June 

Page image

553811 Eucalyptus largiflorens Muelleria 1(3): 166
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934373
Page is part of the work Typification of eight Victorian species names in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.237616

Page text

166 J. H. Willis: Typification of Eight Victorian Species names in Eucalyptus 
the Genoa (Barnard), on the summit of Tantowango Mountains 
[ = Tantawanglo Mtn. between Bega and Bombala] (A. W. Howitt), 
near the Mitchell River (A. W. Howitt), between the Tambo and 
Nicholson Rivers (Schlipalius) , near the Strezlecki Ranges 
[= Strzelecki] (Olsen) . 
Although the specimen chosen (a flowering spray collected by one 
Schlipalius , without date) is not accompanied by the name E. 
hosistoana in Mueller’s hand, the folder does contain a slip of paper 
on which he has made pencil drawings of longitudinal flower-sections 
and anther details. Unfortunately no fruits are present. 
3. Eucalyptus fasciculosa F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 34 (1855). 
LECTOTYPE: Bugle Range (between Mount Barker and Strathalbyn) , 
South Australia — “ Locis lapidosis sterilioribus montium Bugle range ”. 
F. Mueller , Aug. 1850 (MEL n. 10390). 
Geographical data cited with original description : “ On barren ridges along 
St. Vincent’s Gulf, on the Gawler River, in the Mount Lofty Ranges 
and Bugle Ranges, and on Encounter Bay ”. 
The sheet selected for type bears Mueller’s early handwriting 
under the name E. fasciculosa, and contains a leafy branch with 
relatively large fruits (8x6 mm.), but neither flowers nor buds. 
4. Eucalyptus gracilis F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 35 (1855). 
LECTOTYPE: Murray Scrub, South Australia. F. Mueller, Dec. 1848 
(MEL n. 10391). 
Geographical data cited with original description: “In the desert on the 
Murray River ”. 
There is but a single collection in Melbourne Herbarium, coming 
from this region and labelled (as above) by its discoverer. Inevitably 
it must be denominated type, although it consists of only a small 
broken branchlet bearing leaves, buds and flowers, but no capsules. 
The material from which mature fruits were described seems to have 
disappeared. Why Dr. Behr’s name should also have been written 
by Mueller against this specimen is rather puzzling, for Herman Behr 
left South Australia and returned to Germany in 1847 — before 
Mueller’s arrival in Adelaide. 
5. Eucalyptus largiflorens F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 34 (1855). 
LECTOTYPE: Murray River above Moorundie, South Australia — 
“ Murray Scrub supera Morunde ”. F. Mueller, 1 Feb. 1851 (MEL 
n. 10392). 
Geographical data cited with original description : “In bushy barren 
localities on the Murray, Avoca, Wimmera, and on St. Vincent’s 
Gulf ”. 
The Murray River specimen (from near Moorundie) has leaves, 
buds and flowers but no fruits; it is the best of the four possible type 
collections examined by Mueller and has been chosen as lectotype. 
This name replaces E. bicolor A. Cunn. ex Hook. (1848) which, until 
recent years, was universally applied to the B)ack Box tree through- 
out eastern Australia. A. K. Cameron, in Viet. Nat. 63: 42 (June 

Page image

553851 Eucalyptus leucoxylon Muelleria 1(3): 167
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934340
Page is part of the work Typification of eight Victorian species names in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.237616

Page text

J. H. Willis: Typification of Eight Victorian Species names in Eucalyptus 167 
1946), again drew attention to the opinion of Dr. T. A. Sprague that 
the original description of E. bicolor was too vague, brief and 
insufficient to legitimize the name — it was a nomen subnudum. 
6. Eucalyptus leucoxylon F. Mueil. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 33 (1855). 
LECTOTYPE: “Towards the apex of St. Vincent’s Gulf”, South 
Australia. F. Mueller, 7 Nov. 1851 (MEL n. 10393). 
Geographical data cited with original description: “In grassy plains 
from the Avoca to St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s Gulf ”. 
There is abundant early and reasonably good material in Melbourne 
Herbarium from which to select a type; 12 sheets from the herbarium 
of O. Sonder (all labelled by Mueller) are included. The writer has 
fixed upon a well-preserved collection from near the head of St. 
Vincent’s Gulf, showing glaucescent branchlets, adult foliage, mature 
buds and flowers, and smallish almost semi-globoid capsules. 
7. Eucalyptus muelleriana A. W. Howitt in Trans, roy. Soc. Viet. 
2: 89, tt. 12 & 13 (1891). 
LECTOTYPE: “Nine Mile Creek, South Gippsland ” [near Hedley], 
Victoria. A. W. Howitt, n. 6 (MEL n. 10394). 
Geographical data cited with original description: Howitt (l.c.) remarks 
as follows concerning his newly described eucalypt — “ It is a littoral 
species, and is principally found between the Hoddle Ranges and 
the sea coast. There it forms the bulk of the forest, growing upon 
sands and sandy clays, from Monkey Creek (20 miles from Sale) to 
Shady Creek (west of Alberton), in an east and west direction, and 
from Carrajung southwards to the coast. The area thus covered by 
this tree is about 300 square miles ”. 
In Melbourne Herbarium there are five possible sheets of type, 
bearing Howitt’s undated locality labels, but most of these are 
miserable fragments. Only one collection (from Nine Mile Creek) 
carries the name Eucalyptus muelleriana in Howitt’s handwriting, and 
this is now chosen as lectotype; it consists of several small branch- 
tips of adult leaves and unopened flower-buds, with two detached 
fruits in an envelope. Apart from occurrences now known at nearby 
Wilson’s Promontory, Nine Mile Creek approaches the most westerly 
point (Hoddle Creek area) attained by Yellow Stringybark. Records 
for the Grampians and Mt. Lofty Range are the result of mis- 
identified E. baxteri , and Howitt was apparently unaware in 1891 
that the species also extended well into south-eastern New South 
Wales. 
8. Eucalyptus regnans F. Mueil. Key. Syst . Viet. Plants 1: 236 (1888). 
LECTOTYPE: Dandenong [i.e. Dandenong Ranges], Victoria — “ Eucalyptus 
of the tall trees measured by Mr. D. Boyle in March 1867 ” 
(MEL n. 10168). 
Geographical data cited with original description: Nil. 
Until making his entry in the Systematic Census of Australian 
Plants 57 (1882), F. Mueller consistently referred this taxon to the 
name Eucalyptus amygdalina Labill. for which he allowed an 
extremely wide circumscription. The first appearance of the name 

Page image

553624 Eucalyptus muelleriana Muelleria 1(3): 167
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934340
Page is part of the work Typification of eight Victorian species names in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.237616

Page text

J. H. Willis: Typification of Eight Victorian Species names in Eucalyptus 167 
1946), again drew attention to the opinion of Dr. T. A. Sprague that 
the original description of E. bicolor was too vague, brief and 
insufficient to legitimize the name — it was a nomen subnudum. 
6. Eucalyptus leucoxylon F. Mueil. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 33 (1855). 
LECTOTYPE: “Towards the apex of St. Vincent’s Gulf”, South 
Australia. F. Mueller, 7 Nov. 1851 (MEL n. 10393). 
Geographical data cited with original description: “In grassy plains 
from the Avoca to St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s Gulf ”. 
There is abundant early and reasonably good material in Melbourne 
Herbarium from which to select a type; 12 sheets from the herbarium 
of O. Sonder (all labelled by Mueller) are included. The writer has 
fixed upon a well-preserved collection from near the head of St. 
Vincent’s Gulf, showing glaucescent branchlets, adult foliage, mature 
buds and flowers, and smallish almost semi-globoid capsules. 
7. Eucalyptus muelleriana A. W. Howitt in Trans, roy. Soc. Viet. 
2: 89, tt. 12 & 13 (1891). 
LECTOTYPE: “Nine Mile Creek, South Gippsland ” [near Hedley], 
Victoria. A. W. Howitt, n. 6 (MEL n. 10394). 
Geographical data cited with original description: Howitt (l.c.) remarks 
as follows concerning his newly described eucalypt — “ It is a littoral 
species, and is principally found between the Hoddle Ranges and 
the sea coast. There it forms the bulk of the forest, growing upon 
sands and sandy clays, from Monkey Creek (20 miles from Sale) to 
Shady Creek (west of Alberton), in an east and west direction, and 
from Carrajung southwards to the coast. The area thus covered by 
this tree is about 300 square miles ”. 
In Melbourne Herbarium there are five possible sheets of type, 
bearing Howitt’s undated locality labels, but most of these are 
miserable fragments. Only one collection (from Nine Mile Creek) 
carries the name Eucalyptus muelleriana in Howitt’s handwriting, and 
this is now chosen as lectotype; it consists of several small branch- 
tips of adult leaves and unopened flower-buds, with two detached 
fruits in an envelope. Apart from occurrences now known at nearby 
Wilson’s Promontory, Nine Mile Creek approaches the most westerly 
point (Hoddle Creek area) attained by Yellow Stringybark. Records 
for the Grampians and Mt. Lofty Range are the result of mis- 
identified E. baxteri , and Howitt was apparently unaware in 1891 
that the species also extended well into south-eastern New South 
Wales. 
8. Eucalyptus regnans F. Mueil. Key. Syst . Viet. Plants 1: 236 (1888). 
LECTOTYPE: Dandenong [i.e. Dandenong Ranges], Victoria — “ Eucalyptus 
of the tall trees measured by Mr. D. Boyle in March 1867 ” 
(MEL n. 10168). 
Geographical data cited with original description: Nil. 
Until making his entry in the Systematic Census of Australian 
Plants 57 (1882), F. Mueller consistently referred this taxon to the 
name Eucalyptus amygdalina Labill. for which he allowed an 
extremely wide circumscription. The first appearance of the name 

Page image

554303 Eucalyptus regnans Muelleria 1(3): 167
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934340
Page is part of the work Typification of eight Victorian species names in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.237616
808263 Euphrasia alsa Muelleria 1(3): 148
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934391
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615

Page text

148 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
he described three new species, E. gibbsiae (series Striatce ) showing 
distinctly subdigitate leaves, but the Tasmanian endemics E. gunnii 
and E. milliganii (series Collince ) having leaves that are not distinctly 
subdigitate. The type form of E. gibbsiae , with subcapitate clusters 
of white flowers, was from rocks on the summit plateau of Mt. Field 
East, near Lake Fenton. A collection from Mt. Mueller (5,000 feet) 
on the Victorian Baw Baws, by J. G. Luehmann and C. French Jnr. 
in Dec. 1892, was published simultaneously as E. gibbsiae forma 
subglabrifolia — the only known extension of the species to mainland 
Australia. In Melbourne Herbarium is a duplicate type specimen of 
this form which differs from the normal Tasmanian population in 
having the leaves almost glabrous , the floral bracts and calyces 
bearing predominantly eglandular hairs. What may be only a very 
reduced form of E. gibbsiae , with congested leaves on branches no 
more than 2 cm. high, has been collected at the Cobboras, far eastern 
Victoria. E. gibbsiae seems to differ from E. striata R. Br. (type 
from Mt. Wellington, Tas.) only in being glandular, while R. Brown’s 
E. alpina (the name antedated by E. alpina Lam., 1788) is probably 
no more than a glabrescent alpine form of E. gibbsiae. 
An interesting Victorian collection of this group in Melbourne 
Herbarium comes from the summit of Mt. Speculation, Barry 
Mountains at 5,600 feet (leg. J. H. Willis, 2 Jan. 1945). It has a 
markedly glandular indumentum; obovate-flabellate leaves to 10 mm. 
long are boldly cut into 5-7 finger-like lobes in the apical half, and 
the large purplish flowers are attractively veined. This conforms 
fairly well to the circumscription of du Rietz’s E. gibbsiae forma 
comberi and is comparable with material from K. Col. on the track 
to Mt. Field West (Mt. Field National Park) , Tasmania. 
EUPHRASIA SCABRA R. Br. Prodr. Flor. Nov. Holl. 437 (1810) 
var. ALSA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. & stat. nov. 
E. alsa F. Muell. in Trans, phil. Soc. Viet. 1: 107 (1855); 
E. antarctica sens. Benth. Flor. aust. 4: 522 (1868), non Benth. in DC. 
Prodr. 10: 555 (1846). 
G. Bentham’s identification (l.c.) of the Australian alpine 
Euphrasia alsa F. Muell. with his own E. antarctica (published 22 
years previously) can hardly be justified, despite the adoption of this 
view in F. Mueller’s Key Syst. Viet. Plant. 1: 392 (1888) and A. J. 
Ewart’s Flor. Viet. 1024 (1931). Type material of the former name 
differs from typical Magellanian E. antarctica in the following 
respects: 
Indumentum glandular. 
Leaf-lobes pinnate (not trident-shaped). 
Calyx segments not revolute. 
Ovary pubescent (not glabrous). 
On the other hand, E. alsa is very closely related to annual 
E. scabra , from the typical form of which it diverges in its diminutive 
size and congested whitish flowers with conspicuous veins. It is here 

Page image

665146 Euphrasia gibbsiae comberi Muelleria 1(3): 144
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934395
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
545742 Euphrasia glacialis eglandulosa Muelleria 1(3): 146
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934393
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
545761 Euphrasia glacialis glacialis Muelleria 1(3): 146
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934393
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
546774 Euphrasia scabra alsa Muelleria 1(3): 148
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934391
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
546858 Euphrasia scabra caudata Muelleria 1(3): 149
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934390
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
461443 Galactia megalophylla Muelleria 1(3): 128
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934411
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615

Page text

128 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
open soon after the winter snow has melted. It may form extensive 
societies on open alpine or subalpine heaths and woodlands at from 
4,500 to 6,500 feet alt.; a white-flowered state, growing with the 
normal purple form, has been collected on Mt. Buffalo, Vic. (Nov. 
1965), and Mt. Gingera, A.C.T. (Nov. 1962). F. Mueller had labelled 
a collection from the summit of Mt. Wellington, Vic., “ Hovea gelida ”, 
but apparently he never published this name. 
GALACTIA MEGALOPHYLLA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Lamprolobium megalophyllum F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 9: 67 
(1875). 
F. Mueller (Lc.) described his Lamprolobium megalophyllum in the 
absence of pods, and cited “ Galactia megalophylla F. M. coll.” in 
synonymy immediately under the name, thereby indicating some 
uncertainty as to the correct generic placement of the species 
concerned. The chief difference between Lamprolobium Benth. 
(assigned to tribe Galegeae) and Galactia R. Br. (tribe Phaseoleae) 
appears to be in the non-strophiolate seeds of the latter, chiefly 
American genus, whereas the endemic Lamprolobium is defined as 
having seeds with a fleshy strophiole. 
The writer was recently enabled to examine excellent fruiting 
material of L. megalophyllum from near Darwin, agreeing well with 
the type collection (Schultz n. 527) from the same area. The former 
collection had broad-linear, delicately pubescent, fawn-coloured pods 
40 x 4-5 mm., sharply mucronate at apex, with thickened sutures 
and 4-6 transverse seeds. There was no vestige of a strophiole on 
the black flattened seeds (±2x1-5 mm.) and, despite the erect 
shrubby habit of this plant (± 1-5 m. high), it ought surely be 
referred to Galactia, not to Lamprolobium. Species of Galactia are 
commonly scandent, with 3 leaflets, but in Brazil the sub-section 
Collaearia Benth. of section Collaea DC. contains several unifoliolate 
species, e.g., G. benthamiana Micheli which bears a striking resem- 
blance to the Darwin population. The binary Galactia megalophylla 
does not seem to have been published, except in synonymy by 
Mueher and thereby illegitimate; so the transfer is now formally 
made in order to validate this name. 
Known collections of G. megalophylla are: 
Port Darwin, North Aust. — Schultz n. 527 (TYPE, in MEL) ; 
Shoal Bay Road near Darwin, N. Terr., “ in open eucalypt 
forest”, flowers pink — H. S. McKee n. 8392, 11 Feb. 1961 
(CANB, MEL) ; Batchelor, N. Terr. — G. Chippendale n. 7742, 
Mar. 1961 (NT, CANB). 
Rutaceae 
BORONIA ANEMONIFOLIA A. Gunn, in Field Geogr. Mem. N.S.W. 
330 (1825). 
var. VARIABILIS (Hook.) Benth. Flor. aust. I: 321 (1863). 

Page image

487194 Goodenia lineata Muelleria 1(3): 151, 205
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934388
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
570822 Goodenia racemosa racemosa Muelleria 1(3): 207
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934434
Page is part of the work A bibliography of "Blackfellows' bread", Polyporus mylittae Cooke & Massee, doi:10.5962/p.337549
503605 Grevillea jephcottii Muelleria 1(3): 117
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934422
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615

Page text

SYSTEMATIC NOTES ON THE INDIGENOUS AUSTRALIAN FLORA 
by 
J. H. Willis* 
SUMMARY 
In this paper: 11 species and 5 varieties are described as new, 
with some discussion on their affinities and distributions; 20 new 
nomenclatural combinations are effected, with appropriate comments; 
6 synonymies of specific names are established; the ranges of 10 
other species are extended into Victoria, and noteworthy extensions 
are made to the distribution within that State of 5 very localized 
taxa. Arrangement of families is according to the system of Engler 
and Prantl. 
Proteaceae 
GREVILLEA JEPHCOTTII J. H. Willis spec. nov. 
ex affinitate G. lanigerae A. Cunn. a qua praecipue differt: statura 
majore (1-3 m.); ramis manifeste verticillatis; foliis suberectis 
latioribus (3-6 mm.) subpungentibus, supra laete viridibus scabrisque, 
subter glaucescentibus glabrisque; floribus pallide viridibus, in racemis 
perbrevibus densis; stylis comparate brevibus (5-7 mm.). 
HOLOTYPE : S.W. slopes of Pine Mountain (±7 miles S.E. of 
Walwa) , Upper Murray region, Victoria, among granite rocks 
in dryish eucalypt forest at ± 620 m. (2,000 feet) alt. — 
J. H. Willis , 17 Nov. 1964 (MEL). ISOTYPES at Mel, 
NSW, BRI, AD, CANB, K. 
PARATYPE: Ibidem — J. H. Willis, 15 Jan. 1964 (MEL, cum fructibus). 
Also examined (all in MEL): Pine Mountain, N.E. Victoria — Jeanie 
H. Harvey, Aug. 1963; ibidem — Carl Walter, Nov. 1891, S. W. 
Jephcott, 1878; Hume River— S. W. Jephcott, 1883 & Oct. 
1887; Upper Murray — C. French Jr., Nov. 1886. 
Shrub 1-3 m. (3-9 feet) high, rigidly erect, dense, leafy, low and 
bushy in exposed rocky situations but tall in more shaded 
forest, the branching conspicuously and often distantly verti- 
cillate; branchlets (also young foliage) loosely hairy. Leaves 
— erect, ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate or somewhat oblanceolate, 
1*5-3 -5 cm. long, 3-6 mm. (sometimes 8 mm.) wide, bright green, 
paler beneath, chiefly flat but the entire margins d= revolute, 
terminating in a fine ± pungent point 1—2 mm. long; upper surfaces 
somewhat shining, but scabrid and minutely tuberculate all over; 
under surfaces glabrous, dull blue-green, appearing almost glaucous 
in dried state, the narrow mid-rib conspicuous but other veins obscure. 
Flowers 6-9 in dense, terminal, leafy clusters (very reduced racemes) 
and rather inconspicuous amongst the foliage, on glabrous glaucescent 
pedicels 4-6 mm. long. Perianth glabrous externally but white-villous 
* National Herbarium of Victoria. 

Page image

537097 Haeckeria pholidota Muelleria 1(3): 162
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934377
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615

Page text

162 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
Haeckeria F. Muell. — woody perennials having stiff, linear, rather 
ericoid leaves (clustered or even imbricate) and the white or yellow 
heads forming compact corymbs. In habit, species of Haeckeria 
strongly resemble those of Cassinia, but differ in the total absence 
of both pappus and receptacular scales. H. cassiniiformis F. Muell. 
(the type species, endemic on Eyre Peninsuala, S.A.) and H. 
ozothamnoides F. Muell. (Vic. & N.S.W) need no change of name; 
but new combinations under Haeckeria are required for Humea 
punctulata F. Muell. (S.A. only) and H. pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. 
Black of mallee tracts in S.A., Vic. and N.S.W. These transfers are 
effected hereunder: 
HAECKERIA PHOLIDOTA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Ozothamnus pholidotus F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 2: 131 (1861); 
Humea pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. Black in Trans, roy Soc. S. Aust. 
43: 43 (1919). 
HAECKERIA PUNCTULATA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Humea punctulata F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 3: 137 (1863); 
Cassinia punctulata (F. Muell.) F. Muell. & R. Tate ex R. Tate Handb. 
Flor. extratrop. S. Aust. 241 (1890). 
In Hj. Eichler’s Suppl. J. M. Black’s Flor. S. Aust. 316 & 323 
(1965), both Humea punctulata F. Muell. and Cassinia complanata 
J. M. Black are synonymized under the name C. punctulata ( J.c .) — 
a procedure with which the present writer cannot agree. The type 
of H. punctulata (MEL) from Flinders and Elders Ranges supports its 
complete separation from C. complanata [= C. uncata A. Cunn. ex 
DC.], as set out by Black in his Flor. S. Aust. ed 2: 919 (1957): the 
former is totally glabrous, but has prominent resin-glands in the 
trigonal straight-pointed leaves, and extremely narrow, single-flowered 
capitula; the latter is more or less scabrid-hairy (especially on axes 
of the inflorescence) , with flattened but revolute leaves that are 
uncate at their tips and with broader capitula each bearing several 
florets. Certainly, capitula on the type of H. punctulata are very 
immature, but their minute florets fail to show any vestige of a 
pappus, the bristles of which are always discernible on Cassinia at 
comparable stages of development. Reasons have been advanced 
elsewhere in this paper for the writer’s action in relegating Cassinia 
complanata to synonymy under C. uncata A. Cunn. ex DC. 
SENECIO BRUNONIS (Hook, f.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Centropappus Brunonis Hook. f. in Lond. J. Bot. 6: 124 (1847); 
Senecio centropappus F. Muell. Annu. Rev. Govt. Bot. 1858: 26 (1858) 
atque in Benth. Flor. aust. 3: 666 (1866) — nom. illegit. 
In transferring the only known species of Centropappus Hook. f. 
to Senecio L., F. Mueller (l.c.) should have retained its specific 
epithet “ brunonis ”. He may have been dissuaded from so doing 
by pre-existence of the similar name S. brunonianus Hook. & Arn. 

Page image

537137 Haeckeria punctulata Muelleria 1(3): 162
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934377
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615

Page text

162 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
Haeckeria F. Muell. — woody perennials having stiff, linear, rather 
ericoid leaves (clustered or even imbricate) and the white or yellow 
heads forming compact corymbs. In habit, species of Haeckeria 
strongly resemble those of Cassinia, but differ in the total absence 
of both pappus and receptacular scales. H. cassiniiformis F. Muell. 
(the type species, endemic on Eyre Peninsuala, S.A.) and H. 
ozothamnoides F. Muell. (Vic. & N.S.W) need no change of name; 
but new combinations under Haeckeria are required for Humea 
punctulata F. Muell. (S.A. only) and H. pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. 
Black of mallee tracts in S.A., Vic. and N.S.W. These transfers are 
effected hereunder: 
HAECKERIA PHOLIDOTA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Ozothamnus pholidotus F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 2: 131 (1861); 
Humea pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. Black in Trans, roy Soc. S. Aust. 
43: 43 (1919). 
HAECKERIA PUNCTULATA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Humea punctulata F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 3: 137 (1863); 
Cassinia punctulata (F. Muell.) F. Muell. & R. Tate ex R. Tate Handb. 
Flor. extratrop. S. Aust. 241 (1890). 
In Hj. Eichler’s Suppl. J. M. Black’s Flor. S. Aust. 316 & 323 
(1965), both Humea punctulata F. Muell. and Cassinia complanata 
J. M. Black are synonymized under the name C. punctulata ( J.c .) — 
a procedure with which the present writer cannot agree. The type 
of H. punctulata (MEL) from Flinders and Elders Ranges supports its 
complete separation from C. complanata [= C. uncata A. Cunn. ex 
DC.], as set out by Black in his Flor. S. Aust. ed 2: 919 (1957): the 
former is totally glabrous, but has prominent resin-glands in the 
trigonal straight-pointed leaves, and extremely narrow, single-flowered 
capitula; the latter is more or less scabrid-hairy (especially on axes 
of the inflorescence) , with flattened but revolute leaves that are 
uncate at their tips and with broader capitula each bearing several 
florets. Certainly, capitula on the type of H. punctulata are very 
immature, but their minute florets fail to show any vestige of a 
pappus, the bristles of which are always discernible on Cassinia at 
comparable stages of development. Reasons have been advanced 
elsewhere in this paper for the writer’s action in relegating Cassinia 
complanata to synonymy under C. uncata A. Cunn. ex DC. 
SENECIO BRUNONIS (Hook, f.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Centropappus Brunonis Hook. f. in Lond. J. Bot. 6: 124 (1847); 
Senecio centropappus F. Muell. Annu. Rev. Govt. Bot. 1858: 26 (1858) 
atque in Benth. Flor. aust. 3: 666 (1866) — nom. illegit. 
In transferring the only known species of Centropappus Hook. f. 
to Senecio L., F. Mueller (l.c.) should have retained its specific 
epithet “ brunonis ”. He may have been dissuaded from so doing 
by pre-existence of the similar name S. brunonianus Hook. & Arn. 

Page image

530950 Helichrysum rogersianum Muelleria 1(3): 158
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934381
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615

Page text

158 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
(10-25 cm.), its large solitary golden to orange flower-heads (3-5 
cm. wide when expanded) and especially by the long acuminate- 
lanceolate intermediate bracts (always ± obtuse in the case of 
H. bracteatum ) . No previous record for Victoria would seem to 
have been published. 
HELICHRYSUM DEALBATUM Labill. Nov. Holl. Plant. Specim. 2: 
45, t. 190 (1806). 
This rhizomatous herb is widespread and often abundant in 
Tasmania, but of very limited and scattered distribution on the 
northern side of Bass Strait. The only mainland localities known, 
until quite recently, were Wilson’s Promontory, Foster, Nine Mile 
Creek near Hedley, Bruthen and Bennison High Plains. Then, on 
29 Nov. 1964, Mr. A. C. Beauglehole found a small, very isolated 
colony on wet heathland of the Lower Glenelg watershed, about 
6 miles north of Mt. Kincaid in far S.W. Victoria — a noteworthy 
extension of range and the most westerly locality to be recorded. 
Specimens from his collection, n. 6511, have been lodged at Melbourne 
Herbarium; they have comparatively large flower-heads (±3 cm. wide, 
with intermediate bracts of the involucre beautifully crimson-tinted 
and plicate when dry. 
HELICHRYSUM ROGERSIANUM J. H. Willis spec. nov. 
ad H. ledifolium (DC.) Benth. atque H. ericetum W. M. Curtis 
Tasmaniae proxime accedit; a priore differt habitu virgato, statura 
altiore (1 -5-2-5 m.), foliis angustioribus (0-5-2 mm.), capitulis 
angustioribus flosculos pauciores (3-7) continentibus; a secundo 
foliis multo longioribus angustioribusque inflorescentiis majoribus et 
involucri squamis nunquam purpureis distinguitur. 
HOLOTYPE & ISOTYPE (with mature achenes) : Brumby Point, 
N.E. sector of Nunniong Plateau, E. Victoria, at ± 1,080 m. 
(=3,500 feet) alt. in montane forest on shaded southerly 
slopes above Little Reedy River — K. C. Rogers , 10 Mar. 1964 
(MEL) . 
PARATYPES: Ibidem— K. C. Rogers , 18 Apr. 1964 (MEL, NSW); 
Laver’s Hill road 2 -5-3 -5 miles S. of Chappie Vale, Otway 
Ranges, S. Vic., at ± 155 m. (= 500 ft.) alt. — Helen I. 
Aston n. 813, 16 Nov. 1960 (MEL, CANB, NSW, BRI, AD, 
HO, K, BM, L, G). 
Also examined (all in MEL) : Ibidem (viz Laver’s Hill road, &c.) 
— Mrs. Winifred Denny, 19 Nov. 1960 (duplicates to be 
distributed to other herbaria) ; Chappie Vale road 4-5 miles 
N.W. of Laver’s Hill, Otway Ranges, S. Vic. — J. H. Willis, 
26 Nov. 1961 (also NSW); Gable End Track ± 0-5 miles S. 
of Miller’s Hut, in Mt. Wellington region at ± 1,400 m. 
(= 4,600 ft.) alt., only a single bush noted — J. H. Willis, 
12 Mar. 1966. 

Page image

501492 Hovea longifolia montana Muelleria 1(3): 127
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934412
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
809252 Hovea purpurea montana Muelleria 1(3): 127
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934412
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
502298 Hovea rosmarinifolia rosmarinifolia Muelleria 1(3): 127
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934412
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
502311 Hovea rosmarinifolia villosa Muelleria 1(3): 127
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934412
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
796353 Humea punctulata Muelleria 1(3): 162
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934377
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615

Page text

162 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
Haeckeria F. Muell. — woody perennials having stiff, linear, rather 
ericoid leaves (clustered or even imbricate) and the white or yellow 
heads forming compact corymbs. In habit, species of Haeckeria 
strongly resemble those of Cassinia, but differ in the total absence 
of both pappus and receptacular scales. H. cassiniiformis F. Muell. 
(the type species, endemic on Eyre Peninsuala, S.A.) and H. 
ozothamnoides F. Muell. (Vic. & N.S.W) need no change of name; 
but new combinations under Haeckeria are required for Humea 
punctulata F. Muell. (S.A. only) and H. pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. 
Black of mallee tracts in S.A., Vic. and N.S.W. These transfers are 
effected hereunder: 
HAECKERIA PHOLIDOTA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Ozothamnus pholidotus F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 2: 131 (1861); 
Humea pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. Black in Trans, roy Soc. S. Aust. 
43: 43 (1919). 
HAECKERIA PUNCTULATA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Humea punctulata F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 3: 137 (1863); 
Cassinia punctulata (F. Muell.) F. Muell. & R. Tate ex R. Tate Handb. 
Flor. extratrop. S. Aust. 241 (1890). 
In Hj. Eichler’s Suppl. J. M. Black’s Flor. S. Aust. 316 & 323 
(1965), both Humea punctulata F. Muell. and Cassinia complanata 
J. M. Black are synonymized under the name C. punctulata ( J.c .) — 
a procedure with which the present writer cannot agree. The type 
of H. punctulata (MEL) from Flinders and Elders Ranges supports its 
complete separation from C. complanata [= C. uncata A. Cunn. ex 
DC.], as set out by Black in his Flor. S. Aust. ed 2: 919 (1957): the 
former is totally glabrous, but has prominent resin-glands in the 
trigonal straight-pointed leaves, and extremely narrow, single-flowered 
capitula; the latter is more or less scabrid-hairy (especially on axes 
of the inflorescence) , with flattened but revolute leaves that are 
uncate at their tips and with broader capitula each bearing several 
florets. Certainly, capitula on the type of H. punctulata are very 
immature, but their minute florets fail to show any vestige of a 
pappus, the bristles of which are always discernible on Cassinia at 
comparable stages of development. Reasons have been advanced 
elsewhere in this paper for the writer’s action in relegating Cassinia 
complanata to synonymy under C. uncata A. Cunn. ex DC. 
SENECIO BRUNONIS (Hook, f.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Centropappus Brunonis Hook. f. in Lond. J. Bot. 6: 124 (1847); 
Senecio centropappus F. Muell. Annu. Rev. Govt. Bot. 1858: 26 (1858) 
atque in Benth. Flor. aust. 3: 666 (1866) — nom. illegit. 
In transferring the only known species of Centropappus Hook. f. 
to Senecio L., F. Mueller (l.c.) should have retained its specific 
epithet “ brunonis ”. He may have been dissuaded from so doing 
by pre-existence of the similar name S. brunonianus Hook. & Arn. 

Page image

808458 Lamprolobium megalophyllum Muelleria 1(3): 128
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934411
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615

Page text

128 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
open soon after the winter snow has melted. It may form extensive 
societies on open alpine or subalpine heaths and woodlands at from 
4,500 to 6,500 feet alt.; a white-flowered state, growing with the 
normal purple form, has been collected on Mt. Buffalo, Vic. (Nov. 
1965), and Mt. Gingera, A.C.T. (Nov. 1962). F. Mueller had labelled 
a collection from the summit of Mt. Wellington, Vic., “ Hovea gelida ”, 
but apparently he never published this name. 
GALACTIA MEGALOPHYLLA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Lamprolobium megalophyllum F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 9: 67 
(1875). 
F. Mueller (Lc.) described his Lamprolobium megalophyllum in the 
absence of pods, and cited “ Galactia megalophylla F. M. coll.” in 
synonymy immediately under the name, thereby indicating some 
uncertainty as to the correct generic placement of the species 
concerned. The chief difference between Lamprolobium Benth. 
(assigned to tribe Galegeae) and Galactia R. Br. (tribe Phaseoleae) 
appears to be in the non-strophiolate seeds of the latter, chiefly 
American genus, whereas the endemic Lamprolobium is defined as 
having seeds with a fleshy strophiole. 
The writer was recently enabled to examine excellent fruiting 
material of L. megalophyllum from near Darwin, agreeing well with 
the type collection (Schultz n. 527) from the same area. The former 
collection had broad-linear, delicately pubescent, fawn-coloured pods 
40 x 4-5 mm., sharply mucronate at apex, with thickened sutures 
and 4-6 transverse seeds. There was no vestige of a strophiole on 
the black flattened seeds (±2x1-5 mm.) and, despite the erect 
shrubby habit of this plant (± 1-5 m. high), it ought surely be 
referred to Galactia, not to Lamprolobium. Species of Galactia are 
commonly scandent, with 3 leaflets, but in Brazil the sub-section 
Collaearia Benth. of section Collaea DC. contains several unifoliolate 
species, e.g., G. benthamiana Micheli which bears a striking resem- 
blance to the Darwin population. The binary Galactia megalophylla 
does not seem to have been published, except in synonymy by 
Mueher and thereby illegitimate; so the transfer is now formally 
made in order to validate this name. 
Known collections of G. megalophylla are: 
Port Darwin, North Aust. — Schultz n. 527 (TYPE, in MEL) ; 
Shoal Bay Road near Darwin, N. Terr., “ in open eucalypt 
forest”, flowers pink — H. S. McKee n. 8392, 11 Feb. 1961 
(CANB, MEL) ; Batchelor, N. Terr. — G. Chippendale n. 7742, 
Mar. 1961 (NT, CANB). 
Rutaceae 
BORONIA ANEMONIFOLIA A. Gunn, in Field Geogr. Mem. N.S.W. 
330 (1825). 
var. VARIABILIS (Hook.) Benth. Flor. aust. I: 321 (1863). 

Page image

524232 Leptospermum glaucescens Muelleria 1(3): 136
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934403
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
813461 Leucopogon clelandii Muelleria 1(3)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(3)".

937453 Leucopogon gelidus Muelleria 1(3)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(3)".

937454 Leucopogon lanceolatus gelidus Muelleria 1(3)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(3)".

813547 Leucopogon neurophyllus Muelleria 1(3)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(3)".

938277 Leucopogon pilibundus Muelleria 1(3)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(3)".

813566 Leucopogon pilifer Muelleria 1(3)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(3)".

813588 Leucopogon riparius Muelleria 1(3)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(3)".

513517 Lilaea Muelleria 1(3): 169
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934342
Page is part of the work Aquatic angiosperms: Records of four introduced species new to Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.237617

Page text

AQUATIC ANGIOSPERMS 
Records of four introduced species new to Victoria 
by 
Helen I. Aston.* 
In recent years the author has been working on the distribution 
of aquatic species within Victoria, and the upgrowth of interest in this 
field has led to the discovery of naturalized occurrences of four 
species of aquatic angiosperms previously unrecorded for this State. 
These are: Lilaea scilloides (Poir.) Haum., Ludwigia palustris (L.) 
Ell., Myriophyllum brasiliense Cambess., and Sagittaria graminea 
Michx. var. weatherbiana (Fernald) Bogin. With the exception of 
Myriophyllum brasiliense all these discoveries also constitute new 
records of these species for Australia. 
Details of the finding and distribution of these species, and various 
salient notes on each, are now given. 
Lilaea scilloides (Poir.) Haum. 
On 12 October 1961, Mr. Fred Swindley, then an officer of the 
Fisheries and Wildlife Department, Melbourne, located this species at 
a point approximately \ mile N.E. of Laverton, Victoria, which is 
about 13 miles W.S.W. of Melbourne. Here a small creek flows 
intermittently across the basalt plain, emptying eventually into 
temporary swamps at Altona, and the species concerned was found 
present at one of the few pools of permanent water along the creek. 
Plants were in about 1 foot of water, with the top few inches 
emergent, and lined the edges of the pool but did not extend into 
deeper water. All floral and fruiting stages were present, both with 
the bisexual flower-spikes and the sessile female organs. As far as 
can be ascertained, this is the first known Australian occurrence of 
this North and South American species, and it is regarded as a recent 
accidental introduction to this State. Portion of Swindley’s collection 
is housed at the National Herbarium of Victoria. 
On 16 October 1962, the author visited the Laverton site and 
found the species still prevalent at the original precise location. 
Further material (Aston No. 839) was collected from a depth of 
9 inches of water at the pool-edge, and again it was noticed that the 
plant did not extend into deeper waters. Flowering and fruiting 
were well evident. On 28 September 1964, I again visited the site 
and found the situation much as in the previous instance. In 
addition, plants were located 100 yards downstream, on damp mud 
left above the receding water-level, and specimens of these were 
taken (Aston No. 1223). Plants in this situation were thriving well, 
with all floral and fruiting stages present. 
* National Herbarium of Victoria. 
169 

Page image

513549 Lilaea scilloides Muelleria 1(3): 169
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934342
Page is part of the work Aquatic angiosperms: Records of four introduced species new to Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.237617

Page text

AQUATIC ANGIOSPERMS 
Records of four introduced species new to Victoria 
by 
Helen I. Aston.* 
In recent years the author has been working on the distribution 
of aquatic species within Victoria, and the upgrowth of interest in this 
field has led to the discovery of naturalized occurrences of four 
species of aquatic angiosperms previously unrecorded for this State. 
These are: Lilaea scilloides (Poir.) Haum., Ludwigia palustris (L.) 
Ell., Myriophyllum brasiliense Cambess., and Sagittaria graminea 
Michx. var. weatherbiana (Fernald) Bogin. With the exception of 
Myriophyllum brasiliense all these discoveries also constitute new 
records of these species for Australia. 
Details of the finding and distribution of these species, and various 
salient notes on each, are now given. 
Lilaea scilloides (Poir.) Haum. 
On 12 October 1961, Mr. Fred Swindley, then an officer of the 
Fisheries and Wildlife Department, Melbourne, located this species at 
a point approximately \ mile N.E. of Laverton, Victoria, which is 
about 13 miles W.S.W. of Melbourne. Here a small creek flows 
intermittently across the basalt plain, emptying eventually into 
temporary swamps at Altona, and the species concerned was found 
present at one of the few pools of permanent water along the creek. 
Plants were in about 1 foot of water, with the top few inches 
emergent, and lined the edges of the pool but did not extend into 
deeper water. All floral and fruiting stages were present, both with 
the bisexual flower-spikes and the sessile female organs. As far as 
can be ascertained, this is the first known Australian occurrence of 
this North and South American species, and it is regarded as a recent 
accidental introduction to this State. Portion of Swindley’s collection 
is housed at the National Herbarium of Victoria. 
On 16 October 1962, the author visited the Laverton site and 
found the species still prevalent at the original precise location. 
Further material (Aston No. 839) was collected from a depth of 
9 inches of water at the pool-edge, and again it was noticed that the 
plant did not extend into deeper waters. Flowering and fruiting 
were well evident. On 28 September 1964, I again visited the site 
and found the situation much as in the previous instance. In 
addition, plants were located 100 yards downstream, on damp mud 
left above the receding water-level, and specimens of these were 
taken (Aston No. 1223). Plants in this situation were thriving well, 
with all floral and fruiting stages present. 
* National Herbarium of Victoria. 
169 

Page image

500885 Ludwigia palustris Muelleria 1(3): 170
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934343
Page is part of the work Aquatic angiosperms: Records of four introduced species new to Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.237617

Page text

170 
H. I. Aston: Aquatic Angiosperms 
The above observations are in agreement with Mason (1957) who 
describes the species as an annual, either terrestrial on wet soil or 
aquatic. Subject to man’s non-interference (the main pool is directly 
alongside the Melbourne-Geelong Highway) the colony at Laverton 
shows every sign of persisting. Downstream spread will probably be 
limited as the creek waters soon become saline, but dispersal to other 
areas may be effected by such agents as waterfowl, for fruits are 
produced in considerable quantity. At present the species shows no 
sign of being a pernicious spreader. 
A botanical description and illustration is available in Mason 
(1957, p. 101 and fig. 42). 
Ludwigia palustris (L.) Ell. 
On 2 June 1964, the author collected flowering and fruiting 
material (Aston No. 1202) of this species from a lagoon of the Ovens 
River, about 1^ miles N.E. of Wangaratta, in north-eastern Victoria. 
This seems to be the first record of this species occurring naturalized 
within Australia. 
Since this date I have carried out extensive sampling along rivers, 
creeks, lakes, lagoons, swamps, and farm stock-tanks throughout the 
north-east of the State, from the Corryong district west to Barmah 
Forest (north-west of Nathalia) and south to Nagambie and Eildon. 
During this searching, L. palustris has been located in ten areas, all 
restricted to the valleys of the Ovens and the Kiewa Rivers. No. trace 
of it has yet been found in any other area visited, including the nearby 
Mitta Mitta River which was sampled along its lower reaches from 
Tallandoon to Tallangatta. Along the Ovens River the species occurs 
either frequently or abundantly from Myrtleford to the Murray Valley 
Highway (about 2 miles short of the confluence of the Ovens and 
Murray Rivers) , a direct distance of some 49 miles. Along the Kiewa 
River it occurs similarly from Upper Gundowring north to the Murray 
Valley Highway, about 5 miles east of Wodonga, and again only 
2 miles short of the confluence of the Kiewa with the Murray River. 
This is a distance of approximately 26 miles. At present, therefore, 
the species is known to extend along approximately 75 miles (direct 
line) of river valley, and probably extends still farther as the rivers 
upstream from Myrtleford and Upper Gundowring have not yet been 
searched. 
In an endeavour to locate the origin of the occurrences, an 
approach was made to the State Electricity Commission of Victoria, 
as it was thought that the plant might have deliberately been 
introduced as a mud-binder around pondages of the Kiewa Hydro- 
electric Scheme. However, the Commission has informed us that 
they have not used this species, so that its origin in the area is still 
unknown. 
L. palustris grows as a non-flowering aquatic in water up to 1 foot 
deep, but is at its best as a terrestrial on wet or saturated mud 
beside water. Here the plant spreads by rooting stolons to form a 

Page image

490603 Mentha diemenica diemenica Muelleria 1(3): 144
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934395
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
490621 Mentha diemenica serpyllifolia Muelleria 1(3): 144
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934395
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
810461 Mentha serpyllifolia Muelleria 1(3): 144
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934395
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615

Page text

144 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
Labiatae 
MENTHA DIEMENICA Spreng. Syst. Veg. 2: 724 (1825) 
var. SERPYLLIFOLIA ( Benth .) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Mentha serpyllifolia Benth. in DC. Prodr. 12: 174 (1848); 
M. gracilis R. Br. var. serpyllifolia (Benth.) Ewart Flor. Viet. 989 (1931). 
The long-applied name for Slender Mint, Mentha gracilis R. Br. 
Prodr . Flor. Nov. Holl 505 (1810), is a later homonym of the validly 
published M. gracilis Sole Menthae Britannicae 37, 1. 16 (1798) and 
therefore illegitimate. M. diemenica Spreng. is the correct binomial 
for the Australian plant, having only recently been adopted in Beadle, 
Evans and Carolin’s Handb. vase. Plant. Sydney District 418 (1962) 
and also in Hj. Eichler’s Suppl. J. M. Black’s Flor. S. Aust. 268 (1965). 
Eichler lists M. serpyllifolia Benth. as a synonym, but this variant is 
smaller in all its parts (rarely exceeding 15 cm. in height, the almost 
sessile ovate leaves less than 10 mm. long and flowers up to 6 per 
axil — often only 1) and is worthy of some recognition. A new 
combination is required upon transfer of the varietal epithet to the 
name M. diemenica. 
The variety serpyllifolia is scattered on damp near-coastal heaths 
in Victoria (Foster and Wilson’s Prom., Cape Nelson, but also with 
inland occurrences near Mt. Disappointment and on the King River) , 
extending to South Australia (Guichen Bay and Torrens River) and 
Tasmania where apparently much more frequent. 
PROSTANTHERA CRUCIFLORA J. H. Willis spec. nov. 
ob corollam parvam albam subrotatam cruciformemque unica. 
Frutex densa, erecta, glabra, 1-5-2 m. alta. Folia sordide griseovirens, ovata, 
integra, obtusa, ± 15 x 10 mm., minute papillosa. Flores in axillis superioribus, 
± 8 per racemum brevissimum. Calycis labia 2 subaequalia, paene rotunda, ± 3 
mm. longa. Corolla albida, tubo 4-5 mm. longo, limbo 8-10 mm. lato et subito 
horizontaliter expanso; lobis 5 subaequalibus (3-5 x 2-4 mm.) perobtusis, tribus 
inferioribus cruciforrmter divergentibus. Stamina ad apicem tubi affixa. Antherae 
roseae, 1-1-3 mm. longae, loculi appendicibus perminutis praediti. 
HOLOTYPE: Mt. Kaputar, N.E. New South Wales, on coarse 
sandstone at base of mount (zb 900 m. alt.) — G. W. Althofer , 
Oct. 1962 (MEL). 
Also examined: specimen cultivated at W Tree near Buchan, E.; 
Victoria, by Leo Ffodge , 5 Dec. 1962 (MEL): specimen 
grown by cuttings from type plant, at Dripstone, N.S.W. — 
G. W. Althofer, 18th Nov. 1964 (MEL). 
A rather dense, grey-green, virtually glabrous, erect shrub 1-5-2 
m. (5-6 feet) high, but sometimes less than 1 m.; branchlets papillose, 
and with minute hairs restricted to 2 pairs of ridges that are 
decurrent from the margins of each petiole. Leaves only slightly 
odorous, dull greyish-green from a fine papillose indumentum (as in 

Page image

526257 Monotoca rotundifolia Muelleria 1(3): 141
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934398
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615

Page text

J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 141 
S. MUCRONATA ( Hook.f .) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Pentachondra mucronata Hook. f. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 6: 270 (1847); 
Leucopogon fraseri quoad Benth. Flor. aust. 4: 218 (1868) atque auctt. 
var., non A. Cunn. in Ann. nat. Hist. 2: 47 (1838) — N.Z. endem. 
S. NEUROPHYLLA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Leucopogon neurophyllus F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 1: 37 (1858). 
S. PILIBUNDA (A. Cunn ex DC) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Leucopogon pilibundus A. Cunn. ex DC. Prodr. 7: 746 (1839). 
S. PILIFERA (N. A. Wakefield) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Leucopogon piliferus N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat. 73: 58 (1956). 
S. RIPARIA (N. A. Wakefield) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Leucopogon riparius N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat. 73: 59 (1956). 
MONOTOCA ROTUNDIFOLIA J. H. Willis spec. nov. 
unica ob folia rotunda (marginibus ± recurvis) atque petala intus 
manifeste papillosa. 
Fruticulus prostratus ramis tenuibus sparsim pubescentibus. Foliorum lamina 
± rotunda (3-5 mm. longa), tamen ob margines saepe arete recurvos (paene 
revolutos) ephippiformem esse videtur, petiolo manifesto purpurascenti (1-1*5 mm. 
longo) praedita, supra minute scabrida, infra albida atque a venulis 15-25 
flabellate-divaricatis prominenter lineata, distanter ciliolata, ad apicem obtusa aut 
mucrone perbrevi indurato. Flores 5-partib, in axillis superis solitarii, pedicellis 
robustis pubescentibus praediti; calyx pallide viridis, ± 1 mm. longus, eius lobi 
arete imbricati perlate ovati obtusi albido-ciliati, ad basin a bracteis duabus 
similibus (sed brevioribus — 0*7 mm.) subtendentes; corolla pallide ochracea, ± 
2 mm. longa, eius tubus sepala non excedens, lobis 5 valvatis ovato-lanceolatis 
vel fusiformibus, ± 1*5 mm. longis, extus glabris, intus breviter sed prominenter 
papillosis, primum incurvatis deinde pigre expandentibus, marginibus anguste 
incurvis atque apicibus obtusis induratisque. Antherce ochraceae subsessiles, 
corollae tubi apicem versus affixae, late ellipsoideae, comparate magnae (0-7-1 
mm. longae), per totum fertiles. Stylus glaber brevis crassusque, profunde 
5-angulatus, ± 0-6 mm. longus (summitate stigmatica conica ± 0-1 mm. alta); 
ovarium uniloculare, oblate-globoideum, ± 0-4 mm. altum, disci squamulis 5 
(quaque 0*3 mm. longa) viridibus ovatis amplexum. Fructus ignotus. 
HOLOTYPE: Brumby Point, N.E. portion of Nunniong Plateau, East 
Gippsland, Victoria, in montane mallee heath overlooking 
Reedy River gorge, at dz 1,250 m. (4,100 feet) alt. — K. C. 
Rogers , 10 Mar. 1964 (MEL). ISOTYPES at MEL, NSW, 
AD, CANB, K. 
PARATYPES: Ibidem— K. C. Rogers , 30 Jan. 1964 (MEL). 
Small prostrate or ascending semi-shrub with slender sparsely 
pubescent branches. Leaf-blades 3-5 mm. long and broad, rotund 
but often appearing saddle-shaped through the tightly recurved 

Page image

539732 Myriophyllum brasiliense Muelleria 1(3): 171
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934344
Page is part of the work Aquatic angiosperms: Records of four introduced species new to Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.237617

Page text

H. I. Aston: Aquatic Angiosperms 
171 
prostrate mat, and becomes an excellent mud-binder. Flowers and 
fruits are produced abundantly, and would presumably be easily 
transported by water. Once established beside a river system, it 
would spread rapidly, and this seems to have been the case along the 
Ovens and Kiewa Rivers. It will be surprising if the species does not 
extend down the Murray River within a short number of years, and 
it can also be expected that it will establish itself in adjacent areas. 
Dr. Barbara Briggs (pers. comm.) has informed me that it is not yet 
recorded for New South Wales. 
The ability of the species to spread rapidly is well-recorded for 
New Zealand. Raven (1963, p. 403) writes “ The earliest record for 
New Zealand seems to be from about 1929 (Allan, N.Z. J. Agr. 47: 
311-313, 1933), when it was recorded from a few stations on the 
North Island; it has spread explosively and now is found over the 
entire North Island and locally on the South Island as well (Miss 
Ruth Mason, pers. comm.) . Probably it was introduced into New 
Zealand from Europe ”. 
L. palustris is a native of North and Central America, Colombia, 
and of much of Eurasia east to the Caspian Sea and northern Iran 
and south through Spain, Italy, and Greece to northern Africa. As 
well as Australia and New Zealand, it is also introduced in Hawaii 
and southern Africa. See Raven (1963, p. 400). 
A botanical description and illustration is available in Mason 
(1957, p. 611 and fig. 279). 
Myriophyllum brasiliense Cambess. 
This South American species has now become naturally established 
in Victoria in four areas within the vicinity of Melbourne, and has not 
previously been recorded for the State. All four occurrences have 
been located and kept under observation by Mr. Ian Tankard, a 
teacher at Albion State School, who brought specimens to the 
National Herbarium for identification and who has supplied full 
information concerning them. These occurrences are: 
(a) Studley Park, Kew, approx. 3 miles E.N.E. of Melbourne 
G.P.O. — in the Yarra River just upstream from its junction with 
the Merri Creek. In 1961 three large clumps each approximately 
30 x 10 feet in area, plus minor areas of growth, were located 
growing luxuriantly in water from 1 to 5 feet deep. Visits 
during the summer months of January and February 1963 and 
1964, showed the clumps to be persisting. Winter visits during 
1964 showed marked alteration in growth, the emergent foliage 
vanishing between March and September visits, leaving only bare 
submerged stems. A further November visitation showed new 
growth emergent, and re-covering of the original areas. 
(b) Royal Park, approximately 2\ miles N. of Melbourne G.P.O. 
— immediately west of the Zoological Gardens. In March 1963, 
many small, dense patches were located along a small tributary 
of the Moonee Ponds Creek. In March 1964 this luxuriant 
growth was again present, but between then and September the 

Page image

531888 Olearia allenderae Muelleria 1(3): 156
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934383
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615

Page text

156 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
Composite 
OLEARIA ALLENDERAE J. H. Willis spec. nov. 
ex affinitate O. stellulatae (Labill.) DC. et O. rugosae (F. Muell. ex 
Archer) Hutchinson, sed a priore differt foliis comparate latioribus, 
ad apicem obtusis, irregularius dentatis, eius marginibus anguste 
revolutis, in superficie sine pilis stellatis atque subter manifeste 
reticulatis; a his speciebus duabus recedit habitu gracili, foliis multo 
parvioribus (1-3 cm. longis) auriculatisque, inflorescentiis non 
paniculatis, pedunculis brevioribus (5-10 mm.) atque acheniis omnino 
glabris. 
HOLOTYPE : Wilson’s Promontory, S. Victoria, in swampy depression 
± 2 miles north of Darby River crossing — Marie Allender, 
27 Oct. 1964 (MEL). ISOTYPES at MEL, NSW, AD, K. 
PARATYPE : Ibidem — Marie Allender , 24 Oct. 1961 (MEL). 
Shrub slender, sparingly branched, 1-2 m. (= 3-6 feet) high, with 
elongated, leafy, purplish, costate branches that push up through 
dense paludal shrubberies. Leaves rigidly coriaceous, ovate-lanceolate 
to oblong, 1-3 cm. long, 5-12 mm. wide, obtuse at apex, auriculate 
at base, with petiole only 1-2 mm. long; margins narrowly revolute, 
crenate to coarsely and bluntly toothed; upper-surfaces shining, 
deeply wrinkled with small bullate sections, asperate or almost 
smooth; under-surfaces reticulate, whitish from a fine mat of minute 
stellate hairs. Inflorescence 3-8 cm. long, leafy throughout, consisting 
of mostly solitary capitula in the upper axils. Capitula on short 
peduncles 5-10 mm. long (rarely exceeding the floral leaves), 
broadly funnel-shaped, 6-8 mm. wide at anthesis; phyllaries 2- to 
3-seriate, zb 20 (dz 8 outer bracts being shorter) , lanceolate to 
oblanceolate and broadly acute, the innermost 4-5 mm. long, purplish 
but colour at first masked by a woolly-white stellate indumentum 
that persists at base and on the apical dorsum. Ray-florets dz 10-12, 
female, with white ligules 6-9 mm. long and 1-2 mm. wide. Disk- 
florets 13-17, bisexual, purplish at first then yellow, with narrowly 
funnel-shaped corolla 4-5 mm. long; anthers pale, 2 mm. long; style- 
arms narrowly elliptic, purple, pruinose, dz 1 mm. long. Achene 
elliptic, flattened, glabrous, with zb 5 prominent vertical ribs, 2-2-5 
mm. long, =b 0-8 mm. wide; pappus-bristles 30-40, zb 5 mm. long, 
white-silky, minutely scabrid and slightly thicker at acuminate tips, 
fused into a short corona at base. 
The affinities of the new species are closest to O. stellulata 
(Labill.) DC. and O. rugosa (E. Muell. ex Archer) Hutchinson; it 
differs from the former in having no stellate hairs on the upper- 
surfaces of leaves (which are relatively narrower, more regularly 
toothed, acute at apices, without revolute margins and less reticulate 
in O. stellulata) , and from both these species it departs in its slender 
habit, much smaller auriculate leaves, non-paniculate inflorescences, 
shorter peduncles and quite glabrous achenes. 

Page image

808872 Ozothamnus pholidotus Muelleria 1(3): 162
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934377
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615

Page text

162 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
Haeckeria F. Muell. — woody perennials having stiff, linear, rather 
ericoid leaves (clustered or even imbricate) and the white or yellow 
heads forming compact corymbs. In habit, species of Haeckeria 
strongly resemble those of Cassinia, but differ in the total absence 
of both pappus and receptacular scales. H. cassiniiformis F. Muell. 
(the type species, endemic on Eyre Peninsuala, S.A.) and H. 
ozothamnoides F. Muell. (Vic. & N.S.W) need no change of name; 
but new combinations under Haeckeria are required for Humea 
punctulata F. Muell. (S.A. only) and H. pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. 
Black of mallee tracts in S.A., Vic. and N.S.W. These transfers are 
effected hereunder: 
HAECKERIA PHOLIDOTA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Ozothamnus pholidotus F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 2: 131 (1861); 
Humea pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. Black in Trans, roy Soc. S. Aust. 
43: 43 (1919). 
HAECKERIA PUNCTULATA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Humea punctulata F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 3: 137 (1863); 
Cassinia punctulata (F. Muell.) F. Muell. & R. Tate ex R. Tate Handb. 
Flor. extratrop. S. Aust. 241 (1890). 
In Hj. Eichler’s Suppl. J. M. Black’s Flor. S. Aust. 316 & 323 
(1965), both Humea punctulata F. Muell. and Cassinia complanata 
J. M. Black are synonymized under the name C. punctulata ( J.c .) — 
a procedure with which the present writer cannot agree. The type 
of H. punctulata (MEL) from Flinders and Elders Ranges supports its 
complete separation from C. complanata [= C. uncata A. Cunn. ex 
DC.], as set out by Black in his Flor. S. Aust. ed 2: 919 (1957): the 
former is totally glabrous, but has prominent resin-glands in the 
trigonal straight-pointed leaves, and extremely narrow, single-flowered 
capitula; the latter is more or less scabrid-hairy (especially on axes 
of the inflorescence) , with flattened but revolute leaves that are 
uncate at their tips and with broader capitula each bearing several 
florets. Certainly, capitula on the type of H. punctulata are very 
immature, but their minute florets fail to show any vestige of a 
pappus, the bristles of which are always discernible on Cassinia at 
comparable stages of development. Reasons have been advanced 
elsewhere in this paper for the writer’s action in relegating Cassinia 
complanata to synonymy under C. uncata A. Cunn. ex DC. 
SENECIO BRUNONIS (Hook, f.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Centropappus Brunonis Hook. f. in Lond. J. Bot. 6: 124 (1847); 
Senecio centropappus F. Muell. Annu. Rev. Govt. Bot. 1858: 26 (1858) 
atque in Benth. Flor. aust. 3: 666 (1866) — nom. illegit. 
In transferring the only known species of Centropappus Hook. f. 
to Senecio L., F. Mueller (l.c.) should have retained its specific 
epithet “ brunonis ”. He may have been dissuaded from so doing 
by pre-existence of the similar name S. brunonianus Hook. & Arn. 

Page image

938319 Pentachondra mucronata Muelleria 1(3)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 1(3)".

495824 Platylobium obtusangulum obtusangulum Muelleria 1(3): 126
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934413
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
495833 Platylobium obtusangulum spinulosum Muelleria 1(3): 126
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934413
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
541051 Prostanthera cruciflora Muelleria 1(3): 144
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934395
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615

Page text

144 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
Labiatae 
MENTHA DIEMENICA Spreng. Syst. Veg. 2: 724 (1825) 
var. SERPYLLIFOLIA ( Benth .) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Mentha serpyllifolia Benth. in DC. Prodr. 12: 174 (1848); 
M. gracilis R. Br. var. serpyllifolia (Benth.) Ewart Flor. Viet. 989 (1931). 
The long-applied name for Slender Mint, Mentha gracilis R. Br. 
Prodr . Flor. Nov. Holl 505 (1810), is a later homonym of the validly 
published M. gracilis Sole Menthae Britannicae 37, 1. 16 (1798) and 
therefore illegitimate. M. diemenica Spreng. is the correct binomial 
for the Australian plant, having only recently been adopted in Beadle, 
Evans and Carolin’s Handb. vase. Plant. Sydney District 418 (1962) 
and also in Hj. Eichler’s Suppl. J. M. Black’s Flor. S. Aust. 268 (1965). 
Eichler lists M. serpyllifolia Benth. as a synonym, but this variant is 
smaller in all its parts (rarely exceeding 15 cm. in height, the almost 
sessile ovate leaves less than 10 mm. long and flowers up to 6 per 
axil — often only 1) and is worthy of some recognition. A new 
combination is required upon transfer of the varietal epithet to the 
name M. diemenica. 
The variety serpyllifolia is scattered on damp near-coastal heaths 
in Victoria (Foster and Wilson’s Prom., Cape Nelson, but also with 
inland occurrences near Mt. Disappointment and on the King River) , 
extending to South Australia (Guichen Bay and Torrens River) and 
Tasmania where apparently much more frequent. 
PROSTANTHERA CRUCIFLORA J. H. Willis spec. nov. 
ob corollam parvam albam subrotatam cruciformemque unica. 
Frutex densa, erecta, glabra, 1-5-2 m. alta. Folia sordide griseovirens, ovata, 
integra, obtusa, ± 15 x 10 mm., minute papillosa. Flores in axillis superioribus, 
± 8 per racemum brevissimum. Calycis labia 2 subaequalia, paene rotunda, ± 3 
mm. longa. Corolla albida, tubo 4-5 mm. longo, limbo 8-10 mm. lato et subito 
horizontaliter expanso; lobis 5 subaequalibus (3-5 x 2-4 mm.) perobtusis, tribus 
inferioribus cruciforrmter divergentibus. Stamina ad apicem tubi affixa. Antherae 
roseae, 1-1-3 mm. longae, loculi appendicibus perminutis praediti. 
HOLOTYPE: Mt. Kaputar, N.E. New South Wales, on coarse 
sandstone at base of mount (zb 900 m. alt.) — G. W. Althofer , 
Oct. 1962 (MEL). 
Also examined: specimen cultivated at W Tree near Buchan, E.; 
Victoria, by Leo Ffodge , 5 Dec. 1962 (MEL): specimen 
grown by cuttings from type plant, at Dripstone, N.S.W. — 
G. W. Althofer, 18th Nov. 1964 (MEL). 
A rather dense, grey-green, virtually glabrous, erect shrub 1-5-2 
m. (5-6 feet) high, but sometimes less than 1 m.; branchlets papillose, 
and with minute hairs restricted to 2 pairs of ridges that are 
decurrent from the margins of each petiole. Leaves only slightly 
odorous, dull greyish-green from a fine papillose indumentum (as in 

Page image

469572 Pultenaea williamsoniana Muelleria 1(3): 125
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934414
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615

Page text

J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 125 
P. mollis (from Mt. Sturgeon area at the southern extremity of the 
Grampians) certainly has coarser, broader (to 1*5 mm. wide) leaves 
and larger more congested heads of almost sessile flowers than any 
form of P. angustifolia, but in Portland district there appears to be a 
complete gradation from one extreme to the other. As certain other 
species (e.g., Pultencea scabra, Epacris impressa, Prostanthera 
lasianthos, Westringia glabra ) also exhibit distinctive forms on the 
Grampians, there is no reason to regard the type form of P. mollis 
there as specifically different from the more usual narrow-leaved 
condition (“ P. angustifolia ”) in various parts of Victoria. Consider- 
able diversity exists amongst material from the four syntype localities 
— Grampians, Mt. Macedon, Gembrook Ranges, Bairnsdale — cited by 
Williamson in his description of P. angustifolia . 
PULTEN/EA WILLIAMSONIANA J. H. Willis spec. nov. 
P. angustifolia H. B. Williamson var. vis cos a H. B. Williamson in 
Proc. roy. Soc . Viet, new ser: 40: 58 (1928). 
Ut varietas P. angustifoliae Williamson olim publicata, sed a formis 
omnibus P. mollis Lindl. (P. angustifoliam includens) differt: foliis 
dispersioribus, late et rigide diffusis, glabris, subpungentibus; calyce 
resinoso-nitido, subglabro, in pedicello gracili (3-4 mm. longo); atque 
bracteolis brevibus subrotundis. 
HOLOTYPE : Mt. Zero, northern extremity of Grampians, Victoria — 
H. B. Williamson , early Oct. 1927, cum floribus (MEL). 
ISOTYPE at NSW. 
Also examined: Between Mts. Zero & Stapylton, where frequent on 
heathland around gully-heads ± 1^ miles east of Mt. Zero 
quarry — J. H. Willis, 27 July 1950, cum fructibus (MEL). 
The species was observed by R. V. Smith of Melbourne 
Herbarium, in Oct. 1945, growing along the track to Mt. 
William (personal communication) . 
Slender rigid shrub 1-2 cm. (3-6 feet) high, the young branches 
beset with short pale appressed hairs. Leaves glabrous or sparsely 
sprink’ed with hairs, spreading at right angles to stem or even 
slightly reflexed (the petiole remaining =b erect) and never over- 
lapping, 7-10 mm. long, 0-2-0 -4 mm. wide, narrow-linear, involutely 
terete, rigidly acicular with short pungent mucro; stipules dark, 
setaceous, decurved, 2-3 mm. long. Flowers 2-4 together at ends of 
short lateral branchlets that may eventually grow out beyond flowers 
into leafy shoots; bracts stipule-like and inconspicuous at base of the 
hairy pedicels (3-4 mm. long) . Calyx red-brown, resinous and shiny, 
campanulate, 5 mm. long, split to about £ into broad subacute lobes, 
sparsely hairy to almost glabrous except for a short marginal fringe 
of white cilia on the lobes; bracteoles attached at base of calyx, 
2-2-5 mm. long, broadly ovate to almost orbicular, dark reddish- 
brown, glabrous and highly resinous (stuck to calyx-tube) . Corolla 
to 10 mm. long; standard 8-10 mm. wide, with ± rotund lamina, 
clear yellow but suffused with red towards claw; wings and keel 
almost as long as standard, the former yellow, the latter dark purplish 

Page image

531422 Sagittaria graminea Muelleria 1(3): 173
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934346
Page is part of the work Aquatic angiosperms: Records of four introduced species new to Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.237617

Page text

H. I. Aston: Aquatic Angiosperms 
173 
may become a trouble to navigation”; Byron Bay, 11.1940; Gosford, 
5.1941; Hannam Vale via Taree, 10.1951, “Blocking up a creek”; 
Armidale, 4.1964, “Growing on edge of dam,” and also cultivated 
specimens from the Botanic Gardens, Sydney. These localities cover 
the eastern near-coastal areas of the State from Sydney northwards 
to the Queensland border, and from the comments quoted from the 
herbarium labels there is an indication that in warmer waters the 
species can become troublesome. This is supported by information 
forwarded by Mr. S. L. Everist, Government Botanist at the Brisbane 
Herbarium, regarding occurrences in Queensland. Mr. Everist advises 
in correspondence that it is known to occur in Currumbin Creek and 
Upper Tallebudgera Creek in the extreme south-eastern corner of 
Queensland, and in a couple of places in the Mooleolah River west of 
Caloundra, i.e., 40-50 miles north of Brisbane. It is quite an 
agressive plant at these localities. 
A botanical description and illustration is available in Mason (1957, 
p. 615 and fig. 280) . 
Sagittaria graminea Michx. var. weatherbiana (Fernald) Bogin. 
During 1964 almost simultaneous collections of a species of 
Sagittaria were made in Victoria and in New South Wales. As 
material within Australian herbaria is inadequate for the determination 
of members of such a difficult genus, identifications were made by 
reference to Bogin (1955), who published a complete revision of the 
genus. New South Wales collections were determined by Dr. Barbara 
Briggs of the N.S.W. National Herbarium, and the Victorian collection 
by myself. In each case the collection proved to be North American 
S. graminea var. weatherbiana, both the species and variety previously 
being unrecorded for Australia. Details of occurrence are: 
Aston No. 1215, collected by the author on 5 June 1964, in Nine 
Mile Creek at Wunghnu (5 miles south of Numurkah) in north- 
central Victoria. Here the species was growing, flowering and 
fruiting abundantly, for 50 yards both up and downstream from the 
road bridge at Wunghnu. A search was made for any further 
colonies along the stream, and sampling done in nearby areas along 
creeks which form an interconnecting system with the Nine Mile 
Creek. The species was not located elsewhere and would seem to 
be well-established but localized at Wunghnu. However, further 
searching may produce fresh colonies. 
N.S.W. No. 65392, collected B. Briggs, 20 July 1964, at Casula, 
on the banks of the Georges River and near the railwav station, 
i.e., ca. 20 miles W.S.W. of Sydney. It occurs also at Liverpool, 
about 3-4 miles N.E. of Casula, and further searching may lead to its 
location in other areas along the river. 
Acknowledgements 
Those people who have helped in the gathering of material or of 
data necessary for the completion of this account are mentioned 
where appropriate in the text, and I would like to extend my gratitude 

Page image

531494 Sagittaria graminea weatherbyana Muelleria 1(3): 173
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934346
Page is part of the work Aquatic angiosperms: Records of four introduced species new to Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.237617
502524 Senecio brunonis Muelleria 1(3): 162
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934377
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615

Page text

162 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
Haeckeria F. Muell. — woody perennials having stiff, linear, rather 
ericoid leaves (clustered or even imbricate) and the white or yellow 
heads forming compact corymbs. In habit, species of Haeckeria 
strongly resemble those of Cassinia, but differ in the total absence 
of both pappus and receptacular scales. H. cassiniiformis F. Muell. 
(the type species, endemic on Eyre Peninsuala, S.A.) and H. 
ozothamnoides F. Muell. (Vic. & N.S.W) need no change of name; 
but new combinations under Haeckeria are required for Humea 
punctulata F. Muell. (S.A. only) and H. pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. 
Black of mallee tracts in S.A., Vic. and N.S.W. These transfers are 
effected hereunder: 
HAECKERIA PHOLIDOTA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Ozothamnus pholidotus F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 2: 131 (1861); 
Humea pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. Black in Trans, roy Soc. S. Aust. 
43: 43 (1919). 
HAECKERIA PUNCTULATA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Humea punctulata F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 3: 137 (1863); 
Cassinia punctulata (F. Muell.) F. Muell. & R. Tate ex R. Tate Handb. 
Flor. extratrop. S. Aust. 241 (1890). 
In Hj. Eichler’s Suppl. J. M. Black’s Flor. S. Aust. 316 & 323 
(1965), both Humea punctulata F. Muell. and Cassinia complanata 
J. M. Black are synonymized under the name C. punctulata ( J.c .) — 
a procedure with which the present writer cannot agree. The type 
of H. punctulata (MEL) from Flinders and Elders Ranges supports its 
complete separation from C. complanata [= C. uncata A. Cunn. ex 
DC.], as set out by Black in his Flor. S. Aust. ed 2: 919 (1957): the 
former is totally glabrous, but has prominent resin-glands in the 
trigonal straight-pointed leaves, and extremely narrow, single-flowered 
capitula; the latter is more or less scabrid-hairy (especially on axes 
of the inflorescence) , with flattened but revolute leaves that are 
uncate at their tips and with broader capitula each bearing several 
florets. Certainly, capitula on the type of H. punctulata are very 
immature, but their minute florets fail to show any vestige of a 
pappus, the bristles of which are always discernible on Cassinia at 
comparable stages of development. Reasons have been advanced 
elsewhere in this paper for the writer’s action in relegating Cassinia 
complanata to synonymy under C. uncata A. Cunn. ex DC. 
SENECIO BRUNONIS (Hook, f.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Centropappus Brunonis Hook. f. in Lond. J. Bot. 6: 124 (1847); 
Senecio centropappus F. Muell. Annu. Rev. Govt. Bot. 1858: 26 (1858) 
atque in Benth. Flor. aust. 3: 666 (1866) — nom. illegit. 
In transferring the only known species of Centropappus Hook. f. 
to Senecio L., F. Mueller (l.c.) should have retained its specific 
epithet “ brunonis ”. He may have been dissuaded from so doing 
by pre-existence of the similar name S. brunonianus Hook. & Arn. 

Page image

462667 Sida ammophila Muelleria 1(3): 131
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934408
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615

Page text

J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 131 
Malvaceae 
SIDA AMMOPHILA F. Muell. ex J. H. Willis spec. nov. 
S. trichopodam F. Muell. et S. fibuliferam Lindl. proxime appropin- 
quans. A priore differt: foliis densius stellato-pilosis venas laterales 
conspicuiores subter exhibentibus, pedunculis brevioribus (5-15 mm.) 
calycis-lobis omnino acutis, et praecipue fructus nuculis glabris multo 
minus curvatis atque in faciebus planis duabus multo profundius 
faveolatis. A S. fibulifera recedit: foliis multo angustioribus 
(attenuate-oblongis vel linearibus), stipulis setaceis brevioribus 
(2-3 mm.), calycis-lobis acutis, pedunculis unifloris (raro bifloris) 
et fructus nuculis glabris quarum faciei planae duae favellam 
cristatam etiam dentatam exhibet. 
HOLOTYPE: “ In arena mobili riparum fluvii Murray inter Morundam 
& versuram orientalem ”, South Aust. — F. Mueller, 1 Feb. 
1851 (MEL). 
Also examined (all in MEL) : 
S.A.: Murray River — F. Mueller; Nilpena H. S. (10 miles 
W. of Warrina Ry. Stn.) — R. Helms, Elder Exped., 
3 May 1891; North of Lake Eyre — Hon. Newham, 
June 1887. 
VIC.: Sand-banks along S.W. side of Lake Hattah (Nat. 
Park) , far N.W. Mallee — J. H. Willis & A. C. 
Beauglehole, 15 Oct. 1960; ibidem — N. H. E. 
McDonald, 10 Jan. 1966 (an excellent collection — 
also in NSW) . 
N.S.W.: Darling River — J. Dallachy & T. H. Goodwin, 
Nov. 1858; Lower Darling River near Wentworth 
— Mrs. Helena Forde, 1865; “ Nangavera to 
Yellowinchee ” (i.e. immediately north of Mt. 
Koonenberry) , far N.W. region — H. Beckler, Viet. 
Explor. Exped., 29 Dec. 1860; “ Duroodoo ” (i.e. 
Torowoto Swamp ± 44 miles E.S.E. of Mil- 
parinka) , far N.W. region — H. Beckler, Viet. 
Explor. Exped., 27 Dec. 1860. 
Q’LAND: Bulloo River, S.W. Region — R. S. Moore, 1878. 
CENT. AUST.: Great Stony Desert — J. M. Bechervaise, 25 
Aug. 1947; Tempe Downs — R. F. Thornton, 1891. 
Low but upright semishrub 15-45 cm. tall. Leaves narrowly oblong 
to linear, 1-4 cm. x 2-6 mm., on petioles 3-6 mm. long, rather densely 
stellate-hairy on both surfaces which are sage-grey, the lateral veins 
conspicuous beneath, the almost parallel margins broken into blunt 
forward-pointing teeth; stipules subulate, caducous, 2-3 mm. long, 
stellate-hairy. Peduncles 5-15 mm. long, stellate-hairy throughout, 
rarely ,2-flowered. Calyx 3-4 mm. long, the lobe$ ovate to broadly 
lanceolate, acute, about as long as tube, densely stellate. Petals 
yellow, broad and rounded, only slightly longer than calyx, villous 
on margins of short claws; gynandrophore 1 -5-2 mm. long. Fruitlets 

Page image

515749 Stylidium beaugleholei Muelleria 1(3): 153
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934386
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615

Page text

J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 153 
(1912), five West Australian localities being cited — from Swan River 
to Cape Riche — but none from elsewhere. J. M. Black, Flor. S. Aust. 
554 (1929), retained this taxon at specific level and accorded it a 
wide distribution in South Australia (Eyre and Yorke Peninsulas, 
Murray lands and northward to the Flinders Range), remarking: 
“ The leaves of the West Australian specimens are usually broader, 
more obtuse, and more regularly crenate than ours 
Black correctly emphasized the distinctive indumentum of G. 
affinis — both surfaces of the leaves being more or less silky-woolly 
with long, white, appressing simple hairs that mask a close mat of 
smaller stellate hairs beneath. In this character, which Krause (I.c.) 
failed to mention, G. affinis differs manifestly from the related taxa 
G. geniculata and G. primulacea , leaves of which are much less hairy 
(usually appearing green on the upper surfaces) and without any 
stellate vestiture. A largely co-extensive range in South Australia is 
given to all three species by Black. It is questionable whether G. 
primulacea Schlechtendal should be maintained as a species distinct 
from G. geniculata, and Bentham (I.c.) had reduced it to a variety 
of the latter; the principal difference lies in the w hite-tomentose under 
surfaces of its leaves — in typical G. geniculata these are uniformly 
pubescent and greenish on both faces. 
Throughout sand-hill country of the Victorian Mallee, from the 
Little Desert to extreme north-western parts of Millewa County, is a 
silvery-leaved rosulate Goodenia that has been consistently identified 
either with G. geniculata or its variety primulacea. Leaves of this 
frequent Mallee plant do often exhibit a greenish upper surface that 
is less hairy than the underside; but they are also felted with 
abundant stellate hairs. Desert material from N.W. Victoria was 
forwarded to Dr. H. Werner in Halle, East Germany, for careful 
comparison with Schlechtendal’s type of G. primulacea (“ in sandigem 
Boden bei Bethanien ”, S. Aust.); he pronounced (11/5/1955) the 
former as quite distinct in its patently hairier foliage with a basic 
stellate indumentum. For the present, it is considered that this 
population would be much better referred to a form of G. affinis than 
to G. geniculata or G. primulacea — J. Ros Garnet’s reference in The 
Vegetation of Wyperfeld National Park 83 (1965) would seem to be 
the first published record of G. affinis for Victoria. Revisional studies 
in the series Rosulatae Krause (of Goodenia ) , involving re-assessment 
of the importance of diagnostic criteria in current use and realignment 
of some taxa, are certainly a desideratum. 
Stylidiaceae 
STYLIDIUM BEAUGLEHOLEI J. H. Willis spec. nov. 
ob staturam, habitum. calycem et verticillum foliorum radicalium S. 
brachyphyllum Sond. [ = S. inundatum R. Br.] accedit, sed sic differt: 
corolla plus minus flabellata (ut in S. rhipidio Erickson & Willis), eius 
segmentis non lateraliter geminatis intus pallide roseis quoque extrinsecus 
a linea lata saturate rosea notato: petalis 2 posterioribus quam paribus 
anterioribus paene duplo longioribus ( cf . par posterius brevius in S. 
brachyphyllo ); gibbulis 6 minutis (aut appendiculis inchoatis) in fauce 
faciliter distinguendis. 

Page image

719029 Stylidium inundatum Muelleria 1(3): 155
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934384
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615

Page text

J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 155 
found to accompany but to remain perfectly distinct from S. 
brachyphyllum [= S. inundatum R. Br.], differing constantly thus: 
Corolla ± fan-shaped, its segments not laterally paired, pale 
pink with deep rose stripe along under-surface of each lobe; 
2 posterior petals almost twice as long as anterior flanking 
pair (c/. shorter posterior pair in S. brachyphyllum ) ; 6 
minute humps or rudimentary appendages easily discernible 
in throat. 
In the fan-like orientation of corolla-lobes it recalls the West 
Australian S. rhipidium , but that rare plant differs in having a rather 
wiry glandular-hairy scape, much longer white posterior petals 
(5-6 mm.) and well-developed capitate throat-appendages. Other 
associated pygmy plants at various places are Isoetes drummondii, 
Scirpus 8c Schoenus spp., Trithuria submersa, Mitrasacme distylis, 
Utricularia violacea and Stylidium perpusillum. 
The specific epithet is bestowed as a token of honour to Mr. A. 
Cliff. Beauglehole, of Gorae West near Portland, an assiduous observer 
of pygmy plants (including cryptogams), who discovered the present 
species, recognized its distinctiveness and made the only collections 
known to date. Mr. Beauglehole has built up a large, valuable private 
herbarium and possesses an unrivalled knowledge of the floristics of 
far south-western Victoria. 
STYLIDIUM INUNDATUM R. Br. Prodr. Flor. Nov. Holl. 571 (1810). 
S. brachyphyllum Sond. in Lehmann Plant. Preiss 1 : 386 (1845). 
Stylidium brachyphyllum , described originally from Western 
Australia and restricted to that State by Bentham in his Flor. aust. 
4: 25 (1868), was recorded by the present writer in Viet. Nat. 73: 
44 (1956) as having also a wide distribution over south-eastern 
Australia. In her monograph, Triggerplants 54 (1958), Mrs. Rica 
Erickson cites a number of localities in S. Aust., N.S.W., Vic. and 
Tas. The only locality given by her for the closely related but 
imperfectly known S. inundatum R. Br. is that of its type collection 
— the vague “ South Coast ” which doubtless refers to some part of 
South Australia. 
Apart from the concentration of leaves into a basal rosette in 
S. brachyphyllum and their dispersal along the base of the scape in S. 
inundatum, the circumscriptions of these two taxa are virtually 
identical and there seems to be no other constant feature to 
distinguish them. The laterally-paired orientation of delicate, 
glistening, very pale pink to white corolla-lobes (the upper posterior 
pair being shorter than the curved anterior) is precisely the same in 
both, as is the bare throat. After examining hundreds of specimens 
throughout Victoria, the writer is now convinced that the criterion 
of the basal rosette is an unstable one; presence or absence of a 
rosette depends on the speed of elongation of the swollen stem-base. 
He therefore advocates the reduction to synonymy of S. brachyphyllum 
under S. inundatum — the older-published name. 

Page image

532379 Styphelia clelandii Muelleria 1(3): 140
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934399
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615

Page text

140 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
under B. gunniana. Bentham (i.c.) did likewise, and this concept 
has been maintained by all Australian botanists during the past 
century. The writer is indebted to Dr. Nancy T. Burbidge, Division 
of Plant Industry, C.S.I.R.O. at Canberra, for pointing out the 
differences between these two distinct populations of Baeckea in the 
A.C.T. and for suggesting the probability that one of them may be 
referable to Mueller’s long-submerged B. utilis. He now agrees that 
separation at the specific level is desirable. 
Smaller-leaved and -flowered B. gunniana appears to occur only 
around or within sphagnum bogs at the higher altitudes (e.g. Mts. 
Baw Baw, Wellington, Buller and Buffalo, Bogong High Plains and 
the Cobboras) , whereas B. utilis extends from the moss-beds into 
subalpine woodlands or mountain forest, and has been found at much 
lower altitudes along Maramingo Creek in far East Gippsland (less 
than 400 feet above sea-level) . The two species overlap on the Baw 
Baws and the Buffalo Plateau. In the Lake Mountain-Baw Baw 
region is an endemic variant of B. utilis, having much larger obovate 
to elliptic leaves 2-6 mm. wide (cf. 1—1 5 mm. in the typical form). 
This was published by Bentham (I.c.) as B. gunniana var. latifolia ; 
so the varietal epithet now needs to be associated with its correct 
specific name — a transfer effected above. 
Epacridacese 
In the course of revisionary studies on Malesian representatives of 
E pacridacece, H. Sleumer has remodelled the existing classification 
of Australian genera in the tribe Stypheliece. His scheme, following 
closely that proposed by F. Mueller in Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 6: 50-57 
(1867), is set out convincingly in Blumea 12: 146-169 (1963), and 
the relevant portions are also adopted in his monograph for Flora 
Malesiana 6: 422-444 (1964). The Victorian genera M onotoca, 
Brachyloma, Acrotriche, Pentachondra, Trochocarpa and Choristemon 
retain their status; Leucopogon, Cyathodes and Lissanthe are reduced 
to three subgenera of Styphelia, while Melichrus and Astroloma are 
merged with Styphelia (sens, strict.) in the subgenus Styphelia. This 
view has much to commend it, and makes for a more satisfactory 
delimitation of genera. Its acceptance would involve relatively few 
changes in nomenclature, since most species in the large subgenus 
Leucopogon have previously had binomials under Styphelia (sens, 
lat.) . As far as Victoria is concerned, the following seven new 
combinations are required: 
STYPHELIA CLELANDII (E. Cheel) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Leucopogon clelandii E. Cheel in Trans, roy. Soc. S. Aust. 39: 98 (1915). 
S. GELIDA (F. Muell. ex Benth.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Leucopogon lanceolatus (Sm.) R. Br. var. gelidus F. Muell. ex Benth. 
Flor. aust. 4: 186 (1868); 
L. gelidus (F. Muell. ex Benth.) N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat. 73: 59 
(1956). 

Page image

534491 Styphelia gelida Muelleria 1(3): 140
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934399
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
536920 Styphelia mucronata Muelleria 1(3): 141
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934398
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
537110 Styphelia neurophylla Muelleria 1(3): 141
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934398
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
537905 Styphelia pilibunda Muelleria 1(3): 141
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934398
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
537934 Styphelia pilifera Muelleria 1(3): 141
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934398
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
538865 Styphelia riparia Muelleria 1(3): 141
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934398
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
541754 Westringia glabra glabra Muelleria 1(3): 145
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934394
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
710217 Westringia glabra bacchi Muelleria 1(3): 145
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934394
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
541773 Westringia glabra williamsonii Muelleria 1(3): 145
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934394
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
916443 Westringia williamsonii Muelleria 1(3): 145
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49934394
Page is part of the work Systematic notes on the indigenous Australian flora, doi:10.5962/p.237615
798638 Menyanthes exaltata Muelleria 2(1): 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956524
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647

Page text

38 Helen 1. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 
Manjimup, M. E. Phillips, 12.10.1962 (CBG) “‘In wetland patch in swamp. 
Sandy peat.” “yellow”; (Sd) Cape Augusta, A. R. Fairall 813, 18.10.1962 
(PERTH) “Herb 18". Flowers yellow”; (Sd) Albany-Denmark road, 18 miles 
W. cf Albany, T. E. H. Aplin 2179 , 20.10.1962 (PERTH) “swampy soil”; 
23 miles E. of Esperance, M. E. Phillips, 4.11.1962 (CBG) ‘T ft. high, in sandy 
soil.” 
10. Villarsia exaltata (Soland. ex Sims) G. Don Gen. Syst. 4 * 169 
(1838). 
Menyanthes exaltata Soland. ex Sims in Curtis's hot. Map. 26 : 
sub. 1. 1029 (1807), icone excluso. 
Erect, usually robust, tufted perennial, without stolons. Radical 
leaves rising erect, never floating, on petioles (3^-) 5-16 (-24) in. long; 
blades usually ovate-elliptic, broad-lanceolate, narrow-ovate or broad- 
ovate and longer than broad to rarely rhomboid or sub-rotund and 
length zb equal breadth, to very rarely the breadth slightly > length, 
outline often somewhat irregular, (4-) 6-12 (-13-5) cm. long x (1 -5-) 
3-8 (—9 5) cm. broad, apex acute to obtuse or rounded, base mostly 
rounded to shallowly cordate, occasionally truncate or oblique, edge 
entire or sometimes slightly to zb strongly crenate-dentate, often un- 
dulate, surfaces matt and zb uniform in coloration or upper surface 
slightly darker, texture thick and at times almost semi-succulent, veins 
not markedly pronounced. Culms 1 -several, 18 in.-5 ft. high, standing 
erect well above the radical leaves; cauline leaves 1 -several, solitary at 
each node or several together, usually subtending a panicle branch but 
the lower ones not always doing so, lowest leaf arising at about the level 
of the blades of the radical leaves, in larger plants at least the lower 2 
cauline leaves similar to the radical leaves, on petioles ( 1-) 2-7 (-1 1 ) in. 
long and semi-sheathed at the base. Inflorescence an open, many- 
flowered panicle; final bracts ovate, acute, (2-) 4-5 mm. long; pedicels 
(of mature capsules) 4-13 (-18) mm. long, remaining erect. Flowers 
heterostylous; calyx-lobes 4 5-8 mm. long, lanceolate-ovate, acute, 
(-3—) %-j (-§) length of the corolla; corolla yellow, 9 5—1 8 mm. long, 
1 6—30 (average 22) mm. span, lobes 5 or sometimes 4, 7 5—12 mm. 
broad, variable in shape and apex (Fig. 2), without a longitudinal keel 
on the inner surface or very rarely having a reduced portion of one 
(Fig. 28); gynoecium normally with 2 placentas and 2 stigmas but 
occasionally 3 of each, ovules 10-19 per placenta. Long-styled flower 
with style slender, (3-) 4-6 mm. long; stigmas papillose, longer than 
broad, erect, zb ovate and with recurved edges, 1—2 5 mm. long, held 
well above the anthers; anthers 1 -6—2-2 mm. long, on short incon- 
spicuous filaments (ca. 1 mm.). Short-styled flower with style thicker, 
0 5-2 mm. long; stigmas papillose, broader than long, semi-erect to 
broadly-spreading, irregularly rounded, somewhat undulate, 1-18 mm. 
broad, held below the level of the anthers; anthers 2-3 mm. long, on 
noticeable filaments 2-3 mm. long. Capsule 5-13 mm. long, from a 
little < to slightly > the calyx-lobes, thickly chartaceous, sub-globular 
to broad-ellipsoid, the lower -J — \ adnate to the calyx tube, dehiscing at 
the summit into 4 acute, slightly-recurved valves. Seed large, ( 1 5—) 
1 7—2 6 (-3) mm. long, light cream-fawn to pale grey-brown to dark 

Page image

8103630 Menyanthes exaltata Muelleria 2(1): 43-44

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(1): 43-44".

798641 Menyanthes sarmentosa Muelleria 2(1): 46
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956532
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
499737 Villarsia albiflora Muelleria 2(1): 23-27

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(1): 23-27".

499760 Villarsia calthifolia Muelleria 2(1): 29-31

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(1): 29-31".

499786 Villarsia capitata Muelleria 2(1): 15-17

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(1): 15-17".

499821 Villarsia congestiflora Muelleria 2(1): 17-18

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(1): 17-18".

499885 Villarsia exaltata Muelleria 2(1): 38-46

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(1): 38-46".

799060 Villarsia involucrata Muelleria 2(1): 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956501 49956601
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
Page is part of the work A review of the genera Teloschistes and Xanthoria in the lichen family Teloschistaceae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237648
500139 Villarsia lasiosperma Muelleria 2(1): 21-23

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(1): 21-23".

500175 Villarsia latifolia Muelleria 2(1): 31-34

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(1): 31-34".

500265 Villarsia parnassifolia Muelleria 2(1): 34-38

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(1): 34-38".

500378 Villarsia reniformis Muelleria 2(1): 46-53

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(1): 46-53".

500429 Villarsia submersa Muelleria 2(1): 19, figs 12-13, t. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814831 49956505
Page is part of the work A new combination in the genus Bossiaea Vent. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171870
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
500485 Villarsia umbricola Muelleria 2(1): 53, figs 32-34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956539
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
500553 Villarsia umbricola umbricola Muelleria 2(1): 55, figs 32 f-h, 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956541
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
500525 Villarsia umbricola beaugleholei Muelleria 2(1): 55, figs 32 a-e, j-n, 34, t. 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956541
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
499652 Villarsia Muelleria 2(1): Mar-63

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(1): Mar-63".

500587 Villarsia violifolia Muelleria 2(1): 27-29

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(1): 27-29".

631229 Xanthoria ectanea Muelleria 2(1): 83-85

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(1): 83-85".

464045 Acacia bossiaeoides Muelleria 2(2): 139
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814829
Page is part of the work A new combination in the genus Bossiaea Vent. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171870

Page text

A NEW COMBINATION IN THE GENUS BOSSIAEA VENT. 
(PAPILIONACEAE) 
by 
A. B. Court* 
Bossiaea bossiaeoides (A. Cunn. ex Bench.) A. B. Court comb. nov. 
Acacia bossiaeoides A. Cunn. ex Benth. in Hook. Land. 
J. Bot . 1 : 323 (1842), non sens. Seemann Europ. 
Eingef. Acac. 7 t.l (1852). 
Bossiaea phylloclada F. Muell. in Trans, phil. Inst. Viet. 
3:52 (1859). 
During studies on Australian Acacias, the author elucidated the 
identity of A. bossiaeoides which, hitherto, has been regarded as an 
Acacia known only from sterile specimens. Since it is conspecific with 
Bossiaea phylloclada , a younger name, the new combination B. bossi- 
aeoides becomes necessary and B. phylloclada is regulated to synonymy 
accordingly. 
Bossiaea bossiaeoides is widely distributed in northern Australia 
and ranges from the Isdell River in the Western Kimberleys to West- 
moreland Station in far north-west Queensland. All known occur- 
rences of this species lie to the north of 18°S. 
LECTOTYPE OF ACACIA BOSSIAEOIDES 
Specimens of A. bossiaeoides were first collected near the mouth 
of the Liverpool River ( ca . 12° 15'S and 134° 12'E) on the north 
coast of Australia by Allan Cunningham on 7 August 1819 under the 
number 405/1819. Cunningham thought his specimens represented 
an Acacia for he wrote the following remarks in his diary: — 
“ 405. 
Acacia bossiaeoides. caule aphylloalato glaucescens, denticulis alternis 
patentibus decurrentibus rigidis mucronatis, margine inferirore. subuni- 
glandicluo (sic!), bracteis imbricatis exterioribus persistentibus. A tall 
shrub (witht. fructn.) in dry barren elevated Deserty Banks, Liverpool 
River 7 Augt.” 
George Bentham subsequently described this material as Acacia bos- 
siaeoides on Cunningham’s authority and added the following comment: 
— “ Though I have not seen the flower, this is so remarkable a species 
and so evidently allied to A. alata, that I was unwilling to have it 
unnoticed.” 
* National Herbarium of Victoria. 
139 

Page image

797482 Acacia bossiaeoides Muelleria 2(2): 139
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814829
Page is part of the work A new combination in the genus Bossiaea Vent. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171870

Page text

A NEW COMBINATION IN THE GENUS BOSSIAEA VENT. 
(PAPILIONACEAE) 
by 
A. B. Court* 
Bossiaea bossiaeoides (A. Cunn. ex Bench.) A. B. Court comb. nov. 
Acacia bossiaeoides A. Cunn. ex Benth. in Hook. Land. 
J. Bot . 1 : 323 (1842), non sens. Seemann Europ. 
Eingef. Acac. 7 t.l (1852). 
Bossiaea phylloclada F. Muell. in Trans, phil. Inst. Viet. 
3:52 (1859). 
During studies on Australian Acacias, the author elucidated the 
identity of A. bossiaeoides which, hitherto, has been regarded as an 
Acacia known only from sterile specimens. Since it is conspecific with 
Bossiaea phylloclada , a younger name, the new combination B. bossi- 
aeoides becomes necessary and B. phylloclada is regulated to synonymy 
accordingly. 
Bossiaea bossiaeoides is widely distributed in northern Australia 
and ranges from the Isdell River in the Western Kimberleys to West- 
moreland Station in far north-west Queensland. All known occur- 
rences of this species lie to the north of 18°S. 
LECTOTYPE OF ACACIA BOSSIAEOIDES 
Specimens of A. bossiaeoides were first collected near the mouth 
of the Liverpool River ( ca . 12° 15'S and 134° 12'E) on the north 
coast of Australia by Allan Cunningham on 7 August 1819 under the 
number 405/1819. Cunningham thought his specimens represented 
an Acacia for he wrote the following remarks in his diary: — 
“ 405. 
Acacia bossiaeoides. caule aphylloalato glaucescens, denticulis alternis 
patentibus decurrentibus rigidis mucronatis, margine inferirore. subuni- 
glandicluo (sic!), bracteis imbricatis exterioribus persistentibus. A tall 
shrub (witht. fructn.) in dry barren elevated Deserty Banks, Liverpool 
River 7 Augt.” 
George Bentham subsequently described this material as Acacia bos- 
siaeoides on Cunningham’s authority and added the following comment: 
— “ Though I have not seen the flower, this is so remarkable a species 
and so evidently allied to A. alata, that I was unwilling to have it 
unnoticed.” 
* National Herbarium of Victoria. 
139 

Page image

467819 Bossiaea bossiaeoides Muelleria 2(2): 139, pl. 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814829
Page is part of the work A new combination in the genus Bossiaea Vent. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171870

Page text

A NEW COMBINATION IN THE GENUS BOSSIAEA VENT. 
(PAPILIONACEAE) 
by 
A. B. Court* 
Bossiaea bossiaeoides (A. Cunn. ex Bench.) A. B. Court comb. nov. 
Acacia bossiaeoides A. Cunn. ex Benth. in Hook. Land. 
J. Bot . 1 : 323 (1842), non sens. Seemann Europ. 
Eingef. Acac. 7 t.l (1852). 
Bossiaea phylloclada F. Muell. in Trans, phil. Inst. Viet. 
3:52 (1859). 
During studies on Australian Acacias, the author elucidated the 
identity of A. bossiaeoides which, hitherto, has been regarded as an 
Acacia known only from sterile specimens. Since it is conspecific with 
Bossiaea phylloclada , a younger name, the new combination B. bossi- 
aeoides becomes necessary and B. phylloclada is regulated to synonymy 
accordingly. 
Bossiaea bossiaeoides is widely distributed in northern Australia 
and ranges from the Isdell River in the Western Kimberleys to West- 
moreland Station in far north-west Queensland. All known occur- 
rences of this species lie to the north of 18°S. 
LECTOTYPE OF ACACIA BOSSIAEOIDES 
Specimens of A. bossiaeoides were first collected near the mouth 
of the Liverpool River ( ca . 12° 15'S and 134° 12'E) on the north 
coast of Australia by Allan Cunningham on 7 August 1819 under the 
number 405/1819. Cunningham thought his specimens represented 
an Acacia for he wrote the following remarks in his diary: — 
“ 405. 
Acacia bossiaeoides. caule aphylloalato glaucescens, denticulis alternis 
patentibus decurrentibus rigidis mucronatis, margine inferirore. subuni- 
glandicluo (sic!), bracteis imbricatis exterioribus persistentibus. A tall 
shrub (witht. fructn.) in dry barren elevated Deserty Banks, Liverpool 
River 7 Augt.” 
George Bentham subsequently described this material as Acacia bos- 
siaeoides on Cunningham’s authority and added the following comment: 
— “ Though I have not seen the flower, this is so remarkable a species 
and so evidently allied to A. alata, that I was unwilling to have it 
unnoticed.” 
* National Herbarium of Victoria. 
139 

Page image

815453 Bossiaea phylloclada Muelleria 2(2): 139
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814829
Page is part of the work A new combination in the genus Bossiaea Vent. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171870

Page text

A NEW COMBINATION IN THE GENUS BOSSIAEA VENT. 
(PAPILIONACEAE) 
by 
A. B. Court* 
Bossiaea bossiaeoides (A. Cunn. ex Bench.) A. B. Court comb. nov. 
Acacia bossiaeoides A. Cunn. ex Benth. in Hook. Land. 
J. Bot . 1 : 323 (1842), non sens. Seemann Europ. 
Eingef. Acac. 7 t.l (1852). 
Bossiaea phylloclada F. Muell. in Trans, phil. Inst. Viet. 
3:52 (1859). 
During studies on Australian Acacias, the author elucidated the 
identity of A. bossiaeoides which, hitherto, has been regarded as an 
Acacia known only from sterile specimens. Since it is conspecific with 
Bossiaea phylloclada , a younger name, the new combination B. bossi- 
aeoides becomes necessary and B. phylloclada is regulated to synonymy 
accordingly. 
Bossiaea bossiaeoides is widely distributed in northern Australia 
and ranges from the Isdell River in the Western Kimberleys to West- 
moreland Station in far north-west Queensland. All known occur- 
rences of this species lie to the north of 18°S. 
LECTOTYPE OF ACACIA BOSSIAEOIDES 
Specimens of A. bossiaeoides were first collected near the mouth 
of the Liverpool River ( ca . 12° 15'S and 134° 12'E) on the north 
coast of Australia by Allan Cunningham on 7 August 1819 under the 
number 405/1819. Cunningham thought his specimens represented 
an Acacia for he wrote the following remarks in his diary: — 
“ 405. 
Acacia bossiaeoides. caule aphylloalato glaucescens, denticulis alternis 
patentibus decurrentibus rigidis mucronatis, margine inferirore. subuni- 
glandicluo (sic!), bracteis imbricatis exterioribus persistentibus. A tall 
shrub (witht. fructn.) in dry barren elevated Deserty Banks, Liverpool 
River 7 Augt.” 
George Bentham subsequently described this material as Acacia bos- 
siaeoides on Cunningham’s authority and added the following comment: 
— “ Though I have not seen the flower, this is so remarkable a species 
and so evidently allied to A. alata, that I was unwilling to have it 
unnoticed.” 
* National Herbarium of Victoria. 
139 

Page image

468500 Bossiaea phylloclada Muelleria 2(2): 142
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814832
Page is part of the work A new combination in the genus Bossiaea Vent. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171870

Page text

142 
A. B. Court: A New Combination in the Genus Bossiciea Vent. 
( Papilionaceae ) 
Two Cunningham specimens are filed at K. One of these (illustrated 
here by Plate 18) is from Cunningham’s personal herbarium written 
up by Robert Heward and referring directly to Cunningham’s manu- 
script. This specimen is chosen as the lectotype of Acacia bossiaeoides 
A. Cunn. ex Benth. The second specimen, although almost certainly 
part of the same collection originally filed in the Hooker Herbarium, 
bears no definite indication that it is part of Cunningham’s number 
405/1819. A duplicate of Cunningham’s 405/1819 is filed in BM and 
should be regarded as an isotype. 
LECTOTYPE OF BOSSIAEA PHYLLOCLADA 
No part of the type collection of this species can be found in the 
Melbourne Herbarium. However, two specimens that may be regarded 
as types are filed in K. One of these, chosen here as lectotype (illus- 
trated in Plate 19), is labelled “ Bossiaea phylloclada, F. Muell. In 
rupibus ad fluv. Fitzmaurice. Oct. 1855 ferd. Mueller.” in Mueller’s 
own hand. The other, also labelled in his hand, bears the following 
data “ Bossiaea platyclada ferd. Mueller. Rocks on the Fitzmaurice 
river. Oct 55 ferd. Mueller ” is almost certainly part of the same 
collection but it should not be taken as the lectotype. 
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 
The author wishes to acknowledge the kind assistance rendered to 
him by the Director of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, and the 
Keeper of the Herbarium, Museum of Natural History, London. 

Page image

614537 Lechenaultia helmsii Muelleria 2(2): 135
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814825
Page is part of the work Additions to the Flora of the Northern Territory, doi:10.5962/p.171869

Page text

J. R. Maconochie & N. Byrnes: Additions to the Flora of the 135 
Northern Territory 
Kochia radiata P. G. Wilson 
A. E. Orchard 872, Gibson Creek ca. 56 Km. N. of Tennant Creek, 19 
July 1968. 
Malacocera tricornis (Benth.) R. H. Anderson 
F. C. Vassek 680918-13, 2 miles E. of Victory Downs, 18 September 
1968 ; A. Nicholls 935, 18 September 1968. 
Suaeda australis (R. Br.) Moq. 
N. Byrnes 1687, 5 miles N. of Finnis River, West Coast, 27 August 1969. 
Combretaceae 
Terminalia crassi folia Exell 
N. Byrnes 1864, Fletcher Creek, 8 April 1970; N. Byrnes 1868, Wearyan 
River, 8 April 1970. 
Terminalia fitzgeraldii C. A. Gardner 
N. Byrnes 1251, Elizabeth River, 19 December 1968 ; N. Byrnes 1630, 
Reynolds River, 14 May 1969. 
Compositae 
Brachycome tesquorum J. M. Black 
G. Chippendale , 17 miles S.W. of Huckitta Homestead, 13 August 1959 
(N.T. 6511); J. H. Willis s.n., Gosse’s Bluff, 26 July 1966 (MEL). 
CraSvSulaceae 
Crassula color ata (Nees) Ostenfeld 
A. C. Beauglehole 27991, 31 miles E. of Andado Homestead, Simpson 
Desert, 29 July 1968 ; A. C. Beauglehole 28051, Granite Knobs, 29 miles 
S.E. of Kulgera, 30 July 1968. 
Dicrastylidiaceae 
Newcastelia cladotricha F. Muell. 
J. R. Maconochie 930, ca. 1 mile N. of False Mt. Russell, 2 August 1970. 
Euphorbiaceae 
Omalanthus populifolius Grah. 
N. Byrnes 1678, 8 miles N.E. of Wangi Homestead, 26 August 1969. 
Goodeniaceae 
Leschenaultia helmsii Krause 
J. R. Maconochie 1071, i mile S. E. of Chilla Well, 29 July 1970. 
Mimosaceae 
Acacia pachyacra Maiden & Blakely 
J. R. Maconochie 754, 10 miles W. of Chirnside Creek, Petermann Ranees 
18 September 1969. b ’ 

Page image

523895 Monochoria hastata Muelleria 2(2): 134
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814824
Page is part of the work Additions to the Flora of the Northern Territory, doi:10.5962/p.171869

Page text

134 J. R. Maconochie & N. Byrnes: Additions to the Flora of the 
Northern Territory 
Orchidaceae 
Nervilia discolor (Bl.) Schltr. 
N. Byrnes 1698, Green Ant Creek, 6 March 1970. 
Nervilia holochila (F. Muell.) Schltr. 
N. Byrnes 1700, Mt. Bundy, 6 March 1970. 
Pontederiaceae 
Monochoria hastata (L.) Solms. 
N. Byrnes 669, 5 miles E. of Litchfield Homestead, 3 May 1968. 
Typhaceae 
Typha orientalis Presl 
TV. Byrnes 1667, West Coast, opposite Peron Isle, 26 August 1969. 
DICOTYLEDONEAE 
Amaranthaceae 
Ptilotus royceanus E. Beni 
J. R. Maconochie 780, in a gorge i mile E. of Ewalinga Rockhole, Peter- 
mann Ranges, 19 September 1969. 
Ptilotus leucocoma (Moq.) F. Muell. 
E. C. Black s.n. near Granites, September 1936 (AD 96215257). 
Boraginaceae 
Amsinckia hispida (Ruiz, et Pav.) I. M. Johnston 
F. C. Vassek 680914-29, 53 miles W. of Alice Springs, 14 September 1968. 
Chenopodiaceae 
A triplex suberecta I. C. Verdoorn 
R. A. Perry 5464, 5 miles S.E. of Ringwood Station, 9 September 1955. 
Bassia astrocarpa F. Muell. 
P. K. Latz 595, 4 miles S. of Sangster’s Bore, Tanami Sanctuary, 27 May 
1970; J. R. Maconochie 1074, 23 miles N. of Chilla Well, 29 July 1970. 
Bassia articulata J. M. Black 
A. C. Beauglehole 10298, 13 miles S. of Henbury Craters, 4 July 1965. 
Bassia brachyptera (F. Muell.) R. H. Anderson 
A. Nicholls 934, 3 miles E. of Victory Downs Homestead, 18 September 
1968. 
Bassia georgei E. H. Ising 
P. K. Latz 946, approx. 55 miles S.E. of Docker River — Pottoyu Hills. 
3 November 1970. 
Bassia minuta E. H. Ising 
J. R. Maconochie 1093, in a rock-hole 58 miles S.E. of False Mt. Russell, 31 
July 1970. 

Page image

535339 Mucuna urens Muelleria 2(2): 136
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814826
Page is part of the work Additions to the Flora of the Northern Territory, doi:10.5962/p.171869

Page text

136 J. R. Maconochie & N. Byrnes: Additions to the Flora of the 
Northern Territory 
Myoporaceae 
Eremophila polyclada (F. Muell.) F. Muell. 
P. K. Latz 154, 5 miles W. of Tarlton Downs Homestead, 11 February 
1968. 
Eremophila turtonii F. Muell. 
J. R. Maconochie 801, H miles W. of Docker River Settlement, Petermann 
Ranges, 20 September 1969. 
Papilionaceae 
C rot alar ia alata Flam. 
N . Byrnes 603, Tortilla Flats, Adelaide River, 9 May 1968 ; N. Byrnes 
784, Pine Creek-Oenpelli Road, 4 miles E. of Mary River, 16 May 1968. 
Crotalaria quinquifolia L. 
N. Byrnes 205, Beatrice Hill, 15 March 1967. 
Crotalaria verrucosa L. 
C. S. Robinson 55, Katherine, 9 June 1968. 
Cyclocarpa stellaris Afz. ex J. G. Baker 
N. Byrnes 1915, ca. 10 miles N. of Mudginberri [This is the first record 
for mainland N.T. ; Specht (1958) in Records of the American- Austra- 
lian Scientific Expedition to Arnhem Land 3: 42 recorded it from 
Bickerton Island.] 
Mucuna urens DC var. papuana F. M. Bailey 
N. Byrnes 1901, Adelaide River-Daly River Road on river bank, 15 April 
1970 ; N. Byrnes 217, loc. ipse, 4 April 1967; N. Byrnes 1802, Green 
Ant Creek, Stuart Highway, 6 March 1970. 
Smithia conferta Sm. 
E. S. Robinson 24, Humpty Doo, 28 April 1967. 
Portulacaceae 
Anacampseros australiana J. M. Black 
P. K. Latz 407, Valley of Eagle, Alice Springs area, 28 December 1968 
[Noted by J. H. Willis at S. foot of Mt. Sonder and in George Gill Range, 
July 1966.] 
C aland rinia disperma J. M. Black 
A. Weidemann s.n. 15 miles N. of Andado Station, 12 August 1968 ; 
J. Must 113, 17 miles N.W. of Andado Station, 11 July 1968; R. Carotin 
5213, ca. 15 miles E. of Curtin Springs. 
Proteaceae 
Grevillea erythroclada W. V. Fitzg. 
N. Byrnes 472. Daly River near crossing, 23 August 1967 ; G. F. Hill 
s.n., 20 miles S.W. of Borroloola, 7 September 1911. 
Grevillea pterosperma F. Muell. 
G. Chippendale, 18 miles S.W. of Glen Edith, 24 June 1959 (N.T. 6272); 
A. C. Beauglehole 26551, 1 mile N.E. of Reedy Rockhole, George Gill 
Range, 11 July 1968; A. C. Beauglehole 26942 Kathleen Spring, George 
Gill Range, 15 July 1968. 

Page image

535356 Mucuna urens papuana Muelleria 2(2): 136
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814826
Page is part of the work Additions to the Flora of the Northern Territory, doi:10.5962/p.171869
500604 Nervilia discolor Muelleria 2(2): 134
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814824
Page is part of the work Additions to the Flora of the Northern Territory, doi:10.5962/p.171869

Page text

134 J. R. Maconochie & N. Byrnes: Additions to the Flora of the 
Northern Territory 
Orchidaceae 
Nervilia discolor (Bl.) Schltr. 
N. Byrnes 1698, Green Ant Creek, 6 March 1970. 
Nervilia holochila (F. Muell.) Schltr. 
N. Byrnes 1700, Mt. Bundy, 6 March 1970. 
Pontederiaceae 
Monochoria hastata (L.) Solms. 
N. Byrnes 669, 5 miles E. of Litchfield Homestead, 3 May 1968. 
Typhaceae 
Typha orientalis Presl 
TV. Byrnes 1667, West Coast, opposite Peron Isle, 26 August 1969. 
DICOTYLEDONEAE 
Amaranthaceae 
Ptilotus royceanus E. Beni 
J. R. Maconochie 780, in a gorge i mile E. of Ewalinga Rockhole, Peter- 
mann Ranges, 19 September 1969. 
Ptilotus leucocoma (Moq.) F. Muell. 
E. C. Black s.n. near Granites, September 1936 (AD 96215257). 
Boraginaceae 
Amsinckia hispida (Ruiz, et Pav.) I. M. Johnston 
F. C. Vassek 680914-29, 53 miles W. of Alice Springs, 14 September 1968. 
Chenopodiaceae 
A triplex suberecta I. C. Verdoorn 
R. A. Perry 5464, 5 miles S.E. of Ringwood Station, 9 September 1955. 
Bassia astrocarpa F. Muell. 
P. K. Latz 595, 4 miles S. of Sangster’s Bore, Tanami Sanctuary, 27 May 
1970; J. R. Maconochie 1074, 23 miles N. of Chilla Well, 29 July 1970. 
Bassia articulata J. M. Black 
A. C. Beauglehole 10298, 13 miles S. of Henbury Craters, 4 July 1965. 
Bassia brachyptera (F. Muell.) R. H. Anderson 
A. Nicholls 934, 3 miles E. of Victory Downs Homestead, 18 September 
1968. 
Bassia georgei E. H. Ising 
P. K. Latz 946, approx. 55 miles S.E. of Docker River — Pottoyu Hills. 
3 November 1970. 
Bassia minuta E. H. Ising 
J. R. Maconochie 1093, in a rock-hole 58 miles S.E. of False Mt. Russell, 31 
July 1970. 

Page image

518093 Richea ×curtisiae Muelleria 2(2): 143
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814833
Page is part of the work A new species of Mountain Heath from Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.171871

Page text

A NEW SPECIES OF MOUNTAIN HEATH FROM TASMANIA 
by 
A. M. Gray* 
Richea curtisiae sp. nov. 
Frutex erectus vel decumbens, intcrdum diffusus, 30-1 50cm. altus, 
fortasse originis hybridae, R. scoparium Hook. f. atque R. dracophyllam 
R.Br. maxime accedit, sed differt: a R. scoparia foliis multo majoribus 
(10-20cm. longis) mollioribus vix pungentibus atque usitate recurvatio- 
ribus, spatiis inter pedunculos inferiores elongatos quam his inter 
pedunculos superiores sessiles congestos majoribus, corolla parviore 
(6— 8mm. longa) aliquanto deplanata; a R. dracophylla habitatione 
omnino alpina vel subalpina, foliis rigidioribus persistentibus (in caulibus 
omnibus, non apud extremitates rami restrictis) sed in parte § inferiore 
caulis mortuis et putrescentibus, corolla rosea usque ad aurantiam 
parviore aliquanto deplanata atque multo minus congesta. 
Holotypus: Lake Fenton, Mt. Field National Park, Tasmania, 
Alan M. Gray , 11.1.1970 (HO— ISOTYPI in MEL). 
An erect, spreading or decumbent shrub 30-1 50cm. high. Branches 
few, divaricate, clothed with persistent leaves, those on the lower § of 
the stem dead and decaying. Leaves 10-20cm. long, narrow-lanceolate 
to lanceolate, spreading, recurved or somewhat erect, flexuous; the base 
broad, sheathing and imbricate; margins cartilaginous, minutely and 
sharply serrate; apex tapering to a long acuminate point. Lower bracts 
of inflorescence similar to the foliage leaves although usually somewhat 
smaller and more erect, the base broadening widely and with narrow, 
membranous wings. Upper bracts with a broad base and membranous 
wings, the apex tapering suddenly to an erect, acute point. Inflorescence 
a terminal panicle 10— 20cm. long; fertile flowers occuring only on the 
upper $ of the floral axis, absent on the lower (or minute, vestigial 
and abortive); fertile and abortive flowers subtended by 3 to 4 small 
caducous bracteoles 6-9mm. long, the outer ones with a broad base, 
the inner ones narrower and somewhat smaller, the apices of these 
bracteoles minutely hooked. Peduncles 5- to 10-flowered, short, 2-4mm. 
long, longest peduncles at the base of the fertile portion of the 
inflorescence and becoming progressively shorter towards the apex. 
Internodes between the lower peduncles lengthening slightly after the 
outer bracts have fallen. Individual flowers borne on very short pedicels 
and subtended by 2-3 (4) small linear bracteoles or 1 or 2 larger 
ovate-lanceolate bracteoles, all of which are caducous, the base and 
middle of the larger bracteoles expanded and half-enclosing each 
flower. Sepals 5, broadly triangular, obtuse, 1-3 mm. long. Corolla 
pink to orange in colour. Operculum 6— 8mm. long, narrowly obovoid 
to cylindrical-conical, occasionally somewhat flattened, its apex obtuse 
* Fern Tree, Tasmania. 
143 

Page image

466952 Santalum album Muelleria 2(2): 137
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814827
Page is part of the work Additions to the Flora of the Northern Territory, doi:10.5962/p.171869
535574 Typha orientalis Muelleria 2(2): 134
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814824
Page is part of the work Additions to the Flora of the Northern Territory, doi:10.5962/p.171869

Page text

134 J. R. Maconochie & N. Byrnes: Additions to the Flora of the 
Northern Territory 
Orchidaceae 
Nervilia discolor (Bl.) Schltr. 
N. Byrnes 1698, Green Ant Creek, 6 March 1970. 
Nervilia holochila (F. Muell.) Schltr. 
N. Byrnes 1700, Mt. Bundy, 6 March 1970. 
Pontederiaceae 
Monochoria hastata (L.) Solms. 
N. Byrnes 669, 5 miles E. of Litchfield Homestead, 3 May 1968. 
Typhaceae 
Typha orientalis Presl 
TV. Byrnes 1667, West Coast, opposite Peron Isle, 26 August 1969. 
DICOTYLEDONEAE 
Amaranthaceae 
Ptilotus royceanus E. Beni 
J. R. Maconochie 780, in a gorge i mile E. of Ewalinga Rockhole, Peter- 
mann Ranges, 19 September 1969. 
Ptilotus leucocoma (Moq.) F. Muell. 
E. C. Black s.n. near Granites, September 1936 (AD 96215257). 
Boraginaceae 
Amsinckia hispida (Ruiz, et Pav.) I. M. Johnston 
F. C. Vassek 680914-29, 53 miles W. of Alice Springs, 14 September 1968. 
Chenopodiaceae 
A triplex suberecta I. C. Verdoorn 
R. A. Perry 5464, 5 miles S.E. of Ringwood Station, 9 September 1955. 
Bassia astrocarpa F. Muell. 
P. K. Latz 595, 4 miles S. of Sangster’s Bore, Tanami Sanctuary, 27 May 
1970; J. R. Maconochie 1074, 23 miles N. of Chilla Well, 29 July 1970. 
Bassia articulata J. M. Black 
A. C. Beauglehole 10298, 13 miles S. of Henbury Craters, 4 July 1965. 
Bassia brachyptera (F. Muell.) R. H. Anderson 
A. Nicholls 934, 3 miles E. of Victory Downs Homestead, 18 September 
1968. 
Bassia georgei E. H. Ising 
P. K. Latz 946, approx. 55 miles S.E. of Docker River — Pottoyu Hills. 
3 November 1970. 
Bassia minuta E. H. Ising 
J. R. Maconochie 1093, in a rock-hole 58 miles S.E. of False Mt. Russell, 31 
July 1970. 

Page image

51408344 Acacia acicularis Muelleria 2(3): 155
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807578
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905

Page text

NO I ES ON Al S I RAUAN ACAC IAS I 
by 
A. B. Court* 
SUMMARY 
Acacia hakeoides A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. var. angiistijolia (H. B. 
Williamson) J. H. Willis is raised to specific rank; A. fnmteriana N. A. 
Wakefield is formally relegated to synonymy under A. hoormanii 
Maiden, A. diffusa Lindl. to synonymy under A. genistijolia Link, A. 
vomcriformis A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. to synonymy under A. gutwii Bcnth. 
and A. diptera to synonymy under A. willdcnowiana H. Wcndl. ; the 
confusion between A. hrownii (Poir.) Stcud. and A. pugionijormis H. 
Wendl. is resolved and A. quadrilatcralis DC. brought out of 
synonymy ; the identity of A. hynoeana has been established and shown 
to be an endemic New South Wales species, A. pumila Maiden et R. 
T. Baker is relegated to synonymy under A. hynoeana and A. 
wilhelmiana F. Mucll. replaces A. hynoeana as the correct name applied 
to South Australian, New South Wales and Victorian material formerly 
referred to A. hynoeana; A. difformis R. T. Baker is added to the 
Victorian flora and Choretrum oxycladuni F. Mucll. is added as a 
synonym to A. spinescens Benth. 
NOMENCLATURAL AND TAXONOMIC NOTES 
Acacia hoormanii Maiden in J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 49 : 489 (1916). 
SYN.: Acacia hunteriana N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat. 
72 : 92 (1955). 
Acacia hoormanii is a common species in eastern Victoria and the 
far south-east of New South Wales and seems to be confined mainly 
to the Snowy River watershed. The author has examined material col- 
lected throughout its range and can find no reason to regard A. 
hunteriana as specifically distinct and accordingly the latter name is 
relegated to synonymy. 
Acacia hrownii (Poir.) Steud. Norn. Rot. 2 (1821). 
SYN.: Acacia acicularis R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. Kew. ed. 2 
5:460 (1813), non Humb. et Bonpl. ex Willd. 
(1809). 
Mimosa Brownei Poir. in Encxcl. Meth. {Bot.) Suppl 
5 : 530 (1817). 
Acacia pugioniformis H. Wendl. in Flora 2 : 139 
(1819). 
Acacia Arceuthos Spreng. Syst. Veg. 3 : 134 (1826). 
Acacia juniperina (Vent.) Willd. var. Brownei (Poir) 
Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 332 ( 1864). 
• National Herbarium of Victoria. 
155 

Page image

51408347 Acacia arceuthos Muelleria 2(3): 155
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807578
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905

Page text

NO I ES ON Al S I RAUAN ACAC IAS I 
by 
A. B. Court* 
SUMMARY 
Acacia hakeoides A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. var. angiistijolia (H. B. 
Williamson) J. H. Willis is raised to specific rank; A. fnmteriana N. A. 
Wakefield is formally relegated to synonymy under A. hoormanii 
Maiden, A. diffusa Lindl. to synonymy under A. genistijolia Link, A. 
vomcriformis A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. to synonymy under A. gutwii Bcnth. 
and A. diptera to synonymy under A. willdcnowiana H. Wcndl. ; the 
confusion between A. hrownii (Poir.) Stcud. and A. pugionijormis H. 
Wendl. is resolved and A. quadrilatcralis DC. brought out of 
synonymy ; the identity of A. hynoeana has been established and shown 
to be an endemic New South Wales species, A. pumila Maiden et R. 
T. Baker is relegated to synonymy under A. hynoeana and A. 
wilhelmiana F. Mucll. replaces A. hynoeana as the correct name applied 
to South Australian, New South Wales and Victorian material formerly 
referred to A. hynoeana; A. difformis R. T. Baker is added to the 
Victorian flora and Choretrum oxycladuni F. Mucll. is added as a 
synonym to A. spinescens Benth. 
NOMENCLATURAL AND TAXONOMIC NOTES 
Acacia hoormanii Maiden in J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 49 : 489 (1916). 
SYN.: Acacia hunteriana N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat. 
72 : 92 (1955). 
Acacia hoormanii is a common species in eastern Victoria and the 
far south-east of New South Wales and seems to be confined mainly 
to the Snowy River watershed. The author has examined material col- 
lected throughout its range and can find no reason to regard A. 
hunteriana as specifically distinct and accordingly the latter name is 
relegated to synonymy. 
Acacia hrownii (Poir.) Steud. Norn. Rot. 2 (1821). 
SYN.: Acacia acicularis R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. Kew. ed. 2 
5:460 (1813), non Humb. et Bonpl. ex Willd. 
(1809). 
Mimosa Brownei Poir. in Encxcl. Meth. {Bot.) Suppl 
5 : 530 (1817). 
Acacia pugioniformis H. Wendl. in Flora 2 : 139 
(1819). 
Acacia Arceuthos Spreng. Syst. Veg. 3 : 134 (1826). 
Acacia juniperina (Vent.) Willd. var. Brownei (Poir) 
Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 332 ( 1864). 
• National Herbarium of Victoria. 
155 

Page image

51408342 Acacia boormanii Muelleria 2(3): 155
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807578
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905

Page text

NO I ES ON Al S I RAUAN ACAC IAS I 
by 
A. B. Court* 
SUMMARY 
Acacia hakeoides A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. var. angiistijolia (H. B. 
Williamson) J. H. Willis is raised to specific rank; A. fnmteriana N. A. 
Wakefield is formally relegated to synonymy under A. hoormanii 
Maiden, A. diffusa Lindl. to synonymy under A. genistijolia Link, A. 
vomcriformis A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. to synonymy under A. gutwii Bcnth. 
and A. diptera to synonymy under A. willdcnowiana H. Wcndl. ; the 
confusion between A. hrownii (Poir.) Stcud. and A. pugionijormis H. 
Wendl. is resolved and A. quadrilatcralis DC. brought out of 
synonymy ; the identity of A. hynoeana has been established and shown 
to be an endemic New South Wales species, A. pumila Maiden et R. 
T. Baker is relegated to synonymy under A. hynoeana and A. 
wilhelmiana F. Mucll. replaces A. hynoeana as the correct name applied 
to South Australian, New South Wales and Victorian material formerly 
referred to A. hynoeana; A. difformis R. T. Baker is added to the 
Victorian flora and Choretrum oxycladuni F. Mucll. is added as a 
synonym to A. spinescens Benth. 
NOMENCLATURAL AND TAXONOMIC NOTES 
Acacia hoormanii Maiden in J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 49 : 489 (1916). 
SYN.: Acacia hunteriana N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat. 
72 : 92 (1955). 
Acacia hoormanii is a common species in eastern Victoria and the 
far south-east of New South Wales and seems to be confined mainly 
to the Snowy River watershed. The author has examined material col- 
lected throughout its range and can find no reason to regard A. 
hunteriana as specifically distinct and accordingly the latter name is 
relegated to synonymy. 
Acacia hrownii (Poir.) Steud. Norn. Rot. 2 (1821). 
SYN.: Acacia acicularis R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. Kew. ed. 2 
5:460 (1813), non Humb. et Bonpl. ex Willd. 
(1809). 
Mimosa Brownei Poir. in Encxcl. Meth. {Bot.) Suppl 
5 : 530 (1817). 
Acacia pugioniformis H. Wendl. in Flora 2 : 139 
(1819). 
Acacia Arceuthos Spreng. Syst. Veg. 3 : 134 (1826). 
Acacia juniperina (Vent.) Willd. var. Brownei (Poir) 
Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 332 ( 1864). 
• National Herbarium of Victoria. 
155 

Page image

687154 Acacia brownii Muelleria 2(3): 155-156

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(3): 155-156".

464699 Acacia bynoeana Muelleria 2(3): 156
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807579
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905

Page text

156 
A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias I 
The author in Viet. Nat. 73 : 173 (1957) followed G. Bentham’s 
synonymy [Flor. Aiist. 2 : 332 (1864)] but queried A. piigioniforrnis 
H. Wendl. (1819). Since then the author has been able to examine all 
the relevant literature and has established that Wendland published A. 
pugionijormis as a substitute name for A. acicularis R. Br. The full 
synonymy of A. hrownii is given above together with the corrected 
author citation and spelling of the epithet. This species is known from 
only New South Wales and Victoria. In 1820, Wendland published 
another description of A. pugiomformis [Comment. Acac. 5, 38 t.9 
(1820)] and figured a specimen that he considered represented the 
same species as Brown’s A. acicularis. It is quite clear that Wendland 
had confounded two distinct species, one of which is now known as 
A. hrownii and the other hitherto called A. pugionijormis. This latter 
species should now be called A. quadrilateralis DC. (Sec p. 158). 
Acacia bynoeana Benth. in Linnaea 26 : 614 (1855). 
SYN.: Acacia pumila Maiden et R. T. Baker in Proc. Linn. 
Soc. N.S.W. Ser. 2 10 ; 385 t.28 (1895). 
Hitherto the name Acacia bynoeana has been applied to a popula- 
tion now known correctly as A. wilhelmiana F. Muell. and a full dis- 
cussion of the confusing history of the former name and its relationship 
to the latter appears later in this paper. The author has compared a 
fragment of the holotypc of A. bynoeana with the holotype of A. pumila 
and has no hesitation in asserting that these two names represent the 
same species. No significant differences of any kind can be found 
between them and accordingly A. pumila is relegated to synonymy 
under A. bynoeana. 
The specimen on which Bentham based A. bynoeana was gathered 
by Benjamin Bynoe and it was evidently labelled simply “ Australia ’ 
with no other data. It is clear now that it must have been collected 
in the vicinity of Port Jackson by Bynoe during his stay there from 24 
July until 11 November 1838. 
A. bynoeana is now regarded as an endemic New South Wales 
species. 
Acacia difVormis R. T. Baker in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 22 : 154 t.9 
(1897). 
This species has been known in Victoria for many years but 
remained unidentified until several years ago. It is well known to the 
author who has observed it in several places in north-central Victoria, 
especially near Wytchitella, north of Bendigo, west of Graytown and 
south of Benalla. A. difformis was wrongly placed in A. relinodes 
Schlechtendal and was known as ‘‘ Mystery Wattle ” in the Bendigo 
district. It is a species that rarely sets fruit and no fruiting material has 
been noted in this State. A. diljormis has been gathered at a number 
of stations in New South Wales where it often forms extensive thickets, 
e.g. in the vicinity of Merrygoen. It is confined to New South Wales 
and Victoria. 

Page image

51408352 Acacia bynoeana Muelleria 2(3): 159
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807582
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905

Page text

A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias I 
159 
Acacia suhlanata Bcnlh. in Hncll. ct al. Enitm. Plant. Huci>. 42 ( 1837). 
SYN.: Acacia luehmannii I-'. Mucll. Pra^m. Phyt. Aust. 
11:116 ( 1881 ). 
G. Bcntham cited a Bauer specimen in his original description of 
A. suhlanata and gave simply "Australia" as its locality. Later, in 
Flor. Aust. 2 : 378 (1864), he asserted that Robert Brown collected 
this species along the south coast of Australia but he did not specifically 
mention Bauer's specimen. At the same time he wrongly relegated 
A. pravifolia F. Muell. to synonymy under A. suhlanata thus causing 
confusion which has persisted until the present time. The author has 
examined the holotype of A. suhlanata and also two Brown specimens 
representing the same species in the Kew herbarium. One of Brown's 
specimens is clearly labelled " Arnheim Bay " and the other " New 
Holland North Coast ” and it seems likely that Bentham misread 
" North Coast ” as “ South Coast 
The author has compared an isolype of A. luehmannii (a specimen 
gathered along the Liverpool River by B. Gulliver and filed in the Kew 
herbarium) with the holotype of A. suhlanata and has no hesitation in 
reducing the former name to a synonym of the latter. 
A. suhlanata has been recorded from Western Australia, Northern 
Territory and Queensland but A. pravifolia is known only from South 
Australia and New South Wales. 
Acacia wilhelmiana F. Muell in Trans. Phil. Soc. Viet. 1 : 37 ( 1855). 
SYN.: Acacia Bynoeana sens. Benth. Plor. Aust. 2 : 337 
(1864) atque auett. cum subseq., non quoad Benth. 
( 1855). 
Acacia leptophxlla F. Muell. Frat^ni. Ph\t. Aust. 4 : 9 
(1863). 
Acacia calamifolia Sweet ex Lindi. var. wilhelmiana ( F. 
Mucll.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 339 (1864) — ut var. 
Wilhelmsiana. 
Acacia Bynoeana Benth. var. latifolia J. M. lilack Flor. 
S. Aust. cd. 2 2:418 f.576 (1948), anglice. 
For more than a century uncertainty has surrounded the identity 
of an Acacia common to parts of South Australia, New South Wale's 
and Victoria and hitherto called A. hynoeana Benth. Some of this 
confusion has been due to incorrect data on labels accompanying speci- 
mens transmitted to Bentham by Mueller, and it is the author’s inten- 
tion to review this situation and present an account of all pertinent 
literature (much of which is rare and generally unavailable to botanists) 
together with comments on the original specimens cited in Bentham’s 
and Mueller’s descriptions. 
A. hynoeana was originally described by Bentham in Linnaea 
26 : 614 (1855) from material collected by Benjamin Bynoe who was 
Surgeon on the Beagle during Commander J. Lort Stokes’ expedition 

Page image

797506 Acacia bynoeana latifolia Muelleria 2(3): 159
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807582
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905
51408350 Acacia calamifolia wilhelmiana Muelleria 2(3): 159
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807582
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905
51408351 Acacia calamifolia wilhelmsiana Muelleria 2(3): 159
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807582
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905
51408210 Acacia cuspidata Muelleria 2(3): 157
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807580
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905

Page text

A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / 
157 
Acacia ^enistifolia Unk Enitm. Plant. Hart. Berol. 2 : 442 ( 1822). 
SYN.; Acacia (lifjusa Lindi. in Edwards Bat. Re^. 8 : t.634 
(1822).' 
Acacia prostrata Lodd. Bot. Cah. 7:t.631 (1822), 
nonicn nudum. 
PhvUodoce ^cnistijolia (Link) Link Handh. Erk. 2 : 133 
'(1831). 
Acacia ciispidata A. Cunn. cx Bcnlh. in Hook. Land. J. 
Bot. 1 : 337 (1842), non Schlcchtcndal (1838). 
Acacia cuspidata A. Cunn. cx Benth. var. lon^ifolia 
Bcnth. in Linnaea 26 : 610 ( 1855). 
Acacia difju.sa Lindi. var. cuspidata (A. Cunn. ex 
Benth.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 333 (1864). 
In Viet. Nat. 74 : 12 (1957), the author discussed the fact that 
three dilferent names were proposed during 1822 for material hitherto 
referred to A. diffusa but refrained from altering its name. The posi- 
tion with regard to these names can be clarified now. A. prostrata 
Lodd. is little more than a nomen nudum and was published during 
August 1822. A. genistifolia Link was published during the first half 
of that year while A. diffusa Lindi., according to the date on the plate, 
was published on July 1, 1822. 
Recently a genuine Link specimen of A. genistifolia was located in 
the Melbourne Herbarium (MEL 39790) and it bears a label that 
reads “Acacia genistifolia Lk ! Original A. diffusa Lindicy 
Hort Bot. reg. Berolin. comm. Museum bot. Berolin. Schumann ”. 
This specimen can be taken to be part of the type and leaves no doubt 
that A. genistifolia and A. diffusa are conspecitic. 
Link's specimen represents the typical form of the population of 
individuals included in that species. Lindley's concept of this species 
does not represent the typical form as it is understood at pre.scnt 
but refers to a more or less flattened phyllodc form frequently found in 
Tasmania. Loddiges illustration of A. prostrata indicates that he had 
the same variant in mind. 
A. genistifolia has been recorded from New South Wales, Victoria 
and Tasmania. 
Acacia gunnii Benth. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 332 (1842). 
SYN.: Acacia vomerifonnis A. Cunn. ex Benth. in /. c. 
Acacia gititnii and A. vo/neriforniis were described simultaneously 
and maintained as distinct species until 1859 when Mueller [in J. Linn. 
Soc. (Bot.) 3: 119 (1859)] placed the latter name as a synonym 
under the former. Although Mueller is here eredited with making this 
decision, it is possible that Bentham who edited Mueller’s manuscript 
was responsible for regarding the two species as conspecific. In a 
note at the beginning of Mueller’s article (/. c. 114) Bentham wrote ; 

Page image

802315 Acacia cuspidata longifolia Muelleria 2(3): 157
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807580
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905
51408348 Acacia difformis Muelleria 2(3): 155
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807578
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905
51408205 Acacia diffusa Muelleria 2(3): 157
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807580
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905

Page text

A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / 
157 
Acacia ^enistifolia Unk Enitm. Plant. Hart. Berol. 2 : 442 ( 1822). 
SYN.; Acacia (lifjusa Lindi. in Edwards Bat. Re^. 8 : t.634 
(1822).' 
Acacia prostrata Lodd. Bot. Cah. 7:t.631 (1822), 
nonicn nudum. 
PhvUodoce ^cnistijolia (Link) Link Handh. Erk. 2 : 133 
'(1831). 
Acacia ciispidata A. Cunn. cx Bcnlh. in Hook. Land. J. 
Bot. 1 : 337 (1842), non Schlcchtcndal (1838). 
Acacia cuspidata A. Cunn. cx Benth. var. lon^ifolia 
Bcnth. in Linnaea 26 : 610 ( 1855). 
Acacia difju.sa Lindi. var. cuspidata (A. Cunn. ex 
Benth.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 333 (1864). 
In Viet. Nat. 74 : 12 (1957), the author discussed the fact that 
three dilferent names were proposed during 1822 for material hitherto 
referred to A. diffusa but refrained from altering its name. The posi- 
tion with regard to these names can be clarified now. A. prostrata 
Lodd. is little more than a nomen nudum and was published during 
August 1822. A. genistifolia Link was published during the first half 
of that year while A. diffusa Lindi., according to the date on the plate, 
was published on July 1, 1822. 
Recently a genuine Link specimen of A. genistifolia was located in 
the Melbourne Herbarium (MEL 39790) and it bears a label that 
reads “Acacia genistifolia Lk ! Original A. diffusa Lindicy 
Hort Bot. reg. Berolin. comm. Museum bot. Berolin. Schumann ”. 
This specimen can be taken to be part of the type and leaves no doubt 
that A. genistifolia and A. diffusa are conspecitic. 
Link's specimen represents the typical form of the population of 
individuals included in that species. Lindley's concept of this species 
does not represent the typical form as it is understood at pre.scnt 
but refers to a more or less flattened phyllodc form frequently found in 
Tasmania. Loddiges illustration of A. prostrata indicates that he had 
the same variant in mind. 
A. genistifolia has been recorded from New South Wales, Victoria 
and Tasmania. 
Acacia gunnii Benth. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 332 (1842). 
SYN.: Acacia vomerifonnis A. Cunn. ex Benth. in /. c. 
Acacia gititnii and A. vo/neriforniis were described simultaneously 
and maintained as distinct species until 1859 when Mueller [in J. Linn. 
Soc. (Bot.) 3: 119 (1859)] placed the latter name as a synonym 
under the former. Although Mueller is here eredited with making this 
decision, it is possible that Bentham who edited Mueller’s manuscript 
was responsible for regarding the two species as conspecific. In a 
note at the beginning of Mueller’s article (/. c. 114) Bentham wrote ; 

Page image

51408208 Acacia diffusa cuspidata Muelleria 2(3): 157
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807580
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905
797628 Acacia diptera Muelleria 2(3): 162
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807585
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905

Page text

162 
A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / 
Evidently Mueller never admitted A. hynoeana to the tloras of south- 
eastern Australia as reference to his Systematic Census of Australian 
Plants (1882), Key to Victorian Plants ( 1888) and Second Systematic 
Census of Australian Plants (1889) show. It seems obvious that he 
concluded Bentham was correct in assigning A. wilhelmiana to 
synonymy under A. calamifolia. 
Maiden in J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 49 ; 501-2 (1916) noted that A. 
hynoeana had been recorded for north-west Australia and from the 
Gulf of Carpentaria but added South Australia, New South Wales and 
Victoria as additional localities on the basis of specimens gathered by 
St. Eloy D'Alton, Walter Gill, P. E. Lewis and F. E. Haviland. Un- 
doubtedly Maiden’s conclusions were accepted without question by J. 
M. Black in his Flora of South Australia and by H. B. Williamson who 
wrote up the Leguminosae for A. J. Ewart’s Flora of Victoria. 
Both A. hynoeana (as A. pumila) and A. wilhelmiana (as A. 
hynoeana) have been adequately described in modern treatments of 
Acacia, the former by key characters [Beadle et al. Flandb. Vase. Plant. 
Sydney Distr. Blue Mount. 222-224 (1962)] and the latter by 
description and illustration [J. M. Black Flor. S. Aust. ed. 2 418 t.576 
(1948)1 and therefore these species will not be described here. 
Acacia willdcMiowiaiia H. L. Wendland in Verzeichniss voti 1 reih- 
Clashaus-Bosquet-Pflaniten, Stauden-Gewdehsen und Georginen, 
welche im Koniglichen Berggarten zn Herrenhausen hei Hannover 
fiir heigesetzte Preise z.u hahen sind. Hannover. 5 (1845). 
SYN.; Acacia diptera Lindl. in Fulw'ards' Bot. Reg. 23 : Swan 
Riv. Append, xv (1839), non Humb. et Bonpl. ex 
Wind. (1809). 
Acacia diptera Lindl. var. erioptera Benth. in Hook. 
Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 325 (1842). 
Acacia diptera Lindl. var. erioptera R. Graham in 
Curtis's Bot. Mag. 68 : t.3939 (1842). 
Acacia diptera Lindl. var. angustior Meisn. in Lehm. 
Plant. Preiss. 1 : 5 (1 842 ) . 
Acacia diptera Lindl. var. latior Meisn. in /. c. 4. 
Acacia diptera Lindl. var. eriocarpa W. V. Fitzg. in J. 
W. Au.st. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1 ; 44 (1904). 
Acacia willdenowiana H. Wendl. must replace A. diptera Lindl. as 
the name for a well-known Western Australian species recorded 
from the south-west regions of that State. The confusion that sur- 
rounded the application of Wendland's name for many years started 
when B. Seemann drew attention to the existence of A. willdenowiana 
on page 72 of Verhandlungen der k. k. Gartenhaugesellschaft in Wien im 
Jahre 1846 where he erroneously relegated it to synonymy under A. 
diptera Humb. et Bonpl. ex Willd. Seemann later [Fiurop. Eingef. Acac. 

Page image

51408355 Acacia diptera angustior Muelleria 2(3): 162
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807585
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905
51408357 Acacia diptera eriocarpa Muelleria 2(3): 162
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807585
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905
51408353 Acacia diptera erioptera Muelleria 2(3): 162
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807585
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905
51408354 Acacia diptera erioptera Muelleria 2(3): 162
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807585
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905
51408356 Acacia diptera latior Muelleria 2(3): 162
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807585
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905
469465 Acacia genistifolia Muelleria 2(3): 157
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807580
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905

Page text

A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / 
157 
Acacia ^enistifolia Unk Enitm. Plant. Hart. Berol. 2 : 442 ( 1822). 
SYN.; Acacia (lifjusa Lindi. in Edwards Bat. Re^. 8 : t.634 
(1822).' 
Acacia prostrata Lodd. Bot. Cah. 7:t.631 (1822), 
nonicn nudum. 
PhvUodoce ^cnistijolia (Link) Link Handh. Erk. 2 : 133 
'(1831). 
Acacia ciispidata A. Cunn. cx Bcnlh. in Hook. Land. J. 
Bot. 1 : 337 (1842), non Schlcchtcndal (1838). 
Acacia cuspidata A. Cunn. cx Benth. var. lon^ifolia 
Bcnth. in Linnaea 26 : 610 ( 1855). 
Acacia difju.sa Lindi. var. cuspidata (A. Cunn. ex 
Benth.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 333 (1864). 
In Viet. Nat. 74 : 12 (1957), the author discussed the fact that 
three dilferent names were proposed during 1822 for material hitherto 
referred to A. diffusa but refrained from altering its name. The posi- 
tion with regard to these names can be clarified now. A. prostrata 
Lodd. is little more than a nomen nudum and was published during 
August 1822. A. genistifolia Link was published during the first half 
of that year while A. diffusa Lindi., according to the date on the plate, 
was published on July 1, 1822. 
Recently a genuine Link specimen of A. genistifolia was located in 
the Melbourne Herbarium (MEL 39790) and it bears a label that 
reads “Acacia genistifolia Lk ! Original A. diffusa Lindicy 
Hort Bot. reg. Berolin. comm. Museum bot. Berolin. Schumann ”. 
This specimen can be taken to be part of the type and leaves no doubt 
that A. genistifolia and A. diffusa are conspecitic. 
Link's specimen represents the typical form of the population of 
individuals included in that species. Lindley's concept of this species 
does not represent the typical form as it is understood at pre.scnt 
but refers to a more or less flattened phyllodc form frequently found in 
Tasmania. Loddiges illustration of A. prostrata indicates that he had 
the same variant in mind. 
A. genistifolia has been recorded from New South Wales, Victoria 
and Tasmania. 
Acacia gunnii Benth. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 332 (1842). 
SYN.: Acacia vomerifonnis A. Cunn. ex Benth. in /. c. 
Acacia gititnii and A. vo/neriforniis were described simultaneously 
and maintained as distinct species until 1859 when Mueller [in J. Linn. 
Soc. (Bot.) 3: 119 (1859)] placed the latter name as a synonym 
under the former. Although Mueller is here eredited with making this 
decision, it is possible that Bentham who edited Mueller’s manuscript 
was responsible for regarding the two species as conspecific. In a 
note at the beginning of Mueller’s article (/. c. 114) Bentham wrote ; 

Page image

470324 Acacia gunnii Muelleria 2(3): 157-158

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(3): 157-158".

9689380 Acacia hakeoides angustifolia Muelleria 2(3): 163
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807586
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905
51408343 Acacia hunteriana Muelleria 2(3): 155
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807578
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905

Page text

NO I ES ON Al S I RAUAN ACAC IAS I 
by 
A. B. Court* 
SUMMARY 
Acacia hakeoides A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. var. angiistijolia (H. B. 
Williamson) J. H. Willis is raised to specific rank; A. fnmteriana N. A. 
Wakefield is formally relegated to synonymy under A. hoormanii 
Maiden, A. diffusa Lindl. to synonymy under A. genistijolia Link, A. 
vomcriformis A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. to synonymy under A. gutwii Bcnth. 
and A. diptera to synonymy under A. willdcnowiana H. Wcndl. ; the 
confusion between A. hrownii (Poir.) Stcud. and A. pugionijormis H. 
Wendl. is resolved and A. quadrilatcralis DC. brought out of 
synonymy ; the identity of A. hynoeana has been established and shown 
to be an endemic New South Wales species, A. pumila Maiden et R. 
T. Baker is relegated to synonymy under A. hynoeana and A. 
wilhelmiana F. Mucll. replaces A. hynoeana as the correct name applied 
to South Australian, New South Wales and Victorian material formerly 
referred to A. hynoeana; A. difformis R. T. Baker is added to the 
Victorian flora and Choretrum oxycladuni F. Mucll. is added as a 
synonym to A. spinescens Benth. 
NOMENCLATURAL AND TAXONOMIC NOTES 
Acacia hoormanii Maiden in J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 49 : 489 (1916). 
SYN.: Acacia hunteriana N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat. 
72 : 92 (1955). 
Acacia hoormanii is a common species in eastern Victoria and the 
far south-east of New South Wales and seems to be confined mainly 
to the Snowy River watershed. The author has examined material col- 
lected throughout its range and can find no reason to regard A. 
hunteriana as specifically distinct and accordingly the latter name is 
relegated to synonymy. 
Acacia hrownii (Poir.) Steud. Norn. Rot. 2 (1821). 
SYN.: Acacia acicularis R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. Kew. ed. 2 
5:460 (1813), non Humb. et Bonpl. ex Willd. 
(1809). 
Mimosa Brownei Poir. in Encxcl. Meth. {Bot.) Suppl 
5 : 530 (1817). 
Acacia pugioniformis H. Wendl. in Flora 2 : 139 
(1819). 
Acacia Arceuthos Spreng. Syst. Veg. 3 : 134 (1826). 
Acacia juniperina (Vent.) Willd. var. Brownei (Poir) 
Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 332 ( 1864). 
• National Herbarium of Victoria. 
155 

Page image

905921 Acacia juniperina brownii Muelleria 2(3): 155
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807578
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905
51408349 Acacia leptophylla Muelleria 2(3): 159
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807582
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905

Page text

A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias I 
159 
Acacia suhlanata Bcnlh. in Hncll. ct al. Enitm. Plant. Huci>. 42 ( 1837). 
SYN.: Acacia luehmannii I-'. Mucll. Pra^m. Phyt. Aust. 
11:116 ( 1881 ). 
G. Bcntham cited a Bauer specimen in his original description of 
A. suhlanata and gave simply "Australia" as its locality. Later, in 
Flor. Aust. 2 : 378 (1864), he asserted that Robert Brown collected 
this species along the south coast of Australia but he did not specifically 
mention Bauer's specimen. At the same time he wrongly relegated 
A. pravifolia F. Muell. to synonymy under A. suhlanata thus causing 
confusion which has persisted until the present time. The author has 
examined the holotype of A. suhlanata and also two Brown specimens 
representing the same species in the Kew herbarium. One of Brown's 
specimens is clearly labelled " Arnheim Bay " and the other " New 
Holland North Coast ” and it seems likely that Bentham misread 
" North Coast ” as “ South Coast 
The author has compared an isolype of A. luehmannii (a specimen 
gathered along the Liverpool River by B. Gulliver and filed in the Kew 
herbarium) with the holotype of A. suhlanata and has no hesitation in 
reducing the former name to a synonym of the latter. 
A. suhlanata has been recorded from Western Australia, Northern 
Territory and Queensland but A. pravifolia is known only from South 
Australia and New South Wales. 
Acacia wilhelmiana F. Muell in Trans. Phil. Soc. Viet. 1 : 37 ( 1855). 
SYN.: Acacia Bynoeana sens. Benth. Plor. Aust. 2 : 337 
(1864) atque auett. cum subseq., non quoad Benth. 
( 1855). 
Acacia leptophxlla F. Muell. Frat^ni. Ph\t. Aust. 4 : 9 
(1863). 
Acacia calamifolia Sweet ex Lindi. var. wilhelmiana ( F. 
Mucll.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 339 (1864) — ut var. 
Wilhelmsiana. 
Acacia Bynoeana Benth. var. latifolia J. M. lilack Flor. 
S. Aust. cd. 2 2:418 f.576 (1948), anglice. 
For more than a century uncertainty has surrounded the identity 
of an Acacia common to parts of South Australia, New South Wale's 
and Victoria and hitherto called A. hynoeana Benth. Some of this 
confusion has been due to incorrect data on labels accompanying speci- 
mens transmitted to Bentham by Mueller, and it is the author’s inten- 
tion to review this situation and present an account of all pertinent 
literature (much of which is rare and generally unavailable to botanists) 
together with comments on the original specimens cited in Bentham’s 
and Mueller’s descriptions. 
A. hynoeana was originally described by Bentham in Linnaea 
26 : 614 (1855) from material collected by Benjamin Bynoe who was 
Surgeon on the Beagle during Commander J. Lort Stokes’ expedition 

Page image

797891 Acacia ligulata angustifolia Muelleria 2(3): 163
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807586
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905
803797 Acacia luehmannii Muelleria 2(3): 159
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807582
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905

Page text

A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias I 
159 
Acacia suhlanata Bcnlh. in Hncll. ct al. Enitm. Plant. Huci>. 42 ( 1837). 
SYN.: Acacia luehmannii I-'. Mucll. Pra^m. Phyt. Aust. 
11:116 ( 1881 ). 
G. Bcntham cited a Bauer specimen in his original description of 
A. suhlanata and gave simply "Australia" as its locality. Later, in 
Flor. Aust. 2 : 378 (1864), he asserted that Robert Brown collected 
this species along the south coast of Australia but he did not specifically 
mention Bauer's specimen. At the same time he wrongly relegated 
A. pravifolia F. Muell. to synonymy under A. suhlanata thus causing 
confusion which has persisted until the present time. The author has 
examined the holotype of A. suhlanata and also two Brown specimens 
representing the same species in the Kew herbarium. One of Brown's 
specimens is clearly labelled " Arnheim Bay " and the other " New 
Holland North Coast ” and it seems likely that Bentham misread 
" North Coast ” as “ South Coast 
The author has compared an isolype of A. luehmannii (a specimen 
gathered along the Liverpool River by B. Gulliver and filed in the Kew 
herbarium) with the holotype of A. suhlanata and has no hesitation in 
reducing the former name to a synonym of the latter. 
A. suhlanata has been recorded from Western Australia, Northern 
Territory and Queensland but A. pravifolia is known only from South 
Australia and New South Wales. 
Acacia wilhelmiana F. Muell in Trans. Phil. Soc. Viet. 1 : 37 ( 1855). 
SYN.: Acacia Bynoeana sens. Benth. Plor. Aust. 2 : 337 
(1864) atque auett. cum subseq., non quoad Benth. 
( 1855). 
Acacia leptophxlla F. Muell. Frat^ni. Ph\t. Aust. 4 : 9 
(1863). 
Acacia calamifolia Sweet ex Lindi. var. wilhelmiana ( F. 
Mucll.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 339 (1864) — ut var. 
Wilhelmsiana. 
Acacia Bynoeana Benth. var. latifolia J. M. lilack Flor. 
S. Aust. cd. 2 2:418 f.576 (1948), anglice. 
For more than a century uncertainty has surrounded the identity 
of an Acacia common to parts of South Australia, New South Wale's 
and Victoria and hitherto called A. hynoeana Benth. Some of this 
confusion has been due to incorrect data on labels accompanying speci- 
mens transmitted to Bentham by Mueller, and it is the author’s inten- 
tion to review this situation and present an account of all pertinent 
literature (much of which is rare and generally unavailable to botanists) 
together with comments on the original specimens cited in Bentham’s 
and Mueller’s descriptions. 
A. hynoeana was originally described by Bentham in Linnaea 
26 : 614 (1855) from material collected by Benjamin Bynoe who was 
Surgeon on the Beagle during Commander J. Lort Stokes’ expedition 

Page image

51408206 Acacia prostrata Muelleria 2(3): 157
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807580
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905

Page text

A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / 
157 
Acacia ^enistifolia Unk Enitm. Plant. Hart. Berol. 2 : 442 ( 1822). 
SYN.; Acacia (lifjusa Lindi. in Edwards Bat. Re^. 8 : t.634 
(1822).' 
Acacia prostrata Lodd. Bot. Cah. 7:t.631 (1822), 
nonicn nudum. 
PhvUodoce ^cnistijolia (Link) Link Handh. Erk. 2 : 133 
'(1831). 
Acacia ciispidata A. Cunn. cx Bcnlh. in Hook. Land. J. 
Bot. 1 : 337 (1842), non Schlcchtcndal (1838). 
Acacia cuspidata A. Cunn. cx Benth. var. lon^ifolia 
Bcnth. in Linnaea 26 : 610 ( 1855). 
Acacia difju.sa Lindi. var. cuspidata (A. Cunn. ex 
Benth.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 333 (1864). 
In Viet. Nat. 74 : 12 (1957), the author discussed the fact that 
three dilferent names were proposed during 1822 for material hitherto 
referred to A. diffusa but refrained from altering its name. The posi- 
tion with regard to these names can be clarified now. A. prostrata 
Lodd. is little more than a nomen nudum and was published during 
August 1822. A. genistifolia Link was published during the first half 
of that year while A. diffusa Lindi., according to the date on the plate, 
was published on July 1, 1822. 
Recently a genuine Link specimen of A. genistifolia was located in 
the Melbourne Herbarium (MEL 39790) and it bears a label that 
reads “Acacia genistifolia Lk ! Original A. diffusa Lindicy 
Hort Bot. reg. Berolin. comm. Museum bot. Berolin. Schumann ”. 
This specimen can be taken to be part of the type and leaves no doubt 
that A. genistifolia and A. diffusa are conspecitic. 
Link's specimen represents the typical form of the population of 
individuals included in that species. Lindley's concept of this species 
does not represent the typical form as it is understood at pre.scnt 
but refers to a more or less flattened phyllodc form frequently found in 
Tasmania. Loddiges illustration of A. prostrata indicates that he had 
the same variant in mind. 
A. genistifolia has been recorded from New South Wales, Victoria 
and Tasmania. 
Acacia gunnii Benth. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 332 (1842). 
SYN.: Acacia vomerifonnis A. Cunn. ex Benth. in /. c. 
Acacia gititnii and A. vo/neriforniis were described simultaneously 
and maintained as distinct species until 1859 when Mueller [in J. Linn. 
Soc. (Bot.) 3: 119 (1859)] placed the latter name as a synonym 
under the former. Although Mueller is here eredited with making this 
decision, it is possible that Bentham who edited Mueller’s manuscript 
was responsible for regarding the two species as conspecific. In a 
note at the beginning of Mueller’s article (/. c. 114) Bentham wrote ; 

Page image

51408346 Acacia pugioniformis Muelleria 2(3): 155
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807578
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905

Page text

NO I ES ON Al S I RAUAN ACAC IAS I 
by 
A. B. Court* 
SUMMARY 
Acacia hakeoides A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. var. angiistijolia (H. B. 
Williamson) J. H. Willis is raised to specific rank; A. fnmteriana N. A. 
Wakefield is formally relegated to synonymy under A. hoormanii 
Maiden, A. diffusa Lindl. to synonymy under A. genistijolia Link, A. 
vomcriformis A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. to synonymy under A. gutwii Bcnth. 
and A. diptera to synonymy under A. willdcnowiana H. Wcndl. ; the 
confusion between A. hrownii (Poir.) Stcud. and A. pugionijormis H. 
Wendl. is resolved and A. quadrilatcralis DC. brought out of 
synonymy ; the identity of A. hynoeana has been established and shown 
to be an endemic New South Wales species, A. pumila Maiden et R. 
T. Baker is relegated to synonymy under A. hynoeana and A. 
wilhelmiana F. Mucll. replaces A. hynoeana as the correct name applied 
to South Australian, New South Wales and Victorian material formerly 
referred to A. hynoeana; A. difformis R. T. Baker is added to the 
Victorian flora and Choretrum oxycladuni F. Mucll. is added as a 
synonym to A. spinescens Benth. 
NOMENCLATURAL AND TAXONOMIC NOTES 
Acacia hoormanii Maiden in J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 49 : 489 (1916). 
SYN.: Acacia hunteriana N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat. 
72 : 92 (1955). 
Acacia hoormanii is a common species in eastern Victoria and the 
far south-east of New South Wales and seems to be confined mainly 
to the Snowy River watershed. The author has examined material col- 
lected throughout its range and can find no reason to regard A. 
hunteriana as specifically distinct and accordingly the latter name is 
relegated to synonymy. 
Acacia hrownii (Poir.) Steud. Norn. Rot. 2 (1821). 
SYN.: Acacia acicularis R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. Kew. ed. 2 
5:460 (1813), non Humb. et Bonpl. ex Willd. 
(1809). 
Mimosa Brownei Poir. in Encxcl. Meth. {Bot.) Suppl 
5 : 530 (1817). 
Acacia pugioniformis H. Wendl. in Flora 2 : 139 
(1819). 
Acacia Arceuthos Spreng. Syst. Veg. 3 : 134 (1826). 
Acacia juniperina (Vent.) Willd. var. Brownei (Poir) 
Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 332 ( 1864). 
• National Herbarium of Victoria. 
155 

Page image

798154 Acacia pumila Muelleria 2(3): 156
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807579
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905

Page text

156 
A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias I 
The author in Viet. Nat. 73 : 173 (1957) followed G. Bentham’s 
synonymy [Flor. Aiist. 2 : 332 (1864)] but queried A. piigioniforrnis 
H. Wendl. (1819). Since then the author has been able to examine all 
the relevant literature and has established that Wendland published A. 
pugionijormis as a substitute name for A. acicularis R. Br. The full 
synonymy of A. hrownii is given above together with the corrected 
author citation and spelling of the epithet. This species is known from 
only New South Wales and Victoria. In 1820, Wendland published 
another description of A. pugiomformis [Comment. Acac. 5, 38 t.9 
(1820)] and figured a specimen that he considered represented the 
same species as Brown’s A. acicularis. It is quite clear that Wendland 
had confounded two distinct species, one of which is now known as 
A. hrownii and the other hitherto called A. pugionijormis. This latter 
species should now be called A. quadrilateralis DC. (Sec p. 158). 
Acacia bynoeana Benth. in Linnaea 26 : 614 (1855). 
SYN.: Acacia pumila Maiden et R. T. Baker in Proc. Linn. 
Soc. N.S.W. Ser. 2 10 ; 385 t.28 (1895). 
Hitherto the name Acacia bynoeana has been applied to a popula- 
tion now known correctly as A. wilhelmiana F. Muell. and a full dis- 
cussion of the confusing history of the former name and its relationship 
to the latter appears later in this paper. The author has compared a 
fragment of the holotypc of A. bynoeana with the holotype of A. pumila 
and has no hesitation in asserting that these two names represent the 
same species. No significant differences of any kind can be found 
between them and accordingly A. pumila is relegated to synonymy 
under A. bynoeana. 
The specimen on which Bentham based A. bynoeana was gathered 
by Benjamin Bynoe and it was evidently labelled simply “ Australia ’ 
with no other data. It is clear now that it must have been collected 
in the vicinity of Port Jackson by Bynoe during his stay there from 24 
July until 11 November 1838. 
A. bynoeana is now regarded as an endemic New South Wales 
species. 
Acacia difVormis R. T. Baker in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 22 : 154 t.9 
(1897). 
This species has been known in Victoria for many years but 
remained unidentified until several years ago. It is well known to the 
author who has observed it in several places in north-central Victoria, 
especially near Wytchitella, north of Bendigo, west of Graytown and 
south of Benalla. A. difformis was wrongly placed in A. relinodes 
Schlechtendal and was known as ‘‘ Mystery Wattle ” in the Bendigo 
district. It is a species that rarely sets fruit and no fruiting material has 
been noted in this State. A. diljormis has been gathered at a number 
of stations in New South Wales where it often forms extensive thickets, 
e.g. in the vicinity of Merrygoen. It is confined to New South Wales 
and Victoria. 

Page image

479306 Acacia quadrilateralis Muelleria 2(3): 158
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807581
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905

Page text

158 
A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / 
“ In so far as the specimens have admitted of it, I have, at Dr. Mueller’s 
request, carefully compared his species with those nearly allied to them, 
and added any remarks which suggested themselves, at the end of his 
descriptions. In the few cases where 1 have clearly identified them with 
others previously described, I have given the published names, adding his 
manuscript ones for the purpose of reference, and retaining his characters 
as completing our previous knowledge of the plants.” 
There is an implication here that Bentham relegated A. vomerijormis 
to a synonym of A. gimnii but this is opposed to his treatment of these 
two names in Flor. aiist. 2 : 350 ( 1864) where he considered that A. 
gimnii was a synonym of the former name. 
A. gimnii has been recorded from all Australian states excepting 
Western Australia. 
Acacia quadrilateralis DC. Prodr. 2 ; 45 1 (1825). 
SYN.; Acacia pugionijormis H. Wendl. Comment. Acac. 5, 38 
t.9 ( 1820), pro parte non H. Wendl. in Flora 2 ; 139 
(1819). 
Reference has already been made under Acacia brownii (Poir.) 
Steud. above concerning the confusion that has surrounded the appli- 
cation of A. pugionijormis in the past. It is necessary to reject A. 
pugionijormis as a name that can be applied to material hitherto known 
under that name and replace it with A. qiiardilateralis. Candolle’s 
name was based on Sicber FI. Novae Holl. No. 442 which is represented 
by two replicates in the Melbourne Herbarium and it undoubtedly 
represents the same material as indicated by the erroneous interpreta- 
tion given to A. pugionijormis in the past. 
A. quadrilateralis is well-known from Queensland and New South 
Wales. 
Acacia spinescens Benth. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 323 (1842). 
SYN.: Choretrum o.xvcladum F. Muell. Fragm. Phxt. Aust. 
I : 121 (1858). 
When the late H. U. Stauffer of the Botanic Museum of the Univer- 
sity of Zurich visited the Melbourne Herbarium in December 1963, 
he drew the author’s attention to the existence the name Choretrum 
oxyciadum and indicated that this name should be relegated to 
synonymy under Acacia spinescens. The author agreed fully with this 
assertion. The holotype of Choretrum oxyciadum, a specimen collected 
at Port Lincoln (South Australia) by C. Wilhelmi, is filed in the 
Melbourne Herbarium (MEL 2308), G. Bentham, Flor. Aust. 6 : 218 
( 1873), was unable to satisfactorily place Choretrum oxyciadum in any 
genus and suggested that the llowers “ . . . may all possibly be in a 
monstrous state. If not, the plant must belong to some very different 
Order.” J. M. Black made no mention of Choretrum oxyciadum in 
either edition of his Flora oj South Australia. 
A. spinescen is indigenous to South Australia, New South Wales 
and Victoria. 

Page image

481278 Acacia spinescens Muelleria 2(3): 158
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807581
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905

Page text

158 
A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / 
“ In so far as the specimens have admitted of it, I have, at Dr. Mueller’s 
request, carefully compared his species with those nearly allied to them, 
and added any remarks which suggested themselves, at the end of his 
descriptions. In the few cases where 1 have clearly identified them with 
others previously described, I have given the published names, adding his 
manuscript ones for the purpose of reference, and retaining his characters 
as completing our previous knowledge of the plants.” 
There is an implication here that Bentham relegated A. vomerijormis 
to a synonym of A. gimnii but this is opposed to his treatment of these 
two names in Flor. aiist. 2 : 350 ( 1864) where he considered that A. 
gimnii was a synonym of the former name. 
A. gimnii has been recorded from all Australian states excepting 
Western Australia. 
Acacia quadrilateralis DC. Prodr. 2 ; 45 1 (1825). 
SYN.; Acacia pugionijormis H. Wendl. Comment. Acac. 5, 38 
t.9 ( 1820), pro parte non H. Wendl. in Flora 2 ; 139 
(1819). 
Reference has already been made under Acacia brownii (Poir.) 
Steud. above concerning the confusion that has surrounded the appli- 
cation of A. pugionijormis in the past. It is necessary to reject A. 
pugionijormis as a name that can be applied to material hitherto known 
under that name and replace it with A. qiiardilateralis. Candolle’s 
name was based on Sicber FI. Novae Holl. No. 442 which is represented 
by two replicates in the Melbourne Herbarium and it undoubtedly 
represents the same material as indicated by the erroneous interpreta- 
tion given to A. pugionijormis in the past. 
A. quadrilateralis is well-known from Queensland and New South 
Wales. 
Acacia spinescens Benth. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 323 (1842). 
SYN.: Choretrum o.xvcladum F. Muell. Fragm. Phxt. Aust. 
I : 121 (1858). 
When the late H. U. Stauffer of the Botanic Museum of the Univer- 
sity of Zurich visited the Melbourne Herbarium in December 1963, 
he drew the author’s attention to the existence the name Choretrum 
oxyciadum and indicated that this name should be relegated to 
synonymy under Acacia spinescens. The author agreed fully with this 
assertion. The holotype of Choretrum oxyciadum, a specimen collected 
at Port Lincoln (South Australia) by C. Wilhelmi, is filed in the 
Melbourne Herbarium (MEL 2308), G. Bentham, Flor. Aust. 6 : 218 
( 1873), was unable to satisfactorily place Choretrum oxyciadum in any 
genus and suggested that the llowers “ . . . may all possibly be in a 
monstrous state. If not, the plant must belong to some very different 
Order.” J. M. Black made no mention of Choretrum oxyciadum in 
either edition of his Flora oj South Australia. 
A. spinescen is indigenous to South Australia, New South Wales 
and Victoria. 

Page image

481822 Acacia sublanata Muelleria 2(3): 159
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807582
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905

Page text

A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias I 
159 
Acacia suhlanata Bcnlh. in Hncll. ct al. Enitm. Plant. Huci>. 42 ( 1837). 
SYN.: Acacia luehmannii I-'. Mucll. Pra^m. Phyt. Aust. 
11:116 ( 1881 ). 
G. Bcntham cited a Bauer specimen in his original description of 
A. suhlanata and gave simply "Australia" as its locality. Later, in 
Flor. Aust. 2 : 378 (1864), he asserted that Robert Brown collected 
this species along the south coast of Australia but he did not specifically 
mention Bauer's specimen. At the same time he wrongly relegated 
A. pravifolia F. Muell. to synonymy under A. suhlanata thus causing 
confusion which has persisted until the present time. The author has 
examined the holotype of A. suhlanata and also two Brown specimens 
representing the same species in the Kew herbarium. One of Brown's 
specimens is clearly labelled " Arnheim Bay " and the other " New 
Holland North Coast ” and it seems likely that Bentham misread 
" North Coast ” as “ South Coast 
The author has compared an isolype of A. luehmannii (a specimen 
gathered along the Liverpool River by B. Gulliver and filed in the Kew 
herbarium) with the holotype of A. suhlanata and has no hesitation in 
reducing the former name to a synonym of the latter. 
A. suhlanata has been recorded from Western Australia, Northern 
Territory and Queensland but A. pravifolia is known only from South 
Australia and New South Wales. 
Acacia wilhelmiana F. Muell in Trans. Phil. Soc. Viet. 1 : 37 ( 1855). 
SYN.: Acacia Bynoeana sens. Benth. Plor. Aust. 2 : 337 
(1864) atque auett. cum subseq., non quoad Benth. 
( 1855). 
Acacia leptophxlla F. Muell. Frat^ni. Ph\t. Aust. 4 : 9 
(1863). 
Acacia calamifolia Sweet ex Lindi. var. wilhelmiana ( F. 
Mucll.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 339 (1864) — ut var. 
Wilhelmsiana. 
Acacia Bynoeana Benth. var. latifolia J. M. lilack Flor. 
S. Aust. cd. 2 2:418 f.576 (1948), anglice. 
For more than a century uncertainty has surrounded the identity 
of an Acacia common to parts of South Australia, New South Wale's 
and Victoria and hitherto called A. hynoeana Benth. Some of this 
confusion has been due to incorrect data on labels accompanying speci- 
mens transmitted to Bentham by Mueller, and it is the author’s inten- 
tion to review this situation and present an account of all pertinent 
literature (much of which is rare and generally unavailable to botanists) 
together with comments on the original specimens cited in Bentham’s 
and Mueller’s descriptions. 
A. hynoeana was originally described by Bentham in Linnaea 
26 : 614 (1855) from material collected by Benjamin Bynoe who was 
Surgeon on the Beagle during Commander J. Lort Stokes’ expedition 

Page image

798357 Acacia vomeriformis Muelleria 2(3): 157
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807580
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905

Page text

A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / 
157 
Acacia ^enistifolia Unk Enitm. Plant. Hart. Berol. 2 : 442 ( 1822). 
SYN.; Acacia (lifjusa Lindi. in Edwards Bat. Re^. 8 : t.634 
(1822).' 
Acacia prostrata Lodd. Bot. Cah. 7:t.631 (1822), 
nonicn nudum. 
PhvUodoce ^cnistijolia (Link) Link Handh. Erk. 2 : 133 
'(1831). 
Acacia ciispidata A. Cunn. cx Bcnlh. in Hook. Land. J. 
Bot. 1 : 337 (1842), non Schlcchtcndal (1838). 
Acacia cuspidata A. Cunn. cx Benth. var. lon^ifolia 
Bcnth. in Linnaea 26 : 610 ( 1855). 
Acacia difju.sa Lindi. var. cuspidata (A. Cunn. ex 
Benth.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 333 (1864). 
In Viet. Nat. 74 : 12 (1957), the author discussed the fact that 
three dilferent names were proposed during 1822 for material hitherto 
referred to A. diffusa but refrained from altering its name. The posi- 
tion with regard to these names can be clarified now. A. prostrata 
Lodd. is little more than a nomen nudum and was published during 
August 1822. A. genistifolia Link was published during the first half 
of that year while A. diffusa Lindi., according to the date on the plate, 
was published on July 1, 1822. 
Recently a genuine Link specimen of A. genistifolia was located in 
the Melbourne Herbarium (MEL 39790) and it bears a label that 
reads “Acacia genistifolia Lk ! Original A. diffusa Lindicy 
Hort Bot. reg. Berolin. comm. Museum bot. Berolin. Schumann ”. 
This specimen can be taken to be part of the type and leaves no doubt 
that A. genistifolia and A. diffusa are conspecitic. 
Link's specimen represents the typical form of the population of 
individuals included in that species. Lindley's concept of this species 
does not represent the typical form as it is understood at pre.scnt 
but refers to a more or less flattened phyllodc form frequently found in 
Tasmania. Loddiges illustration of A. prostrata indicates that he had 
the same variant in mind. 
A. genistifolia has been recorded from New South Wales, Victoria 
and Tasmania. 
Acacia gunnii Benth. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 332 (1842). 
SYN.: Acacia vomerifonnis A. Cunn. ex Benth. in /. c. 
Acacia gititnii and A. vo/neriforniis were described simultaneously 
and maintained as distinct species until 1859 when Mueller [in J. Linn. 
Soc. (Bot.) 3: 119 (1859)] placed the latter name as a synonym 
under the former. Although Mueller is here eredited with making this 
decision, it is possible that Bentham who edited Mueller’s manuscript 
was responsible for regarding the two species as conspecific. In a 
note at the beginning of Mueller’s article (/. c. 114) Bentham wrote ; 

Page image

483269 Acacia wilhelmiana Muelleria 2(3): 159-162

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(3): 159-162".

483280 Acacia willdenowiana Muelleria 2(3): 162-163

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(3): 162-163".

483286 Acacia williamsonii Muelleria 2(3): 163
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807586
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905

Page text

A. B. CouRi: Notes on Australian Acacias I 
163 
9] changed his mind and placed A. willdcnowiana under A. dipteni 
Undl. as a synonym and, at the same time, asserted (/. c. 66) that A. 
diptcra Mumb. ct Honpl. cx Willd. was a synonym of Prosopis juliflora 
(Sw.) DC, a native of the Americas. Ci. Bentham, Flor. Anst. 2 : 321 
(1864), followed Scemann’s latter assertion and repeated it again in 
Irons. Linn. Sac. Lond. 35 ; 447 (1875). 
Through the courtesy of Professor G. Wagenitz of the Systematic- 
Geobotanical Institute of the University of Gottingen, the author has 
been able to examine Wendland’s original publication where his notes 
appear as a footnote to A. diptera Humb. et Bonpl. ex Willd. Because 
of the extreme rarity of this publication, these notes are now quoted in 
full 
“ Diese Acacia diptera Humb. et Bonpl. in Willdenow’s Hnumeratio 
Plantarum horti bolanici Berolinensis 1809 Pars II. pag. 1051, deren Vater- 
land in America meridionali angegeben ist und ziir Abtheilung Foliis 
conjugato-pinnalis gehdrt, darf nicht verwcchselt werden mit der Acacia 
diptera l.indl. Bot. Reg. 1839, welche am Swan River wachsl und nach 
Meissner in Plantae Preissianae pag. 4. zur Abtheilung II. Alatae gehdrt. 
Ich erlaube mir daher diese letzlere als Acacia Willdenowiana H. Wendl. 
zu bezeichnen." 
Acacia williamsonii A. B. Court comb. nov. 
SYN.: Acacia li^^ulafa A. Cunn. ex Benth. var. an^ustifolia H 
B. Williamson in A. J. Ewart Flor. Viet. 594 (1931 ). 
Acacia hakeoides A. Cunn. ex Benth. var. angnstijolia 
(H. B. Williamson) J. H. Willis in Viet. Nat. 73 : 156 
( 1957). 
Acacia williamsonii is undoubtedly a distinct species almost entirely 
confined to the Whipstick scrub near Bendigo in the north-central region 
of the State. It is characterized by its small narrow phyllodes (less than 
3 mm wide), small distinctly moniliform pods (less than 4 mm wide), 
and small flower-heads with fewer than 30 flowers. A. hakeoides has 
phyllodes always wider than 3 mm, pods which are hardly constricted 
between the seeds and certainly wider than 4 mm, and rather large 
llowcr-heads with more than 30 flowers. A. williamsonii is known locally 
as Whirrakce Wattle and is endemic to this State. 
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 
The author expresses his appreciation of the kind assistance given 
to him by the directors and staffs of the Kew Herbarium and the 
National Herbarium of New South Wales and the Keeper and staff 
of the Department of Botany, British Museum, and also the Chief 
Librarian of the State Library of Victoria. Drs Hj Eichler and L. A. 
S. Johnson secured data relevant to obscure descriptions and the author 
extends his thanks to them. Professor G. Wagenitz of Gottingen kindly 
provided valuable information on the whereabouts of H. 1-. Wendland's 
original description of Acacia willdenowiana. The author also gratefully 
acknowledges comments concerning Choretrum oxycladnm passed onto 
him by the late H. U. Stauffer of Zurich. 

Page image

461846 Cenchrus incertus Muelleria 2(3): 164-166

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(3): 164-166".

461889 Cenchrus longispinus Muelleria 2(3): 167-168

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 2(3): 167-168".

797942 Choretrum oxycladum Muelleria 2(3): 158
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807581
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905

Page text

158 
A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / 
“ In so far as the specimens have admitted of it, I have, at Dr. Mueller’s 
request, carefully compared his species with those nearly allied to them, 
and added any remarks which suggested themselves, at the end of his 
descriptions. In the few cases where 1 have clearly identified them with 
others previously described, I have given the published names, adding his 
manuscript ones for the purpose of reference, and retaining his characters 
as completing our previous knowledge of the plants.” 
There is an implication here that Bentham relegated A. vomerijormis 
to a synonym of A. gimnii but this is opposed to his treatment of these 
two names in Flor. aiist. 2 : 350 ( 1864) where he considered that A. 
gimnii was a synonym of the former name. 
A. gimnii has been recorded from all Australian states excepting 
Western Australia. 
Acacia quadrilateralis DC. Prodr. 2 ; 45 1 (1825). 
SYN.; Acacia pugionijormis H. Wendl. Comment. Acac. 5, 38 
t.9 ( 1820), pro parte non H. Wendl. in Flora 2 ; 139 
(1819). 
Reference has already been made under Acacia brownii (Poir.) 
Steud. above concerning the confusion that has surrounded the appli- 
cation of A. pugionijormis in the past. It is necessary to reject A. 
pugionijormis as a name that can be applied to material hitherto known 
under that name and replace it with A. qiiardilateralis. Candolle’s 
name was based on Sicber FI. Novae Holl. No. 442 which is represented 
by two replicates in the Melbourne Herbarium and it undoubtedly 
represents the same material as indicated by the erroneous interpreta- 
tion given to A. pugionijormis in the past. 
A. quadrilateralis is well-known from Queensland and New South 
Wales. 
Acacia spinescens Benth. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 323 (1842). 
SYN.: Choretrum o.xvcladum F. Muell. Fragm. Phxt. Aust. 
I : 121 (1858). 
When the late H. U. Stauffer of the Botanic Museum of the Univer- 
sity of Zurich visited the Melbourne Herbarium in December 1963, 
he drew the author’s attention to the existence the name Choretrum 
oxyciadum and indicated that this name should be relegated to 
synonymy under Acacia spinescens. The author agreed fully with this 
assertion. The holotype of Choretrum oxyciadum, a specimen collected 
at Port Lincoln (South Australia) by C. Wilhelmi, is filed in the 
Melbourne Herbarium (MEL 2308), G. Bentham, Flor. Aust. 6 : 218 
( 1873), was unable to satisfactorily place Choretrum oxyciadum in any 
genus and suggested that the llowers “ . . . may all possibly be in a 
monstrous state. If not, the plant must belong to some very different 
Order.” J. M. Black made no mention of Choretrum oxyciadum in 
either edition of his Flora oj South Australia. 
A. spinescen is indigenous to South Australia, New South Wales 
and Victoria. 

Page image

51408345 Mimosa brownii Muelleria 2(3): 155
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807578
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905

Page text

NO I ES ON Al S I RAUAN ACAC IAS I 
by 
A. B. Court* 
SUMMARY 
Acacia hakeoides A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. var. angiistijolia (H. B. 
Williamson) J. H. Willis is raised to specific rank; A. fnmteriana N. A. 
Wakefield is formally relegated to synonymy under A. hoormanii 
Maiden, A. diffusa Lindl. to synonymy under A. genistijolia Link, A. 
vomcriformis A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. to synonymy under A. gutwii Bcnth. 
and A. diptera to synonymy under A. willdcnowiana H. Wcndl. ; the 
confusion between A. hrownii (Poir.) Stcud. and A. pugionijormis H. 
Wendl. is resolved and A. quadrilatcralis DC. brought out of 
synonymy ; the identity of A. hynoeana has been established and shown 
to be an endemic New South Wales species, A. pumila Maiden et R. 
T. Baker is relegated to synonymy under A. hynoeana and A. 
wilhelmiana F. Mucll. replaces A. hynoeana as the correct name applied 
to South Australian, New South Wales and Victorian material formerly 
referred to A. hynoeana; A. difformis R. T. Baker is added to the 
Victorian flora and Choretrum oxycladuni F. Mucll. is added as a 
synonym to A. spinescens Benth. 
NOMENCLATURAL AND TAXONOMIC NOTES 
Acacia hoormanii Maiden in J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 49 : 489 (1916). 
SYN.: Acacia hunteriana N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat. 
72 : 92 (1955). 
Acacia hoormanii is a common species in eastern Victoria and the 
far south-east of New South Wales and seems to be confined mainly 
to the Snowy River watershed. The author has examined material col- 
lected throughout its range and can find no reason to regard A. 
hunteriana as specifically distinct and accordingly the latter name is 
relegated to synonymy. 
Acacia hrownii (Poir.) Steud. Norn. Rot. 2 (1821). 
SYN.: Acacia acicularis R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. Kew. ed. 2 
5:460 (1813), non Humb. et Bonpl. ex Willd. 
(1809). 
Mimosa Brownei Poir. in Encxcl. Meth. {Bot.) Suppl 
5 : 530 (1817). 
Acacia pugioniformis H. Wendl. in Flora 2 : 139 
(1819). 
Acacia Arceuthos Spreng. Syst. Veg. 3 : 134 (1826). 
Acacia juniperina (Vent.) Willd. var. Brownei (Poir) 
Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 332 ( 1864). 
• National Herbarium of Victoria. 
155 

Page image

800304 Phyllodoce genistifolia Muelleria 2(3): 157
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807580
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Acacias I, doi:10.5962/p.171905
486366 Pterostylis aestiva Muelleria 2(3): 151, fig. 50
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49807574
Page is part of the work A new species of Orchidaceae from Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.171904

Page text

A np:w spkcies of orchidaceae from victoria 
by 
David L. Jones* 
Pterostylis aestiva sp. nov. 
ex affinitate Pterostylis decurvae R. S. Rogers, differt: floris colore 
(saturate aeruginoso), floris basi perbulbosa, antherae rostro prominenti 
(ca. 1mm. longo), labello longiore ( 14-5-I90mm.) atque columna 
longiore (14- 16mm.). 
Plant very slender, 12—35 cm tall. Radical leaves absent during 
anthesis, app>caring as a rosette on non-flowering plants. Stem-hracts 
1-3, well developed, up to 4 cm long, linear-lanceolate with long 
acuminate tips, the margins entire and often revolute. Flower solitary, 
rarely two, variable in size, translucent-white with dark bluish-green 
longitudinal stripes, often reddish towards apex. Galea 22-27 mm 
long (measured in a straight line from the base of the flower to the 
petal tips), erect at base, then curving forward through a semi-circle 
and ending in a filiform point 10-16 mm long. Lateral sepals 40-52 
mm long, conjoined for three-quarters of their length to form an erect 
lower lip which is cuneate and notched at the centre of upper mar^ns, 
the latter internally revolute and forming a wide very gibbous sinus, 
contracting suddenly into filiform points which rise 25-40 mm above 
the galea. Labellum 14-5-19 mm long, linear-oblong, on an irritable 
claw, upright for two-thirds of its length then curving forwards, reddish 
brown in colour, with a longitudinal ridge running along the centre and 
expanding at the tip ; apex obtuse, the point protruding conspicuously 
through the sinus and in some specimens still visible when retracted into 
the galea ; appendage relatively large, curved, trifid, penicillate. Column 
14-16 mm long, the upper angle of the wings produced into an acute 
linear tooth about 1-5 mm long, the lower lobes attenuated, slender, 
almost linear-obtuse with very few cilia visible from the exterior but 
densely packed on the inner margins. Stigma central, elliptical, 7-10 
mm long. Anther about 2-5 mm long, usually with a small rostrum 
about 01 mm long. Pollinia four, linear-oblong, about 1-8 mm long. 
Flowering Time : 
January — early April. 
Distribution : 
At present apparently restricted to Victoria where it is confined to 
the highlands of the north-east and is often locally abundant. Its 
appearance in the highlands and tablelands of southern New South 
• Bayswater. Victoria. 
151 

Page image

626720 Archidium clavatum Muelleria 2(4): 199
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49819735
Page is part of the work Two new species of Archidium from Victoria, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171910

Page text

I. G. Stone: Two New Species of Archidium from Victoria 
199 
Archiclium stellatum which has small quadrangular to shortly rect- 
angular leaf cells and short subjulaceous innovations appears closest to 
the South American species A. arechavaletae C. Muell., A. amplexicaule 
C. Muell. and the very similar A. gibertii Mitt. It differs from A. 
arechavaletae in the more regular and narrower leaf cells (8-10/x), a 
narrower nerve and perichaetial leaves with a narrow insertion. It has 
much wider leaves (about 0-4 mm) than A. gibertii and lacks the 
golden excurrent nerve of the perichaetial leaves of A . amplexicaule. 
Archidium clavatum I. G. Stone sp. nov. 
ob cellulas foliorum parvas atque innovationes perjulaceas ut videtur 
A. julaceum C. Muell. ex America Australi et A. julicaulem C. Muell. 
ex Africa Australi proxime appropinquans; a priore habitu cladautoecio, 
foliis caulis latioribus et proportionibus cellulae difFert ; ab A. julicaule 
apicibus foliorum truncatis et marginibus eorum cristato-denticulatis 
recedit. 
Holotype : Mount Tarrengower, near Maldon, on hard gravel 
in a depression in granitic rock and half buried in gelatinous algae, 
lichens and bryophytes, /. G. Stone 7033 , 17. x. 1971, in Herb. MEL 
101 1756 ; Isotypes in Herbaria MELU and of the author. 
Plants 3-5 mm high, cladautoecious, yellowish to brownish green. 
All plants so far found growing in the field were scattered and half- 
buried among gelatinous algae, lichens and bryophytes on hard gravelly 
detritus in depressions in granitic rock (Plate 25B). 
Stems julaceous erect, usually arising from old buried stems or 
robust underground rhizoidal systems, with rhizoids at the base of stem 
and in leaf axils, simple at first with a terminal perichaetium of larger 
leaves, branching from between the upper long perichaetial leaves and 
the lower shorter ones by one or two short clavate strongly julaceous 
innovations which are bare at the base and usually with a characteristic 
bend just below the club-shaped apex (Fig. 58a, Plate 25A). 
Stem leaves broadly ovate, concave, closely appressed and over- 
lapping, nerve broadest at the base, finishing below the apex ; lower 
leaves scale-like 150-200 p. long, wider than long, with ratio of length 
to width about 1 : 1-5, margin slightly crenulate-denticulate above, 
Fig. 57. Archidium stellatum sp. nov. 
a. - Optical section of archegonium (upper part of neck not shown), cleared 
in lactic acid; b. - optical section of young embryo in enlarged archegonium, 
ha. hair, pe. perichaetical leaf; c. - L. S. lower part of immature capsule, 
foot and vaginula; sp. immature spore, a-sp, air space; d. - T. S. immature 
capsule showing air space between capsule wall and spore sac, inner cells of 
spore sac with large nuclei, smc, spore mother cell at late telophase 2; e. - 
male branch with perigonial bracts enclosing antheridia; f. - tip of bract en- 
larged; g, h. - perigonial bracts; i. -dark exothecial cells from apex of cap- 
sule, surface view; j. - mature capsule with foot enclosed in vaginula. sp, 
spore, ca, calyptra; k. - spore with large and small oil globules, mounted in 
water. 

Page image

626746 Archidium stellatum Muelleria 2(4): 192
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49819728
Page is part of the work Two new species of Archidium from Victoria, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171910

Page text

192 
I. G. Stone: Two New Species of Archidium from Victoria 
Descriptions of Archidium species are often incomplete and draw- 
ings in most cases do not give enough detail, but as far as can be 
determined from the type and other "descriptions by Mueller (1882, 
1888, 1899), Mitten (1887), Roth (1911, 1914), Britton (1913), 
Cain (1936), and others, and without actually examining the type 
specimens which I have been unable to obtain (unfortunately many of 
Mueller’s specimens were destroyed at Berlin), the two Victorian species 
appear to be undescribed. 
The genus is in need of revision on a world-wide basis, a task which 
it is understood is being undertaken by Mr. J. Snider of Duke Univer- 
sity, North Carolina, U.S.A. 
DESCRIPTIONS AND DIAGNOSES 
Archidium stellatum I. G. Stone sp. nov. 
ob cellulas foliorum parvas quadratas (usque ad breviter rectangulares) 
atque ob innovationes breves subjulaceas ex affinitate A. arechavaletae 
C. Muell., A. amplexicaulis C. Muell. et A. gibertii Mitt, (persimilis) — 
omnia ex America Australi; ab A. arechavaletae differt cellulis foliorum 
angustioribus paene regularibus (8-10 /*), nervo angustiore et foliis 
perichaetialibus anguste insertis; ab A. gibertii foliis multo latioribus (circa 
0-4mm) atque ab A. amplexicauli in absentia nervi aurei excurrentis 
recedit; ab A. amplexicauli et A. gibertii ambodus in praesentia vittae 
latae cellularum laxarum pellucidarum (ad marginem basalem foliorum 
perichaetialium) atque innovationium (intra perichaetium emergentes) 
amplius distinguitur. 
Holotype : Mallee country near Neilborough on bare light brown 
earth at roadside, /. G. Stone 30, 14. ix. 1968, in Herb. MEL 1011755 ; 
Isotypes in Herbaria MELU and of the author. 
Plants perennial, very small, cladautoecious, yellowish green, form- 
ing very low turfs about 3mm high on bare earth or scattered among 
other bryophytes and lichens. 
Stems erect, simple at first with a terminal Phascum-\\ko perichae- 
tium, branching within the perichaetium by 1-7 (frequently 1-3) 
innovations (Plate 23B), usually one at the base of each of the inner- 
most large perichaetial leaves, rarely just below the capsule (Fig. 55 
a,c). Innovations short, erect, julaceous to subjulaceous, radiating to 
give a stellate appearance when the perichaetial leaves spread at 
maturity, eventually becoming fertile at the apex and repeating the 
Fig. 55. Archidium stellatum sp. nov. 
a. - Innovation and associated perichaetial leaf (abaxial surface); b. - branch 
from main stem, rhizoids near base; c. - young innovation with 2-celled hair 
at base; d. - innovation leaf (abaxial surface) at insertion with stem, margin 
torn and enrolled above tear; e. - the same, enlarged to show cell detail; 
f, g. — enlarged stem leaves from (/>); f. — side view; g. — abaxial; h. — T. S. 
stem; i-m.-T.S. innovation leaves at various levels. 

Page image

547316 Bedfordia arborescens Muelleria 3(1): 64-66

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(1): 64-66".

547295 Bedfordia Muelleria 3(1): 64-66

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(1): 64-66".

644875 Buellia soredians Muelleria 3(1): 22-23, Fig 4a-g

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(1): 22-23, Fig 4a-g".

644874 Lecidea andersonii Muelleria 3(1): 16-18, Fig. 3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(1): 16-18, Fig. 3".

504397 Rubus cissburiensis Muelleria 3(1): 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49819945
Page is part of the work Taxonomy and distribution of Rubus fruticosus L. agg. (Rosaceae) naturalised in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.171914

Page text

Taxonomy and Distribution of Ruhus fruticosus L. agg. 
47 
Victorian Distribution [Fig. 17]: Otway Ranges, Ballarat, 
Clunes, Erica, South Gippsland Hills, East Gippsland. 
Specimens Examined: Victoria — Beech Forest. R. L. Amor 
RA20, i.l967 (KTRS; MEL 500024, 500025, 500026); Lome, 
R. L. Amor RA17, i.l967 (KTRS; MEL 500027, 500028, 500029); 
Daylesford, H. Balde HB4, ii.l967 (CGE; KTRS; MEL 500030); 
Warragul, R. L. Amor RA4, i.l967 (KTRS; MEL 500031, 500032, 
500033); Erica, R. L. Amor RAG, i.l967 (KTRS; MEL 500034, 
500035) . 
4. Rubus cissburiensis Barton & Riddelsd. in Journ. Bot. 
(London) 69: 238 (1931). R. erythrinus forma glandulosus 
Rogers in Rep. Bot. Soc. Exch. Cl Brit. Isles 1 : 542 (1898 pro 
Fig. 17. — Distribution of R. polyanthemus in Victoria, based on presence in 
Lands Department Inspectors’ Districts. 
1897). R. separinus sensu W. C. R. Watson Handb. Rubi Gt. 
Britain Ireland 93 (1958), non Genev. in Mem. Soc. Acad 
(Angers) 8:90 (1860). [Fig. 18.] 
Stem purplish to very deep blackish-purple, becoming scaly 
as it gets older, glabrous or nearly so, eglandular, not tomentose; 
faces flat or sometimes convex; prickles mostly deflexed, some 
more or less patent or slightly falcate. Leaves most 5-partite; 
petioles and petiolules subglabrous, very sparsely tomentose, 
sometimes with a very few glands, armed with falcate, deflexed 
prickles; upper surface of leaflets glabrous; lower surface green 
to greyish tomentose and thinly pilose below; terminal leaflet 
elliptical, rarely obovate, apex acuminate, base rounded. 

Page image

504576 Rubus fruticosus Muelleria 3(1): 37-62

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(1): 37-62".

504708 Rubus laciniatus Muelleria 3(1): 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49819942
Page is part of the work Taxonomy and distribution of Rubus fruticosus L. agg. (Rosaceae) naturalised in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.171914

Page text

44 
Taxonomy and Distribution of Ruhus fruticosus L. agg. 
R. selmeri Lindeb. (1884) was relegated to the synonymy of 
R. nemoralis P. J. Muell. (1858) by W. C. R. Watson (1958, 
p. 66). R. selmeri has been used by nearly all European botanists 
for this common and well-known species of N.W. Europe. 
However, this name has been used for several different species 
and its correct application is in doubt. 
2. Rubus laciniatus Willd. in Hort. BeroL 2 (7): pi. Ixxxii 
(1806); Rogers Handb. Brit. Rubi vii (1900); Sudre Rubi Eur. 
55 (1909); Focke in Biblthca Bot. 83: 134 (1914); W. C. R. 
Watson Handb. Rubi Gt. Britain Ireland 67 (1958); Y. Heslop- 
Harrison in Tutin et al. FL Europaea 2 : 13 (1968). [Fig. 14.] 
Stem and leaves as in R. selmeri, but leaflets deeply laciniate, 
often divided to midrib. Inflorescence variable in outline, often 
more or less cylindrical, all branches armed with strong, large- 
based, deflexed, falcate prickles. Sepals with long (up to 4mm) 
linear tips (the tips sometimes greatly enlarged into leafy 
structures) their outer surfaces densely pilose and tomentose, 
with numerous tiny pricklets. Petals pink or white, longer than 
in R. selmeri (up to 15mm), obovate, very variable at apex, 
sometimes deeply notched, sometimes rounded, sometimes 
mucronate. Anthers at same level as stigmas; filaments often 
pinkish at base. Carpels glabrous or slightly pilose. 
European Distribution: Cultivated for ornament and widely 
naturalized in many areas. Origin unknown. 
Victorian Distribution [Fig. 15]: Otway Ranges, Central 
Victoria, Dandenong Ranges, Gippsland, North-eastern Victoria. 
Widespread, but not abundant, characteristically occurring as 
widely spaced, bird-sown plants. 
Specimens Examined: Victoria — Lavers Hill, R. L. Amor s. n., 
i.l969 (CGE; KTRS; MEL 500019); Ballarat, H. Balde HB3 
(KTRS; MEL 500020, 500021); Balook, R. L. Amor RA8, i,1967 
(KTRS; MEL 500022, 500023). 
3. Rubus polyanthemus Lindeb. Herb. Rub. Scand. 1: no. 16 
(1882) et in Bot. Not. 1883: 105 (1883); Neuman in Kongl. 
Vetensk. Akad. Fork. Stockholm 1883 (8): 65 (1883); Sudre 
Rubi Eur. 61 (1909); W. C. R. Watson Handb. Rubi Gt. Britain 
Ireland 89 (1958); Y. Heslop-Harrison in Tutin et al. El. 
Europaea 2 : 14 (1968). R. pulcherrimus Neuman in Lunds. Bot. 
Foreningsbyteskatalog (1882); Rogers Handb. Brit. Rubi 32 
(1900) ; Focke in Biblthca Bot. 83 : 125 (1914) ; non W. J. Hooker 
in leones PI. 8: dexxx (1848). R. neumanii Focke in Potonie 
Illust. FI. Nord- und Mittel-Deutschl. 257 (1886); Frider & 
Gelert in Bot. Tideskr. 16: 79 (1888). [Fig. 16.] 

Page image

501966 Rubus Muelleria 3(1): 37-62 (39-61)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(1): 37-62 (39-61)".

505182 Rubus polyanthemus Muelleria 3(1): 44-47

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(1): 44-47".

505222 Rubus procerus Muelleria 3(1): 54-56

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(1): 54-56".

646528 Rubus rosaceus Muelleria 3(1): 57-59

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(1): 57-59".

505460 Rubus selmeri Muelleria 3(1): 42-44

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(1): 42-44".

649408 Rubus ulmifolius hybrids Muelleria 3(1): 51-54

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(1): 51-54".

505531 Rubus ulmifolius Muelleria 3(1): 49-54

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(1): 49-54".

505585 Rubus vestitus Muelleria 3(1): 56-57

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(1): 56-57".

526606 Telopea truncata lutea Muelleria 3(1): 63
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49819961
Page is part of the work A yellow form of the Tasmanian waratah, Telopea truncata (Labill.) R. Br, doi:10.5962/p.171915
526617 Telopea truncata truncata Muelleria 3(1): 63
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49819961
Page is part of the work A yellow form of the Tasmanian waratah, Telopea truncata (Labill.) R. Br, doi:10.5962/p.171915
878211 Biatorella antarctica Muelleria 3(2): 149
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49942859
Page is part of the work Studies In Antarctic Lichens V: Lichenes Antarctici Exsiccati, Fascicle I, with additional notes on the taxonomy of each species, doi:10.5962/p.184082

Page text

Studies in Antarctic Lichens V 
149 
The thallus of A. chlorophana is thin, flat to slightly hemis- 
pheric. It cracks and divides into areolae 0-2 — 0*4 mm diam. 
On the other hand the thallus of A. gwynnii is thick and pulvin- 
ate. This condition is consistant with specimens found in open 
exposed positions as well as those growing under rocks where 
they would be sheltered from all wind-blown sand and ice. The 
thallus is closely appressed, radiate, up to 3 mm diam. and does 
not divide into separate areolae. 
No. 2. Acarospora williamsii R. Filson 
in AN ARE Sci. Rep. Ser. B (II) Bot. 82: 31. 1966 
ANTARCTICA. MAC. ROBERTSON LAND: West side of Mawson 
Rock, growing along cracks in the granite and on rock adjacent to 
the cracks in sheltered position. 
1 February 1974 Rex Filson 14823 
Discussion: The relationship of this species with others in 
section Phaeothallia (H. Magn.) Ras. found in the Antarctic 
needs further investigation. The three species reported in Dodge 
(1973: 146) appear to be similar and eventually all may prove 
to be conspecific with A. badiofusca Th. Fr. The type specimen 
of A. williamsii was collected growing over and between fine 
gravels. This habitat gave rise to a more bullate form than the 
specimens presented here, most of which are growing on the 
rock surface. 
No. 3. Alectoria minuscula (Nyl. ex Arnold) Degel. 
in Nytt Mag. Naturv. 78: 286. 1938. Imbricaria lanata var. minus- 
cula Nyl. ex Arnold, Verb, zool-bot. Ges. Wien, 28: 293. 1878. 
ANTARCTICA. MAC. ROBERTSON LAND: Fischere Nunatak, on 
small pebbles on the summit. 
6 February 1974 Rex Filson 14838 & Craig Austin 
Discussion: The specimens included in this exsiccata are 
tending towards f. congesta (Zahlbr.) M. Lamb and f. Crustacea 
(Lynge et Schol.) Degel. The present author agrees with Lamb 
(1964:28) and Lindsay (1972:10) that these forms do not have 
taxonomic significance and are only modifications caused by the 
harsh Antarctic environment. 
No. 4. Biatorella cerebriformis (Dodge) R. Filson comb, 
nov. 
Candelariella cerebriformis Dodge in BANZ Antarct. Res. Exped. 
Rep. 7: 184. 1948. Biatorella antarctica J. Murray, Trans. Roy. 
Soc. N.Z. Bot. 2: 60. 1963. 
ANTARCTICA. MAC. ROBERTSON LAND: Fischer Nunatak, 
abundant on pebbles along the summit. 
6 February 1974 Rex Filson 14837 & Craig Austin 
Discussion: It seems fairly obvious from the descriptions 
that Biatorella antarctica J. Murray and Candelariella cerebri- 
formis Dodge are the same taxon. Whilst the author feels that 
this species is more robust than others in the genus Biatorella he 

Page image

644878 Biatorella cerebriformis Muelleria 3(2): 149-150

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(2): 149-150".

878210 Candelaria cerebriformis Muelleria 3(2): 149
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49942859
Page is part of the work Studies In Antarctic Lichens V: Lichenes Antarctici Exsiccati, Fascicle I, with additional notes on the taxonomy of each species, doi:10.5962/p.184082
644882 Candelariella antarctica Muelleria 3(2): 152
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49942862
Page is part of the work Studies In Antarctic Lichens V: Lichenes Antarctici Exsiccati, Fascicle I, with additional notes on the taxonomy of each species, doi:10.5962/p.184082

Page text

152 
Rex B. Filson 
Discussion: Caloplaca elegant var. pulvinata is a very 
variable lichen in the Mac. Robertson Land region. So much so 
that it has previously been recorded as four separate species in 
two genera. Gasparrinia harrisoni Dodge, “ Gasparrinia citrina 
Dodge ”, Polycauliona sparsa Dodge & Baker and Polycauliona 
johnstoni Dodge. The colour of the thallus grades from greenish- 
yellow in shaded situations to bright red-orange when exposed 
to direct sunlight. Depending on the environment the thallus 
is either radiate and continuous or discontinuous and scattered. 
This species when growing under the harsh Antarctic condi- 
tions always appears more pulvinate than similar specimens 
found growing elsewhere. In order to separate this form from 
the typical, the author prefers to uphold the “ var. pulvinata ” 
even though it is perhaps only a modification caused by environ- 
ment. 
Some authors place this species in Xanthoria but this author 
prefers to retain it in Caloplaca sect. Gasparrinia because of its 
close adnation to the substrate and the texture of the upper 
cortex. 
No. 11. Candelariella antarctica R. Filson comb. & nom. 
nov. 
Protoblastenia citrina Dodge, in BANZ. Antarct. Res. Exped. Rep. 
7: 222. 1948. 
ANTARCTICA. MAC. ROBERTSON LAND: West side of Mawson 
Rock, growing over moss cushions. 
1 February 1974 Rex Filson 14817 
Discussion: The species has a granulose sorediose, non- 
radiate thallus which has a negative reaction with KOH. The 
apothecial disk is greenish-yellow which also has a negative re- 
action with KOH. The genus Protoblastenia Steiner belongs in 
the family Caloplacaceae, all members of which have a positive 
reaction with KOH on the apothecial disk. 
As the chemistry of this species is more consistant with 
Candelariella Mull. Arg. a new combination is warranted and as 
C. citrina is an earlier homonym used by B. de Lesd. in Ann. 
Cryptog. Exot. 5: 120. 1932, it has been necessary to find a new 
name for this entity. 
No. 12. Lecanora melanophthalma (Ram.) Ram. 
in Memoir. Acad. Roy. Sc. de VInstit. de France 6: 133 (1823) 
1827. Lichen melanophthalmus Ram. apud Lam. et DC., Flore 
Frangaise edit. 3, 2: 376. 1805. Lecanora rubina Ach. var. mela- 
nophthalma (Ram.) Zahlbr. forma exsulans (Th. Fr.) Zahlbr., in 
Cat. Lich. Univ. 5: 660. 1928. Squamaria chrysoleuca (Sm.) Ach. 
var. melanophthalma (Ram.) Zahlbr. forma exsulans Th. Fr., in 
Nytt. Mag. Naturv. 40: 208. 1902. Lecanora exsulans (Th. Fr.) 
Dodge & Baker, in Ann. Miss. Bot. Gard. 25: 570. 1938. 
ANTARCTICA. MAC. ROBERTSON LAND: West side of Mawson 
Rock, on small stones scattered amongst moss cushions in depres- 
sions along melt water run-offs. 
1 February 1974 
Rex Filson 14814 

Page image

516819 Euphorbia sarcostemmoides Muelleria 3(2): 93, t. 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49942803
Page is part of the work Four new species of plants endemic in the Macdonnell and George Gill Ranges Central Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184077
519679 Grevillea microstegia Muelleria 3(2): 141
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49942851
Page is part of the work A New Grevillea Species From Western Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.184081

Page text

A NEW GREVILLEA SPECIES FROM WESTERN VICTORIA 
by 
W. M. Molyneux* 
Grevillea microstegia. W. M. Molyneux spec. nov. 
Frutex usque ad 60 cm altus, sed 200-400 cm tatus, densus interdum 
vagans; caulis principalis breviter ascendens, mox paene prostratus; 
rami prope prostrati, saepe implicate vel eorum extremitates oblique 
arcuatae; folia bipinnatipartita, in lobos numerosos angustos spinosos 
divisa, in superficiebus mature glabra sed subter pilos paucos breves 
disperses gerentia: racemi secundi, varie deflexi vel penduli, 
pendunculis tenuibus pubescentibus praediti; perianthium parvum 
(ca. 10 mm longum); bracteae florales minutae (ca. 0-25 mm longae), 
aut praemature deciduae aut interdum persistentes; stipes ex toro 
obliquo paene centraliter emergens; fructus oblique ellipsoideus, 
stylo persistenti. 
Holotype: Victoria, Mount Cassel, central eastern ranges of 
the Grampians Mountains, 14-5 kilometres west-north-west of 
Moyston, W. M. Molyneux, M. Tonkin and R. Tonkin, 27. ix 1970 
(MEL 501440). 
Isotypes: at MEL, NSW, CANB, K. 
Also Examined: Mount Cassel, lower and higher ridges and 
slopes, W. M. Molyneux and R. V. Smith, 17.xi.1970; Mount 
Cassel, W. M. Molyneux, ii.1972, 12.xii.1972, 2.xii.l973. 
A dense or sometimes straggling shrub to 0-6 m high, 2-4 
m wide; main stem shortly ascending, soon becoming almost 
prostrate; branches intertwined, building up densely upon each 
other, ends often curving sideways in an arc, or ascending, glab- 
rous or scarcely hairy (except when young) . Leaves bipinnati- 
partite, petiolate, narrowly cuneate up to the ± deltoid laminae 
30-40 m long, 20-40 m wide, divided into 5-11 prickly lobes 
each 1-2 mm wide and 4-5 mm apart, either entire or again 
divided into mostly 2-3 short secondary lobes, rarely lobed 
again; margins revolute; upper surfaces glabrous, dark green, 
mid vein inconspicuous; under surfaces light green, glabrous, 
or with few scattered hairs; primary veins prominent, secondary 
veins obscure; new leaves pink, pubescent on both surfaces, 
t Inflorescences arising from lateral branchlets, subterminal, or 
occasionally terminal, on pubescent peduncles, 13-20 mm long; 
rachis 20-30 mm long, densely pubescent; racemes ca. 30- 
flowered, secund, variously deflexed or pendulous, 20-30 mm 
long, ca. 19 mm wide at anthesis; Floral bracts inconspicuous, 
0-25 mm long, 0-5-1 mm wide, variously concave, broadly 
* Belfast Road, Montrose. 
t All observations were made from fresh material. 
Muelleria 3 (2): 141-145 (1975). 
141 

Page image

477620 Grevillea willisii Muelleria 3(2): 102, t. 7, 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49942812
Page is part of the work Grevillea willisii (Proteaceae), a new Victorian species, doi:10.5962/p.238393

Page text

GREVILLEA WILLISII (PROTEACEAE) 
A NEW VICTORIAN SPECIES 
by 
R. V. Smith* * and D. J. McGillivrayI 
SUMMARY 
G. willisii is described, and its affinities with related taxa 
discussed. Habitat and other notes are given. 
Grevillea willisii R. V. Smith et D. J. McGillivray, sp. nov. 
Frutex erectus autem diffusus, 2-5 m altus X 3 m latus. Rami fusco-grisei 
vel griseo-brunnei; ramuli angulari-rotundati, saturate nigro-grisei, 
a pilis brevibus cirriformibus atque torquatis dense tomentosi. 
Laminae foliorum maturorum basin versus contractae, breviter sed 
anguste cuneatae, petiolis brevibus (3-6 mm longis) praeditae, 
rigidae, superne laete virentes, subter inter venas primarias dense 
contexto-tomentosae ob indumentum luteo-griseum usque fuligineum 
(venis mediis laminae atque loborum primariorum dense vel sparse 
pilosis ob tomentum laxiorem), lineamento — si lobis absentibus — 
plus minus ovato, 3-5 cm longae X 2-4 cm latae, profunde 
pinnatifidae in 3-9 lobos primarios; lobi primarii a simplicibus et 
oblongo-lanceolatis (vel anguste deltoideis) usque ad ± oblongo- 
cuneatos et apices versus trilobatos (interdum bilobatos) variantes 
— si quando trilobatus, lobus primarius infra medium usitate 
constrictus deinde in partem superiorem trilobatum dilatatus, lobulis 
ultimis ± triangularibus et ad apices breviter rigide pungentibus; 
margo folii firme recurvatus vel refractus; venae mediae folii atque 
eius lobi primarii infra fortiter prominentes, in superficie tenuiter 
sed clare notatae (praeterea, in superficie vena intramarginalis 
subtilis est sed ob recurvatum marginis folii aliquantum obscurata); 
folia juvenilia in superficie fortiter pubescentia (cf. folia veteriora 
sparse pilosa vel paene glabra). Inflorescentia 2-4 cm longa, dense 
spicata horizontalis cylindrata vel subsecunda, plerumque ramulum 
brevem foliatum terminans vel in axillis foliorum superiorum locata; 
rhachis lanata; bracteae florales breves (1-1*5 mm longae) crassae 
late ovato-rhomboideae concavae acutae, utrimque dense pilosae. 
Flores pedicellis dense pilosis brevibus (± 1*5 mm longis) praediti; 
perianthium plerumque fulvum vel paululum purpureo-brunneum, 
tamen ad summas laborum saturate purpureo-brunneum, extrinsecus 
a pilis appressis vel paulo expansis argenteis usque luteo-griseis 
instructum; tubus perianthii interne glaber, eius parte recta (usque 
ad summam arci) 4-5 mm longa et limbo 2 mm longo; antherae 
oblongo-lineares, ±0*5 mm longae; torus paene rectus usque paulo 
obliquus; glans hypogyna semi-annularis glabra conspicue elevata, 
eius margine irregulariter lobato vel dentato; stylus 9-11 mm longus, 
perconspicuus glaber flavidus, parte inferiori plus minus recta sed 
parte superiori varie curvata vel arcuata, ad anthesin longitudinaliter 
canaliculatus, ad fructificationem teretior; discus stigmaticus 
perobliquus margine crenulato, stigmate conum humilem (±0*5 mm 
altum) ad centrum terminanti; ovarium sessile vel subsessile 
± 1 mm longum, a pilis longis erectis argenteo-albis dense obtectum. 
Fructus immaturi 4-5 mm longi, X 2-3 mm lati, oblique ovoideo- 
ellipsoidei, extrinsecus a pilis plus minus erectis vel expansis 
argenteo-griseis usque pallide luteo-griseis dense obtecti, atque vittis 
t National Herbarium of New South Wales. 
* National Herbarium of Victoria. 
Muelleria 3 (2): 102-111 (1975). 
102 

Page image

476689 Leucopogon sonderensis Muelleria 3(2): 100, t. 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49942810
Page is part of the work Four new species of plants endemic in the Macdonnell and George Gill Ranges Central Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184077

Page text

100 
J. H. Willis 
EPACRIDACE/E 
Leucopogon sonderensis J. H. Willis, sp. nov. 
(Sect. Pleuranthus. Ser. Planifoliae — fide G. Bentham in Flor. Aust., 
1869) 
Ex affinitate L. mitchellii Benth. (quocum olim confusa) sed differt sic: 
superficiebus foliorum siccorum haud nitidis, bracteis et sepalis 
manifeste albo-ciliolatis, corollae-tubo quam lobis saltern duplo 
longiore, ovario 4— loculari (cf. 5-loculari in L. mitchellii) , stylo a 
pilis minutis sparse obtecto (non glabro), staminum filamentis a 
corolla liberis non plus quam 1 mm (cf. ±. 2 mm in L. mitchellii) , 
atque antheris 1- 5-2 0 mm longis. 
Frutex erectus vel diffusus ramulosus, 150-200 cm altus, ramulis glabris 
sed sensim pertenuiter canescentibus. Folia late expansa usque 
subimbricata (in surculis), glabra, 10-15 mm longa et 2-5-40 mm 
lata, elliptico-lanceolata, ad basin subito contracta in petiolum 
perbrevem, ad apicem gradatim angustantia in acumen pungentem 
it 2 mm longum; superficies leniter concava, sine nitore atque 
perobscure venulosa; folium contra (subter) a venulis 30-40 flabellate 
expansis tenuiter lineatum, venis 5 majoribus interioribus paene 
parallelis. Flores pentameri, inter folia superiora collecti, praecipue 
uno per axillam; pedicellus pubescens, 1-2 mm longus. Calyx sat 
angusta, 4-5 mm longa, lobis obtusis minute ciliolatis stricte 
imbricatis, ad basin a bracteis vaginata; bracteae circa 5, perlate 
ovatae vel rotundae, albo-ciliolatae, pare superiore majore 1-5 mm 
longo. Corolla albida vel pallide viridis, 7-10 mm longa (quam 
calyx paene duplo longior); corollae-lobi acuminati, 3 mm longi, 
intus breviter et sparse albo-hirsuti. Antherae ellipsoideae, 
it 1 -5-2-0 mm lcngae, subsessiles in summa corollae tubi ex quo 
protrudentes. Ovarium angustum, ± 3 mm longum, glabrum, 
quadriloculare; stylus gracilis, sparse pubescens, 5-6 mm longus, 
stigmate capitato 0-2-0-4 mm lato; ovula 2 per loculum, 2-3 mm 
longa, Drupa coccinea, nitida, late ovoidea, ±6X5 mm. 
Holotype: Mt. Sonder, W. Macdonnell Ranges, Central 
Australia, among rocks near head of long steep gorge, at 
1330 m alt. and ± 0-4 km N.N.E. of cairn on summit (23° 34'S, 
132° 35'E) — J. H. Willis & H. A. Morrison s.n., 20.vii.1966 (MEL 
501453). 
Isotypes: (MEL 501452, and AD, NT, NSW). 
Other Collections Examined: At high elevations on Mt. 
Sonder— R. Tate (Horn Exped.) , June 1894 (MEL 501454). 
Shrub slender, erect or spreading to 150 or even 200 cm tall, 
the branches glabrous but faintly canescent. Leaves widely 
spreading to subimbricate (on younger shoots), glabrous, 10-15 
mm long, 2 *5-4-0 mm wide, elliptic-lanceolate (sometimes 
almost ovate on young shoots) , suddenly contracting at the base 
into a very short petiole and at the apex tapering into a fine 
pungent point it 2 mm long; the upper slightly concave surface 
dull and very faintly nerved, the lower surface finely lined with 
30-40 flabellately spreading veins of which the inner major 5 
are almost parallel. Flowers pentamerous, concentrated in the 
upper axils where mostly solitary, on pubescent pedicels 1-2 mm 
long. Calyx rather narrow, 4-5 mm long, the blunt minutely 

Page image

459535 Portulaca filsonii Muelleria 3(2): 89, t. 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49942799
Page is part of the work Four new species of plants endemic in the Macdonnell and George Gill Ranges Central Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184077

Page text

FOUR NEW SPECIES OF PLANTS ENDEMIC 
IN THE MACDONNELL AND GEORGE GILL RANGES, 
CENTRAL AUSTRALIA 
by 
J. H. Willis* 
SUMMARY 
The dicotyledonous species Portulaca filsonii (Portul- 
acaceae) , Euphorbia sarcostemmoid.es (Euphorbiaceae) , 
Ricinocarpos g loria-medii (Euphorbiaceae) and Leucopogon 
sonderensis (Epacridaceae) are described as new, and their 
affinities discussed. 
As far as known, all are endemic in the Macdonnell and 
George Gill Ranges of Central Australia where they are restricted 
to rocky habitats. Descriptions of at least 15 other endemic 
seed-bearing plants have been published from time to time for 
this rich botanical province, the most remarkable being Macroz- 
amia macdonnellii (a cycad) and Livistona mariae (a lofty 
palm) : several other entities, e.g. Goodenia spp., still await 
publication. Some of these endemics would undoubtedly be 
categorized as relic populations, persisting from the wetter 
Pleistocene period in refugial niches of the central mountain 
mass long after their obliteration elsewhere through excessive 
aridity of some 4000-6000 years ago (see Chippendale, 1963) .f 
PORTULACACE/E 
Portulaca filsonii J. H. Willis, sp. nov. 
(Sect. Siphonopetalum — fide F. Mueller in Fragm. Phyt. Aust., 1877.) 
P. armitii F. Muell. (Queenslandiae Borealis) maxime accedens, sed 
differt sic: foliis bullatis papillosis, pedicellis brevioribus, parte 
inferiore calycis dilatat multo latioreque, corollae tubo breviore et 
minus exserto, petalis dimidio brevioribus (3-4 mm longis) atque 
seminibus asperioribus duplo latioribus (1 mm). 
Herba perennis, parva, prostrata, succulenta, rubescens, rhizomate 
tuberiformi praedita, iterum atque iterum dichotome egerminans, 
tegetes (5-10 cm latas) formare. Rami carnosi, roseo-brunnei, 
minute papillosi, 1-2 mm lati, ramulis ultimis 10-20 mm expedite 
disarticulans, sine appendiculatis stipularibus. Folia opposita, 
perbeviter petiolata, rotunda vel reniformia, plerumque 5-8 mm 
longa et lata, carnosa, rufoviridia, tenuiter et acute papillosa, 
super manifeste bullata venis paucis immersis, subter plana vel 
paulo rugulosa plus minus purpurea, marginibus integris paululum 
recurvis. Flores breviter pedicellati, in axillis terminalibus bracteae 
foliaceae, a bracteolis minutis subulatis subtensi; pedicellus crassus, 
— .1 rnm longus, in calycis-basin (hemisphaericam usque late 
pyriformem) repente dilatans. Calyx tubulata, rubra, dense 
* 102 Male Street, Brighton, Vic., 3186. 
t O. M Chippendale, “ The relic nature of some Central Australian Plants ”, Trans. Roy. 
Soc. S. Aust. 86: 31-34 (1963). 
M uelleria 3 (2): 89-101 (1975). 
89 

Page image

878212 Protoblastenia citrina Muelleria 3(2): 152
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49942862
Page is part of the work Studies In Antarctic Lichens V: Lichenes Antarctici Exsiccati, Fascicle I, with additional notes on the taxonomy of each species, doi:10.5962/p.184082

Page text

152 
Rex B. Filson 
Discussion: Caloplaca elegant var. pulvinata is a very 
variable lichen in the Mac. Robertson Land region. So much so 
that it has previously been recorded as four separate species in 
two genera. Gasparrinia harrisoni Dodge, “ Gasparrinia citrina 
Dodge ”, Polycauliona sparsa Dodge & Baker and Polycauliona 
johnstoni Dodge. The colour of the thallus grades from greenish- 
yellow in shaded situations to bright red-orange when exposed 
to direct sunlight. Depending on the environment the thallus 
is either radiate and continuous or discontinuous and scattered. 
This species when growing under the harsh Antarctic condi- 
tions always appears more pulvinate than similar specimens 
found growing elsewhere. In order to separate this form from 
the typical, the author prefers to uphold the “ var. pulvinata ” 
even though it is perhaps only a modification caused by environ- 
ment. 
Some authors place this species in Xanthoria but this author 
prefers to retain it in Caloplaca sect. Gasparrinia because of its 
close adnation to the substrate and the texture of the upper 
cortex. 
No. 11. Candelariella antarctica R. Filson comb. & nom. 
nov. 
Protoblastenia citrina Dodge, in BANZ. Antarct. Res. Exped. Rep. 
7: 222. 1948. 
ANTARCTICA. MAC. ROBERTSON LAND: West side of Mawson 
Rock, growing over moss cushions. 
1 February 1974 Rex Filson 14817 
Discussion: The species has a granulose sorediose, non- 
radiate thallus which has a negative reaction with KOH. The 
apothecial disk is greenish-yellow which also has a negative re- 
action with KOH. The genus Protoblastenia Steiner belongs in 
the family Caloplacaceae, all members of which have a positive 
reaction with KOH on the apothecial disk. 
As the chemistry of this species is more consistant with 
Candelariella Mull. Arg. a new combination is warranted and as 
C. citrina is an earlier homonym used by B. de Lesd. in Ann. 
Cryptog. Exot. 5: 120. 1932, it has been necessary to find a new 
name for this entity. 
No. 12. Lecanora melanophthalma (Ram.) Ram. 
in Memoir. Acad. Roy. Sc. de VInstit. de France 6: 133 (1823) 
1827. Lichen melanophthalmus Ram. apud Lam. et DC., Flore 
Frangaise edit. 3, 2: 376. 1805. Lecanora rubina Ach. var. mela- 
nophthalma (Ram.) Zahlbr. forma exsulans (Th. Fr.) Zahlbr., in 
Cat. Lich. Univ. 5: 660. 1928. Squamaria chrysoleuca (Sm.) Ach. 
var. melanophthalma (Ram.) Zahlbr. forma exsulans Th. Fr., in 
Nytt. Mag. Naturv. 40: 208. 1902. Lecanora exsulans (Th. Fr.) 
Dodge & Baker, in Ann. Miss. Bot. Gard. 25: 570. 1938. 
ANTARCTICA. MAC. ROBERTSON LAND: West side of Mawson 
Rock, on small stones scattered amongst moss cushions in depres- 
sions along melt water run-offs. 
1 February 1974 
Rex Filson 14814 

Page image

546599 Ricinocarpos gloria-medii Muelleria 3(2): 95, t. 5, 6 (photos).
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49942805
Page is part of the work Four new species of plants endemic in the Macdonnell and George Gill Ranges Central Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184077
490450 Adonis aestivalis Muelleria 3(3): 199-207

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(3): 199-207".

490468 Adonis annua Muelleria 3(3): 199-207

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(3): 199-207".

490489 Adonis autumnalis Muelleria 3(3): 199-207

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(3): 199-207".

51363598 Adonis dentatus Muelleria 3(3): 204
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49824750
Page is part of the work The species of Adonis L. naturalised in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171926
610957 Adonis dentatus intermedius Muelleria 3(3): 204
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49824750
Page is part of the work The species of Adonis L. naturalised in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171926
610956 Adonis dentatus microcarpus Muelleria 3(3): 204
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49824750
Page is part of the work The species of Adonis L. naturalised in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171926
490433 Adonis Muelleria 3(3): 199-207

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(3): 199-207".

490507 Adonis microcarpa Muelleria 3(3): 204
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49824750
Page is part of the work The species of Adonis L. naturalised in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171926

Page text

204 
P. M. Kloot 
TAXONOMIC DESCRIPTION 
Adonis microcarpus DC. Syst. 1 : 223 (1817) 
A. cupaniana Guss. FI. Sic. Syn. 2(1) : 37 (1843); A. dentatus 
Del. subsp. intermedius (Webb et Berth.) Riedl in Ann. Nat. 
Mus. Wien 66: 72 (1963); A. dentatus subsp. microcarpus 
(DC.) Riedl op. cit .: 73 (1963). 
Annual erect to 55 cm high, often multi-branched; stem 
striate, sparsely villose towards base but glabrous above; stem 
hairs simple, colourless; leaves alternate, to 6 cm long and 4 
cm broad obovate in outline upper leaves gradually diminishing, 
glabrous, bright green, deeply dissected, bi- or tripinnate with 
more or less linear segments, each segment to 4 mm long, 1 mm 
broad, terminal segment to 8 mm long, acuminate, lower leaves 
petiolate, upper leaves subsessile; leaf-like cauline bracts subtend- 
ing the base of each petiole (lower leaves) or leaf (upper leaves) . 
Flowers (8-) 15-25 (-30) mm diam., solitary, terminal, borne 
on a peduncle which lengthens as the flower matures to be ± 4 
times length of mature carpellary spike; calyx appressed to the 
spreading corolla, but reflexing when mature; sepals 5 to 12 mm 
long, 6 mm broad, obovate, sparsely villose towards base and on 
lower margins (hairs similar to stem hairs) , glabrous elsewhere, 
purple, petaloid, apex obtuse, slightly undulate; corolla, suberect 
initially, but spreading flat as flowers mature; petals (5-) 6-8 
(-10), to 15 mm long, 8 mm broad, obovate, glabrous, bright 
scarlet (also crimson and occasionally yellow) with black basal 
spot, drying to yellow in herbarium specimens, apex obtuse, 
sinuate to crenate, remainder of petal margin entire; stamens 
numerous, hypogynous consisting of dark purple anthers 1 mm 
long borne on filaments to 4 mm long; gynoecium of 10-50 
superior carpels each with single-celled ovary containing one 
anatropous, pendulous ovule. 
Achenes 10-50, conferted, maturing acropetally along the 
spike which is 1-0-2 -5 cm long, the uppermost achenes rarely 
maturing; immature achenes ovoid to globose, little ornamenta- 
tion if any, beak lying parallel to rhachis, colour varying from 
blue-green to off-white, individual achenes clinging firmly to 
rhachis; mature achenes 2-5— 4-0 mm long with a short beak to 
1 mm long protruding from the posterior-dorsel surface ± per- 
pendicularly to the rhachis, globose, rugose, with transverse 
ridge, often toothed in specimens from arid situations, but the 
ridge tending to be obscure in plants obtained from favoured 
sites, keel tooth always present at bottom of transverse ridge, 
rugose surface, sandy-brown to off-white, occasionally dull 
shades of green; seed to 1-5 mm diam. round, plump, blackish- 
green. 
Flowering from July to November. 

Page image

498351 Corybas despectans Muelleria 3(3): 165, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49824711
Page is part of the work A new Corybas species from South Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171919

Page text

MUELLERI A 
An Australian Journal of Botany 
Vol. 3 
15 December, 1976 
No. 3 
A NEW CORYBAS SPECIES FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 
by 
D. L. Jones* and R. C. Nash! 
ABSTRACT 
A new species of Corybas (Orchidaceae) from South Aus- 
tralia is described and illustrated. The new taxon has affinities 
with both C. diemenicus (Lindl.) H.M.R. Rupp and C. dilatatus 
(H.M.R. Rupp and W. H. Nicholls) H.M.R. Rupp. A table set- 
ting out the contrasting characters between these three species is 
provided. 
Corybas despectans D. L. Jones and R. C. Nash, spec. nov. 
ex affinitate C. dilatati et C. diemenici, sed a priore differt tubo labelli 
laminam aequanti et a secundo marginibus labelli expansis (nunquam 
incurvatis) distinguitur; a his ambobus recedit sic — sepalo dorsali 
nec late spathulato nec cucullato, callo labelli costis parallelibus 
depressis praedito (nec integro nec dentibus brevibus scabridis 
instructo) atque auriculis in tubo labelli inconspicuis (foramen 
minutum facientibus) . 
Holotype: Lower Coorong, South Australia. R. C. Nash, 
8.viii.l967 (AD 96815018). 
Isotypes: AD, Herb. Nash 308. 
Paratype: Yorke Peninsula, Marion Bay Rd., ± 25 miles 
south of Warooka, in Mallee scrub. R. C. Nash, 16.viii.1967 
(AD 96815021). 
Leaf 8-25 x 12-30 mm, cordate to orbicular, occasionally 
lobed, apiculate, green on both surfaces. Flower 7-12 mm long, 
reddish-purple, dominated by the lamina of the labellum, sessile 
or almost so. Ovary 3-5 mm long, narrow, subtended by a small 
narrow bract. Dorsal sepal 6-11 x 3-4 mm when flattened out, 
greenish-grey with some purple striations, spathulate-oblong, 
concave, carinate, erect in the lower half then curving gently 
through about 60°, the apex acute or obtuse, often irregularly 
notched. Petals about 2-0 x 0-8 mm, slightly falcate, winged 
* Horticultural Research Institute, Knoxfield, Victoria, 
f Coromandel Parade, Blackwood, South Australia. 
Muelleria 3 (3): 165-168 (1976) 
165 
5970/76. 

Page image

553898 Eucalyptus delegatensis Muelleria 3(3): 197-198

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(3): 197-198".

554316 Eucalyptus risdonii elata Muelleria 3(3): 197
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49824743
Page is part of the work A note on the relationship of Eucalyptus risdonii Hook.f. var elata Benth. to Eucalyptus delegatensis R. T. Baker, doi:10.5962/p.171924
Page is part of the work Caladrinia volubilis Benth. in Victoria and South Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171923
799531 Flemingia racemosa Muelleria 3(3): 198
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49824744
Page is part of the work A note on the relationship of Eucalyptus risdonii Hook.f. var elata Benth. to Eucalyptus delegatensis R. T. Baker, doi:10.5962/p.171924
Page is part of the work A new combination in Flemingia W.T. Aiton (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171925

Page text

198 
A. M. Gray 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
I wish to thank the following for their valuable assistance, for 
useful criticism of the manuscript and, or, their contribution of 
much useful advice and help with the matter contained therein. 
Mr. G. M. Chippendale, CSIRO, Division of Forest Research, 
Canberra. Dr. J. H. Wilis, one time acting Director, National 
Herbarium, Melbourne, and assistant Government Botanist, Dr. 
L. A. S. Johnson, Director and Government Botanist, National 
Herbarium, Sydney. Mr. F. D. Podger, CSIRO, Division of Forest 
Research, Tasmanian Research Station, Hobart. 
REFERENCES 
Pryor, L. D. and L. A. S. Johnson (1971) — A Classification of the Eucalypts. 
(The Australian National University: Canberra). 
Willis, J. H. (1967) — Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora. 
Muelleria 1 (3): 117-163. 
A NEW COMBINATION IN FLEMINGIA W. T. AITON 
(PAPILIONACEAE) 
by 
J. R. Maconochie* 
Flemingia schultzii (F. Muell.) J. R. Maconochie comb. nov. 
Psoralea schultzii F. Muell. in Fragmenta 9: 155 (1875). 
Flemingia racemosa Domin in Bibliotheca Botanica 14 (89) : 
230-31 (1926). 
Moghania racemosa (Domin) Li in American J. of Botany 31: 
277 (1944). 
In his original description of Psoralea schultzii Mueller cited 
457 indicating that he had only seen fragmentary material but 
considered it to be readily distinguishable from other members 
of this genus. An examination of the type sheet (MEL 54413) 
in the National Herbarium of Victoria, Melbourne, shows the 
collector and locality as “ Schultz ” and “ Port Darwin ” respec- 
tively This sheet only has inflorescences and a fragment of a 
leaf but lacks fruits (F. Mueller noted “ fructus mini ignoti ”) . 
An examination of the flowers shows that it belongs to Flemingia 
and not Psoralea (wings adherent to keel and ovary subsessile) . 
An isotype in the Kew Herbarium, England (Schultz 457) has 
complete leaves, fruits and flowers (photo seen) . 
K. Domin (1926) cited F. Schultz 457 and W. Hann 233 and 
244 as syntypes of Flemingia racemosa Domin. 
* Herbarium of the Northern Territory, Arid Zone Research Institute. 
Muelleria 3 (3): 198 (1976) 
198 

Page image

507475 Flemingia schultzii Muelleria 3(3): 198
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49824744
Page is part of the work A note on the relationship of Eucalyptus risdonii Hook.f. var elata Benth. to Eucalyptus delegatensis R. T. Baker, doi:10.5962/p.171924
Page is part of the work A new combination in Flemingia W.T. Aiton (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171925

Page text

198 
A. M. Gray 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
I wish to thank the following for their valuable assistance, for 
useful criticism of the manuscript and, or, their contribution of 
much useful advice and help with the matter contained therein. 
Mr. G. M. Chippendale, CSIRO, Division of Forest Research, 
Canberra. Dr. J. H. Wilis, one time acting Director, National 
Herbarium, Melbourne, and assistant Government Botanist, Dr. 
L. A. S. Johnson, Director and Government Botanist, National 
Herbarium, Sydney. Mr. F. D. Podger, CSIRO, Division of Forest 
Research, Tasmanian Research Station, Hobart. 
REFERENCES 
Pryor, L. D. and L. A. S. Johnson (1971) — A Classification of the Eucalypts. 
(The Australian National University: Canberra). 
Willis, J. H. (1967) — Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora. 
Muelleria 1 (3): 117-163. 
A NEW COMBINATION IN FLEMINGIA W. T. AITON 
(PAPILIONACEAE) 
by 
J. R. Maconochie* 
Flemingia schultzii (F. Muell.) J. R. Maconochie comb. nov. 
Psoralea schultzii F. Muell. in Fragmenta 9: 155 (1875). 
Flemingia racemosa Domin in Bibliotheca Botanica 14 (89) : 
230-31 (1926). 
Moghania racemosa (Domin) Li in American J. of Botany 31: 
277 (1944). 
In his original description of Psoralea schultzii Mueller cited 
457 indicating that he had only seen fragmentary material but 
considered it to be readily distinguishable from other members 
of this genus. An examination of the type sheet (MEL 54413) 
in the National Herbarium of Victoria, Melbourne, shows the 
collector and locality as “ Schultz ” and “ Port Darwin ” respec- 
tively This sheet only has inflorescences and a fragment of a 
leaf but lacks fruits (F. Mueller noted “ fructus mini ignoti ”) . 
An examination of the flowers shows that it belongs to Flemingia 
and not Psoralea (wings adherent to keel and ovary subsessile) . 
An isotype in the Kew Herbarium, England (Schultz 457) has 
complete leaves, fruits and flowers (photo seen) . 
K. Domin (1926) cited F. Schultz 457 and W. Hann 233 and 
244 as syntypes of Flemingia racemosa Domin. 
* Herbarium of the Northern Territory, Arid Zone Research Institute. 
Muelleria 3 (3): 198 (1976) 
198 

Page image

497713 Hypecoum Muelleria 3(3): 177
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49824723
Page is part of the work Hypecoum pendulum L. (Papaveraceae) in Australia – a new introduction, doi:10.5962/p.171921

Page text

HYPECOUM PENDULUM L. (PAPAVERACEAE) IN 
AUSTRALIA— A NEW INTRODUCTION 
by 
Helen I. Aston* 
SUMMARY 
The discovery of the introduced weed Hypecoum pendulum 
L. (sensu lato) at Lake Boga, Victoria, is described. This appears 
to be the first record of any species of Hypecoum naturalized in 
Australia. A taxonomic account of Hypecoum pendulum and 
closely related taxa is given. 
OCCURRENCE 
On 29 September 1970 Hypecoum pendulum L. (sensu lato) 
was collected by T. W. Donaldson from the property of E. R. 
Mitchell (allotment 10, section 2, parish of Kunat Kunat) 
approximately 2-5 km direct line west north west of the town- 
ship of Lake Boga, in northern Victoria. Lake Boga is between 
Kerang and Swan Hill. The collection had flowers and early 
fruits, and the species was growing wild over several acres of 
a wheat crop. On 11 December 1970 W. J. Anderson collected 
material with ripe fruits from the same locality. Both collectors 
are officers of the Vermin and Noxious Weeds Destruction Board, 
Victorian Department of Crown Lands and Survey, and forwarded 
their collections (KTRS 222/70; KTRS 320/70) through the 
Keith Turnbull Research Station to the National Herbarium of 
Victoria for identification. Specimens are retained at MEL. 
This is apparently the first record of any species of Hypecoum 
naturalized in Australia. 
The species was not noted in the district during 1971 and 
1972, but in 1973 a second infestation of Hypecoum was found 
in a sandy, windblown, roadside area and adjacent cropland. 
This was approximately 4-5 km direct line west of Lake Boga 
Township along the Lake Boga to Goschen road and about 2-5 km 
west south west of the 1970 locality. Material gathered in 1973 
from this second site was not retained at the National Herbarium. 
However, the species is persisting and further material (flowers 
and developing fruits 30 September and 1 October 1975; immature 
to mature fruits 19 November 1975) has been collected by W. J. 
Anderson from both sites. Specimens are lodged in the National 
Herbarium of Victoria, Melbourne; State Herbarium of South 
Australia, Adelaide; National Herbarium of New South Wales, 
Sydney; Herbarium Australiense, Canberra; Western Australian 
Herbarium, Perth. 
* National Herbarium of Victoria. 
Muelleria 3 (3): 177-182 (1976) 
177 

Page image

497748 Hypecoum pendulum Muelleria 3(3): 177
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49824723
Page is part of the work Hypecoum pendulum L. (Papaveraceae) in Australia – a new introduction, doi:10.5962/p.171921

Page text

HYPECOUM PENDULUM L. (PAPAVERACEAE) IN 
AUSTRALIA— A NEW INTRODUCTION 
by 
Helen I. Aston* 
SUMMARY 
The discovery of the introduced weed Hypecoum pendulum 
L. (sensu lato) at Lake Boga, Victoria, is described. This appears 
to be the first record of any species of Hypecoum naturalized in 
Australia. A taxonomic account of Hypecoum pendulum and 
closely related taxa is given. 
OCCURRENCE 
On 29 September 1970 Hypecoum pendulum L. (sensu lato) 
was collected by T. W. Donaldson from the property of E. R. 
Mitchell (allotment 10, section 2, parish of Kunat Kunat) 
approximately 2-5 km direct line west north west of the town- 
ship of Lake Boga, in northern Victoria. Lake Boga is between 
Kerang and Swan Hill. The collection had flowers and early 
fruits, and the species was growing wild over several acres of 
a wheat crop. On 11 December 1970 W. J. Anderson collected 
material with ripe fruits from the same locality. Both collectors 
are officers of the Vermin and Noxious Weeds Destruction Board, 
Victorian Department of Crown Lands and Survey, and forwarded 
their collections (KTRS 222/70; KTRS 320/70) through the 
Keith Turnbull Research Station to the National Herbarium of 
Victoria for identification. Specimens are retained at MEL. 
This is apparently the first record of any species of Hypecoum 
naturalized in Australia. 
The species was not noted in the district during 1971 and 
1972, but in 1973 a second infestation of Hypecoum was found 
in a sandy, windblown, roadside area and adjacent cropland. 
This was approximately 4-5 km direct line west of Lake Boga 
Township along the Lake Boga to Goschen road and about 2-5 km 
west south west of the 1970 locality. Material gathered in 1973 
from this second site was not retained at the National Herbarium. 
However, the species is persisting and further material (flowers 
and developing fruits 30 September and 1 October 1975; immature 
to mature fruits 19 November 1975) has been collected by W. J. 
Anderson from both sites. Specimens are lodged in the National 
Herbarium of Victoria, Melbourne; State Herbarium of South 
Australia, Adelaide; National Herbarium of New South Wales, 
Sydney; Herbarium Australiense, Canberra; Western Australian 
Herbarium, Perth. 
* National Herbarium of Victoria. 
Muelleria 3 (3): 177-182 (1976) 
177 

Page image

495572 Maughania racemosa Muelleria 3(3): 198
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49824744
Page is part of the work A note on the relationship of Eucalyptus risdonii Hook.f. var elata Benth. to Eucalyptus delegatensis R. T. Baker, doi:10.5962/p.171924
Page is part of the work A new combination in Flemingia W.T. Aiton (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171925

Page text

198 
A. M. Gray 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
I wish to thank the following for their valuable assistance, for 
useful criticism of the manuscript and, or, their contribution of 
much useful advice and help with the matter contained therein. 
Mr. G. M. Chippendale, CSIRO, Division of Forest Research, 
Canberra. Dr. J. H. Wilis, one time acting Director, National 
Herbarium, Melbourne, and assistant Government Botanist, Dr. 
L. A. S. Johnson, Director and Government Botanist, National 
Herbarium, Sydney. Mr. F. D. Podger, CSIRO, Division of Forest 
Research, Tasmanian Research Station, Hobart. 
REFERENCES 
Pryor, L. D. and L. A. S. Johnson (1971) — A Classification of the Eucalypts. 
(The Australian National University: Canberra). 
Willis, J. H. (1967) — Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora. 
Muelleria 1 (3): 117-163. 
A NEW COMBINATION IN FLEMINGIA W. T. AITON 
(PAPILIONACEAE) 
by 
J. R. Maconochie* 
Flemingia schultzii (F. Muell.) J. R. Maconochie comb. nov. 
Psoralea schultzii F. Muell. in Fragmenta 9: 155 (1875). 
Flemingia racemosa Domin in Bibliotheca Botanica 14 (89) : 
230-31 (1926). 
Moghania racemosa (Domin) Li in American J. of Botany 31: 
277 (1944). 
In his original description of Psoralea schultzii Mueller cited 
457 indicating that he had only seen fragmentary material but 
considered it to be readily distinguishable from other members 
of this genus. An examination of the type sheet (MEL 54413) 
in the National Herbarium of Victoria, Melbourne, shows the 
collector and locality as “ Schultz ” and “ Port Darwin ” respec- 
tively This sheet only has inflorescences and a fragment of a 
leaf but lacks fruits (F. Mueller noted “ fructus mini ignoti ”) . 
An examination of the flowers shows that it belongs to Flemingia 
and not Psoralea (wings adherent to keel and ovary subsessile) . 
An isotype in the Kew Herbarium, England (Schultz 457) has 
complete leaves, fruits and flowers (photo seen) . 
K. Domin (1926) cited F. Schultz 457 and W. Hann 233 and 
244 as syntypes of Flemingia racemosa Domin. 
* Herbarium of the Northern Territory, Arid Zone Research Institute. 
Muelleria 3 (3): 198 (1976) 
198 

Page image

815626 Moghania racemosa Muelleria 3(3): 198
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49824744
Page is part of the work A note on the relationship of Eucalyptus risdonii Hook.f. var elata Benth. to Eucalyptus delegatensis R. T. Baker, doi:10.5962/p.171924
Page is part of the work A new combination in Flemingia W.T. Aiton (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171925

Page text

198 
A. M. Gray 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
I wish to thank the following for their valuable assistance, for 
useful criticism of the manuscript and, or, their contribution of 
much useful advice and help with the matter contained therein. 
Mr. G. M. Chippendale, CSIRO, Division of Forest Research, 
Canberra. Dr. J. H. Wilis, one time acting Director, National 
Herbarium, Melbourne, and assistant Government Botanist, Dr. 
L. A. S. Johnson, Director and Government Botanist, National 
Herbarium, Sydney. Mr. F. D. Podger, CSIRO, Division of Forest 
Research, Tasmanian Research Station, Hobart. 
REFERENCES 
Pryor, L. D. and L. A. S. Johnson (1971) — A Classification of the Eucalypts. 
(The Australian National University: Canberra). 
Willis, J. H. (1967) — Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora. 
Muelleria 1 (3): 117-163. 
A NEW COMBINATION IN FLEMINGIA W. T. AITON 
(PAPILIONACEAE) 
by 
J. R. Maconochie* 
Flemingia schultzii (F. Muell.) J. R. Maconochie comb. nov. 
Psoralea schultzii F. Muell. in Fragmenta 9: 155 (1875). 
Flemingia racemosa Domin in Bibliotheca Botanica 14 (89) : 
230-31 (1926). 
Moghania racemosa (Domin) Li in American J. of Botany 31: 
277 (1944). 
In his original description of Psoralea schultzii Mueller cited 
457 indicating that he had only seen fragmentary material but 
considered it to be readily distinguishable from other members 
of this genus. An examination of the type sheet (MEL 54413) 
in the National Herbarium of Victoria, Melbourne, shows the 
collector and locality as “ Schultz ” and “ Port Darwin ” respec- 
tively This sheet only has inflorescences and a fragment of a 
leaf but lacks fruits (F. Mueller noted “ fructus mini ignoti ”) . 
An examination of the flowers shows that it belongs to Flemingia 
and not Psoralea (wings adherent to keel and ovary subsessile) . 
An isotype in the Kew Herbarium, England (Schultz 457) has 
complete leaves, fruits and flowers (photo seen) . 
K. Domin (1926) cited F. Schultz 457 and W. Hann 233 and 
244 as syntypes of Flemingia racemosa Domin. 
* Herbarium of the Northern Territory, Arid Zone Research Institute. 
Muelleria 3 (3): 198 (1976) 
198 

Page image

808393 Psoralea schultzii Muelleria 3(3): 198
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49824744
Page is part of the work A note on the relationship of Eucalyptus risdonii Hook.f. var elata Benth. to Eucalyptus delegatensis R. T. Baker, doi:10.5962/p.171924
Page is part of the work A new combination in Flemingia W.T. Aiton (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171925

Page text

198 
A. M. Gray 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
I wish to thank the following for their valuable assistance, for 
useful criticism of the manuscript and, or, their contribution of 
much useful advice and help with the matter contained therein. 
Mr. G. M. Chippendale, CSIRO, Division of Forest Research, 
Canberra. Dr. J. H. Wilis, one time acting Director, National 
Herbarium, Melbourne, and assistant Government Botanist, Dr. 
L. A. S. Johnson, Director and Government Botanist, National 
Herbarium, Sydney. Mr. F. D. Podger, CSIRO, Division of Forest 
Research, Tasmanian Research Station, Hobart. 
REFERENCES 
Pryor, L. D. and L. A. S. Johnson (1971) — A Classification of the Eucalypts. 
(The Australian National University: Canberra). 
Willis, J. H. (1967) — Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora. 
Muelleria 1 (3): 117-163. 
A NEW COMBINATION IN FLEMINGIA W. T. AITON 
(PAPILIONACEAE) 
by 
J. R. Maconochie* 
Flemingia schultzii (F. Muell.) J. R. Maconochie comb. nov. 
Psoralea schultzii F. Muell. in Fragmenta 9: 155 (1875). 
Flemingia racemosa Domin in Bibliotheca Botanica 14 (89) : 
230-31 (1926). 
Moghania racemosa (Domin) Li in American J. of Botany 31: 
277 (1944). 
In his original description of Psoralea schultzii Mueller cited 
457 indicating that he had only seen fragmentary material but 
considered it to be readily distinguishable from other members 
of this genus. An examination of the type sheet (MEL 54413) 
in the National Herbarium of Victoria, Melbourne, shows the 
collector and locality as “ Schultz ” and “ Port Darwin ” respec- 
tively This sheet only has inflorescences and a fragment of a 
leaf but lacks fruits (F. Mueller noted “ fructus mini ignoti ”) . 
An examination of the flowers shows that it belongs to Flemingia 
and not Psoralea (wings adherent to keel and ovary subsessile) . 
An isotype in the Kew Herbarium, England (Schultz 457) has 
complete leaves, fruits and flowers (photo seen) . 
K. Domin (1926) cited F. Schultz 457 and W. Hann 233 and 
244 as syntypes of Flemingia racemosa Domin. 
* Herbarium of the Northern Territory, Arid Zone Research Institute. 
Muelleria 3 (3): 198 (1976) 
198 

Page image

797466 Pultenaea flexilis mucronata Muelleria 3(4): 249
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49821685
Page is part of the work A new species of Lastreopsis (Aspidiaceae) from north-east Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.171930
Page is part of the work A new combination in Pultenaea juniperina Labill. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171931
464876 Pultenaea juniperina mucronata Muelleria 3(4): 249
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49821685
Page is part of the work A new species of Lastreopsis (Aspidiaceae) from north-east Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.171930
Page is part of the work A new combination in Pultenaea juniperina Labill. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171931
464912 Pultenaea juniperina planifolia Muelleria 3(4): 249
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49821685
Page is part of the work A new species of Lastreopsis (Aspidiaceae) from north-east Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.171930
Page is part of the work A new combination in Pultenaea juniperina Labill. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171931
815885 Pultenaea juniperina planifolia Muelleria 3(4): 249
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49821685
Page is part of the work A new species of Lastreopsis (Aspidiaceae) from north-east Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.171930
Page is part of the work A new combination in Pultenaea juniperina Labill. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171931
457269 Echium creticum Muelleria 3(4): 226
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49821662
Page is part of the work The herbaceous species of Echium (Boraginaceae) naturalised in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171929
457295 Echium italicum Muelleria 3(4): 216-217

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(4): 216-217".

457243 Echium Muelleria 3(4): 215-244

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(4): 215-244".

457319 Echium lycopsis Muelleria 3(4): 215-244 (217)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(4): 215-244 (217)".

819787 Echium lycopsis Muelleria 3(4): 217
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49821653
Page is part of the work The herbaceous species of Echium (Boraginaceae) naturalised in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171929
819786 Echium lycopsis Muelleria 3(4): 224
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49821660
Page is part of the work The herbaceous species of Echium (Boraginaceae) naturalised in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171929
457354 Echium plantagineum Muelleria 3(4): 217-224

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(4): 217-224".

457379 Echium violaceum Muelleria 3(4): 227
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49821663
Page is part of the work The herbaceous species of Echium (Boraginaceae) naturalised in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171929
457403 Echium vulgare Muelleria 3(4): 224-225

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(4): 224-225".

507210 Lastreopsis grayi Muelleria 3(4): 245, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49821681
Page is part of the work A new species of Lastreopsis (Aspidiaceae) from north-east Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.171930

Page text

A NEW SPECIES OF LASTREOPSIS (ASPIDIACEAE) 
FROM NORTH-EAST QUEENSLAND 
by 
David L. Jones* 
SYNOPSIS 
Lastreopsis grayi is described as a new species from the 
rainforests of the Atherton Tableland in north-eastern Queens- 
land. Its closest congener is another as yet undescribed Las- 
treopsis. 
INTRODUCTION 
Tindale (1957, 1961a, 1961b, 1965) has revised the genus 
Lastreopsis and discussed in detail the species which occur in 
Australia. 
In August 1971 the author collected Lastreopsis species in 
the Tinaroo Hills on the Atherton Tableland of north-eastern 
Queensland. Among the specimens were several of a slender 
undescribed species with deeply dissected fronds and a solitary 
specimen of a similar but coarser species. Further specimens of 
both species were located in subsequent trips into the area during 
May 1972 and November 1974. The slender species will be des- 
cribed by Tindale in a forthcoming issue of Telopea. The coarser 
species is here described as new. 
Lastreopsis grayi D. L. Jones, sp. nov. 
Rhizoma erectum, 1-0-2 -5 cm crassum, paleis sparse praeditum (plantis 
vetustioribus rhizomates secundaria axillares generantibus) ; paleae 
1-0-2 -5 mm longae, plerumque anguste lanceolatae badiaeque, ad 
marginem et basin rotundatam versus pallidiores, earum marginibus 
fimbriis expansis irregularibus sparse praeditis, apice obtuso vel 
attenuato; stipites 10-40 cm longi, circiter 3 mm lati, erecti, virides 
vel viridi-brunnei, nitidi, ad basin flexuosi, pilis parvis appressis sparse 
ornati (praesertim in canaliculo), ad basin paleis sparsis similibus 
illis in rhizomati; rhachides patenter alatae, virides vel viridi-brunneae, 
leves, in canaliculo a pilis parvis ornatae; lamina anguste triangularis, 
15-40 cm longa, 10-35 cm lata, tripinnatifide vel quadripinnate dissecta, 
pallide vel saturate viridis, glabra, nitens; pinnae primariae infimae 
maximaeque 8-16 cm longae, 3-10 cm latae, ad rhachidem primam 
oblique inclinantes, basiscopice dilatatae, apice attenuato dentato- 
serratoque; pinnae secondariae ad rhachidem secundariam obliquae, 
illis basalibus anguste alatis, illis superioribus late alatis adnatisque! 
apice attenuato dentato-serratoque; segmenta ultima pedicellis alatis 
praedita, alternantia, oblonga, aliquando falcata, non congesta, apice 
obtuso, subter glabra vel a glandibus flavis ornata; venae in superficie 
submersae et non prominentes, infra clariores liberae simplices vel 
unifurcatae; costae et costulae glabrae vel a pilis parvis atque glan- 
dibus flavis sparse vestitae; venulae similes; sori exindusiati, orbi- 
culares, 0-5-10 mm lati, marginales (in parte interiore loborum) ad 
apicem venularum gesti, juveniliter albi, mature ferruginei vel fusco- 
brunnei; sporangia 90-140 per sorum, eorum annulo c.12-15 cellulas 
induratas et 6-10 cellulas tenues comprehendenti, pedicello c.5-cellulari 
pilum stipitatum oblongum aurantiacum glandulosumque gerenti* 
sporae bilaterales, globoso-ellipsoidales, fulvae. 
* Horticultural Research Institute, Knoxfield, Victoria 
Muelleria 3 (4): 245-249 (1977). 
245 

Page image

549850 Paronychia argentea Muelleria 3(4): 209, adnot.
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49821645
Page is part of the work The species of Paronychia (Caryophyllaceae) naturalised in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.171928
549896 Paronychia brasiliana Muelleria 3(4): 209-210

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(4): 209-210".

549984 Paronychia chilensis Muelleria 3(4): 209
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49821645
Page is part of the work The species of Paronychia (Caryophyllaceae) naturalised in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.171928
550025 Paronychia franciscana Muelleria 3(4): 210-211

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 3(4): 210-211".

9677350 Bassia cornisheana Muelleria 4(2): 130
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49802803
Page is part of the work An index to the new taxa, new combinations and new names published by Ferdinand J. H. Mueller, doi:10.5962/p.171899
542852 Bassia cornishiana birchii Muelleria 4(2): 130
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49802803
Page is part of the work An index to the new taxa, new combinations and new names published by Ferdinand J. H. Mueller, doi:10.5962/p.171899
477312 Polypodium angustatum macrocarpum Muelleria 4(2): 125
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49802808
Page is part of the work An index to the new taxa, new combinations and new names published by Ferdinand J. H. Mueller, doi:10.5962/p.171899
547228 Pomatocalpa marsupiale Muelleria 4(2): 201
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49802756
Page is part of the work Pomatocalpa marsupiale (Orchidaceae), a new record for Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171902

Page text

POMATOCALPA MARSUPIALE (ORCHIDACEAE), 
A NEW RECORD FOR AUSTRALIA 
by 
B. GRAY* 
Pomatocalpa marsupiale (Kraenzlin) J. J. Sm. in Natiiurk. Tijdschr. Ned.- Indie 
72:32(1912). 
Basionym: Cleisostoma marsupiale Kraenzlin in K. Schum. & Hollr., ‘Die Flora 
von Kaiser Wilhelms Land' 34 ( 1889). 
Synonyms may be obtained from Schiechter, 'Die Orchidaceen von Deutsh- 
Neu-Guinea’ 988-989 (1914). 
Plant large with upright stems to 50 cm long. Leaves 20-30 X 4-5 cm, linear, rigid, 
leathery, yellowish-green, deeply channelled, clasping the stem at the base and 
unequally emarginate at the apex. Inflorescences erect, 30-45 cm tall, exceeding 
the leaves, branched in the upper third, the branches short, with 15-50 flowers 
on pedicels 8-10 mm long: the flowers all face upwards around the spike, with 
labellum innermost, and open successively as the spike extends, few flowers being 
open at any one time. Flo\s'ers 12-15 mm diameter: sepals and petals widely 
spreading at the base but incurved towards the apex, thick in texture, green. 
Sepals 6-8 X 2*5-3 mm, narrow-obovate to spathulate. Petals 5-6 X 2-2*5 mm, sub- 
falcate, narrow obovate. Labellum 4-5 X 3-4 X 3-4 mm, cream or yellowish: lateral 
lobes about 1 X 3 mm, erect and slightly incurved on the distal end: midlobe about 
1-5X2 mm. deltoid, recurved, thick and fleshy: spur 4X3X3 mm, pyriform, 
the callus, linear to narrow oblong, valvular, almost covering the orifice. Column 
about 2-5 X 2 mm, narrowed toward the base: columu-foot short, at right angles 
to the column. Rostellum about 0*6 mm long. Anther with a short upturned rostrum. 
Pollinia 4, in two closely appressed pairs forming almost globose bodies. Stipe about 
0-8 mm long, slender, margins recurved. Retinaculum about 0*5 mm long. 
VOUCHER Specimen: 
Queensland— CapQ York Peninsula, Mcllwraith Range, 12 km NE of Coen, 
13°52' S: 143°15^ E. B.Gray 26.xi.1973 (BRI 220908). 
Previously recorded from New Guinea, P. marsupiale occurs in Australia in 
the Mcllwraith and Iron Range areas of Cape York Peninsula where it is an 
uncommon species. First found in 1973 at the southern extremity of the Mcllwraith 
Range (elevation 500 m), the species is now known to occur throughout its range 
at elevations below 100 m. 
P. marsupiale is a robust epiphyte or lithophyte that occurs in tall semi-deciduous 
rainforest where it usually grows high up in the canopy or occasionally on exposed 
rocks. 
Flowering usually begins in November and continues to April or May. Flower 
spikes extend by 20 cm or more as flowering continues. 
P. marsupiale is readily distinguished from the other Australian member of the 
genus, P. macphersonii (F. Muell.) T.E. Hunt. A comparison of the main dis- 
tinguishing features is given in the following table: 
* Forest Research Unit. CSIRO, Atherton. North Queensland 4883. 
Muellena 4 (2): 201-203 (1979). 
201 

Page image

484286 Acalypha wilkesiana Muelleria 4(3): 236
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352670
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

236 
Macaranga fimbriata S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). 
Queensland. Cook District — T.R. 14, 13° 45' S. . 143° 20' E. . rain-forest, ait. 450 m, tree, 20 cm d.b.h., 
buttressed, 25. ix. 1975, Hyland 3327 RFK (QRS). 
This is not far from the Rocky River locality where Hyland 2860 RFK, recorded in 
1976, l.c., was collected. 
Macaranga inamoena F. Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 
5: 1451 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler , Pflanzenreich IV. vii: 360 (1914); Airy Shaw in 
Kew Bull. 31: 396(1976), inclavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL, K). 
Queensland (early collection). Cook District — Upper Russell River, 30 ft, ( 8 flower and fallen fruit), 
1887, Sayer 222 (MEL). 
Macaranga inamoena seems to be a relatively frequent species in the rain-forests of the 
Atherton Tableland. There are numerous recent collections in QRS and BRI, and about ten 
in K. 
Macaranga inermis Pax & Hoffm. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Innisfail, ? 19 18, Rev. N. Michael 206 (NSW); Johnstone 
River, n.d.. Rev. N. Michael s.n. (NSW) (type of M. multiflora C.T. White; cf. Kew Bull. l.c.). North Kennedy 
District — Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL); King Ranch, in Tully River Valley, very common in 
swamps, with Melaleuca quinquenervia and Archontophoenix alexandriae in the high rainfall areas of North-east 
Queensland, n.d., collector? (NSW). 
This is another of Dallachy’s collections that failed to find a place in Bentham (FI. 
Austr. (1873)). 
Macaranga involucrata var. mallotoides (F. Muell.) Perry. See Kew Bull. 31: 394(1976). 
Queensland. (early collection). Cook District — New Holland I Endeavour River] , 1 770, Banks & Solander 
(MEL). 
Macaranga subdentata Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1451 
(1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 361 (1914); White & Francis, 
Contrib. Queensl. FI., in Queensl. Dept. Agric. & Stock , Bot. Bull . 22: 36 (1920); Airy 
Shaw in Kew Bull . 31: 396 (1976), in clavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. 
(K). 
Queensland. Cook District — Johnstone River, 1885, Dr. Bancroft jun. Barron River, not a very large tree, 
about 35 feet [ 10.5 m] high, 1891 , Stephen Johnson (MEL); Gap Creek, 38 km S. by E. of Cooktown (9.5 km by 
road from Rossville), 15° 43' S., 145° 14' E.. alt. 230 m, 7.ix.l960, L.S. Smith 1 1121 (BRI, K); Ridge of 
McDowal Range, 16 miles [26 km] NNW of Daintree, 16° 03' S., 145° 13' E., mesophyll vine-forest, red clay 
soil, 17. xi. 1967, tree 6 m. d.b.h. 7.5 cm, leaves dark shiny green above, paler beneath, fruits yellowish-green, 
Boyland(& Gillieatt) 4 18 (BRI, K); Danbulla, Stony Creek logging area, 17° 09' S., 145° 35' E., small tree, male 
spikes terminated [occasionally] by a female flower, 2. ix. 1957, L.S. Smith 10122 (BRI, K) (Apparently growing 
with M. dallachyana, q.v., supra); Pine Creek forestry road, Murray Prior Range, nr. Cairns, in complex 
mesophyll vine-forest in gully, on soils derived from granite, alt. 200 m, small tree to 15 m, x.1973, Webb & 
Tracey 10776 (NSW). North Kennedy District — Mount Macalister, deal of this in the scrub; small yellow flower; 
has been sent before, 3.iv.l867, Dallachy s.n. (MEL); Telegraph Line [Rockingham Bay area], 2. viii . 1 870, 
Dallachy s .n . (MEL); Ibid., shrub or small tree, leaves very long, light or dark green, fls. [9] brown or brownish, 
2 & 23. xi. 1870, Dallachy s.n. (MEL). 
Acalypha L. 
(P. & H. 158) 
Acalypha wilkesiana Muell. Arg. in DC., Prodr. 15 (2): 817 (1866); Pax & Hoffm. in 
Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. xvi: 153 (1924). 
Queensland. Cook District — Murray's Island, Torres Strait, 1878, Rev. Chalmers s.n. (MEL). South 
Kennedy District — Port Mackay, no date or collector's name (MEL 69829) (a single leaf only). 
New South Wales (north-east). Richmond River, n.d., Ramsay s.n. (MEL). 
Native of Polynesia; doubtless introduced into Australia as an ornamental garden 
plant. 

Page image

487417 Actephila foetida Muelleria 4(3): 217
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352689
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
487485 Actephila petiolaris Muelleria 4(3): 217
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352689
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
487494 Actephila sessilifolia Muelleria 4(3): 217
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352689
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

Actephila B1 . 
(P. & H. 36) 
217 
Actephila sessilifolia Benth., FI., Austr. 6: 90 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1414 (1902); 
Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. xv: 194 (1922). 
Queensland. North Kennedy District — Seaview Range, 18° 55' S., 146° 10' E., alt. 915 m, 5.iv. 1947. 
Flecker in N. Qld. Herb. 10880 (QRS); Lower western slopes of Mt. Dryander, 20° 15' S.. 148° 33' E., rain-forest 
on soil derived from granite, alt. 250 m, 21 . vii. 1974, Moriarty 1866 (QRS). Port Curtis District — "Shrub of 
4-6 ft at the Caves Mountain, 5 miles west of Morinish", n.d. . Thozet s.n. (MEL. lectotype, here chosen; K). 
The two specimens from North Kennedy District cited above appear to be the only 
collections made of this very distinct species since it was first described. In October 1 976 B . 
Hyland and the writer attempted to rediscover the plant on and around the Caves Mountain, 
north of Rockhampton, but without success. Some uncertainty attaches to the data on 
Thozet’s label. He implies that the locality Morinish (which he elsewhere — e.g. in field 
note to Croton acronychioides F. Muell. — terms “Morinish Digging’ and Bentham, l.c., 
erroneously cites as ‘Morinisi’) lies 5 miles (8 km) east of Caves Mountain, but no such 
place can be found in that area, whereas a locality Morinish is clearly marked on modern 
maps some 35 kilometres north-west of the Caves. It is possible that Thozet inadvertently 
wrote ‘west’ instead of ‘east’, or that 100 years ago there was in fact another Morinish to the 
east of Caves Mountain. 
Actephila sessilifolia has a curiously disjunct distribution. It has only been collected at 
three isolated spots within its range from Caves Mountain to its northernmost locality 
(Seaview Range) some 685 kilometres north of Rockhampton. 
Actephila petiolaris Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 89 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1414 (1902); 
Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. xv: 194 (1922); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 
25: 498 (1971), in obs. 
Queensland. Cook District — State Forest Reserve 675, Mulgrave Logging Area, 17° 05' S., 145° 40' E., 
rain-forest, alt. 160 m, small tree 5 m tall, 5.vi.l974, Hyland 7243 ; Ibid., alt. 100 m, tree 10 cm d.b.h.. 
nondescript bark, buttresses absent, blaze odour freshly shelled peas. 25. xi. 1976, Hvland 3481-2-3 RFK; East 
Mulgrave Logging Area, alt. 100 m, small slender tree 6 m x 10 cm d.b.h., flower buds f 6 1 white, 22.xii. 1976, 
Hyland 9249. 
These collections, agreeing perfectly with the rather scrappy syntype material at Kew, 
are apparently the only collections of this scarce or extremely local species made since 
Dallachy obtained the type in the Rockingham Bay area over 100 years ago. They dispose of 
the tentative speculation that I expressed in 1971 (l.c.) that A . petiolaris might be a form of 
the variable A. lindleyi (Steud.) Airy Shaw. The broadly ovate, elliptic orobovate leaves, 
and especially the elongate petioles (up to 7.5 cm), are characteristic. Bentham found only 
3 stamens in the flowers he dissected; in Hyland’s recent material I found 4 or 5. Female 
flower and fruit are desiderata: Bentham described the female flowers from Dallachy’s 
gatherings, but none survive in the Kew syntype, and there appear to be none in Hyland’s 
material. 
Actephila foetida Domin. See Kew Bull. 31: 363-364 (1976). 
Queensland. Cook District — Harvey Creek, Russell River, 1887, Saver s.n. (MEL). 
This is the ‘third gathering’ of A. foetida referred to in Kew Bull., l.c. It is actually the 
first known collection, from the type and only known locality, of this rare and unmistakable 
plant. 
Neoroepera Muell. Arg. & F. Muell 
(P. & H. 45) 
Neoroepera banksii Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 1 17 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1425 (1902); 
Britten, 111. Bot Cook Voy. Endeavour, 88, t.289 (1905). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River, vii. 1819, Cunningham 29! & 292 (K, 

Page image

496944 Alchornea rugosa Muelleria 4(3): 235
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352671
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

235 
Mallotus derbyensis W. V. Fitzg. ini. & Proc. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 3: 165 (1918). Type: W. 
Australia, Derby, iv. 1905, Fitzgerald 200 [NSW], = Grewia cf. breviflora Benth., FI. 
Austr. 1: 270 (1863). 
Fitzgerald’s specimen is in fruit only. It is certainly a Grewia and not a Mallotus , but 
the above suggested specific identification should be checked by someone familiar with the 
Australian species of Grewia. 
Alchornea Sw. 
(P. & H. 136) 
Alchornea rugosa (Lour.) Muell. Arg. See Kew Bull. 31: 393 (1976). 
Queensland. Coo* Dfs/mr — Russell River, small tree n.d., [5. Johnson ?] 92 (MEL), (mixed with Croton 
verreauxii Bai 11 . ); Brinsmead Gap, between Cairns and Redlynch, on edge of complex notophyll vine-forest, on 
red soils derived from metamorphic rocks, small tree to 4 m, x. 1973, Webb & Tracey 10783 (NSW); State Forest 
Reserve 607, Bridle Logging Area, 1 7° 00' S. , 145° 35' E. , in power-line clearing in dry rain-forest, alt. 500 m 
shrub 1 m tall, fruit green but probably fully developed, 21. xi. 1973, Hyland 7125 (NSW). North Kennedy 
District — Rockingham's Bay, n.d., Dallachy (MEL). 
The above gatherings extend the Australian distribution of A. rugosa many kilometres 
south of the previous record from Iron Range, to the region of Cairns and Cardwell. It is 
strange that Dallachy’s record was missed by Bentham (FI. Austr. (1873)). 
Alchornea thozetiana (Baill.) Baill. ex Benth. var. longifolia Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 137 
(1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1445 (1902). Type: Rockingham Bay, Dallachy s.n. (K). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River, 1 885, Persieh 500 (MEL)' Ibid 1 886 
Persieh 832 (MEL). 
These and Hyland 7739 (from State Forest Reserve 607) are the only collections of var. 
longifolia that I have seen with male inflorescences. The type and one or two other recent 
collections {Hyland 6472, 7 125, 7738; Hartley & Hyland 14127, also from S.F.R. 607) all 
bear female flower or fruit. It is possible that var. longifolia may deserve specific rank. 
Cleidion Bl. 
(P. & H. 156) 
Cleidion javanicum Bl. See Kew Bull. 31: 394 (1976). 
Queensland (further collections). Cook District — Upper Massey Creek, c. 24 km a little S. of ENE of 
Coen, in riverine rain-forest, alt. 105 m, fruits mostly 2-celled or occasionally 1-celled by abortion, 9.x. 1962, 
L.S. Smith 11707 (BRI, NSW); Gordon Creek, gallery rain-forest, 12° 45' S., 143° 20' E alt 60 m 24 x 1973' 
Hyland 6998 (BRI): Mclvor River, 15° 10' S., 145° 05' E., gallety rain-forest, tree 10 m high x 20 cm d.b.h ’ 
25.vn.1972, Hyland 6270 (BRI). North Kennedy District — SFR 299 Conway, 20° 20' S 148° 45' F 
rain-forest, alt. 50 m, shrub 2-3 m tall, 2. viii. 1974, Hyland 7387 (BRI). 
Not previously recorded from North Kennedy District. 
Macaranga Thou. 
(P. & H. 157) 
Macaranga dallachyana (Baill.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 23: 90 (1969) (sphalm. ‘-us’) & 
31: 396, in clavi (1976). Type: “ Dallachy (1865), Rockingham’s Bay, ‘salt water creeks’ 
(herb. F. Muell . !)”. 
.?m E f N fooo D ^f 0ok D r ! st f ict — Near Mt. Bellenden-Ker, alt. 3500 ft [l050 ml, huge tree, 60 miles from 
coast I. .J, 1888, Christie Palmerston s.n. (MEL); Danbulla, Stony Creek logging area 17°09'S 145°35'E 
small tree, female, fruits greenish, 2. ix. 1957, L.S. Smith 10118 (BRI. K) growing with M. subdentata Benth'’ 
?n V ' P r, 2 ,^ 6) ; Nor,h Kenned y District — Saltwater Creek [? nr. Cardwell], small tree, yellow flowers 
10. xu. \ 9>(A , Dallachy s .n . (MEL); Ibid. , small shrub, light green foliage, 2. iii. 1865, Dallachy s.n. (MEL. type) 
Macaranga dallachyana seems to be by far the scarcest member of the genus in 
Australia. 
1 5 520/79— 5 

Page image

496990 Alchornea thozetiana thozetiana Muelleria 4(3): 243
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352663
Page is part of the work An Alphabetical Check-list of Native Australian Euphorbiaceae (excluding Phyllanthus, Euphorbia, and the Stenolobeae), doi:10.5962/p.238386
496971 Alchornea thozetiana longifolia Muelleria 4(3): 235
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352671
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
497716 Aleurites moluccanus Muelleria 4(3): 230
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352676
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

230 
the very young terminal growth. The leaves, which are thinly chartaceous in texture, bear 
small scattered brown stellate hairs on the lower surface, especially on the midrib; the 
margin is sometimes obscurely serrulate. The species seems very distinct from all the 
known Australian (and New Guinea) taxa, but I cannot at present suggest an affinity. 
Croton sp. nov. 
Queensland. Cook District — 19.2 km N. of Laura, 15° 25' S., 144° 25' E., Site No. 4A, 28.x. 1974, A. C. 
Robinson 4A-9 (BRI). 
Densely grey- or ochraceous-tomentose; leaves badly crumpled, perhaps up to 7 cm 
long, very shallowly and acutely serrulate; inflorescence up to 12 cm long; styles narrowly 
linear. 
Aleurites J.R. & G. Forst. 
(P. & H. 92) 
Aleurites moluccana (L.) Willd., Spec. PI. 4: 590 (1805); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. Addit. 
Ser. 4: 29 (1975), q.v. for further references and for synonyms. 
var. moluccana 
Queensland. Cook District — Claudie River, 12° 45' S. , 143° 15' E., rain-forest, alt. 80 m, tree 24 m high x 
45 cm d.b.h., 29. vi. 1972, Irvine 2/9; Ibid., rain-forest margin, tree 13 m high, x 38 cm d.b.h., 10.x. 1972, 
Dockrill 533 ; Ibid. , gallery rain-forest, alt. 80 m, tree 20 cm d.b.h. , 13.x. 1972, Hyland 2696 RFK; Rocky River, 
13° 55' S., 143° 30' E., gallery rain-forest, alt. 50 m, 15. ix. 197 Hyland 55 13', S.F.R. 144 (Windsor Tableland), 
16° 15' S. . 145° 5' E., dry rain-forest, alt. 900 m, tree 30 m x 80 cm with slightly flaky bark, bark flakes tend to be 
quite large e.g. 12 x 5 cm, note 2-celled ovary, 7.x. 1971, Hyland 5577. 
var. rockinghamensis Baill. in Adansonia 6; 297 (1866). 
A. moluccana sec. Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 128 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1434 
(1902); Hyland, Card Key Rain Forest Trees N. Queensl., 22 (1971); vix (L.) 
Willd. 
Queensland. Cook District — About 6 miles [9.5 km] NW of Daintree on bank of Daintree River, 16° 10' 
S., 145° 18' E., fringing forest, sandy loam, tree 7 m, d.b.h. 20 cm, light grey bark, dark green leaves, 2 yellow 
glands at petiole/leaf-blade junction, fruits green, about 5 cm diameter, 21 .xi. 1967, Boyland (& Gillieatt) 516 ; 
Portion 188 Alexandra (Hutchinson Creek), 16° 10' S., 145° 25' E., in grassland which was recently rain-forest, 
alt. 15 m, tree 25 m x 60 cm d.b.h., flowers cream, 10. v. 1973, Hyland <5726; Mowbray River, 16° 33' S. at its 
mouth, rain-forests, tree 12-15 m high; slightly ridged pale bark, pale brown when cut; leaves stiff, shining above, 
prominently reticulate beneath; midrib and principal lateral nerves rufous brown; inflorescence pale brown; 
flowers sweet-scented, 21. i. 1932, Brass 1991 ; S.F.R. 933, 17° 00' S., 145° 50' E., rain-forest, alt. 100 m, 
flowers white, 14. ii. 1975, Hyland 8014\ S.F.R. 185. Nursery L. A.. 17°10’S., 145° 40' E. , dry rain-forest, alt. 
720 m, tree 20 m tall, 30 cm d.b.h., flowers with cream petals, ovary 3-locular, 3 1 ,xii . 1 97 1 , Hyland 5737', 
S.F.R. 194, on the Dividing Range near Oaky Creek, 17°15'S., 145° 25' E. , dry rain-forest margin, alt. 900 m. 
flowers with white petals, female flowers with 3- or 4-locular ovaries, 5. i. 1972, Hyland 5749; Lake Eacham, 
Atherton Tableland, common in rain-forest on edge of lake, alt. 800 m, large tree 30 m high, leaves dark glossy 
green, young stems silvery, fruit brown, 4.viii. 1929, Kajewski 1180. North Kennedy District — Rockingham 
Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (holotype, MEL; isotype, K). 
B. Hyland has pointed out to me y\vaX Aleurites moluccana occurs in two distinct forms 
in Queensland. The more northerly form, occurring in the Cape York Peninsula and again 
on the Windsor Tableland (16° 15' S.), is typical var. moluccana, with a very thin or 
evanescent indumentum, rather narrow leaves and a 2-celled ovary and fruit. The more 
southerly form, extending from the Daintree River ( 16° 10' S) and the Atherton Tableland to 
Rockingham Bay in North Kennedy District, has a more strongly developed subfloccose 
indumentum, often broader cordate leaves and a 3(-4)-celled ovary and fruit. (Note the 
slight geographical overlap of the two forms.) The southern form is evidently var. 
rockinghamensis Baill., a taxon that has been ignored or overlooked by later botanists 
including Bentham, Bailey, Domin and Pax & Hoffmann. The taxon was based upon a 
single collection from “Rockingham Bay”, an area in which var. moluccana apparently 
does not occur. It is unfortunately not very clear, from Baillon’s description, as to what he 
regarded as the main diagnostic features of his variety. The isotype in the Kew Herbarium 
consists of two detached" broadly ovate leaves (the larger measuring 27 x 23 cm) and an 

Page image

497753 Aleurites moluccanus moluccanus Muelleria 4(3): 230
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352676
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
497770 Aleurites moluccanus rockinghamensis Muelleria 4(3): 231-232

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 231-232".

799249 Amanoa dallachyana Muelleria 4(3): 221
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352685
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

221 
puberuli. Tepala 3 + 3, ovario arete adpressa: exteriora late ovata, 1 .5-2 mm longa et lata, 
acuta, carinata, hyalino-herbacea, minute puberula, margine erosula; interiora multo min- 
ora, suborbicularia vel anguste ovata, vix 1 mm longa, apice obtuso vel rotundato. Ovarium 
(anthesi jam peracta) profunde tricoccum, 3.5-4 mm longum et latum, minute adpresse 
puberulum, loculis ovoideis dimidio inferiore tantum connatis supeme liberis cornutis in 
stigmata conspicua uncinata desinentibus. Fructus ignotus. 
Queensland. Cook District — Portion 62 Alexandra, 16° 10' S., 145° 25' E., rain-forest, alt. 5 m, small tree 
with cream flowers [d ] ; young leaves red, 1 9 . xii . 1972, Hyland 6612 ; T.R. 165, Pieter Botte L. A. , 16° 06' S. , 
145° 23' E., rain-forest, alt. 450 m, small tree overhanging the creek, flowers [$] cream, flowers in F.A.A., 
1 . vi . 1 977, Hyland 9365 (type). 
This is a rain-forest counterpart of the closely related A. tricorne, a locally common 
species of sandy heaths, savanna forest, monsoon forest, etc., in the Northern Territory, 
north-east Queensland (S. to Rockingham Bay), and southern Papua. The only tangible 
differences between the two are the much greater size, and especially breadth, and 
practically obsolete toothing of the leaves. In floral characters they seem almost 
indistinguishable. 
The foliage of C. majus bears an uncanny resemblance to that of certain species of 
Palmeria (Monimiaceae). The only certain point of distinction that I have found is the 
absence of minute translucent oil-dots in the leaves of the Choriceras when viewed by 
powerful transmitted light. 
Cleistanthus Hook.f. 
(P. & H. 63) 
Cleistanthus myrianthus (Hassk.) Kurz. See Kew Bull. 31: 378 (1976). 
Queensland, (modem collections). Cook District — Bailey's Creek, north of Daintree River, rainfall 125" 
annual average, 1962,/,. 5. Smith & Tracey 65 1 3 (BRI); Range just N. of the Daintree River, 16° 30' S., 145° 30' 
E., 1 1 .x. 1967. Hyland 1087 (BRI); Roaring Meg, 16°S., 145° 15" E., 16.iv. 1969, Hyland 2218 ( BRI); Half mile 
[0. 8 km] W. of Cedar Bay, Bloomfield River area, rainfall estimated 1800 mm per annum, alt. 20 m, v. 1969, 
Wehh & Tracey 8985 (BRI); Oliver Creek, a tributary of Noah Creek, 16° 06' S., 145° 27' E., alt. under 100 m, 
2 1 . viii . 1 972 , Webb & Tracey 10883 (BRI); Portion 62 Alexandra (Noah Creek), 16° 10' S., 145° 25’ E., 
rain-forest, alt. 4 m. small tree 7 m tall, 10. v. 1973, Hyland 6724 (BRI); T.R. 146, Fritz L.A. (Gap Creek), 15° 
45' S., 145° 20' E., rain-forest, 25.vii.1973, alt. 60 m, small tree with reddish fruits, Hyland 6781 (BRI). 
This common Malesian species appears to be confined in Australia to a relatively small 
area south of Cooktown. 
Cleistanthus dallachyanus (Baill.) Baill. ex Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 122 (1873); Bailey, 
Queensl. FI. 5: 1412 (1902); Jabl. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. viii; 36 (1915). 
Amanoa dallachyana Baill. in Adansonia 6: 335 (1866). Syntypes: Rockhampton, 
1862-63 .Dallachy 17 (MEL); Thozet 337 (MEL); Mount Mueller & Port Denison, 
n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL). 
Queensland. Cook District — New Holland, Endeavour River, 1770, Banks & Solander (MEL). North 
Kennedy District — Whitsunday Group, Hook Island, leaves stiff, dark green, pointed oval; flowers in small 
sprays, greeny yellow, small stars; buds velvety brown, viii. 1971 ,S. Webster s.n. (BRI). South Kennedy District 
— Sarina, in rain-forest on river-bank in dark grey loam, alt. 15 m, tree about 6 m high, 14. i. 193 1 , Hubbard & 
Winders 6509 (BRI). 
The above records, taken together with the earlier ones from Rockhampton, the 
Herbert River, Northumberland and Cumberland Islands, suggest a preference for coastal or 
estuarine situations. 
Cleistanthus xerophilus Domin. See Kew Bull. 31: 381 (1976). 
Queensland. Cook District — Upper Massey Creek, in riverine rain-forest, 24 km a little S. of ENEof Coen, 
alt. 105 m, 1 1 .x. 1962, L.S. Smith 11772 (BRI); 2.5 km SE of Coen, on Port Stewart road, around rocky gully in 
hills, alt. 225 m, small tree 6 m high, 16.x. 1962, L.S. Smith 11947 (BRI); Coen, in deciduous vine thickets on 
granite outcrops, 1962, Webb & Tracey 8017 (BRI); Nolan Creek, 16° 50' S., 144° 10' E., on the bank of an 
ephemeral creek in open riparian eucalypt forest, alt. 230 m, small shrubby tree 4-5 m tall, fruit green, 
26. xii. 1974, Hyland 7926 (BRI); Ibid. , 20. ii. 1975, Hyland 8051 (BRI); Maytown Road (SW of Coktown), shrub 
to 3 m. 5.xi.l947, S.E. Stephens in N. Qld. Nats. Club 11830 (BRI). 

Page image

520048 Antidesma parvifolium Muelleria 4(3): 240
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352666
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

240 
gumminess, and the female flowers sometimes up to 5 in the inflorescence, are points of 
positive distinction. The superficial aspect of the plant is that of some rather weak crucifer. 
The Queensland plant has sinuate leaves and up to 5 female flowers in the inflores- 
cence, while the Arnhem Land plant has sharply dentate leaves and only 1 -2 female flowers 
in a head. If these differences are constant in the respective populations, they might deserve 
varietal recognition. The genus is new to the flora of the Northern Territory. 
The extraordinary isolation of the two populations should be noted: they lie about 
1650 km apart, but the Queensland locality (south of Brisbane) is only a few kilometres 
from the more northerly of the only two known localities for M. macrophylla. 
APPENDIX 1 
Stilaginaceae 
Antidesma L. 
Antidesma schultzii Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 86 (1873); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzen- 
reich IV. 147. xv: 134 (1922). Syntypes: Port Darwin, Schultz 610 & 743 (K). 
Northern Territory. Unlocalised, c. 1800, R. Brown s.n. (K); Croker’s Island, iv. 18 118, Cunningham 269 
(K); Port Essington, iv. 1840, Armstrong 570 & s.n. (K); Victoria River & Point Pearce, [ 1 855 J, Mueller s.n. 
[Port Darwin,] ‘Small shrubby tree, dioecious. Fruit smaller than A . dallachyanum. This seems the same as the 
plant from Port Essington mentioned by Bentham’ [l.c.: 86, sub A. dallachyanum J , 1891. M. Holtze 1243 (MEL); 
Channel Island, Darwin Harbour, stabilised dunes, shrub spreading to 5 mhigh, 3. ii. 1972, Byrnes 2377; Vicinity 
of El Sharana, Eucalypt woodland, edge of dry creek, shrub 1 m high, fruit pale whitish-green becoming purplish 
red, glossy, 17. i. 1973, Wolfe AE 393. 
Queensland. Cook District — Claudie River, near airstrip tumoff, 12° 45' S. , 143° 15' E. , open forest, alt. 
75 m, shrub in forest pocket, 17.x. 1974, Hyland 7819; S.F.R. 144, 16° 20' S., 145° 00' E., open forest, alt. 
600 m, shrub or small tree growing in the rocky bed of an ephemeral creek, 20. xii . 1 975 , Hyland 8563. 
Antidesma schultzii is closely related to A . ghaesemhilla Gaertn. , differing principally 
in its glabrescence, its acute sepals and its often irregularly shaped fruits with oblique styles. 
It appears to be rather widespread in the Top End of the Northern Territory. The specimens 
cited above from the Cape York Peninsula represent the first record of A. schultzii from 
Queensland. 
Antidesma parvifolium F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 4: 86 (1864); Benth., FI. 
Austr. 6: 86 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1433 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, 
Pflanzenreich IV. 147. xv: 135 (1922); Domin in Biblioth. Bot. 22: 868 (Heft 89: 315) 
(1927). Syntypes: Port Denison, Fitzalan, Dallachy. 
Queensland (early collection). Port Curtis District — prope Gladstone, n.d., A. Dietrich 327 (MEL). 
The distribution of this species, originally described from Port Denison (Bowen), is 
carried some 350 miles southward by this early collection from near Gladstone (already 
noted by Domin, l.c. supra). 
APPENDIX 2 
Notes on some new taxa proposed by Domin 
in Biblioth. Bot. 22: 860-892 (Heft 89: 306-338) (1927), 
based upon examination of type specimens 
Bridelia leichhardtii var. glabrata Domin, l.c. 879 (325). An unimportant form showing 
extreme reduction of indumentum. 
Cleistanthus xerophilus Domin, l.c. 879 (325). A very distinct species. 

Page image

523450 Apteropteris applanata Muelleria 4(3): 169, figs 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49802764
Page is part of the work A new species of Apteropteris (Hymenophyllaceae) from Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.171900

Page text

A NEW SPECIES OF APTEROPTERIS (HYMENOPHYLLACEAE) 
FROM TASMANIA 
by 
A.M. Gray* and R.G. WilliamsI 
INTRODUCTION 
The genus Apteropteris occurs only in New Zealand and in Tasmania: it is 
not known from mainland Australia. All material has previously been assigned to 
A. malingii (Hook.) Copeland (1938) which is the type species and which was 
apparently first discovered and collected by C. Maling on the ranges of Golden Bay, 
New Zealand, in 1861 (Hooker, 1862: pi. 64, as Trichomanes malingii). Detailed 
examination of extensive, widely separated Tasmanian collections, some New 
Zealand material and, as well, critical interpretation of descriptions presented 
in numerous botanical references has shown quite clearly that Tasmanian material 
represents a species distinct from A. malingii. This new species is described here. 
DESCRIPTION 
Apteropteris applanata A.M. Gray & R.G. Williams, sp. nov. 
A. malingii (Hook.) Copeland affinis, sed differt sic: 
Rhachis anguste alata, eius alae e basibus decurrentibus segmenti secundarii formantes; segmend 
ultimi manifeste alati. applanati (nec teretia nec rigidi), lineari-oblongi, ratione longiiudinis- 
latitudinis 3-5:1: involucrwn ovoideo-cupulare, vix valvatum. margine Integra (baud 
denticulata), ob tomentum vix obscuratum, bicostatum, costis ex porrectione distali alarum 
laminarum formatis: receptaculum prominens praecipue exsertum (rare omnino inclusum). 
saepe usque ad 1 .5 mm praeter marginem involucri protrudens, teres et setaceum; sporangia 
prominentia, item praeter marginem involucri protrudentia. 
Similar to A. malingii (Hook.) Copeland, but differing from that species thus: 
Rhachis narrowly winged, the wings formed from the decurrent bases of the 
secondary segments and extending proximally to each successive lower group. 
Ultimate segments distinctly winged, flattened, not terete, not rigid, linear-oblong, 
length-breadth ratio 3-5 : 1. Involucre ovoid cupular, scarcely valved, with entire not 
denticulate rim, hardly obscured by the tomentum: involucre bicostate, the costae 
consisting of the distal extensions of the laminal wings. Receptacle rarely entirely en- 
closed, mostly exsert, prominent, often up to 1 *5 mm beyond the rim of the involucre, 
terete, setaceous. Sporangia protruding beyond rim of involucre, prominent. 
Type Collection: eastern slopes of the Mt. King William range, central western 
Tasmania (42° 15' 28" S, 146° 09' 30" E; alt. c. 800 m), A.M. Gray & R.G. Williams 
231, 10. ix. 1977 (Holotype: HO: Isotypes: MEL, CANB, NSW, CHR.) 
Also Examined: 
Tasmania Mt. King William L. (42° 15' 31" S, 146° 09' 30" E: alt. c. 760 m). A.M. Gray. l9.vi.I975 
(HO, CHR. CANB, NSW); Waldheim Forest, Cradle Valley. (41° 38' 10" S, 145° 56' 30" E; alt. c. 930 m), 
A.M. Gray. 30.xii.l975 (HO. CHR, CANB. NSW); Cephissus River, Pine Valley, (41° 56' 45" S, 
146° 03' 30" E; alt. c. 960 m), A. Mo.scal. 25.iv.l976 (HO, CHR. CANB, MEL); Lake Fenton, in Mt. Field 
National Park. (42° 40'50"S, 146° 37' 45" E; alt. c. 960 m), A.M Gray. 14.iv.l976 (HO, CHR.CANB.NSW. 
and the New Zealand Forest Research Institute); North-east ridge of Mt. Anne, S.W. Tas., (42° 55' 30" S, 
146° 25' 45" E; alt. c. 800 m), A.M. Gray. 9.iv.l977 (HO, CHR, CANB, NSW). 
* 625 Huon Road, South Hobart, Tasmania, Australia 7000. 
t Fairy Glen Road, Collinsvale, Tasmania. Australia 7012. 
Muelleria 4 (2): 169-172 (1979). 
169 

Page image

548227 Austrobuxus nitidus Muelleria 4(3): 219
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352687
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

219 
Western Australia. "Mount Broome, W. Kimberley, May 1905, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (MEL). Shrub of3 
feet high.” — The specimen of P humile W.V. Fitzg. so labelled in the Melbourne Herbarium is probably part of 
the type collection, from the King River in E. Kimberley. The mistake in locality is possibly due to some confusion 
of labelling during the sorting of the material of Fitzgerald’s two expeditions. 
Northern Territory. Palmerston [Darwin], shrub springing in burnt ground, flowers yellow, n.d.. Rev. 
T.S. Lea s.n. (MEL). 
Add the following reference to the citations for P. humile W.V. Fitzgerald (synonym 
ofP. quadriloculare): S. Moore in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 218 (1920). 
Petalostigma triloculare Muell. Arg. See Kew Bull . 31: 369 (1976). 
Queensland. Port Curtis District — between Water Park Creek and The Peaks, 22° 45' S., 150° 45' E., dry 
sclerophyll forest, alt. 100 m, tree 13 m x 25 cm d.b.h., with a dark somewhat flaky and fissured bark. 7.x. 1976, 
Hyland9065 (QRS); Junction of Manifold and Freshwater roads, 22° 40' S., 150° 45' E.,dry sclerophyll forest, 
alt. 100 m, shrub or small tree with orange fruit, 6.x. 1976, Hyland 9060 (QRS). 
These recent collections carry the distribution of P. triloculare some 370 kilometres 
north of its previously known most northerly station near Maryborough, thus more than 
doubling the latitudinal extent of its area. The 13-metre high tree was by far the tallest 
Petalostigma that I had ever seen. 
Austrobuxus Miq. 
(P. & H. 52) 
Austrobuxus nitidus Miq. See Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 25: 506 (1971) & 29: 309 (1974) & 
in Kew Bull. Addit. Ser. IV: 43 (1975). 
Queensland. Cook District — S . F . R . 143, North Mary L. A., 16° 30' S., 145° 15' E.,alt. 1 100 m, tree 30 m 
x 50 cm d.b.h., with a slightly flaky bark; fruit green, probably immature, 17.vii.1973, H viand 6740: E/P 18, 
North Mary Logging Area, R 143. Mt. Lewis, 16° 30' S.. 145° 16' E., rain-forest, alt. 1000 m, 10.x. 1973. 
Sanderson 472 (QRS); Mt. Lewis Road, 16° 34' S. , 145° 1 1 ' E., tree 30 m high with gnarled bole 60 cm diameter, 
epicarp [of fruit] splitting at base and up the side leaving endocarp enclosing seeds; seeds with orange arillus. 
31.viii. 1957, Z..S. Smith 10095: Mt. Lewis, 16° 35' S.. 145° 15' E., rain-forest, alt. 1050 m, 21 .xii. 1967 .Hyland 
1255 RFK; S.F.R. 143, South Mary L.A., 16° 35' S., 145° 15' E., rain-forest, alt. 900 m, 17.viii. 1973, Irvine 
616 ; S.F.R. 143, Carbine L.A., 16° 35' S.. 143° 15' E., rain-forest, alt. 1200 m, tree 20 m x 30 cm d.b.h.o.b., 
with a flaky bark and slightly fluted stem, 18. xii. 1974, Hvland 7917: State Forest Reserve 310, 17°20'S., 145° 
40' E., rain-forest, alt. 700 m, 24. ix. 1973. Dansie s.n. (QRS); S.F.R. 310, Bora L.A., 17° 20' S., 145° 45' E., 
rain-forest, alt. 720 m, tree 25 m x 50 cm, with a fluted trunk and pink somewhat fibrous outer blaze, female tree, 
8.x. 1973 ,Hyland69l7: Ibid., tree 20 m x 60 cm. with a fluted trunk and flaky bark, male tree, 8.x. 1973, Hyland 
6918: Swipers Logging Area, 17°21'S., 145° 46' E. , rain-forest, alt. 700 m, tree 23 mhighx75 cm d.b.h.; stem 
fluted; bark flaky; outer blaze pink, fibrous; inner blaze pink, fibrous, 27. vi. 1972, Risley 59. 
I cannot distinguish this plant from narrow-leaved forms of the common/I. nitidus of 
Malaya, Sumatra and Borneo. The disjunction in distribution of nearly 3840 km between 
East Indonesian Borneo, the nearest otherwise known locality, and this North Queensland 
population is remarkable. It seems probable that the plant must occur in small quantity in the 
intervening area. 
Austrobuxus swainii (de Beuzev. & C.T. White) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 25: 508 ( 1 97 1 ) & 
29: 308 (1974), in clavi. 
Longetia swainii de Beuzev. & C.T. White in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 71: 236 (1947); Francis, Aust. 
Rain-Forest Trees, ed. 3, 230 (1970). 
In my key to the species of Austrobuxus (1974, l.c.) I expressed doubt as to whether/1 . 
swainii was rightly referred to this genus. Having now examined isotype and other material 
of this species in the National Herbarium at Sydney (NSW), I am satisfied that the 
assignment is correct, although the crenate-dentate leaves are unique in the genus. This 
feature suggests comparison with Choriceras tricorne (Benth.) Airy Shaw and, less 
strongly, with Dissi liaria muelleri Baill. The bilocular ovary, however, and the seeds with a 
conspicuous pale fibrous finely laciniate aril (as in Austrobuxus clusiaceus (Baill.) Airy 
Shaw and A. carunculatus (Baill.) Airy Shaw) are characters at variance with both 
C horiceras and Dissiliaria . The 8-stamened male flowers can be compared with those of 
few-stamened New Caledonian species such as /l. depauperatus (Baill.) Airy Shaw, A. 
gynotrichus (Guillaum.) Airy Shaw, /l. eugeniifolius (Guillaum.) Airy Shaw, etc. 
15520 / 79-4 

Page image

548267 Austrobuxus swainii Muelleria 4(3): 219
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352687
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
572245 Bridelia penangiana Muelleria 4(3): 223
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352683
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

223 
occurs commonly, even to the extent of dominance, on Dauan Island, only a few kilometres 
off the coast of Papua, it is virtually certain that it must occur also on the adjacent mainland 
Bridelia Willd. 
(P. & H. 65) 
Bridelia penangiana Hook.f. See Kew Bull. 31: 382 (1976). 
Queensland. (early collections). Cook District — Mossman's River, 40 ft, 1886, Saver 178 (MEL, BRI). 
North Kennedy District — Herbert River (‘No. X’), n.d., Dellachy (MEL); Murray River, small straggling tree 
with small red fruit, no flower, 4. xii. 1866, Dallachy (MEL); Johnstone River, n.d. ,H.G. Ladhrook 142 (BRI). 
Queensland (modem collections). Cook District — Bailey’s Creek area, 14 mile [0.4 km] E. of sawmill 
(714 miles [ 1 2 km] ENE of Daintree), in somewhat swampy lowland rain-forest on grey soil, alt. 15 m, small tree 
3 m high; trunk 1.5 in [3.75 cm] in diameter, with a few sparse spines; outer bark greyish; inner bark cream, 
oxidizing to a pale salmon colour, 2.x. 1962, L.S. Smith 11565 (BRI); Little Mulgrave, tree 12 m, 0.3 m d.b.h.. 
17°08' S., 145° 42' E., 29. i. 1954, K.J. White 541354 (677) (BRI); Cucania, 17°14'S., 145° 55' E. , tree to 15 m, 
30. viii. 1954, L.S. Smith 5319 (BRI); Bingil Bay (NE of Tully), 17° 52' S., 146° 06' E., on creek bank, small tree 
with somewhat glaucous leaves; leaves much paler beneath, 2 .xi. 1 95 1 , L.S. Smith 4912 (BRI). 
It is strange that Dallachy ’s records were not cited by Bentham (Flora Australiensis, 
1873). The remaining records help to fill in the gap between the localities of Claudie River 
and Mission Beach, cited by me in 1976 (l.c.). 
Bridelia phyllanthoides W.V. Fitzg. = B. tomentosa Bl. var. tomentosa; vide infra. 
Bridelia tomentosa Bl. See Kew Bull. 31: 382 (1976). 
B. phyllanthoides W.V. Fitzg. ini. & Proc. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 3: 163 (1918), synon. 
nov. Type: W. Australia, base of Mt. Broome, 1905 , Fitzgerald 823 (NSW). 
var. tomentosa 
Queensland. Cook District — First large granite hill SE of Almaden on Petford Road, 17° 20' S., 144° 40' 
E., open forest, alt. 560 m, shrub 1-2 m tall growing among granite boulders, 30. xii. 197 4, Hyland 7934 (BRI). 
Bentham ’s record (FI. Austr. 6: 120 (1873)) of this species from the Port Curtis 
District: Rockhampton, O' Shanesy , needs confirmation. I have seen no modem material 
from so far south. 
var. glabrifolia (Merr.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 383 (1976). Additional early 
collections are: 
Western Australia Beagle Bay (Dampier Land), 1869, All. Hughan s.n. (MEL); Roebuck Bay, iii. 1890, 
Tepper jun. 122 (MEL.); Prince Regent River, 1891, Bradshaw & Allen s.n. (MEL). 
Northern Territory. Timber Creek, v. 1856 .Mueller (MEL); Victoria River, near Stokes & Fitzroy Range, 
on rocky declivities, vi.1856, Mueller (MEL); Port Darwin, 1884, Holtze 445 (MEL). 
Queensland. Cook District — Endeavour River, 1883 & 1884, Persieh s.n. (MEL). 
Croton L. 
(P. & H. 66) 
Croton acronychioides F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 4: 142 (1864); Baill. in 
Adansonia 6: 300 (1866); Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 127 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1437 
(1902); Francis, Aust. Rain-Forest Trees, ed. 3, 227 (1970). Syntypes: Fitzroy River, nr. 
Rockhampton, Thozet', Broad Sound, Bowman. 
C. affinis Maid. & R.T. Baker in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. II, 9: 160, t. 12 (1894); 
Francis, l.c., 230 (1970); synon. nov. Type: New South Wales, near Tintenbar, 
Richmond River, viii. 1893, Bduerlen s.n. 
Queensland (early collection). Port Curtis District — Rockhampton area, Morinish Digging, tree 10-25 ft 
high; thick, corky, longitudinally fissured bark, like in some Solaneae, n.d., Thozet 476 (MEL). 
New South Wales. Tintenbar, shrub or small tree 8-15 ft high, x. 1891 .Maiden 525 (MEL) — topotypeof C. 
affinis. 
I was in error in 1976 (Kew Bull. 31: 386) in equating C. affinis with C. verreauxii 

Page image

823711 Bridelia phyllanthoides Muelleria 4(3)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3)".

572256 Bridelia tomentosa Muelleria 4(3): 223
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352683
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

223 
occurs commonly, even to the extent of dominance, on Dauan Island, only a few kilometres 
off the coast of Papua, it is virtually certain that it must occur also on the adjacent mainland 
Bridelia Willd. 
(P. & H. 65) 
Bridelia penangiana Hook.f. See Kew Bull. 31: 382 (1976). 
Queensland. (early collections). Cook District — Mossman's River, 40 ft, 1886, Saver 178 (MEL, BRI). 
North Kennedy District — Herbert River (‘No. X’), n.d., Dellachy (MEL); Murray River, small straggling tree 
with small red fruit, no flower, 4. xii. 1866, Dallachy (MEL); Johnstone River, n.d. ,H.G. Ladhrook 142 (BRI). 
Queensland (modem collections). Cook District — Bailey’s Creek area, 14 mile [0.4 km] E. of sawmill 
(714 miles [ 1 2 km] ENE of Daintree), in somewhat swampy lowland rain-forest on grey soil, alt. 15 m, small tree 
3 m high; trunk 1.5 in [3.75 cm] in diameter, with a few sparse spines; outer bark greyish; inner bark cream, 
oxidizing to a pale salmon colour, 2.x. 1962, L.S. Smith 11565 (BRI); Little Mulgrave, tree 12 m, 0.3 m d.b.h.. 
17°08' S., 145° 42' E., 29. i. 1954, K.J. White 541354 (677) (BRI); Cucania, 17°14'S., 145° 55' E. , tree to 15 m, 
30. viii. 1954, L.S. Smith 5319 (BRI); Bingil Bay (NE of Tully), 17° 52' S., 146° 06' E., on creek bank, small tree 
with somewhat glaucous leaves; leaves much paler beneath, 2 .xi. 1 95 1 , L.S. Smith 4912 (BRI). 
It is strange that Dallachy ’s records were not cited by Bentham (Flora Australiensis, 
1873). The remaining records help to fill in the gap between the localities of Claudie River 
and Mission Beach, cited by me in 1976 (l.c.). 
Bridelia phyllanthoides W.V. Fitzg. = B. tomentosa Bl. var. tomentosa; vide infra. 
Bridelia tomentosa Bl. See Kew Bull. 31: 382 (1976). 
B. phyllanthoides W.V. Fitzg. ini. & Proc. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 3: 163 (1918), synon. 
nov. Type: W. Australia, base of Mt. Broome, 1905 , Fitzgerald 823 (NSW). 
var. tomentosa 
Queensland. Cook District — First large granite hill SE of Almaden on Petford Road, 17° 20' S., 144° 40' 
E., open forest, alt. 560 m, shrub 1-2 m tall growing among granite boulders, 30. xii. 197 4, Hyland 7934 (BRI). 
Bentham ’s record (FI. Austr. 6: 120 (1873)) of this species from the Port Curtis 
District: Rockhampton, O' Shanesy , needs confirmation. I have seen no modem material 
from so far south. 
var. glabrifolia (Merr.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 383 (1976). Additional early 
collections are: 
Western Australia Beagle Bay (Dampier Land), 1869, All. Hughan s.n. (MEL); Roebuck Bay, iii. 1890, 
Tepper jun. 122 (MEL.); Prince Regent River, 1891, Bradshaw & Allen s.n. (MEL). 
Northern Territory. Timber Creek, v. 1856 .Mueller (MEL); Victoria River, near Stokes & Fitzroy Range, 
on rocky declivities, vi.1856, Mueller (MEL); Port Darwin, 1884, Holtze 445 (MEL). 
Queensland. Cook District — Endeavour River, 1883 & 1884, Persieh s.n. (MEL). 
Croton L. 
(P. & H. 66) 
Croton acronychioides F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 4: 142 (1864); Baill. in 
Adansonia 6: 300 (1866); Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 127 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1437 
(1902); Francis, Aust. Rain-Forest Trees, ed. 3, 227 (1970). Syntypes: Fitzroy River, nr. 
Rockhampton, Thozet', Broad Sound, Bowman. 
C. affinis Maid. & R.T. Baker in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. II, 9: 160, t. 12 (1894); 
Francis, l.c., 230 (1970); synon. nov. Type: New South Wales, near Tintenbar, 
Richmond River, viii. 1893, Bduerlen s.n. 
Queensland (early collection). Port Curtis District — Rockhampton area, Morinish Digging, tree 10-25 ft 
high; thick, corky, longitudinally fissured bark, like in some Solaneae, n.d., Thozet 476 (MEL). 
New South Wales. Tintenbar, shrub or small tree 8-15 ft high, x. 1891 .Maiden 525 (MEL) — topotypeof C. 
affinis. 
I was in error in 1976 (Kew Bull. 31: 386) in equating C. affinis with C. verreauxii 

Page image

572280 Bridelia tomentosa tomentosa Muelleria 4(3): 223
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352683
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
572297 Bridelia tomentosa glabrifolia Muelleria 4(3): 223
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352683
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
660002 Centrolepis basiflora Muelleria 4(3): 267
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352627
Page is part of the work Australian Centrolepidaceae I. The Scapeless Species Of Centrolepis Labill., doi:10.5962/p.184075
797429 Centrolepis basiflora Muelleria 4(3): 267
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352627
Page is part of the work Australian Centrolepidaceae I. The Scapeless Species Of Centrolepis Labill., doi:10.5962/p.184075
463014 Centrolepis caespitosa Muelleria 4(3): 269-270, fig. 1a.

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 269-270, fig. 1a.".

463023 Centrolepis cephaloformis Muelleria 4(3): 267-268

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 267-268".

463033 Centrolepis cephaloformis cephaloformis Muelleria 4(3): 268
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352628
Page is part of the work Australian Centrolepidaceae I. The Scapeless Species Of Centrolepis Labill., doi:10.5962/p.184075
463042 Centrolepis cephaloformis murrayi Muelleria 4(3): 269
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352629
Page is part of the work Australian Centrolepidaceae I. The Scapeless Species Of Centrolepis Labill., doi:10.5962/p.184075
463144 Centrolepis humillima Muelleria 4(3): 270-271

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 270-271".

463163 Centrolepis inconspicua Muelleria 4(3): 267
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352627
Page is part of the work Australian Centrolepidaceae I. The Scapeless Species Of Centrolepis Labill., doi:10.5962/p.184075

Page text

267 
1. Centrolepis inconspicua W.V. Fitzgerald in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 28: 107 (1903). 
Type: Pinjarrah, in wet spots, x.1900, Fitzgerald (Holo: NSW 60350!). 
Taxonomic Synonym: C. basiflora C.H. Ostenfeld in Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske 
Vidensk. Selsk. 3 (2): 13 (1921), synon. nov. Type: Armadale prope Perth, 
20. ix. 1914, Ostenfeld 11 (Syntypes: C n.v.; MEL 535280 !). 
Small glabrous annual herb. Roots few, sparsely branched, to 3 cm long. Stem very 
short, unbranched, with intemodes of negligible length. Leaves 2-5, basal, distichous, 
erect; basal sheath scarious, 3-4 mm long, passing into a linear lamina 4-28 mm long, tip 
obtuse. Cataphylls absent. Head terminal, sessile, 1-2 mm wide, 1.5-3 mm long; occa- 
sionally one or more additional heads sessile in the axils of the upper leaves. Primary bracts 
2, opposite, ± gaping at anthesis, similar to the leaves but shorter, 4-16 mm long, the outer 
one slightly longer than the inner. Bract sheaths 1.5-3 mm long, with membranous margins 
terminating in minute lobes. Secondary bracts 2 per pseudanthium, hyaline, 2-3 mm long, 
acute and entire or ± erose; additional shorter secondary bracts often present between the 
pseudanthia. Pseudanthia 2-5 per head, all bisexual. Stamen 1, not adnate to gynophore; 
filament 2-4 mm, anther elliptic c. 0.8 mm long. Gynoecium of 1-4, usually 2, carpels 
superposed alternately biseriate on a gynophore. Styles c. 2 mm long, becoming connate at 
the base only. Seed brown, ovoid, c. 0.5 mm long, smooth. 
Distribution: 
Western Australia — known from three localities in the Darling and Avon districts, but 
may be expected to be more widespread in south-western W.A. and probably overlooked 
due to its small size. 
Ecology: 
Growing in moist sites, including moss beds. Flowering September to October. 
Specimens examined (total 4): 
Western Australia — 17 miles E. of Pingelly, Tutanning Reserve, 18. ix. 1962, Royce 7541 (PERTH); W.A. 
n.d., n.coll. (MEL 1502031). 
Notes: 
C. basiflora C.H. Ostenfeld is, from the protologue description and from a comparison 
of type material, not distinguishable from C. inconspicua W.V. Fitzgerald. 
C. inconspicua is closely allied toC. aristata (R.Br.) Roem. & Schult., from which it 
is distinguished by the absence of a scape, the narrower head with fewer pseudanthia, and 
the single stem never proliferating to form a dense tuft. The presence of axillary heads in 
some plants is a character apparently unique to this species of Centrolepis. Although it has 
been found growing in association withC. aristata by Ostenfeld ( 1921), the two species do 
not intergrade. A series of 55 collections of C. aristata from south-western Western 
Australia was examined by the author and showed discontinuities in variation with C . 
inconspicua in the above characters. 
2. Centrolepis cephaloformis F.M. Reader in Viet. Nat. 19: 97 ( 1902); Ewart, ‘FI. Viet.’ 
260 (1931); Willis, ‘Handb. PI. Viet.' 1: 278 (1962). Type: Sandy Desert, Lowan, 
1892, F.M. Reader (Lectotype (here chosen): MEL 536054 pro parte !. Syntypes: MEL 
536054 pro parte !: MELU 11831 !). 
The type sheet in MELU does not bear a label in Reader’s writing, and consists of one plant 
which was probably removed from the MEL collection. One of the plants on the sheet MEL 
536054 is a depauperate specimen of Centrolepis polygyna (R.Br.) Hieron.; the individual 
plant at top right of this sheet is here designated as the lectotype of C. cephaloformis F.M. 
Reader. 
Small glabrous annual herb forming dense, rounded tufts 4-25 mm in diameter. Stem 
repeatedly branching from the axils of the lower leaves forming intemodes less than 1 mm 

Page image

463189 Centrolepis murrayi Muelleria 4(3): 269
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352629
Page is part of the work Australian Centrolepidaceae I. The Scapeless Species Of Centrolepis Labill., doi:10.5962/p.184075
806500 Centrolepis murrayi Muelleria 4(3): 269
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352629
Page is part of the work Australian Centrolepidaceae I. The Scapeless Species Of Centrolepis Labill., doi:10.5962/p.184075
660536 Centrolepis polygyna Muelleria 4(3): 271
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352631
Page is part of the work Australian Centrolepidaceae I. The Scapeless Species Of Centrolepis Labill., doi:10.5962/p.184075

Page text

271 
form of the leaf, the carpel number, and the laterally compressed head (see Key). 
The inner primary bract is reduced and almost concealed in this species. Bentham 
(1878) did not regard it as a bract, but described it as “a scarious complicate scale opposed 
to the bract”. Its position directly on the main axis of the head, subopposite to, and slightly 
above, the outer primary bract indicates that it is homologous to the inner primary bract of 
other species of Centrolepis. In texture it is similar to the basal sheath of the outer primary 
bract, and unlike the nerveless hyaline secondary bracts of other species. 
5. Reduced states of Centrolepis polygyna (R.Br.) Hieron. in Abh. Naturf. Ges. Halle 12: 
210 (1873). 
Small glabrous annual herb. Stem repeatedly branching from the lower leaf axils 
forming intemodes up to 1 mm long. Leaves 4-8 mm long with a scarious sheathing base 
1-3 mm long passing into an erect or recurved terete linear lamina terminating in a hyaline 
mucro. Uppermost foliar leaf reduced to an obtuse scarious sheathing cataphyll up to 3 mm 
long. Head terminal on an intemode at least 0.5 mm long; erect, cylindric, 0.8-1. 2 mm 
wide. Primary bracts 2, opposite, keelless, closely enclosing the head. Outer bract with a 
brown, scarious ± indurated basal sheath 3-4 mm long bearing a terete, ± recurved 
awn-like lamina 3-7 mm long. Inner bract brown, scarious, ± indurated, acute, lacking a 
lamina, 3-4 mm long. Secondary bracts absent. Pseudanthium solitary, bisexual. Stamen 
1, the filament 3-4 mm long, adnate to the gynophore for c. 0.5 mm at the base; anther 
ovate-elliptic, 0.6-1 mm long. Gynoecium of 6-14 carpels superposed in subopposite pairs 
on a gynophore. Styles c. 1 .5 mm long, becoming connate at the base only. Seed brown, 
ovoid, c. 0.5 mm long, smooth. Whole plant often becoming dark-pigmented in the fruiting 
stage. 
Distribution and Ecology: 
Recorded from localities in Victoria and Tasmania, and possibly occurring elsewhere, 
usually in close proximity to taller states of C. polygyna and intergrading with them, in sites 
such as sand hills and moss beds on rock. Flowering September to November. 
Selected Specimens Examined: 
Victoria - Mt. Arapiles, south side. 23. xi. 1964, Beaugtehole 6570 (MEL); Dimboola Flora Reserve, 
9.x. 1960. Beaugtehole 7455 (MEL 532539); Mt. Arapiles. S.E. slope, 22.ix. 1968, Beaugtehole 28686 (MEL 
532504); Dimboola Reservoir, x. 1948, Beaugtehole 39697 (MEL 534085); Sandy desert. Lowan, 1 892 .Reader 
s.n. (MEL); wet pastures. Lowan, 16.x. 1898. Reader s.n. (MEL). 
Tasmania — Killiecrankie Bay, Flinders Island, 24. ix. 1966, Whinray 69A (MEL 536063); Prime Seal 
Island, Fumeaux Group, 17.x. 1972, Whinray 1503 (MEL 533586). 
Notes: 
The state of C. polygyna described above represents one extreme of variation within a 
highly polymorphic species, or perhaps species aggregate. There appears to be no discon- 
tinuity in variation between such plants and typical C. polygyna , and it is not known whether 
the reduced state has any genetic basis or is due solely to phenotypic plasticity. It is not 
proposed to describe it as a separate taxon. 
Reduced C. polygyna is sometimes confused with the related scapeless species of 
Centrolepis. Distinguishing characters are given under the respective species. 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
The author wishes to thank the Director and staff of the National Herbarium of Victoria 
(MEL) where this paper was prepared; in particular, thanks are due to Helen I. Aston for 
advice and for reading the manuscript, and to Anita Podwyszynski for the illustrations. 
The help given by the Directors of AD, NSW, and PERTH in loaning specimens is also 
acknowledged. 

Page image

474457 Choriceras majus Muelleria 4(3): 220
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352686
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

220 
Dissiliaria F. Muell. ex Benth. 
(P. & H. 53) 
Oissiliaria laxinervis Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
D. baloghioidi F. Muell. ex Benth. affinis, sed nervatione foliorum laxo subtus manifeste elevato distincta. 
Typus: Queensland. Hyland 2578 RFK (K, holotypus). 
Arbor usque 25 m alta, anteridifera, fere glaberrima, ramulis junioribus laevibus 
vetustioribus lenticellis crebris ellipticis pustulosis. Folia opposita vel terna, elliptica vel 
late elliptica, usque 18x7 cm. basi cuneata vel ( L.S . Smith 14372 ) rotundata, apice aut pari 
ratione angustata aut subrotundata, ipso apice semper obtuso, margine integro saepe 
undulato, coriacea, laevia, nitida, glaberrima, siccitate aut viridula aut (Smith 14372 ) 
brunnea; costa gracilis, utrinque prominens; nervi laterales gracillimi, 5-8-jugi, acute 
adscendentes, parum curvati, diffuse anastomosantes, supra immersi vel vix prominuli, 
subtus argute elevati; nervi minores laxe reticulati, supra obscuri. subtus permanifesti; 
petiolus 5-8 mm longus, glaber; stipulae interpetiolares, triangulares vel ellipticae 2-9 x 
2-5 mm, acutae vel obtusae, caducae; alabastra axillaria parva, globosa, dense ferrugineo- 
tomentella. Flores et 6 et ?ignoti. Capsulae in axillisper 1 -4 fasciculatim gestae, pedicellis 
1.5-4. 5 cm longis rigidis sicut ramuli lenticellosis, subglobosae, 1.5 cm diametro, pericar- 
pio crassiusculo ab endocarpio solubili tenuiter ochraceo-velutino. Semina (immatura) 
applanata, semi-orbicularia, 8x5 mm, laevissima, nitida, saturate castanea. 
Queensland. Cook District — Claudie River, 12° 45' S., 143° 15' E., gallery rain-forest, alt. 80 m, tree 
60 cm d.b.h., with a coarsely flaky bark, red heartwood and conspicuous buttresses, 29. vi. 1972, Hyland 2578 
RFK (type); Ibid., rain-forest, alt. 60 m, tree 25 m x 60 cm d.b.h., with a flaky bark and pink blaze, 22. ix. 1976. 
Hyland 9028', Gap Creek, 15°45'S.. 145° 10' E. , granite wash, alt. 30 m, 18. v. 1969 , L.S. Smith I4372\ Ibid., 
12 km N. of Aylton on Cooktown road, roadside remnant of lowland rain-forest. 15° 50' S., 145° 20' E., small 
tree, 4 m, fruit yellow-green with rusty tomentum, 23. vi. 1973, Blaxell 1 170. 
This species is manifestly distinct from D. baloghioides in the lax venation of the 
leaves, which is sharply elevated on the lower surface. If further collections confirm the 
distinctness of the form from Gap Creek, with a rounded leaf-base, drying brown, it may 
deserve taxonomic recognition. 
Choriceras Baill. 
(P. & H. 53/a) 
Choriceras majus Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
A C. tricorni (Benth.) Airy Shaw foliis multo majoribus et praesertim latioribus fere integris facile 
distinctum. Typus: Queensland. Hyland 9365 (K, holotypus; QRS. isotypus). 
Arbor parva. ramulis teretibus 1 -4 mm crassis, cortice pallido glabro, novellis minute 
adpresse puberulis./m/Za opposita, ovata vel late elliptica, 7-14 cm longa, 3-7 cm lata, basi 
late cuneata usque rotundata, apice breviter subacuminata vel cuspidata vel raro rotundata, 
ipso apice obtuso rarius subacuto, margine integro vel obscurissime sinuato-denticulato 
anguste reflexo vel revoluto, chartacea vel vix tenuiter coriacea, laevia, opaca vel vix 
nitidula, utrinque primum minute dissite adpresse puberula, supra mox subtus tarde glab- 
rescentia, superficie superiore sub lente minute granulari; costa mediocris, subtus promi- 
nens, supra latiuscule prominula; nervi laterales gracillimi. 8-10-jugi, patuli, utrinque 
inconspicue prominuli, prope marginem diffuse anastomosantes; nervi minores valde 
inconspicui; petiolus 7- 10 mm longus, 1-2 mm crassus, primum minute puberulus, demum 
glabrescens; stipulae ad lineam transversam prominulam redactae. Inflorescentiae 6 axil- 
lares (verosimiliter cymae congestae), multiflorae, perulis parvis convexis puberulis 
numerosis suffultae. Pedicelli filiformes, usque fere 1 cm longi, glabri. Tepala 5-6, 
obovata vel suborbicularia, 1.5-2 mm diametro, valde convexa, hyalino-membranacea, 
cremea, medio fusca. Stamina 5-6, 1-1.5 mm longa, e margine receptaculi exorta, antheris 
late ellipsoideis, receptaculo centrali elevato hemisphaerico spongioso longe piloso. Pistil- 
lodium nullum. Inflorescentiae $ axillares, plerumque biflorae, axi primaria gracili 
3-12 mm longa minute puberula apice flores 2 oppositos bracteis subulatis 1 .5 mm longis 
suffultos gerente. Pedicelli rhachi primaria crassiores, 3-4 mm longi, minutissime 

Page image

628830 Cladonia kuringaiensis Muelleria 4(3): 273
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352633
Page is part of the work A new Australian lichen: Cladonia kuringaiensis, doi:10.5962/p.238388

Page text

A NEW AUSTRALIAN LICHEN: CLADONIA KURINGAIENSIS 
by 
A.W. Archer* 
INTRODUCTION 
The fruticose lichen genus Cladonia contains a number of species which are placed 
together in the Cladonia verticillata group. This group is characterised by esorediate, 
corticate, cup-shaped podetia (scyphi), with each scyphus producing central proliferations 
in the form of further scyphi. The typical species of the group, Cladonia verticillata 
(Hoffm.) Schaer. and the related species Cladonia calycantha Nyl., Cladonia gymnopoda 
Vain., Cladonia pseudogymnopoda Asah. and Cladonia verticillaris (Raddi) Fr. contain 
the /3-orcinol depsidone fumarprotocetraric acid as the only lichen compound present (Zopf 
1908, Asahina 1940, 1970, 1943). Other members of the group contain fumarprotocetraric 
acid with atranorin — Cladonia krempelhuberii (Vain.) Vain. (Asahina 1956) and 
Cladonia subcervicornis (Vain.) Kernst. (Asahina 1943) — or fumarprotocetraric acid with 
homosekikaic acid — Cladonia calyciformis Nuno (Nuno 1 972) — or lack fumarprotocet- 
raric acid and contain other lichen compounds; Cladonia dissimilis Asah. contains atranorin 
and homosekikaic acid (Asahina 1940) and Cladonia rappii Evans contains psoromic acid 
(Evans 1952). Cladonia verticillata and Cladonia krempelhuberii are the only members of 
this group reported to occur in Australia (Weber and Wetmore 1972). 
A recent chemical examination of specimens of Cladonia verticillata sens. lat. from 
the Sydney region showed that specimens with squamulose scyphi contained stictic acid in 
addition to fumarprotocetraric acid (Archer 1979); esquamulose specimens contained only 
fumarprotocetraric acid and were identified as Cladonia verticillata (Hoffm.) Schaer. The 
specimens with stictic acid and squamulose scyphi are now differentiated as a separate 
species. 
DESCRIPTION 
Cladonia kuringaiensis A.W. Archer, sp. nov. 
Habitus thalli ut in Cladonia verticillata sed squamulis in marginibus scyphorum et aciduni sticticum acido 
fumarprotocetrarico usuali continentia. 
The appearance of the thallus as in Cladonia verticillata but with squamules on the 
margins of the scyphi and containing stictic acid as well as the usual fumarprotocetraric 
acid. 
Primary squamules persistent or disappearing, up to 5 mm long, irregularly wedge- 
shaped, resembling the squamules on the scyphi; upper side green to olive-green, below 
white. Podetia dull whiteish-green to olive-green, esorediate, with or without squamules, 
arising from the upper side of the primary squamules, 20-40 mm tall and up to 1.5 mm 
diam.. expanding into small cups to 5 mm diam., appearing wider due to the presence of 
marginal squamules; each podetium with one or more proliferations from the centre of the 
closed cup; margins of the scyphi squamulose with irregularly crenate squamules 2-4 mm 
long and 0.5-1 mm wide; cortex continuous or areolate, the areoles smooth and the 
interspaces white; Apothecia sessile or on short stipes, 0.3-0. 5 mm in diam.; pale brown to 
reddish-brown, flat, becoming convex; ascospores 8/ascus, simple, ellipsoid, colourless, 
10-15 x 3-4 p.m. 
Reaction: K+ weak yellow-brown; C — ; Pd-l- yellow becoming red. Fumarprotocetraric 
and stictic acids were shown to be present in an acetone extract by thin-layer chromatog- 
raphy and the presence of stictic acid was confirmed by mass spectrometry (Archer 1979). 
‘Division of Analytical Laboratories, P.O. Box 162, Lidcombe, NSW 2141. 
Muelleria 4 (3): 273-275 (1980). 
273 

Page image

481739 Claoxylon angustifolium Muelleria 4(3): 231
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352675
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

231 
inflorescence consisting (as Baillon notes) almost entirely of male flowers. Both leaves and 
inflorescence bear the subfloccose indumentum of the southern form. 
Var. rockinghamensis approaches the New Guinea plant described {Kew Bull. 20: 26 
(1966)) as var. floccosa Airy Shaw, and it is probable that the latter may have to be reduced 
to Baillon ’s variety. The New Guinea form is extreme in its densely floccose indumentum, 
and sometimes produces unusually large flowers. Very few specimens with female flower 
or fruit have yet been collected, but in Floyd NGF 7436 , from the Bulolo Valley, Morobe 
District, the female flowers have a clearly trilocular ovary, with 3 deeply bifid styles. 
Rockinghamia Airy Shaw 
(P. & H. 105/a) 
Rockinghamia angustifolia (Benth.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 20: 29 (1966). 
Queensland, (early collections). Cook District — Daintree River. 1881, Pentzcke 7 & 22 (MEL). 
Rockinghamia brevipes Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 389 (1976). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Mt. Bellenden-Ker. alt. 1560 m, 1887 ,Sayer 118 (MEL): 
Mt. Bartle Frere, "A small tree 25 ft. about 600 ft. lower than Bartle Frere on the south side”, 1891 . 1892, 5. 
Johnson s.n. (MEL). 
Claoxylon Juss. 
(P. & H. 119) 
Claoxylon angustifolium Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 165 (1865) & in DC. , Prodr . 15 (2): 
786 (1866); Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 129 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1441 (1902); Pax & 
Floffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 125 (1914). 
Mercurialis angustifolia (Muell. Arg.) Baill. in Adansonia 6: 323 (1866). 
Queensland. South Kennedy District — Pease's Lookout, 21° 07' S., 148° 31' E. , rain-forest, alt. 880 m, 
shrub. 12.x. 1976, Hyland 9131 (QRS); Mt. Etna, 23° 10' S., 150° 25’ E.. monsoon forest, alt. 200 m, shrub, 
9.x. 1976, Hyland 9106 (QRS). 
These are somewhat more southerly stations than the previously recorded localities of 
Bowen and the Cumberland Islands. C. angustifolium is a very isolated species, perhaps 
related to C. nervosum Pax & Floffm., of eastern New Guinea. 
Claoxylon tenerifolium (Baill.) F. Muell. See Kew Bull. 31: 390 (1976). Extension of 
range: 
Northern Territory. Deaf Adder Gorge, 13° 02' S., 132° 58' E., sandstone rain-forest, in sink hole, shrub 
2.5 m, 21. ii. 1977, Fox 2511. 
This represents the first record of any species of Claoxylon from the Northern 
Territory. The specimen is in fruit, and bears exceptionally large leaves, up to 23 x 12.5 cm. 
The following records are of interest either for the localities or for the accompanying 
field notes. 
Queensland. Cook District — New Holland. Endeavour River, 1710. Banks & Solander ( MEL) (Britten, 111. 
Bot. Cook's Voy. Endeavour 88, t. 290 (1905), asC. hillii Benth.); Thursday Island, vi. 1897.F.M. Bailey (BRI); 
Murray Island, 9° 55' S. , 144° 02' E. , vii. 1970, M. Lawrie 20 (BRI); Base of Black Mountain (= Black Trevethan 
Range), SW of Cooktown, in open space in depauperate rain-forest at upper limit of vegetation small tree, trunk 
sprawling over rocks, branches erect, branchlets ascending, leaves dark shiny green, flowers [c? ] greenish-white, 
bark whitish, shallowly fissured, 23 . xii . 1966,4 . Rodd216 (NSW); Sweet Creek, west side of Cook Highway, 16° 
4' S., 145° 4' E., ridge above creek, clay, tree, these specimens from ridge where it is pioneering very 
successfully, but more commonly seen at the edge of rain-forest, flowers [ 8 ] greenish-yellow, no smell, x. 1974, 
H E. Brown 6007 (BRI). 
B . Hyland ’s comments on the blaze odour of this plant are entertaining — ‘ ‘conspicu- 
ous but difficult to describe” ( Hyland 2156, from SFR 194); “rather unpleasant” ( Hyland 
2347 , ibid.); “obnoxious” (Hyland 2052, Mission Beach); “like rotten tomatoes” (Hyland 
6197 , Iron Range). 

Page image

481815 Claoxylon tenerifolium Muelleria 4(3): 231
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352675
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

231 
inflorescence consisting (as Baillon notes) almost entirely of male flowers. Both leaves and 
inflorescence bear the subfloccose indumentum of the southern form. 
Var. rockinghamensis approaches the New Guinea plant described {Kew Bull. 20: 26 
(1966)) as var. floccosa Airy Shaw, and it is probable that the latter may have to be reduced 
to Baillon ’s variety. The New Guinea form is extreme in its densely floccose indumentum, 
and sometimes produces unusually large flowers. Very few specimens with female flower 
or fruit have yet been collected, but in Floyd NGF 7436 , from the Bulolo Valley, Morobe 
District, the female flowers have a clearly trilocular ovary, with 3 deeply bifid styles. 
Rockinghamia Airy Shaw 
(P. & H. 105/a) 
Rockinghamia angustifolia (Benth.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 20: 29 (1966). 
Queensland, (early collections). Cook District — Daintree River. 1881, Pentzcke 7 & 22 (MEL). 
Rockinghamia brevipes Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 389 (1976). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Mt. Bellenden-Ker. alt. 1560 m, 1887 ,Sayer 118 (MEL): 
Mt. Bartle Frere, "A small tree 25 ft. about 600 ft. lower than Bartle Frere on the south side”, 1891 . 1892, 5. 
Johnson s.n. (MEL). 
Claoxylon Juss. 
(P. & H. 119) 
Claoxylon angustifolium Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 165 (1865) & in DC. , Prodr . 15 (2): 
786 (1866); Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 129 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1441 (1902); Pax & 
Floffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 125 (1914). 
Mercurialis angustifolia (Muell. Arg.) Baill. in Adansonia 6: 323 (1866). 
Queensland. South Kennedy District — Pease's Lookout, 21° 07' S., 148° 31' E. , rain-forest, alt. 880 m, 
shrub. 12.x. 1976, Hyland 9131 (QRS); Mt. Etna, 23° 10' S., 150° 25’ E.. monsoon forest, alt. 200 m, shrub, 
9.x. 1976, Hyland 9106 (QRS). 
These are somewhat more southerly stations than the previously recorded localities of 
Bowen and the Cumberland Islands. C. angustifolium is a very isolated species, perhaps 
related to C. nervosum Pax & Floffm., of eastern New Guinea. 
Claoxylon tenerifolium (Baill.) F. Muell. See Kew Bull. 31: 390 (1976). Extension of 
range: 
Northern Territory. Deaf Adder Gorge, 13° 02' S., 132° 58' E., sandstone rain-forest, in sink hole, shrub 
2.5 m, 21. ii. 1977, Fox 2511. 
This represents the first record of any species of Claoxylon from the Northern 
Territory. The specimen is in fruit, and bears exceptionally large leaves, up to 23 x 12.5 cm. 
The following records are of interest either for the localities or for the accompanying 
field notes. 
Queensland. Cook District — New Holland. Endeavour River, 1710. Banks & Solander ( MEL) (Britten, 111. 
Bot. Cook's Voy. Endeavour 88, t. 290 (1905), asC. hillii Benth.); Thursday Island, vi. 1897.F.M. Bailey (BRI); 
Murray Island, 9° 55' S. , 144° 02' E. , vii. 1970, M. Lawrie 20 (BRI); Base of Black Mountain (= Black Trevethan 
Range), SW of Cooktown, in open space in depauperate rain-forest at upper limit of vegetation small tree, trunk 
sprawling over rocks, branches erect, branchlets ascending, leaves dark shiny green, flowers [c? ] greenish-white, 
bark whitish, shallowly fissured, 23 . xii . 1966,4 . Rodd216 (NSW); Sweet Creek, west side of Cook Highway, 16° 
4' S., 145° 4' E., ridge above creek, clay, tree, these specimens from ridge where it is pioneering very 
successfully, but more commonly seen at the edge of rain-forest, flowers [ 8 ] greenish-yellow, no smell, x. 1974, 
H E. Brown 6007 (BRI). 
B . Hyland ’s comments on the blaze odour of this plant are entertaining — ‘ ‘conspicu- 
ous but difficult to describe” ( Hyland 2156, from SFR 194); “rather unpleasant” ( Hyland 
2347 , ibid.); “obnoxious” (Hyland 2052, Mission Beach); “like rotten tomatoes” (Hyland 
6197 , Iron Range). 

Page image

482215 Cleidion javanicum Muelleria 4(3): 235
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352671
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

235 
Mallotus derbyensis W. V. Fitzg. ini. & Proc. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 3: 165 (1918). Type: W. 
Australia, Derby, iv. 1905, Fitzgerald 200 [NSW], = Grewia cf. breviflora Benth., FI. 
Austr. 1: 270 (1863). 
Fitzgerald’s specimen is in fruit only. It is certainly a Grewia and not a Mallotus , but 
the above suggested specific identification should be checked by someone familiar with the 
Australian species of Grewia. 
Alchornea Sw. 
(P. & H. 136) 
Alchornea rugosa (Lour.) Muell. Arg. See Kew Bull. 31: 393 (1976). 
Queensland. Coo* Dfs/mr — Russell River, small tree n.d., [5. Johnson ?] 92 (MEL), (mixed with Croton 
verreauxii Bai 11 . ); Brinsmead Gap, between Cairns and Redlynch, on edge of complex notophyll vine-forest, on 
red soils derived from metamorphic rocks, small tree to 4 m, x. 1973, Webb & Tracey 10783 (NSW); State Forest 
Reserve 607, Bridle Logging Area, 1 7° 00' S. , 145° 35' E. , in power-line clearing in dry rain-forest, alt. 500 m 
shrub 1 m tall, fruit green but probably fully developed, 21. xi. 1973, Hyland 7125 (NSW). North Kennedy 
District — Rockingham's Bay, n.d., Dallachy (MEL). 
The above gatherings extend the Australian distribution of A. rugosa many kilometres 
south of the previous record from Iron Range, to the region of Cairns and Cardwell. It is 
strange that Dallachy’s record was missed by Bentham (FI. Austr. (1873)). 
Alchornea thozetiana (Baill.) Baill. ex Benth. var. longifolia Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 137 
(1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1445 (1902). Type: Rockingham Bay, Dallachy s.n. (K). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River, 1 885, Persieh 500 (MEL)' Ibid 1 886 
Persieh 832 (MEL). 
These and Hyland 7739 (from State Forest Reserve 607) are the only collections of var. 
longifolia that I have seen with male inflorescences. The type and one or two other recent 
collections {Hyland 6472, 7 125, 7738; Hartley & Hyland 14127, also from S.F.R. 607) all 
bear female flower or fruit. It is possible that var. longifolia may deserve specific rank. 
Cleidion Bl. 
(P. & H. 156) 
Cleidion javanicum Bl. See Kew Bull. 31: 394 (1976). 
Queensland (further collections). Cook District — Upper Massey Creek, c. 24 km a little S. of ENE of 
Coen, in riverine rain-forest, alt. 105 m, fruits mostly 2-celled or occasionally 1-celled by abortion, 9.x. 1962, 
L.S. Smith 11707 (BRI, NSW); Gordon Creek, gallery rain-forest, 12° 45' S., 143° 20' E alt 60 m 24 x 1973' 
Hyland 6998 (BRI): Mclvor River, 15° 10' S., 145° 05' E., gallety rain-forest, tree 10 m high x 20 cm d.b.h ’ 
25.vn.1972, Hyland 6270 (BRI). North Kennedy District — SFR 299 Conway, 20° 20' S 148° 45' F 
rain-forest, alt. 50 m, shrub 2-3 m tall, 2. viii. 1974, Hyland 7387 (BRI). 
Not previously recorded from North Kennedy District. 
Macaranga Thou. 
(P. & H. 157) 
Macaranga dallachyana (Baill.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 23: 90 (1969) (sphalm. ‘-us’) & 
31: 396, in clavi (1976). Type: “ Dallachy (1865), Rockingham’s Bay, ‘salt water creeks’ 
(herb. F. Muell . !)”. 
.?m E f N fooo D ^f 0ok D r ! st f ict — Near Mt. Bellenden-Ker, alt. 3500 ft [l050 ml, huge tree, 60 miles from 
coast I. .J, 1888, Christie Palmerston s.n. (MEL); Danbulla, Stony Creek logging area 17°09'S 145°35'E 
small tree, female, fruits greenish, 2. ix. 1957, L.S. Smith 10118 (BRI. K) growing with M. subdentata Benth'’ 
?n V ' P r, 2 ,^ 6) ; Nor,h Kenned y District — Saltwater Creek [? nr. Cardwell], small tree, yellow flowers 
10. xu. \ 9>(A , Dallachy s .n . (MEL); Ibid. , small shrub, light green foliage, 2. iii. 1865, Dallachy s.n. (MEL. type) 
Macaranga dallachyana seems to be by far the scarcest member of the genus in 
Australia. 
1 5 520/79— 5 

Page image

482437 Cleistanthus dallachyanus Muelleria 4(3): 221
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352685
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

221 
puberuli. Tepala 3 + 3, ovario arete adpressa: exteriora late ovata, 1 .5-2 mm longa et lata, 
acuta, carinata, hyalino-herbacea, minute puberula, margine erosula; interiora multo min- 
ora, suborbicularia vel anguste ovata, vix 1 mm longa, apice obtuso vel rotundato. Ovarium 
(anthesi jam peracta) profunde tricoccum, 3.5-4 mm longum et latum, minute adpresse 
puberulum, loculis ovoideis dimidio inferiore tantum connatis supeme liberis cornutis in 
stigmata conspicua uncinata desinentibus. Fructus ignotus. 
Queensland. Cook District — Portion 62 Alexandra, 16° 10' S., 145° 25' E., rain-forest, alt. 5 m, small tree 
with cream flowers [d ] ; young leaves red, 1 9 . xii . 1972, Hyland 6612 ; T.R. 165, Pieter Botte L. A. , 16° 06' S. , 
145° 23' E., rain-forest, alt. 450 m, small tree overhanging the creek, flowers [$] cream, flowers in F.A.A., 
1 . vi . 1 977, Hyland 9365 (type). 
This is a rain-forest counterpart of the closely related A. tricorne, a locally common 
species of sandy heaths, savanna forest, monsoon forest, etc., in the Northern Territory, 
north-east Queensland (S. to Rockingham Bay), and southern Papua. The only tangible 
differences between the two are the much greater size, and especially breadth, and 
practically obsolete toothing of the leaves. In floral characters they seem almost 
indistinguishable. 
The foliage of C. majus bears an uncanny resemblance to that of certain species of 
Palmeria (Monimiaceae). The only certain point of distinction that I have found is the 
absence of minute translucent oil-dots in the leaves of the Choriceras when viewed by 
powerful transmitted light. 
Cleistanthus Hook.f. 
(P. & H. 63) 
Cleistanthus myrianthus (Hassk.) Kurz. See Kew Bull. 31: 378 (1976). 
Queensland, (modem collections). Cook District — Bailey's Creek, north of Daintree River, rainfall 125" 
annual average, 1962,/,. 5. Smith & Tracey 65 1 3 (BRI); Range just N. of the Daintree River, 16° 30' S., 145° 30' 
E., 1 1 .x. 1967. Hyland 1087 (BRI); Roaring Meg, 16°S., 145° 15" E., 16.iv. 1969, Hyland 2218 ( BRI); Half mile 
[0. 8 km] W. of Cedar Bay, Bloomfield River area, rainfall estimated 1800 mm per annum, alt. 20 m, v. 1969, 
Wehh & Tracey 8985 (BRI); Oliver Creek, a tributary of Noah Creek, 16° 06' S., 145° 27' E., alt. under 100 m, 
2 1 . viii . 1 972 , Webb & Tracey 10883 (BRI); Portion 62 Alexandra (Noah Creek), 16° 10' S., 145° 25’ E., 
rain-forest, alt. 4 m. small tree 7 m tall, 10. v. 1973, Hyland 6724 (BRI); T.R. 146, Fritz L.A. (Gap Creek), 15° 
45' S., 145° 20' E., rain-forest, 25.vii.1973, alt. 60 m, small tree with reddish fruits, Hyland 6781 (BRI). 
This common Malesian species appears to be confined in Australia to a relatively small 
area south of Cooktown. 
Cleistanthus dallachyanus (Baill.) Baill. ex Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 122 (1873); Bailey, 
Queensl. FI. 5: 1412 (1902); Jabl. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. viii; 36 (1915). 
Amanoa dallachyana Baill. in Adansonia 6: 335 (1866). Syntypes: Rockhampton, 
1862-63 .Dallachy 17 (MEL); Thozet 337 (MEL); Mount Mueller & Port Denison, 
n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL). 
Queensland. Cook District — New Holland, Endeavour River, 1770, Banks & Solander (MEL). North 
Kennedy District — Whitsunday Group, Hook Island, leaves stiff, dark green, pointed oval; flowers in small 
sprays, greeny yellow, small stars; buds velvety brown, viii. 1971 ,S. Webster s.n. (BRI). South Kennedy District 
— Sarina, in rain-forest on river-bank in dark grey loam, alt. 15 m, tree about 6 m high, 14. i. 193 1 , Hubbard & 
Winders 6509 (BRI). 
The above records, taken together with the earlier ones from Rockhampton, the 
Herbert River, Northumberland and Cumberland Islands, suggest a preference for coastal or 
estuarine situations. 
Cleistanthus xerophilus Domin. See Kew Bull. 31: 381 (1976). 
Queensland. Cook District — Upper Massey Creek, in riverine rain-forest, 24 km a little S. of ENEof Coen, 
alt. 105 m, 1 1 .x. 1962, L.S. Smith 11772 (BRI); 2.5 km SE of Coen, on Port Stewart road, around rocky gully in 
hills, alt. 225 m, small tree 6 m high, 16.x. 1962, L.S. Smith 11947 (BRI); Coen, in deciduous vine thickets on 
granite outcrops, 1962, Webb & Tracey 8017 (BRI); Nolan Creek, 16° 50' S., 144° 10' E., on the bank of an 
ephemeral creek in open riparian eucalypt forest, alt. 230 m, small shrubby tree 4-5 m tall, fruit green, 
26. xii. 1974, Hyland 7926 (BRI); Ibid. , 20. ii. 1975, Hyland 8051 (BRI); Maytown Road (SW of Coktown), shrub 
to 3 m. 5.xi.l947, S.E. Stephens in N. Qld. Nats. Club 11830 (BRI). 

Page image

482484 Cleistanthus myrianthus Muelleria 4(3): 212
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352694
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
482495 Cleistanthus peninsularis Muelleria 4(3): 222
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352684
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
482531 Cleistanthus xerophilus Muelleria 4(3): 221-222

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 221-222".

484809 Codiaeum variegatum Muelleria 4(3): 237
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352669
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

237 
Codiaeum Bl. 
(P. & H. 193) 
Codiaeum variegatum (L.) Bl., Bijdr. FI. Ned. Indie 606 (1825). 
Croton variegatus L., Spec. PL, ed. 3, 1424 (1764). 
var. moluccanum (Decne) Muell. Arg. in DC., Prodr. 15 (2): 1 1 19 (1866); Benth., FI. 
Austr. 6: 147 (1873); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. iii: 24 (1911). 
Codiaeum moluccanum Decne in Nouv. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 3: 485 0834). 
Croton minis Domin in Biblioth. Bot. 22: 882 (Heft 89: 328), t. 31, figs. 1-10(1927) 
synon. nov. [Non sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 385 & 388 (1976)]. 
I felt a considerable sense of shock when I set eyes on the type-specimen of Croton 
mirus, kindly sent on loan from the Prague Herbarium, and found that it was no Croton but a 
Codiaeum . The material, which is ample, gives the impression of having perhaps come 
from an exposed locality, causing a certain amount of stunting of the growth, especially of 
the petioles and inflorescences, and thus lacks the typical rain-forest appearance of 
Codiaeum. I confess to having been quite deceived by Domin’s description and plate. 
The specimen from the Cape York Peninsula, Brass 19462 , that I identified with 
Croton mirus in Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976), is described above (p. 224) as a new species, 
C. brachypus Airy Shaw. 
Codiaeum cf. membranaceum S. Moore in J . Linn. Soc., Bot. 45: 219 (1920). Type: 
Cape York, 1868 , Daemel s.n. (BM). 
Queensland. Cook District — Tip Creek, 13° 00' S., 143° 25' E., rain-forest, alt. 30 m, tree, trunk 10 cm 
d.b.h., bark nondescript, fissured, flaky; very fine stripes in the inner blaze, 18.x. 1973, Hyland 291 9 R.F.K. (K). 
The species of Codiaeum fall into two distinct groups: those with glabrous ovaries, 
includingC. variegatum (L.) B1.,C. luzonicum Merr. (Philippines), C. inophyllum (Forst.) 
Muell. Arg. (New Caledonia), etc. , and those with adpressed-pubescent ovaries, including 
C. stellingianum Warb. (Kei Islands), C. bracteiferum (Roxb.) Merr. (C. brevistylum Pax 
& Hoffm.) (Amboina),C. cuneifolium Pax & Hoffm. (Philippines), etc. Hyland 291 9 from 
the Cape York Peninsula falls into the second group; the ovaries are conspicuously 
pubescent. The specimen is also notable for the markedly membranous texture of the leaves, 
and for this reason I think it is probably closely related to C. membranaceum S. Moore, 
which was described from a gathering of Daemel from Cape York Peninsula without further 
details of locality. Unfortunately this Daemel collection lacks female flowers, and thus the 
most diagnostic feature cannot be tested. Further collections of thin-leaved Codiaeum from 
Cape York, and especially from the Tip Creek population, are very desirable. 
It is, however, further possible that C. membranaceum may be conspecific with C. 
stellingianum, and this in turn with C. bracteiferum. Both these species were described as 
having ‘firmly membranaceous’ leaves. Pubescent-ovaried material from the Moluccas, 
Tenimbar and Kei Islands exhibits distinctly thin foliage, though not quite so membran- 
aceous as that of Hyland 2919. I am unable to make use of style-length for specific 
distinction; it seems to show the protean variability typical of Codiaeum. The same remark 
probably applies to stamen-number. 
A further taxon with pubescent ovaries is represented by the Codiaeum population of 
the Louisiade Archipelago. The foliage of this population exhibits the same polymorphism 
as that of C. variegatum , including rheophytic adaptation, but is almost always stiffly 
coriaceous. Material of Codiaeum from the D’Entrecasteaux, Bismarck and Solomon 
Islands invariably possesses glabrous ovaries, and must be referred to C. variegatum . I have 
described the Louisiade plants elsewhere ( Kew Bull. 33: 75 (1978)) as C. ludovicianum. 
Dimorphocalyx Thw. 
(P. & H. 195) 
Dimorphocalyx australiensis C. T. White in Proc. Roy. Soc. Queens!. 47: 80 (1936); Airy 

Page image

484820 Codiaeum variegatum moluccanum Muelleria 4(3): 237
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352669
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
505659 Croton acronychioides Muelleria 4(3): 223-224

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 223-224".

799389 Croton affinis Muelleria 4(3): 223
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352683
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
505694 Croton armstrongii Muelleria 4(3): 224
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352682
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

224 
Baill. C. affinis almost certainly represents a form of C. acronychioides F. Muell. and a 
southerly extension of range for that species. 
Croton argyratus Bl. See Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976). 
Northern Territory. Unlocalised, but doubtless from Darwin or neighbourhood, shrub, 1891, Maurice 
Holtze 1233 (MEL); (In a copy of Bentham, (Flora Australiensis, 1873) in the Melbourne Herbarium the following 
note has been pencilled by Mueller against the description of Croton schultzii Benth.: "In specimens from Holtze 
the $ pedic. — 1" long. Leaves partly cordate or ovate or orbic. ”); East Point, Darwin, in monsoon forest, shrub 
1 m, 14. xi. 1967, Byrnes NB284 (NT 14345). 
The plant was also noted on Elcho Island in July 1975, as a shrub of the deciduous vine 
thicket, by Dunlop, Latz & Maconochie (N. Terr. Bot. Bull. 1: 21 (1976) as C. schultzii 
Benth.). As, however, it was sterile, it was not collected. 
The above occurrences seem to dispose of my surmise {Kew Bull, l.c.) that the 
specimen collected at Darwin in 1870 by Schultz (609) might have been a casual port 
introduction. The sparse isolated population on Elcho Island, northern Arnhem Land, 
appears to represent an extreme eastern outlier of the otherwise almost continuous 
distribution of C. argyratus , extending from South-East Asia to Bali and the Moluccas. 
Holtze ’s material agrees well with Schultz’s, but is considerably more ample. It falls 
well within the ambit of the variable C. argyratus. 
Croton armstrongii S . Moore in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 219 (1920). Type: Port Essington, 
Armstrong s.n. (BM). 
C. habrophyllus Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 386 (1976), synon. nov. Type: Port 
Darwin, Schultz 680 (K). 
Northern Territory Port Darwin, 1882, Holtze 40 (MEL); 1883, Holtze 322, 370 (MEL); 1886, 
Tenison-Woods & Holtze 40, 592 (MEL); Elizabeth Creek, 1885 .Holtze 592 (MEL); Sine loc., 1891 .Holtze s.n. 
(MEL); Melville Island, semi-evergreen vine forest, v. 1966, Stocker s.n. (BRI); Wessel Is. 11° 11' S . . 136° 44' 
E., rare on stable coastal dunes, shrub to 1.5 m, 28. ix. 1972, Latz 3289 (BRI). 
It is regretted that Moore ’s 1920 paper was overlooked by me when describing Croton 
habrophyllus , as also by Chippendale when listing the plants of the Northern Territory in 
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 96: 207-267 (1972). 
Croton armstrongii is apparently scattered widely but thinly over the northern part of 
Arnhem Land and adjoining islands. Though collected by Latz in the Wessel Islands in 1 972 
(see above) , it was not noted by Dunlop , Latz & Maconochie in their account of the plants of 
Elcho Island {N. Terr. Bot. Bull. 1:21 (1976)). The specimen Byrnes 2833 , from Cannon 
Hill, to which I drew attention in 1976 as being somewhat aberrant, must be excluded from 
C. armstrongii . The taxon it represents has now been re-collected and is described below (p. 
000) as a new species, C. byrnesii. 
Croton brachypus Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
C. triacro F. Muell. affinis, sed petiolis fere duplo brevioribus praesertim differt. Typus: Queensland, Tozer 
Range, 1948, Brass 19462 (K, holotypus). 
C. mirus sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976), quoad Brass 19462 tantum, non Domin. 
Frutex vel arbor usque 4 m alta, novellis et inflorescentiis parce lepidotulis, ceterum 
fere glabra. Folia cuneato-obovata, 5-17 cm longa, 2.5-6 cm lata, basi plerumque sensim 
cuneato-angustata, ipsa basi anguste rotundata vel cordatula, apice cito contracta et breviter 
acuminata vel cuspidata, ipso apice acuto vel obtuso, margine levissime repando-sinuato 
vel subintegro, chartacea vel vix tenuitercoriacea, laevia, matura fere glaberrima, siccitate 
viridia, subtus pallidiora, ima basi glandulis binis minimis e facie prominentibus aucta; 
costa subtus prominens, supra fere plana; nervi laterales tenuissimi, 7-9-jugi, late patuli, 
subtus et supra tenerrime sed argute prominuli, arcuato-anastomosantes; nervi minores fere 
invisibiles, laxissimi; petiolus 2-5 mm longus, parce lepidotulus; stipulae minutissimae vel 
obsoletae. Inflorescentiae terminales, 3-5 cm longae, androgynae, parce lepidotulae. Flos 
<S (alabastro juniore) 2 mm pedicellatus. Sepala parcissime stellato-lepidota. Petala 
spatulata. Stamina 10-12, basi vix pilosa. Flos $ brevissime pedicellatus. Sepala ovato- 
oblonga, 2 mm longa, acuta, parcissime stellato-lepidotula. Petala 0. Ovarium depresse 

Page image

505737 Croton brachypus Muelleria 4(3): 224
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352682
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

224 
Baill. C. affinis almost certainly represents a form of C. acronychioides F. Muell. and a 
southerly extension of range for that species. 
Croton argyratus Bl. See Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976). 
Northern Territory. Unlocalised, but doubtless from Darwin or neighbourhood, shrub, 1891, Maurice 
Holtze 1233 (MEL); (In a copy of Bentham, (Flora Australiensis, 1873) in the Melbourne Herbarium the following 
note has been pencilled by Mueller against the description of Croton schultzii Benth.: "In specimens from Holtze 
the $ pedic. — 1" long. Leaves partly cordate or ovate or orbic. ”); East Point, Darwin, in monsoon forest, shrub 
1 m, 14. xi. 1967, Byrnes NB284 (NT 14345). 
The plant was also noted on Elcho Island in July 1975, as a shrub of the deciduous vine 
thicket, by Dunlop, Latz & Maconochie (N. Terr. Bot. Bull. 1: 21 (1976) as C. schultzii 
Benth.). As, however, it was sterile, it was not collected. 
The above occurrences seem to dispose of my surmise {Kew Bull, l.c.) that the 
specimen collected at Darwin in 1870 by Schultz (609) might have been a casual port 
introduction. The sparse isolated population on Elcho Island, northern Arnhem Land, 
appears to represent an extreme eastern outlier of the otherwise almost continuous 
distribution of C. argyratus , extending from South-East Asia to Bali and the Moluccas. 
Holtze ’s material agrees well with Schultz’s, but is considerably more ample. It falls 
well within the ambit of the variable C. argyratus. 
Croton armstrongii S . Moore in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 219 (1920). Type: Port Essington, 
Armstrong s.n. (BM). 
C. habrophyllus Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 386 (1976), synon. nov. Type: Port 
Darwin, Schultz 680 (K). 
Northern Territory Port Darwin, 1882, Holtze 40 (MEL); 1883, Holtze 322, 370 (MEL); 1886, 
Tenison-Woods & Holtze 40, 592 (MEL); Elizabeth Creek, 1885 .Holtze 592 (MEL); Sine loc., 1891 .Holtze s.n. 
(MEL); Melville Island, semi-evergreen vine forest, v. 1966, Stocker s.n. (BRI); Wessel Is. 11° 11' S . . 136° 44' 
E., rare on stable coastal dunes, shrub to 1.5 m, 28. ix. 1972, Latz 3289 (BRI). 
It is regretted that Moore ’s 1920 paper was overlooked by me when describing Croton 
habrophyllus , as also by Chippendale when listing the plants of the Northern Territory in 
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 96: 207-267 (1972). 
Croton armstrongii is apparently scattered widely but thinly over the northern part of 
Arnhem Land and adjoining islands. Though collected by Latz in the Wessel Islands in 1 972 
(see above) , it was not noted by Dunlop , Latz & Maconochie in their account of the plants of 
Elcho Island {N. Terr. Bot. Bull. 1:21 (1976)). The specimen Byrnes 2833 , from Cannon 
Hill, to which I drew attention in 1976 as being somewhat aberrant, must be excluded from 
C. armstrongii . The taxon it represents has now been re-collected and is described below (p. 
000) as a new species, C. byrnesii. 
Croton brachypus Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
C. triacro F. Muell. affinis, sed petiolis fere duplo brevioribus praesertim differt. Typus: Queensland, Tozer 
Range, 1948, Brass 19462 (K, holotypus). 
C. mirus sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976), quoad Brass 19462 tantum, non Domin. 
Frutex vel arbor usque 4 m alta, novellis et inflorescentiis parce lepidotulis, ceterum 
fere glabra. Folia cuneato-obovata, 5-17 cm longa, 2.5-6 cm lata, basi plerumque sensim 
cuneato-angustata, ipsa basi anguste rotundata vel cordatula, apice cito contracta et breviter 
acuminata vel cuspidata, ipso apice acuto vel obtuso, margine levissime repando-sinuato 
vel subintegro, chartacea vel vix tenuitercoriacea, laevia, matura fere glaberrima, siccitate 
viridia, subtus pallidiora, ima basi glandulis binis minimis e facie prominentibus aucta; 
costa subtus prominens, supra fere plana; nervi laterales tenuissimi, 7-9-jugi, late patuli, 
subtus et supra tenerrime sed argute prominuli, arcuato-anastomosantes; nervi minores fere 
invisibiles, laxissimi; petiolus 2-5 mm longus, parce lepidotulus; stipulae minutissimae vel 
obsoletae. Inflorescentiae terminales, 3-5 cm longae, androgynae, parce lepidotulae. Flos 
<S (alabastro juniore) 2 mm pedicellatus. Sepala parcissime stellato-lepidota. Petala 
spatulata. Stamina 10-12, basi vix pilosa. Flos $ brevissime pedicellatus. Sepala ovato- 
oblonga, 2 mm longa, acuta, parcissime stellato-lepidotula. Petala 0. Ovarium depresse 

Page image

505752 Croton byrnesii Muelleria 4(3): 225
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352681
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

225 
suborbiculare, 1.5 mm diametro, densissime albo-lepidotulum; styli 2 mm longi, fere 
usque ad basin bifidi, segmentis linearibus acutis glabris. Capsula integra non visa, valvis 
delapsis 6-7 mm longis parcissime lepidotulis; semina latissimeellipsoidea, 4-5 mm longa, 
fere 4 mm lata, 3 mm crassa, laevia, castanea vel fusco-badia, lineis brevibus ochraceis 
longitudinaliter marmorata. 
Queensland. Cook District — Puffdelooney Ridge, 12° 45' S., 143° 13' E., heath scrub, alt. 360 m, shrub 
1 .6 m high, small white flowers, 3. vii. 1972, Irvine 249 (QRS); Lower northern slopes of Mt. Tozer, 12° 45' S., 
143° 15' E., dry rain-forest, alt. 200 m, shrub, 30. vi. 1972, Dockrill 441 (QRS); Tozer Range, 0.8 km east of Mt. 
Tozer, a characteristic species of rain-forest undergrowth, alt. 425 m, tree 3-4 m tall, leaves smooth and shining 
much paler below, flowers white, 6. vii. 1948, Brass 19462 (K, holotype). Lankelly Creek, on western fall of 
Mcllwraith Range, approx. 13° 55' S,, 143° 15° E., semi-deciduous mesophyll vine-forest along stream, on 
alluvial soils derived from a mixture of granite and metamorphic rocks, some sclerophyll emergents — Melaleuca 
argentea and Eucalyptus pellita, permanent waterhole at this point, alt. 200 m, x.1969, Webb & Tracey 9625 
(BRI). 
This plant from the Cape York Peninsula is closely related to C. triacros, of the 
Atherton Tableland and Rockingham Bay region, but differs in its consistently and 
conspicuously short petioles. 
Croton byrnesii Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
C. armstrongii S. Moore arete affinis, sed statu maturo glabritie fere tota, stipulis magis evolutis, et glandulis 
petiolaribus usque 1 mm a basi laminae semotis satis distinctus. Typus: Northern Territory, Cannon 
Hill, Byrnes 2833 (DNA, holotypus; BRI, NT, K, isotypus). 
Frutex vel arbor 2-4 m alta, habitu gracili patente, novellis et inflorescentiis parcis- 
sime stel lato-lepidotulis exceptis fere glaberrima, ramulis teretibus 2-4 mm crassis, cortice 
brunnescente vel cinereo. Folia ovata vel interdum elliptica, 6-10(-15) cm longa, 2- 
6(-9) cm lata, basi rotundata (raro levissime cordata vel latissime cuneata), apice sensim 
angustata vel breviter acuminata, ipso apice insigniter obtuso (raro acuto), margine leviter 
crenato vel subserrato vel rarius subintegro, membranacea, laevia, nisi valde juvenilia 
glaberrima, siccitate viridia, opaca; costa gracilis, subtus prominula, supra fere plana; nervi 
laterales gracillimi, circiter 8-jugi, patuli, subrecti, prope marginem curvati et diffuse 
anastomosantes; nervi minores tenuissimi, laxi; petiolus gracillimus, l-3(-5) cm longus, 
vix 1 mm crassus, glaberrimus, apice glandulis binis breviter vel Ionge stipitatis usque 
1 mm a basi laminae (vel interdum juxta laminam) sitis omatus; stipulae lineares, usque 
1.5 mm longae, caducae. Inflorescentiae terminales, 7-15 cm longae, mixtae, parce, 
stellato-lepidotulae, laxe multiflorae, bracteis minutis ovatis acutis ciliatis, fasciculis pauci- 
vel multifloris. Flos 6 pedicello tenui 3-6 mm longo parce stellato suffultus. Sepala 
oblongo-ovata, 2-3 mm longa, 1-1.5 mm lata, acuta apice minute albo-pilosula, extra sub 
ipso apice callo minuto rubido omata, crebriuscule translucido-glandulosa. Petala 5, 
linearia, 3 mm longa, apice densiuscule albo-pilosula. Disci glandulae 5, sepalis oppositae, 
transversae, carnosulae. Stamina 8-10, e fundo tenuiter longe piloso exorta, 3 mm longa, 
antheris oblongis. Flos $ pedicello robustiore ei masculi fere aequilongo parce stellato- 
lepidotulo suffultus. Sepala ovato-oblonga, 3 mm longa, 1.5 mm lata, apice ut in masculis. 
Petala deficientia. Disci glandulae fere ut in flore 6 . Ovarium 2 mm diametro, 1 mm 
altum, trilobum, dense stellato-pilosum; styli a basi liberi, divaricati, rigidi, applanati, 
sulco mediano percursi, supeme bifidi, ramulis quasi tortis vel sigmoideis vel truncatis. 
Capsula tricocca, dissite albido-stellato-lepidotula, 8-9 mm diametro, 5-6 mm alta, sepalis 
fusco-brunneis revolutis persistentibus; semina brevissime oblongo-globosa, fere 4 mm 
longa, fere 3 mm crassa, utrinque rotundata et minute apiculata, laevissima, ochraceo- 
brunnea, immaculata. 
Northern Territory Cannon Hill, base of sandstone cliff, shrub c. 2 m high, 1 8 . xii . 1 972 , Bxrnes 2833 
(DNA 5663, holotype; BRI. NT, K, isotypes); 1 mile \ 1 .6 km] SW Cannon Hill, broadleaf scrub associated with 
small sandstone outcrop, spreading tree 4 m high, bark smooth mid-grey, fruit pale green, l.ii. 1973, Martensz & 
Schodde AE648 (NT 38582); 2‘/2 miles [4 km] N. of Cannon Hill Airstrip, monsoon rain-forest, small tree 2.4 m 
high, fruit green, 9.ii. 1973, Martensz AE8I2 (NT 38652, DNA 6200); Cannon Hill, 12° 22' S., 132° 56' E., at 
base of sandstone outcrop, sandy soil, small tree, xi. 1976, G. Miles s.n. (DNA, K); East Alligator River, 12° 29' 
S.. 133° 03' E.. sandy soil, edge of creek with Tristania lactiflua, slender tree 3 m high, wood aromatic, 
15. ii. 1973, Dunlop 3235 (NT 41542, DNA 7741). 
When describing Croton habrophyllus (now reduced to C. armstrongii — see page 

Page image

505762 Croton capitis-york Muelleria 4(3): 226
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352680
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

226 
224) in 1976, I referred to Byrnes 2833 as possibly representing a slightly divergent local 
population of that species. Having now examined further collections of the Byrnes entity 
from the Cannon Hill area, and having seen both it and typical C. habrophyllus in the field, I 
am satisfied that it merits taxonomic recognition. It represents yet another micro-species in 
the critical section Gymnocroton. The most obvious feature is the almost complete 
glabrescence of the plant (except when very young). The apical petiolar glands are variable, 
but when long-stipitate and well distant from the base of the lamina they are striking. Further 
gatherings must show whether other characters (e.g. staminal number) show constant 
differences. 
Croton capitis-york Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
C. wassi-kussae Croiz. et C. insulari Baill. affinis, sed floribus o sessilibus vel subsessilibus differt., aC. 
insulari praeterea foliis plerumque majoribus et tenerioribus distinctus. Typus: Queensland, Silver 
Plains Holding, 1973, Stocker 1077 (QRS, holotypus). 
Frutex 1.5-3. 5 m altus, ramulis teretibus laevibus 2-4 mm crassis dense minute 
ochraceo-lepidotisraropatenti-pilosulis.Fo//a elliptica usque fere oblonga, 5-16 cmlonga, 
4- 6 cm lata, basi rotundata vel late cuneata, apice breviter acuminata vel abrupte obtuse 
cuspidata, ipso apice obtuso vel interdum acuto, margine integro vel obscure sinuato 
anguste reflexo vel rarius piano, tenuiter vel firme chartacea, siccitate viridula vel 
brunnescentia, supra dissite ochraceo-stellato-lepidotula; costa gracilis, supra fere plana, 
subtus prominens; nervi primarii laterales gracillimi, 8-1 1-jugi, late patuli, prope marginem 
arcuato-anastomosantes; nervi minores tenuissimi, aut primariis sub-paralleli aut laxe 
reticulati; petiolus gracilis, 1-5 cm longus, 1 mm crassus, supra alte canaliculatus, dense 
ochraceo-lepidotulus, apice glandulas binas laterales conspicuas breviter stipitatas gerens; 
stipulae non visae, forsan obsoletae. Inflorescentiae (juniores tantum visae) terminates, 
interrupte spicatae, usque 8 cm longae. dimidio inferiore nudae vel usque ad basin 
floriferae, rhachi pro rata robusta dense minute lepidotula. Flores alabastro tantum visi: 
masculi sepalis 5 petalis 5 spatulatis staminibus circiter 10, feminei sepalis 5 crassiusculis 
petalis 5 vestigialibus minutissimis triangularibus fimbriatis ovario triloculari dense piloso 
stylis 3 bis bifidis instructi. 
Queensland. Cook District — Bamaga Mission, 1 1 .2 km SW of Cape York, east to mill and beyond, 1 1° T 
S , 142° 3 'E., stony red hill, shrub 0.9-3. 6~ m high, 24.x. 1965, L.S. Smith 12393', 8 kmN. of crossing on Massey 
Creek, on road between Silver Plains Station and Rocky River, 13° 50' S., 143° 29' E., in evergreen vine thicket 
5- 6 m with emergents to 15 m usually also evergreen, notably Eugenia banksii & Eugenia sp. (nov.?) but an 
occasional deciduous species, notably Terminalia sericocarpa , ‘soil ’ is fine white sand with dark stained topsoil, 
alt 70 m x 1969, Webb & Traces 9740 (NSW); Temple Bay Yards, 12° 20' S. , 143° 05' E., monsoon forest, alt. 
40 m, 1 7 . ix . 1 976, Hyland 8971 (QRS); Hann Creek Watershed, 12°27'S., 142° 56' E., monsoon forest, alt. 
150 m shrub 4 m tall, 19. ix. 1976. Hvland 9021 (QRS, K); West Claudie River, 12° 45' S., 143° 15' E., dry 
rain-forest alt 100 m,shrub2 m tall, 29.vi. 1972, Hyland 6170 (QRS, K); Silver Plains Holding, between Rocky 
River and Massey Creek, 13° 40' S., 143° 28' E., dry rain-forest, bush 1.5 m high, 13. ix. 1973, Stocker 1077 
(holotype, QRS). 
var. pilosus Airy Shaw, var. nov. , . _ 
Ramulis petiolis costa nervis inflorescentiis patentim pilosis distincta. Typus: Queensland, Temple Bay 
Outstation, 1976, Hyland 8995 (QRS, holotypus). 
Queensland. Cook District — Olive River, 12° 10' S., 143°05' E., low forest/heath, alt. 10 m, shrub 1-2 m 
tall, \35x.\914, Hvland 7449 (QRS); 2 km south of Temple Bay Outstation, 12°22'S., 143°05' E., vine thicket, 
alt. 20 m, shrub 10 m tall, 17. ix. 1976, Hyland 8995 (holotype, QRS). 
The peltate scales of this plant give a pale green sheen to the lower surface of the 
leaves, without the pinkish tinge that is usually present in C. insularis. The leaves are also 
larger and thinner in texture than in that species. The variety pilosus seems to make an 
approach towards C . densivestitus White & Francis (C . pubens Domin), but in that species 
the hairs are strictly fasciculate, without any lepidote base. It is probably even closer to C. 
wassi-kussae var. stocked (p. 229, below) which has a very dense tomentose indumentum 
arising out of a dense lepidote covering. The var .pilosus is, in fact, somewhat intermediate 
between C. wassi-kussae var. stocked and typical C. capitis-york, and it is perhaps 
significant that the two last-named taxa were collected by G.C. Stocker on the same day , 
within a short distance of each other ( Stocker 1076 & 1077). The Croton populations in the 
area concerned would repay closer investigation. 

Page image

505770 Croton capitis-york capitis-york Muelleria 4(3): 226
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352680
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
505776 Croton capitis-york pilosus Muelleria 4(3): 226
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352680
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
505799 Croton dockrillii Muelleria 4(3): 227
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352679
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

1 
227 
Croton densivestitus White & Francis. See Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976). 
Queensland, (early collections). Cook District — Harvey’s Creek, Russell River, 1886, 1887,Sayer (MEL); 
Ibid., 1889, F.M. Bailey (MEL, type!); Ibid.. 1892,5. Johnson (MEL). 
Croton dockrillii Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
Ab affini C. armstrongii S. Moore foliis angustioribus ellipticis longiuscule acuminatis, margine obscure 
sinuato- vel repando-dentato saepe conspicue reflexo vel revoluto manifeste recedit. Typus: Queens- 
land, Alligator Creek, 1972, Dockrill 589 (QRS, holotypus). 
Frutex 2-3 m altus, ut videtur laxus, ramulis teretibu.s 2-3 mm crassis, cortice laevi 
pallido juniore albido-stellato-pubescente demum glabro. Folia elliptica, 5-15 cm longa, 
2-5.5 cm lata, basi late cuneata vel anguste rotundata, apice sensim (rarius subabrupte) 
longiuscule acuminata, ipso apice acuto vel obtuso, margine obscure sinuato- vel repando- 
dentato saepe conspicue reflexo vel revoluto, tenuiterchartacea vel submembranacea, supra 
glabra, subtus glabrescentia vel parce stellato-lepidota (juniora supra parcissime subtus 
dissite stellata), siccitate laete viridia vel ochracea; costa gracilis, subtus prominens, supra 
prominula; nervi laterales gracillimi, 8-10-jugi, patuli, marginem versus anastomosantes, 
infimi (basales) arete adscendentes; petiolus gracilis, 1-3.5 cm longus, 1 mm crassus, apice 
glandulas binas parvas laterales breviter vel longe stipitatas gerens; stipulae anguste 
subulatae, 2-4 mm longae, acutae, dense albido-stellatae, citissime caducae. Inflorescen- 
tiae terminales, bisexuales, 1-5 cm longae, rhachi parce albido-stellata, bracteis subulatis 
I- 2 mm longis. Flores 6 in parte superiore evoluti, pedicellis gracilibus 2-3 mm longis 
parce albido-stellatis. Sepala 5, elliptica, 2 mm longa, 1 mm lata, acuta, extra parce 
stellata, apice pilosula. Petala 5, anguste spatulata, 2-2.5 mm longa, 0.5 mm lata, apice 
subobtusa, densiuscule pilosa, saepe revoluta. Disci glandulae subglobosae. Stamina 
I I- 13, 2-4 mm longa, filamentis glabris e fundo dense lanato exortis. Flores $pauciores, 
plerumque ad basin, rarius per dimidium inferius inflorescentiae exorti. Pedicellus 
1-1.5 mm longus, crassiusculus, stellatus. Sepala 5, ovato-oblonga, 3-3.5 mm longa, 
1.5-2 mm lata, subacuta, dorso parce albido-stellata, apice breviter pilosula. Petala 0. 
Discus annularis, humillimus. Ovarium globosum, 2 mm diametro, dense stellato- 
tomentosum, stylis basi brevissime connatis in segmenta 2 linearia acuta 5 mm longa glabra 
alte divisis. Capsula immatura 5-6 mm diametro, pilis stellatis minutis numerosis cum 
paucis majoribus conspersa. Semina ignota. 
Queensland. Cook District — Galloway’s Creek. Bamaga, littoral vine woodland, small tree, v. 1962, Webb 
& Tracey 6083 (BRI); Portland Roads, 12° 35' S., 143° 24' E., rain-forest near beach, alt. 20 m, flowers white. 
10. iv. 1944. Flecker 8507 (QRS); Alligator Creek, 12° 35' S., 143° 20' E., riparian rain-forest, alt. 60 m, shrub 
3 m high, flowers cream, fruits green, flowers in F.A.A., 14.x. 1972, Doc/tn// 589 (QRS, holotype); Iron Range, 
ix. 1962, Volck 2418 (BRI); Claudie River, 12° 45' S., 143° 15' E. , 24.x. 1973, wilding transplant, 70 cm tall, 
flowers [rf] pale greenish, perianth with conspicuous white anthers that produce dominant colour of flower, 
cultivated as a pot plant in glasshouse at Forestry & Timber Bureau, Atherton, 5.ix.l974, Dockrill 844. & 
14. i. 1975, Irvine 1115 (QRS); Rocky River, 13° 50' S., 143° 25' E., dry rainforest, shrub 2-3 m tall, with 
all-white flowers, 6.ix.l973, alt. 75 m, Hyland 6814 (QRS). 
This is rather closely related toC. armstrongii S. Moore (C. habrophyllus Airy Shaw), 
a thin-leaved species from the Northern Territory, but differs clearly in the narrower and 
more elongate outline of the leaves, which are often conspicuously acuminate, and 
especially in the more distantly and shallowly slightly repand-denticulate leaf-margin, 
which is usually somewhat undulate or sinuate and conspicuously reflexed or revolute. The 
basal glands are sometimes notably stipitate. In C. armstrongii the leaf-base is breadly 
rounded or cordate, and the margin is flat, and crenate or closely serrate-crenulate. 
Croton magneticus Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
C. pilophoro Airy Shaw (novoguineensi) arete affinis, a quo stylis linearibus foliis minoribus inflorescentiis 
densifloris imprimis differ!; nulli ali speciei australiensi manifeste affinis, nisi forsan C. wassi-kussae 
var. stockeri Airy Shaw, a quo pube ramulorum multo breviore demum obsoleto, pilis erectis nullis, 
foliis oblongo-ellipticis 1 .5-4 cm tantum latis basi rotundatis (raro angustissime cordatis), nervis supra 
prominulis nec insculptis, inflorescentiis densifloris nec interruptis inter alia abunde discrepat. Typus: 
Queensland, Magnetic Island, 1938, Goy 329 (BRI, holotypus). 
Frutex incomptus, statura ignota, ramulis divaricatis inferne nudis 2-4 mm crassis 
primum dense brevissime fulvo-stellato-tomentellis demum glabrescentibus, cortice 

Page image

799398 Croton habrophyllus Muelleria 4(3): 224
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352682
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

224 
Baill. C. affinis almost certainly represents a form of C. acronychioides F. Muell. and a 
southerly extension of range for that species. 
Croton argyratus Bl. See Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976). 
Northern Territory. Unlocalised, but doubtless from Darwin or neighbourhood, shrub, 1891, Maurice 
Holtze 1233 (MEL); (In a copy of Bentham, (Flora Australiensis, 1873) in the Melbourne Herbarium the following 
note has been pencilled by Mueller against the description of Croton schultzii Benth.: "In specimens from Holtze 
the $ pedic. — 1" long. Leaves partly cordate or ovate or orbic. ”); East Point, Darwin, in monsoon forest, shrub 
1 m, 14. xi. 1967, Byrnes NB284 (NT 14345). 
The plant was also noted on Elcho Island in July 1975, as a shrub of the deciduous vine 
thicket, by Dunlop, Latz & Maconochie (N. Terr. Bot. Bull. 1: 21 (1976) as C. schultzii 
Benth.). As, however, it was sterile, it was not collected. 
The above occurrences seem to dispose of my surmise {Kew Bull, l.c.) that the 
specimen collected at Darwin in 1870 by Schultz (609) might have been a casual port 
introduction. The sparse isolated population on Elcho Island, northern Arnhem Land, 
appears to represent an extreme eastern outlier of the otherwise almost continuous 
distribution of C. argyratus , extending from South-East Asia to Bali and the Moluccas. 
Holtze ’s material agrees well with Schultz’s, but is considerably more ample. It falls 
well within the ambit of the variable C. argyratus. 
Croton armstrongii S . Moore in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 219 (1920). Type: Port Essington, 
Armstrong s.n. (BM). 
C. habrophyllus Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 386 (1976), synon. nov. Type: Port 
Darwin, Schultz 680 (K). 
Northern Territory Port Darwin, 1882, Holtze 40 (MEL); 1883, Holtze 322, 370 (MEL); 1886, 
Tenison-Woods & Holtze 40, 592 (MEL); Elizabeth Creek, 1885 .Holtze 592 (MEL); Sine loc., 1891 .Holtze s.n. 
(MEL); Melville Island, semi-evergreen vine forest, v. 1966, Stocker s.n. (BRI); Wessel Is. 11° 11' S . . 136° 44' 
E., rare on stable coastal dunes, shrub to 1.5 m, 28. ix. 1972, Latz 3289 (BRI). 
It is regretted that Moore ’s 1920 paper was overlooked by me when describing Croton 
habrophyllus , as also by Chippendale when listing the plants of the Northern Territory in 
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 96: 207-267 (1972). 
Croton armstrongii is apparently scattered widely but thinly over the northern part of 
Arnhem Land and adjoining islands. Though collected by Latz in the Wessel Islands in 1 972 
(see above) , it was not noted by Dunlop , Latz & Maconochie in their account of the plants of 
Elcho Island {N. Terr. Bot. Bull. 1:21 (1976)). The specimen Byrnes 2833 , from Cannon 
Hill, to which I drew attention in 1976 as being somewhat aberrant, must be excluded from 
C. armstrongii . The taxon it represents has now been re-collected and is described below (p. 
000) as a new species, C. byrnesii. 
Croton brachypus Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
C. triacro F. Muell. affinis, sed petiolis fere duplo brevioribus praesertim differt. Typus: Queensland, Tozer 
Range, 1948, Brass 19462 (K, holotypus). 
C. mirus sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976), quoad Brass 19462 tantum, non Domin. 
Frutex vel arbor usque 4 m alta, novellis et inflorescentiis parce lepidotulis, ceterum 
fere glabra. Folia cuneato-obovata, 5-17 cm longa, 2.5-6 cm lata, basi plerumque sensim 
cuneato-angustata, ipsa basi anguste rotundata vel cordatula, apice cito contracta et breviter 
acuminata vel cuspidata, ipso apice acuto vel obtuso, margine levissime repando-sinuato 
vel subintegro, chartacea vel vix tenuitercoriacea, laevia, matura fere glaberrima, siccitate 
viridia, subtus pallidiora, ima basi glandulis binis minimis e facie prominentibus aucta; 
costa subtus prominens, supra fere plana; nervi laterales tenuissimi, 7-9-jugi, late patuli, 
subtus et supra tenerrime sed argute prominuli, arcuato-anastomosantes; nervi minores fere 
invisibiles, laxissimi; petiolus 2-5 mm longus, parce lepidotulus; stipulae minutissimae vel 
obsoletae. Inflorescentiae terminales, 3-5 cm longae, androgynae, parce lepidotulae. Flos 
<S (alabastro juniore) 2 mm pedicellatus. Sepala parcissime stellato-lepidota. Petala 
spatulata. Stamina 10-12, basi vix pilosa. Flos $ brevissime pedicellatus. Sepala ovato- 
oblonga, 2 mm longa, acuta, parcissime stellato-lepidotula. Petala 0. Ovarium depresse 

Page image

505859 Croton magneticus Muelleria 4(3): 227
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352679
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

1 
227 
Croton densivestitus White & Francis. See Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976). 
Queensland, (early collections). Cook District — Harvey’s Creek, Russell River, 1886, 1887,Sayer (MEL); 
Ibid., 1889, F.M. Bailey (MEL, type!); Ibid.. 1892,5. Johnson (MEL). 
Croton dockrillii Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
Ab affini C. armstrongii S. Moore foliis angustioribus ellipticis longiuscule acuminatis, margine obscure 
sinuato- vel repando-dentato saepe conspicue reflexo vel revoluto manifeste recedit. Typus: Queens- 
land, Alligator Creek, 1972, Dockrill 589 (QRS, holotypus). 
Frutex 2-3 m altus, ut videtur laxus, ramulis teretibu.s 2-3 mm crassis, cortice laevi 
pallido juniore albido-stellato-pubescente demum glabro. Folia elliptica, 5-15 cm longa, 
2-5.5 cm lata, basi late cuneata vel anguste rotundata, apice sensim (rarius subabrupte) 
longiuscule acuminata, ipso apice acuto vel obtuso, margine obscure sinuato- vel repando- 
dentato saepe conspicue reflexo vel revoluto, tenuiterchartacea vel submembranacea, supra 
glabra, subtus glabrescentia vel parce stellato-lepidota (juniora supra parcissime subtus 
dissite stellata), siccitate laete viridia vel ochracea; costa gracilis, subtus prominens, supra 
prominula; nervi laterales gracillimi, 8-10-jugi, patuli, marginem versus anastomosantes, 
infimi (basales) arete adscendentes; petiolus gracilis, 1-3.5 cm longus, 1 mm crassus, apice 
glandulas binas parvas laterales breviter vel longe stipitatas gerens; stipulae anguste 
subulatae, 2-4 mm longae, acutae, dense albido-stellatae, citissime caducae. Inflorescen- 
tiae terminales, bisexuales, 1-5 cm longae, rhachi parce albido-stellata, bracteis subulatis 
I- 2 mm longis. Flores 6 in parte superiore evoluti, pedicellis gracilibus 2-3 mm longis 
parce albido-stellatis. Sepala 5, elliptica, 2 mm longa, 1 mm lata, acuta, extra parce 
stellata, apice pilosula. Petala 5, anguste spatulata, 2-2.5 mm longa, 0.5 mm lata, apice 
subobtusa, densiuscule pilosa, saepe revoluta. Disci glandulae subglobosae. Stamina 
I I- 13, 2-4 mm longa, filamentis glabris e fundo dense lanato exortis. Flores $pauciores, 
plerumque ad basin, rarius per dimidium inferius inflorescentiae exorti. Pedicellus 
1-1.5 mm longus, crassiusculus, stellatus. Sepala 5, ovato-oblonga, 3-3.5 mm longa, 
1.5-2 mm lata, subacuta, dorso parce albido-stellata, apice breviter pilosula. Petala 0. 
Discus annularis, humillimus. Ovarium globosum, 2 mm diametro, dense stellato- 
tomentosum, stylis basi brevissime connatis in segmenta 2 linearia acuta 5 mm longa glabra 
alte divisis. Capsula immatura 5-6 mm diametro, pilis stellatis minutis numerosis cum 
paucis majoribus conspersa. Semina ignota. 
Queensland. Cook District — Galloway’s Creek. Bamaga, littoral vine woodland, small tree, v. 1962, Webb 
& Tracey 6083 (BRI); Portland Roads, 12° 35' S., 143° 24' E., rain-forest near beach, alt. 20 m, flowers white. 
10. iv. 1944. Flecker 8507 (QRS); Alligator Creek, 12° 35' S., 143° 20' E., riparian rain-forest, alt. 60 m, shrub 
3 m high, flowers cream, fruits green, flowers in F.A.A., 14.x. 1972, Doc/tn// 589 (QRS, holotype); Iron Range, 
ix. 1962, Volck 2418 (BRI); Claudie River, 12° 45' S., 143° 15' E. , 24.x. 1973, wilding transplant, 70 cm tall, 
flowers [rf] pale greenish, perianth with conspicuous white anthers that produce dominant colour of flower, 
cultivated as a pot plant in glasshouse at Forestry & Timber Bureau, Atherton, 5.ix.l974, Dockrill 844. & 
14. i. 1975, Irvine 1115 (QRS); Rocky River, 13° 50' S., 143° 25' E., dry rainforest, shrub 2-3 m tall, with 
all-white flowers, 6.ix.l973, alt. 75 m, Hyland 6814 (QRS). 
This is rather closely related toC. armstrongii S. Moore (C. habrophyllus Airy Shaw), 
a thin-leaved species from the Northern Territory, but differs clearly in the narrower and 
more elongate outline of the leaves, which are often conspicuously acuminate, and 
especially in the more distantly and shallowly slightly repand-denticulate leaf-margin, 
which is usually somewhat undulate or sinuate and conspicuously reflexed or revolute. The 
basal glands are sometimes notably stipitate. In C. armstrongii the leaf-base is breadly 
rounded or cordate, and the margin is flat, and crenate or closely serrate-crenulate. 
Croton magneticus Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
C. pilophoro Airy Shaw (novoguineensi) arete affinis, a quo stylis linearibus foliis minoribus inflorescentiis 
densifloris imprimis differ!; nulli ali speciei australiensi manifeste affinis, nisi forsan C. wassi-kussae 
var. stockeri Airy Shaw, a quo pube ramulorum multo breviore demum obsoleto, pilis erectis nullis, 
foliis oblongo-ellipticis 1 .5-4 cm tantum latis basi rotundatis (raro angustissime cordatis), nervis supra 
prominulis nec insculptis, inflorescentiis densifloris nec interruptis inter alia abunde discrepat. Typus: 
Queensland, Magnetic Island, 1938, Goy 329 (BRI, holotypus). 
Frutex incomptus, statura ignota, ramulis divaricatis inferne nudis 2-4 mm crassis 
primum dense brevissime fulvo-stellato-tomentellis demum glabrescentibus, cortice 

Page image

799409 Croton mirus Muelleria 4(3): 237
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352669
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

237 
Codiaeum Bl. 
(P. & H. 193) 
Codiaeum variegatum (L.) Bl., Bijdr. FI. Ned. Indie 606 (1825). 
Croton variegatus L., Spec. PL, ed. 3, 1424 (1764). 
var. moluccanum (Decne) Muell. Arg. in DC., Prodr. 15 (2): 1 1 19 (1866); Benth., FI. 
Austr. 6: 147 (1873); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. iii: 24 (1911). 
Codiaeum moluccanum Decne in Nouv. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 3: 485 0834). 
Croton minis Domin in Biblioth. Bot. 22: 882 (Heft 89: 328), t. 31, figs. 1-10(1927) 
synon. nov. [Non sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 385 & 388 (1976)]. 
I felt a considerable sense of shock when I set eyes on the type-specimen of Croton 
mirus, kindly sent on loan from the Prague Herbarium, and found that it was no Croton but a 
Codiaeum . The material, which is ample, gives the impression of having perhaps come 
from an exposed locality, causing a certain amount of stunting of the growth, especially of 
the petioles and inflorescences, and thus lacks the typical rain-forest appearance of 
Codiaeum. I confess to having been quite deceived by Domin’s description and plate. 
The specimen from the Cape York Peninsula, Brass 19462 , that I identified with 
Croton mirus in Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976), is described above (p. 224) as a new species, 
C. brachypus Airy Shaw. 
Codiaeum cf. membranaceum S. Moore in J . Linn. Soc., Bot. 45: 219 (1920). Type: 
Cape York, 1868 , Daemel s.n. (BM). 
Queensland. Cook District — Tip Creek, 13° 00' S., 143° 25' E., rain-forest, alt. 30 m, tree, trunk 10 cm 
d.b.h., bark nondescript, fissured, flaky; very fine stripes in the inner blaze, 18.x. 1973, Hyland 291 9 R.F.K. (K). 
The species of Codiaeum fall into two distinct groups: those with glabrous ovaries, 
includingC. variegatum (L.) B1.,C. luzonicum Merr. (Philippines), C. inophyllum (Forst.) 
Muell. Arg. (New Caledonia), etc. , and those with adpressed-pubescent ovaries, including 
C. stellingianum Warb. (Kei Islands), C. bracteiferum (Roxb.) Merr. (C. brevistylum Pax 
& Hoffm.) (Amboina),C. cuneifolium Pax & Hoffm. (Philippines), etc. Hyland 291 9 from 
the Cape York Peninsula falls into the second group; the ovaries are conspicuously 
pubescent. The specimen is also notable for the markedly membranous texture of the leaves, 
and for this reason I think it is probably closely related to C. membranaceum S. Moore, 
which was described from a gathering of Daemel from Cape York Peninsula without further 
details of locality. Unfortunately this Daemel collection lacks female flowers, and thus the 
most diagnostic feature cannot be tested. Further collections of thin-leaved Codiaeum from 
Cape York, and especially from the Tip Creek population, are very desirable. 
It is, however, further possible that C. membranaceum may be conspecific with C. 
stellingianum, and this in turn with C. bracteiferum. Both these species were described as 
having ‘firmly membranaceous’ leaves. Pubescent-ovaried material from the Moluccas, 
Tenimbar and Kei Islands exhibits distinctly thin foliage, though not quite so membran- 
aceous as that of Hyland 2919. I am unable to make use of style-length for specific 
distinction; it seems to show the protean variability typical of Codiaeum. The same remark 
probably applies to stamen-number. 
A further taxon with pubescent ovaries is represented by the Codiaeum population of 
the Louisiade Archipelago. The foliage of this population exhibits the same polymorphism 
as that of C. variegatum , including rheophytic adaptation, but is almost always stiffly 
coriaceous. Material of Codiaeum from the D’Entrecasteaux, Bismarck and Solomon 
Islands invariably possesses glabrous ovaries, and must be referred to C. variegatum . I have 
described the Louisiade plants elsewhere ( Kew Bull. 33: 75 (1978)) as C. ludovicianum. 
Dimorphocalyx Thw. 
(P. & H. 195) 
Dimorphocalyx australiensis C. T. White in Proc. Roy. Soc. Queens!. 47: 80 (1936); Airy 

Page image

506195 Croton tomentellus Muelleria 4(3): 228-229

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 228-229".

506321 Croton wassi-kussae Muelleria 4(3): 229
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352677
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

I 
229 
Northern Territory (modem collections). East Arm. Darwin, tall open forest, edge of mangrove, lateritic 
red soil, tall shrub, light grey persistent bark, smooth, 2.xi. 1 965 , Palzer FRI 14793 (QRS); Mt. Bundy Mine area, 
12° 52' S. , 131° 38' E., among granite boulders, shrub ± 3.5 m, 13.x. 1968, Byrnes NB 942 (NT 14693, DNA 
D1911); Ibid., shrub ± 4.5 m, 9.x. 1968, Byrnes NB 1204 (NT 14805, DNA D2130). 
These are the first modern gatherings that I have seen of this rarely collected species, 
originally described from the Upper Victoria River. 
Croton tomentellus F. Muell., var. 
Queensland. Burke District — 9 km E. of Lawn Hill Homestead, 18° 37’ S., 138° 40' E., limestone outcrop 
about I km S. of road, fragmented deciduous vine thicket, v.1970, Webb & Tracey 10637 (BR1, CANB). 
Leaves ovate, up to 8 x 3 cm, rounded at base, shortly acutely acuminate, densely 
minutely adpressed-stellate-pubescent beneath, margin almost entire; young growth 
densely ochraceous-stellate. 
Croton sp. nov.? aff. C. tomentellus F. Muell. 
Western Australia. Kimberleys — Bushfire Hill, Prince Regent River Reserve, 15° 28' S., 125° 39' E., in 
basaltic loam on slope, in open woodland, 1 4. viii . 1974, A.S. George 12282 (BRI, PERTH). 
Leaves large, ovate, 13-28 x 9-11 cm, gradually narrowed to the apex, shallowly, 
inconspicuously and obtusely serrulate, densely minutely whitish-stellate beneath and 
softly puberulous from the erect central rays, glabrous above, drying ochraceous. 
Croton wassi-kussae Croiz. in J. Arnold Arbor. 3: 375 (1942). 
var. stockeri Airy Shaw, var. nov. 
Pube dense tomentosa valde distincta. 
Queensland. Cook District — Old sand dune between Rocky River and Massey Creek, 13° 40' S. . 143° 25' 
E., dry rain-forest, alt. 80 m, bush about 2.5 m high, flowers cream, scarcely opening, buds in F.A.A., 
13. ix. 1973, Stocker 1076 (QRS, holotype; NSW, K, isotypes). 
This is close toC. wassi-kussae Croiz., described from Papua, even to the definitely 
cordate-based leaves and rather few main nerves incised on the upper surface. With the 
narrow specific distinctions that seem usual in Croton it is not impossible that this taxon 
should be given specific rank, but until more is known of the local population 1 prefer for the 
present to draw attention to it as a well-marked variety. The dense tomentum gives it a very 
distinct appearance. 
Croton sp. nov.? 
Northern Territory. Gulf of Carpentaria — Maria Island, 14° 54' S., 135° 44' E., limestone outcrop, patch 
of monsoon scrub, 1 7. vii. 1 972, Dunlop M327 (NT 38939). 
This is a sterile branch which I cannot match with any known species. The leaves are 
rather large, ovate, 9-14 cm long, 5-7.5 cm wide, rounded to very broadly cuneate at the 
base, narrowed to a subobtuse apex but not acuminate, thinly chartaceous or submem- 
branaceous, smooth, virtually glabrous when mature, pale greyish green when dry, 
5-nerved at the base, with 8-9 pairs of slender patulous laterals, the margin subentire; petiole 
elongate, 4-7 cm long, 1-2 mm thick, terete, sparsely minutely white-lepidote; apical 
5 mm slightly darker in colour, as though pulvinate, but not thickened; apical glands small, 
lateral, sessile; young parts very minutely and densely whitish-stellate-lepidote. This 
probably represents an undescribed species and should be looked for by any future collector 
on the island. 
Croton sp. nov. 
Queensland. Cook District — Archer River, 13°25'S., 142° 10' E., gallery forest, all. 30 m, small tree 6 m 
tall, with a spicy or peppery odour in the blaze, 16. ix. 1974, Hyland 7579 (QRS). 
The material consists of leafy branchlets only, without flower or fruit, but is distinctive 
for the rather narrowly elliptic or oblong-elliptic outline of the larger leaves, which reach a 
size of over 13 x 4.5 cm, and for the deep almost chocolate-brown stellate indumentum of 

Page image

506344 Croton wassi-kussae stockeri Muelleria 4(3): 229
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352677
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
522842 Cyperus hamulosus Muelleria 4(3): 432
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952738
Page is part of the work A Conspectus of New Records and Nomenclature for Vascular Plants in Victoria Australia 2. 1978-early 1980, doi:10.5962/p.184072

Page text

432 
Apium leptophyllum (Pers.) F. Muell. See Ciclospermum /eptophyllum. 
Arthrocnemum arbusculum (R.Br.) Moq. See Pachycornia arbuscula. 
Russia biflora (R.Br.) F. Muell. See Dissocarpus biflorus. 
Russia biflora var. cephalocarpa (F. Muell.) R. H. Anderson. See Dissocar- 
pus biflorus var. cephalocarpa. 
Russia birchii (F. Muell.) F. Muell. See Sclerolaena birchii. 
Russia brachyptera (F. Muell). R. H. Anderson. See Sclerochlamys brachyp- 
tera. 
Ra.ssia caput-casuarii J. H. Willis. See Sclerolaena caput-casuarii. 
Russia diacaniha (Nees) F. Muell. See Sclerolaena diacantha. 
Russia divaricata (R.Br.) F. Muell. See Sclerolaena divaricata. 
Russia intricata R. H. Anderson. See Sclerolaena intricata in New Rec- 
ords— Indigenous Plants. 
Russia obliquicuspis R. F(. Anderson. See Sclerolaena obliquicuspus. 
Russia paradoxa (R.Br.) F. Muell. See Dissocarpus paradoxa. 
Ra.ssia parviflora R. H. Anderson. See Sclerolaena parviflora. 
Ra.ssia patenticuspis R. H. Anderson. See Sclerolaena palenticuspus. 
Ra.ssia quinquecuspis (F. Muell.) F. Muell. See Sclerolaena muricata. 
Russia quinquecuspis var. villosa (Benth.) R. H. Anderson. See Scler- 
olaena muricata var. villosa. 
Russia ramsayae J. H. Willis. See Sclerolaena ramsayae. 
Russia stelligera (F. Muell.) F. Muell. See Stelligera endecaspinis. 
Russia tricuspis (F. Muell.) R. H. Anderson. See Sclerolaena tri- 
cuspis. 
Russia uniflora (R.Br.) F. Muell. See Sclerolaena uniflora. 
Rlakeochloa paradoxa (R.Br.) Veldkemp, Taxon 29: 296(1980). Basionym: 
Danlhonia paradoxa R.Br. Synonym: Plinthanthesis paradoxa (R.Br.) S. T. 
Blake. See Danthonia. 
Caladenia carnea R.Br. See C. catenata. 
Caladenia carnea R.Br. var. gigantea R. S. Rogers. See C. catenata var. gigantea. 
Caladenia catenata (Sm.) Druce in Rep. Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. Isles 
1916: 611(1917). Basionym: Arethusa catenata Sm. Exot. Bot. t. 104 (1804-06). 
Synonym: C. carnea R. Br., teste W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 4A: 106(1980). 
Caladenia catenata (Sm.) Druce var. gigantea (R. S. Rogers) W. M. Curtis, 
Stud. FI. Tas. 4A: 133(1980). Synonym: C. carnea R.Br. var. gigantea R. S. 
Rogers. 
Caladenia huegelii Reichenb.f. var. reticulata (R. D. FitzG.) J. Z. Weber & 
R. Bates in J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. ed. 3, pt 1 (revised Jessop): 397(1978). 
Synonym: C. reticulata R. D. FitzG. See R. Bates in Native Orchid Soc. S. Aust. 
J. 3: 16(1979). 
Caladenia reticulata R. D. FitzG. See. C. huegelii var. reticulata. 
Ciclospermum leptophyllum (Pers.) Sprague, J. Bot. 1923, 61: 131 in 
obs. (as Cyclospermum). Synonym: Apium leptophyllum (Pers.) F. Muell. teste 
Short, J. Adelaide Bot. Card. 1: 205, 206, 233(1979). 
Cyperus hamulosus Bieb., FI. Taur.-Caucasica 1: 35(1808). Synonym: Scirpus 
hamulosus (Bieb.) Steven. See Raynal, Adansonia, ser. 2, 6: 581-88(1967). 
Cyperus Ihotskyanus Boeck., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 5: 498(1884). Synonym: 
C. rutilans(C. B. Clarke) Maiden et Betche. See K. Wilson, Telopea 1: 464(1980). 
Cyperus rutilans (C. B. Clarke) Maiden & Betche. See C. Ihotskyanus Boeck. 
Danthonia Lam. & DC. Pending a revision of the genus Danthonia on a 
worldwide basis it seems best to continue to use this name for the 24 species that 
Willis (1970) placed in Danthonia and the additional species (D. monticola 
Vickery) which is recorded for Victoria on p. 430 of this paper. Studies by Zotov 
(1963) and Blake (1962) showed proposals for a number of new names to be ap- 
plied to 12 of these species and the situation was summarized in the first number 
of this Conspectus (Todd 1979: 188). Since then two major papers have been 
published on this subject. 

Page image

542787 Dimorphocalyx australiensis Muelleria 4(3): 237-238

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 237-238".

512075 Dissiliaria laxinervis Muelleria 4(3): 220
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352686
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

220 
Dissiliaria F. Muell. ex Benth. 
(P. & H. 53) 
Oissiliaria laxinervis Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
D. baloghioidi F. Muell. ex Benth. affinis, sed nervatione foliorum laxo subtus manifeste elevato distincta. 
Typus: Queensland. Hyland 2578 RFK (K, holotypus). 
Arbor usque 25 m alta, anteridifera, fere glaberrima, ramulis junioribus laevibus 
vetustioribus lenticellis crebris ellipticis pustulosis. Folia opposita vel terna, elliptica vel 
late elliptica, usque 18x7 cm. basi cuneata vel ( L.S . Smith 14372 ) rotundata, apice aut pari 
ratione angustata aut subrotundata, ipso apice semper obtuso, margine integro saepe 
undulato, coriacea, laevia, nitida, glaberrima, siccitate aut viridula aut (Smith 14372 ) 
brunnea; costa gracilis, utrinque prominens; nervi laterales gracillimi, 5-8-jugi, acute 
adscendentes, parum curvati, diffuse anastomosantes, supra immersi vel vix prominuli, 
subtus argute elevati; nervi minores laxe reticulati, supra obscuri. subtus permanifesti; 
petiolus 5-8 mm longus, glaber; stipulae interpetiolares, triangulares vel ellipticae 2-9 x 
2-5 mm, acutae vel obtusae, caducae; alabastra axillaria parva, globosa, dense ferrugineo- 
tomentella. Flores et 6 et ?ignoti. Capsulae in axillisper 1 -4 fasciculatim gestae, pedicellis 
1.5-4. 5 cm longis rigidis sicut ramuli lenticellosis, subglobosae, 1.5 cm diametro, pericar- 
pio crassiusculo ab endocarpio solubili tenuiter ochraceo-velutino. Semina (immatura) 
applanata, semi-orbicularia, 8x5 mm, laevissima, nitida, saturate castanea. 
Queensland. Cook District — Claudie River, 12° 45' S., 143° 15' E., gallery rain-forest, alt. 80 m, tree 
60 cm d.b.h., with a coarsely flaky bark, red heartwood and conspicuous buttresses, 29. vi. 1972, Hyland 2578 
RFK (type); Ibid., rain-forest, alt. 60 m, tree 25 m x 60 cm d.b.h., with a flaky bark and pink blaze, 22. ix. 1976. 
Hyland 9028', Gap Creek, 15°45'S.. 145° 10' E. , granite wash, alt. 30 m, 18. v. 1969 , L.S. Smith I4372\ Ibid., 
12 km N. of Aylton on Cooktown road, roadside remnant of lowland rain-forest. 15° 50' S., 145° 20' E., small 
tree, 4 m, fruit yellow-green with rusty tomentum, 23. vi. 1973, Blaxell 1 170. 
This species is manifestly distinct from D. baloghioides in the lax venation of the 
leaves, which is sharply elevated on the lower surface. If further collections confirm the 
distinctness of the form from Gap Creek, with a rounded leaf-base, drying brown, it may 
deserve taxonomic recognition. 
Choriceras Baill. 
(P. & H. 53/a) 
Choriceras majus Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
A C. tricorni (Benth.) Airy Shaw foliis multo majoribus et praesertim latioribus fere integris facile 
distinctum. Typus: Queensland. Hyland 9365 (K, holotypus; QRS. isotypus). 
Arbor parva. ramulis teretibus 1 -4 mm crassis, cortice pallido glabro, novellis minute 
adpresse puberulis./m/Za opposita, ovata vel late elliptica, 7-14 cm longa, 3-7 cm lata, basi 
late cuneata usque rotundata, apice breviter subacuminata vel cuspidata vel raro rotundata, 
ipso apice obtuso rarius subacuto, margine integro vel obscurissime sinuato-denticulato 
anguste reflexo vel revoluto, chartacea vel vix tenuiter coriacea, laevia, opaca vel vix 
nitidula, utrinque primum minute dissite adpresse puberula, supra mox subtus tarde glab- 
rescentia, superficie superiore sub lente minute granulari; costa mediocris, subtus promi- 
nens, supra latiuscule prominula; nervi laterales gracillimi. 8-10-jugi, patuli, utrinque 
inconspicue prominuli, prope marginem diffuse anastomosantes; nervi minores valde 
inconspicui; petiolus 7- 10 mm longus, 1-2 mm crassus, primum minute puberulus, demum 
glabrescens; stipulae ad lineam transversam prominulam redactae. Inflorescentiae 6 axil- 
lares (verosimiliter cymae congestae), multiflorae, perulis parvis convexis puberulis 
numerosis suffultae. Pedicelli filiformes, usque fere 1 cm longi, glabri. Tepala 5-6, 
obovata vel suborbicularia, 1.5-2 mm diametro, valde convexa, hyalino-membranacea, 
cremea, medio fusca. Stamina 5-6, 1-1.5 mm longa, e margine receptaculi exorta, antheris 
late ellipsoideis, receptaculo centrali elevato hemisphaerico spongioso longe piloso. Pistil- 
lodium nullum. Inflorescentiae $ axillares, plerumque biflorae, axi primaria gracili 
3-12 mm longa minute puberula apice flores 2 oppositos bracteis subulatis 1 .5 mm longis 
suffultos gerente. Pedicelli rhachi primaria crassiores, 3-4 mm longi, minutissime 

Page image

892161 Echinus claoxyloides cordata Muelleria 4(3): 232
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352674
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
797091 Echinus claoxyloides ficifolius Muelleria 4(3): 232
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352674
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
802244 Echinus nesophilus Muelleria 4(3): 233
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352673
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
801154 Flueggea leucopyrus Muelleria 4(3): 213
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352693
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

213 
Kew for 1976-7, to Schwarz’s paper in Fedde’ s Repertorium ( l.c .) on plants collected by 
Bleeser in tropical Australia. Schwarz’s description of Phyllanthus xerocarpus agreed quite 
well with my supposed new species. I then found from McKee (l.c.) that a duplicate of the 
type of P . xerocarpus was preserved in the New South Wales National Herbarium and I was 
able to borrow this crucial specimen. The material is very poor, consisting of two branch- 
lets, half-a-dozen detached leaves, one male and a few female flowers and a detached 
capsule, but is sufficient for recognition, and is certainly the plant in question. Clyde 
Dunlop, of Darwin, kindly went to Mindil Beach, the type locality, to discover whether 
Glochidion xerocarpum still persisted there, but found that the considerable area of 
monsoon forest that it formerly held had recently been completely cleared for playing fields 
and a caravan park. 
This species extends through Eastern Malesia to Java, Celebes, Sabah and the southern 
Philippines; see collections cited underG. mindorense in Kew Bull., l.c. It differs from true 
G. mindorense C.B. Rob. in its densely puberulous $calyx, in its depressed pulvinate style, 
and in its usually 5-(not 4-) locular capsule; fromG. ramiflorum in its considerably larger, 
subinflated, subsessile capsule (as well as in its puberulous ? calyx); and from both these 
species and the closely related G. disparipes Airy Shaw in its characteristically thickish 
smooth-looking leaves with the minor nerves almost immersed beneath. From G. sessilif- 
lorum Airy Shaw it differs in its puberulous ? calyx, and usually in the rounded leaf-base, as 
well as in the texture of the leaves. It has a predilection for sublittoral situations, at low 
altitudes, frequently on off-shore islands. 
Glochidion mindorense subsp. harveyanum , subsp. glahrum and subsp. paludicola ( Kew 
Bull. 27: 22-23 (1972)) must be restored to specific rank; cf. Kew Bull . 3 1 : 347, 352 (1976). 
Securinega Juss. 
(P. & H. 27) 
Securinega leucopyrus (Willd.) Muell. Arg. in DC.. Prodr. 15 (2): 451 (1866); Benth., 
FI . Austr. 6:116(1 873); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 25: 493 ( 1 97 1 ) & 26: 340 ( 1 97 1 ) , q . v . for 
further synonymy. 
Flueggea leucopyrus Willd., Spec. PI. 4: 757 (1805); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1426 
(1902). 
Records additional to those of Bentham, l.c.: 
Queensland. Cook District — Chillagoe, amongst boulders on limestone outcrop, alt. 360 m, tree about 
3-5 m high, green leaves, 22. i. 1931 . Winders 6770 . Port Curtis District — Pine Mountain, 22° 45' S., 149° 50' 
E., shrub or small tree 3.6 m high, outer bark dark grey and fissured slightly, 17.x. 195 1 ,L.S. Smith 47 58: North of 
Marlborough. 22° 45' S., 149° 45' E.. alt. 100 m, open forest. 10.x. 1976, Hyland 9107 (QRS). 
Securinega leucopyrus has an extremely sparse and scattered distribution in north- 
eastern Queensland. The only localities mentioned by Bentham were the Gilbert River, the 
Bowen River and Rockhampton. 
Securinega melanthesoides (F. Muell.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 352 (1976). 
Western Australia. Kimberley, 1884, Panton s.n. (MEL). 
Northern Territory. First large outcrop 4 miles [6.5 km] E. of Desert Block, N. of road, Amburla Stn., 
23° 20' S., 133° E., tree about 5' high, 3.U967, Latz N.T. 12079 (NT). 
This is the most southerly locality from which I have seen this species. 
Queensland. Burke District — ‘Laurel-leaved shrub. 8-10 ft in height, branching abundantly at ground 
level. A frequenter of creek-sides in the Cloncurry district, and an associate of Vitex vimi\na\lis in the channels, 
which on the Gulf fall takes the place of lignum [ ? V . lignum-vitae A. Cunn.? Muehlenbeckia sp. ? ] . Shrub loses its 
leaves in the dry time of year, but freshens up at once with early summer rains, flowering profusely when creeks run 
with thunderstorm water. Not browsed by stock, as there is generally other feed about when this shrub is in leaf.’ 
S.E. Pearson 136 (BRI). 
No such name as Vitex vimilis' is listed in the Index Kewensis. It was probably a 
mistake for Ventilago viminalis Hook. (Rhamnaceae). 
var. aridicola (Domin) Airy Shaw, conib. nov. 
Flueggea virosa var. aridicola Domin in Biblioth. Bot. 22: 878 (Heft 89: 324) (1927). 

Page image

812865 Flueggea virosa reticulata Muelleria 4(3): 213
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352693
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
801160 Flueggea virosa aridicola Muelleria 4(3): 213
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352693
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
489964 Glochidion apodogynum Muelleria 4(3): 208-209

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 208-209".

492348 Glochidion barronense Muelleria 4(3): 209
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352697
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

significant difference in their distributions. The pubescent ( apodogynum ) form occurs 
almost from the north-western to the south-western extremes of the extensive area of G . 
disparipes. For the present I refrain from making a formal reduction, pending confirmatory 
evidence from further gatherings. 
Glochidion barronense Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 343 (1976). 
This taxon may represent an extreme form ofG. harveyanum Domin. I have now seen 
a number of more or less intermediate specimens which seem to connect the two. The 
extremes, however, are strikingly different in the character ot the female calyx. I prefer to 
see further material before making a formal reduction. 
Glochidion benthamianum Domin. See Kew Bull. 31: 343 (1976). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River. 1881, Persietz 59 & 83 (MEL): Ibid . 
ISM, Persieh 827 (MEL); 1887 .Persieh 899 (MEL); Daintree River, 1890. Th. Pentzckes.n. (MEL.); Stuart's [? 
Stewart’s] River, 1891, S. Johnson s.n. (MEL); Cairns, viii.1901, Betche s.n. (MEL); Bellenden-Ker, alt. 
270 m, 1904. Bailey 127 (BR1). 
Glochidion disparipes Airy Shaw. See Kew Bull. 31: 345 (1976); cf. George & Kenneally 
in Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Res. Bull. W. 
Aust. 3: 47 (1975). 
Northern Territory (early collections). Sine loc. exact, [probably Darwin], 1886. Tenison-Woods s.n. 
(MEL); Borroloola, 7 . xi . 1 9 1 1 , G.F. Hill 658 (MEL). 
Queensland (early collections). Burke District — Kimberley, Gulf of Carpentaria. 1878, T. Gulliver 12 
(MEL). Cook District — Mt. Surprise Creek, Einasleigh River, shrub, c. 1 877-82, Armit 252 (MEL); Einasleigh 
River, small tree or shrub 8 feet high. n.d. , \fl Armit ] 640 (MEL). North Kennedy District — Muldiva, Herbert’s 
River, large tree, 1892, Broom 7 (MEL). 
See note under G. apodogynum , above. 
Glochidion ferdinandii (Muell. Arg.) F.M. Bailey. See Kew Bull. 31: 346 (1976). 
Queensland. Port Curtis District — Broad Sound, St. Lawrence, x. 1873, T. Gulliver 7 1 (MEL); Mary vale, 
Bowenia Creek, alluvial sandy soil, small tree 3-6 m, 7- 15 cm diam. , beautiful shining foliage, 1875, Thozet 846 
(MEL); Isopod (Mt. Parnassus), 22° 50' S., 150° 40' E., dry sclerophyll forest, alt. 250 m, 6.x. \91b.Hyland9056 
(QRS); Ibid., open forest, shrub or small tree with red capsules, 6.x. 1976, Hyland 9062 (QRS). South Kennedy 
District — Pease’s Lookout, 21° 07' S., 148° 31 ' E., rain-forest, alt. 880 m, small tree 8 m x 20 cm d.b.h. , with a 
flaky bark. 12.X.1976, Hyland 9130 (QRS); Mt. Blackwood. 21° 03' S., 148° 56' E., rain-forest, alt. 590 m, 
1 1 .\A916, Hyland 9 122 (QRSkS.F.R. Cauley(Cathu), 20° 48' S., 148° 33' E., rain-forest, alt. 800 m, small tree 
with green fruit, 13.x. 1976, Hyland 9134 (QRS). 
During my trip with B. Hyland from Rockhampton to Atherton (see acknowledge- 
ments), I was able to confirm the identity of the doubtful collections made by Hyland at 
Crediton and Pease’s Lookout in 1975 (Kew Bull ., 1 .c., footnote), and also to extend the 
distribution of G.ferdinandi 32 km further north by finding it in the Cauley State Forest 
Reserve, west of Cathu. The material appears quite typical. 
Glochidion hylandii Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 347 (1976). 
Queensland. North Kennedy District — 9.5 kmE. ofTulley, 17° 55' S., I46°00' E.. in palm forest, Licuala 
dominant, erect shrub, 1.2 m high, fruits red, 27. xi. 1967, Boyland 562 (BRI). 
The most southerly known locality for the species so far. 
Glochidion lobocarpum (Benth.) F.M. Bailey. See Kew Bull. 31: 348 (1976). 
Queensland Cook District — New Holland, 1770, Banks & Solander (MEL); Endeavour River, 1882, 
Persietz 247 (MEL); Ibid., 1883, Persieh 160 (MEL); Ibid., 1886, Persieh 772 (MEL); Trinity Bay, ii. 1881, 
Karsten s.n. (MEL); Upper Stuart [? = Stewart] River, 1891 ,5. Johnson s.n. (MEL). North Kennedy District — 
Hook. I., near Whitsunday I., Picnic Beach, small branching tree, dark bark, xii.1971, S. Webster s.n. (BRI); 
Hinchinbrook I., coast opposite Agnes I., growing at edge of shore line, tree 6 m high, erect, covered in fruit, 
19. viii. 1975, P. Sharpe 1750 (BRI). South Kennedy District — Port Mackay, n.d. , Amalia Dietrich 386 (MEL); 
Ibid., x. 1887, Griffith 465 (MEL). Port Curtis District — Rockhampton, dwarf shrub, flower green, 2.ii. 1863, 
[Dallachy ] 286 (MEL); Ibid., xii.1865, Amalia Dietrich 126. 670. 879. 1788, 2118. 2143 (MEL); Table Mt., 
small tree, very rare, seeds orange-red when ripe, ii. 1 867, O' Shanesy 45 (MEL); Neerkool Creek, Capricorn, 
iii. 1867 , Bowman 71 ; Marian Vale [? = Mary vale, or Miriam Vale], much-branched tree 20 feet [6 m], ii. 1869, 
O’ Shanesy 1025 (MEL); near The Caves, 23° 10' S., 50° 30' E., gallery forest, alt. 100 m, 8.x. 1976, Hyland 9088 

Page image

492387 Glochidion benthamianum Muelleria 4(3): 209
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352697
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

significant difference in their distributions. The pubescent ( apodogynum ) form occurs 
almost from the north-western to the south-western extremes of the extensive area of G . 
disparipes. For the present I refrain from making a formal reduction, pending confirmatory 
evidence from further gatherings. 
Glochidion barronense Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 343 (1976). 
This taxon may represent an extreme form ofG. harveyanum Domin. I have now seen 
a number of more or less intermediate specimens which seem to connect the two. The 
extremes, however, are strikingly different in the character ot the female calyx. I prefer to 
see further material before making a formal reduction. 
Glochidion benthamianum Domin. See Kew Bull. 31: 343 (1976). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River. 1881, Persietz 59 & 83 (MEL): Ibid . 
ISM, Persieh 827 (MEL); 1887 .Persieh 899 (MEL); Daintree River, 1890. Th. Pentzckes.n. (MEL.); Stuart's [? 
Stewart’s] River, 1891, S. Johnson s.n. (MEL); Cairns, viii.1901, Betche s.n. (MEL); Bellenden-Ker, alt. 
270 m, 1904. Bailey 127 (BR1). 
Glochidion disparipes Airy Shaw. See Kew Bull. 31: 345 (1976); cf. George & Kenneally 
in Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Res. Bull. W. 
Aust. 3: 47 (1975). 
Northern Territory (early collections). Sine loc. exact, [probably Darwin], 1886. Tenison-Woods s.n. 
(MEL); Borroloola, 7 . xi . 1 9 1 1 , G.F. Hill 658 (MEL). 
Queensland (early collections). Burke District — Kimberley, Gulf of Carpentaria. 1878, T. Gulliver 12 
(MEL). Cook District — Mt. Surprise Creek, Einasleigh River, shrub, c. 1 877-82, Armit 252 (MEL); Einasleigh 
River, small tree or shrub 8 feet high. n.d. , \fl Armit ] 640 (MEL). North Kennedy District — Muldiva, Herbert’s 
River, large tree, 1892, Broom 7 (MEL). 
See note under G. apodogynum , above. 
Glochidion ferdinandii (Muell. Arg.) F.M. Bailey. See Kew Bull. 31: 346 (1976). 
Queensland. Port Curtis District — Broad Sound, St. Lawrence, x. 1873, T. Gulliver 7 1 (MEL); Mary vale, 
Bowenia Creek, alluvial sandy soil, small tree 3-6 m, 7- 15 cm diam. , beautiful shining foliage, 1875, Thozet 846 
(MEL); Isopod (Mt. Parnassus), 22° 50' S., 150° 40' E., dry sclerophyll forest, alt. 250 m, 6.x. \91b.Hyland9056 
(QRS); Ibid., open forest, shrub or small tree with red capsules, 6.x. 1976, Hyland 9062 (QRS). South Kennedy 
District — Pease’s Lookout, 21° 07' S., 148° 31 ' E., rain-forest, alt. 880 m, small tree 8 m x 20 cm d.b.h. , with a 
flaky bark. 12.X.1976, Hyland 9130 (QRS); Mt. Blackwood. 21° 03' S., 148° 56' E., rain-forest, alt. 590 m, 
1 1 .\A916, Hyland 9 122 (QRSkS.F.R. Cauley(Cathu), 20° 48' S., 148° 33' E., rain-forest, alt. 800 m, small tree 
with green fruit, 13.x. 1976, Hyland 9134 (QRS). 
During my trip with B. Hyland from Rockhampton to Atherton (see acknowledge- 
ments), I was able to confirm the identity of the doubtful collections made by Hyland at 
Crediton and Pease’s Lookout in 1975 (Kew Bull ., 1 .c., footnote), and also to extend the 
distribution of G.ferdinandi 32 km further north by finding it in the Cauley State Forest 
Reserve, west of Cathu. The material appears quite typical. 
Glochidion hylandii Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 347 (1976). 
Queensland. North Kennedy District — 9.5 kmE. ofTulley, 17° 55' S., I46°00' E.. in palm forest, Licuala 
dominant, erect shrub, 1.2 m high, fruits red, 27. xi. 1967, Boyland 562 (BRI). 
The most southerly known locality for the species so far. 
Glochidion lobocarpum (Benth.) F.M. Bailey. See Kew Bull. 31: 348 (1976). 
Queensland Cook District — New Holland, 1770, Banks & Solander (MEL); Endeavour River, 1882, 
Persietz 247 (MEL); Ibid., 1883, Persieh 160 (MEL); Ibid., 1886, Persieh 772 (MEL); Trinity Bay, ii. 1881, 
Karsten s.n. (MEL); Upper Stuart [? = Stewart] River, 1891 ,5. Johnson s.n. (MEL). North Kennedy District — 
Hook. I., near Whitsunday I., Picnic Beach, small branching tree, dark bark, xii.1971, S. Webster s.n. (BRI); 
Hinchinbrook I., coast opposite Agnes I., growing at edge of shore line, tree 6 m high, erect, covered in fruit, 
19. viii. 1975, P. Sharpe 1750 (BRI). South Kennedy District — Port Mackay, n.d. , Amalia Dietrich 386 (MEL); 
Ibid., x. 1887, Griffith 465 (MEL). Port Curtis District — Rockhampton, dwarf shrub, flower green, 2.ii. 1863, 
[Dallachy ] 286 (MEL); Ibid., xii.1865, Amalia Dietrich 126. 670. 879. 1788, 2118. 2143 (MEL); Table Mt., 
small tree, very rare, seeds orange-red when ripe, ii. 1 867, O' Shanesy 45 (MEL); Neerkool Creek, Capricorn, 
iii. 1867 , Bowman 71 ; Marian Vale [? = Mary vale, or Miriam Vale], much-branched tree 20 feet [6 m], ii. 1869, 
O’ Shanesy 1025 (MEL); near The Caves, 23° 10' S., 50° 30' E., gallery forest, alt. 100 m, 8.x. 1976, Hyland 9088 

Page image

492466 Glochidion disparipes Muelleria 4(3): 209
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352697
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

significant difference in their distributions. The pubescent ( apodogynum ) form occurs 
almost from the north-western to the south-western extremes of the extensive area of G . 
disparipes. For the present I refrain from making a formal reduction, pending confirmatory 
evidence from further gatherings. 
Glochidion barronense Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 343 (1976). 
This taxon may represent an extreme form ofG. harveyanum Domin. I have now seen 
a number of more or less intermediate specimens which seem to connect the two. The 
extremes, however, are strikingly different in the character ot the female calyx. I prefer to 
see further material before making a formal reduction. 
Glochidion benthamianum Domin. See Kew Bull. 31: 343 (1976). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River. 1881, Persietz 59 & 83 (MEL): Ibid . 
ISM, Persieh 827 (MEL); 1887 .Persieh 899 (MEL); Daintree River, 1890. Th. Pentzckes.n. (MEL.); Stuart's [? 
Stewart’s] River, 1891, S. Johnson s.n. (MEL); Cairns, viii.1901, Betche s.n. (MEL); Bellenden-Ker, alt. 
270 m, 1904. Bailey 127 (BR1). 
Glochidion disparipes Airy Shaw. See Kew Bull. 31: 345 (1976); cf. George & Kenneally 
in Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Res. Bull. W. 
Aust. 3: 47 (1975). 
Northern Territory (early collections). Sine loc. exact, [probably Darwin], 1886. Tenison-Woods s.n. 
(MEL); Borroloola, 7 . xi . 1 9 1 1 , G.F. Hill 658 (MEL). 
Queensland (early collections). Burke District — Kimberley, Gulf of Carpentaria. 1878, T. Gulliver 12 
(MEL). Cook District — Mt. Surprise Creek, Einasleigh River, shrub, c. 1 877-82, Armit 252 (MEL); Einasleigh 
River, small tree or shrub 8 feet high. n.d. , \fl Armit ] 640 (MEL). North Kennedy District — Muldiva, Herbert’s 
River, large tree, 1892, Broom 7 (MEL). 
See note under G. apodogynum , above. 
Glochidion ferdinandii (Muell. Arg.) F.M. Bailey. See Kew Bull. 31: 346 (1976). 
Queensland. Port Curtis District — Broad Sound, St. Lawrence, x. 1873, T. Gulliver 7 1 (MEL); Mary vale, 
Bowenia Creek, alluvial sandy soil, small tree 3-6 m, 7- 15 cm diam. , beautiful shining foliage, 1875, Thozet 846 
(MEL); Isopod (Mt. Parnassus), 22° 50' S., 150° 40' E., dry sclerophyll forest, alt. 250 m, 6.x. \91b.Hyland9056 
(QRS); Ibid., open forest, shrub or small tree with red capsules, 6.x. 1976, Hyland 9062 (QRS). South Kennedy 
District — Pease’s Lookout, 21° 07' S., 148° 31 ' E., rain-forest, alt. 880 m, small tree 8 m x 20 cm d.b.h. , with a 
flaky bark. 12.X.1976, Hyland 9130 (QRS); Mt. Blackwood. 21° 03' S., 148° 56' E., rain-forest, alt. 590 m, 
1 1 .\A916, Hyland 9 122 (QRSkS.F.R. Cauley(Cathu), 20° 48' S., 148° 33' E., rain-forest, alt. 800 m, small tree 
with green fruit, 13.x. 1976, Hyland 9134 (QRS). 
During my trip with B. Hyland from Rockhampton to Atherton (see acknowledge- 
ments), I was able to confirm the identity of the doubtful collections made by Hyland at 
Crediton and Pease’s Lookout in 1975 (Kew Bull ., 1 .c., footnote), and also to extend the 
distribution of G.ferdinandi 32 km further north by finding it in the Cauley State Forest 
Reserve, west of Cathu. The material appears quite typical. 
Glochidion hylandii Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 347 (1976). 
Queensland. North Kennedy District — 9.5 kmE. ofTulley, 17° 55' S., I46°00' E.. in palm forest, Licuala 
dominant, erect shrub, 1.2 m high, fruits red, 27. xi. 1967, Boyland 562 (BRI). 
The most southerly known locality for the species so far. 
Glochidion lobocarpum (Benth.) F.M. Bailey. See Kew Bull. 31: 348 (1976). 
Queensland Cook District — New Holland, 1770, Banks & Solander (MEL); Endeavour River, 1882, 
Persietz 247 (MEL); Ibid., 1883, Persieh 160 (MEL); Ibid., 1886, Persieh 772 (MEL); Trinity Bay, ii. 1881, 
Karsten s.n. (MEL); Upper Stuart [? = Stewart] River, 1891 ,5. Johnson s.n. (MEL). North Kennedy District — 
Hook. I., near Whitsunday I., Picnic Beach, small branching tree, dark bark, xii.1971, S. Webster s.n. (BRI); 
Hinchinbrook I., coast opposite Agnes I., growing at edge of shore line, tree 6 m high, erect, covered in fruit, 
19. viii. 1975, P. Sharpe 1750 (BRI). South Kennedy District — Port Mackay, n.d. , Amalia Dietrich 386 (MEL); 
Ibid., x. 1887, Griffith 465 (MEL). Port Curtis District — Rockhampton, dwarf shrub, flower green, 2.ii. 1863, 
[Dallachy ] 286 (MEL); Ibid., xii.1865, Amalia Dietrich 126. 670. 879. 1788, 2118. 2143 (MEL); Table Mt., 
small tree, very rare, seeds orange-red when ripe, ii. 1 867, O' Shanesy 45 (MEL); Neerkool Creek, Capricorn, 
iii. 1867 , Bowman 71 ; Marian Vale [? = Mary vale, or Miriam Vale], much-branched tree 20 feet [6 m], ii. 1869, 
O’ Shanesy 1025 (MEL); near The Caves, 23° 10' S., 50° 30' E., gallery forest, alt. 100 m, 8.x. 1976, Hyland 9088 

Page image

492547 Glochidion ferdinandi Muelleria 4(3): 209
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352697
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

significant difference in their distributions. The pubescent ( apodogynum ) form occurs 
almost from the north-western to the south-western extremes of the extensive area of G . 
disparipes. For the present I refrain from making a formal reduction, pending confirmatory 
evidence from further gatherings. 
Glochidion barronense Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 343 (1976). 
This taxon may represent an extreme form ofG. harveyanum Domin. I have now seen 
a number of more or less intermediate specimens which seem to connect the two. The 
extremes, however, are strikingly different in the character ot the female calyx. I prefer to 
see further material before making a formal reduction. 
Glochidion benthamianum Domin. See Kew Bull. 31: 343 (1976). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River. 1881, Persietz 59 & 83 (MEL): Ibid . 
ISM, Persieh 827 (MEL); 1887 .Persieh 899 (MEL); Daintree River, 1890. Th. Pentzckes.n. (MEL.); Stuart's [? 
Stewart’s] River, 1891, S. Johnson s.n. (MEL); Cairns, viii.1901, Betche s.n. (MEL); Bellenden-Ker, alt. 
270 m, 1904. Bailey 127 (BR1). 
Glochidion disparipes Airy Shaw. See Kew Bull. 31: 345 (1976); cf. George & Kenneally 
in Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Res. Bull. W. 
Aust. 3: 47 (1975). 
Northern Territory (early collections). Sine loc. exact, [probably Darwin], 1886. Tenison-Woods s.n. 
(MEL); Borroloola, 7 . xi . 1 9 1 1 , G.F. Hill 658 (MEL). 
Queensland (early collections). Burke District — Kimberley, Gulf of Carpentaria. 1878, T. Gulliver 12 
(MEL). Cook District — Mt. Surprise Creek, Einasleigh River, shrub, c. 1 877-82, Armit 252 (MEL); Einasleigh 
River, small tree or shrub 8 feet high. n.d. , \fl Armit ] 640 (MEL). North Kennedy District — Muldiva, Herbert’s 
River, large tree, 1892, Broom 7 (MEL). 
See note under G. apodogynum , above. 
Glochidion ferdinandii (Muell. Arg.) F.M. Bailey. See Kew Bull. 31: 346 (1976). 
Queensland. Port Curtis District — Broad Sound, St. Lawrence, x. 1873, T. Gulliver 7 1 (MEL); Mary vale, 
Bowenia Creek, alluvial sandy soil, small tree 3-6 m, 7- 15 cm diam. , beautiful shining foliage, 1875, Thozet 846 
(MEL); Isopod (Mt. Parnassus), 22° 50' S., 150° 40' E., dry sclerophyll forest, alt. 250 m, 6.x. \91b.Hyland9056 
(QRS); Ibid., open forest, shrub or small tree with red capsules, 6.x. 1976, Hyland 9062 (QRS). South Kennedy 
District — Pease’s Lookout, 21° 07' S., 148° 31 ' E., rain-forest, alt. 880 m, small tree 8 m x 20 cm d.b.h. , with a 
flaky bark. 12.X.1976, Hyland 9130 (QRS); Mt. Blackwood. 21° 03' S., 148° 56' E., rain-forest, alt. 590 m, 
1 1 .\A916, Hyland 9 122 (QRSkS.F.R. Cauley(Cathu), 20° 48' S., 148° 33' E., rain-forest, alt. 800 m, small tree 
with green fruit, 13.x. 1976, Hyland 9134 (QRS). 
During my trip with B. Hyland from Rockhampton to Atherton (see acknowledge- 
ments), I was able to confirm the identity of the doubtful collections made by Hyland at 
Crediton and Pease’s Lookout in 1975 (Kew Bull ., 1 .c., footnote), and also to extend the 
distribution of G.ferdinandi 32 km further north by finding it in the Cauley State Forest 
Reserve, west of Cathu. The material appears quite typical. 
Glochidion hylandii Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 347 (1976). 
Queensland. North Kennedy District — 9.5 kmE. ofTulley, 17° 55' S., I46°00' E.. in palm forest, Licuala 
dominant, erect shrub, 1.2 m high, fruits red, 27. xi. 1967, Boyland 562 (BRI). 
The most southerly known locality for the species so far. 
Glochidion lobocarpum (Benth.) F.M. Bailey. See Kew Bull. 31: 348 (1976). 
Queensland Cook District — New Holland, 1770, Banks & Solander (MEL); Endeavour River, 1882, 
Persietz 247 (MEL); Ibid., 1883, Persieh 160 (MEL); Ibid., 1886, Persieh 772 (MEL); Trinity Bay, ii. 1881, 
Karsten s.n. (MEL); Upper Stuart [? = Stewart] River, 1891 ,5. Johnson s.n. (MEL). North Kennedy District — 
Hook. I., near Whitsunday I., Picnic Beach, small branching tree, dark bark, xii.1971, S. Webster s.n. (BRI); 
Hinchinbrook I., coast opposite Agnes I., growing at edge of shore line, tree 6 m high, erect, covered in fruit, 
19. viii. 1975, P. Sharpe 1750 (BRI). South Kennedy District — Port Mackay, n.d. , Amalia Dietrich 386 (MEL); 
Ibid., x. 1887, Griffith 465 (MEL). Port Curtis District — Rockhampton, dwarf shrub, flower green, 2.ii. 1863, 
[Dallachy ] 286 (MEL); Ibid., xii.1865, Amalia Dietrich 126. 670. 879. 1788, 2118. 2143 (MEL); Table Mt., 
small tree, very rare, seeds orange-red when ripe, ii. 1 867, O' Shanesy 45 (MEL); Neerkool Creek, Capricorn, 
iii. 1867 , Bowman 71 ; Marian Vale [? = Mary vale, or Miriam Vale], much-branched tree 20 feet [6 m], ii. 1869, 
O’ Shanesy 1025 (MEL); near The Caves, 23° 10' S., 50° 30' E., gallery forest, alt. 100 m, 8.x. 1976, Hyland 9088 

Page image

492567 Glochidion ferdinandi ferdinandi Muelleria 4(3): 244
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352662
Page is part of the work An Alphabetical Check-list of Native Australian Euphorbiaceae (excluding Phyllanthus, Euphorbia, and the Stenolobeae), doi:10.5962/p.238386
492741 Glochidion harveyanum harveyanum Muelleria 4(3): 244
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352662
Page is part of the work An Alphabetical Check-list of Native Australian Euphorbiaceae (excluding Phyllanthus, Euphorbia, and the Stenolobeae), doi:10.5962/p.238386
492889 Glochidion hylandii Muelleria 4(3): 209
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352697
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
492924 Glochidion lobocarpum Muelleria 4(3): 209-210

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 209-210".

492987 Glochidion mindorense mindorense Muelleria 4(3): 212
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352694
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
493045 Glochidion perakense supra-axillare Muelleria 4(3): 210
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352696
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
493085 Glochidion philippicum Muelleria 4(3): 210
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352696
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
493107 Glochidion pruinosum Muelleria 4(3): 211
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352695
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

Glochidion pruinosum Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
Inter G. ferdinandi (Muell. Arg) F.M. Bailey etG. pungens Airy Shaw quasi medium tenens, sed foliis 
subtus conspicue glauco-pruinosis supra opacis nec nitidis ab utroque recedit; a G. pungente praeterea 
flore ?minore stylo breviore graciliore lobis divaricatis manifeste differt. Typus: Queensland. Hyland 
7064 (K, holotypus; QRS, isotypus). 
Frutex vel arbor parva, ramulis glabris {Hyland 7064 ) vel breviter adpresse fulvo- 
puberulis (Saver 129). Folia elliptica vel oblongo-elliptica, 4-9 cm longa, 2-4 cm lata, basi 
late cuneata vel subrotundata, ima basi in petiolum brevissime decurrentia, apice breviter 
vel brevissime acutata et saepe acutissime mucronata, margine integro piano vel angustis- 
sime reflexo, firme chartacea, glabra, laevia, siccitate supra olivaceo-brunnea vel fusca, 
subtus conspicue glaucescentia vel purpurascenti-pruinosa; costa modice gracilis, subtus 
prominula, supra vix elevata vel sulco tenui percursa; nervi laterales 6-8-jugi, gracillimi, 
late arcuato-patuli, contra glaucedinem conspicui, prope marginem diffuse anas- 
tomosantes; nervi minores tenuissimi, laxe reticulati; petiolus 2-4 mm longus, 1 mm 
crassus, glaber; stipulae anguste subulatae, acutissimae, 2-3 mm longae. Inflorescentiae 
axillares, valde pauciflorae. Flos 6 pedicello usque 8 mm longo glabro suffultus. Tepala 
exteriora late elliptica, 2-3 mm longa, 1 .75 mm lata, obtusa. interiora aequilonga sed 
angustiora, 1.5 mm lata, omnia carnosula, glabra. Stamina 3, antheris oblongis 1 mm. 
longis, connectivis subulatis erectis conspicuis 0.5-0. 6 mm longis. Flos 9 pedicello cras- 
siore glabro ( Hyland ) vel puberulo (Saver) 2-3 mm longo suffultus. Tepala ovata, 1.5- 
2 mm longa, 1-1.5 mm lata, acuta, glabra, dorso (praesertim infeme) carinata, crassius- 
cula, erecta, apice leviter divaricata. Ovarium globosum, 1-1.5 mm diametro, glabrum. 
Stylus 2 mm longus, 0.5 mm crassus, glaber, apice in segmenta (4-)5(-6) angusta 0.5- 
1 mm longa acuta primum erecta serius divaricata divisus. Capsula 5-6-locularis, depresse 
pulviniformis, 10-13 mm diametro, 7-8 mm alta, adspectu inflata, late rotundato-lobata, 
glabra, loculis saepe distincte carinatis, vertice profunde intruso, stylo in vertice persistente 
lobis demum erectis, pedicello gracili 5-6 mm longo puberulo (Saver)', semina (immatura?) 
triquetra, 4 mm longa, dorso rotundata. 
Queensland. Cook District — N.P.R. 164 Thornton Peak. 16° 10' S.. 145° 20' E., montane rain-forest 
bordering on heath, alt. 1260 m, shrub or small tree, 13. xi. 1973, Hyland 7064 (type); Mt. Bellenden-Ker. alt. 
1560 m, tree 35 ft [ 10.5 m], 12 in [30 cm] diam., 1887.5ayer 129 (MEL). 
Herbarium material of this montane plant attracts attention by the whitish or purplish 
pruinosity of the leaf-undersurface. It is, however, obviously closely related toG. pungens, 
having the same sharply pointed leaf-apex and a similar tendency for the lamina to be folded 
along the line of the midrib. The female flower with its conspicuously exserted style is 
midway in size between those of G. pungens and G. ferdinandii . 
The two collections cited, from Thornton Peak and Mt. Bellenden-Ker, are not quite 
identical, the former being entirely glabrous but the latter having puberulous branchlets and 
female pedicels. Further collections are needed to show the extent of variation in the species 
and also to assess the relationship of the plant to G. ferdinandii vav.pubens Maiden ex Airy 
Shaw (Kew Bull. 31: 346 (1976)) and G. hylandii Airy Shaw (l.c.: 347). 
Glochidion cf. sessiliflorum Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 350 (1976). 
Queensland. Cook District — T.R. 146, Tableland Logging Area, 15°45'S., 145° 15' E., rain-forest, alt. 
660 m, tree, tunk 50 cm d.b.h., buttressed, fluted; bark tessellated, flaky, 9. vii. 1975, Hyland 3221 RFK (QRS, 
K); R 1073, Rooty Logging Area, 16° 40' S., 145° 30' E., rain-forest, alt. 440 m, tree, 40 cm d.b.h., fissured, 
tesellated and flaky bark; buttresses present; dead bark layered, 2.iii. 1976, Hyland 3392 RFK &3393 RFK (QRS, 
K); State Forest Reserve 251 , Charmillin Logging Area, 17° 40' S. , 145° 30' E.. clearing in rain-forest, alt. 750 m, 
shrub 3 m tall; flowers cream; fruit greenish yellow, some with pink suffusions, 29. ix. 1976 .Dockrilt 1271 (QRS, 
K). North Kennedy District — Sea View Range, fine small tree 20 to 30 feet high, fruit white, foliage dark green, 
31.v. 1864, Dallachy 23 (MEL); Ibid, small tree; fine light green foliage; flower small, yellow, does not dry well; 
no seed, 10. xi. 1864, Dallachy 31 (MEL). 
Dallachy’s gatherings were no doubt subsumed by Bentham under his all-embracing 
Phyllanthus ferdinandii . 
The above collections from an area extending from Cooktown to south of Ingham, 
differ from the type ofG. sessiliflorum (Hyland 7805 , Claudie River, Cape York Peninsula) 
in possessing a distinct pedicel to the female flower, almost 5 mm long in Dockrill 1271 . In 
the dried state the foliage assumes a rather characteristic dark, smooth, oily green, which is 
15520/79-3 

Page image

493426 Glochidion xerocarpum Muelleria 4(3): 212
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352694
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

212 
not the case in the type specimen. Hyland 322 1 RFK is distinct in the possession of a short 
but conspicuous style. It is possible that a distinct taxon is involved, but further material 
from the type area will be needed in order to assess the constancy of these features. 
Glochidion xerocarpum (O. Schwarz) Airy Shaw, comb, nov., cum descr. amplif. 
Phyllanthus xerocarpus O. Schwarz in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 24: 87 
( 1927); cf. McKee in Contrib. N .S.W . Natl. Herb. 3: 233 (1963). Type: Northern 
Territory, Darwin, 1927 Bleeser 495 (B; NSW, isotype). 
G. ferdinandii sec. Specht in Specht & Mountford (ed.), Rec. Amer.-Aust. Sci. 
Exped. Arnhem Land, 3, Bot. & Ecol.: 252, 398, 461 (1958), pro parte, non 
(Muell. Arg.) F.M. Bailey. 
G. mindorense subsp. mindorense sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 27: 21 [non 66 nec 72] 
(1972) & 29: 291 (1974), pro majore parte, non C.B. Rob. 
G. disparipes sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 31 : 345 (1976), quoad Specht 24 & 860, non 
Airy Shaw s. str. (1972). 
Glochidion sp., Dunlop, Latz & Maconochie in A. Terr. Bot. Bull. 1: 22 (1976). 
A formis glabrescentibus G. disparipedis Airy Shaw foliis adspectu crassiusculis laevissimis subtus opacis 
interdum ieviterglaucescentibus, venis minoribus fere immersis nec prominulis, a G. ramifloro J.R. & 
G. Forst. fructu majore subsessili subinflato, aG. mindorensi C.B. Rob. calyce $puberulo capsula 
5-loculari dignoscendum. 
Frutex vel arbor usque 10 m alta, ramulis modice robustis primum breviter pubescen- 
tibus demum minute puberulis, cortice vivo interdum insigniter cinereo. Folia ovata vel 
oblongo-elliptica, 4-10 cm longa, 2-5 cm lata, basi (saepe leviter asymmetrica) rotundata 
vel interdum cuneata vel raro cordatula, in apicem obtusum vel rotundatum vel rarius 
subacutum citius contracta. rarius late obtusissime cuspidata, margine integro anguste 
reflexo, firme chartacea vel subcoriacea, costa excepta glaberrima, laevissima sed paullum 
tantum nitidula vel imo opaca, siccitate plumbeo-brunnescentia vel viridula; costa gracilis, 
utrinque prominula vel supra fere plana, glabra vel basin versus parce puberula; nervi 
laterales gracillimi, 6-12-jugi, utrinque tenerrime prominula, late patuli, prope marginem 
arcuato-anastomosantes; nervi minores tenuissimi, fere immersi, inconspicui; petiolus 
2-5 mm longus, 1-2 mm cressus, minute puberulus; stipulae subulatae, 1-1.5 mm longae, 
acutae, puberulae, caducae. Fasciculi uni- vel bi-sexuales, pauciflori, axillares. Flos 6 
pedicello tenui glabro 5 mm longo suffultus; tepala obovata vel spatulata, obtusa, glabra, 
exteriora fere 3 mm longa, interiora paullo minora: antherae in massam oblongam fere 
1 mm. longam connatae. Flores $ solitarii vel bini, sessiles vel subsessiles; tepala 
oblongo-ovata, 2.5 mm longa, exteriora 1.5 mm lata, interiora angustiora, obtusa vel 
subacuta, extra puberula; ovarium depresse globosum, 1.5 mm diametro, 1 mm altum, 
dense adpresse puberulum; styli in massam depresse pulviniformem 0.5 mm diametro apice 
6-lobulatam circa foramen centrale connati, glabri. Capsula pedicello brevi puberulo 
suffulta, depresse globosa, adspectu quasi inflata, 1.5-2 cm diametro, 5-8 mm alto, 
5-locularis, firme Crustacea, minute puberula, siccitate castanea, quoque segmento sulco 
mediano percurso; semina triquetro-sphaerica, 4 mm diametro, laete rubra. 
Northern Territory. Port Darwin, 1884, M. Holtze 385 (MEL); Port Darwin, Mindel Beech, dry jungle, 
iv. 1927, Bleeser 495 (NSW, isotype); Nightcliff, Darwin. 12° 22' S., 130° 53' E., in monsoon forest on truncated 
lateritic podsol, 20.iii. \94S. Specht 24 \ Lee Point. 12° 20' S.. 130° 55' E.. beach front, shrub to 4 m high, small 
yellow flowers, 30. i. 1974, Must U71 (NT); Gunn Point, 12°09'S., 130° 58' E., shrub to 2 m, cream flowers, red 
berries, 27.vii. 1973. McKean 1123 (NT); Smith Point, Port Essington, 1 1° 10' S.. 132° 10' E., rain-forest, alt. 
5 m, tree 20 cm d.b.h., bark fissured, flaky, 25. xi. 1975. Hyland 3374 RFK (QRS. K); Elcho Island, Warangaiyu 
Lagoon, 1 1° 57' S.. 135° 43' E., deciduous vine thicket, stabilised coastal dune, 20.vii. 197 5. Dunlop 3960 (NT); 
Wessel Is. , 11° 11' S. , 136° 44' E.. rare in crevice of dissected sandstone, small tree to 3 m. 1.x. 1972 .Latz 3365 
(NT 36887); Yirrkala, 12° 12' S.. 136° 47' E., in monsoon forest on coastal dune, 1 1 . viii. \ 94&, Specht 860 (K); 
Gove, 12° 15' S., 136° 50' E., open forest on the edge of a swamp between sand dunes, alt. 5 m, 7.xi.l974, 
Hyland 7861 (QRS); Groote Eylandt, Angurugu, 13° 59' S., 136° 27' E., edge of jungle, small spindly shrub, 
small yellow flowers and green seed-capsule with red seeds, 25.vii.1973, Levitt 320 (DNA 9243); Gulf of 
Carpentaria, Maria Island, 14° 54' S., 135° 44' E.. limestone outcrop, patch of monsoon scrub, 17.vii. 1972, 
Dunlop 2873 (N.T. 36358). 
I had prepared the above description on the assumption that this was a new species, 
when my attention was drawn by John Maconochie, Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at 

Page image

798274 Hexaspermum paniculatum Muelleria 4(3): 214
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352692
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

214 
Queensland. Burke District — durre Hugel bei Cloncurry, ii. 1910, Domin 5954, 5955 (type, PR). 
This is no doubt an extreme ecotype from an exceptionally arid situation. 1 have seen 
no other collections to match it in the small size of the leaves (rarely exceeding 2.5 cm in 
length and mostly much less) and in the character of venation. It seems therefore to deserve 
recognition. On the other hand Domin’s f. reticulata (l.c.) is typical of many of the more 
strongly nerved forms of S. melanthesoides and is not worth maintaining. 
Margaritaria L.f. 
(P. & H. 27/a, from 29 Sect. XII) 
Margaritaria dubium-traceyi Airy Shaw & Hyland in Kew Bull . 31:357, fig. 1 (1976). 
Queensland. Burke District — Adel’s Grove, Lawn Hill River [c. 55 km from Northern Territory boun- 
dary], tree 3-5 m high, with dense bright green foliage, c. 1926, A. De Lestang 142 (BRI); 25 km SSE of 
Normanton, on Normanton-Croydon road, 17°53' S., 141° 12' N.. in low woodland of Melaleuca acacioides, 
Bauhinia carronii and Terminalia sp.. vi. 1972, G.R. Beeston 1 (BRI); 65 km ESE of Normanton, 18° 02' S., 141° 
38' E. , in low open forest of Melaleuca acacioides .Bauhinia carronii andTerminalia vi.1972. G.R. Beeston 73 & 
76 (BRI); Approximately 5 km S. of Clarina Creek on Gum Creek Homestead road, justS. of Normanton-Croydon 
road, 17° 3' S., 141° 0' E., growing in Duplex Dy 3.8 soil, in Melaleuca acacioides, Bauhinia & Terminalia 
forest. 7.v. 1974, T.J . Hull s.n. (BRI). Cook District — Robertson River (S. of Forsayth, approx. 19° S., 143° 30' 
E.), c. 1877-82. Armit 740 (2 sheets) (MEL). 
Phyllanthus L. 
(P. & H. 29) 
Phyllanthus (§Nymania) clamboides (F. Muell.) Diels in Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin- 
Dahlem 1 1: 309 (1931); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 359 (1976), q.v. 
Hexaspermum paniculatum Domin in Biblioth. Bot. 22: 870 (Heft 89: 316) (1927), 
synon. nov. 
The type collection of Hexaspermum paniculatum from Harvey’s Creek, is typical 
material, in female flower and fruit, of the common New Guinea and Solomons species that 
has long been known under the name Phyllanthus choristylus Diels, but which is now 
regarded as a synonym of P . clamboides (see Kew Bull., l.c.). 
Phyllanthus (§ Nymania) cuscutiflorus S. Moore ini. Bot. Brit. & For. 43: 148 (1905); 
Webster & Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 26: 99 (1971); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 3 1 : 360 (1976), 
in obs. 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River, 1 882, Persietz 177, 195 (MEL); Ibid. , 
1882, Persieh 709 (MEL); 1883, Persieh 96 (or 196 or X96?) (MEL); 1886, Persieh 743 (MEL); Trinity Inlet, 
small tree, n.d., W. Hill 262 (MEL). 
Two modem collections. Brass & White 153, from the Cook Highway 19 miles 
[30 km] N. of Catms, and Stephens in /V. Queensl. Nats. Club 11696, from Brinsmead 
Road. Freshwater (both only a few miles from the type locality), differ strikingly in their 
male inflorescences. In the Brass & White collection the male flowers are borne directly in 
the axils of the foliage leaves, on exceedingly elongate capillary pedicels up to 2.5 cm long. 
In th eStephens specimen they are borne on very slender fascicled leafless branchlets up to 
8 cm long, arising from the axils of the foliage leaves on the main branches, and the flowers, 
which are still in the bud stage, are much more shortly pedicelled, up to 5 mm. The latter 
point may not be important, as the male pedicels of Phyllanthus sometimes undergo 
enormous elongation at anthesis, but the slender leafless branchlets are striking. Both 
collections exhibit the thin, brittle leaves, glaucous beneath, that seem to be characteristic of 
P. cuscutiflorus . There is need of observations on the variation of this plant in the field. 
Phyllanthus (§ Emblicastrum) lamprophyllus Muell. Arg. See Kew Bull . 31: 361 (1976). 
Add to references: S. Moore ini. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 217 (1920). 
P. buxifolius sec. F. Muell., Descript. Notes Papuan PI. 1 (2): 23 (1876) & Fragm. 

Page image

659122 Homalanthus novo-guineensis Muelleria 4(3): 238
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352668
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

238 
Shaw in Kew Bull. 23: 125 (1969) & 29: 328 (1974). Type: Mowbray River, 1932 .Brass 
2019 (BRI). 
Tritaxis australiensis S. Moore ini. Linn. Soc., Bot., 45: 218 (1920). Type: Cape 
York, 1868, Darnel s.n. (BM, K). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Cooktown, 1 877 .Persietz s.n. (MEL); Endeavour River 
1885 & 1886, Persieh 768 (MEL). 
Endospermum Benth. 
(P. & H. 234) 
Endospermum myrmecophilum L.S. Smith in Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. 58: 56, t. II 
(1947); Hyland, Card Key Rain Forest Trees N. Queensl.: 66 (1971); Schaeffer in Blumea 
19: 181, 187, map 3 (1971). 
Queensland. North Kennedy District (extreme NE) — Mission Beach, 17° 52' S., 146° 07' E., tree 7 ft 
V)50 m g b h ’ blaze odourlike green beans; orange-yellow speckles and stripes in the blaze, 8.x. 1968, Hyland 
To be expected in other coastal localities of North Queensland. The species was 
originally described from eastern New Guinea. 
Omphalea L. 
(P. & H. 237) 
Omphalea queenslandiae F. M. Bailey. See Airy Shaw mKewBull. 20: 415 (1966), 23: 
130 (1969) & 25: 550 (1971). 
An early (?syntype) collection of this liane from the Johnstone River, 1885, Dr. 
Bancroft jun. (MEL), exhibits a feature which does not appear to be mentioned by any of the 
authorities that 1 have consulted: namely, the development of remarkable elongate hooked 
tendrils, much as in the genus Ancistrocladus (Ancistrocladaceae) of tropical Africa and 
Asia. These tendrils are probably modified inflorescences, but this is a point that could best 
be tested from observation of living plants in the field. 
Homalanthus Juss. 
(P. & H. 241) 
Homalanthus novo-guineensis (Warb.) Lauterb. & K. Schum. in Schum. & Lauterb. , FI. 
Deutsch, Schutzgeb. Stidsee 407 (1901); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 21: 410 (1968), q.v. 
Homalanthus populifolius sec. George & Kenneally in Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. 
Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Research Bull . W. Aust. 3: 47 (1975), 
non Grah. 
In Kew Bull. l.c. , 409 I indicated that this common New Guinea species extended into 
Queensland. The Australian distribution of this species and of H . populifolius Grah. is now 
becoming clearer. The latter species occurs commonly in eastern New South Wales and 
south-east Queensland, and extends northwards as far as the region of Rockingham Bay 
( Dallachy s.n.) and Dunk Island ( Adams 20039), in the north-east of North Kennedy 
District.//, novo-guineensis , on the other hand, is now found to occur in Western Australia, 
in the Northern Territory, and in the region of the Atherton Tableland in the south-east of 
Cook District in Queensland. Thus the two areas approach rather closely, but apparently do 
not quite overlap, near the Cook/North Kennedy border. 
I have seen the following Australian collections of H . novo-guineensis. The specimen 
from Buderim Mi., Longman s.n., cited 'mKewBull. l.c. , 41 1 is excluded as it is found to be 
H. populifolius . 
Western Australia. Gariyeli Creek, Prince Regent River Reserve, 15° 32' S., 125° 13' E., on creek delta, 

Page image

508660 Hydrocleys nymphoides Muelleria 4(3): 285-293

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 285-293".

508619 Hydrocleys Muelleria 4(3): 285-293

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 285-293".

467660 Leptopus decaisnei decaisnei Muelleria 4(3): 244
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352662
Page is part of the work An Alphabetical Check-list of Native Australian Euphorbiaceae (excluding Phyllanthus, Euphorbia, and the Stenolobeae), doi:10.5962/p.238386
527362 Macaranga dallachyana Muelleria 4(3): 235
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352671
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

235 
Mallotus derbyensis W. V. Fitzg. ini. & Proc. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 3: 165 (1918). Type: W. 
Australia, Derby, iv. 1905, Fitzgerald 200 [NSW], = Grewia cf. breviflora Benth., FI. 
Austr. 1: 270 (1863). 
Fitzgerald’s specimen is in fruit only. It is certainly a Grewia and not a Mallotus , but 
the above suggested specific identification should be checked by someone familiar with the 
Australian species of Grewia. 
Alchornea Sw. 
(P. & H. 136) 
Alchornea rugosa (Lour.) Muell. Arg. See Kew Bull. 31: 393 (1976). 
Queensland. Coo* Dfs/mr — Russell River, small tree n.d., [5. Johnson ?] 92 (MEL), (mixed with Croton 
verreauxii Bai 11 . ); Brinsmead Gap, between Cairns and Redlynch, on edge of complex notophyll vine-forest, on 
red soils derived from metamorphic rocks, small tree to 4 m, x. 1973, Webb & Tracey 10783 (NSW); State Forest 
Reserve 607, Bridle Logging Area, 1 7° 00' S. , 145° 35' E. , in power-line clearing in dry rain-forest, alt. 500 m 
shrub 1 m tall, fruit green but probably fully developed, 21. xi. 1973, Hyland 7125 (NSW). North Kennedy 
District — Rockingham's Bay, n.d., Dallachy (MEL). 
The above gatherings extend the Australian distribution of A. rugosa many kilometres 
south of the previous record from Iron Range, to the region of Cairns and Cardwell. It is 
strange that Dallachy’s record was missed by Bentham (FI. Austr. (1873)). 
Alchornea thozetiana (Baill.) Baill. ex Benth. var. longifolia Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 137 
(1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1445 (1902). Type: Rockingham Bay, Dallachy s.n. (K). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River, 1 885, Persieh 500 (MEL)' Ibid 1 886 
Persieh 832 (MEL). 
These and Hyland 7739 (from State Forest Reserve 607) are the only collections of var. 
longifolia that I have seen with male inflorescences. The type and one or two other recent 
collections {Hyland 6472, 7 125, 7738; Hartley & Hyland 14127, also from S.F.R. 607) all 
bear female flower or fruit. It is possible that var. longifolia may deserve specific rank. 
Cleidion Bl. 
(P. & H. 156) 
Cleidion javanicum Bl. See Kew Bull. 31: 394 (1976). 
Queensland (further collections). Cook District — Upper Massey Creek, c. 24 km a little S. of ENE of 
Coen, in riverine rain-forest, alt. 105 m, fruits mostly 2-celled or occasionally 1-celled by abortion, 9.x. 1962, 
L.S. Smith 11707 (BRI, NSW); Gordon Creek, gallery rain-forest, 12° 45' S., 143° 20' E alt 60 m 24 x 1973' 
Hyland 6998 (BRI): Mclvor River, 15° 10' S., 145° 05' E., gallety rain-forest, tree 10 m high x 20 cm d.b.h ’ 
25.vn.1972, Hyland 6270 (BRI). North Kennedy District — SFR 299 Conway, 20° 20' S 148° 45' F 
rain-forest, alt. 50 m, shrub 2-3 m tall, 2. viii. 1974, Hyland 7387 (BRI). 
Not previously recorded from North Kennedy District. 
Macaranga Thou. 
(P. & H. 157) 
Macaranga dallachyana (Baill.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 23: 90 (1969) (sphalm. ‘-us’) & 
31: 396, in clavi (1976). Type: “ Dallachy (1865), Rockingham’s Bay, ‘salt water creeks’ 
(herb. F. Muell . !)”. 
.?m E f N fooo D ^f 0ok D r ! st f ict — Near Mt. Bellenden-Ker, alt. 3500 ft [l050 ml, huge tree, 60 miles from 
coast I. .J, 1888, Christie Palmerston s.n. (MEL); Danbulla, Stony Creek logging area 17°09'S 145°35'E 
small tree, female, fruits greenish, 2. ix. 1957, L.S. Smith 10118 (BRI. K) growing with M. subdentata Benth'’ 
?n V ' P r, 2 ,^ 6) ; Nor,h Kenned y District — Saltwater Creek [? nr. Cardwell], small tree, yellow flowers 
10. xu. \ 9>(A , Dallachy s .n . (MEL); Ibid. , small shrub, light green foliage, 2. iii. 1865, Dallachy s.n. (MEL. type) 
Macaranga dallachyana seems to be by far the scarcest member of the genus in 
Australia. 
1 5 520/79— 5 

Page image

527445 Macaranga fimbriata Muelleria 4(3): 236
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352670
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

236 
Macaranga fimbriata S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). 
Queensland. Cook District — T.R. 14, 13° 45' S. . 143° 20' E. . rain-forest, ait. 450 m, tree, 20 cm d.b.h., 
buttressed, 25. ix. 1975, Hyland 3327 RFK (QRS). 
This is not far from the Rocky River locality where Hyland 2860 RFK, recorded in 
1976, l.c., was collected. 
Macaranga inamoena F. Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 
5: 1451 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler , Pflanzenreich IV. vii: 360 (1914); Airy Shaw in 
Kew Bull. 31: 396(1976), inclavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL, K). 
Queensland (early collection). Cook District — Upper Russell River, 30 ft, ( 8 flower and fallen fruit), 
1887, Sayer 222 (MEL). 
Macaranga inamoena seems to be a relatively frequent species in the rain-forests of the 
Atherton Tableland. There are numerous recent collections in QRS and BRI, and about ten 
in K. 
Macaranga inermis Pax & Hoffm. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Innisfail, ? 19 18, Rev. N. Michael 206 (NSW); Johnstone 
River, n.d.. Rev. N. Michael s.n. (NSW) (type of M. multiflora C.T. White; cf. Kew Bull. l.c.). North Kennedy 
District — Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL); King Ranch, in Tully River Valley, very common in 
swamps, with Melaleuca quinquenervia and Archontophoenix alexandriae in the high rainfall areas of North-east 
Queensland, n.d., collector? (NSW). 
This is another of Dallachy’s collections that failed to find a place in Bentham (FI. 
Austr. (1873)). 
Macaranga involucrata var. mallotoides (F. Muell.) Perry. See Kew Bull. 31: 394(1976). 
Queensland. (early collection). Cook District — New Holland I Endeavour River] , 1 770, Banks & Solander 
(MEL). 
Macaranga subdentata Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1451 
(1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 361 (1914); White & Francis, 
Contrib. Queensl. FI., in Queensl. Dept. Agric. & Stock , Bot. Bull . 22: 36 (1920); Airy 
Shaw in Kew Bull . 31: 396 (1976), in clavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. 
(K). 
Queensland. Cook District — Johnstone River, 1885, Dr. Bancroft jun. Barron River, not a very large tree, 
about 35 feet [ 10.5 m] high, 1891 , Stephen Johnson (MEL); Gap Creek, 38 km S. by E. of Cooktown (9.5 km by 
road from Rossville), 15° 43' S., 145° 14' E.. alt. 230 m, 7.ix.l960, L.S. Smith 1 1121 (BRI, K); Ridge of 
McDowal Range, 16 miles [26 km] NNW of Daintree, 16° 03' S., 145° 13' E., mesophyll vine-forest, red clay 
soil, 17. xi. 1967, tree 6 m. d.b.h. 7.5 cm, leaves dark shiny green above, paler beneath, fruits yellowish-green, 
Boyland(& Gillieatt) 4 18 (BRI, K); Danbulla, Stony Creek logging area, 17° 09' S., 145° 35' E., small tree, male 
spikes terminated [occasionally] by a female flower, 2. ix. 1957, L.S. Smith 10122 (BRI, K) (Apparently growing 
with M. dallachyana, q.v., supra); Pine Creek forestry road, Murray Prior Range, nr. Cairns, in complex 
mesophyll vine-forest in gully, on soils derived from granite, alt. 200 m, small tree to 15 m, x.1973, Webb & 
Tracey 10776 (NSW). North Kennedy District — Mount Macalister, deal of this in the scrub; small yellow flower; 
has been sent before, 3.iv.l867, Dallachy s.n. (MEL); Telegraph Line [Rockingham Bay area], 2. viii . 1 870, 
Dallachy s .n . (MEL); Ibid., shrub or small tree, leaves very long, light or dark green, fls. [9] brown or brownish, 
2 & 23. xi. 1870, Dallachy s.n. (MEL). 
Acalypha L. 
(P. & H. 158) 
Acalypha wilkesiana Muell. Arg. in DC., Prodr. 15 (2): 817 (1866); Pax & Hoffm. in 
Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. xvi: 153 (1924). 
Queensland. Cook District — Murray's Island, Torres Strait, 1878, Rev. Chalmers s.n. (MEL). South 
Kennedy District — Port Mackay, no date or collector's name (MEL 69829) (a single leaf only). 
New South Wales (north-east). Richmond River, n.d., Ramsay s.n. (MEL). 
Native of Polynesia; doubtless introduced into Australia as an ornamental garden 
plant. 

Page image

527482 Macaranga inamoena Muelleria 4(3): 236
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352670
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

236 
Macaranga fimbriata S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). 
Queensland. Cook District — T.R. 14, 13° 45' S. . 143° 20' E. . rain-forest, ait. 450 m, tree, 20 cm d.b.h., 
buttressed, 25. ix. 1975, Hyland 3327 RFK (QRS). 
This is not far from the Rocky River locality where Hyland 2860 RFK, recorded in 
1976, l.c., was collected. 
Macaranga inamoena F. Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 
5: 1451 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler , Pflanzenreich IV. vii: 360 (1914); Airy Shaw in 
Kew Bull. 31: 396(1976), inclavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL, K). 
Queensland (early collection). Cook District — Upper Russell River, 30 ft, ( 8 flower and fallen fruit), 
1887, Sayer 222 (MEL). 
Macaranga inamoena seems to be a relatively frequent species in the rain-forests of the 
Atherton Tableland. There are numerous recent collections in QRS and BRI, and about ten 
in K. 
Macaranga inermis Pax & Hoffm. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Innisfail, ? 19 18, Rev. N. Michael 206 (NSW); Johnstone 
River, n.d.. Rev. N. Michael s.n. (NSW) (type of M. multiflora C.T. White; cf. Kew Bull. l.c.). North Kennedy 
District — Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL); King Ranch, in Tully River Valley, very common in 
swamps, with Melaleuca quinquenervia and Archontophoenix alexandriae in the high rainfall areas of North-east 
Queensland, n.d., collector? (NSW). 
This is another of Dallachy’s collections that failed to find a place in Bentham (FI. 
Austr. (1873)). 
Macaranga involucrata var. mallotoides (F. Muell.) Perry. See Kew Bull. 31: 394(1976). 
Queensland. (early collection). Cook District — New Holland I Endeavour River] , 1 770, Banks & Solander 
(MEL). 
Macaranga subdentata Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1451 
(1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 361 (1914); White & Francis, 
Contrib. Queensl. FI., in Queensl. Dept. Agric. & Stock , Bot. Bull . 22: 36 (1920); Airy 
Shaw in Kew Bull . 31: 396 (1976), in clavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. 
(K). 
Queensland. Cook District — Johnstone River, 1885, Dr. Bancroft jun. Barron River, not a very large tree, 
about 35 feet [ 10.5 m] high, 1891 , Stephen Johnson (MEL); Gap Creek, 38 km S. by E. of Cooktown (9.5 km by 
road from Rossville), 15° 43' S., 145° 14' E.. alt. 230 m, 7.ix.l960, L.S. Smith 1 1121 (BRI, K); Ridge of 
McDowal Range, 16 miles [26 km] NNW of Daintree, 16° 03' S., 145° 13' E., mesophyll vine-forest, red clay 
soil, 17. xi. 1967, tree 6 m. d.b.h. 7.5 cm, leaves dark shiny green above, paler beneath, fruits yellowish-green, 
Boyland(& Gillieatt) 4 18 (BRI, K); Danbulla, Stony Creek logging area, 17° 09' S., 145° 35' E., small tree, male 
spikes terminated [occasionally] by a female flower, 2. ix. 1957, L.S. Smith 10122 (BRI, K) (Apparently growing 
with M. dallachyana, q.v., supra); Pine Creek forestry road, Murray Prior Range, nr. Cairns, in complex 
mesophyll vine-forest in gully, on soils derived from granite, alt. 200 m, small tree to 15 m, x.1973, Webb & 
Tracey 10776 (NSW). North Kennedy District — Mount Macalister, deal of this in the scrub; small yellow flower; 
has been sent before, 3.iv.l867, Dallachy s.n. (MEL); Telegraph Line [Rockingham Bay area], 2. viii . 1 870, 
Dallachy s .n . (MEL); Ibid., shrub or small tree, leaves very long, light or dark green, fls. [9] brown or brownish, 
2 & 23. xi. 1870, Dallachy s.n. (MEL). 
Acalypha L. 
(P. & H. 158) 
Acalypha wilkesiana Muell. Arg. in DC., Prodr. 15 (2): 817 (1866); Pax & Hoffm. in 
Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. xvi: 153 (1924). 
Queensland. Cook District — Murray's Island, Torres Strait, 1878, Rev. Chalmers s.n. (MEL). South 
Kennedy District — Port Mackay, no date or collector's name (MEL 69829) (a single leaf only). 
New South Wales (north-east). Richmond River, n.d., Ramsay s.n. (MEL). 
Native of Polynesia; doubtless introduced into Australia as an ornamental garden 
plant. 

Page image

527517 Macaranga inermis Muelleria 4(3): 236
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352670
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

236 
Macaranga fimbriata S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). 
Queensland. Cook District — T.R. 14, 13° 45' S. . 143° 20' E. . rain-forest, ait. 450 m, tree, 20 cm d.b.h., 
buttressed, 25. ix. 1975, Hyland 3327 RFK (QRS). 
This is not far from the Rocky River locality where Hyland 2860 RFK, recorded in 
1976, l.c., was collected. 
Macaranga inamoena F. Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 
5: 1451 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler , Pflanzenreich IV. vii: 360 (1914); Airy Shaw in 
Kew Bull. 31: 396(1976), inclavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL, K). 
Queensland (early collection). Cook District — Upper Russell River, 30 ft, ( 8 flower and fallen fruit), 
1887, Sayer 222 (MEL). 
Macaranga inamoena seems to be a relatively frequent species in the rain-forests of the 
Atherton Tableland. There are numerous recent collections in QRS and BRI, and about ten 
in K. 
Macaranga inermis Pax & Hoffm. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Innisfail, ? 19 18, Rev. N. Michael 206 (NSW); Johnstone 
River, n.d.. Rev. N. Michael s.n. (NSW) (type of M. multiflora C.T. White; cf. Kew Bull. l.c.). North Kennedy 
District — Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL); King Ranch, in Tully River Valley, very common in 
swamps, with Melaleuca quinquenervia and Archontophoenix alexandriae in the high rainfall areas of North-east 
Queensland, n.d., collector? (NSW). 
This is another of Dallachy’s collections that failed to find a place in Bentham (FI. 
Austr. (1873)). 
Macaranga involucrata var. mallotoides (F. Muell.) Perry. See Kew Bull. 31: 394(1976). 
Queensland. (early collection). Cook District — New Holland I Endeavour River] , 1 770, Banks & Solander 
(MEL). 
Macaranga subdentata Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1451 
(1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 361 (1914); White & Francis, 
Contrib. Queensl. FI., in Queensl. Dept. Agric. & Stock , Bot. Bull . 22: 36 (1920); Airy 
Shaw in Kew Bull . 31: 396 (1976), in clavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. 
(K). 
Queensland. Cook District — Johnstone River, 1885, Dr. Bancroft jun. Barron River, not a very large tree, 
about 35 feet [ 10.5 m] high, 1891 , Stephen Johnson (MEL); Gap Creek, 38 km S. by E. of Cooktown (9.5 km by 
road from Rossville), 15° 43' S., 145° 14' E.. alt. 230 m, 7.ix.l960, L.S. Smith 1 1121 (BRI, K); Ridge of 
McDowal Range, 16 miles [26 km] NNW of Daintree, 16° 03' S., 145° 13' E., mesophyll vine-forest, red clay 
soil, 17. xi. 1967, tree 6 m. d.b.h. 7.5 cm, leaves dark shiny green above, paler beneath, fruits yellowish-green, 
Boyland(& Gillieatt) 4 18 (BRI, K); Danbulla, Stony Creek logging area, 17° 09' S., 145° 35' E., small tree, male 
spikes terminated [occasionally] by a female flower, 2. ix. 1957, L.S. Smith 10122 (BRI, K) (Apparently growing 
with M. dallachyana, q.v., supra); Pine Creek forestry road, Murray Prior Range, nr. Cairns, in complex 
mesophyll vine-forest in gully, on soils derived from granite, alt. 200 m, small tree to 15 m, x.1973, Webb & 
Tracey 10776 (NSW). North Kennedy District — Mount Macalister, deal of this in the scrub; small yellow flower; 
has been sent before, 3.iv.l867, Dallachy s.n. (MEL); Telegraph Line [Rockingham Bay area], 2. viii . 1 870, 
Dallachy s .n . (MEL); Ibid., shrub or small tree, leaves very long, light or dark green, fls. [9] brown or brownish, 
2 & 23. xi. 1870, Dallachy s.n. (MEL). 
Acalypha L. 
(P. & H. 158) 
Acalypha wilkesiana Muell. Arg. in DC., Prodr. 15 (2): 817 (1866); Pax & Hoffm. in 
Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. xvi: 153 (1924). 
Queensland. Cook District — Murray's Island, Torres Strait, 1878, Rev. Chalmers s.n. (MEL). South 
Kennedy District — Port Mackay, no date or collector's name (MEL 69829) (a single leaf only). 
New South Wales (north-east). Richmond River, n.d., Ramsay s.n. (MEL). 
Native of Polynesia; doubtless introduced into Australia as an ornamental garden 
plant. 

Page image

527631 Macaranga involucrata mallotoides Muelleria 4(3): 236
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352670
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
892209 Macaranga mallotoides Muelleria 4(3): 232
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352674
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

232 
Mallotus Lour. 
(P. & H. 125) 
Mallotus (§Rottleropsis) claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 192 (1865) 
6 in DC ..Prodr. 15 (2): 972 (1866); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 20: 42 (1966), q.v. for further 
references and synonyms, & 31: 392 (1976) in clavi. 
var. cordatus (Baill.) Airy Shaw, comb. nov. 
Echinus claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Baill. var cordata [sic.] Baill. \nAdansonia 6: 315 
(1866). 
Mallotus claoxyloides var. macrophylla [sic] Benth. , FI. Austr. 6: 141 (1873); Bailey, 
Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902), synon. nov. 
Baillon’s varietal name for this luxuriant large-leaved tomentose form has apparently 
been overlooked, or perhaps by Bentham deliberately neglected, but it antedates Bentham ’s 
var. macrophylla by seven years, and should be restored. It was based by Baillon on four 
collections: Dallachy 4, from ‘salt water creeks’ at Rockhampton; Mueller s.n., from 
Moreton Bay; and Beckler s.n., from Richmond River and Clarence River. The form is 
possibly an ecotype growing in unusually favourable conditions. 
var. angustifolius F.M. Bailey, Contrib. Queensl. FI., in Queensl. Dept. Agric., Bull. No. 
7 (Bot. Bull . No. 2): 18 (1891), & Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902); apparently not accounted for 
by Pax & Hoffmann (1914). 
This very distinct form was described from Yandina, some 84 kilometres north of 
Brisbane, and there is a specimen at Kew ( Longman s.n.) from Buderim Mt., a few 
kilometres south of this. In its cuneate-oblanceolate or cuneate-elliptic, sharply dentate 
leaves it is very distinct, and may deserve specific rank. 
A very similar form, but with broader and only minutely dentate leaves, was collected 
on Lizard Island (Cook Distr., N. of Cape Flattery, viii.1820, A. Cunningham 106, 3rd 
voyage). It could well represent a variation of var. angustifolius , but further collections are 
needed from the locality. Bentham and Bailey both cite it merely as M. claoxyloides. 
var. ficifolius (Baill.) Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 141 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902); 
Britten, 111. Bot. Cook. Voy. Endeavour 89, t. 292 (1905). 
Echinus claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Baill. var. ficifolius Baill. in Adansonia 6: 315 
( 1 866) . Type : ‘ ‘ Dallachy , n . 47 , Queensland ; Rockhampton ( herb . F. Muell . ! ) ” . 
Mallotus ficifolius (Baill.) Pax & Hoffm., in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 151 
(1914). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — New Holland [Endeavour River] . 1770, Banks & Solander 
(MEL). South Kennedy District — Port Mackay, n.d. , Amalia Dietrich 1834. 2479 (MEL). Port Curtis District 
— near Rockhampton, always growing in the dry beds of creeks or amongst stones, small tree, flower [cf] yellow, 
24.xii.1862, Dallachy 47 (type, MEL); Rockhampton, n.d., Thozet 4 (MEL). 
The status of this taxon in relation to var. cordatus is uncertain. 
Mallotus (§ Rottlera) discolor F. Muell. ex. Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 143 (1873); Bailey, 
Queensl. FI. 5: 1449 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 183 
(1914); Francis, Aust. Rain-forest Trees, ed. 3, 230 (1970); descr. hie amplif. Type: 
N.S.W., Clarence River, mountain brush forests, 1862, London Exhibition 82 (K). 
Rottlera discolor F. Muell. in Coll. Northern Woods N.S.W. London Exhib. no. 82 
(1862), nomen. 
Macaranga mallotoides sec. F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 4: 140 (1864), in obs., 
non F. Muell. 1863. 
Mallotus repandus sec. F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 6: 185 (1868), in obs., non 
(Willd.) Muell. Arg. 
The following items of information were noted on field labels to collections of this 

Page image

459905 Macaranga subdentata Muelleria 4(3): 236
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352670
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

236 
Macaranga fimbriata S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). 
Queensland. Cook District — T.R. 14, 13° 45' S. . 143° 20' E. . rain-forest, ait. 450 m, tree, 20 cm d.b.h., 
buttressed, 25. ix. 1975, Hyland 3327 RFK (QRS). 
This is not far from the Rocky River locality where Hyland 2860 RFK, recorded in 
1976, l.c., was collected. 
Macaranga inamoena F. Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 
5: 1451 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler , Pflanzenreich IV. vii: 360 (1914); Airy Shaw in 
Kew Bull. 31: 396(1976), inclavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL, K). 
Queensland (early collection). Cook District — Upper Russell River, 30 ft, ( 8 flower and fallen fruit), 
1887, Sayer 222 (MEL). 
Macaranga inamoena seems to be a relatively frequent species in the rain-forests of the 
Atherton Tableland. There are numerous recent collections in QRS and BRI, and about ten 
in K. 
Macaranga inermis Pax & Hoffm. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Innisfail, ? 19 18, Rev. N. Michael 206 (NSW); Johnstone 
River, n.d.. Rev. N. Michael s.n. (NSW) (type of M. multiflora C.T. White; cf. Kew Bull. l.c.). North Kennedy 
District — Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL); King Ranch, in Tully River Valley, very common in 
swamps, with Melaleuca quinquenervia and Archontophoenix alexandriae in the high rainfall areas of North-east 
Queensland, n.d., collector? (NSW). 
This is another of Dallachy’s collections that failed to find a place in Bentham (FI. 
Austr. (1873)). 
Macaranga involucrata var. mallotoides (F. Muell.) Perry. See Kew Bull. 31: 394(1976). 
Queensland. (early collection). Cook District — New Holland I Endeavour River] , 1 770, Banks & Solander 
(MEL). 
Macaranga subdentata Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1451 
(1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 361 (1914); White & Francis, 
Contrib. Queensl. FI., in Queensl. Dept. Agric. & Stock , Bot. Bull . 22: 36 (1920); Airy 
Shaw in Kew Bull . 31: 396 (1976), in clavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. 
(K). 
Queensland. Cook District — Johnstone River, 1885, Dr. Bancroft jun. Barron River, not a very large tree, 
about 35 feet [ 10.5 m] high, 1891 , Stephen Johnson (MEL); Gap Creek, 38 km S. by E. of Cooktown (9.5 km by 
road from Rossville), 15° 43' S., 145° 14' E.. alt. 230 m, 7.ix.l960, L.S. Smith 1 1121 (BRI, K); Ridge of 
McDowal Range, 16 miles [26 km] NNW of Daintree, 16° 03' S., 145° 13' E., mesophyll vine-forest, red clay 
soil, 17. xi. 1967, tree 6 m. d.b.h. 7.5 cm, leaves dark shiny green above, paler beneath, fruits yellowish-green, 
Boyland(& Gillieatt) 4 18 (BRI, K); Danbulla, Stony Creek logging area, 17° 09' S., 145° 35' E., small tree, male 
spikes terminated [occasionally] by a female flower, 2. ix. 1957, L.S. Smith 10122 (BRI, K) (Apparently growing 
with M. dallachyana, q.v., supra); Pine Creek forestry road, Murray Prior Range, nr. Cairns, in complex 
mesophyll vine-forest in gully, on soils derived from granite, alt. 200 m, small tree to 15 m, x.1973, Webb & 
Tracey 10776 (NSW). North Kennedy District — Mount Macalister, deal of this in the scrub; small yellow flower; 
has been sent before, 3.iv.l867, Dallachy s.n. (MEL); Telegraph Line [Rockingham Bay area], 2. viii . 1 870, 
Dallachy s .n . (MEL); Ibid., shrub or small tree, leaves very long, light or dark green, fls. [9] brown or brownish, 
2 & 23. xi. 1870, Dallachy s.n. (MEL). 
Acalypha L. 
(P. & H. 158) 
Acalypha wilkesiana Muell. Arg. in DC., Prodr. 15 (2): 817 (1866); Pax & Hoffm. in 
Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. xvi: 153 (1924). 
Queensland. Cook District — Murray's Island, Torres Strait, 1878, Rev. Chalmers s.n. (MEL). South 
Kennedy District — Port Mackay, no date or collector's name (MEL 69829) (a single leaf only). 
New South Wales (north-east). Richmond River, n.d., Ramsay s.n. (MEL). 
Native of Polynesia; doubtless introduced into Australia as an ornamental garden 
plant. 

Page image

463250 Mallotus claoxyloides Muelleria 4(3): 232
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352674
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

232 
Mallotus Lour. 
(P. & H. 125) 
Mallotus (§Rottleropsis) claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 192 (1865) 
6 in DC ..Prodr. 15 (2): 972 (1866); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 20: 42 (1966), q.v. for further 
references and synonyms, & 31: 392 (1976) in clavi. 
var. cordatus (Baill.) Airy Shaw, comb. nov. 
Echinus claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Baill. var cordata [sic.] Baill. \nAdansonia 6: 315 
(1866). 
Mallotus claoxyloides var. macrophylla [sic] Benth. , FI. Austr. 6: 141 (1873); Bailey, 
Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902), synon. nov. 
Baillon’s varietal name for this luxuriant large-leaved tomentose form has apparently 
been overlooked, or perhaps by Bentham deliberately neglected, but it antedates Bentham ’s 
var. macrophylla by seven years, and should be restored. It was based by Baillon on four 
collections: Dallachy 4, from ‘salt water creeks’ at Rockhampton; Mueller s.n., from 
Moreton Bay; and Beckler s.n., from Richmond River and Clarence River. The form is 
possibly an ecotype growing in unusually favourable conditions. 
var. angustifolius F.M. Bailey, Contrib. Queensl. FI., in Queensl. Dept. Agric., Bull. No. 
7 (Bot. Bull . No. 2): 18 (1891), & Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902); apparently not accounted for 
by Pax & Hoffmann (1914). 
This very distinct form was described from Yandina, some 84 kilometres north of 
Brisbane, and there is a specimen at Kew ( Longman s.n.) from Buderim Mt., a few 
kilometres south of this. In its cuneate-oblanceolate or cuneate-elliptic, sharply dentate 
leaves it is very distinct, and may deserve specific rank. 
A very similar form, but with broader and only minutely dentate leaves, was collected 
on Lizard Island (Cook Distr., N. of Cape Flattery, viii.1820, A. Cunningham 106, 3rd 
voyage). It could well represent a variation of var. angustifolius , but further collections are 
needed from the locality. Bentham and Bailey both cite it merely as M. claoxyloides. 
var. ficifolius (Baill.) Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 141 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902); 
Britten, 111. Bot. Cook. Voy. Endeavour 89, t. 292 (1905). 
Echinus claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Baill. var. ficifolius Baill. in Adansonia 6: 315 
( 1 866) . Type : ‘ ‘ Dallachy , n . 47 , Queensland ; Rockhampton ( herb . F. Muell . ! ) ” . 
Mallotus ficifolius (Baill.) Pax & Hoffm., in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 151 
(1914). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — New Holland [Endeavour River] . 1770, Banks & Solander 
(MEL). South Kennedy District — Port Mackay, n.d. , Amalia Dietrich 1834. 2479 (MEL). Port Curtis District 
— near Rockhampton, always growing in the dry beds of creeks or amongst stones, small tree, flower [cf] yellow, 
24.xii.1862, Dallachy 47 (type, MEL); Rockhampton, n.d., Thozet 4 (MEL). 
The status of this taxon in relation to var. cordatus is uncertain. 
Mallotus (§ Rottlera) discolor F. Muell. ex. Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 143 (1873); Bailey, 
Queensl. FI. 5: 1449 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 183 
(1914); Francis, Aust. Rain-forest Trees, ed. 3, 230 (1970); descr. hie amplif. Type: 
N.S.W., Clarence River, mountain brush forests, 1862, London Exhibition 82 (K). 
Rottlera discolor F. Muell. in Coll. Northern Woods N.S.W. London Exhib. no. 82 
(1862), nomen. 
Macaranga mallotoides sec. F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 4: 140 (1864), in obs., 
non F. Muell. 1863. 
Mallotus repandus sec. F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 6: 185 (1868), in obs., non 
(Willd.) Muell. Arg. 
The following items of information were noted on field labels to collections of this 

Page image

463317 Mallotus claoxyloides claoxyloides Muelleria 4(3): 244
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352662
Page is part of the work An Alphabetical Check-list of Native Australian Euphorbiaceae (excluding Phyllanthus, Euphorbia, and the Stenolobeae), doi:10.5962/p.238386
463287 Mallotus claoxyloides angustifolius Muelleria 4(3): 232
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352674
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
463357 Mallotus claoxyloides cordatus Muelleria 4(3): 232
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352674
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
463413 Mallotus claoxyloides ficifolius Muelleria 4(3): 232
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352674
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
892207 Mallotus claoxyloides macrophyllus Muelleria 4(3): 232
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352674
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
463669 Mallotus discolor Muelleria 4(3): 232-233

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 232-233".

892208 Mallotus ficifolius Muelleria 4(3): 232
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352674
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

232 
Mallotus Lour. 
(P. & H. 125) 
Mallotus (§Rottleropsis) claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 192 (1865) 
6 in DC ..Prodr. 15 (2): 972 (1866); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 20: 42 (1966), q.v. for further 
references and synonyms, & 31: 392 (1976) in clavi. 
var. cordatus (Baill.) Airy Shaw, comb. nov. 
Echinus claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Baill. var cordata [sic.] Baill. \nAdansonia 6: 315 
(1866). 
Mallotus claoxyloides var. macrophylla [sic] Benth. , FI. Austr. 6: 141 (1873); Bailey, 
Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902), synon. nov. 
Baillon’s varietal name for this luxuriant large-leaved tomentose form has apparently 
been overlooked, or perhaps by Bentham deliberately neglected, but it antedates Bentham ’s 
var. macrophylla by seven years, and should be restored. It was based by Baillon on four 
collections: Dallachy 4, from ‘salt water creeks’ at Rockhampton; Mueller s.n., from 
Moreton Bay; and Beckler s.n., from Richmond River and Clarence River. The form is 
possibly an ecotype growing in unusually favourable conditions. 
var. angustifolius F.M. Bailey, Contrib. Queensl. FI., in Queensl. Dept. Agric., Bull. No. 
7 (Bot. Bull . No. 2): 18 (1891), & Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902); apparently not accounted for 
by Pax & Hoffmann (1914). 
This very distinct form was described from Yandina, some 84 kilometres north of 
Brisbane, and there is a specimen at Kew ( Longman s.n.) from Buderim Mt., a few 
kilometres south of this. In its cuneate-oblanceolate or cuneate-elliptic, sharply dentate 
leaves it is very distinct, and may deserve specific rank. 
A very similar form, but with broader and only minutely dentate leaves, was collected 
on Lizard Island (Cook Distr., N. of Cape Flattery, viii.1820, A. Cunningham 106, 3rd 
voyage). It could well represent a variation of var. angustifolius , but further collections are 
needed from the locality. Bentham and Bailey both cite it merely as M. claoxyloides. 
var. ficifolius (Baill.) Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 141 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902); 
Britten, 111. Bot. Cook. Voy. Endeavour 89, t. 292 (1905). 
Echinus claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Baill. var. ficifolius Baill. in Adansonia 6: 315 
( 1 866) . Type : ‘ ‘ Dallachy , n . 47 , Queensland ; Rockhampton ( herb . F. Muell . ! ) ” . 
Mallotus ficifolius (Baill.) Pax & Hoffm., in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 151 
(1914). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — New Holland [Endeavour River] . 1770, Banks & Solander 
(MEL). South Kennedy District — Port Mackay, n.d. , Amalia Dietrich 1834. 2479 (MEL). Port Curtis District 
— near Rockhampton, always growing in the dry beds of creeks or amongst stones, small tree, flower [cf] yellow, 
24.xii.1862, Dallachy 47 (type, MEL); Rockhampton, n.d., Thozet 4 (MEL). 
The status of this taxon in relation to var. cordatus is uncertain. 
Mallotus (§ Rottlera) discolor F. Muell. ex. Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 143 (1873); Bailey, 
Queensl. FI. 5: 1449 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 183 
(1914); Francis, Aust. Rain-forest Trees, ed. 3, 230 (1970); descr. hie amplif. Type: 
N.S.W., Clarence River, mountain brush forests, 1862, London Exhibition 82 (K). 
Rottlera discolor F. Muell. in Coll. Northern Woods N.S.W. London Exhib. no. 82 
(1862), nomen. 
Macaranga mallotoides sec. F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 4: 140 (1864), in obs., 
non F. Muell. 1863. 
Mallotus repandus sec. F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 6: 185 (1868), in obs., non 
(Willd.) Muell. Arg. 
The following items of information were noted on field labels to collections of this 

Page image

463735 Mallotus mollissimus Muelleria 4(3): 233
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352673
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

233 
species. “Tree pendulous in habit” (Grafton, N.S.W., 1914, Boorman). “Fruits soft, 
succulent when ripe” (Barney View, Qld., 1953, E. F. Constable). “This tree . . . has 
round yellow to clear when ripe berries, beloved by flying foxes” (Lower Clarence River, 
N.S.W., 1966, A. A. Cameron). 
The following specimens represent the farthest north from which I have seen this 
species. 
Queensland. North Kennedy District — 6 km N. of Elliot River, Cape Upstart, 19° 5' S., 147° 5' E.. on 
frontal dune in low closed forest, tree 4 m tall, 9.iv. 1975, McDonald & Batianoff 1395 (BRI): Palm Islands (off 
Ingham), n.d., Bancroft 72 (BRI). (The identification of the latter specimen is somewhat doubtful). 
The female inflorescence and fruit of M. discolor seem not yet to have been adequately 
described. The following description is based upon two specimens from the Richmond 
River, N.S.W.: Fawcett F31 , n.d. (MEL) and Mrs Hodgkinson s.n., 1875 (MEL). 
Inflorescentiae $ graciles, usque 3 cm longae, 3-7-florae, inferne nudae. Pedicelli 
I. 5 mm. long, late patentes, bractea minuta suffulti. Calyx irregulariter 3-5-fidus, segmen- 
ts subulatis 2 mm longis basi carinato-crassiusculis breviter cupulari-connatis dimidio 
superiore tenui reflexis vel revolutis apice acuto extra dense brevissime adpresse cinereo- 
puberulis intus fere glabris. Ovarium breviter ovoideum, 3-4-loculare, 2 mm longum et fere 
aeque latum, granulis aurantiacis dense obductum, stylis 3-4 subulatis 2-3 mm longis arete 
reflexis dense breviter plumoso-papillosis. Capsula depresse globosa, usque 8 mm 
diametro et 4 mm alta, 3-4-locularis, dense rubro-aurantiaco-granularis; semina (e capsula 
4-Ioculari) triquetro-globosa, 4 mm diametro, laevia, fusco-brunnea. 
Mallotus (§ Mallotus) mollissimus (Geisel.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 26: 297 (1971) & 31: 
391 (1976), q.v. 
Queensland. North Kennedy District — Port Denison, n.d., Amalia Dietrich 2753, 2760 (MEL). Port 
Curtis District — Near Manifold, 22° 40' S., 150° 45' E., vine thicket, alt. 100 m, small tree, 6.x. 1976, Hyland 
9061 (QSR). 
The latter locality is possibly the most southerly from which M. mollissimus has yet 
been recorded. 
Mallotus (§ Rottlera) nesophilus Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 196 (1865) & in DC., Prodr. 
15 (2): 981 (1866); Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 143 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1449 (1902); 
Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 183 (1914). Syntypes: Cape Flinders, 
July, 1819, Cunningham 295 (MEL, K); Sweers I., n.d., Henne s.n. ; Quail L, 1855 , Flood 
s.n. (MEL, K). 
Echinus nesophilus (Muell. Arg.) Baill. in Adansonia 6: 314 (1866). 
Western Australia. Roebuck Bay, July 1890, Tepper 129 (MEL); W. Kimberley, Windjana Gorge, small 
tree, on river banks, 27. v. 1974, Beard 6962 (NSW). 
Northern Territory. Port Darwin. 1881 .Holtze 157 (MEL); Ibid., small tree with round head, up to 30 feet 
[9 m], dioecious, 71891. Holtze 1153 (MEL); Quail Island, 1851, Flood s.n. (MEL); Sweers I., large shrub, 
J. ix. 1867, B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL); Maria I., fine spreading shrub with minute flowers, 6.ix. 1867, [B. Gulliver 
s.n.] (MEL); Near Caledon Bay, shrub about 12 feet [3.5 m] high, with brownish leaves and yellow flowers, 
sandy situations, 1.x. 1867.B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL); Melville Bay, small shrub with minute yellow flowers, found 
in dry places, 4.x. 1867, B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL). 
Queensland. Cook District — Edward River Mission, W. coast Cape York Peninsula, 14° 54' S., 141° 37' 
E., in monsoon woodland on shell sand, fruit orange, 20. viii . 1974. L. Johnson 7816 (NSW). 
Mallotus (§ Stylanthus) oblongifolius (Miq.) Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 192 (1865) & in 
DC. , Prodr. 15 (2): 973 (1866); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 26: 306 (1971) & Kew Bull. Add. 
Ser. 4: 173 ( 1975), q.v. for full references & synonymy, & Kew Bull. 31: 392 (1976) inobs. 
Queensland. Cook District — Johnstone River, xii.1882, Berthoud s.n. (MEL). 
This isolated record confirms the suggestion that I made in 1976 (l.c.) that Mallotus 
oblongifolius , a widespread Malesian species, might occur in North Queensland. The 
species seems never to have been collected in the state since 1882. Botanists in the Innisfail 
region are asked to watch for the plant. 
None of the hitherto known Australian species of Mallotus belongs to the section 

Page image

797473 Mallotus muricatus walkerae Muelleria 4(3): 234
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352672
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
463833 Mallotus nesophilus Muelleria 4(3): 233
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352673
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
463857 Mallotus oblongifolius Muelleria 4(3): 233-234

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 233-234".

464011 Mallotus repandus Muelleria 4(3): 234
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352672
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
464039 Mallotus resinosus Muelleria 4(3): 234
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352672
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
463149 Mallotus Muelleria 4(3): 233
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352673
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

233 
species. “Tree pendulous in habit” (Grafton, N.S.W., 1914, Boorman). “Fruits soft, 
succulent when ripe” (Barney View, Qld., 1953, E. F. Constable). “This tree . . . has 
round yellow to clear when ripe berries, beloved by flying foxes” (Lower Clarence River, 
N.S.W., 1966, A. A. Cameron). 
The following specimens represent the farthest north from which I have seen this 
species. 
Queensland. North Kennedy District — 6 km N. of Elliot River, Cape Upstart, 19° 5' S., 147° 5' E.. on 
frontal dune in low closed forest, tree 4 m tall, 9.iv. 1975, McDonald & Batianoff 1395 (BRI): Palm Islands (off 
Ingham), n.d., Bancroft 72 (BRI). (The identification of the latter specimen is somewhat doubtful). 
The female inflorescence and fruit of M. discolor seem not yet to have been adequately 
described. The following description is based upon two specimens from the Richmond 
River, N.S.W.: Fawcett F31 , n.d. (MEL) and Mrs Hodgkinson s.n., 1875 (MEL). 
Inflorescentiae $ graciles, usque 3 cm longae, 3-7-florae, inferne nudae. Pedicelli 
I. 5 mm. long, late patentes, bractea minuta suffulti. Calyx irregulariter 3-5-fidus, segmen- 
ts subulatis 2 mm longis basi carinato-crassiusculis breviter cupulari-connatis dimidio 
superiore tenui reflexis vel revolutis apice acuto extra dense brevissime adpresse cinereo- 
puberulis intus fere glabris. Ovarium breviter ovoideum, 3-4-loculare, 2 mm longum et fere 
aeque latum, granulis aurantiacis dense obductum, stylis 3-4 subulatis 2-3 mm longis arete 
reflexis dense breviter plumoso-papillosis. Capsula depresse globosa, usque 8 mm 
diametro et 4 mm alta, 3-4-locularis, dense rubro-aurantiaco-granularis; semina (e capsula 
4-Ioculari) triquetro-globosa, 4 mm diametro, laevia, fusco-brunnea. 
Mallotus (§ Mallotus) mollissimus (Geisel.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 26: 297 (1971) & 31: 
391 (1976), q.v. 
Queensland. North Kennedy District — Port Denison, n.d., Amalia Dietrich 2753, 2760 (MEL). Port 
Curtis District — Near Manifold, 22° 40' S., 150° 45' E., vine thicket, alt. 100 m, small tree, 6.x. 1976, Hyland 
9061 (QSR). 
The latter locality is possibly the most southerly from which M. mollissimus has yet 
been recorded. 
Mallotus (§ Rottlera) nesophilus Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 196 (1865) & in DC., Prodr. 
15 (2): 981 (1866); Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 143 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1449 (1902); 
Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 183 (1914). Syntypes: Cape Flinders, 
July, 1819, Cunningham 295 (MEL, K); Sweers I., n.d., Henne s.n. ; Quail L, 1855 , Flood 
s.n. (MEL, K). 
Echinus nesophilus (Muell. Arg.) Baill. in Adansonia 6: 314 (1866). 
Western Australia. Roebuck Bay, July 1890, Tepper 129 (MEL); W. Kimberley, Windjana Gorge, small 
tree, on river banks, 27. v. 1974, Beard 6962 (NSW). 
Northern Territory. Port Darwin. 1881 .Holtze 157 (MEL); Ibid., small tree with round head, up to 30 feet 
[9 m], dioecious, 71891. Holtze 1153 (MEL); Quail Island, 1851, Flood s.n. (MEL); Sweers I., large shrub, 
J. ix. 1867, B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL); Maria I., fine spreading shrub with minute flowers, 6.ix. 1867, [B. Gulliver 
s.n.] (MEL); Near Caledon Bay, shrub about 12 feet [3.5 m] high, with brownish leaves and yellow flowers, 
sandy situations, 1.x. 1867.B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL); Melville Bay, small shrub with minute yellow flowers, found 
in dry places, 4.x. 1867, B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL). 
Queensland. Cook District — Edward River Mission, W. coast Cape York Peninsula, 14° 54' S., 141° 37' 
E., in monsoon woodland on shell sand, fruit orange, 20. viii . 1974. L. Johnson 7816 (NSW). 
Mallotus (§ Stylanthus) oblongifolius (Miq.) Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 192 (1865) & in 
DC. , Prodr. 15 (2): 973 (1866); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 26: 306 (1971) & Kew Bull. Add. 
Ser. 4: 173 ( 1975), q.v. for full references & synonymy, & Kew Bull. 31: 392 (1976) inobs. 
Queensland. Cook District — Johnstone River, xii.1882, Berthoud s.n. (MEL). 
This isolated record confirms the suggestion that I made in 1976 (l.c.) that Mallotus 
oblongifolius , a widespread Malesian species, might occur in North Queensland. The 
species seems never to have been collected in the state since 1882. Botanists in the Innisfail 
region are asked to watch for the plant. 
None of the hitherto known Australian species of Mallotus belongs to the section 

Page image

464098 Mallotus tiliifolius Muelleria 4(3): 234-235

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 234-235".

502951 Margaritaria dubium-traceyi Muelleria 4(3): 214
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352692
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

214 
Queensland. Burke District — durre Hugel bei Cloncurry, ii. 1910, Domin 5954, 5955 (type, PR). 
This is no doubt an extreme ecotype from an exceptionally arid situation. 1 have seen 
no other collections to match it in the small size of the leaves (rarely exceeding 2.5 cm in 
length and mostly much less) and in the character of venation. It seems therefore to deserve 
recognition. On the other hand Domin’s f. reticulata (l.c.) is typical of many of the more 
strongly nerved forms of S. melanthesoides and is not worth maintaining. 
Margaritaria L.f. 
(P. & H. 27/a, from 29 Sect. XII) 
Margaritaria dubium-traceyi Airy Shaw & Hyland in Kew Bull . 31:357, fig. 1 (1976). 
Queensland. Burke District — Adel’s Grove, Lawn Hill River [c. 55 km from Northern Territory boun- 
dary], tree 3-5 m high, with dense bright green foliage, c. 1926, A. De Lestang 142 (BRI); 25 km SSE of 
Normanton, on Normanton-Croydon road, 17°53' S., 141° 12' N.. in low woodland of Melaleuca acacioides, 
Bauhinia carronii and Terminalia sp.. vi. 1972, G.R. Beeston 1 (BRI); 65 km ESE of Normanton, 18° 02' S., 141° 
38' E. , in low open forest of Melaleuca acacioides .Bauhinia carronii andTerminalia vi.1972. G.R. Beeston 73 & 
76 (BRI); Approximately 5 km S. of Clarina Creek on Gum Creek Homestead road, justS. of Normanton-Croydon 
road, 17° 3' S., 141° 0' E., growing in Duplex Dy 3.8 soil, in Melaleuca acacioides, Bauhinia & Terminalia 
forest. 7.v. 1974, T.J . Hull s.n. (BRI). Cook District — Robertson River (S. of Forsayth, approx. 19° S., 143° 30' 
E.), c. 1877-82. Armit 740 (2 sheets) (MEL). 
Phyllanthus L. 
(P. & H. 29) 
Phyllanthus (§Nymania) clamboides (F. Muell.) Diels in Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin- 
Dahlem 1 1: 309 (1931); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 359 (1976), q.v. 
Hexaspermum paniculatum Domin in Biblioth. Bot. 22: 870 (Heft 89: 316) (1927), 
synon. nov. 
The type collection of Hexaspermum paniculatum from Harvey’s Creek, is typical 
material, in female flower and fruit, of the common New Guinea and Solomons species that 
has long been known under the name Phyllanthus choristylus Diels, but which is now 
regarded as a synonym of P . clamboides (see Kew Bull., l.c.). 
Phyllanthus (§ Nymania) cuscutiflorus S. Moore ini. Bot. Brit. & For. 43: 148 (1905); 
Webster & Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 26: 99 (1971); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 3 1 : 360 (1976), 
in obs. 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River, 1 882, Persietz 177, 195 (MEL); Ibid. , 
1882, Persieh 709 (MEL); 1883, Persieh 96 (or 196 or X96?) (MEL); 1886, Persieh 743 (MEL); Trinity Inlet, 
small tree, n.d., W. Hill 262 (MEL). 
Two modem collections. Brass & White 153, from the Cook Highway 19 miles 
[30 km] N. of Catms, and Stephens in /V. Queensl. Nats. Club 11696, from Brinsmead 
Road. Freshwater (both only a few miles from the type locality), differ strikingly in their 
male inflorescences. In the Brass & White collection the male flowers are borne directly in 
the axils of the foliage leaves, on exceedingly elongate capillary pedicels up to 2.5 cm long. 
In th eStephens specimen they are borne on very slender fascicled leafless branchlets up to 
8 cm long, arising from the axils of the foliage leaves on the main branches, and the flowers, 
which are still in the bud stage, are much more shortly pedicelled, up to 5 mm. The latter 
point may not be important, as the male pedicels of Phyllanthus sometimes undergo 
enormous elongation at anthesis, but the slender leafless branchlets are striking. Both 
collections exhibit the thin, brittle leaves, glaucous beneath, that seem to be characteristic of 
P. cuscutiflorus . There is need of observations on the variation of this plant in the field. 
Phyllanthus (§ Emblicastrum) lamprophyllus Muell. Arg. See Kew Bull . 31: 361 (1976). 
Add to references: S. Moore ini. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 217 (1920). 
P. buxifolius sec. F. Muell., Descript. Notes Papuan PI. 1 (2): 23 (1876) & Fragm. 

Page image

799991 Mercurialis angustifolia Muelleria 4(3): 231
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352675
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

231 
inflorescence consisting (as Baillon notes) almost entirely of male flowers. Both leaves and 
inflorescence bear the subfloccose indumentum of the southern form. 
Var. rockinghamensis approaches the New Guinea plant described {Kew Bull. 20: 26 
(1966)) as var. floccosa Airy Shaw, and it is probable that the latter may have to be reduced 
to Baillon ’s variety. The New Guinea form is extreme in its densely floccose indumentum, 
and sometimes produces unusually large flowers. Very few specimens with female flower 
or fruit have yet been collected, but in Floyd NGF 7436 , from the Bulolo Valley, Morobe 
District, the female flowers have a clearly trilocular ovary, with 3 deeply bifid styles. 
Rockinghamia Airy Shaw 
(P. & H. 105/a) 
Rockinghamia angustifolia (Benth.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 20: 29 (1966). 
Queensland, (early collections). Cook District — Daintree River. 1881, Pentzcke 7 & 22 (MEL). 
Rockinghamia brevipes Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 389 (1976). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Mt. Bellenden-Ker. alt. 1560 m, 1887 ,Sayer 118 (MEL): 
Mt. Bartle Frere, "A small tree 25 ft. about 600 ft. lower than Bartle Frere on the south side”, 1891 . 1892, 5. 
Johnson s.n. (MEL). 
Claoxylon Juss. 
(P. & H. 119) 
Claoxylon angustifolium Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 165 (1865) & in DC. , Prodr . 15 (2): 
786 (1866); Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 129 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1441 (1902); Pax & 
Floffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 125 (1914). 
Mercurialis angustifolia (Muell. Arg.) Baill. in Adansonia 6: 323 (1866). 
Queensland. South Kennedy District — Pease's Lookout, 21° 07' S., 148° 31' E. , rain-forest, alt. 880 m, 
shrub. 12.x. 1976, Hyland 9131 (QRS); Mt. Etna, 23° 10' S., 150° 25’ E.. monsoon forest, alt. 200 m, shrub, 
9.x. 1976, Hyland 9106 (QRS). 
These are somewhat more southerly stations than the previously recorded localities of 
Bowen and the Cumberland Islands. C. angustifolium is a very isolated species, perhaps 
related to C. nervosum Pax & Floffm., of eastern New Guinea. 
Claoxylon tenerifolium (Baill.) F. Muell. See Kew Bull. 31: 390 (1976). Extension of 
range: 
Northern Territory. Deaf Adder Gorge, 13° 02' S., 132° 58' E., sandstone rain-forest, in sink hole, shrub 
2.5 m, 21. ii. 1977, Fox 2511. 
This represents the first record of any species of Claoxylon from the Northern 
Territory. The specimen is in fruit, and bears exceptionally large leaves, up to 23 x 12.5 cm. 
The following records are of interest either for the localities or for the accompanying 
field notes. 
Queensland. Cook District — New Holland. Endeavour River, 1710. Banks & Solander ( MEL) (Britten, 111. 
Bot. Cook's Voy. Endeavour 88, t. 290 (1905), asC. hillii Benth.); Thursday Island, vi. 1897.F.M. Bailey (BRI); 
Murray Island, 9° 55' S. , 144° 02' E. , vii. 1970, M. Lawrie 20 (BRI); Base of Black Mountain (= Black Trevethan 
Range), SW of Cooktown, in open space in depauperate rain-forest at upper limit of vegetation small tree, trunk 
sprawling over rocks, branches erect, branchlets ascending, leaves dark shiny green, flowers [c? ] greenish-white, 
bark whitish, shallowly fissured, 23 . xii . 1966,4 . Rodd216 (NSW); Sweet Creek, west side of Cook Highway, 16° 
4' S., 145° 4' E., ridge above creek, clay, tree, these specimens from ridge where it is pioneering very 
successfully, but more commonly seen at the edge of rain-forest, flowers [ 8 ] greenish-yellow, no smell, x. 1974, 
H E. Brown 6007 (BRI). 
B . Hyland ’s comments on the blaze odour of this plant are entertaining — ‘ ‘conspicu- 
ous but difficult to describe” ( Hyland 2156, from SFR 194); “rather unpleasant” ( Hyland 
2347 , ibid.); “obnoxious” (Hyland 2052, Mission Beach); “like rotten tomatoes” (Hyland 
6197 , Iron Range). 

Page image

524819 Monotaxis Muelleria 4(3): 239, adnot.
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352667
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

239 
in silt in cadjeput forest, shrub to 6 m, bark roughish, latex present, leaves ± bright green but not shining, fruit 
green turning dull red, 30. viii. 1974, George 12845. 
Northern Territory. Humpty Doo, 12°34'S., 131° 20’ E., rain-forest, slender tree to 9 m high, bark pale, 
with obvious leaf scars to base, 1 9 . ix . \91 4, Dunlop {& Airy Shaw) 3619: “The Pines", Douglas River, 13° 43 S., 
131° 38' E., rain-forest, spindly tree to 4 m high, 24,xl974, Parker 526 (d). Must 1293 (2). 
Queensland. Cook District — Daintree River, 1 0. xii _ 1 929 , Kajewski 1459: Ibid., light rain-forest, 
7 . iii . 1932, Brass 2247 ; Mowbray River, rain-forests, 23. i. 1932, Brass 2006: Bridle Creek, about 19 km SE of 
Mareeba, rain-forest margin, 21. xi. 1973, Hartley & Hyland 14142: State Forest Reserve 143, South Mary 
Logging Area, 16° 25' S., 145° 25' E., rain-forest, alt. 900 m, tree 16 mx30 cmd.b.h., 1 2. ii . 1 975, Irvine 1144. 
The extremely short (0.5-2 mm) and strongly recurved style-branches and the ‘tremel- 
loid’ bract-glands distinguish this species from H. populifolius . 
Monotaxis Brongn. 
(P. & H. 282) 
Monotaxis (§ Monotaxis*) tenuis Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
Ab affini M. macrophyllo Benth. habitu graciliore laxiore magis folioso, folits sinuatis vel argute dentatis 
siccitate glauco-viridulis vel flavescentibus, inflorescentiis siccitate haud gummosis gracillime pedun- 
culatis, floribus pro inflorescentia interdum usque 5 bene distincta. Typus: Northern Territory, van 
Balgooy & Byrnes 1358 (K, holotypus). 
Herba annua, 30-40 cm alta, erecta, glaberrima, ramis acute adscendentibus teretibus 
0.5-1. 5 mm crassis tenuissime striatulis. Folia spatulato-oblonga vel spatulato-ovata, 
1 .5-4 cm longa, 0.5-1 cm lata, basi in petiolum longe cuneato-attenuata, apice obtusa vel 
subacuta, margine aut sinuato-paucicrenata (raro subintegra) aut supeme utrinque argute 
3-7-dentata, inferne integra, tenuiter membranacea, laevia, siccitate viridula vel interdum 
sordide purpurascentia vel luride caerulescentia vel flavescentia, subtus glaucescentia et 
interdum minute albido-puncticulata; costa gracilis, supra incisa, subtus prominula; nervi 
laterales gracillimi, 4-5-jugi, acute adscendentes; petiolus fere filiformis, usque 2.5 cm 
longus; stipulae subulatae, 1 mm longae, acutissimae, infeme paucilaciniatae. Inflorescen- 
tiae in ramulis lateralibus vel subterminalibus tenuissimis gestae, dense capitatae, 4-6 mm 
diametro, floribus femineis 1-5 masculis numerosis comitatis. Flos 6 pedicello 1-2 mm. 
longo suffultus. Sepala 4, ovata, acuta, 1 mm longa, valvata. Petala minima, cordato- 
reniformia, unguiculata.57aw//w 8, antherarum thecisconnectivo angusto sejunctis bilocel- 
latis, locellis alabastro globosis duobus tantum fertilibus dehiscentibus post dehiscentiam 
transverse ellipsoideis. Flos ? brevissime pedicellatus vel subsessilis. Sepala masculis 
similia. Ovarium primo subglobosum, 2 mm diametro, mox breviter oblongum, stylis 
brevibus basi connatis alte bicruribus segmentis breviter papillosis apice attenuatis. Cap- 
sula brevissime oblonga, 2-3 mm longa et fere aeque lata, viridis, laevis, levissime 3-loba, 
interdum minute albido-puncticulata, stylis persistentibus erectis, post dehiscentiam col- 
umna tenui relicta. Semina breviter cylindrica, 2 mm longa, 1 .2 mm lata, laevia, nitida, 
immatura ochraceo-castanea, carunculo fusco, matura rubro-brunnea, carunculo conspicuo 
albido praedita. 
Northern Territory. W. Arnhem Land, 65 km NE of Pine Creek, locally common in sandy bed of dried-up 
creek, herb up to 40 cm, no milk-sap, stem purplish, 2 flower surrounded by d flowers, 25. vii. 197 1 , van Balgooy 
& Byrnes 1358 (holotype, K); Q59, 31 miles [48 km] ENE of Mudginbarry Homestead, 12° 32' S., 133° 19' E., 
common in sandstone seepage area with outcrops, associated with mixed forbs, grasses and shrubs, erect perennial 
herb 1 .5-2 ft. 1 45-60 cmj high, flowers yellowish-green and white, stems and leaves yellowish-green, 19. ii. 1973, 
Lazarides 7774. 
Queensland. Moreton District — Coomera Gorge , near Canungra, common in patches on rocky sides of the 
gorge, soft undershrub, flowers greenish-yellow, 30. iii. 1937, C.T. White 11051 . 
Although this plant is evidently closely allied to M. macrophylla , I do not believe that it 
represents merely a weak form of that species. The slender stems and branches, the leafy 
habit, the sinuate or sharply dentate leaves, drying a somewhat glaucous green or even lurid 
bluish or purplish or yellowish, the very slenderly peduncled inflorescences, which lack all 
‘Sect. Linidion Baill . , Sect. Eumonotaxis Benth., including the type species of the genus, M. linifolia Brongn. 
According to the International Code the section must now be called Sect. Monotaxis. 

Page image

525738 Monotaxis tenuis Muelleria 4(3): 239
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352667
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

239 
in silt in cadjeput forest, shrub to 6 m, bark roughish, latex present, leaves ± bright green but not shining, fruit 
green turning dull red, 30. viii. 1974, George 12845. 
Northern Territory. Humpty Doo, 12°34'S., 131° 20’ E., rain-forest, slender tree to 9 m high, bark pale, 
with obvious leaf scars to base, 1 9 . ix . \91 4, Dunlop {& Airy Shaw) 3619: “The Pines", Douglas River, 13° 43 S., 
131° 38' E., rain-forest, spindly tree to 4 m high, 24,xl974, Parker 526 (d). Must 1293 (2). 
Queensland. Cook District — Daintree River, 1 0. xii _ 1 929 , Kajewski 1459: Ibid., light rain-forest, 
7 . iii . 1932, Brass 2247 ; Mowbray River, rain-forests, 23. i. 1932, Brass 2006: Bridle Creek, about 19 km SE of 
Mareeba, rain-forest margin, 21. xi. 1973, Hartley & Hyland 14142: State Forest Reserve 143, South Mary 
Logging Area, 16° 25' S., 145° 25' E., rain-forest, alt. 900 m, tree 16 mx30 cmd.b.h., 1 2. ii . 1 975, Irvine 1144. 
The extremely short (0.5-2 mm) and strongly recurved style-branches and the ‘tremel- 
loid’ bract-glands distinguish this species from H. populifolius . 
Monotaxis Brongn. 
(P. & H. 282) 
Monotaxis (§ Monotaxis*) tenuis Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
Ab affini M. macrophyllo Benth. habitu graciliore laxiore magis folioso, folits sinuatis vel argute dentatis 
siccitate glauco-viridulis vel flavescentibus, inflorescentiis siccitate haud gummosis gracillime pedun- 
culatis, floribus pro inflorescentia interdum usque 5 bene distincta. Typus: Northern Territory, van 
Balgooy & Byrnes 1358 (K, holotypus). 
Herba annua, 30-40 cm alta, erecta, glaberrima, ramis acute adscendentibus teretibus 
0.5-1. 5 mm crassis tenuissime striatulis. Folia spatulato-oblonga vel spatulato-ovata, 
1 .5-4 cm longa, 0.5-1 cm lata, basi in petiolum longe cuneato-attenuata, apice obtusa vel 
subacuta, margine aut sinuato-paucicrenata (raro subintegra) aut supeme utrinque argute 
3-7-dentata, inferne integra, tenuiter membranacea, laevia, siccitate viridula vel interdum 
sordide purpurascentia vel luride caerulescentia vel flavescentia, subtus glaucescentia et 
interdum minute albido-puncticulata; costa gracilis, supra incisa, subtus prominula; nervi 
laterales gracillimi, 4-5-jugi, acute adscendentes; petiolus fere filiformis, usque 2.5 cm 
longus; stipulae subulatae, 1 mm longae, acutissimae, infeme paucilaciniatae. Inflorescen- 
tiae in ramulis lateralibus vel subterminalibus tenuissimis gestae, dense capitatae, 4-6 mm 
diametro, floribus femineis 1-5 masculis numerosis comitatis. Flos 6 pedicello 1-2 mm. 
longo suffultus. Sepala 4, ovata, acuta, 1 mm longa, valvata. Petala minima, cordato- 
reniformia, unguiculata.57aw//w 8, antherarum thecisconnectivo angusto sejunctis bilocel- 
latis, locellis alabastro globosis duobus tantum fertilibus dehiscentibus post dehiscentiam 
transverse ellipsoideis. Flos ? brevissime pedicellatus vel subsessilis. Sepala masculis 
similia. Ovarium primo subglobosum, 2 mm diametro, mox breviter oblongum, stylis 
brevibus basi connatis alte bicruribus segmentis breviter papillosis apice attenuatis. Cap- 
sula brevissime oblonga, 2-3 mm longa et fere aeque lata, viridis, laevis, levissime 3-loba, 
interdum minute albido-puncticulata, stylis persistentibus erectis, post dehiscentiam col- 
umna tenui relicta. Semina breviter cylindrica, 2 mm longa, 1 .2 mm lata, laevia, nitida, 
immatura ochraceo-castanea, carunculo fusco, matura rubro-brunnea, carunculo conspicuo 
albido praedita. 
Northern Territory. W. Arnhem Land, 65 km NE of Pine Creek, locally common in sandy bed of dried-up 
creek, herb up to 40 cm, no milk-sap, stem purplish, 2 flower surrounded by d flowers, 25. vii. 197 1 , van Balgooy 
& Byrnes 1358 (holotype, K); Q59, 31 miles [48 km] ENE of Mudginbarry Homestead, 12° 32' S., 133° 19' E., 
common in sandstone seepage area with outcrops, associated with mixed forbs, grasses and shrubs, erect perennial 
herb 1 .5-2 ft. 1 45-60 cmj high, flowers yellowish-green and white, stems and leaves yellowish-green, 19. ii. 1973, 
Lazarides 7774. 
Queensland. Moreton District — Coomera Gorge , near Canungra, common in patches on rocky sides of the 
gorge, soft undershrub, flowers greenish-yellow, 30. iii. 1937, C.T. White 11051 . 
Although this plant is evidently closely allied to M. macrophylla , I do not believe that it 
represents merely a weak form of that species. The slender stems and branches, the leafy 
habit, the sinuate or sharply dentate leaves, drying a somewhat glaucous green or even lurid 
bluish or purplish or yellowish, the very slenderly peduncled inflorescences, which lack all 
‘Sect. Linidion Baill . , Sect. Eumonotaxis Benth., including the type species of the genus, M. linifolia Brongn. 
According to the International Code the section must now be called Sect. Monotaxis. 

Page image

495301 Neoroepera banksii Muelleria 4(3): 217-218

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 217-218".

537942 Omphalea queenslandiae Muelleria 4(3): 238
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352668
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

238 
Shaw in Kew Bull. 23: 125 (1969) & 29: 328 (1974). Type: Mowbray River, 1932 .Brass 
2019 (BRI). 
Tritaxis australiensis S. Moore ini. Linn. Soc., Bot., 45: 218 (1920). Type: Cape 
York, 1868, Darnel s.n. (BM, K). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Cooktown, 1 877 .Persietz s.n. (MEL); Endeavour River 
1885 & 1886, Persieh 768 (MEL). 
Endospermum Benth. 
(P. & H. 234) 
Endospermum myrmecophilum L.S. Smith in Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. 58: 56, t. II 
(1947); Hyland, Card Key Rain Forest Trees N. Queensl.: 66 (1971); Schaeffer in Blumea 
19: 181, 187, map 3 (1971). 
Queensland. North Kennedy District (extreme NE) — Mission Beach, 17° 52' S., 146° 07' E., tree 7 ft 
V)50 m g b h ’ blaze odourlike green beans; orange-yellow speckles and stripes in the blaze, 8.x. 1968, Hyland 
To be expected in other coastal localities of North Queensland. The species was 
originally described from eastern New Guinea. 
Omphalea L. 
(P. & H. 237) 
Omphalea queenslandiae F. M. Bailey. See Airy Shaw mKewBull. 20: 415 (1966), 23: 
130 (1969) & 25: 550 (1971). 
An early (?syntype) collection of this liane from the Johnstone River, 1885, Dr. 
Bancroft jun. (MEL), exhibits a feature which does not appear to be mentioned by any of the 
authorities that 1 have consulted: namely, the development of remarkable elongate hooked 
tendrils, much as in the genus Ancistrocladus (Ancistrocladaceae) of tropical Africa and 
Asia. These tendrils are probably modified inflorescences, but this is a point that could best 
be tested from observation of living plants in the field. 
Homalanthus Juss. 
(P. & H. 241) 
Homalanthus novo-guineensis (Warb.) Lauterb. & K. Schum. in Schum. & Lauterb. , FI. 
Deutsch, Schutzgeb. Stidsee 407 (1901); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 21: 410 (1968), q.v. 
Homalanthus populifolius sec. George & Kenneally in Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. 
Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Research Bull . W. Aust. 3: 47 (1975), 
non Grah. 
In Kew Bull. l.c. , 409 I indicated that this common New Guinea species extended into 
Queensland. The Australian distribution of this species and of H . populifolius Grah. is now 
becoming clearer. The latter species occurs commonly in eastern New South Wales and 
south-east Queensland, and extends northwards as far as the region of Rockingham Bay 
( Dallachy s.n.) and Dunk Island ( Adams 20039), in the north-east of North Kennedy 
District.//, novo-guineensis , on the other hand, is now found to occur in Western Australia, 
in the Northern Territory, and in the region of the Atherton Tableland in the south-east of 
Cook District in Queensland. Thus the two areas approach rather closely, but apparently do 
not quite overlap, near the Cook/North Kennedy border. 
I have seen the following Australian collections of H . novo-guineensis. The specimen 
from Buderim Mi., Longman s.n., cited 'mKewBull. l.c. , 41 1 is excluded as it is found to be 
H. populifolius . 
Western Australia. Gariyeli Creek, Prince Regent River Reserve, 15° 32' S., 125° 13' E., on creek delta, 

Page image

530815 Petalostigma banksii Muelleria 4(3): 218
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352688
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

218 
type); Cape Sidmouth (approx. 14° 30' S.). no date or collector's name (MEL); Lizard Island, xii. 1871 , Walter 
s.n. (MEL); Cooktown, n.d. Fitzalan s.n. (MEL). 
The distributions of, and the distinctions between, the two species of Neoroepera need 
further investigation, but I believe that Walter’s Lizard Island specimen, referred by 
Bentham (l.c.) to A . buxifolia Muell. Arg. & F. Muell., belongs rather to A. banksii Benth. 
A. buxifolia is probably confined to a small area in Port Curtis District to the north-west of 
Rockhampton. Besides the type (Princhester Creek, Bowman ) I have only seen the follow- 
ing specimen; Between Marlborough and Yaamba, common along creeks, small tree, 
flowers [cSj cream, 27.x. 1937, C.T. White 12095 (BRI, photo at K). A. banksii has been 
collected a number of times from the north of the Cape Y ork Peninsula south to Cooktown. 
The sterile specimens of 'Sersalisia obovata , collected by Cunningham (no. 119) on 
the Endeavour River in June 1819 and referred by Bentham doubtfully to A. buxifolia , do 
not, I believe, belong to Neoroepera and are probably not euphorbiaceous at all. The 
petioles are appreciably longer than those of either species of Neoroepera (up to 4.5 mm, 
compared with 1-2 mm), and the lamina, when examined by transmitted light, shows a few 
small translucent gland-dots, mostly irregularly distributed, but occasionally grouped 
together near the apex of the leaf. 
Petalostigma F. Muell. 
(P. & H. 49) 
Petalostigma banksii Britten & S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31; 369 (1976). 
Northern Territory. Coburg Peninsula, 8 km SW of Danger Point, infrequent in groves in tall Eucalyptus 
forest, tree 3. 5-4. 5 m, trunk dark, tessellated, 23.vii.1961, Chippendale 8284 (BRI). 
Queensland. Burke District — Normantown, [c. 1867] B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL); 88 km N. of Hughenden, 
common on stony ridges, 1 1 ,ix. 1937, Brass & C.T. White 50 (BRI); 93 km SE of Burketown, 14. vii . 1 974, 
Olierenshaw P .0 . 1412 (CBG 058086; BRI). Cook District — Silver Plains-Goanna Creek road, in tea-tree scrub, 
xi. 1956, Webb 3187 (BRI); Cooktown, in open forest on rocky hillsides, small irregular tree with very dark grey 
tessellated furrowed bark and rather sparse sometimes shapely green crown; fruit yellow , 3 1 . vii . 1 943 , ST. Blake 
15079 (BRI), [Untypical; leaves up to 2.5 cm broad, mostly ± acute; ? tending towards P. pubescens], Mitchell 
District — Alice River, 1896. Miss May Dixon s.n. (MEL). 
Petalostigma nummularium Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 373 (1976). 
Northern Territory. Bonney Creek, 8 km off Stuart Highway, in red sandy loam flat above creek, tree'. 
3.5 m, multitrunked [ ! ] , dark rough bark; leaves : upperside bright green, underside grey-green, hairy; stems: 
brown-hairy; flower: 4 greenish cream sepals, cream stamens;/™//: immature, green, hairy, gooseberry-like, 
1. vii. 1973, Lina Johnson 73168 (NSW). 
Queensland. Maranoa District — Property of A. Murray, Calabah, 75 miles [ 1 20 km] south-east (sphalm. 
'south-west') of Charleville [Warrego District], Boatman road, mulga-box country, sandy soil, 28.iii.1962 ,J. 
Ebersohn s.n. (BRI). 
Petalostigma pachyphyllum Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 372 (1976). 
Queensland. Leichhardt District — Blackdown Tableland, 19 km SSE of Bluff, above North Scarp, in open 
Eucalypt forest on sandy soil with numerous rock outcrops, alt. 660 m. shrub to 1 m, fruit reddish-orange, 
19. ix. 1959, R.W. Johnson 961 (MEL). 
Petalostigma pubescens Domin. See Kew Bull . 31: 368 (1976); cf. George & Kenneally in 
Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Res. Bull. W . 
Aust. 3: 47 (1975). 
Western Australia (early collections). Prince Regent’s River, 1891, Bradshaw & Allen s.n. (NSW); 
Fitzroy River, 1896-97, Heartland s.n. (Calvert Exped.) (NSW); Dillon's Springs, E. Kimberley, x. 1906, W.V. 
Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW). 
Queensland (early collections). Burke District — Scrub near Saxby River (SE of Normanton), tree, 
viii. 1913, Miss F. Sulman 8 (NSW); Woolgar River (N. of Richmond), viii. 1915, E.W. Bick s.n. (NSW). 
Petalostigma quadriloculare F. Muell. See Kew Bull. 31: 370 (1976). 
A further obvious reason for typifying this species by Mueller’s female material (cf. 
Kew Bull. 31: 366) is the fact that he not only called the genus 'Petalostigma , from the 
female flowers, but named the species ‘quadriloculare’ , from the fruit. 

Page image

530967 Petalostigma nummularium Muelleria 4(3): 218
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352688
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

218 
type); Cape Sidmouth (approx. 14° 30' S.). no date or collector's name (MEL); Lizard Island, xii. 1871 , Walter 
s.n. (MEL); Cooktown, n.d. Fitzalan s.n. (MEL). 
The distributions of, and the distinctions between, the two species of Neoroepera need 
further investigation, but I believe that Walter’s Lizard Island specimen, referred by 
Bentham (l.c.) to A . buxifolia Muell. Arg. & F. Muell., belongs rather to A. banksii Benth. 
A. buxifolia is probably confined to a small area in Port Curtis District to the north-west of 
Rockhampton. Besides the type (Princhester Creek, Bowman ) I have only seen the follow- 
ing specimen; Between Marlborough and Yaamba, common along creeks, small tree, 
flowers [cSj cream, 27.x. 1937, C.T. White 12095 (BRI, photo at K). A. banksii has been 
collected a number of times from the north of the Cape Y ork Peninsula south to Cooktown. 
The sterile specimens of 'Sersalisia obovata , collected by Cunningham (no. 119) on 
the Endeavour River in June 1819 and referred by Bentham doubtfully to A. buxifolia , do 
not, I believe, belong to Neoroepera and are probably not euphorbiaceous at all. The 
petioles are appreciably longer than those of either species of Neoroepera (up to 4.5 mm, 
compared with 1-2 mm), and the lamina, when examined by transmitted light, shows a few 
small translucent gland-dots, mostly irregularly distributed, but occasionally grouped 
together near the apex of the leaf. 
Petalostigma F. Muell. 
(P. & H. 49) 
Petalostigma banksii Britten & S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31; 369 (1976). 
Northern Territory. Coburg Peninsula, 8 km SW of Danger Point, infrequent in groves in tall Eucalyptus 
forest, tree 3. 5-4. 5 m, trunk dark, tessellated, 23.vii.1961, Chippendale 8284 (BRI). 
Queensland. Burke District — Normantown, [c. 1867] B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL); 88 km N. of Hughenden, 
common on stony ridges, 1 1 ,ix. 1937, Brass & C.T. White 50 (BRI); 93 km SE of Burketown, 14. vii . 1 974, 
Olierenshaw P .0 . 1412 (CBG 058086; BRI). Cook District — Silver Plains-Goanna Creek road, in tea-tree scrub, 
xi. 1956, Webb 3187 (BRI); Cooktown, in open forest on rocky hillsides, small irregular tree with very dark grey 
tessellated furrowed bark and rather sparse sometimes shapely green crown; fruit yellow , 3 1 . vii . 1 943 , ST. Blake 
15079 (BRI), [Untypical; leaves up to 2.5 cm broad, mostly ± acute; ? tending towards P. pubescens], Mitchell 
District — Alice River, 1896. Miss May Dixon s.n. (MEL). 
Petalostigma nummularium Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 373 (1976). 
Northern Territory. Bonney Creek, 8 km off Stuart Highway, in red sandy loam flat above creek, tree'. 
3.5 m, multitrunked [ ! ] , dark rough bark; leaves : upperside bright green, underside grey-green, hairy; stems: 
brown-hairy; flower: 4 greenish cream sepals, cream stamens;/™//: immature, green, hairy, gooseberry-like, 
1. vii. 1973, Lina Johnson 73168 (NSW). 
Queensland. Maranoa District — Property of A. Murray, Calabah, 75 miles [ 1 20 km] south-east (sphalm. 
'south-west') of Charleville [Warrego District], Boatman road, mulga-box country, sandy soil, 28.iii.1962 ,J. 
Ebersohn s.n. (BRI). 
Petalostigma pachyphyllum Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 372 (1976). 
Queensland. Leichhardt District — Blackdown Tableland, 19 km SSE of Bluff, above North Scarp, in open 
Eucalypt forest on sandy soil with numerous rock outcrops, alt. 660 m. shrub to 1 m, fruit reddish-orange, 
19. ix. 1959, R.W. Johnson 961 (MEL). 
Petalostigma pubescens Domin. See Kew Bull . 31: 368 (1976); cf. George & Kenneally in 
Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Res. Bull. W . 
Aust. 3: 47 (1975). 
Western Australia (early collections). Prince Regent’s River, 1891, Bradshaw & Allen s.n. (NSW); 
Fitzroy River, 1896-97, Heartland s.n. (Calvert Exped.) (NSW); Dillon's Springs, E. Kimberley, x. 1906, W.V. 
Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW). 
Queensland (early collections). Burke District — Scrub near Saxby River (SE of Normanton), tree, 
viii. 1913, Miss F. Sulman 8 (NSW); Woolgar River (N. of Richmond), viii. 1915, E.W. Bick s.n. (NSW). 
Petalostigma quadriloculare F. Muell. See Kew Bull. 31: 370 (1976). 
A further obvious reason for typifying this species by Mueller’s female material (cf. 
Kew Bull. 31: 366) is the fact that he not only called the genus 'Petalostigma , from the 
female flowers, but named the species ‘quadriloculare’ , from the fruit. 

Page image

530988 Petalostigma pachyphyllum Muelleria 4(3): 218
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352688
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

218 
type); Cape Sidmouth (approx. 14° 30' S.). no date or collector's name (MEL); Lizard Island, xii. 1871 , Walter 
s.n. (MEL); Cooktown, n.d. Fitzalan s.n. (MEL). 
The distributions of, and the distinctions between, the two species of Neoroepera need 
further investigation, but I believe that Walter’s Lizard Island specimen, referred by 
Bentham (l.c.) to A . buxifolia Muell. Arg. & F. Muell., belongs rather to A. banksii Benth. 
A. buxifolia is probably confined to a small area in Port Curtis District to the north-west of 
Rockhampton. Besides the type (Princhester Creek, Bowman ) I have only seen the follow- 
ing specimen; Between Marlborough and Yaamba, common along creeks, small tree, 
flowers [cSj cream, 27.x. 1937, C.T. White 12095 (BRI, photo at K). A. banksii has been 
collected a number of times from the north of the Cape Y ork Peninsula south to Cooktown. 
The sterile specimens of 'Sersalisia obovata , collected by Cunningham (no. 119) on 
the Endeavour River in June 1819 and referred by Bentham doubtfully to A. buxifolia , do 
not, I believe, belong to Neoroepera and are probably not euphorbiaceous at all. The 
petioles are appreciably longer than those of either species of Neoroepera (up to 4.5 mm, 
compared with 1-2 mm), and the lamina, when examined by transmitted light, shows a few 
small translucent gland-dots, mostly irregularly distributed, but occasionally grouped 
together near the apex of the leaf. 
Petalostigma F. Muell. 
(P. & H. 49) 
Petalostigma banksii Britten & S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31; 369 (1976). 
Northern Territory. Coburg Peninsula, 8 km SW of Danger Point, infrequent in groves in tall Eucalyptus 
forest, tree 3. 5-4. 5 m, trunk dark, tessellated, 23.vii.1961, Chippendale 8284 (BRI). 
Queensland. Burke District — Normantown, [c. 1867] B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL); 88 km N. of Hughenden, 
common on stony ridges, 1 1 ,ix. 1937, Brass & C.T. White 50 (BRI); 93 km SE of Burketown, 14. vii . 1 974, 
Olierenshaw P .0 . 1412 (CBG 058086; BRI). Cook District — Silver Plains-Goanna Creek road, in tea-tree scrub, 
xi. 1956, Webb 3187 (BRI); Cooktown, in open forest on rocky hillsides, small irregular tree with very dark grey 
tessellated furrowed bark and rather sparse sometimes shapely green crown; fruit yellow , 3 1 . vii . 1 943 , ST. Blake 
15079 (BRI), [Untypical; leaves up to 2.5 cm broad, mostly ± acute; ? tending towards P. pubescens], Mitchell 
District — Alice River, 1896. Miss May Dixon s.n. (MEL). 
Petalostigma nummularium Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 373 (1976). 
Northern Territory. Bonney Creek, 8 km off Stuart Highway, in red sandy loam flat above creek, tree'. 
3.5 m, multitrunked [ ! ] , dark rough bark; leaves : upperside bright green, underside grey-green, hairy; stems: 
brown-hairy; flower: 4 greenish cream sepals, cream stamens;/™//: immature, green, hairy, gooseberry-like, 
1. vii. 1973, Lina Johnson 73168 (NSW). 
Queensland. Maranoa District — Property of A. Murray, Calabah, 75 miles [ 1 20 km] south-east (sphalm. 
'south-west') of Charleville [Warrego District], Boatman road, mulga-box country, sandy soil, 28.iii.1962 ,J. 
Ebersohn s.n. (BRI). 
Petalostigma pachyphyllum Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 372 (1976). 
Queensland. Leichhardt District — Blackdown Tableland, 19 km SSE of Bluff, above North Scarp, in open 
Eucalypt forest on sandy soil with numerous rock outcrops, alt. 660 m. shrub to 1 m, fruit reddish-orange, 
19. ix. 1959, R.W. Johnson 961 (MEL). 
Petalostigma pubescens Domin. See Kew Bull . 31: 368 (1976); cf. George & Kenneally in 
Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Res. Bull. W . 
Aust. 3: 47 (1975). 
Western Australia (early collections). Prince Regent’s River, 1891, Bradshaw & Allen s.n. (NSW); 
Fitzroy River, 1896-97, Heartland s.n. (Calvert Exped.) (NSW); Dillon's Springs, E. Kimberley, x. 1906, W.V. 
Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW). 
Queensland (early collections). Burke District — Scrub near Saxby River (SE of Normanton), tree, 
viii. 1913, Miss F. Sulman 8 (NSW); Woolgar River (N. of Richmond), viii. 1915, E.W. Bick s.n. (NSW). 
Petalostigma quadriloculare F. Muell. See Kew Bull. 31: 370 (1976). 
A further obvious reason for typifying this species by Mueller’s female material (cf. 
Kew Bull. 31: 366) is the fact that he not only called the genus 'Petalostigma , from the 
female flowers, but named the species ‘quadriloculare’ , from the fruit. 

Page image

531015 Petalostigma pubescens Muelleria 4(3): 218
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352688
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

218 
type); Cape Sidmouth (approx. 14° 30' S.). no date or collector's name (MEL); Lizard Island, xii. 1871 , Walter 
s.n. (MEL); Cooktown, n.d. Fitzalan s.n. (MEL). 
The distributions of, and the distinctions between, the two species of Neoroepera need 
further investigation, but I believe that Walter’s Lizard Island specimen, referred by 
Bentham (l.c.) to A . buxifolia Muell. Arg. & F. Muell., belongs rather to A. banksii Benth. 
A. buxifolia is probably confined to a small area in Port Curtis District to the north-west of 
Rockhampton. Besides the type (Princhester Creek, Bowman ) I have only seen the follow- 
ing specimen; Between Marlborough and Yaamba, common along creeks, small tree, 
flowers [cSj cream, 27.x. 1937, C.T. White 12095 (BRI, photo at K). A. banksii has been 
collected a number of times from the north of the Cape Y ork Peninsula south to Cooktown. 
The sterile specimens of 'Sersalisia obovata , collected by Cunningham (no. 119) on 
the Endeavour River in June 1819 and referred by Bentham doubtfully to A. buxifolia , do 
not, I believe, belong to Neoroepera and are probably not euphorbiaceous at all. The 
petioles are appreciably longer than those of either species of Neoroepera (up to 4.5 mm, 
compared with 1-2 mm), and the lamina, when examined by transmitted light, shows a few 
small translucent gland-dots, mostly irregularly distributed, but occasionally grouped 
together near the apex of the leaf. 
Petalostigma F. Muell. 
(P. & H. 49) 
Petalostigma banksii Britten & S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31; 369 (1976). 
Northern Territory. Coburg Peninsula, 8 km SW of Danger Point, infrequent in groves in tall Eucalyptus 
forest, tree 3. 5-4. 5 m, trunk dark, tessellated, 23.vii.1961, Chippendale 8284 (BRI). 
Queensland. Burke District — Normantown, [c. 1867] B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL); 88 km N. of Hughenden, 
common on stony ridges, 1 1 ,ix. 1937, Brass & C.T. White 50 (BRI); 93 km SE of Burketown, 14. vii . 1 974, 
Olierenshaw P .0 . 1412 (CBG 058086; BRI). Cook District — Silver Plains-Goanna Creek road, in tea-tree scrub, 
xi. 1956, Webb 3187 (BRI); Cooktown, in open forest on rocky hillsides, small irregular tree with very dark grey 
tessellated furrowed bark and rather sparse sometimes shapely green crown; fruit yellow , 3 1 . vii . 1 943 , ST. Blake 
15079 (BRI), [Untypical; leaves up to 2.5 cm broad, mostly ± acute; ? tending towards P. pubescens], Mitchell 
District — Alice River, 1896. Miss May Dixon s.n. (MEL). 
Petalostigma nummularium Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 373 (1976). 
Northern Territory. Bonney Creek, 8 km off Stuart Highway, in red sandy loam flat above creek, tree'. 
3.5 m, multitrunked [ ! ] , dark rough bark; leaves : upperside bright green, underside grey-green, hairy; stems: 
brown-hairy; flower: 4 greenish cream sepals, cream stamens;/™//: immature, green, hairy, gooseberry-like, 
1. vii. 1973, Lina Johnson 73168 (NSW). 
Queensland. Maranoa District — Property of A. Murray, Calabah, 75 miles [ 1 20 km] south-east (sphalm. 
'south-west') of Charleville [Warrego District], Boatman road, mulga-box country, sandy soil, 28.iii.1962 ,J. 
Ebersohn s.n. (BRI). 
Petalostigma pachyphyllum Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 372 (1976). 
Queensland. Leichhardt District — Blackdown Tableland, 19 km SSE of Bluff, above North Scarp, in open 
Eucalypt forest on sandy soil with numerous rock outcrops, alt. 660 m. shrub to 1 m, fruit reddish-orange, 
19. ix. 1959, R.W. Johnson 961 (MEL). 
Petalostigma pubescens Domin. See Kew Bull . 31: 368 (1976); cf. George & Kenneally in 
Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Res. Bull. W . 
Aust. 3: 47 (1975). 
Western Australia (early collections). Prince Regent’s River, 1891, Bradshaw & Allen s.n. (NSW); 
Fitzroy River, 1896-97, Heartland s.n. (Calvert Exped.) (NSW); Dillon's Springs, E. Kimberley, x. 1906, W.V. 
Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW). 
Queensland (early collections). Burke District — Scrub near Saxby River (SE of Normanton), tree, 
viii. 1913, Miss F. Sulman 8 (NSW); Woolgar River (N. of Richmond), viii. 1915, E.W. Bick s.n. (NSW). 
Petalostigma quadriloculare F. Muell. See Kew Bull. 31: 370 (1976). 
A further obvious reason for typifying this species by Mueller’s female material (cf. 
Kew Bull. 31: 366) is the fact that he not only called the genus 'Petalostigma , from the 
female flowers, but named the species ‘quadriloculare’ , from the fruit. 

Page image

531040 Petalostigma quadriloculare Muelleria 4(3): 218-219

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 218-219".

531217 Petalostigma triloculare Muelleria 4(3): 219
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352687
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

219 
Western Australia. "Mount Broome, W. Kimberley, May 1905, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (MEL). Shrub of3 
feet high.” — The specimen of P humile W.V. Fitzg. so labelled in the Melbourne Herbarium is probably part of 
the type collection, from the King River in E. Kimberley. The mistake in locality is possibly due to some confusion 
of labelling during the sorting of the material of Fitzgerald’s two expeditions. 
Northern Territory. Palmerston [Darwin], shrub springing in burnt ground, flowers yellow, n.d.. Rev. 
T.S. Lea s.n. (MEL). 
Add the following reference to the citations for P. humile W.V. Fitzgerald (synonym 
ofP. quadriloculare): S. Moore in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 218 (1920). 
Petalostigma triloculare Muell. Arg. See Kew Bull . 31: 369 (1976). 
Queensland. Port Curtis District — between Water Park Creek and The Peaks, 22° 45' S., 150° 45' E., dry 
sclerophyll forest, alt. 100 m, tree 13 m x 25 cm d.b.h., with a dark somewhat flaky and fissured bark. 7.x. 1976, 
Hyland9065 (QRS); Junction of Manifold and Freshwater roads, 22° 40' S., 150° 45' E.,dry sclerophyll forest, 
alt. 100 m, shrub or small tree with orange fruit, 6.x. 1976, Hyland 9060 (QRS). 
These recent collections carry the distribution of P. triloculare some 370 kilometres 
north of its previously known most northerly station near Maryborough, thus more than 
doubling the latitudinal extent of its area. The 13-metre high tree was by far the tallest 
Petalostigma that I had ever seen. 
Austrobuxus Miq. 
(P. & H. 52) 
Austrobuxus nitidus Miq. See Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 25: 506 (1971) & 29: 309 (1974) & 
in Kew Bull. Addit. Ser. IV: 43 (1975). 
Queensland. Cook District — S . F . R . 143, North Mary L. A., 16° 30' S., 145° 15' E.,alt. 1 100 m, tree 30 m 
x 50 cm d.b.h., with a slightly flaky bark; fruit green, probably immature, 17.vii.1973, H viand 6740: E/P 18, 
North Mary Logging Area, R 143. Mt. Lewis, 16° 30' S.. 145° 16' E., rain-forest, alt. 1000 m, 10.x. 1973. 
Sanderson 472 (QRS); Mt. Lewis Road, 16° 34' S. , 145° 1 1 ' E., tree 30 m high with gnarled bole 60 cm diameter, 
epicarp [of fruit] splitting at base and up the side leaving endocarp enclosing seeds; seeds with orange arillus. 
31.viii. 1957, Z..S. Smith 10095: Mt. Lewis, 16° 35' S.. 145° 15' E., rain-forest, alt. 1050 m, 21 .xii. 1967 .Hyland 
1255 RFK; S.F.R. 143, South Mary L.A., 16° 35' S., 145° 15' E., rain-forest, alt. 900 m, 17.viii. 1973, Irvine 
616 ; S.F.R. 143, Carbine L.A., 16° 35' S.. 143° 15' E., rain-forest, alt. 1200 m, tree 20 m x 30 cm d.b.h.o.b., 
with a flaky bark and slightly fluted stem, 18. xii. 1974, Hvland 7917: State Forest Reserve 310, 17°20'S., 145° 
40' E., rain-forest, alt. 700 m, 24. ix. 1973. Dansie s.n. (QRS); S.F.R. 310, Bora L.A., 17° 20' S., 145° 45' E., 
rain-forest, alt. 720 m, tree 25 m x 50 cm, with a fluted trunk and pink somewhat fibrous outer blaze, female tree, 
8.x. 1973 ,Hyland69l7: Ibid., tree 20 m x 60 cm. with a fluted trunk and flaky bark, male tree, 8.x. 1973, Hyland 
6918: Swipers Logging Area, 17°21'S., 145° 46' E. , rain-forest, alt. 700 m, tree 23 mhighx75 cm d.b.h.; stem 
fluted; bark flaky; outer blaze pink, fibrous; inner blaze pink, fibrous, 27. vi. 1972, Risley 59. 
I cannot distinguish this plant from narrow-leaved forms of the common/I. nitidus of 
Malaya, Sumatra and Borneo. The disjunction in distribution of nearly 3840 km between 
East Indonesian Borneo, the nearest otherwise known locality, and this North Queensland 
population is remarkable. It seems probable that the plant must occur in small quantity in the 
intervening area. 
Austrobuxus swainii (de Beuzev. & C.T. White) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 25: 508 ( 1 97 1 ) & 
29: 308 (1974), in clavi. 
Longetia swainii de Beuzev. & C.T. White in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 71: 236 (1947); Francis, Aust. 
Rain-Forest Trees, ed. 3, 230 (1970). 
In my key to the species of Austrobuxus (1974, l.c.) I expressed doubt as to whether/1 . 
swainii was rightly referred to this genus. Having now examined isotype and other material 
of this species in the National Herbarium at Sydney (NSW), I am satisfied that the 
assignment is correct, although the crenate-dentate leaves are unique in the genus. This 
feature suggests comparison with Choriceras tricorne (Benth.) Airy Shaw and, less 
strongly, with Dissi liaria muelleri Baill. The bilocular ovary, however, and the seeds with a 
conspicuous pale fibrous finely laciniate aril (as in Austrobuxus clusiaceus (Baill.) Airy 
Shaw and A. carunculatus (Baill.) Airy Shaw) are characters at variance with both 
C horiceras and Dissiliaria . The 8-stamened male flowers can be compared with those of 
few-stamened New Caledonian species such as /l. depauperatus (Baill.) Airy Shaw, A. 
gynotrichus (Guillaum.) Airy Shaw, /l. eugeniifolius (Guillaum.) Airy Shaw, etc. 
15520 / 79-4 

Page image

798618 Phyllanthus baccatus Muelleria 4(3): 215
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352691
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
490459 Phyllanthus brassii Muelleria 4(3): 216
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352690
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

216 
Phyllanthus (§ ?) brassii C.T. White in Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. 1935 , 47: 81 (1936). 
Queensland. Port Curtis District — Bulburin State Forest, 10 km E. of Builyan, 24° 30' S., 151° 30' E., 
rain-forest, alt. 400 m, shrub 1.5 m high, flowers [ d] red. 14. iv. 1974, Monteith in Moriarty 1976 (QRS). 
This is a remarkable range extension for a species that has hitherto been regarded as an 
endemic confined to the summit of Thornton Peak, about 65 km north of Mossman, in Cook 
District. The ample material (5 sheets) seems to agree with the type perfectly. Phyllanthus 
brassii is not closely related to any other Australian (or New Guinea) species, but shows 
probable affinity with some from New Caledonia, e.g. P. aeneus Baill., P. francii 
Guillaum., P. baladensis Baill. 
Phyllanthus (§?) sauropodoides Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
Forsan ex affinitate remotiore P. caesii Airy Shaw & Webster et P. verrucicaulis Airy Shaw (novo- 
guineensium), sed foliis chartaceis multo minoribus usque 6 x 2.8 cm tantum, staminibus liberis, 
capsula usque 6 mm diametro, sepalis femineis persistentibus longe distat. Typus: Queensland, 
Bulburin Forest, A.C. Robinson 27AI (BRI. holotypus). 
Frutex vel arbor, statura ignota, ramulis teretibus vel junioribus interdum distincte 
complanatis 1-3 mm. crassis laevissimis glaberrimis foliosis. Folia elliptica vel ovata, 
3.5-10.5 cmlonga, 1.5-4. 2 cm lata, basi late cuneata, apice brevissime acute caudata, ipso 
apice aristato-mucronato, margine integerrimo piano, chartacea, laevia, glaberrima, sicci- 
tate opaca, obscure viridia vel juniora subtus leviter rubescentia; costa gracillima, subtus 
vix prominula, supra tenuiter insculpta; nervi laterales tenuissimi, 5-6-jugi, acute adscen- 
dentes; nervi minores ornnino immersi; petiolus 3-4 mm longus, gracillimus, glaber; 
stipulae triangulares, 2-3 mm longae, acutae, conspicue ochraceo-marginatae et brevissime 
fimbriatae. Inflorescentiae numerosae, axillares, multiflorae, plerumque mere masculae 
sed interdum flore singulo femineo comitatae, biacteis numerosis minutis brunneis scariosis 
confertis. Flos 6 pedicello filiformi usque 6 mm longo glabro suffultus. Sepala 5, subor- 
bicularia, 1 .5-2 mm diametro, integra, membranacea, valde imbricata. Disci glandulae 5, 
cum sepalis altemantes, majusculae, subglobosae, valde lacunosae, interdum supeme 
cuspidatulae. Stamina 5, oppositisepala, libera, erecta, filamentis brevibus crassiusculis, 
antheris extrorsis ovoideis demum oblique deorsum spectantibus. Flos 9 in inflorescentia 
semper solitarius, pedicello robustioregestusprimum vix 1 cm. longo statu fructifero usque 
2.2 cm accrescente. Sepala 5, suborbicularia vel late spatulata, 2.5 mm longa et lata, 
breviter unguiculata, firme herbacea, glabra. Discus interrupte annularis, 0.5 mm altus, 
herbaceus vel submembranaceus, margine leviter erosulus. Ovarium subglobosum, 
1.5 mm diametro, glabrum, in stylum robustum 0.5 mm longum desinens, stylo apice 
breviter 3-ramoso, ramis divaricatis truncatis. Capsula pedicello usque 2.2 cm longo 
sursum incrassato suffulta, depresse globosa, 6-7 mm diametro, 5-6 mm alta, laevis, 
glaber, stylo persistente. Semina triquetra, 3 mm longa, 2 mm crassa, laevia vel dorso 
levissime longitudinaliter striatula, ochracea, minute brunneo-notata. 
Queensland. Port Curtis District — Bulburin Forest, 10 km E. of Builyan, 24° 31' S. , 151° 28' E., Site No. 
27A, 1 1 .i. 1975, A.C. Robinson 27A1 (holotype, BRI) (voucher for plant material collected in connection with 
rat-trapping) . 
The extent to which this plant mimics some of the smaller-leaved forms of Sauropus 
macranthus Hassk. is quite remarkable. The mimicry is not confined to the foliage but 
extends also to the conspicuous pale-margined stipules and the long-pedicelled female 
flowers and fruits with large persistent unguiculate sepals. But the male flpwers are simple 
Phyllanthus flowers, with none of the specialisations of Sauropus , and the style-branches 
are extremely simple structures, not the coiled ramshoms of Sauropus. 
I believe I am right in suggesting an affinity with the two New Guinea species 
mentioned above. (For an illustration ofP. caesius see Hook. Icon. PI. 38: t. 3704 (1974)). 
There is much similarity in the type of venation, and the male flowers, apart from the free 
condition of the stamens, are almost identical. The large lacunose disk-glands recall those in 
many species of sect. Nymania. It seems surprising that a species with such northern 
affinities should occur so far south in Queensland. 
The occurrence of P. sauropodoides and P. brassii (q.v.) in Bulburin State Forest 
suggests that the flora there may show peculiar features which would be worth closer 
investigation. 

Page image

490802 Phyllanthus ciccoides Muelleria 4(3): 215
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352691
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
490833 Phyllanthus ciccoides ciccoides Muelleria 4(3): 215
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352691
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
490878 Phyllanthus ciccoides puberulus Muelleria 4(3): 215
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352691
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
515025 Phyllanthus clamboides Muelleria 4(3): 214
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352692
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
515196 Phyllanthus cuscutiflorus Muelleria 4(3): 214
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352692
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
515630 Phyllanthus ferdinandi mollis Muelleria 4(3): 210
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352696
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
516581 Phyllanthus lamprophyllus Muelleria 4(3): 214-215

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 214-215".

517257 Phyllanthus novae-hollandiae Muelleria 4(3): 215-216

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 215-216".

517921 Phyllanthus sauropodoides Muelleria 4(3): 216
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352690
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
800264 Phyllanthus xerocarpus Muelleria 4(3): 212
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352694
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

212 
not the case in the type specimen. Hyland 322 1 RFK is distinct in the possession of a short 
but conspicuous style. It is possible that a distinct taxon is involved, but further material 
from the type area will be needed in order to assess the constancy of these features. 
Glochidion xerocarpum (O. Schwarz) Airy Shaw, comb, nov., cum descr. amplif. 
Phyllanthus xerocarpus O. Schwarz in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 24: 87 
( 1927); cf. McKee in Contrib. N .S.W . Natl. Herb. 3: 233 (1963). Type: Northern 
Territory, Darwin, 1927 Bleeser 495 (B; NSW, isotype). 
G. ferdinandii sec. Specht in Specht & Mountford (ed.), Rec. Amer.-Aust. Sci. 
Exped. Arnhem Land, 3, Bot. & Ecol.: 252, 398, 461 (1958), pro parte, non 
(Muell. Arg.) F.M. Bailey. 
G. mindorense subsp. mindorense sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 27: 21 [non 66 nec 72] 
(1972) & 29: 291 (1974), pro majore parte, non C.B. Rob. 
G. disparipes sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 31 : 345 (1976), quoad Specht 24 & 860, non 
Airy Shaw s. str. (1972). 
Glochidion sp., Dunlop, Latz & Maconochie in A. Terr. Bot. Bull. 1: 22 (1976). 
A formis glabrescentibus G. disparipedis Airy Shaw foliis adspectu crassiusculis laevissimis subtus opacis 
interdum ieviterglaucescentibus, venis minoribus fere immersis nec prominulis, a G. ramifloro J.R. & 
G. Forst. fructu majore subsessili subinflato, aG. mindorensi C.B. Rob. calyce $puberulo capsula 
5-loculari dignoscendum. 
Frutex vel arbor usque 10 m alta, ramulis modice robustis primum breviter pubescen- 
tibus demum minute puberulis, cortice vivo interdum insigniter cinereo. Folia ovata vel 
oblongo-elliptica, 4-10 cm longa, 2-5 cm lata, basi (saepe leviter asymmetrica) rotundata 
vel interdum cuneata vel raro cordatula, in apicem obtusum vel rotundatum vel rarius 
subacutum citius contracta. rarius late obtusissime cuspidata, margine integro anguste 
reflexo, firme chartacea vel subcoriacea, costa excepta glaberrima, laevissima sed paullum 
tantum nitidula vel imo opaca, siccitate plumbeo-brunnescentia vel viridula; costa gracilis, 
utrinque prominula vel supra fere plana, glabra vel basin versus parce puberula; nervi 
laterales gracillimi, 6-12-jugi, utrinque tenerrime prominula, late patuli, prope marginem 
arcuato-anastomosantes; nervi minores tenuissimi, fere immersi, inconspicui; petiolus 
2-5 mm longus, 1-2 mm cressus, minute puberulus; stipulae subulatae, 1-1.5 mm longae, 
acutae, puberulae, caducae. Fasciculi uni- vel bi-sexuales, pauciflori, axillares. Flos 6 
pedicello tenui glabro 5 mm longo suffultus; tepala obovata vel spatulata, obtusa, glabra, 
exteriora fere 3 mm longa, interiora paullo minora: antherae in massam oblongam fere 
1 mm. longam connatae. Flores $ solitarii vel bini, sessiles vel subsessiles; tepala 
oblongo-ovata, 2.5 mm longa, exteriora 1.5 mm lata, interiora angustiora, obtusa vel 
subacuta, extra puberula; ovarium depresse globosum, 1.5 mm diametro, 1 mm altum, 
dense adpresse puberulum; styli in massam depresse pulviniformem 0.5 mm diametro apice 
6-lobulatam circa foramen centrale connati, glabri. Capsula pedicello brevi puberulo 
suffulta, depresse globosa, adspectu quasi inflata, 1.5-2 cm diametro, 5-8 mm alto, 
5-locularis, firme Crustacea, minute puberula, siccitate castanea, quoque segmento sulco 
mediano percurso; semina triquetro-sphaerica, 4 mm diametro, laete rubra. 
Northern Territory. Port Darwin, 1884, M. Holtze 385 (MEL); Port Darwin, Mindel Beech, dry jungle, 
iv. 1927, Bleeser 495 (NSW, isotype); Nightcliff, Darwin. 12° 22' S., 130° 53' E., in monsoon forest on truncated 
lateritic podsol, 20.iii. \94S. Specht 24 \ Lee Point. 12° 20' S.. 130° 55' E.. beach front, shrub to 4 m high, small 
yellow flowers, 30. i. 1974, Must U71 (NT); Gunn Point, 12°09'S., 130° 58' E., shrub to 2 m, cream flowers, red 
berries, 27.vii. 1973. McKean 1123 (NT); Smith Point, Port Essington, 1 1° 10' S.. 132° 10' E., rain-forest, alt. 
5 m, tree 20 cm d.b.h., bark fissured, flaky, 25. xi. 1975. Hyland 3374 RFK (QRS. K); Elcho Island, Warangaiyu 
Lagoon, 1 1° 57' S.. 135° 43' E., deciduous vine thicket, stabilised coastal dune, 20.vii. 197 5. Dunlop 3960 (NT); 
Wessel Is. , 11° 11' S. , 136° 44' E.. rare in crevice of dissected sandstone, small tree to 3 m. 1.x. 1972 .Latz 3365 
(NT 36887); Yirrkala, 12° 12' S.. 136° 47' E., in monsoon forest on coastal dune, 1 1 . viii. \ 94&, Specht 860 (K); 
Gove, 12° 15' S., 136° 50' E., open forest on the edge of a swamp between sand dunes, alt. 5 m, 7.xi.l974, 
Hyland 7861 (QRS); Groote Eylandt, Angurugu, 13° 59' S., 136° 27' E., edge of jungle, small spindly shrub, 
small yellow flowers and green seed-capsule with red seeds, 25.vii.1973, Levitt 320 (DNA 9243); Gulf of 
Carpentaria, Maria Island, 14° 54' S., 135° 44' E.. limestone outcrop, patch of monsoon scrub, 17.vii. 1972, 
Dunlop 2873 (N.T. 36358). 
I had prepared the above description on the assumption that this was a new species, 
when my attention was drawn by John Maconochie, Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at 

Page image

802506 Rottlera discolor Muelleria 4(3): 232
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352674
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
471879 Sauropus macranthus Muelleria 4(3): 244
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352662
Page is part of the work An Alphabetical Check-list of Native Australian Euphorbiaceae (excluding Phyllanthus, Euphorbia, and the Stenolobeae), doi:10.5962/p.238386
467187 Securinega leucopyrus Muelleria 4(3): 213
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352693
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073

Page text

213 
Kew for 1976-7, to Schwarz’s paper in Fedde’ s Repertorium ( l.c .) on plants collected by 
Bleeser in tropical Australia. Schwarz’s description of Phyllanthus xerocarpus agreed quite 
well with my supposed new species. I then found from McKee (l.c.) that a duplicate of the 
type of P . xerocarpus was preserved in the New South Wales National Herbarium and I was 
able to borrow this crucial specimen. The material is very poor, consisting of two branch- 
lets, half-a-dozen detached leaves, one male and a few female flowers and a detached 
capsule, but is sufficient for recognition, and is certainly the plant in question. Clyde 
Dunlop, of Darwin, kindly went to Mindil Beach, the type locality, to discover whether 
Glochidion xerocarpum still persisted there, but found that the considerable area of 
monsoon forest that it formerly held had recently been completely cleared for playing fields 
and a caravan park. 
This species extends through Eastern Malesia to Java, Celebes, Sabah and the southern 
Philippines; see collections cited underG. mindorense in Kew Bull., l.c. It differs from true 
G. mindorense C.B. Rob. in its densely puberulous $calyx, in its depressed pulvinate style, 
and in its usually 5-(not 4-) locular capsule; fromG. ramiflorum in its considerably larger, 
subinflated, subsessile capsule (as well as in its puberulous ? calyx); and from both these 
species and the closely related G. disparipes Airy Shaw in its characteristically thickish 
smooth-looking leaves with the minor nerves almost immersed beneath. From G. sessilif- 
lorum Airy Shaw it differs in its puberulous ? calyx, and usually in the rounded leaf-base, as 
well as in the texture of the leaves. It has a predilection for sublittoral situations, at low 
altitudes, frequently on off-shore islands. 
Glochidion mindorense subsp. harveyanum , subsp. glahrum and subsp. paludicola ( Kew 
Bull. 27: 22-23 (1972)) must be restored to specific rank; cf. Kew Bull . 3 1 : 347, 352 (1976). 
Securinega Juss. 
(P. & H. 27) 
Securinega leucopyrus (Willd.) Muell. Arg. in DC.. Prodr. 15 (2): 451 (1866); Benth., 
FI . Austr. 6:116(1 873); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 25: 493 ( 1 97 1 ) & 26: 340 ( 1 97 1 ) , q . v . for 
further synonymy. 
Flueggea leucopyrus Willd., Spec. PI. 4: 757 (1805); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1426 
(1902). 
Records additional to those of Bentham, l.c.: 
Queensland. Cook District — Chillagoe, amongst boulders on limestone outcrop, alt. 360 m, tree about 
3-5 m high, green leaves, 22. i. 1931 . Winders 6770 . Port Curtis District — Pine Mountain, 22° 45' S., 149° 50' 
E., shrub or small tree 3.6 m high, outer bark dark grey and fissured slightly, 17.x. 195 1 ,L.S. Smith 47 58: North of 
Marlborough. 22° 45' S., 149° 45' E.. alt. 100 m, open forest. 10.x. 1976, Hyland 9107 (QRS). 
Securinega leucopyrus has an extremely sparse and scattered distribution in north- 
eastern Queensland. The only localities mentioned by Bentham were the Gilbert River, the 
Bowen River and Rockhampton. 
Securinega melanthesoides (F. Muell.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 352 (1976). 
Western Australia. Kimberley, 1884, Panton s.n. (MEL). 
Northern Territory. First large outcrop 4 miles [6.5 km] E. of Desert Block, N. of road, Amburla Stn., 
23° 20' S., 133° E., tree about 5' high, 3.U967, Latz N.T. 12079 (NT). 
This is the most southerly locality from which I have seen this species. 
Queensland. Burke District — ‘Laurel-leaved shrub. 8-10 ft in height, branching abundantly at ground 
level. A frequenter of creek-sides in the Cloncurry district, and an associate of Vitex vimi\na\lis in the channels, 
which on the Gulf fall takes the place of lignum [ ? V . lignum-vitae A. Cunn.? Muehlenbeckia sp. ? ] . Shrub loses its 
leaves in the dry time of year, but freshens up at once with early summer rains, flowering profusely when creeks run 
with thunderstorm water. Not browsed by stock, as there is generally other feed about when this shrub is in leaf.’ 
S.E. Pearson 136 (BRI). 
No such name as Vitex vimilis' is listed in the Index Kewensis. It was probably a 
mistake for Ventilago viminalis Hook. (Rhamnaceae). 
var. aridicola (Domin) Airy Shaw, conib. nov. 
Flueggea virosa var. aridicola Domin in Biblioth. Bot. 22: 878 (Heft 89: 324) (1927). 

Page image

467209 Securinega melanthesoides Muelleria 4(3): 213-214

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 4(3): 213-214".

467238 Securinega melanthesoides aridicola Muelleria 4(3): 213
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352693
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
526964 Templetonia incana Muelleria 4(3): 247, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352659
Page is part of the work A new species of Templetonia (Papilionaceae) from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.238387

Page text

A NEW SPECIES OF TEMPLETONIA ( PAPILIONACE AE) 
FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA 
by 
J.H. ROSS* 
INTRODUCTION 
An account of the genus Templetonia is being prepared for the Flora of Central 
Australia and this opportunity is taken of describing a very distinctive new species which 
occurs in Western Australia. 
DESCRIPTION 
Templetonia incana J.H. Ross, sp. nov., affinis incertae; ah omnibus speciebus dense 
incano-pubescentes, foliis magniis sintplicibus, stipulis conspicuis differt. 
Frutex usque ad 3 m altus, inermis; ramuli juveniles, folia, stipuli et calyces dense et persisenter incano- 
pubescentes. Folia simplicia; petiolus 0.6- 1.6 cm longus; lamina 2. 5-7. 5 cm longa, 1 .2-2.6 cm lata, 
elliptica, ovata vel elliptica-oblonga, apice rotundata vel obtusa, apiculata, costa et nerviis lateralibus 
subtus satis obviis. Stipulae conspicuae, 4-11 mm longae, 2.5-6 mm latae, dense et persisenter 
incano-pubescentes. Flore axillares, solitarii vel gemini; pedicelli usque ad 1.5 cm longi, persisentes 
incano-pubescentes; bracteae ad basim pedicellorum usque ad 6 x 1 .2 mm; bracteolae usque ad 5 mm 
longae, caducae. Calyx 5-dentatus, usque ad 17 mm longus. Corolla ruber; vexillum suborbiculare, 
usque ad 24 mm longum; carina et alae usque ad 24 mm longae, unguiculatae. Stamina 10; filamenta in 
columnam antice fissam connata. Ovarium usque ad 9 mm longum, glabrum. Legumina haud matura, 
oblonga, 1.7-2. 5 cm longa, 0.9- 1.2 cm lata. Semina ignota. 
Shrub to 3 m high with several slender sparingly branched stems or a solitary much 
branched stem; young branchlets, leaves, stipules and inflorescences clothed with a dense 
greyish velvety indumentum; stems terete, unarmed, the epidermis on the older stems 
sometimes splitting to reveal a greenish-yellow or yellowish-brown inner layer. Leaves 
simple, petiolate: petiole 0.6-1 .6 cm long; lamina (2.5) 3-7.5 cm long! (1.2) 1.5-2. 6 cm 
wide, elliptic, ovate or elliptic-oblong, apex rounded or obtuse to slightly emarginate, 
apiculate, the midrib and some of the lateral veins raised and conspicuous on the lower 
surface. Stipules paired, conspicuous, 4- 1 1 x 2.5-6 mm, variable in shape, obliquely ovate, 
orbicular or obovate-oblong, acute apically or apiculate, densely clothed with spreading 
hairs Flowers 1 or 2 per axil, borne on pedicels 0.7-1. 5 cm long, the pedicels densely 
clothed with spreading hairs; each pedicel with a basal, narrow-ovate, densely pubescent 
bract up to 6 x 1.2 mm and an apical pair of deciduous linear densely pubescent bracteoles 
up to 5.5 mm long, the bracteoles often shed shortly after the flower-buds open, the point of 
attachment of the bracteoles marked after their fall by a fringe of spreading hairs. Flower- 
buds completely enveloped by a dense indumentum. Calyx 5-lobed, up to 17 mm long, 
clothed with a dense indumentum of spreading hairs, the two upper lobes broader than the 
others, the lowest narrowest. Standard suborbicular, emarginate, red but variable, either 
red throughout or sometimes pale cream outside in upper half and/or yellowish basally, up 
to 24 mm long including a claw up to 6 mm long, up to 22 mm wide; wings up to 24 mm 
long including a claw up to 5 mm long, up to 10 mm wide, distinctly auricled; keel petals 
lightly united, pale green (fide A.S. George 14730), up to 24 mm long including a claw up 
to 5 mm long, up to 8 mm wide, distinctly auricled. Stamens 10, up to 24 mm long, the 
fdaments joined in a sheath split open on one side, anthers alternately basifixed and 
dorsifixed. Ovary up to 9 mm long, glabrous, 4-6-ovulate; style slender, curved, with a 
small terminal stigma. Immature pods oblong, sometimes obliquely so, 1.7-2. 5 cm long, 
0.9-1. 2 cm wide, with an acute lateral beak near the apex; valves coriaceous, glabrous. 
Seeds unknown. 
♦National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, 3141. 
Muelleria 4(3): 247-249 (1980). 
247 

Page image

799603 Tritaxis australiensis Muelleria 4(3): 237
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50352669
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Australian Euphorbiaceae – II, doi:10.5962/p.184073
487530 Actinobole condensatum Muelleria 4(4): 413
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952719
Page is part of the work Pollen-ovule ratios, breeding systems and distribution patterns of some Australian Gnaphaliinae (Compositae: Inuleae), doi:10.5962/p.184070

Page text

413 
APPENDIX 1 
New Combinations in the Australian Gnaphaliinae 
Actinobole condensatum (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnaphalodes condensatum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 
4: 228 (1852). 
As pointed out by Eichler (1963) the generic name Gnaphalodes A. Gray (1852, 
l.c.) is illegitimate, as it is a later homonym of Gnaphalodes Miller (1754). Thus he 
made a new combination for the species G.uliginosum, making the latter the 
neotype species of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. 
Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. Jb. 35: 614 (1905). 
Pcgonolepis muellerana (Sond.) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Skirrhophorus muelleranus Sond., Linnaea 25: 486 (1853) 
{‘Muellerianus)’. 
Siloxerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray. Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. 
Misc. 3: 177 (1851). 

Page image

460295 Blennospora phlegmatocarpa Muelleria 4(4): 413
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952719
Page is part of the work Pollen-ovule ratios, breeding systems and distribution patterns of some Australian Gnaphaliinae (Compositae: Inuleae), doi:10.5962/p.184070

Page text

413 
APPENDIX 1 
New Combinations in the Australian Gnaphaliinae 
Actinobole condensatum (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnaphalodes condensatum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 
4: 228 (1852). 
As pointed out by Eichler (1963) the generic name Gnaphalodes A. Gray (1852, 
l.c.) is illegitimate, as it is a later homonym of Gnaphalodes Miller (1754). Thus he 
made a new combination for the species G.uliginosum, making the latter the 
neotype species of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. 
Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. Jb. 35: 614 (1905). 
Pcgonolepis muellerana (Sond.) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Skirrhophorus muelleranus Sond., Linnaea 25: 486 (1853) 
{‘Muellerianus)’. 
Siloxerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray. Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. 
Misc. 3: 177 (1851). 

Page image

805593 Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Muelleria 4(4): 413
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952719
Page is part of the work Pollen-ovule ratios, breeding systems and distribution patterns of some Australian Gnaphaliinae (Compositae: Inuleae), doi:10.5962/p.184070
465714 Cestrum elegans Muelleria 4(4): 431
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952737
Page is part of the work A Conspectus of New Records and Nomenclature for Vascular Plants in Victoria Australia 2. 1978-early 1980, doi:10.5962/p.184072

Page text

431 
NEW RECORDS -INTRODUCED SPECIES 
All species listed have been found growing spontaneously in Victoria at least 
once in recent years. An asterisk (*) denotes those which seem to have become 
naturalized. 
*Amaranthus powellii S. Watson, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 10: 347 (1875). Amaran- 
thaceae. Grids MNVWZ, including M27, Shepparton, open paddock R. V. Smith 
64/722, 19. V. 1964 (MEL). 
*Bidens pilosa L., Spec. PI. 832(1753). Compositae. Grids ANX, 
including A45, Hattah Lakes National Park (house area), G. W. Anderson, 
30.ix.l969 (MEL). 
Cerastium semidecandrum L., Spec. PI. 438(1753). Caryophyllaceae. 
E12/E13/E21/E22, Portland -Bats’ Ridges, A. C. Beauglehole ACB 19959, 
5.x. 1950 (MEL). 
Cestrum elegans (Brongn.) Schlecht., Linnaea 19: 261(1847). Basionym: 
Habrothamnus elegans Brongn. ex Neumann, Ann. FI. Pomone, 118 (1844). 
Solanaceae. (The specimens going under this name in Australian gardens have 
hairs on the outer surface of the upper part (limb) of the corolla. These hairs are 
not mentioned for C. elegans in Francey’s revision in Candollea 6: 123(1935)). 
N54, Sassafras Creek, beside Sassafras Creek Road, G. Edwards, 14. i. 1979 
(MEL). 
*Hydrocleys nymphoides (H. & B. ex Willd.) Buch. in Abh. Naturwiss. Vereine 
Bremen 2: 2(1868). Basionym: Stratiotes nymphoides H. & B. ex Willd. Linn. 
Spec. PI. 4: 821(1806). Butomaceae. Grids S45 and W37 (one population about 
1 km long in a gully 17 km N of Maffra). Known to have originated from 
material planted upstream 10-15 years previously. See Aston & Jacobs, Muelleria 
4: 285-293(1980). 
Hydrocotyle bonariensis Lam., Encycl. Meth. Bot. 3: 153(1789). Umbel- 
liferae. Z38, Cape Conran, P. Rennick, 12.xii.l978 (MEL). 
*Plantago australis Lam., Tableau Encycl. Meth. 1: 339(1792). Plantaginaceae. 
Grids K,N,T including N45, Woori Yallock Creek, ± 2 km SW of Yellingbo, A. 
C. Beauglehole ACB 50433, 23.iii.1976 (MEL). 
Pontederia cordata L., Spec. PI. 288(1753). Pontederiaceae. Grids D and P. See 
Aston, Viet. Nat. 96: 67-69(1979). 
Salvia aurea L., Spec. PI ., ed. 2, 38(1762). Labiatae. E26, Port Fairy on East beach, 
A. Arnold, 13 or 14. xi. 1978 (MEL). 
CHANGES OF NOMENCLATURE 
Inclusion of a name on this list does not necessarily imply that the associated 
nomenclatural change is taxonomically acceptable to the present author, or to other 
taxonomists. 
Acacia armata R.Br. See A. paradoxa. 
Acacia x grayana J. H. Willis. Confirmed as hybrids , between A. brachy- 
botrya Benth. and A. calamifolia Sweet ex Lindley on the basis of morphology, 
chemistry and ecology. See Leach & Whiffin, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 76: 53-69(1978). 
Acacia longifolia (Andrews) Willd. var. sophorae (Labill.) F. Muell. Con- 
sidered a distinct species, A. sophorae, q.v. 
Acacia paradoxa DC., Cat. PI. Horti Bot. Monspel. 74(Mar. 1813). 
Synonym: A. armata R.Br. in Ait., Hortus Kewensis ed. 2, 5: 463(Dec.l813), 
teste Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 250(1979). 
Acacia sophorae (Labill.) R.Br., regarded as a separate species from 
A. longifolia (Andrews) Willd. by Murray, Ashcroft, Seppelt and Lennox 
{Austral. J. Bot. 26: 756(1978)) on the basis of differences in chemical consti- 
tuents. 

Page image

795457 Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum Muelleria 4(4): 413
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952719
Page is part of the work Pollen-ovule ratios, breeding systems and distribution patterns of some Australian Gnaphaliinae (Compositae: Inuleae), doi:10.5962/p.184070

Page text

413 
APPENDIX 1 
New Combinations in the Australian Gnaphaliinae 
Actinobole condensatum (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnaphalodes condensatum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 
4: 228 (1852). 
As pointed out by Eichler (1963) the generic name Gnaphalodes A. Gray (1852, 
l.c.) is illegitimate, as it is a later homonym of Gnaphalodes Miller (1754). Thus he 
made a new combination for the species G.uliginosum, making the latter the 
neotype species of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. 
Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. Jb. 35: 614 (1905). 
Pcgonolepis muellerana (Sond.) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Skirrhophorus muelleranus Sond., Linnaea 25: 486 (1853) 
{‘Muellerianus)’. 
Siloxerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray. Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. 
Misc. 3: 177 (1851). 

Page image

736855 Chrysocoryne sp. A Muelleria 4(4): 402
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952708
Page is part of the work Pollen-ovule ratios, breeding systems and distribution patterns of some Australian Gnaphaliinae (Compositae: Inuleae), doi:10.5962/p.184070

Page text

402 
119°E (fig. 2). It is commonly associated with genera such as Halosarcia, Atriplex 
and Disphyma, all of which tend to grow in the innermost vegetation zone of salt 
lakes but occasionally individuals may be found in an outer Melaleuca zone. 
Although primarily restrieted to salt lakes one collection {Short 654) has been made 
from Eucalyptus woodland near Bruce Rock and another {Short 658) from the base 
of granite rocks at Roe Dam. 
Blennospora drummondii is a widespread species occurring in the south-west of 
Western Australia, southern South Australia and western Victoria (fig. 2). It un- 
doubtedly has a much lower tolerance to salinity than B.phlegmatocarpa with only a 
few collections coming from the Melaleuca zone of salt lakes. Many collections of 
this species come from moss swards at the base of granite outcrops but it may be 
found in a range of woodland or mallee communities. The 2 species have never been 
found growing together. 
Chrysocoryne Endl. 
This genus contains 6 species, namely C.pusilla (Benth.) Endl., C. uniflora 
Turcz. and C. drummondii A. Gray plus 3 new species, here referred to as 
Chrysocoryne spp. A, B and C. Three of the species are outbreeders while the re- 
mainder are inbreeders (table 1, fig. 1). All occur in the south-west of Western 
Australia (fig. 4), with only C.pusilla and C. drummondii extending beyond that 
state. 
C.drumrrondii • 
1 ig. 4. DiMiibiKion of species of Chrysocoryne. Outbreeding species with open symbols, inbreeding 
species \\iih solid symbols. 
Drainage basins in Western Australia: 
1 . Murchison Di\ ision 
2. Luicia Division 
.V Monger System 
4. Avon System 
5. Blackwood System 
6. South Coast System 

Page image

653794 Chrysocoryne sp. B Muelleria 4(4): 402
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952708
Page is part of the work Pollen-ovule ratios, breeding systems and distribution patterns of some Australian Gnaphaliinae (Compositae: Inuleae), doi:10.5962/p.184070

Page text

402 
119°E (fig. 2). It is commonly associated with genera such as Halosarcia, Atriplex 
and Disphyma, all of which tend to grow in the innermost vegetation zone of salt 
lakes but occasionally individuals may be found in an outer Melaleuca zone. 
Although primarily restrieted to salt lakes one collection {Short 654) has been made 
from Eucalyptus woodland near Bruce Rock and another {Short 658) from the base 
of granite rocks at Roe Dam. 
Blennospora drummondii is a widespread species occurring in the south-west of 
Western Australia, southern South Australia and western Victoria (fig. 2). It un- 
doubtedly has a much lower tolerance to salinity than B.phlegmatocarpa with only a 
few collections coming from the Melaleuca zone of salt lakes. Many collections of 
this species come from moss swards at the base of granite outcrops but it may be 
found in a range of woodland or mallee communities. The 2 species have never been 
found growing together. 
Chrysocoryne Endl. 
This genus contains 6 species, namely C.pusilla (Benth.) Endl., C. uniflora 
Turcz. and C. drummondii A. Gray plus 3 new species, here referred to as 
Chrysocoryne spp. A, B and C. Three of the species are outbreeders while the re- 
mainder are inbreeders (table 1, fig. 1). All occur in the south-west of Western 
Australia (fig. 4), with only C.pusilla and C. drummondii extending beyond that 
state. 
C.drumrrondii • 
1 ig. 4. DiMiibiKion of species of Chrysocoryne. Outbreeding species with open symbols, inbreeding 
species \\iih solid symbols. 
Drainage basins in Western Australia: 
1 . Murchison Di\ ision 
2. Luicia Division 
.V Monger System 
4. Avon System 
5. Blackwood System 
6. South Coast System 

Page image

653796 Chrysocoryne sp. C Muelleria 4(4): 402
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952708
Page is part of the work Pollen-ovule ratios, breeding systems and distribution patterns of some Australian Gnaphaliinae (Compositae: Inuleae), doi:10.5962/p.184070

Page text

402 
119°E (fig. 2). It is commonly associated with genera such as Halosarcia, Atriplex 
and Disphyma, all of which tend to grow in the innermost vegetation zone of salt 
lakes but occasionally individuals may be found in an outer Melaleuca zone. 
Although primarily restrieted to salt lakes one collection {Short 654) has been made 
from Eucalyptus woodland near Bruce Rock and another {Short 658) from the base 
of granite rocks at Roe Dam. 
Blennospora drummondii is a widespread species occurring in the south-west of 
Western Australia, southern South Australia and western Victoria (fig. 2). It un- 
doubtedly has a much lower tolerance to salinity than B.phlegmatocarpa with only a 
few collections coming from the Melaleuca zone of salt lakes. Many collections of 
this species come from moss swards at the base of granite outcrops but it may be 
found in a range of woodland or mallee communities. The 2 species have never been 
found growing together. 
Chrysocoryne Endl. 
This genus contains 6 species, namely C.pusilla (Benth.) Endl., C. uniflora 
Turcz. and C. drummondii A. Gray plus 3 new species, here referred to as 
Chrysocoryne spp. A, B and C. Three of the species are outbreeders while the re- 
mainder are inbreeders (table 1, fig. 1). All occur in the south-west of Western 
Australia (fig. 4), with only C.pusilla and C. drummondii extending beyond that 
state. 
C.drumrrondii • 
1 ig. 4. DiMiibiKion of species of Chrysocoryne. Outbreeding species with open symbols, inbreeding 
species \\iih solid symbols. 
Drainage basins in Western Australia: 
1 . Murchison Di\ ision 
2. Luicia Division 
.V Monger System 
4. Avon System 
5. Blackwood System 
6. South Coast System 

Page image

795471 Chthonocephalus pygmaeus Muelleria 4(4): 413
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952719
Page is part of the work Pollen-ovule ratios, breeding systems and distribution patterns of some Australian Gnaphaliinae (Compositae: Inuleae), doi:10.5962/p.184070
734903 Chthonocephalus sp. aff. pseudevax Muelleria 4(4): 404
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952710
Page is part of the work Pollen-ovule ratios, breeding systems and distribution patterns of some Australian Gnaphaliinae (Compositae: Inuleae), doi:10.5962/p.184070
487812 Ferraria crispa Muelleria 4(4): 434
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952740
Page is part of the work A Conspectus of New Records and Nomenclature for Vascular Plants in Victoria Australia 2. 1978-early 1980, doi:10.5962/p.184072

Page text

434 
Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856); E. leucoxylon var. erythrostema F. Muell. ex Miq., 
Miquel, Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856) andf. leucoxylon var. angulata Benth., 
FI. Austr. 3: 210(1867) pro parte. 
Eucalyptus leucoxylon var. erythrostema sens. Willis (1973, 422). See E. 
leucoxylon ssp. megalocarpa. 
Eucalyptus leucoxylon ssp. megalocarpa Boland, Austral. Forest Res. 
9: 68(1979) — “a sub-species differing from ssp. leucoxylon in the longer fruit 
(more than 25 mm long)”. This is from the population which J. E. Brown 
described as var. macrocarpa — di name which was illegitimate when published as 
it included the previously published taxon var. erythrostema F. Muell. ex Miq. 
Boland considers the latter to be within E. leucoxylon ssp. leucoxylon. 
Eucalyptus leucoxylon ssp. pruinosa (F. Muell. ex Miq.) Boland, Austral. 
Forest Res. 9: 68(1979). Basionym: E. leucoxylon var. pruinosa F. Muell. ex 
Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856). Synonym: E. leucoxylon var. pauperita 
J. E. Brown, Forest FI. S. Aust. (1883). 
Eupatorium adenophorum Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 420(1826). Synonym: 
E. glandulosum auct. non Michx. teste Auld, J. Austral. Inst. Agric. Sci. 146-147 
(Sept. /Dec. 1977). 
Eupatorium glandulosum auct. non. Michx. See E. adenophorum Spreng. 
Ferraria crispa Burm., Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop. -Carol. German. Nat. Cur. 
2: 199(1791) ssp. crispa. Synonym: F. undulata L., Spec. PL, ed. 2, 2: 
1353(1763) — nom. superfl., teste M. P. de Vos, J. S. African Bot. 45: 341(1979). 
Ferraria undulata L. See F. crispa ssp. crispa. 
Fimbristylis squarrosa Vahl in Victoria. See F. velata. 
Fimbristylis velata R.Br., Prodr. FI. Novae Floll. 227(1810). Synonym: 
F. squarrosa Vahl var. esquarrosa Makino, Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 17: 47(1903) teste 
Govindarajalu, Reinwardtia 8: 509-13(1974). Victorian specimens at MEL 
confirm Jessop’s view (Black, FI. S. Aust., ed. 3, pt 1 (revised Jessop): 273(1978)) 
that var. esquarrosa is the variety of F. squarrosa which is present in Australia. 
Gladiolus cuspidatus Jacq. See G. undulatus. 
Gladiolus undulatus L., Mant. Pl.l: 27(1769). Synonym: G. cuspidatus Jacq. 
teste Lewis et al., J. S. African Bot. Suppl. Vol. 10: 110(1972). 
Kickxia elatine (L.) Dumort. Material in Victoria all appears to belong to 
the ssp. crinita (Mabille) W. Greater, Boissiera 13: 108(1967), (synonym: K. 
sieberi (Reichenb.) Dorfl.). As far as can be seen from the collections at MEL the 
ssp. elatine has not been collected in Victoria (R. V. Smith, pers. comm. July, 
1979. Tutin et al., FI. Europaea 3: 238(1972) was consulted in coming to these 
conclusions). 
Kickxia sieberi (Reichenb.) Dorfl. See K. elatine. 
Leicbardtia is the correct spelling for this generic name (Bullock, Kew 
Bull. 1956: 287(1956)). 
Limonium lobatum (L. f.) O. Kuntze, Revisio Generum PI. 2: 395(1891). Basionym: 
Statice lobata L.f., Suppl. 187(1781). Synonym: L. thouinii (Viv.) O. Kuntze 
teste Erben, Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Munchen 14: 395-397(1978). 
Limonium tbouinii (Viv.) O. Kuntze. See L. lobatum. 
Luzula australasica auct. non Steudel. Teste Jansen, Blumea 24: 527- 
532(1978), Tasmanian material referred to L. australasica by Nordenskiold, Bot. 
Not. 122: 79(1969) and Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 13: 781-802(1975) is referable 
to L. modesta Buchenau (endemic in Tasmania), while mainland material, in- 
cluding Victorian, referred to L. australasica by Nordenskiold, l.c., is referable to 
L. ovata Edgar. 
Luzula australasica Steudel (1855). The type has now been located in Paris 
and is referable to the taxon formerly known as L. oldfieldii Hook.f. (1858), a 
Tasmanian endemic. As L. australasica is the older name it must now be applied 
to this taxon, which becomes L. australasica Steudel ssp. australasica. For the 
names which should now be used for the taxa formerly known as L. australasica 
see L. australasica auct. non Steudel. See Jansen, Blumea 24: 527-32(1978). 

Page image

487837 Ferraria crispa crispa Muelleria 4(4): 434
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952740
Page is part of the work A Conspectus of New Records and Nomenclature for Vascular Plants in Victoria Australia 2. 1978-early 1980, doi:10.5962/p.184072
546247 Gladiolus undulatus Muelleria 4(4): 434
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952740
Page is part of the work A Conspectus of New Records and Nomenclature for Vascular Plants in Victoria Australia 2. 1978-early 1980, doi:10.5962/p.184072

Page text

434 
Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856); E. leucoxylon var. erythrostema F. Muell. ex Miq., 
Miquel, Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856) andf. leucoxylon var. angulata Benth., 
FI. Austr. 3: 210(1867) pro parte. 
Eucalyptus leucoxylon var. erythrostema sens. Willis (1973, 422). See E. 
leucoxylon ssp. megalocarpa. 
Eucalyptus leucoxylon ssp. megalocarpa Boland, Austral. Forest Res. 
9: 68(1979) — “a sub-species differing from ssp. leucoxylon in the longer fruit 
(more than 25 mm long)”. This is from the population which J. E. Brown 
described as var. macrocarpa — di name which was illegitimate when published as 
it included the previously published taxon var. erythrostema F. Muell. ex Miq. 
Boland considers the latter to be within E. leucoxylon ssp. leucoxylon. 
Eucalyptus leucoxylon ssp. pruinosa (F. Muell. ex Miq.) Boland, Austral. 
Forest Res. 9: 68(1979). Basionym: E. leucoxylon var. pruinosa F. Muell. ex 
Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856). Synonym: E. leucoxylon var. pauperita 
J. E. Brown, Forest FI. S. Aust. (1883). 
Eupatorium adenophorum Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 420(1826). Synonym: 
E. glandulosum auct. non Michx. teste Auld, J. Austral. Inst. Agric. Sci. 146-147 
(Sept. /Dec. 1977). 
Eupatorium glandulosum auct. non. Michx. See E. adenophorum Spreng. 
Ferraria crispa Burm., Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop. -Carol. German. Nat. Cur. 
2: 199(1791) ssp. crispa. Synonym: F. undulata L., Spec. PL, ed. 2, 2: 
1353(1763) — nom. superfl., teste M. P. de Vos, J. S. African Bot. 45: 341(1979). 
Ferraria undulata L. See F. crispa ssp. crispa. 
Fimbristylis squarrosa Vahl in Victoria. See F. velata. 
Fimbristylis velata R.Br., Prodr. FI. Novae Floll. 227(1810). Synonym: 
F. squarrosa Vahl var. esquarrosa Makino, Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 17: 47(1903) teste 
Govindarajalu, Reinwardtia 8: 509-13(1974). Victorian specimens at MEL 
confirm Jessop’s view (Black, FI. S. Aust., ed. 3, pt 1 (revised Jessop): 273(1978)) 
that var. esquarrosa is the variety of F. squarrosa which is present in Australia. 
Gladiolus cuspidatus Jacq. See G. undulatus. 
Gladiolus undulatus L., Mant. Pl.l: 27(1769). Synonym: G. cuspidatus Jacq. 
teste Lewis et al., J. S. African Bot. Suppl. Vol. 10: 110(1972). 
Kickxia elatine (L.) Dumort. Material in Victoria all appears to belong to 
the ssp. crinita (Mabille) W. Greater, Boissiera 13: 108(1967), (synonym: K. 
sieberi (Reichenb.) Dorfl.). As far as can be seen from the collections at MEL the 
ssp. elatine has not been collected in Victoria (R. V. Smith, pers. comm. July, 
1979. Tutin et al., FI. Europaea 3: 238(1972) was consulted in coming to these 
conclusions). 
Kickxia sieberi (Reichenb.) Dorfl. See K. elatine. 
Leicbardtia is the correct spelling for this generic name (Bullock, Kew 
Bull. 1956: 287(1956)). 
Limonium lobatum (L. f.) O. Kuntze, Revisio Generum PI. 2: 395(1891). Basionym: 
Statice lobata L.f., Suppl. 187(1781). Synonym: L. thouinii (Viv.) O. Kuntze 
teste Erben, Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Munchen 14: 395-397(1978). 
Limonium tbouinii (Viv.) O. Kuntze. See L. lobatum. 
Luzula australasica auct. non Steudel. Teste Jansen, Blumea 24: 527- 
532(1978), Tasmanian material referred to L. australasica by Nordenskiold, Bot. 
Not. 122: 79(1969) and Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 13: 781-802(1975) is referable 
to L. modesta Buchenau (endemic in Tasmania), while mainland material, in- 
cluding Victorian, referred to L. australasica by Nordenskiold, l.c., is referable to 
L. ovata Edgar. 
Luzula australasica Steudel (1855). The type has now been located in Paris 
and is referable to the taxon formerly known as L. oldfieldii Hook.f. (1858), a 
Tasmanian endemic. As L. australasica is the older name it must now be applied 
to this taxon, which becomes L. australasica Steudel ssp. australasica. For the 
names which should now be used for the taxa formerly known as L. australasica 
see L. australasica auct. non Steudel. See Jansen, Blumea 24: 527-32(1978). 

Page image

796295 Gnaphalodes condensata Muelleria 4(4): 413
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952719
Page is part of the work Pollen-ovule ratios, breeding systems and distribution patterns of some Australian Gnaphaliinae (Compositae: Inuleae), doi:10.5962/p.184070

Page text

413 
APPENDIX 1 
New Combinations in the Australian Gnaphaliinae 
Actinobole condensatum (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnaphalodes condensatum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 
4: 228 (1852). 
As pointed out by Eichler (1963) the generic name Gnaphalodes A. Gray (1852, 
l.c.) is illegitimate, as it is a later homonym of Gnaphalodes Miller (1754). Thus he 
made a new combination for the species G.uliginosum, making the latter the 
neotype species of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. 
Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. Jb. 35: 614 (1905). 
Pcgonolepis muellerana (Sond.) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Skirrhophorus muelleranus Sond., Linnaea 25: 486 (1853) 
{‘Muellerianus)’. 
Siloxerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray. Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. 
Misc. 3: 177 (1851). 

Page image

489105 Grevillea floripendula Muelleria 4(4): 423
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952729
Page is part of the work A new species of Grevillea (Proteaceae) from Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.237644

Page text

A NEW SPECIES OF GREVILLEA (PROTEACEAE) 
FROM VICTORIA 
by 
R. V. Smith* 
SUMMARY 
Grevillea floripendula, a new species from a restricted area north of Beaufort 
in central-western Victoria is described, and its affinities with several related species 
discussed. Distribution and habitat notes are included. 
DESCRIPTION 
Grevillea floripendula R. V. Smith sp. nov. 
Frutex magnus effusus ad 1 m altusx3 m latus. Caules principes atque rami semi-prostrati vel 
decumbentes partibus infernis sed extrema ramulorum ± erecta. Partes caulium infernae 
mediaeque glabrae ad sparsim pubescentes, partes supernae dense pubescentes tomento 
pilorum ± patentium crispatorum tortorumve. Folia paulo remota, profunde dissecta in 5-7 
lobis primariis oblongis quae 3-5 lobulos secundarios breves ± triangulares aculeatos ferunt. 
Lobae primariae secundariaeque foliorum de forma et amplitudine et numero valde variabiles. 
Folia matura clare viridia supra subnitentia vel glabra vel pilis parvis, crispatis tortisve, 
sparsim conspersa; infera pallide virens baud nitentia, pilis crispatis tortisve leniter conspersa. 
Florae racemis pendulis, secundis, 1-4 cm longis. Racemi teretos tenues ± glabros pedunculos 
1-5 cm longos terminantes. Rachis racemi dense hirsuta. Bracteae florales vel ellipticae vel 
ovatae, vel ovato-rhombeae ad ovato-oblongae, (1.5-) 2-2.5 mm longae; planae, curvatae vel 
undulatae. Perianthium breve latumque, 5-6 mm longum (a medio tore ad summum arcum) 
extra dense hirsutum, pilis ± procumbentibus incanis; griseo-viride ad malvino-griseum nervis 
longitudinalibus malvinis vel purpureis; intra glabrum, interne viride vel flavo-malvinum vel 
malvinum etc. superne atropurpureum ad arcum perianthii. Torus valde obliquus, nectario 
prominente ± semi-annulari incrassato. Stipes 1.5-2. 5 mm longus. Ovarium prominente 
stipitatum, dense hirsutum pilis longis ferrugineis ± patulis, curvatis vel parum tortis. Stylus 
7-9 mm longus, vivus pallide-flavus vel viridi-flavus vel roseus vel pallide ruber, siccitate 
nigrescente vel fuliginosus; glaber praeter basi ubi sparsim ad dense hirsutus. Fructus 
prominente stipitatus, 8-12 mm longus, 4-6 mm latus, extra dense hirsutus pilis mixtis 
brevioribus, rectioribus, ± procumbentibus atque multo longioribus, irregulatiter patentibus. 
Color principalis fructi griseus ad griseo-malvinus, cum vittis maculisve atropurpureis in 
superficiebus dorsalis lateralisque. 
Shrub 0.3-1 m high and 1 .5-3 m across. Main stems and branches semi-prostrate 
or decumbent. Lower and middle stems glabrous to sparsely pubescent, dark reddish 
or purplish-red; upper branches reddish, greyish-brown, or yellowish, becoming 
densely pubescent with a tomentum of whitish curled and twisted hairs. Tips of 
branches and young developing leaves pale ferruginous to reddish-purple. Leaves: 
petioles 3-5 (-8) mm long; blades broad- to oblong-triangular in outline, ± truncate 
to cuneate at the base, 1.5-4 cm longx 1.5-5 cm wide with length > to < width, ± 
deeply divided into 3-7 ± oblong primary lobes (0.5-)l-2(-2.5) cm long bearing 3-5 
short ± triangular secondary lobes, each of which terminates in a short rigid slender 
prickle; lobing very variable. Upper surface of mature leaves bright green, sub- 
shiny, glabrous or with sparse, small, curled and twisted hairs; lower surface pale 
green, dull, sprinkled with similar hairs. Young leaves more strongly pubescent. 
Flowers in pendulous, secund, short and broad, occasionally somewhat elongated 
racemes (l-)2-3(-4) cm longx 2-3 cm wide, terminating a slender terete peduncle 
(l-)1.5-3(-5) cm long. Peduncle glabrous or occasionally sparsely pubescent, usually 
with a single bract arising from well above to well below its midpoint. Peduncle bent 
‘National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria 3141. 
Muelleria 4(4): 423-427 (1981). 
423 

Page image

796302 Gyrostephium rhizocephalum Muelleria 4(4): 413
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952719
Page is part of the work Pollen-ovule ratios, breeding systems and distribution patterns of some Australian Gnaphaliinae (Compositae: Inuleae), doi:10.5962/p.184070
542823 Limonium lobatum Muelleria 4(4): 434
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952740
Page is part of the work A Conspectus of New Records and Nomenclature for Vascular Plants in Victoria Australia 2. 1978-early 1980, doi:10.5962/p.184072

Page text

434 
Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856); E. leucoxylon var. erythrostema F. Muell. ex Miq., 
Miquel, Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856) andf. leucoxylon var. angulata Benth., 
FI. Austr. 3: 210(1867) pro parte. 
Eucalyptus leucoxylon var. erythrostema sens. Willis (1973, 422). See E. 
leucoxylon ssp. megalocarpa. 
Eucalyptus leucoxylon ssp. megalocarpa Boland, Austral. Forest Res. 
9: 68(1979) — “a sub-species differing from ssp. leucoxylon in the longer fruit 
(more than 25 mm long)”. This is from the population which J. E. Brown 
described as var. macrocarpa — di name which was illegitimate when published as 
it included the previously published taxon var. erythrostema F. Muell. ex Miq. 
Boland considers the latter to be within E. leucoxylon ssp. leucoxylon. 
Eucalyptus leucoxylon ssp. pruinosa (F. Muell. ex Miq.) Boland, Austral. 
Forest Res. 9: 68(1979). Basionym: E. leucoxylon var. pruinosa F. Muell. ex 
Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856). Synonym: E. leucoxylon var. pauperita 
J. E. Brown, Forest FI. S. Aust. (1883). 
Eupatorium adenophorum Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 420(1826). Synonym: 
E. glandulosum auct. non Michx. teste Auld, J. Austral. Inst. Agric. Sci. 146-147 
(Sept. /Dec. 1977). 
Eupatorium glandulosum auct. non. Michx. See E. adenophorum Spreng. 
Ferraria crispa Burm., Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop. -Carol. German. Nat. Cur. 
2: 199(1791) ssp. crispa. Synonym: F. undulata L., Spec. PL, ed. 2, 2: 
1353(1763) — nom. superfl., teste M. P. de Vos, J. S. African Bot. 45: 341(1979). 
Ferraria undulata L. See F. crispa ssp. crispa. 
Fimbristylis squarrosa Vahl in Victoria. See F. velata. 
Fimbristylis velata R.Br., Prodr. FI. Novae Floll. 227(1810). Synonym: 
F. squarrosa Vahl var. esquarrosa Makino, Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 17: 47(1903) teste 
Govindarajalu, Reinwardtia 8: 509-13(1974). Victorian specimens at MEL 
confirm Jessop’s view (Black, FI. S. Aust., ed. 3, pt 1 (revised Jessop): 273(1978)) 
that var. esquarrosa is the variety of F. squarrosa which is present in Australia. 
Gladiolus cuspidatus Jacq. See G. undulatus. 
Gladiolus undulatus L., Mant. Pl.l: 27(1769). Synonym: G. cuspidatus Jacq. 
teste Lewis et al., J. S. African Bot. Suppl. Vol. 10: 110(1972). 
Kickxia elatine (L.) Dumort. Material in Victoria all appears to belong to 
the ssp. crinita (Mabille) W. Greater, Boissiera 13: 108(1967), (synonym: K. 
sieberi (Reichenb.) Dorfl.). As far as can be seen from the collections at MEL the 
ssp. elatine has not been collected in Victoria (R. V. Smith, pers. comm. July, 
1979. Tutin et al., FI. Europaea 3: 238(1972) was consulted in coming to these 
conclusions). 
Kickxia sieberi (Reichenb.) Dorfl. See K. elatine. 
Leicbardtia is the correct spelling for this generic name (Bullock, Kew 
Bull. 1956: 287(1956)). 
Limonium lobatum (L. f.) O. Kuntze, Revisio Generum PI. 2: 395(1891). Basionym: 
Statice lobata L.f., Suppl. 187(1781). Synonym: L. thouinii (Viv.) O. Kuntze 
teste Erben, Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Munchen 14: 395-397(1978). 
Limonium tbouinii (Viv.) O. Kuntze. See L. lobatum. 
Luzula australasica auct. non Steudel. Teste Jansen, Blumea 24: 527- 
532(1978), Tasmanian material referred to L. australasica by Nordenskiold, Bot. 
Not. 122: 79(1969) and Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 13: 781-802(1975) is referable 
to L. modesta Buchenau (endemic in Tasmania), while mainland material, in- 
cluding Victorian, referred to L. australasica by Nordenskiold, l.c., is referable to 
L. ovata Edgar. 
Luzula australasica Steudel (1855). The type has now been located in Paris 
and is referable to the taxon formerly known as L. oldfieldii Hook.f. (1858), a 
Tasmanian endemic. As L. australasica is the older name it must now be applied 
to this taxon, which becomes L. australasica Steudel ssp. australasica. For the 
names which should now be used for the taxa formerly known as L. australasica 
see L. australasica auct. non Steudel. See Jansen, Blumea 24: 527-32(1978). 

Page image

630280 Parmelia lusitaniensis Muelleria 4(4): 323
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952629
Page is part of the work Studies on Macquarie Island lichens II: The genera Hypogymnia, Menegazzia, Parmelia and Pseudocyphellaria, doi:10.5962/p.237642

Page text

323 
Pseudoparmelia labrosa (Zahlbr.) Hale, Phytologia 29: 190(1974). 
Phallus foliose, saxicolous, closely appressed to the substrate, pale grey to 
mineral grey, becoming darker or brownish-grey at the lobe ends; lobes rotund at 
the apices, up to 3 mm wide, imbricate, without cilia; upper surface shining, smooth 
to wrinkled, maculate, without isidia, sorediate; soredia originating from pustules, 
becoming pustular soraliate on the ridges and margins of the thallus; lower surface 
jet black, with dark brown, bare zone at the margins of the lobes, rhizinate; rhizines 
simple or dichotomous; medulla white. Apothecia not seen. 
Reactions: Thallus K -i- yellow; medulla K - , C -I- red, KC -I- red, P - . 
Chemistry: Lecanoric acid, atranorin. 
Specimens Examined (Fig. 7): 
In small gorge 500 m east of Bauer Bay hut, on cliffs at edge of creek, R. D. Seppelt 9733, 8.1.1980 
(MEL 1029370); Sandell Bay, R. D. Seppelt 9883, 4.11.1980 (MEL 1029372). 
Discussion: 
Parmelia labrosa differs from the other small-lobed grey Parmelia species in 
that the soredia originate from pustules, which eventually form pustulate soralia. It 
is the only Parmelia species as yet found on Macquarie Island which reacts C -f- red, 
containing lecanoric acid. 
Parmelia lusitaniensis R. Filson sp. nov. 
Thallus in substrato modice adhaerens, saxicolous et muscicolous; superficies superior laevis, 
pruinosa, sorediata, sorediis granularibus, soralia tandem pulvinata, insida et cilia nulla, medulla 
alba; superficies inferior nigra. Thallus atranorinum et acidum salacinicum continens. 
Holotype: Lusitania Bay, Macquarie Island, Rex Filson 5975 & Philip Atkinson, 
10.ii.l964 (MEL 1023837). 
Thallus foliose, saxicolous and muscicolous, loosely attached to the substrate, 
forming rosettes up to 4.5 cm diam., pale buff to greyish-buff, becoming darker on 
older parts of the thallus; lobes rotund, crisped, imbricate, up to 6 mm wide, 
without cilia; upper surface dull, smooth, pruinose, without isidia, sorediose; 
soredia granular, laminal, developing from soralia to large pulvinate clumps; 
sometimes small colonies appear to be esorediose; lower surface jet black with a 
broad dark brown zone at the lobe ends; rhizines thick, black, simple or 
dichotomous; medulla white. Apothecia not seen. 
Reactions: Thallus K-t- yellow; medulla K-l- yellow becoming brownish orange, 
C - , KC - , P golden orange. 
Chemistry: Salacinic acid, atranorin. 
Fig. 5. Parmelia lusitaniensis. a — portion of thallus showing habit; b — marginal lobe; c — lobe showing 
pustular formation of soralia; d — undersurface; e — simple, dichotomous and fasciculate rhizines 
from the undersurface. All from holotype. 

Page image

633622 Parmelia phillipsiana Muelleria 4(4): 324
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952630
Page is part of the work Studies on Macquarie Island lichens II: The genera Hypogymnia, Menegazzia, Parmelia and Pseudocyphellaria, doi:10.5962/p.237642

Page text

324 
Discussion: 
The species is known only from the type collection. 
Morphologically Parmelia lusitaniensis is very similar to P. texana differing in 
the upper surface being smooth, less sorediate and becoming pruinose at the lobe 
ends. It can easily be separated from P. texana by the chemical reaction of KOH on 
the medulla. 
Parmelia macquariensis Dodge, Nova Hedwigia 19: 450(1970). 
Type: Macquarie Island, North Head, slope 150 ft, growing over mosses, N. 
M. Haysom Z98, 5.ii.l950 (holotype, herb. Dodge; isotype! MEL 1024379) 
(Fig. 1C). 
Phallus foliose, loosely to moderately attached to the substrate, pale whitish- 
grey to buff; lobes irregularly rotund, up to 12 mm wide, margins crenulate, slightly 
imbricate, ciliate; cilia black, simple, up to 1 mm long; upper surface dull, smooth 
at margins, becoming rugulose and cracked towards the centre, finely maculate, 
sometimes pruinose, without isidia, sorediate; soralia marginal, labriform, becom- 
ing dark grey to blackish-grey; lower surface black, shining, wrinkled, rhizinate; 
rhizines black, simple or dichotomous; margins bare, dark brown; medulla white. 
Apothecia not seen. 
Reactions: Thallus K-l- yellow; medulla K-l- yellow becoming red to dirty brown, 
C - , KC - , P -t- orange. 
Chemistry: Salacinic acid, atranorin. 
Representative Specimens Examined (total seen 13, Fig. 7): 
2 km north of Bauer Bay, on rock outcrops c. 6 m above the featherbed, R. Filson 5838, 28. i. 1964 
(MEL 34976); Outcrops in the featherbed 1 km north of Aurora Point, R. Filson 6189 & R. Petersen, 
20. ii. 1964 (MEL 1024222); Coastal cliffs 1 km south-east of Mount Aurora, R. D. Seppelt 7507, 16. i. 
1980 (MEL 1026483); Camp Hill, Isthmus, K. Simpson E94, 19. iii. 1966 (MEL 1000276). 
Discussion: 
This species appears at first to be related to Parmelia reticulata Tayl.; however, 
the maculae are not reticulately arranged and they do not develop into 
pseudocyphellae. The rhizines are simple or dichotomous whereas those of P. 
reticulata are squarrosely branched. 
Parmelia phillipsiana R. Filson sp. nov. 
Thalius arete adnatus, saxicolus; superficies superior laevis, isidiata, isidiis cylindricis, ramosisque, 
coralloidibus, usque ad 2 mm longis, medulla alba; superficies inferior fusca ad centrum thalli 
nigrescens. Thallus acida continens: usnicum, sticticum, consticticum et norsticticum (vix adest). 
Holotype: Cliffs on the western side of Macquarie island, c. 1 km south of Double 
Point, R. Filson 5904 & J. Phillips, 3.ii.l964 (MEL 1024224). 
Thallus foliose, closely adnate to the substrate, up to 6 cm diam., pale 
yellowish-green with narrow brownish-black zone at the lobe margins; lobes narrow, 
rotund at the apices, 0.5 to 1 mm wide, contiguous, without cilia; upper surface 
smooth, slightly shining, sparsely maculate, without soredia, densely isidiate; isidia 
cylindrical, coralloid, small and simple near the margins, becoming taller (up to 
2 mm) and branched towards the centre; lower surface dark brown to black with 
sparse simple rhizines right to the margins of lobes; medulla white. Apothecia not 
seen. 
Reactions: Medulla K-i- pale yellow, C — , KC-, P -I- brick-red. 
Chemistry: Stictic, constictic, usnic acids, trace of norstictic acid. 
Specimen Examined (Fig. 7): 
Northwest of Handspike Corner, R. D. Seppelt 7361, l.i.1980 (MEL 1029375). 

Page image

492394 Plantago australis Muelleria 4(4): 431
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952737
Page is part of the work A Conspectus of New Records and Nomenclature for Vascular Plants in Victoria Australia 2. 1978-early 1980, doi:10.5962/p.184072

Page text

431 
NEW RECORDS -INTRODUCED SPECIES 
All species listed have been found growing spontaneously in Victoria at least 
once in recent years. An asterisk (*) denotes those which seem to have become 
naturalized. 
*Amaranthus powellii S. Watson, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 10: 347 (1875). Amaran- 
thaceae. Grids MNVWZ, including M27, Shepparton, open paddock R. V. Smith 
64/722, 19. V. 1964 (MEL). 
*Bidens pilosa L., Spec. PI. 832(1753). Compositae. Grids ANX, 
including A45, Hattah Lakes National Park (house area), G. W. Anderson, 
30.ix.l969 (MEL). 
Cerastium semidecandrum L., Spec. PI. 438(1753). Caryophyllaceae. 
E12/E13/E21/E22, Portland -Bats’ Ridges, A. C. Beauglehole ACB 19959, 
5.x. 1950 (MEL). 
Cestrum elegans (Brongn.) Schlecht., Linnaea 19: 261(1847). Basionym: 
Habrothamnus elegans Brongn. ex Neumann, Ann. FI. Pomone, 118 (1844). 
Solanaceae. (The specimens going under this name in Australian gardens have 
hairs on the outer surface of the upper part (limb) of the corolla. These hairs are 
not mentioned for C. elegans in Francey’s revision in Candollea 6: 123(1935)). 
N54, Sassafras Creek, beside Sassafras Creek Road, G. Edwards, 14. i. 1979 
(MEL). 
*Hydrocleys nymphoides (H. & B. ex Willd.) Buch. in Abh. Naturwiss. Vereine 
Bremen 2: 2(1868). Basionym: Stratiotes nymphoides H. & B. ex Willd. Linn. 
Spec. PI. 4: 821(1806). Butomaceae. Grids S45 and W37 (one population about 
1 km long in a gully 17 km N of Maffra). Known to have originated from 
material planted upstream 10-15 years previously. See Aston & Jacobs, Muelleria 
4: 285-293(1980). 
Hydrocotyle bonariensis Lam., Encycl. Meth. Bot. 3: 153(1789). Umbel- 
liferae. Z38, Cape Conran, P. Rennick, 12.xii.l978 (MEL). 
*Plantago australis Lam., Tableau Encycl. Meth. 1: 339(1792). Plantaginaceae. 
Grids K,N,T including N45, Woori Yallock Creek, ± 2 km SW of Yellingbo, A. 
C. Beauglehole ACB 50433, 23.iii.1976 (MEL). 
Pontederia cordata L., Spec. PI. 288(1753). Pontederiaceae. Grids D and P. See 
Aston, Viet. Nat. 96: 67-69(1979). 
Salvia aurea L., Spec. PI ., ed. 2, 38(1762). Labiatae. E26, Port Fairy on East beach, 
A. Arnold, 13 or 14. xi. 1978 (MEL). 
CHANGES OF NOMENCLATURE 
Inclusion of a name on this list does not necessarily imply that the associated 
nomenclatural change is taxonomically acceptable to the present author, or to other 
taxonomists. 
Acacia armata R.Br. See A. paradoxa. 
Acacia x grayana J. H. Willis. Confirmed as hybrids , between A. brachy- 
botrya Benth. and A. calamifolia Sweet ex Lindley on the basis of morphology, 
chemistry and ecology. See Leach & Whiffin, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 76: 53-69(1978). 
Acacia longifolia (Andrews) Willd. var. sophorae (Labill.) F. Muell. Con- 
sidered a distinct species, A. sophorae, q.v. 
Acacia paradoxa DC., Cat. PI. Horti Bot. Monspel. 74(Mar. 1813). 
Synonym: A. armata R.Br. in Ait., Hortus Kewensis ed. 2, 5: 463(Dec.l813), 
teste Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 250(1979). 
Acacia sophorae (Labill.) R.Br., regarded as a separate species from 
A. longifolia (Andrews) Willd. by Murray, Ashcroft, Seppelt and Lennox 
{Austral. J. Bot. 26: 756(1978)) on the basis of differences in chemical consti- 
tuents. 

Page image

644917 Pogonolepis muellerana Muelleria 4(4): 413
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952719
Page is part of the work Pollen-ovule ratios, breeding systems and distribution patterns of some Australian Gnaphaliinae (Compositae: Inuleae), doi:10.5962/p.184070

Page text

413 
APPENDIX 1 
New Combinations in the Australian Gnaphaliinae 
Actinobole condensatum (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnaphalodes condensatum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 
4: 228 (1852). 
As pointed out by Eichler (1963) the generic name Gnaphalodes A. Gray (1852, 
l.c.) is illegitimate, as it is a later homonym of Gnaphalodes Miller (1754). Thus he 
made a new combination for the species G.uliginosum, making the latter the 
neotype species of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. 
Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. Jb. 35: 614 (1905). 
Pcgonolepis muellerana (Sond.) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Skirrhophorus muelleranus Sond., Linnaea 25: 486 (1853) 
{‘Muellerianus)’. 
Siloxerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray. Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. 
Misc. 3: 177 (1851). 

Page image

478180 Pogonolepis muelleriana Muelleria 4(4): 413
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952719
Page is part of the work Pollen-ovule ratios, breeding systems and distribution patterns of some Australian Gnaphaliinae (Compositae: Inuleae), doi:10.5962/p.184070

Page text

413 
APPENDIX 1 
New Combinations in the Australian Gnaphaliinae 
Actinobole condensatum (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnaphalodes condensatum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 
4: 228 (1852). 
As pointed out by Eichler (1963) the generic name Gnaphalodes A. Gray (1852, 
l.c.) is illegitimate, as it is a later homonym of Gnaphalodes Miller (1754). Thus he 
made a new combination for the species G.uliginosum, making the latter the 
neotype species of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. 
Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. Jb. 35: 614 (1905). 
Pcgonolepis muellerana (Sond.) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Skirrhophorus muelleranus Sond., Linnaea 25: 486 (1853) 
{‘Muellerianus)’. 
Siloxerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray. Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. 
Misc. 3: 177 (1851). 

Page image

541781 Schoenus capillifolius Muelleria 4(4): 299
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952605
Page is part of the work New species of Schoenus (Cyperaceae) and Trithuria (Hydatellaceae), doi:10.5962/p.237640

Page text

NEW SPECIES OF SCHOENUS (CYPERACEAE) AND TRITHURIA 
(HYDATELLACEAE) 
by 
D. A. Cooke* 
SUMMARY 
Two new species, Schoenus capillifolius from Western Australia and Trithuria 
lanterna from the Northern Territory, are described. The significance of the 
basicarpic habit of the former is discussed. 
DESCRIPTIONS 
Schoenus capillifolius D. A. Cooke sp. nov. 
Herba glabra annua subaquatica. Caulis brevissimus, suberectus in strato superiore substrati 
repetite ramificans caespes foliorum densi formans. Folia basales, vaginis apertis angustis 
scariosis sub-atropurpureis usque ad 3mm longis in laminis laxis filiformibus usque ad 10 cm 
longis 0.2 mm latis abrupte transientibus. Culmi nulli; spiculae sessiles in caespitibus foliorum 
ramos ultimos caulis terminans, solitariae uniflorae. Glumae 2 oppositae lineares subscariosae, 
tubum circum floscuium formandum arete vaginantes; externa 7-10 mm longa, interna vix 
brevior. Rhachilla nulla. Selae hypogynae 6 plumosae albae sericeae c. 3mm iongae, in situ 
saepe compactae intertextae circum ovarium tubi fundum basi complentes. Stamen 1 anticum, 
filamento capillario 7-12 mm longo; anthera pallida linearia c. 2 mm longa. Stylus tenuis c. 8 
mm longus, glaber, cum ovario inarticulatus, stigmatis 3 brunneis filiformibus. Nux 1-1.3 mm 
longa, ovoidea turgida vix trigona, alba translucida fragilis, superficies ordinatione cellufosis 
hexagonis. Semen ovoideum 0.8 mm longum, testis laevi brunneis, endospermio albo 
farinaceo. 
Glabrous subaquatic annual herb. Stem very short, semi-erect within the upper 
substrate, repeatedly branching to form dense leaf tufts at surface level. Leaves 
basal, with narrow scarious somewhat atropurpureous open sheaths up to 3 mm 
long passing abruptly into lax filiform laminae up to 10 cm long by 0.2 mm wide. 
Culms absent, the spikelets sessile in the leaf tufts, solitary, 1 -flowered, terminating 
the ultimate branches of the stem. Glumes 2, opposite, linear, almost scarious, 
closely sheathing to form a tube around the floret; outer glume 7-10 mm long, the 
inner slightly shorter. Rhachilla absent. Hypogynous bristles 6, white silky plumose, 
c. 3 mm long, often packed and interwoven around the ovary to fill the expanded 
base of the tube. Stamen 1, anterior, with a capillary filament 7-12 mm long; anther 
pallid, linear, c. 2 mm long. Style slender, c. 8 mm long, glabrous, not articulate 
with the ovary, with 3 filiform stigmas. Nut 1-1.3 mm long, ovoid, turgid, scarcely 
trigonous, white-translucent, fragile, the faces with a hexagonal cell pattern. Seed 
ovoid, 0.8 mm long, with smooth brown testa and white farinaceous endosperm. 
Type Collection: 
Western Australia— Upper Swan, 11. xi. 1959, R. D. Royce 6148 (Holo: PERTH!) 
Also examined: 
Western Australia -EWen Brook Tortoise Reserve (J. B. Martyn), 30 km north of Midland, 
10.xi.l978, G. J. Keighery 2456 (MEL 5703851!, PERTH). 
Distribution: 
Known only from seasonally flooded claypans along Ellen Brook north of 
Midland Junction, Darling District, Western Australia. 
*9/51 Marne Street, South Yarra, Victoria 3141. 
Mue//ma 4(4): 299-303 (1981). 
299 

Page image

489722 Siloxerus pygmaeus Muelleria 4(4): 413
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952719
Page is part of the work Pollen-ovule ratios, breeding systems and distribution patterns of some Australian Gnaphaliinae (Compositae: Inuleae), doi:10.5962/p.184070

Page text

413 
APPENDIX 1 
New Combinations in the Australian Gnaphaliinae 
Actinobole condensatum (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnaphalodes condensatum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 
4: 228 (1852). 
As pointed out by Eichler (1963) the generic name Gnaphalodes A. Gray (1852, 
l.c.) is illegitimate, as it is a later homonym of Gnaphalodes Miller (1754). Thus he 
made a new combination for the species G.uliginosum, making the latter the 
neotype species of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. 
Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. Jb. 35: 614 (1905). 
Pcgonolepis muellerana (Sond.) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Skirrhophorus muelleranus Sond., Linnaea 25: 486 (1853) 
{‘Muellerianus)’. 
Siloxerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray. Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. 
Misc. 3: 177 (1851). 

Page image

796545 Skirrhophorus muellerianus Muelleria 4(4): 413
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952719
Page is part of the work Pollen-ovule ratios, breeding systems and distribution patterns of some Australian Gnaphaliinae (Compositae: Inuleae), doi:10.5962/p.184070

Page text

413 
APPENDIX 1 
New Combinations in the Australian Gnaphaliinae 
Actinobole condensatum (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnaphalodes condensatum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 
4: 228 (1852). 
As pointed out by Eichler (1963) the generic name Gnaphalodes A. Gray (1852, 
l.c.) is illegitimate, as it is a later homonym of Gnaphalodes Miller (1754). Thus he 
made a new combination for the species G.uliginosum, making the latter the 
neotype species of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. 
Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. Jb. 35: 614 (1905). 
Pcgonolepis muellerana (Sond.) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Skirrhophorus muelleranus Sond., Linnaea 25: 486 (1853) 
{‘Muellerianus)’. 
Siloxerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray. Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. 
Misc. 3: 177 (1851). 

Page image

527046 Templetonia neglecta Muelleria 4(4): 390, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952696
Page is part of the work Notes on Templetonia R.Br. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184069
509118 Trithuria lanterna Muelleria 4(4): 301
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49952607
Page is part of the work New species of Schoenus (Cyperaceae) and Trithuria (Hydatellaceae), doi:10.5962/p.237640

Page text

301 
1950). Schoenus capillifotius, also native to a swamp habitat, has developed 
superficially similar basal spikelets with bisexual florets while scape development has 
been suppressed. In line with the strategy of atelechory the nut is not adapted as a 
resistant diaspore with a hard pericarp since it is retained where it is produced; the 
pericarp is rather fragile, liberating the seed when the whole spikelet breaks up. Two 
other Schoenus species from the Western Australian sand heaths which have solitary 
spikelets terminating reduced scapes (Blake, 1949) have developed basicarpy 
independently. 
Affinities: S. capillifolius may be placed in the section Helothrix Kiikenthal 
(1938), and is related to the aquatic S. natans (F. Muell.) Benth. and S. tenellus 
Benth. It resembles both species in its almost capillary foliage, reduced 
inflorescences, and herbaceous glumes, but differs in the greatly abbreviated stems 
and the one-flowered tubular spikelet. S. capillifolius is further distinguished from 
S. natans by the solitary stamen and glabrous, obscurely angled nut, and from 
S. tenellus by the presence of hypogynous setae. 
Trithuria lanterna D. A. Cooke sp. nov. 
Herba glabra annua rubescens caule brevissimo radicibus fibrosis. Folia basalia linearia 6-17 mm 
longa usque ad 0.8 mm lata, apicibus acutis. Scapi absentes. Capilula sessilia, pluria, unum- 
quidque flosculis masculis 1-2, flosculis foeminis 6-18, bracteis c. 4 herbaceis erectis angusto- 
lanceolatis 2-3 mm longis involucratum. Stamen anthero linear-elliptico purpurascente c. 
0.7 mm longo, filamento c. 1 mm longo. Ovarium flosculi non v\d\. Fructus indehiscens, usque 
ad 0.4 mm longus 0.2 mm latus, ovoid-trigonus superflciebus 3 delicatis hyalinis inter costas 3 
prominentes; in pedicello fragili usque ad 0.4 mm longo; pilibus stigmaticis 2-3 persistentibus, 
fructi maturi pilibus implexis coherentes. Semen unicum, ovoideum c. 0.3 mm longurn, 
pallidum translucens praeter apicem fuscum opacum; testa mellea laevis nitens. (Descriptio 
typi.) 
Glabrous annual herb, often becoming red-tinted, with a very short stem and fibrous 
roots. Leaves basal, linear, 5-18 mm long and up to 0.8 mm wide, tapering to acute 
apices, with anomocytic stomata on both surfaces. Scapes absent. Heads several, 
sessile, each with an involucre of about 4 erect narrow-lanceolate herbaceous bracts 
2-3 mm long containing 6-20 female florets loosely grouped into 3-6 bundles and 1-2 
male florets. Stamen with a ± purple, linear-elliptic anther c. 0.7 mm long on a fila- 
ment up to 1.5 mm long. Ovary ovoid, c. 0.2 mm long, shortly pedicellate, with 
about 3 terminal stigmatic hairs 1.5-2 mm long, each consisting of a single row of 
cylindrical cells. Fruit indehiscent, up to 0.4 mm long and 0.2 mm wide, ovoid- 
trigonous with 3 delicate hyaline panels between 3 prominent ribs containing 
vascular bundles. Fruiting pedicel up to 0.5 mm long, fragile, the mature fruits 
cohering by the tangled persistent stigmatic hairs. Seed 1, ovoid, c. 0.3 mm long, 
pallid and translucent except for a dark apex; testa honey-coloured, smooth, 
shining. (English description based on all material examined.) 
The epithet lanterna is derived from the Latin noun lanterna, a lantern, and 
refers to the pericarp with three transparent panels and a framework of three opaque 
bars. 
Type Collection: 
Northern Territory — South Bay, Bickerton Island, 14 June 1948, R. L. Specht 
556(Holo: MEL 1517931!; Iso: BRI 256564!) 
Also Examined: 
Northern Territorv — Lhl\e Lagoon, Groote Eylandt, 27 May 1948, R. L. Specht 413 (MEL 
1517930!; BRI 256563!)i 
Distribution: 
Known only from Bickerton Island and Groote Eylandt, Arnhem Land, 
Northern Territory, but apparently overlooked due to its small size. It may be ex- 

Page image

797633 Bossiaea aculeata Muelleria 5(1): 16
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119149
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Templetonia R.BR. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184064

Page text

16 
coriaceous, convex, glabrous. Seeds elliptic, 4. 5-6. 5 x 3-4 mm and up to 2.5 mm 
thick, dark brown, the small hilum surrounded by a collar-like aril with a raised 
lateral lip (Fig. 8). 
T. hookeri occurs in northern Western Australia (including some of the 
off-shore islands), the central and northern areas of the Northern Territory and the 
north-western corner of Queensland where it is found most frequently on sandstone 
or quartzite outcrops or in laterite or gravelly soils along creeks (Fig. 7). 
Representative Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia— Warralong, 20. v. 1941, N. T. Burbidge 813 (PERTH). Augustus Island, 
Bonaparte Archipelago, 16. v. 1972, >. C. Wilson 10812 (PERTH). Wood Island (North), 12.vii. 1973, P. 
G. Wilson 1 1522 (PERTH). 
Northern Territory— ± 70 km NE. of Maranboy Police Station, 6. iii . 1 965 , Laza rides & Adams 112 
(BRI 157643, C'ANB 151794, MEL 1517029, NT 39498). 94 km N. of Tennant Creek, 25. xi. 1970, J. R. 
Maconochie (NT 29059). 1 .6 ktn W. of South Alligator crossing, El Sharana, 16. 1 .1973, J. H. Calabv AE 
364 (BRI 16 3878, CANB 237655, NT 38803). 
Queensland— East Branch, Settlement Creek, viii.1922, L. Brass 173 (BRI 243361). 16 km SSE. of 
Morestone, 28. v. 1948, R. A. Perry 1054 (BRI 243363, NT 20238). Burke Distr., 26 km from Gunpowder 
on the Quamby Road, 23.x. 1972, G. W. Althofer 297 (BRI 149772). 
Notes: 
A distinctive species which is readily distinguished by the linear-terete to 
filiform 1-foliolate or digitately to pinnately 3-5-foliolate leaves and the long filiform 
pedicels. In addition, T. hookeri has a more northern distribution than the other 
species in the genus. T. drwmnondii is the only other species with unifoliolate leaves 
but the two species cannot be confused. 
8. Templetonia aculeata (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 2: 170 (1864); Moore & 
Betche, Handb. FI. N.S.W. 143 (1893); Diels & Pritzel, Bot. Jahrb. 35: 265 (1904); 
J. M. Black, FI. S. Austr. ed. 2: 446 (1948). Bossiaea aculeata F. Muell., Fragm. 
Phyt. Austr. 2 (15): 120 (1861). Type: Western Australia, near the Culjong River, A. 
Oldfield (MEL 20339, holo.! There is no type material of T. aculeata at Kew or the 
British Museum (Natural History)). 
Many-stemmed low subshrub or shrub up to 0.4 m high with simple or 
branched stems, the stems green or yellowish, ± terete, inconspicuously or con- 
spicuously ridged, sometimes somewhat zig-zagging, usually sparingly to densely 
pubescent with appressed or somewhat spreading hairs especially between the ridges 
but sometimes ± glabrous. Stipules spinescent, in pairs, up to 1 cm long, spreading 
or recurved. Leaves present or absent, simple, the lower ones obovate or obovate- 
oblong and the upper linear-oblong, 0.5-3 x 0. 1-0.8 cm, pungent-pointed, usually 
sparingly to densely pubescent especially on the upper surface but sometimes 
glabrous, sometimes with conspicuous venation on the lower surface, with a mass of 
fine dark glandular processes in the axils. Flowers 1 or 2 per axil, on pedicels up to 5 
mm long, the pedicels glabrous to sparingly pubescent, with a very small in- 
conspicuous basal bract with fimbriate margins and a pair of ovate bracteoles up to 
3.5 x 3.5 mm at about the middle of the pedicel which often overlap the base of the 
calyx; bracteoles glabrous to densely pubescent outside and within, with marginal 
cilia apically. Calyx up to 9 mm long, the 2 upper lobes united and slightly broader 
than the others, the lowest longest, the lobes shorter than the tube, sparingly to 
densely pubescent outside, the apices of the lobes with marginal cilia and often with 
a purplish tinge. Standard orbicular, 12-18 mm long including a claw up to 3 mm 
long, 10-13 mm wide, slightly emarginate apically, apparently usually yellow inside 
with a deep yellow basal horseshoe-shaped throat surrounded by a dark red or 
purplish fringe and with a dark red or purplish midvein extending to the emarginate 
apex, dark red or purplish outside with a yellow border; wings up to 14 mm long in- 
cluding a claw up to 2 mm long, up to 4.5 mm wide, auricled, mostly dark red or 
purplish throughout or yellow towards the apex; keel petals lightly united, up to 14 
mm long including a claw up to 3.5 mm long, up to 5 mm wide, auricled, dark red or 
purplish. Stamens up to 14 mm long. Ovary shortly stipitate, glabrous. Pods ob- 

Page image

797636 Bossiaea battii Muelleria 5(1): 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119144
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Templetonia R.BR. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184064

Page text

21 
Queensland— Leichhardt Distr., 24 km SSE. of Blackwater Township, 6.ix. 1961 , M. Lazarides & R. 
Story 55 (CAN B 111976, MEL 1507638, NSW 1434032). 
New South H ate— Broken Hill, xii.1918, E. C. Andrews s.n. (NSW 44556). Moulamein, 9.x. 1970, 
W. E. Mulham (NSW 114018). "Urunda”, Hermidale, 26. ix. 1977, D. F. Thompson /§70(NSW 143394). 
Victoria— Robinvaie Distr., Wemen, viii.1960, A. R. Begg s.n. (MEL 564659). Hattah Lakes Na- 
tional Park, Hattah area, 10. ix. 1960, A. C. Beauglehole 39180 (MEL 564621). Meringur Bushland 
Reserve, 15 km E. of Morkalla, 31.x. 1977, A. C. Beauglehole 5701 1 (MEL 1507639). 
Notes: 
D. E. Symon 1115 (ADW 23586, NT 20242) from the S.W. corner of Com- 
monwealth Hill Station, ± 38.4 km NW. of Wynbring railway station, South 
Australia, is an unusually robust specimen of T. egena with large pods and seeds. 
The pods are slightly longer than usual (2. 2-2. 5 x 0.9-0.95 cm) and the seeds are the 
largest seen being up to 13.5 x 5.5 x 3.25 mm. Other isolated specimens with large 
pods similar to those of Symon 1115 occur infrequently throughout the range of the 
species, for example D. J. Nelson 98 (NSW 143401, NT 8489) from 14 km S. of 
Mount Wedge H.S., Northern Territory and A. Morris (NSW 44555) from Broken 
Hill, New South Wales, the two latter specimens having immature seeds. 
A. R. Begg, the collector of a specimen (MEL 564659) from Wemen, Robinvaie 
Distr., Victoria, comments that T. egena has “a peculiar scent when in flower 
(almost a perfume) which attracts many insects and moths, in particular one of the 
latter which is a brilliant iridescent blue.” 
Mueller (1892) reported that a woman from Darling River died one hour after 
drinking a cupful of an infusion of T. egena although, as indicated by Hurst (1942), 
this does not necessarily constitute proof of the poisonous properties of the species 
as the death may have resulted from the ailment which led to the infusion being 
taken. Everist (1974) makes no mention of T. egena being poisonous to humans or 
animals. 
T. egena is most closely related to T. battii which differs, however, in having 
shorter more rigid intricately branched pungent-tipped branches, shorter 
inflorescences, short thickened styles with larger stigmas than in T. egena, and 
smaller seed in which the collar-like aril has a small slightly raised lateral lip and 
more deeply incised margins. The ± terete slightly ridged stems readily distinguish 
T. egena from T. sulcata in which the stems are distinctly flattened. 
lO.Templetonia battii F. Muell., Chem. and Drugg. Australas. 2, 2: 31 (1 Feb. 
1887); Bot. Centralbl. 30, 6: 180 (1887); J. M. Black, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. 
Austr. 43: 33 (1919); J. M. Black, FI. S. Austr. ed. 2: 446(1948). Bossiaea battii (F . 
Muell.) R. Tate, FI. Extra-trop. S. Austr. 65 (1890). Syntypes: Western Australia, 
Eucla, J. D. Bait (MEL 564735!, MEL 564736!). 
Several-stemmed leafless glabrous divaricate shrub up to 1 .4 m high, sometimes 
as wide as or wider than high; branches rigid, intricately branched, ± terete, dis- 
tinctly but inconspicuously longitudinally ridged, terminating in pungent points. 
Stipules absent. Leaves reduced to minute scales up to 1 mm long, with a mass of 
fine dark glandular processes in the axils. Flowers in short terminal racemes, 1 or 2 
per axil, yellow and brown, on short glabrous pedicels 0.5-1 .3 mm long, the pedicels 
with a pair of ovate bracteoles up to 1.5 mm long and 1.8 mm wide from near the 
middle to towards the apex, the bracteoles glabrous throughout or margins of lobes 
minutely ciliolate, overlapping the base of the calyx. Calyx up to 3.7 mm long, the 
lowest lobe longer than the others, the lobes shorter than the tube, glabrous 
throughout or apices of lobes minutely ciliolate. Standard slightly oblate, 5. 5-6. 5 
mm long including a claw up to 1.5 mm long, 6-7 mm wide, emarginate apically; 
wings 4. 8-5. 5 mm long including a claw up to 2 mm long, up to 2.5 mm wide, 
auricled and infolded basally, usually slightly longer than the keel petals; keel petals 
lightly united, 4.5-5 mm long including a claw up to 1 .6 mm long, 1 .8-2.2 mm wide, 
auricled. Stamens up to 4.7 mm long. Ovary ± sessile, glabrous, up to 2.5 mm long; 
style short, thickened, curved, with a large terminal stigma. Pods narrowly oblong- 
elliptic, 1 .2-1.5 x 0.5-0.65 cm, sessile, narrowed to an acute beak apically, 1-seeded, 

Page image

467805 Bossiaea biloba stenophylla Muelleria 5(1): 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119159
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Templetonia R.BR. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184064
468081 Bossiaea egena Muelleria 5(1): 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119147
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Templetonia R.BR. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184064
829843 Bossiaea rossii Muelleria 5(1): 23
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119142
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Templetonia R.BR. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184064
468601 Bossiaea rossii Muelleria 5(1): 23, 28
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119142
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Templetonia R.BR. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184064
468725 Bossiaea stenophylla Muelleria 5(1): 9
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119156
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Templetonia R.BR. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184064

Page text

9 
Fig. 4. The known distributions of Templetoniu biloba, T. neglecta and T. stenophylla. 
281 (1973). Bossiaea stenophylla F. Muell., Fragm. Phyt. Austr. 1: 9 (1858). Type: 
Victoria, near Melton, M. Weidenbach (MEL 20338, holo.!). 
Templetonia mue/leri Benth., FI. Austr. 2: 169 (1864), nom. illegit. Syntypes: 
Queensland, Wide Bay, Bidwill (K-photo!), Leichhardt (MEL 1516495!). New 
South Wales, Hawkesbury river, R. Brown (BM-photo!); Cugeegong river, A. Cun- 
ningham (BM and K-photos!); New England, near Tenterfield, C. Stuart (K-photo! 
MEL 1516496! MEL 1516497! MEL 1516502!). Victoria, Murray river, Prince Paul 
Wilhelm (MEL 151650!); Wimmera river, Daltachy (K — photo! MEL 1516499! 
MEL 1516500! MEL 1516503!) and Mount Arapiles, near Lake Hindmarsh, 
Dallachy, (MEL 1516494!); Melton, near Port Phillip, Weidenbach (MEL 20338!). 
Small glabrous shrub or subshrub up to 0.6 m high with one to several simple or 
branched erect, prostrate or straggling stems, the stems ± terete to somewhat 
angular especially apically, faintly or distinctly longitudinally striate, unarmed. 
Stipules inconspicuous, up to 1 mm long, broad-triangular. Leaves simple, more or 
less sessile, articulated basally, the lower ones narrow-oblong or oblong and the up- 
per sometimes linear-oblong or linear, (0.8)1 .8-5(7) cm long, 0.2-0.55(0.7) cm wide, 
glabrous, apex obtuse or with a short recurved mucro, venation on lower surface 
sometimes fairly conspicuous, with a mass of fine dark glandular processes in the 
axils. Flowers 1 or 2 per axil, on glabrous pedicels 4-8 mm long (up to 13 mm long in 
fruit), the pedicels with a basal bract up to 1.5 mm long and a pair of ovate 
bracteoles 1.5-2. 5 x 1.2-2 mm at or above the middle of the pedicel; bracteoles 
glabrous or with an apical fringe of hairs. Calyx up to 8 mm long, the two upper 
lobes united except for the short acute apices, the lowest lobe slightly longer than the 
others, the lobes shorter than the tube, glabrous outside except for a fringe of hairs 
on the apices of the lobes. Standard orbicular, 10-15 mm long including the claw, 
8-10 mm wide, emarginate apically, pale yellow inside with a deep yellow basal 
horseshoe-shaped throat surrounded by a purplish-brown fringe; wings up to 12.5 
mm long including a claw up to 2.5 mm long, up to 4.5 mm wide, auricled, usually 
brown or purplish-brown throughout or pale yellow towards the apex; keel petals 
lightly united, up to 12.5 mm long including a claw up to 4 mm long, up to 5.5 mm 

Page image

797689 Bossiaea sulcata Muelleria 5(1): 23
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119142
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Templetonia R.BR. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184064
628583 Candelariella xanthostigmoides Muelleria 5(1): 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119133
Page is part of the work The Nomenclature of Some Australian Lichens Described as Lecanora and Placodium by Mueller-Argoviensis, doi:10.5962/p.184065
644910 Cladonia glaucolivida Muelleria 5(1): 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119132
Page is part of the work The Nomenclature of Some Australian Lichens Described as Lecanora and Placodium by Mueller-Argoviensis, doi:10.5962/p.184065

Page text

33 
Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin 
effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin 
when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane 
to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 
9-1 1 /im. 
Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. 
Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) 
Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). 
Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- 
mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming 
hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later 
somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, 
hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 
Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) 
Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- 
mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken 
within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 
8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. 
Chemistry: perlatolic acid. 
Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) 
Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) 
Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules 
up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, 
convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much 
smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- 
times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming 
somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; 
spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. 
Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of 
boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. 
The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection 
(South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, 
Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could 
easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in 
the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. 
Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) 
Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm 
diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to 
the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 
H m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 

Page image

628996 Cladonia sulcata Muelleria 5(1): 115
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119200
Page is part of the work A new Australian lichen: Cladonia sulcate, doi:10.5962/p.238384

Page text

A NEW AUSTRALIAN LICHEN: CLADONIA SULCATA 
by 
A. W. Archer* 
Psoromic acid is a relatively uncommon /3-depsidone in the lichen genus 
Cladortia. About 5% (14 out of 276) of the species and varieties of Cladonia of 
which the chemistry is known (Culberson 1969, 1970; Culberson, Culberson and 
Johnson, 1977) contain psoromic acid and of these 14 only three contain psoromic 
acid and atranorin. These are C. norrlinii Vain. (Vainio, 1922) from north America 
(Thomson, 1967) and Europe (Ahti, 1977), C. subconistea Asah. from Japan 
(Asahina, 1941) and Taiwan (Ahti and Lai, 1979) and C. dahliana Kristinsson 
reported to occur in Iceland, Greenland and Baffin Island (Kristinsson, 1974). A re- 
cent chemical examination of material from Victoria and Tasmania, tentatively 
identified as C. diffissa (F. Wils.) F. Wils. (Wilson, 1889, 1889a), showed some 
specimens to contain atranorin and psoromic acid, in contrast to the atranorin and 
norstietic acid found in C. diffissa. The specimens containing atranorin and 
psoromic acid were not referable to C. norrlinii, C. subconistea or C. dahliana and 
are here differentiated as a separate species. 
DESCRIPTION 
Cladonia sulcata A. W. Archer, sp. nov. 
Thallus primarius squamulis, 1-3 mm longis, 0.3-1. 5 mm latis, supra cinero-glaucescentibus, infra 
albis, nullis sorediis. Podetia ascendentia squamulis, 10-20 mm ahum, nullis scyphis, parte 
supra ramosa, superficebus sulcatis et subfindescentia, cortice continuo subgranularescenti. 
Apotheciis ad apices podetiorum, fuscis, convexis, 0.3-0. 6 mm diam. Ascosporae non 
videt. Thallus K+ flavescens, C-, Pd+ flavus. Atranorinum et acidum psoromicum 
continens. 
Primary thallus with squamules, 1-3 mm long, 0.3-1 .5 mm wide, upper side pale 
green, below white, esorediate. podetia arising from the squamules, 10-20 mm tall, 
lacking scyphi, grooved and becoming somewhat split; cortex continuous, becoming 
somewhat granular; apothecia on the tips of the podetia, dark brown, convex, 
0. 3-0.6 mm diam.; ascospores not seen. Thallus K+ weak yellow, C-, Pd + 
yellow; containing atranorin and psoromic acid. 
The presence of atranorin and psoromic acid was demonstrated by thin-layer 
chromatography and the identity of the compounds confirmed by co- 
chromatography with authentic samples of the two compounds. 
Type Collection: Australia, Victoria, 8 km east of Tawonga, on soil by side of 
Trapper’s Creek Road, approximately 147°15'E, 36°41'S, altitude ca 700 m, 
22. xi. 1979, Archer 803 (Holotype: MEL 1031486; Isotype: H, COLO). 
Also Examined: 
Victoria — ca 2 km north of holotype collection site, 22. xi. 1979, Archer 860A (MEL 1031487). 
Tasmania — 1 km north-east of Derwent Bridge, on soil by side of track near Cynthia Bay, Lake St. 
Clair, approximately 146°10'E, 42°7'S, altitude ca 700 m, 2.iii. 1980, Archer 889 (MEL 1031488). 
DISCUSSION 
The specific epithet sulcata refers to the grooved appearance of the podetia. 
Typical specimens are illustrated in figure 1. 
* Division of Analytical Laboratories, P.O. Box 162, Lidcombe, NSW 2141. 
Muelteria 5(1): 115-117 (1982). 
115 

Page image

499779 Daviesia egena Muelleria 5(1): 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119147
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Templetonia R.BR. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184064
803378 Daviesia egena Muelleria 5(1): 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119147
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Templetonia R.BR. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184064
644907 Lecanora glaucoflavens Muelleria 5(1): 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119133
Page is part of the work The Nomenclature of Some Australian Lichens Described as Lecanora and Placodium by Mueller-Argoviensis, doi:10.5962/p.184065

Page text

32 
not differ morphologically from Lecanora atra var. atra. There is no doubt that L. 
atra var. serialis cannot be maintained as a distinct variety, but must be placed in 
synonymy with Lecanora atra var. atra. 
Lecanora atra var. virens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) 
Typification: Kirton, lllawarra, N.S.W. on bark (G, lectotype here chosen. This is 
the only specimen in Geneva annotated by Mull.Arg. ). The grey-green colouration 
of the thallus is insufficient reason to accord varietal status. 
Chemistry: atranorin, alectoronic acid and phenolics. 
This taxon cannot be maintained as a distinct variety, for reasons discussed 
under L. atra var. serialis. It is synonymous with Lecanora atra var. atra. 
Lecanora connivens Mull.Arg. (1891:389) 
Typification: Bailey 435, corticolous, Queensland (G, holotype). 
Chemistry: atranorin, alectoronic acid, and phenolics. 
The apothecia are unusually concave in early stages, but later flatten to produce 
a slightly convex disk and slightly irregular margin, characters insufficient to justify 
taxonomic recognition. There is no doubt that this taxon is synonymous with 
Lecanora atra var. atra. 
Lecanora subimmersa Mull.Arg. ( 1 893 A: 1 24), non Lecanora subimmersa Vainio 
1890. 
As the name L. subimmersa Mull.Arg. is a later homonym and therefore in- 
valid it was replaced by L. brisbanensis Zahlbr. (1928:400). 
Typification: Bailey 93, on bark, Brisbane (G, holotype). 
Chemistry: atranorin. 
The specimen has some of the apothecia partly immersed in the thallus, prob- 
ably due in part to the highly irregular surface on which the thallus is growing. It 
does not differ in any significant way from Lecanora atra. Both L. subimmersa 
Mull.Arg., nom. inval., and L. brisbanensis Zahlbr. must be placed in synonymy 
under L. atra var. atra. 
NEW COMBINATIONS 
Candelariella xanthostigmoides (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora xanthostigmoides Mull.Arg. (1882:484) 
Candelaria xanthostigmoides (Mull.Arg.) Mull.Arg. (1893B:33) 
Typification: Woods, Parramatta N.S.W. (G, lectotype here chosen. This 
specimen is the more heavily annotated one of the two mentioned by Mull.Arg.); 
Sullivan, Grampians, Victoria (G, syntype). 
Description of Lectotype: Thallus a deep yolk-gold crust of scattered granules up 
to 0.3 mm diameter. Apothecia sessile, up to 0.25 mm diameter, with an initially 
prominent thalline margin which becomes thinner and less prominent, coloured like 
the thallus; disk more or less plane, deep yolk-gold; asci 8-spored; spores simple, 
hyaline, 12-15 x 3-4 gm. 
Lecidea glaucoflavens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora glaucoflavens Mull.Afg. (1893B:39) 
Typification: Wilson 457, Warrnambool, Victoria (G, lectotype here chosen. This 
is the more copious of the two collections mentioned by Mull.Arg.); Wilson 711, 
Warrnambool, Victoria (G, syntype). 

Page image

878221 Lecanora glaucolivida Muelleria 5(1): 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119132
Page is part of the work The Nomenclature of Some Australian Lichens Described as Lecanora and Placodium by Mueller-Argoviensis, doi:10.5962/p.184065

Page text

33 
Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin 
effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin 
when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane 
to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 
9-1 1 /im. 
Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. 
Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) 
Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). 
Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- 
mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming 
hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later 
somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, 
hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 
Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) 
Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- 
mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken 
within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 
8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. 
Chemistry: perlatolic acid. 
Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) 
Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) 
Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules 
up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, 
convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much 
smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- 
times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming 
somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; 
spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. 
Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of 
boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. 
The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection 
(South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, 
Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could 
easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in 
the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. 
Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) 
Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm 
diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to 
the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 
H m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 

Page image

878222 Lecanora hyalinescens Muelleria 5(1): 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119132
Page is part of the work The Nomenclature of Some Australian Lichens Described as Lecanora and Placodium by Mueller-Argoviensis, doi:10.5962/p.184065

Page text

33 
Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin 
effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin 
when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane 
to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 
9-1 1 /im. 
Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. 
Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) 
Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). 
Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- 
mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming 
hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later 
somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, 
hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 
Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) 
Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- 
mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken 
within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 
8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. 
Chemistry: perlatolic acid. 
Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) 
Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) 
Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules 
up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, 
convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much 
smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- 
times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming 
somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; 
spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. 
Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of 
boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. 
The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection 
(South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, 
Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could 
easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in 
the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. 
Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) 
Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm 
diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to 
the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 
H m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 

Page image

878223 Lecanora macrosperma Muelleria 5(1): 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119132
Page is part of the work The Nomenclature of Some Australian Lichens Described as Lecanora and Placodium by Mueller-Argoviensis, doi:10.5962/p.184065

Page text

33 
Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin 
effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin 
when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane 
to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 
9-1 1 /im. 
Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. 
Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) 
Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). 
Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- 
mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming 
hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later 
somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, 
hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 
Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) 
Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- 
mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken 
within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 
8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. 
Chemistry: perlatolic acid. 
Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) 
Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) 
Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules 
up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, 
convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much 
smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- 
times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming 
somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; 
spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. 
Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of 
boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. 
The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection 
(South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, 
Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could 
easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in 
the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. 
Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) 
Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm 
diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to 
the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 
H m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 

Page image

878224 Lecanora perminuta Muelleria 5(1): 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119132
Page is part of the work The Nomenclature of Some Australian Lichens Described as Lecanora and Placodium by Mueller-Argoviensis, doi:10.5962/p.184065

Page text

33 
Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin 
effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin 
when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane 
to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 
9-1 1 /im. 
Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. 
Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) 
Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). 
Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- 
mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming 
hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later 
somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, 
hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 
Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) 
Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- 
mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken 
within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 
8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. 
Chemistry: perlatolic acid. 
Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) 
Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) 
Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules 
up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, 
convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much 
smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- 
times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming 
somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; 
spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. 
Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of 
boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. 
The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection 
(South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, 
Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could 
easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in 
the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. 
Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) 
Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm 
diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to 
the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 
H m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 

Page image

868180 Lecanora xanthostigmoides Muelleria 5(1): 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119132
Page is part of the work The Nomenclature of Some Australian Lichens Described as Lecanora and Placodium by Mueller-Argoviensis, doi:10.5962/p.184065
644905 Lecidea glaucoflavens Muelleria 5(1): 32-33

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(1): 32-33".

644912 Lecidea hyalinescens Muelleria 5(1): 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119132
Page is part of the work The Nomenclature of Some Australian Lichens Described as Lecanora and Placodium by Mueller-Argoviensis, doi:10.5962/p.184065

Page text

33 
Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin 
effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin 
when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane 
to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 
9-1 1 /im. 
Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. 
Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) 
Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). 
Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- 
mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming 
hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later 
somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, 
hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 
Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) 
Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- 
mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken 
within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 
8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. 
Chemistry: perlatolic acid. 
Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) 
Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) 
Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules 
up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, 
convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much 
smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- 
times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming 
somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; 
spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. 
Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of 
boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. 
The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection 
(South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, 
Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could 
easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in 
the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. 
Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) 
Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm 
diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to 
the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 
H m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 

Page image

798735 Nematophyllum Muelleria 5(1): 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119163
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Templetonia R.BR. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184064

Page text

2 
a basally circumscissile calyx and imparipinnate leaves with 3-5(-7) oblong- 
lanceolate leaflets, whereas Plagiocarpus has sessile, mostly digitately 3-foliolate 
leaves, pods a little less than twice as long as broad and subsessile flowers with linear 
bracteoles. Plagiocarpus is clearly closely allied to Templetonia but the combination 
of diagnostic characters distinguishes it from Templetonia. Although the species in 
Templetonia represent a rather heterogeneous assemblage, all of them have in com- 
mon and are distinguished from the other genera in the group by the possession of 
pods which are more than twice as long as broad and usually ovate bracteoles. Ex- 
cept for T. egena and T. battii which are obviously very closely related and T. 
sulcata which clearly is related to these two species, affinities elsewhere in the genus 
are difficult to detect. T. stenophylla appears to be allied to T. neglecta but the re- 
maining species appear fairly isolated and without close allies. 
In habit all species are invariably shrubs or subshrubs with woody rootstocks 
although there is one record (presumably correct) of T. retusa in Western Australia 
growing as a tree up to six metres high. In T. aculeata the stipules are spinescent but 
in all other species they are non-spinescent and, except in T. incana, inconspicuous. 
In T. egena, T. battii and T. sulcata the leaves are reduced to minute scales up to 1 
mm long so that the plants have the appearance of being leafless. In T. drummondii 
the leaves are unifoliolate and in T. hookeri vary from 1-foliolate to digitately or 
pinnately 3-5-foliolate whereas in all remaining species the leaves are simple (T. 
aculeata is occasionally leafless). Despite the occurrence of unifoliolate leaves in T. 
drummondii and in T. hookeri, where pinnately or digitately 3-5-foliolate leaves also 
occur, the two species are not at all closely related. The paired bracteoles which in- 
variably occur at or above the middle of the pedicel are ovate except in T. biloba and 
T. incana where they are linear. In T. retusa and T. incana the flowers are large and 
mostly red throughout although in the former white and yellow variants occur 
sporadically and in the latter some petals are sometimes partly yellow or cream. In 
all other species the flowers are smaller, basically yellow and brown or purplish- 
brown and relatively inconspicuous. The shape and structure of the corolla in T. 
retusa differs from that of the other species and suggests that it is adapted for a 
different means of pollination. 
TAXONOMY 
Templetonia R.Br. in Ait. f . , Hort. Kew., ed. 2, 4: 269 (1812); DC., Prodr. 2: 118 
(1825); G. Don, Gen. Syst. 2: 129 (1832); Benth., FI. Austr. 2: 168 (1864); Benth. & 
Hook.f., Gen. PI. 1: 474 (1865); Taub. in Engl., Pflanzemfam. 3, 3: 217 (1893); 
Diels & Pritzel, Bot. Jahrb. 35: 263 (1904); Hutch., Gen. FI. PI. 1: 349 (1964); 
Polhill, Bot. Syst. 1: 309 (1976). Type Species: T. retusa (Vent.) R.Br. 
Nematophyllum F. Muell., Hook. J. Bot. & Kew Gard. Misc. 9: 20 (1857). 
Shrubs or subshrubs with one to several stems arising from a woody rootstock; 
branches usually ridged or longitudinally striate, terete or sometimes flattened, occa- 
sionally spine-tipped. Leaves alternate or rarely several at a node, simple, 
unifoliolate or rarely digitately to pinnately 3-5-foliolate, or sometimes reduced to 
minute scales, the lower nerves usually strongly ascending, apiculate, pungent or 
bilobed apically, often with a mass of fine glandular processes in the axils; leaflets, 
when present, terete to linear-filiform or ovate to narrow-elliptic or obovate-oblong. 
Stipules usually small and inconspicuous, occasionally spinescent; stipels present in 
unifoliolate and compound leaves. Flowers yellow and brown or purplish-brown, 
red or occasionally red and cream or white or yellow, 1 -several from the axils, 
usually subtended by a few small scales as well as the bract and with a pair of usually 
ovate papery bracteoles near the middle or on the upper part of the pedicel, less 
often the bract and bracteoles linear. Calyx one-quarter to two-thirds as long as the 
corolla, persisting in fruit; upper lobes either largely united or much broader than 
the others, lower lobes often as long as the upper, the lowest often the longest. Cor- 
olla varied in structure; standard narrow-elliptic to orbicular or slightly oblate, 

Page image

493376 Nematophyllum hookeri Muelleria 5(1): 14
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119151
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Templetonia R.BR. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184064

Page text

14 
Fig. 7. The known distributions of Templetonia aculeata, T. drummondii and T. hookeri. 
T. drummondii is in some respects superficially similar to T. stenophylla but the 
latter differs in having simple more or less sessile narrow-oblong, oblong or linear- 
oblong leaves, pods on a stipe which exceeds the calyx, and a different distribution. 
7. Templetonia hookeri (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 2: 170 (1864). 
Nematophyllum hookeri F. Muell., Hook., J. Bot. & Kew Gard. Misc. 9: 20 (1857). 
Type: Northern Territory, Upper Victoria river and Sturt’s Creek, F. Mueller (MEL 
1516623!, here selected as lectotype). 
Several-stemmed slender shrub up to 3 m high with smooth greyish-brown to 
greenish-yellow bark; branches greenish-yellow to yellowish-grey, terete, in- 
conspicuously sulcate, glabrous to fairly densely appressed-pubescent, unarmed. 
Stipules inconspicuous, up to 1 mm long. Leaves linear-terete to filiform, 1-foliolate 
or digitately to pinnately 3-5-foliolate, 1.8-11.5 cm long, usually rather crowded, 
with a pair of inconspicuous stipellae up to 0.6 mm long at the point of attachment 
of the leaflets, glabrous to sparingly pubescent, with a mass of fine dark glandular 
processes in the axils; leaflets linear-terete to filiform and typically with a short 
recurved tip, articulated at the point of attachment to the petiole or rhachis. Flowers 
usually 1 per axil, pale lemon-yellow, on glabrous to sparingly pubescent filiform 
pedicels 2-2.5 cm long (up to 4 cm long in fruit), the pedicels with a pair of ovate 
papery bracteoles up to 1.5 mm long towards the apex, the bracteoles glabrous ex- 
cept for a fringe of apical cilia or sparingly pubescent throughout. Calyx with 4 
acuminate lobes, the upper lobe up to 10.5 mm long (up to 14 mm in fruit) and 
broader than the others, the two laterals up to 8.5 mm long, and the lowest up to 12 
mm long (18 mm in fruit), the lobes longer than the tube, glabrous to sparingly 
pubescent . Standard orbicular, up to 18 mm long including the claw, 9-11 mm wide, 
emarginate apically; wings up to 12 mm long including a claw up to 2 mm long, up 
to 4.5 mm wide, auricled; keel petals up to 16 mm long including a claw up to 2.5 
mm long, up to 6.5 mm wide, auricled. Stamens up to 16 mm long. Ovary up to 8 
mm long, on a stipe up to 3.5 mm long, glabrous. Pods oblong, sometimes obliquely 
so especially when young, 2. 4-3. 7 x 0.95-1.3 cm, narrowed to an acute beak apically, 
mostly 3-4-seeded, valves yellowish-green when young but ripening to shiny brown, 

Page image

798736 Nematophyllum hookeri Muelleria 5(1): 14
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119151
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Templetonia R.BR. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184064

Page text

14 
Fig. 7. The known distributions of Templetonia aculeata, T. drummondii and T. hookeri. 
T. drummondii is in some respects superficially similar to T. stenophylla but the 
latter differs in having simple more or less sessile narrow-oblong, oblong or linear- 
oblong leaves, pods on a stipe which exceeds the calyx, and a different distribution. 
7. Templetonia hookeri (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 2: 170 (1864). 
Nematophyllum hookeri F. Muell., Hook., J. Bot. & Kew Gard. Misc. 9: 20 (1857). 
Type: Northern Territory, Upper Victoria river and Sturt’s Creek, F. Mueller (MEL 
1516623!, here selected as lectotype). 
Several-stemmed slender shrub up to 3 m high with smooth greyish-brown to 
greenish-yellow bark; branches greenish-yellow to yellowish-grey, terete, in- 
conspicuously sulcate, glabrous to fairly densely appressed-pubescent, unarmed. 
Stipules inconspicuous, up to 1 mm long. Leaves linear-terete to filiform, 1-foliolate 
or digitately to pinnately 3-5-foliolate, 1.8-11.5 cm long, usually rather crowded, 
with a pair of inconspicuous stipellae up to 0.6 mm long at the point of attachment 
of the leaflets, glabrous to sparingly pubescent, with a mass of fine dark glandular 
processes in the axils; leaflets linear-terete to filiform and typically with a short 
recurved tip, articulated at the point of attachment to the petiole or rhachis. Flowers 
usually 1 per axil, pale lemon-yellow, on glabrous to sparingly pubescent filiform 
pedicels 2-2.5 cm long (up to 4 cm long in fruit), the pedicels with a pair of ovate 
papery bracteoles up to 1.5 mm long towards the apex, the bracteoles glabrous ex- 
cept for a fringe of apical cilia or sparingly pubescent throughout. Calyx with 4 
acuminate lobes, the upper lobe up to 10.5 mm long (up to 14 mm in fruit) and 
broader than the others, the two laterals up to 8.5 mm long, and the lowest up to 12 
mm long (18 mm in fruit), the lobes longer than the tube, glabrous to sparingly 
pubescent . Standard orbicular, up to 18 mm long including the claw, 9-11 mm wide, 
emarginate apically; wings up to 12 mm long including a claw up to 2 mm long, up 
to 4.5 mm wide, auricled; keel petals up to 16 mm long including a claw up to 2.5 
mm long, up to 6.5 mm wide, auricled. Stamens up to 16 mm long. Ovary up to 8 
mm long, on a stipe up to 3.5 mm long, glabrous. Pods oblong, sometimes obliquely 
so especially when young, 2. 4-3. 7 x 0.95-1.3 cm, narrowed to an acute beak apically, 
mostly 3-4-seeded, valves yellowish-green when young but ripening to shiny brown, 

Page image

525775 Nymphoides montana Muelleria 5(1): 36, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119129
Page is part of the work New Australian Species of Nymphoides Séguier (Menyanthaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184066

Page text

36 
Nymphoides montanu H. I. Aston, sp. nov. 
Nymphoides geminata sens. Aston (1973:111), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. 
Nymphoides sp. nov. “G”, Aston in litt. 
Plantae perennes. Stolones fluilantes ad 2 m longi. Laminae foliorum ± circulares, iniegrae, profunde 
cordatae, latissime obtusae, (2.5-)4-l 1 x (2.5-)4-10.5 cm. tnflorescentia laxa, binis floribus 
pedicellatis binisque bracteis ad nodos; internodis ad 5(- 1 0) cm longis. Flores heterostyli, 
5(6)-partiti. Corolla 23-38 rom diametro, flava; lobae alis lateralibus latis perlaciniatis, fimbriaque 
transversa prope lobae basin papillarum tenuium liberarum formata, praeditae. Capsula ellip- 
soidea, (5.5-)6-9 x (3-)4-5 mm. Semina 42-90 per capsulam, ellipsoidea valde autem compressa, 
1.1-1.55 x 0.8-1.15 x 0.5-0. 7 mm (longitudo latitudine sesquilongior, crassitie duplolongior), 
nigrescentia ad nigra maturitate, nitentia, laevia; caruncula basalis circularis, pallida, tenuis, 
inconspicua. 
Stoloniferous perennial. Stolons long and floating with roots suspended from 
the nodes on plants in water, becoming rooted to the substrate when waters 
evaporate; stolons in deeper waters to 2 metres long x 1.5-4 mm diam. with inter- 
nodes c. 10-60 cm long, mostly few-noded and forked once to thrice; stolons on 
stranded plants often reduced to a single node 1-2 cm long. Basal leaves several; 
petioles slender, cylindrical, to 70 cm long; blades ± circular in outline, usually a 
little longer than broad, occasionally a little broader than long, rarely very broad- 
ovate, deeply cordate (the lobes mostly 30-45% of the total blade length and 
separated by a sinus of 0°-40° (-70°) or rarely slightly overlapping), very broad- 
obtuse, often somewhat emarginate, entire or rarely slightly crenate, (2.5-)4-ll x 
(2.5-)4-10.5 cm. Cauline leaves from the stolon nodes similar, becoming progres- 
sively smaller and shorter-petioled toward the stolon extremities, those on stranded 
plants reduced in size (sometimes < 1 cm) and varying from reniform to elliptic and 
from cordate to truncate to tapered at the base. Inflorescence as for the “geminata 
group”, the internodes few-11 in number, each 2-50(- 1 00) mm long; bracts 
lanceolate-ovate, 4-7(-10) mm long; pedicels 20-80(- 1 25) mm long. Flowers 
5(6)-partite. Calyx lobes lanceolate to narrow-ovate, thick-textured with narrow 
translucent margins, (5-)6-8(- 1 0) mm long. Corolla 23-38 mm span, “bright lemon 
yellow” to “bright yellow”. Corolla lobes broad-elliptic; mid-section glabrous except 
for the conspicuous transverse fringe of fine papillae near its base and sometimes a 
few similar papillae along its midline above the fringe; side-wings broad, undulate, 
strongly laciniate, extending from the apex of the lobe almost to the base. Corolla 
tube papillae free within the cluster, sessile. Stamens with filaments c. 0.6 and 1 .7 
mm long in long-styled and short-styled flowers respectively; anthers ± linear-ovate, 
c. 2. 5-3. 5 times as long as broad, 2. 4-3. 5 mm long. Gynoecium (long-styled flower) 
c. 10.5 mm long; ovary free except at the base, ± linear-conical, gradually tapered 
into the style; placentas 2, long, extending down at least the central half of the ovary 
wall; ovules c. 90-170; style c. 2. 5-3. 5 mm long; stigmas 2, each a broad-rhomboid, 
shortly-papillate, laciniate, erect wing c. 3.5 x 2.75 mm. Gynoecium (short-styled 
flower ) c. 6 mm long; style c. 1.5 mm long; stigmas c. 2 x 2.5 mm, condensed, 
deeply-lobed and undulate thus obscuring the basic wings. Capsule ellipsoid, equal 
to or a little longer than the calyx, (5.5-)6-9 x (3-)4-5 mm, often breaking free in the 
water by decay of the pedicel before the seeds are released. Seeds (23-)42-90 per cap- 
sule; body of seed ellipsoid but strongly laterally compressed, 1.1-1.55 mm long x 
0.8-1.15 mm wide x 0.5-0. 7 mm thick, dark grey-black to black when mature, 
shining, smooth; basal caruncle present, circular, pale, thin and generally 
inconspicuous. 
Type Collection: 
Lake Hill, south-west of Nunniong Plains, East Gippsland, Victoria, grid 
W6(-3), 20. i. 1971, Beauglehole & Finck ACB36345 (Holotype: MEL 1504963. 
Isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 1504964-965, 'NSW). 
Paratype: 
Morass Creek, about 9 km north of Benambra, at crossing of the Omeo to 

Page image

525841 Nymphoides planosperma Muelleria 5(1): 39, fig. 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119126
Page is part of the work New Australian Species of Nymphoides Séguier (Menyanthaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184066

Page text

39 
distribution and to withstand the ravages of time. However, this collection (ACB 
36345) is deficient in other respects, particularly in having only small, thin-textured 
leaves, some of which (including two on the holotype) are atypically deeply 
emarginate. I have cited, therefore, a paratype (Aston 1852) which complements the 
type collection by illustrating the typical large thick-textured leaves, the 
stoloniferous habit and elongated inflorescences of deepwater plants and also the 
reduced state of plants on mud. 
Collections from the Bentley Plains, Victoria (ACB 36998; Melville 3124) show 
a slight tendency towards a tuberculate seed. This is more pronounced in the latter 
collection where the external surfaces of some of the seed cells form semi-circular 
domes and a very few form small tubercles about once to twice as long as broad. 
These extrusions are confined to the seed edges and only noticeable under 
magnification. 
At some localities both long- and short-styled flowers are found on intermingled 
stolons but at others only one style type is present over an extensive area or 
throughout the population. The latter situation is possibly due to the stoloniferous 
nature of the species and the consequent vegetative spread and formation of large 
clones. 
Nymphoides planosperma H. I. Aston, sp. nov. 
Nymphoides sp. nov. “R”, Aston in litt. 
Planlae annuae. Laminae foliorum sagittata, ± ovate-triangulares, 8-17 x 9-16 mm, sino profundo 
acutoque (ad 60( -70%) totae folii longitudinis), lobae basales elongatae, angustae, 2-6 mm latae; 
laminae infra spongiosae rugosaeque, stellatis trichomis furcatis in cavernulis aeriis. Infloreseentia 
fasciculus pedicellarum densus, ad basin sinu folii ortus. Flores heterostyli, 5-partiti. Corolla 6-10 
mm diametro, alba, tauce fiavo; lobae cum alis latis lateralibus in distali V1-V3, atque fimbria sparsa 
transversa papillarum tenuium prope lobae basin; alae laterales undulatae ad apiceni laciniatae alibi 
integrae. C'apsula ellipsoidea ad late ovoidea, ad Wi longior quam calyx, 1.5-2. 5 x 1.5-2 mm; 
placentae duae, subapicales, minutae. Semina 1-4 per capsulam, anguste-ellipsoidea sed valde com- 
pressa, (I-) 1 .42-2.25 x (0.5-) 0.8-1.05 x (0.35-) 0.45-0.6 mm (longitudo latitudine diplolongior, 
crassitic 3-4 plo longior) nigra maturitate, typice cum superficiebus ± laevibus, cumque margine in- 
crassata, obtusituberculata, rotundata; caruncula crassa, semicircularis, conspicua, in margine 
seminis circa /> longitudinis ab apice. 
Annual. Petiole-like stems few to many, arising from the plant base, flexuose, 
threadlike, 7-34 cm long x < 0.5 mm diam., with scattered, flat, often dark 
callosities; true petiole minute or absent. Leaf blades ± ovate-triangular in outline 
with slightly convex, straight, or slightly concave edges and a usually deep and acute 
basal sinus; sinus (30-)50-60(-70)<7o of total blade length, of 50°-100° (-125°) angle, 
the basal lobes ± elongated and narrow, 2-6 mm wide; blades 8-17 mm x 9-16 mm,’ 
widest across the basal lobes close to their extremities, spongy and rugose beneath 
with deep air cavities and with ± stellate/forked clear-translucent trichomes 
projecting into the cavities from the inside of the upper leaf surface. Inflorescence as 
for the “indica group”; true petiole apparently absent; pedicels subtended by broad- 
obovate to ± rounded, white-translucent, membranous bracts to 2 mm lone. 
Pedicels 5-12, emerging erect through the sinus when in flower, very slender, 5-18"x 
c. 0.2 mm, with scattered flat callosities. Flowers 5-partite. Calyx lobes linear- 
lanceolate to narrow elliptic-lanceolate, slightly mucronate, membranous, 1 -nerved, 
remaining closely appressed to the capsule, with 1-several flat, often dark, callosities 
particularly along the nerve, 1-1 .5(1 .9) mm long. Corolla 6-10 mm span, 3-5 mm 
long, white with a yellow throat. Corolla lobes distally broad-elliptic, basally linear; 
mid-section glabrous except for a sparse transverse fringe of fine papillae'near its 
base; side-wings broad, undulate, laciniate at the apex but otherwise entire, extend- 
ing from the apex down the distal half to two-thirds of the lobe. Corolla tube 
papillae clustered at the apex of a pronounced common stalk. Stamens with 
filaments c. 0.3-0. 5 and 1.2 mm long in long-styled and short-styled flowers respec- 
tively; anthers versatile, ± broad-oblong, only slightly longer than broad, c. 
0.45-0.5 mm long. Gynoecium ( long-styled flower) c. 2.5-3 mm long; ovary 
globular-obovoid, contracted ± abruptly into the style; placentas 2r’minute 

Page image

525866 Nymphoides quadriloba Muelleria 5(1): 42, fig. 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119123
Page is part of the work New Australian Species of Nymphoides Séguier (Menyanthaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184066

Page text

42 
Although I have only dissected long-styled and short-styled flowers N. T. 
Sanderson and J. T. Waterhouse report (pers. comm.) three style types from held 
observations — long, medium and short. Medium-styled plants only were found in 
one pool and both long- and short-styled plants were found together in another. The 
medium-styled plants produced 3 or 4 of the smallest known seeds per capsule 
whereas the long- plus short-styled population produced 1 or 2 larger seeds per cap- 
sule. Observed populations are insufficient to determine if this distinction is 
constant. 
Nymphoides quadriloba H. I. Aston, sp. nov. 
Nymphoides sp. nov. “P”, Aston in litt. 
Plantae annuae vel ?perennes. Laminae saepe foliorum hippocrepiformes vei late sagittiformes 
(l-)3-9.5(-l 1) x (0.8-)2-8 cm, late ellipticae ad ± rotundae vel late deltoideae sed cum sino basali 
plerumque lato convexoque; lobae basales obtusae, marginibus interioribus vulgo concavis. 
Inflorescentia fasciculus pedicellorum densus, ad basin sinus folii ortus. Flores heterostyli, 
4(5 )-parl i t i . Corolla (6-)l 1-1 7(- 19) mm diametro, vel alba vel pallide erubescens vel pallide 
malvinus-erubescens, fauce flavo; lobae cum duabus alis latis lateralibus profunde laciniatis, ab 
apice paene usque ad basin, atque cum carina verticali lata laciniata, longitudinali in superficie in- 
teriore; carina plerumque ab apice ad 'A- 2 A lobae longitudinem, nonnumquanr valde deminuta; 
loba et cum fimbria conspicua proxime super basin papillarum tenuium. Capsula ellipsoidea ad 
late-ellipsoidea, 2.5-5 x 1.7-3 trim. Semina (5-)10-44(-6i ) per capsulam, paene globosa sed com- 
pressa (typice superficiebus laevibus convexis cum protuberatione centrali, marginibus dense tuber- 
culis brevibus obtusis velatis; tubercula nonnumquam desunt, nonnunrquam aulem et in 
superficiebus lateralibus et in marginibus tubercula adsunt), 0.67-1.02 x 0.6-0.95 x 0.35-0.57 mm 
(longitudo latitudinem ± aequans, crassitie duplolongior), straminea ad atrofusca vel nigra 
maturitate; caruncula basalis, circularis, plerumque tenuis inconspieuaque. 
Annual, perhaps perennial where water persists. Petiole-like stems few to 
many, arising from the plant base, slender, flexuose, 7 cm (plants on mud) to 85 cm 
(plants in water) long x 1 mm or less diam.; true petiole c. 1-3 mm long. Leaf blades 
very variable, typically horseshoe- or broad arrow-shaped, obtuse to rounded, 
entire-margined, broad-elliptic to ± broad-deltoid in outline but with a shallow to 
deep, often broad, generally convex basal sinus (sinus mostly (25-)40-60To of the 
total blade length and of (30°-) 55°-100°(-130°) angle); basal lobes obtuse, their in- 
ner margins generally concave, their outer margins a continuation of the convex 
curve of the whole leaf edge; leaves ( 1 -)3-9.5(- 1 1) cm long x (0.8-)2-8 cm wide, 
(length = ,>, or < width) green and shining above, not spongy. Juvenile leaves 
sometimes present on mature plants, submerged, near-sessile at the plant base, very 
thin-textured, deltoid to rhomboid. Inflorescence as for the “indica group”. Pedicels 
(8-)14-25(-35), emerging erect through the sinus when in flower, very slender, 17-52 x 
<0.5(-l) mm. Flowers 4(5)-partite. Calyx lobes lanceolate to narrow-ovate, acute, 
thin-textured, greenish or purplish with translucent margins, outcurved at the apex 
in fruit, 2. 5-4. 5 mm long. Corolla (6-) 11-1 7(- 1 9) mm span, white or very pale pink or 
pale mauve-pink except for a yellow throat; colours also grading (see notes below). 
Corolla lobes broad-elliptic, emarginate; mid-section with a broad, laciniate, ver- 
tical keel on its upper surface and with a conspicuous transverse fringe of fine 
papillae just above its base; keel extending longitudinally down the distal one- to 
two-thirds of the lobe length and continuing proximally as a line of individual fine 
papillae, but sometimes (even on the same flower) reduced to a very small keel on the 
distal or near-central portion of the lobe; side-wings broad, undulate, deeply- 
laciniate, extending from the apex almost to the lobe base. Corolla tube papillae 
short, ± thick and blunt, free and sessile or arising from the apex of a short thick 
common stalk. Stamens with filaments c. 0.5-0.75 and 1.2-1. 3 mm long in long- 
styled and short : styled flowers respectively; anthers ± broad-linear to elliptic, c. 1 .5 
times as long as broad, 0.7-1. 3 mm long. Gynoecium (long-styled flower) c. 3-4.5 
mm long; ovary ellipsoid to broad-ellipsoid, contracted into the style but not 
abruptly so; placentas 2, about one-quarter to one-third of the capsule length, posi- 
tioned centrally down the ovary wall; ovules c. (16-)23-50(-62); style c. 1.5-1. 8 mm 
long; stigmas 2, each a broad, papillate, irregularly-shaped and moderately laciniate 
wing c. 1 mm long. Gynoecium (short-styled flower) c. 2-3 mm long; style c. 0.3-0. 6 

Page image

616723 Nymphoides sp. nov. "D" Muelleria 5(1): 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119117
Page is part of the work New Australian Species of Nymphoides Séguier (Menyanthaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184066
616719 Nymphoides sp. nov. "G" Muelleria 5(1): 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119129
Page is part of the work New Australian Species of Nymphoides Séguier (Menyanthaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184066

Page text

36 
Nymphoides montanu H. I. Aston, sp. nov. 
Nymphoides geminata sens. Aston (1973:111), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. 
Nymphoides sp. nov. “G”, Aston in litt. 
Plantae perennes. Stolones fluilantes ad 2 m longi. Laminae foliorum ± circulares, iniegrae, profunde 
cordatae, latissime obtusae, (2.5-)4-l 1 x (2.5-)4-10.5 cm. tnflorescentia laxa, binis floribus 
pedicellatis binisque bracteis ad nodos; internodis ad 5(- 1 0) cm longis. Flores heterostyli, 
5(6)-partiti. Corolla 23-38 rom diametro, flava; lobae alis lateralibus latis perlaciniatis, fimbriaque 
transversa prope lobae basin papillarum tenuium liberarum formata, praeditae. Capsula ellip- 
soidea, (5.5-)6-9 x (3-)4-5 mm. Semina 42-90 per capsulam, ellipsoidea valde autem compressa, 
1.1-1.55 x 0.8-1.15 x 0.5-0. 7 mm (longitudo latitudine sesquilongior, crassitie duplolongior), 
nigrescentia ad nigra maturitate, nitentia, laevia; caruncula basalis circularis, pallida, tenuis, 
inconspicua. 
Stoloniferous perennial. Stolons long and floating with roots suspended from 
the nodes on plants in water, becoming rooted to the substrate when waters 
evaporate; stolons in deeper waters to 2 metres long x 1.5-4 mm diam. with inter- 
nodes c. 10-60 cm long, mostly few-noded and forked once to thrice; stolons on 
stranded plants often reduced to a single node 1-2 cm long. Basal leaves several; 
petioles slender, cylindrical, to 70 cm long; blades ± circular in outline, usually a 
little longer than broad, occasionally a little broader than long, rarely very broad- 
ovate, deeply cordate (the lobes mostly 30-45% of the total blade length and 
separated by a sinus of 0°-40° (-70°) or rarely slightly overlapping), very broad- 
obtuse, often somewhat emarginate, entire or rarely slightly crenate, (2.5-)4-ll x 
(2.5-)4-10.5 cm. Cauline leaves from the stolon nodes similar, becoming progres- 
sively smaller and shorter-petioled toward the stolon extremities, those on stranded 
plants reduced in size (sometimes < 1 cm) and varying from reniform to elliptic and 
from cordate to truncate to tapered at the base. Inflorescence as for the “geminata 
group”, the internodes few-11 in number, each 2-50(- 1 00) mm long; bracts 
lanceolate-ovate, 4-7(-10) mm long; pedicels 20-80(- 1 25) mm long. Flowers 
5(6)-partite. Calyx lobes lanceolate to narrow-ovate, thick-textured with narrow 
translucent margins, (5-)6-8(- 1 0) mm long. Corolla 23-38 mm span, “bright lemon 
yellow” to “bright yellow”. Corolla lobes broad-elliptic; mid-section glabrous except 
for the conspicuous transverse fringe of fine papillae near its base and sometimes a 
few similar papillae along its midline above the fringe; side-wings broad, undulate, 
strongly laciniate, extending from the apex of the lobe almost to the base. Corolla 
tube papillae free within the cluster, sessile. Stamens with filaments c. 0.6 and 1 .7 
mm long in long-styled and short-styled flowers respectively; anthers ± linear-ovate, 
c. 2. 5-3. 5 times as long as broad, 2. 4-3. 5 mm long. Gynoecium (long-styled flower) 
c. 10.5 mm long; ovary free except at the base, ± linear-conical, gradually tapered 
into the style; placentas 2, long, extending down at least the central half of the ovary 
wall; ovules c. 90-170; style c. 2. 5-3. 5 mm long; stigmas 2, each a broad-rhomboid, 
shortly-papillate, laciniate, erect wing c. 3.5 x 2.75 mm. Gynoecium (short-styled 
flower ) c. 6 mm long; style c. 1.5 mm long; stigmas c. 2 x 2.5 mm, condensed, 
deeply-lobed and undulate thus obscuring the basic wings. Capsule ellipsoid, equal 
to or a little longer than the calyx, (5.5-)6-9 x (3-)4-5 mm, often breaking free in the 
water by decay of the pedicel before the seeds are released. Seeds (23-)42-90 per cap- 
sule; body of seed ellipsoid but strongly laterally compressed, 1.1-1.55 mm long x 
0.8-1.15 mm wide x 0.5-0. 7 mm thick, dark grey-black to black when mature, 
shining, smooth; basal caruncle present, circular, pale, thin and generally 
inconspicuous. 
Type Collection: 
Lake Hill, south-west of Nunniong Plains, East Gippsland, Victoria, grid 
W6(-3), 20. i. 1971, Beauglehole & Finck ACB36345 (Holotype: MEL 1504963. 
Isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 1504964-965, 'NSW). 
Paratype: 
Morass Creek, about 9 km north of Benambra, at crossing of the Omeo to 

Page image

616722 Nymphoides sp. nov. "M" Muelleria 5(1): 45
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119120
Page is part of the work New Australian Species of Nymphoides Séguier (Menyanthaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184066
616721 Nymphoides sp. nov. "P" Muelleria 5(1): 42
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119123
Page is part of the work New Australian Species of Nymphoides Séguier (Menyanthaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184066
616720 Nymphoides sp. nov. "R" Muelleria 5(1): 39
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119126
Page is part of the work New Australian Species of Nymphoides Séguier (Menyanthaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184066
525892 Nymphoides spongiosa Muelleria 5(1): 45, fig. 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119120
Page is part of the work New Australian Species of Nymphoides Séguier (Menyanthaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184066

Page text

45 
in a creek. On sand and sandy-humus substrates; rarely grey mud or grey clay. 
Flowers and fruits well in water 5-50 cm deep and where stranded on saturated soil. 
FI. and Fr. recorded 31 January-20 July, with one record 1 September. 
Notes: 
Readily recognised as a member of the “indica group” by the white/pale 
pink/pale mauve flowers (yellow only in the throat) and the clustered inflorescence 
arising from the apparent petiole close against the leaf blade. It differs from all other 
species of that group in having keeled corolla lobes and in the characteristic seed of 
typical populations. The mostly 4-partite flowers, the deeply laciniate margins of the 
corolla-lobe wings and keel, the varied leaf shape with convex basal sinus and, when 
present, the pale pink or mauve colour of the corolla are also important characters. 
The epithet quadriloba refers to the four-lobed corolla which is very noticeable 
in the field. 
Corolla colour varies between and within populations and there is sometimes 
intergrading of colours on the same flower. Corollas of Aston 1944 were wholly 
white except for the yellow throat, while those of the paratype population were “very 
pale pink grading to deeper mauve-pink at base of lobes and upper throat; yellow in 
the throat. Occasionally the deeper mauve-pink absent and corolla then very very 
pale pink (or almost white) with yellow throat”. 
In edge view the seed of typical populations from the Northern Territory is top- 
shaped and distinctive. That of Carpentaria populations (see distribution, also seed 
descriptions) is broadly and evenly biconvex in cross-section and, together with the 
larger caruncle, often similar to seed of N. spongiosa. There is some gradation be- 
tween the two seed types of N. quadriloba and the regional distinction may prove 
more apparent than real when further fully-adequate collections are available. 
Several collections from the Kimberleys which have seeds with more clustered, 
dome-based tubercles possibly belong to N. quadriloba but material seen is inade- 
quate for conclusions. 
Nymphoides spongiosa H. I. Aston, sp. nov. 
Nymphoides sp. nov. “M”, Aston in litt. 
Plantae annuae. Laminae foliorum ellipticae-oblongae ad late ovatae, integrae, profunde cordatae, 
( 1 -)2-5 .5 x (0.8-) 1 .5-4.5 cm, infra spongiosae sed laeves (baud rugosae). Inflorescentia fasciculus 
pedicellorum densus, ad basin sinus folii ortus. Flores heterostyli, (4)5(6)-partiti. Corolla (7-) 10-1 8(-20) 
mm diamelro, alba, fauce tlavo; lobae late ellipticae, alis lateralibus undulatis integris, fimbriaque 
transversa proxime super basin lobae papillarum tenuium formata, praeditae. Ovarium ± globosum, in 
stylam abrupte contractum. Capsula latissime ellipsoidea ad ± globosa, 2.25-4 x 1.75-3 mm. Semina 
(5-)8-14(-25) per capsulam, ± globosa, parce compressa, tuberculis convexis brevissimis dense velata (vel 
tubercula nonnisi in marginibus seminum) 0.65-1.1 x 0.6-0.97 x 0.35-0.7 mm (longitudo latitudinem ae- 
quans, crassitie sesquilongior ad duplongior), straminea ad pallide cinereo-fusca maturitate: caruncula 
basalis, circularis, typice crassa conspicuaque. 
Apparently annual. Petiole-like stems few to many, arising from the plant base, 
slender, flexuose, 3 cm (plants on mud) to 90 cm (plants in water) long x 1 mm or less 
diam.; true petiole minute or apparently absent. Leaf blades elliptic-oblong to 
broad-ovate in outline, deeply cordate (the lobes mostly (30-)40-50% of the total 
blade length and separated by a sinus of 40°-70°(-90° angle), obtuse, entire, 
( 1 -)2-5 . 5 x (0. 8-) 1 .5-4.5 cm, green and shining above, white-translucent and spongy 
beneath; spongy tissue thickest at the centre and grading to thin or absent at the 
blade edges, smooth-surfaced, not rugose. Inflorescence as for the “indica group”; 
pedicels subtended by ± ovate, membranous, translucent bracts 3-6 mm long. 
Pedicels (10-) 12-30, emerging erect through the sinus when in flower, very slender, 
(8-) 1 4-40 x < 0.5 mm. Flowers (4)5(6)-partite. Calyx lobes lanceolate, acute, mem- 
branous, mostly purplish-translucent, usually slightly outcurved at the apex par- 
ticularly in fruit. Corolla (7-) 10-1 8(-20) mm span, white with a yellow throat. Cor- 
olla lobes broad-elliptic; mid-section glabrous except for a conspicuous transverse 
fringe of fine papillae just above its base; side-wings broad, undulate, entire (1-few 

Page image

525961 Nymphoides subacuta Muelleria 5(1): 48, fig. 5, 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119117
Page is part of the work New Australian Species of Nymphoides Séguier (Menyanthaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184066

Page text

48 
The epithet spongiosa refers to the leaf sponginess which is very noticeable in 
the field and also discernible in dried collections. 
Nymphoides subacuta H. I. Aston, sp. nov. 
Nymphoides sp. nov. ‘D\ Aston in litt. 
Planlae annuae vet ?perennes. Laminae foliorum angustissime ad late ovatae. aliquando quasi- 
circulares, integrae, protunde cordatae. acutae vel late obtusae, (l-)3-ll x (0.5-)2-9 cm. Petiolus 
compressus, in sectione oblongus. Inflorescentia laxa, binis floribus pedicellatis binisque bracteis ad 
nodos; internodis 0.2-5(-9) cm longis. Flores heterostyli, (4)5(6)- partiti. Calyx projecturis labifor- 
mibus, incrassatis minutis ad lobarum juncturas praeditus. Corolla (20-)26-40(-45) mm diametro, 
flavo-aurantiaca; lobae alis lateralibus latis perlaciniatis fimbriaque transversa prope lobae basin 
papillarum tenuium liberarum f'ormata praeditae. Papillae liberae, vel in fasuculis ad basin in- 
crassatis semi-connatae, in medium marginemque fimbriam. Capsula ellipsoidea-ovoidea, 3-6 \ 
2.5-4 mm. Semina 2-8 per capsulam, ± globosa, leviter autem compressa, 1.4-1. 9 x 1 .3-1.7 x 1-1.4 
mm (longitudo latitudinem aequans, crassitie l'/r-l'/r longior), nigrescentia-atrolusca maturitate, 
tholiformibus-projecturis velata; tholi de tuberculis tenuibus obtusis densi-apprcssis formal i , 
depressiones inter tholis tuberculis similaribus brevioribus vestitae; caruncula basalis, circularis, 
pallida, crassa, conspicua. 
Annual, perhaps perennial where water persists. Branches several from the 
plant base, slender, fle.xuose, floating, simple or forked once or twice, to 70 cm long, 
their terminal portions developing the inflorescences. Basal leaves several; petioles 
slender, compressed, oblong in cross-section, to 75 cm long; blades narrow- to 
broad-ovate or occasionally near-rounded in outline, deeply cordate (the lobes 
mostly 30-40 a /o of the total blade length and separated by a sinus of 12°-40° (-60°) 
angle or rarely slightly overlapping), acute to broad-obtuse, entire, ( 1 -)3- 1 1 x 
(0.5-)2-9 cm. Cauline leaves similar, becoming progressively smaller and shorter- 
petioled toward the inflorescence. Inflorescence as for the “geminata group”, the m- 
ternodes 2-50(-90) mm long; bracts lanceolate-ovate, c. 2-7 mm long, one bract ot 
the lower node often replaced by a leaf; pedicles 20-70(-100) mm long. Flowers 
(4)5(6)-partite. Calyx lobes narrow-ovate, (3.5-)5-6 mm long, thick-textured with 
narrow translucent margins and basally with a minute, thickened, lip-like projection 
formed at each junction of contiguous lobes. Corolla (20-)26-40(-45) mm span, 
“oranee-yellow” to “deep bright golden-orange Corolla lobes broad-elliptic, mid- 
section glabrous except for a conspicuous transverse fringe of fine papillae at its base 
and sometimes a few papillae along its midline above the fringe; fringe papillae c. 
1-2.5 mm long, all free or else some partially-united to form thick-based clusters of 
shorter (sometimes hair-tipped) papillae, the clusters 1-several at the edges and 
centre of the fringe; side-wings broad, undulate, strongly-laciniate, extending from 
the apex of the lolre almost to the base. Corolla tube papillae tiee within the cluster 
and sessile, or else arising from a common stalk. Stamens with filaments c. 0.3 and 
1 3 mm long in long-styled and short-styled flowers respectively; anthers ± linear- 
ovate c 1 5-2 times as long as broad, i. 5-1. 75 mm long. Gynoecium (long-stylecl 
flower) c. 7.5 mm long; ovary free except at the base, ± linear-conical, gradually 
'tapered into the style; placentas 2, short, extending down perhaps one-quarter ot the 
length of the ovary wall; ovules c. 10; style c. 1 .5 mm long; stigmas 2, each a broad, 
lobed, papillate, ± semicircular, erect wing c. 3 x 3.5 mm, the lobes sometimes 
deep-cut and undulate and simulating additional stigmas. Gynoecium (short-stylecl 
flower) c. 3.5 mm long, style c. 0.75 mm long; stigmas c. 1.25 x 1.8 mm, condensed, 
deeply-lobed and undulate thus obscuring the basic wings. Capsule ellipsoid-ovoid, 
equal to or a little longer than the calyx, 3-6 x 2.5-4 mm, opening irregularly under- 
water or sometimes (on plants stranded on mud) becoming dry and chartaceous and 
splitting at the summit into usually 4 recurved valves. Seeds 2-8 per capsule, body ot 
seed ± globose but slightly laterally compressed, 1.4-1. 9 mm long x 1.3-1. 7 mm 
wide x 1.1-1. 4 mm broad, dark brown-grey-black when mature, covered with 
regular dome-like projections, each dome consisting of closely-appressed slender ob- 
tuse tubercles, the inter-dome depressions densely covered with shorter non- 
appressed but otherwise similar tubercles; basal caruncle present, circular, pale, 
thick and conspicuous. 

Page image

644914 Ochrolechia macrosperma Muelleria 5(1): 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119132
Page is part of the work The Nomenclature of Some Australian Lichens Described as Lecanora and Placodium by Mueller-Argoviensis, doi:10.5962/p.184065

Page text

33 
Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin 
effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin 
when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane 
to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 
9-1 1 /im. 
Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. 
Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) 
Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). 
Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- 
mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming 
hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later 
somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, 
hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 
Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) 
Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- 
mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken 
within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 
8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. 
Chemistry: perlatolic acid. 
Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) 
Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) 
Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules 
up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, 
convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much 
smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- 
times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming 
somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; 
spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. 
Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of 
boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. 
The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection 
(South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, 
Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could 
easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in 
the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. 
Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) 
Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm 
diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to 
the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 
H m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 

Page image

878220 Placodium glaucolividum Muelleria 5(1): 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119132
Page is part of the work The Nomenclature of Some Australian Lichens Described as Lecanora and Placodium by Mueller-Argoviensis, doi:10.5962/p.184065

Page text

33 
Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin 
effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin 
when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane 
to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 
9-1 1 /im. 
Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. 
Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) 
Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). 
Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- 
mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming 
hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later 
somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, 
hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 
Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) 
Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- 
mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken 
within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 
8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. 
Chemistry: perlatolic acid. 
Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) 
Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) 
Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules 
up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, 
convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much 
smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- 
times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming 
somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; 
spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. 
Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of 
boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. 
The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection 
(South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, 
Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could 
easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in 
the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. 
Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) 
Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm 
diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to 
the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 
H m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 

Page image

802712 Rafnia retusa Muelleria 5(1): 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119162
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Templetonia R.BR. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184064

Page text

3 
reflexed, with a well developed claw; keel and wing petals short and broad to long 
and narrow, usually with a well developed claw and auricled. SYowe/r-filaments 
joined in a sheath split open on one side; anthers alternately basifixed and dorsifixed, 
the latter usually shorter. Style usually slender, curved, with a small terminal stigma. 
Pods sessile to stipitate, narrow-oblong to obiong-elliptic, more than twice as long 
as broad, (1-) 2-several-seeded, the valves coriaceous, convex, separating along both 
sutures. Seeds elliptic to ovate, compressed, with a small hilum near one end sur- 
rounded by a collar-like often lipped or less often a cap-like ( T . biloba) aril; radicle 
short, straight. 
l. 
1 . 
Key to Species 
Stipules spinescent, spreading or recurved and up to 1 cm long 8. T. aculeata 
Stipules not spinescent 
2 . 
2 . 
Plant leafy, the leaves simple, unifoliolate or digitately to pinnately 3-5-foliolate 
3. Leaves simple 
4. Stipules conspicuous, 4-11 x 2.5-6 mm; stipules, young branchlets, leaves and 
inflorescences clothed with a dense greyish velvety indumentum 2. T. incana 
4. Stipules inconspicuous, up to 2 mm long; stipules, branchlets, leaves and 
inflorescences glabrous to densely pubescent but the indumentum not as above 
5. Stems sparingly to densely clothed with long villous hairs; leaves typically bilobed 
apically and the two lobes diverging somewhat, margins revolute; calyx densely 
clothed with dark brown villous hairs when young 3. T. biloba 
5. Stems glabrous; leaves obtuse, emarginate or slightly mucronate apically but not 
bilobed, margins not revolute; calyx glabrous outside except for hairs on the 
apices of the lobes 
6. Flowers red (very occasionally white or yellow); standard elliptic, 2. 7-3. 4 cm 
long; pods 3.5-8 cm long; leaves broadly obovate to almost rotund or 
narrowly cuneate-oblong to oblanceolate, 0.3-2. 6 cm wide 1 . T. retusa 
6. Flowers yellow and brown or purplish-brown; standard orbicular, 0.95-1.6 
cm long; pods 1.6-3 cm long; leaves narrow-oblong to slightly obovate- or 
linear-oblong, 0.2-0.55 (0.7) cm wide 
7. Stems erect, prostrate or straggling; leaves (0.8) 1. 8-5(7) cm long; pods 
obliquely oblong-elliptic on a stipe which exceeds the calyx; occurs in 
SE. South Australia and the eastern States 4. T. stenophylla 
7. Stems erect; leaves (0.45)0.7-2.2(3.8) cm long; pods oblong, on a stipe 
as long as or just exceeding the calyx; confined to Western Australia .... 
5 . T. neglecta 
3. Leaves unifoliolate or digitately to pinnately 3-5-foliolate 
8. Leaves unifoliolate; petiole distinctly sulcate adaxially; lamina ovate to narrow- elliptic 
or obovate-oblong; flowers on pedicels up to 0.75 cm long 6. T. drummondii 
8. Leaves unitoliolate or digitately to pinnately 3-5-foliolate; petiole not as above; leaflets 
linear-terete to filiform; flowers on filiform pedicels 2-2.5 cm long 7. T. hookeri 
Plant appearing leafless, the leaves reduced to scales up to 1 mm long 
9. Stems terete 
10. Slender shrub to 3 m high, branches lax, not terminating in pungent points; style 
slender, with a small stigma; pods 1.3-2. 6 x 0.6-1 cm; seeds 7.5-10(13.5) mm long, 
margin of aril frilly 9. T. egena 
10. Compact divaricate shrub to 1.4 m high, branches rigid, intricately branched, ter- 
minating in pungent points; style short, thickened, with a large flattened stigma; pods 
1 .2-1 .5 x 0.5-0.65 cm; seeds 4.8-5 mm long, margins of aril deeply incised .10. T. batlli 
9. Stems distinctly flattened 1 1 . 7~. sulcata 
1. Templetonia retusa (Vent.) R.Br. in Ait. f., Hort. Kew ed. 2, 4: 269 (1812); Ker in 
Edwards’s, Bot. Reg. 5: t. 383 (1819); Lodd., Bot. Cab. 6; t. 526 (1821); Sims in 
Curtis’s, Bot. Mag. 49: t 2334 (1822); Meissn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 88 (1844-45); 
Benth., FI. Austr. 2: 169 (1864); Diels & Pritzel, Bot. Jahrb. 35: 264 (1904); J. M. 
Black, FI. S. Austr. ed. 2: 446 (1948). Rafnia retusa Vent., Jardin de la Malmaison 
1: t. 53 (1804). Type: Herb. Ventenat (G, holo., MEF, photo!). 

Page image

526739 Templetonia aculeata Muelleria 5(1): 16-18

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(1): 16-18".

526777 Templetonia battii Muelleria 5(1): 21-23

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(1): 21-23".

526807 Templetonia biloba Muelleria 5(1): 6-Aug

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(1): 6-Aug".

526835 Templetonia drummondii Muelleria 5(1): Dec-14

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(1): Dec-14".

526864 Templetonia egena Muelleria 5(1): 18-21

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(1): 18-21".

800725 Templetonia glauca Muelleria 5(1): 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119161
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Templetonia R.BR. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184064

Page text

4 
Templetonia glauca Sims in Curtis’s Bot. Mag. 46: 2088 (1819); Lodd., Bot. 
Cab. 7: t. 644 (1822); Ker in Edwards’s, Bot. Reg. 10: t. 859 (1825). Type: Curtis’s 
Bot. Mag. t. 2088 (iconotype!). 
Much-branched glabrous and sometimes somewhat glaucous shrub 0.3-4 m 
high or occasionally (fide B. L. Turner 5548) a tree to 6 m high; branches greenish- 
yellow to yellowish-brown, angular and sometimes slightly winged, unarmed. 
Stipules inconspicuous. Leaves simple, extremely variable in size and shape, broadly 
obovate to almost rotund to narrowly cuneate-oblong or oblanceolate, (0.5-) 1 .5-3.5 
(-6) x (0.3-) 0.6-1. 4 (-2.6) cm, slightly to distinctly emarginate apically or minutely 
mucronatc, nearly sessile or articulating on a short thick petiole, thickly coriaceous, 
venation often fairly conspicuous on the lower surface, glabrous, sometimes 
glaucous, with a mass of fine dark glandular processes in the axils. Flowers 1 or 2 per 
axil, large and showy, red or occasionally white or yellow, on glabrous pedicels 0.6-2 
cm long" the pedicels with a pair of ovate bracteoles up to 2.5 x 2 mm near or above 
the middle; bracteoles glabrous or with an apical fringe of hairs. Calyx 0.75-1. 15 cm 
long, the lobes much shorter than the tube, the upper much broader than the others, 
the lowest lobe longest, glabrous except for marginal cilia on the apices of the lobes. 
Standard elliptic, 2. 7-3. 4 cm long including a basal claw up to 0.5 cm long, 1-1 .8 cm 
wide, slightly emarginate apically; wings 2. 5-3. 3 cm long including a claw up to 0.4 
cm long, 0.4-0.65 cm wide, auricled; keel petals lightly united, 2. 6-3. 3 cm long in- 
cluding a claw up to 0.45 cm long, 0.4-0.75 cm wide, auricled. Stamens up to 3.3 cm 
long, anthers alternately basifixed and dorsifixed but not as conspicuously as in most 
other species. Ovary up to 12 mm long, on a stipe up to 5 mm long, glabrous. Pods 
oblong, sometimes obliquely so, 3.5-8 x 0.95-1.6 cm, on a stipe up to 1 cm long 
which usually exceeds the persistent calyx, usually with a distinct apical or lateral 
beak, mostly 4-12-seeded, valves coriaceous, glabrous, compressed. Seeds elliptic, 
5-7 x 3-4 x 2-2.8 mm, yellowish- to reddish-brown, separated by transverse frass-like 
partitions, the small hilum surrounded by a collar-like aril with a raised lateral lip 
(Fig. 1). 
T. retusa occurs in Western and South Australia (and on some of the off-shore 
islands) and is found most frequently on limestone or on sand or loam overlying 
limestone (Fig. 2). 
Representative Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia— Guilderton (mouth of Moore river), 2. vii. 1961 , /4.S. George 2615 (PERTH). 3.2 
km SW. of 'Ml. Ragged, 6.xii. 1960, A.S. George 2061 (PERTH). Fitzgerald River Reserve, ±20 km N. of 
mouth of Fitzgerald river, 24. vii, 1970, G. J. Keighery 718 (PERTH). , 
South Australia- Flinders Range, Parachilna Gorge, 10 km W. of Blinman, 3.x. 196- 1-R.N- 
Lothian 1096 (AD 96312021). Eyre Peninsula, Kirton Point at Port Lincoln, 14. ix. 1970, B. J. Copley 
3090 (AD 97137104). Fowlers Bay, 3.x. 1975, R. J. Chinnock 2736 (AD 97545040). 
Notes: 
T. retusa shows considerable variation in leaf size and shape. In habit it varies 
from a small to a large shrub 0.3-4 m high although one specimen, B. L. Turner 5548 
(PERTH) from 128 km ENE. of Esperance, Western Australia, was described as a 
tree 8-20 feet high. 
T. retusa is widely cultivated on account of its attractive flowers. The corolla is 
usually red but an occasional white or yellow-flowered variant occurs irregulaily 
throughout the distributional range of the species. The red corolla with narrow 
interlocked wing and keel-petals suggests that the species is adapted to different 
pollinators than other members of the genus. Polhill (1976) suggested that the 
flowers are modified to at least facilitate facultative pollination by birds and careful 
field observations are required to confirm this. 
Information on the depredation of T. retusa by the larvae of Uresiphita ormth- 
opt era I is (Guenee) is given by Sims (1980). 
T retusa is probably the best known species in the genus and is easily 
distinguished from all except T. incana by its large red flowers. T. incana differs in 

Page image

526936 Templetonia hookeri Muelleria 5(1): 14-16

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(1): 14-16".

526965 Templetonia incana Muelleria 5(1): 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119159
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Templetonia R.BR. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184064

Page text

6 
Fig. 2. The known distributions of Teinpletonia incana and T. retusa. 
being densely clothed with a greyish-white spreading velvety indumentum, in having 
differently shaped corollas and leaves, large stipules and in several other ways. 
2. Teinpletonia incana J. H. Ross, Muelleria 4: 247 (1980). Type: Western Australia, 
30.4 km E.N.E. of Jupiter Well, 22° 46' S, 126° 51' E, 28.vii.1967, A. S. George 
9065 (PERTH, holo.! AD!, CANB!, K!, MEL!, PERTH! iso.) 
T. incana is a very distinctive species which is readily distinguished from all 
others in the genus by the dense greyish-white velvety spreading indumentum on the 
young stems, leaves, stipules, pedicels, bracts, bracteoles and calyces, by the large 
simple leaves and the conspicuous stipules. A full account with detailed description 
and illustration is provided in Ross, loc. cit. 247-249, q.v. 
T. incana is fairly widely distributed in sandy soils in the Gibson, Great and 
Little Sandy Deserts in Western Australia. (Fig. 2). 
3. Templetonia biloba (Benth.) Polhill, Bot. Syst. 1: 309 (1976). Bossiaea biloba 
Benth. in Htigel, Enum. PI. Nov. Holl. 36 (1837); Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 1: 578 
(1842); Meissn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 85 (1844-45); Benth., FI. Austr. 2: 160 
(1864). Type: Western Australia, Albany, King Georges Sound, Htigel (W, holo.!). 
Bossiaea biloba var. stenophylla Meissn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 85 (1844-45). 
Type: Western Australia, Swan River, Drummond 264 (MEL 92288!, W!). 
Small shrub or subshrub up to 0.5 m high with several simple or branched 
stems, the stems rigid, ± terete to slightly angular, mostly densely clothed with long 
villous hairs but sometimes only sparingly so, unarmed. Leaves simple, ± sessile, 
the basal articulation usually densely villous, very variable in size and shape from 
linear-cuneate or cuneate-oblong and up to 2.5 cm long x 0.7-1. 5 cm wide to linear 
or linear-oblong and up to 6 cm long x 0.4 cm wide, typically bilobed apically and 
the two lobes diverging somewhat or apex obtuse or only slightly emarginate, the 
midrib projecting slightly and forming a short mucro, margins revolute, mostly 
glabrous apart from hairs on midrib and margins but sometimes densely clothed 
with hairs above and/or below or ± glabrous throughout. Flowers 1 or 2 per axil, 
on sparingly to densely villous pedicels up to 9 mm long, the pedicels with a basal 
linear villous bract up to 3.5 mm long and an apical pair of linear villous bracteoles 

Page image

800730 Templetonia muelleri Muelleria 5(1): 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119157
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Templetonia R.BR. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184064
527047 Templetonia neglecta Muelleria 5(1): 11-Dec

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(1): 11-Dec".

526708 Templetonia Muelleria 5(1): 2-Mar

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(1): 2-Mar".

527091 Templetonia regina Muelleria 5(1): 28
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119137
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Templetonia R.BR. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184064

Page text

28 
types of B. rossii and MEL 20342 from “in planitiebus apricis ad fl. Avoca” is here 
selected as the lectotype. 
Mueller recognised that B. rossii was closely related to T. sulcata but 
distinguished his new species by its smaller stature, branches that lacked pungent 
tips and calyces which were quasi 4-lobed, the upper lobe being broad and shortly 
dentate or emarginate apically. Bentham, Fl. Austr. 2:171 (1864), regarded B. rossii 
as a synonym of T. sulcata and the two have since been considered conspecific. 
Representative Specimens of Taxon with Small Pods: 
Western Australia— Lake Wagin, 1891, Miss Cronin (MEL 92113). 19.2 km SW. of Mt. Ragged, 
6. xi i . 1 960, A. S. George 2046 (PERTH). Manmanning Railway Dam Reserve, Avon location 25363, 
4. xi . 1 980, B. H. Smith (MEL 580087). 
South Australia— Alawoona, ii. 191 3, J. B. Cleland (AD 97402057). Eyre Peninsula, Section 21, 
Hundred of Murlong, 8.xii. 1959, R. L. Specht & C. M. Eardtey 2053 (AD 97404431). Northern Yorke 
Peninsula, ± 5 km S. of Bute, 8.xi. 1 966, B. Copley 874 (AD 96708148). 
New South Wales— Pullet op Nature Reserve, 40 km NW. of Griffith, 30. ix. 1969, J. H. Willis (MEL 
566292). 20 km W. of Balranald, 1 8 . viii. 1 977, W. E. Mu/ham 1222 (NSW 143404). 31 km W. of Euston 
along Sturt Highway towards Mildura, 18. viii. 1979, M. D. Crisp 5728 (MEL 577902). 
Victoria — Hattah Lakes National Park, 25. ix. 1969, G. W. Anderson (MEL 566290). 51.2 km NNW. 
of Underbool P.O., 28. ix. 1972, A. C. Beauglehole 40494 (MEL 528632). Speed, 27. viii. 1979, M. G. 
Corrick 6223 & B. A. Fuhrer (MEL 1515223). 
Representative Specimens of Taxon with Large Pods: 
Western Australia— Hines Hill, W. of Merredin, 6.xii. 1 961 , R. D. Royce 6773 (PERTH). Great 
Eastern Highway, near old Southern Cross cemetery, 19.i.x. 1963, J. H. Willis (MEL 566295). 1 1.2 km E. 
of Winchester, 25. xi. 1972, C. Chapman (PERTH). Koomberkine, 1 3 .xii. 1980, B. H. Smith (MEL 
580089). 
The distinctly flattened stems distinguish T. sulcata from both T. egena and T. 
battii. The occurrence of the two very closely related leafless taxa with flattened 
stems that are currently referred to T. sulcata is reminiscent of the relationship that 
exists between T. egena and T. battii. 
EXCLUDED SPECIES 
Templetonia regina J. Drummond, J. Bot. & Kew Card. Misc. 5: 312 (1853); Ross, 
Muelleria 4: 389-390 (1981) = Brachysema aphyllum Hook., Curtis’s Bot. Mag. t. 
4481 (1849). 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
I am most grateful to Dr A. A. Munir, State Herbarium of South Australia, for 
answering a number of enquiries and for photographing several type specimens 
while serving as the Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew Herbarium, Royal 
Botanic Gardens, England; to Mr A. S. George, Bureau of Flora and Fauna, 
Canberra (formerly of the Western Australian Herbarium, Perth) for assistance in 
several ways; to Miss A. M. Podwyszynski, National Herbarium of Victoria, for 
preparing the illustrations that accompany the text; to the Directors of Kew Her- 
barium, the Naturhistorisches Museum, Wien, and of the Australian herbaria for 
the loan of specimens; to the Bureau of Flora and Fauna, Dept, of Home Affairs 
and Environment, Canberra, for a grant under the Australian Biological Resources 
Study Participatory Programme for technical assistance; to Mrs M. A. Powell for 
assisting with the compilation of distribution maps and to Miss T. Munro for typing 
the manuscript. Finally, it is a pleasure to acknowledge the assistance received from 
Mr and Mrs B. H. Smith, Wongan Hills, Western Australia, who so kindly under- 
took field studies on my behalf and provided specimens, field observations and 
colour transparencies which permitted a better appreciation of the taxonomic 
complexity surrounding T. sulcata. 

Page image

527131 Templetonia retusa Muelleria 5(1): 3-6, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(1): 3-6, Fig. 1".

527170 Templetonia stenophylla Muelleria 5(1): 8-Nov

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(1): 8-Nov".

527248 Templetonia sulcata Muelleria 5(1): 23-28

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(1): 23-28".

644916 Xylographa perminuta Muelleria 5(1): 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50119132
Page is part of the work The Nomenclature of Some Australian Lichens Described as Lecanora and Placodium by Mueller-Argoviensis, doi:10.5962/p.184065

Page text

33 
Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin 
effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin 
when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane 
to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 
9-1 1 /im. 
Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. 
Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) 
Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). 
Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- 
mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming 
hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later 
somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, 
hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 
Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) 
Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- 
mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken 
within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 
8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. 
Chemistry: perlatolic acid. 
Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) 
Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) 
Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules 
up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, 
convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much 
smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- 
times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming 
somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; 
spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. 
Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of 
boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. 
The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection 
(South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, 
Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could 
easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in 
the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. 
Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) 
Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm 
diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to 
the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 
H m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 

Page image

513222 Angianthus acrohyalinus Muelleria 5(2): 157, 159, Figs 2, 3g,
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459834
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

157 
3. Pappus present 
11. Bracts subtending compound heads c. equal to, or exceeding, the length of the headf 
12. Pappus of 5 or 6 jagged scales, each scale terminating in a single smooth or minutely 
barbellate bristle (Fig. 3k) 8. micropodioides 
12. Pappus a cup of scales or a small ring 
13. Flat capitular bracts with a wing-like extension from the adaxial surface of the midrib 
(fig. 3e) \1. A. drummondii 
13 . Flat capitular bracts lacking a wing-like extension from the adaxial surface of the midrib 
8. micropodioides* 
11. Bracts subtending the compound heads inconspicuous or less than c. ‘/4 the length of the head 
(sometimes reaching c. !4 the length of the head in A. brachypappus) 
14. Leaves (at least the upper ones) conduplicate, often incurved at the apex and with a distinct 
hyaline appendage; pappus of 4-6 bristles, barbellate in the lower Vz, united into a small. 
slightly toothed ring at the base (fig. 3g) 1. ^4. acrohyalinus 
14. Leaves not conduplicate; pappus not as above 
15. Pappus of 2 or 3 jagged scales, each scale terminating in I or 2 terminally subplumose 
bristlesextendingthelengthofthecorolla(fig. 3h) 5. A. tomentosus 
15. Pappus a jagged cup (of ± distinct scales) or a ring 
16. Leaves almost glabrous, succulent and cylindrical when fresh 4. A. glabratus 
16. Leaves conspicuously hairy, usually not succulent 
17. Flat capitular bracts tapering gradually to the base; compound heads ± 
narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid 
18. Pappus a small, jagged ring (Cliff Head — Jurien Bay region, Western 
Australia) 2. ^4. milnei* 
18. Pappus cup-shaped, jagged, often appearing as 2-4 distinct scales (SW. 
corner Northern Territory and possibly central Western Australia) 
3. /4. cyathifer 
17. Flat capitular bracts abruptly attenuated in lower V^-Vi (fig. 3d); compound 
heads usually narrowly ovoid to ovoid, sometimes ± narrowly ellipsoid to 
ellipsoid 
19. Leaves usually oblanceolate, sometimes linear or narrowly elliptic, 
1-3(3. 2) cm long, 0. 1-0.5 cm wide; pappus a jagged cup, 0.15-0.7 mm long, 
often with 1 or 2 bristles extending Vi-Vi the length of the floret (fig. 3j) 
(eastern South Australian Queensland, New South Wales, western Victoria) 
6. A. brachypappus 
19. Leaves ± linear, rarely oblanceolate, 0.5-1. 5(1.7) cm long, c.0.1 cm wide; 
pappus ajagged ring 0.1-0. 3 mm long (fig. 3i)(Nullarbor Plain region) 
7. y4. conocephalus 
A number of collections, referred to in the key above as A. milnei*, 
A. micropodioides and >1. drummondii*, are to some extent atypical of the species to 
which they are referred and under which their diagnostic features are outlined. They 
possibly represent distina taxa but further collections are required to substantiate this 
view. 
1. Angianthus acrohyalinus Morrison, J. Bot. 50:167 (1912); Grieve &Blackall,W. Aust. 
Wildfls 812 (1975). Type: “Globe Hill Station and Minderoo, Ashburton River, 
October.'’ Lectotype (here designated): Morrison s,m, Globe Hill, Ashburton River, 
6.X.1905 (PERTH). Syntype: Morrison s.n., Minderoo, Ashburton R., ll.x.1905 (K). 
Annual herb, (6)10-30 cm high. Major axes erect or ascending, flexuose, hairy; stem 
often simple in the smaller plants, to c. 7 cm high, but usually forming major branches at 
basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate, lanceolate, flat to conduplicate, apex often 
incurved, (0.3)l-6(7) cm long, (0.2)0. 3-0. 6(0. 8) cm wide, the lower ones slightly 
mucronate, the rest usually with a distinctive hyaline appendage at the apex, all leaves 
tSince the completion of the manuscript for this revision a collection Newbey 9154 from c. 72 km NNW. of 
Bullfinch, Western Australia, has been drawn to my attention. It appears to represent a distinct species of 
Angianthus. It is an annual, has 2 florets per capitulum, a pappus of 2-3 scales, each of which terminates in a 
single, minutely barbellate awn extending the length of the corolla, and the bracts subtending the compound 
heads are about equal to or exceeding the length of the compound head. It keys out to lead 12 in the key to 
species. 

Page image

802164 Angianthus amplexicaulis Muelleria 5(3): 202
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459879
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

202 
DithyrostegiaamplexicaulisA. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 3:100 (April 1851). 
— Angianthus amplexicaulis (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). — Styloncerus amplexicaulis (A. Gray) Kuntze, 
Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond, 1850.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 57, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K), (see note 1 
below). IsoLECTOTYPEs: GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 541220, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets). 
Gamozygis flexuosa Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):76, t.l (Oct. 
1851). Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum. V.n.57.” Holotype: ?CW, n.v. (see p.l52). 
Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541220, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets). 
Annual herb, 3-10(16) cm high. Leaves 0.5-1. 5(1. 8) cm long, 0.1-0. 5 cm wide. 
Compound heads c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0. 3-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads c.0.3-0.7 cm long, c. 0. 4-0.8 cm wide. Florets 1; corolla 5-lobed, the lower Vi of 
the tube tapering abruptly to the base, c. 1.2-2 mm long, c. 0.4-0.5 mm diam.; anthers 5, 
each with c. 300 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 2 mm long, c. 1 mm diam., 
densely silky hairy. 
Distribution; See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Only 2 collections of this species provide habitat notes. They are “Large saline 
depression . . . very common in upper Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone, around base 
of bushes” and “Growing in loam on slightly raised soil near edge of salt lake”. 
Notes: 
1 . The lectotype sheet of D. amplexicaulis bears 8 individual specimens plus original 
drawings of the species. According to Gray (1851) the species was to be illustrated in 
leones Plantarum but this did not eventuate. 
2. A single collection, Evans s.n., PERTH, from Yuin Station contains 4 plants 
which differ from typical D. amplexicaulis. They are dichotomously branched, have 
smaller leaves and compound heads, a less woolly general receptacle and the capitular 
bracts lack long hairs. The collection probably represents a distinct taxon but further 
collections are required to substantiate this view. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Drummond s.n. , W. A., s.dat. (PERTH); Short 344, c. 12 km from Carnamah 
on Three Springs road, 15.viii.I977 (AD); Wilson ^88k, 28 km N. of Cleary, 2.1X.1967 (PERTH); Wilson 
8813a, southern margin of Lake Barlee, 25.viii.1970 (AD, PERTH). 
7. Hyalochlamys A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:98,101 (April 1851). Type: 
Hyalochlamys globifera A. Gray. 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: various Australian floras, see synonymy of 
H. globifera.] 
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: see synonymy of H. globifera.] 
Annual herb. Major axes prostrate with scale-like glandular hairs; stem simple or 
forming major branches from basal nodes. Leaves in a basal rosette, sessile, entire, ± 
oblanceolate to obovate or spathulate, glandular hairy. Compound heads ± spheroid or 
± broadly depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous, 
multi-seriate involucre c. the length of the head; outer bracts with leaf-like midribs 
extending above the broad, wing-like, hyaline margins, the lower section of the midrib 
with long hairs, the upper section glandular hairy; inner bracts similar to the outer ones 
but the midrib c. at or below the level of the hyaline margins; general receptacle ± very 
broadly obovoid. Capitula c. 5-20 per compound head, each capitulum with a single 
subtending bract ± resembling the inner bracts of the general involucre but the midrib 
usually more rigid with a ± acute, often pink, hyaline apex as well as hyaline margins. 
Capitular bracts 3(?4), arranged so that 2 outer con^ye bracts surround 1(?2) smaller, 
inner concave bract; outer concave bracts opaque, rigid, with narrow hyaline margins; 
the margins with long hairs, the apex with short, flattened hairs; inner bract c. the length 
or slightly exceeding the length of the achene, hyaline, lacking a distinct midrib and with 

Page image

513249 Angianthus axilliflorus Muelleria 5(3): 209
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459886
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

209 
Selected Specimens Examined (7/18): 
Western Australia — Chinnock 4160, c. 3.5 km W. of western edge of Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); 
Chinnock 4598, Phillips River, 17 km W. of Ravensthorpe, 8.x. 1979 (AD); Newbey 4342, 16 km N. of 
Needilup, 4.ix.l974 (PERTH); Short 660, Roe Dam, 23. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 678, 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 
25.ix.1977 (AD); Short 949, western edge of Lake Campion, 14.xi.l979 (AD); Short 1071, c. 10 km SW. of 
Pingrup, 23 .xi. 1979 (AD). 
SPECIES OF UNCERTAIN AFFINITY 
In this revision a number of species referred to Angianthus by Bentham (1867) are 
considered to belong to distinctive, segregate genera. However there are three species, 
namely A. axilliflorus, A. burkittii a.nd A, conwa/us" which clearly have no affinities with 
Angianthus s.str. or any of the segregate genera. They may represent monotypic genera 
or have affinities with other members of the Gnaphaliinae not yet examined by the 
author. For the time being it seems appropriate to refer A. burkittii to Gnephosis, the 
genus to which the species was originally referred by Bentham (l.c.). 
Lectotypes have been chosen for the above three species and various attributes of 
each are noted below. 
Angianthus axilliflorus W. V. Fitzg. ex. Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:315, 
pi. 56, figs. 1-3, {m9){‘axilifloru^)\ W. V. Fitzg., J. Bot. 50:21 (1912); Grieve &Blackall, 
W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975) {^axiliflorus'). Type: Cowcowing, W. Australia. Max Koch, 
Oct., 1904. No. 1196.” Lectotype (here designated): Koch 1196, Cowcowing, 1904 (MEL 
541217). IsoLECTOTYPEs: AD, MEL 541218, MEL 541219, NSW (2 sheets), PERTH (see 
note 1 below). 
Notes: 
1. Ewart & White (1909), working in Melbourne, noted that the “species was 
received, marked W. V. Fitzgerald inedit, from both the collector and the Sydney 
Herbarium” (p. 316). All three MEL sheets bear good specimens but MEL 541217, the 
sheet containing the specimens received from NSW and the only one marked with the 
word “ined.”, has been chosen as the lectotype. 
2. The rigid, leaf-like capitulum-subtending bracts and the arrangement of the 
capitular bracts readily distinguish this species from all others included \n Angianthus s.l. 
3. The species is apparently rare. Apart from the type material the only other 
collection of the species seen by the author is Blackall 1276, collected from the edge of a 
salt lake near Newdegate, Western Australia in 1931. 
Angianthus connatus W. V. Fitzg., J. West. Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2:24 (1905); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). Type: “Minginew.-W. V. E, September, 1903.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Fitzgerald s.n.,M\n^nt^, W.A., -.ix.l903 (NSW 138682). 
Iso lectotypes: NSW 138683, PERTH (ex W. E. Blackall) (see note 1 below). 
Notes: 
1 . Both of the NSW collections, unlike the PERTH collection, are clearly designated 
as coming from Fitzgerald’s herbarium. Of the two sheets NSW 138682 contains the best 
material and therefore has been designated as the lectotype. The remaining one, NSW 
138683, has the word “type” written on the label, possibly in Fitzgerald’s hand, but there 
is no reason to believe that Fitzgerald did not base his description on all of the material 
available to him. 
2. The species is known only from the type collection. It is readily distinguished 
from other members of Angianthus s.l. by the presence of long hairs at the base of the 
florets or apex of the achenes and the rigid, opaque capitulum-subtending bracts. The 
morphology of the capitular bracts is also unique. 
Gnephosis burkittii Benth., FI. Austr. 3:570 (1867). — Angianthus burkittii (Benth.) 
J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645, pi. 53 (1929), 2nd ed. 925, fig. 1227 (1957)- Hi 
Eichl., Suppl. to J. M. Black’s H. S. Aust. 326 (1965); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet 2*730 

Page image

513271 Angianthus brachypappus Muelleria 5(2): 166-167, Figs 2, 3
885871 Angianthus brachypappus Muelleria 5(2): 167
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459824
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

167 
hairy toward the apex and often with a dissected wing-like extension from the adaxial 
surface. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to a sometimes variably 
swollen base, (1.3)1. 5-2.2 mm long, c. 0.4 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.5-0. 8 mm 
long, c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. Pappus cup-shaped, variably jagged, often with 1 or 2 
bristles extending Vi-V^ the length of the corolla tube, the cup 0.15-0.7 mm high, 
including the bristles the total pappus length up to 1.6 mm long. Fig. 3j. 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
North-eastern South Australia, western New South Wales and north-west Victoria, 
Common. 
Two collections, Blake 10441 and WhiteB^l 224128, from Yelarbon, Queensland, 
represent a disjunct locality. Unfortunately the condition of the specimens is poor but 
there appears to be no reason to exclude them from A, brachypappus. 
Ecology: 
Commonly occurs on sandy soils in open areas. Collectors’ notes include “Open 
plain, sandy loam”, “Sandridge, very common, blue-bush association” and “Very 
gently undulating gilgaied depressions on brown gibber soils”. 
Selected Specimens Examined (8/66): 
South Australia — Lay 577, Balta Baltana Block, 7.x. 1971 (AD); Symon 9478, W. edge of Simpson 
Desert, NE. of Macumba, 28.ix.1974 (AD); Weber 1443, Andamooka Opal Fields, 8.ix.l968 (AD). 
Victoria — Willis s.n.,C. 1 mile E. of Berribee Tank, 31.viii.l948 (MEL 84413). 
New South Wales — Constable s.n., Mundi Mundi Station, 14.x. 1947 (NSW 4543); LeighS30, 50 miles 
NE. of Hay, 26. ix. 1963 (NSW); Richley F97, Fowler’s Gap, 20. ix. 1973 (AD). 
Queensland — Blake 10441, Yelarbon, 22. ii. 1936 (BRI, GH). 
7. Angianthus conocephalus (J. M. Black) Short, comb, et stat. nov. 
Angianthus brachypappus v?ix. conocephalus J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645, 
fig. 300 (1929), 2nd ed. 924, fig. 1224 (1957), basionym. Type: “Ooldea; Nullarbor 
Plain.” Lectotype (here designated): ? J, M. Black s.n., Ooldea, 25.ix.1920 (AD 
97823002, herb. J, M. Black). Syntype (possible isolectotype): J. M. Black s.n., 
Ooldea, 25.ix.1920 (AD 98103149, herb, J. M. Black). Other Syntypes: J. M. Black 
s.n., Ooldea, 24.ix.1920 (AD 98103149, herb. J, M. Black); J. M. Black s.n., Ooldea, 
growing on edge of Nullarbor Plain, 24.ix.1920 (AD 98103149, herb. J. M. Black); J. M. 
5/6fcA: 5. n., Ooldea, just W. of siding & near rlyine, 23. ix.l920 (AD 98103149, herb. J. M. 
Black); Isings.n., Nullarbor Plain, s. dat (AD 98103149), herb. J. M. Black). 
[Angianthus brachypappus auct. non. F. Muell.: Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. 
Wildns 812 (1975).] 
Annual herb. Major axes usually ascending or decumbent, rarely erect, 3-8 cm long, 
hairy; stem usually not distinct from the major branches which develop from basal 
nodes. Leaves alternate, ± linear, rarely oblanceolate, 0.5-1. 5(1. 7) cm long, c. 0.1 mm 
wide, nor or very slightly mucronate, the upper most ones with a small hyaline appendage 
at the apex, all leaves variably hairy. Compound heads ± ovoid, 0. 8-1.6 cm long, 
0,4-0. 6 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads not forming a conspicuous 
involucre but usually several leaf-like, hairy bracts with hyaline apices present, grading 
into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle narrowly oblong, the capitula 
arranged in a spike-like fashion, the minor receptacular appendages small. Capitula 
c. 30-100 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2-4), if more than one then 
the extra one(s) abaxial to, and overlapping the inner, all bracts obovate, 2.3-2. 8 mm 
long, 0.8-1. 2 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or sparsely hairy toward the apex. Capitular 
bracts with the 2 concave ones 2. 3-2.7 mm long, the midrib glabrous; flat bracts 2, 
obovate, abruptly attenuated in the lower Vs, the edge of the bracts incurved so as to 
slightly cover the florets, 2-2.7 mm long, 0.9-1. 4 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or 
sparsely hairy toward the apex. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to 
the base, 1.4-2. 1 mm long, c. 0.4 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.4-0.7 mm long, 
c. 0.3 mmdiam., papillose. Pappus a jagged ring, 0. 1-0.3 mm long. Figs: 3d,i. 

Page image

795275 Angianthus brachypappus conocephalus Muelleria 5(2): 166
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459825
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385
513311 Angianthus brachypappus conocephalus Muelleria 5(2): 167
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459824
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385
795276 Angianthus brachypappus conocephalus Muelleria 5(2): 167
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459824
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385
799851 Angianthus burkittii Muelleria 5(3): 210
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459887
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649
513377 Angianthus connatus Muelleria 5(3): 209
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459886
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

209 
Selected Specimens Examined (7/18): 
Western Australia — Chinnock 4160, c. 3.5 km W. of western edge of Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); 
Chinnock 4598, Phillips River, 17 km W. of Ravensthorpe, 8.x. 1979 (AD); Newbey 4342, 16 km N. of 
Needilup, 4.ix.l974 (PERTH); Short 660, Roe Dam, 23. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 678, 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 
25.ix.1977 (AD); Short 949, western edge of Lake Campion, 14.xi.l979 (AD); Short 1071, c. 10 km SW. of 
Pingrup, 23 .xi. 1979 (AD). 
SPECIES OF UNCERTAIN AFFINITY 
In this revision a number of species referred to Angianthus by Bentham (1867) are 
considered to belong to distinctive, segregate genera. However there are three species, 
namely A. axilliflorus, A. burkittii a.nd A, conwa/us" which clearly have no affinities with 
Angianthus s.str. or any of the segregate genera. They may represent monotypic genera 
or have affinities with other members of the Gnaphaliinae not yet examined by the 
author. For the time being it seems appropriate to refer A. burkittii to Gnephosis, the 
genus to which the species was originally referred by Bentham (l.c.). 
Lectotypes have been chosen for the above three species and various attributes of 
each are noted below. 
Angianthus axilliflorus W. V. Fitzg. ex. Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:315, 
pi. 56, figs. 1-3, {m9){‘axilifloru^)\ W. V. Fitzg., J. Bot. 50:21 (1912); Grieve &Blackall, 
W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975) {^axiliflorus'). Type: Cowcowing, W. Australia. Max Koch, 
Oct., 1904. No. 1196.” Lectotype (here designated): Koch 1196, Cowcowing, 1904 (MEL 
541217). IsoLECTOTYPEs: AD, MEL 541218, MEL 541219, NSW (2 sheets), PERTH (see 
note 1 below). 
Notes: 
1. Ewart & White (1909), working in Melbourne, noted that the “species was 
received, marked W. V. Fitzgerald inedit, from both the collector and the Sydney 
Herbarium” (p. 316). All three MEL sheets bear good specimens but MEL 541217, the 
sheet containing the specimens received from NSW and the only one marked with the 
word “ined.”, has been chosen as the lectotype. 
2. The rigid, leaf-like capitulum-subtending bracts and the arrangement of the 
capitular bracts readily distinguish this species from all others included \n Angianthus s.l. 
3. The species is apparently rare. Apart from the type material the only other 
collection of the species seen by the author is Blackall 1276, collected from the edge of a 
salt lake near Newdegate, Western Australia in 1931. 
Angianthus connatus W. V. Fitzg., J. West. Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2:24 (1905); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). Type: “Minginew.-W. V. E, September, 1903.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Fitzgerald s.n.,M\n^nt^, W.A., -.ix.l903 (NSW 138682). 
Iso lectotypes: NSW 138683, PERTH (ex W. E. Blackall) (see note 1 below). 
Notes: 
1 . Both of the NSW collections, unlike the PERTH collection, are clearly designated 
as coming from Fitzgerald’s herbarium. Of the two sheets NSW 138682 contains the best 
material and therefore has been designated as the lectotype. The remaining one, NSW 
138683, has the word “type” written on the label, possibly in Fitzgerald’s hand, but there 
is no reason to believe that Fitzgerald did not base his description on all of the material 
available to him. 
2. The species is known only from the type collection. It is readily distinguished 
from other members of Angianthus s.l. by the presence of long hairs at the base of the 
florets or apex of the achenes and the rigid, opaque capitulum-subtending bracts. The 
morphology of the capitular bracts is also unique. 
Gnephosis burkittii Benth., FI. Austr. 3:570 (1867). — Angianthus burkittii (Benth.) 
J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645, pi. 53 (1929), 2nd ed. 925, fig. 1227 (1957)- Hi 
Eichl., Suppl. to J. M. Black’s H. S. Aust. 326 (1965); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet 2*730 

Page image

513387 Angianthus conocephalus Muelleria 5(2): 167-168, Figs 2, 3j

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 167-168, Figs 2, 3j".

513393 Angianthus cornutus Muelleria 5(2): 169, Figs 2, 3f, 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459790
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

169 
Ecology; 
Grows on sand or very sandy loam amongst Halosarcia and Melaleuca on the edge 
of saline depressions. 
Notes: 
1. Bentham (1837) based his description of Phyllocalymma micropodioides on a 
collection made by Hiigel in Western Australia. According to Stafleu (1967) the Hiigel 
collections were acquired by the Vienna herbarium (W) in 1839. However a specimen was 
obtained by Bentham and is now housed at K (Bentham, 1863). It follows therefore that 
one should lectotypify. The W sheet of P. micropodioides contains three good individual 
specimens, the K sheet a single specimen. Thus the former sheet has been designated as 
the lectotype. 
2. Pappus characteristics, i.e. the length of the awns and the jagged nature of the 
scales, were used by Steetz (1845) to distinguish Phyllocalymma filaginoides from 
P micropodioides. Such characteristics are however quite variable, even within a single 
plant, and Bentham (1867) reduced the former species to synonymy. There are however a 
number of specimens in which the typical awned scales of A . micropodioides are absent. 
For example the collection Short 1008 contains individuals with a small, jagged, ring-like 
pappus while a pappus is absent in specimens of Short 992 and Short 946. One collection 
contains some individuals which lack a pappus (referred to as Short 1012A) and others 
with a distinct ring-like pappus (referred to as Short 1012), Future investigations may 
show that the latter collections represent a distinct taxon but apart from the variable 
characteristics of the pappus there appear to be no features by which it can be 
distinguished from A. micropodioides. It may be that the pappus variation is under 
simple genetic control. 
3. A. rnicropodioides and A. cornutus exhibit a similar habit but the latter species 
can be readily distinguished by the presence of horn-like basal appendages on the flat 
capitular bracts. Furthermore the pubescent nature of the achene appears to be unique to 
A. micropodioides. 
Selected Specimens Examined (5/19): 
Western Australia — Chinnock 4417 & Mortlock river just east of Meckering 22 xi 1978 (AD)- 
Morrison s.n.. Banks of Swan Estuary, 28.xii.1898 (CANB 209968, BRI 078604, MEL 84466 PERTH)’ 
PreissS6, Swan River Colonia, 1843 (MEL 583144, ex herb. Sond.; MEL 84467, ex herb. Steetz); Short 1024 
c. 13.7 km NW. of Balhdu, 20.xi.l979 (AD); Short 1037, c. 8 km W. of Kalguddering, 20.xi.l979 (AD). ’ 
Specimens Examined, A. micropodioides Variant: 
Western Australia — Short 946, 3.4 km N. of Boodarocking, 13. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 954 Lake 
Campion, 14.xi.l979 (AD); Short 968, 45. 1 km N. of Koorda along main road to Mollerin, 14.X.1979 (AD)- 
S/Jor/ 987, 1 .9 km N. of Latham, 15. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 992, c. 30.4 km S. of Pindar along main road to 
Lake, c. 12 km N. of Carnamah, 19. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 
1021, 1021A, c. 54.5 km from Nugadong along main road to Gunyidi, 19. xi. 1979 (AD). 
9, Angianthus comutus Short, sp. nov. 
[Angianthus milnei auct. non Benth.: Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 814 
(1975) . j 
Herba annua. Axes maiores decumbentes ascendentesve, 3-10(16) cm longi. Folia alterna, linearia vel 
hneari-triangularia, 0. 5-1(1. 2) cm longa, 0.1 cm lata, mucronata, pilosa. Glomerulus ovoidms, 
0.8-1. 2 cm longus, 0. 3-0.6 cm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes involucrum 
conspicuum longitudine c. 'A-V^ glomeruli partes aequante facientes; receptaculum convexum 
vel oblongum. Capitula c. 3040; bracteae capitula subtendentes 1(2), obovatae ± oblongaeve, 
2.4-3 mm longae, 1. 2-1. 6 mmlatae; costa ad apicem variabi liter pilosa. Bracteae intra capitulum- 
duo concave f 4-2.6 mm longae, costa versus apicem variabiliter pilosa; duo planae, ellipticae ± 
obovataeye, m infima tertia parte attenuatissimae, 2.4-3 mm longae, 0.9-1 .2 mm latae, costa 
versus apicem varie pilosa, ad basin 2 appendicibus propritim cornuatis, c. 0. 2-0.4 mm longis. 
Flosculi 2, corolla 5-lobata. Achenia ± ellipsoidea, papillosa. Pappus carens. 
^ Holotypus (fig. 6): Chinnock 4692, Saline depression 3.8 km E. of Carnegie 
(25 47 S, E). Prostrate herb growing in sand on edge of Arthrocncnium 
[ =Halosarcia] zone. Associated with A/zoon, Chrysocoryne and Gnephosis Abundant 
16.ix.1979 (AD). IsoTYPUs: CANB, PERTH. 

Page image

513396 Angianthus cunninghamii Muelleria 5(2): 178-179, Fig. 2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 178-179, Fig. 2".

513408 Angianthus cyathifer Muelleria 5(2): 160-162, Figs 2, 4
795279 Angianthus demissus Muelleria 5(2): 181
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459802
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

181 
Because of confusion with the labels of the MEL collections (see annotations on the 
sheets), the K material, which contains 2 individual specimens in good condition, has 
been designated as the lectotype. The same sheet dso contains Wilhelmi material 
designated as coming from “between the Fountain & Long Lake” but this material has 
been clearly separated from the lectotype. A further label “Victoria, South Australia, 
July 26/55, Mueller” occurs on the sheet but both the location and the name, 
''Chrysocoryne tenella Muell.” ( = C. drummondii A. Gray) suggests that it has been 
erroneously placed with this material. 
Selected Specimens Examined (6/13): 
South Australia — Alcock 2801, Lower Eyre Peninsula, Hundred of Lake Wangary, 14.x. 1969 (AD, 
CANB); Cleland s.n,. Coffin Bay Reserve, I0.xi.l960 (AD 96404182); Lang 1082, c. 33.7 km WNW. of 
Cummins on road to Mt. Hope, 20.x. 1977 (AD); Short 806, c. 34 km NW. of Cummins on road to Mt. Hope, 
26. ix. 1978 (AD); Short 822, c. 13.5 km W. of Yorketown along main Warooka road, 28.x. 1978 (AD); 
Wilhelmi s.n.. Lake Greenly, 1855 (NSW 138697). 
3. Epitriche Turcz., Bull Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):74 (Oct. 1851). Type: 
E. cuspidata Turcz. (=E. demissus (A. Gray) Short) 
Skirrhophorus DC. in Lindl. ex DC. sect. Psuedopappus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. 
Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (May 1851). Type: S. demissus A. Gray {=E. demissus 
(A. Gray) Short) 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of E. demissus.] 
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng.: see synonymy of E. demissus.] 
Annual herb. Major axes erect, glabrous or sparsely hairy; stem simple or forming 
major branches at upper nodes. Leaves opposite, sessile, the base ± stem clasping and 
with hyaline margins, the entire leaf glabrous or sparsely hairy. Compound heads 
broadly depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous 
involucre c. equal to or longer than the head; general receptacle an entire, convex, ± 
smooth axis, the capitula distributed evenly over its surface. Capitula c. 10-20 per 
compound head. Capitular bracts 2 or 3 , hyaline, ± flat to concave, with a conspicuous, 
sparsely hairy midrib extending c. Vi the length of the bract, the bracts overlapping one 
another. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5, 
with tailed anthers. Achenes ? ± obconical and papillose, the apex beset with long hairs. 
Pappus absent. 
Distribution (Fig. 8): 
A monotypic genus endemic to the south-west of Western Australia. Known only 
from the type collection and Wilson 8314. 
Affinities/Generic Characteristics: 
The lack of collections has made it difficult to ascertain certain characteristics of this 
genus and the full range of variation exhibited by the species is unknown. For example 
characteristics of the achene are difficult to ascertain and the number of capitula per 
compound head has been estimated for only 2 or 3 individuals. 
At least superficially the genus appears to be allied to Angianthus s.str. However the 
apparent lack of minor receptacular appendages, the absence of capitulum-subtending 
bracts and the distinctive ring of hairs at the apex of the achene all suggest that the genus 
should be reinstated. There is some doubt whether or not the hairs at the apex of the 
achene should be regarded as a pappus (see morphology section). 
Epitriche demissus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Skirrhophorus demissus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (May 1851), 
basionym. — Angianthus demissus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Greive & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — Styloncerus demissus {A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond, 1850.” 
Lectotype (here designated); Drummond 58, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K) (label in Gray’s 
hand, plus drawings). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K (ex herb. Benth.), KW, 
MEL 541627, MEL 84428, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets). 

Page image

513433 Angianthus drummondii Muelleria 5(2): 174-175, Fig. 2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 174-175, Fig. 2".

513444 Angianthus eriocephalus Muelleria 5(2): 176
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459797
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

176 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Restricted to the salt lakes of the Avon River System, Western Australia (Short 
1981a, b). Uncommon. 
Ecology: 
Appears to grow exclusively in sandy soil on the margins of saline depressions. 
Commonly associated with species of Halosarcia and Disphyma. 
Notes: 
1. The lectotype sheet of Skirrhophorus pygmaeus contains drawings of the species 
which, according to Gray (1851), were to be illustrated in leones Plantarum. This did not 
eventuate. The sheet is also clearly inscribed with the words ''Skirrophorus pygmaeus 
n.sp.” in Gray’s hand. It is possible that the sheet could be regarded as the holotype as 
there is no clear indication that Gray saw any of the duplicates. 
2, As pointed out under the respective species A. pygmaeus has close affinities with 
A. preissianus and A. drummondii and, in particular, to a variant of A. drummondii. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Chinnock 4158, c. 3.5 km W. of eastern edge of Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); 
Chin nock 4359, Eclipse Lake, ll.xi.l978 (AD); Chinnock 4366, small salt pan 0.7 km beyond western edge of 
Lake King, 12. xi. 1978 (AD, PERTH); Gardner s.n., Mortlock River flats, E. of Meckering, 22.x. 1945 
(PERTH); Pritzel 902, Avon district, -.xi.l901 (NSW); Short 617, 3.4 km E. of Meckering in Mortlock River, 
20.ix.l977 (AD); Short 674, 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 25. ix. 1977 (AD); Wilson 6386a, 3 km E. of Meckering, 
23.xi.1967 (PERTH). 
14. Angianthus preissianus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); K, Hoffman in 
Engler & Prantl., Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, fig. 98A (1890); J. M. Black, FI. S. 
Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 344 (1963); 
Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. WildHs 814 (1975). — 
Skirrhophorus preissianus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:439 (1845). — Styloncerus 
preissianus (Steetz) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “In umbrosis madidis 
inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, mense Dec. 1838. Herb. Preiss. No. 38.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 38, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in 
umbrosis madidis inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, s. dat. (MEL 541608, 
ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541609, S (see p.l52). 
Skirrhophorus eriocephalus Hook. f. ex. A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 
3:148 (1851) (Hook. f. in MSS); Hook, f., FI. Tas. 1:198, pi. 53A (1856). — Angianthus 
eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); W. M. Curtis, Stud. 
FI. Tas. 344 (1963). — Styloncerus eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Georgetown, Van Diemen’s Land, Gunn.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Gunn 1973, George Town, 21. xi. 1842 (K). Isolectotypes: HO, NSW, 
NSW p.p. (lacks collector’s no. but cites Georgetown and the dates 21.xi.42& lO.i.43, i.e. 
a mixed collection). Possible Isolectotypes: GH (several collections ex herb. Hook. f. 
but each lacks collection date, collector’s no. and gives the location only as Tasmania or 
“VDL”). 
Annual herb. Major axes erect to prostrate (0.5)4-10(16) cm long, glabrous or 
variably hairy; stem often simple in the smaller, erect plants, sometimes ± lacking (less 
than c. 1 cm high) in the prostrate ones, but usually forming major branches at basal 
and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, usually ± narrowly elliptic or ± 
linear, sometimes semi-succulent to sucedent and ± terete, 0. 5-1(1. 2) cm long, 
c. 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads broadly ovoid to 
depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.8(l) cm long, 0.4-0.7(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length of the head, of c. 15 bracts, the 
outer ones leaf-like, ± elliptic, or ovate to lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, 
variably mucronate, hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and grading into 
capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle an expanded, convex axis. Capitula 
c. 5-100 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2), if more than one then the 
extra one abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ± obovate or ± oblong, 
1.7-2. 4(2. 6) mm long, 0.7-1. 5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy 

Page image

885893 Angianthus eriocephalus Muelleria 5(2): 176
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459797
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

176 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Restricted to the salt lakes of the Avon River System, Western Australia (Short 
1981a, b). Uncommon. 
Ecology: 
Appears to grow exclusively in sandy soil on the margins of saline depressions. 
Commonly associated with species of Halosarcia and Disphyma. 
Notes: 
1. The lectotype sheet of Skirrhophorus pygmaeus contains drawings of the species 
which, according to Gray (1851), were to be illustrated in leones Plantarum. This did not 
eventuate. The sheet is also clearly inscribed with the words ''Skirrophorus pygmaeus 
n.sp.” in Gray’s hand. It is possible that the sheet could be regarded as the holotype as 
there is no clear indication that Gray saw any of the duplicates. 
2, As pointed out under the respective species A. pygmaeus has close affinities with 
A. preissianus and A. drummondii and, in particular, to a variant of A. drummondii. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Chinnock 4158, c. 3.5 km W. of eastern edge of Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); 
Chin nock 4359, Eclipse Lake, ll.xi.l978 (AD); Chinnock 4366, small salt pan 0.7 km beyond western edge of 
Lake King, 12. xi. 1978 (AD, PERTH); Gardner s.n., Mortlock River flats, E. of Meckering, 22.x. 1945 
(PERTH); Pritzel 902, Avon district, -.xi.l901 (NSW); Short 617, 3.4 km E. of Meckering in Mortlock River, 
20.ix.l977 (AD); Short 674, 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 25. ix. 1977 (AD); Wilson 6386a, 3 km E. of Meckering, 
23.xi.1967 (PERTH). 
14. Angianthus preissianus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); K, Hoffman in 
Engler & Prantl., Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, fig. 98A (1890); J. M. Black, FI. S. 
Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 344 (1963); 
Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. WildHs 814 (1975). — 
Skirrhophorus preissianus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:439 (1845). — Styloncerus 
preissianus (Steetz) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “In umbrosis madidis 
inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, mense Dec. 1838. Herb. Preiss. No. 38.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 38, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in 
umbrosis madidis inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, s. dat. (MEL 541608, 
ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541609, S (see p.l52). 
Skirrhophorus eriocephalus Hook. f. ex. A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 
3:148 (1851) (Hook. f. in MSS); Hook, f., FI. Tas. 1:198, pi. 53A (1856). — Angianthus 
eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); W. M. Curtis, Stud. 
FI. Tas. 344 (1963). — Styloncerus eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Georgetown, Van Diemen’s Land, Gunn.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Gunn 1973, George Town, 21. xi. 1842 (K). Isolectotypes: HO, NSW, 
NSW p.p. (lacks collector’s no. but cites Georgetown and the dates 21.xi.42& lO.i.43, i.e. 
a mixed collection). Possible Isolectotypes: GH (several collections ex herb. Hook. f. 
but each lacks collection date, collector’s no. and gives the location only as Tasmania or 
“VDL”). 
Annual herb. Major axes erect to prostrate (0.5)4-10(16) cm long, glabrous or 
variably hairy; stem often simple in the smaller, erect plants, sometimes ± lacking (less 
than c. 1 cm high) in the prostrate ones, but usually forming major branches at basal 
and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, usually ± narrowly elliptic or ± 
linear, sometimes semi-succulent to sucedent and ± terete, 0. 5-1(1. 2) cm long, 
c. 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads broadly ovoid to 
depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.8(l) cm long, 0.4-0.7(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length of the head, of c. 15 bracts, the 
outer ones leaf-like, ± elliptic, or ovate to lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, 
variably mucronate, hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and grading into 
capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle an expanded, convex axis. Capitula 
c. 5-100 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2), if more than one then the 
extra one abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ± obovate or ± oblong, 
1.7-2. 4(2. 6) mm long, 0.7-1. 5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy 

Page image

795280 Angianthus filifolius Muelleria 5(3): 205
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459882
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

205 
0 kms 300 
Fig. 15. Distribution and floret 
characteristics of Siloxerus. 
a and # — S. humifusus. 
b and O — S. filifolius, 
c and A — 5. pygmaens. 
Distribution (Fig. 15): 
South-west of Western Australia. 
Affinities/Generic Characteristics: 
Siloxerus contains 3 species. It is readily distinguished from all other members of 
Angianthus s.L by the presence of paleae, a hairy general receptacle, the ± obovoid, 
purple, papillose achenes and the more or less rigid nature of both the capitular and 
receptacular bracts. Unlike other members of Angianthus s.l. the capitula in members of 
this genus are somewhat ill-defined. 
The genus has no obvious affinities with other members of the ‘'Angianthus group'' 
(sensu Merxmuller et al., 1977) and any affinities with other members of the 
Gnaphaliinae are yet to be determined. 
Evolution/Reproductive Biology: 
All species, as evidenced by approximate P/O determinations of c. 200 (Short 
1981a, b), are inbreeders. They have close affinities with one another and indeed 
5. humifusus may be a polyploid directly derived from S. filifolius (see note 1 under 
S. humifusus). 
Key to Species of Siloxerus 
1. Stem apparently absent; compound heads depressed ovoid, c. 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0.6-1. 1 cmdiam 
3. 5. pygmaeus 
1. Stem simple or branching, the major axes decumbent to erect, 1-7(9) cm long; compound heads ellipsoid 
to broadly ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly depressed ovoid, c. 0.6-2. 9 cm long, c. 0.5-1. 5 cm diam. 
2. Pappusc. !/2 or rarelythelength of the floret; capitular bractsandpaleae(2)2.5-4.5(6.3) mm long 
2. 5. humifusus 
2. Pappus c. equal to or slightly exceeding the length of the Horet; capitular bracts and paleae 
1.25-1.9 mm long I ^ filifolius 
1. Siloxerus filifolius (Benth.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk 
3:136 (1921). — Gnaphalodes filifolium Benth., FI. Austr. 3:578 (1867). — Angianthus 
filifolius (Benth.) C. A. Gardner, Enum. PI. Austr, Occ. 135 (1931); Grieve & Blackall 
W. Aust. Wildfls 811 (1975). Type: “Murray river, Oldfield.” Holotype: Oldfields n ’ 
Tufts, low wet places, Murray R., W. Aust., s. dat. (K). Isotype: MEL 84436 (see note 1)’ 

Page image

885869 Angianthus flavescens Muelleria 5(2): 164
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459827
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385
513493 Angianthus glabratus Muelleria 5(2): 162-164, Figs 2, 3a, c, 5

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 162-164, Figs 2, 3a, c, 5".

799859 Angianthus globifer Muelleria 5(3): 203
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459880
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

203 
long hairs on the upper margins. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla (4)5-lobed; style 
branches truncate; stamens (4)5, with tailed anthers. Achene ± obpyriform, with a 
distinct, whitish carpopodium, the entire fruit pinkish-brown, smooth. Pappus 
absent. Fig. if. 
Distribution (Fig. 14): 
A monotypic genus restricted to the south-west of Western Australia between 
latitudes c. 29^ and c. 34°S and west of longitude c. 122°E. 
Affinities/Generic Characteristics: 
The affinities of this genus are obscure. It has no obvious relationships with other 
members of Angianthus s.l. 
Hyalochlamys is readily distinguished from other members of Angianthus s,L by the 
unique morphology of the bracts of both the general involucre and the capitula and the 
achene morphology. The presence of scale-like glandular hairs on the leaves and axes, 
plus the prostrate habit, provide useful characters for readily distinguishing the species. 
Evolution/Reproductive Biology: 
The abundance of individuals in saline regions, plus the presence of scale-like hairs 
typical of salinity tolerant plants, suggest the evolution of the genus in the salt lake 
regions of Western Australia or strand habitats. 
A pollen-ovule ratio of 151, determined for a single specimen (Short 615), suggests 
that the only species is an inbreeder (see Short 1981a, b). 
Hyalochlamys globiferaA. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 3:101 (April 1851). — 
Angianthus globifer (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. 
Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — Styloncerus globifer (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 
367 (1891). Type: “Swan River, Drummond.” Lectotype ^ere designated): Drummond 
204, Sw. river, s. dat. (K). Isolectotypes: PERTH, GH (ex herb. Klatt), GH (lacks 
collector’s number but label appears to be in Gray’s hand). Possible Iso lectotype: MEL 
541626 (ex herb. O. W. Sonder), lacks collector’s number. 
Annualherb. Major axes 0.5-2.5 cm long. LeavesO,S-\,2 cm long, 0.1-0.2 cm wide. 
Compound heads c. 0.4-0. 8 cm high, 0. 4-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads 0. 5-0.7 cm long, 0.4-0. 6 cm wide. Capitular bracts 3(?4), the two concave bracts 
3-4.5 mm long, the inner bracts c. the length or slightly exceeding the length of the 
achene. Florets 1; corolla (4)5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to an expanded base 
covering ± the top of the achene, 1.7-1. 9 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diam.; anthers (4)5, each 
with c. 30 pollen grains. Achenes ± obpyriform, 1. 1-1.3 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm diam. 
Distribution: See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Commonly grows on the margins of salt lakes but is also found in shallow 
depressions at the base of granite outcrops. Collectors’ notes include “Growing in upper 
Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone extending to Melaleuca and Eucalyptus regions 
around salty depression. Sandy loam”, “Growing on sandy rises with Angianthus, 
Aizoonglabrum, Stipa, FrankeniainHakea/MelaleucasQvuh'' and “Sandy loam at base 
of granite”. 
Selected Specimens Examined (6/29): 
Western Australia — Chinnock 4412 & Wilson^ Mortlock River just east of Meckering 22 xi 1978 
(AD); Short 636, southern nmrgins of Lake Brown, 22.ix.1977 (AD); Short 661, Roe Dam, 23.ix.’l977 (AD)- 
Short 684, Pumta Rock, 26.ix.1977 (AD); Tolken 6519A, NE. end of Lake Johnston, 9.x. 1979 (AD)- Wilson 
8807, Lake Barlee, 25.viii.1970 (PERTH). 
8. Pogonolepis Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:440 (1845). — Skirrhophorus DC in Lindl 
ex DC. sea. Pogonolepis A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (1851) 
Type: Pogonolepis stricta Steetz. 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: as to A. strictus (Steetz) Benth. & A. lanigerus 

Page image

803952 Angianthus humifusus Muelleria 5(3): 207
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459884
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

207 
(AD); Demarz 5351, Orleans Farm, 16.X.1974 (KP, PERTH); Short 1056, c. 10 km from Jarrahwood along 
road to Nannup, 22. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 1058, c. 41 km from Kojonup along main Boyup Brook road, 
23. xi. 1979 (AD); Willis s.n.. North Twin Peak Island, 20.xi.l950 (MEL). 
2. Siloxems humifusus Labill., PL Nov. Holl. 2:57 (1806); Less., Syn. generum Comp. 
270 (1832). — Styloncerus humifusus (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3:451 (1826); DC., 
Prod. 6:149 (1838); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:435 (1845). — Ogcerostylus humifusus 
(Labill.) Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 49:222 (1827); Steud., Nomen. Bot. 2nd ed. 2:242 (1841) 
{"Oxerostylus') (n.v.). — Angianthus humifusus (Labill.) Benth., H. Austr. 3:563 (1867); 
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 811 (1975). Type: “Habitat in terra Van-Leuwin.” 
Holotype: ILabillardiere s.n., habitat in terra van-Leuwin, s. dat. (FI). 
Styloncerus cylindraceus Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:435 (1845). Type: “In sinu 
regis Georgii III. mense Nov. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 41.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Preiss 41, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in sinu regis Georgii III, s. dat. 
(MEL 541624, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 54151 (ex herb O. W. Sonder), 
S.(Seep.l52). 
Styloncerus suberectus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436 (1845). Type: “In arenosis 
terrae in ferioris, mense Dec. 1839. Herb. Preiss. no. 42.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Preiss 42, in arenosis terrae inferioris (Swan River Colonia), s. dat. (MEL 541622, ex 
herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541623 (herbO. W. Sonder). (Seep. 152). 
Angianthus humifusus var. grandiflorus Btnih,, FI. Austr. 3:563 (1867), type as for 
S. suberectus. 
Annual herb. Major axes decumbent to erect, 2-7(9) cm long, glabrous or variably 
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal and upper nodes. Leaves often 
opposite at the base of the major axes, the upper ones alternate, all leaves ± linear or 
lanceolate, (c. 1)1. 5-3 cm long, c. 0.1-0.15 cm wide, glabrous or sparsely hairy, at least 
the upper ones mucronate. Compound heads ± broadly ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly 
depressed ovoid, c. 0.6-2(2.9) cm long, (c. 0.5)0.7-1.2(1.3) cm diam. Capitulum with 
c.8-10 capitular bracts and paleae, all bracts oblanceolate to obovate, 
(c. 2)2.5-4.5(6.3) mm long, (0.7)0.9-1.7(1.9) mm wide, crenulate near the apex, white or 
pale pink. Florets c. 5; corolla 4 or 5-lobed, the tube distinctly swollen in the lower Vi, 
(c. 0.85)1-2(2.25) mm long, c. 0.3-0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.7-0.95 mm 
long, c. 0.25-0.4 mm diam., variably papillose. Pappus of 5-7 jagged scales fused at the 
base, c. 0.95-1.7 mmlong,c. Vi or rarely the length of the floret. Fig. 15. 
Distribution (Fig. 15): 
South-west of Western Australia, within an approximately 200 km wide coastal 
belt. 
Ecology: 
Grows in a variety of habitats. Collectors’ notes include “Recently dried muddy 
depression in sandy swamp under Acacia cyanophyM\ “Rush marsh . . . under shrubs 
of Astartaea fascicularis with Cotula coronopifolia and Schoenus trachycarpus^\ 
''Eucalyptus-Xanthorrhoea community on deep grey sands. Growing c. 10 cm from 
Siloxerus filifolius'^ and “Growing in open Eucalyptus woodland on brown sandy loam 
covered by coarse gravel. Growing with Siloxerus fdifolius^\ 
Notes: 
1. S. humifusus is primarily distinguishable from S. filifolius on differences in size 
of various organs, the achenes, capitular bracts, paleae, pappus scales and florets of 
S. humifusus being approximately twice the length of the same organs in the latter 
species. Such features suggest that S. humijmus may be of polyploid origin. 
2. Bentham (1867) recognised two varieties of Angianthus humifusus, var. minor 
Benth. and var. grandiflorus Benth. The former variety is recognised here as a distinct 
species, Siloxerus filifolius. The latter variety was based on Preiss 42, the type collection 
of Styloncerus suberectus Steetz, which possesses larger capitular bracts and paleae 
(c. 4-6.3 mm long) than those of Preiss 41, (c. 3.7-4.2 mm long), the type of Styloncerus 
cylindraceus Steetz. Furthermore in Preiss 42 the pappus is about one-half the length of 

Page image

886039 Angianthus humifusus grandiflorus Muelleria 5(3): 207
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459884
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649
513546 Angianthus humifusus minor Muelleria 5(3): 206
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459883
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649
802720 Angianthus humifusus minor Muelleria 5(3): 206
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459883
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649
513205 Angianthus Muelleria 5(2): 143-183

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 143-183".

886031 Angianthus laniger Muelleria 5(3): 204
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459881
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

204 
Ewart & J. White, used in various works.] 
[Siloxerus auct. non Labill.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Ostenf.] 
[Skirrhophorus auct. non DC. in Lindl. ex DC.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) A. Gray 
and S. muellerianus Sond.J 
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Kuntze] 
Annual herbs. Major axes decumbent, ascending or erect, variably hairy; stem 
simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves usually alternate 
(sometimes opposite), sessile, entire, glabrous or sparsely hairy, mucronate. Compound 
heads ± broadly obovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous, 
multi-seriate involucre c. the len^h of the head, the outer bracts leaf-like, the inner ones 
primarily hyaline and with papillae at the apex; general receptacle a small, ± flat, 
glabrous axis. Capitulaz. 5-40 per compound head. Capitular bracts 2-2>,cAhQ\eng\h of 
the florets, ± hyaline, whitish, with papillae at the apex. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 
5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± ovoid or ± 
obpyramidal, covered with mucilagenous cells, brown. Pappus absent. Fig. li. 
Chromosome numbers: n=4, 5, 6, 7, c. 10, c. 12. 
The taxonomy of Pogonolepis is yet to be resolved. For comments see Muelleria 
4:404-405 (Short, 1981a). 
Three species normally referred to Angianthus, i.e. A. lanigerus, A. muellerianus 
(==P. muelleriana (Sond.) Short) and A. strictus ( = P. stricta Steetz) belong to 
Pogonolepis. The new combination transferring A. lanigerus to Pogonolepis is made 
below. 
Pogonolepis lanigera (Ewart & J. White) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Angianthus strictus var. lanigerus Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Viet. 22:92 (1909). Synonym: Angianthus lanigerus (Ewart & J. White) Ewart & 
J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 23:288 (1911). 
9. Siloxerus Labill., PI. Nov. HoU. 2:57 (1806); Less., Syn. generum Comp. 270 (1832); 
Ostenfeld, Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:134, p.p. (as to S. humifusus 
& S. filifolius only). — Styloncerus Spreng., Syst. veg. 3:356, 451 (1826), nom. illeg. — 
OgcerostylusCdiS,^., Diet. Sc. Nat. 49:221 (1827), nom. /7/e^. ; Stuedel, Nom. Bot. 2nd. ed. 
242 (1841) {'Oxerostylus'). Type: Siloxerus humifususLdbiW. 
Chamaesphaerion A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:176 (June 1851). 
Type: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray ( = 5. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short). 
Gyrostephium Turez., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):76 (Oct. 1851). Type: 
Gyrostephium rhizocephalum Turez. ( = S. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short). 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of S. humifusus & S. filifolius.] 
[Chthonocephalus auct. non Steetz: see synonymy of S. pygmaeus.] 
[Gnaphalodes auct. non A. Gray, nom, illeg., later homonym of Gnaphalodes 
Miller (see Hj. Eichler, Taxon 12:295 (1963): as to Gnaphalodes fdifolium Benth. 
{=^Siloxerus filifolius).] 
Annual herbs. Major axes ± absent or if present then decumbent to erect, glabrous 
or hairy; stem simple and minute or forming major branches at basal and/or upper 
nodes. Leaves in a basal rosette or, if major axes present then opposite to alternate, all 
leaves entire, sessile, glabrous or sparsely hairy, apex mucronate, the base often with 
hyaline margins. Compound heads ± ellipsoid to broadly ellipsoid or ± lanceoloid to 
depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads conspicuous, leaf-like, at least c. *4 
to Vi the length of the head, often c. equal to or exceeding the length of the head; general 
receptacle of a single hairy axis which lacks minor receptacular axes, the axis becoming 
hollow with age. Capitula ± evenly distributed over the general receptacle, ± indistinct 
and lacking subtending bracts. Capitular bracts c. 5-15, mainly hyaline but the 
uppermost portion opaque and often crenulate, with a green, ± glabrous midrib which 
extends c. Vi-Vi the length of the bract, the bracts arranged in ± 1 or 2 indistinct whorls. 
Paleae resembling capitular bracts, one bract per floret. Florets A~\5Q.2) per capitulum; 
corolla 3-5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 3-5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± 
obovoid, sparsely to densely papillose, purple. Pappus of 5-7 variably jagged scales 
joined at the base or a jagged ring lacking distinct scales. Fig. 15. 

Page image

513578 Angianthus microcephalus Muelleria 5(2): 173-174, Fig. 2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 173-174, Fig. 2".

513601 Angianthus micropodioides Muelleria 5(2): 168-169, Figs 2, 3k

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 168-169, Figs 2, 3k".

795282 Angianthus micropodioides filaginoides Muelleria 5(2): 168
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459823
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

168 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Nullarbor Plain region. Common, 
Ecology: 
Occurs on both clay and loam soils. Collectors’ notes include “Common on clayey 
soils”, “Fine sandy loam over calcrete” and “In loam over limestone”. 
Note: 
l.A. conocephalus was originally described by Black (1929) as a variety of 
A. brachypappus. The var. conocephalus was considered to have a conical compound 
head and var. brachypappus a cylindrical head. However the shape of the compound 
head is quite variable. On the other hand both species exhibit distinct differences in habit 
and leaf morphology and usually pappus morphology. They are also allopatric. 
Selected Specimens Examined (5/23): 
Western Australia — ApHn 1656, Forrest, 31.viii.1962 (PERTH); Chinnock 1151, 30 km S. of 
Rawlinna, 19.ix.l973 (AD); George 8495, 30 miles NW. of Reid, 14.x. 1966 (PERTH). 
South Australia — Chinnock 1183, 15 km E. of Koonalda homestead, 21.ix.l973 (AD); Ising 1529, 
Hughes, 8.ix.l920 (AD). 
8. Angianthus micropodioides (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1867) {^micropo ides'); 
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975) {'micropoides'). — Phyllocalymma 
micropodioides Benth., Enum. PI. Hueg. 62 (1837); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436 
(1845). — Styloncerus micropodioides (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891) 
{'micropodes'). Type: “Swan River. (Hiigel.).” Lectotype (here designated): Hugel s.n., 
Swan River, s. dat. (W). Isolectotype: K (see note 1 below). 
Phyllocalymma filaginoides Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:437 (1845); Steetz in 
Walper’s Repert. Bot. Syst. 6:229(1846). — Angianthus micropodioides filaginoides 
Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:92 (1909) {'micropoides'). Type: “In solo 
arenoso — turfoso inter frutices ad fluvii Cygnorum ripam prope oppidulum Perth, 
mense Januario 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 37.” Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 37, In 
Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in solo arenoso turfoso inter frutices ad flumis 
Cygnorum ripam leg. cl. Preiss, s. dat. (MEL 541603). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541604, 
MEL 541605 (ex herb. O. W. Sonder), MEL 583143 (ex herb O. W. Sonder), S, GH (ex 
herb. Klatt), (see p.l52). 
Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, 4-15 cm long, hairy; stem sometimes 
simple to c. 10 cm high, but usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper 
nodes. Leaves alternate, ± linear or lanceolate, 0.5-1. 5(2.8) cm long, 0.05-0.1 cm wide, 
distinctly mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads ± depressed ovoid to broadly 
depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0.4-0.5 cm diam., axillary or terminal; bracts 
subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre exceeding the length of the 
head, ofc. 10 leaf-like bracts, ± lanceolate to ± ovoid, 0.5-1. 5 cmlong, c. 0.1 cm wide, 
mucronate, hairy; general receptacle a small convex axis. Capitula c. 10-30 per 
compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1, ± oblong or ovate, 2. 1-2.8 mm long, 
0.8-1. 3(1. 5) mm wide, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with 
the two concave ones 2. 4-3.1 mm long, the midrib hairy; flat bracts 2, obovate, ± 
abruptly attenuated in the lower Vi, 2. 4-3.1 mm long, (0.75)0.9-1.25 mm wide, the 
midrib usually variably hairy toward the apex, rarely glabrous. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, 
the tube tapering gradually towards the base in immature florets, a more abrupt taper in 
the lower V 3 of mature florets which have variably swollen bases, 1.4-1. 9 mm long, 
c. 0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.8-1 mm long, 0. 5-0.6 mm diam., pubescent. 
Pappus of 5 or 6 jagged scales fused at the base, each sc^e terminating in a single smooth 
or minutely barbellate bristle, the total pappus c. ‘73-^3 the length of the corolla 
tube. Fig. 3k. 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Western Australia, particularly in the South West Drainage Division (Mulcahy & 
Bettenay, 1972), between latitudes c.28°30'S and 32°S and west of longitude c.l22°E. 
Locally common. 

Page image

885873 Angianthus micropoides Muelleria 5(2): 168
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459823
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385
885878 Angianthus micropoides filaginoides Muelleria 5(2): 168
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459823
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385
513630 Angianthus milnei Muelleria 5(2): 159-160, Figs 2, 3
885879 Angianthus milnei Muelleria 5(2): 169
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459790
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

169 
Ecology; 
Grows on sand or very sandy loam amongst Halosarcia and Melaleuca on the edge 
of saline depressions. 
Notes: 
1. Bentham (1837) based his description of Phyllocalymma micropodioides on a 
collection made by Hiigel in Western Australia. According to Stafleu (1967) the Hiigel 
collections were acquired by the Vienna herbarium (W) in 1839. However a specimen was 
obtained by Bentham and is now housed at K (Bentham, 1863). It follows therefore that 
one should lectotypify. The W sheet of P. micropodioides contains three good individual 
specimens, the K sheet a single specimen. Thus the former sheet has been designated as 
the lectotype. 
2. Pappus characteristics, i.e. the length of the awns and the jagged nature of the 
scales, were used by Steetz (1845) to distinguish Phyllocalymma filaginoides from 
P micropodioides. Such characteristics are however quite variable, even within a single 
plant, and Bentham (1867) reduced the former species to synonymy. There are however a 
number of specimens in which the typical awned scales of A . micropodioides are absent. 
For example the collection Short 1008 contains individuals with a small, jagged, ring-like 
pappus while a pappus is absent in specimens of Short 992 and Short 946. One collection 
contains some individuals which lack a pappus (referred to as Short 1012A) and others 
with a distinct ring-like pappus (referred to as Short 1012), Future investigations may 
show that the latter collections represent a distinct taxon but apart from the variable 
characteristics of the pappus there appear to be no features by which it can be 
distinguished from A. micropodioides. It may be that the pappus variation is under 
simple genetic control. 
3. A. rnicropodioides and A. cornutus exhibit a similar habit but the latter species 
can be readily distinguished by the presence of horn-like basal appendages on the flat 
capitular bracts. Furthermore the pubescent nature of the achene appears to be unique to 
A. micropodioides. 
Selected Specimens Examined (5/19): 
Western Australia — Chinnock 4417 & Mortlock river just east of Meckering 22 xi 1978 (AD)- 
Morrison s.n.. Banks of Swan Estuary, 28.xii.1898 (CANB 209968, BRI 078604, MEL 84466 PERTH)’ 
PreissS6, Swan River Colonia, 1843 (MEL 583144, ex herb. Sond.; MEL 84467, ex herb. Steetz); Short 1024 
c. 13.7 km NW. of Balhdu, 20.xi.l979 (AD); Short 1037, c. 8 km W. of Kalguddering, 20.xi.l979 (AD). ’ 
Specimens Examined, A. micropodioides Variant: 
Western Australia — Short 946, 3.4 km N. of Boodarocking, 13. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 954 Lake 
Campion, 14.xi.l979 (AD); Short 968, 45. 1 km N. of Koorda along main road to Mollerin, 14.X.1979 (AD)- 
S/Jor/ 987, 1 .9 km N. of Latham, 15. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 992, c. 30.4 km S. of Pindar along main road to 
Lake, c. 12 km N. of Carnamah, 19. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 
1021, 1021A, c. 54.5 km from Nugadong along main road to Gunyidi, 19. xi. 1979 (AD). 
9, Angianthus comutus Short, sp. nov. 
[Angianthus milnei auct. non Benth.: Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 814 
(1975) . j 
Herba annua. Axes maiores decumbentes ascendentesve, 3-10(16) cm longi. Folia alterna, linearia vel 
hneari-triangularia, 0. 5-1(1. 2) cm longa, 0.1 cm lata, mucronata, pilosa. Glomerulus ovoidms, 
0.8-1. 2 cm longus, 0. 3-0.6 cm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes involucrum 
conspicuum longitudine c. 'A-V^ glomeruli partes aequante facientes; receptaculum convexum 
vel oblongum. Capitula c. 3040; bracteae capitula subtendentes 1(2), obovatae ± oblongaeve, 
2.4-3 mm longae, 1. 2-1. 6 mmlatae; costa ad apicem variabi liter pilosa. Bracteae intra capitulum- 
duo concave f 4-2.6 mm longae, costa versus apicem variabiliter pilosa; duo planae, ellipticae ± 
obovataeye, m infima tertia parte attenuatissimae, 2.4-3 mm longae, 0.9-1 .2 mm latae, costa 
versus apicem varie pilosa, ad basin 2 appendicibus propritim cornuatis, c. 0. 2-0.4 mm longis. 
Flosculi 2, corolla 5-lobata. Achenia ± ellipsoidea, papillosa. Pappus carens. 
^ Holotypus (fig. 6): Chinnock 4692, Saline depression 3.8 km E. of Carnegie 
(25 47 S, E). Prostrate herb growing in sand on edge of Arthrocncnium 
[ =Halosarcia] zone. Associated with A/zoon, Chrysocoryne and Gnephosis Abundant 
16.ix.1979 (AD). IsoTYPUs: CANB, PERTH. 

Page image

799867 Angianthus myosuroides Muelleria 5(3): 198
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459821
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

198 
Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): 
Western Australia, occurring on salt lakes in both the Eucla and South West 
Drainage Divisions. Locally common. 
Ecology: 
Restricted to saline depressions. Collectors’ notes include “. . . west side of lake. 
Sandy edge of clay pan” and “Brown sand to very sandy loam. Very common amongst 
Arthrocnemum \ = Halosarcid\” . 
Notes: 
1. The specific epithet alludes to the conspicuous, generally trifid midrib of the 
capitulum-subtending bracts. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Short 989, saline depression 34.5 km N. of Perenjori, 15. xi. 1979 (AD)- Wilson 
6083, near Mollerin, 2.ix.l967 (PERTH); Wilson 8813, Lake Barlee, southern margin, 25.viii.1970 (PERTH)- 
Wilson 8853, near Lake Barlee HS on west side of Lake, 26.viii.l^0 (PERTH). 
5. Chrysocoryne uniflora Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes N0scou 24 (1):188 (March 1851) 
Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum coll. 111. n.ll6.” Possible Holotype- KW (see p 152) 
Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541599, NSW. Possible Isotypes: GH, K, MEL 
84468, MEL 541598, MEL 541600 (all collections by Drummond but lack collector’s 
number). 
Chrysocoryne myosuroides A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (May 
1851). — Angianthus myosuroides (A. Gray) Benth., El. Austr. 3:563 (1867); Hoffman 
in Engler & Prantl, Naturl. Pflanzenfam. IV (5):194, fig. 98B (1890); Grieve & BlackaU, 
W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975), ?p.p. (as to mixed collns of C. tridens & C. uniflora in 
PERTH). — Styloncerus myosuroides (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891) 
i^myosurodes’). Type: “Swan River, Drummond, 1845.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Drummond 116, Sw.riv. , 1845 (K) (see note 1 below). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. KlattX 
MEL 541599, NSW. Possible Isolectotypes: K, MEL 84468, MEL 541598, MEL 
541600, GH (all collections by Drummond but lack collector’s number). 
Annual herb, 4-8(c. 14) cm high. Major axes erect, with scale-like glandular hairs; 
stem r^ely simple, usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves 
opposite at the base, the upper ones alternate, all leaves narrowly elliptic to + elliptic, 
oblanceolate to obovate or ± lanceolate, 0.2-0.5(0.8) cm long, c. 0.05-0.2 cm wide, a 
small hyaline appendage sometimes present at the apex, all leaves densely covered in 
scale-like glandular hairs. Compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong, 
c. 1.5-3. 5(4.4) cm long, 0.15-0.2(0.25) cm diam., with a single head occurring at the apex 
of an unbranched major axis or with (2)4-10(14) heads occurring on minor axes which 
branch from the upper nodes of a major axis. Capitula c. 50-150 per compound head; 
capitulum-subtending bracts ± widely elliptic or widely obovate to depressed widely 
obovate, 1.7-2.05 mm long, 1.75-2.05 mm wide; midrib entire, glabrous or variably 
villous, sometimes with a few scale-like glandular hairs. Capitular bracts 2, concave, 
1.4-1. 8 mm long, 0.4-().7 mm wide, the upper margins variably dilate, the hairs less than 
c. 0.1 mm long; midrib not conspicuous. Florets 1 or 2 per capitulum, the upper most 
capitula of a compound head with 1 floret, the lower ones usually with 2 florets; corolla 
5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to a thickened base, 0.75-1 mm long, 0.23-0.4 mm 
diam.; anthers 5, each with c. 250-350 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.4-0. 5 mm 
long, 0.25-c. 0.35 mm diam., papillose, purplish. Pappus absent. Fig. 9. 
Chromosome number: not known. 
Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): 
South-west of Western Australia. Salt lakes of the Murchison and South West 
Drainage Divisions. Locally common. 
Ecology: 
Restricted to the margins of saline depressions. Grows in sand or sandy loam and 
associated with Halosarcia spp. and Melaleuca. 

Page image

885898 Angianthus phyllocalymmeus Muelleria 5(2): 180
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459801
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

180 
Fig. 8. Distribution of Pleuropappus phyllo- 
calymmeus (South Australia), Cephalo- 
sorus carpesioides and Epitriche demissus 
(Western Australia). 
Pleuropappus phyllocalymmeusR Muell., Trans & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 37 
(1855). — Angianthus phyllocalymmeus (F. Muell.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. 
Isles 4:604 (1917); Domin, Mem. Soc. Sc. Boheme 2:121 (1923) i!;phyllocalymneus')\ 
J. M, Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); Hj. Eichl., Suppl. to 
J. M. Black’s FI. S. Aust. 326 (1965). — Angianthus pleuropappus Benth., FI. Austr. 
3:563 (1867) nom, illeg. — Styloncerus phyllocalymmeus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891) phyllocalymneus^). Type: “On sterile plains of the Port Lincoln 
district. — C. Wilhelmiy Lectotype (here designated): Wilhelmis.n,, Port Lincoln, s. 
dat. (K). Probable Isolectotypes: MEL 541617-541619, MEL 84469 (see note 1). 
Annual herb, 4-8(15) cm high. Leaves 0. 7-1(1. 3) cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide. 
Compound heads O.S-l,5{2) cm long, c. 0. 3-0.5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads c. 10, the outer ones leaf-like, narrowly elliptic or lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 
0.1-0.15 cm wide, ± mucronate, hairy, the inner ones with hyaline apices and grading 
into capitulum-subtending bracts. Capitula 40-100 per compound head; capitulum- 
subtending bracts ovate or elliptic, 1. 8-2.2 mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide. Capitular bracts 
with the two outer concave ones c. 2 mm long; flat bracts abruptly attenuated in lower 
‘A- Vi and the edges sometimes incurved so as to slightly cover the florets, 2-2.3 mm long, 
0.9-1. 3 mm wide. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube usually tapering gradually to the 
base but sometimes an abrupt taper occurring in the lower Vs, 1. 3-1.7 mm long, 
c. 0.5 mm diam. Achene obliquely attached to the floret, ellipsoid, 0.7-0.8 mm long, 
0.3-0.4 mm diam., papillose. Pappus an oblique jagged scale about the length of the 
corolla tube. 
Distribution: See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Grows exclusively in sandy or clay loam on the margins of saline depressions. 
Associated with Halosarcia. 
Note: 
1. Following his description of P. phyllocalymmeus Mueller (1855, p.37) cited a 
single collection, “On sterile plains of the Port Lincoln district. — C. WilhelmiP None 
of the Wilhelmi collections from MEL & K are designated in this manner but a K 
collection is recorded as coming from “Port Lincoln”. 

Page image

799868 Angianthus phyllocalymmeus Muelleria 5(2): 180
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459801
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

180 
Fig. 8. Distribution of Pleuropappus phyllo- 
calymmeus (South Australia), Cephalo- 
sorus carpesioides and Epitriche demissus 
(Western Australia). 
Pleuropappus phyllocalymmeusR Muell., Trans & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 37 
(1855). — Angianthus phyllocalymmeus (F. Muell.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. 
Isles 4:604 (1917); Domin, Mem. Soc. Sc. Boheme 2:121 (1923) i!;phyllocalymneus')\ 
J. M, Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); Hj. Eichl., Suppl. to 
J. M. Black’s FI. S. Aust. 326 (1965). — Angianthus pleuropappus Benth., FI. Austr. 
3:563 (1867) nom, illeg. — Styloncerus phyllocalymmeus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891) phyllocalymneus^). Type: “On sterile plains of the Port Lincoln 
district. — C. Wilhelmiy Lectotype (here designated): Wilhelmis.n,, Port Lincoln, s. 
dat. (K). Probable Isolectotypes: MEL 541617-541619, MEL 84469 (see note 1). 
Annual herb, 4-8(15) cm high. Leaves 0. 7-1(1. 3) cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide. 
Compound heads O.S-l,5{2) cm long, c. 0. 3-0.5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads c. 10, the outer ones leaf-like, narrowly elliptic or lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 
0.1-0.15 cm wide, ± mucronate, hairy, the inner ones with hyaline apices and grading 
into capitulum-subtending bracts. Capitula 40-100 per compound head; capitulum- 
subtending bracts ovate or elliptic, 1. 8-2.2 mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide. Capitular bracts 
with the two outer concave ones c. 2 mm long; flat bracts abruptly attenuated in lower 
‘A- Vi and the edges sometimes incurved so as to slightly cover the florets, 2-2.3 mm long, 
0.9-1. 3 mm wide. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube usually tapering gradually to the 
base but sometimes an abrupt taper occurring in the lower Vs, 1. 3-1.7 mm long, 
c. 0.5 mm diam. Achene obliquely attached to the floret, ellipsoid, 0.7-0.8 mm long, 
0.3-0.4 mm diam., papillose. Pappus an oblique jagged scale about the length of the 
corolla tube. 
Distribution: See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Grows exclusively in sandy or clay loam on the margins of saline depressions. 
Associated with Halosarcia. 
Note: 
1. Following his description of P. phyllocalymmeus Mueller (1855, p.37) cited a 
single collection, “On sterile plains of the Port Lincoln district. — C. WilhelmiP None 
of the Wilhelmi collections from MEL & K are designated in this manner but a K 
collection is recorded as coming from “Port Lincoln”. 

Page image

799869 Angianthus phyllocephalus Muelleria 5(2): 183
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459804
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

183 
It is readily distinguished by the opposite, petiolate leaves which occur in at least the lower 
half of the plant. Achene morphology and the morphology, number and arrangement of 
capitular bracts are unique. 
Cephalosorus carpesioides (Turcz.) Short, comb. nov. 
Piptostemma carpesioides Tmvqz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):192 (March 
1851), basionym. Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum. coll. IV. n. 200.” Possible Holotype: 
KW (see p.l52). Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541595, MEL 541596. 
Cephalosorus phyllocephalus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (May 
1851). — Angianthus phyllocephalus {A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1865); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975). — Styloncerus phyllocephalus (A. Gray) Kuntze, 
Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Swan River, Drummond, 1846, 1848.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Drummond 200, S.W. Australia, 1848 (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex 
herb. Klatt), MEL 541595, MEL 541596 (see note 2 below). 
Cephalosorus brevipapposus F. Muell., Fragm. 3:159 (1863). — Skirrhophorus 
phyllocephalus F. Muell., l.c., pro syn., (? as to collections of F. Muell.). Type: “Ad 
flumen Murchison; Oldfield. Ad sinum Champion Bay; Walcott'' Lectotype (here 
designated): Oldfield s.n., Murchison R., W.A., s. dat. (MEL 541597). Probable 
Isolectotype: PERTH (ex MEL, referred to as Angianthus phyllocephalus on label). 
Syntype: None seen, the only specimens of this species seen from Champion Bay were 
collected by Oldfield. No Walcott specimens of the species have been seen. 
Annual herb, 15-25(29) cm high. Leaves opposite and distinctly petiolate in at least 
the lower half of the plant, the uppermost ones frequently ± sessile and alternate; petiole 
± absent to c. 2 cm long, variably hairy; laminae ± elliptic or oblanceolate to obovate, 
1-2. 5(3. 4) cm long, 0.4-l(1.3) mm wide, sometimes with a very small mucro at the apex, 
almost glabrous (particularly the lower surface) to densely hairy. Compound heads 
0.5-1. 4 cm high, 0.7-1. 5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound head c. 10-20, the outer 
ones ± ovate or ± obovate, 0. 5-1(1. 4) cm long, 0. 3-0.8 cm wide. Capitulac. 30-60 per 
compound head. Capitular bracts 3. 3-4.2 mm long, (0. 7)1-1. 8 mm wide. Florets 1; 
corolla tube with a conspicuously swollen base, the tube 1.5-2 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm 
diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 1.9-2.5 mm long, 0.9-1 mm diam. Pappus a jagged cup 
c. 0.7 mm long. 
Distribution: See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Little information is available. Collectors’ notes include “Common on rocky 
ironstone knoll” and “Ironstone gravel”. 
Note: 
1. The lectotype sheet of C. phyllocephalus contains three good, entire specimens, 
plus drawings of the species. According to Gray (1851) the species was to be illustrated in 
Incones Plantarum but this did not eventuate. A label attached to the sheet has the words 
''Cephalosorus phyllocephalus n. gen.” in Gray’s hand. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Alpin 56, 1-2 miles North of Carnamah, 4.ix.l958 (PERTH); Burns 24, Port 
Gregory road, 20. ix. 1970 (PERTH); Gardner 12831, Arrino, 27. ix. 1960 (PERTH); ?Mueller s.n.. Port 
Gregory, -.x.1877 (MEL 84472); ?Mueller s.n., upper Irwin River, s. dat. (MEL 84473); Oldfield s.n.. 
Champion Bay, s. dat. (MEL 84471). Paust 1267, 1 mile N. of Northampton-Port Gregory road on Yerina 
Springs road, 6.X.1972 (PERTH); Wilson 3829, 15 km N. of Badgingarra, 2.ix.l965 (AD, GH, PERTH). 
(To be continued in Muelleria 5(3): 185) 

Page image

802724 Angianthus platycephalus Muelleria 5(2): 174
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459795
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

174 
2. A. microcephalus is readily distinguished from other species of Angianthus by 
the presence of only 1 floret per capitulum and the absence of 2 inner flat bracts within 
each capitulum. In all other respects the species is typical of Angianthus. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia ~ Cannon 317, Hamelin Pod Station, 24.ix.1974 (PERTH); George 11439, Dirk 
Hartog Is., 3.ix.l972 (PERTH); Short 442, c. 3 km N. of Eagle Bluff, Peron Peninsula, 2i.viii.l977 ’(AD)* 
D. G. W. M3B23, Roderick River, Boolardy, 28.x. 1953 (PERTH). 
12. Angianthus drummondu (Turcz.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, 
W. Aust. Wildfls 814 (1975). — Skirrhophorus drummondii Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. 
Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):188 (1851) {^Scirrhophorus^). — Styloncerus drummondii 
(Turcz.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Nova HoUandia. Drum. 
Ill.n.l23.” Possible Holotype: KW (see p.l52). Isotypes: K, MEL 541210, NSW, 
PERTH. 
Angianthus platycephalus Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. 
Aust. Widifls 814 (1975). — Styloncerus platycephalus (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum 
PL 367 (1891). Type: “Tone River, Oldfield.” Holotype: Oldfield 85, Wet places. 
Tone R., W. Aust., s. dat (K), (see note 1 below). Isotypes: MEL 541607, PERTH. 
Possible Isotype: MEL 541606 (lacks colleaor’s number). 
Annual herb. Major axes ± decumbent or ascending to erect, 2-7 cm long, variably 
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal nodes. Leaves alternate or 
opposite, ± linear, c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy. 
Compound heads ± broadly ovoid, 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0. 5-0.7 cm diam.; bracts 
subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length, or 
exceeding the length, of the head, of c. 10 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± linear or 
oblanceolate or ± elliptic, 0.5-1 cm long, 0,1-0. 3 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy; 
general receptacle a small convex or slightly elongate axis. Capitula c. 20-60 per 
compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(?2), ± oblong or obovate, c. 2 mm 
long, c. 1 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular 
bracts with the two concave ones c. 2 mm long, the midrib variably hairy toward the 
apex; flat bracts 2, obovate, ± gradually tapering toward the base, c. 2 mm long, 
c. 1 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex and with an entire 
wing-like extension from the adaxial surface. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering 
gradually to the base, c. 1.8 mm long, c. 0.8 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.8 mm 
long, c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. Pappus a very small jagged ring, c. 0.1 mm long. 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
An uncommon species restricted to the south west of Western Australia. Specimens 
referred to as a variant of A. drummondii are similarly restricted. 
Ecology: 
The only information available comes from the holotype collection of 
A. platycephalus. The plants on the sheet are growing in clumps of moss and the label 
records them as growing “in wet places”. 
Specimens referred to as a variant of A. drummondii favour saline regions. 
Collectors’ notes include “sandy loam in Arthrocnemum Halosarcia]/ Melaleuca 
zone around salty depression” and “on sandy island . . . Growing with Arthrocnemum 
[=Halosarcia] & Frankenia'\ 
Notes: 
1. The K collection of Oldfield 85 is regarded as the holotype of A. platycephalus. 
There is no indication that Bentham saw any of the MEL material, usually indicated by 
the initial ‘B’ on the herbarium labels, and the PERTH collection is a fragment of the K 
type material acquired this century by C. A, Gardner. 
2. Bentham (1867) regarded A. platycephalus and A. drummondii as distinct 
species, the former having a small jagged ring-like pappus, the latter none. However a 
small, jagged, ring-like pappus is discernible in the type material of A. drummondii and 
apart from minor habit differences (erect axes in Drummond 123 and more or less 

Page image

885899 Angianthus pleuropappus Muelleria 5(2): 180
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459801
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

180 
Fig. 8. Distribution of Pleuropappus phyllo- 
calymmeus (South Australia), Cephalo- 
sorus carpesioides and Epitriche demissus 
(Western Australia). 
Pleuropappus phyllocalymmeusR Muell., Trans & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 37 
(1855). — Angianthus phyllocalymmeus (F. Muell.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. 
Isles 4:604 (1917); Domin, Mem. Soc. Sc. Boheme 2:121 (1923) i!;phyllocalymneus')\ 
J. M, Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); Hj. Eichl., Suppl. to 
J. M. Black’s FI. S. Aust. 326 (1965). — Angianthus pleuropappus Benth., FI. Austr. 
3:563 (1867) nom, illeg. — Styloncerus phyllocalymmeus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891) phyllocalymneus^). Type: “On sterile plains of the Port Lincoln 
district. — C. Wilhelmiy Lectotype (here designated): Wilhelmis.n,, Port Lincoln, s. 
dat. (K). Probable Isolectotypes: MEL 541617-541619, MEL 84469 (see note 1). 
Annual herb, 4-8(15) cm high. Leaves 0. 7-1(1. 3) cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide. 
Compound heads O.S-l,5{2) cm long, c. 0. 3-0.5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads c. 10, the outer ones leaf-like, narrowly elliptic or lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 
0.1-0.15 cm wide, ± mucronate, hairy, the inner ones with hyaline apices and grading 
into capitulum-subtending bracts. Capitula 40-100 per compound head; capitulum- 
subtending bracts ovate or elliptic, 1. 8-2.2 mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide. Capitular bracts 
with the two outer concave ones c. 2 mm long; flat bracts abruptly attenuated in lower 
‘A- Vi and the edges sometimes incurved so as to slightly cover the florets, 2-2.3 mm long, 
0.9-1. 3 mm wide. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube usually tapering gradually to the 
base but sometimes an abrupt taper occurring in the lower Vs, 1. 3-1.7 mm long, 
c. 0.5 mm diam. Achene obliquely attached to the floret, ellipsoid, 0.7-0.8 mm long, 
0.3-0.4 mm diam., papillose. Pappus an oblique jagged scale about the length of the 
corolla tube. 
Distribution: See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Grows exclusively in sandy or clay loam on the margins of saline depressions. 
Associated with Halosarcia. 
Note: 
1. Following his description of P. phyllocalymmeus Mueller (1855, p.37) cited a 
single collection, “On sterile plains of the Port Lincoln district. — C. WilhelmiP None 
of the Wilhelmi collections from MEL & K are designated in this manner but a K 
collection is recorded as coming from “Port Lincoln”. 

Page image

513740 Angianthus preissianus Muelleria 5(2): 176-178, Figs 2, 3e

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 176-178, Figs 2, 3e".

513754 Angianthus prostratus Muelleria 5(2): 171, Figs 2, 7
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459792
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

171 
one then the extra one abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts obovate or ± 
oblong, 2.4-3 mm long, 1. 2-1.6 mm wide, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex. 
Capitular bracts with the two concave ones 2.4-2. 6 mm long, the midrib variably hairy 
toward the apex; flat bracts 2, elliptic or obovate, abruptly attenuated in the lower VS , the 
edge of the bracts often incurved so as to slightly cover the florets, 2.4-3 mm long, 
0.9-1 .2 mm wide, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex and with 2 distinct horn-like 
appendages, c. 0. 2-0.4 mm long, at the base. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube either 
tapering ± gradually to a swollen base or with an abrupt taper in the lower V 3 , the entire 
tube 1.5-1. 8 mm long, 0. 5-0.6 mm diam. Achenes ± ellipsoid, c. 0.6 mm long, 
c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. absent. Figs.: 3f, 6. 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Restricted to a small area in the vicinity of Carnegie, Leonora and Wiluna, Western 
Australia. A single collection, Short 1112, from Dundas Rocks, may be referrable to this 
species. Uncommon. 
Ecology: 
Apart from the holotype collection the only habitat information is “low rocky ridge 
in ironstone wash area”. 
Note: 
1. The specific epithet alludes to the horn-like basal appendages which are found on 
the flat capitular bracts. The affinities of this species appear to be with 
A. micropodioides (see note 3 under that species) and possibly A. conocephalus. It is 
readily distinguished from the latter species by the well developed general involucre. The 
involucre is inconspicuous in A. conocephalus. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Beauglehole 59466 & Errey 3166, 19 km S. of Wiluna, 13. ix. 1978 (ACB, AD); 
Blackall s.n.,Yandi\ Station, -.ix. 1939 (PERTH); Blackalls.n.,nQai Leonora., -.ix.l939 (PERTH); Short 1112, 
salt lake at base of Dundas Rocks 25. viii. 1970 (AD); Wilson8940, 18 km S. of Wiluna, 28. viii. 1970 (PERTH). 
10. Angianthus prostratus Short, sp. nov. 
Herba annua. Axesmaiores prostrati decumbentesve, 5-20(23) cm longi, pilosi, ramismaioribusenodis 
basalibus efficientibus; caulis non clams. Folia alterna, sublinearia oblanceolatave, 0. 5-1(2) cm 
longa, 0.05-0.1(0.2) cm lata, mucronata, pilosa. Glomeruli latissime ovoidei usque late 
depresseque ovoidei, 0.5-1 cm longi, 0.5-i.l cm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes 
involucrum clarum longitudini glomeruli aequales longioresve facientes; receptaculum latissime 
ovoideum. Capitula 20-30; bractea capitulum subtendens 1, elliptica vel ita anguste, 
2.5-3(3.3) mm longa, 0. 9-1.1 mm lata; costa dare pilosa in dimidio superiore, pilis bractea circa 
tertia parte longioribus. Bracteae intra capitulum-. duo concavae 2. 6-3. 2(3. 4) mm longae, costa 
dense pilosa, pilis bractea circa tertia usque dimidia parte longioribus; planae 2, subobovatae 
usque oblanceolatae, 2. 3-3(3. 3) mm longae, 0.7-1 mm latae, ± gradatim attenuatae, costain 
dimidio superiore varie pilosa, pilis bractea circa tertia usque dimidia parte longioribus, raro e 
pagine adaxiali appendicem aliformem integrem efficiens. Flosculi 2; corolla 5-lobata. Achenia 
subobovoidea, 0.7-0. 9 mm longa, c. 0.5 mm diametro, varie papillosa, ad apicem circulo 
pilorum parvorum. Pappus carens. 
Holotypus (fig. 7): Aplin 2297, 10 miles south of Leonora on road to Menzies, 
17.viii.l963 (PERTH). 
Annual herb. Major axes prostrate or decumbent, 5-20(23) cm long, hairy; stem not 
distinct from the major branches which develop from basal nodes. Leaves alternate, ± 
linear or oblanceolate, 0. 5-1(2) cm long, 0.05-0.1(0.2) cm wide, mucronate, hairy. 
Compound heads very broadly to broadly depressed ovoid, 0.5-1 cm long, 0.5-1. 1 cm 
diam.; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre about equal 
to or exceeding the length of the head, of c. 10 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± linear or 
oblanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 0.05-0.2 cm wide, mucronate, hairy, sometimes a few inner 
ones with hyaline apices; general receptacle ± very broadly ovoid. Capitula 20-30 per 
compound head; capitulum-subtending bract 1, narrowly elliptic to ± elliptic, 
2.5- 3(3.3) mm long, 0.9-1. 1 mm wide, the midrib conspicuously hairy in the upper Vi, 
the single hairs c. /a the length of the bract. Capitular bracts with the two concave ones 
2.6- 3. 2(3.4) mm long, the midrib densely hairy, the single hairs c. /3-V2 the length of the 

Page image

799874 Angianthus pusillus polyanthus Muelleria 5(3): 189
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459812
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649
513774 Angianthus pusillus polyanthus Muelleria 5(3): 190
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459813
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649
513789 Angianthus pygmaeus Muelleria 5(2): 175-176, Fig. 2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 175-176, Fig. 2".

799877 Angianthus strictus laniger Muelleria 5(3): 204
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459881
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649
799879 Angianthus tenellus Muelleria 5(3): 193
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459816
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

193 
heads ± narrowly oblong to oblong, c. 0.5-2 cm long, c. 0.25-0.4(0.45) cm diam. 
Capitulac. 50-250 per compound head; capitnlum-subtending bract ± widely to ± very 
widely obovate, sometimes ± circular, (1.8)2-2.6(2.85) mm long, (1.35)1.7-2.2(2.4) mm 
wide, the margins sometimes ciliate, the hairs c. 0. 1-0.3 mm long; midrib entire, variably 
villous and with a few scale-like glandular hairs. Capitular bracts 2-4(c. 10); the majority 
of capitula with 2 concave bracts, (1.2)1.4-1.65(1.75) mm long, (0.35)0.5-0.75 mm wide, 
with ciliate margins, the hairs c. 0.1-0. 3 mm long, with a conspicuous glabrous or hairy 
midrib extending c. V^-Va the length of the bract, 1 or 2 flat bracts commonly occur 
within the concave bracts, the bracts 1-1.4 mm long, (c. 0.05)0.3-0.6(0.8) mm wide, with 
distinctly divided margins in the upper of the bract, the hairs c. 0.1-0.3 mm long, the 
midrib ± inconspicuous and sometimes with a few ^andular hairs at the base; a few 
basal capitula often with 6-10 concave and flat bracts arranged in ± 2 or 3 whorls, the 
bracts resembling those of the upper capitula. Florets (2)3-5(6) per capitulum; corolla 3, 4 
or 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to a thickened base, c. 0.6-0.7 mm long, 
c. 0.2-0.35 mm diam., often with a few glandular hairs along the tube; anthers 3, 4 or 5, 
each with c. 15-40 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.4 mm long, 0.35 mm diam., 
purplish. Pappus absent. Figs: 9; lOg-h; 11. 
Chromosome no.: n = c. 12. 
Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): 
South-west of Western Australia. Apparently confined to salt lakes of the Avon 
drainage system. Locally common. 
Ecology: 
Grows in saline sandy soils on the margins of salt lakes. Commonly associated with 
Melaleuca and Halosarcia spp. 
Notes: 
1. The specific epithet alludes to the many-flowered capitula in this species. Other 
inbreeding species, and usually the outbreeding C. pusilla as well, have fewer florets per 
capitulum. 
2. The number and arrangement of capitular bracts is variable within any single 
compound head. In some compound heads examined there appears to be a trend from 
c. 6-10 bracts per capitulum at the base of the heads to 2 bracts per capitulum toward the 
apex. The majority of capitula have 2 distinctly concave bracts within which 1 or 2 
tother flat bracts may occur. When 2 inner bracts occur there is often a distinct 
difference in size and it is common to see bracts no more than 4 or 5 cells wide. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Chinnock4364, Western edge of Lake King, 12.xi.l978 (AD, PERTH); Keighery 
1337, W’n edge of Lake King, 8.x. 1974 (KP); Short 1046, c. 4.6 km E. of Meckering in East Branch of 
Mortlock River, 20. xi. 1979 (AD). 
3. Chrysocoryne dnimmondii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (1851). 
Type: ‘‘Swan River, Drummond”. Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 16, Swan 
River, s. dat. (K). Syntypes or Possible Isolectotypes: K, MEL 541601, MEL 84756 
(see note 1 below). 
Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 130 
(1855); F. Muell., Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8:149 (1856). — Angianthus tenellus 
(F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st. ed. 646 (1929), 
2nd. ed. 925 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. 
Wildfls 813 (1975). — Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 
(1891). — Siloxerus tenellus Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. DanskeVidensk. 
Selsk. 3:138 (1921), nom. illeg. Type: “In flats subject to inundations by winter rains, 
between the Long Lake and the Fountain, on Spencer’s Gulf. C. Wilhelmi.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Wilhelmi s.n., between the Fountain & Long Lake, s. dat. (K). 
Probable Isolectotype or Syntype: MEL 541620 (see note 2 below). 
[Crossolepis pusilla auct. non Benth.: Hook., Ic. PI. 5: t. 413 (1841) (see note under 
generic treatment of Chrysocoryne),] 

Page image

816291 Angianthus tenellus Muelleria 5(3)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(3)".

885862 Angianthus tomentosus Muelleria 5(2): 160
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459831
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

160 
the midrib sparsely hairy toward the apex and sometimes with a few glandular hairs; flat 
bracts 2, ± oblanceolate, obovate or narrowly elliptic, gradually tapering toward the 
base, 2. 3-3. 5 mm long, 0. 6-1.1 mm wide, the midrib usually sparsely hairy toward the 
apex, glandular hairs sometimes present. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering 
gradually into a variably swollen base, sometimes a ± abrupt taper in the lower Vi, 
1.7-2. 3 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm diam. Achenes obovoid, 0. 6-0.9 mm long, c. 0.3 mm 
diam., papillose. Pa/?/7w;yabsent. Fig. 3. 
Chromosome number: n = 13 (Turner, 1970 — as tomentosus\ T5382), 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
North-west Western Australia between latitudes 21°S and 2S°S and west of longitude 
c.ll9°E. Common. 
Ecology: 
Occurs on the margins of saline depressions or in open scrubland, shrubland or 
tussock grassland formations. Collectors' notes include “Wattle scrub on stony plateau”, 
“In red sand on Spinifex plain” and “Reddish loam, with limestone rock. Chenopod, 
Acacia dominants”. 
Notes: 
\. A. milnei in many respects resembles A. tomentosus and A. acrohyalinus and 
commonly grows with the latter. However it is readily distinguished from them by the 
absence of a pappus and by the presence of the distinctive lamina and hairs on the midrib 
of the capitulum-subtending bract. The conduplicate leaves of A. acrohyalinus are 
distinctly different from those of A. milnei. 
2. Collections from the Cliff Head-Jurien Bay region (see list below) lack the 
distinctive lamina and long hairs on the capitulum-subtending bracts and at least one 
collection. Burns 128, contains some florets with a small, jagged, ring-like pappus. Their 
distribution falls outside that of typical A. milnei and collection data suggest that the 
populations tend to grow in saline regions. It appears that the collections represent a 
distinct taxon, possibly a subspecies of A. milnei. More collections should be examined 
before any formal status, if any, is conferred upon this taxon. 
Selected Specimens Examined (8/20): 
Western Australia — Beard 6020, 10 miles W. of Gascoyne Junction, 18.viii.l970 (NSW, PERTH); 
Demarz 4689, Lake Austin, 23.x. 1973 (KP, PERTH); Gardner 6007, No. 2 tank between Geraldton and Shark 
Bay, 17.ix.l941 (PERTH); Gardner 7836, Tuckanarra, 13.x. 1945 (PERTH); George 1125, 20 miles E. of 
Onslow, 27.viii.1960 (PERTH); Short 483A, c. 3 km N. of Lyndon River on Minilya-Cape Range road, 
27.viii.1977 (AD); Speck 678, 15 miles E. of Berringarra, 6.ix.l957 (CANB, PERTH); Turner 5382, 50 miles 
SE. of Gascoyne Junction, 22.viii.1965 (PERTH). 
Specimens Examined, A. milnei variant 
Western Australia — Burns 128, Cliff Head, S. of Dongarra, 25.x. 1967 (PERTH); Keighery578, 3 km 
E. of Jurien Bay, 20.X.1975 (KP); Paust 1158, 3.2 km NE. of Jurien Bay, 3.X.1972 (PERTH); Short 1012, 
c. 2.1 km from Jurien Bay, I9.xi.l979 (AD). 
3. Angianthus cyathifer Short, sp. nov. 
[Angianthus tomentosus met. non Wendl.: Chippendale, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 
84:103 (1961).] 
Herba annua. Axes maiores plerumque ascendentes decumbentesve, raro erecti, (4)8-18(24) cm longi, 
variepilosi; caulis plerumque ramis maioribus vix clarus. altema, sublinearia velelliptica vei 
ita anguste, (0.3)0.5-2.5 cm longa, c. 0.1 cm lata, pilosa interdum paulum mucronata, mucrone 
foliorum superiorum hyalino. Glomeruli ellipsoidei vel ita subanguste, 1.2-2.5(2.9) cm longi, 
c. 0.5 cm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes paulum clarae; receptaculum 
cylindraceum usque subanguste oblongum. Capitula c. 100-500; bracteae capitulum 
subtendentes l(2-?3), ± ellipticae, obovataevel ± oblongae, (1.7)2.1-2.7 mm longae, 0.8-1.3 mm 
latae; costa plerumque pilosa, interdum pilos glandulosos ferens. Bracteae intra capitulum: duo 
concave (1.7)2-2.7 mm longae, costa ad apicem pilosa, interdum pilos glandulosos ferenti; duo 
planae anguste ellipticae usque ellipticae obovataeve, (1.65)2.2-2.6 mm longae, 0.6-1 mm latae, 
gradatim attenuatae, costa plerumque glabra, interdum pilos glandulosos ferenti. Flosculi 2; 
corolla5-lobata./lc/7e/;/fl'subobovoidea, 0.5-0.75 mm longa, c. 0.2-0.3 mm diametro, papillosa. 
Pappus subeyathiformis, laceratus saepe 2-4 squamis Claris ad basem coniunctis similis, 
0.2-0.55 mm longus. 

Page image

513867 Angianthus tomentosus Muelleria 5(2): 164-166, Figs 1j, 2, 3h

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 164-166, Figs 1j, 2, 3h".

513887 Angianthus whitei Muelleria 5(3): 210
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459887
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

210 
(1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). Type: “Lake Gillies, Burkitt.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Burkitt s.n.y Lake Gillies, s. dat. (MEL 541211). 
Isolectotype: K (see note 1 below). 
Angianthus whitei J. M. Black, Trans & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 37:122, pi. 4 
(1913). Type: “Corunna Station, Eyre Peninsula, August, 1912.’’ Lectotype (here 
designated): White s,n,, Corunna Statn., W. of Pt. Augt., near Lake Gilles, 27.viii.1912 
(AD 98103150). Isolectotypes: MEL 541611, NSW 7831/13. 
Notes: 
1. Both of the sheets containing type material of G. burkittii were seen by Bentham. 
The MEL sheet contains by far the better collection and thus has been chosen as the 
lectotype. 
2. The reddish, prostrate or ascending major axes, the woolly compound heads and 
the pappus of 8-12 barbed bristles readily distinguish this species from others included in 
Angianthus s.l. The capitular bracts are also unique to this species. 
NAMES OF UNCERTAIN APPLICATION 
Bentham (1867) described as new a species he called Angianthus plumiger. His 
description was based on collections made by Oldfield from the Swan and Murchison 
rivers. It could be expected that type specimens of this species would be housed in K 
and/or BM but apparently no collections of this taxon exist in either institution (A. A. 
Munir & J. Lewis, pers. comms, 1980). No specimens have been located in E or any 
Australian herbaria. From the description it seems that the name should not be applied to 
any species, old or new, described in the current revision of Angianthus sJ. 
Cassini (1820) described as new the genus Hirnellia and attributed to it a single 
species H, cotuloides Cass. De Candolle (1838) regarded //. cotuloides as a possible 
synonym of Angianthus tomentosus but it was not listed as such by Bentham (1867) and 
subsequent workers on the Australian flora. It has not been possible to view type material 
but from the published description it appears that the name is not a synonym of 
A. tomentosus. 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
Work on this paper was primarily carried out when I was the recipient of a 
Commonwealth Postgraduate Research Award at the Flinders University of South 
Austredia. I sincerely thank my supervisor. Dr B. A. Barlow, for his general advice 
throughout the project and for his comments on the original manuscript. 
Many other people, in particular the staff at AD and my colleagues in MEL, have 
contributed to my studies by collecting various species and by providing constructive 
criticism of the manuscript. I thank them all, especially the following: Dr W. R. Barker 
for the translation of descriptions of new species into Latin, for collections of various 
species and for general comments relating to terminology, typification and descriptive 
format; Mr R. J. Chinnock for his collections, for testing the keys and for allowing me 
to accompany him on an extensive field trip to Western Australia in 1977; Dr Hj . Eichler 
for originally suggesting the project and for providing publication dates of the Bull. Soc. 
Imp. Naturalistes Moscow, Miss H. I. Aston and Dr J. H. Ross for comments on the 
manuscript. 
I also thank Miss A. M. Podwyszynski for the illustrations. 
Much of my working time from January 1977 to January 1980 was spent at AD and 
I thank Dr J. P. Jessop for making available the facilities of that institute. 
Field work in 1977 was made possible by the generosity of the Board of the Adelaide 
Botanic Gardens which allowed me to accompany Mr Chinnock to Western Australia. 
Thanks are also due to Ms D. Nicholas and Mr M. Tippett for field assistance in Western 
Australia in 1979, this trip being partly financed by the Flinders University Research 
Committee. 
Finally I thank Ms T. Munro and Ms M. James for typing the manuscript. 

Page image

799882 Angianthus whitei Muelleria 5(3): 210
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459887
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

210 
(1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). Type: “Lake Gillies, Burkitt.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Burkitt s.n.y Lake Gillies, s. dat. (MEL 541211). 
Isolectotype: K (see note 1 below). 
Angianthus whitei J. M. Black, Trans & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 37:122, pi. 4 
(1913). Type: “Corunna Station, Eyre Peninsula, August, 1912.’’ Lectotype (here 
designated): White s,n,, Corunna Statn., W. of Pt. Augt., near Lake Gilles, 27.viii.1912 
(AD 98103150). Isolectotypes: MEL 541611, NSW 7831/13. 
Notes: 
1. Both of the sheets containing type material of G. burkittii were seen by Bentham. 
The MEL sheet contains by far the better collection and thus has been chosen as the 
lectotype. 
2. The reddish, prostrate or ascending major axes, the woolly compound heads and 
the pappus of 8-12 barbed bristles readily distinguish this species from others included in 
Angianthus s.l. The capitular bracts are also unique to this species. 
NAMES OF UNCERTAIN APPLICATION 
Bentham (1867) described as new a species he called Angianthus plumiger. His 
description was based on collections made by Oldfield from the Swan and Murchison 
rivers. It could be expected that type specimens of this species would be housed in K 
and/or BM but apparently no collections of this taxon exist in either institution (A. A. 
Munir & J. Lewis, pers. comms, 1980). No specimens have been located in E or any 
Australian herbaria. From the description it seems that the name should not be applied to 
any species, old or new, described in the current revision of Angianthus sJ. 
Cassini (1820) described as new the genus Hirnellia and attributed to it a single 
species H, cotuloides Cass. De Candolle (1838) regarded //. cotuloides as a possible 
synonym of Angianthus tomentosus but it was not listed as such by Bentham (1867) and 
subsequent workers on the Australian flora. It has not been possible to view type material 
but from the published description it appears that the name is not a synonym of 
A. tomentosus. 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
Work on this paper was primarily carried out when I was the recipient of a 
Commonwealth Postgraduate Research Award at the Flinders University of South 
Austredia. I sincerely thank my supervisor. Dr B. A. Barlow, for his general advice 
throughout the project and for his comments on the original manuscript. 
Many other people, in particular the staff at AD and my colleagues in MEL, have 
contributed to my studies by collecting various species and by providing constructive 
criticism of the manuscript. I thank them all, especially the following: Dr W. R. Barker 
for the translation of descriptions of new species into Latin, for collections of various 
species and for general comments relating to terminology, typification and descriptive 
format; Mr R. J. Chinnock for his collections, for testing the keys and for allowing me 
to accompany him on an extensive field trip to Western Australia in 1977; Dr Hj . Eichler 
for originally suggesting the project and for providing publication dates of the Bull. Soc. 
Imp. Naturalistes Moscow, Miss H. I. Aston and Dr J. H. Ross for comments on the 
manuscript. 
I also thank Miss A. M. Podwyszynski for the illustrations. 
Much of my working time from January 1977 to January 1980 was spent at AD and 
I thank Dr J. P. Jessop for making available the facilities of that institute. 
Field work in 1977 was made possible by the generosity of the Board of the Adelaide 
Botanic Gardens which allowed me to accompany Mr Chinnock to Western Australia. 
Thanks are also due to Ms D. Nicholas and Mr M. Tippett for field assistance in Western 
Australia in 1979, this trip being partly financed by the Flinders University Research 
Committee. 
Finally I thank Ms T. Munro and Ms M. James for typing the manuscript. 

Page image

535764 Asplenium terrestre Muelleria 5(3): 219
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459896
Page is part of the work Asplenium terrestre and two Asplenium hybrids: new fern records for Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237651

Page text

ASPLENIUM TERRESTRE AND TWO ASPLENIUM HYBRIDS: 
NEW FERN RECORDS FOR AUSTRALIA 
by 
P. J. Brownsey* 
ABSTRACT 
The presence of Asplenium terrestre Brownsey in the Australian fern flora is recorded for the first time. 
It occurs in Tasmania and parts of Victoria where it has previously been confused with A . bulbiferum Forst. f. 
and A . flaccidum Forst f. A natural hybrid between A. terrestre and A . bulbiferum is also recorded, and 
Australian specimens previously referred to A. scleroprium Hombr. are thought to belong to another hybrid 
combination, A. flaccidum x obtusatum Forst f. 
NEW RECORDS 
Asplenium terrestre Brownsey, New Zealand J. Bot. 15: 71 (1977) 
Asplenium terrestre was first described in a revision of the New Zealand species of 
Asplenium (Brownsey 1977a). Plants belonging to this species were previously included 
within y4. flaccidum Forst. f. In New Zealand, A. terrestre is an octoploid species which 
c^ be distinguished morphologically from the tetraploid A. flaccidum by its more 
highly divided frond and its more prominently ridged spore pattern. It also differs from 
A. flaccidum in growing on the ground and having a more or less erect frond, whereas 
A. flaccidum is commonly epiphytic and has limp, pendulous fronds. In New Zealand, 
both A. terrestre and A. flaccidum have two distinct habit-forms, recognised at the 
subspecific level, which are characteristic of forest and coastal habitats respectively. The 
distinguishing features of all four taxa are fully described and illustrated in my original 
paper (Brownsey 1977a). 
When first recognising terrestre as being distinct from A. flaccidum I regarded it 
as a species endemic to New Zealand. However, subsequent investigation of collections in 
AD, HO, MEL, NSW and WELT, together with some field observations in Tasmania, 
has shown that A . terrestre is also present in the Australian flora in addition to the more 
widespread A. flaccidum. 
The plants found in Australia match very closely A. terrestre subsp. terrestre from 
New Zealand and can be distinguished from^. flaccidum suhsp. flaccidum by the same 
morphological characteristics as in the latter region. I have seen no Australian specimens 
referable to either A, terrestre subsp. maritimum Brownsey or A. flaccidum subsp. 
haurakiense Brownsey which appear to be New Zealand endemics. Unfortunately it has 
not yet been possible to obtain chromosome counts from plants of Australian 
A. terrestre but the range of mean spore sizes from five Tasmanian populations was 
found to be 42-45 x 28-31 /^m which is consistent with New Zealand material. Curiously, 
the range for four Tasmanian populations of A. flaccidum was found to be 
42-48 X 27-30/im which is larger than for subsp. flaccidum in New Zealand 
(36-44 x 23-27 /.an), though within the range for subsp. haurakiense (43-49x26-31 /mi). 
It is obviously desirable that chromosome counts should be obtained from Australian 
material to confirm that the New Zealand and Australian species are the same. 
A . terrestre is confined in Australia to Tasmania, some of the Bass Strait islands and 
a few localities in southern Victoria. In Tasmania it appears to be more common than 
A. flaccidum, which is restricted to the northern half of the island. Unlike A. flaccidum 
which is normally epiphytic, A . terrestre grows on the ground, on damp rock faces, or at 
the bases of trees. It occurs in wet forest habitats and becomes progressively rarer 
♦National Museum, Private Bag, Wellington, New Zealand. 
Muelleria5(^): 219-221 (1983). 
219 

Page image

770777 Bossiaea heterophylla Muelleria 5(2): 140-141

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 140-141".

770778 Bossiaea obcordata Muelleria 5(2): 140
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459851
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525
770780 Bossiaea scolopendria Muelleria 5(2): 141
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459850
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525

Page text

141 
Platylobium ovatum Andx., Bot. Repos. 4:1.266 (1802), non sensuDC. (1825) = Bossiaea 
heterophylla Vent., Descr. Plant. Nouv. 1:7, t.7 (1800). 
Platylobium reticulatum Sieb. ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. ed. 16, 3:231 (1826) = Mirbelia 
platyloboides (DC.) J. Thompson, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 83:123 (1959). 
Platylobium scolopendrium Andr., Bot. Repos. 3:t.l91 (1801)=Bossiaea scolopendria 
(Andr.) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 9:303 (1808). 
Platylobium spinosum Turcz., BuU. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 26:284 (1853) = Bossiaea spinosa 
(Turcz.) Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk., Tr. Mat.-Prir. 1919-22, 2:39 
(1923). 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
I am most grateful to Mr M. I. H. Brooker, CSIRO Division of Forest Research, 
Canberra, for photographing several type specimens in BM, K and LINN while serving 
as Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, 
England, ^d to his successor. Dr M. D. Crisp, National Botanic Gardens, Canberra, 
for providing details of the type material of P. formosum and P. parviflorum housed in 
LINN; to Mrs A. T. Lee, National Herbarium of New South Wales, for answering a 
nuiTiber of enquiries and for several valuable discussions; to Miss A. M. Podwyszynski, 
National Herbarium of Victoria, for preparing the illustrations that accompany the text; 
to the Directors/Curators of AD, BRI, CANB, HO, NEU, NSW, NY and W for the 
loan of specimens or for working facilities in their institutions; and to Mrs R. Parsons for 
typing the manuscript. 
REFERENCES 
Audas, J. W. (1921). Through the Balangum Ranges and at Rose’s Gap (Grampians). K/cr. Nor. 38:4-8- 11-16 
Bentham, G. (1864). ‘Flora Australiensis’. Vol. 2 (Lovell Reeve & Co.: London). 
Ferguson L K. & Skvarla, J. J. (1981). The pollen morphology of the subfamily Papilionoideae (Legumi- 
nosae). In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in Legume Systematics’. 2:859-896 (Royal 
Botanic Gardens: Kew). 
Lee, A. T. (1970). Taxonomic notes on Platylobium, Bossiaea and Templetonia in New South Wales Contrib 
N.S.W. Natl. Herb. ^\96-\05. 
Polhm, R M. (1976). Genisteae (Adans.) Benth. and related tribes (Leguminosae). In V. H. Heywood (ed.) 
Bot. Syst.’ 1:143-368. (Academic Press: London). 
Polhill, R. M. (1981). Tribe 26. Bossiaeeae (Benth.) Hutch. In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in 
Legume Systematics’. 1:393-395. (Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew). 
Stafleu, F. A. & Cowan, R. S. (1976). ‘Taxonomic Literature’. Vol. 1. (Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema* 
Utrecht). 
Manuscript received 21 April 1982. 

Page image

770781 Bossiaea spinosa Muelleria 5(2): 141
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459850
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525

Page text

141 
Platylobium ovatum Andx., Bot. Repos. 4:1.266 (1802), non sensuDC. (1825) = Bossiaea 
heterophylla Vent., Descr. Plant. Nouv. 1:7, t.7 (1800). 
Platylobium reticulatum Sieb. ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. ed. 16, 3:231 (1826) = Mirbelia 
platyloboides (DC.) J. Thompson, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 83:123 (1959). 
Platylobium scolopendrium Andr., Bot. Repos. 3:t.l91 (1801)=Bossiaea scolopendria 
(Andr.) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 9:303 (1808). 
Platylobium spinosum Turcz., BuU. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 26:284 (1853) = Bossiaea spinosa 
(Turcz.) Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk., Tr. Mat.-Prir. 1919-22, 2:39 
(1923). 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
I am most grateful to Mr M. I. H. Brooker, CSIRO Division of Forest Research, 
Canberra, for photographing several type specimens in BM, K and LINN while serving 
as Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, 
England, ^d to his successor. Dr M. D. Crisp, National Botanic Gardens, Canberra, 
for providing details of the type material of P. formosum and P. parviflorum housed in 
LINN; to Mrs A. T. Lee, National Herbarium of New South Wales, for answering a 
nuiTiber of enquiries and for several valuable discussions; to Miss A. M. Podwyszynski, 
National Herbarium of Victoria, for preparing the illustrations that accompany the text; 
to the Directors/Curators of AD, BRI, CANB, HO, NEU, NSW, NY and W for the 
loan of specimens or for working facilities in their institutions; and to Mrs R. Parsons for 
typing the manuscript. 
REFERENCES 
Audas, J. W. (1921). Through the Balangum Ranges and at Rose’s Gap (Grampians). K/cr. Nor. 38:4-8- 11-16 
Bentham, G. (1864). ‘Flora Australiensis’. Vol. 2 (Lovell Reeve & Co.: London). 
Ferguson L K. & Skvarla, J. J. (1981). The pollen morphology of the subfamily Papilionoideae (Legumi- 
nosae). In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in Legume Systematics’. 2:859-896 (Royal 
Botanic Gardens: Kew). 
Lee, A. T. (1970). Taxonomic notes on Platylobium, Bossiaea and Templetonia in New South Wales Contrib 
N.S.W. Natl. Herb. ^\96-\05. 
Polhm, R M. (1976). Genisteae (Adans.) Benth. and related tribes (Leguminosae). In V. H. Heywood (ed.) 
Bot. Syst.’ 1:143-368. (Academic Press: London). 
Polhill, R. M. (1981). Tribe 26. Bossiaeeae (Benth.) Hutch. In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in 
Legume Systematics’. 1:393-395. (Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew). 
Stafleu, F. A. & Cowan, R. S. (1976). ‘Taxonomic Literature’. Vol. 1. (Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema* 
Utrecht). 
Manuscript received 21 April 1982. 

Page image

885866 Cassinia aurea Muelleria 5(2): 164
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459827
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

164 
Annual herb, 6-14(16) cm high. Major axes erect or ascending, glabrous or slightly 
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves 
alternate, succulent and cylindrical when fresh, 0.4-1.6(3) cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, not 
mucronate but sometimes the upper ones with a hyaline appendage at the apex, all leaves 
± glabrous. Compound heads narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid, 1-2. 5(3.4) cm long, 
0.4-0. 6 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads not forming a conspicuous 
involucre but several leaf-like, hairy bracts with hyaline apices present, grading into 
capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle cylindrical to narrowly oblong. Capitula 
c. 100-500 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2, ?3), if more than one 
then the extra one(s) abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ovate or ± oblong, 
1.8-2. 5 mm long, 1-1.6 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex. 
Capitular bracts with the two concave ones 1.6-2. 3 mm long, the midrib glabrous or 
variably hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, ± elliptic or obovate, gradually tapering 
towards the base, 1.6-2. 2 mm long, 0.7-1. 2 mm wide, the midrib ^abrous or variably 
hairy toward the apex. Floret 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to the 
base, 1.1-1. 5 mm long, c. 0.4 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0. 5-0.8 mm long, 
c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. Pappus cup-shaped, variably jagged, sometimes appearing 
to be composed of c. 5 scales joined at the base, 0. 2-0.4 mm high. Figs.: 3a, c; 5. 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Upper Eyre Peninsula, South Australia between latitudes 31°S and 33°S and 
longitudes 135°E and 138°E. Moderately common. 
Ecology: 
Commonly grows on the margins of saline depressions where usually associated 
with species of Halosarcia, Atriplex and Aizoon, but also occurs on coastal sand-dunes. 
Also recorded in an Acacia linophylla association on red sand dunes. 
Notes: 
1. The specific epithet refers to the more or less glabrous nature of the species. This 
characteristic readily distinguishes it from perhaps its closest relatives. A, brachypappus 
and A. tomentosus. 
Selected Specimens Examined (6/14): 
South Australia — Chinnock 2618, 30 km W. of Kingoonya on the Tarcoola road, 27.ix.1975 (AD); 
Eichler 18817, SW. end of Pernatty Lagoon, 22.X.1966 (AD); Higginson s.n.. Port Augusta, 1955 (ACB); Lay 
547, Kenella Rocks, Wilgena Station, 1.x. 1971 (AD); Short 793, c. 26.7 km S. of Hiltaba homestead, 
25.ix.1978 (AD); Specht & Carrodus 96, 40 miles N. of Nonning homestead, 16.xi.l958 (AD). 
5. Angianthus tomentosus Wendl., Collect. PI. 2:32; t.48 (71808); Brown, Trans. Linn. 
Soc. London 12:103 (1817); Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 14:483 (1819); DC, Prod, 6:150 (1838); 
Sond., Linnaea 25:487 (1853); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:562 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 
1st ed. 644 (1926), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:729 (1973); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 811 (1975). — Styloncerus tomentosus (Wendl.) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus tomentosus (Wendl.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. 
Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:137 (1921). Type: “Botany Bay”. Lectotype (here 
designated): GOET (ex herb. Wendl., Herrenhausen; photograph only seen). Probable 
isoLECTOTYPEs: GOET (ex herb. Bartling; photograph only seen), MEL 543^5 (ex herb. 
Steetz), (see note 2 below). 
Cassinia aurea R. Br. in W. T. Aiton, Hort. Kewensis 2nd ed. 5:184 (1813); Spreng., 
Syst. Veg. 16th ed. 426 (1826). Type: “Nat. of the South coast of New Holland. Robert 
Brown, Esq. Introd. 1803, by Mr. Peter Good”. Type specimen: Brown s.n.. Bay IV, 
South Coast, s. dat. (K), (see note 3 below). 
Cylindrosorus flavescens Benth., Enum. PI. Hueg. 62 (1837). — Angianthus 
flavescens (Benth.) Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:438 (1845). Type: “Swan River 
(Hugel)”. Lectotype (here designated): Hugels.n., Swan River, s. dat. (K, herb. Benth.). 
Isolectotype: W. Probable isolectotype: MEL 84773 (see note 4 below). 

Page image

885857 Cassinia Muelleria 5(2): 153
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459838
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385
464018 Cephalosorus Muelleria 5(2): 182-183, Fig. 8

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 182-183, Fig. 8".

464035 Cephalosorus brevipapposus Muelleria 5(2): 183
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459804
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

183 
It is readily distinguished by the opposite, petiolate leaves which occur in at least the lower 
half of the plant. Achene morphology and the morphology, number and arrangement of 
capitular bracts are unique. 
Cephalosorus carpesioides (Turcz.) Short, comb. nov. 
Piptostemma carpesioides Tmvqz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):192 (March 
1851), basionym. Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum. coll. IV. n. 200.” Possible Holotype: 
KW (see p.l52). Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541595, MEL 541596. 
Cephalosorus phyllocephalus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (May 
1851). — Angianthus phyllocephalus {A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1865); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975). — Styloncerus phyllocephalus (A. Gray) Kuntze, 
Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Swan River, Drummond, 1846, 1848.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Drummond 200, S.W. Australia, 1848 (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex 
herb. Klatt), MEL 541595, MEL 541596 (see note 2 below). 
Cephalosorus brevipapposus F. Muell., Fragm. 3:159 (1863). — Skirrhophorus 
phyllocephalus F. Muell., l.c., pro syn., (? as to collections of F. Muell.). Type: “Ad 
flumen Murchison; Oldfield. Ad sinum Champion Bay; Walcott'' Lectotype (here 
designated): Oldfield s.n., Murchison R., W.A., s. dat. (MEL 541597). Probable 
Isolectotype: PERTH (ex MEL, referred to as Angianthus phyllocephalus on label). 
Syntype: None seen, the only specimens of this species seen from Champion Bay were 
collected by Oldfield. No Walcott specimens of the species have been seen. 
Annual herb, 15-25(29) cm high. Leaves opposite and distinctly petiolate in at least 
the lower half of the plant, the uppermost ones frequently ± sessile and alternate; petiole 
± absent to c. 2 cm long, variably hairy; laminae ± elliptic or oblanceolate to obovate, 
1-2. 5(3. 4) cm long, 0.4-l(1.3) mm wide, sometimes with a very small mucro at the apex, 
almost glabrous (particularly the lower surface) to densely hairy. Compound heads 
0.5-1. 4 cm high, 0.7-1. 5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound head c. 10-20, the outer 
ones ± ovate or ± obovate, 0. 5-1(1. 4) cm long, 0. 3-0.8 cm wide. Capitulac. 30-60 per 
compound head. Capitular bracts 3. 3-4.2 mm long, (0. 7)1-1. 8 mm wide. Florets 1; 
corolla tube with a conspicuously swollen base, the tube 1.5-2 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm 
diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 1.9-2.5 mm long, 0.9-1 mm diam. Pappus a jagged cup 
c. 0.7 mm long. 
Distribution: See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Little information is available. Collectors’ notes include “Common on rocky 
ironstone knoll” and “Ironstone gravel”. 
Note: 
1. The lectotype sheet of C. phyllocephalus contains three good, entire specimens, 
plus drawings of the species. According to Gray (1851) the species was to be illustrated in 
Incones Plantarum but this did not eventuate. A label attached to the sheet has the words 
''Cephalosorus phyllocephalus n. gen.” in Gray’s hand. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Alpin 56, 1-2 miles North of Carnamah, 4.ix.l958 (PERTH); Burns 24, Port 
Gregory road, 20. ix. 1970 (PERTH); Gardner 12831, Arrino, 27. ix. 1960 (PERTH); ?Mueller s.n.. Port 
Gregory, -.x.1877 (MEL 84472); ?Mueller s.n., upper Irwin River, s. dat. (MEL 84473); Oldfield s.n.. 
Champion Bay, s. dat. (MEL 84471). Paust 1267, 1 mile N. of Northampton-Port Gregory road on Yerina 
Springs road, 6.X.1972 (PERTH); Wilson 3829, 15 km N. of Badgingarra, 2.ix.l965 (AD, GH, PERTH). 
(To be continued in Muelleria 5(3): 185) 

Page image

795451 Cephalosorus brevipapposus Muelleria 5(2): 183
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459804
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

183 
It is readily distinguished by the opposite, petiolate leaves which occur in at least the lower 
half of the plant. Achene morphology and the morphology, number and arrangement of 
capitular bracts are unique. 
Cephalosorus carpesioides (Turcz.) Short, comb. nov. 
Piptostemma carpesioides Tmvqz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):192 (March 
1851), basionym. Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum. coll. IV. n. 200.” Possible Holotype: 
KW (see p.l52). Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541595, MEL 541596. 
Cephalosorus phyllocephalus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (May 
1851). — Angianthus phyllocephalus {A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1865); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975). — Styloncerus phyllocephalus (A. Gray) Kuntze, 
Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Swan River, Drummond, 1846, 1848.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Drummond 200, S.W. Australia, 1848 (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex 
herb. Klatt), MEL 541595, MEL 541596 (see note 2 below). 
Cephalosorus brevipapposus F. Muell., Fragm. 3:159 (1863). — Skirrhophorus 
phyllocephalus F. Muell., l.c., pro syn., (? as to collections of F. Muell.). Type: “Ad 
flumen Murchison; Oldfield. Ad sinum Champion Bay; Walcott'' Lectotype (here 
designated): Oldfield s.n., Murchison R., W.A., s. dat. (MEL 541597). Probable 
Isolectotype: PERTH (ex MEL, referred to as Angianthus phyllocephalus on label). 
Syntype: None seen, the only specimens of this species seen from Champion Bay were 
collected by Oldfield. No Walcott specimens of the species have been seen. 
Annual herb, 15-25(29) cm high. Leaves opposite and distinctly petiolate in at least 
the lower half of the plant, the uppermost ones frequently ± sessile and alternate; petiole 
± absent to c. 2 cm long, variably hairy; laminae ± elliptic or oblanceolate to obovate, 
1-2. 5(3. 4) cm long, 0.4-l(1.3) mm wide, sometimes with a very small mucro at the apex, 
almost glabrous (particularly the lower surface) to densely hairy. Compound heads 
0.5-1. 4 cm high, 0.7-1. 5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound head c. 10-20, the outer 
ones ± ovate or ± obovate, 0. 5-1(1. 4) cm long, 0. 3-0.8 cm wide. Capitulac. 30-60 per 
compound head. Capitular bracts 3. 3-4.2 mm long, (0. 7)1-1. 8 mm wide. Florets 1; 
corolla tube with a conspicuously swollen base, the tube 1.5-2 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm 
diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 1.9-2.5 mm long, 0.9-1 mm diam. Pappus a jagged cup 
c. 0.7 mm long. 
Distribution: See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Little information is available. Collectors’ notes include “Common on rocky 
ironstone knoll” and “Ironstone gravel”. 
Note: 
1. The lectotype sheet of C. phyllocephalus contains three good, entire specimens, 
plus drawings of the species. According to Gray (1851) the species was to be illustrated in 
Incones Plantarum but this did not eventuate. A label attached to the sheet has the words 
''Cephalosorus phyllocephalus n. gen.” in Gray’s hand. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Alpin 56, 1-2 miles North of Carnamah, 4.ix.l958 (PERTH); Burns 24, Port 
Gregory road, 20. ix. 1970 (PERTH); Gardner 12831, Arrino, 27. ix. 1960 (PERTH); ?Mueller s.n.. Port 
Gregory, -.x.1877 (MEL 84472); ?Mueller s.n., upper Irwin River, s. dat. (MEL 84473); Oldfield s.n.. 
Champion Bay, s. dat. (MEL 84471). Paust 1267, 1 mile N. of Northampton-Port Gregory road on Yerina 
Springs road, 6.X.1972 (PERTH); Wilson 3829, 15 km N. of Badgingarra, 2.ix.l965 (AD, GH, PERTH). 
(To be continued in Muelleria 5(3): 185) 

Page image

464042 Cephalosorus carpesioides Muelleria 5(2): 183
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459804
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385
464094 Cephalosorus microcephalus Muelleria 5(2): 173
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459794
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

173 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Restricted to Western Australia between latitudes c. 28°S and 3TS and between 
longitudes 119°E and 122°E. 
Ecology: 
Frequently grows in saline soils. Collectors’ notes include “on gentle slope 
surrounding salt lake”, “clay depression, saline” and “red loamy soil in Eucalyptus 
woodland”. 
Note: 
1. The specific epithet alludes to the common prostrate habit of the species. This 
character plus the long hairs on the capitulum-subtending bracts and capitular bracts 
readily distinguish it from all other species of Angianthus. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Barker 1909, Arrow Lake, 12.viii.l977 (AD); Blackall s.n., near Paddington, 
-.1X.1927 (PERTH); Demarz 5643 , 6 miles N. of Bulga Downs, 24.ix.1975 (KP, PERTH); Gardner 208IB 
Paddington, 9.ix.l927 (PERTH); Wilson 8806, Lake Barlee, 26.viii.1970 (PERTH). 
11. Angianthus microcephalus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). — Cephalosorus microcephalus ¥, Muell., Fragm. 
3:158 (1863). — Styloncerus microcephalus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 
(1891). Type: “Ad flumen Murchison. A. Oldfield.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Oldfield s.n.. Salt swamp. Estuary of Murchison, s. dat. (MEL 541602), (see note 1 
below). Isolectotypes: K, PERTH. 
Annual herb. Major axes decumbent or ascending, 6-10(21) cm long, variably hairy; 
stem not distinct from the major branches which develop from basal nodes. Leaves 
alternate or opposite, succulent when fresh, narrowly elliptic or ± linear, 0.3-l(1.2) cm 
long, c. 0.1 cm wide, slightly mucronate, hairy. Compound headshrodidly ovoid to very 
broadly ovoid, 0.35-0.6(0.8) cm long, 0.35-0.5(0.6) cm diam.; bracts subtending 
compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre extending c. ^/ 4-^/2 the length of the 
head, of c. 10 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, narrowly elliptic to elliptic or lanceolate to 
ovate, 0.3-0.4 cm long, 0.1-0.15 cm wide, mucronate, hairy, the inner ones with hyaline 
apices and grading into capitula-subtending bracts; general receptacle ± oblong or 
ovoid. Capitula c. 10-40 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bract 1, ± oblong 
or ovate or obovate, 1.7-2. 4 mm long, 0.45-1.1 mm wide, the midrib usually glabrous but 
sometimes a few glandular hairs present toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the two 
concave ones 1.7-2 mm long, the midrib glabrous; flat bracts absent or ? 1 only. Florets 1; 
corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually toward the base, 1-1.4 mm long, c. 0.4 mm 
diam. Achenes ± obovid, 0.45-0.6 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diam., papillose. Pappus of2or 
3 ovate scales, 0. 2-0.4 mm long, each scale terminating in a variably barbellate bristle 
extending to c. % the length of the corolla, the total pappus length 0. 8-1.1 mm. 
Distribution Fig. 2: 
North west of Western Australia between latitudes 25°S and 27°S and west of 
longitude 117°E. Locally common. 
Ecology: 
Commonly grows in saline areas. Collectors’ notes include “Clay salt flat. Growing 
with Arthrocnemum [ ^Halosarcia ] , Salicornia [ = Sarcocornia] ” and “On old shell beds 
and clay”. 
Notes: 
1. The collection MEL 541602 has been designated the lectotype of Cephalosorus 
microcephalus. It could possibly be regarded as the holotype as it is the only collection 
labelled in Mueller s hand and it is possible that the K collection, which was acquired 
from the Oldfield herbarium, was not seen by Mueller. The PERTH collection is a 
fragment of the lectotype acquired by C. A. Gardner this century. 

Page image

885880 Cephalosorus microcephalus Muelleria 5(2): 173
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459794
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

173 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Restricted to Western Australia between latitudes c. 28°S and 3TS and between 
longitudes 119°E and 122°E. 
Ecology: 
Frequently grows in saline soils. Collectors’ notes include “on gentle slope 
surrounding salt lake”, “clay depression, saline” and “red loamy soil in Eucalyptus 
woodland”. 
Note: 
1. The specific epithet alludes to the common prostrate habit of the species. This 
character plus the long hairs on the capitulum-subtending bracts and capitular bracts 
readily distinguish it from all other species of Angianthus. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Barker 1909, Arrow Lake, 12.viii.l977 (AD); Blackall s.n., near Paddington, 
-.1X.1927 (PERTH); Demarz 5643 , 6 miles N. of Bulga Downs, 24.ix.1975 (KP, PERTH); Gardner 208IB 
Paddington, 9.ix.l927 (PERTH); Wilson 8806, Lake Barlee, 26.viii.1970 (PERTH). 
11. Angianthus microcephalus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). — Cephalosorus microcephalus ¥, Muell., Fragm. 
3:158 (1863). — Styloncerus microcephalus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 
(1891). Type: “Ad flumen Murchison. A. Oldfield.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Oldfield s.n.. Salt swamp. Estuary of Murchison, s. dat. (MEL 541602), (see note 1 
below). Isolectotypes: K, PERTH. 
Annual herb. Major axes decumbent or ascending, 6-10(21) cm long, variably hairy; 
stem not distinct from the major branches which develop from basal nodes. Leaves 
alternate or opposite, succulent when fresh, narrowly elliptic or ± linear, 0.3-l(1.2) cm 
long, c. 0.1 cm wide, slightly mucronate, hairy. Compound headshrodidly ovoid to very 
broadly ovoid, 0.35-0.6(0.8) cm long, 0.35-0.5(0.6) cm diam.; bracts subtending 
compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre extending c. ^/ 4-^/2 the length of the 
head, of c. 10 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, narrowly elliptic to elliptic or lanceolate to 
ovate, 0.3-0.4 cm long, 0.1-0.15 cm wide, mucronate, hairy, the inner ones with hyaline 
apices and grading into capitula-subtending bracts; general receptacle ± oblong or 
ovoid. Capitula c. 10-40 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bract 1, ± oblong 
or ovate or obovate, 1.7-2. 4 mm long, 0.45-1.1 mm wide, the midrib usually glabrous but 
sometimes a few glandular hairs present toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the two 
concave ones 1.7-2 mm long, the midrib glabrous; flat bracts absent or ? 1 only. Florets 1; 
corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually toward the base, 1-1.4 mm long, c. 0.4 mm 
diam. Achenes ± obovid, 0.45-0.6 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diam., papillose. Pappus of2or 
3 ovate scales, 0. 2-0.4 mm long, each scale terminating in a variably barbellate bristle 
extending to c. % the length of the corolla, the total pappus length 0. 8-1.1 mm. 
Distribution Fig. 2: 
North west of Western Australia between latitudes 25°S and 27°S and west of 
longitude 117°E. Locally common. 
Ecology: 
Commonly grows in saline areas. Collectors’ notes include “Clay salt flat. Growing 
with Arthrocnemum [ ^Halosarcia ] , Salicornia [ = Sarcocornia] ” and “On old shell beds 
and clay”. 
Notes: 
1. The collection MEL 541602 has been designated the lectotype of Cephalosorus 
microcephalus. It could possibly be regarded as the holotype as it is the only collection 
labelled in Mueller s hand and it is possible that the K collection, which was acquired 
from the Oldfield herbarium, was not seen by Mueller. The PERTH collection is a 
fragment of the lectotype acquired by C. A. Gardner this century. 

Page image

464105 Cephalosorus phyllocephalus Muelleria 5(2): 183
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459804
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

183 
It is readily distinguished by the opposite, petiolate leaves which occur in at least the lower 
half of the plant. Achene morphology and the morphology, number and arrangement of 
capitular bracts are unique. 
Cephalosorus carpesioides (Turcz.) Short, comb. nov. 
Piptostemma carpesioides Tmvqz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):192 (March 
1851), basionym. Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum. coll. IV. n. 200.” Possible Holotype: 
KW (see p.l52). Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541595, MEL 541596. 
Cephalosorus phyllocephalus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (May 
1851). — Angianthus phyllocephalus {A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1865); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975). — Styloncerus phyllocephalus (A. Gray) Kuntze, 
Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Swan River, Drummond, 1846, 1848.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Drummond 200, S.W. Australia, 1848 (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex 
herb. Klatt), MEL 541595, MEL 541596 (see note 2 below). 
Cephalosorus brevipapposus F. Muell., Fragm. 3:159 (1863). — Skirrhophorus 
phyllocephalus F. Muell., l.c., pro syn., (? as to collections of F. Muell.). Type: “Ad 
flumen Murchison; Oldfield. Ad sinum Champion Bay; Walcott'' Lectotype (here 
designated): Oldfield s.n., Murchison R., W.A., s. dat. (MEL 541597). Probable 
Isolectotype: PERTH (ex MEL, referred to as Angianthus phyllocephalus on label). 
Syntype: None seen, the only specimens of this species seen from Champion Bay were 
collected by Oldfield. No Walcott specimens of the species have been seen. 
Annual herb, 15-25(29) cm high. Leaves opposite and distinctly petiolate in at least 
the lower half of the plant, the uppermost ones frequently ± sessile and alternate; petiole 
± absent to c. 2 cm long, variably hairy; laminae ± elliptic or oblanceolate to obovate, 
1-2. 5(3. 4) cm long, 0.4-l(1.3) mm wide, sometimes with a very small mucro at the apex, 
almost glabrous (particularly the lower surface) to densely hairy. Compound heads 
0.5-1. 4 cm high, 0.7-1. 5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound head c. 10-20, the outer 
ones ± ovate or ± obovate, 0. 5-1(1. 4) cm long, 0. 3-0.8 cm wide. Capitulac. 30-60 per 
compound head. Capitular bracts 3. 3-4.2 mm long, (0. 7)1-1. 8 mm wide. Florets 1; 
corolla tube with a conspicuously swollen base, the tube 1.5-2 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm 
diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 1.9-2.5 mm long, 0.9-1 mm diam. Pappus a jagged cup 
c. 0.7 mm long. 
Distribution: See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Little information is available. Collectors’ notes include “Common on rocky 
ironstone knoll” and “Ironstone gravel”. 
Note: 
1. The lectotype sheet of C. phyllocephalus contains three good, entire specimens, 
plus drawings of the species. According to Gray (1851) the species was to be illustrated in 
Incones Plantarum but this did not eventuate. A label attached to the sheet has the words 
''Cephalosorus phyllocephalus n. gen.” in Gray’s hand. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Alpin 56, 1-2 miles North of Carnamah, 4.ix.l958 (PERTH); Burns 24, Port 
Gregory road, 20. ix. 1970 (PERTH); Gardner 12831, Arrino, 27. ix. 1960 (PERTH); ?Mueller s.n.. Port 
Gregory, -.x.1877 (MEL 84472); ?Mueller s.n., upper Irwin River, s. dat. (MEL 84473); Oldfield s.n.. 
Champion Bay, s. dat. (MEL 84471). Paust 1267, 1 mile N. of Northampton-Port Gregory road on Yerina 
Springs road, 6.X.1972 (PERTH); Wilson 3829, 15 km N. of Badgingarra, 2.ix.l965 (AD, GH, PERTH). 
(To be continued in Muelleria 5(3): 185) 

Page image

795454 Cephalosorus phyllocephalus Muelleria 5(2): 183
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459804
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

183 
It is readily distinguished by the opposite, petiolate leaves which occur in at least the lower 
half of the plant. Achene morphology and the morphology, number and arrangement of 
capitular bracts are unique. 
Cephalosorus carpesioides (Turcz.) Short, comb. nov. 
Piptostemma carpesioides Tmvqz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):192 (March 
1851), basionym. Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum. coll. IV. n. 200.” Possible Holotype: 
KW (see p.l52). Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541595, MEL 541596. 
Cephalosorus phyllocephalus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (May 
1851). — Angianthus phyllocephalus {A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1865); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975). — Styloncerus phyllocephalus (A. Gray) Kuntze, 
Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Swan River, Drummond, 1846, 1848.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Drummond 200, S.W. Australia, 1848 (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex 
herb. Klatt), MEL 541595, MEL 541596 (see note 2 below). 
Cephalosorus brevipapposus F. Muell., Fragm. 3:159 (1863). — Skirrhophorus 
phyllocephalus F. Muell., l.c., pro syn., (? as to collections of F. Muell.). Type: “Ad 
flumen Murchison; Oldfield. Ad sinum Champion Bay; Walcott'' Lectotype (here 
designated): Oldfield s.n., Murchison R., W.A., s. dat. (MEL 541597). Probable 
Isolectotype: PERTH (ex MEL, referred to as Angianthus phyllocephalus on label). 
Syntype: None seen, the only specimens of this species seen from Champion Bay were 
collected by Oldfield. No Walcott specimens of the species have been seen. 
Annual herb, 15-25(29) cm high. Leaves opposite and distinctly petiolate in at least 
the lower half of the plant, the uppermost ones frequently ± sessile and alternate; petiole 
± absent to c. 2 cm long, variably hairy; laminae ± elliptic or oblanceolate to obovate, 
1-2. 5(3. 4) cm long, 0.4-l(1.3) mm wide, sometimes with a very small mucro at the apex, 
almost glabrous (particularly the lower surface) to densely hairy. Compound heads 
0.5-1. 4 cm high, 0.7-1. 5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound head c. 10-20, the outer 
ones ± ovate or ± obovate, 0. 5-1(1. 4) cm long, 0. 3-0.8 cm wide. Capitulac. 30-60 per 
compound head. Capitular bracts 3. 3-4.2 mm long, (0. 7)1-1. 8 mm wide. Florets 1; 
corolla tube with a conspicuously swollen base, the tube 1.5-2 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm 
diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 1.9-2.5 mm long, 0.9-1 mm diam. Pappus a jagged cup 
c. 0.7 mm long. 
Distribution: See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Little information is available. Collectors’ notes include “Common on rocky 
ironstone knoll” and “Ironstone gravel”. 
Note: 
1. The lectotype sheet of C. phyllocephalus contains three good, entire specimens, 
plus drawings of the species. According to Gray (1851) the species was to be illustrated in 
Incones Plantarum but this did not eventuate. A label attached to the sheet has the words 
''Cephalosorus phyllocephalus n. gen.” in Gray’s hand. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Alpin 56, 1-2 miles North of Carnamah, 4.ix.l958 (PERTH); Burns 24, Port 
Gregory road, 20. ix. 1970 (PERTH); Gardner 12831, Arrino, 27. ix. 1960 (PERTH); ?Mueller s.n.. Port 
Gregory, -.x.1877 (MEL 84472); ?Mueller s.n., upper Irwin River, s. dat. (MEL 84473); Oldfield s.n.. 
Champion Bay, s. dat. (MEL 84471). Paust 1267, 1 mile N. of Northampton-Port Gregory road on Yerina 
Springs road, 6.X.1972 (PERTH); Wilson 3829, 15 km N. of Badgingarra, 2.ix.l965 (AD, GH, PERTH). 
(To be continued in Muelleria 5(3): 185) 

Page image

886033 Chamaesphaerion Muelleria 5(3): 204
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459881
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

204 
Ewart & J. White, used in various works.] 
[Siloxerus auct. non Labill.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Ostenf.] 
[Skirrhophorus auct. non DC. in Lindl. ex DC.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) A. Gray 
and S. muellerianus Sond.J 
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Kuntze] 
Annual herbs. Major axes decumbent, ascending or erect, variably hairy; stem 
simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves usually alternate 
(sometimes opposite), sessile, entire, glabrous or sparsely hairy, mucronate. Compound 
heads ± broadly obovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous, 
multi-seriate involucre c. the len^h of the head, the outer bracts leaf-like, the inner ones 
primarily hyaline and with papillae at the apex; general receptacle a small, ± flat, 
glabrous axis. Capitulaz. 5-40 per compound head. Capitular bracts 2-2>,cAhQ\eng\h of 
the florets, ± hyaline, whitish, with papillae at the apex. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 
5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± ovoid or ± 
obpyramidal, covered with mucilagenous cells, brown. Pappus absent. Fig. li. 
Chromosome numbers: n=4, 5, 6, 7, c. 10, c. 12. 
The taxonomy of Pogonolepis is yet to be resolved. For comments see Muelleria 
4:404-405 (Short, 1981a). 
Three species normally referred to Angianthus, i.e. A. lanigerus, A. muellerianus 
(==P. muelleriana (Sond.) Short) and A. strictus ( = P. stricta Steetz) belong to 
Pogonolepis. The new combination transferring A. lanigerus to Pogonolepis is made 
below. 
Pogonolepis lanigera (Ewart & J. White) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Angianthus strictus var. lanigerus Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Viet. 22:92 (1909). Synonym: Angianthus lanigerus (Ewart & J. White) Ewart & 
J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 23:288 (1911). 
9. Siloxerus Labill., PI. Nov. HoU. 2:57 (1806); Less., Syn. generum Comp. 270 (1832); 
Ostenfeld, Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:134, p.p. (as to S. humifusus 
& S. filifolius only). — Styloncerus Spreng., Syst. veg. 3:356, 451 (1826), nom. illeg. — 
OgcerostylusCdiS,^., Diet. Sc. Nat. 49:221 (1827), nom. /7/e^. ; Stuedel, Nom. Bot. 2nd. ed. 
242 (1841) {'Oxerostylus'). Type: Siloxerus humifususLdbiW. 
Chamaesphaerion A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:176 (June 1851). 
Type: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray ( = 5. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short). 
Gyrostephium Turez., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):76 (Oct. 1851). Type: 
Gyrostephium rhizocephalum Turez. ( = S. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short). 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of S. humifusus & S. filifolius.] 
[Chthonocephalus auct. non Steetz: see synonymy of S. pygmaeus.] 
[Gnaphalodes auct. non A. Gray, nom, illeg., later homonym of Gnaphalodes 
Miller (see Hj. Eichler, Taxon 12:295 (1963): as to Gnaphalodes fdifolium Benth. 
{=^Siloxerus filifolius).] 
Annual herbs. Major axes ± absent or if present then decumbent to erect, glabrous 
or hairy; stem simple and minute or forming major branches at basal and/or upper 
nodes. Leaves in a basal rosette or, if major axes present then opposite to alternate, all 
leaves entire, sessile, glabrous or sparsely hairy, apex mucronate, the base often with 
hyaline margins. Compound heads ± ellipsoid to broadly ellipsoid or ± lanceoloid to 
depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads conspicuous, leaf-like, at least c. *4 
to Vi the length of the head, often c. equal to or exceeding the length of the head; general 
receptacle of a single hairy axis which lacks minor receptacular axes, the axis becoming 
hollow with age. Capitula ± evenly distributed over the general receptacle, ± indistinct 
and lacking subtending bracts. Capitular bracts c. 5-15, mainly hyaline but the 
uppermost portion opaque and often crenulate, with a green, ± glabrous midrib which 
extends c. Vi-Vi the length of the bract, the bracts arranged in ± 1 or 2 indistinct whorls. 
Paleae resembling capitular bracts, one bract per floret. Florets A~\5Q.2) per capitulum; 
corolla 3-5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 3-5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± 
obovoid, sparsely to densely papillose, purple. Pappus of 5-7 variably jagged scales 
joined at the base or a jagged ring lacking distinct scales. Fig. 15. 

Page image

466957 Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum Muelleria 5(3): 208
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459885
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

208 
the floret whereas in Preiss 41 it is approximately the length of the floret. Thus it is not 
surprising that in the past S. suberectus and S. cylindraceus have been recognised as 
different taxa. Initially it was felt that these separate taxa could be maintained. However, 
although extensive field studies have not been made, examination of other herbarium 
collections has shown that the recognition of two taxa is apparently not tenable, the size 
of the bracts and the ratio of pappus length to floret length being quite variable. 
Selected Specimens Examined (6/97): 
Western Australia — Abbot 53, Island, Recherche Archipelago, ii. 1976 (MEL); Burbidge7945, 
Twin Swamps Wildlife Sanctuary, 11.1.1972 (CANB); Burbidge 7962, Twin Swamps Wildlife Sanctuary, 
20.i.l972 (CANB, PERTH); Congdon 75034b, Blackwood River Estuary, 29.xi.1975 (PERTH); Short 1055, 
c. 1 km from Jarrahwood along road to Nannup, 22. xi. 1979 (AD); 5/tor? 7059, c. 41 km from Kojonup along 
main Boyup Brook road, 23. xi. 1979 (AD). 
3. Siloxenis pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, Muelleria 4:413 (1981). — Chamaesphaerion 
pygmaeum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:177 (June 1851). — 
Chthonocephalus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:582 (1867); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 820 (1975). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond.” 
Lectotype: (here designated): Drummond 55, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K). Isolectotypes: 
GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 542228, PERTH (ex herb. K, ex herb. TCD). 
Gyrostephium rhizocephalum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):77 
(Oct. 1851). IVpe: “Nova Hollandia. Drum.V.n.55.” Holotype: ? CW, n.v. (see p.OOO). 
Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, PERTH (ex herb. K, ex herb. TCD). 
Annual, almost stemless herb consisting of a compound head surrounded by a basal 
rosette of c. 10-20(30) leaves. Leaves lanceolate, c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, 
glabrous or sparsely hairy, mucronate and usually with distinct hyaline margins at the 
base. Compound heads depressed ovoid, c. 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0. 6-1.1 cm diam. 
Capitulum with (18)20-30 capitular bracts and paleae, all bracts narrowly elliptic to 
elliptic or sometimes oblanceolate to obovate, 3.2-4.2(4.5) mm long, (0.75)0.85-1.5 
(1.85) mm wide, white. Florets c. 10-20; corolla 3- or rarely 4-lobed, the tube tapering 
gradually to the base, 1.5-1. 8(2.1) mm long, 0.2-0.25 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 
0.6-0.75(0.85) mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm diam., papillose. Pappus a jagged ring 
c. 0.15-0.45 mm long. Fig. 15. 
Chromosome number: n = c. 12 or 13. 
Distribution (Fig. 15): 
South-west of Western Australia, occurring south of latitude c. 30°S and between 
longitudes c. 117°E and c. 122°E. 
Ecology: 
Generally restricted to saline, sandy soils surrounding inland salt lakes but also 
found at the base of granite outcrops. Collectors’ notes include “Granite outcrops . . . 
Sandy loam amongst Eucalpytus woodland at base of rock”, “White to greyish sand 
between Melaleuca and extending into Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone around salt 
depression” and “Growing in open areas on pale brown, very sandy loam between 
Melaleuca and Eucalyptus above saline depression”. 
Note: 
1. Apparently mature achenes of this species exhibit marked size differences within 
any one compound head. Some fruits are c. \ Vi times larger than the majority. It is 
difficult to ascertain their exact location but they appear to occur on the outer margins of 
the compound heads. The larger fruits generally appear to germinate several days earlier 
than the smallest ones in the heads. Such a staggering of germination times may be of 
adaptive value in areas of low, unreliable rainfall; that is unless sufficient moisture is 
available for a prolonged period of time the smaller achenes will remain dormant. A 
better food supply in the larger fruits may ensure their survival in adverse conditions. 
S. pygmaeus, at least in part of its range, does occur in a low rainfall area. Furthermore 
southern Australia has experienced greater cycles of aridity in the recent past than have 
occurred throughout the Tertiary period. 

Page image

886040 Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum Muelleria 5(3): 208
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459885
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

208 
the floret whereas in Preiss 41 it is approximately the length of the floret. Thus it is not 
surprising that in the past S. suberectus and S. cylindraceus have been recognised as 
different taxa. Initially it was felt that these separate taxa could be maintained. However, 
although extensive field studies have not been made, examination of other herbarium 
collections has shown that the recognition of two taxa is apparently not tenable, the size 
of the bracts and the ratio of pappus length to floret length being quite variable. 
Selected Specimens Examined (6/97): 
Western Australia — Abbot 53, Island, Recherche Archipelago, ii. 1976 (MEL); Burbidge7945, 
Twin Swamps Wildlife Sanctuary, 11.1.1972 (CANB); Burbidge 7962, Twin Swamps Wildlife Sanctuary, 
20.i.l972 (CANB, PERTH); Congdon 75034b, Blackwood River Estuary, 29.xi.1975 (PERTH); Short 1055, 
c. 1 km from Jarrahwood along road to Nannup, 22. xi. 1979 (AD); 5/tor? 7059, c. 41 km from Kojonup along 
main Boyup Brook road, 23. xi. 1979 (AD). 
3. Siloxenis pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, Muelleria 4:413 (1981). — Chamaesphaerion 
pygmaeum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:177 (June 1851). — 
Chthonocephalus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:582 (1867); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 820 (1975). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond.” 
Lectotype: (here designated): Drummond 55, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K). Isolectotypes: 
GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 542228, PERTH (ex herb. K, ex herb. TCD). 
Gyrostephium rhizocephalum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):77 
(Oct. 1851). IVpe: “Nova Hollandia. Drum.V.n.55.” Holotype: ? CW, n.v. (see p.OOO). 
Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, PERTH (ex herb. K, ex herb. TCD). 
Annual, almost stemless herb consisting of a compound head surrounded by a basal 
rosette of c. 10-20(30) leaves. Leaves lanceolate, c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, 
glabrous or sparsely hairy, mucronate and usually with distinct hyaline margins at the 
base. Compound heads depressed ovoid, c. 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0. 6-1.1 cm diam. 
Capitulum with (18)20-30 capitular bracts and paleae, all bracts narrowly elliptic to 
elliptic or sometimes oblanceolate to obovate, 3.2-4.2(4.5) mm long, (0.75)0.85-1.5 
(1.85) mm wide, white. Florets c. 10-20; corolla 3- or rarely 4-lobed, the tube tapering 
gradually to the base, 1.5-1. 8(2.1) mm long, 0.2-0.25 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 
0.6-0.75(0.85) mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm diam., papillose. Pappus a jagged ring 
c. 0.15-0.45 mm long. Fig. 15. 
Chromosome number: n = c. 12 or 13. 
Distribution (Fig. 15): 
South-west of Western Australia, occurring south of latitude c. 30°S and between 
longitudes c. 117°E and c. 122°E. 
Ecology: 
Generally restricted to saline, sandy soils surrounding inland salt lakes but also 
found at the base of granite outcrops. Collectors’ notes include “Granite outcrops . . . 
Sandy loam amongst Eucalpytus woodland at base of rock”, “White to greyish sand 
between Melaleuca and extending into Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone around salt 
depression” and “Growing in open areas on pale brown, very sandy loam between 
Melaleuca and Eucalyptus above saline depression”. 
Note: 
1. Apparently mature achenes of this species exhibit marked size differences within 
any one compound head. Some fruits are c. \ Vi times larger than the majority. It is 
difficult to ascertain their exact location but they appear to occur on the outer margins of 
the compound heads. The larger fruits generally appear to germinate several days earlier 
than the smallest ones in the heads. Such a staggering of germination times may be of 
adaptive value in areas of low, unreliable rainfall; that is unless sufficient moisture is 
available for a prolonged period of time the smaller achenes will remain dormant. A 
better food supply in the larger fruits may ensure their survival in adverse conditions. 
S. pygmaeus, at least in part of its range, does occur in a low rainfall area. Furthermore 
southern Australia has experienced greater cycles of aridity in the recent past than have 
occurred throughout the Tertiary period. 

Page image

477116 Chrysocoryne angianthoides Muelleria 5(3): 190
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459813
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

190 
Angianthus pusilluswax. polyanthus Benth., FL Austr. 3:564(1867). Type: “Murray 
and Darling Desert.” Lectotype (here designated): Anon, s.n., Victorian Expedition, 
Murray and Darling Desert, s. dat. (K). Possible Isolectotypes: MEL 541203, MEL 
541204, MEL 84537, MEL 84538 (see note 1 below). 
Chrysocoryne angianthoides F. Muell., Linnaea 25:404 (1853); Sond., Linnaea 
25:488 (1853). Type: “In virgultis deserti pone Cudnaka”. Lectotype (here designated): 
Mueller s.n.. In den gestruppen zwischen Cudnaka & Arkaba, -.x.1851 (MEL 541201). 
Isolectotypes: MEL 541200, MEL 541202. Probable Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. 
Sond.), MEL 84532 (ex herb. Sond.) (see note 2 below). 
Annual herb, (1.7)3-10(15) cm high. Major axes erect or ascending, with scale-like 
glandular hairs; stem simple or forming branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves 
alternate, sometimes ± opposite, linear or elliptic to narrowly elliptic or obovate to 
oblanceolate, 0.2-1.5(3.3) cm long, 0.05-0.3(0.4) cm wide, a small hyaline appendage 
often present at the apex, all leaves with scale-like glandular hairs. Compound heads 
usually narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid or ± oblanceoloid to ± obovoid, sometimes ± 
ovoid, 1-1.5(2.2) cm long, 0.3-0.5(0.7) cm diam. Capitula 20-80 per compound head; 
capitulum-subtending bract widely to widely depressed obovate or widely depressed 
ovate, (1.25)1.4-2.2(2.8) mm long, (1.65)1.8-3(3.3) mm wide; midrib entire, variably 
hairy or glabrous, sometimes with a few glandular hairs. Capitular bracts c. 4-10, 
c. 1 .5 mm long and with the upper part of the laminae variably constricted, arranged in 1 
or ±2 whorls, the whorl or outer whorl of 2± concave bracts with distinctive midribs 
and 2 flat bracts with variably distinct midribs, the inner whorl of c. 3-5 ± flat to concave 
bracts with indistinct midribs. Florets (l)3-5(8); corolla 5-lobed, the tube with an abrupt 
taper in the lower Vi, 1-1.2 mm long, 0. 3-0.4 mm diam., sometimes with a few glandular 
hairs on the tube; anthers 5, each with c. 300-450 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, 
0.35-0.5 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose, purplish. Pappus usually a small, jagged 
ring 0. 1-0.2 mm high, sometimes with several apically divided bristles extending to c. Vi 
the height of the floret. Figs: 9; lOa-f. 
Chromosome numbers: n==6. 
Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): 
Southern and central Australia. Common. 
Ecology: 
Found in both coastal and inland situations around claypans, saline depressions and 
granite outcrops or in scrubland, shrubland and hummock ^assland formations. 
Collectors’ notes include “Steppe with Myriocephalus stuartii. Cassia eremophila, 
mulga, chenopods”, “On wide, low, red sandy ridge dominated by Triodia mitchelliivai. 
brevifolia'\ “In Acacia linophylla association on red sand dunes”, “Growing in upper 
Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone and extending to open areas between Melaleuca 
around salty depression. Sandy loam.”, “. . . salt lake ... as close as 3 m from salt line. 
Growing in sand. Assoc. spp.: Atriplex vesicaria, Melaleuca halmaturorum'' and “Base 
of granite rocks in very sandy loam”. 
Notes: 
1. The specimen of A. pusillus var. polyanthus designated as the lectotype is the 
only specimen in K or MEL both seen by Bentham and with the correct annotation. It 
contains two specimens with what is considered to be a generalised locality, i.e. “Murray 
and Darling Desert’ ’. Several other specimens seen by Bentham (as indicated by the initid 
B on the label) and collected on the Victorian Expedition exist in MEL. None is 
annotated as var. polyanthus and none has exactly the same locality details but the 
possibility exists that some may be isolectotypes. The collections are Anon s.n., Viet. 
Expd., Near Darling R., 28.x. 1860 (MEL 541204); Anon s.n.. Darling Desert, s. dat. 
(MEL 541203); Anon s.n., Viet. Exped., Sand hills, 29.ix.1860 (MEL 84538); Beckler 
s.n., V. Exp., near R. Darling, 1860 (MEL 84537). 
2. The specimen designated as the lectotype of C. angianthoides only one for 
which Cudnaka is mentioned in the locality details. The label also mentions Arkaba, the 
locality given on the isolectotype sheets MEL 541200 and MEL 541202. Specimens on the 

Page image

886016 Chrysocoryne angianthoides Muelleria 5(3): 190
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459813
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

190 
Angianthus pusilluswax. polyanthus Benth., FL Austr. 3:564(1867). Type: “Murray 
and Darling Desert.” Lectotype (here designated): Anon, s.n., Victorian Expedition, 
Murray and Darling Desert, s. dat. (K). Possible Isolectotypes: MEL 541203, MEL 
541204, MEL 84537, MEL 84538 (see note 1 below). 
Chrysocoryne angianthoides F. Muell., Linnaea 25:404 (1853); Sond., Linnaea 
25:488 (1853). Type: “In virgultis deserti pone Cudnaka”. Lectotype (here designated): 
Mueller s.n.. In den gestruppen zwischen Cudnaka & Arkaba, -.x.1851 (MEL 541201). 
Isolectotypes: MEL 541200, MEL 541202. Probable Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. 
Sond.), MEL 84532 (ex herb. Sond.) (see note 2 below). 
Annual herb, (1.7)3-10(15) cm high. Major axes erect or ascending, with scale-like 
glandular hairs; stem simple or forming branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves 
alternate, sometimes ± opposite, linear or elliptic to narrowly elliptic or obovate to 
oblanceolate, 0.2-1.5(3.3) cm long, 0.05-0.3(0.4) cm wide, a small hyaline appendage 
often present at the apex, all leaves with scale-like glandular hairs. Compound heads 
usually narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid or ± oblanceoloid to ± obovoid, sometimes ± 
ovoid, 1-1.5(2.2) cm long, 0.3-0.5(0.7) cm diam. Capitula 20-80 per compound head; 
capitulum-subtending bract widely to widely depressed obovate or widely depressed 
ovate, (1.25)1.4-2.2(2.8) mm long, (1.65)1.8-3(3.3) mm wide; midrib entire, variably 
hairy or glabrous, sometimes with a few glandular hairs. Capitular bracts c. 4-10, 
c. 1 .5 mm long and with the upper part of the laminae variably constricted, arranged in 1 
or ±2 whorls, the whorl or outer whorl of 2± concave bracts with distinctive midribs 
and 2 flat bracts with variably distinct midribs, the inner whorl of c. 3-5 ± flat to concave 
bracts with indistinct midribs. Florets (l)3-5(8); corolla 5-lobed, the tube with an abrupt 
taper in the lower Vi, 1-1.2 mm long, 0. 3-0.4 mm diam., sometimes with a few glandular 
hairs on the tube; anthers 5, each with c. 300-450 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, 
0.35-0.5 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose, purplish. Pappus usually a small, jagged 
ring 0. 1-0.2 mm high, sometimes with several apically divided bristles extending to c. Vi 
the height of the floret. Figs: 9; lOa-f. 
Chromosome numbers: n==6. 
Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): 
Southern and central Australia. Common. 
Ecology: 
Found in both coastal and inland situations around claypans, saline depressions and 
granite outcrops or in scrubland, shrubland and hummock ^assland formations. 
Collectors’ notes include “Steppe with Myriocephalus stuartii. Cassia eremophila, 
mulga, chenopods”, “On wide, low, red sandy ridge dominated by Triodia mitchelliivai. 
brevifolia'\ “In Acacia linophylla association on red sand dunes”, “Growing in upper 
Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone and extending to open areas between Melaleuca 
around salty depression. Sandy loam.”, “. . . salt lake ... as close as 3 m from salt line. 
Growing in sand. Assoc. spp.: Atriplex vesicaria, Melaleuca halmaturorum'' and “Base 
of granite rocks in very sandy loam”. 
Notes: 
1. The specimen of A. pusillus var. polyanthus designated as the lectotype is the 
only specimen in K or MEL both seen by Bentham and with the correct annotation. It 
contains two specimens with what is considered to be a generalised locality, i.e. “Murray 
and Darling Desert’ ’. Several other specimens seen by Bentham (as indicated by the initid 
B on the label) and collected on the Victorian Expedition exist in MEL. None is 
annotated as var. polyanthus and none has exactly the same locality details but the 
possibility exists that some may be isolectotypes. The collections are Anon s.n., Viet. 
Expd., Near Darling R., 28.x. 1860 (MEL 541204); Anon s.n.. Darling Desert, s. dat. 
(MEL 541203); Anon s.n., Viet. Exped., Sand hills, 29.ix.1860 (MEL 84538); Beckler 
s.n., V. Exp., near R. Darling, 1860 (MEL 84537). 
2. The specimen designated as the lectotype of C. angianthoides only one for 
which Cudnaka is mentioned in the locality details. The label also mentions Arkaba, the 
locality given on the isolectotype sheets MEL 541200 and MEL 541202. Specimens on the 

Page image

477123 Chrysocoryne drummondii Muelleria 5(3): 193, 195-196, Figs 9, 10i-j
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459816
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

193 
heads ± narrowly oblong to oblong, c. 0.5-2 cm long, c. 0.25-0.4(0.45) cm diam. 
Capitulac. 50-250 per compound head; capitnlum-subtending bract ± widely to ± very 
widely obovate, sometimes ± circular, (1.8)2-2.6(2.85) mm long, (1.35)1.7-2.2(2.4) mm 
wide, the margins sometimes ciliate, the hairs c. 0. 1-0.3 mm long; midrib entire, variably 
villous and with a few scale-like glandular hairs. Capitular bracts 2-4(c. 10); the majority 
of capitula with 2 concave bracts, (1.2)1.4-1.65(1.75) mm long, (0.35)0.5-0.75 mm wide, 
with ciliate margins, the hairs c. 0.1-0. 3 mm long, with a conspicuous glabrous or hairy 
midrib extending c. V^-Va the length of the bract, 1 or 2 flat bracts commonly occur 
within the concave bracts, the bracts 1-1.4 mm long, (c. 0.05)0.3-0.6(0.8) mm wide, with 
distinctly divided margins in the upper of the bract, the hairs c. 0.1-0.3 mm long, the 
midrib ± inconspicuous and sometimes with a few ^andular hairs at the base; a few 
basal capitula often with 6-10 concave and flat bracts arranged in ± 2 or 3 whorls, the 
bracts resembling those of the upper capitula. Florets (2)3-5(6) per capitulum; corolla 3, 4 
or 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to a thickened base, c. 0.6-0.7 mm long, 
c. 0.2-0.35 mm diam., often with a few glandular hairs along the tube; anthers 3, 4 or 5, 
each with c. 15-40 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.4 mm long, 0.35 mm diam., 
purplish. Pappus absent. Figs: 9; lOg-h; 11. 
Chromosome no.: n = c. 12. 
Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): 
South-west of Western Australia. Apparently confined to salt lakes of the Avon 
drainage system. Locally common. 
Ecology: 
Grows in saline sandy soils on the margins of salt lakes. Commonly associated with 
Melaleuca and Halosarcia spp. 
Notes: 
1. The specific epithet alludes to the many-flowered capitula in this species. Other 
inbreeding species, and usually the outbreeding C. pusilla as well, have fewer florets per 
capitulum. 
2. The number and arrangement of capitular bracts is variable within any single 
compound head. In some compound heads examined there appears to be a trend from 
c. 6-10 bracts per capitulum at the base of the heads to 2 bracts per capitulum toward the 
apex. The majority of capitula have 2 distinctly concave bracts within which 1 or 2 
tother flat bracts may occur. When 2 inner bracts occur there is often a distinct 
difference in size and it is common to see bracts no more than 4 or 5 cells wide. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Chinnock4364, Western edge of Lake King, 12.xi.l978 (AD, PERTH); Keighery 
1337, W’n edge of Lake King, 8.x. 1974 (KP); Short 1046, c. 4.6 km E. of Meckering in East Branch of 
Mortlock River, 20. xi. 1979 (AD). 
3. Chrysocoryne dnimmondii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (1851). 
Type: ‘‘Swan River, Drummond”. Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 16, Swan 
River, s. dat. (K). Syntypes or Possible Isolectotypes: K, MEL 541601, MEL 84756 
(see note 1 below). 
Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 130 
(1855); F. Muell., Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8:149 (1856). — Angianthus tenellus 
(F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st. ed. 646 (1929), 
2nd. ed. 925 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. 
Wildfls 813 (1975). — Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 
(1891). — Siloxerus tenellus Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. DanskeVidensk. 
Selsk. 3:138 (1921), nom. illeg. Type: “In flats subject to inundations by winter rains, 
between the Long Lake and the Fountain, on Spencer’s Gulf. C. Wilhelmi.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Wilhelmi s.n., between the Fountain & Long Lake, s. dat. (K). 
Probable Isolectotype or Syntype: MEL 541620 (see note 2 below). 
[Crossolepis pusilla auct. non Benth.: Hook., Ic. PI. 5: t. 413 (1841) (see note under 
generic treatment of Chrysocoryne),] 

Page image

477092 Chrysocoryne Muelleria 5(3): 185-189, Figs 1, 9, 10
886017 Chrysocoryne hugelii Muelleria 5(3): 189
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459812
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

189 
Reproductive Biology: 
There is no evidence of hybridisation within Chrysocoryne despite the fact that a 
number of species connmonly grow in the same locality, e.g. dl but C. trifida have been 
collected from the saline Mortlock River flats near Meckering. Specific differences are 
presumably maintained by a number of parameters including differences in chromosome 
number, habitat preferences (e.g. as in C. pusilla, see above ecology notes) and flowering 
time (e.g. C. tridens appears to flower some days earlier than C. uniflora^ a species with 
which it commonly grows). These factors, combined with the inbreeding nature of three 
of the species, must present formidable barriers to interspecific crossing. 
Flies and ants are commonly seen on most species of Chrysocoryne but their 
importance as pollinators is not known. It appears that the fruit of at least some species 
are a useful food supply for ants. Ants have been observed transporting c. 1 cm lengths 
of compound heads of C. tridens to their nests. 
Potential seed set has been established for all species (table 1; Short, 1981b) and it is 
evident that values obtained for inbreeding ones are similar to or greater than those of 
closely related outbreeders. The significance of the values is open to question. It may well 
be that an increase in seed set is a method by which genetic heterogeneity is maintained in 
inbreeding taxa. On the other hand an increase in seed set, which is correlated with an 
increase in the number of capitula per unit length of compound head, may perhaps be a 
reflection of selection for reduced inflorescence size and a consequent shorter life cycle. 
Such an hypothesis has already been suggested to explain the large number of unrelated 
taxa in the ''Angianthus group’', a group characterised by having compound heads. 
Key to Species of Chrysocoryne 
1. Capitular bracts 2-6(c. 10); capitula with (2)3-5(8) florets 
2. Pappus a small jagged ring, sometimes with several apically divided bristles extending c. Vi the length 
of the floret; capitiUar bracts with entire margins; florets 5-lobed; compound heads narrowly ellipsoid 
to ellipsoid or oblanceoloid to ± obovoid, sometimes ± ovoid, 1-1. 5(2.2) cm long, 0.3-0. 5(0.7) cm 
diam.,(fig. lOa-0 1. C. pusilla 
2. Pappus absent; capitular bracts with ciliate margins; florets 3, 4 & 5-lobed; compound heads narrowly 
oblong to oblong, c. 0.5-2 cm long, c. 0.25-0.4(0.45) cm diam., (fig. lOg-h) 2. C. multiflora 
1. Capitular bracts 2; capitula usually with 1 or 2 florets (rarely 3 or 4 in C. drummondii) 
3 . Midrib of capitulum-subtending bracts with at least 3 distinct lobes; capitular bracts with long hairs on 
the upper margins, the hairs V^-Vi (c. 0.5 mm long) the length of the bracts; capitula with 1, rarely 2, 
florets, (fig. lOk-m) 4. C. trifida 
3. Midrib of capitulum-subtending bracts not divided; capitular bracts with variably ciliate margins, the 
hairs c. 0.1 mm long; capitula with 1 or 2, rarely 3 or 4, florets 
4. Florets mainly 5-lobed; (250)300-400(500) pollen grains per anther; compound head cylindrical to 
narrowly oblong, c. 1.5-3(3.6) cm long 5. C. uniflora 
4. Florets 3 or 4-lobed; (8)12-64 pollen grains per anther; compound heads cylindrical to narrowly 
oblong and (c. l)3-5(6.3) cm long or narrowly oblong and c. 1-2(2. 5) cm long 
5. Compound heads narrowly oblong, c. 1-2(2. 5) cm long, c. 0.2-0.25(c. 0.3) cm diam.; capitula 
with (1)2(3, 4) florets; stem simple or branching from basal &/or upper nodes, (fig. lOi-j) 
3. C. drummondii 
5. Compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong (c. l)3-5(6.3) cm long, 0.15-0.2 cm diam.; 
capitula with 1 floret; stem simple or branching from basal nodes, never branching from upper 
nodes 6. C. tridens 
1. Chrysocoryne pusflla (Benth.) Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:458 (1843) (in name only, 
see note 1, p.l87; Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:441 (1845) p.p., excl. C. drummondii zs, to 
ref. to Hook., Icon. PI. 5:pl. 413 (1841). — Crossolepis pusilla Benth. in Endl. Enum. PI. 
61 (1837); DC., Prod. 6:158 (1838). — Chrysocoryne huegelii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. 
Kew Gard. Misc. 3:151 (1851), nom. illeg. — Angianthus pusillus (Benth.) Benth., FI. 
Austr. 3:564 (1867); Hoffman in Engler & Prantl. Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, 
Fig. 98C-G (1890); F. M. Bail., Qd. FI. 848 (1900); J. M. Black, H. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 
(1926), 2nd ed. 925 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:729 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. 
Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). — Styloncerus pusillus (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 
(1891) — Siloxerus pusillus (Benth.) Ising, Trans & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 46:604 
(1922). Type: “Swan River. (Htigd.V’. Lectotype (here designated): Hugels.n., Swan 
River, s.dat. (W). Isolectotype: K. 

Page image

477148 Chrysocoryne multiflora Muelleria 5(3): 192-193, Figs 9, 10g-h, 11
477157 Chrysocoryne myosuroides Muelleria 5(3): 198
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459821
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

198 
Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): 
Western Australia, occurring on salt lakes in both the Eucla and South West 
Drainage Divisions. Locally common. 
Ecology: 
Restricted to saline depressions. Collectors’ notes include “. . . west side of lake. 
Sandy edge of clay pan” and “Brown sand to very sandy loam. Very common amongst 
Arthrocnemum \ = Halosarcid\” . 
Notes: 
1. The specific epithet alludes to the conspicuous, generally trifid midrib of the 
capitulum-subtending bracts. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Short 989, saline depression 34.5 km N. of Perenjori, 15. xi. 1979 (AD)- Wilson 
6083, near Mollerin, 2.ix.l967 (PERTH); Wilson 8813, Lake Barlee, southern margin, 25.viii.1970 (PERTH)- 
Wilson 8853, near Lake Barlee HS on west side of Lake, 26.viii.l^0 (PERTH). 
5. Chrysocoryne uniflora Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes N0scou 24 (1):188 (March 1851) 
Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum coll. 111. n.ll6.” Possible Holotype- KW (see p 152) 
Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541599, NSW. Possible Isotypes: GH, K, MEL 
84468, MEL 541598, MEL 541600 (all collections by Drummond but lack collector’s 
number). 
Chrysocoryne myosuroides A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (May 
1851). — Angianthus myosuroides (A. Gray) Benth., El. Austr. 3:563 (1867); Hoffman 
in Engler & Prantl, Naturl. Pflanzenfam. IV (5):194, fig. 98B (1890); Grieve & BlackaU, 
W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975), ?p.p. (as to mixed collns of C. tridens & C. uniflora in 
PERTH). — Styloncerus myosuroides (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891) 
i^myosurodes’). Type: “Swan River, Drummond, 1845.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Drummond 116, Sw.riv. , 1845 (K) (see note 1 below). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. KlattX 
MEL 541599, NSW. Possible Isolectotypes: K, MEL 84468, MEL 541598, MEL 
541600, GH (all collections by Drummond but lack collector’s number). 
Annual herb, 4-8(c. 14) cm high. Major axes erect, with scale-like glandular hairs; 
stem r^ely simple, usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves 
opposite at the base, the upper ones alternate, all leaves narrowly elliptic to + elliptic, 
oblanceolate to obovate or ± lanceolate, 0.2-0.5(0.8) cm long, c. 0.05-0.2 cm wide, a 
small hyaline appendage sometimes present at the apex, all leaves densely covered in 
scale-like glandular hairs. Compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong, 
c. 1.5-3. 5(4.4) cm long, 0.15-0.2(0.25) cm diam., with a single head occurring at the apex 
of an unbranched major axis or with (2)4-10(14) heads occurring on minor axes which 
branch from the upper nodes of a major axis. Capitula c. 50-150 per compound head; 
capitulum-subtending bracts ± widely elliptic or widely obovate to depressed widely 
obovate, 1.7-2.05 mm long, 1.75-2.05 mm wide; midrib entire, glabrous or variably 
villous, sometimes with a few scale-like glandular hairs. Capitular bracts 2, concave, 
1.4-1. 8 mm long, 0.4-().7 mm wide, the upper margins variably dilate, the hairs less than 
c. 0.1 mm long; midrib not conspicuous. Florets 1 or 2 per capitulum, the upper most 
capitula of a compound head with 1 floret, the lower ones usually with 2 florets; corolla 
5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to a thickened base, 0.75-1 mm long, 0.23-0.4 mm 
diam.; anthers 5, each with c. 250-350 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.4-0. 5 mm 
long, 0.25-c. 0.35 mm diam., papillose, purplish. Pappus absent. Fig. 9. 
Chromosome number: not known. 
Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): 
South-west of Western Australia. Salt lakes of the Murchison and South West 
Drainage Divisions. Locally common. 
Ecology: 
Restricted to the margins of saline depressions. Grows in sand or sandy loam and 
associated with Halosarcia spp. and Melaleuca. 

Page image

886022 Chrysocoryne myosuroides Muelleria 5(3): 198
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459821
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

198 
Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): 
Western Australia, occurring on salt lakes in both the Eucla and South West 
Drainage Divisions. Locally common. 
Ecology: 
Restricted to saline depressions. Collectors’ notes include “. . . west side of lake. 
Sandy edge of clay pan” and “Brown sand to very sandy loam. Very common amongst 
Arthrocnemum \ = Halosarcid\” . 
Notes: 
1. The specific epithet alludes to the conspicuous, generally trifid midrib of the 
capitulum-subtending bracts. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Short 989, saline depression 34.5 km N. of Perenjori, 15. xi. 1979 (AD)- Wilson 
6083, near Mollerin, 2.ix.l967 (PERTH); Wilson 8813, Lake Barlee, southern margin, 25.viii.1970 (PERTH)- 
Wilson 8853, near Lake Barlee HS on west side of Lake, 26.viii.l^0 (PERTH). 
5. Chrysocoryne uniflora Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes N0scou 24 (1):188 (March 1851) 
Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum coll. 111. n.ll6.” Possible Holotype- KW (see p 152) 
Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541599, NSW. Possible Isotypes: GH, K, MEL 
84468, MEL 541598, MEL 541600 (all collections by Drummond but lack collector’s 
number). 
Chrysocoryne myosuroides A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (May 
1851). — Angianthus myosuroides (A. Gray) Benth., El. Austr. 3:563 (1867); Hoffman 
in Engler & Prantl, Naturl. Pflanzenfam. IV (5):194, fig. 98B (1890); Grieve & BlackaU, 
W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975), ?p.p. (as to mixed collns of C. tridens & C. uniflora in 
PERTH). — Styloncerus myosuroides (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891) 
i^myosurodes’). Type: “Swan River, Drummond, 1845.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Drummond 116, Sw.riv. , 1845 (K) (see note 1 below). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. KlattX 
MEL 541599, NSW. Possible Isolectotypes: K, MEL 84468, MEL 541598, MEL 
541600, GH (all collections by Drummond but lack collector’s number). 
Annual herb, 4-8(c. 14) cm high. Major axes erect, with scale-like glandular hairs; 
stem r^ely simple, usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves 
opposite at the base, the upper ones alternate, all leaves narrowly elliptic to + elliptic, 
oblanceolate to obovate or ± lanceolate, 0.2-0.5(0.8) cm long, c. 0.05-0.2 cm wide, a 
small hyaline appendage sometimes present at the apex, all leaves densely covered in 
scale-like glandular hairs. Compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong, 
c. 1.5-3. 5(4.4) cm long, 0.15-0.2(0.25) cm diam., with a single head occurring at the apex 
of an unbranched major axis or with (2)4-10(14) heads occurring on minor axes which 
branch from the upper nodes of a major axis. Capitula c. 50-150 per compound head; 
capitulum-subtending bracts ± widely elliptic or widely obovate to depressed widely 
obovate, 1.7-2.05 mm long, 1.75-2.05 mm wide; midrib entire, glabrous or variably 
villous, sometimes with a few scale-like glandular hairs. Capitular bracts 2, concave, 
1.4-1. 8 mm long, 0.4-().7 mm wide, the upper margins variably dilate, the hairs less than 
c. 0.1 mm long; midrib not conspicuous. Florets 1 or 2 per capitulum, the upper most 
capitula of a compound head with 1 floret, the lower ones usually with 2 florets; corolla 
5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to a thickened base, 0.75-1 mm long, 0.23-0.4 mm 
diam.; anthers 5, each with c. 250-350 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.4-0. 5 mm 
long, 0.25-c. 0.35 mm diam., papillose, purplish. Pappus absent. Fig. 9. 
Chromosome number: not known. 
Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): 
South-west of Western Australia. Salt lakes of the Murchison and South West 
Drainage Divisions. Locally common. 
Ecology: 
Restricted to the margins of saline depressions. Grows in sand or sandy loam and 
associated with Halosarcia spp. and Melaleuca. 

Page image

477169 Chrysocoryne pusilla Muelleria 5(3): 189-192, Figs 9, 10a-f

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(3): 189-192, Figs 9, 10a-f".

886013 Chrysocoryne Muelleria 5(3): 185
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459808
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

A REVISION OF ANGIANTHUS WENDL., SENSU LATO 
(COMPOSITAE: INULEAE: GNAPHALIINAE), 2 
by 
P. S. Short* 
(Continued from Muelleria 5(2): 1 83) 
5. Chrysocoiyne Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:457 (July 1843); Endl., Gen. PI. Suppl. 
3:70 (Oct. 1843); Steetzin Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:441 (1845); A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew 
Gard. Misc. 3:151 (1851); F. Muell., Trans. &Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 130 (1855) 
(as sect. Bisquama)] F. Muell., Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8:149 (1856) (reprint of 
preceding). Type: C. dnimmondii A. Gray (see note 1) 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of C. drummondii, C. pusilla & 
C. uniflora.] 
[Crossolepis auct. non Less.: see synonymy of C. drummondii & C. pusilla & 
notes 1 & 2.] 
[Siloxerus auct. non Labill.: see synonymy of C. drummondii & C. pmilla.] 
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: see synonymy of C. drummondii, 
C. pusilla 8 l C. uniflora.] 
Annual herbs. Major axes ascending or erect, with scale-like glandular hairs; stem 
simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate, 
sometimes ± opposite, sessile, entire, with some scale-like glandular hairs. Compound 
heads narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid or oblanceoloid to obovoid or cylindrical to oblong; 
bracts subtending compound heads not forming a conspicuous involucre but several leaf- 
like bracts with hyaline apices present, grading into capitulum-subtending bracts. 
General receptacle a simple undivided axis with the capitula arranged in a spike, minor 
receptacular axes absent. Ca/?/fw/a 30-100(250) per compound head, each capitulum with 
1 abaxial, hyaline, subtending bract that overlaps the capitular bracts. Capitulum 
subtending bracts ± widely elliptic or widely depressed ovate or ± widely to widely 
depressed obovate, sometimes ± circular; midrib large, c. Vs the total width and c. Vi 
the total length of the bract, entire and with an obtuse apex (or as in C. trifida only, 
distinctly lobed), glabrous or variably hairy. Capitular bracts 2, or to c. 10, hyaline, flat 
to concave, lamina with a distinct constriction in the upper part and with entire margins 
(C. pusilla only) or lacking a constriction and with the margins variably hairy; the 
midribs variably conspicuous; the bracts either distinctly paired and opposite one another 
or arranged in ± 1 or 2 whorls around the florets. Florets 1-5(8) per capitulum; corolla 3, 
4 or 5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 3, 4 or 5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± 
obconical, variably papillose, pink or pale purple. Pappus a small jagged ring or a ring 
with several apically divided bristles or absent. Figs: la-e; 9; 10. 
Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): 
Southern and central Australia. Four of the six species grow only on the margins of 
salt lakes in Western Australia. The lakes occur in a number of major drainage divisions 
and constituent systems recognised by Mulcahy & Bettenay (1972) and Bettenay & 
Mulcahy (1972). Species distribution appears to have been greatly affected by drainage 
patterns (Short 1981a,b). 
Ecology: 
All species commonly grow on the margins of saline depressions. Only C. pusilla 
and C. drummondii are capable of growing in non-saline habitats. 
*National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria 3141. 
Muelleria 5(3):I85-214 (1983). 
185 

Page image

886021 Chrysocoryne sp. B Muelleria 5(3): 196
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459819
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

196 
which agrees precisely with Mueller’s type citation is in K. The accompanying label 
indicates that the specimens were seen by Mueller and this sheet is selected as the 
lectotype. Although not correctly designated a further collection, MEL 541620 with the 
label ''Chrysocoryne tenella Ferd. Muller, Port Lincoln, Wilhelmi” is probably an 
isoiectotype or syntype. In Mueller’s case it is not uncommon to find that collection 
details accompanying specimens do not agree entirely with the published information. In 
this case there would appear to be a major discrepancy in the locality details but similar 
labels have been found on possible type material of Pleuropappus phyllocalymmeus. 
3. Despite its wide distribution C. drummondii exhibits little morphological 
variation although floret number has been observed to differ in some collections. Most 
collections have 2-flowered capitula but some collections with 3- and/or 4-flowered 
capitula (e.g. Cronin MEL 84705) and apparently 1-flowered capitula (e.g. Andrews, 
PERTH s.n.) have been found in Western Australia. A further collection, Eichler 20312, 
also from Western Australia, contains specimens with longer, narrower compound heads 
than those normally found in the species but other attributes suggest that it is best 
referred to C. drummondii. 
Selected Specimens Examined (9/73): 
Western Australia — Andrews s.n., Cannington, -,x.l902 (PERTH); Burbidge 7892, Dryandra State 
Forest, 22.xii.1971 (CANB, PERTH); Short 943, Yorkrakine Granite Rocks, 13.xi.l979 (AD); Short 1085, 
c. 8.6 km W. of Lake Grace, 24. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 1110, western margins of Lake Gilmore, 26.xi.l979(AD); 
Wilson 10,009, c. 1 km W. of Lucky Bay, 30.ix.l970 (PERTH). 
South Australia — Hunt 414, c. 25 km north-west of Naracoorte, 18.xi.l961 (AD); Short 807, 
c. 15.2 km from Edilillie along main road to Pt. Lincoln, 26. ix. 1978 (AD). 
Victoria — Phillips 406, between Apsley & Booroopki, 2.xi.l971 (CBG). 
4. Chrysocoryne trifida Short, sp.nov. 
Chrysocoryne sp. B, Short, Muelleria 4:402 (1981). 
Herba annua, (2)3-7 cm alta. Axes maiores ascendentes erective pilos peltiformes glandulosus ferentes; 
caulis interdum simplex sed plerumque ex nodis basalibus superioribusve vel ubique ramificans; 
ramuli maiores ipsi saepe surculos efficientes. Folia alterna, plerumque anguste elliptica 
oblanceolatave, raro elliptica, 0.2-0. 8 cm longa, c. 0. 1-0.2 cm lata, pilos glandulosus peltiformes 
ferentia. Glomeruli cylindracei usque anguste oblongi, 1-c. 4 cm longi, 0.1-0. 2 cm diametro. 
Capitula c. 30-100; bractea capitulum subtendens ± late elliptica obovatave, 1. 6-2.2 mm longa, 
1.4-1.9 mm lata; costa varie pilosa, saltern 3 lobis distinctis. Bracteae intra capituluml, concavae, 
0.8-1. 3 mm longae, 0.2-0. 3 mm latae, marginibus superioribus pilis c. 0.5 mm longis; costa 
conspicua, circa dimidium longitudinis bracteae altingens, glabra. Flosculi 1(2); corolla 5-lobata; 
antherae 5, unaquaeque pollinibus c. 350-5(X). Achenia ± obovoidea, c. 0. 3-0.4 mm longa, 
c. 0.2-0. 3 mm diametro, papillosa, purpurea. Pappus carens. 
Holotypus (fig. 12): Short 966, 45.1 km N. of Koorda along main road to 
Mollerin. Salt lake. c. 30°28'S, 117°31'E. Growing in white to brown sand or very sandy 
loam amongst Melaleuca, just Arthrocnemum [ =Halosarcia] zone. Chrysocoryne 
tridens and C. trifida commonly found growing together, 14.xi.l979 (AD 98(X)2348). 
IsoTYPus: PERTH. 
Annual herb, 3-7 cm high. Major axes ascending or erect, with scale-like glandular 
hairs; stem sometimes simple but usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper 
nodes. Leaves alternate, narrowly elliptic or oblanceolate, rarely elliptic, 0.2-0. 8 cm 
long, c. 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, a small hyaline appendage often present at the apex, all leaves 
with scale-like glandular hairs. Compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong, 1-4 cm 
long, 0.1-0.2 cm diam. Capitula c. 30-100 per compound head; capitulum-subtending 
bracts ± widely elliptic or ± widely obovate, 1.6-2. 2 mm long, 1.4-1. 9 mm wide; midrib 
with at least 3 distinct lobes, variably hairy, at least the lower bracts with some scale-like 
glandular hairs. Capitular bracts 2, concave, 0.8-1. 3 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide, the 
upper margins with long hairs V3-V2 (c. 0.5 mm long) the length of the bract; the midrib 
conspicuous and c. Vi the length of the bract, glabrous. Florets 1(2); corolla 5-lobed, the 
tube tapering ± gradually to the base or with a fairly distinct constriction in the lower Vi, 
the entire tube 0.8-1 mm long, c. 0. 3-0.4 mm diam.; anthers 5, each with c. 350-500 
pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.3-0.4 mm long, c. 0. 2-0.3 mm diam., papillose, 
purplish. Pappus absent. Figs: 9; lOk-m; 12. 
Chromosome number: n = c. 11. 

Page image

886025 Chrysocoryne sp. C Muelleria 5(3): 199
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459822
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

199 
Note: 
1 . The K sheet designated as having the lectotype collection of C. myosuroides also 
contains further specimens of the same species. The specimens are accompanied by the 
label ^^Chrysocoryne, Sw. riv., Drummond”. In the bottom right hand comer of the 
sheet there is also a label ''Chrysocoryne myosuroides. Gray” which appears to be in 
Gray’s hand. It is possible that both sets of specimens were seen by Gray and furthermore 
both sets may be from the one gathering. 
Selected Specimens Examined (4/20): 
Western Australia — Short 614A, c. 3.4 km E. of Meckering in Mortlock River, 20.ix.l977 (AD); 
Short 986, 7.9 km N. of Latham, 15.xi.l979(AD); Short 991, c. 30.4 km S. of Pindar, 15.xi.l979(AD); Short 
1014, c. 54.5 km from Nugadong along main road to Gunyidi, 19.xi.l979 (AD). 
6. Chrysocoryne tridens Short, sp. nov. 
Chrysocoryne sp. C, Short, Muelleria 4:402 (1981). 
Herba annua, 3-6(7. 6) cm alta. Axes maiores erecti, nonnullis pilis glandulosis peltiformibus; caulis 
simplex vel e nodis basalibus ramificans. Folia ad basem opposita, superiora alterna, omnia 
linearia elliptica vel oblanceolata usque obovata, 0.3-0. 8 cm long, 0.05-0.1 cm lata, pilis 
glandulosis peltiformibus dense obtecta. Glomeruli cylindracei usque anguste oblongi, 
(c. l)3-5(6.3) cm longi, 0.15-0.2 cm diametro. Capitula c. 50-250; bractea capitulim subtendens 
late elliptica vel late obovata, 1. 7-2(2. 2) mm longa, (1.45)1.6-2 mm lata; costa Integra, glabra vel 
varie pilosa, saepe pilis glandulosis pelti formibus nonnullis. Bracteae intra capitulum 2, 
concavae, 0. 9-1.4 mm longae, 0.35-0.6 mm latae, marginibus superioribus varie ciliatis, pilis 
usque ad c. 0.1 mm longis; costa parum clara. Flosculi 1; corolla 3-lobata, antherae 3, 
unaquaeque pollinibus c. 8-28. Achenia obovoidea, 0.45-0.55 mm longa, 0.15-0.23 mm 
diametro, papillosa, purpurea. Pappus carens. 
Holotypus (fig. 13): Short 1041, c. 3.5 km E. of Meckering in Mortlock River flats 
(East Branch), c. 3l°37'S, 117T)2'E. Growing in whitish brown sand to very sandy brown 
loam amongst Arthrocnemum [^Halosarcia], Acacia and other shrubs. V. common 
20.xi.1979 (AD 98002347). Isotypus: CANB, PERTH. 
Annual herb, 3-6(7. 6) cm high. Major axes erect, with scale-like glandular hairs; 
stem simple or forming branches at basal nodes, never branching from upper nodes. 
Leaves opposite at the base, the upper ones alternate, all leaves linear or elliptic or 
oblanceolate to obovate, 0.3-0.8 cm long, 0.05-0.1 cm wide, a small hyaline appendage 
sometimes present at the apex, all leaves densely covered with scale-like glandular hairs. 
Compound heads cyUndrical to narrowly oblong, (c. l)3-5(6.3) cm long, 0.15-0.2 cm 
diarn., with only a single head occurring at the apex of an unbranched major axis. 
Capitula c. 50-250 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts widely elliptic or 
widely obovate, 1. 7-2(2. 2) mm long, (1.45)1.6-2 mm wide; midrib entire, variably hairy 
or glabrous, often with a few scale-like glandular hairs. Capitular bracts 2, concave, 
0.9-1. 4 mm long, 0.35-0.6 mm wide, the upper margins variably ciliate, the hairs less 
than c. 0.1 mm long; midrib inconspicuous. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 3(4)-lobed, 
the tube tapering ± gradually to a thickened base, 0.7-0.85 mm long, 0.15-0.23 mm 
diam.; anthers 3(4), each with c. 8-28 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.45-0.55 mm 
long, 0.3-0.35 mm diam., papillose, purplish. Pappusabsent. Fies* 9* n 
Chromosome number: n = c. 13. 
Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): 
South-west of Western Australia. Salt lakes of the Eucla and South West Divisions 
Locally common. 
Ecology: 
Restricted to the margins of saline depressions. Collectors’ notes include “Clay 
loam on edge of salty flats . . . forming large mats on the ground”, “Growing amongst 
Eucalyptus, Melaleuca surrounding margin of salty depression. Sandy loam” and “Salt 
depression. White-greyish sand between Melaleuca' \ 
C. tridens commonly grows with C uniflora. Examination of collections, e.g 
Short 614A & 614B, has shown that the former species flowers some days before 
C. uniflora. 

Page image

477193 Chrysocoryne tenella Muelleria 5(3): 193
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459816
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

193 
heads ± narrowly oblong to oblong, c. 0.5-2 cm long, c. 0.25-0.4(0.45) cm diam. 
Capitulac. 50-250 per compound head; capitnlum-subtending bract ± widely to ± very 
widely obovate, sometimes ± circular, (1.8)2-2.6(2.85) mm long, (1.35)1.7-2.2(2.4) mm 
wide, the margins sometimes ciliate, the hairs c. 0. 1-0.3 mm long; midrib entire, variably 
villous and with a few scale-like glandular hairs. Capitular bracts 2-4(c. 10); the majority 
of capitula with 2 concave bracts, (1.2)1.4-1.65(1.75) mm long, (0.35)0.5-0.75 mm wide, 
with ciliate margins, the hairs c. 0.1-0. 3 mm long, with a conspicuous glabrous or hairy 
midrib extending c. V^-Va the length of the bract, 1 or 2 flat bracts commonly occur 
within the concave bracts, the bracts 1-1.4 mm long, (c. 0.05)0.3-0.6(0.8) mm wide, with 
distinctly divided margins in the upper of the bract, the hairs c. 0.1-0.3 mm long, the 
midrib ± inconspicuous and sometimes with a few ^andular hairs at the base; a few 
basal capitula often with 6-10 concave and flat bracts arranged in ± 2 or 3 whorls, the 
bracts resembling those of the upper capitula. Florets (2)3-5(6) per capitulum; corolla 3, 4 
or 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to a thickened base, c. 0.6-0.7 mm long, 
c. 0.2-0.35 mm diam., often with a few glandular hairs along the tube; anthers 3, 4 or 5, 
each with c. 15-40 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.4 mm long, 0.35 mm diam., 
purplish. Pappus absent. Figs: 9; lOg-h; 11. 
Chromosome no.: n = c. 12. 
Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): 
South-west of Western Australia. Apparently confined to salt lakes of the Avon 
drainage system. Locally common. 
Ecology: 
Grows in saline sandy soils on the margins of salt lakes. Commonly associated with 
Melaleuca and Halosarcia spp. 
Notes: 
1. The specific epithet alludes to the many-flowered capitula in this species. Other 
inbreeding species, and usually the outbreeding C. pusilla as well, have fewer florets per 
capitulum. 
2. The number and arrangement of capitular bracts is variable within any single 
compound head. In some compound heads examined there appears to be a trend from 
c. 6-10 bracts per capitulum at the base of the heads to 2 bracts per capitulum toward the 
apex. The majority of capitula have 2 distinctly concave bracts within which 1 or 2 
tother flat bracts may occur. When 2 inner bracts occur there is often a distinct 
difference in size and it is common to see bracts no more than 4 or 5 cells wide. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Chinnock4364, Western edge of Lake King, 12.xi.l978 (AD, PERTH); Keighery 
1337, W’n edge of Lake King, 8.x. 1974 (KP); Short 1046, c. 4.6 km E. of Meckering in East Branch of 
Mortlock River, 20. xi. 1979 (AD). 
3. Chrysocoryne dnimmondii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (1851). 
Type: ‘‘Swan River, Drummond”. Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 16, Swan 
River, s. dat. (K). Syntypes or Possible Isolectotypes: K, MEL 541601, MEL 84756 
(see note 1 below). 
Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 130 
(1855); F. Muell., Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8:149 (1856). — Angianthus tenellus 
(F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st. ed. 646 (1929), 
2nd. ed. 925 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. 
Wildfls 813 (1975). — Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 
(1891). — Siloxerus tenellus Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. DanskeVidensk. 
Selsk. 3:138 (1921), nom. illeg. Type: “In flats subject to inundations by winter rains, 
between the Long Lake and the Fountain, on Spencer’s Gulf. C. Wilhelmi.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Wilhelmi s.n., between the Fountain & Long Lake, s. dat. (K). 
Probable Isolectotype or Syntype: MEL 541620 (see note 2 below). 
[Crossolepis pusilla auct. non Benth.: Hook., Ic. PI. 5: t. 413 (1841) (see note under 
generic treatment of Chrysocoryne),] 

Page image

886018 Chrysocoryne tenella Muelleria 5(3): 193
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459816
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

193 
heads ± narrowly oblong to oblong, c. 0.5-2 cm long, c. 0.25-0.4(0.45) cm diam. 
Capitulac. 50-250 per compound head; capitnlum-subtending bract ± widely to ± very 
widely obovate, sometimes ± circular, (1.8)2-2.6(2.85) mm long, (1.35)1.7-2.2(2.4) mm 
wide, the margins sometimes ciliate, the hairs c. 0. 1-0.3 mm long; midrib entire, variably 
villous and with a few scale-like glandular hairs. Capitular bracts 2-4(c. 10); the majority 
of capitula with 2 concave bracts, (1.2)1.4-1.65(1.75) mm long, (0.35)0.5-0.75 mm wide, 
with ciliate margins, the hairs c. 0.1-0. 3 mm long, with a conspicuous glabrous or hairy 
midrib extending c. V^-Va the length of the bract, 1 or 2 flat bracts commonly occur 
within the concave bracts, the bracts 1-1.4 mm long, (c. 0.05)0.3-0.6(0.8) mm wide, with 
distinctly divided margins in the upper of the bract, the hairs c. 0.1-0.3 mm long, the 
midrib ± inconspicuous and sometimes with a few ^andular hairs at the base; a few 
basal capitula often with 6-10 concave and flat bracts arranged in ± 2 or 3 whorls, the 
bracts resembling those of the upper capitula. Florets (2)3-5(6) per capitulum; corolla 3, 4 
or 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to a thickened base, c. 0.6-0.7 mm long, 
c. 0.2-0.35 mm diam., often with a few glandular hairs along the tube; anthers 3, 4 or 5, 
each with c. 15-40 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.4 mm long, 0.35 mm diam., 
purplish. Pappus absent. Figs: 9; lOg-h; 11. 
Chromosome no.: n = c. 12. 
Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): 
South-west of Western Australia. Apparently confined to salt lakes of the Avon 
drainage system. Locally common. 
Ecology: 
Grows in saline sandy soils on the margins of salt lakes. Commonly associated with 
Melaleuca and Halosarcia spp. 
Notes: 
1. The specific epithet alludes to the many-flowered capitula in this species. Other 
inbreeding species, and usually the outbreeding C. pusilla as well, have fewer florets per 
capitulum. 
2. The number and arrangement of capitular bracts is variable within any single 
compound head. In some compound heads examined there appears to be a trend from 
c. 6-10 bracts per capitulum at the base of the heads to 2 bracts per capitulum toward the 
apex. The majority of capitula have 2 distinctly concave bracts within which 1 or 2 
tother flat bracts may occur. When 2 inner bracts occur there is often a distinct 
difference in size and it is common to see bracts no more than 4 or 5 cells wide. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Chinnock4364, Western edge of Lake King, 12.xi.l978 (AD, PERTH); Keighery 
1337, W’n edge of Lake King, 8.x. 1974 (KP); Short 1046, c. 4.6 km E. of Meckering in East Branch of 
Mortlock River, 20. xi. 1979 (AD). 
3. Chrysocoryne dnimmondii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (1851). 
Type: ‘‘Swan River, Drummond”. Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 16, Swan 
River, s. dat. (K). Syntypes or Possible Isolectotypes: K, MEL 541601, MEL 84756 
(see note 1 below). 
Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 130 
(1855); F. Muell., Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8:149 (1856). — Angianthus tenellus 
(F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st. ed. 646 (1929), 
2nd. ed. 925 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. 
Wildfls 813 (1975). — Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 
(1891). — Siloxerus tenellus Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. DanskeVidensk. 
Selsk. 3:138 (1921), nom. illeg. Type: “In flats subject to inundations by winter rains, 
between the Long Lake and the Fountain, on Spencer’s Gulf. C. Wilhelmi.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Wilhelmi s.n., between the Fountain & Long Lake, s. dat. (K). 
Probable Isolectotype or Syntype: MEL 541620 (see note 2 below). 
[Crossolepis pusilla auct. non Benth.: Hook., Ic. PI. 5: t. 413 (1841) (see note under 
generic treatment of Chrysocoryne),] 

Page image

477199 Chrysocoryne tridens Muelleria 5(3): 199-201, Figs 9, 13
477201 Chrysocoryne trifida Muelleria 5(3): 196-198, Figs 9, 10K-m, 12
477222 Chrysocoryne uniflora Muelleria 5(3): 198-199, Fig. 9

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(3): 198-199, Fig. 9".

886041 Chthonocephalus pygmaeus Muelleria 5(3): 208
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459885
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

208 
the floret whereas in Preiss 41 it is approximately the length of the floret. Thus it is not 
surprising that in the past S. suberectus and S. cylindraceus have been recognised as 
different taxa. Initially it was felt that these separate taxa could be maintained. However, 
although extensive field studies have not been made, examination of other herbarium 
collections has shown that the recognition of two taxa is apparently not tenable, the size 
of the bracts and the ratio of pappus length to floret length being quite variable. 
Selected Specimens Examined (6/97): 
Western Australia — Abbot 53, Island, Recherche Archipelago, ii. 1976 (MEL); Burbidge7945, 
Twin Swamps Wildlife Sanctuary, 11.1.1972 (CANB); Burbidge 7962, Twin Swamps Wildlife Sanctuary, 
20.i.l972 (CANB, PERTH); Congdon 75034b, Blackwood River Estuary, 29.xi.1975 (PERTH); Short 1055, 
c. 1 km from Jarrahwood along road to Nannup, 22. xi. 1979 (AD); 5/tor? 7059, c. 41 km from Kojonup along 
main Boyup Brook road, 23. xi. 1979 (AD). 
3. Siloxenis pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, Muelleria 4:413 (1981). — Chamaesphaerion 
pygmaeum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:177 (June 1851). — 
Chthonocephalus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:582 (1867); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 820 (1975). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond.” 
Lectotype: (here designated): Drummond 55, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K). Isolectotypes: 
GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 542228, PERTH (ex herb. K, ex herb. TCD). 
Gyrostephium rhizocephalum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):77 
(Oct. 1851). IVpe: “Nova Hollandia. Drum.V.n.55.” Holotype: ? CW, n.v. (see p.OOO). 
Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, PERTH (ex herb. K, ex herb. TCD). 
Annual, almost stemless herb consisting of a compound head surrounded by a basal 
rosette of c. 10-20(30) leaves. Leaves lanceolate, c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, 
glabrous or sparsely hairy, mucronate and usually with distinct hyaline margins at the 
base. Compound heads depressed ovoid, c. 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0. 6-1.1 cm diam. 
Capitulum with (18)20-30 capitular bracts and paleae, all bracts narrowly elliptic to 
elliptic or sometimes oblanceolate to obovate, 3.2-4.2(4.5) mm long, (0.75)0.85-1.5 
(1.85) mm wide, white. Florets c. 10-20; corolla 3- or rarely 4-lobed, the tube tapering 
gradually to the base, 1.5-1. 8(2.1) mm long, 0.2-0.25 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 
0.6-0.75(0.85) mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm diam., papillose. Pappus a jagged ring 
c. 0.15-0.45 mm long. Fig. 15. 
Chromosome number: n = c. 12 or 13. 
Distribution (Fig. 15): 
South-west of Western Australia, occurring south of latitude c. 30°S and between 
longitudes c. 117°E and c. 122°E. 
Ecology: 
Generally restricted to saline, sandy soils surrounding inland salt lakes but also 
found at the base of granite outcrops. Collectors’ notes include “Granite outcrops . . . 
Sandy loam amongst Eucalpytus woodland at base of rock”, “White to greyish sand 
between Melaleuca and extending into Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone around salt 
depression” and “Growing in open areas on pale brown, very sandy loam between 
Melaleuca and Eucalyptus above saline depression”. 
Note: 
1. Apparently mature achenes of this species exhibit marked size differences within 
any one compound head. Some fruits are c. \ Vi times larger than the majority. It is 
difficult to ascertain their exact location but they appear to occur on the outer margins of 
the compound heads. The larger fruits generally appear to germinate several days earlier 
than the smallest ones in the heads. Such a staggering of germination times may be of 
adaptive value in areas of low, unreliable rainfall; that is unless sufficient moisture is 
available for a prolonged period of time the smaller achenes will remain dormant. A 
better food supply in the larger fruits may ensure their survival in adverse conditions. 
S. pygmaeus, at least in part of its range, does occur in a low rainfall area. Furthermore 
southern Australia has experienced greater cycles of aridity in the recent past than have 
occurred throughout the Tertiary period. 

Page image

503898 Crossolepis pusilla Muelleria 5(3): 189
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459812
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

189 
Reproductive Biology: 
There is no evidence of hybridisation within Chrysocoryne despite the fact that a 
number of species connmonly grow in the same locality, e.g. dl but C. trifida have been 
collected from the saline Mortlock River flats near Meckering. Specific differences are 
presumably maintained by a number of parameters including differences in chromosome 
number, habitat preferences (e.g. as in C. pusilla, see above ecology notes) and flowering 
time (e.g. C. tridens appears to flower some days earlier than C. uniflora^ a species with 
which it commonly grows). These factors, combined with the inbreeding nature of three 
of the species, must present formidable barriers to interspecific crossing. 
Flies and ants are commonly seen on most species of Chrysocoryne but their 
importance as pollinators is not known. It appears that the fruit of at least some species 
are a useful food supply for ants. Ants have been observed transporting c. 1 cm lengths 
of compound heads of C. tridens to their nests. 
Potential seed set has been established for all species (table 1; Short, 1981b) and it is 
evident that values obtained for inbreeding ones are similar to or greater than those of 
closely related outbreeders. The significance of the values is open to question. It may well 
be that an increase in seed set is a method by which genetic heterogeneity is maintained in 
inbreeding taxa. On the other hand an increase in seed set, which is correlated with an 
increase in the number of capitula per unit length of compound head, may perhaps be a 
reflection of selection for reduced inflorescence size and a consequent shorter life cycle. 
Such an hypothesis has already been suggested to explain the large number of unrelated 
taxa in the ''Angianthus group’', a group characterised by having compound heads. 
Key to Species of Chrysocoryne 
1. Capitular bracts 2-6(c. 10); capitula with (2)3-5(8) florets 
2. Pappus a small jagged ring, sometimes with several apically divided bristles extending c. Vi the length 
of the floret; capitiUar bracts with entire margins; florets 5-lobed; compound heads narrowly ellipsoid 
to ellipsoid or oblanceoloid to ± obovoid, sometimes ± ovoid, 1-1. 5(2.2) cm long, 0.3-0. 5(0.7) cm 
diam.,(fig. lOa-0 1. C. pusilla 
2. Pappus absent; capitular bracts with ciliate margins; florets 3, 4 & 5-lobed; compound heads narrowly 
oblong to oblong, c. 0.5-2 cm long, c. 0.25-0.4(0.45) cm diam., (fig. lOg-h) 2. C. multiflora 
1. Capitular bracts 2; capitula usually with 1 or 2 florets (rarely 3 or 4 in C. drummondii) 
3 . Midrib of capitulum-subtending bracts with at least 3 distinct lobes; capitular bracts with long hairs on 
the upper margins, the hairs V^-Vi (c. 0.5 mm long) the length of the bracts; capitula with 1, rarely 2, 
florets, (fig. lOk-m) 4. C. trifida 
3. Midrib of capitulum-subtending bracts not divided; capitular bracts with variably ciliate margins, the 
hairs c. 0.1 mm long; capitula with 1 or 2, rarely 3 or 4, florets 
4. Florets mainly 5-lobed; (250)300-400(500) pollen grains per anther; compound head cylindrical to 
narrowly oblong, c. 1.5-3(3.6) cm long 5. C. uniflora 
4. Florets 3 or 4-lobed; (8)12-64 pollen grains per anther; compound heads cylindrical to narrowly 
oblong and (c. l)3-5(6.3) cm long or narrowly oblong and c. 1-2(2. 5) cm long 
5. Compound heads narrowly oblong, c. 1-2(2. 5) cm long, c. 0.2-0.25(c. 0.3) cm diam.; capitula 
with (1)2(3, 4) florets; stem simple or branching from basal &/or upper nodes, (fig. lOi-j) 
3. C. drummondii 
5. Compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong (c. l)3-5(6.3) cm long, 0.15-0.2 cm diam.; 
capitula with 1 floret; stem simple or branching from basal nodes, never branching from upper 
nodes 6. C. tridens 
1. Chrysocoryne pusflla (Benth.) Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:458 (1843) (in name only, 
see note 1, p.l87; Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:441 (1845) p.p., excl. C. drummondii zs, to 
ref. to Hook., Icon. PI. 5:pl. 413 (1841). — Crossolepis pusilla Benth. in Endl. Enum. PI. 
61 (1837); DC., Prod. 6:158 (1838). — Chrysocoryne huegelii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. 
Kew Gard. Misc. 3:151 (1851), nom. illeg. — Angianthus pusillus (Benth.) Benth., FI. 
Austr. 3:564 (1867); Hoffman in Engler & Prantl. Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, 
Fig. 98C-G (1890); F. M. Bail., Qd. FI. 848 (1900); J. M. Black, H. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 
(1926), 2nd ed. 925 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:729 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. 
Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). — Styloncerus pusillus (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 
(1891) — Siloxerus pusillus (Benth.) Ising, Trans & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 46:604 
(1922). Type: “Swan River. (Htigd.V’. Lectotype (here designated): Hugels.n., Swan 
River, s.dat. (W). Isolectotype: K. 

Page image

799273 Crossolepis pusilla Muelleria 5(3): 189
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459812
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

189 
Reproductive Biology: 
There is no evidence of hybridisation within Chrysocoryne despite the fact that a 
number of species connmonly grow in the same locality, e.g. dl but C. trifida have been 
collected from the saline Mortlock River flats near Meckering. Specific differences are 
presumably maintained by a number of parameters including differences in chromosome 
number, habitat preferences (e.g. as in C. pusilla, see above ecology notes) and flowering 
time (e.g. C. tridens appears to flower some days earlier than C. uniflora^ a species with 
which it commonly grows). These factors, combined with the inbreeding nature of three 
of the species, must present formidable barriers to interspecific crossing. 
Flies and ants are commonly seen on most species of Chrysocoryne but their 
importance as pollinators is not known. It appears that the fruit of at least some species 
are a useful food supply for ants. Ants have been observed transporting c. 1 cm lengths 
of compound heads of C. tridens to their nests. 
Potential seed set has been established for all species (table 1; Short, 1981b) and it is 
evident that values obtained for inbreeding ones are similar to or greater than those of 
closely related outbreeders. The significance of the values is open to question. It may well 
be that an increase in seed set is a method by which genetic heterogeneity is maintained in 
inbreeding taxa. On the other hand an increase in seed set, which is correlated with an 
increase in the number of capitula per unit length of compound head, may perhaps be a 
reflection of selection for reduced inflorescence size and a consequent shorter life cycle. 
Such an hypothesis has already been suggested to explain the large number of unrelated 
taxa in the ''Angianthus group’', a group characterised by having compound heads. 
Key to Species of Chrysocoryne 
1. Capitular bracts 2-6(c. 10); capitula with (2)3-5(8) florets 
2. Pappus a small jagged ring, sometimes with several apically divided bristles extending c. Vi the length 
of the floret; capitiUar bracts with entire margins; florets 5-lobed; compound heads narrowly ellipsoid 
to ellipsoid or oblanceoloid to ± obovoid, sometimes ± ovoid, 1-1. 5(2.2) cm long, 0.3-0. 5(0.7) cm 
diam.,(fig. lOa-0 1. C. pusilla 
2. Pappus absent; capitular bracts with ciliate margins; florets 3, 4 & 5-lobed; compound heads narrowly 
oblong to oblong, c. 0.5-2 cm long, c. 0.25-0.4(0.45) cm diam., (fig. lOg-h) 2. C. multiflora 
1. Capitular bracts 2; capitula usually with 1 or 2 florets (rarely 3 or 4 in C. drummondii) 
3 . Midrib of capitulum-subtending bracts with at least 3 distinct lobes; capitular bracts with long hairs on 
the upper margins, the hairs V^-Vi (c. 0.5 mm long) the length of the bracts; capitula with 1, rarely 2, 
florets, (fig. lOk-m) 4. C. trifida 
3. Midrib of capitulum-subtending bracts not divided; capitular bracts with variably ciliate margins, the 
hairs c. 0.1 mm long; capitula with 1 or 2, rarely 3 or 4, florets 
4. Florets mainly 5-lobed; (250)300-400(500) pollen grains per anther; compound head cylindrical to 
narrowly oblong, c. 1.5-3(3.6) cm long 5. C. uniflora 
4. Florets 3 or 4-lobed; (8)12-64 pollen grains per anther; compound heads cylindrical to narrowly 
oblong and (c. l)3-5(6.3) cm long or narrowly oblong and c. 1-2(2. 5) cm long 
5. Compound heads narrowly oblong, c. 1-2(2. 5) cm long, c. 0.2-0.25(c. 0.3) cm diam.; capitula 
with (1)2(3, 4) florets; stem simple or branching from basal &/or upper nodes, (fig. lOi-j) 
3. C. drummondii 
5. Compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong (c. l)3-5(6.3) cm long, 0.15-0.2 cm diam.; 
capitula with 1 floret; stem simple or branching from basal nodes, never branching from upper 
nodes 6. C. tridens 
1. Chrysocoryne pusflla (Benth.) Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:458 (1843) (in name only, 
see note 1, p.l87; Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:441 (1845) p.p., excl. C. drummondii zs, to 
ref. to Hook., Icon. PI. 5:pl. 413 (1841). — Crossolepis pusilla Benth. in Endl. Enum. PI. 
61 (1837); DC., Prod. 6:158 (1838). — Chrysocoryne huegelii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. 
Kew Gard. Misc. 3:151 (1851), nom. illeg. — Angianthus pusillus (Benth.) Benth., FI. 
Austr. 3:564 (1867); Hoffman in Engler & Prantl. Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, 
Fig. 98C-G (1890); F. M. Bail., Qd. FI. 848 (1900); J. M. Black, H. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 
(1926), 2nd ed. 925 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:729 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. 
Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). — Styloncerus pusillus (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 
(1891) — Siloxerus pusillus (Benth.) Ising, Trans & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 46:604 
(1922). Type: “Swan River. (Htigd.V’. Lectotype (here designated): Hugels.n., Swan 
River, s.dat. (W). Isolectotype: K. 

Page image

885859 Cylindrosorus Muelleria 5(2): 153
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459838
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

153 
“nobis!” after each name. Furthermore the sheets from Steetz’s herbarium contain as 
good, or much better material than those in LD, S, or the collections at MEL obtained 
with Sonder’s herbarium. 
Unless it is otherwise indicated, by reference to microfiche, photographs or the use 
of the abbreviation ‘n.v.’, it should be assumed that all specimens, types or otherwise, 
cited in this paper have been seen by the author. 
Key to Segregate Genera and Species of Angianthus Sensu Lato 
1 . General involucre consisting of 2 leaf-like, overlapping or connate bracts which more or less enclose the 
capitula(fig.lg) 6. Dithyrostegia 
1. General involucre absent or inconspicuous or if well developed consisting of more than 2 bracts 
2. Capitular bracts with papillae at the apex (fig. li) Pogonolepis 
2. Capitular bracts lacking papillae at the apex 
3. Leaves opposite (at least in lower Vi of plant) and distinctly petiolate; laminae 1-2.5 cm long, 
0.4-1 cm wide 4. Cephalosorus 
3. Leaves alternate or if opposite then lacking petioles and less than 0.3 cm wide 
4. Achene obliquely attached to floret; pappus an oblique scale (fig. Ih) 2. Pleuropappus 
4. Achene not obliquely attached to floret; pappus absent or not an oblique scale 
5. Paleae present, the bracts resembling the capitular bracts, whitish, ± opaque and with 
thick cell walls 9. Siloxerus 
5. Paleae absent 
6. Plants prostrate; compound heads woolly; pappus consisting of 8-12 barbed bristles 
united in a short ring at the base 1. Gnephosis burkittii 
6. Plants not with the above combination of characters 
7. Base of floret or apex of achenes with long hairs 
8. Capitular bracts 4-5; capitulum-subtending bract distinct, rigid and opaque .... 
\ . Angianthus connatus 
8. Capitular bracts 2 or 3; capitulum-subtending bracts absent 3. Epitriche 
7. Base of florets or apex of achenes without long hairs 
9. Bracts of general involucre with a leaf-like midrib and broad, hyaline, wing- 
like margins (fig. If), the bracts about the length of the compound heads . . . 
7. Hyalochlamys 
9. Bracts of general involucre absent or not as above 
10. Compound heads with c. lOcapitula; capitulum-subtending bracts rigid 
and leaf-like \ . Angianthus axilliflorus 
10. Compound heads usually with more than c. 10 capitula (commonly 
30-several hundred); capitulum-subtending bracts primarily hyaline 
11. Capitulum-subtending bracts morphologically ± similar, except 
for the concave nature of some, to the capitular bracts (fig. Ik-m); 
achenes brown A ngianthus 
11. Capitulum-subtending bracts totally unlike the capitular bracts 
(fig. la-e); achenes pink or purple 5. Chrysocoryne 
1. Angianthus Wendl., Collect. PI. 2:31 (71808); DC., Prodr. 6:150 (1838); Steetz in 
Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:438 (1845); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:560 (1867) p.p.; Benth. in Benth. & 
Hook, f.. Genera PI. 2:319 (1873) p.p.; Hoffman in Engler & Prantl, Natlirl. 
Pflanzenfam. IV (5):193 (1890) p.p. Type: A. tomentosus Wend. 
Cassinia R. Br. in W. & W. T. Aiton, Hort. Kewensis 2nd ed. 5:184 (1813), non 
Cassinia R. Br., Trans. Linn. Soc. London 12:126 (1818) nom. cons. Type: C. aurea R. 
Br. { = A. tomentosus 
Cylindrosorus Benth., Enum. PI. 62 (1837); DC., Prodr. 6:151 (1838). Type: 
C. flavescensBenXh. {=A. tomentosus 
Phyllocalymma Benth., Enum. PI. 61 (1837); DC., Prodr. 6:150 (1838); Steetz in 
Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436 (1845). Type: P. micropodioides Benth. {=A. micropodioides 
(Benth.) Benth.) 
Skirrhophorus DC. in Lindl. ex DC., Prodr. 6:150 (1838); DC. in Lindl., Nat. Syst. 
Bot. 2nd ed. 260 (1836) nomen nudum; DC. in Deless., Icon. Select. PI. 4:22,t.51 (1840) 
Skirrophorus'); Steetz in Lehm. PL Preiss. 1:438 (1845); A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew 

Page image

515872 Cylindrosorus flavescens Muelleria 5(2): 164
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459827
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

164 
Annual herb, 6-14(16) cm high. Major axes erect or ascending, glabrous or slightly 
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves 
alternate, succulent and cylindrical when fresh, 0.4-1.6(3) cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, not 
mucronate but sometimes the upper ones with a hyaline appendage at the apex, all leaves 
± glabrous. Compound heads narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid, 1-2. 5(3.4) cm long, 
0.4-0. 6 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads not forming a conspicuous 
involucre but several leaf-like, hairy bracts with hyaline apices present, grading into 
capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle cylindrical to narrowly oblong. Capitula 
c. 100-500 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2, ?3), if more than one 
then the extra one(s) abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ovate or ± oblong, 
1.8-2. 5 mm long, 1-1.6 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex. 
Capitular bracts with the two concave ones 1.6-2. 3 mm long, the midrib glabrous or 
variably hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, ± elliptic or obovate, gradually tapering 
towards the base, 1.6-2. 2 mm long, 0.7-1. 2 mm wide, the midrib ^abrous or variably 
hairy toward the apex. Floret 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to the 
base, 1.1-1. 5 mm long, c. 0.4 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0. 5-0.8 mm long, 
c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. Pappus cup-shaped, variably jagged, sometimes appearing 
to be composed of c. 5 scales joined at the base, 0. 2-0.4 mm high. Figs.: 3a, c; 5. 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Upper Eyre Peninsula, South Australia between latitudes 31°S and 33°S and 
longitudes 135°E and 138°E. Moderately common. 
Ecology: 
Commonly grows on the margins of saline depressions where usually associated 
with species of Halosarcia, Atriplex and Aizoon, but also occurs on coastal sand-dunes. 
Also recorded in an Acacia linophylla association on red sand dunes. 
Notes: 
1. The specific epithet refers to the more or less glabrous nature of the species. This 
characteristic readily distinguishes it from perhaps its closest relatives. A, brachypappus 
and A. tomentosus. 
Selected Specimens Examined (6/14): 
South Australia — Chinnock 2618, 30 km W. of Kingoonya on the Tarcoola road, 27.ix.1975 (AD); 
Eichler 18817, SW. end of Pernatty Lagoon, 22.X.1966 (AD); Higginson s.n.. Port Augusta, 1955 (ACB); Lay 
547, Kenella Rocks, Wilgena Station, 1.x. 1971 (AD); Short 793, c. 26.7 km S. of Hiltaba homestead, 
25.ix.1978 (AD); Specht & Carrodus 96, 40 miles N. of Nonning homestead, 16.xi.l958 (AD). 
5. Angianthus tomentosus Wendl., Collect. PI. 2:32; t.48 (71808); Brown, Trans. Linn. 
Soc. London 12:103 (1817); Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 14:483 (1819); DC, Prod, 6:150 (1838); 
Sond., Linnaea 25:487 (1853); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:562 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 
1st ed. 644 (1926), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:729 (1973); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 811 (1975). — Styloncerus tomentosus (Wendl.) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus tomentosus (Wendl.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. 
Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:137 (1921). Type: “Botany Bay”. Lectotype (here 
designated): GOET (ex herb. Wendl., Herrenhausen; photograph only seen). Probable 
isoLECTOTYPEs: GOET (ex herb. Bartling; photograph only seen), MEL 543^5 (ex herb. 
Steetz), (see note 2 below). 
Cassinia aurea R. Br. in W. T. Aiton, Hort. Kewensis 2nd ed. 5:184 (1813); Spreng., 
Syst. Veg. 16th ed. 426 (1826). Type: “Nat. of the South coast of New Holland. Robert 
Brown, Esq. Introd. 1803, by Mr. Peter Good”. Type specimen: Brown s.n.. Bay IV, 
South Coast, s. dat. (K), (see note 3 below). 
Cylindrosorus flavescens Benth., Enum. PI. Hueg. 62 (1837). — Angianthus 
flavescens (Benth.) Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:438 (1845). Type: “Swan River 
(Hugel)”. Lectotype (here designated): Hugels.n., Swan River, s. dat. (K, herb. Benth.). 
Isolectotype: W. Probable isolectotype: MEL 84773 (see note 4 below). 

Page image

803485 Cylindrosorus flavescens Muelleria 5(2): 164
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459827
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

164 
Annual herb, 6-14(16) cm high. Major axes erect or ascending, glabrous or slightly 
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves 
alternate, succulent and cylindrical when fresh, 0.4-1.6(3) cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, not 
mucronate but sometimes the upper ones with a hyaline appendage at the apex, all leaves 
± glabrous. Compound heads narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid, 1-2. 5(3.4) cm long, 
0.4-0. 6 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads not forming a conspicuous 
involucre but several leaf-like, hairy bracts with hyaline apices present, grading into 
capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle cylindrical to narrowly oblong. Capitula 
c. 100-500 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2, ?3), if more than one 
then the extra one(s) abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ovate or ± oblong, 
1.8-2. 5 mm long, 1-1.6 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex. 
Capitular bracts with the two concave ones 1.6-2. 3 mm long, the midrib glabrous or 
variably hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, ± elliptic or obovate, gradually tapering 
towards the base, 1.6-2. 2 mm long, 0.7-1. 2 mm wide, the midrib ^abrous or variably 
hairy toward the apex. Floret 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to the 
base, 1.1-1. 5 mm long, c. 0.4 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0. 5-0.8 mm long, 
c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. Pappus cup-shaped, variably jagged, sometimes appearing 
to be composed of c. 5 scales joined at the base, 0. 2-0.4 mm high. Figs.: 3a, c; 5. 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Upper Eyre Peninsula, South Australia between latitudes 31°S and 33°S and 
longitudes 135°E and 138°E. Moderately common. 
Ecology: 
Commonly grows on the margins of saline depressions where usually associated 
with species of Halosarcia, Atriplex and Aizoon, but also occurs on coastal sand-dunes. 
Also recorded in an Acacia linophylla association on red sand dunes. 
Notes: 
1. The specific epithet refers to the more or less glabrous nature of the species. This 
characteristic readily distinguishes it from perhaps its closest relatives. A, brachypappus 
and A. tomentosus. 
Selected Specimens Examined (6/14): 
South Australia — Chinnock 2618, 30 km W. of Kingoonya on the Tarcoola road, 27.ix.1975 (AD); 
Eichler 18817, SW. end of Pernatty Lagoon, 22.X.1966 (AD); Higginson s.n.. Port Augusta, 1955 (ACB); Lay 
547, Kenella Rocks, Wilgena Station, 1.x. 1971 (AD); Short 793, c. 26.7 km S. of Hiltaba homestead, 
25.ix.1978 (AD); Specht & Carrodus 96, 40 miles N. of Nonning homestead, 16.xi.l958 (AD). 
5. Angianthus tomentosus Wendl., Collect. PI. 2:32; t.48 (71808); Brown, Trans. Linn. 
Soc. London 12:103 (1817); Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 14:483 (1819); DC, Prod, 6:150 (1838); 
Sond., Linnaea 25:487 (1853); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:562 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 
1st ed. 644 (1926), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:729 (1973); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 811 (1975). — Styloncerus tomentosus (Wendl.) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus tomentosus (Wendl.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. 
Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:137 (1921). Type: “Botany Bay”. Lectotype (here 
designated): GOET (ex herb. Wendl., Herrenhausen; photograph only seen). Probable 
isoLECTOTYPEs: GOET (ex herb. Bartling; photograph only seen), MEL 543^5 (ex herb. 
Steetz), (see note 2 below). 
Cassinia aurea R. Br. in W. T. Aiton, Hort. Kewensis 2nd ed. 5:184 (1813); Spreng., 
Syst. Veg. 16th ed. 426 (1826). Type: “Nat. of the South coast of New Holland. Robert 
Brown, Esq. Introd. 1803, by Mr. Peter Good”. Type specimen: Brown s.n.. Bay IV, 
South Coast, s. dat. (K), (see note 3 below). 
Cylindrosorus flavescens Benth., Enum. PI. Hueg. 62 (1837). — Angianthus 
flavescens (Benth.) Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:438 (1845). Type: “Swan River 
(Hugel)”. Lectotype (here designated): Hugels.n., Swan River, s. dat. (K, herb. Benth.). 
Isolectotype: W. Probable isolectotype: MEL 84773 (see note 4 below). 

Page image

490906 Dithyrostegia Muelleria 5(3): 201, Fig. 1g
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459878
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

201 
Note: 
1. The specific epithet alludes to the 3-lobed florets generally found in this species. 
Selected Specimens Examined (5/30): 
Western Australia — Short 6J4B, c. 3.4 km E. of Meckeringin Mortlock River, 20, ix. 1977 (AD); Short 
675, 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 25. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 972, southern edge of Lake Moore, 14.xi.l977 (AD); 
Short 1063, Beaufort Bridge along Kojonup-Williams road, 23. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 1113, base of Dundas 
Rocks, 26.xi.1979 (AD). 
6. Dithyrostegia A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 3:97, 1(X) (April 1851). Type: 
D. amplexicaulis A. Gray. 
Gamozygis Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):75 (Oct. 1851). Type: 
G. flexuosalxxrcz. {=D. amplexicaulis K, Gray). 
[Angianthus auct. non WendL: see synonymy of D. amplexicaulis.] 
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: see synonymy of D. amplexicaulis.] 
Annual herb. Major axes erect or ascending, glabrous; stem simple or forming 
major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate, sessile, ovate, concave, 
stem-clasping, glabrous. Compound heads broadly obovoid; bracts subtending 
compound heads 2, leaf-like, overlapping or connate in the lower V 3 -Y 2 and enclosing the 
compound head, glabrous. General receptacle a slightly expanded axis, in the largest 
heads ± oblong, the capitula ± evenly distributed over the surface, the entire receptacle 
densely covered with hairs which are c. the length of the florets. Capitula c. 10-40 per 
compound head. Capitular bracts 1 or 2, hyaline, if 2 then often partially connate, 
usually with long hairs at the apex, the entire part of the bracts only slightly exceeding the 
length of the achene. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 5-lobed; style branches truncate; 
stamens 5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± obovoid, densely silky hairy. Pappus of a few 
short, smooth bristles fused at the base, c. /s the length of the corolla tube. Fig. Ig. 
Distribution (Fig. 14): 
A monotypic genus occurring in the south-west of Western Australia between 
latitudes c. 29°-31°S and west of longitude c. 120°E. 
Affinities/Generic Characteristics: 
Dithyrostegia has no obvious affinities with other segregate genera of Angianthus. It 
is readily distinguished by the 2 leaf-like bracts which subtend the compound heads, the 
silky hairy achenes, capitular bracts and the concave, stem-clasping leaves. 
Evolution/Reproductive Biology: 
A pollen-ovule ratio of 1,449 was determined from a single individual of Short 344. 
In keeping with values previously outlined the single species is probably an outbreeder 
(Short 1981a, b). 
Fig. 14. Distribution of Dithyrostegia amplexicaulis and Hyalochlamys globifera (Western Australia). 

Page image

490919 Dithyrostegia amplexicaulis Muelleria 5(3): 202
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459879
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

202 
DithyrostegiaamplexicaulisA. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 3:100 (April 1851). 
— Angianthus amplexicaulis (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). — Styloncerus amplexicaulis (A. Gray) Kuntze, 
Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond, 1850.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 57, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K), (see note 1 
below). IsoLECTOTYPEs: GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 541220, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets). 
Gamozygis flexuosa Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):76, t.l (Oct. 
1851). Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum. V.n.57.” Holotype: ?CW, n.v. (see p.l52). 
Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541220, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets). 
Annual herb, 3-10(16) cm high. Leaves 0.5-1. 5(1. 8) cm long, 0.1-0. 5 cm wide. 
Compound heads c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0. 3-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads c.0.3-0.7 cm long, c. 0. 4-0.8 cm wide. Florets 1; corolla 5-lobed, the lower Vi of 
the tube tapering abruptly to the base, c. 1.2-2 mm long, c. 0.4-0.5 mm diam.; anthers 5, 
each with c. 300 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 2 mm long, c. 1 mm diam., 
densely silky hairy. 
Distribution; See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Only 2 collections of this species provide habitat notes. They are “Large saline 
depression . . . very common in upper Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone, around base 
of bushes” and “Growing in loam on slightly raised soil near edge of salt lake”. 
Notes: 
1 . The lectotype sheet of D. amplexicaulis bears 8 individual specimens plus original 
drawings of the species. According to Gray (1851) the species was to be illustrated in 
leones Plantarum but this did not eventuate. 
2. A single collection, Evans s.n., PERTH, from Yuin Station contains 4 plants 
which differ from typical D. amplexicaulis. They are dichotomously branched, have 
smaller leaves and compound heads, a less woolly general receptacle and the capitular 
bracts lack long hairs. The collection probably represents a distinct taxon but further 
collections are required to substantiate this view. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Drummond s.n. , W. A., s.dat. (PERTH); Short 344, c. 12 km from Carnamah 
on Three Springs road, 15.viii.I977 (AD); Wilson ^88k, 28 km N. of Cleary, 2.1X.1967 (PERTH); Wilson 
8813a, southern margin of Lake Barlee, 25.viii.1970 (AD, PERTH). 
7. Hyalochlamys A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:98,101 (April 1851). Type: 
Hyalochlamys globifera A. Gray. 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: various Australian floras, see synonymy of 
H. globifera.] 
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: see synonymy of H. globifera.] 
Annual herb. Major axes prostrate with scale-like glandular hairs; stem simple or 
forming major branches from basal nodes. Leaves in a basal rosette, sessile, entire, ± 
oblanceolate to obovate or spathulate, glandular hairy. Compound heads ± spheroid or 
± broadly depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous, 
multi-seriate involucre c. the length of the head; outer bracts with leaf-like midribs 
extending above the broad, wing-like, hyaline margins, the lower section of the midrib 
with long hairs, the upper section glandular hairy; inner bracts similar to the outer ones 
but the midrib c. at or below the level of the hyaline margins; general receptacle ± very 
broadly obovoid. Capitula c. 5-20 per compound head, each capitulum with a single 
subtending bract ± resembling the inner bracts of the general involucre but the midrib 
usually more rigid with a ± acute, often pink, hyaline apex as well as hyaline margins. 
Capitular bracts 3(?4), arranged so that 2 outer con^ye bracts surround 1(?2) smaller, 
inner concave bract; outer concave bracts opaque, rigid, with narrow hyaline margins; 
the margins with long hairs, the apex with short, flattened hairs; inner bract c. the length 
or slightly exceeding the length of the achene, hyaline, lacking a distinct midrib and with 

Page image

795499 Epitriche cuspidata Muelleria 5(2): 182
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459803
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

182 
Epitriche cuspidata Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):75 (Oct. 
1851). Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum.V.n.58.” Possible Holotype: KW (see p.l52). 
Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K (2 sheets), MEL 541627, MEL 84428, NSW, PERTH (2 
sheets). 
Annual herb, 2-5 cm high. Leaves ± lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0.3 cm wide. 
Compound heads 0.3-0.5 mm long, 0.4-0.6 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads c. 10-15, the outer ones leaf-like, glabrous or sparsely hairy, the inner ones densely 
hairy. Capitula c. 10-20 per compound head. Capitular bracts oblanceolate, 2-2.8 mm 
long, c. 0.5-0.7 mm wide. Florets 1; corolla 5-lobed, the tube bulb-like at the base, 
1.7-1. 9 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diam. Achenes ? obconical and papillose, the apex beset 
with long hairs which are c. Vi-V^ the length of the floret. 
Distribution: See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Recorded growing in clay soil {Wilson 8314). No other information available. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Wilson 8314 , c. 5 km S. of Three Springs, [c. 29^2'S, 115°46'E], 25.vii.1969 
(PERTH). 
4. Cephalosorus A. Gray, Hook. J, Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:98 (April 1851), 152 (May 
1851). Lectotype (here designated): C. phyllocephalus A. Gray { = C. carpesioides 
(Turcz.) Short). 
Piptostemma Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24 (1):191 (March 1851) nom. 
illeg., [later homonym of Piptostemma Spach., Hist. Veg. Phan. 10:34 (1841).] Type: 
P carpesioides Turcz. ( = C. carpesioides (Turcz.) Short) 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of C. carpesioides.] 
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: see synonymy of C. carpesioides.] 
Annual herb. Major axes erect, variably hairy; stem distinct, hollow, simple or with 
opposite branching from upper nodes. Leaves opposite or alternate, petiolate or sessile, 
entire, lamina ± elliptic or oblanceolate to obovate, variably hairy. Compound heads 
broadly depressed to depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a 
conspicuous involucre Vi to c. the length of the head; the outer ones leaf-like, the inner 
ones hyaline toward the base, all bracts glabrous to variably hairy; general receptacle an 
entire, broadly depressed ovoid axis, the capitula sessile and distributed evenly over the 
surface. Capitula c. 30-60 per compound head. Capitular bracts 3 or 4(5), hyaline, ± 
flat, or concave, the laminae rarely with a distinct constriction in the upper part, the 
bracts ± overlapping each other; the midrib ± conspicuous and extending c. V 2 the 
length of the bracts, variably hairy at or near the apex. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 
5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± obovoid, 
with a cellular, diaphanous pellicle. Pappus a jagged cup. 
Distribution (Fig. 8): 
A monotypic genus confined to the south-west of Western Australia between 
latitudes 28°S and c.31°S and west of longitude \\6°E. 
Nomenclatural Problems: 
1. Gray (1851) described two species, namely C, phyllocephalus and 
C. gymnocephalus, in his new genus Cephalosorus. The generic description supplied 
covers the major characteristics of both species and there is nothing to suggest that either 
one should be given preference when selecting a lectotype. C. gymnocephalus clearly 
differs from C. phyllocephalus and is allied to species in the genus Gnephosis s.l., to 
which Bentham referred the species in 1867. Thus it is convenient to designate 
C. phyllocephalus as the lectotype species of Cephalosorus. C. gymnocephalus is 
excluded from the genus. 
Affinities/Generic Characteristics: 
Cephalosorus has no obvious affinities with other segregate genera of Angianthus. 

Page image

537482 Epitriche demissus Muelleria 5(2): 181-182, Fig. 2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 181-182, Fig. 2".

537439 Epitriche Muelleria 5(2): 181, Fig. 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459802
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

181 
Because of confusion with the labels of the MEL collections (see annotations on the 
sheets), the K material, which contains 2 individual specimens in good condition, has 
been designated as the lectotype. The same sheet dso contains Wilhelmi material 
designated as coming from “between the Fountain & Long Lake” but this material has 
been clearly separated from the lectotype. A further label “Victoria, South Australia, 
July 26/55, Mueller” occurs on the sheet but both the location and the name, 
''Chrysocoryne tenella Muell.” ( = C. drummondii A. Gray) suggests that it has been 
erroneously placed with this material. 
Selected Specimens Examined (6/13): 
South Australia — Alcock 2801, Lower Eyre Peninsula, Hundred of Lake Wangary, 14.x. 1969 (AD, 
CANB); Cleland s.n,. Coffin Bay Reserve, I0.xi.l960 (AD 96404182); Lang 1082, c. 33.7 km WNW. of 
Cummins on road to Mt. Hope, 20.x. 1977 (AD); Short 806, c. 34 km NW. of Cummins on road to Mt. Hope, 
26. ix. 1978 (AD); Short 822, c. 13.5 km W. of Yorketown along main Warooka road, 28.x. 1978 (AD); 
Wilhelmi s.n.. Lake Greenly, 1855 (NSW 138697). 
3. Epitriche Turcz., Bull Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):74 (Oct. 1851). Type: 
E. cuspidata Turcz. (=E. demissus (A. Gray) Short) 
Skirrhophorus DC. in Lindl. ex DC. sect. Psuedopappus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. 
Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (May 1851). Type: S. demissus A. Gray {=E. demissus 
(A. Gray) Short) 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of E. demissus.] 
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng.: see synonymy of E. demissus.] 
Annual herb. Major axes erect, glabrous or sparsely hairy; stem simple or forming 
major branches at upper nodes. Leaves opposite, sessile, the base ± stem clasping and 
with hyaline margins, the entire leaf glabrous or sparsely hairy. Compound heads 
broadly depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous 
involucre c. equal to or longer than the head; general receptacle an entire, convex, ± 
smooth axis, the capitula distributed evenly over its surface. Capitula c. 10-20 per 
compound head. Capitular bracts 2 or 3 , hyaline, ± flat to concave, with a conspicuous, 
sparsely hairy midrib extending c. Vi the length of the bract, the bracts overlapping one 
another. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5, 
with tailed anthers. Achenes ? ± obconical and papillose, the apex beset with long hairs. 
Pappus absent. 
Distribution (Fig. 8): 
A monotypic genus endemic to the south-west of Western Australia. Known only 
from the type collection and Wilson 8314. 
Affinities/Generic Characteristics: 
The lack of collections has made it difficult to ascertain certain characteristics of this 
genus and the full range of variation exhibited by the species is unknown. For example 
characteristics of the achene are difficult to ascertain and the number of capitula per 
compound head has been estimated for only 2 or 3 individuals. 
At least superficially the genus appears to be allied to Angianthus s.str. However the 
apparent lack of minor receptacular appendages, the absence of capitulum-subtending 
bracts and the distinctive ring of hairs at the apex of the achene all suggest that the genus 
should be reinstated. There is some doubt whether or not the hairs at the apex of the 
achene should be regarded as a pappus (see morphology section). 
Epitriche demissus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Skirrhophorus demissus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (May 1851), 
basionym. — Angianthus demissus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Greive & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — Styloncerus demissus {A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond, 1850.” 
Lectotype (here designated); Drummond 58, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K) (label in Gray’s 
hand, plus drawings). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K (ex herb. Benth.), KW, 
MEL 541627, MEL 84428, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets). 

Page image

818148 Eriocladium Muelleria 5(2): 154
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459837
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

154 
Card. Misc. 3:147 (1851) p.p. (as to sect. Skirrhophorus). Type: 5. cunninghamii DC. 
{^A, cunninghamii {DC,) Benth.) 
Eriocladium Lindl., Edwards’ Bot. Reg.: Swan River Append. 24 (1839). Type: 
E, pyramidatum {=A. cunninghamii (DC.) Benth.) 
[Cephalosorus auct. non A. Gray: see synonymy of A. microcephaius.] 
[Siioxerus auct. non Labill.: see synonymy of A. brachypappus & A, tomentosus.] 
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng,, nom. illeg.\ various species, as to combinations of 
Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891).] 
Annual herbs (or perennial shrub, A. cunninghamii only). Major axes prostrate, 
decumbent, ascending or erect, glabrous or hairy; stems simple or forming major 
branches at basal and/or upper nodes; major axes often developing minor shoots. Leaves 
usually alternate (sometimes opposite), sessile, entire, hairy (sometimes almost glabrous), 
often with a small hyaline appendage at the apex. Compound head ± ellipsoid or 
lanceoloid to depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads commonly 
inconspicuous and much less than c, 14 the length of the head (sometimes the bracts c. 
the length of the head), the outer ones leaf-like, the inner ones with hyaline apices; 
general receptacle cylindrical to ± oblong or ovoid to broadly depressed ovoid, 
consisting of a single major axis with minor receptacular axes distributed ± evenly over 
it. Capitula 20-200(c. 1500) per compound head, each capitulum with 1(4) abaxial, 
hyaline subtending bracts that overlap the capitular bracts. Capitulum-subtending bracts 
narrowly elliptic to elliptic or narrowly oblong to oblong or lanceolate to ovate or 
oblanceolate to obovate; laminae rarely with a distinct constriction in the upper parts; 
midrib usually conspicuous, opaque, extending c. Va to Vi the length of the bract, 
glabrous or variably hairy, sometimes with a few glandular hairs present. Capitular 
bracts 4 {A. microcephaius with 2 or 3 only), hyaline, with an opaque midrib, arranged 
so that 2 outer, variably concave bracts (always present) surround 2 (absent or 1 only in 
A. microcephaius) inner flat bracts. Concave bracts with the lamina variably constricted 
in the upper half; midrib usually conspicuous and extending c. 14 to Vi the length of the 
bracts, glabrous or variably hairy, sometimes a few glandular hairs present. Inner flat 
bracts narrow elliptic to elliptic or narrowly oblong or oblanceolate to obovate, tapering 
gradually to the base or conspicuously attenuated in the lower /2 to Vs; lamina not or 
variably constricted in the upper half; midrib usually conspicuous, elongate and 
extending c. ^3 to Vi the length of the bract, glabrous or variably hairy, sometimes a few 
glandular hairs present, sometimes with an entire or dissected wing-like extension from 
the adaxial surface. Florets (1)2(3) per capitulum; corolla (3, 4)5-lobed; style branches 
truncate; stamens (3, 4) 5, with tailed anthers, Achenes dlipsoid or ± obovoid, glabrous 
or variably papillose or pubescent. Pappus setose, paleaceous, coroniform or absent. 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Of the 15 species of Angianthus only >1. brachypappus and A. glabratus are absent 
from Western Australia and 11 are endemic to that state. 
Ecology: 
Four or five species are restricted to saline depressions but the majority occupy a 
wider range of habitats. 
Affinities/Generic Characteristics: 
The genus is characterised by the usual presence of two inner flat bracts and two 
outer concave bracts per capitulum (fig. Ik), the presence of one, rarely two or three, 
capitulum-subtending bracts per capitulum, the usual occurrence of two florets per 
capitulum and the usual presence of minor receptacular axes on the general receptacle 
(fig. Ij). 
The affinities of the genus appear to be with the monotypic genera Pleuropappus 
and Epitriche. Both Pleuropappus and Angianthus have morphologically similar 
capitular and capitulum-subtending bracts, but P phyllocalymmeus is readily 
distinguished by the oblique nature of the pappus and achene. Furthermore the capitula 
in this species are arranged in a spike-like fashion (i.e. they do not have distinctive minor 
receptacular appendages) and there are four distinctively arranged capitulum-subtending 

Page image

885897 Eriocladium pyramidatum Muelleria 5(2): 178
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459799
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

178 
Badgingarra, 19.xi.l979 (AD); Short 1052, saline flat running into Leschenault Inlet, c. 3 km from Bunbury, 
22.xi.1979 (AD). 
South Australia — Martinsen 60, Mambray Creek, 12. ix. 1974 (AD); Short 716, 8.6 km S. of Corny 
Point Lighthouse, 9.ix.l977 (AD); Short 800, c. 10 km south of Streaky Bay, 26.ix.1978 (AD); Tepper sm.. 
Kangaroo Island, 1886 (MEL 84892). 
Tasmania — Rodway s.n.. River Derwent, 3.xii.l899 (NSW 138738); Whinray 221, Cape Barren 
Island, 3.xi.l973 (AD). 
Victoria — Morrison s.n. , Port Melbourne, 7.xii.l892 (BRI 078641, MEL 225623, PERTH). 
15. Angianthus cunninghamii (DC.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, 
W. Aust. Wildfls 815, pi. 13 (1975). — Skirrhophorus cunninghamii DC., Prod. 6:150 
(1838); DC. inDeless., Icon. Select. PI. 4:22, t.51 (1840); SteetzinLehm. PI. Preiss. 1:438 
(1845); A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:148 (1851). — Styloncerus 
cunninghamii (DC.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: ‘Tn arenosis insulae 
anglis dictae Dirk Hartog’s ad oram occid. Australiae januario flor. legit cl. 
A. Cunningham.” Holotype: Cunningham s.n., Sandy downs, Dirk Hartog's Island. 
West Coast Australia, -.i.l822 (G in herb. DC., ex microfiche IDC), Isotypes: K (excl. 
illus., ex herb. Allan Cunningham), MEL 541221 (see note 1 below). 
Eriocladium pyramidatum Lindl., Edwards’ Bot. Reg.: Swan River Append. 24 
(1839). Holotype: Toward 15, Swan River, s. dat. (CGE, herb. J. Lindley), (see note 2 
below). 
Perennial shrub, 20-50 cm high. Major axes ± erect and densely hairy. Leaves 
alternate, often recurved, oblanceolate or ovate, 0.5-2(2.6) cm long, 0.2-0.3 cm wide, 
densely hairy. Compound /zeals' broadly to broadly depressed ovoid, 0. 5-0.9 cm long, 
0.45-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre 
extending c. Vi the length of the head, of c. 20 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± ovoid, 
0.2-0. 3 cm long, 0. 1-0.15 cm wide, densely hairy, the inner ones with hyaline appendages 
and grading into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle ovoid to very broadly 
ovoid, c. 2-3 mm long, c. 2 mm diam. Capitula c. 25-50 per compound head; 
capitulum-subtending bract 1, obovate to ± oblanceolate, sometimes ± narrowly 
oblong to oblong, (2.6)3. 1-3. 8(4,1) mm long, (1)1.2-1.5(1.65) mm wide, with the upper 
part of the lamina yellow and with a prominent constriction, the midrib usually sparsely 
hairy toward the apex and some glandular hairs always present. Capitular bracts with the 
two concave ones (2.3)2.9-3.5(3.7) mm long, with the upper part of the lamina yellow 
and with a prominent constriction, the midrib usually with a few glandular hairs; flat 
bracts 2, oblanceolate or ± narrowly oblong, gradually tapering to the base, 
(2.8)3-3.6(3.75) mm long, (0.6)0.7-l(1.2) mm wide, the lamina with a prominent 
constriction in the upper part, the midrib usually with a few glandidar hairs. Florets 2 (3); 
corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to the base which is distinctly swollen in 
mature florets, 2-2.5 mm long, c. 0.5 mm diam., glandular hairs often present. Achenes 
± obconical, 0.9-1.4 mm long, 0.5-0. 6 mm diam., papillose. Pappus absent. 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Western coastline of Australia between latitudes 2(FS and 32°S. Common. 
Ecology: 
Commonly grows in the unconsolidated calcareous sands of coastal foredunes but 
also grows in saline flats. Collectors’ notes include “Low salt flats with mangrove and 
Salicornia” and “Growing on unconsolidated foredunes”. 
Notes: 
1. The sheets referred to as isotypes of 5. cunninghamii have slightly different 
wording. On the K sheet there is a reference to “sandy plains” rather than “sandy 
downs” as on the holotype. The MEL sheet has the words “Frequent on desert plains of 
sand”. Despite these discrepancies both probably can be regarded as isotypes although 
the number “288” which also appears on the MEL label suggests that this may not be 
correct. 
2. Lindley (1839) based his descriptions of new species from the Swan River Colony 
on specimens he obtained from Drummond, Mangles, Toward and Ward. No particular 

Page image

886027 Gamozygis flexuosa Muelleria 5(3): 202
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459879
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

202 
DithyrostegiaamplexicaulisA. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 3:100 (April 1851). 
— Angianthus amplexicaulis (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). — Styloncerus amplexicaulis (A. Gray) Kuntze, 
Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond, 1850.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 57, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K), (see note 1 
below). IsoLECTOTYPEs: GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 541220, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets). 
Gamozygis flexuosa Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):76, t.l (Oct. 
1851). Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum. V.n.57.” Holotype: ?CW, n.v. (see p.l52). 
Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541220, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets). 
Annual herb, 3-10(16) cm high. Leaves 0.5-1. 5(1. 8) cm long, 0.1-0. 5 cm wide. 
Compound heads c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0. 3-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads c.0.3-0.7 cm long, c. 0. 4-0.8 cm wide. Florets 1; corolla 5-lobed, the lower Vi of 
the tube tapering abruptly to the base, c. 1.2-2 mm long, c. 0.4-0.5 mm diam.; anthers 5, 
each with c. 300 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 2 mm long, c. 1 mm diam., 
densely silky hairy. 
Distribution; See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Only 2 collections of this species provide habitat notes. They are “Large saline 
depression . . . very common in upper Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone, around base 
of bushes” and “Growing in loam on slightly raised soil near edge of salt lake”. 
Notes: 
1 . The lectotype sheet of D. amplexicaulis bears 8 individual specimens plus original 
drawings of the species. According to Gray (1851) the species was to be illustrated in 
leones Plantarum but this did not eventuate. 
2. A single collection, Evans s.n., PERTH, from Yuin Station contains 4 plants 
which differ from typical D. amplexicaulis. They are dichotomously branched, have 
smaller leaves and compound heads, a less woolly general receptacle and the capitular 
bracts lack long hairs. The collection probably represents a distinct taxon but further 
collections are required to substantiate this view. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Drummond s.n. , W. A., s.dat. (PERTH); Short 344, c. 12 km from Carnamah 
on Three Springs road, 15.viii.I977 (AD); Wilson ^88k, 28 km N. of Cleary, 2.1X.1967 (PERTH); Wilson 
8813a, southern margin of Lake Barlee, 25.viii.1970 (AD, PERTH). 
7. Hyalochlamys A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:98,101 (April 1851). Type: 
Hyalochlamys globifera A. Gray. 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: various Australian floras, see synonymy of 
H. globifera.] 
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: see synonymy of H. globifera.] 
Annual herb. Major axes prostrate with scale-like glandular hairs; stem simple or 
forming major branches from basal nodes. Leaves in a basal rosette, sessile, entire, ± 
oblanceolate to obovate or spathulate, glandular hairy. Compound heads ± spheroid or 
± broadly depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous, 
multi-seriate involucre c. the length of the head; outer bracts with leaf-like midribs 
extending above the broad, wing-like, hyaline margins, the lower section of the midrib 
with long hairs, the upper section glandular hairy; inner bracts similar to the outer ones 
but the midrib c. at or below the level of the hyaline margins; general receptacle ± very 
broadly obovoid. Capitula c. 5-20 per compound head, each capitulum with a single 
subtending bract ± resembling the inner bracts of the general involucre but the midrib 
usually more rigid with a ± acute, often pink, hyaline apex as well as hyaline margins. 
Capitular bracts 3(?4), arranged so that 2 outer con^ye bracts surround 1(?2) smaller, 
inner concave bract; outer concave bracts opaque, rigid, with narrow hyaline margins; 
the margins with long hairs, the apex with short, flattened hairs; inner bract c. the length 
or slightly exceeding the length of the achene, hyaline, lacking a distinct midrib and with 

Page image

798533 Gamozygis Muelleria 5(3): 201
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459878
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

201 
Note: 
1. The specific epithet alludes to the 3-lobed florets generally found in this species. 
Selected Specimens Examined (5/30): 
Western Australia — Short 6J4B, c. 3.4 km E. of Meckeringin Mortlock River, 20, ix. 1977 (AD); Short 
675, 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 25. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 972, southern edge of Lake Moore, 14.xi.l977 (AD); 
Short 1063, Beaufort Bridge along Kojonup-Williams road, 23. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 1113, base of Dundas 
Rocks, 26.xi.1979 (AD). 
6. Dithyrostegia A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 3:97, 1(X) (April 1851). Type: 
D. amplexicaulis A. Gray. 
Gamozygis Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):75 (Oct. 1851). Type: 
G. flexuosalxxrcz. {=D. amplexicaulis K, Gray). 
[Angianthus auct. non WendL: see synonymy of D. amplexicaulis.] 
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: see synonymy of D. amplexicaulis.] 
Annual herb. Major axes erect or ascending, glabrous; stem simple or forming 
major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate, sessile, ovate, concave, 
stem-clasping, glabrous. Compound heads broadly obovoid; bracts subtending 
compound heads 2, leaf-like, overlapping or connate in the lower V 3 -Y 2 and enclosing the 
compound head, glabrous. General receptacle a slightly expanded axis, in the largest 
heads ± oblong, the capitula ± evenly distributed over the surface, the entire receptacle 
densely covered with hairs which are c. the length of the florets. Capitula c. 10-40 per 
compound head. Capitular bracts 1 or 2, hyaline, if 2 then often partially connate, 
usually with long hairs at the apex, the entire part of the bracts only slightly exceeding the 
length of the achene. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 5-lobed; style branches truncate; 
stamens 5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± obovoid, densely silky hairy. Pappus of a few 
short, smooth bristles fused at the base, c. /s the length of the corolla tube. Fig. Ig. 
Distribution (Fig. 14): 
A monotypic genus occurring in the south-west of Western Australia between 
latitudes c. 29°-31°S and west of longitude c. 120°E. 
Affinities/Generic Characteristics: 
Dithyrostegia has no obvious affinities with other segregate genera of Angianthus. It 
is readily distinguished by the 2 leaf-like bracts which subtend the compound heads, the 
silky hairy achenes, capitular bracts and the concave, stem-clasping leaves. 
Evolution/Reproductive Biology: 
A pollen-ovule ratio of 1,449 was determined from a single individual of Short 344. 
In keeping with values previously outlined the single species is probably an outbreeder 
(Short 1981a, b). 
Fig. 14. Distribution of Dithyrostegia amplexicaulis and Hyalochlamys globifera (Western Australia). 

Page image

549828 Gnephosis burkittii Muelleria 5(3): 209-210

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(3): 209-210".

519993 Grevillea montis-cole Muelleria 5(3): 223, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459900
Page is part of the work Grevillea montis-cole sp. nov. (Proteaceae) from Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.237652

Page text

GREVILLEA MONTIS-COLE SP. NOV. (PROTEACEAE) 
FROM VICTORIA 
by 
R. V. Smith* 
ABSTRACT 
Grevillea montis-cole^ a new species from western Victoria, is described and its affinities discussed. Two 
subspecies, montis-cole and brevistylOy are distinguished. 
DESCRIPTION 
Grevillea montis-cole R V. Smith, sp. nov. 
Frutexzd 1.5 m altus x3.6 m latus. Tomentum et ramorum superorum et foliorum et inflorescentiarum 
plerumque pilorum patentium vel rectorum vel curvatorum vel torquatorum. Folia 
(l-)2-7(-13.5) cm longa x (l-)2-5(-7.5) cm lata, plerumque longiora quam lata, in (3-)5-12(-22) 
lobis primariis, ± triangularibus ad ellipticis-oblongis profunde dissecta, qui aut simplices aut 1-5 
lobos secundarios breves ± triangulares habent; quisque lobus primarius secundariusque in 
aculeum gracilem rigidum terminans. Superficies supera foliorum adultorum vivide viridis, sub- 
nitens, paeneomnino glabra; superficies inferapallide viridis, hebetata, pilis sparsis plerumque in 
costa et venis principalibus. Inflorescentia racemus secundus, horizontalis ad parum deflexus, 
0.6-4 cm longus. Pedunculus teretus ad parum angulatus, 0.5-3. 5 cm longus. Bracteae floris 
maxime variabiles, vel planae vel curvatae vel undulatae, erectae patentesve, ellipticae ad ovate- 
rhombeae, 1.5-4.5(-5) mm longae x l-3(-3.5) mm latae. Pedicelli (1.0-)1.5-4.5(-5) mm longi. 
Perianthium 6-9(-10) mm longum (de medio toro ad summum arcu) x 1.5-3 mm latum, extus 
pilosum, intus glabrum, viride ad hinnuleum, arcu atropurpureo. TomsvdXdQ obliquus ad paene 
rectus, nectario semiannulari prominenti. Stipes 1-3 mm longus. Ovarium manifeste stipitatum, 
dense pilosum, pilis longis. erectis ad patentibus. SO'/ws vel 9-13 vel 17-21 mm longus, vivide ruber, 
vel rectus vel curvatus vel flexus, glaber praeter in base. Fructus manifeste stipitatus, 8-14 mm 
longus X 3-6 mm latus, dense pilosus, pilis brevibus longisque intermixtis. 
Shrub 0.6-1. 5 m high x 0. 9-3.6 m wide, decumbent to semi-erect. Distal parts of 
branches ribbed or angled, sparsely to moderately hairy with straight, curved, waved or 
twisted hairs, the hairs sometimes loosely appressed but generally strongly spreading. 
Tips of branches and young leaves densely hairy with ferruginous or reddish-purple hairs. 
Leaves: petioles (2-)3-10(-12) mm long, with a sparse to dense indumentum similar to that 
of the distal branch-parts; blades broad- to narrow-triangular, truncated-ovate or 
truncated-elliptic in outline, ± truncate to cuneate at the base, (l-)2-7(-13.5) cm long x 
(l-)2-5(-7.5) cm wide with length (<-)= or > width, deeply divided into (3-)5-12(-22) 
primary lobes; primary lobes 0.5-2. 5(-4) cm long, ± triangular to elliptic-oblong, 
symmetrically placed in opposite pairs or arranged asymmetrically, either simple or 
bearing 1-5 short ± triangular secondary lobes, each ultimate lobe terminating in a 
slender rigid prickle 1-2.5 mm long. Upper surface of mature leaves bright green, 
subshiny, almost glabrous except for a few basal hairs; lower surface pale green, dull, 
sparsely hairy with curved waved or twisted hairs mostly on the midrib and main veins; 
main midrib and midribs of primary lobes prominently projecting on lower surface. 
Young leaves mostly glabrous above. Flowers in horizontd to deflexed secund racemes 
(0.6-)1.5-3.5(-4) cm long x (1.5-)2-3(-4) cm wide, terminating a terete to somewhat angled 
peduncle (0.5-)0.7-3(-3.5) cm long. Peduncle hairy or partly glabrous, usually with a 
single bract arising from below to well above the midpoint, occasionally a second bract 
also present; peduncle usually bent or geniculate at the bract. Bract 2-5(-7) mm long, 
shortly hairy and gently keeled on back, glabrous ventrally, flattish to infolded 
(sometimes upper margins infolded and the lower spreading or slightly recurved), broad- 
to narrow-lanceolate with an acute shortly subulate tip, or the tip occasionally trifid or 
expanded into an incipient leaf with a sm^ lobed lamina. Rhachis with an indumentum 
*National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria 3141. 
Muelleria 5(3); 223-227 (1983). 
223 

Page image

520001 Grevillea montis-cole montis-cole Muelleria 5(3): 223, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459900
Page is part of the work Grevillea montis-cole sp. nov. (Proteaceae) from Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.237652
519996 Grevillea montis-cole brevistyla Muelleria 5(3): 226
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459903
Page is part of the work Grevillea montis-cole sp. nov. (Proteaceae) from Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.237652
801171 Gyrostephium rhizocephalum Muelleria 5(3): 208
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459885
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

208 
the floret whereas in Preiss 41 it is approximately the length of the floret. Thus it is not 
surprising that in the past S. suberectus and S. cylindraceus have been recognised as 
different taxa. Initially it was felt that these separate taxa could be maintained. However, 
although extensive field studies have not been made, examination of other herbarium 
collections has shown that the recognition of two taxa is apparently not tenable, the size 
of the bracts and the ratio of pappus length to floret length being quite variable. 
Selected Specimens Examined (6/97): 
Western Australia — Abbot 53, Island, Recherche Archipelago, ii. 1976 (MEL); Burbidge7945, 
Twin Swamps Wildlife Sanctuary, 11.1.1972 (CANB); Burbidge 7962, Twin Swamps Wildlife Sanctuary, 
20.i.l972 (CANB, PERTH); Congdon 75034b, Blackwood River Estuary, 29.xi.1975 (PERTH); Short 1055, 
c. 1 km from Jarrahwood along road to Nannup, 22. xi. 1979 (AD); 5/tor? 7059, c. 41 km from Kojonup along 
main Boyup Brook road, 23. xi. 1979 (AD). 
3. Siloxenis pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, Muelleria 4:413 (1981). — Chamaesphaerion 
pygmaeum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:177 (June 1851). — 
Chthonocephalus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:582 (1867); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 820 (1975). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond.” 
Lectotype: (here designated): Drummond 55, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K). Isolectotypes: 
GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 542228, PERTH (ex herb. K, ex herb. TCD). 
Gyrostephium rhizocephalum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):77 
(Oct. 1851). IVpe: “Nova Hollandia. Drum.V.n.55.” Holotype: ? CW, n.v. (see p.OOO). 
Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, PERTH (ex herb. K, ex herb. TCD). 
Annual, almost stemless herb consisting of a compound head surrounded by a basal 
rosette of c. 10-20(30) leaves. Leaves lanceolate, c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, 
glabrous or sparsely hairy, mucronate and usually with distinct hyaline margins at the 
base. Compound heads depressed ovoid, c. 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0. 6-1.1 cm diam. 
Capitulum with (18)20-30 capitular bracts and paleae, all bracts narrowly elliptic to 
elliptic or sometimes oblanceolate to obovate, 3.2-4.2(4.5) mm long, (0.75)0.85-1.5 
(1.85) mm wide, white. Florets c. 10-20; corolla 3- or rarely 4-lobed, the tube tapering 
gradually to the base, 1.5-1. 8(2.1) mm long, 0.2-0.25 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 
0.6-0.75(0.85) mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm diam., papillose. Pappus a jagged ring 
c. 0.15-0.45 mm long. Fig. 15. 
Chromosome number: n = c. 12 or 13. 
Distribution (Fig. 15): 
South-west of Western Australia, occurring south of latitude c. 30°S and between 
longitudes c. 117°E and c. 122°E. 
Ecology: 
Generally restricted to saline, sandy soils surrounding inland salt lakes but also 
found at the base of granite outcrops. Collectors’ notes include “Granite outcrops . . . 
Sandy loam amongst Eucalpytus woodland at base of rock”, “White to greyish sand 
between Melaleuca and extending into Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone around salt 
depression” and “Growing in open areas on pale brown, very sandy loam between 
Melaleuca and Eucalyptus above saline depression”. 
Note: 
1. Apparently mature achenes of this species exhibit marked size differences within 
any one compound head. Some fruits are c. \ Vi times larger than the majority. It is 
difficult to ascertain their exact location but they appear to occur on the outer margins of 
the compound heads. The larger fruits generally appear to germinate several days earlier 
than the smallest ones in the heads. Such a staggering of germination times may be of 
adaptive value in areas of low, unreliable rainfall; that is unless sufficient moisture is 
available for a prolonged period of time the smaller achenes will remain dormant. A 
better food supply in the larger fruits may ensure their survival in adverse conditions. 
S. pygmaeus, at least in part of its range, does occur in a low rainfall area. Furthermore 
southern Australia has experienced greater cycles of aridity in the recent past than have 
occurred throughout the Tertiary period. 

Page image

886034 Gyrostephium Muelleria 5(3): 204
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459881
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

204 
Ewart & J. White, used in various works.] 
[Siloxerus auct. non Labill.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Ostenf.] 
[Skirrhophorus auct. non DC. in Lindl. ex DC.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) A. Gray 
and S. muellerianus Sond.J 
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Kuntze] 
Annual herbs. Major axes decumbent, ascending or erect, variably hairy; stem 
simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves usually alternate 
(sometimes opposite), sessile, entire, glabrous or sparsely hairy, mucronate. Compound 
heads ± broadly obovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous, 
multi-seriate involucre c. the len^h of the head, the outer bracts leaf-like, the inner ones 
primarily hyaline and with papillae at the apex; general receptacle a small, ± flat, 
glabrous axis. Capitulaz. 5-40 per compound head. Capitular bracts 2-2>,cAhQ\eng\h of 
the florets, ± hyaline, whitish, with papillae at the apex. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 
5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± ovoid or ± 
obpyramidal, covered with mucilagenous cells, brown. Pappus absent. Fig. li. 
Chromosome numbers: n=4, 5, 6, 7, c. 10, c. 12. 
The taxonomy of Pogonolepis is yet to be resolved. For comments see Muelleria 
4:404-405 (Short, 1981a). 
Three species normally referred to Angianthus, i.e. A. lanigerus, A. muellerianus 
(==P. muelleriana (Sond.) Short) and A. strictus ( = P. stricta Steetz) belong to 
Pogonolepis. The new combination transferring A. lanigerus to Pogonolepis is made 
below. 
Pogonolepis lanigera (Ewart & J. White) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Angianthus strictus var. lanigerus Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Viet. 22:92 (1909). Synonym: Angianthus lanigerus (Ewart & J. White) Ewart & 
J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 23:288 (1911). 
9. Siloxerus Labill., PI. Nov. HoU. 2:57 (1806); Less., Syn. generum Comp. 270 (1832); 
Ostenfeld, Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:134, p.p. (as to S. humifusus 
& S. filifolius only). — Styloncerus Spreng., Syst. veg. 3:356, 451 (1826), nom. illeg. — 
OgcerostylusCdiS,^., Diet. Sc. Nat. 49:221 (1827), nom. /7/e^. ; Stuedel, Nom. Bot. 2nd. ed. 
242 (1841) {'Oxerostylus'). Type: Siloxerus humifususLdbiW. 
Chamaesphaerion A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:176 (June 1851). 
Type: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray ( = 5. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short). 
Gyrostephium Turez., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):76 (Oct. 1851). Type: 
Gyrostephium rhizocephalum Turez. ( = S. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short). 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of S. humifusus & S. filifolius.] 
[Chthonocephalus auct. non Steetz: see synonymy of S. pygmaeus.] 
[Gnaphalodes auct. non A. Gray, nom, illeg., later homonym of Gnaphalodes 
Miller (see Hj. Eichler, Taxon 12:295 (1963): as to Gnaphalodes fdifolium Benth. 
{=^Siloxerus filifolius).] 
Annual herbs. Major axes ± absent or if present then decumbent to erect, glabrous 
or hairy; stem simple and minute or forming major branches at basal and/or upper 
nodes. Leaves in a basal rosette or, if major axes present then opposite to alternate, all 
leaves entire, sessile, glabrous or sparsely hairy, apex mucronate, the base often with 
hyaline margins. Compound heads ± ellipsoid to broadly ellipsoid or ± lanceoloid to 
depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads conspicuous, leaf-like, at least c. *4 
to Vi the length of the head, often c. equal to or exceeding the length of the head; general 
receptacle of a single hairy axis which lacks minor receptacular axes, the axis becoming 
hollow with age. Capitula ± evenly distributed over the general receptacle, ± indistinct 
and lacking subtending bracts. Capitular bracts c. 5-15, mainly hyaline but the 
uppermost portion opaque and often crenulate, with a green, ± glabrous midrib which 
extends c. Vi-Vi the length of the bract, the bracts arranged in ± 1 or 2 indistinct whorls. 
Paleae resembling capitular bracts, one bract per floret. Florets A~\5Q.2) per capitulum; 
corolla 3-5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 3-5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± 
obovoid, sparsely to densely papillose, purple. Pappus of 5-7 variably jagged scales 
joined at the base or a jagged ring lacking distinct scales. Fig. 15. 

Page image

485363 Hyalochlamys Muelleria 5(3): 202-203, Fig. 1f

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(3): 202-203, Fig. 1f".

485388 Hyalochlamys globifera Muelleria 5(3): 203
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459880
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

203 
long hairs on the upper margins. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla (4)5-lobed; style 
branches truncate; stamens (4)5, with tailed anthers. Achene ± obpyriform, with a 
distinct, whitish carpopodium, the entire fruit pinkish-brown, smooth. Pappus 
absent. Fig. if. 
Distribution (Fig. 14): 
A monotypic genus restricted to the south-west of Western Australia between 
latitudes c. 29^ and c. 34°S and west of longitude c. 122°E. 
Affinities/Generic Characteristics: 
The affinities of this genus are obscure. It has no obvious relationships with other 
members of Angianthus s.l. 
Hyalochlamys is readily distinguished from other members of Angianthus s,L by the 
unique morphology of the bracts of both the general involucre and the capitula and the 
achene morphology. The presence of scale-like glandular hairs on the leaves and axes, 
plus the prostrate habit, provide useful characters for readily distinguishing the species. 
Evolution/Reproductive Biology: 
The abundance of individuals in saline regions, plus the presence of scale-like hairs 
typical of salinity tolerant plants, suggest the evolution of the genus in the salt lake 
regions of Western Australia or strand habitats. 
A pollen-ovule ratio of 151, determined for a single specimen (Short 615), suggests 
that the only species is an inbreeder (see Short 1981a, b). 
Hyalochlamys globiferaA. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 3:101 (April 1851). — 
Angianthus globifer (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. 
Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — Styloncerus globifer (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 
367 (1891). Type: “Swan River, Drummond.” Lectotype ^ere designated): Drummond 
204, Sw. river, s. dat. (K). Isolectotypes: PERTH, GH (ex herb. Klatt), GH (lacks 
collector’s number but label appears to be in Gray’s hand). Possible Iso lectotype: MEL 
541626 (ex herb. O. W. Sonder), lacks collector’s number. 
Annualherb. Major axes 0.5-2.5 cm long. LeavesO,S-\,2 cm long, 0.1-0.2 cm wide. 
Compound heads c. 0.4-0. 8 cm high, 0. 4-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads 0. 5-0.7 cm long, 0.4-0. 6 cm wide. Capitular bracts 3(?4), the two concave bracts 
3-4.5 mm long, the inner bracts c. the length or slightly exceeding the length of the 
achene. Florets 1; corolla (4)5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to an expanded base 
covering ± the top of the achene, 1.7-1. 9 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diam.; anthers (4)5, each 
with c. 30 pollen grains. Achenes ± obpyriform, 1. 1-1.3 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm diam. 
Distribution: See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Commonly grows on the margins of salt lakes but is also found in shallow 
depressions at the base of granite outcrops. Collectors’ notes include “Growing in upper 
Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone extending to Melaleuca and Eucalyptus regions 
around salty depression. Sandy loam”, “Growing on sandy rises with Angianthus, 
Aizoonglabrum, Stipa, FrankeniainHakea/MelaleucasQvuh'' and “Sandy loam at base 
of granite”. 
Selected Specimens Examined (6/29): 
Western Australia — Chinnock 4412 & Wilson^ Mortlock River just east of Meckering 22 xi 1978 
(AD); Short 636, southern nmrgins of Lake Brown, 22.ix.1977 (AD); Short 661, Roe Dam, 23.ix.’l977 (AD)- 
Short 684, Pumta Rock, 26.ix.1977 (AD); Tolken 6519A, NE. end of Lake Johnston, 9.x. 1979 (AD)- Wilson 
8807, Lake Barlee, 25.viii.1970 (PERTH). 
8. Pogonolepis Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:440 (1845). — Skirrhophorus DC in Lindl 
ex DC. sea. Pogonolepis A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (1851) 
Type: Pogonolepis stricta Steetz. 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: as to A. strictus (Steetz) Benth. & A. lanigerus 

Page image

505958 Hydatella dioica Muelleria 5(2): 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459867
Page is part of the work Two Western Australian Hydatellaceae, doi:10.5962/p.198524

Page text

124 
Distribution: 
Scattered in seasonally wet habitats in the Darling district (Beard, 1980) of Western 
Australia, where widespread in the Drummond subdistrict and also recorded from the 
Menzies subdistrict. 
Notes: 
Trithuria bibracteata is closely related to T. lanterna D. A. Cooke (1981), which it 
resembles in habit, foliage and inflorescence. The fruit is a morphological link between 
the hyaline, indehiscent fruit of T. lanterna and the dehiscent capsule of T. submersa 
Hook. f. In T. bibracteata the pericarp is thin and fragile, generally crumbling irregularly 
as the whole plant dries out, but sometimes splitting along the vascular ribs as in 
T. submersa. The thick sculptured testa confirms that the seed, rather than the fruit, is 
the disseminule. 
The hairs at the base of the plant each consist of a single row of up to 6 hollow, 
elongated, thin-walled cells. Similar hairs have been observed on the stem among the leaf- 
bases in all Australian species of Hydatellaceae, but are greatly reduced or absent in many 
specimens. Being characteristic of the family, they are thus of little diagnostic value. 
Hydatella dioica D. A. Cooke, sp. nov. 
Taxonomic Synonyms: Trithuria micranthera (misspelling of macranthera) Stapf ex 
W. V. Fitzgerald in J. W. Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2(1):36 (1904) nomen nudum; 
Blackall & Grieve 1:58 (1954), sans descr. Lat. 
T. macranthera BortQnschlsLgev et al. in Bot. Not. 119:161 (1966) nomen nudum. 
Herba annua dioica rubescens usque ad 4 cm alta. Caulis brevissimus. Folia basalia linearia usque ad 
25 mm longa et 1 mm lata, glabra, basibus hyalinis parce dilatis, nervis mediis prominentibus, 
apicibus acutis. Capitula mascula pluria; unumquidque bracteis 2 involucratum, super scapo 
erecto nonramoso tereti nudo usque ad 3 cm alto terminans. Bracteae oppositae erectae 
lanceolatae 7-8 mm longae arete vaginantes glabrae subhyalinae nervis mediis prominentibus. 
Stamina 8-10 alium ex alio exserta, filamentis usque ad 10 mm longis flexuosis persistentibus, 
antheris linearis c. 3 mm longis et 0.2 mm latis caducis. Capitula foemina non vidi. (Descriptio 
typi.) 
Annual dioecious herb to 4 cm tall. Stem very short. Leaves basal, linear, to 25 mm 
long and 1 mm wide, glabrous, with slightly dilated subhyaline bases, prominent 
midveins, and acute apices. Male heads several; each with an involucre of 2 bracts, 
terminating an erect unbranched naked terete scape up to 3 cm tall. Bracts opposite, 
erect, lanceolate, 7-8 mm long, closely sheathing, glabrous, subhyaline with prominent 
midveins. Stamens 8-10, exserted one after another, with flexuose persistent filaments up 
to 10 mm long and caducous linear anthers c. 3 mm long and 0.2 mm wide. Female 
heads not seen. 
Type Collection: 
Midland Junction, 16. xi. 1898, A. Morrison s.n. (Holo: PERTH). 
Also Examined (total 5): 
Midland Junction, ix.l901, W. V. Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW 148484, PERTH); Midland Junction, x.1903, 
W. V. Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW 148483). 
Distribution: 
Known only from seasonal swamps at Midland Junction, Darling district. Western 
Australia, where possibly now extinct due to development. 
Notes: 
This is the only dioecious species known in the Hydatellaceae and is therefore placed 
with the other species having homogamous inflorescences in the genus Hydatella, rather 
than in Trithuria with heterogamous inflorescences. The specimens examined have leaves 
and male heads similar to those of Hydatella australis Diels and differ primarily in the 
greater size and numbers of organs. 
The pollen grains of this species were described and illustrated by Bortenschlager et 
al. (1966). 

Page image

770779 Mirbelia platylobioides Muelleria 5(2): 141
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459850
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525

Page text

141 
Platylobium ovatum Andx., Bot. Repos. 4:1.266 (1802), non sensuDC. (1825) = Bossiaea 
heterophylla Vent., Descr. Plant. Nouv. 1:7, t.7 (1800). 
Platylobium reticulatum Sieb. ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. ed. 16, 3:231 (1826) = Mirbelia 
platyloboides (DC.) J. Thompson, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 83:123 (1959). 
Platylobium scolopendrium Andr., Bot. Repos. 3:t.l91 (1801)=Bossiaea scolopendria 
(Andr.) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 9:303 (1808). 
Platylobium spinosum Turcz., BuU. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 26:284 (1853) = Bossiaea spinosa 
(Turcz.) Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk., Tr. Mat.-Prir. 1919-22, 2:39 
(1923). 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
I am most grateful to Mr M. I. H. Brooker, CSIRO Division of Forest Research, 
Canberra, for photographing several type specimens in BM, K and LINN while serving 
as Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, 
England, ^d to his successor. Dr M. D. Crisp, National Botanic Gardens, Canberra, 
for providing details of the type material of P. formosum and P. parviflorum housed in 
LINN; to Mrs A. T. Lee, National Herbarium of New South Wales, for answering a 
nuiTiber of enquiries and for several valuable discussions; to Miss A. M. Podwyszynski, 
National Herbarium of Victoria, for preparing the illustrations that accompany the text; 
to the Directors/Curators of AD, BRI, CANB, HO, NEU, NSW, NY and W for the 
loan of specimens or for working facilities in their institutions; and to Mrs R. Parsons for 
typing the manuscript. 
REFERENCES 
Audas, J. W. (1921). Through the Balangum Ranges and at Rose’s Gap (Grampians). K/cr. Nor. 38:4-8- 11-16 
Bentham, G. (1864). ‘Flora Australiensis’. Vol. 2 (Lovell Reeve & Co.: London). 
Ferguson L K. & Skvarla, J. J. (1981). The pollen morphology of the subfamily Papilionoideae (Legumi- 
nosae). In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in Legume Systematics’. 2:859-896 (Royal 
Botanic Gardens: Kew). 
Lee, A. T. (1970). Taxonomic notes on Platylobium, Bossiaea and Templetonia in New South Wales Contrib 
N.S.W. Natl. Herb. ^\96-\05. 
Polhm, R M. (1976). Genisteae (Adans.) Benth. and related tribes (Leguminosae). In V. H. Heywood (ed.) 
Bot. Syst.’ 1:143-368. (Academic Press: London). 
Polhill, R. M. (1981). Tribe 26. Bossiaeeae (Benth.) Hutch. In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in 
Legume Systematics’. 1:393-395. (Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew). 
Stafleu, F. A. & Cowan, R. S. (1976). ‘Taxonomic Literature’. Vol. 1. (Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema* 
Utrecht). 
Manuscript received 21 April 1982. 

Page image

804035 Ogcerostylus Muelleria 5(3): 204
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459881
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

204 
Ewart & J. White, used in various works.] 
[Siloxerus auct. non Labill.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Ostenf.] 
[Skirrhophorus auct. non DC. in Lindl. ex DC.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) A. Gray 
and S. muellerianus Sond.J 
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Kuntze] 
Annual herbs. Major axes decumbent, ascending or erect, variably hairy; stem 
simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves usually alternate 
(sometimes opposite), sessile, entire, glabrous or sparsely hairy, mucronate. Compound 
heads ± broadly obovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous, 
multi-seriate involucre c. the len^h of the head, the outer bracts leaf-like, the inner ones 
primarily hyaline and with papillae at the apex; general receptacle a small, ± flat, 
glabrous axis. Capitulaz. 5-40 per compound head. Capitular bracts 2-2>,cAhQ\eng\h of 
the florets, ± hyaline, whitish, with papillae at the apex. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 
5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± ovoid or ± 
obpyramidal, covered with mucilagenous cells, brown. Pappus absent. Fig. li. 
Chromosome numbers: n=4, 5, 6, 7, c. 10, c. 12. 
The taxonomy of Pogonolepis is yet to be resolved. For comments see Muelleria 
4:404-405 (Short, 1981a). 
Three species normally referred to Angianthus, i.e. A. lanigerus, A. muellerianus 
(==P. muelleriana (Sond.) Short) and A. strictus ( = P. stricta Steetz) belong to 
Pogonolepis. The new combination transferring A. lanigerus to Pogonolepis is made 
below. 
Pogonolepis lanigera (Ewart & J. White) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Angianthus strictus var. lanigerus Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Viet. 22:92 (1909). Synonym: Angianthus lanigerus (Ewart & J. White) Ewart & 
J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 23:288 (1911). 
9. Siloxerus Labill., PI. Nov. HoU. 2:57 (1806); Less., Syn. generum Comp. 270 (1832); 
Ostenfeld, Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:134, p.p. (as to S. humifusus 
& S. filifolius only). — Styloncerus Spreng., Syst. veg. 3:356, 451 (1826), nom. illeg. — 
OgcerostylusCdiS,^., Diet. Sc. Nat. 49:221 (1827), nom. /7/e^. ; Stuedel, Nom. Bot. 2nd. ed. 
242 (1841) {'Oxerostylus'). Type: Siloxerus humifususLdbiW. 
Chamaesphaerion A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:176 (June 1851). 
Type: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray ( = 5. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short). 
Gyrostephium Turez., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):76 (Oct. 1851). Type: 
Gyrostephium rhizocephalum Turez. ( = S. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short). 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of S. humifusus & S. filifolius.] 
[Chthonocephalus auct. non Steetz: see synonymy of S. pygmaeus.] 
[Gnaphalodes auct. non A. Gray, nom, illeg., later homonym of Gnaphalodes 
Miller (see Hj. Eichler, Taxon 12:295 (1963): as to Gnaphalodes fdifolium Benth. 
{=^Siloxerus filifolius).] 
Annual herbs. Major axes ± absent or if present then decumbent to erect, glabrous 
or hairy; stem simple and minute or forming major branches at basal and/or upper 
nodes. Leaves in a basal rosette or, if major axes present then opposite to alternate, all 
leaves entire, sessile, glabrous or sparsely hairy, apex mucronate, the base often with 
hyaline margins. Compound heads ± ellipsoid to broadly ellipsoid or ± lanceoloid to 
depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads conspicuous, leaf-like, at least c. *4 
to Vi the length of the head, often c. equal to or exceeding the length of the head; general 
receptacle of a single hairy axis which lacks minor receptacular axes, the axis becoming 
hollow with age. Capitula ± evenly distributed over the general receptacle, ± indistinct 
and lacking subtending bracts. Capitular bracts c. 5-15, mainly hyaline but the 
uppermost portion opaque and often crenulate, with a green, ± glabrous midrib which 
extends c. Vi-Vi the length of the bract, the bracts arranged in ± 1 or 2 indistinct whorls. 
Paleae resembling capitular bracts, one bract per floret. Florets A~\5Q.2) per capitulum; 
corolla 3-5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 3-5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± 
obovoid, sparsely to densely papillose, purple. Pappus of 5-7 variably jagged scales 
joined at the base or a jagged ring lacking distinct scales. Fig. 15. 

Page image

885860 Phyllocalymma Muelleria 5(2): 153
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459838
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

153 
“nobis!” after each name. Furthermore the sheets from Steetz’s herbarium contain as 
good, or much better material than those in LD, S, or the collections at MEL obtained 
with Sonder’s herbarium. 
Unless it is otherwise indicated, by reference to microfiche, photographs or the use 
of the abbreviation ‘n.v.’, it should be assumed that all specimens, types or otherwise, 
cited in this paper have been seen by the author. 
Key to Segregate Genera and Species of Angianthus Sensu Lato 
1 . General involucre consisting of 2 leaf-like, overlapping or connate bracts which more or less enclose the 
capitula(fig.lg) 6. Dithyrostegia 
1. General involucre absent or inconspicuous or if well developed consisting of more than 2 bracts 
2. Capitular bracts with papillae at the apex (fig. li) Pogonolepis 
2. Capitular bracts lacking papillae at the apex 
3. Leaves opposite (at least in lower Vi of plant) and distinctly petiolate; laminae 1-2.5 cm long, 
0.4-1 cm wide 4. Cephalosorus 
3. Leaves alternate or if opposite then lacking petioles and less than 0.3 cm wide 
4. Achene obliquely attached to floret; pappus an oblique scale (fig. Ih) 2. Pleuropappus 
4. Achene not obliquely attached to floret; pappus absent or not an oblique scale 
5. Paleae present, the bracts resembling the capitular bracts, whitish, ± opaque and with 
thick cell walls 9. Siloxerus 
5. Paleae absent 
6. Plants prostrate; compound heads woolly; pappus consisting of 8-12 barbed bristles 
united in a short ring at the base 1. Gnephosis burkittii 
6. Plants not with the above combination of characters 
7. Base of floret or apex of achenes with long hairs 
8. Capitular bracts 4-5; capitulum-subtending bract distinct, rigid and opaque .... 
\ . Angianthus connatus 
8. Capitular bracts 2 or 3; capitulum-subtending bracts absent 3. Epitriche 
7. Base of florets or apex of achenes without long hairs 
9. Bracts of general involucre with a leaf-like midrib and broad, hyaline, wing- 
like margins (fig. If), the bracts about the length of the compound heads . . . 
7. Hyalochlamys 
9. Bracts of general involucre absent or not as above 
10. Compound heads with c. lOcapitula; capitulum-subtending bracts rigid 
and leaf-like \ . Angianthus axilliflorus 
10. Compound heads usually with more than c. 10 capitula (commonly 
30-several hundred); capitulum-subtending bracts primarily hyaline 
11. Capitulum-subtending bracts morphologically ± similar, except 
for the concave nature of some, to the capitular bracts (fig. Ik-m); 
achenes brown A ngianthus 
11. Capitulum-subtending bracts totally unlike the capitular bracts 
(fig. la-e); achenes pink or purple 5. Chrysocoryne 
1. Angianthus Wendl., Collect. PI. 2:31 (71808); DC., Prodr. 6:150 (1838); Steetz in 
Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:438 (1845); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:560 (1867) p.p.; Benth. in Benth. & 
Hook, f.. Genera PI. 2:319 (1873) p.p.; Hoffman in Engler & Prantl, Natlirl. 
Pflanzenfam. IV (5):193 (1890) p.p. Type: A. tomentosus Wend. 
Cassinia R. Br. in W. & W. T. Aiton, Hort. Kewensis 2nd ed. 5:184 (1813), non 
Cassinia R. Br., Trans. Linn. Soc. London 12:126 (1818) nom. cons. Type: C. aurea R. 
Br. { = A. tomentosus 
Cylindrosorus Benth., Enum. PI. 62 (1837); DC., Prodr. 6:151 (1838). Type: 
C. flavescensBenXh. {=A. tomentosus 
Phyllocalymma Benth., Enum. PI. 61 (1837); DC., Prodr. 6:150 (1838); Steetz in 
Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436 (1845). Type: P. micropodioides Benth. {=A. micropodioides 
(Benth.) Benth.) 
Skirrhophorus DC. in Lindl. ex DC., Prodr. 6:150 (1838); DC. in Lindl., Nat. Syst. 
Bot. 2nd ed. 260 (1836) nomen nudum; DC. in Deless., Icon. Select. PI. 4:22,t.51 (1840) 
Skirrophorus'); Steetz in Lehm. PL Preiss. 1:438 (1845); A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew 

Page image

519218 Phyllocalymma filaginoides Muelleria 5(2): 168
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459823
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

168 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Nullarbor Plain region. Common, 
Ecology: 
Occurs on both clay and loam soils. Collectors’ notes include “Common on clayey 
soils”, “Fine sandy loam over calcrete” and “In loam over limestone”. 
Note: 
l.A. conocephalus was originally described by Black (1929) as a variety of 
A. brachypappus. The var. conocephalus was considered to have a conical compound 
head and var. brachypappus a cylindrical head. However the shape of the compound 
head is quite variable. On the other hand both species exhibit distinct differences in habit 
and leaf morphology and usually pappus morphology. They are also allopatric. 
Selected Specimens Examined (5/23): 
Western Australia — ApHn 1656, Forrest, 31.viii.1962 (PERTH); Chinnock 1151, 30 km S. of 
Rawlinna, 19.ix.l973 (AD); George 8495, 30 miles NW. of Reid, 14.x. 1966 (PERTH). 
South Australia — Chinnock 1183, 15 km E. of Koonalda homestead, 21.ix.l973 (AD); Ising 1529, 
Hughes, 8.ix.l920 (AD). 
8. Angianthus micropodioides (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1867) {^micropo ides'); 
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975) {'micropoides'). — Phyllocalymma 
micropodioides Benth., Enum. PI. Hueg. 62 (1837); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436 
(1845). — Styloncerus micropodioides (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891) 
{'micropodes'). Type: “Swan River. (Hiigel.).” Lectotype (here designated): Hugel s.n., 
Swan River, s. dat. (W). Isolectotype: K (see note 1 below). 
Phyllocalymma filaginoides Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:437 (1845); Steetz in 
Walper’s Repert. Bot. Syst. 6:229(1846). — Angianthus micropodioides filaginoides 
Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:92 (1909) {'micropoides'). Type: “In solo 
arenoso — turfoso inter frutices ad fluvii Cygnorum ripam prope oppidulum Perth, 
mense Januario 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 37.” Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 37, In 
Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in solo arenoso turfoso inter frutices ad flumis 
Cygnorum ripam leg. cl. Preiss, s. dat. (MEL 541603). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541604, 
MEL 541605 (ex herb. O. W. Sonder), MEL 583143 (ex herb O. W. Sonder), S, GH (ex 
herb. Klatt), (see p.l52). 
Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, 4-15 cm long, hairy; stem sometimes 
simple to c. 10 cm high, but usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper 
nodes. Leaves alternate, ± linear or lanceolate, 0.5-1. 5(2.8) cm long, 0.05-0.1 cm wide, 
distinctly mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads ± depressed ovoid to broadly 
depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0.4-0.5 cm diam., axillary or terminal; bracts 
subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre exceeding the length of the 
head, ofc. 10 leaf-like bracts, ± lanceolate to ± ovoid, 0.5-1. 5 cmlong, c. 0.1 cm wide, 
mucronate, hairy; general receptacle a small convex axis. Capitula c. 10-30 per 
compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1, ± oblong or ovate, 2. 1-2.8 mm long, 
0.8-1. 3(1. 5) mm wide, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with 
the two concave ones 2. 4-3.1 mm long, the midrib hairy; flat bracts 2, obovate, ± 
abruptly attenuated in the lower Vi, 2. 4-3.1 mm long, (0.75)0.9-1.25 mm wide, the 
midrib usually variably hairy toward the apex, rarely glabrous. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, 
the tube tapering gradually towards the base in immature florets, a more abrupt taper in 
the lower V 3 of mature florets which have variably swollen bases, 1.4-1. 9 mm long, 
c. 0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.8-1 mm long, 0. 5-0.6 mm diam., pubescent. 
Pappus of 5 or 6 jagged scales fused at the base, each sc^e terminating in a single smooth 
or minutely barbellate bristle, the total pappus c. ‘73-^3 the length of the corolla 
tube. Fig. 3k. 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Western Australia, particularly in the South West Drainage Division (Mulcahy & 
Bettenay, 1972), between latitudes c.28°30'S and 32°S and west of longitude c.l22°E. 
Locally common. 

Page image

885877 Phyllocalymma filaginoides Muelleria 5(2): 168
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459823
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

168 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Nullarbor Plain region. Common, 
Ecology: 
Occurs on both clay and loam soils. Collectors’ notes include “Common on clayey 
soils”, “Fine sandy loam over calcrete” and “In loam over limestone”. 
Note: 
l.A. conocephalus was originally described by Black (1929) as a variety of 
A. brachypappus. The var. conocephalus was considered to have a conical compound 
head and var. brachypappus a cylindrical head. However the shape of the compound 
head is quite variable. On the other hand both species exhibit distinct differences in habit 
and leaf morphology and usually pappus morphology. They are also allopatric. 
Selected Specimens Examined (5/23): 
Western Australia — ApHn 1656, Forrest, 31.viii.1962 (PERTH); Chinnock 1151, 30 km S. of 
Rawlinna, 19.ix.l973 (AD); George 8495, 30 miles NW. of Reid, 14.x. 1966 (PERTH). 
South Australia — Chinnock 1183, 15 km E. of Koonalda homestead, 21.ix.l973 (AD); Ising 1529, 
Hughes, 8.ix.l920 (AD). 
8. Angianthus micropodioides (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1867) {^micropo ides'); 
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975) {'micropoides'). — Phyllocalymma 
micropodioides Benth., Enum. PI. Hueg. 62 (1837); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436 
(1845). — Styloncerus micropodioides (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891) 
{'micropodes'). Type: “Swan River. (Hiigel.).” Lectotype (here designated): Hugel s.n., 
Swan River, s. dat. (W). Isolectotype: K (see note 1 below). 
Phyllocalymma filaginoides Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:437 (1845); Steetz in 
Walper’s Repert. Bot. Syst. 6:229(1846). — Angianthus micropodioides filaginoides 
Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:92 (1909) {'micropoides'). Type: “In solo 
arenoso — turfoso inter frutices ad fluvii Cygnorum ripam prope oppidulum Perth, 
mense Januario 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 37.” Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 37, In 
Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in solo arenoso turfoso inter frutices ad flumis 
Cygnorum ripam leg. cl. Preiss, s. dat. (MEL 541603). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541604, 
MEL 541605 (ex herb. O. W. Sonder), MEL 583143 (ex herb O. W. Sonder), S, GH (ex 
herb. Klatt), (see p.l52). 
Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, 4-15 cm long, hairy; stem sometimes 
simple to c. 10 cm high, but usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper 
nodes. Leaves alternate, ± linear or lanceolate, 0.5-1. 5(2.8) cm long, 0.05-0.1 cm wide, 
distinctly mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads ± depressed ovoid to broadly 
depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0.4-0.5 cm diam., axillary or terminal; bracts 
subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre exceeding the length of the 
head, ofc. 10 leaf-like bracts, ± lanceolate to ± ovoid, 0.5-1. 5 cmlong, c. 0.1 cm wide, 
mucronate, hairy; general receptacle a small convex axis. Capitula c. 10-30 per 
compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1, ± oblong or ovate, 2. 1-2.8 mm long, 
0.8-1. 3(1. 5) mm wide, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with 
the two concave ones 2. 4-3.1 mm long, the midrib hairy; flat bracts 2, obovate, ± 
abruptly attenuated in the lower Vi, 2. 4-3.1 mm long, (0.75)0.9-1.25 mm wide, the 
midrib usually variably hairy toward the apex, rarely glabrous. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, 
the tube tapering gradually towards the base in immature florets, a more abrupt taper in 
the lower V 3 of mature florets which have variably swollen bases, 1.4-1. 9 mm long, 
c. 0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.8-1 mm long, 0. 5-0.6 mm diam., pubescent. 
Pappus of 5 or 6 jagged scales fused at the base, each sc^e terminating in a single smooth 
or minutely barbellate bristle, the total pappus c. ‘73-^3 the length of the corolla 
tube. Fig. 3k. 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Western Australia, particularly in the South West Drainage Division (Mulcahy & 
Bettenay, 1972), between latitudes c.28°30'S and 32°S and west of longitude c.l22°E. 
Locally common. 

Page image

519256 Phyllocalymma micropodioides Muelleria 5(2): 168
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459823
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

168 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Nullarbor Plain region. Common, 
Ecology: 
Occurs on both clay and loam soils. Collectors’ notes include “Common on clayey 
soils”, “Fine sandy loam over calcrete” and “In loam over limestone”. 
Note: 
l.A. conocephalus was originally described by Black (1929) as a variety of 
A. brachypappus. The var. conocephalus was considered to have a conical compound 
head and var. brachypappus a cylindrical head. However the shape of the compound 
head is quite variable. On the other hand both species exhibit distinct differences in habit 
and leaf morphology and usually pappus morphology. They are also allopatric. 
Selected Specimens Examined (5/23): 
Western Australia — ApHn 1656, Forrest, 31.viii.1962 (PERTH); Chinnock 1151, 30 km S. of 
Rawlinna, 19.ix.l973 (AD); George 8495, 30 miles NW. of Reid, 14.x. 1966 (PERTH). 
South Australia — Chinnock 1183, 15 km E. of Koonalda homestead, 21.ix.l973 (AD); Ising 1529, 
Hughes, 8.ix.l920 (AD). 
8. Angianthus micropodioides (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1867) {^micropo ides'); 
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975) {'micropoides'). — Phyllocalymma 
micropodioides Benth., Enum. PI. Hueg. 62 (1837); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436 
(1845). — Styloncerus micropodioides (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891) 
{'micropodes'). Type: “Swan River. (Hiigel.).” Lectotype (here designated): Hugel s.n., 
Swan River, s. dat. (W). Isolectotype: K (see note 1 below). 
Phyllocalymma filaginoides Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:437 (1845); Steetz in 
Walper’s Repert. Bot. Syst. 6:229(1846). — Angianthus micropodioides filaginoides 
Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:92 (1909) {'micropoides'). Type: “In solo 
arenoso — turfoso inter frutices ad fluvii Cygnorum ripam prope oppidulum Perth, 
mense Januario 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 37.” Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 37, In 
Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in solo arenoso turfoso inter frutices ad flumis 
Cygnorum ripam leg. cl. Preiss, s. dat. (MEL 541603). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541604, 
MEL 541605 (ex herb. O. W. Sonder), MEL 583143 (ex herb O. W. Sonder), S, GH (ex 
herb. Klatt), (see p.l52). 
Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, 4-15 cm long, hairy; stem sometimes 
simple to c. 10 cm high, but usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper 
nodes. Leaves alternate, ± linear or lanceolate, 0.5-1. 5(2.8) cm long, 0.05-0.1 cm wide, 
distinctly mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads ± depressed ovoid to broadly 
depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0.4-0.5 cm diam., axillary or terminal; bracts 
subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre exceeding the length of the 
head, ofc. 10 leaf-like bracts, ± lanceolate to ± ovoid, 0.5-1. 5 cmlong, c. 0.1 cm wide, 
mucronate, hairy; general receptacle a small convex axis. Capitula c. 10-30 per 
compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1, ± oblong or ovate, 2. 1-2.8 mm long, 
0.8-1. 3(1. 5) mm wide, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with 
the two concave ones 2. 4-3.1 mm long, the midrib hairy; flat bracts 2, obovate, ± 
abruptly attenuated in the lower Vi, 2. 4-3.1 mm long, (0.75)0.9-1.25 mm wide, the 
midrib usually variably hairy toward the apex, rarely glabrous. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, 
the tube tapering gradually towards the base in immature florets, a more abrupt taper in 
the lower V 3 of mature florets which have variably swollen bases, 1.4-1. 9 mm long, 
c. 0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.8-1 mm long, 0. 5-0.6 mm diam., pubescent. 
Pappus of 5 or 6 jagged scales fused at the base, each sc^e terminating in a single smooth 
or minutely barbellate bristle, the total pappus c. ‘73-^3 the length of the corolla 
tube. Fig. 3k. 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Western Australia, particularly in the South West Drainage Division (Mulcahy & 
Bettenay, 1972), between latitudes c.28°30'S and 32°S and west of longitude c.l22°E. 
Locally common. 

Page image

885874 Phyllocalymma micropodioides Muelleria 5(2): 168
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459823
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

168 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Nullarbor Plain region. Common, 
Ecology: 
Occurs on both clay and loam soils. Collectors’ notes include “Common on clayey 
soils”, “Fine sandy loam over calcrete” and “In loam over limestone”. 
Note: 
l.A. conocephalus was originally described by Black (1929) as a variety of 
A. brachypappus. The var. conocephalus was considered to have a conical compound 
head and var. brachypappus a cylindrical head. However the shape of the compound 
head is quite variable. On the other hand both species exhibit distinct differences in habit 
and leaf morphology and usually pappus morphology. They are also allopatric. 
Selected Specimens Examined (5/23): 
Western Australia — ApHn 1656, Forrest, 31.viii.1962 (PERTH); Chinnock 1151, 30 km S. of 
Rawlinna, 19.ix.l973 (AD); George 8495, 30 miles NW. of Reid, 14.x. 1966 (PERTH). 
South Australia — Chinnock 1183, 15 km E. of Koonalda homestead, 21.ix.l973 (AD); Ising 1529, 
Hughes, 8.ix.l920 (AD). 
8. Angianthus micropodioides (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1867) {^micropo ides'); 
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975) {'micropoides'). — Phyllocalymma 
micropodioides Benth., Enum. PI. Hueg. 62 (1837); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436 
(1845). — Styloncerus micropodioides (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891) 
{'micropodes'). Type: “Swan River. (Hiigel.).” Lectotype (here designated): Hugel s.n., 
Swan River, s. dat. (W). Isolectotype: K (see note 1 below). 
Phyllocalymma filaginoides Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:437 (1845); Steetz in 
Walper’s Repert. Bot. Syst. 6:229(1846). — Angianthus micropodioides filaginoides 
Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:92 (1909) {'micropoides'). Type: “In solo 
arenoso — turfoso inter frutices ad fluvii Cygnorum ripam prope oppidulum Perth, 
mense Januario 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 37.” Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 37, In 
Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in solo arenoso turfoso inter frutices ad flumis 
Cygnorum ripam leg. cl. Preiss, s. dat. (MEL 541603). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541604, 
MEL 541605 (ex herb. O. W. Sonder), MEL 583143 (ex herb O. W. Sonder), S, GH (ex 
herb. Klatt), (see p.l52). 
Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, 4-15 cm long, hairy; stem sometimes 
simple to c. 10 cm high, but usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper 
nodes. Leaves alternate, ± linear or lanceolate, 0.5-1. 5(2.8) cm long, 0.05-0.1 cm wide, 
distinctly mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads ± depressed ovoid to broadly 
depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0.4-0.5 cm diam., axillary or terminal; bracts 
subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre exceeding the length of the 
head, ofc. 10 leaf-like bracts, ± lanceolate to ± ovoid, 0.5-1. 5 cmlong, c. 0.1 cm wide, 
mucronate, hairy; general receptacle a small convex axis. Capitula c. 10-30 per 
compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1, ± oblong or ovate, 2. 1-2.8 mm long, 
0.8-1. 3(1. 5) mm wide, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with 
the two concave ones 2. 4-3.1 mm long, the midrib hairy; flat bracts 2, obovate, ± 
abruptly attenuated in the lower Vi, 2. 4-3.1 mm long, (0.75)0.9-1.25 mm wide, the 
midrib usually variably hairy toward the apex, rarely glabrous. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, 
the tube tapering gradually towards the base in immature florets, a more abrupt taper in 
the lower V 3 of mature florets which have variably swollen bases, 1.4-1. 9 mm long, 
c. 0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.8-1 mm long, 0. 5-0.6 mm diam., pubescent. 
Pappus of 5 or 6 jagged scales fused at the base, each sc^e terminating in a single smooth 
or minutely barbellate bristle, the total pappus c. ‘73-^3 the length of the corolla 
tube. Fig. 3k. 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Western Australia, particularly in the South West Drainage Division (Mulcahy & 
Bettenay, 1972), between latitudes c.28°30'S and 32°S and west of longitude c.l22°E. 
Locally common. 

Page image

796430 Piptostemma carpesioides Muelleria 5(2): 183
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459804
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385
800581 Piptostemma Muelleria 5(2): 182
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459803
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

182 
Epitriche cuspidata Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):75 (Oct. 
1851). Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum.V.n.58.” Possible Holotype: KW (see p.l52). 
Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K (2 sheets), MEL 541627, MEL 84428, NSW, PERTH (2 
sheets). 
Annual herb, 2-5 cm high. Leaves ± lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0.3 cm wide. 
Compound heads 0.3-0.5 mm long, 0.4-0.6 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads c. 10-15, the outer ones leaf-like, glabrous or sparsely hairy, the inner ones densely 
hairy. Capitula c. 10-20 per compound head. Capitular bracts oblanceolate, 2-2.8 mm 
long, c. 0.5-0.7 mm wide. Florets 1; corolla 5-lobed, the tube bulb-like at the base, 
1.7-1. 9 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diam. Achenes ? obconical and papillose, the apex beset 
with long hairs which are c. Vi-V^ the length of the floret. 
Distribution: See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Recorded growing in clay soil {Wilson 8314). No other information available. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Wilson 8314 , c. 5 km S. of Three Springs, [c. 29^2'S, 115°46'E], 25.vii.1969 
(PERTH). 
4. Cephalosorus A. Gray, Hook. J, Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:98 (April 1851), 152 (May 
1851). Lectotype (here designated): C. phyllocephalus A. Gray { = C. carpesioides 
(Turcz.) Short). 
Piptostemma Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24 (1):191 (March 1851) nom. 
illeg., [later homonym of Piptostemma Spach., Hist. Veg. Phan. 10:34 (1841).] Type: 
P carpesioides Turcz. ( = C. carpesioides (Turcz.) Short) 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of C. carpesioides.] 
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: see synonymy of C. carpesioides.] 
Annual herb. Major axes erect, variably hairy; stem distinct, hollow, simple or with 
opposite branching from upper nodes. Leaves opposite or alternate, petiolate or sessile, 
entire, lamina ± elliptic or oblanceolate to obovate, variably hairy. Compound heads 
broadly depressed to depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a 
conspicuous involucre Vi to c. the length of the head; the outer ones leaf-like, the inner 
ones hyaline toward the base, all bracts glabrous to variably hairy; general receptacle an 
entire, broadly depressed ovoid axis, the capitula sessile and distributed evenly over the 
surface. Capitula c. 30-60 per compound head. Capitular bracts 3 or 4(5), hyaline, ± 
flat, or concave, the laminae rarely with a distinct constriction in the upper part, the 
bracts ± overlapping each other; the midrib ± conspicuous and extending c. V 2 the 
length of the bracts, variably hairy at or near the apex. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 
5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± obovoid, 
with a cellular, diaphanous pellicle. Pappus a jagged cup. 
Distribution (Fig. 8): 
A monotypic genus confined to the south-west of Western Australia between 
latitudes 28°S and c.31°S and west of longitude \\6°E. 
Nomenclatural Problems: 
1. Gray (1851) described two species, namely C, phyllocephalus and 
C. gymnocephalus, in his new genus Cephalosorus. The generic description supplied 
covers the major characteristics of both species and there is nothing to suggest that either 
one should be given preference when selecting a lectotype. C. gymnocephalus clearly 
differs from C. phyllocephalus and is allied to species in the genus Gnephosis s.l., to 
which Bentham referred the species in 1867. Thus it is convenient to designate 
C. phyllocephalus as the lectotype species of Cephalosorus. C. gymnocephalus is 
excluded from the genus. 
Affinities/Generic Characteristics: 
Cephalosorus has no obvious affinities with other segregate genera of Angianthus. 

Page image

495216 Platylobium alternifolium Muelleria 5(2): 129-131

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 129-131".

495255 Platylobium formosum Muelleria 5(2): 135-140

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 135-140".

914279 Platylobium formosum formosum Muelleria 5(2): 136
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459855
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525
495371 Platylobium formosum parviflorum Muelleria 5(2): 136
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459855
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525
802127 Platylobium formosum cordifolium Muelleria 5(2): 135
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459856
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525
495415 Platylobium formosum parviflorum Muelleria 5(2): 136
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459855
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525
914278 Platylobium formosum typicum Muelleria 5(2): 136
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459855
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525
495497 Platylobium gracile Muelleria 5(2): 140
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459851
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525

Page text

140 
tendencies in P, formosum I prefer not to recognise formal infraspecific taxa. In reaching 
this decision I have been influenced more by the difficulties encountered in naming many 
specimens than in the benefits derived from according the extremes formal taxonomic 
status. The variation within P. formosum is imperfectly understood but I believe that it is 
more complex than is implied by the recognition of two infraspecific taxa. 
Representative Specimens of “typical formosum"': 
Queensland — Glass House Mountains, Mt. Tunbubudla, 10.viii.l930, C. E. Hubbard 3621 (BRI 
270963). New South Wales — between Binda and Bigga, N.W. of Crookwell, 14.X.1953, C. W. E. Moore 
2665 (CANB 28812, NSW 42927). A.C.T.: Two Sticks Rd., above Brindabella Valley, 8.xi.l961, N. T. 
Burbidge 7280 (CANB 126420, MEL 602825, NSW 76864). Victoria — Sassafras Gap, 40 km N. of 
Benambra on road to Corryong, 25. xi. 1954, H. /. Aston 1273 (MEL 602924). Tasmania — Port Sorell, 
X.I943, W. M. Curtis {WO 11538). 
Representative Specimens of “typical parviflorum": 
New South Wales — Pennant Hills, 19. ix. 1936, J. Vickery (NSW 42947). Epping, I4.ix.l947, N, Ford 
(NSW 4418). Lindfield Fire trail towards Lane Cove National Park, 28. ix. 1975, J. G, Sew/* 500 (NSW). 
Representative Specimens of “intermediates”: 
New South Wales — Green Cape Lighthouse Rd., 9.x. 1954, E. F. Constable (NSW 30259). Fiona 
Beach, 8 km S. of Forster, 10.x. 1961, E. E Constable 1289 (NSW 100827). Tasmania — near Mt. Direction, 
19.xi.l842, R. C. Gunn 1016/1842 (NSW 42887). Black Charles Opening, near Orielton, 13. xi. 1933, F. H. 
Long 1203 (HO 11535). 
The following key is provided for those who wish to recognise the two subspecies 
as defined by Lee (1970): 
Leaves usually ovate-cordate, length up to twice the breadth; ovary pubescent on the surfaces of the valves 
and on the sutures; pods pubescent on the sutures and retaining some pubescence on the valves 
subsp. formosum 
Leaves usually narrow-ovate, not cordate basally, length more than twice the breadth; ovary glabrous 
throughout or pubescent on sutures only; pods glabrous or almost so or with pubescence confined to the 
sutures snhsp. parviflorum 
SPECIES INCERTAE 
Platylobium gracile Dum.-Cours., Le Botaniste Cultivateur ed. 2, 7:314 (June 1814). 
Dumont de Course! provided the following description: “Cette espece a un joli feuillage. 
Ses tiges et ses rameaux sont tres-menus. Ses feuilles rondes avec une pointe courte 
particuliere, sont parsemees en-dessus de polls rares, et portees sur de courts-petioles. 
Elies n’ont que 2 a 3 lignes di diametre. Les fleurs sont petites, jaunes, pedonculfes, 
solitaires, axillaires.” 
The description is inadequate to positively identify the plant and it is uncertain 
whether it is even a species of Platylobium. No specimen appears to have been preserved 
and consequently P. gracile is rejected as a name of uncertain application. 
Platylobium rotundifolium Colla, Hortus Ripulensis 1:110 (1824). The brief description 
given by Colla is as follows: “Sub hoc nomine missum ab H. sedy nullibi enumeratum 
inveni: parum differre videtur a P. formosoQN: sp. Ill 921). folia tamen sunt orbiculata 
nec cordataP 
The description is inadequate to positively identify the plant and I have not 
succeeded in tracing a specimen in BR or TO, the herbaria alleged (Stafleu & Cowan, 
1976) to house Colla’s herbarium, on which the name was based. P rotundifolium is 
rejected, therefore, as a name of uncertain application. 
EXCLUDED SPECIES 
Platylobium lanceolatum Andr., Bot. Repos. 3:t.205 (1802) = Bossiaea heterophylla 
Vent., Descr. Plant. Nouv. 1:7, t.7 (1800). 
Platylobium microphyllum Sims, in Curtis’s, Bot. Mag. 22:t.863 (1805) = Bossiaea 
obcordata (Vent.) Druce, Rep. Bot. Soc. Exch. Club, suppl. 2, 1916:610 (1917). 
Platylobium obcordatum Vent., Jardin de la Malmaison l:t.31 (1804), non DC. (1825) = 
Bossiaea obcordata (Vent.) Druce, Rep. Bot. Soc. Exch. Club, suppl. 2, 1916:610 
(1917). 

Page image

495518 Platylobium lanceolatum Muelleria 5(2): 140
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459851
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525
947830 Platylobium lanceolatum Muelleria 5(2): 140
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459851
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525
495545 Platylobium macrocalyx Muelleria 5(2): 134
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459857
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525
802532 Platylobium macrocalyx Muelleria 5(2): 134
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459857
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525
495636 Platylobium microphyllum Muelleria 5(2): 140
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459851
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525
947831 Platylobium microphyllum Muelleria 5(2): 140
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459851
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525
798820 Platylobium murrayanum Muelleria 5(2): 131
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459860
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525
495694 Platylobium obcordatum Muelleria 5(2): 140
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459851
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525
947832 Platylobium obcordatum Muelleria 5(2): 140
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459851
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525
495814 Platylobium obtusangulum Muelleria 5(2): 134-135

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 134-135".

495834 Platylobium obtusangulum spinulosum Muelleria 5(2): 134
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459857
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525
495852 Platylobium ovatum Muelleria 5(2): 141
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459850
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525

Page text

141 
Platylobium ovatum Andx., Bot. Repos. 4:1.266 (1802), non sensuDC. (1825) = Bossiaea 
heterophylla Vent., Descr. Plant. Nouv. 1:7, t.7 (1800). 
Platylobium reticulatum Sieb. ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. ed. 16, 3:231 (1826) = Mirbelia 
platyloboides (DC.) J. Thompson, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 83:123 (1959). 
Platylobium scolopendrium Andr., Bot. Repos. 3:t.l91 (1801)=Bossiaea scolopendria 
(Andr.) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 9:303 (1808). 
Platylobium spinosum Turcz., BuU. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 26:284 (1853) = Bossiaea spinosa 
(Turcz.) Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk., Tr. Mat.-Prir. 1919-22, 2:39 
(1923). 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
I am most grateful to Mr M. I. H. Brooker, CSIRO Division of Forest Research, 
Canberra, for photographing several type specimens in BM, K and LINN while serving 
as Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, 
England, ^d to his successor. Dr M. D. Crisp, National Botanic Gardens, Canberra, 
for providing details of the type material of P. formosum and P. parviflorum housed in 
LINN; to Mrs A. T. Lee, National Herbarium of New South Wales, for answering a 
nuiTiber of enquiries and for several valuable discussions; to Miss A. M. Podwyszynski, 
National Herbarium of Victoria, for preparing the illustrations that accompany the text; 
to the Directors/Curators of AD, BRI, CANB, HO, NEU, NSW, NY and W for the 
loan of specimens or for working facilities in their institutions; and to Mrs R. Parsons for 
typing the manuscript. 
REFERENCES 
Audas, J. W. (1921). Through the Balangum Ranges and at Rose’s Gap (Grampians). K/cr. Nor. 38:4-8- 11-16 
Bentham, G. (1864). ‘Flora Australiensis’. Vol. 2 (Lovell Reeve & Co.: London). 
Ferguson L K. & Skvarla, J. J. (1981). The pollen morphology of the subfamily Papilionoideae (Legumi- 
nosae). In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in Legume Systematics’. 2:859-896 (Royal 
Botanic Gardens: Kew). 
Lee, A. T. (1970). Taxonomic notes on Platylobium, Bossiaea and Templetonia in New South Wales Contrib 
N.S.W. Natl. Herb. ^\96-\05. 
Polhm, R M. (1976). Genisteae (Adans.) Benth. and related tribes (Leguminosae). In V. H. Heywood (ed.) 
Bot. Syst.’ 1:143-368. (Academic Press: London). 
Polhill, R. M. (1981). Tribe 26. Bossiaeeae (Benth.) Hutch. In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in 
Legume Systematics’. 1:393-395. (Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew). 
Stafleu, F. A. & Cowan, R. S. (1976). ‘Taxonomic Literature’. Vol. 1. (Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema* 
Utrecht). 
Manuscript received 21 April 1982. 

Page image

947833 Platylobium ovatum Muelleria 5(2): 141
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459850
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525

Page text

141 
Platylobium ovatum Andx., Bot. Repos. 4:1.266 (1802), non sensuDC. (1825) = Bossiaea 
heterophylla Vent., Descr. Plant. Nouv. 1:7, t.7 (1800). 
Platylobium reticulatum Sieb. ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. ed. 16, 3:231 (1826) = Mirbelia 
platyloboides (DC.) J. Thompson, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 83:123 (1959). 
Platylobium scolopendrium Andr., Bot. Repos. 3:t.l91 (1801)=Bossiaea scolopendria 
(Andr.) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 9:303 (1808). 
Platylobium spinosum Turcz., BuU. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 26:284 (1853) = Bossiaea spinosa 
(Turcz.) Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk., Tr. Mat.-Prir. 1919-22, 2:39 
(1923). 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
I am most grateful to Mr M. I. H. Brooker, CSIRO Division of Forest Research, 
Canberra, for photographing several type specimens in BM, K and LINN while serving 
as Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, 
England, ^d to his successor. Dr M. D. Crisp, National Botanic Gardens, Canberra, 
for providing details of the type material of P. formosum and P. parviflorum housed in 
LINN; to Mrs A. T. Lee, National Herbarium of New South Wales, for answering a 
nuiTiber of enquiries and for several valuable discussions; to Miss A. M. Podwyszynski, 
National Herbarium of Victoria, for preparing the illustrations that accompany the text; 
to the Directors/Curators of AD, BRI, CANB, HO, NEU, NSW, NY and W for the 
loan of specimens or for working facilities in their institutions; and to Mrs R. Parsons for 
typing the manuscript. 
REFERENCES 
Audas, J. W. (1921). Through the Balangum Ranges and at Rose’s Gap (Grampians). K/cr. Nor. 38:4-8- 11-16 
Bentham, G. (1864). ‘Flora Australiensis’. Vol. 2 (Lovell Reeve & Co.: London). 
Ferguson L K. & Skvarla, J. J. (1981). The pollen morphology of the subfamily Papilionoideae (Legumi- 
nosae). In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in Legume Systematics’. 2:859-896 (Royal 
Botanic Gardens: Kew). 
Lee, A. T. (1970). Taxonomic notes on Platylobium, Bossiaea and Templetonia in New South Wales Contrib 
N.S.W. Natl. Herb. ^\96-\05. 
Polhm, R M. (1976). Genisteae (Adans.) Benth. and related tribes (Leguminosae). In V. H. Heywood (ed.) 
Bot. Syst.’ 1:143-368. (Academic Press: London). 
Polhill, R. M. (1981). Tribe 26. Bossiaeeae (Benth.) Hutch. In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in 
Legume Systematics’. 1:393-395. (Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew). 
Stafleu, F. A. & Cowan, R. S. (1976). ‘Taxonomic Literature’. Vol. 1. (Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema* 
Utrecht). 
Manuscript received 21 April 1982. 

Page image

495927 Platylobium parviflorum Muelleria 5(2): 136
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459855
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525
496034 Platylobium reticulatum Muelleria 5(2): 141
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459850
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525

Page text

141 
Platylobium ovatum Andx., Bot. Repos. 4:1.266 (1802), non sensuDC. (1825) = Bossiaea 
heterophylla Vent., Descr. Plant. Nouv. 1:7, t.7 (1800). 
Platylobium reticulatum Sieb. ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. ed. 16, 3:231 (1826) = Mirbelia 
platyloboides (DC.) J. Thompson, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 83:123 (1959). 
Platylobium scolopendrium Andr., Bot. Repos. 3:t.l91 (1801)=Bossiaea scolopendria 
(Andr.) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 9:303 (1808). 
Platylobium spinosum Turcz., BuU. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 26:284 (1853) = Bossiaea spinosa 
(Turcz.) Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk., Tr. Mat.-Prir. 1919-22, 2:39 
(1923). 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
I am most grateful to Mr M. I. H. Brooker, CSIRO Division of Forest Research, 
Canberra, for photographing several type specimens in BM, K and LINN while serving 
as Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, 
England, ^d to his successor. Dr M. D. Crisp, National Botanic Gardens, Canberra, 
for providing details of the type material of P. formosum and P. parviflorum housed in 
LINN; to Mrs A. T. Lee, National Herbarium of New South Wales, for answering a 
nuiTiber of enquiries and for several valuable discussions; to Miss A. M. Podwyszynski, 
National Herbarium of Victoria, for preparing the illustrations that accompany the text; 
to the Directors/Curators of AD, BRI, CANB, HO, NEU, NSW, NY and W for the 
loan of specimens or for working facilities in their institutions; and to Mrs R. Parsons for 
typing the manuscript. 
REFERENCES 
Audas, J. W. (1921). Through the Balangum Ranges and at Rose’s Gap (Grampians). K/cr. Nor. 38:4-8- 11-16 
Bentham, G. (1864). ‘Flora Australiensis’. Vol. 2 (Lovell Reeve & Co.: London). 
Ferguson L K. & Skvarla, J. J. (1981). The pollen morphology of the subfamily Papilionoideae (Legumi- 
nosae). In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in Legume Systematics’. 2:859-896 (Royal 
Botanic Gardens: Kew). 
Lee, A. T. (1970). Taxonomic notes on Platylobium, Bossiaea and Templetonia in New South Wales Contrib 
N.S.W. Natl. Herb. ^\96-\05. 
Polhm, R M. (1976). Genisteae (Adans.) Benth. and related tribes (Leguminosae). In V. H. Heywood (ed.) 
Bot. Syst.’ 1:143-368. (Academic Press: London). 
Polhill, R. M. (1981). Tribe 26. Bossiaeeae (Benth.) Hutch. In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in 
Legume Systematics’. 1:393-395. (Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew). 
Stafleu, F. A. & Cowan, R. S. (1976). ‘Taxonomic Literature’. Vol. 1. (Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema* 
Utrecht). 
Manuscript received 21 April 1982. 

Page image

947834 Platylobium reticulatum Muelleria 5(2): 141
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459850
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525

Page text

141 
Platylobium ovatum Andx., Bot. Repos. 4:1.266 (1802), non sensuDC. (1825) = Bossiaea 
heterophylla Vent., Descr. Plant. Nouv. 1:7, t.7 (1800). 
Platylobium reticulatum Sieb. ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. ed. 16, 3:231 (1826) = Mirbelia 
platyloboides (DC.) J. Thompson, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 83:123 (1959). 
Platylobium scolopendrium Andr., Bot. Repos. 3:t.l91 (1801)=Bossiaea scolopendria 
(Andr.) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 9:303 (1808). 
Platylobium spinosum Turcz., BuU. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 26:284 (1853) = Bossiaea spinosa 
(Turcz.) Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk., Tr. Mat.-Prir. 1919-22, 2:39 
(1923). 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
I am most grateful to Mr M. I. H. Brooker, CSIRO Division of Forest Research, 
Canberra, for photographing several type specimens in BM, K and LINN while serving 
as Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, 
England, ^d to his successor. Dr M. D. Crisp, National Botanic Gardens, Canberra, 
for providing details of the type material of P. formosum and P. parviflorum housed in 
LINN; to Mrs A. T. Lee, National Herbarium of New South Wales, for answering a 
nuiTiber of enquiries and for several valuable discussions; to Miss A. M. Podwyszynski, 
National Herbarium of Victoria, for preparing the illustrations that accompany the text; 
to the Directors/Curators of AD, BRI, CANB, HO, NEU, NSW, NY and W for the 
loan of specimens or for working facilities in their institutions; and to Mrs R. Parsons for 
typing the manuscript. 
REFERENCES 
Audas, J. W. (1921). Through the Balangum Ranges and at Rose’s Gap (Grampians). K/cr. Nor. 38:4-8- 11-16 
Bentham, G. (1864). ‘Flora Australiensis’. Vol. 2 (Lovell Reeve & Co.: London). 
Ferguson L K. & Skvarla, J. J. (1981). The pollen morphology of the subfamily Papilionoideae (Legumi- 
nosae). In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in Legume Systematics’. 2:859-896 (Royal 
Botanic Gardens: Kew). 
Lee, A. T. (1970). Taxonomic notes on Platylobium, Bossiaea and Templetonia in New South Wales Contrib 
N.S.W. Natl. Herb. ^\96-\05. 
Polhm, R M. (1976). Genisteae (Adans.) Benth. and related tribes (Leguminosae). In V. H. Heywood (ed.) 
Bot. Syst.’ 1:143-368. (Academic Press: London). 
Polhill, R. M. (1981). Tribe 26. Bossiaeeae (Benth.) Hutch. In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in 
Legume Systematics’. 1:393-395. (Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew). 
Stafleu, F. A. & Cowan, R. S. (1976). ‘Taxonomic Literature’. Vol. 1. (Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema* 
Utrecht). 
Manuscript received 21 April 1982. 

Page image

496056 Platylobium rotundifolium Muelleria 5(2): 140
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459851
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525
947835 Platylobium scolopendrium Muelleria 5(2): 141
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459850
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525
495186 Platylobium Muelleria 5(2): 127-141

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 127-141".

947836 Platylobium spinosum Muelleria 5(2): 141
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459850
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Platylobium Sm. (Papilionaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198525

Page text

141 
Platylobium ovatum Andx., Bot. Repos. 4:1.266 (1802), non sensuDC. (1825) = Bossiaea 
heterophylla Vent., Descr. Plant. Nouv. 1:7, t.7 (1800). 
Platylobium reticulatum Sieb. ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. ed. 16, 3:231 (1826) = Mirbelia 
platyloboides (DC.) J. Thompson, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 83:123 (1959). 
Platylobium scolopendrium Andr., Bot. Repos. 3:t.l91 (1801)=Bossiaea scolopendria 
(Andr.) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 9:303 (1808). 
Platylobium spinosum Turcz., BuU. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 26:284 (1853) = Bossiaea spinosa 
(Turcz.) Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk., Tr. Mat.-Prir. 1919-22, 2:39 
(1923). 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
I am most grateful to Mr M. I. H. Brooker, CSIRO Division of Forest Research, 
Canberra, for photographing several type specimens in BM, K and LINN while serving 
as Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, 
England, ^d to his successor. Dr M. D. Crisp, National Botanic Gardens, Canberra, 
for providing details of the type material of P. formosum and P. parviflorum housed in 
LINN; to Mrs A. T. Lee, National Herbarium of New South Wales, for answering a 
nuiTiber of enquiries and for several valuable discussions; to Miss A. M. Podwyszynski, 
National Herbarium of Victoria, for preparing the illustrations that accompany the text; 
to the Directors/Curators of AD, BRI, CANB, HO, NEU, NSW, NY and W for the 
loan of specimens or for working facilities in their institutions; and to Mrs R. Parsons for 
typing the manuscript. 
REFERENCES 
Audas, J. W. (1921). Through the Balangum Ranges and at Rose’s Gap (Grampians). K/cr. Nor. 38:4-8- 11-16 
Bentham, G. (1864). ‘Flora Australiensis’. Vol. 2 (Lovell Reeve & Co.: London). 
Ferguson L K. & Skvarla, J. J. (1981). The pollen morphology of the subfamily Papilionoideae (Legumi- 
nosae). In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in Legume Systematics’. 2:859-896 (Royal 
Botanic Gardens: Kew). 
Lee, A. T. (1970). Taxonomic notes on Platylobium, Bossiaea and Templetonia in New South Wales Contrib 
N.S.W. Natl. Herb. ^\96-\05. 
Polhm, R M. (1976). Genisteae (Adans.) Benth. and related tribes (Leguminosae). In V. H. Heywood (ed.) 
Bot. Syst.’ 1:143-368. (Academic Press: London). 
Polhill, R. M. (1981). Tribe 26. Bossiaeeae (Benth.) Hutch. In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in 
Legume Systematics’. 1:393-395. (Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew). 
Stafleu, F. A. & Cowan, R. S. (1976). ‘Taxonomic Literature’. Vol. 1. (Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema* 
Utrecht). 
Manuscript received 21 April 1982. 

Page image

496144 Platylobium triangulare Muelleria 5(2): 131-134

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 131-134".

504265 Pleuropappus Muelleria 5(2): 179, Figs 1h, 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459800
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

179 
collection was specified for Eriocladium pyramidatum but Toward 15 is the only one of 
the species in Lindley's herbarium and is thus regarded as the holotype. Drummond also 
collected this species, i.e. Drummond 125 (MEL, GH), Drummond ? 159 ox 245 (GH ex 
herb. Klatt) and Drummond s.n. (MEL 541216), but there is no reason to believe that 
Lindley saw any of these collections. 
3. A, cunninghamii is the only perennial species of Angianthus and the only one to 
occasionally produce 3 florets per capitulum. Both characters suggest that the species is a 
somewhat primitive member of the genus. 
Selected Specimens Examined (6/36): 
Western Australia — Allender s.n.. Shark Bay, 18. ii. 1969 (UWA 2493); Demarz 2890, Vlaming Head, 
4.xi.l970 (PERTH); Kenneally 1014, Dorre Island, 15.xii.l973 (PERTH); Morrison s.n., Claremont, 
28.iii.1900 (BRI 086974); Serventy s.n., Bernier Island, 5.viii.l947 (PERTH); Serventy s.n., Stewart Island, s. 
dat. (PERTH). 
2. Pleuropappus F. Muell., Trans & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 37 (1855). Type: 
P. phyllocalymmeus F. Muell. 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of P. phyllocalymmeus.] 
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg. \ see synonymy of P. phyllocalymmeus.] 
Annual herb. Major axes erect or ascending, sometimes decumbent, hairy; stem 
simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves mainly alternate 
but opposite at the base of the stem, sessile, entire, linear, mucronate, hairy. Compound 
heads narrowly ellipsoid or lanceoloid to ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads 
forming a conspicuous involucre c. the length of the head, the outer ones leaf-like, the 
inner ones with hyaline apices; general receptacle cylindrical to narrowly oblong, 
consisting of a single major axis lacking minor receptacular axes, the individual capitula 
distributed ± evenly along its entire length. Capitula 40-100 per compound head, each 
capitulum with 4 (5, 6) abaxial, hyaline subtending bracts that overlap the inner capitular 
bracts. Capitulum-subtending bracts arranged so that an outer bract covers 2 middle 
bracts which in turn cover a single inner bract, sometimes 1-2 additional bracts covering 
the inner 4, all bracts flat, ovate or elliptic; midrib usually conspicuous, opaque, c. V^-Vi 
the length of the bract, variably hairy. Capitular bracts 4, hyaline, with an opaque 
midrib, arranged so that 2 outer concave bracts surround 2 inner flat bracts. Concave 
bracts with the midrib conspicuous, c. Vi the length of the bract, variably hairy. Inner 
flat bracts obovate, abruptly attenuated in the lower V^-V ^\ the midrib conspicuous, c. Vi 
the length of the bract, glabrous or hairy. Florets 2 per capitulum; corolla 5-lobed; style 
branches truncate; stamens 5, with tailed anthers. Achene obliquely attached to the 
floret, ellipsoid, papillose. Pappus an oblique jagged scale. Fig. Ih. 
Distribution (Fig. 8): 
A monotypic genus confined to southern Eyre Peninsula and southern Yorke 
Peninsula. It is poorly collected and Jessop (1977) recorded P. phyllocalymmeus as an 
endangered species. However field observations suggest that the species, although 
geographically restricted, is locally common. 
Affinities/Generic Characteristics: 
Pleuropappus phyllocalymmeus superficially resembles many species of Angianthus 
with similar shaped compound heads. Furthermore, there are 4 capitular bracts which are 
arranged in the same manner as those in Angianthus. However Pleuropappus is readily 
distinguished by the presence and arrangement of 4 or more capitulum-subtending 
bracts, by the obliquely attached achenes and by the absence of minor receptacular 
appendages on the general receptacle of the compound head. 
Evolution/Reproductive Biology: 
Although accurate determinations of pollen-ovule ratios (P/Os) have not been made 
it is apparent that a P/O value of several thousand will be found in this species. Such a 
value suggests that the species commonly cross-pollinates (Short, 1981a, b). 
Ants have been observed on flowering compound heads and are possibly important 
pollen vectors. 

Page image

504279 Pleuropappus phyllocalymmeus Muelleria 5(2): 180-181, Fig. 8

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(2): 180-181, Fig. 8".

478171 Pogonolepis lanigera Muelleria 5(3): 204
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459881
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

204 
Ewart & J. White, used in various works.] 
[Siloxerus auct. non Labill.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Ostenf.] 
[Skirrhophorus auct. non DC. in Lindl. ex DC.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) A. Gray 
and S. muellerianus Sond.J 
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Kuntze] 
Annual herbs. Major axes decumbent, ascending or erect, variably hairy; stem 
simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves usually alternate 
(sometimes opposite), sessile, entire, glabrous or sparsely hairy, mucronate. Compound 
heads ± broadly obovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous, 
multi-seriate involucre c. the len^h of the head, the outer bracts leaf-like, the inner ones 
primarily hyaline and with papillae at the apex; general receptacle a small, ± flat, 
glabrous axis. Capitulaz. 5-40 per compound head. Capitular bracts 2-2>,cAhQ\eng\h of 
the florets, ± hyaline, whitish, with papillae at the apex. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 
5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± ovoid or ± 
obpyramidal, covered with mucilagenous cells, brown. Pappus absent. Fig. li. 
Chromosome numbers: n=4, 5, 6, 7, c. 10, c. 12. 
The taxonomy of Pogonolepis is yet to be resolved. For comments see Muelleria 
4:404-405 (Short, 1981a). 
Three species normally referred to Angianthus, i.e. A. lanigerus, A. muellerianus 
(==P. muelleriana (Sond.) Short) and A. strictus ( = P. stricta Steetz) belong to 
Pogonolepis. The new combination transferring A. lanigerus to Pogonolepis is made 
below. 
Pogonolepis lanigera (Ewart & J. White) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Angianthus strictus var. lanigerus Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Viet. 22:92 (1909). Synonym: Angianthus lanigerus (Ewart & J. White) Ewart & 
J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 23:288 (1911). 
9. Siloxerus Labill., PI. Nov. HoU. 2:57 (1806); Less., Syn. generum Comp. 270 (1832); 
Ostenfeld, Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:134, p.p. (as to S. humifusus 
& S. filifolius only). — Styloncerus Spreng., Syst. veg. 3:356, 451 (1826), nom. illeg. — 
OgcerostylusCdiS,^., Diet. Sc. Nat. 49:221 (1827), nom. /7/e^. ; Stuedel, Nom. Bot. 2nd. ed. 
242 (1841) {'Oxerostylus'). Type: Siloxerus humifususLdbiW. 
Chamaesphaerion A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:176 (June 1851). 
Type: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray ( = 5. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short). 
Gyrostephium Turez., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):76 (Oct. 1851). Type: 
Gyrostephium rhizocephalum Turez. ( = S. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short). 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of S. humifusus & S. filifolius.] 
[Chthonocephalus auct. non Steetz: see synonymy of S. pygmaeus.] 
[Gnaphalodes auct. non A. Gray, nom, illeg., later homonym of Gnaphalodes 
Miller (see Hj. Eichler, Taxon 12:295 (1963): as to Gnaphalodes fdifolium Benth. 
{=^Siloxerus filifolius).] 
Annual herbs. Major axes ± absent or if present then decumbent to erect, glabrous 
or hairy; stem simple and minute or forming major branches at basal and/or upper 
nodes. Leaves in a basal rosette or, if major axes present then opposite to alternate, all 
leaves entire, sessile, glabrous or sparsely hairy, apex mucronate, the base often with 
hyaline margins. Compound heads ± ellipsoid to broadly ellipsoid or ± lanceoloid to 
depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads conspicuous, leaf-like, at least c. *4 
to Vi the length of the head, often c. equal to or exceeding the length of the head; general 
receptacle of a single hairy axis which lacks minor receptacular axes, the axis becoming 
hollow with age. Capitula ± evenly distributed over the general receptacle, ± indistinct 
and lacking subtending bracts. Capitular bracts c. 5-15, mainly hyaline but the 
uppermost portion opaque and often crenulate, with a green, ± glabrous midrib which 
extends c. Vi-Vi the length of the bract, the bracts arranged in ± 1 or 2 indistinct whorls. 
Paleae resembling capitular bracts, one bract per floret. Florets A~\5Q.2) per capitulum; 
corolla 3-5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 3-5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± 
obovoid, sparsely to densely papillose, purple. Pappus of 5-7 variably jagged scales 
joined at the base or a jagged ring lacking distinct scales. Fig. 15. 

Page image

478150 Pogonolepis Muelleria 5(3): 203-204

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(3): 203-204".

885882 Scirrhophorus drummondii Muelleria 5(2): 174
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459795
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

174 
2. A. microcephalus is readily distinguished from other species of Angianthus by 
the presence of only 1 floret per capitulum and the absence of 2 inner flat bracts within 
each capitulum. In all other respects the species is typical of Angianthus. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia ~ Cannon 317, Hamelin Pod Station, 24.ix.1974 (PERTH); George 11439, Dirk 
Hartog Is., 3.ix.l972 (PERTH); Short 442, c. 3 km N. of Eagle Bluff, Peron Peninsula, 2i.viii.l977 ’(AD)* 
D. G. W. M3B23, Roderick River, Boolardy, 28.x. 1953 (PERTH). 
12. Angianthus drummondu (Turcz.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, 
W. Aust. Wildfls 814 (1975). — Skirrhophorus drummondii Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. 
Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):188 (1851) {^Scirrhophorus^). — Styloncerus drummondii 
(Turcz.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Nova HoUandia. Drum. 
Ill.n.l23.” Possible Holotype: KW (see p.l52). Isotypes: K, MEL 541210, NSW, 
PERTH. 
Angianthus platycephalus Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. 
Aust. Widifls 814 (1975). — Styloncerus platycephalus (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum 
PL 367 (1891). Type: “Tone River, Oldfield.” Holotype: Oldfield 85, Wet places. 
Tone R., W. Aust., s. dat (K), (see note 1 below). Isotypes: MEL 541607, PERTH. 
Possible Isotype: MEL 541606 (lacks colleaor’s number). 
Annual herb. Major axes ± decumbent or ascending to erect, 2-7 cm long, variably 
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal nodes. Leaves alternate or 
opposite, ± linear, c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy. 
Compound heads ± broadly ovoid, 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0. 5-0.7 cm diam.; bracts 
subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length, or 
exceeding the length, of the head, of c. 10 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± linear or 
oblanceolate or ± elliptic, 0.5-1 cm long, 0,1-0. 3 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy; 
general receptacle a small convex or slightly elongate axis. Capitula c. 20-60 per 
compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(?2), ± oblong or obovate, c. 2 mm 
long, c. 1 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular 
bracts with the two concave ones c. 2 mm long, the midrib variably hairy toward the 
apex; flat bracts 2, obovate, ± gradually tapering toward the base, c. 2 mm long, 
c. 1 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex and with an entire 
wing-like extension from the adaxial surface. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering 
gradually to the base, c. 1.8 mm long, c. 0.8 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.8 mm 
long, c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. Pappus a very small jagged ring, c. 0.1 mm long. 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
An uncommon species restricted to the south west of Western Australia. Specimens 
referred to as a variant of A. drummondii are similarly restricted. 
Ecology: 
The only information available comes from the holotype collection of 
A. platycephalus. The plants on the sheet are growing in clumps of moss and the label 
records them as growing “in wet places”. 
Specimens referred to as a variant of A. drummondii favour saline regions. 
Collectors’ notes include “sandy loam in Arthrocnemum Halosarcia]/ Melaleuca 
zone around salty depression” and “on sandy island . . . Growing with Arthrocnemum 
[=Halosarcia] & Frankenia'\ 
Notes: 
1. The K collection of Oldfield 85 is regarded as the holotype of A. platycephalus. 
There is no indication that Bentham saw any of the MEL material, usually indicated by 
the initial ‘B’ on the herbarium labels, and the PERTH collection is a fragment of the K 
type material acquired this century by C. A, Gardner. 
2. Bentham (1867) regarded A. platycephalus and A. drummondii as distinct 
species, the former having a small jagged ring-like pappus, the latter none. However a 
small, jagged, ring-like pappus is discernible in the type material of A. drummondii and 
apart from minor habit differences (erect axes in Drummond 123 and more or less 

Page image

502539 Senecio cahillii Muelleria 5(2): 120
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459871
Page is part of the work New Australian Species of Erechthitoid Senecio (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.198523
529971 Senecio macrocarpus Muelleria 5(2): 119
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459872
Page is part of the work New Australian Species of Erechthitoid Senecio (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.198523

Page text

NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF ERECHTHITOID SENEQO (ASTERACEAE) 
by 
Robert O. Belcher* 
ABSTRACT 
Two new species of erechthitoid Senecio from Australia, 5. macrocarpus and S. cahillii, are described. 
This validates manuscript names which have been applied to certain specimens on determinavit slips since 
1967. 
DESCRIPTION 
Senecio macrocarpus E Muell. ex Belcher, sp. nov. 
Erechthites hispidula sensu Benth. FI. Austr. 3:660 (1866), pro parte, non (A. Rich.) 
DC. (1838); sensu Black FI. S. Aust. 4:610 (1929), pro majore parte. 
CaudexhvtVxs perennis lignosus, radice palari debli et radicibus adventitis numerosis. Herba caulibus 
erectis 20 ad 40cm altis, saepe dense congestis; caulis arachnoideus superne glabratus, internodiis 
inferioribus brevibus, internodiis superioribus plus elongatis. Folia alterna linearia ad 10 cm 
longis et 24(-5) mm latis, acuta vel mucronata, marginibus revolutis, paginis abaxialibus 
arachnoideis vel hispidulis; folia inferiora numerosa, dense congesta, infima interdum 
denticulata; folia superiora parviora laxiora, saepe minute auriculata, apiculata. Inflorescentia 
raro simplex plerumque cymosa capitulis 6-8; pedicelli ad 5-30(-60) mm longi, ascendentes 
glabrati; bracteae et bracteoleae ciliolatae longiacuminatae apiculatae, bracteoleae numerosae 
prope apices pedicellorum saepe congestae, arachnoideae vel glabratae, 4-8 mm longae. 
Capitulum magnum 15(-18) mm longum, 15-20 mm latum ubi compressum in siccitate; phyllaria 
16-21(-33), glabrata vel glabra, 10-13 mm longa, circa 1 mm lata, linearia, acuminata, marginibus 
anguste hyalinis, apicibus saepe subroseis. Flosculi numero 50-100(-150) varians ad 9-12(-15) mm 
longi; flosculi extime filiformes (3-)4(-5)-fidi pistillati vel staminodiis rudimentaris 
nonantheriferis, flosculi intermedii filiformes 4- vel 5-fidi staminodiis antherascentibus 
nonpolliniferis, flosculi medii anguste infundibulares 4- et 5-fidi staminibus 1-5 polliniferis. 
Achenia 4.5-5(-6) mm longa, rostrata, dense pilifera, pili brevissimi cinerascentes. 
Rootstock short, perennial, woody, with a weak primary root and numerous 
adventitious roots. Herb erect, 20^ cm tall; stems often densely congested, arachnoid, 
glabrate above, with lower intemodes short and upper intemodes more elongated. 
Leaves alternate, linear, to 10 cm long and 2-4(-5) mm wide, acute or mucronate, with 
revolute margins, abaxial surfaces arachnoid or hispidulous; lower leaves numerous, 
densely congested, the lowermost sometimes denticulate; upper leaves smaller and more 
lax, often minutely auriculate, apiculate. Inflorescence rarely simple, for the most part 
cymose with 6-8 capitula; pedicels 5-30(-60) mm long, ascending, glabrate; bracts and 
bracteoles ciliolate, long-acuminate, apiculate; bracteoles numerous, often crowded 
toward the apices of the pedicels, arachnoid or glabrate, 4-8 mm long. Capitulum large, 
15(-18) mm long, 15-20 mm wide when compressed in drying; phyllaries 16-21(-33), 
glabrate or glabrous, 10-13 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, linear, acuminate, with margins 
narrowly hyaline, apices often subroseus. Florets 50 to 100 (to 150), 9-12(-15) mm long; 
outermost florets filiform, (3-)4(-5) fid, pistillate or with rudimentary staminodes not 
bearing anthers; intermediate florets filiform, 4- or 5-fid, with staminodes becoming 
antheriferous but non-polliniferous; central florets narrowly funnel-shaped, 4- and 5-fid, 
with 1 to 5 polliniferous stamens. Achenes 4.5-5(-6) mm long, brown, rostrate, densely 
hairy; hairs very short, greyish. 
The achenes of this species are most similar to those of S. quadridentatm Labill. but 
are larger and more hairy. They are very distinct from the short (2 mm long), black, thick- 
cylindric, densely white-haired achenes of S. squarrosus A. Rich. 
♦Professor Emeritus of Biology, Eastern Michigan University, Ypsilanti, Michigan 48197, United States of 
America. 
Muelleria 5(2): 119-122 (1983). 
119 

Page image

489604 Siloxerus brachypappus Muelleria 5(2): 166
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459825
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

166 
3. The only type material of C. aurea seen is housed at K. It is clearly marked “Bay 
IV, South Coast” which indicates that it was collected from Petrel Bay, Isle St. Francis 
(Steam, 1962). 
4. Bentham (1837) based his description of Cylindrosorus flavescens on a collection 
made by Hiigel in Western Australia. According to Stafleu (1967) the Hugel collections 
were acquired by the Vienna herbarium (W) in 1839. However a specimen was obtained 
from Vienna by Bentham and is now housed at K (Bentham, 1863). It follows therefore 
that one should lectotypify. Both the K and W specimens are well preserved and there 
seems no reason to give preference to either other than that Bentham presumably chose to 
retain the specimen at K. 
The sheet MEL 84773 contains a single specimen designated as C. flavescens. It 
comes from O. W. Sonder’s collection but the label indicates that it originally came from 
Vienna. Although there is no indication that the specimen was collected by Hiigel it is 
nevertheless a good match with the specimens from K and W. 
Selected Specimens Examined (19/76): 
Western Australia — Allan 183, Fitzgerald River, 50 miles W. of Ravensthorpe, 8.xi.l969 (BRI, 
PERTH); Chinnock 1068, 30 km NE. of Depot Springs homestead, 15. ix. 1973 (AD); George 3806, Elder 
Creek, 21.viii.l962 (PERTH); Kenneally 71/289, IVi miles W. of Ballidu, 28.ix.1971 (UWA); Short 431, 
Hamelin Pool, 20.viii.l977 (AD); Short 562, Edge of Mongers Lake, 18. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 612, Mt Rupert 
Station, 20.ix.l977 (AD); Short 620, Hines Hill, 21.ix.l977 (AD); Short 704, Newman Rocks, 29.ix.1977 
(AD); Vachells.n., Kellerberin, -.xii. 1903 (NSW 138779). 
South Australia — Crap d52, Koonamore Station, 8. xii. 1973 (AD, CBG); Lfirwg 99-^, c. 14.7 kmSE. of 
Hiltaba homestead, 14.x. 1977 (AD); S/ 2 or/“ 705, c. 14.7 km W. of Yalata Mission turn-off onmain highway to 
Perth, 29.viii.1977 (AD); Specht & Carrodus 23, 10 miles N. of Nonning homestead, 14.xi.l958 (AD); Wace 
12, Masillon Island, 5.1.1971 (AD). 
Victoria — D’Alton s.n., Dimboola, 1901 (NSW 138781); Henshall s.n.. Red Cliffs, 21. xi. 1968 (NT). 
New South Wales — Alehin 332, Wentworth, 28.x. 1975 (NSW); Green 182, Pooncarie, -.x.1974 
(NSW). 
6. Angianthus brachypappus F. Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Viet. 1:44 (1855); F. MuelL, 
J. Bot. (Hooker) 8:149 (1856); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:563 (1867); F. M. Bail., Qd. FI. 848 
(1900); J. M. Black, R. S. Aust. 1st ed. 644 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957), p.p. (excl. 
A. conocephalus (J. M. Black) Short); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:729 (1973). — 
Styloncerus brachypappus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus 
brachypappus (F. Muell.) Ising, Trans & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 46:604 (1922). Type: 
“On barren plains near Swanhill.” Lectotype (here designated): ?Mueller s.n., Murray 
plains near Swanhill, s. dat. (MEL 541214). Possible Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. O. W. 
Sonder, location given as “Murray”); MEL 541222 (no locality details but descriptive 
notes in Mueller's hand and specimens resemble those of lectotype); MEL 541212 (ex 
herb. Sond., resembles lectotype but locality given as “Murray”); MEL 541213 
(resembles lectotype but locality given as “Murray”). 
Annual herb, (3)5-13.5 cm high. Major axes erect or ascending, sometimes 
decumbent, hairy; stem rarely simple, usually forming major branches at basal and upper 
nodes. Leaves alternate, usually oblanceolate, sometimes ± linear or narrowly elliptic, 
1-3(3. 2) cm long, 0. 1-0.5 cm wide, usually very slightly mucronate, the upper most ones 
with a small hyaline appendage at the apex, all leaves variably hairy. Compound heads 
lanceoloid to ± ovoid or narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid, 1-2. 5(2. 9) cm long, CI.5-0.8 cm 
diam.; bracts subtending compound heads usually not forming a conspicuous involucre, 
rarely c. '/4 the length of the head, usually of c. 5-6(10) leaf-like bracts with hyaline apices 
present, grading into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle cylindrical or 
narrowly oblong. Capitula c. 100-300 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 
1(2-3), if more than one then the extra one(s) abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all 
bracts elliptic or obovate, sometimes ± ovate, lamina rarely with a distinct constriction 
in the upper part, the entire bracts (2)2.3-3(3.25) mm long, 1-1. 7(1. 9) mm wide, the 
midrib variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the 2 concave ones 
(2.1)2. 3-3. 2 mm long, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, obovate, 
abruptly attenuated in the lower Vs-Vz, the edge of the bracts often incurved so as to 
slightly cover the florets, (2)2. 2-3(3. 3) mm long, 0. 8-1.3 mm wide, the midrib variably 

Page image

885870 Siloxerus brachypappus Muelleria 5(2): 166
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459825
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

166 
3. The only type material of C. aurea seen is housed at K. It is clearly marked “Bay 
IV, South Coast” which indicates that it was collected from Petrel Bay, Isle St. Francis 
(Steam, 1962). 
4. Bentham (1837) based his description of Cylindrosorus flavescens on a collection 
made by Hiigel in Western Australia. According to Stafleu (1967) the Hugel collections 
were acquired by the Vienna herbarium (W) in 1839. However a specimen was obtained 
from Vienna by Bentham and is now housed at K (Bentham, 1863). It follows therefore 
that one should lectotypify. Both the K and W specimens are well preserved and there 
seems no reason to give preference to either other than that Bentham presumably chose to 
retain the specimen at K. 
The sheet MEL 84773 contains a single specimen designated as C. flavescens. It 
comes from O. W. Sonder’s collection but the label indicates that it originally came from 
Vienna. Although there is no indication that the specimen was collected by Hiigel it is 
nevertheless a good match with the specimens from K and W. 
Selected Specimens Examined (19/76): 
Western Australia — Allan 183, Fitzgerald River, 50 miles W. of Ravensthorpe, 8.xi.l969 (BRI, 
PERTH); Chinnock 1068, 30 km NE. of Depot Springs homestead, 15. ix. 1973 (AD); George 3806, Elder 
Creek, 21.viii.l962 (PERTH); Kenneally 71/289, IVi miles W. of Ballidu, 28.ix.1971 (UWA); Short 431, 
Hamelin Pool, 20.viii.l977 (AD); Short 562, Edge of Mongers Lake, 18. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 612, Mt Rupert 
Station, 20.ix.l977 (AD); Short 620, Hines Hill, 21.ix.l977 (AD); Short 704, Newman Rocks, 29.ix.1977 
(AD); Vachells.n., Kellerberin, -.xii. 1903 (NSW 138779). 
South Australia — Crap d52, Koonamore Station, 8. xii. 1973 (AD, CBG); Lfirwg 99-^, c. 14.7 kmSE. of 
Hiltaba homestead, 14.x. 1977 (AD); S/ 2 or/“ 705, c. 14.7 km W. of Yalata Mission turn-off onmain highway to 
Perth, 29.viii.1977 (AD); Specht & Carrodus 23, 10 miles N. of Nonning homestead, 14.xi.l958 (AD); Wace 
12, Masillon Island, 5.1.1971 (AD). 
Victoria — D’Alton s.n., Dimboola, 1901 (NSW 138781); Henshall s.n.. Red Cliffs, 21. xi. 1968 (NT). 
New South Wales — Alehin 332, Wentworth, 28.x. 1975 (NSW); Green 182, Pooncarie, -.x.1974 
(NSW). 
6. Angianthus brachypappus F. Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Viet. 1:44 (1855); F. MuelL, 
J. Bot. (Hooker) 8:149 (1856); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:563 (1867); F. M. Bail., Qd. FI. 848 
(1900); J. M. Black, R. S. Aust. 1st ed. 644 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957), p.p. (excl. 
A. conocephalus (J. M. Black) Short); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:729 (1973). — 
Styloncerus brachypappus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus 
brachypappus (F. Muell.) Ising, Trans & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 46:604 (1922). Type: 
“On barren plains near Swanhill.” Lectotype (here designated): ?Mueller s.n., Murray 
plains near Swanhill, s. dat. (MEL 541214). Possible Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. O. W. 
Sonder, location given as “Murray”); MEL 541222 (no locality details but descriptive 
notes in Mueller's hand and specimens resemble those of lectotype); MEL 541212 (ex 
herb. Sond., resembles lectotype but locality given as “Murray”); MEL 541213 
(resembles lectotype but locality given as “Murray”). 
Annual herb, (3)5-13.5 cm high. Major axes erect or ascending, sometimes 
decumbent, hairy; stem rarely simple, usually forming major branches at basal and upper 
nodes. Leaves alternate, usually oblanceolate, sometimes ± linear or narrowly elliptic, 
1-3(3. 2) cm long, 0. 1-0.5 cm wide, usually very slightly mucronate, the upper most ones 
with a small hyaline appendage at the apex, all leaves variably hairy. Compound heads 
lanceoloid to ± ovoid or narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid, 1-2. 5(2. 9) cm long, CI.5-0.8 cm 
diam.; bracts subtending compound heads usually not forming a conspicuous involucre, 
rarely c. '/4 the length of the head, usually of c. 5-6(10) leaf-like bracts with hyaline apices 
present, grading into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle cylindrical or 
narrowly oblong. Capitula c. 100-300 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 
1(2-3), if more than one then the extra one(s) abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all 
bracts elliptic or obovate, sometimes ± ovate, lamina rarely with a distinct constriction 
in the upper part, the entire bracts (2)2.3-3(3.25) mm long, 1-1. 7(1. 9) mm wide, the 
midrib variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the 2 concave ones 
(2.1)2. 3-3. 2 mm long, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, obovate, 
abruptly attenuated in the lower Vs-Vz, the edge of the bracts often incurved so as to 
slightly cover the florets, (2)2. 2-3(3. 3) mm long, 0. 8-1.3 mm wide, the midrib variably 

Page image

489630 Siloxerus filifolius Muelleria 5(3): 205-207, Fig. 15
489649 Siloxerus humifusus Muelleria 5(3): 207-208, Fig. 15
489566 Siloxerus Muelleria 5(3): 204-205, Fig. 15
886015 Siloxerus pusillus Muelleria 5(3): 189
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459812
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

189 
Reproductive Biology: 
There is no evidence of hybridisation within Chrysocoryne despite the fact that a 
number of species connmonly grow in the same locality, e.g. dl but C. trifida have been 
collected from the saline Mortlock River flats near Meckering. Specific differences are 
presumably maintained by a number of parameters including differences in chromosome 
number, habitat preferences (e.g. as in C. pusilla, see above ecology notes) and flowering 
time (e.g. C. tridens appears to flower some days earlier than C. uniflora^ a species with 
which it commonly grows). These factors, combined with the inbreeding nature of three 
of the species, must present formidable barriers to interspecific crossing. 
Flies and ants are commonly seen on most species of Chrysocoryne but their 
importance as pollinators is not known. It appears that the fruit of at least some species 
are a useful food supply for ants. Ants have been observed transporting c. 1 cm lengths 
of compound heads of C. tridens to their nests. 
Potential seed set has been established for all species (table 1; Short, 1981b) and it is 
evident that values obtained for inbreeding ones are similar to or greater than those of 
closely related outbreeders. The significance of the values is open to question. It may well 
be that an increase in seed set is a method by which genetic heterogeneity is maintained in 
inbreeding taxa. On the other hand an increase in seed set, which is correlated with an 
increase in the number of capitula per unit length of compound head, may perhaps be a 
reflection of selection for reduced inflorescence size and a consequent shorter life cycle. 
Such an hypothesis has already been suggested to explain the large number of unrelated 
taxa in the ''Angianthus group’', a group characterised by having compound heads. 
Key to Species of Chrysocoryne 
1. Capitular bracts 2-6(c. 10); capitula with (2)3-5(8) florets 
2. Pappus a small jagged ring, sometimes with several apically divided bristles extending c. Vi the length 
of the floret; capitiUar bracts with entire margins; florets 5-lobed; compound heads narrowly ellipsoid 
to ellipsoid or oblanceoloid to ± obovoid, sometimes ± ovoid, 1-1. 5(2.2) cm long, 0.3-0. 5(0.7) cm 
diam.,(fig. lOa-0 1. C. pusilla 
2. Pappus absent; capitular bracts with ciliate margins; florets 3, 4 & 5-lobed; compound heads narrowly 
oblong to oblong, c. 0.5-2 cm long, c. 0.25-0.4(0.45) cm diam., (fig. lOg-h) 2. C. multiflora 
1. Capitular bracts 2; capitula usually with 1 or 2 florets (rarely 3 or 4 in C. drummondii) 
3 . Midrib of capitulum-subtending bracts with at least 3 distinct lobes; capitular bracts with long hairs on 
the upper margins, the hairs V^-Vi (c. 0.5 mm long) the length of the bracts; capitula with 1, rarely 2, 
florets, (fig. lOk-m) 4. C. trifida 
3. Midrib of capitulum-subtending bracts not divided; capitular bracts with variably ciliate margins, the 
hairs c. 0.1 mm long; capitula with 1 or 2, rarely 3 or 4, florets 
4. Florets mainly 5-lobed; (250)300-400(500) pollen grains per anther; compound head cylindrical to 
narrowly oblong, c. 1.5-3(3.6) cm long 5. C. uniflora 
4. Florets 3 or 4-lobed; (8)12-64 pollen grains per anther; compound heads cylindrical to narrowly 
oblong and (c. l)3-5(6.3) cm long or narrowly oblong and c. 1-2(2. 5) cm long 
5. Compound heads narrowly oblong, c. 1-2(2. 5) cm long, c. 0.2-0.25(c. 0.3) cm diam.; capitula 
with (1)2(3, 4) florets; stem simple or branching from basal &/or upper nodes, (fig. lOi-j) 
3. C. drummondii 
5. Compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong (c. l)3-5(6.3) cm long, 0.15-0.2 cm diam.; 
capitula with 1 floret; stem simple or branching from basal nodes, never branching from upper 
nodes 6. C. tridens 
1. Chrysocoryne pusflla (Benth.) Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:458 (1843) (in name only, 
see note 1, p.l87; Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:441 (1845) p.p., excl. C. drummondii zs, to 
ref. to Hook., Icon. PI. 5:pl. 413 (1841). — Crossolepis pusilla Benth. in Endl. Enum. PI. 
61 (1837); DC., Prod. 6:158 (1838). — Chrysocoryne huegelii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. 
Kew Gard. Misc. 3:151 (1851), nom. illeg. — Angianthus pusillus (Benth.) Benth., FI. 
Austr. 3:564 (1867); Hoffman in Engler & Prantl. Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, 
Fig. 98C-G (1890); F. M. Bail., Qd. FI. 848 (1900); J. M. Black, H. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 
(1926), 2nd ed. 925 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:729 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. 
Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). — Styloncerus pusillus (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 
(1891) — Siloxerus pusillus (Benth.) Ising, Trans & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 46:604 
(1922). Type: “Swan River. (Htigd.V’. Lectotype (here designated): Hugels.n., Swan 
River, s.dat. (W). Isolectotype: K. 

Page image

489723 Siloxerus pygmaeus Muelleria 5(3): 208-209, Fig. 15
886020 Siloxerus tenellus Muelleria 5(3): 193
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459816
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649
816295 Siloxerus tenellus Muelleria 5(3)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(3)".

885868 Siloxerus tomentosus Muelleria 5(2): 164
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459827
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

164 
Annual herb, 6-14(16) cm high. Major axes erect or ascending, glabrous or slightly 
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves 
alternate, succulent and cylindrical when fresh, 0.4-1.6(3) cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, not 
mucronate but sometimes the upper ones with a hyaline appendage at the apex, all leaves 
± glabrous. Compound heads narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid, 1-2. 5(3.4) cm long, 
0.4-0. 6 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads not forming a conspicuous 
involucre but several leaf-like, hairy bracts with hyaline apices present, grading into 
capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle cylindrical to narrowly oblong. Capitula 
c. 100-500 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2, ?3), if more than one 
then the extra one(s) abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ovate or ± oblong, 
1.8-2. 5 mm long, 1-1.6 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex. 
Capitular bracts with the two concave ones 1.6-2. 3 mm long, the midrib glabrous or 
variably hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, ± elliptic or obovate, gradually tapering 
towards the base, 1.6-2. 2 mm long, 0.7-1. 2 mm wide, the midrib ^abrous or variably 
hairy toward the apex. Floret 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to the 
base, 1.1-1. 5 mm long, c. 0.4 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0. 5-0.8 mm long, 
c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. Pappus cup-shaped, variably jagged, sometimes appearing 
to be composed of c. 5 scales joined at the base, 0. 2-0.4 mm high. Figs.: 3a, c; 5. 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Upper Eyre Peninsula, South Australia between latitudes 31°S and 33°S and 
longitudes 135°E and 138°E. Moderately common. 
Ecology: 
Commonly grows on the margins of saline depressions where usually associated 
with species of Halosarcia, Atriplex and Aizoon, but also occurs on coastal sand-dunes. 
Also recorded in an Acacia linophylla association on red sand dunes. 
Notes: 
1. The specific epithet refers to the more or less glabrous nature of the species. This 
characteristic readily distinguishes it from perhaps its closest relatives. A, brachypappus 
and A. tomentosus. 
Selected Specimens Examined (6/14): 
South Australia — Chinnock 2618, 30 km W. of Kingoonya on the Tarcoola road, 27.ix.1975 (AD); 
Eichler 18817, SW. end of Pernatty Lagoon, 22.X.1966 (AD); Higginson s.n.. Port Augusta, 1955 (ACB); Lay 
547, Kenella Rocks, Wilgena Station, 1.x. 1971 (AD); Short 793, c. 26.7 km S. of Hiltaba homestead, 
25.ix.1978 (AD); Specht & Carrodus 96, 40 miles N. of Nonning homestead, 16.xi.l958 (AD). 
5. Angianthus tomentosus Wendl., Collect. PI. 2:32; t.48 (71808); Brown, Trans. Linn. 
Soc. London 12:103 (1817); Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 14:483 (1819); DC, Prod, 6:150 (1838); 
Sond., Linnaea 25:487 (1853); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:562 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 
1st ed. 644 (1926), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:729 (1973); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 811 (1975). — Styloncerus tomentosus (Wendl.) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus tomentosus (Wendl.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. 
Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:137 (1921). Type: “Botany Bay”. Lectotype (here 
designated): GOET (ex herb. Wendl., Herrenhausen; photograph only seen). Probable 
isoLECTOTYPEs: GOET (ex herb. Bartling; photograph only seen), MEL 543^5 (ex herb. 
Steetz), (see note 2 below). 
Cassinia aurea R. Br. in W. T. Aiton, Hort. Kewensis 2nd ed. 5:184 (1813); Spreng., 
Syst. Veg. 16th ed. 426 (1826). Type: “Nat. of the South coast of New Holland. Robert 
Brown, Esq. Introd. 1803, by Mr. Peter Good”. Type specimen: Brown s.n.. Bay IV, 
South Coast, s. dat. (K), (see note 3 below). 
Cylindrosorus flavescens Benth., Enum. PI. Hueg. 62 (1837). — Angianthus 
flavescens (Benth.) Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:438 (1845). Type: “Swan River 
(Hugel)”. Lectotype (here designated): Hugels.n., Swan River, s. dat. (K, herb. Benth.). 
Isolectotype: W. Probable isolectotype: MEL 84773 (see note 4 below). 

Page image

799173 Skirrhophorus cunninghamii Muelleria 5(2): 178
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459799
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

178 
Badgingarra, 19.xi.l979 (AD); Short 1052, saline flat running into Leschenault Inlet, c. 3 km from Bunbury, 
22.xi.1979 (AD). 
South Australia — Martinsen 60, Mambray Creek, 12. ix. 1974 (AD); Short 716, 8.6 km S. of Corny 
Point Lighthouse, 9.ix.l977 (AD); Short 800, c. 10 km south of Streaky Bay, 26.ix.1978 (AD); Tepper sm.. 
Kangaroo Island, 1886 (MEL 84892). 
Tasmania — Rodway s.n.. River Derwent, 3.xii.l899 (NSW 138738); Whinray 221, Cape Barren 
Island, 3.xi.l973 (AD). 
Victoria — Morrison s.n. , Port Melbourne, 7.xii.l892 (BRI 078641, MEL 225623, PERTH). 
15. Angianthus cunninghamii (DC.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, 
W. Aust. Wildfls 815, pi. 13 (1975). — Skirrhophorus cunninghamii DC., Prod. 6:150 
(1838); DC. inDeless., Icon. Select. PI. 4:22, t.51 (1840); SteetzinLehm. PI. Preiss. 1:438 
(1845); A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:148 (1851). — Styloncerus 
cunninghamii (DC.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: ‘Tn arenosis insulae 
anglis dictae Dirk Hartog’s ad oram occid. Australiae januario flor. legit cl. 
A. Cunningham.” Holotype: Cunningham s.n., Sandy downs, Dirk Hartog's Island. 
West Coast Australia, -.i.l822 (G in herb. DC., ex microfiche IDC), Isotypes: K (excl. 
illus., ex herb. Allan Cunningham), MEL 541221 (see note 1 below). 
Eriocladium pyramidatum Lindl., Edwards’ Bot. Reg.: Swan River Append. 24 
(1839). Holotype: Toward 15, Swan River, s. dat. (CGE, herb. J. Lindley), (see note 2 
below). 
Perennial shrub, 20-50 cm high. Major axes ± erect and densely hairy. Leaves 
alternate, often recurved, oblanceolate or ovate, 0.5-2(2.6) cm long, 0.2-0.3 cm wide, 
densely hairy. Compound /zeals' broadly to broadly depressed ovoid, 0. 5-0.9 cm long, 
0.45-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre 
extending c. Vi the length of the head, of c. 20 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± ovoid, 
0.2-0. 3 cm long, 0. 1-0.15 cm wide, densely hairy, the inner ones with hyaline appendages 
and grading into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle ovoid to very broadly 
ovoid, c. 2-3 mm long, c. 2 mm diam. Capitula c. 25-50 per compound head; 
capitulum-subtending bract 1, obovate to ± oblanceolate, sometimes ± narrowly 
oblong to oblong, (2.6)3. 1-3. 8(4,1) mm long, (1)1.2-1.5(1.65) mm wide, with the upper 
part of the lamina yellow and with a prominent constriction, the midrib usually sparsely 
hairy toward the apex and some glandular hairs always present. Capitular bracts with the 
two concave ones (2.3)2.9-3.5(3.7) mm long, with the upper part of the lamina yellow 
and with a prominent constriction, the midrib usually with a few glandular hairs; flat 
bracts 2, oblanceolate or ± narrowly oblong, gradually tapering to the base, 
(2.8)3-3.6(3.75) mm long, (0.6)0.7-l(1.2) mm wide, the lamina with a prominent 
constriction in the upper part, the midrib usually with a few glandidar hairs. Florets 2 (3); 
corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to the base which is distinctly swollen in 
mature florets, 2-2.5 mm long, c. 0.5 mm diam., glandular hairs often present. Achenes 
± obconical, 0.9-1.4 mm long, 0.5-0. 6 mm diam., papillose. Pappus absent. 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Western coastline of Australia between latitudes 2(FS and 32°S. Common. 
Ecology: 
Commonly grows in the unconsolidated calcareous sands of coastal foredunes but 
also grows in saline flats. Collectors’ notes include “Low salt flats with mangrove and 
Salicornia” and “Growing on unconsolidated foredunes”. 
Notes: 
1. The sheets referred to as isotypes of 5. cunninghamii have slightly different 
wording. On the K sheet there is a reference to “sandy plains” rather than “sandy 
downs” as on the holotype. The MEL sheet has the words “Frequent on desert plains of 
sand”. Despite these discrepancies both probably can be regarded as isotypes although 
the number “288” which also appears on the MEL label suggests that this may not be 
correct. 
2. Lindley (1839) based his descriptions of new species from the Swan River Colony 
on specimens he obtained from Drummond, Mangles, Toward and Ward. No particular 

Page image

818147 Skirrhophorus Muelleria 5(2): 153
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459838
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

153 
“nobis!” after each name. Furthermore the sheets from Steetz’s herbarium contain as 
good, or much better material than those in LD, S, or the collections at MEL obtained 
with Sonder’s herbarium. 
Unless it is otherwise indicated, by reference to microfiche, photographs or the use 
of the abbreviation ‘n.v.’, it should be assumed that all specimens, types or otherwise, 
cited in this paper have been seen by the author. 
Key to Segregate Genera and Species of Angianthus Sensu Lato 
1 . General involucre consisting of 2 leaf-like, overlapping or connate bracts which more or less enclose the 
capitula(fig.lg) 6. Dithyrostegia 
1. General involucre absent or inconspicuous or if well developed consisting of more than 2 bracts 
2. Capitular bracts with papillae at the apex (fig. li) Pogonolepis 
2. Capitular bracts lacking papillae at the apex 
3. Leaves opposite (at least in lower Vi of plant) and distinctly petiolate; laminae 1-2.5 cm long, 
0.4-1 cm wide 4. Cephalosorus 
3. Leaves alternate or if opposite then lacking petioles and less than 0.3 cm wide 
4. Achene obliquely attached to floret; pappus an oblique scale (fig. Ih) 2. Pleuropappus 
4. Achene not obliquely attached to floret; pappus absent or not an oblique scale 
5. Paleae present, the bracts resembling the capitular bracts, whitish, ± opaque and with 
thick cell walls 9. Siloxerus 
5. Paleae absent 
6. Plants prostrate; compound heads woolly; pappus consisting of 8-12 barbed bristles 
united in a short ring at the base 1. Gnephosis burkittii 
6. Plants not with the above combination of characters 
7. Base of floret or apex of achenes with long hairs 
8. Capitular bracts 4-5; capitulum-subtending bract distinct, rigid and opaque .... 
\ . Angianthus connatus 
8. Capitular bracts 2 or 3; capitulum-subtending bracts absent 3. Epitriche 
7. Base of florets or apex of achenes without long hairs 
9. Bracts of general involucre with a leaf-like midrib and broad, hyaline, wing- 
like margins (fig. If), the bracts about the length of the compound heads . . . 
7. Hyalochlamys 
9. Bracts of general involucre absent or not as above 
10. Compound heads with c. lOcapitula; capitulum-subtending bracts rigid 
and leaf-like \ . Angianthus axilliflorus 
10. Compound heads usually with more than c. 10 capitula (commonly 
30-several hundred); capitulum-subtending bracts primarily hyaline 
11. Capitulum-subtending bracts morphologically ± similar, except 
for the concave nature of some, to the capitular bracts (fig. Ik-m); 
achenes brown A ngianthus 
11. Capitulum-subtending bracts totally unlike the capitular bracts 
(fig. la-e); achenes pink or purple 5. Chrysocoryne 
1. Angianthus Wendl., Collect. PI. 2:31 (71808); DC., Prodr. 6:150 (1838); Steetz in 
Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:438 (1845); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:560 (1867) p.p.; Benth. in Benth. & 
Hook, f.. Genera PI. 2:319 (1873) p.p.; Hoffman in Engler & Prantl, Natlirl. 
Pflanzenfam. IV (5):193 (1890) p.p. Type: A. tomentosus Wend. 
Cassinia R. Br. in W. & W. T. Aiton, Hort. Kewensis 2nd ed. 5:184 (1813), non 
Cassinia R. Br., Trans. Linn. Soc. London 12:126 (1818) nom. cons. Type: C. aurea R. 
Br. { = A. tomentosus 
Cylindrosorus Benth., Enum. PI. 62 (1837); DC., Prodr. 6:151 (1838). Type: 
C. flavescensBenXh. {=A. tomentosus 
Phyllocalymma Benth., Enum. PI. 61 (1837); DC., Prodr. 6:150 (1838); Steetz in 
Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436 (1845). Type: P. micropodioides Benth. {=A. micropodioides 
(Benth.) Benth.) 
Skirrhophorus DC. in Lindl. ex DC., Prodr. 6:150 (1838); DC. in Lindl., Nat. Syst. 
Bot. 2nd ed. 260 (1836) nomen nudum; DC. in Deless., Icon. Select. PI. 4:22,t.51 (1840) 
Skirrophorus'); Steetz in Lehm. PL Preiss. 1:438 (1845); A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew 

Page image

502041 Skirrhophorus demissus Muelleria 5(2): 181
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459802
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

181 
Because of confusion with the labels of the MEL collections (see annotations on the 
sheets), the K material, which contains 2 individual specimens in good condition, has 
been designated as the lectotype. The same sheet dso contains Wilhelmi material 
designated as coming from “between the Fountain & Long Lake” but this material has 
been clearly separated from the lectotype. A further label “Victoria, South Australia, 
July 26/55, Mueller” occurs on the sheet but both the location and the name, 
''Chrysocoryne tenella Muell.” ( = C. drummondii A. Gray) suggests that it has been 
erroneously placed with this material. 
Selected Specimens Examined (6/13): 
South Australia — Alcock 2801, Lower Eyre Peninsula, Hundred of Lake Wangary, 14.x. 1969 (AD, 
CANB); Cleland s.n,. Coffin Bay Reserve, I0.xi.l960 (AD 96404182); Lang 1082, c. 33.7 km WNW. of 
Cummins on road to Mt. Hope, 20.x. 1977 (AD); Short 806, c. 34 km NW. of Cummins on road to Mt. Hope, 
26. ix. 1978 (AD); Short 822, c. 13.5 km W. of Yorketown along main Warooka road, 28.x. 1978 (AD); 
Wilhelmi s.n.. Lake Greenly, 1855 (NSW 138697). 
3. Epitriche Turcz., Bull Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):74 (Oct. 1851). Type: 
E. cuspidata Turcz. (=E. demissus (A. Gray) Short) 
Skirrhophorus DC. in Lindl. ex DC. sect. Psuedopappus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. 
Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (May 1851). Type: S. demissus A. Gray {=E. demissus 
(A. Gray) Short) 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of E. demissus.] 
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng.: see synonymy of E. demissus.] 
Annual herb. Major axes erect, glabrous or sparsely hairy; stem simple or forming 
major branches at upper nodes. Leaves opposite, sessile, the base ± stem clasping and 
with hyaline margins, the entire leaf glabrous or sparsely hairy. Compound heads 
broadly depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous 
involucre c. equal to or longer than the head; general receptacle an entire, convex, ± 
smooth axis, the capitula distributed evenly over its surface. Capitula c. 10-20 per 
compound head. Capitular bracts 2 or 3 , hyaline, ± flat to concave, with a conspicuous, 
sparsely hairy midrib extending c. Vi the length of the bract, the bracts overlapping one 
another. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5, 
with tailed anthers. Achenes ? ± obconical and papillose, the apex beset with long hairs. 
Pappus absent. 
Distribution (Fig. 8): 
A monotypic genus endemic to the south-west of Western Australia. Known only 
from the type collection and Wilson 8314. 
Affinities/Generic Characteristics: 
The lack of collections has made it difficult to ascertain certain characteristics of this 
genus and the full range of variation exhibited by the species is unknown. For example 
characteristics of the achene are difficult to ascertain and the number of capitula per 
compound head has been estimated for only 2 or 3 individuals. 
At least superficially the genus appears to be allied to Angianthus s.str. However the 
apparent lack of minor receptacular appendages, the absence of capitulum-subtending 
bracts and the distinctive ring of hairs at the apex of the achene all suggest that the genus 
should be reinstated. There is some doubt whether or not the hairs at the apex of the 
achene should be regarded as a pappus (see morphology section). 
Epitriche demissus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Skirrhophorus demissus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (May 1851), 
basionym. — Angianthus demissus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Greive & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — Styloncerus demissus {A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond, 1850.” 
Lectotype (here designated); Drummond 58, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K) (label in Gray’s 
hand, plus drawings). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K (ex herb. Benth.), KW, 
MEL 541627, MEL 84428, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets). 

Page image

796541 Skirrhophorus demissus Muelleria 5(2): 181
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459802
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

181 
Because of confusion with the labels of the MEL collections (see annotations on the 
sheets), the K material, which contains 2 individual specimens in good condition, has 
been designated as the lectotype. The same sheet dso contains Wilhelmi material 
designated as coming from “between the Fountain & Long Lake” but this material has 
been clearly separated from the lectotype. A further label “Victoria, South Australia, 
July 26/55, Mueller” occurs on the sheet but both the location and the name, 
''Chrysocoryne tenella Muell.” ( = C. drummondii A. Gray) suggests that it has been 
erroneously placed with this material. 
Selected Specimens Examined (6/13): 
South Australia — Alcock 2801, Lower Eyre Peninsula, Hundred of Lake Wangary, 14.x. 1969 (AD, 
CANB); Cleland s.n,. Coffin Bay Reserve, I0.xi.l960 (AD 96404182); Lang 1082, c. 33.7 km WNW. of 
Cummins on road to Mt. Hope, 20.x. 1977 (AD); Short 806, c. 34 km NW. of Cummins on road to Mt. Hope, 
26. ix. 1978 (AD); Short 822, c. 13.5 km W. of Yorketown along main Warooka road, 28.x. 1978 (AD); 
Wilhelmi s.n.. Lake Greenly, 1855 (NSW 138697). 
3. Epitriche Turcz., Bull Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):74 (Oct. 1851). Type: 
E. cuspidata Turcz. (=E. demissus (A. Gray) Short) 
Skirrhophorus DC. in Lindl. ex DC. sect. Psuedopappus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. 
Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (May 1851). Type: S. demissus A. Gray {=E. demissus 
(A. Gray) Short) 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of E. demissus.] 
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng.: see synonymy of E. demissus.] 
Annual herb. Major axes erect, glabrous or sparsely hairy; stem simple or forming 
major branches at upper nodes. Leaves opposite, sessile, the base ± stem clasping and 
with hyaline margins, the entire leaf glabrous or sparsely hairy. Compound heads 
broadly depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous 
involucre c. equal to or longer than the head; general receptacle an entire, convex, ± 
smooth axis, the capitula distributed evenly over its surface. Capitula c. 10-20 per 
compound head. Capitular bracts 2 or 3 , hyaline, ± flat to concave, with a conspicuous, 
sparsely hairy midrib extending c. Vi the length of the bract, the bracts overlapping one 
another. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5, 
with tailed anthers. Achenes ? ± obconical and papillose, the apex beset with long hairs. 
Pappus absent. 
Distribution (Fig. 8): 
A monotypic genus endemic to the south-west of Western Australia. Known only 
from the type collection and Wilson 8314. 
Affinities/Generic Characteristics: 
The lack of collections has made it difficult to ascertain certain characteristics of this 
genus and the full range of variation exhibited by the species is unknown. For example 
characteristics of the achene are difficult to ascertain and the number of capitula per 
compound head has been estimated for only 2 or 3 individuals. 
At least superficially the genus appears to be allied to Angianthus s.str. However the 
apparent lack of minor receptacular appendages, the absence of capitulum-subtending 
bracts and the distinctive ring of hairs at the apex of the achene all suggest that the genus 
should be reinstated. There is some doubt whether or not the hairs at the apex of the 
achene should be regarded as a pappus (see morphology section). 
Epitriche demissus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Skirrhophorus demissus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (May 1851), 
basionym. — Angianthus demissus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Greive & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — Styloncerus demissus {A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond, 1850.” 
Lectotype (here designated); Drummond 58, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K) (label in Gray’s 
hand, plus drawings). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K (ex herb. Benth.), KW, 
MEL 541627, MEL 84428, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets). 

Page image

885881 Skirrhophorus drummondii Muelleria 5(2): 174
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459795
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

174 
2. A. microcephalus is readily distinguished from other species of Angianthus by 
the presence of only 1 floret per capitulum and the absence of 2 inner flat bracts within 
each capitulum. In all other respects the species is typical of Angianthus. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia ~ Cannon 317, Hamelin Pod Station, 24.ix.1974 (PERTH); George 11439, Dirk 
Hartog Is., 3.ix.l972 (PERTH); Short 442, c. 3 km N. of Eagle Bluff, Peron Peninsula, 2i.viii.l977 ’(AD)* 
D. G. W. M3B23, Roderick River, Boolardy, 28.x. 1953 (PERTH). 
12. Angianthus drummondu (Turcz.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, 
W. Aust. Wildfls 814 (1975). — Skirrhophorus drummondii Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. 
Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):188 (1851) {^Scirrhophorus^). — Styloncerus drummondii 
(Turcz.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Nova HoUandia. Drum. 
Ill.n.l23.” Possible Holotype: KW (see p.l52). Isotypes: K, MEL 541210, NSW, 
PERTH. 
Angianthus platycephalus Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. 
Aust. Widifls 814 (1975). — Styloncerus platycephalus (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum 
PL 367 (1891). Type: “Tone River, Oldfield.” Holotype: Oldfield 85, Wet places. 
Tone R., W. Aust., s. dat (K), (see note 1 below). Isotypes: MEL 541607, PERTH. 
Possible Isotype: MEL 541606 (lacks colleaor’s number). 
Annual herb. Major axes ± decumbent or ascending to erect, 2-7 cm long, variably 
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal nodes. Leaves alternate or 
opposite, ± linear, c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy. 
Compound heads ± broadly ovoid, 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0. 5-0.7 cm diam.; bracts 
subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length, or 
exceeding the length, of the head, of c. 10 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± linear or 
oblanceolate or ± elliptic, 0.5-1 cm long, 0,1-0. 3 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy; 
general receptacle a small convex or slightly elongate axis. Capitula c. 20-60 per 
compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(?2), ± oblong or obovate, c. 2 mm 
long, c. 1 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular 
bracts with the two concave ones c. 2 mm long, the midrib variably hairy toward the 
apex; flat bracts 2, obovate, ± gradually tapering toward the base, c. 2 mm long, 
c. 1 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex and with an entire 
wing-like extension from the adaxial surface. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering 
gradually to the base, c. 1.8 mm long, c. 0.8 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.8 mm 
long, c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. Pappus a very small jagged ring, c. 0.1 mm long. 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
An uncommon species restricted to the south west of Western Australia. Specimens 
referred to as a variant of A. drummondii are similarly restricted. 
Ecology: 
The only information available comes from the holotype collection of 
A. platycephalus. The plants on the sheet are growing in clumps of moss and the label 
records them as growing “in wet places”. 
Specimens referred to as a variant of A. drummondii favour saline regions. 
Collectors’ notes include “sandy loam in Arthrocnemum Halosarcia]/ Melaleuca 
zone around salty depression” and “on sandy island . . . Growing with Arthrocnemum 
[=Halosarcia] & Frankenia'\ 
Notes: 
1. The K collection of Oldfield 85 is regarded as the holotype of A. platycephalus. 
There is no indication that Bentham saw any of the MEL material, usually indicated by 
the initial ‘B’ on the herbarium labels, and the PERTH collection is a fragment of the K 
type material acquired this century by C. A, Gardner. 
2. Bentham (1867) regarded A. platycephalus and A. drummondii as distinct 
species, the former having a small jagged ring-like pappus, the latter none. However a 
small, jagged, ring-like pappus is discernible in the type material of A. drummondii and 
apart from minor habit differences (erect axes in Drummond 123 and more or less 

Page image

504361 Skirrhophorus eriocephalus Muelleria 5(2): 176
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459797
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

176 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Restricted to the salt lakes of the Avon River System, Western Australia (Short 
1981a, b). Uncommon. 
Ecology: 
Appears to grow exclusively in sandy soil on the margins of saline depressions. 
Commonly associated with species of Halosarcia and Disphyma. 
Notes: 
1. The lectotype sheet of Skirrhophorus pygmaeus contains drawings of the species 
which, according to Gray (1851), were to be illustrated in leones Plantarum. This did not 
eventuate. The sheet is also clearly inscribed with the words ''Skirrophorus pygmaeus 
n.sp.” in Gray’s hand. It is possible that the sheet could be regarded as the holotype as 
there is no clear indication that Gray saw any of the duplicates. 
2, As pointed out under the respective species A. pygmaeus has close affinities with 
A. preissianus and A. drummondii and, in particular, to a variant of A. drummondii. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Chinnock 4158, c. 3.5 km W. of eastern edge of Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); 
Chin nock 4359, Eclipse Lake, ll.xi.l978 (AD); Chinnock 4366, small salt pan 0.7 km beyond western edge of 
Lake King, 12. xi. 1978 (AD, PERTH); Gardner s.n., Mortlock River flats, E. of Meckering, 22.x. 1945 
(PERTH); Pritzel 902, Avon district, -.xi.l901 (NSW); Short 617, 3.4 km E. of Meckering in Mortlock River, 
20.ix.l977 (AD); Short 674, 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 25. ix. 1977 (AD); Wilson 6386a, 3 km E. of Meckering, 
23.xi.1967 (PERTH). 
14. Angianthus preissianus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); K, Hoffman in 
Engler & Prantl., Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, fig. 98A (1890); J. M. Black, FI. S. 
Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 344 (1963); 
Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. WildHs 814 (1975). — 
Skirrhophorus preissianus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:439 (1845). — Styloncerus 
preissianus (Steetz) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “In umbrosis madidis 
inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, mense Dec. 1838. Herb. Preiss. No. 38.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 38, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in 
umbrosis madidis inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, s. dat. (MEL 541608, 
ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541609, S (see p.l52). 
Skirrhophorus eriocephalus Hook. f. ex. A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 
3:148 (1851) (Hook. f. in MSS); Hook, f., FI. Tas. 1:198, pi. 53A (1856). — Angianthus 
eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); W. M. Curtis, Stud. 
FI. Tas. 344 (1963). — Styloncerus eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Georgetown, Van Diemen’s Land, Gunn.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Gunn 1973, George Town, 21. xi. 1842 (K). Isolectotypes: HO, NSW, 
NSW p.p. (lacks collector’s no. but cites Georgetown and the dates 21.xi.42& lO.i.43, i.e. 
a mixed collection). Possible Isolectotypes: GH (several collections ex herb. Hook. f. 
but each lacks collection date, collector’s no. and gives the location only as Tasmania or 
“VDL”). 
Annual herb. Major axes erect to prostrate (0.5)4-10(16) cm long, glabrous or 
variably hairy; stem often simple in the smaller, erect plants, sometimes ± lacking (less 
than c. 1 cm high) in the prostrate ones, but usually forming major branches at basal 
and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, usually ± narrowly elliptic or ± 
linear, sometimes semi-succulent to sucedent and ± terete, 0. 5-1(1. 2) cm long, 
c. 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads broadly ovoid to 
depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.8(l) cm long, 0.4-0.7(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length of the head, of c. 15 bracts, the 
outer ones leaf-like, ± elliptic, or ovate to lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, 
variably mucronate, hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and grading into 
capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle an expanded, convex axis. Capitula 
c. 5-100 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2), if more than one then the 
extra one abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ± obovate or ± oblong, 
1.7-2. 4(2. 6) mm long, 0.7-1. 5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy 

Page image

802625 Skirrhophorus eriocephalus Muelleria 5(2): 176
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459797
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

176 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Restricted to the salt lakes of the Avon River System, Western Australia (Short 
1981a, b). Uncommon. 
Ecology: 
Appears to grow exclusively in sandy soil on the margins of saline depressions. 
Commonly associated with species of Halosarcia and Disphyma. 
Notes: 
1. The lectotype sheet of Skirrhophorus pygmaeus contains drawings of the species 
which, according to Gray (1851), were to be illustrated in leones Plantarum. This did not 
eventuate. The sheet is also clearly inscribed with the words ''Skirrophorus pygmaeus 
n.sp.” in Gray’s hand. It is possible that the sheet could be regarded as the holotype as 
there is no clear indication that Gray saw any of the duplicates. 
2, As pointed out under the respective species A. pygmaeus has close affinities with 
A. preissianus and A. drummondii and, in particular, to a variant of A. drummondii. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Chinnock 4158, c. 3.5 km W. of eastern edge of Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); 
Chin nock 4359, Eclipse Lake, ll.xi.l978 (AD); Chinnock 4366, small salt pan 0.7 km beyond western edge of 
Lake King, 12. xi. 1978 (AD, PERTH); Gardner s.n., Mortlock River flats, E. of Meckering, 22.x. 1945 
(PERTH); Pritzel 902, Avon district, -.xi.l901 (NSW); Short 617, 3.4 km E. of Meckering in Mortlock River, 
20.ix.l977 (AD); Short 674, 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 25. ix. 1977 (AD); Wilson 6386a, 3 km E. of Meckering, 
23.xi.1967 (PERTH). 
14. Angianthus preissianus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); K, Hoffman in 
Engler & Prantl., Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, fig. 98A (1890); J. M. Black, FI. S. 
Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 344 (1963); 
Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. WildHs 814 (1975). — 
Skirrhophorus preissianus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:439 (1845). — Styloncerus 
preissianus (Steetz) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “In umbrosis madidis 
inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, mense Dec. 1838. Herb. Preiss. No. 38.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 38, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in 
umbrosis madidis inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, s. dat. (MEL 541608, 
ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541609, S (see p.l52). 
Skirrhophorus eriocephalus Hook. f. ex. A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 
3:148 (1851) (Hook. f. in MSS); Hook, f., FI. Tas. 1:198, pi. 53A (1856). — Angianthus 
eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); W. M. Curtis, Stud. 
FI. Tas. 344 (1963). — Styloncerus eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Georgetown, Van Diemen’s Land, Gunn.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Gunn 1973, George Town, 21. xi. 1842 (K). Isolectotypes: HO, NSW, 
NSW p.p. (lacks collector’s no. but cites Georgetown and the dates 21.xi.42& lO.i.43, i.e. 
a mixed collection). Possible Isolectotypes: GH (several collections ex herb. Hook. f. 
but each lacks collection date, collector’s no. and gives the location only as Tasmania or 
“VDL”). 
Annual herb. Major axes erect to prostrate (0.5)4-10(16) cm long, glabrous or 
variably hairy; stem often simple in the smaller, erect plants, sometimes ± lacking (less 
than c. 1 cm high) in the prostrate ones, but usually forming major branches at basal 
and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, usually ± narrowly elliptic or ± 
linear, sometimes semi-succulent to sucedent and ± terete, 0. 5-1(1. 2) cm long, 
c. 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads broadly ovoid to 
depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.8(l) cm long, 0.4-0.7(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length of the head, of c. 15 bracts, the 
outer ones leaf-like, ± elliptic, or ovate to lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, 
variably mucronate, hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and grading into 
capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle an expanded, convex axis. Capitula 
c. 5-100 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2), if more than one then the 
extra one abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ± obovate or ± oblong, 
1.7-2. 4(2. 6) mm long, 0.7-1. 5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy 

Page image

803409 Skirrhophorus mucronulatus Muelleria 5(2): 175
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459796
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

175 
decumbent ones in Oldfield 8S) no differences are discernible between the type 
collections. 
There is an allied variant of A, drwnmondii. Several collections of immature plants, 
Ehrendorfer 181, George 7293, Short 664 & Short 694, and three collections of mature 
plants, Demarz 6640, Short 11028c Wittwer588, contain individuals which lack a pappus. 
All but three of these collections are from the same location, Lake King. The plants 
possibly represent a distinct taxon, perhaps a subspecies of A. drummondii, but further 
collections are required to substantiate this view. 
Both A. drummondii and its variant have close affinities to A. pygmaeus and 
A. preissianus. Unlike >1. preissianus they do however have primarily 5-lobed florets and 
are outbreeders (Short 1981a, b). The pappus of A. drummondii also readily 
distinguishes it from both A. pygmaeus and A. preissianus. The variant of 
A. drummondii and pygmaeus closely resemble each other. However the latter taxon 
normally has prostrate or decumbent axes and broadly depressed to depressed ovoid 
compound heads whereas in the variant of A. drummondii the axes are ascending to 
erect and the compound heads are broadly to very broadly ovoid. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Morrison s.n., Hotham River, 12. xi. 1904 (PERTH); Mueller s.n., Harvey River, 
5.xii.l877 (MEL 85700); Mueller s.n., Preston River, 5.xii.l877 (MEL 85701). 
Specimens Examined, A. drummondii Variant: 
Western Australia — Demarz 6640, Lake Muir Swamp, 21. xi. 1977 (KP); Ehrendorfer 181, south coast 
area — Walpole/ Albany/Stirling Ranges, 14.xii.l%6 (PERTH); George 7293, Lake King, 3.xi.l965 
(PERTH); Short 664, c. 20.5 km S. of Lake Grace along road to Pingrup, 24. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 694, Lake 
King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); Short 1102, Lake King, 26.xi.1979 (AD). 
13. Angianthus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Diels & Pritzel, Bot. 
Jahrb. Syst. 35:612, fig. 69A-E (1905); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — 
Skirrhophorus pygmaeus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:148 (May 1851) 
(‘Skirrophorus’). — Styloncerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 
(1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Drummond 59, S.W. Australia, s. dat. (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 
541610, NSW, PERTH (see note 1 below). 
Skirrhophorus mucronulatusTuicz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24 (2):72 
(Oct. 1851). Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum.v.n.59.” Holotype: ?CW, n.v. (see p.l52) 
IsoTYPEs: GH, K. MEL 54160, NSW, PERTH. 
Annual herb. Major axes usually prostrate or decumbent, rarely ascending or erect, 
c. 0. 5-6(9) cm long, variably hairy; stem sometimes simple and often ± lacking, but 
usually forming major branches at basal nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, ± 
n^rowly elliptic or ± linear, sometimes semi-succulent, c. 0.3-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm 
wide, mucronate, glabrous or slightly hairy. Compound heads broadly depressed to 
depressed ovoid, c. 0.2-0.4 cm long, 0.2-0.6(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads forming a conspicuous involucre c.Va or about the length of the head, of c. 5-10 
leaf-like bracts, ± elliptic or ovate, 0.3-0.5 cm long, 0.1-0.3 cm wide, often with a small 
hyaline margin, mucronate, variably hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and 
grading into capitula-subtending bracts; general receptacle convex. Capitula 
(4)15-50(c.70) per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1, ± obovate or ± 
oblong, 1.7-2.4 mm long, 0.7-1.5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or slightly 
hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the two outer concave ones 1.6-2. 2 mm 
long, ± white, the midrib glabrous or sparsely hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, 
obovate, ± gradually tapering toward the base, 1. 6-2.2 mm long, 0.6-1 mm wide, ± 
white, the midrib glabrous or sparsely hairy toward the apex and with an entire wing-like 
extension from the adaxial surface. Florets 2; corolla (?4)5-lobed, the tube tapering 
gradually to a sometimes variably swollen base, 0.9-1. 3 mm long, c. 0.5 mm diam. 
Achenes ± obovoid, 0.5-0.7 mm long, c. 0.2-0.3 mm diam., variably papillose and 
often with a fringe of papillae at the apex. Pappus absent. 

Page image

885903 Skirrhophorus phyllocephalus Muelleria 5(2): 183
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459804
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

183 
It is readily distinguished by the opposite, petiolate leaves which occur in at least the lower 
half of the plant. Achene morphology and the morphology, number and arrangement of 
capitular bracts are unique. 
Cephalosorus carpesioides (Turcz.) Short, comb. nov. 
Piptostemma carpesioides Tmvqz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):192 (March 
1851), basionym. Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum. coll. IV. n. 200.” Possible Holotype: 
KW (see p.l52). Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541595, MEL 541596. 
Cephalosorus phyllocephalus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (May 
1851). — Angianthus phyllocephalus {A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1865); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975). — Styloncerus phyllocephalus (A. Gray) Kuntze, 
Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Swan River, Drummond, 1846, 1848.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Drummond 200, S.W. Australia, 1848 (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex 
herb. Klatt), MEL 541595, MEL 541596 (see note 2 below). 
Cephalosorus brevipapposus F. Muell., Fragm. 3:159 (1863). — Skirrhophorus 
phyllocephalus F. Muell., l.c., pro syn., (? as to collections of F. Muell.). Type: “Ad 
flumen Murchison; Oldfield. Ad sinum Champion Bay; Walcott'' Lectotype (here 
designated): Oldfield s.n., Murchison R., W.A., s. dat. (MEL 541597). Probable 
Isolectotype: PERTH (ex MEL, referred to as Angianthus phyllocephalus on label). 
Syntype: None seen, the only specimens of this species seen from Champion Bay were 
collected by Oldfield. No Walcott specimens of the species have been seen. 
Annual herb, 15-25(29) cm high. Leaves opposite and distinctly petiolate in at least 
the lower half of the plant, the uppermost ones frequently ± sessile and alternate; petiole 
± absent to c. 2 cm long, variably hairy; laminae ± elliptic or oblanceolate to obovate, 
1-2. 5(3. 4) cm long, 0.4-l(1.3) mm wide, sometimes with a very small mucro at the apex, 
almost glabrous (particularly the lower surface) to densely hairy. Compound heads 
0.5-1. 4 cm high, 0.7-1. 5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound head c. 10-20, the outer 
ones ± ovate or ± obovate, 0. 5-1(1. 4) cm long, 0. 3-0.8 cm wide. Capitulac. 30-60 per 
compound head. Capitular bracts 3. 3-4.2 mm long, (0. 7)1-1. 8 mm wide. Florets 1; 
corolla tube with a conspicuously swollen base, the tube 1.5-2 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm 
diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 1.9-2.5 mm long, 0.9-1 mm diam. Pappus a jagged cup 
c. 0.7 mm long. 
Distribution: See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Little information is available. Collectors’ notes include “Common on rocky 
ironstone knoll” and “Ironstone gravel”. 
Note: 
1. The lectotype sheet of C. phyllocephalus contains three good, entire specimens, 
plus drawings of the species. According to Gray (1851) the species was to be illustrated in 
Incones Plantarum but this did not eventuate. A label attached to the sheet has the words 
''Cephalosorus phyllocephalus n. gen.” in Gray’s hand. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Alpin 56, 1-2 miles North of Carnamah, 4.ix.l958 (PERTH); Burns 24, Port 
Gregory road, 20. ix. 1970 (PERTH); Gardner 12831, Arrino, 27. ix. 1960 (PERTH); ?Mueller s.n.. Port 
Gregory, -.x.1877 (MEL 84472); ?Mueller s.n., upper Irwin River, s. dat. (MEL 84473); Oldfield s.n.. 
Champion Bay, s. dat. (MEL 84471). Paust 1267, 1 mile N. of Northampton-Port Gregory road on Yerina 
Springs road, 6.X.1972 (PERTH); Wilson 3829, 15 km N. of Badgingarra, 2.ix.l965 (AD, GH, PERTH). 
(To be continued in Muelleria 5(3): 185) 

Page image

504446 Skirrhophorus preissianus Muelleria 5(2): 176
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459797
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

176 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Restricted to the salt lakes of the Avon River System, Western Australia (Short 
1981a, b). Uncommon. 
Ecology: 
Appears to grow exclusively in sandy soil on the margins of saline depressions. 
Commonly associated with species of Halosarcia and Disphyma. 
Notes: 
1. The lectotype sheet of Skirrhophorus pygmaeus contains drawings of the species 
which, according to Gray (1851), were to be illustrated in leones Plantarum. This did not 
eventuate. The sheet is also clearly inscribed with the words ''Skirrophorus pygmaeus 
n.sp.” in Gray’s hand. It is possible that the sheet could be regarded as the holotype as 
there is no clear indication that Gray saw any of the duplicates. 
2, As pointed out under the respective species A. pygmaeus has close affinities with 
A. preissianus and A. drummondii and, in particular, to a variant of A. drummondii. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Chinnock 4158, c. 3.5 km W. of eastern edge of Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); 
Chin nock 4359, Eclipse Lake, ll.xi.l978 (AD); Chinnock 4366, small salt pan 0.7 km beyond western edge of 
Lake King, 12. xi. 1978 (AD, PERTH); Gardner s.n., Mortlock River flats, E. of Meckering, 22.x. 1945 
(PERTH); Pritzel 902, Avon district, -.xi.l901 (NSW); Short 617, 3.4 km E. of Meckering in Mortlock River, 
20.ix.l977 (AD); Short 674, 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 25. ix. 1977 (AD); Wilson 6386a, 3 km E. of Meckering, 
23.xi.1967 (PERTH). 
14. Angianthus preissianus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); K, Hoffman in 
Engler & Prantl., Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, fig. 98A (1890); J. M. Black, FI. S. 
Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 344 (1963); 
Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. WildHs 814 (1975). — 
Skirrhophorus preissianus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:439 (1845). — Styloncerus 
preissianus (Steetz) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “In umbrosis madidis 
inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, mense Dec. 1838. Herb. Preiss. No. 38.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 38, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in 
umbrosis madidis inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, s. dat. (MEL 541608, 
ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541609, S (see p.l52). 
Skirrhophorus eriocephalus Hook. f. ex. A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 
3:148 (1851) (Hook. f. in MSS); Hook, f., FI. Tas. 1:198, pi. 53A (1856). — Angianthus 
eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); W. M. Curtis, Stud. 
FI. Tas. 344 (1963). — Styloncerus eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Georgetown, Van Diemen’s Land, Gunn.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Gunn 1973, George Town, 21. xi. 1842 (K). Isolectotypes: HO, NSW, 
NSW p.p. (lacks collector’s no. but cites Georgetown and the dates 21.xi.42& lO.i.43, i.e. 
a mixed collection). Possible Isolectotypes: GH (several collections ex herb. Hook. f. 
but each lacks collection date, collector’s no. and gives the location only as Tasmania or 
“VDL”). 
Annual herb. Major axes erect to prostrate (0.5)4-10(16) cm long, glabrous or 
variably hairy; stem often simple in the smaller, erect plants, sometimes ± lacking (less 
than c. 1 cm high) in the prostrate ones, but usually forming major branches at basal 
and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, usually ± narrowly elliptic or ± 
linear, sometimes semi-succulent to sucedent and ± terete, 0. 5-1(1. 2) cm long, 
c. 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads broadly ovoid to 
depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.8(l) cm long, 0.4-0.7(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length of the head, of c. 15 bracts, the 
outer ones leaf-like, ± elliptic, or ovate to lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, 
variably mucronate, hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and grading into 
capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle an expanded, convex axis. Capitula 
c. 5-100 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2), if more than one then the 
extra one abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ± obovate or ± oblong, 
1.7-2. 4(2. 6) mm long, 0.7-1. 5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy 

Page image

885891 Skirrhophorus preissianus Muelleria 5(2): 176
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459797
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

176 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Restricted to the salt lakes of the Avon River System, Western Australia (Short 
1981a, b). Uncommon. 
Ecology: 
Appears to grow exclusively in sandy soil on the margins of saline depressions. 
Commonly associated with species of Halosarcia and Disphyma. 
Notes: 
1. The lectotype sheet of Skirrhophorus pygmaeus contains drawings of the species 
which, according to Gray (1851), were to be illustrated in leones Plantarum. This did not 
eventuate. The sheet is also clearly inscribed with the words ''Skirrophorus pygmaeus 
n.sp.” in Gray’s hand. It is possible that the sheet could be regarded as the holotype as 
there is no clear indication that Gray saw any of the duplicates. 
2, As pointed out under the respective species A. pygmaeus has close affinities with 
A. preissianus and A. drummondii and, in particular, to a variant of A. drummondii. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Chinnock 4158, c. 3.5 km W. of eastern edge of Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); 
Chin nock 4359, Eclipse Lake, ll.xi.l978 (AD); Chinnock 4366, small salt pan 0.7 km beyond western edge of 
Lake King, 12. xi. 1978 (AD, PERTH); Gardner s.n., Mortlock River flats, E. of Meckering, 22.x. 1945 
(PERTH); Pritzel 902, Avon district, -.xi.l901 (NSW); Short 617, 3.4 km E. of Meckering in Mortlock River, 
20.ix.l977 (AD); Short 674, 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 25. ix. 1977 (AD); Wilson 6386a, 3 km E. of Meckering, 
23.xi.1967 (PERTH). 
14. Angianthus preissianus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); K, Hoffman in 
Engler & Prantl., Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, fig. 98A (1890); J. M. Black, FI. S. 
Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 344 (1963); 
Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. WildHs 814 (1975). — 
Skirrhophorus preissianus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:439 (1845). — Styloncerus 
preissianus (Steetz) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “In umbrosis madidis 
inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, mense Dec. 1838. Herb. Preiss. No. 38.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 38, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in 
umbrosis madidis inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, s. dat. (MEL 541608, 
ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541609, S (see p.l52). 
Skirrhophorus eriocephalus Hook. f. ex. A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 
3:148 (1851) (Hook. f. in MSS); Hook, f., FI. Tas. 1:198, pi. 53A (1856). — Angianthus 
eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); W. M. Curtis, Stud. 
FI. Tas. 344 (1963). — Styloncerus eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Georgetown, Van Diemen’s Land, Gunn.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Gunn 1973, George Town, 21. xi. 1842 (K). Isolectotypes: HO, NSW, 
NSW p.p. (lacks collector’s no. but cites Georgetown and the dates 21.xi.42& lO.i.43, i.e. 
a mixed collection). Possible Isolectotypes: GH (several collections ex herb. Hook. f. 
but each lacks collection date, collector’s no. and gives the location only as Tasmania or 
“VDL”). 
Annual herb. Major axes erect to prostrate (0.5)4-10(16) cm long, glabrous or 
variably hairy; stem often simple in the smaller, erect plants, sometimes ± lacking (less 
than c. 1 cm high) in the prostrate ones, but usually forming major branches at basal 
and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, usually ± narrowly elliptic or ± 
linear, sometimes semi-succulent to sucedent and ± terete, 0. 5-1(1. 2) cm long, 
c. 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads broadly ovoid to 
depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.8(l) cm long, 0.4-0.7(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length of the head, of c. 15 bracts, the 
outer ones leaf-like, ± elliptic, or ovate to lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, 
variably mucronate, hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and grading into 
capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle an expanded, convex axis. Capitula 
c. 5-100 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2), if more than one then the 
extra one abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ± obovate or ± oblong, 
1.7-2. 4(2. 6) mm long, 0.7-1. 5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy 

Page image

504474 Skirrhophorus pygmaeus Muelleria 5(2): 175
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459796
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

175 
decumbent ones in Oldfield 8S) no differences are discernible between the type 
collections. 
There is an allied variant of A, drwnmondii. Several collections of immature plants, 
Ehrendorfer 181, George 7293, Short 664 & Short 694, and three collections of mature 
plants, Demarz 6640, Short 11028c Wittwer588, contain individuals which lack a pappus. 
All but three of these collections are from the same location, Lake King. The plants 
possibly represent a distinct taxon, perhaps a subspecies of A. drummondii, but further 
collections are required to substantiate this view. 
Both A. drummondii and its variant have close affinities to A. pygmaeus and 
A. preissianus. Unlike >1. preissianus they do however have primarily 5-lobed florets and 
are outbreeders (Short 1981a, b). The pappus of A. drummondii also readily 
distinguishes it from both A. pygmaeus and A. preissianus. The variant of 
A. drummondii and pygmaeus closely resemble each other. However the latter taxon 
normally has prostrate or decumbent axes and broadly depressed to depressed ovoid 
compound heads whereas in the variant of A. drummondii the axes are ascending to 
erect and the compound heads are broadly to very broadly ovoid. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Morrison s.n., Hotham River, 12. xi. 1904 (PERTH); Mueller s.n., Harvey River, 
5.xii.l877 (MEL 85700); Mueller s.n., Preston River, 5.xii.l877 (MEL 85701). 
Specimens Examined, A. drummondii Variant: 
Western Australia — Demarz 6640, Lake Muir Swamp, 21. xi. 1977 (KP); Ehrendorfer 181, south coast 
area — Walpole/ Albany/Stirling Ranges, 14.xii.l%6 (PERTH); George 7293, Lake King, 3.xi.l965 
(PERTH); Short 664, c. 20.5 km S. of Lake Grace along road to Pingrup, 24. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 694, Lake 
King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); Short 1102, Lake King, 26.xi.1979 (AD). 
13. Angianthus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Diels & Pritzel, Bot. 
Jahrb. Syst. 35:612, fig. 69A-E (1905); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — 
Skirrhophorus pygmaeus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:148 (May 1851) 
(‘Skirrophorus’). — Styloncerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 
(1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Drummond 59, S.W. Australia, s. dat. (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 
541610, NSW, PERTH (see note 1 below). 
Skirrhophorus mucronulatusTuicz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24 (2):72 
(Oct. 1851). Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum.v.n.59.” Holotype: ?CW, n.v. (see p.l52) 
IsoTYPEs: GH, K. MEL 54160, NSW, PERTH. 
Annual herb. Major axes usually prostrate or decumbent, rarely ascending or erect, 
c. 0. 5-6(9) cm long, variably hairy; stem sometimes simple and often ± lacking, but 
usually forming major branches at basal nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, ± 
n^rowly elliptic or ± linear, sometimes semi-succulent, c. 0.3-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm 
wide, mucronate, glabrous or slightly hairy. Compound heads broadly depressed to 
depressed ovoid, c. 0.2-0.4 cm long, 0.2-0.6(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads forming a conspicuous involucre c.Va or about the length of the head, of c. 5-10 
leaf-like bracts, ± elliptic or ovate, 0.3-0.5 cm long, 0.1-0.3 cm wide, often with a small 
hyaline margin, mucronate, variably hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and 
grading into capitula-subtending bracts; general receptacle convex. Capitula 
(4)15-50(c.70) per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1, ± obovate or ± 
oblong, 1.7-2.4 mm long, 0.7-1.5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or slightly 
hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the two outer concave ones 1.6-2. 2 mm 
long, ± white, the midrib glabrous or sparsely hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, 
obovate, ± gradually tapering toward the base, 1. 6-2.2 mm long, 0.6-1 mm wide, ± 
white, the midrib glabrous or sparsely hairy toward the apex and with an entire wing-like 
extension from the adaxial surface. Florets 2; corolla (?4)5-lobed, the tube tapering 
gradually to a sometimes variably swollen base, 0.9-1. 3 mm long, c. 0.5 mm diam. 
Achenes ± obovoid, 0.5-0.7 mm long, c. 0.2-0.3 mm diam., variably papillose and 
often with a fringe of papillae at the apex. Pappus absent. 

Page image

885885 Skirrhophorus pygmaeus Muelleria 5(2): 175
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459796
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

175 
decumbent ones in Oldfield 8S) no differences are discernible between the type 
collections. 
There is an allied variant of A, drwnmondii. Several collections of immature plants, 
Ehrendorfer 181, George 7293, Short 664 & Short 694, and three collections of mature 
plants, Demarz 6640, Short 11028c Wittwer588, contain individuals which lack a pappus. 
All but three of these collections are from the same location, Lake King. The plants 
possibly represent a distinct taxon, perhaps a subspecies of A. drummondii, but further 
collections are required to substantiate this view. 
Both A. drummondii and its variant have close affinities to A. pygmaeus and 
A. preissianus. Unlike >1. preissianus they do however have primarily 5-lobed florets and 
are outbreeders (Short 1981a, b). The pappus of A. drummondii also readily 
distinguishes it from both A. pygmaeus and A. preissianus. The variant of 
A. drummondii and pygmaeus closely resemble each other. However the latter taxon 
normally has prostrate or decumbent axes and broadly depressed to depressed ovoid 
compound heads whereas in the variant of A. drummondii the axes are ascending to 
erect and the compound heads are broadly to very broadly ovoid. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Morrison s.n., Hotham River, 12. xi. 1904 (PERTH); Mueller s.n., Harvey River, 
5.xii.l877 (MEL 85700); Mueller s.n., Preston River, 5.xii.l877 (MEL 85701). 
Specimens Examined, A. drummondii Variant: 
Western Australia — Demarz 6640, Lake Muir Swamp, 21. xi. 1977 (KP); Ehrendorfer 181, south coast 
area — Walpole/ Albany/Stirling Ranges, 14.xii.l%6 (PERTH); George 7293, Lake King, 3.xi.l965 
(PERTH); Short 664, c. 20.5 km S. of Lake Grace along road to Pingrup, 24. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 694, Lake 
King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); Short 1102, Lake King, 26.xi.1979 (AD). 
13. Angianthus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Diels & Pritzel, Bot. 
Jahrb. Syst. 35:612, fig. 69A-E (1905); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — 
Skirrhophorus pygmaeus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:148 (May 1851) 
(‘Skirrophorus’). — Styloncerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 
(1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Drummond 59, S.W. Australia, s. dat. (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 
541610, NSW, PERTH (see note 1 below). 
Skirrhophorus mucronulatusTuicz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24 (2):72 
(Oct. 1851). Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum.v.n.59.” Holotype: ?CW, n.v. (see p.l52) 
IsoTYPEs: GH, K. MEL 54160, NSW, PERTH. 
Annual herb. Major axes usually prostrate or decumbent, rarely ascending or erect, 
c. 0. 5-6(9) cm long, variably hairy; stem sometimes simple and often ± lacking, but 
usually forming major branches at basal nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, ± 
n^rowly elliptic or ± linear, sometimes semi-succulent, c. 0.3-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm 
wide, mucronate, glabrous or slightly hairy. Compound heads broadly depressed to 
depressed ovoid, c. 0.2-0.4 cm long, 0.2-0.6(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads forming a conspicuous involucre c.Va or about the length of the head, of c. 5-10 
leaf-like bracts, ± elliptic or ovate, 0.3-0.5 cm long, 0.1-0.3 cm wide, often with a small 
hyaline margin, mucronate, variably hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and 
grading into capitula-subtending bracts; general receptacle convex. Capitula 
(4)15-50(c.70) per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1, ± obovate or ± 
oblong, 1.7-2.4 mm long, 0.7-1.5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or slightly 
hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the two outer concave ones 1.6-2. 2 mm 
long, ± white, the midrib glabrous or sparsely hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, 
obovate, ± gradually tapering toward the base, 1. 6-2.2 mm long, 0.6-1 mm wide, ± 
white, the midrib glabrous or sparsely hairy toward the apex and with an entire wing-like 
extension from the adaxial surface. Florets 2; corolla (?4)5-lobed, the tube tapering 
gradually to a sometimes variably swollen base, 0.9-1. 3 mm long, c. 0.5 mm diam. 
Achenes ± obovoid, 0.5-0.7 mm long, c. 0.2-0.3 mm diam., variably papillose and 
often with a fringe of papillae at the apex. Pappus absent. 

Page image

886030 Skirrhophorus Muelleria 5(3): 203
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459880
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649
885902 Skirrhophorus Muelleria 5(2): 181
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459802
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

181 
Because of confusion with the labels of the MEL collections (see annotations on the 
sheets), the K material, which contains 2 individual specimens in good condition, has 
been designated as the lectotype. The same sheet dso contains Wilhelmi material 
designated as coming from “between the Fountain & Long Lake” but this material has 
been clearly separated from the lectotype. A further label “Victoria, South Australia, 
July 26/55, Mueller” occurs on the sheet but both the location and the name, 
''Chrysocoryne tenella Muell.” ( = C. drummondii A. Gray) suggests that it has been 
erroneously placed with this material. 
Selected Specimens Examined (6/13): 
South Australia — Alcock 2801, Lower Eyre Peninsula, Hundred of Lake Wangary, 14.x. 1969 (AD, 
CANB); Cleland s.n,. Coffin Bay Reserve, I0.xi.l960 (AD 96404182); Lang 1082, c. 33.7 km WNW. of 
Cummins on road to Mt. Hope, 20.x. 1977 (AD); Short 806, c. 34 km NW. of Cummins on road to Mt. Hope, 
26. ix. 1978 (AD); Short 822, c. 13.5 km W. of Yorketown along main Warooka road, 28.x. 1978 (AD); 
Wilhelmi s.n.. Lake Greenly, 1855 (NSW 138697). 
3. Epitriche Turcz., Bull Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):74 (Oct. 1851). Type: 
E. cuspidata Turcz. (=E. demissus (A. Gray) Short) 
Skirrhophorus DC. in Lindl. ex DC. sect. Psuedopappus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. 
Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (May 1851). Type: S. demissus A. Gray {=E. demissus 
(A. Gray) Short) 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of E. demissus.] 
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng.: see synonymy of E. demissus.] 
Annual herb. Major axes erect, glabrous or sparsely hairy; stem simple or forming 
major branches at upper nodes. Leaves opposite, sessile, the base ± stem clasping and 
with hyaline margins, the entire leaf glabrous or sparsely hairy. Compound heads 
broadly depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous 
involucre c. equal to or longer than the head; general receptacle an entire, convex, ± 
smooth axis, the capitula distributed evenly over its surface. Capitula c. 10-20 per 
compound head. Capitular bracts 2 or 3 , hyaline, ± flat to concave, with a conspicuous, 
sparsely hairy midrib extending c. Vi the length of the bract, the bracts overlapping one 
another. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5, 
with tailed anthers. Achenes ? ± obconical and papillose, the apex beset with long hairs. 
Pappus absent. 
Distribution (Fig. 8): 
A monotypic genus endemic to the south-west of Western Australia. Known only 
from the type collection and Wilson 8314. 
Affinities/Generic Characteristics: 
The lack of collections has made it difficult to ascertain certain characteristics of this 
genus and the full range of variation exhibited by the species is unknown. For example 
characteristics of the achene are difficult to ascertain and the number of capitula per 
compound head has been estimated for only 2 or 3 individuals. 
At least superficially the genus appears to be allied to Angianthus s.str. However the 
apparent lack of minor receptacular appendages, the absence of capitulum-subtending 
bracts and the distinctive ring of hairs at the apex of the achene all suggest that the genus 
should be reinstated. There is some doubt whether or not the hairs at the apex of the 
achene should be regarded as a pappus (see morphology section). 
Epitriche demissus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Skirrhophorus demissus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (May 1851), 
basionym. — Angianthus demissus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Greive & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — Styloncerus demissus {A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond, 1850.” 
Lectotype (here designated); Drummond 58, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K) (label in Gray’s 
hand, plus drawings). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K (ex herb. Benth.), KW, 
MEL 541627, MEL 84428, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets). 

Page image

885889 Skirrophorus pygmaeus Muelleria 5(2): 175
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459796
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

175 
decumbent ones in Oldfield 8S) no differences are discernible between the type 
collections. 
There is an allied variant of A, drwnmondii. Several collections of immature plants, 
Ehrendorfer 181, George 7293, Short 664 & Short 694, and three collections of mature 
plants, Demarz 6640, Short 11028c Wittwer588, contain individuals which lack a pappus. 
All but three of these collections are from the same location, Lake King. The plants 
possibly represent a distinct taxon, perhaps a subspecies of A. drummondii, but further 
collections are required to substantiate this view. 
Both A. drummondii and its variant have close affinities to A. pygmaeus and 
A. preissianus. Unlike >1. preissianus they do however have primarily 5-lobed florets and 
are outbreeders (Short 1981a, b). The pappus of A. drummondii also readily 
distinguishes it from both A. pygmaeus and A. preissianus. The variant of 
A. drummondii and pygmaeus closely resemble each other. However the latter taxon 
normally has prostrate or decumbent axes and broadly depressed to depressed ovoid 
compound heads whereas in the variant of A. drummondii the axes are ascending to 
erect and the compound heads are broadly to very broadly ovoid. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Morrison s.n., Hotham River, 12. xi. 1904 (PERTH); Mueller s.n., Harvey River, 
5.xii.l877 (MEL 85700); Mueller s.n., Preston River, 5.xii.l877 (MEL 85701). 
Specimens Examined, A. drummondii Variant: 
Western Australia — Demarz 6640, Lake Muir Swamp, 21. xi. 1977 (KP); Ehrendorfer 181, south coast 
area — Walpole/ Albany/Stirling Ranges, 14.xii.l%6 (PERTH); George 7293, Lake King, 3.xi.l965 
(PERTH); Short 664, c. 20.5 km S. of Lake Grace along road to Pingrup, 24. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 694, Lake 
King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); Short 1102, Lake King, 26.xi.1979 (AD). 
13. Angianthus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Diels & Pritzel, Bot. 
Jahrb. Syst. 35:612, fig. 69A-E (1905); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — 
Skirrhophorus pygmaeus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:148 (May 1851) 
(‘Skirrophorus’). — Styloncerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 
(1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Drummond 59, S.W. Australia, s. dat. (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 
541610, NSW, PERTH (see note 1 below). 
Skirrhophorus mucronulatusTuicz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24 (2):72 
(Oct. 1851). Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum.v.n.59.” Holotype: ?CW, n.v. (see p.l52) 
IsoTYPEs: GH, K. MEL 54160, NSW, PERTH. 
Annual herb. Major axes usually prostrate or decumbent, rarely ascending or erect, 
c. 0. 5-6(9) cm long, variably hairy; stem sometimes simple and often ± lacking, but 
usually forming major branches at basal nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, ± 
n^rowly elliptic or ± linear, sometimes semi-succulent, c. 0.3-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm 
wide, mucronate, glabrous or slightly hairy. Compound heads broadly depressed to 
depressed ovoid, c. 0.2-0.4 cm long, 0.2-0.6(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads forming a conspicuous involucre c.Va or about the length of the head, of c. 5-10 
leaf-like bracts, ± elliptic or ovate, 0.3-0.5 cm long, 0.1-0.3 cm wide, often with a small 
hyaline margin, mucronate, variably hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and 
grading into capitula-subtending bracts; general receptacle convex. Capitula 
(4)15-50(c.70) per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1, ± obovate or ± 
oblong, 1.7-2.4 mm long, 0.7-1.5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or slightly 
hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the two outer concave ones 1.6-2. 2 mm 
long, ± white, the midrib glabrous or sparsely hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, 
obovate, ± gradually tapering toward the base, 1. 6-2.2 mm long, 0.6-1 mm wide, ± 
white, the midrib glabrous or sparsely hairy toward the apex and with an entire wing-like 
extension from the adaxial surface. Florets 2; corolla (?4)5-lobed, the tube tapering 
gradually to a sometimes variably swollen base, 0.9-1. 3 mm long, c. 0.5 mm diam. 
Achenes ± obovoid, 0.5-0.7 mm long, c. 0.2-0.3 mm diam., variably papillose and 
often with a fringe of papillae at the apex. Pappus absent. 

Page image

514266 Storckiella australiensis Muelleria 5(3): 215
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459892
Page is part of the work Storckiella australiensis sp. nov. (Caesalpiniaceae) from Northern Queensland: a new generic record for Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237650

Page text

STORCKIELLA AUSTRALIENSIS SP. NOV. (CAESALPINIACEAE) 
FROM NORTHERN QUEENSLAND: A NEW GENERIC RECORD 
FOR AUSTRALIA 
by 
J. H. Ross* & B. P. M. Hyland! 
ABSTRACT 
Storckiella australiensis J. H. Ross & B. P. M. Hyland sp. nov. is described from the Cook District of 
northern Queensland and the characters that distinguish it from other species are given. This constitutes the 
first record of the genus Storckiella Seeman for Australia. 
TAXONOMY 
The account of Caesalpiniaceae for the Hora of Australia is being prepared by one 
of us (J. H. R.) and this opportunity is taken of describing a new species of Storckiella 
Seem, from northern Queensland. 
Storckiella australiensis J. H. Ross & B. P. M. Hyland, sp. nov., affinis incertae; ab 
omnibus speciebus staminibus 5(6) filamentis brevibus, et foliolis paucioribus majoribus, 
differt. 
Arbor usque ad 35 m alta, caule usque ad 120 cm diametro, anteridibus praedita. Folia imparipinnata: 
petiolus 2-6 cm longus; rhachis 2-11.5 cm longa; foliola (3)5, obovato-elliptica vel oblonga, 
6.5- 21 cm longa, 2.5-9. 7 cm lata, basi cuneata, apice acuta vel acuminata, coriacea, costa et 
nervis lateralibus satis obviis; stipulae late ovatae, 3-4 x 2-3 mm, imbricatae, gemmam 
terminalem includentes, mox caducae. Inflorescentiae paniculatae, terminates vel axillares, 
15-25 cm longae. Flores hermaphroditi. Sepata 5, late ovata, 5-8 mm longa, 3-6 mm lata, externe 
et interne ferrugineo-sericea, in alabastro imbricata, sub anthesi reflexa. Petala 5(6), elliptica 
7.5- 10 mm longa, 3-4 mm lata, libera, armeniaca. Stamina 5(6), libera, omnia fertilia; filamenta 
0.8-1 .2 mm longa; antherae basifixae, loculae rimia brevibus lateralibus apicalibus dehiscentes. 
Ovarium sessile, usque ad 4.5 mm longum et usque ad 1.5 mm latum, compresso-planum, basi et 
margine ferrugineo-sericeum. Legumen elliptico-oblongum, compresso-planum, 5-11 cm 
longum, 2.8-4 cm latum, dorsale late alatum, coriaceum, glabrum. Semina 1-2(5), applanata, ± 
reniformia, 7-10 mm longa, 10-16 mm lata, albuminosa. 
Tree up to 35 m tall, stem up to 120 cm diameter at breast height and conspicuously 
buttressed in mature plants. 5arA:less than 2.5 cm thick, smoothish, with conspicuous 
pale or rust-coloured mostly horizontally elongated lenticels; outer blaze varying from 
pink to reddish-brown and texture from fibrous to granular; inner blaze pink, fibrous 
and with conspicuous ripple marks. Subrhytidome variable but generally showing 
shades of pink and red. Heartwood (tree 40 cm d.b.h.) pink to pale brown, with 
conspicuous tangential bands of parenchyma, ripple marks prominent. Young branchlets 
with numerous oval lenticels. Leaves imparipinnate, spirally arranged, rusty sericeous 
when young but soon becoming glabrous: i^tiole 2-6 cm long, terete, inconspicuously 
sulcate adaxially; rhachis 2-11.5 cm long; petiolules 5-15 mm long, wrinkled when dried, 
sulcate above; leaflets (3)5, opposite or subopposite, without stipellae, lamina obovate- 
elliptic or obo vat e-oblong, 6.5-21 cm long, 2. 5-9.7 cm wide, cuneate basally, acute or 
acuminate apically, coriaceous, margins entire but slightly undulate, the lateral veins 
curved, 8-15 on either side of the midrib and forming loops well inside the blade margin, 
forming an angle of 50-60° with the midrib. Stipules broadly ovate, mostly 3^ mm long, 
2-3 mm wide, overlapping and enclosing the terminal bud, rapidly caducous, glabrous 
within, rusty sericeous outside and with ciliate margins. Inflorescences paniculate, 
terminal or axillary, 15-25 cm long, much-branched; lateral racemose branches 3-6 cm 
♦National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, 3141. 
tCSIRO Division of Forest Research, P.O. Box 273, Atherton, Queensland, 4883. 
Muelleria 5(3): 215-217 (1983). 
215 

Page image

514255 Storckiella Muelleria 5(3): 215
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459892
Page is part of the work Storckiella australiensis sp. nov. (Caesalpiniaceae) from Northern Queensland: a new generic record for Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237650

Page text

STORCKIELLA AUSTRALIENSIS SP. NOV. (CAESALPINIACEAE) 
FROM NORTHERN QUEENSLAND: A NEW GENERIC RECORD 
FOR AUSTRALIA 
by 
J. H. Ross* & B. P. M. Hyland! 
ABSTRACT 
Storckiella australiensis J. H. Ross & B. P. M. Hyland sp. nov. is described from the Cook District of 
northern Queensland and the characters that distinguish it from other species are given. This constitutes the 
first record of the genus Storckiella Seeman for Australia. 
TAXONOMY 
The account of Caesalpiniaceae for the Hora of Australia is being prepared by one 
of us (J. H. R.) and this opportunity is taken of describing a new species of Storckiella 
Seem, from northern Queensland. 
Storckiella australiensis J. H. Ross & B. P. M. Hyland, sp. nov., affinis incertae; ab 
omnibus speciebus staminibus 5(6) filamentis brevibus, et foliolis paucioribus majoribus, 
differt. 
Arbor usque ad 35 m alta, caule usque ad 120 cm diametro, anteridibus praedita. Folia imparipinnata: 
petiolus 2-6 cm longus; rhachis 2-11.5 cm longa; foliola (3)5, obovato-elliptica vel oblonga, 
6.5- 21 cm longa, 2.5-9. 7 cm lata, basi cuneata, apice acuta vel acuminata, coriacea, costa et 
nervis lateralibus satis obviis; stipulae late ovatae, 3-4 x 2-3 mm, imbricatae, gemmam 
terminalem includentes, mox caducae. Inflorescentiae paniculatae, terminates vel axillares, 
15-25 cm longae. Flores hermaphroditi. Sepata 5, late ovata, 5-8 mm longa, 3-6 mm lata, externe 
et interne ferrugineo-sericea, in alabastro imbricata, sub anthesi reflexa. Petala 5(6), elliptica 
7.5- 10 mm longa, 3-4 mm lata, libera, armeniaca. Stamina 5(6), libera, omnia fertilia; filamenta 
0.8-1 .2 mm longa; antherae basifixae, loculae rimia brevibus lateralibus apicalibus dehiscentes. 
Ovarium sessile, usque ad 4.5 mm longum et usque ad 1.5 mm latum, compresso-planum, basi et 
margine ferrugineo-sericeum. Legumen elliptico-oblongum, compresso-planum, 5-11 cm 
longum, 2.8-4 cm latum, dorsale late alatum, coriaceum, glabrum. Semina 1-2(5), applanata, ± 
reniformia, 7-10 mm longa, 10-16 mm lata, albuminosa. 
Tree up to 35 m tall, stem up to 120 cm diameter at breast height and conspicuously 
buttressed in mature plants. 5arA:less than 2.5 cm thick, smoothish, with conspicuous 
pale or rust-coloured mostly horizontally elongated lenticels; outer blaze varying from 
pink to reddish-brown and texture from fibrous to granular; inner blaze pink, fibrous 
and with conspicuous ripple marks. Subrhytidome variable but generally showing 
shades of pink and red. Heartwood (tree 40 cm d.b.h.) pink to pale brown, with 
conspicuous tangential bands of parenchyma, ripple marks prominent. Young branchlets 
with numerous oval lenticels. Leaves imparipinnate, spirally arranged, rusty sericeous 
when young but soon becoming glabrous: i^tiole 2-6 cm long, terete, inconspicuously 
sulcate adaxially; rhachis 2-11.5 cm long; petiolules 5-15 mm long, wrinkled when dried, 
sulcate above; leaflets (3)5, opposite or subopposite, without stipellae, lamina obovate- 
elliptic or obo vat e-oblong, 6.5-21 cm long, 2. 5-9.7 cm wide, cuneate basally, acute or 
acuminate apically, coriaceous, margins entire but slightly undulate, the lateral veins 
curved, 8-15 on either side of the midrib and forming loops well inside the blade margin, 
forming an angle of 50-60° with the midrib. Stipules broadly ovate, mostly 3^ mm long, 
2-3 mm wide, overlapping and enclosing the terminal bud, rapidly caducous, glabrous 
within, rusty sericeous outside and with ciliate margins. Inflorescences paniculate, 
terminal or axillary, 15-25 cm long, much-branched; lateral racemose branches 3-6 cm 
♦National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, 3141. 
tCSIRO Division of Forest Research, P.O. Box 273, Atherton, Queensland, 4883. 
Muelleria 5(3): 215-217 (1983). 
215 

Page image

886026 Styloncerus amplexicaulis Muelleria 5(3): 202
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459879
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

202 
DithyrostegiaamplexicaulisA. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 3:100 (April 1851). 
— Angianthus amplexicaulis (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). — Styloncerus amplexicaulis (A. Gray) Kuntze, 
Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond, 1850.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 57, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K), (see note 1 
below). IsoLECTOTYPEs: GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 541220, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets). 
Gamozygis flexuosa Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):76, t.l (Oct. 
1851). Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum. V.n.57.” Holotype: ?CW, n.v. (see p.l52). 
Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541220, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets). 
Annual herb, 3-10(16) cm high. Leaves 0.5-1. 5(1. 8) cm long, 0.1-0. 5 cm wide. 
Compound heads c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0. 3-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads c.0.3-0.7 cm long, c. 0. 4-0.8 cm wide. Florets 1; corolla 5-lobed, the lower Vi of 
the tube tapering abruptly to the base, c. 1.2-2 mm long, c. 0.4-0.5 mm diam.; anthers 5, 
each with c. 300 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 2 mm long, c. 1 mm diam., 
densely silky hairy. 
Distribution; See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Only 2 collections of this species provide habitat notes. They are “Large saline 
depression . . . very common in upper Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone, around base 
of bushes” and “Growing in loam on slightly raised soil near edge of salt lake”. 
Notes: 
1 . The lectotype sheet of D. amplexicaulis bears 8 individual specimens plus original 
drawings of the species. According to Gray (1851) the species was to be illustrated in 
leones Plantarum but this did not eventuate. 
2. A single collection, Evans s.n., PERTH, from Yuin Station contains 4 plants 
which differ from typical D. amplexicaulis. They are dichotomously branched, have 
smaller leaves and compound heads, a less woolly general receptacle and the capitular 
bracts lack long hairs. The collection probably represents a distinct taxon but further 
collections are required to substantiate this view. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Drummond s.n. , W. A., s.dat. (PERTH); Short 344, c. 12 km from Carnamah 
on Three Springs road, 15.viii.I977 (AD); Wilson ^88k, 28 km N. of Cleary, 2.1X.1967 (PERTH); Wilson 
8813a, southern margin of Lake Barlee, 25.viii.1970 (AD, PERTH). 
7. Hyalochlamys A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:98,101 (April 1851). Type: 
Hyalochlamys globifera A. Gray. 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: various Australian floras, see synonymy of 
H. globifera.] 
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: see synonymy of H. globifera.] 
Annual herb. Major axes prostrate with scale-like glandular hairs; stem simple or 
forming major branches from basal nodes. Leaves in a basal rosette, sessile, entire, ± 
oblanceolate to obovate or spathulate, glandular hairy. Compound heads ± spheroid or 
± broadly depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous, 
multi-seriate involucre c. the length of the head; outer bracts with leaf-like midribs 
extending above the broad, wing-like, hyaline margins, the lower section of the midrib 
with long hairs, the upper section glandular hairy; inner bracts similar to the outer ones 
but the midrib c. at or below the level of the hyaline margins; general receptacle ± very 
broadly obovoid. Capitula c. 5-20 per compound head, each capitulum with a single 
subtending bract ± resembling the inner bracts of the general involucre but the midrib 
usually more rigid with a ± acute, often pink, hyaline apex as well as hyaline margins. 
Capitular bracts 3(?4), arranged so that 2 outer con^ye bracts surround 1(?2) smaller, 
inner concave bract; outer concave bracts opaque, rigid, with narrow hyaline margins; 
the margins with long hairs, the apex with short, flattened hairs; inner bract c. the length 
or slightly exceeding the length of the achene, hyaline, lacking a distinct midrib and with 

Page image

804096 Styloncerus brachypappus Muelleria 5(2): 166
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459825
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

166 
3. The only type material of C. aurea seen is housed at K. It is clearly marked “Bay 
IV, South Coast” which indicates that it was collected from Petrel Bay, Isle St. Francis 
(Steam, 1962). 
4. Bentham (1837) based his description of Cylindrosorus flavescens on a collection 
made by Hiigel in Western Australia. According to Stafleu (1967) the Hugel collections 
were acquired by the Vienna herbarium (W) in 1839. However a specimen was obtained 
from Vienna by Bentham and is now housed at K (Bentham, 1863). It follows therefore 
that one should lectotypify. Both the K and W specimens are well preserved and there 
seems no reason to give preference to either other than that Bentham presumably chose to 
retain the specimen at K. 
The sheet MEL 84773 contains a single specimen designated as C. flavescens. It 
comes from O. W. Sonder’s collection but the label indicates that it originally came from 
Vienna. Although there is no indication that the specimen was collected by Hiigel it is 
nevertheless a good match with the specimens from K and W. 
Selected Specimens Examined (19/76): 
Western Australia — Allan 183, Fitzgerald River, 50 miles W. of Ravensthorpe, 8.xi.l969 (BRI, 
PERTH); Chinnock 1068, 30 km NE. of Depot Springs homestead, 15. ix. 1973 (AD); George 3806, Elder 
Creek, 21.viii.l962 (PERTH); Kenneally 71/289, IVi miles W. of Ballidu, 28.ix.1971 (UWA); Short 431, 
Hamelin Pool, 20.viii.l977 (AD); Short 562, Edge of Mongers Lake, 18. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 612, Mt Rupert 
Station, 20.ix.l977 (AD); Short 620, Hines Hill, 21.ix.l977 (AD); Short 704, Newman Rocks, 29.ix.1977 
(AD); Vachells.n., Kellerberin, -.xii. 1903 (NSW 138779). 
South Australia — Crap d52, Koonamore Station, 8. xii. 1973 (AD, CBG); Lfirwg 99-^, c. 14.7 kmSE. of 
Hiltaba homestead, 14.x. 1977 (AD); S/ 2 or/“ 705, c. 14.7 km W. of Yalata Mission turn-off onmain highway to 
Perth, 29.viii.1977 (AD); Specht & Carrodus 23, 10 miles N. of Nonning homestead, 14.xi.l958 (AD); Wace 
12, Masillon Island, 5.1.1971 (AD). 
Victoria — D’Alton s.n., Dimboola, 1901 (NSW 138781); Henshall s.n.. Red Cliffs, 21. xi. 1968 (NT). 
New South Wales — Alehin 332, Wentworth, 28.x. 1975 (NSW); Green 182, Pooncarie, -.x.1974 
(NSW). 
6. Angianthus brachypappus F. Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Viet. 1:44 (1855); F. MuelL, 
J. Bot. (Hooker) 8:149 (1856); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:563 (1867); F. M. Bail., Qd. FI. 848 
(1900); J. M. Black, R. S. Aust. 1st ed. 644 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957), p.p. (excl. 
A. conocephalus (J. M. Black) Short); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:729 (1973). — 
Styloncerus brachypappus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus 
brachypappus (F. Muell.) Ising, Trans & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 46:604 (1922). Type: 
“On barren plains near Swanhill.” Lectotype (here designated): ?Mueller s.n., Murray 
plains near Swanhill, s. dat. (MEL 541214). Possible Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. O. W. 
Sonder, location given as “Murray”); MEL 541222 (no locality details but descriptive 
notes in Mueller's hand and specimens resemble those of lectotype); MEL 541212 (ex 
herb. Sond., resembles lectotype but locality given as “Murray”); MEL 541213 
(resembles lectotype but locality given as “Murray”). 
Annual herb, (3)5-13.5 cm high. Major axes erect or ascending, sometimes 
decumbent, hairy; stem rarely simple, usually forming major branches at basal and upper 
nodes. Leaves alternate, usually oblanceolate, sometimes ± linear or narrowly elliptic, 
1-3(3. 2) cm long, 0. 1-0.5 cm wide, usually very slightly mucronate, the upper most ones 
with a small hyaline appendage at the apex, all leaves variably hairy. Compound heads 
lanceoloid to ± ovoid or narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid, 1-2. 5(2. 9) cm long, CI.5-0.8 cm 
diam.; bracts subtending compound heads usually not forming a conspicuous involucre, 
rarely c. '/4 the length of the head, usually of c. 5-6(10) leaf-like bracts with hyaline apices 
present, grading into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle cylindrical or 
narrowly oblong. Capitula c. 100-300 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 
1(2-3), if more than one then the extra one(s) abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all 
bracts elliptic or obovate, sometimes ± ovate, lamina rarely with a distinct constriction 
in the upper part, the entire bracts (2)2.3-3(3.25) mm long, 1-1. 7(1. 9) mm wide, the 
midrib variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the 2 concave ones 
(2.1)2. 3-3. 2 mm long, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, obovate, 
abruptly attenuated in the lower Vs-Vz, the edge of the bracts often incurved so as to 
slightly cover the florets, (2)2. 2-3(3. 3) mm long, 0. 8-1.3 mm wide, the midrib variably 

Page image

885896 Styloncerus cunninghamii Muelleria 5(2): 178
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459799
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

178 
Badgingarra, 19.xi.l979 (AD); Short 1052, saline flat running into Leschenault Inlet, c. 3 km from Bunbury, 
22.xi.1979 (AD). 
South Australia — Martinsen 60, Mambray Creek, 12. ix. 1974 (AD); Short 716, 8.6 km S. of Corny 
Point Lighthouse, 9.ix.l977 (AD); Short 800, c. 10 km south of Streaky Bay, 26.ix.1978 (AD); Tepper sm.. 
Kangaroo Island, 1886 (MEL 84892). 
Tasmania — Rodway s.n.. River Derwent, 3.xii.l899 (NSW 138738); Whinray 221, Cape Barren 
Island, 3.xi.l973 (AD). 
Victoria — Morrison s.n. , Port Melbourne, 7.xii.l892 (BRI 078641, MEL 225623, PERTH). 
15. Angianthus cunninghamii (DC.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, 
W. Aust. Wildfls 815, pi. 13 (1975). — Skirrhophorus cunninghamii DC., Prod. 6:150 
(1838); DC. inDeless., Icon. Select. PI. 4:22, t.51 (1840); SteetzinLehm. PI. Preiss. 1:438 
(1845); A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:148 (1851). — Styloncerus 
cunninghamii (DC.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: ‘Tn arenosis insulae 
anglis dictae Dirk Hartog’s ad oram occid. Australiae januario flor. legit cl. 
A. Cunningham.” Holotype: Cunningham s.n., Sandy downs, Dirk Hartog's Island. 
West Coast Australia, -.i.l822 (G in herb. DC., ex microfiche IDC), Isotypes: K (excl. 
illus., ex herb. Allan Cunningham), MEL 541221 (see note 1 below). 
Eriocladium pyramidatum Lindl., Edwards’ Bot. Reg.: Swan River Append. 24 
(1839). Holotype: Toward 15, Swan River, s. dat. (CGE, herb. J. Lindley), (see note 2 
below). 
Perennial shrub, 20-50 cm high. Major axes ± erect and densely hairy. Leaves 
alternate, often recurved, oblanceolate or ovate, 0.5-2(2.6) cm long, 0.2-0.3 cm wide, 
densely hairy. Compound /zeals' broadly to broadly depressed ovoid, 0. 5-0.9 cm long, 
0.45-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre 
extending c. Vi the length of the head, of c. 20 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± ovoid, 
0.2-0. 3 cm long, 0. 1-0.15 cm wide, densely hairy, the inner ones with hyaline appendages 
and grading into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle ovoid to very broadly 
ovoid, c. 2-3 mm long, c. 2 mm diam. Capitula c. 25-50 per compound head; 
capitulum-subtending bract 1, obovate to ± oblanceolate, sometimes ± narrowly 
oblong to oblong, (2.6)3. 1-3. 8(4,1) mm long, (1)1.2-1.5(1.65) mm wide, with the upper 
part of the lamina yellow and with a prominent constriction, the midrib usually sparsely 
hairy toward the apex and some glandular hairs always present. Capitular bracts with the 
two concave ones (2.3)2.9-3.5(3.7) mm long, with the upper part of the lamina yellow 
and with a prominent constriction, the midrib usually with a few glandular hairs; flat 
bracts 2, oblanceolate or ± narrowly oblong, gradually tapering to the base, 
(2.8)3-3.6(3.75) mm long, (0.6)0.7-l(1.2) mm wide, the lamina with a prominent 
constriction in the upper part, the midrib usually with a few glandidar hairs. Florets 2 (3); 
corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to the base which is distinctly swollen in 
mature florets, 2-2.5 mm long, c. 0.5 mm diam., glandular hairs often present. Achenes 
± obconical, 0.9-1.4 mm long, 0.5-0. 6 mm diam., papillose. Pappus absent. 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Western coastline of Australia between latitudes 2(FS and 32°S. Common. 
Ecology: 
Commonly grows in the unconsolidated calcareous sands of coastal foredunes but 
also grows in saline flats. Collectors’ notes include “Low salt flats with mangrove and 
Salicornia” and “Growing on unconsolidated foredunes”. 
Notes: 
1. The sheets referred to as isotypes of 5. cunninghamii have slightly different 
wording. On the K sheet there is a reference to “sandy plains” rather than “sandy 
downs” as on the holotype. The MEL sheet has the words “Frequent on desert plains of 
sand”. Despite these discrepancies both probably can be regarded as isotypes although 
the number “288” which also appears on the MEL label suggests that this may not be 
correct. 
2. Lindley (1839) based his descriptions of new species from the Swan River Colony 
on specimens he obtained from Drummond, Mangles, Toward and Ward. No particular 

Page image

544971 Styloncerus cylindraceus Muelleria 5(3): 207
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459884
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

207 
(AD); Demarz 5351, Orleans Farm, 16.X.1974 (KP, PERTH); Short 1056, c. 10 km from Jarrahwood along 
road to Nannup, 22. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 1058, c. 41 km from Kojonup along main Boyup Brook road, 
23. xi. 1979 (AD); Willis s.n.. North Twin Peak Island, 20.xi.l950 (MEL). 
2. Siloxems humifusus Labill., PL Nov. Holl. 2:57 (1806); Less., Syn. generum Comp. 
270 (1832). — Styloncerus humifusus (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3:451 (1826); DC., 
Prod. 6:149 (1838); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:435 (1845). — Ogcerostylus humifusus 
(Labill.) Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 49:222 (1827); Steud., Nomen. Bot. 2nd ed. 2:242 (1841) 
{"Oxerostylus') (n.v.). — Angianthus humifusus (Labill.) Benth., H. Austr. 3:563 (1867); 
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 811 (1975). Type: “Habitat in terra Van-Leuwin.” 
Holotype: ILabillardiere s.n., habitat in terra van-Leuwin, s. dat. (FI). 
Styloncerus cylindraceus Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:435 (1845). Type: “In sinu 
regis Georgii III. mense Nov. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 41.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Preiss 41, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in sinu regis Georgii III, s. dat. 
(MEL 541624, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 54151 (ex herb O. W. Sonder), 
S.(Seep.l52). 
Styloncerus suberectus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436 (1845). Type: “In arenosis 
terrae in ferioris, mense Dec. 1839. Herb. Preiss. no. 42.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Preiss 42, in arenosis terrae inferioris (Swan River Colonia), s. dat. (MEL 541622, ex 
herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541623 (herbO. W. Sonder). (Seep. 152). 
Angianthus humifusus var. grandiflorus Btnih,, FI. Austr. 3:563 (1867), type as for 
S. suberectus. 
Annual herb. Major axes decumbent to erect, 2-7(9) cm long, glabrous or variably 
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal and upper nodes. Leaves often 
opposite at the base of the major axes, the upper ones alternate, all leaves ± linear or 
lanceolate, (c. 1)1. 5-3 cm long, c. 0.1-0.15 cm wide, glabrous or sparsely hairy, at least 
the upper ones mucronate. Compound heads ± broadly ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly 
depressed ovoid, c. 0.6-2(2.9) cm long, (c. 0.5)0.7-1.2(1.3) cm diam. Capitulum with 
c.8-10 capitular bracts and paleae, all bracts oblanceolate to obovate, 
(c. 2)2.5-4.5(6.3) mm long, (0.7)0.9-1.7(1.9) mm wide, crenulate near the apex, white or 
pale pink. Florets c. 5; corolla 4 or 5-lobed, the tube distinctly swollen in the lower Vi, 
(c. 0.85)1-2(2.25) mm long, c. 0.3-0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.7-0.95 mm 
long, c. 0.25-0.4 mm diam., variably papillose. Pappus of 5-7 jagged scales fused at the 
base, c. 0.95-1.7 mmlong,c. Vi or rarely the length of the floret. Fig. 15. 
Distribution (Fig. 15): 
South-west of Western Australia, within an approximately 200 km wide coastal 
belt. 
Ecology: 
Grows in a variety of habitats. Collectors’ notes include “Recently dried muddy 
depression in sandy swamp under Acacia cyanophyM\ “Rush marsh . . . under shrubs 
of Astartaea fascicularis with Cotula coronopifolia and Schoenus trachycarpus^\ 
''Eucalyptus-Xanthorrhoea community on deep grey sands. Growing c. 10 cm from 
Siloxerus filifolius'^ and “Growing in open Eucalyptus woodland on brown sandy loam 
covered by coarse gravel. Growing with Siloxerus fdifolius^\ 
Notes: 
1. S. humifusus is primarily distinguishable from S. filifolius on differences in size 
of various organs, the achenes, capitular bracts, paleae, pappus scales and florets of 
S. humifusus being approximately twice the length of the same organs in the latter 
species. Such features suggest that S. humijmus may be of polyploid origin. 
2. Bentham (1867) recognised two varieties of Angianthus humifusus, var. minor 
Benth. and var. grandiflorus Benth. The former variety is recognised here as a distinct 
species, Siloxerus filifolius. The latter variety was based on Preiss 42, the type collection 
of Styloncerus suberectus Steetz, which possesses larger capitular bracts and paleae 
(c. 4-6.3 mm long) than those of Preiss 41, (c. 3.7-4.2 mm long), the type of Styloncerus 
cylindraceus Steetz. Furthermore in Preiss 42 the pappus is about one-half the length of 

Page image

886037 Styloncerus cylindraceus Muelleria 5(3): 207
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459884
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

207 
(AD); Demarz 5351, Orleans Farm, 16.X.1974 (KP, PERTH); Short 1056, c. 10 km from Jarrahwood along 
road to Nannup, 22. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 1058, c. 41 km from Kojonup along main Boyup Brook road, 
23. xi. 1979 (AD); Willis s.n.. North Twin Peak Island, 20.xi.l950 (MEL). 
2. Siloxems humifusus Labill., PL Nov. Holl. 2:57 (1806); Less., Syn. generum Comp. 
270 (1832). — Styloncerus humifusus (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3:451 (1826); DC., 
Prod. 6:149 (1838); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:435 (1845). — Ogcerostylus humifusus 
(Labill.) Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 49:222 (1827); Steud., Nomen. Bot. 2nd ed. 2:242 (1841) 
{"Oxerostylus') (n.v.). — Angianthus humifusus (Labill.) Benth., H. Austr. 3:563 (1867); 
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 811 (1975). Type: “Habitat in terra Van-Leuwin.” 
Holotype: ILabillardiere s.n., habitat in terra van-Leuwin, s. dat. (FI). 
Styloncerus cylindraceus Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:435 (1845). Type: “In sinu 
regis Georgii III. mense Nov. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 41.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Preiss 41, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in sinu regis Georgii III, s. dat. 
(MEL 541624, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 54151 (ex herb O. W. Sonder), 
S.(Seep.l52). 
Styloncerus suberectus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436 (1845). Type: “In arenosis 
terrae in ferioris, mense Dec. 1839. Herb. Preiss. no. 42.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Preiss 42, in arenosis terrae inferioris (Swan River Colonia), s. dat. (MEL 541622, ex 
herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541623 (herbO. W. Sonder). (Seep. 152). 
Angianthus humifusus var. grandiflorus Btnih,, FI. Austr. 3:563 (1867), type as for 
S. suberectus. 
Annual herb. Major axes decumbent to erect, 2-7(9) cm long, glabrous or variably 
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal and upper nodes. Leaves often 
opposite at the base of the major axes, the upper ones alternate, all leaves ± linear or 
lanceolate, (c. 1)1. 5-3 cm long, c. 0.1-0.15 cm wide, glabrous or sparsely hairy, at least 
the upper ones mucronate. Compound heads ± broadly ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly 
depressed ovoid, c. 0.6-2(2.9) cm long, (c. 0.5)0.7-1.2(1.3) cm diam. Capitulum with 
c.8-10 capitular bracts and paleae, all bracts oblanceolate to obovate, 
(c. 2)2.5-4.5(6.3) mm long, (0.7)0.9-1.7(1.9) mm wide, crenulate near the apex, white or 
pale pink. Florets c. 5; corolla 4 or 5-lobed, the tube distinctly swollen in the lower Vi, 
(c. 0.85)1-2(2.25) mm long, c. 0.3-0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.7-0.95 mm 
long, c. 0.25-0.4 mm diam., variably papillose. Pappus of 5-7 jagged scales fused at the 
base, c. 0.95-1.7 mmlong,c. Vi or rarely the length of the floret. Fig. 15. 
Distribution (Fig. 15): 
South-west of Western Australia, within an approximately 200 km wide coastal 
belt. 
Ecology: 
Grows in a variety of habitats. Collectors’ notes include “Recently dried muddy 
depression in sandy swamp under Acacia cyanophyM\ “Rush marsh . . . under shrubs 
of Astartaea fascicularis with Cotula coronopifolia and Schoenus trachycarpus^\ 
''Eucalyptus-Xanthorrhoea community on deep grey sands. Growing c. 10 cm from 
Siloxerus filifolius'^ and “Growing in open Eucalyptus woodland on brown sandy loam 
covered by coarse gravel. Growing with Siloxerus fdifolius^\ 
Notes: 
1. S. humifusus is primarily distinguishable from S. filifolius on differences in size 
of various organs, the achenes, capitular bracts, paleae, pappus scales and florets of 
S. humifusus being approximately twice the length of the same organs in the latter 
species. Such features suggest that S. humijmus may be of polyploid origin. 
2. Bentham (1867) recognised two varieties of Angianthus humifusus, var. minor 
Benth. and var. grandiflorus Benth. The former variety is recognised here as a distinct 
species, Siloxerus filifolius. The latter variety was based on Preiss 42, the type collection 
of Styloncerus suberectus Steetz, which possesses larger capitular bracts and paleae 
(c. 4-6.3 mm long) than those of Preiss 41, (c. 3.7-4.2 mm long), the type of Styloncerus 
cylindraceus Steetz. Furthermore in Preiss 42 the pappus is about one-half the length of 

Page image

796559 Styloncerus demissus Muelleria 5(2): 181
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459802
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

181 
Because of confusion with the labels of the MEL collections (see annotations on the 
sheets), the K material, which contains 2 individual specimens in good condition, has 
been designated as the lectotype. The same sheet dso contains Wilhelmi material 
designated as coming from “between the Fountain & Long Lake” but this material has 
been clearly separated from the lectotype. A further label “Victoria, South Australia, 
July 26/55, Mueller” occurs on the sheet but both the location and the name, 
''Chrysocoryne tenella Muell.” ( = C. drummondii A. Gray) suggests that it has been 
erroneously placed with this material. 
Selected Specimens Examined (6/13): 
South Australia — Alcock 2801, Lower Eyre Peninsula, Hundred of Lake Wangary, 14.x. 1969 (AD, 
CANB); Cleland s.n,. Coffin Bay Reserve, I0.xi.l960 (AD 96404182); Lang 1082, c. 33.7 km WNW. of 
Cummins on road to Mt. Hope, 20.x. 1977 (AD); Short 806, c. 34 km NW. of Cummins on road to Mt. Hope, 
26. ix. 1978 (AD); Short 822, c. 13.5 km W. of Yorketown along main Warooka road, 28.x. 1978 (AD); 
Wilhelmi s.n.. Lake Greenly, 1855 (NSW 138697). 
3. Epitriche Turcz., Bull Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):74 (Oct. 1851). Type: 
E. cuspidata Turcz. (=E. demissus (A. Gray) Short) 
Skirrhophorus DC. in Lindl. ex DC. sect. Psuedopappus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. 
Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (May 1851). Type: S. demissus A. Gray {=E. demissus 
(A. Gray) Short) 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of E. demissus.] 
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng.: see synonymy of E. demissus.] 
Annual herb. Major axes erect, glabrous or sparsely hairy; stem simple or forming 
major branches at upper nodes. Leaves opposite, sessile, the base ± stem clasping and 
with hyaline margins, the entire leaf glabrous or sparsely hairy. Compound heads 
broadly depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous 
involucre c. equal to or longer than the head; general receptacle an entire, convex, ± 
smooth axis, the capitula distributed evenly over its surface. Capitula c. 10-20 per 
compound head. Capitular bracts 2 or 3 , hyaline, ± flat to concave, with a conspicuous, 
sparsely hairy midrib extending c. Vi the length of the bract, the bracts overlapping one 
another. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5, 
with tailed anthers. Achenes ? ± obconical and papillose, the apex beset with long hairs. 
Pappus absent. 
Distribution (Fig. 8): 
A monotypic genus endemic to the south-west of Western Australia. Known only 
from the type collection and Wilson 8314. 
Affinities/Generic Characteristics: 
The lack of collections has made it difficult to ascertain certain characteristics of this 
genus and the full range of variation exhibited by the species is unknown. For example 
characteristics of the achene are difficult to ascertain and the number of capitula per 
compound head has been estimated for only 2 or 3 individuals. 
At least superficially the genus appears to be allied to Angianthus s.str. However the 
apparent lack of minor receptacular appendages, the absence of capitulum-subtending 
bracts and the distinctive ring of hairs at the apex of the achene all suggest that the genus 
should be reinstated. There is some doubt whether or not the hairs at the apex of the 
achene should be regarded as a pappus (see morphology section). 
Epitriche demissus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Skirrhophorus demissus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (May 1851), 
basionym. — Angianthus demissus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Greive & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — Styloncerus demissus {A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond, 1850.” 
Lectotype (here designated); Drummond 58, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K) (label in Gray’s 
hand, plus drawings). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K (ex herb. Benth.), KW, 
MEL 541627, MEL 84428, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets). 

Page image

885883 Styloncerus drummondii Muelleria 5(2): 174
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459795
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

174 
2. A. microcephalus is readily distinguished from other species of Angianthus by 
the presence of only 1 floret per capitulum and the absence of 2 inner flat bracts within 
each capitulum. In all other respects the species is typical of Angianthus. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia ~ Cannon 317, Hamelin Pod Station, 24.ix.1974 (PERTH); George 11439, Dirk 
Hartog Is., 3.ix.l972 (PERTH); Short 442, c. 3 km N. of Eagle Bluff, Peron Peninsula, 2i.viii.l977 ’(AD)* 
D. G. W. M3B23, Roderick River, Boolardy, 28.x. 1953 (PERTH). 
12. Angianthus drummondu (Turcz.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, 
W. Aust. Wildfls 814 (1975). — Skirrhophorus drummondii Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. 
Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):188 (1851) {^Scirrhophorus^). — Styloncerus drummondii 
(Turcz.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Nova HoUandia. Drum. 
Ill.n.l23.” Possible Holotype: KW (see p.l52). Isotypes: K, MEL 541210, NSW, 
PERTH. 
Angianthus platycephalus Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. 
Aust. Widifls 814 (1975). — Styloncerus platycephalus (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum 
PL 367 (1891). Type: “Tone River, Oldfield.” Holotype: Oldfield 85, Wet places. 
Tone R., W. Aust., s. dat (K), (see note 1 below). Isotypes: MEL 541607, PERTH. 
Possible Isotype: MEL 541606 (lacks colleaor’s number). 
Annual herb. Major axes ± decumbent or ascending to erect, 2-7 cm long, variably 
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal nodes. Leaves alternate or 
opposite, ± linear, c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy. 
Compound heads ± broadly ovoid, 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0. 5-0.7 cm diam.; bracts 
subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length, or 
exceeding the length, of the head, of c. 10 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± linear or 
oblanceolate or ± elliptic, 0.5-1 cm long, 0,1-0. 3 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy; 
general receptacle a small convex or slightly elongate axis. Capitula c. 20-60 per 
compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(?2), ± oblong or obovate, c. 2 mm 
long, c. 1 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular 
bracts with the two concave ones c. 2 mm long, the midrib variably hairy toward the 
apex; flat bracts 2, obovate, ± gradually tapering toward the base, c. 2 mm long, 
c. 1 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex and with an entire 
wing-like extension from the adaxial surface. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering 
gradually to the base, c. 1.8 mm long, c. 0.8 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.8 mm 
long, c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. Pappus a very small jagged ring, c. 0.1 mm long. 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
An uncommon species restricted to the south west of Western Australia. Specimens 
referred to as a variant of A. drummondii are similarly restricted. 
Ecology: 
The only information available comes from the holotype collection of 
A. platycephalus. The plants on the sheet are growing in clumps of moss and the label 
records them as growing “in wet places”. 
Specimens referred to as a variant of A. drummondii favour saline regions. 
Collectors’ notes include “sandy loam in Arthrocnemum Halosarcia]/ Melaleuca 
zone around salty depression” and “on sandy island . . . Growing with Arthrocnemum 
[=Halosarcia] & Frankenia'\ 
Notes: 
1. The K collection of Oldfield 85 is regarded as the holotype of A. platycephalus. 
There is no indication that Bentham saw any of the MEL material, usually indicated by 
the initial ‘B’ on the herbarium labels, and the PERTH collection is a fragment of the K 
type material acquired this century by C. A, Gardner. 
2. Bentham (1867) regarded A. platycephalus and A. drummondii as distinct 
species, the former having a small jagged ring-like pappus, the latter none. However a 
small, jagged, ring-like pappus is discernible in the type material of A. drummondii and 
apart from minor habit differences (erect axes in Drummond 123 and more or less 

Page image

885894 Styloncerus eriocephalus Muelleria 5(2): 176
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459797
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

176 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Restricted to the salt lakes of the Avon River System, Western Australia (Short 
1981a, b). Uncommon. 
Ecology: 
Appears to grow exclusively in sandy soil on the margins of saline depressions. 
Commonly associated with species of Halosarcia and Disphyma. 
Notes: 
1. The lectotype sheet of Skirrhophorus pygmaeus contains drawings of the species 
which, according to Gray (1851), were to be illustrated in leones Plantarum. This did not 
eventuate. The sheet is also clearly inscribed with the words ''Skirrophorus pygmaeus 
n.sp.” in Gray’s hand. It is possible that the sheet could be regarded as the holotype as 
there is no clear indication that Gray saw any of the duplicates. 
2, As pointed out under the respective species A. pygmaeus has close affinities with 
A. preissianus and A. drummondii and, in particular, to a variant of A. drummondii. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Chinnock 4158, c. 3.5 km W. of eastern edge of Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); 
Chin nock 4359, Eclipse Lake, ll.xi.l978 (AD); Chinnock 4366, small salt pan 0.7 km beyond western edge of 
Lake King, 12. xi. 1978 (AD, PERTH); Gardner s.n., Mortlock River flats, E. of Meckering, 22.x. 1945 
(PERTH); Pritzel 902, Avon district, -.xi.l901 (NSW); Short 617, 3.4 km E. of Meckering in Mortlock River, 
20.ix.l977 (AD); Short 674, 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 25. ix. 1977 (AD); Wilson 6386a, 3 km E. of Meckering, 
23.xi.1967 (PERTH). 
14. Angianthus preissianus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); K, Hoffman in 
Engler & Prantl., Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, fig. 98A (1890); J. M. Black, FI. S. 
Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 344 (1963); 
Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. WildHs 814 (1975). — 
Skirrhophorus preissianus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:439 (1845). — Styloncerus 
preissianus (Steetz) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “In umbrosis madidis 
inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, mense Dec. 1838. Herb. Preiss. No. 38.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 38, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in 
umbrosis madidis inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, s. dat. (MEL 541608, 
ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541609, S (see p.l52). 
Skirrhophorus eriocephalus Hook. f. ex. A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 
3:148 (1851) (Hook. f. in MSS); Hook, f., FI. Tas. 1:198, pi. 53A (1856). — Angianthus 
eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); W. M. Curtis, Stud. 
FI. Tas. 344 (1963). — Styloncerus eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Georgetown, Van Diemen’s Land, Gunn.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Gunn 1973, George Town, 21. xi. 1842 (K). Isolectotypes: HO, NSW, 
NSW p.p. (lacks collector’s no. but cites Georgetown and the dates 21.xi.42& lO.i.43, i.e. 
a mixed collection). Possible Isolectotypes: GH (several collections ex herb. Hook. f. 
but each lacks collection date, collector’s no. and gives the location only as Tasmania or 
“VDL”). 
Annual herb. Major axes erect to prostrate (0.5)4-10(16) cm long, glabrous or 
variably hairy; stem often simple in the smaller, erect plants, sometimes ± lacking (less 
than c. 1 cm high) in the prostrate ones, but usually forming major branches at basal 
and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, usually ± narrowly elliptic or ± 
linear, sometimes semi-succulent to sucedent and ± terete, 0. 5-1(1. 2) cm long, 
c. 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads broadly ovoid to 
depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.8(l) cm long, 0.4-0.7(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length of the head, of c. 15 bracts, the 
outer ones leaf-like, ± elliptic, or ovate to lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, 
variably mucronate, hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and grading into 
capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle an expanded, convex axis. Capitula 
c. 5-100 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2), if more than one then the 
extra one abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ± obovate or ± oblong, 
1.7-2. 4(2. 6) mm long, 0.7-1. 5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy 

Page image

886028 Styloncerus globifer Muelleria 5(3): 203
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459880
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

203 
long hairs on the upper margins. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla (4)5-lobed; style 
branches truncate; stamens (4)5, with tailed anthers. Achene ± obpyriform, with a 
distinct, whitish carpopodium, the entire fruit pinkish-brown, smooth. Pappus 
absent. Fig. if. 
Distribution (Fig. 14): 
A monotypic genus restricted to the south-west of Western Australia between 
latitudes c. 29^ and c. 34°S and west of longitude c. 122°E. 
Affinities/Generic Characteristics: 
The affinities of this genus are obscure. It has no obvious relationships with other 
members of Angianthus s.l. 
Hyalochlamys is readily distinguished from other members of Angianthus s,L by the 
unique morphology of the bracts of both the general involucre and the capitula and the 
achene morphology. The presence of scale-like glandular hairs on the leaves and axes, 
plus the prostrate habit, provide useful characters for readily distinguishing the species. 
Evolution/Reproductive Biology: 
The abundance of individuals in saline regions, plus the presence of scale-like hairs 
typical of salinity tolerant plants, suggest the evolution of the genus in the salt lake 
regions of Western Australia or strand habitats. 
A pollen-ovule ratio of 151, determined for a single specimen (Short 615), suggests 
that the only species is an inbreeder (see Short 1981a, b). 
Hyalochlamys globiferaA. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 3:101 (April 1851). — 
Angianthus globifer (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. 
Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — Styloncerus globifer (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 
367 (1891). Type: “Swan River, Drummond.” Lectotype ^ere designated): Drummond 
204, Sw. river, s. dat. (K). Isolectotypes: PERTH, GH (ex herb. Klatt), GH (lacks 
collector’s number but label appears to be in Gray’s hand). Possible Iso lectotype: MEL 
541626 (ex herb. O. W. Sonder), lacks collector’s number. 
Annualherb. Major axes 0.5-2.5 cm long. LeavesO,S-\,2 cm long, 0.1-0.2 cm wide. 
Compound heads c. 0.4-0. 8 cm high, 0. 4-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads 0. 5-0.7 cm long, 0.4-0. 6 cm wide. Capitular bracts 3(?4), the two concave bracts 
3-4.5 mm long, the inner bracts c. the length or slightly exceeding the length of the 
achene. Florets 1; corolla (4)5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to an expanded base 
covering ± the top of the achene, 1.7-1. 9 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diam.; anthers (4)5, each 
with c. 30 pollen grains. Achenes ± obpyriform, 1. 1-1.3 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm diam. 
Distribution: See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Commonly grows on the margins of salt lakes but is also found in shallow 
depressions at the base of granite outcrops. Collectors’ notes include “Growing in upper 
Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone extending to Melaleuca and Eucalyptus regions 
around salty depression. Sandy loam”, “Growing on sandy rises with Angianthus, 
Aizoonglabrum, Stipa, FrankeniainHakea/MelaleucasQvuh'' and “Sandy loam at base 
of granite”. 
Selected Specimens Examined (6/29): 
Western Australia — Chinnock 4412 & Wilson^ Mortlock River just east of Meckering 22 xi 1978 
(AD); Short 636, southern nmrgins of Lake Brown, 22.ix.1977 (AD); Short 661, Roe Dam, 23.ix.’l977 (AD)- 
Short 684, Pumta Rock, 26.ix.1977 (AD); Tolken 6519A, NE. end of Lake Johnston, 9.x. 1979 (AD)- Wilson 
8807, Lake Barlee, 25.viii.1970 (PERTH). 
8. Pogonolepis Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:440 (1845). — Skirrhophorus DC in Lindl 
ex DC. sea. Pogonolepis A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (1851) 
Type: Pogonolepis stricta Steetz. 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: as to A. strictus (Steetz) Benth. & A. lanigerus 

Page image

886036 Styloncerus humifusus Muelleria 5(3): 207
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459884
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

207 
(AD); Demarz 5351, Orleans Farm, 16.X.1974 (KP, PERTH); Short 1056, c. 10 km from Jarrahwood along 
road to Nannup, 22. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 1058, c. 41 km from Kojonup along main Boyup Brook road, 
23. xi. 1979 (AD); Willis s.n.. North Twin Peak Island, 20.xi.l950 (MEL). 
2. Siloxems humifusus Labill., PL Nov. Holl. 2:57 (1806); Less., Syn. generum Comp. 
270 (1832). — Styloncerus humifusus (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3:451 (1826); DC., 
Prod. 6:149 (1838); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:435 (1845). — Ogcerostylus humifusus 
(Labill.) Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 49:222 (1827); Steud., Nomen. Bot. 2nd ed. 2:242 (1841) 
{"Oxerostylus') (n.v.). — Angianthus humifusus (Labill.) Benth., H. Austr. 3:563 (1867); 
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 811 (1975). Type: “Habitat in terra Van-Leuwin.” 
Holotype: ILabillardiere s.n., habitat in terra van-Leuwin, s. dat. (FI). 
Styloncerus cylindraceus Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:435 (1845). Type: “In sinu 
regis Georgii III. mense Nov. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 41.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Preiss 41, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in sinu regis Georgii III, s. dat. 
(MEL 541624, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 54151 (ex herb O. W. Sonder), 
S.(Seep.l52). 
Styloncerus suberectus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436 (1845). Type: “In arenosis 
terrae in ferioris, mense Dec. 1839. Herb. Preiss. no. 42.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Preiss 42, in arenosis terrae inferioris (Swan River Colonia), s. dat. (MEL 541622, ex 
herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541623 (herbO. W. Sonder). (Seep. 152). 
Angianthus humifusus var. grandiflorus Btnih,, FI. Austr. 3:563 (1867), type as for 
S. suberectus. 
Annual herb. Major axes decumbent to erect, 2-7(9) cm long, glabrous or variably 
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal and upper nodes. Leaves often 
opposite at the base of the major axes, the upper ones alternate, all leaves ± linear or 
lanceolate, (c. 1)1. 5-3 cm long, c. 0.1-0.15 cm wide, glabrous or sparsely hairy, at least 
the upper ones mucronate. Compound heads ± broadly ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly 
depressed ovoid, c. 0.6-2(2.9) cm long, (c. 0.5)0.7-1.2(1.3) cm diam. Capitulum with 
c.8-10 capitular bracts and paleae, all bracts oblanceolate to obovate, 
(c. 2)2.5-4.5(6.3) mm long, (0.7)0.9-1.7(1.9) mm wide, crenulate near the apex, white or 
pale pink. Florets c. 5; corolla 4 or 5-lobed, the tube distinctly swollen in the lower Vi, 
(c. 0.85)1-2(2.25) mm long, c. 0.3-0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.7-0.95 mm 
long, c. 0.25-0.4 mm diam., variably papillose. Pappus of 5-7 jagged scales fused at the 
base, c. 0.95-1.7 mmlong,c. Vi or rarely the length of the floret. Fig. 15. 
Distribution (Fig. 15): 
South-west of Western Australia, within an approximately 200 km wide coastal 
belt. 
Ecology: 
Grows in a variety of habitats. Collectors’ notes include “Recently dried muddy 
depression in sandy swamp under Acacia cyanophyM\ “Rush marsh . . . under shrubs 
of Astartaea fascicularis with Cotula coronopifolia and Schoenus trachycarpus^\ 
''Eucalyptus-Xanthorrhoea community on deep grey sands. Growing c. 10 cm from 
Siloxerus filifolius'^ and “Growing in open Eucalyptus woodland on brown sandy loam 
covered by coarse gravel. Growing with Siloxerus fdifolius^\ 
Notes: 
1. S. humifusus is primarily distinguishable from S. filifolius on differences in size 
of various organs, the achenes, capitular bracts, paleae, pappus scales and florets of 
S. humifusus being approximately twice the length of the same organs in the latter 
species. Such features suggest that S. humijmus may be of polyploid origin. 
2. Bentham (1867) recognised two varieties of Angianthus humifusus, var. minor 
Benth. and var. grandiflorus Benth. The former variety is recognised here as a distinct 
species, Siloxerus filifolius. The latter variety was based on Preiss 42, the type collection 
of Styloncerus suberectus Steetz, which possesses larger capitular bracts and paleae 
(c. 4-6.3 mm long) than those of Preiss 41, (c. 3.7-4.2 mm long), the type of Styloncerus 
cylindraceus Steetz. Furthermore in Preiss 42 the pappus is about one-half the length of 

Page image

803058 Styloncerus microcephalus Muelleria 5(2): 173
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459794
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

173 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Restricted to Western Australia between latitudes c. 28°S and 3TS and between 
longitudes 119°E and 122°E. 
Ecology: 
Frequently grows in saline soils. Collectors’ notes include “on gentle slope 
surrounding salt lake”, “clay depression, saline” and “red loamy soil in Eucalyptus 
woodland”. 
Note: 
1. The specific epithet alludes to the common prostrate habit of the species. This 
character plus the long hairs on the capitulum-subtending bracts and capitular bracts 
readily distinguish it from all other species of Angianthus. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Barker 1909, Arrow Lake, 12.viii.l977 (AD); Blackall s.n., near Paddington, 
-.1X.1927 (PERTH); Demarz 5643 , 6 miles N. of Bulga Downs, 24.ix.1975 (KP, PERTH); Gardner 208IB 
Paddington, 9.ix.l927 (PERTH); Wilson 8806, Lake Barlee, 26.viii.1970 (PERTH). 
11. Angianthus microcephalus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). — Cephalosorus microcephalus ¥, Muell., Fragm. 
3:158 (1863). — Styloncerus microcephalus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 
(1891). Type: “Ad flumen Murchison. A. Oldfield.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Oldfield s.n.. Salt swamp. Estuary of Murchison, s. dat. (MEL 541602), (see note 1 
below). Isolectotypes: K, PERTH. 
Annual herb. Major axes decumbent or ascending, 6-10(21) cm long, variably hairy; 
stem not distinct from the major branches which develop from basal nodes. Leaves 
alternate or opposite, succulent when fresh, narrowly elliptic or ± linear, 0.3-l(1.2) cm 
long, c. 0.1 cm wide, slightly mucronate, hairy. Compound headshrodidly ovoid to very 
broadly ovoid, 0.35-0.6(0.8) cm long, 0.35-0.5(0.6) cm diam.; bracts subtending 
compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre extending c. ^/ 4-^/2 the length of the 
head, of c. 10 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, narrowly elliptic to elliptic or lanceolate to 
ovate, 0.3-0.4 cm long, 0.1-0.15 cm wide, mucronate, hairy, the inner ones with hyaline 
apices and grading into capitula-subtending bracts; general receptacle ± oblong or 
ovoid. Capitula c. 10-40 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bract 1, ± oblong 
or ovate or obovate, 1.7-2. 4 mm long, 0.45-1.1 mm wide, the midrib usually glabrous but 
sometimes a few glandular hairs present toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the two 
concave ones 1.7-2 mm long, the midrib glabrous; flat bracts absent or ? 1 only. Florets 1; 
corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually toward the base, 1-1.4 mm long, c. 0.4 mm 
diam. Achenes ± obovid, 0.45-0.6 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diam., papillose. Pappus of2or 
3 ovate scales, 0. 2-0.4 mm long, each scale terminating in a variably barbellate bristle 
extending to c. % the length of the corolla, the total pappus length 0. 8-1.1 mm. 
Distribution Fig. 2: 
North west of Western Australia between latitudes 25°S and 27°S and west of 
longitude 117°E. Locally common. 
Ecology: 
Commonly grows in saline areas. Collectors’ notes include “Clay salt flat. Growing 
with Arthrocnemum [ ^Halosarcia ] , Salicornia [ = Sarcocornia] ” and “On old shell beds 
and clay”. 
Notes: 
1. The collection MEL 541602 has been designated the lectotype of Cephalosorus 
microcephalus. It could possibly be regarded as the holotype as it is the only collection 
labelled in Mueller s hand and it is possible that the K collection, which was acquired 
from the Oldfield herbarium, was not seen by Mueller. The PERTH collection is a 
fragment of the lectotype acquired by C. A. Gardner this century. 

Page image

885876 Styloncerus micropodes Muelleria 5(2): 168
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459823
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385
885875 Styloncerus micropodioides Muelleria 5(2): 168
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459823
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

168 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Nullarbor Plain region. Common, 
Ecology: 
Occurs on both clay and loam soils. Collectors’ notes include “Common on clayey 
soils”, “Fine sandy loam over calcrete” and “In loam over limestone”. 
Note: 
l.A. conocephalus was originally described by Black (1929) as a variety of 
A. brachypappus. The var. conocephalus was considered to have a conical compound 
head and var. brachypappus a cylindrical head. However the shape of the compound 
head is quite variable. On the other hand both species exhibit distinct differences in habit 
and leaf morphology and usually pappus morphology. They are also allopatric. 
Selected Specimens Examined (5/23): 
Western Australia — ApHn 1656, Forrest, 31.viii.1962 (PERTH); Chinnock 1151, 30 km S. of 
Rawlinna, 19.ix.l973 (AD); George 8495, 30 miles NW. of Reid, 14.x. 1966 (PERTH). 
South Australia — Chinnock 1183, 15 km E. of Koonalda homestead, 21.ix.l973 (AD); Ising 1529, 
Hughes, 8.ix.l920 (AD). 
8. Angianthus micropodioides (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1867) {^micropo ides'); 
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975) {'micropoides'). — Phyllocalymma 
micropodioides Benth., Enum. PI. Hueg. 62 (1837); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436 
(1845). — Styloncerus micropodioides (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891) 
{'micropodes'). Type: “Swan River. (Hiigel.).” Lectotype (here designated): Hugel s.n., 
Swan River, s. dat. (W). Isolectotype: K (see note 1 below). 
Phyllocalymma filaginoides Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:437 (1845); Steetz in 
Walper’s Repert. Bot. Syst. 6:229(1846). — Angianthus micropodioides filaginoides 
Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:92 (1909) {'micropoides'). Type: “In solo 
arenoso — turfoso inter frutices ad fluvii Cygnorum ripam prope oppidulum Perth, 
mense Januario 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 37.” Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 37, In 
Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in solo arenoso turfoso inter frutices ad flumis 
Cygnorum ripam leg. cl. Preiss, s. dat. (MEL 541603). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541604, 
MEL 541605 (ex herb. O. W. Sonder), MEL 583143 (ex herb O. W. Sonder), S, GH (ex 
herb. Klatt), (see p.l52). 
Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, 4-15 cm long, hairy; stem sometimes 
simple to c. 10 cm high, but usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper 
nodes. Leaves alternate, ± linear or lanceolate, 0.5-1. 5(2.8) cm long, 0.05-0.1 cm wide, 
distinctly mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads ± depressed ovoid to broadly 
depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0.4-0.5 cm diam., axillary or terminal; bracts 
subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre exceeding the length of the 
head, ofc. 10 leaf-like bracts, ± lanceolate to ± ovoid, 0.5-1. 5 cmlong, c. 0.1 cm wide, 
mucronate, hairy; general receptacle a small convex axis. Capitula c. 10-30 per 
compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1, ± oblong or ovate, 2. 1-2.8 mm long, 
0.8-1. 3(1. 5) mm wide, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with 
the two concave ones 2. 4-3.1 mm long, the midrib hairy; flat bracts 2, obovate, ± 
abruptly attenuated in the lower Vi, 2. 4-3.1 mm long, (0.75)0.9-1.25 mm wide, the 
midrib usually variably hairy toward the apex, rarely glabrous. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, 
the tube tapering gradually towards the base in immature florets, a more abrupt taper in 
the lower V 3 of mature florets which have variably swollen bases, 1.4-1. 9 mm long, 
c. 0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.8-1 mm long, 0. 5-0.6 mm diam., pubescent. 
Pappus of 5 or 6 jagged scales fused at the base, each sc^e terminating in a single smooth 
or minutely barbellate bristle, the total pappus c. ‘73-^3 the length of the corolla 
tube. Fig. 3k. 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Western Australia, particularly in the South West Drainage Division (Mulcahy & 
Bettenay, 1972), between latitudes c.28°30'S and 32°S and west of longitude c.l22°E. 
Locally common. 

Page image

801732 Styloncerus milnei Muelleria 5(2): 159
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459832
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385
886024 Styloncerus myosurodes Muelleria 5(3): 198
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459821
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

198 
Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): 
Western Australia, occurring on salt lakes in both the Eucla and South West 
Drainage Divisions. Locally common. 
Ecology: 
Restricted to saline depressions. Collectors’ notes include “. . . west side of lake. 
Sandy edge of clay pan” and “Brown sand to very sandy loam. Very common amongst 
Arthrocnemum \ = Halosarcid\” . 
Notes: 
1. The specific epithet alludes to the conspicuous, generally trifid midrib of the 
capitulum-subtending bracts. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Short 989, saline depression 34.5 km N. of Perenjori, 15. xi. 1979 (AD)- Wilson 
6083, near Mollerin, 2.ix.l967 (PERTH); Wilson 8813, Lake Barlee, southern margin, 25.viii.1970 (PERTH)- 
Wilson 8853, near Lake Barlee HS on west side of Lake, 26.viii.l^0 (PERTH). 
5. Chrysocoryne uniflora Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes N0scou 24 (1):188 (March 1851) 
Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum coll. 111. n.ll6.” Possible Holotype- KW (see p 152) 
Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541599, NSW. Possible Isotypes: GH, K, MEL 
84468, MEL 541598, MEL 541600 (all collections by Drummond but lack collector’s 
number). 
Chrysocoryne myosuroides A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (May 
1851). — Angianthus myosuroides (A. Gray) Benth., El. Austr. 3:563 (1867); Hoffman 
in Engler & Prantl, Naturl. Pflanzenfam. IV (5):194, fig. 98B (1890); Grieve & BlackaU, 
W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975), ?p.p. (as to mixed collns of C. tridens & C. uniflora in 
PERTH). — Styloncerus myosuroides (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891) 
i^myosurodes’). Type: “Swan River, Drummond, 1845.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Drummond 116, Sw.riv. , 1845 (K) (see note 1 below). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. KlattX 
MEL 541599, NSW. Possible Isolectotypes: K, MEL 84468, MEL 541598, MEL 
541600, GH (all collections by Drummond but lack collector’s number). 
Annual herb, 4-8(c. 14) cm high. Major axes erect, with scale-like glandular hairs; 
stem r^ely simple, usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves 
opposite at the base, the upper ones alternate, all leaves narrowly elliptic to + elliptic, 
oblanceolate to obovate or ± lanceolate, 0.2-0.5(0.8) cm long, c. 0.05-0.2 cm wide, a 
small hyaline appendage sometimes present at the apex, all leaves densely covered in 
scale-like glandular hairs. Compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong, 
c. 1.5-3. 5(4.4) cm long, 0.15-0.2(0.25) cm diam., with a single head occurring at the apex 
of an unbranched major axis or with (2)4-10(14) heads occurring on minor axes which 
branch from the upper nodes of a major axis. Capitula c. 50-150 per compound head; 
capitulum-subtending bracts ± widely elliptic or widely obovate to depressed widely 
obovate, 1.7-2.05 mm long, 1.75-2.05 mm wide; midrib entire, glabrous or variably 
villous, sometimes with a few scale-like glandular hairs. Capitular bracts 2, concave, 
1.4-1. 8 mm long, 0.4-().7 mm wide, the upper margins variably dilate, the hairs less than 
c. 0.1 mm long; midrib not conspicuous. Florets 1 or 2 per capitulum, the upper most 
capitula of a compound head with 1 floret, the lower ones usually with 2 florets; corolla 
5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to a thickened base, 0.75-1 mm long, 0.23-0.4 mm 
diam.; anthers 5, each with c. 250-350 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.4-0. 5 mm 
long, 0.25-c. 0.35 mm diam., papillose, purplish. Pappus absent. Fig. 9. 
Chromosome number: not known. 
Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): 
South-west of Western Australia. Salt lakes of the Murchison and South West 
Drainage Divisions. Locally common. 
Ecology: 
Restricted to the margins of saline depressions. Grows in sand or sandy loam and 
associated with Halosarcia spp. and Melaleuca. 

Page image

886023 Styloncerus myosuroides Muelleria 5(3): 198
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459821
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

198 
Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): 
Western Australia, occurring on salt lakes in both the Eucla and South West 
Drainage Divisions. Locally common. 
Ecology: 
Restricted to saline depressions. Collectors’ notes include “. . . west side of lake. 
Sandy edge of clay pan” and “Brown sand to very sandy loam. Very common amongst 
Arthrocnemum \ = Halosarcid\” . 
Notes: 
1. The specific epithet alludes to the conspicuous, generally trifid midrib of the 
capitulum-subtending bracts. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Short 989, saline depression 34.5 km N. of Perenjori, 15. xi. 1979 (AD)- Wilson 
6083, near Mollerin, 2.ix.l967 (PERTH); Wilson 8813, Lake Barlee, southern margin, 25.viii.1970 (PERTH)- 
Wilson 8853, near Lake Barlee HS on west side of Lake, 26.viii.l^0 (PERTH). 
5. Chrysocoryne uniflora Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes N0scou 24 (1):188 (March 1851) 
Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum coll. 111. n.ll6.” Possible Holotype- KW (see p 152) 
Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541599, NSW. Possible Isotypes: GH, K, MEL 
84468, MEL 541598, MEL 541600 (all collections by Drummond but lack collector’s 
number). 
Chrysocoryne myosuroides A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (May 
1851). — Angianthus myosuroides (A. Gray) Benth., El. Austr. 3:563 (1867); Hoffman 
in Engler & Prantl, Naturl. Pflanzenfam. IV (5):194, fig. 98B (1890); Grieve & BlackaU, 
W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975), ?p.p. (as to mixed collns of C. tridens & C. uniflora in 
PERTH). — Styloncerus myosuroides (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891) 
i^myosurodes’). Type: “Swan River, Drummond, 1845.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Drummond 116, Sw.riv. , 1845 (K) (see note 1 below). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. KlattX 
MEL 541599, NSW. Possible Isolectotypes: K, MEL 84468, MEL 541598, MEL 
541600, GH (all collections by Drummond but lack collector’s number). 
Annual herb, 4-8(c. 14) cm high. Major axes erect, with scale-like glandular hairs; 
stem r^ely simple, usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves 
opposite at the base, the upper ones alternate, all leaves narrowly elliptic to + elliptic, 
oblanceolate to obovate or ± lanceolate, 0.2-0.5(0.8) cm long, c. 0.05-0.2 cm wide, a 
small hyaline appendage sometimes present at the apex, all leaves densely covered in 
scale-like glandular hairs. Compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong, 
c. 1.5-3. 5(4.4) cm long, 0.15-0.2(0.25) cm diam., with a single head occurring at the apex 
of an unbranched major axis or with (2)4-10(14) heads occurring on minor axes which 
branch from the upper nodes of a major axis. Capitula c. 50-150 per compound head; 
capitulum-subtending bracts ± widely elliptic or widely obovate to depressed widely 
obovate, 1.7-2.05 mm long, 1.75-2.05 mm wide; midrib entire, glabrous or variably 
villous, sometimes with a few scale-like glandular hairs. Capitular bracts 2, concave, 
1.4-1. 8 mm long, 0.4-().7 mm wide, the upper margins variably dilate, the hairs less than 
c. 0.1 mm long; midrib not conspicuous. Florets 1 or 2 per capitulum, the upper most 
capitula of a compound head with 1 floret, the lower ones usually with 2 florets; corolla 
5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to a thickened base, 0.75-1 mm long, 0.23-0.4 mm 
diam.; anthers 5, each with c. 250-350 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.4-0. 5 mm 
long, 0.25-c. 0.35 mm diam., papillose, purplish. Pappus absent. Fig. 9. 
Chromosome number: not known. 
Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): 
South-west of Western Australia. Salt lakes of the Murchison and South West 
Drainage Divisions. Locally common. 
Ecology: 
Restricted to the margins of saline depressions. Grows in sand or sandy loam and 
associated with Halosarcia spp. and Melaleuca. 

Page image

885900 Styloncerus phyllocalymmeus Muelleria 5(2): 180
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459801
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

180 
Fig. 8. Distribution of Pleuropappus phyllo- 
calymmeus (South Australia), Cephalo- 
sorus carpesioides and Epitriche demissus 
(Western Australia). 
Pleuropappus phyllocalymmeusR Muell., Trans & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 37 
(1855). — Angianthus phyllocalymmeus (F. Muell.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. 
Isles 4:604 (1917); Domin, Mem. Soc. Sc. Boheme 2:121 (1923) i!;phyllocalymneus')\ 
J. M, Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); Hj. Eichl., Suppl. to 
J. M. Black’s FI. S. Aust. 326 (1965). — Angianthus pleuropappus Benth., FI. Austr. 
3:563 (1867) nom, illeg. — Styloncerus phyllocalymmeus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891) phyllocalymneus^). Type: “On sterile plains of the Port Lincoln 
district. — C. Wilhelmiy Lectotype (here designated): Wilhelmis.n,, Port Lincoln, s. 
dat. (K). Probable Isolectotypes: MEL 541617-541619, MEL 84469 (see note 1). 
Annual herb, 4-8(15) cm high. Leaves 0. 7-1(1. 3) cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide. 
Compound heads O.S-l,5{2) cm long, c. 0. 3-0.5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads c. 10, the outer ones leaf-like, narrowly elliptic or lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 
0.1-0.15 cm wide, ± mucronate, hairy, the inner ones with hyaline apices and grading 
into capitulum-subtending bracts. Capitula 40-100 per compound head; capitulum- 
subtending bracts ovate or elliptic, 1. 8-2.2 mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide. Capitular bracts 
with the two outer concave ones c. 2 mm long; flat bracts abruptly attenuated in lower 
‘A- Vi and the edges sometimes incurved so as to slightly cover the florets, 2-2.3 mm long, 
0.9-1. 3 mm wide. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube usually tapering gradually to the 
base but sometimes an abrupt taper occurring in the lower Vs, 1. 3-1.7 mm long, 
c. 0.5 mm diam. Achene obliquely attached to the floret, ellipsoid, 0.7-0.8 mm long, 
0.3-0.4 mm diam., papillose. Pappus an oblique jagged scale about the length of the 
corolla tube. 
Distribution: See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Grows exclusively in sandy or clay loam on the margins of saline depressions. 
Associated with Halosarcia. 
Note: 
1. Following his description of P. phyllocalymmeus Mueller (1855, p.37) cited a 
single collection, “On sterile plains of the Port Lincoln district. — C. WilhelmiP None 
of the Wilhelmi collections from MEL & K are designated in this manner but a K 
collection is recorded as coming from “Port Lincoln”. 

Page image

885901 Styloncerus phyllocalymneus Muelleria 5(2): 180
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459801
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

180 
Fig. 8. Distribution of Pleuropappus phyllo- 
calymmeus (South Australia), Cephalo- 
sorus carpesioides and Epitriche demissus 
(Western Australia). 
Pleuropappus phyllocalymmeusR Muell., Trans & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 37 
(1855). — Angianthus phyllocalymmeus (F. Muell.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. 
Isles 4:604 (1917); Domin, Mem. Soc. Sc. Boheme 2:121 (1923) i!;phyllocalymneus')\ 
J. M, Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); Hj. Eichl., Suppl. to 
J. M. Black’s FI. S. Aust. 326 (1965). — Angianthus pleuropappus Benth., FI. Austr. 
3:563 (1867) nom, illeg. — Styloncerus phyllocalymmeus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891) phyllocalymneus^). Type: “On sterile plains of the Port Lincoln 
district. — C. Wilhelmiy Lectotype (here designated): Wilhelmis.n,, Port Lincoln, s. 
dat. (K). Probable Isolectotypes: MEL 541617-541619, MEL 84469 (see note 1). 
Annual herb, 4-8(15) cm high. Leaves 0. 7-1(1. 3) cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide. 
Compound heads O.S-l,5{2) cm long, c. 0. 3-0.5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads c. 10, the outer ones leaf-like, narrowly elliptic or lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 
0.1-0.15 cm wide, ± mucronate, hairy, the inner ones with hyaline apices and grading 
into capitulum-subtending bracts. Capitula 40-100 per compound head; capitulum- 
subtending bracts ovate or elliptic, 1. 8-2.2 mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide. Capitular bracts 
with the two outer concave ones c. 2 mm long; flat bracts abruptly attenuated in lower 
‘A- Vi and the edges sometimes incurved so as to slightly cover the florets, 2-2.3 mm long, 
0.9-1. 3 mm wide. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube usually tapering gradually to the 
base but sometimes an abrupt taper occurring in the lower Vs, 1. 3-1.7 mm long, 
c. 0.5 mm diam. Achene obliquely attached to the floret, ellipsoid, 0.7-0.8 mm long, 
0.3-0.4 mm diam., papillose. Pappus an oblique jagged scale about the length of the 
corolla tube. 
Distribution: See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Grows exclusively in sandy or clay loam on the margins of saline depressions. 
Associated with Halosarcia. 
Note: 
1. Following his description of P. phyllocalymmeus Mueller (1855, p.37) cited a 
single collection, “On sterile plains of the Port Lincoln district. — C. WilhelmiP None 
of the Wilhelmi collections from MEL & K are designated in this manner but a K 
collection is recorded as coming from “Port Lincoln”. 

Page image

796562 Styloncerus phyllocephalus Muelleria 5(2): 183
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459804
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

183 
It is readily distinguished by the opposite, petiolate leaves which occur in at least the lower 
half of the plant. Achene morphology and the morphology, number and arrangement of 
capitular bracts are unique. 
Cephalosorus carpesioides (Turcz.) Short, comb. nov. 
Piptostemma carpesioides Tmvqz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):192 (March 
1851), basionym. Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum. coll. IV. n. 200.” Possible Holotype: 
KW (see p.l52). Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541595, MEL 541596. 
Cephalosorus phyllocephalus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (May 
1851). — Angianthus phyllocephalus {A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1865); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975). — Styloncerus phyllocephalus (A. Gray) Kuntze, 
Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Swan River, Drummond, 1846, 1848.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Drummond 200, S.W. Australia, 1848 (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex 
herb. Klatt), MEL 541595, MEL 541596 (see note 2 below). 
Cephalosorus brevipapposus F. Muell., Fragm. 3:159 (1863). — Skirrhophorus 
phyllocephalus F. Muell., l.c., pro syn., (? as to collections of F. Muell.). Type: “Ad 
flumen Murchison; Oldfield. Ad sinum Champion Bay; Walcott'' Lectotype (here 
designated): Oldfield s.n., Murchison R., W.A., s. dat. (MEL 541597). Probable 
Isolectotype: PERTH (ex MEL, referred to as Angianthus phyllocephalus on label). 
Syntype: None seen, the only specimens of this species seen from Champion Bay were 
collected by Oldfield. No Walcott specimens of the species have been seen. 
Annual herb, 15-25(29) cm high. Leaves opposite and distinctly petiolate in at least 
the lower half of the plant, the uppermost ones frequently ± sessile and alternate; petiole 
± absent to c. 2 cm long, variably hairy; laminae ± elliptic or oblanceolate to obovate, 
1-2. 5(3. 4) cm long, 0.4-l(1.3) mm wide, sometimes with a very small mucro at the apex, 
almost glabrous (particularly the lower surface) to densely hairy. Compound heads 
0.5-1. 4 cm high, 0.7-1. 5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound head c. 10-20, the outer 
ones ± ovate or ± obovate, 0. 5-1(1. 4) cm long, 0. 3-0.8 cm wide. Capitulac. 30-60 per 
compound head. Capitular bracts 3. 3-4.2 mm long, (0. 7)1-1. 8 mm wide. Florets 1; 
corolla tube with a conspicuously swollen base, the tube 1.5-2 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm 
diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 1.9-2.5 mm long, 0.9-1 mm diam. Pappus a jagged cup 
c. 0.7 mm long. 
Distribution: See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Little information is available. Collectors’ notes include “Common on rocky 
ironstone knoll” and “Ironstone gravel”. 
Note: 
1. The lectotype sheet of C. phyllocephalus contains three good, entire specimens, 
plus drawings of the species. According to Gray (1851) the species was to be illustrated in 
Incones Plantarum but this did not eventuate. A label attached to the sheet has the words 
''Cephalosorus phyllocephalus n. gen.” in Gray’s hand. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Alpin 56, 1-2 miles North of Carnamah, 4.ix.l958 (PERTH); Burns 24, Port 
Gregory road, 20. ix. 1970 (PERTH); Gardner 12831, Arrino, 27. ix. 1960 (PERTH); ?Mueller s.n.. Port 
Gregory, -.x.1877 (MEL 84472); ?Mueller s.n., upper Irwin River, s. dat. (MEL 84473); Oldfield s.n.. 
Champion Bay, s. dat. (MEL 84471). Paust 1267, 1 mile N. of Northampton-Port Gregory road on Yerina 
Springs road, 6.X.1972 (PERTH); Wilson 3829, 15 km N. of Badgingarra, 2.ix.l965 (AD, GH, PERTH). 
(To be continued in Muelleria 5(3): 185) 

Page image

885884 Styloncerus platycephalus Muelleria 5(2): 174
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459795
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

174 
2. A. microcephalus is readily distinguished from other species of Angianthus by 
the presence of only 1 floret per capitulum and the absence of 2 inner flat bracts within 
each capitulum. In all other respects the species is typical of Angianthus. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia ~ Cannon 317, Hamelin Pod Station, 24.ix.1974 (PERTH); George 11439, Dirk 
Hartog Is., 3.ix.l972 (PERTH); Short 442, c. 3 km N. of Eagle Bluff, Peron Peninsula, 2i.viii.l977 ’(AD)* 
D. G. W. M3B23, Roderick River, Boolardy, 28.x. 1953 (PERTH). 
12. Angianthus drummondu (Turcz.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, 
W. Aust. Wildfls 814 (1975). — Skirrhophorus drummondii Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. 
Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):188 (1851) {^Scirrhophorus^). — Styloncerus drummondii 
(Turcz.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Nova HoUandia. Drum. 
Ill.n.l23.” Possible Holotype: KW (see p.l52). Isotypes: K, MEL 541210, NSW, 
PERTH. 
Angianthus platycephalus Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. 
Aust. Widifls 814 (1975). — Styloncerus platycephalus (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum 
PL 367 (1891). Type: “Tone River, Oldfield.” Holotype: Oldfield 85, Wet places. 
Tone R., W. Aust., s. dat (K), (see note 1 below). Isotypes: MEL 541607, PERTH. 
Possible Isotype: MEL 541606 (lacks colleaor’s number). 
Annual herb. Major axes ± decumbent or ascending to erect, 2-7 cm long, variably 
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal nodes. Leaves alternate or 
opposite, ± linear, c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy. 
Compound heads ± broadly ovoid, 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0. 5-0.7 cm diam.; bracts 
subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length, or 
exceeding the length, of the head, of c. 10 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± linear or 
oblanceolate or ± elliptic, 0.5-1 cm long, 0,1-0. 3 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy; 
general receptacle a small convex or slightly elongate axis. Capitula c. 20-60 per 
compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(?2), ± oblong or obovate, c. 2 mm 
long, c. 1 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular 
bracts with the two concave ones c. 2 mm long, the midrib variably hairy toward the 
apex; flat bracts 2, obovate, ± gradually tapering toward the base, c. 2 mm long, 
c. 1 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex and with an entire 
wing-like extension from the adaxial surface. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering 
gradually to the base, c. 1.8 mm long, c. 0.8 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.8 mm 
long, c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. Pappus a very small jagged ring, c. 0.1 mm long. 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
An uncommon species restricted to the south west of Western Australia. Specimens 
referred to as a variant of A. drummondii are similarly restricted. 
Ecology: 
The only information available comes from the holotype collection of 
A. platycephalus. The plants on the sheet are growing in clumps of moss and the label 
records them as growing “in wet places”. 
Specimens referred to as a variant of A. drummondii favour saline regions. 
Collectors’ notes include “sandy loam in Arthrocnemum Halosarcia]/ Melaleuca 
zone around salty depression” and “on sandy island . . . Growing with Arthrocnemum 
[=Halosarcia] & Frankenia'\ 
Notes: 
1. The K collection of Oldfield 85 is regarded as the holotype of A. platycephalus. 
There is no indication that Bentham saw any of the MEL material, usually indicated by 
the initial ‘B’ on the herbarium labels, and the PERTH collection is a fragment of the K 
type material acquired this century by C. A, Gardner. 
2. Bentham (1867) regarded A. platycephalus and A. drummondii as distinct 
species, the former having a small jagged ring-like pappus, the latter none. However a 
small, jagged, ring-like pappus is discernible in the type material of A. drummondii and 
apart from minor habit differences (erect axes in Drummond 123 and more or less 

Page image

885892 Styloncerus preissianus Muelleria 5(2): 176
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459797
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

176 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Restricted to the salt lakes of the Avon River System, Western Australia (Short 
1981a, b). Uncommon. 
Ecology: 
Appears to grow exclusively in sandy soil on the margins of saline depressions. 
Commonly associated with species of Halosarcia and Disphyma. 
Notes: 
1. The lectotype sheet of Skirrhophorus pygmaeus contains drawings of the species 
which, according to Gray (1851), were to be illustrated in leones Plantarum. This did not 
eventuate. The sheet is also clearly inscribed with the words ''Skirrophorus pygmaeus 
n.sp.” in Gray’s hand. It is possible that the sheet could be regarded as the holotype as 
there is no clear indication that Gray saw any of the duplicates. 
2, As pointed out under the respective species A. pygmaeus has close affinities with 
A. preissianus and A. drummondii and, in particular, to a variant of A. drummondii. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Chinnock 4158, c. 3.5 km W. of eastern edge of Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); 
Chin nock 4359, Eclipse Lake, ll.xi.l978 (AD); Chinnock 4366, small salt pan 0.7 km beyond western edge of 
Lake King, 12. xi. 1978 (AD, PERTH); Gardner s.n., Mortlock River flats, E. of Meckering, 22.x. 1945 
(PERTH); Pritzel 902, Avon district, -.xi.l901 (NSW); Short 617, 3.4 km E. of Meckering in Mortlock River, 
20.ix.l977 (AD); Short 674, 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 25. ix. 1977 (AD); Wilson 6386a, 3 km E. of Meckering, 
23.xi.1967 (PERTH). 
14. Angianthus preissianus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); K, Hoffman in 
Engler & Prantl., Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, fig. 98A (1890); J. M. Black, FI. S. 
Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 344 (1963); 
Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. WildHs 814 (1975). — 
Skirrhophorus preissianus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:439 (1845). — Styloncerus 
preissianus (Steetz) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “In umbrosis madidis 
inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, mense Dec. 1838. Herb. Preiss. No. 38.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 38, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in 
umbrosis madidis inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, s. dat. (MEL 541608, 
ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541609, S (see p.l52). 
Skirrhophorus eriocephalus Hook. f. ex. A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 
3:148 (1851) (Hook. f. in MSS); Hook, f., FI. Tas. 1:198, pi. 53A (1856). — Angianthus 
eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); W. M. Curtis, Stud. 
FI. Tas. 344 (1963). — Styloncerus eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Georgetown, Van Diemen’s Land, Gunn.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Gunn 1973, George Town, 21. xi. 1842 (K). Isolectotypes: HO, NSW, 
NSW p.p. (lacks collector’s no. but cites Georgetown and the dates 21.xi.42& lO.i.43, i.e. 
a mixed collection). Possible Isolectotypes: GH (several collections ex herb. Hook. f. 
but each lacks collection date, collector’s no. and gives the location only as Tasmania or 
“VDL”). 
Annual herb. Major axes erect to prostrate (0.5)4-10(16) cm long, glabrous or 
variably hairy; stem often simple in the smaller, erect plants, sometimes ± lacking (less 
than c. 1 cm high) in the prostrate ones, but usually forming major branches at basal 
and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, usually ± narrowly elliptic or ± 
linear, sometimes semi-succulent to sucedent and ± terete, 0. 5-1(1. 2) cm long, 
c. 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads broadly ovoid to 
depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.8(l) cm long, 0.4-0.7(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length of the head, of c. 15 bracts, the 
outer ones leaf-like, ± elliptic, or ovate to lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, 
variably mucronate, hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and grading into 
capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle an expanded, convex axis. Capitula 
c. 5-100 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2), if more than one then the 
extra one abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ± obovate or ± oblong, 
1.7-2. 4(2. 6) mm long, 0.7-1. 5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy 

Page image

886014 Styloncerus pusillus Muelleria 5(3): 189
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459812
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

189 
Reproductive Biology: 
There is no evidence of hybridisation within Chrysocoryne despite the fact that a 
number of species connmonly grow in the same locality, e.g. dl but C. trifida have been 
collected from the saline Mortlock River flats near Meckering. Specific differences are 
presumably maintained by a number of parameters including differences in chromosome 
number, habitat preferences (e.g. as in C. pusilla, see above ecology notes) and flowering 
time (e.g. C. tridens appears to flower some days earlier than C. uniflora^ a species with 
which it commonly grows). These factors, combined with the inbreeding nature of three 
of the species, must present formidable barriers to interspecific crossing. 
Flies and ants are commonly seen on most species of Chrysocoryne but their 
importance as pollinators is not known. It appears that the fruit of at least some species 
are a useful food supply for ants. Ants have been observed transporting c. 1 cm lengths 
of compound heads of C. tridens to their nests. 
Potential seed set has been established for all species (table 1; Short, 1981b) and it is 
evident that values obtained for inbreeding ones are similar to or greater than those of 
closely related outbreeders. The significance of the values is open to question. It may well 
be that an increase in seed set is a method by which genetic heterogeneity is maintained in 
inbreeding taxa. On the other hand an increase in seed set, which is correlated with an 
increase in the number of capitula per unit length of compound head, may perhaps be a 
reflection of selection for reduced inflorescence size and a consequent shorter life cycle. 
Such an hypothesis has already been suggested to explain the large number of unrelated 
taxa in the ''Angianthus group’', a group characterised by having compound heads. 
Key to Species of Chrysocoryne 
1. Capitular bracts 2-6(c. 10); capitula with (2)3-5(8) florets 
2. Pappus a small jagged ring, sometimes with several apically divided bristles extending c. Vi the length 
of the floret; capitiUar bracts with entire margins; florets 5-lobed; compound heads narrowly ellipsoid 
to ellipsoid or oblanceoloid to ± obovoid, sometimes ± ovoid, 1-1. 5(2.2) cm long, 0.3-0. 5(0.7) cm 
diam.,(fig. lOa-0 1. C. pusilla 
2. Pappus absent; capitular bracts with ciliate margins; florets 3, 4 & 5-lobed; compound heads narrowly 
oblong to oblong, c. 0.5-2 cm long, c. 0.25-0.4(0.45) cm diam., (fig. lOg-h) 2. C. multiflora 
1. Capitular bracts 2; capitula usually with 1 or 2 florets (rarely 3 or 4 in C. drummondii) 
3 . Midrib of capitulum-subtending bracts with at least 3 distinct lobes; capitular bracts with long hairs on 
the upper margins, the hairs V^-Vi (c. 0.5 mm long) the length of the bracts; capitula with 1, rarely 2, 
florets, (fig. lOk-m) 4. C. trifida 
3. Midrib of capitulum-subtending bracts not divided; capitular bracts with variably ciliate margins, the 
hairs c. 0.1 mm long; capitula with 1 or 2, rarely 3 or 4, florets 
4. Florets mainly 5-lobed; (250)300-400(500) pollen grains per anther; compound head cylindrical to 
narrowly oblong, c. 1.5-3(3.6) cm long 5. C. uniflora 
4. Florets 3 or 4-lobed; (8)12-64 pollen grains per anther; compound heads cylindrical to narrowly 
oblong and (c. l)3-5(6.3) cm long or narrowly oblong and c. 1-2(2. 5) cm long 
5. Compound heads narrowly oblong, c. 1-2(2. 5) cm long, c. 0.2-0.25(c. 0.3) cm diam.; capitula 
with (1)2(3, 4) florets; stem simple or branching from basal &/or upper nodes, (fig. lOi-j) 
3. C. drummondii 
5. Compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong (c. l)3-5(6.3) cm long, 0.15-0.2 cm diam.; 
capitula with 1 floret; stem simple or branching from basal nodes, never branching from upper 
nodes 6. C. tridens 
1. Chrysocoryne pusflla (Benth.) Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:458 (1843) (in name only, 
see note 1, p.l87; Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:441 (1845) p.p., excl. C. drummondii zs, to 
ref. to Hook., Icon. PI. 5:pl. 413 (1841). — Crossolepis pusilla Benth. in Endl. Enum. PI. 
61 (1837); DC., Prod. 6:158 (1838). — Chrysocoryne huegelii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. 
Kew Gard. Misc. 3:151 (1851), nom. illeg. — Angianthus pusillus (Benth.) Benth., FI. 
Austr. 3:564 (1867); Hoffman in Engler & Prantl. Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, 
Fig. 98C-G (1890); F. M. Bail., Qd. FI. 848 (1900); J. M. Black, H. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 
(1926), 2nd ed. 925 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:729 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. 
Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). — Styloncerus pusillus (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 
(1891) — Siloxerus pusillus (Benth.) Ising, Trans & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 46:604 
(1922). Type: “Swan River. (Htigd.V’. Lectotype (here designated): Hugels.n., Swan 
River, s.dat. (W). Isolectotype: K. 

Page image

885890 Styloncerus pygmaeus Muelleria 5(2): 175
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459796
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

175 
decumbent ones in Oldfield 8S) no differences are discernible between the type 
collections. 
There is an allied variant of A, drwnmondii. Several collections of immature plants, 
Ehrendorfer 181, George 7293, Short 664 & Short 694, and three collections of mature 
plants, Demarz 6640, Short 11028c Wittwer588, contain individuals which lack a pappus. 
All but three of these collections are from the same location, Lake King. The plants 
possibly represent a distinct taxon, perhaps a subspecies of A. drummondii, but further 
collections are required to substantiate this view. 
Both A. drummondii and its variant have close affinities to A. pygmaeus and 
A. preissianus. Unlike >1. preissianus they do however have primarily 5-lobed florets and 
are outbreeders (Short 1981a, b). The pappus of A. drummondii also readily 
distinguishes it from both A. pygmaeus and A. preissianus. The variant of 
A. drummondii and pygmaeus closely resemble each other. However the latter taxon 
normally has prostrate or decumbent axes and broadly depressed to depressed ovoid 
compound heads whereas in the variant of A. drummondii the axes are ascending to 
erect and the compound heads are broadly to very broadly ovoid. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Morrison s.n., Hotham River, 12. xi. 1904 (PERTH); Mueller s.n., Harvey River, 
5.xii.l877 (MEL 85700); Mueller s.n., Preston River, 5.xii.l877 (MEL 85701). 
Specimens Examined, A. drummondii Variant: 
Western Australia — Demarz 6640, Lake Muir Swamp, 21. xi. 1977 (KP); Ehrendorfer 181, south coast 
area — Walpole/ Albany/Stirling Ranges, 14.xii.l%6 (PERTH); George 7293, Lake King, 3.xi.l965 
(PERTH); Short 664, c. 20.5 km S. of Lake Grace along road to Pingrup, 24. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 694, Lake 
King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); Short 1102, Lake King, 26.xi.1979 (AD). 
13. Angianthus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Diels & Pritzel, Bot. 
Jahrb. Syst. 35:612, fig. 69A-E (1905); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — 
Skirrhophorus pygmaeus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:148 (May 1851) 
(‘Skirrophorus’). — Styloncerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 
(1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Drummond 59, S.W. Australia, s. dat. (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 
541610, NSW, PERTH (see note 1 below). 
Skirrhophorus mucronulatusTuicz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24 (2):72 
(Oct. 1851). Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum.v.n.59.” Holotype: ?CW, n.v. (see p.l52) 
IsoTYPEs: GH, K. MEL 54160, NSW, PERTH. 
Annual herb. Major axes usually prostrate or decumbent, rarely ascending or erect, 
c. 0. 5-6(9) cm long, variably hairy; stem sometimes simple and often ± lacking, but 
usually forming major branches at basal nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, ± 
n^rowly elliptic or ± linear, sometimes semi-succulent, c. 0.3-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm 
wide, mucronate, glabrous or slightly hairy. Compound heads broadly depressed to 
depressed ovoid, c. 0.2-0.4 cm long, 0.2-0.6(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads forming a conspicuous involucre c.Va or about the length of the head, of c. 5-10 
leaf-like bracts, ± elliptic or ovate, 0.3-0.5 cm long, 0.1-0.3 cm wide, often with a small 
hyaline margin, mucronate, variably hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and 
grading into capitula-subtending bracts; general receptacle convex. Capitula 
(4)15-50(c.70) per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1, ± obovate or ± 
oblong, 1.7-2.4 mm long, 0.7-1.5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or slightly 
hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with the two outer concave ones 1.6-2. 2 mm 
long, ± white, the midrib glabrous or sparsely hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, 
obovate, ± gradually tapering toward the base, 1. 6-2.2 mm long, 0.6-1 mm wide, ± 
white, the midrib glabrous or sparsely hairy toward the apex and with an entire wing-like 
extension from the adaxial surface. Florets 2; corolla (?4)5-lobed, the tube tapering 
gradually to a sometimes variably swollen base, 0.9-1. 3 mm long, c. 0.5 mm diam. 
Achenes ± obovoid, 0.5-0.7 mm long, c. 0.2-0.3 mm diam., variably papillose and 
often with a fringe of papillae at the apex. Pappus absent. 

Page image

886032 Styloncerus Muelleria 5(3): 204
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459881
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

204 
Ewart & J. White, used in various works.] 
[Siloxerus auct. non Labill.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Ostenf.] 
[Skirrhophorus auct. non DC. in Lindl. ex DC.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) A. Gray 
and S. muellerianus Sond.J 
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Kuntze] 
Annual herbs. Major axes decumbent, ascending or erect, variably hairy; stem 
simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves usually alternate 
(sometimes opposite), sessile, entire, glabrous or sparsely hairy, mucronate. Compound 
heads ± broadly obovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous, 
multi-seriate involucre c. the len^h of the head, the outer bracts leaf-like, the inner ones 
primarily hyaline and with papillae at the apex; general receptacle a small, ± flat, 
glabrous axis. Capitulaz. 5-40 per compound head. Capitular bracts 2-2>,cAhQ\eng\h of 
the florets, ± hyaline, whitish, with papillae at the apex. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 
5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± ovoid or ± 
obpyramidal, covered with mucilagenous cells, brown. Pappus absent. Fig. li. 
Chromosome numbers: n=4, 5, 6, 7, c. 10, c. 12. 
The taxonomy of Pogonolepis is yet to be resolved. For comments see Muelleria 
4:404-405 (Short, 1981a). 
Three species normally referred to Angianthus, i.e. A. lanigerus, A. muellerianus 
(==P. muelleriana (Sond.) Short) and A. strictus ( = P. stricta Steetz) belong to 
Pogonolepis. The new combination transferring A. lanigerus to Pogonolepis is made 
below. 
Pogonolepis lanigera (Ewart & J. White) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Angianthus strictus var. lanigerus Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Viet. 22:92 (1909). Synonym: Angianthus lanigerus (Ewart & J. White) Ewart & 
J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 23:288 (1911). 
9. Siloxerus Labill., PI. Nov. HoU. 2:57 (1806); Less., Syn. generum Comp. 270 (1832); 
Ostenfeld, Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:134, p.p. (as to S. humifusus 
& S. filifolius only). — Styloncerus Spreng., Syst. veg. 3:356, 451 (1826), nom. illeg. — 
OgcerostylusCdiS,^., Diet. Sc. Nat. 49:221 (1827), nom. /7/e^. ; Stuedel, Nom. Bot. 2nd. ed. 
242 (1841) {'Oxerostylus'). Type: Siloxerus humifususLdbiW. 
Chamaesphaerion A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:176 (June 1851). 
Type: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray ( = 5. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short). 
Gyrostephium Turez., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):76 (Oct. 1851). Type: 
Gyrostephium rhizocephalum Turez. ( = S. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short). 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of S. humifusus & S. filifolius.] 
[Chthonocephalus auct. non Steetz: see synonymy of S. pygmaeus.] 
[Gnaphalodes auct. non A. Gray, nom, illeg., later homonym of Gnaphalodes 
Miller (see Hj. Eichler, Taxon 12:295 (1963): as to Gnaphalodes fdifolium Benth. 
{=^Siloxerus filifolius).] 
Annual herbs. Major axes ± absent or if present then decumbent to erect, glabrous 
or hairy; stem simple and minute or forming major branches at basal and/or upper 
nodes. Leaves in a basal rosette or, if major axes present then opposite to alternate, all 
leaves entire, sessile, glabrous or sparsely hairy, apex mucronate, the base often with 
hyaline margins. Compound heads ± ellipsoid to broadly ellipsoid or ± lanceoloid to 
depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads conspicuous, leaf-like, at least c. *4 
to Vi the length of the head, often c. equal to or exceeding the length of the head; general 
receptacle of a single hairy axis which lacks minor receptacular axes, the axis becoming 
hollow with age. Capitula ± evenly distributed over the general receptacle, ± indistinct 
and lacking subtending bracts. Capitular bracts c. 5-15, mainly hyaline but the 
uppermost portion opaque and often crenulate, with a green, ± glabrous midrib which 
extends c. Vi-Vi the length of the bract, the bracts arranged in ± 1 or 2 indistinct whorls. 
Paleae resembling capitular bracts, one bract per floret. Florets A~\5Q.2) per capitulum; 
corolla 3-5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 3-5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± 
obovoid, sparsely to densely papillose, purple. Pappus of 5-7 variably jagged scales 
joined at the base or a jagged ring lacking distinct scales. Fig. 15. 

Page image

545914 Styloncerus suberectus Muelleria 5(3): 207
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459884
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

207 
(AD); Demarz 5351, Orleans Farm, 16.X.1974 (KP, PERTH); Short 1056, c. 10 km from Jarrahwood along 
road to Nannup, 22. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 1058, c. 41 km from Kojonup along main Boyup Brook road, 
23. xi. 1979 (AD); Willis s.n.. North Twin Peak Island, 20.xi.l950 (MEL). 
2. Siloxems humifusus Labill., PL Nov. Holl. 2:57 (1806); Less., Syn. generum Comp. 
270 (1832). — Styloncerus humifusus (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3:451 (1826); DC., 
Prod. 6:149 (1838); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:435 (1845). — Ogcerostylus humifusus 
(Labill.) Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 49:222 (1827); Steud., Nomen. Bot. 2nd ed. 2:242 (1841) 
{"Oxerostylus') (n.v.). — Angianthus humifusus (Labill.) Benth., H. Austr. 3:563 (1867); 
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 811 (1975). Type: “Habitat in terra Van-Leuwin.” 
Holotype: ILabillardiere s.n., habitat in terra van-Leuwin, s. dat. (FI). 
Styloncerus cylindraceus Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:435 (1845). Type: “In sinu 
regis Georgii III. mense Nov. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 41.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Preiss 41, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in sinu regis Georgii III, s. dat. 
(MEL 541624, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 54151 (ex herb O. W. Sonder), 
S.(Seep.l52). 
Styloncerus suberectus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436 (1845). Type: “In arenosis 
terrae in ferioris, mense Dec. 1839. Herb. Preiss. no. 42.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Preiss 42, in arenosis terrae inferioris (Swan River Colonia), s. dat. (MEL 541622, ex 
herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541623 (herbO. W. Sonder). (Seep. 152). 
Angianthus humifusus var. grandiflorus Btnih,, FI. Austr. 3:563 (1867), type as for 
S. suberectus. 
Annual herb. Major axes decumbent to erect, 2-7(9) cm long, glabrous or variably 
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal and upper nodes. Leaves often 
opposite at the base of the major axes, the upper ones alternate, all leaves ± linear or 
lanceolate, (c. 1)1. 5-3 cm long, c. 0.1-0.15 cm wide, glabrous or sparsely hairy, at least 
the upper ones mucronate. Compound heads ± broadly ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly 
depressed ovoid, c. 0.6-2(2.9) cm long, (c. 0.5)0.7-1.2(1.3) cm diam. Capitulum with 
c.8-10 capitular bracts and paleae, all bracts oblanceolate to obovate, 
(c. 2)2.5-4.5(6.3) mm long, (0.7)0.9-1.7(1.9) mm wide, crenulate near the apex, white or 
pale pink. Florets c. 5; corolla 4 or 5-lobed, the tube distinctly swollen in the lower Vi, 
(c. 0.85)1-2(2.25) mm long, c. 0.3-0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.7-0.95 mm 
long, c. 0.25-0.4 mm diam., variably papillose. Pappus of 5-7 jagged scales fused at the 
base, c. 0.95-1.7 mmlong,c. Vi or rarely the length of the floret. Fig. 15. 
Distribution (Fig. 15): 
South-west of Western Australia, within an approximately 200 km wide coastal 
belt. 
Ecology: 
Grows in a variety of habitats. Collectors’ notes include “Recently dried muddy 
depression in sandy swamp under Acacia cyanophyM\ “Rush marsh . . . under shrubs 
of Astartaea fascicularis with Cotula coronopifolia and Schoenus trachycarpus^\ 
''Eucalyptus-Xanthorrhoea community on deep grey sands. Growing c. 10 cm from 
Siloxerus filifolius'^ and “Growing in open Eucalyptus woodland on brown sandy loam 
covered by coarse gravel. Growing with Siloxerus fdifolius^\ 
Notes: 
1. S. humifusus is primarily distinguishable from S. filifolius on differences in size 
of various organs, the achenes, capitular bracts, paleae, pappus scales and florets of 
S. humifusus being approximately twice the length of the same organs in the latter 
species. Such features suggest that S. humijmus may be of polyploid origin. 
2. Bentham (1867) recognised two varieties of Angianthus humifusus, var. minor 
Benth. and var. grandiflorus Benth. The former variety is recognised here as a distinct 
species, Siloxerus filifolius. The latter variety was based on Preiss 42, the type collection 
of Styloncerus suberectus Steetz, which possesses larger capitular bracts and paleae 
(c. 4-6.3 mm long) than those of Preiss 41, (c. 3.7-4.2 mm long), the type of Styloncerus 
cylindraceus Steetz. Furthermore in Preiss 42 the pappus is about one-half the length of 

Page image

886038 Styloncerus suberectus Muelleria 5(3): 207
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459884
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

207 
(AD); Demarz 5351, Orleans Farm, 16.X.1974 (KP, PERTH); Short 1056, c. 10 km from Jarrahwood along 
road to Nannup, 22. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 1058, c. 41 km from Kojonup along main Boyup Brook road, 
23. xi. 1979 (AD); Willis s.n.. North Twin Peak Island, 20.xi.l950 (MEL). 
2. Siloxems humifusus Labill., PL Nov. Holl. 2:57 (1806); Less., Syn. generum Comp. 
270 (1832). — Styloncerus humifusus (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3:451 (1826); DC., 
Prod. 6:149 (1838); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:435 (1845). — Ogcerostylus humifusus 
(Labill.) Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 49:222 (1827); Steud., Nomen. Bot. 2nd ed. 2:242 (1841) 
{"Oxerostylus') (n.v.). — Angianthus humifusus (Labill.) Benth., H. Austr. 3:563 (1867); 
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 811 (1975). Type: “Habitat in terra Van-Leuwin.” 
Holotype: ILabillardiere s.n., habitat in terra van-Leuwin, s. dat. (FI). 
Styloncerus cylindraceus Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:435 (1845). Type: “In sinu 
regis Georgii III. mense Nov. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 41.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Preiss 41, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in sinu regis Georgii III, s. dat. 
(MEL 541624, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 54151 (ex herb O. W. Sonder), 
S.(Seep.l52). 
Styloncerus suberectus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436 (1845). Type: “In arenosis 
terrae in ferioris, mense Dec. 1839. Herb. Preiss. no. 42.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Preiss 42, in arenosis terrae inferioris (Swan River Colonia), s. dat. (MEL 541622, ex 
herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541623 (herbO. W. Sonder). (Seep. 152). 
Angianthus humifusus var. grandiflorus Btnih,, FI. Austr. 3:563 (1867), type as for 
S. suberectus. 
Annual herb. Major axes decumbent to erect, 2-7(9) cm long, glabrous or variably 
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal and upper nodes. Leaves often 
opposite at the base of the major axes, the upper ones alternate, all leaves ± linear or 
lanceolate, (c. 1)1. 5-3 cm long, c. 0.1-0.15 cm wide, glabrous or sparsely hairy, at least 
the upper ones mucronate. Compound heads ± broadly ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly 
depressed ovoid, c. 0.6-2(2.9) cm long, (c. 0.5)0.7-1.2(1.3) cm diam. Capitulum with 
c.8-10 capitular bracts and paleae, all bracts oblanceolate to obovate, 
(c. 2)2.5-4.5(6.3) mm long, (0.7)0.9-1.7(1.9) mm wide, crenulate near the apex, white or 
pale pink. Florets c. 5; corolla 4 or 5-lobed, the tube distinctly swollen in the lower Vi, 
(c. 0.85)1-2(2.25) mm long, c. 0.3-0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.7-0.95 mm 
long, c. 0.25-0.4 mm diam., variably papillose. Pappus of 5-7 jagged scales fused at the 
base, c. 0.95-1.7 mmlong,c. Vi or rarely the length of the floret. Fig. 15. 
Distribution (Fig. 15): 
South-west of Western Australia, within an approximately 200 km wide coastal 
belt. 
Ecology: 
Grows in a variety of habitats. Collectors’ notes include “Recently dried muddy 
depression in sandy swamp under Acacia cyanophyM\ “Rush marsh . . . under shrubs 
of Astartaea fascicularis with Cotula coronopifolia and Schoenus trachycarpus^\ 
''Eucalyptus-Xanthorrhoea community on deep grey sands. Growing c. 10 cm from 
Siloxerus filifolius'^ and “Growing in open Eucalyptus woodland on brown sandy loam 
covered by coarse gravel. Growing with Siloxerus fdifolius^\ 
Notes: 
1. S. humifusus is primarily distinguishable from S. filifolius on differences in size 
of various organs, the achenes, capitular bracts, paleae, pappus scales and florets of 
S. humifusus being approximately twice the length of the same organs in the latter 
species. Such features suggest that S. humijmus may be of polyploid origin. 
2. Bentham (1867) recognised two varieties of Angianthus humifusus, var. minor 
Benth. and var. grandiflorus Benth. The former variety is recognised here as a distinct 
species, Siloxerus filifolius. The latter variety was based on Preiss 42, the type collection 
of Styloncerus suberectus Steetz, which possesses larger capitular bracts and paleae 
(c. 4-6.3 mm long) than those of Preiss 41, (c. 3.7-4.2 mm long), the type of Styloncerus 
cylindraceus Steetz. Furthermore in Preiss 42 the pappus is about one-half the length of 

Page image

886019 Styloncerus tenellus Muelleria 5(3): 193
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459816
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 2, doi:10.5962/p.237649

Page text

193 
heads ± narrowly oblong to oblong, c. 0.5-2 cm long, c. 0.25-0.4(0.45) cm diam. 
Capitulac. 50-250 per compound head; capitnlum-subtending bract ± widely to ± very 
widely obovate, sometimes ± circular, (1.8)2-2.6(2.85) mm long, (1.35)1.7-2.2(2.4) mm 
wide, the margins sometimes ciliate, the hairs c. 0. 1-0.3 mm long; midrib entire, variably 
villous and with a few scale-like glandular hairs. Capitular bracts 2-4(c. 10); the majority 
of capitula with 2 concave bracts, (1.2)1.4-1.65(1.75) mm long, (0.35)0.5-0.75 mm wide, 
with ciliate margins, the hairs c. 0.1-0. 3 mm long, with a conspicuous glabrous or hairy 
midrib extending c. V^-Va the length of the bract, 1 or 2 flat bracts commonly occur 
within the concave bracts, the bracts 1-1.4 mm long, (c. 0.05)0.3-0.6(0.8) mm wide, with 
distinctly divided margins in the upper of the bract, the hairs c. 0.1-0.3 mm long, the 
midrib ± inconspicuous and sometimes with a few ^andular hairs at the base; a few 
basal capitula often with 6-10 concave and flat bracts arranged in ± 2 or 3 whorls, the 
bracts resembling those of the upper capitula. Florets (2)3-5(6) per capitulum; corolla 3, 4 
or 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to a thickened base, c. 0.6-0.7 mm long, 
c. 0.2-0.35 mm diam., often with a few glandular hairs along the tube; anthers 3, 4 or 5, 
each with c. 15-40 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.4 mm long, 0.35 mm diam., 
purplish. Pappus absent. Figs: 9; lOg-h; 11. 
Chromosome no.: n = c. 12. 
Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): 
South-west of Western Australia. Apparently confined to salt lakes of the Avon 
drainage system. Locally common. 
Ecology: 
Grows in saline sandy soils on the margins of salt lakes. Commonly associated with 
Melaleuca and Halosarcia spp. 
Notes: 
1. The specific epithet alludes to the many-flowered capitula in this species. Other 
inbreeding species, and usually the outbreeding C. pusilla as well, have fewer florets per 
capitulum. 
2. The number and arrangement of capitular bracts is variable within any single 
compound head. In some compound heads examined there appears to be a trend from 
c. 6-10 bracts per capitulum at the base of the heads to 2 bracts per capitulum toward the 
apex. The majority of capitula have 2 distinctly concave bracts within which 1 or 2 
tother flat bracts may occur. When 2 inner bracts occur there is often a distinct 
difference in size and it is common to see bracts no more than 4 or 5 cells wide. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Chinnock4364, Western edge of Lake King, 12.xi.l978 (AD, PERTH); Keighery 
1337, W’n edge of Lake King, 8.x. 1974 (KP); Short 1046, c. 4.6 km E. of Meckering in East Branch of 
Mortlock River, 20. xi. 1979 (AD). 
3. Chrysocoryne dnimmondii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (1851). 
Type: ‘‘Swan River, Drummond”. Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 16, Swan 
River, s. dat. (K). Syntypes or Possible Isolectotypes: K, MEL 541601, MEL 84756 
(see note 1 below). 
Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 130 
(1855); F. Muell., Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8:149 (1856). — Angianthus tenellus 
(F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st. ed. 646 (1929), 
2nd. ed. 925 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. 
Wildfls 813 (1975). — Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 
(1891). — Siloxerus tenellus Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. DanskeVidensk. 
Selsk. 3:138 (1921), nom. illeg. Type: “In flats subject to inundations by winter rains, 
between the Long Lake and the Fountain, on Spencer’s Gulf. C. Wilhelmi.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Wilhelmi s.n., between the Fountain & Long Lake, s. dat. (K). 
Probable Isolectotype or Syntype: MEL 541620 (see note 2 below). 
[Crossolepis pusilla auct. non Benth.: Hook., Ic. PI. 5: t. 413 (1841) (see note under 
generic treatment of Chrysocoryne),] 

Page image

816292 Styloncerus tenellus Muelleria 5(3)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(3)".

885867 Styloncerus tomentosus Muelleria 5(2): 164
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459827
Page is part of the work A revision of Angianthus Wendl., sensu lato (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), 1, doi:10.5962/p.238385

Page text

164 
Annual herb, 6-14(16) cm high. Major axes erect or ascending, glabrous or slightly 
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves 
alternate, succulent and cylindrical when fresh, 0.4-1.6(3) cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, not 
mucronate but sometimes the upper ones with a hyaline appendage at the apex, all leaves 
± glabrous. Compound heads narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid, 1-2. 5(3.4) cm long, 
0.4-0. 6 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads not forming a conspicuous 
involucre but several leaf-like, hairy bracts with hyaline apices present, grading into 
capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle cylindrical to narrowly oblong. Capitula 
c. 100-500 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2, ?3), if more than one 
then the extra one(s) abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ovate or ± oblong, 
1.8-2. 5 mm long, 1-1.6 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex. 
Capitular bracts with the two concave ones 1.6-2. 3 mm long, the midrib glabrous or 
variably hairy toward the apex; flat bracts 2, ± elliptic or obovate, gradually tapering 
towards the base, 1.6-2. 2 mm long, 0.7-1. 2 mm wide, the midrib ^abrous or variably 
hairy toward the apex. Floret 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to the 
base, 1.1-1. 5 mm long, c. 0.4 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0. 5-0.8 mm long, 
c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. Pappus cup-shaped, variably jagged, sometimes appearing 
to be composed of c. 5 scales joined at the base, 0. 2-0.4 mm high. Figs.: 3a, c; 5. 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Upper Eyre Peninsula, South Australia between latitudes 31°S and 33°S and 
longitudes 135°E and 138°E. Moderately common. 
Ecology: 
Commonly grows on the margins of saline depressions where usually associated 
with species of Halosarcia, Atriplex and Aizoon, but also occurs on coastal sand-dunes. 
Also recorded in an Acacia linophylla association on red sand dunes. 
Notes: 
1. The specific epithet refers to the more or less glabrous nature of the species. This 
characteristic readily distinguishes it from perhaps its closest relatives. A, brachypappus 
and A. tomentosus. 
Selected Specimens Examined (6/14): 
South Australia — Chinnock 2618, 30 km W. of Kingoonya on the Tarcoola road, 27.ix.1975 (AD); 
Eichler 18817, SW. end of Pernatty Lagoon, 22.X.1966 (AD); Higginson s.n.. Port Augusta, 1955 (ACB); Lay 
547, Kenella Rocks, Wilgena Station, 1.x. 1971 (AD); Short 793, c. 26.7 km S. of Hiltaba homestead, 
25.ix.1978 (AD); Specht & Carrodus 96, 40 miles N. of Nonning homestead, 16.xi.l958 (AD). 
5. Angianthus tomentosus Wendl., Collect. PI. 2:32; t.48 (71808); Brown, Trans. Linn. 
Soc. London 12:103 (1817); Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 14:483 (1819); DC, Prod, 6:150 (1838); 
Sond., Linnaea 25:487 (1853); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:562 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 
1st ed. 644 (1926), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:729 (1973); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 811 (1975). — Styloncerus tomentosus (Wendl.) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus tomentosus (Wendl.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. 
Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:137 (1921). Type: “Botany Bay”. Lectotype (here 
designated): GOET (ex herb. Wendl., Herrenhausen; photograph only seen). Probable 
isoLECTOTYPEs: GOET (ex herb. Bartling; photograph only seen), MEL 543^5 (ex herb. 
Steetz), (see note 2 below). 
Cassinia aurea R. Br. in W. T. Aiton, Hort. Kewensis 2nd ed. 5:184 (1813); Spreng., 
Syst. Veg. 16th ed. 426 (1826). Type: “Nat. of the South coast of New Holland. Robert 
Brown, Esq. Introd. 1803, by Mr. Peter Good”. Type specimen: Brown s.n.. Bay IV, 
South Coast, s. dat. (K), (see note 3 below). 
Cylindrosorus flavescens Benth., Enum. PI. Hueg. 62 (1837). — Angianthus 
flavescens (Benth.) Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:438 (1845). Type: “Swan River 
(Hugel)”. Lectotype (here designated): Hugels.n., Swan River, s. dat. (K, herb. Benth.). 
Isolectotype: W. Probable isolectotype: MEL 84773 (see note 4 below). 

Page image

891122 Trithuria bibracteata Muelleria 5(2): 123
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459868
Page is part of the work Two Western Australian Hydatellaceae, doi:10.5962/p.198524

Page text

TWO WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HYDATELLACEAE 
by 
D. A. Cooke* 
ABSTRACT 
Trithuria bibracteata and Hydatelta dioica, two species from Western Australia previously lacking valid 
names, are described. 
INTRODUCTION 
In 1903, material of two species of Hydatellaceae collected by W. V. Fitzgerald in 
seasonal swamps at Midland Junction near Perth was sent to the Royal Botanic Gardens, 
Kew, for identification. The names Trithuria bibracteata and T macranthera were 
assigned to these species by O. Stapf but never published by him. They have passed into 
literature as nomina nuda. As an account of the family is being prepared for the Flora of 
Australia, this opportunity is taken to publish valid names for the two species. 
DESCRIPTIONS 
IVithuria bibracteata Stapf ex D. A. Cooke, sp. nov. 
Taxonomic Synonym: T. bibracteata Stapf ex W. V. Fitzgerald in J. W. Aust. Nat. 
Hist. Soc. 2(1):36 (1904) nomen nudum; Blackall & Grieve 1:58 (1954), sans 
descr. Lat. 
Herba annua perpusilla rubescens caespituli foliosi ad 1 cm diametro formans. Caulis brevissimus 
pilibus numerosis usque ad 2 mm longis. Folio basalia linearia 5-6 mm longa usque ad 0.4 mm 
lata glabra, basibus subhyalinis parce dilatis, nervis mediis inconspicuis, apicibus acutis. Scapi 
absentes. Capitula numerosa sessilia unumquidque bracteis 2 involucratum, flosculis masculis 
1-2, flosculis foeminis 6-10. Bracteae lanceolatae 2-3 mm longae subhyalinae, basibus dilatis ad c. 
1.2 mm latis vaginantibus. Stamen filamento usque ad 2.5 mm longo, anthero oblong-elliptico 
0.4-0.6 mm longo c. 0.15 mm lato. Ovarium breviter stipitatum, ovoideum c. 0.3 mm longum, 
pilis stigmaticis 2-5 c . 2 mm longis terminalibus caducis. Fructus in stipite fragili usque ad 0.4 mm 
longo, ovoid-trigonus c. 0.5 mm longus, superficiebus 3 delicatis pallidis inter costas vasculares 3 
aeque dispositas, semen liberandum fatiscens. Semen ovoideum 0.4-0.5 mm longum; testa 
brunnea retifoveata. (Descriptio typi.) 
Very small annual herb, becoming red-tinted, forming leafy tufts to 1 cm in 
diameter. Stem very short, with numerous hairs up to 2 mm long. Leaves basal, linear, 
5-6 mm long and up to 0.4 mm wide, glabrous with slightly dilated subhyaline bases, 
faint midvdns and acute apices. Scapes absent. Heads numerous, sessile, each with an 
involucre of 2 bracts, 1-2 male florets and 6-10 female florets. Bracts lanceolate, 2-3 mm 
long, subhyaline, with sheathing bases dilated to c. 1.2 mm wide. Stamen with filament 
up to 2.5 mm long, anther oblong-elliptic 0.4-0. 6 mm long and c. 0.15 mm wide. Ovary 
shortly stipitate, ovoid, c. 0.3 mm long, with 2-5 caducous terminal stigmatic hairs c. 
2 mm long. Fruit on a fragile pedicel up to 0.4 mm long, ovoid-trigonous, c. 0.5 mm 
long, with 3 pale delicate panels between 3 equally spaced ribs containing vascular 
bundles, disintegrating to release the seed. Seed ovoid, 0.4-0. 6 mm long; testa brown, 
reticulate-foveate. 
Type Collection: 
Boyanup, 15.x. 1947, R. D. Royce 2265 i}\o\o\ PERTH) 
Selected Specimens Examined (total 8): 
Perup River, E. of Manjimup, x.1948, H. Butler s.n. (PERTH); Midland Junction, ix.l901, W. V. 
Fitzgerald s.n. (PERTH); Midland Junction, x.1903, W. V, Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW 148478, PERTH). 
*9/51 Marne Street, South Yarra, Victoria 3141. 
Muelleria 5(2): 123-125 (1983). 
123 

Page image

509087 Trithuria bibracteata Muelleria 5(2): 123
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459868
Page is part of the work Two Western Australian Hydatellaceae, doi:10.5962/p.198524

Page text

TWO WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HYDATELLACEAE 
by 
D. A. Cooke* 
ABSTRACT 
Trithuria bibracteata and Hydatelta dioica, two species from Western Australia previously lacking valid 
names, are described. 
INTRODUCTION 
In 1903, material of two species of Hydatellaceae collected by W. V. Fitzgerald in 
seasonal swamps at Midland Junction near Perth was sent to the Royal Botanic Gardens, 
Kew, for identification. The names Trithuria bibracteata and T macranthera were 
assigned to these species by O. Stapf but never published by him. They have passed into 
literature as nomina nuda. As an account of the family is being prepared for the Flora of 
Australia, this opportunity is taken to publish valid names for the two species. 
DESCRIPTIONS 
IVithuria bibracteata Stapf ex D. A. Cooke, sp. nov. 
Taxonomic Synonym: T. bibracteata Stapf ex W. V. Fitzgerald in J. W. Aust. Nat. 
Hist. Soc. 2(1):36 (1904) nomen nudum; Blackall & Grieve 1:58 (1954), sans 
descr. Lat. 
Herba annua perpusilla rubescens caespituli foliosi ad 1 cm diametro formans. Caulis brevissimus 
pilibus numerosis usque ad 2 mm longis. Folio basalia linearia 5-6 mm longa usque ad 0.4 mm 
lata glabra, basibus subhyalinis parce dilatis, nervis mediis inconspicuis, apicibus acutis. Scapi 
absentes. Capitula numerosa sessilia unumquidque bracteis 2 involucratum, flosculis masculis 
1-2, flosculis foeminis 6-10. Bracteae lanceolatae 2-3 mm longae subhyalinae, basibus dilatis ad c. 
1.2 mm latis vaginantibus. Stamen filamento usque ad 2.5 mm longo, anthero oblong-elliptico 
0.4-0.6 mm longo c. 0.15 mm lato. Ovarium breviter stipitatum, ovoideum c. 0.3 mm longum, 
pilis stigmaticis 2-5 c . 2 mm longis terminalibus caducis. Fructus in stipite fragili usque ad 0.4 mm 
longo, ovoid-trigonus c. 0.5 mm longus, superficiebus 3 delicatis pallidis inter costas vasculares 3 
aeque dispositas, semen liberandum fatiscens. Semen ovoideum 0.4-0.5 mm longum; testa 
brunnea retifoveata. (Descriptio typi.) 
Very small annual herb, becoming red-tinted, forming leafy tufts to 1 cm in 
diameter. Stem very short, with numerous hairs up to 2 mm long. Leaves basal, linear, 
5-6 mm long and up to 0.4 mm wide, glabrous with slightly dilated subhyaline bases, 
faint midvdns and acute apices. Scapes absent. Heads numerous, sessile, each with an 
involucre of 2 bracts, 1-2 male florets and 6-10 female florets. Bracts lanceolate, 2-3 mm 
long, subhyaline, with sheathing bases dilated to c. 1.2 mm wide. Stamen with filament 
up to 2.5 mm long, anther oblong-elliptic 0.4-0. 6 mm long and c. 0.15 mm wide. Ovary 
shortly stipitate, ovoid, c. 0.3 mm long, with 2-5 caducous terminal stigmatic hairs c. 
2 mm long. Fruit on a fragile pedicel up to 0.4 mm long, ovoid-trigonous, c. 0.5 mm 
long, with 3 pale delicate panels between 3 equally spaced ribs containing vascular 
bundles, disintegrating to release the seed. Seed ovoid, 0.4-0. 6 mm long; testa brown, 
reticulate-foveate. 
Type Collection: 
Boyanup, 15.x. 1947, R. D. Royce 2265 i}\o\o\ PERTH) 
Selected Specimens Examined (total 8): 
Perup River, E. of Manjimup, x.1948, H. Butler s.n. (PERTH); Midland Junction, ix.l901, W. V. 
Fitzgerald s.n. (PERTH); Midland Junction, x.1903, W. V, Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW 148478, PERTH). 
*9/51 Marne Street, South Yarra, Victoria 3141. 
Muelleria 5(2): 123-125 (1983). 
123 

Page image

891121 Trithuria bibracteata Muelleria 5(2): 123
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51459868
Page is part of the work Two Western Australian Hydatellaceae, doi:10.5962/p.198524

Page text

TWO WESTERN AUSTRALIAN HYDATELLACEAE 
by 
D. A. Cooke* 
ABSTRACT 
Trithuria bibracteata and Hydatelta dioica, two species from Western Australia previously lacking valid 
names, are described. 
INTRODUCTION 
In 1903, material of two species of Hydatellaceae collected by W. V. Fitzgerald in 
seasonal swamps at Midland Junction near Perth was sent to the Royal Botanic Gardens, 
Kew, for identification. The names Trithuria bibracteata and T macranthera were 
assigned to these species by O. Stapf but never published by him. They have passed into 
literature as nomina nuda. As an account of the family is being prepared for the Flora of 
Australia, this opportunity is taken to publish valid names for the two species. 
DESCRIPTIONS 
IVithuria bibracteata Stapf ex D. A. Cooke, sp. nov. 
Taxonomic Synonym: T. bibracteata Stapf ex W. V. Fitzgerald in J. W. Aust. Nat. 
Hist. Soc. 2(1):36 (1904) nomen nudum; Blackall & Grieve 1:58 (1954), sans 
descr. Lat. 
Herba annua perpusilla rubescens caespituli foliosi ad 1 cm diametro formans. Caulis brevissimus 
pilibus numerosis usque ad 2 mm longis. Folio basalia linearia 5-6 mm longa usque ad 0.4 mm 
lata glabra, basibus subhyalinis parce dilatis, nervis mediis inconspicuis, apicibus acutis. Scapi 
absentes. Capitula numerosa sessilia unumquidque bracteis 2 involucratum, flosculis masculis 
1-2, flosculis foeminis 6-10. Bracteae lanceolatae 2-3 mm longae subhyalinae, basibus dilatis ad c. 
1.2 mm latis vaginantibus. Stamen filamento usque ad 2.5 mm longo, anthero oblong-elliptico 
0.4-0.6 mm longo c. 0.15 mm lato. Ovarium breviter stipitatum, ovoideum c. 0.3 mm longum, 
pilis stigmaticis 2-5 c . 2 mm longis terminalibus caducis. Fructus in stipite fragili usque ad 0.4 mm 
longo, ovoid-trigonus c. 0.5 mm longus, superficiebus 3 delicatis pallidis inter costas vasculares 3 
aeque dispositas, semen liberandum fatiscens. Semen ovoideum 0.4-0.5 mm longum; testa 
brunnea retifoveata. (Descriptio typi.) 
Very small annual herb, becoming red-tinted, forming leafy tufts to 1 cm in 
diameter. Stem very short, with numerous hairs up to 2 mm long. Leaves basal, linear, 
5-6 mm long and up to 0.4 mm wide, glabrous with slightly dilated subhyaline bases, 
faint midvdns and acute apices. Scapes absent. Heads numerous, sessile, each with an 
involucre of 2 bracts, 1-2 male florets and 6-10 female florets. Bracts lanceolate, 2-3 mm 
long, subhyaline, with sheathing bases dilated to c. 1.2 mm wide. Stamen with filament 
up to 2.5 mm long, anther oblong-elliptic 0.4-0. 6 mm long and c. 0.15 mm wide. Ovary 
shortly stipitate, ovoid, c. 0.3 mm long, with 2-5 caducous terminal stigmatic hairs c. 
2 mm long. Fruit on a fragile pedicel up to 0.4 mm long, ovoid-trigonous, c. 0.5 mm 
long, with 3 pale delicate panels between 3 equally spaced ribs containing vascular 
bundles, disintegrating to release the seed. Seed ovoid, 0.4-0. 6 mm long; testa brown, 
reticulate-foveate. 
Type Collection: 
Boyanup, 15.x. 1947, R. D. Royce 2265 i}\o\o\ PERTH) 
Selected Specimens Examined (total 8): 
Perup River, E. of Manjimup, x.1948, H. Butler s.n. (PERTH); Midland Junction, ix.l901, W. V. 
Fitzgerald s.n. (PERTH); Midland Junction, x.1903, W. V, Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW 148478, PERTH). 
*9/51 Marne Street, South Yarra, Victoria 3141. 
Muelleria 5(2): 123-125 (1983). 
123 

Page image

628693 Cladonia celata Muelleria 5(4): 271
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51998376
Page is part of the work Three new Australian lichens: Cladonia celata, C. praetermissa and C. wilsonii, doi:10.5962/p.237657

Page text

THREE NEW AUSTRALIAN LICHENS: CLADONIA CELATA, 
C. PRAETERMISSA AND C. WILSONII 
by 
AlanW. Archer* 
INTRODUCTION 
During the preparation of a preliminary key to the lichen genus Cladonia (Division 
Eumycota, Order Lecanorales, Family Cladoniaceae) in Australia, many specimens from 
various localities were found to differ significantly, both chemically and morphologically, 
from known species. These specimens were separated, on the basis of different 
morphology and chemistry, into three homogenous groups containing respectively 
fumarprotocetraric acid, atranorin and fumarprotocetraric acid, and atranorin and stictic 
acid, and are here differentiated and assigned to three new species. Acetone extracts from 
all specimens were examined by thin-layer chromatography, using the mobile phases 
described by Culberson (Culberson, 1972) and the separated compounds were detected 
with sulphuric acid (Culberson, 1972) and MBTH (Archer, 1978). 
TAXONOMY 
Cladonia celata A. W. Archer, sp. nov. 
Thallus primarius squamulis, 0.4-1 mm latis, 0.5-2 mm longis, supra cinereo-glaucescentibus, infra albis, 
nullis sorediis. Podetia ascendentia squamulis, corticata, 5-15 mm alta, initio simplicia, 
ramosescens irregulariter, denique fastigiata, vel formantes scyphos deformes prolificationibus 
marginalibus; pycnidiis terminalis fasciculatis. Apothecia et ascosporae non visa. Thallus K — ; KC — ; 
Pd +, rubescens; acidum fumarprotocetraricum continens. 
Primary thallus with small squamules, 0.4-1 mm wide, 0.5-2 mm long, rounded, 
inconspicuous, green above, white below. Podetia arising from the squamules, rough 
corticate, esorediate, esquamulose, 5-15 mm tall, at first simple then branching 
irregularly, finally fastigiately, or forming deformed scyphi with marginal proliferations 
in the form of smaller scyphi; podetia with terminal clusters of pale brown to brown 
pycnidia. Apothecia and ascospores not seen. Thallus K — ; KC — ; PD +, red; containing 
fumarprotocetraric acid. 
Type Collection: 
Australia, New South Wales, Tinderry Range, on soil by side of Captain’s Flat Rd., 
10 km E. of Michelago, 149° 15' E., 35° 44 ' S., alt. ca 1100 m, 15. xi. 1981, Archer 
1185 (Holotype: MEL 1036217; Isotype: H). 
Also Examined: 
New South Wales — 50 km E. of Glen Innes along Highway 38, alt. 1000 m, 1 8.viii. 1976, J. A. Elix 
2444; Kangarooby State Forest, 16 km S. of Gooloogong, alt. 450 m, 10. ix. 1980, J. A. Elix 8831; same 
location as type collection, 15. xi. 1981, Archer 1187 (Topotype: NSW). 
Discussion: 
Cladonia celata (Fig. 1) was found growing on soil in association with C. wilsonii 
(sp. nov., vide infra) and C, capitellata (Hook. & Tayl.) Hook, and is known only from 
three locations in New South Wales. C. celata is distinguished from all other Australian 
Cladonia species containing fumarprotocetaric acid by the rough corticate and esorediate 
podetia and the fastigiate or somewhat scyphose habit with terminal clusters of brown 
pycnidia. The morphology and chemistry of C. celata place it in the infra-generic group 
Cladonia , sub-group Cladonia, cf. subsection Thallostelides (Vain.) Matt. (Thomson, 
♦Division of Analytical Laboratories, P.O. Box 162, Lidcombe, N.S.W. 2141. 
Muelleria 5(4): 271-275 (1984). 
271 

Page image

628890 Cladonia praetermissa Muelleria 5(4): 273
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51998378
Page is part of the work Three new Australian lichens: Cladonia celata, C. praetermissa and C. wilsonii, doi:10.5962/p.237657

Page text

273 
1967), using the provisional nomenclature proposed in a recent infra-generic classification 
of Cladonia (Huovinen & Ahti, 1982). 
Cladonia praetermissa A. W. Archer, sp. nov. 
Thallus primarius squamulis, conspicuis et persistentibus, 6-10 mm longis, 2-5 mm latis, supra 
cinereo-glaucescentibus et interdum sorediis caducis podetiis, infra albis, marginibus squamularum 
crenatis vel subincisis. Podetia ascendentia squamulis, simplicia vel raro apicibus ramosis, subulatis 
vel subcylindricis, 5-15 mm alta (raro 20 mm), 0. 3-0.7 mm diam., base corticata, ecorticatescens 
et sorediis granularibus apicibus; interdum squamulis prope basem. Apothecia et ascosporae non 
visa. Thallus K +, flavidus; KC PD +, rubescens; atranorin et acidum fumarprotocetraricum 
continens. 
Primary thallus of conspicuous and persistent squamules, 6-10 mm long, 2-5 mm 
wide, above pale green, sometimes with soredia fallen from the podetia, below white, the 
margins crenate or somewhat incised. Podetia arising from the squamules, simple or 
rarely branching near the tip, subulate or somewhat cylindrical, 5-15 mm tall (rarely to 
20 mm), 0.3-0. 7 mm diam., corticate at the base and becoming ecorticate and granular 
sorediate to the tip; sometimes squamulose near the base. Apothecia and ascospores not 
seen. Thallus K + , weak yellow; KC — ; PD + , red; containing atranorin and 
fumarprotocetraric acid. 
Type Collection: 
Australia, New South Wales, Epping, near track by side of Devlin’s Creek, 151° 05' 
E., 33° 45' S., alt. ca 80 m, 18. vii. 1982, Archer 1376 (Holotype: MEL 1036220; Isotype: 
H, NSW). 
Also Examined: 
Western Australia — Mt. Barker, 50 km N. of Albany, 117° 40' E., 34° 35' S., alt. 300 m, 10.x. 1980. 
Archer 1467 (NSW). 
South Australia — 4 km W. of Carey Gulley, Mount Lofty Ranges, alt. 456 m, 21 .xii. 1976, J. A. Elix 
2845. 
Queensland — Coochiemudlo Island, 50 km E. of Brisbane, 153° 20 r E., 27° 34' S., alt. ca 10 m, 
9. v. 1982, Archer 1330A (MEL 1036221, NSW). 
New South Wales (selected specimens only, 5/13) — 0.5 km W. of Surf Beach, Batehaven, alt. 4 m, 
14. ix. 1975, J. A. Elix 1236; 3 km E. of Blackheath, alt. ca 800 m, 30. xii. 1980, Archer 1017 (NSW); Tinderry 
Range, 10 km E. of Michelago, alt. ca 1100 m, 15. xi. 1981, Archer 1222B (NSW); Mt. Kaputar, 150° 09' E., 
30° 17' S., alt. ca 1300 m, 13.x. 1981, Archer 1269 (NSW); Lane Cove River, near junction with Devlin’s 
Creek, 151° 06' E , 33° 46' S., alt. ca 60 m, 16.X.1982, Archer 1401 (Topotvpe: H, NSW). 
Norfolk Island — Mt. Pitt Reserve, 167° 56' E., 29° 04' S., alt. ca 130 m, coll. R. Goldsack, 25.xii.1981, 
Archer 1226 (NSW). 
Discussion: 
Cladonia praetermissa (Fig. 2) is a common but overlooked species growing on 
sandy soil in moist, semi-shaded positions. The chemistry is similar to that of the South 
American C. ceratophylla (Sw.) Spreng. but the new species is distinguished from C. 
ceratophylla by the absence of marginal rhizines on the basal squamules and the absence 
of isidioid, terete squamules on the podetia. Cladonia ceratophylla was reported to occur 
in New South Wales by Krempelhuber (Mueller, 1881) who examined specimens sent to 
him by F. Mueller in Melbourne. However, the specimen examined by Krempelhuber 
may have been C. praetermissa as C. ceratophylla is apparently endemic to South 
America. 
Cladonia praetermissa is separable from all other Australian Cladonia with granular 
sorediate podetia by the presence of atranorin, and is distinguished from all other 
Australian Cladonia containing atranorin and fumarprotocetraric acid by its short, simple, 
sorediate podetia in contrast to the scyphose podetia of C. conoidea Ahti, C. 
krempelhuberii (Vain.) Zahlbr. and C. subcervicornis (Vain.) Kemst. and the esorediate 
podetia of C. corymbescens Nyl. ex Leighton and C. ecmocyna Leighton. 
Cladonia praetermissa may be placed in the infra-generic group Cladonia , 
sub-group Foliosae (Huovinen & Ahti, 1982). 

Page image

629004 Cladonia wilsonii Muelleria 5(4): 274
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51998379
Page is part of the work Three new Australian lichens: Cladonia celata, C. praetermissa and C. wilsonii, doi:10.5962/p.237657

Page text

274 
Cladonia wilsonii A. W. Archer, sp. nov. 
Thallus primarius squamulis, persistentibus vel evanescentibus, 1-2 mm longis, 0. 5-1.0 mm latis, supra 
cinereo-glaucescentibus. infra albis, nullis sorediis. Podetia ascendentia squamulis, 10-25 mm alta, 
albida, nullis scyphis, ramosa, subfindescentia, cortice continuo subgranularescenti. Apothecia ad 
apices podetiorum, fusca, convexa, 0. 3-0.7 mm diam.; ascosporae 8 per ascum, incolores, 
simplices, ellipsoideae, 11-14 pm longae, 3-4 pm latae. Thallus K +, flavidus; KC Pd +, 
flavescens; atranorin et acidum sticticum continens. 
Primary thallus with squamules, persistent or evanescent, 1-2 mm long, 0.5-1 mm 
wide, green above, white below, esorediate. Podetia arising from the squamules, 
10-25 mm tall, whitish, lacking scyphi, branching and splitting; cortex continuous 
becoming somewhat granular, esorediate. Apothecia on the tips of the podetia, dark 
brown to reddish-brown, convex, 0. 3-0.7 mm diam., ascospores eight per ascus, 
colourless, simple, ellipsoid, 11-14 [im long, 3-4 [im wide. Thallus K + , weak yellow; 
KC — ; Pd + , yellow; containing atranorin and stictic acid. 
Type Collection: 
Australia, Australian Capital Territory, 35 km SSW. of Canberra, on soil by side of 
Corin Dam Rd., near Kangaroo Creek, alt. ca 1000 m, 2. v. 1982, Archer 1315C 
(Holotype: MEL 1036222; Isotype: H, NSW). 
Also Examined: 
Western Australia — 80 km N. of Albany, track to Toolbrunnup Peak, 118° 03' E., 34° 22' S., alt. ca 
750 m, 30. ix. 1980, Archer 948 (MEL 1036216, NSW). 
New South Wales — 10 km E. of Michelago, Tiriderry Range, 149° 15' E., 35° 44' S., alt. ca 1100 m, 
15. xi. 1981, Archer 1189B (MEL 1036218, NSW). 
Australian Capital Territory — Near Tidbinbilla River, 148° 25' E., 35° 27' S., alt. ca 850 m, 9.iv. 1982, 
Archer 1291A (NSW); Tidbinbilla, Fishing Gap Fire Trail, 148° 52' E., 36° 29' S., alt. ca 900 m, 9.iv.l982, 
Archer 1302A (NSW); Smoker’s Gap, Corin Dam Rd., alt. ca 1200 m, 2.V.1982, Archer 1318 (NSW). 
Tasmania — 14 km WSW. of Geeveston, 146° 46' E., 43° 12' S., alt. ca 800 m. 28. xi. 1982, Archer 1408 
(H, HO 59009, MEL 103621 1). 
Discussion: 
The species is named after F. R. M. Wilson (1832-1903), an early Australian 
lichenologist. Cladonia wilsonii (Fig. 3) is found growing on soil in semi-exposed 
positions, often in association with Cladonia diffissa (F.Wils.) F.Wils.; both species are 
usually found with abundant apothecia. The species is differentiated from the somewhat 
similar C. diffissa by the presence of stictic acid. In addition, it appears to be limited to 
altitudes above 700 m, whereas C. diffissa occurs both above and below 700 m. When 
examined by thin-layer chromatography, using solvent G (Culberson et al., 1981), C. 
wilsonii was found to contain traces of constictic, cryptostictic and norstictic acids in 
addition to the two major lichen compounds, atranorin and stictic acid. The chemistry and 
morphology of C. wilsonii place the species in the infra-generic group Helopodium 
(Huovinen & Ahti, 1982). 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
The author is grateful to J. A. Elix (Chemistry Department, Australian National 
University) for the opportunity to examine his specimens, and to the Director, Division of 
Analytical Laboratories, Department of Health, New South Wales, for permission to 
publish this paper. 
REFERENCES 
Archer, A. W. (1978). 3-Methyl-2-benzothiazolone hydrazone hydrochloride as a spray reagent for phenolic 
lichen pounds, s. J.Chromatogr. 152: 290-292. 
Culberson, C. F. (1972). Improved conditions and new data for the identification of lichen products by a 
standardised thin-layer chromatographic method. J.Chromatogr. 72: 113-125. 
Culberson, C. F., Culberson, W. L. & Johnson, A. (1981). A standardised TLC analysis of p-orcinol 
depsidones. The Bryologist 84: 16-29. 

Page image

550751 Drosera macrantha Muelleria 5(5): 349
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51998491
Page is part of the work Review of the infraspecific classification of Drosera macrantha Endl, doi:10.5962/p.237661

Page text

349 
Drosera macrantha Endl. in Endl. et al. Enum. pi. 6(1837)*; Lehm. PL Preiss. 
1:254(1845); Planchon. Ann. Sci. nat. (Bot.) ser. 3. 9:294(1848); Benth. FI. austral. 
2:468(1864); Diels. Pflanzenr. 26:118, figs 37F & 38A-D(1906): Blackall & Grieve. W. 
Austral, wildfl. 1:177(1954); Marchant & George, FI. Austral. 8:36-38. fig. 9(1982). 
Type: Hugel s.n.. ‘Perth ad Swan-River* (W n.w). 
D. planchonii J. D. Hook, ex Planchon, .Ann. Sci. nat. (Bot.) ser. 3. 9: 294< 1848); Hook. 
Comp. Bot. Mag. 1:274(1836) [as ‘D. menziesii’]; Icon. pi. 1: t. 53(1837) [as *D. 
menziesii’]; J. D. Hook. Bot. antarct. voy. 111. FI. Tasman. 1:29 & 30(1855); F. Muell. 
PI. Victoria 1:62(1860) [as *D. menziesii*]; Nat. pi. Victoria, part 1:55 & 56(1879) [as 
‘D. menziesii’]; Key Viet. pi. 1:133(1888) [as ‘D. menziesii’]; Diels. Pflanzenr. 
26:118(1906); Ewan* FI. Victona. 552. fig. 227(1931) [as ‘D. menziesii’]; Cunis, 
Student’s fl. Tasmania 1:186(1956); Black. FI. S. Austral. 2:390(1963); Willis, Handbk 
pi. Victoria 2:188(1973). — D. menziesii R.Br. var. albiftora Benth. Fl. austral. 
2:468(1864) [based on D. planchonii J. D. Hook, ex Planchon]. — D. macrantha Endl. 
ssp. planchonii (J. D. Hook. ex. Planchon) Marchant, Fl. Austral. 8:38 & 383(1982). 
Syntypes: Gunn 449 , ‘Swan Port’, Tasmania (HO. K n.w); Gunn 5. ‘Pon Phillip*, 
Victoria (K n.w); Witthaker [ Wittaker ] s.n., ‘Encounter bay’. South Australia (K n.w). 
D. macrantha Endl. var. burgesii Diels, Pflanzenr. 26:118(1906). — D. macrantha var 
minor Benth./?./?., Fl. austral. 2:468(1864). Type: Burges s.n., ‘Sudwest-Australien’ (?B 
71. V.). 
EXCLUDED INFRASPECIFIC TAXA 
D. macrantha Endl. var. minor Benth. p.p. = D. subhirtella Planchon [refer Marchant & 
George, l.c ., p. 34]. 
D. macrantha Endl. var. stricticaulis Diels = D. stricticaulis (Diels) O. Sarg. [refer 
Marchant & George, l.c., p. 38]. 
REFERENCES 
Ball, H. W. et al. (eds) (1962). II. Terminology of simple symmetrical plane shapes (chart 1). Taxon 
11:145-156. fig. 19. 
Curtis, W. M. (1956). ‘The student’s flora of Tasmania', pan 1 . pp. 183-186 (Government Printer : Tasmania). 
Diels, L. (1906). Droseraceae. In Engler, A. (ed.) ‘Das Pflanzenreich . . .’ Heft 26 (Wilhelm Engelmann : 
Berlin). 
Endlicher. S. L. (1837). Droseraceae. In Endlicher. S. L. et al. ‘Enumeratio plantarum . . .' (Fr. Beck : 
Vindobonae [Wien]). 
Marchant. N. G. & George. A. S. (1982). Drosera. In George, A. S. (exec, ed.) ‘Flora of Australia', vol. 8 
pp. 9-64, figs 3-17 (Austral. Govt Publ. Service : Canberra). 
Manuscript received 12 September 1983. 
♦Marchant & George (1982) incorrectly cited the prologue as Stirp. herb, hugel 6(1837). 

Page image

801985 Drosera macrantha planchonii Muelleria 5(5): 349
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51998491
Page is part of the work Review of the infraspecific classification of Drosera macrantha Endl, doi:10.5962/p.237661
801983 Drosera macrantha burgesii Muelleria 5(5): 349
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51998491
Page is part of the work Review of the infraspecific classification of Drosera macrantha Endl, doi:10.5962/p.237661
550954 Drosera menziesii albiflora Muelleria 5(5): 349
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51998491
Page is part of the work Review of the infraspecific classification of Drosera macrantha Endl, doi:10.5962/p.237661
660370 Gaimardia fairfaxii Muelleria 5(4): 246
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51998398
Page is part of the work The published works of Ferdinand J.H. Mueller (1825–1896). Supplement, doi:10.5962/p.237653

Page text

246 
96.10.06 
96.11.01 
96.14.04 
1929 
29.13.01 
[2 letters] In The late Baron von Mueller. Some interesting notes. Adelaide 
Observer : 43. [24 October] [see also 96.11.01] 
[2 letters] In The late Baron von Mueller. Garden & Field 22 : 139. [Novemberl 
[see also 96.10.06] 
& L. Rodway. [Description of Gaimardia fairfaxii] In L. Rodway. On a new 
Centrolepideae. Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1894-95 : 55, pi. [August] 
Diccionario de plantas uteis proprias para cultura, principalmente nas regioes 
extra-tropicais, com as indicagoes da patria de cada uma e de muitas das applicagoes que delas 
se podem fazer. (Portuguese translation by Dr. Julio Henriques) Second edition, illustrated with 
numerous engravings. (Gazeta das Aldeias : Porto), [see also 76.13.03, 80.13.07, 81 13 10 
83.13.06, 84.13.22, 85.13.26, 87.14.06, 88.13.02, 91.13.10, 95.13.02, 05.13.01] 
ABBREVIATIONS OF THE TITLES OF PERIODICALS 
Arch. Pharm. ( Hannover ) Archiv der Pharmacie. Eine Zeitschrift des allgemeinen deutschen 
Apotheker-Vereins. Abtheilung Norddeutschland. Hannover. 
S. Austral. Naturalist South Australian Naturalist, Adelaide. 
SUPPLEMENTARY INDEX TO THE NEW TAXA, NEW COMBINATIONS AND 
NEW NAMES PUBLISHED BY MUELLER 
RECENT PLANTS 
ALGAE 
Caulerpa 
*novo-ebudarum 81.14.01, 14 
MUSCI 
Phragmicoma 
*eavesiana 81.13.12, 63 
*thozetiana 81.13.12, 63 
Radula 
gottscheana 8 1 . 1 3 . 1 2 , 62 
Trianthema 
humillima 76.07.01 , 72: transfer to MUSCI from 
ANGIOSPERMAE, AIZOACEAE 
PTERIDOPH YT A 
DICKSONIACEAE 
Dicksonia 
billardieri 80.13.07, 99 
GYMNOSPERMAE 
ARAUCARIACEAE 
Dammara 
*robusta 60. 10.01 , 174 
CYCADACEAE 
Cycas 
seemannii 82.08.02, 34: delete — the author was 
A. Braun, notF. Mueller 
PODOCARPACEAE 
Nagaeia 
macrophylla 83.13.06, 245 
ANGIOSPERMAE 
AGAVACEAE 
Cordyline 
forsteri 72.12.01, 713; 72. 13.02, 286 
AIZOACEAE 
Trianthema 
humillima 76.07.01 , 72: transfer from 
ANGIOSPERMAE to MUSCI 
AMARANTHACEAE 
Ptilotus 
axillaris 81.03.02, 7 
APOCYNACEAE 
Vahea 
florida 80.13.07,344 
owariensis 80.13.07, 344 
BURMANNIACEAE 
Thismia 
clandestina 91.13.06, 235 
clavigera 91.13.06, 235 
episcopalis 91.13.06, 235 
CELASTRACEAE 
Maytenus 
' boarii 80.13.07, 179 
CENTROLEPIDACEAE 
Gaimardia 
*fairfaxii 96. 14.04, 55 
CHENOPODIACEAE 
Atriplex 
conduplicata 86. 1 1 .02, 429: correct this 
reference number to 86. 1 1 .01 , 429 
halimoides var. deplanata 81 .03.02, 7 
Bassia 
maclayana 86. 13.25, 357 
Salicomia 
cinerea 68. 13.01, 251: add [page number] 271 
Sclerolaena 
biflora var. cephalocarpa 73.04.02, 38 
COMPOSITAE 
Hypochaeris 
scorzonerae 72.13.02,311 

Page image

473293 Geniostoma petiolosum Muelleria 5(4): 263
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51998368
Page is part of the work Lectotypification of Geniostoma petiolosum (Loganiaceae), doi:10.5962/p.237655

Page text

LECTOTYPIFICATION OF GENIOSTOMA PETIOLOSUM (LOGANIACEAE) 
by 
Barry J. Conn* 
ABSTRACT 
The upper specimen of MEL 640125 (Moore 47) is here chosen as the lectotype of Geniostoma petiolosum 
C. Moore & F. Muell. and the authorship of this species is discussed. 
INTRODUCTION 
In my revision of Geniostoma (Conn 1980) I discussed the two syntypes of 
Geniostoma petiolosum (viz. C. Moore 38 and 47). Since Moore was the Director 
(1848-1896) of the botanical gardens [now Royal Botanic Gardens] at Sydney (Stafleu & 
Cowan 1981)1 expected to find the syntypes at NSW. However, they were not found prior 
to publication of my revision and were presumed to have been mis-placed (Conn 1980, 
p. 344). Since then, a thorough search of the NSW collections has failed to locate these 
specimens. Subsequently, Dr R. Hoogland (in litt.) informed me that Tn many cases 
Moore did not retain specimens in Sydney [NSW]’ of the collections he had made from 
Lord Howe Island. Furthermore, many collections prior to the 1920’s with NSW labels 
(not only from Lord Howe Island) can be found at other herbaria (e.g. A, BM, G, K. L, 
MEI , NY, P, UC, W, Z) without a duplicate specimen at NSW. Therefore, it is assumed 
that NSW does not have duplicates of the syntypes of G. petiolosum. However, specimens 
of Moore 38 & 47 have been located at K and MEL (Conn 1980). 
LECTOTYPIFICATION 
Moore 38 is a sterile collection whereas Moore 47 is a fruiting one. In the 
protologue, Moore and Mueller (in Mueller 1869, p. 28) describe the fruit and clearly 
state that they did not have flowering material (‘Fructus 4-5"' longi’. ‘Corolla et genitalia 
ignota’). Moore 47 is in close agreement with the protologue and so the upper specimen of 
the MEL sheet of this collection is here chosen as the lectotype of G. petiolosum C. Moore 
& F. Muell. 
Geniostoma petiolosum C. Moore & F. Muell., in F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 
7:28 (1869); F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 9:193 (1875); Val., Bull. Jard. Bot. 
Buitenzorg 12:16 & 18 (1902); Conn, Blumea 26:343 & 344, Figs. 19F-J (1980). Type: 
Tn insula Lord Howe’s Island; C. Moore’. Lectotype (here chosen): C. Moore 47, s. dat. 
[-.vii. 1869t (Anonymous 1958)], ‘Hab. Howe’s Island. Large shrub, 10 to 15 feet’ (MEL 
640125 pp., upper specimen). Isolectotype: (K; MEL 640125 pp., lower specimen). 
Other Syntypes: C. Moore 38, s. dat. [-.vii.l869t], ‘Hab. Howe’s Island. Small shrub of 
4 to 6 feet’ (K; MEL 640126). 
DISCUSSION OF AUTHORSHIP 
F. Mueller described several species based on C. Moore’s Lord Howe Island 
collections and a number of species were published under joint authorship. Hoogland (in 
litt.) suggests that the descriptions were all by Mueller only. He also suggests that Mueller 
included C. Moore as a joint author, in appreciation of Moore’s collections on which the 
♦National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria 3141. 
tThe collection date of Moore 38 & 47 was incorrectly cited (typographical error) as ‘-.xii. 1869’ in Conn (1980 
p. 343). 
Muelleria 5(4): 263-264 (1984). 
263 

Page image

525533 Nymphoides elliptica Muelleria 5(4): 268, fig. 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51998373
Page is part of the work Nymphoides triangularis and N. elliptica (Menyanthaceae): two new Australian species, doi:10.5962/p.237656

Page text

268 
elliptica although not confined to them. The two species may be similar at first sight but 
N. triangularis differs in its smaller, more numerous, differently sculptured seeds, its 
deeply laciniate rather than ± entire corolla lobes, its longer slender style and ± elliptic 
rather than deltoid stigmas of the long-styled flowers and in the ± triangular rather than 
elliptic outline of the most typical leaf blades. The comparatively long and narrow corolla 
tube of N. triangularis may prove to be another distinctive feature. 
Both N. triangularis and N. elliptica have long-styled flowers and also flowers which 
appear mid-styled, the anthers of the latter being held from very slightly above to very 
slightly below the level of the stigmas; no definitely short-styled flowers have been found 
but this may be due to insufficient collections or observations. 
The epithet triangularis refers to the most characteristic outline of the leaf blades. 
Nymphoides elliptica H I. Aston, sp. nov. 
Nymphnides sp. nov. “C”, Aston in iitt. 
Plantae annuae. Laminae foliorum (15-) 30-85 x (10-) 20-60 mm, anguste usque late ellipticae vel 
ovato-ellipticae, singulae sinu basali profundo acuto. Inflorescentia fasciculum densum 
pedicellorum formans, a folio singulari subtenta; petiolus follii subtendentis plerumque laminam 
aequans vel longior. Flores heterostyli, (4)5-partiti. Corolla 14-25 mm diametro, alba vel pallide 
rosea vel pallide malvino-rosea, fauce flava; lobi duabus alis latis lateralibus praediti (alae integrae 
nisi crenulae vel dentes ad apicem vel apicem versus), et proxime super basin fimbriis conspicuis 
transvcrsis papillarum tenuium omati; tubus fasciculo pilorum subtilium pluriramantium instructus 
(pili 0.8-1. 3 mm longi, secundum lineam mediam quisque inter bases filamentomm). Stylus florum 
longistylium c. 1.5-2. 5 mm longus. Stigma florum longistylium latum, deltoideum usque 
rhomboideum. Capsula ellipsoidea usque late ellipsoidea. Semina 5-15 per capsulam, pacnc 
globosa sed parce usque moderatim lateraliter compressa, 1-1.3 (-1.5) x 1-1.3 x 0.85-1.1 mm, 
maturitate atrofusca, omnino foveolata, rugis reticulatis inter foveolas (foveolae atque rugae 
tuberculis brevibus tenuibus obtusis omnino dense velatae); caruncula basalis, rotunda, pallida, 
crassa, conspicua. 
Ob petiolum longum folii peculiaris (quod inflorescentiam subtendit) et ob pilos longos subtiles 
ramificatos N. triangularis similis, sed abilli specie differt: seminum numero sculpturaque, loborum 
corollae figura, styli longitudine et stigmatis forma in floribus longistylosis, atque laminae typicae 
foliorum forma. 
Apparently annual. Petiole-like stems few to many, arising from the plant base, 
slender, flexuose, 8 cm (plants on mud) to 79 cm (plants in water) long x 1 .5 mm or less 
diam.; true petiole conspicuous, (1-) 2.5-14 cm long, usually as long as or longer than the 
blade, equal in width to the stem and like it often maroon-purple. Leaf blade obtuse, 
entire, narrow- to broad-elliptic or ovate-elliptic in outline, with a pronounced, acute, 
basal sinus; sinus 30-45 (-50)% of total blade length, of (2°-) 20° -40° (-50°) angle and 
sometimes with the proximal portions of the obtuse basal lobes overlapping by up to 10°; 
blade (15-) 30-85 x (10-) 20-60 mm, widest at or slightly above (rarely below) the petiole 
insertion, green above, sometimes purplish beneath, not spongy. Juvenile leaves basal, 
submerged, very thin-textured; blades ovale to deltoid, 10-22 mm long; petioles flattened, 
10-26 mm long. Inflorescence as for the “indica group”, the pedicels subtended by acute 
bracts 1-6 mm long. Pedicels (7-) 10-22, noticeably distanced from the subtending leaf 
blade by the conspicuous petiole, very slender, (15-) 35-85 x < 0.5-1 mm, usually pale to 
deep maroon-purple. Flowers (4)5-partite. Calyx lobes linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, 
acute to obtuse, greenish or purplish with narrow translucent margins, sometimes 
outcurved at the apex in fruit, (3.5-) 4-6.5 mm long. Corolla 14-25 mm span, c. 2.5 
times as long as the calyx, white or white tinged with very pale pink or mauve-pink, the 
tinge deeper on the external surface of the mid-section of the lobes; tube yellow. 
Corolla-lobe broad-elliptic-oblong to obovate; mid-section glabrous except for a 
transverse fringe consisting of a single row of fine papillae c. 1-1.5 (-2) mm long just 
above its base; side-wings broad, undulate, entire except for small crenations or teeth at 
the apex or along the distal third or half. Corolla tube usually a little < calyx; tube 
“papillae” consisting of a conspicuous cluster of fine, sessile, several-branched hairs 
O. 8-1 .3 mm long. Stamens with filaments c. 0.2-0. 3 and 0.7-0. 9 mm long in long-styled 
and mid-styled flowers respectively; anthers broad-linear, 2.5-4 times as long as broad, 
0.9-1. 7 mm long. Gynoecium (long-styled flower) c. 6-8 mm long; ovary ± 
ellipsoid-conical, gradually tapered into the style; placentas 2, from minute to one-third or 

Page image

616718 Nymphoides sp. nov. "C" Muelleria 5(4): 268
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51998373
Page is part of the work Nymphoides triangularis and N. elliptica (Menyanthaceae): two new Australian species, doi:10.5962/p.237656
616724 Nymphoides sp. nov. "E" Muelleria 5(4): 265
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51998370
Page is part of the work Nymphoides triangularis and N. elliptica (Menyanthaceae): two new Australian species, doi:10.5962/p.237656
525978 Nymphoides triangularis Muelleria 5(4): 265, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51998370
Page is part of the work Nymphoides triangularis and N. elliptica (Menyanthaceae): two new Australian species, doi:10.5962/p.237656

Page text

NYMPHOIDES TRIANGULARIS AND N. ELLIPTICA (MENYANTHACEAE): 
TWO NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES 
by 
Helen I. Aston* 
ABSTRACT 
Two new species of Nymphoides Seguier, N. triangularis and N. elliptica, are described and illustrated and 
notes on distribution, habitat and diagnostic features are provided. Both species are from Cape York Peninsula, 
Queensland, Australia. 
TAXONOMY 
This paper is the second precursor to a revision of Nymphoides Seguier in Australia. 
The previous paper, describing five new species, appeared in Muelleria 5(1):35— 5 1 
(1982). With two slight modifications concerning style type and corolla tube length, the 
common characters given on page 35 of that paper also apply to N. triangularis and N. 
elliptica. Both species belong in the “indica group 1 ’ defined on the same page. 
Nymphoides triangularis H. I. Aston, sp. nov. 
Nymphoides sp. nov. “E”, Aston in litt. 
Plantae annuae. Laminae foliorum (13-) 30-65 x (12-) 17-50 mm, ovatae usque anguste vel late 
triangulares, singulae sinu basali profundo acuto; lobi et apex obtusi. Inflorescentia fasciculum 
densum pedicellorum formans, a folio singulari subtenta; petiolus folii subtendentis plerumque 
laminam aequans vel Iongior. Flores heterostyli, (4)5(6)-partiti. Corolla 14-26 mm diametro, alba 
vel pallide rosea vel pallide malvino-rosea, fauce flavo; lobi duabus alis latis lateralibus profunde 
Iaciniatis praediti (alis ab apice paene usque basin extendentibus) et proxime super basin fimbriis 
conspicuis transversis papillarum tenuium omati; tubus fasciculo pilorum subtilium pluriraijiantium 
instructus (pili 1-2.5 mm longi, secundum lineam mediam quisque inter bases filamentorum). 
Stylus florum longistylium c. (3. 1-) 4.3-5 .8 mm longus. Stigma florum longistylium ± ellipticum. 
Capsula anguste usque late ellipsoidea. Semina 23-63 per capsulam, paene globosa sed parce usque 
moderatim lateraliter compressa, 0.45-0.70 x 0.45-0.65 x 0 25-0.55 mm, maturitate atrofusca, 
tuberculis obtusis brevissimis velata (vel tubercula juxta margines seminis solum occurrentes); 
caruncula basalis, rotunda, pallida, crassa, conspicua. 
Ob petiolum longum folii peculiaris (quod inflorescentiam subtendit) et ob pilos longos subtiles 
ramificatos N. ellipticae similis, sed abilli specie differt: seminum numero sculpturaque, loborum 
corollae Figura, styli longitudine et stigmatis forma in floribus longistylosis, atque laminae typicae 
foliorum forma. 
Apparently annual. Petiole-like stems few to many, arising from the plant base, 
slender, flexuose, 3 cm (plants on mud) to 40 cm (plants in water) long x 1 mm or less 
diam.; true petiole conspicuous, (0.5-) 1 .75-7 cm long, usually as long as or longer than 
the blade, equal in width to the stem and like it often deep maroon-purple. Leaf blade 
obtuse, entire, ± ovate to narrow- or broad-triangular in outline, with a pronounced, 
usually acute, basal sinus; sinus (20-) 30-45 (-50)% of total blade length, of (20°-) 35°-75° 
(-90°) angle; basal lobes obtuse; blade (13-) 30-65 x (12-) 17-50 mm, usually widest 
across the basal lobes close to their extremities, sometimes widest close to the petiole 
insertion, green above, sometimes purplish beneath, not spongy. Inflorescence as for the 
“indica group”, the pedicels subtended by acute bracts 1-4 mm long and clustered on a 
rachis which is at first not pronounced but which may develop into a conspicuous 
projection 5-10 mm long x 2-2.5 mm wide with the older fruited pedicels fallen from its 
proximal portion. Pedicels (5-) 15-25 simultaneously present, noticeably distanced from 
the subtending leaf blade by the conspicuous petiole, very slender, (10-) 35-75 x <0.5 
(-0.75) mm, usually pale to deep maroon-purple. Flowers (4)5(6)-partite. Calyx lobes 
lanceolate to narrow-ovate, acute, greenish or purplish with narrow translucent margins, 
^National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria 3141. 
Muelleria 5(4): 265-270 (1984). 
265 

Page image

490483 Ptilotus aristatus eichlerianus Muelleria 5(4): 259-260, Fig. 6

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(4): 259-260, Fig. 6".

490497 Ptilotus aristatus exilis Muelleria 5(4): 258-259, Fig. 6

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(4): 258-259, Fig. 6".

491159 Ptilotus comatus Muelleria 5(4): 249, 252-255, Figs 2b, 3, 4b
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51998395
Page is part of the work New taxa in Ptilotus R.Br. (Amaranthaceae) from the Northern Territory, doi:10.5962/p.237654

Page text

FIVE NEW TAXA IN PTILOTUS R.Br. (AMARANTHACEAE) 
FROM THE NORTHERN TERRITORY 
by 
G. Benl* 
ABSTRACT 
Two new species and three new varieties of Ptilotus from the Northern Territory, Australia, are described 
and discussed. These are P. comatus, P. rotundatus, P. lophotrichus var. villosus, P. aristatus var. exilis and 
P. exaltatus var. glaber. The first three of these taxa are illustrated by analytical drawings and photographs of 
their type specimens. P. eichlerianus Beni is reduced in rank to P. aristatus var. eichlerianus (Beni) Beni & Hj. 
Eichler. 
Three keys are provided, namely a key to Ptilotus taxa with more or less comose tepal apices (including the 
first three new taxa listed above), a key to the varieties of P. aristatus and a key to the varieties of P. exaltatus. 
TAXONOMY 
Ptilotus lophotrichus Beni var. villosus Beni, var. nov., praecipue ob flores minores, 
tepala exteriora latiora et indumentum dorsale perianthii manifeste amplius a varietate 
typica differt. 
Distinguished from the type variety by different size, shape and pubescence of the 
outer floral organs. Bracts 2.5-3 x 1 .4-1.8 mm; bracteoles 2-2.5 x 1-1.6 mm; outer tepals 
more limbate, 2.7-3. 1 mm long x 1-1.3 mm wide; inner tepals 2.6-3 mm long x 
0.7-1 mm wide; apical hairs on tepals attaining L5 mm and overtopping the segments by 
1 . 1 mm; outer basal hairs almost straight, to 0.6 mm long, continued up to the middle of 
the tepals or sometimes even higher on the inner ones, hence consistently obscuring part 
of the median red area of the tepals. Figs 1 , 2a, 4a. 
Comparable characters for the var. lophotrichus are — bracts 4. 7-5. 5 x 1 .8-2.2 mm; 
bracteoles 3.3-4 x 1.2-1. 7 mm; outer tepals 3.8-4. 1 x 0.9- 1.2 mm; inner tepals 3. 2-3. 7 x 
0.7-1 mm; apical hairs on tepals attaining 2 mm, overtopping the segments by 1.2 mm; 
outer basal hairs minute and not masking the median area of the tepals (see Trans. Roy. 
Soc. S. Aust. 88:57, fig. 2c (1964)). 
Type Collection: Near the Goyder River Crossing on the road to Gove, near 12° 51' S., 
135° 02' E., Amhem Land, Northern Territory, Symon 7723 , 17. vi. 1972. In open grassy 
Eucalyptus woodland. (Holotype: M. Isotype: ADW 40952). 
Notes: 
Symon 7723 was initially regarded as a second collection of Ptilotus lophotrichus 
(see Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Miinchen 15: 167 (1979)), but on closer comparison with the 
holotype of P. lophotrichus the constant floral differences given above became evident. 
As the terminal pubescence of the tepals matches that of typical P. lophotrichus , 
infraspecific rather than specific recognition is justified. 
Ptilotus comatus Beni sp. nov., affinis P. lophotricho , a quo praesertim pubescentia 
diversiformi perianthii et bractearum, forma tepalorum et bracteolarum recedit. 
Planta annua tenera usque ad 0.6 m alta ramosa parce foliata plurispicata basi lignosa. Caules ramulique 
(curvati-) erecti et folia juvenilia pilis crispis albidis crassiusculis tomentosula. Folia angustissime 
linearia 0.5-2. 5 cm longa. Inflorescentiae primo ovoideae dein cylindraceae ad c. 4 x 0.8 cm, 
solitariae vel 2-3 compositae, omnes ramulos terminantes. Flores c. 40-80 (100) conferti visu 
(pallide) rosei demum stramineo-flavescentes. Bracteae bracteolaeque acutae inaequales: bracteae 
elongatae vel elongati-ovatae, longitudinem perianthii vix attingentes, in dimidio superiore sparse 
*Botanische Staatssammlung Miinchen, Menzinger Strasse 67, D-8000 Miinchen 19, West Germany. 
Muelleria 5(4): 249-261 (1984). 
249 

Page image

811919 Ptilotus eichlerianus Muelleria 5(4): 259
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51998364
Page is part of the work New taxa in Ptilotus R.Br. (Amaranthaceae) from the Northern Territory, doi:10.5962/p.237654

Page text

259 
Fig. 6. The distribution of the varieties of Ptilotus aristatus. 
A — var. aristatus • — var. exilis 
* — var. eichlerianus + — var. stenophyllus 
Distribution (Fig. 6): 
Apparently restricted to a comparatively small area WNW. of Alice Springs. 
Ecology: 
Recorded on specimen labels as “infrequent on Astrebla pectinata plain” and “on 
heavy clay soil plains with Mitchell grass”. We found it on red cracking clay soil with 
perennial tussock grassland. FI. Dec. — May. 
Ptilotus aristatus var. eichlerianus (Beni) Beni & Hj. Eichler, stat. nov. 
Basionym: Ptilotus eichlerianus Beni, Mitt. Bot . Staatssamml. Miinchen 1 : 
310-314, fig. p. 312 (1970). 
Ptilotus aristatus var. eichlerianus differs from the type variety chiefly in having 
broader spikes, deeper coloured bracts (these usually smaller than the bracteoles) and a 
denser, longer indumentum of young shoots and often also of the perianth. 
With the recognition of three varieties of P. aristatus , i.e. var. aristatus , var. exilis 
(described above) and var. stenophyllus Beni (J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 1 : 204 (1979)) 
since P. eichlerianus was described, it has become clear that the latter belongs to a 

Page image

491952 Ptilotus exaltatus glaber Muelleria 5(4): 260
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51998365
Page is part of the work New taxa in Ptilotus R.Br. (Amaranthaceae) from the Northern Territory, doi:10.5962/p.237654
493892 Ptilotus lophotrichus lophotrichus Muelleria 5(4): 249
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51998395
Page is part of the work New taxa in Ptilotus R.Br. (Amaranthaceae) from the Northern Territory, doi:10.5962/p.237654
493900 Ptilotus lophotrichus villosus Muelleria 5(4): 249, Figs 1, 2a, 4a.
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51998395
Page is part of the work New taxa in Ptilotus R.Br. (Amaranthaceae) from the Northern Territory, doi:10.5962/p.237654
495276 Ptilotus rotundatus Muelleria 5(4): 255-258, figs 2c, 4c, 5
527153 Templetonia smithiana Muelleria 5(4): 278, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51998383
Page is part of the work The application of the name Templetonia sulcata (Meissn.) Benth. and a new species of Templetonia R.Br. (Papilionaceae) from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237658

Page text

278 
usually occur with Eucalyptus salmonophloia. The small-podded plants are usually more 
intricately branched and denser than the large-podded plants. In the field the habit and 
stature of the plants enable the two taxa to be recognized with little difficulty and provide 
a fairly reliable means of predicting pod size. 
As a result of field observations and the re-examination of type material and other 
herbarium collections, I am satisfied that the name T. sulcata applies to the taxon with 
small pods which is widespread in southern Western Australia, and occurs also in South 
Australia, Victoria and New South Wales. The representative specimens of the taxon with 
small pods cited in Ross, l.c.:28 are referable to T. sulcata. Bossiaea rossii F Muell 
Fragm. Phyt. Austr, 3:94 (1862), discussed and lectotypified in Ross, l.c. 27-28, is a 
synonym of T. sulcata. 
In an endeavour to obtain supplementary evidence in support of the decision 
concerning the application of the name T. sulcata I took up an offer by Dr. F. G. Lennox, 
C/- School of Botany, University of Melbourne, to study the polyphenols in stem extracts 
by means of thin-layer chromatography. A stem sample 1 .5 cm long was taken from nine 
different specimens, the specimens representing contemporary material of the 
small-podded and the large-podded taxa and the two type sheets of T. sulcata in MEL. 
The nine samples were submitted to Dr. Lennox who employed the method to extract the 
polyphenols from the stem samples outlined in Calder et al. (1982). The polyphenol 
samples were developed in one dimension with 15% acetic acid using “Merck TLC 
aluminium sheet cellulose F254” as the support medium. 
The fluorescent patterns obtained from the polyphenols divided the nine samples into 
two groups, one group corresponding to the samples from the specimens with small pods 
and the other to the samples from the specimens with large pods. The patterns exhibited 
by the two samples from the type material of T. sulcata matched the patterns shown by the 
samples of the small-podded taxon. 
T. sulcata and the taxon with large pods are unquestionably closely allied and their 
differentiation in the absence of mature pods is difficult on occasions. However, the latter 
merits formal taxonomic recognition and, because the seeds are significantly different, 
specific rank seems appropriate. It affords me much pleasure to name this species T. 
smithiana in honour of Basil and Mary Smith. 
T. SMITHIANA 
Templetonia smithiana J. H. Ross, sp. nov., T. sulcatae (Meissn.) Benth. affinis, a qua 
leguminibus majoribus et seminibus majoribus ellipticis brunneis et ochro-brunneis 
differt. 
Frutex usque ad 3.2 m altus, aphyllus, glaber; rami complanati, 3.5-9 mm lati, longitudinaliter striati, 
apicibus acutiusculi vel saepe spinescentes. Stipulae inconspicuae. Flores axillares, solitarii vel 
gemini; pedicelli usque ad 2 mm longi; bracteolae 1 .5-2 mm longae, 1 .6-2 mm latae, persistentes. 
Calyx usque ad 4.3 mm longus. Vexillurn oblatum, 5. 5-7. 5 mm longum, 5.5-7 mm latum, 
flavescens et atro-purpurascens; alae usque ad 6.5 mm longae et 2.6 mm latae, unguiculatae; carina 
usque ad 6 mm longa, unguiculata. Stamina 10; filamenta in columnam antice Assam connata. 
Ovarium glabrum. Legumina oblique obovata vel elliptica, 2-2.8 cm longa, 0.95-1.5 cm lata, 
coriacea, extus nigro-fusca, compressa sed non complanata. Semina elliptica, complanata, 
10-16 mm longa, 6-9 mm lata, brunnea vel ochro-brunnea. 
Glabrous leafless shrub to 3.2 m high with divaricate flattened branches, the 
branches 3.5-9 mm wide, faintly or distinctly longitudinally striate, the margins notched 
at the nodes, often terminating in a short spine. Stipules inconspicuous. Leaves reduced to 
minute scales up to 1 mm long. Flowers 1 or 2 per axil, on glabrous pedicels up to 2 mm 
long, the pedicels with a pair of ovate papery brown bracteoles 1.5-2 x 1 .6-2 mm which 
overlap the base of the calyx, the bracteoles convex outside, concave within, glabrous or 
with marginal cilia. Calyx up to 4.3 mm long, the lowest lobe often slightly longer than 
the others, the lobes mostly shorter than the tube, glabrous outside except for hairs on the 
apices of the lobes. Standard oblate, 5. 5-7. 5 mm long including a claw up to 1.5 mm 
long, 5.5-7 mm wide, emarginate apically, yellow and purplish-brown; wings up to 
6.5 mm long including a claw up to 2 mm long, up to 2.6 mm wide, auricled; keel petals 

Page image

527249 Templetonia sulcata Muelleria 5(4): 277-278, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 5(4): 277-278, Fig. 1".

487531 Actinobole condensatum Muelleria 6(1): 16-17

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1): 16-17".

733237 Actinobole drummondiana Muelleria 6(1): 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960244
Page is part of the work A revision of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184058
487541 Actinobole drummondianum Muelleria 6(1): 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960244
Page is part of the work A revision of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184058
487519 Actinobole Muelleria 6(1): Oct-22

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1): Oct-22".

733238 Actinobole oldfieldiana Muelleria 6(1): 20
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960241
Page is part of the work A revision of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184058
487547 Actinobole oldfieldianum Muelleria 6(1): 20
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960241
Page is part of the work A revision of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184058
487552 Actinobole uliginosum Muelleria 6(1): 18-20

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1): 18-20".

494627 Agrostis stolonifera ramosa Muelleria 6(1&2): 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960187
Page is part of the work A conspectus of new records and nomenclature for vascular plants in Victoria Australia 3. Early 1980 – early 1984, doi:10.5962/p.184060
519478 Anthoxanthum aristatum Muelleria 6(1&2): 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960187
Page is part of the work A conspectus of new records and nomenclature for vascular plants in Victoria Australia 3. Early 1980 – early 1984, doi:10.5962/p.184060

Page text

60 
Adiantum capillus-veneris L., Sp. PI. 2: 1096 (1753). Adiantaceae. P24, Main Creek, Morn- 
ington Peninsula, 8.ii.l981, W.R. Arc/rer (MEL). 
Agropyron elongatum (Host) P. Beauv., Ess. Agrostogr. 102 (1812). Synonym: Elymus 
elongatus (Host) Runem., Hereditas 70: 156 (1972). Gramineae. N50, Werribee South, 
3 m above shoreline, 4.xii.l980, Paul Fitzimons (MEL 582904). Also S54. 
Agrostis gigantea Roth. See A. stolonifera var. ramosa. 
Agrostis stolonifera L. var. ramosa Veldk., Blumea 28: 223 (1982). Syn.: A. gigantea Roth. 
Aira cupaniana Guss., FI. Sicul. Syn. 1: 148 (1843). Gramineae. C41, Mt. Arapiles, Eagle 
Gorge area, 26.xi.1968, A.C. Beaugkhok ACB 29832 (MEL 1511083). Also 
CDEGHJKMNPXZ. 
Aira elegantissima Schur, Verb. Mitth. Siebenburg Vereins Naturwiss. Hermanns. 4: 85 
(1853). Gramineae. D16, Mt. Bepcha, 10.xii.l965, A.C. Beauglehole ACB 29972 (MEL). 
Also CJKPW. 
AUocasuarina littoralis (Salisb.) L. Johnson, J. Adelaide Bot. Card. 6: 76 (1982). Basionym: 
Casuarina littorahs Salisb. 
AUocasuarina luehmannii (R. Baker) L. Johnson, loc. cit. Basionym: Casuarina luehmannii 
R. Baker. 
AUocasuarina monUifera (L. Johnson) L. Johnson, loc. cit. Basionym: Casuarina rnonilifera 
L. Johnson. 
AUocasuarina muelleriana (Miq.) L. Johnson, op. cit. 77. Basionym: Casuarina muelkriana 
Miq. 
AUocasuarina nana (Sieber ex Sprengel) L. Johnson, op. cit. 77. Basionym: Casuarina nana 
Sieber ex Sprengel. 
AUocasuarina paludosa (Sieber ex Sprengel) L. Johnson, op. cit. 77. Basionym: Casuarina 
paludosa Sieber ex Sprengel. 
AUocasuarina paradoxa (Macklin) L. Johnson, op. cit. 77. Basionym: Casuarina paradoxa 
Macklin, Kew Bull. 1931: 150 (1931). Lectotype: N52, Cheltenham, v. 1925, Audas, 
(AD), female infructescences. Johnson states that his earlier determinations of this taxon 
were largely as “C. pusilla ssp. robusta” and “C. pusilla var. misera”. 
AUocasuarina pusUla (Macklin) L. Johnson, op. cit. 77. Basionym: Casuarina pusilla Mack- 
lin. Johnson states that “Specimens of this species have largely been determined by him 
as “C. pusilla ssp. pusilla”. For material determined under other supposed subspecies 
see the notes on A. paradoxa and A. robusta”. 
AUocasuarina robusta (Macklin) L. Johnson, op. cit. 78. Basionym: Casuarina paludosa 
var. robusta Macklin. Johnson (loc. cit. and pers. comm.) states that this taxon is 
restricted to South Australia and that any Victorian specimens which bear either of these 
names will in general be A. paradoxa. 
AlsophUa australis R. Br. See Cyathea australis. 
Alsophila cunninghamii (J.D. Hook.) Tryon. See Cyathea cunninghamii. 
AlsophUa marcescens (Wakef.) Tryon. See Cyathea marcescens Wakef. 
Amaranthus powelUi S. Watson. Included as a synonym of A. hybridus ssp. hybridus by 
Brenan, J.S. African Bot. 47: 457 (1981). 
Angianthus burkittii (Benth.) J. Black. See Gnephosis burkittii Benth. 
Angianthus pusUlus (Benth.) Benth. See Chrysocoryne pusilla (Benth.) Endl. 
Angianthus strictus auct., non (Steetz) Benth. See Pogonokpis muelleriana. 
Angianthus tenellus (F. Muell.) Benth. See Chrysocoryne drummondii. 
AnguUlaria dioica R. Br. See Wurmbea dioica (R. Br.) F. Muell. 
Anthocercis albicans A. Cunn. See Cyphanthera albicans (A. Cunn) Miers. 
Anthocercis frondosa sensu J.H. Willis (1973:558). See Cyphanthera anthocercidea (F. 
Muell.) Haegi. 
Anthocercis myosotidea F. Muell. See Cyphanthera myosotidea (F. MueU.) Haegi. 
(*)Anthoxanthum aristatum Boissier, Voy. Bot. Espagne 2: 638 (1842). U48, between Bur- 
rowye & Thologolong, 22. i. 1981, N.H. Scarlett 81-20, (MEL 584362). Also J47. 
Arthrocnemum arbusculum (R. Br.) Moq. See Sckrostegia arbuscula. 
Arthrocnemum halocnemoides Nees var. halocnemoides. See Halosarcia halocnemoides ssp. 
halocnemoides. 
Arthrocnemum halocenemoides var. pergranulatum J. Black. See Halosarcia pergranulata. 

Page image

467305 Borya constricta Muelleria 6(1&2): 1, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960260
Page is part of the work Three New Species of Borya Labill. (Liliaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184057

Page text

THREE NEW SPECIES OF BORYA Labill. (LILIACEAE) 
by 
D. M. Churchill * 
ABSTRACT 
Churchill, D. M. Three new species of Borya Labill. (Liliaceae). Muelleria 6(1): 1-8 (1985). — Borya cot]stricta, 
B. laciniata and B. mirabilis are described as new. The first two species are confined to south-western Australia 
and the third species to Victoria. Plants of each species are in cultivation in the Royal Botanic Gardens, Melbourne. 
INTRODUCTION 
The genus Borya Labill. has been the subject of a long term study which is not yet 
completed. In compliance with the request for taxonomic treatment of the genus in the 
‘Flora of Australia’, the following taxa are described. Numerical values given in the de- 
scriptions refer to the range and, where appropriate, average dimensions for samples of 100 
or more measurements. 
TAXONOMY 
Borya constricta D. M. Churchill, sp., nov., B. nitidae Labill. affinis sed folliis puberulis 
et rigidis, constrictis; bracteis nigris, apicibus acutis, maturitate separatist pedunculis deciduis. 
Typus: From a plant in cultivation. Royal Botanic Gardens, Melbourne, accession no. 
841099, originally from Karalee Rocks (Caroling Rocks), 16 km E. of Yellowdine, Western 
Australia, 31°16.9'S., 119°48.8'E., 19.i.l970, D. M. Churchill 65. Holotypus: 9.vi.l983 
(MEL 628557, 1 piece). Isotypus: BM. Paratypus: 4.xi.l981 (CGE); 13.vii.l982 (MEL 
628557, 5 pieces); 23.V.1984 (G,K, PERTH); 26.vi.1984 (LD). 
B. nitida Labill. var. sublanosa F. Muell. ex Baker, J. Linn Soc. Land. Bot. 17:414 
(1879). Type: Drummond 98 (Lectotype (here chosen): CGE. Isolectotypes: G 5821-22, MEL 
51048). 
[B. sublanosa F. Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 7:71 (1878), nom. pro. syn. sub. B. 
nitida Labill.] 
Herba caespitosa aestate dormiens perennis 2-25 cm alta 240 cm lata. Caules erect! vel reclinati simplices 
vel ramosi atri. Folia 24-48 apice surculi cuiusque, linearia rigida 8-20 mm longa 0.6-1. 2 mm lata, 
duobis sulcis abaxialibus stomatophoris usque ad dehlscentiae articulum 0.7-1. 0 mm latum extensis; 
apice pungentia atra facile separata; margine ciliata numquam scabridiuscula. Foliorum superiorum 
bases 0.3- 1.0 mm longae fulvae; margine laevi et infra dehiscentiae articulum constricto; sulco sto- 
matophoro absente. Foliorum inferiorum bases dilatatae atrobrunneae pilis longis tenuibus implexis 
marginatae. Peduncuii 20-36 (av. 28) mm longi 0.75-1.5 plo folds longiores 0.6-1. 0 mm diametro in 
dimidio, tempore inflorescentiae annua vice exuti, dehiscentiae articulo prope basim semper praediti. 
infiorescentia obovata-turbinata, 7-10 (av. 9) mm longa 4-10 (av. 6) mm lata; flores ^12 (av. 9). 
Bracteae invoiucraies in duobus verticillis dispositae; exterior erectus bracteis 2-5 (av. 4) foliiformibus 
quarum longissima 6-11 mm longa est, margine et carina et apice ciliata, ala basali lacerate; interior 
bracteis 14 (av. 2) squamosis, interdum carinis pilosis, apicibus acutis. Bracteae fiorales in gemma 
imbricatee in ste.tu maturo non imbricatee. Perianthium hypocrateriforme, lobis anguste ovatis. An- 
therae pallido flavae eglandulatee. Semina 0.64-0.74 mm longa, 0.55-0.6 mm late. Testa atra coUi- 
culosa. 
Herbaceous, tufted, summer-dormant perennial 2-25 cm high, 2-40 cm wide. Stems 
erect or reclining, simple or branched, black. Leaves 24^8 per shoot apex, linear, rigid, 8- 
20 mm long, 0. 6-1.2 mm wide, with two abaxial stomata-bearing grooves extending to the 
abscission joint which is 0. 7-1.0 mm wide; apices pungent-pointed, black, easily detached; 
margins ciliate, never microscabrate. Upper leaf-base 0. 3-1.0 mm long, pale brown; margin 
smooth, eonstricted below the abscission joint; stomatal groove absent or reduced in width. 
Lower leaf-base dilated, blackish-brown; margins with long fine tangled hairs. Peduncles 
20-36 (av. 28) mm long, 0.75-1.5 times length of leaves, 0. 6-1.0 mm diam at mid-length, 
♦National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
1 

Page image

467316 Borya laciniata Muelleria 6(1&2): 4, fig. 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960257
Page is part of the work Three New Species of Borya Labill. (Liliaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184057

Page text

4 
Borya laciniata D. M. Churchill, sp. nov., B. scirpoideae Lindl. affinis sed caulibus tegetes 
formantibus; foliis arcuatis; bracteis involucrales 1-3; perianthio infundibuliformi; testa fa- 
vulariis confertis praedita, praesertim differt. 
Typus: Anderson Rocks, Hyden, Western Australia, 32°10'S„ 118°51'E„ 13.ix.l982, P.S. 
Short 7779 (Holotypus: MEL 618324. Isotypus: K, PERTH). 
Herbacea tegetem formans aestate dormiens decidua perennis ad 3 cm alia, 8-60 cm lata. Caules prostrati 
intertexti fulvi. Folia 6-18 apice surculi cuiusque, secunda plerumque arcuata interdum recta flexibilia 
6-20 mm longa 0.3-0.7 mm lata, duobus sulcis abaxialibus stomatophoris latis pallidis usque ad basem 
foliorum inferiorum extensis sine strictura ad dehiscentiae articulum 0.25-0.74 mm latum; apice obtusa 
acuminata vel acicularia fulva vel brunnea, margine laevia ad scabridiuscula. Foliorum superiorum 
bases 0.1 -0.5 mm longae virides margine laeves et rectae. Foliorum inferiorum bases longae angustae 
virides, membrana marginali incolorata lobo dilute pigmentiferi laciniato terminata, Pedunculi 10-25 
(av. 18) mm longi 0.4-0.8 (av. 0.5) mm diametro in dimidio, tempore inflorescentiae annua vice exuti, 
dehiscentiae articulo prope basim semper praediti. inflorescentia obovoidea 4-6 (av. 5) mm longa 2.5- 
5.5 (av. 4) mm lata; (lores 3-6 (av. 4). Bracteae involucrales una vel tria prope bracteas florales visae, 
quarum longissima 3-7 mm longa, ad apices laeve vel scabridiusculae et parum recurvatae, ala basali 
laevis vel margine modice fissa. Bracteae florales cucullatae, in gemma imbricatae in statu maturo 
non imbricatae, apice obtusae membranaceae parum recurvatae fulvae; pagina laevi vel breviter et 
pallide carinata. Perianthlum infundibuliforme, lobis ovatis. Antherae armeniaceae, glandula apicali 
parva alba. Stigma rotundatum ad parum triangulatum in statu vivo, subtiliter papillatum. Testa 
favulariis confertis praedita. 
Herbaceous, mat-forming, summer-dormant, deciduous perennial to 3 cm high, 8-60 
cm wide. Stems prostrate, interlocking, pale brown. Leaves 6-18 per shoot apex, secund, 
usually arcuate, sometimes straight, flexible, linear, 6-20 mm long, 0.3-0.7 mm wide, with 
two broad pale abaxial stomata-bearing grooves which extend to the lower leaf base; leaves 
without constriction at the abscission joint which is 0.25-0.74 mm wide; apices blunt, 
acuminate or acicular, pale to dark brown; margins smooth to micro-scabrate. Upper leaf- 
base 0. 1-0.5 mm long, pale green; margins smooth, straight. Lower leaf-base long and 
narrow, pale green with a colourless marginal membrane terminated by a faintly pigmented 
laciniate lobe or lobes. Peduncles 10-25 (av. 18) mm long, 0.4-0.8 (av. 0.5) mm diam. at 
mid-length, shed with inflorescence annually; abscission joint always present near base. 
Inflorescences obovoid, 4-6 (av. 5) mm long, 2.5-5. 5 (av. 4) mm wide, with 3-6 (av. 4) 
flowers. Involucral bracts 1 to 3, the longest 3-7 mm long, smooth or microscabrate towards 
the apices and often slightly recurved, with basal wing smooth or simply notched at the 
margins. Floral bracts cucullate, imbricate in bud, not overlapping at maturity; apices obtuse, 
membranous, slightly recurved, light brown; surface smooth or with short pale central keel. 
Perianth infundibuliform; lobes ovate. Anthers orange-yellow, with small white apical gland. 
Stigma rounded to slightly triangular when fresh, finely papillate. Testa with crowded 
favularia. 
Selected Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Swan River, vii.I848, J. Drummond 341 (CGE, G5821-20, MEL 51038). Manmanning, 
30°5rS., 117°12'E., 1978, A. George s.n. (MEL 589547; Roy. Bot. Gard. Melbourne cult. acc. no. 781098). 
Kuender, 32°57.2'S., 1I8°32.4'E., 17.xi.l983, DM. Churchill 50 (MBL 665084; Roy. Bot. Gard. Melbourne cult, 
acc. no. 832064). 4.5 miles E. of Highbury, 33°05'S., 117°19'E., 29.ix.1971, A. George II062 (MEL, PERTH). 
Tutanning Reserve, 18.viii.l975, G.J. Keighery 301 (PERTH). 
Distribution: 
South-western Australia. Badgingarra, Watheroo, Wongan Hills, Manmanning, Tam- 
min, Hyden, Ongerup, Borden, Highbury, east of Pingelly, Goomalling. 
Fig. 2. Borya laciniata. a — habit, x I. b — inflorescence showing 3 involucral bracts and spreading floral bracts, 
x 3. c — perianth, x 6. d — stamen with glandular anther, x 12. e — longest involucral bract, x 8. f — 
shortest involucral bract, x 8. g — floral bract x 8. h — leaf detached at abscission joint and straighter than 
from many native habitats, x 2. i — leaf apex with microscabrae, x 8. j — leaf-base (abaxial surface) with 
abscission joint, long tapering margins to stem sheath and laciniate fringe, x 4. k — perianth, x 6. All except 
d and k from living material. Royal Botanic Gardens, Melbourne, cultivation accession no. 781098, grown 
on from A. George s.n. B (MEL 589547), Manmanning, d from holotype. k from G. Keighery 6597 
(PERTH). 

Page image

467332 Borya mirabilis Muelleria 6(1&2): 6, fig. 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960255
Page is part of the work Three New Species of Borya Labill. (Liliaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184057

Page text

6 
Notes: 
The specific epithet refers to the laciniate lobes of the upper leaf margins. This character 
is variable and ranges from smooth entire margins to highly dissected lobes. In most 
specimens at least some leaf-bases have simple lobes with terminal fringe. 
B. laciniata may be confused with Borya sctpoidea Lindl. because there is an overlap 
in some characters. However the prostrate mat habit, the three or fewer involucral bracts, 
the secund arrangement of leaves that are rarely without a laciniate lobed base, the wide 
perianth tube with short broad segments and the distinctively favulariate patterned seed 
characterise the species. B. sctpoidea in contrast has stems below ground level, ascending 
tufted leaves with radially symmetrical placement and with the leaf-bases rarely lobed, the 
perianth tube narrow, the seed smoothly undulate with fine transverse striae and, in addition, 
the floral bracts are usually imbricate, even at maturity. 
Plants are found on soils ranging from skeletal granitic sands, loamy sands, sandy 
clay loams, to swampy clay soils. Most soils are subject to periodic flooding or winter 
waterlogging. Soil pH under plants at Kuender was 6.2. Associated larger trees and shrubs 
include Eucalyptus loxophleba, E. occidentats, E. wandoo, Acacia acuminata or Casuarina 
campestris. Some associated herbs, such as Hyalochlamys globifer, indicate saline soils. 
Flowers appear in late winter and early spring, and scapes are shed with seed and 
leaves in late spring or early summer, leaving dormant stems. New leaves are produced 
each season and the plants are “drought avoiders”. 
Borya mirabilis D.M. Churchill, sp. nov., ab omnibus speceibus praecedentibus manifeste 
distincta, bracteis quam bracteolis brevioribus; placentatione contorta. 
Typus: Mackey’s Peak, Wonderland Range, The Grampians, Victoria, 37°I1 ' S., 142°31 ' E., 
13.ix.l982, D.M. C/mrcM/ 66 (Holotypus: MEL 628551. Isotypus: G, K, LD). 
Herbacea caespitosa aestate dormiens perennis, 3-15 cm alta 3-10 cm lata. Caules erect! vel reclinati simplices 
vel ramosi brunnei. Folia 25-45 apice surculi cuiusque, linearia flexibilia 10-16 mm longa 0.5-0.7 lata, 
duobus sulcis abaxialibus stomatophoris usque ad basem foliorum superiorum extensis strictura parva 
vel nulla ad dehiscentiae articulum 0.5-0.8 mm latum; apice obtusa acuminata brunnea, margine iaevia 
glabra. Foliorum superiorum bases 0. 1-0.4 mm longae, margine laeves fulvae decrescentes. Foliorum 
inferiorum bases ad vaginam gradatim dilatatae, fulvae ad brunneas, pilis tenuibus emplexis margin- 
atae. Pedunculi 30-70 (av. 50) mm longi, 0.6-1. 1 (av. 0.8) mm diametro in dimidio, aliquot annos in 
caule retenti, dehiscentiae articulo nuUo praediti. Infiorescentia ellipsoidea-obovata 6-10 (av. 8) mm 
longa, 4-8 (av. 6) mm lata; flores 4-12 (av. 8-9). Bracteae involucrales in duobus verticillis dispositate: 
exterior divergens bracteis 3-6 (av. 4) foliiformibus quarum longissima 7-13 (av. 10) mm longa ad 
apicem glabra, ala basali laevis; interior bracteis 0-10 (av. 4) brunneis squamosis apice acerosis. Bracteae 
florales in gemma imbricatae in statu mature non imbricatae, bracteolis breviores, fulvae, apice 
mucronatae; pagina laevis, costa elevata. Perianthium hypocrateriforme, lobis anguste ovatis. Antherae 
flavae apice glandulosae. Ovarium placentatione maxime contorta. Semina non visa. Testa ovulorum 
colliculosa. 
Herbaceous, tufted, summer-dormant perennial 3-15 cm high, 3-20 cm wide. Stems 
erect or reclining, simple or branched, dark brown. Leaves 25-45 per shoot apex, linear, 
flexible, 10-16 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide, with two abaxial stomata-bearing grooves which 
extend to the upper leaf-base and with little or no constriction at the abscission joint which 
is 0.5-0.8 mm wide; apices obtuse with acuminate point, brown; margins smooth and 
glabrous. Upper leaf-bases 0. 1 -0.4 mm long; margins smooth, pale brown, tapering. Lower 
leaf-bases widening to a sheath, light to dark brown; margins with fine tangled hairs. 
Peduncles 30-70 (av. 50) mm long, 0. 6-1.1 (av. 0.8) mm diam. at mid-length, retained on 
stem for several years; abscission joint absent. Inflorescences eUipsoidal-obovate, 6-10 (av. 
8) mm long, 4-8 (av. 6) mm wide, with 4-12 (av. 8-9) flowers. Involucral bracts in two 
whorls: outer whorl divergent, with 3-6 (av. 4) leaf-like bracts, the outermost 7-13 (av. 10) 
mm long, glabrous to the apex and with the basal wing smooth; inner whorl with 0-10 
(av. 4) brown scale-like braets with acerose apices. Floral bracts imbricate in the bud, not 
overlapping at maturity, shorter than bracteoles, light brown; apices mucronate; surface 
smooth with central raised midrib. Perianth hypocrateriform; lobes narrow-ovate. Anthers 
yellow; apiees glandular. Ovary with highly contorted placentation. Testa of ovules coUi- 
eulose. 

Page image

467364 Borya nitida sublanosa Muelleria 6(1&2): 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960260
Page is part of the work Three New Species of Borya Labill. (Liliaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184057
803225 Borya nitida sublanosa Muelleria 6(1&2): 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960260
Page is part of the work Three New Species of Borya Labill. (Liliaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184057
628671 Cladonia bimberiensis Muelleria 6(1&2): 93
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960276
Page is part of the work Two new lichens: Cladonia bimberiensis and C. weymouthii, doi:10.5962/p.238378

Page text

TWO NEW LICHENS: CLADONIA BIMBERIENSIS AND C. WEYMOUTHII 
by 
Alan W. Archer * 
ABSTRACT 
Archer, Alan W. Two new lichens: Cladonia bimberiensis and C. weymouthii. Muelleria 6(1): 93-95 (1985). — 
Two new lichen species, Cladonia bimberiensis and C. weymouthii, are described and discussed. Both occur in 
Australia and New Zealand. 
TAXONOMY 
For the chemical work involved, acetone extracts from specimens were examined by 
thin-layer chromatography, using the mobile phases described by Culberson (Culberson, 
1972) and the separated compounds were detected with sulphuric acid (Culberson, 1972) 
and MBTH (Archer, 1978). 
Cladonia bimberiensis A. W. Archer, sp. nov. 
Thallus primarius squamulis parvis, supra flavo-virentibus, infra albis, nullis sorediis, marginibus crenatis. 
Podetia squamulis enata, 10-25 mm aids, flavida, subcylindrica, simplicia vel scyphis angustis vel 
scyphis deformibus prolificationibus marginalibus; podetia cortice aspero prope basin, ecorticatescens 
et sorediis farinosis. Apotbecia non visa. Pycnidia fusca terminalia, vel marginalia scyphis. Thallus 
K-; KC + flavidus; Pd acida usnicum et barbadcum continens. Habitat ligno. 
Basal squamules persistent, small, 0. 5-1.0 mm long, 0.3-0. 5 mm wide, esorediate, 
yellow-green above, white below; margins crenate. Podetia growing from the basal squa- 
mules, 10-25(-35) mm tall, 0. 7-2.0 mm diam., pale yellow, more or less cylindrical, simple 
and escyphose, or with shallow, deformed scyphi with marginal proliferations; podetia rough 
corticate at the base and then becoming ecorticate and densely farinose sorediate, with the 
interior of the scyphi farinose sorediate; esquamulose or occasionally with squamules on 
the lower part of the podetia; podetial wall 0.15-0.2 mm thick. Apotbecia not seen; pycnidia 
brown, 0. 1-0.2 mm diam., 0. 3-0.4 mm long, terminal or marginal on the scyphi; pycni- 
diospores not seen. Thallus K-; KC + yellow; Pd -; containing usnic, barbatic and 4-0- 
demethyl barbatic acids. 
Type Collection: 
Australia, Australian Capital Territory, Mt. Bimberi, Bimberi Range, 49 km SW of 
Canberra, 35° 40’S, 148°48’E, alt. 1700 m, on decayed log, ll.xii.l979, H. Stieimann 9743 
(Holotype: CBG; Isotype: H, US, TNS). 
Also Examined: 
Australia. Australian Capital Territory — I km SE. of Bimberi Peak, Bimberi Range, alt. 1820 m, ll.xii.l979, 
J.A. Eiix 6640 (ANU, MEL 1047742); ibidem, J.A. Elix 6639 (NSW). 
New Zealand. South Island — Nelson Province, Red Hill Range, Richmond Forest Park, 41°09’S, alt. 1700 
m, 28.xii.1980, J. K. Bartlett 19807 {herb. J. K. Bartlett, Auckland). 
Discussion; 
Cladonia bimberiensis is known from only two areas, one in Australia and the other 
in New Zealand. Both areas are sub-alpine at altitudes of 1700 m or above and in each 
the preferred substrate of the species was dead wood. 
C. bimberiensis is related, both chemically and morphologically, to the two northern 
hemisphere circumpolar species C. cyanipes (Sommerf.) Nyl. and C. bacilliformis (Nyl.) 
Gliick, each of which possesses sorediate podetia and contains usnic and barbatic acids. 
The simple, pale yellow, somewhat scyphose podetia of C. bimberiensis distinguish this 
species from C. cyanipes which has grey, branched podetia lacking scyphi, and from C. 
baciiliformis which has shorter, thicker, rarely scyphose podetia with pale brown apotbecia. 
C. bimberiensis is also distinguished from the somewhat similar Hawaiian species, C. an- 
gustata Nyl., by the absence of didymic acid and red apotbecia, both of which are present 
in the latter species. 
‘Division of Analytical Laboratories, P.O. Box 162, Lidcombe, New South Wales, Australia 2141. 
93 

Page image

629009 Cladonia weymouthii Muelleria 6(1&2): 94
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960277
Page is part of the work Two new lichens: Cladonia bimberiensis and C. weymouthii, doi:10.5962/p.238378

Page text

94 
C. bimberiensis is the only member of the genus Cladonia in Australia to contain 
both usnic and barbatic acids. C. coccifera (L.) Willd., a corticate species with well-defined 
scyphi and containing usnic and barbatic acids, was reported from Australia in the nine- 
teenth century but it has not been found by the author. Australasian specimens labelled C. 
coccifera in herbaria are referrable to other species, particularly C. pleurota (Fldrke) Schaerer 
or C. subdigitata Nyl. C. bimberiensis belongs to the infra-generic group Ochroleucae 
(Houvinen and Ahti, 1982). 
The specific epithet “bimberiensis” refers to Mt Bimberi, Australian Capital Territory, 
where the first specimens were collected. 
Cladonia weymouthii F. Wilson ex A. W. Archer, sp. nov. 
Thallus primarius squamulis parvis, supra virellis, infra albis, nuUis sorediis, marginibus crenatis. Podetia 
squamulis enata, 15-55 mm altis, virella, simplicia vel ramosescentia ad apicem; cortice aspero prope 
basin, ecorticatescens et sorediis farinosis. Apothecia coccinea; pycnidia fusca, terminalia. Thallus K+ 
flavus; KC— ; Pd+ flavus; acida thamnolicum, barbaticum et didymicum continens. Habitat ligno et 
humo. 
Basal squamules inconspicuous, persistent, small, 0.5-1 x 1-2 mm, incised, esorediate, 
green above, white below; margins crenate. Podetia growing from the basal squamules, 
(15-)20-40(-55) mm tall, l-2.5(-4) mm diam., green to greenish-grey, subcylindrical or ta- 
pering to the apices, simple or branching somewhat near the tips, the branching forming 
deformed scyphi, lacking well-defined scyphi, axils closed; podetia corticate at the base and 
below the apothecia, the remainder of the podetia ecorticate and densely farinose sorediate; 
podetia esquamulose or with squamules on the lower part; podetial wall 0.25-0.3 mm thick. 
Apothecia rare, terminal, red, convex, 1-3 mm diam., ascospores eight per ascus, 12-15 ^rm 
long, 3-4 pm wide, ellipsoid, colourless, simple; pycnidia terminal on the podetia, red, 
becoming dark brown to black in old specimens; pycnidiospores not seen. Thallus K + 
yellow; KC-; Pd + yellow; containing barbatic, thamnolic and didymic acids. 
Type Collection: 
Australia, Tasmania, Fluon River, 5.ii.l892, W. A. Weymouth (Holotype: MEL 6760; 
Isotype: NSW). 
Also Examined: 
Australia. Tasmania (selected specimens only, 5/20) — Price’s Rivulet, Huon, ii.l902, W. A. Weymouth 
(NSW); near Hastings Cave, 12 km WNW. of Southport, 43°23’S, 146°50’E, alt. 250 m, 27. xi. 1982, Archer 
I4I7D (H, MEL 1045447); 15 km W. of Maydena, 42°45’S, 146°30’E, alt. c. 400 m, 7.xii.l983, Archer 1545A 
(CBG, NSW); Pencil Pine Creek, 100 km W. of Launceston, 41°35’S, 145°55’E, alt. 800 m, 29.xi.l983, Archer 
1566A (MEL 1045448); the Hermit, 8 km SE. of Strathgordon, 42°49’S, I46°08’E, alt. 500 m, 19.1.1984, G. 
Kantvilas 59/84 (NSW). 
New Zealand. North Island — Hihitahi State Forest, 39°30’S, 175°30’E, alt. 970 m, J. K, Bartlett 27049. 
South Island — Mt Cassidy, Arthur’s Pass National Park, 43°S, alt. 1800 m, 15.xii.l978, J. K. Bartlett 21387; 
Nelson Province, Hay Paddock, Mt Owen, 4C31’S, alt. 1550 m, — .i.1983, J. K. Bartlett 21589. (New Zealand 
specimens in herb. J. K. Bartlett, Auckland). 
Discussion: 
Cladonia weymouthii is known only from Tasmania and New Zealand. It occurs 
between latitudes 39° and 44 °S and at altitudes from 250 m to 1800 m and grows on dead 
wood or on soil containing fragments of dead wood. Apothecia are rare and were seen in 
only one specimen from the Cradle Mountain region, Tasmania (Archer 1566A). Sterile 
podetia are sorediate to the tips but fertile podetia become corticate just below the apothecia. 
C. weymouthii is morphologically similar to C. bacillaris Nyl. but is distinguished from 
that species by the presence of branched and partly corticate podetia and of thamnolic acid. 
It is separated from C. macUenta Hoffm. by the occasionally deformed scyphi and the tall, 
branched, partly eorticate podetia. The farinose sorediate podetia of C. weymouthii are 
somewhat similar to those of C. corniculata Ahti & Kashiwadani but the latter species, 
lacking thamnolic acid, gives no yellow colour with alkali. C. weymouthii belongs to the 
infra-generic group Cocciferae (Houvinen and Ahti, 1982). 
The epithet “weymouthii” was used by F. R. M. Wilson as a manuscript name on 
specimens collected in Tasmania by W. A. Weymouth in 1892 at “Huon River”. The exact 

Page image

519435 Gnaphalium coarctatum Muelleria 6(1&2): 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960194
Page is part of the work A conspectus of new records and nomenclature for vascular plants in Victoria Australia 3. Early 1980 – early 1984, doi:10.5962/p.184060

Page text

67 
Euphrasia eichleri W.R. Barker, op. cit. 254. Synonym; E. scabra var. alsa auct., non F. 
Muell., including Willis (1973:573). VW. 
Euphrasia gibbsiae forma comberi auct., incl. Willis (1973:573), non Du Rietz. See E. 
lasianthera W.R. Barker. 
Euphrasia gibbsiae Du Rietz forma subglabrifoUa Du Rietz. See E. gibbsiae ssp. subgla- 
brifolia (Du Rietz) W.R. Barker. 
Euphrasia gibbsiae Du Rietz ssp. subglabrifolia (Du Rietz) W.R. Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. 
Card. 5: 127 (1982). Basionym: E. gibbsiae forma subglabrifolia Du Rietz. 
Euphrasia glacialis sensu J.H. Willis (1973:573) (excluding E. glacialis var. eglandulosa J.H. 
Willis). See E. collina aff. ssp. diversicolor. 
Euphrasia glacialis Wettst. var. eglandulosa J.H. Willis. See E. crassiuscula. 
Euphrasia lasianthera W.R. Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Card. 5: 250 (1982). Synonym: E. 
gibbsiae forma comberi auct., incl. Willis (1973:573), non Du Rietz. 
Euphrasia scabra R. Br. var. alsa (F. Muell.) J.H. Willis. For Victorian specimens see E. 
eichleri W.R. Barker. See also E. alsa (deleted from Victoria). 
Euphrasia scabra var. caudata J.H. Willis. See E. caudata. 
*Euryops abrotanifolius (L.) DC., Prodr. 6: 443 (1838). Compositae. N54, Dandenong 
Ranges, Montrose, 17.viii.l975, G.W. Carr 6163 (MEl 573083). Also P. 
Frankenia gracilis Summerh., J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 48: 380 (1930), is listed by Barnsley, Flora 
Australia 8: 140 (1982), as occurring in north-west Victoria. Frankeniaceae. A17, Mildura, 
Sandalong Park, 10.xi.l980, J.H. Browne (MEL 95667). Also B. 
Frankenia sessilis Summerh.. The only variety found in Victoria is var. sessilis (see Flora 
Australia 8; 118 (1982)). 
*Freesia hybrids including *F. refracta sensu J.H. Willis (1970:341), non (N.J. Jacq.) Klatt. 
There is no name at present for the entities naturalized in Australia. Some appear 
referable to F. leichdinii Klatt and F. alba (G.L. Meyer) Gumbleton, others are inter- 
mediate between these species (D. Cooke, pers. comm.). Goldblatt, J. South African 
Bot. 48: 39-91 (1982), has recently revised the genus Freesia Klatt and has examined 
some Victorian specimens. 
*Freesia refracta sensu J.H. Willis (1970:341), non (N.J. Jacq.) Klatt. See Freesia hybrids. 
Galium ciliare J.D. Hook. See Ehrend. & McGillivray, Telopea 2: 366-367 (1983), also 
previous notes in Todd (1979:177). 
Galium compactum Ehrend. & McGillivray, Telopea 2: 370 (1983). Rubiaceae. Distribution 
includes Victoria. EKP. 
Galium curvibirtum Ehrend. & McGillivray, op. cit. 373. Rubiaceae. Distribution includes 
Victoria. CEJ. 
*Galium divaricatum Pourret ex Lam., Encycl. 2: 580 (1788). Synonym: G. parisiense var. 
australe Ev.art & J. White teste Ehrend. & McGillivray, Telopea 2: 376 (1983). 
Galium migrans Ehrend. & McGillivray, op. cit. 362-364. Rubiaceae. NSVW and T and/ 
or O (for Wilson’s Promontory). 
Galium parisiense var. australe Ewart & J. White. See *G. divaricatum. 
Gamochaeta purpurea (L.) Cabrera. See Gnaphalium purpureum. 
*Gnaphaliiim americanum Miller, Gard. Diet, edn 8, n. 17 (1768). Compositae. M29, 
Bendigo district, Whipstick Scrub, 25.xi.1962, Perry (MEL 661401). Also W. 
*Gnaphalium calviceps Fernald, Rhodora 37 : 449, t. 405 (1935) (sphalm. calvescens on p. 
449). Compositae. V6, Mt Mitta Mitta, NW. of Corryong, c. 3,000 ft alt. 9.xii.l974. 
J.H. Willis (MEL 661402). STVW. 
*Gnaphalium candidissimum Lam. See *Vellereophyton dealbatum. 
Gnaphalium coarctatum Willd., Sp. PI. edn 5, 3 (1886). Synonym: G. spicatum Lam. 
(1788), non Mill. (1768), teste Hilliard & Burtt, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 82: 248 (1981). 
Gnaphalium hiteo-album L. See Pseudognaphalium luteo-album. 
Gnaphalium purpureum L. Synonym: Gamochaeta purpurea (L.) Cabrera. Hilliard & Burtt, 
J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 82; 246 (1981) retain this species in Gnaphalium. 
Gnaphalium .spicatum Lam. See G. coarctatum Willd. 
Gnephosis burkittii Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 570 (1867). Synonym; Angianthus burkitti 
(Benth.) J. Black. Teste Short, Muelleria 5: 209-210 (1983), the affinities of this species 
are uncertain. He retains it in the genus Gnephosis. 

Page image

803096 Gnaphalodes condensata Muelleria 6(1): 16
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960245
Page is part of the work A revision of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184058

Page text

16 
Key to Species of Actinobole 
1. Leaves and leaf-like bracts of the general involucre usually c, 1,5-3 times the length (rarely about the length) 
of the capitula; the upper part of the lamina of the middle capitular bracts narrow and tapering to a ± acute 
apex (Fig. 4) 
2. Anthers < 0.8 mm long; pollen grains < 600 per floret and < 100 per anther 1. A, condensatum 
2. Anthers > 0.8 mm long; pollen grains > 1200 per floret and > 200 per anther .... 2, A. drummondiana 
1. Leaves and leaf-like bracts of the general involucre about the length of the capitula; the upper part of the 
lamina of the middle capitular bracts ± rounded at the apex (Fig. 4) 
3, Mature achenes dark green 4. A, oldfieldiana 
3. Mature achenes brown 
4. Anthers < 0.7 mm long; pollen grains < 200 per floret and < 40 per anther 3. A. uliginosum 
4. Anthers > 0.8 mm long; pollen grains > 700 per floret and > c. 200 per anther .. 4, A. oldfieldiana 
1. Actinobole condensatum (A. Gray) P. S. Short, Muelleria 4:413 (1981). — Gnaphalodes 
condensatum A. Gray, Hook. J. Hot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:228 (1852); Benth., FI. Austr. 
3:578 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 824 (1975). Type: “Swan River, Drum- 
mond." Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 863, Chrysodiscus ? Steetz. Pappus equal- 
eis 5 — apice . . plumosis. Sw. riv., s. dat. (K). Syntypes, Isosyntypes or Probable 
ISOLECTOTYPES: Drummond s.n.. Swan R., s. dat. (GH); Drummond 363, s. dat. (BM, 
MEL). 
Annual herb. Stem reduced and unbranched or forming major branches at basal nodes; 
major axes prostrate to ± decumbent, 2-5(11) cm long, sometimes developing minor shoots, 
all axes hairy and terminating in an inflorescence. Leaves ± spathulate or ± oblanceolate 
to obovate, 1-3(3. 2) cm long, (0.15)0.2-0.5(0.6) cm wide, tomentose, the upper surface less 
hairy and greener than the grey-green undersurface. Inflorescences of 1 capitulum or of 2- 
c. 20 capitula in a compact cluster, all inflorescences ± obloid to transversely ellipsoid or 
broadly depressed to depressed-ovoid, 0.5-1 .2 cm high, (0.6)1-1.8 cm diam. and surrounded 
by a general involucre of leaves and leaf-like bracts, the largest ones c. 1.5-3 times the 
length of the capitula, rarely about the length of the capitula, all bracts tomentose. Capitular 
bracts 23-28. Outermost bracts ± narrowly obtrullate or ± oblanceolate, 3. 7-6.4 mm long, 
0.5-2. 1 mm wide. Middle bracts ± narrowly obtrullate to obtrullate or ± obovate, 4-6.7 
mm long, 1.2-2. 8 mm wide; upper part of the lamina 1.2-2 mm long, ± flat, narrow and 
tapering to a ± acute apex, yellow or yellow-brown. Inner bracts ± obovate, ± obtrullate 
or sometimes ± elliptic, 4. 2-7. 7 mm long, 1. 3-2.1 mm wide; upper part of the lamina 1.1- 
1.6 mm long, broader than in the middle bracts, rounded, ± flat to concave. Florets 20- 
40 per capitulum; corolla tube 2. 3-2. 8 mm long, 5-lobed. Stamens 5. Anthers possibly 
bisporangiate, (0.49)0.55-0.65(0.77) mm long; apical appendage (0.12)0.16-0.35(0.4) mm 
long. Pollen grains (144)160-460(508) per floret, (8)20-80(c. 100) per anther. Achenes ± 
obovoid, 0. 9-1.1 mm long, 0.5-0. 6 mm diam. Pappus consisting of (4)5(6) bristles fused at 
the base, each bristle tapering towards the apex and plumose for most of its length but 
ending in a shortly stalked plumose tuft. 
TyPIFICATION: 
Gray (1852) described the species of Gnaphalodes from collections made by James 
Drummond in Western Australia and forwarded to Gray by Sir William Hooker. Unfor- 
tunately Gray did not record the collection number(s) provided by Drummond although 
undoubted duplicate collections viewed by him and housed in K are numbered. Thus the 
collection Drummond 863, with the name Gnaphalodes condensatum apparently in Gray’s 
hand, is regarded as a type collection. I have chosen it as the lectotype because the only 
material of G. condensatum at GH is fragmentary, consisting of florets and capitular bracts 
contained in a single envelope. Written on the envelope, in Gray’s hand, are the words 
“Gnaphalodes n. gen. Debris examined of the 2 species. Swan R. Drummond.’’ This 
envelope was contained in a further one with the words, again apparently in Gray’s hand, 
“Gnaphalodes. Gray.” Material of both species is generally recognisable and I have sorted 
and placed the fragments of each species in separate bags within the outer envelope. The 
syntype collection at GH is regarded as a probable isolectotype. 
The collections of G. condensatum at BM and MEL can be regarded variously as 
syntypes, isosyntypes or isolecto types. They lack any indication that they were examined by 
Gray and therefore may not be syntypes. However they generally resemble the lectotype 

Page image

549299 Gnaphalodes condensata Muelleria 6(1): 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960243
Page is part of the work A revision of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184058
549412 Gnaphalodes evacina Muelleria 6(1): 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960243
Page is part of the work A revision of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184058

Page text

18 
N. of Boologooro Homestead, 25.viii.1982 (MEL); Short 2032, c. 14 km SE. of Carnarvon, 12.x. 1983 (MEL); 
Turner 5388, 26 miles E. of Gascoyne Junction, 22.viii.1965 (MEL, PERTH). 
3. Actinobole uliginosiim (A. Gray) H. Eichler, Taxon 12:295 (1963); H. Eichler, Suppl. 
to J. Black’s FI. S. Aust. 327 (1965); J. H. Willis, Handb. FI. Viet. 2:732 (1973); Short in 
Jessop, FI. Central Aust. 392, fig. 504 (1981); Short, Muelleria 4:399 (1981); Cunningham, 
Mulham, Milthorpe & Leigh, PI. Western N.S.W. 711 (1982) — Gnaphalodes uliginosum 
A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:228 (1852); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:578 (1867); 
F. M. Bail., Qld. FI. 851 (1900); J. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 649, fig. 306 (1929), 2nd 
ed. 930, fig. 1232 (1957); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 823, pi. 13 (1975) p.p. 
(excluding collections of A. oldfieldiana). Type: “Swan River, Drummond.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Drummond 69, Swan River, N. HolL, s. dat. (K). Probable Isolectotype: 
Drummond s.n.. Swan R., s. dat. (GH). Possible Syntypes or isosyntypes: Drummond 
360, Sw. riv., s. dat. (K); Drummond 369 or 7360, s. dat. (BM); Drummond s.n., W.A., 
s. dat. (MEL 83399). See typification, note 1, below. 
Gnaphalodes evacinum Sond., Linnaea 25:520 (1853); SchdI., Linnaea 21:450 (1848), 
description but no name. Type: “Lyndoch-V alley, in solo sterili gregatim crescens, Sept., 
Octob.” Lectotype (here designated): Mueller s.n., Lyndoch Valley, s. dat. (GH, ex herb. 
Sonder, ex herb. Klatt). Possible Isolectotypes, Syntypes or Isosyntypes: Mueller s.n., 
Lyndoch-valley, N. Holl. austr., — .b(.1851 (MEL 544152); Mueller s.n.. In den nordli- 
cheren districten stellenweise auf unfruchtbarem boden, oft in dichtgesaeten massen. Sept. 
Oct. (MEL 84384, ex herb. Sonder); Mueller s.n.. In . . . madidis . . . arenosis prope 
Lyndoch valley, — .ix. 71851 (MEL 84321); Mueller s.n., Murray, s. dat. (K). See typifi- 
cation, note 2, below. 
Annual herb. Stem reduced and unbranched or forming major branches at basal nodes; 
major axes prostrate to ± decumbent, c. 1-10 cm long, sometimes developing minor shoots, 
all axes hairy and terminating in an inflorescence. Leaves ± spathulate or oblanceolate to 
obovate, 0. 3-1(1. 3) cm long, 0.15-0.5 cm wide, tomentose, the under surface sometimes 
more hairy than the upper surface. Inflorescences of 1 capitulum or of 2-12 capitula in a 
compact cluster, all inflorescences ± obloid to transversely ellipsoid or broadly depressed to 
depressed-ovoid, c. 0.5-1 cm high, c. 0.6-1. 8 cm diam. and surrounded by a general in- 
volucre of leaves and c. 15-20 leaf-like bracts which are oblanceolate to obovate, 0.3-0. 9 
cm long, c. 0.1-0.45 cm wide, the largest ones about the length of the head, all bracts 
tomentose. Capitular bracts c. 19-28. Outermost bracts ± oblanceolate to obovate or ± 
obtrullate, sometimes ± elliptic or ± ovate, 3.8A.4 mm long, (0. 8)1-1. 7 mm wide. Middle 
bracts ± obtrullate or ± obovate, 3. 7^. 9 mm long, 1.7-2 mm wide; upper part of the 
lamina 1-1.3 mm long, ± flat to concave, ± rounded at the apex, yellow. Inner bracts ± 
oblanceolate to obovate or narrowly obtrullate to obtrullate, sometimes ± elliptic, 3. 2-4.6 
mm long, 1.1-1. 8 mm wide; upper part of the lamina (0.5)0.8-1.2 mm long, ± rounded at 
the apex, yellow. Florets (28)35-55(63) per capitulum; corolla tube 2-2.5 mm long, (4)5- 
lobed. Stamens (4)5. Anthers possibly bisporangiate, (0.27)0.34-0.62(0.65) mm long; mi- 
crosporangia (0.14)0.16-0.37(0.4) mm long; apical appendage (0.09)0.1-0.25(0.33) mm long. 
Pollen grains (36)48-180(200) per floret, (4)8-36(40) per anther. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.75- 
0.85 mm long, 0.4-0.45 mm diam. Pappus consisting of 5 bristles fused at the base, each 
bristle tapering toward the apex and plumose for most of its length, sometimes with a ± 
terminal tuft. 
Chromosome number: n = c. 11. 
Typification: 
1. Gray failed to record Drummond’s collection number or numbers in both his 
publication and on type material (fragmentary and mbced with G. condensatum — see 
under that species) at GH. At K undoubted syntype material exists on a sheet containing 
four separate collections of A. uliginosum. Two of these collections were made by Drum- 
mond. One of these, Drummond 69, consists of a single plant, is labelled in Gray’s hand 
as Gnaphalodes uliginosum and must be selected as the lectotype because there is no 
indication that Gray examined the other Drummond collection, Drummond 360. Drum- 
mond 360 can only be regarded as a possible syntype. 1 regard the fragmentary material 

Page image

801930 Gnaphalodes evacina Muelleria 6(1): 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960243
Page is part of the work A revision of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184058

Page text

18 
N. of Boologooro Homestead, 25.viii.1982 (MEL); Short 2032, c. 14 km SE. of Carnarvon, 12.x. 1983 (MEL); 
Turner 5388, 26 miles E. of Gascoyne Junction, 22.viii.1965 (MEL, PERTH). 
3. Actinobole uliginosiim (A. Gray) H. Eichler, Taxon 12:295 (1963); H. Eichler, Suppl. 
to J. Black’s FI. S. Aust. 327 (1965); J. H. Willis, Handb. FI. Viet. 2:732 (1973); Short in 
Jessop, FI. Central Aust. 392, fig. 504 (1981); Short, Muelleria 4:399 (1981); Cunningham, 
Mulham, Milthorpe & Leigh, PI. Western N.S.W. 711 (1982) — Gnaphalodes uliginosum 
A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:228 (1852); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:578 (1867); 
F. M. Bail., Qld. FI. 851 (1900); J. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 649, fig. 306 (1929), 2nd 
ed. 930, fig. 1232 (1957); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 823, pi. 13 (1975) p.p. 
(excluding collections of A. oldfieldiana). Type: “Swan River, Drummond.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Drummond 69, Swan River, N. HolL, s. dat. (K). Probable Isolectotype: 
Drummond s.n.. Swan R., s. dat. (GH). Possible Syntypes or isosyntypes: Drummond 
360, Sw. riv., s. dat. (K); Drummond 369 or 7360, s. dat. (BM); Drummond s.n., W.A., 
s. dat. (MEL 83399). See typification, note 1, below. 
Gnaphalodes evacinum Sond., Linnaea 25:520 (1853); SchdI., Linnaea 21:450 (1848), 
description but no name. Type: “Lyndoch-V alley, in solo sterili gregatim crescens, Sept., 
Octob.” Lectotype (here designated): Mueller s.n., Lyndoch Valley, s. dat. (GH, ex herb. 
Sonder, ex herb. Klatt). Possible Isolectotypes, Syntypes or Isosyntypes: Mueller s.n., 
Lyndoch-valley, N. Holl. austr., — .b(.1851 (MEL 544152); Mueller s.n.. In den nordli- 
cheren districten stellenweise auf unfruchtbarem boden, oft in dichtgesaeten massen. Sept. 
Oct. (MEL 84384, ex herb. Sonder); Mueller s.n.. In . . . madidis . . . arenosis prope 
Lyndoch valley, — .ix. 71851 (MEL 84321); Mueller s.n., Murray, s. dat. (K). See typifi- 
cation, note 2, below. 
Annual herb. Stem reduced and unbranched or forming major branches at basal nodes; 
major axes prostrate to ± decumbent, c. 1-10 cm long, sometimes developing minor shoots, 
all axes hairy and terminating in an inflorescence. Leaves ± spathulate or oblanceolate to 
obovate, 0. 3-1(1. 3) cm long, 0.15-0.5 cm wide, tomentose, the under surface sometimes 
more hairy than the upper surface. Inflorescences of 1 capitulum or of 2-12 capitula in a 
compact cluster, all inflorescences ± obloid to transversely ellipsoid or broadly depressed to 
depressed-ovoid, c. 0.5-1 cm high, c. 0.6-1. 8 cm diam. and surrounded by a general in- 
volucre of leaves and c. 15-20 leaf-like bracts which are oblanceolate to obovate, 0.3-0. 9 
cm long, c. 0.1-0.45 cm wide, the largest ones about the length of the head, all bracts 
tomentose. Capitular bracts c. 19-28. Outermost bracts ± oblanceolate to obovate or ± 
obtrullate, sometimes ± elliptic or ± ovate, 3.8A.4 mm long, (0. 8)1-1. 7 mm wide. Middle 
bracts ± obtrullate or ± obovate, 3. 7^. 9 mm long, 1.7-2 mm wide; upper part of the 
lamina 1-1.3 mm long, ± flat to concave, ± rounded at the apex, yellow. Inner bracts ± 
oblanceolate to obovate or narrowly obtrullate to obtrullate, sometimes ± elliptic, 3. 2-4.6 
mm long, 1.1-1. 8 mm wide; upper part of the lamina (0.5)0.8-1.2 mm long, ± rounded at 
the apex, yellow. Florets (28)35-55(63) per capitulum; corolla tube 2-2.5 mm long, (4)5- 
lobed. Stamens (4)5. Anthers possibly bisporangiate, (0.27)0.34-0.62(0.65) mm long; mi- 
crosporangia (0.14)0.16-0.37(0.4) mm long; apical appendage (0.09)0.1-0.25(0.33) mm long. 
Pollen grains (36)48-180(200) per floret, (4)8-36(40) per anther. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.75- 
0.85 mm long, 0.4-0.45 mm diam. Pappus consisting of 5 bristles fused at the base, each 
bristle tapering toward the apex and plumose for most of its length, sometimes with a ± 
terminal tuft. 
Chromosome number: n = c. 11. 
Typification: 
1. Gray failed to record Drummond’s collection number or numbers in both his 
publication and on type material (fragmentary and mbced with G. condensatum — see 
under that species) at GH. At K undoubted syntype material exists on a sheet containing 
four separate collections of A. uliginosum. Two of these collections were made by Drum- 
mond. One of these, Drummond 69, consists of a single plant, is labelled in Gray’s hand 
as Gnaphalodes uliginosum and must be selected as the lectotype because there is no 
indication that Gray examined the other Drummond collection, Drummond 360. Drum- 
mond 360 can only be regarded as a possible syntype. 1 regard the fragmentary material 

Page image

549502 Gnaphalodes uliginosa Muelleria 6(1): 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960243
Page is part of the work A revision of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184058

Page text

18 
N. of Boologooro Homestead, 25.viii.1982 (MEL); Short 2032, c. 14 km SE. of Carnarvon, 12.x. 1983 (MEL); 
Turner 5388, 26 miles E. of Gascoyne Junction, 22.viii.1965 (MEL, PERTH). 
3. Actinobole uliginosiim (A. Gray) H. Eichler, Taxon 12:295 (1963); H. Eichler, Suppl. 
to J. Black’s FI. S. Aust. 327 (1965); J. H. Willis, Handb. FI. Viet. 2:732 (1973); Short in 
Jessop, FI. Central Aust. 392, fig. 504 (1981); Short, Muelleria 4:399 (1981); Cunningham, 
Mulham, Milthorpe & Leigh, PI. Western N.S.W. 711 (1982) — Gnaphalodes uliginosum 
A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:228 (1852); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:578 (1867); 
F. M. Bail., Qld. FI. 851 (1900); J. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 649, fig. 306 (1929), 2nd 
ed. 930, fig. 1232 (1957); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 823, pi. 13 (1975) p.p. 
(excluding collections of A. oldfieldiana). Type: “Swan River, Drummond.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Drummond 69, Swan River, N. HolL, s. dat. (K). Probable Isolectotype: 
Drummond s.n.. Swan R., s. dat. (GH). Possible Syntypes or isosyntypes: Drummond 
360, Sw. riv., s. dat. (K); Drummond 369 or 7360, s. dat. (BM); Drummond s.n., W.A., 
s. dat. (MEL 83399). See typification, note 1, below. 
Gnaphalodes evacinum Sond., Linnaea 25:520 (1853); SchdI., Linnaea 21:450 (1848), 
description but no name. Type: “Lyndoch-V alley, in solo sterili gregatim crescens, Sept., 
Octob.” Lectotype (here designated): Mueller s.n., Lyndoch Valley, s. dat. (GH, ex herb. 
Sonder, ex herb. Klatt). Possible Isolectotypes, Syntypes or Isosyntypes: Mueller s.n., 
Lyndoch-valley, N. Holl. austr., — .b(.1851 (MEL 544152); Mueller s.n.. In den nordli- 
cheren districten stellenweise auf unfruchtbarem boden, oft in dichtgesaeten massen. Sept. 
Oct. (MEL 84384, ex herb. Sonder); Mueller s.n.. In . . . madidis . . . arenosis prope 
Lyndoch valley, — .ix. 71851 (MEL 84321); Mueller s.n., Murray, s. dat. (K). See typifi- 
cation, note 2, below. 
Annual herb. Stem reduced and unbranched or forming major branches at basal nodes; 
major axes prostrate to ± decumbent, c. 1-10 cm long, sometimes developing minor shoots, 
all axes hairy and terminating in an inflorescence. Leaves ± spathulate or oblanceolate to 
obovate, 0. 3-1(1. 3) cm long, 0.15-0.5 cm wide, tomentose, the under surface sometimes 
more hairy than the upper surface. Inflorescences of 1 capitulum or of 2-12 capitula in a 
compact cluster, all inflorescences ± obloid to transversely ellipsoid or broadly depressed to 
depressed-ovoid, c. 0.5-1 cm high, c. 0.6-1. 8 cm diam. and surrounded by a general in- 
volucre of leaves and c. 15-20 leaf-like bracts which are oblanceolate to obovate, 0.3-0. 9 
cm long, c. 0.1-0.45 cm wide, the largest ones about the length of the head, all bracts 
tomentose. Capitular bracts c. 19-28. Outermost bracts ± oblanceolate to obovate or ± 
obtrullate, sometimes ± elliptic or ± ovate, 3.8A.4 mm long, (0. 8)1-1. 7 mm wide. Middle 
bracts ± obtrullate or ± obovate, 3. 7^. 9 mm long, 1.7-2 mm wide; upper part of the 
lamina 1-1.3 mm long, ± flat to concave, ± rounded at the apex, yellow. Inner bracts ± 
oblanceolate to obovate or narrowly obtrullate to obtrullate, sometimes ± elliptic, 3. 2-4.6 
mm long, 1.1-1. 8 mm wide; upper part of the lamina (0.5)0.8-1.2 mm long, ± rounded at 
the apex, yellow. Florets (28)35-55(63) per capitulum; corolla tube 2-2.5 mm long, (4)5- 
lobed. Stamens (4)5. Anthers possibly bisporangiate, (0.27)0.34-0.62(0.65) mm long; mi- 
crosporangia (0.14)0.16-0.37(0.4) mm long; apical appendage (0.09)0.1-0.25(0.33) mm long. 
Pollen grains (36)48-180(200) per floret, (4)8-36(40) per anther. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.75- 
0.85 mm long, 0.4-0.45 mm diam. Pappus consisting of 5 bristles fused at the base, each 
bristle tapering toward the apex and plumose for most of its length, sometimes with a ± 
terminal tuft. 
Chromosome number: n = c. 11. 
Typification: 
1. Gray failed to record Drummond’s collection number or numbers in both his 
publication and on type material (fragmentary and mbced with G. condensatum — see 
under that species) at GH. At K undoubted syntype material exists on a sheet containing 
four separate collections of A. uliginosum. Two of these collections were made by Drum- 
mond. One of these, Drummond 69, consists of a single plant, is labelled in Gray’s hand 
as Gnaphalodes uliginosum and must be selected as the lectotype because there is no 
indication that Gray examined the other Drummond collection, Drummond 360. Drum- 
mond 360 can only be regarded as a possible syntype. 1 regard the fragmentary material 

Page image

818144 Gnaphalodes uliginosa Muelleria 6(1): 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960243
Page is part of the work A revision of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184058

Page text

18 
N. of Boologooro Homestead, 25.viii.1982 (MEL); Short 2032, c. 14 km SE. of Carnarvon, 12.x. 1983 (MEL); 
Turner 5388, 26 miles E. of Gascoyne Junction, 22.viii.1965 (MEL, PERTH). 
3. Actinobole uliginosiim (A. Gray) H. Eichler, Taxon 12:295 (1963); H. Eichler, Suppl. 
to J. Black’s FI. S. Aust. 327 (1965); J. H. Willis, Handb. FI. Viet. 2:732 (1973); Short in 
Jessop, FI. Central Aust. 392, fig. 504 (1981); Short, Muelleria 4:399 (1981); Cunningham, 
Mulham, Milthorpe & Leigh, PI. Western N.S.W. 711 (1982) — Gnaphalodes uliginosum 
A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:228 (1852); Benth., FI. Austr. 3:578 (1867); 
F. M. Bail., Qld. FI. 851 (1900); J. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 649, fig. 306 (1929), 2nd 
ed. 930, fig. 1232 (1957); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 823, pi. 13 (1975) p.p. 
(excluding collections of A. oldfieldiana). Type: “Swan River, Drummond.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Drummond 69, Swan River, N. HolL, s. dat. (K). Probable Isolectotype: 
Drummond s.n.. Swan R., s. dat. (GH). Possible Syntypes or isosyntypes: Drummond 
360, Sw. riv., s. dat. (K); Drummond 369 or 7360, s. dat. (BM); Drummond s.n., W.A., 
s. dat. (MEL 83399). See typification, note 1, below. 
Gnaphalodes evacinum Sond., Linnaea 25:520 (1853); SchdI., Linnaea 21:450 (1848), 
description but no name. Type: “Lyndoch-V alley, in solo sterili gregatim crescens, Sept., 
Octob.” Lectotype (here designated): Mueller s.n., Lyndoch Valley, s. dat. (GH, ex herb. 
Sonder, ex herb. Klatt). Possible Isolectotypes, Syntypes or Isosyntypes: Mueller s.n., 
Lyndoch-valley, N. Holl. austr., — .b(.1851 (MEL 544152); Mueller s.n.. In den nordli- 
cheren districten stellenweise auf unfruchtbarem boden, oft in dichtgesaeten massen. Sept. 
Oct. (MEL 84384, ex herb. Sonder); Mueller s.n.. In . . . madidis . . . arenosis prope 
Lyndoch valley, — .ix. 71851 (MEL 84321); Mueller s.n., Murray, s. dat. (K). See typifi- 
cation, note 2, below. 
Annual herb. Stem reduced and unbranched or forming major branches at basal nodes; 
major axes prostrate to ± decumbent, c. 1-10 cm long, sometimes developing minor shoots, 
all axes hairy and terminating in an inflorescence. Leaves ± spathulate or oblanceolate to 
obovate, 0. 3-1(1. 3) cm long, 0.15-0.5 cm wide, tomentose, the under surface sometimes 
more hairy than the upper surface. Inflorescences of 1 capitulum or of 2-12 capitula in a 
compact cluster, all inflorescences ± obloid to transversely ellipsoid or broadly depressed to 
depressed-ovoid, c. 0.5-1 cm high, c. 0.6-1. 8 cm diam. and surrounded by a general in- 
volucre of leaves and c. 15-20 leaf-like bracts which are oblanceolate to obovate, 0.3-0. 9 
cm long, c. 0.1-0.45 cm wide, the largest ones about the length of the head, all bracts 
tomentose. Capitular bracts c. 19-28. Outermost bracts ± oblanceolate to obovate or ± 
obtrullate, sometimes ± elliptic or ± ovate, 3.8A.4 mm long, (0. 8)1-1. 7 mm wide. Middle 
bracts ± obtrullate or ± obovate, 3. 7^. 9 mm long, 1.7-2 mm wide; upper part of the 
lamina 1-1.3 mm long, ± flat to concave, ± rounded at the apex, yellow. Inner bracts ± 
oblanceolate to obovate or narrowly obtrullate to obtrullate, sometimes ± elliptic, 3. 2-4.6 
mm long, 1.1-1. 8 mm wide; upper part of the lamina (0.5)0.8-1.2 mm long, ± rounded at 
the apex, yellow. Florets (28)35-55(63) per capitulum; corolla tube 2-2.5 mm long, (4)5- 
lobed. Stamens (4)5. Anthers possibly bisporangiate, (0.27)0.34-0.62(0.65) mm long; mi- 
crosporangia (0.14)0.16-0.37(0.4) mm long; apical appendage (0.09)0.1-0.25(0.33) mm long. 
Pollen grains (36)48-180(200) per floret, (4)8-36(40) per anther. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.75- 
0.85 mm long, 0.4-0.45 mm diam. Pappus consisting of 5 bristles fused at the base, each 
bristle tapering toward the apex and plumose for most of its length, sometimes with a ± 
terminal tuft. 
Chromosome number: n = c. 11. 
Typification: 
1. Gray failed to record Drummond’s collection number or numbers in both his 
publication and on type material (fragmentary and mbced with G. condensatum — see 
under that species) at GH. At K undoubted syntype material exists on a sheet containing 
four separate collections of A. uliginosum. Two of these collections were made by Drum- 
mond. One of these, Drummond 69, consists of a single plant, is labelled in Gray’s hand 
as Gnaphalodes uliginosum and must be selected as the lectotype because there is no 
indication that Gray examined the other Drummond collection, Drummond 360. Drum- 
mond 360 can only be regarded as a possible syntype. 1 regard the fragmentary material 

Page image

520803 Grevillea obtecta Muelleria 6(1&2): 147, figs 1-3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960330
Page is part of the work Grevillea obteca (Proteaceae), a new species from central Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.238379

Page text

GREVILLEA OBTECTA (PROTEACEAE), A NEW SPECIES FROM CENTRAL 
VICTORIA 
by 
W.M. Molyneux * 
ABSTRACT 
Molyneux, W.M. Grevillea o6(ec(a (Proteaceae), a new species from central Victoria. iWueZ/eria 6(1)147-151 (1985) — 
A new species of Grevillea R.Br. ex Knight, G. obtecta, is described, its affinities within the “aquifolium group” 
are discussed and notes on biology are given. The species is currently known from the Taradale — Daylesford area 
of Central Victoria. 
TAXONOMY 
Grevillea obtecta W.M. Molyneux, sp. nov. 
Frutex prostratus, in amplitudini ad circiter 2.3 m, ramulis fragilibus, caulibus juvenilibus villosis. Folia 
variabilia, ascendentia vel erecta, simplicia vel profunde divisa, plerumque ovata vel obovata vel 
rhombiformia, 3-18 cm (praecipue 3-11 et 13.5-16) long, 1.5-8 cm (praecipue 1.5-5) lata, ad basin 
cuneata, attenuata; petioli 0-21 mm (praecipue 3-12) longi; lobi acuminati, 2-9 mm (praecipue 4-7) 
lati, simplices vel varie divisi, marginibus planis vel recurvatis, supra pilis sparsis (secundum venam 
medium) aliquando praediti, subter pilis crispatis dispersis instructi; venae principales et secundariae, 
ut viduntur in superficiebus, prominentes. InflorescenCiae plerumque terminales, interdum in axibus 
vetustioribus, secundae, c. 3-6.5 cm longae. PeduncuUs et rhachibus villosis. Bracteae conspicuae c. 
5-12 mm longae, c 3-9 mm latae, in alabastro imbricatae, deciduae vel saepe persistentes. Pedicelli c. 
2-3.5 mm longi, sparse villosi. Perianthium viride, c. 6 x 2 mm, externe laxe villosum. Nectarium 
prominens. Stipes c. 2 mm longus. Ovario villoso. Slytoglabro (praeter basin) 8-13 mm longo. PoUinis- 
donor obliquus. Stigmate prominent!. 
Shrub to 2.3 m wide but usually c. 1 m, prostrate. Branches stout, brittle. Steins 
villous when young, becoming glabrous or sparingly villous with age. Petiole (0-)3-12(- 
21) mm long. Leaves variable, mostly ascending, crowded, subsessile to petiolate, 3-18 cm 
(usually either 3-11 or 13.5-16 cm) long including the petiole, 1.5-5(-8) cm wide, mostly 
ovate obovate or rhomboidal in outline, simple with irregularly serrate margin to pinnatifid 
or pinnatisect; base cuneate, tapered, a quarter to two-thirds of the total leaf length; margin 
recurved or flat; primary lobes (4-)7-13 per leaf, (2-)4-7(-9) mm wide, tapering to a sharp 
brittle point, simple or divided into secondary lobes which also taper to similar points; 
upper surface mostly glabrous except when young, or with a few scattered hairs along the 
midvein; lower surface with scattered curled or twisted hairs; venation on upper surface 
indented, the primary veins conspicuous, secondary veins less so; venation of lower surface 
raised and conspicuous. Inflorescence terminal, often displaced by a proximal branch, oc- 
casionally axial on old wood, or on a short branchlet arising on older wood, erect or 
decurved, secund, c. 3-6.5 cm long, bracteose. Peduncle and rhachis villous. Bracts imbri- 
cate, conspicuous, firmly attached, broadly to narrowly ovate, acute, concave, (5-)7-8(-12) 
mm long x (3-)5(-9) mm wide, deciduous at or during anthesis, or sometimes retained until 
flowers have withered; outer surface with central rib and longitudinal striations, mostly 
villous or if occasionally only sparsely hairy then mainly villous along edges; inner surface 
glabrous. Pedicels 2-3.5 mm long, sparsely covered with long twisted hairs. Perianth c. 6 
mm long x 2 mm wide, loosely villous and green outside, glabrous and purple inside. Torus 
almost straight to oblique. Nectary prominent, ± U-shaped, c. 0. 5-1.0 mm high, up to 0.5 
mm thick; margin irregular. Pistil c. 12-16 mm long. Sdpe c. 2 mm long, sparsely villous, 
attached toward the top of the torus. Ovary with mostly appressed long hairs. Style (8-)10- 
12(-13) mm long, sparsely hairy at base. Po//en-presenter oblique, c. 1.5-2 mm wide with 
a prominent stigma. Fruit ellipsoid with appressed hairs, opening to almost flat after de- 
hiscence; style persistent. Flowering period Oct. — Dec. 
Type Collection: 
6 km SW. of Taradale, on north-westerly slopes above forest track, 1 km SW. of 
•Belfast Road, Montrose, Victoria, Australia 3765. 
147 

Page image

644899 Helicia calocoma Muelleria 6(1&2): 79-81, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 79-81, Fig. 1".

562138 Helicia insularis Muelleria 6(1&2): 81
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960210
Page is part of the work Seven New Species of Helicia Lour. (Proteaceae) from Papua New-guinea, doi:10.5962/p.184061

Page text

81 
Type Collection: 
Above Arora Village, Upper Wau Valley, Morobe district, northeastern New Guinea, 
25. vi. 1973, J. S. Womersley NGF 4/24S (flowering collection). (Holotype: LAE. Isotypes: 
A, BRl, CANB, K, NSW). 
Further Specimen Examined: 
Northeastern New Guinea. Morobe district — New Yamap, head of Blame Creek, 19.iii.l970, H. Streimann 
& A. Kairo NGF 47647 (A, BRI, A, BRl, CANB, K, LAE, NSW); Kaisinik, 44 km along N.N.G. logging road, 
30.V.1976, A. Masapuhafo AMS (LAE). 
Distribution and Habitat: 
Known only from a restricted area in the Morobe district of northeastern New Guinea. 
Found in Nothofagus forest at altitudes ranging from 1200 — 2000 m. 
Discussion: 
H. calocoma can be distinguished immediately from all other Helicia species in Papua 
New Guinea by its very long petioles and the very distinctive and attractive rufous-tomentose 
indumentum which completely covers the twigs, petioles, leaves and all parts of the inflo- 
rescence and flowers. 
It is difficult to assess the relationships of H. calocoma and mature fruits, when found, 
may assist. The species shares an important combination of characters viz., ovary hairy, 
leaves and branchlets hairy to a greater or lesser degree and leaves entire or almost so, with 
a group of eight species that includes taxa such as H. amplifolia Sleum., H. oreadum Diels, 
H. platyphylla Sleum. and H. sdlae-montis Sleum. However, none of these taxa has par- 
ticularly long petioles nor do they in general have such a dense and persistent indumentum 
as is found in H. calocoma. 
Helicia insiilaris D. Foreman, sp.nov. 
Arbor 8-15 m alia. Ramuli glabri; cicatrices foliorum prominentes. Folii lamina ± elliptica, mucronata ad 
obtusam, ad basin attenuata, integra, 5.5-12.5 cm longa, 3.5-6 cm lata, glabra, chartacea; nervorum 
c. 8 pares; petiolus 5-8 mm longus. In florescentiae in axillis superis, c. 5.5 cm longae, glabrae. Pedicelli 
3 mm long!, glabri. Periantbium 13 mm longum, album, glabrum. Ovarium glabrum. Fructus (im- 
maturus) globosus, glaber. 
Tree 8-15 m tall. Branchlets glabrous, with prominent leaf-base scars. Leaf blade ± 
elliptic, mucronate to obtuse, attenuate at the base and decurrent onto the petiole, entire, 
5.5-12.5 cm long, 3.5-6 cm wide, glabrous, chartaceous to subcoriaceous, drying mid- to 
dark-green above, mid-brown beneath; midrib raised above, prominent beneath; nerves 
about 8 pairs, curved upwardly, becoming fainter towards the margin, slightly raised above, 
raised but fine beneath; reticulations dense, slightly raised on both surfaces; petiole 5-8 mm 
long, stout. Inflorescence axillary, borne towards the ends of the twigs, about 5.5 cm long, 
glabrous, rachis 1 .5 mm diameter. Bract subtending flower pairs ovate-acute, 1 mm long; 
floral bracts slightly smaller. Peduncle c. 0.4 mm long, glabrous. Pedicels 3 mm long, 
glabrous. Perianth white, 13 mm long, glabrous; limb 3.5 x 1.5 mm. Anthers c. 3 mm 
long. Hypogynous glands connate into a crenulate cup. Ovary glabrous; style glabrous. 
Fruit (immature) globose, glabrous; pericarp appears homogeneous. (Fig. 2). 
Type Collection: 
Mt. Pabinana, Normanby Island, Papuan Islands, Papua, 2.V.1956, L. J. Brass 25650 
(flowering collection). (Holotype: LAE. Isotype: L, n.v.). 
Further Specimen Examined: 
Papua. Papuan Islands — Between Agamoia and Ailuluai, Fergusson Island, 9.vi.l956, L. J. Brass 27042 
(L, LAE). 
Distribution and Habitat: 
H. insularis is known only from Normanby and Fergusson Islands in the Papuan 
Islands district and it is this insular location which the specific epithet alludes to. Occurs in 
mossy forest at altitudes ranging from 800-950 m. 

Page image

562139 Helicia laiagamensis Muelleria 6(1&2): 83, Fig.3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960266
Page is part of the work Seven New Species of Helicia Lour. (Proteaceae) from Papua New-guinea, doi:10.5962/p.184061

Page text

83 
Heiicia laiagamensis D. Foreman, sp.nov. 
Arbor parva ad 10 m alia. Ramuli teretes, atro-ferruginoso-tomentosi, glabrescentes. Folii lamina plerumque 
elliptica, interdum obovata, acuta, ad basin cuneata, Integra (Juvenalis interdum sparsim dentata), 6- 
16 cm longa, 2.V-6.2 cm lata, undique ferruginoso-tomentosa, supra glabrescens, infra indumento 
praecipue secus costam et nerves principales persistent!, chartacea ad subcoriacea; nervorum 7-10 
pares; petiolus 7-14 mm longus, atro-ferruginoso-tomentosus, glabrescens. Inflorescentia axillaris vel 
ramiflorus, 11.5-33.5 cm longa, dense ferruginoso-appresso-tomentosa. Pedicelli 3-4.5 mm longi, fer- 
ruginoso-tomentosi. Perianthium 8.5-11 mm longum, ferruginoso-appresso-tomentosum. Ovarium 
rufo-tomentosum. Fructus ± globosus, 2.5 cm diam., glaber; pericarpium homogeneum, 1.5-2 mm 
crassum; pedicellus crassus, 2.3 mm longus. Semen globosum, 2 cm diam. 
Fig. 3. HeUda laiagamensis. A — flowering branchlet. B — a pair of flowers (unit inflorescence) with the perianth 
parts removed. From the type collection. 

Page image

644900 Helicia polyosmoides Muelleria 6(1&2): 84-86, Fig. 4

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 84-86, Fig. 4".

644901 Helicia retusa Muelleria 6(1&2): 86-87, Fig. 5

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 86-87, Fig. 5".

562133 Helicia rostrata Muelleria 6(1&2): 87-89, Fig.6

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 87-89, Fig.6".

562134 Helicia subcordata Muelleria 6(1&2): 89-91, Fig.7

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 89-91, Fig.7".

486533 Labichea bipunctata Muelleria 6(1&2): 23-49 (37)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 23-49 (37)".

486561 Labichea brassii Muelleria 6(1&2): 27-28

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 27-28".

486597 Labichea buettneriana Muelleria 6(1&2): 28-29

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 28-29".

488738 Labichea cassioides Muelleria 6(1&2): 25-27

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 25-27".

488751 Labichea deserticola Muelleria 6(1&2): 32, fig. 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960229
Page is part of the work A revision of the Genus Labichea Gaudich. ex DC. (Caesalpiniaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184059

Page text

32 
L. eremaea has a restricted distribution in Western Australia between Anketell and 
Sandstone where it occurs in red sand with mallee Eucalyptus spp. and other Myrtaceous, 
Proteaceous and Solanaceous shrubs (Fig. 3). 
Specimens Examined (total number, 5); 
Western Australia — 16 km W, of Sandstone, 15.viii.l931, C. A. Gardner & W. E. Blackall 474 (PERTH). 
± 10 km from Anketell Station eastern boundary along road towards Sandstone, 22.viii.1982, P. S. Short 1546 
(MEL 629302). ± 1 km W. of Anketell Station eastern boundary along Sandstone — Mt Magnet Road, 
22.viii.1982, P. S. Short f547 (MEL 629304). 
Notes: 
Fruiting material is desired as only old pod valves have been collected. 
6. Labichea deserticola J. FI. Ross, sp. nov. 
Species nova L. lanceolatae Benth. affinis, a qua foliis semper 3-foliolatis cum foliolis anguste ovatis vel 
ellipticis minoribus differ!. 
Type: Western Australia, Victoria Desert Camp 44, 27°44' S, 126°33' E, 7.ix.l891, R. Helms 
s.n. (AD 98223(X)4, holo.; MEL 616545, NSW 150255-150257, iso.). 
Shrub to 1 m high, young branchlets clothed with appressed or slightly spreading hairs. 
Leaves digitately 3-foliolate, the central leaflet largest: petiole up to 1 .25 mm long, pubescent; 
leaflets narrow-ovate or elliptic, sessile, conspicuously reticulate, upper surface with scattered 
tubercular-based uncinate hairs, lower surface sparingly appressed-pubescent; central leaflet 
1.6-2. 3 cm long including the pungent tip up to 0.4 cm long, 0.4-0. 6 cm wide; lateral leaflets 
0.9-1. 6 cm long including the pungent tip, 0.325-0.5 cm wide. Stipules narrow-triangular, 
up to 1.75 X 1.0 mm, ± appressed-pubescent, soon deciduous. Racemes mostly 3-5-flowered 
and longer than the leaves; bracts ovate, up to 3 x 2 mm, pubescent, deciduous. Pedicels 
4-6 mm long, densely ± appressed-pubescent. Sepals 4, sparingly to densely appressed- 
pubescent, the 2 outer 10.5-11 x 3.4-3.8 mm, acute apically, the 2 inner sepals 8.5-10.6 x 
2.8-3.5 mm. Petals 4, 8-10 x 3-5.2 mm. Stamens unequal, one anther nearly twice as long 
as the other, filaments up to 0.5 mm long; short anther ± 5 mm long, long anther 8.5-9 
mm long. Ovary up to 4 mm long, 2-ovulate, villous. Pod (only 1 immature pod seen) 
elliptic-oblong, 1.8 x 0.8 cm, with short erect uncinate hairs and longer appressed hairs. 
Seeds unknown (Fig. 4). 
Known only from the type collection from the Victoria Desert, Western Australia (Fig. 
3). Ecological preferences and conservation status unknown. 
Notes: 
Differs from L. lanceolata in having consistently 3-foliolate leaves, the central leaflet 
being only slightly larger than the two lateral ones and not markedly disproportionate, and 
in the leaflets being differently shaped and conspicuously reticulately veined. 
More material, especially fruiting material, is desired. 
7. Labichea saxicola J. H. Ross, sp. nov. 
Species nova L. nitidae Benth. affinis, a qua pilis conspicuis adpressis ad 2 mm longis in foliolis paginae 
inferioris; pilis ad 2 mm longis in ramulis juvenilibus, petiolis, racemis, pedicelUs, bracteis et sepalis; 
et floribus cum 4 sepalibus, (iiffert. 
Type: Northern Territory, Kakadu National Park, 1 km S. of Twin Falls, 23. v. 1980, L. A. 
Craven 5797 (CANB 309315, holo.; DNA 19919, MEL 616040, iso.). 
Shrub to 2 m high, young branchlets densely clothed with a mixture of short erect or 
appressed hairs (not uncinate) and scattered appressed or spreading villous hairs up to 2 
mm long. Leaves digitately (3)5(7)-foliolate, the central leaflet largest; leaflets elliptic, elliptic- 
oblong, oblong or obovate-oblong, discolorous, upper surface densely clothed with erect 
uncinate hairs, margins thickened and slightly revolute, lower surface densely clothed with 
appressed white hairs up to 2 mm long especially on the midrib (rarely a few uncinate hairs 
present), petiolules densely clothed with appressed or spreading hairs; central leaflet 1.7A.3 
cm long including a pungent tip up to 3 mm long, 0.6-1. 3 cm wide; lateral leaflets 0.8-2. 8 

Page image

488766 Labichea digitata Muelleria 6(1&2): 43-45

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 43-45".

488802 Labichea diversifolia brevifolia Muelleria 6(1&2): 39
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960222
Page is part of the work A revision of the Genus Labichea Gaudich. ex DC. (Caesalpiniaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184059
839587 Labichea diversifolia brevifolia Muelleria 6(1&2): 39
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960222
Page is part of the work A revision of the Genus Labichea Gaudich. ex DC. (Caesalpiniaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184059
488819 Labichea diversifolia longifolia Muelleria 6(1&2): 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960224
Page is part of the work A revision of the Genus Labichea Gaudich. ex DC. (Caesalpiniaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184059
488836 Labichea eremaea Muelleria 6(1&2): 31-32

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 31-32".

486509 Labichea Muelleria 6(1&2): 23-49

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 23-49".

488858 Labichea lanceolata Muelleria 6(1&2): 37-41

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 37-41".

602473 Labichea lanceolata lanceolata Muelleria 6(1&2): 39
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960222
Page is part of the work A revision of the Genus Labichea Gaudich. ex DC. (Caesalpiniaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184059
602471 Labichea lanceolata brevifolia Muelleria 6(1&2): 39
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960222
Page is part of the work A revision of the Genus Labichea Gaudich. ex DC. (Caesalpiniaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184059
488874 Labichea nitida Muelleria 6(1&2): 35-37

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 35-37".

488885 Labichea nitida pinnata Muelleria 6(1&2): 23-49 (27)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 23-49 (27)".

488884 Labichea nitida pinnata Muelleria 6(1&2): 27
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960234
Page is part of the work A revision of the Genus Labichea Gaudich. ex DC. (Caesalpiniaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184059
798581 Labichea nitida pinnata Muelleria 6(1&2): 27
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960234
Page is part of the work A revision of the Genus Labichea Gaudich. ex DC. (Caesalpiniaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184059
488890 Labichea obtrullata Muelleria 6(1&2): 40, fig. 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960221
Page is part of the work A revision of the Genus Labichea Gaudich. ex DC. (Caesalpiniaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184059

Page text

40 
Fig. 7. The known distributions of Labichea lanceolata, L. obtruUata and L. rupestris. 
Notes: 
L. diversifoha Meissner var. brevifolia Meissner was based on two Preiss collections 
numbered 1027 which were cited in the protologue as follows: “Inter fragmenta rupium 
(Quartz) ad latus occidentale montis Bakewell (York) et in rupestribus as fluv. Canning 
(Darling’s Range) d. 8 Sept. 1839 et M. Jul. 1841. Herb. Preiss. No. 1027”. Specimens of 
Preiss 1027 housed in LD, MEL, NY and W have been examined: there are none at K. 
The specimen labelled Preiss 1027 in W is referrable to L. lanceolata subsp. lanceolata: the 
specimen does not belong with the label which has Huegel’s printed name crossed out and 
substituted with Preiss’s and an abbreviated version of the locality data cited in the pro- 
tologue. The specimen in LD is accompanied by a label in Preiss’s hand, one of the MEL 
sheets (MEL 626657) is from Steetz’s herbarium and the other MEL sheet (MEL 626658) 
is from Lehmann’s herbarium. The label on the NY specimen is not in Meissner’s hand 
and there is no obvious evidence to suggest that it formed part of Meissner’s herbarium. 
The MEL sheet from Steetz’s herbarium bears the locality Canning River, the MEL sheet 
from Lehmann’s herbarium has a reference to the protologue, and the labels of the spec- 
imens in LD and NY have both Mt Bakewell and Canning River as given in the protologue 
and there is no means of knowing from which of the two localities the specimens came. I 
now select the sheet of Preiss 1027 in LD as the lectotype of L. diversifolia var. brevifolia. 
In subsp. brevifolia some leaves are occasionally 3-foliolate but these are always ac- 
companied by leaves with 4-6 leaflets. 
Four specimens from outlying localities north of the main distributional range of subsp. 
brevifolia have narrower leaflets than usual and a somewhat different facies as a conse- 
quence. The specimens in question are A. C. Burns 98 (PERTH) from East Yuna which 
is separated apparently from other populations by a large geographical discontinuity, C. A. 
Gardner 72/49 (PERTH) from Ninghan, C. A. Gardner /2/26 (PERTH) from Waddourin 
Hill and W. E. Blackall 3400 (PERTH) from south of Bencubbin. Although atypical, for 
the present the specimens are referred to subsp. brevifolia pending further investigation. 
10. Labichea obtrullata J. H. Ross, sp. nov. 
Species nova L. lanceolatae Benth. affinis, a qua foliis semper 3-folioIatis cum foliolis lateralibus plerumque 
late obtrullatis (iiffert. 

Page image

488893 Labichea punctata Muelleria 6(1&2): 47-49

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 47-49".

488922 Labichea punctata lanceolata Muelleria 6(1&2): 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960214
Page is part of the work A revision of the Genus Labichea Gaudich. ex DC. (Caesalpiniaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184059
803845 Labichea punctata lanceolata Muelleria 6(1&2): 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960214
Page is part of the work A revision of the Genus Labichea Gaudich. ex DC. (Caesalpiniaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184059
488948 Labichea rupestris Muelleria 6(1&2): 41-43

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 41-43".

488958 Labichea saxicola Muelleria 6(1&2): 32, fig. 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960229
Page is part of the work A revision of the Genus Labichea Gaudich. ex DC. (Caesalpiniaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184059

Page text

32 
L. eremaea has a restricted distribution in Western Australia between Anketell and 
Sandstone where it occurs in red sand with mallee Eucalyptus spp. and other Myrtaceous, 
Proteaceous and Solanaceous shrubs (Fig. 3). 
Specimens Examined (total number, 5); 
Western Australia — 16 km W, of Sandstone, 15.viii.l931, C. A. Gardner & W. E. Blackall 474 (PERTH). 
± 10 km from Anketell Station eastern boundary along road towards Sandstone, 22.viii.1982, P. S. Short 1546 
(MEL 629302). ± 1 km W. of Anketell Station eastern boundary along Sandstone — Mt Magnet Road, 
22.viii.1982, P. S. Short f547 (MEL 629304). 
Notes: 
Fruiting material is desired as only old pod valves have been collected. 
6. Labichea deserticola J. FI. Ross, sp. nov. 
Species nova L. lanceolatae Benth. affinis, a qua foliis semper 3-foliolatis cum foliolis anguste ovatis vel 
ellipticis minoribus differ!. 
Type: Western Australia, Victoria Desert Camp 44, 27°44' S, 126°33' E, 7.ix.l891, R. Helms 
s.n. (AD 98223(X)4, holo.; MEL 616545, NSW 150255-150257, iso.). 
Shrub to 1 m high, young branchlets clothed with appressed or slightly spreading hairs. 
Leaves digitately 3-foliolate, the central leaflet largest: petiole up to 1 .25 mm long, pubescent; 
leaflets narrow-ovate or elliptic, sessile, conspicuously reticulate, upper surface with scattered 
tubercular-based uncinate hairs, lower surface sparingly appressed-pubescent; central leaflet 
1.6-2. 3 cm long including the pungent tip up to 0.4 cm long, 0.4-0. 6 cm wide; lateral leaflets 
0.9-1. 6 cm long including the pungent tip, 0.325-0.5 cm wide. Stipules narrow-triangular, 
up to 1.75 X 1.0 mm, ± appressed-pubescent, soon deciduous. Racemes mostly 3-5-flowered 
and longer than the leaves; bracts ovate, up to 3 x 2 mm, pubescent, deciduous. Pedicels 
4-6 mm long, densely ± appressed-pubescent. Sepals 4, sparingly to densely appressed- 
pubescent, the 2 outer 10.5-11 x 3.4-3.8 mm, acute apically, the 2 inner sepals 8.5-10.6 x 
2.8-3.5 mm. Petals 4, 8-10 x 3-5.2 mm. Stamens unequal, one anther nearly twice as long 
as the other, filaments up to 0.5 mm long; short anther ± 5 mm long, long anther 8.5-9 
mm long. Ovary up to 4 mm long, 2-ovulate, villous. Pod (only 1 immature pod seen) 
elliptic-oblong, 1.8 x 0.8 cm, with short erect uncinate hairs and longer appressed hairs. 
Seeds unknown (Fig. 4). 
Known only from the type collection from the Victoria Desert, Western Australia (Fig. 
3). Ecological preferences and conservation status unknown. 
Notes: 
Differs from L. lanceolata in having consistently 3-foliolate leaves, the central leaflet 
being only slightly larger than the two lateral ones and not markedly disproportionate, and 
in the leaflets being differently shaped and conspicuously reticulately veined. 
More material, especially fruiting material, is desired. 
7. Labichea saxicola J. H. Ross, sp. nov. 
Species nova L. nitidae Benth. affinis, a qua pilis conspicuis adpressis ad 2 mm longis in foliolis paginae 
inferioris; pilis ad 2 mm longis in ramulis juvenilibus, petiolis, racemis, pedicelUs, bracteis et sepalis; 
et floribus cum 4 sepalibus, (iiffert. 
Type: Northern Territory, Kakadu National Park, 1 km S. of Twin Falls, 23. v. 1980, L. A. 
Craven 5797 (CANB 309315, holo.; DNA 19919, MEL 616040, iso.). 
Shrub to 2 m high, young branchlets densely clothed with a mixture of short erect or 
appressed hairs (not uncinate) and scattered appressed or spreading villous hairs up to 2 
mm long. Leaves digitately (3)5(7)-foliolate, the central leaflet largest; leaflets elliptic, elliptic- 
oblong, oblong or obovate-oblong, discolorous, upper surface densely clothed with erect 
uncinate hairs, margins thickened and slightly revolute, lower surface densely clothed with 
appressed white hairs up to 2 mm long especially on the midrib (rarely a few uncinate hairs 
present), petiolules densely clothed with appressed or spreading hairs; central leaflet 1.7A.3 
cm long including a pungent tip up to 3 mm long, 0.6-1. 3 cm wide; lateral leaflets 0.8-2. 8 

Page image

488962 Labichea stellata Muelleria 6(1&2): 45, fig. 10
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960216
Page is part of the work A revision of the Genus Labichea Gaudich. ex DC. (Caesalpiniaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184059
796765 Labichea tephrosiifolia Muelleria 6(1&2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2)".

489010 Labichea teretifolia Muelleria 6(1&2): 29-31

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 29-31".

489023 Labichea teretifolia teretifolia Muelleria 6(1&2): 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960232
Page is part of the work A revision of the Genus Labichea Gaudich. ex DC. (Caesalpiniaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184059
489019 Labichea teretifolia grandistipulata Muelleria 6(1&2): 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960230
Page is part of the work A revision of the Genus Labichea Gaudich. ex DC. (Caesalpiniaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184059
506593 Lasiopetalum ×tepperi Muelleria 6(1&2): 153-157

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 153-157".

801557 Limnostachys cyanea Muelleria 6(1&2): 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960182
Page is part of the work Monochoria cyanea and M. australasica (Pontederiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.238377

Page text

55 
Petiole 
length (mm) 
Sheath 
length(mm) 
Blade 
length (mm) 
to 134 n_174 
n = 57 
C 
A 
A(nt) 
A{Q) 
C 
A 
A(nt) 
A(0) 
Blade 
width(mm) 
Petiole oy 
Sheath /o 
Blade width 
Blade length / o 
n = 148 
n=57 
n=30 
n=26 
100 
n = 174 
n=52 
"500 SOD 
n = 142 
n = 52 
n = 28 
n=24 
100 
Fig. 3. Measurements and proportions of the infloresence leaf in Monochoria. For explanation see caption to 
figure 1. Note that petiole signifies that portion of the petiole between the sheath and the blade. 
November as cited by Ridley, and that the collector’s number is 81, not 8 as published. 
Ridley obviously cited the month of receipt at Kew instead of the month of collection. 
The isotype material is visually typical of the narrow-leaved, short-petioled, rather 
glaucous plants which constitute the M. australasica collections from the Northern Territory 
and, with the width/length % of the leaf blade being only c. 11%, represents the most 
narrow-leaved forms of these. In addition, except for the slightly short style plus stigma 
(5.4 mm and 5.5 mm on the two flowers softened), all measurements fall within the standard 
deviations indicated above for the group. The colour photograph of the holotype sheet 
agrees well with the isotype material examined. 
Monochoria cyanea (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragmenta phytographiae Australiae 8:44 (1873). 
Limnostachys cyanea F.Muell., l.c. 1:24 (1858). Type: “In terra Arnhem’s Land. Leich- 

Page image

542401 Limnostachys cyanea Muelleria 6(1&2): 56
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960183
Page is part of the work Monochoria cyanea and M. australasica (Pontederiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.238377

Page text

56 
Fig. 4. Distribution of Monochoria cyanea. 
Fig. 5. Distribution of Monochoria australasica. 
hardt. Ad flumen Victoriae.” Lectotype (here chosen): “Limnostachys cyanea — Victoria 
River ferd Mueller” in Mueller’s hand on plain blue label (K). Syntypes: “Pontodera Depot 
Creek Trop. Australia? Mueller (no label)” on plain blue label in unknown hand (K). 
“ Rocky basin of Depot Creek April 56. ferd Mueller” on cream-coloured label, also 
“Monochoria vaginalis Presl Upper Viet. Riv 1856” on blue label, both in Mueller s hand 
(MEL 665252). “Victoria River ferd Mueller” in Mueller’s hand on plain blue label (MEL 
665251). 
The Kew sheet chosen as lectotype is the only sheet which carries Mueller’s identifi- 
cation of Limnostachys cyanea and also carries appropriate collection data. Although un- 
stated on the label, the date of collection must have been 1855-56 as that is the only 
occasion on which MueUer visited the Victoria River. This satisfactorily predates the pub- 
lication date for the basionym of 1858. The one flowering plant on the sheet is obviously 
representative of the broad-leaved, long-petioled, M. cyanea collections. 
Although Mueller cited Leichhardt material from Arnhem Land, no such material has 
been located at either K or MEL. However, it is possible that the syntype sheet at K could 
be Leichhardt material as the label information is indefinite and appears to indicate that it 

Page image

523811 Monochoria australasica Muelleria 6(1&2): 54-55

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 54-55".

523862 Monochoria cyanea Muelleria 6(1&2): 55-57

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(1&2): 55-57".

489418 Silene pratensis Muelleria 6(1&2): 74
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960201
Page is part of the work A conspectus of new records and nomenclature for vascular plants in Victoria Australia 3. Early 1980 – early 1984, doi:10.5962/p.184060
481096 Vellereophyton dealbatum Muelleria 6(1&2): 76
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960203
Page is part of the work A conspectus of new records and nomenclature for vascular plants in Victoria Australia 3. Early 1980 – early 1984, doi:10.5962/p.184060
481082 Vellereophyton Muelleria 6(1&2): 76
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960203
Page is part of the work A conspectus of new records and nomenclature for vascular plants in Victoria Australia 3. Early 1980 – early 1984, doi:10.5962/p.184060

Page text

76 
Stipa rudis ssp. nervosa (Vick.) J. Everett & S. Jacobs, op. cit. 396. Basionym: S. nervosa 
var. nervosa Vick. RX. 
Stipa rudis ssp. rudis. Synonym: S. nervosa var. neutralis Vick. SZ. 
Swainsona galegifolia (Andrews) R. Br. ex Aiton, Hort. Kew. 2nd edn, 4:327 (1812). 
Papilionaceae. R7, Long Gully Road, Indigo, xi.l980, A. Moon (MEL). Formerly com- 
mon in the district but now rare. R. 
Swainsona stipularis F. Muell. var. purpurea A. Lee, Contr. New South Wales Natl Herb. 
1:213 (1948). Papilionaceae. A33, Raak Plain 6.6 km N of railway line, 30.ix.l980, J.H. 
Browne (MEL 582169). 
Synostemon trachyspermus (F. Muell.) Airy Shaw. See Sauropus trachyspermus. 
Tetrarrhena distichophylla (Labill.) R. Br. See Ehrharta distichophylla. 
Thelypteris confluens (Thunb.) Morton, Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 38:71 (1967). Thelypteri- 
daceae. Reported for Victoria by Green & Walsh, Victorian Naturalist 101:135-137 
(1984). (MEL 609818). V28. 
Thysanotus dichotomus sensu J.H. Willis (1970:307), non (Labill.) R. Br. See T. juncifolius. 
Thysanotus juncifolius (Salisb.) J.H. Willis & Court. Includes T. dichotomus sensu J.H. 
Willis (1970:307), non (Labill.) R. Br., teste Brittan, Brunonia 4:104(1981). 
Thysanotus patersonii R. Br. ssp. patersonii is the subspecies present in Victoria, teste 
Brittan, op. cit. 137-139 inch map 138. 
Thysanotus tuberosus R. Br. ssp. parviflorus (Benth.) Brittan, op. cit. 173. Liliaceae. In- 
cludes C?24, Shire of Dimboola, 8.xii.l895, Reader (MEL 655810). 
Thysanthus tuberosus ssp. tuberosus. Present in Victoria, teste Brittan, op. cit. 173. Includes 
D or J (Grampians), PVZ. 
Triglochin procera R. Br. agg. Robb & Ladiges, Austral. J. Bot. 29:639-651 (1981), give a 
numerical analysis of variation within the T. procera aggregate in Victoria. This suggests 
4 morphologically distinct forms, designated A to D. 
Tristania laurina (Smith) R. Br. in Aiton, Hort. Kew. 2nd edn, 4:417 (1812). See Tristan- 
iopsis laurina. 
Tristaniopsis laurina (Smith) Peter G. Wilson & Waterhouse, Austral. J. Bot. 30:435 (1982). 
Synonym: Tristania laurina (Smith) R. Br. in Aiton, loc. cit. 
*Vellereophyton dealbatum (Thunb.) Hilliard & Burtt, J. Linn Soc., Bot. 82:210 (1981). 
Synonym: Gnaphalium candidissimum Lam., nom. illegit. (excluded as barely described). 
*Viola arvensis Murray, Prodr. Stirp. Gott. 73 (1770). Synonym : V. tricolor auct. (inch 
J.H. Willis (1973:396)), non L., teste Adams, FI. Australia 8:93 (1982). 
Viola betonicifolia Smith ssp. betonicifolia. Teste Adams, op. cit. 95, this is the only 
subspecies present in Victoria. 
Viola hederacea Labill. A number of subspecies are described by Adams, op. cit. 386-387 
with additional information on pp. 97-99. Those present in Victoria are: ssp. cleistaga- 
moides L. Adams, op. cit. 386; ssp. fuscoviolacea L. Adams, op. cit. 386; ssp. hederacea 
— see op. cit. 97; ssp. seppeltiana L. Adams, op. cit. 387; ssp. sieberiana (Sprengel.) 
L. Adams, op. cit. 387. Basionym: V. sieberiana Sprengel. 
Viola improcera L. Adams, op. cit. 387, 100. Violaceae. Known from 2 collections: S43, 
Mt. Useful, c. 10 miles SW of Licola (MEL) and W7, Brumby Point, Nunniong Plateau 
(MEL). 
*Viola riviniana Reichb., Icongr. Bot. PI. Grit. 1:81 (1823). Recorded by Adams, op. cit. 
94, as naturalized in one pasture in western Victoria: D22, near Nareen, 23.xii.1959, 
J.H. Willis (MEL). 
Viola sieberiana Sprengel. See V. hederacea ssp. sieberiana. 
‘Viola tricolor auct., incl. J.H. Willis (1973:396), non L. see *V. arvensis. 
Vittadinia australasica (Turcz.) N. Burb., Brunonia 5:42-44 (1982) var. australasica. Com- 
positae. Western Victoria. ?BC. 
Vittadinia australasica (Turcz.) N. Burb. var. oricola N. Burb., op. cit. 44. Grid E. 
Vittadinia blacku N. Burb., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 93:442 (1969). Burbidge, 
Brunonia 5:46 (1982), states that distribution includes north-west Victoria. However, no 
Victorian specimens are cited or mapped (map 9). MEL holds one Victorian specimen 
annotated (4.x. 1968) by Burbidge as “Vittadinia blackii N.T. Burbidge ms. (achenes 

Page image

491735 Afzelia australis Muelleria 6(3&4): 211
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964269
Page is part of the work Notes on Afzelia and Petalostylis (Caesalpiniaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184050

Page text

NOTES ON AFZELIA Sm. AND PETALOSTYLIS R.Br. 
(CAESALPINIACEAE) 
by 
J. H. Ross* 
ABSTRACT 
Ross, J. H. Notes on Afzelia Sm. and Petalostylis R.Br. (Caesalpiniaceae). Muelleria 6(3): 211-215 
(1986). — Afzelia australis F. M. Bailey is lectotypified. The genus Petalostylis is reviewed, a neotype 
of P. spinescens E. Pritzel is chosen, and notes, distribution maps and a key to the two species recognized 
are provided. 
INTRODUCTION 
The following notes arise out of the preparation of accounts of the respective 
genera for the Flora of Australia. 
TYPIFICATION OF AFZELIA AUSTRALIS F. M. Bailey 
F. M. Bailey (1888) based his description of Afzelia australis on material 
collected by Dr T. L. Bancroft at Johnstone River in the Cook district, Queensland. 
In response to a request for the loan of the type of A. australis I received from 
the Queensland Herbarium a specimen (BRI 8142) which has been accepted in BRI 
as type material although with some doubt. This doubt is indicated by a typed 
note initialled by C. T. White accompanying the specimen which reads: “The label 
of this specimen has been lost but it is probably the remains of Bailey’s type of 
the species”. The specimen is sterile and a trifle fragmentary. 
In contrast, there is a fertile specimen in MEL (MEL 1530057) accompanied 
by a letter from Bailey to Mueller dated 26 Nov. 1886. Bailey wrote: “At your 
request I have sent with this all of the flowers, I had, a pod, and shoot of foliage 
with a single trijugate leaf, a small piece of the wood, and a piece of the bark of 
Afzelia australis”. Bailey’s letter contains the same description of A. australis as 
that subsequently published in the protologue so it is clear that he had drawn up 
the description of what he called “my tree of the Johnstone River” before he sent 
the material to Mueller. All of the elements described by Bailey in his letter as 
having been sent to Mueller are represented on MEL 1530057. 
As indicated by Bailey in the protologue of A. australis, he and Mueller 
differed over the identity of the Johnstone River plant. Mueller (1882) had recorded 
the existence of A. bijuga (Colebr.) A. Gray in Queensland and his request to 
Bailey for material of the Johnstone River plant was to enable him to decide 
whether the material matched other material he had seen referred to A. bijuga or 
whether it did in fact represent a second species. Bailey went to some length in his 
letter to convince Mueller that A. australis was not conspecifie with A. bijuga and 
offered to publish A. australis “under our joint authority” if Mueller agreed that 
the Johnstone River plant was specifically distinct. It is clear, however, that Mueller 
considered A. australis to be conspecifie with A. bijuga, a view accepted by 
subsequent workers, the only difference being that the Queensland plant is now 
placed in the genus Intsia and is known as I. bijuga (Colebr.) O. Kuntze. 
In view of the uncertainty surrounding the specimen in BRI and the fact that 
it is sterile, I now select the sheet in MEL (MEL 1530057) collected by T. L. 
Bancroft at Johnstone River in 1886 and referred to above as the lectotype of A. 
australis. The BRI specimen (BRI 8142) is regarded as a doubtful isolectotype. 
*National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
211 

Page image

803471 Angianthus laniger Muelleria 6(3&4): 249
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964309
Page is part of the work A Revision of Pogonolepis (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184052

Page text

249 
Florets 1 per capitulum, bisexual; corolla tubular, 5-merous, yellow. Style branches 
truncate, with short sweeping hairs, a distinct stylopodium present. Stamens 5; 
anthers with a sterile, debate to ± triangular, apical appendage; microsporangia 
tailed, endothecial tissue polarized; filament collar ± straight in outline and com- 
posed of ± uniform cells and basally not or barely thicker than the filament. 
Cypselae ± obovoid, covered in mucilagenous cells, with 2 vascular bundles and 
a distinct carpophore. Pappus absent. Figs 1, 7. 
Chromosome number: n = 4, 5, 6, c. 10, c. 12 (Fig. 4). 
Distribution (Figs 2 & 3): 
Both species recognised are found in Western Australia but P. muelleriana 
extends to South Australia, New South Wales and Victoria. 
Key to the Species of Pogonolepis 
I. Anthers 0.85-1.3 mm long; pollen grains 2,002-4,260 per floret and c, 400-850 per anther (Western 
Australia) 1. P. stricta 
1. Anthers 0.38-0.8 mm long; pollen grains 62-404 per floret and 16-76 per anther (Western Australia 
and Eastern Australia) 2. P. muelleriana 
1. Pogonolepis stricta Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:440 (1845); P. Short, Muelleria 
4:404 (1981); Grieve, W. Aust. Wildfls Suppl. 4:72 (1982); P. Short, Muelleria 
5:203 (1983). — Skirrophorus strictus (Steetz) A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. 
Misc. 3:149 (1851). — Angianthus strictus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); 
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). — Styloncerus strictus (Steetz) 
Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus strictus (Steetz) Ostenf., Biol. 
Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:137 (1921). TYPE:“In locis hyeme aqua 
marina inundatis prope Vasse-Inlet, mense Dec. 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 39.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 39, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan River Colonia) 
in locis hyeme inundatis aqua marina, prope Vasse-Inlet leg. cl. Preiss .... emi 
1843, s.dat. (MEL 541613, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541612 (ex 
herb. Sond.), P (2 sheets, one ex herb. Schultz-Bip.), S (herb. Lehm.). Possible 
IsoLECTOTYPE: PERTH. See note 1 below. 
Angianthus plumiger Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. 
Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). TYPE:“Swan and Murchison Rivers, Oldfield.” Lecto- 
type (here designated): Oldfield 82, Murchison, s.dat. (MEL 84616). Remaining 
Syntype: Oldfield 82, Swan R., W.A., s.dat. (MEL 84613). See note 2 below. 
Angianthus strictus (Steetz) Benth. var. lanigerus Ewart & J. White, Proc. 
Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:92 (1909). — Angianthus lanigerus (Ewart & J. White) Ewart 
& J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 23:288 (1911); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. 
Wildfls 816 (1975). — Pogonolepis lanigera (Ewart & J. White) P. Short, Muelleria 
5:204 (1983). Type: “Woorooloo, West Australia. Max Koch, Oct., 1907. No. 
1873.” Lectotype (here designated): Koch 1873, Woorooloo, -.x.1907 (MEL 
541625). ISOLECTOTYPES: NSW (2 sheets), PERTH. See note 3 below. 
Annual herb, the major axes prostrate to erect, 2.5-20(26) cm long, ± glabrous 
to densely hairy in parts, the axes often reddish. Leaves narrowly triangular, 
lanceolate to narrowly lanceolate or ± linear, 4-20(23) mm long, 0.5-1. 5 mm wide, 
glabrous to ± densely hairy, the base + dilated and the margins often hyaline, 
the apex barely to prominently mucronate. Compound heads 2. 7-4. 3 mm long, 0.9- 
4 mm diam., bracts of the general involucre c. 15-25 (c. 35); outer bracts 8-18(27), 
leaf-like, ± narrowly triangular or lanceolate, 2.8-4 mm long, 0. 5-1.1 mm wide, 
about the length of or exceeding the length of the capitula, sparsely to densely 
hairy, ± straight to recurved, grading into inner, non-leaf-like bracts; inner bracts 
6-13, ± elliptic or ± oblong or ovate or obovate, 2. 1-2.7 mm long, 0.6-1 mm 
wide, with a ± distinct midrib extending from about half to about the full length 
of the bract, all bracts variably hairy with papillae on the upper part, grading into 
capitular bracts. Capitula (6)15-50(103) per compound head. Capitular bracts ± 

Page image

513721 Angianthus plumiger Muelleria 6(3&4): 249
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964309
Page is part of the work A Revision of Pogonolepis (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184052

Page text

249 
Florets 1 per capitulum, bisexual; corolla tubular, 5-merous, yellow. Style branches 
truncate, with short sweeping hairs, a distinct stylopodium present. Stamens 5; 
anthers with a sterile, debate to ± triangular, apical appendage; microsporangia 
tailed, endothecial tissue polarized; filament collar ± straight in outline and com- 
posed of ± uniform cells and basally not or barely thicker than the filament. 
Cypselae ± obovoid, covered in mucilagenous cells, with 2 vascular bundles and 
a distinct carpophore. Pappus absent. Figs 1, 7. 
Chromosome number: n = 4, 5, 6, c. 10, c. 12 (Fig. 4). 
Distribution (Figs 2 & 3): 
Both species recognised are found in Western Australia but P. muelleriana 
extends to South Australia, New South Wales and Victoria. 
Key to the Species of Pogonolepis 
I. Anthers 0.85-1.3 mm long; pollen grains 2,002-4,260 per floret and c, 400-850 per anther (Western 
Australia) 1. P. stricta 
1. Anthers 0.38-0.8 mm long; pollen grains 62-404 per floret and 16-76 per anther (Western Australia 
and Eastern Australia) 2. P. muelleriana 
1. Pogonolepis stricta Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:440 (1845); P. Short, Muelleria 
4:404 (1981); Grieve, W. Aust. Wildfls Suppl. 4:72 (1982); P. Short, Muelleria 
5:203 (1983). — Skirrophorus strictus (Steetz) A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. 
Misc. 3:149 (1851). — Angianthus strictus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); 
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). — Styloncerus strictus (Steetz) 
Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus strictus (Steetz) Ostenf., Biol. 
Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:137 (1921). TYPE:“In locis hyeme aqua 
marina inundatis prope Vasse-Inlet, mense Dec. 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 39.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 39, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan River Colonia) 
in locis hyeme inundatis aqua marina, prope Vasse-Inlet leg. cl. Preiss .... emi 
1843, s.dat. (MEL 541613, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541612 (ex 
herb. Sond.), P (2 sheets, one ex herb. Schultz-Bip.), S (herb. Lehm.). Possible 
IsoLECTOTYPE: PERTH. See note 1 below. 
Angianthus plumiger Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. 
Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). TYPE:“Swan and Murchison Rivers, Oldfield.” Lecto- 
type (here designated): Oldfield 82, Murchison, s.dat. (MEL 84616). Remaining 
Syntype: Oldfield 82, Swan R., W.A., s.dat. (MEL 84613). See note 2 below. 
Angianthus strictus (Steetz) Benth. var. lanigerus Ewart & J. White, Proc. 
Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:92 (1909). — Angianthus lanigerus (Ewart & J. White) Ewart 
& J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 23:288 (1911); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. 
Wildfls 816 (1975). — Pogonolepis lanigera (Ewart & J. White) P. Short, Muelleria 
5:204 (1983). Type: “Woorooloo, West Australia. Max Koch, Oct., 1907. No. 
1873.” Lectotype (here designated): Koch 1873, Woorooloo, -.x.1907 (MEL 
541625). ISOLECTOTYPES: NSW (2 sheets), PERTH. See note 3 below. 
Annual herb, the major axes prostrate to erect, 2.5-20(26) cm long, ± glabrous 
to densely hairy in parts, the axes often reddish. Leaves narrowly triangular, 
lanceolate to narrowly lanceolate or ± linear, 4-20(23) mm long, 0.5-1. 5 mm wide, 
glabrous to ± densely hairy, the base + dilated and the margins often hyaline, 
the apex barely to prominently mucronate. Compound heads 2. 7-4. 3 mm long, 0.9- 
4 mm diam., bracts of the general involucre c. 15-25 (c. 35); outer bracts 8-18(27), 
leaf-like, ± narrowly triangular or lanceolate, 2.8-4 mm long, 0. 5-1.1 mm wide, 
about the length of or exceeding the length of the capitula, sparsely to densely 
hairy, ± straight to recurved, grading into inner, non-leaf-like bracts; inner bracts 
6-13, ± elliptic or ± oblong or ovate or obovate, 2. 1-2.7 mm long, 0.6-1 mm 
wide, with a ± distinct midrib extending from about half to about the full length 
of the bract, all bracts variably hairy with papillae on the upper part, grading into 
capitular bracts. Capitula (6)15-50(103) per compound head. Capitular bracts ± 

Page image

513832 Angianthus strictus laniger Muelleria 6(3&4): 249
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964309
Page is part of the work A Revision of Pogonolepis (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184052
512511 Caladenia calcicola Muelleria 6(3&4): 185, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964243
Page is part of the work Caladenia calcicola (Orchidaceae), a new species from Victoria, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.238381

Page text

CALADENIA CALCICOLA (ORCHID ACEAE), A NEW SPECIES FROM 
VICTORIA, AUSTRALIA 
by 
G. W. Carr* 
ABSTRACT 
Carr, G. W. Caladenia calcicola (Orchidaceae) a new species from Victoria, Australia. Muelleria 6(3):185- 
191 (1986). — A new spider-orchid, Caladenia calcicola G. W. Carr (sect. Calonema Benth.), an endemic 
in far south-west Victoria, Australia, is described and figured. It has affinities with C. reticulata Fitzg., 
to which it is compared. The distribution, ecology and conservation status of the new species is discussed. 
TAXONOMY 
Caladenia calcicola G. W. Carr, sp. nov. 
Ex affinitate C. reticulalae R. D. Fitzg., sed in proprietatibus sequentibus differt: floribus par- 
vioribus; segmento quoque perianthii nitenti, superficie lineam mediam atro-rubram ferenti; 
labello parvo rubro nitenti, a dentibus paucis brevibus marginalibus atque callis brevibus 
congestis truncatulis 4 (interdum 6)-seriatis praedito; columna rubra. 
Herb perennating from a globular to ellipsoid, annually-renewed tuberoid to 
12 mm diam. Stem subterranean, to c. 10 cm long; tuberoids and stem invested in 
dense, finely-fibrous, long-persistent, brown tunic from previous tuberoid and stem 
tissue. Leaf subtended by an opposite, membranous, closed-cylindrical, minutely 
mucronate, truncate bract. Leaf hirsute, solitary, basal, erect or ascending, lan- 
ceolate to linear-lanceolate, to 13 cm long x 1.5 cm wide, acute, often partly 
withered at anthesis; abaxial surface basally green and irregularly blotched or spotted 
red-purple, the whole surface densely hirsute with ± patent straight to slightly 
retrorse, uniseriate, eglandular trichomes to 10 mm long; basal cell of trichome 
barrel-shaped to terete, minutely rugose, white-opaque, then with 1-5 extremely 
fine transparent cells; adaxial leaf surface less densely hirsute with smaller trichomes. 
Scape (7-)13-22(-28) cm long, 1.0-2. 5 mm diam., arising at centre of leaf, rigidly 
erect, straight to slightly flexuose, green or reddish, hirsute throughout with ± 
patent, eglandular trichomes similar to leaf trichomes and also with shorter glandular 
trichomes scattered above the middle, increasing in density upwards. Glandular 
trichomes similar to eglandular ones, but each terminated by a minute dark red 
spherical cell. Sterile bract near middle of scape slightly spreading, narrow-lanceo- 
late, subulate, acute, (12-)15-20(-25) mm x (2.5-)4-5(-8.5) mm, externally hirsute, 
internally glabrous, with involute margins. Floral bract similar, (2.5-)5-6(-8.5) mm 
X (4.0-)4.5-6.0(-8.5) mm; margins less inrolled, embracing the pedicel. Flower 1(- 
2), rather small, scented with a relatively weak, sweet floral fragrance with a 
pungent animal-like overtone; scent only perceptible above c. 20°C. Pedicel (4-)10- 
15(-24) mm long. Ovary fusiforme, (4-)6-8(-ll) mm long, 2-3 mm diam., densely 
hirsute with short eglandular and (mostly) glandular patent or retrorse trichomes. 
Perianth stiffly spreading; base of sepals sparsely glandular-hirsute externally. 
Dorsal sepal erect, (21-)23-28(-36) mm long, (1.5-)2.0-2.5(-3) mm wide near base, 
strongly curved forward, linear-acuminate, narrowed to a channelled cauda 0.5-0. 8 
mm wide; dorsal sepal pale-yellow (RHS Yellow Group 2C in brightest specimens) 
with distinct deep red (close to RHS Greyed-Purple Group 187C) median stripe 
within and a narrower median stripe and irregular streaks on outside of sepal; sepal 
usually glossy within, terminated by a linear osmophorej (‘club’) (3-)4-6(-9) mm 
♦ National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
t The term “osmophore”, a scent-producing gland (Dressier 1981), is preferred to “club” (widely used 
in Caladenia literature) because it emphasises the functional significance of this organ. Stoutamire (1983) 
showed that the osmophores in pseudocopulatory Caladenia species emit sexual pheromones to attract 
male wasp pollinators. 
185 

Page image

522602 Callistemon pauciflorus Muelleria 6(3&4): 295, fig. 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964355
Page is part of the work Two New Species of Callistemon R.Br. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184056

Page text

295 
seen. Perigynium 2-3 mm long, glabrous. Sepals depressed- to very broad-ovate, 2 
mm long, 2-3 mm wide, generally ciliate at first, greenish. Petals very broadly 
ovate, slightly contracted towards the base, 4 mm long, 4 mm wide, ciliate at first, 
green often with pink tinge. Stamens mostly 40-45, 18-23 mm long; filaments free, 
deep red; anthers c. 0.75 mm long, bright yellow, gland prominent. Ovary trilocular, 
tomentose on upper surface; style generally exceeding the stamens, sometimes by 
up to 7 mm, deep red; stigma capitate. Fruit globose, occasionally truncate-globose, 
c. 5 mm long and 6 mm wide in first year; orifice c. 3 mm wide. Seed c. 1 mm 
long, angular. 
Distribution: 
Queensland. Found only on the Blackdown Tableland where frequent along 
Mimosa and Rainbow Creeks and in heathland. 
Ecology: 
In open heath on shallow sandy soils which are subject to periodic flooding 
and along rocky sandstone of permanent creeks at an altitude of 700-900 m; more 
rarely in heathland or open eucalypt forest. Flowering time: October to December. 
Conservation status: although of restricted distribution this species is locally frequent 
and not considered to be in any danger. 
Representative Specimens (total number examined, c. 20): 
Queensland (Leichardt District) — Blackdown Tableland, -.ix.l937, Simmonds 62 (BRl 287829, 
BRl 287830); Blackdown, -.v.1962, Gittins 460 (NSW); Blackdown, -.ix.l965, Gittins S/75 (NSW); c. 
32 km SE. of Blackwater (campsite on Mimosa Creek), alt. 600-900 m, 17. iv. 1971, Henderson, Andrews 
4 Sharpe 586 (NSW); Sandstone banks of Mimosa Creek, 4.xi.l973, Williams 341 (BRl 160737, BRl 
160738, BRl 160739). 
NOTES: 
A distinctive and attractive species most closely resembling C. subulatus from 
which it differs chiefly in having a shorter and less frondose conflorescence, leaves 
with raised midrib and marginal veins, darker coloured filaments and yellow anthers. 
The anthers of C. subulatus are dark crimson. 
The specific epithet commemorates the work of Queensland National Parks 
and Wildlife Service Ranger Steven Pearson who, with his wife Alison, has exten- 
sively collected, catalogued and photographed the remarkable flora of the Black- 
down Tableland. 
C. pearsonii is known locally on the Blackdown Tableland as “Rainbow 
Callistemon”. It was introduced to cultivation from seed collected by Mr K. A. 
W. Williams in 1973 (Williams 1984). 
Callistemon pauciflorus R. D. Spencer & P. F. Lumley, sp. nov. 
Callistemon sp. A. S. George in J. P. Jessop (ed.), FI. Central Austral. 253, 
t. 334 (1981). 
Frutex vel interdum arbor effusa 2-3(10) m. altus. Ramuli flexuosi, penduli. Surculi juvenes 
conflorentian sub anthesi paulo superantes prime rosei sericei. Cortex leviter fissuratus fuscus. 
Folia forma et amplitudine variabilia, sessilia vel petiole usque 3 mm. longo, anguste 
rhombica, saepe falcata versus apicem et basem attenuata, (20)60-90(120) mm. longa et (2)5- 
8(12) mm. lata, glauca, infirme pungentia mucrone 1-2 mm. longo, venis lateralibus sub 
angulo 30°-45° e costa abeuntibus, rare minus, reticulatis vel aliquando obscuris, venis 
intramarginalibus et costa prominulis, glandulis praecipue infra, relative inconspicuis. Con- 
florescentia relative pauciflora (10)20-40(50) mm. longa et 22-25 mm. lata, saepe frondosa, 
versus apicem tixis pubescenti. Flores apicem versus conflorescentiae sub angulosa c. 45° 
inclinatae. Bracteae caduceae, anguste vel late lanceolatae, striatae, chartaceae, ferrugineae. 
Bracteolae ovatae usque lanceolatae, concavae, infra villosae, supra glabrae (basi pubescenti 
excepto), c. 0.7 mm. longae et c. 0.7 mm. latae, margine ciliato. Perigynium truncatum in 
basi, dense cinereosericeum, c. 3 mm. longum et 2 mm. latum. Sepala c. 1.5 mm. longa et 
2 mm. lata, infra dense pubescentia, supra pubescentia, margine ciliato. Petala viridia, 
concava, basi paulo attenuata c. 2 mm. longa et 3 mm. lata, plus minusve glabra, margine 
ciliato. Stamina (40)45-69(70) mm. longa, filamentis libris vel interdum brevissime et irre- 

Page image

522609 Callistemon pearsonii Muelleria 6(3&4): 293, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964353
Page is part of the work Two New Species of Callistemon R.Br. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184056

Page text

TWO NEW SPECIES OF CALLISTEMON R.Br. (MYRTACEAE) 
by 
R. D. Spencer and P. F. Lumley* 
ABSTRACT 
Spencer, R. D. & Lumley, P. F. Two new species of Callistemon R.Br. (Myrtaceae). Muellena 6(4): 
293-298 (1986). — The new species Callistemon pearsonii from the Blackdown Tableland, Queensland 
and C. pauciflorus from Central Australia are described and illustrated together with notes on their 
distribution, habitat and diagnostic features. 
INTRODUCTION 
The two species described here are generally recognised as distinct but have 
never been formally described. One of them, C. pearsonii, is also cultivated as an 
ornamental plant. It is therefore considered desirable to make nanies available for 
them prior to completion by the authors of a more detailed generic treatment. 
TAXONOMY 
Callistemon pearsonii R. D. Spencer & P. F. Lumley, sp. nov. 
Callistemon sp. “Blackdown”. M. Hodge et al., Hort. Guide Austral. PI. set 
5, sheet 6 with plate. Soc. Growing Austral. PI. (1979). 
Callistemon species (Blackdown Tableland). W. R. Elliot & D. L. Jones, 
Encycl. Austral. PI. 2:423 (1982). 
Callistemon sp., Blackdown Callistemon. K. A. W. Williams, Native PI. 
Queensland, ed. 3, 1:48, plate p. 49 (1984). 
Frutex rigidus effusus usque 1 m. altus, raro usque 2 m. Ramuli rigidi. Surculi juvenes subrosei 
viridiscentes sericei. Cortex leviter fissuratus fuscus. Folia sessilia vel petiolo 1 (2) mm. longo, 
rigida coriacea plus minusve linearia vel anguste oblanceolata interdum subulata saepe 
subfalcata (10)15-25(30) mm. longa et (1.5)2-3(4) mm. lata, pungent! mucrone rufo 0.5-1 
mm. longo, costa et venis marginalibus aliquantum prominentibus apprime supra, venis 
lateralibus sub angulo 45° patentibus, obscuris apprime infra, glandulis sparsis praecipue 
infra. Conflorescentia saepe frondosa 20-30(40) mm. longa et 45-50(55) mm. lata, axe 
pubescent!. Bracteae caducae, anguste vel late lanceolatae, striatae, ferrugineae. Bracteolae 
non visae. Perigynium 2-3 mm. longum, glabrum. Sepala late ovata 2 mm. longa et 2-3 mm. 
lata, primo plerumque ciliata, viridula. Petala 5, ovata, in basem contracta, 4 mm. longa 
et 4 mm. lata, primo ciliata, viridia saepe suffusa rosea. Stamina libra, plerumque 40-45; 
filamenta 18-23 mm. longa, coccinea; antherae c. 0.75 mm. longa, aureae, glande prominent!. 
Ovarium triloculare tomentosom supra. Stylus plerumque stamina superans interdum fere 7 
mm. longior. Stigma capitatum. Fructi globosi, primo anno c. 6 mm. long! et 5 mm. lati, 
orificio c. 25 mm. lato. Semen angulare, c. 1 mm. longum. 
Typus: Queensland, Blackdown Tableland. Mimosa Creek, 23°38'S., 149°(X)'E., 
14.x. 1984, R. D. Spencer 84 (Holotypus: MEL 1535969. Isotypl BRI, NSW). 
Shrub stiff, low and spreading, mostly less than 1 m tall, rarely to 2 m; small 
plants quite densely branched; new growth sericeous, pale pink, soon becoming 
green. Bark shallowly fissured, dark. Leaves densely distributed, sessile or with a 
short petiole 1(2) mm long; lamina stiff and coriaceous, more or less linear to 
narrow-oblanceolate, sometimes subulate, often slightly falcate, (10)15-25(30) mm 
long, (1.5)2-3(4) mm wide, pungent with a reddish-brown mucro 0.5-1 mm long; 
marginal veins and midrib slightly raised, more so on upper surface; lateral veins 
at an angle of about 45° to midrib, obscure though more distinct on upper surface; 
oil glands few, mostly on the lower surface. Conflorescence usually distally frondose, 
20-30(40) mm long, 45-50(55) mm wide; axis finely pubescent. Bracts narrow- to 
broad-lanceolate, striate, reddish-brown, chartaceous, caducous. Bracteoles not 
’Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
293 

Page image

543648 Carex incomitata Muelleria 6(3&4): 201-204, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(3&4): 201-204, Fig. 1".

644902 Cladonia subantarctica Muelleria 6(3&4): 230-231, Fig. 12
801046 Didiscus humilis breviscapis Muelleria 6(3&4): 166
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964224
Page is part of the work Notes on Trachymene humilis (J.D.Hook.) Benth. (Umbelliferae), doi:10.5962/p.238380
532276 Didiscus humilis longiscapus Muelleria 6(3&4): 165
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964223
Page is part of the work Notes on Trachymene humilis (J.D.Hook.) Benth. (Umbelliferae), doi:10.5962/p.238380
802934 Didiscus humilis longiscapus Muelleria 6(3&4): 165
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964223
Page is part of the work Notes on Trachymene humilis (J.D.Hook.) Benth. (Umbelliferae), doi:10.5962/p.238380
457226 Helicia recurva Muelleria 6(3&4): 193, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964251
Page is part of the work A New Species of Helicia, New Combinations and Lectotypification in Triunia (Proteaceae) from Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184048

Page text

A NEW SPECIES OF HELICIA, NEW COMBINATIONS AND 
LECTOTYPIFICATION IN TRIUNIA (PROTEACEAE) FROM AUSTRALIA 
by 
D. B. Foreman* 
ABSTRACT 
Foreman, D. B. A new species of Helicia, new combinations and lectotypification in Triunia (Proteaceae) 
from Australia. Muetleria 6(3): 193-196 (1986). — Helicia recurva sp. nov. is described, together with 
notes on distribution, habitat and diagnostic features. Helicia youngiana C. Moore & F. Muell. var. 
montana C. White and H. youngiana var. robusta C. White are raised to species level in the genus 
Triunia L. Johnson & B. Briggs; lectotypes are designated for these two taxa. 
HELICIA Lour. 
In a recent review of the genus Helicia Lour, in Australia (Foreman 1983) 
particular comment was made on two collections from north Queensland, viz. C. 
T. White 10643 (BRI) from Mt Spurgeon and H. Flecker 2330 (QRS) from Upper 
Mossman River. These collections were tentatively placed under Helicia australasica 
F. Muell., although at the time it was pointed out that the leaves were more 
coriaceous than usual for that species and the margins of the leaves were recurved, 
a feature which had not been seen in other specimens of H. australasica. Further 
matching collections from much the same localities, in flower and young fruit, 
have now been seen and it has become apparent that these collections belong to a 
distinct taxon which I now describe. 
Helicia recurva D. Foreman, sp. nov. 
Arbor ad 10 m alta. Foiiorum lamina plerumque elliptica vel parum obovata, acuta ad acuminata, 
versus basin cuneata ad attenuata, 5-13.5 cm longa, 2.5-5 cm lata, coriacea, juventute sparsim 
ferrugineo-pilosa; margines recurvi, integri vel dentibus paucis parvis instructi; nervi 5-9- 
jugi, in pagina abaxiali elevati, prominentes; petiolus 5-8 mm longus. Inflorescentia axillaris, 
7-11.5 cm longa, ferrugineo-pilosa. Pedicelli 2 mm longi, ferrugineo-pilosa. Perianthium 10- 
13 mm longum, ± glabrum. Ovarium sparsim pilosum, pilis ferrugineis vel rufis. Fructus 
immaturus, eo H. australasicae similis; pericarpium coriaceum. 
Tree to 10 m tall. Branchlets terete, ferruginous-pilose to ferruginous-tomentose 
towards the tips, becoming glabrous lower down. Leaf blade mostly elliptic or 
slightly obovate, acute to acuminate, cuneate to attenuate at the base, 5-13.5 cm 
long, 2.5-5 cm wide, coriaceous, sparsely ferruginous-pilose when young particularly 
on the midrib and main nerves, becoming glabrous, drying olivaceous to yellowish- 
green above, mid- to light-brown beneath; margin recurved, entire or with a few 
small irregularly spaced teeth mostly towards the apex; midrib flattened to slightly 
sunken above, raised and very prominent beneath; nerves 5-9 pairs, slightly sunken 
above, raised and very prominent beneath, straight in the lower half to two-thirds, 
curved upwardly and anastomosing towards the margin; reticulations obscure, dense, 
slightly raised on both surfaces; petiole 5-8 mm long, with a well defined pulvinus. 
Inflorescence axillary, 7-11.5 cm long, ferruginous-pilose; rachis 1 mm diam. Bract 
subtending flower pairs 1 mm long, ferruginous-pilose. Floral bracts 0.5 mm long, 
ferruginous-pilose. Pedicels 2 mm long, ferruginous-pilose. Perianth 10-13 mm 
long, glabrous or sparsely ferruginous-pilose; limb 3 mm x 1.5 mm, fusiform. 
Anthers 1.5 mm long. Hypogynous glands free, rounded. Ovary sparsely ferrugi- 
nous- to rufous-pilose; style glabrous; pollen presenter 2 mm x 0.5 mm, fusiform. 
Fruit (immature, about half ripe) final size and shape not discernible but apparently 
± similar to H. australasica; pericarp coriaceous. (Fig. 1). 
‘National tterbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
193 

Page image

802081 Helicia youngiana montana Muelleria 6(3&4): 195
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964253
Page is part of the work A New Species of Helicia, New Combinations and Lectotypification in Triunia (Proteaceae) from Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184048
796993 Helicia youngiana robusta Muelleria 6(3&4): 196
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964254
Page is part of the work A New Species of Helicia, New Combinations and Lectotypification in Triunia (Proteaceae) from Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184048
526405 Hemichroa mesembryanthema Muelleria 6(3&4): 205-209, Fig. 1, 2
527108 Hemigenia conferta Muelleria 6(3&4): 259
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964319
Page is part of the work New Species of Hemigenia and Microcorys (Labiatae), doi:10.5962/p.184054

Page text

NEW SPECIES OF HEMIGENIA AND MICROCORYS (LABIATAE) 
by 
Barry J. Conn* 
ABSTRACT 
Conn, B. J. New species of Hemigenia and Microcorys (Labiatae). Muelleria 6(4): 259-264 (1986). — 
Hemigenia conferta, Microcorys cephalantha, M. wilsoniana (all from Western Australia) and M. eUiptica 
(from the Northern Territory) are described for the first time. 
INTRODUCTION 
The completion of taxonomic revisions of Hemigenia and Microcorys must be 
delayed until field studies provide the necessary data to evaluate the status of 
several taxa in a number of apparent species complexes. Although it is desirable 
for new taxa to be described within taxonomic revisions, it is deemed important 
that the new species described herein be published immediately, since they all appear 
to be rare and are possibly endangered or vulnerable. 
Terminology and presentation follows that used in my revision of Prostanthera 
section Klanderia (Conn 1984, pp. 211-220). 
HEMIGENIA 
Hemigenia conferta Conn, sp. nov. 
Frutices 0.3-1. 4 m. alti. Rami et ramuli partim sparse usque moderate tomentosi. Folia opposita, 
sessilia, glabra; laminae diraorphae, folia florum late subobtrullata usque subobtrullata, 
7-10 mm. longa, 5.5-7 mm. lata, basi angustata, margine integro, apice late obtuso vel 
saepe abrupte obtuso, /o/;a non florum anguste ovata usque anguste obovata, 9.5-15 mm. 
longa, 3-5 mm. lata, basi plus minusve cuneata, margine integro, apice obtuso. Flores in 
axibus abbreviatis congesti. Pedicellus florum 2. 3-2. 6 mm. longus, partim axe adhaerens, 
glaber, prophyllis anguste ellipticis, 5. 1-1. 3 mm. longis, 2-2.1 mm. lads, glabris, alibi 
marginem pilis sparsis. Calyx bilobatus, glaber, alibi lobi margine pilis sparsis; lobus 
abaxialis circa 4 mm. longus, circa 3 mm. latus, apice bilobato; lobus adaxialis 3-4 mm. 
longus, circa 3.5 mm. latus, apice trilobato. Corolla 13-14 mm. longa, malvina, alibi 
intra tubi albi vel cremei, extra glabra, intra in partibus dense tomentosa; tubus 5. 6-5. 9 
mm. longus; lobus abaxiali-medianus spathulatus, circa 6-6.5 mm. longus, 6.5-7 mm. 
latus; lobls laterallbus plus minusve circularibus circa 4. 5-4. 8 mm. longis, circa 4.5 mm. 
latis; pari loborum adaxiali-mediano transverse late elliptico, 5. 2-5. 5 ram. longo, 6.8-7 
mm. lato. Androecium circa 3.3 mm. e basi corollae affixum; filamenta abaxialia 3.4-3.6 
mm. longa, anthera 1-1.2 mm. longa, anthera imperfecta circa 0.6 mm longa, connective 
circa 1.4 mm. longo; filamenta adaxialia 2. 3-2.4 mm. longa, anthera 1-1.2 mm. longa, 
connective circa 1 mm. longo. Pistillum 9.8-10.2 mm. longum; ovarium 0.9-1 mm. longum; 
stylus 8. 4-8. 7 mm. longus. Mericarpia iramatura. 
Type: Conn 2243, 19. ix. 1985, Wongan Hills, c. 1.5 km N. of Wongan Hills- 
Piawaning road and c. 13 km NW. (by road) of Wongan Hills township (Holo.: 
MEL 1538990; iso.: CANB, MO, PERTH). 
Erect to spreading shrub, 0.3-1. 4 m high. Branches sparsely to moderately 
hairy along a narrow longitudinal region between leaf bases and the next more 
basal node. Leaves opposite, sessile, glabrous; lamina dimorphic; floral leaves 
broadly subobtrullate to subobtrullate, 7-10 x 5.5-7 mm, base tapering, margin 
entire, apex broadly obtuse, often abruptly obtuse; non-floral leaves narrowly ovate 
to narrowly obovate, 9.5-15 x 3-5 mm, base ± cuneate, margin entire, apex obtuse. 
Inflorescence a frondose racemiform conflorescence with Rz internodes contracted; 
8-16-flowered [per conflorescence]. Pedicel 2. 3-2. 6 mm long, at least half adhering 
to Rz axis, glabrous; prophylls narrowly elliptic, 5. 7-7. 3 mm long, 2-2.1 mm wide. 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
259 

Page image

483177 Microcorys cephalantha Muelleria 6(3&4): 260-262

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(3&4): 260-262".

483187 Microcorys elliptica Muelleria 6(3&4): 262-263

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(3&4): 262-263".

483489 Microcorys wilsoniana Muelleria 6(3&4): 263-264

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(3&4): 263-264".

525523 Nymphoides disperma Muelleria 6(3&4): 197, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964255
Page is part of the work Nymphoides disperma (Menyanthaceae): a new Australian species, doi:10.5962/p.238382

Page text

NYMPHOIDES DISPERMA (MENYANTHACEAE): A NEW AUSTRALIAN 
SPECIES 
by 
Helen I. Aston* 
ABSTRACT 
Aston, H. I. Nymphoides disperma (Menyanthaceae); a new Australian species. Muelleria 6(3): 197-200 
(1986). — Nymphoides disperma is described and its diagnostic features illustrated. The species occurs 
in the Kimberley region of Western Australia. 
TAXONOMY 
This paper is the third precursor to a revision of Nymphoides Seguier in 
Australia. Two previous papers describing seven new species appeared in Muelleria 
5:35-51 (1982) and 5:265-270 (1984). Except for a modification concerning style 
type, the common characters given on page 35 of the first paper also apply to N. 
disperma. This species belongs in the “geminata group” defined on the same page. 
Nymphoides disperma H. I. Aston, sp. nov. 
Annua. Lamina folii natans, 15-40 x 14-45 mm, plus minusve rotunda (nonnunquam late-ovata) 
profunde cordata. Inflorescentia breviter elongata pedicellis geminatis unoquoque nodo vel 
condensatis; internodia brevia, ad 1-8 mm longa. Flores 5-partiti, non nisi homostylosi ( = 
mediostylosi) iam cogniti. Corolla c. 16-25 mm diam. aurantio-lutea; lobae alls latis valde 
laciniatis atque basi fimbria transversali imperfecta praeditae papillarum gracilium in uno 
centrali fasciculo et duobus fasciculis lateralibus dispositarum; unusquisque fasciculus pler- 
umque in basi prominente; tubus quinque fasciculis pilorum c. 10-12 brevium tenuium 
simplicium liberorum intra faucem praeditus. Capsula oblonga, c. 3. 5-4. 3 x 2.0-2.25 mm. 
Semina 1-4, plerumque 2 (duobus superpositis) per capsulam plus minusve globosa et modice 
utrinque compressa, 1. 9-2-4 x 1.75-2.3 x 1.55-1.85 mm, sculpta per caespites dispersos 
tuberculorum longorum obtusorum eminentes super planum parietum cellularum convexorum 
(nonnunquam caespites eminentes desunt); caruncula basalis, semi-circularis, pallida, parva, 
inconspicua. 
Ab alis luteofloralibus speciebus, “geminatae gregis”, et per ordinationem fimbriae in 
corolla, et per magnitudinem formamque seminorum, et per sculpturam seminorum, et per 
capsulam plerumque 2-seminalem distincta est. 
Annual, perhaps perennial where water persists. Rootstock slender, few-60 mm 
long X 2-3 mm diam., bearing lateral roots. Branches several from the plant base, 
slender, flexuose, floating, simple or once forked, to 50 cm long x <1-1.5 mm 
diam., their terminal portions developing the inflorescences. Basal leaves several; 
petiole slender, terete, 6.5-31 cm long x 1-1.5 mm diam.; blade near-rounded 
(occasionally broad-ovate) in outline, deeply cordate (the lobes mostly 27-40% of 
the total blade length and separated by a sinus of 30°-50° (-80°) angle), obtuse 
to rounded, entire, 15-40 x 14-45 mm with length from a little less than to a little 
greater than the width, thin-textured, green above, green to deep purplish-maroon 
beneath, floating. Cauline leaves similar; petiole 2-7 cm long. Inflorescences as for 
the ‘‘geminata group”, terminal on the branches, the rhachis short and from more 
or less absent (the pedicels then appearing clustered) to 3 cm long; internodes short, 
from < 1-8 mm long; pedicels 7-15 per inflorescence, very slender, 45-92 mm long 
X c. 0.5 mm diam. Flowers 5 -partite. Calyx lobes lanceolate to ovate, acute, 4-4.5 
mm long, with narrow translucent margins. Corolla c. 16-25 mm span, yellow to 
orange-yellow. Corolla lobes broad-oblong to obovate. Mid-section of corolla lobe 
glabrous except for a conspicuous, incomplete, transverse fringe of papillae across 
its base and for an inconspicuous cluster of short fine simple hairs on each edge 
at the base; fringe consisting of one central and two lateral clusters of slender 
‘National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
197 

Page image

534213 Olearia macdonnellensis Muelleria 6(3&4): 181, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964239
Page is part of the work Two New Species of Olearia Moench (Compositae: Astereae) from Central Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184047

Page text

TWO NEW SPECIES OF OLEARIA Moench (COMPOSITAE: ASTEREAE) 
FROM CENTRAL AUSTRALIA 
by 
D. A. Cooke* 
ABSTRACT 
Cooke, D. A, New species of Olearia Moench (Compositae: Astereae) from central Australia. Muetleria 
6(3):181-184 (1986). — Two new species of Olearia, O. macdonnettensis and O. tridens, are described 
and discussed; both are currently known from the Macdonnell Ranges of the Northern Territory. 
TAXONOMY 
Olearia macdonnellensis D. A. Cooke, sp. nov. 
Frutex viscidus aromaticus ad 1.2 m altus., CauUs erectus lignosus divaricate ramificans; ramuli 
subteretes striati brunnei initio vernicosi puberulenti pilis glandulosis ad 0.15 mm longis. 
Folia coriacea viridia concolora vernicosa ut videtur glabra, pilis glandulosis ad 0.12 mm 
longis in strato vernicis inclusis; laminae oblongae lato-obovataeve obtusae 1.2-2. 5 cm longae 
6-14 mm latae, plerumque 4-10-crenatae rariore serratae vel repandae, venatione camptodroma 
craspedodromave distincta, in petiolis 2-6 mm longis sensim transientes. Capitula 2-5 in 
corymbos terminales. Pedunculi 2-8 cm longi squamis 1-6 angusto-lanceolatis 1-2 mm longis 
instructi, bracteis oblanceolatis 5-13 mm longis subtenti. Involucrum cyathiforme 6-9 mm 
longum viride vel purpurascens, extrinsecus glandulosum vernicosum; bracteae c. 3-seriatae 
inaequales, extimae lanceolatae 1.5-2. 5 mm longae herbaceae, interiores anguste linearo- 
ellipticae herbaceae marginibus scarioso-hyalinis, apicibus acutis integris vel eroso-ciliatis. 
Receptaculum subconvexum c. 1.5 mm diametro nudum. Flosculi radii 8-14 manifeste 
uniseriati foemini, ligulis 8-15 mm longis albis; flosculi disci numerosiores bisexuales 5-meri, 
corollis 6-8 mm longis luteis. Antherae c. 2.8 mm longae cum apicibus lanceolatis sterilibus 
c. 0.6 mm longis. Achenium teretum 2.5-3 mm longum c. 0.5 mm latum sericeo-villosum. 
Pappus uniseriatus 7-8 mm longus, setis 40-55. 
Viscid aromatic shrub to 1.2 mm high. Stem erect, woody, divaricate-branched; 
branchlets subterete, striate, brown, at first varnished, puberulent with glandular 
hairs to 0.15 mm long. Leaves coriaceous, green concolourous, varnished and 
appearing glabrous, with glandular hairs to 0.12 mm long imbedded in the varnish 
layer; laminae oblong to broad-ovate, obtuse, 1.2-2. 5 cm long, 6-14 mm wide, 
usually 4-10-crenate, more rarely serrate or repand, with distinct camptodromous 
to craspedodromous venation, passing gradually into petioles 2-6 mm long. Capitula 
in terminal corymbs of 2-5. Peduncles (corymb branches) 2-8 cm long, each sub- 
tended by an oblanceolate bract 5-13 mm long and bearing 1-6 narrow-lanceolate 
scales 1-2 mm long. Involucre cyathiform, 6-9 mm long, green to purplish, glandular 
and varnished on the outside; bracts c. 3-seriate, unequal, the outermost ones 
lanceolate, 1.5-2. 5 mm long, herbaceous, the inner ones narrowly linear-elliptie, 
herbaceous with scarious-hyaline margins and acute entire to erose-ciliate apices. 
Receptacle somewhat convex, c. 1.5 mm diam., naked. Ray florets 8-14, manifestly 
uniseriate, female, with white ligules 8-15 mm long; disc florets more numerous, 
bisexual, 5-merous; corollas 6-8 mm long, yellow. Anthers c. 2.8 mm long, including 
the sterile lanceolate apices c. 0.6 mm long. Achene terete, 2.5-3 mm long, c. 0.5 
mm wide, silky- villous. Pappus uniseriate, 7-8 mm long, consisting of 40-55 bristles. 
(Fig. la,b). 
Type Collection: 
1 km W. of Eilery Creek Big Hole, N.T., 23°47'S, 133°03'E, 17.vii.l983, P. 
K. Latz 9639. (Holotype: NT 13111 . Isotype: AD. Also, according to NT label 
data, DNA, MEL, PERTH). 
‘State Herbarium, Botanic Gardens, North Terrace, Adelaide, South Australia, Australia 5000. 
181 

Page image

537293 Olearia tridens Muelleria 6(3&4): 182, fig. 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964240
Page is part of the work Two New Species of Olearia Moench (Compositae: Astereae) from Central Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184047

Page text

182 
Fig. 1. Olearia macdonnellensis. a — leaves. 
b — glandular hairs. From the type collection. 
Also Examined: 
Northern Territory — Ellery Creek Waterhole, 6.viii.l961, G. Chippendale s.n. (NT 8298; AD 
96445098; also MEL 674095 n.v. and, according to NT label data, BRI, CANB, DNA, SYDN [? = 
NSW], PERTH); Serpentine Gorge, l.ix.l978, A. C. Kalotas s.n. (NT 57615). 
Distribution and Habitat: 
Recorded from the Serpentine and Ellery Gorges in the central Macdonnell 
Ranges west of Alice Springs, and possibly more widely distributed in this area. 
All collections are from the bases of steep rocky slopes which provide a sheltered 
microclimate. Flowering is recorded in August and early September. 
Discussion: 
Olearia macdonnellensis is related to O. calcarea F. Muell. ex Benth. and O. 
muelleri (Sonder) Benth. but readily distinguished by the pedunculate capitula 
forming corymbs and by the larger leaves with more distinct venation and petioles. 
The two latter species are widespread on calcareous loams and sandy soils in the 
semi-arid winter rainfall zone of southern Australia with a few records from the 
Great Victoria and Gibson deserts. The restricted habitat of O. macdonnellensis is 
apparently isolated from this distribution by the mountain ranges of central Aus- 
tralia. 
The microscopic glandular hairs were observed on leaves from which the varnish 
had been dissolved by immersion in absolute alcohol for a few minutes. They occur 
sparsely scattered on both surfaces of the lamina, and more densely near the 
margins and mid vein. Similar hairs, more or less imbedded in varnish, were observed 
on the leaves and branchlets of O. calcarea and O. muelleri. 
Olearia tridens D. A. Cooke, sp. nov. 
Frutex nanus virgatus 25-35 cm altus. Caules erect! lignosi repetite ramificantes; ramuli subteretes 
costulis ab foliis decurrentibus virides. Indumentum ramulorum foliorumque initio minute 
araneosum pilis laxis crispatis ad 0.4 mm longis, postea scaberulum papillis conicis ad 0.06 
mm aids. Folia anguste cuneata vel spathulata 5-18 mm longa, ad apices in dentibus tribus 
aequalibus acutis mucronulatis subrecurvatis 1-3 mm longis symmetrice divisa, rariore asym- 
metrica dentibus 1-2 adjectis brevioribus, rigide coriacea marginibus incurvis in sicco. Capitula 
terminalia solitaria. Pedunculi 1-4 cm longi, squamis 1-4 angusto-lanceolatis 1-3 mm longis 
instruct!, microscopice araneosi, in ramulis foliosis sensim transientes. Involucrum cyathi- 
forme 3-6 mm longum viride vei purpurascens, extrinsecus microscopice glandulosum, brac- 
teae c. 4-seriatae inaequales, herbaceae marginibus angustis hyalinis, extimae lanceolatae 1.5- 
2.5 mm longae, interiores anguste elliptico-lanceolatae apicibus acutis vel acuminatis ciliolatis. 
Receptaculum convexum c. 1.5 mm diametro nudum. Floscull radii 30-40 conferti ut videtur 
biseriati, foemini, ligulis 5-8 mm longis coeruleis; flosculi disci pauciores bisexuales 5-meri, 
corollis c. 3.5 mm longis luteis. Antherae c. 1.9 mm longae cum apicibus lanceolatis sterilibus 
c. 0.4 mm longis. Achenium teretum c. 1.5 mm longum c. 0.3 mm latum pubescens. Pappus 
uniseriatus c. 3 mm longus, setis 25-40. 

Page image

531246 Petalostylis Muelleria 6(3&4): 211-215

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(3&4): 211-215".

531440 Petalostylis spinescens Muelleria 6(3&4): 214
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964272
Page is part of the work Notes on Afzelia and Petalostylis (Caesalpiniaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184050
478181 Pogonolepis muelleriana Muelleria 6(3&4): 251-252

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(3&4): 251-252".

478151 Pogonolepis Muelleria 6(3&4): 237-253

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(3&4): 237-253".

478191 Pogonolepis stricta Muelleria 6(3&4): 249
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964309
Page is part of the work A Revision of Pogonolepis (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184052

Page text

249 
Florets 1 per capitulum, bisexual; corolla tubular, 5-merous, yellow. Style branches 
truncate, with short sweeping hairs, a distinct stylopodium present. Stamens 5; 
anthers with a sterile, debate to ± triangular, apical appendage; microsporangia 
tailed, endothecial tissue polarized; filament collar ± straight in outline and com- 
posed of ± uniform cells and basally not or barely thicker than the filament. 
Cypselae ± obovoid, covered in mucilagenous cells, with 2 vascular bundles and 
a distinct carpophore. Pappus absent. Figs 1, 7. 
Chromosome number: n = 4, 5, 6, c. 10, c. 12 (Fig. 4). 
Distribution (Figs 2 & 3): 
Both species recognised are found in Western Australia but P. muelleriana 
extends to South Australia, New South Wales and Victoria. 
Key to the Species of Pogonolepis 
I. Anthers 0.85-1.3 mm long; pollen grains 2,002-4,260 per floret and c, 400-850 per anther (Western 
Australia) 1. P. stricta 
1. Anthers 0.38-0.8 mm long; pollen grains 62-404 per floret and 16-76 per anther (Western Australia 
and Eastern Australia) 2. P. muelleriana 
1. Pogonolepis stricta Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:440 (1845); P. Short, Muelleria 
4:404 (1981); Grieve, W. Aust. Wildfls Suppl. 4:72 (1982); P. Short, Muelleria 
5:203 (1983). — Skirrophorus strictus (Steetz) A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. 
Misc. 3:149 (1851). — Angianthus strictus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); 
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). — Styloncerus strictus (Steetz) 
Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus strictus (Steetz) Ostenf., Biol. 
Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:137 (1921). TYPE:“In locis hyeme aqua 
marina inundatis prope Vasse-Inlet, mense Dec. 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 39.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 39, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan River Colonia) 
in locis hyeme inundatis aqua marina, prope Vasse-Inlet leg. cl. Preiss .... emi 
1843, s.dat. (MEL 541613, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541612 (ex 
herb. Sond.), P (2 sheets, one ex herb. Schultz-Bip.), S (herb. Lehm.). Possible 
IsoLECTOTYPE: PERTH. See note 1 below. 
Angianthus plumiger Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. 
Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). TYPE:“Swan and Murchison Rivers, Oldfield.” Lecto- 
type (here designated): Oldfield 82, Murchison, s.dat. (MEL 84616). Remaining 
Syntype: Oldfield 82, Swan R., W.A., s.dat. (MEL 84613). See note 2 below. 
Angianthus strictus (Steetz) Benth. var. lanigerus Ewart & J. White, Proc. 
Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:92 (1909). — Angianthus lanigerus (Ewart & J. White) Ewart 
& J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 23:288 (1911); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. 
Wildfls 816 (1975). — Pogonolepis lanigera (Ewart & J. White) P. Short, Muelleria 
5:204 (1983). Type: “Woorooloo, West Australia. Max Koch, Oct., 1907. No. 
1873.” Lectotype (here designated): Koch 1873, Woorooloo, -.x.1907 (MEL 
541625). ISOLECTOTYPES: NSW (2 sheets), PERTH. See note 3 below. 
Annual herb, the major axes prostrate to erect, 2.5-20(26) cm long, ± glabrous 
to densely hairy in parts, the axes often reddish. Leaves narrowly triangular, 
lanceolate to narrowly lanceolate or ± linear, 4-20(23) mm long, 0.5-1. 5 mm wide, 
glabrous to ± densely hairy, the base + dilated and the margins often hyaline, 
the apex barely to prominently mucronate. Compound heads 2. 7-4. 3 mm long, 0.9- 
4 mm diam., bracts of the general involucre c. 15-25 (c. 35); outer bracts 8-18(27), 
leaf-like, ± narrowly triangular or lanceolate, 2.8-4 mm long, 0. 5-1.1 mm wide, 
about the length of or exceeding the length of the capitula, sparsely to densely 
hairy, ± straight to recurved, grading into inner, non-leaf-like bracts; inner bracts 
6-13, ± elliptic or ± oblong or ovate or obovate, 2. 1-2.7 mm long, 0.6-1 mm 
wide, with a ± distinct midrib extending from about half to about the full length 
of the bract, all bracts variably hairy with papillae on the upper part, grading into 
capitular bracts. Capitula (6)15-50(103) per compound head. Capitular bracts ± 

Page image

870322 Polycnemum mesembryanthemum Muelleria 6(3&4): 205
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964263
Page is part of the work Rediscovery of Hemichroa mesembryanthema F.Muell. (Amaranthaceae), doi:10.5962/p.238383

Page text

REDISCOVERY OF HEMICHROA MESEMBRYANTHEMA F. Muell. 
(AMARANTHACEAE) 
by 
R. J. Chinnock* and F. J. BADMANt 
ABSTRACT 
Chinnock, R. J. and Badman, F. J. Rediscovery of Hemichroa mesembryanthema F. Muell. (Amar- 
anthaceae), Muelleria 6(3): 205-209 (1986). — Hemichroa mesembryanthema was recently rediscovered, 
112 years after Ernest Giles first collected it. A detailed description and illustrations of the species are 
provided and relationships with the two other species of Hemichroa are considered. The known 
distribution and ecology of the species are discussed. 
INTRODUCTION 
In August 1872 Ernest Giles embarked on the first of his exploring expeditions 
to arid regions of Australia, including what is now northern South Australia. The 
trip was partially sponsored by Ferdinand Mueller, the government botanist at the 
Melbourne Botanic Gardens, hoping that Giles would in return collect plant spec- 
imens for him. One of the collections made by Giles near Lake Eyre was described 
by Mueller in April of the following year as Hemichroa mesembryanthema. No 
further specimens of this species are known to have been collected since that time. 
In August 1984 F. J. Badman found two plants growing at Strangways Springs 
on the west side of Lake Eyre and a pressed specimen of them was identified as 
Hemichroa mesembryanthema. During a concerted search for it in March 1985 
three populations of this species were located between Strangways Railway Siding 
and Mound Springs ruins (Fig. 1). Two of the populations (sites B & C) consisted 
of between 200 and 300 plants each while the third (site C) was much larger, having 
an estimated 600 plants. 
It is very likely that Giles collected his specimen in this general area as he 
passed through Strangways Springs Telegraph Station on his way to Peake. He 
also made reference to the mound springs and their value as a water source in the 
preface to the account of his journeys to central Australia published in 1889. 
DESCRIPTION 
Hemichroa mesembryanthema F. Muell., Fragm. 8:38 (1873); J. Black, FI. S. Aust. 
edn 1:209 (1924); edn 2:323 (1948). — Polycnemon mesembryanthemum (F. Muell.) 
F. Muell., J. Bot. 15:276 (1877); F. Muell., Syst. Census Austral. PI. 1:29 (1882); 
F. Muell., Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 49 (1889); Tate, FI. Extratrop. S. 
Austral. 219 (1890). Holotype: E. Giles s.n., towards Lake Eyre, no date (MEL 
98604). 
Erect glabrous divaricate shrub 0.6-l(-l.l) m tall, 0.6-1. 5(-2. 35) m diam. 
Branches fleshy, light reddish-purple, glaucous, becoming light brown when woody, 
very finely striate and minutely irregularly papillate; branch tips more or less 
spinescent. Leaves opposite, adnate to the branch, succulent, glaucous, grey-green 
but often tinged purplish; free part triquetrous or clavate, (5-)15-22 x 2.5-4 mm, 
mucronate, constricted just above the base, base purplish, slightly gibbose. Flower 
spikes terminal; floral bracts opposite or subopposite, at flowering stage 9-12 x 
2. 5 -3. 5 mm, erect and similar in shape and colour to the leaves although the adaxial 
surface is concave in the basal half; during fruit development the bracts enlarge to 
* State Herbarium of South Australia, Botanic Gardens, North Terrace, Adelaide, South Australia, 
Australia 5000. 
t P.O. Box 38, Marree, South Australia, Australia 5733. 
205 

Page image

803895 Senecio cahillii Muelleria 6(3&4): 176
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964234
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae) in Australia 1, doi:10.5962/p.184046

Page text

I 
176 
acid. This reaction produces an intense brownish-black discoloration which interferes 
severely with effective clearing of peduncle, receptacle, phyllaries, and floret bases. 
Such a reaction was not exhibited by any of the several specimens referable to the 
S. linearfolius complex which I have cleared in hot lactic acid in a search for useful 
microcharacters in these parts. S. garlandii also appears to differ from all these 
other specimens in details of venation of the cleared phyllaries, but I have yet to 
quantify these differences or to show their consistency. 
The name of this new taxon honors J. R. Garland, its first known collector. 
“Woolly Ragwort” is the name given to this plant in the trail guide to The Rock 
Nature Reserve issued by the local naturalists’ society, and is most appropriate. 
Senedo diaschides Drury, New Zealand J. Bot. 12: 522, fig 5 (1974). 
Senecio cahillii Belcher, Muelleria 5(2): 120 (1983). 
Drury described this species from a collection from the North Island of New 
Zealand, where it has become adventive in recent years along with the much more 
aggressive S. bipinnatisectus Belcher {Erechtites atkinsoniae F. Muell.). Both are 
native to the uplands of eastern New South Wales. In describing S. cahillii from 
Australia I overlooked Drury’s prior publication. I have now examined material 
determined by Drury as S. diaschides, including an Australian specimen at Kew 
and the isotype (CHR 44758), and find the two taxa to be conspecific. 
This species has apparently failed to maintain itself in the areas in south- 
western Western Australia where it had previously appeared, probably as an intro- 
duction (see Belcher, l.c., p. 122). 
Senecio murrayanus Wawra, Itin. Princ. S.-Coburgi 2: 48 (1888) (as S. murrayand). 
Holotype: “Austral. Victoria/Murray FI.”, s.d., Wawra 427 (W, 7 separate pieces 
on one sheet). Isotype: “Murray River/1873/Dr Wawra” (MEL 671631). 
Senecio tuberculatus Ali, Kew Bull. 19: 423 (1965). Holotype: BRI, n.v. 
IsoTYPES: South of Tara, Bullock Head Creek Road, on grey clay, Queensland, 
28.viii.1958, Johnson 538 (K, NSW, CANB 63619). 
This species, as Ali noted, is uniquely distinguished by its achene, which is 
large, long-necked, and densely papillose (Fig. 2.) The achenes of Wawra 427 are 
identical to those of the duplicates of Johnson 538 which I have seen. There is 
also a close resemblance between these type collections in other capitular details, 
as well as vegetatively. I have no doubt that these two taxa are conspecific. 
Tap water added to a few papillae from the neck of an achene from Wawra 
427 led to almost instantaneous enlargement and the extrusion of two elongated 
strands from each papilla. Examination by light microscopy at 50, 100 and 400x 
indicated clearly that each strand originated in a separate cell. Medial walls were 
evident. Thus these papillae are not different in principle from the the much more 
slender bicellular hairs of other species of Australasian Senecio. The characteristic 
short basal cell is also present (cf. Drury & Watson 1965, figs 11, 12; S. murrayanus 
approaches fig. 12). 
The papillae after imbibition measured 0.14-0.15 x 0.08 mm (ocular micrometer 
at lOOx), an increase in size of roughly 25<>7o from the dehydrated state. The extruded 
fibrous strands measured 0.45-0.55 mm long x 0.03-0.04 mm wide, were irregularly 
zigzag in outline, and were sticky. The latter feature would account for Wawra’s 
description of the achene as mucilaginous, as attested by the fact that several 
capitula on his type specimen have masses of adherent achenes with tightly attached 
wads of fibres apparently torn from the paper used in pressing them. 
The isotype of S. murrayanus at MEL consists only of a fragment of inflo- 
rescence with a single capitulum containing numerous ripe achenes. It was found 
in one of the supplementary bundles of Mueller’s unidentified Senecio. It seems 
probable that Wawra visited South Yarra in 1873 and at that time broke off a 
piece from his collection for Mueller. This piece might therefore be better designated 

Page image

528275 Senecio diaschides Muelleria 6(3&4): 176
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964234
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae) in Australia 1, doi:10.5962/p.184046

Page text

I 
176 
acid. This reaction produces an intense brownish-black discoloration which interferes 
severely with effective clearing of peduncle, receptacle, phyllaries, and floret bases. 
Such a reaction was not exhibited by any of the several specimens referable to the 
S. linearfolius complex which I have cleared in hot lactic acid in a search for useful 
microcharacters in these parts. S. garlandii also appears to differ from all these 
other specimens in details of venation of the cleared phyllaries, but I have yet to 
quantify these differences or to show their consistency. 
The name of this new taxon honors J. R. Garland, its first known collector. 
“Woolly Ragwort” is the name given to this plant in the trail guide to The Rock 
Nature Reserve issued by the local naturalists’ society, and is most appropriate. 
Senedo diaschides Drury, New Zealand J. Bot. 12: 522, fig 5 (1974). 
Senecio cahillii Belcher, Muelleria 5(2): 120 (1983). 
Drury described this species from a collection from the North Island of New 
Zealand, where it has become adventive in recent years along with the much more 
aggressive S. bipinnatisectus Belcher {Erechtites atkinsoniae F. Muell.). Both are 
native to the uplands of eastern New South Wales. In describing S. cahillii from 
Australia I overlooked Drury’s prior publication. I have now examined material 
determined by Drury as S. diaschides, including an Australian specimen at Kew 
and the isotype (CHR 44758), and find the two taxa to be conspecific. 
This species has apparently failed to maintain itself in the areas in south- 
western Western Australia where it had previously appeared, probably as an intro- 
duction (see Belcher, l.c., p. 122). 
Senecio murrayanus Wawra, Itin. Princ. S.-Coburgi 2: 48 (1888) (as S. murrayand). 
Holotype: “Austral. Victoria/Murray FI.”, s.d., Wawra 427 (W, 7 separate pieces 
on one sheet). Isotype: “Murray River/1873/Dr Wawra” (MEL 671631). 
Senecio tuberculatus Ali, Kew Bull. 19: 423 (1965). Holotype: BRI, n.v. 
IsoTYPES: South of Tara, Bullock Head Creek Road, on grey clay, Queensland, 
28.viii.1958, Johnson 538 (K, NSW, CANB 63619). 
This species, as Ali noted, is uniquely distinguished by its achene, which is 
large, long-necked, and densely papillose (Fig. 2.) The achenes of Wawra 427 are 
identical to those of the duplicates of Johnson 538 which I have seen. There is 
also a close resemblance between these type collections in other capitular details, 
as well as vegetatively. I have no doubt that these two taxa are conspecific. 
Tap water added to a few papillae from the neck of an achene from Wawra 
427 led to almost instantaneous enlargement and the extrusion of two elongated 
strands from each papilla. Examination by light microscopy at 50, 100 and 400x 
indicated clearly that each strand originated in a separate cell. Medial walls were 
evident. Thus these papillae are not different in principle from the the much more 
slender bicellular hairs of other species of Australasian Senecio. The characteristic 
short basal cell is also present (cf. Drury & Watson 1965, figs 11, 12; S. murrayanus 
approaches fig. 12). 
The papillae after imbibition measured 0.14-0.15 x 0.08 mm (ocular micrometer 
at lOOx), an increase in size of roughly 25<>7o from the dehydrated state. The extruded 
fibrous strands measured 0.45-0.55 mm long x 0.03-0.04 mm wide, were irregularly 
zigzag in outline, and were sticky. The latter feature would account for Wawra’s 
description of the achene as mucilaginous, as attested by the fact that several 
capitula on his type specimen have masses of adherent achenes with tightly attached 
wads of fibres apparently torn from the paper used in pressing them. 
The isotype of S. murrayanus at MEL consists only of a fragment of inflo- 
rescence with a single capitulum containing numerous ripe achenes. It was found 
in one of the supplementary bundles of Mueller’s unidentified Senecio. It seems 
probable that Wawra visited South Yarra in 1873 and at that time broke off a 
piece from his collection for Mueller. This piece might therefore be better designated 

Page image

796519 Senecio dryadeus Muelleria 6(3&4): 173
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964231
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae) in Australia 1, doi:10.5962/p.184046

Page text

NEW OR NOTEWORTHY TAXA OF SENECIO (ASTERACEAE) IN 
AUSTRALIA 1 
by 
Robert O. Belcher* 
ABSTRACT 
Belcher, R.O. New or noteworthy taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae) in Australia, 1. Muelleha 6(3): 173-179 
(1986). — Senecio garlandii, a new species endemic to isolated rocky hillocks in the Central Western 
and South Western Slopes divisions of New South Wales, is described. S. cahillii Belcher and S. 
tuberculalus Ali are reduced to synonymy under S. diaschides Drury and S. murrayanus Wawra, 
respectively. S. glaucophyllus Cheeseman ssp. discoideus (Cheeseman) Ornd. is excluded from the flora 
of Tasmania. 
INTRODUCTION 
I report here a number of observations made during 1984 while locating and 
examining type and other material of all but two of the species published in Senecio 
and based on collections from Australia. This work involved visits to seven European 
herbaria (B, BM, G, K, LINN, P, W) and to the National Herbarium of Victoria 
(MEL) and the State Herbarium of South Australia (AD). At the latter institution 
I also had access to material loaned from ADW, CANB, CHR, HO, NSW, and 
PERTH to facilitate the revision of Senecio for the ‘Flora of South Australia’ by 
Dr Margaret Lawrence and myself. 
TAXONOMY 
Senecio garlandii F. Muell. ex Belcher, sp. nov. 
Senecio dryadeus Sieber ex Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 3: 562 (1826), nom. invalid, 
ut syn., var. garlandi F. Muell. ex Maiden & Betche, Census New South Wales 
PI. 205 (1916), nom. invalid. 
Senecio sp. J (aff. hypoleucus), S.W.L. Jacobs & J. Pickard, PI. New South 
Wales 86 (1981). [The suggestion of affinity to S. hypoleucus is incorrect.] 
Suffrutex perennis, 1 (-2) m altus, ramossissimus e basi, rami ascendens. Caules dense lanati, plus 
minusve flexuosi. Folia sessilia, alterna, chartacea, ovata vel elliptica, obtusa vel apiculata, 
remote denticulata, plus minusve cordata et amplexicaulia, 8-15 x 3-9 cm, sursum diminuta; 
paginae interne dense lanatae, superne sparse arachnoideae. Inflorescentia terminalis cor- 
ymbosa; bracteae multo reductae, amplectes subulatae; pedunculi arachnoidei, bracteolis 
subulatis. Capitula radmla congesta numerosa calyculata, bracteolis 5-7. Involucrum cara- 
panulatum; phyllaria 13, 4 mm longa, acuta, apicibus recurvatis. Flosculi marginali 7-10, 
ligulati; ligulae oblongae, ad 4 x 2 mm; flosculi disci 20-25. Achenia pallide brunnea, 2 mm 
longa, pilis brevibus glabrescentibus in sulcis angustis. Setae pappi graciles uniformes non 
persistentes. 
Perennial subshrub to 1 (-2) m tall, much branched from the base, branches 
ascending. Stems densely lanate, more or less flexuous Leaves sessile, alternate, 
chartaceous, ovate or elliptical, obtuse or apiculate, remotely denticulate, more or 
less cordate and amplexicaul, 8-15 x 3-9 cm, reduced upwards; lower surfaces 
densely lanate, upper surfaces sparsely arachnoid. Inflorescence terminal, corym- 
bose; bracts much reduced, clasping, subulate; peduncles arachnoid with subulate 
bracteoles. Capitula radiate, congested, numerous, calyculate with 5-7 bracteoles. 
Involucre campanulate; phyllaries 13, 4 mm long, acute, with recurved apices. 
Marginal florets 7-10, ligulate; ligules oblong, to 4 x 2 mm; disc florets 20-25. 
• Emeritus Professor of Biology, Eastern Michigan University, P.O. Box 242, Ypsilanti, MI 48197, 
United States of America. ’ 
173 

Page image

796520 Senecio dryadeus garlandi Muelleria 6(3&4): 173
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964231
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae) in Australia 1, doi:10.5962/p.184046
528594 Senecio garlandii Muelleria 6(3&4): 173, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964231
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae) in Australia 1, doi:10.5962/p.184046

Page text

NEW OR NOTEWORTHY TAXA OF SENECIO (ASTERACEAE) IN 
AUSTRALIA 1 
by 
Robert O. Belcher* 
ABSTRACT 
Belcher, R.O. New or noteworthy taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae) in Australia, 1. Muelleha 6(3): 173-179 
(1986). — Senecio garlandii, a new species endemic to isolated rocky hillocks in the Central Western 
and South Western Slopes divisions of New South Wales, is described. S. cahillii Belcher and S. 
tuberculalus Ali are reduced to synonymy under S. diaschides Drury and S. murrayanus Wawra, 
respectively. S. glaucophyllus Cheeseman ssp. discoideus (Cheeseman) Ornd. is excluded from the flora 
of Tasmania. 
INTRODUCTION 
I report here a number of observations made during 1984 while locating and 
examining type and other material of all but two of the species published in Senecio 
and based on collections from Australia. This work involved visits to seven European 
herbaria (B, BM, G, K, LINN, P, W) and to the National Herbarium of Victoria 
(MEL) and the State Herbarium of South Australia (AD). At the latter institution 
I also had access to material loaned from ADW, CANB, CHR, HO, NSW, and 
PERTH to facilitate the revision of Senecio for the ‘Flora of South Australia’ by 
Dr Margaret Lawrence and myself. 
TAXONOMY 
Senecio garlandii F. Muell. ex Belcher, sp. nov. 
Senecio dryadeus Sieber ex Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 3: 562 (1826), nom. invalid, 
ut syn., var. garlandi F. Muell. ex Maiden & Betche, Census New South Wales 
PI. 205 (1916), nom. invalid. 
Senecio sp. J (aff. hypoleucus), S.W.L. Jacobs & J. Pickard, PI. New South 
Wales 86 (1981). [The suggestion of affinity to S. hypoleucus is incorrect.] 
Suffrutex perennis, 1 (-2) m altus, ramossissimus e basi, rami ascendens. Caules dense lanati, plus 
minusve flexuosi. Folia sessilia, alterna, chartacea, ovata vel elliptica, obtusa vel apiculata, 
remote denticulata, plus minusve cordata et amplexicaulia, 8-15 x 3-9 cm, sursum diminuta; 
paginae interne dense lanatae, superne sparse arachnoideae. Inflorescentia terminalis cor- 
ymbosa; bracteae multo reductae, amplectes subulatae; pedunculi arachnoidei, bracteolis 
subulatis. Capitula radmla congesta numerosa calyculata, bracteolis 5-7. Involucrum cara- 
panulatum; phyllaria 13, 4 mm longa, acuta, apicibus recurvatis. Flosculi marginali 7-10, 
ligulati; ligulae oblongae, ad 4 x 2 mm; flosculi disci 20-25. Achenia pallide brunnea, 2 mm 
longa, pilis brevibus glabrescentibus in sulcis angustis. Setae pappi graciles uniformes non 
persistentes. 
Perennial subshrub to 1 (-2) m tall, much branched from the base, branches 
ascending. Stems densely lanate, more or less flexuous Leaves sessile, alternate, 
chartaceous, ovate or elliptical, obtuse or apiculate, remotely denticulate, more or 
less cordate and amplexicaul, 8-15 x 3-9 cm, reduced upwards; lower surfaces 
densely lanate, upper surfaces sparsely arachnoid. Inflorescence terminal, corym- 
bose; bracts much reduced, clasping, subulate; peduncles arachnoid with subulate 
bracteoles. Capitula radiate, congested, numerous, calyculate with 5-7 bracteoles. 
Involucre campanulate; phyllaries 13, 4 mm long, acute, with recurved apices. 
Marginal florets 7-10, ligulate; ligules oblong, to 4 x 2 mm; disc florets 20-25. 
• Emeritus Professor of Biology, Eastern Michigan University, P.O. Box 242, Ypsilanti, MI 48197, 
United States of America. ’ 
173 

Page image

528865 Senecio glaucophyllus Muelleria 6(3&4): 178
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964236
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae) in Australia 1, doi:10.5962/p.184046

Page text

178 
at MEL. Thus the provenance of “Victoria” given on the holotype label is apparently 
correct. 
In addition to the listed isotypes of S. tuberculatus I have seen all of the 
material at NSW cited by Ali and duplicates of most of those he cited from BRI, 
plus numerous other collections from the several herbaria visited. These additional 
collections show that S. murrayanus has a broader distribution than that mapped 
by Ali (op. cit. 425, map 1). It has occurred widely scattered within the Murray- 
Darling watershed in southern Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria, with 
outliers iri northwestern Victoria, but apparently did not extend into South Australia. 
An outlying location, Thylungra, cited by Ali, is in southwestern Queensland in 
an area drained by a tributary of Cooper’s Creek. A lack of twentieth-century 
collections from Victoria and west-central New South Wales, however, suggests a 
significant contraction in the range of this species. 
Table 1. Diagnostic differences between S. murrayanus & 5. platylepsis. 
Characteristic 
S. murrayanus 
S. platylepsis 
phyllary length 
4-5.5 mm 
7.5-9 mm 
phyllary number 
c. 20 
1 1-13, rarely 20 
ray-floret achenes 
fully developed, plump 
usually infertile, slender 
achene shape 
flask-shaped with long neck, 
even when immature 
cylindrical in all stages 
achenial indumentum 
obovoid papillae 
long slender hairs 
leaf margin 
subentire to pinnatisect 
lobate or lobulate, irregular 
The distribution of S. murrayanus (except for the inclusion of Thylungra and 
the exclusion of South Australia) closely mimics that of S. runcinifolius J. H. 
Willis, although S. murrayanus does not appear to be as closely confined to riverine 
settings. The limited field notes suggest a tendency to weediness on cultivated grey 
clays and on overstocked brigalow country. 
I have yet to see this taxon in the field, and I have not seen any reported 
chromosome count. 
Senecio glaucophyllus Cheeseman ssp. discoideus (Cheeseman) Ornduff, Trans. & 
Proc. Roy. Soc. New Zealand 88: 73 (1960). 
Senecio lautus G. Forst. ex Willd. var. discoideus Cheeseman, Man. New 
Zealand FI. 374 (1906). 
Ali (1964, p. 289) reported an extension of range for this subspecies to 
Tasmania, based on “‘Wilderness’, Dysert, Jan. 1961, Winifred M. Curtis (HO 
3890)”. His identification of this collection is correct, but unfortunately the prove- 
nance was given incorrectly on the sheet. Dr Curtis has now indicated {in Hit.) that 
the correct location and date of this collection are: Wilderness, Otago, New Zealand, 
January 1957. 
“Cat. No. 3890”, the number cited by Ali and applicable in the Herbarium, 
University of Tasmania, prior to the transfer of that herbarium to the Tasmanian 
Museum, is at the top of the sheet that now carries the number HO 14949. This 
sheet was annotated by Ali as Senecio glaucophyllus ssp. discoides [sic!] on 7 May 
1963. A second sheet, HO 69514, contains one specimen of this taxon apparently 
demounted and transferred to it from the sheet annotated by Ali. 
Senecio glaucophyllus ssp. discoideus is to be excluded from the flora of 
Tasmania, at least on the evidence of the above two sheets. Ali cited “T. Kirk”, 
rather than Cheeseman, as the original authority for this infraspecific epithet. I do 
not find in the literature any support for this ascription. 

Page image

528872 Senecio glaucophyllus discoideus Muelleria 6(3&4): 178
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964236
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae) in Australia 1, doi:10.5962/p.184046
530314 Senecio murrayanus Muelleria 6(3&4): 176-178

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(3&4): 176-178".

906334 Senecio sp. J (aff. hypoleucus) Muelleria 6(3&4): 173
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964231
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae) in Australia 1, doi:10.5962/p.184046

Page text

NEW OR NOTEWORTHY TAXA OF SENECIO (ASTERACEAE) IN 
AUSTRALIA 1 
by 
Robert O. Belcher* 
ABSTRACT 
Belcher, R.O. New or noteworthy taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae) in Australia, 1. Muelleha 6(3): 173-179 
(1986). — Senecio garlandii, a new species endemic to isolated rocky hillocks in the Central Western 
and South Western Slopes divisions of New South Wales, is described. S. cahillii Belcher and S. 
tuberculalus Ali are reduced to synonymy under S. diaschides Drury and S. murrayanus Wawra, 
respectively. S. glaucophyllus Cheeseman ssp. discoideus (Cheeseman) Ornd. is excluded from the flora 
of Tasmania. 
INTRODUCTION 
I report here a number of observations made during 1984 while locating and 
examining type and other material of all but two of the species published in Senecio 
and based on collections from Australia. This work involved visits to seven European 
herbaria (B, BM, G, K, LINN, P, W) and to the National Herbarium of Victoria 
(MEL) and the State Herbarium of South Australia (AD). At the latter institution 
I also had access to material loaned from ADW, CANB, CHR, HO, NSW, and 
PERTH to facilitate the revision of Senecio for the ‘Flora of South Australia’ by 
Dr Margaret Lawrence and myself. 
TAXONOMY 
Senecio garlandii F. Muell. ex Belcher, sp. nov. 
Senecio dryadeus Sieber ex Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 3: 562 (1826), nom. invalid, 
ut syn., var. garlandi F. Muell. ex Maiden & Betche, Census New South Wales 
PI. 205 (1916), nom. invalid. 
Senecio sp. J (aff. hypoleucus), S.W.L. Jacobs & J. Pickard, PI. New South 
Wales 86 (1981). [The suggestion of affinity to S. hypoleucus is incorrect.] 
Suffrutex perennis, 1 (-2) m altus, ramossissimus e basi, rami ascendens. Caules dense lanati, plus 
minusve flexuosi. Folia sessilia, alterna, chartacea, ovata vel elliptica, obtusa vel apiculata, 
remote denticulata, plus minusve cordata et amplexicaulia, 8-15 x 3-9 cm, sursum diminuta; 
paginae interne dense lanatae, superne sparse arachnoideae. Inflorescentia terminalis cor- 
ymbosa; bracteae multo reductae, amplectes subulatae; pedunculi arachnoidei, bracteolis 
subulatis. Capitula radmla congesta numerosa calyculata, bracteolis 5-7. Involucrum cara- 
panulatum; phyllaria 13, 4 mm longa, acuta, apicibus recurvatis. Flosculi marginali 7-10, 
ligulati; ligulae oblongae, ad 4 x 2 mm; flosculi disci 20-25. Achenia pallide brunnea, 2 mm 
longa, pilis brevibus glabrescentibus in sulcis angustis. Setae pappi graciles uniformes non 
persistentes. 
Perennial subshrub to 1 (-2) m tall, much branched from the base, branches 
ascending. Stems densely lanate, more or less flexuous Leaves sessile, alternate, 
chartaceous, ovate or elliptical, obtuse or apiculate, remotely denticulate, more or 
less cordate and amplexicaul, 8-15 x 3-9 cm, reduced upwards; lower surfaces 
densely lanate, upper surfaces sparsely arachnoid. Inflorescence terminal, corym- 
bose; bracts much reduced, clasping, subulate; peduncles arachnoid with subulate 
bracteoles. Capitula radiate, congested, numerous, calyculate with 5-7 bracteoles. 
Involucre campanulate; phyllaries 13, 4 mm long, acute, with recurved apices. 
Marginal florets 7-10, ligulate; ligules oblong, to 4 x 2 mm; disc florets 20-25. 
• Emeritus Professor of Biology, Eastern Michigan University, P.O. Box 242, Ypsilanti, MI 48197, 
United States of America. ’ 
173 

Page image

802928 Senecio tuberculatus Muelleria 6(3&4): 176
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964234
Page is part of the work New or Noteworthy Taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae) in Australia 1, doi:10.5962/p.184046

Page text

I 
176 
acid. This reaction produces an intense brownish-black discoloration which interferes 
severely with effective clearing of peduncle, receptacle, phyllaries, and floret bases. 
Such a reaction was not exhibited by any of the several specimens referable to the 
S. linearfolius complex which I have cleared in hot lactic acid in a search for useful 
microcharacters in these parts. S. garlandii also appears to differ from all these 
other specimens in details of venation of the cleared phyllaries, but I have yet to 
quantify these differences or to show their consistency. 
The name of this new taxon honors J. R. Garland, its first known collector. 
“Woolly Ragwort” is the name given to this plant in the trail guide to The Rock 
Nature Reserve issued by the local naturalists’ society, and is most appropriate. 
Senedo diaschides Drury, New Zealand J. Bot. 12: 522, fig 5 (1974). 
Senecio cahillii Belcher, Muelleria 5(2): 120 (1983). 
Drury described this species from a collection from the North Island of New 
Zealand, where it has become adventive in recent years along with the much more 
aggressive S. bipinnatisectus Belcher {Erechtites atkinsoniae F. Muell.). Both are 
native to the uplands of eastern New South Wales. In describing S. cahillii from 
Australia I overlooked Drury’s prior publication. I have now examined material 
determined by Drury as S. diaschides, including an Australian specimen at Kew 
and the isotype (CHR 44758), and find the two taxa to be conspecific. 
This species has apparently failed to maintain itself in the areas in south- 
western Western Australia where it had previously appeared, probably as an intro- 
duction (see Belcher, l.c., p. 122). 
Senecio murrayanus Wawra, Itin. Princ. S.-Coburgi 2: 48 (1888) (as S. murrayand). 
Holotype: “Austral. Victoria/Murray FI.”, s.d., Wawra 427 (W, 7 separate pieces 
on one sheet). Isotype: “Murray River/1873/Dr Wawra” (MEL 671631). 
Senecio tuberculatus Ali, Kew Bull. 19: 423 (1965). Holotype: BRI, n.v. 
IsoTYPES: South of Tara, Bullock Head Creek Road, on grey clay, Queensland, 
28.viii.1958, Johnson 538 (K, NSW, CANB 63619). 
This species, as Ali noted, is uniquely distinguished by its achene, which is 
large, long-necked, and densely papillose (Fig. 2.) The achenes of Wawra 427 are 
identical to those of the duplicates of Johnson 538 which I have seen. There is 
also a close resemblance between these type collections in other capitular details, 
as well as vegetatively. I have no doubt that these two taxa are conspecific. 
Tap water added to a few papillae from the neck of an achene from Wawra 
427 led to almost instantaneous enlargement and the extrusion of two elongated 
strands from each papilla. Examination by light microscopy at 50, 100 and 400x 
indicated clearly that each strand originated in a separate cell. Medial walls were 
evident. Thus these papillae are not different in principle from the the much more 
slender bicellular hairs of other species of Australasian Senecio. The characteristic 
short basal cell is also present (cf. Drury & Watson 1965, figs 11, 12; S. murrayanus 
approaches fig. 12). 
The papillae after imbibition measured 0.14-0.15 x 0.08 mm (ocular micrometer 
at lOOx), an increase in size of roughly 25<>7o from the dehydrated state. The extruded 
fibrous strands measured 0.45-0.55 mm long x 0.03-0.04 mm wide, were irregularly 
zigzag in outline, and were sticky. The latter feature would account for Wawra’s 
description of the achene as mucilaginous, as attested by the fact that several 
capitula on his type specimen have masses of adherent achenes with tightly attached 
wads of fibres apparently torn from the paper used in pressing them. 
The isotype of S. murrayanus at MEL consists only of a fragment of inflo- 
rescence with a single capitulum containing numerous ripe achenes. It was found 
in one of the supplementary bundles of Mueller’s unidentified Senecio. It seems 
probable that Wawra visited South Yarra in 1873 and at that time broke off a 
piece from his collection for Mueller. This piece might therefore be better designated 

Page image

504423 Skirrhophorus muellerianus Muelleria 6(3&4): 251
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964311
Page is part of the work A Revision of Pogonolepis (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184052
803904 Skirrhophorus muellerianus Muelleria 6(3&4): 251
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964311
Page is part of the work A Revision of Pogonolepis (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184052
799312 Skirrhophorus strictus Muelleria 6(3&4): 249
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964309
Page is part of the work A Revision of Pogonolepis (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184052

Page text

249 
Florets 1 per capitulum, bisexual; corolla tubular, 5-merous, yellow. Style branches 
truncate, with short sweeping hairs, a distinct stylopodium present. Stamens 5; 
anthers with a sterile, debate to ± triangular, apical appendage; microsporangia 
tailed, endothecial tissue polarized; filament collar ± straight in outline and com- 
posed of ± uniform cells and basally not or barely thicker than the filament. 
Cypselae ± obovoid, covered in mucilagenous cells, with 2 vascular bundles and 
a distinct carpophore. Pappus absent. Figs 1, 7. 
Chromosome number: n = 4, 5, 6, c. 10, c. 12 (Fig. 4). 
Distribution (Figs 2 & 3): 
Both species recognised are found in Western Australia but P. muelleriana 
extends to South Australia, New South Wales and Victoria. 
Key to the Species of Pogonolepis 
I. Anthers 0.85-1.3 mm long; pollen grains 2,002-4,260 per floret and c, 400-850 per anther (Western 
Australia) 1. P. stricta 
1. Anthers 0.38-0.8 mm long; pollen grains 62-404 per floret and 16-76 per anther (Western Australia 
and Eastern Australia) 2. P. muelleriana 
1. Pogonolepis stricta Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:440 (1845); P. Short, Muelleria 
4:404 (1981); Grieve, W. Aust. Wildfls Suppl. 4:72 (1982); P. Short, Muelleria 
5:203 (1983). — Skirrophorus strictus (Steetz) A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. 
Misc. 3:149 (1851). — Angianthus strictus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); 
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). — Styloncerus strictus (Steetz) 
Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus strictus (Steetz) Ostenf., Biol. 
Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:137 (1921). TYPE:“In locis hyeme aqua 
marina inundatis prope Vasse-Inlet, mense Dec. 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 39.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 39, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan River Colonia) 
in locis hyeme inundatis aqua marina, prope Vasse-Inlet leg. cl. Preiss .... emi 
1843, s.dat. (MEL 541613, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541612 (ex 
herb. Sond.), P (2 sheets, one ex herb. Schultz-Bip.), S (herb. Lehm.). Possible 
IsoLECTOTYPE: PERTH. See note 1 below. 
Angianthus plumiger Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. 
Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). TYPE:“Swan and Murchison Rivers, Oldfield.” Lecto- 
type (here designated): Oldfield 82, Murchison, s.dat. (MEL 84616). Remaining 
Syntype: Oldfield 82, Swan R., W.A., s.dat. (MEL 84613). See note 2 below. 
Angianthus strictus (Steetz) Benth. var. lanigerus Ewart & J. White, Proc. 
Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:92 (1909). — Angianthus lanigerus (Ewart & J. White) Ewart 
& J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 23:288 (1911); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. 
Wildfls 816 (1975). — Pogonolepis lanigera (Ewart & J. White) P. Short, Muelleria 
5:204 (1983). Type: “Woorooloo, West Australia. Max Koch, Oct., 1907. No. 
1873.” Lectotype (here designated): Koch 1873, Woorooloo, -.x.1907 (MEL 
541625). ISOLECTOTYPES: NSW (2 sheets), PERTH. See note 3 below. 
Annual herb, the major axes prostrate to erect, 2.5-20(26) cm long, ± glabrous 
to densely hairy in parts, the axes often reddish. Leaves narrowly triangular, 
lanceolate to narrowly lanceolate or ± linear, 4-20(23) mm long, 0.5-1. 5 mm wide, 
glabrous to ± densely hairy, the base + dilated and the margins often hyaline, 
the apex barely to prominently mucronate. Compound heads 2. 7-4. 3 mm long, 0.9- 
4 mm diam., bracts of the general involucre c. 15-25 (c. 35); outer bracts 8-18(27), 
leaf-like, ± narrowly triangular or lanceolate, 2.8-4 mm long, 0. 5-1.1 mm wide, 
about the length of or exceeding the length of the capitula, sparsely to densely 
hairy, ± straight to recurved, grading into inner, non-leaf-like bracts; inner bracts 
6-13, ± elliptic or ± oblong or ovate or obovate, 2. 1-2.7 mm long, 0.6-1 mm 
wide, with a ± distinct midrib extending from about half to about the full length 
of the bract, all bracts variably hairy with papillae on the upper part, grading into 
capitular bracts. Capitula (6)15-50(103) per compound head. Capitular bracts ± 

Page image

543578 Stuartina muelleri Muelleria 6(3&4): 256
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964316
Page is part of the work Lectotypification of Stuartina Muelleri (Compositae: Inuleae) With Notes on Stuartina in Victoria and South Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184053

Page text

256 
showed that S. hamata is present in both Victoria and South Australia, occurring 
in drier, more inland areas than does S. muelleri (Fig. 1). 
The dates (1968*; 1976; 1978; 1979) of the four Victorian collections and their 
disjunction from the range of the species in South Australia and elsewhere apparently 
indicate that S. hamata has only recently extended into Victoria and that this 
extension is probably due to accidental introduction. However, the species has been 
long-established in South Australia as the type material of S. muelleri, collected 
between 1848 and 1853, includes a collection which is now referable to S. hamata 
(see below). In addition S. hamata was collected elsewhere in the Flinders Ranges 
in the 19th century (Mt Parry, c. 1885; Mt Lyndhurst, 1898); however, all specimens 
from the Eyre Peninsula — Port Augusta region are recent (1968; 1974; 1974; 
1981) and may represent a current southward extension of range within South 
Australia. 
All Stuartina collections mapped and/or examined in connection with this 
study have been annotated. 
LECTOTYPIFICATION OF S. MUELLERI 
Lectotypification of S. muelleri is necessary because the material used by 
Sonder includes two distinct species. The following choice of lectotype suitably fits 
Sonder’s description, maintains the traditional application of the name S. muelleri 
and allows the only other name available in Stuartina, S. hamata, to remain in use 
for the second species. 
Stuartina muelleri Sonder, Linnaea 25: 522 (1853). Type: “Lofty ranges. Onka- 
paringa. Cudnaka”, South Australia, F. Mueller s.n. [1848-1853]. Lectotype (here 
chosen): Onkaparinga, s. date. F.Muell. s.n. (MEL 604835, ex herb. O. W. Sonder, 
top left hand specimen on sheet). Isolectotype: MEL 604835, bottom left hand 
specimen on sheet; ? two specimens on right hand side of sheet (see last paragraph 
below for explanation). Syntype: Lofty ranges, s. dat., F. Muell. s.n. (MEL 
604836, ex herb O.W. Sonder). Syntype excluded by lectotypification; Cud- 
naka, s.dat., [F. Muell. 5.n.] (MEL 604837, ex herb O. W. Sonder, — not S. 
muelleri but S. hamata Philipson). Cudnaka is believed to be Kanyaka in the 
southern Flinders Ranges, which Mueller visited in 1851. 
♦This collection was inaccessible in unincorporated material when Willis (1973) was prepared. 

Page image

487944 Trachymene humilis Muelleria 6(3&4): 159-167

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(3&4): 159-167".

487956 Trachymene humilis humilis Muelleria 6(3&4): 165
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964223
Page is part of the work Notes on Trachymene humilis (J.D.Hook.) Benth. (Umbelliferae), doi:10.5962/p.238380
487951 Trachymene humilis breviscapa Muelleria 6(3&4): 166
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964224
Page is part of the work Notes on Trachymene humilis (J.D.Hook.) Benth. (Umbelliferae), doi:10.5962/p.238380
510304 Triunia montana Muelleria 6(3&4): 195
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964253
Page is part of the work A New Species of Helicia, New Combinations and Lectotypification in Triunia (Proteaceae) from Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184048

Page text

195 
Type Collection: 
Mt Spurgeon, North Queensland, ix.l936, C. T. White 10643 (flowering col- 
lection). (Holotype: BRI 164227. Isotypes: BRI 164226; MEL 1540426). 
Further Specimens Examined: 
Queensland — Upper Mossman River, 21. x. 1938, Flecker 2330 (QRS); Platypus Creek at head of 
Mossman River, ix.I972, Tracy 14883 (BRI); near Schillers Hut, Mt Spurgeon, ix.i972, Webb & Tracey 
13370 (BRI). 
Distribution and Habitat: 
Known only from Mt Spurgeon and the upper reaches of the Mossman River. 
In simple notophyll vine forest on soils derived from granite, at altitudes to 1250 
metres. 
Discussion: 
The specific epithet refers to the recurved leaf margin, a feature not seen in 
other Australian species of Helicia. 
H. recurva appears to be most closely allied to H. australasica. Both species 
have distinct petioles, glabrous or near-glabrous leaves and hairy ovaries. The only 
other Helicia species to have this combination of characters is H. grayi Foreman 
which can be distinguished immediately by its much longer pedicels and perianth 
segments. 
H. recurva can be distinguished from H. australasica (syn. H. glabrescens C. 
White) (Foreman 1983) and also from H. grayi by its more coriaceous leaves with 
midrib and main nerves impressed above and very prominent beneath, giving many 
of the leaves a sub-bullate appearance, by its recurved leaf margin (this feature 
appears to be fairly consistent in all the dried material examined) and by the 
predominently elliptic leaf shape. The flowers of H. recurva and H. australasica 
are quite similar although those of H. recurva tend to have fewer hairs. 
TRIUNA L. Johnson & B. Briggs 
Johnson & Briggs (1975) established the genus Triunia by raising to generic 
rank Helicia section Macadamopsis Sleum., typifying it by Helicia youngiana C. 
Moore & F. Muell. They considered at this time that the genus included “one or 
two further species” although formal combinations were not made. Since Helicia 
youngiana var. montana C. White and Helicia youngiana var. robusta C. White 
both appear to be distinct from each other and from Triunia youngiana (C. Moore 
& F. Muell.) Johnson & Briggs they are here raised to species rank, giving a total 
of three species of Triunia present in Australia. 
Triunia montana (C. White) D. Foreman, comb, et stat. nov. 
Helicia youngiana C. Moore & F. Muell. var. montana C. White, Contr. 
Arnold Abor. 4: 24 (1933). Lectotype (here designated): Bellenden Ker, Palm 
Camp, Meston’s Bellenden Ker Expedition, 1889, F. M. Bailey s.n. (BRI 164626). 
Syntypes: Bellenden Kerr near the summit, i. 1923, C. T. White s.n. (BRI 164310 
& 164311). 
At one time it was thought that T. montana was restricted in its distribution 
to the Bellenden Ker Range in north Queensland (White 1933). However, now it 
has been found on Mt Lewis and the Great Dividing Range, north-west of Mossman 
in the vicinity of Black Mountain and Mt Spurgeon. 
T. montana can be distinguished from both T. youngiana and T. robusta by 
its entire, acuminate, coriaceous, smooth glossy leaves which dry ± the same colour 
above and beneath. The flowers of all three species are more or less similar, but 
the perianth segments of T. montana are less hairy than those of either T. youngiana 

Page image

510307 Triunia robusta Muelleria 6(3&4): 196
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50964254
Page is part of the work A New Species of Helicia, New Combinations and Lectotypification in Triunia (Proteaceae) from Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184048

Page text

196 
or T. robusta and they have a characteristic tuft of hairs about 1-1.5 mm long at 
the end of the limb. 
Representative Specimens Seen: 
Queensland — State Forest Reserve 310, Bellenden Ker Logging Area, 26. ix. 1975, Dockrilt 1084 
(QRS); Timber Reserve 140, Zarda Logging Area, 17. iv. 1968, Hyland 4935 (QRS); Summit of Mt 
Bellenden Ker, 2.viii.l971, Hyland 5320 (QRS); Bellenden Ker, 30.xi.l972, Hyland 6571 (QRS); Mt 
Bartle-Frere, i.l891, Johnson s.n. (MEL). 
Triunia robusta (C. White) D. Foreman, comb, et stat. nov. 
Helicia youngiana C. Moore & F. Muell. var. robusta C. White, Contr. Arnold 
Arbor. 4: 23 (1933). Lectotype (here designated): Eumundi, xi. 1892, J. H. 
Simmonds s.n. (BRI 164315). Isolectotype: Eumundi, xi. 1892, J. H. Simmonds 
s.n. (BRI 164314). Syntypes: Maroochie [Yandina], vii. 1888, F. M. Bailey s.n. 
(BRI 022471); Eumundi, xi. 1894, F. M. Bailey & J. H. Simmonds s.n. (BRI 
164313); Eumundi, 1900, J. F. Bailey s.n. (BRI 164317); Maroochie [Yandina], J. 
Low s.n. (BRI 164316); Eumundi, xi. 1892, J. B. Staer s.n. (BRI 164312). 
Triunia robusta is most closely allied to T. youngiana but it can be distinguished 
by its larger oblong-elliptic leaves which are smooth and glossy above, mostly entire 
or with a few (sometimes deep) teeth towards the apex. 
White (1933) included amongst the specimens he cited under Helicia youngiana 
var. robusta a collection from East Malanda, Atherton Tableland, 22. ix. 1929, S. 
F. Kajewski 1219 (BRI). This and other collections from north Queensland which 
have been referred to H. youngiana var. robusta appear to represent a distinct but 
as yet undescribed species. 
There do not appear to be any recent collections of Triunia robusta from the 
Eumundi/Maroochie (Yandina) area and due to extensive clearing in the region 
this taxon may now be extinct. 
Additional Specimens Examined: 
Queensland — Maroochie [Yandina], xi. 1879, Bailey (MEL 93791); Eumundi, Shirley (BRI 164284); 
Eumundi, v. 1892, Simmonds (BRI 105362). 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
I wish to thank the Directors of BRI and QRS for the loan of herbarium 
material. Mr Alex George kindly prepared the Latin description. 
REFERENCES 
Foreman, D. B. (1983). A review of the genus Helicia Lour. (Proteaceae) in Australia. Brunonia 6: 59- 
72. 
Johnson, L. A. S. & Briggs, B. G. (1975), On the Proteaceae — the evolution and classification of a 
southern family. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 70: 82-182. 
White, C. T. (1933). Ligneous plants collected for the Arnold Arboretum in north Queensland by 
S.F. Kajewski in 1929. Contr. Arnold Arbor. 4: 5-113. 
Manuscript received 3 September 1985. 

Page image

542359 Limnophyton australiense Muelleria 6(5): 311, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814857
Page is part of the work Limnophyton australiense sp. nov. (Alismataceae): a new generic record for Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171876

Page text

LIMNOPHYTON AUSTRALIENSE sp. nov. (ALISMATACEAE): 
A NEW GENERIC RECORD FOR AUSTRALIA 
by 
Helen I. Aston* 
ABSTRACT 
Aston, Helen I. Limnophyton australiense sp. nov. (Alismataceae): a new generic record for Australia. 
Muelleria 6(5): 311-316 (1987). — A new species of Limnophyton Miq., L. australiense, from Cape 
York Peninsula, Queensland, is described and illustrated and the characteristics and affinities of the 
genus are discussed. This is the first record of Limnophyton from Australia. 
DESCRIPTION 
Limnophyton australiense H. I. Aston, sp. nov. 
Planta aquatica, emergens, erecta, glabra. Folia basalia, longe petiolata. Lamina folii sagittata, 
5-21 cm longa x 2.8-14 cm lata; lobo apici quam lobis basalibus parum longiore. Caules ad 
100 cm alti x 2-10 mm diametro, simplices vel bifurcati (ad nodum infimum). Verticilli 
inflorescentiae 3-8 per caulem vel ramum caulis, quoque verticillo 3 bracteis praedito; 
verticillus infimus polygamus, usque ad 10 flores masculinos et 13 flores bisexuales ferens; 
verticilli alii solum masculini 9- 1 2-flori. Flores masculini in pedicellis filiformibus (c. 9-14 
mm longis x 0.15-0.5 mm diametro); sepala 3, concava, reflexa, c. 4.2-5 mm longa x 3.3- 
3.5 mm lata; petala 3, c. 6-6.3 mm longa x 3. 7-4. 4 mm lata; stamina 6 in verticillo uno 
regulari; filamenta c. 2 mm longa, tribus-quadrantibus inferioribus c. 1.1 mm latis, dialatatis, 
bulbosis; filamentorum bases tumidae, arete appressae ad centrum floris; carpella absentia. 
Flores bisexuales ut in floribus masculinis sed carpellati atque pedicellis majoribus instructi; 
pedicelli fructiferi 25-60 mm longi x 1.5-3. 5 mm diametro; receptaculum minutum, plus 
minusve planum vel perexigue elevatum; carpella 3-16, libera sessilia; ovarium c. 2 mm 
longum, porcula dorsali atque umbone in quoque latere munitum; stylus brevis crassus; 
stigma c. 0.4 mm longum x 1.4 mm latum, discoideum, cacumen styli cingens; ovulum 
singulare, basale, campylotropum. Carpella fructificantia 5-15, sessilia vel subsessilia, sicca, 
indehiscentia, endocarpium tenue, sclerenchymatum; exocarpium tenue, spongiosum. Corpus 
carpelli fructificantis plus minusve late oblongum vel late obovoideum, lateraliter compres- 
sum, sine cavernulis-aeriis lateralibus magnis, c. 10-12 mm longum x 3.5-4 mm latum x 6.5- 
8 mm profundum (i.e. a margine dorsali usque ad marginem ventralem), porcatum, spines- 
cens; porcae 3, una margines ventrales apicales et dorsales cingenti, quaque duarum aliarum 
depressionem lateralem plus minusve ellipticam non profundam cingenti; spinae porcas 
exorientes, 2-5 conspicuae pungentes 3-5 mm longae, porcis etiam spinas breviores (1-paucas) 
vel torulas usitate ferentibus. Semen per late ellipsoideum, fortiter lateraliter compressum, c. 
7 mm longum; embryo hippocrepicus. 
Limnophyton australiense ob carpella fructificantia magna spinescentia facile distingui- 
tur; forma carpellorum a speciebus omnibus aliis generis Limnophyti differt, praeterea 
cavernulae-aeriae laterales magnae desunt. 
Plant aquatic, emergent, ? annual or perennial, glabrous. Roots fibrous, from 
a short rootstock to 1.5 cm long. Stems 2, basal, erect, to 100 cm high x 2-10 mm 
diam., simple or divided into two more or less equal branches at the lowest node; 
height from base to lowest node 46-71 cm; distal 19-29 cm of stem (or each branch) 
bearing 3-8 whorls of flowers, the internodes 1-8 cm long and somewhat longitu- 
dinally ribbed. Leaves several, basal, petiolate, erect. Petiole 40-81 cm long x 2-10 
mm diam., sheathed at the base, (producing a milky exudate when broken, Hyland 
6296)\ sheath 23-42 cm long, gradually tapered above. Leaf lamina thin-textured, 
membranous, sagittate, slightly to strongly constricted just above the level of 
insertion of the petiole, 5-21 cm long x 2.8-14 cm wide, with the greatest width 
usually across the proximal to mid-portions of the basal lobes; apical lobe slightly 
longer than the basal lobes, 2.8-11 cm long x 2.2-12 cm wide; basal lobes somewhat 
incurved with a sinus of (40°-)55°-75° angle (the angle formed at the petiole insertion 
by lines connecting that point to the tips of the basal lobes), each 2.3-10 cm long 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
311 

Page image

542354 Limnophyton Muelleria 6(5): 311
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814857
Page is part of the work Limnophyton australiense sp. nov. (Alismataceae): a new generic record for Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171876

Page text

LIMNOPHYTON AUSTRALIENSE sp. nov. (ALISMATACEAE): 
A NEW GENERIC RECORD FOR AUSTRALIA 
by 
Helen I. Aston* 
ABSTRACT 
Aston, Helen I. Limnophyton australiense sp. nov. (Alismataceae): a new generic record for Australia. 
Muelleria 6(5): 311-316 (1987). — A new species of Limnophyton Miq., L. australiense, from Cape 
York Peninsula, Queensland, is described and illustrated and the characteristics and affinities of the 
genus are discussed. This is the first record of Limnophyton from Australia. 
DESCRIPTION 
Limnophyton australiense H. I. Aston, sp. nov. 
Planta aquatica, emergens, erecta, glabra. Folia basalia, longe petiolata. Lamina folii sagittata, 
5-21 cm longa x 2.8-14 cm lata; lobo apici quam lobis basalibus parum longiore. Caules ad 
100 cm alti x 2-10 mm diametro, simplices vel bifurcati (ad nodum infimum). Verticilli 
inflorescentiae 3-8 per caulem vel ramum caulis, quoque verticillo 3 bracteis praedito; 
verticillus infimus polygamus, usque ad 10 flores masculinos et 13 flores bisexuales ferens; 
verticilli alii solum masculini 9- 1 2-flori. Flores masculini in pedicellis filiformibus (c. 9-14 
mm longis x 0.15-0.5 mm diametro); sepala 3, concava, reflexa, c. 4.2-5 mm longa x 3.3- 
3.5 mm lata; petala 3, c. 6-6.3 mm longa x 3. 7-4. 4 mm lata; stamina 6 in verticillo uno 
regulari; filamenta c. 2 mm longa, tribus-quadrantibus inferioribus c. 1.1 mm latis, dialatatis, 
bulbosis; filamentorum bases tumidae, arete appressae ad centrum floris; carpella absentia. 
Flores bisexuales ut in floribus masculinis sed carpellati atque pedicellis majoribus instructi; 
pedicelli fructiferi 25-60 mm longi x 1.5-3. 5 mm diametro; receptaculum minutum, plus 
minusve planum vel perexigue elevatum; carpella 3-16, libera sessilia; ovarium c. 2 mm 
longum, porcula dorsali atque umbone in quoque latere munitum; stylus brevis crassus; 
stigma c. 0.4 mm longum x 1.4 mm latum, discoideum, cacumen styli cingens; ovulum 
singulare, basale, campylotropum. Carpella fructificantia 5-15, sessilia vel subsessilia, sicca, 
indehiscentia, endocarpium tenue, sclerenchymatum; exocarpium tenue, spongiosum. Corpus 
carpelli fructificantis plus minusve late oblongum vel late obovoideum, lateraliter compres- 
sum, sine cavernulis-aeriis lateralibus magnis, c. 10-12 mm longum x 3.5-4 mm latum x 6.5- 
8 mm profundum (i.e. a margine dorsali usque ad marginem ventralem), porcatum, spines- 
cens; porcae 3, una margines ventrales apicales et dorsales cingenti, quaque duarum aliarum 
depressionem lateralem plus minusve ellipticam non profundam cingenti; spinae porcas 
exorientes, 2-5 conspicuae pungentes 3-5 mm longae, porcis etiam spinas breviores (1-paucas) 
vel torulas usitate ferentibus. Semen per late ellipsoideum, fortiter lateraliter compressum, c. 
7 mm longum; embryo hippocrepicus. 
Limnophyton australiense ob carpella fructificantia magna spinescentia facile distingui- 
tur; forma carpellorum a speciebus omnibus aliis generis Limnophyti differt, praeterea 
cavernulae-aeriae laterales magnae desunt. 
Plant aquatic, emergent, ? annual or perennial, glabrous. Roots fibrous, from 
a short rootstock to 1.5 cm long. Stems 2, basal, erect, to 100 cm high x 2-10 mm 
diam., simple or divided into two more or less equal branches at the lowest node; 
height from base to lowest node 46-71 cm; distal 19-29 cm of stem (or each branch) 
bearing 3-8 whorls of flowers, the internodes 1-8 cm long and somewhat longitu- 
dinally ribbed. Leaves several, basal, petiolate, erect. Petiole 40-81 cm long x 2-10 
mm diam., sheathed at the base, (producing a milky exudate when broken, Hyland 
6296)\ sheath 23-42 cm long, gradually tapered above. Leaf lamina thin-textured, 
membranous, sagittate, slightly to strongly constricted just above the level of 
insertion of the petiole, 5-21 cm long x 2.8-14 cm wide, with the greatest width 
usually across the proximal to mid-portions of the basal lobes; apical lobe slightly 
longer than the basal lobes, 2.8-11 cm long x 2.2-12 cm wide; basal lobes somewhat 
incurved with a sinus of (40°-)55°-75° angle (the angle formed at the petiole insertion 
by lines connecting that point to the tips of the basal lobes), each 2.3-10 cm long 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
311 

Page image

795283 Angianthus myosuroides Muelleria 6(5): 318
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814864
Page is part of the work Notes on Gnephosis Cass. (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171877
795285 Angianthus tenellus Muelleria 6(5): 317
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814863
Page is part of the work Notes on Gnephosis Cass. (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171877

Page text

NOTES ON GNEPHOSIS Cass. (COMPOSITAE: INULEAE: 
GNAPHALIINAE) 
by 
P. S. Short* 
ABSTRACT 
Short, P. S. Notes on Gnephosis (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 6(5): 317-319 (1987). 
— The name Chrysocoryne Endl. is reduced to the synonymy of Gnephosis Cass. New combinations 
are made in Gnephosis and a lectotype for the name G. tenuissima Cass, is chosen. 
INTRODUCTION 
In my revision of Angianthus Wendl. s. lat. (Short 1983) I reinstated certain 
genera previously reduced to synonymy by Bentham (1867). One of these, Chry- 
socoryne Endl., described in 1843, I considered to consist of six species. Since that 
revision I have examined the genus Gnephosis Cass., described with a single species, 
G. tenuissima Cass., in 1820, and it is now clear that Chrysocoryne pusilla (Benth.) 
Endl. is synonymous with G. tenuissima. Since the name Gnephosis has priority 
over the name Chrysocoryne, five of the species currently placed in Chrysocoryne 
need to be transferred to Gnephosis. The new combinations are made below and 
a lectotype for G. tenuissima is chosen. . 
Although my revisionary studies are incomplete it seems likely that Gnephosis 
s. str. will only include G. tenuissima and the five species here transferred from 
Chrysocoryne. 
NEW COMBINATIONS AND SYNONYMS IN GNEPHOSIS 
Except for G. tenuissima, detailed comments on the types of all names given 
here are to be found in a previous publication (Short 1983). 
Gnephosis Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 43 (1820). Type: G. tenuissima 
c ass 
Chrysocoryne Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:457 (1843); P. Short, Muelleria 
5: 185 (1983). Type: C. drummondii A. Gray. 
Gnephosis drummondii (A. Gray) P. Short, comb. nov. 
Chrysocoryne drummondii A. Gray, Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 
(1851), basionym. Lectotype: Drummond 16 (K). 
Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans. & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 
130 (1855). — Angianthus tenellus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867). — 
Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus 
tenellus (F. Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:138 
(1921). Lectotype: Wilhelmi (K). 
Gnephosis multiflora (P. Short) P. Short, comb. nov. 
Chrysocoryne multiflora P. Short, Muelleria 5:192 (1983), basionym. Holo- 
type: Chinnock 4411 & Wilson (AD). 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia, 3141. 
317 

Page image

460274 Blennospora Muelleria 6(5): 349-358

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(5): 349-358".

460285 Blennospora drummondii Muelleria 6(5): 356
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814902
Page is part of the work A revision of Blennospora A. Gray (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171881

Page text

356 
FI. S. Aust. 3:1500 (1986). — Galocephalus drummondii (A. Gray) Benth., FI. 
Austr. 3:574 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 648 (1929), 2nd ed. 928 
(1957); J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:731 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. 
Wildfls 821 (1975). Type: “Swan River, Drummond .” Lectotype (here desig- 
nated): Drummond s.n., Sw. riv., s. dat. (K). Possible Isolectotypes: Drummond 
359, West Australia, s. dat. (BM, GH, MEL 543273, P — 2 sheets). Remaining 
Syntype and Isosyntype: Drummond 68, Swan River, N. Holl., s. dat. (K, 
mounted with lectotype; E, ex herb. GL). 
Annual herbs 1-10 cm high. Major axes ascending to erect, cottony hairy; stem 
often simple but commonly forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. 
Leaves semi-terete to ± terete or ± linear to narrowly oblanceolate, often ± 
succulent, held erect, 0.5-2. 5 cm long, 0.05-0.1 cm wide, mucronate, cottony hairy, 
the uppermost leaves usually overtopping the inflorescence. Inflorescence ellipsoid 
to broadly ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly ovoid, 0.6-1. 2 (c. 1.5) cm high, 0.4-1. 3 
cm diam.; general involucre inconspicuous, the bracts ± resembling the capitular 
bracts, mainly hyaline but with an opaque, green midrib, glabrous to densely hairy 
on the outer surface. Capitula (2)10-25(30 + ) per inflorescence. Capitular bracts in 
± 2 rows. Outer capitular bracts obovate to spathulate, sometimes ± elliptic, 1.7- 
3(3.5) mm long, 0.7-1. 2(1. 5) mm wide, each usually hyaline except for an opaque 
green midrib extending for c. 2/3 its length but sometimes the hyaline margins 
poorly developed; bracts flat to conduplicate, the upper hyaline margins variably 
ciliate, glabrous on the inner surface but externally usually with long hairs at or 
about the apex of the midrib and the bracts united by the long hairs. Inner capitular 
bracts elliptic or ovate to lanceolate, (1.8)2. 5-4 mm long, 1. 7-3(3. 5) mm wide, each 
predominantly hyaline but with an opaque green midrib extending for c. 2 A its 
length, conduplicate, with entire or ciliate upper margins, glabrous on the inner 
surface but externally with long hairs at or about the apex of the midrib, the bracts 
free or united by the long hairs. Florets 1-3 per capitulum; corolla tube 1.8-2. 2 
mm long, with (4)5 purplish black lobes. Stamens (4)5 ; anthers 0.45-0.75 mm long, 
each with a sterile apical appendage which is ± narrowly triangular, 0.15-0.42 mm 
long, microsporangia 0.22-0.42 mm long. Cypselas ± obovoid, 1. 1-1.4 mm long, 
0. 8-1.1 mm diam. Pappus of 7-8 bristles, from c. 'A to equal to the length of the 
corolla tube. 
Chromosome number: 2n = 22 ( Short 595, 719; Short 1981b). 
TYPIFICATION: 
Gray (1851) described B. drummondii from collections made by James Drum- 
mond in Western Australia and forwarded to Gray by Sir William Hooker. At K 
there is a single sheet containing two apparently different collections made by 
Drummond, i.e. Drummond 68 and Drummond s.n.. Each collection consists of 
a single specimen, is accompanied by an envelope containing fragments, and is 
annotated ‘Blennospora Drummondii n. gen.’ in Gray’s hand. I have chosen the 
unnumbered collection as the lectotype. The collections in BM, GH and MEL of 
Drummond 359, none of which are annotated by Gray, all bear a strong resemblance 
to the lectotype. 
Of the two sheets of Drummond 359 in P, one is annotated by Gray as 
‘Blennospora n. gen.’ and consists of two specimens. This sheet was not selected 
as the lectotype as the lack of a specific epithet suggests to me that Gray may not 
have closely examined the collection, perhaps only annotating it after general sorting 
of material when visiting Paris during his journey to Europe from June 1850 to 
August 1851 (Farlow 1888). As with other specimens of Drummond 359, the ones 
in P closely resemble the lectotype specimen. 
Distribution (Fig. 1): 
South west region of Western Australia, southern South Australia and western 
Victoria. 

Page image

460296 Blennospora phlegmatocarpa Muelleria 6(5): 354
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814900
Page is part of the work A revision of Blennospora A. Gray (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171881

Page text

354 
TAXONOMY 
Blennospora A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:98, 172 (1851); Short, 
Muelleria 4:401 (1981); Grieve, W. Aust. Wildfls Suppl. 4:72 (1982); Short, FI. S. 
Aust. 3:1500 (1986). Type: B. drummondii A. Gray. 
[Calocephalus auct. non. R. Br. (1817): Benth., FI. Austr. 3:573 (1867); Benth. 
in Benth. & Hook.f., Genera PI. 2:320 (1873); O. Hoffm. in Engl. & Prantl., 
Natiirl. Pflanzenfam. 4(5): 194 (1890); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 647 (1929), 
2nd ed. 927 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:731 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. 
Aust. Wildfls 773, 820 (1975).] 
Annual herbs. Major axes ascending to erect, cottony hairy; stem often simple 
but commonly forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves mainly 
alternate but the lowest pair(s) opposite, all leaves sessile, entire, erect, mucronate, 
cottony hairy, often the uppermost ones with hyaline apices and merging with the 
bracts of the general involucre. Inflorescence a compound head, ellipsoid to broadly 
ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly ovoid; general involucre inconspicuous, the bracts ± 
leaf-like or ± resembling the capitular bracts. General receptable ill-defined, with 
shortly pedunculate capitula scattered along a stem-like, hairy axis. Capitula (2)5- 
25(30 + ) per compound head. Capitular bracts 8-10, in ± 2 rows. Outer 4-5 capitular 
bracts ± obovate to oblanceolate or spathulate or ± elliptic, each usually pre- 
dominantly hyaline except for an opaque, green midrib extending for Vi-V* of its 
length but sometimes the hyaline margins poorly developed; bracts flat to condu- 
plicate, glabrous on the inner surface but the outer surface often with long hairs 
at or about the apex of the midrib, the mid to upper hyaline margins shortly ciliate 
or with long hairs, the bracts united by the hairs. Inner 4-5 capitular bracts ± 
elliptic or ovate to lanceolate, each flat to conduplicate, predominantly hyaline 
except for an opaque green midrib extending for c. Vi- 2 A its length, glabrous on 
the inner surface but the outer surface with long hairs at or about the apex of the 
midrib; margin entire or the mid to upper portions ciliate or with long hairs, the 
bracts free or united by the hairs. Florets 1-3 per capitulum; corolla tubular, (4)5- 
lobed, tube yellow, lobes purplish black or yellow. Style branches truncate, with 
short sweeping hairs. Stamens (4)5; anthers with a sterile apical appendage which 
is ± narrowly triangular; microsporangia tailed, endothecial tissue polarized; fil- 
ament collar ± straight in outline and composed of ± uniform cells and basally 
not thicker than the filament. Cypselas homomorphic, ± obovoid; pericarp with 
mucilaginous cells covering the surface, with an inner layer of sclerenchyma (one 
cell thick), vascular bundles 2 and lateral to the cotyledons; testa containing crystals; 
carpopodium present, annular. Pappus of 7-10, multiseriate, flexible, irregularly 
long-ciliate bristles; bristles from X A to about the length of the corolla tube, forming 
an irregular cup at the base. 
Chromosome number: x = 11 (Short 1981). 
Distribution (Fig. 1): 
Both species recognised are found in Western Australia but B. drummondii 
extends to South Australia and Victoria. 
Key to the Species of Blennospora 
1. Lobes of florets yellow 1. B. phlegmatocarpa 
1. Lobes of florets purplish black 2. B. drummondii 
1. Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) P. Short, Muelleria 4:413 (1981); Grieve, 
W. Aust. Wildfls Suppl. 4:72 (1982). — Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. 
Jb. 35:614, fig. 69 o-u (1904); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 821 (1975). 
Type: “Hab. in distr. Avon pr. Wyola in lutosis gregaria flor. m. Oct. (D. 5020)”. 
Lectotype (here designated): Diels 5020, W. Australien: Wyola, 24.x. 1901 (MEL 
543205). Probable Isolectotype: Diels s.n.. East of York, s. dat. (PERTH). 

Page image

802859 Calocephalus drummondii Muelleria 6(5): 356
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814902
Page is part of the work A revision of Blennospora A. Gray (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171881

Page text

356 
FI. S. Aust. 3:1500 (1986). — Galocephalus drummondii (A. Gray) Benth., FI. 
Austr. 3:574 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 648 (1929), 2nd ed. 928 
(1957); J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:731 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. 
Wildfls 821 (1975). Type: “Swan River, Drummond .” Lectotype (here desig- 
nated): Drummond s.n., Sw. riv., s. dat. (K). Possible Isolectotypes: Drummond 
359, West Australia, s. dat. (BM, GH, MEL 543273, P — 2 sheets). Remaining 
Syntype and Isosyntype: Drummond 68, Swan River, N. Holl., s. dat. (K, 
mounted with lectotype; E, ex herb. GL). 
Annual herbs 1-10 cm high. Major axes ascending to erect, cottony hairy; stem 
often simple but commonly forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. 
Leaves semi-terete to ± terete or ± linear to narrowly oblanceolate, often ± 
succulent, held erect, 0.5-2. 5 cm long, 0.05-0.1 cm wide, mucronate, cottony hairy, 
the uppermost leaves usually overtopping the inflorescence. Inflorescence ellipsoid 
to broadly ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly ovoid, 0.6-1. 2 (c. 1.5) cm high, 0.4-1. 3 
cm diam.; general involucre inconspicuous, the bracts ± resembling the capitular 
bracts, mainly hyaline but with an opaque, green midrib, glabrous to densely hairy 
on the outer surface. Capitula (2)10-25(30 + ) per inflorescence. Capitular bracts in 
± 2 rows. Outer capitular bracts obovate to spathulate, sometimes ± elliptic, 1.7- 
3(3.5) mm long, 0.7-1. 2(1. 5) mm wide, each usually hyaline except for an opaque 
green midrib extending for c. 2/3 its length but sometimes the hyaline margins 
poorly developed; bracts flat to conduplicate, the upper hyaline margins variably 
ciliate, glabrous on the inner surface but externally usually with long hairs at or 
about the apex of the midrib and the bracts united by the long hairs. Inner capitular 
bracts elliptic or ovate to lanceolate, (1.8)2. 5-4 mm long, 1. 7-3(3. 5) mm wide, each 
predominantly hyaline but with an opaque green midrib extending for c. 2 A its 
length, conduplicate, with entire or ciliate upper margins, glabrous on the inner 
surface but externally with long hairs at or about the apex of the midrib, the bracts 
free or united by the long hairs. Florets 1-3 per capitulum; corolla tube 1.8-2. 2 
mm long, with (4)5 purplish black lobes. Stamens (4)5 ; anthers 0.45-0.75 mm long, 
each with a sterile apical appendage which is ± narrowly triangular, 0.15-0.42 mm 
long, microsporangia 0.22-0.42 mm long. Cypselas ± obovoid, 1. 1-1.4 mm long, 
0. 8-1.1 mm diam. Pappus of 7-8 bristles, from c. 'A to equal to the length of the 
corolla tube. 
Chromosome number: 2n = 22 ( Short 595, 719; Short 1981b). 
TYPIFICATION: 
Gray (1851) described B. drummondii from collections made by James Drum- 
mond in Western Australia and forwarded to Gray by Sir William Hooker. At K 
there is a single sheet containing two apparently different collections made by 
Drummond, i.e. Drummond 68 and Drummond s.n.. Each collection consists of 
a single specimen, is accompanied by an envelope containing fragments, and is 
annotated ‘Blennospora Drummondii n. gen.’ in Gray’s hand. I have chosen the 
unnumbered collection as the lectotype. The collections in BM, GH and MEL of 
Drummond 359, none of which are annotated by Gray, all bear a strong resemblance 
to the lectotype. 
Of the two sheets of Drummond 359 in P, one is annotated by Gray as 
‘Blennospora n. gen.’ and consists of two specimens. This sheet was not selected 
as the lectotype as the lack of a specific epithet suggests to me that Gray may not 
have closely examined the collection, perhaps only annotating it after general sorting 
of material when visiting Paris during his journey to Europe from June 1850 to 
August 1851 (Farlow 1888). As with other specimens of Drummond 359, the ones 
in P closely resemble the lectotype specimen. 
Distribution (Fig. 1): 
South west region of Western Australia, southern South Australia and western 
Victoria. 

Page image

525117 Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Muelleria 6(5): 354
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814900
Page is part of the work A revision of Blennospora A. Gray (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171881

Page text

354 
TAXONOMY 
Blennospora A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:98, 172 (1851); Short, 
Muelleria 4:401 (1981); Grieve, W. Aust. Wildfls Suppl. 4:72 (1982); Short, FI. S. 
Aust. 3:1500 (1986). Type: B. drummondii A. Gray. 
[Calocephalus auct. non. R. Br. (1817): Benth., FI. Austr. 3:573 (1867); Benth. 
in Benth. & Hook.f., Genera PI. 2:320 (1873); O. Hoffm. in Engl. & Prantl., 
Natiirl. Pflanzenfam. 4(5): 194 (1890); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 647 (1929), 
2nd ed. 927 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:731 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. 
Aust. Wildfls 773, 820 (1975).] 
Annual herbs. Major axes ascending to erect, cottony hairy; stem often simple 
but commonly forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves mainly 
alternate but the lowest pair(s) opposite, all leaves sessile, entire, erect, mucronate, 
cottony hairy, often the uppermost ones with hyaline apices and merging with the 
bracts of the general involucre. Inflorescence a compound head, ellipsoid to broadly 
ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly ovoid; general involucre inconspicuous, the bracts ± 
leaf-like or ± resembling the capitular bracts. General receptable ill-defined, with 
shortly pedunculate capitula scattered along a stem-like, hairy axis. Capitula (2)5- 
25(30 + ) per compound head. Capitular bracts 8-10, in ± 2 rows. Outer 4-5 capitular 
bracts ± obovate to oblanceolate or spathulate or ± elliptic, each usually pre- 
dominantly hyaline except for an opaque, green midrib extending for Vi-V* of its 
length but sometimes the hyaline margins poorly developed; bracts flat to condu- 
plicate, glabrous on the inner surface but the outer surface often with long hairs 
at or about the apex of the midrib, the mid to upper hyaline margins shortly ciliate 
or with long hairs, the bracts united by the hairs. Inner 4-5 capitular bracts ± 
elliptic or ovate to lanceolate, each flat to conduplicate, predominantly hyaline 
except for an opaque green midrib extending for c. Vi- 2 A its length, glabrous on 
the inner surface but the outer surface with long hairs at or about the apex of the 
midrib; margin entire or the mid to upper portions ciliate or with long hairs, the 
bracts free or united by the hairs. Florets 1-3 per capitulum; corolla tubular, (4)5- 
lobed, tube yellow, lobes purplish black or yellow. Style branches truncate, with 
short sweeping hairs. Stamens (4)5; anthers with a sterile apical appendage which 
is ± narrowly triangular; microsporangia tailed, endothecial tissue polarized; fil- 
ament collar ± straight in outline and composed of ± uniform cells and basally 
not thicker than the filament. Cypselas homomorphic, ± obovoid; pericarp with 
mucilaginous cells covering the surface, with an inner layer of sclerenchyma (one 
cell thick), vascular bundles 2 and lateral to the cotyledons; testa containing crystals; 
carpopodium present, annular. Pappus of 7-10, multiseriate, flexible, irregularly 
long-ciliate bristles; bristles from X A to about the length of the corolla tube, forming 
an irregular cup at the base. 
Chromosome number: x = 11 (Short 1981). 
Distribution (Fig. 1): 
Both species recognised are found in Western Australia but B. drummondii 
extends to South Australia and Victoria. 
Key to the Species of Blennospora 
1. Lobes of florets yellow 1. B. phlegmatocarpa 
1. Lobes of florets purplish black 2. B. drummondii 
1. Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) P. Short, Muelleria 4:413 (1981); Grieve, 
W. Aust. Wildfls Suppl. 4:72 (1982). — Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. 
Jb. 35:614, fig. 69 o-u (1904); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 821 (1975). 
Type: “Hab. in distr. Avon pr. Wyola in lutosis gregaria flor. m. Oct. (D. 5020)”. 
Lectotype (here designated): Diels 5020, W. Australien: Wyola, 24.x. 1901 (MEL 
543205). Probable Isolectotype: Diels s.n.. East of York, s. dat. (PERTH). 

Page image

525202 Calocephalus stowardii Muelleria 6(5): 355
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814901
Page is part of the work A revision of Blennospora A. Gray (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171881

Page text

355 
Calocephalus stowardii S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45:182 (1920); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 820 (1975). Type: “Cowcowing; Stoward, 485”. Lec- 
totype (here designated): Stoward 485, West Australia, Cowcowing, 1916 (BM). 
Annual herbs c. 1.5-10 cm high. Leaves semi-terete to ± terete or ± linear 
to narrowly oblanceolate, often ± succulent, held erect, 0.5-2. 5(2. 7) cm long, 0.05- 
0.15 cm wide, mucronate, cottony hairy, the uppermost ones with hyaline apices 
and merging with the bracts of the general involucre. Inflorescence ellipsoid to 
broadly ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly ovoid, 0.6-1 cm high, 0.45-1 cm diam.; general 
involucre inconspicuous, the bracts leaf-like or ± resembling the capitular bracts. 
Capitula c. 5-20 per inflorescence. Capitular bracts in ± 2 rows. Outer capitular 
bracts obovate to oblanceolate or ± elliptic, 1.7-2. 9(3. 2) mm long, 0.4-1. 7 mm 
wide, each bract usually hyaline except for an opaque green midrib extending for 
Vi-Va of its length but sometimes the hyaline margins poorly developed; bracts flat 
to conduplicate, glabrous on the inner surface but the outer surface often with 
long hairs at or about the apex of the midrib, the bracts united by long hairs along 
the mid and upper margins. Inner capitular bracts ± elliptic or ovate, flat to r 
conduplicate, 2. 3-2. 8 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, each predominantly hyaline except 
for an opaque green midrib extending for c. Vi- 2 A its length, glabrous on the inner 
surface but the outer surface with long hairs at or about the apex of the midrib, 
the bracts with an entire margin or the mid to upper maigin with long hairs which 
usually unite the bracts. Florets 1-3 per capitulum; corolla tube 1.5-2. 4 mm long, 
with 5 yellow lobes. Stamens 5; anthers 0.9-1.33 mm long, each with a sterile apical 
appendage which is + narrowly triangular and 0.23-0.38 mm long; microsporangia 
0.68-1.06 mm long. Cypselas ± obovoid, 0.9-1. 1 mm long, 0.6-0. 8 mm diam. 
Pappus of 6-10 bristles, from c. !4 to equal to the length of the corolla tube. 
Chromosome number: 2n = 22 ( Short 633; Short 1981b). 
TYPIFICATION: 
Stafleu & Cowan (1976) suggest that the Diels herbarium and types are in B, 
with Australian duplicates at BM, CANB and MEL. Enquiries reveal that the only 
extant, definite type material is at MEL, and it has been chosen as the lectotype. 
A duplicate collection probably exists in PERTH. It lacks a collector’s number and 
date of collection but closely resembles the lectotype and the locality given, i.e. 
east of York, more or less agrees with the location of Wyola which is about 60 
kilometres east-north-east of York. 
The only type collection of C. stowardii located is at BM. It has been selected 
as the lectotoype because some unlocated duplicates may exist. 
Distribution (Fig. 1): 
South-west region of Western Australia. 
Biology: . . 
Almost invariably restricted to saline, often sandy soils on the margins of salt 
lakes which comprise the Avon River System (Bettenay & Mulcahy 1972). Commonly 
associated with Halosarcia, A triplex and Disphyma but may occur with Melaleuca. 
A few collections have been made from apparently non-saline soils in Eucalyptus 
woodland (e.g. Short 654). 
Selected Specimens Examined (Total c. 30): 
Gardner s.n., Mortlock River flats, 2 miles E. from Meckering, 22.X.1945 (PERTH); Haegi 2639 
& Short KeviHs Lake, 1 1 .xi. 1983 (MEL); Short 619, salty flats at base of Hines Hill, 21. ix. 1977 (AD); 
Short 633, southern margins of Lake Brown, 22. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 679, salt depression 1 km E. of 
Wave Rock, 25. ix. 1977 (AD). 
2. Blennospora drummondii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:173 (1851); 
Short, Muelleria 4:401 (1981); Grieve, W. Aust. Wildfls Suppl. 4:72 (1982); Short, 

Page image

795430 Calocephalus stowardii Muelleria 6(5): 355
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814901
Page is part of the work A revision of Blennospora A. Gray (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171881

Page text

355 
Calocephalus stowardii S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45:182 (1920); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 820 (1975). Type: “Cowcowing; Stoward, 485”. Lec- 
totype (here designated): Stoward 485, West Australia, Cowcowing, 1916 (BM). 
Annual herbs c. 1.5-10 cm high. Leaves semi-terete to ± terete or ± linear 
to narrowly oblanceolate, often ± succulent, held erect, 0.5-2. 5(2. 7) cm long, 0.05- 
0.15 cm wide, mucronate, cottony hairy, the uppermost ones with hyaline apices 
and merging with the bracts of the general involucre. Inflorescence ellipsoid to 
broadly ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly ovoid, 0.6-1 cm high, 0.45-1 cm diam.; general 
involucre inconspicuous, the bracts leaf-like or ± resembling the capitular bracts. 
Capitula c. 5-20 per inflorescence. Capitular bracts in ± 2 rows. Outer capitular 
bracts obovate to oblanceolate or ± elliptic, 1.7-2. 9(3. 2) mm long, 0.4-1. 7 mm 
wide, each bract usually hyaline except for an opaque green midrib extending for 
Vi-Va of its length but sometimes the hyaline margins poorly developed; bracts flat 
to conduplicate, glabrous on the inner surface but the outer surface often with 
long hairs at or about the apex of the midrib, the bracts united by long hairs along 
the mid and upper margins. Inner capitular bracts ± elliptic or ovate, flat to r 
conduplicate, 2. 3-2. 8 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, each predominantly hyaline except 
for an opaque green midrib extending for c. Vi- 2 A its length, glabrous on the inner 
surface but the outer surface with long hairs at or about the apex of the midrib, 
the bracts with an entire margin or the mid to upper maigin with long hairs which 
usually unite the bracts. Florets 1-3 per capitulum; corolla tube 1.5-2. 4 mm long, 
with 5 yellow lobes. Stamens 5; anthers 0.9-1.33 mm long, each with a sterile apical 
appendage which is + narrowly triangular and 0.23-0.38 mm long; microsporangia 
0.68-1.06 mm long. Cypselas ± obovoid, 0.9-1. 1 mm long, 0.6-0. 8 mm diam. 
Pappus of 6-10 bristles, from c. !4 to equal to the length of the corolla tube. 
Chromosome number: 2n = 22 ( Short 633; Short 1981b). 
TYPIFICATION: 
Stafleu & Cowan (1976) suggest that the Diels herbarium and types are in B, 
with Australian duplicates at BM, CANB and MEL. Enquiries reveal that the only 
extant, definite type material is at MEL, and it has been chosen as the lectotype. 
A duplicate collection probably exists in PERTH. It lacks a collector’s number and 
date of collection but closely resembles the lectotype and the locality given, i.e. 
east of York, more or less agrees with the location of Wyola which is about 60 
kilometres east-north-east of York. 
The only type collection of C. stowardii located is at BM. It has been selected 
as the lectotoype because some unlocated duplicates may exist. 
Distribution (Fig. 1): 
South-west region of Western Australia. 
Biology: . . 
Almost invariably restricted to saline, often sandy soils on the margins of salt 
lakes which comprise the Avon River System (Bettenay & Mulcahy 1972). Commonly 
associated with Halosarcia, A triplex and Disphyma but may occur with Melaleuca. 
A few collections have been made from apparently non-saline soils in Eucalyptus 
woodland (e.g. Short 654). 
Selected Specimens Examined (Total c. 30): 
Gardner s.n., Mortlock River flats, 2 miles E. from Meckering, 22.X.1945 (PERTH); Haegi 2639 
& Short KeviHs Lake, 1 1 .xi. 1983 (MEL); Short 619, salty flats at base of Hines Hill, 21. ix. 1977 (AD); 
Short 633, southern margins of Lake Brown, 22. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 679, salt depression 1 km E. of 
Wave Rock, 25. ix. 1977 (AD). 
2. Blennospora drummondii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:173 (1851); 
Short, Muelleria 4:401 (1981); Grieve, W. Aust. Wildfls Suppl. 4:72 (1982); Short, 

Page image

795464 Chrysocoryne drummondii Muelleria 6(5): 317
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814863
Page is part of the work Notes on Gnephosis Cass. (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171877

Page text

NOTES ON GNEPHOSIS Cass. (COMPOSITAE: INULEAE: 
GNAPHALIINAE) 
by 
P. S. Short* 
ABSTRACT 
Short, P. S. Notes on Gnephosis (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 6(5): 317-319 (1987). 
— The name Chrysocoryne Endl. is reduced to the synonymy of Gnephosis Cass. New combinations 
are made in Gnephosis and a lectotype for the name G. tenuissima Cass, is chosen. 
INTRODUCTION 
In my revision of Angianthus Wendl. s. lat. (Short 1983) I reinstated certain 
genera previously reduced to synonymy by Bentham (1867). One of these, Chry- 
socoryne Endl., described in 1843, I considered to consist of six species. Since that 
revision I have examined the genus Gnephosis Cass., described with a single species, 
G. tenuissima Cass., in 1820, and it is now clear that Chrysocoryne pusilla (Benth.) 
Endl. is synonymous with G. tenuissima. Since the name Gnephosis has priority 
over the name Chrysocoryne, five of the species currently placed in Chrysocoryne 
need to be transferred to Gnephosis. The new combinations are made below and 
a lectotype for G. tenuissima is chosen. . 
Although my revisionary studies are incomplete it seems likely that Gnephosis 
s. str. will only include G. tenuissima and the five species here transferred from 
Chrysocoryne. 
NEW COMBINATIONS AND SYNONYMS IN GNEPHOSIS 
Except for G. tenuissima, detailed comments on the types of all names given 
here are to be found in a previous publication (Short 1983). 
Gnephosis Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 43 (1820). Type: G. tenuissima 
c ass 
Chrysocoryne Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:457 (1843); P. Short, Muelleria 
5: 185 (1983). Type: C. drummondii A. Gray. 
Gnephosis drummondii (A. Gray) P. Short, comb. nov. 
Chrysocoryne drummondii A. Gray, Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 
(1851), basionym. Lectotype: Drummond 16 (K). 
Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans. & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 
130 (1855). — Angianthus tenellus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867). — 
Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus 
tenellus (F. Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:138 
(1921). Lectotype: Wilhelmi (K). 
Gnephosis multiflora (P. Short) P. Short, comb. nov. 
Chrysocoryne multiflora P. Short, Muelleria 5:192 (1983), basionym. Holo- 
type: Chinnock 4411 & Wilson (AD). 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia, 3141. 
317 

Page image

798061 Chrysocoryne hugelii Muelleria 6(5): 318
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814864
Page is part of the work Notes on Gnephosis Cass. (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171877
795465 Chrysocoryne multiflora Muelleria 6(5): 317
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814863
Page is part of the work Notes on Gnephosis Cass. (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171877

Page text

NOTES ON GNEPHOSIS Cass. (COMPOSITAE: INULEAE: 
GNAPHALIINAE) 
by 
P. S. Short* 
ABSTRACT 
Short, P. S. Notes on Gnephosis (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 6(5): 317-319 (1987). 
— The name Chrysocoryne Endl. is reduced to the synonymy of Gnephosis Cass. New combinations 
are made in Gnephosis and a lectotype for the name G. tenuissima Cass, is chosen. 
INTRODUCTION 
In my revision of Angianthus Wendl. s. lat. (Short 1983) I reinstated certain 
genera previously reduced to synonymy by Bentham (1867). One of these, Chry- 
socoryne Endl., described in 1843, I considered to consist of six species. Since that 
revision I have examined the genus Gnephosis Cass., described with a single species, 
G. tenuissima Cass., in 1820, and it is now clear that Chrysocoryne pusilla (Benth.) 
Endl. is synonymous with G. tenuissima. Since the name Gnephosis has priority 
over the name Chrysocoryne, five of the species currently placed in Chrysocoryne 
need to be transferred to Gnephosis. The new combinations are made below and 
a lectotype for G. tenuissima is chosen. . 
Although my revisionary studies are incomplete it seems likely that Gnephosis 
s. str. will only include G. tenuissima and the five species here transferred from 
Chrysocoryne. 
NEW COMBINATIONS AND SYNONYMS IN GNEPHOSIS 
Except for G. tenuissima, detailed comments on the types of all names given 
here are to be found in a previous publication (Short 1983). 
Gnephosis Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 43 (1820). Type: G. tenuissima 
c ass 
Chrysocoryne Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:457 (1843); P. Short, Muelleria 
5: 185 (1983). Type: C. drummondii A. Gray. 
Gnephosis drummondii (A. Gray) P. Short, comb. nov. 
Chrysocoryne drummondii A. Gray, Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 
(1851), basionym. Lectotype: Drummond 16 (K). 
Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans. & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 
130 (1855). — Angianthus tenellus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867). — 
Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus 
tenellus (F. Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:138 
(1921). Lectotype: Wilhelmi (K). 
Gnephosis multiflora (P. Short) P. Short, comb. nov. 
Chrysocoryne multiflora P. Short, Muelleria 5:192 (1983), basionym. Holo- 
type: Chinnock 4411 & Wilson (AD). 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia, 3141. 
317 

Page image

795466 Chrysocoryne myosuroides Muelleria 6(5): 318
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814864
Page is part of the work Notes on Gnephosis Cass. (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171877
477170 Chrysocoryne pusilla Muelleria 6(5): 318
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814864
Page is part of the work Notes on Gnephosis Cass. (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171877
477194 Chrysocoryne tenella Muelleria 6(5): 317
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814863
Page is part of the work Notes on Gnephosis Cass. (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171877

Page text

NOTES ON GNEPHOSIS Cass. (COMPOSITAE: INULEAE: 
GNAPHALIINAE) 
by 
P. S. Short* 
ABSTRACT 
Short, P. S. Notes on Gnephosis (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 6(5): 317-319 (1987). 
— The name Chrysocoryne Endl. is reduced to the synonymy of Gnephosis Cass. New combinations 
are made in Gnephosis and a lectotype for the name G. tenuissima Cass, is chosen. 
INTRODUCTION 
In my revision of Angianthus Wendl. s. lat. (Short 1983) I reinstated certain 
genera previously reduced to synonymy by Bentham (1867). One of these, Chry- 
socoryne Endl., described in 1843, I considered to consist of six species. Since that 
revision I have examined the genus Gnephosis Cass., described with a single species, 
G. tenuissima Cass., in 1820, and it is now clear that Chrysocoryne pusilla (Benth.) 
Endl. is synonymous with G. tenuissima. Since the name Gnephosis has priority 
over the name Chrysocoryne, five of the species currently placed in Chrysocoryne 
need to be transferred to Gnephosis. The new combinations are made below and 
a lectotype for G. tenuissima is chosen. . 
Although my revisionary studies are incomplete it seems likely that Gnephosis 
s. str. will only include G. tenuissima and the five species here transferred from 
Chrysocoryne. 
NEW COMBINATIONS AND SYNONYMS IN GNEPHOSIS 
Except for G. tenuissima, detailed comments on the types of all names given 
here are to be found in a previous publication (Short 1983). 
Gnephosis Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 43 (1820). Type: G. tenuissima 
c ass 
Chrysocoryne Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:457 (1843); P. Short, Muelleria 
5: 185 (1983). Type: C. drummondii A. Gray. 
Gnephosis drummondii (A. Gray) P. Short, comb. nov. 
Chrysocoryne drummondii A. Gray, Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 
(1851), basionym. Lectotype: Drummond 16 (K). 
Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans. & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 
130 (1855). — Angianthus tenellus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867). — 
Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus 
tenellus (F. Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:138 
(1921). Lectotype: Wilhelmi (K). 
Gnephosis multiflora (P. Short) P. Short, comb. nov. 
Chrysocoryne multiflora P. Short, Muelleria 5:192 (1983), basionym. Holo- 
type: Chinnock 4411 & Wilson (AD). 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia, 3141. 
317 

Page image

795467 Chrysocoryne tenella Muelleria 6(5): 317
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814863
Page is part of the work Notes on Gnephosis Cass. (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171877

Page text

NOTES ON GNEPHOSIS Cass. (COMPOSITAE: INULEAE: 
GNAPHALIINAE) 
by 
P. S. Short* 
ABSTRACT 
Short, P. S. Notes on Gnephosis (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 6(5): 317-319 (1987). 
— The name Chrysocoryne Endl. is reduced to the synonymy of Gnephosis Cass. New combinations 
are made in Gnephosis and a lectotype for the name G. tenuissima Cass, is chosen. 
INTRODUCTION 
In my revision of Angianthus Wendl. s. lat. (Short 1983) I reinstated certain 
genera previously reduced to synonymy by Bentham (1867). One of these, Chry- 
socoryne Endl., described in 1843, I considered to consist of six species. Since that 
revision I have examined the genus Gnephosis Cass., described with a single species, 
G. tenuissima Cass., in 1820, and it is now clear that Chrysocoryne pusilla (Benth.) 
Endl. is synonymous with G. tenuissima. Since the name Gnephosis has priority 
over the name Chrysocoryne, five of the species currently placed in Chrysocoryne 
need to be transferred to Gnephosis. The new combinations are made below and 
a lectotype for G. tenuissima is chosen. . 
Although my revisionary studies are incomplete it seems likely that Gnephosis 
s. str. will only include G. tenuissima and the five species here transferred from 
Chrysocoryne. 
NEW COMBINATIONS AND SYNONYMS IN GNEPHOSIS 
Except for G. tenuissima, detailed comments on the types of all names given 
here are to be found in a previous publication (Short 1983). 
Gnephosis Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 43 (1820). Type: G. tenuissima 
c ass 
Chrysocoryne Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:457 (1843); P. Short, Muelleria 
5: 185 (1983). Type: C. drummondii A. Gray. 
Gnephosis drummondii (A. Gray) P. Short, comb. nov. 
Chrysocoryne drummondii A. Gray, Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 
(1851), basionym. Lectotype: Drummond 16 (K). 
Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans. & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 
130 (1855). — Angianthus tenellus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867). — 
Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus 
tenellus (F. Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:138 
(1921). Lectotype: Wilhelmi (K). 
Gnephosis multiflora (P. Short) P. Short, comb. nov. 
Chrysocoryne multiflora P. Short, Muelleria 5:192 (1983), basionym. Holo- 
type: Chinnock 4411 & Wilson (AD). 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia, 3141. 
317 

Page image

798065 Chrysocoryne tridens Muelleria 6(5): 318
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814864
Page is part of the work Notes on Gnephosis Cass. (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171877
798066 Chrysocoryne trifida Muelleria 6(5): 318
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814864
Page is part of the work Notes on Gnephosis Cass. (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171877
477223 Chrysocoryne uniflora Muelleria 6(5): 318
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814864
Page is part of the work Notes on Gnephosis Cass. (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171877
795468 Chrysocoryne uniflora Muelleria 6(5): 318
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814864
Page is part of the work Notes on Gnephosis Cass. (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171877
628914 Cladonia squamosula subsquamosula Muelleria 6(5): 384
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814930
Page is part of the work Two new lichens: Cladonia squamulosa var. subsquamulosa and C. sulcata var. striata with notes on chemotaxonomy within the species, doi:10.5962/p.171886
629002 Cladonia sulcata striata Muelleria 6(5): 386
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814932
Page is part of the work Two new lichens: Cladonia squamulosa var. subsquamulosa and C. sulcata var. striata with notes on chemotaxonomy within the species, doi:10.5962/p.171886
799274 Crossolepis pusilla Muelleria 6(5): 318
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814864
Page is part of the work Notes on Gnephosis Cass. (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171877

Page text

318 
Gnephosis tenuissima Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 43 (1820). Lectotype 
(here chosen — see separate discussion below): Anon, s.n., “Nouv hollande, Port 
jackson”, s. dat. (P, annotated by Cassini); Isolectotype: Anon. s.n. “port 
jackson’’, s. dat. (P, ex herb. Poiret, ex herb. Moquin-Tandon, ex herb. Cosson); 
Possible Isolectotypes or Possible Remaining Syntypes: Anon s.n., “Habitat 
in novaehollandia”, s. dat. (P); Anon, s.n., no locality, s. dat. (P, annotated by 
Cassini); Remaining Syntype: Anon, s.n., “Baie des chiens marins, Voyage du 
capitaine Baudin 1801, Nouv Hollande”, s. dat. (P). 
Crossolepis pusilla Benth. in Endl. Enum. PI. 61 (1837). — Chrysocoryne 
pusilla (Benth.) Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:458 (1843). — Chrysocoryne huegelii 
A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:151 (1851), nom. illeg. — Angianthus 
pusillus (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867). — Styloncerus pusillus (Benth.) 
Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus pusillus (Benth.) Ising, Trans 
& Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 46:604 (1922). Lectotype: Hiigel (W). 
[Podolepis divaricata A. Cunn. ex DC., Prod. 6:151 (1838), nom. in sched. ] 
Gnephosis tridens (P. Short) P. Short, comb. nov. 
Chrysocoryne tridens P. Short, Muelleria 5:199 (1983), basionym. Holotype: 
Short 1041 (AD). 
Gnephosis trifida (P. Short) P. Short, comb. nov. 
Chrysocoryne trifida P. Short, Muelleria 5.T96 (1983), basionym. Holotype: 
Short 966 (AD). 
Gnephosis uniflora (Turcz.) P. Short, comb. nov. 
Chrysocoryne uniflora Turcz, Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 88 (1851), 
basionym. Holotype: Drummond 116 (KW). 
Chrysocoryne myosuroides A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 
(1851). — Angianthus myosuroides (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:563 (1867). — 
Styloncerus myosuroides (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Lec- 
totype: Drummond 116 (K). 
LECTOTYPIFICATION OF G. TENUISSIMA CASS. 
In his original publication of G. tenuissima Cassini (1820) noted that he had 
examined plants from Port Jackson and Shark Bay (‘Baie des Chiens-Marins’). 
Five sheets, considered to be syntypes or possible syntypes, have been located in 
the Natural ITistory Museum in Paris (P). The labels accompanying the sheets 
generally provide little information about the collections (see above). One of the 
sheets, annotated by Cassini and said to be from Port Jackson, has been selected 
as the lectotype of the name G. tenuissima. It consists of about nine individual 
plants. 
All syntype material examined by Cassini appears to have been collected on 
the Baudin expedition (1800-1804) to Australia. However, although the expedition 
called at both Port Jackson and Shark Bay the reference to Port Jackson as a 
locality of G. tenuissima seems erroneous. The species is widespread across much 
of Australia but is only found west of the Great Dividing Range. It therefore seems 
more likely that all material examined by Cassini came from Shark Bay, where the 
species is common. All syntypes or possible syntypes strongly resemble modern 
collections from that region ( G . tenuissima is polymorphic), and vessels from the 
Baudin expedition visited Shark Bay in 1801 and 1803 (Marchant 1982). 
The two collections referred to above as possible isolectotypes or possible 
remaining syntypes may not be types despite the fact that one is annotated by 
Cassini. In P there are several collections of G. tenuissima made by Gaudichaud, 

Page image

549551 Gnephosis Muelleria 6(5): 317-319

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(5): 317-319".

549934 Gnephosis drummondii Muelleria 6(5): 317
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814863
Page is part of the work Notes on Gnephosis Cass. (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171877

Page text

NOTES ON GNEPHOSIS Cass. (COMPOSITAE: INULEAE: 
GNAPHALIINAE) 
by 
P. S. Short* 
ABSTRACT 
Short, P. S. Notes on Gnephosis (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 6(5): 317-319 (1987). 
— The name Chrysocoryne Endl. is reduced to the synonymy of Gnephosis Cass. New combinations 
are made in Gnephosis and a lectotype for the name G. tenuissima Cass, is chosen. 
INTRODUCTION 
In my revision of Angianthus Wendl. s. lat. (Short 1983) I reinstated certain 
genera previously reduced to synonymy by Bentham (1867). One of these, Chry- 
socoryne Endl., described in 1843, I considered to consist of six species. Since that 
revision I have examined the genus Gnephosis Cass., described with a single species, 
G. tenuissima Cass., in 1820, and it is now clear that Chrysocoryne pusilla (Benth.) 
Endl. is synonymous with G. tenuissima. Since the name Gnephosis has priority 
over the name Chrysocoryne, five of the species currently placed in Chrysocoryne 
need to be transferred to Gnephosis. The new combinations are made below and 
a lectotype for G. tenuissima is chosen. . 
Although my revisionary studies are incomplete it seems likely that Gnephosis 
s. str. will only include G. tenuissima and the five species here transferred from 
Chrysocoryne. 
NEW COMBINATIONS AND SYNONYMS IN GNEPHOSIS 
Except for G. tenuissima, detailed comments on the types of all names given 
here are to be found in a previous publication (Short 1983). 
Gnephosis Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 43 (1820). Type: G. tenuissima 
c ass 
Chrysocoryne Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:457 (1843); P. Short, Muelleria 
5: 185 (1983). Type: C. drummondii A. Gray. 
Gnephosis drummondii (A. Gray) P. Short, comb. nov. 
Chrysocoryne drummondii A. Gray, Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 
(1851), basionym. Lectotype: Drummond 16 (K). 
Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans. & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 
130 (1855). — Angianthus tenellus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867). — 
Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus 
tenellus (F. Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:138 
(1921). Lectotype: Wilhelmi (K). 
Gnephosis multiflora (P. Short) P. Short, comb. nov. 
Chrysocoryne multiflora P. Short, Muelleria 5:192 (1983), basionym. Holo- 
type: Chinnock 4411 & Wilson (AD). 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia, 3141. 
317 

Page image

550291 Gnephosis multiflora Muelleria 6(5): 317
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814863
Page is part of the work Notes on Gnephosis Cass. (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171877

Page text

NOTES ON GNEPHOSIS Cass. (COMPOSITAE: INULEAE: 
GNAPHALIINAE) 
by 
P. S. Short* 
ABSTRACT 
Short, P. S. Notes on Gnephosis (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 6(5): 317-319 (1987). 
— The name Chrysocoryne Endl. is reduced to the synonymy of Gnephosis Cass. New combinations 
are made in Gnephosis and a lectotype for the name G. tenuissima Cass, is chosen. 
INTRODUCTION 
In my revision of Angianthus Wendl. s. lat. (Short 1983) I reinstated certain 
genera previously reduced to synonymy by Bentham (1867). One of these, Chry- 
socoryne Endl., described in 1843, I considered to consist of six species. Since that 
revision I have examined the genus Gnephosis Cass., described with a single species, 
G. tenuissima Cass., in 1820, and it is now clear that Chrysocoryne pusilla (Benth.) 
Endl. is synonymous with G. tenuissima. Since the name Gnephosis has priority 
over the name Chrysocoryne, five of the species currently placed in Chrysocoryne 
need to be transferred to Gnephosis. The new combinations are made below and 
a lectotype for G. tenuissima is chosen. . 
Although my revisionary studies are incomplete it seems likely that Gnephosis 
s. str. will only include G. tenuissima and the five species here transferred from 
Chrysocoryne. 
NEW COMBINATIONS AND SYNONYMS IN GNEPHOSIS 
Except for G. tenuissima, detailed comments on the types of all names given 
here are to be found in a previous publication (Short 1983). 
Gnephosis Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 43 (1820). Type: G. tenuissima 
c ass 
Chrysocoryne Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:457 (1843); P. Short, Muelleria 
5: 185 (1983). Type: C. drummondii A. Gray. 
Gnephosis drummondii (A. Gray) P. Short, comb. nov. 
Chrysocoryne drummondii A. Gray, Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 
(1851), basionym. Lectotype: Drummond 16 (K). 
Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans. & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 
130 (1855). — Angianthus tenellus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867). — 
Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus 
tenellus (F. Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:138 
(1921). Lectotype: Wilhelmi (K). 
Gnephosis multiflora (P. Short) P. Short, comb. nov. 
Chrysocoryne multiflora P. Short, Muelleria 5:192 (1983), basionym. Holo- 
type: Chinnock 4411 & Wilson (AD). 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia, 3141. 
317 

Page image

550444 Gnephosis tenuissima Muelleria 6(5): 318
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814864
Page is part of the work Notes on Gnephosis Cass. (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171877

Page text

318 
Gnephosis tenuissima Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 43 (1820). Lectotype 
(here chosen — see separate discussion below): Anon, s.n., “Nouv hollande, Port 
jackson”, s. dat. (P, annotated by Cassini); Isolectotype: Anon. s.n. “port 
jackson’’, s. dat. (P, ex herb. Poiret, ex herb. Moquin-Tandon, ex herb. Cosson); 
Possible Isolectotypes or Possible Remaining Syntypes: Anon s.n., “Habitat 
in novaehollandia”, s. dat. (P); Anon, s.n., no locality, s. dat. (P, annotated by 
Cassini); Remaining Syntype: Anon, s.n., “Baie des chiens marins, Voyage du 
capitaine Baudin 1801, Nouv Hollande”, s. dat. (P). 
Crossolepis pusilla Benth. in Endl. Enum. PI. 61 (1837). — Chrysocoryne 
pusilla (Benth.) Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:458 (1843). — Chrysocoryne huegelii 
A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:151 (1851), nom. illeg. — Angianthus 
pusillus (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867). — Styloncerus pusillus (Benth.) 
Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus pusillus (Benth.) Ising, Trans 
& Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 46:604 (1922). Lectotype: Hiigel (W). 
[Podolepis divaricata A. Cunn. ex DC., Prod. 6:151 (1838), nom. in sched. ] 
Gnephosis tridens (P. Short) P. Short, comb. nov. 
Chrysocoryne tridens P. Short, Muelleria 5:199 (1983), basionym. Holotype: 
Short 1041 (AD). 
Gnephosis trifida (P. Short) P. Short, comb. nov. 
Chrysocoryne trifida P. Short, Muelleria 5.T96 (1983), basionym. Holotype: 
Short 966 (AD). 
Gnephosis uniflora (Turcz.) P. Short, comb. nov. 
Chrysocoryne uniflora Turcz, Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 88 (1851), 
basionym. Holotype: Drummond 116 (KW). 
Chrysocoryne myosuroides A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 
(1851). — Angianthus myosuroides (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:563 (1867). — 
Styloncerus myosuroides (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Lec- 
totype: Drummond 116 (K). 
LECTOTYPIFICATION OF G. TENUISSIMA CASS. 
In his original publication of G. tenuissima Cassini (1820) noted that he had 
examined plants from Port Jackson and Shark Bay (‘Baie des Chiens-Marins’). 
Five sheets, considered to be syntypes or possible syntypes, have been located in 
the Natural ITistory Museum in Paris (P). The labels accompanying the sheets 
generally provide little information about the collections (see above). One of the 
sheets, annotated by Cassini and said to be from Port Jackson, has been selected 
as the lectotype of the name G. tenuissima. It consists of about nine individual 
plants. 
All syntype material examined by Cassini appears to have been collected on 
the Baudin expedition (1800-1804) to Australia. However, although the expedition 
called at both Port Jackson and Shark Bay the reference to Port Jackson as a 
locality of G. tenuissima seems erroneous. The species is widespread across much 
of Australia but is only found west of the Great Dividing Range. It therefore seems 
more likely that all material examined by Cassini came from Shark Bay, where the 
species is common. All syntypes or possible syntypes strongly resemble modern 
collections from that region ( G . tenuissima is polymorphic), and vessels from the 
Baudin expedition visited Shark Bay in 1801 and 1803 (Marchant 1982). 
The two collections referred to above as possible isolectotypes or possible 
remaining syntypes may not be types despite the fact that one is annotated by 
Cassini. In P there are several collections of G. tenuissima made by Gaudichaud, 

Page image

550459 Gnephosis tridens Muelleria 6(5): 318
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814864
Page is part of the work Notes on Gnephosis Cass. (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171877
550476 Gnephosis trifida Muelleria 6(5): 318
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814864
Page is part of the work Notes on Gnephosis Cass. (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171877
550482 Gnephosis uniflora Muelleria 6(5): 318
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814864
Page is part of the work Notes on Gnephosis Cass. (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171877
459523 Idiospermum australiense Muelleria 6(5): 329-333

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(5): 329-333".

481269 Kniphofia Muelleria 6(5): 307-310

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(5): 307-310".

481276 Kniphofia uvaria Muelleria 6(5): 308
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814854
Page is part of the work The genus Kniphofia Moench (Aloeaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171875

Page text

308 
linear, chartaceous; margins entire (fine toothed in some extra-Australian species). 
Inflorescence a simple, terminal, condensed to long-cylindrical, sub-spicate raceme. 
Flowers zygomorphic, pedicellate, pendulous to spreading, protandrous. Tepals 
connate into a tube; apices shortly free, subequal, obtuse, spreading. Stamens 
exserted or equalling perianth tube. Style filiform, subequal to stamens at anthesis, 
later exserted; ovary 3-locular; ovules axile, in two rows per loculus. Fruit a 
loculicidal capsule. Seeds numerous, irregularly triquetrous to flattened, dark brown. 
An African, Madagascan and Arabian genus of c. 70 species; in Australia, a 
single introduced species naturalised in Victoria. 
Kniphofia uvaria (L.) Hook.f. Bot. Mag. t. 4816 (1854). — Aloe uvaria L. Sp. PI. 
1: 323 (1753). Type: Specimen in Herb. Hort. Cliff. (BM n.v., fide Codd (1968)). 
Stemless herb to c. 1.5m tall with thick branched rhizome. Leaves linear, 
tapering, acute, with a prominent, keeled, scabrid midrib, 35-80 cm long, 0.5-2 cm 
wide; sessile. Inflorescence a dense, pedunculate, subspicate raceme, 7-11 cm long, 
with numerous flowers, elongating to c. 30 cm in fruit; peduncle 60-120 cm long; 
pedicels 2-5 mm long, elongating to c. 8 mm in fruit. Perianth orange-red to yellow- 
green in bud, turning paler at anthesis, 35-40 mm long, 5-6 mm wide; apical 2 mm 
free, spreading. Stamens 40-45 mm long; anthers 2 mm long, yellow, turning black. 
Ovary glabrous, ovoid, 4-5 mm long; style single, filiform, minutely capitate, 40- 
45 mm long, exserted after anthesis and exceeding stamens. Capsule elongate-ovoid, 
trigonal, 7-14 mm long. Seeds numerous, 3 mm long. Red Hot Poker. 
Chromosome Number: 2n = 12 fide Fedorov (1969). 
Native to southern Africa; naturalised in Australia only at one Victorian locality 
(see Specimens Examined). 
Specimens examined: 
Victoria — Flynn Reef, Phillip Island, 38° 30'S., 145° 09'E., 5. vii. 1984, D.E. Albrecht 572 
(MEL 673996); Flynn Reef, Phillip Island, 38° 30' S„ 145°09'E., 17. v. 1986.7.G. Conran 373 (MUCV). 
FECUNDITY AND POTENTIAL FOR SPREAD 
Materials and Methods 
Plants of K. uvaria growing at Flynn Reef, Phillip Island, (30° 30' S., 145° 
09 ' E.) were measured in the field. The total number of mature (fruiting or flowering) 
plants at the colony was recorded. To determine the potential and realised fecundity 
of individuals for 1985-6, the average numbers of mature shoots and inflorescences 
per plant from the 1986 flowering season were determined from a sample of 30 
plants. Ten infructescences produced during the 1985 flowering season were col- 
lected, and the number of fruits and flower scars counted to determine the total 
flower and fruit numbers. To determine potential and actual seed set, ten flowers 
and 10 unopened capsules from the 1986 season were also collected, and the numbers 
of ovules and seeds respectively, recorded. These data were all converted to averages, 
and estimates of potential fecundity (PF) and actual fecundity (SF) seed set per 
plant were calculated using the following formulae: 
PF = I/P x F/I x O/F 
SF = I/P x C/I x S/C 
where I/P = av. no. of inflorescences per plant; F/I = av. no. of flowers per 
inflorescence; O/F = av. no. of ovules per flower; C/I = av. no. of capsules per 
inflorescence; S/C = av. no. of seeds per capsule. Percentage fertility was then 
estimated from the PF and SF. Seed from ten plants was collected, and 100 seeds 
of each were planted on moist filter paper in petri dishes under c. 3500 lux (8 
hours day length) at c. 20°C to determine percentage germination. 

Page image

525493 Nymphoides beaglensis Muelleria 6(5): 359, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814905
Page is part of the work Nymphoides beaglensis (Menyanthaceae): a new Australian species, doi:10.5962/p.171882

Page text

NYMPHOIDES BEAGLENSIS (MENYANTHACEAE): A NEW 
AUSTRALIAN SPECIES 
by 
Helen I. Aston* 
ABSTRACT 
Aston, Helen 1. Nymphoides beaglensis (Menyanthacaeae): a new Australian species. Muelleria 6(5): 
359-362 (1987). — Nymphoides beaglensis is described and its diagnostic features illustrated. The species 
is known only from the Beagle Bay area of the Kimberley region of Western Australia. 
TAXONOMY 
This paper is the fourth precursor to a revision of Nymphoides Seguier in 
Australia. Descriptions of eight new species appeared in three previous papers 
(Aston 1982, 1984, 1986). Except for an extreme modification of the transverse 
fringe of each corolla lobe, the common characters given on page 35 of the first 
paper also apply to N. beaglensis. This species belongs in the “indica group” 
defined on the same page. 
Nymphoides beaglensis H.I. Aston, sp. nov. 
Laminae foliorum integrae, latissime ovatae ad ± rotundatae, profunde cordatae sino angusto, 
c. (20-)25-50 mm longae x c. 22 mm latae. Petiolus folii, quod inflorescentiam sustinet, 
conspicuus c. 1.5-7. 5 mm longus, quam lamina paulo brevior ad fere duplo longior. Inflo- 
rescentia c. 7-17 pedicellorum vel dense aggregatorum vel per rhachim ad 18 mm longam 
approximatorum formata; nonnumquam 2-4 inflorescentiae contiguae una ut videtur. Flores 
heterostylosi, 5-partiti. Corolla c. 18-22 mm lata, alba vel alba subroseo-malvacea suffusa, 
atromarronino-malvacea in fauce; lobi corollae alis lateralibus latis, haud profunde laciniatis, 
praediti; glabri praeter duos conspicuos fasciculos caespitosos pediceilatos capillorum pap- 
illosorum, singulos in lateribus basi loborum; papillae tubi corollae simplices, breves, c. 0.3- 
0.8 mm longae, c. 50-70 aggregatae in fasciculo denso sessile vel subsessile, Capsula ellipsoidea 
ad late ellipsoidea, 3. 5-6.0 mm longa. Semina c. 33-64 in capsula, paene globosa, minime 
ad modice utrinque compressa, 0.75-0.95 mm longa x 0.70-0.85 mm lata x 0.55-0.70 mm 
crassa, maturitate atrofumosa; pagina caespitibus tuberculorum 1-8 erectorum obtusorum, 
ad 0.5 mm longitudine vel dispersis vel solis, apud iuxtaque marginem; caruncula basalis 
circularis, pallida, crassa, conspicua. 
N. triangulari H.I. Aston atque N. elliptica H.I. Aston et corollae colore et petiolo 
longo folii quod inflorescentiam sustinet similis; differt, tamen, praecipue in magnitudine 
sculpturaque seminis, in dispositione capillorum in lobis corollae, et in papillorum tubi 
corollae. 
Apparently annual. Petiole-like stems few, arising from the plant base, slender, 
flexuose, 4-20 cm long x c. 0.8-2 mm diam.; true petiole of stem leaves conspicuous, 
c. 1.5-7. 5 cm long, a little shorter than to almost twice as long as the blade, about 
equal in width to the stem and like it tinged or deeply coloured with maroon- 
purple. Basal leaves also present, their petioles few-30 cm long. Leaf blades floating, 
entire, very broadly ovate to ± circular in outline, deeply cordate with a narrow 
basal sinus; sinus c. 30-45% of total blade length, of c. 0°-30° angle or the lobes 
slightly overlapping; basal lobes obtuse to rounded; blade c. (20-)25-50 mm long 
x c. 22-47 mm wide, widest just above the level of petiole insertion, dark green 
above, paler green tinged with purple or entirely deep maroon-purple beneath, not 
spongy. Inflorescence as for the ‘‘indica group”, the pedicels subtended by acute 
bracts c. 1-6 mm long and grouped c. 7-17 together in a cluster distanced from 
the subtending leaf blade by the conspicuous petiole; pedicels either tightly massed 
in each cluster or the rachis of the cluster extended to 18 mm long with the pedicels 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
359 

Page image

540785 Prostanthera carrickiana Muelleria 6(5): 371-374, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(5): 371-374, Fig. 1".

542511 Prostanthera monticola Muelleria 6(5): 375-382

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(5): 375-382".

544154 Prostanthera walteri Muelleria 6(5): 375-382

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(5): 375-382".

816290 Siloxerus tenellus Muelleria 6(5): 317
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814863
Page is part of the work Notes on Gnephosis Cass. (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171877

Page text

NOTES ON GNEPHOSIS Cass. (COMPOSITAE: INULEAE: 
GNAPHALIINAE) 
by 
P. S. Short* 
ABSTRACT 
Short, P. S. Notes on Gnephosis (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 6(5): 317-319 (1987). 
— The name Chrysocoryne Endl. is reduced to the synonymy of Gnephosis Cass. New combinations 
are made in Gnephosis and a lectotype for the name G. tenuissima Cass, is chosen. 
INTRODUCTION 
In my revision of Angianthus Wendl. s. lat. (Short 1983) I reinstated certain 
genera previously reduced to synonymy by Bentham (1867). One of these, Chry- 
socoryne Endl., described in 1843, I considered to consist of six species. Since that 
revision I have examined the genus Gnephosis Cass., described with a single species, 
G. tenuissima Cass., in 1820, and it is now clear that Chrysocoryne pusilla (Benth.) 
Endl. is synonymous with G. tenuissima. Since the name Gnephosis has priority 
over the name Chrysocoryne, five of the species currently placed in Chrysocoryne 
need to be transferred to Gnephosis. The new combinations are made below and 
a lectotype for G. tenuissima is chosen. . 
Although my revisionary studies are incomplete it seems likely that Gnephosis 
s. str. will only include G. tenuissima and the five species here transferred from 
Chrysocoryne. 
NEW COMBINATIONS AND SYNONYMS IN GNEPHOSIS 
Except for G. tenuissima, detailed comments on the types of all names given 
here are to be found in a previous publication (Short 1983). 
Gnephosis Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 43 (1820). Type: G. tenuissima 
c ass 
Chrysocoryne Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:457 (1843); P. Short, Muelleria 
5: 185 (1983). Type: C. drummondii A. Gray. 
Gnephosis drummondii (A. Gray) P. Short, comb. nov. 
Chrysocoryne drummondii A. Gray, Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 
(1851), basionym. Lectotype: Drummond 16 (K). 
Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans. & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 
130 (1855). — Angianthus tenellus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867). — 
Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus 
tenellus (F. Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:138 
(1921). Lectotype: Wilhelmi (K). 
Gnephosis multiflora (P. Short) P. Short, comb. nov. 
Chrysocoryne multiflora P. Short, Muelleria 5:192 (1983), basionym. Holo- 
type: Chinnock 4411 & Wilson (AD). 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia, 3141. 
317 

Page image

796561 Styloncerus myosuroides Muelleria 6(5): 318
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814864
Page is part of the work Notes on Gnephosis Cass. (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171877
796563 Styloncerus tenellus Muelleria 6(5): 317
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814863
Page is part of the work Notes on Gnephosis Cass. (Compositae: Inulae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.171877

Page text

NOTES ON GNEPHOSIS Cass. (COMPOSITAE: INULEAE: 
GNAPHALIINAE) 
by 
P. S. Short* 
ABSTRACT 
Short, P. S. Notes on Gnephosis (Compositae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 6(5): 317-319 (1987). 
— The name Chrysocoryne Endl. is reduced to the synonymy of Gnephosis Cass. New combinations 
are made in Gnephosis and a lectotype for the name G. tenuissima Cass, is chosen. 
INTRODUCTION 
In my revision of Angianthus Wendl. s. lat. (Short 1983) I reinstated certain 
genera previously reduced to synonymy by Bentham (1867). One of these, Chry- 
socoryne Endl., described in 1843, I considered to consist of six species. Since that 
revision I have examined the genus Gnephosis Cass., described with a single species, 
G. tenuissima Cass., in 1820, and it is now clear that Chrysocoryne pusilla (Benth.) 
Endl. is synonymous with G. tenuissima. Since the name Gnephosis has priority 
over the name Chrysocoryne, five of the species currently placed in Chrysocoryne 
need to be transferred to Gnephosis. The new combinations are made below and 
a lectotype for G. tenuissima is chosen. . 
Although my revisionary studies are incomplete it seems likely that Gnephosis 
s. str. will only include G. tenuissima and the five species here transferred from 
Chrysocoryne. 
NEW COMBINATIONS AND SYNONYMS IN GNEPHOSIS 
Except for G. tenuissima, detailed comments on the types of all names given 
here are to be found in a previous publication (Short 1983). 
Gnephosis Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 43 (1820). Type: G. tenuissima 
c ass 
Chrysocoryne Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:457 (1843); P. Short, Muelleria 
5: 185 (1983). Type: C. drummondii A. Gray. 
Gnephosis drummondii (A. Gray) P. Short, comb. nov. 
Chrysocoryne drummondii A. Gray, Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 
(1851), basionym. Lectotype: Drummond 16 (K). 
Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans. & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 
130 (1855). — Angianthus tenellus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867). — 
Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). — Siloxerus 
tenellus (F. Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:138 
(1921). Lectotype: Wilhelmi (K). 
Gnephosis multiflora (P. Short) P. Short, comb. nov. 
Chrysocoryne multiflora P. Short, Muelleria 5:192 (1983), basionym. Holo- 
type: Chinnock 4411 & Wilson (AD). 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia, 3141. 
317 

Page image

510289 Triunia erythrocarpa Muelleria 6(5): 302, fig. 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814848
Page is part of the work New species of Xylomelum Sm. and Triunia Johnson & Briggs (Proteaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171874
541536 Westringia davidii Muelleria 6(5): 321, Fig. 1, 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814867
Page is part of the work Two new species of Westringia (Labiatae) from New South Wales, doi:10.5962/p.171878

Page text

TWO NEW SPECIES OF WESTRINGIA (LABIATAE) FROM NEW SOUTH 
WALES 
by 
Barry J. Conn* 
ABSTRACT 
Conn, B.J. Two new species of Westringia (Labiatae) from New South Wales. Muelleria 6(5): 321-328 
(1987). — Westringia davidii and W. saxatilis, both from south-eastern New South Wales, are described 
for the first time. 
INTRODUCTION 
The two new species of Westringia which are described herein are rare and 
possibly vulnerable. At least one of them is not included in a conservation reserve. 
The publication of these species will enable them to be formally recognized by the 
management authorities concerned with these areas. It is hoped that this recognition 
will result in appropriate management procedures being implemented which will 
protect these rare species. 
Terminology and presentation follows that used in Conn (1984, pp. 211-220). 
TAXONOMY 
Westringia davidii Conn, sp. nov. 
Frutices 0.5-1 m. alti. Rami et ramuli subteretes, dense tomentosi. Folia verticillata terna, tomentosa 
usque glabrescentia; petiolus 1-2 mm. longus; lamina ovata usque obovata, 7-20 mm. longa, 
5-8 mm. lata, basi cuneata, margine integro et recurvo, apice breviter mucronato. Pedicellus 
floris 1.3-2 mm. longus, dense tomentosus, prophyllis lineari-ovatis usque lineari-obovatis, 
4-5.5 mm. longis, 0.3-0. 5 mm. latis, dense tomentosis. Calyx ex parte viridis, lobi margine 
purpurpeo vel calyx ubique purpurascens, extra dense tomentosus; tubus 2-3.3 mm. longus, 
intra glaber; lobi anguste deltoidei, 2. 5-4. 8 mm. longi, 0.8-1 mm. lati, intra moderate usque 
dense tomentosi, apice angustato. Corolla 8-12 mm. longa, pallido-malvina, extra in partibus 
distalibus sparsim usque dense tomentosa, intra in partibus basaliter moderate tomentosa et 
in partibus distalibus sparsim tomentosa; tubus circa 8 mm. longus; lobus abaxiali-medianus 
spathulatus, 5.6-7 mm. longus, 7-8 mm. latus; lobi laterales oblongi usque subobovati, 4.8- 
6 mm. longi, 3. 4-3. 9 mm. lati; par loborum adaxiali-medianum latissime oblongum, 5.2-6 
mm. longum, circa 6 mm. latum. Androecium ore corollae insertum; filamenta staminum 
1.7-2 mm. longa; antherae 1-1.5 mm. longae; filamenta staminodiorum 2. 9-3. 3 mm. longa, 
tomentosa; lobi staminodiorum 0.6-1 mm. longi. Pistillum 7-8 mm. longum; ovarium circa 
0.6 mm. longum; stylus circa 6-6.6 mm. longus, tomentosus; stigma usque ad circa 0.3 mm. 
longum. Mericarpia 1.8-2 mm. longa. 
Type: Albrecht 2413, 21. i. 1986, 1.7 km N. of the intersection of the Sugarloaf 
Fire Road and the Back Creek Fire Road, Nullica State Forest, New South Wales 
(Holo.: MEL 1546995; iso.: NSW). 
Shrub, 0.5-2 m high. Branches subterete; internodes with raised ridges from 
axil of leaf to next more distal node, densely hairy [c. 150-200 hairs/mm 2 ], hairs 
simple, ± straight, subpatent to subappressed, antrorse, 0.3-0. 7 mm long, white. 
Leaves in whorls of 3, spreading, abaxial surface and petiole densely hairy [100- 
120 hairs/mm 2 ] with ± patent, slightly tangled hairs, adaxial surface very sparsely 
hairy [up to c. 20 hairs/mm 2 ], glabrescent distally; petiole 1-2 mm long; lamina 
ovate to obovate, 7-20 mm long, 5-8 mm wide [lamina length to width ratio 1.4- 
2.6, length of maximum width from base to total lamina length ratio 0.4-0. 7], base 
cuneate, margin entire and recurved, apex shortly mucronate (mucro c. 0.3 mm 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
321 

Page image

542713 Westringia saxatilis Muelleria 6(5): 325-328, Fig. 3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(5): 325-328, Fig. 3".

528246 Xylomelum cunninghamianum Muelleria 6(5): 299
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814845
Page is part of the work New species of Xylomelum Sm. and Triunia Johnson & Briggs (Proteaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171874

Page text

NEW SPECIES OF XYLOMELUM Sm. AND TRIUNIA Johnson & Briggs 
(PROTEACEAE) 
by 
D. B. Foreman * 
ABSTRACT 
Foreman, D.B. New species of Xylomelum Sm. and Triunia Johnson and Briggs (Proteaceae). Muelleria 
6(5): 299-305 (1987). — Xylomelum cunninghamianum sp.nov. from inland northern New South Wales 
and southern Queensland and Triunia erythrocarpa sp. nov. from north-eastern Queensland are described 
with notes on distribution, ecology and diagnostic features. The misapplication of the name Xylomelum 
salicinum is discussed. 
XYLOMELUM Sm. 
Xylomelum cunninghamianum D. Foreman, sp. nov. 
[X. salicinum auct. non (Meisn.) Cunn. ex Benth. (1870): Benth., FI. austral. 
5:408 (1870) pro parte quoad Leichhardt, and Lau; F. Muell., S. Sc. Record, n.s., 
2: “unpaged pre-print” (Mar. 1886).] 
“ X . sp.”, Jacobs & Pickard, PI. New S. Wales 182 (1981); Stanley & Ross, 
FI. S.E. Qld 2:17 (1986) syn.excl. 
Arbor ad 12 m alta. Ramuli teretes, juventute tomentosi. Foliorum lamina lanceolata, acuta, 
pungens, ad basin anguste cuneata, 5-12.5 cm longa, 1.2-2. 3 cm lata, coriacea juventute 
tomentosa, postea glabra; margines interdum parum sinuati, integri vel promineuter dentati 
praecipue apicem; nervi recti vel parum curvati, ad marginem acute ascendentes. Inflorescentia 
axillaris, 4-6 cm longa, rachis pallide ferrugineo-tomentosa. Pedicelli ad 0.5 mm longi. 
Perianthium 8-10 mm longum, ferrugineo-pubescens. Ovarium ferrugineo-tomentosum. Fruc- 
tus, ± ovoideum, 6-9 cm longus, 3-4.5 cm latus, apice lato obtuso; pericarpium 8-15 mm 
crassus, lignosum. Semen 5-7 cm longum, 1.5-2 cm latum. 
Tree to 12 m tall. Branchlets terete, tomentose on young shoots, soon becoming 
glabrous. Leaves opposite; blade lanceolate, acute, pungent at the tip, narrowly 
cuneate at the base, tapering gradually onto the petiole, 5-12.5 cm long, 1.2-2. 3 
cm wide, coriaceous, tomentose when young, soon becoming completely glabrous, 
drying light brown to yellowish green above, paler beneath; margin sometimes 
slightly sinuate, entire or prominently toothed particularly near the tip; midrib 
raised and prominent above and beneath; nerves 5-8 on each side of the midrib, 
raised on both surfaces, ± straight or slightly curved over their entire length, 
ascending acutely to the margin; reticulations well defined, raised on both surfaces; 
petiole 1-2.7 cm long. Inflorescence axillary, 4-6 cm long; rachis 1 mm diameter, 
pale ferruginous-tomentose. Bract subtending flower-pairs obtuse, ± broad-oblong 
to broad-oval, 1.5-2 mm x 1.5-2 mm, pale ferruginous-tomentose. Floral bracts 
apparently lacking. Pedicels to 0.5 mm long. Perianth 8-10 mm long, ferruginous- 
pubescent; limb 2.5-3 mm long, 1 mm wide. Anthers 1 mm long, tipped with a 
small gland, almost sessile. Hypogynous glands 4, free, ± oblong. Ovary ferru- 
ginous-tomentose; style ferruginous-tomentose at base, becoming glabrous towards 
the tip; pollen presenter ellipsoidal, c. 1 mm long. Fruit ± ovoid with a blunt 
apex, 6-9 cm long, 3-4.5 cm wide, covered with a dense, velvety indumentum of 
short ferruginous to grey hairs; pericarp 8-15 mm thick, woody. Seed 5-7 cm long, 
1.5-2 cm wide; nucleus angular-obovate, 1.5-2 cm long, 1-1.5 cm wide; wing 3.5- 
5 cm long. (Fig 1). 
Type Collection: 
4-5 km north-west of Wallangra on road to Coolatai, New South Wales, 18.viii. 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
299 

Page image

858545 Acmena australis Muelleria 6(6): 437
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825897
Page is part of the work A name change in the genus Acmena DC. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171893

Page text

A NAME CHANGE IN THE GENUS ACMENA DC. (MYRTACEAE) 
by 
G. P. Guymer* and B. P. M. Hylandf 
ABSTRACT 
Guymer, G. P. & Hyland, B. P. M. A name change in the genus Acmena DC. (Myrtaceae). Muelleria 
6(6): 437-438 (1988). — The new combination Acmena ingens (F. Muell. ex C. Moore) Guymer & 
Hyland, based on Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, is made for the species which has been known 
as Acmena brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) Merr. & Perry (basionym Eugenia brachyandra Maiden & 
Betche). 
NOMENCLATURE 
Acmena ingens (F. Muell. ex C. Moore) Guymer & Hyland, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, Cat. Nat. Industrial Products 
New South Wales, Int. Exhib. Commissioners, Sydney 48 (1861). Type: Richmond 
River, in 1861?, C. Moore 19 (Hoi.otype: MEL 60948. Isotype: K). 
Memecylon cerasiforme Nilson, Timber Trees New S. Wales 98 (1884) as 
“cerasiformis” nom. illeg. , non M. cerasiforme Kurz. Type: “brush forests, near 
banks of creeks, on the Richmond River”, not located. 
Memecylon australe C. Moore in Moore & Betche, Handb. FI. New S. Wales 
208 (1893) nom. illeg., non M. australe F. Muell. ex Triana. — Acmena australis 
L. Johnson, Contrib. New S. Wales Natl Herb. 3: 100 (1962). Type: “Upper 
Clarence and Richmond River”, not located. 
Eugenia brachyandra Maiden & Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc. New S. Wales 23: 
15 (1898). — Acmena brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) Merr. & Perry, J. Arnold 
Arb. 19: 17 (1938), synon. nov. Lectotype: (fide Hyland 1983): Tintenbar, W. 
Baeuerlen [NSW 136991a] (NSW). Syntypes: Ballina, W. Baeuerlen [NSW 136990] 
(NSW); north-coast line, Queensland, F. M. Bailey s.n. (NSW). 
During examination of specimens of Decaspermum J. & G. Forster by the 
senior author at the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) a specimen of Acmena 
DC. and an accompanying letter by J. H. Maiden to F. J. H. Mueller were 
discovered. Maiden’s letter of 10 March 1893 documented the nomenclature of the 
plant described later by Maiden & Betche (1898) as Eugenia brachyandra. On page 
4 of his letter Maiden provides a copy of a description of Nelitris ingens F. Muell. 
ex C. Moore, which was given in Moore’s “Woods Indigenous to the Northern 
Districts of the Colony collected by Mr Charles Moore” in the “Catalogue of the 
Natural and Industrial Products of New South Wales; with a map and introductory 
account of its population, commerce and general resources” (London International 
Exhibition, 1862: London). 
This publication has been examined at the Library, Royal Botanic Gardens, 
Kew, and Nelitris ingens is described on page 28 of the catalogue. However, there 
is an earlier edition of this catalogue published in Sydney in 1861 by the International 
Exhibition Commissioners entitled “Catalogue of the Natural and Industrial Prod- 
ucts of New South Wales, exhibited in the School of Arts by the International 
Exhibition Commissioners, Sydney, October 1861”. A copy of this earlier catalogue 
is also held at Kew and once formed part of W. J. Hooker’s library. 
In his paper “Woods from the Northern Districts of the Colony, collected by 
Mr. Charles Moore” in the 1861 catalogue Moore provides the following entry for 
Nelitris ingens: “xix. Nelitris ingens, F. Muelr. Myrtaceae. Cherry [local name]. 
Cobun Bun [Aboriginal name]. Richmond River [habitat]. This singularly handsome 
tree occurs on nearly all the branches of the Richmond, and always on its immediate 
* Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia 4068. 
t CSIRO, PO Box 780, Atherton, Queensland, Australia 4883. 
437 

Page image

891544 Acmena brachyandra Muelleria 6(6): 437
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825897
Page is part of the work A name change in the genus Acmena DC. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171893

Page text

A NAME CHANGE IN THE GENUS ACMENA DC. (MYRTACEAE) 
by 
G. P. Guymer* and B. P. M. Hylandf 
ABSTRACT 
Guymer, G. P. & Hyland, B. P. M. A name change in the genus Acmena DC. (Myrtaceae). Muelleria 
6(6): 437-438 (1988). — The new combination Acmena ingens (F. Muell. ex C. Moore) Guymer & 
Hyland, based on Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, is made for the species which has been known 
as Acmena brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) Merr. & Perry (basionym Eugenia brachyandra Maiden & 
Betche). 
NOMENCLATURE 
Acmena ingens (F. Muell. ex C. Moore) Guymer & Hyland, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, Cat. Nat. Industrial Products 
New South Wales, Int. Exhib. Commissioners, Sydney 48 (1861). Type: Richmond 
River, in 1861?, C. Moore 19 (Hoi.otype: MEL 60948. Isotype: K). 
Memecylon cerasiforme Nilson, Timber Trees New S. Wales 98 (1884) as 
“cerasiformis” nom. illeg. , non M. cerasiforme Kurz. Type: “brush forests, near 
banks of creeks, on the Richmond River”, not located. 
Memecylon australe C. Moore in Moore & Betche, Handb. FI. New S. Wales 
208 (1893) nom. illeg., non M. australe F. Muell. ex Triana. — Acmena australis 
L. Johnson, Contrib. New S. Wales Natl Herb. 3: 100 (1962). Type: “Upper 
Clarence and Richmond River”, not located. 
Eugenia brachyandra Maiden & Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc. New S. Wales 23: 
15 (1898). — Acmena brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) Merr. & Perry, J. Arnold 
Arb. 19: 17 (1938), synon. nov. Lectotype: (fide Hyland 1983): Tintenbar, W. 
Baeuerlen [NSW 136991a] (NSW). Syntypes: Ballina, W. Baeuerlen [NSW 136990] 
(NSW); north-coast line, Queensland, F. M. Bailey s.n. (NSW). 
During examination of specimens of Decaspermum J. & G. Forster by the 
senior author at the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) a specimen of Acmena 
DC. and an accompanying letter by J. H. Maiden to F. J. H. Mueller were 
discovered. Maiden’s letter of 10 March 1893 documented the nomenclature of the 
plant described later by Maiden & Betche (1898) as Eugenia brachyandra. On page 
4 of his letter Maiden provides a copy of a description of Nelitris ingens F. Muell. 
ex C. Moore, which was given in Moore’s “Woods Indigenous to the Northern 
Districts of the Colony collected by Mr Charles Moore” in the “Catalogue of the 
Natural and Industrial Products of New South Wales; with a map and introductory 
account of its population, commerce and general resources” (London International 
Exhibition, 1862: London). 
This publication has been examined at the Library, Royal Botanic Gardens, 
Kew, and Nelitris ingens is described on page 28 of the catalogue. However, there 
is an earlier edition of this catalogue published in Sydney in 1861 by the International 
Exhibition Commissioners entitled “Catalogue of the Natural and Industrial Prod- 
ucts of New South Wales, exhibited in the School of Arts by the International 
Exhibition Commissioners, Sydney, October 1861”. A copy of this earlier catalogue 
is also held at Kew and once formed part of W. J. Hooker’s library. 
In his paper “Woods from the Northern Districts of the Colony, collected by 
Mr. Charles Moore” in the 1861 catalogue Moore provides the following entry for 
Nelitris ingens: “xix. Nelitris ingens, F. Muelr. Myrtaceae. Cherry [local name]. 
Cobun Bun [Aboriginal name]. Richmond River [habitat]. This singularly handsome 
tree occurs on nearly all the branches of the Richmond, and always on its immediate 
* Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia 4068. 
t CSIRO, PO Box 780, Atherton, Queensland, Australia 4883. 
437 

Page image

485723 Acmena ingens Muelleria 6(6): 437-438

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(6): 437-438".

472018 Brachyscome formosa Muelleria 6(6): 390, figs. 1, 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825850
Page is part of the work Two new species of Brachysome Cass. (Compositae: Astereae), with a note on the orthography of the generic name, doi:10.5962/p.171887
472089 Brachyscome halophila Muelleria 6(6): 393, figs. 1, 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825853
Page is part of the work Two new species of Brachysome Cass. (Compositae: Astereae), with a note on the orthography of the generic name, doi:10.5962/p.171887
478552 Buckinghamia ferruginiflora Muelleria 6(6): 417, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825877
Page is part of the work New species of Buckinghamia F. Muell. and Stenocarpus R. Br. (Proteaceae) from northern Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.171890

Page text

NEW SPECIES OF BUCKINGHAMIA F. Muell. AND STENOCARPUS R. 
Br. (PROTEACEAE) FROM NORTHERN QUEENSLAND 
by 
D. B. Foreman* and B. P. M. Hylandi 
ABSTRACT 
Foreman, D. B. & Hyland. B. P, M. New species of Buckinghamia F. Muell. and Stenocarpus R. Br. 
(Proteaceae) from northern Queensland. Muelleria 6(6): 417-424 (1988). — Buckinghamia ferruginiflora 
sp. nov., Stenocarpus davallioides sp. nov. and Stenocarpus cryptocarpus sp. nov. from northern 
Queensland are described with notes on distribution, ecology and diagnostic features. 
TAXONOMY 
The accounts of Buckinghamia and Stenocarpus for the Flora of Australia are 
being prepared jointly by us and we take this opportunity to describe a new species 
of Buckinghamia and two new species of Stenocarpus from northern Queensland. 
BUCKINGHAMIA F. Muell. 
Buckinghamia ferruginiflora D. Foreman & B. Hyland, sp. nov. 
Arbor ad 30 m alta, anteridibus conspicuis nullis. Folia simplicia, spiraliter disposita; lamina 
elliptico-oblonga, 9-20 cm longa, 2-6 cm lata, coriacea, glabra, acuminata, apice acuta ad 
± obtusa, basin attenuata, margine integra, nervis secondariis utrinsecus 10-20, juxta mar- 
ginem conjunctis. Inflorescentiae terminales vel axillares, racemiformis vel racemis in pani- 
culam disposita, ferrugineo-pubescentibus. Pedicellae 4-6 cm longae. Flores bisexuales, 
zygomorphi. Tepala c. 10 mm longa, extra dense ferrugineo-pubescentia, intra glabra. Glan- 
dula hypogyna hippocrepiformis. Ovarium glabrum, stipitatum; ovula 4; stylus 7-8 mm 
longus; praebitor pollinis disciformus, latus, obliquus. Folliculi striati, late ovati, 20-28 mm 
longi, 15-20 mm lati. Semina plana, ± rhomboidea, ala marginali augusta. (Fig. 1). 
Typus: Portion 62, Parish of Alexandra (Noah Creek), 16° 10' S., 145° 10' E., 
Queensland, 1 3 . vii. 1 972, B. P. M. Hyland 6245 (flowering collections). (Holotypus: 
QRS. Isotypi: BRI, NSW). 
Tree up to 30 m tall with stem up to 50 cm diameter at breast height, without 
conspicuous buttresses. Bark less than 2.5 cm thick, nondescript; outer and inner 
blazes pink to reddish, the inner blaze marked with lace-like fibrous stripes. 
Heartwood dark red. Branchlets terete, ferruginous-pubescent at first, soon becom- 
ing glabrous. Leaves simple, on coppice shoots with up to 3-4 lobes, spirally 
arranged; lamina elliptic-oblong, acuminate, acute to ± obtuse at the apex, attenuate 
at the base, 9-20 cm long, 2-6 cm wide, coriaceous, glabrous, green above and 
below, somewhat paler beneath; margin entire; midrib prominent on both surfaces; 
nerves 10-20 on either side of the midrib, looping near the margin; petiole 10-25 
mm long. Inflorescences terminal or axillary, raceme-like or paniculate with a 
number of lateral raceme-like branches; ‘racemes’ including the peduncle up to 
20 cm long; all parts of the inflorescence ferruginous-pubescent. Bract subtending 
flower pairs caducous, about 4 mm long. Pedicels 4-6 mm long. Flowers strongly 
perfumed, bisexual, zygomorphic in bud, less so at anthesis. Tepals about 10 mm 
long, densely ferruginous-pubescent on outer surface, appearing creamy brown, 
glabrous inside. Stamens 4, sessile near apex of tepals, about 1 mm long; anthers 
opening by longitudinal, confluent slits. Hypogynous gland horseshoe-shaped. Ovary 
glabrous, stipitate; ovules 4; style recurved, about 7-8 mm long; pollen presenter 
a broad, oblique disk; stigma small, ± central. Follicles striate, asymmetrical, 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
t CSIRO, Division of Plant Industry, P.O. Box 780, Atherton, Queensland, Australia 4883. 
417 

Page image

512435 Caladenia brachyscapa Muelleria 6(6): 439, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825899
Page is part of the work New species of Caladenia R. Br. (Orchidaceae) from Victoria and New South Wales, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171894

Page text

NEW SPECIES OF CALADENIA R. Br. (ORCHIDACEAE) FROM 
VICTORIA AND NEW SOUTH WALES, AUSTRALIA 
by 
G. W. Carr* 
ABSTRACT 
Carr, G. W. New species of Caladenia R. Br. (Orchidaceae) from Victoria and New South Wales, 
Australia. Muelleria 6(6): 439-447 (1988). — Two new species of Caladenia (section Calonema : 
Orchidaceae) are described. C. brachyscapa G. W. Carr is endemic in Victoria and C. rosella G. W. 
Carr is known from Victoria and New South Wales. The affinities, distribution, ecology and conservation 
status of the new species are discussed. 
TAXONOMY 
Caladenia brachyscapa G. W. Carr, sp. nov. 
Species propria C. reticulatae R. D. Fitzg. similis ut videtur differt tamen in proprietatum 
combinatione : foliis anguste-linearibus, confertim longe-hirsutis; scapo brevissimo, confertim 
hirsuto, trichomatibus glandulosis vel sparsissimus vel absentibus; segmentis perianthii brev- 
ibus, apicem versus ± aequaliter contractis; lamina osmophori a lamina cetera distincta; 
osmophorum conspicuorum sepalinorum petalinorumque trichomatibus laxe ad sub-arcte 
contiguis, 1-3 cellulatis, sphaericis ad allantoideis. 
Herb perennating from an annually renewed tuberoid; tuberoids and most of 
subterranean stem not seen, but stem below leaf invested in a finely-fibrous brown 
tunic. Leaf subtended by an opposite, membranous, closed-cylindrical, minutely 
mucronate, truncate bract 5-6 mm long x c. 8 mm wide when opened. Leaf basal, 
hirsute, solitary, sessile, ± erect, linear-lanceolate, 4.5-10.5 cm long x 4-6 mm wide 
(in fertile specimens), acute, often partly withered at anthesis; abaxial surface very 
densely long-hirsute, especially in lower part, with ± patent eglandular uniseriate 
trichomes to 1 1 mm long; trichomes sparser upwards and becoming antrorse; basal 
cell of trichomes narrowly barrel-shaped, white-opaque, microscopically rugose, the 
remaining 1-5 cells extremely fine, transparent; leaf wholly green or with few to 
abundant deep red blotches or spots basally on the abaxial surface. Scape abbre- 
viated, 3.2-12.5 cm long, 1-1.5 mm diam., slightly flexuose, rigidly erect, green to 
wholly light reddish-purple, densely hirsute with mostly eglandular trichomes like 
those of the leaf, the longest trichomes 3-7.5 mm long, decreasing in length upwards 
along the scape; trichomes ± patent but towards apex of scape somewhat antrorse 
by flexure of the basal cell; glandular trichomes if present (occasionally), very 
short, confined to just below the fertile bract, 3-celled with the apical cell spherical, 
light red. Sterile bract (3-)l 5-45 mm below floral bract, slightly spreading, narrow- 
lanceolate, subulate, acute or acuminate, (9-)12-14(-17) mm long x (2-)2.5-3 mm 
wide, externally hirsute with sparse, very short, antrorse, eglandular trichomes, 
internally glabrous; margins strongly inrolled. Floral bract similar, (7.5-)13-15 
(-17) mm x (2.5-)3-5.5(-8) mm, embracing pedicel, ovary and base of dorsal sepal; 
margins less inrolled. Flower solitary; perianth segments widely spreading though 
characteristic posture in vivo unknown, short but labellum proportionately large; 
floral fragrance unknown. Pedicel (2-)5-l 1(-14) mm long, shortly hirsute. Ovary 
obconic-fusiform, 5-8 mm long, 2-2.5 mm diam., shortly and densely hirsute with 
unequal, mostly 3-celled glandular trichomes with spherical dark red apical cells; 
rare longer eglandular trichomes present in some specimens. Dorsal sepal erect (18- 
)24-28 mm long, 1.2-1. 8 mm wide towards base, strongly curved forward, linear- 
lanceolate, long-acuminate, the lamina channelled and narrowed to 0.6-0. 8 mm 
wide below a terminal osmophore; dorsal sepal nearly glabrous except for osmophore 
trichomes but with few, scattered, 1-3-celled glandular trichomes internally and 
* Botany Department, La Trobe University, Bundoora, Victoria, Australia 3083. 
439 

Page image

832984 Caladenia pulcherrima Muelleria 6(6): 442
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825902
Page is part of the work New species of Caladenia R. Br. (Orchidaceae) from Victoria and New South Wales, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171894

Page text

442 
undifferentiated osmophores and the rather polymorphic calli on the labellum which 
are concolorous except for the longer basal calli. 
Of particular significance are the morphology and distribution of the floral 
trichomes which form the petaline and sepaline osmophores. These glandular 
secretory trichomes (Carr & Staff unpublished data) which produce the chemical 
attractants for the thynnid wasp pollinators (see Carr 1986) have important tax- 
onomic utility. They differ in size, number of cells, shape and distribution, features 
which correlate with the various informal taxonomic alliances in Caladenia (sect. 
Calonema) and apparently reflect evolutionary lines. 
In species with clearly defined, terminal, clavate sepaline and/or petaline 
osmophores, the glandular secretory trichomes which make up the osmophore are 
reduced to the single terminal cells. These are hemispherical, densely packed, and 
totally obscure the osmophore lamina. C. reticulata sens, strict, and its congeners 
(e.g. C. calcicola G. W. Carr, C. hastata (Nicholls) Rupp and C. fitzgeraldii Rupp) 
best exemplify this model. With osmophores consisting of sub-dense to loose- 
packed, 1-3-celled trichomes arranged over the greater part of the lamina of the 
sepals and petals, the relationships of C. brachyscapa are not with the C. reticulata 
alliance. The floral trichomes of C. brachyscapa approach those of the taxa in the 
C. patersonii R. Br. complex, but are denser, especially on the distal and terminal 
parts of the perianth segments. 
In many respects C. brachyscapa resembles the Tasmanian endemic C. caudata 
Nicholls, though the former is only known from dried material which may lose 
important features on drying (Carr 1986). Shared features include leaf shape and 
indumentum, a short scape, flower size and colour (such as can be determined), 
shape of perianth segments and a broad labellum with very similar marginal teeth. 
The labellum, however (except in one specimen seen), is not prolonged into a 
petaline cauda and the long, clavate-globose basal calli in C. brachyscapa are not 
like those in C. caudata. 
Conservation Status: 
Caladenia brachyscapa, apparently a narrow endemic, is possibly extinct. 
However, it may prove to be extant in the Port Campbell National Park or the 
western coastal fringe of the Otway Ranges. 
Caladenia rosella G. W. Carr, sp. nov. 
Caladenia pulcherrima F. Muell. Fragm. 5: 93, 101 (1865), nom. invalid, pro 
parte. 
Ex affinitate C. patersonii R. Br., differt tamen in proprietum combinatione : foliis brevissimus, 
comparate latis; scapo brevi; floribus parve pallide ad vivide roseis, moschatis; labello 
columnaque brevi; callis singularibus; tempore florendi valde praecoqui. 
Herb perennating from a ± globular, annually renewed tuberoid to 9 mm 
diam. Stem subterranean, to c. 6 cm long; tuberoids and stem invested in a dense, 
finely-fibrous, long-persistent, pale brown tunic derived from previous tuberoid 
and stem tissue. Leaf subtended by an opposite, membranous closed-cylindrical, 
minutely mucronate, truncate bract 6-8 mm x 9 mm. Leaf basal, hirsute, solitary, 
sessile, stiffly erect or ascending, lanceolate, 4. 5-8. 5 cm long x 0.5-0. 8 cm wide, 
acute; adaxial and abaxial surfaces green, irregularly blotched or spotted red-purple 
on basal abaxial one quarter to one third; both surfaces densely to sub-densely 
hirsute with ± patent, straight to slightly retrorse, uniseriate, eglandular trichomes 
to 8.5 mm long; basal cell of trichomes narrowly barrel-shaped, whitish-opaque, 
microscopically rugose, the remaining 1-5 cells long, extremely fine, transparent; 
adaxial leaf surface more sparsely hirsute with smaller trichomes. Scape (8.5-)10- 
17 cm long, to 1.8 mm diam., greenish- to reddish-purple throughout, arising at 
centre of leaf, rigidly erect, ± straight, hirsute throughout with ± patent, eglandular 
trichomes to 6.5 mm long similar to those on leaf, and with shorter scattered 

Page image

514955 Caladenia rosella Muelleria 6(6): 442, fig. 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825902
Page is part of the work New species of Caladenia R. Br. (Orchidaceae) from Victoria and New South Wales, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171894

Page text

442 
undifferentiated osmophores and the rather polymorphic calli on the labellum which 
are concolorous except for the longer basal calli. 
Of particular significance are the morphology and distribution of the floral 
trichomes which form the petaline and sepaline osmophores. These glandular 
secretory trichomes (Carr & Staff unpublished data) which produce the chemical 
attractants for the thynnid wasp pollinators (see Carr 1986) have important tax- 
onomic utility. They differ in size, number of cells, shape and distribution, features 
which correlate with the various informal taxonomic alliances in Caladenia (sect. 
Calonema) and apparently reflect evolutionary lines. 
In species with clearly defined, terminal, clavate sepaline and/or petaline 
osmophores, the glandular secretory trichomes which make up the osmophore are 
reduced to the single terminal cells. These are hemispherical, densely packed, and 
totally obscure the osmophore lamina. C. reticulata sens, strict, and its congeners 
(e.g. C. calcicola G. W. Carr, C. hastata (Nicholls) Rupp and C. fitzgeraldii Rupp) 
best exemplify this model. With osmophores consisting of sub-dense to loose- 
packed, 1-3-celled trichomes arranged over the greater part of the lamina of the 
sepals and petals, the relationships of C. brachyscapa are not with the C. reticulata 
alliance. The floral trichomes of C. brachyscapa approach those of the taxa in the 
C. patersonii R. Br. complex, but are denser, especially on the distal and terminal 
parts of the perianth segments. 
In many respects C. brachyscapa resembles the Tasmanian endemic C. caudata 
Nicholls, though the former is only known from dried material which may lose 
important features on drying (Carr 1986). Shared features include leaf shape and 
indumentum, a short scape, flower size and colour (such as can be determined), 
shape of perianth segments and a broad labellum with very similar marginal teeth. 
The labellum, however (except in one specimen seen), is not prolonged into a 
petaline cauda and the long, clavate-globose basal calli in C. brachyscapa are not 
like those in C. caudata. 
Conservation Status: 
Caladenia brachyscapa, apparently a narrow endemic, is possibly extinct. 
However, it may prove to be extant in the Port Campbell National Park or the 
western coastal fringe of the Otway Ranges. 
Caladenia rosella G. W. Carr, sp. nov. 
Caladenia pulcherrima F. Muell. Fragm. 5: 93, 101 (1865), nom. invalid, pro 
parte. 
Ex affinitate C. patersonii R. Br., differt tamen in proprietum combinatione : foliis brevissimus, 
comparate latis; scapo brevi; floribus parve pallide ad vivide roseis, moschatis; labello 
columnaque brevi; callis singularibus; tempore florendi valde praecoqui. 
Herb perennating from a ± globular, annually renewed tuberoid to 9 mm 
diam. Stem subterranean, to c. 6 cm long; tuberoids and stem invested in a dense, 
finely-fibrous, long-persistent, pale brown tunic derived from previous tuberoid 
and stem tissue. Leaf subtended by an opposite, membranous closed-cylindrical, 
minutely mucronate, truncate bract 6-8 mm x 9 mm. Leaf basal, hirsute, solitary, 
sessile, stiffly erect or ascending, lanceolate, 4. 5-8. 5 cm long x 0.5-0. 8 cm wide, 
acute; adaxial and abaxial surfaces green, irregularly blotched or spotted red-purple 
on basal abaxial one quarter to one third; both surfaces densely to sub-densely 
hirsute with ± patent, straight to slightly retrorse, uniseriate, eglandular trichomes 
to 8.5 mm long; basal cell of trichomes narrowly barrel-shaped, whitish-opaque, 
microscopically rugose, the remaining 1-5 cells long, extremely fine, transparent; 
adaxial leaf surface more sparsely hirsute with smaller trichomes. Scape (8.5-)10- 
17 cm long, to 1.8 mm diam., greenish- to reddish-purple throughout, arising at 
centre of leaf, rigidly erect, ± straight, hirsute throughout with ± patent, eglandular 
trichomes to 6.5 mm long similar to those on leaf, and with shorter scattered 

Page image

892129 Callistemon australis Muelleria 6(6): 413
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825873
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171889
892126 Callistemon glaucus Muelleria 6(6): 412
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825872
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171889

Page text

412 
a strong case for regarding the correct combination to be Callistemon scaber based 
on Metrosideros scabra Colla (1824). However there can be no doubt that de 
Candolle was familiar with Link’s edition of the Berlin Botanic Garden catalogue, 
Enumeratio plantarum horti regii berolensis altera which was compiled by Link 
and in which Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link was validly published. 
He cites this edition for the very next species of Callistemon that he describes on 
the same page (Prodromus 3: 223 (1828)) as C. rugulosa. Several other citations 
occur on neighbouring pages. Consequently we believe that the epithet rugulosus 
of Schlechtendal should be retained even though it was not explicitly cited by de 
Candolle. This approach is equivalent to that of A. B. Court ( loc . cit.) who cited 
Callistemon rugulosus (Willd. ex Link) DC. as a synonym of Callistemon 
macropunctatus. 
Callistemon glaucus (Bonpl.) Sweet, Hort. britt. edn. 2: 208 (1830). — Metrosideros 
glaucus Bonpl., Descr. pi. Malmaison 86, t. 34 (July 1815). — Callistemon speciosus 
(Sims) Sweet var. glaucus (Bonpl.) DC., Prodr. 3: 224 (1824). — Callistemon 
glaucus (Bonpl.) F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 14 (1858). Neotype (here selected): Western 
Australia, 27.9 km east of Denmark, 34° 59' S., 117° 38' E., 14.x. 1985, J. H. 
Ross 3009 (Neotypus: MEL 1551841. Isoneotypi: CBG, PERTH). 
Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in Ait. f., Flort. kew., edn. 2, 4: 410 (1812). 
Neotype (here selected): King George’s Sound, 27.xii.1801, R. Brown s.n. (Bennett 
no. 4714) (BM!). 
[Callistemon speciosus auctt. non (Sims) Sweet: Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 120 
(1867).] 
In 1803 a species collected by Peter Good was introduced into England and 
listed by Aiton (loc. cit.) as Melaleuca paludosa, ‘Long-leaved red Melaleuca’. The 
brief description provided by R. Brown refers to the long leaves, shortly fused 
stamens and a distribution on the ‘South-west coast of New Holland’. It can only 
apply to the species now known incorrectly as Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet. 
This synonymy was recognized by Bentham {loc. cit.) but not by de Candolle {loc. 
cit.). Unfortunately none of the Brown specimens of this entity bear the name 
Melaleuca paludosa-, one labelled Melaleuca is selected here as the neotype. Although 
de Candolle cites Melaleuca paludosa in the Prodromus (3: 212 (1828)) there is no 
specimen in his herbarium at Geneva. His description repeats that of Brown. 
Metrosideros speciosa Sims, Bot. Mag. 42, t. 1761 (September 1815), the 
basionym of Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet, is described as originating in New 
South Wales, not Western Australia from where Melaleuca paludosa is described. 
The brief description and the illustration do not permit the name to be applied 
with confidence to any recognised Callistemon species. De Candolle {loc. cit.), 
however, lists a variety glaucus based on Metrosideros glauca Bonpl. {loc. cit.) and 
the only specimens in his herbarium which bear the name C. speciosus are also 
designated as the variety glaucus. We have no doubt that the names Metrosideros 
glauca and Melaleuca paludosa apply to the same taxon, a conclusion reached by 
Bentham {loc. cit.) who regarded both names as synonyms of Callistemon speciosus 
sensu lato. Subsequent authors have followed Bentham with the exception of F. 
M. Bailey (Queensland fl. 2: 594 (1901)) who used the name for the eastern species 
now known as Callistemon pachyphyllus Cheel. 
Apart from the uncertain application of the name Metrosideros speciosa, the 
dates given by Stafleu and Cowan (1976) show that Metrosideros glauca Bonpl. 
has priority. However both names are preceded by Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in 
Ait. f. and the combination Callistemon paludosus (R. Br. in Ait. f.) F. Muell. 
might appear to be the correct name for this species. However Callistemon paludosus 
is the name applied to a widespread rheophytic yellow-flowered species of Eastern 
Australia. This follows misapplication of the name Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in 
Ait. f. by Schlechtendal ( Linnaea 20: 653 (1847)). Specimens sent to Schlechtendal 
by Behr, now on MEL 105295, form the basis of this misapplication. When Mueller 

Page image

522149 Callistemon glaucus Muelleria 6(6): 412-413

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(6): 412-413".

892111 Callistemon macropunctatus Muelleria 6(6): 411
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825871
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171889

Page text

NOMENCLATURAL NOTES ON CALLISTEMON R. Br. (MYRTACEAE) 
by 
P. F. Lumley and R. D. Spencer* 
ABSTRACT 
Lumley, P. F. & Spencer, R. D. Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae). Muelleria 
6(6): 411-415 (1988). — The name Callistemon rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link) DC. is adopted 
for the species which has been known incorrectly as Callistemon macropunctatus (Dum.-Cours.) A. B. 
Court, a name whose basionym Metrosideros macropunctata Dum.-Cours. is of uncertain application. 
The name Callistemon glaucus (Bonpl.) Sweet is taken up for the species to which the name Callistemon 
speciosus (Sims) Sweet has been misapplied. Plants previously referred to Callistemon paludosus F. 
Muell. are now referred to Callistemon sieberi DC. with which Callistemon salignus (Sm.) Sweet var. 
australis Benth. sensu stricto is synonymous. The name Callistemon pityoides F. Muell. is taken up to 
replace the previously misapplied name C. sieberi DC.. 
INTRODUCTION 
This paper is presented ahead of a revision of the genus Callistemon in order 
to justify names used by Spencer and Lumley (1986) in edition 4, part 2 of ‘Flora 
of South Australia’. 
NOMENCLATURE 
Callistemon rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl. ex Fink) DC., Prodr. 3: 223 (1828)., as 
‘C. rugulosum’. — Metrosideros rugulosus D. F. K. Schldl., Enum. pi. hort. berol. 
supp. 31 (July-Dee. 1814), as ‘M. rugulosa’, nomen nudum. — M. rugulosus D. 
F. K. Schldl. ex Link, Enum. hort. berol. alt. 2: 27 (1822), as ‘M. rugulosum’. 
Neotype (here selected): “Jard. de Berlin” 1826, Otto s.n. (G-DC!). 
Metrosideros scabra Colla, Hortus ripul. 91 (1824). Lectotype (here selected): 
‘‘ex horto 1831” (TO 22881). 
[Callistemon macropunctatus auett. non (Dum. Cours.) A. B. Court, Victorian 
Naturalist 73: 175 (1957).] 
The combination Callistemon rugulosus (Willd.) DC appears to be illegitimate 
being based on the invalid publication of Metrosideros rugulosa in D. F. K. 
SchlechtendaPs supplement (July-Dee. 1814) to Willdenow’s Enumeratio plantarum 
horti regii botanici berolinensis. Realising this, A. B. Court ( loc . cit.) published 
the combination Callistemon macropunctatus (Dum.-Cours.) A. B. Court based on 
the next available name for this taxon, Metrosideros macropunctata Dum.-Cours., 
Bot. cult, edn 2, 7: 277 (June 1814), a synonym cited by de Candolle (1828) which 
has priority over M. rugulosa Schldl. 
Du Mont de Courset’s description was of young, non-flowering, cultivated 
material; the leaf dimensions, 7 lignes [14mm] by 1 ligne [2mm], fall well outside 
the normal range for Callistemon macropunctatus as now understood. We can find 
no illustration of Metrosideros macropunctata nor any herbarium specimen so 
labelled in any of the collections we have examined. The description cannot be 
satisfactorily applied to any species of Callistemon-, consequently we regard this 
name as of uncertain application. 
The next available names for this species are Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. 
Schldl. ex Link (1822) and Metrosideros scabra Colla (1824). 
Since de Candolle did not explicitly cite Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. 
ex Link (or Willd. ex Link) 1822 as the basionym for his combination Callistemon 
rugulosus and since C. rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl.) DC. (1828) would be illegitimate 
as it would be based on the invalid M. rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. (1814), there is 
* Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
411 

Page image

522595 Callistemon paludosus Muelleria 6(6): 413
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825873
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171889

Page text

413 
made the combination Callistemon paludosus (Fragm. 1: 14 (1858)) he cited “Mela- 
leuca paludosa Schlechtendal . . . et forsan R.Br. in Ait.”. He intended the com- 
bination to be used for the eastern species but recognized the problem with Brown’s 
epithet. 
Current practice is to regard Callistemon paludosus F. Muell. as a new species 
following article 72 of the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (1983). 
Paraphrasing example 2: The name Melaleuca paludosa Schlechtendal is illegitimate 
being a later homonym of Melaleuca paludosa R. Br.. When Mueller transferred 
Melaleuca paludosa Schldl. to Callistemon he called it Callistemon paludosus. This 
name has priority from 1858 and should be cited as Callistemon paludosus F. 
Muell. 
Unfortunately both Mueller and Schlechtendal cite R. Brown as the author of 
the epithet paludosa although both express doubt about applying Brown’s name 
to the eastern species. In general an expression of uncertainty is not sufficient to 
justify disregarding a citation. Article 34.2 is perhaps relevant here as is the citation 
in the Code ( loc . cit.) of Polypompholyx tenella (R. Br.) Lehmann. Lehmann 
described P. tenella as a new species in Nov. Stirp. Pug. 8: 48 (1844). At the end 
of the description he wrote ‘‘an Utricularia tenella R.Br. ?”. However this is 
regarded as sufficient to include Brown’s name in parentheses. 
If Brown’s epithet were unambiguously cited by Schlechtendal and Mueller 
then Article 55.2 should apply and the combination Callistemon paludosus (R. Br.) 
F. Muell. should refer to the western species to which Brown applied the epithet 
paludosa, irrespective of Schlechtendal’s misapplication of the epithet in Melaleuca. 
If Mueller had explicitly excluded the type of Melaleuca paludosa he would 
be considered to have published a later homonym (Art. 48). Flowever, he merely 
expressed doubt and it seems certain that he did not know how to apply Brown’s 
description. His description of Callistemon glaucus on the same page of the Frag- 
menta {loc. cit.), omits any citation of Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. 
It appears that the situation is not clear cut. We have decided therefore to 
regard the name Callistemon paludosus F. Muell. (1858) as applicable to the eastern 
species for the following reasons: 
1) it preserves the traditional and current usage of the epithet 
2) the epithet paludosus will not be transferred from one species of Callistemon 
to another with resulting confusion 
3) the epithet paludosus will no longer be used for any species of Callistemon 
since a prior name exists for the eastern species currently so named (see below 
under C. sieberi). 
Callistemon sieberi DC., Prodr. 3: 223 (1828). Lectotype (here selected): s. loc., 
1825, Mr. Sieber 637 (G!). Isolectotypes: Museo Lond. s. dat.. “W. Sieb. Esq.” 
s.n., ‘‘Aus. D. Herb. Zalbruckner” (PRC!); “Nova Holland. Sieber No. 637 
suppl.”, 5. dat. (W!); “Nova Holl. No. 637” (W 177939!). 
C. paludosus F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 14(1858). Lectotype (here selected): “ad 
fl. Onkaparinga”, Nov. 1849, F. Muell. s.n. (MEL 105295). — Melaleuca paludosa 
sensu Schldl., Linnaea 20: 653 (1847), non R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. kew. edn. 2, 4: 
410 (1812). 
Callistemon salignus (Sm.) Sweet var. australis Benth. Fl. Austral. 3: 121 
(1867). Lectotype (here selected): “in running stream. 49” s.d., H H Behr. 49. 
Also additional note in Behr’s hand “in rivulo Tanunda”. (MEL 105531). 
[Callistemon salignus sensu lato auctt., non (Sm.) Sweet, Hort. britt. edn. 1: 
155 (July-Oct. 1826).] 
[Callistemon australis (Benth.) Cheel sensu J. M. Black, Fl. S. Austral, edn. 
2: 605 (1952) apparently nom. invalid .] 
This species, now known incorrectly as Callistemon paludosus F. Muell. (see 
above and in Spencer and Lumley, Muelleria 6(4): 298 (1986)), is a widespread and 
variable rheophyte. At one extreme, its size, leaf dimensions, filament length and 

Page image

800499 Callistemon paludosus Muelleria 6(6): 413
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825873
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171889

Page text

413 
made the combination Callistemon paludosus (Fragm. 1: 14 (1858)) he cited “Mela- 
leuca paludosa Schlechtendal . . . et forsan R.Br. in Ait.”. He intended the com- 
bination to be used for the eastern species but recognized the problem with Brown’s 
epithet. 
Current practice is to regard Callistemon paludosus F. Muell. as a new species 
following article 72 of the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (1983). 
Paraphrasing example 2: The name Melaleuca paludosa Schlechtendal is illegitimate 
being a later homonym of Melaleuca paludosa R. Br.. When Mueller transferred 
Melaleuca paludosa Schldl. to Callistemon he called it Callistemon paludosus. This 
name has priority from 1858 and should be cited as Callistemon paludosus F. 
Muell. 
Unfortunately both Mueller and Schlechtendal cite R. Brown as the author of 
the epithet paludosa although both express doubt about applying Brown’s name 
to the eastern species. In general an expression of uncertainty is not sufficient to 
justify disregarding a citation. Article 34.2 is perhaps relevant here as is the citation 
in the Code ( loc . cit.) of Polypompholyx tenella (R. Br.) Lehmann. Lehmann 
described P. tenella as a new species in Nov. Stirp. Pug. 8: 48 (1844). At the end 
of the description he wrote ‘‘an Utricularia tenella R.Br. ?”. However this is 
regarded as sufficient to include Brown’s name in parentheses. 
If Brown’s epithet were unambiguously cited by Schlechtendal and Mueller 
then Article 55.2 should apply and the combination Callistemon paludosus (R. Br.) 
F. Muell. should refer to the western species to which Brown applied the epithet 
paludosa, irrespective of Schlechtendal’s misapplication of the epithet in Melaleuca. 
If Mueller had explicitly excluded the type of Melaleuca paludosa he would 
be considered to have published a later homonym (Art. 48). Flowever, he merely 
expressed doubt and it seems certain that he did not know how to apply Brown’s 
description. His description of Callistemon glaucus on the same page of the Frag- 
menta {loc. cit.), omits any citation of Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. 
It appears that the situation is not clear cut. We have decided therefore to 
regard the name Callistemon paludosus F. Muell. (1858) as applicable to the eastern 
species for the following reasons: 
1) it preserves the traditional and current usage of the epithet 
2) the epithet paludosus will not be transferred from one species of Callistemon 
to another with resulting confusion 
3) the epithet paludosus will no longer be used for any species of Callistemon 
since a prior name exists for the eastern species currently so named (see below 
under C. sieberi). 
Callistemon sieberi DC., Prodr. 3: 223 (1828). Lectotype (here selected): s. loc., 
1825, Mr. Sieber 637 (G!). Isolectotypes: Museo Lond. s. dat.. “W. Sieb. Esq.” 
s.n., ‘‘Aus. D. Herb. Zalbruckner” (PRC!); “Nova Holland. Sieber No. 637 
suppl.”, 5. dat. (W!); “Nova Holl. No. 637” (W 177939!). 
C. paludosus F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 14(1858). Lectotype (here selected): “ad 
fl. Onkaparinga”, Nov. 1849, F. Muell. s.n. (MEL 105295). — Melaleuca paludosa 
sensu Schldl., Linnaea 20: 653 (1847), non R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. kew. edn. 2, 4: 
410 (1812). 
Callistemon salignus (Sm.) Sweet var. australis Benth. Fl. Austral. 3: 121 
(1867). Lectotype (here selected): “in running stream. 49” s.d., H H Behr. 49. 
Also additional note in Behr’s hand “in rivulo Tanunda”. (MEL 105531). 
[Callistemon salignus sensu lato auctt., non (Sm.) Sweet, Hort. britt. edn. 1: 
155 (July-Oct. 1826).] 
[Callistemon australis (Benth.) Cheel sensu J. M. Black, Fl. S. Austral, edn. 
2: 605 (1952) apparently nom. invalid .] 
This species, now known incorrectly as Callistemon paludosus F. Muell. (see 
above and in Spencer and Lumley, Muelleria 6(4): 298 (1986)), is a widespread and 
variable rheophyte. At one extreme, its size, leaf dimensions, filament length and 

Page image

522717 Callistemon pityoides Muelleria 6(6): 414
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825874
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171889

Page text

414 
perigynium vestiture approach that of the small-leaved Callistemon of wet montane 
heathland known currently as C. sieberi DC. We have examined a wide range of 
specimens of both and are convinced that they are distinct. However, the types of 
C. sieberi DC. do not fall within the range of variation of the montane species 
currently known under that name. They do lie within the range of variation of the 
rheophytic species currently known as C. paludosus. Consequently we are obliged 
to transfer the name C. sieberi to the rheophytic species. Bentham, FI. Austral. 3: 
121 (1867), has also expressed doubt over the use of the epithet sieberi for the 
montane taxon. 
Black (loc. cit.) refers the rheophytic species (now to be known as C. sieberi) 
to C. salignus (Sm.) DC. and to C. salignus var. australis Benth. 
The combination C. salignus was first made by Sweet (Hort. britt. ed. 1: 155 
(July-Oct. 1826)) whose publication preceded that of de Candolle, Prodr. 3: 223 
(1828) who is generally but incorrectly cited as the author of this combination. 
Bentham’s broad concept of C. salignus is not shared by recent authors. His 
var. australis includes material now referrable to C. pallidus (Bonpl.) DC. as well 
as to C. sieberi DC. We have lectotypified var. australis with a specimen collected 
in South Australia by H. H. Behr, thereby restricting its use to material correctly 
known as Callistemon sieberi DC. 
C. australis (Benth.) Cheel sensu J. M. Black (loc. cit.) is an illegitimate 
combination apparently never published by Cheel. 
Callistemon pityoides F. Muell., Chem. & Drugg. Australas. Suppl. 5: 94 (1883). 
Lectotype (here selected): Ovens River, xii.1882, C. Falck s.n. (MEL 652908). 
[C. sieberi auctt., (e.g. Burbidge and Gray, Flora of the Australian Capital 
Territory 268 (1970)) non DC., Prodr. 3: 223 (1828).] 
Callistemon pityoides is the name Mueller applied to a rare fine-leaved montane 
plant found in north-east Victoria and south-east Queensland. In conformity with 
current practice we consider this taxon to be only a variant of the common montane 
species incorrectly known as C. sieberi (see above). Examination of a wide range 
of material of this species has reinforced this opinion. Consequently we accept the 
name C. pityoides as the only available published name for this species. 
NAMES OF UNCERTAIN APPLICATION 
Callistemon macropunctatus (Dum.-Cours.) A. B. Court, Victorian Naturalist 
73: 175 (1957). — Metrosideros macropunctata Dum.-Cours., Bot. cult, edn 2, 7: 
277 (June 1814), type unknown. 
Metrosideros speciosa Sims, Bot. Mag. 42 t. 1761 (1815). 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
We are grateful to staff of the National Herbarium of Victoria, particularly 
Dr B. Conn, Dr J. Ross and Miss H. Aston, for discussion of taxonomic and 
nomenclatural problems; to Dr R. K. Brummitt and Mr C. Jeffrey of Kew and to 
Dr Hj. Eichler for nomenclatural advice; to the M. M. Gibson Trust for monies 
allowing RDS, while overseas, to examine types in the de Candolle Herbarium, 
Geneva; to the Australian Biological Resources Study for a grant to PFL to collect 
in northern New South Wales and southern Queensland; to the directors of AD, 
BM, BR, BRI, CANB, CBG, CGE, FI, G-DC, H, HEL, HO, K, LE, MEL, NE, 
NSW, NT, P, PERTH, PR, PRC, TO, U, UNE and W for the loan of specimens 
and/or for allowing us to work in their institutions. 

Page image

892108 Callistemon rugulosum Muelleria 6(6): 411
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825871
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171889

Page text

NOMENCLATURAL NOTES ON CALLISTEMON R. Br. (MYRTACEAE) 
by 
P. F. Lumley and R. D. Spencer* 
ABSTRACT 
Lumley, P. F. & Spencer, R. D. Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae). Muelleria 
6(6): 411-415 (1988). — The name Callistemon rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link) DC. is adopted 
for the species which has been known incorrectly as Callistemon macropunctatus (Dum.-Cours.) A. B. 
Court, a name whose basionym Metrosideros macropunctata Dum.-Cours. is of uncertain application. 
The name Callistemon glaucus (Bonpl.) Sweet is taken up for the species to which the name Callistemon 
speciosus (Sims) Sweet has been misapplied. Plants previously referred to Callistemon paludosus F. 
Muell. are now referred to Callistemon sieberi DC. with which Callistemon salignus (Sm.) Sweet var. 
australis Benth. sensu stricto is synonymous. The name Callistemon pityoides F. Muell. is taken up to 
replace the previously misapplied name C. sieberi DC.. 
INTRODUCTION 
This paper is presented ahead of a revision of the genus Callistemon in order 
to justify names used by Spencer and Lumley (1986) in edition 4, part 2 of ‘Flora 
of South Australia’. 
NOMENCLATURE 
Callistemon rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl. ex Fink) DC., Prodr. 3: 223 (1828)., as 
‘C. rugulosum’. — Metrosideros rugulosus D. F. K. Schldl., Enum. pi. hort. berol. 
supp. 31 (July-Dee. 1814), as ‘M. rugulosa’, nomen nudum. — M. rugulosus D. 
F. K. Schldl. ex Link, Enum. hort. berol. alt. 2: 27 (1822), as ‘M. rugulosum’. 
Neotype (here selected): “Jard. de Berlin” 1826, Otto s.n. (G-DC!). 
Metrosideros scabra Colla, Hortus ripul. 91 (1824). Lectotype (here selected): 
‘‘ex horto 1831” (TO 22881). 
[Callistemon macropunctatus auett. non (Dum. Cours.) A. B. Court, Victorian 
Naturalist 73: 175 (1957).] 
The combination Callistemon rugulosus (Willd.) DC appears to be illegitimate 
being based on the invalid publication of Metrosideros rugulosa in D. F. K. 
SchlechtendaPs supplement (July-Dee. 1814) to Willdenow’s Enumeratio plantarum 
horti regii botanici berolinensis. Realising this, A. B. Court ( loc . cit.) published 
the combination Callistemon macropunctatus (Dum.-Cours.) A. B. Court based on 
the next available name for this taxon, Metrosideros macropunctata Dum.-Cours., 
Bot. cult, edn 2, 7: 277 (June 1814), a synonym cited by de Candolle (1828) which 
has priority over M. rugulosa Schldl. 
Du Mont de Courset’s description was of young, non-flowering, cultivated 
material; the leaf dimensions, 7 lignes [14mm] by 1 ligne [2mm], fall well outside 
the normal range for Callistemon macropunctatus as now understood. We can find 
no illustration of Metrosideros macropunctata nor any herbarium specimen so 
labelled in any of the collections we have examined. The description cannot be 
satisfactorily applied to any species of Callistemon-, consequently we regard this 
name as of uncertain application. 
The next available names for this species are Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. 
Schldl. ex Link (1822) and Metrosideros scabra Colla (1824). 
Since de Candolle did not explicitly cite Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. 
ex Link (or Willd. ex Link) 1822 as the basionym for his combination Callistemon 
rugulosus and since C. rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl.) DC. (1828) would be illegitimate 
as it would be based on the invalid M. rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. (1814), there is 
* Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
411 

Page image

522779 Callistemon rugulosus Muelleria 6(6): 411-412

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(6): 411-412".

522906 Callistemon salignus australis Muelleria 6(6): 413
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825873
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171889
892128 Callistemon salignus australis Muelleria 6(6): 413
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825873
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171889
523072 Callistemon sieberi Muelleria 6(6): 413-414

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(6): 413-414".

892130 Callistemon sieberi Muelleria 6(6): 414
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825874
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171889

Page text

414 
perigynium vestiture approach that of the small-leaved Callistemon of wet montane 
heathland known currently as C. sieberi DC. We have examined a wide range of 
specimens of both and are convinced that they are distinct. However, the types of 
C. sieberi DC. do not fall within the range of variation of the montane species 
currently known under that name. They do lie within the range of variation of the 
rheophytic species currently known as C. paludosus. Consequently we are obliged 
to transfer the name C. sieberi to the rheophytic species. Bentham, FI. Austral. 3: 
121 (1867), has also expressed doubt over the use of the epithet sieberi for the 
montane taxon. 
Black (loc. cit.) refers the rheophytic species (now to be known as C. sieberi) 
to C. salignus (Sm.) DC. and to C. salignus var. australis Benth. 
The combination C. salignus was first made by Sweet (Hort. britt. ed. 1: 155 
(July-Oct. 1826)) whose publication preceded that of de Candolle, Prodr. 3: 223 
(1828) who is generally but incorrectly cited as the author of this combination. 
Bentham’s broad concept of C. salignus is not shared by recent authors. His 
var. australis includes material now referrable to C. pallidus (Bonpl.) DC. as well 
as to C. sieberi DC. We have lectotypified var. australis with a specimen collected 
in South Australia by H. H. Behr, thereby restricting its use to material correctly 
known as Callistemon sieberi DC. 
C. australis (Benth.) Cheel sensu J. M. Black (loc. cit.) is an illegitimate 
combination apparently never published by Cheel. 
Callistemon pityoides F. Muell., Chem. & Drugg. Australas. Suppl. 5: 94 (1883). 
Lectotype (here selected): Ovens River, xii.1882, C. Falck s.n. (MEL 652908). 
[C. sieberi auctt., (e.g. Burbidge and Gray, Flora of the Australian Capital 
Territory 268 (1970)) non DC., Prodr. 3: 223 (1828).] 
Callistemon pityoides is the name Mueller applied to a rare fine-leaved montane 
plant found in north-east Victoria and south-east Queensland. In conformity with 
current practice we consider this taxon to be only a variant of the common montane 
species incorrectly known as C. sieberi (see above). Examination of a wide range 
of material of this species has reinforced this opinion. Consequently we accept the 
name C. pityoides as the only available published name for this species. 
NAMES OF UNCERTAIN APPLICATION 
Callistemon macropunctatus (Dum.-Cours.) A. B. Court, Victorian Naturalist 
73: 175 (1957). — Metrosideros macropunctata Dum.-Cours., Bot. cult, edn 2, 7: 
277 (June 1814), type unknown. 
Metrosideros speciosa Sims, Bot. Mag. 42 t. 1761 (1815). 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
We are grateful to staff of the National Herbarium of Victoria, particularly 
Dr B. Conn, Dr J. Ross and Miss H. Aston, for discussion of taxonomic and 
nomenclatural problems; to Dr R. K. Brummitt and Mr C. Jeffrey of Kew and to 
Dr Hj. Eichler for nomenclatural advice; to the M. M. Gibson Trust for monies 
allowing RDS, while overseas, to examine types in the de Candolle Herbarium, 
Geneva; to the Australian Biological Resources Study for a grant to PFL to collect 
in northern New South Wales and southern Queensland; to the directors of AD, 
BM, BR, BRI, CANB, CBG, CGE, FI, G-DC, H, HEL, HO, K, LE, MEL, NE, 
NSW, NT, P, PERTH, PR, PRC, TO, U, UNE and W for the loan of specimens 
and/or for allowing us to work in their institutions. 

Page image

892124 Callistemon speciosus Muelleria 6(6): 412
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825872
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171889

Page text

412 
a strong case for regarding the correct combination to be Callistemon scaber based 
on Metrosideros scabra Colla (1824). However there can be no doubt that de 
Candolle was familiar with Link’s edition of the Berlin Botanic Garden catalogue, 
Enumeratio plantarum horti regii berolensis altera which was compiled by Link 
and in which Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link was validly published. 
He cites this edition for the very next species of Callistemon that he describes on 
the same page (Prodromus 3: 223 (1828)) as C. rugulosa. Several other citations 
occur on neighbouring pages. Consequently we believe that the epithet rugulosus 
of Schlechtendal should be retained even though it was not explicitly cited by de 
Candolle. This approach is equivalent to that of A. B. Court ( loc . cit.) who cited 
Callistemon rugulosus (Willd. ex Link) DC. as a synonym of Callistemon 
macropunctatus. 
Callistemon glaucus (Bonpl.) Sweet, Hort. britt. edn. 2: 208 (1830). — Metrosideros 
glaucus Bonpl., Descr. pi. Malmaison 86, t. 34 (July 1815). — Callistemon speciosus 
(Sims) Sweet var. glaucus (Bonpl.) DC., Prodr. 3: 224 (1824). — Callistemon 
glaucus (Bonpl.) F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 14 (1858). Neotype (here selected): Western 
Australia, 27.9 km east of Denmark, 34° 59' S., 117° 38' E., 14.x. 1985, J. H. 
Ross 3009 (Neotypus: MEL 1551841. Isoneotypi: CBG, PERTH). 
Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in Ait. f., Flort. kew., edn. 2, 4: 410 (1812). 
Neotype (here selected): King George’s Sound, 27.xii.1801, R. Brown s.n. (Bennett 
no. 4714) (BM!). 
[Callistemon speciosus auctt. non (Sims) Sweet: Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 120 
(1867).] 
In 1803 a species collected by Peter Good was introduced into England and 
listed by Aiton (loc. cit.) as Melaleuca paludosa, ‘Long-leaved red Melaleuca’. The 
brief description provided by R. Brown refers to the long leaves, shortly fused 
stamens and a distribution on the ‘South-west coast of New Holland’. It can only 
apply to the species now known incorrectly as Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet. 
This synonymy was recognized by Bentham {loc. cit.) but not by de Candolle {loc. 
cit.). Unfortunately none of the Brown specimens of this entity bear the name 
Melaleuca paludosa-, one labelled Melaleuca is selected here as the neotype. Although 
de Candolle cites Melaleuca paludosa in the Prodromus (3: 212 (1828)) there is no 
specimen in his herbarium at Geneva. His description repeats that of Brown. 
Metrosideros speciosa Sims, Bot. Mag. 42, t. 1761 (September 1815), the 
basionym of Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet, is described as originating in New 
South Wales, not Western Australia from where Melaleuca paludosa is described. 
The brief description and the illustration do not permit the name to be applied 
with confidence to any recognised Callistemon species. De Candolle {loc. cit.), 
however, lists a variety glaucus based on Metrosideros glauca Bonpl. {loc. cit.) and 
the only specimens in his herbarium which bear the name C. speciosus are also 
designated as the variety glaucus. We have no doubt that the names Metrosideros 
glauca and Melaleuca paludosa apply to the same taxon, a conclusion reached by 
Bentham {loc. cit.) who regarded both names as synonyms of Callistemon speciosus 
sensu lato. Subsequent authors have followed Bentham with the exception of F. 
M. Bailey (Queensland fl. 2: 594 (1901)) who used the name for the eastern species 
now known as Callistemon pachyphyllus Cheel. 
Apart from the uncertain application of the name Metrosideros speciosa, the 
dates given by Stafleu and Cowan (1976) show that Metrosideros glauca Bonpl. 
has priority. However both names are preceded by Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in 
Ait. f. and the combination Callistemon paludosus (R. Br. in Ait. f.) F. Muell. 
might appear to be the correct name for this species. However Callistemon paludosus 
is the name applied to a widespread rheophytic yellow-flowered species of Eastern 
Australia. This follows misapplication of the name Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in 
Ait. f. by Schlechtendal ( Linnaea 20: 653 (1847)). Specimens sent to Schlechtendal 
by Behr, now on MEL 105295, form the basis of this misapplication. When Mueller 

Page image

892113 Callistemon speciosus glaucus Muelleria 6(6): 412
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825872
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171889
799052 Eugenia brachyandra Muelleria 6(6): 437
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825897
Page is part of the work A name change in the genus Acmena DC. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171893

Page text

A NAME CHANGE IN THE GENUS ACMENA DC. (MYRTACEAE) 
by 
G. P. Guymer* and B. P. M. Hylandf 
ABSTRACT 
Guymer, G. P. & Hyland, B. P. M. A name change in the genus Acmena DC. (Myrtaceae). Muelleria 
6(6): 437-438 (1988). — The new combination Acmena ingens (F. Muell. ex C. Moore) Guymer & 
Hyland, based on Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, is made for the species which has been known 
as Acmena brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) Merr. & Perry (basionym Eugenia brachyandra Maiden & 
Betche). 
NOMENCLATURE 
Acmena ingens (F. Muell. ex C. Moore) Guymer & Hyland, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, Cat. Nat. Industrial Products 
New South Wales, Int. Exhib. Commissioners, Sydney 48 (1861). Type: Richmond 
River, in 1861?, C. Moore 19 (Hoi.otype: MEL 60948. Isotype: K). 
Memecylon cerasiforme Nilson, Timber Trees New S. Wales 98 (1884) as 
“cerasiformis” nom. illeg. , non M. cerasiforme Kurz. Type: “brush forests, near 
banks of creeks, on the Richmond River”, not located. 
Memecylon australe C. Moore in Moore & Betche, Handb. FI. New S. Wales 
208 (1893) nom. illeg., non M. australe F. Muell. ex Triana. — Acmena australis 
L. Johnson, Contrib. New S. Wales Natl Herb. 3: 100 (1962). Type: “Upper 
Clarence and Richmond River”, not located. 
Eugenia brachyandra Maiden & Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc. New S. Wales 23: 
15 (1898). — Acmena brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) Merr. & Perry, J. Arnold 
Arb. 19: 17 (1938), synon. nov. Lectotype: (fide Hyland 1983): Tintenbar, W. 
Baeuerlen [NSW 136991a] (NSW). Syntypes: Ballina, W. Baeuerlen [NSW 136990] 
(NSW); north-coast line, Queensland, F. M. Bailey s.n. (NSW). 
During examination of specimens of Decaspermum J. & G. Forster by the 
senior author at the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) a specimen of Acmena 
DC. and an accompanying letter by J. H. Maiden to F. J. H. Mueller were 
discovered. Maiden’s letter of 10 March 1893 documented the nomenclature of the 
plant described later by Maiden & Betche (1898) as Eugenia brachyandra. On page 
4 of his letter Maiden provides a copy of a description of Nelitris ingens F. Muell. 
ex C. Moore, which was given in Moore’s “Woods Indigenous to the Northern 
Districts of the Colony collected by Mr Charles Moore” in the “Catalogue of the 
Natural and Industrial Products of New South Wales; with a map and introductory 
account of its population, commerce and general resources” (London International 
Exhibition, 1862: London). 
This publication has been examined at the Library, Royal Botanic Gardens, 
Kew, and Nelitris ingens is described on page 28 of the catalogue. However, there 
is an earlier edition of this catalogue published in Sydney in 1861 by the International 
Exhibition Commissioners entitled “Catalogue of the Natural and Industrial Prod- 
ucts of New South Wales, exhibited in the School of Arts by the International 
Exhibition Commissioners, Sydney, October 1861”. A copy of this earlier catalogue 
is also held at Kew and once formed part of W. J. Hooker’s library. 
In his paper “Woods from the Northern Districts of the Colony, collected by 
Mr. Charles Moore” in the 1861 catalogue Moore provides the following entry for 
Nelitris ingens: “xix. Nelitris ingens, F. Muelr. Myrtaceae. Cherry [local name]. 
Cobun Bun [Aboriginal name]. Richmond River [habitat]. This singularly handsome 
tree occurs on nearly all the branches of the Richmond, and always on its immediate 
* Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia 4068. 
t CSIRO, PO Box 780, Atherton, Queensland, Australia 4883. 
437 

Page image

509141 Eustrephus latifolius Muelleria 6(6): 367
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814913
Page is part of the work Variation in Eustrephus R. Br. Ex Ker Gawler and Geitonoplesium Cunn. ex R. Br. (Asparagales: Luzuriagaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171883

Page text

367 
The two forms recognised by Schlittler were G. cymosum f. album Schlittler 
with greenish-white to yellowish-white flowers, and G. cymosum f. rubellum Schlit- 
tler with dilute purple, pink to greenish-purple flowers. As with E. latifolius, flower 
colour is influenced to a large degree by the age of the flower, but in this case the 
purple-flowered specimens appear to occur mostly in the northern and Pacific island 
parts of the range, while the paler-flowered specimens are mostly on the southern, 
mainland part of the range. The recognition of forms on the basis of flower colour 
seems to be unnecessary, especially as the two forms intergrade along their geo- 
graphic ranges, the distinctions are so slight, and each form is so variable. 
Stem texture was used by Schlittler to separate subforms, smooth-stemmed plants 
being regarded as G. cymosum subf. glabrum Schlittler and plants with a rough 
stem texture being called G. cymosum subf. asperum (Cunn.) Schlittler. This feature 
seems to be highly variable, with older, thicker stems even on otherwise smooth- 
stemmed plants tending to have rough surfaces. The recognition of these subforms 
does not appear to be warranted. 
GENERAL DISCUSSION 
In his discussion of the nomenclature and systematics of the two genera 
Schlittler (1951) states, with reference to his infraspecific taxa, that: 
“The limits are, in each case, arbitrary, there are no sharp boundaries, since 
they also do not exist in nature.” (“Die Begrenzung ist in jedem Fall willkurlich; 
es gibt keine scharfen Grenzen, weil sie auch in der Nature nicht vorhanden sind.”) 
He makes it clear that he recognises no “real” biological subunits, and that 
the infraspecific taxa are intended as alternative names, depending upon which 
character is used to classify the specimens. However, despite the taxonomic unreality 
of Schlittler’s taxa, their names have been validly published and, as the taxa are 
not accepted, should be included as synonyms under the names of the two species. 
Conran and Clifford (1986) regarded Schlittler’s infraspecific taxa as “invalid” and 
“illegitimate” respectively, and failed to list their validly published names in the 
synonymies. For the sake of completeness, their treatment should be amended to 
include the names in chronological sequence as synonyms under the two accepted 
names as follows: 
Eustrephus latifolius R. Br. ex Ker Gawler (1809). 
E. leucanthus Hassk., PI. Jav. Rar. Adj. Non. Exot. Jav. Hort. Cult. 115 
(1815). — E. latifolius f. leucanthus (Hassk.) Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. 
Zurich 189: 214 (1951). Type: Buitenzorg, Indonesia, C. A. Backer 31600 (BO 
n.v.). 
Luzuriaga latifolia var uniflora H. Hallier, Nova Guinea 8: 993 (1914). — E. 
latifolius subvar. uniflorus (H. Hallier) Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 
189: 214 (1951). Type: New Guinea, Koch L15 (L!). 
E. latifolius var. intermedius Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 189: 214 
(1951). Type: Batavia, Weltevreden, Indonesia, C.A. Backer 26448 (BO n.v.). 
E. latifolius subvar. fasciculatus Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 189: 
214 (1951). Type: Rockingham Bay, Australia, F. Mueller s.n. (L!). 
E. latifolius f. rubens Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 189: 214 (1951). 
Type: Exemplar cult. Hort. Bogor XC33a (BO n.v.). 
E. latifolius subf. integerrimus Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 189: 
214 (1951). Type: New Caledonia, M. Plancher s.n., 1870 (BO n.v.). 
E. latifolius subf . fimbriatus Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 189: 214 
(1951). Type: Daintree, N. Qld. Australia, L. J. Brass & C. T. White 326 (SING 
fide Schlittler loc. cit., now apparently missing). 

Page image

799614 Eustrephus latifolius fasciculatus Muelleria 6(6): 367
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814913
Page is part of the work Variation in Eustrephus R. Br. Ex Ker Gawler and Geitonoplesium Cunn. ex R. Br. (Asparagales: Luzuriagaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171883
506956 Eustrephus Muelleria 6(6): 363-369

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(6): 363-369".

529357 Geitonoplesium Muelleria 6(6): 363-369

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(6): 363-369".

804027 Geitonoplesium cymosum album Muelleria 6(6): 368
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814914
Page is part of the work Variation in Eustrephus R. Br. Ex Ker Gawler and Geitonoplesium Cunn. ex R. Br. (Asparagales: Luzuriagaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171883
529474 Geitonoplesium cymosum Muelleria 6(6): 368
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49814914
Page is part of the work Variation in Eustrephus R. Br. Ex Ker Gawler and Geitonoplesium Cunn. ex R. Br. (Asparagales: Luzuriagaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171883

Page text

368 
Geitonoplesium cymosum (R. Br.) Cunn. ex. R. Br. (1832). 
Eustrephus timorense Ridley in Forbes, H.O., Naturalists Wanderings E. Ar- 
chip. 520 (1885). — G. cymosum var. timorense (Ridley) Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. 
Univ. Zurich 189: 228 (1951). Type: Timor, Tukskain, H.O. Forbes 3530 (BO 
n.v.). 
Luzuriaga laxiflora H. Hallier in Lorentz, Nova Guinea 8: 991, t. 180 (1914). 
— G. cymosum subvar. laxiflorum (H. Hallier) Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. 
Zurich 189: 228 (1951). Type: Hellwig-Gebirge, New Guinea, Von Romer 932 (L!). 
Geitonoplesium cymosum var. paniculatum Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. 
Zurich 189: 228 (1951). Type: Wissel Lake Region, New Guinea, P.J. Eyma 5303 
(BO, photo only seen). 
G. cymosum subvar. firmum Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 189: 228 
(1951). Type: Wissel Lake Region, P. J. Eyma 4308 (BO n.v.). 
G. cymosum f. album Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 189: 229 (1951). 
Type: Springbrook, Queensland, C. E. Hubbard 4236 (L!). 
G. cymosum f. rubellum Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 189: 229 
(1951). Type: Guadalacanal Island, S. F. Kajewski 2641 (BO n.v.). 
G. cymosum subf. glabrum Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 189: 229 
(1951). Type: Soemba, Kanangar, Grevenst 192 (BO n.v.). 
Should any of Schlittler’s taxa be accepted in the future, several of the names 
would need to be synomymised with the autonyms created by the subdivision of 
the species. The continuous variation within the two species for all the characters 
and character suites observed does not, however, support any subdivisions within 
the species. Many of the taxa recognised by Schlittler represent the extreme ends 
of dines, but there were no places along these dines where any meaningful divisions 
could be made. The lack of biological reality of Schlittler’s taxa (a feature which 
he realised) supports the relegation of the infraspecific taxa to synonymy, and 
accordingly none are recognised in this study. 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
I have pleasure in thanking the Directors of the Queensland Herbarium (BRI), 
Queensland University Botany Department Herbarium (BRIU), Australian National 
Herbarium (CANB), Australian National Botanic Gardens Herbarium (CBG), Na- 
tional Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) and National Herbarium of New South Wales 
(NSW) for the opportunity to inspect material in their collections, and the Director 
of the Rijksherbarium, Leiden (L) for the loan of type material. Dr Hansjorg 
Eichler, Mr Les Pedley and Dr George Scott are thanked for comments on the 
manuscript, as is Mr Peter Young for verifying the German translation. 
The provision of facilities for part of this work by the University of Queensland, 
Botany Department, is gratefully acknowledged. 
REFERENCES 
Backer, C. A. & Bakhuizen van den Brink, R. C. (1968). ‘Flora of Java’ vol. 3. (Wolters-Noordhoff 
N. V.: Groningen). Philesiaceae, p.100. 
Bailey, F. M. (1902). ‘The Queensland Flora’ vol. 5. (Government Printer: Brisbane). Liliaceae, pp. 
1622 & 1623. 
Conran, J. G. (1985). The taxonomic affinities of the genus Drymophila. Ph.D. Thesis, Queensland 
University. 
Conran, J. G. & Clifford, H. T. (1986). Smilacaceae. In A. S. George (ed.), ‘Flora of Australia’ vol. 
46 (Government Printer: Canberra), pp. 180-196. 
Cronquist, A. (1981). ‘An Integrated System of Classification of Flowering Plants’. (Columbia University 
Press: New York). 
Dahlgren, R. M. T. & Clifford, H. T. (1982). ‘The Monocotyledons — a Comparative Study’. (Academic 
Press: London). 
Dahlgren, R. M. T., Clifford, H. T. & Yeo, P. F. (1985). ‘The Families of the Monocotyledons’. 
(Springer Verlag: Berlin). 
Jacobs, S. W. L. & Pickard, J. (1981). ‘Plants of New South Wales’. (Government Printer: Sydney), 
p. 35. 

Page image

799136 Hovea longifolia montana Muelleria 6(6): 427
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825887
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 1, doi:10.5962/p.171891
501904 Hovea montana Muelleria 6(6): 427
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825887
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 1, doi:10.5962/p.171891

Page text

427 
seems appropriate to retain this epithet at specific rank. This opportunity is taken 
of effecting the necessary new combination and change of rank. 
Hovea montuna (J. D. Hook.) J. H. Ross, comb, et stat. nov. 
H. purpurea Sweet var. montana J. D. Hook., FI. Tasmaniae 1: 93 (1856). - 
H. longifolia R. Br. var. montana (J. D. Hook.) J. H. Willis, Muelleria 1: 127 
(1967); Handb. PI. Victoria 2: 282 (1973). Lectotype (here chosen): Gunn “800/ 
1837 Burghley Surrey Hills 16/2/37”, K. Isolectotype: NSW (NSW 97888). See 
below. 
Hovea “sp. Q” sensu Thompson & Lee, FI. New South Wales 101(2): 138 
(1984), pro parte. 
Hooker based his description of H. purpurea var. montana on material collected 
in Tasmania by Gunn and numbered 800. The numbers accompanying Gunn’s 
specimens are not collecting numbers but species numbers as it was his custom to 
give the same number to collections of what he took to be one taxonomic entity 
even if the specimens were collected on different dates or from different localities 
(Burns & Skemp, 1961; Haegi, 1982). 
In Herbarium Hookerianum at K there is a sheet of material collected by 
Gunn which comprises six specimens, five in fruit and one in flower. The specimens 
represent four different collections. The three short fruiting twigs mounted at the 
top of the sheet and almost covered by a note in Gunn’s hand pinned to the sheet 
apparently belong together. Gunn’s note for them reads “800 Hovea. A very 
distinct & pretty small species very common on the mts. to an elevation of 4000 
ft. The plants are bushy but seldom exceed 9 inches to a foot high.” A fruiting 
specimen mounted on the left hand side of the sheet beneath one of the twigs 
referred to above is accompanied by a label in Gunn’s hand which reads “800/ 
1837 Burghley Surrey Hills 16/2/37” and a page of Gunn’s notes which is pinned 
to the sheet and almost completely obscures the specimen and the label. A fruiting 
specimen mounted on the right hand of the sheet is accompanied by a label in 
Gunn’s hand which reads “800/1842 Marlborough 8/1/41” and Gunn’s notes on 
the habit and distribution of the species. A flowering specimen mounted centrally 
and facing the foot of the sheet has written on the sheet next to it “R. Gunn Esq. 
V.D S . Land”. Almost in the centre of the sheet is a label numbered 799 which 
does not refer to any of the specimens on the sheet. 
All of the collections on this sheet in K are regarded as syntypes. As Hooker 
made special mention of the fruits in the protologue I now select the specimen 
mounted on the left hand side of the sheet accompanying the label on which is 
written “800/1837 Burghley Surrey Hills 16/2/37” from among the syntypes as 
the Lectotype of H. purpurea var. montana. An Isolectotype is housed in 
NSW (NSW 97888). The Gunn specimens labelled “800/1842 Marlborough 8/1/ 
41” and “800/1842 Marlborough 17/10/40” in NSW and numbered NSW 97886 
and NSW 97885 respectively are regarded as probable syntypes as is a specimen in 
E labelled “V.D. Land Gunn-800/ 1847”. 
Mueller labelled several collections from Victoria Hovea gelida but apparently 
this manuscript name was never published. 
Thompson & Lee (1984) included under their Hovea “Sp. Q” a “form in the 
Central and Northern Tablelands which appears to differ only in the dimensions 
of the flower parts, especially of bract and bracteoles; . . This entity is referrable 
to H. beckeri F. Muell. H. beckeri is common in the southern Flinders Ranges in 
South Australia (included under H. longifolia var. longifolia by Webber, 1986) and 
occurs sporadically in the Tablelands of New South Wales, the populations in the 
two States being separated by a large geographical discontinuity. H. beckeri is allied 
to H. montana but differs in habit, in having larger bracts and bracteoles, larger 
flowers and long stamens and styles. The stamen filaments and styles usually persist 
after the corolla has been shed and are very distinctive. Annotations on some 
specimens indicate that Blakely had applied the manuscript name ‘H. lanceolata 
var. stylosa” to this entity. 

Page image

502189 Hovea purpurea montana Muelleria 6(6): 427
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825887
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 1, doi:10.5962/p.171891
809257 Hovea purpurea montana Muelleria 6(6): 427
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825887
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 1, doi:10.5962/p.171891
478775 Hovea Muelleria 6(6): 425-428

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 6(6): 425-428".

514769 Melaleuca paludosa Muelleria 6(6): 412
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825872
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171889

Page text

412 
a strong case for regarding the correct combination to be Callistemon scaber based 
on Metrosideros scabra Colla (1824). However there can be no doubt that de 
Candolle was familiar with Link’s edition of the Berlin Botanic Garden catalogue, 
Enumeratio plantarum horti regii berolensis altera which was compiled by Link 
and in which Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link was validly published. 
He cites this edition for the very next species of Callistemon that he describes on 
the same page (Prodromus 3: 223 (1828)) as C. rugulosa. Several other citations 
occur on neighbouring pages. Consequently we believe that the epithet rugulosus 
of Schlechtendal should be retained even though it was not explicitly cited by de 
Candolle. This approach is equivalent to that of A. B. Court ( loc . cit.) who cited 
Callistemon rugulosus (Willd. ex Link) DC. as a synonym of Callistemon 
macropunctatus. 
Callistemon glaucus (Bonpl.) Sweet, Hort. britt. edn. 2: 208 (1830). — Metrosideros 
glaucus Bonpl., Descr. pi. Malmaison 86, t. 34 (July 1815). — Callistemon speciosus 
(Sims) Sweet var. glaucus (Bonpl.) DC., Prodr. 3: 224 (1824). — Callistemon 
glaucus (Bonpl.) F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 14 (1858). Neotype (here selected): Western 
Australia, 27.9 km east of Denmark, 34° 59' S., 117° 38' E., 14.x. 1985, J. H. 
Ross 3009 (Neotypus: MEL 1551841. Isoneotypi: CBG, PERTH). 
Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in Ait. f., Flort. kew., edn. 2, 4: 410 (1812). 
Neotype (here selected): King George’s Sound, 27.xii.1801, R. Brown s.n. (Bennett 
no. 4714) (BM!). 
[Callistemon speciosus auctt. non (Sims) Sweet: Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 120 
(1867).] 
In 1803 a species collected by Peter Good was introduced into England and 
listed by Aiton (loc. cit.) as Melaleuca paludosa, ‘Long-leaved red Melaleuca’. The 
brief description provided by R. Brown refers to the long leaves, shortly fused 
stamens and a distribution on the ‘South-west coast of New Holland’. It can only 
apply to the species now known incorrectly as Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet. 
This synonymy was recognized by Bentham {loc. cit.) but not by de Candolle {loc. 
cit.). Unfortunately none of the Brown specimens of this entity bear the name 
Melaleuca paludosa-, one labelled Melaleuca is selected here as the neotype. Although 
de Candolle cites Melaleuca paludosa in the Prodromus (3: 212 (1828)) there is no 
specimen in his herbarium at Geneva. His description repeats that of Brown. 
Metrosideros speciosa Sims, Bot. Mag. 42, t. 1761 (September 1815), the 
basionym of Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet, is described as originating in New 
South Wales, not Western Australia from where Melaleuca paludosa is described. 
The brief description and the illustration do not permit the name to be applied 
with confidence to any recognised Callistemon species. De Candolle {loc. cit.), 
however, lists a variety glaucus based on Metrosideros glauca Bonpl. {loc. cit.) and 
the only specimens in his herbarium which bear the name C. speciosus are also 
designated as the variety glaucus. We have no doubt that the names Metrosideros 
glauca and Melaleuca paludosa apply to the same taxon, a conclusion reached by 
Bentham {loc. cit.) who regarded both names as synonyms of Callistemon speciosus 
sensu lato. Subsequent authors have followed Bentham with the exception of F. 
M. Bailey (Queensland fl. 2: 594 (1901)) who used the name for the eastern species 
now known as Callistemon pachyphyllus Cheel. 
Apart from the uncertain application of the name Metrosideros speciosa, the 
dates given by Stafleu and Cowan (1976) show that Metrosideros glauca Bonpl. 
has priority. However both names are preceded by Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in 
Ait. f. and the combination Callistemon paludosus (R. Br. in Ait. f.) F. Muell. 
might appear to be the correct name for this species. However Callistemon paludosus 
is the name applied to a widespread rheophytic yellow-flowered species of Eastern 
Australia. This follows misapplication of the name Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in 
Ait. f. by Schlechtendal ( Linnaea 20: 653 (1847)). Specimens sent to Schlechtendal 
by Behr, now on MEL 105295, form the basis of this misapplication. When Mueller 

Page image

799959 Melaleuca paludosa Muelleria 6(6): 412
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825872
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171889

Page text

412 
a strong case for regarding the correct combination to be Callistemon scaber based 
on Metrosideros scabra Colla (1824). However there can be no doubt that de 
Candolle was familiar with Link’s edition of the Berlin Botanic Garden catalogue, 
Enumeratio plantarum horti regii berolensis altera which was compiled by Link 
and in which Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link was validly published. 
He cites this edition for the very next species of Callistemon that he describes on 
the same page (Prodromus 3: 223 (1828)) as C. rugulosa. Several other citations 
occur on neighbouring pages. Consequently we believe that the epithet rugulosus 
of Schlechtendal should be retained even though it was not explicitly cited by de 
Candolle. This approach is equivalent to that of A. B. Court ( loc . cit.) who cited 
Callistemon rugulosus (Willd. ex Link) DC. as a synonym of Callistemon 
macropunctatus. 
Callistemon glaucus (Bonpl.) Sweet, Hort. britt. edn. 2: 208 (1830). — Metrosideros 
glaucus Bonpl., Descr. pi. Malmaison 86, t. 34 (July 1815). — Callistemon speciosus 
(Sims) Sweet var. glaucus (Bonpl.) DC., Prodr. 3: 224 (1824). — Callistemon 
glaucus (Bonpl.) F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 14 (1858). Neotype (here selected): Western 
Australia, 27.9 km east of Denmark, 34° 59' S., 117° 38' E., 14.x. 1985, J. H. 
Ross 3009 (Neotypus: MEL 1551841. Isoneotypi: CBG, PERTH). 
Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in Ait. f., Flort. kew., edn. 2, 4: 410 (1812). 
Neotype (here selected): King George’s Sound, 27.xii.1801, R. Brown s.n. (Bennett 
no. 4714) (BM!). 
[Callistemon speciosus auctt. non (Sims) Sweet: Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 120 
(1867).] 
In 1803 a species collected by Peter Good was introduced into England and 
listed by Aiton (loc. cit.) as Melaleuca paludosa, ‘Long-leaved red Melaleuca’. The 
brief description provided by R. Brown refers to the long leaves, shortly fused 
stamens and a distribution on the ‘South-west coast of New Holland’. It can only 
apply to the species now known incorrectly as Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet. 
This synonymy was recognized by Bentham {loc. cit.) but not by de Candolle {loc. 
cit.). Unfortunately none of the Brown specimens of this entity bear the name 
Melaleuca paludosa-, one labelled Melaleuca is selected here as the neotype. Although 
de Candolle cites Melaleuca paludosa in the Prodromus (3: 212 (1828)) there is no 
specimen in his herbarium at Geneva. His description repeats that of Brown. 
Metrosideros speciosa Sims, Bot. Mag. 42, t. 1761 (September 1815), the 
basionym of Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet, is described as originating in New 
South Wales, not Western Australia from where Melaleuca paludosa is described. 
The brief description and the illustration do not permit the name to be applied 
with confidence to any recognised Callistemon species. De Candolle {loc. cit.), 
however, lists a variety glaucus based on Metrosideros glauca Bonpl. {loc. cit.) and 
the only specimens in his herbarium which bear the name C. speciosus are also 
designated as the variety glaucus. We have no doubt that the names Metrosideros 
glauca and Melaleuca paludosa apply to the same taxon, a conclusion reached by 
Bentham {loc. cit.) who regarded both names as synonyms of Callistemon speciosus 
sensu lato. Subsequent authors have followed Bentham with the exception of F. 
M. Bailey (Queensland fl. 2: 594 (1901)) who used the name for the eastern species 
now known as Callistemon pachyphyllus Cheel. 
Apart from the uncertain application of the name Metrosideros speciosa, the 
dates given by Stafleu and Cowan (1976) show that Metrosideros glauca Bonpl. 
has priority. However both names are preceded by Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in 
Ait. f. and the combination Callistemon paludosus (R. Br. in Ait. f.) F. Muell. 
might appear to be the correct name for this species. However Callistemon paludosus 
is the name applied to a widespread rheophytic yellow-flowered species of Eastern 
Australia. This follows misapplication of the name Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in 
Ait. f. by Schlechtendal ( Linnaea 20: 653 (1847)). Specimens sent to Schlechtendal 
by Behr, now on MEL 105295, form the basis of this misapplication. When Mueller 

Page image

892127 Melaleuca paludosa Muelleria 6(6): 413
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825873
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171889

Page text

413 
made the combination Callistemon paludosus (Fragm. 1: 14 (1858)) he cited “Mela- 
leuca paludosa Schlechtendal . . . et forsan R.Br. in Ait.”. He intended the com- 
bination to be used for the eastern species but recognized the problem with Brown’s 
epithet. 
Current practice is to regard Callistemon paludosus F. Muell. as a new species 
following article 72 of the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (1983). 
Paraphrasing example 2: The name Melaleuca paludosa Schlechtendal is illegitimate 
being a later homonym of Melaleuca paludosa R. Br.. When Mueller transferred 
Melaleuca paludosa Schldl. to Callistemon he called it Callistemon paludosus. This 
name has priority from 1858 and should be cited as Callistemon paludosus F. 
Muell. 
Unfortunately both Mueller and Schlechtendal cite R. Brown as the author of 
the epithet paludosa although both express doubt about applying Brown’s name 
to the eastern species. In general an expression of uncertainty is not sufficient to 
justify disregarding a citation. Article 34.2 is perhaps relevant here as is the citation 
in the Code ( loc . cit.) of Polypompholyx tenella (R. Br.) Lehmann. Lehmann 
described P. tenella as a new species in Nov. Stirp. Pug. 8: 48 (1844). At the end 
of the description he wrote ‘‘an Utricularia tenella R.Br. ?”. However this is 
regarded as sufficient to include Brown’s name in parentheses. 
If Brown’s epithet were unambiguously cited by Schlechtendal and Mueller 
then Article 55.2 should apply and the combination Callistemon paludosus (R. Br.) 
F. Muell. should refer to the western species to which Brown applied the epithet 
paludosa, irrespective of Schlechtendal’s misapplication of the epithet in Melaleuca. 
If Mueller had explicitly excluded the type of Melaleuca paludosa he would 
be considered to have published a later homonym (Art. 48). Flowever, he merely 
expressed doubt and it seems certain that he did not know how to apply Brown’s 
description. His description of Callistemon glaucus on the same page of the Frag- 
menta {loc. cit.), omits any citation of Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. 
It appears that the situation is not clear cut. We have decided therefore to 
regard the name Callistemon paludosus F. Muell. (1858) as applicable to the eastern 
species for the following reasons: 
1) it preserves the traditional and current usage of the epithet 
2) the epithet paludosus will not be transferred from one species of Callistemon 
to another with resulting confusion 
3) the epithet paludosus will no longer be used for any species of Callistemon 
since a prior name exists for the eastern species currently so named (see below 
under C. sieberi). 
Callistemon sieberi DC., Prodr. 3: 223 (1828). Lectotype (here selected): s. loc., 
1825, Mr. Sieber 637 (G!). Isolectotypes: Museo Lond. s. dat.. “W. Sieb. Esq.” 
s.n., ‘‘Aus. D. Herb. Zalbruckner” (PRC!); “Nova Holland. Sieber No. 637 
suppl.”, 5. dat. (W!); “Nova Holl. No. 637” (W 177939!). 
C. paludosus F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 14(1858). Lectotype (here selected): “ad 
fl. Onkaparinga”, Nov. 1849, F. Muell. s.n. (MEL 105295). — Melaleuca paludosa 
sensu Schldl., Linnaea 20: 653 (1847), non R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. kew. edn. 2, 4: 
410 (1812). 
Callistemon salignus (Sm.) Sweet var. australis Benth. Fl. Austral. 3: 121 
(1867). Lectotype (here selected): “in running stream. 49” s.d., H H Behr. 49. 
Also additional note in Behr’s hand “in rivulo Tanunda”. (MEL 105531). 
[Callistemon salignus sensu lato auctt., non (Sm.) Sweet, Hort. britt. edn. 1: 
155 (July-Oct. 1826).] 
[Callistemon australis (Benth.) Cheel sensu J. M. Black, Fl. S. Austral, edn. 
2: 605 (1952) apparently nom. invalid .] 
This species, now known incorrectly as Callistemon paludosus F. Muell. (see 
above and in Spencer and Lumley, Muelleria 6(4): 298 (1986)), is a widespread and 
variable rheophyte. At one extreme, its size, leaf dimensions, filament length and 

Page image

858544 Memecylon australe Muelleria 6(6): 437
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825897
Page is part of the work A name change in the genus Acmena DC. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171893

Page text

A NAME CHANGE IN THE GENUS ACMENA DC. (MYRTACEAE) 
by 
G. P. Guymer* and B. P. M. Hylandf 
ABSTRACT 
Guymer, G. P. & Hyland, B. P. M. A name change in the genus Acmena DC. (Myrtaceae). Muelleria 
6(6): 437-438 (1988). — The new combination Acmena ingens (F. Muell. ex C. Moore) Guymer & 
Hyland, based on Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, is made for the species which has been known 
as Acmena brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) Merr. & Perry (basionym Eugenia brachyandra Maiden & 
Betche). 
NOMENCLATURE 
Acmena ingens (F. Muell. ex C. Moore) Guymer & Hyland, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, Cat. Nat. Industrial Products 
New South Wales, Int. Exhib. Commissioners, Sydney 48 (1861). Type: Richmond 
River, in 1861?, C. Moore 19 (Hoi.otype: MEL 60948. Isotype: K). 
Memecylon cerasiforme Nilson, Timber Trees New S. Wales 98 (1884) as 
“cerasiformis” nom. illeg. , non M. cerasiforme Kurz. Type: “brush forests, near 
banks of creeks, on the Richmond River”, not located. 
Memecylon australe C. Moore in Moore & Betche, Handb. FI. New S. Wales 
208 (1893) nom. illeg., non M. australe F. Muell. ex Triana. — Acmena australis 
L. Johnson, Contrib. New S. Wales Natl Herb. 3: 100 (1962). Type: “Upper 
Clarence and Richmond River”, not located. 
Eugenia brachyandra Maiden & Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc. New S. Wales 23: 
15 (1898). — Acmena brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) Merr. & Perry, J. Arnold 
Arb. 19: 17 (1938), synon. nov. Lectotype: (fide Hyland 1983): Tintenbar, W. 
Baeuerlen [NSW 136991a] (NSW). Syntypes: Ballina, W. Baeuerlen [NSW 136990] 
(NSW); north-coast line, Queensland, F. M. Bailey s.n. (NSW). 
During examination of specimens of Decaspermum J. & G. Forster by the 
senior author at the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) a specimen of Acmena 
DC. and an accompanying letter by J. H. Maiden to F. J. H. Mueller were 
discovered. Maiden’s letter of 10 March 1893 documented the nomenclature of the 
plant described later by Maiden & Betche (1898) as Eugenia brachyandra. On page 
4 of his letter Maiden provides a copy of a description of Nelitris ingens F. Muell. 
ex C. Moore, which was given in Moore’s “Woods Indigenous to the Northern 
Districts of the Colony collected by Mr Charles Moore” in the “Catalogue of the 
Natural and Industrial Products of New South Wales; with a map and introductory 
account of its population, commerce and general resources” (London International 
Exhibition, 1862: London). 
This publication has been examined at the Library, Royal Botanic Gardens, 
Kew, and Nelitris ingens is described on page 28 of the catalogue. However, there 
is an earlier edition of this catalogue published in Sydney in 1861 by the International 
Exhibition Commissioners entitled “Catalogue of the Natural and Industrial Prod- 
ucts of New South Wales, exhibited in the School of Arts by the International 
Exhibition Commissioners, Sydney, October 1861”. A copy of this earlier catalogue 
is also held at Kew and once formed part of W. J. Hooker’s library. 
In his paper “Woods from the Northern Districts of the Colony, collected by 
Mr. Charles Moore” in the 1861 catalogue Moore provides the following entry for 
Nelitris ingens: “xix. Nelitris ingens, F. Muelr. Myrtaceae. Cherry [local name]. 
Cobun Bun [Aboriginal name]. Richmond River [habitat]. This singularly handsome 
tree occurs on nearly all the branches of the Richmond, and always on its immediate 
* Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia 4068. 
t CSIRO, PO Box 780, Atherton, Queensland, Australia 4883. 
437 

Page image

858543 Memecylon cerasiforme Muelleria 6(6): 437
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825897
Page is part of the work A name change in the genus Acmena DC. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171893

Page text

A NAME CHANGE IN THE GENUS ACMENA DC. (MYRTACEAE) 
by 
G. P. Guymer* and B. P. M. Hylandf 
ABSTRACT 
Guymer, G. P. & Hyland, B. P. M. A name change in the genus Acmena DC. (Myrtaceae). Muelleria 
6(6): 437-438 (1988). — The new combination Acmena ingens (F. Muell. ex C. Moore) Guymer & 
Hyland, based on Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, is made for the species which has been known 
as Acmena brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) Merr. & Perry (basionym Eugenia brachyandra Maiden & 
Betche). 
NOMENCLATURE 
Acmena ingens (F. Muell. ex C. Moore) Guymer & Hyland, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, Cat. Nat. Industrial Products 
New South Wales, Int. Exhib. Commissioners, Sydney 48 (1861). Type: Richmond 
River, in 1861?, C. Moore 19 (Hoi.otype: MEL 60948. Isotype: K). 
Memecylon cerasiforme Nilson, Timber Trees New S. Wales 98 (1884) as 
“cerasiformis” nom. illeg. , non M. cerasiforme Kurz. Type: “brush forests, near 
banks of creeks, on the Richmond River”, not located. 
Memecylon australe C. Moore in Moore & Betche, Handb. FI. New S. Wales 
208 (1893) nom. illeg., non M. australe F. Muell. ex Triana. — Acmena australis 
L. Johnson, Contrib. New S. Wales Natl Herb. 3: 100 (1962). Type: “Upper 
Clarence and Richmond River”, not located. 
Eugenia brachyandra Maiden & Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc. New S. Wales 23: 
15 (1898). — Acmena brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) Merr. & Perry, J. Arnold 
Arb. 19: 17 (1938), synon. nov. Lectotype: (fide Hyland 1983): Tintenbar, W. 
Baeuerlen [NSW 136991a] (NSW). Syntypes: Ballina, W. Baeuerlen [NSW 136990] 
(NSW); north-coast line, Queensland, F. M. Bailey s.n. (NSW). 
During examination of specimens of Decaspermum J. & G. Forster by the 
senior author at the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) a specimen of Acmena 
DC. and an accompanying letter by J. H. Maiden to F. J. H. Mueller were 
discovered. Maiden’s letter of 10 March 1893 documented the nomenclature of the 
plant described later by Maiden & Betche (1898) as Eugenia brachyandra. On page 
4 of his letter Maiden provides a copy of a description of Nelitris ingens F. Muell. 
ex C. Moore, which was given in Moore’s “Woods Indigenous to the Northern 
Districts of the Colony collected by Mr Charles Moore” in the “Catalogue of the 
Natural and Industrial Products of New South Wales; with a map and introductory 
account of its population, commerce and general resources” (London International 
Exhibition, 1862: London). 
This publication has been examined at the Library, Royal Botanic Gardens, 
Kew, and Nelitris ingens is described on page 28 of the catalogue. However, there 
is an earlier edition of this catalogue published in Sydney in 1861 by the International 
Exhibition Commissioners entitled “Catalogue of the Natural and Industrial Prod- 
ucts of New South Wales, exhibited in the School of Arts by the International 
Exhibition Commissioners, Sydney, October 1861”. A copy of this earlier catalogue 
is also held at Kew and once formed part of W. J. Hooker’s library. 
In his paper “Woods from the Northern Districts of the Colony, collected by 
Mr. Charles Moore” in the 1861 catalogue Moore provides the following entry for 
Nelitris ingens: “xix. Nelitris ingens, F. Muelr. Myrtaceae. Cherry [local name]. 
Cobun Bun [Aboriginal name]. Richmond River [habitat]. This singularly handsome 
tree occurs on nearly all the branches of the Richmond, and always on its immediate 
* Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia 4068. 
t CSIRO, PO Box 780, Atherton, Queensland, Australia 4883. 
437 

Page image

542448 Metrosideros glauca Muelleria 6(6): 412
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825872
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171889

Page text

412 
a strong case for regarding the correct combination to be Callistemon scaber based 
on Metrosideros scabra Colla (1824). However there can be no doubt that de 
Candolle was familiar with Link’s edition of the Berlin Botanic Garden catalogue, 
Enumeratio plantarum horti regii berolensis altera which was compiled by Link 
and in which Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link was validly published. 
He cites this edition for the very next species of Callistemon that he describes on 
the same page (Prodromus 3: 223 (1828)) as C. rugulosa. Several other citations 
occur on neighbouring pages. Consequently we believe that the epithet rugulosus 
of Schlechtendal should be retained even though it was not explicitly cited by de 
Candolle. This approach is equivalent to that of A. B. Court ( loc . cit.) who cited 
Callistemon rugulosus (Willd. ex Link) DC. as a synonym of Callistemon 
macropunctatus. 
Callistemon glaucus (Bonpl.) Sweet, Hort. britt. edn. 2: 208 (1830). — Metrosideros 
glaucus Bonpl., Descr. pi. Malmaison 86, t. 34 (July 1815). — Callistemon speciosus 
(Sims) Sweet var. glaucus (Bonpl.) DC., Prodr. 3: 224 (1824). — Callistemon 
glaucus (Bonpl.) F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 14 (1858). Neotype (here selected): Western 
Australia, 27.9 km east of Denmark, 34° 59' S., 117° 38' E., 14.x. 1985, J. H. 
Ross 3009 (Neotypus: MEL 1551841. Isoneotypi: CBG, PERTH). 
Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in Ait. f., Flort. kew., edn. 2, 4: 410 (1812). 
Neotype (here selected): King George’s Sound, 27.xii.1801, R. Brown s.n. (Bennett 
no. 4714) (BM!). 
[Callistemon speciosus auctt. non (Sims) Sweet: Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 120 
(1867).] 
In 1803 a species collected by Peter Good was introduced into England and 
listed by Aiton (loc. cit.) as Melaleuca paludosa, ‘Long-leaved red Melaleuca’. The 
brief description provided by R. Brown refers to the long leaves, shortly fused 
stamens and a distribution on the ‘South-west coast of New Holland’. It can only 
apply to the species now known incorrectly as Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet. 
This synonymy was recognized by Bentham {loc. cit.) but not by de Candolle {loc. 
cit.). Unfortunately none of the Brown specimens of this entity bear the name 
Melaleuca paludosa-, one labelled Melaleuca is selected here as the neotype. Although 
de Candolle cites Melaleuca paludosa in the Prodromus (3: 212 (1828)) there is no 
specimen in his herbarium at Geneva. His description repeats that of Brown. 
Metrosideros speciosa Sims, Bot. Mag. 42, t. 1761 (September 1815), the 
basionym of Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet, is described as originating in New 
South Wales, not Western Australia from where Melaleuca paludosa is described. 
The brief description and the illustration do not permit the name to be applied 
with confidence to any recognised Callistemon species. De Candolle {loc. cit.), 
however, lists a variety glaucus based on Metrosideros glauca Bonpl. {loc. cit.) and 
the only specimens in his herbarium which bear the name C. speciosus are also 
designated as the variety glaucus. We have no doubt that the names Metrosideros 
glauca and Melaleuca paludosa apply to the same taxon, a conclusion reached by 
Bentham {loc. cit.) who regarded both names as synonyms of Callistemon speciosus 
sensu lato. Subsequent authors have followed Bentham with the exception of F. 
M. Bailey (Queensland fl. 2: 594 (1901)) who used the name for the eastern species 
now known as Callistemon pachyphyllus Cheel. 
Apart from the uncertain application of the name Metrosideros speciosa, the 
dates given by Stafleu and Cowan (1976) show that Metrosideros glauca Bonpl. 
has priority. However both names are preceded by Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in 
Ait. f. and the combination Callistemon paludosus (R. Br. in Ait. f.) F. Muell. 
might appear to be the correct name for this species. However Callistemon paludosus 
is the name applied to a widespread rheophytic yellow-flowered species of Eastern 
Australia. This follows misapplication of the name Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in 
Ait. f. by Schlechtendal ( Linnaea 20: 653 (1847)). Specimens sent to Schlechtendal 
by Behr, now on MEL 105295, form the basis of this misapplication. When Mueller 

Page image

892112 Metrosideros glauca Muelleria 6(6): 412
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825872
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171889

Page text

412 
a strong case for regarding the correct combination to be Callistemon scaber based 
on Metrosideros scabra Colla (1824). However there can be no doubt that de 
Candolle was familiar with Link’s edition of the Berlin Botanic Garden catalogue, 
Enumeratio plantarum horti regii berolensis altera which was compiled by Link 
and in which Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link was validly published. 
He cites this edition for the very next species of Callistemon that he describes on 
the same page (Prodromus 3: 223 (1828)) as C. rugulosa. Several other citations 
occur on neighbouring pages. Consequently we believe that the epithet rugulosus 
of Schlechtendal should be retained even though it was not explicitly cited by de 
Candolle. This approach is equivalent to that of A. B. Court ( loc . cit.) who cited 
Callistemon rugulosus (Willd. ex Link) DC. as a synonym of Callistemon 
macropunctatus. 
Callistemon glaucus (Bonpl.) Sweet, Hort. britt. edn. 2: 208 (1830). — Metrosideros 
glaucus Bonpl., Descr. pi. Malmaison 86, t. 34 (July 1815). — Callistemon speciosus 
(Sims) Sweet var. glaucus (Bonpl.) DC., Prodr. 3: 224 (1824). — Callistemon 
glaucus (Bonpl.) F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 14 (1858). Neotype (here selected): Western 
Australia, 27.9 km east of Denmark, 34° 59' S., 117° 38' E., 14.x. 1985, J. H. 
Ross 3009 (Neotypus: MEL 1551841. Isoneotypi: CBG, PERTH). 
Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in Ait. f., Flort. kew., edn. 2, 4: 410 (1812). 
Neotype (here selected): King George’s Sound, 27.xii.1801, R. Brown s.n. (Bennett 
no. 4714) (BM!). 
[Callistemon speciosus auctt. non (Sims) Sweet: Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 120 
(1867).] 
In 1803 a species collected by Peter Good was introduced into England and 
listed by Aiton (loc. cit.) as Melaleuca paludosa, ‘Long-leaved red Melaleuca’. The 
brief description provided by R. Brown refers to the long leaves, shortly fused 
stamens and a distribution on the ‘South-west coast of New Holland’. It can only 
apply to the species now known incorrectly as Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet. 
This synonymy was recognized by Bentham {loc. cit.) but not by de Candolle {loc. 
cit.). Unfortunately none of the Brown specimens of this entity bear the name 
Melaleuca paludosa-, one labelled Melaleuca is selected here as the neotype. Although 
de Candolle cites Melaleuca paludosa in the Prodromus (3: 212 (1828)) there is no 
specimen in his herbarium at Geneva. His description repeats that of Brown. 
Metrosideros speciosa Sims, Bot. Mag. 42, t. 1761 (September 1815), the 
basionym of Callistemon speciosus (Sims) Sweet, is described as originating in New 
South Wales, not Western Australia from where Melaleuca paludosa is described. 
The brief description and the illustration do not permit the name to be applied 
with confidence to any recognised Callistemon species. De Candolle {loc. cit.), 
however, lists a variety glaucus based on Metrosideros glauca Bonpl. {loc. cit.) and 
the only specimens in his herbarium which bear the name C. speciosus are also 
designated as the variety glaucus. We have no doubt that the names Metrosideros 
glauca and Melaleuca paludosa apply to the same taxon, a conclusion reached by 
Bentham {loc. cit.) who regarded both names as synonyms of Callistemon speciosus 
sensu lato. Subsequent authors have followed Bentham with the exception of F. 
M. Bailey (Queensland fl. 2: 594 (1901)) who used the name for the eastern species 
now known as Callistemon pachyphyllus Cheel. 
Apart from the uncertain application of the name Metrosideros speciosa, the 
dates given by Stafleu and Cowan (1976) show that Metrosideros glauca Bonpl. 
has priority. However both names are preceded by Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in 
Ait. f. and the combination Callistemon paludosus (R. Br. in Ait. f.) F. Muell. 
might appear to be the correct name for this species. However Callistemon paludosus 
is the name applied to a widespread rheophytic yellow-flowered species of Eastern 
Australia. This follows misapplication of the name Melaleuca paludosa R. Br. in 
Ait. f. by Schlechtendal ( Linnaea 20: 653 (1847)). Specimens sent to Schlechtendal 
by Behr, now on MEL 105295, form the basis of this misapplication. When Mueller 

Page image

892109 Metrosideros rugulosa Muelleria 6(6): 411
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825871
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171889

Page text

NOMENCLATURAL NOTES ON CALLISTEMON R. Br. (MYRTACEAE) 
by 
P. F. Lumley and R. D. Spencer* 
ABSTRACT 
Lumley, P. F. & Spencer, R. D. Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae). Muelleria 
6(6): 411-415 (1988). — The name Callistemon rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link) DC. is adopted 
for the species which has been known incorrectly as Callistemon macropunctatus (Dum.-Cours.) A. B. 
Court, a name whose basionym Metrosideros macropunctata Dum.-Cours. is of uncertain application. 
The name Callistemon glaucus (Bonpl.) Sweet is taken up for the species to which the name Callistemon 
speciosus (Sims) Sweet has been misapplied. Plants previously referred to Callistemon paludosus F. 
Muell. are now referred to Callistemon sieberi DC. with which Callistemon salignus (Sm.) Sweet var. 
australis Benth. sensu stricto is synonymous. The name Callistemon pityoides F. Muell. is taken up to 
replace the previously misapplied name C. sieberi DC.. 
INTRODUCTION 
This paper is presented ahead of a revision of the genus Callistemon in order 
to justify names used by Spencer and Lumley (1986) in edition 4, part 2 of ‘Flora 
of South Australia’. 
NOMENCLATURE 
Callistemon rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl. ex Fink) DC., Prodr. 3: 223 (1828)., as 
‘C. rugulosum’. — Metrosideros rugulosus D. F. K. Schldl., Enum. pi. hort. berol. 
supp. 31 (July-Dee. 1814), as ‘M. rugulosa’, nomen nudum. — M. rugulosus D. 
F. K. Schldl. ex Link, Enum. hort. berol. alt. 2: 27 (1822), as ‘M. rugulosum’. 
Neotype (here selected): “Jard. de Berlin” 1826, Otto s.n. (G-DC!). 
Metrosideros scabra Colla, Hortus ripul. 91 (1824). Lectotype (here selected): 
‘‘ex horto 1831” (TO 22881). 
[Callistemon macropunctatus auett. non (Dum. Cours.) A. B. Court, Victorian 
Naturalist 73: 175 (1957).] 
The combination Callistemon rugulosus (Willd.) DC appears to be illegitimate 
being based on the invalid publication of Metrosideros rugulosa in D. F. K. 
SchlechtendaPs supplement (July-Dee. 1814) to Willdenow’s Enumeratio plantarum 
horti regii botanici berolinensis. Realising this, A. B. Court ( loc . cit.) published 
the combination Callistemon macropunctatus (Dum.-Cours.) A. B. Court based on 
the next available name for this taxon, Metrosideros macropunctata Dum.-Cours., 
Bot. cult, edn 2, 7: 277 (June 1814), a synonym cited by de Candolle (1828) which 
has priority over M. rugulosa Schldl. 
Du Mont de Courset’s description was of young, non-flowering, cultivated 
material; the leaf dimensions, 7 lignes [14mm] by 1 ligne [2mm], fall well outside 
the normal range for Callistemon macropunctatus as now understood. We can find 
no illustration of Metrosideros macropunctata nor any herbarium specimen so 
labelled in any of the collections we have examined. The description cannot be 
satisfactorily applied to any species of Callistemon-, consequently we regard this 
name as of uncertain application. 
The next available names for this species are Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. 
Schldl. ex Link (1822) and Metrosideros scabra Colla (1824). 
Since de Candolle did not explicitly cite Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. 
ex Link (or Willd. ex Link) 1822 as the basionym for his combination Callistemon 
rugulosus and since C. rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl.) DC. (1828) would be illegitimate 
as it would be based on the invalid M. rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. (1814), there is 
* Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
411 

Page image

473560 Metrosideros rugulosa Muelleria 6(6): 411
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825871
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171889

Page text

NOMENCLATURAL NOTES ON CALLISTEMON R. Br. (MYRTACEAE) 
by 
P. F. Lumley and R. D. Spencer* 
ABSTRACT 
Lumley, P. F. & Spencer, R. D. Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae). Muelleria 
6(6): 411-415 (1988). — The name Callistemon rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link) DC. is adopted 
for the species which has been known incorrectly as Callistemon macropunctatus (Dum.-Cours.) A. B. 
Court, a name whose basionym Metrosideros macropunctata Dum.-Cours. is of uncertain application. 
The name Callistemon glaucus (Bonpl.) Sweet is taken up for the species to which the name Callistemon 
speciosus (Sims) Sweet has been misapplied. Plants previously referred to Callistemon paludosus F. 
Muell. are now referred to Callistemon sieberi DC. with which Callistemon salignus (Sm.) Sweet var. 
australis Benth. sensu stricto is synonymous. The name Callistemon pityoides F. Muell. is taken up to 
replace the previously misapplied name C. sieberi DC.. 
INTRODUCTION 
This paper is presented ahead of a revision of the genus Callistemon in order 
to justify names used by Spencer and Lumley (1986) in edition 4, part 2 of ‘Flora 
of South Australia’. 
NOMENCLATURE 
Callistemon rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl. ex Fink) DC., Prodr. 3: 223 (1828)., as 
‘C. rugulosum’. — Metrosideros rugulosus D. F. K. Schldl., Enum. pi. hort. berol. 
supp. 31 (July-Dee. 1814), as ‘M. rugulosa’, nomen nudum. — M. rugulosus D. 
F. K. Schldl. ex Link, Enum. hort. berol. alt. 2: 27 (1822), as ‘M. rugulosum’. 
Neotype (here selected): “Jard. de Berlin” 1826, Otto s.n. (G-DC!). 
Metrosideros scabra Colla, Hortus ripul. 91 (1824). Lectotype (here selected): 
‘‘ex horto 1831” (TO 22881). 
[Callistemon macropunctatus auett. non (Dum. Cours.) A. B. Court, Victorian 
Naturalist 73: 175 (1957).] 
The combination Callistemon rugulosus (Willd.) DC appears to be illegitimate 
being based on the invalid publication of Metrosideros rugulosa in D. F. K. 
SchlechtendaPs supplement (July-Dee. 1814) to Willdenow’s Enumeratio plantarum 
horti regii botanici berolinensis. Realising this, A. B. Court ( loc . cit.) published 
the combination Callistemon macropunctatus (Dum.-Cours.) A. B. Court based on 
the next available name for this taxon, Metrosideros macropunctata Dum.-Cours., 
Bot. cult, edn 2, 7: 277 (June 1814), a synonym cited by de Candolle (1828) which 
has priority over M. rugulosa Schldl. 
Du Mont de Courset’s description was of young, non-flowering, cultivated 
material; the leaf dimensions, 7 lignes [14mm] by 1 ligne [2mm], fall well outside 
the normal range for Callistemon macropunctatus as now understood. We can find 
no illustration of Metrosideros macropunctata nor any herbarium specimen so 
labelled in any of the collections we have examined. The description cannot be 
satisfactorily applied to any species of Callistemon-, consequently we regard this 
name as of uncertain application. 
The next available names for this species are Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. 
Schldl. ex Link (1822) and Metrosideros scabra Colla (1824). 
Since de Candolle did not explicitly cite Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. 
ex Link (or Willd. ex Link) 1822 as the basionym for his combination Callistemon 
rugulosus and since C. rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl.) DC. (1828) would be illegitimate 
as it would be based on the invalid M. rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. (1814), there is 
* Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
411 

Page image

797916 Metrosideros rugulosa Muelleria 6(6): 411
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825871
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171889

Page text

NOMENCLATURAL NOTES ON CALLISTEMON R. Br. (MYRTACEAE) 
by 
P. F. Lumley and R. D. Spencer* 
ABSTRACT 
Lumley, P. F. & Spencer, R. D. Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae). Muelleria 
6(6): 411-415 (1988). — The name Callistemon rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl. ex Link) DC. is adopted 
for the species which has been known incorrectly as Callistemon macropunctatus (Dum.-Cours.) A. B. 
Court, a name whose basionym Metrosideros macropunctata Dum.-Cours. is of uncertain application. 
The name Callistemon glaucus (Bonpl.) Sweet is taken up for the species to which the name Callistemon 
speciosus (Sims) Sweet has been misapplied. Plants previously referred to Callistemon paludosus F. 
Muell. are now referred to Callistemon sieberi DC. with which Callistemon salignus (Sm.) Sweet var. 
australis Benth. sensu stricto is synonymous. The name Callistemon pityoides F. Muell. is taken up to 
replace the previously misapplied name C. sieberi DC.. 
INTRODUCTION 
This paper is presented ahead of a revision of the genus Callistemon in order 
to justify names used by Spencer and Lumley (1986) in edition 4, part 2 of ‘Flora 
of South Australia’. 
NOMENCLATURE 
Callistemon rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl. ex Fink) DC., Prodr. 3: 223 (1828)., as 
‘C. rugulosum’. — Metrosideros rugulosus D. F. K. Schldl., Enum. pi. hort. berol. 
supp. 31 (July-Dee. 1814), as ‘M. rugulosa’, nomen nudum. — M. rugulosus D. 
F. K. Schldl. ex Link, Enum. hort. berol. alt. 2: 27 (1822), as ‘M. rugulosum’. 
Neotype (here selected): “Jard. de Berlin” 1826, Otto s.n. (G-DC!). 
Metrosideros scabra Colla, Hortus ripul. 91 (1824). Lectotype (here selected): 
‘‘ex horto 1831” (TO 22881). 
[Callistemon macropunctatus auett. non (Dum. Cours.) A. B. Court, Victorian 
Naturalist 73: 175 (1957).] 
The combination Callistemon rugulosus (Willd.) DC appears to be illegitimate 
being based on the invalid publication of Metrosideros rugulosa in D. F. K. 
SchlechtendaPs supplement (July-Dee. 1814) to Willdenow’s Enumeratio plantarum 
horti regii botanici berolinensis. Realising this, A. B. Court ( loc . cit.) published 
the combination Callistemon macropunctatus (Dum.-Cours.) A. B. Court based on 
the next available name for this taxon, Metrosideros macropunctata Dum.-Cours., 
Bot. cult, edn 2, 7: 277 (June 1814), a synonym cited by de Candolle (1828) which 
has priority over M. rugulosa Schldl. 
Du Mont de Courset’s description was of young, non-flowering, cultivated 
material; the leaf dimensions, 7 lignes [14mm] by 1 ligne [2mm], fall well outside 
the normal range for Callistemon macropunctatus as now understood. We can find 
no illustration of Metrosideros macropunctata nor any herbarium specimen so 
labelled in any of the collections we have examined. The description cannot be 
satisfactorily applied to any species of Callistemon-, consequently we regard this 
name as of uncertain application. 
The next available names for this species are Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. 
Schldl. ex Link (1822) and Metrosideros scabra Colla (1824). 
Since de Candolle did not explicitly cite Metrosideros rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. 
ex Link (or Willd. ex Link) 1822 as the basionym for his combination Callistemon 
rugulosus and since C. rugulosus (D. F. K. Schldl.) DC. (1828) would be illegitimate 
as it would be based on the invalid M. rugulosa D. F. K. Schldl. (1814), there is 
* Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
411 

Page image

473815 Metrosideros scabra Muelleria 6(6): 411
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825871
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171889
892110 Metrosideros scabra Muelleria 6(6): 411
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825871
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural notes on Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171889
804446 Nelitris ingens Muelleria 6(6): 437
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825897
Page is part of the work A name change in the genus Acmena DC. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.171893

Page text

A NAME CHANGE IN THE GENUS ACMENA DC. (MYRTACEAE) 
by 
G. P. Guymer* and B. P. M. Hylandf 
ABSTRACT 
Guymer, G. P. & Hyland, B. P. M. A name change in the genus Acmena DC. (Myrtaceae). Muelleria 
6(6): 437-438 (1988). — The new combination Acmena ingens (F. Muell. ex C. Moore) Guymer & 
Hyland, based on Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, is made for the species which has been known 
as Acmena brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) Merr. & Perry (basionym Eugenia brachyandra Maiden & 
Betche). 
NOMENCLATURE 
Acmena ingens (F. Muell. ex C. Moore) Guymer & Hyland, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Nelitris ingens F. Muell. ex C. Moore, Cat. Nat. Industrial Products 
New South Wales, Int. Exhib. Commissioners, Sydney 48 (1861). Type: Richmond 
River, in 1861?, C. Moore 19 (Hoi.otype: MEL 60948. Isotype: K). 
Memecylon cerasiforme Nilson, Timber Trees New S. Wales 98 (1884) as 
“cerasiformis” nom. illeg. , non M. cerasiforme Kurz. Type: “brush forests, near 
banks of creeks, on the Richmond River”, not located. 
Memecylon australe C. Moore in Moore & Betche, Handb. FI. New S. Wales 
208 (1893) nom. illeg., non M. australe F. Muell. ex Triana. — Acmena australis 
L. Johnson, Contrib. New S. Wales Natl Herb. 3: 100 (1962). Type: “Upper 
Clarence and Richmond River”, not located. 
Eugenia brachyandra Maiden & Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc. New S. Wales 23: 
15 (1898). — Acmena brachyandra (Maiden & Betche) Merr. & Perry, J. Arnold 
Arb. 19: 17 (1938), synon. nov. Lectotype: (fide Hyland 1983): Tintenbar, W. 
Baeuerlen [NSW 136991a] (NSW). Syntypes: Ballina, W. Baeuerlen [NSW 136990] 
(NSW); north-coast line, Queensland, F. M. Bailey s.n. (NSW). 
During examination of specimens of Decaspermum J. & G. Forster by the 
senior author at the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) a specimen of Acmena 
DC. and an accompanying letter by J. H. Maiden to F. J. H. Mueller were 
discovered. Maiden’s letter of 10 March 1893 documented the nomenclature of the 
plant described later by Maiden & Betche (1898) as Eugenia brachyandra. On page 
4 of his letter Maiden provides a copy of a description of Nelitris ingens F. Muell. 
ex C. Moore, which was given in Moore’s “Woods Indigenous to the Northern 
Districts of the Colony collected by Mr Charles Moore” in the “Catalogue of the 
Natural and Industrial Products of New South Wales; with a map and introductory 
account of its population, commerce and general resources” (London International 
Exhibition, 1862: London). 
This publication has been examined at the Library, Royal Botanic Gardens, 
Kew, and Nelitris ingens is described on page 28 of the catalogue. However, there 
is an earlier edition of this catalogue published in Sydney in 1861 by the International 
Exhibition Commissioners entitled “Catalogue of the Natural and Industrial Prod- 
ucts of New South Wales, exhibited in the School of Arts by the International 
Exhibition Commissioners, Sydney, October 1861”. A copy of this earlier catalogue 
is also held at Kew and once formed part of W. J. Hooker’s library. 
In his paper “Woods from the Northern Districts of the Colony, collected by 
Mr. Charles Moore” in the 1861 catalogue Moore provides the following entry for 
Nelitris ingens: “xix. Nelitris ingens, F. Muelr. Myrtaceae. Cherry [local name]. 
Cobun Bun [Aboriginal name]. Richmond River [habitat]. This singularly handsome 
tree occurs on nearly all the branches of the Richmond, and always on its immediate 
* Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia 4068. 
t CSIRO, PO Box 780, Atherton, Queensland, Australia 4883. 
437 

Page image

498836 Phebalium frondosum Muelleria 6(6): 405, figs 5, 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825865
Page is part of the work Three new species of Phebalium Vent. sect. Eriostemoides Endl. (Rutaceae) from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171888

Page text

405 
apices, longer (> 2 mm long) and broader bracts and an inflorescence which is 
generally a 2- to 6- (rarely 1-) flowered cyme. 
P. frondosum (described herein) bears a superficial resemblance to P. rhyti- 
dophyllum but it differs clearly from that species in several characteristics including 
the thinner, ovate leaves with obtuse or slightly emarginate apices, the non glandular - 
verrucose stems, the larger (> 2 mm long) bracts and the ovary which is endowed 
with stellate trichomes. 
The specific epithet refers to the very prominent wrinkling of the adaxial leaf 
surface which is conspicuous in dried material. 
Phebalium frondosum N. G. Walsh & D. E. Albrecht, sp. nov. 
Frutex ad 7 m altus. Ramuli valde angulati, lepidoti. Folia complanata, ovata, 8-23 mm tonga, 
6-15 mm lata, apice obtusa vel emarginata, infra dense argenteo-lepidota. Flores axillares 
cymis unifloris raro bifloris vel trifloris. Sepala dense lepidota. Petala glabra. Filamenta 
prope bases stellato-pilosa. Ovarium prope basim lepidotum, ad et prope summum stellato- 
pilosum. 
Shrub to c. 7 m high, conical, densely foliose. Branches and branchlets pro- 
duced almost horizontally or slightly down-arched. Branchlets strongly angled and 
densely lepidote. Leaves spreading horizontally from branches. Petiole 2-5 mm 
long. Lamina ovate, mostly 8-23 mm long, 6-15 mm wide, chartaceous; apex obtuse 
or slightly emarginate; margin plane, becoming recurved on drying; upper surface 
glabrous, glandular, the glands becoming prominently raised and the lamina some- 
times obscurely wrinkled on drying; lower surface densely silvery-lepidote, the 
midvein barely apparent and lateral veins not visible. Inflorescences axillary, each 
a 1 (rarely to 3)-flowered cyme; peduncle and pedicel decurved, strongly angular, 
lepidote, together 6-12 mm long in 1-flowered inflorescences, or peduncle 4-9 mm 
long and pedicel 1-4 mm long in 2- or 3-flowered cymes. Floral bracts oblong to 
obovate, 2-5 mm long, strongly incurved and lepidote on abaxial surface. Bracteoles 
0-2, subopposite, minute, caducous, inserted immediately below the calyx. Sepals 
shortly united near base, triangular, 1.5-2. 5 mm long, closely lepidote on outer 
surface. Petals elliptic, 4-6 mm long, glabrous, sparsely glandular about the centre. 
Stamens slightly shorter than petals; filaments slightly flattened, tapering distally, 
3. 5-4. 5 mm long, bearing marginal trichomes near the base; anthers broadly elliptic, 
0.8-0. 9 mm long. Disc c. 0.7 mm long, equal in width to ovary. Ovary hemispherical, 
c. 1 mm long, densely covered with long-fringed scales near the base grading to 
tufted stellate trichomes toward and on the apex. Style slender, terete, c. 3 mm 
long, glabrous. Cocci slightly spreading at maturity, obliquely obovoid, slightly 
flattened, c. 4 mm long, bluntly pointed at outer angle, becoming glabrous or 
retaining a few trichomes within the dorsal groove, glandular, pustulose. Seed 
oblong, slightly keeled dorsally, c. 3 mm long, black. Figs 5, 6. 
Type Collection: 
Victoria — Carpark below summit of Mt Elizabeth no. 2, Mt Elizabeth State 
Forest, 37° 29' 40" S., 147° 55' 55" E., alt. 860 m, 14.x. 1986, D. E. Albrecht 
2875 (Holotype: MEL 1553277. Isotypes: CBG, K, NSW). 
Selected Specimens Examined: 
Victoria — AH from type locality: 8.H.1964, L. Banfield s.n. (MEL 502291); 16. xi. 1968, J. H. 
Willis s.n. (MEL 502291); 28. ii. 1971, A. C. Beauglehole 37128 (MEL 610751) and 26. i. 1987, N. G. 
Walsh 1697 (MEL 1553278). 
Distribution (Fig. 7) and Conservation Status: 
Known only from the summit area and upper southern slopes of Mt Elizabeth 
and probably endemic there as it has not been located in surrounding areas in 
several botanical studies (e.g. Forbes et al., 1981). The Mt Elizabeth summit area 
comprises a unique combination of altitude, geology and topography (McRae- 

Page image

500335 Phebalium rhytidophyllum Muelleria 6(6): 402, figs 3, 4 (photo).
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825862
Page is part of the work Three new species of Phebalium Vent. sect. Eriostemoides Endl. (Rutaceae) from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171888
501590 Phebalium wilsonii Muelleria 6(6): 399, figs 1, 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825859
Page is part of the work Three new species of Phebalium Vent. sect. Eriostemoides Endl. (Rutaceae) from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171888

Page text

THREE NEW SPECIES OF PHEBALIUM Vent. SECT. ERIOSTEMOIDES 
Endl. (RUTACEAE) FROM SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA 
by 
Neville G. Walsh* and David E. Albrecht* 
ABSTRACT 
Walsh, Neville G. & Albrecht, David E. Three new species of Phebalium Vent. sect. Eriostemoides 
Endl. (Rutaceae) from south-eastern Australia. Muelleria 6(6): 399-409 (1988). — Phebalium frondosum 
and P. wilsonii, both from Victoria, and P. rhytidophyllum from New South Wales, are described as 
new species. The habitat, distribution, relationships and conservation status of each are discussed and 
illustrations provided. 
TAXONOMY 
Phebalium wilsonii N. G. Walsh & D. E. Albrecht, sp. nov. 
Frutex vel arbor parva ad 10 m altus. Ramuli teres tuberculati lepidoti. Folia anguste elliptica vel 
lanceolata 30-80 mm longa, 5-15 mm lata, apice obtusa vel acuta, supra nitida, infra dense 
argenteo-lepidota. Flores 2-9 in cymis axillaribus. Sepala lepidota. Petala extra lepidota. 
Filamenta prope bases sparsim stellato-pilosa. Ovarium lepidotum. Stylus prope basem 
sparsim stellato-pilosus. 
Shrub or small tree to 10 m high. Branchlets terete, densely lepidote, glandular- 
verrucose. Leaves alternate. Petiole 1-7 mm long. Lamina narrowly elliptic to 
lanceolate, mostly 30-80 mm long, 5-15 mm wide, chartaceous; apex obtuse to 
acute; margin plane to slightly recurved; upper surface smooth and glossy, glabrous 
except for scattered scales along the slightly impressed midrib, becoming slightly 
wrinkled and the glands raised when dry; lower surface densely silvery-lepidote, 
the midvein apparent to the apex, the lateral nerves not visible. Inflorescences 
axillary, each a 2- to 9-flowered cyme up to Vi the length of the subtending leaf, 
sometimes forming a slender, leafy, apparent panicle on a short, indeterminate, 
lateral branchlet. Peduncle mostly 5-12 mm long. Pedicel 2-8 mm long, densely 
lepidote. Floral bracts 1-3, elliptic, 5-8 mm long, leaf-like; margins incurved. Brac- 
teoles 0-2, minute, caducous. Sepals united at extreme base, triangular, 0. 8-1.1 mm 
long, lepidote on outer surface. Petals elliptic, 3.5-5 mm long, white, lepidote on 
outer surface. Stamens equal to or slightly shorter than petals; filaments slightly 
flattened, tapering distally, 3-3.5 mm long, bearing marginal stellate trichomes near 
the base; anthers broadly elliptic in outline, 0.8-1 mm long. Disc c. 0.3 mm long, 
glabrous, slightly narrower than ovary. Ovary more or less hemispherical, c. 1 mm 
long, silvery-lepidote. Style slender, terete, c. 2 mm long, glabrous or sparsely 
stellate-hairy near the base. Cocci slightly spreading, obliquely ovoid, somewhat 
flattened, pointed at the apex, c. 4 mm long, becoming glabrous or retaining a few 
scales at maturity. Seed flattened-ellipsoid to sub-reniform, probably c. 3 mm long 
but no mature material seen. Figs 1, 2. 
Type Collection: 
Victoria — Central Highlands, M.M.B.W. O’Shannessy Catchment. At cross- 
ing of Deep Ck by track #5; 7.5 km due south from Mt Grant, alt. 720 m, 37° 36' 
20" S., 145° 48' 50" E., 6,xi.l985, N. G. Walsh 1494 (Holotype: MEL 1540265. 
Isotypes: AD, BRI, CBG, HO, K, MEL 687868, NSW, PERTH). 
Selected Specimens Examined.- 
Victoria — Woods Point, Goulbourne [sic] R., 1892, W. F. Gates (MEL 4350). Type locality (see 
above): 27. iv. 1979, N. G. Waish.s.n. (MEL 596008); 22.x. 1980, N. G. Walsh 561 (MEL 596143) and 
22. i. 1987, N. G. Walsh 1695 (MEL 1553276). 
•National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
399 

Page image

516486 Pomaderris brogoensis Muelleria 6(6): 429, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825889
Page is part of the work Two new species of Pomaderris Labill. (Rhamnaceae) from south eastern New South Wales, doi:10.5962/p.171892

Page text

TWO NEW SPECIES OF POMADERRIS LABILL. (RHAMNACEAE) FROM 
SOUTH-EASTERN NEW SOUTH WALES 
by 
Neville G. Walsh* 
ABSTRACT 
Walsh, Neville G. Two new species of Pomaderris Labill. (Rhamnaceae) from south-eastern New South 
Wales. Muelleria 6(6): 429-435 (1988). — Pomaderris brogoensis and P. virgala are described as new 
species from south-eastern New South Wales. The habitat, distribution and relationships of the species 
are discussed and illustrations provided. 
TAXONOMY 
Pomaderris brogoensis N. G. Walsh, sp. nov. 
Frutex vel arbor parva usque ad 9 m altam. Ramuli pilis stellatis minutis necnon pilis paucis 
simplicibus longioribus. Folia obovata vel subrotundata 8-18 mm longa, 7-14 mm lata, leniter 
undulata, supra viridia pallida, (griseo-viridia desiccata), velutinis pilis minutis stellatis, 
nervata indistincta, infra griseo-viridia (cinerascens desiccata), stellato-pilosa, pinnatim ner- 
vata; venae primariae et laterali (3-6 paria) pilis appressis vel expansis leviter, pallidis vel 
brunneolis, simplicibus, paucis, c. 0.8 mm longis necnon pilis stellatis appressis. Inflorescentia 
paniculata, terminalis, pyramidalis, laxa, usque ad 3 cm longam, interdum foliis paucis. 
Flores apetali, pedicellati. Sepala oblonga, 1.6-2 mm longa, stellato-pilosa externe et pilis 
appressis, simplicibus paucis, usque ad 0.5 mm longis. Stylus 0.8- 1.1 mm longus, trilobus, 
divisus basi fere. Capsulae ovoideae latae ad obovoideae c. 3 x 2 mm. 
Slender shrub or spreading, often multi-stemmed tree 3-9 m high. Bark smooth, 
or somewhat corky (to 2 cm thick) on older trees. Branchlets pubescent with fine 
dense grey stellate hairs and a few longer simple hairs. Petiole 2-6 mm long. Lamina 
obovate to subrotund, 8-18 mm long, 7-14 mm wide; apex broadly obtuse or slightly 
emarginate, the midvein sometimes exserted as a point to 0.5 mm long; margins 
slightly undulate; lamina penninerved with 3-7 pairs of lateral veins which are 
inconspicuous above; upper surface of lamina dull pale green when fresh, drying 
to mid grey, densely covered with minute stellate hairs; lower surface of lamina 
grey-green when fresh, drying to pale grey, densely stellate-hairy, the stellae coarser 
than those of the upper surface and completely concealing the lower epidermis; 
midvein and larger lateral veins of the lower surface with some forwardly appressed 
or slightly spreading, pale to brown, simple hairs to 0.8 mm long (often conspicuous 
only on younger leaves), as well as stellate hairs which are longer than those between 
the nerves and forwardly appressed. Stipules lanceolate, mostly 3-5 mm long, tan, 
stellate-hairy, often with a few short simple hairs along the midrib and margins, 
frequently persisting after leaves have fallen. Inflorescences paniculate, terminal, 
pyramidal, mostly to 3 cm long and with c. 15-30 flowers, occasionally including 
a few reduced leaves. Buds ovoid, slightly angular, about 2 mm long just prior to 
anthesis. Pedicels about 2 mm long at anthesis, moderately densely covered with 
fine stellate and simple hairs. Sepals oblong, 1.6-2 x 0.7-0. 9 mm, acute at apex, 
covered externally with fine stellate hairs with a few forwardly appressed simple 
hairs to 0.5 mm long, golden yellow and glabrous on inner face with a raised 
midline, becoming recurved. Petals absent. Stamens alternate to the sepals; filament 
1-1 .3 mm long; anther oblong, about 1 mm long. Ovary semi-inferior, about 0.6 mm 
diam. at anthesis, conically raised by 0.3-0. 5 mm above level of attachment of 
sepals, the raised part densely covered by simple hairs to 0.8 mm long. Style 0.8- 
1 mm long, usually cleft almost to the base into 3 equal arms. Capsules broadly 
ovoid to obovoid, about 3x2 mm, finely stellate-hairy, sometimes retaining a few 
simple hairs on the thalamus tube; operculum on inner face of each of the 3 
segments almost round, about 1.5 mm diam., papery. Seeds flattened-ellipsoid, 
about 2 mm long, shining brown with a small white apical aril. Fig. 1. 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
429 

Page image

547039 Pomaderris virgata Muelleria 6(6): 429, fig. 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825889
Page is part of the work Two new species of Pomaderris Labill. (Rhamnaceae) from south eastern New South Wales, doi:10.5962/p.171892
474691 Stenocarpus cryptocarpus Muelleria 6(6): 422, fig. 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825882
Page is part of the work New species of Buckinghamia F. Muell. and Stenocarpus R. Br. (Proteaceae) from northern Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.171890

Page text

422 
bipinnatisect and tripinnatisect adult leaves as well as having the juvenile and 
coppice leaves much more finely divided than those of either S. cunninghamii or 
S. salignus. Among other differences one of the more obvious ones appears to be 
the fewer number of flowers per umbel in S. davallioides compared with the other 
species mentioned. The fruits of all three species are narrow-oblong and attenuate 
at the ends, with their dimensions overlapping considerably. 
Stenocarpus cryptocarpus D. Foreman & B. Hyland, sp. nov. 
Arbor ad 25 m alta, anteridibus. Folia adulta simplicia, alterna; lamina plerumque elliptica, 
nonnumquam ± oblonga vel obovata, 9-14 cm longa, 3. 3-7. 5 cm lata, coriacea, atro-fer- 
ruginosa ad ferrugino-tomentosa, glabrescentia, apice acuta ad rotundata, et obtusa mucron- 
ata, margine integro; nervis secondariis utrinsecus 5-9; petiolus gracilis, 3-8 cm longus. Folia 
juvenilia atque regenerata plerumque bipinnata; lamina ad 115 cm longa; petiolus ad 15- 
20 cm longus. Inflorescentiae axillares, umbellatae, cum floribus ad c. 20; pedunculus 5.5- 
9.5 cm longus, omnibus partibus atro-ferrugineis ad ferrugineo-puberulis, floribus ad c. 20; 
pendunclus 5. 5-9. 5 cm longus. Pedicelli 10-17 mm longi. Flores eburnei, bisexuales, ± 
zygomorphi. Tepala 20-30 mm longa. Glandula hypogyna ± oblonga, apice obliquo, c. 
4 mm longa, adnata ad basem gynophori. Ovarium ferrugineo-pubescens, stipitatum: ovula 
7-11; stylus 15-18 mm longus; praebitor pollinis disciformus, latus, obliquus. Folliculi sicci, 
anguste oblongi, ad extremia attenuati, 10-13 cm longi, 1.4-1. 8 cm lati. (Fig, 4). 
Typus: State Forest Reserve 310, Swipers Logging Area, 17° 22' S., 145° 47' E., 
Queensland, 13.iii. 1969, B. P. M. Hyland 2199 R. F. K. (flowering collection). 
(Holotypus: QRS. Isotypi: BRI). 
Tree up to 25 m tall with stem up to 40 cm diameter at breast height, buttressed. 
Bark nondescript, flaky; dead bark layer thin, dark brown; subrhytidome cream; 
outer blaze cream, granular; inner blaze cream with oak grain. Branchlets terete, 
dark ferruginous to ferruginous-pubescent, becoming glabrous. Adult leaves simple, 
alternate; lamina mostly elliptical, or sometimes ± oblong or obovate, acute to 
rounded, ending in a blunt point at apex, attenuate at base, 9-14 cm long, 3.3- 
7.5 cm wide, coriaceous, dark ferruginous to ferruginous-tomentose, becoming ± 
glabrous or some hairs persistent along the midrib and main veins, drying dull 
yellowish-green above, brownish beneath or slightly darker than above; margin 
entire; midrib well defined on both surfaces; nerves straight, looping towards the 
margin, visible but not very prominent on both surfaces; reticulations rather sparse, 
not well defined; petiole slender, dark ferruginous to ferruginous-tomentose, becom- 
ing glabrous, 3-8 cm long. Juvenile and coppice leaves mostly bipinnate, with a 
few pinna pinnate, pinnatifid or pinnatisect; lamina up to 115 cm long, ferruginous- 
tomentose, becoming glabrous, leaflets variable in size and shape, the apex acu- 
minate to acute, the base often oblique; petiole up to 15 cm to 20 cm long. 
Inflorescences axillary, borne towards the end of branchlets, umbellate with up to 
about 20 flowers (commonly about 16), peduncle 5. 5-9. 5 cm long; all parts of the 
inflorescence dark ferruginous to ferruginous-puberulous, becoming sparsely so. 
Pedicels 10-17 mm long. Flowers cream, strongly perfumed, bisexual, ± zygo- 
morphic. Tepals 20-30 mm long, ferruginous-pubescent outside, glabrous on inside. 
Stamens 4, about 2-2.5 mm long, sessile, opening by longitudinal slits. Hypogynous 
gland ± oblong, apex oblique, about 4 mm long, fused to the base of the gynophore 
for most of its length. Ovary ferruginous-pubescent, stipitate; gynophore glabrous, 
10-13 mm long; ovules 7-11; style curved, about 15-18 mm long, glabrous; pollen 
presenter a broad, oblique disk; stigma small, central. Follicles (description based 
on a few old follicles collected from the ground) glabrous, dry, narrow-oblong, 
attenuate at the ends, 10-13 cm long, 1.4-1. 8 cm wide, opening lengthwise down 
one side, becoming flattened. Seeds not seen. 
Representative Specimens Examined (Total number examined 19): 
State Forest Reserve 755, Russell River Catchment, Bartle Frere, 17° 23' S., 145° 45' E., 18.xii. 1968, 
S.J. Dansies.n. (QRS); Cooper Creek, 16° 10' S., 145° 24' E,. 28.viii.1985, B. Gray 4136 (QRS); State 
Forest Reserve 755, Boonjee Logging Area, 17° 25' S., 145° 45' E., 4.xii. 1972, B. Hyland 6592 (MEL, 

Page image

474751 Stenocarpus davallioides Muelleria 6(6): 419, fig. 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49825879
Page is part of the work New species of Buckinghamia F. Muell. and Stenocarpus R. Br. (Proteaceae) from northern Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.171890

Page text

419 
Fig. 2. Distribution maps of: a — Buckinghamia ferruginifiora; b — Stenocarpus davatlioides; c — 
Stenocarpus cryptocarpus. 
broadly ovate, opening along their upper margins, 20-28 mm long, 15-20 mm wide, 
containing up to 4 seeds. Seeds flat, ± rhomboidal in outline with a narrow 
marginal wing, dappled cream and brown in colour. Germination epigeal; cotyledons 
asymmetrical, ± obovate, obscurely 3-veined. 
Representative Specimens Examined (Total number examined 9): 
Queensland — Noah Creek, 16° 10' S., 145° 25' E., 7.xi.l978, B. Gray 1088 (MEL, QRS); National 
Park Reserve 164, Noah Creek, 16° 08' S., 145° 25' E., 24.ix.1985, B. Gray 4164 (MEL, QRS); Portion 
62, Parish of Alexandra, Noah Creek, 19.xii. 1972, B. Hyland 6614 (QRS); Roaring Meg Creek, 
16° 10’ S., 145° 10' E., 25.viii.1985, G. Sankowsky 411; (QRS); Timber Reserve 165, Roaring Meg 
Creek, 1 km up from Falls, 16° 03' S., 145° 19' E., 11. xi. 1984, G. & N. Sankowsky s.n. (QRS). 
Distribution: (Fig. 2a): 
North-eastern Queensland, mostly in the vicinity of Noah Creek. 
Ecology: 
In rainforest or gallery forest at altitudes up to 350 metres. Flowering June 
to November; fruiting November to December. 
Notes: 
Buckinghamia ferruginifiora differs from B. celsissima F. Muell. in having the 
outside of the flowers and inflorescence densely ferruginous-pubescent. The style 
in B. ferruginifiora is only 7-8 mm long while in B. celsissima it is 15-20 mm long. 
The inflorescence in B. ferruginifiora is rather open while in B. celsissima it is 
quite dense. 
STENOCARPUS R. Br. 
Stenocarpus davallioides D. Foreman & B. Hyland, sp. nov. 
Arbor ad 40 m alta, anteridibus exignis. Folia adulta simplicia vel pinnata vel bipinnatisecta vel 
tripinnatisecta, spiraliter disposita, primum ferrugineo-pubescentia deinde ± glabrescentia, 
chartacea ad coriacea; margine integro; folia simplicia, lamina lanceolata, 5-13 cm longa, 1- 
2.5 cm lata, apice acuminata ad acuta, basin attenuata, juxta basin 3-nervis, nervis 2 
secondariis longitudinalibus conspicuis, petiolo ad 1-2 cm longo; folia composita cum lamina 
8-20 cm longa, petiolo 2-4.5 cm longo. Folia juvenilia at regenerata tripinnatisecta et anguste 
divisa; lamina ad 42 cm longa; petiolus ad 10 cm longus. Inflorescentiae axillares umbellatae, 
omnibus partibus ferrugino-puberulis, cum floribus ad 15; pedunculus 1. 5-4.0 cm longus. 
Pedicelli 6-12 mm longi. Flores eburneo-virides, bisexuales, ± zygomorphi. Tepala 8-12 mm 
longa. Glandula hypogyna hippocrepiformis. Ovarium ferrugineum-pubescente, stipitatum; 
ovula 5-8; stylus 3 mm longus, praebitor pollinus disciformus, latus, obliquus. Folliculi sicci, 
anguste oblongi, 6.5 cm longi, 3-6 mm lati. Semina plana, angusto-oblonga, ala terminali; 
nucleus seminis 7.5 mm longus x 2.5-3 mm latus. (Fig. 3). 

Page image

464732 Acacia caerulescens Muelleria 7(1): 131, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563697
Page is part of the work Acacia caerulescens, a new species of Acacia Section Phyllodineae from Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.184043

Page text

ACACIA CAERVLESCENS, A NEW SPECIES OF ACACIA SECTION 
PHYLLODINEAE FROM VICTORIA 
by 
B. R. Maslin' and A. B. Court^ 
ABSTRACT 
Maslin, B. R. & Court, A. B. Acacia caerulescens, a new species of Acacia section 
Phyllodineae from Victoria. Muelleria 7(1): 131-134(1989). — Acacia caerulescens, a 
new species referable io Acacia section Phyllodineae T>C. and allied to^. obliquinervia 
Tind., is described and illustrated. It is endemic in eastern Victoria (Buchan-Lakes 
Entrance district) where it is restricted to limestone soils. 
TAXONOMY 
Acacia caerulescens Maslin & Court, sp. nov. 
Acacia obliguinerviae affinis a qua imprimis difFert phyllodiis 4-8 cm longis, (l-)l-5-3cm latis, 
I:w = 2-3-5(-6), glaucissimis, costa saepe nec valde excentrica, glande 5-25 mm supra pulvinum 
posita versus costam per nervo tenui oblique conjuncta, pedunculis c. 6 mm longis aliquantum 
gracilibus, capitalis in alabastro globosis. 
Allied to A. obliquinervia but differing principally in the following ways. 
Phyllodes 4-8 cm long, (l-)l-5-3 cm wide, 1 :w = 2-3-5(-6), very glaucous, midrib 
often not markedly excentric. Gland 5-25 mm above the pulvinus and connected to 
midrib by a fine, oblique nerve. Peduncles c. 6 mm long, rather slender. Heads 
globular when in bud. 
Typus; Beside Wulgulmerang-Buchan road, c. 4-3 km from Buchan by road, 
Gippsland, Victoria, 10 Nov. 1985, A.B. Court CBG 8506135 (Holotypus: CBG; 
IsoTYPi: AD, B, BRI, G, K, L, NSW, NY, MEL, PERTH, US). 
Tree to 1 0- 1 5 m tall, often ± pyramidal. Branches terete but very slightly angled 
at extremities, finely and obscurely ribbed, at least the youngest shoots slightly to 
moderately pruinose. Phyllodes slightly oblique, obovate to oblanceolate or elliptic to 
narrowly elliptic, rather abruptly narrowed into an obtuse apex, 4-8 cm long, 
(l-)T5-3 cm wide, 1 :w = 2-3-5(-6), thinly coriaceous, straight or frequently slightly 
recurved near the somewhat narrowed base, glabrous, glaucous; midrib apparent, 
central or slightly to markedly excentric (i.e. situated closer to the upper margin), 
yellowish to light brown; lateral nerves not pronounced, loosely anastomosing; 
marginal nerves yellow to light brown; pulvinus 3-5 mm long, wrinkled and brown to 
dark brown when dry. Gland solitary, 5-25 mm above the pulvinus and connected to it 
by a fine oblique nerve whieh is concurrent with the midrib for a short distance, and 
often branched at its point of divergence with one branch extending to the gland and 
the other rejoining the midrib. Racemes axillary and terminal, often arranged in 
panicles which may reach 9 cm long; raceme axes with 2-8 flower-heads, slightly 
flexuose, glabrous, variably pruinose, base ebracteate. Peduncles c. 6 mm long, rather 
slender (c. 0-5 mm wide when dry), glabrous, variably pruinose, with 2, basal, 
triangular, glabrous bracts (?homologous to stipules) <0-5 mm long, an extremely 
reduced phyllode often present between the bracts. Flower-heads globular, 
(15-)20-30-flowered, lemon yellow, lightly scented. Bracteoles spathulate to 
sub-peltate; claws linear but slightly dilated towards their fimbriolate apices, c. 1 mm 
long (equalling calyx); laminae circular to triangular-ovate, apiculate, c. 0-5 mm long 
glabrous, brown. Flowers 5-merous. Calyx gamosepalous, f length of corolla, very 
shortly divided (for c. j its length or less) into ± broadly triangular, slightly inflexed. 
■Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Conservation and Land Management P O Box 104 
W. A., Australia 6152. o , ■ , 
^Australian National Botanic Gardens, P.O. Box 1777, Canberra City, A.C.T., Australia 2601 
Present address: 71 Miller St., O’Connor, A.C.T., Australia 2601. 
Como, 
131 

Page image

795274 Angianthus axilliflorus Muelleria 7(1): 111
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563677
Page is part of the work New Genera and Species of Australian Inuleae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184041

Page text

Ill 
Yalgoo on Paynes Find road, 21.X.1983, Short 2155 (MEL); 86 km NE. of Wubin, 29.ix.1986, Wilson 12350 
(MEL, PERTH). 
Fitzwillia Short, gen. nov. 
Herba annua. Axes majores ascendentes usque erecti, glabri, alis hyalinis; caulis simplex vel e nodis 
basalibus superioribusque ramificans. Folia opposita, sessilia, Integra, semisucculenta, glabra, 
mucronata. Glomeruli perdepresse obovoidei usque obovoidei; involucrum generate absens; 
receptaculum subintegrum. Capitula 5-10; bracteae intra capitulum 4(6), integrae, hyalinae, planae 
usque conduplicatae. Flosculi 1 vel 2 in quoque capitulo, tubulares, hermaphroditi, albi. Corolla 
5-lobata. Styli rami truncati, ad apicem papillati. Stamina 5; antherae ad basem caudatae, ad apicem 
appendicibus sterilibus. Cypselae subobconicae, villosae; pericarpium ad apicem sclerenchymatum, 
fascibus vascularibus 2; testa sine fascibus vascularibus; carpopodium absens. Pappus subcyathiformis, 
ciliatus. 
Typus: F. axilliflora 
Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, glabrous, with hyaline wings; stem 
simple or forming major branches at basal and upper nodes. Leaves sessile, entire, 
opposite, erect, glabrous, semisucculent, mucronate. Compound heads broadly 
depressed obovoid to obovoid; general involucre absent; receptacle ± entire. Capitula 
5-10 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts leaf-like, glabrous. Capitular 
bracts 4(6), entire, hyaline, flat to conduplicate. Florets 1 or 2 per capitulum, tubular, 
bisexual, white; corolla 5-lobed. 5'ty/e branches truncate, apices papillate. Stamens 5; 
anthers caudate, each with a sterile apical appendage; filament collar straight in 
outline and not thicker than the filament. Cypselas ± obconic, villous; pericarp in 
mid-transverse section lacking sclerenchyma but the fruit apex with a capping of 
sclerenchyma, with two, medial/oblique vascular bundles; testa thin, lacking vascular 
bundles in mid-transverse section; carpopodium absent. Pappus cup-like, ciliate. 
Distribution (Fig. 1): 
Monotypic. Restricted to south-west Western Australia. Collections have only 
been gathered near Cowcowing, Newdegate and Morawa. 
Etymology: 
The name Fitzwillia is an anagram derived from the names and commemorating 
the botanist William V. Fitzgerald (1867-1 929). Although an anagram it is regarded as 
a personal generic name and following Recommendation 20A of the ICBN is given the 
feminine gender. 
Notes: 
The fruit provide the most distinctive feature of this genus although a sclerified 
capping also occurs in cypselas of Epitriche demissus (A. Gray) Short (Short 1989). The 
leaf-like capitulum-subtending bracts and the arrangement of the capitular bracts are 
characters unique to the genus. The pale white florets have not been observed in other 
Australian inuloid species. 
Fitzwillia axilliflora (W.V. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Angianthus axilliflorus W.V. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. 
Soc. Viet. 22: 315, pi. 56, figs 1-3 (1910), ('axilijlorus')-, W.V. Fitzg., J. Bot. 50: 21 
(1912); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975); Short, Muelleria 5: 209 
(1983). Lectotype {fide Short 1983): Cowcowing, Oct. 1904, Koch 1196 (MEL 
541217). Isolectotypes and probable Isolectotypes: AD, BM (same no; but 
dated Aug. 1904), MEL 541218, MEL 541219, NSW (2 sheets), PERTH. 
Annual herbs, 3-13-5 cm high. Major axes ascending to erect, with 2-4 hyaline 
wings; stem simple or forming shorter major axes at basal and upper nodes, all axes 
glabrous. Leaver lanceolate or ± linear, c. 4-7 mm long, 0-7-1 -3 mm wide, ± concave, 
semisucculent, mucronate, glabrous. Compound heads broadly depressed obovoid to 
obovoid, 4-5-7 mm long, 2-5-8 mm diam.; general involucre absent but several 
leaf-like bracts present. Capitula 5-10 per compound head; capitulum-subtending 

Page image

795277 Angianthus burkittii Muelleria 7(1): 112
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563678
Page is part of the work New Genera and Species of Australian Inuleae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184041
795278 Angianthus connatus Muelleria 7(1): 114
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563680
Page is part of the work New Genera and Species of Australian Inuleae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184041

Page text

114 
green, mainly cartilaginous but with hyaline apices and sometimes with very narrow 
hyaline margins, glabrous to densely lanate, each bract subtending 1-3 capitula. 
Capitularhmcts 4-6, hyaline, with opaque midribs, ± flat, glabrous or sparsely lanate. 
Florets 1 per capitulum, tubular, bisexual, yellow; corolla 5-lobed. Style branches 
truncate, apices papillate. Stamens 5; anthers caudate, each with a sterile apical 
appendage; filament collar straight in outline and not thicker than the filament. 
Cypselas ± obovoid, mainly glabrous but with long, intertwined hairs at the apex; 
carpopodium annular. Pappus cup-like, laciniate. 
Distribution (Fig. 1): 
A ditypic genus restricted to Western Australia. 
Etymology: 
The name Sondottia is of feminine gender and is an anagram derived from the 
names and commemorating the botanist Otto Wilhelm Sonder (1812-1881). 
Notes: 
The cartilaginous capitulum-subtending bracts are apparently unique to this 
genus and readily separate it from any other genera with single flowered capitula. 
Other distinguishing features include the opposite, connate leaves and the intertwined 
long hairs at the apex of the fruit. 
Key to Species of Sondottia 
1. General involucre absent or several leaf-like bracts at base of head; upper axes 
lanate 1 • S. connata 
1. General involucre of 2 or 4 bracts with broad, hyaline margins; upper axes 
± glabrous 2. S. glabrata 
Sondottia connata (W.V. Fitzg.) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Angianthus connatus W.V. Fitzg. J. West Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2: 24 
(1905); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975); Short, Muelleria 5: 209 
(1983). Lectotype (fide Short 1983); Mingenew, Sept. 1903, Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW 
138682). IsoLECTOTYPEs: NSW 138683, PERTH. 
Annual herb, c. 3-12 cm high. Mayor oxej ascending to erect, mainly glabrous but 
the upper part lanate; stem simple or forming branches at basal and upper nodes. 
Leaves linear, c. 5-13 mm long, 0-5-1 -4 mm wide, often semisucculent, mucronate, 
usually glabrous but the uppermost leaves sometimes lanate. Compound heads 
obovoid, c. 6-5-10 mm long, 3-5-5 mm diam.; general involucre absent but one or 
several leaf-like, lanate bracts with small, hyaline apices may be present at the base of 
the head. Capitula c. 5-13 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 
± elliptic to narrowly elliptic or obovate, 3-6-5-2 mm long, 0-55-1-9 mm wide, 
mainly cartilaginous and green but with hyaline apices and, sometimes very narrow, 
(<0-l mm) hyaline margins, sparsely to densely lanate, each bract subtending 1-3 
capitula. Capitular bracts 5-6, narrowly elliptic or linear, 3-3-8 mm long, 0-3-0- 5 mm 
wide, c. the length of the florets, usually mainly hyaline but sometimes the opaque 
midrib more prominent, glabrous or sparsely lanate. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 
tube 2-2-2-6mm long. Stamens 5; anthers 1-4-1 -5 mm long; microsporangia 
0- 95-1 mm long; apical appendages 0-43-0-48 mm long. Cypselas ± obovoid, 
1- 6-1-85 mm long, 0-5-0-7 mm diam. Pappus cup-like, laciniate, c. 0-2 mm long. 
Distribution (Fig. 1): 
Restrieted to Western Australia between latitudes c. 21° S. and 30° S. and 1 1 6° E. 
and 121° E. 
In the revision of Angianthus s. lat. (Short 1 983) it was erroneously recorded that 
the species was only known from the type locality. It is moderately common. 

Page image

596580 Azorella macquariensis Muelleria 7(1): 16-18, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1): 16-18, Fig. 1".

939587 Azorella selago Muelleria 7(1): 16
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563630
Page is part of the work Azorella Lamarck (Apiaceae) on Heard and Macquarie Islands, with description of a new species A. macquariensis, doi:10.5962/p.184034

Page text

16 
1 . Azorella macquariensis Orchard, sp. nov. 
Azorella selago auctt. non J. Hooker (1846): J. Hooker, FI. Antarc. 2(1846) 
284-5(quoad specimen Frazeris); Cheeseman, Vase. FI. Macq. Is. (1919) 26; Taylor, 
FI. Veg. Soils Macq. Is. (1955) 128-30; Allan, FI. New Zeal. 1(1961) 451-2; Copson, 
Atlas Vase. FI. Macq. Is. (1984) 37; and all other references to ‘A. selago' in so far as 
Macquarie Island is concerned. 
Illustrations: Taylor, FI. Veg. Soils Macq. Is. (1955) PI. 16, 17, 18, 29 (as A. 
selago). 
Herbae perennes pulvini formantes. Folia alterna arete imbricata; petioli 3-4(- 1 0) mm longi, late alati, 
vaginantes, jugo incrassato truncate ad apicem; lamina 3(-5)-partita, lobis lanceolatis liberis fere basi 
acutis acumine setose, glabra vel sparsim setosa in superficie. Flores solitarii, interdum binati, 
hermaphroditi. Fructus cinnamomei, 1 -3- 1 -7 mm longi, inter folia supera occulta, stylis persistentibus, 
sepalis ± deciduis. (Fig. 1). 
Typus: Macquarie Island, Pyramid Lake, north side, in Azorella/Festuca/ 
Rhacomitrium crispulum fellfield, alt. 190 m, 4.xi. 1981, R. D. Seppelt 12039. 
Holotypus: HO 67713. 
Perennial herb forming extensive tight mats, cushions, or in exposed situations, 
buttons; main branches prostrate, woody, to 5 mm in diameter; lateral shoots erect, 
herbaceous, freely branched, crowded, 3-5(-l 5) cm tall clothed in the remains of old 
leaves. Leaves alternate, closely imbricate and appressed to stems, persistent; petioles 
white, 3-4(-10) mm long, thickened at the apex, 3(-5)-veined, with a membranous 
wing outside the veins, the wings fused to form a sheath around the stem in the lower 
y-y and produced above to form a very short truncate ridge-like ‘ligule’ at the base of 
the lamina; lamina 3(-5)-partite, the lobes divided almost to the base in young leaves, 
lanceolate, l-7-2-0(-4-0) mmlong,0-6-0-9(-l -4) mm wide, thick and subfleshy, acute 
with a terminal setose apiculum, thickened margins, glabrous or with l-3(-5) 
bristle-like hairs 1 -4-4-0 mm long on the adaxial surface. Flowers terminal, solitary or 
sometimes paired, hermaphrodite, peduncles short with the flowers enclosed by the 
upper leaves. Involucral bracts 2, fused at the base to form a small cup, leaf-like or 
lanceolate. Sepals 5, white, linear, 0-5-0-9 mm long, unequal. Petals 5, pale 
reddish-brown, l-5-2 0mm long, incurved, slightly hooded, acute. Stamens 5, 
1 -7-3 0 mm long. Styles 2, 0-75-1 0 mm long, with a swollen stylopodium at the base. 
Ovary slightly laterally compressed. Fruit yellow-brown, ± sessile or on a pedicel to 
1 mm long and therefore hidden amongst the upper leaves; body of fruit obovoid and 
slightly flattened laterally, T3-l-7mm long, 10-1-5 mm wide, O-9-l-Omm thick, 
weakly ribbed; styles persistent, sepals ± deciduous. 
This species is confined to Macquarie Island where it dominates the feldmark 
community and other exposed windswept situations, forming extensive cushions and 
tight mats. Flowering occurs from December to February and fruiting from January to 
April. A detailed account of the ecology of the species is given by Taylor ( 1 955), of the 
process of cushion formation by Ashton and Gill (1965) and of detailed distribution by 
Copson (1984), all under the name A. selago. 
Selected Specimens Examined (total 40): 
MacQuarie Island — ‘Featherbed’ terrace, 7.xii.l948, Laird s.n. (AD, AK, BISH, CHR, HO 86261, 
MEL); eastern side of :)awyer Creek Valley, 21.i.l981, Seppelt 11939 (HO); north side of Pyramid Lake, 
4.xi.l981, Seppelt 12039 (HO)-, SW. side of Green Gorge, 4.i.l982, Seppelt 12390 (HO)-, near Flynn Lake, 
29.xi.1950, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689443); Gadgets Gully, 3.ii.l951, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689445); North Mt, 
4.iii.l951, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689450); Plateau, xi.l976, Tyler s.n. (HO 30818). 
Notes: 
This species is most obviously distinguished from^4. selago s.str. by its small size 
and by the shape of its leaves. Upper (current year) leaves of A. macquariensis are 
usually 3-lobed with the lamina divided almost to the base, and the lobes are acute and 
bristle-tipped. In lower, older, leaves the bristle may be lost but the lobes 
remain ± acute, rather than blunt and rounded as in A. selago. In particularly robust 
plants or those growing in shaded places the leaves are larger and sometimes up to 

Page image

939588 Azorella selago Muelleria 7(1): 16
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563630
Page is part of the work Azorella Lamarck (Apiaceae) on Heard and Macquarie Islands, with description of a new species A. macquariensis, doi:10.5962/p.184034

Page text

16 
1 . Azorella macquariensis Orchard, sp. nov. 
Azorella selago auctt. non J. Hooker (1846): J. Hooker, FI. Antarc. 2(1846) 
284-5(quoad specimen Frazeris); Cheeseman, Vase. FI. Macq. Is. (1919) 26; Taylor, 
FI. Veg. Soils Macq. Is. (1955) 128-30; Allan, FI. New Zeal. 1(1961) 451-2; Copson, 
Atlas Vase. FI. Macq. Is. (1984) 37; and all other references to ‘A. selago' in so far as 
Macquarie Island is concerned. 
Illustrations: Taylor, FI. Veg. Soils Macq. Is. (1955) PI. 16, 17, 18, 29 (as A. 
selago). 
Herbae perennes pulvini formantes. Folia alterna arete imbricata; petioli 3-4(- 1 0) mm longi, late alati, 
vaginantes, jugo incrassato truncate ad apicem; lamina 3(-5)-partita, lobis lanceolatis liberis fere basi 
acutis acumine setose, glabra vel sparsim setosa in superficie. Flores solitarii, interdum binati, 
hermaphroditi. Fructus cinnamomei, 1 -3- 1 -7 mm longi, inter folia supera occulta, stylis persistentibus, 
sepalis ± deciduis. (Fig. 1). 
Typus: Macquarie Island, Pyramid Lake, north side, in Azorella/Festuca/ 
Rhacomitrium crispulum fellfield, alt. 190 m, 4.xi. 1981, R. D. Seppelt 12039. 
Holotypus: HO 67713. 
Perennial herb forming extensive tight mats, cushions, or in exposed situations, 
buttons; main branches prostrate, woody, to 5 mm in diameter; lateral shoots erect, 
herbaceous, freely branched, crowded, 3-5(-l 5) cm tall clothed in the remains of old 
leaves. Leaves alternate, closely imbricate and appressed to stems, persistent; petioles 
white, 3-4(-10) mm long, thickened at the apex, 3(-5)-veined, with a membranous 
wing outside the veins, the wings fused to form a sheath around the stem in the lower 
y-y and produced above to form a very short truncate ridge-like ‘ligule’ at the base of 
the lamina; lamina 3(-5)-partite, the lobes divided almost to the base in young leaves, 
lanceolate, l-7-2-0(-4-0) mmlong,0-6-0-9(-l -4) mm wide, thick and subfleshy, acute 
with a terminal setose apiculum, thickened margins, glabrous or with l-3(-5) 
bristle-like hairs 1 -4-4-0 mm long on the adaxial surface. Flowers terminal, solitary or 
sometimes paired, hermaphrodite, peduncles short with the flowers enclosed by the 
upper leaves. Involucral bracts 2, fused at the base to form a small cup, leaf-like or 
lanceolate. Sepals 5, white, linear, 0-5-0-9 mm long, unequal. Petals 5, pale 
reddish-brown, l-5-2 0mm long, incurved, slightly hooded, acute. Stamens 5, 
1 -7-3 0 mm long. Styles 2, 0-75-1 0 mm long, with a swollen stylopodium at the base. 
Ovary slightly laterally compressed. Fruit yellow-brown, ± sessile or on a pedicel to 
1 mm long and therefore hidden amongst the upper leaves; body of fruit obovoid and 
slightly flattened laterally, T3-l-7mm long, 10-1-5 mm wide, O-9-l-Omm thick, 
weakly ribbed; styles persistent, sepals ± deciduous. 
This species is confined to Macquarie Island where it dominates the feldmark 
community and other exposed windswept situations, forming extensive cushions and 
tight mats. Flowering occurs from December to February and fruiting from January to 
April. A detailed account of the ecology of the species is given by Taylor ( 1 955), of the 
process of cushion formation by Ashton and Gill (1965) and of detailed distribution by 
Copson (1984), all under the name A. selago. 
Selected Specimens Examined (total 40): 
MacQuarie Island — ‘Featherbed’ terrace, 7.xii.l948, Laird s.n. (AD, AK, BISH, CHR, HO 86261, 
MEL); eastern side of :)awyer Creek Valley, 21.i.l981, Seppelt 11939 (HO); north side of Pyramid Lake, 
4.xi.l981, Seppelt 12039 (HO)-, SW. side of Green Gorge, 4.i.l982, Seppelt 12390 (HO)-, near Flynn Lake, 
29.xi.1950, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689443); Gadgets Gully, 3.ii.l951, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689445); North Mt, 
4.iii.l951, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689450); Plateau, xi.l976, Tyler s.n. (HO 30818). 
Notes: 
This species is most obviously distinguished from^4. selago s.str. by its small size 
and by the shape of its leaves. Upper (current year) leaves of A. macquariensis are 
usually 3-lobed with the lamina divided almost to the base, and the lobes are acute and 
bristle-tipped. In lower, older, leaves the bristle may be lost but the lobes 
remain ± acute, rather than blunt and rounded as in A. selago. In particularly robust 
plants or those growing in shaded places the leaves are larger and sometimes up to 

Page image

939589 Azorella selago Muelleria 7(1): 16
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563630
Page is part of the work Azorella Lamarck (Apiaceae) on Heard and Macquarie Islands, with description of a new species A. macquariensis, doi:10.5962/p.184034

Page text

16 
1 . Azorella macquariensis Orchard, sp. nov. 
Azorella selago auctt. non J. Hooker (1846): J. Hooker, FI. Antarc. 2(1846) 
284-5(quoad specimen Frazeris); Cheeseman, Vase. FI. Macq. Is. (1919) 26; Taylor, 
FI. Veg. Soils Macq. Is. (1955) 128-30; Allan, FI. New Zeal. 1(1961) 451-2; Copson, 
Atlas Vase. FI. Macq. Is. (1984) 37; and all other references to ‘A. selago' in so far as 
Macquarie Island is concerned. 
Illustrations: Taylor, FI. Veg. Soils Macq. Is. (1955) PI. 16, 17, 18, 29 (as A. 
selago). 
Herbae perennes pulvini formantes. Folia alterna arete imbricata; petioli 3-4(- 1 0) mm longi, late alati, 
vaginantes, jugo incrassato truncate ad apicem; lamina 3(-5)-partita, lobis lanceolatis liberis fere basi 
acutis acumine setose, glabra vel sparsim setosa in superficie. Flores solitarii, interdum binati, 
hermaphroditi. Fructus cinnamomei, 1 -3- 1 -7 mm longi, inter folia supera occulta, stylis persistentibus, 
sepalis ± deciduis. (Fig. 1). 
Typus: Macquarie Island, Pyramid Lake, north side, in Azorella/Festuca/ 
Rhacomitrium crispulum fellfield, alt. 190 m, 4.xi. 1981, R. D. Seppelt 12039. 
Holotypus: HO 67713. 
Perennial herb forming extensive tight mats, cushions, or in exposed situations, 
buttons; main branches prostrate, woody, to 5 mm in diameter; lateral shoots erect, 
herbaceous, freely branched, crowded, 3-5(-l 5) cm tall clothed in the remains of old 
leaves. Leaves alternate, closely imbricate and appressed to stems, persistent; petioles 
white, 3-4(-10) mm long, thickened at the apex, 3(-5)-veined, with a membranous 
wing outside the veins, the wings fused to form a sheath around the stem in the lower 
y-y and produced above to form a very short truncate ridge-like ‘ligule’ at the base of 
the lamina; lamina 3(-5)-partite, the lobes divided almost to the base in young leaves, 
lanceolate, l-7-2-0(-4-0) mmlong,0-6-0-9(-l -4) mm wide, thick and subfleshy, acute 
with a terminal setose apiculum, thickened margins, glabrous or with l-3(-5) 
bristle-like hairs 1 -4-4-0 mm long on the adaxial surface. Flowers terminal, solitary or 
sometimes paired, hermaphrodite, peduncles short with the flowers enclosed by the 
upper leaves. Involucral bracts 2, fused at the base to form a small cup, leaf-like or 
lanceolate. Sepals 5, white, linear, 0-5-0-9 mm long, unequal. Petals 5, pale 
reddish-brown, l-5-2 0mm long, incurved, slightly hooded, acute. Stamens 5, 
1 -7-3 0 mm long. Styles 2, 0-75-1 0 mm long, with a swollen stylopodium at the base. 
Ovary slightly laterally compressed. Fruit yellow-brown, ± sessile or on a pedicel to 
1 mm long and therefore hidden amongst the upper leaves; body of fruit obovoid and 
slightly flattened laterally, T3-l-7mm long, 10-1-5 mm wide, O-9-l-Omm thick, 
weakly ribbed; styles persistent, sepals ± deciduous. 
This species is confined to Macquarie Island where it dominates the feldmark 
community and other exposed windswept situations, forming extensive cushions and 
tight mats. Flowering occurs from December to February and fruiting from January to 
April. A detailed account of the ecology of the species is given by Taylor ( 1 955), of the 
process of cushion formation by Ashton and Gill (1965) and of detailed distribution by 
Copson (1984), all under the name A. selago. 
Selected Specimens Examined (total 40): 
MacQuarie Island — ‘Featherbed’ terrace, 7.xii.l948, Laird s.n. (AD, AK, BISH, CHR, HO 86261, 
MEL); eastern side of :)awyer Creek Valley, 21.i.l981, Seppelt 11939 (HO); north side of Pyramid Lake, 
4.xi.l981, Seppelt 12039 (HO)-, SW. side of Green Gorge, 4.i.l982, Seppelt 12390 (HO)-, near Flynn Lake, 
29.xi.1950, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689443); Gadgets Gully, 3.ii.l951, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689445); North Mt, 
4.iii.l951, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689450); Plateau, xi.l976, Tyler s.n. (HO 30818). 
Notes: 
This species is most obviously distinguished from^4. selago s.str. by its small size 
and by the shape of its leaves. Upper (current year) leaves of A. macquariensis are 
usually 3-lobed with the lamina divided almost to the base, and the lobes are acute and 
bristle-tipped. In lower, older, leaves the bristle may be lost but the lobes 
remain ± acute, rather than blunt and rounded as in A. selago. In particularly robust 
plants or those growing in shaded places the leaves are larger and sometimes up to 

Page image

939590 Azorella selago Muelleria 7(1): 16
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563630
Page is part of the work Azorella Lamarck (Apiaceae) on Heard and Macquarie Islands, with description of a new species A. macquariensis, doi:10.5962/p.184034

Page text

16 
1 . Azorella macquariensis Orchard, sp. nov. 
Azorella selago auctt. non J. Hooker (1846): J. Hooker, FI. Antarc. 2(1846) 
284-5(quoad specimen Frazeris); Cheeseman, Vase. FI. Macq. Is. (1919) 26; Taylor, 
FI. Veg. Soils Macq. Is. (1955) 128-30; Allan, FI. New Zeal. 1(1961) 451-2; Copson, 
Atlas Vase. FI. Macq. Is. (1984) 37; and all other references to ‘A. selago' in so far as 
Macquarie Island is concerned. 
Illustrations: Taylor, FI. Veg. Soils Macq. Is. (1955) PI. 16, 17, 18, 29 (as A. 
selago). 
Herbae perennes pulvini formantes. Folia alterna arete imbricata; petioli 3-4(- 1 0) mm longi, late alati, 
vaginantes, jugo incrassato truncate ad apicem; lamina 3(-5)-partita, lobis lanceolatis liberis fere basi 
acutis acumine setose, glabra vel sparsim setosa in superficie. Flores solitarii, interdum binati, 
hermaphroditi. Fructus cinnamomei, 1 -3- 1 -7 mm longi, inter folia supera occulta, stylis persistentibus, 
sepalis ± deciduis. (Fig. 1). 
Typus: Macquarie Island, Pyramid Lake, north side, in Azorella/Festuca/ 
Rhacomitrium crispulum fellfield, alt. 190 m, 4.xi. 1981, R. D. Seppelt 12039. 
Holotypus: HO 67713. 
Perennial herb forming extensive tight mats, cushions, or in exposed situations, 
buttons; main branches prostrate, woody, to 5 mm in diameter; lateral shoots erect, 
herbaceous, freely branched, crowded, 3-5(-l 5) cm tall clothed in the remains of old 
leaves. Leaves alternate, closely imbricate and appressed to stems, persistent; petioles 
white, 3-4(-10) mm long, thickened at the apex, 3(-5)-veined, with a membranous 
wing outside the veins, the wings fused to form a sheath around the stem in the lower 
y-y and produced above to form a very short truncate ridge-like ‘ligule’ at the base of 
the lamina; lamina 3(-5)-partite, the lobes divided almost to the base in young leaves, 
lanceolate, l-7-2-0(-4-0) mmlong,0-6-0-9(-l -4) mm wide, thick and subfleshy, acute 
with a terminal setose apiculum, thickened margins, glabrous or with l-3(-5) 
bristle-like hairs 1 -4-4-0 mm long on the adaxial surface. Flowers terminal, solitary or 
sometimes paired, hermaphrodite, peduncles short with the flowers enclosed by the 
upper leaves. Involucral bracts 2, fused at the base to form a small cup, leaf-like or 
lanceolate. Sepals 5, white, linear, 0-5-0-9 mm long, unequal. Petals 5, pale 
reddish-brown, l-5-2 0mm long, incurved, slightly hooded, acute. Stamens 5, 
1 -7-3 0 mm long. Styles 2, 0-75-1 0 mm long, with a swollen stylopodium at the base. 
Ovary slightly laterally compressed. Fruit yellow-brown, ± sessile or on a pedicel to 
1 mm long and therefore hidden amongst the upper leaves; body of fruit obovoid and 
slightly flattened laterally, T3-l-7mm long, 10-1-5 mm wide, O-9-l-Omm thick, 
weakly ribbed; styles persistent, sepals ± deciduous. 
This species is confined to Macquarie Island where it dominates the feldmark 
community and other exposed windswept situations, forming extensive cushions and 
tight mats. Flowering occurs from December to February and fruiting from January to 
April. A detailed account of the ecology of the species is given by Taylor ( 1 955), of the 
process of cushion formation by Ashton and Gill (1965) and of detailed distribution by 
Copson (1984), all under the name A. selago. 
Selected Specimens Examined (total 40): 
MacQuarie Island — ‘Featherbed’ terrace, 7.xii.l948, Laird s.n. (AD, AK, BISH, CHR, HO 86261, 
MEL); eastern side of :)awyer Creek Valley, 21.i.l981, Seppelt 11939 (HO); north side of Pyramid Lake, 
4.xi.l981, Seppelt 12039 (HO)-, SW. side of Green Gorge, 4.i.l982, Seppelt 12390 (HO)-, near Flynn Lake, 
29.xi.1950, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689443); Gadgets Gully, 3.ii.l951, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689445); North Mt, 
4.iii.l951, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689450); Plateau, xi.l976, Tyler s.n. (HO 30818). 
Notes: 
This species is most obviously distinguished from^4. selago s.str. by its small size 
and by the shape of its leaves. Upper (current year) leaves of A. macquariensis are 
usually 3-lobed with the lamina divided almost to the base, and the lobes are acute and 
bristle-tipped. In lower, older, leaves the bristle may be lost but the lobes 
remain ± acute, rather than blunt and rounded as in A. selago. In particularly robust 
plants or those growing in shaded places the leaves are larger and sometimes up to 

Page image

939591 Azorella selago Muelleria 7(1): 16
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563630
Page is part of the work Azorella Lamarck (Apiaceae) on Heard and Macquarie Islands, with description of a new species A. macquariensis, doi:10.5962/p.184034

Page text

16 
1 . Azorella macquariensis Orchard, sp. nov. 
Azorella selago auctt. non J. Hooker (1846): J. Hooker, FI. Antarc. 2(1846) 
284-5(quoad specimen Frazeris); Cheeseman, Vase. FI. Macq. Is. (1919) 26; Taylor, 
FI. Veg. Soils Macq. Is. (1955) 128-30; Allan, FI. New Zeal. 1(1961) 451-2; Copson, 
Atlas Vase. FI. Macq. Is. (1984) 37; and all other references to ‘A. selago' in so far as 
Macquarie Island is concerned. 
Illustrations: Taylor, FI. Veg. Soils Macq. Is. (1955) PI. 16, 17, 18, 29 (as A. 
selago). 
Herbae perennes pulvini formantes. Folia alterna arete imbricata; petioli 3-4(- 1 0) mm longi, late alati, 
vaginantes, jugo incrassato truncate ad apicem; lamina 3(-5)-partita, lobis lanceolatis liberis fere basi 
acutis acumine setose, glabra vel sparsim setosa in superficie. Flores solitarii, interdum binati, 
hermaphroditi. Fructus cinnamomei, 1 -3- 1 -7 mm longi, inter folia supera occulta, stylis persistentibus, 
sepalis ± deciduis. (Fig. 1). 
Typus: Macquarie Island, Pyramid Lake, north side, in Azorella/Festuca/ 
Rhacomitrium crispulum fellfield, alt. 190 m, 4.xi. 1981, R. D. Seppelt 12039. 
Holotypus: HO 67713. 
Perennial herb forming extensive tight mats, cushions, or in exposed situations, 
buttons; main branches prostrate, woody, to 5 mm in diameter; lateral shoots erect, 
herbaceous, freely branched, crowded, 3-5(-l 5) cm tall clothed in the remains of old 
leaves. Leaves alternate, closely imbricate and appressed to stems, persistent; petioles 
white, 3-4(-10) mm long, thickened at the apex, 3(-5)-veined, with a membranous 
wing outside the veins, the wings fused to form a sheath around the stem in the lower 
y-y and produced above to form a very short truncate ridge-like ‘ligule’ at the base of 
the lamina; lamina 3(-5)-partite, the lobes divided almost to the base in young leaves, 
lanceolate, l-7-2-0(-4-0) mmlong,0-6-0-9(-l -4) mm wide, thick and subfleshy, acute 
with a terminal setose apiculum, thickened margins, glabrous or with l-3(-5) 
bristle-like hairs 1 -4-4-0 mm long on the adaxial surface. Flowers terminal, solitary or 
sometimes paired, hermaphrodite, peduncles short with the flowers enclosed by the 
upper leaves. Involucral bracts 2, fused at the base to form a small cup, leaf-like or 
lanceolate. Sepals 5, white, linear, 0-5-0-9 mm long, unequal. Petals 5, pale 
reddish-brown, l-5-2 0mm long, incurved, slightly hooded, acute. Stamens 5, 
1 -7-3 0 mm long. Styles 2, 0-75-1 0 mm long, with a swollen stylopodium at the base. 
Ovary slightly laterally compressed. Fruit yellow-brown, ± sessile or on a pedicel to 
1 mm long and therefore hidden amongst the upper leaves; body of fruit obovoid and 
slightly flattened laterally, T3-l-7mm long, 10-1-5 mm wide, O-9-l-Omm thick, 
weakly ribbed; styles persistent, sepals ± deciduous. 
This species is confined to Macquarie Island where it dominates the feldmark 
community and other exposed windswept situations, forming extensive cushions and 
tight mats. Flowering occurs from December to February and fruiting from January to 
April. A detailed account of the ecology of the species is given by Taylor ( 1 955), of the 
process of cushion formation by Ashton and Gill (1965) and of detailed distribution by 
Copson (1984), all under the name A. selago. 
Selected Specimens Examined (total 40): 
MacQuarie Island — ‘Featherbed’ terrace, 7.xii.l948, Laird s.n. (AD, AK, BISH, CHR, HO 86261, 
MEL); eastern side of :)awyer Creek Valley, 21.i.l981, Seppelt 11939 (HO); north side of Pyramid Lake, 
4.xi.l981, Seppelt 12039 (HO)-, SW. side of Green Gorge, 4.i.l982, Seppelt 12390 (HO)-, near Flynn Lake, 
29.xi.1950, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689443); Gadgets Gully, 3.ii.l951, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689445); North Mt, 
4.iii.l951, Taylor s.n. (MEL 689450); Plateau, xi.l976, Tyler s.n. (HO 30818). 
Notes: 
This species is most obviously distinguished from^4. selago s.str. by its small size 
and by the shape of its leaves. Upper (current year) leaves of A. macquariensis are 
usually 3-lobed with the lamina divided almost to the base, and the lobes are acute and 
bristle-tipped. In lower, older, leaves the bristle may be lost but the lobes 
remain ± acute, rather than blunt and rounded as in A. selago. In particularly robust 
plants or those growing in shaded places the leaves are larger and sometimes up to 

Page image

596587 Azorella selago Muelleria 7(1): 18-20, Fig. 2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1): 18-20, Fig. 2".

628820 Cladonia humilis bourgeanica Muelleria 7(1): 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563643
Page is part of the work Two new lichens: Cladonia paeminosa and C. humilis var. bourgeanica, doi:10.5962/p.238363
628822 Cladonia humilis humilis Muelleria 7(1): 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563643
Page is part of the work Two new lichens: Cladonia paeminosa and C. humilis var. bourgeanica, doi:10.5962/p.238363
628862 Cladonia paeminosa Muelleria 7(1): 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563645
Page is part of the work Two new lichens: Cladonia paeminosa and C. humilis var. bourgeanica, doi:10.5962/p.238363

Page text

TWO NEW LICHENS: CLADONIA PAEMINOSA AND C. HUMILIS VAR. 
BOURGEANICA 
by 
Alan W. Archer* 
ABSTRACT 
Archer, Alan W. Two new lichens: Cladonia paeminosa and C. humilis var. 
bourgeanica. Muelleria (1): 1-5 (1989). — Cladonia paeminosa A. W. Archer and 
Cladonia humilis (With.) Laundon var. bourgeanica A. W. Archer are described as 
new. Both taxa contain fumarprotocetraric and bourgeanic acids and occur in 
Australia. C. humilis var. bourgeanica also occurs in Europe and North and South 
America. 
INTRODUCTION 
A recent examination of undetermined specimens in the lichen genus Cladonia 
(Ascomycetes, Lecanorales) in Herbarium collections from South Australia (AD) and 
Tasmania (HO) revealed specimens that were not referrable to any known taxa; 
similar specimens had been collected by the author in Victoria, New South Wales and 
the Australian Capital Territory. These specimens which resemble Cladonia 
scabriuscula (Del. in Duby) Nyl. and contain fumarprotocetraric and bourgeanic acids 
are here described as a new species. 
A recent typification (Laundon 1984) of the lichens described by William 
Withering in the eighteenth centu^ showed that the name Cladonia conista C. Robb, 
ex Allen was illegitimate as the epithet conista belonged to the synonymy of Cladonia 
humilis (With.) Laundon. The name ‘C. conista' has referred to a sorediate, scyphose 
taxon containing fumarprotocetraric and bourgeanic acids which Laundon (loc. cit.) 
referred to as an undescribed variety of Cladonia humilis. This variety is here formally 
named and described. 
METHOD 
The lichen compounds present in the specimens examined were identified by 
thin-layer chromatography of acetone extracts, using the mobile phases described by 
Culberson (Culberson 1972) and the separated compounds were detected with 
sulphuric acid (Culberson 1972) and MBTH (Archer 1978). The presence of 
bourgeanic acid (substance H) was confirmed with the micro-crystal test described by 
Thomson (Thomson 1967) and by mass spectrometry (c/ Bodo et al. 1973). 
TAXONOMY 
Cladonia paeminosa A. W. Archer, sp. nov. 
Sicut Cladonia scabriuscula sed podetiis subsimplicibus, basibus podetiorum ecorticatis et acidum 
bourgeanicum continens. 
Primary squamules small, inconspicuous, persistent, 1 x 2 mm, subdigitately 
lobed, margins smooth, green above, white below. Podetia arising from the squamules, 
15-50(-100) mm tall, 0-5-1 -5 mm diam., escyphose, simple or dichotomously 
branched, axils open, tapering towards the apices, the apices simple or bifurcating, 
subulate or with terminal pycnidia; ecorticate, or corticate at the base and becoming 
ecorticate, with tiny corticate patches scattered along the podetia, minutely 
squamulose, esorediate. Apothecia pale brown, terminal, convex, (0-2-) 0-5- 1-0 mm 
diam. Ascospores eight per ascus, colourless, simple, ellipsoid, 12-14 pm long, 3-4 pm 
•Division of Analytical Laboratories, Department of Health, P.O. Box 162, Lidcombe, New South Wales, 
Australia 2141. 
1 

Page image

499042 Daviesia acanthoclada Muelleria 7(1): 22
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563624
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
798995 Daviesia acanthoclada Muelleria 7(1): 22
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563624
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
533050 Dielitzia Muelleria 7(1): 103, fig. 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563669
Page is part of the work New Genera and Species of Australian Inuleae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184041

Page text

NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN INULEAE (ASTERACEAE) 
by 
P. S. Short* 
ABSTRACT 
Short, P. S. New genera and species of Australian Inuleae (Asteraceae). Muelleria 7( 1 ): 
103-116 (1989). — Five new genera, Dielitzia Short, Feldstonia Short, Fitzwillia 
Short, Lemooria Short and Sondottia Short are described. All but Sondottia are 
monotypic. A new species of Dithyrostegia A. Gray is described. New species and new 
combinations are; Dielitzia tysonii Short, Dithyrostegia gracilis Short, Feldstonia 
nitens Short, Fitzwillia axilliflora (W.V. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White) Short, Lemooria 
burkittii (Benth.) Short, Sondottia connata (W.V. Fitzg.) Short and S. glabrata 
Short. 
INTRODUCTION 
In a revision of Angianthus Wendl. (sensu Bentham 1 867) I (Short 1 983) excluded 
three species from Angianthus s. str., viz. A. axilliflorus W.V. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. 
White, A. connatus W.V. Fitzg. and A. burkittii (Benth.) J.M. Black. At the time 1 
suggested that they may represent monotypic genera or have affinities with other 
genera which had not been examined. Subsequent investigations have failed to reveal 
such affinities. Thus, in this paper, each is formally referred to a new genus. Several 
further taxa, of which I have known for some years, are also described. 
Collections from all major Australian herbaria have been examined. 
TAXONOMY 
Dielitzia Short, gen. nov. 
Herba annua, caespitosa, glomerulis foliis circumcinctis; glomeruli sessiles vel in axibus brevibus, 
tomentosis majores. Folia sessilia, integra, infima opposita, superne alterna, sublinearia, tomentosa. 
Glomeruli late ellipsoidei usque oblati; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes involucrum conspicuum 
glomerulis aequilongum facientes, cartilagineae; receptaculum cupulatum, nudum. Capitula c. 4-15. 
Bracteae intra capitulum biseritatae; bracteae exteriores 1-4, setaceae, longo-plumosae; bracteae 
interiores (2)3-4, hyalinae, marmoratae, apicibus pilis rectis subrigidis praeditis. Flosculi 1 in quoque 
capitulo, tubulare, hermaphroditi. Corolla 4 vel 5-lobata. Styli rami truncati, apicibus papillatis. 
Stamina 4 vel 5; antherae ad basim caudatae, ad apicem appendicibus sterilibus. Cypselae 
subobovoidae, papillatae; carpopodium absens. Pappus setaceus. 
Typus: D. tysonii Short 
Annual herb, tufted, of 1-20 compound heads surrounded by leaves, the 
compound heads sessile or terminating short, tomentose major axes. Leaves sessile, 
entire, ± linear, at least the lowermost opposite, the upper alternate, tomentose. 
Compound heads broadly ellipsoid to obloid; bracts subtending the compound heads 
forming a conspicuous involucre the length of the head, the bracts mainly 
cartilaginous. General receptacle cup-like, naked. Capitula c. 4-15 per compound 
head. Capitular bracts in 2 rows; outer bracts 1-4, bristle-like, long-plumose; inner 
bracts (2)3-4, ± hyaline, with brown or blackish marbling, apices with straight, ± rigid 
hairs f- ^ the total length of the bracts. Florets 1 per capitulum, bisexual. Corolla 4 or 5 
lobed. Style branches truncate; apices papillate. Stamens 4 or 5; anthers caudate, each 
with a sterile apical appendage; filament collar straight in outline and not thicker than 
the filament. Cypselas ± obovoid, minutely papillate; carpopodium absent. Pappus 
setaceus. 
‘National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
103 

Page image

533054 Dielitzia tysonii Muelleria 7(1): 105, fig. 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563671
Page is part of the work New Genera and Species of Australian Inuleae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184041

Page text

105 
Notes: 
With the exception of Isoetopsis the habit alone readily distinguishes this taxon 
from all other Australian Asteraceae. The cartilaginous bracts of the general involucre, 
the cup-like general receptacle and the structure of the capitular bracts (particularly 
the marbled, inner bracts) are features unique to the genus. 
Although the general receptacle is described as being glabrous the bristle-like 
bracts deemed to be the outer capitular bracts could possibly be interpreted as 
receptacular bracts. 
The marbling of the inner bracts is best observed in spirit collections. In 
herbarium specimens bracts may appear to be more or less uniform in colour. 
Dielitzia tysonii Short, sp. nov. 
Herba annua, caespitosa, glomerulis 1-20, ab foliis circumcinctis, sessilibus vel in axibus majoribus 
usque ad 1-5 cm longibus. Folia sublinearia, c. 1-8 cm longa, 0 08-0T5 cm lata, ad basim dilatatae, 
submucronatae, semisucculentae, tomentosae. Glomeruli late ellipsoidei usque obloidei, 4-6 mm 
longi, 3-7 mm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes c. 8-12, praecipue cartilagineae sed 
apicibus hyalinis. Capitula c. 4-15. Bracteae intra capitulum longitudine c. y-|- flosculi aequanti. 
Flosculi 1 in quoque capitulo. Stamina 4 vel 5; antherae 0-53-0-64 mm longae; microsporangia 
0-35-0-48 mm longa; appendices apicales 0'35-0-48 mm longae; pollinis grana in quaque anthera 
28-88. Cypselae subobovoidea, 1-1-3 mm longae, 0-5-0-6 mm diametro. Setae pappi c. 10, 
barbellatae, ad bases conjunctae, longitudine c. j-y corollae aequanti. (Fig. 2). 
Holotypus: Western Australia, 17-2 km NE. of Nallan on Yarrabubba road, 
23.viii.1986, Lander 1389, Fuhrer & Short {ULL 1556923). Isotypi: AD, CANB, K, 
PERTH, S. 
Annual herb, tufted, of 1-20 compound heads surrounded by leaves, the 
compound heads ± sessile or on major axes to 1 -5 cm long. Leaves ± linear, c. 1 -8 cm 
long, 0-08-0- 1 5 cm wide, expanded at the base, ± mucronate, semisucculent, 
tomentose. Compound heads broadly ellipsoid to obloid, 4-6 mm long, 3-7 mm 
diam.; bracts subtending compound heads c. 8-12, mainly cartilaginous but with 
hyaline apices. Capitula c. 4-15 per compound head. Capitularhracts c. f- 1 the length 
of the florets. Florets 1 per capitulum. Stamens 4 or 5; anthers 0-53-0-64 mm long; 
microsporangia 0-35-0-48 mm long; apical appendages 0-1 6-0-25 mm long; pollen 
grains 28-88 per anther. Cypselas ±obovoid, 1-1-3 mm long, 0-5-0-6 mm diam. 
Pappus bristles c. 1 0, barbellate, of unequal length, fused at the base, c. }- j the length 
of the corolla. 
Distribution (Fig. 1): 
See generic treatment. 
Ecology & Reproductive Biology; 
Habitat notes suggest a preference for sandy loam to clay soil. Collectors’ notes 
include: ‘Growing in open Acacia shrubland. Brown sandy loam with gravel. With an 
array of ephemeral composites including Gnephosis burkittii, Podolepis, Cephalip- 
terum drummondii, Isoetopsis graminifolia, Brachyscome & Calotis', ‘Open 
Acacia/Cassia scrub. Sandy loam covered with ironstone gravel’ and ‘Growing on 
saline clay flat’. 
Pollen: ovule ratios were determined for 15 plants from Short 1519. The values 
obtained (range = 204-408; x = 329-7; S.D. = 56-7; S.E.x= 14-64) indicate a high 
degree of self-pollination (Short 1981). 
Etymology: 
The specific epithet commemorates Isaac Tyson, a pastoralist who collected the 
plant in 1893. 
Notes: 
Dielitzia tysonii has a marked resemblance in habit to Isoetopsis graminifolia 
Turcz. It is readily distinguished in the field from the latter by its hairy, not glabrous, 
leaves. 

Page image

490926 Dithyrostegia gracilis Muelleria 7(1): 106, fig. 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563672
Page is part of the work New Genera and Species of Australian Inuleae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184041

Page text

106 
H. O 
M M >N U H( KM \Htf <,f 
^ !* HMM V {\fj ! >. VI -.IK \M V 
Fig. 2. Holotype sheet of Dielitzia tysonii. 
Selected Specimens Examined (Total 10): 
Western Australia — Kennedy Range, 2I.viii.l986, Lander 1368 (MEL, PERTH); c. 39km from 
Leonora along road to Laverton, 20. viii. 1982, Short 23/9 (MEL); Mt Gould, 22. viii. 1 986, Short 2552 (MEL, 
PERTH); 16 km E. ofYalgoo, 15.ix.l973, Wilson 4/‘/9 (PERTH). 
Dithyrostegia A. Gray 
For a description of this now ditypic genus see Short (1983, p. 201). 
Dithyrostegia gracilis Short, sp. nov. 
Herba annua. Axes majores erecti, glabri, ramificatione dichotoma. Folia sessilia, sublinearia vel 
lanceolata, 2-9 mm longa, 0-4-2 mm lata, amplexicaules; paginae exteriores glabrae, interiores 
sparsim gjandulosae. Gomeruli 3-5-4-S mm longi, 2-5-3-5 mm diametro; bracteae glomerulos 

Page image

455378 Eucalyptus cadens Muelleria 7(1): 7, figs 1-2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563639
Page is part of the work Eucalyptus cadens (Myrtaceae), a new swamp gum from the Warby Range, North-East Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.238364

Page text

EUCALYPTUS CADENS (MYRTACEAE), A NEW SWAMP GUM FROM THE 
WARBY RANGE, NORTH-EAST VICTORIA 
by 
J. D. Briggs' and M. D. Crisp^ 
ABSTRACT 
Briggs, J. D. and Crisp, M. D. Eucalyptus cadens (Myrtaceae), a new swamp gum from 
the Warby Range, North-East Victoria. Muelleria 1 (1): 7-13 (1989). — A new 
eucalypt, known only from a single locality in the Warby Range in NE. Victoria, is 
described and named. It is related to the Swamp Gums (the informal E. subser. 
Ovatinae), particularly E. aggregata Deane & Maiden, but is readily distinguished by 
its glaucous new growth. Often mature trees lean or fall over but continue to thrive in 
their boggy habitat which surrounds permanent springs. 
INTRODUCTION 
The first record of this species appears to be a collection made in 1 979 by Mr A. C 
Beauglehole and Miss C. D. Nason on the late Miss Nason’s property in the Warby 
Range. The same collectors obtained more material in 1985, and subsequently the 
population was listed by Beauglehole (1986) under the name E. yarraensis Maiden & 
Cambage. Miss Nason had also mentioned the existence of this unusual eucalypt to Mr 
J. L. Briggs, a local beekeeper, who recently visited the site and sent specimens to one 
of us (J. D. Briggs, his nephew) for identification. As the specimens did not match any 
species known to us, we undertook further investigations including field studies, 
collection of additional specimens and the growing of seedlings. The distinctiveness of 
the population combined with a lack of segregation in the seedlings convinced us that 
this was a new species. In this paper, we describe and name the new eucalypt and 
discuss its affinities and conservation status. 
TAXONOMY 
Eucalyptus cadens J. Briggs & Crisp, sp. nov. 
E. aggregata Deane & Maiden arte simulans sed surculis manifeste glaucis, foliis maturis 
glaucescentibus, cortice pro parte maxima laevi praeter in parte inferna trunci differt. 
Holotypus: Victoria, eastern foot of the Warby Range, between Wangaratta and 
Glenrowan, J. D. Briggs 2068 & J. L. Briggs, 8.x. 1986, 2 sheets (CANB 370885-6). 
IsoTYPi: CBG, HO, MEL, NSW. 
Spreading tree, often leaning, or fallen and continuing to grow from existing 
shoots as well as producing new vertical stems from the old trunk; standing trees 
8-25 m tall, to 1 m d.b.h.; forming a lignotuber; bark smooth, decorticating in short 
ribbons, greenish grey above a 1-10 m hard, dark-grey, finely furrowed stocking; oil 
glands abundant in bark; new shoots and leaves glaucous, weathering to grey-green at 
maturity; crowns frequently containing mostly intermediate leaves. Cotyledons 
bilobed. ^Seedling leaves decussate to 5th-7th node, subsessile, spreading, elliptic to 
oblong, mostly narrow, slightly concave above, obtuse or rounded at apex, abruptly 
tapered at base, 10-50x3-22 mm, grey-green; leaves (above 12th node) 
similar but not opposite, ascending, narrow-elliptic to linear, ± acute, more tapered at 
base, glaucescent; seedling stems terete, red. Intermediate leaves petiolate (1-5 mm), 
narrow-elliptic to elliptic, ±flat, acute or obtuse, to 200 x65 mm, conspicuously 
glandular; late intermediate leaves narrow-ovate to elliptie, to 1 50 x 34 mm including 
petiole to 20 mm. Adult leaves mostly pendulous, narrow-elliptic, slightly falcate, 
tapering to both ends (often abruptly to apex), 70- 1 1 5 x 9-20 mm including 5- 1 4 mm 
1 CSIRO, Division of Plant Industry, P.O. Box 1600, Canberra, A.C.T., Australia 2601. 
2 Australian National Botanic Gardens, P.O. Box 1777, Canberra, A.C.T., Australia 2601. 
7 

Page image

551431 Feldstonia nitens Muelleria 7(1): 109
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563675
Page is part of the work New Genera and Species of Australian Inuleae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184041

Page text

109 
filament collar straight in outline and not thicker than the filament. Cypselas 
± obovoid, pubescent, carpopodium absent. Pappus setaceus, the bristles subplumose 
to plumose, united at the base. 
Distribution (Fig. 1 ): 
Monotypic. Restricted to Western Australia between latitudes c. 28° S. and 30° S. 
and longitudes c. 116° E. and 1 1 8° E. 
Etymology: 
The name Feldstonia is an anagram derived from the surname and com- 
memorates Danish botanist C. E. H. Ostenfeld (1873-1931) who published several 
papers on Western Australian botany. Although an anagram it is regarded as a 
personal generic name and following Recommendation 20A of the ICBN is given the 
feminine gender. 
Notes: 
A number of attributes, including the semicartilaginous bracts of the general 
involucre and the combination of features of the fruit, pappus and capitular bracts 
readily distinguish the genus from others of the Inuleae. 
Feldstonia nitens Short, sp. nov. 
Herba annua. Axes majores 6-30 cm longi. Folia linearia vel suboblanceolata, interdum suprema 
ovata, 3-40 mm longa, 0- 5-2-5 mm lata, submucronata, glabra vel sparsim pilosa. Glomeruli late 
obovoidei usque depresse obovoidei vel depresse ovoidei, 5-8 mm longi, 4- 1 4 mm diametro. Capitula 
15-50; bracteae capitula subtendentes ovatae usque lanceolatae, 3-4-4-8 mm longae, 1-2-1 -5 mm 
latae. Bracteae intra capitulum 3-8-4-1 mm longae, l-l-l-4mm latae. Flosculi (1)2. Stamina 5; 
antherae 1-6-1-9 mm longae, microsporangia 1-2-1-5 mm longa, appendices apicales 0-38-0-45 mm 
longae. subobovoideae, 1-4- 1-9 mm longae, 0-6-0-9 mm diametro. Pappi setae c. 10-15, sub- 
plumosae usque plumosae, ad basem conjunctae, longitudine r. j corollae tubi aequanti. (Fig. 4). 
Holotypus: Western Australia, 1 9-3 km from Yalgoo along the road to Paynes Find. 
Acacia scrub. Growing with an array of annuals including Cephalipterum 
drummondii, Pogonolepis, Gnephosis and Myriocephalus, 2.ix. 1 982, Short 1615 (MEL 
621021). IsoTYPi: AD, BRI, CANB, E, GH, HO, K, NSW, PERTH, S. 
Annual herb. Major axes 6-30 cm long. Leaves linear or ± oblanceolate, the 
uppermost sometimes ovate, 3-40 mm long, 0-5-2-5 mm wide, mucronate, glabrous 
or sparsely hairy. Compound heads broadly obovoid to depressed obovoid or 
depressed ovoid, 5-8 mm long, 4-14 mm diam. Capitula 15-50 per compound head; 
capitulum-subtending bracts ovate to lanceolate, 3-4-4-8 mm long, 1 -2-1 -5 mm wide. 
Capitular bracts 3-8-4-1 mm long, l-l-l-4mm wide. Florets (1)2; corolla tube 
2-2-7 mm long. Stamens 5; anthers 1-6-1 -9 mm long; microsporangia 1-2-1 -5 mm 
long; apical appendages 0-38-0-45 mm long. Cypselas ± obovoid, 1-4-1 -9 mm long, 
0-6-0-9 mm diam. bristles c. 10-15, subplumose to plumose, bases united, c. j 
the length of the corolla tube. 
Distribution (Fig. 1): 
See generic treatment. 
Ecology & Reproductive Biology: 
Collectors’ habitat notes include: ‘Acacia scrub. Red-brown loam’ and ‘Mallee 
scrub {Acacia common). Reddish sandy loam’. 
A pollen: ovule ratio of 4,460, determined from a single floret, indicates that the 
species commonly cross-pollinates. 
Etymology: 
The specific epithet refers to the shiny bracts of the general involucre. 
Selected Specimens Examined (Total 14): 
Western Australia — 9 miles N. of Paynes Find, 23.X.1973, Demarz 4674 (KP, PERTH); 20 km from 

Page image

552935 Feldstonia Muelleria 7(1): 108
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563674
Page is part of the work New Genera and Species of Australian Inuleae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184041

Page text

108 
Annual herb, to c. 25 cm high. Major axes erect, glabrous; branching 
dichotomous. Leaves sessile, ± linear or lanceolate, 2-9 mm long, 04-2 mm wide, 
stem-clasping, outer surfaces glabrous, inner surfaces sparsely glandular. Compound 
heads 3-5-4-5 mm long, 2-5-3-5 mm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads 2, 
connate in c. the lower j, glabrous; general receptacle beset with long hairs. Capitula 
6-20 per compound head. Capitular bracts 1, hyaline, enveloping the fruit and the 
lower j of the corolla tube, entire. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 5-lobed, corolla tube 
c. 1-5-2 mm long. Style branches truncate, papillate. Stamens 5; anthers 1 -3-1 -5 mm 
long, caudate; microsporangia 0-96-1 -1 mm long; apical appendages 0-34-0-38 mm 
long. Cypselas ±obovoid, c. 1-3-1-5 mm long, c. 0-6 mm diam., densely silky hairy, 
carpopodium absent. Pappus of smooth bristles fused at the base, c. the length of the 
corolla tube. 
Distribution (Fig. 1): 
Only known from the type collection from south-west Western Australia. 
Ecology & Reproductive Biology: 
No habitat notes accompany the type specimen. 
Anther size and a pollen: ovule ratio of 5,464 determined for a single floret 
indicate that the species commonly cross-pollinates. 
Etymology: 
The specific epithet refers to the slender habit. 
Notes: 
In a previous treatment of Dithyrostegia (Short 1983) this species was not 
described pending further collections. Despite several searches (in 1 982, ’83 & ’86) the 
species has not been recollected. That it is specifically distinct from D. amplexicaulis 
seems indisputable. The leaves and compound heads are much smaller than in the 
latter species, the capitular bracts are entire (not with long hairs at the apex) and the 
general receptacle is sparsely hairy (not woolly). 
Feldstonia Short, gen. nov. 
Herba annua. Axes majores decumbentes usque ad ascendentes, rare erecti, glabri vel sparsim pilosi. 
Folia sessilia, integra, infima opposita, supera alterna, linearia vel oblanceolata, glabra vel sparsim 
pilosa. Glomeruli late obovoidei usque depresse obovoidei vel depresse ovoidei; involucrum generale 
multiseriale, conspicuum; bracteae exteriores praecipue virides, opacae, subcartilagineae, glabrae, 
nitentes, marginibus hyalinis; bracteae interiores praecipue hyalinae, glabrae, costis opacis; 
receptaculum subconicum, glabrum. Capitula 15-50; bracteae capitula subtendentes (0)1(2), 
subrigidae, praecipue, hyalinae glabrae, costis opacis, interdum parte distali leviter constricta, lutea. 
Bracteae intra capitulum 4-5, in duo serialibus, praecipue hyalinae, planae usque concavae, costa 
opaca, apice glabera vel sparsim pilosa. Flosculi ( 1 )2 in quoque capitulo, tubulare, hermaphroditi, lutei. 
Corolla 5-lobata. Styli rami truncati, ad apicem papillati. Stamina 5; antherae ad basem caudatae, ad 
apicem appendicibus sterilibus. Cypselae subobovoideae, pubescentes; carpopodium absens. Pappus 
setaceus, setas subplumosas usque plumosas, ad basem conjunctae ferens. 
Typus: F. nitens Short 
Annual herb. Major axes decumbent to ascending, rarely erect, glabrous or 
sparsely hairy. Leaves sessile, entire, the lowermost opposite, the upper alternate, 
linear or oblanceolate, glabrous or sparsely hairy. Compound heads broadly obovoid to 
depressed obovoid or depressed ovoid; general involucre multiseriate, conspicuous; 
outer bracts mainly green, opaque, semi-cartilaginous, glabrous, shiny, with hyaline 
margins; inner bracts mainly hyaline, glabrous, with opaque midribs; receptacle 
± conical, glabrous. Capitula 15-50 per compound head; capitulum-subtending 
bracts (0) 1(2), ± rigid, mainly hyaline, glabrous, midrib opaque, with the upper part of 
the bract sometimes slightly constricted, yellow. Capitular bracts 4-5, in 2 rows, 
mainly hyaline, flat to concave, midrib opaque and glabrous or with sparsely hairy 
apices. Florets (1)2, tubular, bisexual, yellow; corolla 5-lobed. Style branches truncate, 
apices papillate. Stamens 5; anthers caudate, each with a sterile apical appendage; 

Page image

521804 Fitzwillia axilliflora Muelleria 7(1): 111
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563677
Page is part of the work New Genera and Species of Australian Inuleae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184041

Page text

Ill 
Yalgoo on Paynes Find road, 21.X.1983, Short 2155 (MEL); 86 km NE. of Wubin, 29.ix.1986, Wilson 12350 
(MEL, PERTH). 
Fitzwillia Short, gen. nov. 
Herba annua. Axes majores ascendentes usque erecti, glabri, alis hyalinis; caulis simplex vel e nodis 
basalibus superioribusque ramificans. Folia opposita, sessilia, Integra, semisucculenta, glabra, 
mucronata. Glomeruli perdepresse obovoidei usque obovoidei; involucrum generate absens; 
receptaculum subintegrum. Capitula 5-10; bracteae intra capitulum 4(6), integrae, hyalinae, planae 
usque conduplicatae. Flosculi 1 vel 2 in quoque capitulo, tubulares, hermaphroditi, albi. Corolla 
5-lobata. Styli rami truncati, ad apicem papillati. Stamina 5; antherae ad basem caudatae, ad apicem 
appendicibus sterilibus. Cypselae subobconicae, villosae; pericarpium ad apicem sclerenchymatum, 
fascibus vascularibus 2; testa sine fascibus vascularibus; carpopodium absens. Pappus subcyathiformis, 
ciliatus. 
Typus: F. axilliflora 
Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, glabrous, with hyaline wings; stem 
simple or forming major branches at basal and upper nodes. Leaves sessile, entire, 
opposite, erect, glabrous, semisucculent, mucronate. Compound heads broadly 
depressed obovoid to obovoid; general involucre absent; receptacle ± entire. Capitula 
5-10 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts leaf-like, glabrous. Capitular 
bracts 4(6), entire, hyaline, flat to conduplicate. Florets 1 or 2 per capitulum, tubular, 
bisexual, white; corolla 5-lobed. 5'ty/e branches truncate, apices papillate. Stamens 5; 
anthers caudate, each with a sterile apical appendage; filament collar straight in 
outline and not thicker than the filament. Cypselas ± obconic, villous; pericarp in 
mid-transverse section lacking sclerenchyma but the fruit apex with a capping of 
sclerenchyma, with two, medial/oblique vascular bundles; testa thin, lacking vascular 
bundles in mid-transverse section; carpopodium absent. Pappus cup-like, ciliate. 
Distribution (Fig. 1): 
Monotypic. Restricted to south-west Western Australia. Collections have only 
been gathered near Cowcowing, Newdegate and Morawa. 
Etymology: 
The name Fitzwillia is an anagram derived from the names and commemorating 
the botanist William V. Fitzgerald (1867-1 929). Although an anagram it is regarded as 
a personal generic name and following Recommendation 20A of the ICBN is given the 
feminine gender. 
Notes: 
The fruit provide the most distinctive feature of this genus although a sclerified 
capping also occurs in cypselas of Epitriche demissus (A. Gray) Short (Short 1989). The 
leaf-like capitulum-subtending bracts and the arrangement of the capitular bracts are 
characters unique to the genus. The pale white florets have not been observed in other 
Australian inuloid species. 
Fitzwillia axilliflora (W.V. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Angianthus axilliflorus W.V. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. 
Soc. Viet. 22: 315, pi. 56, figs 1-3 (1910), ('axilijlorus')-, W.V. Fitzg., J. Bot. 50: 21 
(1912); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975); Short, Muelleria 5: 209 
(1983). Lectotype {fide Short 1983): Cowcowing, Oct. 1904, Koch 1196 (MEL 
541217). Isolectotypes and probable Isolectotypes: AD, BM (same no; but 
dated Aug. 1904), MEL 541218, MEL 541219, NSW (2 sheets), PERTH. 
Annual herbs, 3-13-5 cm high. Major axes ascending to erect, with 2-4 hyaline 
wings; stem simple or forming shorter major axes at basal and upper nodes, all axes 
glabrous. Leaver lanceolate or ± linear, c. 4-7 mm long, 0-7-1 -3 mm wide, ± concave, 
semisucculent, mucronate, glabrous. Compound heads broadly depressed obovoid to 
obovoid, 4-5-7 mm long, 2-5-8 mm diam.; general involucre absent but several 
leaf-like bracts present. Capitula 5-10 per compound head; capitulum-subtending 

Page image

521770 Fitzwillia Muelleria 7(1): 111
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563677
Page is part of the work New Genera and Species of Australian Inuleae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184041

Page text

Ill 
Yalgoo on Paynes Find road, 21.X.1983, Short 2155 (MEL); 86 km NE. of Wubin, 29.ix.1986, Wilson 12350 
(MEL, PERTH). 
Fitzwillia Short, gen. nov. 
Herba annua. Axes majores ascendentes usque erecti, glabri, alis hyalinis; caulis simplex vel e nodis 
basalibus superioribusque ramificans. Folia opposita, sessilia, Integra, semisucculenta, glabra, 
mucronata. Glomeruli perdepresse obovoidei usque obovoidei; involucrum generate absens; 
receptaculum subintegrum. Capitula 5-10; bracteae intra capitulum 4(6), integrae, hyalinae, planae 
usque conduplicatae. Flosculi 1 vel 2 in quoque capitulo, tubulares, hermaphroditi, albi. Corolla 
5-lobata. Styli rami truncati, ad apicem papillati. Stamina 5; antherae ad basem caudatae, ad apicem 
appendicibus sterilibus. Cypselae subobconicae, villosae; pericarpium ad apicem sclerenchymatum, 
fascibus vascularibus 2; testa sine fascibus vascularibus; carpopodium absens. Pappus subcyathiformis, 
ciliatus. 
Typus: F. axilliflora 
Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, glabrous, with hyaline wings; stem 
simple or forming major branches at basal and upper nodes. Leaves sessile, entire, 
opposite, erect, glabrous, semisucculent, mucronate. Compound heads broadly 
depressed obovoid to obovoid; general involucre absent; receptacle ± entire. Capitula 
5-10 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts leaf-like, glabrous. Capitular 
bracts 4(6), entire, hyaline, flat to conduplicate. Florets 1 or 2 per capitulum, tubular, 
bisexual, white; corolla 5-lobed. 5'ty/e branches truncate, apices papillate. Stamens 5; 
anthers caudate, each with a sterile apical appendage; filament collar straight in 
outline and not thicker than the filament. Cypselas ± obconic, villous; pericarp in 
mid-transverse section lacking sclerenchyma but the fruit apex with a capping of 
sclerenchyma, with two, medial/oblique vascular bundles; testa thin, lacking vascular 
bundles in mid-transverse section; carpopodium absent. Pappus cup-like, ciliate. 
Distribution (Fig. 1): 
Monotypic. Restricted to south-west Western Australia. Collections have only 
been gathered near Cowcowing, Newdegate and Morawa. 
Etymology: 
The name Fitzwillia is an anagram derived from the names and commemorating 
the botanist William V. Fitzgerald (1867-1 929). Although an anagram it is regarded as 
a personal generic name and following Recommendation 20A of the ICBN is given the 
feminine gender. 
Notes: 
The fruit provide the most distinctive feature of this genus although a sclerified 
capping also occurs in cypselas of Epitriche demissus (A. Gray) Short (Short 1989). The 
leaf-like capitulum-subtending bracts and the arrangement of the capitular bracts are 
characters unique to the genus. The pale white florets have not been observed in other 
Australian inuloid species. 
Fitzwillia axilliflora (W.V. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Angianthus axilliflorus W.V. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. 
Soc. Viet. 22: 315, pi. 56, figs 1-3 (1910), ('axilijlorus')-, W.V. Fitzg., J. Bot. 50: 21 
(1912); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975); Short, Muelleria 5: 209 
(1983). Lectotype {fide Short 1983): Cowcowing, Oct. 1904, Koch 1196 (MEL 
541217). Isolectotypes and probable Isolectotypes: AD, BM (same no; but 
dated Aug. 1904), MEL 541218, MEL 541219, NSW (2 sheets), PERTH. 
Annual herbs, 3-13-5 cm high. Major axes ascending to erect, with 2-4 hyaline 
wings; stem simple or forming shorter major axes at basal and upper nodes, all axes 
glabrous. Leaver lanceolate or ± linear, c. 4-7 mm long, 0-7-1 -3 mm wide, ± concave, 
semisucculent, mucronate, glabrous. Compound heads broadly depressed obovoid to 
obovoid, 4-5-7 mm long, 2-5-8 mm diam.; general involucre absent but several 
leaf-like bracts present. Capitula 5-10 per compound head; capitulum-subtending 

Page image

809738 Gnephosis burkittii Muelleria 7(1): 112
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563678
Page is part of the work New Genera and Species of Australian Inuleae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184041
494133 Grevillea acanthifolia paludosa Muelleria 7(1): 89, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563655
Page is part of the work A New Subspecies of Grevillea acanthifolia (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) from South-eastern New South Wales, doi:10.5962/p.184039
478883 Hovea acanthoclada Muelleria 7(1): 22
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563624
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035

Page text

22 
2. Leaves scarcely or distinctly coriaceous but not rigid, margins not strongly 
revolute, apices not pungent-pointed, or, if so, then margins usually sinuate and 
prickly-toothed: 
4. Leaf margins usually distinctly sinuate and pungent-pointed, occasionally 
almost entire and almost lacking teeth but the upper stamen-filament free 
from the tube 2. H. chorizemifolia 
4. Leaf margins entire, crisped or almost crenulate but not pungent-pointed, 
upper stamen-filament usually united to the tube: 
5. Subshrub to 0-6 m high, stems often weak and sprawling unless supported; 
exterior of calyx clothed with appressed to slightly spreading hairs, the 
hairs mainly silvery-white or sometimes with an understorey of shorter 
rust-coloured hairs; lower surface of leaf with appressed, spreading or 
asymmetrically biramate hairs, the hairs often crimped; ovules 2-7 
3. H. trisperma 
5. Slender erect shrub or tree to 3 m high; exterior of calyx clothed with 
appressed hairs, the hairs all short and rust-coloured or sometimes with 
paler longer hairs interspersed; lower surface of leaf with predominantly 
or exclusively medifixed or asymmetrically biramate hairs; ovules 2 (very 
rarely 3 or 4) 4. //. elliptica 
1. Hovea acanthoclada F. Muell., Fragm. 4: 15 (1863); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 174 
(1864). Lectotype (here selected): Western Australia, Phillips River, Maxwell s.n. 
(MEL). 
Daviesia? acanthoclada Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 26: 262 
(1853). Lectotype (here selected): Western Australia, Drummond 5th coll. No. 90. 
(KW; Isolectotype: BM, G, K, NSW, PERTH, W). 
Rigid divaricate shrub to 2 m high, single or many-stemmed, armed with short 
lateral spreading spine-tipped shoots which bear leaves and inflorescences; branches 
densely clothed with appressed to slightly spreading antrorse hairs, some of which are 
often asymmetrically biramate. Leaves solitary or appearing fascicled in twos or 
threes; lamina oblong, narrow-obovate, ovate or rotund, 1-5-7 mm long, 0-9-2 mm 
wide, rounded, obtuse or retuse apically, with or without a short mucro, margins 
revolute, glabrous above, sparingly to densely clothed with appressed often 
asymmetrically biramate hairs below; petiole up to 0-5 mm long. Inflorescence 
axillary, sessile or on peduncles up to 1 -2 mm long. Flowers solitary or paired, 
pedicellate, the pedicels 1-5-4 mm long, clothed with appressed hairs; bracteoles 
± 1 mm long, inserted at the base of or a short distance below the base of the calyx, 
much shorter than the calyx-tube, pubescent like the pedicel and bract; bract ± 1 mm 
long, inserted 1-2 mm below the bracteoles. Calyx turbinate-campanulate, densely 
clothed with short appressed hairs; 2 upper lobes 4- 5-5 -5 mm long including the tube 
3-3-5 mm long, ± truncate except for an acute tip; the lower 3 lobes 1 -5-2-5 mm long. 
Standard 8-10-2 mm long, 8-10 mm wide, purplish-blue with a basal whitish 
horse-shoe shaped flare; wings 7-9 mm long, 2 -9-3 -7 mm wide, purplish blue; keel 
5-7-6-5mm long, 2-2-3 mm wide, purplish-blue apically, white basally. 
Stamen-filaments 4-5-6 mm long. Ovary 1-2-1 -5 mm long, 2-ovulate, glabrous, on a 
stipe up to 1 mm long. Pods shortly stipitate, the stipe almost as long as the calyx, 
obliquely to transversely globular, ovoid or ellipsoid, 0-7-0-9cm long, 0-9-1 -1 cm 
wide, glabrous. Seeds elliptic, plump, 4-4-8 mm long, 2-3-3 mm wide, 2-2-2-7 mm 
thick, dark brown, aril extending for more than half the length of the seed (Fig. 
Id-f). 
Confined to southern Western Australia where there are two disjunct centres of 
distribution: one in the vicinity of Kalgoorlie and the other further south from the 
Fitzgerald River area to east of Ravensthorpe and southwards to Hopetoun (Fig. 2). 
Recorded from rocky outcrops, scree slopes, laterite and loam over granite in mallee, 
in tall Eucalyptus woodland and in association with Acacia, Casuarina and Hakea 
species. 

Page image

479004 Hovea arnhemica Muelleria 7(1): 135, figs 1, 2 (map).
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563701
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 3, doi:10.5962/p.184044

Page text

NOTES ON HOVEA R. Br. (FABACEAE): 3 
by 
J. H. Ross* 
ABSTRACT 
Ross, J. H. Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 3. Muelleria 7(1); 135-139 (1989). H. 
arnhemica from the Northern Territory is described as new. H. longifolia R. Br. var. 
purpurea (Sweet) Domin subvar. planifolia Domin from south-eastern Queensland is 
elevated to species rank as H. planifolia and the necessary combination is made. 
HOVEA ARNHEMICA 
Hovea arnhemica J.H. Ross sp. nov. 
Affinite incerta, forsan H. planifoliae (Domin) J.H. Ross affinis, a qua corolla semper albida, planta 
multo minore, caulibus brevibus erectis vel decumbentibus, foliis minoribus lamina plus minusve 
plana, inflorescentia sessili, floribus minoribus, et arillo seminis quam semine ultra dimidio breviore, 
differt. 
Typus: Northern Territory, Arnhem Land, 3 km NW. of Murgenella, 2.iv.l984, C.R. 
Dunlop 6673 (Holotypus: MEL; Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, CBG, DNA, HO, K, 
NSW, PERTH). 
Subshrub to 60 cm high with a large lignotuber, multi-stemmed, the stems erect or 
decumbent, densely clothed with short curled hairs and longer straighter hairs up to 
1 -4 mm long, the hairs faintly or distinctly rusty-brown. Leaves spreading almost at 
right angles to the stem or deflexed, lamina more or less flat on upper surface on either 
side of the depressed midrib, lamina of upper leaves narrow-ovate or elliptic and of 
smaller lower or basal leaves ovate, obovate or subrotund, (0-7)2-6-3 cm long, 
(0-5)0-8-l-5 cm wide, apex acute, obtuse or sometimes emarginate, upper surface 
densely clothed with short curled white hairs, lower surface densely clothed with 
curled and scattered strai^tish white hairs except on midrib and margin where hairs 
are tinged with brown; petiole up to 0-3 cm long, densely clothed like the stem. Stipules 
subulate, up to 3 mm long, spreading laterally or somewhat recurved and often 
persisting for some time, glabrous and glossy above, densely pubescent on lower 
surface. Inflorescence axillary, sessile, mostly 2- or 3-flowered, rarely flowers solitary. 
Flowers pedicellate, the pedicels up to 1-5 mm long, densely clothed with spreading 
hairs; bracteoles narrow-ovate, 2-3-5 mm long, 0-8-1 - 3 mm wide, situated at the base 
of the calyx and shorter than or almost as long as the calyx-tube, inner surface with 
scattered appressed hairs, outer surface densely clothed with spreading hairs, with a 
conspicuous tuft of dark reddish-brown hairs in the axils; bract inserted at the base of 
the pedicel, narrow-ovate, 1 -8-2-4 mm long, 1-1-2 mm wide, outer surface densely 
clothed with spreading hairs. Calyx densely clothed with short curled and longer 
straighter rusty-brown to whitish hairs: 2 upper lobes 5-5-6 mm long including the 
tube 1 -5-2-5 mm long, the 3 lower lobes 2-2-7 mm long, acute. Standard 6-6-6 mm 
long, 7-8 mm wide, emarginate apically, white except for a greenish-yellow basal flare; 
wings 5-7-6 mm long, 2-2-2-8 mm wide; keel 4-8-5-2mm long, 2-2-5 mm wide. 
Stamen-filaments 3-5-4-5 mm long. Ovary sessile or very shortly stipitate, 
1 -2-1 - 5 mm long, 2-ovulate. Pods sessile or almost so, obliquely ovoid or ellipsoid or 
sometimes transversely elliptic, 1-1- 1-4 cm long, 1-1- 1-4 cm wide, densely clothed 
with white matted hairs externally, fairly densely clothed with weak white hairs within. 
Seeds elliptic, plump, 4-7-5-8 mm long, 3-3-4-2 mm wide, 2-8-3-5 mm thick, 
chestnut-brown, hilum linear, the aril less than half the length of the seed, with a raised 
lateral lip. (Fig. 1). 
•National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
135 

Page image

479056 Hovea celsii Muelleria 7(1): 27
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563619
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
479094 Hovea chorizemifolia Muelleria 7(1): 23-27

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1): 23-27".

479123 Hovea crispa Muelleria 7(1): 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563617
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035

Page text

29 
Foreman 829 (AD, CBG, MEL, PERTH). Northern slope of Castle Rock, Porongurup Range, 29.ix.1966, 
T.B. Muir 3966 (MEL). Bremer River, 1884, W. Webb (MEL 66439). 
Notes: 
In stature H. elliptica is by far the largest of the Western Australian species. Some 
specimens of H. trisperma with large elliptic leaves are sometimes superficially similar 
to and have been confused with H. elliptica. Apart from differences in habit, H. 
elliptica invariably has 2 ovules per ovary in contrast to the specimens of H. trisperma 
which have 3-6 ovules per ovary, the indumentum on the lower surface of the leaves is 
different and the shape of the lamina itself is different. 
Occasional white-flowered specimens of H. elliptica occur. 
4. Hovea trisperma Benth. in Endl. et ai, Enum. PI. Huegel 37 (1837); Meissn. in 
Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 79 (1844); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 175 (1864); Wheeler, FI. Perth 
Region 269 (1987). Lectotype (here selected): Western Australia, King Georges 
Sound, Huegel s.n. (W). 
H. lanceolata var. linearis Lindley in Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 17: t. 1427 (1831). 
Lectotype (here selected): Fragment from cultivated plant in Low’s nursery, 1831, 
(CGE). 
H. manglesii Lindley in Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 24: t. 62 (1838). Lectotype (here 
selected): Specimen from plant cultivated by R. Mangles, 1837, (CGE). 
H. crispa Lindley in Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 25: misc. 19 (1839). H. trisperma var. 
crispa (Lindley) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 176 (1864). Lectotype (here selected): 
Specimen from plant cultivated by R. Mangles (CGE). 
H. grandiflora Drummond, Hooker’s J. Bot. 2: 365 (1840). H. trisperma var. 
grandiflora (Drummond) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 176 (1864). Lectotype (here 
selected): Western Australia, Drummond (K). 
H. splendens Paxton, Paxton’s Mag. Bot. 10: 70, plate facing p. 103 (1843). 
Lectotype (here selected): Paxton’s Mag. Bot. 10: plate facing p. 103. 
H. elliptica sensu Meissn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 79 (1844) non (Sm.) DC. 
Subshrub to 0-6 m high with one or several stems arising from the base, stems 
often weak and sprawling unless supported by surrounding vegetation, young 
branches sparingly to densely clothed with appressed medifixed or asymmetrically 
biramate antrorse or spreading hairs, the hairs sometimes crimped or twisted. Leaves: 
lamina ovate, obovate, elliptic, elliptic-oblong, lanceolate, linear-oblong or on basal 
leaves occasionally almost rotund, those on lower leaves often shaped differently to 
those on upper leaves, (0-8-)2-8(-13) cm long, (0-3-)0-7-3-6 cm wide, obtuse, acute 
or shortly mucronate apically, margins slightly to distinctly recurved, entire, crisped or 
almost crenulate, upper surface pubescent especially when young or glabrous, 
sometimes prominently reticulate, lower surface sparingly to densely clothed with 
appressed to spreading or asymmetrically biramate often crimped hairs; petiole 
1- 3 mm long. Stipules subulate, up to 2 mm long, pubescent, sometimes persisting. 
Inflorescence axillary, sessile or on short peduncles, 1 -6-flowered. Flowers pedicellate, 
the pedicels 1-7 mm long, densely clothed with appressed to spreading hairs; 
bracteoles subulate, 1-5-3 mm long, inserted at the base of or up to 2 mm below the 
calyx, pubescent; bract subulate, up to 3 mm long, inserted at the base of the pedicel. 
Calyx densely clothed with appressed antrorse to slightly spreading hairs: 2 upper 
lobes 6-1-1 1-7 mm long including the tube 2-4-5 mm long, emarginate; the 3 lower 
lobes 1 -4-2 mm long. Standard 10-8-20-2 mm long, 10-5-25 mm wide, purplish-blue 
with a basal white horseshoe shaped flare; wings 9-14-8 mm long, 3-1-8 mm wide, 
purplish-blue; keel 6-11-6 mm long, 2-3-4 mm wide. Stamen-filaments 5-8 mm long, 
staminal sheath open on upper side and sometimes also on lower, occasionally the 
upper filament free. Ovary subsessile or on a stipe up to 2 mm long, 2-7-ovulate, 
glabrous. Pods shortly stipitate, the stipe about half as long to as long as the calyx-tube, 
globular, ovoid or ellipsoid, sometimes transversely so, 0-8-1 -2 cm long, 0-8-1 -2 cm 
wide, C-65-1 cm thick, glabrous. Seeds elliptic, 4-6 mm long, 2-6-3-8 mm wide, 
2- 2-7 mm thick, uniform olive- to dark brown, aril collar-like with a raised upper lip, 
about j to f as long as the seed, margin sometimes slightly frilled. 

Page image

820964 Hovea crispa Muelleria 7(1): 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563617
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035

Page text

29 
Foreman 829 (AD, CBG, MEL, PERTH). Northern slope of Castle Rock, Porongurup Range, 29.ix.1966, 
T.B. Muir 3966 (MEL). Bremer River, 1884, W. Webb (MEL 66439). 
Notes: 
In stature H. elliptica is by far the largest of the Western Australian species. Some 
specimens of H. trisperma with large elliptic leaves are sometimes superficially similar 
to and have been confused with H. elliptica. Apart from differences in habit, H. 
elliptica invariably has 2 ovules per ovary in contrast to the specimens of H. trisperma 
which have 3-6 ovules per ovary, the indumentum on the lower surface of the leaves is 
different and the shape of the lamina itself is different. 
Occasional white-flowered specimens of H. elliptica occur. 
4. Hovea trisperma Benth. in Endl. et ai, Enum. PI. Huegel 37 (1837); Meissn. in 
Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 79 (1844); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 175 (1864); Wheeler, FI. Perth 
Region 269 (1987). Lectotype (here selected): Western Australia, King Georges 
Sound, Huegel s.n. (W). 
H. lanceolata var. linearis Lindley in Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 17: t. 1427 (1831). 
Lectotype (here selected): Fragment from cultivated plant in Low’s nursery, 1831, 
(CGE). 
H. manglesii Lindley in Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 24: t. 62 (1838). Lectotype (here 
selected): Specimen from plant cultivated by R. Mangles, 1837, (CGE). 
H. crispa Lindley in Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 25: misc. 19 (1839). H. trisperma var. 
crispa (Lindley) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 176 (1864). Lectotype (here selected): 
Specimen from plant cultivated by R. Mangles (CGE). 
H. grandiflora Drummond, Hooker’s J. Bot. 2: 365 (1840). H. trisperma var. 
grandiflora (Drummond) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 176 (1864). Lectotype (here 
selected): Western Australia, Drummond (K). 
H. splendens Paxton, Paxton’s Mag. Bot. 10: 70, plate facing p. 103 (1843). 
Lectotype (here selected): Paxton’s Mag. Bot. 10: plate facing p. 103. 
H. elliptica sensu Meissn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 79 (1844) non (Sm.) DC. 
Subshrub to 0-6 m high with one or several stems arising from the base, stems 
often weak and sprawling unless supported by surrounding vegetation, young 
branches sparingly to densely clothed with appressed medifixed or asymmetrically 
biramate antrorse or spreading hairs, the hairs sometimes crimped or twisted. Leaves: 
lamina ovate, obovate, elliptic, elliptic-oblong, lanceolate, linear-oblong or on basal 
leaves occasionally almost rotund, those on lower leaves often shaped differently to 
those on upper leaves, (0-8-)2-8(-13) cm long, (0-3-)0-7-3-6 cm wide, obtuse, acute 
or shortly mucronate apically, margins slightly to distinctly recurved, entire, crisped or 
almost crenulate, upper surface pubescent especially when young or glabrous, 
sometimes prominently reticulate, lower surface sparingly to densely clothed with 
appressed to spreading or asymmetrically biramate often crimped hairs; petiole 
1- 3 mm long. Stipules subulate, up to 2 mm long, pubescent, sometimes persisting. 
Inflorescence axillary, sessile or on short peduncles, 1 -6-flowered. Flowers pedicellate, 
the pedicels 1-7 mm long, densely clothed with appressed to spreading hairs; 
bracteoles subulate, 1-5-3 mm long, inserted at the base of or up to 2 mm below the 
calyx, pubescent; bract subulate, up to 3 mm long, inserted at the base of the pedicel. 
Calyx densely clothed with appressed antrorse to slightly spreading hairs: 2 upper 
lobes 6-1-1 1-7 mm long including the tube 2-4-5 mm long, emarginate; the 3 lower 
lobes 1 -4-2 mm long. Standard 10-8-20-2 mm long, 10-5-25 mm wide, purplish-blue 
with a basal white horseshoe shaped flare; wings 9-14-8 mm long, 3-1-8 mm wide, 
purplish-blue; keel 6-11-6 mm long, 2-3-4 mm wide. Stamen-filaments 5-8 mm long, 
staminal sheath open on upper side and sometimes also on lower, occasionally the 
upper filament free. Ovary subsessile or on a stipe up to 2 mm long, 2-7-ovulate, 
glabrous. Pods shortly stipitate, the stipe about half as long to as long as the calyx-tube, 
globular, ovoid or ellipsoid, sometimes transversely so, 0-8-1 -2 cm long, 0-8-1 -2 cm 
wide, C-65-1 cm thick, glabrous. Seeds elliptic, 4-6 mm long, 2-6-3-8 mm wide, 
2- 2-7 mm thick, uniform olive- to dark brown, aril collar-like with a raised upper lip, 
about j to f as long as the seed, margin sometimes slightly frilled. 

Page image

479155 Hovea elliptica Muelleria 7(1): 27-29

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1): 27-29".

479186 Hovea grandiflora Muelleria 7(1): 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563617
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
820965 Hovea grandiflora Muelleria 7(1): 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563617
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
479350 Hovea ilicifolia Muelleria 7(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563622
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
820958 Hovea ilicifolia Muelleria 7(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563622
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
479424 Hovea lanceolata linearis Muelleria 7(1): 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563617
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
820963 Hovea lanceolata linearis Muelleria 7(1): 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563617
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
501659 Hovea longifolia planifolia Muelleria 7(1): 138
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563704
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 3, doi:10.5962/p.184044
802601 Hovea longifolia planifolia Muelleria 7(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1)".

501887 Hovea manglesii Muelleria 7(1): 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563617
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
799162 Hovea manglesii Muelleria 7(1): 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563617
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
502012 Hovea planifolia Muelleria 7(1): 138
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563704
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 3, doi:10.5962/p.184044

Page text

138 
basal greenish-yellow flare on the standard. The affinities of H. arnhemica are not 
clear. The species is perhaps allied to H. planifolia from south-eastern Queensland 
from which it differs in being a much smaller plant with short erect or decumbent 
stems, in haying smaller leaves spreading almost at right angles to the stem or deflexed, 
the leaf lamina more or less flat, sessile inflorescences, smaller flowers and seeds with 
an aril less than half the length of the seed. 
HOVEA PLANIFOLIA 
Domin (1925) followed Bentham (1864) in treating H. longifolia R. Br. as an 
‘omnibus’ species and recognised within it five varieties and five subvarieties, one of 
which was var. purpurea (Sweet) Domin subvar. planifolia Domin. The brief 
description of subvar. planifolia was based on specimens (‘viele Exemplare’) collected 
by A. Dietrich from the Brisbane River, south-eastern Queensland, and on a specimen 
collected by F. Mueller from the same locality in August 1855. 
The following syntypes have been located; Brisbane River, A. Dietrich (BRI 
345294, HBG (5 sheets), NSW 166516, PR 527088, 527089, PRC, W 108297, 
108299); Brisbane River, F. Mueller, August 1855 (K). MEL 667189 collected by 
Mueller from the Brisbane River is almost indistinguishable from the specimen in K 
but as it was collected in July 1855 rather than in August it is not regarded as a 
syntype. 
It is clear that subvar. planifolia represents a taxon distinct from H. longifolia and 
that it merits specific rank. The opportunity is taken here of raising subvar. planifolia 
to specific rank and of providing a description and notes. 
Hovea planifolia (Domin) J.H. Ross comb. & stat. nov. 
Basionym: H. longifolia var. purpurea (Sweet) Domin subvar. planifolia Domin, 
Biblioth. Bot. 22 (89^): 729, fig. 141 (right hand specimen) (1925). Lectotype (here 
selected): Queensland, Brisbane River, August 1855, F. Mueller (K). 
Shrub 0-5-2(-2-5) m high, often wider than high, usually with several stems or the 
single stem branching at or a short distance above the base, branches ascending and 
spreading, branchlets densely clothed with short coiled or crinkled hairs and longer 
curled, crinkled or straightish hairs up to 9 mm long, the hairs on the young tips 
distinctly bright rusty-brown or reddish-brown. Leaves usually held more or less erect 
and almost perpendicular to the lateral branches or almost parallel to the vertical 
branches, sometimes held at an angle of about 45° but the lower surface usually 
conspicuous: lamina arched up slightly on either side of the depressed midrib 
and recurved towards the margin or slightly to distinctly V-shaped in section or 
sometimes more or less flat, narrow-ovate or elliptic, (2-)4-10(-13) cm long, 
(0-5-)0-9-2(-2-7) cm wide, apex rounded, obtuse or subacute, with a short mucro, 
upper surface dark green, sparingly to densely clothed throughout with short curled or 
twisted hairs or the hairs largely confined to the midrib and decreasing in frequency 
towards the margins, lateral veins sometimes prominent and somewhat raised, lower 
surface densely clothed with short coiled or curled hairs and longer curled, twisted or 
strai^tish hairs, the hairs greyish-white or rusty-brown, lateral veins often prominent 
despite the dense indumentum; petiole 0-3-0-9 cm long, densely pubescent like the 
branchlet. Stipules subulate, 2-3-2 mm long, 0-3-0-6 mm wide, densely clothed 
externally (abaxial surface) with short curled or crinkled hairs and longer spreading 
hairs, the hairs usually conspicuously rusty or reddish brown. Inflorescence axiWairy , on 
densely pubescent peduncles 0-2-0-8 cm long and usually 3-flowered or occasionally 
the axis growing on to form a many-flowered leafy shoot. Flowers pedicellate, the 
pedicels up to 2-5 mm long, densely clothed with short coiled or curled hairs and 
longer wavy or straightish spreading hairs; bracteoles narrow-ovate, 2-4-3- 1 mm long, 
as long as to slightly longer than the calyx-tube, inserted at the base of the calyx, 
densely clothed with coiled, curled and longer wavy or straightish spreading hairs, the 
hairs usually bright rusty-brown; bract 2-5-3-5 mm long, inserted almost at the same 
level as the bracteoles; bract 2 -5-3 -5 mm long, inserted almost at the same level as the 
bracteoles; bract and bracteoles with reddish-brown glandular hairs in the axils. Calyx 

Page image

502031 Hovea pungens Muelleria 7(1): 33-36

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1): 33-36".

502092 Hovea pungens major Muelleria 7(1): 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563613
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
802605 Hovea pungens major Muelleria 7(1): 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563613
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
502128 Hovea pungens ulicina Muelleria 7(1): 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563613
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
820960 Hovea pungens ulicina Muelleria 7(1): 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563613
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
478776 Hovea Muelleria 7(1): 21-38

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1): 21-38".

502337 Hovea splendens Muelleria 7(1): 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563617
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
829845 Hovea splendens Muelleria 7(1): 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563617
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
502371 Hovea stricta Muelleria 7(1): 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563610
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035

Page text

36 
Representative Specimens (total number examined 157): 
Western Australia — Coolgardie, 1902, W.E. Blackall s.n. (PERTH); 10 km due SSE. of Mt Burdett, 
2.viii.l983, M.A. Burgman 1637 & S. AfcVee (PERTH); 1-5 km N. of Mt Lesueur, 20.vii.l979, E.A. Griffin 
1966 (PERTH); Foot of Bluff Knoll, Stirling Range, x. 1984, R. & M. Hamilton 32 (MEL, PERTH); 
Wongamine Reserve, 19 km NW. of Northam, 19.viii.l983, B.H. Smith 243 (AD, CBG, HO, MEL, 
PERTH). 
Notes: 
H. pungens is very closely allied to H. stricta. Bentham (1864) differentiated the 
two species on the basis of the shape of the leaf apices, those of H. pungens being 
described as ‘pungent-pointed’ in contrast to those of H. stricta which were described 
as ‘obtuse with a small scarcely pungent point’. This may well have been true of the 
limited material available to Bentham but the material now available indicates that 
this character does not enable the two species to be differentiated. 
The two species may be distinguished chiefly by the disposition of the leaves on 
the branches, the shape of the leaves and by the seeds. Very few seeds of H. stricta were 
available for study but as far as can be judged the seeds of the two species differ in 
colour, in the size of the hilum and the shape of the aril. The seeds of H. stricta are a 
uniform yellowish or olive-brown, the hilum is less than j as long as the seed and the 
aril is shortly columnar whereas those of H. pungens are mottled, the hilum is about j 
to I the length of the seed and the aril is not as tall. It is unfortunate that seeds are 
seldom available as it restricts the use of seed as a distinguishing character. The almost 
invariable absence of seeds means that the two species are differentiated usually on 
vegetative characters. Despite this, most specimens can be sorted into two species 
quite readily as each has a different ‘look’ about it although the differences are difficult 
to express in words. 
The leaves in H. pungens are sessile or on petioles up to 0-5 mm long and typically 
are inserted on the branch at an angle >45° and often almost at right angles to it, the 
lamina arching outwards or spreading laterally and frequently slightly reflexed. In H. 
stricta the leaves are shortly but distinctly petiolate on petioles 0-75-T5 mm long and 
typically are inserted on the branch at an acute angle (<45°), the lamina arching 
outwards and upwards with the apex pointing towards the apex of the branch. These 
differences in leaf shape are not absolute but the leaf lamina in H. stricta tends to be 
broader than in H. pungens. These apparently trivial characters do nevertheless enable 
most specimens to be sorted into the two species without much difficulty in the 
absence of seeds. 
H. stricta tends to have a denser shaggier indumentum on many of its parts and 
the stipules are smaller and less persistent than in H. pungens. In addition, tfie growth 
form of the two species tends to differ, H. stricta often being smaller and more 
sparingly branched. 
The application of the name H. pungens var. major Paxton, published a year 
before H. stricta, is not entirely certain. The plant illustrated is neither typical of H. 
pungens nor of H. stricta which is not surprising seeing that it was grown under glass. 
The diagnostic characters used to differentiate the two species are not readily evident 
from the illustration but it seems probable that the plant was referrable to H. pungeris 
rather than to H. stricta. A cultivated specimen of H. pungens from South Australia 
shows an approach to the plant illustrated. Rather than treat H. pungens var. major as a 
name of uncertain application it is regarded here as a probable synonym of H. 
pungens. 
6. Hovea stricta Meissn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 79 (1844); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 176 
(1864). Lectotype (here selected): Western Australia, ‘in arenosis sylvae districtus 
Sussex’, Dec. 1839, Preiss J05 7 (LD; Isolectotype: MEL, NY). 
H. stricta var. major Meissn., Bot. Zeitung 13: 30 (1855). Lectotype (here 
selected): Western Australia, Drummond coll. 6 no. 27 (NY; Isolectotype BM, CGE, 
K, MEL, NSW, W). 
Shrub to 1 m high, single or several-stemmed, usually sparingly branched; 
branchlets densely clothed with a mixture of straight, curled, slightly crinkled or 

Page image

502403 Hovea stricta major Muelleria 7(1): 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563610
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
802143 Hovea stricta major Muelleria 7(1): 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563610
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
502425 Hovea trisperma Muelleria 7(1): 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563617
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035

Page text

29 
Foreman 829 (AD, CBG, MEL, PERTH). Northern slope of Castle Rock, Porongurup Range, 29.ix.1966, 
T.B. Muir 3966 (MEL). Bremer River, 1884, W. Webb (MEL 66439). 
Notes: 
In stature H. elliptica is by far the largest of the Western Australian species. Some 
specimens of H. trisperma with large elliptic leaves are sometimes superficially similar 
to and have been confused with H. elliptica. Apart from differences in habit, H. 
elliptica invariably has 2 ovules per ovary in contrast to the specimens of H. trisperma 
which have 3-6 ovules per ovary, the indumentum on the lower surface of the leaves is 
different and the shape of the lamina itself is different. 
Occasional white-flowered specimens of H. elliptica occur. 
4. Hovea trisperma Benth. in Endl. et ai, Enum. PI. Huegel 37 (1837); Meissn. in 
Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 79 (1844); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 175 (1864); Wheeler, FI. Perth 
Region 269 (1987). Lectotype (here selected): Western Australia, King Georges 
Sound, Huegel s.n. (W). 
H. lanceolata var. linearis Lindley in Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 17: t. 1427 (1831). 
Lectotype (here selected): Fragment from cultivated plant in Low’s nursery, 1831, 
(CGE). 
H. manglesii Lindley in Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 24: t. 62 (1838). Lectotype (here 
selected): Specimen from plant cultivated by R. Mangles, 1837, (CGE). 
H. crispa Lindley in Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 25: misc. 19 (1839). H. trisperma var. 
crispa (Lindley) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 176 (1864). Lectotype (here selected): 
Specimen from plant cultivated by R. Mangles (CGE). 
H. grandiflora Drummond, Hooker’s J. Bot. 2: 365 (1840). H. trisperma var. 
grandiflora (Drummond) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 176 (1864). Lectotype (here 
selected): Western Australia, Drummond (K). 
H. splendens Paxton, Paxton’s Mag. Bot. 10: 70, plate facing p. 103 (1843). 
Lectotype (here selected): Paxton’s Mag. Bot. 10: plate facing p. 103. 
H. elliptica sensu Meissn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 79 (1844) non (Sm.) DC. 
Subshrub to 0-6 m high with one or several stems arising from the base, stems 
often weak and sprawling unless supported by surrounding vegetation, young 
branches sparingly to densely clothed with appressed medifixed or asymmetrically 
biramate antrorse or spreading hairs, the hairs sometimes crimped or twisted. Leaves: 
lamina ovate, obovate, elliptic, elliptic-oblong, lanceolate, linear-oblong or on basal 
leaves occasionally almost rotund, those on lower leaves often shaped differently to 
those on upper leaves, (0-8-)2-8(-13) cm long, (0-3-)0-7-3-6 cm wide, obtuse, acute 
or shortly mucronate apically, margins slightly to distinctly recurved, entire, crisped or 
almost crenulate, upper surface pubescent especially when young or glabrous, 
sometimes prominently reticulate, lower surface sparingly to densely clothed with 
appressed to spreading or asymmetrically biramate often crimped hairs; petiole 
1- 3 mm long. Stipules subulate, up to 2 mm long, pubescent, sometimes persisting. 
Inflorescence axillary, sessile or on short peduncles, 1 -6-flowered. Flowers pedicellate, 
the pedicels 1-7 mm long, densely clothed with appressed to spreading hairs; 
bracteoles subulate, 1-5-3 mm long, inserted at the base of or up to 2 mm below the 
calyx, pubescent; bract subulate, up to 3 mm long, inserted at the base of the pedicel. 
Calyx densely clothed with appressed antrorse to slightly spreading hairs: 2 upper 
lobes 6-1-1 1-7 mm long including the tube 2-4-5 mm long, emarginate; the 3 lower 
lobes 1 -4-2 mm long. Standard 10-8-20-2 mm long, 10-5-25 mm wide, purplish-blue 
with a basal white horseshoe shaped flare; wings 9-14-8 mm long, 3-1-8 mm wide, 
purplish-blue; keel 6-11-6 mm long, 2-3-4 mm wide. Stamen-filaments 5-8 mm long, 
staminal sheath open on upper side and sometimes also on lower, occasionally the 
upper filament free. Ovary subsessile or on a stipe up to 2 mm long, 2-7-ovulate, 
glabrous. Pods shortly stipitate, the stipe about half as long to as long as the calyx-tube, 
globular, ovoid or ellipsoid, sometimes transversely so, 0-8-1 -2 cm long, 0-8-1 -2 cm 
wide, C-65-1 cm thick, glabrous. Seeds elliptic, 4-6 mm long, 2-6-3-8 mm wide, 
2- 2-7 mm thick, uniform olive- to dark brown, aril collar-like with a raised upper lip, 
about j to f as long as the seed, margin sometimes slightly frilled. 

Page image

502450 Hovea trisperma crispa Muelleria 7(1): 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563617
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
820966 Hovea trisperma crispa Muelleria 7(1): 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563617
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
502480 Hovea trisperma grandiflora Muelleria 7(1): 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563617
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
820967 Hovea trisperma grandiflora Muelleria 7(1): 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563617
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
502513 Hovea ulicina Muelleria 7(1): 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563613
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
511391 Ixiolaena chrysantha Muelleria 7(1): 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563602
Page is part of the work A Revision of Podotheca Cass. (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184036

Page text

44 
By virtue of the shape of the capitulum two groups can be discerned within 
Podotheca. Thus P. chrysantha and P. wilsonii, with obovoid to very broadly obovoid 
(rarely ± oblong) capitula, are readily distinguished from all other species which have 
ovoid or narrowly ovoid capitula. The dense vestiture of stalked, glandular hairs on 
the bracts also suggests that P. chrysantha and P. wilsonii are more closely related to 
one another than other species in the genus although such a vestiture does occur in a 
few specimens of/*, gnaphalioides. The four remaining species are closely related, with 
three (P. gnaphalioides, P. pritzelii and P. uniseta) mainly dilfering in the number of 
pappus bristles, the presence or absence of succulent bracts and the distribution of 
septate hairs. Ecological differences also exist, with P. uniseta and P. pritzelii occurring 
in more saline habitats than P. gnaphalioides. (For further notes on morphological and 
ecological differences see under treatment of species.) P. angustifolia, although clearly 
having strong affinities with the proceeding three species, is readily distinguished by 
virtue of its inbreeding nature, correlated as it is with small florets and anthers. The 
widespread occurrence of P. angustifolia is consistent with the distribution observed 
for many other inbreeding species of the Inuleae (Short 1981). 
On several previous occasions (Short 1981,1 986) attention has been drawn to the 
importance of the salt lake systems of south-west Western Australia to speciation in a 
number of inuloid genera. The apparent restriction of P. pritzelii and P. uniseta to 
separate lake systems further highlights their importance. 
Key To Species of Podotheca 
1 . Pappus bristles 5 per floret 
2. Capitula obovoid to very broadly obovoid, rarely ± oblong; outer involucral 
bracts with stalked, glandular hairs not flat, septate hairs; pappus bristles usually 
white or pale yellow but sometimes the upper part pink 2. P. wilsonii 
2. Capitula ovoid to narrowly ovoid; bracts glabrous or with flat, septate hairs, 
sometimes with stalked glandular hairs; pappus bristles white or pale yellow, 
never pink 
3. Florets inconspicuous, barely exerted above the bracts; anthers 0-4- 1 T 5 mm 
long 6. P. angustifolia 
3. Florets conspicuous, exerted well beyond the bracts; anthers 1-24-2-61 mm 
long 
4. Leaves and bracts at most semi-succulent, dark green or purple; glandular 
hairs usually present on major axes; outer involucral bracts usually with 
septate hairs, rarely glabrous 3. P. gnaphalioides 
4. Leaves and bracts succulent, pale-green, rarely purplish; glandular hairs 
absent from major axes; outer involucral bracts glabrous . 4. P. pritzelii 
1 . Pappus bristles not 5 per floret 
5. Pappus bristles 1 per floret 5. P. uniseta 
5. Pappus bristles (9)10(1 1) per floret 1. P. chrysantha 
1. Podotheca chrysantha (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3: 602 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, 
W. Aust. Wildfls 824 (1975); Lander in Marchant et ai, FI. Perth Region 700 (1987). 
— Ixiolaena chrysantha Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 459 (1845). — Podosperma 
chrysantha (Steetz) F. Muell., Fragm. 12: 22 (1882). Type: ‘In arenosis sylvae prope 
oppidulum Perth, d. 23. Sept. 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 105’. Lectotype (here chosen): 
Preiss 105, In Nova Hollandia (Swan River Colonia), in arenosis sylvae prope 
oppidulum Perth, s. dat. (MEL 1553907, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: GH, LD, 
MEL 1553905 (ex herb. Sonder), MEL 1553906 (ex herb. Sender), MEL 1543871, P 
(three sheets, one ex herb. E. Drake, one ex herb. Schultz-Bip.), S, W (three sheets). 
(See note 1 below.) 
Annual herbs. Major axes erect, 6-35 cm long, with stalked, glandular hairs, 
brown orbrown purple. Leaver lanceolate or ± linear, 0-5-8-5 cm long,c. OT-0-65 cm 
wide, apex often incurved, with stalked, glandular hairs, green. Capitula obovoid to 
very broadly obovoid, 1-2-5 cm long, 0-4-3 cm diam. Involucral bracts 14-55 per 

Page image

803943 Ixiolaena chrysantha Muelleria 7(1): 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563602
Page is part of the work A Revision of Podotheca Cass. (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184036

Page text

44 
By virtue of the shape of the capitulum two groups can be discerned within 
Podotheca. Thus P. chrysantha and P. wilsonii, with obovoid to very broadly obovoid 
(rarely ± oblong) capitula, are readily distinguished from all other species which have 
ovoid or narrowly ovoid capitula. The dense vestiture of stalked, glandular hairs on 
the bracts also suggests that P. chrysantha and P. wilsonii are more closely related to 
one another than other species in the genus although such a vestiture does occur in a 
few specimens of/*, gnaphalioides. The four remaining species are closely related, with 
three (P. gnaphalioides, P. pritzelii and P. uniseta) mainly dilfering in the number of 
pappus bristles, the presence or absence of succulent bracts and the distribution of 
septate hairs. Ecological differences also exist, with P. uniseta and P. pritzelii occurring 
in more saline habitats than P. gnaphalioides. (For further notes on morphological and 
ecological differences see under treatment of species.) P. angustifolia, although clearly 
having strong affinities with the proceeding three species, is readily distinguished by 
virtue of its inbreeding nature, correlated as it is with small florets and anthers. The 
widespread occurrence of P. angustifolia is consistent with the distribution observed 
for many other inbreeding species of the Inuleae (Short 1981). 
On several previous occasions (Short 1981,1 986) attention has been drawn to the 
importance of the salt lake systems of south-west Western Australia to speciation in a 
number of inuloid genera. The apparent restriction of P. pritzelii and P. uniseta to 
separate lake systems further highlights their importance. 
Key To Species of Podotheca 
1 . Pappus bristles 5 per floret 
2. Capitula obovoid to very broadly obovoid, rarely ± oblong; outer involucral 
bracts with stalked, glandular hairs not flat, septate hairs; pappus bristles usually 
white or pale yellow but sometimes the upper part pink 2. P. wilsonii 
2. Capitula ovoid to narrowly ovoid; bracts glabrous or with flat, septate hairs, 
sometimes with stalked glandular hairs; pappus bristles white or pale yellow, 
never pink 
3. Florets inconspicuous, barely exerted above the bracts; anthers 0-4- 1 T 5 mm 
long 6. P. angustifolia 
3. Florets conspicuous, exerted well beyond the bracts; anthers 1-24-2-61 mm 
long 
4. Leaves and bracts at most semi-succulent, dark green or purple; glandular 
hairs usually present on major axes; outer involucral bracts usually with 
septate hairs, rarely glabrous 3. P. gnaphalioides 
4. Leaves and bracts succulent, pale-green, rarely purplish; glandular hairs 
absent from major axes; outer involucral bracts glabrous . 4. P. pritzelii 
1 . Pappus bristles not 5 per floret 
5. Pappus bristles 1 per floret 5. P. uniseta 
5. Pappus bristles (9)10(1 1) per floret 1. P. chrysantha 
1. Podotheca chrysantha (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3: 602 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, 
W. Aust. Wildfls 824 (1975); Lander in Marchant et ai, FI. Perth Region 700 (1987). 
— Ixiolaena chrysantha Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 459 (1845). — Podosperma 
chrysantha (Steetz) F. Muell., Fragm. 12: 22 (1882). Type: ‘In arenosis sylvae prope 
oppidulum Perth, d. 23. Sept. 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 105’. Lectotype (here chosen): 
Preiss 105, In Nova Hollandia (Swan River Colonia), in arenosis sylvae prope 
oppidulum Perth, s. dat. (MEL 1553907, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: GH, LD, 
MEL 1553905 (ex herb. Sonder), MEL 1553906 (ex herb. Sender), MEL 1543871, P 
(three sheets, one ex herb. E. Drake, one ex herb. Schultz-Bip.), S, W (three sheets). 
(See note 1 below.) 
Annual herbs. Major axes erect, 6-35 cm long, with stalked, glandular hairs, 
brown orbrown purple. Leaver lanceolate or ± linear, 0-5-8-5 cm long,c. OT-0-65 cm 
wide, apex often incurved, with stalked, glandular hairs, green. Capitula obovoid to 
very broadly obovoid, 1-2-5 cm long, 0-4-3 cm diam. Involucral bracts 14-55 per 

Page image

518592 Lemooria burkittii Muelleria 7(1): 112
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563678
Page is part of the work New Genera and Species of Australian Inuleae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184041
518583 Lemooria Muelleria 7(1): 112
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563678
Page is part of the work New Genera and Species of Australian Inuleae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184041

Page text

112 
bracts ±trullate to narrowly trullate or ovate to lanceolate, 4-4-5 mm long, 
1 -3-2-2 mm wide. Capitular bracts 4(5,6), 3-T-4-3 mm long, c. the length of the floret. 
Florets 1 or 2, pale white. Stamens 5; anthers 1-3-1 -6 mm long; microsporangia 
1-1-2 mm long; apical appendages 0-33-0-44 mm long. Cypselas ±obconic, 
1-1-1 -4 mm long, 0-6-0-78 mm diam., villous. Pappus eup-like, with ciliate margins, 
c. 0-3-0-5 mm long. 
Distribution (Fig. 1): 
See generic treatment. 
Ecology & Reproductive Biology: 
The speeies is apparently confined to the margins of salt lakes where it grows 
amongst samphire in sand or sometimes clay loam. 
A pollen: ovule ratio of 7,398, determined from a single floret, indicates that the 
species commonly cross-pollinates. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Newdegate, 1931, Blackall 1276 (PERTH); 5 km S. of Morawa, 23.x. 1 983, Short 
2188 (MEL); 5 km S. of Morawa, 16.ix.l986, Short 2959 (AD, CANB, MEL, PERTH). 
Lemooria Short, gen. nov. 
Herba annua. Axes majores prostrati, sparsim lanati, pilis glandiferis. Folia ad basem opposita, 
superiora altema, sessilia, Integra, glabra vel pilis glandiferis. Glomeruli depresse ovoidei; involucrum 
generate conspicuum; bracteae 12-18, marginibus hyalinis, dense lanatae; receptaculum ramosum. 
Capitula c. 10-20, sine bracteis subtendentibus. Bracteae intra capitulum (4)5-6(8), in ± 2 serialibus, 
ovatae usque lanceolatae vel ellipticae, planae usque concavae, praecipue hyalinae sed costa viridi, 
lanatae, marginibus superibus laciniatis. Flosculi 1 vel 2, tubulare, hermaphroditi, lutei. Corolla 
5-lobata. Styli rami truncati, ad apicem papillati. Stamina 5; antherae ad basem caudatae, ad apicem 
appendicibus sterilibus. Cypse/aesubobovoideae, fuscae, sparsim papillatae, plerumque apicibus pilos 
intertextos ferentibus; pericarpium sine sclerenchyma; carpopodium absens. Pappus setaceus; setae 
8-12, subplumosae, ad basem conjunctae, longitudine c. y corollae tubi aequanti. 
Typus: L. burkittii (Benth.) Short 
Annual herb. Major axes prostrate, sparsely woolly, some glandular hairs present. 
Leaves opposite at the base, the upper alternate, sessile, entire, glabrous or with 
glandular hairs. Compound heads depressed ovoid; general involuere conspicuous, 
about equal to or longer than the head, braets 12-18, midribs leaf-like and longer than 
the wing-like hyaline margins, densely lanate; receptacle branched. Capitula c. 10-20; 
capitulum-subtending braets absent. Capitular bracts (4)5-6(8), in ± 2 rows, ovate to 
lanceolate or elliptic, flat to concave, mainly hyaline but with green midrib, lanate, the 
upper margins laciniate. Florets 1 or 2, tubular, bisexual, yellow; corolla 5-lobed. Style 
branches truncate, apices papillate. Stamens 5; anthers caudate and with sterile apical 
appendages. Cypselas ± obovoid, brown, sparsely papillate, usually with apices with 
intertwined hairs; pericarp lacking sclerenchyma, vascular bundles two; carpopodium 
absent. Pappus setaceus; bristles 8-12, subplumose and united at the base, c. j the 
length of the corolla tube. 
Distribution (Fig. I ): 
Monotypic. Widf spread in semi-arid and arid regions of the Australian mainland 
south of c. 26°S. 
Etymology: 
The name Lemooria is an anagram commemorating the botanist Spencer Le 
Marchant Moore (1850-1931). It is of the feminine gender (see note under 
Fitzwillia). 
Notes: 
A unique combination of features, i.e. the capitular bracts and bracts of the 
general involucre, the pappus and fruit, distinguishes Lemooria from other inuloid 
genera. It is one of the most distinctive Australian composites and the species is readily 

Page image

818060 Lophoclinium Muelleria 7(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1)".

532013 Olearia archeri Muelleria 7(1): 117, fig. 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563683
Page is part of the work Olearia archeri (Asteraceae: Astereae), a new name for a familiar species from Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.238366

Page text

OLEARIA ARCHERI (ASTERACEAE: ASTEREAE), A NEW NAME FOR A 
FAMILIAR SPECIES FROM TASMANIA 
by 
N. S. Lander* 
ABSTRACT 
Lander, N. S. Olearia archeri (Asteraceae: Astereae), a new name for a familiar species 
from Tasmania. Muelleria 7(1): 117-121 (1989). — The neotypification by D. I. 
Morris of Olearia persoonioides var. lanceolata Benth. is shown to be superseded by 
the rediscovery of original material, here designated as the lectotype. A new species, 
Olearia archeri, is described and illustrated. 
INTRODUCTION 
D. I. Morris (1977) raised Olearia persoonioides (DC.) Benth. var. lanceolata 
Benth. to specific rank as O. lanceolata (Benth.) D. I. Morris. In the process of doing 
this Morris designated a neotype for the variety stating that ‘it has not been possible to 
locate Bentham’s type’. 
Bentham (1867) cited no material in his protologue of O. persoonioides var. 
lanceolata. However, examination of Olearia specimens held at major Australian, 
British and Continental herbaria in the course of my ongoing revisionary studies in 
this genus has brought to light a specimen at K, originally from the Herbarium 
Hookeranum, annotated by J. D. Hooker as "E[urbyid\ persoonioides P lanceolata' and 
subsequently annotated by Bentham as 'Olearia persoonioides Benth. var. lanceolata' 
(Fig. 1). A small printed label reads ‘FLORA AUSTRALIENSIS, named by Mr 
BENTHAM ; a handwritten note gives the relevant volume and page reference. 
Although it bears no collector’s name, this specimen bears a typical R. C. Gunn label 
with the number 1 142/1842 and was gathered at Mt Wellington on 1 March 1839. 
The protologue of O. persoonioides var. lanceolata Benth. distinguishes it from 
the type variety as follows: ‘Leaves lanceolate, almost acute. Flower heads fewer, but 
scarcely larger. Achenes glabrous.’ The specimen described above matches this 
protologue in all details and it is the only original material encountered that is so 
annotated as a variety of O. persoonioides by Bentham. Thus its rediscovery 
supersedes Morris’ neotypification: it is here designated as the Lectotype of Olearia 
persoonioides var. lanceolata Benth. Duplicates (Isolectotypes) of this collection are 
held at HO and NSW. 
Eurybia persoonioides var. lanceolata J.D. Hook, is validly and legitimately 
published (Hooker 1 847) and, as the above specimen is clearly cited by Hooker, it must 
be accepted as the holotype. Neither this name or any reference to its place of 
publication is given by Bentham (1867) in his treatment of O. persoonioides. 
The holotype of Hooker’s Eurybia persoonioides var. lanceolata, and the lectotype 
of Bentham’s Olearia persoonioides var. lanceolata, represents a narrow-leaved form 
of O. persoonioides of trivial significance taxonomically. It bears little resemblance to 
Morris’ neotype which belongs unequivocally to the familiar and distinctive species 
hitherto known erroneously as O. lanceolata, which thus stands in need of a new 
name. 
Olearia archeri Lander, nom. nov. 
Species O/ear/a persoonioidi et O. tasmaniae affinis a quibus bracteis involucralibus ferentibus piles 
glanduliferos, capitulis pedunculo communi, basibus antherae breviter sagittatis, appendicibus 
antherae ovatis, et stylo ferenti pilos T-formes difFert. (Fig. 2). 
• Western Australian Herbarium, Department of Conservation & Land Management, P.O Box 104 Como 
Western Australia, Australia 6152. , 
117 

Page image

532234 Olearia astroloba Muelleria 7(1): 123, Fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563689
Page is part of the work Olearia astroloba (Asteraceae: Astereae), a new species endemic to Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.238367

Page text

OLEARIA ASTROLOBA (ASTERACEAE: ASTEREAE), A NEW SPECIES 
ENDEMIC TO VICTORIA 
by 
N. S. Lander* and N. G. Walsh+ 
ABSTRACT 
Lander, N. S. & Walsh, N. G. Olearia astroloba (Asteraceae: Astereae), a new species 
endemic to Victoria. Muelleria 7(1); 123-125 (1989). — Olearia astroloba Lander & 
N.G. Walsh, a new species known from a single, small population in Gippsland, 
Victoria, is described and illustrated. Its conservation status is discussed. 
INTRODUCTION 
Olearia Moench (Asteraceae: Astereae) in Australia is currently the subject of 
ongoing revisionary studies by the first author. A recently discovered species, "Olearia 
sp. (Nunniong)’ of Forbes & Ross (1988), would appear to represent one of Victoria’s 
most geographically restricted plants. It is described here in order to facilitate 
gazetting it for conservation purposes. 
Olearia astroloba Lander & N. G. Walsh, sp. nov. 
Species Oleariae phlogopappae affinis a qua capitulis solitariis terminalibus sessilibusque, flosculis 
tubuliformibus purpureis habentibus lobos abaxialiter pilis stellatis differt. (Fig. 1). 
Typus: Victoria, Gippsland, Marble Gully area, 200 m S. from Old Hut Ceeek, c. 6km 
E.of‘Bindi’,37°05'05"S., 147° 5 F 30" E., altitude 840 m, 30June 19SS, N.G. Walsh 
2086 & D.E. Albrecht (Holotypus; MEL 1557910. Isotypi: AD, PERTH). 
Shrub to 0-5 m high. Vestitureof stems, leaves and outer involucral bracts densely 
pannose with stellate hairs. Stems erect, smooth, pale green when young, becoming 
brown. Leaves alternate, crowded, inclined, sessile; lamina somewhat incurved, 
spathulate, 5-18x2-9 mm, somewhat discolourous, greyish green, abaxially paler, 
smooth; venation obscure apart from midrib; texture somewhat coriaceous; base 
attenuate; margin dentate towards the apex, thickened or revolute; apex obtuse, 
muticous. Heads solitary, terminal, sessile, conspicuously radiate, 15-32 mm in 
diameter; disc c. 6 mm in diameter. Involucre obconic; bracts 3-4-seriate, 
4-0-7-2X l-()-l-3 mm. Outer involucral bracts flat, narrowly triangular; stereome 
green; margin chartaceous, entire; apex narrowly acute. Inner involucral bracts flat, 
narrowly ovate; stereome green; margin chartaceous, fimbriate, with scattered basally 
stellate hairs; apex acute. Receptacle slightly convex. Ray florets c. 20, mostly 
uniseriate, female, llT-15-5mm long; tube with abaxial, multicellular, biseriate, 
eglandular hairs scattered centrally to apically; ligule narrowly elliptic, 
7-4-12-5X 1-8-3-0 mm, violet, glabrous, obtuse and minutely 3-lobed apically; 
staminodes absent; styler arms filiform, 1-3- 1-6 mm long. Disc florets c. 12-35, 
bisexual, purple, becoming pale basally, infundibular, 5-5-6-5 mm long, with multi- 
cellular, biseriate, simple eglandular hairs scattered abaxially; lobes 5, 1-0-1 -5 mm 
long, acute, weakly stellate-hairy abaxially; anthers 1-9- 2-2 mm long, narrowly acute 
basally and shorter than the filament collar, with narrowly ovate to triangular, sterile 
apical appendage; filament collar 0- 3-0-4 mm long; stylar arms 1 - 3-1 - 5 mm long with 
half-conic, sterile apical appendages bearing botuliform papillae above the stigmatic 
lines. Achene narrowly obovoid, 2- 1-2*5 x 0*7-1 *0 mm, brown or purplish, sericeous 
with duplex hairs; venation distinct with 6 ribs; carpopodium slightly oblique. Pappus 
biseriate with an inner row of 20-24 free, minutely barbellate bristles subequal to the 
STauS! A^a of Conservation & Land Management, P.O. Box 104, Como, 
+ National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
123 

Page image

818061 Olearia lanceolata Muelleria 7(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1)".

818062 Olearia persoonioides lanceolata Muelleria 7(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1)".

799256 Phusicarpos ellipticus Muelleria 7(1): 27
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563619
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035

Page text

27 
‘Hovea ilicifolia see Plagiolobium' written on it. The label at the foot of the sheet which 
covers the apex of the shoot indicates that the specimen was collected by Cunningham 
at King Georges Sound. These two collections are regarded as Syntypes of H. 
ilicifolia. I here seleet the fruiting specimen in CGE as the Lectotype of H. ilicifolia 
Cunn.. 
Notes: 
The upper stamen-filament in H. chorizemifolia is usually free from the others, a 
feature which occurs only sporadically and irregularly in other speeies. 
The leaves typically have distinctly sinuate pungent-pointed margins and a 
pungent apex and are very characteristic. However, leaf size and leaf shape, especially 
the shape of the margins, vary quite markedly and occasional specimens occur in 
which the margins are only slightly sinuate or undulate and possess only a few marginal 
teeth, for example, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL 1532104). Some of these specimens 
(corresponding to var. subintegrum recognized by Meissner), which occur within the 
distributional range of both H. chorizemifolia and H. elliptica, have been confused in 
the past with H. elliptica or considered as intermediates between the two species but 
they are referrable to H. chorizemifolia. These specimens have the bract and bracteoles 
of H. chorizemifolia rather than those of H. elliptica, the upper stamen-filament is 
always free as in H. chorizemifolia and the lower surfaces of the leaves lack the 
distinctive asymmetrically biramate or medifixed hairs which are characteristic of 
elliptica. Even although the two species often grow together their habits are quite 
different. Leaf shape in H. chorizemifolia is clearly more variable than previously 
realized, but, despite this, there does not appear to be a means of dividing up the range 
of variation satisfactorily. 
White-flowered variants occur occasionally, for example, Mrs W.A. Ross 
(PERTH) from Waroona. 
3. Hovea elliptica (Sm.) DC., Prodr. 2: 1 15 (1825); Sweet, Hortus Britannicus 1:111 
(1826); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 175 (1864). 
Poiretia elliptica Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 9: 305 ( 1 808); Phusicarpos elliptica 
(Sm.) Poiret in Lamarck & Poiret, Encycl. meth. Bot. suppl. 4: 400 ( 1 81 6). Lectotype 
(here seleeted): Western Australia, King Georges Sound, 1 803, Menzies (LINN, sheet 
1190.2). , 
Platychilum celsianum Delaunay, Herb. Amat. t. 1 87 ( 1 8 1 5); Goodia simplicijolia 
Spreng., Syst. Veg. ed. 16, 4(2): 267 (1827). Lectotype (here selected): Delaunay, 
Herb. Amat. t. 187. 
H. celsii Bonpl., Descr. PI. Malmaison t. 51 (1816). Lectotype (here selected): 
Descr. PI. Malmaison t. 51. 
Slender shrub or tree to 3 m high, often single-stemmed, young branches densely 
clothed with appressed to slightly spreading hairs, the hairs predominantly or 
exclusively medifixed or asymmetrically biramate, often rust-coloured. Leaves. 
lamina almost flat, elliptic, ovate-elliptic, obovate-elliptic to obovate or fusiform, 
(l-5-)2-5-10(-14)cm long, (0-5-)l-3-2(-6) cm wide, obtuse, emarginate, retuse or 
mucronate apically, glabrous above and reticulate, the venation usually prominent, 
lower surface and midrib sparingly to densely elothed with predominantly or 
exelusively medifixed or asymmetrically biramate hairs; petiole 0-8—1 cm long, 
sparingly to densely clothed with medifixed or asymmetrically biramate hairs. Stipules 
narrow-triangular, up to 1 mm long and 0-5 mm wide, sparingly to densely clothed 
with medifixed or asymmetrically biramate hairs. Inflorescence axillary, sessile or a 
pedunculate raceme, sometimes auxotelic, 1—7 flowered. Flowers pedicellate, the 
pedicels 4-9 mm long, densely clothed with rusty appressed hairs; bracteoles 
1-1-5 mm long, up to 0- 5 mm wide, inserted at the base of the calyx and appressed to it 
or inserted up to 1 mm below the calyx and free from it, densely clothed with appressed 
rusty hairs; bract 1-1-5 mm long, up to 0-5 mm wide, inserted at base of pedicel and 
5-8 mm below the bracteoles, densely clothed with rusty appressed hairs. Calyx 

Page image

797712 Plagiolobium chorizemifolium Muelleria 7(1): 23-24

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1): 23-24".

469177 Plagiolobium chorizemifolium dentatum Muelleria 7(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563622
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
802338 Plagiolobium chorizemifolium dentatum Muelleria 7(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563622
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
469249 Plagiolobium ilicifolium Muelleria 7(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563622
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035
495162 Platychilum celsianum Muelleria 7(1): 27
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563619
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035

Page text

27 
‘Hovea ilicifolia see Plagiolobium' written on it. The label at the foot of the sheet which 
covers the apex of the shoot indicates that the specimen was collected by Cunningham 
at King Georges Sound. These two collections are regarded as Syntypes of H. 
ilicifolia. I here seleet the fruiting specimen in CGE as the Lectotype of H. ilicifolia 
Cunn.. 
Notes: 
The upper stamen-filament in H. chorizemifolia is usually free from the others, a 
feature which occurs only sporadically and irregularly in other speeies. 
The leaves typically have distinctly sinuate pungent-pointed margins and a 
pungent apex and are very characteristic. However, leaf size and leaf shape, especially 
the shape of the margins, vary quite markedly and occasional specimens occur in 
which the margins are only slightly sinuate or undulate and possess only a few marginal 
teeth, for example, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL 1532104). Some of these specimens 
(corresponding to var. subintegrum recognized by Meissner), which occur within the 
distributional range of both H. chorizemifolia and H. elliptica, have been confused in 
the past with H. elliptica or considered as intermediates between the two species but 
they are referrable to H. chorizemifolia. These specimens have the bract and bracteoles 
of H. chorizemifolia rather than those of H. elliptica, the upper stamen-filament is 
always free as in H. chorizemifolia and the lower surfaces of the leaves lack the 
distinctive asymmetrically biramate or medifixed hairs which are characteristic of 
elliptica. Even although the two species often grow together their habits are quite 
different. Leaf shape in H. chorizemifolia is clearly more variable than previously 
realized, but, despite this, there does not appear to be a means of dividing up the range 
of variation satisfactorily. 
White-flowered variants occur occasionally, for example, Mrs W.A. Ross 
(PERTH) from Waroona. 
3. Hovea elliptica (Sm.) DC., Prodr. 2: 1 15 (1825); Sweet, Hortus Britannicus 1:111 
(1826); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 175 (1864). 
Poiretia elliptica Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 9: 305 ( 1 808); Phusicarpos elliptica 
(Sm.) Poiret in Lamarck & Poiret, Encycl. meth. Bot. suppl. 4: 400 ( 1 81 6). Lectotype 
(here seleeted): Western Australia, King Georges Sound, 1 803, Menzies (LINN, sheet 
1190.2). , 
Platychilum celsianum Delaunay, Herb. Amat. t. 1 87 ( 1 8 1 5); Goodia simplicijolia 
Spreng., Syst. Veg. ed. 16, 4(2): 267 (1827). Lectotype (here selected): Delaunay, 
Herb. Amat. t. 187. 
H. celsii Bonpl., Descr. PI. Malmaison t. 51 (1816). Lectotype (here selected): 
Descr. PI. Malmaison t. 51. 
Slender shrub or tree to 3 m high, often single-stemmed, young branches densely 
clothed with appressed to slightly spreading hairs, the hairs predominantly or 
exclusively medifixed or asymmetrically biramate, often rust-coloured. Leaves. 
lamina almost flat, elliptic, ovate-elliptic, obovate-elliptic to obovate or fusiform, 
(l-5-)2-5-10(-14)cm long, (0-5-)l-3-2(-6) cm wide, obtuse, emarginate, retuse or 
mucronate apically, glabrous above and reticulate, the venation usually prominent, 
lower surface and midrib sparingly to densely elothed with predominantly or 
exelusively medifixed or asymmetrically biramate hairs; petiole 0-8—1 cm long, 
sparingly to densely clothed with medifixed or asymmetrically biramate hairs. Stipules 
narrow-triangular, up to 1 mm long and 0-5 mm wide, sparingly to densely clothed 
with medifixed or asymmetrically biramate hairs. Inflorescence axillary, sessile or a 
pedunculate raceme, sometimes auxotelic, 1—7 flowered. Flowers pedicellate, the 
pedicels 4-9 mm long, densely clothed with rusty appressed hairs; bracteoles 
1-1-5 mm long, up to 0- 5 mm wide, inserted at the base of the calyx and appressed to it 
or inserted up to 1 mm below the calyx and free from it, densely clothed with appressed 
rusty hairs; bract 1-1-5 mm long, up to 0-5 mm wide, inserted at base of pedicel and 
5-8 mm below the bracteoles, densely clothed with rusty appressed hairs. Calyx 

Page image

800115 Podosperma angustifolia Muelleria 7(1): 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563564
Page is part of the work A Revision of Podotheca Cass. (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184036

Page text

52 
absent or only present on bracts of the outermost whorl; inner bracts hyaline except for 
opaque midrib, glabrous. Florets 25-61 per capitulum, mainly yellow but upper part of 
corolla tube usually purple; corolla tube 14-8-20-2mm long. Stamens 5; anthers 
l-35-l-94mm long; microsporangia 0-97-l-59mm long; apical appendages 
0-28-0-49 mm long. Pollen grains c. 300-600 per anther. Cypselas 1-8-1 -9 mm long, 
0-55-0-65 mm diam. Pappus a basal annulus with a single bristle, the bristle smooth or 
barbellate in the lower 1/2-2/3, the upper 1/3-1/2 plumose. (Figs, lb, 6). 
Distribution (Fig. 1); 
Western Australia. Only known from the margins of Lake Monger, Lake Moore 
and a saline flat south of Mora wa. All locations fall within the Avon drainage system as 
defined by Beard (1973). 
Ecology: 
Commonly found in the samphire zone surrounding salt lakes. Collectors’ notes 
include ‘Sandy rise in samphire flat with other chenopodiaceous shrubs and scattered 
Eremophila. Sandy to very sandy pale red loam forming weak erust in places; coarse 
sand frequently on surface’ and ‘Growing amongst samphire c. 20 m above salt pan, 
just extending into Melaleuca shrub zone. In white sand.’. 
Notes: 
1 . The single pappus bristle is the most distinctive feature separating this species 
from P. gnaphalioides and P. pritzelii. It is virtually indistinguishable from the latter 
on other features although the herbaceous bracts of P. pritzelii are more succulent and 
usually a bright green. The distinction of herbarium specimens of P. gnaphalioides 
from P. uniseta on morphological features other than the pappus seems untenable. 
However, distinct ecological differences have been observed where the two species 
occur in the same locality. At the type locality, where P. uniseta was observed to grow 
amongst samphire and Gunniopsis, P. gnaphalioides {Short 2930) was reeorded as 
primarily growing under Melaleuca. Only oecasionally did it extend to the outer limits 
of the samphire zone where individuals of both species grew. In the field it is evident 
that plants of P. uniseta tend to be smaller, have more succulent bracts and are 
coloured a deeper purple than specimens of P. gnaphalioides. Putative hybrid 
individuals have never been observed at such sites. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — 93-5 km N. of Cleary, 13.xi.l983, Haegi 2642 & Short (AD, MEL, PERTH); 
Mongers Lake, 3.ix. 1982, Short 1634B (AD, CANB, HO, NSW, PERTH); Mongers Lake, 23.x. 1983, Short 
2I79B (MEL); 5 km S. of Morowa, 16,ix.l986, Short 2960 (MEL, PERTH). 
6. Podotheca angustifolia (Labill.) Less., Syn. gen. Compos. 272 (1 832); DC., Prod. 6: 
159 (1838); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1: 448 (1845); Benth., FI. Austr. 3: 601 (1867); 
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 824 (1975); Cooke in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 
S. Aust. 3: 1573 (1986); Lander in Marchant et ai, FI. Perth Region 700 (1987). — 
Podosperma angustifoliaGdbi\\.,'Ho\ . Holl. PI. Sp. 2: 35, t. 177 (1806); J. M. Black, FI. 
S. Aust. 1 St ed. 636 ( 1 929), 2nd ed. 9 1 4 ( 1 957); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 34 1 ( 1 963); 
J . H. Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:719(1973). — Phaenopoda angustifolia (Labill.) Cass., 
Diet. Sci. Nat. 42: 84 (1826). Type: ‘Habitat in terra Van-Leuwin.’ Syntypes: FI 
(n.v.), P. (see note 1 below). 
Lophoclinium citrinum Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1: 457 (1843). Type: ‘Nova 
Hollandia austro-occidentalis’. Possible Syntypes & Isosyntypes: Preiss 106, LD, 
MEL 1543637 (ex herb. Steetz), MEL 1543638 (ex herb. Sonder), MEL 691441, P (3 
sheets), W (2 sheets). (See note 2 below.) 
Annual herbs. Major axes ascending to erect, 2-30 cm long, sometimes cottony, 
always with some flat, septate, non-glandular hairs and short, usually conspicuously 
stalked, glandular hairs. Leaves ± linear, lanceolate or oblanceolate, 0-6-3(9) cm long, 
0-1-0- 3(0- 7) cm wide, with flat, septate, non-glandular hairs and stalked glandular 

Page image

517381 Podosperma chrysanthum Muelleria 7(1): 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563602
Page is part of the work A Revision of Podotheca Cass. (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184036
800131 Podostemum queenslandicum Muelleria 7(1): 127
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563693
Page is part of the work Valid publication of the names Torrenticola and T. queenslandica (Podostemaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184042

Page text

VALID PUBLICATION OF THE NAMES TORRENTICOLA AND 
T. QUEENSLANDICA (PODOSTEMACEAE) 
by 
Helen I. Aston* 
ABSTRACT 
Aston, Helen I. Valid publication of the names Torrenticola and T. queenslandica 
(Podostemaceae). Muelleria 7( 1 ): 1 27- 1 29 ( 1 989). — This article provides the correct 
citations for the names Torrenticola and T. queenslandica and discusses the early 
publications where these names occurred both invalidly and validly. 
CITATIONS 
There is considerable variation in the literature as to when, where and by whom 
the generic name Torrenticola and the specific name T. queenslandica were validly 
published under the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Greuter et al. 
1988). The correct citations for these names, together with some previously used 
incorrect citations, are given here and a discussion of them follows. 
Torrenticola Domin ex Steenis, FI. Males, ser. 1,4:66 (1 949). 
Torrenticola Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89^: 150 (1926) [Jan. 1926, not 1925], nom. 
prov. 
Torrenticola Domin ex Steenis, J. Arnold Arbor. 28: 421 (1947), nom. inval. 
Torrenticola queenslandica (Domin) Domin ex Steenis, FI. Males, ser. 1, 4: 68 
(1949). 
Podostemum queenslandicum Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89^: 149 (1926) [Jan. 1926, 
not 1925], as Podostemon. 
Torrenticola queenslandica Domin, op. cit. 1 50, nom. prov., and 89®: tab. 35, figs 
7-13 (1928), nom. inval. 
Torrenticola queenslandica (Domin) Domin ex Steenis, J. Arnold Arbor. 28: 421 
(1947), nom. inval. 
DISCUSSION 
Domin (1926) published a new species ‘P. ?queenslandicus n. sp.’ under 
Podostemum [as Podostemon] Michaux. In his discussion following the species 
description he suggested that the new species might actually belong to a separate genus 
and provisionally designated this as ‘Torrenticola n. gen.’. In further discussion he 
referred to his new species as ‘T. queenslandica'. 
Under Artieles 34.1 and 34.2 of the International Code of Botanical 
Nomenclature (Greuter et al. 1988) I accept that the specific name Podostemum 
queenslandicum was validly published at this time. Both Domin’s wording and the 
layout of the printed text show that Domin was actually accepting the new species 
within Podostemum although he indicated some taxonomic doubt. The epithet 
queenslandicum, at specific rank, is therefore attributable to Domin and originates 
from P. queenslandicum Domin (1926). 
In contrast, the generic name Torrenticola and the specific combination T. 
queenslandica were not validly published by Domin in his 1926 paper. Torrenticola is 
not valid according to Article 34.1(b), which states clearly that a name is not validly 
published when it is merely proposed in anticipation of future acceptance, i.e. when it 
is a so-called provisional name. The name T. queenslandica is not validly published for 
•National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
127 

Page image

517769 Podotheca angustifolia Muelleria 7(1): 52-55

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1): 52-55".

517711 Podotheca Muelleria 7(1): 39-56

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1): 39-56".

517819 Podotheca chrysantha Muelleria 7(1): 44-46

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1): 44-46".

560794 Podotheca fuscescens Muelleria 7(1): 40
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563606
Page is part of the work A Revision of Podotheca Cass. (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184036

Page text

40 
Generic Delimitation 
Prior to Bentham’s ( 1 867) account of Podotheca three species had been referred to 
the genus, i.e. P. angustifolia, P. gnaphalioides and P. pygmaea A. Gray (1851). 
Bentham transferred two further species, Ixiolaena chrysantha Steetz and Helipterum 
fuscescens Turcz., to Podotheca. He noted that ‘the genus is limited to Australia, 
differing from Helipterum chiefly in the stipitate achenes, and generally in the 
involucre, which however is less foliaceous in P. fuscescens than in the other species’ 
(Bentham 1867, p. 601). Mueller (1882) retained the name Podosperma in preference 
to Podotheca and described a further new species, P. pollackii F. Muell. In the same 
publication he suggested that P. fuscescens, because of the outer scarious bracts of the 
involucre, should again be returned to Helipterum. Diels (1904) effected the 
combination Podotheca pollackii (F. Muell.) Diels. 
Despite Mueller’s comment that P. fuscescens be referred to Helipterum the 
species is commonly retained in Podotheca. All species of Podotheca occur in Western 
Australia and Grieve & Blackall (1975) recognized six species, i.e. P. angustifolia, P. 
chrysantha, P. fuscescens, P. gnaphalioides, P. pollackii and P. pygmaea. In this 
revision P. fuscescens and P. pollackii are excluded from Podotheca s. str. , three further 
species {P. pritzelii, P. uniseta and P. wilsonii) are described as new, and P. pygmaea is 
reduced to synonymy under P. angustifolia. 
Merxmiiller et al. (1977) referred Podotheca to their ‘group 16’ or ’’Schoenia 
group’ of the Gnaphaliinae sensu amplo. This group is characterized by the triangular 
hairy appendage of the style arms and includes some members of Australian 
Helichrysum Miller and Helipterum DC. plus genera such as Millotia Cass, and 
Waitzia Wendl. Podotheca s. str. is readily distinguished from other members of this 
group by the involucral bracts, which are arranged in several series with the outer ones 
leaf-like, the pappus of usually one, five or ten bristles and the long, bisexual florets of 
the large capitula. The fruit has a prominent stipe (Fig. 2a) but this feature is not 
exclusive to species of Podotheca s. str. Chromosome number determinations by 
Turner (1970) suggest a base number of x= 13 for the genus. 
Podotheca fuscescens is excluded from Podotheca s. str. on a number of grounds. 
The involucral bracts are quite dissimilar to those of Podotheca s. str. The outer 
leaf-like bracts are few in number and the inner bracts have white, opaque tips which 
are absent in species of Podotheca s. str. Other differences occur in the style 
appendages, which are more or less truncate and long papillate, and the pappus of c. 
12-14 plumose bristles. P. fuscescens has strong affinities with Helipterum 
oppositifolium S. Moore and H. strictum (Lindl.) Benth. (P. G. Wilson, in litt., 
1987). 
Podotheca pollackii is readily distinguished from members of Podotheca s. str. by 
virtue of the spike-like arrangement of the capitula. As with H. fuscescens the 
involucral bracts of this species differ from those in Podotheca s. str. and the fruit are 
anatomically different. In Podotheca s. str. the vascular bundles of the pericarp are 
oblique to the cotyledons and the sclerenchymatous layer in the pericarp is mainly one 
cell wide. In P. pollackii the vascular bundles are in the plane of the adaxial surface of 
the cotyledons and the sclerenchymatous layer is 2-4 cells wide. Unlike members of 
Podotheca s.str. fresh specimens produce a fetid odour when the leaves are crushed and 
the anthers are black. The style and anther morphology suggest the retention of P. 
pollackii in the ‘Schoenia group’. Its strongest affinities are with Helipterum battii F. 
Muell., H. charsleyae F. Muell. and H. spicatum (Lindl.) Benth. (P. G. Wilson, in litt., 
1987). 
MATERIALS AND METHODS 
Descriptions of taxa were made from dried herbarium material and from 
specimens stored in 70% ethanol. Shapes were defined using the terms given by the 
Systematic Association Committee for Descriptive Terrninology (1962). 
Specimens were examined from the following herbaria: AD, BM, E, K, LD, MEL, 
PERTH, S and W. 

Page image

517890 Podotheca gnaphalioides Muelleria 7(1): 48-49

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1): 48-49".

560793 Podotheca polakii Muelleria 7(1): 40
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563606
Page is part of the work A Revision of Podotheca Cass. (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184036

Page text

40 
Generic Delimitation 
Prior to Bentham’s ( 1 867) account of Podotheca three species had been referred to 
the genus, i.e. P. angustifolia, P. gnaphalioides and P. pygmaea A. Gray (1851). 
Bentham transferred two further species, Ixiolaena chrysantha Steetz and Helipterum 
fuscescens Turcz., to Podotheca. He noted that ‘the genus is limited to Australia, 
differing from Helipterum chiefly in the stipitate achenes, and generally in the 
involucre, which however is less foliaceous in P. fuscescens than in the other species’ 
(Bentham 1867, p. 601). Mueller (1882) retained the name Podosperma in preference 
to Podotheca and described a further new species, P. pollackii F. Muell. In the same 
publication he suggested that P. fuscescens, because of the outer scarious bracts of the 
involucre, should again be returned to Helipterum. Diels (1904) effected the 
combination Podotheca pollackii (F. Muell.) Diels. 
Despite Mueller’s comment that P. fuscescens be referred to Helipterum the 
species is commonly retained in Podotheca. All species of Podotheca occur in Western 
Australia and Grieve & Blackall (1975) recognized six species, i.e. P. angustifolia, P. 
chrysantha, P. fuscescens, P. gnaphalioides, P. pollackii and P. pygmaea. In this 
revision P. fuscescens and P. pollackii are excluded from Podotheca s. str. , three further 
species {P. pritzelii, P. uniseta and P. wilsonii) are described as new, and P. pygmaea is 
reduced to synonymy under P. angustifolia. 
Merxmiiller et al. (1977) referred Podotheca to their ‘group 16’ or ’’Schoenia 
group’ of the Gnaphaliinae sensu amplo. This group is characterized by the triangular 
hairy appendage of the style arms and includes some members of Australian 
Helichrysum Miller and Helipterum DC. plus genera such as Millotia Cass, and 
Waitzia Wendl. Podotheca s. str. is readily distinguished from other members of this 
group by the involucral bracts, which are arranged in several series with the outer ones 
leaf-like, the pappus of usually one, five or ten bristles and the long, bisexual florets of 
the large capitula. The fruit has a prominent stipe (Fig. 2a) but this feature is not 
exclusive to species of Podotheca s. str. Chromosome number determinations by 
Turner (1970) suggest a base number of x= 13 for the genus. 
Podotheca fuscescens is excluded from Podotheca s. str. on a number of grounds. 
The involucral bracts are quite dissimilar to those of Podotheca s. str. The outer 
leaf-like bracts are few in number and the inner bracts have white, opaque tips which 
are absent in species of Podotheca s. str. Other differences occur in the style 
appendages, which are more or less truncate and long papillate, and the pappus of c. 
12-14 plumose bristles. P. fuscescens has strong affinities with Helipterum 
oppositifolium S. Moore and H. strictum (Lindl.) Benth. (P. G. Wilson, in litt., 
1987). 
Podotheca pollackii is readily distinguished from members of Podotheca s. str. by 
virtue of the spike-like arrangement of the capitula. As with H. fuscescens the 
involucral bracts of this species differ from those in Podotheca s. str. and the fruit are 
anatomically different. In Podotheca s. str. the vascular bundles of the pericarp are 
oblique to the cotyledons and the sclerenchymatous layer in the pericarp is mainly one 
cell wide. In P. pollackii the vascular bundles are in the plane of the adaxial surface of 
the cotyledons and the sclerenchymatous layer is 2-4 cells wide. Unlike members of 
Podotheca s.str. fresh specimens produce a fetid odour when the leaves are crushed and 
the anthers are black. The style and anther morphology suggest the retention of P. 
pollackii in the ‘Schoenia group’. Its strongest affinities are with Helipterum battii F. 
Muell., H. charsleyae F. Muell. and H. spicatum (Lindl.) Benth. (P. G. Wilson, in litt., 
1987). 
MATERIALS AND METHODS 
Descriptions of taxa were made from dried herbarium material and from 
specimens stored in 70% ethanol. Shapes were defined using the terms given by the 
Systematic Association Committee for Descriptive Terrninology (1962). 
Specimens were examined from the following herbaria: AD, BM, E, K, LD, MEL, 
PERTH, S and W. 

Page image

517964 Podotheca pritzelii Muelleria 7(1): 49, fig. 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563597
Page is part of the work A Revision of Podotheca Cass. (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184036

Page text

49 
sandy loam on edge of granite outcrop’ and ‘mallee eucalypt scrub, red-brown 
loam’. 
Notes: 
1 . It could be expected that type material examined by Graham is housed at E. 
However, a visit to E in August 1985 failed to reveal syntype material of P. 
gnaphalioides, there only being a photograph of the K specimen selected as the 
lectotype. 
2. When describing P. pygmaea Gray referred to the ‘whole plant scarcely above 
an inch high’, suggesting that he had only seen a single specimen. The lectotype sheet 
contains two small plants. Despite this it seems that this is the material examined by 
Gray. The sheet is annotated with 'pygmaea n. sp.' in his hand and no other possible 
type material has been located at GH (M. Canosa, in Hit., 1987) or any other 
herbarium. 
3. Podotheca gnaphalioides is a polymorphic species in regard to its habit, which 
varies from prostrate to erect, and in the vestiture of the leaves and bracts. The most 
common form of the species has ascending to erect major axes and the outer involucral 
bracts have a vestiture of septate hairs and occasional, seemingly sessile or shortly 
stalked, glandular hairs (e.g. Aplin 3362, Short 1602, Short 1722). A few collections 
from drier and inland localities are of specimens with prostrate major axes and with 
bracts which are glabrous or with few septate hairs (e.g. Blackall 453 from Sandstone). 
Other collections (e.g. Willis s.n. MEL 1555706, Selk 1705) are characterized by 
having bracts with a dense vestiture of stalked, glandular hairs as in P. chrysantha and 
P. wilsonii. Such specimens occur in the Jurien Bay-Yanchep region. 
Formal recognition of the entities does not seem warranted but additional 
collections may prove otherwise. 
Selected Specimens Examined (Total c. 120): 
Western Australia — Dirk Hartog Island, 2.ix. 1972, George 1 1383 (PERTH); 15-5 km W. of Mullewa, 
l.ix.l982, Short 1602 (MEL, PERTH); Anderson Rocks, 13.ix.l982, Short 1722 MEL, PERTH); Caroling 
Rocks, 6.X.1983, Short 1971 (MEL); E. edge of Lake Moore, 15.ix.l986, Short 2930 (AD, MEL, 
PERTH). 
4. Podotheca pritzelii P. S. Short, sp. nov. 
Herba annua. Axes majores ascendentes vel erecti, c. 5-25 cm longi, pilis planis septatis. Folia lineari 
vel lanceolata 1-3-5 cm longa, 0- 1-0-25 cm lata, succulenta, pallens viridia vel purpurascentia, pilis 
planis septatis. Capitula ovoidea usque lanceoloidea vel cylindrica, T9-2-6 cm longa, 0-26-0-8 cm 
diametro. Bracteaea involucralis 15-32, ovatae usque lanceolatae vel anguste triangulares usque 
lineares triangulares vel obovatae usque oblanceolatae, 7-5-22 mm longae, 1 -5-3-5 mm latae; bractae 
exteriores herbaceae, succulentae, pallentes virides vel purpurae, marginibus angustis hyalinis pilis 
longis ciliatis, pili septati absens; bracteae interiores hyalinae praeter costa opaca, glabrae. Flosculi 
19-73; corolla tubes 14-19 mm longa. Stamina 5; antherae 1-4-1-83 mm longae, unaquaeque 
pollinibus c. 400. Cypselae 1-5-1 -6 mm longae, 0-45-0-6 mm diametro. Pappi setae laeves usque 
barbellatae in parte inferna 1/3-1/2, superae 1/2-2/3 plumosae. 
Holotypus: Lake Ninan, at junction of Brennan Road with the Wongan 
Hills-Yereeoin road. 30° 56' S., 1 16° 39' E. Growing in sand amongst samphire and 
Melaleuca. 25.x. 1 983, Short 2214B (MEL 1 524328). Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, CBG, 
HO, K, NSW, PERTH. 
Annual herbs. Major axes ascending to erect, 5-25 cm long, with flat, septate 
hairs. Leaves linear or lanceolate, 1-3-5 cm long, 0-l-0-25cm wide, succulent, 
pale-green or purplish, with flat, septate hairs. Capitula ovoid to lanceoloid or 
cylindrical, l-9-2-6cm long, 0-26-0-8 cm diam. Involucral bracts 15-32 per 
capitulum, ovate to lanceolate or narrowly to linear triangular or obovate to 
oblanceolate, 7-5-22 mm long, 1 -5-3 -5 mm wide; outer braets herbaceous, succulent, 
pale green or purple, with narrow hyaline margins with long-ciliate hairs, flat septate 
hairs absent; inner bracts hyaline except for opaque midrib, glabrous. Florets 19-73 
per capitulum, yellow-orange; corolla tube 14-19 mm long. Stamens 5; anthers 
l-4-l-83mm long; microsporangia 1-05-1-46 mm long; apical appendages 0-35- 

Page image

517971 Podotheca pygmaea Muelleria 7(1): 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563598
Page is part of the work A Revision of Podotheca Cass. (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184036

Page text

48 
part of the pappus bristles are pink. A single collection, Demarz 4613, has some 
specimens with pink bristles, others with yellow bristles. 
3. Podotheca wilsonii has close affinities with P. chrysantha but the latter species 
has ten, rarely nine or eleven, bristles per floret, is always an erect herb and displays a 
preference for non-saline habitats. 
Selected Specimens Seen (Total 1 3): 
Western Australia — Lake Carey, 7.x. 1973, Demarz 4613 (PERTH); 41 miles N. of Bulga Downs, 
24.ix.1975, Demarz 5642 (PERTH); c. 16 km S. of Mt Jackson Homestead, 5.xi.l983, Short 2298 & Haegi 
(AD, MEL, PERTH); 30 km NE. of Nambi Homestead, 28.viii.1968, Wilson 7482 (PERTH); southern 
margins of Lake Rason, 13.ix.l984, Wilson 72/77 (PERTH). 
3. Podotheca gnaphalioides Grab., Bot. Mag. t. 3920 (1842); Steetz in Lehm. PI. 
Preiss. 1; 449 (1845); Benth., FI. Austr. 3; 601 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. 
Wildlfs 824 (1975); Lander in Marchant et ai, FI. Perth Region 699 (1987). — 
Podosperma gnaphalioides (Grab.) F. Muell., Fragm. 12: 22 (1882). Type: ‘raised at 
the nursery garden of Messrs. James Dickson & Sons, Edinburgh, in spring, 1841, from 
a collection of Swan River seeds, communicated the year before by Mr. Murray, 
Lintrose . . . struck from cuttings by Mr. Kelly . . . of Messrs. Dickson’s establishment.’ 
Lectotype (here chosen): Anon, s.n.. Swan River, cult., s. dat. (K). (See note 1 
below.) 
Lophoclinium manglesii Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1: 457 (1843). Type: ‘Nova 
Hollandia austro-occidentalis’. Possible Syntypes and Isosyntypes: Preiss 107. 
LD, MEL 1543867 (ex herb. Sond.), MEL 691442 (ex herb. Steetz), P, W. (See note 2 
under P. angustifolia.) 
Podotheca pygmaea A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4: 227 ( 1 85 1 ). Type: 
‘Swan River, Drummond’. Lectotype (here chosen): Drummond 64, Swan River, N. 
Holl., s. dat. (K). (See note 2 below.) 
Annual herbs. Major axes ± prostrate to erect, 6-55 cm long, with flat, septate, 
non-glandular hairs and often stalked glandular hairs, green to purple. Capitula ovoid 
to lanceoloid, 2-5 cm long, 0-3-1 -5 cm diam. Involucral bracts 11-43 {c. 60) per 
capitulum, ± ovate to lanceolate or narrowly to linear triangular or ± oblanceolate or 
narrowly obtrullate, 8-6-36-7 mm long, 0-9-3-8 mm wide; outer bracts herbaceous, 
sometimes semi-succulent, dark green or purple green, usually with narrow, hyaline 
margins with long-ciliate hairs, the outer surface with flat, septate hairs and/or stalked, 
glandular hairs, rarely glabrous; inner bracts hyaline except for an opaque midrib, 
glabrous or with, long-ciliate hairs on the margins. Florets 10-204 per capitulum, 
yellow or yellow-orange, corolla tube 20-7-30 mm long. Stamens 5; anthers 
1-24-2-61 mm long; microsporangia 1-37-2-14 mm long; apical appendages 
0-37-0-66 mm long. Pollen grains c. 300-500 per anther. Cypselas 1 -9-2-7 mm long, 
0-5-0-75 mm diam. Pappus of 5 bristles, each bristle usually smooth at the base, 
grading to plumose, sometimes barbellate or ± plumose near the base. 
Chromosome number: n= 13 (Turner 1970). 
Distribution (Fig. 1): 
South-west of Western Australia, including Dirk Hartog Island. 
Ecology: 
Occurs in a variety of habitats and tends to favour sandy soils but has also been 
found growing in clay loam. It apparently has some salinity tolerance, with plants 
having been gathered on the edge of saline depressions. However it is generally 
restricted to areas above the samphire zone. Collectors’ notes include: ‘Growing in 
sand with Melaleuca, occasionally just extending to area with Gunniopsis on edge of 
saline depression’, ‘closed heath, shallow sand over limestone’, ‘open forest 
Eucalytpus wandoo, clay loam in drainage line’, ‘Open heath, orange-brown sandy 
loam over outcropping ferrugineous sandstone’, ‘Sandplain with heath c.lm tall 
dominated by Leptospermum sp., Casuarina cutivalvus and Acacia spp.’, ‘In very 

Page image

517987 Podotheca uniseta Muelleria 7(1): 51, fig. 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563563
Page is part of the work A Revision of Podotheca Cass. (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184036

Page text

51 
erroneously labelled. The locality seems more likely to be Lake Ninan, the type 
locality. A further collection, Kenneally 5 799 from the Mortlock Flora Reserve and 
containing somewhat immature specimens, may be of this species. 
Lake Ninan is in the Monger Lake System (Bettenay & Mulcahy 1972). 
Ecology: 
The only ecological data available comes from the type collection (see above) 
which indicates that the species grows in saline sand amongst samphire and 
Melaleuca. 
Notes: 
1 . The specific epithet commemorates Ernst Georg Pritzel, a German botanist 
who, in 1900-1901, collected with Ludwig Diels in Western Australia. The first 
collection of this species was gathered by Pritzel. 
2. In the field P. pritzelii is readily distinguished from P. gnaphalioides. The 
leaves and bracts are manifestly succulent and are usually a distinct pale green, 
although sometimes the bracts may be purple. Larger individuals frequently branch at 
the upper nodes, an uncommon feature in P. gnaphalioides. There is also a tendency 
for the largest capitula in P. pritzelii to be smaller than those of robust specimens of P. 
gnaphalioides, a situation reflected by the bract and floret number per capitulum. The 
bracts of this species also lack flat, septate hairs on the outer surface, an uncommon 
condition in P. gnaphalioides. 
Differentiation of P. pritzelii from P. gnaphalioides can be difficult from 
herbarium specimens, a situation not helped when habitat notes are lacking. Although 
the pale green colour of the leaves and bracts may more or less remain the original 
succulent nature is often not apparent in dried specirnens. 
Apart from morphological differences P. pritzelii is found in a different habitat 
from that frequented by P. gnaphalioides. The latter species was not observed at Lake 
Ninan when the type collection of P. pritzelii was gathered. As noted above P. 
gnaphalioides barely encroaches into the samphire dominated zone of saline lakes 
(also see under P. uniseta). 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — ?Lake Annean, Nannine, x. 1945, Gardner 7467 (PERTH); Wongan Hills, 
13.X.1903, Morrison 13058 (K, PERTH — 2 sheets); District Avon, in apertis arenosis, x.1901, Pritzel 775 
(BM, E, K, PERTH). 
5. Podotheca uniseta P. S. Short, sp. nov. 
Herba annua. Axes majores ascendentes vel erecti, c. 5-25 cm longi, pilis planis septatis. Folia linearia 
vel lanceolata, 1-4-5 cm longa, 0-1-0-35 cm lata, succulenta. Capitula anguste ovoidea vel cylindrica, 
2-2-8 cm longa, 0-26-0-9 cm diametro. Bracteae involucralis 23-35, ovatae usque lanceolatae vel 
anguste triangulares usque lineares triangulares vel lineares vel obovatae usque oblanceolatae, 
4-5-22 mm longae, 0-6-3-2 mm latae; bracteae exteriores herbaceae interdum semisucculentae, 
marginibus angustis hyalinis pilis longis ciliatis, pili septati absens vel on bracteae eximae verticillus; 
bracteae interiores hyalinae praeter costa opaca, glabrae. Flosculi 26-67; corolla tubus 14-8-20-2 mm 
longa. Stamina 5; antherae 1-35-1-94 mm longae, unaquaeque pollinibus c. 300-600. Cypselae 
1 - 8- 1 -9 mm longae, 0- 5 5-0-65 mm diametro. Pappus annulus seta uno, seta laevi vel barbellata in parte 
inferna 1/2-2/3, in supera 1/3-1/2 plumosa. 
Holotypus: E. edge of Lake Moore (c. 58 km from Paynes Find along Cleary road), 
29° 40' S., 117° 43' E. Growing amongst Gunniopsis & Halosarcia. Sand. 15.ix.l986, 
Short 2929 (MEL 689074). Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, HO, K, NSW, PERTH. 
Annual herbs. Major axes ascending to erect, c. 5-25 cm long, with flat, septate 
hairs. Leaves ± linear or lanceolate, 1-4-5 cm long, 0-1-0-35 cm wide, succulent, 
green, red or purple. Capitula ± narrowly ovoid or ± cylindrical, 2-2-8 cm long, 
0-26-0-9 cm diam. Jnvolucral bracts 23-35 per capitulum, ovate to lanceolate or 
narrowly to linear triangular or ± linear or ±obovate to oblanceolate, 4-5-22 mm 
long, 0-6-3-2 mm wide; outer bracts herbaceous, sometimes semisucculent, green or 
tinged purple, with narrow, hyaline margins with long-ciliate hairs, septate hairs 

Page image

517994 Podotheca wilsonii Muelleria 7(1): 46, fig. 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563600
Page is part of the work A Revision of Podotheca Cass. (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184036

Page text

46 
Distribution (Fig. 1); , 
Western Australia between latitudes c. 29° 30' S. and 35° S. and west of longitude 
c. 1 1 7° E. A collection by Oldfield (K) is labelled as coming from the Murchison River 
but this seems to be erroneous. 
Ecology: .. ^ j 
Favours sandy soil. Collectors’ notes include ‘low woodland . . . ot Banksia, ridge 
of light yellow sand’, ^Banksia - coastal Blackbutt association’ and ‘closed heath, 
shallow sand over limestone on ridge’. Flowers from late August to December. 
1. The selection of MEL 1553907 as the lectotype of Ixiolaena chrysantha is 
consistent with the argument previously put (Short & Sinkora 1988) that in the case of 
names originally coined by Steetz that specimens in his own herbarium should 
generally be chosen as lectotypes. 
Selected Specimens Examined (Total c. 50): 
Western Australia — near Boongarra, 17.x. 1978, Hnatiuk 780145 PERTH); Yanchep National Park, 
17 X 1963 James 19 (PERTH); 18 km E. of Lancelin, 17.X.1981, Keighery 4140 (PERTH); Bayswater, 
6.X.1897, Morrison s.n. (E, K, MEL 1543881, PERTH); Capel, 18.ix.l949, Royce 3122 (PERTH). 
2. Podotheca wilsonii P. S. Short, sp. nov. 
Herba annua. Axes majores ascendentes vel erecti, 7-5-45 cm longi, pilis stipitatis glandulis. folia 
linearia vel lanceolata, 0-5-13-5 cm longa, O-l-l-l cm lata, apicibus saepe mcurvatis, pilis stipitatis 
glandulis, viridia usque purpurea. Capitula obovoidea usque perlate obovoidea, raro ± oblonga, 
l-5-3-5cm longa, 0-7-3 cm diametro. Bracteae involucrales 26-75, ovatae usque lanceolatae, 
oblanceolatae, anguste trullati usque trullati, triangulares vel ± lineares, 7-6-24 mm longae, 1^5-5 mm 
latae; bracteae exteriores herbaceae, pilis stipitatis glandulis, saepe marginibus angustis hyalinis pnis 
longis ciliatis ferentibus; bracteae interiores hyalinae praeter costa opaca, glabrae. Floscuti 44-294, 
lutei- corolla tubus 14-5-25-1 mm longa. Stamina 5; antherae 1-96-2-46 mm longae, unaquaeque 
pollinibus c. 400-660. Cypselae 1 -7-2-1 mm longae, 0-55-0-65 mm diametro. Pappi setae 5 laeves 
usque barbellatae in parte inferna 1/3-1/2, in supera 1/2-2/3 subplumosae, plerumque albae vel 
luteolae sed interdum in supera 1/3 roseae. 
Holotypus: FLammersley Lakes, c. 16 km S. of Mt Jackson Homestead, f- 30 
11 9° 01' E. In sand amongst samphire, and Frankenia. 7.x. 1983, Short 1995 
(MEL 689073). Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, CBG, HO, K, NSW, NT, PERTH. 
Annual herbs. Major axes ascending to erect, 7-5-45 cm long, with stalked 
glandular hairs, purple. Leaves linear or lanceolate, 0-5-1 3-5 cm long, O-l-l-l cm 
wide, the apex often incurved, with stalked glandular hairs, green to purple. CapiMa 
obovoid to very broadly obovoid, rarely ± oblong, 1 -5-3-5 cm long, 0-7-3 cm diarn. 
Involucral bracts 26-75 per capitulum, ovate to lanceolate, oblanceolate, narrowly 
trullate to trullate, triangular or ± linear, 7-6-24 mm long, 1-5-5 mm wide, outer 
bracts herbaceous, the surfoce with stalked glandular hairs, often with narrow hyaline 
margins with long-ciliate hairs; inner bracts hyaline except for the opaque midrib, 
glabrous. Florets 44-294 per capitulum, yellow; corolla tube 14-^5-25-1 mm long 
Stamens 5; anthers 1-96-2-46 mm long; microsporangia 1-45-1-88 mm long; apical 
appendages 0-35-0-62 mm long. Pollen grains c. 400-660 per anther. Cyp.se/fl3 
1 -7-2- 1 mm long, 0-5-0-6 mm diam. Pappus of 5 bristles, bristles smooth to barbellate 
in the lower 1/3-1/2, the upper 1/2-2/3 subplumose, commonly white or pale yellow 
but sometimes the upper c. 1/3 pink. (Fig. 4) 
Distribution (Fig. 1): , 3i»3n'q and 
Western Australia. Occurs between latitudes c. 25 30 S. and 31 30 b. and 
longitudes 118°E. and 124°30'E. 
IE C L Y^ * 
Collectors’ notes suggest that the species is restricted to saline, generally sandy 
soil. A single collection records that specimens were collected in a clay depression. 

Page image

478590 Poiretia elliptica Muelleria 7(1): 27
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563619
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.184035

Page text

27 
‘Hovea ilicifolia see Plagiolobium' written on it. The label at the foot of the sheet which 
covers the apex of the shoot indicates that the specimen was collected by Cunningham 
at King Georges Sound. These two collections are regarded as Syntypes of H. 
ilicifolia. I here seleet the fruiting specimen in CGE as the Lectotype of H. ilicifolia 
Cunn.. 
Notes: 
The upper stamen-filament in H. chorizemifolia is usually free from the others, a 
feature which occurs only sporadically and irregularly in other speeies. 
The leaves typically have distinctly sinuate pungent-pointed margins and a 
pungent apex and are very characteristic. However, leaf size and leaf shape, especially 
the shape of the margins, vary quite markedly and occasional specimens occur in 
which the margins are only slightly sinuate or undulate and possess only a few marginal 
teeth, for example, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL 1532104). Some of these specimens 
(corresponding to var. subintegrum recognized by Meissner), which occur within the 
distributional range of both H. chorizemifolia and H. elliptica, have been confused in 
the past with H. elliptica or considered as intermediates between the two species but 
they are referrable to H. chorizemifolia. These specimens have the bract and bracteoles 
of H. chorizemifolia rather than those of H. elliptica, the upper stamen-filament is 
always free as in H. chorizemifolia and the lower surfaces of the leaves lack the 
distinctive asymmetrically biramate or medifixed hairs which are characteristic of 
elliptica. Even although the two species often grow together their habits are quite 
different. Leaf shape in H. chorizemifolia is clearly more variable than previously 
realized, but, despite this, there does not appear to be a means of dividing up the range 
of variation satisfactorily. 
White-flowered variants occur occasionally, for example, Mrs W.A. Ross 
(PERTH) from Waroona. 
3. Hovea elliptica (Sm.) DC., Prodr. 2: 1 15 (1825); Sweet, Hortus Britannicus 1:111 
(1826); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 175 (1864). 
Poiretia elliptica Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 9: 305 ( 1 808); Phusicarpos elliptica 
(Sm.) Poiret in Lamarck & Poiret, Encycl. meth. Bot. suppl. 4: 400 ( 1 81 6). Lectotype 
(here seleeted): Western Australia, King Georges Sound, 1 803, Menzies (LINN, sheet 
1190.2). , 
Platychilum celsianum Delaunay, Herb. Amat. t. 1 87 ( 1 8 1 5); Goodia simplicijolia 
Spreng., Syst. Veg. ed. 16, 4(2): 267 (1827). Lectotype (here selected): Delaunay, 
Herb. Amat. t. 187. 
H. celsii Bonpl., Descr. PI. Malmaison t. 51 (1816). Lectotype (here selected): 
Descr. PI. Malmaison t. 51. 
Slender shrub or tree to 3 m high, often single-stemmed, young branches densely 
clothed with appressed to slightly spreading hairs, the hairs predominantly or 
exclusively medifixed or asymmetrically biramate, often rust-coloured. Leaves. 
lamina almost flat, elliptic, ovate-elliptic, obovate-elliptic to obovate or fusiform, 
(l-5-)2-5-10(-14)cm long, (0-5-)l-3-2(-6) cm wide, obtuse, emarginate, retuse or 
mucronate apically, glabrous above and reticulate, the venation usually prominent, 
lower surface and midrib sparingly to densely elothed with predominantly or 
exelusively medifixed or asymmetrically biramate hairs; petiole 0-8—1 cm long, 
sparingly to densely clothed with medifixed or asymmetrically biramate hairs. Stipules 
narrow-triangular, up to 1 mm long and 0-5 mm wide, sparingly to densely clothed 
with medifixed or asymmetrically biramate hairs. Inflorescence axillary, sessile or a 
pedunculate raceme, sometimes auxotelic, 1—7 flowered. Flowers pedicellate, the 
pedicels 4-9 mm long, densely clothed with rusty appressed hairs; bracteoles 
1-1-5 mm long, up to 0- 5 mm wide, inserted at the base of the calyx and appressed to it 
or inserted up to 1 mm below the calyx and free from it, densely clothed with appressed 
rusty hairs; bract 1-1-5 mm long, up to 0-5 mm wide, inserted at base of pedicel and 
5-8 mm below the bracteoles, densely clothed with rusty appressed hairs. Calyx 

Page image

517400 Pomaderris gilmourii Muelleria 7(1): 81, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563593
Page is part of the work Two New Species of Pomaderris Labill. (Rhamnaceae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184038

Page text

TWO NEW SPECIES OF POMADERRIS Labill. (RHAMNACEAE) FROM 
SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA 
by 
Neville G. Walsh* 
ABSTRACT 
Walsh, Neville G. Two new species of Pomaderris Labill. (Rhamnaceae) from 
south-eastern Australia. Muelleria 7(1): 81-87 (1988). — Pomaderris gilmourii from 
New South Wales and P. humilis from Victoria are described as new species and notes 
on distribution, ecology and their relationship to other members of the genus are 
provided. Two varieties of P. gilmourii are recognised. 
INTRODUCTION 
The genus Pomaderris contains a number of species which are morphologically 
ill-defined and nomenclaturally confused. In the course of the preparation of a general 
revision of the genus, a number of apparently clearly defined, undescribed taxa have 
been encountered. As sufficient data pertaining to these taxa are gathered which 
confirm their distinctness, they will be described in order that reference to them is 
facilitated more quickly than would be the case if their publication were delayed until a 
generic revision is completed. 
This is the second recent paper describing new species in Pomaderris. See also 
Muelleria 6: 6 (1988). 
TAXONOMY 
Pomaderris gilmourii N. G. Walsh, sp. nov. 
Frutexad 4 m altum. Ramuli glabrescentes. Folia obovata, oblanceolata vel anguste elliptica, 8-30 mm 
(raro ad 40 mm) longa, 4- 1 3 mm lata, apice acuto ad obtusum vel rotundato, pinnatinervia, nervorum 
3-5 pares, supra glabra vel pubescentia secus costae, infra tomentosa trichomatibus stellatis. Stipulae 
subulatae ad 4 mm longas, caducae. Inflorescentiae terminates, laxe paniculatae, pyramidales vel 
rotundatae, 2-5 cm diametro, aliquantum abundans. Flores apetala, pedicellis 1-4 mm longis. Sepala 
oblonga, apice acuto, pagina externa pilis brevis argenteis, interne glabra. Filamenta staminum 
1-1-5 mm longa, Antherae oblongae vel ellipticae, 0-5-1 mm longae. Stylus c. 1 mm longus, trilobus, 
divisus basi fere. 
Typus: New South Wales — South Coast, Deua National Park, Prominence 1-9 km 
north from Coondella trig, point, c. 16 km WSW. from Moruya, 35° 55' 50" S., 
1 49° 54' 20" E. Alt. 480 m, 7.xii.l987, A.G. Walsh 7559(Holotypus: MEL 1557601. 
IsoTYPi: BRI, CBG, HO, NSW). 
Shrub to 4 m high. Branchlets glabrescent, but covered when young by 
semi-appressed to appressed simple hairs or tufted trichomes, with or without an 
underlying hoary layer. Petiole 2-8 mm long. Lamina obovate, oblanceolate or 
narrowly elliptic, 8-30 (rarely to 40) mm long, 4- 1 3 mm wide; apex acute to obtuse or 
rounded; penninerved with 3-5 pairs of lateral veins which are inconspicuous above; 
upper surface glabrous or with a line of short hairs above the midvein; lower surface 
densely covered with fine stellate trichomes, with or without a superficial layer of 
appressed, shining simple hairs. Stipules subulate, to 4 mm long, soon deciduous. 
Inflorescences loosely paniculate, pyramidal or rounded, mostly 2-5 cm diam., 
terminal on the main axis and short lateral branches and rather prolific. Pedicels 
1 -4 mm long. Sepals oblong, acute at apex, covered with short silver-grey hairs 
externally, glabrous and cream-coloured on the inner face. Petals absent. Stamens 
alternating with sepals; filament 1-1-5 mm long; anther c. 0-5-1 mm long. Ovary 
‘National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
81 

Page image

517411 Pomaderris gilmourii gilmourii Muelleria 7(1): 82, fig. 1ad
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563594
Page is part of the work Two New Species of Pomaderris Labill. (Rhamnaceae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184038
517408 Pomaderris gilmourii cana Muelleria 7(1): 82, fig. 1(e-g).
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563594
Page is part of the work Two New Species of Pomaderris Labill. (Rhamnaceae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184038
517622 Pomaderris humilis Muelleria 7(1): 84, fig. 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563650
Page is part of the work Two New Species of Pomaderris Labill. (Rhamnaceae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184038

Page text

84 
expected to be discovered in the course of detailed survey of the general area. P. 
gilmourii var. cana is known only from a few plants at the type locality where it occurs 
with the typical variety. The species conservation status has been assessed as 2RC-t 
(Briggs & Leigh 1988), that is the species is rare (‘R’), represented within a 
conservation reserve (‘C’), the population size is unknown but all known plants 
are reserved (‘t’). 
Habitat: 
P. gilmourii occurs on skeletal soils derived from rhyolite, an igneous rock, in this 
area formed as part of the Comerong Volcanic series (Gilligan 1974). Most sites are 
exposed, on or atop steeply sloping rock faces supporting shrubland or open woodland, 
although one collection {Gilmour 4988) is apparently from a more sheltered site 
supporting open forest. Recorded altitudes range from 450 m to 700 m. Associated 
species typically include a number of similarly localised, rhyolite-endemic species 
such as the recently described Prostanthera porcata, Westringia saxicola and an 
undescribed Leptospermum as well as other species characteristic of clifftop shrubland 
and woodland communities, e.g. Eriostemon trachyphyllus, Platysace lanceolata, 
Hakea dactyloides, H. macreana, Kunzea ambigua and Eucalyptus stenostoma. 
Notes: 
P. gilmorii is a very distinctive species unlikely to be confused with any other 
Pomaderris in the eastern states. However, sterile specimens somewhat resemble P. 
myrtilloides, a species of calcareous, mostly coastal sites in southern Western Australia 
and it was to this species which I very hesitantly referred the first (sterile) material of P. 
gilmourii I saw. Unlike P. gilmourii though, the western species is not apetalous and 
has a style which is barely cleft. The indumentum of P. gilmourii var. gilmourii is 
suggestive of that of P. ledifolia, a species also typically associated with exposed, rocky 
peaks, but the characteristic very narrow leaves and crowded, petalous flowers of that 
species readily distinguish it from P. gilmourii. P. cinerea, a species endemic to the 
south coast region of New South Wales and which also occurs within Deua National 
Park shares with P. gilmourii a number of features which may indicate a closer 
relationship than the general appearance of the two species suggests. Both species 
flower later in the year than any other Pomaderris in the broad area, both are apetalous 
and perhaps most significantly, both species have a pubescent style, a feature not 
known from other members of the genus. The general nature of the indumentum of P. 
cinerea and its overall dusky appearance are reflected to some extent in P. gilmourii 
var. cana. 
The specific epithet honours Mr Phil. Gilmour, formerly of Canberra, who first 
collected this species and whose collections comprise the majority of herbarium 
specimens of it. His botanical surveys of the largely unexplored south coast area of 
New South Wales in general and the rugged and largely inaccessible rhyolite country in 
particular, have unearthed a number of new species and improved our knowledge of 
many rare and restricted plants. 
The varietal epithet cana refers to the dull, greyish appearance of that variety, in 
contrast to the brighter overall aspect of the typical variety. 
Pomaderris humilis N. G. Walsh, sp. nov. 
Frutex decumbens vel infirme ascendens, plerumque ad 0-5 m altum. Ramuli stellato-tomentosi cum 
pilis simplicibus vel trichomatibus caespitosis longioribus. Folia elliptica vel ovata rare obovata, 
10-50 mm longa, 7-25 mm lata, apice rotundato versus late acutum, pinnatinervia, nervorum 5-7 
pares, supra pilosa cum pilis simplicibus suberectis raro cum stellatis vel bifidis trichomatibus 
paucibus, c. 0-2 mm longis, infra stellato-tomentosa cum pilis simplicibus longioribus praesertim in 
costis et nervis. Stipulae lanceolatae, ad 4 mm longas, caducae. Injlorescentia terminales, paniculatae, 
pyramidales plerumque 3-5 cm diametro. Sepala oblonga, 2-2-5 mm longa, apice acuto, pagina 
externa stellato-tomentosa cum pilis simplicibus longioribus, interne glabra. Petala spathulata, 
breviora parum sepalis, margine apicali irregulatim crenato. FUamenta staminum 2-2-5 mm longa. 
Antherae oblongae, c. 1 mm longae. Stylus 1-5-2 mm longus, integer fere vel divisus j parte sui 
longitudinis. Capsulae ovoideae, c. 3-5x2-5 mm. 

Page image

539431 Sondottia connata Muelleria 7(1): 114
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563680
Page is part of the work New Genera and Species of Australian Inuleae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184041

Page text

114 
green, mainly cartilaginous but with hyaline apices and sometimes with very narrow 
hyaline margins, glabrous to densely lanate, each bract subtending 1-3 capitula. 
Capitularhmcts 4-6, hyaline, with opaque midribs, ± flat, glabrous or sparsely lanate. 
Florets 1 per capitulum, tubular, bisexual, yellow; corolla 5-lobed. Style branches 
truncate, apices papillate. Stamens 5; anthers caudate, each with a sterile apical 
appendage; filament collar straight in outline and not thicker than the filament. 
Cypselas ± obovoid, mainly glabrous but with long, intertwined hairs at the apex; 
carpopodium annular. Pappus cup-like, laciniate. 
Distribution (Fig. 1): 
A ditypic genus restricted to Western Australia. 
Etymology: 
The name Sondottia is of feminine gender and is an anagram derived from the 
names and commemorating the botanist Otto Wilhelm Sonder (1812-1881). 
Notes: 
The cartilaginous capitulum-subtending bracts are apparently unique to this 
genus and readily separate it from any other genera with single flowered capitula. 
Other distinguishing features include the opposite, connate leaves and the intertwined 
long hairs at the apex of the fruit. 
Key to Species of Sondottia 
1. General involucre absent or several leaf-like bracts at base of head; upper axes 
lanate 1 • S. connata 
1. General involucre of 2 or 4 bracts with broad, hyaline margins; upper axes 
± glabrous 2. S. glabrata 
Sondottia connata (W.V. Fitzg.) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Angianthus connatus W.V. Fitzg. J. West Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2: 24 
(1905); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975); Short, Muelleria 5: 209 
(1983). Lectotype (fide Short 1983); Mingenew, Sept. 1903, Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW 
138682). IsoLECTOTYPEs: NSW 138683, PERTH. 
Annual herb, c. 3-12 cm high. Mayor oxej ascending to erect, mainly glabrous but 
the upper part lanate; stem simple or forming branches at basal and upper nodes. 
Leaves linear, c. 5-13 mm long, 0-5-1 -4 mm wide, often semisucculent, mucronate, 
usually glabrous but the uppermost leaves sometimes lanate. Compound heads 
obovoid, c. 6-5-10 mm long, 3-5-5 mm diam.; general involucre absent but one or 
several leaf-like, lanate bracts with small, hyaline apices may be present at the base of 
the head. Capitula c. 5-13 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 
± elliptic to narrowly elliptic or obovate, 3-6-5-2 mm long, 0-55-1-9 mm wide, 
mainly cartilaginous and green but with hyaline apices and, sometimes very narrow, 
(<0-l mm) hyaline margins, sparsely to densely lanate, each bract subtending 1-3 
capitula. Capitular bracts 5-6, narrowly elliptic or linear, 3-3-8 mm long, 0-3-0- 5 mm 
wide, c. the length of the florets, usually mainly hyaline but sometimes the opaque 
midrib more prominent, glabrous or sparsely lanate. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 
tube 2-2-2-6mm long. Stamens 5; anthers 1-4-1 -5 mm long; microsporangia 
0- 95-1 mm long; apical appendages 0-43-0-48 mm long. Cypselas ± obovoid, 
1- 6-1-85 mm long, 0-5-0-7 mm diam. Pappus cup-like, laciniate, c. 0-2 mm long. 
Distribution (Fig. 1): 
Restrieted to Western Australia between latitudes c. 21° S. and 30° S. and 1 1 6° E. 
and 121° E. 
In the revision of Angianthus s. lat. (Short 1 983) it was erroneously recorded that 
the species was only known from the type locality. It is moderately common. 

Page image

539433 Sondottia glabrata Muelleria 7(1): 115, fig. 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563681
Page is part of the work New Genera and Species of Australian Inuleae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184041

Page text

115 
Ecology & Reproductive Biology: 
The species occurs in an array of arid habitats but seems to be most common in 
saline environments. Collectors’ notes include: ‘Sandy loam with ironstone gravel, 
with scattered Atriplex shrubs’, ‘In sand and very sandy loam amongst Acacia, 
Eremophila shrubs’ and ‘Beneath Acacia shrubs amongst samphire. Loam.’ 
Pollen : ovule ratios have not been obtained for this species but from anther size it 
is evident that several thousand pollen grains occur in each floret, suggesting that 
cross-pollination commonly occurs (Short 1983). 
Selected Specimens Examined (Total 15): 
Western Australia — Hospital Rocks, 8.x. 1983, Short 1998 (AD, MEL, PERTH); 26 km S. of Cue, 
14.ix.l986, Short 2921 (MEL, PERTH); 6 km S. of Warriedar, 26.ix.1986, Wilson 12293 (MEL, PERTH); 
Lake Austin, c. 15 km S. of Cue, 28. ix. 1986, Wilson 12326 (MEL, PERTH). 
Sondottia glabrata Short, sp. nov. 
Herba annua, usque ad 40 cm alta. Axes majores erecti, glabrati. Folia praecipue linearia, usque ad 
c. 10 mm longa et c. 1 mm lata, glabra, summa subovata usque lanceolata basibus hyalinis. Glomeruli 
subobovoidei vel ellipsoidei, 6-7 mm longi, 3-4 mm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes 2 vel 
4, subovatae vel ellipticae, 4-5-5 mm longae, 2-5-3-3 mm latae, subglabrae usque lanatae, marginibus 
hyalinis 0-7-l-33mm latis. Capitula 4-8; bracteae capitula subtendentes anguste ellipticae vel 
oblanceolatae, 3-7-4-3 mm longae, 0-7-1 -3 mm latae, sparsim usque dense lanatae. Bracteae intra 
capitulum 4-5, anguste ellipticae vel lanceolatae, 2-8-3-7 mm longae, 0-2-0-5 mm latae, sparsim 
lanatae. Flosculi 1 in quoque capitulo. Corollae tubus 2-4-2-7 mm longus. Stamina 5; antherae 
l-6-l-9mm longae; microsporangia l-3-l-6mm longa; appendices apicales 0-3-0-34 mm longae. 
Cypselae subobovoideae, 1-4- 1-6 mm longae, 0-45-0-6 mm diametro. Pappus subcyanthiformis, 
laciniatus, 0-2-0-5 mm longus. (Fig. 5). 
Holotypus: Western Australia, c. 6 km S. of Wooramel River along the north-west 
coastal highway. ChtnopoA! Acacia shrubland. Compact sandy loam, 1 6.x. 1 983, Short 
2088 (MEL 1523448). Isotypus: PERTH. 
Annual herb, to c. 10 cm high. Major axes erect, ± glabrous; stem forming 
branches at basal and upper nodes. Leaves mainly linear, to c. 10 mm long, c. 1 mm 
SI n El 31 tt ai 6 8 r 9 s i> E 6 I ■ 
NATIONAL HEKB\KILM OK 
VICTORIA (MEL). AISIRAL!\ 
Fig. 5. Holotype sheet of Sondottia glabrata. 

Page image

539423 Sondottia Muelleria 7(1): 113, fig. 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563679
Page is part of the work New Genera and Species of Australian Inuleae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184041
509626 Tetrarrhena turfosa Muelleria 7(1): 95, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50563661
Page is part of the work A New Species of Tetrarrhena R. Br. (Poaceae) from Victoria and New South Wales, doi:10.5962/p.184040

Page text

A NEW SPECIES OF TETRARRHENA R. Br. (POACEAE) FROM VICTORIA 
AND NEW SOUTH WALES 
by 
Neville G. Walsh* 
ABSTRACT 
Walsh, Neville G. A new species of Tetrarrhena R. Br. (Poaceae) from Victoria and 
New South Muelleria 7(1): 95-98 (1989). — Tetrarrhena turfosa is described as 
a new species with notes on distribution and ecology. Its relationship to other members 
of the genus is discussed. 
INTRODUCTION 
In the course of preparing the account of Poaceae for a forthcoming Flora of 
Victoria, several apparently unnamed taxa have been encountered. The majority of 
these are in groups currently under study by others and should, in due course, be dealt 
with by them. The species described herein has long been recognised as being distinct 
but has evaded formal recognition. As it seems no specialists are presently dealing with 
Tetrarrhena, the opportunity is here taken to validate the status of a sixth member of 
the genus. 
TAXONOMY 
Tetrarrhena turfosa N. G. Walsh, sp. nov. 
Gramen perenne, rhizomatosum, caespitosum vel ascendens, 0-2-1-3 m altum. Folia erecta, laevia et 
glabra. amplexicaules. L/gw/aeciliatae, adO-5 mmlongae. Lam/'naeinvolutae, 2-7 cmlongae, 
0-3-0-8 mm latae, obtusae interdum inflatae apicibus. Inflorescentia racemosa, angusta, erecta, spicam 
simulans, 1-3 cm longa. Spiculae 3-10, subsessiles, saepe purpuratae, 4-8-6-8 mm longae. Glumae 
subaequales, ovatae, 1-2 mm longae. Lemma sterilis infemum longitudine circa j partes lemmatis 
sterilis superni, ambo oblongae, obtusae, carinatae vix, nervi 5-7 ellevati manifeste, scabri. Lemma 
fertilis aequans fere lemma sterilem supemum, carinatum, scaberulum. Palea aequans fere lemma 
sterilem. Antherae quatuor, circa 3 mm longae. 
Typus: Victoria — Western. Grid D 18. Grampians, 3 miles (6-4 km) SW. of Halls 
Gap, 0- 1 5 miles (0-24 km) west of junction with Mt Rosea Track, along watercourse. 
Associated species include: Pultenaea subumbellata, Sprengelia, Selaginella, Restio 
complanatus, Lepidosperma spp. Gymnoschoenus, Gahnia sieberiana, 18.1.1969, 
Beauglehole 30309 (Holotypus: MEL 597060. Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, HO, 
NSW). 
A rhizomatous, perennial grass, forming compact tufts, commonly to c. 0-6 m 
high in exposed sites, or with leafy, branched, ascending strands to 1 - 3 m high amongst 
taller vegetation. Leaves erect, smooth and ^abrous. Sheaths tightly encircling stem. 
Lamina tightly involute, 2-7 cm long, 0-3-0-8 mm diameter, terminating in a blunt, 
sometimes slightly swollen tip. Ligule a dilate rim to 0-5 mm long, sometimes with a 
few marginal hairs to 1 mm long. Inflorescence an erect, spike-like raceme 1-3 cm 
long. Spikelets 3-10 per raceme, 4-8-6-8 mm long, subsessile, often purplish. Glumes 
subequal, the upper usually slightly larger, ovate, 11-2 mm long, smooth and 
glabrous. Lower sterile lemma about j as long as upper, both oblong, blunt, hardly 
keeled, the 5-7 nerves prominently raised and scabrid. Fertile lemma almost equal to 
upper sterile lemma, keeled, uniformly scaberulous, obscurely 5-7 nerved. Palea 
about as long as lower lemma, membranous. Anthers 4, about 3 mm long. (Fig. 1). 
Selected Specimens Examined (Total number examined 43): 
New South Wales — Barrington Tops, swamps and grasslands, 7.i.l934, Vickery (NSW 115676). 
•National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
95 

Page image

522835 Torrenticola Muelleria 7(1): 127-129

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1): 127-129".

522848 Torrenticola queenslandica Muelleria 7(1): 127-129

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(1): 127-129".

551461 Acrotriche leucocarpa Muelleria 7(2): 295
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442493
Page is part of the work A New Species of Acrotriche R. Br. (Epacridaceae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184032

Page text

A NEW SPECIES OF ACROTRICHE R. Br. (EPACRIDACEAE) FROM 
SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA. 
by 
P. C. Jobson* * and T. Whiffin 
ABSTRACT 
Jobson, P. C. and Whiffin, T. A new species of Acrotriche R. Br. (Epacridaceae) 
from South-Eastern Australia. Muelleria 7(2): 295-299 (1990). — A new species of 
Acrotriche, A. leucocarpa P. Jobson & T. Whiffin from the Southern Tablelands of 
New South Wales and East Gippsland, is described and discussed. 
INTRODUCTION 
Acrotriche R. Br., a member of the Epacridaceae, may be distinguished from 
the closely related genera Monotoca R. Br. and Leucopogon R. Br. by the presence 
of hair tufts near the apex of the corolla lobes. The generic name comes from the 
Greek ‘akron’ and ‘thrix’ meaning hairs on the apex. 
The genus occurs in the Australian States but not in the Northern Territory. 
The highest diversity occurs in South Australia. Plants are found chiefly in open 
heathlands and forested habitats along the ranges and coast, usually on low nutrient 
soils. 
Paterson (1960, 1961, 1962) revised the genus using both morphological and 
anatomical techniques. At the time she recognised twelve species; subsequently, Jackes 
and Powell (1980) described a new species and transferred a species from Monotoca 
to Acrotriche making the current total fourteen. 
Populational studies conducted on A. aggregata R. Br. and A. divaricata R. 
Br. indicated the presence of an undescribed taxon from southern New South Wales 
and East Gippsland. Herbarium specimens from CBG, MEL and NSW were examined, 
as well as field collected material from a total of 16 populations were studied for 
leaf morphology, leaf flavonoids and leaf wax alkanes (Jobson, 1988). Paterson (1960) 
mentioned the presence of a white-leaved form from southern New South Wales 
and placed it with A. divaricata. 
TAXONOMY 
Acrotriche leucocarpa P. Jobson et T. Whiffin sp. nov. 
Frutex ramosissimus hemisphaericus. Folia lanceolata, 8-1 1 mm longa, 3-4 mm lata, laminis planis, 
apicibus mucronatis; pagina inferna laminae in aspecto alba, cum papillis minimis tecta. Flora 
viridia, sepala apicibus roseis. Fructus margaritaceo-alba, transiucentes. 
TypuS: New South Wales, Southern Tablelands, Junction of ‘Minuma Range’ and 
‘Badja’ Tracks, below Big Badja Hill, c. 40 km N of Numeralla. 35° 59'S; 149° 34'E, 
31 May 1988, PC. Jobson 342 (Holotypus: MEL 156200; ISOTYPI: LTB, NSW, 
MEL 156199). 
A low erect, much branched shrub, 0.5-1 m high, young branches hirsute. 
Leaves lanceolate, spreading, flat, 8-11 mm long, 3-4 mm wide, apex with a pungent 
point, margins entire; upper surface glabrous, lower surface covered in microscopic 
papillae giving it a milky-white appearance. Flowers wholly green or tips of corolla 
lobes with reddish tinge, 3-5 in short axillary spikes or clusters, on first year wood. 
Bracteoles keel-shaped, 0.5 mm long. Sepals glabrous, broadly ovate, obtuse, 1.25 
Department of Botany, La Trobe University, Bundoora, Victoria, Australia 3083. 
* Present address: Department of Botany, James Cook University, Townsville, Queensland, Australia 
4811. 
295 

Page image

552165 Agrostis billardierei collicola Muelleria 7(2): 147
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442411
Page is part of the work New Taxa and a New Combination in Tasmanian Australia Poaceae, doi:10.5962/p.184019
552166 Agrostis billardierei tenuiseta Muelleria 7(2): 149
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442409
Page is part of the work New Taxa and a New Combination in Tasmanian Australia Poaceae, doi:10.5962/p.184019
647478 Agrostis billardieri billardieri Muelleria 7(2): 149
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442409
Page is part of the work New Taxa and a New Combination in Tasmanian Australia Poaceae, doi:10.5962/p.184019
647479 Agrostis billardieri collicola Muelleria 7(2): 149
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442409
Page is part of the work New Taxa and a New Combination in Tasmanian Australia Poaceae, doi:10.5962/p.184019
647477 Agrostis billardieri tenuiseta Muelleria 7(2): 149
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442409
Page is part of the work New Taxa and a New Combination in Tasmanian Australia Poaceae, doi:10.5962/p.184019
647480 Agrostis lacunarum Muelleria 7(2): 149
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442409
Page is part of the work New Taxa and a New Combination in Tasmanian Australia Poaceae, doi:10.5962/p.184019
551433 Agrostis lacunis Muelleria 7(2): 152
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442406
Page is part of the work New Taxa and a New Combination in Tasmanian Australia Poaceae, doi:10.5962/p.184019

Page text

152 
Fig. 5. a — Spikelet of Agrostis lacunis. b — Spikelet of Danthonia diemenicia. Scale lines = 5 mm. 
TypuS: Tasmania, Twisted Tarn, Mt Field National Park, 1110 m; Aquatic, shallow 
water with mud bottom; 1 Mar. 1983, A. M. Buchanan 1187 (Holotypus: HO 
93290; ISOTYPI: AD, MEL, NSW, CANB, CHR). 
Erect or geniculate— ascending, glabrous perennial often rooting and branching 
from the lower nodes, 20-40 cm high, growing in water at the edge of tarns and 
lakes in highland areas. Leaf-sheaths ribbed, longer than the internodes, becoming 
loose, lower sheaths chartaceous, upper green or purplish; ligules up to 6 mm long, 
narrow-triangular; blades flat, up to 20 cm long by up to 2.5 mm wide, green or 
purplish, both surfaces finely ribbed, upper surface minutely scaberulous. Culms terete, 
smooth, minutely scaberulous below the panicle. Panicle up to 12 cm long by up 
to 7 cm wide, pyramidal, the branches 2-4 nate at the lowest node, binate at upper 
nodes, axis, branches and pedicels scabrous. Spikelets (2.5-) 2.75-4.0 mm long. Glumes 
subequal, sometimes the lower slightly longer, keels and lateral faces scabrous, 
purplish, margins membranous. Lemma (1.5-) 2-2.5 mm long, densely silky-hairy, 
apex 4-toothed, awn inserted at about the mid-point, 1.5-3.25 mm long, the smaller 
awns straight, slender, larger awns geniculate with a column up to 1.5 mm long; 
callus densely bearded. Palea a little shorter than the lemma, thinly membranous. 
Rhachilla bristle c. 0.5 mm long, hairy, the hairs often almost equalling the lemma. 
Anthers 0. 6-0.8 mm long. (Figs. 4, 5a) 
Distribution: 
Tasmania; Central Highlands and Mount Field, 850-1250 m altitude. 
Specimens Examined: 
Tasmania — Artists Pool, Cradle Mountain 30 Jan. 1982, A. M. Buchanan 856 (HO); Artists Pool, 
Cradle Mountain, 3 Jan. 1983, A. M. Buchanan 1073 (HO); Lake Rosa, February Plains, 23 Jun. 1983, 
A. Moscal 1523 (HO); Twisted Tarn, Tarn Shelf. 1 Mar. 1983, A. M. Buchanan 1194 (HO, BAA); 2 km 
S of Devils Den, 2 Mar. 1984, A. Moscal 6697 (HO, AD); Gun Lagoon, 13 Apr. 1986, P Collier 1321 
(HO); Lake Ewart, 7 Feb. 1987, A. M. Buchanan 10046 (HO). 
Etymology: 
Lacunis, of pools, relating to the habitat. 
The spikelets of this species resemble those of A. meionectes but the plant 

Page image

818064 Angianthus codonopappus Muelleria 7(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2)".

551450 Angianthus newbeyi Muelleria 7(2): 239
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442437
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027

Page text

NEW TAX A AND NEW COMBINATIONS IN AUSTRALIAN 
GNAPHALIINAE (INULEAE: ASTERACEAE). 
by 
P. S. Short* 
ABSTRACT 
Short, P. S. New taxa and new combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: 
Asteraceae). Muelleria 7(2): 239-252 (1990). One new genus, Tietkensia P. S. Short 
is described, two species of Angianthus Wendl., two species of Gnephosis Cass, and 
one species of Millotia Cass, are described for the first time, and species of 
Scyphocoronis A. Gray and Toxanthes Turcz. are referred to Millotia. New species 
and new combinations are: Angianthus newbeyi P. S. Short, A. uniflorus P. S. Short, 
Gnephosis cassiniana P. S. Short, G. setifera P. S. Short, Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) 
P. S. Short, M. major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, M. muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, M. perpusilla 
(Turcz.) P. S. Short, M. steetziana P. S. Short and Tietkensia corrickiae P. S. Short. 
INTRODUCTION 
For some years I have been aware of a number of undescribed Australian 
taxa attributable to the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller et al. 1978). I have also felt that 
the circumscription of a number of genera leaves much to be desired (e.g. Short 
et al 1989). With accounts of the Asteraceae soon due for the Flora of Australia 
some of the new taxa are described and some new combinations are made in this 
paper. 
TAXONOMY 
Angianthus Wendl. 
Subsequent to my revision of Angianthus Wendl. (Short 1983) a number of 
new or possibly new taxa attributable to this genus have been discovered. Two of 
these are here described as new species. 
Angianthus newbeyi P. S. Short, sp. nov. 
Herba annua. Axes majores ascendentes usque erecti, usque ad c. 5 cm longi, gossypini. Folia 
alterna, linearia vel lanceolata vel anguste oblonga, c. 0.4- 1 .3 cm longa, 0.07-0. 1 cm lata, gossypina. 
Glomeruli anguste ellipsoidei vel lanceoloidei, c. 0.7- 1.5 cm longi, c. 0. 3-0.4 cm diametro; bracteae 
glomerulos subtendentes inconspicuae sed aliquot bracteae foliiformes praesentes. Capitula c. 20-50. 
Bracteae capitulum subtendentes 2-3, obovatae vel ellipticae, 2. 1-2.9 mm longae, 0.9- 1.2 mm 
latae; costa viridi ad apicem pilosa; lamina supera pars vix constricta, hyalina marginibus pilis. 
Bracteae intra capitulum: duo concavae 2-2.3 mm longae, costa glabra vel pilifera; duo planae, 
obovatae, 2. 1-2.2 mm longae, 1-1.2 mm latae, in infima tertia parte attenuatissimae, glabrae. 
Flosculi 2; corolla 5-lobata, tubos 1. 3-1.5 mm longos. Stamina 5; antherae c. 0.87-0.89 mm longae, 
sporangiis c. 0.69-0.7 mm longis, appendice terminali c. 0.18-0.19 mm longa. Cypselae maturae 
non visae. Pappus annularis, c. 0.1 -0.2 mm longus laceratus. 
HOLOTYPUS: Western Australia, 18 km E of Jyndabinbin Rocks, c. 50 km SE of 
Norseman, 22. ix. 1980, Newbey 7567 (PERTH). 
Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, up to c. 5 cm long, cottony. Leaves 
alternate, linear or lanceolate or narrowly oblong, c. 0.4- 1.3 cm long, 0.07-0.1 cm 
wide, cottony. Compound heads narrowly ellipsoid or lanceoloid, 0.7- 1.5 cm long, 
0. 3-0.4 cm diam; bracts subtending compound heads not forming a conspicuous 
involucre but a few leaf-like bracts present. Capitula c. 20-50 per compound head. 
Capitulum subtending bracts 2-3, obovate or elliptic, 2. 1-2.9 mm long, 0.9- 1.2 mm 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
239 

Page image

551451 Angianthus uniflorus Muelleria 7(2): 240
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442438
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027

Page text

240 
wide, mainly hyaline but with a green midrib extending c. 2/3 the length of the 
bract; midrib with long hairs at the apex; lamina barely constricted in the upper 
part, with long hairs on the margin. Capitular bracts with the two concave ones 
2-2.3 mm long, the midrib glabrous or with a few long hairs; inner bracts 2, obovate, 
2. 1-2.2 mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide, abruptly attenuated in the lower 1/3, the edge 
of the bracts incurved so as to slightly cover the florets, glabrous. Florets 2; corolla 
5-lobed, tube 1.3-1. 5 mm long. Stamens 5; anthers c. 0.87-0.89 mm long, with 
microsporangia c. 0.69-0.7 mm long, the apical appendage c. 0.18-0.19 mm long. 
Pollen grains c. 400 per anther. Cypselae (mature) not seen. Pappus a jagged ring, 
c. 0.1 -0.2 mm long. 
Distribution: 
Western Australia. Only known from the type locality [and possibly from Dundas 
Rocks— re Short 1112], 
Ecology & Reproductive Biology: 
Newbey recorded the following information on the holotype sheet: ‘Common 
in patches in Melaleuca aff cuticularis Scrub . . . Well-drained, subsaline sand. 
Moderately exposed short slope into salt lake.’ 
A pollemovule ratio of 1,190, determined from a single floret from the holotype, 
suggests that plants commonly cross-pollinate. 
Notes: 
1. The specific epithet commemorates Ken Newbey (1936-1988) of Ongerup, 
Western Australia (Kenneally 1988). 
2. This species appears to be most closely related to A. conocephalus (J. M. 
Black) P. S. Short, a species which occurs in the adjacent Nullarbor Plain region, 
and A. cornutus P. S. Short, which is found to the north of A. newbeyi in the vicinity 
of Carnegie, Leonora and Wiluna. A. conocephalus is readily differentiated as it 
has ovoid compound heads about 0.8- 1.6 cm long and less hairy, semisucculent, 
comparatively bright green leaves. In that species the uppermost leaves also have 
a small hyaline apex and merge gradually with the inner bracts of the general involucre. 
In A. newbeyi the general involucre is not well-formed, the leaf-like bracts could 
be interpreted as leaves, and a gradation from leaf to bract is not particularly 
pronounced. A. cornutus is readily differentiated by the pronounced general involucre 
and the lack of a pappus. Although the holotype does not contain completely mature 
specimens a jagged ring-like pappus was discernible in A. newbeyi. 
2. In the previously published key to species (Short 1983) A. newbeyi should 
key to lead 1 7. In the same publication Short 1 112, a collection of somewhat immature 
plants, was tentatively referred to A. cornutus. It seems more likely that it should 
be referred to A. newbeyi. 
3. The species is only known with certainty from the type locality and is therefore 
a candidate for the conservation status 4 1 K’ (Leigh et al. 1 984). 
Angianthus uniflorus P. S. Short, sp. nov. 
Herba annua Axes maiores ascendentes usque erecti, usque ad 7 cm longi, gossypini. Folia alterna, 
linearia, lanceolata vel oblanceolata, c. 0.5-1.05 cm longa, 0.05-0.15 cm lata, gossypina. Glomeruli 
ovoidei usque late ovoidei vel ellipsoidei usque late ellipsoidei, 0.6- 1 cm longi, 0. 5-0.7 cm diametro; 
bracteae glomerulos subtendentes involucrum conspicuum longitudine c. 1/3 glomeruli formantes, 
bracteae foliiformes sed apicibus hyalinis. Capitula c. 30-60. Bracteae capitulum subtendentes et 
bracteae intra capitulum planae usque conduplicatae, anguste ellipticae vel lanceolatae, 2. 2-3. 2 
mm longae, 0. 6-0.9 mm latae, praecipue hyalinae sed costa viridi lamina supera pars saepe constricta, 
saepe apice flavido; bracteae raro glabrae, plerumque pilis longis. Flosculi 1; corolla 5-lobata, 
tubos 1.7-2. 2 mm longos. Stamina 5, antherae 1.14-1.17 mm longae, sporangiis 0.9-0.98 mm 
longiis, appendice terminali 0. 1 9-0.24 mm longa Cypselae maturae non visae. Pappus cyathiformis, 
0.3-0.4 mm longus, laceratus. 
HOLOTYPUS: Western Australia, c. 15 km S of Cue. 27° 38'S, 1 17° 52'E. 28. ix. 1986, 
P. G. Wilson 12331 (PERTH). ISOTYPUS: MEL 1553226. 

Page image

818072 Anthocerastes Muelleria 7(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2)".

818080 Anthocerastes drummondii Muelleria 7(2): 246
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442444
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027
818077 Anthocerastes muelleri Muelleria 7(2): 246
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442444
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027

Page text

246 
Millotia Cass. 
Following the examination of the fruit anatomy and morphology of species 
of Millotia , Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes it was suggested (Short et aL 1989) that, 
unless considerable emphasis was placed on differences in fruit vestiture, there was 
little to support the contention of Schodde (1963) that the three genera be maintained. 
Schodde had already noted that the as then undescribed species, S. incurva, had 
the habit, indumentum and involucre of Toxanthes , the alternate leaves, free bracts, 
peduncles and floret form found in two species of Millotia, and the apical cup of 
Scyphocoronis. Accordingly Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes are herein reduced to 
synonymy under Millotia. New combinations are made and a new species, M. steetziana , 
is described. 
Some past workers have obviously felt that the distinctive hollow, cup-like 
apex of the fruit justified the recognition of the genus Scyphocoronis. It certainly 
is a unique feature within Australian members of the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller 
et al. 1978), but, the upper part of the fruit, whether it is beak-like, dilated at the 
apex, or cup-like, is always formed from a layer of sclerenchyma which is a 
continuation of the same layer of tissue surrounding the seed (Short et aL 1989). 
Thus, the unique feature is not only a single character difference but cannot be 
regarded as a major difference, merely an easily recognizable one. The relegation 
of Scyphocoronis, and indeed Toxanthes, to infrageneric rank also seems unwarranted. 
The genus Millotia is readily differentiated from other Australian inuloid genera 
by the uniseriate involucre which is composed of bracts that are predominantly 
herbaceous. Other distinctive features, which at least in this combination are absent 
from other genera, include the elongated fruit, the often curved corolla tube, and 
the conical or subulate tips of the style branches. 
New Combinations and Synonyms in Millotia: 
Millotia Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. 17: 31,416 (1829). T: M. tenuifolia Cass. 
Toxanthes Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 76 (27 March 
185 1). T: T. perpusilla Turcz. 
Scyphocoronis A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). T: S. viscosa A. 
Gray. 
Anthocerastes A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:225 (1852). T: A. 
drummondii A. Gray. 
Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
BASIONYM: Scyphocoronis incurva D. A. Cooke, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7:284 
(1985). 
Millotia major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Toxanthes major Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):64 
(Aug.-Oct. 1851). — Scyphocoronis major (Turcz.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. 
Isles 1916:646 (1917). 
Scyphocoronis viscosa A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). 
Stafleu & Cowan (1979) cite the publication date of plates 801-888 of Ic. 
PI. as April to December 1851, suggesting that plate 854 was published after August- 
October, the ‘established’ publication date of T. major in Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes 
Moscou (Marchant 1990). 
Millotia muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
BASIONYM: Anthocerastes muelleri Sond., Linnaea 25: 480 (1853 ).— Toxanthes 
muelleri (Sond.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:592 (1867). 
Millotia perpusilla (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Toxanthes perpusilla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 

Page image

552238 Callistemon pungens Muelleria 7(2): 253
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442451
Page is part of the work Two New Species of Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184028

Page text

TWO NEW SPECIES OF CALLISTEMON R.Br. (MYRTACEAE) 
by 
P. F. Lumley and R. D. Spencer* 
ABSTRACT 
Lumley, P. F. and Spencer, R. D. Two new species of Callistemon R.Br. (Myrtaceae). 
Muelleria 7(2): 253-257— The new species, Callistemon pungens from New South 
Wales and Callistemon recun’us, from North Queensland are described and illustrated 
and notes on their distribution, habitat and diagnostic characters are given. 
TAXONOMY 
Callistemon pungens P. F. Lumley et R. D. Spencer, sp. nov. 
Frutex vel arbor parva 2-5 m alta. Ramuli rigidi. Surculi juvenes primo purpurei viridescentes 
sericei. Cortex leviter decorticans, murinus. Folia petiolo torto 1-2 mm longo, rigida anguste elliptica 
vel oblanceolata, 20-30 mm longa, 3.5-5 mm lata, contracta in apicum acuminatum mucrone 
pungente 1-2 mm longo, costa et venis intramarginalibus leviter prominentibus, glandulis multis, 
parvis. Conflorescentia non frondosa, (40-)50-60(-80) mm longa, 35-45 mm lata) axe pubescenti. 
Bracteae caducae, anguste vel late lanceolatae, striatae, ferrugineae. Bracteolae non visae. Perigynium 
3 mm longum, 2.5 mm latum, pubescens. Sepala 5, semicircularia 2 mm lata, membranacea, 
pubescentia. Petala 5, perlate spathulata, 3 mm longa, 3 mm lata, supra glabrata, viridia. Stamina 
libra c. 30, 12-14 mm longa, purpurea, antheris c. 0.8 mm longis, purpureis. Ovarium triloculare, 
supra tomentosum. Stylus plerumque stamina superans, purpurea. Fructi persistentes truncato- 
globosi, post annum primum c. 4-5 mm longi, 5-7 mm lati. Semen angulare c. 1 mm longum. 
Typus: New South Wales, Northern Tablelands, c. 0.3 km along road to Armidale 
from junction with road from the Armidale/Dorrigo Road to Hillgrove, (c. 4 km 
from Highway). 30° 33'S, 15L54'E, 21. xi. 1983, P. F. Lumley 1150 (HolotypuS: 
MEL 65021 LISOTYPI: NE, NSW, CANB). 
Shrub or small tree 2-5 m tall with rigid branches; new growth sericeous, 
purple at first, becoming green. Bark gradually peeling, grey-brown. Leaves 20-30 
mm long, 3.5-5 mm wide with a twisted petiole 1-2 mm long; glands many, small; 
apex acuminate with a pungent mucro 1-2 mm long; midrib and intramarginal veins 
prominent. Conflorescence not frondose, (40— )50— 60C-80) mm long, 35-45 mm wide 
with a pubescent axis. Bracts caducous, narrowly to broadly lanceolate, striate, 
ferruginous. Bracteoles not seen. Perigynium 3 mm long, 2.5 mm wide, pubescent. 
Sepals 5, semicircular, 2 mm wide, membranous, pubescent. Petals 5, broadly 
spathulate, 3 mm long, 3 mm wide, glabrous above, green. Stamens about 30, free, 
12-14 mm long, purple; anthers c. 0.8 mm long, purple. Ovary ? trilocular, tomentose 
above; style usually exceeding stamens, purple. Fruit persistent, truncate-globose, 
4-5 mm long, 5-7 mm wide after 1 year. Seed angular c. 1 mm long. (Fig. 1) 
Distribution: 
New South Wales, Northern Tablelands, Howell; Southern Queensland, 
Stanthorpe region, near Hillgrove. 
Ecology: 
In sandy creek beds on granite. Conservation status: although abundant in its 
few remaining localities, C. pungens should be regarded as vulnerable. 
Representative Specimens (total number examined 6): 
New South Wales — Northern Tablelands : Howell, 1 km along track by side of sandy creek, 22. xi. 1983, 
P. F. Lumley 1156 (MEL 650074). 
Queensland — Darling Downs'. Severn River, north east of Ballandean where road from Ballandean 
crosses it, 1 8.xi.l983, P F. Lumley 11 13 (MEL 650197). 
* Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
253 

Page image

551454 Callistemon recurvus Muelleria 7(2): 255
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442453
Page is part of the work Two New Species of Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184028

Page text

255 
NOTES: 
A very distinctive species characterised by its purple stamens and small, pungent 
leaves. It appears to have affinities with C. citrinus (Curtis) Skeels. 
Plants in the horticultural trade as C. ‘Lana’ apparently originated from a single 
remaining tree of this species on the ‘Lana’ property west of Uralla. A plant at 
the RBG Melbourne was received as C. ‘Gilesii’. 
The natural habitat of this species is largely occupied by naturalised species. 
Callistemon recurvus R. D. Spencer et P. F. Lumley, sp. nov. 
Callistemon species (Tinaroo). W. R. Elliot & D. L. Jones, Encycl. Austral. 
PI. 2: 425, plate p. 425 (1982). 
Callistemon sp., Tinaroo Bottlebrush. K. A. W. Williams, Native PI. Queensland, 
ed. 3, 1: 48, plate p. 49 (1984). 
Frutex vel arbor parva interdum usque ad c. 7 m alta. Ramuli interdum pendentes. Surculi juvenes 
rosei viridescentes sericei. Cortex in trunco leviter fissuratus, alibi papyraceus cinereus. Folia forma 
et amplitudine variabila, sessilia vel petiolo usque ad 1 mm longo, anguste oblanceolata, flexibilia 
et sat tenua, ( 1 -)2-4(-5) cm longa, (2-)3-5(-8) mm lata, pungente mucrone 0.5-1 mm longo; 
venis prominentibus, venis intramarginalibus relative inconspicuis; margine undulato recurvo; 
glandulis multis et parvis infra et supra. Conflorescentia 3-5(-8) cm longa, (3-)3.5(-4) cm lata; 
axe pubescens. Bracteae caducae, anguste vel late lanceolatae, striatae, ferrugineae. Bracteolae 
lanceolatae, jam caducae, plus minusve glabra infra. Perigynium c. 3 mm latum, glabratum. Sepala 
5, c. 1 mm longa, 1.5 mm lata. Petala 5, concava, c. 3-4 mm longa, viridia saepe suffusa rosea, 
marginis ciliatis. Stamina libra; filamenta c. 12-15 mm longa, coccinea. Antherae aureae c. 0.5 mm 
longae. Ovarium triloculare, tomentosum supra. Stylus coccineus, maximam partem aequans stamina. 
Stigma capitatum. Fructi globosi vel urceolati c. 4-5 mm longa, 3-5 mm lata, non persistens, 
orificio constricto. Semen angulare, atrobrunneus. 
Typus: Queensland, Cook. Mt Stewart east of Herberton. On granite, 17°2-'S, 
145° 3-'E, v.1977, R Russel s.n. (Holotypus: BRI 221832). 
Shrub to small narrow tree to c. 7 m tall but generally much less, with ascending 
branches; branchlets sometimes pendulous; new growth sericeous, red, soon becoming 
green. Bark fissured on main trunk, pale grey and slightly papery elsewhere. Leaves 
variable in size and shape, even on the same plant, densely distributed, sessile or 
with short petiole c. 1 mm long; lamina flexible, relatively thin, narrowly oblanceolate, 
( 1 — )2— 4(-5) cm long, (2-)3-5(-8) mm wide, pungent with a mucro 0.5-1 mm long; 
midrib and lateral veins distinct on both surfaces but intramarginal veins not evident; 
margins often slightly recurved and undulate, most marked on dried specimens; small 
oil glands on both surfaces. Conflorescence 3-5(-8) cm long, (3-)3.5(-4) cm wide; 
axis finely pubescent at first. Bracts narrow to broad-lanceolate, striate, reddish brown, 
often darker at the tip, chartaceous, caducous. Bracteoles when present, broadly 
lanceolate, more or less glabrous on outside, caducous. Perigynium c. 3 mm wide, 
glabrate. Sepals 5, semi-persistent, c. 1 mm long, 1.5 mm wide, hairy on the outside, 
greenish to crimson. Petals 5, concave, narrowed at the base, c. 3-4 mm long, 3 mm 
wide, glabrous, green tinged red; margin ciliate. Stamens c. 12-15 mm long; 
filaments free, slender, crimson; anthers yellow, c. 0.5 mm long. Ovary trilocular, 
tomentose on upper surface at first; style generally equal to or a little longer than 
the stamens and crimson; stigma capitate. Fruit globose to urceolate, 3-5 mm wide, 
4-5 mm long, orifice generally constricted, rarely persisting for many years. Seed 
dark brown, angular. (Fig. 2) 
Distribution: 
North Queensland (Cook and North Kennedy Districts). Ranges of the Atherton 
Tableland. 
Ecology: 
On rocky montane slopes and gullies where it is often found as an undershrub 
in open forest in granitic soils along moist soaks. Flowering time: irregular, mostly 
Aug. -Oct. Conservation status: not under threat. 

Page image

551432 Cassinia rugata Muelleria 7(2): 141, Fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442417
Page is part of the work A New Species of Cassinia R. Br. (Asteraceae) from South-west Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.184018

Page text

A NEW SPECIES OF CASSINIA R. Br. (ASTERACEAE) FROM 
SOUTH-WEST VICTORIA. 
by 
N. G Walsh* 
ABSTRACT 
Walsh, N. G. A new species of Cassinia R. Br. (Asteraceae) from south-west Victoria. 
Muelleria 7(2): 14 1 - 1 45 (1990).— Cassinia rugata sp. nov. is described and illustrated, 
with notes on distribution, habitat, conservation status and relationships to some 
other species of Cassinia and Helichrysum. 
INTRODUCTION 
When compiling a register of rare or threatened plants in Victoria, collections 
at the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) were examined for Victorian plant 
taxa which were poorly known or for which little contemporary information was 
available. Specimens of one such taxon, listed as ‘ Cassinia sp. (Heathmere)’ in Forbes 
and Ross (1988), were segregated from collections of Cassinia aculeata and 
Helichrysum rosmarini folium and found to be uniform and distinct from both these 
species as well as other species in both genera. 
Locality details on the specimens indicated that the undescribed species was 
known from a restricted area in the far south-west of Victoria and in March 1988, 
field-work in the area confirmed this and also suggested that the species was vulnerable 
due to the low number of individuals and its absence from any biological reserve. 
In order that the case for protection may be more successfully mounted, the opportunity 
is here taken to describe the new species. 
TAXONOMY 
Cassinia rugata N.G. Walsh sp. nov. 
Frutex ad 3 m altum. Ramuli cristati per lineas decurrentes basibus et costatis foliorum, hispidi, 
juvenes gossypini. Folia sessilia, alterna, saepe fasciculata et/vel subopposita sub inflorescentiis; 
lamina crassiuscula, oblonga ad anguste-elliptica, 6-25 mm longa, 1.5 -4. 5 mm lata, margine 
recurvata, paginae superae scabra, secus costam impressam pubescentia, paginae infernae breviter 
lanata. Inflorescentiae corymbosae, paniculatae, plerumque 3-12 cm diametro. Capitula aggregata, 
cylindrica vel turbinata, 4-5 mm longa, 1.5-3 mm lata; bractae involucri in 5-6 seriebus radialibus, 
et in 4-5 seribus longitudinalibus accedentibus dispositae, arachnoideae sparsim, interior 2-3 series 
apicubus erectae, firmae, albae, rugatae. Flosculi 4-7, cum 1-3 squamae receptaculi oblongae 
interspersae. Achenium cylindricum vel ovoideum, c. 1.2 mm longum, 0.5 mm latum, sectione 
plano-convexum, cum c. 6 cristae longitudinali, glabrum, sparsim viscidum-glanduliferum. Setae 
pappi 24-28, barbellatae, complanatiores et latiores ad apice. 
TYPUS: Victoria— South-west. Heathmere area. Heathland beside Jennings Road, 
c. 1.2 km north from Surrey River crossing. 1 1.5 km due south from Sinclair railway 
siding. 38° 11' 30" S; 141° 33' 50" E. Victorian Plant Grid E 13. N. G. Walsh 
2074 and A. C. Beauglehole, 1 4.iii. 1988. (HOLOTYPUS: MEL 1560557. ISOTYPI: 
AD, HO). 
Shrub to c. 3 m high. Stems ridged by decurrent lines from leaf bases and 
midribs, sparsely hispid, overlain by cottony hairs when young. Leaves sessile, alternate, 
often fascicled and/or subopposite shortly below the inflorescence; lamina thick, 
oblong to narrowly elliptic, 6-25 mm long, 1.5-4. 5 mm wide, margins recurved, 
upper surface scabrous, downy along the impressed midvein, lower surface covered 
with white woolly hairs. Inflorescence a corymbose panicle, mostly 3-12 cm diameter. 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
141 

Page image

868530 Cenomyce acuta Muelleria 7(2): 175
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442383
Page is part of the work Some Species of Cladonia Published by J. D. Hooker and T. Taylor from the Southern Hemisphere, doi:10.5962/p.184020

Page text

175 
Galloway (1985) recognized C. rigida from Australasia as a distinct species; he 
differentiated C. rigida from C. squamosula by the presence of isidiate basal squamules. 
However, we found the original material of Cenomyce rigida to be morphologically 
indistinguishable from Cladonia squamosula, and as both contain thamnolic acid 
as their major phenolic compounds, the older name C. rigida must replace C. 
squamosula (var. squamosula ). This strain with thamnolic acid only is known from 
Australia (Archer, 1986; as C. squamosula ), New Zealand (Galloway 1985; as C. 
squamosula and C. rigida) and Chile (Ahti & Kashiwadani 1984; Stenroos 1987; 
as C. squamosula). 
4. Cladonia rigida var. acuta (Taylor) A. W. Archer, comb. nov. — Cenomyce acuta 
Taylor, Hooker’s London J. Bot. 6: 186 (1847). — Cladonia squamosa var. acuta 
(Taylor) Mull. Arg., Flora, Jena 71: 19. 1888 .—Cladonia acuta (Taylor) Nyl. ex 
Hue, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, ser. 3, 2: 32 (1890) [=Lich. Exot. 43: no. 
291 (1892)]. Type: “Islands of the Pacific” (“Pacific” in label), Hb. Hooker 
(HOLOTYPE FH; H, photo ex FH); contains thamnolic, decarboxythamnolic and 
homosekikaic acids. 
Cladonia squamosula var. subsquamosula A. W. Archer, Muelleria 6(5): 384 
(1987); syn. nov. TYPE: Australia. New South Wales: Wentworth Falls, 90 km W 
of Sydney, 150° 22'E, 33° 45'S, alt. c. 900 m, 1985 Archer 1751 (HOLOTYPE: MEL 
1048970; ISOTYPE: NSW); contains thamnolic and homosekikaic acids. 
Discussion: 
This taxon was treated in detail by Archer (1987) as C. squamosula var. 
subsquamosula. The variety was distinguished from var. squamosula in containing 
homosekikaic acid (and traces of sekikaic acid; Huovinen & Ahti 1989) and having 
a more restricted distribution. However, the oldest name for the present taxon turned 
out to be Cenomyce acuta Taylor, the type material of which readily conforms with 
Cladonia squamosula both in morphology (i.e. it has densely squamulose podetia) 
and chemistry. Cenomyce acuta has been almost neglected since Vainio (1894) 
discussed it briefly under Cladonia fimbriata var. chondroidea subvar. balfourii 
(Crombie) Vainio, not being able, however, to identify it with certainty. Dodge ( 1 948), 
giving a description of the characters, regards it as a distinct species but erroneously 
suggests it to be possibly related to C. subdigitata Nyl. 
5. Cladonia sarmentosa (J. D. Hooker & Taylor) Dodge in B.A.N.Z. Antarct. Res. 
Exped. 1929-1931 Repts., ser. B, 7: 129 (1948). — Cenomyce sarmentosa). D. Hooker 
& Taylor, Hooker’s London J. Bot. 3: 65 1 (1844). — Cladonia squamosa var. sarmentosa 
(J. D. Hooker & Taylor) Mull. Arg., Flora 71:18 (1888). Lectotype (here selected): 
New Zealand. Auckland Is. (“Lord Auckland’s group”), 1844, J. D. Hooker 1569 
(BM; Isolectotype FH; Lectoparatypes BM, FH; H, photos ex FH); the isolectotype 
in FH contains fumarprotocetraric and protocetraric acids and the substances Cph- 
1 and Cph-2. 
Cladonia gracilis var. chordalis subvar. campbelliana Vainio, Acta Soc. Fauna 
FI. Fennica 10: 113 (1894). — Cladonia gracilis var. campbelliana (Vainio) Zahlbr., 
Catal. Lich. Univ. 4: 542 (1927). — Cladonia campbelliana (Vainio) Gyelnik, Rev. 
Bryol. Lichenol. 6: 174 (1933). Type: New Zealand. Campbell Island, 1874, Filhol 
(Lectotype fide Ahti 1980 TUR-V 17645; Isolectotypes or Lectoparatypes 
BM, H-NYL 39328 and other nos., PC, PC-Hue, TUR-V 17644; the isolectotype 
in H-NYL contains fumarprotocetraric and protocetraric acids and the substances 
Cph- 1 and Cph-2. 
Discussion: 
This species has been generally referred to as C. campbelliana. Vainio (1887; 
1894) discussed Cenomyce sarmentosa under Cladonia squamosa (Scop.) Hoffm., 
suspecting these two species to be conspecific. Muller Argoviensis (1888) definitely 

Page image

818068 Chthonocephalus drummondii Muelleria 7(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2)".

551444 Chthonocephalus muellerianus Muelleria 7(2): 234
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442432
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Chthonocephalus Steetz (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184026

Page text

234 
c 1-1.6 mm wide, stereome variably conspicuous, the lamina with long hairs on 
the margins; general receptacle disc-like but not entire, hairy. Capitula 8-40 per 
compound head; capitular bracts 4-6, oblanceolate or spathulate, c. 1.5- 1.7 mm 
long, c. 0.4-0. 5 mm wide, with long hairs on the outer surface. Paleae elliptic or 
ovate, 1. 9-2.4 mm long, 0.8- 1.3 mm wide, hyaline, with long hairs on the outer 
surface, the hairs usually entwining 1 or sometimes 2 florets. Florets (2)5-27 per 
o a - 7 P o tU n U o^ ; COr ° lla y e,low ’ 5-lobed, the tube c. 1.3- 1.6 mm long. Stamens 5; anthers 
0.78-0.82 mm long; microsporangia 0.6-0.66 mm long; apical appendage triangular 
0.16-0.18 mm long. Pollen grains c. 320 per anther. Cypselas 0.5 mm long c 0 35 
mm diam. Pappus absent. 
Distribution (Fig. 1): 
Restricted to the Shark Bay-Murchison River region of Western Australia. 
Ecology & Reproductive Biology: 
The species seems to favour deep sandy soils. With the exception of the following 
collectors' notes, ‘growing in red sand bordering saline clay depression’ and ‘red 
sand information on the habitat of the species is not available. 
A P/O of 1,688 was determined for a single floret of Short 439. 
Specimens Examined: 
4«Vra/'4-Shark Bay, 26.viii.1931, Blackalt 544 (PERTH); Shark Bay, 7.ix.l940, Blackall 
4642 (PERTH); Useless Harbour, s. dal, Brown s.n. (MEL 85335); 36 miles S of Denham, 26 viii 1969 
(P , ER ,T H) l ; Bet *? en the Murchison River & Shark Bay, -.x.1877. Mueller s.n. (MEL 85332! 
PERTH); Hamelin Harbour, Shark Bay, -.x. 1 877, Mueller s.n. (MEL 85333); 57 km from Denham [toward] 
Overlander Roadhouse, 2 1 .vm. 1 977, Short 439 (AD) 
5. Chthonocephalus muellerianus P. S. Short, sp. nov. 
Herba annua, caule simplici vel e nodis basalibus ramificanti, axibus maioribus prostratis usque 
ascendentibus, 2-7.5 cm longis. Folia obovata vel elliptica, 0.5-2 cm longa, c. 0.2-0.7 cm lata, 
pills longis tenuibus et brevibus latis. Glomeruli spheroidei usque transverse ellipsoidei, c. 0.4-0.7 
cm longa, c. 0.4-1 cm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes c. 5-10, ellipticae, c. (X4-(L5 
cm longae, c. 0.13-0.25 cm latae, foliiformes sed interdum apicibus hyalinis, pilosae; receptaculum 
villosum. Capitula c. 8-35; bracteae intra capitulum 5-6, 2.8-3. 1 mm longae, c. 0 3-0 6 mm 
atae margimbus et regione apicali pilosis. Paleae ellipticae vel oblongae, 2.5-3.5 mm longae 
1. 4-2.1 mm latae, hyalinae, paginis exteriis glabris vel sparse pilosis. Flosculi c. 5-25 in quoque 
capitulo, corolla 5-lobata, tubos z-2.4 mm longos. Stamina 5; antherae 0.82- 1 mm longae, sporangiis 
0.63-0.84 mm longiis, appendicibus terminahbus triangularibus, 0.17-0.2 mm longi Pollinis grana 
c ' ,7/ i «* n ^ uac l u ? anthera. Cypselae c. 0.5-0.55 mm longae, c. 0.35 mm diametro. Papni setis 
6-9(- 1 1 ) plumosis, corollae tubi circa aequantibus. 
HOLOTYPUS: Western Australia, 14 km SofBillabong Roadhouse. 26° 56'S, 1 14° 39'E. 
1 l.ix. 1986, Short 2831, Amerena & Fuhrer (MEL 1555860). ISOTYPl: AD, PERTH. 
Annual herb, stem simple or forming up to c. 10 major branches at basal nodes; 
major axes prostrate to ascending, c. 2-7.5 cm long. Leaves obovate or elliptic, 
0.5-2 cm long, c. 0.2-0. 7 cm wide, with both long thin hairs and short broad hairs. 
Compound heads spheroid to transversely ellipsoid, c. 0.4-0.7 cm long, c. 0.4-1 cm 
diam.; bracts subtending compound heads c. 5-10, elliptic, c. 0.4-0.5 cm long, c. 
0; 13-0.25 cm wide, leat-like but sometimes with hyaline apices, hairy; receptacle 
disc-like but not entire, villous. Capitula c. 8-35; capitular bracts 5-6, oblanceolate 
or spathulate, 2.8-3. 1 mm long, c. 0.3-0. 6 mm wide, with long hairs on the margins 
and on the outer surface near the base of the hyaline apex. Paleae elliptic or oblong, 
2.5-3. 5 mm long, 1.4-2. 1 mm wide, hyaline, outer surfaces glabrous or with a few 
long hairs. Florets c. 5-25; corolla 5-lobed, the tube 2-2.4 mm long. Stamens 5; 
anthers 0.82-1 mm long; microsporangia 0.63-0.84 mm long; apical appendage 
triangular, 0.17-0.2 mm long. Pollen grains c. 400 per anther. Cypselas obovoid, 
c. 0.5-0.55 mm long, c. 0.35 mm diam., brown. Pappus with 6-9 (-11) plumose 
bristles with dense apical tufts, the entire bristles approximately the length of the 
corolla tube. (Figs 2, 5) 

Page image

551443 Chthonocephalus oldfieldianus Muelleria 7(2): 230
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442428
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Chthonocephalus Steetz (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184026

Page text

230 
Ecology & Reproductive Biology: 
Restricted to arid shrubland. Collectors notes include ‘Amongst open shrubland. 
In reddish brown sandy clay.’ and ‘Flat sand plain. In open areas between shrubs 
of Eremophila, Hakea and chenopod shrubs. Associated with annual composites such 
as Pogonolepis sp., Gnephosis spp. and Actinobole condensatum.' 
A P/O of 2,428 was determined from a single individual of Short 2484 (type). 
Notes: 
1. The specific epithet refers to the spathulate leaves which, along with the 
branching habit, readily differentiate this species from its closest relatives, C. pseudevax 
and C. oldfieldianus. Spathulate leaves do occur in C. viscosus but it is readily 
differentiated from C. spathulatus by the presence of the sticky florets and the absence 
of paleae. 
Selected Specimens Examined (Total 5): 
Western Australia— Boologooro, 1963, Butler 53 (PERTH); Wooramel Roadhouse, 1 7.viii. 1 986, 
Lander 1341, Fuhrer & Short (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH). 
2. Chthonocephalus oldfieldianus P. S. Short, sp. rtov. 
Chthonocephalus sp. aff. pseudevax Steetz, Short, Muelleria 4:395-417 (1981). 
Herba annua, caule inconspicuo; quaeque planta glomerulus rosula foliorum, c. 0.7-4 cm diametro. 
Folia oblanceolata usque obovata, c. 0.5-2.4 cm longa, 0.25-0.7 cm lata, basi hylinia, tomentosa. Glomeruli 
plerumque transverse ellipsoidei usque lenticulares, raro depresse late usque depresse ovoidei, c. 0.4-0.5 cm 
alti, c. 0.6-2. 4 cm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes uni-vel bi-seriatae, oblongae, c. 2. 8-3. 5 mm 
longae, c. 1.4- 1.5 mm latae, hyalinae, marginibus longe ciliatis; receptaculum glabrum. Capitula c. 5-50; 
bracteae intra capitulum 5-6, 1 .8-2 mm longae, c. 0.2 mm latae, marginibus pauce pilosis. Paleae obovatae, 
2. 3-2.7 mm longae, 1.1- 1.3 mm latae, paginis exteribus et marginibus pilis longis. Flosculi c. 9-16 in 
quoque capitulo; corolla 5-lobata, tubos c. 1 .5-1.7 mm longos. Stamina 5; antherae 0.6-0.79 mm longae, 
sporangiis 0.45-0.6 mm longis, appendicibus terminalibus triangularibus, 0.14-0.2 mm longi. Pollinis 
grana in quoque anthera 200-440. Cypselae obovoideae. Pappus carens. 
HOLOTYPUS: Western Australia, 100 km N of Murchison River on NW coastal 
highway, c. 27° 00'S, 1 14° 38'E. Red sand dunes— dominant Acacia ?linophylla. Very 
common. 1 9.viii. 1 977, Short 394 (AD 97742595). ISOTYPI: AD (wet colln), CANB, 
K, MEL, PERTH. 
Annual herb, stem inconspicuous, each plant consisting of a compound head 
surrounded by a flat, basal rosette of c. 7-30 leaves, the entire plant c. 0.7-4 cm 
diam. Leaves oblanceolate to obovate, the lower part somewhat hyaline, the entire 
leaf c. 0.5-2.4 cm long, 0.25-0.7 cm wide, tomentose, the innermost leaves fused 
together and partly making up the general receptacle. Compound heads usually 
transversely ellipsoid to lenticular but broadly depressed to depressed ovoid in small 
plants, c. 0.4-0. 5 cm high, c. 0.6-2.4 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads 
in 1 or 2 rows, oblong, c. 2. 8-3.5 mm long, c. 1.4-1. 5 mm wide, hyaline, with 
long-ciliate margins; general receptacle disc-like, solid, glabrous. Capitula c. 5-50 
per compound head; capitular bracts 5-6, 1.8-2 mm long, c. 0.2 mm wide and 
with a few c. 1-2 mm long hairs on the margins. Paleae obovate, 2. 3-2. 7 mm long, 
1.1 -1.3 mm wide, hyaline, the outer surface and margins with long hairs. Florets 
c. 9-16 per capitulum; corolla, 5-lobed, the tube c. 1.5- 1.7 mm long. Stamens 5; 
anthers 0.6-0.79 mm long; microsporangia 0.457-0.6 mm long; apical appendages 
narrowly triangular, 0.14-0.2 mm long. Pollen grains 200-440 per anther. Cypselas 
(mature) not seen. Pappus absent. (Fig. 4) 
Distribution (Fig. 1): 
Only known from the type collection. 
Ecology & Reproductive Biology: 
The type collection was gathered from red sand-dunes which were dominated 
by Acacia shrubs. 
An average P/O of c. 1,540 has been recorded for the species (Short 1981). 

Page image

560797 Chthonocephalus pseudevax Muelleria 7(2): 232
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442430
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Chthonocephalus Steetz (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184026

Page text

232 
2. The innermost leaves of this species could possibly be regarded as bracts 
of the general involucre. However they are clearly delimited from the hyaline bracts, 
there being no gradation from leaf to hyaline bract as occurs, for example, in C. 
muellerianus. 
3. Although it is only known from the type collection I suspect that the species 
will prove to be locally common. When I gathered the type collection, which includes 
about fifty individuals, there were hundreds of plants growing in an area of about 
500 square metres and the population seemed to extend much further into the 
surrounding Acacia shrubland. However I have not observed the plant on subsequent 
visits to the general area in 1982, 1983 and 1986. Its absence probably reflects 
adverse seasonal conditions for the species although in 1986 its close relative, C. 
pseudevax , was common in that region. Following Leigh et al. (1984) the species 
should be given the conservation status ‘IK’. 
3. Chthonocephalus pseudevax Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:445 (1845); Benth., 
FI. Austr. 3:582 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 651 (1929), 2nd ed. 932 
(1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:734 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 
820, pi. 14 (1975); Short in Jessop, FI. Central Aust. 387, fig. 496 (198 1); Cunningham 
et al., PI. Western N.S.W. 71 1 (1982); Short in Jessop & Toelken, FI. S. Aust. 1508 
(1986). Type: ‘In solo limoso arenoso ad fluvium Avon haud procul ab oppidulo 
York, d.10. Sept. 1839. Herb. Preiss. no. 2414b.’ Lectotype (here designated): In 
Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in solo limoso arenoso ad fluvium Avon, 
haud procul ab oppidulo York leg. cl. Preiss . . . emi 1843, 5. dat., Preiss 2414 (MEL 
543283). ISOLECTOTYPES: GH (ex herb. F. W. Klatt, fragmentary), LD, MEL 542226 
(ex herb. Sonder), MEL 543282, P, S. (See note 1 below). 
Chthonocephalus drummondii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:178 
(1851). Type: “Swan River, Drummond.' LECTOTYPE (here designated): Sw. riv., 
s.dat, Drummond s.n. (K). POSSIBLE ISOLECTOTYPE: GH (fragment only). REMAINING 
LECTOPARATYPES: Swan-River, 1843/1844, Drummond s.n., (BM, K, P — 2 sheets). 
(See note 2 below.) 
Annual herb consisting of a compound head surrounded by a fiat, basal rosette 
of c. 10-30 (c. 70) leaves, the entire plant (c. 0.7) 1-4 cm diam. Leaves, oblanceolate 
to obovate, the lower part somewhat hyaline, the entire leaf c. 0.6-2 (c. 3) cm long, 
0.15-0.4 cm wide, tomentose, with both long thin hairs and short broad hairs. 
Compound heads usually transversely elliptic to lenticular but broadly depressed to 
depressed ovoid in small plants, c. 0.4-0. 5 cm high,c. 0.5-2 cm diam.; bracts subtending 
compound heads absent; general receptacle disc-like, solid, glabrous. Capitula (2) 
5-30 (c. 40) per compound head; capitular bracts c. 5-6, c. 3. 3-3. 8 mm long, c. 
0. 3-0.7 mm wide, the outer surface of the midrib and the hyaline margins with 
long hairs. Paleae elliptic, 2. 9-3. 4 mm long, 1.3— 1.7 mm wide, hyaline, the margins 
entire to slightly laciniate and/or with a few long cilia. Florets c. 1 0-40 per capitulum; 
corolla yellow, 3, 4 (5)-lobed, the tube 1.6-2 mm long. Stamens 3, 4 (5); anthers 
0.32-0.5 mm long; microsporangia 0.17-0.3 mm long; apical appendage widely 
deltate, c. 0. 1 0.2 mm long; microsporangia 0.17-0.3 mm long. Pollen grains 20-60 
per anther. Cypselas polymorphic, the majority c. 0.5 -0.6 mm long, c. 0.35 mm 
diam. but a few ( c . 5%) c. 0.9-1 mm long, c. 0. 6-0.7 mm diam. Pappus absent. 
Distribution (Fig. 1): 
Widespread across much of Australia, occurring between latitudes c. 25° S and 
c. 36° S and west of longitude c. 148° E. 
Ecology & Reproductive Biology: 
C. pseudevax occupies a variety of habitats, commonly occurring in sand or 
sandy loam depressions on granite outcrops and in sandy soil amongst samphire 
and Melaleuca around saline depressions. It is also common in open areas between 

Page image

551512 Chthonocephalus spathulatus Muelleria 7(2): 228
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442426
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Chthonocephalus Steetz (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184026

Page text

228 
1 Chthonocephalus spathulatus P. S. Short, sp. nov. 
Herba annua, caule inconspicuo; quaeque planta glomerulus rosula foliorum erectorum vel planta 
rarmficans sed glomerulo proxime super radicem, axibus maioribus prostratis, usque c 6 cm longis 
arachnoideis. Folia erecta, oblanceolata vel spathulata, c. 0.5-5 cm longa, 0. 1 -0.7 cm lata, praecipue 
ad basem glomerulorum, tomentosa. Glomeruli plerumque transverse ellipsoidei usque lenticulares, 
raro depresse late ovoidei, c. 0.35-0.5 cm alti, c. 0.5-2 cm diametro; bracteae glomerulos 
subtendentes aliquot-seriatae, late ovatae vel late obovatae saepe ita irregulariter, c. 4-4.5 mm 
longae, c. 2.5-4 mm latae, hyalinae, marginibus parce longe ciliatis; receptaculum glabrum. Capitula 
c. 5-10, bracteae intra capitulum 5-6, 3.6-4. 3 mm longae, c. 0.4-0. 5 mm latae, marginibus et 
apice parce pilosis. Paleae obovatae, 3.4-3.6 mm longae, 1.2- 1.7 mm latae, hyalinae, marginibus 
lntegns vel parce longe ciliatis, pagina exteri glabra vel pilosa. Flosculi (2)5-12; corolla 5-lobed 
tubos 2. 1-2.5 mm longos. Stamina 5; antherae 0.96-1 mm longae, sporangiis 0.71-0.78 mm longis,’ 
a PP^!^'.S*k us / erm ' na ^k us triangularibus, 0.18-0.29 mm longi. Pollinis grana in quaque anthera 
c. 500. Cypselae 0.5-0.95 mm longae, 0.3-0.6 mm diametro. Pappus carens. 
HOLOTYPUS: Western Australia, Boologooro Homestead. 24° 20'S, 1 1 4° 02'E. Red- 
brown loam. Open Acacia shrubland. 1 8.viii. 1986, Short 2484, Lander Fuhrer 
(MEL 1555156). Isotypi: AD, PERTH. 
Annual herb consisting of a compound head (rarely a single capitulum) 
surrounded by c. 2-7 erect leaves, or branching at basal and near basal nodes, if 
branching then with a compound head immediately above the root, the major axes 
prostrate, to c. 6 cm long, cobwebby. Leaves erect (at least in freshly watered 
specimens), oblanceolate or spathulate, the lower part sometimes dilated, hyaline, 
c 0.5-5 cm long, 0.1 -0.7 cm wide, mainly restricted to the base of the compound 
heads, tomentose. Compound heads usually transversely elliptic to lenticular but 
broadly depressed ovoid in small plants, c. 0.35-0.6 cm high, c. 0.5-2 cm diam.; 
bracts subtending compound heads consisting of several rows of hyaline bracts, the 
bracts widely ovate or widely obovate but the shape often very irregular, c. 4-4.5 
mm long, c. 2.5-4 mm wide, with sparsely long-ciliate margins; general receptacle 
disc-like, solid, glabrous. Capitula c. 5-70 per compound head; capitular bracts 5-6, 
in a single whorl and each bract consisting of an opaque, green midrib with a hyaline 
apex and narrow hyaline margins, the entire bracts 3.6-4.3 mm long, c. 0.4-0.5 
mm wide and with a few hairs on the margins and near the apex. Paleae obovate, 
3. 4-3. 6 mm long, 1.2- 1.7 mm wide, midrib absent, margins entire or with a few 
long-ciliate hairs, outer surface glabrous or with long hairs. Florets (2)5-12 per 
capitulum; corolla 5-lobed, the tube 2. 1-2.5 mm long. Stamens 5; anthers 0.96-1 
mm long; microsporangia 0.7 1 -0.78 mm long; apical appendage triangular, 0. 1 8-0.29 
mm long. Pollen grains c. 500 per anther. Cypselas obovoid, 0.5-0.95 mm long, 
0.3-0. 6 mm diam. Pappus absent. (Figs 2, 3) 
Fig. 2. Fruit of Chthonocephalus. a— C. landed (Short 2038). b— C. muellerianus (Short 2111). 

Page image

478156 Chthonocephalus Muelleria 7(2): 225
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442423
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Chthonocephalus Steetz (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184026

Page text

A REVISION OF THE GENUS CHTHONOCEPHALUS Steetz (ASTERACEAE: 
INULEAE: GNAPHALIINAE). 
by 
P. S. Short* 
ABSTRACT 
Short, P. S. A revision of the genus Chthonocephalus Steetz (Asteraceae: Inuleae: 
Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 1(2): 225-238 (1990). The endemic Australian genus 
Chthonocephalus Steetz is revised. Six species are recognized, Le. C. pseudevax Steetz 
and C. tomentellus (F. Muell.) Benth., and four new species, C. spathulatus P. S. 
Short, C. oldfieldianus P. S. Short, C. muellerianus P. S. Short and C. viscosus P. 
S. Short. C. multiceps J. H. Willis is excluded from the genus. 
HISTORY & GENERIC DELIMITATION 
The endemic Australian genus Chthonocephalus was first described by Steetz 
in 1845 in Lehmann’s Plantae Preissianae. At the time only a single species, C. 
pseudevax Steetz, was recognized. A few years later Asa Gray (1851) described 
C. drummondii. Bentham (1867) subsequently reduced the latter to synonymy under 
C. pseudevax. He also reduced Chamaesphaerion A. Gray (June 1851), Gyrostephium 
Turcz. (Aug.-Oct. 1851; synonymous with the latter genus, both genera having been 
based on duplicate specimens of Drummond 55) and Lachnothalamus F. Muell. ( 1 863) 
to synonymy under Chthonocephalus. Thus Bentham (1867) recognized three species: 
C. pseudevax, C. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Benth. and C. tomentellus (F. Muell.) Benth. 
He did not discuss the reasons for uniting the genera but one assumes from the 
key and from his treatment in Bentham & Hooker (1873) that he placed great emphasis 
on the presence of receptacular bracts or paleae. Of all other genera within the 
subtribe ‘Angiantheae’, only Craspedia Forst./ was known to have such scales and 
members of it could be readily distinguished in the key. Thus Craspedia was 
distinguished by ‘Pappus of several plumose-ciliate bristles or scales. Stems or 
peduncles elongated and erect’ as opposed to ‘Pappus none or of very short scales. 
Dwarf, diffuse or stemless annuals’ for Chthonocephalus (Bentham 1867, p. 453). 
There seems to have been no opposition to this treatment and a further species, 
C. multiceps J. H. Willis, was described in 1952. However, following a revision of 
Angianthus Wendl. 5. tat., it was realized (Short 1983) that C. pygmaeus was referrable 
to Siloxerus Labill., the species differing from C. pseudevax and C. tomentellus by 
virtue of its very different general receptacle, bract and fruit morphology. My studies 
have also shown that C. multiceps should be excluded from Chthonocephalus as it 
differs in features of the fruit and bracts. It is closely related to Calocephalus aervoides 
(F. Muell.) Benth. and both taxa should probably be referred to a separate genus. 
(The most distinctive feature pertains to the paleae which are confined to the centre 
of the receptacle and are partly fused at the base.) Thus of the species recognized 
by Bentham only two, C. pseudevax and C. tomentellus, are retained in the genus. 
In this paper I attribute a further four species to the genus, i.e. C. spathulatus, 
C. muellerianus, C. oldfieldianus and C. viscosus. 
All species have similar fruit and capitular bracts and these characters seem 
to separate them from other Australian compound-headed inuloid species. The brown, 
ovoid fruit has a thin pericarp and testa which lack a layer of collenchyma or 
sclerenchyma. Two vascular bundles occur in the pericarp and small myxogenic 
cells may be distributed over the surface. (Differences in the fruit anatomy do occur 
between species in that some lack a well-developed carpopodium, and a crystalline 
layer does not seem to be well developed in the pericarp of all species — see Fig. 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Y arra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
225 

Page image

560798 Chthonocephalus tomentellus Muelleria 7(2): 233
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442431
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Chthonocephalus Steetz (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184026

Page text

233 
shrubs and trees of various semi-arid and arid zone communities which favour sandy 
soil. 
An average pollemovule ratio of c. 150 has been recorded for the species. 
NOTES: 
1. The selection of MEL 543283 as the lectotype of Chthonocephalus pseudevax 
is consistent with the argument previously put (Short & Sinkora 1988) that in the 
case of names originally coined by Steetz specimens in his own herbarium should 
usually be chosen as the lectotype. 
The use of the number Preiss 2414b in the protologue, not Preiss 2414 as 
on the lectotype, merely reflects a duplication of numbers for Preiss collections. 
The duplication of numbers was presumably not noticed until after Steetz had received 
his specimens. 
2. Gray (1851) described C. drummondii from a collection made by James 
Drummond in Western Australia and forwarded to him by Sir William Hooker. 
At K there is a sheet containing three individual plants plus an envelope containing 
fragments. This sheet, which I have chosen as the lectotype of C. drummondii, is 
annotated ‘Chthonocephalus Drummondii n.sp.’ in Gray’s hand. A fragmentary 
collection at GH is presumably a duplicate of the lectotype. It is contained within 
an envelope, is labelled in Gray’s hand as ‘Chthonocephalus Drummondii' and like 
the lectotype lacks a Drummond collection number. 
Collections labelled as Drummond 185 exist in BM, P (2 sheets) and K. One 
of the sheets in P is labelled as ‘Chthonocephalus n.sp.’ in Gray’s hand and was 
probably annotated by Gray when he visited Paris during his journey to Europe 
from June 1850 to August 1851 (Farlow 1888). The collections are regarded here 
as remaining syntypes and isosyntypes of C. drummondii. They possibly could be 
regarded as isolectotypes as they bear a strong resemblance to the lectotype collection. 
3. The species exhibits variation with respect to leaf size and number, specimens 
from southern localities tending to have smaller and fewer leaves than plants found 
elsewhere. There is also noticeable variation in the density of hairs on the leaves 
and the presence or absence of ciliate margins on the paleae. The variation observed 
does not warrant formal recognition. 
Selected Specimens Examined (Total c. 160): 
Western Australia — Near British King Mine, 1 3.viii. 1977, Barker 1923 (AD); 32 km ENE of Cosmo 
Newberry, I .ix. 1 973, Chinnock 687 (AD); c. 10 km from Three Springs on Morawa road, 1 5.viii. 1 977, 
Short 354 (AD); S of Beacon Hill, 28.viii. 1 968, Wilson 7391 (AD). 
Northern Territory — Yununba Hill, 2 1 .viii. 1973, Donner 4331 (AD); Ayers Rock, 24.vii.1973, Latz 
4133 (AD, DNA). 
South Australia — Arcoona, 23.viii. 1956, Lothian 2060 (AD); c. 146 km S of Kingoonya, 26.vii.1968, 
Orchard 940 (AD); Carappee Hill, 23.ix.1978, Short 768 (AD). 
Queensland — Gilruth Plains, 17. ix. 1938, Everist 1645 (BRI). 
New South Wales — Dunderboo Range, 1 .ix. 1 969, Dunlop 1517 (CBG); 1 1.2 km NW of Condoblin, 
1 8.ix. 1971, Lander 26B (NSW); 25 miles SE of Louth, 20.ix. 1 966, Moore 4022 (C ANB). 
Victoria — Wyperfeld National Park, 4.ix. 1 978, Muir 5886 (MEL); Rocket Lake, 2.viii.l968, Willis 
s.n. (MEL 85307). 
4. Chthonocephalus tomentellus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:581 (1867); Grieve 
& Blackall 4:820 ( \915).—Lachnothalamus tomentellus F. Muell., Fragm. 3:156 
(1863). Type: ‘In planitiebus arenosis ad ostium fluminis Murchinson. Oldfield.’ 
Lectotype (here designated): Sand Plain, Mouth of Murchison R., W. Aust., 5. dat., 
Oldfield s.n. (MEL 542229). ISOLECTOTYPE: K. 
Annual herb. Stem simple or forming major branches at basal nodes; major 
axes prostrate to ascending, c. 1.5-14 cm long, hairy. Leaves, obovate to oblanceolate 
or elliptic 0.5-3.5 cm long, c. 0.2-0.5 cm wide, tomentose, with both long thin 
hairs and short broad hairs. Compound heads spheroid to transversely ellipsoid, c. 
0.4-0. 7 cm high, c. 0.4- 1.3 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads 
inconspicuous, in 1 or 2 ill-defined rows, hyaline, elliptic or ovate, 2.7-3 mm long, 

Page image

551445 Chthonocephalus viscosus Muelleria 7(2): 236
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442434
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Chthonocephalus Steetz (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184026

Page text

236 
grows in sand. It has been recorded as growing in a shrub community with Eremophila 
leucophylla as the dominant species. 
A P/O of 1,998 was recorded for a single floret of Short 419. 
NOTES: 
1. The specific epithet commemorates Ferdinand J. H. Mueller. One of the 
many species described by him was the closely related C. tomentellus. 
2. The species differs from C. tomentellus in having a more well-defined general 
involucre (many bracts being leaf-like), the plumose pappus, and the frequently 
glabrous paleae. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — near Shark Bay, 1 7.ix. 1 94 1 , Gardner 6011 (PERTH); 22.5 km S of Wannoo, 
17. ix. 1968, Phillips WA681 1 1 22 (PERTH); c. 57 km N of Murchison River Bridge, 1 9.viii. 1 977, Short 
391 (AD); c. 28 km S of Overlander Roadhouse, 20.viii.I977, Short 419 (AD). 
6. Chthonocephalus viscosus P. S. Short, sp. nov. 
Herba annua; quaeque planta glomerulus rosula foliorum prostratorum usque erectorum, vel planta 
ramificans sed glomerulo proxime super radicum, axibus maioribus prostratis, ad c. 9 cm longis, 
gossypinis. Folia oblanceolata vel spathulata vel sublinearia, 0.4-6.5 cm longa, 0.. 05-0.9 cm lata, 
gossypina. Glomeruli depresse late usque depresse ovoidei, 0.4-1 cm alta, 0.5-2. 5 cm diametro; 
bracteae glomerulos subtendentes involucrum conspicuum longitudine glomeruli formantes, 
foliiformes, paginae exteria lanata, interia glabra; receptaculum brevissime, ramosum sparsim 
pilosum. Capitula usque ad c. 50; receptaculum glabrum. Bracteae intra capitula c. 6-7, uniseriatae, 
plerumque nyaiinae sed costa prominentie basi per longitudinem 3/5-2/3 bracteae extendenti, 
marginibus longe ciliatis, apici longe piloso. Paleae absentes. Flosculi 6-17; corolla 5-lobata, tubos 
2. 1-2.5 mm longos. Stamina 5; antherae 0.96-1 mm longae, sporangiis 0.76-0.8 mm longis, 
appendicibus terminalibus triangularibus, 0.18-0.23 mm iongi. Cypselae obovoideae, 0.35-0.4 mm 
longae, 0.25-0.3 mm diametro; carpopodium conspicuum. Pappus absens. 
HolotypuS: Western Australia, c. 18 km from Bandya Homestead along road to 
Laverton. c. 27°50'S, 122° 19'E, 2 1 viii. 1982, Short 1541 (MEL 621022). ISOTYPl: 
AD, K, PERTH, S. 
Annual herb consisting of a compound head (rarely a single capitulum) 
surrounded by prostrate to erect leaves, or branching at basal and near basal nodes, 
if branching then with a compound head immediately above the root, the major 
axes prostrate, to c. 9 cm long, cottony. Leaves oblanceolate or spathulate or linear, 
O. 4-6. 5 cm long, 0.05-0.9 cm wide, cottony. Compound heads broadly depressed 
to depressed ovoid, 0.4-1 cm high, 0.5-2.5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads forming a conspicuous involucre about as long as the head, leaf-like, the 
outer surface woolly, inner surface glabrous; general receptacle shortly branched, 
sparsely hairy. Capitula to c. 50 per compound head; receptacle glabrous; capitular 
bracts c. 6-7 , uniseriate, mainly hyaline but with a prominent midrib extending 3/5-2/3 
the length margins long-ciliate, with long hairs near the apex. Paleae absent. Florets 
6-17 per capitulum; corolla 5-lobed, the tube 2. 1-2.5 mm long. Stamens 5; anthers 
0.96-1 mm long; microsporangia 0.76-0.8 mm long; apical appendage triangular, 
0.18-0.23 mm long. Cypselas obovoid, 0.35-0.4 mm long, 0.25-0.3 mm diam.; 
carpopodium conspicuous. Pappus absent. (Fig. 6) 
Distribution (Fig. 1): 
Restricted to central Western Australia between latitudes c. 24 and 28 S and 
longitudes c. 117 and 123 E. 
Ecology & Reproductive Biology: 
The type collection was gathered from an area of open mulga scrub with an 
understorey of herbs. Plants were growing in a loamy soil overlain by ironstone 
gravel. Other collectors’ notes include ‘ Acacia aneura — Danthonia community’, 

Page image

628931 Cladonia rigida rigida Muelleria 7(2): 175
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442383
Page is part of the work Some Species of Cladonia Published by J. D. Hooker and T. Taylor from the Southern Hemisphere, doi:10.5962/p.184020
628915 Cladonia rigida acuta Muelleria 7(2): 175
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442383
Page is part of the work Some Species of Cladonia Published by J. D. Hooker and T. Taylor from the Southern Hemisphere, doi:10.5962/p.184020
551434 Danthonia diemenica Muelleria 7(2): 153
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442405
Page is part of the work New Taxa and a New Combination in Tasmanian Australia Poaceae, doi:10.5962/p.184019

Page text

153 
differs from that species in being apparently perennial, in its purely aquatic habit, 
generally larger size with much longer leaves, which are always flat, culms which 
are up to 8-noded, branching and rooting from the lower nodes and occasionally 
( Buchanan 10046) producing fascicles of aerial shoots from the upper nodes. Panicle 
branches are less rigidly divaricate than those of A. meionectes and the lemma is 
more densely hairy. 
DANTHONIA Lam. et DC. 
Danthonia diemenica D. Morris sp. nov. 
Gramen perenne caespitosum vel breviter rhizomatosum, usque ad 35 cm altum. Vaginae manifeste 
costatae, marginibus hyalinis, vaginae inferae pallidae, plus minusque nitidae, glabrae vel interdum 
pilosae; cilia ligularum c. 0.5 mm longa, pilis longioribus ad margines; laminae usque ad 25 cm 
longae, plerumque tenues involutaeque, raro planae et usque ad 3 mm latae, glabrae vel interdum 
pilosae apice conduplicato. Culmi tenues, 4-5-nodati. Panicula usque ad 5 cm longa, lanceolata 
vel ovata, usque ad 15 spiculas ferens. Spiculae (10-) 12-15 (-18) mm longae, 4-6 flores ferentes, 
apicibus aristarum exsertis. Glumae lanceolatae, acutae, subaequales, purpurascentes, 3-5-nervatae. 
Lemmatis infimi corpus 3. 0-4.5 mm longum, nitidum, 9 nervatum, leniter ad callum decrescens; 
segmentum rhachillae c. 0.5 mm longum; pili calli 1-2 mm longi; pili seriei inferae ad 3 mm 
longi, interdum sparsi vel interrupti, series superior superpositi; pili seriei superae ad 4 mm longi, 
1-2 mm sub sinum inserti, portionem planam loborum lateralium plus minusque longitudine 
aequantes, lobi laterales 5-6 mm longi, setas 2-2.5 mm longas includentes; arista ad 1 1 mm 
longa, columna 3-4 mm longa laxe torta, castanea, seta plerumque semel bisve torta. Palea elliptica, 
1.5-2 mm longior quam sinus, dimidio supero membranaceo hebeti, dimidio infero nitido, carinis 
marginibusque dense ciliolatis, plerumque caespitibus pilorum inter Carinas marginesque infra 
medium. Antherae c. 1.25 mm longae, citrinae. Caryopsis obovata 1.75-2 mm longa. 
HOLOTYPUS: Tasmania, Ouse River— Wild Dog Plains, 1 160 m; Streambanks— sandy 
alluvium till. Erosion sites; 7 Jan. 1983, A. Moscal 1292 (HO 65782). 
Tufted or shortly rhizomatous perennial up to 35 cm high, the culms usually 
greatly exceeding the tuft of basal leaves. Leaf-sheaths prominently ribbed, margins 
hyaline, lower sheaths pale, + shining, glabrous or occasionally pilose; ligule a ciliate 
rim, the cilia c. 0.5 mm long with a sparse or dense tuft of longer hairs up to 
2.5 mm long at each margin; blades up to 25 cm long, usually fine and inrolled 
but rarely flat in vivo and up to 3 mm wide, glabrous or occasionally pilose, the 
apex folded. Culms slender, smooth, 4-5-noded. Panicle up to 5 cm long, lanceolate 
or ovate; axis, branches and pedicels scabrous or hispid, bearing up to 15 spikelets. 
Spikelets (10—) 12-15 (-18) mm long, 4-6-flowered, tips of the awns exserted. Glumes 
lanceolate, acute, subequal, purplish, margins pale or purplish, 3-5-nerved. Body 
of the lowest lemma 3. 0-4. 5 mm long, shining, 9-nerved, fairly broad, tapering 
gradually to the callus; rhachilla segment c. 0.5 mm long, callus hairs 1-2 mm 
long, overlapping the lower row of hairs, hairs of lower row sometimes sparse or 
interrupted, up to 3 mm long, overlapping the upper row, hairs of upper row up 
to 4 mm long, + equalling the flattened portion of the lateral lobes, inserted 1-2 mm 
below the sinus; lateral lobes 5-6 mm long including the 2-2.5 mm long setae; 
awn up to 11 mm long, the column 3-4 mm long, loosely twisted, chestnut brown, 
bristle usually once or twice twisted. Palea elliptical, exceeding the sinus by 1 .5-2 mm, 
apex truncate or shallowly bifid, upper half membranous, dull, lower half firm, shining, 
keels densely and minutely ciliate, usually with sparse tufts of long hairs between 
keels and margins below the mid-point. Anthers c. 1 .25 mm long, pale yellow. Caryopsis 
obovate, 1.75-2 mm long. (Figs. 5b, 6) 
Distribution: 
Tasmania; predominantly in the Central Highlands but also North East, Ben 
Lomond, East Coast, Mt Wellington, South West, 480-1250 m altitude. 

Page image

551435 Danthonia nitens Muelleria 7(2): 155
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442403
Page is part of the work New Taxa and a New Combination in Tasmanian Australia Poaceae, doi:10.5962/p.184019

Page text

155 
Selected Specimens Examined (Total 60): 
Tasmania— Saddle between Eldon Bluff and Dome Hill, 6 Feb. 1987, A. M. Buchanan 10043 
(HO); Back Peak, 17 Jan. 1988, P. Collier 3094e (HO); Mt Wellington, 4 Jan. 1972, J. H. Hemsley 
6707 (HO, K); Divide between Julian Lakes and Pillans Lake, 8 Jan. 1983, A. Moscal 1332 (HO, MEL); 
February Plains, 28 Jan. 1983, A. Moscal 1542 (HO); Wild Dog Tier, 9 Mar. 1984, A. Moscal 6798a 
(HO); Between Prince Albert’s Throne and Lake 11a, 17 Mar. 1984, A. Moscal 7098 (HO); Dunning 
Rivulet, 28 Feb. 1986, A. Moscal 12525 (HO); Tower Hill, East Tower, 13 Feb. 1980, M. G. Noble 
29051 (HO); Western Mountains, Dec. 1908, L Rodway s.n. (HO 27935); South slope of the southern 
hill of Sabrina Hills, 8 km SE of Bothwell, 15 Dec. 1986, D. Ziegler 47 (HO). 
Etymology: 
Diemenica, in reference to Van Diemens Land, the early name for Tasmania. 
D. diemenica has in the past been confused with D. tenuior and D. caespitosa, 
differing from the former in having a shorter callus, longer rhachilla segment and 
a palea exceeding the lemma sinus by 1.5-2 mm; differing from the latter in the 
shorter callus, shorter lateral lobes and in having fewer florets per spikelet. Differences 
between the species are summarised in the following table: 
D. tenuior 
D. caespitosa 
D. diemenica 
Callus 
1-1.5 mm 
0.75-1.5 mm 
0.5 mm 
Rachilla segment 
0 
0 
0.5 mm 
Lemma lobes 
7-10 mm 
8-13 mm 
5-6 mm 
Florets per spiklet 
Amount by which the palea 
4-6 
7-9 
4-6 
exceeds the lemma sinus 
up to 1 mm 
0.75-1.5 mm 
1.5-2 mm 
Danthonia nitens D. Morris sp. nov. 
Gramen perenne, caespitosum, usque ad 25 cm altum. Vaginae glabrae vel raro sparsim pilosae, 
costatae; cilia ligularum 0.5 mm longa caespitibus pilorum ad 2 mm longis ad margines; laminae 
foliorum inferorum usque ad 9 cm longae, involutae vel planae, usque ad 1.5 mm latae, glabrae 
vel interdum pilosae. Culmi plerumque 3-nodati, laeves, subtiliter costati infra nodos, scabri-pilosi 
infra paniculam. InflorescenUa racemosa vel panicula deminuta 0.9-3.5 cm longa 2-4 (-8) spiculas 
ferens; spiculae ad nodos omnes solitariae vel, in plantis majoribus, nodi inferi ramum solitarium 
spiculis duabus efferentes; axis et rami et pedicelli pilosi, pilis densioribus infra glumas. Spiculae 
4-6 flores ferentes, flore terminali saepe sterili, apicibus aristarum lemmatum breviter exsertis. 
Glumae subaequales, 6.5-7.5 mm longae x 2.5 mm latae, lanceolatae apicibus obtusis; gluma 
inferior 5-7-nervata, gluma superior 5(-7) nervata. Lemma ellipticum, corpore 2.25-3.25 mm 
longo, nitens, 7-nervatum, glabrum, praeter caespitem pilorum aliquantum sparsum c. 1 mm longum 
ad am’bo margines ad medium et caespitem minorem ad ambo margines supra callum; lobi laterales 
angusti ubique 1 .25-2 mm longi, abrupte ad apicem acutum vel leniter ad setam brevem decrescentes 
arista 3-4 mm longa, columna c. 1 mm longa, mellea; callus pilis densis c. 1 mm longis. Palea 
lanceolata-elliptica vel oblanceolata-elliptica, sinum lemmatis excedens, brevior quam portio plana 
loborum lateralium, nitens, apice truncato, breve bifido, carinis ciliatis in triente superno. Antherae 
0. 3-0.6 mm longae. Caryopsis c. 1.5 mm longa. 
HOLOTYPUS:Tasmania, Dublin Forest Block, 21 Jan. 1979, H. Fletcher s.n. (HO 30982). 
Tufted perennial up to 25 cm high. Leaf-sheaths glabrous or rarely sparsely 
pilose, ribbed, lower sheaths pale, shining or dull; ligule of cilia up to 0.5 mm long 
with tufts of longer hairs up to 2 mm long at each margin; blades of basal leaves 
up to 9 cm long, involute or flat and up to 1.5 mm wide; glabrous or occasionally 
pilose. Culm usually 3-noded, smooth, finely ribbed below the nodes, scabrous-pilose 
below the panicle. Inflorescence racemose or a reduced panicle 0.9-3. 5 cm long 
bearing 2-4 (-8) spikelets; spikelets solitary at each node or in larger plants the 
lower nodes producing a single branch bearing two spikelets; axis, branches and 
pedicels pilose, the hairs denser below the glumes. Spikelets 4-6 flowered, the terminal 
floret often sterile, tips of lemma awns shortly exserted. Glumes subequal, 6. 5-7. 5 
mm long x 2.5 mm broad, lanceolate, apex obtuse, lower glume 5-7 nerved, upper 
5 (-7) nerved. Lemma elliptical, body 2.25-3.25 mm long, shining, 7-nerved, glabrous 

Page image

551436 Danthonia popinensis Muelleria 7(2): 157, Fig. 8b, 9
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442401
Page is part of the work New Taxa and a New Combination in Tasmanian Australia Poaceae, doi:10.5962/p.184019

Page text

157 
Fig. 8. a— Spikelet of Danthonia nitens. b— Spikelet of Danthonia popinensis. Scale lines = 5 mm. 
except for a rather sparse tuft of hairs c. I mm long on each margin at about 
the mid-point and a smaller tuft on each margin above the callus; lateral lobes 
narrow, 1.25-2 mm long overall, tapering abruptly to an acute apex or more gradually 
to a short seta; awn 3-4 mm long, the column c. 1 mm long, honey brown; callus 
hairs dense, c. 1 mm long. Palea lanceolate-elliptic to oblanceolate-elliptic, exceeding 
the sinus, shorter than the broad portion of the lateral lobes, shining, apex truncate, 
shortly bifid, keels ciliate in the uper third. Anthers 0.3-0.6 mm long. Caryopsis 
c. 1.5 mm long, obovoid. (Figs. 7, 8a) 
Distribution: 
Tasmania; Central Highlands, grass-heathlands and open woodlands, mostly 
between 1000 and 1200 m altitude. 
Specimens Examined: 
Tasmania — Franklin River, Lyell Highway, 23 Jan. 1949, S. T. Blake 18406 (HO, BRI); Near 
Lake St Clair, 5 Jan. 1977, R. Mason s.n. (HO 35755, CHR 308847); Billop Bluff, N of Arthurs Lake, 
18 Feb. 1981, A. Moscal s.n. (HO 40221); Rushcroft Creek, 21 Feb. 1984, A. Moscal 6348 (HO); Smiths 
Tops, 21 Feb’. 1984, A. Moscal 6367 (HO); 1.5 km W of Norths Hill, 27 Feb. 1984, A. Moscal 6530 
(HO); Ouse River, Little Split Rock, 28 Feb. 1984, A. Moscal 6576 (HO). 
Etymology: 
Nitens, shining, in reference to the shining lemma. 
Danthonia nitens appears most closely related to D. nivicola from which it 
differs in having less stiffly erect culms, the uppermost node usually exserted above 
the basal tuft of leaves, pilose panicle branches, prominently nerved glumes and 
the shining elliptical lemma with hair-tufts only at the margins. 
Danthonia popinensis D. Morris sp. nov. 
Gramen perenne caespitosum, glabrum, usque ad 45 cm ahum. Vaginae foliorum inferorum pallidae, 
± nitidae, costatae, internodiis longiores vel breviores; vaginae foliorum superorum costatae 
internodiis breviores; laminae foliorum inferorum planae, minimum basi, usque ad 15 cm longae 
x usque ad 2 mm latae, superficie adaxiali subtiliter costata, costis minute scaberulis, marginibus 
carinisque in dimidio superiore scaberulis; laminae foliorum superorum tenuiores, involutae. Culmi 

Page image

568515 Danthonia remota Muelleria 7(2): 160
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442398
Page is part of the work New Taxa and a New Combination in Tasmanian Australia Poaceae, doi:10.5962/p.184019

Page text

160 
Danthonia remota D. Morris sp. nov. 
Gramen perenne laxe caespitosum usque ad 20 cm altum. Vaginae foliorum laeves, manifeste 
costatae, vaginae foliorum inferorum pallidae ± nitidae; ligulae ciliatae, usque ad 1 mm longae; 
laminae usque ad 4 cm longae, arete conduplicatae, filiformes, laeves, apice acuto. Culmi tenues, 
erecti, laeves. Panicula ovata usque ad 3 cm longa, 2-7 spiculas ferens, axe et ramis et pedicellis 
hispidis vel pilosis. Spiculae 9-12 mm longae, 4-5-floratae, apicibus aristarum exsertis. Glumae 
longtitudine aequales vel superae quam inferae parum breviores, lanceolatae, obtusae; gluma infera 
9-13-nervata, gluma supera 7-nervata. Lemmata oblanceolata, corpore lemmatis infimi c. 3 mm 
longo, callo usque ad 0.75 mm longo, barbato, pilis ad seriem inferam pilorum lemmatis attigentibus; 
serie infera pilorum ad 2-4 caespites sparsos reductis, caespitibus longioribus ad margines; series 
supera pilorum c. 1.5 mm longa, sparsissima vel ad 2 caespites reducta, caespitibus longioribus 
et densioribus ad margines c. 0.75 mm infra sinum inserta; lemmate aliquando purpureo-fasciato 
infra sinum; lobi laterales c. 6 mm longi, portionibus planis 2.5 mm longis, marginibus latis hyalinis, 
gradatim ad setas angustatis vel ad juncturam minute lobatis; arista 7.5-9 mm longa, columna 
2.5 mm longa, brunnea, torta. Palea oblanceolata, 3.5-4 mm longa, marginibus superne ciliolatis, 
area dorsali ± nitida, apice acuto vel truncato, breviter bifido vel irregulariter et oblique trilobato. 
Antheraec. 0.75 mm longae. Caryopsis c. 1.5 mm longa. 
HOLOTYPUS: Tasmania, Summit area of Hibbs Pyramid, 4 Feb. 1984, A. M. Buchanan 
(HO 91392). 
Loosely tufted glabrous perennial up to 20 cm high from a tuft of basal leaves. 
Leaf-sheaths smooth, prominently ribbed, lower sheaths pale, ± shining; ligule ciliate, 
up to 1 mm long, blades up to 4 cm long, tightly infolded, smooth, filiform, apex 
sharply pointed. Culm slender, erect, smooth. Panicle ovate, up to 3 cm long, bearing 
2-7 spikelets, axis, branches and pedicels hispid to pilose. Spikelets 9-12 mm long, 
4-5 flowered, tips of awns exserted. Glumes equal or subequal with the lower slightly 
longer, lanceolate, obtuse, lower glume 9-13-nerved, upper glume 7-nerved. Body 
of lowest lemma c. 3 mm long, oblanceolate, callus up to 0.75 mm long, bearded, 
the hairs reaching to the lower row of callus hairs; lower row reduced to 2-4 sparse 
tufts with longer tufts at the margin; upper row of very sparse tufts or reduced 
to 2 sparse tufts with longer tufts at the margin; upper row of very sparse tufts 
or reduced to 2 sparse dorsal tufts with longer and denser tufts at the margin, inserted 
c. 0.75 mm below the sinus, the hairs c. 1.5 mm long; sometimes a band of purple 
coloration across the body below the sinus, paling with age; lateral lobes c. 6 mm 
long, the flattened portion c. 2.5 mm long, with wide hyaline margins, tapering 
gradually to the setae or minutely lobed at the junction; awn 7.5-9 mm long, column 
2.5 mm long, brown, twisted. Palea 3.5-4 mm long, oblanceolate, margins ciliolate 
above, dorsal area ± shining, apex acute or truncate, shortly bilobed or irregularly 
and obliquely trilobed. Anthers c. 0.75 mm long. Caryopsis c. 1.5 mm long. (Figs. 
10, 11a) 
Distribution: . 
Tasmania; known only from the type collection from the summit ot Hibbs 
Pyramid, a small dolorite island north of Point Hibbs on the West Coast, at an 
altitude of 70 m and from a second collection from the same site, Dec. 1988, N. 
Brothers s.n. (HO 113101, MEL, NSW). 
Remota , distant, far off, relating to the isolated locality of Hibbs Pyramid. 
The species appears most closely related to D. pilosa from which it differs 
in being completely glabrous, having spikelets 4-5 flowered, lower glume 9-13- 
nerved and an awn 7.5-9 mm long. 
DEYEUXIA Clarion ex P. Beauv. 
Deyeuxia apsleyensis D. Morris sp. nov. 
Gramen perenne laxe caespitosum usque ad 90 cm altum. Vaginae foliorum internodiis breviores, 
virides vel purpurascentes, vaginae foliorum inferorum pilosae, foliorum superorum ± glabrae, 
+ retrorse scabrae; ligulae 1 (-2) mm longae, obtusae, dorsalis hirsutae, ciliolatae, laminae foliorum 

Page image

551437 Deyeuxia apsleyensis Muelleria 7(2): 160
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442398
Page is part of the work New Taxa and a New Combination in Tasmanian Australia Poaceae, doi:10.5962/p.184019

Page text

160 
Danthonia remota D. Morris sp. nov. 
Gramen perenne laxe caespitosum usque ad 20 cm altum. Vaginae foliorum laeves, manifeste 
costatae, vaginae foliorum inferorum pallidae ± nitidae; ligulae ciliatae, usque ad 1 mm longae; 
laminae usque ad 4 cm longae, arete conduplicatae, filiformes, laeves, apice acuto. Culmi tenues, 
erecti, laeves. Panicula ovata usque ad 3 cm longa, 2-7 spiculas ferens, axe et ramis et pedicellis 
hispidis vel pilosis. Spiculae 9-12 mm longae, 4-5-floratae, apicibus aristarum exsertis. Glumae 
longtitudine aequales vel superae quam inferae parum breviores, lanceolatae, obtusae; gluma infera 
9-13-nervata, gluma supera 7-nervata. Lemmata oblanceolata, corpore lemmatis infimi c. 3 mm 
longo, callo usque ad 0.75 mm longo, barbato, pilis ad seriem inferam pilorum lemmatis attigentibus; 
serie infera pilorum ad 2-4 caespites sparsos reductis, caespitibus longioribus ad margines; series 
supera pilorum c. 1.5 mm longa, sparsissima vel ad 2 caespites reducta, caespitibus longioribus 
et densioribus ad margines c. 0.75 mm infra sinum inserta; lemmate aliquando purpureo-fasciato 
infra sinum; lobi laterales c. 6 mm longi, portionibus planis 2.5 mm longis, marginibus latis hyalinis, 
gradatim ad setas angustatis vel ad juncturam minute lobatis; arista 7.5-9 mm longa, columna 
2.5 mm longa, brunnea, torta. Palea oblanceolata, 3.5-4 mm longa, marginibus superne ciliolatis, 
area dorsali ± nitida, apice acuto vel truncato, breviter bifido vel irregulariter et oblique trilobato. 
Antheraec. 0.75 mm longae. Caryopsis c. 1.5 mm longa. 
HOLOTYPUS: Tasmania, Summit area of Hibbs Pyramid, 4 Feb. 1984, A. M. Buchanan 
(HO 91392). 
Loosely tufted glabrous perennial up to 20 cm high from a tuft of basal leaves. 
Leaf-sheaths smooth, prominently ribbed, lower sheaths pale, ± shining; ligule ciliate, 
up to 1 mm long, blades up to 4 cm long, tightly infolded, smooth, filiform, apex 
sharply pointed. Culm slender, erect, smooth. Panicle ovate, up to 3 cm long, bearing 
2-7 spikelets, axis, branches and pedicels hispid to pilose. Spikelets 9-12 mm long, 
4-5 flowered, tips of awns exserted. Glumes equal or subequal with the lower slightly 
longer, lanceolate, obtuse, lower glume 9-13-nerved, upper glume 7-nerved. Body 
of lowest lemma c. 3 mm long, oblanceolate, callus up to 0.75 mm long, bearded, 
the hairs reaching to the lower row of callus hairs; lower row reduced to 2-4 sparse 
tufts with longer tufts at the margin; upper row of very sparse tufts or reduced 
to 2 sparse tufts with longer tufts at the margin; upper row of very sparse tufts 
or reduced to 2 sparse dorsal tufts with longer and denser tufts at the margin, inserted 
c. 0.75 mm below the sinus, the hairs c. 1.5 mm long; sometimes a band of purple 
coloration across the body below the sinus, paling with age; lateral lobes c. 6 mm 
long, the flattened portion c. 2.5 mm long, with wide hyaline margins, tapering 
gradually to the setae or minutely lobed at the junction; awn 7.5-9 mm long, column 
2.5 mm long, brown, twisted. Palea 3.5-4 mm long, oblanceolate, margins ciliolate 
above, dorsal area ± shining, apex acute or truncate, shortly bilobed or irregularly 
and obliquely trilobed. Anthers c. 0.75 mm long. Caryopsis c. 1.5 mm long. (Figs. 
10, 11a) 
Distribution: . 
Tasmania; known only from the type collection from the summit ot Hibbs 
Pyramid, a small dolorite island north of Point Hibbs on the West Coast, at an 
altitude of 70 m and from a second collection from the same site, Dec. 1988, N. 
Brothers s.n. (HO 113101, MEL, NSW). 
Remota , distant, far off, relating to the isolated locality of Hibbs Pyramid. 
The species appears most closely related to D. pilosa from which it differs 
in being completely glabrous, having spikelets 4-5 flowered, lower glume 9-13- 
nerved and an awn 7.5-9 mm long. 
DEYEUXIA Clarion ex P. Beauv. 
Deyeuxia apsleyensis D. Morris sp. nov. 
Gramen perenne laxe caespitosum usque ad 90 cm altum. Vaginae foliorum internodiis breviores, 
virides vel purpurascentes, vaginae foliorum inferorum pilosae, foliorum superorum ± glabrae, 
+ retrorse scabrae; ligulae 1 (-2) mm longae, obtusae, dorsalis hirsutae, ciliolatae, laminae foliorum 

Page image

551438 Deyeuxia innominata Muelleria 7(2): 164
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442394
Page is part of the work New Taxa and a New Combination in Tasmanian Australia Poaceae, doi:10.5962/p.184019

Page text

164 
Distribution: 
Tasmania; East coast, valley of the Apsley River in Eucalyptus amygdalina— 
E. viminalis forest in undulating low hills. 
Specimens Examined: 
Tasmania — Ridge 3 km N of Apsley River Gorge, 9 Jan. 1988, F. Duncan s.n. (HO 111250); 
Apsley river catchment, W of Possum Creek, 16 Mar. 1988, F. Duncan s.n. (HO 1 1 1249). 
D. apsleyensis resembles D. monticola in having the lemma awn inserted in 
the basal 1/3 and a hairy rhachilla segment but has a larger spikelet, an open or 
loosely contracted panicle and pilose leaves. 
Deyeuxia innominata D. Morris sp. nov. 
Gramen perenne, laxum vel aliquantum dense caespitosum, plerumque usque ad 25 cm altum 
autem in nabitationibus salutarissimus ad 60 cm attingens. Vaginae foliorum non profunde costatae, 
marginibus membranaceis ad ligulam connexis; ligulae membranaceae, truncatae, 2.0-2.5 mm 
longae; laminae usque ad 8 (-15) cm longae, conduplicatae vel involutae, tenues et flexiles vel 
aliquantum rigidae, saepe arcuatae, laeves, glabrae vel interdum ad superficiem abaxialem setosae, 
costis ad superficiem adaxialem hispidulis vel glabris. Culmi tenues, plerumque quam folia basalia 
multi longiores, laeves vel interdum antrorse scaberuli infra paniculam. Paniculae 2-8 cm longae, 
laxe contractae, ramis pedicellisque scabris, ramis basalibus saepe nudis per 1 cm supra basin. 
Spiculae 2-3.5 mm longae, purpurascentes vel subvirides. Glutnae subaequales, gluma supera 
plerumque quam gluma inferior parum longior, acutae, carinis in dimidio supero scaberulis. Lemma 
(2.0-) 2.25-3.0 mm longum parum brevius vel parum longius quam glumae, 5-nervatum, nervis 
obscuris vel prominentibus, parum induratum, cum vel sine arista. Arista parvula, recta, subterminalis, 
plerumque lemmati non excendens autem aliquando ad 1 mm attengens. Pili calii densi, plerumque 
ad dimidium lemmatis attigentes vel aliquando parum longiores. Palea hyalina plerumque quam 
lemma c. 0.5 mm brevior, carinis viridibus, non ciliatis. Segmentum rhachillae c. 1 mm longum, 
plumosum, pilis ± palea aequantibus. Antherae 0.5-0.75 mm longae. Caryopsis elliptica, c. 1.5 mm 
longa. 
TypuS: Tasmania, Wurragurra Creek, 29 Jan. 1983, A. Moscal 1569 , (HOLOTYPUS: 
HO 62754; ISOTYPUS NSW). 
Erect loosely or occasionally somewhat densely tufted perennial , usually up 
to 25 cm high but in very favourable situations reaching 60 cm. Leaf-sheaths shallowly 
ribbed, margins membranous, merging with the ligule; ligule membranous, truncate 
2-2.5 mm long; blades up to 8 (-15) cm long, folded or inrolled, slender and flexible, 
somewhat stiff, often arcuate, smooth, glabrous or sometimes setose on the abaxial 
surface, the ribs on the adaxial surface glabrous or hispidulous. Culms slender, usually 
exserted well beyond the basal leaves, smooth or sometimes antrorsely scaberulous 
below the panicle. Panicle 2-8 cm long, loosely contracted, narrowly elliptical to 
linear in outline, branches and pedicels scabrous, basal branches often bare at the 
base for 1 cm or more. Spikelets 2-3.5 mm long, purplish or pale green. Glumes 
subequal, the upper usually slightly the longer, acute, keels scaberulous in the upper 
half. Lemma slightly shorter than, to slightly longer than the glumes, 2.25-3.0 mm 
long, 5-nerved, the nerves obscure or prominent, slightly indurated, with or without 
a small straight subterminal awn usually not exceeding the lemma but occasionally 
up to 1 mm long; callus hairs dense, usually half as long as the lemma, occasionally 
more. Palea hyaline, usually about 0.5 mm shorter than the lemma, keels green, 
not ciliate. Rhachilla segment about 1 mm long, plumose, the hairs ± equalling 
the palea. Anthers 0.5-0.75 mm long. Caryopsis elliptical, c. 1.5 mm long. (Figs 
13, 14) 
Distribution: 
Tasmania; Central Highlands, Ben Lomond, Mt Field. Mt Wellington, South 
West, East Coast, West Coast, 550 m to 1300 m, alpine moorland, boulder fields, 
sedge-grasslands, heaths; Victoria; Nunniong Plateau, Cobberas Mountains, Baws 
Baws, The Bluff, Mt Buffalo, Bogong High Plains; New South Wales; subalpine 
areas in the Koscuisko region, Kiandra, Southern Tablelands, Northern Tablelands; 
A.C.T. Mt Gingera, Mt Bimberi. 

Page image

796607 Epaltes tatei Muelleria 7(2): 263
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442461
Page is part of the work Haegiela, a new genus of Australian Asteraceae (Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), with notes on the Genus Epaltes Cass, doi:10.5962/p.184029

Page text

263 
1864) as £ dioica F. Muell. Both £ australis and £ divaricata have cypselas that 
have a pair of opposite pericarpal strands, as is typical in the Asteraceae. It would 
seem reasonable to place £ australis in the genus Sphaeromorphaea as S. australis 
(Less.) Kitamura (1936) and £ cunninghamii in the genus Ethuliopsis where a new 
combination is required for it. 
The two other Australian species placed in Epaltes are £ pleiochaeta F. Muell., 
which was placed by Mueller in Epaltes sect. Ethuliopsis (F. Muell.) F. Muell. (1877), 
and £ harrisii F. Muell. (1880). Neither of these species is known to the authors 
(MEL material being inaccessible at the time of writing), but their descriptions do 
not suggest affinity with Haegiela. 
Haegiela tatei (F. Muell.) P. S. Short et Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
BASIONYM: Epaltes tatei F. Muell., Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 6: 31 
(Dec. 1883); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 618 (1929), 2nd ed. 895 (1957); J. 
H. Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:699 (1973). Type: ‘On sandy scrub-lands between 
Wellington and Mason’s Look-Out, at the east side of Lake Alexandrina. (Prof. 
R Tate)'\ ‘from the vicinity of Spencer’s Gulf. Lectotype (here designated): Scrub 
near Wellington, 2.X.1880. Tate s.n. (MEL 1551068 p.p.). Isolectotypes: Sandy 
scrubland W Wellington Lodge, 2.x. 1880. Tate s.n. (AD 97624341 p.p.)] Fowler’s 
Bay and Scrub between Wellington E & Mason’s lookout (E of lake Alexandrina), 
2.x. 1880. (AD 97643080 p.p., ex herb. J. M. Black). Possible Lectoparatype: 
MEL 1551068 p.p. See Notes. 
Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, c. 2-8 cm long. Leaves ovate to 
lanceolate or obovate or linear, 2. 5-6. 7 mm long, 0.5- 1.9 mm wide, glabrous or 
cobwebby. Capitula c. 2-3 mm diam. Involucral bracts c. 15-20, in 3 rows, all bracts 
prominently incurved; outer bracts ovate to widely ovate or widely elliptic, 2. 4-3. 5 
mm long, 0.8- 1.9 mm wide, scarious, silvery translucent, at least the upper margins 
ciliate; innermost bracts subcartilaginous, terete, with a small ciliate hyaline apex, 
in all 1-1.5 mm long, c. 0.2 mm wide. Receptacle flat, glabrous. Outer florets, female, 
22-49; corolla c. 1.5 mm long. Inner florets bisexual, 7-11; corolla c. 1.5 mm long; 
lobes 4, minute, papillose within, sparsely glandular puberulous outside. Stamens 
4; anthers 0.41-0.5 mm; microsporangia 0.31-0.41 mm long; apical appendages 
triangular, 0.08-0.1 mm long. Cypselas obovoid or ellipsoid, 0. 5-0.7 mm long, 
0.25-0.35 mm diam. Pappus absent. 
Distribution: 
See generic treatment. 
Ecology & Reproductive Biology: 
Apparently restricted to saline habitats, as reflected by the following collectors’ 
notes: ‘ . . . saline depression. Halosarcia sp., Lawrencia squamata, Hydrocotyle 
medicaginoides, Angianthus preissianus'] ‘edge of . . . saline depression ... in low 
shrubland [with] Halosarcia sp., Rhagodia candolleana, Frankenia pauciflora ’; ‘In 
higher parts of samphire with Halosarcia pergranulata, H. pruinosa. Gypseous soil.’ 
and ‘Margin of samphire mud flats/salt swamp ... in small patches in sand . . . 
[with] dwarf shrubs of Frankenia & Chenopodiaceae’. 
The inconspicuous habit of the plant, its anther size and a pollemovule ratio 
of c. 56 (determined from a single capitulum with 9 bisexual florets, 31 female 
florets and a total of 248 pollen grains in the bisexual floret examined) are indicative 
of self-pollination. 
Notes: 
The lectotype sheet contains two labels. One is a standard, blue, herbarium 
label and has the words ‘Entrance of the Murray-River. (1883). 1886 Prof. Tate\ 
The other, an original label in Tate’s hand, has ‘Composite. Scrub near Wellington. 

Page image

4614404 Epaltes tatei Muelleria 7(2): 263
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442461
Page is part of the work Haegiela, a new genus of Australian Asteraceae (Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), with notes on the Genus Epaltes Cass, doi:10.5962/p.184029

Page text

263 
1864) as £ dioica F. Muell. Both £ australis and £ divaricata have cypselas that 
have a pair of opposite pericarpal strands, as is typical in the Asteraceae. It would 
seem reasonable to place £ australis in the genus Sphaeromorphaea as S. australis 
(Less.) Kitamura (1936) and £ cunninghamii in the genus Ethuliopsis where a new 
combination is required for it. 
The two other Australian species placed in Epaltes are £ pleiochaeta F. Muell., 
which was placed by Mueller in Epaltes sect. Ethuliopsis (F. Muell.) F. Muell. (1877), 
and £ harrisii F. Muell. (1880). Neither of these species is known to the authors 
(MEL material being inaccessible at the time of writing), but their descriptions do 
not suggest affinity with Haegiela. 
Haegiela tatei (F. Muell.) P. S. Short et Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
BASIONYM: Epaltes tatei F. Muell., Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 6: 31 
(Dec. 1883); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 618 (1929), 2nd ed. 895 (1957); J. 
H. Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:699 (1973). Type: ‘On sandy scrub-lands between 
Wellington and Mason’s Look-Out, at the east side of Lake Alexandrina. (Prof. 
R Tate)'\ ‘from the vicinity of Spencer’s Gulf. Lectotype (here designated): Scrub 
near Wellington, 2.X.1880. Tate s.n. (MEL 1551068 p.p.). Isolectotypes: Sandy 
scrubland W Wellington Lodge, 2.x. 1880. Tate s.n. (AD 97624341 p.p.)] Fowler’s 
Bay and Scrub between Wellington E & Mason’s lookout (E of lake Alexandrina), 
2.x. 1880. (AD 97643080 p.p., ex herb. J. M. Black). Possible Lectoparatype: 
MEL 1551068 p.p. See Notes. 
Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, c. 2-8 cm long. Leaves ovate to 
lanceolate or obovate or linear, 2. 5-6. 7 mm long, 0.5- 1.9 mm wide, glabrous or 
cobwebby. Capitula c. 2-3 mm diam. Involucral bracts c. 15-20, in 3 rows, all bracts 
prominently incurved; outer bracts ovate to widely ovate or widely elliptic, 2. 4-3. 5 
mm long, 0.8- 1.9 mm wide, scarious, silvery translucent, at least the upper margins 
ciliate; innermost bracts subcartilaginous, terete, with a small ciliate hyaline apex, 
in all 1-1.5 mm long, c. 0.2 mm wide. Receptacle flat, glabrous. Outer florets, female, 
22-49; corolla c. 1.5 mm long. Inner florets bisexual, 7-11; corolla c. 1.5 mm long; 
lobes 4, minute, papillose within, sparsely glandular puberulous outside. Stamens 
4; anthers 0.41-0.5 mm; microsporangia 0.31-0.41 mm long; apical appendages 
triangular, 0.08-0.1 mm long. Cypselas obovoid or ellipsoid, 0. 5-0.7 mm long, 
0.25-0.35 mm diam. Pappus absent. 
Distribution: 
See generic treatment. 
Ecology & Reproductive Biology: 
Apparently restricted to saline habitats, as reflected by the following collectors’ 
notes: ‘ . . . saline depression. Halosarcia sp., Lawrencia squamata, Hydrocotyle 
medicaginoides, Angianthus preissianus'] ‘edge of . . . saline depression ... in low 
shrubland [with] Halosarcia sp., Rhagodia candolleana, Frankenia pauciflora ’; ‘In 
higher parts of samphire with Halosarcia pergranulata, H. pruinosa. Gypseous soil.’ 
and ‘Margin of samphire mud flats/salt swamp ... in small patches in sand . . . 
[with] dwarf shrubs of Frankenia & Chenopodiaceae’. 
The inconspicuous habit of the plant, its anther size and a pollemovule ratio 
of c. 56 (determined from a single capitulum with 9 bisexual florets, 31 female 
florets and a total of 248 pollen grains in the bisexual floret examined) are indicative 
of self-pollination. 
Notes: 
The lectotype sheet contains two labels. One is a standard, blue, herbarium 
label and has the words ‘Entrance of the Murray-River. (1883). 1886 Prof. Tate\ 
The other, an original label in Tate’s hand, has ‘Composite. Scrub near Wellington. 

Page image

456153 Eucalyptus wimmerensis Muelleria 7(2): 193-194

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2): 193-194".

796992 Gnephosis baracchiana Muelleria 7(2): 222
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442366
Page is part of the work A Revision of Trichanthodium Sond. & F. Muell. ex Sond. (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184025
560800 Gnephosis Muelleria 7(2): 241
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442439
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027

Page text

241 
Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, to c. 7 cm long, cottony. Leaves alternate, 
linear, lanceolate or oblaneeolate. c. 0.5-1.05 cm long, 0705-0.15 cm wide, cottony 
Compound heads ovoid to widely ovoid or ellipsoid to widely ellipsoid. 0.6-1 cm 
long, 0.5-0. 7 cm diam: bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous 
involucre c. 1/3 the length of the headT bracts leaf-like but with" hyaline apices. 
Capitula c. 30-60 per compound head. Capindum subtending bracts and capitular 
bracts flat to conduplicate, narrowly elliptic or lanceolate. 2. 2-3.2 mm long. 0. 6-0.9 
mm wide, mainly hyaline but with a green midrib extending c. 1 3-3 4 the length 
of the bract; lamina often with a distinct constriction in the"dorsal pan. apex often 
yellowish: rarely glabrous, usually with long hairs, particularly near the apex of the 
midrib. Florets 1 per capitulunt;' corolla 5-lobed. tube 1 .7-2.2 mm long. Stamens 
5; anthers 1.14-1.17 mm long, with microsporangia 0.9-0.98 mm long,"the apical 
appendage 0.19-0.24 mm long. Cypselas mature) not seen. Pappus a"jagged cup. 
0.3-0.4 mm long. 
Distribution: 
Only known from the type locality near Cue. Western Australia. 
Ecology & Reproductive Biology: 
It is recorded on the type collection that the species was ‘growing on lower 
margin of calcrete rise near gypseous salt lake'. 
A pollemovule ratio of 4,820, determined from a single floret of Wilson 12331. 
suggests that the species commonly cross-pollinates. 
Notes: 
1. The specific epithet reflects the fact that this is one of only two species 
of Angianrhus with single-flowered capitula. This means that in the previously 
published key to species (Short 1983 ) A. uniflorus will key to lead 2 and be associated 
with A. microcephalus. the other species with a single floret in each capitulunt. The 
latter is readily distinguished by the pappus which consists of two or three scales, 
each of which terminates in a barbellate bristle. 
2. In the majority of species of Angianthus at least one capitulum-subtending 
bract and four capitular bracts (the outer two conduplicate. the inner two flat) are 
usually distinguishable. This is not the case in A. uniflorus and probably reflects 
that fact that one. not two florets occur in each capitulum. floret number to some 
extent determining the arrangement of bracts. In all other respects the bracts resemble 
those typically found in Angianthus. 
3. The species is only known to me from the type locality and is therefore 
a candidate for the conservation status ‘IK" (Leigh et al. 1984). 
Gnephosis Cass. 
I have noted elsewhere (Short 1897, 1990) that Gnephosis Cass, is an unnatural 
genus and that Gnephosis s. str. possibly contains only six species, Le. G. drummondii 
(A. Gray) P. S. Short. G. multiflora (P. S. Short) P. S. Short. G. tenuissima Cass., 
G. tridens (Short) P. S. Short and G. trifida (Short) P. S. Short and G. uniflora (Turcz.) 
P. S. Short. The aforementioned species have an erect habit, often elongated compound 
heads which lack a general involucre, an unbranched general receptacle, distinctive, 
leaf-like capitulum-subtending bracts and possess scale-like hairs on the leaves and 
major axes. Initially I felt that at least G. setifera was probably generically distinct 
from the other species mentioned, characterized by its prostrate habit, compound 
heads with a well developed involucre, a branched general receptacle, and a general 
vestiture of bristles, not scale-like hairs. However, w ith the discovery of G. cassiniana. 
my opinions have altered. This species looks very similar to two other, possibly 
conspecific species, G. brex'ifolia (A. Gray) Benth. and G. eriocephala (A. Gray) Benth. 
All three are characterized by compound heads w'hich lack a general involucre. 

Page image

551452 Gnephosis cassiniana Muelleria 7(2): 242
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442440
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027

Page text

242 
a branched general receptacle, one or several leaf-like capitulum subtending bracts, 
and glabrous leaves. Some of these features are shared with either G. setifera or 
G. tenuissima and allied species with scale-like hairs. 
Most importantly all of the species mentioned above are united by similarities 
in the fruit and capitular bracts. In all cases the fruit are small, pink or purple, 
glabrous or with scattered papillae, and have a thin pericarp which lacks sclerenchyma 
and contains two vascular bundles. Fruits do differ in the presence of what would 
normally be deemed a carpopodium. This always seems to be present in G. tenuissima 
and allied species but cannot be discerned in other species. However a short pedicel, 
resembling an annular carpopodium, is discernible on the partial receptacle of these 
species. Although there is considerable variation in the number of morphology of 
the capitulum-subtending bracts the capitular bracts have similar structure, always 
being essentially hyaline and with ciliate or long-ciliate margins. 
Gnephosis cassiniana P. S. Short sp. nov. 
Herba annua. Axes niaiores erecti, 1-6 cm longi, glabri; caulis simplex vel e nodis basalibus 
ramificans. Folia ad basem opposita, supera alterna, sessilia, integra, succulenta, praecipue elliptica 
vel ovata sed infima linearia vel oblanceolata, 0.35-1.2 cm longa, 0.6-2.4 mm lata, glabra. Glomeruli 
ellipsoidei vel obovoidei, 0.35-1 .2 cm longi, 0.25-0.8 cm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes 
involucrum conspicuum non formantes sed aliquot bracteae foliiformes praesentes; receptaculum 
glabrum vel sparse pilosum. Capitula (2-)6-30. Bracteae capitulum subtendentes 1, foliiformes, 
succulentae, obovatae usque latissime obovatae vel circularis usque oblatae vel latissime ovatae, 
2. 8-3. 8 mm longae, 1 .7-3.9 mm latae, superis marginibus hyalinis, infernis marginibus longe pilosis. 
Bractaea intra capitulum 9-12, anguste ellipticae vel lanceolatae vel interdum lineares, 1.7-3 mm 
longae, 0.2-0.4 mm latae; bracteae marginibus longe pilosis, duo exteriores bracteae virides; 
interiores in verticillis uno plusve praecipue hyalinae. Receptaculum glabrum. Flosculi 4-16; corolla 
5-lobata, tubos 1.35-1.5 mm longos. Styli rami truncati. Stamina 5; antherae 0.72-0.8 mm longae, 
sporangiis 0.56-0.64 mm longiis, appendice terminali 0.14-0.18 mm longa. Cypselae obovoideae, 
0.4-0.5 mm longae, c. 0.3 mm diametro, roseae. Pappus absens. 
HOLOTYPUS: Western Australia, c. 2.5 km S of Binnu along Geraldton road. 28° 03'S, 
1 14° 40'E. 20.ix. 1983, Short 2134 (MEL 693806). ISOTYPI: AD, CANB, MEL (wet 
colln), NSW, PERTH. 
Annual herb, 1-6 cm high. Major axes erect, glabrous; stem simple or forming 
major branches at basal nodes; major axes sometimes developing minor shoots. Leaves 
opposite at the base, the upper ones alternate, sessile, entire, variably succulent, 
mainly elliptic or ovate but with the lowermost linear vel oblanceolate, 0.35-1.2 
cm long, 0.6-2.4 mm wide, glabrous. Compound heads ellipsoid or obovoid, 0.35- 1 .2 
cm long, 0.25-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads not forming a 
conspicuous involucre but several leaf-like bracts present, grading into capitulum- 
subtending bracts present, grading into capitulum-subtending bracts. General 
receptacle a simple axis with the capitula on very short peduncles (to c. 0.3 mm), 
glabrous or with a few long hairs. Capitula (2-)6-30 per compound head, each 
capitulum with 1 abaxial, leaf-like, variably succulent subtending bract that overlaps 
the capitular bracts. Capitulum subtending bracts ovate to widely depressed obovate 
or circular to oblate or very widely ovate, 2. 8-3. 8 mm long, 1.7-3. 9 mm wide, 
the upper margins narrowly hyaline, the lower margins with long hairs, apex barely 
mucronate. Capitular bracts 9- 1 2, narrowly elliptic or lanceolate or sometimes linear, 
1.7-3 mm long, 0. 2-0.4 mm wide, the outer pair of mainly green bracts enclosing 
one or more inner whorls of mainly hyaline bracts, all bracts with long hairs on 
the margins. Partial receptacle naked. Florets 4-16 per capitulum; corolla 5-iobed, 
tube 1.35-1.5 mm long; style branches truncate. Stamens 5; anthers 0.72-0.8 mm 
long, the microsporangia 0.56-0.64 mm long, the apical appendage 0.14-0.18 mm 
long. Cypselas obovoid. 0.4-0.5 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diam., pint. Pappus absent. 
(Fig. 1) 
Distribution: 
Western Australia. Only known from the type locality near Binnu and from 
the western edge of Mongers Lake. 

Page image

818065 Gnephosis codonopappus Muelleria 7(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2)".

560802 Gnephosis drummondii Muelleria 7(2): 241
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442439
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027
818066 Gnephosis exilis Muelleria 7(2): 221
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442365
Page is part of the work A Revision of Trichanthodium Sond. & F. Muell. ex Sond. (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184025
560803 Gnephosis multiflora Muelleria 7(2): 241
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442439
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027
551453 Gnephosis setifera Muelleria 7(2): 244
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442442
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027

Page text

244 
Notes: 
1 . The specific epithet commemorates French botanist Alexandre-Henri Gabriel 
de Cassini (1781-1832). 
2. This species seems to have its strongest affinities to G. brevifolia (A. Gray) 
Benth. and G. eriocephala (A. Gray) Benth. (both closely related to each other and 
possibly conspecific) but is readily distinguished by virtue of its succulent leaves 
and the well-developed hyaline margins and succulent nature of the capitulum- 
subtending bracts. It is also similar in habit to some forms of G. tenuissima, from 
which it is readily distinguished by the lack of scale-like hairs on the leaves and 
major axes. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia— c. 2.5 kmSofBinnu, 1 1. ix.l 986, Short 2848, Amerena & Fuhrer (MEL PERTH)- 
6 km S of Warriedar HS near west bank of Mongers Lake, 26.ix.1986, Wilson 12298 (MEL 1553236' 
PERTH n.v.). 
Gnephosis setifera P. S. Short, sp. now. 
Herba annua , plerumque ramificans, interdum solum glomerulus sessilis in rosula basali foliarum; 
axes maiores prostrati, 0.2-0. 5 cm longi, setis dispersis. Folia sessilia, integra, infima opposita, 
supera alterna, oblanceolata vel spathulata, 0.35-1.5 cm longa, 0.15-0.26 cm lata, setis dispersis 
Glomeruli lati depressi ovoidei usque depressi ovoidei, 0.3-0.5 cm alti, 0.5-1 .6 cm diametro; bracteae 
glomerulos subtendentes involucrum conspicuum formantes, foliiformes, uno-vel duo-seriales; 
receptaculum ramosum. Capitula c. 10-45. Bracteae intra capitulum duo vel tri-seriales, exteriores 
1-4, foliiformes, setis et pilis longis-flexuosis, interiores c. 8-12, uno-vel duo-seriales, praecipue 
hyalinae, marginibus long ciliatis, pagina exteriore pilis longis flexuosis. Flosculi 5-1 1 , hermaphroditi, 
tubularae; corolla 5-lobata. Stamina 5; antherae 0.85-0.88 mm longae, sporangiis 0.68-0.72 mm 
longiis, appendicibus terminalibus 0.15-0.18 mm longibus. Cypselae obovoideae, 0.44-0.57 mm 
longae, roseae; pericarpium fascibus vascularibus 2; carpopodium absens. Pappus absens. 
HOLOTYPUS: Western Australia, c. 7 km south of Bunjil along road to Latham. 29° 42'S, 
116 24 E. 16.ix. 1986, Short 2955, Amerena & Fuhrer ( MEL 117004) Isotypus- 
PERTH. 
Annual herb , sometimes a single compound head sessile in a basal rosette of 
leaves, usually branching; major axes prostrate, 0.2-0.5 cm long, with scattered bristles. 
Leaves sessile, entire, the lowermost opposite, the upper alternate, oblanceolate or 
spathulate, 0.35-1.5 cm long, 0.15-0.26 cm wide, with scattered bristles. Compound 
heads broadly depressed to depressed ovoid, 0.3-0.5 cm high, 0.5- 1.6 cm diam.; 
bracts subtending the compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre, leaf-like, 
in 1 or 2 rows; general receptacle branching. Capitula c. 10-45 per compound head. 
Capitular bracts in 2 or 3 rows, c. the length of the florets; outer bracts 1 -4, leaf- 
like, with bristles and long-flexuose hairs; inner bracts c. 8-12, in 1 or 2 rows, 
usually hyaline but partly green and opaque, the margins long-ciliate, the outer surface 
with some long-flexuose hairs. Florets 5-1 1 per capitulum, bisexual; corolla tubular, 
5-lobed. Stamens 5; anthers 0.85-0.88 mm long, the microsporangia 0.68-0.72 mm 
long, the apical appendage 0.15-0.18 mm long. Cypselas obovoid, dark pink, 
0.44-0.57 mm long, 0.27-0.33 mm diam.; pericarp with 2 vascular bundles; 
carpopodium absent. Pappus absent. (Fig. 2) 
Distribution: 
Western Australia. Only known from the Monger Drainage System (Bettenay 
&Mulcahy 1972). J 
Ecology & Reproductive Biology: 
The species seems to be restricted to sandy saline soils. Collectors’ notes include: 
‘in sand amongst Gunniopsis in a zone between the samphire of the saline depression 
and a sandy ridge dominated by Melaleuca' and ‘in sand with Halosarcia and Atriplex'. 
A pollen:ovule ratio of 1,664, determined from a single floret of Short 2956 
et al., suggests that plants commonly cross-pollinate. 

Page image

818063 Gnephosis skirrophora Muelleria 7(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2)".

560805 Gnephosis tenuissima Muelleria 7(2): 241
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442439
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027
560806 Gnephosis tridens Muelleria 7(2): 241
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442439
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027
560807 Gnephosis trifida Muelleria 7(2): 241
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442439
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027
560809 Gnephosis uniflora Muelleria 7(2): 241
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442439
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027
552305 Haegiela Muelleria 7(2): 259
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442457
Page is part of the work Haegiela, a new genus of Australian Asteraceae (Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), with notes on the Genus Epaltes Cass, doi:10.5962/p.184029

Page text

HAEG1ELA, A NEW GENUS OF AUSTRALIAN ASTERACEAE (INULEAE: 
GNAPHALIINAE), WITH NOTES ON THE GENUS EPALTES Cass. 
by 
P. S. Short* and Paul G. Wilson! 
ABSTRACT 
Short, P. S. and Wilson, Paul G. Haegiela, a new genus of Australian Asteraceae 
(Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), with notes on the genus Epaltes Cass. Muelleria 7(2): 259-265 
(1990). The monotypic, endemic Australian genus, Haegiela P. S. Short & Paul G. 
Wilson, is described. The new combination Haegiela tatei (F. Muell.) P. S. Short 
& Paul G. Wilson is made, a lectotype is selected, and notes on the distribution, 
habitat and affinities of the genus are provided. The genus Epaltes Cass, is considered 
not to occur in Australia; an indication is given of the correct placement of those 
Australian species currently included in it. 
INTRODUCTION 
Epaltes Cass, is well known to be a heterogeneous taxon (Merxmiiller et al 
1978) and for some years we have been aware that E tatei F. Muell. must be excluded 
from the genus. In his original description of E tatei, Mueller (1833, pp. 31-32) 
noted that he had not ventured ‘to exclude this interesting little weed from a generic 
position in Epaltes ’ although various features warranted the assignation ‘to the species 
sectional rank under the name Petalopholis'. The aberrant position of E tatei in 
the genus was also noted by Leins (1971). With an account of the Asteraceae due 
for the Flora of Australia in the 1990s we take this opportunity to describe the 
genus. 
The study of E tatei required us to examine Australian taxa currently placed 
in Epaltes ; these were found to belong to other genera of the Plucheinae. 
TAXONOMY 
Haegiela P. S. Short et Paul G. Wilson, gen. nov. 
Herba annua, indumentum eglandulosum, arachnoideum pilis basin squamiformibus. Axes majores 
ascendentes usque erecti. Folia sessilia, bases versus ad ramos laterales adnata, integra, alterna, 
ovata ad lanceolata vel obovata, infima opposita. Ramificatio monopodialis; capitula solitaria, ut 
videtur subsessilia et axillaria, heterogama, c. 2-3 mm diametro. Bracteae involucri c. 15 r 20, in 
seriebus tribus ordinatis; bracteae exteriores imbricatae, ovatae ad late ovatae vel late ellipticae, 
scariosae, translucentes, argenteae, quidem marginibus superioribus viliatis, raro bracteo infimo 
foliiformi; bracteae interiores subcartilagineae, teretes, bracteis exterioribus c. 1/2 breviores, 
interdum apicibus hyalinis ciliatis. Receptaculum planum, glabrum. Flosculi 36-60. Flosculi exteriores 
filiformi, feminei, 22-49. Flosculi interiores hermaphroditi, 7-1 1; corolla tubulares, versus apicem 
suberceolata; lobi 4, brevissimi, facie interiora papillosi. Stamina 4; antherae caudae filamentosae; 
appendices steriles breviter oblongae, cellulis oblongis (parietibus tenuibus) fabricatis. Stylus 
filiformis, ramis brevissimis, truncatis. Cypselae subobovoideae vel ellipsoideae, subpapillatae; 
carpopodium parvum; pericarpium hyalinum testam tenuem conjunctum. Pappus carens. 
Typus: H. tatei (F. Muell.) P. S. Short & Paul G. Wilson 
Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect; indumentum eglandular, cobwebby 
with filamentous, linear, multicellular hairs that become flattened at the base. 
Branching monopodial, the axis terminating in a capitulum. Leaves sessile, towards 
the base adnate to the lateral branch, entire, ovate to lanceolate or obovate or linear, 
at least the lower ones opposite and connate. Capitula axillary, solitary, subsessile, 
heterogamous, c. 2-3 mm diam. Involucral bracts c. 15-20, in 3 rows, all bracts 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
t Western Australian Herbarium, P.O. Box 104, Como, Western Australia, Australia 6152. 
259 

Page image

551455 Haegiela tatei Muelleria 7(2): 263
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442461
Page is part of the work Haegiela, a new genus of Australian Asteraceae (Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), with notes on the Genus Epaltes Cass, doi:10.5962/p.184029
551457 Hibbertia acuminata Muelleria 7(2): 290
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442488
Page is part of the work New Species of Hibbertia Andr. (Dilleniaceae) in New South Wales, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184031

Page text

290 
Flowering Period: 
August to November. 
Etymology: 
The specific epithet refers to the indumentum of the branches and leaves. 
Conservation Status: 
Risk Code = 2R (Briggs & Leigh 1988). 
Additional Specimens Examined: 
New South Wales — Northern Tablelands: Floyd s.n., 3 1.x. 1956, c. 20 miles E of Glen Innes, along 
the Gwyder Highway, Gibraltar Range State Forest (NSW 85998); Floyd s.n, 1 .xi. 1 956, along Kempsey- 
Armidale road, Styx River State Forest (NSW 85997); McGillivray 2417, 20.ix.1966, 39.5 km ENE of 
Glen Innes, on the Gwydir Highway (NSW); Williams 601 & Winterhalder, 5.x. 1958, 40 miles E of Glen 
Innes, Gibraltar Range State Forest (NSW 85996); Burgess s.n, 26.ix.1960, 36 miles ENE of Glen Innes 
(NSW 85994); Burgess s.n, 26.ix.1960, Boundary Creek, 35 miles E of Glen Innes (NSW 85995). North 
Coast: Waterhouse & Gee s.n, 3 1 .viii. 1 979, just E of 1st crossing of Forbes River, Hastings Forest Highway, 
Mt Boss State Forest (NSW). 
Notes: 
This species has close affinities with H. diffusa R.Br. ex DC. However, H. 
diffusa has glabrous sepals and the branches and leaves are shortly hairy, often 
appearing glabrous. Furthermore, the leaves are often toothed or slightly lobed in 
H. diffusa. 
The ‘inner’ sepals refer to those that are marginally overlapped by the adjacent 
sepals in the quincuncial arrangement. 
2. Hibbertia acuminata Conn, sp. nov. 
Frutices erecti vel procumbentes, 0.3-1 m alti. Ramuli et folia juvenilia pilis albidis moderate ad 
dense obtecta; pili patentes ad antrorsi, 0.3-1 mm longi. Folia sessilia; lamina anguste obovata, 
10-35 mm longa, 2-10 mm lata, plana, basi attenuata, margine integro vel interdum distale dentato, 
apice plus minusve obtuso et cum mucrone circa 0.5 mm longo. Flores axillares, sessiles. Sepala 
ovata, 7-10 mm longa, margine incurvato, apice acuminato et ciliato, pagina externa moderate 
ad dense pilosa, interiores glabris. Petala spatulata, circa 12 mm longa, circa 10 mm lata. Stamina 
in fasciculis 3, circum carpella, cira 40-45, 2-3 mm longa. Carpella 3, glabra. 
TYPUS: Blakely & Shiress s.n.., -.vii.1922, Ramornie, 3 mile NW of Copmanhust, 
North Coast, New South Wales (HOLOTYPUS: NSW 86434; ISOTYPl: NSW 86440 
& NSW 219491). 
Erect shrub or sometimes weak and procumbent, 0.3-1 m high; branches and 
young leaves moderately to densely hairy; hairs whitish, spreading to antrorse, 0.3-1 
mm long. Leaves sessile, with lamina narrowly obovate, 10-35 mm long, 2-10 mm 
wide, flat; base tapering; margin entire or occasionally toothed distally; apex obtuse 
with a small blunt mucro c. 0.5 mm long. Flowers axillary, sessile. Bracts 3-4 mm 
long, moderately hairy. Sepals ovate, 7-10 mm long; margin incurved distally, such 
that apex appearing acuminate and ciliate; outer surface densely hairy; inner surface 
glabrous. Petals spathulate, c. 12 mm long, c. 10 mm wide. Stamens usually arranged 
in 3 groups around carpels, c. 40-45, 2-3 mm long. Carpels 3, glabrous. Seeds 
subglobular, mid-brown, smooth, 2-2.5 mm diameter. 
Habitat: 
Occasional shrub in coastal heathlands or sclerophyll forests of the ranges. 
Associated species include Banksia serratifolia, Melaleuca nodosa, Persoonia cornifolia, 
P. virgata, Leucopogon virgatus and Styphelia triflora (McGillivray 2304). Occurs in 
sandy to rocky soil overlying sandstone. 
Flowering Period: 
July to November. 

Page image

465036 Hibbertia Muelleria 7(2): 289
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442487
Page is part of the work New Species of Hibbertia Andr. (Dilleniaceae) in New South Wales, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184031

Page text

NEW SPECIES OF HIBBERTIA Andr. (DILLENIACEAE) 
IN NEW SOUTH WALES, AUSTRALIA. 
by 
Barry J. Conn* 
ABSTRACT 
Conn, Barry J. New species of Hibbertia (Dilleniaceae) in New South Wales, Australia. 
Muelleria 7(2): 289-294 (1990).— Hibbertia acuminata, H. covenyana, H. circumdans , 
H. kaputarensis, H. marginata and H. villosa are described. 
INTRODUCTION 
The genus Hibbertia Andr. is known to contain many undescribed taxa. This 
paper validates six new names so that they may be included in a treatment of the 
genus for the forthcoming ‘Flora of New South Wales’. The elucidation of other 
undescribed taxa of this genus, within New South Wales, must await revisionary 
studies. 
The distribution summary and the selected citation of specimens examined 
are grouped according to Anderson (1961), as modified by Jacobs & Pickard (1981). 
All NSW Herbarium specimen numbers cited in this paper are treated as sheet numbers. 
1. Hibbertia villosa Conn, sp. nov. 
H. sp. A, Jacobs & Pickard, Plants of New South Wales — A census of the 
Cycads, Conifers and Angiosperms 1 10 (1981). 
Frutices erecti, 0.2- 1.3 m alti. Ramuli dense ad moderate villos; pili albidi patentes ad antrorsi, 
1-3 mm longi. Folia dense ad moderate villosa, sessilia; lamina anguste obovata usque spatulata, 
7-27 mm longa, 3-10 mm lata, plana, basi attenuata, margine integro vel dentato, apice plus 
minusve obtuso et cum mucrone circa 0.2 mm longo. Flores axillares, sessiles. Sepala anguste 
ovata, 6.3-9 mm longa, apice acuto, sepalis interioibus glabris, sepalis aliis vestitis distaliter. Petala 
spatulata, 10-23 mm longa, 7-10 mm lata. Stamina in fasciculis 3, circum carpella 15-25, 3.8-4 
mm longa. Carpella plerumque 3, glabra. Fructus haud visus. 
TypuS: Lander 526, 3.x. 1974, c. 1 .5 km S of ‘The Haystack’ on Wade’s Road, Gibraltar 
Range National Park, Northern Tablelands, New South Wales (HOLOTYPUS: NSW: 
ISOTYPUS: MEL). 
Erect shrub, slender to robust, 0.2- 1.3 m high; branches and leaves densely 
to moderately villous; hairs whitish, spreading to antrorse, 1-3 mm long, leaves 
sessile, with lamina narrowly obovate to spathulate, 7-27 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, 
flat; base tapering; margin entire or occasionally toothed; apex obtuse with a small 
blunt mucro c. 0.2 mm long. Flowers axillary, sessile. Bracts c. 1.5 mm long, densely 
hairy (as for leaves). Sepals narrowly ovate, 6.3-9 mm long; apex acute; 2 ‘inner’ 
sepals glabrous; remaining sepals with outer surface glabrous basally and hairy on 
distal half, inner surface glabrous basally and sparsely hairy distally. Petals spathulate, 
10-23 mm long, 7-10 mm wide. Stamens usually arranged in 3 groups around carpels, 
15-25, 3.8-4 mm long. Carpels usually 3, glabrous. Fruits not seen. 
Habitat: 
Occurs in open forests dominated by Eucalyptus obliqua, E. cameronii, E. andrewsi 
(Waterhouse & Gee s.n.) and E resinifera (Williams 601). Associated species include 
Melichrus procumbens, Petrophile canescens, Restio fimbriatus and Lepyrodia scariosa 
(McGillivray 2417). It grows in shallow skeletal sandy soils overlying granite. 
* National Herbarium of New South Wales, Mrs Maquarie’s Road, Sydney, New South Wales, Australia 
2000 . 
289 

Page image

551514 Hibbertia circumdans Muelleria 7(2): 293
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442491
Page is part of the work New Species of Hibbertia Andr. (Dilleniaceae) in New South Wales, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184031

Page text

293 
Notes: 
This species shares many features with H. sericea (R.Br. ex DC.) Benth. (viz. 
both have stellate indumentum, more or less oblong leaves and a few stamens arrranged 
to one side of the 2 carpels), however the flowers of this species are pedicellate 
(i cf. sessile in H. sericea). 
The ‘outer’ sepals refers to the 2 sepals that marginally overlap, at least in 
part, the other 3 sepals. 
5. Hibbertia circumdans Conn, sp. nov. 
Frutices erecti. 0.2-0. 6 (-1.3) m alti. Ramuli pilis albidis dense obtecti; pili crispi ad stricti plus 
minusve antrorsi, 0.1-1 mm longi. Folia sessilia; lamina spatulata, 5-12 mm longa, 1-5 mm lata, 
plicata, margine lobato, apice truncato. Flores terminales, sessiles. Sepala ovata, 5-6.5 mm longa, 
glabra, margine ciliato, apice rotundato. Petala spatulata, 5.5-1 1 mm longa, 6-1 1 mm lata. Stamina 
circum carpella, 15-30, 2-2.5 mm longa. Carpella 3, glabra. Fructus haud visus. 
TypuS: Hoogland 12320, 7.xi.l972, Glen Davis Road, 3 miles from Capertee, Central 
Tablelands, New South Wales (Holotypus: NSW: ISOTYPI n.v., CANB, HBG, K, 
L, UC). 
Erect shrub 0.2-0.6(-1.3) m high; branches moderately hairy; hairs whitish, 
curled to straight, antrorse, 0.1-1 mm long. Leaves sessile, moderately to sparsely 
hairy, with lamina spathulate, 5-12 mm long, 1-5 mm wide, folded longitudinally, 
recurved; base abruptly long tapering; margin usually with 2, prominent lobes distally; 
apex truncate. Flowers terminal on short branchlets, sessile. Bracts c. 2 mm long. 
Sepals ovate, 5-6.5 mm long, glabrous except for ciliate margin; apex rounded. Petals 
spathulate, 5.5-1 1 mm long, 6-1 1 mm wide. Stamens arranged around carpels, 15-30, 
2-2.5 mm long. Carpels 3, glabrous. Fruits not seen. 
Habitat: 
This widespread, and often common species forms part of the shrub layer of 
open sclerophyll forests and tall woodlands in sandy sandstone-derived soils or gravelly 
clays. 
Flowering Period: 
Mostly August to November. 
Etymology: 
The specific epithet refers to the arrangement of the stamens around the carpels. 
Conservation Status: 
This species does not appear to be endangered. 
Additional Selected Specimens Examined (22 seen): 
New South Wales — Central Coast: Whaite 1061, 30.ix. 1 95 1 , Little River, Buxton (NSW 86383); 
Dunn & James 579, 1 .xi. 1 984, Appin to Wilton Road at crossing of Cataract River, c. 5 km SW of 
Appin (NSW). Central Tablelands: Coveny 3582, 7.iv. 1 97 1 , 8 miles N of Clarence on the Newnes Tunnel 
Road (NSW); Hoogland 12321, 7.xi.l972, Along Capertee River c. 3 miles below Glen Davis (NSW). 
North Western Slopes: Boorman s.n., -.ix. 1916, Coonabarabran (NSW 86470). Central Western Slopes: 
Hoogland 12314 & 12315, 6.xi. 1972, Lees Pinch, c. 30 miles NE of Mudgee (NSW). 
Notes: 
This species shares many features with H. monogyna R.Br. ex DC. (viz. both 
have spathulate lobed leaves, an indumentum of simple hairs and the stamens arranged 
around the carpels), however the flowers of this species have 3 carpels (cf. one 
in H. monogyna) and 15-30 stamens (cf. 10-12 in H. monogyna). 

Page image

551459 Hibbertia covenyana Muelleria 7(2): 292
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442490
Page is part of the work New Species of Hibbertia Andr. (Dilleniaceae) in New South Wales, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184031

Page text

292 
Additional Specimens Examined: 
New South Wales — North Western Slopes: Boorman s.n., -.vi.1904, Howell (NSW 86179); Rodd 
4238, 2.xii. 1 984, Waa Gorge, Nandewar Range (NSW). Northern Tablelands: Constable 62, 14.xii.1961, 
Coryah Gap, Nandewar Range, c. 20 miles ENE of Narrabri (NSW 66295); Coveny 8873 & Roy, 2 1 ,xi. 1 976, 
26 km ENE of Narrabri towards Dawsons Springs (NSW); Hoogland 12302, 3.xi. 1972, along Mt Kaputar 
road (NSW). 
Notes: 
This species is closely related to H. obtusifolia. This new species is characterized 
by the densely rusty-tomentose to whitish-tomentose calyx ( cf H. obtusifolia that 
has a sparsely hairy or glabrous calyx, often with margin ciliate). 
4. Hibberlia covenyana Conn, sp. nov. 
Frutices erecti vel semiprostrati, usque 0.5 m alti. Ramuli et folia cum pilis stellatis simplicibusque 
albidis dense obtecta; pili circa 0.1 mm longi vel 0.6-1 mm longi. Folia sessilia; lamina oblonga, 
4-10 mm Ionga, 1-2 mm lata, basi plus minusve acuta, margine integro et recurvato, apice obtuso. 
Flores axillares, pedicellati, pedicello 10-15 mm longo. Sepala ovata, 7.5-10 mm longa, apice 
acuto, extra dense tomentoso, sepalis interioribus ex parte glabris. Petala spatulata, 10-14 mm 
longa, 10-13 mm lata. Stamina unilateralia, 7-10, circa 4 mm longa. Carpella 2, tomentosa, cum 
pilis simplicibus albidis. Fructus haud visus. 
TYPUS: Coveny 9042 & Roy, 24.xi.1976, 82 km SSW of Narrabri by road towards 
Coonabarabran, North Western Slopes, New South Wales (HOLOTYPUS: NSW: ISOTYPI 
n.v.: A, CANB, K, L, LE, MO, PRE, RSA). 
Erect shrub branching from near base or semiprostrate, to 0.5 m high; branches 
and leaves densely hairy; hairs whitish, short hairs stellate (c. 0.1 mm long) and 
long hairs simple (0.6-1 mm long). Leaves sessile, with lamina oblong, 4-10 mm 
long, 1-2 mm wide; base acute; margin entire, recurved such that most of abaxial 
surface not visible; apex obtuse. Flowers axillary, pedicellate; pedicel 10-15 mm 
long (as short as 5 mm long in bud). Bracts 3.5-6. 5 mm long, densely hairy (as 
for leaves). Sepals ovate, 7.5-10 mm long; apex acute; outer surface densely hairy, 
with stellate hairs persistent and simple hairs soon deciduous; ‘outer’ 2 sepals with 
inner surface moderately to densely covered with stellate hairs; remaining 3 sepals 
with inner surface glabrous, except for a few stellate hairs near apex. Petals spathulate, 
10-14 mm long, 10-13 mm wide. Stamens arranged on one side of carpels, 7-10, 
c. 4 mm long. Carpels 2, densely hairy with white simple hairs. Fruits not seen. 
Habitat: 
This species occurs in Eucalyptus dealbata dominated woodlands, associated 
with Triodia sp. and Xanthorrhoea australis (Rodd s.n., 29. ix. 1968). It occurs in 
trachyte-derived soils near the summit of Mt Nombi (altitude c. 700 m) ( Rodd s.n.) 
or common in light brown sand with lateritic gravel ( Coveny 9042). 
Flowering Period: 
September to November. 
Etymology: 
The specific epithet honours Robert Coveny who has made extensive collections 
throughout Australia, in particular New South Wales, and who collected the type 
specimen. 
Conservation Status: 
The conservation status of this species is not known. 
Additional Specimens Examined: 
New South Wales — North Western Slopes: Mackay 29, 1 9.xi. 1 98 1 , Denobollie State Forest (NSW); 
Rodds.n., 29. ix. 1968, Mt Nombi, 17 miles SW ofMullalley (NSW — 2 sheets). 

Page image

551458 Hibbertia kaputarensis Muelleria 7(2): 291
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442489
Page is part of the work New Species of Hibbertia Andr. (Dilleniaceae) in New South Wales, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184031

Page text

291 
Etymology: 
The specific epithet refers to shape of the sepals. 
Conservation Status: 
The conservation status of this species is not known. 
Additional Specimens Examined: 
New South Wales — North Coast: Blakely & Shiress s.n., -.vii.1922, Mt Mullengen, 4 mile E of 
Ramornie (NSW 86435); Boorman s.n., -,ix. 1 909, Byron Bay (NSW 86412); Boorman s.n., -.x.1909, 
Coledale Creek, Coledale Road (NSW 86436); Boorman s.n., -.v.1916, Cangai, Upper Clarence River 
(NSW 86439); Boorman s.n., -.viii. 1 9 1 6, Mt Warning, Tweed River (NSW 864 1 5); Constable s.n., 1 8.x. 1 96 1 , 
Corindi-Red Rock Road, 20 miles NNE of Coffs Harbour (NSW 66303); Dodkin 74, 24. ix. 1975, Cabbage 
Tree Creek, Mt Neville, NW of Whiporie (NSW); McGillivray 2304, 5.vii. 1 966, 0.75 miles from coast 
and c. 5 miles directly S of Wooli (NSW); Rupp s.n., -.ix.1909, Copmanhust (NSW 86402). 
Notes: 
This species has close affinities with H. obtusifolia DC. It differs from that 
species by having the margin of the sepals incurved such that the sepals appear 
acuminate (margin of sepals not incurved in H. obtusifolia, so apex obtuse to acute). 
A smaller- leafed variant (c. 10 mm long), represented by Boorman s.n., -.xi.1909 
(NSW 86412), Boorman s.n., -.v.1916 (NSW 86439) and Boorman s.n., -,viii. 1916 
(NSW 86415) may represent a distinct taxon. 
3. Hibbertia kaputarensis Conn, sp. nov. 
Frutices erecti, 0.4-0.6 m alti. Ramuli et folia pilis albidis dense obtecta; pili plus minusve antrorsi, 
0.2-1 mm longi. Folia sessilia; lamina anguste obovata, 10-40 mm longa, 2-7 mm lata, plana, 
basi attenuata, margine integro, apice rotundato vel emarginato, interdum parum apiculato. Flores 
axillares, sessiles. Sepala ovata, 6.5-10 mm longa, apice obtuso, pagina externa dense tomentosa, 
pagina interna glabro vel ad apicem pilosa. Petala spatulata, 9-12 mm longa, 9-13 mm lata. 
Stamina in fasciculis 3, circum carpella, circa 100, 4.5-6 mm longa. Carpella 3, glabra. Semina 
subglobulares, 2-2.5 mm diametro. 
Typus: Coveny 8892 & Roy, 2 1 .xi. 1976, Entrance to Mt Kaputar National Park 
on Dawsons Spring Road, 28 km ENE of Narrabri, Northern Tablelands, New South 
Wales (Holotypus: NSW). 
Erect shrub 0.4-0.6 high, branching from near base; branches and leaves densely 
hairy; hairs whitish, antrorse, 0.2-1 mm long. Leaves sessile, with lamina narrowly 
obovate, 10-40 mm long, 2-7 mm wide, flat; base tapering; margin entire; apex 
rounded or emarginate, sometimes slightly apiculate. Flowers axillary, sessile. Bracts 
c. 6.5 mm long, densely hairy. Sepals ovate, 6.5-10 mm long; apex obtuse; outer 
surface densely rusty- or white-tomentose; inner surface glabrous, except often hairy 
near apex. Petals spathulate, 9-12 mm long, 9-13 mm wide. Stamens usually arranged 
in 3 groups around carpels, c. 100, 4.5-6 mm long. Carpels 3, glabrous. Seeds 
subglobular, reddish mid-brown, smooth, 2-2.5 mm diameter. 
Habitat: 
A common species in heathlands and open forests in the Mt Kaputar National 
Park and adjacent hills. It occurs in shallow soils in rocky areas. 
Flowering Period: 
November to December. 
Etymology: 
The specific epithet refers to the occurrence of this species in the Mt Kaputar 
National Park and adjacent hills. 
Conservation Status: 
Risk Code = 2RC (Briggs & Leigh 1988). 

Page image

551460 Hibbertia marginata Muelleria 7(2): 294
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442492
Page is part of the work New Species of Hibbertia Andr. (Dilleniaceae) in New South Wales, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184031

Page text

294 
6. Hibbertia marginata Conn, sp. nov. 
Frutices usque 0.4 m alti. Ramuli pilis albidis moderate ad dense obtecti; pili stricti plus minusve 
patentes, 0.5-1 mm longi. Folia breviter petiolata, petiolo 0.5-1 mm longo; lamina anguste ovata 
ad suboblonga, 24-35 mm longa, 4-7 mm lata, plana, basi obtusa, margine integro et recurvo, 
apice obtuso ad parvum apiculato. Flores terminales, sessiles. Sepala ovata, 15-20 mm longa, 
ex parte pilis dense obtecta, apice acuminato. Petala spatulata, circa 20 mm longa, circa 16 mm 
lata. Stamina circum carpella, 30-40, 6.5-8 mm longa. Carpella 3, dense tomentosa. Fructus haud 
visus. 
TYPUS: Hill 2752, Johnson & Weston, 19.X.1987, Mt Neville fire trail, 0.5 km S 
of gate in tick fence, Mt Marsh State Forest, North Coast, New South Wales 
(HOLOTYPUS: NSW 206551). 
Suckering shrub to 0.4 m high; branches moderately to densely hairy; hairs 
whitish, straight, spreading, 0.5-1 mm long. Leaves shortly petiolate; petiole 0.5-1 mm 
long; lamina narrowly ovate to suboblong, 24-35 mm long, 4-7 mm wide, flat; 
base obtuse; margin entire, recurved; apex obtuse to slightly apiculate; both surfaces 
sparsely hairy. Flowers terminal on short branchlets, sessile. Bracts c. 10 mm long, 
leaf-like. Sepals ovate, 15-20 mm long, densely hairy, except for broad marginal 
and apical region; apex acuminate. Petals spathulate, c. 20 mm long, c. 16 mm 
wide. Stamens arranged around carpels, 30-40, 6.5-8 mm long. Carpels 3, densely 
hairy. Fruits not seen. 
Habitat: 
This species has been recorded as occurring in a grassy forest dominated by 
Eucalyptus pilularis, £. intermedia and Angophora woodsiana ( Hill 2752). It occurs 
in sandy loam amongst a rugged sandstone outcrop. 
Flowering Period: 
October. 
Etymology: 
The specific epithet refers to the distinct marginal region of the sepals. 
Conservation Status: 
Since this species is only known by the type collection, its conservation status 
is not known. It is locally frequent (Hill 2752) in the Mt Marsh State Forest. 
Notes: 
This species has its closest affinities with H. saligna R.Br. ex DC. It differs 
from that species by having shortly, but distinctly petiolate leaves ( cf H. saligna 
has sessile, slightly stem-clasping leaves), hairy carpels ( cf. H. saligna has glabrous 
carpels) and although both have hairy sepals, those of H. marginata have a broad 
marginal and apical region that is significantly less hairy than the rest of the sepals. 
REFERENCES 
Anderson, R. H. (1961). Introduction. Contrib. New South Wales Natl. Herb. nos. 1-18: 1-15. 
Briggs, J. D. & Leigh, J. H. (1988). ‘Rare or threatened Australian plants’. (Austral. Natl Parks & Wildlife 
Serv. Special Publ. 14 (Commonwealth of Australia: Canberra.), 278 pp. 
Jacobs, S. W. L. & Pickard, J. (1981). ‘Plants of New South Wales’. (D. West, Govt Printer: Sydney.), 
226 pp. 
Manuscript received 15 September 1989 

Page image

551513 Hibbertia villosa Muelleria 7(2): 289
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442487
Page is part of the work New Species of Hibbertia Andr. (Dilleniaceae) in New South Wales, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184031

Page text

NEW SPECIES OF HIBBERTIA Andr. (DILLENIACEAE) 
IN NEW SOUTH WALES, AUSTRALIA. 
by 
Barry J. Conn* 
ABSTRACT 
Conn, Barry J. New species of Hibbertia (Dilleniaceae) in New South Wales, Australia. 
Muelleria 7(2): 289-294 (1990).— Hibbertia acuminata, H. covenyana, H. circumdans , 
H. kaputarensis, H. marginata and H. villosa are described. 
INTRODUCTION 
The genus Hibbertia Andr. is known to contain many undescribed taxa. This 
paper validates six new names so that they may be included in a treatment of the 
genus for the forthcoming ‘Flora of New South Wales’. The elucidation of other 
undescribed taxa of this genus, within New South Wales, must await revisionary 
studies. 
The distribution summary and the selected citation of specimens examined 
are grouped according to Anderson (1961), as modified by Jacobs & Pickard (1981). 
All NSW Herbarium specimen numbers cited in this paper are treated as sheet numbers. 
1. Hibbertia villosa Conn, sp. nov. 
H. sp. A, Jacobs & Pickard, Plants of New South Wales — A census of the 
Cycads, Conifers and Angiosperms 1 10 (1981). 
Frutices erecti, 0.2- 1.3 m alti. Ramuli dense ad moderate villos; pili albidi patentes ad antrorsi, 
1-3 mm longi. Folia dense ad moderate villosa, sessilia; lamina anguste obovata usque spatulata, 
7-27 mm longa, 3-10 mm lata, plana, basi attenuata, margine integro vel dentato, apice plus 
minusve obtuso et cum mucrone circa 0.2 mm longo. Flores axillares, sessiles. Sepala anguste 
ovata, 6.3-9 mm longa, apice acuto, sepalis interioibus glabris, sepalis aliis vestitis distaliter. Petala 
spatulata, 10-23 mm longa, 7-10 mm lata. Stamina in fasciculis 3, circum carpella 15-25, 3.8-4 
mm longa. Carpella plerumque 3, glabra. Fructus haud visus. 
TypuS: Lander 526, 3.x. 1974, c. 1 .5 km S of ‘The Haystack’ on Wade’s Road, Gibraltar 
Range National Park, Northern Tablelands, New South Wales (HOLOTYPUS: NSW: 
ISOTYPUS: MEL). 
Erect shrub, slender to robust, 0.2- 1.3 m high; branches and leaves densely 
to moderately villous; hairs whitish, spreading to antrorse, 1-3 mm long, leaves 
sessile, with lamina narrowly obovate to spathulate, 7-27 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, 
flat; base tapering; margin entire or occasionally toothed; apex obtuse with a small 
blunt mucro c. 0.2 mm long. Flowers axillary, sessile. Bracts c. 1.5 mm long, densely 
hairy (as for leaves). Sepals narrowly ovate, 6.3-9 mm long; apex acute; 2 ‘inner’ 
sepals glabrous; remaining sepals with outer surface glabrous basally and hairy on 
distal half, inner surface glabrous basally and sparsely hairy distally. Petals spathulate, 
10-23 mm long, 7-10 mm wide. Stamens usually arranged in 3 groups around carpels, 
15-25, 3.8-4 mm long. Carpels usually 3, glabrous. Fruits not seen. 
Habitat: 
Occurs in open forests dominated by Eucalyptus obliqua, E. cameronii, E. andrewsi 
(Waterhouse & Gee s.n.) and E resinifera (Williams 601). Associated species include 
Melichrus procumbens, Petrophile canescens, Restio fimbriatus and Lepyrodia scariosa 
(McGillivray 2417). It grows in shallow skeletal sandy soils overlying granite. 
* National Herbarium of New South Wales, Mrs Maquarie’s Road, Sydney, New South Wales, Australia 
2000 . 
289 

Page image

551441 Hovea corrickiae Muelleria 7(2): 203, figs 1, 2 (map).
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442347
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 4, doi:10.5962/p.184023

Page text

NOTES ON HOVEA R. Br. (FABACEAE): 4 
by 
J. H. ROSS* 
ABSTRACT 
Ross, J. H. Notes on Hovea R. Br. (Fabaceae): 4. Muelleria 7(2): 203-206 (1990).— 
Hovea corrickiae from western Victoria and north-eastern Tasmania is described 
as new. 
HOVEA CORRICKIAE 
Hovea corrickiae J. H. Ross sp. nov. affinis H. longifoliae R.Br. a qua foliis anguste ovatis vel 
eilipticis, 0.7-2 cm latis plus minusve planis, petiolis 0.4-1 cm longis, pedicellis 5-9.5 mm longis, 
bracteis 4.5-8 mm infra bracteolis insertis, pilis ramulorum juniorum et paginae inferioris foliorum 
circinatis vel crispis, et pagina interiore valvae leguminis glabra, differt. 
TYPUS: Victoria, Western Grampians, Victoria Range Road, 0.6 km from its junction 
with Sawmill Track, 5 Sept. 1983, M. G. Corrick 8602 (HOLOTYPUS: MEL; ISOTYPl: 
BRI, CBG, HO, K, NSW). 
Shrub or slender tree to 5 m high, branchlets densely clothed with appressed 
to slightly spreading straightish or curled greyish or whitish hairs. Leaves spreading 
almost at right angles to the stem: lamina more or less flat on upper surface on 
either side of the depressed midrib, narrow-ovate or elliptic, ( 1 .7— )3— 1 1 .4 cm long, 
(0.5-)0.7-2 cm wide, apex obtuse or acute, with a short mucro, upper surface dark 
green, glossy, glabrous apart from hairs along the midrib, venation not prominent, 
lower surface with some of the lateral veins raised and quite prominent, densely 
clothed with coiled or curled pale yellowish-white to rust-coloured hairs, the hairs 
obscuring the surface completely or confined to the veins and forming a pattern 
through which glabrous patches of lamina are visible; petiole 0.4-1 cm long, densely 
pubescent like the branchlet. Stipules narrow-ovate, up to 1 .2 mm long. Inflorescences 
axillary, on densely pubescent peduncles up to 1 cm long and usually 2- or 3- 
flowered or the axis growing on to form a many-flowered leaf-bearing shoot up 
to 12 cm long. Flowers pedicellate, the pedicels 5-9.5 mm long, densely clothed 
with short straightish or curled hairs; bracteoles oblong, 1-2 mm long, obtuse apically, 
much shorter than the calyx-tube, inserted at the base of or a short distance below 
the calyx, densely pubescent like the pedicel and bract; bract 1-2 mm long, inserted 
4.5- 8 mm below the bracteoles. Calyx densely clothed with short dark curled hairs 
and longer greyish-white hairs or the hairs dark basally and greyish-white distally: 
2 upper lobes 6-6.5 mm long including the tube 3-3.5 mm long, the 3 lower lobes 
2.5- 3.5 mm long. Standard 9.5-10.5 mm long, 11-13 mm wide, emarginate apically, 
pale to deep mauve or occasionally white, with a greenish-yellow basal flare; wings 
8.5- 10 mm long, 3. 8-4. 5 mm wide; keel petals 5.7-6.5 mm long, 2.2-3 mm wide. 
Stamen-filaments 4.5-5 mm long. Ovary sessile, 2-2.5 mm long, 2-ovulate, pubescent 
basally and along the suture. Pods shortly stipitate but stipe not exceeding the calyx, 
obliquely ovoid or ellipsoid or sometimes transversely elliptic, 1-2 cm long, 0.9- 1.7 
cm wide, densely clothed with appressed hairs externally when young, sparsely so 
when mature, glabrous internally. Seeds elliptic, plump, 5.5-6 mm long, 3.4-3. 6 mm 
wide, 2.7-3 mm thick, dark brownish-black and often with an underlying yellow 
to reddish-brown mottle, hilum linear, the aril with a small raised lateral lip and 
extending for almost the length of the seed. (Fig. 1) 
H. corrickiae has a disjunct distribution occurring in western Victoria and in 
north-eastern Tasmania (Fig. 2). In western Victoria the species is confined to areas 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
203 

Page image

818067 Lachnothalamus Muelleria 7(2): 225
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442423
Page is part of the work A Revision of the Genus Chthonocephalus Steetz (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184026

Page text

A REVISION OF THE GENUS CHTHONOCEPHALUS Steetz (ASTERACEAE: 
INULEAE: GNAPHALIINAE). 
by 
P. S. Short* 
ABSTRACT 
Short, P. S. A revision of the genus Chthonocephalus Steetz (Asteraceae: Inuleae: 
Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 1(2): 225-238 (1990). The endemic Australian genus 
Chthonocephalus Steetz is revised. Six species are recognized, Le. C. pseudevax Steetz 
and C. tomentellus (F. Muell.) Benth., and four new species, C. spathulatus P. S. 
Short, C. oldfieldianus P. S. Short, C. muellerianus P. S. Short and C. viscosus P. 
S. Short. C. multiceps J. H. Willis is excluded from the genus. 
HISTORY & GENERIC DELIMITATION 
The endemic Australian genus Chthonocephalus was first described by Steetz 
in 1845 in Lehmann’s Plantae Preissianae. At the time only a single species, C. 
pseudevax Steetz, was recognized. A few years later Asa Gray (1851) described 
C. drummondii. Bentham (1867) subsequently reduced the latter to synonymy under 
C. pseudevax. He also reduced Chamaesphaerion A. Gray (June 1851), Gyrostephium 
Turcz. (Aug.-Oct. 1851; synonymous with the latter genus, both genera having been 
based on duplicate specimens of Drummond 55) and Lachnothalamus F. Muell. ( 1 863) 
to synonymy under Chthonocephalus. Thus Bentham (1867) recognized three species: 
C. pseudevax, C. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Benth. and C. tomentellus (F. Muell.) Benth. 
He did not discuss the reasons for uniting the genera but one assumes from the 
key and from his treatment in Bentham & Hooker (1873) that he placed great emphasis 
on the presence of receptacular bracts or paleae. Of all other genera within the 
subtribe ‘Angiantheae’, only Craspedia Forst./ was known to have such scales and 
members of it could be readily distinguished in the key. Thus Craspedia was 
distinguished by ‘Pappus of several plumose-ciliate bristles or scales. Stems or 
peduncles elongated and erect’ as opposed to ‘Pappus none or of very short scales. 
Dwarf, diffuse or stemless annuals’ for Chthonocephalus (Bentham 1867, p. 453). 
There seems to have been no opposition to this treatment and a further species, 
C. multiceps J. H. Willis, was described in 1952. However, following a revision of 
Angianthus Wendl. 5. tat., it was realized (Short 1983) that C. pygmaeus was referrable 
to Siloxerus Labill., the species differing from C. pseudevax and C. tomentellus by 
virtue of its very different general receptacle, bract and fruit morphology. My studies 
have also shown that C. multiceps should be excluded from Chthonocephalus as it 
differs in features of the fruit and bracts. It is closely related to Calocephalus aervoides 
(F. Muell.) Benth. and both taxa should probably be referred to a separate genus. 
(The most distinctive feature pertains to the paleae which are confined to the centre 
of the receptacle and are partly fused at the base.) Thus of the species recognized 
by Bentham only two, C. pseudevax and C. tomentellus, are retained in the genus. 
In this paper I attribute a further four species to the genus, i.e. C. spathulatus, 
C. muellerianus, C. oldfieldianus and C. viscosus. 
All species have similar fruit and capitular bracts and these characters seem 
to separate them from other Australian compound-headed inuloid species. The brown, 
ovoid fruit has a thin pericarp and testa which lack a layer of collenchyma or 
sclerenchyma. Two vascular bundles occur in the pericarp and small myxogenic 
cells may be distributed over the surface. (Differences in the fruit anatomy do occur 
between species in that some lack a well-developed carpopodium, and a crystalline 
layer does not seem to be well developed in the pericarp of all species — see Fig. 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Y arra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
225 

Page image

481721 Millotia Muelleria 7(2): 239
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442437
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027

Page text

NEW TAX A AND NEW COMBINATIONS IN AUSTRALIAN 
GNAPHALIINAE (INULEAE: ASTERACEAE). 
by 
P. S. Short* 
ABSTRACT 
Short, P. S. New taxa and new combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: 
Asteraceae). Muelleria 7(2): 239-252 (1990). One new genus, Tietkensia P. S. Short 
is described, two species of Angianthus Wendl., two species of Gnephosis Cass, and 
one species of Millotia Cass, are described for the first time, and species of 
Scyphocoronis A. Gray and Toxanthes Turcz. are referred to Millotia. New species 
and new combinations are: Angianthus newbeyi P. S. Short, A. uniflorus P. S. Short, 
Gnephosis cassiniana P. S. Short, G. setifera P. S. Short, Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) 
P. S. Short, M. major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, M. muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, M. perpusilla 
(Turcz.) P. S. Short, M. steetziana P. S. Short and Tietkensia corrickiae P. S. Short. 
INTRODUCTION 
For some years I have been aware of a number of undescribed Australian 
taxa attributable to the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller et al. 1978). I have also felt that 
the circumscription of a number of genera leaves much to be desired (e.g. Short 
et al 1989). With accounts of the Asteraceae soon due for the Flora of Australia 
some of the new taxa are described and some new combinations are made in this 
paper. 
TAXONOMY 
Angianthus Wendl. 
Subsequent to my revision of Angianthus Wendl. (Short 1983) a number of 
new or possibly new taxa attributable to this genus have been discovered. Two of 
these are here described as new species. 
Angianthus newbeyi P. S. Short, sp. nov. 
Herba annua. Axes majores ascendentes usque erecti, usque ad c. 5 cm longi, gossypini. Folia 
alterna, linearia vel lanceolata vel anguste oblonga, c. 0.4- 1 .3 cm longa, 0.07-0. 1 cm lata, gossypina. 
Glomeruli anguste ellipsoidei vel lanceoloidei, c. 0.7- 1.5 cm longi, c. 0. 3-0.4 cm diametro; bracteae 
glomerulos subtendentes inconspicuae sed aliquot bracteae foliiformes praesentes. Capitula c. 20-50. 
Bracteae capitulum subtendentes 2-3, obovatae vel ellipticae, 2. 1-2.9 mm longae, 0.9- 1.2 mm 
latae; costa viridi ad apicem pilosa; lamina supera pars vix constricta, hyalina marginibus pilis. 
Bracteae intra capitulum: duo concavae 2-2.3 mm longae, costa glabra vel pilifera; duo planae, 
obovatae, 2. 1-2.2 mm longae, 1-1.2 mm latae, in infima tertia parte attenuatissimae, glabrae. 
Flosculi 2; corolla 5-lobata, tubos 1. 3-1.5 mm longos. Stamina 5; antherae c. 0.87-0.89 mm longae, 
sporangiis c. 0.69-0.7 mm longis, appendice terminali c. 0.18-0.19 mm longa. Cypselae maturae 
non visae. Pappus annularis, c. 0.1 -0.2 mm longus laceratus. 
HOLOTYPUS: Western Australia, 18 km E of Jyndabinbin Rocks, c. 50 km SE of 
Norseman, 22. ix. 1980, Newbey 7567 (PERTH). 
Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, up to c. 5 cm long, cottony. Leaves 
alternate, linear or lanceolate or narrowly oblong, c. 0.4- 1.3 cm long, 0.07-0.1 cm 
wide, cottony. Compound heads narrowly ellipsoid or lanceoloid, 0.7- 1.5 cm long, 
0. 3-0.4 cm diam; bracts subtending compound heads not forming a conspicuous 
involucre but a few leaf-like bracts present. Capitula c. 20-50 per compound head. 
Capitulum subtending bracts 2-3, obovate or elliptic, 2. 1-2.9 mm long, 0.9- 1.2 mm 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
239 

Page image

560812 Millotia Muelleria 7(2): 246
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442444
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027

Page text

246 
Millotia Cass. 
Following the examination of the fruit anatomy and morphology of species 
of Millotia , Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes it was suggested (Short et aL 1989) that, 
unless considerable emphasis was placed on differences in fruit vestiture, there was 
little to support the contention of Schodde (1963) that the three genera be maintained. 
Schodde had already noted that the as then undescribed species, S. incurva, had 
the habit, indumentum and involucre of Toxanthes , the alternate leaves, free bracts, 
peduncles and floret form found in two species of Millotia, and the apical cup of 
Scyphocoronis. Accordingly Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes are herein reduced to 
synonymy under Millotia. New combinations are made and a new species, M. steetziana , 
is described. 
Some past workers have obviously felt that the distinctive hollow, cup-like 
apex of the fruit justified the recognition of the genus Scyphocoronis. It certainly 
is a unique feature within Australian members of the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller 
et al. 1978), but, the upper part of the fruit, whether it is beak-like, dilated at the 
apex, or cup-like, is always formed from a layer of sclerenchyma which is a 
continuation of the same layer of tissue surrounding the seed (Short et aL 1989). 
Thus, the unique feature is not only a single character difference but cannot be 
regarded as a major difference, merely an easily recognizable one. The relegation 
of Scyphocoronis, and indeed Toxanthes, to infrageneric rank also seems unwarranted. 
The genus Millotia is readily differentiated from other Australian inuloid genera 
by the uniseriate involucre which is composed of bracts that are predominantly 
herbaceous. Other distinctive features, which at least in this combination are absent 
from other genera, include the elongated fruit, the often curved corolla tube, and 
the conical or subulate tips of the style branches. 
New Combinations and Synonyms in Millotia: 
Millotia Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. 17: 31,416 (1829). T: M. tenuifolia Cass. 
Toxanthes Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 76 (27 March 
185 1). T: T. perpusilla Turcz. 
Scyphocoronis A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). T: S. viscosa A. 
Gray. 
Anthocerastes A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:225 (1852). T: A. 
drummondii A. Gray. 
Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
BASIONYM: Scyphocoronis incurva D. A. Cooke, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7:284 
(1985). 
Millotia major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Toxanthes major Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):64 
(Aug.-Oct. 1851). — Scyphocoronis major (Turcz.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. 
Isles 1916:646 (1917). 
Scyphocoronis viscosa A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). 
Stafleu & Cowan (1979) cite the publication date of plates 801-888 of Ic. 
PI. as April to December 1851, suggesting that plate 854 was published after August- 
October, the ‘established’ publication date of T. major in Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes 
Moscou (Marchant 1990). 
Millotia muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
BASIONYM: Anthocerastes muelleri Sond., Linnaea 25: 480 (1853 ).— Toxanthes 
muelleri (Sond.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:592 (1867). 
Millotia perpusilla (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Toxanthes perpusilla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 

Page image

560813 Millotia incurva Muelleria 7(2): 246
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442444
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027

Page text

246 
Millotia Cass. 
Following the examination of the fruit anatomy and morphology of species 
of Millotia , Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes it was suggested (Short et aL 1989) that, 
unless considerable emphasis was placed on differences in fruit vestiture, there was 
little to support the contention of Schodde (1963) that the three genera be maintained. 
Schodde had already noted that the as then undescribed species, S. incurva, had 
the habit, indumentum and involucre of Toxanthes , the alternate leaves, free bracts, 
peduncles and floret form found in two species of Millotia, and the apical cup of 
Scyphocoronis. Accordingly Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes are herein reduced to 
synonymy under Millotia. New combinations are made and a new species, M. steetziana , 
is described. 
Some past workers have obviously felt that the distinctive hollow, cup-like 
apex of the fruit justified the recognition of the genus Scyphocoronis. It certainly 
is a unique feature within Australian members of the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller 
et al. 1978), but, the upper part of the fruit, whether it is beak-like, dilated at the 
apex, or cup-like, is always formed from a layer of sclerenchyma which is a 
continuation of the same layer of tissue surrounding the seed (Short et aL 1989). 
Thus, the unique feature is not only a single character difference but cannot be 
regarded as a major difference, merely an easily recognizable one. The relegation 
of Scyphocoronis, and indeed Toxanthes, to infrageneric rank also seems unwarranted. 
The genus Millotia is readily differentiated from other Australian inuloid genera 
by the uniseriate involucre which is composed of bracts that are predominantly 
herbaceous. Other distinctive features, which at least in this combination are absent 
from other genera, include the elongated fruit, the often curved corolla tube, and 
the conical or subulate tips of the style branches. 
New Combinations and Synonyms in Millotia: 
Millotia Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. 17: 31,416 (1829). T: M. tenuifolia Cass. 
Toxanthes Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 76 (27 March 
185 1). T: T. perpusilla Turcz. 
Scyphocoronis A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). T: S. viscosa A. 
Gray. 
Anthocerastes A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:225 (1852). T: A. 
drummondii A. Gray. 
Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
BASIONYM: Scyphocoronis incurva D. A. Cooke, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7:284 
(1985). 
Millotia major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Toxanthes major Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):64 
(Aug.-Oct. 1851). — Scyphocoronis major (Turcz.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. 
Isles 1916:646 (1917). 
Scyphocoronis viscosa A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). 
Stafleu & Cowan (1979) cite the publication date of plates 801-888 of Ic. 
PI. as April to December 1851, suggesting that plate 854 was published after August- 
October, the ‘established’ publication date of T. major in Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes 
Moscou (Marchant 1990). 
Millotia muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
BASIONYM: Anthocerastes muelleri Sond., Linnaea 25: 480 (1853 ).— Toxanthes 
muelleri (Sond.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:592 (1867). 
Millotia perpusilla (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Toxanthes perpusilla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 

Page image

560817 Millotia inopinata Muelleria 7(2): 247
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442445
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027
560814 Millotia major Muelleria 7(2): 246
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442444
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027

Page text

246 
Millotia Cass. 
Following the examination of the fruit anatomy and morphology of species 
of Millotia , Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes it was suggested (Short et aL 1989) that, 
unless considerable emphasis was placed on differences in fruit vestiture, there was 
little to support the contention of Schodde (1963) that the three genera be maintained. 
Schodde had already noted that the as then undescribed species, S. incurva, had 
the habit, indumentum and involucre of Toxanthes , the alternate leaves, free bracts, 
peduncles and floret form found in two species of Millotia, and the apical cup of 
Scyphocoronis. Accordingly Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes are herein reduced to 
synonymy under Millotia. New combinations are made and a new species, M. steetziana , 
is described. 
Some past workers have obviously felt that the distinctive hollow, cup-like 
apex of the fruit justified the recognition of the genus Scyphocoronis. It certainly 
is a unique feature within Australian members of the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller 
et al. 1978), but, the upper part of the fruit, whether it is beak-like, dilated at the 
apex, or cup-like, is always formed from a layer of sclerenchyma which is a 
continuation of the same layer of tissue surrounding the seed (Short et aL 1989). 
Thus, the unique feature is not only a single character difference but cannot be 
regarded as a major difference, merely an easily recognizable one. The relegation 
of Scyphocoronis, and indeed Toxanthes, to infrageneric rank also seems unwarranted. 
The genus Millotia is readily differentiated from other Australian inuloid genera 
by the uniseriate involucre which is composed of bracts that are predominantly 
herbaceous. Other distinctive features, which at least in this combination are absent 
from other genera, include the elongated fruit, the often curved corolla tube, and 
the conical or subulate tips of the style branches. 
New Combinations and Synonyms in Millotia: 
Millotia Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. 17: 31,416 (1829). T: M. tenuifolia Cass. 
Toxanthes Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 76 (27 March 
185 1). T: T. perpusilla Turcz. 
Scyphocoronis A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). T: S. viscosa A. 
Gray. 
Anthocerastes A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:225 (1852). T: A. 
drummondii A. Gray. 
Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
BASIONYM: Scyphocoronis incurva D. A. Cooke, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7:284 
(1985). 
Millotia major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Toxanthes major Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):64 
(Aug.-Oct. 1851). — Scyphocoronis major (Turcz.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. 
Isles 1916:646 (1917). 
Scyphocoronis viscosa A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). 
Stafleu & Cowan (1979) cite the publication date of plates 801-888 of Ic. 
PI. as April to December 1851, suggesting that plate 854 was published after August- 
October, the ‘established’ publication date of T. major in Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes 
Moscou (Marchant 1990). 
Millotia muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
BASIONYM: Anthocerastes muelleri Sond., Linnaea 25: 480 (1853 ).— Toxanthes 
muelleri (Sond.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:592 (1867). 
Millotia perpusilla (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Toxanthes perpusilla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 

Page image

560815 Millotia muelleri Muelleria 7(2): 246
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442444
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027

Page text

246 
Millotia Cass. 
Following the examination of the fruit anatomy and morphology of species 
of Millotia , Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes it was suggested (Short et aL 1989) that, 
unless considerable emphasis was placed on differences in fruit vestiture, there was 
little to support the contention of Schodde (1963) that the three genera be maintained. 
Schodde had already noted that the as then undescribed species, S. incurva, had 
the habit, indumentum and involucre of Toxanthes , the alternate leaves, free bracts, 
peduncles and floret form found in two species of Millotia, and the apical cup of 
Scyphocoronis. Accordingly Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes are herein reduced to 
synonymy under Millotia. New combinations are made and a new species, M. steetziana , 
is described. 
Some past workers have obviously felt that the distinctive hollow, cup-like 
apex of the fruit justified the recognition of the genus Scyphocoronis. It certainly 
is a unique feature within Australian members of the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller 
et al. 1978), but, the upper part of the fruit, whether it is beak-like, dilated at the 
apex, or cup-like, is always formed from a layer of sclerenchyma which is a 
continuation of the same layer of tissue surrounding the seed (Short et aL 1989). 
Thus, the unique feature is not only a single character difference but cannot be 
regarded as a major difference, merely an easily recognizable one. The relegation 
of Scyphocoronis, and indeed Toxanthes, to infrageneric rank also seems unwarranted. 
The genus Millotia is readily differentiated from other Australian inuloid genera 
by the uniseriate involucre which is composed of bracts that are predominantly 
herbaceous. Other distinctive features, which at least in this combination are absent 
from other genera, include the elongated fruit, the often curved corolla tube, and 
the conical or subulate tips of the style branches. 
New Combinations and Synonyms in Millotia: 
Millotia Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. 17: 31,416 (1829). T: M. tenuifolia Cass. 
Toxanthes Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 76 (27 March 
185 1). T: T. perpusilla Turcz. 
Scyphocoronis A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). T: S. viscosa A. 
Gray. 
Anthocerastes A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:225 (1852). T: A. 
drummondii A. Gray. 
Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
BASIONYM: Scyphocoronis incurva D. A. Cooke, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7:284 
(1985). 
Millotia major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Toxanthes major Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):64 
(Aug.-Oct. 1851). — Scyphocoronis major (Turcz.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. 
Isles 1916:646 (1917). 
Scyphocoronis viscosa A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). 
Stafleu & Cowan (1979) cite the publication date of plates 801-888 of Ic. 
PI. as April to December 1851, suggesting that plate 854 was published after August- 
October, the ‘established’ publication date of T. major in Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes 
Moscou (Marchant 1990). 
Millotia muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
BASIONYM: Anthocerastes muelleri Sond., Linnaea 25: 480 (1853 ).— Toxanthes 
muelleri (Sond.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:592 (1867). 
Millotia perpusilla (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Toxanthes perpusilla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 

Page image

560816 Millotia perpusilla Muelleria 7(2): 246
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442444
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027

Page text

246 
Millotia Cass. 
Following the examination of the fruit anatomy and morphology of species 
of Millotia , Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes it was suggested (Short et aL 1989) that, 
unless considerable emphasis was placed on differences in fruit vestiture, there was 
little to support the contention of Schodde (1963) that the three genera be maintained. 
Schodde had already noted that the as then undescribed species, S. incurva, had 
the habit, indumentum and involucre of Toxanthes , the alternate leaves, free bracts, 
peduncles and floret form found in two species of Millotia, and the apical cup of 
Scyphocoronis. Accordingly Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes are herein reduced to 
synonymy under Millotia. New combinations are made and a new species, M. steetziana , 
is described. 
Some past workers have obviously felt that the distinctive hollow, cup-like 
apex of the fruit justified the recognition of the genus Scyphocoronis. It certainly 
is a unique feature within Australian members of the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller 
et al. 1978), but, the upper part of the fruit, whether it is beak-like, dilated at the 
apex, or cup-like, is always formed from a layer of sclerenchyma which is a 
continuation of the same layer of tissue surrounding the seed (Short et aL 1989). 
Thus, the unique feature is not only a single character difference but cannot be 
regarded as a major difference, merely an easily recognizable one. The relegation 
of Scyphocoronis, and indeed Toxanthes, to infrageneric rank also seems unwarranted. 
The genus Millotia is readily differentiated from other Australian inuloid genera 
by the uniseriate involucre which is composed of bracts that are predominantly 
herbaceous. Other distinctive features, which at least in this combination are absent 
from other genera, include the elongated fruit, the often curved corolla tube, and 
the conical or subulate tips of the style branches. 
New Combinations and Synonyms in Millotia: 
Millotia Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. 17: 31,416 (1829). T: M. tenuifolia Cass. 
Toxanthes Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 76 (27 March 
185 1). T: T. perpusilla Turcz. 
Scyphocoronis A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). T: S. viscosa A. 
Gray. 
Anthocerastes A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:225 (1852). T: A. 
drummondii A. Gray. 
Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
BASIONYM: Scyphocoronis incurva D. A. Cooke, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7:284 
(1985). 
Millotia major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Toxanthes major Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):64 
(Aug.-Oct. 1851). — Scyphocoronis major (Turcz.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. 
Isles 1916:646 (1917). 
Scyphocoronis viscosa A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). 
Stafleu & Cowan (1979) cite the publication date of plates 801-888 of Ic. 
PI. as April to December 1851, suggesting that plate 854 was published after August- 
October, the ‘established’ publication date of T. major in Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes 
Moscou (Marchant 1990). 
Millotia muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
BASIONYM: Anthocerastes muelleri Sond., Linnaea 25: 480 (1853 ).— Toxanthes 
muelleri (Sond.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:592 (1867). 
Millotia perpusilla (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Toxanthes perpusilla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 

Page image

560818 Millotia steetziana Muelleria 7(2): 247
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442445
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027

Page text

247 
24(1): 177 (27 March 1851). — Anthocerastes drummondii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew 
Gard. Misc. 4:226 (Aug. 1852). 
For other species of Millotia see Schodde (1963, 1968). Note that the name 
Millotia cassini Schodde ex Turner is illegitimate, having been used by Turner (1970), 
instead of the name M. inopinata Schodde, when publishing records of chromosome 
number determinations. 
Millotia steetziana P. S. Short, sp. nov. 
Herba annua ; caulis simplex vel e nodis basalibus ramificans; axes maiores ascendentes usque 
erecti, c. 1.5-3. 5 cm longi, pilis glandulosis. Folia ad basem opposita, superiora altema, lanceolata 
usque linearia, 3-13 mm longa, 0.25-1 mm lata, erecta, integera, vix mucronata, pilis glandulosis. 
Capitula homogama, terminalia, solitaria. Bracteae 5-8, uniseriatae, liberae, ellipticae usque anguste 
ellipticae, 3-3.5 mm longae, 0.7-1 mm latae, praecipue herbaceae sed marginibus et apicibus 
hyalinis, pilos glandulosos terentes. Flosculi 9-31; corolla tubularis, alba; tubos 1.5 -2. 2 mm longos, 
pilis glandulosis, lobis 5. Stamina 5; antherae 0.79-0.95 mm longae, sporangiis 0.59-0.7 mm 
longis; appendice terminali triangulari, 0.18-0.25 mm longiba, pollinis grants c. 260-320. Rami 
styli apicibus conicis penicillatis. Cypselae cylindricae, rostratae, 3.4-4. 6 mm longae, 0.2-0.3 mm 
diametro, pappilatae, atrofuscae; rostrum curvum, apice dilatato. Pappus absens. 
HOLOTYPUS: Western Australia, Western edge of Lake King. c. 33° 05'S, 1 19° 31'E. 
1 l.ix.1982, Short 1685 (MEL 621024). ISOTYPl: AD, K, PERTH. 
Annual herb ; stem simple or forming major branches at basal nodes; major 
axes ascending to erect, c. 1.5-3. 5 cm long, glandular-pubescent. Leaves with the 
lowermost pair(s) opposite, upper leaves alternate, lanceolate to linear, 3-13 mm 
long, 0.25-1 mm wide, erect, entire, barely mucronate, glandular pubescent. Capitula 
homogamous, terminal, solitary. Capitular bracts 5-8, uniseriate, free, elliptic to 
narrowly elliptic, 3-3.5 mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide, mainly herbaceous but with the 
margins and apex hyaline, glandular pubescent. Florets 9-31; corolla tubular, white, 
tube 1.5-2. 2 mm long, with glandular hairs; lobes 5. Stamens 5; anthers 0.79-0.95 mm 
long, the microsporangia 0.59-0.7 mm long, the apical appendage 0.18-0.25 mm 
long. Pollen grains c. 260-320 per anther. Style apices conical, penicillate. Cypselas 
cylindrical, beaked, 3. 3-4.6 mm long, 0. 2-0.3 mm diam., papillate, dark brown; 
beak curved, dilated at the apex. Pappus absent. (Fig. 3) 
Fig. 3. Fruit of Millotia steetziana ( Short 2353). a — entire fruit, b — apex. 
Distribution: 
Only known from the western edge of Lake King, Western Australia. 
Ecology & Reproductive Biology: 
The species has only been found growing in white, probably somewhat saline 
sand, under Melaleuca and Eucalyptus on the edge of Lake King. 
An average pollemovule ratio of 1,460 (determined from 5 florets of Short 
1685) suggests that it commonly cross-pollinates. 

Page image

881284 Pentapogon billardierei parviflorus Muelleria 7(2): 167
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442391
Page is part of the work New Taxa and a New Combination in Tasmanian Australia Poaceae, doi:10.5962/p.184019
551197 Pentapogon quadrifidus quadrifidus Muelleria 7(2): 167
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442391
Page is part of the work New Taxa and a New Combination in Tasmanian Australia Poaceae, doi:10.5962/p.184019
551439 Pentapogon quadrifidus parviflorus Muelleria 7(2): 167
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442391
Page is part of the work New Taxa and a New Combination in Tasmanian Australia Poaceae, doi:10.5962/p.184019
551463 Petrophile aspera Muelleria 7(2): 304
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442502
Page is part of the work New Species of Petrophile R. Br. (Proteaceae) from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184033

Page text

304 
Notes: 
The specific epithet refers to the spirally twisted leaves which immediately 
distinguish it from other allied species such as P. teretifolia. The large creamish 
flowers which are red inside are also rather distinctive. 
Some plants are known to occur in the Dunn Rock Nature Reserve, however 
the conservation status of other populations is unknown. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia— 7 km W of Ravensthorpe, Lake King Road, 20 km S of Lake King, 1 0.i. 1 979, 
B. Barnsley 492 (CBG); 64 km E of Jerramungup, 7.xi. 1 978, R. J. CranfieUJ 1095 (PERTH); 14 miles 
W of Phillips River, 4.xi. 1 965, A. S. George 7312 (MEL, PERTH); about 33 miles E of Pingrup. A. 
S. George 7328 (PERTH); 18 miles SE of Lake King on Ravensthorpe Rd, 25.ii.1966. A. S. George 
7676 (MEL, PERTH); 15 km N of Ravensthorpe-Ongerup road on Koornong Road, 26.x. 1979, N. S. 
Lander 1092 (MEL, PERTH); 10.5 km N of Jerramungup, 27.vii.1974, K. Newbey 4239 (PERTH); 15 
km NNE of Jerramungup, K Newbey 4604 (MEL, PERTH). 
Petrophile aspera C. A. Gardner ex D. Foreman sp. nov. 
Frutex humilis, 0.2-0.45 m, raro ad 1.3 m, altus. Folia exasperata, teretia, 15-30 cm longa, saepe 
vel ad apicem crispata vel per totam longitudinem parum torta. Inflorescentia terminalia sessilia. 
Bracteae involucrales lineari-lanceolatae; squamae strobili latae, ± circulares ad late rhomboideae, 
apice nonnumquam reflexa. Etorrapallide-rosei ad albi ad pallide-lutei, extra villosi, dulce redolentes. 
Tepala c. 20 mm longa. Pollinis praebitor turbinatus, sub peniculo truncatus, peniculus dense 
tomentosus ad villosus, apice glabro. Strobili fructificantes ± elliptici c. 2.5 cm longi. Nuces late 
obovatae c. 2.5 mm longae, c. 2.5 mm latae, coma albida ad pallidissime ferruginei, praecipue 
in marginibus, cum peniculo c. 2 mm longo in base. 
TYPUS: Western Australia, 47 km E of Dumbleyung, 27 November 1978, A. S. 
George 1 526 7 (HOLOTYPUS: MEL 1576171; ISOTYPl: CANB, NSW, PERTH). 
Low shrub , usually 0.2-0.45 m tall, rarely up to 1.3 m tall. Branchlets glabrous. 
Leaves glabrous, roughened, terete, 15-30 cm long, often curled at apex or slightly 
twisted over their entire length, ± shortly acute. Inflorescence terminal, sessile, 2.5 
cm long (excluding the flowers). Involucral bracts linear-lanceolate; cone scales broad, 
± circular to broadly rhomboid, acuminate, glabrous, apex sometimes reflexed. Flowers 
pale pink, creamy- white, white, pale-yellow, villous outside, glabrous inside, sweetish 
scent. Tepals c. 20 mm long. Pollen presenter 5 mm long, glabrous, turbinate, truncate 
below the brush, brush 3-3.5 mm long, narrow-cylindrical, densely tomentose-villous 
with a glabrous tip 0.5-1 mm long. Fruiting cones ± elliptical, up to about 2.5 
cm long. Nuts broadly obovate, c. 2.5 mm long, c. 2.5 mm wide, with a persistent 
beak up to c. 1.5 mm long, coma whitish to very pale ferruginous, 4-5 mm long 
on the margins with a tuft about 2 mm long at the base, adaxial surface with a 
few scattered longish hairs, abaxial surface glabrous. (Fig. 3) 
Distribution (Fig. 4): 
Scattered over an area between Narrogin and Lake Grace to just north of 
the Stirling Range. 
Ecology: 
Collectors notes include ‘in sand, in Banksia- low open woodland with heath’, 
‘whitish sand, low open shrubland (1-1.5 m) of Proteaceae-Myrtaceae species with 
emergent mallee eucalypts’, ‘in gravel heath’, ‘in sandy laterite, with E. 
macrocarpa-heath association’, ‘sandplains’, and ‘sandy gravel’. Flowers 
August-November; fruits September-October. 
Notes: 
The specific epithet refers to roughened texture of the leaves, due to the presence 
of short hard projections, which distinguish P. aspera from P. teretifolia. Another 
feature which distinguishes the former from the latter is a tendency of the leaves 
to curl at the apex. 

Page image

551462 Petrophile helicophylla Muelleria 7(2): 301-304, Figs 1, 2 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2): 301-304, Figs 1, 2 (map)".

551464 Petrophile stricta Muelleria 7(2): 307, Figs 5, 6 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442505
Page is part of the work New Species of Petrophile R. Br. (Proteaceae) from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184033

Page text

307 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia- 10 miles E of Kukerin, 29.X.1962, J. S. Beard 2143 (PERTH); Reserve 15637, 
S of Corrigin, 21.X.1977, J. S. Beard 8147 (PERTH); 20 miles W of Lake Grace ll.xi.1931 W E 
Blackall 1329 (PERTH); near Hatter Hill, -.x.1931, W. E. Blackall s.n. (PERTH); Salt River Rd, 17 km 
W of its junction with Chester Pass Road, 17.X.1985, M. G. Corrick 9677 (MEL); 33 km ^ of Lake 
Grace 22 xi.1979, H. Demon D7864 (CANB n.v„ PERTH); Dudinin, -.x.1934, C. A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH); 
Bilbarin 18.x. 1961, C. A. Gardner 13593 (PERTH); SE of Corrigin, 6.ix.l976, A. S. George s.n. (PERTH); 
Wickepin, -.xi.1969, B. Gorey s.n. (PERTH); Dongolocking Reserve, c. 48 km E of Nairogin, 15 km 
SSE of Toolibin, B. G. Muir 29 (PERTH); 13.5 km N of Tarin Rock along road to Kuhn, 25.ix.1983, 
R W. Purdie 5342 (CBG); Harrismith, 22.x. 1972, £. Wittwer W.869 (PERTH). 
Petrophile stricta C. A. Gardner ex D. Foreman sp. nov. 
Frutex 0.6- 1.6 m altus, erectus, effusus. Folia teretia, 4.5-13.5 cm longa, simplicia. Inflorescentia 
terminalis, pedunculata. Bracteae involucrales lineares, haud persistentes; squamae strobili latae, 
pagina exterioris velutina. Flores rosei ad cremicolores, extra villosi. Tepala c. 10-12 mm longa, 
unumquidque in apice cum projectura breve acuta c. 1 mm longa. Pollinis praebitor fusiformis, 
c. 5 mm longus, hispidus. Strobili fructificantes anguste ovati, 2-4.7 cm longi. Nuces late ovatae 
c. 4 mm longae, c. 4 mm latae, coma pallida, ferruginea ad albida c. 6 mm longa, plerumque 
in marginibus. 
Typus: Western Australia, c. 40 km N of Hyden on the Mt Walker South Rd, 22 
Nov 1985, D. B. Foreman 1164 (HOLOTYPUS: MEL 1545866; ISOTYPI: NSW, 
PERTH). 
Shrub, 0.6- 1.6 m tall, upright, spreading. Branchlets glabrous. Leaves glabrous, 
terete, 4.5- 1 3.5 cm long, unbranched, terminating in a short, sharp point. Inflorescence 
terminal, peduncle 6-12 mm long, c. 1.5 -2.0 cm long (excluding flowers) but 
expanding markedly after flowering. Involucral bracts linear, not persisting; cone 
scales broad, outer surface velvety, inner surface glabrous, tip acuminate, glabrous. 
Flowers pink to cream, villous outside, glabrous inside. Tepals c. 10-12 mm long, 
each topped by a short sharp projection up to c. 1 mm long, glabrous at the tip. 
Pollen presenter fusiform, c. 5 mm long, covered with short stiff hairs. Fruiting cones 
narrow-ovate, 2-4.7 cm long, bracts becoming woody and glabrous. Nuts broadly 
ovate, c. 4 mm long, c. 4 mm wide with a persistent beak up to c. 2 mm, coma 
pale ferruginous or whitish, c. 6 mm long on the margins, adaxial surface sparsely 
hairy, abaxial surface covered with short, appressed, whitish hairs. (Fig. 5) 
Distribution (Fig. 6): 
Found mainly in the drier areas of the SW Botanical province and in the south 
western interzone (Coolgardie botanical district). 
Ecology: 
Collectors notes include ‘in mixed sclerophyll scrub on sandy soil’, ‘latente, 
regrowth after fire: Acacia, Grevillea, Casuarina, Dryandra', ‘shrubland, on yellow 
sand over latente’, ‘scrub on deep sand’, ‘open scrub . . ., well-drained, deep yellow 
sand’. Flowers October-December; fruits of previous year persisting until c. November 
of the following year. 
Notes: 
The epithet refers to the close, straight, upwardly pointing leaves. 
Like the preceding species Petrophile stricta has long been recognised as a 
distinct species without ever being formally described. Since many workers appear 
to know this taxa by the C. A. Gardner manuscript name it seems appropriate to 
adopt it here. 
Petrophile stricta is somewhat similar to Petrophile semifurcata, both having 
terete, upwardly pointing leaves, but differs in having thinner leaves which are always 
simple, a glabrous style, a distinctly fusiform pollen presenter and fruits with a rather 
dense coma of pale ferruginous hairs up to c. 6 mm long along the margins. The 
fruits of P. semifurcata have a much less dense coma of shorter hairs. 

Page image

551510 Poa jugicola Muelleria 7(2): 167
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442391
Page is part of the work New Taxa and a New Combination in Tasmanian Australia Poaceae, doi:10.5962/p.184019
551169 Poa poiformis poiformis Muelleria 7(2): 169
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442389
Page is part of the work New Taxa and a New Combination in Tasmanian Australia Poaceae, doi:10.5962/p.184019
551440 Poa poiformis ramifer Muelleria 7(2): 169
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442389
Page is part of the work New Taxa and a New Combination in Tasmanian Australia Poaceae, doi:10.5962/p.184019
584676 Pomaderris cocoparrana Muelleria 7(2): 209, fig. 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442353
Page is part of the work Two New Species of Pomaderris Labill. (Rhamnaceae) from New South Wales Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184024

Page text

209 
Distribution and Conservation Status: 
Most specimens are from the escarpment country falling from the eastern edge 
of the southern tablelands to the south coast area in the Kybean-Bemboka area, 
with a few southern outliers at lower altitudes. 
The conservation status of the species is assessed to be 3 VC- (Briggs & Leigh 
1989, as Pomaderris sp. 3), that is, the species is vulnerable over a geographic range 
more than 100 km, is represented in a conservation reserve, but the total population 
size is not known. The conservation status of the species may require revision should 
areas currently supporting the species and contained within the NSW Woodchip 
Agreement Area (e.g. Tantawangelo, Glenbog and Coolangubra State Forests), be 
harvested for woodchips prior to a detailed assessment of the species total abundance 
and distribution. 
Habitat: 
Specimens from the escarpment area are invariably associated with tall open- 
forests dominated by Eucalyptus fastigata, E. smithii, E. cypellocarpa or E nitens, 
in some cases with elements of wetter forest types tending to cool-temperate rain- 
forest (with e.g. Atherosperma moschatum, Elaeocarpus holopetalus, Tasmannia 
lanceolata ). Soils, where noted by collectors, are skeletal, overlaying granite or 
sediments. Specimens from southern localities (i.e. Albrecht 2923, Slee & Holgate 
s.n., Briggs 2084) appear to be from drier sites with shrubby or “dry sclerophyll” 
vegetation. Two of these collections are atypical, Albrecht 2923 having small (to 
5 cm) leaves and Briggs 2084 having more compact inflorescences with deeper yellow 
flowers and a strikingly erect habit. These two specimens are for the present tentatively 
placed with P. parrisiae. 
Notes: 
Specimens of P. parrisiae have in the past been referred to P. andromedifolia 
and P. nitidula. From P. andromedifolia, it can be distinguished by its generally larger 
leaves which are distinctly acute at both the base and apex, the indumentum of 
the abaxial leaf surface (which in P. andromedifolia is of a fine layer of stellate 
hairs more or less completely obscured by appressed, silky, golden hairs), and the 
larger and looser panicles. P. nitidula , a species of far northern N.S.W. and southern 
Queensland, bears a strong resemblance to P. parrisiae and is undoubtedly closely 
allied to it, but differs most significantly in having a dense, silky layer of white 
to pale golden hairs covering the undersurfaces of the leaves, with the lateral nerves 
immersed within and not protruding above this hair layer. 
The specific epithet honours Mrs Margaret Parris of Merimbula who has been 
an avid and skilled collector and observer of plants in the N.S.W. south-coast area, 
and who first brought this taxon to my attention. 
Pomaderris cocoparrana N. G. Walsh sp. nov. 
Species nova ab aliis speciebus generibus foliis relative brevibus, latus, cum pube simplice minuto 
pagina supera, etfloreibus apetalis differt. 
TYPUS: New South Wales — South Western Plains, Cocopara (sic) Range, summit 
of Mt Binga (=Bingar), alt. 1480 ft (c. 450 m) a.s.l., 28.ix.1969, J. El. Willis s.n. 
(Holotypus MEL 503274; Isotypus NSW.) 
Spreading shrub to 2 m high. Petioles and young branchlets bearing shortly 
spreading, golden to rusty stellate and simple hairs. Lamina broad-ovate, orbicular 
or broad-obovate, mostly 1-2.5 cm x 8-18 mm, obtuse (rarely acute) to slightly 
emarginate at apex; margins flat; penninerved with 5-12 (mostly c. 8) pairs of lateral 
veins, secondary veins not apparent; upper surface velvety, covered with extremely 
short (<0.1 mm), erect simple hairs; lower surface densely covered by fine, pale 
greyish stellate hairs, with some appressed, rusty simple hairs over the midrib and 
lateral veins. Stipules lanceolate c. 8 mm long, keeled, early deciduous. Inflorescence 

Page image

584673 Pomaderris flabellaris Muelleria 7(2): 279-280, figs. 5, 9 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2): 279-280, figs. 5, 9 (map)".

517490 Pomaderris halmaturina Muelleria 7(2): 280
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442478
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030

Page text

280 
There is also at MEL a Wilhelmi collection labelled: ‘Scrub near Meadow 
Ck, Jan 1855 (MEL 55205). This is almost certainly the ‘Meaton Ck’ specimen 
referred to by Reisseck (there appears to be no Meaton Ck in S. Aust.) and is here 
treated as a lectoparatype. 
Black retained the specific epithet flabellare when transferring the species from 
Trymalium to Pomaderris, but Hj. Eichler (1965) corrected this to flabellaris. Of 
the 38 specimens examined, none were fruiting or had clearly developing ovules. 
Pollen examined from two specimens in early flower and stained in Alexanders 
Solution (Alexander, 1969) showed high apparent viability (c. 80-90%). Field studies 
are required to confirm that P. flabellaris is in fact a good breeding species and 
not an occasional (? female-) sterile hybrid perhaps between P. paniculosa and P. 
obcordata, some specimens of which have leaves approaching P. flabellaris in shape 
and indumentum. 
4. Pomaderris halmaturina J. Black, Trans. R. Soc. S. Australia 49:273 (1925). 
Lectotype (here chosen): South Australia, Kangaroo Island, Cygnet River, 
27.01.1883, Tate, s.n. (AD 97016246 p.p.): ISOLECTOTYPES: AD (97932315 p.p., 
07018154 p.p.). 
Erect to spreading shrub. Stipules subulate, to c. 7 mm long, densely stellate 
tomentose, caducous. Leaves alternate, narrow elliptic to ovate, margins toothed for 
the greater part or sinuate, rarely almost entire, 2. 5-5. 5 x 1.2-2. 5 cm, glabrous 
or sparsely hispid with simple or stellate hairs above, densely stellate tomentose 
below with larger, rusty hairs above the veins; venation distinct on both surfaces, 
impressed above. Inflorescence of rather sparse axillary and terminal panicles or 
racemes about as long as the subtending leaf. Flowers pedicellate, densely stellate- 
tomentose on outer surface; thalamus tube conical; sepals acute; stamens slightly 
shorter than sepals; anthers elliptic, c. 0.5 mm long; style c. 0.5 mm long, deeply 
trifid; ovary summit covered with stellate hairs. Capsule c. 3 mm long; cocci slightly 
shorter than capsule, the membranous operculum occupying almost all of the inner 
face. Seed as for P. oraria. 
Pomaderris halmaturina subsp. halmaturina 
J. Black, FI. S. Australia 3:366 (1926); Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), 
FI. S. Australia 2:812 (1986). 
Shrub to c. 3 m high. Leaves with dentate to biserrate margins, rarely almost 
entire. Flowers with thalamus tube c. 2 mm long; sepals 2-2.5 x c. 1.5 mm. (Fig. 
6 ) 
Representative Specimens (Total examined 36): 
South Australia — Kangaroo Island: SE end of island, rich limestone soil, 25. vi. 1884, Tepper 1310 
(MEL); Near the small Fr. Water Lagoon of the Three Well (= Cygnet) River, s.dat., Waterhouse (MEL); 
Chapman River, 35°48'S, 138°07'E, 11.x. 1976, Spooner 4837 (AD); Hog Bay, 3rd Ck from west of 
bay, 36° 44'S, 137°56'E, 29. xi. 1983, R. Davies 474 (AD). Willsons R., Dudley Peninsula, walking track 
to Mount Flat, 3.1 1.1984. G. Jackson 1681 (AD); Rocky R., c. 20 km SSE from Cape Borda, 24.xi.1945, 
J. B. Cleland s.n. (AD). South-east: Toward Carpenter Rocks, c. 1 6 km from Glencoe Rd crossing, 37° 58'S, 
140° 28'E, 3.xi. 1 98 1 , N. N. Danner 8508 ( AD). 
Distribution and Conservation Status (Fig. 9): 
Almost entirely confined to Kangaroo Island, South Australia and there largely 
restricted to near-coastal sites on the southern part of the island. Three collections 
( Alcock 185, Dormer 8508, Spooner 5486 , all AD) from near Kingston and the 
Carpenter Rocks area near Mount Gambier in the far south-east, are referable to 
the typical subspecies and are the only known mainland occurrences. 
The subspecies is regarded as endangered (risk code 2E) by Briggs and Leigh 
(1989). 

Page image

931715 Pomaderris halmaturina Muelleria 7(2): 282
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442480
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030

Page text

282 
Habitat: 
Apparently confined to limestone country, often occurring in scrubby riparian 
or estuarine vegetation. Commonly associated species were generally not indicated 
on labels but those listed include Eucalyptus diversifolia, Acacia and Leptospermum 
(species unknown). The habitat of the mainland populations was not recorded on 
labels, but Spooner 5486 notes ‘dominant at higher elevations’. 
Notes: 
In the protologue, Black cites two syntype collections, viz. Hog Bay and Cygnet 
River. Three sheets at AD exist with type material; one (AD 97016246) with twigs 
from both localities has been mounted without indication to the provenance of each 
but, by reference to the collection dates on the two original labels, it is reasonable 
to assume that the fruiting twig (collected in January 1883) is the Cygnet River 
collection and the flowering twig (collected November 1 883) is the Hog Bay specimen; 
another (AD 07018154), is a mixture of fragments of both type collections found 
in N. A. Wakefield’s herbarium (at MEL) and subsequently returned to AD; and 
the last (AD 97932315), a mixed collection from Cygnet River, of P. halmaturina 
and P. paniculosa subsp. paniculosa (the latter clearly does not fall within Black’s 
circumscription of P. halmaturina and therefore does not comprise syntype material). 
The specimen mounted on the left side of AD 97016246 is here chosen as the 
lectotype. Material of P. halmaturina from Cygnet River on sheets AD 07018154 
and AD 9793215 thus become isolectotypes and the Hog Bay specimens (AD 
97016246 in part, and 07018154 in part) lectoparatypes. 
P. halmaturina subsp. halmaturina and both subspecies of P. paniculosa occur 
on Kangaroo Island. A specimen from Kelly Hill Conservation Park, E. N. S. Jackson 
4493 (AD, MEL) appears intermediate between P. halmaturina subsp. halmaturina 
and P. paniculosa subsp. paniculosa , in having entire leaves which are rather densely 
simple-hispid on the upper surface as in the latter taxon, but larger (to 2.5 cm) 
and resembling the former in shape. 
Pomaderris halmaturina subsp. continentis N. G. Walsh subsp. nov. 
P. halmaturina sensu Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 
2:812 (1986) pro parte. 
P. oraria sensu J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte, non F. 
Muell. ex Reisseck (1858). 
a subspecie typica floribus parvioribus (sepala c. 1.7 x 1 mm, thalamus 1-1.5 mm longus) et 
foliis margine sinuato non dentato differt. 
HOLOTYPUS: Victoria, Lower Glenelg River, far SW Victoria, on steep limestone 
banks between Eaglehawk Bend and Blackfish Ck, 29.X.1948, J. H. Willis s.n. (MEL 
55384). 
Differs from the typical subspecies in its leaves with sinuate, not dentate margins, 
and in its smaller flowers (thalamus tube 1-1.5 mm long, sepals c. 1.7 x 1 mm). 
Furthermore, in most specimens the leaves are relatively narrower, more acute at 
the base and apex, and have more deeply impressed lateral veins than the typical 
subspecies. Grows to at least 4 m high ( cf. to 3 m recorded for P. halmaturina 
subsp. halmaturina ). (Fig. 7) 
Representative Specimens (Total examined 10): 
Victoria — South-west, South Winnap, Lower Glenelg, 3 1.x. 1948, J. H. Willis s.n. (MEL); South- 
west, Glenelg River at Keegans Bend, c. 4 miles (7.2 km) S of Drik Drik, 22.x. 1960, H. I. Aston 767 
(MEL); South- west study area, 13 km E of Dergholm, ll.iii.1984, A. C. Beauglehole 76428 (MEL); 
Lower Glenelg River, Jones Cliff, Keegans Bend, ii. 1 946, A. C. Beauglehole 1 71 92 (MEL). 
South Australia — Hundred of Killanoola, NW corner, c. 30 km S of Narracoorte, lO.x.1965, D. 
Hunt 2503 (AD); South-east, xi. 1937, Mr Machell (AD), 

Page image

551456 Pomaderris halmaturina halmaturina Muelleria 7(2): 280-282, figs. 6, 9 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2): 280-282, figs. 6, 9 (map)".

584674 Pomaderris halmaturina continentis Muelleria 7(2): 282-284, figs. 7, 9 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2): 282-284, figs. 7, 9 (map)".

513233 Pomaderris Muelleria 7(2): 267-287

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2): 267-287".

584675 Pomaderris oblongifolia Muelleria 7(2): 284-287, figs. 8, 9 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2): 284-287, figs. 8, 9 (map)".

584668 Pomaderris oraria Muelleria 7(2): 269
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442467
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030

Page text

269 
5. Largest leaves 15 mm long or more; flowers in narrow, interrupted panicles which 
are usually both axillary and terminal 6 
6. Leaves glabrous on adaxial surface (coastal, from near Esperance, W. Aust., to 
Gippsland, Vic. and Tas.) 2. P. paniculosa subsp. paralia 
6. Leaves hispid or velutinous on adaxial surface 7 
7. Leaves broad elliptic (length:width < 3:2), often emarginate and with a few 
subapical teeth; adaxial surface sparsely to moderately densely coarsely hispid; 
coastal in south-eastern Vic. and north-eastern Tas. 1. P. oraria subsp. oraria 
7. Leaves ovate to narrowly elliptic (length:width mostly > 3:2). rounded or subacute 
at apex; adaxial surface densely hispid to almost velutinous; limestone areas of 
eastern Vic 1 . P. oraria subsp. calcicola 
1. Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. ex Reisseck, Linnaea 29:268 (1858). LECTOTYPE 
(here chosen): Tasmania, s.dat„ Stuart (MEL 55377). 
Shrub to c. 2 m high. Stipules subulate, c. 2 mm long, densely stellate tomentose, 
caducous. Leaves alternate, narrowly to broadly elliptic, hispid to subvelutinous above, 
densely white stellate-tomentose below with larger rusty hairs above the midrib and 
lateral nerves. Inflorescence of axillary and terminal panicles, usually consisting of 
several, more or less globular clusters of flowers, occasionally reduced to a single 
cluster, each panicle usually about as long as the subtending leaf. Flowers shortly 
pedicellate, densely stellate tomentose on outer surface; thalamus tube conical; sepals 
broadly acute; stamens about as long as sepals; style 1-1.5 mm long, deeply trifid; 
ovary summit densely covered with Tong stellate hairs. Capsule c. 3 mm long; cocci 
broadly ovate, 2-2.5 mm long, dorsally rounded, the membranous operculum 
occupying the greater part of the inner face. Seed flattened-ellipsoid. 1.5-2 mm 
long, slightly ridged along the ventral line, pale brown with a small white aril at 
base. 
Pomaderris oraria subsp. oraria W. M. Curtis, Stud. Fl.Tasm. 1:112 (1956) pro 
parte\ J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte\ L. Costermans, Native 
Trees and Shrubs SE Aust. (form a) pro parte 216 (1981); non Jessop in J. P. Jessop 
& H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 2:812 (1986). 
P. racemosa auctt. non Hook. (1834): Benth., FI. Austral. 1:421,422 (1863) 
(form a only); Rodway, Tasm. FI. 26 (1903) pro parte', Ewart. FI. Victoria. 748 
(1931). 
Compact , much-branched shrub to c. 1 m high. Leaves often emarginate and 
shallowly toothed toward the apex, mostly 1-3 x 0.8-2. 3 cm, hispid above with 
simple or stellate hairs, the nerves deeply impressed. Flowers with thalamus tube 
c. 1.5 mm long; sepals 1.5-2. 2 x 1-1.3 mm. (Fig. 1) 
Representative Specimens (Total examined 1 1): 
Victoria — Wilsons Promontory, Darby River, at start of track to Tongue Point. 38“ 59'S. 146“ 16'E, 
2.xi.l980, M. G. Corrick 7074 (MEL); Reeves Beach, near western limit of 90-mile Beach. 38“37’S. 
146“ SSH. 1 4.vi. 1986, N. G. Walsh 1600 (CANB, HO. MEL). 
Tasmania — NE, (Badger Head), ix. 1 972. M. Cameron (HO); Bia Peppermint Hill. East Coast. 
42° 01'S, 148° 53“E, 15.vii.1980, A. Moscal 383 (HO). 
Distribution and Conservation Status (Fig. 9): 
The subspecies is known with certainty only from coastal sites in northern 
Tasmania (near Badger Head) and south-eastern Victoria on Wilsons Promontory 
and the western end" of the 90-mile Beach. A sterile Tasmanian specimen from 
Big Peppermint Hill is tentatively referred to this subspecies but the coarsely toothed 
leaves and tail-forest habitat are atypical. 
The subspecies is regarded as rare, with Risk Code 3RCat (Brings & Leigh, 
1989). 

Page image

911631 Pomaderris oraria Muelleria 7(2): 271
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442469
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030

Page text

271 
Habitat: 
In Victoria, the plants occur on pure siliceous sands on secondary dunes 1 00-500 
m from the coast and on shallow sand over granite a few metres above the high 
water mark. In Tasmania at Badger Head, the population occurs on skeletal soils 
developed over fine siltstone on clifftops and foredune slopes within c. 100 m of 
the shore. 
The subspecies occurs in coastal scrub vegetation both in Tasmania and on 
the mainland with associated species including Banksia integrifolia, B. marginata, 
Acacia sophorae, Correa alba and a distinctive coastal form of Pomaderris apetala. 
At Wilsons Promontory, P. oraria subsp. oraria grows closely with the more wide- 
spread coastal Pomaderris, P. paniculosa subsp. paralia (described below), but no 
intermediates have been observed. 
Pomaderris oraria subsp. calcicola N. G. Walsh subsp. nov. 
P. oraria auctt. non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858): J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Vic. 
2:366 (1973) pro parte', L. Costermans, Native Trees and Shrubs SE Aust. (form 
b) 216 (1981). 
a subspecie typica foliis longioribusque integris et floribus majoribus et habitatione ab ora differt. 
Typus: Victoria, Gippsland Lakes, Toorloo Arm (Stony Ck crossing of the Princes 
Highway), 37°48'15"S, 148° 02'45"E, 1411987, D. E Albrecht 3039. (HOLOTYPUS: 
MEL 689186; Isotypus: CBG). 
Distinguished from the typical subspecies in the longer (to 7 cm), relatively 
narrower leaves (length-breadth ratio mostly exceeding 3:2), with entire margins 
and obtuse (very rarely emarginate) apices, in the generally larger flowers (thalamus 
tube c. 2 mm long, sepals 2-2.5 x 1.2- 1.5 mm) and in the non-coastal habitat. 
In addition the shrubs tend to be taller, to c. 2 m high and more diffuse, the panicles 
longer (usually exceeding the subtending leaves), with rather remote clusters of flowers, 
and the indumentum on the upper leaf surface very densely hispid to subvelutinous. 
(Fig. 2) 
Representative Specimens (Total examined 32): 
Victoria — Marble Gully outside Bindi Station, 25.xi.1970, K. C. Rogers (MEL); Cliffs along Buchan 
River at Buchan, 1511948. J. H. Willis (MEL); Murrindal, 19.x. 1947, N. A. Wakefield 2083 (MEL); 
c. 2 miles NNE of Swan Reach on Bruthen Rd 27.iii.1971, A. C. Beauglehole 37682 (MEL, NSW); 
Stokes Cliffs, northern side of Mitchell R., near Bairnsdale, 29.viii.1925, T. S. Hart (MEL); Scriveners 
Rd, 200 m east of Mississippi Ck, 4 km NW of Lakes Entrance, 37° 50'20"S, 147° 57'00"E, 26.viii.1978, 
P. 1C Gullan 386 & N. G. Walsh (MEL). 
Distribution and Conservation Status (Fig. 9): 
P. oraria subsp. calcicola is apparently confined to eastern Victoria and occurs 
sporadically in a rough rectangle between Bairnsdale, Orbost, Wulgulmerang and 
Omeo. 
The subspecies is rare with Risk Code 2RCi (Briggs & Leigh, 1989). The 
population from which the type collection was made has been largely and possibly 
entirely destroyed through road realignment and bridge building works on the Princes 
Highway between Lakes Entrance and Nowa Nowa. Elsewhere within the subspecies’ 
range, populations have been lost or severely reduced through clearing for agriculture 
of favoured limestone country. Populations are contained within the Murrindal Natural 
Features Zone and the Lakes Entrance-Lake Tyers Coastal Reserve, but only the 
former is managed as a biological reserve. 
Habitat: 
The subspecies is apparently confined to reddish loams and skeletal soils derived 
from Devonian and Tertiary limestones at sites where the parent material is exposed. 
On drier sites (e.g. at Buchan, and Marble Creek near Bindi), it is dominant within 
a characteristic closed shrubland where associated with, e.g. Bursaria lasiophylla 
and Allocasuarina verticillata. 

Page image

931699 Pomaderris oraria Muelleria 7(2): 271
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442469
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030

Page text

271 
Habitat: 
In Victoria, the plants occur on pure siliceous sands on secondary dunes 1 00-500 
m from the coast and on shallow sand over granite a few metres above the high 
water mark. In Tasmania at Badger Head, the population occurs on skeletal soils 
developed over fine siltstone on clifftops and foredune slopes within c. 100 m of 
the shore. 
The subspecies occurs in coastal scrub vegetation both in Tasmania and on 
the mainland with associated species including Banksia integrifolia, B. marginata, 
Acacia sophorae, Correa alba and a distinctive coastal form of Pomaderris apetala. 
At Wilsons Promontory, P. oraria subsp. oraria grows closely with the more wide- 
spread coastal Pomaderris, P. paniculosa subsp. paralia (described below), but no 
intermediates have been observed. 
Pomaderris oraria subsp. calcicola N. G. Walsh subsp. nov. 
P. oraria auctt. non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858): J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Vic. 
2:366 (1973) pro parte', L. Costermans, Native Trees and Shrubs SE Aust. (form 
b) 216 (1981). 
a subspecie typica foliis longioribusque integris et floribus majoribus et habitatione ab ora differt. 
Typus: Victoria, Gippsland Lakes, Toorloo Arm (Stony Ck crossing of the Princes 
Highway), 37°48'15"S, 148° 02'45"E, 1411987, D. E Albrecht 3039. (HOLOTYPUS: 
MEL 689186; Isotypus: CBG). 
Distinguished from the typical subspecies in the longer (to 7 cm), relatively 
narrower leaves (length-breadth ratio mostly exceeding 3:2), with entire margins 
and obtuse (very rarely emarginate) apices, in the generally larger flowers (thalamus 
tube c. 2 mm long, sepals 2-2.5 x 1.2- 1.5 mm) and in the non-coastal habitat. 
In addition the shrubs tend to be taller, to c. 2 m high and more diffuse, the panicles 
longer (usually exceeding the subtending leaves), with rather remote clusters of flowers, 
and the indumentum on the upper leaf surface very densely hispid to subvelutinous. 
(Fig. 2) 
Representative Specimens (Total examined 32): 
Victoria — Marble Gully outside Bindi Station, 25.xi.1970, K. C. Rogers (MEL); Cliffs along Buchan 
River at Buchan, 1511948. J. H. Willis (MEL); Murrindal, 19.x. 1947, N. A. Wakefield 2083 (MEL); 
c. 2 miles NNE of Swan Reach on Bruthen Rd 27.iii.1971, A. C. Beauglehole 37682 (MEL, NSW); 
Stokes Cliffs, northern side of Mitchell R., near Bairnsdale, 29.viii.1925, T. S. Hart (MEL); Scriveners 
Rd, 200 m east of Mississippi Ck, 4 km NW of Lakes Entrance, 37° 50'20"S, 147° 57'00"E, 26.viii.1978, 
P. 1C Gullan 386 & N. G. Walsh (MEL). 
Distribution and Conservation Status (Fig. 9): 
P. oraria subsp. calcicola is apparently confined to eastern Victoria and occurs 
sporadically in a rough rectangle between Bairnsdale, Orbost, Wulgulmerang and 
Omeo. 
The subspecies is rare with Risk Code 2RCi (Briggs & Leigh, 1989). The 
population from which the type collection was made has been largely and possibly 
entirely destroyed through road realignment and bridge building works on the Princes 
Highway between Lakes Entrance and Nowa Nowa. Elsewhere within the subspecies’ 
range, populations have been lost or severely reduced through clearing for agriculture 
of favoured limestone country. Populations are contained within the Murrindal Natural 
Features Zone and the Lakes Entrance-Lake Tyers Coastal Reserve, but only the 
former is managed as a biological reserve. 
Habitat: 
The subspecies is apparently confined to reddish loams and skeletal soils derived 
from Devonian and Tertiary limestones at sites where the parent material is exposed. 
On drier sites (e.g. at Buchan, and Marble Creek near Bindi), it is dominant within 
a characteristic closed shrubland where associated with, e.g. Bursaria lasiophylla 
and Allocasuarina verticillata. 

Page image

931700 Pomaderris oraria Muelleria 7(2): 273
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442471
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030

Page text

273 
Notes: 
Two recently described species [see Muelleria 7(1) 1989] of restricted occurrence 
occur with the Pomaderris, viz. Acacia caerulescens Maslin & Court at Buchan and 
Toorloo Arm (type locality of P. oraria subsp. calcicola ), and Olearia astrolobci Lander 
& Walsh at Marble Gully near Omeo. 
Although in description, the differences between the two subspecies of P. oraria 
may seem trivial, the different appearance of each in the field and their individualistic 
habitat preferences justifies their separation at least at a subspecific level. 
The epithet calcicola (= inhabiting limestone or marble) is derived from the 
subspecies’ habitat preference. 
2. Pomaderris paniculosa F. Muell. ex Reisseck, Linnaea 29:269 (1858). Lectotype 
(here chosen): Nov. Holland, meridional., F. Mueller s.dat. (W), in part, see notes 
below. 
Shrub to 2.5 (but mostly to c. 1) m high. Stipules subulate, c. 2 mm long, 
densely stellate tomentose, early caducous and often apparently lacking. Leaves 
alternate, rotund, broadly elliptic, ovate or obovate, sometimes shallowly emarginate, 
rarely obscurely toothed, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate 
hairs, densely stellate-tomentose below, wholly pale or with larger rusty hairs scattered 
or above the nerves. Inflorescence of axillary and/or terminal panicles or racemes. 
Flowers shortly pedicellate, densely stellate-tomentose on outer surface; thalamus 
tube conical; sepals acute; stamens about as long as sepals; anthers elliptic, 0.5-1 
mm long; style 0.5-1 mm long, deeply trifid; ovary summit densely covered with 
long stellate hairs. Capsule c. 3 mm long; cocci broadly ovate, 2-2.5 mm long, 
dorsally rounded, the membranous operculum occupying the greater part of the inner 
face. Seed as for P. oraria. 
Pomaderris paniculosa subsp. paniculosa 
Pomaderris oraria auctt. non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858): J. H. Willis, Handb. 
PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte ; Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. 
S. Australia 2:812 (1986) pro parte', W. E. Blackall & B. J. Grieve, How to Know 
W. Australian Wildflowers 1&2:331 (1981); S. W. L. Jacobs & J. Pickard, PI. New 
South Wales (1981). 
Pomaderris racemosa auctt. non Hook. (1834): J. M. Black, FI. S. Australia 
546 (1952) pro parte', Benth., FI. Austral. 1:421,422 (1863) (form c only); Ewart, 
FI. Victoria, 748 (1931) pro parte. 
Leaves generally obovate or elliptic, mostly 8-15x6-12 mm, sometimes slightly 
folded about the midrib, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate 
hairs, lateral nerves not strongly impressed; Inflorescence of axillary panicles, or 
more commonly, racemes, about as long as the subtending leaf, often reduced to 
a single umbellate cluster (new growth occurs mostly terminally on flowering 
branches). Flowers with thalamus tube 1-1.5 mm long; sepals 1.5-2 x 1-1.3 mm. 
(Fig. 3) 
Representative Specimens (Total examined 268): 
Western Australia — Gales Brook, 1 863, Maxwell, (MEL, PERTH); 30 km SE of Ongerup, 23.x. 1975, 
K Newbey 4866, (MEL, PERTH); Ravensthorpe Range, 22.ix.1926, C. A. Gardner Herb. 1849, (PERTH); 
South of Roes Rock, Fitzgerald River Natl Park, 34° 00'S, 119° 25'E, 17.vii.1970, A S. George s.n. (PERTH). 
South Australia— Gaw\er town, xi.l 848, F. Mueller (MEL)-, Guichen Bay, ix. 1850,// Mueller (MEL); 
Cape Donnington, Port Lincoln, s. dat., Wilhelmi (MEL); Yorke Peninsula, 1879, Tepper 554 (MEL); 
Northern Yorke Peninsula, Mona Railway Yard c. 5 km W of Bute, 12.x. 1966, B. Copley 723 (AD, 
MEL); Kangaroo Is., Kelly Hill Conservation Reserve, 12 km ENE Cape du Couedic, 4.xiT958, P. G. 
Wilson 712 (AD); Barratts Scrub, 37° 02'S, 140° 16'E, 15. xi. 1981, P. Gibbons 39 (AD, MEL). 
Victoria— Bendigo district, Whipstick, in Mystery Paddock, ll.x.1961, W. Perry s.n. (MEL); NW 
of Lake Albacutya, ix. 1 887, C. French (MEL); Hawkesdale, x.1900, H. B. Williamson s.n. (MEL); The 
Range Flora Reserve, 18 km ENE of Donald, 24.x. 1979, A. C. Beauglehole 65387 (MEL); Limestone 
rises, Jeparit, 12.xi.1899, D’Alton (MEL); Dimboola, 1 3.ix. 1 899, D’Alton (MEL); c. 5 miles NNW of 
Wedderburn, 3 1.x. 1 96 1 , y. H. Willis s.n., (MEL). 

Page image

931701 Pomaderris oraria Muelleria 7(2): 273
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442471
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030

Page text

273 
Notes: 
Two recently described species [see Muelleria 7(1) 1989] of restricted occurrence 
occur with the Pomaderris, viz. Acacia caerulescens Maslin & Court at Buchan and 
Toorloo Arm (type locality of P. oraria subsp. calcicola ), and Olearia astrolobci Lander 
& Walsh at Marble Gully near Omeo. 
Although in description, the differences between the two subspecies of P. oraria 
may seem trivial, the different appearance of each in the field and their individualistic 
habitat preferences justifies their separation at least at a subspecific level. 
The epithet calcicola (= inhabiting limestone or marble) is derived from the 
subspecies’ habitat preference. 
2. Pomaderris paniculosa F. Muell. ex Reisseck, Linnaea 29:269 (1858). Lectotype 
(here chosen): Nov. Holland, meridional., F. Mueller s.dat. (W), in part, see notes 
below. 
Shrub to 2.5 (but mostly to c. 1) m high. Stipules subulate, c. 2 mm long, 
densely stellate tomentose, early caducous and often apparently lacking. Leaves 
alternate, rotund, broadly elliptic, ovate or obovate, sometimes shallowly emarginate, 
rarely obscurely toothed, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate 
hairs, densely stellate-tomentose below, wholly pale or with larger rusty hairs scattered 
or above the nerves. Inflorescence of axillary and/or terminal panicles or racemes. 
Flowers shortly pedicellate, densely stellate-tomentose on outer surface; thalamus 
tube conical; sepals acute; stamens about as long as sepals; anthers elliptic, 0.5-1 
mm long; style 0.5-1 mm long, deeply trifid; ovary summit densely covered with 
long stellate hairs. Capsule c. 3 mm long; cocci broadly ovate, 2-2.5 mm long, 
dorsally rounded, the membranous operculum occupying the greater part of the inner 
face. Seed as for P. oraria. 
Pomaderris paniculosa subsp. paniculosa 
Pomaderris oraria auctt. non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858): J. H. Willis, Handb. 
PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte ; Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. 
S. Australia 2:812 (1986) pro parte', W. E. Blackall & B. J. Grieve, How to Know 
W. Australian Wildflowers 1&2:331 (1981); S. W. L. Jacobs & J. Pickard, PI. New 
South Wales (1981). 
Pomaderris racemosa auctt. non Hook. (1834): J. M. Black, FI. S. Australia 
546 (1952) pro parte', Benth., FI. Austral. 1:421,422 (1863) (form c only); Ewart, 
FI. Victoria, 748 (1931) pro parte. 
Leaves generally obovate or elliptic, mostly 8-15x6-12 mm, sometimes slightly 
folded about the midrib, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate 
hairs, lateral nerves not strongly impressed; Inflorescence of axillary panicles, or 
more commonly, racemes, about as long as the subtending leaf, often reduced to 
a single umbellate cluster (new growth occurs mostly terminally on flowering 
branches). Flowers with thalamus tube 1-1.5 mm long; sepals 1.5-2 x 1-1.3 mm. 
(Fig. 3) 
Representative Specimens (Total examined 268): 
Western Australia — Gales Brook, 1 863, Maxwell, (MEL, PERTH); 30 km SE of Ongerup, 23.x. 1975, 
K Newbey 4866, (MEL, PERTH); Ravensthorpe Range, 22.ix.1926, C. A. Gardner Herb. 1849, (PERTH); 
South of Roes Rock, Fitzgerald River Natl Park, 34° 00'S, 119° 25'E, 17.vii.1970, A S. George s.n. (PERTH). 
South Australia— Gaw\er town, xi.l 848, F. Mueller (MEL)-, Guichen Bay, ix. 1850,// Mueller (MEL); 
Cape Donnington, Port Lincoln, s. dat., Wilhelmi (MEL); Yorke Peninsula, 1879, Tepper 554 (MEL); 
Northern Yorke Peninsula, Mona Railway Yard c. 5 km W of Bute, 12.x. 1966, B. Copley 723 (AD, 
MEL); Kangaroo Is., Kelly Hill Conservation Reserve, 12 km ENE Cape du Couedic, 4.xiT958, P. G. 
Wilson 712 (AD); Barratts Scrub, 37° 02'S, 140° 16'E, 15. xi. 1981, P. Gibbons 39 (AD, MEL). 
Victoria— Bendigo district, Whipstick, in Mystery Paddock, ll.x.1961, W. Perry s.n. (MEL); NW 
of Lake Albacutya, ix. 1 887, C. French (MEL); Hawkesdale, x.1900, H. B. Williamson s.n. (MEL); The 
Range Flora Reserve, 18 km ENE of Donald, 24.x. 1979, A. C. Beauglehole 65387 (MEL); Limestone 
rises, Jeparit, 12.xi.1899, D’Alton (MEL); Dimboola, 1 3.ix. 1 899, D’Alton (MEL); c. 5 miles NNW of 
Wedderburn, 3 1.x. 1 96 1 , y. H. Willis s.n., (MEL). 

Page image

931702 Pomaderris oraria Muelleria 7(2): 273
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442471
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030

Page text

273 
Notes: 
Two recently described species [see Muelleria 7(1) 1989] of restricted occurrence 
occur with the Pomaderris, viz. Acacia caerulescens Maslin & Court at Buchan and 
Toorloo Arm (type locality of P. oraria subsp. calcicola ), and Olearia astrolobci Lander 
& Walsh at Marble Gully near Omeo. 
Although in description, the differences between the two subspecies of P. oraria 
may seem trivial, the different appearance of each in the field and their individualistic 
habitat preferences justifies their separation at least at a subspecific level. 
The epithet calcicola (= inhabiting limestone or marble) is derived from the 
subspecies’ habitat preference. 
2. Pomaderris paniculosa F. Muell. ex Reisseck, Linnaea 29:269 (1858). Lectotype 
(here chosen): Nov. Holland, meridional., F. Mueller s.dat. (W), in part, see notes 
below. 
Shrub to 2.5 (but mostly to c. 1) m high. Stipules subulate, c. 2 mm long, 
densely stellate tomentose, early caducous and often apparently lacking. Leaves 
alternate, rotund, broadly elliptic, ovate or obovate, sometimes shallowly emarginate, 
rarely obscurely toothed, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate 
hairs, densely stellate-tomentose below, wholly pale or with larger rusty hairs scattered 
or above the nerves. Inflorescence of axillary and/or terminal panicles or racemes. 
Flowers shortly pedicellate, densely stellate-tomentose on outer surface; thalamus 
tube conical; sepals acute; stamens about as long as sepals; anthers elliptic, 0.5-1 
mm long; style 0.5-1 mm long, deeply trifid; ovary summit densely covered with 
long stellate hairs. Capsule c. 3 mm long; cocci broadly ovate, 2-2.5 mm long, 
dorsally rounded, the membranous operculum occupying the greater part of the inner 
face. Seed as for P. oraria. 
Pomaderris paniculosa subsp. paniculosa 
Pomaderris oraria auctt. non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858): J. H. Willis, Handb. 
PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte ; Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. 
S. Australia 2:812 (1986) pro parte', W. E. Blackall & B. J. Grieve, How to Know 
W. Australian Wildflowers 1&2:331 (1981); S. W. L. Jacobs & J. Pickard, PI. New 
South Wales (1981). 
Pomaderris racemosa auctt. non Hook. (1834): J. M. Black, FI. S. Australia 
546 (1952) pro parte', Benth., FI. Austral. 1:421,422 (1863) (form c only); Ewart, 
FI. Victoria, 748 (1931) pro parte. 
Leaves generally obovate or elliptic, mostly 8-15x6-12 mm, sometimes slightly 
folded about the midrib, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate 
hairs, lateral nerves not strongly impressed; Inflorescence of axillary panicles, or 
more commonly, racemes, about as long as the subtending leaf, often reduced to 
a single umbellate cluster (new growth occurs mostly terminally on flowering 
branches). Flowers with thalamus tube 1-1.5 mm long; sepals 1.5-2 x 1-1.3 mm. 
(Fig. 3) 
Representative Specimens (Total examined 268): 
Western Australia — Gales Brook, 1 863, Maxwell, (MEL, PERTH); 30 km SE of Ongerup, 23.x. 1975, 
K Newbey 4866, (MEL, PERTH); Ravensthorpe Range, 22.ix.1926, C. A. Gardner Herb. 1849, (PERTH); 
South of Roes Rock, Fitzgerald River Natl Park, 34° 00'S, 119° 25'E, 17.vii.1970, A S. George s.n. (PERTH). 
South Australia— Gaw\er town, xi.l 848, F. Mueller (MEL)-, Guichen Bay, ix. 1850,// Mueller (MEL); 
Cape Donnington, Port Lincoln, s. dat., Wilhelmi (MEL); Yorke Peninsula, 1879, Tepper 554 (MEL); 
Northern Yorke Peninsula, Mona Railway Yard c. 5 km W of Bute, 12.x. 1966, B. Copley 723 (AD, 
MEL); Kangaroo Is., Kelly Hill Conservation Reserve, 12 km ENE Cape du Couedic, 4.xiT958, P. G. 
Wilson 712 (AD); Barratts Scrub, 37° 02'S, 140° 16'E, 15. xi. 1981, P. Gibbons 39 (AD, MEL). 
Victoria— Bendigo district, Whipstick, in Mystery Paddock, ll.x.1961, W. Perry s.n. (MEL); NW 
of Lake Albacutya, ix. 1 887, C. French (MEL); Hawkesdale, x.1900, H. B. Williamson s.n. (MEL); The 
Range Flora Reserve, 18 km ENE of Donald, 24.x. 1979, A. C. Beauglehole 65387 (MEL); Limestone 
rises, Jeparit, 12.xi.1899, D’Alton (MEL); Dimboola, 1 3.ix. 1 899, D’Alton (MEL); c. 5 miles NNW of 
Wedderburn, 3 1.x. 1 96 1 , y. H. Willis s.n., (MEL). 

Page image

931703 Pomaderris oraria Muelleria 7(2): 273
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442471
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030

Page text

273 
Notes: 
Two recently described species [see Muelleria 7(1) 1989] of restricted occurrence 
occur with the Pomaderris, viz. Acacia caerulescens Maslin & Court at Buchan and 
Toorloo Arm (type locality of P. oraria subsp. calcicola ), and Olearia astrolobci Lander 
& Walsh at Marble Gully near Omeo. 
Although in description, the differences between the two subspecies of P. oraria 
may seem trivial, the different appearance of each in the field and their individualistic 
habitat preferences justifies their separation at least at a subspecific level. 
The epithet calcicola (= inhabiting limestone or marble) is derived from the 
subspecies’ habitat preference. 
2. Pomaderris paniculosa F. Muell. ex Reisseck, Linnaea 29:269 (1858). Lectotype 
(here chosen): Nov. Holland, meridional., F. Mueller s.dat. (W), in part, see notes 
below. 
Shrub to 2.5 (but mostly to c. 1) m high. Stipules subulate, c. 2 mm long, 
densely stellate tomentose, early caducous and often apparently lacking. Leaves 
alternate, rotund, broadly elliptic, ovate or obovate, sometimes shallowly emarginate, 
rarely obscurely toothed, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate 
hairs, densely stellate-tomentose below, wholly pale or with larger rusty hairs scattered 
or above the nerves. Inflorescence of axillary and/or terminal panicles or racemes. 
Flowers shortly pedicellate, densely stellate-tomentose on outer surface; thalamus 
tube conical; sepals acute; stamens about as long as sepals; anthers elliptic, 0.5-1 
mm long; style 0.5-1 mm long, deeply trifid; ovary summit densely covered with 
long stellate hairs. Capsule c. 3 mm long; cocci broadly ovate, 2-2.5 mm long, 
dorsally rounded, the membranous operculum occupying the greater part of the inner 
face. Seed as for P. oraria. 
Pomaderris paniculosa subsp. paniculosa 
Pomaderris oraria auctt. non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858): J. H. Willis, Handb. 
PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte ; Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. 
S. Australia 2:812 (1986) pro parte', W. E. Blackall & B. J. Grieve, How to Know 
W. Australian Wildflowers 1&2:331 (1981); S. W. L. Jacobs & J. Pickard, PI. New 
South Wales (1981). 
Pomaderris racemosa auctt. non Hook. (1834): J. M. Black, FI. S. Australia 
546 (1952) pro parte', Benth., FI. Austral. 1:421,422 (1863) (form c only); Ewart, 
FI. Victoria, 748 (1931) pro parte. 
Leaves generally obovate or elliptic, mostly 8-15x6-12 mm, sometimes slightly 
folded about the midrib, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate 
hairs, lateral nerves not strongly impressed; Inflorescence of axillary panicles, or 
more commonly, racemes, about as long as the subtending leaf, often reduced to 
a single umbellate cluster (new growth occurs mostly terminally on flowering 
branches). Flowers with thalamus tube 1-1.5 mm long; sepals 1.5-2 x 1-1.3 mm. 
(Fig. 3) 
Representative Specimens (Total examined 268): 
Western Australia — Gales Brook, 1 863, Maxwell, (MEL, PERTH); 30 km SE of Ongerup, 23.x. 1975, 
K Newbey 4866, (MEL, PERTH); Ravensthorpe Range, 22.ix.1926, C. A. Gardner Herb. 1849, (PERTH); 
South of Roes Rock, Fitzgerald River Natl Park, 34° 00'S, 119° 25'E, 17.vii.1970, A S. George s.n. (PERTH). 
South Australia— Gaw\er town, xi.l 848, F. Mueller (MEL)-, Guichen Bay, ix. 1850,// Mueller (MEL); 
Cape Donnington, Port Lincoln, s. dat., Wilhelmi (MEL); Yorke Peninsula, 1879, Tepper 554 (MEL); 
Northern Yorke Peninsula, Mona Railway Yard c. 5 km W of Bute, 12.x. 1966, B. Copley 723 (AD, 
MEL); Kangaroo Is., Kelly Hill Conservation Reserve, 12 km ENE Cape du Couedic, 4.xiT958, P. G. 
Wilson 712 (AD); Barratts Scrub, 37° 02'S, 140° 16'E, 15. xi. 1981, P. Gibbons 39 (AD, MEL). 
Victoria— Bendigo district, Whipstick, in Mystery Paddock, ll.x.1961, W. Perry s.n. (MEL); NW 
of Lake Albacutya, ix. 1 887, C. French (MEL); Hawkesdale, x.1900, H. B. Williamson s.n. (MEL); The 
Range Flora Reserve, 18 km ENE of Donald, 24.x. 1979, A. C. Beauglehole 65387 (MEL); Limestone 
rises, Jeparit, 12.xi.1899, D’Alton (MEL); Dimboola, 1 3.ix. 1 899, D’Alton (MEL); c. 5 miles NNW of 
Wedderburn, 3 1.x. 1 96 1 , y. H. Willis s.n., (MEL). 

Page image

931707 Pomaderris oraria Muelleria 7(2): 274
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442472
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030
931708 Pomaderris oraria Muelleria 7(2): 274
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442472
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030
931709 Pomaderris oraria Muelleria 7(2): 274
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442472
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030
931710 Pomaderris oraria Muelleria 7(2): 274
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442472
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030
931716 Pomaderris oraria Muelleria 7(2): 282
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442480
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030
931717 Pomaderris oraria Muelleria 7(2): 284
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442482
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030
584669 Pomaderris oraria oraria Muelleria 7(2): 269, figs. 1, 9 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442467
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030
584670 Pomaderris oraria calcicola Muelleria 7(2): 271, 273, figs. 2, 9 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442469
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030
545327 Pomaderris paniculosa Muelleria 7(2): 273
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442471
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030

Page text

273 
Notes: 
Two recently described species [see Muelleria 7(1) 1989] of restricted occurrence 
occur with the Pomaderris, viz. Acacia caerulescens Maslin & Court at Buchan and 
Toorloo Arm (type locality of P. oraria subsp. calcicola ), and Olearia astrolobci Lander 
& Walsh at Marble Gully near Omeo. 
Although in description, the differences between the two subspecies of P. oraria 
may seem trivial, the different appearance of each in the field and their individualistic 
habitat preferences justifies their separation at least at a subspecific level. 
The epithet calcicola (= inhabiting limestone or marble) is derived from the 
subspecies’ habitat preference. 
2. Pomaderris paniculosa F. Muell. ex Reisseck, Linnaea 29:269 (1858). Lectotype 
(here chosen): Nov. Holland, meridional., F. Mueller s.dat. (W), in part, see notes 
below. 
Shrub to 2.5 (but mostly to c. 1) m high. Stipules subulate, c. 2 mm long, 
densely stellate tomentose, early caducous and often apparently lacking. Leaves 
alternate, rotund, broadly elliptic, ovate or obovate, sometimes shallowly emarginate, 
rarely obscurely toothed, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate 
hairs, densely stellate-tomentose below, wholly pale or with larger rusty hairs scattered 
or above the nerves. Inflorescence of axillary and/or terminal panicles or racemes. 
Flowers shortly pedicellate, densely stellate-tomentose on outer surface; thalamus 
tube conical; sepals acute; stamens about as long as sepals; anthers elliptic, 0.5-1 
mm long; style 0.5-1 mm long, deeply trifid; ovary summit densely covered with 
long stellate hairs. Capsule c. 3 mm long; cocci broadly ovate, 2-2.5 mm long, 
dorsally rounded, the membranous operculum occupying the greater part of the inner 
face. Seed as for P. oraria. 
Pomaderris paniculosa subsp. paniculosa 
Pomaderris oraria auctt. non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858): J. H. Willis, Handb. 
PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte ; Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. 
S. Australia 2:812 (1986) pro parte', W. E. Blackall & B. J. Grieve, How to Know 
W. Australian Wildflowers 1&2:331 (1981); S. W. L. Jacobs & J. Pickard, PI. New 
South Wales (1981). 
Pomaderris racemosa auctt. non Hook. (1834): J. M. Black, FI. S. Australia 
546 (1952) pro parte', Benth., FI. Austral. 1:421,422 (1863) (form c only); Ewart, 
FI. Victoria, 748 (1931) pro parte. 
Leaves generally obovate or elliptic, mostly 8-15x6-12 mm, sometimes slightly 
folded about the midrib, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate 
hairs, lateral nerves not strongly impressed; Inflorescence of axillary panicles, or 
more commonly, racemes, about as long as the subtending leaf, often reduced to 
a single umbellate cluster (new growth occurs mostly terminally on flowering 
branches). Flowers with thalamus tube 1-1.5 mm long; sepals 1.5-2 x 1-1.3 mm. 
(Fig. 3) 
Representative Specimens (Total examined 268): 
Western Australia — Gales Brook, 1 863, Maxwell, (MEL, PERTH); 30 km SE of Ongerup, 23.x. 1975, 
K Newbey 4866, (MEL, PERTH); Ravensthorpe Range, 22.ix.1926, C. A. Gardner Herb. 1849, (PERTH); 
South of Roes Rock, Fitzgerald River Natl Park, 34° 00'S, 119° 25'E, 17.vii.1970, A S. George s.n. (PERTH). 
South Australia— Gaw\er town, xi.l 848, F. Mueller (MEL)-, Guichen Bay, ix. 1850,// Mueller (MEL); 
Cape Donnington, Port Lincoln, s. dat., Wilhelmi (MEL); Yorke Peninsula, 1879, Tepper 554 (MEL); 
Northern Yorke Peninsula, Mona Railway Yard c. 5 km W of Bute, 12.x. 1966, B. Copley 723 (AD, 
MEL); Kangaroo Is., Kelly Hill Conservation Reserve, 12 km ENE Cape du Couedic, 4.xiT958, P. G. 
Wilson 712 (AD); Barratts Scrub, 37° 02'S, 140° 16'E, 15. xi. 1981, P. Gibbons 39 (AD, MEL). 
Victoria— Bendigo district, Whipstick, in Mystery Paddock, ll.x.1961, W. Perry s.n. (MEL); NW 
of Lake Albacutya, ix. 1 887, C. French (MEL); Hawkesdale, x.1900, H. B. Williamson s.n. (MEL); The 
Range Flora Reserve, 18 km ENE of Donald, 24.x. 1979, A. C. Beauglehole 65387 (MEL); Limestone 
rises, Jeparit, 12.xi.1899, D’Alton (MEL); Dimboola, 1 3.ix. 1 899, D’Alton (MEL); c. 5 miles NNW of 
Wedderburn, 3 1.x. 1 96 1 , y. H. Willis s.n., (MEL). 

Page image

584667 Pomaderris paniculosa paniculosa Muelleria 7(2): 273-274, figs. 3, 9 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2): 273-274, figs. 3, 9 (map)".

584671 Pomaderris paniculosa paralia Muelleria 7(2): 274, 276, 279, figs. 4, 9 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442472
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030
551511 Pomaderris parrisiae Muelleria 7(2): 207, Fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442351
Page is part of the work Two New Species of Pomaderris Labill. (Rhamnaceae) from New South Wales Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184024

Page text

TWO NEW SPECIES OF POMADERRIS Labill. (RHAMNACEAE) FROM 
NEW SOUTH WALES. 
by 
N. G. Walsh* 
ABSTRACT 
Walsh, N. G. Two new species of Pomaderris Labill. (Rhamnaceae) from New South 
Wales. Muelleria 7(2): 207-212 (1990). — P. parrisiae and P. cocoparrana from 
southern New South Wales are illustrated and described as new species. Their 
distribution, ecology and relationships to other species of Pomaderris are briefly 
discussed. 
INTRODUCTION 
This is the third recent paper by the present author describing new taxa in 
Pomaderris, toward a general review of the genus. The other articles appeared in 
Muelleria 6:6 and 7:1 (1988 and 1989 respectively). 
TAXONOMY 
Pomaderris parrisiae N. G. Walsh, sp. nov. 
Species nova P. andromedifolia A. Cunn. affinis, a qua foliis majoribus, extremis ambabus acutibus, 
pilis subter foliis sparsioribus, et inflorescentibus laxioribus et latioribus differt. 
TypuS: New South Wales — South Coast, 0.6 km N of Pipers Lookout (Snowy 
Mountains Highway) along track to Rutherford Weir, 36° 35' S, 149° 27' E, alt. 820 
m a.s.l., 18.x. 1987, M. Parris 9217 (Holotypus MEL 693093; ISOTYPl BRI, CBG, 
HO, NSW.). 
Shrub to small, slender tree, to 9 m high. Branchlets and petioles covered by 
short, appressed, silvery hairs. Lamina elliptic to lanceolate, (2— )4— 8 cm x (6-) 10-25 
mm, acute at base and apex; margins flat or slightly recurved; penninerved with 
8-18 (mostly c. 12) pairs of lateral veins, secondary veins not apparent; upper surface 
green, entirely glabrous; lower surface silvery, closely covered with a fine stellate 
indumentum overlain, but not obscured by, short (c. 0.5 mm), appressed, simple 
hairs. Stipules lanceolate c. 5 mm long, keeled, early deciduous. Inflorescence mostly 
loosely paniculate, hemispherical to corymbose, 3-8 cm diam. Pedicels c. 5 mm 
long. Sepals oblong, acute, 2.5-3 mm long, spreading or recurved at anthesis, covered 
externally with a fine stellate tomentum which is largely obscured by a layer of 
longer silky, simple hairs, glabrous and creamy yellow on the inner surface. Petals 
ovate to deltoid with crenulate margins, narrowed at the base to a claw which is 
slightly shorter than the blade, the whole slightly shorter than the sepals, and pale 
yellow. Staminal filaments c. 2 mm long; anthers oblong, c. 1.5 mm long. Style c. 
2 mm long, divided to about midway into 3 spreading arms. Capsule broadly ellipsoid, 
c. 4 mm long. Seed flattened ellipsoid-obloid, pale brown c. 2.5 x 1.5 mm, including 
the pale apical aril c. 0.5 mm long. (Fig. 1) 
Other Specimens Examined: 
New SouthWales — From type locality — 18. xi. 1987, M. Parris 9216 (MEL 1 12564, CANB, CBG, 
NSW); 20. ix. 1987, J. D. Briggs 2263, 2264 (MEL 1556040, MEL 1556041 resp., CANB, CBG, HO, 
NSW); ll.ix.1988, N. G. Walsh 2404 (MEL 1564744, CANB, NSW). Southern Tablelands — Brown 
Mountain, 7.x. 1959, E Gauba (CBG 016140); Wadbilliga National Park, Wadbilliga Fire Trail. 5.3 
km SW from Wadbilliga R. crossing, 36° 17'30" S, 149°34T0" E, alt. 900 m, 9. i. 1987, J. D. Briggs 
2186 & M. Parris (MEL 687157, BRI, CANB, CBG, NSW); Conways Gap, NE of Kybean, 36° 16' 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
207 

Page image

911629 Pomaderris racemosa Muelleria 7(2): 269
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442467
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030
911630 Pomaderris racemosa Muelleria 7(2): 269
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442467
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030
931698 Pomaderris racemosa Muelleria 7(2): 269
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442467
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030
931704 Pomaderris racemosa Muelleria 7(2): 273
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442471
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030

Page text

273 
Notes: 
Two recently described species [see Muelleria 7(1) 1989] of restricted occurrence 
occur with the Pomaderris, viz. Acacia caerulescens Maslin & Court at Buchan and 
Toorloo Arm (type locality of P. oraria subsp. calcicola ), and Olearia astrolobci Lander 
& Walsh at Marble Gully near Omeo. 
Although in description, the differences between the two subspecies of P. oraria 
may seem trivial, the different appearance of each in the field and their individualistic 
habitat preferences justifies their separation at least at a subspecific level. 
The epithet calcicola (= inhabiting limestone or marble) is derived from the 
subspecies’ habitat preference. 
2. Pomaderris paniculosa F. Muell. ex Reisseck, Linnaea 29:269 (1858). Lectotype 
(here chosen): Nov. Holland, meridional., F. Mueller s.dat. (W), in part, see notes 
below. 
Shrub to 2.5 (but mostly to c. 1) m high. Stipules subulate, c. 2 mm long, 
densely stellate tomentose, early caducous and often apparently lacking. Leaves 
alternate, rotund, broadly elliptic, ovate or obovate, sometimes shallowly emarginate, 
rarely obscurely toothed, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate 
hairs, densely stellate-tomentose below, wholly pale or with larger rusty hairs scattered 
or above the nerves. Inflorescence of axillary and/or terminal panicles or racemes. 
Flowers shortly pedicellate, densely stellate-tomentose on outer surface; thalamus 
tube conical; sepals acute; stamens about as long as sepals; anthers elliptic, 0.5-1 
mm long; style 0.5-1 mm long, deeply trifid; ovary summit densely covered with 
long stellate hairs. Capsule c. 3 mm long; cocci broadly ovate, 2-2.5 mm long, 
dorsally rounded, the membranous operculum occupying the greater part of the inner 
face. Seed as for P. oraria. 
Pomaderris paniculosa subsp. paniculosa 
Pomaderris oraria auctt. non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858): J. H. Willis, Handb. 
PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte ; Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. 
S. Australia 2:812 (1986) pro parte', W. E. Blackall & B. J. Grieve, How to Know 
W. Australian Wildflowers 1&2:331 (1981); S. W. L. Jacobs & J. Pickard, PI. New 
South Wales (1981). 
Pomaderris racemosa auctt. non Hook. (1834): J. M. Black, FI. S. Australia 
546 (1952) pro parte', Benth., FI. Austral. 1:421,422 (1863) (form c only); Ewart, 
FI. Victoria, 748 (1931) pro parte. 
Leaves generally obovate or elliptic, mostly 8-15x6-12 mm, sometimes slightly 
folded about the midrib, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate 
hairs, lateral nerves not strongly impressed; Inflorescence of axillary panicles, or 
more commonly, racemes, about as long as the subtending leaf, often reduced to 
a single umbellate cluster (new growth occurs mostly terminally on flowering 
branches). Flowers with thalamus tube 1-1.5 mm long; sepals 1.5-2 x 1-1.3 mm. 
(Fig. 3) 
Representative Specimens (Total examined 268): 
Western Australia — Gales Brook, 1 863, Maxwell, (MEL, PERTH); 30 km SE of Ongerup, 23.x. 1975, 
K Newbey 4866, (MEL, PERTH); Ravensthorpe Range, 22.ix.1926, C. A. Gardner Herb. 1849, (PERTH); 
South of Roes Rock, Fitzgerald River Natl Park, 34° 00'S, 119° 25'E, 17.vii.1970, A S. George s.n. (PERTH). 
South Australia— Gaw\er town, xi.l 848, F. Mueller (MEL)-, Guichen Bay, ix. 1850,// Mueller (MEL); 
Cape Donnington, Port Lincoln, s. dat., Wilhelmi (MEL); Yorke Peninsula, 1879, Tepper 554 (MEL); 
Northern Yorke Peninsula, Mona Railway Yard c. 5 km W of Bute, 12.x. 1966, B. Copley 723 (AD, 
MEL); Kangaroo Is., Kelly Hill Conservation Reserve, 12 km ENE Cape du Couedic, 4.xiT958, P. G. 
Wilson 712 (AD); Barratts Scrub, 37° 02'S, 140° 16'E, 15. xi. 1981, P. Gibbons 39 (AD, MEL). 
Victoria— Bendigo district, Whipstick, in Mystery Paddock, ll.x.1961, W. Perry s.n. (MEL); NW 
of Lake Albacutya, ix. 1 887, C. French (MEL); Hawkesdale, x.1900, H. B. Williamson s.n. (MEL); The 
Range Flora Reserve, 18 km ENE of Donald, 24.x. 1979, A. C. Beauglehole 65387 (MEL); Limestone 
rises, Jeparit, 12.xi.1899, D’Alton (MEL); Dimboola, 1 3.ix. 1 899, D’Alton (MEL); c. 5 miles NNW of 
Wedderburn, 3 1.x. 1 96 1 , y. H. Willis s.n., (MEL). 

Page image

931705 Pomaderris racemosa Muelleria 7(2): 273
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442471
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030

Page text

273 
Notes: 
Two recently described species [see Muelleria 7(1) 1989] of restricted occurrence 
occur with the Pomaderris, viz. Acacia caerulescens Maslin & Court at Buchan and 
Toorloo Arm (type locality of P. oraria subsp. calcicola ), and Olearia astrolobci Lander 
& Walsh at Marble Gully near Omeo. 
Although in description, the differences between the two subspecies of P. oraria 
may seem trivial, the different appearance of each in the field and their individualistic 
habitat preferences justifies their separation at least at a subspecific level. 
The epithet calcicola (= inhabiting limestone or marble) is derived from the 
subspecies’ habitat preference. 
2. Pomaderris paniculosa F. Muell. ex Reisseck, Linnaea 29:269 (1858). Lectotype 
(here chosen): Nov. Holland, meridional., F. Mueller s.dat. (W), in part, see notes 
below. 
Shrub to 2.5 (but mostly to c. 1) m high. Stipules subulate, c. 2 mm long, 
densely stellate tomentose, early caducous and often apparently lacking. Leaves 
alternate, rotund, broadly elliptic, ovate or obovate, sometimes shallowly emarginate, 
rarely obscurely toothed, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate 
hairs, densely stellate-tomentose below, wholly pale or with larger rusty hairs scattered 
or above the nerves. Inflorescence of axillary and/or terminal panicles or racemes. 
Flowers shortly pedicellate, densely stellate-tomentose on outer surface; thalamus 
tube conical; sepals acute; stamens about as long as sepals; anthers elliptic, 0.5-1 
mm long; style 0.5-1 mm long, deeply trifid; ovary summit densely covered with 
long stellate hairs. Capsule c. 3 mm long; cocci broadly ovate, 2-2.5 mm long, 
dorsally rounded, the membranous operculum occupying the greater part of the inner 
face. Seed as for P. oraria. 
Pomaderris paniculosa subsp. paniculosa 
Pomaderris oraria auctt. non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858): J. H. Willis, Handb. 
PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte ; Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. 
S. Australia 2:812 (1986) pro parte', W. E. Blackall & B. J. Grieve, How to Know 
W. Australian Wildflowers 1&2:331 (1981); S. W. L. Jacobs & J. Pickard, PI. New 
South Wales (1981). 
Pomaderris racemosa auctt. non Hook. (1834): J. M. Black, FI. S. Australia 
546 (1952) pro parte', Benth., FI. Austral. 1:421,422 (1863) (form c only); Ewart, 
FI. Victoria, 748 (1931) pro parte. 
Leaves generally obovate or elliptic, mostly 8-15x6-12 mm, sometimes slightly 
folded about the midrib, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate 
hairs, lateral nerves not strongly impressed; Inflorescence of axillary panicles, or 
more commonly, racemes, about as long as the subtending leaf, often reduced to 
a single umbellate cluster (new growth occurs mostly terminally on flowering 
branches). Flowers with thalamus tube 1-1.5 mm long; sepals 1.5-2 x 1-1.3 mm. 
(Fig. 3) 
Representative Specimens (Total examined 268): 
Western Australia — Gales Brook, 1 863, Maxwell, (MEL, PERTH); 30 km SE of Ongerup, 23.x. 1975, 
K Newbey 4866, (MEL, PERTH); Ravensthorpe Range, 22.ix.1926, C. A. Gardner Herb. 1849, (PERTH); 
South of Roes Rock, Fitzgerald River Natl Park, 34° 00'S, 119° 25'E, 17.vii.1970, A S. George s.n. (PERTH). 
South Australia— Gaw\er town, xi.l 848, F. Mueller (MEL)-, Guichen Bay, ix. 1850,// Mueller (MEL); 
Cape Donnington, Port Lincoln, s. dat., Wilhelmi (MEL); Yorke Peninsula, 1879, Tepper 554 (MEL); 
Northern Yorke Peninsula, Mona Railway Yard c. 5 km W of Bute, 12.x. 1966, B. Copley 723 (AD, 
MEL); Kangaroo Is., Kelly Hill Conservation Reserve, 12 km ENE Cape du Couedic, 4.xiT958, P. G. 
Wilson 712 (AD); Barratts Scrub, 37° 02'S, 140° 16'E, 15. xi. 1981, P. Gibbons 39 (AD, MEL). 
Victoria— Bendigo district, Whipstick, in Mystery Paddock, ll.x.1961, W. Perry s.n. (MEL); NW 
of Lake Albacutya, ix. 1 887, C. French (MEL); Hawkesdale, x.1900, H. B. Williamson s.n. (MEL); The 
Range Flora Reserve, 18 km ENE of Donald, 24.x. 1979, A. C. Beauglehole 65387 (MEL); Limestone 
rises, Jeparit, 12.xi.1899, D’Alton (MEL); Dimboola, 1 3.ix. 1 899, D’Alton (MEL); c. 5 miles NNW of 
Wedderburn, 3 1.x. 1 96 1 , y. H. Willis s.n., (MEL). 

Page image

931706 Pomaderris racemosa Muelleria 7(2): 273
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442471
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030

Page text

273 
Notes: 
Two recently described species [see Muelleria 7(1) 1989] of restricted occurrence 
occur with the Pomaderris, viz. Acacia caerulescens Maslin & Court at Buchan and 
Toorloo Arm (type locality of P. oraria subsp. calcicola ), and Olearia astrolobci Lander 
& Walsh at Marble Gully near Omeo. 
Although in description, the differences between the two subspecies of P. oraria 
may seem trivial, the different appearance of each in the field and their individualistic 
habitat preferences justifies their separation at least at a subspecific level. 
The epithet calcicola (= inhabiting limestone or marble) is derived from the 
subspecies’ habitat preference. 
2. Pomaderris paniculosa F. Muell. ex Reisseck, Linnaea 29:269 (1858). Lectotype 
(here chosen): Nov. Holland, meridional., F. Mueller s.dat. (W), in part, see notes 
below. 
Shrub to 2.5 (but mostly to c. 1) m high. Stipules subulate, c. 2 mm long, 
densely stellate tomentose, early caducous and often apparently lacking. Leaves 
alternate, rotund, broadly elliptic, ovate or obovate, sometimes shallowly emarginate, 
rarely obscurely toothed, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate 
hairs, densely stellate-tomentose below, wholly pale or with larger rusty hairs scattered 
or above the nerves. Inflorescence of axillary and/or terminal panicles or racemes. 
Flowers shortly pedicellate, densely stellate-tomentose on outer surface; thalamus 
tube conical; sepals acute; stamens about as long as sepals; anthers elliptic, 0.5-1 
mm long; style 0.5-1 mm long, deeply trifid; ovary summit densely covered with 
long stellate hairs. Capsule c. 3 mm long; cocci broadly ovate, 2-2.5 mm long, 
dorsally rounded, the membranous operculum occupying the greater part of the inner 
face. Seed as for P. oraria. 
Pomaderris paniculosa subsp. paniculosa 
Pomaderris oraria auctt. non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858): J. H. Willis, Handb. 
PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte ; Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. 
S. Australia 2:812 (1986) pro parte', W. E. Blackall & B. J. Grieve, How to Know 
W. Australian Wildflowers 1&2:331 (1981); S. W. L. Jacobs & J. Pickard, PI. New 
South Wales (1981). 
Pomaderris racemosa auctt. non Hook. (1834): J. M. Black, FI. S. Australia 
546 (1952) pro parte', Benth., FI. Austral. 1:421,422 (1863) (form c only); Ewart, 
FI. Victoria, 748 (1931) pro parte. 
Leaves generally obovate or elliptic, mostly 8-15x6-12 mm, sometimes slightly 
folded about the midrib, glabrous or very shortly hispid above with simple or stellate 
hairs, lateral nerves not strongly impressed; Inflorescence of axillary panicles, or 
more commonly, racemes, about as long as the subtending leaf, often reduced to 
a single umbellate cluster (new growth occurs mostly terminally on flowering 
branches). Flowers with thalamus tube 1-1.5 mm long; sepals 1.5-2 x 1-1.3 mm. 
(Fig. 3) 
Representative Specimens (Total examined 268): 
Western Australia — Gales Brook, 1 863, Maxwell, (MEL, PERTH); 30 km SE of Ongerup, 23.x. 1975, 
K Newbey 4866, (MEL, PERTH); Ravensthorpe Range, 22.ix.1926, C. A. Gardner Herb. 1849, (PERTH); 
South of Roes Rock, Fitzgerald River Natl Park, 34° 00'S, 119° 25'E, 17.vii.1970, A S. George s.n. (PERTH). 
South Australia— Gaw\er town, xi.l 848, F. Mueller (MEL)-, Guichen Bay, ix. 1850,// Mueller (MEL); 
Cape Donnington, Port Lincoln, s. dat., Wilhelmi (MEL); Yorke Peninsula, 1879, Tepper 554 (MEL); 
Northern Yorke Peninsula, Mona Railway Yard c. 5 km W of Bute, 12.x. 1966, B. Copley 723 (AD, 
MEL); Kangaroo Is., Kelly Hill Conservation Reserve, 12 km ENE Cape du Couedic, 4.xiT958, P. G. 
Wilson 712 (AD); Barratts Scrub, 37° 02'S, 140° 16'E, 15. xi. 1981, P. Gibbons 39 (AD, MEL). 
Victoria— Bendigo district, Whipstick, in Mystery Paddock, ll.x.1961, W. Perry s.n. (MEL); NW 
of Lake Albacutya, ix. 1 887, C. French (MEL); Hawkesdale, x.1900, H. B. Williamson s.n. (MEL); The 
Range Flora Reserve, 18 km ENE of Donald, 24.x. 1979, A. C. Beauglehole 65387 (MEL); Limestone 
rises, Jeparit, 12.xi.1899, D’Alton (MEL); Dimboola, 1 3.ix. 1 899, D’Alton (MEL); c. 5 miles NNW of 
Wedderburn, 3 1.x. 1 96 1 , y. H. Willis s.n., (MEL). 

Page image

931711 Pomaderris racemosa Muelleria 7(2): 274
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442472
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030

Page text

274 
Distribution and Conservation Status (Fig. 9): 
In Western Australia, scattered from the Ravensthorpe-Ongerup district 
eastward to near Esperance, apparently absent from there to about Ceduna in South 
Australia, thence from the eastern part of the Great Australian Bight near to the 
coast eastward and inland across to the Victorian Wimmera (where now probably 
extinct) through to the Bendigo area. Bentham gives ‘desert of the Darling and Murray, 
F. Mueller’ but I have not seen this specimen or any others from New South Wales. 
A specimen in NSW from the Bourke district, collected in 1912 formerly regarded 
as P. oraria (e.g. Cunningham et al, 1982, Jacobs & Pickard, 1981), belongs to 
a species of Keraudrenia , probably K integrifolia. P. paniculosa subsp. paniculosa 
is not regarded as being rare or vulnerable in Australia, but has been substantially 
depleted through much of its range in Victoria. 
Habitat: 
Occurs principally in semi-arid areas (annual rainfall c. 500 mm or less), on 
soils derived from marine sediments (limestone, sandstone) or aeolian sand. The 
most commonly associated vegetation type is mallee scrub or woodland. Ecological 
information from labels is scanty but Eucalyptus viridus, E. microcarpa , and E. 
leucoxylon are given as associated species in Victoria, £ porosa, £. gracilis, £ socialis, 
£ cladocalyx and £ leucoxylon in South Australia and £ eremophila in Western 
Australia. 
Notes: 
The type sheet at W consists of four small twigs, all of which conform to 
the typical form of P. paniculosa as defined herein. The twig mounted^ to the left 
of the sheet (the largest) has numerous flowers and leaves with a fine stellate 
indumentum on the adaxial surface. The twig to its right has few flowers and leaves 
with simple hairs adaxially. The two twigs mounted on the right of the sheet are 
sterile and have leaves which are glabrous adaxially. These four pieces may have 
been provided by Mueller to represent the range of variation of leaf indumentum 
states within the species, but as the sheet clearly comprises more than one collection, 
the larger, flowering specimen on the left of the sheet is here chosen as the lectotype. 
The presence or nature of the indumentum on the upper surfaces of the leaves, 
although generally a useful and often critical feature in distinguishing taxa in 
Pomaderris, in this subspecies does not appear to correlate with any other discontinuous 
characters. Forms with either glabrous or hispid leaf upper-surfaces occur together. 
A sheet at MEL (55467) from near Bendigo, Vic., consists of three flowering twigs, 
two with entirely glabrous and one with distinctly hispid leaf upper-surfaces with 
the comment ‘all specimens from same shrub'. This seems unlikely, but given the 
frequent sympatry of both forms, no formal recognition is here bestowed upon them. 
Specimens from Western Australia are uniform in having a dense stellate 
indumentum on the upper leaf-surfaces. Most, but not all, eastern populations are 
either glabrous or hispid with simple bristles. 
In a few coastal sites in South Australia (e.g. near Kingston in the south-east 
and shores of Spencers Gulf) where mallee scrubs occur along the coast, this and 
the following subspecies are apparently sympatric or nearly so. A few specimens 
appear intermediate between the two (due at least in part to the poor quality of 
those collections), but the great majority can be unambiguously placed. 
Pomaderris paniculosa subsp. paralia N. G. Walsh subsp. nov. 
P. oraria auctt. non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858): W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasm. 
1:112 (1956) pro parte\ J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte\ L. 
Costermans, Shrubs and Trees SE Aust. (form a) 216 (1981) pro parte\ Jessop in 
J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 2:812 (1986) pro parte. 
Pomaderris racemosa sensu J. M. Black, FI. S. Australia 546 (1926) pro parte\ 
sensu Benth., FI. Austral. 1:421,422 (1863) (as form b); sensu Ewart, FI. Vic., 748 
(1931) pro parte, non Hook. 

Page image

931712 Pomaderris racemosa Muelleria 7(2): 274
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442472
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030

Page text

274 
Distribution and Conservation Status (Fig. 9): 
In Western Australia, scattered from the Ravensthorpe-Ongerup district 
eastward to near Esperance, apparently absent from there to about Ceduna in South 
Australia, thence from the eastern part of the Great Australian Bight near to the 
coast eastward and inland across to the Victorian Wimmera (where now probably 
extinct) through to the Bendigo area. Bentham gives ‘desert of the Darling and Murray, 
F. Mueller’ but I have not seen this specimen or any others from New South Wales. 
A specimen in NSW from the Bourke district, collected in 1912 formerly regarded 
as P. oraria (e.g. Cunningham et al, 1982, Jacobs & Pickard, 1981), belongs to 
a species of Keraudrenia , probably K integrifolia. P. paniculosa subsp. paniculosa 
is not regarded as being rare or vulnerable in Australia, but has been substantially 
depleted through much of its range in Victoria. 
Habitat: 
Occurs principally in semi-arid areas (annual rainfall c. 500 mm or less), on 
soils derived from marine sediments (limestone, sandstone) or aeolian sand. The 
most commonly associated vegetation type is mallee scrub or woodland. Ecological 
information from labels is scanty but Eucalyptus viridus, E. microcarpa , and E. 
leucoxylon are given as associated species in Victoria, £ porosa, £. gracilis, £ socialis, 
£ cladocalyx and £ leucoxylon in South Australia and £ eremophila in Western 
Australia. 
Notes: 
The type sheet at W consists of four small twigs, all of which conform to 
the typical form of P. paniculosa as defined herein. The twig mounted^ to the left 
of the sheet (the largest) has numerous flowers and leaves with a fine stellate 
indumentum on the adaxial surface. The twig to its right has few flowers and leaves 
with simple hairs adaxially. The two twigs mounted on the right of the sheet are 
sterile and have leaves which are glabrous adaxially. These four pieces may have 
been provided by Mueller to represent the range of variation of leaf indumentum 
states within the species, but as the sheet clearly comprises more than one collection, 
the larger, flowering specimen on the left of the sheet is here chosen as the lectotype. 
The presence or nature of the indumentum on the upper surfaces of the leaves, 
although generally a useful and often critical feature in distinguishing taxa in 
Pomaderris, in this subspecies does not appear to correlate with any other discontinuous 
characters. Forms with either glabrous or hispid leaf upper-surfaces occur together. 
A sheet at MEL (55467) from near Bendigo, Vic., consists of three flowering twigs, 
two with entirely glabrous and one with distinctly hispid leaf upper-surfaces with 
the comment ‘all specimens from same shrub'. This seems unlikely, but given the 
frequent sympatry of both forms, no formal recognition is here bestowed upon them. 
Specimens from Western Australia are uniform in having a dense stellate 
indumentum on the upper leaf-surfaces. Most, but not all, eastern populations are 
either glabrous or hispid with simple bristles. 
In a few coastal sites in South Australia (e.g. near Kingston in the south-east 
and shores of Spencers Gulf) where mallee scrubs occur along the coast, this and 
the following subspecies are apparently sympatric or nearly so. A few specimens 
appear intermediate between the two (due at least in part to the poor quality of 
those collections), but the great majority can be unambiguously placed. 
Pomaderris paniculosa subsp. paralia N. G. Walsh subsp. nov. 
P. oraria auctt. non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858): W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasm. 
1:112 (1956) pro parte\ J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte\ L. 
Costermans, Shrubs and Trees SE Aust. (form a) 216 (1981) pro parte\ Jessop in 
J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 2:812 (1986) pro parte. 
Pomaderris racemosa sensu J. M. Black, FI. S. Australia 546 (1926) pro parte\ 
sensu Benth., FI. Austral. 1:421,422 (1863) (as form b); sensu Ewart, FI. Vic., 748 
(1931) pro parte, non Hook. 

Page image

931713 Pomaderris racemosa Muelleria 7(2): 274
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442472
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030

Page text

274 
Distribution and Conservation Status (Fig. 9): 
In Western Australia, scattered from the Ravensthorpe-Ongerup district 
eastward to near Esperance, apparently absent from there to about Ceduna in South 
Australia, thence from the eastern part of the Great Australian Bight near to the 
coast eastward and inland across to the Victorian Wimmera (where now probably 
extinct) through to the Bendigo area. Bentham gives ‘desert of the Darling and Murray, 
F. Mueller’ but I have not seen this specimen or any others from New South Wales. 
A specimen in NSW from the Bourke district, collected in 1912 formerly regarded 
as P. oraria (e.g. Cunningham et al, 1982, Jacobs & Pickard, 1981), belongs to 
a species of Keraudrenia , probably K integrifolia. P. paniculosa subsp. paniculosa 
is not regarded as being rare or vulnerable in Australia, but has been substantially 
depleted through much of its range in Victoria. 
Habitat: 
Occurs principally in semi-arid areas (annual rainfall c. 500 mm or less), on 
soils derived from marine sediments (limestone, sandstone) or aeolian sand. The 
most commonly associated vegetation type is mallee scrub or woodland. Ecological 
information from labels is scanty but Eucalyptus viridus, E. microcarpa , and E. 
leucoxylon are given as associated species in Victoria, £ porosa, £. gracilis, £ socialis, 
£ cladocalyx and £ leucoxylon in South Australia and £ eremophila in Western 
Australia. 
Notes: 
The type sheet at W consists of four small twigs, all of which conform to 
the typical form of P. paniculosa as defined herein. The twig mounted^ to the left 
of the sheet (the largest) has numerous flowers and leaves with a fine stellate 
indumentum on the adaxial surface. The twig to its right has few flowers and leaves 
with simple hairs adaxially. The two twigs mounted on the right of the sheet are 
sterile and have leaves which are glabrous adaxially. These four pieces may have 
been provided by Mueller to represent the range of variation of leaf indumentum 
states within the species, but as the sheet clearly comprises more than one collection, 
the larger, flowering specimen on the left of the sheet is here chosen as the lectotype. 
The presence or nature of the indumentum on the upper surfaces of the leaves, 
although generally a useful and often critical feature in distinguishing taxa in 
Pomaderris, in this subspecies does not appear to correlate with any other discontinuous 
characters. Forms with either glabrous or hispid leaf upper-surfaces occur together. 
A sheet at MEL (55467) from near Bendigo, Vic., consists of three flowering twigs, 
two with entirely glabrous and one with distinctly hispid leaf upper-surfaces with 
the comment ‘all specimens from same shrub'. This seems unlikely, but given the 
frequent sympatry of both forms, no formal recognition is here bestowed upon them. 
Specimens from Western Australia are uniform in having a dense stellate 
indumentum on the upper leaf-surfaces. Most, but not all, eastern populations are 
either glabrous or hispid with simple bristles. 
In a few coastal sites in South Australia (e.g. near Kingston in the south-east 
and shores of Spencers Gulf) where mallee scrubs occur along the coast, this and 
the following subspecies are apparently sympatric or nearly so. A few specimens 
appear intermediate between the two (due at least in part to the poor quality of 
those collections), but the great majority can be unambiguously placed. 
Pomaderris paniculosa subsp. paralia N. G. Walsh subsp. nov. 
P. oraria auctt. non F. Muell. ex Reisseck (1858): W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasm. 
1:112 (1956) pro parte\ J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Vic. 2:366 (1973) pro parte\ L. 
Costermans, Shrubs and Trees SE Aust. (form a) 216 (1981) pro parte\ Jessop in 
J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 2:812 (1986) pro parte. 
Pomaderris racemosa sensu J. M. Black, FI. S. Australia 546 (1926) pro parte\ 
sensu Benth., FI. Austral. 1:421,422 (1863) (as form b); sensu Ewart, FI. Vic., 748 
(1931) pro parte, non Hook. 

Page image

818071 Scyphocoronis Muelleria 7(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2)".

818073 Scyphocoronis incurva Muelleria 7(2): 246
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442444
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027

Page text

246 
Millotia Cass. 
Following the examination of the fruit anatomy and morphology of species 
of Millotia , Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes it was suggested (Short et aL 1989) that, 
unless considerable emphasis was placed on differences in fruit vestiture, there was 
little to support the contention of Schodde (1963) that the three genera be maintained. 
Schodde had already noted that the as then undescribed species, S. incurva, had 
the habit, indumentum and involucre of Toxanthes , the alternate leaves, free bracts, 
peduncles and floret form found in two species of Millotia, and the apical cup of 
Scyphocoronis. Accordingly Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes are herein reduced to 
synonymy under Millotia. New combinations are made and a new species, M. steetziana , 
is described. 
Some past workers have obviously felt that the distinctive hollow, cup-like 
apex of the fruit justified the recognition of the genus Scyphocoronis. It certainly 
is a unique feature within Australian members of the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller 
et al. 1978), but, the upper part of the fruit, whether it is beak-like, dilated at the 
apex, or cup-like, is always formed from a layer of sclerenchyma which is a 
continuation of the same layer of tissue surrounding the seed (Short et aL 1989). 
Thus, the unique feature is not only a single character difference but cannot be 
regarded as a major difference, merely an easily recognizable one. The relegation 
of Scyphocoronis, and indeed Toxanthes, to infrageneric rank also seems unwarranted. 
The genus Millotia is readily differentiated from other Australian inuloid genera 
by the uniseriate involucre which is composed of bracts that are predominantly 
herbaceous. Other distinctive features, which at least in this combination are absent 
from other genera, include the elongated fruit, the often curved corolla tube, and 
the conical or subulate tips of the style branches. 
New Combinations and Synonyms in Millotia: 
Millotia Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. 17: 31,416 (1829). T: M. tenuifolia Cass. 
Toxanthes Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 76 (27 March 
185 1). T: T. perpusilla Turcz. 
Scyphocoronis A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). T: S. viscosa A. 
Gray. 
Anthocerastes A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:225 (1852). T: A. 
drummondii A. Gray. 
Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
BASIONYM: Scyphocoronis incurva D. A. Cooke, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7:284 
(1985). 
Millotia major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Toxanthes major Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):64 
(Aug.-Oct. 1851). — Scyphocoronis major (Turcz.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. 
Isles 1916:646 (1917). 
Scyphocoronis viscosa A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). 
Stafleu & Cowan (1979) cite the publication date of plates 801-888 of Ic. 
PI. as April to December 1851, suggesting that plate 854 was published after August- 
October, the ‘established’ publication date of T. major in Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes 
Moscou (Marchant 1990). 
Millotia muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
BASIONYM: Anthocerastes muelleri Sond., Linnaea 25: 480 (1853 ).— Toxanthes 
muelleri (Sond.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:592 (1867). 
Millotia perpusilla (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Toxanthes perpusilla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 

Page image

818075 Scyphocoronis major Muelleria 7(2): 246
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442444
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027

Page text

246 
Millotia Cass. 
Following the examination of the fruit anatomy and morphology of species 
of Millotia , Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes it was suggested (Short et aL 1989) that, 
unless considerable emphasis was placed on differences in fruit vestiture, there was 
little to support the contention of Schodde (1963) that the three genera be maintained. 
Schodde had already noted that the as then undescribed species, S. incurva, had 
the habit, indumentum and involucre of Toxanthes , the alternate leaves, free bracts, 
peduncles and floret form found in two species of Millotia, and the apical cup of 
Scyphocoronis. Accordingly Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes are herein reduced to 
synonymy under Millotia. New combinations are made and a new species, M. steetziana , 
is described. 
Some past workers have obviously felt that the distinctive hollow, cup-like 
apex of the fruit justified the recognition of the genus Scyphocoronis. It certainly 
is a unique feature within Australian members of the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller 
et al. 1978), but, the upper part of the fruit, whether it is beak-like, dilated at the 
apex, or cup-like, is always formed from a layer of sclerenchyma which is a 
continuation of the same layer of tissue surrounding the seed (Short et aL 1989). 
Thus, the unique feature is not only a single character difference but cannot be 
regarded as a major difference, merely an easily recognizable one. The relegation 
of Scyphocoronis, and indeed Toxanthes, to infrageneric rank also seems unwarranted. 
The genus Millotia is readily differentiated from other Australian inuloid genera 
by the uniseriate involucre which is composed of bracts that are predominantly 
herbaceous. Other distinctive features, which at least in this combination are absent 
from other genera, include the elongated fruit, the often curved corolla tube, and 
the conical or subulate tips of the style branches. 
New Combinations and Synonyms in Millotia: 
Millotia Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. 17: 31,416 (1829). T: M. tenuifolia Cass. 
Toxanthes Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 76 (27 March 
185 1). T: T. perpusilla Turcz. 
Scyphocoronis A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). T: S. viscosa A. 
Gray. 
Anthocerastes A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:225 (1852). T: A. 
drummondii A. Gray. 
Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
BASIONYM: Scyphocoronis incurva D. A. Cooke, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7:284 
(1985). 
Millotia major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Toxanthes major Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):64 
(Aug.-Oct. 1851). — Scyphocoronis major (Turcz.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. 
Isles 1916:646 (1917). 
Scyphocoronis viscosa A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). 
Stafleu & Cowan (1979) cite the publication date of plates 801-888 of Ic. 
PI. as April to December 1851, suggesting that plate 854 was published after August- 
October, the ‘established’ publication date of T. major in Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes 
Moscou (Marchant 1990). 
Millotia muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
BASIONYM: Anthocerastes muelleri Sond., Linnaea 25: 480 (1853 ).— Toxanthes 
muelleri (Sond.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:592 (1867). 
Millotia perpusilla (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Toxanthes perpusilla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 

Page image

818076 Scyphocoronis viscosa Muelleria 7(2): 246
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442444
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027

Page text

246 
Millotia Cass. 
Following the examination of the fruit anatomy and morphology of species 
of Millotia , Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes it was suggested (Short et aL 1989) that, 
unless considerable emphasis was placed on differences in fruit vestiture, there was 
little to support the contention of Schodde (1963) that the three genera be maintained. 
Schodde had already noted that the as then undescribed species, S. incurva, had 
the habit, indumentum and involucre of Toxanthes , the alternate leaves, free bracts, 
peduncles and floret form found in two species of Millotia, and the apical cup of 
Scyphocoronis. Accordingly Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes are herein reduced to 
synonymy under Millotia. New combinations are made and a new species, M. steetziana , 
is described. 
Some past workers have obviously felt that the distinctive hollow, cup-like 
apex of the fruit justified the recognition of the genus Scyphocoronis. It certainly 
is a unique feature within Australian members of the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller 
et al. 1978), but, the upper part of the fruit, whether it is beak-like, dilated at the 
apex, or cup-like, is always formed from a layer of sclerenchyma which is a 
continuation of the same layer of tissue surrounding the seed (Short et aL 1989). 
Thus, the unique feature is not only a single character difference but cannot be 
regarded as a major difference, merely an easily recognizable one. The relegation 
of Scyphocoronis, and indeed Toxanthes, to infrageneric rank also seems unwarranted. 
The genus Millotia is readily differentiated from other Australian inuloid genera 
by the uniseriate involucre which is composed of bracts that are predominantly 
herbaceous. Other distinctive features, which at least in this combination are absent 
from other genera, include the elongated fruit, the often curved corolla tube, and 
the conical or subulate tips of the style branches. 
New Combinations and Synonyms in Millotia: 
Millotia Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. 17: 31,416 (1829). T: M. tenuifolia Cass. 
Toxanthes Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 76 (27 March 
185 1). T: T. perpusilla Turcz. 
Scyphocoronis A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). T: S. viscosa A. 
Gray. 
Anthocerastes A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:225 (1852). T: A. 
drummondii A. Gray. 
Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
BASIONYM: Scyphocoronis incurva D. A. Cooke, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7:284 
(1985). 
Millotia major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Toxanthes major Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):64 
(Aug.-Oct. 1851). — Scyphocoronis major (Turcz.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. 
Isles 1916:646 (1917). 
Scyphocoronis viscosa A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). 
Stafleu & Cowan (1979) cite the publication date of plates 801-888 of Ic. 
PI. as April to December 1851, suggesting that plate 854 was published after August- 
October, the ‘established’ publication date of T. major in Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes 
Moscou (Marchant 1990). 
Millotia muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
BASIONYM: Anthocerastes muelleri Sond., Linnaea 25: 480 (1853 ).— Toxanthes 
muelleri (Sond.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:592 (1867). 
Millotia perpusilla (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Toxanthes perpusilla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 

Page image

560819 Tietkensia corrickiae Muelleria 7(2): 250
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442448
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027
552312 Tietkensia Muelleria 7(2): 248
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442446
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027

Page text

248 
Notes: 
1. The specific epithet commemorates the Hamburg botanist Joachim Steetz 
( 1 804- 1 862) (Short & Sinkora 1989) who first described a large number of Australian 
plants, including many in the Asteraceae. 
2. The species is only known to me from the type locality and therefore should 
be accorded the conservation status ‘IK’ under the formula of Leigh et aL (1984). 
It is locally common. 
3. The closest relative of M. steetziana is probably M. muelleri, which differs 
by a 3-5 lobed corolla tube and an average pollemovule ratio of only 83.5 (Short 
1981). M. steetziana is also very similar in general appearance to M. major but that 
species has fruit with a cup-like apex, a 4-5 lobed corolla tube, and also a low 
P/O, with determinations of 100 and 1 16 from two florets of Short 1736. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia— Lake King, 10. xi. 1983, Short 2353 & Huegi (MEL); Lake King, 7.ix. 1986, 
Short 2748, Amerena & Fuhrer (AD, PERTH). 
Tietkensia P. S. Short, gen nov. 
Herba annua ; plerumque quaeque planta glomerulus unus rosula foliorum erectorum, raro 
ramificans. Folia sessilia, integra, spathulata, marginibus basalibus alatis, tomentosa. Glomeruli 
transverse ellipsoidei usque lenticulares; involucrum generale absens; receptaculum multum 
ramosum, pilis longis. Capitula c. 5-50. Bracteae intra capitula c. 6-8, uniseriales, ellipticae vel 
ovatae; costae latae, indistinctae, viridulae vel purpuracentes, paginis exterioribus pilis longis; apices 
et margines hyalini, marginibus distalibus laciniatis. Paleae bracteis intra capitula similes. 
Receptaculum partiale glabrum. Flosculic. 30-100, praecipue hermaphroditi sed 2-5 extremi feminei. 
Flosculi feminei filiformes; corolla flava, 3 vel 4-lobata; rami styli truncati. Flosculi hermaphroditi 
tubulares; corolla 5-lobata, flava vel interdum purpurascens; rami styli truncati. Stamina 5; antherae 
ad basem caudatae, ad apicem appendicibus sterilibus. Cypselae homomorphae, obovoideae, 
carpopodium absens. Pappus absens. 
TYPUS: T. corrickiae 
Annual herb usually consisting of a compound head (rarely a single capitulum) 
surrounded by a basal rosette of erect leaves, rarely with a single major axis (c. 
1 cm long) which branches from a basal node and terminates in a compound head. 
Leaves sessile, entire, spathulate but with wing-like margins (c. the length of the 
compound head) at the base, tomentose. Compound heads usually present, transversely 
elliptic to lenticular; bracts subtending compound heads absent; general receptacle 
much branched and enveloped with long hairs. Capitula c. 5-50 per compound head; 
capitular bracts c. 6-8, in a single whorl, elliptic or ovate; midrib broad, ill-defined, 
yellow-green to green or brownish purple, outer surface with long hairs; apex and 
margins hyaline, the distal margins ciliate. Paleae resembling the capitular bracts. 
Partial receptacle oblong, glabrous. Florets c. 30-100, mainly bisexual but c. 2-5 
outermost ones female. Female florets filiform; corolla yellow, minutely 3 or 4-lobed. 
Style branches truncate and ? with short sweeping hairs. Bisexual florets tubular; 
corolla 5-lobed, yellow or sometimes purplish; style branches truncate and with short 
sweeping hairs, ? without a distinct stylophore and with a basal annulus; stamens 
5; anthers caudate and with a sterile apical appendage; endothecial tissue polarized; 
filament collar straight in outline and composed of uniform cells and basally not 
thicker than the filament. Cypselas homomorphic, obovoid, mainly brownish-purple 
and covered with minute myxogenic cells but with a longitudinal, yellow-brown 
portion devoid of myogenic cells developed on one surface; carpopodium absent. 
Pappus absent. 
Distribution (Fig. 4): 
This monotypic genus occurs in central and central-western Australia between 
c. 25° S and 29° S and c. 120° E and 131° E but excluding the sand-dune regions 
of the Gibson and Great Victoria Deserts. 

Page image

818074 Toxanthes major Muelleria 7(2): 246
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442444
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027

Page text

246 
Millotia Cass. 
Following the examination of the fruit anatomy and morphology of species 
of Millotia , Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes it was suggested (Short et aL 1989) that, 
unless considerable emphasis was placed on differences in fruit vestiture, there was 
little to support the contention of Schodde (1963) that the three genera be maintained. 
Schodde had already noted that the as then undescribed species, S. incurva, had 
the habit, indumentum and involucre of Toxanthes , the alternate leaves, free bracts, 
peduncles and floret form found in two species of Millotia, and the apical cup of 
Scyphocoronis. Accordingly Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes are herein reduced to 
synonymy under Millotia. New combinations are made and a new species, M. steetziana , 
is described. 
Some past workers have obviously felt that the distinctive hollow, cup-like 
apex of the fruit justified the recognition of the genus Scyphocoronis. It certainly 
is a unique feature within Australian members of the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller 
et al. 1978), but, the upper part of the fruit, whether it is beak-like, dilated at the 
apex, or cup-like, is always formed from a layer of sclerenchyma which is a 
continuation of the same layer of tissue surrounding the seed (Short et aL 1989). 
Thus, the unique feature is not only a single character difference but cannot be 
regarded as a major difference, merely an easily recognizable one. The relegation 
of Scyphocoronis, and indeed Toxanthes, to infrageneric rank also seems unwarranted. 
The genus Millotia is readily differentiated from other Australian inuloid genera 
by the uniseriate involucre which is composed of bracts that are predominantly 
herbaceous. Other distinctive features, which at least in this combination are absent 
from other genera, include the elongated fruit, the often curved corolla tube, and 
the conical or subulate tips of the style branches. 
New Combinations and Synonyms in Millotia: 
Millotia Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. 17: 31,416 (1829). T: M. tenuifolia Cass. 
Toxanthes Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 76 (27 March 
185 1). T: T. perpusilla Turcz. 
Scyphocoronis A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). T: S. viscosa A. 
Gray. 
Anthocerastes A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:225 (1852). T: A. 
drummondii A. Gray. 
Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
BASIONYM: Scyphocoronis incurva D. A. Cooke, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7:284 
(1985). 
Millotia major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Toxanthes major Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):64 
(Aug.-Oct. 1851). — Scyphocoronis major (Turcz.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. 
Isles 1916:646 (1917). 
Scyphocoronis viscosa A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). 
Stafleu & Cowan (1979) cite the publication date of plates 801-888 of Ic. 
PI. as April to December 1851, suggesting that plate 854 was published after August- 
October, the ‘established’ publication date of T. major in Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes 
Moscou (Marchant 1990). 
Millotia muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
BASIONYM: Anthocerastes muelleri Sond., Linnaea 25: 480 (1853 ).— Toxanthes 
muelleri (Sond.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:592 (1867). 
Millotia perpusilla (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Toxanthes perpusilla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 

Page image

818078 Toxanthes muelleri Muelleria 7(2): 246
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442444
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027

Page text

246 
Millotia Cass. 
Following the examination of the fruit anatomy and morphology of species 
of Millotia , Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes it was suggested (Short et aL 1989) that, 
unless considerable emphasis was placed on differences in fruit vestiture, there was 
little to support the contention of Schodde (1963) that the three genera be maintained. 
Schodde had already noted that the as then undescribed species, S. incurva, had 
the habit, indumentum and involucre of Toxanthes , the alternate leaves, free bracts, 
peduncles and floret form found in two species of Millotia, and the apical cup of 
Scyphocoronis. Accordingly Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes are herein reduced to 
synonymy under Millotia. New combinations are made and a new species, M. steetziana , 
is described. 
Some past workers have obviously felt that the distinctive hollow, cup-like 
apex of the fruit justified the recognition of the genus Scyphocoronis. It certainly 
is a unique feature within Australian members of the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller 
et al. 1978), but, the upper part of the fruit, whether it is beak-like, dilated at the 
apex, or cup-like, is always formed from a layer of sclerenchyma which is a 
continuation of the same layer of tissue surrounding the seed (Short et aL 1989). 
Thus, the unique feature is not only a single character difference but cannot be 
regarded as a major difference, merely an easily recognizable one. The relegation 
of Scyphocoronis, and indeed Toxanthes, to infrageneric rank also seems unwarranted. 
The genus Millotia is readily differentiated from other Australian inuloid genera 
by the uniseriate involucre which is composed of bracts that are predominantly 
herbaceous. Other distinctive features, which at least in this combination are absent 
from other genera, include the elongated fruit, the often curved corolla tube, and 
the conical or subulate tips of the style branches. 
New Combinations and Synonyms in Millotia: 
Millotia Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. 17: 31,416 (1829). T: M. tenuifolia Cass. 
Toxanthes Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 76 (27 March 
185 1). T: T. perpusilla Turcz. 
Scyphocoronis A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). T: S. viscosa A. 
Gray. 
Anthocerastes A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:225 (1852). T: A. 
drummondii A. Gray. 
Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
BASIONYM: Scyphocoronis incurva D. A. Cooke, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7:284 
(1985). 
Millotia major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Toxanthes major Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):64 
(Aug.-Oct. 1851). — Scyphocoronis major (Turcz.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. 
Isles 1916:646 (1917). 
Scyphocoronis viscosa A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). 
Stafleu & Cowan (1979) cite the publication date of plates 801-888 of Ic. 
PI. as April to December 1851, suggesting that plate 854 was published after August- 
October, the ‘established’ publication date of T. major in Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes 
Moscou (Marchant 1990). 
Millotia muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
BASIONYM: Anthocerastes muelleri Sond., Linnaea 25: 480 (1853 ).— Toxanthes 
muelleri (Sond.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:592 (1867). 
Millotia perpusilla (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Toxanthes perpusilla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 

Page image

818079 Toxanthes perpusillus Muelleria 7(2): 246
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442444
Page is part of the work New Taxa and New Combinations in Australian Gnaphaliinae (Inuleae: Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.184027

Page text

246 
Millotia Cass. 
Following the examination of the fruit anatomy and morphology of species 
of Millotia , Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes it was suggested (Short et aL 1989) that, 
unless considerable emphasis was placed on differences in fruit vestiture, there was 
little to support the contention of Schodde (1963) that the three genera be maintained. 
Schodde had already noted that the as then undescribed species, S. incurva, had 
the habit, indumentum and involucre of Toxanthes , the alternate leaves, free bracts, 
peduncles and floret form found in two species of Millotia, and the apical cup of 
Scyphocoronis. Accordingly Scyphocoronis and Toxanthes are herein reduced to 
synonymy under Millotia. New combinations are made and a new species, M. steetziana , 
is described. 
Some past workers have obviously felt that the distinctive hollow, cup-like 
apex of the fruit justified the recognition of the genus Scyphocoronis. It certainly 
is a unique feature within Australian members of the Inuleae ( sensu Merxmiiller 
et al. 1978), but, the upper part of the fruit, whether it is beak-like, dilated at the 
apex, or cup-like, is always formed from a layer of sclerenchyma which is a 
continuation of the same layer of tissue surrounding the seed (Short et aL 1989). 
Thus, the unique feature is not only a single character difference but cannot be 
regarded as a major difference, merely an easily recognizable one. The relegation 
of Scyphocoronis, and indeed Toxanthes, to infrageneric rank also seems unwarranted. 
The genus Millotia is readily differentiated from other Australian inuloid genera 
by the uniseriate involucre which is composed of bracts that are predominantly 
herbaceous. Other distinctive features, which at least in this combination are absent 
from other genera, include the elongated fruit, the often curved corolla tube, and 
the conical or subulate tips of the style branches. 
New Combinations and Synonyms in Millotia: 
Millotia Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. 17: 31,416 (1829). T: M. tenuifolia Cass. 
Toxanthes Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1 ): 1 76 (27 March 
185 1). T: T. perpusilla Turcz. 
Scyphocoronis A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). T: S. viscosa A. 
Gray. 
Anthocerastes A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4:225 (1852). T: A. 
drummondii A. Gray. 
Millotia incurva (D. A. Cooke) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
BASIONYM: Scyphocoronis incurva D. A. Cooke, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7:284 
(1985). 
Millotia major (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Toxanthes major Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):64 
(Aug.-Oct. 1851). — Scyphocoronis major (Turcz.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. 
Isles 1916:646 (1917). 
Scyphocoronis viscosa A. Gray, Ic. PI. 9, t. 854 (Apr.-Dec. 1851). 
Stafleu & Cowan (1979) cite the publication date of plates 801-888 of Ic. 
PI. as April to December 1851, suggesting that plate 854 was published after August- 
October, the ‘established’ publication date of T. major in Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes 
Moscou (Marchant 1990). 
Millotia muelleri (Sond.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
BASIONYM: Anthocerastes muelleri Sond., Linnaea 25: 480 (1853 ).— Toxanthes 
muelleri (Sond.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:592 (1867). 
Millotia perpusilla (Turcz.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Toxanthes perpusilla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 

Page image

818070 Toxanthes Muelleria 7(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(2)".

551447 Trichanthodium baracchianum Muelleria 7(2): 222, Fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442366
Page is part of the work A Revision of Trichanthodium Sond. & F. Muell. ex Sond. (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184025

Page text

222 
confined to saline soils, with specimens occurring in red sandy soil well above the 
saline margins of salt lakes. Collector’s notes include: ‘Sandy loam on outer edge 
of Halosarcia zone in salty depression’, ‘Samphire flat. Gypseous clay’, ‘Powdery 
clay loam with Halosarcia' , ‘Low chenopod shrubland on saline flat’, ‘Clayloam. 
With scattered shrubs of Lawrencia and Atriplex' and ‘c. 200 m inland from salt 
lake. Red sandy soil’. 
Notes: 
1. The only type collection known to me is NSW 138835. It is annotated 
‘Type’ in what appears to be Fitzgerald’s hand. As further syntype specimens may 
exist the NSW specimen has been designated the lectotype. 
2. Near Yalgoo both T. exilis and T. skirrophora ( Short 2907 & Short 2908 
respectively) have been observed growing in a low lying area dominated by Atriplex. 
Both species were represented by hundreds of individual plants and it was evident 
that T. exilis tended to favour the more shallow, possibly more saline depressions. 
A narrow zone of overlap existed between the species but probable hybrids were 
not detected. 
3. The pappus in T. exilis varies in size, from c. 0.2 mm to 0.7 mm long, 
and the extent to which it is divided into segments. The type collection displays 
a large, highly laciniate cup-like pappus. Other collections have a smaller pappus 
but, in some collections ( e.g . Wilson 12294), some specimens have the smaller, less 
divided pappus ring, others have the larger, laciniate pappus. To some extent the 
variation is correlated with floret maturity, with the pappus becoming more laciniate 
as the florets mature. 
Selected Specimens Examined (Total c. 15): 
Western Australia — c. 7.3 km S of Bunjil, 1 8.ix. 1977, Short 584 (AD); c. 3 km from Yalgoo along 
road to Paynes Find, l.ix.1982, Short 1609 (AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL, PERTH); c. 31 km S of 
Cue (Lake Austin), 1 4.ix. 1 986, Short 2922 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 6 km S of Warriedar 
HS near bank of Mongers Lake, 26.ix.1986, Wilson 12294 (MEL, PERTH). 
4. Trichanthodium baracchianum (Ewart & J. White) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnephosis baracchiana Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 
21:542, pi. 30, figs 3-8 (1909); J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:731 (1973); Leigh 
et al.. Extinct & Endangered PI. Aust. p. 157 (1984). Type: ‘Salt swamp near Mission 
Station, Dimboola. St. Eloy D’Alton.' Lectotype (here chosen): Salt swamp near 
Mission Station, Dimboola, s. dat., D’Alton s.n. (MEL 542236). Probable 
Isolectotype: Near Dimboola, -.i.1902, D' Alton s.n. (NSW s.n.). POSSIBLE 
Lectoparatype: Antwerp, s. dat., D'AIton s.n. (MEL 1520240); Neighbourhood 
of Mission Station, Antwerp, s. dat., D Alton s.n. (MEL 85398): Jeparit, s. dat. D Alton 
s.n. (MEL 85397). See note 1. 
Annual herb, the major axes 1-10 cm long, glabrous to lanate. Leaves + narrowly 
oblong to linear or ± narrowly elliptic, or ovate to lanceolate, 4.5-12 mm long, 
0.5-2. 2 mm wide, semisucculent, slightly mucronate, mainly glabrous but sometimes 
sparsely lanate. Compound heads depressed to broadly depressed ovoid, 4-7 mm 
long, 5-1 1 mm diam.; general involucre usually c. 1/2 the length of the compound 
head and inconspicuous in the mature head but sometimes with outer leafy bracts 
extending c. the length of the head; general receptacle ± convex, glabrous. Capitula 
8-50 per compound head. Capitular bracts (4-)5(-7), + flat, narrowly elliptic of 
oblanceolate, or conduplicate, 2. 2-2. 7 mm long, primarily hyaline but with an opaque 
midrib extending c. 2/3-3/4 the length of the bract, arranged in 2 whorls; outer 
bracts densely hairy at the apex of the midrib; inner bracts sparsely hairy at the 
apex of an indistinct midrib. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla tube 1.1 -1.2 mm long. 
Anthers 0.51-0.78 mm long; microsporangia 0.35-0.57 mm long; terminal anther 
appendages 0.1 5-0.23 mm long. Pollen grains c. 400-1,500 per floret. Cypselas 1 .3-1.5 
mm long, 0.85-1.1 mm diam. Pappus a jagged ring 0. 3-0.4 mm high. 
Chromosome number: n = 3. 

Page image

551446 Trichanthodium exilis Muelleria 7(2): 221
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442365
Page is part of the work A Revision of Trichanthodium Sond. & F. Muell. ex Sond. (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184025

Page text

221 
Distribution (Fig. 1): 
Restricted to the Shark Bay region of Western Australia between latitudes 
c. 25° and 27° S and west of longitude 1 15° E. 
Ecology: 
Occurs on coastal and inland arid regions, growing in sandy to clay soil and 
a variety of plant communities. The association of the species with samphires and 
Frankenia, as noted for the type collection, plus its occurrence on foredunes, is 
indicative of a tolerance to salinity. Collector’s notes include: ‘ Acacia , chenopod 
steppe. Heavy calcareous clay’, ‘Limestone rock interspersed with red sand. Acacia 
sp. & Ptilotus obovatus association’, 'in loam in Acacia scrub’, ‘Low chenopod (mainly 
Atriplex) shrubland. Sandy loam’ and ‘Beach foredunes with Angianthus tomentosus 
& Gnephosis tenuissima'. 
Notes: 
1. The specific epithet honours Neville Scarlett of Latrobe University. He 
recollected T. baracchiana in 1983, the first specimens to be gathered since 1910. 
Selected Specimens Examined (Total c. 20): 
Western Australia — Dirk Hartog Is., 2.ix. 1 972, George 11381 (CANB, PERTH); 7 km S of Overlander 
Roadhouse, 20.viii. 1 977, Short 420 (AD); 43 km N of Overlander Roadhouse, 2 1 .viii. 1977, Short 443 
(AD); 28 km S of Wooramel River along the North West Coastal Highway, 16.x. 1983, Short 2092 
(MEL). 
3. Trichanthodium exilis (W. V. Fitzg.) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnephosis exilis W. V. Fitzg., J. W. Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2:24 (1905); 
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 8 17 (1975). Type: ‘Minginew, September, 1903. — 
W.V.F.’ Lectotype: Western Australia, Minginew, -.ix. 1 903, Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW 
138835). 
Annual herb, the major axes 2-20 cm long, + glabrous or lanate. Leaves ± 
narrowly oblong to linear or + oblanceolate, c. 4-11 mm long, 0.7- 1.3 mm wide, 
sometimes semisucculent, glabrous or lanate, usually green or grey-green but 
sometimes purple. Compound heads broadly depressed to depressed ovoid, spheroid 
or obloid, 4-1 1 mm long, 4.5-1 1 mm diam.; general involucre c. 1/3- 1/2 the length 
of the compound head, inconspicuous in the mature heads; general receptacle ± 
flat to convex, glabrous. Capitula c. 10-200 per compound head. Capitular bracts 
5-6, + flat and narrowly elliptic or narrowly obtrullate, or conduplicate, 2. 1-2.8 
mm long, primarily hyaline but with an opaque midrib extending c. 2/3—3 /4 the 
length of the bracts, arranged in + 2 whorls; outer bracts densely hairy at the apex 
of the midrib; innermost bracts generally resembling the outer ones but less hairy. 
Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla tube 1.1 -1.6 mm long. Anthers 0.99-1.18 mm long; 
microsporangia 0.7 1 -0.92 mm long; terminal anther appendages 0.24-0.33 mm long. 
Pollen grains c. 3,500-6,550 per floret. Cypselas 0.9- 1.6 mm long, 0.4-0. 8 mm diam. 
Pappus a jagged ring, c. 0.2-0.65 mm long. 
Chromosome number: n = 3. 
Distribution (Fig. 1): 
Restricted to Western Australia between latitudes c. 27° and 30° S and longitudes 
c. 115° 30' and 1 1 8° E. Particularly common on the Monger Lake System (in which 
Lake Moore is included, see Beard 1973) but extending to salt lakes on the southern 
margins of the Murchison Drainage Division (Bettenay & Mulcahy 1972, Mulcahy 
& Bettenay 1972). 
Ecology: 
The species is commonly found on the margins of saline depressions, suggesting 
a high tolerance to salinity, but some collections suggest that it is not completely 

Page image

551442 Trichanthodium scarlettianum Muelleria 7(2): 219
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442363
Page is part of the work A Revision of Trichanthodium Sond. & F. Muell. ex Sond. (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184025
560796 Trichanthodium skirrophorum Muelleria 7(2): 218
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442362
Page is part of the work A Revision of Trichanthodium Sond. & F. Muell. ex Sond. (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184025

Page text

218 
occurrences of three of them at the eastern and western range extremes of the wide- 
ranging T. skirrophorum, the apparently derived breeding system in T. baracchianum, 
and the chromosomal data, it seems likely that T. baracchianum, T. exilis and perhaps 
T. scarlettianum have evolved from T. skirrophorum, or at least an ancestral entity 
with similar attributes. For students interested in plant speciation this would be an 
ideal group for detailed karyotype analysis and complementary electrophoretic studies 
of isozymes. 
Key to the species of Trichanthodium 
1. General receptacle with bristles 1. T. skirrophorum 
1. General receptacle glabrous 2 
2. Leaves tomentose; pappus a truncate cup 2. T. scarlettianum 
2. Leaves glabrous to lanate; pappus a laciniate ring or cup 3 
3. Anthers 0.9- 1.2 mm long, apical appendage protruding from corolla tube 
(Western Australia) 3. T. exilis 
3. Anthers 0.5-0.8 mm long, apical appendage not obviously protruding from 
corolla tube (Victoria) 4. T. baracchianum 
I. Trichanthodium skirrophorum Sond. & F. Muell. ex Sond., Linnaea 25:489 
(1853). — Gnephosis skirrophora (Sond. & F. Muell. ex Sond.) Benth., FI. Austral. 
3:570 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 646 (1929), 2nd ed. 926 (1957); 
J. H. Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:731 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 
817 (1975); Short in Jessop, FI. Central Aust. 390 (1981); Short in Jessop & Toelken, 
FI. S. Aust. 3:1521 (1986). Type: ‘Cudnaka’. LECTOTYPE (here chosen): Mueller 
s.n., Cudnaka, N. Holl. austr., s. dat. (MEL 542193, ex herb. Sond.). ISOLECTOTYPE: 
Mueller s.n.. On arid hills and in the plains towards Cudnaka, -.x. 185 1 (MEL 542194, 
K). See note 1 . 
Angianthus codonopappus F. Muell., Fragm. 9:2 (1875). — Gnephosis 
codonopappa F. Muell., in Giles, Geog. travels in Cent. Aust., 217 (1875), nomen 
nudum\ F. Muell., Fragm. 9:2 (1875), pro syn.\ Tate, Flandbk FI. extratrop. S. Aust. 
128 (1890). Type: ‘In vicinia lacus Eyrei; Giles.’ LECTOTYPE (here chosen): Giles 
s.n.. Towards Lake Eyre, 1872 (MEL 542191). See note 2. 
Annual herb, major axes 3-35 cm long, densely lanate. Leaves lanceolate or 
linear, 5.5-25 (33) mm long, 0.5- 1.2 mm wide, tomentose, grey-green. Capitula 
25-200 (c. 250) per compound head. Compound heads broadly depressed ovoid 
to obloid, 4-12 mm long, 4.5-17 mm diam.; general involucre c. 1/4-1/3 the length 
of the head, inconspicuous in the mature heads, consisting of a few outer leaf-like 
bracts and numerous inner hyaline bracts which grade into the capitular bracts; general 
receptacle transversely ellipsoid, with long bristles. Capitular bracts 5-6, arranged 
in ± 2 whorls; bracts of the outer whorl 3-4, flat to conduplicate, narrowly elliptic 
or narrowly oblong, primarily hyaline but with an opaque midrib extending c. 2/3-3/4 
the length of the bract, densely hairy at the apex of the midrib; inner 1-2 bracts 
conduplicate, elliptic, midrib indistinct, extending to c. 2/3 the length of the bract, 
glabrous or with a few hairs in the upper part. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 
tube (1.35)1.7-2.6 mm long. Anthers 0.92-1.07 mm long; microsporangia 0.63-0.81 
mm long; terminal anther appendage 0.24-0.32 mm long. Pollen grains c. 1,200-5,100 
per floret. Cypselas 1.05-1.35 mm long, 0.55-0.6 mm diam. Pappus cup-like, 0.6- 1.2 
mm long. 
Chromosome number: n = 4. 
Distribution (Fig. 1): 
Widespread in central and southern mainland Australia, south of c. 24° S and 
west of c. 143° E. 

Page image

560795 Trichanthodium Muelleria 7(2): 213
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442357
Page is part of the work A Revision of Trichanthodium Sond. & F. Muell. ex Sond. (Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), doi:10.5962/p.184025

Page text

A REVISION OF TRICHANTHODIUM Sond. & F. Muell. ex Sond. 
(ASTERACEAE: INULEAE: GNAPHALIINAE). 
by 
P. S. Short* 
ABSTRACT 
Short, P. S. A revision of Trichanthodium Sond. & F. Muell. ex Sond. (Asteraceae: 
Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae). Muelleria 7(2): 213-224 (1990). The endemic Australian 
genus Trichanthodium Sond. & F. Muell. ex Sond. is revised. Four species are 
recognized. One new species, T. scarlettianum P. S. Short from Western Australia, 
is described. Two new combinations are made: T. baracchianum (Ewart & J. White) 
P. S. Short and T. exilis (W. V. Fitzg.) P. S. Short. Chromosome numbers ( n = 3,4,7) 
are reported for all species and evolution of the group is briefly discussed. 
INTRODUCTION 
Bentham (1867), in his treatment of the Compositae of Australia, generally 
adopted broad generic concepts, reducing genera recognized by botanists such as 
Henri Cassini, Asa Gray, Joachim Steetz and Nicholas Turczaninow to synonymy. 
Many such genera have been, or should be, reinstated (e.g. see Short 1983, a revision 
of Angianthus Wendl. 5. lat.) and very often new genera should be recognized. This 
is also true for Gnephosis Cass. s. lat. Although not finalized my studies suggest 
that the c. 22 species will be ultimately dispersed among as many as nine different 
genera. Trichanthodium Sond. & F. Muell. ex Sond. is one such genus. It is readily 
distinguished from all other species in Gnephosis s. lat. by the fruit, which are covered 
by myxogenic cells. An absence of capitulum-subtending bracts and the capitular 
bract morphology are also features which provide a unique combination of characters 
by which the genus can be delimited from all others. The reinstatement of 
Trichanthodium is also supported by the results obtained from studies of mycorrhizal 
associations (Warcup 1990), and to a lesser extent by investigations of the chemical 
composition (Jakupovic et al. 1988) of species of Gnephosis s. lat. 
At the time Bentham (1867) reduced Trichanthodium to synonymy under 
Gnephosis only the single species, T. skirrophorum was known. In subsequent years 
Fitzgerald (1905) described G. exilis, and Ewart & White (1909) described G. 
baracchiana. Neither Fitzgerald or Ewart & White commented about the delimitation 
of the genus although both noted an affinity with G. skirrophora. Since their work 
a further species with affinities with T. skirrophorum has been gathered and it (T. 
scarlettianum ) is described here. 
Evolution within Trichanthodium is particularly intriguing and partly for this 
reason a revision of the genus is presented here, rather than as a part of a larger 
paper on Gnephosis s. lat. 
MATERIALS AND METHODS 
Descriptions of taxa were made from dried collections and from specimens 
stored in 70% ethanol. Shapes were defined using the terms given by the Systematics 
Association Committee for Descriptive Terminology (1962). 
Specimens were examined from the following herbaria: AD, BRI, CANB, CBG, 
K, MEL, NSW, NT, PERTH, UWA and KP (Kings Park, Western Australia). 
The methods used to determine pollen-ovule ratios (P/Os) and anther dimensions 
have been previously outlined (Short 1985). 
Fruit sections of T. baracchianum and T. exilis were obtained following the 
methods outlined in Short et al. (1989). 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
213 

Page image

584672 Trymalium flabellare Muelleria 7(2): 279
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442477
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030

Page text

279 
oraria by most botanists and naturalists. It is readily distinguished from P. oraria 
sens, strict, by the glabrous (rather than hispid) leaf upper- surface, and the entire, 
rarely irregularly crenate or emarginate leaves with less deeply impressed midrib 
and lateral veins. At Wilsons Promontory both taxa occur together with no apparent 
intergradation. . 
At their extremes, the two subspecies of P. paniculosa appear to be sufficiently 
distinct to be regarded as separate species, but the differences become less sharp 
where the two taxa occur in near proximity in a few areas in S.A. where mallee 
scrubs occur immediately inland of primary dune vegetation. 
Recently P. paniculosa subsp. paralia has been used in coastal areas as a hardy 
species for amenity and revegetation planting. 
The epithet is derived from Greek, meaning ‘by the shore’ and is, appropriately, 
equivalent to the Latin ‘oraria’. 
3. Pomaderris flabellaris (F. Muell. ex Reisseck) J. Black, FI. S. Australia 366 (1926); 
Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 2:81 1 (1986). 
Trymalium flabellare F. Muell. ex Reisseck, Linnaea 29:281 (1858). LECTOTYPE 
(here chosen): Boston Point, F. Mueller (MEL 55208). LECTOPARATYPE: Scrub near 
Meadow Ck, i. 1 855, Wilhelmi (MEL 55205). 
A shrub to c. 1 m high. Stipules subulate, c. 1.5 mm long, stellate tomentose, 
early caducous. Leaves alternate, flabellate or elliptic, wider than long, the distal 
margin usually crenate or toothed, flat to almost conduplicate, 4-9 x 5-14 mm, 
densely covered on both surfaces with stellate hairs (or very rarely glabrous above), 
with some larger, rusty hairs above the veins on the lower surface; venation indistinct 
above, apparent beneath. Inflorescence of short axillary and terminal racemes or 
slender, few flowered panicles to 2 cm long; Flowers shortly pedicellate, densely 
stellate-tomentose on outer surface; thalamus tube conical, 1-1.5 mm long; sepals 
acute, 2-2.5 x 1-1.5 mm; stamens subequal to sepals; anthers elliptic, c. 1 mm 
long; style c. 1 mm long, deeply trifid; ovary summit densely covered with long 
stellate hairs, slightly raised. Fruits not known. (Fig. 5) 
Representative Specimens (Total examined 38): 
South Australia — Boston Point, Spencers Gulf, & dat., Wilhelmi (MEL); Port Lincoln, 1875, J. H. 
Brown s n (MEL); Port Lincoln, 7.ii.l960, R. Filson 1585 (MEL); Eyre Peninsula, 2 miles east of Wamlla, 
xi. 1 955, D. J. Smith 221 (MEL); Tod River— Wanilla area, 4.ix.l969, K B. Wames 108 (AD); Hundred 
of Koppio, north end, 18.ix. 1964, C. R. Alcock C42 (AD). 
Distribution and Conservation Status (Fig. 9): 
P. flabellaris is known only from the Eyre Peninsula, South Australia, particularly 
in the southern part about Port Lincoln. It is not regarded as rare or threatened 
by Briggs and Leigh (1988). 
Habitat: 
Occurs on shallow soils derived from granite, laterite and quartzite, and is 
also recorded from sand dunes. Information accompanying specimens is scanty but 
one collection gives Eucalyptus cladocalyx as dominant in the associated vegetation. 
Notes: 
In the protologue of Trymalium flabellare, Reisseck cites two collections, Boston 
Point, F. Mueller and Meaton Ck, Wilhelmi. Of the former, there are two sheets 
at MEL (both ex Sonder Herb.), both with small sterile twigs and a few fragments 
in envelopes. The larger specimen of these (with two leafy twigs) has been chosen 
as the lectotype and the smaller (MEL 55206) an isolectotype. The label, written 
in Mueller’s hand, has: ‘ Pomaderris (Trymalium) rotundifolia F. Muell.’ (presumably 
an earlier manuscript name) and below, an addition by Sonder: 'Trymalium flabellare 
F. Muell.’ 

Page image

931714 Trymalium flabellare Muelleria 7(2): 279
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442477
Page is part of the work The Pomaderris oraria F. Muell. complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.184030

Page text

279 
oraria by most botanists and naturalists. It is readily distinguished from P. oraria 
sens, strict, by the glabrous (rather than hispid) leaf upper- surface, and the entire, 
rarely irregularly crenate or emarginate leaves with less deeply impressed midrib 
and lateral veins. At Wilsons Promontory both taxa occur together with no apparent 
intergradation. . 
At their extremes, the two subspecies of P. paniculosa appear to be sufficiently 
distinct to be regarded as separate species, but the differences become less sharp 
where the two taxa occur in near proximity in a few areas in S.A. where mallee 
scrubs occur immediately inland of primary dune vegetation. 
Recently P. paniculosa subsp. paralia has been used in coastal areas as a hardy 
species for amenity and revegetation planting. 
The epithet is derived from Greek, meaning ‘by the shore’ and is, appropriately, 
equivalent to the Latin ‘oraria’. 
3. Pomaderris flabellaris (F. Muell. ex Reisseck) J. Black, FI. S. Australia 366 (1926); 
Jessop in J. P. Jessop & H. R. Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 2:81 1 (1986). 
Trymalium flabellare F. Muell. ex Reisseck, Linnaea 29:281 (1858). LECTOTYPE 
(here chosen): Boston Point, F. Mueller (MEL 55208). LECTOPARATYPE: Scrub near 
Meadow Ck, i. 1 855, Wilhelmi (MEL 55205). 
A shrub to c. 1 m high. Stipules subulate, c. 1.5 mm long, stellate tomentose, 
early caducous. Leaves alternate, flabellate or elliptic, wider than long, the distal 
margin usually crenate or toothed, flat to almost conduplicate, 4-9 x 5-14 mm, 
densely covered on both surfaces with stellate hairs (or very rarely glabrous above), 
with some larger, rusty hairs above the veins on the lower surface; venation indistinct 
above, apparent beneath. Inflorescence of short axillary and terminal racemes or 
slender, few flowered panicles to 2 cm long; Flowers shortly pedicellate, densely 
stellate-tomentose on outer surface; thalamus tube conical, 1-1.5 mm long; sepals 
acute, 2-2.5 x 1-1.5 mm; stamens subequal to sepals; anthers elliptic, c. 1 mm 
long; style c. 1 mm long, deeply trifid; ovary summit densely covered with long 
stellate hairs, slightly raised. Fruits not known. (Fig. 5) 
Representative Specimens (Total examined 38): 
South Australia — Boston Point, Spencers Gulf, & dat., Wilhelmi (MEL); Port Lincoln, 1875, J. H. 
Brown s n (MEL); Port Lincoln, 7.ii.l960, R. Filson 1585 (MEL); Eyre Peninsula, 2 miles east of Wamlla, 
xi. 1 955, D. J. Smith 221 (MEL); Tod River— Wanilla area, 4.ix.l969, K B. Wames 108 (AD); Hundred 
of Koppio, north end, 18.ix. 1964, C. R. Alcock C42 (AD). 
Distribution and Conservation Status (Fig. 9): 
P. flabellaris is known only from the Eyre Peninsula, South Australia, particularly 
in the southern part about Port Lincoln. It is not regarded as rare or threatened 
by Briggs and Leigh (1988). 
Habitat: 
Occurs on shallow soils derived from granite, laterite and quartzite, and is 
also recorded from sand dunes. Information accompanying specimens is scanty but 
one collection gives Eucalyptus cladocalyx as dominant in the associated vegetation. 
Notes: 
In the protologue of Trymalium flabellare, Reisseck cites two collections, Boston 
Point, F. Mueller and Meaton Ck, Wilhelmi. Of the former, there are two sheets 
at MEL (both ex Sonder Herb.), both with small sterile twigs and a few fragments 
in envelopes. The larger specimen of these (with two leafy twigs) has been chosen 
as the lectotype and the smaller (MEL 55206) an isolectotype. The label, written 
in Mueller’s hand, has: ‘ Pomaderris (Trymalium) rotundifolia F. Muell.’ (presumably 
an earlier manuscript name) and below, an addition by Sonder: 'Trymalium flabellare 
F. Muell.’ 

Page image

644884 Verrucaria howensis Muelleria 7(2): 190, Fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50442368
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian Verrucariaceae (Lichenes): 1, doi:10.5962/p.184022

Page text

190 
3. Verrucaria howensis McCarthy, sp. nov. 
Thnlhii crustaceus epilithicus, moderate expansus, continuus vel areolatus, obscure cinereo-viridis 
(5-i 
6 J 1 Gym diametro Ascomata perithecioidea, semiimmersa vel fere superfic' 311 ^ 
solitana 1 prone basim thallo tecto. Involucrellum carbonaceum, n.t.dum, (0.1 : )0 14(-0.2) mm 
//m rrassum exDansum dimidiatum vel usque ad basim excipuli descendens. 
C~m globosum. (0.08->0.1( -0.lt) - -- 
_ ; i- ^ . in | c #/m rrflQsiini cellulis 6-8 x 2-4 urn. Pcnphyszs 20 25 x 1.5 pm. 
SphZs AM Asci bitunicati, clavati, 8-spori, 17-25 * 9-13 pm Sporae simplices incolorate. 
ellipsoideae, (5.9-)7.3(-9.4) x (3.2-)4. K-5.0) /mi, contentis hyalmis vel subtiliter granulosis. 
HOLOTYPUS- New South Wales, Lord Howe Island, on calcareous tuff, 7.X.1965, 
R. F. Steel 51 (MEL 10235). 
Thallus crustose, epilithic, moderately wide-spreading continuous to rimose 
or areolate dull grey-green to olive-green, 0.04-0.08 mm thick, without a visible 
prothallus. 'Areolae regular, angular, smooth P lane or ’ ^y, s 
0 1 -0 21-0.25) mm wide. Algae green, globose, (5-)6- 1 0 /rm diam. Ascomaia 
perithecioid compound, semi-immersed to almost superficial, moderately numerous, 
solitary, often covered by a thalline collar towards the base. Involucrellum carbonaceus, 
„lossv 0 1-0 1 4(-0.2) mm diam., 20-40 pm thick, dimidiate or extending 
excipulum-base level. Ostiole inconspicuous or slightly depres sed - ^f^,f 1 ° b ° 8 Se x ’ 
10 08-30 l(-0 12) mm diam. Excipulum brown-black, 10-15 pm _ thick, cells o 8 
2-4 pm. Periphyses 20-25 x 1.5 pm. Poraphyses absent. Asa bitunicate clavate 
8-spored 17-25 x 9-13 Aim. Ascospores simple, colourless, ellipsoid, (5.9 )7.3( 9.4) 
x (3 2-)4 K-5.0) Aim; contents clear to finely granulose. (Fig. 1 ) 
Fig. 1. 
Verrucaria howensis. a-vertical section of ascoma, scale 0.1 mm. b-ascospore, scale 10 Aim. 

Page image

552016 Bossiaea arenicola Muelleria 7(3): 371
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354038
Page is part of the work Bossiaea arenicola (Fabaceae), a new species from northern Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.238369

Page text

BOSSIAEA ARENICOLA (FABACEAE), A NEW SPECIES FROM 
NORTHERN QUEENSLAND 
by 
J. H. Ross» 
ABSTRACT 
Ross, J. H. Bossiaea arenicola (Fabaceae), a new species from northern 
Queensland. Muelleria 7(3): 371-374 (1991). — B. arenicola from the Cook 
District of northern Queensland is described as new. 
INTRODUCTION 
Material of this species was first collected almost twenty years ago but it is 
only relatively recently through the efforts of Mr J.R. Clarkson, Queensland 
Herbarium, that good flowering and fruiting collections have been made. This 
opportunity is taken of describing the species. 
BOSSIAEA ARENICOLA 
Bossiaea arenicola J. H. Ross sp. nov. affinitas incerta, forsan B. brownii Benth. affinis, a qua 
foliis majoribus orbicularibus rhombeis ad late obovatis ad basin non manifeste obliquis vel 
cordatis, stipulis triangularibus vel ovatis, calyce et bracteolis conspicue lonatudinaliter striatis, 
bracteolis majoribus, corolla uniformiter luteola vel interdum vexillo fauce aurantiaco, et 
ovariis glabriis, differt. 
Typus: Queensland, Cook District, 4.3 km E of the Hopevale-Starke road on the 
track to the Mclvor River mouth, 14.vi.l984, J.R.Clarkson 5322 (HolotypuS: 
MEL; ISOTYPI: BRI, CANB, DNA, K, NSW, PERTH, QRS). 
Shrub or tree 2-5 m high with several stems arising from ground level; bark 
greyish-brown, lon^tudinally fissured, fibrous; branchlets terete, sparin^y to 
densely clothed with somewhat spreading silvery hairs. Leaves alternate, 
distichous, unifoliolate, reddish when young, on short densely pubescent petioles 
1.5-3 mm long; leaflets orbicular, rhombic and sometimes transversely so, to 
broadly ovate or obovate, (0.6-)0.9-1.8 cm long, (0.5-)0.8-1.9 cm wide, 
coriaceous, upper surface sparin^y to densely pubescent when young but 
glabrescent, glabrous when mature or with few scattered hairs, midrib and main 
lateral veins quite prominent, lower surface sparingly to densely pubescent and 
especially so near the attachment of the petiole, ^abrescent, ^abrous or with 
scattered hairs especially basally when mature. Stipules triangular or ovate, 
scarious, sparingly to densely pubescent, 0.7- 1.5 mm long, 0.6-1. 1 mm wide. 
Flowers borne irregularly on the upper parts of the branchlets, solitary in the axils 
of the leaves, up to 1.5 cm long, yellow or sometimes the standard with a basal 
orange flare, on sparingly to densely pubescent pedicels 1.8-4 mm long. Bracts 
few in the series, crowded in the axil, obtuse, up to 1mm long. Bracteoles 
unevenly paired and inserted on the pedicel at different heights, one inserted near 
the base of the pedicel and the other near the apex, scarious, longitudinally striate, 
the upper 1.3-3 mm long, 1.5- 1.8 mm wide, glabrous apart from marginal cilia, 
persisting to the fruiting stage. Calyx glabrous externally or with a fringe of hairs 
on the margins, conspicuously longitudinally striate; 2 upper lobes broader than 
the others and united higher up, the apices of the lobes diverging, 5-6 mm long 
including the tube 4-4.6 mm long, 3 lower lobes 2-2.5 mm long, shorter than the 
tube, denticulate. Standard spathulate, 14.5-15 mm long including a claw up to 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
371 

Page image

552033 Calotis moorei Muelleria 7(3): 405, Figs 1, 2, 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354072
Page is part of the work A New Species of Calotis R. Br. (Asteraceae: Astereae) from New South Wales, doi:10.5962/p.198522

Page text

A NEW SPECIES OF CALOTIS R. Br. (ASTERACEAE: ASTEREAE) FROM 
NEW SOUTH WALES. 
by 
P. S. Short* 
ABSTRACT 
Short, P. S. A new species of Calotis R. Br. (Asteraceae; Astereae) from New South 
Wales. Muelleria 7(3): 405-410 (1991). — Calotis moqrei P. S. Short, is described 
and illustrated and notes on its distribution, possible breeding system, and 
relationships are provided. 
TAXONOMY 
Calotis moorei P. S. Short, sp. nov. affinis C. cymbacanthae F. MuelL, sed aristis fructuum 4-8 
differt, a C. erinacea Steetz, foliis caulibusque pilosis differt. 
HOLOTYPUS: ‘Mt Mulyah’ — about 80 km northwest of Louth. (Near 
homestead). 30°19'S, 144°32'E. Deep red brown sand. 26.ix.1984, C. W. E. Moore 
8454 (CANB 354246). IsotypuS: (NSW, ex CANB 354245). 
[Calotis erinacea auct. non Steetz; Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 77: 
164 (1952), as to Officer s.n. (NSW 14995).] 
Perennial herb, 10-45 cm high, major axes ascending to erect, with septate 
hairs. Leaves alternate, mainly long-spathulate or oblanceolate to obovate but at 
least the upper ones lanceolate to ovate, 0.5-7 cm long, 0.2- 1.4 cm wide, with 1-8 
coarse teeth or lobes, or entire, with septate hairs. Capitula solitary, terminal, 
heterogamous, essentially radiate, but 4-5 of the innermost female ‘ray’ florets 
with 2-3 irregular corolla lobes and sometimes with one or more malformed 
anthers. Involucre c. 6-9 mm diam.; bracts, 12-14, in c. 2 rows, ovate, 2.6-3.9 mm 
long, 0.8- 1.7 mm wide, outer surface with septate hairs, the margins with both 
septate, non-glandular and multicellular, glandular hairs, inner surface with 
septate glandular hairs, apex sometimes with a tuft of septate hairs. Receptacle 
very widely ovoid, with scale-like protrusions. Ray florets female, 26-33; corolla 
usually strap-like, 4.5-5. 8 mm long, 1.2-1. 6 mm wide, yellow; style arms 
lanceolate. Disc florets male, 19-25, corolla 1.8-3 mm long, lobes 4-5, yellow; 
stamens 4-5; anthers 1.3-1. 6 mm long, microsporangium 1. 1-1.2 mm long, 
terminal appendage 0.2-0.27 mm long; style arms not or barely divided. Fruits 
homomorphic, brown; body flattened, broadly cuneiform or widely obdeltoid, 
the exposed portion 1. 3-2.2 mm long, 1.2-1. 5 mm wide, tuberculate on each face, 
enclosed apically by the expanded bases of the awns; awns (3)4-8, equal in length 
or variable, c. 0.4-3.3 mm long, barbed along their whole length and hairy within 
the cup. (Figs 1, 2) 
DISTRIBUTION: 
Calotis moorei is apparently confined to New South Wales. Apart from the 
type locality, i.e. near the homestead of ‘Mt Mulyah’ sheep station, the only other 
collection known to me was gathered by E. Officer (NSW 14995) from the locality 
of ‘Zara’ (35°10'S, 144°35'E), about 480 km south of ‘Mt Mulyah’. 
*National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141 
405 

Page image

644887 Catapyrenium bullatescens Muelleria 7(3): 317-319, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(3): 317-319, Fig. 1".

552030 Danthonia lepidopoda Muelleria 7(3): 384
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354051
Page is part of the work New Taxa in Victorian Poaceae, doi:10.5962/p.198520

Page text

384 
P. stricta van perlaxa is the taxon referred to by P.F. Morris in Ewart ( 1 930) as 
Atropis (= Puccinellia) magellanica Desv., a species indigenous to South 
America. The application of this name resulted from misidentification of a 
fragment sent to A.S. Hitchcock (US). 
In correspondence to Prof A. J. Ewart (then Government Botanist at MEL), 
O. Stapf (KEW) suggested Puccinellia stricta f perlaxa to be an appropriate name 
for specimens submitted to him by Ewart in 1912. Some specimens at MEL were 
later annotated as P stricta var. perlaxa, presumably in the assumption that Stapf 
had published, or intended to publish this combination. However this work has 
not been located in any botanical literature and is presumed to have never been 
validly published. The epithet is appropriate and is here formalized (albeit as a 
variety rather than a form), hopefully by so doing avoiding any confusion which 
may have arisen if a new epithet were chosen. 
DANTHONIA Lam. & DC. 
Danthonia lepidopoda N.G. Walsh sp. nov. 
Chionochloa pallidae affinis sed statura parviore, foliis plants vel canaliculatis, flosculis 
parvioribus arista torta vix, pills lemmatis serie supera caespitosis infirme et a speciebus 
omnibus Danthoniae et Chionochloae Australiensis productis plerumque rhizomatis squamatis 
differt. 
TypuS: Victoria, South Belgrave, “Bullens Land” Courtneys Rd, immediately 
north of Ash Reserve, 37° 56'40"S, 145°20'45"E, 15.L1987, N.G. Walsh 1709, 
(HOLOTYPUS: MEL; ISOTYPI: BRI, NSW). 
Perennial, developing long, scaly rhizomes. Culms to 60 cm high. Leaves 
weakly tufted, glabrous to sparsely hairy; blades flat or channeled, becoming 
inrolled on drying, to 15 cm long and 2 mm wide; ligule a ciliate rim c. 0.5 mm 
long, with a tuft of longer hairs at the sides. Panicle linear to narrowly ovate, to 8 
cm long, rather sparse and with few (usually <20) spikelets. Spikelets purplish 
when young, mostly 3 or 4-flowered; glumes subequal, lanceolate, 8-14 mm long; 
lemma 3-4 mm long, lightly and more or less evenly covered with hairs which are 
weakly aggregated into tufts in an indistinct, slightly longer upper series; lateral 
lobes erect, 3-5 mm long, scaberulous, evenly tapered to the 1-2 mm long 
setiform tips, or setae laclang; central awn wealdy twisted in the lower c. 2 mm, 
exceeding lateral lobes by 3-6 mm; palea narrow lanceolate or oblong, far 
exceeding sinus and approaching or equal to the tips of the lateral lobes. 
Representative Specimens (total examined = 1 5): 
Victoria — Grampians, Mt William, Nov. 1882, Sullivan (MEL); Grampians, E side of Victoria 
Range, 17 Jan. 1969, A.C. Beauglehole 30296 (MEL, NSW); Grampians, 1.5 miles (c. 2 km) ENE of 
Halls Gap, 21 Dec. 1968, A.C. Beauglehole 30136 (MEL, NSW); Grampians, Mt Abrupt, 30 Dec. 
1968, A.C. Beauglehole 30216 (MEL, NSW); Otways, c. 13.5 km NE of Port Campbell P.O., 22 Mar. 
1974, A.C. Beauglehole 44307 (MEL, NSW); Otways, c. 38 km NW of Cape Otway Lighthouse, 20 
Mar. 1974, A.C. Beauglehole 44303 (MEL); Otways, Benwerrin, 9.6 km NNW of Lome, 3 Jan. 1974, 
A.C. Beauglehole 43912 (MEL, NSW); Beenak area, 7.5 km SE of Egg Rock, 10 Jan. 1980, S.J. Forbes 
335 (MEL). 
Distribution and Conservation Status: 
D. lepidopoda is apparently endemic in Victoria from where it has been 
collected from The Grampians mountains, the Otway Range (mostly toward the 
coast) and the south-eastern slopes of the Dandenong Ranges (some 40 km ESE 
from Melbourne). Although apparently confined to these three disjunct areas, the 
species is moderately common in the Grampians and Otways at least (but only 
two collections have been identified from the Dandenong Ranges area), and is not 
considered rare or threatened. 

Page image

552031 Deyeuxia talariata Muelleria 7(3): 386
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354053
Page is part of the work New Taxa in Victorian Poaceae, doi:10.5962/p.198520

Page text

386 
sens. Zotov 1963) rather than Chionochloa (Zotov 1963) and commits the new 
species to that genus. Further, C. pallida is a robust, strongly caespitose plant, 
with narrow, involute leaf blades, numerous spikelets per inflorescence, and larger 
florets with the lemma having a strongly twisted awn, all features not shared by 
the iiew species. Danthonia induta differs from D. lepidopoda in its robust habit, 
relatively large panicle with numerous spikelets, larger lemma with hairs 
organized into definite upper and lower series (as well as scattered between the 
series), longer, strongly twisted awn, and the palea which does not approach the 
tips of the lateral lemma lobes. 
The long-creeping, scaly rhizome is atypical for either Danthonia or 
Chionochloa (at least amongst Australian species) and the specific epithet 
(meaning “scaly foot”) refers to this feature. 
DEYEUXIA Clar. ex P. Beauv. 
Deyeuxia talariata N.G. Walsh sp. nov. 
D. affini M. Gray similis sed spiculis majoribus, 3.6-5 mm longis, arista minuta vel nulla et 
statura elatiore differt. 
HolotypuS: Victoria, East Gippsland, 0.5 km S of Moscow Peak, 2 km NNW of 
Mt Cobberas no.l, 36°15'50"S, 148°08'45"E, 22 Feb. 1982, N.G. Walsh 801 
(MEL). 
Shortly rhizomatous perennial, culms erect, 25-1 10 cm high. Leaves smooth 
to slightly scaberulous, glabrous or the sheaths sometimes sparsely ciliate along 
the margin; blades rather stiff, loosely to closely folded, 6-40 cm x 1.5-3 mm 
when flattened out; ligule membranous, truncate, 1.5-3 mm long. Inflorescence & 
rather dense, cylindrical panicle 4-17 cm long, sometimes interrupted near the 
base; spikelets 3.6-5 mm long, usually slightly purplish; glumes narrowly acute, 
subequal, scabrous along the keel in the upper part; lemma acute, equal to or 
slightly exceeding the glumes, 5-nerved, evenly and minutely scabrous, becoming 
somewhat hardened at maturity, awnless or shortly awned from apex or just 
below; awn (when present) straight, to 0.8 mm long, exceeding lemma by up to 0.5 
mm; palea slightly shorter than lemma; callus hairs dense, silky, 2/3 to as long as 
lemma; rhachilla bristle 1-1.5 mm long, plumose, with hairs virtually reaching 
the apex of the lemma. 
Other Specimens Examined: 
Victoria — Playgrounds, 2 km SW from Mt Cobberas no. 1 , 1 9 Apr. 1 98 1 , S.T Forbes 917 &H 
van Rees (MEL); Forlorn Hope Track, 10.8 km NNW ofMt Nunniong, 13 Feb. 1980 H van Rees 87 
& S.J. Forbes (MEL). 
New South Wales — South Coast/Southem Tablelands, Square Swamp, 2.2 km NW of Woe Woe 
Trig., 21 Feb. 1987, D.E. Albrecht 3063 (MEL, NSW). 
Distribution and Conservation Status: 
Occurs in eastern Victoria on the Nunniong Plateau and the nearby 
Cobberas mountains. In south-eastern New South Wales, the species is known 
from a single collection on the Mt Wog Wog Plateau (inland from Eden). The 
species is known form only four collections, three of which are contained within 
National Parks (Cobberas N.P. in Victoria, Nalbaugh N.P. in N.S.W.) but the 
Victonan sites are subject to grazing by cattle and/or brumbies which are 
prevalent in the area. The species is here regarded as “vulnerable”, with Risk Code 
3VCi (Briggs and Leigh 1989). 
Habitat: 
At each of the four sites from which it is known, D. talariata grows in sodden, 
Sphagnum-Tich heath at altitudes above 1000 m. Associated species include 
Epacris paludosa, E. breviflora, Baeckea utilis and Poa costiniana. The 
underlying soils are generally coarse but derived from different bedrocks at each 

Page image

456171 Eucalyptus leucoxylon connata Muelleria 7(3)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(3)".

456170 Eucalyptus leucoxylon stephaniae Muelleria 7(3): 391-394, Figs 1, 2
572562 Hovea beckeri Muelleria 7(3): 353
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354020
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R.br. (Fabaceae): 5, doi:10.5962/p.198517
823862 Hovea beckeri Muelleria 7(3): 353
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354020
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R.br. (Fabaceae): 5, doi:10.5962/p.198517
823865 Hovea longifolia longifolia Muelleria 7(3): 354
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354021
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R.br. (Fabaceae): 5, doi:10.5962/p.198517
823863 Hovea longifolia lanceolata Muelleria 7(3): 353
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354020
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R.br. (Fabaceae): 5, doi:10.5962/p.198517
823864 Hovea longifolia pannosa Muelleria 7(3): 354
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354021
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R.br. (Fabaceae): 5, doi:10.5962/p.198517
572563 Hovea pannosa Muelleria 7(3): 358
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354025
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R.br. (Fabaceae): 5, doi:10.5962/p.198517

Page text

358 
petals (0.60-0.91 times as long as the wings), the stamen-filaments and style are 
correspondingly shorter and not as conspicuous once the corolla has been shed, 
and the bracts and bracteoles, with few exceptions, are smaller and differently 
shaped. 
Apart from the above, H. purpurea differs from H. montana in habit: 
the former is usually a larger shrub with erect stems in contrast to the latter 
which is usually a small shrub less than a metre high with the outer stems 
somewhat decumbent or sometimes soboliferous. H. montana tends to grow 
at higher altitudes (1220-1830 metres) on mainland Australia than H. 
purpurea where it is an important component of subalpine heaths. 
H. pannosa is an exceedingly polymorphic species widespread in 
Queensland, New South Wales and Victoria, and the range of variation 
encountered within it is so great that it tends to obscure the limits of some of the 
other species. 
A variant of H. pannosa occurs in eastern Victoria (for example, at the 
Buchan River Gorge near Native Dog Flat) which has large bracts and bracteoles 
reminiscent of those found in H. purpurea. However, such specimens have all of 
the other floral attributions of H. pannosa rather than of H. purpurea and 
consequently are referred to H. pannosa. Another variant from Mt Elizabeth in 
eastern Victoria and in Tasmania is difficult to place with certainty but, on 
account of its floral characters, is referred to H. pannosa rather than to H. 
purpurea. 
HOVEA PANNOSA CUNN. EX HOOK. 
Hovea pannosa Cunn. ex Hook., Bot. Mag. 58: t.3053 (1831); Beadle, Evans & 
Carolin, FI. Sydney Region 3rd edn : 300 (1982). H. longifolia R. Br. var. pannosa 
(Cunn. ex Hook.) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 173 (1864) pro majore parte excl. syn. H. 
purpurea Sweet. Lectotype (here selected): Cunningham specimen in 
Herbarium Hookerianum (K). 
Hovea villosa Lindley in Edwards’s, Bot. Reg. 18: 1. 15 12 (1832). Lectotype 
(here selected): specimen in Findley’s Herbarium (CGE). 
Hovea ramulosa Cunn. ex Lindley in Edwards’s, Bot. Reg. 29: sub t. 4 (1843). 
Lectotype (here selected): “Upper branches of the Brisbane River Moreton Bay 
1829’’, Cunningham 35 (CGE; IsolectotypeS: BM, G, K). 
Hovea purpurea sensu Thompson & Lee in Lee & Thompson, El. New South 
Wales 101(2): 137 (1984), non Sweet. 
Lindley based his description of H. villosa on a plant cultivated in the 
nursery of Messrs Rollissons of Tooting grown from seed from New South Wales. 
Lindley noted how H. villosa differed from H. purpurea but strangely made no 
mention in the protologue of H. pannosa. H. villosa is in fact a much more villous 
and robust variant of the taxon described the previous year by Hooker under the 
name H. pannosa. There is in Findley’s herbarium at CGE a sheet bearing the 
name H. villosa upon which two specimens are mounted. The smaller specimen 
has written on the sheet to the right of the base of the specimen “Hort RollissOn 
1832’’ and “Hovea villosa BReg 1512” is written on the sheet in the bottom right 
hand corner. This sheet clearly represents type material and I here select the larger 
of the two specimens as the Lectotype of H. villosa. 
H. ramulosa was based on a Cunningham specimen collected from the upper 
branches of the Brisbane River, Moreton Bay in 1 829. H. ramulosa clearly falls 
within the range of variation of H. pannosa and is a synonym of the latter species. 
The Cunningham specimen named H. ramulosa preserved in Findley’s 
herbarium at CGE numbered 35 and labelled “Upper branches of the Brisbane 
River Moreton Bay 1829” is here selected as the Lectotype of H. ramulosa. A 
Cunningham specimen in BM labelled “35 Moreton-bay 1829”, one in K 
presented by the Linnean Society and labelled “Upper branches of Brisbane R., 
N. S. Wales July 35/ 1 829” and one in G labelled “Upper branches of the Brisbane 

Page image

502154 Hovea purpurea Muelleria 7(3): 353, figs 1, 2 (map).
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354020
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R.br. (Fabaceae): 5, doi:10.5962/p.198517
572565 Hovea ramulosa Muelleria 7(3): 358
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354025
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R.br. (Fabaceae): 5, doi:10.5962/p.198517

Page text

358 
petals (0.60-0.91 times as long as the wings), the stamen-filaments and style are 
correspondingly shorter and not as conspicuous once the corolla has been shed, 
and the bracts and bracteoles, with few exceptions, are smaller and differently 
shaped. 
Apart from the above, H. purpurea differs from H. montana in habit: 
the former is usually a larger shrub with erect stems in contrast to the latter 
which is usually a small shrub less than a metre high with the outer stems 
somewhat decumbent or sometimes soboliferous. H. montana tends to grow 
at higher altitudes (1220-1830 metres) on mainland Australia than H. 
purpurea where it is an important component of subalpine heaths. 
H. pannosa is an exceedingly polymorphic species widespread in 
Queensland, New South Wales and Victoria, and the range of variation 
encountered within it is so great that it tends to obscure the limits of some of the 
other species. 
A variant of H. pannosa occurs in eastern Victoria (for example, at the 
Buchan River Gorge near Native Dog Flat) which has large bracts and bracteoles 
reminiscent of those found in H. purpurea. However, such specimens have all of 
the other floral attributions of H. pannosa rather than of H. purpurea and 
consequently are referred to H. pannosa. Another variant from Mt Elizabeth in 
eastern Victoria and in Tasmania is difficult to place with certainty but, on 
account of its floral characters, is referred to H. pannosa rather than to H. 
purpurea. 
HOVEA PANNOSA CUNN. EX HOOK. 
Hovea pannosa Cunn. ex Hook., Bot. Mag. 58: t.3053 (1831); Beadle, Evans & 
Carolin, FI. Sydney Region 3rd edn : 300 (1982). H. longifolia R. Br. var. pannosa 
(Cunn. ex Hook.) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 173 (1864) pro majore parte excl. syn. H. 
purpurea Sweet. Lectotype (here selected): Cunningham specimen in 
Herbarium Hookerianum (K). 
Hovea villosa Lindley in Edwards’s, Bot. Reg. 18: 1. 15 12 (1832). Lectotype 
(here selected): specimen in Findley’s Herbarium (CGE). 
Hovea ramulosa Cunn. ex Lindley in Edwards’s, Bot. Reg. 29: sub t. 4 (1843). 
Lectotype (here selected): “Upper branches of the Brisbane River Moreton Bay 
1829’’, Cunningham 35 (CGE; IsolectotypeS: BM, G, K). 
Hovea purpurea sensu Thompson & Lee in Lee & Thompson, El. New South 
Wales 101(2): 137 (1984), non Sweet. 
Lindley based his description of H. villosa on a plant cultivated in the 
nursery of Messrs Rollissons of Tooting grown from seed from New South Wales. 
Lindley noted how H. villosa differed from H. purpurea but strangely made no 
mention in the protologue of H. pannosa. H. villosa is in fact a much more villous 
and robust variant of the taxon described the previous year by Hooker under the 
name H. pannosa. There is in Findley’s herbarium at CGE a sheet bearing the 
name H. villosa upon which two specimens are mounted. The smaller specimen 
has written on the sheet to the right of the base of the specimen “Hort RollissOn 
1832’’ and “Hovea villosa BReg 1512” is written on the sheet in the bottom right 
hand corner. This sheet clearly represents type material and I here select the larger 
of the two specimens as the Lectotype of H. villosa. 
H. ramulosa was based on a Cunningham specimen collected from the upper 
branches of the Brisbane River, Moreton Bay in 1 829. H. ramulosa clearly falls 
within the range of variation of H. pannosa and is a synonym of the latter species. 
The Cunningham specimen named H. ramulosa preserved in Findley’s 
herbarium at CGE numbered 35 and labelled “Upper branches of the Brisbane 
River Moreton Bay 1829” is here selected as the Lectotype of H. ramulosa. A 
Cunningham specimen in BM labelled “35 Moreton-bay 1829”, one in K 
presented by the Linnean Society and labelled “Upper branches of Brisbane R., 
N. S. Wales July 35/ 1 829” and one in G labelled “Upper branches of the Brisbane 

Page image

823867 Hovea ramulosa Muelleria 7(3): 358
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354025
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R.br. (Fabaceae): 5, doi:10.5962/p.198517

Page text

358 
petals (0.60-0.91 times as long as the wings), the stamen-filaments and style are 
correspondingly shorter and not as conspicuous once the corolla has been shed, 
and the bracts and bracteoles, with few exceptions, are smaller and differently 
shaped. 
Apart from the above, H. purpurea differs from H. montana in habit: 
the former is usually a larger shrub with erect stems in contrast to the latter 
which is usually a small shrub less than a metre high with the outer stems 
somewhat decumbent or sometimes soboliferous. H. montana tends to grow 
at higher altitudes (1220-1830 metres) on mainland Australia than H. 
purpurea where it is an important component of subalpine heaths. 
H. pannosa is an exceedingly polymorphic species widespread in 
Queensland, New South Wales and Victoria, and the range of variation 
encountered within it is so great that it tends to obscure the limits of some of the 
other species. 
A variant of H. pannosa occurs in eastern Victoria (for example, at the 
Buchan River Gorge near Native Dog Flat) which has large bracts and bracteoles 
reminiscent of those found in H. purpurea. However, such specimens have all of 
the other floral attributions of H. pannosa rather than of H. purpurea and 
consequently are referred to H. pannosa. Another variant from Mt Elizabeth in 
eastern Victoria and in Tasmania is difficult to place with certainty but, on 
account of its floral characters, is referred to H. pannosa rather than to H. 
purpurea. 
HOVEA PANNOSA CUNN. EX HOOK. 
Hovea pannosa Cunn. ex Hook., Bot. Mag. 58: t.3053 (1831); Beadle, Evans & 
Carolin, FI. Sydney Region 3rd edn : 300 (1982). H. longifolia R. Br. var. pannosa 
(Cunn. ex Hook.) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 173 (1864) pro majore parte excl. syn. H. 
purpurea Sweet. Lectotype (here selected): Cunningham specimen in 
Herbarium Hookerianum (K). 
Hovea villosa Lindley in Edwards’s, Bot. Reg. 18: 1. 15 12 (1832). Lectotype 
(here selected): specimen in Findley’s Herbarium (CGE). 
Hovea ramulosa Cunn. ex Lindley in Edwards’s, Bot. Reg. 29: sub t. 4 (1843). 
Lectotype (here selected): “Upper branches of the Brisbane River Moreton Bay 
1829’’, Cunningham 35 (CGE; IsolectotypeS: BM, G, K). 
Hovea purpurea sensu Thompson & Lee in Lee & Thompson, El. New South 
Wales 101(2): 137 (1984), non Sweet. 
Lindley based his description of H. villosa on a plant cultivated in the 
nursery of Messrs Rollissons of Tooting grown from seed from New South Wales. 
Lindley noted how H. villosa differed from H. purpurea but strangely made no 
mention in the protologue of H. pannosa. H. villosa is in fact a much more villous 
and robust variant of the taxon described the previous year by Hooker under the 
name H. pannosa. There is in Findley’s herbarium at CGE a sheet bearing the 
name H. villosa upon which two specimens are mounted. The smaller specimen 
has written on the sheet to the right of the base of the specimen “Hort RollissOn 
1832’’ and “Hovea villosa BReg 1512” is written on the sheet in the bottom right 
hand corner. This sheet clearly represents type material and I here select the larger 
of the two specimens as the Lectotype of H. villosa. 
H. ramulosa was based on a Cunningham specimen collected from the upper 
branches of the Brisbane River, Moreton Bay in 1 829. H. ramulosa clearly falls 
within the range of variation of H. pannosa and is a synonym of the latter species. 
The Cunningham specimen named H. ramulosa preserved in Findley’s 
herbarium at CGE numbered 35 and labelled “Upper branches of the Brisbane 
River Moreton Bay 1829” is here selected as the Lectotype of H. ramulosa. A 
Cunningham specimen in BM labelled “35 Moreton-bay 1829”, one in K 
presented by the Linnean Society and labelled “Upper branches of Brisbane R., 
N. S. Wales July 35/ 1 829” and one in G labelled “Upper branches of the Brisbane 

Page image

572564 Hovea villosa Muelleria 7(3): 358
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354025
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R.br. (Fabaceae): 5, doi:10.5962/p.198517

Page text

358 
petals (0.60-0.91 times as long as the wings), the stamen-filaments and style are 
correspondingly shorter and not as conspicuous once the corolla has been shed, 
and the bracts and bracteoles, with few exceptions, are smaller and differently 
shaped. 
Apart from the above, H. purpurea differs from H. montana in habit: 
the former is usually a larger shrub with erect stems in contrast to the latter 
which is usually a small shrub less than a metre high with the outer stems 
somewhat decumbent or sometimes soboliferous. H. montana tends to grow 
at higher altitudes (1220-1830 metres) on mainland Australia than H. 
purpurea where it is an important component of subalpine heaths. 
H. pannosa is an exceedingly polymorphic species widespread in 
Queensland, New South Wales and Victoria, and the range of variation 
encountered within it is so great that it tends to obscure the limits of some of the 
other species. 
A variant of H. pannosa occurs in eastern Victoria (for example, at the 
Buchan River Gorge near Native Dog Flat) which has large bracts and bracteoles 
reminiscent of those found in H. purpurea. However, such specimens have all of 
the other floral attributions of H. pannosa rather than of H. purpurea and 
consequently are referred to H. pannosa. Another variant from Mt Elizabeth in 
eastern Victoria and in Tasmania is difficult to place with certainty but, on 
account of its floral characters, is referred to H. pannosa rather than to H. 
purpurea. 
HOVEA PANNOSA CUNN. EX HOOK. 
Hovea pannosa Cunn. ex Hook., Bot. Mag. 58: t.3053 (1831); Beadle, Evans & 
Carolin, FI. Sydney Region 3rd edn : 300 (1982). H. longifolia R. Br. var. pannosa 
(Cunn. ex Hook.) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 173 (1864) pro majore parte excl. syn. H. 
purpurea Sweet. Lectotype (here selected): Cunningham specimen in 
Herbarium Hookerianum (K). 
Hovea villosa Lindley in Edwards’s, Bot. Reg. 18: 1. 15 12 (1832). Lectotype 
(here selected): specimen in Findley’s Herbarium (CGE). 
Hovea ramulosa Cunn. ex Lindley in Edwards’s, Bot. Reg. 29: sub t. 4 (1843). 
Lectotype (here selected): “Upper branches of the Brisbane River Moreton Bay 
1829’’, Cunningham 35 (CGE; IsolectotypeS: BM, G, K). 
Hovea purpurea sensu Thompson & Lee in Lee & Thompson, El. New South 
Wales 101(2): 137 (1984), non Sweet. 
Lindley based his description of H. villosa on a plant cultivated in the 
nursery of Messrs Rollissons of Tooting grown from seed from New South Wales. 
Lindley noted how H. villosa differed from H. purpurea but strangely made no 
mention in the protologue of H. pannosa. H. villosa is in fact a much more villous 
and robust variant of the taxon described the previous year by Hooker under the 
name H. pannosa. There is in Findley’s herbarium at CGE a sheet bearing the 
name H. villosa upon which two specimens are mounted. The smaller specimen 
has written on the sheet to the right of the base of the specimen “Hort RollissOn 
1832’’ and “Hovea villosa BReg 1512” is written on the sheet in the bottom right 
hand corner. This sheet clearly represents type material and I here select the larger 
of the two specimens as the Lectotype of H. villosa. 
H. ramulosa was based on a Cunningham specimen collected from the upper 
branches of the Brisbane River, Moreton Bay in 1 829. H. ramulosa clearly falls 
within the range of variation of H. pannosa and is a synonym of the latter species. 
The Cunningham specimen named H. ramulosa preserved in Findley’s 
herbarium at CGE numbered 35 and labelled “Upper branches of the Brisbane 
River Moreton Bay 1829” is here selected as the Lectotype of H. ramulosa. A 
Cunningham specimen in BM labelled “35 Moreton-bay 1829”, one in K 
presented by the Linnean Society and labelled “Upper branches of Brisbane R., 
N. S. Wales July 35/ 1 829” and one in G labelled “Upper branches of the Brisbane 

Page image

823866 Hovea villosa Muelleria 7(3): 358
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354025
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R.br. (Fabaceae): 5, doi:10.5962/p.198517

Page text

358 
petals (0.60-0.91 times as long as the wings), the stamen-filaments and style are 
correspondingly shorter and not as conspicuous once the corolla has been shed, 
and the bracts and bracteoles, with few exceptions, are smaller and differently 
shaped. 
Apart from the above, H. purpurea differs from H. montana in habit: 
the former is usually a larger shrub with erect stems in contrast to the latter 
which is usually a small shrub less than a metre high with the outer stems 
somewhat decumbent or sometimes soboliferous. H. montana tends to grow 
at higher altitudes (1220-1830 metres) on mainland Australia than H. 
purpurea where it is an important component of subalpine heaths. 
H. pannosa is an exceedingly polymorphic species widespread in 
Queensland, New South Wales and Victoria, and the range of variation 
encountered within it is so great that it tends to obscure the limits of some of the 
other species. 
A variant of H. pannosa occurs in eastern Victoria (for example, at the 
Buchan River Gorge near Native Dog Flat) which has large bracts and bracteoles 
reminiscent of those found in H. purpurea. However, such specimens have all of 
the other floral attributions of H. pannosa rather than of H. purpurea and 
consequently are referred to H. pannosa. Another variant from Mt Elizabeth in 
eastern Victoria and in Tasmania is difficult to place with certainty but, on 
account of its floral characters, is referred to H. pannosa rather than to H. 
purpurea. 
HOVEA PANNOSA CUNN. EX HOOK. 
Hovea pannosa Cunn. ex Hook., Bot. Mag. 58: t.3053 (1831); Beadle, Evans & 
Carolin, FI. Sydney Region 3rd edn : 300 (1982). H. longifolia R. Br. var. pannosa 
(Cunn. ex Hook.) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 173 (1864) pro majore parte excl. syn. H. 
purpurea Sweet. Lectotype (here selected): Cunningham specimen in 
Herbarium Hookerianum (K). 
Hovea villosa Lindley in Edwards’s, Bot. Reg. 18: 1. 15 12 (1832). Lectotype 
(here selected): specimen in Findley’s Herbarium (CGE). 
Hovea ramulosa Cunn. ex Lindley in Edwards’s, Bot. Reg. 29: sub t. 4 (1843). 
Lectotype (here selected): “Upper branches of the Brisbane River Moreton Bay 
1829’’, Cunningham 35 (CGE; IsolectotypeS: BM, G, K). 
Hovea purpurea sensu Thompson & Lee in Lee & Thompson, El. New South 
Wales 101(2): 137 (1984), non Sweet. 
Lindley based his description of H. villosa on a plant cultivated in the 
nursery of Messrs Rollissons of Tooting grown from seed from New South Wales. 
Lindley noted how H. villosa differed from H. purpurea but strangely made no 
mention in the protologue of H. pannosa. H. villosa is in fact a much more villous 
and robust variant of the taxon described the previous year by Hooker under the 
name H. pannosa. There is in Findley’s herbarium at CGE a sheet bearing the 
name H. villosa upon which two specimens are mounted. The smaller specimen 
has written on the sheet to the right of the base of the specimen “Hort RollissOn 
1832’’ and “Hovea villosa BReg 1512” is written on the sheet in the bottom right 
hand corner. This sheet clearly represents type material and I here select the larger 
of the two specimens as the Lectotype of H. villosa. 
H. ramulosa was based on a Cunningham specimen collected from the upper 
branches of the Brisbane River, Moreton Bay in 1 829. H. ramulosa clearly falls 
within the range of variation of H. pannosa and is a synonym of the latter species. 
The Cunningham specimen named H. ramulosa preserved in Findley’s 
herbarium at CGE numbered 35 and labelled “Upper branches of the Brisbane 
River Moreton Bay 1829” is here selected as the Lectotype of H. ramulosa. A 
Cunningham specimen in BM labelled “35 Moreton-bay 1829”, one in K 
presented by the Linnean Society and labelled “Upper branches of Brisbane R., 
N. S. Wales July 35/ 1 829” and one in G labelled “Upper branches of the Brisbane 

Page image

878218 Microglaena austrogeorgica Muelleria 7(3): 337
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354004
Page is part of the work Notes on the Lichenized Ascomycete Genus Thelenella Nyl. in Australia, Southern Africa and on the Islands of the Subantarctic and Antarctic, doi:10.5962/p.198515

Page text

337 
Additional Specimens Examined: 
Australia — Queensland, Woodford Road, N of Dayboro, Terrors Creek, on greenstone 
boulders, alt. c. 300 m, 13.viii.l986, J. Hafellner 15645 & G.N. 5teve«i (Herb. Hafellner). 
Southern Africa — Lesotho [Basutoland], Maseru Division, Roma Valley, 24. vi. 1962, L. Kofler 
(LD). 
6. Thelenella mawsonii (Dodge) Mayrh. & McCarthy, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Microglaena mawsonii Dodge, B.A.N.Z.A.R.E. 1929-1931 Rep., 
Ser. B, 7: 46 (1948) — Lamb, Ind. Nom. Lich.: 416 (1963) — Lindsay, Nova 
Hedwigia 27; 879 (1976) — Bull. Br. Antarct. Surv. Bull. 44: 105 (1976) — 
0vstedal, Norsk Polarinstitutt Skr. 185:50 (1986) — Mayrhofer, Biblioth. 
Lichenol. 26: 44 (1987). Typus: Kerguelen Island, Observatory Bay, above Port 
Jeanne d’Arc, alt. 1600 feet, 20.ii.l930, B.A.N.Z.A.R.E. B 201 (HolotypuS: FH; 
associated with Steinera sp., called S. werthii by Dodge (1948); according to 
Henssen & James (1982), it is S. glaucella). 
SYNONYM: Microglaena austrogeorgica D. C. Lindsay, Br. Antarct. Surv. 
Bull. 44; 105 (1976) — Mayrhofer, Biblioth. Lichenol. 26: 44 (1987). TypuS: 
South Georgia, Zenker Ridge, between Moraine Fjord and Hestesletten, alt. 25 
m, 19.ii.l971, R. I. L. Smith 1703 (HOlotypuS: AAS). 
Thallus crustose, epilithic, pale greenish-grey, thin, effuse, continuous to 
sparingly rimose; surface matt, smooth. Perithecia numerous, usually solitary, 
almost superficial, with an open dark olive-brown to black (especially near the 
apex) involucrellum, 0.45-0.65 mm diam. Ostiole inconspicuous to -excavate. 
Excipulum hyaline to pale brown at the base, becoming brown to dark brown at 
the sides, 25-35 pm thick. Paraphyses multicellular, branched and anastomosing, 
0.8-1. 2 pm thick. Ascus (4-)6(-8)-spored. Ascospores colourless, muriform, with 
12-16 transverse and 3-4 longitudinal divisions, elongate-ellipsoid, 34-52 x 
14-20 pm. Conidiomata not seen. (Figs. 3, 5) 
Thelenella mawsonii is characterised by perithecia with a spreading 
involucrellum. Mayrhofer (1987) tentatively placed Microglaena mawsonii and 
M. austrogeorgica in the synonymy of the closely-related T. kerguelena. However, 
it is distinguished from T. kerguelena mainly by its larger ascospores. 
DISTRIBUTION: 
This lichen is known from Kerguelen, Heard and Macquarie Island, from 
South Georgia and from Bouvetoya (0vstedal 1986, specimen not seen). It is 
represented in the MEL collections by 11 specimens from nine localities on 
Macquarie Island, where it has been found at altitudes ranging from 60 m to 370 
m above sea-level. A selection of the latter is listed below. 
Additional Specimens Examined: 
Kerguelen Island — Low Lands, 1 1 .ii. 1 963, R. fi. Filson 4644 (MEL). 
Heard Island — Atlas Cove, 8.ii.l963, R. B. Filson 4584 <& J. Williams (MEL 1032266; 
associated with Verrucaria maura). 
Macquarie Island — 1 mile N of Bauer Bay, 28.i.l964, R. B. Filson 5827 (MEL); W of Brothers 
Summit, alt. 200 feet, 14.viii.l965, K. Simpson E81 (MEL 1000416); peak of hill on the ridge N of and 
above Caroline Cove, alt. 800-900 feet, 20.1.1966, K. Simpson E75 (MEL 1000267). 
7. Thelenella modesta (Nyl.) Nyl., Mem. Soc. Sci. Nat. Cherbourg 3: 193 (1855) 
— Microglaena modesta (Nyl.) A. L. Sm., Monogr. Brit. Lich.\ 308 (191 1). 
The report of this corticolous species from SE Queensland, Australia by 
Hafellner et al. (1989) was the first from the Southern Hemisphere. It has a 
scattered distribution in Europe and North America (Mayrhofer 1987). 

Page image

878217 Microglaena mawsonii Muelleria 7(3): 337
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354004
Page is part of the work Notes on the Lichenized Ascomycete Genus Thelenella Nyl. in Australia, Southern Africa and on the Islands of the Subantarctic and Antarctic, doi:10.5962/p.198515

Page text

337 
Additional Specimens Examined: 
Australia — Queensland, Woodford Road, N of Dayboro, Terrors Creek, on greenstone 
boulders, alt. c. 300 m, 13.viii.l986, J. Hafellner 15645 & G.N. 5teve«i (Herb. Hafellner). 
Southern Africa — Lesotho [Basutoland], Maseru Division, Roma Valley, 24. vi. 1962, L. Kofler 
(LD). 
6. Thelenella mawsonii (Dodge) Mayrh. & McCarthy, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Microglaena mawsonii Dodge, B.A.N.Z.A.R.E. 1929-1931 Rep., 
Ser. B, 7: 46 (1948) — Lamb, Ind. Nom. Lich.: 416 (1963) — Lindsay, Nova 
Hedwigia 27; 879 (1976) — Bull. Br. Antarct. Surv. Bull. 44: 105 (1976) — 
0vstedal, Norsk Polarinstitutt Skr. 185:50 (1986) — Mayrhofer, Biblioth. 
Lichenol. 26: 44 (1987). Typus: Kerguelen Island, Observatory Bay, above Port 
Jeanne d’Arc, alt. 1600 feet, 20.ii.l930, B.A.N.Z.A.R.E. B 201 (HolotypuS: FH; 
associated with Steinera sp., called S. werthii by Dodge (1948); according to 
Henssen & James (1982), it is S. glaucella). 
SYNONYM: Microglaena austrogeorgica D. C. Lindsay, Br. Antarct. Surv. 
Bull. 44; 105 (1976) — Mayrhofer, Biblioth. Lichenol. 26: 44 (1987). TypuS: 
South Georgia, Zenker Ridge, between Moraine Fjord and Hestesletten, alt. 25 
m, 19.ii.l971, R. I. L. Smith 1703 (HOlotypuS: AAS). 
Thallus crustose, epilithic, pale greenish-grey, thin, effuse, continuous to 
sparingly rimose; surface matt, smooth. Perithecia numerous, usually solitary, 
almost superficial, with an open dark olive-brown to black (especially near the 
apex) involucrellum, 0.45-0.65 mm diam. Ostiole inconspicuous to -excavate. 
Excipulum hyaline to pale brown at the base, becoming brown to dark brown at 
the sides, 25-35 pm thick. Paraphyses multicellular, branched and anastomosing, 
0.8-1. 2 pm thick. Ascus (4-)6(-8)-spored. Ascospores colourless, muriform, with 
12-16 transverse and 3-4 longitudinal divisions, elongate-ellipsoid, 34-52 x 
14-20 pm. Conidiomata not seen. (Figs. 3, 5) 
Thelenella mawsonii is characterised by perithecia with a spreading 
involucrellum. Mayrhofer (1987) tentatively placed Microglaena mawsonii and 
M. austrogeorgica in the synonymy of the closely-related T. kerguelena. However, 
it is distinguished from T. kerguelena mainly by its larger ascospores. 
DISTRIBUTION: 
This lichen is known from Kerguelen, Heard and Macquarie Island, from 
South Georgia and from Bouvetoya (0vstedal 1986, specimen not seen). It is 
represented in the MEL collections by 11 specimens from nine localities on 
Macquarie Island, where it has been found at altitudes ranging from 60 m to 370 
m above sea-level. A selection of the latter is listed below. 
Additional Specimens Examined: 
Kerguelen Island — Low Lands, 1 1 .ii. 1 963, R. fi. Filson 4644 (MEL). 
Heard Island — Atlas Cove, 8.ii.l963, R. B. Filson 4584 <& J. Williams (MEL 1032266; 
associated with Verrucaria maura). 
Macquarie Island — 1 mile N of Bauer Bay, 28.i.l964, R. B. Filson 5827 (MEL); W of Brothers 
Summit, alt. 200 feet, 14.viii.l965, K. Simpson E81 (MEL 1000416); peak of hill on the ridge N of and 
above Caroline Cove, alt. 800-900 feet, 20.1.1966, K. Simpson E75 (MEL 1000267). 
7. Thelenella modesta (Nyl.) Nyl., Mem. Soc. Sci. Nat. Cherbourg 3: 193 (1855) 
— Microglaena modesta (Nyl.) A. L. Sm., Monogr. Brit. Lich.\ 308 (191 1). 
The report of this corticolous species from SE Queensland, Australia by 
Hafellner et al. (1989) was the first from the Southern Hemisphere. It has a 
scattered distribution in Europe and North America (Mayrhofer 1987). 

Page image

560824 Minuria Muelleria 7(3): 361-367

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(3): 361-367".

552015 Minuria multiseta Muelleria 7(3): 361
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354028
Page is part of the work A New Species of Minuria Dc. (Asteraceae: Astereae), doi:10.5962/p.198518

Page text

A NEW SPECIES OF MINURIA DC. (ASTERACEAE: ASTEREAE) 
by 
P. S. Short* 
ABSTRACT 
Short, P. S. A new species ofMinuria DC. (Asteraceae: Astereae). Muelleria 7(3): 
361-367. — A new species, Minuria multiseta P. S. Short, is described. It occurs 
in Western Australia, South Australia and the Northern Territory. Notes on its 
relationship with M. gardneri are provided. 
INTRODUCTION 
In a revision of Minuria, Lander & Barry (1980) recognized three new 
species, including M. gardneri Lander & Barry, a species deemed to be found in 
both South Australia and Western Australia. Six years later Cooke (1986) 
recorded in ‘FI. S. Australia’ that he had given the species wider circumscription 
than Lander & Barry, and that the original description was based on ‘relatively 
depauperate material’ (Cooke l.c., p. 1473). It is evident, however, that both the 
original description and that by Cooke encompass two distinct species. The 
additional species is described below. 
METHODS 
Data were gathered from herbarium specimens housed in AD, MEL and 
PERTH. Differences between the two species were statistically examined using a 
modified t-test for unequal variances. 
Pollemovule ratios have been estimated on a capitulum basis, i.e. by 
counting the number of pollen grains in a single disc floret, multiplying that 
number by the number of disc florets, and then dividing by the total number of 
ray florets in the capitulum. 
TAXONOMY 
Minuria multiseta P. S. Short, sp. nov. 
Herba perennis, 2.5-34 cm altam, axes majores ascendentes vel erecti, sparsim pubescentes. 
Folia alterna, sessilia, integra, linearia, 5-20 mm longa, c. 0.5-1 mm lata, glabra vel sparsim 
pilosa. Capitula solitaria, heterogama, radiata. Involucrum 3.8-5 mm diametro, multiseriale; 
bracteae 35-62, sublanceolatae, c. 2-3 mm longae, c. 0.4 mm latae, praecipue herbaceae sed 
marginibus superis et apicibus hyalinis. Receptaculum convexum, glabrum, foevatum. Flosculi 
radii feminei, 67-239, corolla 1.9-4 mm longa, ligula 0.9-2 mm longa, alba; cypselae 
subellipsoidea, 0.6-0.85 mm longae, 0.2-0.3 mm latae, sparsim pubescentes, purpureae; pappus 
setaceous, setas 8-11, barbellatas, ad basem conjunctae ferens. Flosculi disci masculini, 4-25, 
corolla 1.65-2.4 mm longa, (4)5-loba, lutea; antherae 5, 0.63-0.89 mm longae, sporangiis 0.45- 
0.72 mm longis, appendicibus terminalibus 0.14-0.22 mm longibus; cypselae steriles, glabrae; 
pappus cyathiformis, laceratus, setis 2-1 1 terminalibus, barbellatis. 
HolotypuS: 1 5 km NW of Glendambo along Hwy to Coober Pedy. 30° 53'S, 1 35° 
40'E. Growing in sand on outer edge of saline depression amongst Halosarcia and 
extending up sand dune where it occurs with Zygophyllum, 26.viii.1989, Short 
3675 (MEL 1577157). ISOTYPI: AD, CANB, PERTH. 
Perennial herb, flowering in the first year, 2.5-34 cm high, major axes 
ascending to erect, sparsely pubescent. Leaves alternate, sessile, entire, linear. 
♦National Herbarium ofVictoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
361 

Page image

552017 Plectranthus arenicola Muelleria 7(3): 375-378

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(3): 375-378".

644897 Plectranthus arenicolus Muelleria 7(3): 375
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354042
Page is part of the work Plectranthus arenicola (arenicolus) (Lamiaceae), a new species from Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.238370

Page text

PLECTRANTHUS ARENICOL US (LAMIACE AE), 
A NEW SPECIES FROM CAPE YORK PENINSULA, QUEENSLAND 
by 
Paul I. Forster* 
ABSTRACT 
Forster, P.I. Plectranthus arenicolus (Lamiaceae), a new species from Cape York 
Peninsula, Queensland. Muelleria 7(3): 375-378 (1991). — Plectranthus 
arenicolus P. Forster sp. nov., from west of Temple Bay, Cape York Peninsula, 
Queensland is described with notes on distribution and habitat. 
INTRODUCTION 
During botanical exploration of the area between Moreton Telegraph Station 
and Temple Bay, Cape York Peninsula, I collected flowering material and live 
plants for cultivation of a species of Plectranthus. Using the key published by 
Blake (1971) for his revision of the genus in Australia and adjacent regions, live 
material was keyed to P gratus S.T. Blake described from Walsh’s Pyramid near 
Tully. The material from Cape York Peninsula, although tallying in some features 
with P gratus, differed in a number of significant characters, several of which 
were extensively used by Blake in his delimitation of taxa. 
Some botanists have verbally expressed dissatisfaction with Blake’s account 
of the genus, particularly when dealing with dried material, and have suggested 
that many of the taxa would be better placed in the synonymy of others. However 
it should be remembered that his account was based on extensive live collections. 
From studying a number of taxa native to Queensland both in habitat and 
subsequently in cultivation, it appears that in most instances Blake’s key and 
description are quite adequate, although the existence of at least two undescribed 
taxa (from Mt Mulligan and Blackdown Tableland) other than the one described 
herein tend to lessen the usefulness of his account. 
TAXONOMY 
Plectranthus arenicolus P. Forster sp. nov., a P. grata S.T. Blake caulium base tubera, 
trichomatibus in caulibus usque 2.7 mm longis, inflorescentiae axe carenti glandulas sessiles, 
foliis ferentibus tantum 4-6 paris dentium differt. 
TypuS: plant cultivated at St Lucia, Brisbane (from material of the same 
collection as P.I. Forster 5456), 22 October 1989, PI. Forster 5835 (HolO: BRI [2 
sheets + spirit]; ISO: K, MEL, QRS). 
Subshrub to 30 cm high, foliage slightly scented. Stems or lateral branches 
erect, the lower woody part often straggling and up to 6 mm thick, seedling 
derived stems with a fleshy tuberous base to 1 cm in diameter; upper parts with a 
dense indumentum of antrorse 2-8-celled hairs up to 2.7 mm in length but 
commonly much shorter, lacking gland-tipped trichomes and with shortly stalked 
glandular hairs to 0. 1 mm long on the intemode directly below the inflorescence. 
Leaves long-petiolate; lamina ovate to narrowly-ovate, 23-33 mm long, 18-26 
mm wide, dull green, somewhat fleshy, paler beneath and colouring purplish in 
strong light; serrate with 4-6 pairs of short broad teeth, occasionally with one or 
more secondary teeth; with dense indumentum of antrorse trichomes on both 
surfaces and occasional sessile yellowish gland below; veins impressed above, 
prominent below; petiole 7-12 mm long, 1-1.7 mm diameter. Inflorescence 
* Botany Department, University of Queensland, Queensland, Australia 4072. 
375 

Page image

552022 Poa lowanensis Muelleria 7(3): 381
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354048
Page is part of the work New Taxa in Victorian Poaceae, doi:10.5962/p.198520

Page text

381 
Distribution and Conservation Status: 
Apparently endemic in Victoria where known only by a few collections from 
margins of salt lakes west of Melbourne between Colac and Hamilton. Two of the 
lakes are within wildlife reserves managed primarily for waterfowl. Considering 
the small number of collections and the abundance of apparently suitable habitat 
{i.e. salt lakes) across the volcanic plain, it is likely that the species has diminished 
as a consequence of habitat modification through clearing and grazing. Field 
observations indicate that P. sallacustris does not persist following regular grazing 
(D. Frood pers. comm.) Its conservation status is therefore assessed as 
“vulnerable” with Risk Code 3VCi (Briggs and Leigh 1989). 
Habitat: 
All collections of the species are from verges of slightly to strongly saline 
lakes on the Victorian volcanic plain (Quaternary basalt). The substrates include 
sticky grey clay, sandy buckshot gravel mixed with basalt pebbles, and at Lake 
Corangamite, deep deposits of the small aquatic snail Coxiella striata. P. 
sallacustris occurs above the saltmarsh zone if such a zone is present at the site. 
Associated species include Schoenus nitens, Wilsonia backhousei, Epilobium 
billardieranum and Plantago coronopus. 
NOTES: 
By the closed leaf-sheath, the membranous ligule, rhizomatous habit of 
growth and lacustrine habitat, P. sallacustris is clearly closely related to P. 
fordeana F. Muell. a robust species which occurs chiefly on the Murray River 
floodplain in Victoria and in similar situations in Queensland, South Australia 
and New South Wales. P. sallacustris is readily distinguished from P. fordeana by 
its overall smaller stature, smooth, narrower leaf-blades, smaller spikelets, and 
glumes which are as long as or longer than their adjacent lemmas. The saline 
conditions prevailing where P sallacustris occurs are also quite different from the 
non-saline, alluvial sites inhabited by P. fordeana. The epithet sal (salt) + lacustris 
(lakeside), is derived from the species’ habitat. 
Specimens of P. sallacustris have in the past been identified as P. ensiformis 
Vickery, typically a species of wet mountain forests, and the introduced, 
widespread P. pratensis L.. From the former, P. sallacustris differs in its non- 
tussocking habit, its non-membranous lemmas on which the hairs are virtually 
confined to the midvein and lateral nerves, and in its unpigmented leaf-sheaths. 
From P. pratensis, P. sallacustris differs in having firm, acute lemmas with the 
web not or only weakly developed. Neither P. ensiformis nor P. pratensis have 
closed leaf-sheaths or are they characteristic of lacustrine environments. 
Collections from Lake Linlithgow and at nearby Krause Swamp differ 
slightly from others in having lemmas which are sparsely hairy to glabrescent 
basally, but are consistent in all other features examined. 
Poa lowanensis N.G. Walsh sp. nov. 
P. poiformi (Labill.) Druce affinis sed culmis dupio longioribus foliis plerumque, spiculis 
purpurascentibus, lemmatis truncatis vel emarginatis, marginibus membranaceis late, et 
habitatione dissimili differt. 
TypuS: Victoria, Wyperfeld National Park, NE corner of “The Hump”, 1 1 Nov. 
1968, A.C. Beauglehole 29505 &E.W Finch (HolotypuS: MEL). 
Tufted or shortly rhizomatous perennial, culms erect, to c. 90 cm high. Leaves 
usually stiffly erect and sharp-tipped, up to c. half as high as the culm, green or 
somewhat glaucous; sheaths pale or purplish, glabrous, smooth; blades inrolled 
and 0.5-1. 5 mm diam., loosely inrolled or folded, to 3 mm wide when flattened, 
smooth on the outer (lower) surface, scabrous or scabrous-pubescent on the inner 

Page image

552021 Poa sallacustris Muelleria 7(3): 379, Fig. 1a, b, c.
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354046
Page is part of the work New Taxa in Victorian Poaceae, doi:10.5962/p.198520

Page text

NEW TAXA IN VICTORIAN POACEAE 
by 
N. G. Walsh* 
ABSTRACT 
Walsh. N. G. New taxa in Victorian Poaceae. Muelleria 7(3): 379-387 (1991). — 
Four new species Poa sallacustris, Poa lowanensis, Danthonia lepidopoda, 
Deyeuxia talariata and a new variety perlaxa of Puccinellia stricta are described 
and illustrated. Their distribution, habitat, abundance and relationships with 
other species are discussed. 
INTRODUCTION 
In the course of preparing an account of the Victorian Poaceae for a 
forthcoming state flora, several previously unnamed taxa were encountered. The 
majority of these are presented here. Others requiring further investigation or 
which are relevant to current research by specialists, will be described if necessary 
at a later date. 
TAXONOMY 
POAL. 
Poa sallacustris N. G. Walsh sp. nov. 
P. fordeana F. Muell. affinis sed foliis angustioribus, laevibus, spiculis brevioribus, glumis 
equalibus vel longioribus quam lemmate inferno et habitatione dissimili differt. 
TypuS: Victoria, Lake Corangamite, SW of Causeway and Lake Martin, 11.5 km 
SW of Cressy, 27 km NNW of Colac P.O., 12 Sept. 1977, A.C. Beauglehole 56460 
& GJ. Hirth. (Holotypus: MEL; Isotypi: BRI, NSW). 
Rhizomatous perennial, culms ascending to erect, terete to somewhat 
compressed, to 30 cm high. Leaves smooth and glabrous; sheaths tubular in lower 
part; blades loosely to closely folded, firm, to 12 cm x 2 mm when flattened, 
abruptly tapered to a keeled, acute, often slightly incurved apex; ligule thinly 
membranous, acute to obtuse, 1-2 mm long. Inflorescence an ovate panicle, to c. 
10 X 7 cm, the branches bare for the greater part, finally widely spreading; 
spikelets 4-6 flowered, 5-8 mm long; glumes subequal, 3-nerved, equal to or 
slightly longer than the adjacent lemmas, smooth or scaberulous along keel; web 
not or wealdy developed; lemma acute, 5-nerved, c. 3 mm long, rather firm, lower 
lemmas mostly with long hairs on the keel in the lower half, and occasionally also 
along the lateral nerves near the base, the internerves usually glabrous, upper 
lemmas with rather few, short hairs near base; palea equal to lemma, scabrous 
along the keels in the upper half, otherwise glabrous or with scattered hairs on the 
internerve area in the lower half. 
Other Specimens Examined: 
Victoria — Lake Terangpom Wildlife Reserve, 12 Jan. 1979, A.C. Beauglehole 63155 (MEL, 
HO, BRI); Krause Swamp Wildlife Reserve 10 Jan. (979, A.C. Beauglehole 63036 (MEL, BRI); SW 
shore of Lake Linlithgow, 14 Dec. 1990, D. Frood (MEL); N end of Black Lake, c. 15 km NNW of 
Skipton, 20 Dec. 1990, D. Frood (MEL). 
*National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141 
379 

Page image

9838339 Ptilotus eriostrichus Muelleria 7(3)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(3)".

9857869 Ptilotus eriotrichus Muelleria 7(3): 369
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354036
Page is part of the work A New Combination in Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198519

Page text

A NEW COMBINATION IN PTILOTUS R. Br. (AMARANTHACEAE) 
by 
P. S. Short* 
ABSTRACT 
Short, P. S. A new combination in Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae). Muelleria 
7(3): 369-370 (1991). — The new combination, Ptilotus eriotrichus (W. Fitzg. ex 
Ewart & J. White) P. S. Short is made. 
PTILOTUS 
During the compilation of material for a biography of the botanist William 
Vincent Fitzgerald (1867-1929) it came to my notice that, in three separate 
papers (Ewart & White 1909, 1910; Ewart, White & Wood 191 1), A. J. Ewart and 
his colleagues adopted, at least in part, the manuscript names Fitzgerald had 
applied to six Western Australian taxa. In each case they had herbarium material 
labelled with Fitzgerald’s manuscript names and used these specimens as the 
basis for their descriptions. Fitzgerald (1912) subsequently published his names, 
as new, in the Journal of Botany. 
Amongst the names published by Ewart & White (1910) was Trichinium 
eriotrichum W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White. Although adopting Fitzgerald’s 
specific epithet they placed the species in Trichinium R. Br., whereas in his later 
publication Fitzgerald (1912) referred the species to Ptilotus R. Bn, i.e. Ptilotus 
eriotrichus W. Fitzg. Clearly, as an earlier specific epithet is available, the name 
Ptilotus eriotrichus W. Fitzg. is illegitimate. A new combination is required on the 
transfer of Trichinium eriotrichum W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White to Ptilotus. 
To date no such combination has been made. Beni (1971) and Green (1981, 
1985) have adopted the combination P. eriotrichus (W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & White) 
W. Fitzg. in, I assume, the belief that Fitzgerald (1912) was not describing a new 
species, but making a new combination. However, this is incorrect, as it is evident 
that Ptilotus eriotrichum W. Fitzg. was published by Fitzgerald without 
knowledge of Ewart & White’s earlier publication. 
That Fitzgerald was ignorant of Ewart & White’s work is apparent from 
several sources. Firstly, in his description Fitzgerald (1912) made no mention of 
Ewart & White’s work. Secondly, subsequent to Fitzgerald’s paper in Journal of 
Botany, a note regarding the duplication of the publications, presumably by the 
editor, James Britten (Anon. 1912), was inserted in the latter journal. Of 
Fitzgerald it stated in part: 
‘it is right to say that the author is not to blame for this, at any rate in the 
majority of cases, as his paper had been in our possession some time before 
its publication, and the species were doubtless undescribed at the time the 
paper was written’ (Anon. 1912, p. 286). 
Thirdly, following the latter criticism Ewart (1912) claimed to have made some 
effort to contact Fitzgerald about the publication of Fitzgerald’s names and 
records that no contact had been made. Unpublished letters at MEL also show 
that Ewart (1909) wrote in May and August 1909 to Max Koch, the collector of 
the type material, asking if Fitzgerald’s name had been published and whether 
more material of Koch 1217 was available. It is, perhaps, not surprising that no 
response from Fitzgerald was forthcoming. Further letters at MEL suggest that a 
far from cordial relationship between Ewart and Fitzgerald existed about that 
time. For example, Ewart (1909), in a letter to J. Staer, refers to the placement of 
Fitzgerald ‘on the Botanical Black list as regard herbarium exchanges’! 
‘National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
369 

Page image

9857866 Ptilotus eriotrichus Muelleria 7(3): 369
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354036
Page is part of the work A New Combination in Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198519

Page text

A NEW COMBINATION IN PTILOTUS R. Br. (AMARANTHACEAE) 
by 
P. S. Short* 
ABSTRACT 
Short, P. S. A new combination in Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae). Muelleria 
7(3): 369-370 (1991). — The new combination, Ptilotus eriotrichus (W. Fitzg. ex 
Ewart & J. White) P. S. Short is made. 
PTILOTUS 
During the compilation of material for a biography of the botanist William 
Vincent Fitzgerald (1867-1929) it came to my notice that, in three separate 
papers (Ewart & White 1909, 1910; Ewart, White & Wood 191 1), A. J. Ewart and 
his colleagues adopted, at least in part, the manuscript names Fitzgerald had 
applied to six Western Australian taxa. In each case they had herbarium material 
labelled with Fitzgerald’s manuscript names and used these specimens as the 
basis for their descriptions. Fitzgerald (1912) subsequently published his names, 
as new, in the Journal of Botany. 
Amongst the names published by Ewart & White (1910) was Trichinium 
eriotrichum W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White. Although adopting Fitzgerald’s 
specific epithet they placed the species in Trichinium R. Br., whereas in his later 
publication Fitzgerald (1912) referred the species to Ptilotus R. Bn, i.e. Ptilotus 
eriotrichus W. Fitzg. Clearly, as an earlier specific epithet is available, the name 
Ptilotus eriotrichus W. Fitzg. is illegitimate. A new combination is required on the 
transfer of Trichinium eriotrichum W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White to Ptilotus. 
To date no such combination has been made. Beni (1971) and Green (1981, 
1985) have adopted the combination P. eriotrichus (W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & White) 
W. Fitzg. in, I assume, the belief that Fitzgerald (1912) was not describing a new 
species, but making a new combination. However, this is incorrect, as it is evident 
that Ptilotus eriotrichum W. Fitzg. was published by Fitzgerald without 
knowledge of Ewart & White’s earlier publication. 
That Fitzgerald was ignorant of Ewart & White’s work is apparent from 
several sources. Firstly, in his description Fitzgerald (1912) made no mention of 
Ewart & White’s work. Secondly, subsequent to Fitzgerald’s paper in Journal of 
Botany, a note regarding the duplication of the publications, presumably by the 
editor, James Britten (Anon. 1912), was inserted in the latter journal. Of 
Fitzgerald it stated in part: 
‘it is right to say that the author is not to blame for this, at any rate in the 
majority of cases, as his paper had been in our possession some time before 
its publication, and the species were doubtless undescribed at the time the 
paper was written’ (Anon. 1912, p. 286). 
Thirdly, following the latter criticism Ewart (1912) claimed to have made some 
effort to contact Fitzgerald about the publication of Fitzgerald’s names and 
records that no contact had been made. Unpublished letters at MEL also show 
that Ewart (1909) wrote in May and August 1909 to Max Koch, the collector of 
the type material, asking if Fitzgerald’s name had been published and whether 
more material of Koch 1217 was available. It is, perhaps, not surprising that no 
response from Fitzgerald was forthcoming. Further letters at MEL suggest that a 
far from cordial relationship between Ewart and Fitzgerald existed about that 
time. For example, Ewart (1909), in a letter to J. Staer, refers to the placement of 
Fitzgerald ‘on the Botanical Black list as regard herbarium exchanges’! 
‘National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
369 

Page image

9857867 Ptilotus eriotrichus Muelleria 7(3): 369
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354036
Page is part of the work A New Combination in Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198519

Page text

A NEW COMBINATION IN PTILOTUS R. Br. (AMARANTHACEAE) 
by 
P. S. Short* 
ABSTRACT 
Short, P. S. A new combination in Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae). Muelleria 
7(3): 369-370 (1991). — The new combination, Ptilotus eriotrichus (W. Fitzg. ex 
Ewart & J. White) P. S. Short is made. 
PTILOTUS 
During the compilation of material for a biography of the botanist William 
Vincent Fitzgerald (1867-1929) it came to my notice that, in three separate 
papers (Ewart & White 1909, 1910; Ewart, White & Wood 191 1), A. J. Ewart and 
his colleagues adopted, at least in part, the manuscript names Fitzgerald had 
applied to six Western Australian taxa. In each case they had herbarium material 
labelled with Fitzgerald’s manuscript names and used these specimens as the 
basis for their descriptions. Fitzgerald (1912) subsequently published his names, 
as new, in the Journal of Botany. 
Amongst the names published by Ewart & White (1910) was Trichinium 
eriotrichum W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White. Although adopting Fitzgerald’s 
specific epithet they placed the species in Trichinium R. Br., whereas in his later 
publication Fitzgerald (1912) referred the species to Ptilotus R. Bn, i.e. Ptilotus 
eriotrichus W. Fitzg. Clearly, as an earlier specific epithet is available, the name 
Ptilotus eriotrichus W. Fitzg. is illegitimate. A new combination is required on the 
transfer of Trichinium eriotrichum W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White to Ptilotus. 
To date no such combination has been made. Beni (1971) and Green (1981, 
1985) have adopted the combination P. eriotrichus (W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & White) 
W. Fitzg. in, I assume, the belief that Fitzgerald (1912) was not describing a new 
species, but making a new combination. However, this is incorrect, as it is evident 
that Ptilotus eriotrichum W. Fitzg. was published by Fitzgerald without 
knowledge of Ewart & White’s earlier publication. 
That Fitzgerald was ignorant of Ewart & White’s work is apparent from 
several sources. Firstly, in his description Fitzgerald (1912) made no mention of 
Ewart & White’s work. Secondly, subsequent to Fitzgerald’s paper in Journal of 
Botany, a note regarding the duplication of the publications, presumably by the 
editor, James Britten (Anon. 1912), was inserted in the latter journal. Of 
Fitzgerald it stated in part: 
‘it is right to say that the author is not to blame for this, at any rate in the 
majority of cases, as his paper had been in our possession some time before 
its publication, and the species were doubtless undescribed at the time the 
paper was written’ (Anon. 1912, p. 286). 
Thirdly, following the latter criticism Ewart (1912) claimed to have made some 
effort to contact Fitzgerald about the publication of Fitzgerald’s names and 
records that no contact had been made. Unpublished letters at MEL also show 
that Ewart (1909) wrote in May and August 1909 to Max Koch, the collector of 
the type material, asking if Fitzgerald’s name had been published and whether 
more material of Koch 1217 was available. It is, perhaps, not surprising that no 
response from Fitzgerald was forthcoming. Further letters at MEL suggest that a 
far from cordial relationship between Ewart and Fitzgerald existed about that 
time. For example, Ewart (1909), in a letter to J. Staer, refers to the placement of 
Fitzgerald ‘on the Botanical Black list as regard herbarium exchanges’! 
‘National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
369 

Page image

9857868 Ptilotus eriotrichus Muelleria 7(3): 369
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354036
Page is part of the work A New Combination in Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198519

Page text

A NEW COMBINATION IN PTILOTUS R. Br. (AMARANTHACEAE) 
by 
P. S. Short* 
ABSTRACT 
Short, P. S. A new combination in Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae). Muelleria 
7(3): 369-370 (1991). — The new combination, Ptilotus eriotrichus (W. Fitzg. ex 
Ewart & J. White) P. S. Short is made. 
PTILOTUS 
During the compilation of material for a biography of the botanist William 
Vincent Fitzgerald (1867-1929) it came to my notice that, in three separate 
papers (Ewart & White 1909, 1910; Ewart, White & Wood 191 1), A. J. Ewart and 
his colleagues adopted, at least in part, the manuscript names Fitzgerald had 
applied to six Western Australian taxa. In each case they had herbarium material 
labelled with Fitzgerald’s manuscript names and used these specimens as the 
basis for their descriptions. Fitzgerald (1912) subsequently published his names, 
as new, in the Journal of Botany. 
Amongst the names published by Ewart & White (1910) was Trichinium 
eriotrichum W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White. Although adopting Fitzgerald’s 
specific epithet they placed the species in Trichinium R. Br., whereas in his later 
publication Fitzgerald (1912) referred the species to Ptilotus R. Bn, i.e. Ptilotus 
eriotrichus W. Fitzg. Clearly, as an earlier specific epithet is available, the name 
Ptilotus eriotrichus W. Fitzg. is illegitimate. A new combination is required on the 
transfer of Trichinium eriotrichum W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White to Ptilotus. 
To date no such combination has been made. Beni (1971) and Green (1981, 
1985) have adopted the combination P. eriotrichus (W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & White) 
W. Fitzg. in, I assume, the belief that Fitzgerald (1912) was not describing a new 
species, but making a new combination. However, this is incorrect, as it is evident 
that Ptilotus eriotrichum W. Fitzg. was published by Fitzgerald without 
knowledge of Ewart & White’s earlier publication. 
That Fitzgerald was ignorant of Ewart & White’s work is apparent from 
several sources. Firstly, in his description Fitzgerald (1912) made no mention of 
Ewart & White’s work. Secondly, subsequent to Fitzgerald’s paper in Journal of 
Botany, a note regarding the duplication of the publications, presumably by the 
editor, James Britten (Anon. 1912), was inserted in the latter journal. Of 
Fitzgerald it stated in part: 
‘it is right to say that the author is not to blame for this, at any rate in the 
majority of cases, as his paper had been in our possession some time before 
its publication, and the species were doubtless undescribed at the time the 
paper was written’ (Anon. 1912, p. 286). 
Thirdly, following the latter criticism Ewart (1912) claimed to have made some 
effort to contact Fitzgerald about the publication of Fitzgerald’s names and 
records that no contact had been made. Unpublished letters at MEL also show 
that Ewart (1909) wrote in May and August 1909 to Max Koch, the collector of 
the type material, asking if Fitzgerald’s name had been published and whether 
more material of Koch 1217 was available. It is, perhaps, not surprising that no 
response from Fitzgerald was forthcoming. Further letters at MEL suggest that a 
far from cordial relationship between Ewart and Fitzgerald existed about that 
time. For example, Ewart (1909), in a letter to J. Staer, refers to the placement of 
Fitzgerald ‘on the Botanical Black list as regard herbarium exchanges’! 
‘National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
369 

Page image

9857864 Ptilotus eriotrichus Muelleria 7(3): 370
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354037
Page is part of the work A New Combination in Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198519

Page text

370 
Clearly, Fitzgerald (1912) did not mean to effect a new combination, a 
situation here rectified: 
Ptilotus eriotrichus (W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Trichinium eriotrichum W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. 
Soc. Victoria 22(2): 325 (April 1910). Type: ‘Cowcowing, Max Koch, 1904.’ 
Syntypes & ISOSYNTYPES: Cowcowing, Sept. 1904, Koch 1217, MEL 1579234; 
Cowcowing, Sept. 1904, Koch s.n., MEL 1579236; ?NSW n.v., 7PERTH n.v. 
Ptilotus eriotrichus W. Fitzg., J. Bot. 50: 22 (1912) eriostrichus'), nom. illeg. 
Type: ‘Cowcowing; Max Koch (no. 1217).’ Syntypes & Isosyntypes as above. 
REFERENCES 
Beni, G. ( 1 97 1 ). Ein bestimmungsschliissel fur die gattung Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae). Mitt. Bot. 
Staatssamml. Munchen 9: 135-176. 
Ewart, A. J. (1909). Letters to Max Koch (20 May & 16 Aug.) and J. Staer (29 March). Held in MEL 
library, (ef)580.774 ROY. 
Ewart, A. J. & White, J. (1909). Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 12. Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Victoria 22(1): 91-99, pi. 21-26. 
Ewart, A. J. & White, J. (1910). Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 13. Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Victoria 22(2): 315-329, pi. 56-60. 
Ewart, A. J., White, J. & Wood, B. (191 1). Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 16. Proc. Roy. 
Soc. Victoria 23: 2&5-301. 
Fitzgerald, W. V. (1912). New West Australian plants. J. Bot. 50: 18-23. 
Green, J. W. (1981). ‘Census of the vascular plants of Western Australia.’ (1st ed.) (Western Australian 
Herbarium, Dept of Agriculture: South Perth.) 
Green, J. W. ( 1 985). ‘Census of the vascular plants of Western Australia.’ (2nd ed.) (Western Australian 
Herbarium, Dept of Agriculture: South Perth.) 
Manuscript received 1 May 1 990 

Page image

491753 Ptilotus eriotrichus Muelleria 7(3): 370
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354037
Page is part of the work A New Combination in Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198519

Page text

370 
Clearly, Fitzgerald (1912) did not mean to effect a new combination, a 
situation here rectified: 
Ptilotus eriotrichus (W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Trichinium eriotrichum W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. 
Soc. Victoria 22(2): 325 (April 1910). Type: ‘Cowcowing, Max Koch, 1904.’ 
Syntypes & ISOSYNTYPES: Cowcowing, Sept. 1904, Koch 1217, MEL 1579234; 
Cowcowing, Sept. 1904, Koch s.n., MEL 1579236; ?NSW n.v., 7PERTH n.v. 
Ptilotus eriotrichus W. Fitzg., J. Bot. 50: 22 (1912) eriostrichus'), nom. illeg. 
Type: ‘Cowcowing; Max Koch (no. 1217).’ Syntypes & Isosyntypes as above. 
REFERENCES 
Beni, G. ( 1 97 1 ). Ein bestimmungsschliissel fur die gattung Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae). Mitt. Bot. 
Staatssamml. Munchen 9: 135-176. 
Ewart, A. J. (1909). Letters to Max Koch (20 May & 16 Aug.) and J. Staer (29 March). Held in MEL 
library, (ef)580.774 ROY. 
Ewart, A. J. & White, J. (1909). Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 12. Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Victoria 22(1): 91-99, pi. 21-26. 
Ewart, A. J. & White, J. (1910). Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 13. Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Victoria 22(2): 315-329, pi. 56-60. 
Ewart, A. J., White, J. & Wood, B. (191 1). Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 16. Proc. Roy. 
Soc. Victoria 23: 2&5-301. 
Fitzgerald, W. V. (1912). New West Australian plants. J. Bot. 50: 18-23. 
Green, J. W. (1981). ‘Census of the vascular plants of Western Australia.’ (1st ed.) (Western Australian 
Herbarium, Dept of Agriculture: South Perth.) 
Green, J. W. ( 1 985). ‘Census of the vascular plants of Western Australia.’ (2nd ed.) (Western Australian 
Herbarium, Dept of Agriculture: South Perth.) 
Manuscript received 1 May 1 990 

Page image

552027 Puccinellia stricta perlaxa Muelleria 7(3): 382
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354049
Page is part of the work New Taxa in Victorian Poaceae, doi:10.5962/p.198520
644892 Thelenella mawsonii Muelleria 7(3): 337
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354004
Page is part of the work Notes on the Lichenized Ascomycete Genus Thelenella Nyl. in Australia, Southern Africa and on the Islands of the Subantarctic and Antarctic, doi:10.5962/p.198515

Page text

337 
Additional Specimens Examined: 
Australia — Queensland, Woodford Road, N of Dayboro, Terrors Creek, on greenstone 
boulders, alt. c. 300 m, 13.viii.l986, J. Hafellner 15645 & G.N. 5teve«i (Herb. Hafellner). 
Southern Africa — Lesotho [Basutoland], Maseru Division, Roma Valley, 24. vi. 1962, L. Kofler 
(LD). 
6. Thelenella mawsonii (Dodge) Mayrh. & McCarthy, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Microglaena mawsonii Dodge, B.A.N.Z.A.R.E. 1929-1931 Rep., 
Ser. B, 7: 46 (1948) — Lamb, Ind. Nom. Lich.: 416 (1963) — Lindsay, Nova 
Hedwigia 27; 879 (1976) — Bull. Br. Antarct. Surv. Bull. 44: 105 (1976) — 
0vstedal, Norsk Polarinstitutt Skr. 185:50 (1986) — Mayrhofer, Biblioth. 
Lichenol. 26: 44 (1987). Typus: Kerguelen Island, Observatory Bay, above Port 
Jeanne d’Arc, alt. 1600 feet, 20.ii.l930, B.A.N.Z.A.R.E. B 201 (HolotypuS: FH; 
associated with Steinera sp., called S. werthii by Dodge (1948); according to 
Henssen & James (1982), it is S. glaucella). 
SYNONYM: Microglaena austrogeorgica D. C. Lindsay, Br. Antarct. Surv. 
Bull. 44; 105 (1976) — Mayrhofer, Biblioth. Lichenol. 26: 44 (1987). TypuS: 
South Georgia, Zenker Ridge, between Moraine Fjord and Hestesletten, alt. 25 
m, 19.ii.l971, R. I. L. Smith 1703 (HOlotypuS: AAS). 
Thallus crustose, epilithic, pale greenish-grey, thin, effuse, continuous to 
sparingly rimose; surface matt, smooth. Perithecia numerous, usually solitary, 
almost superficial, with an open dark olive-brown to black (especially near the 
apex) involucrellum, 0.45-0.65 mm diam. Ostiole inconspicuous to -excavate. 
Excipulum hyaline to pale brown at the base, becoming brown to dark brown at 
the sides, 25-35 pm thick. Paraphyses multicellular, branched and anastomosing, 
0.8-1. 2 pm thick. Ascus (4-)6(-8)-spored. Ascospores colourless, muriform, with 
12-16 transverse and 3-4 longitudinal divisions, elongate-ellipsoid, 34-52 x 
14-20 pm. Conidiomata not seen. (Figs. 3, 5) 
Thelenella mawsonii is characterised by perithecia with a spreading 
involucrellum. Mayrhofer (1987) tentatively placed Microglaena mawsonii and 
M. austrogeorgica in the synonymy of the closely-related T. kerguelena. However, 
it is distinguished from T. kerguelena mainly by its larger ascospores. 
DISTRIBUTION: 
This lichen is known from Kerguelen, Heard and Macquarie Island, from 
South Georgia and from Bouvetoya (0vstedal 1986, specimen not seen). It is 
represented in the MEL collections by 11 specimens from nine localities on 
Macquarie Island, where it has been found at altitudes ranging from 60 m to 370 
m above sea-level. A selection of the latter is listed below. 
Additional Specimens Examined: 
Kerguelen Island — Low Lands, 1 1 .ii. 1 963, R. fi. Filson 4644 (MEL). 
Heard Island — Atlas Cove, 8.ii.l963, R. B. Filson 4584 <& J. Williams (MEL 1032266; 
associated with Verrucaria maura). 
Macquarie Island — 1 mile N of Bauer Bay, 28.i.l964, R. B. Filson 5827 (MEL); W of Brothers 
Summit, alt. 200 feet, 14.viii.l965, K. Simpson E81 (MEL 1000416); peak of hill on the ridge N of and 
above Caroline Cove, alt. 800-900 feet, 20.1.1966, K. Simpson E75 (MEL 1000267). 
7. Thelenella modesta (Nyl.) Nyl., Mem. Soc. Sci. Nat. Cherbourg 3: 193 (1855) 
— Microglaena modesta (Nyl.) A. L. Sm., Monogr. Brit. Lich.\ 308 (191 1). 
The report of this corticolous species from SE Queensland, Australia by 
Hafellner et al. (1989) was the first from the Southern Hemisphere. It has a 
scattered distribution in Europe and North America (Mayrhofer 1987). 

Page image

644895 Thelenella tasmanica Muelleria 7(3): 338-340, Fig. 6

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(3): 338-340, Fig. 6".

644886 Thelopsis isiaca australis Muelleria 7(3): 313-315, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(3): 313-315, Fig. 1".

759654 Trichinium eriotrichum Muelleria 7(3): 370
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354037
Page is part of the work A New Combination in Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198519

Page text

370 
Clearly, Fitzgerald (1912) did not mean to effect a new combination, a 
situation here rectified: 
Ptilotus eriotrichus (W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Trichinium eriotrichum W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. 
Soc. Victoria 22(2): 325 (April 1910). Type: ‘Cowcowing, Max Koch, 1904.’ 
Syntypes & ISOSYNTYPES: Cowcowing, Sept. 1904, Koch 1217, MEL 1579234; 
Cowcowing, Sept. 1904, Koch s.n., MEL 1579236; ?NSW n.v., 7PERTH n.v. 
Ptilotus eriotrichus W. Fitzg., J. Bot. 50: 22 (1912) eriostrichus'), nom. illeg. 
Type: ‘Cowcowing; Max Koch (no. 1217).’ Syntypes & Isosyntypes as above. 
REFERENCES 
Beni, G. ( 1 97 1 ). Ein bestimmungsschliissel fur die gattung Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae). Mitt. Bot. 
Staatssamml. Munchen 9: 135-176. 
Ewart, A. J. (1909). Letters to Max Koch (20 May & 16 Aug.) and J. Staer (29 March). Held in MEL 
library, (ef)580.774 ROY. 
Ewart, A. J. & White, J. (1909). Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 12. Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Victoria 22(1): 91-99, pi. 21-26. 
Ewart, A. J. & White, J. (1910). Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 13. Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Victoria 22(2): 315-329, pi. 56-60. 
Ewart, A. J., White, J. & Wood, B. (191 1). Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 16. Proc. Roy. 
Soc. Victoria 23: 2&5-301. 
Fitzgerald, W. V. (1912). New West Australian plants. J. Bot. 50: 18-23. 
Green, J. W. (1981). ‘Census of the vascular plants of Western Australia.’ (1st ed.) (Western Australian 
Herbarium, Dept of Agriculture: South Perth.) 
Green, J. W. ( 1 985). ‘Census of the vascular plants of Western Australia.’ (2nd ed.) (Western Australian 
Herbarium, Dept of Agriculture: South Perth.) 
Manuscript received 1 May 1 990 

Page image

824691 Trichinium eriotrichum Muelleria 7(3): 370
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51354037
Page is part of the work A New Combination in Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198519

Page text

370 
Clearly, Fitzgerald (1912) did not mean to effect a new combination, a 
situation here rectified: 
Ptilotus eriotrichus (W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White) P. S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Trichinium eriotrichum W. Fitzg. ex Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. 
Soc. Victoria 22(2): 325 (April 1910). Type: ‘Cowcowing, Max Koch, 1904.’ 
Syntypes & ISOSYNTYPES: Cowcowing, Sept. 1904, Koch 1217, MEL 1579234; 
Cowcowing, Sept. 1904, Koch s.n., MEL 1579236; ?NSW n.v., 7PERTH n.v. 
Ptilotus eriotrichus W. Fitzg., J. Bot. 50: 22 (1912) eriostrichus'), nom. illeg. 
Type: ‘Cowcowing; Max Koch (no. 1217).’ Syntypes & Isosyntypes as above. 
REFERENCES 
Beni, G. ( 1 97 1 ). Ein bestimmungsschliissel fur die gattung Ptilotus R. Br. (Amaranthaceae). Mitt. Bot. 
Staatssamml. Munchen 9: 135-176. 
Ewart, A. J. (1909). Letters to Max Koch (20 May & 16 Aug.) and J. Staer (29 March). Held in MEL 
library, (ef)580.774 ROY. 
Ewart, A. J. & White, J. (1909). Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 12. Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Victoria 22(1): 91-99, pi. 21-26. 
Ewart, A. J. & White, J. (1910). Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 13. Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Victoria 22(2): 315-329, pi. 56-60. 
Ewart, A. J., White, J. & Wood, B. (191 1). Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 16. Proc. Roy. 
Soc. Victoria 23: 2&5-301. 
Fitzgerald, W. V. (1912). New West Australian plants. J. Bot. 50: 18-23. 
Green, J. W. (1981). ‘Census of the vascular plants of Western Australia.’ (1st ed.) (Western Australian 
Herbarium, Dept of Agriculture: South Perth.) 
Green, J. W. ( 1 985). ‘Census of the vascular plants of Western Australia.’ (2nd ed.) (Western Australian 
Herbarium, Dept of Agriculture: South Perth.) 
Manuscript received 1 May 1 990 

Page image

644888 Verrucaria australiensis Muelleria 7(3): 320-321, Fig. 2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(3): 320-321, Fig. 2".

644896 Verrucaria bubalina Muelleria 7(3): 344-345, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(3): 344-345, Fig. 1".

644885 Verrucaria hydrela puncticulata Muelleria 7(3): 322-323

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(3): 322-323".

644889 Verrucaria operculata Muelleria 7(3): 324-327, Fig. 5

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(3): 324-327, Fig. 5".

644890 Verrucaria subdiscreta Muelleria 7(3): 327-330, Fig. 6

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(3): 327-330, Fig. 6".

644891 Verrucaria tessellatuloidea Muelleria 7(3): 330-331

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(3): 330-331".

644898 Batrachospermum diatyches Muelleria 7(4): 426-430, Figs 1, 2
729027 Brachyscome aff. curvicarpa (yellow ray florets) Muelleria 7(4): 459
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351176
Page is part of the work Chromosome Number Determinations in Brachyscome Cass. (Asteraceae: Astereae) With Comments on Species Delimitation Relationships and Cytogeography, doi:10.5962/p.198505
794161 Brachyscome sp. aff. campylocarpa Muelleria 7(4): 458, 465, 466, Fig. 1F
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351175
Page is part of the work Chromosome Number Determinations in Brachyscome Cass. (Asteraceae: Astereae) With Comments on Species Delimitation Relationships and Cytogeography, doi:10.5962/p.198505
6247310 Brachyscome sp. aff. goniocarpa Muelleria 7(4): 460
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351177
Page is part of the work Chromosome Number Determinations in Brachyscome Cass. (Asteraceae: Astereae) With Comments on Species Delimitation Relationships and Cytogeography, doi:10.5962/p.198505
818089 Bracteantha acuminata Muelleria 7(4): 519
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351236
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510

Page text

SOME NOMENCLATURAL CHANGES IN THE ANGIANTHINAE AND 
CASSINIINAE (ASTERACEAE: GNAPHALIEAE) 
by 
Paul G. Wilson', P.S. Short^ & A.E. Orchard^ 
ABSTRACT 
Wilson, Paul G., Short, P.S. & Orchard A.E. Some nomenclatural changes in the 
Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae). Muelleria 7(4): 519- 
524(1 992) — New combinations in Bracteantha, Chrysocephalum, Euchiton, and 
Ozothamnus are made. There is one new name: Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. 
replaces O. backhousei J.D. Hook., nom. illeg. Attention is drawn to some recently 
published illegitimate combinations. 
INTRODUCTION 
Recently, Anderberg (1991a) published a most useful work on the tribe 
Gnaphalieae. In the subtribe Angianthinae he changed, or foreshadowed further 
changes to, the circumscriptions of a number of genera. We do not agree with some 
of the conclusions but generally believe that this publication will be a good step- 
ping stone for future work. Indeed, two of us (PGW & PSS) are collaborating with 
Anderberg on a cladistic analysis of the Angianthinae. We have also indepen- 
dently noted that, in four of the genera recognised, i.e. Bracteantha, CHrysoce- 
phalum, Euchiton and Ozothamnus, a number of new combinations to accom- 
modate recognised taxa were not made. We believe that one species has been 
incorrectly assigned to Chrysocephalum, and that two additional species should be 
included within Ozothamnus. Furthermore, we have found instances where incor- 
rect new combinations have been made. 
Anderberg (1991b) has corrected a mistake concerning the position of 
Helichrysum baxteri, transferring it from the 'Lawrencella' group to Chrysoce- 
phalum. We feel it incumbent on us to note some other mistakes and make the 
required new combinations. 
It should be noted that the authorship of the new combinations is deliberate; 
the authors should not be cited as, for example, ‘Orch. ex Paul G. Wilson et al.' but 
either as ‘Orch. in Paul G. Wilson et al.' or, in the abbreviated form, ‘Orch.’. 
TAXONOMY 
Bracteantha A. Anderb. & L. Haegi 
This genus is badly in need of revision. The status and circumscription of 
many taxa relegated to synonymy under Helichrysum bracteatum (Vent.) 
Andrews by Bentham (1867) are yet to be satisfactorily resolved. Such problems 
cannot be readily clarified but we have noted that one of the names under Brac- 
teantha published by Anderberg & Haegi is nomenclaturally superfluous. 
Bracteantha subundulata (Schultz-Bip.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnaphalium subundulatum Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 171 
(1845), as nom. nov. — Helichrysum acuminatum DC., Prod. 6: 188 (1838), nom. 
illeg., non H. acuminatum (Link) Sweet, Hort. brit. 223 (1826); — Bracteantha 
acuminata A. Anderb. & L. Haegi, Opera Bot. 104: 105 (1991), nom. superfl. 
' Western Australian Herbarium, P.O. Box 104, Como, Western Australia, Australia 6152. 
^National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
^Tasmanian Herbarium, GPO Box 252C, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia 7001. 
519 

Page image

560831 Bracteantha subundulata Muelleria 7(4): 519
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351236
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510

Page text

SOME NOMENCLATURAL CHANGES IN THE ANGIANTHINAE AND 
CASSINIINAE (ASTERACEAE: GNAPHALIEAE) 
by 
Paul G. Wilson', P.S. Short^ & A.E. Orchard^ 
ABSTRACT 
Wilson, Paul G., Short, P.S. & Orchard A.E. Some nomenclatural changes in the 
Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae). Muelleria 7(4): 519- 
524(1 992) — New combinations in Bracteantha, Chrysocephalum, Euchiton, and 
Ozothamnus are made. There is one new name: Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. 
replaces O. backhousei J.D. Hook., nom. illeg. Attention is drawn to some recently 
published illegitimate combinations. 
INTRODUCTION 
Recently, Anderberg (1991a) published a most useful work on the tribe 
Gnaphalieae. In the subtribe Angianthinae he changed, or foreshadowed further 
changes to, the circumscriptions of a number of genera. We do not agree with some 
of the conclusions but generally believe that this publication will be a good step- 
ping stone for future work. Indeed, two of us (PGW & PSS) are collaborating with 
Anderberg on a cladistic analysis of the Angianthinae. We have also indepen- 
dently noted that, in four of the genera recognised, i.e. Bracteantha, CHrysoce- 
phalum, Euchiton and Ozothamnus, a number of new combinations to accom- 
modate recognised taxa were not made. We believe that one species has been 
incorrectly assigned to Chrysocephalum, and that two additional species should be 
included within Ozothamnus. Furthermore, we have found instances where incor- 
rect new combinations have been made. 
Anderberg (1991b) has corrected a mistake concerning the position of 
Helichrysum baxteri, transferring it from the 'Lawrencella' group to Chrysoce- 
phalum. We feel it incumbent on us to note some other mistakes and make the 
required new combinations. 
It should be noted that the authorship of the new combinations is deliberate; 
the authors should not be cited as, for example, ‘Orch. ex Paul G. Wilson et al.' but 
either as ‘Orch. in Paul G. Wilson et al.' or, in the abbreviated form, ‘Orch.’. 
TAXONOMY 
Bracteantha A. Anderb. & L. Haegi 
This genus is badly in need of revision. The status and circumscription of 
many taxa relegated to synonymy under Helichrysum bracteatum (Vent.) 
Andrews by Bentham (1867) are yet to be satisfactorily resolved. Such problems 
cannot be readily clarified but we have noted that one of the names under Brac- 
teantha published by Anderberg & Haegi is nomenclaturally superfluous. 
Bracteantha subundulata (Schultz-Bip.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnaphalium subundulatum Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 171 
(1845), as nom. nov. — Helichrysum acuminatum DC., Prod. 6: 188 (1838), nom. 
illeg., non H. acuminatum (Link) Sweet, Hort. brit. 223 (1826); — Bracteantha 
acuminata A. Anderb. & L. Haegi, Opera Bot. 104: 105 (1991), nom. superfl. 
' Western Australian Herbarium, P.O. Box 104, Como, Western Australia, Australia 6152. 
^National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
^Tasmanian Herbarium, GPO Box 252C, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia 7001. 
519 

Page image

552065 Bracteantha viscosa Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

456535 Cassinia cuneifolia Muelleria 7(4): 522
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351239
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510

Page text

522 
A new name is required for O. backhousei and new combinations are required 
for several infraspecific taxa which, as indicated in the synonymy below, are 
accepted in recent check-lists and Floras. 
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch., nom. nov. Based on Cassinia cuneifolia A. Cunn. ex 
DC., Prod. 6: 155 (1838). — Ozothamnus backhousei J. D. Hook., FI. Tasman. 1: 
204 (1856) Cbackhousii”), nom. illeg., based on above. — Helichrysum backhousei 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 (1867) {"backhousir), non H. cuneifolium Benth., op. 
cit. 633. — Helichrysum cuneifolium (A. Cunn. ex DC.) Tovey & Morris, Proc. 
Roy. Soc. Victoria 35: 195 (1923), nom. illeg. Type: ‘ad faciem rupestreum montis 
Wellington in insula Van-Diemen januar. flor. legit cl. A. Cunningham.’ 
The epithet honours Leonard Rodway (1853-1936), dentist, naturalist, and 
author of The Tasmanian Flora (1903). 
The name Helichrysum backhousei Benth. is legitimate and is to be treated as 
a nom. nov. since the name on which it was based is illegitimate (ICBN, Art. 72, 
Ex. 2). The name Cassinia cuneifolia DC. cannot be transferred to Ozothamnus 
since there already exists an O. cuneifolius (Benth.) A. Anderb. 
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. kingii (W. M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. 
kingii W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 3 ( 1 974); Buchanan 
et ai. Census Vase. PL Tasmania 6 (1989). 
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. oreophilus (W.M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb, 
nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. 
oreophilum W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 4 (1974); 
Buchanan et al. Census Vase. PI. Tasmania 6 (1989). 
Ozothamnus obcordatus DC. subsp. major (Benth.) P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum obcordatum (DC.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. majus 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 ( 1 867) ("major’y, Helichrysum obcordatum subsp. majus 
(Benth.) N. Burb., Aust. J. Bot. 6:257(1958) {"major’)-, Jacobs & Pickard, PI. New 
South Wales 79 (1981). 
Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell., Linnaea 25: 407 (1853). 
The combination to accommodate Helichrysum bilobum Wakef. subsp. scab- 
rum (F. Muell.) N. Burb. under O. retusus is also lacking. Haegi (1986), however, 
has already noted that the species may prove to be specifically distinct, a possi- 
bility supported by the few specimens examined at MEL. Therefore, we suggest 
that the name Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell. be adopted for this taxon. 
The combinations under Ozothamnus for Helichrysum bilobum (= O. retusus, 
not D. bilobus), H. catadromum (= O. decurrens, not O. catadromus), H. den- 
droideum (= O.ferrugineus, not O. dendroideus) and H. ericeteum ( = O. ericifolius, 
not O. ericeteus) that were published by Anderberg are illegitimate, being superflu- 
ous when published as earlier binomials are available. The combinations for O. 
cinereus and O. secundiflorus published by Anderberg are also superfluous, having 
been previously published, and the combination O. rosmarinifolius was first pub- 
lished by Sweet, not de Candolle. 
Ozothamnus cinereus (Labill.) Sweet, Hort. brit. 221 (1826); — Chrysocoma 
cinerea Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 39 (1806); — O. cinereus (Labill.) A. Anderb., 
Opera Bot. 104: 89 {\99\){" cinerea'), comb, superf. A New Caledonian species. 

Page image

795446 Cassinia cuneifolia Muelleria 7(4): 522
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351239
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510

Page text

522 
A new name is required for O. backhousei and new combinations are required 
for several infraspecific taxa which, as indicated in the synonymy below, are 
accepted in recent check-lists and Floras. 
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch., nom. nov. Based on Cassinia cuneifolia A. Cunn. ex 
DC., Prod. 6: 155 (1838). — Ozothamnus backhousei J. D. Hook., FI. Tasman. 1: 
204 (1856) Cbackhousii”), nom. illeg., based on above. — Helichrysum backhousei 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 (1867) {"backhousir), non H. cuneifolium Benth., op. 
cit. 633. — Helichrysum cuneifolium (A. Cunn. ex DC.) Tovey & Morris, Proc. 
Roy. Soc. Victoria 35: 195 (1923), nom. illeg. Type: ‘ad faciem rupestreum montis 
Wellington in insula Van-Diemen januar. flor. legit cl. A. Cunningham.’ 
The epithet honours Leonard Rodway (1853-1936), dentist, naturalist, and 
author of The Tasmanian Flora (1903). 
The name Helichrysum backhousei Benth. is legitimate and is to be treated as 
a nom. nov. since the name on which it was based is illegitimate (ICBN, Art. 72, 
Ex. 2). The name Cassinia cuneifolia DC. cannot be transferred to Ozothamnus 
since there already exists an O. cuneifolius (Benth.) A. Anderb. 
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. kingii (W. M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. 
kingii W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 3 ( 1 974); Buchanan 
et ai. Census Vase. PL Tasmania 6 (1989). 
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. oreophilus (W.M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb, 
nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. 
oreophilum W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 4 (1974); 
Buchanan et al. Census Vase. PI. Tasmania 6 (1989). 
Ozothamnus obcordatus DC. subsp. major (Benth.) P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum obcordatum (DC.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. majus 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 ( 1 867) ("major’y, Helichrysum obcordatum subsp. majus 
(Benth.) N. Burb., Aust. J. Bot. 6:257(1958) {"major’)-, Jacobs & Pickard, PI. New 
South Wales 79 (1981). 
Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell., Linnaea 25: 407 (1853). 
The combination to accommodate Helichrysum bilobum Wakef. subsp. scab- 
rum (F. Muell.) N. Burb. under O. retusus is also lacking. Haegi (1986), however, 
has already noted that the species may prove to be specifically distinct, a possi- 
bility supported by the few specimens examined at MEL. Therefore, we suggest 
that the name Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell. be adopted for this taxon. 
The combinations under Ozothamnus for Helichrysum bilobum (= O. retusus, 
not D. bilobus), H. catadromum (= O. decurrens, not O. catadromus), H. den- 
droideum (= O.ferrugineus, not O. dendroideus) and H. ericeteum ( = O. ericifolius, 
not O. ericeteus) that were published by Anderberg are illegitimate, being superflu- 
ous when published as earlier binomials are available. The combinations for O. 
cinereus and O. secundiflorus published by Anderberg are also superfluous, having 
been previously published, and the combination O. rosmarinifolius was first pub- 
lished by Sweet, not de Candolle. 
Ozothamnus cinereus (Labill.) Sweet, Hort. brit. 221 (1826); — Chrysocoma 
cinerea Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 39 (1806); — O. cinereus (Labill.) A. Anderb., 
Opera Bot. 104: 89 {\99\){" cinerea'), comb, superf. A New Caledonian species. 

Page image

795232 Chrysocephalum adpressum Muelleria 7(4): 520
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351237
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510
795233 Chrysocephalum ambiguum Muelleria 7(4): 520
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351237
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510
552066 Chrysocephalum puteale Muelleria 7(4): 520
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351237
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510

Page text

520 
Bracteantha viscosa (DC.) A. Anderb. & L. Haegi, Opera Bot. 104: 105 (1991). 
Basionym: Helichrysurn bracteatum var. viscosum DC., Prod. 6: 189 (1838). 
Type: ‘//. viscosum Sieb.! pi. exs. nov. boll. n. 345.’ 
Helichrysurn viscosum Sieber ex Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 3: 484 (1826). Type: 
‘Nov. Holl.’ 
The basionym of B. viscosa was eited incorrectly by Anderberg & Haegi as 
^Helichrysurn viscosum Sieber ex De Candolle, Prodr. 6: 189. 1838.’ It is almost 
certainly conspecific with Sprengel’s name and their types may be replicates of the 
same Sieber collection. 
Although the earliest species name was not cited as the basionym by Ander- 
berg & Haegi we consider that their combination is legitimate. Sprengel’s earlier 
name cannot now be transferred to Bracteantha since to do so would create a later 
homonym. Consequently B. viscosa (DC.) A. Anderb. & L. Haegi is the earliest 
available name. 
Chrysocephalum Walp. 
Several additional combinations probably could be made here to accommo- 
date species or infraspecific taxa that have been accredited to the C. apiculatum 
(Labill.) Steetz and C. semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz complexes. Furthermore, 
some older names under Chrysocephalum possibly should be reinstated. 
However, as evidenced by recent Flora treatments (e.g. Haegi 1 986) it is generally 
accepted that it is better for all such taxa to remain in synonymy until revisionary 
work is carried out. On the other hand, the name C. ambiguum (Benth.) A. 
Anderb. is incorrect as its basionym Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth. (1867) is 
antedated by Helichrysurn semicalvum F. Muell. (1861) which is considered to be 
synonymous (Haegi 1986). Similarly, the name C. adpressum (Fitzg.) Anderb. is 
incorrect as Helichrysurn puteale S. Moore is synonymous and has priority. The 
recently described taxon Helichrysurn ambiguum subsp. vinaceum Haegi ( 1 986) is 
not accommodated in Chrysocephalum, a situation rectified here. 
Chrysocephalum puteale (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysurn puteale S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 34: 198 (1899). 
Type: ‘Prope puteum ‘Wangine’ sive ‘Siberia soak’ repperi mens. Jan.’ 
(Holotype: BM). 
Helipterum adpressum W.V. Fitzg., J. West Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2(1): 23 
(1904); — Chrysocephalum adpressum (W.V. Fitzg.) A. Anderb., Opera Bot. 104: 
119 (1991). Type: ‘Broad Arrow, ... Sept., 1898.-W.V.F.’ (Isotype: PERTH). 
Chrysocephalum semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysurn semicalvum F. Muell., Fragm. 2: 156 (1861); — 
Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth. var. semicalvus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 
609 ( 1 867), comb, illeg. Type: ‘In rupibus tractus Barrier Range, Beckler; in mon- 
tibus McDonnell Ranges Australiae centralis, J.M. Stuart.’ 
Helichrysurn ambiguum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1): 
195 (1851), nom. illeg., non H. ambiguum Presl, FI. sicul. xxix (1826), n.v.\ — 
Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 609 (1867) (" Leptorhynchus'), 
nom. nov. based on H. ambiguum Turcz. (ICBN, Art. 72, Ex. 2); — Chrysoce- 
phalum ambiguum (Benth.) A. Anderb., Opera Bot. 104: 1 19 (1991), as ‘(Turcz.) 
A. Anderb.’, see ICBN, Art. 33, Ex. 6. Type: ‘Drum. III. n. 121. et IV. n. 220.’ 
The above synonymy is based on information received from Laurie Haegi in 
litt. and from his published treatment (Haegi 1986) of the taxon. 
Chrysocephalum semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson subsp. vinaceum (Haegi) 
P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysurn ambiguum Turcz. subsp. vinaceum L. Haegi, FI. S. 
Aust. 3: 1535 (1986). 

Page image

552137 Chrysocephalum semicalvum Muelleria 7(4): 520
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351237
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510
552892 Chrysocephalum semicalvum semicalvum Muelleria 7(4): 520
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351237
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510
552068 Chrysocephalum semicalvum vinaceum Muelleria 7(4): 520
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351237
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510
476719 Chrysocephalum Muelleria 7(4): 520
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351237
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510

Page text

520 
Bracteantha viscosa (DC.) A. Anderb. & L. Haegi, Opera Bot. 104: 105 (1991). 
Basionym: Helichrysurn bracteatum var. viscosum DC., Prod. 6: 189 (1838). 
Type: ‘//. viscosum Sieb.! pi. exs. nov. boll. n. 345.’ 
Helichrysurn viscosum Sieber ex Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 3: 484 (1826). Type: 
‘Nov. Holl.’ 
The basionym of B. viscosa was eited incorrectly by Anderberg & Haegi as 
^Helichrysurn viscosum Sieber ex De Candolle, Prodr. 6: 189. 1838.’ It is almost 
certainly conspecific with Sprengel’s name and their types may be replicates of the 
same Sieber collection. 
Although the earliest species name was not cited as the basionym by Ander- 
berg & Haegi we consider that their combination is legitimate. Sprengel’s earlier 
name cannot now be transferred to Bracteantha since to do so would create a later 
homonym. Consequently B. viscosa (DC.) A. Anderb. & L. Haegi is the earliest 
available name. 
Chrysocephalum Walp. 
Several additional combinations probably could be made here to accommo- 
date species or infraspecific taxa that have been accredited to the C. apiculatum 
(Labill.) Steetz and C. semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz complexes. Furthermore, 
some older names under Chrysocephalum possibly should be reinstated. 
However, as evidenced by recent Flora treatments (e.g. Haegi 1 986) it is generally 
accepted that it is better for all such taxa to remain in synonymy until revisionary 
work is carried out. On the other hand, the name C. ambiguum (Benth.) A. 
Anderb. is incorrect as its basionym Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth. (1867) is 
antedated by Helichrysurn semicalvum F. Muell. (1861) which is considered to be 
synonymous (Haegi 1986). Similarly, the name C. adpressum (Fitzg.) Anderb. is 
incorrect as Helichrysurn puteale S. Moore is synonymous and has priority. The 
recently described taxon Helichrysurn ambiguum subsp. vinaceum Haegi ( 1 986) is 
not accommodated in Chrysocephalum, a situation rectified here. 
Chrysocephalum puteale (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysurn puteale S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 34: 198 (1899). 
Type: ‘Prope puteum ‘Wangine’ sive ‘Siberia soak’ repperi mens. Jan.’ 
(Holotype: BM). 
Helipterum adpressum W.V. Fitzg., J. West Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2(1): 23 
(1904); — Chrysocephalum adpressum (W.V. Fitzg.) A. Anderb., Opera Bot. 104: 
119 (1991). Type: ‘Broad Arrow, ... Sept., 1898.-W.V.F.’ (Isotype: PERTH). 
Chrysocephalum semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysurn semicalvum F. Muell., Fragm. 2: 156 (1861); — 
Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth. var. semicalvus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 
609 ( 1 867), comb, illeg. Type: ‘In rupibus tractus Barrier Range, Beckler; in mon- 
tibus McDonnell Ranges Australiae centralis, J.M. Stuart.’ 
Helichrysurn ambiguum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1): 
195 (1851), nom. illeg., non H. ambiguum Presl, FI. sicul. xxix (1826), n.v.\ — 
Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 609 (1867) (" Leptorhynchus'), 
nom. nov. based on H. ambiguum Turcz. (ICBN, Art. 72, Ex. 2); — Chrysoce- 
phalum ambiguum (Benth.) A. Anderb., Opera Bot. 104: 1 19 (1991), as ‘(Turcz.) 
A. Anderb.’, see ICBN, Art. 33, Ex. 6. Type: ‘Drum. III. n. 121. et IV. n. 220.’ 
The above synonymy is based on information received from Laurie Haegi in 
litt. and from his published treatment (Haegi 1986) of the taxon. 
Chrysocephalum semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson subsp. vinaceum (Haegi) 
P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysurn ambiguum Turcz. subsp. vinaceum L. Haegi, FI. S. 
Aust. 3: 1535 (1986). 

Page image

477017 Chrysocoma cinerea Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

552048 Deyeuxia pungens Muelleria 7(4): 452
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351169
Page is part of the work New Taxa in Victorian Poaceae (2), doi:10.5962/p.198504

Page text

452 
km upstream from Snowy R confluence, 26 Nov 1990, N.G. Walsh 3025 (MEL.NSW); Mt Porepun- 
kah, c. 8 km N of Bright, 29 Nov. 1 973, .4. C. Beauglehole 436 77(MEL, NSW); Pretty Valley Ck, 24 Jan. 
1967. A C. Beauglehole 22445 (MEL); Rodda Ck Tk, 13 km N of Mt Bogong, 1 Dec. 1973, A.C. 
Beauglehole 43705 (MEL). 
Distribution and Conservation Status: 
Poa hothamensis var. parvijlora is apparently endemic in Victoria with most 
occurrences in the foothills and lower ranges north of Orbost, East Gippsland, in 
the catchments of the Yalmy, Rodger and Brodribb Rivers. Most occurrences are 
within State Forest, but at least one is in the Snowy River National Park. Occur- 
rences north of the Dividing Range in the Bright-Mt Beauty area (e.g. Beauglehole 
43677, 33445, 43705) are tentatively referred to var. parvijlora at present (see 
notes below). 
The taxon is regarded as rare by Gullan et al. (1990) where referred to as Poa 
sp. aff. hothamensis. 
Habitat: 
Collectors notes accompanying East Gippsland specimens indicate a ten- 
dency for P. hothamensis var. parvijlora to occur on dryish rocky slopes in open 
forest with canopy species \nc\\xAmg Eucalyptus globoidea, E. elata, E. smithii and 
Allocasuarina littoralis, but occasionally extending to wetter forests of E. obliqua, 
E. cypellocarpa and E. radiata. Specimens from the Bright-Mt Beauty area are 
recorded as being associated with Eucalptus paucijlora, E. delegatensis and E. 
dives, but further ecological data are not provided. 
This variety appears to inhabit drier sites at lower altitudes (as low as c. 150 
metres a.s.l.) than does the typical which is a grass of alpine or subalpine shrubland 
or woodland. Some specimens of var. parvijlora are from altitudes approaching 
those at which the typical variety grows, but there is no evidence of the two 
occurring together. 
Notes: 
In the almost velutinous indumentum of var. parvijlora, there is a resem- 
blance to P. petrophila and P. morrisii, but from the former, it is distinguishable by 
the flat leaf-blades and the latter by the purple pigmentation of the sheaths, and 
from both by its stoloniferous habit, and the broadly divaricate, finely branched 
panicle with smaller florets and spikelets. 
Specimens from the Bright-Mt Beauty area differ slightly from East Gipps- 
land collections in having a coarser indumentum on the outer leaf surface. The 
inflorescences of these specimens are generally too immature to predict whether 
the branches will ultimately acquire the sparse, widely divaricate arrangement 
which is a striking feature of most East Gippsland specimens. Considering these 
factors and the lack of ecological information available for these collections, they 
are only tentatively referred to the new variety pending further collections and 
information. 
Occasional plants of P. hothamensis var. hothamensis growing in deep shade 
or otherwise very sheltered sites in the alps may be considerably hairier on the 
sheaths (and rarely, on the lower surface of the blades) and may have less folded 
blades than nearby specimens growing in the open. In these respects, they may 
resemble var. parvijlora, but in the other features discussed above they match the 
typical variety. 
The varietal epithet refers to the small flowers (florets and spikelets) of the 
new taxon relative to those of var. hothamensis. 
DEYEUXIA Clar. ex P. Beauv. 
Deyeuxia pungens N.G. Walsh sp. nov. 
Deyeuxia angustifolia Vick, affinis paniculis majoribus, lemmatibus quintuplinervibus, mem- 

Page image

552049 Dichelachne hirtella Muelleria 7(4): 455
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351172
Page is part of the work New Taxa in Victorian Poaceae (2), doi:10.5962/p.198504

Page text

455 
ring on sandstones of the Central and Southern Tablelands of New South 
Wales. 
The specific epithet refers to the stiff, needle-pointed leaves. 
DICHELACHNE Endl. 
Dichelachne hirtella N.G. Walsh sp. nov. 
Dichelachne ram (R. Br.) Vick, affinis lemmate longiore, brevo-pubescente, lobis apicibus longi- 
oribus, arista longiora et pubescenti differt. 
Holotypus; Victoria — Grampians, Mt Arapiles, on top, within c. 250 yards S to 
W of P.M.G. tower, A.C. Beauglehole 29609 (MEL). 
Narrowly tufted annual or perennial with culms erect, mostly to c. 60 (rarely 
to c. 1 50) cm high. Leaves smooth or scabrous, glabrous to shortly pubescent; 
blades flat or weakly folded, to 15 cm long, 1-4 mm wide; ligule membranous, 
truncate, to 1.5 mm long. Inflorescence a moderately to quite dense, cylindrical 
panicle (6-) 8- 1 5 (-25) cm long, with short, erect branches bearing spikelets from 
the base; glumes narrowly acute, 6.5-10 (mostly 7-8) mm long, subequal, rarely 
the lower up to 1.5 mm shorter than the upper; floret slender, subequal to lower 
glume, 6-8 mm long; lemma scabrous-pubescent with hairs 0.2-0.3 mm long, 
sometimes subglabrous near base; awn inserted 1-2 (av. 1.4) mm from lemma 
apex, (15-) 20-26 (-30) mm long, column pubescent with hairs to 0.3 mm long, 
twisted, bristle scabrous, narrower than column and not twisted; palea reaching to 
about the point of attachment of awn, glabrous or weakly pubescent along the 
midline and upper margins; callus hairs 1-1.8 mm long; anthers 2 or 3 in speci- 
mens observed, c. 0.5 mm (cleistogamous florets) or 1-1.5 mm (chasmogamous 
florets). (Fig. 1 i-k) 
Other Specimens Examined: 
Victoria — Burrowa National Park, Jemba Reference area, 24 Oct. 1987, A.C. Beauglehole 
S9279 (MEL); Chiltern Regional Park, 15 Nov. 1987,^.C. Beauglehole 92028 (MEL); Grampians, Mt 
Zero-Mt Stapylton area, 5 Nov. 1 967, A.C. Beauglehole 1 7852 (MEL); 2 km SSE of Red Bank, 37 km S 
of St Arnaud, 22 Nov. 1979, A.C. Beauglehole 66628A (MEL); Stawell, Three Jacks Reserve — fenced 
plot 17 Nov 1966, A.C. Beauglehole 22008 (MEL); Mt Bulfalo Reference area, 19 Nov. 1987, A.C. 
Beauglehole 92361 (MEL); Wellsford Forest, 14 km NE of Bendigo, 24 Jul. 1975, A.C. Beauglehole 
50006 (MEL); Junction Macalister and Caledonia River, 7 Dec. 1973, E.A. Chesterfield (MEL); 
McKenzie Flora Reserve near Alexandra, 8 Nov. 1 985, J. Edwards 23 (MEL); Wabonga State PstL 1 
km S of Cherry Tree junction, 14Jan. 1 987, . 4 . P/me 75 7(MEL); Creswick, mid Nov. 1928,7.//. Willis 
(MEL) 
New South Wales (including A.C.T.) — Lower western slope of Mt Jerrabombera, Queanbeyan, 
23 Nov 1961 R Pullen 2967 (A,BM,BRI,CANB,G,K,L,MEL,NE,NSW,US); Dividing Range, 
between Braidwood and Bungendore, 6 Dec. 1963, R. Pullen 3976 (CANB); Kowen Forest, north- 
eastern A.C.T., 8 Dec. 1966, R. Pullen 4234 (AD,BAA,CHR,K,NSW,US); Weetangera Rd, Canberra, 
ACT 7Nov 1959 R Pw//en /95S (CANB,NSW); near Botanic Gardens reserve on E. side of Black 
Mtn, Canberra, A.C.T., 4 Jan. 1959, R. Pullen 1249 (AD,NSW) 
Distribution and Conservation Status: 
Known in Victoria from the Grampians in the west to central Gippsland in 
the east, extending to the N.S.W. border in the north-east. The species also occurs 
in southern New South Wales in the Queanbeyan-Braidwqod district, and in the 
Australian Capital Territory (Southern Tablelands Division). D. hirtella is well 
represented in biological reserves and is not considered to be rare. 
Most collections of D. hirtella are from rather dry (500-800 mm av. annual 
rainfall) areas with skeletal, often rocky soils. Ecological notes accompanying 
specimens give ‘peppermint open forest with low shrubland and open grassland 
below’ {Piesse 757), ‘dry sclerophyll forest (with) Eucalyptus polyanthemos, E. 
macrorhyncha, E. melliodora & E. camaldulensis' {Edwards 23), ‘heathy wood- 
land’ {Pullen 2967). 

Page image

835066 Eucalyptus leucoxylon petiolaris Muelleria 7(4): 503
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351220
Page is part of the work Two New Species of Eucalyptus (Myrtaceae) in South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198508
456176 Eucalyptus petiolaris Muelleria 7(4): 503-505

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4): 503-505".

456175 Eucalyptus strzeleckii Muelleria 7(4): 497, figs 1, 2 (map).
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351214
Page is part of the work Two New Species of Eucalyptus (Myrtaceae) in South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198508

Page text

TWO NEW SPECIES OF EUCALYPTUS (MYRTACEAE) IN 
SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA 
by 
K. Rule* 
ABSTRACT 
Rule, K. Two new species of Eucalyptus (Myrtaceae) in south-eastern Australia. 
Muelleria 7(4): 497-505 (1992). — Eucalyptus strzeleckii K. Rule sp. nov. is 
described and its distribution given. Comments on its ecology and conservation 
status are also included and comparisons are made with Eucalyptus ovata Labill. 
and Eucalyptus brookeriana Gray, the species with which it has affinities. The new 
combination, Eucalyptus petiolaris (Boland) K. Rule, is published for Eucalyptus 
leucoxylon F. Muell. ssp. petiolaris Boland. A description of the taxon is given and 
aspects of its morphology are discussed. 
INTRODUCTION 
Eucalyptus strzeleckii K. Rule is a medium to tall, forest swamp gum which 
grows in the western part of the Strzelecki Ranges of Victoria’s South-west Gipps- 
land region. Previous research regarded this eucalypt as an ecotype of Eucalyptus 
ovata Labill. which favors higher altitudes, whilst local observers have referred to 
it as Eucalyptus brookeriana Gray. The erection of Eucalyptus brookeria'na in 
1 976 as a Tasmanian endemic species generated considerable interest in the taxo- 
nomic status of various Southern Victorian populations of forest swamp gum 
which resembled Eucalyptus brookeriana, including those of the Strzelecki 
Ranges. Clucas and Ladiges (1979), Ladiges, Gray & Brooker (1981) and Brooker 
& Lassak (1981) subsequently confirmed the presence of Eucalyptus brookeriana 
in the Otway Ranges and in the Central Highlands near Daylesford. Of particular 
interest is the study of Clucas & Ladiges which included a sample population from 
the Yarragon area on the northern fringe of the Strzelecki Ranges. They concluded 
that this population was an ecotype of Eucalyptus ovata and not Eucalyptus brook- 
eriana. 
The reassessment presented in this paper was initiated because other forest 
swamp gums observed in the Strzelecki Ranges displayed features inconsistent 
with Eucalyptus ovata. Such features included a tallish, erect habit, smooth white 
bark with conspicuous red-brown mottling and waxy growth tips which gave the 
foliage a bluish tinge. As well, these trees had a different flowering period to trees 
of typical Eucalyptus ovata growing in the same area. 
Reassessment is also given to Eucalyptus leucoxylon F. Muell. ssp. petiolaris 
Boland whose disjunct populations occur on the Eyre Peninsula of South Aus- 
tralia. Previous studies by Boland (1978) and (1979) and Rule (1991) have 
highlighted its marked divergence from the other subspecies in both adult and 
juvenile characters. It is the firm opinion of this author that its current taxonomic 
status is anomalous and that it should be a separate species. 
TAXONOMY 
1 . Eucalyptus strzeleckii K. Rule sp. nov. 
Eucalyptus .strzeleckii sp. nov. Eucalyptus ovatae DC. affinis a qua foliis immaturis adultis 
glaucis, foliis juvenilibus angustioribus glandulosioribus seminitenibus, foliis adultis et alabas- 
tris fructibusque parvioribus, cortice laevi, et habitatione altioe in differt; etiam Eucalyptus 
* 6 Regal Court, Vermont South, Victoria, Australia 3133. 
497 

Page image

552070 Euchiton fordianus Muelleria 7(4): 521
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351238
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510
587828 Fumaria muralis Muelleria 7(4): 495-496

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4): 495-496".

795605 Gnaphalium fordianum Muelleria 7(4): 521
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351238
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510

Page text

521 
It is felt that C. podolepidium (F. Muell.) A. Anderb. should be excluded from 
Chrysocephalum. It would be better referred, along with Helipterum saxatile Paul 
G. Wilson and an undescribed species, to a new genus (Wilson, in press). Such an 
action will leave the genus with seven species, namely C. apiculatum (Labill.) 
Steetz, C baxteri (A. Cunn. ex DC.) A. Anderb., C. eremaeum (Haegi) A. Anderb., 
C. pterochaetum F. Muell., C. puteale (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, C. semicalvum 
(F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson and C. semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz. 
Euchiton Cass. 
Euchiton fordianus (M. Gray) P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnaphalium fordianum M. Gray, Contrib. Herb. Aust. 26: 2 
(1976). 
Neotysonia Dalla Torre & Harms 
Neotysonia phyllostegia (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson in J.W. Green, Census Vase. 
PI. Western Australia 2nd ed. 6 (1985). 
The above combination was incorrectly referred by Anderberg to Dalla Torre 
& Harms. The latter authors were responsible for the generic name which was a 
nomen novum for Tysonia F. Muell. (1896) non Fontaine (1889) but they did not 
publish a new combination for the type. 
OzOTHAMNUS R. Br. 
One of us (AEO) has recently commenced revisions of both Cassinia R. Br. 
and Ozothamnus and it is possible that the eircumscription of the genera currently 
included in the Cassinia group by Anderberg will be substantially altered within 
the next few years. However, as noted by Anderberg, the Australasian taxa cur- 
rently included in Helichrysum cannot be retained in that genus. Although it may 
only prove to be an interim measure, it has therefore been decided to accept both 
the name and essentially the same circumscription of Ozothamnus as used by 
Anderberg. 
Some species are at present poorly circumscribed and the status of several 
infraspecific taxa is uncertain, e.g. compare the treatments of Burbidge ( 1 9 5 8) and 
Curtis (1963). If Burbidge’s concepts, and not those of Curtis, are deemed better 
then there would be a problem, for example, with the lack of a combination under 
Ozothamnus to accommodate Helichrysum gunnii (J. D. Hook.) Benth. subsp. 
paralium N. Burb., and a problem with several subspecies of H. ledifolium (DC.) 
Benth. recognised by Burbidge. Curtis treats most of the infraspecific taxa rec- 
ognised by Burbidge as species. This treatment is generally favoured in recent 
works (e.g. Buchanan et al. 1 989), and in most cases names under Ozothamnus are 
available and listed by Anderberg. However, we believe that two more species 
should be included in Ozothamnus and have also noted a number of problems 
with Anderberg’s list of species. 
Helichrysum ramosum and H. thomsonii were separated from Helichrysum 
by Anderberg and tentatively listed under polyphyletic Lawrencella. They are 
better referred to Ozothamnus. 
Ozothamnus ramosus (DC.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum ramosum DC., Prod. 6: 181 (1838); — Gnaphalium 
ramosum (DC.) Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 170 (1845), nom. illeg., non G. 
ramosum Lam., FI. franc. 2: 65 (1779). Type: ‘ad littora Novae-Hollandiae in 
Regis Georgii sinu legit cl. A. Cunningham.’ (Holotype: G-DC). 
Helichrysum gracile DC., Prod. 6: 181 (1838); — Gnaphalium georgii 
Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 1 70 ( 1 845), as nom. nov. Type: ‘in siccis sterilibus ad 
Regis Georgii sinum in Nova-Holl. legit cl. Cunningham.’ (Holotype: G-DC). 
Ozothamnus thomsonii (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum thomsonii F. Muell., Fragm. 8: 45 (1873). 

Page image

547499 Gnaphalium fordianum Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

795618 Gnaphalium ramosum Muelleria 7(4): 521
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351238
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510

Page text

521 
It is felt that C. podolepidium (F. Muell.) A. Anderb. should be excluded from 
Chrysocephalum. It would be better referred, along with Helipterum saxatile Paul 
G. Wilson and an undescribed species, to a new genus (Wilson, in press). Such an 
action will leave the genus with seven species, namely C. apiculatum (Labill.) 
Steetz, C baxteri (A. Cunn. ex DC.) A. Anderb., C. eremaeum (Haegi) A. Anderb., 
C. pterochaetum F. Muell., C. puteale (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, C. semicalvum 
(F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson and C. semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz. 
Euchiton Cass. 
Euchiton fordianus (M. Gray) P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnaphalium fordianum M. Gray, Contrib. Herb. Aust. 26: 2 
(1976). 
Neotysonia Dalla Torre & Harms 
Neotysonia phyllostegia (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson in J.W. Green, Census Vase. 
PI. Western Australia 2nd ed. 6 (1985). 
The above combination was incorrectly referred by Anderberg to Dalla Torre 
& Harms. The latter authors were responsible for the generic name which was a 
nomen novum for Tysonia F. Muell. (1896) non Fontaine (1889) but they did not 
publish a new combination for the type. 
OzOTHAMNUS R. Br. 
One of us (AEO) has recently commenced revisions of both Cassinia R. Br. 
and Ozothamnus and it is possible that the eircumscription of the genera currently 
included in the Cassinia group by Anderberg will be substantially altered within 
the next few years. However, as noted by Anderberg, the Australasian taxa cur- 
rently included in Helichrysum cannot be retained in that genus. Although it may 
only prove to be an interim measure, it has therefore been decided to accept both 
the name and essentially the same circumscription of Ozothamnus as used by 
Anderberg. 
Some species are at present poorly circumscribed and the status of several 
infraspecific taxa is uncertain, e.g. compare the treatments of Burbidge ( 1 9 5 8) and 
Curtis (1963). If Burbidge’s concepts, and not those of Curtis, are deemed better 
then there would be a problem, for example, with the lack of a combination under 
Ozothamnus to accommodate Helichrysum gunnii (J. D. Hook.) Benth. subsp. 
paralium N. Burb., and a problem with several subspecies of H. ledifolium (DC.) 
Benth. recognised by Burbidge. Curtis treats most of the infraspecific taxa rec- 
ognised by Burbidge as species. This treatment is generally favoured in recent 
works (e.g. Buchanan et al. 1 989), and in most cases names under Ozothamnus are 
available and listed by Anderberg. However, we believe that two more species 
should be included in Ozothamnus and have also noted a number of problems 
with Anderberg’s list of species. 
Helichrysum ramosum and H. thomsonii were separated from Helichrysum 
by Anderberg and tentatively listed under polyphyletic Lawrencella. They are 
better referred to Ozothamnus. 
Ozothamnus ramosus (DC.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum ramosum DC., Prod. 6: 181 (1838); — Gnaphalium 
ramosum (DC.) Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 170 (1845), nom. illeg., non G. 
ramosum Lam., FI. franc. 2: 65 (1779). Type: ‘ad littora Novae-Hollandiae in 
Regis Georgii sinu legit cl. A. Cunningham.’ (Holotype: G-DC). 
Helichrysum gracile DC., Prod. 6: 181 (1838); — Gnaphalium georgii 
Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 1 70 ( 1 845), as nom. nov. Type: ‘in siccis sterilibus ad 
Regis Georgii sinum in Nova-Holl. legit cl. Cunningham.’ (Holotype: G-DC). 
Ozothamnus thomsonii (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum thomsonii F. Muell., Fragm. 8: 45 (1873). 

Page image

818087 Gnaphalium subundulatum Muelleria 7(4): 519
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351236
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510

Page text

SOME NOMENCLATURAL CHANGES IN THE ANGIANTHINAE AND 
CASSINIINAE (ASTERACEAE: GNAPHALIEAE) 
by 
Paul G. Wilson', P.S. Short^ & A.E. Orchard^ 
ABSTRACT 
Wilson, Paul G., Short, P.S. & Orchard A.E. Some nomenclatural changes in the 
Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae). Muelleria 7(4): 519- 
524(1 992) — New combinations in Bracteantha, Chrysocephalum, Euchiton, and 
Ozothamnus are made. There is one new name: Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. 
replaces O. backhousei J.D. Hook., nom. illeg. Attention is drawn to some recently 
published illegitimate combinations. 
INTRODUCTION 
Recently, Anderberg (1991a) published a most useful work on the tribe 
Gnaphalieae. In the subtribe Angianthinae he changed, or foreshadowed further 
changes to, the circumscriptions of a number of genera. We do not agree with some 
of the conclusions but generally believe that this publication will be a good step- 
ping stone for future work. Indeed, two of us (PGW & PSS) are collaborating with 
Anderberg on a cladistic analysis of the Angianthinae. We have also indepen- 
dently noted that, in four of the genera recognised, i.e. Bracteantha, CHrysoce- 
phalum, Euchiton and Ozothamnus, a number of new combinations to accom- 
modate recognised taxa were not made. We believe that one species has been 
incorrectly assigned to Chrysocephalum, and that two additional species should be 
included within Ozothamnus. Furthermore, we have found instances where incor- 
rect new combinations have been made. 
Anderberg (1991b) has corrected a mistake concerning the position of 
Helichrysum baxteri, transferring it from the 'Lawrencella' group to Chrysoce- 
phalum. We feel it incumbent on us to note some other mistakes and make the 
required new combinations. 
It should be noted that the authorship of the new combinations is deliberate; 
the authors should not be cited as, for example, ‘Orch. ex Paul G. Wilson et al.' but 
either as ‘Orch. in Paul G. Wilson et al.' or, in the abbreviated form, ‘Orch.’. 
TAXONOMY 
Bracteantha A. Anderb. & L. Haegi 
This genus is badly in need of revision. The status and circumscription of 
many taxa relegated to synonymy under Helichrysum bracteatum (Vent.) 
Andrews by Bentham (1867) are yet to be satisfactorily resolved. Such problems 
cannot be readily clarified but we have noted that one of the names under Brac- 
teantha published by Anderberg & Haegi is nomenclaturally superfluous. 
Bracteantha subundulata (Schultz-Bip.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnaphalium subundulatum Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 171 
(1845), as nom. nov. — Helichrysum acuminatum DC., Prod. 6: 188 (1838), nom. 
illeg., non H. acuminatum (Link) Sweet, Hort. brit. 223 (1826); — Bracteantha 
acuminata A. Anderb. & L. Haegi, Opera Bot. 104: 105 (1991), nom. superfl. 
' Western Australian Herbarium, P.O. Box 104, Como, Western Australia, Australia 6152. 
^National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
^Tasmanian Herbarium, GPO Box 252C, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia 7001. 
519 

Page image

818088 Helichrysum acuminatum Muelleria 7(4): 519
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351236
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510

Page text

SOME NOMENCLATURAL CHANGES IN THE ANGIANTHINAE AND 
CASSINIINAE (ASTERACEAE: GNAPHALIEAE) 
by 
Paul G. Wilson', P.S. Short^ & A.E. Orchard^ 
ABSTRACT 
Wilson, Paul G., Short, P.S. & Orchard A.E. Some nomenclatural changes in the 
Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae). Muelleria 7(4): 519- 
524(1 992) — New combinations in Bracteantha, Chrysocephalum, Euchiton, and 
Ozothamnus are made. There is one new name: Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. 
replaces O. backhousei J.D. Hook., nom. illeg. Attention is drawn to some recently 
published illegitimate combinations. 
INTRODUCTION 
Recently, Anderberg (1991a) published a most useful work on the tribe 
Gnaphalieae. In the subtribe Angianthinae he changed, or foreshadowed further 
changes to, the circumscriptions of a number of genera. We do not agree with some 
of the conclusions but generally believe that this publication will be a good step- 
ping stone for future work. Indeed, two of us (PGW & PSS) are collaborating with 
Anderberg on a cladistic analysis of the Angianthinae. We have also indepen- 
dently noted that, in four of the genera recognised, i.e. Bracteantha, CHrysoce- 
phalum, Euchiton and Ozothamnus, a number of new combinations to accom- 
modate recognised taxa were not made. We believe that one species has been 
incorrectly assigned to Chrysocephalum, and that two additional species should be 
included within Ozothamnus. Furthermore, we have found instances where incor- 
rect new combinations have been made. 
Anderberg (1991b) has corrected a mistake concerning the position of 
Helichrysum baxteri, transferring it from the 'Lawrencella' group to Chrysoce- 
phalum. We feel it incumbent on us to note some other mistakes and make the 
required new combinations. 
It should be noted that the authorship of the new combinations is deliberate; 
the authors should not be cited as, for example, ‘Orch. ex Paul G. Wilson et al.' but 
either as ‘Orch. in Paul G. Wilson et al.' or, in the abbreviated form, ‘Orch.’. 
TAXONOMY 
Bracteantha A. Anderb. & L. Haegi 
This genus is badly in need of revision. The status and circumscription of 
many taxa relegated to synonymy under Helichrysum bracteatum (Vent.) 
Andrews by Bentham (1867) are yet to be satisfactorily resolved. Such problems 
cannot be readily clarified but we have noted that one of the names under Brac- 
teantha published by Anderberg & Haegi is nomenclaturally superfluous. 
Bracteantha subundulata (Schultz-Bip.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnaphalium subundulatum Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 171 
(1845), as nom. nov. — Helichrysum acuminatum DC., Prod. 6: 188 (1838), nom. 
illeg., non H. acuminatum (Link) Sweet, Hort. brit. 223 (1826); — Bracteantha 
acuminata A. Anderb. & L. Haegi, Opera Bot. 104: 105 (1991), nom. superfl. 
' Western Australian Herbarium, P.O. Box 104, Como, Western Australia, Australia 6152. 
^National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
^Tasmanian Herbarium, GPO Box 252C, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia 7001. 
519 

Page image

795240 Helichrysum ambiguum vinaceum Muelleria 7(4): 520
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351237
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510
795237 Helichrysum ambiguum Muelleria 7(4): 520
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351237
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510

Page text

520 
Bracteantha viscosa (DC.) A. Anderb. & L. Haegi, Opera Bot. 104: 105 (1991). 
Basionym: Helichrysurn bracteatum var. viscosum DC., Prod. 6: 189 (1838). 
Type: ‘//. viscosum Sieb.! pi. exs. nov. boll. n. 345.’ 
Helichrysurn viscosum Sieber ex Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 3: 484 (1826). Type: 
‘Nov. Holl.’ 
The basionym of B. viscosa was eited incorrectly by Anderberg & Haegi as 
^Helichrysurn viscosum Sieber ex De Candolle, Prodr. 6: 189. 1838.’ It is almost 
certainly conspecific with Sprengel’s name and their types may be replicates of the 
same Sieber collection. 
Although the earliest species name was not cited as the basionym by Ander- 
berg & Haegi we consider that their combination is legitimate. Sprengel’s earlier 
name cannot now be transferred to Bracteantha since to do so would create a later 
homonym. Consequently B. viscosa (DC.) A. Anderb. & L. Haegi is the earliest 
available name. 
Chrysocephalum Walp. 
Several additional combinations probably could be made here to accommo- 
date species or infraspecific taxa that have been accredited to the C. apiculatum 
(Labill.) Steetz and C. semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz complexes. Furthermore, 
some older names under Chrysocephalum possibly should be reinstated. 
However, as evidenced by recent Flora treatments (e.g. Haegi 1 986) it is generally 
accepted that it is better for all such taxa to remain in synonymy until revisionary 
work is carried out. On the other hand, the name C. ambiguum (Benth.) A. 
Anderb. is incorrect as its basionym Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth. (1867) is 
antedated by Helichrysurn semicalvum F. Muell. (1861) which is considered to be 
synonymous (Haegi 1986). Similarly, the name C. adpressum (Fitzg.) Anderb. is 
incorrect as Helichrysurn puteale S. Moore is synonymous and has priority. The 
recently described taxon Helichrysurn ambiguum subsp. vinaceum Haegi ( 1 986) is 
not accommodated in Chrysocephalum, a situation rectified here. 
Chrysocephalum puteale (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysurn puteale S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 34: 198 (1899). 
Type: ‘Prope puteum ‘Wangine’ sive ‘Siberia soak’ repperi mens. Jan.’ 
(Holotype: BM). 
Helipterum adpressum W.V. Fitzg., J. West Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2(1): 23 
(1904); — Chrysocephalum adpressum (W.V. Fitzg.) A. Anderb., Opera Bot. 104: 
119 (1991). Type: ‘Broad Arrow, ... Sept., 1898.-W.V.F.’ (Isotype: PERTH). 
Chrysocephalum semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysurn semicalvum F. Muell., Fragm. 2: 156 (1861); — 
Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth. var. semicalvus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 
609 ( 1 867), comb, illeg. Type: ‘In rupibus tractus Barrier Range, Beckler; in mon- 
tibus McDonnell Ranges Australiae centralis, J.M. Stuart.’ 
Helichrysurn ambiguum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1): 
195 (1851), nom. illeg., non H. ambiguum Presl, FI. sicul. xxix (1826), n.v.\ — 
Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 609 (1867) (" Leptorhynchus'), 
nom. nov. based on H. ambiguum Turcz. (ICBN, Art. 72, Ex. 2); — Chrysoce- 
phalum ambiguum (Benth.) A. Anderb., Opera Bot. 104: 1 19 (1991), as ‘(Turcz.) 
A. Anderb.’, see ICBN, Art. 33, Ex. 6. Type: ‘Drum. III. n. 121. et IV. n. 220.’ 
The above synonymy is based on information received from Laurie Haegi in 
litt. and from his published treatment (Haegi 1986) of the taxon. 
Chrysocephalum semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson subsp. vinaceum (Haegi) 
P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysurn ambiguum Turcz. subsp. vinaceum L. Haegi, FI. S. 
Aust. 3: 1535 (1986). 

Page image

795238 Helichrysum ambiguum ambiguum Muelleria 7(4): 520
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351237
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510
795239 Helichrysum ambiguum ambiguum Muelleria 7(4): 520
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351237
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510
795241 Helichrysum ambiguum paucisetum Muelleria 7(4): 520
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351237
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510
795125 Helichrysum backhousei Muelleria 7(4): 522
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351239
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510

Page text

522 
A new name is required for O. backhousei and new combinations are required 
for several infraspecific taxa which, as indicated in the synonymy below, are 
accepted in recent check-lists and Floras. 
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch., nom. nov. Based on Cassinia cuneifolia A. Cunn. ex 
DC., Prod. 6: 155 (1838). — Ozothamnus backhousei J. D. Hook., FI. Tasman. 1: 
204 (1856) Cbackhousii”), nom. illeg., based on above. — Helichrysum backhousei 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 (1867) {"backhousir), non H. cuneifolium Benth., op. 
cit. 633. — Helichrysum cuneifolium (A. Cunn. ex DC.) Tovey & Morris, Proc. 
Roy. Soc. Victoria 35: 195 (1923), nom. illeg. Type: ‘ad faciem rupestreum montis 
Wellington in insula Van-Diemen januar. flor. legit cl. A. Cunningham.’ 
The epithet honours Leonard Rodway (1853-1936), dentist, naturalist, and 
author of The Tasmanian Flora (1903). 
The name Helichrysum backhousei Benth. is legitimate and is to be treated as 
a nom. nov. since the name on which it was based is illegitimate (ICBN, Art. 72, 
Ex. 2). The name Cassinia cuneifolia DC. cannot be transferred to Ozothamnus 
since there already exists an O. cuneifolius (Benth.) A. Anderb. 
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. kingii (W. M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. 
kingii W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 3 ( 1 974); Buchanan 
et ai. Census Vase. PL Tasmania 6 (1989). 
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. oreophilus (W.M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb, 
nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. 
oreophilum W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 4 (1974); 
Buchanan et al. Census Vase. PI. Tasmania 6 (1989). 
Ozothamnus obcordatus DC. subsp. major (Benth.) P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum obcordatum (DC.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. majus 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 ( 1 867) ("major’y, Helichrysum obcordatum subsp. majus 
(Benth.) N. Burb., Aust. J. Bot. 6:257(1958) {"major’)-, Jacobs & Pickard, PI. New 
South Wales 79 (1981). 
Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell., Linnaea 25: 407 (1853). 
The combination to accommodate Helichrysum bilobum Wakef. subsp. scab- 
rum (F. Muell.) N. Burb. under O. retusus is also lacking. Haegi (1986), however, 
has already noted that the species may prove to be specifically distinct, a possi- 
bility supported by the few specimens examined at MEL. Therefore, we suggest 
that the name Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell. be adopted for this taxon. 
The combinations under Ozothamnus for Helichrysum bilobum (= O. retusus, 
not D. bilobus), H. catadromum (= O. decurrens, not O. catadromus), H. den- 
droideum (= O.ferrugineus, not O. dendroideus) and H. ericeteum ( = O. ericifolius, 
not O. ericeteus) that were published by Anderberg are illegitimate, being superflu- 
ous when published as earlier binomials are available. The combinations for O. 
cinereus and O. secundiflorus published by Anderberg are also superfluous, having 
been previously published, and the combination O. rosmarinifolius was first pub- 
lished by Sweet, not de Candolle. 
Ozothamnus cinereus (Labill.) Sweet, Hort. brit. 221 (1826); — Chrysocoma 
cinerea Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 39 (1806); — O. cinereus (Labill.) A. Anderb., 
Opera Bot. 104: 89 {\99\){" cinerea'), comb, superf. A New Caledonian species. 

Page image

795127 Helichrysum backhousei kingii Muelleria 7(4): 522
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351239
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510
795126 Helichrysum backhousei oreophilum Muelleria 7(4): 522
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351239
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510
942481 Helichrysum backhousii Muelleria 7(4): 522
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351239
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510

Page text

522 
A new name is required for O. backhousei and new combinations are required 
for several infraspecific taxa which, as indicated in the synonymy below, are 
accepted in recent check-lists and Floras. 
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch., nom. nov. Based on Cassinia cuneifolia A. Cunn. ex 
DC., Prod. 6: 155 (1838). — Ozothamnus backhousei J. D. Hook., FI. Tasman. 1: 
204 (1856) Cbackhousii”), nom. illeg., based on above. — Helichrysum backhousei 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 (1867) {"backhousir), non H. cuneifolium Benth., op. 
cit. 633. — Helichrysum cuneifolium (A. Cunn. ex DC.) Tovey & Morris, Proc. 
Roy. Soc. Victoria 35: 195 (1923), nom. illeg. Type: ‘ad faciem rupestreum montis 
Wellington in insula Van-Diemen januar. flor. legit cl. A. Cunningham.’ 
The epithet honours Leonard Rodway (1853-1936), dentist, naturalist, and 
author of The Tasmanian Flora (1903). 
The name Helichrysum backhousei Benth. is legitimate and is to be treated as 
a nom. nov. since the name on which it was based is illegitimate (ICBN, Art. 72, 
Ex. 2). The name Cassinia cuneifolia DC. cannot be transferred to Ozothamnus 
since there already exists an O. cuneifolius (Benth.) A. Anderb. 
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. kingii (W. M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. 
kingii W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 3 ( 1 974); Buchanan 
et ai. Census Vase. PL Tasmania 6 (1989). 
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. oreophilus (W.M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb, 
nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. 
oreophilum W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 4 (1974); 
Buchanan et al. Census Vase. PI. Tasmania 6 (1989). 
Ozothamnus obcordatus DC. subsp. major (Benth.) P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum obcordatum (DC.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. majus 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 ( 1 867) ("major’y, Helichrysum obcordatum subsp. majus 
(Benth.) N. Burb., Aust. J. Bot. 6:257(1958) {"major’)-, Jacobs & Pickard, PI. New 
South Wales 79 (1981). 
Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell., Linnaea 25: 407 (1853). 
The combination to accommodate Helichrysum bilobum Wakef. subsp. scab- 
rum (F. Muell.) N. Burb. under O. retusus is also lacking. Haegi (1986), however, 
has already noted that the species may prove to be specifically distinct, a possi- 
bility supported by the few specimens examined at MEL. Therefore, we suggest 
that the name Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell. be adopted for this taxon. 
The combinations under Ozothamnus for Helichrysum bilobum (= O. retusus, 
not D. bilobus), H. catadromum (= O. decurrens, not O. catadromus), H. den- 
droideum (= O.ferrugineus, not O. dendroideus) and H. ericeteum ( = O. ericifolius, 
not O. ericeteus) that were published by Anderberg are illegitimate, being superflu- 
ous when published as earlier binomials are available. The combinations for O. 
cinereus and O. secundiflorus published by Anderberg are also superfluous, having 
been previously published, and the combination O. rosmarinifolius was first pub- 
lished by Sweet, not de Candolle. 
Ozothamnus cinereus (Labill.) Sweet, Hort. brit. 221 (1826); — Chrysocoma 
cinerea Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 39 (1806); — O. cinereus (Labill.) A. Anderb., 
Opera Bot. 104: 89 {\99\){" cinerea'), comb, superf. A New Caledonian species. 

Page image

462830 Helichrysum bilobum scabrum Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

462860 Helichrysum bilobum scabrum Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

463418 Helichrysum bracteatum viscosum Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

463740 Helichrysum catadromum Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

818184 Helichrysum catadromum Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

942482 Helichrysum cuneifolium Muelleria 7(4): 522
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351239
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510

Page text

522 
A new name is required for O. backhousei and new combinations are required 
for several infraspecific taxa which, as indicated in the synonymy below, are 
accepted in recent check-lists and Floras. 
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch., nom. nov. Based on Cassinia cuneifolia A. Cunn. ex 
DC., Prod. 6: 155 (1838). — Ozothamnus backhousei J. D. Hook., FI. Tasman. 1: 
204 (1856) Cbackhousii”), nom. illeg., based on above. — Helichrysum backhousei 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 (1867) {"backhousir), non H. cuneifolium Benth., op. 
cit. 633. — Helichrysum cuneifolium (A. Cunn. ex DC.) Tovey & Morris, Proc. 
Roy. Soc. Victoria 35: 195 (1923), nom. illeg. Type: ‘ad faciem rupestreum montis 
Wellington in insula Van-Diemen januar. flor. legit cl. A. Cunningham.’ 
The epithet honours Leonard Rodway (1853-1936), dentist, naturalist, and 
author of The Tasmanian Flora (1903). 
The name Helichrysum backhousei Benth. is legitimate and is to be treated as 
a nom. nov. since the name on which it was based is illegitimate (ICBN, Art. 72, 
Ex. 2). The name Cassinia cuneifolia DC. cannot be transferred to Ozothamnus 
since there already exists an O. cuneifolius (Benth.) A. Anderb. 
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. kingii (W. M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. 
kingii W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 3 ( 1 974); Buchanan 
et ai. Census Vase. PL Tasmania 6 (1989). 
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. oreophilus (W.M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb, 
nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. 
oreophilum W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 4 (1974); 
Buchanan et al. Census Vase. PI. Tasmania 6 (1989). 
Ozothamnus obcordatus DC. subsp. major (Benth.) P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum obcordatum (DC.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. majus 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 ( 1 867) ("major’y, Helichrysum obcordatum subsp. majus 
(Benth.) N. Burb., Aust. J. Bot. 6:257(1958) {"major’)-, Jacobs & Pickard, PI. New 
South Wales 79 (1981). 
Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell., Linnaea 25: 407 (1853). 
The combination to accommodate Helichrysum bilobum Wakef. subsp. scab- 
rum (F. Muell.) N. Burb. under O. retusus is also lacking. Haegi (1986), however, 
has already noted that the species may prove to be specifically distinct, a possi- 
bility supported by the few specimens examined at MEL. Therefore, we suggest 
that the name Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell. be adopted for this taxon. 
The combinations under Ozothamnus for Helichrysum bilobum (= O. retusus, 
not D. bilobus), H. catadromum (= O. decurrens, not O. catadromus), H. den- 
droideum (= O.ferrugineus, not O. dendroideus) and H. ericeteum ( = O. ericifolius, 
not O. ericeteus) that were published by Anderberg are illegitimate, being superflu- 
ous when published as earlier binomials are available. The combinations for O. 
cinereus and O. secundiflorus published by Anderberg are also superfluous, having 
been previously published, and the combination O. rosmarinifolius was first pub- 
lished by Sweet, not de Candolle. 
Ozothamnus cinereus (Labill.) Sweet, Hort. brit. 221 (1826); — Chrysocoma 
cinerea Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 39 (1806); — O. cinereus (Labill.) A. Anderb., 
Opera Bot. 104: 89 {\99\){" cinerea'), comb, superf. A New Caledonian species. 

Page image

818186 Helichrysum ericeteum Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

795246 Helichrysum gracile Muelleria 7(4): 521
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351238
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510

Page text

521 
It is felt that C. podolepidium (F. Muell.) A. Anderb. should be excluded from 
Chrysocephalum. It would be better referred, along with Helipterum saxatile Paul 
G. Wilson and an undescribed species, to a new genus (Wilson, in press). Such an 
action will leave the genus with seven species, namely C. apiculatum (Labill.) 
Steetz, C baxteri (A. Cunn. ex DC.) A. Anderb., C. eremaeum (Haegi) A. Anderb., 
C. pterochaetum F. Muell., C. puteale (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, C. semicalvum 
(F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson and C. semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz. 
Euchiton Cass. 
Euchiton fordianus (M. Gray) P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnaphalium fordianum M. Gray, Contrib. Herb. Aust. 26: 2 
(1976). 
Neotysonia Dalla Torre & Harms 
Neotysonia phyllostegia (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson in J.W. Green, Census Vase. 
PI. Western Australia 2nd ed. 6 (1985). 
The above combination was incorrectly referred by Anderberg to Dalla Torre 
& Harms. The latter authors were responsible for the generic name which was a 
nomen novum for Tysonia F. Muell. (1896) non Fontaine (1889) but they did not 
publish a new combination for the type. 
OzOTHAMNUS R. Br. 
One of us (AEO) has recently commenced revisions of both Cassinia R. Br. 
and Ozothamnus and it is possible that the eircumscription of the genera currently 
included in the Cassinia group by Anderberg will be substantially altered within 
the next few years. However, as noted by Anderberg, the Australasian taxa cur- 
rently included in Helichrysum cannot be retained in that genus. Although it may 
only prove to be an interim measure, it has therefore been decided to accept both 
the name and essentially the same circumscription of Ozothamnus as used by 
Anderberg. 
Some species are at present poorly circumscribed and the status of several 
infraspecific taxa is uncertain, e.g. compare the treatments of Burbidge ( 1 9 5 8) and 
Curtis (1963). If Burbidge’s concepts, and not those of Curtis, are deemed better 
then there would be a problem, for example, with the lack of a combination under 
Ozothamnus to accommodate Helichrysum gunnii (J. D. Hook.) Benth. subsp. 
paralium N. Burb., and a problem with several subspecies of H. ledifolium (DC.) 
Benth. recognised by Burbidge. Curtis treats most of the infraspecific taxa rec- 
ognised by Burbidge as species. This treatment is generally favoured in recent 
works (e.g. Buchanan et al. 1 989), and in most cases names under Ozothamnus are 
available and listed by Anderberg. However, we believe that two more species 
should be included in Ozothamnus and have also noted a number of problems 
with Anderberg’s list of species. 
Helichrysum ramosum and H. thomsonii were separated from Helichrysum 
by Anderberg and tentatively listed under polyphyletic Lawrencella. They are 
better referred to Ozothamnus. 
Ozothamnus ramosus (DC.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum ramosum DC., Prod. 6: 181 (1838); — Gnaphalium 
ramosum (DC.) Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 170 (1845), nom. illeg., non G. 
ramosum Lam., FI. franc. 2: 65 (1779). Type: ‘ad littora Novae-Hollandiae in 
Regis Georgii sinu legit cl. A. Cunningham.’ (Holotype: G-DC). 
Helichrysum gracile DC., Prod. 6: 181 (1838); — Gnaphalium georgii 
Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 1 70 ( 1 845), as nom. nov. Type: ‘in siccis sterilibus ad 
Regis Georgii sinum in Nova-Holl. legit cl. Cunningham.’ (Holotype: G-DC). 
Ozothamnus thomsonii (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum thomsonii F. Muell., Fragm. 8: 45 (1873). 

Page image

504189 Helichrysum obcordatum majus Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

828162 Helichrysum obcordatum majus Muelleria 7(4): 522
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351239
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510
818187 Helichrysum pleurandroides Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

795231 Helichrysum puteale Muelleria 7(4): 520
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351237
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510

Page text

520 
Bracteantha viscosa (DC.) A. Anderb. & L. Haegi, Opera Bot. 104: 105 (1991). 
Basionym: Helichrysurn bracteatum var. viscosum DC., Prod. 6: 189 (1838). 
Type: ‘//. viscosum Sieb.! pi. exs. nov. boll. n. 345.’ 
Helichrysurn viscosum Sieber ex Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 3: 484 (1826). Type: 
‘Nov. Holl.’ 
The basionym of B. viscosa was eited incorrectly by Anderberg & Haegi as 
^Helichrysurn viscosum Sieber ex De Candolle, Prodr. 6: 189. 1838.’ It is almost 
certainly conspecific with Sprengel’s name and their types may be replicates of the 
same Sieber collection. 
Although the earliest species name was not cited as the basionym by Ander- 
berg & Haegi we consider that their combination is legitimate. Sprengel’s earlier 
name cannot now be transferred to Bracteantha since to do so would create a later 
homonym. Consequently B. viscosa (DC.) A. Anderb. & L. Haegi is the earliest 
available name. 
Chrysocephalum Walp. 
Several additional combinations probably could be made here to accommo- 
date species or infraspecific taxa that have been accredited to the C. apiculatum 
(Labill.) Steetz and C. semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz complexes. Furthermore, 
some older names under Chrysocephalum possibly should be reinstated. 
However, as evidenced by recent Flora treatments (e.g. Haegi 1 986) it is generally 
accepted that it is better for all such taxa to remain in synonymy until revisionary 
work is carried out. On the other hand, the name C. ambiguum (Benth.) A. 
Anderb. is incorrect as its basionym Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth. (1867) is 
antedated by Helichrysurn semicalvum F. Muell. (1861) which is considered to be 
synonymous (Haegi 1986). Similarly, the name C. adpressum (Fitzg.) Anderb. is 
incorrect as Helichrysurn puteale S. Moore is synonymous and has priority. The 
recently described taxon Helichrysurn ambiguum subsp. vinaceum Haegi ( 1 986) is 
not accommodated in Chrysocephalum, a situation rectified here. 
Chrysocephalum puteale (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysurn puteale S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 34: 198 (1899). 
Type: ‘Prope puteum ‘Wangine’ sive ‘Siberia soak’ repperi mens. Jan.’ 
(Holotype: BM). 
Helipterum adpressum W.V. Fitzg., J. West Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2(1): 23 
(1904); — Chrysocephalum adpressum (W.V. Fitzg.) A. Anderb., Opera Bot. 104: 
119 (1991). Type: ‘Broad Arrow, ... Sept., 1898.-W.V.F.’ (Isotype: PERTH). 
Chrysocephalum semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysurn semicalvum F. Muell., Fragm. 2: 156 (1861); — 
Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth. var. semicalvus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 
609 ( 1 867), comb, illeg. Type: ‘In rupibus tractus Barrier Range, Beckler; in mon- 
tibus McDonnell Ranges Australiae centralis, J.M. Stuart.’ 
Helichrysurn ambiguum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1): 
195 (1851), nom. illeg., non H. ambiguum Presl, FI. sicul. xxix (1826), n.v.\ — 
Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 609 (1867) (" Leptorhynchus'), 
nom. nov. based on H. ambiguum Turcz. (ICBN, Art. 72, Ex. 2); — Chrysoce- 
phalum ambiguum (Benth.) A. Anderb., Opera Bot. 104: 1 19 (1991), as ‘(Turcz.) 
A. Anderb.’, see ICBN, Art. 33, Ex. 6. Type: ‘Drum. III. n. 121. et IV. n. 220.’ 
The above synonymy is based on information received from Laurie Haegi in 
litt. and from his published treatment (Haegi 1986) of the taxon. 
Chrysocephalum semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson subsp. vinaceum (Haegi) 
P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysurn ambiguum Turcz. subsp. vinaceum L. Haegi, FI. S. 
Aust. 3: 1535 (1986). 

Page image

795218 Helichrysum ramosum Muelleria 7(4): 521
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351238
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510

Page text

521 
It is felt that C. podolepidium (F. Muell.) A. Anderb. should be excluded from 
Chrysocephalum. It would be better referred, along with Helipterum saxatile Paul 
G. Wilson and an undescribed species, to a new genus (Wilson, in press). Such an 
action will leave the genus with seven species, namely C. apiculatum (Labill.) 
Steetz, C baxteri (A. Cunn. ex DC.) A. Anderb., C. eremaeum (Haegi) A. Anderb., 
C. pterochaetum F. Muell., C. puteale (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, C. semicalvum 
(F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson and C. semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz. 
Euchiton Cass. 
Euchiton fordianus (M. Gray) P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnaphalium fordianum M. Gray, Contrib. Herb. Aust. 26: 2 
(1976). 
Neotysonia Dalla Torre & Harms 
Neotysonia phyllostegia (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson in J.W. Green, Census Vase. 
PI. Western Australia 2nd ed. 6 (1985). 
The above combination was incorrectly referred by Anderberg to Dalla Torre 
& Harms. The latter authors were responsible for the generic name which was a 
nomen novum for Tysonia F. Muell. (1896) non Fontaine (1889) but they did not 
publish a new combination for the type. 
OzOTHAMNUS R. Br. 
One of us (AEO) has recently commenced revisions of both Cassinia R. Br. 
and Ozothamnus and it is possible that the eircumscription of the genera currently 
included in the Cassinia group by Anderberg will be substantially altered within 
the next few years. However, as noted by Anderberg, the Australasian taxa cur- 
rently included in Helichrysum cannot be retained in that genus. Although it may 
only prove to be an interim measure, it has therefore been decided to accept both 
the name and essentially the same circumscription of Ozothamnus as used by 
Anderberg. 
Some species are at present poorly circumscribed and the status of several 
infraspecific taxa is uncertain, e.g. compare the treatments of Burbidge ( 1 9 5 8) and 
Curtis (1963). If Burbidge’s concepts, and not those of Curtis, are deemed better 
then there would be a problem, for example, with the lack of a combination under 
Ozothamnus to accommodate Helichrysum gunnii (J. D. Hook.) Benth. subsp. 
paralium N. Burb., and a problem with several subspecies of H. ledifolium (DC.) 
Benth. recognised by Burbidge. Curtis treats most of the infraspecific taxa rec- 
ognised by Burbidge as species. This treatment is generally favoured in recent 
works (e.g. Buchanan et al. 1 989), and in most cases names under Ozothamnus are 
available and listed by Anderberg. However, we believe that two more species 
should be included in Ozothamnus and have also noted a number of problems 
with Anderberg’s list of species. 
Helichrysum ramosum and H. thomsonii were separated from Helichrysum 
by Anderberg and tentatively listed under polyphyletic Lawrencella. They are 
better referred to Ozothamnus. 
Ozothamnus ramosus (DC.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum ramosum DC., Prod. 6: 181 (1838); — Gnaphalium 
ramosum (DC.) Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 170 (1845), nom. illeg., non G. 
ramosum Lam., FI. franc. 2: 65 (1779). Type: ‘ad littora Novae-Hollandiae in 
Regis Georgii sinu legit cl. A. Cunningham.’ (Holotype: G-DC). 
Helichrysum gracile DC., Prod. 6: 181 (1838); — Gnaphalium georgii 
Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 1 70 ( 1 845), as nom. nov. Type: ‘in siccis sterilibus ad 
Regis Georgii sinum in Nova-Holl. legit cl. Cunningham.’ (Holotype: G-DC). 
Ozothamnus thomsonii (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum thomsonii F. Muell., Fragm. 8: 45 (1873). 

Page image

530727 Helichrysum ramosum Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

530799 Helichrysum reticulatum Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

489521 Helichrysum secundiflorum Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

795235 Helichrysum semicalvum Muelleria 7(4): 520
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351237
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510

Page text

520 
Bracteantha viscosa (DC.) A. Anderb. & L. Haegi, Opera Bot. 104: 105 (1991). 
Basionym: Helichrysurn bracteatum var. viscosum DC., Prod. 6: 189 (1838). 
Type: ‘//. viscosum Sieb.! pi. exs. nov. boll. n. 345.’ 
Helichrysurn viscosum Sieber ex Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 3: 484 (1826). Type: 
‘Nov. Holl.’ 
The basionym of B. viscosa was eited incorrectly by Anderberg & Haegi as 
^Helichrysurn viscosum Sieber ex De Candolle, Prodr. 6: 189. 1838.’ It is almost 
certainly conspecific with Sprengel’s name and their types may be replicates of the 
same Sieber collection. 
Although the earliest species name was not cited as the basionym by Ander- 
berg & Haegi we consider that their combination is legitimate. Sprengel’s earlier 
name cannot now be transferred to Bracteantha since to do so would create a later 
homonym. Consequently B. viscosa (DC.) A. Anderb. & L. Haegi is the earliest 
available name. 
Chrysocephalum Walp. 
Several additional combinations probably could be made here to accommo- 
date species or infraspecific taxa that have been accredited to the C. apiculatum 
(Labill.) Steetz and C. semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz complexes. Furthermore, 
some older names under Chrysocephalum possibly should be reinstated. 
However, as evidenced by recent Flora treatments (e.g. Haegi 1 986) it is generally 
accepted that it is better for all such taxa to remain in synonymy until revisionary 
work is carried out. On the other hand, the name C. ambiguum (Benth.) A. 
Anderb. is incorrect as its basionym Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth. (1867) is 
antedated by Helichrysurn semicalvum F. Muell. (1861) which is considered to be 
synonymous (Haegi 1986). Similarly, the name C. adpressum (Fitzg.) Anderb. is 
incorrect as Helichrysurn puteale S. Moore is synonymous and has priority. The 
recently described taxon Helichrysurn ambiguum subsp. vinaceum Haegi ( 1 986) is 
not accommodated in Chrysocephalum, a situation rectified here. 
Chrysocephalum puteale (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysurn puteale S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 34: 198 (1899). 
Type: ‘Prope puteum ‘Wangine’ sive ‘Siberia soak’ repperi mens. Jan.’ 
(Holotype: BM). 
Helipterum adpressum W.V. Fitzg., J. West Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2(1): 23 
(1904); — Chrysocephalum adpressum (W.V. Fitzg.) A. Anderb., Opera Bot. 104: 
119 (1991). Type: ‘Broad Arrow, ... Sept., 1898.-W.V.F.’ (Isotype: PERTH). 
Chrysocephalum semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysurn semicalvum F. Muell., Fragm. 2: 156 (1861); — 
Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth. var. semicalvus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 
609 ( 1 867), comb, illeg. Type: ‘In rupibus tractus Barrier Range, Beckler; in mon- 
tibus McDonnell Ranges Australiae centralis, J.M. Stuart.’ 
Helichrysurn ambiguum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1): 
195 (1851), nom. illeg., non H. ambiguum Presl, FI. sicul. xxix (1826), n.v.\ — 
Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 609 (1867) (" Leptorhynchus'), 
nom. nov. based on H. ambiguum Turcz. (ICBN, Art. 72, Ex. 2); — Chrysoce- 
phalum ambiguum (Benth.) A. Anderb., Opera Bot. 104: 1 19 (1991), as ‘(Turcz.) 
A. Anderb.’, see ICBN, Art. 33, Ex. 6. Type: ‘Drum. III. n. 121. et IV. n. 220.’ 
The above synonymy is based on information received from Laurie Haegi in 
litt. and from his published treatment (Haegi 1986) of the taxon. 
Chrysocephalum semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson subsp. vinaceum (Haegi) 
P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysurn ambiguum Turcz. subsp. vinaceum L. Haegi, FI. S. 
Aust. 3: 1535 (1986). 

Page image

795222 Helichrysum thomsonii Muelleria 7(4): 521
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351238
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510

Page text

521 
It is felt that C. podolepidium (F. Muell.) A. Anderb. should be excluded from 
Chrysocephalum. It would be better referred, along with Helipterum saxatile Paul 
G. Wilson and an undescribed species, to a new genus (Wilson, in press). Such an 
action will leave the genus with seven species, namely C. apiculatum (Labill.) 
Steetz, C baxteri (A. Cunn. ex DC.) A. Anderb., C. eremaeum (Haegi) A. Anderb., 
C. pterochaetum F. Muell., C. puteale (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, C. semicalvum 
(F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson and C. semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz. 
Euchiton Cass. 
Euchiton fordianus (M. Gray) P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnaphalium fordianum M. Gray, Contrib. Herb. Aust. 26: 2 
(1976). 
Neotysonia Dalla Torre & Harms 
Neotysonia phyllostegia (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson in J.W. Green, Census Vase. 
PI. Western Australia 2nd ed. 6 (1985). 
The above combination was incorrectly referred by Anderberg to Dalla Torre 
& Harms. The latter authors were responsible for the generic name which was a 
nomen novum for Tysonia F. Muell. (1896) non Fontaine (1889) but they did not 
publish a new combination for the type. 
OzOTHAMNUS R. Br. 
One of us (AEO) has recently commenced revisions of both Cassinia R. Br. 
and Ozothamnus and it is possible that the eircumscription of the genera currently 
included in the Cassinia group by Anderberg will be substantially altered within 
the next few years. However, as noted by Anderberg, the Australasian taxa cur- 
rently included in Helichrysum cannot be retained in that genus. Although it may 
only prove to be an interim measure, it has therefore been decided to accept both 
the name and essentially the same circumscription of Ozothamnus as used by 
Anderberg. 
Some species are at present poorly circumscribed and the status of several 
infraspecific taxa is uncertain, e.g. compare the treatments of Burbidge ( 1 9 5 8) and 
Curtis (1963). If Burbidge’s concepts, and not those of Curtis, are deemed better 
then there would be a problem, for example, with the lack of a combination under 
Ozothamnus to accommodate Helichrysum gunnii (J. D. Hook.) Benth. subsp. 
paralium N. Burb., and a problem with several subspecies of H. ledifolium (DC.) 
Benth. recognised by Burbidge. Curtis treats most of the infraspecific taxa rec- 
ognised by Burbidge as species. This treatment is generally favoured in recent 
works (e.g. Buchanan et al. 1 989), and in most cases names under Ozothamnus are 
available and listed by Anderberg. However, we believe that two more species 
should be included in Ozothamnus and have also noted a number of problems 
with Anderberg’s list of species. 
Helichrysum ramosum and H. thomsonii were separated from Helichrysum 
by Anderberg and tentatively listed under polyphyletic Lawrencella. They are 
better referred to Ozothamnus. 
Ozothamnus ramosus (DC.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum ramosum DC., Prod. 6: 181 (1838); — Gnaphalium 
ramosum (DC.) Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 170 (1845), nom. illeg., non G. 
ramosum Lam., FI. franc. 2: 65 (1779). Type: ‘ad littora Novae-Hollandiae in 
Regis Georgii sinu legit cl. A. Cunningham.’ (Holotype: G-DC). 
Helichrysum gracile DC., Prod. 6: 181 (1838); — Gnaphalium georgii 
Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 1 70 ( 1 845), as nom. nov. Type: ‘in siccis sterilibus ad 
Regis Georgii sinum in Nova-Holl. legit cl. Cunningham.’ (Holotype: G-DC). 
Ozothamnus thomsonii (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum thomsonii F. Muell., Fragm. 8: 45 (1873). 

Page image

795165 Helipterum adpressum Muelleria 7(4): 520
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351237
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510
795242 Leptorhynchos ambiguus Muelleria 7(4): 520
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351237
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510

Page text

520 
Bracteantha viscosa (DC.) A. Anderb. & L. Haegi, Opera Bot. 104: 105 (1991). 
Basionym: Helichrysurn bracteatum var. viscosum DC., Prod. 6: 189 (1838). 
Type: ‘//. viscosum Sieb.! pi. exs. nov. boll. n. 345.’ 
Helichrysurn viscosum Sieber ex Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 3: 484 (1826). Type: 
‘Nov. Holl.’ 
The basionym of B. viscosa was eited incorrectly by Anderberg & Haegi as 
^Helichrysurn viscosum Sieber ex De Candolle, Prodr. 6: 189. 1838.’ It is almost 
certainly conspecific with Sprengel’s name and their types may be replicates of the 
same Sieber collection. 
Although the earliest species name was not cited as the basionym by Ander- 
berg & Haegi we consider that their combination is legitimate. Sprengel’s earlier 
name cannot now be transferred to Bracteantha since to do so would create a later 
homonym. Consequently B. viscosa (DC.) A. Anderb. & L. Haegi is the earliest 
available name. 
Chrysocephalum Walp. 
Several additional combinations probably could be made here to accommo- 
date species or infraspecific taxa that have been accredited to the C. apiculatum 
(Labill.) Steetz and C. semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz complexes. Furthermore, 
some older names under Chrysocephalum possibly should be reinstated. 
However, as evidenced by recent Flora treatments (e.g. Haegi 1 986) it is generally 
accepted that it is better for all such taxa to remain in synonymy until revisionary 
work is carried out. On the other hand, the name C. ambiguum (Benth.) A. 
Anderb. is incorrect as its basionym Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth. (1867) is 
antedated by Helichrysurn semicalvum F. Muell. (1861) which is considered to be 
synonymous (Haegi 1986). Similarly, the name C. adpressum (Fitzg.) Anderb. is 
incorrect as Helichrysurn puteale S. Moore is synonymous and has priority. The 
recently described taxon Helichrysurn ambiguum subsp. vinaceum Haegi ( 1 986) is 
not accommodated in Chrysocephalum, a situation rectified here. 
Chrysocephalum puteale (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysurn puteale S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 34: 198 (1899). 
Type: ‘Prope puteum ‘Wangine’ sive ‘Siberia soak’ repperi mens. Jan.’ 
(Holotype: BM). 
Helipterum adpressum W.V. Fitzg., J. West Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2(1): 23 
(1904); — Chrysocephalum adpressum (W.V. Fitzg.) A. Anderb., Opera Bot. 104: 
119 (1991). Type: ‘Broad Arrow, ... Sept., 1898.-W.V.F.’ (Isotype: PERTH). 
Chrysocephalum semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysurn semicalvum F. Muell., Fragm. 2: 156 (1861); — 
Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth. var. semicalvus (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 
609 ( 1 867), comb, illeg. Type: ‘In rupibus tractus Barrier Range, Beckler; in mon- 
tibus McDonnell Ranges Australiae centralis, J.M. Stuart.’ 
Helichrysurn ambiguum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1): 
195 (1851), nom. illeg., non H. ambiguum Presl, FI. sicul. xxix (1826), n.v.\ — 
Leptorhynchos ambiguus Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 609 (1867) (" Leptorhynchus'), 
nom. nov. based on H. ambiguum Turcz. (ICBN, Art. 72, Ex. 2); — Chrysoce- 
phalum ambiguum (Benth.) A. Anderb., Opera Bot. 104: 1 19 (1991), as ‘(Turcz.) 
A. Anderb.’, see ICBN, Art. 33, Ex. 6. Type: ‘Drum. III. n. 121. et IV. n. 220.’ 
The above synonymy is based on information received from Laurie Haegi in 
litt. and from his published treatment (Haegi 1986) of the taxon. 
Chrysocephalum semicalvum (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson subsp. vinaceum (Haegi) 
P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysurn ambiguum Turcz. subsp. vinaceum L. Haegi, FI. S. 
Aust. 3: 1535 (1986). 

Page image

795236 Leptorhynchos ambiguus semicalvus Muelleria 7(4): 520
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351237
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510
552140 Lobelia beaugleholei Muelleria 7(4): 525
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351242
Page is part of the work A New Species of Lobelia L. (Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae) from Victoria and South Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198511

Page text

A NEW SPECIES OF LOBELIA L. (CAMPANULACEAE; 
LOBELIOIDEAE) FROM VICTORIA AND SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 
by 
David Albrecht* 
ABSTRACT 
Albrecht, D.E. A new species of Lobelia L. (Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae) from 
Victoria and South Australia. Muelleria 7(4): 525-528 ( 1 992). — Lobelia beaugle- 
holei sp. nov. is described and illustrated, with notes on distribution, conservation 
status, habitat and relationships to some other species of Lobelia and Pratia. 
INTRODUCTION 
The opportunity is here taken to formally describe an entity known for many 
years as Pratia sp. aff. purpurascens (R. Br.)Wimmer. The name P. sp. aff. pur- 
purascens was first adopted by Willis (1973) and has been perpetuated in several 
subsequent publications, including Toelken ( 1 986) and Ross ( 1990). Examination 
of a range of herbarium specimens and populations in situ has confirmed the 
distinctiveness of this taxon and somewhat surprisingly revealed that its rightful 
placement is in Lobelia rather than Pratia. 
TAXONOMY 
Lobelia beaugleholei D.E. Albrecht sp. nov. 
Lobelia inembranaceae affmis sed seminibus majoribus, capsulis latioribus, tube corollae diviso 
minus profunde, superis lobis corollae latioribus, et setis terminantibus antheras infernas longi- 
oribus differt. 
Holotypus: Victoria, Lower Glenelg River area. Red Gum Swamp, S of 
Greenwald, 17 Jan. 1965, A.C. Beauglehole 6519 (MEL 540822). 
Rhizomatous perennial herb. Stems decumbent, glabrous or rarely with scat- 
tered spreading hairs, rooting at nodes. Primary roots 0.5-1. 2 mm diameter. 
Leaves alternate; blades slightly discolourous, ± tinged purplish on undersurface, 
the lowermost orbiculate, spathulate, oblate, ovate, obovate or elliptic, the upper- 
most ovate to lanceolate, 4-22 mm long, 3-20 mm wide, reducing in size along 
stem, glabrous or occasionally with scattered fine hairs, margins subentire, or with 
2--8 widely spaced short teeth or shallow lobes on either side, each tooth or lobe 
with a minute transluscent region at apex, apex obtuse to acute; petiole to 1 5 mm 
long, reduced in the uppermost leaves. Flowers axillary, solitary, borne at irregular 
intervals along the stem, bisexual, protandrous. Pedicels (l-)3-l 1 cm long, glab- 
rous or rarely with scattered hairs towards the base, usually strongly recurved at 
distal end in fruiting specimens. Hypanthium obconical, glabrous. Calyx lobes 
erect, subulate, 1.4-2. 5 mm long, glabrous or rarely with marginal hairs, often 
with a tooth on either side towards the base. Corolla subbilabiate, (8-)9-12 mm 
long, glabrous externally; upper two lobes spreading or erect, light violet (Methuen 
colour code 18A5)on both surfaces, narrowly elliptic to oblanceolate, 3. 5-6. 5 mm 
long, 1-2.5 mm wide, glabrous to scabridulous on upper surface and margins, 
acute; lower three lobes spreading, light violet, becoming white towards the base 
with a prominent green ridge extending from the sinus between each lobe into the 
tube, oblanceolate to obovate, 4. 5-8. 5 mm long, 1.5-4 mm wide, glabrous to 
scabridulous on upper surface and margins, acute; tube split along the upper side 
to 1.2-2 mm from base, white to light green externally, white internally, 3. 3-4.8 
* National Herbarium of Victoria. Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141 
525 

Page image

630592 Neofuscelia subloxodella Muelleria 7(4): 511
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351228
Page is part of the work A New Species and New Records from the Tasmanian Lichen Flora, doi:10.5962/p.198509

Page text

511 
hyaline cortical hairs at the lobe apices and on the isidia, a HNO 3 + reddish cortex 
and by the presence of gyrophoric acid (medulla C+ rose) (see Esslinger 1977 for 
full description). It is only the second species of the genus to be recorded from 
Tasmania, the other being M. subglabra (Ras.) Essl., a corticolous sorediate 
species found mainly in rainforest. 
Although usually corticolous, M. piliferella was collected in Tasmania from 
soft, weathered sandstone in dry sclerophyll forest. Associated species included 
Acarospora citrina, Flavoparmelia haysomii, Parmelia signifera, Pseudocyphel- 
laria crocata and species of Neofuscelia and Xanthoparmelia. 
Specimen Examined; 
Tasmania — HuntingGrounds, c. 4.5kmwestofDysart, 400m, 7 October \9f,\,G. Kantvilas & 
P. James 480/81 (HO.BM). 
12. Neofuscelia parviloba (Essl.) Essl., Mycotaxon 7; 5 1 (1 978). — Parmelia parvi- 
loba Essl., Journ. Hattori Bot. Lab. 42: 129 (1977). 
This species is characterised by the diminutive subcrustose thalli which form 
small rosettes to 1.5 cm diameter (sometimes coalescing into larger patches), the 
absence of soredia and isidia, and the presence of medullary fumarprotocetraric 
and protocetraric acids (cortex K— , HNO 3 + dark blue-green; medulla PD-i- 
orange red, K+ yellow turning brownish orange). These characters are also found 
in N. stygiodes (Nyl. ex Crombie) Essl., a wide-ranging species of cold, wet habitats 
and common in the mountains of western and central Tasmania. However, N. 
parviloba has a flatter, thinner thallus, a pale lower surface and scattered rhizines 
{N. stygiodes has a black-brown lower surface and loboid holdfasts rather than 
rhizines). N. parviloba is also known from New South Wales and the Australian 
Capital Territory. It is apparently uncommon in Tasmania, where it was collected 
from sandstone rocks in dry sclerophyll forest. 
Specimen Examined; 
Tasmania — Grass Tree Hill, 400 m, 14 August 1981, G. Kantvilas 727/81 (HO). 
13. Neofuscelia subloxodella Elix & Kantvilas sp. nov. 
Thallus ut in Neofuscelia loxodella sed pagina inferiore straminea vel brun- 
nea et isidiis globosis, inflatis, apicibus saepe erumpentibus differt. 
Typus: Australia, Tasmania — Cape Deslacs, 42°59'S, 147°33'E, on soil in dry 
coastal heathland, sea level, 1 June 1980, G. Kantvilas 230/80 (Holotypus; HO; 
IsoTYPi: BM,LSU). 
Thallus foliose, terricolous, moderately to tightly appressed to the substrate, 
c. 2-3 cm diameter; lobes irregular, 1. 0-2.0 mm wide, short, rounded, imbricate. 
Upper surface olive-brown to dark brown, smooth and strongly glossy at the lobe 
apices, becoming dull and cracked on older parts of the thallus, soredia absent, 
densely isidiate; isidia globose then cylindrical, simple at first but expanding lat- 
erally and becoming sparingly branched, ultimately the apices becoming inflated 
and rarely erumpent, not sorediose; medulla white. Lower surface dull, pale tan to 
brown, moderately rhizinate, rhizines concolorous with the lower surface, to 
0.3 mm long. Apothecia not seen. (Figure 1) 
Chemistry. Thallus K — , HN03+ dark blue-green; medulla K— , C — , KC+ 
pink turning orange, P — ; containing glomelliferic, glomellic and loxodellic 
acids. 
In Australia, there are three species of Neofuscelia that produce medullary 
glomelliferic, glomellic and loxodellic acids, namely N. loxodella, N. waiporiensis 
and N. subloxodella. The new species is readily distinguished by its pale lower 
surface (black in the other two taxa) but, like N. waiporiensis, develops inflated 
isidia which ultimately become erumpent. It co-occurs with N. loxodella which 

Page image

551109 Neotysonia phyllostegia Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

795135 Ozothamnus backhousei Muelleria 7(4): 522
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351239
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510

Page text

522 
A new name is required for O. backhousei and new combinations are required 
for several infraspecific taxa which, as indicated in the synonymy below, are 
accepted in recent check-lists and Floras. 
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch., nom. nov. Based on Cassinia cuneifolia A. Cunn. ex 
DC., Prod. 6: 155 (1838). — Ozothamnus backhousei J. D. Hook., FI. Tasman. 1: 
204 (1856) Cbackhousii”), nom. illeg., based on above. — Helichrysum backhousei 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 (1867) {"backhousir), non H. cuneifolium Benth., op. 
cit. 633. — Helichrysum cuneifolium (A. Cunn. ex DC.) Tovey & Morris, Proc. 
Roy. Soc. Victoria 35: 195 (1923), nom. illeg. Type: ‘ad faciem rupestreum montis 
Wellington in insula Van-Diemen januar. flor. legit cl. A. Cunningham.’ 
The epithet honours Leonard Rodway (1853-1936), dentist, naturalist, and 
author of The Tasmanian Flora (1903). 
The name Helichrysum backhousei Benth. is legitimate and is to be treated as 
a nom. nov. since the name on which it was based is illegitimate (ICBN, Art. 72, 
Ex. 2). The name Cassinia cuneifolia DC. cannot be transferred to Ozothamnus 
since there already exists an O. cuneifolius (Benth.) A. Anderb. 
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. kingii (W. M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. 
kingii W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 3 ( 1 974); Buchanan 
et ai. Census Vase. PL Tasmania 6 (1989). 
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. oreophilus (W.M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb, 
nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. 
oreophilum W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 4 (1974); 
Buchanan et al. Census Vase. PI. Tasmania 6 (1989). 
Ozothamnus obcordatus DC. subsp. major (Benth.) P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum obcordatum (DC.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. majus 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 ( 1 867) ("major’y, Helichrysum obcordatum subsp. majus 
(Benth.) N. Burb., Aust. J. Bot. 6:257(1958) {"major’)-, Jacobs & Pickard, PI. New 
South Wales 79 (1981). 
Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell., Linnaea 25: 407 (1853). 
The combination to accommodate Helichrysum bilobum Wakef. subsp. scab- 
rum (F. Muell.) N. Burb. under O. retusus is also lacking. Haegi (1986), however, 
has already noted that the species may prove to be specifically distinct, a possi- 
bility supported by the few specimens examined at MEL. Therefore, we suggest 
that the name Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell. be adopted for this taxon. 
The combinations under Ozothamnus for Helichrysum bilobum (= O. retusus, 
not D. bilobus), H. catadromum (= O. decurrens, not O. catadromus), H. den- 
droideum (= O.ferrugineus, not O. dendroideus) and H. ericeteum ( = O. ericifolius, 
not O. ericeteus) that were published by Anderberg are illegitimate, being superflu- 
ous when published as earlier binomials are available. The combinations for O. 
cinereus and O. secundiflorus published by Anderberg are also superfluous, having 
been previously published, and the combination O. rosmarinifolius was first pub- 
lished by Sweet, not de Candolle. 
Ozothamnus cinereus (Labill.) Sweet, Hort. brit. 221 (1826); — Chrysocoma 
cinerea Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 39 (1806); — O. cinereus (Labill.) A. Anderb., 
Opera Bot. 104: 89 {\99\){" cinerea'), comb, superf. A New Caledonian species. 

Page image

942480 Ozothamnus backhousii Muelleria 7(4): 522
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351239
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510

Page text

522 
A new name is required for O. backhousei and new combinations are required 
for several infraspecific taxa which, as indicated in the synonymy below, are 
accepted in recent check-lists and Floras. 
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch., nom. nov. Based on Cassinia cuneifolia A. Cunn. ex 
DC., Prod. 6: 155 (1838). — Ozothamnus backhousei J. D. Hook., FI. Tasman. 1: 
204 (1856) Cbackhousii”), nom. illeg., based on above. — Helichrysum backhousei 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 (1867) {"backhousir), non H. cuneifolium Benth., op. 
cit. 633. — Helichrysum cuneifolium (A. Cunn. ex DC.) Tovey & Morris, Proc. 
Roy. Soc. Victoria 35: 195 (1923), nom. illeg. Type: ‘ad faciem rupestreum montis 
Wellington in insula Van-Diemen januar. flor. legit cl. A. Cunningham.’ 
The epithet honours Leonard Rodway (1853-1936), dentist, naturalist, and 
author of The Tasmanian Flora (1903). 
The name Helichrysum backhousei Benth. is legitimate and is to be treated as 
a nom. nov. since the name on which it was based is illegitimate (ICBN, Art. 72, 
Ex. 2). The name Cassinia cuneifolia DC. cannot be transferred to Ozothamnus 
since there already exists an O. cuneifolius (Benth.) A. Anderb. 
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. kingii (W. M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. 
kingii W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 3 ( 1 974); Buchanan 
et ai. Census Vase. PL Tasmania 6 (1989). 
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. oreophilus (W.M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb, 
nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. 
oreophilum W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 4 (1974); 
Buchanan et al. Census Vase. PI. Tasmania 6 (1989). 
Ozothamnus obcordatus DC. subsp. major (Benth.) P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum obcordatum (DC.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. majus 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 ( 1 867) ("major’y, Helichrysum obcordatum subsp. majus 
(Benth.) N. Burb., Aust. J. Bot. 6:257(1958) {"major’)-, Jacobs & Pickard, PI. New 
South Wales 79 (1981). 
Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell., Linnaea 25: 407 (1853). 
The combination to accommodate Helichrysum bilobum Wakef. subsp. scab- 
rum (F. Muell.) N. Burb. under O. retusus is also lacking. Haegi (1986), however, 
has already noted that the species may prove to be specifically distinct, a possi- 
bility supported by the few specimens examined at MEL. Therefore, we suggest 
that the name Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell. be adopted for this taxon. 
The combinations under Ozothamnus for Helichrysum bilobum (= O. retusus, 
not D. bilobus), H. catadromum (= O. decurrens, not O. catadromus), H. den- 
droideum (= O.ferrugineus, not O. dendroideus) and H. ericeteum ( = O. ericifolius, 
not O. ericeteus) that were published by Anderberg are illegitimate, being superflu- 
ous when published as earlier binomials are available. The combinations for O. 
cinereus and O. secundiflorus published by Anderberg are also superfluous, having 
been previously published, and the combination O. rosmarinifolius was first pub- 
lished by Sweet, not de Candolle. 
Ozothamnus cinereus (Labill.) Sweet, Hort. brit. 221 (1826); — Chrysocoma 
cinerea Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 39 (1806); — O. cinereus (Labill.) A. Anderb., 
Opera Bot. 104: 89 {\99\){" cinerea'), comb, superf. A New Caledonian species. 

Page image

552829 Ozothamnus bilobus Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

552836 Ozothamnus catadromus Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

818183 Ozothamnus catadromus Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

541948 Ozothamnus decurrens Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

552867 Ozothamnus dendroideus Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

818185 Ozothamnus ericeteus Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

542029 Ozothamnus ericifolius Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

542069 Ozothamnus ferrugineus Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

552901 Ozothamnus obcordatus obcordatus Muelleria 7(4): 522
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351239
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510
552084 Ozothamnus obcordatus major Muelleria 7(4): 522
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351239
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510
552071 Ozothamnus ramosus Muelleria 7(4): 521
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351238
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510
541557 Ozothamnus Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

542584 Ozothamnus retusus Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

552073 Ozothamnus rodwayi Muelleria 7(4): 522
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351239
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510

Page text

522 
A new name is required for O. backhousei and new combinations are required 
for several infraspecific taxa which, as indicated in the synonymy below, are 
accepted in recent check-lists and Floras. 
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch., nom. nov. Based on Cassinia cuneifolia A. Cunn. ex 
DC., Prod. 6: 155 (1838). — Ozothamnus backhousei J. D. Hook., FI. Tasman. 1: 
204 (1856) Cbackhousii”), nom. illeg., based on above. — Helichrysum backhousei 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 (1867) {"backhousir), non H. cuneifolium Benth., op. 
cit. 633. — Helichrysum cuneifolium (A. Cunn. ex DC.) Tovey & Morris, Proc. 
Roy. Soc. Victoria 35: 195 (1923), nom. illeg. Type: ‘ad faciem rupestreum montis 
Wellington in insula Van-Diemen januar. flor. legit cl. A. Cunningham.’ 
The epithet honours Leonard Rodway (1853-1936), dentist, naturalist, and 
author of The Tasmanian Flora (1903). 
The name Helichrysum backhousei Benth. is legitimate and is to be treated as 
a nom. nov. since the name on which it was based is illegitimate (ICBN, Art. 72, 
Ex. 2). The name Cassinia cuneifolia DC. cannot be transferred to Ozothamnus 
since there already exists an O. cuneifolius (Benth.) A. Anderb. 
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. kingii (W. M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. 
kingii W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 3 ( 1 974); Buchanan 
et ai. Census Vase. PL Tasmania 6 (1989). 
Ozothamnus rodwayi Orch. var. oreophilus (W.M. Curtis) P.S. Short, comb, 
nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum backhousei (J.D. Hook.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. 
oreophilum W.M. Curtis, Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (Tasmania) 50: 4 (1974); 
Buchanan et al. Census Vase. PI. Tasmania 6 (1989). 
Ozothamnus obcordatus DC. subsp. major (Benth.) P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum obcordatum (DC.) F. Muell. ex Benth. var. majus 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 632 ( 1 867) ("major’y, Helichrysum obcordatum subsp. majus 
(Benth.) N. Burb., Aust. J. Bot. 6:257(1958) {"major’)-, Jacobs & Pickard, PI. New 
South Wales 79 (1981). 
Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell., Linnaea 25: 407 (1853). 
The combination to accommodate Helichrysum bilobum Wakef. subsp. scab- 
rum (F. Muell.) N. Burb. under O. retusus is also lacking. Haegi (1986), however, 
has already noted that the species may prove to be specifically distinct, a possi- 
bility supported by the few specimens examined at MEL. Therefore, we suggest 
that the name Ozothamnus scaber F. Muell. be adopted for this taxon. 
The combinations under Ozothamnus for Helichrysum bilobum (= O. retusus, 
not D. bilobus), H. catadromum (= O. decurrens, not O. catadromus), H. den- 
droideum (= O.ferrugineus, not O. dendroideus) and H. ericeteum ( = O. ericifolius, 
not O. ericeteus) that were published by Anderberg are illegitimate, being superflu- 
ous when published as earlier binomials are available. The combinations for O. 
cinereus and O. secundiflorus published by Anderberg are also superfluous, having 
been previously published, and the combination O. rosmarinifolius was first pub- 
lished by Sweet, not de Candolle. 
Ozothamnus cinereus (Labill.) Sweet, Hort. brit. 221 (1826); — Chrysocoma 
cinerea Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 39 (1806); — O. cinereus (Labill.) A. Anderb., 
Opera Bot. 104: 89 {\99\){" cinerea'), comb, superf. A New Caledonian species. 

Page image

552095 Ozothamnus rodwayi rodwayi Muelleria 7(4): 522
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351239
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510
552079 Ozothamnus rodwayi kingii Muelleria 7(4): 522
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351239
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510
552094 Ozothamnus rodwayi oreophilus Muelleria 7(4): 522
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351239
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510
542667 Ozothamnus rosmarinifolius Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

552090 Ozothamnus secundiflorus Muelleria 7(4)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4)".

552072 Ozothamnus thomsonii Muelleria 7(4): 521
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351238
Page is part of the work Some Nomenclatural Changes in the Angianthinae and Cassiniinae (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.198510

Page text

521 
It is felt that C. podolepidium (F. Muell.) A. Anderb. should be excluded from 
Chrysocephalum. It would be better referred, along with Helipterum saxatile Paul 
G. Wilson and an undescribed species, to a new genus (Wilson, in press). Such an 
action will leave the genus with seven species, namely C. apiculatum (Labill.) 
Steetz, C baxteri (A. Cunn. ex DC.) A. Anderb., C. eremaeum (Haegi) A. Anderb., 
C. pterochaetum F. Muell., C. puteale (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, C. semicalvum 
(F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson and C. semipapposum (Labill.) Steetz. 
Euchiton Cass. 
Euchiton fordianus (M. Gray) P.S. Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnaphalium fordianum M. Gray, Contrib. Herb. Aust. 26: 2 
(1976). 
Neotysonia Dalla Torre & Harms 
Neotysonia phyllostegia (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson in J.W. Green, Census Vase. 
PI. Western Australia 2nd ed. 6 (1985). 
The above combination was incorrectly referred by Anderberg to Dalla Torre 
& Harms. The latter authors were responsible for the generic name which was a 
nomen novum for Tysonia F. Muell. (1896) non Fontaine (1889) but they did not 
publish a new combination for the type. 
OzOTHAMNUS R. Br. 
One of us (AEO) has recently commenced revisions of both Cassinia R. Br. 
and Ozothamnus and it is possible that the eircumscription of the genera currently 
included in the Cassinia group by Anderberg will be substantially altered within 
the next few years. However, as noted by Anderberg, the Australasian taxa cur- 
rently included in Helichrysum cannot be retained in that genus. Although it may 
only prove to be an interim measure, it has therefore been decided to accept both 
the name and essentially the same circumscription of Ozothamnus as used by 
Anderberg. 
Some species are at present poorly circumscribed and the status of several 
infraspecific taxa is uncertain, e.g. compare the treatments of Burbidge ( 1 9 5 8) and 
Curtis (1963). If Burbidge’s concepts, and not those of Curtis, are deemed better 
then there would be a problem, for example, with the lack of a combination under 
Ozothamnus to accommodate Helichrysum gunnii (J. D. Hook.) Benth. subsp. 
paralium N. Burb., and a problem with several subspecies of H. ledifolium (DC.) 
Benth. recognised by Burbidge. Curtis treats most of the infraspecific taxa rec- 
ognised by Burbidge as species. This treatment is generally favoured in recent 
works (e.g. Buchanan et al. 1 989), and in most cases names under Ozothamnus are 
available and listed by Anderberg. However, we believe that two more species 
should be included in Ozothamnus and have also noted a number of problems 
with Anderberg’s list of species. 
Helichrysum ramosum and H. thomsonii were separated from Helichrysum 
by Anderberg and tentatively listed under polyphyletic Lawrencella. They are 
better referred to Ozothamnus. 
Ozothamnus ramosus (DC.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum ramosum DC., Prod. 6: 181 (1838); — Gnaphalium 
ramosum (DC.) Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 170 (1845), nom. illeg., non G. 
ramosum Lam., FI. franc. 2: 65 (1779). Type: ‘ad littora Novae-Hollandiae in 
Regis Georgii sinu legit cl. A. Cunningham.’ (Holotype: G-DC). 
Helichrysum gracile DC., Prod. 6: 181 (1838); — Gnaphalium georgii 
Schultz-Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 1 70 ( 1 845), as nom. nov. Type: ‘in siccis sterilibus ad 
Regis Georgii sinum in Nova-Holl. legit cl. Cunningham.’ (Holotype: G-DC). 
Ozothamnus thomsonii (F. Muell.) Paul G. Wilson, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Helichrysum thomsonii F. Muell., Fragm. 8: 45 (1873). 

Page image

871705 Parmelia pseudorelicina Muelleria 7(4): 513
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351230
Page is part of the work A New Species and New Records from the Tasmanian Lichen Flora, doi:10.5962/p.198509

Page text

513 
rather rounded contiguous lobes, centrally densely isidiate, to individuals with 
rather dispersed sublinear lobes with sparse isidia. The axillary cilia which charac- 
terise the genus Parmelina are invariably very sparse in this species (see also Elix & 
Johnston 1986, Elix & Hale 1987). 
Parmelina conlabrosa is the isidiate counterpart of the very widespread Aus- 
tralian corticolous species now correctly known as Parmelina pseudorelicina 
(Jatta) Kantvilas & Elix (see below). 
Specimens Examined: 
Tasmania — Three Thumbs, c. 5 km south of Orford, 480 m, 12 October 1989, G. Kantvilas 
204/89 (HO). Grass Tree Hill, 400 m, 14 October 1981, G. Kantvilas & P. James 707/81 (HO.BM). 
Bensemans Road, north of Exton, 200 m, 7 November 1 980, G. Kantvilas 568/80. 585/80 (HO,BM). 
Levendale, 360 m, 1 October 1 98 1 , G. Kantvilas 442/81 (HO.BM). CapeDeslacs, 30 m , 18 July 1981, 
G. Kantvilas 430/8 1 (HO,BM). Square Mountain near Sorell, 1 50 m, 5 April 1 98 1 , G. Kantvilas 228/81 
B (HO). 
Parmelina pseudorelicina (Jatta) Kantvilas & Elix comb. nov. 
Basionym: Parmelia pseudorelicinia Jatta, Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital. 1910: 254 
(1911). Holotypus: Tasmania, ‘ad Sassafrages in Monte Wellington (Hobart 
Rivulet), alt 600 p’[180 m], W.A. Weymouth (NAP!). 
Synonym: Parmelina stevensiana Elix & Johnston, Brunonia 9: 1 57 (1986). 
This very common and widespread Australasian corticolous lichen has pre- 
viously also been referred to (incorrectly) as Parmelia pruinata Miill. Arg. or 
Parmelina pruinata (Miill. Arg.) Hale [=Canoparmelia pruinata (Miill. Arg.) Elix 
& Johnston] (Filson 1982, Galloway 1985), which is a relatively uncommon 
species from South Australia and Western Australia. A full description, discussion 
and illustration of Parmelina pseudorelicina (as P. stevensiana) is provided by Elix 
& Johnston (1986). The type specimen is a fragment of a young, infertile thallus 
and contains atranorin and lecanoric acid. 
Parmelina pseudorelicina is a common epiphyte in Tasmania in wet sclero- 
phyll and dry sclerophyll forest, particularly on species of Acacia. It is frequently 
associated with Flavoparmelia rutidota, Lecidea laeta, Menegazzia caesioprui- 
nosa, M. platytrema, M. subpertusa, Parmelia cunninghamii, P. tenuirima, Par- 
melinopsis afrorevoluta, Pertusaria gibberosa, Punctelia subrudecta, Ramalina 
inflata, R. unilateralis, Usnea inermis and U. scabrida. It may occur also in rain- 
forest as an infrequent canopy species. One collection from coastal heathland 
(Cape Deslacs) is from mudstone. 
16. Parmelinopsis minarum (Vainio) Elix & Hale, Mycotaxon 29: 243 (1987). — 
Parmelia minarum Vainio, Acta Soc. Faun. FI. fenn. 7: 48 (1890). 
Morphologically this species resembles Parmelina conlabrosa (Hale) Elix & 
Johnston as both taxa have narrow ciliate lobes, produce cylindrical isidia, and 
exhibit a medullary C+ red reaction. However, P. conlabrosa has simple rhizines 
and contains lecanoric acid, while P. minarum has a more fragile thallus, scattered 
dichotomously branched rhizines and contains gyrophoric acid and 5-O-methyl- 
hiascic acid (see Hale 1 976b for a full description^ This pantemperate, corticolous 
species is apparently rare in Tasmania, although it is quite common at lower lati- 
tudes along the east coast of mainland Australia. It was recorded from the bark of 
Notelaea ligustrina in wet sclerophyll forest where it was associated with Parme- 
lina conlabrosa, Parmelia tenuirima, Parmelinopsis afrorevoluta and species of 
Usnea. 
Specimen Examined: 
Tasmania — Square Mountain near Sorell, 150 m, 5 April 1981, G. Kantvilas 228/8 lA (HO). 

Page image

632769 Parmelina pseudorelicina Muelleria 7(4): 513
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351230
Page is part of the work A New Species and New Records from the Tasmanian Lichen Flora, doi:10.5962/p.198509

Page text

513 
rather rounded contiguous lobes, centrally densely isidiate, to individuals with 
rather dispersed sublinear lobes with sparse isidia. The axillary cilia which charac- 
terise the genus Parmelina are invariably very sparse in this species (see also Elix & 
Johnston 1986, Elix & Hale 1987). 
Parmelina conlabrosa is the isidiate counterpart of the very widespread Aus- 
tralian corticolous species now correctly known as Parmelina pseudorelicina 
(Jatta) Kantvilas & Elix (see below). 
Specimens Examined: 
Tasmania — Three Thumbs, c. 5 km south of Orford, 480 m, 12 October 1989, G. Kantvilas 
204/89 (HO). Grass Tree Hill, 400 m, 14 October 1981, G. Kantvilas & P. James 707/81 (HO.BM). 
Bensemans Road, north of Exton, 200 m, 7 November 1 980, G. Kantvilas 568/80. 585/80 (HO,BM). 
Levendale, 360 m, 1 October 1 98 1 , G. Kantvilas 442/81 (HO.BM). CapeDeslacs, 30 m , 18 July 1981, 
G. Kantvilas 430/8 1 (HO,BM). Square Mountain near Sorell, 1 50 m, 5 April 1 98 1 , G. Kantvilas 228/81 
B (HO). 
Parmelina pseudorelicina (Jatta) Kantvilas & Elix comb. nov. 
Basionym: Parmelia pseudorelicinia Jatta, Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital. 1910: 254 
(1911). Holotypus: Tasmania, ‘ad Sassafrages in Monte Wellington (Hobart 
Rivulet), alt 600 p’[180 m], W.A. Weymouth (NAP!). 
Synonym: Parmelina stevensiana Elix & Johnston, Brunonia 9: 1 57 (1986). 
This very common and widespread Australasian corticolous lichen has pre- 
viously also been referred to (incorrectly) as Parmelia pruinata Miill. Arg. or 
Parmelina pruinata (Miill. Arg.) Hale [=Canoparmelia pruinata (Miill. Arg.) Elix 
& Johnston] (Filson 1982, Galloway 1985), which is a relatively uncommon 
species from South Australia and Western Australia. A full description, discussion 
and illustration of Parmelina pseudorelicina (as P. stevensiana) is provided by Elix 
& Johnston (1986). The type specimen is a fragment of a young, infertile thallus 
and contains atranorin and lecanoric acid. 
Parmelina pseudorelicina is a common epiphyte in Tasmania in wet sclero- 
phyll and dry sclerophyll forest, particularly on species of Acacia. It is frequently 
associated with Flavoparmelia rutidota, Lecidea laeta, Menegazzia caesioprui- 
nosa, M. platytrema, M. subpertusa, Parmelia cunninghamii, P. tenuirima, Par- 
melinopsis afrorevoluta, Pertusaria gibberosa, Punctelia subrudecta, Ramalina 
inflata, R. unilateralis, Usnea inermis and U. scabrida. It may occur also in rain- 
forest as an infrequent canopy species. One collection from coastal heathland 
(Cape Deslacs) is from mudstone. 
16. Parmelinopsis minarum (Vainio) Elix & Hale, Mycotaxon 29: 243 (1987). — 
Parmelia minarum Vainio, Acta Soc. Faun. FI. fenn. 7: 48 (1890). 
Morphologically this species resembles Parmelina conlabrosa (Hale) Elix & 
Johnston as both taxa have narrow ciliate lobes, produce cylindrical isidia, and 
exhibit a medullary C+ red reaction. However, P. conlabrosa has simple rhizines 
and contains lecanoric acid, while P. minarum has a more fragile thallus, scattered 
dichotomously branched rhizines and contains gyrophoric acid and 5-O-methyl- 
hiascic acid (see Hale 1 976b for a full description^ This pantemperate, corticolous 
species is apparently rare in Tasmania, although it is quite common at lower lati- 
tudes along the east coast of mainland Australia. It was recorded from the bark of 
Notelaea ligustrina in wet sclerophyll forest where it was associated with Parme- 
lina conlabrosa, Parmelia tenuirima, Parmelinopsis afrorevoluta and species of 
Usnea. 
Specimen Examined: 
Tasmania — Square Mountain near Sorell, 150 m, 5 April 1981, G. Kantvilas 228/8 lA (HO). 

Page image

557824 Plagiocarpus axillaris Muelleria 7(4): 422, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351139
Page is part of the work A Note on Plagiocarpus Benth. (Fabaceae: Brongniartieae), doi:10.5962/p.198502

Page text

422 
Fig. 1. The known distribution of Plagiocarpus axillaris. 
nently mucronate apically. However, these four specimens appear to represent no 
more than one extreme of a range of almost continuous variation. 
Although the extremes look different, neither leaflet shape nor size, nor the 
indumentum of the leaflets or stems, either singly or in combination, separate the 
material into two well defined taxa. Furthermore, I have not detected any sig- 
nificant differences in the flowers, fruits or seeds in the material examined or in 
the ecological preferences that would facilitate the recognition of two taxa. 
Consequently 1 propose to regard all of the material as belonging to one variable 
species. 
There are in K four sheets of type material, two collected by Schultz (639 and 
639 bis) and two by Cunningham (192/1821 and s.n.). The Schultz syntypes tend 
to have shorter hairs on the leaflets and stems and to be less densely pubescent 
than the Cunningham specimens. Maconochie nominated and labelled the sheet 
of Cunningham material in K, to which is pinned a set of pencil line drawings of 
floral parts, as the lectotype of P. axillaris. This was a curious choice because the 
Cunningham specimens agree with the material that he referred to his new species 
far more closely than do the Schultz syntypes. As the Schultz material was critical 
to Bentham and enabled him to place this species in his new genus, I here select 
Schultz 639 in K as the lectotype of Plagiocarpus axillaris. Despite the fact that 
Port Darwin appears on the label, doubt exists that the specimen was actually 
collected at Darwin. 
Plagiocarpus axillaris Benth. in Hook., Icon. Pi. 12; t.l 162 (1873). 
Lectotype (here selected): Northern Territory, Port Darwin, Schultz 639 (K). 
Shrub or subshrub to 1 m high, stems densely clothed with appressed to 
spreading hairs up to 2 mm long, the hairs tawny or more usually silvery-white. 
Leaves sessile, usually 3-foliolate but basal ones sometimes simple: leaflets 
elliptic-oblong to obovate-oblong, oblong or obovate, 1-2.8 cm long, 0.3-0. 9 cm 
wide, rounded or obtuse apically with a short mucro c. 0.5 mm long or gradually 
narrowed apically and with a mucro up to 1.2 mm long, sparingly to densely 
clothed with short appressed hairs up to 1mm long or with spreading villous sil- 
very hairs up to 2 mm long which obscure the surface. Stipules not evident. 
Flowers solitary, axillary, pale yellow, subsessile or on pedicels up to 1.5 mm long; 
bracteoles c. 1 mm long and 0.3 mm wide, densely pubescent and easily over- 

Page image

552043 Plectranthus blakei Muelleria 7(4): 417-420, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 7(4): 417-420, Fig. 1".

552047 Poa hothamensis parviflora Muelleria 7(4): 451
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351168
Page is part of the work New Taxa in Victorian Poaceae (2), doi:10.5962/p.198504
589917 Poa hothamensis hothamensis Muelleria 7(4): 451
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351168
Page is part of the work New Taxa in Victorian Poaceae (2), doi:10.5962/p.198504
552045 Pomaderris subplicata Muelleria 7(4): 447, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51351164
Page is part of the work A New Species of Pomaderris Labill. (Rhamnaceae) from North-east Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198503

Page text

A NEW SPECIES OF POMADERRIS Labill. (RHAMNACEAE) FROM 
NORTH-EAST VICTORIA. 
by 
N.G. Walsh* 
ABSTRACT 
Walsh, N.G. A new species of Pomaderris Labill. (Rhamnaceae) from north-east 
Victoria. Muelleria 7(4): 447-449 ( 1 992). — Pomaderris subplicata is described as 
a new species. Its relationships with other species are discussed and its ecology and 
conservation status outlined. An illustration is provided. 
INTRODUCTION 
Several articles by the present author, dealing with taxonomy of Pomaderris 
in south-eastern Australia have been published in Muelleria since 1988. The other 
articles appeared in volumes 6(6), 7(1) and 7(2) (1988, 1989 and 1990 respect- 
ively). 
TAXONOMY 
Pomaderris subplicata N.G.Walsh sp. nov. 
Pomaderris vaccinifoliae Reiss, affinis, foliis canaliculatis, velutinis pagina supera, ovariis et 
pagina infera pilis simplicibus et stellatis mixtis differt; Pomaderris elachophyllae F.Muell. et 
Pomaderris racemosae Hook, similis sed petalis praesentibus distinguitur praeter. 
Typus; Victoria, north-east, Carboor Upper, beside Hurdle Ck, alt c. 320 m a.s.l., 
4.x. 1990, N.G.Walsh 2906 (Holotypus: MEL 1590325; Isotypi BRI,CBG, 
HO,NSW). 
Erect, often multistemmed shrub to c. 2 m high. Petioles and young branches 
closely stellate-tomentose with sparsely scattered, longer, simple hairs. Leaf lam- 
ina ovate, elliptic or obovate, 3-10 x 2-6 mm, obtuse, slightly concave to almost 
conduplicate; lateral venation indistinct; upper surface velutinous with fine stel- 
late hairs; lower surface appearing whitish from the close stellate tomentum, but 
with occasional longer (to c. 1 mm) coppery, simple, or less commonly, stellate 
hairs, mostly overlying the veins. Stipules subulate, mostly 1-2 mm long, not 
retained beyond the current seasons growth. Inflorescence of small axillary clus- 
ters or racemes, crowded, confined to the terminal 1-2 cm of the branchlets. 
Pedicels 1-2.5 mm long. Sepals ovate-triangular, spreading, c. 1.5 mm long, 
densely covered externally with pale, fine stellate hairs, with or without a few 
longer simple hairs, glabrous and pale yellow on inner surface. Petals pale yellow, 
narrowly obovate, sometimes irregularly toothed, 0.5-1 x 0.3-0. 5 mm, falling at 
or very soon after anthesis, shortly fused with the base of the staminal filaments. 
Staminal filaments 1.5-2 mm long; anthers c. 0.7 mm long. Ovary semi-inferior, 
conically exserted, somewhat angular, covered with a mixture of minute stellate 
and longer simple hairs; style branches cleft to base, c. 0.5 mm long, stigmas 
capitate. Capsule ovoid, pointed, c. 3 mm long; cocci opening via a mebrane which 
covers most of the inner face. Seed oval in outline, plano-convex, c. 2 x 1 mm. 
Other Specimens Examined; 
Victoria — from type locality — 22. i. 1988, A.C. Beaugtehole 92872, with N.A.F. Gibb & R. V. 
Leeton (MEL 117483); 13.1.1990, J.Strudwick 780, with N.A.F. Gibb (MEL 1579917). 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria Australia 3141. 
447 

Page image

553138 Boronia citrata Muelleria 8(1): 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454094
Page is part of the work Two new species of Boronia (Rutaceae) endemic in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198488

Page text

TWO NEW SPECIES OF BORONIA (RUTACEAE) ENDEMIC IN 
VICTORIA 
D.E. Albrecht and N.G. Walsh* 
ABSTRACT 
Albrecht, D.E. and Walsh, N.G. Two new species of Boronia (Rutaceae) endemic 
in Victoria. Muelleria 8(1): 21-25 (1993). — Two new species of Boronia {B. cit- 
rata and B. galbraithiae) endemic in eastern Victoria, are described and illus- 
trated. Their ecology, distribution and conservation status and relationships with 
other species are discussed. 
INTRODUCTION 
In this paper we describe two new endemic species of Boronia for Victoria. 
They are not recent field discoveries but have been segregated as a result of more 
thorough study of specimens previosly referred to B. muelleri (Benth.) Cheel and 
B. citriodora Cunn. ex Hook, at the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL). Both 
new species appear to belong to the B. pilosa Labill. group sensu Weston et al. 
(1984). 
The terminology used to describe inflorescence structures follows Briggs and 
Johnson (1979). 
TAXONOMY 
Boronia citrata N.G. Walsh sp. nov. 
a Boronia citriodorae foliolorum hispidulis, obtusis parvioribus, stylo brevioribus, ovario 
tomentoso; a B. pilosae petiolis longiorum, foliolorum obtusis, indumento denso aequaliter, 
petalis et sepalis non-acuminatis, et aromatis citreis valde differt. 
Holotypus: Victoria, Eastern Highlands, 6.4 km E of Licola, Victorian Plant 
Grid S35, A.C. Beauglehole 43385 with E.A. Chesterfield and J.H. Willis, 21 Oct. 
1973 (MEL 542677). 
Pungently lemon-scented shrub, to 0.8 (rarely to c. 1.5) m high. Branchlets 
terete or weakly 4-angled, not obviously glandular, moderately to densely hispi- 
dulous with hairs 0. 1-0.2 mm long. Leaves imparipinnate, to 15 mm long and 
wide, with hairs resembling those of branchlets but slightly sparser; petioles 1.5- 
3.5 mm long, swollen apically; rachis segments resembling petiole; leaflets 5-11, 
spreading, narrowly obovate, obtuse, 2-7 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, terminal leaflet 
shortest, concolorous, veins obscure; margins rounded, entire or slightly and 
irregularly indented. Inflorescence terminal or in upper axils, 1-5 flowered; ped- 
uncle 0-5 mm long, hispidulous; prophylls of primary axis paired, linear, 1-2 mm 
long; anthopodia 3-7 mm long, hispidulous, broadening shortly below the calyx. 
Sepals triangular, 1-1.6 mm long, 1 — 1.5 mm wide, minutely hispidulous. Petals 
pale to rosy pink, mostly darker apically and abaxially, 4-6.5 mm long, 2-3 mm 
wide; surfaces minutely and densely papillate, with very short, fine, erect hairs 
superimposed. Staminal filaments 1.5-2 mm long, alternating longer and shorter, 
glandular-tuberculate, pilose, swollen apically; anther connective 0.2-0. 3 mm 
long; anthers c. 0.5 mm long, lacking terminal appendage. Disc swollen, maroon, 
1 .5-2.5 mm diam., glabrous. Ovary hispidulous; style 0.25-0.4 mm long, glabrous 
or sparsely pilose just below the rounded, slightly broader stigma. Fruiting cocci 
*National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria, 
Australia 3141. 
21 

Page image

553143 Boronia galbraithiae Muelleria 8(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454091
Page is part of the work Two new species of Boronia (Rutaceae) endemic in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198488

Page text

24 
Boronia citrata resembles some forms of the widespread B. pilosa which 
occurs in South Australia, Victoria and Tasmania, but is readily separable from 
that variable species in the longer petioles (<1.5 mm long in B. pilosa ); in the 
obtuse leaflets (acute in B. pilosa, except in a glabrous form from far western 
Victoria and probably south-eastern South Australia); in the shape of the sepals 
and petals (acuminate and apiculate respectively in B. pilosa)-, in the dense even 
tomentum (hairs typically scattered and of unequal lengths in B. pilosa)-, and in the 
distinctive lemon foliar fragrance. 
Boronia galbraithiae D.E. Albrecht sp. nov. 
Boronia muelleri affinis foliolorum brevioribus, oblanceolatis vel obovatis, serrulatis valde, 
et odore feniculi differt; B. microphylla similis sed ramulis glabris anguste alatis, foliolorum 
serrulatis et antheris non-apiculatis differt. 
Typus: Victoria, Eastern Highlands, S of Cobbannah, 26 Sept. 1984, A.C. 
Beauglehole 77328 ; Holotypus: MEL 669258; Isotypi: MEL 669259, CBG, 
NSW, HO, CHR). 
Pleasantly fennel-scented shrub to 2 m high. Branchlets glabrous, 4-angled, 
with glandular-tuberculate decurrent leaf bases forming flanges along the inter- 
nodes, becoming sub-terete with age. Leaves imparipinnate, to 25 mm long, 
glabrous; petioles 3.5-8 mm long, glandular-tuberculate, channelled above; rachis 
to 25 mm long, segments similar to but slightly shorter than the petioles; leaflets 
(3-)5— 1 5(- 1 7), oblanceolate to narrowly obovate, obtuse to subacute, apiculate, 
2-9.5 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, terminal leaflet shortest, lower surface paler, gland 
dots ± obscure; margins plane, glandular-serrulate, the teeth verrucose. Inflor- 
escence axillary, (l-)3-5(c. 1 5)-flowered; peduncle 5-12 mm long, 4-angled, glan- 
dular-tuberculate, glabrous; prophylls of primary axis entire to pinnate (and 
resembling the leaves), to 7 mm long, glabrous; anthopodia 2.5-7 mm long, broad- 
ening towards the calyx, glabrous. Sepals ovate-triangular, glabrous, 1-2 mm long, 
1-1.4 mm wide. Petals white to deep pink, 4.5-7. 7 mm long, 2. 5-5. 8 mm wide, 
minutely pubescent to glabrous adaxially, glabrous abaxially, not persistent in 
fruit. Staminal filaments 1.5-3 mm long, alternating longer and shorter, glandu- 
lar-tuberculate, pilose, swollen apically; anther connective 0.2-0. 3 mm long; 
anthers 0.5-0. 7 mm long, terminal appendage absent. Disc 1.6-2. 1 mm diameter, 
glabrous. Gynoecium glabrous; style 0.3-0. 4 mm long; stigma rounded, about as 
wide as the style. Fruiting cocci flattened ovoid, c.4 mm long, glabrous; seeds 
almost black, shiny, 2-2.3 mm long. (Fig. 1 d-e) 
Etymology 
The species is named in honour of Miss Jean Galbraith, doyenne of Victorian 
botanists, who first brought our attention to the distinctness of this taxon, and 
whose collections and writings have contributed much to our knowledge of flora of 
the Gippsland region. 
Other Specimens Examined 
Victoria — from type locality — Oct. 1956, J. Galbraith s.n. (renumbered as A.C. Beauglehole 
7099); 14 Oct. 1956,/. Mathew s.n.; 29 Sept. 1985, D.E. Albrecht 1965 (MEL 1585677, 1585703); 27 
Apr. 1992, D.E. Albrecht 4968 with N.G. Walsh (MEL). 
Distribution and Conservation Status 
Boronia galbraithiae is only known from uncommitted crown land in the 
vicinity of Mt Difficulty, where it is it patchily distributed for about two kilo- 
metres along the Insolvent Track. Although the population occupies a small area 
plants of B. galbraithiae are locally plentiful. Applying the coding system of Briggs 
& Leigh (1989) B. galbraithiae is assigned a risk code of 2Ri. 

Page image

822424 Caladenia aerochila Muelleria 8(1): 72
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454053
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

72 
16-17(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Despite the fact that this species is currently only 
known from two plants it does appear to be distinct from all others in the 
genus and warrants the status it has been allocated pending further investi- 
gation. 
Caladenia venusta G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 17-18 
(8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia floribunda D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 25-26, f. 28 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.]. 
Caladenia verrucosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
18-19, t. (8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia rigens D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 32, t., f. 38 (5 April 1991), syn. 
nov.]. 
Caladenia versicolor G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 1 9-20 
(8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia aerochila D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1 3, t., f. 1 3 (5 April 1991), 
syn. nov.]. 
Gastrodia procera G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 22-23 (8 
Feb 1991). 
[Gastrodia entomogama D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 63, t., f. 82 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.]. 
Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr = Chiloglottis gunnii. 
Chiloglottis gunnii Lindley, Gen. Sp. Orchid. PI. 387 (1840). 
[Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. 
(1): 20—2 1 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: Carr’s taxon is without doubt con- 
specific with C. gunnii Lindley sens. str. and is here reduced to a synonym of it 
(D. Jones pers. comm.). 
Chiloglottis platychila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
21-22 (8 Feb 1991). 
CONCLUSIONS 
Of the 21 names published by Carr, eight affect the work of Jones and these 
have been reduced to synonymy of Carr’s species. In addition, five taxa described 
by Carr are conspecific with others already described elsewhere and are here 
accordingly reduced to synonyms of those names. 
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 
The production of this paper was in part supported through funding from the 
Nell and Hermon Slade Trust and the Australian Orchid Foundation. I also wish 
to thank David Kay, David Jones, and Bob Makinson for commenting on the 
manuscript. I am also most grateful to Jim Ross, Acting Chief Botanist at MEL, 
for the loan of the relevant types. 
REFERENCES 
Clements, M.A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian Orchidaceae, Aust. Orch. Res. 1: 1-160. 
Carr, G.W. (1991). New taxa in Caladenia R. Br., Chiloglottis R. Br. and Gastrodia R. Br. ( Orchida- 
ceae} i from south eastern Australia. Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. No. 1., Mel- 
Jones, D.L. (1991). New taxa of Australian Orchidaceae species. Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1-208. 
Revised manuscript accepted 22 October 1992 

Page image

553188 Caladenia australis Muelleria 8(1): 70
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454051
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

70 
meagre descriptions and lack of illustrations make it difficult for anyone, without 
access to the types, to determine accurately the correct application of these new 
names. 
Despite its shortcomings, Carr’s publication predates that of Jones by two 
months, so where the same species was described by both authors, Carr’s name has 
priority. The purpose of this paper therefore is to enunciate the status of Carr’s 
taxa and to determine which of the species described by Jones (1991) and other 
authors are affected by his work. 
TAXONOMY 
Caladenia australis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. 
Misc. Pap. (1): 2-3 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia reticulata auct. non Rupp: 
Nicholls, Orchids Aust. 67, t. 250 (1969). 
Caladenia dilatata R. Br., Prod. 325 (1810). Type: ‘Port Dalrymple’, R. Brown s.n. 
(lectotype specimen (a) BM!). Notes: A recent re-examination of the type of 
Caladenia dilalata R. Br. plus comparison with fresh material from Tasmania 
has confirmed that Brown’s name should be correctly applied only to a late 
flowering species with restricted distribution in Tasmania and southern Vic- 
toria. C. simulans and C. corynepetala are undoubtedly the same species and 
accordingly are here reduced to a synonym of C. dilatata. Clarification of the 
status of C. dilatata is the subject of another paper (Clements and Jones in 
prep). 
[■ Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 
14-15 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.]. 
[Caladenia corynepetala D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 22-23, f. 24, t. (1991), 
syn. nov.] 
Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr = Caladenia tentaculata 
Schldl. 
Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp, Victorian Naturalist 58: 199 (1942). 
[ Caladenia montana G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 4 
(8 Feb 1991). syn. nov.] Notes: I have examined a number of collections of 
Caladenia fitzgeraldii from New South Wales and the ACT, including 
material collected from near the type site near Bathurst, and compared them 
with the type of C. montana. The two taxa are without doubt conspecihc and 
C. montana is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of C. fitzgeraldii. 
Caladenia formosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4 (8 Feb 
1991). Notes: Carr compares his new species with C. patersonii R. Br. and 
stated that it ‘differs in being more robust with wholly dark reddish-purple 
flowers which are larger in all parts’. In fact there is overlap in size of flowers 
of these two species but the distinguishing features are clearly defined and 
illustrated by Jones under C. haemantha. C. formosa is actually more closely 
allied to C. concolor Fitzg. and has been interpreted as that species until the 
present. 
[Caladenia haemantha D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 26, t., f. 29 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.] 
Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. concolor auct. non Fitzg.: J. Weber & R. Bates 
in Jessop & Toelken, Flora South Aust. Part IV: 2072 (1986). 
Caladenia flavovirens G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4-5 
(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Previously confused with C. pallida Lindley; recent field 
studies have confirmed that C. beaugleholei D. Jones is synonymous (J. 
Jeanes pers. comm.). 
[Caladenia beaugleholei D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 16-17, f. 16 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.] 
[Caladenia pallida auct. non Lindley: Nicholls, Aust. Orch. t. 256 (1969).] 
Caladenia fragrantissima D. Jones et G.W. Carr subsp. orientalis G.W. Carr, 
Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 6-7 (8 Feb 1991). 

Page image

822418 Caladenia beaugleholei Muelleria 8(1): 70
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454051
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

70 
meagre descriptions and lack of illustrations make it difficult for anyone, without 
access to the types, to determine accurately the correct application of these new 
names. 
Despite its shortcomings, Carr’s publication predates that of Jones by two 
months, so where the same species was described by both authors, Carr’s name has 
priority. The purpose of this paper therefore is to enunciate the status of Carr’s 
taxa and to determine which of the species described by Jones (1991) and other 
authors are affected by his work. 
TAXONOMY 
Caladenia australis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. 
Misc. Pap. (1): 2-3 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia reticulata auct. non Rupp: 
Nicholls, Orchids Aust. 67, t. 250 (1969). 
Caladenia dilatata R. Br., Prod. 325 (1810). Type: ‘Port Dalrymple’, R. Brown s.n. 
(lectotype specimen (a) BM!). Notes: A recent re-examination of the type of 
Caladenia dilalata R. Br. plus comparison with fresh material from Tasmania 
has confirmed that Brown’s name should be correctly applied only to a late 
flowering species with restricted distribution in Tasmania and southern Vic- 
toria. C. simulans and C. corynepetala are undoubtedly the same species and 
accordingly are here reduced to a synonym of C. dilatata. Clarification of the 
status of C. dilatata is the subject of another paper (Clements and Jones in 
prep). 
[■ Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 
14-15 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.]. 
[Caladenia corynepetala D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 22-23, f. 24, t. (1991), 
syn. nov.] 
Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr = Caladenia tentaculata 
Schldl. 
Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp, Victorian Naturalist 58: 199 (1942). 
[ Caladenia montana G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 4 
(8 Feb 1991). syn. nov.] Notes: I have examined a number of collections of 
Caladenia fitzgeraldii from New South Wales and the ACT, including 
material collected from near the type site near Bathurst, and compared them 
with the type of C. montana. The two taxa are without doubt conspecihc and 
C. montana is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of C. fitzgeraldii. 
Caladenia formosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4 (8 Feb 
1991). Notes: Carr compares his new species with C. patersonii R. Br. and 
stated that it ‘differs in being more robust with wholly dark reddish-purple 
flowers which are larger in all parts’. In fact there is overlap in size of flowers 
of these two species but the distinguishing features are clearly defined and 
illustrated by Jones under C. haemantha. C. formosa is actually more closely 
allied to C. concolor Fitzg. and has been interpreted as that species until the 
present. 
[Caladenia haemantha D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 26, t., f. 29 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.] 
Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. concolor auct. non Fitzg.: J. Weber & R. Bates 
in Jessop & Toelken, Flora South Aust. Part IV: 2072 (1986). 
Caladenia flavovirens G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4-5 
(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Previously confused with C. pallida Lindley; recent field 
studies have confirmed that C. beaugleholei D. Jones is synonymous (J. 
Jeanes pers. comm.). 
[Caladenia beaugleholei D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 16-17, f. 16 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.] 
[Caladenia pallida auct. non Lindley: Nicholls, Aust. Orch. t. 256 (1969).] 
Caladenia fragrantissima D. Jones et G.W. Carr subsp. orientalis G.W. Carr, 
Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 6-7 (8 Feb 1991). 

Page image

822415 Caladenia corynepetala Muelleria 8(1): 70
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454051
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

70 
meagre descriptions and lack of illustrations make it difficult for anyone, without 
access to the types, to determine accurately the correct application of these new 
names. 
Despite its shortcomings, Carr’s publication predates that of Jones by two 
months, so where the same species was described by both authors, Carr’s name has 
priority. The purpose of this paper therefore is to enunciate the status of Carr’s 
taxa and to determine which of the species described by Jones (1991) and other 
authors are affected by his work. 
TAXONOMY 
Caladenia australis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. 
Misc. Pap. (1): 2-3 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia reticulata auct. non Rupp: 
Nicholls, Orchids Aust. 67, t. 250 (1969). 
Caladenia dilatata R. Br., Prod. 325 (1810). Type: ‘Port Dalrymple’, R. Brown s.n. 
(lectotype specimen (a) BM!). Notes: A recent re-examination of the type of 
Caladenia dilalata R. Br. plus comparison with fresh material from Tasmania 
has confirmed that Brown’s name should be correctly applied only to a late 
flowering species with restricted distribution in Tasmania and southern Vic- 
toria. C. simulans and C. corynepetala are undoubtedly the same species and 
accordingly are here reduced to a synonym of C. dilatata. Clarification of the 
status of C. dilatata is the subject of another paper (Clements and Jones in 
prep). 
[■ Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 
14-15 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.]. 
[Caladenia corynepetala D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 22-23, f. 24, t. (1991), 
syn. nov.] 
Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr = Caladenia tentaculata 
Schldl. 
Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp, Victorian Naturalist 58: 199 (1942). 
[ Caladenia montana G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 4 
(8 Feb 1991). syn. nov.] Notes: I have examined a number of collections of 
Caladenia fitzgeraldii from New South Wales and the ACT, including 
material collected from near the type site near Bathurst, and compared them 
with the type of C. montana. The two taxa are without doubt conspecihc and 
C. montana is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of C. fitzgeraldii. 
Caladenia formosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4 (8 Feb 
1991). Notes: Carr compares his new species with C. patersonii R. Br. and 
stated that it ‘differs in being more robust with wholly dark reddish-purple 
flowers which are larger in all parts’. In fact there is overlap in size of flowers 
of these two species but the distinguishing features are clearly defined and 
illustrated by Jones under C. haemantha. C. formosa is actually more closely 
allied to C. concolor Fitzg. and has been interpreted as that species until the 
present. 
[Caladenia haemantha D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 26, t., f. 29 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.] 
Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. concolor auct. non Fitzg.: J. Weber & R. Bates 
in Jessop & Toelken, Flora South Aust. Part IV: 2072 (1986). 
Caladenia flavovirens G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4-5 
(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Previously confused with C. pallida Lindley; recent field 
studies have confirmed that C. beaugleholei D. Jones is synonymous (J. 
Jeanes pers. comm.). 
[Caladenia beaugleholei D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 16-17, f. 16 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.] 
[Caladenia pallida auct. non Lindley: Nicholls, Aust. Orch. t. 256 (1969).] 
Caladenia fragrantissima D. Jones et G.W. Carr subsp. orientalis G.W. Carr, 
Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 6-7 (8 Feb 1991). 

Page image

822419 Caladenia demissa Muelleria 8(1): 71
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454052
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

71 
Caladenia arenaria auct. non Fitzg.: Nicholls, Vic. Nat. 56: 123-124, f. 
(1939); Caladenia patersonii R.Br. var. arenaria (Fitzg.) Nicholls, Vic.Nat. 
59:1 89 ( 1 943). 
Caladenia fulva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 
1991). Type: Tronbark Reserve near Stawell, 37° 45'S., 143° 07’ E., Victoria 
Victorian plant grid J2, 16.x.l989,P. Branwhite s.n. (holotype: MEL; isotype 
CBG)’. Notes: The type of this species has never left ANBG (CBG) since 
being collected by Peter Branwhite and forwarded to Canberra. Carr, who has 
never seen the type, gave virtually identical collection details to those pro- 
vided by Jones in a manuscript of his 1991 paper sent to MEL in November 
1990. The two type citations are quoted here for the purpose of compari- 
son. 
[Caladenia demissa D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 24, t., f. 26 (5 April 1991). 
Type: ‘Victoria; Ironbark Reserve, near Stawell, 37° 45'S, 143° 07'E, 16 Oct- 
ober 1989, P. Branwhite s.n. (holo CBG; iso CBG, MEL).’, syn. nov.] 
Caladenia insularis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 
Feb 1991). 
Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clements & D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 1 : 
27 (1989). 
Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. lindleyana H.G. Reichb., Beitr. Syst. Pflan- 
zenk. 66 (1871); Caladenia filamentosa auct. non R. Br.: Lindley, Gen. sp. 
orchid, pi. 421 (1840). 
[Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
1 1-12 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: The spreading habit of the lateral sepals 
and petals, narrowing labellum apex, and sigmoid calli in four rows and gen- 
eral yellow background colour of the flower with a red labellum, are all 
characters that readily identify C. lindleyana from its close ally C. patersonii 
R. Br. These are the same characters found in C. oenochila and therefore there 
can be no doubt that the species described by Carr is conspecific with C. 
lindleyana (D. Jones pers. comm.). 
Caladenia lowanensis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 9- 1 0 
(8 Feb 1991). Notes: One of the most distinctive species from the C. reticulata 
Fitzg. group named by Carr and at present known only from one site in the 
Victorian mallee. 
Caladenia montana G.W. Carr = Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp 
Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr = Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clem- 
ents & D. Jones 
Caladenia parva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 12-13(8 
Feb 1991). 
Caladenia robinsonii G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap (IV 
13-14 (8 Feb 1991). 
Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr = Caladenia dilatata R. Br. 
Caladenia tensa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 15-16 (8 
Feb 1991). Notes: A poorly understood species the existence of which has long 
been known in South Australia. It is one of a number of species within the C. 
tentaculata Schldl. complex. 
Caladenia tentaculata Schldl., Linnaea 20: 571 (1847). Type: ‘Lofty Range’, O 
Behr ex herb. W. Sonder s.n. (holo ?B+; lectotype specimen (41b) K-L! vide 
Clements, 1989). 
[Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & 
Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 3-4 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Notes: Carr com- 
pares this taxon with C. dilatata and makes the comment that it may be 
difficult to distinguish them apart in some instances. Caladenia dilatata 
subsp. villosissima however shares features with several species within the C. 
dilatata complex and indeed is inseparable from C. tentaculata Schldl. sens, 
lat. and is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of it. 
Caladenia thysanochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc Pap (!)• 

Page image

513056 Caladenia dilatata Muelleria 8(1): 70
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454051
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

70 
meagre descriptions and lack of illustrations make it difficult for anyone, without 
access to the types, to determine accurately the correct application of these new 
names. 
Despite its shortcomings, Carr’s publication predates that of Jones by two 
months, so where the same species was described by both authors, Carr’s name has 
priority. The purpose of this paper therefore is to enunciate the status of Carr’s 
taxa and to determine which of the species described by Jones (1991) and other 
authors are affected by his work. 
TAXONOMY 
Caladenia australis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. 
Misc. Pap. (1): 2-3 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia reticulata auct. non Rupp: 
Nicholls, Orchids Aust. 67, t. 250 (1969). 
Caladenia dilatata R. Br., Prod. 325 (1810). Type: ‘Port Dalrymple’, R. Brown s.n. 
(lectotype specimen (a) BM!). Notes: A recent re-examination of the type of 
Caladenia dilalata R. Br. plus comparison with fresh material from Tasmania 
has confirmed that Brown’s name should be correctly applied only to a late 
flowering species with restricted distribution in Tasmania and southern Vic- 
toria. C. simulans and C. corynepetala are undoubtedly the same species and 
accordingly are here reduced to a synonym of C. dilatata. Clarification of the 
status of C. dilatata is the subject of another paper (Clements and Jones in 
prep). 
[■ Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 
14-15 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.]. 
[Caladenia corynepetala D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 22-23, f. 24, t. (1991), 
syn. nov.] 
Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr = Caladenia tentaculata 
Schldl. 
Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp, Victorian Naturalist 58: 199 (1942). 
[ Caladenia montana G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 4 
(8 Feb 1991). syn. nov.] Notes: I have examined a number of collections of 
Caladenia fitzgeraldii from New South Wales and the ACT, including 
material collected from near the type site near Bathurst, and compared them 
with the type of C. montana. The two taxa are without doubt conspecihc and 
C. montana is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of C. fitzgeraldii. 
Caladenia formosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4 (8 Feb 
1991). Notes: Carr compares his new species with C. patersonii R. Br. and 
stated that it ‘differs in being more robust with wholly dark reddish-purple 
flowers which are larger in all parts’. In fact there is overlap in size of flowers 
of these two species but the distinguishing features are clearly defined and 
illustrated by Jones under C. haemantha. C. formosa is actually more closely 
allied to C. concolor Fitzg. and has been interpreted as that species until the 
present. 
[Caladenia haemantha D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 26, t., f. 29 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.] 
Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. concolor auct. non Fitzg.: J. Weber & R. Bates 
in Jessop & Toelken, Flora South Aust. Part IV: 2072 (1986). 
Caladenia flavovirens G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4-5 
(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Previously confused with C. pallida Lindley; recent field 
studies have confirmed that C. beaugleholei D. Jones is synonymous (J. 
Jeanes pers. comm.). 
[Caladenia beaugleholei D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 16-17, f. 16 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.] 
[Caladenia pallida auct. non Lindley: Nicholls, Aust. Orch. t. 256 (1969).] 
Caladenia fragrantissima D. Jones et G.W. Carr subsp. orientalis G.W. Carr, 
Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 6-7 (8 Feb 1991). 

Page image

569911 Caladenia fitzgeraldii Muelleria 8(1): 70
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454051
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

70 
meagre descriptions and lack of illustrations make it difficult for anyone, without 
access to the types, to determine accurately the correct application of these new 
names. 
Despite its shortcomings, Carr’s publication predates that of Jones by two 
months, so where the same species was described by both authors, Carr’s name has 
priority. The purpose of this paper therefore is to enunciate the status of Carr’s 
taxa and to determine which of the species described by Jones (1991) and other 
authors are affected by his work. 
TAXONOMY 
Caladenia australis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. 
Misc. Pap. (1): 2-3 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia reticulata auct. non Rupp: 
Nicholls, Orchids Aust. 67, t. 250 (1969). 
Caladenia dilatata R. Br., Prod. 325 (1810). Type: ‘Port Dalrymple’, R. Brown s.n. 
(lectotype specimen (a) BM!). Notes: A recent re-examination of the type of 
Caladenia dilalata R. Br. plus comparison with fresh material from Tasmania 
has confirmed that Brown’s name should be correctly applied only to a late 
flowering species with restricted distribution in Tasmania and southern Vic- 
toria. C. simulans and C. corynepetala are undoubtedly the same species and 
accordingly are here reduced to a synonym of C. dilatata. Clarification of the 
status of C. dilatata is the subject of another paper (Clements and Jones in 
prep). 
[■ Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 
14-15 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.]. 
[Caladenia corynepetala D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 22-23, f. 24, t. (1991), 
syn. nov.] 
Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr = Caladenia tentaculata 
Schldl. 
Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp, Victorian Naturalist 58: 199 (1942). 
[ Caladenia montana G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 4 
(8 Feb 1991). syn. nov.] Notes: I have examined a number of collections of 
Caladenia fitzgeraldii from New South Wales and the ACT, including 
material collected from near the type site near Bathurst, and compared them 
with the type of C. montana. The two taxa are without doubt conspecihc and 
C. montana is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of C. fitzgeraldii. 
Caladenia formosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4 (8 Feb 
1991). Notes: Carr compares his new species with C. patersonii R. Br. and 
stated that it ‘differs in being more robust with wholly dark reddish-purple 
flowers which are larger in all parts’. In fact there is overlap in size of flowers 
of these two species but the distinguishing features are clearly defined and 
illustrated by Jones under C. haemantha. C. formosa is actually more closely 
allied to C. concolor Fitzg. and has been interpreted as that species until the 
present. 
[Caladenia haemantha D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 26, t., f. 29 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.] 
Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. concolor auct. non Fitzg.: J. Weber & R. Bates 
in Jessop & Toelken, Flora South Aust. Part IV: 2072 (1986). 
Caladenia flavovirens G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4-5 
(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Previously confused with C. pallida Lindley; recent field 
studies have confirmed that C. beaugleholei D. Jones is synonymous (J. 
Jeanes pers. comm.). 
[Caladenia beaugleholei D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 16-17, f. 16 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.] 
[Caladenia pallida auct. non Lindley: Nicholls, Aust. Orch. t. 256 (1969).] 
Caladenia fragrantissima D. Jones et G.W. Carr subsp. orientalis G.W. Carr, 
Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 6-7 (8 Feb 1991). 

Page image

569912 Caladenia flavovirens Muelleria 8(1): 70
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454051
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

70 
meagre descriptions and lack of illustrations make it difficult for anyone, without 
access to the types, to determine accurately the correct application of these new 
names. 
Despite its shortcomings, Carr’s publication predates that of Jones by two 
months, so where the same species was described by both authors, Carr’s name has 
priority. The purpose of this paper therefore is to enunciate the status of Carr’s 
taxa and to determine which of the species described by Jones (1991) and other 
authors are affected by his work. 
TAXONOMY 
Caladenia australis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. 
Misc. Pap. (1): 2-3 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia reticulata auct. non Rupp: 
Nicholls, Orchids Aust. 67, t. 250 (1969). 
Caladenia dilatata R. Br., Prod. 325 (1810). Type: ‘Port Dalrymple’, R. Brown s.n. 
(lectotype specimen (a) BM!). Notes: A recent re-examination of the type of 
Caladenia dilalata R. Br. plus comparison with fresh material from Tasmania 
has confirmed that Brown’s name should be correctly applied only to a late 
flowering species with restricted distribution in Tasmania and southern Vic- 
toria. C. simulans and C. corynepetala are undoubtedly the same species and 
accordingly are here reduced to a synonym of C. dilatata. Clarification of the 
status of C. dilatata is the subject of another paper (Clements and Jones in 
prep). 
[■ Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 
14-15 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.]. 
[Caladenia corynepetala D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 22-23, f. 24, t. (1991), 
syn. nov.] 
Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr = Caladenia tentaculata 
Schldl. 
Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp, Victorian Naturalist 58: 199 (1942). 
[ Caladenia montana G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 4 
(8 Feb 1991). syn. nov.] Notes: I have examined a number of collections of 
Caladenia fitzgeraldii from New South Wales and the ACT, including 
material collected from near the type site near Bathurst, and compared them 
with the type of C. montana. The two taxa are without doubt conspecihc and 
C. montana is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of C. fitzgeraldii. 
Caladenia formosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4 (8 Feb 
1991). Notes: Carr compares his new species with C. patersonii R. Br. and 
stated that it ‘differs in being more robust with wholly dark reddish-purple 
flowers which are larger in all parts’. In fact there is overlap in size of flowers 
of these two species but the distinguishing features are clearly defined and 
illustrated by Jones under C. haemantha. C. formosa is actually more closely 
allied to C. concolor Fitzg. and has been interpreted as that species until the 
present. 
[Caladenia haemantha D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 26, t., f. 29 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.] 
Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. concolor auct. non Fitzg.: J. Weber & R. Bates 
in Jessop & Toelken, Flora South Aust. Part IV: 2072 (1986). 
Caladenia flavovirens G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4-5 
(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Previously confused with C. pallida Lindley; recent field 
studies have confirmed that C. beaugleholei D. Jones is synonymous (J. 
Jeanes pers. comm.). 
[Caladenia beaugleholei D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 16-17, f. 16 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.] 
[Caladenia pallida auct. non Lindley: Nicholls, Aust. Orch. t. 256 (1969).] 
Caladenia fragrantissima D. Jones et G.W. Carr subsp. orientalis G.W. Carr, 
Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 6-7 (8 Feb 1991). 

Page image

822422 Caladenia floribunda Muelleria 8(1): 72
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454053
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

72 
16-17(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Despite the fact that this species is currently only 
known from two plants it does appear to be distinct from all others in the 
genus and warrants the status it has been allocated pending further investi- 
gation. 
Caladenia venusta G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 17-18 
(8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia floribunda D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 25-26, f. 28 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.]. 
Caladenia verrucosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
18-19, t. (8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia rigens D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 32, t., f. 38 (5 April 1991), syn. 
nov.]. 
Caladenia versicolor G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 1 9-20 
(8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia aerochila D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1 3, t., f. 1 3 (5 April 1991), 
syn. nov.]. 
Gastrodia procera G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 22-23 (8 
Feb 1991). 
[Gastrodia entomogama D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 63, t., f. 82 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.]. 
Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr = Chiloglottis gunnii. 
Chiloglottis gunnii Lindley, Gen. Sp. Orchid. PI. 387 (1840). 
[Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. 
(1): 20—2 1 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: Carr’s taxon is without doubt con- 
specific with C. gunnii Lindley sens. str. and is here reduced to a synonym of it 
(D. Jones pers. comm.). 
Chiloglottis platychila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
21-22 (8 Feb 1991). 
CONCLUSIONS 
Of the 21 names published by Carr, eight affect the work of Jones and these 
have been reduced to synonymy of Carr’s species. In addition, five taxa described 
by Carr are conspecific with others already described elsewhere and are here 
accordingly reduced to synonyms of those names. 
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 
The production of this paper was in part supported through funding from the 
Nell and Hermon Slade Trust and the Australian Orchid Foundation. I also wish 
to thank David Kay, David Jones, and Bob Makinson for commenting on the 
manuscript. I am also most grateful to Jim Ross, Acting Chief Botanist at MEL, 
for the loan of the relevant types. 
REFERENCES 
Clements, M.A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian Orchidaceae, Aust. Orch. Res. 1: 1-160. 
Carr, G.W. (1991). New taxa in Caladenia R. Br., Chiloglottis R. Br. and Gastrodia R. Br. ( Orchida- 
ceae} i from south eastern Australia. Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. No. 1., Mel- 
Jones, D.L. (1991). New taxa of Australian Orchidaceae species. Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1-208. 
Revised manuscript accepted 22 October 1992 

Page image

553191 Caladenia formosa Muelleria 8(1): 70
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454051
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

70 
meagre descriptions and lack of illustrations make it difficult for anyone, without 
access to the types, to determine accurately the correct application of these new 
names. 
Despite its shortcomings, Carr’s publication predates that of Jones by two 
months, so where the same species was described by both authors, Carr’s name has 
priority. The purpose of this paper therefore is to enunciate the status of Carr’s 
taxa and to determine which of the species described by Jones (1991) and other 
authors are affected by his work. 
TAXONOMY 
Caladenia australis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. 
Misc. Pap. (1): 2-3 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia reticulata auct. non Rupp: 
Nicholls, Orchids Aust. 67, t. 250 (1969). 
Caladenia dilatata R. Br., Prod. 325 (1810). Type: ‘Port Dalrymple’, R. Brown s.n. 
(lectotype specimen (a) BM!). Notes: A recent re-examination of the type of 
Caladenia dilalata R. Br. plus comparison with fresh material from Tasmania 
has confirmed that Brown’s name should be correctly applied only to a late 
flowering species with restricted distribution in Tasmania and southern Vic- 
toria. C. simulans and C. corynepetala are undoubtedly the same species and 
accordingly are here reduced to a synonym of C. dilatata. Clarification of the 
status of C. dilatata is the subject of another paper (Clements and Jones in 
prep). 
[■ Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 
14-15 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.]. 
[Caladenia corynepetala D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 22-23, f. 24, t. (1991), 
syn. nov.] 
Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr = Caladenia tentaculata 
Schldl. 
Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp, Victorian Naturalist 58: 199 (1942). 
[ Caladenia montana G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 4 
(8 Feb 1991). syn. nov.] Notes: I have examined a number of collections of 
Caladenia fitzgeraldii from New South Wales and the ACT, including 
material collected from near the type site near Bathurst, and compared them 
with the type of C. montana. The two taxa are without doubt conspecihc and 
C. montana is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of C. fitzgeraldii. 
Caladenia formosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4 (8 Feb 
1991). Notes: Carr compares his new species with C. patersonii R. Br. and 
stated that it ‘differs in being more robust with wholly dark reddish-purple 
flowers which are larger in all parts’. In fact there is overlap in size of flowers 
of these two species but the distinguishing features are clearly defined and 
illustrated by Jones under C. haemantha. C. formosa is actually more closely 
allied to C. concolor Fitzg. and has been interpreted as that species until the 
present. 
[Caladenia haemantha D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 26, t., f. 29 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.] 
Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. concolor auct. non Fitzg.: J. Weber & R. Bates 
in Jessop & Toelken, Flora South Aust. Part IV: 2072 (1986). 
Caladenia flavovirens G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4-5 
(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Previously confused with C. pallida Lindley; recent field 
studies have confirmed that C. beaugleholei D. Jones is synonymous (J. 
Jeanes pers. comm.). 
[Caladenia beaugleholei D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 16-17, f. 16 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.] 
[Caladenia pallida auct. non Lindley: Nicholls, Aust. Orch. t. 256 (1969).] 
Caladenia fragrantissima D. Jones et G.W. Carr subsp. orientalis G.W. Carr, 
Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 6-7 (8 Feb 1991). 

Page image

553195 Caladenia fragrantissima orientalis Muelleria 8(1): 70
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454051
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499
553197 Caladenia fulva Muelleria 8(1): 71
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454052
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

71 
Caladenia arenaria auct. non Fitzg.: Nicholls, Vic. Nat. 56: 123-124, f. 
(1939); Caladenia patersonii R.Br. var. arenaria (Fitzg.) Nicholls, Vic.Nat. 
59:1 89 ( 1 943). 
Caladenia fulva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 
1991). Type: Tronbark Reserve near Stawell, 37° 45'S., 143° 07’ E., Victoria 
Victorian plant grid J2, 16.x.l989,P. Branwhite s.n. (holotype: MEL; isotype 
CBG)’. Notes: The type of this species has never left ANBG (CBG) since 
being collected by Peter Branwhite and forwarded to Canberra. Carr, who has 
never seen the type, gave virtually identical collection details to those pro- 
vided by Jones in a manuscript of his 1991 paper sent to MEL in November 
1990. The two type citations are quoted here for the purpose of compari- 
son. 
[Caladenia demissa D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 24, t., f. 26 (5 April 1991). 
Type: ‘Victoria; Ironbark Reserve, near Stawell, 37° 45'S, 143° 07'E, 16 Oct- 
ober 1989, P. Branwhite s.n. (holo CBG; iso CBG, MEL).’, syn. nov.] 
Caladenia insularis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 
Feb 1991). 
Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clements & D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 1 : 
27 (1989). 
Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. lindleyana H.G. Reichb., Beitr. Syst. Pflan- 
zenk. 66 (1871); Caladenia filamentosa auct. non R. Br.: Lindley, Gen. sp. 
orchid, pi. 421 (1840). 
[Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
1 1-12 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: The spreading habit of the lateral sepals 
and petals, narrowing labellum apex, and sigmoid calli in four rows and gen- 
eral yellow background colour of the flower with a red labellum, are all 
characters that readily identify C. lindleyana from its close ally C. patersonii 
R. Br. These are the same characters found in C. oenochila and therefore there 
can be no doubt that the species described by Carr is conspecific with C. 
lindleyana (D. Jones pers. comm.). 
Caladenia lowanensis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 9- 1 0 
(8 Feb 1991). Notes: One of the most distinctive species from the C. reticulata 
Fitzg. group named by Carr and at present known only from one site in the 
Victorian mallee. 
Caladenia montana G.W. Carr = Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp 
Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr = Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clem- 
ents & D. Jones 
Caladenia parva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 12-13(8 
Feb 1991). 
Caladenia robinsonii G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap (IV 
13-14 (8 Feb 1991). 
Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr = Caladenia dilatata R. Br. 
Caladenia tensa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 15-16 (8 
Feb 1991). Notes: A poorly understood species the existence of which has long 
been known in South Australia. It is one of a number of species within the C. 
tentaculata Schldl. complex. 
Caladenia tentaculata Schldl., Linnaea 20: 571 (1847). Type: ‘Lofty Range’, O 
Behr ex herb. W. Sonder s.n. (holo ?B+; lectotype specimen (41b) K-L! vide 
Clements, 1989). 
[Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & 
Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 3-4 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Notes: Carr com- 
pares this taxon with C. dilatata and makes the comment that it may be 
difficult to distinguish them apart in some instances. Caladenia dilatata 
subsp. villosissima however shares features with several species within the C. 
dilatata complex and indeed is inseparable from C. tentaculata Schldl. sens, 
lat. and is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of it. 
Caladenia thysanochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc Pap (!)• 

Page image

822417 Caladenia haemantha Muelleria 8(1): 70
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454051
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

70 
meagre descriptions and lack of illustrations make it difficult for anyone, without 
access to the types, to determine accurately the correct application of these new 
names. 
Despite its shortcomings, Carr’s publication predates that of Jones by two 
months, so where the same species was described by both authors, Carr’s name has 
priority. The purpose of this paper therefore is to enunciate the status of Carr’s 
taxa and to determine which of the species described by Jones (1991) and other 
authors are affected by his work. 
TAXONOMY 
Caladenia australis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. 
Misc. Pap. (1): 2-3 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia reticulata auct. non Rupp: 
Nicholls, Orchids Aust. 67, t. 250 (1969). 
Caladenia dilatata R. Br., Prod. 325 (1810). Type: ‘Port Dalrymple’, R. Brown s.n. 
(lectotype specimen (a) BM!). Notes: A recent re-examination of the type of 
Caladenia dilalata R. Br. plus comparison with fresh material from Tasmania 
has confirmed that Brown’s name should be correctly applied only to a late 
flowering species with restricted distribution in Tasmania and southern Vic- 
toria. C. simulans and C. corynepetala are undoubtedly the same species and 
accordingly are here reduced to a synonym of C. dilatata. Clarification of the 
status of C. dilatata is the subject of another paper (Clements and Jones in 
prep). 
[■ Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 
14-15 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.]. 
[Caladenia corynepetala D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 22-23, f. 24, t. (1991), 
syn. nov.] 
Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr = Caladenia tentaculata 
Schldl. 
Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp, Victorian Naturalist 58: 199 (1942). 
[ Caladenia montana G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 4 
(8 Feb 1991). syn. nov.] Notes: I have examined a number of collections of 
Caladenia fitzgeraldii from New South Wales and the ACT, including 
material collected from near the type site near Bathurst, and compared them 
with the type of C. montana. The two taxa are without doubt conspecihc and 
C. montana is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of C. fitzgeraldii. 
Caladenia formosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4 (8 Feb 
1991). Notes: Carr compares his new species with C. patersonii R. Br. and 
stated that it ‘differs in being more robust with wholly dark reddish-purple 
flowers which are larger in all parts’. In fact there is overlap in size of flowers 
of these two species but the distinguishing features are clearly defined and 
illustrated by Jones under C. haemantha. C. formosa is actually more closely 
allied to C. concolor Fitzg. and has been interpreted as that species until the 
present. 
[Caladenia haemantha D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 26, t., f. 29 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.] 
Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. concolor auct. non Fitzg.: J. Weber & R. Bates 
in Jessop & Toelken, Flora South Aust. Part IV: 2072 (1986). 
Caladenia flavovirens G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4-5 
(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Previously confused with C. pallida Lindley; recent field 
studies have confirmed that C. beaugleholei D. Jones is synonymous (J. 
Jeanes pers. comm.). 
[Caladenia beaugleholei D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 16-17, f. 16 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.] 
[Caladenia pallida auct. non Lindley: Nicholls, Aust. Orch. t. 256 (1969).] 
Caladenia fragrantissima D. Jones et G.W. Carr subsp. orientalis G.W. Carr, 
Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 6-7 (8 Feb 1991). 

Page image

553199 Caladenia insularis Muelleria 8(1): 71
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454052
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

71 
Caladenia arenaria auct. non Fitzg.: Nicholls, Vic. Nat. 56: 123-124, f. 
(1939); Caladenia patersonii R.Br. var. arenaria (Fitzg.) Nicholls, Vic.Nat. 
59:1 89 ( 1 943). 
Caladenia fulva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 
1991). Type: Tronbark Reserve near Stawell, 37° 45'S., 143° 07’ E., Victoria 
Victorian plant grid J2, 16.x.l989,P. Branwhite s.n. (holotype: MEL; isotype 
CBG)’. Notes: The type of this species has never left ANBG (CBG) since 
being collected by Peter Branwhite and forwarded to Canberra. Carr, who has 
never seen the type, gave virtually identical collection details to those pro- 
vided by Jones in a manuscript of his 1991 paper sent to MEL in November 
1990. The two type citations are quoted here for the purpose of compari- 
son. 
[Caladenia demissa D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 24, t., f. 26 (5 April 1991). 
Type: ‘Victoria; Ironbark Reserve, near Stawell, 37° 45'S, 143° 07'E, 16 Oct- 
ober 1989, P. Branwhite s.n. (holo CBG; iso CBG, MEL).’, syn. nov.] 
Caladenia insularis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 
Feb 1991). 
Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clements & D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 1 : 
27 (1989). 
Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. lindleyana H.G. Reichb., Beitr. Syst. Pflan- 
zenk. 66 (1871); Caladenia filamentosa auct. non R. Br.: Lindley, Gen. sp. 
orchid, pi. 421 (1840). 
[Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
1 1-12 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: The spreading habit of the lateral sepals 
and petals, narrowing labellum apex, and sigmoid calli in four rows and gen- 
eral yellow background colour of the flower with a red labellum, are all 
characters that readily identify C. lindleyana from its close ally C. patersonii 
R. Br. These are the same characters found in C. oenochila and therefore there 
can be no doubt that the species described by Carr is conspecific with C. 
lindleyana (D. Jones pers. comm.). 
Caladenia lowanensis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 9- 1 0 
(8 Feb 1991). Notes: One of the most distinctive species from the C. reticulata 
Fitzg. group named by Carr and at present known only from one site in the 
Victorian mallee. 
Caladenia montana G.W. Carr = Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp 
Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr = Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clem- 
ents & D. Jones 
Caladenia parva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 12-13(8 
Feb 1991). 
Caladenia robinsonii G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap (IV 
13-14 (8 Feb 1991). 
Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr = Caladenia dilatata R. Br. 
Caladenia tensa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 15-16 (8 
Feb 1991). Notes: A poorly understood species the existence of which has long 
been known in South Australia. It is one of a number of species within the C. 
tentaculata Schldl. complex. 
Caladenia tentaculata Schldl., Linnaea 20: 571 (1847). Type: ‘Lofty Range’, O 
Behr ex herb. W. Sonder s.n. (holo ?B+; lectotype specimen (41b) K-L! vide 
Clements, 1989). 
[Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & 
Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 3-4 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Notes: Carr com- 
pares this taxon with C. dilatata and makes the comment that it may be 
difficult to distinguish them apart in some instances. Caladenia dilatata 
subsp. villosissima however shares features with several species within the C. 
dilatata complex and indeed is inseparable from C. tentaculata Schldl. sens, 
lat. and is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of it. 
Caladenia thysanochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc Pap (!)• 

Page image

514059 Caladenia lindleyana Muelleria 8(1): 71
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454052
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

71 
Caladenia arenaria auct. non Fitzg.: Nicholls, Vic. Nat. 56: 123-124, f. 
(1939); Caladenia patersonii R.Br. var. arenaria (Fitzg.) Nicholls, Vic.Nat. 
59:1 89 ( 1 943). 
Caladenia fulva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 
1991). Type: Tronbark Reserve near Stawell, 37° 45'S., 143° 07’ E., Victoria 
Victorian plant grid J2, 16.x.l989,P. Branwhite s.n. (holotype: MEL; isotype 
CBG)’. Notes: The type of this species has never left ANBG (CBG) since 
being collected by Peter Branwhite and forwarded to Canberra. Carr, who has 
never seen the type, gave virtually identical collection details to those pro- 
vided by Jones in a manuscript of his 1991 paper sent to MEL in November 
1990. The two type citations are quoted here for the purpose of compari- 
son. 
[Caladenia demissa D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 24, t., f. 26 (5 April 1991). 
Type: ‘Victoria; Ironbark Reserve, near Stawell, 37° 45'S, 143° 07'E, 16 Oct- 
ober 1989, P. Branwhite s.n. (holo CBG; iso CBG, MEL).’, syn. nov.] 
Caladenia insularis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 
Feb 1991). 
Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clements & D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 1 : 
27 (1989). 
Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. lindleyana H.G. Reichb., Beitr. Syst. Pflan- 
zenk. 66 (1871); Caladenia filamentosa auct. non R. Br.: Lindley, Gen. sp. 
orchid, pi. 421 (1840). 
[Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
1 1-12 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: The spreading habit of the lateral sepals 
and petals, narrowing labellum apex, and sigmoid calli in four rows and gen- 
eral yellow background colour of the flower with a red labellum, are all 
characters that readily identify C. lindleyana from its close ally C. patersonii 
R. Br. These are the same characters found in C. oenochila and therefore there 
can be no doubt that the species described by Carr is conspecific with C. 
lindleyana (D. Jones pers. comm.). 
Caladenia lowanensis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 9- 1 0 
(8 Feb 1991). Notes: One of the most distinctive species from the C. reticulata 
Fitzg. group named by Carr and at present known only from one site in the 
Victorian mallee. 
Caladenia montana G.W. Carr = Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp 
Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr = Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clem- 
ents & D. Jones 
Caladenia parva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 12-13(8 
Feb 1991). 
Caladenia robinsonii G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap (IV 
13-14 (8 Feb 1991). 
Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr = Caladenia dilatata R. Br. 
Caladenia tensa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 15-16 (8 
Feb 1991). Notes: A poorly understood species the existence of which has long 
been known in South Australia. It is one of a number of species within the C. 
tentaculata Schldl. complex. 
Caladenia tentaculata Schldl., Linnaea 20: 571 (1847). Type: ‘Lofty Range’, O 
Behr ex herb. W. Sonder s.n. (holo ?B+; lectotype specimen (41b) K-L! vide 
Clements, 1989). 
[Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & 
Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 3-4 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Notes: Carr com- 
pares this taxon with C. dilatata and makes the comment that it may be 
difficult to distinguish them apart in some instances. Caladenia dilatata 
subsp. villosissima however shares features with several species within the C. 
dilatata complex and indeed is inseparable from C. tentaculata Schldl. sens, 
lat. and is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of it. 
Caladenia thysanochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc Pap (!)• 

Page image

553202 Caladenia lowanensis Muelleria 8(1): 71
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454052
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

71 
Caladenia arenaria auct. non Fitzg.: Nicholls, Vic. Nat. 56: 123-124, f. 
(1939); Caladenia patersonii R.Br. var. arenaria (Fitzg.) Nicholls, Vic.Nat. 
59:1 89 ( 1 943). 
Caladenia fulva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 
1991). Type: Tronbark Reserve near Stawell, 37° 45'S., 143° 07’ E., Victoria 
Victorian plant grid J2, 16.x.l989,P. Branwhite s.n. (holotype: MEL; isotype 
CBG)’. Notes: The type of this species has never left ANBG (CBG) since 
being collected by Peter Branwhite and forwarded to Canberra. Carr, who has 
never seen the type, gave virtually identical collection details to those pro- 
vided by Jones in a manuscript of his 1991 paper sent to MEL in November 
1990. The two type citations are quoted here for the purpose of compari- 
son. 
[Caladenia demissa D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 24, t., f. 26 (5 April 1991). 
Type: ‘Victoria; Ironbark Reserve, near Stawell, 37° 45'S, 143° 07'E, 16 Oct- 
ober 1989, P. Branwhite s.n. (holo CBG; iso CBG, MEL).’, syn. nov.] 
Caladenia insularis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 
Feb 1991). 
Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clements & D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 1 : 
27 (1989). 
Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. lindleyana H.G. Reichb., Beitr. Syst. Pflan- 
zenk. 66 (1871); Caladenia filamentosa auct. non R. Br.: Lindley, Gen. sp. 
orchid, pi. 421 (1840). 
[Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
1 1-12 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: The spreading habit of the lateral sepals 
and petals, narrowing labellum apex, and sigmoid calli in four rows and gen- 
eral yellow background colour of the flower with a red labellum, are all 
characters that readily identify C. lindleyana from its close ally C. patersonii 
R. Br. These are the same characters found in C. oenochila and therefore there 
can be no doubt that the species described by Carr is conspecific with C. 
lindleyana (D. Jones pers. comm.). 
Caladenia lowanensis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 9- 1 0 
(8 Feb 1991). Notes: One of the most distinctive species from the C. reticulata 
Fitzg. group named by Carr and at present known only from one site in the 
Victorian mallee. 
Caladenia montana G.W. Carr = Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp 
Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr = Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clem- 
ents & D. Jones 
Caladenia parva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 12-13(8 
Feb 1991). 
Caladenia robinsonii G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap (IV 
13-14 (8 Feb 1991). 
Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr = Caladenia dilatata R. Br. 
Caladenia tensa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 15-16 (8 
Feb 1991). Notes: A poorly understood species the existence of which has long 
been known in South Australia. It is one of a number of species within the C. 
tentaculata Schldl. complex. 
Caladenia tentaculata Schldl., Linnaea 20: 571 (1847). Type: ‘Lofty Range’, O 
Behr ex herb. W. Sonder s.n. (holo ?B+; lectotype specimen (41b) K-L! vide 
Clements, 1989). 
[Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & 
Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 3-4 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Notes: Carr com- 
pares this taxon with C. dilatata and makes the comment that it may be 
difficult to distinguish them apart in some instances. Caladenia dilatata 
subsp. villosissima however shares features with several species within the C. 
dilatata complex and indeed is inseparable from C. tentaculata Schldl. sens, 
lat. and is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of it. 
Caladenia thysanochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc Pap (!)• 

Page image

822416 Caladenia montana Muelleria 8(1): 70
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454051
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

70 
meagre descriptions and lack of illustrations make it difficult for anyone, without 
access to the types, to determine accurately the correct application of these new 
names. 
Despite its shortcomings, Carr’s publication predates that of Jones by two 
months, so where the same species was described by both authors, Carr’s name has 
priority. The purpose of this paper therefore is to enunciate the status of Carr’s 
taxa and to determine which of the species described by Jones (1991) and other 
authors are affected by his work. 
TAXONOMY 
Caladenia australis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. 
Misc. Pap. (1): 2-3 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia reticulata auct. non Rupp: 
Nicholls, Orchids Aust. 67, t. 250 (1969). 
Caladenia dilatata R. Br., Prod. 325 (1810). Type: ‘Port Dalrymple’, R. Brown s.n. 
(lectotype specimen (a) BM!). Notes: A recent re-examination of the type of 
Caladenia dilalata R. Br. plus comparison with fresh material from Tasmania 
has confirmed that Brown’s name should be correctly applied only to a late 
flowering species with restricted distribution in Tasmania and southern Vic- 
toria. C. simulans and C. corynepetala are undoubtedly the same species and 
accordingly are here reduced to a synonym of C. dilatata. Clarification of the 
status of C. dilatata is the subject of another paper (Clements and Jones in 
prep). 
[■ Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 
14-15 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.]. 
[Caladenia corynepetala D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 22-23, f. 24, t. (1991), 
syn. nov.] 
Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr = Caladenia tentaculata 
Schldl. 
Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp, Victorian Naturalist 58: 199 (1942). 
[ Caladenia montana G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 4 
(8 Feb 1991). syn. nov.] Notes: I have examined a number of collections of 
Caladenia fitzgeraldii from New South Wales and the ACT, including 
material collected from near the type site near Bathurst, and compared them 
with the type of C. montana. The two taxa are without doubt conspecihc and 
C. montana is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of C. fitzgeraldii. 
Caladenia formosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4 (8 Feb 
1991). Notes: Carr compares his new species with C. patersonii R. Br. and 
stated that it ‘differs in being more robust with wholly dark reddish-purple 
flowers which are larger in all parts’. In fact there is overlap in size of flowers 
of these two species but the distinguishing features are clearly defined and 
illustrated by Jones under C. haemantha. C. formosa is actually more closely 
allied to C. concolor Fitzg. and has been interpreted as that species until the 
present. 
[Caladenia haemantha D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 26, t., f. 29 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.] 
Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. concolor auct. non Fitzg.: J. Weber & R. Bates 
in Jessop & Toelken, Flora South Aust. Part IV: 2072 (1986). 
Caladenia flavovirens G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4-5 
(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Previously confused with C. pallida Lindley; recent field 
studies have confirmed that C. beaugleholei D. Jones is synonymous (J. 
Jeanes pers. comm.). 
[Caladenia beaugleholei D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 16-17, f. 16 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.] 
[Caladenia pallida auct. non Lindley: Nicholls, Aust. Orch. t. 256 (1969).] 
Caladenia fragrantissima D. Jones et G.W. Carr subsp. orientalis G.W. Carr, 
Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 6-7 (8 Feb 1991). 

Page image

822421 Caladenia oenochila Muelleria 8(1): 71
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454052
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

71 
Caladenia arenaria auct. non Fitzg.: Nicholls, Vic. Nat. 56: 123-124, f. 
(1939); Caladenia patersonii R.Br. var. arenaria (Fitzg.) Nicholls, Vic.Nat. 
59:1 89 ( 1 943). 
Caladenia fulva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 
1991). Type: Tronbark Reserve near Stawell, 37° 45'S., 143° 07’ E., Victoria 
Victorian plant grid J2, 16.x.l989,P. Branwhite s.n. (holotype: MEL; isotype 
CBG)’. Notes: The type of this species has never left ANBG (CBG) since 
being collected by Peter Branwhite and forwarded to Canberra. Carr, who has 
never seen the type, gave virtually identical collection details to those pro- 
vided by Jones in a manuscript of his 1991 paper sent to MEL in November 
1990. The two type citations are quoted here for the purpose of compari- 
son. 
[Caladenia demissa D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 24, t., f. 26 (5 April 1991). 
Type: ‘Victoria; Ironbark Reserve, near Stawell, 37° 45'S, 143° 07'E, 16 Oct- 
ober 1989, P. Branwhite s.n. (holo CBG; iso CBG, MEL).’, syn. nov.] 
Caladenia insularis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 
Feb 1991). 
Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clements & D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 1 : 
27 (1989). 
Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. lindleyana H.G. Reichb., Beitr. Syst. Pflan- 
zenk. 66 (1871); Caladenia filamentosa auct. non R. Br.: Lindley, Gen. sp. 
orchid, pi. 421 (1840). 
[Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
1 1-12 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: The spreading habit of the lateral sepals 
and petals, narrowing labellum apex, and sigmoid calli in four rows and gen- 
eral yellow background colour of the flower with a red labellum, are all 
characters that readily identify C. lindleyana from its close ally C. patersonii 
R. Br. These are the same characters found in C. oenochila and therefore there 
can be no doubt that the species described by Carr is conspecific with C. 
lindleyana (D. Jones pers. comm.). 
Caladenia lowanensis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 9- 1 0 
(8 Feb 1991). Notes: One of the most distinctive species from the C. reticulata 
Fitzg. group named by Carr and at present known only from one site in the 
Victorian mallee. 
Caladenia montana G.W. Carr = Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp 
Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr = Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clem- 
ents & D. Jones 
Caladenia parva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 12-13(8 
Feb 1991). 
Caladenia robinsonii G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap (IV 
13-14 (8 Feb 1991). 
Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr = Caladenia dilatata R. Br. 
Caladenia tensa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 15-16 (8 
Feb 1991). Notes: A poorly understood species the existence of which has long 
been known in South Australia. It is one of a number of species within the C. 
tentaculata Schldl. complex. 
Caladenia tentaculata Schldl., Linnaea 20: 571 (1847). Type: ‘Lofty Range’, O 
Behr ex herb. W. Sonder s.n. (holo ?B+; lectotype specimen (41b) K-L! vide 
Clements, 1989). 
[Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & 
Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 3-4 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Notes: Carr com- 
pares this taxon with C. dilatata and makes the comment that it may be 
difficult to distinguish them apart in some instances. Caladenia dilatata 
subsp. villosissima however shares features with several species within the C. 
dilatata complex and indeed is inseparable from C. tentaculata Schldl. sens, 
lat. and is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of it. 
Caladenia thysanochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc Pap (!)• 

Page image

569913 Caladenia parva Muelleria 8(1): 71
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454052
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

71 
Caladenia arenaria auct. non Fitzg.: Nicholls, Vic. Nat. 56: 123-124, f. 
(1939); Caladenia patersonii R.Br. var. arenaria (Fitzg.) Nicholls, Vic.Nat. 
59:1 89 ( 1 943). 
Caladenia fulva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 
1991). Type: Tronbark Reserve near Stawell, 37° 45'S., 143° 07’ E., Victoria 
Victorian plant grid J2, 16.x.l989,P. Branwhite s.n. (holotype: MEL; isotype 
CBG)’. Notes: The type of this species has never left ANBG (CBG) since 
being collected by Peter Branwhite and forwarded to Canberra. Carr, who has 
never seen the type, gave virtually identical collection details to those pro- 
vided by Jones in a manuscript of his 1991 paper sent to MEL in November 
1990. The two type citations are quoted here for the purpose of compari- 
son. 
[Caladenia demissa D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 24, t., f. 26 (5 April 1991). 
Type: ‘Victoria; Ironbark Reserve, near Stawell, 37° 45'S, 143° 07'E, 16 Oct- 
ober 1989, P. Branwhite s.n. (holo CBG; iso CBG, MEL).’, syn. nov.] 
Caladenia insularis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 
Feb 1991). 
Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clements & D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 1 : 
27 (1989). 
Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. lindleyana H.G. Reichb., Beitr. Syst. Pflan- 
zenk. 66 (1871); Caladenia filamentosa auct. non R. Br.: Lindley, Gen. sp. 
orchid, pi. 421 (1840). 
[Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
1 1-12 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: The spreading habit of the lateral sepals 
and petals, narrowing labellum apex, and sigmoid calli in four rows and gen- 
eral yellow background colour of the flower with a red labellum, are all 
characters that readily identify C. lindleyana from its close ally C. patersonii 
R. Br. These are the same characters found in C. oenochila and therefore there 
can be no doubt that the species described by Carr is conspecific with C. 
lindleyana (D. Jones pers. comm.). 
Caladenia lowanensis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 9- 1 0 
(8 Feb 1991). Notes: One of the most distinctive species from the C. reticulata 
Fitzg. group named by Carr and at present known only from one site in the 
Victorian mallee. 
Caladenia montana G.W. Carr = Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp 
Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr = Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clem- 
ents & D. Jones 
Caladenia parva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 12-13(8 
Feb 1991). 
Caladenia robinsonii G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap (IV 
13-14 (8 Feb 1991). 
Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr = Caladenia dilatata R. Br. 
Caladenia tensa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 15-16 (8 
Feb 1991). Notes: A poorly understood species the existence of which has long 
been known in South Australia. It is one of a number of species within the C. 
tentaculata Schldl. complex. 
Caladenia tentaculata Schldl., Linnaea 20: 571 (1847). Type: ‘Lofty Range’, O 
Behr ex herb. W. Sonder s.n. (holo ?B+; lectotype specimen (41b) K-L! vide 
Clements, 1989). 
[Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & 
Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 3-4 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Notes: Carr com- 
pares this taxon with C. dilatata and makes the comment that it may be 
difficult to distinguish them apart in some instances. Caladenia dilatata 
subsp. villosissima however shares features with several species within the C. 
dilatata complex and indeed is inseparable from C. tentaculata Schldl. sens, 
lat. and is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of it. 
Caladenia thysanochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc Pap (!)• 

Page image

822420 Caladenia patersonii lindleyana Muelleria 8(1): 71
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454052
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499
822423 Caladenia rigens Muelleria 8(1): 72
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454053
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

72 
16-17(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Despite the fact that this species is currently only 
known from two plants it does appear to be distinct from all others in the 
genus and warrants the status it has been allocated pending further investi- 
gation. 
Caladenia venusta G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 17-18 
(8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia floribunda D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 25-26, f. 28 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.]. 
Caladenia verrucosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
18-19, t. (8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia rigens D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 32, t., f. 38 (5 April 1991), syn. 
nov.]. 
Caladenia versicolor G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 1 9-20 
(8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia aerochila D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1 3, t., f. 1 3 (5 April 1991), 
syn. nov.]. 
Gastrodia procera G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 22-23 (8 
Feb 1991). 
[Gastrodia entomogama D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 63, t., f. 82 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.]. 
Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr = Chiloglottis gunnii. 
Chiloglottis gunnii Lindley, Gen. Sp. Orchid. PI. 387 (1840). 
[Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. 
(1): 20—2 1 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: Carr’s taxon is without doubt con- 
specific with C. gunnii Lindley sens. str. and is here reduced to a synonym of it 
(D. Jones pers. comm.). 
Chiloglottis platychila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
21-22 (8 Feb 1991). 
CONCLUSIONS 
Of the 21 names published by Carr, eight affect the work of Jones and these 
have been reduced to synonymy of Carr’s species. In addition, five taxa described 
by Carr are conspecific with others already described elsewhere and are here 
accordingly reduced to synonyms of those names. 
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 
The production of this paper was in part supported through funding from the 
Nell and Hermon Slade Trust and the Australian Orchid Foundation. I also wish 
to thank David Kay, David Jones, and Bob Makinson for commenting on the 
manuscript. I am also most grateful to Jim Ross, Acting Chief Botanist at MEL, 
for the loan of the relevant types. 
REFERENCES 
Clements, M.A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian Orchidaceae, Aust. Orch. Res. 1: 1-160. 
Carr, G.W. (1991). New taxa in Caladenia R. Br., Chiloglottis R. Br. and Gastrodia R. Br. ( Orchida- 
ceae} i from south eastern Australia. Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. No. 1., Mel- 
Jones, D.L. (1991). New taxa of Australian Orchidaceae species. Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1-208. 
Revised manuscript accepted 22 October 1992 

Page image

553208 Caladenia robinsonii Muelleria 8(1): 71
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454052
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

71 
Caladenia arenaria auct. non Fitzg.: Nicholls, Vic. Nat. 56: 123-124, f. 
(1939); Caladenia patersonii R.Br. var. arenaria (Fitzg.) Nicholls, Vic.Nat. 
59:1 89 ( 1 943). 
Caladenia fulva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 
1991). Type: Tronbark Reserve near Stawell, 37° 45'S., 143° 07’ E., Victoria 
Victorian plant grid J2, 16.x.l989,P. Branwhite s.n. (holotype: MEL; isotype 
CBG)’. Notes: The type of this species has never left ANBG (CBG) since 
being collected by Peter Branwhite and forwarded to Canberra. Carr, who has 
never seen the type, gave virtually identical collection details to those pro- 
vided by Jones in a manuscript of his 1991 paper sent to MEL in November 
1990. The two type citations are quoted here for the purpose of compari- 
son. 
[Caladenia demissa D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 24, t., f. 26 (5 April 1991). 
Type: ‘Victoria; Ironbark Reserve, near Stawell, 37° 45'S, 143° 07'E, 16 Oct- 
ober 1989, P. Branwhite s.n. (holo CBG; iso CBG, MEL).’, syn. nov.] 
Caladenia insularis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 
Feb 1991). 
Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clements & D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 1 : 
27 (1989). 
Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. lindleyana H.G. Reichb., Beitr. Syst. Pflan- 
zenk. 66 (1871); Caladenia filamentosa auct. non R. Br.: Lindley, Gen. sp. 
orchid, pi. 421 (1840). 
[Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
1 1-12 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: The spreading habit of the lateral sepals 
and petals, narrowing labellum apex, and sigmoid calli in four rows and gen- 
eral yellow background colour of the flower with a red labellum, are all 
characters that readily identify C. lindleyana from its close ally C. patersonii 
R. Br. These are the same characters found in C. oenochila and therefore there 
can be no doubt that the species described by Carr is conspecific with C. 
lindleyana (D. Jones pers. comm.). 
Caladenia lowanensis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 9- 1 0 
(8 Feb 1991). Notes: One of the most distinctive species from the C. reticulata 
Fitzg. group named by Carr and at present known only from one site in the 
Victorian mallee. 
Caladenia montana G.W. Carr = Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp 
Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr = Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clem- 
ents & D. Jones 
Caladenia parva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 12-13(8 
Feb 1991). 
Caladenia robinsonii G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap (IV 
13-14 (8 Feb 1991). 
Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr = Caladenia dilatata R. Br. 
Caladenia tensa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 15-16 (8 
Feb 1991). Notes: A poorly understood species the existence of which has long 
been known in South Australia. It is one of a number of species within the C. 
tentaculata Schldl. complex. 
Caladenia tentaculata Schldl., Linnaea 20: 571 (1847). Type: ‘Lofty Range’, O 
Behr ex herb. W. Sonder s.n. (holo ?B+; lectotype specimen (41b) K-L! vide 
Clements, 1989). 
[Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & 
Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 3-4 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Notes: Carr com- 
pares this taxon with C. dilatata and makes the comment that it may be 
difficult to distinguish them apart in some instances. Caladenia dilatata 
subsp. villosissima however shares features with several species within the C. 
dilatata complex and indeed is inseparable from C. tentaculata Schldl. sens, 
lat. and is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of it. 
Caladenia thysanochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc Pap (!)• 

Page image

822414 Caladenia simulans Muelleria 8(1): 70
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454051
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

70 
meagre descriptions and lack of illustrations make it difficult for anyone, without 
access to the types, to determine accurately the correct application of these new 
names. 
Despite its shortcomings, Carr’s publication predates that of Jones by two 
months, so where the same species was described by both authors, Carr’s name has 
priority. The purpose of this paper therefore is to enunciate the status of Carr’s 
taxa and to determine which of the species described by Jones (1991) and other 
authors are affected by his work. 
TAXONOMY 
Caladenia australis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. 
Misc. Pap. (1): 2-3 (8 Feb 1991). Caladenia reticulata auct. non Rupp: 
Nicholls, Orchids Aust. 67, t. 250 (1969). 
Caladenia dilatata R. Br., Prod. 325 (1810). Type: ‘Port Dalrymple’, R. Brown s.n. 
(lectotype specimen (a) BM!). Notes: A recent re-examination of the type of 
Caladenia dilalata R. Br. plus comparison with fresh material from Tasmania 
has confirmed that Brown’s name should be correctly applied only to a late 
flowering species with restricted distribution in Tasmania and southern Vic- 
toria. C. simulans and C. corynepetala are undoubtedly the same species and 
accordingly are here reduced to a synonym of C. dilatata. Clarification of the 
status of C. dilatata is the subject of another paper (Clements and Jones in 
prep). 
[■ Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 
14-15 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.]. 
[Caladenia corynepetala D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 22-23, f. 24, t. (1991), 
syn. nov.] 
Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr = Caladenia tentaculata 
Schldl. 
Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp, Victorian Naturalist 58: 199 (1942). 
[ Caladenia montana G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 4 
(8 Feb 1991). syn. nov.] Notes: I have examined a number of collections of 
Caladenia fitzgeraldii from New South Wales and the ACT, including 
material collected from near the type site near Bathurst, and compared them 
with the type of C. montana. The two taxa are without doubt conspecihc and 
C. montana is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of C. fitzgeraldii. 
Caladenia formosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4 (8 Feb 
1991). Notes: Carr compares his new species with C. patersonii R. Br. and 
stated that it ‘differs in being more robust with wholly dark reddish-purple 
flowers which are larger in all parts’. In fact there is overlap in size of flowers 
of these two species but the distinguishing features are clearly defined and 
illustrated by Jones under C. haemantha. C. formosa is actually more closely 
allied to C. concolor Fitzg. and has been interpreted as that species until the 
present. 
[Caladenia haemantha D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 26, t., f. 29 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.] 
Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. concolor auct. non Fitzg.: J. Weber & R. Bates 
in Jessop & Toelken, Flora South Aust. Part IV: 2072 (1986). 
Caladenia flavovirens G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 4-5 
(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Previously confused with C. pallida Lindley; recent field 
studies have confirmed that C. beaugleholei D. Jones is synonymous (J. 
Jeanes pers. comm.). 
[Caladenia beaugleholei D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 16-17, f. 16 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.] 
[Caladenia pallida auct. non Lindley: Nicholls, Aust. Orch. t. 256 (1969).] 
Caladenia fragrantissima D. Jones et G.W. Carr subsp. orientalis G.W. Carr, 
Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 6-7 (8 Feb 1991). 

Page image

553212 Caladenia tensa Muelleria 8(1): 71
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454052
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

71 
Caladenia arenaria auct. non Fitzg.: Nicholls, Vic. Nat. 56: 123-124, f. 
(1939); Caladenia patersonii R.Br. var. arenaria (Fitzg.) Nicholls, Vic.Nat. 
59:1 89 ( 1 943). 
Caladenia fulva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 
1991). Type: Tronbark Reserve near Stawell, 37° 45'S., 143° 07’ E., Victoria 
Victorian plant grid J2, 16.x.l989,P. Branwhite s.n. (holotype: MEL; isotype 
CBG)’. Notes: The type of this species has never left ANBG (CBG) since 
being collected by Peter Branwhite and forwarded to Canberra. Carr, who has 
never seen the type, gave virtually identical collection details to those pro- 
vided by Jones in a manuscript of his 1991 paper sent to MEL in November 
1990. The two type citations are quoted here for the purpose of compari- 
son. 
[Caladenia demissa D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 24, t., f. 26 (5 April 1991). 
Type: ‘Victoria; Ironbark Reserve, near Stawell, 37° 45'S, 143° 07'E, 16 Oct- 
ober 1989, P. Branwhite s.n. (holo CBG; iso CBG, MEL).’, syn. nov.] 
Caladenia insularis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 
Feb 1991). 
Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clements & D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 1 : 
27 (1989). 
Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. lindleyana H.G. Reichb., Beitr. Syst. Pflan- 
zenk. 66 (1871); Caladenia filamentosa auct. non R. Br.: Lindley, Gen. sp. 
orchid, pi. 421 (1840). 
[Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
1 1-12 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: The spreading habit of the lateral sepals 
and petals, narrowing labellum apex, and sigmoid calli in four rows and gen- 
eral yellow background colour of the flower with a red labellum, are all 
characters that readily identify C. lindleyana from its close ally C. patersonii 
R. Br. These are the same characters found in C. oenochila and therefore there 
can be no doubt that the species described by Carr is conspecific with C. 
lindleyana (D. Jones pers. comm.). 
Caladenia lowanensis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 9- 1 0 
(8 Feb 1991). Notes: One of the most distinctive species from the C. reticulata 
Fitzg. group named by Carr and at present known only from one site in the 
Victorian mallee. 
Caladenia montana G.W. Carr = Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp 
Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr = Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clem- 
ents & D. Jones 
Caladenia parva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 12-13(8 
Feb 1991). 
Caladenia robinsonii G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap (IV 
13-14 (8 Feb 1991). 
Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr = Caladenia dilatata R. Br. 
Caladenia tensa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 15-16 (8 
Feb 1991). Notes: A poorly understood species the existence of which has long 
been known in South Australia. It is one of a number of species within the C. 
tentaculata Schldl. complex. 
Caladenia tentaculata Schldl., Linnaea 20: 571 (1847). Type: ‘Lofty Range’, O 
Behr ex herb. W. Sonder s.n. (holo ?B+; lectotype specimen (41b) K-L! vide 
Clements, 1989). 
[Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & 
Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 3-4 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Notes: Carr com- 
pares this taxon with C. dilatata and makes the comment that it may be 
difficult to distinguish them apart in some instances. Caladenia dilatata 
subsp. villosissima however shares features with several species within the C. 
dilatata complex and indeed is inseparable from C. tentaculata Schldl. sens, 
lat. and is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of it. 
Caladenia thysanochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc Pap (!)• 

Page image

515052 Caladenia tentaculata Muelleria 8(1): 71
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454052
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

71 
Caladenia arenaria auct. non Fitzg.: Nicholls, Vic. Nat. 56: 123-124, f. 
(1939); Caladenia patersonii R.Br. var. arenaria (Fitzg.) Nicholls, Vic.Nat. 
59:1 89 ( 1 943). 
Caladenia fulva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 
1991). Type: Tronbark Reserve near Stawell, 37° 45'S., 143° 07’ E., Victoria 
Victorian plant grid J2, 16.x.l989,P. Branwhite s.n. (holotype: MEL; isotype 
CBG)’. Notes: The type of this species has never left ANBG (CBG) since 
being collected by Peter Branwhite and forwarded to Canberra. Carr, who has 
never seen the type, gave virtually identical collection details to those pro- 
vided by Jones in a manuscript of his 1991 paper sent to MEL in November 
1990. The two type citations are quoted here for the purpose of compari- 
son. 
[Caladenia demissa D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 24, t., f. 26 (5 April 1991). 
Type: ‘Victoria; Ironbark Reserve, near Stawell, 37° 45'S, 143° 07'E, 16 Oct- 
ober 1989, P. Branwhite s.n. (holo CBG; iso CBG, MEL).’, syn. nov.] 
Caladenia insularis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 
Feb 1991). 
Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clements & D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 1 : 
27 (1989). 
Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. lindleyana H.G. Reichb., Beitr. Syst. Pflan- 
zenk. 66 (1871); Caladenia filamentosa auct. non R. Br.: Lindley, Gen. sp. 
orchid, pi. 421 (1840). 
[Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
1 1-12 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: The spreading habit of the lateral sepals 
and petals, narrowing labellum apex, and sigmoid calli in four rows and gen- 
eral yellow background colour of the flower with a red labellum, are all 
characters that readily identify C. lindleyana from its close ally C. patersonii 
R. Br. These are the same characters found in C. oenochila and therefore there 
can be no doubt that the species described by Carr is conspecific with C. 
lindleyana (D. Jones pers. comm.). 
Caladenia lowanensis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 9- 1 0 
(8 Feb 1991). Notes: One of the most distinctive species from the C. reticulata 
Fitzg. group named by Carr and at present known only from one site in the 
Victorian mallee. 
Caladenia montana G.W. Carr = Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp 
Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr = Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clem- 
ents & D. Jones 
Caladenia parva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 12-13(8 
Feb 1991). 
Caladenia robinsonii G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap (IV 
13-14 (8 Feb 1991). 
Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr = Caladenia dilatata R. Br. 
Caladenia tensa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 15-16 (8 
Feb 1991). Notes: A poorly understood species the existence of which has long 
been known in South Australia. It is one of a number of species within the C. 
tentaculata Schldl. complex. 
Caladenia tentaculata Schldl., Linnaea 20: 571 (1847). Type: ‘Lofty Range’, O 
Behr ex herb. W. Sonder s.n. (holo ?B+; lectotype specimen (41b) K-L! vide 
Clements, 1989). 
[Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & 
Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 3-4 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Notes: Carr com- 
pares this taxon with C. dilatata and makes the comment that it may be 
difficult to distinguish them apart in some instances. Caladenia dilatata 
subsp. villosissima however shares features with several species within the C. 
dilatata complex and indeed is inseparable from C. tentaculata Schldl. sens, 
lat. and is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of it. 
Caladenia thysanochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc Pap (!)• 

Page image

553214 Caladenia thysanochila Muelleria 8(1): 71
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454052
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

71 
Caladenia arenaria auct. non Fitzg.: Nicholls, Vic. Nat. 56: 123-124, f. 
(1939); Caladenia patersonii R.Br. var. arenaria (Fitzg.) Nicholls, Vic.Nat. 
59:1 89 ( 1 943). 
Caladenia fulva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 Feb 
1991). Type: Tronbark Reserve near Stawell, 37° 45'S., 143° 07’ E., Victoria 
Victorian plant grid J2, 16.x.l989,P. Branwhite s.n. (holotype: MEL; isotype 
CBG)’. Notes: The type of this species has never left ANBG (CBG) since 
being collected by Peter Branwhite and forwarded to Canberra. Carr, who has 
never seen the type, gave virtually identical collection details to those pro- 
vided by Jones in a manuscript of his 1991 paper sent to MEL in November 
1990. The two type citations are quoted here for the purpose of compari- 
son. 
[Caladenia demissa D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 24, t., f. 26 (5 April 1991). 
Type: ‘Victoria; Ironbark Reserve, near Stawell, 37° 45'S, 143° 07'E, 16 Oct- 
ober 1989, P. Branwhite s.n. (holo CBG; iso CBG, MEL).’, syn. nov.] 
Caladenia insularis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 7-8 (8 
Feb 1991). 
Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clements & D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 1 : 
27 (1989). 
Caladenia patersonii R. Br. var. lindleyana H.G. Reichb., Beitr. Syst. Pflan- 
zenk. 66 (1871); Caladenia filamentosa auct. non R. Br.: Lindley, Gen. sp. 
orchid, pi. 421 (1840). 
[Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
1 1-12 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: The spreading habit of the lateral sepals 
and petals, narrowing labellum apex, and sigmoid calli in four rows and gen- 
eral yellow background colour of the flower with a red labellum, are all 
characters that readily identify C. lindleyana from its close ally C. patersonii 
R. Br. These are the same characters found in C. oenochila and therefore there 
can be no doubt that the species described by Carr is conspecific with C. 
lindleyana (D. Jones pers. comm.). 
Caladenia lowanensis G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 9- 1 0 
(8 Feb 1991). Notes: One of the most distinctive species from the C. reticulata 
Fitzg. group named by Carr and at present known only from one site in the 
Victorian mallee. 
Caladenia montana G.W. Carr = Caladenia fitzgeraldii Rupp 
Caladenia oenochila G.W. Carr = Caladenia lindleyana (H.G. Reichb.) M. Clem- 
ents & D. Jones 
Caladenia parva G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 12-13(8 
Feb 1991). 
Caladenia robinsonii G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap (IV 
13-14 (8 Feb 1991). 
Caladenia simulans G.W. Carr = Caladenia dilatata R. Br. 
Caladenia tensa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 15-16 (8 
Feb 1991). Notes: A poorly understood species the existence of which has long 
been known in South Australia. It is one of a number of species within the C. 
tentaculata Schldl. complex. 
Caladenia tentaculata Schldl., Linnaea 20: 571 (1847). Type: ‘Lofty Range’, O 
Behr ex herb. W. Sonder s.n. (holo ?B+; lectotype specimen (41b) K-L! vide 
Clements, 1989). 
[Caladenia dilatata R. Br. subsp. villosissima G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & 
Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 3-4 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Notes: Carr com- 
pares this taxon with C. dilatata and makes the comment that it may be 
difficult to distinguish them apart in some instances. Caladenia dilatata 
subsp. villosissima however shares features with several species within the C. 
dilatata complex and indeed is inseparable from C. tentaculata Schldl. sens, 
lat. and is accordingly here reduced to a synonym of it. 
Caladenia thysanochila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc Pap (!)• 

Page image

553216 Caladenia venusta Muelleria 8(1): 72
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454053
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

72 
16-17(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Despite the fact that this species is currently only 
known from two plants it does appear to be distinct from all others in the 
genus and warrants the status it has been allocated pending further investi- 
gation. 
Caladenia venusta G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 17-18 
(8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia floribunda D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 25-26, f. 28 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.]. 
Caladenia verrucosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
18-19, t. (8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia rigens D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 32, t., f. 38 (5 April 1991), syn. 
nov.]. 
Caladenia versicolor G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 1 9-20 
(8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia aerochila D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1 3, t., f. 1 3 (5 April 1991), 
syn. nov.]. 
Gastrodia procera G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 22-23 (8 
Feb 1991). 
[Gastrodia entomogama D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 63, t., f. 82 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.]. 
Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr = Chiloglottis gunnii. 
Chiloglottis gunnii Lindley, Gen. Sp. Orchid. PI. 387 (1840). 
[Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. 
(1): 20—2 1 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: Carr’s taxon is without doubt con- 
specific with C. gunnii Lindley sens. str. and is here reduced to a synonym of it 
(D. Jones pers. comm.). 
Chiloglottis platychila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
21-22 (8 Feb 1991). 
CONCLUSIONS 
Of the 21 names published by Carr, eight affect the work of Jones and these 
have been reduced to synonymy of Carr’s species. In addition, five taxa described 
by Carr are conspecific with others already described elsewhere and are here 
accordingly reduced to synonyms of those names. 
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 
The production of this paper was in part supported through funding from the 
Nell and Hermon Slade Trust and the Australian Orchid Foundation. I also wish 
to thank David Kay, David Jones, and Bob Makinson for commenting on the 
manuscript. I am also most grateful to Jim Ross, Acting Chief Botanist at MEL, 
for the loan of the relevant types. 
REFERENCES 
Clements, M.A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian Orchidaceae, Aust. Orch. Res. 1: 1-160. 
Carr, G.W. (1991). New taxa in Caladenia R. Br., Chiloglottis R. Br. and Gastrodia R. Br. ( Orchida- 
ceae} i from south eastern Australia. Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. No. 1., Mel- 
Jones, D.L. (1991). New taxa of Australian Orchidaceae species. Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1-208. 
Revised manuscript accepted 22 October 1992 

Page image

553218 Caladenia verrucosa Muelleria 8(1): 72
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454053
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

72 
16-17(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Despite the fact that this species is currently only 
known from two plants it does appear to be distinct from all others in the 
genus and warrants the status it has been allocated pending further investi- 
gation. 
Caladenia venusta G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 17-18 
(8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia floribunda D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 25-26, f. 28 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.]. 
Caladenia verrucosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
18-19, t. (8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia rigens D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 32, t., f. 38 (5 April 1991), syn. 
nov.]. 
Caladenia versicolor G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 1 9-20 
(8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia aerochila D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1 3, t., f. 1 3 (5 April 1991), 
syn. nov.]. 
Gastrodia procera G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 22-23 (8 
Feb 1991). 
[Gastrodia entomogama D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 63, t., f. 82 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.]. 
Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr = Chiloglottis gunnii. 
Chiloglottis gunnii Lindley, Gen. Sp. Orchid. PI. 387 (1840). 
[Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. 
(1): 20—2 1 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: Carr’s taxon is without doubt con- 
specific with C. gunnii Lindley sens. str. and is here reduced to a synonym of it 
(D. Jones pers. comm.). 
Chiloglottis platychila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
21-22 (8 Feb 1991). 
CONCLUSIONS 
Of the 21 names published by Carr, eight affect the work of Jones and these 
have been reduced to synonymy of Carr’s species. In addition, five taxa described 
by Carr are conspecific with others already described elsewhere and are here 
accordingly reduced to synonyms of those names. 
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 
The production of this paper was in part supported through funding from the 
Nell and Hermon Slade Trust and the Australian Orchid Foundation. I also wish 
to thank David Kay, David Jones, and Bob Makinson for commenting on the 
manuscript. I am also most grateful to Jim Ross, Acting Chief Botanist at MEL, 
for the loan of the relevant types. 
REFERENCES 
Clements, M.A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian Orchidaceae, Aust. Orch. Res. 1: 1-160. 
Carr, G.W. (1991). New taxa in Caladenia R. Br., Chiloglottis R. Br. and Gastrodia R. Br. ( Orchida- 
ceae} i from south eastern Australia. Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. No. 1., Mel- 
Jones, D.L. (1991). New taxa of Australian Orchidaceae species. Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1-208. 
Revised manuscript accepted 22 October 1992 

Page image

553220 Caladenia versicolor Muelleria 8(1): 72
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454053
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

72 
16-17(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Despite the fact that this species is currently only 
known from two plants it does appear to be distinct from all others in the 
genus and warrants the status it has been allocated pending further investi- 
gation. 
Caladenia venusta G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 17-18 
(8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia floribunda D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 25-26, f. 28 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.]. 
Caladenia verrucosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
18-19, t. (8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia rigens D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 32, t., f. 38 (5 April 1991), syn. 
nov.]. 
Caladenia versicolor G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 1 9-20 
(8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia aerochila D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1 3, t., f. 1 3 (5 April 1991), 
syn. nov.]. 
Gastrodia procera G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 22-23 (8 
Feb 1991). 
[Gastrodia entomogama D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 63, t., f. 82 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.]. 
Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr = Chiloglottis gunnii. 
Chiloglottis gunnii Lindley, Gen. Sp. Orchid. PI. 387 (1840). 
[Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. 
(1): 20—2 1 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: Carr’s taxon is without doubt con- 
specific with C. gunnii Lindley sens. str. and is here reduced to a synonym of it 
(D. Jones pers. comm.). 
Chiloglottis platychila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
21-22 (8 Feb 1991). 
CONCLUSIONS 
Of the 21 names published by Carr, eight affect the work of Jones and these 
have been reduced to synonymy of Carr’s species. In addition, five taxa described 
by Carr are conspecific with others already described elsewhere and are here 
accordingly reduced to synonyms of those names. 
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 
The production of this paper was in part supported through funding from the 
Nell and Hermon Slade Trust and the Australian Orchid Foundation. I also wish 
to thank David Kay, David Jones, and Bob Makinson for commenting on the 
manuscript. I am also most grateful to Jim Ross, Acting Chief Botanist at MEL, 
for the loan of the relevant types. 
REFERENCES 
Clements, M.A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian Orchidaceae, Aust. Orch. Res. 1: 1-160. 
Carr, G.W. (1991). New taxa in Caladenia R. Br., Chiloglottis R. Br. and Gastrodia R. Br. ( Orchida- 
ceae} i from south eastern Australia. Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. No. 1., Mel- 
Jones, D.L. (1991). New taxa of Australian Orchidaceae species. Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1-208. 
Revised manuscript accepted 22 October 1992 

Page image

553161 Callistemon forresterae Muelleria 8(1): 61, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454042
Page is part of the work A new species of Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae) from east Gippsland, doi:10.5962/p.198497

Page text

A NEW SPECIES OF CALLISTEMON R. Br. (MYRTACEAE) FROM 
EAST GIPPSLAND 
W. Molyneux* 
ABSTRACT 
Molyneux, W. A new species of Callistemon R. Br. (Myrtaceae) from east Gipps- 
land. Muelleria 8(1): 61-64 (1993). — Callistemon forresterae is described. Its 
relationship with Callistemon subulatus is discussed, and a discussion is entered 
into on the secondary role of the nectary/staminal ring. An illustration is 
provided. 
INTRODUCTION 
This is the first of a number of apparently new species of Callistemon from 
eastern Gippsland to be described. Like this species, they have remained mainly 
uncollected, or sparingly so, often due to the remoteness of their localities, and the 
limited numbers of plants in populations. This species is described from material 
collected or subsequently propagated from a single specimen, which was first col- 
lected by the author as an ‘unusual form of C. subulatus a confusion caused by 
habitat and proximity in growing close to this last named species. 
All measurements and observations are taken from living material, from both 
the original collection and from subsequent second and third generation plants 
grown on the author’s property. 
TAXONOMY 
Callistemon forresterae W. Molyneux sp.nov. 
C. subulato E. Cheel affinis cortice grisea chartacea, foliis largioribus, costa prominenti in paginis 
ambabus foliorum, conflorescentia longiore malvina, floribus numero plus, staminibus numero 
plus 12(13-15)17 mm longis, fructibus largioribus et florescentia longiore differt. 
Typus: Victoria, Upper Genoa River, Gippsland, below the New South Wales 
border, 37°16'S, 149°22'E, Apr. 1980, W.M. Molyneux and S.G. Forrester sn\ 
Holotypus: MEL; Isotypi: NSW, CANB. 
Shrub, erect, compact, ± 1.2 metres tall and ± 1 metre wide, with a single 
straight main stem; branches erect; new growth sericeous pink with short, mostly 
reclining hairs, soon becoming green. Bark hard, papery, grey, whiter and tightly 
wrapped at base of stem. Leaves moderately dense, spreading at ± 45° to stem and 
branches, petioles twisted, aligning leaves more or less edge ways on to stems; 
lamina flexible, coriaceous, broadly linear to linear lanceolate, mucronate, often 
falcate, 22(33-43)55 mm long, 2. 5(3.0 & 4.0)5 mm wide, mid-vein slightly raised 
and discernible on both surfaces, margins thickened, rounded, secondary ven- 
ation not apparent, oil glands dark, scattered on both surfaces. Conflorescence 
usually distally frondose, held above horizontal or drooping, averaging 74 flowers 
per head, 60(90-120)120 mm long, 38(42-46)50 mm wide, rachis with short 
medium density sericeous hairs; green leaf-like bracts with red irregular markings, 
densely villous at base, regularly interrupt and attend flowers in upper end of 
spike, usually in top one third, as occasionally do leaves, but neither consistently; 
bracts dry chaffy brown, deciduous at or before anthesis. Perigynium 6-7 mm 
long, 2.5-3 mm wide, hirsute with short erect white hairs; sepals chaffy, 1 mm 
long, 1.8 mm wide; petals green, 4 mm long, 2.5 mm wide, with thin white mar- 
gins. Stamens 16(20)26 per flower, 12(13-15)17 mm long; filaments free, mauve; 
*Belfast Road, Montrose, Victoria, Australia 3765. 
61 

Page image

822426 Chiloglottis grammata Muelleria 8(1): 72
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454053
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

72 
16-17(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Despite the fact that this species is currently only 
known from two plants it does appear to be distinct from all others in the 
genus and warrants the status it has been allocated pending further investi- 
gation. 
Caladenia venusta G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 17-18 
(8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia floribunda D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 25-26, f. 28 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.]. 
Caladenia verrucosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
18-19, t. (8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia rigens D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 32, t., f. 38 (5 April 1991), syn. 
nov.]. 
Caladenia versicolor G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 1 9-20 
(8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia aerochila D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1 3, t., f. 1 3 (5 April 1991), 
syn. nov.]. 
Gastrodia procera G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 22-23 (8 
Feb 1991). 
[Gastrodia entomogama D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 63, t., f. 82 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.]. 
Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr = Chiloglottis gunnii. 
Chiloglottis gunnii Lindley, Gen. Sp. Orchid. PI. 387 (1840). 
[Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. 
(1): 20—2 1 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: Carr’s taxon is without doubt con- 
specific with C. gunnii Lindley sens. str. and is here reduced to a synonym of it 
(D. Jones pers. comm.). 
Chiloglottis platychila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
21-22 (8 Feb 1991). 
CONCLUSIONS 
Of the 21 names published by Carr, eight affect the work of Jones and these 
have been reduced to synonymy of Carr’s species. In addition, five taxa described 
by Carr are conspecific with others already described elsewhere and are here 
accordingly reduced to synonyms of those names. 
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 
The production of this paper was in part supported through funding from the 
Nell and Hermon Slade Trust and the Australian Orchid Foundation. I also wish 
to thank David Kay, David Jones, and Bob Makinson for commenting on the 
manuscript. I am also most grateful to Jim Ross, Acting Chief Botanist at MEL, 
for the loan of the relevant types. 
REFERENCES 
Clements, M.A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian Orchidaceae, Aust. Orch. Res. 1: 1-160. 
Carr, G.W. (1991). New taxa in Caladenia R. Br., Chiloglottis R. Br. and Gastrodia R. Br. ( Orchida- 
ceae} i from south eastern Australia. Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. No. 1., Mel- 
Jones, D.L. (1991). New taxa of Australian Orchidaceae species. Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1-208. 
Revised manuscript accepted 22 October 1992 

Page image

569915 Chiloglottis gunnii Muelleria 8(1): 72
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454053
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

72 
16-17(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Despite the fact that this species is currently only 
known from two plants it does appear to be distinct from all others in the 
genus and warrants the status it has been allocated pending further investi- 
gation. 
Caladenia venusta G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 17-18 
(8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia floribunda D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 25-26, f. 28 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.]. 
Caladenia verrucosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
18-19, t. (8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia rigens D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 32, t., f. 38 (5 April 1991), syn. 
nov.]. 
Caladenia versicolor G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 1 9-20 
(8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia aerochila D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1 3, t., f. 1 3 (5 April 1991), 
syn. nov.]. 
Gastrodia procera G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 22-23 (8 
Feb 1991). 
[Gastrodia entomogama D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 63, t., f. 82 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.]. 
Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr = Chiloglottis gunnii. 
Chiloglottis gunnii Lindley, Gen. Sp. Orchid. PI. 387 (1840). 
[Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. 
(1): 20—2 1 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: Carr’s taxon is without doubt con- 
specific with C. gunnii Lindley sens. str. and is here reduced to a synonym of it 
(D. Jones pers. comm.). 
Chiloglottis platychila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
21-22 (8 Feb 1991). 
CONCLUSIONS 
Of the 21 names published by Carr, eight affect the work of Jones and these 
have been reduced to synonymy of Carr’s species. In addition, five taxa described 
by Carr are conspecific with others already described elsewhere and are here 
accordingly reduced to synonyms of those names. 
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 
The production of this paper was in part supported through funding from the 
Nell and Hermon Slade Trust and the Australian Orchid Foundation. I also wish 
to thank David Kay, David Jones, and Bob Makinson for commenting on the 
manuscript. I am also most grateful to Jim Ross, Acting Chief Botanist at MEL, 
for the loan of the relevant types. 
REFERENCES 
Clements, M.A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian Orchidaceae, Aust. Orch. Res. 1: 1-160. 
Carr, G.W. (1991). New taxa in Caladenia R. Br., Chiloglottis R. Br. and Gastrodia R. Br. ( Orchida- 
ceae} i from south eastern Australia. Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. No. 1., Mel- 
Jones, D.L. (1991). New taxa of Australian Orchidaceae species. Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1-208. 
Revised manuscript accepted 22 October 1992 

Page image

553223 Chiloglottis platychila Muelleria 8(1): 72
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454053
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

72 
16-17(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Despite the fact that this species is currently only 
known from two plants it does appear to be distinct from all others in the 
genus and warrants the status it has been allocated pending further investi- 
gation. 
Caladenia venusta G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 17-18 
(8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia floribunda D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 25-26, f. 28 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.]. 
Caladenia verrucosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
18-19, t. (8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia rigens D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 32, t., f. 38 (5 April 1991), syn. 
nov.]. 
Caladenia versicolor G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 1 9-20 
(8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia aerochila D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1 3, t., f. 1 3 (5 April 1991), 
syn. nov.]. 
Gastrodia procera G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 22-23 (8 
Feb 1991). 
[Gastrodia entomogama D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 63, t., f. 82 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.]. 
Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr = Chiloglottis gunnii. 
Chiloglottis gunnii Lindley, Gen. Sp. Orchid. PI. 387 (1840). 
[Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. 
(1): 20—2 1 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: Carr’s taxon is without doubt con- 
specific with C. gunnii Lindley sens. str. and is here reduced to a synonym of it 
(D. Jones pers. comm.). 
Chiloglottis platychila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
21-22 (8 Feb 1991). 
CONCLUSIONS 
Of the 21 names published by Carr, eight affect the work of Jones and these 
have been reduced to synonymy of Carr’s species. In addition, five taxa described 
by Carr are conspecific with others already described elsewhere and are here 
accordingly reduced to synonyms of those names. 
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 
The production of this paper was in part supported through funding from the 
Nell and Hermon Slade Trust and the Australian Orchid Foundation. I also wish 
to thank David Kay, David Jones, and Bob Makinson for commenting on the 
manuscript. I am also most grateful to Jim Ross, Acting Chief Botanist at MEL, 
for the loan of the relevant types. 
REFERENCES 
Clements, M.A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian Orchidaceae, Aust. Orch. Res. 1: 1-160. 
Carr, G.W. (1991). New taxa in Caladenia R. Br., Chiloglottis R. Br. and Gastrodia R. Br. ( Orchida- 
ceae} i from south eastern Australia. Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. No. 1., Mel- 
Jones, D.L. (1991). New taxa of Australian Orchidaceae species. Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1-208. 
Revised manuscript accepted 22 October 1992 

Page image

535777 Dillwynia juniperina Muelleria 8(1): 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454067
Page is part of the work Dillwynia sieberi distinguished from Dillwynia juniperina (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae) in south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198493

Page text

48 
1* Most leaves ascending to widely spreading, rarely declinate, with a short 
yellowish petiole 0.4- 1.2 mm long; new growth with an indumentum of 
short appressed trichomes or rarely also with longer diverging 
trichomes 2. D. sieberi 
1. Dillwynia juniperina Lodd., Bot. Cab. 5: t. 401 (1820). Type: ‘This plant is a 
native of Van Diemen’s Island, whence we received seeds of it in the year 1818.’ 
(specimen unknown; lecto, here chosen: the plate). 
Spreading shrub to 2 m tall with short appressed and frequently also longer 
diverging peltate trichomes on the branchlets, raceme axis, pedicels, bracts, brac- 
teoles, calyx and gynoecium. Leaves rigid, sessile, glabrescent, mostly widely 
spreading or declinate, linear-subulate, trigonous with a longitudinal adaxial 
groove, 6-15 mm long, 0. 6-0.9 mm wide, apex with a pungent point 0.7- 1.2 mm 
long; stipules minute, inconspicuous. Racemes terminating the main axes or short 
lateral branches, or in the upper axils, to 4.5 cm long. Pedicels to c. 3 mm long; 
bracts ovate, often minutely pungent, mostly 1 — 1.5 mm long but the lowermost 
sometimes leaf-like; bracteoles ovate, ± minutely pungent, 0.6-1 mm long, 
attached on the pedicel just below the base of the calyx tube. Calyx 3-4.5 mm long, 
abruptly narrowed at the base; lower lobes much shorter than the tube; upper lobes 
united into a broad emarginate lip. Corolla : yellow with reddish-brown markings; 
standard transverse-elliptic or depressed ovate, emarginate, 5.5-8 mm long 
(including 1.5-2 mm claw), 6.5-10 mm wide; wings obovate, auriculate, 5-8 mm 
long (including 1.5-2. 5 mm claw), 1.2-2. 5 mm wide; keel longitudinally half- 
ovate, auriculate, 4-5.5 mm long (including 1.5-2. 5 mm claw), 1.5-2 mm wide. 
Stamens with filaments 2-4.6 mm long; anthers versatile, 0.3-0. 5 mm long. 
Gynoecium 4-5 mm long including 0.3-0. 4 mm stipe and 1.5-2. 2 mm abruptly 
hooked style, glabrous towards the stipe base and style apex; stigma capitate; 
ovules 2. Pod ovoid, turgid, c. 5-6 mm long, surrounded by the persistent remains 
of the petals; seeds unknown. 
Flowering period: August to November. Fruiting period: Immature pods col- 
lected from November to January. 
Selected Specimens ( 38 specimens examined) 
New South Wales — South Western Slopes: Benambre State Forest, 1 5 km S of Culcairn, 35°45'S, 
147°05'E, 4 Oct. 1978, J.G. Bricknelt 80 (NSW); Central Tablelands: 4 miles E of Abercrombie Caves 
near Barragan’s Mtn, 33°55'S, 149°22'E, 3 Oct. 1965, B.G. Briggs s.n. (NSW). 
Victoria — Riverina: Boweya Flora & Fauna Reserve, 12 Sep. 1985, A.C. Beauglehole 80363 
(MEL, CBG, NSW); Midlands: Warby Range, c. 5 km direct NW of Mt Warby, 36°19'S, 146°1 l'E, 1 1 
Oct. 1986, M.G. Corrick 9958 (MEL, NSW); Eastern Highlands: Rose Valley-Cheshunt Road, near 
Cheshunt, 36°51'S, 146°31'E, 10 Oct. 1 990, TJ. Entwisle 1 765 & S. Bodsworth (MEL, PERTH, CBG); 
East Gippsland: Timbarra River Natural Feature Zone, 1 4 Sep. 1 984, A.C. Beauglehole 77006 (MEL, 
Distribution 
New South Wales; Central Tablelands, Central Western Slopes and South 
Western Slopes botanical subdivisions. Victoria: Midlands, Eastern Highlands 
and East Gippsland natural regions (Conn 1993f). D. juniperina appears to be 
quite rare in New South Wales, where it is known only from near Culcairn, Trun- 
key and Bowan Park. In Victoria it has a disjunct distribution pattern, occurring 
in the Warby and Strathbogie Ranges, near Tallarook, Bruthen, Whitfield and 
Alexandra, and in the catchments of the Timbarra and Snowy Rivers. 
Habitat 
D. juniperina grows in dry sclerophyll forests and woodlands typically domi- 
nated by Box or Ironbark-type Eucalyptus species. Plants are found on hillsides or 
t 1:1 000 000 Colour map printed by National Herbarium of Victoria. 

Page image

536499 Dillwynia sieberi Muelleria 8(1): 49
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454066
Page is part of the work Dillwynia sieberi distinguished from Dillwynia juniperina (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae) in south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198493

Page text

49 
ridges where the soil is usually shallow and often skeletal. Most populations occur 
in areas where the underlying parent rock is granite. 
Discussion 
No type specimens of Loddiges are known. However, the published plate 
appears to be diagnostic for the species which has spreading to deflexed, sessile 
leaves, and accordingly we have applied the name to this taxon. In the absence of a 
specimen, we have chosen the plate as the lectotype. 
2. Dillwynia sieberi Steudel, Nomencl. Bot. ed. 2, 1: 509 (1840); — Dillwynia 
cinerascens auct. non R. Br.: DC., Prodr. 2: 109 (Nov. 1825); — Dillwynia 
juniperina Sieber ex DC., Prodr. 2: 109 (Nov. 1825), nom. inval., pro syne, — 
Dillwynia juniperina Sieber ex Benth., Comm. Legum. Gen. : 15 (1837), nom. 
illeg., non Lodd. Type: Lecto, here chosen: Sieber 411 [G-DC, microhche seen; 
isolecto: BM (2 sheets), G, K (2 sheets), W (3 sheets), MEL (1 sheet)]. 
Erect or spreading shrub to 2 m tall with short appressed peltate trichomes and 
occasionally also similar but longer diverging trichomes on the branchlets, raceme 
axis, pedicels, bracts, bracteoles, calyx and gynoecium. Leaves rigid, glabrescent, 
mostly ascending to widely spreading or rarely some declinate, linear, trigonous 
with a longitudinal adaxial groove, 7-20 mm long, 0. 4-0.8 mm wide, apex with a 
pungent point 0.5-1. 5 mm long; petioles yellowish, 0.4-1. 2 mm long; stipules 
minute, inconspicuous. Racemes terminating the main axes or short lateral 
branches, or in the upper axils, to 2.5 cm long. Pedicels to c. 3 mm long; bracts 
ovate, often minutely pungent, most 1-1.5 mm long but the lowermost sometimes 
leaf-like; bracteoles ovate, ± minutely pungent, 0.7-1 mm long, attached on the 
pedicel just below the base of the calyx tube. Calyx 3-5 mm long, abruptly nar- 
rowed at the base; lower lobes occasionally minutely pungent, much shorter than 
the tube; upper lobes united into a broad entire or emarginate lip. Corolla : yellow 
to yellow-orange with reddish-brown markings; standard transverse-elliptic or 
depressed ovate, emarginate, 5.5-9 mm long (including 1.5-2 mm claw), 7-12.5 
mm wide; wings obovate, auriculate, 5-9.2 mm long (including 1.5-2. 5 mm claw), 
2-3.3 mm wide; keel longitudinally half-ovate, auriculate, 4.5-6 mm long (includ- 
ing 1.7-2 mm claw), 1.8-2. 3 mm wide. Stamens with filaments 2. 5-4. 5 mm long; 
anthers versatile, 0.4-0. 5 mm long. Gynoecium 3. 5-5.2 mm long including 0.3- 
0.5 mm stipe and 1.2-2. 2 mm abruptly hooked style, glabrous towards the stipe 
base and style apex; stigma capitate; ovules 2. Pod ovoid, turgid, c. 5-6 mm long, 
surrounded by the persistent remains of the petals; seeds 3-3.5 mm long, c. 2 mm 
wide, dark brown-black; testa smooth; aril present. 
Flowering period: April to November. Fruiting period : Mature pods collected 
in December. 
Selected Specimens (c. 150 examined) 
Queensland — Darling Downs district: Racecourse Creek, 8 km NE of Wallangara, 28°52'S, 
151°58'E, 25 Sep. 1973, l.R. Telford 3170 (CBG, K, L, A, BISH); Moreton district: Falls Creek, 4 km 
NW of W Haldon, 27°45'S, 152WE, 2 Oct. 1988, P.I. Forster 4747 & L.H. Bird (BRI, CBG, 
MEL). 
New South Wales — Central Coast: On the N side of the Old Pitt Town Road, 1 km from the 
Saunders Road intersection towards Scheyville Road, 33°37'S, 150°54'E, 19 Nov. 1986, M.M. 
Richardson 46, G. Butler & S. Corbett (CBG, MEL); Central Coast: Kemps Creek, 33°53'S, 
1 50°47’30”E, 7 Sep. 1982, R.G. Coveny 11280&P. Hind (NSW, CBG); Northern Tablelands: Bakers 
Creek Falls, c. 20 km E of Armidale, 30°33'S, 1 5 1°54'E, 31 Oct. 1984, M.D. Crisp 75 1 1 & J.M. Taylor 
(CBG, MEL, NSW); Northern Tablelands: Gwydir Highway, 52.8 km E of Inverell, 29°44'S, 
1 5 1°34’30”E, 1 0 Sep. 1 986, R.G. Coveny 12360 & J. Dalby (NSW, CBG); Southern Tablelands: 3 km 
from Bungonia along road to Goulburn, 34°50'S, 149°55'E, 24 Jul. 1988, M.D. Crisp 8197 (CBG, A, 
NSW); Southern Tablelands: 1.0 km along road to Captains Flat from the Kings Hwy turn-off, 35°21'S, 
149°16'E, 25 Sep. 1986, M.D. Crisp 7847 & J.D. Briggs (CBG, JRAU, MEXU, MO); North Western 
Slopes, 2 km past Copeton Dam on road from Inverell towards Bingara, 3 Sep. 1975, B. Muffett 
M5/289 (CBG); Central Western Slopes: Mitchell Hwy, 15.7 km W of Dubbo on route to Nyngan 
32°14'S, 148°23'E, 17 Aug. 1987, R.G. Coveny 12593, P. Cuneo & B. Weicek (NSW, CBG). ' 

Page image

645547 Ditremis laevigata Muelleria 8(1): 1-2, Fig 1A, B

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 8(1): 1-2, Fig 1A, B".

645548 Ditremis pacifica Muelleria 8(1): 3, Fig, 1C, D
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454112
Page is part of the work New saxicolous species of Ditremis Clements (Lichenized Ascomycotina, Monoblastiaceae) from New Zealand and Hawaii, doi:10.5962/p.198485

Page text

3 
Ditremis pacifica McCarthy, sp. nov. 
Thallus epilithicus, continuus vel rimosus, pallide viridogriseus. Algae ad Trentepohliam perti- 
nentes. Perithecia fere superficialia, (0.24-)0.35(-0.44) mm diametro. Involucrellum 45-65 pm 
crassum. Asci fissitunicati, 8-spori, elongatae-cylindrici, (68-)75(-83) x ( 1 1 -) 1 4(- 1 7) pm 
Ascosporae 1-septatae, obovatae vel elongatae-ellipsoideae, (15-)18.5(-21.5) x (4.5-)6(-8) pm. 
Microconidia lata ellipsoidea vel obovata, 3— 5(-6) x 1.5-2.5(-3) pm. 
Holotypus: United States of America, Hawaiian Is., Oahu, Mokuleia, gulch NW 
of Peacock Flats, on shaded boulders in and near stream-bed, alt. 1200 feet, on 
siliceous rocks, 5 Mar. 1966, O. & I Degener 3038 Id (B 049768). 
Thallus epilithic, crustose, diffuse to determinate, continuous to rimose, pale 
greenish grey, U V — , K — , colour scarcely changing when wetted with water, matt, 
smooth, 30-60 pm thick, impregnated with rock crystals. Algae TrentepohliaAike, 
subglobose, 7-15x7-12 pm. Mycobiont cells 2-3 pm wide. Prothallus not appar- 
ent. Perithecia compound, 1/3-immersed to superficial, very numerous, usually 
solitary, (0.24-)0.35(-0.44) mm diam. Apex rounded to somewhat flattened. Invo- 
lucrellum dull black, extending almost to excipulum-base level, 45-65 pm thick, 
brown-black in thin section. Ostiole apical, in a 60-120 pm wide depression. 
Centrum subglobose to globose, 0.16-0.25 mm diam. Excipulum pale brown at 
the base, darkening towards the apex, 11-16 pm thick. Pseudoparaphyses richly 
branched and anastomosing, septate, 0.7-1 pm wide. Periphyses absent. Asci 
fissitumcate, elongate-cylindrical, 8-spored, (68-)75(-83) x ( 1 1 -) 1 4(- 1 7) pm; 
contents IKI+ red-brown. Ascus wall 1.5-2.5(-3) pm thick at the sides, 4-6 pm 
thick at the apex, IKI — ; ocular chamber c. 3 um wide, 1-1.5 pm tall, hemispheri- 
cal or truncate. Ascospores colourless, 1 -septate, irregularly biseriate in the ascus, 
obovate or elongate-ellipsoid, distal cell frequently larger, uniformly thin-walled, 
usually slightly constricted at the septum, (1 5-)l 8.5(-2 1.5) x (4.5-)6(-8) pm (50 
measured); surface smooth, without an epispore; contents clear. Conidiomata 
numerous, semi-immersed to almost superficial, black and hemispherical to sub- 
conical above, colourless below, 0.09-0.13 mm diam., with a non-convoluted 
conidiogenous layer and unbranched conidiophores. Microconidia broadly ellip- 
soid to obovate, 3— 5(-6) x 1 .5— 2.5(-3) pm. Macroconidia not seen. (Fig. 1C,D). 
Discussion 
Ditremis pacifica is characterized by a thin pale thallus, perithecia are larger 
than those of other known saxicolous Ditremis, 1 -septate ascospores and ellipsoid 
to elongate-ellipsoid microconidia. It is known only from its Hawaiian type 
locality. It is rather close to D. laevigata, from which it may be separated by its 
thinner and paler thallus, larger perithecia and thicker involucrellum. 
Key to the Saxicolous species of Ditremis 
1 Ascospores persistently 1 -septate 2 
1 Ascospores 1-3-septate ”” ” " .5 
2 Thallus endolithic, calcicolous. Perithecia immersed to emergent. Asci 105— 
125 x 15-18 pm. Ascospores 20-25 x 6. 5-8. 5 pm. Microconidia 3-5 x 1-1 5 
pm. Puerto Rico and Florida (Harris 1990) D. finkii R. C. Harris 
2 Thallus epilithic, silicolous. Asci less than 85 pm long 3 
3 Asci 40-53 x 10-15 um. Ascospores 9— 1 5(- 1 7) x 3.5-6 pm. Perithecia 
(0. 13-)0. 19(-0.25) mm diam.; centrum 0.09-0.13 mm diam. Austria, Sweden 
north-eastern U. S. A.. (Clauzade & Roux 1985, Harris 1975) ’ 
D. carinthiaca (Steiner) R. C. Harris [syn. Anisomeridium dimidiatum (Fink) 
R. C. Harris] 
3 Asci 63-83 x 11-17 pm. Ascospores 12-22.5x4.5-8 pm. Perithecia 0. 1 7-0 44 
mm diam.; centrum 0.15-0.23 mm diam 4 

Page image

822425 Gastrodia entomogama Muelleria 8(1): 72
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454053
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

72 
16-17(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Despite the fact that this species is currently only 
known from two plants it does appear to be distinct from all others in the 
genus and warrants the status it has been allocated pending further investi- 
gation. 
Caladenia venusta G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 17-18 
(8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia floribunda D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 25-26, f. 28 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.]. 
Caladenia verrucosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
18-19, t. (8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia rigens D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 32, t., f. 38 (5 April 1991), syn. 
nov.]. 
Caladenia versicolor G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 1 9-20 
(8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia aerochila D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1 3, t., f. 1 3 (5 April 1991), 
syn. nov.]. 
Gastrodia procera G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 22-23 (8 
Feb 1991). 
[Gastrodia entomogama D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 63, t., f. 82 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.]. 
Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr = Chiloglottis gunnii. 
Chiloglottis gunnii Lindley, Gen. Sp. Orchid. PI. 387 (1840). 
[Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. 
(1): 20—2 1 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: Carr’s taxon is without doubt con- 
specific with C. gunnii Lindley sens. str. and is here reduced to a synonym of it 
(D. Jones pers. comm.). 
Chiloglottis platychila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
21-22 (8 Feb 1991). 
CONCLUSIONS 
Of the 21 names published by Carr, eight affect the work of Jones and these 
have been reduced to synonymy of Carr’s species. In addition, five taxa described 
by Carr are conspecific with others already described elsewhere and are here 
accordingly reduced to synonyms of those names. 
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 
The production of this paper was in part supported through funding from the 
Nell and Hermon Slade Trust and the Australian Orchid Foundation. I also wish 
to thank David Kay, David Jones, and Bob Makinson for commenting on the 
manuscript. I am also most grateful to Jim Ross, Acting Chief Botanist at MEL, 
for the loan of the relevant types. 
REFERENCES 
Clements, M.A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian Orchidaceae, Aust. Orch. Res. 1: 1-160. 
Carr, G.W. (1991). New taxa in Caladenia R. Br., Chiloglottis R. Br. and Gastrodia R. Br. ( Orchida- 
ceae} i from south eastern Australia. Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. No. 1., Mel- 
Jones, D.L. (1991). New taxa of Australian Orchidaceae species. Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1-208. 
Revised manuscript accepted 22 October 1992 

Page image

569914 Gastrodia procera Muelleria 8(1): 72
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454053
Page is part of the work The status of recently named orchids from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198499

Page text

72 
16-17(8 Feb 1991). Notes: Despite the fact that this species is currently only 
known from two plants it does appear to be distinct from all others in the 
genus and warrants the status it has been allocated pending further investi- 
gation. 
Caladenia venusta G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 17-18 
(8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia floribunda D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 25-26, f. 28 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.]. 
Caladenia verrucosa G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
18-19, t. (8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia rigens D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 32, t., f. 38 (5 April 1991), syn. 
nov.]. 
Caladenia versicolor G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 1 9-20 
(8 Feb 1991). 
[Caladenia aerochila D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1 3, t., f. 1 3 (5 April 1991), 
syn. nov.]. 
Gastrodia procera G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. ( 1 ): 22-23 (8 
Feb 1991). 
[Gastrodia entomogama D. Jones, Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 63, t., f. 82 (5 April 
1991), syn. nov.]. 
Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr = Chiloglottis gunnii. 
Chiloglottis gunnii Lindley, Gen. Sp. Orchid. PI. 387 (1840). 
[Chiloglottis grammata G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. 
(1): 20—2 1 (8 Feb 1991), syn. nov.] Note: Carr’s taxon is without doubt con- 
specific with C. gunnii Lindley sens. str. and is here reduced to a synonym of it 
(D. Jones pers. comm.). 
Chiloglottis platychila G.W. Carr, Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. (1): 
21-22 (8 Feb 1991). 
CONCLUSIONS 
Of the 21 names published by Carr, eight affect the work of Jones and these 
have been reduced to synonymy of Carr’s species. In addition, five taxa described 
by Carr are conspecific with others already described elsewhere and are here 
accordingly reduced to synonyms of those names. 
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 
The production of this paper was in part supported through funding from the 
Nell and Hermon Slade Trust and the Australian Orchid Foundation. I also wish 
to thank David Kay, David Jones, and Bob Makinson for commenting on the 
manuscript. I am also most grateful to Jim Ross, Acting Chief Botanist at MEL, 
for the loan of the relevant types. 
REFERENCES 
Clements, M.A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian Orchidaceae, Aust. Orch. Res. 1: 1-160. 
Carr, G.W. (1991). New taxa in Caladenia R. Br., Chiloglottis R. Br. and Gastrodia R. Br. ( Orchida- 
ceae} i from south eastern Australia. Indig. Flora & Fauna Assoc. Misc. Pap. No. 1., Mel- 
Jones, D.L. (1991). New taxa of Australian Orchidaceae species. Aust. Orch. Res. 2: 1-208. 
Revised manuscript accepted 22 October 1992 

Page image

533325 Gonocarpus pycnostachyus Muelleria 8(1): 27-29

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 8(1): 27-29".

822408 Hybanthus enneaspermus stellarioides Muelleria 8(1): 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454097
Page is part of the work Hybanthus stellarioides, new combination (Violaceae), a widespread species from eastern Australia and Papua New Guinea, doi:10.5962/p.198487
488106 Hybanthus enneaspermus stellarioides Muelleria 8(1): 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454097
Page is part of the work Hybanthus stellarioides, new combination (Violaceae), a widespread species from eastern Australia and Papua New Guinea, doi:10.5962/p.198487
822407 Hybanthus enneaspermus stellarioides Muelleria 8(1): 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454097
Page is part of the work Hybanthus stellarioides, new combination (Violaceae), a widespread species from eastern Australia and Papua New Guinea, doi:10.5962/p.198487
553137 Hybanthus stellarioides Muelleria 8(1): 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454097
Page is part of the work Hybanthus stellarioides, new combination (Violaceae), a widespread species from eastern Australia and Papua New Guinea, doi:10.5962/p.198487

Page text

18 
Given the lack of intermediates and the relatively high number of morpho- 
logical discontinuities between the two, it is concluded that both taxa should be 
recognised at specific level and the relevant change of status for H. stellarioides is 
made. 
TAXONOMY 
Hybanthus stellarioides (Domin) P. Forster comb, et stat. nov. 
Basionym: Hybanthus enneaspermus var. stellarioides Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 
983 (1928);//. enneaspermus subsp. stellarioides (Domin) E. Bennett, Nuytsia 1 : 
229 (1972). Typus: Queensland, Cook District, in rupibus collis apud. opp. 
Yarraba, Jan. 1910, K. Domin 6794 (Holotypus: PR n.v.). 
Illustration: K.A.W. Williams, Native PI. Queensl. 1:161 (1979). 
Annual herb to 30 cm high. Stems with scattered to sparse, antrorse to divar- 
icate simple trichomes. Leaves alternate, subsessile; lamina linear, linear-lanceo- 
late or elliptic-ovate, 12-80 mm long, 2-8 mm wide, discolorous, entire or with 
occasional marginal tooth; venation obscure, with scattered to sparse trichomes; 
margins recurved, never revolute. Stipules linear, 0.8-1 mm long; venation 
obscure. Flowers solitary in leaf axils; peduncle filiform, 3-13 mm long, glabrous 
or with scattered indumentum; bracts triangular, 0.6-1 mm long, c. 0.3 mm wide; 
pedicels 2-4.5 mm long, with scattered to sparse indumentum. Sepals lanceolate- 
ovate, 2. 5-4. 5 mm long, 0.8- 1.2 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered trichomes. 
Corolla orange; anterior petal spathulate, 10-14 mm long, 5-9.5 mm wide; outer 
lateral petals linear-oblong, 3-4.2 mm long, 1.3-1. 5 mm wide; inner lateral petals 
lanceolate-falcate, 4-5 mm long, 1.8-2 mm wide. Filaments filiform, dimor- 
phous, 3 posterior ones short, 2 anterior ones ± equal in length to anthers and 
with hair- tipped nectaries; anthers elliptic-oblong, 0.7-0.8 mm long, c. 0.5 mm 
wide. Capsule 5. 5-7. 5 mm long, 3-6 mm diameter; seeds 5-10, ovoid-ellipsoid, 
1.8-2. 2 mm long, 1.2- 1.4 mm diameter, usually longitudinally ribbed and ± pit- 
ted between the ribs, yellow. 
Distribution and Conservation Status 
Widespread in subcoastal and coastal eastern Australia, from central New 
South Wales more or less continuously in subcoastal and coastal eastern Australia 
northward to near Cairns. There are a few apparently disjunct collections on Cape 
York Peninsula and one collection from southern Papua New Guinea. 
The species is very common and not rare or threatened. 
Habitat 
H. stellarioides grows in sandy or rocky soils of various types in eucalypt- 
dominated open forests from near sea level up to 500 m altitude. Flowering plants 
are most noticeable in late summer and autumn, with seeding occurring from 
autumn onwards. In most instances the plants appear annual, as opposed to H. 
enneaspermus which appears to be at least biennial. 
Representative Specimens (66 specimens examined) 
Papua New Guinea — Western Province, Penzara between Morehead and Wassi Kussa Rivers, 
Dec. 1936, L.J. Brass 8434 (BRI). 
Queensland — Cook District, Iron Range, 11 June 1948, L.J. Brass 19128 (BRI); Northern base 
Round Mt, Embley Range, 13 June 1992, P.I. Forster 10458 & T. Kenning (BRI); Turtle Beach Lizard 
Island, 7 Oct. 1 988, G.N. Batianoff 10341 (BRI). North Kennedy District, Mt Aberdeen National Park 
29 May 1992, P.I. Forster 10005 et at. (BRI); “Taravale” near Hell Hole Creek, 22 Mar. 1987, B.R. 
Jackes 8711 (BRI). South Kennedy District, Horseshoe Bay, Keswick Island, 36 km NE of Mackav 26 
Mar 1 989, G.N. Batianoff 1 1099 (BRI); Peak Downs Highway, 1 7 km W of Moranbah turnoff, 26 Mar. 
1989, 1. Champion 436 (BRI). Leichhardt District, Salvator Rosa National Park, 28 Mar. 1983, M.E. 
Ballingall 999 (BRI); Blackdown Tableland, c. 32 km SE of Blackwater (campsite on Mimosa Creek) 
24 Apr. 1971, R.J. Henderson 816 et al. (BRI). Port Curtis District, Dry Creek close to Forestry Bar- 

Page image

553154 Isoetes drummondii drummondii Muelleria 8(1): 58
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454039
Page is part of the work Notes on Isoetes and Tmesipteris in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198496
553155 Isoetes drummondii anomala Muelleria 8(1): 58
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454039
Page is part of the work Notes on Isoetes and Tmesipteris in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198496
553151 Isoetes pusilla Muelleria 8(1): 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454038
Page is part of the work Notes on Isoetes and Tmesipteris in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198496

Page text

NOTES ON ISOETES AND TMESIPTERIS IN VICTORIA 
R.J. Chinnock* 
ABSTRACT 
Chinnock, R.J. Notes on Isoetes and Tmesipteris in Victoria. Muelleria 8(1): 57- 
60 (1993). — A new species of Isoetes, I. pusilla Marsden & Chinnock, and a new 
subspecies, I. drummondii subsp. anomala Marsden & Chinnock, are described 
and illustrated. Tmesipteris obliqua Chinnock is also described as a new species 
and replaces T. billardieri Endl. an illegitimate name. 
INTRODUCTION 
The second volume of the Flora of Victoria is expected to be published in the 
latter part of 1993, before Volume 48 (Gymnospermae and Pteridophyta) of the 
Flora oj Australia. For this latter work I have prepared treatments of a number of 
fern and fern-ally groups some of which contain new taxa and three of these are 
required for use in the Flora of Victoria so they are here treated formally. 
ISOETES F. 
In 1979 C. Marsden, who had undertaken a morphological and taxonomic 
study of Isoetes in Australasia and surrounding areas, submitted a doctoral thesis 
to the University of Adelaide. Unfortunately this work, which included a number 
of new species and taxa of lower rank, was never formally published but with the 
permission of Dr Marsden I have prepared a modified treatment of the Australian 
species for the Flora of Australia based on his thesis. I have not altered in any way 
his concepts in Isoetes with the exception of raising a variety to subspecies. 
1. Isoetes pusilla Marsden & Chinnock, sp. nov. 
Isoetes pusilla Marsden ex Britton & Brunton, Fern Gaz. 14, 2:79 (1991) 
nom. nud. 
Herba amphibia parva, cormo bilobo vel trilobo; foliis 4-8, spiratim depositis, flexibilibus; fibris 
peripheralibus et pilis internis absentibus; stomatibus praesentibus; ligula late triangula; labio 
absenti; sporangiis ellipticis ad orbiculatis, translucentibus; velamene sporangium tegenti; 
microsporis superficiebus proximalibus laevibus, superficie distali spinea; megasporis typis I, 
0.35-0.45 mm diametro; superficiebus proximalibus cristis humilibus acutis anastomosantibus, 
superficie distali reticulata, in sicco alba vel cana. 
Typus: Victoria, Mt Pilot Scenic Reserve, N of Beechworth, 8 Dec. 1973, A.C. 
Beauglehole 43797 (Holotypus: AD; Isotypus: MEF). 
Small amphibious herb. Conn very small, 0.3-0.5 cm in diam., 2- or 3-lobed, 
lobes small. Roots brownish, thin and wiry. Leaves 4-8, 2-6 cm long ± erect or 
recurved, light green with pale bases. Peripheral fibre strands and internal hairs 
absent, stomates present. Lacunar walls 1-2 cells thick, translacunar diaphragms 
clearly visible (fresh or dried) through leaves. Leaf bases dilated into translucent 
membranous wings 4-5 mm across at base and extending a short distance along 
the leaf margins above the sporangium, tapering gradually. Ligule minute, tri- 
angular, broader than long, c. 0.75 mm across. Labium absent. Velum present, 
pale, translucent, usually completely covering the sporangia. Sporangia very 
small, orbicular to elliptic, 1.5-2 x 2-3 mm, megasporangia containing 10-20 
megaspores. Sporangial wall thin, translucent, wall cells not thickened, rarely pig- 
mented. Megaspores monomorphic, Type I (see Marsden 1976, p. 42) only pro- 
duced, 345-435 pm in diam., white or pale grey when dry, ornamented on both 
*State Herbarium, Botanic Gardens, North Terrace, Adelaide, Australia 5000 
57 

Page image

553163 Marsilea costulifera Muelleria 8(1): 65, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454046
Page is part of the work A new species of Marsilea L. (Marsileaceae) from Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198498

Page text

A NEW SPECIES OF MARSILEA L. (MARSILEACEAE) FROM 
AUSTRALIA 
David L. Jones* 
ABSTRACT 
Jones, David L. A new species of Marsilea L. (Marsileaceae) from Australia. 
Muelleria 8(1): 65-67 (1993). — Marsilea costulifera is described and illustrated 
with notes on distribution and habitat. 
INTRODUCTION 
The opportunity is taken here to formally describe an entity related to Mar- 
silea angustifolia R. Br., to facilitate use of the new name in the ‘Flora of Victoria’. 
Chinnock (1978) was the first to recognize the distinctiveness of this taxon and his 
interpretation has been followed in other publications (Chinnock 1 986, Duncan & 
Isaac 1986), although Andrews (1990) treated M. angustifolia in the broad sense 
while noting the comments of Chinnock. 
TAXONOMY 
Marsilea costulifera D.L. Jones sp. nov. 
M. angustifoliae R. Br. affinis sed habitu robusto minore, foliolis brevioribus oblanceolatis vel 
cuneatis, squamis sporocarpiorum parvioribus et sporocarpiis minoribus costatis valde et con- 
cavis dorsaliter differt. 
Holotypus: New South Wales: Gilgunnia, 32°25 , S, 145°56'E, 31 Dec. 1903, W. 
Baeuerlen 3175 (NSW). 
Rhizomatous perennial fern forming patches; rhizomes slender, creeping, 
rooted at nodes, much-branched, glabrous except at the tips, bearing sterile fronds 
and sporocarps. Sterile fronds arising in clusters at nodes, erect on plants growing 
in mud, floating when growing in water; stipes 1-12 cm long, glabrous or hairy; 
juvenile sterile fronds often with a single small obovate leaflet; mature sterile 
fronds with 4 leaflets; leaflets oblanceolate to cuneate, 1 — 12 mm long, 1-5 mm 
wide, glabrous or sparsely hairy, outer margin entire, flat to shallowly rounded, 
arranged unequally at the apex of the stipe. Sporocarps clustered, borne singly on 
unbranched pedicels, 2.5-3 mm long, 1.8-2 mm wide, c. 1 mm thick, at right 
angles to the pedicel, brown, densely scaly, distinctly ribbed, apex broadly 
rounded, upper surface concave, one basal tooth prominent, the apex of the pedi- 
cel forming a second less-prominent, tooth-like protruberance; pedicels 1-2 mm 
long, more or less shorter than the sporocarp, glabrous or scaly. (Fig. 1) 
Representative Specimens (55 collections examined, all at Herb. NSW) (an 
additional 36 collections are located at MEL ed.) 
New South Wales — Cumberoona Reserve, Bowna, 35°57'S, 147°07'E, 18 Apr. 1948, E.J. 
McBarron 168 T, Corowa Rd, Albury, 36°02'S, 146°42'E, 16 Oct. 1947, E.J. McBarron 1 759; ‘Pelora’ c. 
80 km north-west of Louth, 30°18'S, 144°40'E, 22 Sep. 1978, C.W.E. Moore\ Mulwarrina Ck, Mul- 
gowan Station, south of Bourke, 30°33'S, 145°49'E. 17 Oct. 1963, E.F. Constable 4567B\ Cobar 
township. 31°30'S, 145°50'E, 11 Nov. 1969, E.J. McBarron 18421A; Doonside, 33°46'S, 150°52'E, 
Apr. 1967, R. Coveny s.n.\ c. 5 km north-east of ‘Noonarah’ homestead, 30°08'S, 143°56'E 40ct 1971 
J.C. De Nardi 909.' 
Victoria — (the following collections at MEL have not been seen by the author but have been 
added to indicate the distribution of this species in Victoria ed.) -33 miles W of Mildura, 25 Oct. 1 972, 
A.C. Beauglehole 40647; Lake Powell, 16 km SE of Robin vale, 4 May 1977, AC. Beauglehole 56162- c. 
2 km ESE of Toolern Vale, Dec. 1988, I. Tankard s.n.; Wyperfield National Park Vh miles SW of 
*Australian National Botanic Gardens, P.O. Box 1777, Canberra, ACT, Australia 2601. 
65 

Page image

553166 Pterostylis basaltica Muelleria 8(1): 75, fig. 2a-d
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454056
Page is part of the work New species of Pterostylis R. Br. (Orchidaceae) from Victoria and New South Wales, doi:10.5962/p.198500

Page text

75 
Distribution and Habitat 
Known with certainty only from the vicinity of the type locality in Victoria. 
The Victorian habitat is mountainous and the species grows on flats along the 
floodplain of a stream in tall open forest, with a few plants occurring on moist 
slopes in small side gullies. Soils are grey to brown clay loams. 
Flowering Period 
November and December. 
Notes 
This species has been confused with P. cucullata R. Br. but has much smaller 
leaves, a thinner scape and larger, more angular flowers in which the labellum 
protrudes prominently from the sinus. Other floral differences include a much 
longer dorsal sepal and petals, narrower and less scabrid lateral sepals with longer 
free points, a longer, narrower, more prominently curved labellum and a longer, 
narrower stigma. The two species occupy different habitats with P. cucullata 
growing mainly in coastal and near-coastal habitats, although it does extend some 
distance inland in Victoria. Some collectors have suggested that the new species 
may be of hybrid origin perhaps involving P. cucullata and P. furcata Lindley. 
Although both species grow in the general area, only P. furcata grows in the 
immediate vicinity and the new species is represented by several small but actively 
reproducing colonies. 
Conservation Status 
Of restricted occurrence but poorly known and apparently some plants re- 
cently damaged by herbicides; suggest 2VK by criteria of Briggs & Leigh (1989). 
Etymology 
From the Latin aenigma, obscure, puzzling, baffling; in reference to the 
puzzling origin and distribution of this species. 
Pterostylis basaltica D. Jones et M. Clements species nova 
affinis P. excelsae M. Clements a qua floribus manifeste variegatae; sepalis lateralibus latioribus; 
labelli setis paucioribus brevioribus, lobo basali multo majore et apice producto, differt. 
Typus: Victoria: near Woorndoo, 37° 55'S, 142° 57'E, 31 Dec. 1991, P- Barnett 
s.n. ( D.L . Jones 8689 ) (Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: CBG, MEL, AD). 
Solitary, tuberous, terrestrial herb. Leaves elliptical, 15-28 mm x 6-9 mm, 
8-15 in a stem-encircling, radical rosette, usually senescent at flowering. Inflor- 
escence 9-25 cm tall, slender to moderately stout, with 3-5 sheathing, ovate- 
lanceolate, acuminate stem leaves 1 5-30 mm x 7-9 mm. Floral bracts 10-20 mm 
long ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, closely sheathing. Pedicels 8-30 mm long. 
Ovary 6-9 mm long. Flowers 1-15, transparent with green or greenish-brown 
suffusions, porrect to semi-erect; galea gibbous at the base, curved uniformly, 
decurved suddenly to the apex; proximal flanges of petals separated and not 
touching at the base of the galea. Dorsal sepal 12-14 mm long, cucullate, obliquely 
erect, abruptly decurved in distal third, 3 brown lines prominent, apical point 6-9 
mm long, filiform, acuminate, straight or usually upcurved. Lateral sepals 
deflexed, green to greenish-brown with translucent areas; conjoined part flat or 
shallowly concave, 6-7 mm x 9- 1 2 mm, the margins slightly thickened, with a few 
short clear cilia on the exterior surface; sinus narrow, the segments divergent; free 
points 12-15 mm long, filamentous, deflexed, c. 5 mm apart at the tips. Petals 
ovate-lanceolate, 14-16 mm x 5-6 mm, slightly falcate, acuminate, transparent 
with brown lines, dorsal ridge with numerous cilia, proximal flange poorly devel- 
oped. Labellum highly irritable on a curved claw c. 3.5 mm long; lamina more or 
less ovate, 4. 5-5. 5 mm x 2.7-3 mm, greenish to brownish, moderately thin, con- 
stricted in the proximal quarter, widest at base and near the middle, narrowed to a 

Page image

553168 Pterostylis cheraphila Muelleria 8(1): 76, fig. 2e-h
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454057
Page is part of the work New species of Pterostylis R. Br. (Orchidaceae) from Victoria and New South Wales, doi:10.5962/p.198500

Page text

76 
somewhat drawn-out, subacuminate apex; lateral margins with 6-8 pairs of white, 
obliquely erect trichomes, the proximal pair longest (c. 3 mm long), widely spread- 
ing; basal lobe whitish, swollen, with 4 trichomes c. 1 . 5 mm long; underside with a 
narrow deep central channel extending nearly to the apex, bordered by a white 
siliceous band. Column 12-14 mm long, curved. Column wings c. 3 mm x 2 mm, 
more or less rectangular, anterior margins incurved, ciliate. Stigma 5. 5-6. 5 mm x 
c. 2 mm, narrowly elliptical, upper margin coarsely crenate. Anther c. 2 mm long, 
obtuse. Pollinia c. 2 mm long, linear-clavate, yellow, mealy. Capsule not seen. (Fig. 
2 a-d) 
Distribution and FIabitat 
Endemic to south-western Victoria. Grows among rocks on basalt outcrops 
which are scattered in grassland and sparse woodland, often with Acacia para- 
doxa, in red-brown loam. Grasses predominate in the habitat, particularly 
Themeda triandra, and the orchids can be difficult to discern at flowering 
time. 
Flowering Period 
November to January. 
Notes 
This species, part of the Pterostylis excelsa complex, can be distinguished 
from P. excelsa by its generally broader flowers (especially the lateral sepals), 
prominent markings and the labellum which has fewer, shorter marginal trich- 
omes, a much larger basal lobe and the mid-lobe tapers to a drawn-out apex. It is 
one of very few species of the ‘rufa’ group to grow on soils of basaltic origin. 
Conservation Status 
Apparently uncommon to rare, perhaps restricted to roadside verges and not 
conserved (P. Barnett pers. comm.); suggest 2E according to Briggs and Leigh 
(1989). 
Etymology 
In reference to its apparent prediliction for growing on basaltic soils. 
Pterostylis cheraphila D. Jones et M. Clements species nova 
affinis P. maximae M. Clements et D. Jones sed foliis brevioribus angustioribus rosulatis; 
floribus minoribus nitentibus brunneis; et labello minore, anguste ovato ad ovato. 
Typus: Victoria: Wimmera River, near Dimboola, 36°25'S, 141°59'E, 20 Oct. 
1989, P. Branwhite s.n. ( D.L . Jones 5333) (Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: CBG, 
MEL). 
Solitary, tuberous, terrestrial herb. Leaves linear-ovate to linear-elliptical, 6- 
22 mm x 3-6 mm, sessile to subsessile, obtuse to acute, 6-12 in a radical, stem- 
encircling rosette, usually senescent at flowering. Scape 6-25 cm tall, slender to 
moderately stout, with 3-5 closely sheathing, ovate-lanceolate, acute to acumi- 
nate stem leaves. Floral bracts 12-25 mm long, ovate-lanceolate, closely sheath- 
ing, acute to acuminate. Pedicels 10-22 mm long, slender. Ovary 8-10 mm long. 
Flowers 1-7, transparent with dark reddish-brown suffusions in the galea, shiny, 
porrect to semi-erect; galea strongly gibbous at the base, more or less gently 
curved, although somewhat flattened at the top, decurved suddenly to the apex; 
proximal petal flanges widely separated and not closing off the base of the galea. 
Dorsal sepal 13-17 mm long, cucullate, obliquely erect, abruptly decurved in the 
distal quarter, apical point 7-1 1 mm long, filiform, long-acuminate, porrect to 
upcurved. Lateral sepals deflexed, reddish brown, shiny; conjoined part shallowly 
concave, 6-8 mm x 10-14 mm, the margins slightly incurved, with numerous 
white trichomes c. 0.5mm long; sinus very narrow, the lobes divergent; free points 

Page image

553170 Pterostylis chlorogramma Muelleria 8(1): 78, fig. 1(j-m)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454059
Page is part of the work New species of Pterostylis R. Br. (Orchidaceae) from Victoria and New South Wales, doi:10.5962/p.198500
553172 Pterostylis petrosa Muelleria 8(1): 79, fig. 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454060
Page is part of the work New species of Pterostylis R. Br. (Orchidaceae) from Victoria and New South Wales, doi:10.5962/p.198500

Page text

79 
brownish. Lateral sepals deflexed, oblong, 13-16 mm x 6-7 mm, slightly curved 
forwards near the apex, inner surface minutely scabrous; sinus narrow, lobes 
divergent; free points 4-5 mm long, 5-6 mm apart at the apex, green or brownish. 
Petals 14-16 mm x 2.5-3 mm, slightly falcate; central ridge prominent; proximal 
posterior flange c. 2 mm across, well-developed, obtuse; distal posterior flange c. 
0.5 mm wide; anterior flange 2.5-3 mm wide, transparent, margins entire. Label - 
lum narrowly oblong, c. 7 mm x 2.5-3 mm, slightly constricted in distal third, 
emerald green with a dark green basal mound and central callus, rarely wholly 
brownish green; basal mound c. 2 mm thick, prominent, erect, apex truncate, 
covered with beaded siliceous cells; lateral lobes c. 5-5.5 mm long, moderately 
well developed, ridged and somewhat spreading in the distal half, covered with 
beaded, siliceous cells, a few protruding clear, acicular cells to 0.3 mm long on the 
proximal margins; mid-lobe c. 1.7 mm long, the apex strongly upcurved, pale 
green, covered with beaded siliceous cells, densely margined with clear, short aci- 
cular cells; apex notched for c. 0.5 mm, the lobes divergent. Column c. 1 4 mm long, 
curved, green. Column wings c. 3 mm x 3 mm, more or less rectangular, anterior 
margins incurved, with numerous flat cilia c. 1 mm long; upper lobe c. 0.6 mm 
long, ovoid, obtuse. Stigma c. 6 mm x 1.8 mm, narrow-elliptical, apex broadly 
notched, distal margins crenulate. Anther c. 1.4 mm long, shortly rostrate. Pollinia 
c. 1.8 mm long, linear-oblong, yellow, mealy. Capsule not seen. (Fig. 1 j-m) 
Distribution and Habitat 
Apparently endemic to south-eastern Victoria. Grows in moist open forest 
among herbs and shrubs in shallow, grey-brown clay loams. 
Flowering Period 
July to September. 
Notes 
P. chlorogramma has affinities with P. smaragdyna D. Jones & M. Clements 
but has smaller, narrower flowers which are much paler with prominent dark 
green stripes. It also has narrowly oblong lateral sepals and a smaller, narrower 
labellum with smaller, less protruding lateral lobes. These differences become 
obvious when flattened labella of the two taxa are compared (see Fig. 1). P. chlor- 
ogramma can be distinguished readily from P. longifolia R. Br. by its much larger 
flowers, petals with prominent flanges which block off the base of the galea and a 
much larger, emerald green labellum. 
Conservation Status 
Apparently of restricted distribution and uncommon to rare. Known to be 
conserved in Wilson’s Promontory National Park but threatened by gravel extrac- 
tion activities at other sites (G. Glare pers. comm.). Suggest status of 3 VC by 
criteria of Briggs & Leigh (1989). 
Etymology 
From the Greek, chloros, green, gramme, line; in reference to the prominent 
green lines on the flowers. 
Pterostylis petrosa D. Jones et M. Clements species nova 
affinis P. bisetae Blackmore et Clemesha sed planta multo breviore; galea latiore; sepalorum 
apicibus brevioribus filamentosis; sepalis lateralibus latioribus; petalis majoribus; et labello 
longiore angustiore elliptico ad paene oblongo. 
Typus: New South Wales; The Rock, JSNb'S, 147°07'E, 7 December 1988, A.E. 
Logan s.n. (Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: CBG, NSW). 
Solitary, tuberous, terrestrial herb. Leaves narrowly elliptical to narrowly 
obovate, 15-25 mm x 6-9 mm, sessile to subsessile, obtuse to subacute, 6-10 in a 

Page image

553177 Pterostylis planulata Muelleria 8(1): 81, fig. 2i-l
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454062
Page is part of the work New species of Pterostylis R. Br. (Orchidaceae) from Victoria and New South Wales, doi:10.5962/p.198500

Page text

81 
Distribution and Habitat 
Apparently endemic to southern New South Wales where it occurs on dis- 
junct rock outcrops in the Riverina District. It grows in sandy loams in rock 
crevices and ledges under sparse forest. 
Flowering Period 
September to November. 
Notes 
This species, part of a complex around P. biseta Blackmore and Clemesha, 
can be distinguished by its shorter growing habit, wider galea, shorter free points 
on the sepals, larger petals and a longer, oblong-elliptical to elliptical labellum. 
Conservation Status 
Of restricted distribution but conserved; suggest 2EC by criteria of Briggs and 
Leigh (1989). 
Etymology 
From the Greek petrosa, rocky, stony; in reference to the habitat and also an 
oblique reference to the type locality. 
Pterostylis planulata D. Jones et M. Clements species nova 
affinis P. bisetae Blackmore et Clemesha sed planta multo graciliore floribus minoribus virid- 
ibus; labelio oblongo-ovoideo ad oblongo-obovoideo viride ad basin minus constricto; et sepalis 
ubi unitis vadose concavis vel fere planis. 
Typus: Victoria; Mt. Zero, northern end of the Grampians, 36°54'S, 142°22'E, 26 
November 1991, P. Branwhites.n. ( D.L . Jones 859 1){ Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: 
CBG, MEL). 
Solitary, tuberous, terrestrial herb. Leaves 18-30 mm x 4.5-8 mm, linear- 
elliptical to linear-ovate, sessile to subsessile, subacute to acute, 5-8 in a sparse 
radical stem-encircling rosette, usually senescent at flowering. Scape 10-20 cm 
tall, slender, with 3 or 4 closely sheathing, ovate to lanceolate, acute to acuminate 
stem leaves. Pedicels 10-24 mm long, slender. Ovary 5-7 mm long. Flowers 1-7, 
transparent with green darker green lines and patches in the galea, porrect; galea 
gibbous at the base, more or less gently curved, decurved suddenly to the apex; 
proximal petal flanges nearly closing off the base of the galea. Dorsal sepal 12-15 
mm long, cucullate, obliquely erect, abruptly decurved in distal quarter, green 
with dark green lines and transparent areas, apical point 20-30 mm long, filiform, 
long acuminate, porrect to decurved. Lateral sepals deflexed, green with dark 
green lines and transparent areas; conjoined part very shallowly concave to almost 
flat, 6-8 mm x 4-5 mm, the margins slightly incurved, with numerous white 
trichomes c. 1 mm long; sinus narrow, the lobes divergent; free points 20-35 mm 
long, filamentous, more or less parallel. Petals obovate-lanceolate, 14-17 mm x 
5-6 mm, acuminate, curved at the base, transparent with green lines, dorsal ridge 
with numerous trichomes, proximal flange poorly developed. Labellum highly 
irritable on a curved claw c. 3.3 mm long; lamina oblong-ovate to oblong-obovate, 
5.5-7 mm x 3-3.5 mm, dark green, thin textured, barely constricted in distal 
quarter, widest above the middle, margins irregularly undulate, apex upcurved to 
cymbiform; lateral margins with 9-12 pairs of short stiff white spreading trich- 
omes c. 1mm long; basal lobe raised, sloped backwards, a pair of prominent, erect 
trichomes c. 3 mm long arising from a swollen area near the constriction; under- 
side with a broad, shallow central channel extending nearly to the apex, bordered 
by a band of siliceous cells. Column 13-16 mm long, strongly curved in distal 
third. Column wings c. 4 mm x 3 mm, more or less rectangular, anterior margins 
incurved, ciliate; barrier cilia maniliform, entire. Stigma 6-7 mm x c. 2 mm, 
narrowly elliptical, upper margins irregularly toothed. Anther c. 1.3 mm long, 

Page image

553178 Pterostylis smaragdyna Muelleria 8(1): 82, fig. 2f-i
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454063
Page is part of the work New species of Pterostylis R. Br. (Orchidaceae) from Victoria and New South Wales, doi:10.5962/p.198500

Page text

82 
obtuse. Pollinia c. 1.6 mm long, linear-clavate, yellow, mealy. Capsule not seen. 
(Fig. 2 i-1) 
Distribution and Habitat 
Endemic to south-western Victoria where occuring on the northern outliers of 
the Grampians. Grows in shallow grey sand on sandstone rock ledges and in 
crevices in the scant protection of low shrubs. 
Flowering Period 
October and November. 
Notes 
P. planulata is part of a complex of taxa surrounding P. biseta Blackmore and 
Clemesha. It can be distinguished from P. biseta by its more slender habit and 
smaller green flowers, with an oblong-ovate to oblong-obovate green labellum 
which is scarcely constricted at the base. The conjoined part of the lateral sepals, 
being shallowly concave to nearly flat, is also very distinctive. 
Conservation Status 
Apparently of restricted distribution and uncommon to rare, although con- 
served; suggest 2RC according to Briggs and Leigh (1989). 
Etymology 
From the Latin planus, even flat, level; in reference to the shallowly concave 
to nearly flat lateral sepals. 
Pterostylis smaragdyna D. Jones et M. Clements species nova 
affinis P. longifoliae R. Br. a qua floribus majoribus, petalis base umbonato prominenti basem 
galeae obstructenti, et labello permajore, smaragdyno differt. 
Typus: Victoria; Ironbark Rd. Diamond Creek, 37°41'S, 145°10'E, 9 July 1987, 
H.M.E. Richards 201 (Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: CBG, MEL). 
Terrestrial tuberous herb. Rosette a separate plant, on a slender stalk 2-5 cm 
tall; leaves 3-5, linear-lanceolate to narrow-ovate, 9-35 mm x 4-8 mm, dark green 
above, smooth and paler beneath acute sessile or shortly petiolate. Flowering 
plants 9-55 cm tall. Stem leaves 5-7, 2-10 cm x 3-6 mm, linear-lanceolate to 
lanceolate, sessile, obliquely erect, dark green above, paler beneath, margins 
recurved, apex acute, sheathing at the base. Floral bracts 10-17 mm x 4-8 mm, 
ovate, acuminate, closely sheathing. Pedicel 5-20 mm long, straight. Ovary 6-7 
mm long, dark green, smooth to slightly verrucose. Flowers 1-10, 17-22 mm long, 
obliquely erect, translucent green with darker green stripes and suffusions, some- 
what shiny; galea curved throughout, curving downwards from near the middle 
and then suddenly near the apex; petals with broad proximal flanges which block 
off the base of the galea. Dorsal sepal 18-22 mm x 12 mm, more or less ovate, 
broadly inflated in the proximal half then tapered to apex, apical point c. 1 mm 
long, brownish. Lateral sepals deflexed, narrowly-elliptical, 16-19 mm x 7-8 mm, 
slightly curved forwards near the apex, inner surface minutely scabrous; sinus 
narrow, lobes divergent; free points 6-7 mm long, 4-5 mm apart at the apex, green 
or brownish. Petals 15-16 mm xc. 4 mm, slightly falcate; central ridge prominent; 
proximal posterior flange c. 2 mm across, well-developed, obtuse; distal posterior 
flange c. 0.5 mm wide; anterior flange 2.5-3 mm wide, transparent, acute margins 
entire. Labellum c. 8 mm x 4 mm, more or less oblong, emerald green with a dark 
green basal mound and central callus, mid-lobe paler; basal mound c. 2.5 mm 
thick, prominent, erect, apex obtuse covered with beaded siliceous cells and very 
short clear, acicular cells; lateral lobes 6-6.5 mm long, well developed, ridged and 
widely spreading in the distal half, covered with beaded, siiceous cells, numerous 
protruding clear, acicular cells to 0.3 mm long on the proximal margins; mid-lobe 

Page image

553165 Pterostylis ×aenigma Muelleria 8(1): 73, fig. 1 a-e
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454054
Page is part of the work New species of Pterostylis R. Br. (Orchidaceae) from Victoria and New South Wales, doi:10.5962/p.198500

Page text

NEW SPECIES OF PTEROSTYLIS R. Br. (ORCHIDACEAE) FROM 
VICTORIA AND NEW SOUTH WALES 
David L. Jones and Mark A. Clements* 
ABSTRACT 
Jones, David L. and Clements, Mark A. Muelleria 8(1): 73-83 (1993). — Ptero- 
stylis aenigma, P. basaltica, P. cheraphila, P. chlorogramma, P. planulata and 
P. smaragdyna from Victoria and P. petrosa from southern New South Wales (all 
Orchidaceae) are described as new. 
INTRODUCTION 
As part of continuing research into the systematics of Australian Orchidaceae 
(Clements 1989, Jones and Clements 1989a, 1989b, Jones 1991), the following 
species of Pterostylis R. Br. are described as new. All are from south-eastern Aus- 
tralia, with the majority being endemic to Victoria. The descriptions facilitate the 
preparation of the accounts of the genus for the ‘Flora of Victoria’ and ‘Flora of 
Australia’. 
TAXONOMY 
Pterostylis aenigma D. Jones et M. Clements species nova 
affinis P. cucullatae R. Br. sed habitu graciliore, flore majore angulosiore, sepalo dorsali et petalis 
multo longioribus, sepalis lateralibus angustioribus minus scabridis cum apicibus filiformibus 
longioribus, iabello longiore angustiore multo curvato, et stigmate longiore angustiore differt. 
Typus: Victoria, Knocker Track, Omeo, 37°06'S, 147°36 , E, 11 Dec. 1989, R. 
Clark s.n. (Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: CBG, MEL). 
Tuberous, terrestrial herb growing in small groups. Rosette semi-basal around 
the scape to cauline; leaves 3-4, oblong-elliptical to oblong-lanceolate, 4-6 cm x 
15-18 mm, mid green to dark green, entire, obtuse; petioles 4- 1 0 mm x 2-3 mm, 
narrowly winged. Scape 15-28 cm tall, slender, smooth. Sterile bract 3-5 cm x 
10-14 mm, linear-lanceolate, sheathing at the base. Fertile bract similar. Ovary 
10-12 mm long, strongly ribbed. Flower solitary, 40-44 mm long, translucent 
white, striped and suffused with green and brown; galea gibbous at the base then 
erect before bending forwards, then flat or slightly decurved to the apex. Dorsal 
sepal 5. 5-6.4 cm x 1 8-22 mm, inflated at the base then constricted and tapered to 
the acute apex, white with a dark median stripe, green margins and a green apex. 
Lateral sepals erect, loosely embracing the galea; sinus protruding as a slight bulge 
when viewed from the side, deeply ve-eed when viewed from the front; conjoined 
part 18-20 mm x c. 10 mm, narrowed to c. 4 mm across at the base, pale brown 
with darker stripes and suffusions, the ventral surface minutely scabrid, the upper 
margins inrolled, gradually tapered into the free points; free points 25-36 mm 
long, linear-tapered, involute, erect, held high above the galea. Petals 4-4.5 cm x 
7-8 mm, obliquely linear-lanceolate, slightly falcate, subacute, central part white, 
rest green or brown; flange c. 1.3 mm across, flat, obtuse. Labellum erect, curved 
forwards prominently in the distal third, the apex protruding prominently 
through the sinus in the set position; lamina 18-21 mm x 3.5-4 mm, linear to 
linear-elliptical, tapered to the obtuse apex, dark chocolate brown throughout; 
callus c. 1 mm across, slightly raised, expanded at the apex; basal appendage 5-5.5 
mm long, linear, shallowly curved, apex penicillate. Column 1 8-20 mm long, bent 
away from the ovary at about 50 degrees then erect, green. Column wings 6-7 mm 
*Australian National Botanic Gardens, GPO Box 1777, Canberra, ACT, Australia 2601. 
73 

Page image

822413 Pultenaea baeckeoides Muelleria 8(1): 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454036
Page is part of the work Notes on Pultenaea gunnii Benth. (Fabaceae) in Australia and description of a new subspecies from Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198495
569910 Pultenaea gunnii Muelleria 8(1): 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454036
Page is part of the work Notes on Pultenaea gunnii Benth. (Fabaceae) in Australia and description of a new subspecies from Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198495

Page text

NOTES ON PULTENAEA GUNNII Benth. (FABACEAE) IN AUSTRALIA 
AND DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SUBSPECIES FROM VICTORIA 
M.G. Corrick* 
ABSTRACT 
Corrick, M.G. Notes on Pultenaea gunnii Benth. (Fabaceae) in Australia and 
description of a new subspecies from Victoria. Muelleria 8(1): 55-56 (1993). — 
Pultenaea gunnii in Australia is discussed and several names are reduced to syn- 
onymy. A new subspecies, P. gunnii subsp. tuberculata, is described from Victoria. 
It is noted that P. gunnii subsp. gunnii collected from southern New South Wales 
in 1837 has not subsequently been recorded in that state. 
INTRODUCTION 
Pultenaea gunnii is a polymorphic species within which several varieties have 
been described; apart from one distinctive population from the Brisbane Range in 
Victoria, these have proved impossible to circumscribe when viewed against the 
range of variation exhibited in currently available collections of which over 250 
have been examined. Some existing names are therefore reduced to synonymy 
under P. gunnii and a new subspecies from the Brisbane Range is described. 
P. gunnii is widespread in Tasmania and in central and eastern Victoria. It 
was also collected in New South Wales by Mueller from ‘barren ranges near Mount 
Imlay’, in September 1860, but has apparently not been collected subsequently 
from that locality. 
TAXONOMY 
Pultenaea gunnii Benth. in Comm. Legum. Gen. 18 (June 1837). Type: ‘Van 
Diemen’s land Gunn’. (Possible Syntypes: (2 sheets) MEL 1600255 and 
504796). 
P. gunnii Benth. var. prostrata Hook.f. FI. Tasmaniae 1:88 (May 1856). Type: 
not clearly designated. 
P. gunnii Benth. var. erecta Hook.f. FI. Tasmaniae 1:88 (May 1856) nom. 
illeg. as this appears to be the type variety. 
P. gunnii Benth. var. baeckeoides Rodway. The Tasmanian Flora p. 33 
(1903). Type: ‘on dry hills’. (Possible Syntype: MEL 35439). 
P. gunnii Benth. var .flava Ewart in Viet. Nat. 24: 1 90 (Apr. 1 908). Holotype: 
Wandin, 11 Oct. 1907, P.R.H. St John (MEL 627540). 
P. gunnii Benth. var. planifolia F. Muell. ex Williamson, in Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Viet. 32 (ns.) Pt. 2 : 215 (1920). Lectotype (here selected): Mueller s.n., no date or 
locality (MEL 1600288; see notes below). 
P. baeckeoides A. Cunn. ex Benth. in Comm. Leg. Gen. 19 (June 1837). Type: 
Van Diemens Land, A. Cunn. 
COMMENTS 
Williamson’s publication of P. gunnii var. planifolia F. Muell. cites the type as 
a ‘broad-leaved form from Badger Head, Tas.’ There are two sheets in MEL 
labelled var. planifolia in Mueller’s hand-writing; both are undated and without 
locality details. On one of these sheets there is also a fragment (presumably broken 
from the main specimen) which was recovered from Williamson’s Herbarium. 
This fragment is labelled ‘var. planifolia ’ in Williamson’s hand-writing. There is 
*1 Glenluss Street, Balwyn, Victoria, Australia 3103. 
55 

Page image

557126 Pultenaea gunnii gunnii Muelleria 8(1): 56
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454037
Page is part of the work Notes on Pultenaea gunnii Benth. (Fabaceae) in Australia and description of a new subspecies from Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198495
557125 Pultenaea gunnii tuberculata Muelleria 8(1): 56
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454037
Page is part of the work Notes on Pultenaea gunnii Benth. (Fabaceae) in Australia and description of a new subspecies from Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198495
822411 Pultenaea gunnii baeckeoides Muelleria 8(1): 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454036
Page is part of the work Notes on Pultenaea gunnii Benth. (Fabaceae) in Australia and description of a new subspecies from Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198495
822410 Pultenaea gunnii erecta Muelleria 8(1): 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454036
Page is part of the work Notes on Pultenaea gunnii Benth. (Fabaceae) in Australia and description of a new subspecies from Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198495
822412 Pultenaea gunnii flava Muelleria 8(1): 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454036
Page is part of the work Notes on Pultenaea gunnii Benth. (Fabaceae) in Australia and description of a new subspecies from Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198495
553149 Pultenaea gunnii planifolia Muelleria 8(1): 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454036
Page is part of the work Notes on Pultenaea gunnii Benth. (Fabaceae) in Australia and description of a new subspecies from Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198495
822409 Pultenaea gunnii prostrata Muelleria 8(1): 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454036
Page is part of the work Notes on Pultenaea gunnii Benth. (Fabaceae) in Australia and description of a new subspecies from Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198495
553146 Pultenaea victoriensis Muelleria 8(1): 51, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454032
Page is part of the work A new species of Pultenaea (Fabaceae) in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198494

Page text

A NEW SPECIES OF PULTENAEA (FABACEAE) IN VICTORIA 
M.G. Corrick* 
ABSTRACT 
Corrick, M.G. A new species of Pultenaea (Fabaceae) in Victoria. Muelleria 8(1): 
51-53 (1993). — Pultenaea victoriensis M.G. Corrick sp. nov. from western 
Victoria is described as new. 
PULTENAEA VICTORIENSIS 
Pultenaea victoriensis M.G. Corrick sp. nov. 
P. scabra R. Br. affinis foliis glabris, marginibus tuberculatis; stipulis adpressis, 1-1.5 mm longis; 
inflorescentia terminali flore singulari (raro floribus duobus), bracteis infernis persistentibus; 
bracteolis glabris, 3.5-5 mm longis; 1.5-2 mm latis differt. 
Typus: Victoria, Western Grampians, Victoria Range Track, 3-4 km south of 
its junction with Victoria Range Road, 14 Nov. 1991, M.G. Corrick 10793 
(Holotypus: MEL; Isotypi: PERTH, CBG, HO, K). 
Shrub 0.5-3 m high, young branchlets covered with appressed tubercle based 
hairs, older branches becoming glabrous-tuberculate and finally glabrous. Leaves 
alternate; lamina more or less flat on upper surface with mid-rib depressed and 
margin slightly recurved; cuneate or obovate to oblong 4— 1 3(- 1 5) mm long x 2- 
4(-5) mm wide, tip obtuse or emarginate with short, blunt, recurved mucro; upper 
surface shiny, minutely tuberculate towards the edges and round the margin; 
lower surface dull and paler than the upper, midrib prominent and minutely 
tuberculate; petiole 0.75-1 mm long, tuberculate and occasionally on young 
growth with a few short hairs which extend to the base of the undersurface of the 
leaf. Stipules 1 - 1 . 5(-2) mm long, appressed to the stem. In florescence usually of a 
single flower or rarely two at the tips of the short lateral branchlets. Bracts 6-9 per 
flower, broadly to narrowly ovate, 1.5-8 mm long x 1.5-5 mm wide, mid-brown, 
scarious, glabrous except for ciliate margins and a small pubescent patch at the 
base; bracts initially completely enclosing the developing bud but inner bracts 
deciduous at anthesis leaving 2-3 small outer bracts persistent. Calyx 6-8 mm 
long, densely covered with appressed silky hairs, lobes acuminate 1 .5-2 mm long, 
upper two lobes slightly broader and less deeply divided than lower three. Brac- 
teoles 3.5-5 mm long x 1.5-2 mm wide, mid-brown, scarious, glabrous except for 
ciliate margins and a few pale hairs at the base, inserted at about the middle of the 
calyx tube and extending beyond the tips of the calyx lobes. Standard 11-14 mm 
long x 11-14 mm wide, deep yellow with a pale patch at the base surrounded by 
dark red radiating lines, wings deep yellow 10-11 mm long, 3-3.5 mm wide, keel 
petals dark red shading to cream at the base 10-11 mm long, 3-3.5 mm wide. 
Stamens 10, free, filaments 9-10 mm long. Ovary sessile, 2 ovulate, 2-2.5 mm 
long, style slender and gently curved 7-7.5 mm long, ovary and base of style 
densely covered with pale appressed hairs. Pod broadly and obliquely ovate 7-9 
mm long, lower half pubescent and enclosed by the calyx, glabrous internally, seed 
obliquely ovoid 2.5-3 mm long x 2 mm wide, dark brown with aril intricately 
divided into a cluster of slender threads. (Fig. 1) 
Representative Specimens (total number examined 13) 
Victoria — Grampians, Victoria Range, Mt Thackeray, 26 Jan. 1969, A.C. Beauglehole 30350 
(MEL); Castle Rock, 11 Dec. 1966, J.H. Willis & A.C. Beauglehole s.n. (MEL 663306); Victoria Range 
Track, 28 Nov. 1965, M.G. Corrick 5871a (MEL, PERTH). 
*7 Glenluss Street, Balwyn, Victoria, Australia 3103 
51 

Page image

553157 Tmesipteris obliqua Muelleria 8(1): 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454041
Page is part of the work Notes on Isoetes and Tmesipteris in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198496

Page text

60 
The epithet refers to the abnormal condition of this subspecies which does not 
produce microspores and has largely Type III megaspores. 
TMESIPTERIS Bernh. 
Tmesipteris obliqua Chinnock, sp. nov. 
T. billardieri Endl., Prod. FI. Norf. 6 (1833) nom. illeg. 
Surculi aerii 1 5-70 cm longi, unici vel semel furcate, pendentes vel plus minusque erecti, foliis 
spiralibus, 2 vel 3 per cm, 1 2-28 mm longis, 4- 1 2 mm latis, oblongo-lanceolatis, basibus obliquis 
apicibus truncatis ad emarginatis raro aliquot obtusis. Synangium biconicum, 5-9 mm 
longum. 
Type: Tasmania, below Russel Falls, Mt Field National Park, Dec. 1974, R.J. 
Chinnock P1007 (Holotype: AD; Isotype: HO). 
Plant epiphytic or rarely terrestrial. Aerial shoots 1 5-70 cm long, continuing 
growth for several years but eventually terminated by a small sterile or sporoge- 
nous leaf, unbranched or occasionally forked once, pendulous or rarely suberect, 
lower portion of shoot below leaves ribbed only on one side. Leaves spirally 
arranged, 2-3 per cm, 12-30 mm long, 4-12 mm wide towards base, broadly 
oblong-lanceolate, base oblique with adaxial margin parallel to branch near base 
and then abruptly projecting away from it, apex truncate to emarginate, rarely 
some obtuse, mucronate, surfaces shiny. Synangia at intervals along stem or 
towards tip, biconic, gradually tapering, persistent, 5-9 mm long, length c. 3 times 
height, n = c. 200, 203-210, 208-214, H.N. Barber, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 82: 
203 (1957). Long fork-fern. 
Distribution and Ecology 
Tmesipteris obliqua extends from southern New South Wales through Vic- 
toria and Tasmania where it is common on the trunks and bases of tree-ferns, 
Todea barbara and in humus accumulations on banks and around tree bases. In 
terrestrial situations the shoots become suberect but curved in the distal part. 
Notes 
Unfortunately Endlicher (1833) included Psilotum truncatum R. Br. in the 
synonymy of his new species T. billardieri thus making the name illegitimate. 
Tmesipteris obliqua is the largest and most robust of the Australian species 
with aerial shoots attaining lengths of up to 70 cm although shoots of 20-40 cm are 
more commonly encountered. The leaves, which can be up to 12 mm wide, have 
very oblique bases and the specific epithet is derived from this feature. 
Selected Specimens 
Victoria — Kallista, Monbulk Forest, 15 Jun. 1958, R. Schodde 779 (AD, CANB); Aire River, 
base of Phillips track, 19 Oct. 1984, R.J. Chinnock 6478 (AD, MEL). 
New South Wales — Mt Wilson, 1 4 Apr 1953, R. Melville 3 7 75 & M.D. Tindale (K, MEL); 10 km 
NNW of Bemboka, 2 Oct. 1982, I.R. Telford 8852 (AD, CBG, NSW). 
Tasmania — Derwent, no date. R. Brown (Bennett No. 1 22) (MEL 52375); Mt Wellington, 8 Jan. 
1931. E.A. Atkinson 5§(CANB); Brittons Swamp, 21 km SW of Smithton, 29 Nov. 1974, R.J. Chin- 
nock P965 (AD. HO). 
REFERENCES 
Britton, D.M. & Brunton, D.F. (1991a). Isoetes x hickeyi in Canada. Fern Gaz. 14: 17-22. 
Britton, D.M. & Brunton, D.F. (1991b). The spores and affinities of Isoetes taiwanensis. Fern Gaz. 14: 
73-81. 
Marsden C.R. (1973). The genus Isoetes in South Australia. B.Sc. Honors thesis. Department of 
Botany, Adelaide (unpublished). 
Marsden C R. ( 1 976). Morphological variation and taxonomy of Isoetes muelleri A.Br. J. Adelaide Bot. 
Card. 1:37-54. 
Marsden C.R. ( 1 979). Morphology and taxonomy of Isoetes in Australasia, India, north-east & south- 
east Asia, China & Japan. Ph.D. thesis. Department of Botany, Adelaide (unpublished). 
Manuscript accepted 14 September 1992 

Page image

553179 Triglochin alcockiae Muelleria 8(1): 85, fig. 1a & e, fig. 2 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454120
Page is part of the work New Australian species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) formerly included in Triglochin procerum R. Br, doi:10.5962/p.198501

Page text

NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF TRIGLOCHIN L. (JUNCAGINACEAE) 
FORMERLY INCLUDED IN T. PROCERUM R. Br. 
Helen I. Aston* 
ABSTRACT 
Aston, H.I. New Australian species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) formerly 
included in T. procerum R. Br. Muelleria 8(1): 85-97 (1993). — Triglochin 
alcockiae, Triglochin microtuberosum, Triglochin multifructum and Triglochin 
rheophilum are described as new species from eastern Australia. Notes on diag- 
nostic features, geographical distribution and habitat preferences accompany 
each description. Maps are included. 
INTRODUCTION 
This paper is a precursor to a full revision of the tuberous-rooted species of 
Triglochin L. found within Australia. It is published now in order to make the new 
names available in time for the forthcoming ‘Flora of Victoria’. 
The descriptions are presented in the same format to be used for other species 
in the full revision. This will allow direct comparison between all species. The 
revision will include further discussion of the details given here. 
Triglochin L. has been treated by different authors as either feminine or neu- 
ter but Rauschert (1974) argued that it should correctly be accepted as neuter. Dr 
L.A.S. Johnson (in litt.) has assured me that Rauschert’s argument is sound. The 
spelling Triglochin procera is therefore correctly Triglochin procerum and other 
epithet endings follow suit. 
TAXONOMY 
Triglochin alcockiae H.I. Aston sp. nov. 
Triglochin procerum ‘S-w Vic’, Aston in litt. 
T. procero R.Br. tuberibus parvioribus, l-3plo tantum longioribus quam latioribus, fructibus 
paucioribus typice latioribus quam longioribus, marginibus ventralibus carpellorum fructican- 
tium affixis non nisi secus infernum 20%-39% longitudinem carpelli distinguitur. 
Typus: Victoria, c. 38 km (straight line) south-west of Horsham. Swamp at north 
end of Toolondo Reservoir. 36° 59'S, 141° 56'E. Common in still, tannin-stained 
to clear fresh water few-30 cm deep. 9 Nov. 1988, H.I. Aston 2705 (Holotypus: 
MEL 705957; Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, CBG, HO, K, MEL 705956 & 705962 & 
705963 & spirit material, NSW, PERTH). 
Rhizomes vertical, 1.7-7 cm long x 7-10 mm diam., bearing short fine soft 
fibres to 2 cm long, rarely to 1 1 cm. Tubers ellipsoid, obloid or globular to oblan- 
ceolate or obovate, 8-20(-28) mm long x 5- 1 2 mm diam. (length 1 .0-3.0 times the 
diam.), terminating roots 5-35 mm long; each root 0.3-2. 3 times as long as its 
tuber. Leaves (6-)26-9 1 cm long x ( 1 -) 2-8 mm wide, dorsiventral, medium-green 
and glossy above, paler beneath, bending below the water surface, the emerged 
portions floating and maintaining contact with the water along their whole length 
(or sometimes held semi-erect by surrounding herbage), ± linear, flat to slightly 
plano-convex in T.S., shortly tapered, obtuse, moderately thickened and spongy 
toward the base, sheathed over the lower 1 6%— 38% of the leaf length. T.S. leaf 
about 3 cm below the sheath summit, narrowly piano- to concavo-convex, width 
3. 8-4. 3 times the thickness; each side of sheath 2. 1-2.6 mm wide, equal c. 34%- 
45% of the leaf width. Stems in fruit 28-8 1 cm long (including the infructescence) 
* c/o National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
85 

Page image

553180 Triglochin microtuberosa Muelleria 8(1): 88, figs 1b&f, 3 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454123
Page is part of the work New Australian species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) formerly included in Triglochin procerum R. Br, doi:10.5962/p.198501
625190 Triglochin microtuberosum Muelleria 8(1): 88, figs 1b&f, 3 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454123
Page is part of the work New Australian species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) formerly included in Triglochin procerum R. Br, doi:10.5962/p.198501
553181 Triglochin multifructa Muelleria 8(1): 90, figs 1c&g, 4 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454125
Page is part of the work New Australian species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) formerly included in Triglochin procerum R. Br, doi:10.5962/p.198501

Page text

90 
humic silt, loamy-peat, grey loam, loamy to pure or gravelly sand, gravelly-mud or 
(one record) clay; substrate often trampled by cattle which graze the Triglochin. 
Sites typically in cleared grassy pastures; recorded also from natural Casuar- 
ina/Gahnia swampland and from cleared swampland previously occupied by 
Melaleuca ericifolia. Associated species recorded are Eleocharis sphacelata, Jun- 
cus sp., J. usitatus, Cyperus sp., C. gunnii, Myriophyllum sp., Triglochin procerum, 
Cotula coronopifolia, Ludwigia peploides , Potamogeton ochreatus, and Utricularia 
sp. 
A lowland species, mostly from c. 3-100 m altitude. Highest record c. 400 m 
C Telford 2699). 
Flowers and fruits recorded all months from August to May, particularly 
November to April. 
Notes 
When dry, the distinctive stalk of approximately the basal quarter or third of 
the fruit is narrowed through shrinking and may .superficially be mistaken for an 
extension of the pedicel. The remainder of the fruit then appears depressed- 
globular. 
Some collections ( Aston 2791, 2792) from Morpeth, New South Wales, had 
unusual elongated spindle-shaped tubers to 30 mm long x 3 mm diam. on roots to 
28 mm long. Other tubers and roots, and the proportions of these, agreed with the 
descriptions and measurements given in the main description above. 
Diagnosis and Etymology 
Triglochin microtuberosum has distinctive small numerous tubers terminat- 
ing very short roots so that the tubers are clustered closely against the rhizome. 
The more or less pear-shaped fruit with squat summit, stalk-like base and absence 
of dorsal ridges is also distinctive, the (5 or)6 carpels being ventrally attached over 
most of their length and more or less triangular in cross-section. 
A helpful characteristic, although partly shared with the eastern variant of T. 
procerum, is the more or less cylindrical shape of the lower leaf as seen in cross- 
section below the sheath summit. Here the leaf blade is thickly spongy, i.e. the 
blade is deep in comparison with its width, and the sheaths are curved and usually 
touching to overlapping. 
The epithet microtuberosum refers to the small clustered tubers which allow 
even vegetative recognition of this species. 
Triglochin multifructum H I. Aston sp. nov. 
Triglochin procerum agg., form A, Robb & Ladiges (1981). 
Triglochin procerum ‘A’, Aston in litt. 
Triglochin procero R.Br. fructibus parvioribus, numerosis plus, farctis ( 1 4—27 per 1 cm 
rhachidis), globosis in circumferentia sed porcatis prominentibus maturitate distinguitur. 
Typus: New South Wales, c. 11 km ± north-east of Barham, 35°34'01"S, 
144°12'06"E. In 25 cm of slow-flowing water in small irrigation channel through 
open farmland. Common. < 80 m altitude. 1 9 Apr. 1 987, H.I. Aston 2656 (Holo- 
typus: MEL 705960; Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, MEL 705959 & spirit material, 
NSW). 
Rhizomes horizontal to upcurved, to 1 1.5 cm long x 14-18 mm diam., bear- 
ing long fine soft fibres 1-6 cm long. Tubers narrow-ellipsoid or narrow-obovoid 
to ellipsoid or obovoid, rarely broad-obovoid, 1 3-40 mm long x 4-14 mm diam. 
(length 1.3-5. 2 times the diam.), terminating roots (8-)20-100 mm long; each 
root 1 — 4(— 5.7) times as long as its tuber. Leaves 43-133 cm long x 3.5— 1 7 (—34) 
mm wide, dorsi ventral, deep green and glossy above, paler yellowish-green below, 
floating or sometimes with an emerged curve or with the extremities of younger 
shorter leaves emergent and erect, shortly tapered, obtuse-acute, thickened and 
spongy toward the base, sheathed over the lower 14%-20°/o of the leaf length. T.S. 

Page image

625205 Triglochin multifructum Muelleria 8(1): 90, figs 1c&g, 4 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454125
Page is part of the work New Australian species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) formerly included in Triglochin procerum R. Br, doi:10.5962/p.198501

Page text

90 
humic silt, loamy-peat, grey loam, loamy to pure or gravelly sand, gravelly-mud or 
(one record) clay; substrate often trampled by cattle which graze the Triglochin. 
Sites typically in cleared grassy pastures; recorded also from natural Casuar- 
ina/Gahnia swampland and from cleared swampland previously occupied by 
Melaleuca ericifolia. Associated species recorded are Eleocharis sphacelata, Jun- 
cus sp., J. usitatus, Cyperus sp., C. gunnii, Myriophyllum sp., Triglochin procerum, 
Cotula coronopifolia, Ludwigia peploides , Potamogeton ochreatus, and Utricularia 
sp. 
A lowland species, mostly from c. 3-100 m altitude. Highest record c. 400 m 
C Telford 2699). 
Flowers and fruits recorded all months from August to May, particularly 
November to April. 
Notes 
When dry, the distinctive stalk of approximately the basal quarter or third of 
the fruit is narrowed through shrinking and may .superficially be mistaken for an 
extension of the pedicel. The remainder of the fruit then appears depressed- 
globular. 
Some collections ( Aston 2791, 2792) from Morpeth, New South Wales, had 
unusual elongated spindle-shaped tubers to 30 mm long x 3 mm diam. on roots to 
28 mm long. Other tubers and roots, and the proportions of these, agreed with the 
descriptions and measurements given in the main description above. 
Diagnosis and Etymology 
Triglochin microtuberosum has distinctive small numerous tubers terminat- 
ing very short roots so that the tubers are clustered closely against the rhizome. 
The more or less pear-shaped fruit with squat summit, stalk-like base and absence 
of dorsal ridges is also distinctive, the (5 or)6 carpels being ventrally attached over 
most of their length and more or less triangular in cross-section. 
A helpful characteristic, although partly shared with the eastern variant of T. 
procerum, is the more or less cylindrical shape of the lower leaf as seen in cross- 
section below the sheath summit. Here the leaf blade is thickly spongy, i.e. the 
blade is deep in comparison with its width, and the sheaths are curved and usually 
touching to overlapping. 
The epithet microtuberosum refers to the small clustered tubers which allow 
even vegetative recognition of this species. 
Triglochin multifructum H I. Aston sp. nov. 
Triglochin procerum agg., form A, Robb & Ladiges (1981). 
Triglochin procerum ‘A’, Aston in litt. 
Triglochin procero R.Br. fructibus parvioribus, numerosis plus, farctis ( 1 4—27 per 1 cm 
rhachidis), globosis in circumferentia sed porcatis prominentibus maturitate distinguitur. 
Typus: New South Wales, c. 11 km ± north-east of Barham, 35°34'01"S, 
144°12'06"E. In 25 cm of slow-flowing water in small irrigation channel through 
open farmland. Common. < 80 m altitude. 1 9 Apr. 1 987, H.I. Aston 2656 (Holo- 
typus: MEL 705960; Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, MEL 705959 & spirit material, 
NSW). 
Rhizomes horizontal to upcurved, to 1 1.5 cm long x 14-18 mm diam., bear- 
ing long fine soft fibres 1-6 cm long. Tubers narrow-ellipsoid or narrow-obovoid 
to ellipsoid or obovoid, rarely broad-obovoid, 1 3-40 mm long x 4-14 mm diam. 
(length 1.3-5. 2 times the diam.), terminating roots (8-)20-100 mm long; each 
root 1 — 4(— 5.7) times as long as its tuber. Leaves 43-133 cm long x 3.5— 1 7 (—34) 
mm wide, dorsi ventral, deep green and glossy above, paler yellowish-green below, 
floating or sometimes with an emerged curve or with the extremities of younger 
shorter leaves emergent and erect, shortly tapered, obtuse-acute, thickened and 
spongy toward the base, sheathed over the lower 14%-20°/o of the leaf length. T.S. 

Page image

625206 Triglochin procera Muelleria 8(1): 90
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454125
Page is part of the work New Australian species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) formerly included in Triglochin procerum R. Br, doi:10.5962/p.198501

Page text

90 
humic silt, loamy-peat, grey loam, loamy to pure or gravelly sand, gravelly-mud or 
(one record) clay; substrate often trampled by cattle which graze the Triglochin. 
Sites typically in cleared grassy pastures; recorded also from natural Casuar- 
ina/Gahnia swampland and from cleared swampland previously occupied by 
Melaleuca ericifolia. Associated species recorded are Eleocharis sphacelata, Jun- 
cus sp., J. usitatus, Cyperus sp., C. gunnii, Myriophyllum sp., Triglochin procerum, 
Cotula coronopifolia, Ludwigia peploides , Potamogeton ochreatus, and Utricularia 
sp. 
A lowland species, mostly from c. 3-100 m altitude. Highest record c. 400 m 
C Telford 2699). 
Flowers and fruits recorded all months from August to May, particularly 
November to April. 
Notes 
When dry, the distinctive stalk of approximately the basal quarter or third of 
the fruit is narrowed through shrinking and may .superficially be mistaken for an 
extension of the pedicel. The remainder of the fruit then appears depressed- 
globular. 
Some collections ( Aston 2791, 2792) from Morpeth, New South Wales, had 
unusual elongated spindle-shaped tubers to 30 mm long x 3 mm diam. on roots to 
28 mm long. Other tubers and roots, and the proportions of these, agreed with the 
descriptions and measurements given in the main description above. 
Diagnosis and Etymology 
Triglochin microtuberosum has distinctive small numerous tubers terminat- 
ing very short roots so that the tubers are clustered closely against the rhizome. 
The more or less pear-shaped fruit with squat summit, stalk-like base and absence 
of dorsal ridges is also distinctive, the (5 or)6 carpels being ventrally attached over 
most of their length and more or less triangular in cross-section. 
A helpful characteristic, although partly shared with the eastern variant of T. 
procerum, is the more or less cylindrical shape of the lower leaf as seen in cross- 
section below the sheath summit. Here the leaf blade is thickly spongy, i.e. the 
blade is deep in comparison with its width, and the sheaths are curved and usually 
touching to overlapping. 
The epithet microtuberosum refers to the small clustered tubers which allow 
even vegetative recognition of this species. 
Triglochin multifructum H I. Aston sp. nov. 
Triglochin procerum agg., form A, Robb & Ladiges (1981). 
Triglochin procerum ‘A’, Aston in litt. 
Triglochin procero R.Br. fructibus parvioribus, numerosis plus, farctis ( 1 4—27 per 1 cm 
rhachidis), globosis in circumferentia sed porcatis prominentibus maturitate distinguitur. 
Typus: New South Wales, c. 11 km ± north-east of Barham, 35°34'01"S, 
144°12'06"E. In 25 cm of slow-flowing water in small irrigation channel through 
open farmland. Common. < 80 m altitude. 1 9 Apr. 1 987, H.I. Aston 2656 (Holo- 
typus: MEL 705960; Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, MEL 705959 & spirit material, 
NSW). 
Rhizomes horizontal to upcurved, to 1 1.5 cm long x 14-18 mm diam., bear- 
ing long fine soft fibres 1-6 cm long. Tubers narrow-ellipsoid or narrow-obovoid 
to ellipsoid or obovoid, rarely broad-obovoid, 1 3-40 mm long x 4-14 mm diam. 
(length 1.3-5. 2 times the diam.), terminating roots (8-)20-100 mm long; each 
root 1 — 4(— 5.7) times as long as its tuber. Leaves 43-133 cm long x 3.5— 1 7 (—34) 
mm wide, dorsi ventral, deep green and glossy above, paler yellowish-green below, 
floating or sometimes with an emerged curve or with the extremities of younger 
shorter leaves emergent and erect, shortly tapered, obtuse-acute, thickened and 
spongy toward the base, sheathed over the lower 14%-20°/o of the leaf length. T.S. 

Page image

625194 Triglochin procera Muelleria 8(1): 88
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454123
Page is part of the work New Australian species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) formerly included in Triglochin procerum R. Br, doi:10.5962/p.198501

Page text

88 
spiralled around each other. Of the (5 or) 6 carpels in the developing fruit all may 
mature or frequently 1 or 2, sometimes more, may abort. 
Tubers are distinctively smaller and plumper than those of the sympatric 
T. procerum but can resemble those of some of the allopatric species of 
Triglochin. 
The specific epithet alcockiae commemorates Mrs Kath Alcock of Nara- 
coorte (formerly of Comaum), South Australia. Mrs Alcock has displayed a deep 
interest in the plants of her area over many years and was the first to alert me to the 
existence of this species. 
Field Observations 
Triglochin alcockiae has been observed (. Aston 2724) in the field growing 
intermingled with Triglochin procerum ( Aston 2725). Plants of each species 
exhibited distinctive differences in fruits, tubers and racemes, with no grada- 
tions. 
Triglochin microtuberosum H.I. Aston sp.nov. 
Triglochin procerum agg., form B, Robb & Ladiges (1981). 
Triglochin procerum 'B', Aston in litt. 
Triglochin procero R. Br. tuberibus parvis prope rhizomate fasciculatis, fructibus pyriformibus 
plus minusve, et carpellis fructicantibus sine cristis dorsalibus distinguitur. 
Typus: Victoria, East Gippsland, ‘Redbanks’ farm, c. 2 km south-east of Genoa, 
37°28'S, 149°36'E. Abundant in stagnant waterhole of an otherwise-dry creek in 
cleared grazing country. Water highly eutrophic, muddy, with much farm run-off 
and cow-dung from cattle which have eaten the Triglochin and trampled the sub- 
strate. 23 Feb. 1988, H.I. Aston 2683 (Holotypus: MEL 705958; Isotypi: AD, 
BRI, CANB, MEL 705961 & spirit material, NSW). 
Rhizomes horizontal, to 7 cm long x 6-12 mm diam., bearing short coarse 
bristly fibres to 12 mm long. Tubers near-globular to obloid or rarely obovoid, 
4.5— 1 3(— 1 7) mm long x 3-6 mm diam. (length 1.1 — 1 ,9(— 5) times the diam.), ter- 
minating roots 1 — 7(— 1 4) mm long; each root 0.2-2 times as long as its tuber (see 
under Notes below re abnormal tubers). Leaves 30- 137 cm long x 3- 1 2 mm wide, 
dorsiventral, deep green above, paler green beneath, emergent, erect or with the 
extremities outcurved, sometimes the emerged portion fully floating or recurved 
with only the extremity floating, tapered and flattened distally, acute, very 
thickened and spongy toward the base, sheathed over the lower 27%-49% of the 
leaf length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit', broadly piano- to con- 
cavo-convex and ± semi-cylindrical, width 1 .6-2.4 times the thickness; each side 
of sheath 3. 4-9.0 mm wide, equal c. 50%-84% of the leaf width, the two sheaths 
usually touching to overlapping; blade and sheaths together ± rounded in outline. 
Stems in fruit 54-124 cm long (including the infructescence) x 2.5-12.6 mm 
diameter. Rachis 1. 5-4.0 mm diam. at base, gradually tapered upwards; rachis 
and pedicels green. Infructescence 7-21 cm long (= 10%-20% of the total stem 
length) x 15-24 mm diameter. Pedicels 0. 5-3.0 mm long. Fruits touching, 44-137 
per infructescence, 7-9 per 1 cm of rachis length, very widely obovoid in outline 
but with the base contracted into a distinctive stalk, 7.0-9. 6 mm long x 5. 5-8. 2 
mm diameter. Carpels (5 or) 6, in fruit straight and erect, never twisted, normally 
all maturing, 7. 0-9. 6 mm long x 2.25-3.35 mm wide x 2.6-3.75 mm deep; ventral 
edges attached along their whole length (excluding the beak sinus); attachment 
length = 58%-70% of carpel length; lateral faces ± flat, adpressed; dorsal ridge 
absent, the dorsal face usually shallowly concave longitudinally or sometimes 
shallowly convex; shoulders rounded not ridged; carpel ± triangular in cross sec- 
tion. (Fig. 1 b & f) 

Page image

625285 Triglochin procera Muelleria 8(1): 94
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454129
Page is part of the work New Australian species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) formerly included in Triglochin procerum R. Br, doi:10.5962/p.198501

Page text

94 
portionally wider than those of T. procerum (Table 1), the rachis and pedicels 
cyclamen-maroon compared with green or sometimes tinged maroon in T. pro- 
cerum and the fruits morphologically distinct and smaller and lighter yellow-green 
than the dark green to maroon-green fruits of T. procerum. 
3. At Koondrook, northern Victoria, tubers (spirit collections Aston 2783, T. 
multifructum ; Aston 2784, T. procerum) from plants growing 15 cm apart in an 
intermingled population were measured. Those from plants (Aston 2746, T. multi- 
fructum-, Aston 2747, T. procerum) growing intermingled in a stagnant waterhole 
of the Avon River west of St Arnaud, Victoria, were also measured. Within each 
population, the tubers showed the same differences as those from Wood Wood 
mentioned above, tubers of T. multifructum being shorter and proportionally 
wider than those of T. procerum (Table 1). 
4. At Piangil North, north-west Victoria, plants of T. multijructum (Aston 
2734) and T procerum (Aston 2735) were interspersed along the edge of a lagoon. 
T. multifructum was flowering and fruiting at the water’s edge and in water to 30 
cm deep whereas T. procerum occurred only above the waterline and had com- 
pleted fruiting. This deeper water habitat and latef flowering of T. multifructum in 
relation to T. procerum was not duplicated in observations at other locations. 
Triglochin multifructum also grows intermingled with Triglochin dubium R. 
Br. Near Tooleybuc, S.W. New South Wales, the two were collected less than 1 
metre apart. The pale to deep maroon-red rachis of T. multifructum (Aston 2733) 
contrasted with the green rachis of T. dubium (Aston 2732). Near Wallenjoe 
Swamp, central-northern Victoria, T. multifructum (Aston 2806) had broader 
obtuse more flattened leaf blades than T. dubium (Aston 2807) which had acute 
blades more or less semi-circular in cross section. The species could be dis- 
tinguished vegetatively as well as by their strikingly different fruits. 
Triglochin rheophilum H.I. Aston sp. nov. 
Triglochin procerum agg., form D, Robb & Ladiges (1981). 
Triglochin procerum ‘D\ Aston in litt. 
Triglochin procero R. Br. foliis longis linearibus tenuibus neque incrassatis neque spongiosis 
versus basim, vaginis angustis, et fructibus cristis prominentibus, ellipsoidis vel obovatis leniter 
in circumferentia distinguitur. 
Typus - Victoria — East Gippsland; Pyramid Creek, c. 0.05 km north on the 
Combienbar road from Club Terrace, 37°32.4'S, 148°56.2'E. Plants massed in 
narrow pools or runs up to 1 metre deep. Altitude c. 90 m. 14 Dec. 1991, fE.M. 
Molyneux s.n. (Holotypus: MEL 705965; Isotypi: BRI, CANB, MEL 705964 & 
spirit material, NSW). 
Rhizomes horizontal to vertical, 3.5-18.5 cm long x 4-14 mm diam., bearing 
long fine soft fibres 2-1 1 cm long. Tubers globular (young one), narrow-ellipsoid 
or narrow-oblanceolate to elliptic or obovate, or elongated and ± long-cylindrical 
to narrow-rhomboid and tapered at each end (often twisted or pitted by the grav- 
elly substrate), ll-80(-102) mm long x 2-11 mm diam. (length 1.8-12.5(-20 .4) 
times as long as diam.), terminating roots 25— 126(— 1 78) mm long; each root 1.2- 
7.9 times as long as its tuber. Leaves 41-252 cm longx ( 1 — )2— 1 6 mm wide, usually 
isolateral, non-glossy, semi-translucent and mid-green to reddish-green, com- 
pletely submerged at or several centimetres below the water surface and often 
loosely spiralled or with undulate margins (leaves somewhat dorsiventral when 
stranded, with upper surfaces darker green and ± glossy), linear throughout whole 
length (including sheathed portion) except tapered distally, acute to narrow- 
obtuse, thin-textured, not thickened and spongy toward the base, sheathed over 
the lower ( 1 3%—) 1 8%— 42% of the leaf length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath 
summit, linear to thinly plano-convex, width 4.4-20.7 times the thickness, each 
side of sheath 1. 4-5.2 mm wide, equal c. 18%-40% of the leaf width but mostly 
inrolled so that sheath width when rolled is 1-3.2 mm, equal only c. 1 1%-26% of 
the leaf width. Stems in fruit ( 1 9— )29— 1 1 5 cm long (including the infructescence)x 
2-18 mm diameter. Rachis 1-10 mm diam. at base, gradually tapered upwards, 

Page image

531156 Triglochin procera Muelleria 8(1): 85
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454120
Page is part of the work New Australian species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) formerly included in Triglochin procerum R. Br, doi:10.5962/p.198501

Page text

NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF TRIGLOCHIN L. (JUNCAGINACEAE) 
FORMERLY INCLUDED IN T. PROCERUM R. Br. 
Helen I. Aston* 
ABSTRACT 
Aston, H.I. New Australian species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) formerly 
included in T. procerum R. Br. Muelleria 8(1): 85-97 (1993). — Triglochin 
alcockiae, Triglochin microtuberosum, Triglochin multifructum and Triglochin 
rheophilum are described as new species from eastern Australia. Notes on diag- 
nostic features, geographical distribution and habitat preferences accompany 
each description. Maps are included. 
INTRODUCTION 
This paper is a precursor to a full revision of the tuberous-rooted species of 
Triglochin L. found within Australia. It is published now in order to make the new 
names available in time for the forthcoming ‘Flora of Victoria’. 
The descriptions are presented in the same format to be used for other species 
in the full revision. This will allow direct comparison between all species. The 
revision will include further discussion of the details given here. 
Triglochin L. has been treated by different authors as either feminine or neu- 
ter but Rauschert (1974) argued that it should correctly be accepted as neuter. Dr 
L.A.S. Johnson (in litt.) has assured me that Rauschert’s argument is sound. The 
spelling Triglochin procera is therefore correctly Triglochin procerum and other 
epithet endings follow suit. 
TAXONOMY 
Triglochin alcockiae H.I. Aston sp. nov. 
Triglochin procerum ‘S-w Vic’, Aston in litt. 
T. procero R.Br. tuberibus parvioribus, l-3plo tantum longioribus quam latioribus, fructibus 
paucioribus typice latioribus quam longioribus, marginibus ventralibus carpellorum fructican- 
tium affixis non nisi secus infernum 20%-39% longitudinem carpelli distinguitur. 
Typus: Victoria, c. 38 km (straight line) south-west of Horsham. Swamp at north 
end of Toolondo Reservoir. 36° 59'S, 141° 56'E. Common in still, tannin-stained 
to clear fresh water few-30 cm deep. 9 Nov. 1988, H.I. Aston 2705 (Holotypus: 
MEL 705957; Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, CBG, HO, K, MEL 705956 & 705962 & 
705963 & spirit material, NSW, PERTH). 
Rhizomes vertical, 1.7-7 cm long x 7-10 mm diam., bearing short fine soft 
fibres to 2 cm long, rarely to 1 1 cm. Tubers ellipsoid, obloid or globular to oblan- 
ceolate or obovate, 8-20(-28) mm long x 5- 1 2 mm diam. (length 1 .0-3.0 times the 
diam.), terminating roots 5-35 mm long; each root 0.3-2. 3 times as long as its 
tuber. Leaves (6-)26-9 1 cm long x ( 1 -) 2-8 mm wide, dorsiventral, medium-green 
and glossy above, paler beneath, bending below the water surface, the emerged 
portions floating and maintaining contact with the water along their whole length 
(or sometimes held semi-erect by surrounding herbage), ± linear, flat to slightly 
plano-convex in T.S., shortly tapered, obtuse, moderately thickened and spongy 
toward the base, sheathed over the lower 1 6%— 38% of the leaf length. T.S. leaf 
about 3 cm below the sheath summit, narrowly piano- to concavo-convex, width 
3. 8-4. 3 times the thickness; each side of sheath 2. 1-2.6 mm wide, equal c. 34%- 
45% of the leaf width. Stems in fruit 28-8 1 cm long (including the infructescence) 
* c/o National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
85 

Page image

617017 Triglochin procera Muelleria 8(1): 85
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454120
Page is part of the work New Australian species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) formerly included in Triglochin procerum R. Br, doi:10.5962/p.198501

Page text

NEW AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF TRIGLOCHIN L. (JUNCAGINACEAE) 
FORMERLY INCLUDED IN T. PROCERUM R. Br. 
Helen I. Aston* 
ABSTRACT 
Aston, H.I. New Australian species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) formerly 
included in T. procerum R. Br. Muelleria 8(1): 85-97 (1993). — Triglochin 
alcockiae, Triglochin microtuberosum, Triglochin multifructum and Triglochin 
rheophilum are described as new species from eastern Australia. Notes on diag- 
nostic features, geographical distribution and habitat preferences accompany 
each description. Maps are included. 
INTRODUCTION 
This paper is a precursor to a full revision of the tuberous-rooted species of 
Triglochin L. found within Australia. It is published now in order to make the new 
names available in time for the forthcoming ‘Flora of Victoria’. 
The descriptions are presented in the same format to be used for other species 
in the full revision. This will allow direct comparison between all species. The 
revision will include further discussion of the details given here. 
Triglochin L. has been treated by different authors as either feminine or neu- 
ter but Rauschert (1974) argued that it should correctly be accepted as neuter. Dr 
L.A.S. Johnson (in litt.) has assured me that Rauschert’s argument is sound. The 
spelling Triglochin procera is therefore correctly Triglochin procerum and other 
epithet endings follow suit. 
TAXONOMY 
Triglochin alcockiae H.I. Aston sp. nov. 
Triglochin procerum ‘S-w Vic’, Aston in litt. 
T. procero R.Br. tuberibus parvioribus, l-3plo tantum longioribus quam latioribus, fructibus 
paucioribus typice latioribus quam longioribus, marginibus ventralibus carpellorum fructican- 
tium affixis non nisi secus infernum 20%-39% longitudinem carpelli distinguitur. 
Typus: Victoria, c. 38 km (straight line) south-west of Horsham. Swamp at north 
end of Toolondo Reservoir. 36° 59'S, 141° 56'E. Common in still, tannin-stained 
to clear fresh water few-30 cm deep. 9 Nov. 1988, H.I. Aston 2705 (Holotypus: 
MEL 705957; Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, CBG, HO, K, MEL 705956 & 705962 & 
705963 & spirit material, NSW, PERTH). 
Rhizomes vertical, 1.7-7 cm long x 7-10 mm diam., bearing short fine soft 
fibres to 2 cm long, rarely to 1 1 cm. Tubers ellipsoid, obloid or globular to oblan- 
ceolate or obovate, 8-20(-28) mm long x 5- 1 2 mm diam. (length 1 .0-3.0 times the 
diam.), terminating roots 5-35 mm long; each root 0.3-2. 3 times as long as its 
tuber. Leaves (6-)26-9 1 cm long x ( 1 -) 2-8 mm wide, dorsiventral, medium-green 
and glossy above, paler beneath, bending below the water surface, the emerged 
portions floating and maintaining contact with the water along their whole length 
(or sometimes held semi-erect by surrounding herbage), ± linear, flat to slightly 
plano-convex in T.S., shortly tapered, obtuse, moderately thickened and spongy 
toward the base, sheathed over the lower 1 6%— 38% of the leaf length. T.S. leaf 
about 3 cm below the sheath summit, narrowly piano- to concavo-convex, width 
3. 8-4. 3 times the thickness; each side of sheath 2. 1-2.6 mm wide, equal c. 34%- 
45% of the leaf width. Stems in fruit 28-8 1 cm long (including the infructescence) 
* c/o National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141. 
85 

Page image

625280 Triglochin rheophila Muelleria 8(1): 94, figs 1d&h, 5 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454129
Page is part of the work New Australian species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) formerly included in Triglochin procerum R. Br, doi:10.5962/p.198501

Page text

94 
portionally wider than those of T. procerum (Table 1), the rachis and pedicels 
cyclamen-maroon compared with green or sometimes tinged maroon in T. pro- 
cerum and the fruits morphologically distinct and smaller and lighter yellow-green 
than the dark green to maroon-green fruits of T. procerum. 
3. At Koondrook, northern Victoria, tubers (spirit collections Aston 2783, T. 
multifructum ; Aston 2784, T. procerum) from plants growing 15 cm apart in an 
intermingled population were measured. Those from plants (Aston 2746, T. multi- 
fructum-, Aston 2747, T. procerum) growing intermingled in a stagnant waterhole 
of the Avon River west of St Arnaud, Victoria, were also measured. Within each 
population, the tubers showed the same differences as those from Wood Wood 
mentioned above, tubers of T. multifructum being shorter and proportionally 
wider than those of T. procerum (Table 1). 
4. At Piangil North, north-west Victoria, plants of T. multijructum (Aston 
2734) and T procerum (Aston 2735) were interspersed along the edge of a lagoon. 
T. multifructum was flowering and fruiting at the water’s edge and in water to 30 
cm deep whereas T. procerum occurred only above the waterline and had com- 
pleted fruiting. This deeper water habitat and latef flowering of T. multifructum in 
relation to T. procerum was not duplicated in observations at other locations. 
Triglochin multifructum also grows intermingled with Triglochin dubium R. 
Br. Near Tooleybuc, S.W. New South Wales, the two were collected less than 1 
metre apart. The pale to deep maroon-red rachis of T. multifructum (Aston 2733) 
contrasted with the green rachis of T. dubium (Aston 2732). Near Wallenjoe 
Swamp, central-northern Victoria, T. multifructum (Aston 2806) had broader 
obtuse more flattened leaf blades than T. dubium (Aston 2807) which had acute 
blades more or less semi-circular in cross section. The species could be dis- 
tinguished vegetatively as well as by their strikingly different fruits. 
Triglochin rheophilum H.I. Aston sp. nov. 
Triglochin procerum agg., form D, Robb & Ladiges (1981). 
Triglochin procerum ‘D\ Aston in litt. 
Triglochin procero R. Br. foliis longis linearibus tenuibus neque incrassatis neque spongiosis 
versus basim, vaginis angustis, et fructibus cristis prominentibus, ellipsoidis vel obovatis leniter 
in circumferentia distinguitur. 
Typus - Victoria — East Gippsland; Pyramid Creek, c. 0.05 km north on the 
Combienbar road from Club Terrace, 37°32.4'S, 148°56.2'E. Plants massed in 
narrow pools or runs up to 1 metre deep. Altitude c. 90 m. 14 Dec. 1991, fE.M. 
Molyneux s.n. (Holotypus: MEL 705965; Isotypi: BRI, CANB, MEL 705964 & 
spirit material, NSW). 
Rhizomes horizontal to vertical, 3.5-18.5 cm long x 4-14 mm diam., bearing 
long fine soft fibres 2-1 1 cm long. Tubers globular (young one), narrow-ellipsoid 
or narrow-oblanceolate to elliptic or obovate, or elongated and ± long-cylindrical 
to narrow-rhomboid and tapered at each end (often twisted or pitted by the grav- 
elly substrate), ll-80(-102) mm long x 2-11 mm diam. (length 1.8-12.5(-20 .4) 
times as long as diam.), terminating roots 25— 126(— 1 78) mm long; each root 1.2- 
7.9 times as long as its tuber. Leaves 41-252 cm longx ( 1 — )2— 1 6 mm wide, usually 
isolateral, non-glossy, semi-translucent and mid-green to reddish-green, com- 
pletely submerged at or several centimetres below the water surface and often 
loosely spiralled or with undulate margins (leaves somewhat dorsiventral when 
stranded, with upper surfaces darker green and ± glossy), linear throughout whole 
length (including sheathed portion) except tapered distally, acute to narrow- 
obtuse, thin-textured, not thickened and spongy toward the base, sheathed over 
the lower ( 1 3%—) 1 8%— 42% of the leaf length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath 
summit, linear to thinly plano-convex, width 4.4-20.7 times the thickness, each 
side of sheath 1. 4-5.2 mm wide, equal c. 18%-40% of the leaf width but mostly 
inrolled so that sheath width when rolled is 1-3.2 mm, equal only c. 1 1%-26% of 
the leaf width. Stems in fruit ( 1 9— )29— 1 1 5 cm long (including the infructescence)x 
2-18 mm diameter. Rachis 1-10 mm diam. at base, gradually tapered upwards, 

Page image

553182 Triglochin rheophilum Muelleria 8(1): 94, figs 1d&h, 5 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454129
Page is part of the work New Australian species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) formerly included in Triglochin procerum R. Br, doi:10.5962/p.198501

Page text

94 
portionally wider than those of T. procerum (Table 1), the rachis and pedicels 
cyclamen-maroon compared with green or sometimes tinged maroon in T. pro- 
cerum and the fruits morphologically distinct and smaller and lighter yellow-green 
than the dark green to maroon-green fruits of T. procerum. 
3. At Koondrook, northern Victoria, tubers (spirit collections Aston 2783, T. 
multifructum ; Aston 2784, T. procerum) from plants growing 15 cm apart in an 
intermingled population were measured. Those from plants (Aston 2746, T. multi- 
fructum-, Aston 2747, T. procerum) growing intermingled in a stagnant waterhole 
of the Avon River west of St Arnaud, Victoria, were also measured. Within each 
population, the tubers showed the same differences as those from Wood Wood 
mentioned above, tubers of T. multifructum being shorter and proportionally 
wider than those of T. procerum (Table 1). 
4. At Piangil North, north-west Victoria, plants of T. multijructum (Aston 
2734) and T procerum (Aston 2735) were interspersed along the edge of a lagoon. 
T. multifructum was flowering and fruiting at the water’s edge and in water to 30 
cm deep whereas T. procerum occurred only above the waterline and had com- 
pleted fruiting. This deeper water habitat and latef flowering of T. multifructum in 
relation to T. procerum was not duplicated in observations at other locations. 
Triglochin multifructum also grows intermingled with Triglochin dubium R. 
Br. Near Tooleybuc, S.W. New South Wales, the two were collected less than 1 
metre apart. The pale to deep maroon-red rachis of T. multifructum (Aston 2733) 
contrasted with the green rachis of T. dubium (Aston 2732). Near Wallenjoe 
Swamp, central-northern Victoria, T. multifructum (Aston 2806) had broader 
obtuse more flattened leaf blades than T. dubium (Aston 2807) which had acute 
blades more or less semi-circular in cross section. The species could be dis- 
tinguished vegetatively as well as by their strikingly different fruits. 
Triglochin rheophilum H.I. Aston sp. nov. 
Triglochin procerum agg., form D, Robb & Ladiges (1981). 
Triglochin procerum ‘D\ Aston in litt. 
Triglochin procero R. Br. foliis longis linearibus tenuibus neque incrassatis neque spongiosis 
versus basim, vaginis angustis, et fructibus cristis prominentibus, ellipsoidis vel obovatis leniter 
in circumferentia distinguitur. 
Typus - Victoria — East Gippsland; Pyramid Creek, c. 0.05 km north on the 
Combienbar road from Club Terrace, 37°32.4'S, 148°56.2'E. Plants massed in 
narrow pools or runs up to 1 metre deep. Altitude c. 90 m. 14 Dec. 1991, fE.M. 
Molyneux s.n. (Holotypus: MEL 705965; Isotypi: BRI, CANB, MEL 705964 & 
spirit material, NSW). 
Rhizomes horizontal to vertical, 3.5-18.5 cm long x 4-14 mm diam., bearing 
long fine soft fibres 2-1 1 cm long. Tubers globular (young one), narrow-ellipsoid 
or narrow-oblanceolate to elliptic or obovate, or elongated and ± long-cylindrical 
to narrow-rhomboid and tapered at each end (often twisted or pitted by the grav- 
elly substrate), ll-80(-102) mm long x 2-11 mm diam. (length 1.8-12.5(-20 .4) 
times as long as diam.), terminating roots 25— 126(— 1 78) mm long; each root 1.2- 
7.9 times as long as its tuber. Leaves 41-252 cm longx ( 1 — )2— 1 6 mm wide, usually 
isolateral, non-glossy, semi-translucent and mid-green to reddish-green, com- 
pletely submerged at or several centimetres below the water surface and often 
loosely spiralled or with undulate margins (leaves somewhat dorsiventral when 
stranded, with upper surfaces darker green and ± glossy), linear throughout whole 
length (including sheathed portion) except tapered distally, acute to narrow- 
obtuse, thin-textured, not thickened and spongy toward the base, sheathed over 
the lower ( 1 3%—) 1 8%— 42% of the leaf length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath 
summit, linear to thinly plano-convex, width 4.4-20.7 times the thickness, each 
side of sheath 1. 4-5.2 mm wide, equal c. 18%-40% of the leaf width but mostly 
inrolled so that sheath width when rolled is 1-3.2 mm, equal only c. 1 1%-26% of 
the leaf width. Stems in fruit ( 1 9— )29— 1 1 5 cm long (including the infructescence)x 
2-18 mm diameter. Rachis 1-10 mm diam. at base, gradually tapered upwards, 

Page image

553145 Utricularia beaugleholei Muelleria 8(1): 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454078
Page is part of the work Utricularia beaugleholei, new species (Lentibulariaceae: subgenus Utricularia: section Pleiochasia), a new species from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198491

Page text

UTRICULARIA BEAUGLEHOLEI (LENTIBULARIACEAE: SUBGENUS 
UTRICULARIA: SECTION PLEIOCHASIA), A NEW SPECIES FROM 
SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRAUIA 
Robert J. Gassin* 
ABSTRACT 
Gassin, R.obert J. Utricularia beaugleholei (Lentibulariaceae: subgenus Utricu- 
laria: section Pleiochasia), a new species from South-eastern Australia. Muelleria 
8(1): 37-42 (1993). — Utricularia beaugleholei R.J. Gassin sp. nov. is described as 
new, its distribution and habitat are discussed and differences with the related 
Utricularia dichotoma Labill. are highlighted. 
INTRODUCTION 
The first known collection of Utricularia beaugleholei was made in 1 852 by F. 
Mueller (MEL 89973) in Brighton, now a suburb of Melbourne. Several more 
collections have been made since, especially during the last two decades by A.C. 
Beauglehole, who like previous collectors wrongly recognised them as U. dichot- 
oma Labill. However Beauglehole was aware of there being two similar but 
distinct species and many of his numerous collections of U. dichotoma are also 
wrongly labelled U. uniflora R. Br. Taylor (1989) referring to U. dichotoma noted 
that ‘very large flowers sometimes occur in the eastern states and these are not 
always associated with large or tall plants’. It seems likely that he was referring to 
U. beaugleholei. Interestingly, Taylor on examining collections of MEL for Flora 
of Australia recognised Beauglehole’s mistake in confusing U. dichotoma for U. 
uniflora but did not recognise his other mistake. 
On a recent heldtrip, I was fortunate to find and examine live material of both 
U. dichotoma and U. beaugleholei. This revealed several taxonomically significant 
differences. This opportunity is taken of describing U. beaugleholei and of high- 
lighting differences with U. dichotoma. 
TAXONOMY 
Utricularia beaugleholei R.J. Gassin sp. nov. 
Utricularia dichotoma Labill. affinis, foliis lanceolatis anguste valde vel linearis anguste, ad 44 
mm longis, 1.6 mm latis, apice acuto valde; appendiculis dorsalis laquei longioris laqueo’saepe; 
margmibus supero partis labello supero corollae reflexis, labelio infero corollae 4-1 1 elevatis 
leviter cristis luteis radiatim, et palato glabro centra marginalibus lateralibus pubescentibus 
differt. 
Holotypus: Victoria: 8 km NNE of Strathmerton near site of Mywee railway 
station in the Murray Valley, 30 Sep. 1978, T.B. Muir 5322 (MEL). 
Small, probably perennial terrestrial herb. Rhizoids numerous, capillary, 
simple, c. 2 cm long, tapering from 0. 5 mm to 0. 1 mm thick. Stolons few, capillary 
branched up to several centimetres long, the internodes less than 2 centimetres. 
Leaves 1 -nerved, a few rosulate at the peduncle base, others in pairs at the stolon 
nodes, petiolate, lamina very narrowly lanceolate to narrowly linear, up to 44 mm 
long and 1.6 mm wide, tapering to a very acute apex. Traps few at the peduncle 
base, others in pairs at the stolon nodes, ovoid or globose, 1-4 mm long, stalk 
1 0 mm or less, mouth lateral with a subulate simple dorsal appendage often longer 
than the trap, a pair of well developed, deeply fimbriate lateral appendages up to 
2.5 mm long, and a pair of deeply fimbriate ventral appendages, usually poorly 
developed or absent proximally (near the stalk) and widest distally (near the 
* 19 Almondbush Street, Somerville, Victoria, Australia 3912. 
37 

Page image

569928 Bossiaea aquifolium Muelleria 8(2): 204
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467919
Page is part of the work Notes on Western Australian Bossiaea species (Fabaceae): 1, doi:10.5962/p.198481

Page text

204 
choice must be made between grouping specimens together on the basis of leaf 
shape regardless of the degree of indumentum of the young stems, or, alterna- 
tively, grouping them together on the degree of pubescence of the young stems 
regardless of leaf shape. The occurrence of a fairly dense indumentum on some 
specimens that are typical of B. aquifolium in all other respects suggests that leaf 
shape provides a more reliable and meaningful character to differentiate the taxa 
than does the degree of pubescence. Accordingly, emphasis is placed on leaf shape, 
together with ecological preferences, in separating the two subspecies. 
Bossiaea aquifolium Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 157 (1864). 
Syntypes; Western Australia, J. Drummond 2nd coll. no. 130 (BM, K, MEL, 
NSW, PER.TH); J. Drummond s.n. (K, MEL); Harvey River, Western Australia, 
W. Clarke s.n. (K). 
Slender shrub or small tree to 8 m high; branchlets glabrous or sparingly to 
densely clothed with appressed antrorse hairs or curled hairs, the latter sometimes 
with longer spreading hairs up to 1 mm long interspersed, terete, slender. Leaves 
opposite, unifoliolate, lamina depressed ovate or broadly ovate to semi-orbicular, 
the apex terminating in a pungent point, distinctly angular with each angle 
terminating in a pungent point and the margins distinctly sinuate between the 
pungent points or not distinctly angular and the margins dentate, (0.5) 0.8-2. 2 cm 
long, (0.5) 0.8-2 (2.6) cm wide, wider than long, slightly cordate basally, glabrous 
throughout or with scattered hairs; petiolule 0.9-2. 2 mm long, glabrous to densely 
pubescent. Stipules triangular, 0.7- 1.8 mm long, 0.5-0. 9 mm wide, glabrous to 
densely pubescent. Flowers axillary, solitary or in pairs, shortly pedicellate, the 
pedicel exceeding the two outer basal bracts; the two inner bracts enclosing the 
flower buds elliptic, 6-10 mm long, rigid, brown, longitudinally striate, margins 
conspicuously ciliate especially apically, the outer one cucullate apically, 
fugacious; the two outer bracts persistent, the outer of the two broadly ovate, 1 .4- 
2.3 mm long, 1 .5-2.4 mm wide, longitudinally striate, pubescent basally and with 
marginal cilia or sometimes sparingly pubescent throughout, the inner bract com- 
pletely encircling the pedicel, broadly ovate, 1 .5-2.4 mm long, 2. 3-3. 4 mm wide, 
longitudinally striate, pubescent basally and with marginal cilia; bracteoles 
absent. Calyx glabrous throughout except for marginal cilia or with occasional 
scattered hairs: 2 upper lobes 4-5.7 mm long including the tube 2. 3-4. 2 mm long, 
lobes rounded-truncate and only slightly emarginate apically, 3 lower lobes 0.8- 
1.5 mrn long, 1 .3- 1 .7 mm wide. Standard more or less orbicular, 11.8-18 mm long 
including a basal claw 2-3.2 mm long, 10.8-18.5 mm wide, emarginate apically, 
yellow or deep yellow internally with a dark red, red or reddish-brown continuous 
fringe around a basal greenish-yellow throat or the fringe discontinuous, being 
interrupted by the yellow throat which extends vertically and joins the main body 
of the yellow standard; wings9. 1-13.1 mm long including a claw 2. 3-3. 3 mm long, 
auricled, 2. 4-4. 2 mm wide, dark red or reddish-brown throughout or orange or 
yellow apically; keel petals 10-13 mm long including a claw 2. 5-3.2 mm long, 
auricled, 3. 2-4. 8 mm wide, red or reddish-brown. Stamen-filaments 7.4-1 1 mm 
long. Ovary 3. 5-5. 5 mm long, on a stipe 2. 6-3. 7 mm long, glabrous, 2-4-ovulate. 
Pods stipitate, ovate-oblong to oblong-elliptic, 1. 1-2.4 cm long, 0.7-1. 1 cm wide, 
thickened along the upper suture, glabrous. Seeds ellipsoid, 3.2-3. 5 mm long, 2.1- 
2.5 mm wide, chocolate-brown, the small hilum covered by a hooded cap-like 
aril. 
Distribution 
Occurs in the Darling Botanical District of the Southwestern Botanical 
Province of Western Australia as defined by Beard (1980) from the vicinity of 
Mundaring east of Perth southwards to near Margaret River and eastwards to 
Manjimup. 

Page image

557139 Bossiaea aquifolium aquifolium Muelleria 8(2): 205, figs 1a, 2-3 (maps).
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467920
Page is part of the work Notes on Western Australian Bossiaea species (Fabaceae): 1, doi:10.5962/p.198481
557138 Bossiaea aquifolium laidlawiana Muelleria 8(2): 206, fig. 1b, 2-3 (maps).
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467921
Page is part of the work Notes on Western Australian Bossiaea species (Fabaceae): 1, doi:10.5962/p.198481
608678 Bossiaea laidlawiana Muelleria 8(2): 206
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467921
Page is part of the work Notes on Western Australian Bossiaea species (Fabaceae): 1, doi:10.5962/p.198481
815221 Bossiaea laidlawiana Muelleria 8(2): 206
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467921
Page is part of the work Notes on Western Australian Bossiaea species (Fabaceae): 1, doi:10.5962/p.198481
557141 Bossiaea modesta Muelleria 8(2): 218, fig. 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467933
Page is part of the work Notes on western Australian Bossiaea species (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.198482

Page text

218 
G.J. Keighery 5577 (PERTH); Hay River crossing on Albany-Denmark road, 19 Sep. 1983, J. Taylor 
1965 & P. Ollerenshaw (CBG, MEL); Cape Le Grande National Park, Rossiter Bay, 24 Sep. 1985, 
M.G.Corrick 95 27 (MEL): Salt River Rd., near Camel Lake, Stirling Range, 14 Sep. 1987, G.J. Keighery 
9764 (PERTH); 12 km toward Denmark from Muir Highway on Denmark-Mt Barker road, 28 Nov 
1992. T.D.Macfarlane 2081 & H.R. White (MEL, PERTH). 
Notes 
In the absence of a preserved specimen, it is difficult to determine whether or 
not the plant featured under the name .6. rufa inLodd.,Bot. Cab. 12;t.l 1 19(1826), 
is in fact B. praetermissa rather than B. rufa. It is referred here to B. praetermissa 
with some hesitation. 
The specific epithet alludes to the fact that the existence of this taxon appears 
to have been overlooked since the first specimen was collected almost two 
hundred years ago. 
BOSSIAEA MODESTA 
Bossiaea modesta J.H.Ross sp. nov. 
Affinitatis incertae, forsan B. rufae R. Br. et B. praetermissae J.H. Ross affinis, a qua uterque 
planta multo minori debili caulibus gracilibus leviter applanatis ad 2mm latis qua non profunde 
nodus incisus, differ!; qua B. rufae bracteolis semipersistentibus et B. praetermissae carinis 
apicibus dense lanatis, differt. 
Typus: Western Australia, Darling Range, Mt Dale area, 6 Nov. 1983, M.G. 
Corrick 9020 (Holotypus: MEL; Isotypi: CBG, PERTH) 
Subshrub, stems lax, slender, trailing and twining and only becoming erect 
when supported by surrounding plants, subterete basally but the extremities 
somewhat flattened, up to 2.0 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered hairs. Leaves 
alternate, unifoliolate: lamina linear- to elliptic- or obovate-oblong, 0.9-2. 8 cm 
long, 0.25-0.6 cm wide, apex obtuse and mucronate, glabrous throughout or with 
occasional scattered hairs on margins and midrib; petiolule 0. 5-2.0 mm long, 
glabrous. Stipules 0.5- 1.6 mm long, 0.2-0. 4 mm wide, usually almost as long as 
the petiolule, obliquely triangular or subulate, glabrous throughout or pubescent 
apically. Elowers axillary, solitary, pedicellate, the filiform pedicels 1.2-2. 5 cm 
long, glabrous throughout or with scattered hairs. Bracteoles 0.8-1. 6 mm long, 
0.3-0.5 mm wide, inserted just below the calyx and more or less appressed to the 
pedicel or base of the calyx while the flowers are young, scarious, glabrous or with 
scattered hairs, persisting at least until the young fruits are initiated; bract 0.9- 
1.8 mm long, 0.3-0. 5 mm wide, inserted at the base of the pedicel, scarious, rap- 
idly deciduous, glabrous except for apical cilia. Calyx glabrous or with occasional 
scattered hairs externally apart from marginal cilia; 2 upper lobes 4.2-5 mm long 
including the tube 2. 8-3. 5 mm long, the apices of the lobes diverging, 3 lower 
lobes triangular, 1.5- 1.6 mm long, 1.0-1. 1 mm wide, 9.8- 10.0 mm long 
including a basal claw 3 mm long, 9 mm wide, deep yellow internally with a deep 
red flare around a paler yellow throat, with numerous red to purplish longitudinal 
striations externally and sometimes having a somewhat marbled appearance; 
wing petals 8 mm long including a claw 2.6 mm long, 2. 1 mm wide, red; keel petals 
8-8.3 mm long including a claw 2. 8-3. 3 mm long, 2. 5-2. 9 mm wide, greenish- 
white basally, red apically, with a dense woolly apical fringe of hairs. Stamen- 
filaments 6. 2-8. 2 mm long. Ovary on a stipe 2-2.5 mm long, 4. 5-4. 8 mm long, 
glabrous, 6-8-ovulate; style 1.7-2 mm long. Pods oblong, up to 3.5 cm long 
including a stipe up to 1 cm long which greatly exceeds the persistent calyx in 
length, 0.4-0. 5 cm wide, glabrous. ellipsoid, olive-brown, 1.5- 1.8 mm long, 
1.0- 1.3 mm wide, the small hilum covered by a hooded cap-like aril. (Fig. 3) 
Distribution 
Restricted in distribution to the Mt Dale area in the Darling Range south-east 
of Perth where it occurs in State Forest. 

Page image

822441 Bossiaea paucifolia Muelleria 8(2): 213
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467928
Page is part of the work Notes on western Australian Bossiaea species (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.198482

Page text

213 
existing name is available for the second taxon collected by Brown. In order to 
remedy this deficiency, the name B. pmetermissa is here adopted for this taxon 
which is described below. 
As neither B. oxyclada nor B. spinescens is closely allied to B. rufa, they are 
not considered further here as they will be dealt with elsewhere. B. rufa and 
B. praetermissa are considered in some detail. 
BOSSIAEA RUFA AND BOSSIAEA PRAETERMISSA 
Bossiaea rufa R.Br. in W.T.Aiton, Hortus Kewensis edn 2, 4:267 (1812); DC., 
Prodr. 2:117 (1825). Type: King Georges Sound, Western Australia, R. Brown 
4831 (BM, the three pieces of plant material mounted on the right hand side of the 
sheet here selected as the lectotype). 
Bossiaea paucifolia Benth. in Lindley, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 27 misc.: 53, 
no. 108 (1841), non sensu Lindley, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 29:63 (1843); Walp., 
Repert. Bot. Syst. 1:578 (1842); C.F.W. Meissn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:81 (1844). 
Type: Swan River, Western Australia, 1839, J. Drummond (CGE, lectotype here 
chosen). 
Bossiaea virgata Hook., Bot. Mag. t.3986 (1842); Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 
2:833 (1843). Bossiaea rufa var. virgata (Hook.) Benth., El. Austral.2:166 (1864^ 
Type: Swan River, Western Australia, J. Drummond 56 (K, lectotype here 
chosen). 
Bossiaea rufa var. normalis Benth., FI. Austral 2:166 (1864). Type: as for 
B. rufa. 
Lax many-stemmed shrub to 2 m high, stems erect or straggling and sup- 
ported by surrounding vegetation, flattened, winged and up to 10 mm wide, 
incised at the nodes, leafless or with copious leaves, especially on the younger 
growth, glabrous or sparingly pubescent with appressed or slightly spreading hairs 
especially when young. Leaves unifoliolate: lamina obovate, obovate-oblong, 
elliptic to narrow-elliptic, 7-29 mm long, 2.2-10 mm wide, rounded, obtuse, 
emarginate or mucronate apically, glabrous throughout or with occasional scat- 
tered appressed hairs below; petiolule 1.5-4. 5 mm long, glabrous. Stipules 1- 
3 mm long, (0.4)0. 7-1 mm wide, ovate or narrowly ovate, often oblique and 
asymmetric basally, longitudinally striate, usually glabrous apart from marginal 
cilia and scattered hairs towards the apex, sometimes the opposing stipules united 
laterally for much of their length. Flowers solitary or paired, axillary when leaves 
present, pedicellate, the pedicels (3)5-10 mm long, glabrous or sometimes spar- 
ingly pubescent. Bracts ovate, 1-2 mm long, 0.6- 1.2 mm wide, usually rapidly 
deciduous and only visible in young bud, scarious, glabrous or with marginal cilia, 
longitudinally striate. Bracteoles narrow-elliptic, 1.3-2. 5(3. 5) mm long, 0.8- 
1.2 mm wide, rapidly deciduous and only visible in young bud, scarious, glabrous 
or with marginal cilia, often inserted above the middle of the pedicel. Calyx 
glabrous or sparingly pubescent especially towards the apices of the lobes; 2 upper 
lobes 3. 7-5.2 mm long including the tube 2-3.6 mm long, the apices of the lobes 
diverging, 3 lower lobes 1.2- 1.8 mm long. Standard 9.5-12.2 mm long including a 
claw 3. 5-4.2 mm long, 8.6-1 1.7 mm wide, deep yellow internally with a deep 
purplish-red horse-shaped flare around a basal yellow throat, yellow with maroon, 
red or white striations externally sometimes giving a somewhat marbled appear- 
ance. Wings 8. 1-8.9 mm long including a claw 3.2-3. 5 mm long, 2. 3-2. 5 mm 
wide, reddish. Keel petals 7.2-7. 5 mm long including a claw 3. 2-3. 7 mm long, 
2.5-3 mm wide, reddish, densely pubescent or woolly apically. Stamen-filaments 
6. 2-8. 7 mm long. Ovary 5-6.8 mm long, stipitate, (5)7-10-ovulate, glabrous. Pods 
oblong, 2. 5-3. 8 cm long, 0.6-0.7 cm wide, the stipe about as long as or exceeding 
the persistent calyx, valves thin, inconspicuously transversely striate, glabrous. 
Seeds ellipsoid, 2. 3-2. 5 mm long, 1.4-1. 7 mm wide, uniformly reddish-brown, 
small hilum covered by a hooded cap-like aril. 

Page image

557140 Bossiaea praetermissa Muelleria 8(2): 216, fig. 2 (map).
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467931
Page is part of the work Notes on western Australian Bossiaea species (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.198482
569932 Bossiaea rufa Muelleria 8(2): 213, fig. 1 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467928
Page is part of the work Notes on western Australian Bossiaea species (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.198482

Page text

213 
existing name is available for the second taxon collected by Brown. In order to 
remedy this deficiency, the name B. pmetermissa is here adopted for this taxon 
which is described below. 
As neither B. oxyclada nor B. spinescens is closely allied to B. rufa, they are 
not considered further here as they will be dealt with elsewhere. B. rufa and 
B. praetermissa are considered in some detail. 
BOSSIAEA RUFA AND BOSSIAEA PRAETERMISSA 
Bossiaea rufa R.Br. in W.T.Aiton, Hortus Kewensis edn 2, 4:267 (1812); DC., 
Prodr. 2:117 (1825). Type: King Georges Sound, Western Australia, R. Brown 
4831 (BM, the three pieces of plant material mounted on the right hand side of the 
sheet here selected as the lectotype). 
Bossiaea paucifolia Benth. in Lindley, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 27 misc.: 53, 
no. 108 (1841), non sensu Lindley, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 29:63 (1843); Walp., 
Repert. Bot. Syst. 1:578 (1842); C.F.W. Meissn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:81 (1844). 
Type: Swan River, Western Australia, 1839, J. Drummond (CGE, lectotype here 
chosen). 
Bossiaea virgata Hook., Bot. Mag. t.3986 (1842); Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 
2:833 (1843). Bossiaea rufa var. virgata (Hook.) Benth., El. Austral.2:166 (1864^ 
Type: Swan River, Western Australia, J. Drummond 56 (K, lectotype here 
chosen). 
Bossiaea rufa var. normalis Benth., FI. Austral 2:166 (1864). Type: as for 
B. rufa. 
Lax many-stemmed shrub to 2 m high, stems erect or straggling and sup- 
ported by surrounding vegetation, flattened, winged and up to 10 mm wide, 
incised at the nodes, leafless or with copious leaves, especially on the younger 
growth, glabrous or sparingly pubescent with appressed or slightly spreading hairs 
especially when young. Leaves unifoliolate: lamina obovate, obovate-oblong, 
elliptic to narrow-elliptic, 7-29 mm long, 2.2-10 mm wide, rounded, obtuse, 
emarginate or mucronate apically, glabrous throughout or with occasional scat- 
tered appressed hairs below; petiolule 1.5-4. 5 mm long, glabrous. Stipules 1- 
3 mm long, (0.4)0. 7-1 mm wide, ovate or narrowly ovate, often oblique and 
asymmetric basally, longitudinally striate, usually glabrous apart from marginal 
cilia and scattered hairs towards the apex, sometimes the opposing stipules united 
laterally for much of their length. Flowers solitary or paired, axillary when leaves 
present, pedicellate, the pedicels (3)5-10 mm long, glabrous or sometimes spar- 
ingly pubescent. Bracts ovate, 1-2 mm long, 0.6- 1.2 mm wide, usually rapidly 
deciduous and only visible in young bud, scarious, glabrous or with marginal cilia, 
longitudinally striate. Bracteoles narrow-elliptic, 1.3-2. 5(3. 5) mm long, 0.8- 
1.2 mm wide, rapidly deciduous and only visible in young bud, scarious, glabrous 
or with marginal cilia, often inserted above the middle of the pedicel. Calyx 
glabrous or sparingly pubescent especially towards the apices of the lobes; 2 upper 
lobes 3. 7-5.2 mm long including the tube 2-3.6 mm long, the apices of the lobes 
diverging, 3 lower lobes 1.2- 1.8 mm long. Standard 9.5-12.2 mm long including a 
claw 3. 5-4.2 mm long, 8.6-1 1.7 mm wide, deep yellow internally with a deep 
purplish-red horse-shaped flare around a basal yellow throat, yellow with maroon, 
red or white striations externally sometimes giving a somewhat marbled appear- 
ance. Wings 8. 1-8.9 mm long including a claw 3.2-3. 5 mm long, 2. 3-2. 5 mm 
wide, reddish. Keel petals 7.2-7. 5 mm long including a claw 3. 2-3. 7 mm long, 
2.5-3 mm wide, reddish, densely pubescent or woolly apically. Stamen-filaments 
6. 2-8. 7 mm long. Ovary 5-6.8 mm long, stipitate, (5)7-10-ovulate, glabrous. Pods 
oblong, 2. 5-3. 8 cm long, 0.6-0.7 cm wide, the stipe about as long as or exceeding 
the persistent calyx, valves thin, inconspicuously transversely striate, glabrous. 
Seeds ellipsoid, 2. 3-2. 5 mm long, 1.4-1. 7 mm wide, uniformly reddish-brown, 
small hilum covered by a hooded cap-like aril. 

Page image

822445 Bossiaea rufa normalis Muelleria 8(2): 213
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467928
Page is part of the work Notes on western Australian Bossiaea species (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.198482
822443 Bossiaea rufa virgata Muelleria 8(2): 213
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467928
Page is part of the work Notes on western Australian Bossiaea species (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.198482
822442 Bossiaea virgata Muelleria 8(2): 213
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467928
Page is part of the work Notes on western Australian Bossiaea species (Fabaceae): 2, doi:10.5962/p.198482

Page text

213 
existing name is available for the second taxon collected by Brown. In order to 
remedy this deficiency, the name B. pmetermissa is here adopted for this taxon 
which is described below. 
As neither B. oxyclada nor B. spinescens is closely allied to B. rufa, they are 
not considered further here as they will be dealt with elsewhere. B. rufa and 
B. praetermissa are considered in some detail. 
BOSSIAEA RUFA AND BOSSIAEA PRAETERMISSA 
Bossiaea rufa R.Br. in W.T.Aiton, Hortus Kewensis edn 2, 4:267 (1812); DC., 
Prodr. 2:117 (1825). Type: King Georges Sound, Western Australia, R. Brown 
4831 (BM, the three pieces of plant material mounted on the right hand side of the 
sheet here selected as the lectotype). 
Bossiaea paucifolia Benth. in Lindley, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 27 misc.: 53, 
no. 108 (1841), non sensu Lindley, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 29:63 (1843); Walp., 
Repert. Bot. Syst. 1:578 (1842); C.F.W. Meissn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:81 (1844). 
Type: Swan River, Western Australia, 1839, J. Drummond (CGE, lectotype here 
chosen). 
Bossiaea virgata Hook., Bot. Mag. t.3986 (1842); Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 
2:833 (1843). Bossiaea rufa var. virgata (Hook.) Benth., El. Austral.2:166 (1864^ 
Type: Swan River, Western Australia, J. Drummond 56 (K, lectotype here 
chosen). 
Bossiaea rufa var. normalis Benth., FI. Austral 2:166 (1864). Type: as for 
B. rufa. 
Lax many-stemmed shrub to 2 m high, stems erect or straggling and sup- 
ported by surrounding vegetation, flattened, winged and up to 10 mm wide, 
incised at the nodes, leafless or with copious leaves, especially on the younger 
growth, glabrous or sparingly pubescent with appressed or slightly spreading hairs 
especially when young. Leaves unifoliolate: lamina obovate, obovate-oblong, 
elliptic to narrow-elliptic, 7-29 mm long, 2.2-10 mm wide, rounded, obtuse, 
emarginate or mucronate apically, glabrous throughout or with occasional scat- 
tered appressed hairs below; petiolule 1.5-4. 5 mm long, glabrous. Stipules 1- 
3 mm long, (0.4)0. 7-1 mm wide, ovate or narrowly ovate, often oblique and 
asymmetric basally, longitudinally striate, usually glabrous apart from marginal 
cilia and scattered hairs towards the apex, sometimes the opposing stipules united 
laterally for much of their length. Flowers solitary or paired, axillary when leaves 
present, pedicellate, the pedicels (3)5-10 mm long, glabrous or sometimes spar- 
ingly pubescent. Bracts ovate, 1-2 mm long, 0.6- 1.2 mm wide, usually rapidly 
deciduous and only visible in young bud, scarious, glabrous or with marginal cilia, 
longitudinally striate. Bracteoles narrow-elliptic, 1.3-2. 5(3. 5) mm long, 0.8- 
1.2 mm wide, rapidly deciduous and only visible in young bud, scarious, glabrous 
or with marginal cilia, often inserted above the middle of the pedicel. Calyx 
glabrous or sparingly pubescent especially towards the apices of the lobes; 2 upper 
lobes 3. 7-5.2 mm long including the tube 2-3.6 mm long, the apices of the lobes 
diverging, 3 lower lobes 1.2- 1.8 mm long. Standard 9.5-12.2 mm long including a 
claw 3. 5-4.2 mm long, 8.6-1 1.7 mm wide, deep yellow internally with a deep 
purplish-red horse-shaped flare around a basal yellow throat, yellow with maroon, 
red or white striations externally sometimes giving a somewhat marbled appear- 
ance. Wings 8. 1-8.9 mm long including a claw 3.2-3. 5 mm long, 2. 3-2. 5 mm 
wide, reddish. Keel petals 7.2-7. 5 mm long including a claw 3. 2-3. 7 mm long, 
2.5-3 mm wide, reddish, densely pubescent or woolly apically. Stamen-filaments 
6. 2-8. 7 mm long. Ovary 5-6.8 mm long, stipitate, (5)7-10-ovulate, glabrous. Pods 
oblong, 2. 5-3. 8 cm long, 0.6-0.7 cm wide, the stipe about as long as or exceeding 
the persistent calyx, valves thin, inconspicuously transversely striate, glabrous. 
Seeds ellipsoid, 2. 3-2. 5 mm long, 1.4-1. 7 mm wide, uniformly reddish-brown, 
small hilum covered by a hooded cap-like aril. 

Page image

557072 Caladenia amoena Muelleria 8(2): 177, fig. 21a-c
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467892
Page is part of the work New species of Orchidaceae from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198479

Page text

NEW SPECIES OF ORCHIDACEAE FROM SOUTH-EASTERN 
AUSTRALIA 
David L. Jones* 
ABSTRACT 
Jones, David L. New species of Orchidaceae from south-eastern Australia. 
Muelleria 8(2): 177-192 (1994). — Nine new species of Orchidaceae from south- 
eastern Australia (with one extending to New Zealand) are described as new: 
Caladenia amoena, C. atrata, C. hillmanii, Diuris ochroma, Pmsophyllum sua- 
veolens, Pterostylis atrans, P. commutata, P. monticola and P. tasmanica. The 
new combination, Pterostylis valida, is made for Pterostylis squamata var. valida 
Nicholls. 
INTRODUCTION 
Continuing research into the systematics of Australian Orchidaceae has 
revealed the following species, described here, as new. All are from New South 
Wales, Victoria or Tasmania, with one extending to New Zealand. The descrip- 
tions facilitate the preparation of accounts for the Flora of Australia, the Orchid 
Atlas of Tasmania, the Flora of Victoria, and the Catalogue of New Zealand 
Orchidaceae. 
TAXONOMY 
Caladenia amoena D.L.Jones sp. nov. 
C. concinnae (Rupp) D.L.Jones et M. Clements affinis sed floribus parvioribus, petalis et sepalis 
lateralis pendentibus, osmophoris sepalorum glandulosis minus, labello parviore, callis rubri- 
oribus congestis minus, callis basalibus angustioribus et columna anguste differt. 
Typus: Victoria: cult ex Wattle Glen, 37°39'10"S, 145°ir45"E, 24 Sept. 1992, 
P.Branwhite s.n. {D.L.Jones 10160) (Holotypus: CBG; Isotypus: MEL). 
Hirsute, tuberous, terrestrial herb growing singly or in loose groups. Leaf 
lanceolate, 3-8 cm x 7-9 mm, erect, dull green, purple-blotched at the base, 
densely hirsute with patent, eglandular trichomes to 4 mm long. Inflorescence 5- 
12 cm tall, wiry, reddish towards the base, densely hirsute with trichomes similar 
to those on the leaf mixed with shorter glandular trichomes. Sterile bract narrowly 
obovate-spathulate, 15-18 mm x 4-5 mm, involute, spreading, externally hirsute, 
obtuse. Fertile bract ovate-elliptical, 13-15 mm x 6-7 mm, closely sheathing, 
externally hirsute, subacute. Flower usually solitary, c. 12-14 mm across, cream- 
green heavily suffused with red, osmophores very small, floral fragrance unde- 
tectable; dorsal sepal erect and incurved, lateral sepals and petals downcurved 
close to the ovary. Dorsal sepal linear to linear-lanceolate, 20-25 mm x 2.5-3 mm, 
narrowed to a linear-involute section just before the osmophore; osmophore 1.5- 
2.5 mm x 0.5-0. 7 mm, with uncrowded, sessile, dark brown, ellipsoid to globular 
glandular cells. Lateral sepals oblong-lanceolate, 17-23 mm x 3-3.5 mm, slightly 
falcate, narrowed to a linear, involute section then terminated by an osmophore 
similar to that on the dorsal sepal. Petals linear-lanceolate, 15-18 mm x 1.3- 
1.6 mrn, long-acuminate. Labellum articulated on a short claw c. 2 mm x 1 .3 mm, 
yellowish green with a reddish mid-lobe and reddish calli, 3-lobed. Lamina 
cordate in outline when flattened, 9-12 mm x 8-1 1 mm, obliquely erect in proxi- 
mal half, strongly recurved in distal third; lateral lobes 3-4 mm across, obliquely 
erect, proximal margins entire, distal margins with 1-5 obliquely erect, flat, linear 
* Australian National Botanic Gardens, GPO Box 1777, Canberra, A.C.T., Australia 2601 
177 

Page image

569922 Caladenia atrata Muelleria 8(2): 178, fig. 1a-g
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467893
Page is part of the work New species of Orchidaceae from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198479

Page text

178 
lobes 0.6-1. 2 mm long; mid-lobe debate when flattened, 4-4.5 mm x 3.5-4 mm, 
margins with 6-8 pairs of broad, porrect, obtuse teeth, decrescent towards the 
apex. Lamina calli in 4 irregular rows, moderately congested and occupying about 
1/3 of the ventral surface of the lamina, dark reddish, those in proximal half 
stalked, decresent and sessile towards the apex; basal calli c. 3 mm long, stalked, 
head elongate-clavoid, c. 0.8 mm across, surface very irregular; longest lamina 
calli c. 1 .8 mm long, hockey-stick-shaped, stalked, irregular in shape when viewed 
from above, surface irregular. Column erect and incurved, 8-9 mm x 3. 3-3. 5 mm, 
transparent with fine reddish striae and markings, lower dorsal surface with 
stalked, glandular trichomes, broadly winged; basal glands asymmetrically ellip- 
soid, c. 2 mm X 0.6 mm, shiny yellow with a red base. Anther c. 3 mm x 2.5 mm, 
yellow, with a linear rostrum c. 0.6 mm long. Pollinia 4, c. 2.5 mm long, broadly 
boomerang-shaped, flat, yellow. Stigma more or less circular, c. 2 mm wide, 
sunken. Capsule not seen. (Fig. 2 a-c) 
Distribution and Habitat 
Endemic to southern Victoria where known from a few localities near 
Melbourne. It grows on ridges and sheltered slopes in dry sclerophyll forest in 
shallow clay loam over Silurian siltstone. 
Flowering Period 
Late August to early October. 
Notes 
Caladenia amoena is similar in many respect to C. concinna but can be dis- 
tinguished by its generally smaller flowers with the lateral sepals and petals 
downcurved close to the ovary and imparting a drooping appearance. It also has 
sepalline osmophores which are very short and sparsely glandular (prominent, 
relatively long and moderately dense in C. concinna), a smaller labellum with 
reddish, less congested calli, narrower basal calli on the labellum and a narrower 
column. Caladenia concinna has flowers 22-26 mm across, labellum 13-16 mm 
long, and column 5.5-6 mm wide. Caladenia toxochila also has some similarities 
but its flowers are darker coloured with prominent sepalline osmophores and 
much thicker, blackish, congested lamina calli. The distribution of each of these 
taxa is distinct with C. concinna being confined to the south-western Plains of 
New South Wales, C. toxochila occurring in north-western Victoria and South 
Australia and the new species from southern Victoria. A recently discovered group 
of C. amoena on private land was destroyed during clearing operations soon after 
its discovery (C.Beardsell pers. comm.). 
Conservation Status 
Reduced to great rarity by alienation of its habitat, and apparently now 
known only from private land; suggest 2E by criteria of Briggs & Leigh (1988). 
Etymology 
From the Latin amoenus, pleasant, delightful. 
Caladenia atrata D.L.Jones sp. nov. 
C. cucullatae Fitzg. affinis sed statura humiliore, floribus 1 vel 2, segmentis perianthii angus- 
tioribus, denigratis per glandes densas, callis labellorum sparsim dipositis dilfert. 
Typus: Tasmania, hill 2.5 km north-east of Ferntree, 42°55'S, 147°16'E, 29 Oct. 
1990, D.L.Jones 6805 & C.H.Broers (Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: CBG, HO, 
MEL, NSW, AD). 
Hirsute, tuberous, terrestrial herb growing in loose groups. Leaf 6-13 cm x 
3-3.5 mm, linear, erect, dark green, sparsely hirsute with a mixture of patent. 

Page image

569923 Caladenia hillmanii Muelleria 8(2): 181, fig. 1h-m
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467896
Page is part of the work New species of Orchidaceae from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198479

Page text

Conservation Status 
Locally common but poorly conserved (one state reserve — D.Ziegeler pers. 
comm.). 
Etymology 
From the Latin atratus, dressed in black, in reference to the blackish exterior 
of the flowers resulting from the dense covering of glands. 
Caladenia hillmanii D.L.Jones, sp. nov. 
C. carneae R.Br. affinis sed labello latiore quam longiore atro-purpureo vel atro-rubro et margine 
labelli non dentata sed ad basin cum 2 lobis promentibus planis, difFert. 
Typus: New South Wales, Shoal Bay, 32°43'S, 152°10'E, 7 Sept. 1990, D.L.Jones 
6404, C.Broers & G. Hillman (Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: CBG, SYD, BRI, 
MEL). 
Hirsute, solitary terrestrial herb. Leaf 6-12 cm x 3-4 mm, linear, semi-erect, 
dark green, sparsely hirsute with transparent, patent, eglandular trichomes to 
2 mm long. Inflorescence 1 5-25 cm tall, slender, wi^, green, with patent glandular 
trichomes c. 0.5 mm long mixed with eglandular trichomes similar to those on the 
leaf. Sterile bracts 10-15 mm x 3-4 mm, linear-oblanceolate, erect and hardly 
sheathing, acuminate, externally hirsute with trichomes similar to those on the 
stem. Fertile bracts 8-15 mm x 3-4 mm, linear-oblong, obtuse, closely sheathing, 
externally hirsute. Ovary 10-13 mm long, linear obovoid, densely glandular. 
Flowers 1 or 2, c. 25 mm across, bright pink internally with a dark reddish purple 
labellum, externally greenish or brownish from dense glands, a darker central 
stripe apparent on each segment, floral odour undetectable; dorsal sepal erect, 
lateral sepals porrect, hardly divergent, petals widely spreading, curving forwards 
slightly in distal half. Dorsal sepal 13-18 mm x 2-3.5 mm, linear-lanceolate’, acute 
to acuminate, internally glabrous, externally densely covered with sessile and 
shortly stalked, ovoid to globular, brownish glands. Lateral sepals 1 3-20 mm x 
3-6 mm, asymmetrically lanceolate, slightly falcate, subacute, internally glabrous, 
externally glandular. Petals 12-17 mmx 3-5.5 mm, obliquely lanceolate, slightly 
falcate, curved slightly forwards in distal half, acute, internally glabrous, exter- 
nally glandular. Labellum articulated on a short claw c. 0.3 mm x 0.6 mm, dark 
reddish pink to reddish purple, with prominent, narrow, dark red transverse bars, 
deeply 3-lobed. Lamina 6-8 mm x 8-10 mm, transversely ovate to almost reni- 
form in outline when flattened, erect in proximal third, curved forwards in distal 
two-thirds, apex porrect or recurved; lateral lobes c. 3.5 mm wide, erect and 
loosely column-embracing, entire; mid-lobe c. 3 mm long, linear-deltate, porrect 
or more usually recurved, bright yellow, basal margins with a large, flat pair of 
dark yellow, blunt, marginal calli, distally the margins slightly crenulate-undulate 
to the apex. Lamina calli yellow, in 2 rows extending just onto the base of the 
mid-lobe; basal calli 4, head ovoid, c. 0.5 mm across, papillate, stalk c. 0.5 mm 
long, white; longest lamina calli c. 1 mm long, head c. 0.4 mm across, ovoid, erect 
to flat, papillate, stalk c. 0.4 mm long, white. Column 6.5-7 mm x 3. 5-3. 7 mm, 
erect, curved forwards in distal third, greenish stained with purple and with 
numerous, prominent, dark red, transverse, anterior bands, broadly winged, with 
stalked glandular trichomes scattered on the dorsal surface; central anterior ridge 
c. 1. 3 mm wide. Anther c. 1.2 mm x 1 .2 mm, pink to mauve, densely papillate, with 
a prominent linear rostrum. Pollinia 4, c. 1 .2 mm long, flat, yellow, mealy. Stigma 
c. 1.2 mm wide, more or less circular, sunken, green. Capsule not seen. (Fig. 1 
h-m). 
Distribution and Habitat 
Endemic to New South Wales where widely distributed but sporadic in 
coastal districts between Nelson Bay and Ulladulla. This species, which may be 

Page image

557073 Diuris ochroma Muelleria 8(2): 182, fig. 2d-f
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467897
Page is part of the work New species of Orchidaceae from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198479

Page text

182 
locally common, is restricted to light coastal forests on deep, white to grey sandy 
soils. 
Flowering Period 
September and October. 
Notes 
Caladenia hillmanii is a distinctive member of the C. carnea complex. It can 
be readily recognised by its dark purple red to dark red labellum which is broader 
than long (obvious when flattened), and with the marginal teeth of the labellum 
mid-lobe being reduced to two, prominent flat structures situated near the base. 
The new species may grow sympatrically with C. carnea in some localities but 
hybrids are unknown. 
Etymology 
Named after George Hillman of Nelson Bay who has recognised the distinc- 
tiveness of this taxon for many years and has been of valuable assistance to my 
research. 
Diuris ochroma D.L.Jones sp. nov. 
D. venosae Rupp affinis sed floribus luteolis minus striatis, lobis lateralibus labelli angustioribus, 
et callo labelli majoribus cum costis inconspicuis in lobum medium laminae radiantibus, differt. 
Typus: Victoria, Wonnangatta River valley, 16.5 km north of Wonnangatta 
Homestead ruins, 37°10'S, 146°47'E, 530 m, 30 Nov. 989, J. Taylor 2650 & 
M. Crisp (Holotypus: CBG). 
Glabrous, terrestrial, solitary herb. Leaves 3 or 4, basal, linear, 1 8-30 cm x 
3-5 mm, obliquely erect to lax, involute, green. Inflorescence 25-40 cm tall, slen- 
der. Sterile bracts 7-10 cm x 5-7mm, lanceolate, acuminate, closely sheathing. 
Fertile bracts 15-35 mm x 3-5 mm, lanceolate, acuminate, closely sheathing. 
Flowers 1-4, c. 25 mm across, semi-erect to semi-pendant, pale yellow with dark 
reddish purple striae. Pedicels 1 5-45 mm long, slender, straight or curved. Dorsal 
sepal ovate, 10-13 mm x 7-9 mm, projected forwards, cucullate and tightly 
column-embracing in the proximal half, then obliquely erect, obtuse, pale yellow 
with prominent dark reddish purple striae. Lateral sepals oblanceolate to ensi- 
form, 14-19mmxl.5-3.5mm, obliquely deflexed below the labellum, parallel to 
slightly divergent, margins involute, acuminate, green with reddish purple, longi- 
tudinal striae. Petals incurved or spreading horizontally; lamina asymmetrically 
ovate, 7-9 mm x 4-5 mm, obtuse, anterior surface pale yellow, dorsal surface with 
reddish purple striae at the base; claw 6-8.5 mm long, linear, green to purplish, 
widening just near the apex. Labellum 13-16 mm long, porrect in proximal fifth 
then obliquely decurved, pale yellow with reddish purple striae on the lateral 
lobes, deeply 3-lobed; lateral lobes more or less oblong, 2.5-3 mm x c. 1.5 rnm, 
obliquely erect, divergent, pale yellow with prominent dark reddish purple striae, 
apex shortly and irregularly laciniate, margins densely beset with short, clear, sil- 
iceous cells; mid-lobe broadly ovate in outline when flattened (8.5-11 mm across), 
more or less flat with an erect, rounded central ridge, pale yellow with some pur- 
plish markings, obtuse, margins slightly irregular, purplish, basal margins beset 
with short, siliceous cells. Labellum ca//wx complex, consisting of 2-4 more or less 
parallel, rounded ridges, incurved near the apex, densely beset with clear, acicular 
siliceous cells, the central ridges coalescing near the expanded part of the mid-lobe 
and extending as a more or less single ridge to the apex, faint ridges radiating 
laterally onto the mid lobe. Column c. 4 mm x 3 mm, projected forwards from the 
end of the ovary. Anther c. 2.5 mm x 2.5 mm, broadly ovate, cream and pale 
brown. Pollinarium c. 3 mm x 2 mm; pollinia linear-clavoid, white; viscidium c. 
0.4 mm across, more or less oblong. Column wings c. 3 mm long, linear-oblong. 

Page image

822461 Drimys lanceolata parvifolia Muelleria 8(2): 255
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467970
Page is part of the work Morphometric studies of the genus Tasmannia (Winteraceae) in Victoria, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198484
822459 Drimys vickeriana Muelleria 8(2): 255
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467970
Page is part of the work Morphometric studies of the genus Tasmannia (Winteraceae) in Victoria, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198484

Page text

255 
2a. Tasmania xerophila subsp. xerophila 
Heterotypic (informal) synonym: Drimys piperita Hook. f. ‘entity 39. 
xerophila' Vickery, Blumea 18: 349 (1970). 
Misapplied name: Drimys aromatica sensu P.Parm. Bull. Sci. France Bel- 
gique 27: 298 (1896), non (R.Br. ex DC.) F.Muell. Specimen examined: 
Australian Alps, Victoria/New South Wales, C. Walter s.n. (P) (see Willis 1957, 
p. 189). 
Small shrub to 2.5 m high. Leaves (2-)3-9 cm long, 7-17 mm wide. Flowers 
1- 16 per inflorescence. Female flowers with carpels 2-6 (rarely to 1 1) and ovules 
2- 9 per carpel. (Fig. 12b) 
Specimens Collected During Study 
K/ctona — MtBuffaloNP.alt. 1400 m. R.E.Raleigh 1-10, 78-80, 56; Delegate R., Gunmark Rd, 
R.E. Raleigh 12, 14-16, 96; Frosty Hollow, Errinundra NP, alt. 970-1000 m, R.E.Raleigh 29-38, 98- 
102\ Falls Creek, alt 1700 m, N.G. Walsh 3288, 3289\ Chinamans Flat beside Hutchinsons Creek, 
alt. 880 m), K.E. Wilson 320. 
New South Wales — Mt Selwyn, alt. 1300 m, R.E.Raleigh 72-77\ 1 km SW Tumut Pond, alt. 
1 300 m), R.E.Raleigh 8l-84\ Beside road, 10 km from Cabramurra, R.E.Raleigh 85; Thredbo R. near 
Thredbo village, Mt Kosciusko, alt. 1250 m), P.Y.Ladiges 1422-1425; Dead Horse Gap, 
Mt Kosciusko, alt. 1500 m), P.Y.Ladiges 1426-1428; Alpine Way, 2 km WSW Dead Horse Gap, 
Mt Kosciusko, alt. 1500 m), P.Y.Ladiges 1429-1431. 
2b. Tasmannia xerophila subsp. robusta Raleigh subsp. nov. 
A varietate typica habitu altiore (2.5-4 m), foliis longioribus (7- 1 4 cm) et latioribus (20-30 mm) 
differt. 
Typus: Goonmirk Rocks, East Gippsland, Victoria, 8 Jan. 1992, R. Raleigh 103. 
Holotypus: MEL 2014065 (female plant); Isotypus: MELU (female plant). 
Shrub to small tree, 2.5-4 m tall. Leaves 7-14 cm long, 20-30 mm wide, with 
petioles 3.5-6 mm long. Flowers 5-8 per inflorescence. Female flowers with car- 
pels 1-8, ovules 3-7 per carpel. (Fig. 12c) 
Specimens Collected During Study 
Victoria — Goonmirk Rocks, Errinundra NP, alt. 1 100-1200 m), R.E.Raleigh 18-20, 25, 26, 
26a, 27, 27a, 103-107; Mt Ellery, Errinundra NP, alt. 1291 m, R.E.Raleigh 39-44. 
3. Tasmannia vickeriana (A.C. Smith) A.C.Smith, Taxon 18: 287 (1969). 
Basionym: Drimys vickeriana A.C.Smith, J. Arnold Arb. 24: 130 (1943). 
Type: Mt Mueller, Victoria, Luehmann & French s.n. (A). 
Heterotypic synonyms: Drimys xerophila ['aromatica'] var. alpina 
F.Muell. ex P.Parm., Bull. Sci. France Belgique 27: 226, 300 (1896). Type: Baw 
Baw Ranges, Victoria, F. Mueller s.n. (P). 
Drimys lanceolata var. parvifolia Vickery, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 
62: 83 (1937). Type: Upper Yarra, Victoria, Staer s.n. (NSW). 
Plants as for T. xerophila, but 0.5- 1.2 m in height. Leaves compact, 0.8-2(- 
2.5) cm long, 2-6 mm broad, apex obtuse, veins obscured, petiole 1.5-3. 5 rnm 
long. Flowers 1-15 per inflorescence, pedicels 3-10 mm long. Male flowers with 
stamens 8-26, sterile carpels 1 (rarely 2). Female flowers with stamens absent, 
carpels 1-6, with 3-6 ovules. Fruit 1-3 (rarely 4) per pedicel, globose to short 
ovoid, 6-12 mm long, 6-10 mm broad, burgundy at maturity, flesh near skin pale 
burgundy, white towards centre; pedicels 4-11 mm long; seeds 2-5 per berry, 
2-3 mm long, 1.5-2 mm broad, black; aborted ovules white. (Fig. 12d) 
Specimens Collected During Study 
Victoria — Mt Baw Baw: Edge of car park near Mt Baw Baw ski village, alt. 1 563 m, R.E.Raleigh 
90; 1 km below Mt Baw Baw ski village, alt. 1500 m, R.E.Raleigh 91-95; Mt Baw Baw ski village, 
alt. 1563 m, R.E.Raleigh 112; Mt Baw Baw ski village, alt. 1563 m, P.Y.Ladiges 1403-1412. 

Page image

822458 Drimys xerophila Muelleria 8(2): 254
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467969
Page is part of the work Morphometric studies of the genus Tasmannia (Winteraceae) in Victoria, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198484

Page text

254 
21, sterile carpels 1 (rarely 0 or 2). Female flowers 5-12 mm diameter; tepals 3-5 
(rarely to 9) inserted laterally to the medial line 6.0-10 mm long, 1 . 5-2 mm wide; 
stamens absent; carpels 1 (rarely 2 fused) with 10-18 ovules, grooved. Fruits 1 
(rarely 2) per pedicel, globose and deeply furrowed, 5. 5-7.0 mm in diameter, deep 
maroon to glossy black when mature; pedicels to 25 mm long; seeds 4-13 per 
berry, black. (Fig. 12a) 
Specimens Collected During Study 
I'ictoria — Bonang Hwy, Martins Ck, alt. 320 m, R.E. Raleigh 1 1\ Delegate River, Gunmark Rd, 
R.E. Raleigh 13, 97; Goonmirk Rocks, Errinundra NP, alt. 1 100-1200 m, R.E. Raleigh 21-24, 108, 
109; Frosty Hollow, Errinundra NP, alt. 970-1000 m, R.E. Raleigh 28; Mt Ellery, Errinundra NP, alt. 
1291 m. R.E. Raleigh 45-49; Major Mitchell Plateau, Grampians NP, alt. 1080 m), R.E. Raleigh 50, 
52-59; Beauty Spot, Otways, R.E. Raleigh 113, 114; Pirianda Gardens, Dandenong Ra., R.E. Raleigh 
New South Wales — Brindebella Ra., alt. 1646 m, M.Duretto 111-120. 
2. Tasmannia xerophila (P.Parm.^) M.Gray, Contr. Herb. Austral, no. 26: 8 
(1976). 
Basionym: Drimys xerophila P.Parm., Bull. Sci. France Belgiquell: 225-6, 299- 
300 (1896). Type: Australian Alps, Victoria/New South Wales, F. Mueller s.n. 
(P). 
Bushy spreading shrub to small tree, 0.6-4 m tall, dioecious; usually with 
clumped growth habit the result of root suckering, stems finely tuberculate, 
reddish when young, older stems ochre to reddish brown. Leaves alternate, be- 
coming pseudo-whorled below the resting buds; blades oblanceolate to narrowly 
oblanceolate, (2-)3- 1 4 cm long, 5-30 cm wide, coriaceous to rigid, apex obtuse to 
subacute; dark green above, pale green glaucous below; midrib prominent to 
obscured and finely tuberculate; margins of blade flat to slightly recurved; petiole 
2-6 cm long. Flowers 1-16 per inflorescence; one flower per bract, with the outer 
of these bracts decreasing in length and width acropetally and caducous before 
new leaves have matured. Pedicels 7-12 mm long (male flowers), 7-15 mm long 
(female flowers). Male flowers with stamens 9-30, sterile carpels 1, rarely 2. 
Female flowers 4-8 mm diameter (excluding tepals); prophylls situated in the 
median plane orbicular to ovate, 3-6 mm long, tepals mostly 2, very rarely 3 or 4, 
inserted alternate to the prophylls, 5-7 mm long, 1-2 mm wide; stamenoids 
absent, carpels 1-8 (rarely to 11), with 2-9 ovules. Fruits 2-6 (rarely to 1 1) per 
pedicel, globose to short ovoid, 6.5-1 1 mm long, 5-10 mm broad, glossy black to 
glaucous at maturity, flesh near skin dark purple, white towards centre; pedicels 
5.5-14 mm long; seeds 2-7 per berry, 2. 5-3. 5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm broad, black; 
aborted ovules pink. 
Key to the subspecies 
1. Shrub to 2.5 m tall; leaves (2-)3-9 cm long, 5-17 mm wide 
2a. subsp. xerophila 
1. Shrub to small tree, 2.5-4 m tall; leaves 7-14 cm long, 20-30 mm wide; 
Goonmirk Rocks and Mt Ellery only 2b. subsp. robusta 
2. Parmentier (1896) treats Drimys aromatica in part as synonymous with D. xerophila but does not 
include the type of D. aromatica in D. xerophila, nor does he list D. aromatica as a synonym of 
D. xerophila. He does, however, list D. .xerophila [‘aromatica’'] var. f3 aromatica (with a different type to 
D. aromatica) as a synonym of D. xerophila. This variety is referable to D. lanceolata and what 
Parmentier labelled (in herbarium) as typical D. aromatica is referable to D. xerophila (Willis 1 957). In 
spite of this confusion (and the fact that in the sense of Parmentier D. aromatica is synonymous with 
D. .xerophila), D. xerophila does not ‘definitely include the holotype’ (see ICBN, Art. 63.1 & 63.2) of 
D. aromatica and is therefore legitimate. 

Page image

822460 Drimys xerophila alpina Muelleria 8(2): 255
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467970
Page is part of the work Morphometric studies of the genus Tasmannia (Winteraceae) in Victoria, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198484
456395 Eucalyptus pauciflora acerina Muelleria 8(2): 223
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467938
Page is part of the work Three new endemic subspecies of snow gum for Victoria and notes on the taxonomy of the informal superspecies Pauciflora L.D. Pryor and L.A.S. Johnson, doi:10.5962/p.198483
456396 Eucalyptus pauciflora hedraia Muelleria 8(2): 227
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467942
Page is part of the work Three new endemic subspecies of snow gum for Victoria and notes on the taxonomy of the informal superspecies Pauciflora L.D. Pryor and L.A.S. Johnson, doi:10.5962/p.198483
456397 Eucalyptus pauciflora parvifructa Muelleria 8(2): 229
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467944
Page is part of the work Three new endemic subspecies of snow gum for Victoria and notes on the taxonomy of the informal superspecies Pauciflora L.D. Pryor and L.A.S. Johnson, doi:10.5962/p.198483
456394 Eucalyptus silvestris Muelleria 8(2): 193, figs 1, 2 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467908
Page is part of the work Eucalyptus silvestris, a new species of Eucalyptus (Myrtaceae) for Victoria and south Australia and notes on Victorian occurrences of Eucalyptus odorata, doi:10.5962/p.198480

Page text

EUCALYPTUS SILVESTRIS, A NEW SPECIES OF EUCALYPTUS 
(MYRTACEAE) FOR VICTORIA AND SOUTH AUSTRALIA AND 
NOTES ON VICTORIAN OCCURRENCES OF EUCALYPTUS ODORATA 
K. Rule* 
ABSTRACT 
Rule, K. Eucalyptus silvestris, a new species of Eucalyptus (Myrtaceae) for 
Victoria and South Australia and notes on Victorian occurrences of Eucalyptus 
odorata. Muelleria 8(2): 193-199 (1994). — Eucalyptus silvestris K.Rule is 
described and its distribution, affinities and conservation status are discussed. As 
well, comparisons with E. odorata Behr, and other mallee-box species are made 
and clarifications about several Victorian collections previously referred to as 
E. odorata are given. 
INTRODUCTION 
The original description of Eucalyptus odorata Behr was made in 1 847 fol- 
lowing a collection from near Nuriootpa in the Barossa Valley of South Australia. 
Locally referred to as Peppermint Box, its features included mallee or small tree 
habit, dark grey box-like bark, dull blue-green or green adult foliage, somewhat 
glaucous juvenile leaves of varying widths and slightly angular buds and fruits. 
Since then numerous other collections have been attributed to E. odorata from 
South Australia (the Eyre Peninsula, Kangaroo Island, the Fleurieu Peninsula, the 
Northern and Southern Flinders Ranges, and the Upper South-east) and Victoria 
(the Wimmera and North-central regions). 
The taxonomic history of E. odorata has been highlighted by the narning of 
several taxa whose integrities could not be sustained. After Behr’s original descrip- 
tion, F. cajuputeaMutW. exMiq. (1851 ) and F’./rwt/c/torwm Muell. exMiq. (1856) 
were named, both of which are now regarded as synonyms of E. odorata. 
Blakeley’s 1934 treatment of the species produced a number of varieties which 
also have been unsustainable. In the opinion of Pryor and Johnson (1971) the var. 
angustifolia is the one exception. 
The erection of Eucalyptus wimmerensis K.Rule (1990), marked the begin- 
ning of the dissection of the mallee-boxes, particularly E. odorata. In the course of 
that study, it became apparent to both this author and Mr M.I.H. Brooker of Can- 
berra that populations of the Upper South-east of South Australia in the vicinity of 
Bordertown and of adjacent areas of the Victorian Wimmera were inconsistent 
with the typical form. 
TAXONOMY 
Eucalyptus silvestris K.Rule sp. nov. 
Eucalyptus odorata affinis a qua alabastris fructibusque parvioribus, foliis juvenilibus latioribus 
et foliis adultis lamprophyllis. A E. wimmerensi cortice aspero habitu arboreo et foliis juvenil- 
ibus adultisque latioribus differt. 
Holotypus; Victoria, 6.8 km south of Yanac by road towards Nhill, 36°10'S, 
14r27'E, 23 Apr. 1990, K.Rule 9016 (MEL). 
Tall, robust mallees or small spreading trees to 12 m. Bark grey, fibrous, 
irregularly chunky to major branches, smooth grey-brown above. Seedling leaves 
opposite for 3 or 4 pairs, narrowly elliptical or narrowly ovate, shortly petiolate, 
slightly discolorous dull, blue-green. Juvenile leaves narrowly lanceolate, lanceo- 
* 6 Regal Court, Vermont South, Victoria, Australia 3133 
193 

Page image

569918 Lomandra oreophila Muelleria 8(2): 129, figs 3, 5 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467844
Page is part of the work Lomandra oreophila (Lomandraceae): A new species in the L. micrantha group, doi:10.5962/p.198474

Page text

129 
referred to as "micrantha V) and part of the "micrantha 2’ group; and (c) an 
additional subgroup {viz. 'micrantha 2' group) suggests that redefinition of the 
subspecific taxa of L. micrantha may be necessary. 
CIRCUMSCRIPTION OF LOMANDRA OREOPHILA 
Lomandra oreophila Conn & Quirico nom. & stat. nov. 
Basionym; Xerotes micrantha var. sororia F. Muell. ex Benth., Fl. Austral. 7: 103 
(1878); Lomandra micrantha var. sororia (F. Muell. ex Benth.) H. Williamson, 
Victorian Naturalist 45: 37 (1928). Lectotype (here chosen): Victoria (East 
Gippsland), ‘Xerotes laxa R. Br.’ ‘Mount Wellington, Gipps Land’ [in Mueller’s 
hand], F. Mueller s.n., [Nov 1854] (K); Isolecto: ‘Xerotes micrantha Endl. var. 
sororia’ ‘Mount Wellington, Gippsland’ [on ‘Phytologic Museum of Victoria’ 
label, in Mueller’s hand], F. Mueller s.n., [Nov 1854] (K); probable Isolecto: ‘In 
montibus subalpinis . . . prope montum Wellington’ [in Mueller’s hand], ‘Gipps- 
land alps, about 4000' [feet] high’, F. Mueller s.n., Nov [18] 54 (MEL 20866), 
‘Lower part of Mount Wellington, Gipps Land’ [probably written by C. Wilhelmi], 
F. Mueller s.n., [Nov 1854] (MEL 20867)(refer Typification). 
Leaves stiff and erect, 250-500 mm long, (2.5-)3.3-4(-5.5) mm wide, 
glabrous, flat with margin usually ± incurved, or slightly concavo-convex (in 
cross-section), not twisted; margin with a conspicuous marginal zone; basal sheath 
with margin intact or occasionally slightly torn, 45-60 mm long; apex rounded 
to almost truncate, or with two lateral teeth (often caused by ageing of apex) 
(see Notes). Inflorescence (0.2-)0.3-0.5(-0.7) times as long as leaves with non- 
flowering axis (scape) hidden or exposed; axes conspicuously covered with 
tubercles 0.04-0.08 mm long. Male and female inflorescences similar; male inflor- 
escences 1 4-30 cm long; female inflorescences 7-2 1 long. Male flowers with tepals 
1.9-2. 6 mm long-, female flowers w'\W\ tepals 3-4.5 mm long. Fruit ovoid, c. 3 mm 
diameter, pale brown. (Fig. 3) 
Typification 
Everett & Lee (determinavit slips) concluded that the type material of this 
species {viz. Xerotes micrantha var. sororia F. Muell. ex Benth.) was held at MEL 
and regarded MEL 20866 as the holotype and MEL 20867 the isotype. This view 
was followed by Lee and Macfarlane ( 1 986). Whether Bentham actually examined 
these specimens is not known, but two herbarium sheets of this taxon are held at K 
in the Hooker Herbarium. These are best considered as type material and the 
lower right specimen on the sheet with ‘Xerotes laxa R. Br.’ ‘Mount Wellington 
Gipps Land’ ‘Dr ferd. Mueller’ [in Mueller’s hand] is here chosen as the lectotype. 
The other two specimens on this sheet and the specimen on the other sheet are here 
regarded as isolectotypes. The material held at MEL is here regarded as probable 
isolectotypes. 
Nomenclature 
With the status of this taxon being raised to specific level, the epithet ‘sororia' 
can not be used because the new combination {L. sororia) would be a later 
homonym of L. sororia (L. Muell. ex Benth.) Ewart. Therefore, the new name 
L. oreophila based on the type of Xerotes micrantha Endl. var. sororia F. Muell. ex 
Benth. (as discussed above) is here proposed. 
Other Specimens Examined 
Victoria — Eastern Highlands: Moroka Range, 2 Nov. 1973, Beauglehole 43470 (MEL 
1515703); 2.2 km NW of confluence [,s/c] of O’Keefe Gully and Aberfeldy Road, near Aberfeldy, 18 
Oct. 1978, Walsh 161 (MEL 547912). Snowfields: Mt Howitt, 5 km SSE of Mt McDonald, 17 Jan. 
1973, Beauglehole 41219 (MEL 1515700); Mt Useful, Natural Feature — Scenic Reserve, 25 Apr 
1985, Beauglehole 79278 (MEL 682530); Mt Skene, 24 Feb. 1949, Willis s.n. (MEL 20868). East 

Page image

569916 Pomaderris brevifolia Muelleria 8(2): 107, figs 1, 2 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467822
Page is part of the work Pomaderris brevifolia (Rhamnaceae), a new species from south-west Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198471

Page text

POMADERRIS BREVIFOLIA (RHAMNACEAE), A NEW SPECIES FROM 
SOUTH-WEST WESTERN AUSTRALIA 
N. G. Walsh* 
ABSTRACT 
Walsh, N.G. Pomaderris brevifolia (Rhamnaceae), a new species from south-west 
Western Australia. Muelleria 8(2): 107-111 (1994). — A new species Pomaderris 
brevifolia N.G. Walsh, formerly included in P. myrtilloides Fenzl, is described and 
illustrated. P. myrtilloides is circumscribed and contrasted with the new species. 
INTRODUCTION 
The name P. myrtilloides Fenzl has been applied to a varied assemblage of 
shrubs, mostly occurring on limestone or lateritic substrates or on sand dunes near 
the southern coast of Western Australia, extending from Albany eastward to near 
Eucla on the South Australian border. P. myrtilloides sens. lat. has most readily 
been distinguished from other Western Australian species of Pomaderris in 
having flowers with narrow-linear petals. Other petaloid species of Pomaderris 
in Western Australia have distinctly obovate or spathulate petals. Consider- 
able variation in leaf shape, size and indumentum has been attributed to 
P. myrtilloides, but field observation and examination of herbarium specimens 
indicates the existence of two entities, readily separable on foliar, floral and fruit 
characters. 
TAXONOMY 
Pomaderris brevifolia N.G. Walsh, sp. nov. 
P. myrtilloide Fenzl affinis foliis parvioribus, crassis, margine recurvatis vel revolutis, inflores- 
centibus et floribus minoribus, et sepalis persistentibus differt. 
Typus: Western Australia, south-west, Susetta River, 34°00'S, 1 19°27'E, 13 July 
1970, A.S. George 10000 (Holotypus: MEL; Isotypus: PERTH) 
Slender shrub, to c. 1.5 m high. Young branchlets, petioles and pedicels 
covered with pale, short, semi-appressed silky hairs. Stipules paired, fused toward 
base, narrowly triangular, c. 1 mm long, silky pubescent on abaxial surface, 
glabrous adaxially. Leaves shortly petiolate, lamina obovate, cuneate or obcor- 
date, 3-7 mm long, 2-4 mm wide; apex rounded, truncate or retuse, the midvein 
commonly minutely exserted; lateral veins not apparent; upper surface smooth 
and glabrous, or with a line of short hairs along the impressed mid vein, or (rarely) 
shortly hispid over the entire surface; lower surface densely covered by a mat of 
fine stellate hairs, overlain by short appressed or slightly spreading simple hairs; 
margins thickened or recurved to revolute, forming a conspicuous border around 
the lower surface. Inflorescence an umbel-like cyme, to c. 15 mm diam., with c. 
10-20 flowers; pedicels 2-5 mm long, subtended by stipule-like bracts. Flowers 
cream to pale pink; sepals 1.3-2 mm long, silky pubescent abaxially, glabrous 
adaxially; petals linear to narrowly oblanceolate, 0.8-1. 2 mm long, 0. 1-0.3 mm 
wide, usually glabrous, sometimes with a few appressed silky hairs on the abaxial 
surface. Stamens shortly exceeding petals; anthers 0.3-0. 5 mm long. Style 0.7- 
1 mm long, 3-lobed apically, the lobes to 0.3 mm long. Ovary summit densely 
covered by short erect simple hairs, encircled by a raised glabrous rim. Capsule 
obovoid, 3. 5-4.5 mm long, exserted for about 1/2 of its length from the level of 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, 
Australia 3141 
107 

Page image

569917 Pomaderris myrtilloides Muelleria 8(2): 110
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467825
Page is part of the work Pomaderris brevifolia (Rhamnaceae), a new species from south-west Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198471

Page text

110 
(1862: 69) described P. stenopetala from specimens collected by 
Oldheld at Point Henry (near Bremer Bay), agreeing with Fenzl’s description in all 
but leaf shape (ovate to ovate-lanceolate) and dimension (2/3-1 1/3 inches). 
Surprisingly, in his description he made no reference to Fenzl’s P. myrtilloides. 
‘f ®^ntham s ( 1 863: 4 1 9) description of P. myrtilloides gives the leaves varying 
trom oboyate to obovate-oblong, very obtuse or almost acute, slightly emargi- 
nate, mostly about 1/2 in. long, in the original specimens . . . glabrous above and 
• There is no reference to the petals being bearded or otherwise as 
noted by Fenzl and Mueller. Bentham’s description is followed by a brief diag- 
nosis ot a new variety major, with ‘leaves larger, often 1 in. long; flowers larger’ 
equating it with Mueller’s P. stenopetala and citing the same type specimen. 
1 he type specimen of P. myrtilloides is a twig in bud, with obovate leaves 
obtuse or truncate at the apex, 8- 1 2 mm long and c. 4-7 mm wide, glabrous on the 
adaxial suriace and with a dense indumentum of fine stellate hairs overlain by 
short silky sirnple hairs on the abaxial surface. 
of herbarium material of P. myrtilloides at PERTH, CBG and 
MEL indicates a continuum of leaf and flower sizes from those represented by 
the type through to those which would accord with P. stenopetala F.Muell. 
l-P myrtilloides yar. major Benth.). Within the range of leaf sizes exist specimens 
with leaves adaxially glabrous and others with leaves finely stellate-pubescent on 
the adaxial surface — the latter form not hitherto included in descriptions of 
P. myrtilloides. Specimens at PERTH with adaxially hairy leaves had been see- 
regated as potentially an undescribed entity, but in the absence of other corre- 
lating characters, I regard these as merely variants. The habitats and ranges of both 
variants appear to be largely overlapping, with the adaxially pubescent form 
perhaps more common on deep sand and the adaxially glabrous form more 
common on limestone-derived substrates. 
r\ 1 nomenclature and a brief description of Pomaderris myrtilloides follows 
Only those features which differ substantially from P. brevifolia are indicated. ’ 
Pomaderris myrtilloides Fenzl in Endl. et ai, Enum. PI. 22 (1837). Type- ‘Ora 
orientalis, Ferd. Bauer’; Holotype: W. 
^^^^opetala F.Muell., Fragm. 3: 69 (1862). Type: Pt Henry 
Oldfield.; Syntypes & Isosyntypes: K (2 sheets); MEL (2 sheets) 
Pomaderris myrtilloides var. major Benth., FI. Austral T 419 f 18631 
Syntypes & Isosyntypes as above. ' 
M any-branched shrub, from 0.3-2 m high. Stipules narrowly triangular to 
subulate, 1-4 mm long. Leaves shortly petiolate, lamina obovate, elliptic or 
cuneate, 10-26 mm long 7-15 mm. wide; upper surface smooth and glabrous or 
with a line of short hairs along the impressed midvein, or entirely covered by a mat 
of minute ste late hairs; margins plane, not differentiated on abaxial surface. 
Irijlorescence l. 5-3. 5 cm diam.; pedicels 3-8 mm long. Flowers cream to pale 
pink, sepals 2-3 mm long; petals narrowly lanceolate to oblanceolate, 1.3-2 mm 
long, 0.2-0.5 mrn wide, glabrous or more commonly sparsely to densely silky 
pubescent abaxially.^«/^m 0.5-0.8 mm long. Style 1-1.5 mm long 3-lobed 
Xm 2/3^nV^? to 0.3 mm long Capsule ohovoxd, 4-4.5 mm long, exserted for 
about 2/3 of its length from the level of insertion of the sepals, 5-angled in the 
ower p^t, s^als deciduous in fruit. Seed flattened oblong-ovoid c. 2 5 mm long 
with a short basal aril. ^ 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
on ^ Rye of PERTH for sharing her comments and notes 
RoSf Rnmnin r . species, to Roger Spencer and Mark Lee of the 
Royal Botanic Gardens, Melbourne, for their cooperation while on a collecting 
trip in south-west Western Australia, to Western Mining Pty Ltd for funding the 
trip, and to Mali Moir who prepared the accompanying illustration ^ 

Page image

822428 Pomaderris myrtilloides major Muelleria 8(2): 110
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467825
Page is part of the work Pomaderris brevifolia (Rhamnaceae), a new species from south-west Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198471
822427 Pomaderris stenopetala Muelleria 8(2): 110
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467825
Page is part of the work Pomaderris brevifolia (Rhamnaceae), a new species from south-west Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198471
569924 Prasophyllum suaveolens Muelleria 8(2): 184, fig. 2g-j
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467899
Page is part of the work New species of Orchidaceae from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198479

Page text

184 
tapered near the apex, irregularly lobed, white with purple markings, about as long 
as the anther. Stigma higher than anther, white with purple markings. Capsule 
10-12 mm X 4-5 mm, obovoid. (Fig. 2 d-f) 
Distribution and Habitat 
Locally abundant in the Wonnangatta Valley, north-eastern Victoria but 
probably more widespread and overlooked due to confusion with other species. 
It grows in herbfield in silty clay to peaty soils. 
Flowering Period 
November and December. 
Notes 
Diuris ochroma has affinities with D. venosa but can be immediately dis- 
tinguished by its pale yellow flowers (mauve, lilac or bluish in D. venosa) which 
have fewer and less prominent striae. It also has shallowly incised lateral lobes on 
the labellum and a much larger, more complex lamina callus which has faint 
accessory ridges radiating onto the lamina of the mid-lobe. D. ochroma is well 
isolated from D. venosa which is restricted to altitudes above 1500 m on the 
Northern Tablelands of New South Wales. In Victoria the new species has been 
linked with D. lanceolata. It can be distinguished from that species by the dark 
striae on the tepals and the lamina callus which is more complexely lobed and with 
faint accessory ridges radiating onto the midlobe. The callus of D. lanceolata 
consists of 2 main lobes with a third extending onto the midlobe but without any 
associated radiating ridges. 
Conservation Status 
Poorly known but locally common and not conserved; suggest 2K by the 
criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1989). 
Etymology 
From the Greek ochroma, pale, wan; in reference to the pale yellow flowers. 
Prasophyllum suaveolens D.L.Jones & R.Bates sp. nov. 
P. fusco R.Br. affinis sed statura humiliore, floribus parvioribus fragrantissimis, callo labellorum 
laevi incrassato in tertia parte distali, et columna brevi lata proportione dilfert. 
Typus: Victoria, Vite Vite, 37°53'S, 143°1 1'E, 29 Nov. 1992, D.L.Jones 10872, 
P. Barnett & G.Beilby (Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: CBG, MEL, AD, NSW). 
Slender terrestrial tuberous herb 10-25 cm tall. Tuberoids ovoid to obovoid, 
6-10 mm across. L^a/linear-terete, 15-20 cm long, bright green, base reddish, 
free lamina erect, often partially withered at anthesis. Floral bracts broadly ovate- 
elliptical, c. 1.5 mm X 1.3 mm, subacute. Ovary obovqid-pyriform, c. 3 mm x 
2.5 mm, shiny green, set at about 40 degrees to the rhachis, sessile. Inflorescence a 
narrow, loose spike 5-10 cm long, consisting of 10-25 flowers, flowers 4-5 mm 
across, green to yellowish green with some reddish markings, opening widely, 
strongly fragrant. Dorsal sepal linear ovate-lanceolate, 4-5 mm x 2-2.3 mm, green 
with reddish striae, subacute. Lateral sepals linear-lanceolate, 2-3 mm x 1- 
1.2 mm, free or connate at the base, strongly recurved, subacute, distal margins 
involute. Petals narrowly obovate, 4-4.5 mm x c. 1.5 mm, green with a reddish 
central stripe, obliquely erect, incurved, subacute. Labellum ovate-lanceolate in 
outline when flattened, greenish-cream to pinkish green, narrowed to a short basal 
claw, slightly gibbous at the base when viewed from the side, porrect in proximal 
half, distal half recurved at right angles, with entire or slightly irregular margins, 
the apex often recurved, apiculate; callus ovate-lanceolate, fleshy, green, shallowly 
channelled, margins entire, prominently thickened and fleshy in distal third. 

Page image

569925 Pterostylis atrans Muelleria 8(2): 185, fig. 3a-d
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467900
Page is part of the work New species of Orchidaceae from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198479

Page text

extending nearly to the labellum apex. Column c. 1.3 mm x 1.5 mm, porrect from 
the end of the ovary, hardly visible from the side in the open flower; appendages 
linear-oblong, c. 1 mm x 0.5 mm, pale green, truncate or emarginate.^/rt^^r ovate, 
c. 1 mm X 1 mm, purplish. Pollinarium c. 0.9 mm long; viscidium ovate, c. 0.13 
mm long, white; hamulus ligulate, c. 0.2 mm long; pollinia 4, linear-clavoid, c. 0.7 
mm long, yellow, sectile. Stigma transversely quadrate, c. 1 mm x 0.6 mm, the 
rostellum slightly higher than the appendages. Capsules obovoid, c. 3.5 mm x 
2 mm, shiny, green or reddish. (Fig. 2 g-j) 
Distribution and Habitat 
Endemic in south-western Victoria where it grows in open grassland and 
sparse woodland in red-brown loam. The vegetation is dominated by tussock 
grasses, particularly species of Danthonia and Themeda triandra. 
Flowering Period 
Mid October to mid November. 
Notes 
This species, part of the Prasophyllum fuscum complex, can be distinguished 
by its dwarfish stature, much smaller, strongly fragrant flowers, a broad, smooth 
labellum callus which is prominently thickened in the distal third and a short, 
proportionately broad column. It has been linked with Prasophyllum sp. A sensu 
Flora of Victoria Vol. 2. but is readily distinguished from that species by its much 
smaller flowers. The flowers of P. suaveolens readily emit a strong, spicy fragrance 
in warm weather. 
Conservation Status 
Apparently once widespread but now restricted to small relict areas of grass- 
land, principally along roadsides and in railway reserves. About 6 localities in 
addition to the type locality have been located (K.McDougall pers. comm.), but 
the identity of the species at each site needs to be confirmed. Suggest 2RC accord- 
ing to Briggs and Leigh (1989). 
Etymology 
From the Latin suaveolens, fragrant, smelling sweetly. 
Pterostylis atrans D.L.Jones sp. nov. 
P. obtusae R.Br. affinis sed floribus parvioribus, suggestu sinus protrudenti minus, apicibus 
petalorum et sepalorum dorsalium rubro-fuscis, petalis angustioribus, sepalis lateralis apicibus 
discretis clavigeris leniter et sepalo dorsali apice longiore filiformi differt. 
Typus; Australian Capital Territory, Brindabella Ranges, c. 4.3 km along Bendora 
Dam Rd from Bulls Head, 35°25'S, 148°45'E, 22 Feb. 1992, D.L.Jones 9092 & 
B.E. Jones (Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: CBG, MEL, NSW, HO). 
Tuberous terrestrial herb growing in colonies. Rosette separate; leaves 3-5, 
ovate-oblong, 1-3.5 cm x 1-2 cm, dark green, entire or slightly irregular, obtuse; 
petioles 4-15 mm x c. 1 mm, not winged. Flowering plants 15-30 cm tall. Scape 
slender, smooth. Cauline leaves 4 or 5, 1-3 cm x 3-5 mm, ovate-lanceolate, 
sheathing at the base, long-acuminate, basal 1 or 2 reduced and bract-like. Flower 
solitary (rarely 2), 1.4-2 cm long, translucent white, striped and suffused with 
green, red-brown towards the apex of the galea; galea gibbous at the base then erect 
before bending forwards then strongly decurved to the apex. Dorsal sepal 2.5- 
3.2 cm X 8-12 mm, inflated at the base then constricted and tapered to the apex, 
with a linear-filiform apical point 5-9 mm long, translucent white with dark green 
stripes, red-brown towards the apex. Lateral sepals erect, tightly embracing the 
galea; sinus protruding as a prominent platform-like bulge when viewed from the 

Page image

557074 Pterostylis commutata Muelleria 8(2): 187, fig. 3e-g
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467902
Page is part of the work New species of Orchidaceae from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198479

Page text

2cm 
187 
Fig. 3. a-d Pterostylis atrans. a — flower from side, b — flower from front, c — column and labellum 
from side, d — labellum flattened out, from above, (drawn from the type collection), 
e-g Pterostylis commutata. e — flower from side, f — flower from front, g — labellum 
flattened out, from above. (Ross, Tasmania, 5 Jan. 1987, H. Ronken, CBG). h-k Pterostylis 
monticola. h — flower from side, i — flower from front, j — column and labellum from side, 
k — labellum flattened out, from above, (drawn from the type collection) 

Page image

569926 Pterostylis monticola Muelleria 8(2): 189, fig. 3h-k
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467904
Page is part of the work New species of Orchidaceae from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198479

Page text

189 
Etymology 
From the Latin commutatus, changed, altered, in reference to adaptation of 
the species following isolation from related taxa. 
Pterostylis monticola D.L.Jones sp. nov. 
P. alpinae R. Rogers affinis, robustiore et floribus maximis, sinu e latere visa protrudenti cur- 
varto leniter, et apicibus discretis sepalorum erectis supra galeam differt. 
Typus: Australian Capital Territory, Brindabella Ranges, just south of Bendora 
Arboretum, 35°25'S, 148°48T, 14 Feb. 1993, D.L.Jones 11355 & B.E.Jones 
(Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: CBG, MEL, NSW). 
Tuberous terrestrial herb growing in colonies. Rosette semi-basal around the 
scape to cauline; leaves 3-5, elliptical, lanceolate or oblanceolate, 4-9 cm x 1.5- 
2.5 cm, dark green above, paler beneath, entire or slightly undulate, obtuse to 
subacute; petioles 2-10 mm x 2-3 mm, prominently winged. Scape 20-A5 cm tall, 
slender, prominently scabrid. Sterile bract lanceolate, 3-6 cm x 9- 1 5 mm, sheath- 
ing at the base. Fertile bract similar. Ovary 8-12 mm long, ribbed, scabrid. Flower 
solitary, 40-50 mm long, translucent white striped and suffused with dark green; 
galea gibbous at the base then erect before curving forwards, then flat or slightly 
decurved to the apex. Dorsal sepal 4-6 cm x 18-23 mm, inflated at the base then 
constricted and tapered to the acute apex, white with a broad, dark green median 
stripe, green margins and apex and about 8 prominent green nerves. Lateral sepals 
erect, loosely embracing the galea leaving a slight lateral gap; sinus protruding as a 
slight bulge when viewed from the side, broadly vee-ed when viewed from the 
front; conjoined part 14-18 mm x 12-16 mm, narrowed to c. 4 mm across at the 
base, green with darker stripes, the ventral surface minutely scabrid, the upper 
margins inrolled, gradually tapered into the free points; free points 1 5-20 mm 
long, filiform, involute, erect, held high above the galea. Petals obliquely oblong- 
lanceolate, 3-5 cm X 7-9 mm, falcate, acute, proximal central area white, rest 
green; flange c. 1.3 mm across, flat, obtuse. Labellum erect, curved forwards 
prominently in the distal quarter, the apex protruding prominently through the 
sinus in the set position; lamina narrowly elliptical-lanceolate to narrowly oblong- 
elliptical, 1 6-20 mm x 3-4.5 mm, tapered to the obtuse apex, greenish with brown 
margins in the proximal half, becoming wholly dark brown towards the apex; 
callus c. 1 mm across, raised, slightly expanded at the apex; basal appendage 
3-3.5 mm long, broadly linear, shallowly curved, apex deeply penicillate. Column 
1 8-22 mm long, bent away from the ovary at about 50° then erect, pale green with 
brown markings. Column wings 6-7 mm long; basal lobe 3-3.5 mm x c. 2.2 mm, 
white, at an angle of about 45°, apex obtuse, inner margins incurved, sparsely 
adorned with short white cilia; mid-section c. 3.5 mm long, dark green; apical lobe 
linear, c. 1.6 mm long, curved, subacute. Stigma oblong-elliptical, 5-6 mm x c. 2 
mm, raised. Anther c. 2 mm long, shortly rostrate. Pollinia linear-clavate, 2-2.2 
mm long, yellow, mealy, 22-26 mm x 10-12 mm, obovoid, ribs slightly scabrid. 
(Fig. 3 h-k). 
Distribution and Habitat 
Occurs in eastern Victoria, Australian Capital Territory and south-eastern 
New South Wales with a disjunct northern population at Barrington Tops. The 
species grows in montane forests and subalpine shrubland, usually in moist, grassy 
areas, soaks and near streams. Soils are usually well-structured loams and 
krasnozems. 
Flowering Period 
December to March. 

Page image

759656 Pterostylis squamata valida Muelleria 8(2): 191
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467906
Page is part of the work New species of Orchidaceae from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198479
815171 Pterostylis squamata valida Muelleria 8(2): 191
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467906
Page is part of the work New species of Orchidaceae from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198479
569927 Pterostylis tasmanica Muelleria 8(2): 190, fig. 2k-l
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467905
Page is part of the work New species of Orchidaceae from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198479

Page text

190 
Notes 
Pterostylis monticola has been confused with P. alpina but has much larger 
flowers (4-5 cm long) with the sinus protruding in a shallow curve when viewed 
from the side and the free points of the sepals erect above the galea. By contrast the 
flowers of P. alpina are about 3 cm long, with the sinus protruding prominently in 
an abrupt curve when viewed from the side and the free points of the sepals 
reflexed behind the galea. Pterostylis monticola flowers in summer whereas 
P. alpina is spring flowering (August to October). Pterostylis monticola also has 
similarities with P. furcata Lindley but whereas the latter has a smooth scape, that 
of the new species is scabrid. Pterostylis monticola grows at much higher elev- 
ations than P. alpina, with the latter mainly occurring in the foothills and lower 
slopes of the main ranges. 
Conservation Status 
Widespread, locally common and conserved in National Parks. 
Etymology 
From the Latin mons, a mountain, and cola, dweller; in reference to the 
montane habitat. 
Pterostylis tasmanica D.L.Jones sp. nov. 
P. plumosae L.Cady affinis statura humiliore, foliis et floribus parvioribus, floribus autogamatis, 
labello plumosiore dense et apice galeae breviore non-attenuata differt. 
Typus: Tasmania, Rebecca Creek, north of Temma, 4rirS, 144°40'E, 5 Nov. 
1990, D.L.Jones 7030 & C. H. Broers (Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: HO, MEL). 
Tuberous terrestrial herb growing in loose groups. Leaves 8-14, ovate- 
elliptical to elliptical-lanceolate, 1-2.4 cm x 3-7 mm, dark green, some with a few 
whitish variegations, the lower ones petiolate, arranged in a tight rosette, distal 
ones sessile and closely stem-embracing, apex acuminate; petioles 1-8 mm x 1- 
1.5 mm, narrowly winged. Flowering plants 8-14 cm tall. Scape slender, smooth. 
Flower solitary (rarely 2), 1.8-2. 5 cm long, translucent green with darker green 
longitudinal and transverse veins, brownish towards the apex of the galea and 
lateral sepals; galea erect in proximal two-thirds then obliquely erect or curved 
forwards nearly at right angles. Dorsal sepal 18-24 mm x 12-13 mm, inflated at 
the base and tapered to the apex, with a short apical point 0.5- 1.5 mm long. 
Lateral sepals deflexed; conjoined part 7-9 mm x 3-4 mm, narrowed to c. 2 mm 
across at the base, with a thickened, dark green central pad, the margins incurved; 
free points 7-11 mm long, linear, thickened, usually brown, parallel or slightly 
divergent, apex subacute. Petals strongly asymmetric, falcate, 15-20 mm x 1.5-2 
mm, dark green, narrowed in the distal half to an attenuated, long-acuminate 
apex; flange c. 0.5 mm across, obscure. Labellum porrect, curved, filiform, densely 
beset with yellow hairs, with an apical knob; lamina linear-filiform, 13-15 mm x c. 
0.5 mm, widened into a narrowly ovate, slightly wrinkled base c. 1.5 mm across, 
then suddenly tapered into a short beak, tapered slightly from the base to the apex; 
trichomes 2-4 mm long, yellow, irregularly moniliform, a series of short, whitish 
erect hairs on the basal swelling; apical knob irregular, c. 2 mm x 1.3 mm, dark 
brown. Column 12-14 mm long, porrect from the end of the ovary. Column wings 
4-5 mm long; basal lobe 1.5 mm x 1 mm, at an angle of about 20°, inner margins 
incurved, sparsely adorned with white cilia, apex obtuse; mid-section c. 3 mm 
long, transparent; apical lobe 3-4 mm, linear. Stigma c. 6-7 mm x 2.5 mm, ellip- 
tical, rsListd. Anther c. 1.8 mm long, shortly rostrate. Pollinia c. 2 mm long, oblong, 
yellow, mealy. Capsule obovoid, 1.2- 1.6 cm x 6-8 mm, asymmetrical. (Fig. 2 k- 
1 ). 
Distribution and Habitat 
Occurs in southern Victoria, Tasmania (widespread) and New Zealand 
(North Island and northern parts of South Island). It commonly grows in wood- 

Page image

557075 Pterostylis valida Muelleria 8(2): 191
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467906
Page is part of the work New species of Orchidaceae from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198479

Page text

191 
land and heathland in coastal and near-coastal localities. Soils are usually sandy 
loams derived from Tertiary sediments. 
Flowering Period 
October to December. 
Notes 
Ptewstylis tasmanica has been included with P. plumosa L.Cady but is readily 
distinguished by the shorter habit, smaller leaves arranged in a relatively tight 
rosette and smaller, self-pollinating flowers with a more densely plumose labellum 
and a short apical point on the galea, imparting a blunt appearance to the flower. 
Ptewstylis plumosa grows up top 25 cm tall, has leaves to 4 cm x 10 mm arranged 
in a relatively loose rosette and flowers to 4.5 cm long with an apical point on the 
dorsal sepal to 4 mm long. Ptewstylis plumosa is widespread in south-eastern 
Australia whereas P. tasmanica is restricted to southern Victoria, Tasmania and 
New Zealand. 
Conservation Status 
Widespread and well conserved. 
Etymology 
In reference to the distribution of the species being centred around Tasmania 
and the Tasmanian Basin. 
NEW COMBINATION 
Recent studies into the rufa group of Ptewstylis by the author have clarified 
the status of P. boormanii Rupp, P. squamata R.Br. and P. excelsa M.A.Clem. The 
following species has been linked with all of these taxa but is distinct and requires 
recognition in its own right. 
Pterostylis valida (Nicholls) D.L.Jones comb. & stat. nov. 
Basionym: Ptewstylis squamata var. valida Nicholls, Victorian Naturalist 58:115, 
f. A-E (1941): Holotypus: Victoria: Mt Tarrengower, Maldon, J. von Bibra, 23 
Oct. 1941 (MEL!). 
Distribution and Habitat 
Endemic in Victoria where known only from the type collection. 
Flowering Period 
October and November 
Notes 
This species is part of the P. excelsa complex (Clements 1989), but can be 
distinguished from all other related taxa by the narrower green flowers, a narrower 
labellurn attenuated at the apex, fewer marginal cilia and a less developed basal 
lobe which lacks any cilia. The species is well preserved by excellent type material 
and has been clearly illustrated (Nicholls 1969, plate 342). This species is appar- 
ently a narrow endemic and as the type locality is completely alienated, the species 
is presumed to be extinct. 
Etymology 
From the Latin validus, strong, robust. 

Page image

557127 Pultenaea lapidosa Muelleria 8(2): 119, figs 1, 2 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467834
Page is part of the work A new species of Pultenaea (Fabaceae) from south-east Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198473

Page text

A NEW SPECIES OF PULTENAEA (FABACEAE) FROM 
SOUTH-EAST AUSTRALIA 
M. G. CORRICK* 
ABSTRACT 
Corrick, M.G. A new species of Pultenaea (Fabaceae) from south-east Australia. 
Muelleria 8(2); 119-122 (1994). — Pultenaea lapidosa Corrick sp. noy. from 
north-east Victoria and central tablelands of New South Wales is described as 
new. 
PULTENAEA LAPIDOSA 
Pultenaea lapidosa Corrick sp. nov. 
Pultenaeae subspicatae Benth. et Pultenaeae aristatae Sieber ex DC. similis, a priore foliis 
acuminibus longis infirmis terminatibus, a posteriore bracteolis trilobatis late differt. 
Typus: Victoria, Eastern Highlands, 16 km ENE Omeo township on Old Track, 
NE of its junction with Scrubby Creek Track, 23 Nov. 1986, M.G. Corrick 10029 
(Holotypus: MEL; Isotypi: PERTH, CBG, NSW, K, BRI, HO.) 
Low growing erect to decumbent shrub, 0. 3-0.6 m high (rarely to 1 m high), 
young stems with sparse, pale hairs, old stems glabrous but retaining prominent 
stipular scars. Leaves alternate, petiole 1-1.5 mm long, appressed to stem, lamina 
spreading, linear to narrow elliptic, 6- 1 6 mm long, 0. 5-2 mm wide terminating in 
a long, fragile recurved tip, margin incurved, surfaces usually discolorous when 
dry, lower surface with sparse, long, tubercle-based hairs and midrib slightly 
raised, upper surface glabrous and midrib inconspicuous. Stipules dark- brown to 
black, 4-5 mm long, joined behind the petiole and with long, slender recurved tip 
and very torn margin. Inflorescence a condensed, terminal, leafy raceme of 10-25 
flowers, each flower subtended by a slightly reduced leaf with enlarged stipules. 
Bracts absent. Calyx 10-11 mm long including pedicel of 1 mm, tube glabrous, 
lobes acuminate 5-6 mm long narrowing abruptly into long slender tips and 
covered with long, pale hairs, upper two lobes very slightly broader and less deeply 
divided than lower three. Bracteoles brown, 5-6 mm long, attached to pedicel 
immediately below calyx tube, trifid due to the presence of bracteolar stipules, 
central lobe covered with long pale hairs and extending one-third to half way along 
length of calyx lobes, stipular lobes glabrous and scarious, all lobes terminating in 
fine, hair-like tips. Standard 11-12 mm long and 9- 1 0 mm wide, deep orange with 
a paler central patch at the base surrounded by dark red lines, reverse side dark 
orange-red. Wings 10-11 mm long x 2.5-3 mm wide, deep orange. Keel 10- 
1 1 mm long X 3.5 mm wide, deep orange-red with dark brick-red shading along the 
abaxial suture. (In dried specimens the whole keel appears very dark brick-red.) 
Ovary sessile, 2 ovulate, 1.5 mm long. Style slender and gently curved, 7- 
8 mm long, summit of ovary surrounded by a tuft of pale, soft hairs otherwise 
glabrous. Pod ovate, 6-7 mm long, not protruding beyond calyx lobes, with a few 
long, fine hairs along adaxial suture at base of style. Seed obliquely ovoid 2.5- 
3 mm long x 2 mm wide, dark brown with an intricately lobed aril. (Fig. 1) 
Etymology 
The specific name is taken from the Latin, lapidus, referring to the favoured 
habitat on rocky slopes. 
* 7 Glenluss Street, Balwyn, Victoria, Australia 3103 
119 

Page image

560904 Senecio psilocarpus Muelleria 8(2): 113-117

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 8(2): 113-117".

557135 Sphaerolobium acanthos Muelleria 8(2): 151, figs 1, 2(a-b).
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467866
Page is part of the work Sphaerolobium acanthos (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae), a new species from the Grampians, Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198477

Page text

SPHAEROLOBIUM ACANTHOS (FABACEAE; MIRBELIEAE), A NEW 
SPECIES FROM THE GRAMPIANS, VICTORIA 
Michael D. Crisp* 
ABSTRACT 
Crisp, Michael D. Sphaerolobium acanthos (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae), a new species 
from the Grampians, Victoria. Muelleria 8(2): 151-154 (1994). — Sphaerolobium 
acanthos, which is restricted to the Grampians in western Victoria, is described as 
new. It is distinguished from S. daviesioides, which occurs in Western Australia. 
A key to eastern Australian species of Sphaerolobium is presented. 
SPHAEROLOBIUM ACANTHOS 
Sphaerolobium acanthos Crisp, sp. nov. 
Sphaerolobium daviesioides auct. non Turcz.; J.H. Willis, Handbook PI. 
Victoria 2: 256 (1972). 
Frutices caulibus ramisque vestitis ramulis numerosis regulatim dispositis divaricatis brevibus 
(1-2 cm) spinescentibus(l-)3(-5)-furcatis scaberulis, stylo longitudinaliter sinuoso et lateraliter 
torto, stigma pilorum caespite. S. daviesioidesT\xrcz. similis est sed differt ramulis irregularibus 
laevibus e partibus infernis caulium ramorumque absentibus, stylo sursum flexo nec sinuoso nec 
torto, stigma pilis nullis. 
Holotypus: Victoria, Grampians, Victoria Valley, 37°17'30"S, 142°22'30"E, 6 
January 1977, /. Lewenberg s.n. (MEL 523881). 
Rigid, wiry shrubs, 0.2-1 m high, faintly ribbed and minutely scabrous on 
stems and branches; branches few, ascending, rather long; branchlets numerous, 
divaricate, often recurved, short (up to 1 5 mm), commonly 3-5-forked at the tips. 
Leaves scattered to sub-whorled, subulate, 2-3 mm long, caducous, leaving a 
scale-like persistent base. Flowers (1)2 on a very short (up to 0.5 mm) peduncle 
which is produced into a subulate tip between the flowers; bracts and bracteoles 
obovate, caducous. Calyx campanulate, 3. 5-4. 5 mm long, divided within 1- 
1.5 mm of base, uniformly lead-grey; upper lip cuneate, emarginate, with acumi- 
nate outcurved tips; lower three lobes uniform, subulate. Corolla dull reddish- 
brown or orange; standard transversely broad-elliptic, emarginate, cordate, 7-7.5 
mm long and broad including the 1-1.5 mm claw, yellow at centre; wings narrow- 
obovate, 6-7 x 2-2.5 mm including the 1 mm claws, with an adaxial lobe at the 
base; keel obliquely broad-obovate, 6-7 x 3.5 mm including the 1.5 mm claws, 
with an adaxial lobe at the base. Stamens 10, free, uniform; anthers versatile, with 
conspicuous brownish connective. Gynoecium glabrous, with a 1 .5 mm stipe; style 
sinuous, twisted 90-180°, strongly compressed, distal portion erect and adaxially 
winged; wing narrowly cuneate, 1.5-2 mm long, membraneous, ciliate on margin; 
stigma terminal, marked by a tuft of hairs; ovary turgid, with two marginal ovules. 
Pod turgid, broadly obovoid-ellipsoid, somewhat oblique, c. 4.5 mm long, c. 
3.5 mm diam., somewhat pruinose; immature seed obliquely very broad-ovoid, 
not developing an aril. (Figs. 1, 2a-b) 
Flowering Period 
December to January, or rarely November. 
Fruiting Period 
January to February. 
♦Division of Botany and Zoology, Australian National University, Canberra, A.C.T., Australia 
0200 
151 

Page image

569936 Tasmannia lanceolata Muelleria 8(2): 252, fig. 12a
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467967
Page is part of the work Morphometric studies of the genus Tasmannia (Winteraceae) in Victoria, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198484

Page text

252 
Flavonoid compositions of all taxa support the findings of morphological 
analyses. A recent study of essential oils in Australian species of Tasmannia 
(Southwell & Brophy 1992) shows the distinctiveness of T. lanceolata from 
T. xerophila subsp. xewphila, but unfortunately the study did not include any 
plants of T. vickeriana or T. xewphila subsp. wbusta. Flavonoid compositions of 
T. xewphila subsp. xewphila and T. xewphila subsp. wbusta highlight the simi- 
larities between them. None of flavonoid data, morphological data or phenology 
supports a hybrid origin for T. xewphila subsp. wbusta. 
TAXONOMIC & NOMENCLATURE CONCLUSIONS 
On the basis of this study, three distinct species of Tasmannia are recognised 
in Victoria: T. lanceolata, T. xewphila and T. vickeriana, the latter name 
reinstated for T. aff. xerophila (Baw Baws). Tasmannia aff. xerophila (Errinundra 
Plateau) is here recognised as T. xerophila subsp. robusta. 
Key to Victorian taxa of Tasmannia 
1. Mature leaves usually less than 2 cm long, occasionally some to 2.5 cm long; 
mature berries burgundy (leaf apices obtuse, lamina coriaceous with veins 
obscure; stems finely tuberculate; tepals 2; forming aggregate fruit) 
3. T. vickeriana 
1 . Mature leaves 2 cm long or more (usually longer than 3 cm); mature berries 
black 2 
2. Leaf apices acute, lamina thin, drying olive-green; stems smooth; tepals 3 or 
more; mature berries solitary, marked with a distinct furrow 
1. T. lanceolata 
2. Leaf apices obtuse to subacute, lamina coriaceous, drying brownish rubescent; 
stems finely tuberculate; tepals 2; mature berries forming an aggregate fruit 
2. T. xerophila 
1. Tasmannia lanceolata (Poir.) A.C. Smith, Taxon 18: 287 (1969). 
Basionym: Winterana (as ‘Winterania’) lanceolata Poir., Encycl. 8: 799 
(1808). Type': " Labillardiere s.n. in herb. Desfontaines (non vidi), isotype (ex 
herb. Poiret) (P)’ (see Vink 1970, p. 305). 
Homotypic synonym: Drimys lanceolata (Poir.) Baill., Hist. Pi. 1: 159 
(1868). 
Heterotypic synonyms: Tasmannia aromatica R.Br. ex DC., Syst. 1: 445 
(1817). Drimys aromatica (R.Br. ex DC.) F. Mueller, PI. Indig. Col. Viet. 1: 20 
(I860). Lectotype: Van Diemens Land [Tasmania], R. Brown s.n. in herb. DC. 
(G). 
Drimys xerophila ['aromatica'] var. P aromatica P. Parm., Bull. Sc. Fr. & 
Belg. 27: 226, 300 (1896). Type: Mt Bischoff, Tasmania, collector unknown (P). 
Bushy shrub often pyramidal in shape 1.5-4 m high, dioecious, single 
stemmed (sometimes up to 5-stemmed), stems smooth, reddish when young, older 
stems brownish red. Leaves alternate, blades lanceolate, 4-12 cm long, 8-35 mm 
wide, apex acute to subacute, grass green above, pale green and glaucous below; 
margins of blade flat, petiole 3-6 mm long; midrib and veins prominent. Flowers 
3-6 per inflorescence; 1 flower per bract, with the outer bracts increasing in length 
and width acropetally; pedicels to 20 mm long. Male flowers with stamens up to 
1 . All typification based on annotated herbarium sheets (and in accordance with Willis 1957, pp. 188- 
9 and Vink 1970. p. 307). Types given in Parmentier (1896) are confused and some have been 
omitted. 

Page image

569948 Tasmannia vickeriana Muelleria 8(2): 255, fig. 12d
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467970
Page is part of the work Morphometric studies of the genus Tasmannia (Winteraceae) in Victoria, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198484

Page text

255 
2a. Tasmania xerophila subsp. xerophila 
Heterotypic (informal) synonym: Drimys piperita Hook. f. ‘entity 39. 
xerophila' Vickery, Blumea 18: 349 (1970). 
Misapplied name: Drimys aromatica sensu P.Parm. Bull. Sci. France Bel- 
gique 27: 298 (1896), non (R.Br. ex DC.) F.Muell. Specimen examined: 
Australian Alps, Victoria/New South Wales, C. Walter s.n. (P) (see Willis 1957, 
p. 189). 
Small shrub to 2.5 m high. Leaves (2-)3-9 cm long, 7-17 mm wide. Flowers 
1- 16 per inflorescence. Female flowers with carpels 2-6 (rarely to 1 1) and ovules 
2- 9 per carpel. (Fig. 12b) 
Specimens Collected During Study 
K/ctona — MtBuffaloNP.alt. 1400 m. R.E.Raleigh 1-10, 78-80, 56; Delegate R., Gunmark Rd, 
R.E. Raleigh 12, 14-16, 96; Frosty Hollow, Errinundra NP, alt. 970-1000 m, R.E.Raleigh 29-38, 98- 
102\ Falls Creek, alt 1700 m, N.G. Walsh 3288, 3289\ Chinamans Flat beside Hutchinsons Creek, 
alt. 880 m), K.E. Wilson 320. 
New South Wales — Mt Selwyn, alt. 1300 m, R.E.Raleigh 72-77\ 1 km SW Tumut Pond, alt. 
1 300 m), R.E.Raleigh 8l-84\ Beside road, 10 km from Cabramurra, R.E.Raleigh 85; Thredbo R. near 
Thredbo village, Mt Kosciusko, alt. 1250 m), P.Y.Ladiges 1422-1425; Dead Horse Gap, 
Mt Kosciusko, alt. 1500 m), P.Y.Ladiges 1426-1428; Alpine Way, 2 km WSW Dead Horse Gap, 
Mt Kosciusko, alt. 1500 m), P.Y.Ladiges 1429-1431. 
2b. Tasmannia xerophila subsp. robusta Raleigh subsp. nov. 
A varietate typica habitu altiore (2.5-4 m), foliis longioribus (7- 1 4 cm) et latioribus (20-30 mm) 
differt. 
Typus: Goonmirk Rocks, East Gippsland, Victoria, 8 Jan. 1992, R. Raleigh 103. 
Holotypus: MEL 2014065 (female plant); Isotypus: MELU (female plant). 
Shrub to small tree, 2.5-4 m tall. Leaves 7-14 cm long, 20-30 mm wide, with 
petioles 3.5-6 mm long. Flowers 5-8 per inflorescence. Female flowers with car- 
pels 1-8, ovules 3-7 per carpel. (Fig. 12c) 
Specimens Collected During Study 
Victoria — Goonmirk Rocks, Errinundra NP, alt. 1 100-1200 m), R.E.Raleigh 18-20, 25, 26, 
26a, 27, 27a, 103-107; Mt Ellery, Errinundra NP, alt. 1291 m, R.E.Raleigh 39-44. 
3. Tasmannia vickeriana (A.C. Smith) A.C.Smith, Taxon 18: 287 (1969). 
Basionym: Drimys vickeriana A.C.Smith, J. Arnold Arb. 24: 130 (1943). 
Type: Mt Mueller, Victoria, Luehmann & French s.n. (A). 
Heterotypic synonyms: Drimys xerophila ['aromatica'] var. alpina 
F.Muell. ex P.Parm., Bull. Sci. France Belgique 27: 226, 300 (1896). Type: Baw 
Baw Ranges, Victoria, F. Mueller s.n. (P). 
Drimys lanceolata var. parvifolia Vickery, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 
62: 83 (1937). Type: Upper Yarra, Victoria, Staer s.n. (NSW). 
Plants as for T. xerophila, but 0.5- 1.2 m in height. Leaves compact, 0.8-2(- 
2.5) cm long, 2-6 mm broad, apex obtuse, veins obscured, petiole 1.5-3. 5 rnm 
long. Flowers 1-15 per inflorescence, pedicels 3-10 mm long. Male flowers with 
stamens 8-26, sterile carpels 1 (rarely 2). Female flowers with stamens absent, 
carpels 1-6, with 3-6 ovules. Fruit 1-3 (rarely 4) per pedicel, globose to short 
ovoid, 6-12 mm long, 6-10 mm broad, burgundy at maturity, flesh near skin pale 
burgundy, white towards centre; pedicels 4-11 mm long; seeds 2-5 per berry, 
2-3 mm long, 1.5-2 mm broad, black; aborted ovules white. (Fig. 12d) 
Specimens Collected During Study 
Victoria — Mt Baw Baw: Edge of car park near Mt Baw Baw ski village, alt. 1 563 m, R.E.Raleigh 
90; 1 km below Mt Baw Baw ski village, alt. 1500 m, R.E.Raleigh 91-95; Mt Baw Baw ski village, 
alt. 1563 m, R.E.Raleigh 112; Mt Baw Baw ski village, alt. 1563 m, P.Y.Ladiges 1403-1412. 

Page image

569945 Tasmannia xerophila Muelleria 8(2): 254
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467969
Page is part of the work Morphometric studies of the genus Tasmannia (Winteraceae) in Victoria, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198484

Page text

254 
21, sterile carpels 1 (rarely 0 or 2). Female flowers 5-12 mm diameter; tepals 3-5 
(rarely to 9) inserted laterally to the medial line 6.0-10 mm long, 1 . 5-2 mm wide; 
stamens absent; carpels 1 (rarely 2 fused) with 10-18 ovules, grooved. Fruits 1 
(rarely 2) per pedicel, globose and deeply furrowed, 5. 5-7.0 mm in diameter, deep 
maroon to glossy black when mature; pedicels to 25 mm long; seeds 4-13 per 
berry, black. (Fig. 12a) 
Specimens Collected During Study 
I'ictoria — Bonang Hwy, Martins Ck, alt. 320 m, R.E. Raleigh 1 1\ Delegate River, Gunmark Rd, 
R.E. Raleigh 13, 97; Goonmirk Rocks, Errinundra NP, alt. 1 100-1200 m, R.E. Raleigh 21-24, 108, 
109; Frosty Hollow, Errinundra NP, alt. 970-1000 m, R.E. Raleigh 28; Mt Ellery, Errinundra NP, alt. 
1291 m. R.E. Raleigh 45-49; Major Mitchell Plateau, Grampians NP, alt. 1080 m), R.E. Raleigh 50, 
52-59; Beauty Spot, Otways, R.E. Raleigh 113, 114; Pirianda Gardens, Dandenong Ra., R.E. Raleigh 
New South Wales — Brindebella Ra., alt. 1646 m, M.Duretto 111-120. 
2. Tasmannia xerophila (P.Parm.^) M.Gray, Contr. Herb. Austral, no. 26: 8 
(1976). 
Basionym: Drimys xerophila P.Parm., Bull. Sci. France Belgiquell: 225-6, 299- 
300 (1896). Type: Australian Alps, Victoria/New South Wales, F. Mueller s.n. 
(P). 
Bushy spreading shrub to small tree, 0.6-4 m tall, dioecious; usually with 
clumped growth habit the result of root suckering, stems finely tuberculate, 
reddish when young, older stems ochre to reddish brown. Leaves alternate, be- 
coming pseudo-whorled below the resting buds; blades oblanceolate to narrowly 
oblanceolate, (2-)3- 1 4 cm long, 5-30 cm wide, coriaceous to rigid, apex obtuse to 
subacute; dark green above, pale green glaucous below; midrib prominent to 
obscured and finely tuberculate; margins of blade flat to slightly recurved; petiole 
2-6 cm long. Flowers 1-16 per inflorescence; one flower per bract, with the outer 
of these bracts decreasing in length and width acropetally and caducous before 
new leaves have matured. Pedicels 7-12 mm long (male flowers), 7-15 mm long 
(female flowers). Male flowers with stamens 9-30, sterile carpels 1, rarely 2. 
Female flowers 4-8 mm diameter (excluding tepals); prophylls situated in the 
median plane orbicular to ovate, 3-6 mm long, tepals mostly 2, very rarely 3 or 4, 
inserted alternate to the prophylls, 5-7 mm long, 1-2 mm wide; stamenoids 
absent, carpels 1-8 (rarely to 11), with 2-9 ovules. Fruits 2-6 (rarely to 1 1) per 
pedicel, globose to short ovoid, 6.5-1 1 mm long, 5-10 mm broad, glossy black to 
glaucous at maturity, flesh near skin dark purple, white towards centre; pedicels 
5.5-14 mm long; seeds 2-7 per berry, 2. 5-3. 5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm broad, black; 
aborted ovules pink. 
Key to the subspecies 
1. Shrub to 2.5 m tall; leaves (2-)3-9 cm long, 5-17 mm wide 
2a. subsp. xerophila 
1. Shrub to small tree, 2.5-4 m tall; leaves 7-14 cm long, 20-30 mm wide; 
Goonmirk Rocks and Mt Ellery only 2b. subsp. robusta 
2. Parmentier (1896) treats Drimys aromatica in part as synonymous with D. xerophila but does not 
include the type of D. aromatica in D. xerophila, nor does he list D. aromatica as a synonym of 
D. xerophila. He does, however, list D. .xerophila [‘aromatica’'] var. f3 aromatica (with a different type to 
D. aromatica) as a synonym of D. xerophila. This variety is referable to D. lanceolata and what 
Parmentier labelled (in herbarium) as typical D. aromatica is referable to D. xerophila (Willis 1 957). In 
spite of this confusion (and the fact that in the sense of Parmentier D. aromatica is synonymous with 
D. .xerophila), D. xerophila does not ‘definitely include the holotype’ (see ICBN, Art. 63.1 & 63.2) of 
D. aromatica and is therefore legitimate. 

Page image

569946 Tasmannia xerophila xerophila Muelleria 8(2): 255, fig. 12b
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467970
Page is part of the work Morphometric studies of the genus Tasmannia (Winteraceae) in Victoria, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198484
569947 Tasmannia xerophila robusta Muelleria 8(2): 255, fig. 12c
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51467970
Page is part of the work Morphometric studies of the genus Tasmannia (Winteraceae) in Victoria, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198484
645549 Verrucaria meridionalis Muelleria 8(2): 103-105, Fig. 3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 8(2): 103-105, Fig. 3".

878823 Arcangeliella violacea Muelleria 8(3): 288
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454165
Page is part of the work Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales), doi:10.5962/p.198457

Page text

288 
Cortinomyces niveus (Vittad.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1 993) [as 
‘(Cribb) Bougher & Castellano’]. 
3. Protoglossum purpureum (J.W.Cribb) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster purpureus J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 
3:127 (1956). 
Cortinomyces purpureus (J.W.Cribb) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 280 
(1993). 
4. Protoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster violaceus Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). 
Arcangeliella violacea (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge, Compar. Morph. Fungi 
487 (1928). 
Dendrogaster violaceus (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South 
Wales 59 : 172 (1934). 
Gymnoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., New Zealand J. Sci. Tech- 
nol., sect. B, 22: 300 (1941). 
Cortinomyces violaceus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 
280 (1993). 
5. Protoglossum viscidum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hysterangium viscidum Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). 
Hymenogaster viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri 
Bot. Gard. 21 : 642 (1934). 
Cortinomyces viscidus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 
280 (1993). 
PROTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM AND HYMENOGASTER EFFODIEND US 
6. Protoglossum luteum Massee, Grevillea 19 : 97 (1891). 
Hymenogaster luteus (Massee) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 169 
(1934) non Vittad. (1831). 
Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277 (1993). 
Hysterangium atratum Rodway, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1919 : 112 
(1920). 
Hymenogaster atratus (Rodway) Zeller & C.W.Dodge, in C.W.Dodge & Zeller, 
Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 656 (1934). 
H. effodiendus G.Cunn., Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 75: 14 (1952) [new syn- 
onym], 
C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). 
Following Bougher & Castellano (1993), Hysterangium atratum is accepted as a 
synonym of P. luteum , which species is distinguished from P. viscidum by its less 
elongate spores. Bougher & Castellano (1993) note that there is a ‘very close similarity’ 
ot microscopic characters between Hymenogaster effodiendus (known only from the 
type from Glenelg R., Victoria) and P. luteum, but choose to keep the two species sep- 
arate pending the availability of further collections. 
The sole distinguishing character which Bougher & Castellano ( 1 993) use to justify 
the recognition of H. effodiendus is the 'bright yellow peridium when young’ in contrast 
to the peridium of P. luteum which they describe as ‘copper red becoming dark brown’. 
In fact, Cunningham (1952) gives the colour of H. effodiendus as ‘when fresh bright 
yellow, drying reddish brown’, and in the original description of P. luteum, Massee 
(1891) mentions that the subterranean portion of the peridium is yellowish whilst the 
exposed portion is orange. 

Page image

645626 Batrachospermum antipodites Muelleria 8(3): 291-295, Figs 1-3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 8(3): 291-295, Figs 1-3".

878831 Batrachospermum boryanum Muelleria 8(3): 292
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454169
Page is part of the work Batrachospermum antipodites sp. nov. (Batrachospermaceae): A widespread freshwater red alga in eastern Australia and New Zealand, doi:10.5962/p.198458
878832 Batrachospermum boryanum Muelleria 8(3): 292
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454169
Page is part of the work Batrachospermum antipodites sp. nov. (Batrachospermaceae): A widespread freshwater red alga in eastern Australia and New Zealand, doi:10.5962/p.198458
878830 Batrachospermum ectocarpum Muelleria 8(3): 291
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454168
Page is part of the work Batrachospermum antipodites sp. nov. (Batrachospermaceae): A widespread freshwater red alga in eastern Australia and New Zealand, doi:10.5962/p.198458

Page text

BATRACHOSPERMUM ANTIPODITES SP. NOV. 
(BATRACHOSPERMACEAE): A WIDESPREAD FRESHWATER RED ALGA 
IN EASTERN AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND 
Timothy J. Entwisle* 
ABSTRACT 
Entwisle, Timothy J. Batrachospermum antipodites sp. nov. (Batrachospermaceae, 
Rhodophyta): a widespread freshwater red alga in eastern Australia and New Zealand. 
Muelleria 8(3): 291-298 (1995). — Batrachospermum antipodites is a widespread red 
alga in mountain streams of New Zealand and eastern Australia. It differs from all other 
members of the section Batrachospermum in having primary fascicles consisting 
entirely of cylindrical cells with an apical dilation; carpogonia 1 9-39 pm long, borne on 
a branch consisting of cells similar to (but shorter than) those in fascicles, and with a 
sessile and club-shaped trichogyne; and with gonimoblasts sparse, 1 (rarely 2) per whorl 
and 70-200 pm in diameter. Comparisons with various type materials and published 
accounts show this to be a unique combination of characters in the section. The sec- 
tional classification of Batrachospermum is again challenged, and further refinements 
are suggested. 
INTRODUCTION 
This is the fifth paper in a series on the freshwater red algae of the Australian 
region, comprising a reconnaissance survey of south-eastern Australia (Entwisle & 
Kraft 1984), the description of a new genus from eastern Australia (Entwisle 1989), a 
re-evaluation of the Batrachospermum atrum complex including the description of a 
new species (Entwisle 1992), and an historical review of the discovery of Batrachos- 
permalean taxa in Australia and New Zealand (Entwisle 1993). Considerable collec- 
tions of Batrachospermum have been located in Australian and New Zealand herbaria 
stimulating an appraisal of species concepts (see also Entwisle 1993) and necessitating 
the establishment of a number of new taxa. As with the recent description of B. dia- 
tyches Entwisle (1992), the recognition of new taxa follows detailed comparison with 
existing type materials where possible and with all relevant published or unpublished 
data. 
A distinctive taxon widespread in Australia and New Zealand has had a chequered 
nomenclatural history and in this paper it is finally given a legitimate and appropriate 
name. 
MATERIALS AND METHODS 
Procedures for preservation and examination of material are as in Entwisle (1992) 
Data for most taxa have been stored in DELTA format (Dallwitz 1980; Dallwitz et al 
1986) and comparisons with other Australian and New Zealand taxa as well as types 
were made using the INTKEY program. 
SPECIES ACCOUNT 
Batrachospermum antipodites Entwisle sp. nov. 
Misapplied Names: 
Batrachospermum ectocarpum auct. non Sirodot: Entwisle & Kraft, Aust J. Mar 
Freshw. Res. 35:228 (1984). 
* National Herbarium ot Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Australia 3141 
291 

Page image

570006 Callistemon kenmorrisonii Muelleria 8(3): 379, figs 1, 2(map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454256
Page is part of the work Callistemon kenmorrisonii (Myrtaceae), a new species from East Gippsland, doi:10.5962/p.198466

Page text

CA LLISTEMON KENMORRISONII (MYRTACEAE), A NEW SPECIES FROM 
EAST GIPPSLAND 
W.Molyneux* 
ABSTRACT 
Molyneux, W. Callistemon kenmorrisonii (Myrtaceae), a new species from East Gipps- 
land. Muelleria 8 (3): 379-383 (1994). — Callistemon kenmorrisonii is described. Its 
relationship with Callistemon subulatus and C. citrinus is discussed. An illustration and 
map are provided. 
INTRODUCTION 
In Muelleria 8( 1 ):6 1 — 64( 1 993), I described Callistemon forresterae, and stated in 
its introduction that it was the first named of a number of apparently new species of 
Callistemon from eastern Gippsland, which have remained virtually uncollected, often 
due to remoteness of locality and limited population sizes. 
Callistemon kenmorrisonii is described from one such population, but rather than 
being remotely sited, it has been overlooked in a relatively accessible area. 
Even though it grows in close proximity to C. citrinus with which it may be super- 
ficially confused, it is a rheophytic, chasmophytic shrub (i.e. a plant which is anchored 
into crevices in rock) rather than one of moist ground or heathlands. No records exist of 
its collection under C. citrinus from the Betka River. 
Callistemon kenmorrisonii exhibits some characteristics of both C. subulatus and 
C. citrinus, but growing trials by seed indicate that its characters do not segregate 
toward either of these species, and illustrate only the variability one would expect to 
plot in any taxon. 
TAXONOMY 
Callistemon kenmorrisonii Molyneux sp. nov. 
a C. subulalo E.Cheel statura majore, conflorescentiis majoribus multo, antheriis purpureis, foliis 
majoribus difformibus, fructibus majoribus multo differt; a C. citrino (Curt.) Stapf pilis sporadicis 
saepe caespitosis in rhachidi, perigynio glabro praeter pilos caespitosos irregulares basi latere unico, 
foliis minoribus ad finem, fructibus maturis deciduis prompte, et habitatione differt. 
Typus: Victoria, Upper Betka River, east Gippsland, below bridge on Stony Peak Rd, c. 
2.65 km south of the Princes Highway 37°32'S, 149°3UE, 12 Dec. 1993, W.M. Moly- 
neux and S.G. Forrester s.n. (Holotypus: MEL; Isotypi: BRI, CANB, CBG, NSW) 
Shrub, upright or occasionally angular spreading, 1-3 m tall and 1-4 m wide, 
mostly multi-stemmed from a swollen rootstock; branching irregular; new growth ser- 
iceous, pink, soon becoming blue-green, eventually green with a sheen, but not glossy. 
Bark papery, spongy (particularly at the base), grey outside peeling to white. Leaves 
dense, spreading at c. 25°-45° to stems and branches, petioles variously twisted, aligning 
leaves in an irregular pattern; lamina stiff, coriaceous, narrowly to broadly lanceolate, 
mucronate, sometimes falcate, flat or shallowly concave, 1 5(25-28 & 33-46) 52 mm 
long, 3(4-5. 5)6 mm wide, midvein apparent only on lower surface, level with or slightly 
indented into the leaf, margins rounded, secondary venation not visible, oil glands 
large, green, darker than leaves, openly distributed on both surfaces. Conflorescence 
usually distally frondose or less often on short stems arising low down on old wood, 
upright to declined or sometimes pendulous, 30-66 flowers per head, 60(80,90 & 
100)105 mm long, 55(58)60 mm wide, rachis with either a sparse scattering of long 
white hairs along its length, or with random patches of these hairs, which are often 
* P.O. Box 386, Yarra Glen, Victoria, Australia 3775 
379 

Page image

878766 Cortinomyces cribbiae Muelleria 8(3): 287
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454164
Page is part of the work Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales), doi:10.5962/p.198457

Page text

NOTES ON PROTOGLOSSUM (FUNGI: CORTINARIALES) 
Tom W. May* 
ABSTRACT 
May, Tom. W. Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales). Muelleria 8(3): 287-289 
(1995). — The genus Cortinomyces Bougher & Castellano is superfluous and the species 
included therein should be placed in Protoglossum Massee. C. ejfodiendus (G.Cunn.) 
Bougher & Castellano is shown to be a synonym of P. luteum Massee. 
INTRODUCTION 
Bougher & Castellano (1993) introduced four new genera to accommodate mostly 
Australian species previously referred to Hymenogaster Vittad. Whilst the recognition 
of segregate genera is warranted, one of the new genera, Cortinomyces Bougher & Cas- 
tellano, is illegitimate because its designated type ( Protoglossum luteum Massee) is also 
the type of the earlier valid genus Protoglossum Massee. There is no doubt that P. 
luteum is the type of Protoglossum because it was the only species dealt with by Massee 
(1891) when he first described the genus. Cortinomyces is thus an obligate synonym of 
Protoglossum. Bougher & Castellano (1993) place seven species in Cortinomyces. The 
correct name for Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano is P. luteum, C. 
effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano is treated here as a synonym of P. luteum, 
and new combinations in Protoglossum are proposed below for the other five 
species. 
METHODS 
Colour notations are from Munsell (1975; 1977). Observations on spiores were 
made on small pieces of the tramal plates mounted in 3% KOH. Spore dimensions 
include neither ornamentation nor the hilar appendage. Q is the quotient of the length 
and the width of an individual spore. 
NEW COMBINATIONS IN PROTOGLOSSUM 
Protoglossum Massee, Grevillea 19: 97 (1891) Type: P. luteum Massee [only 
species], 
Cortinomyces Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277(1 993) nom. superfl. Type: 
P. luteum Massee [by designation]. 
1. Protoglossum cribbiae (A.H.Sm.) T.W.May comb. nor. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster cribbiae A.H.Sm., Mycologia 58: 105 (1966) nom. now 
for Gymnoglossum viscidum J.W.Cribb non H. viscidus (Massee & Rodway) 
C.W. Dodge & Zeller (1934). 
Cortinomyces cribbiae (A.H.Sm.) Bougher & Castellano Mycologia 85: 279 
(1993). 
Gymnoglossum viscidum J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 3: 158 
(1958). 
2. Protoglossum niveum (Vittad.) T.W.May comb, now 
Basionym: Hymenogaster niveus Vittad., Monogr. Tuberac. 24 (1831) [not seen, 
citation from Bougher & Castellano (1993)]. 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria. Australia 
3141 
287 

Page image

878810 Cortinomyces purpureus Muelleria 8(3): 288
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454165
Page is part of the work Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales), doi:10.5962/p.198457

Page text

288 
Cortinomyces niveus (Vittad.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1 993) [as 
‘(Cribb) Bougher & Castellano’]. 
3. Protoglossum purpureum (J.W.Cribb) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster purpureus J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 
3:127 (1956). 
Cortinomyces purpureus (J.W.Cribb) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 280 
(1993). 
4. Protoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster violaceus Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). 
Arcangeliella violacea (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge, Compar. Morph. Fungi 
487 (1928). 
Dendrogaster violaceus (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South 
Wales 59 : 172 (1934). 
Gymnoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., New Zealand J. Sci. Tech- 
nol., sect. B, 22: 300 (1941). 
Cortinomyces violaceus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 
280 (1993). 
5. Protoglossum viscidum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hysterangium viscidum Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). 
Hymenogaster viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri 
Bot. Gard. 21 : 642 (1934). 
Cortinomyces viscidus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 
280 (1993). 
PROTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM AND HYMENOGASTER EFFODIEND US 
6. Protoglossum luteum Massee, Grevillea 19 : 97 (1891). 
Hymenogaster luteus (Massee) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 169 
(1934) non Vittad. (1831). 
Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277 (1993). 
Hysterangium atratum Rodway, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1919 : 112 
(1920). 
Hymenogaster atratus (Rodway) Zeller & C.W.Dodge, in C.W.Dodge & Zeller, 
Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 656 (1934). 
H. effodiendus G.Cunn., Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 75: 14 (1952) [new syn- 
onym], 
C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). 
Following Bougher & Castellano (1993), Hysterangium atratum is accepted as a 
synonym of P. luteum , which species is distinguished from P. viscidum by its less 
elongate spores. Bougher & Castellano (1993) note that there is a ‘very close similarity’ 
ot microscopic characters between Hymenogaster effodiendus (known only from the 
type from Glenelg R., Victoria) and P. luteum, but choose to keep the two species sep- 
arate pending the availability of further collections. 
The sole distinguishing character which Bougher & Castellano ( 1 993) use to justify 
the recognition of H. effodiendus is the 'bright yellow peridium when young’ in contrast 
to the peridium of P. luteum which they describe as ‘copper red becoming dark brown’. 
In fact, Cunningham (1952) gives the colour of H. effodiendus as ‘when fresh bright 
yellow, drying reddish brown’, and in the original description of P. luteum, Massee 
(1891) mentions that the subterranean portion of the peridium is yellowish whilst the 
exposed portion is orange. 

Page image

878826 Cortinomyces violaceus Muelleria 8(3): 288
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454165
Page is part of the work Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales), doi:10.5962/p.198457

Page text

288 
Cortinomyces niveus (Vittad.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1 993) [as 
‘(Cribb) Bougher & Castellano’]. 
3. Protoglossum purpureum (J.W.Cribb) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster purpureus J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 
3:127 (1956). 
Cortinomyces purpureus (J.W.Cribb) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 280 
(1993). 
4. Protoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster violaceus Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). 
Arcangeliella violacea (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge, Compar. Morph. Fungi 
487 (1928). 
Dendrogaster violaceus (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South 
Wales 59 : 172 (1934). 
Gymnoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., New Zealand J. Sci. Tech- 
nol., sect. B, 22: 300 (1941). 
Cortinomyces violaceus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 
280 (1993). 
5. Protoglossum viscidum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hysterangium viscidum Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). 
Hymenogaster viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri 
Bot. Gard. 21 : 642 (1934). 
Cortinomyces viscidus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 
280 (1993). 
PROTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM AND HYMENOGASTER EFFODIEND US 
6. Protoglossum luteum Massee, Grevillea 19 : 97 (1891). 
Hymenogaster luteus (Massee) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 169 
(1934) non Vittad. (1831). 
Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277 (1993). 
Hysterangium atratum Rodway, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1919 : 112 
(1920). 
Hymenogaster atratus (Rodway) Zeller & C.W.Dodge, in C.W.Dodge & Zeller, 
Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 656 (1934). 
H. effodiendus G.Cunn., Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 75: 14 (1952) [new syn- 
onym], 
C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). 
Following Bougher & Castellano (1993), Hysterangium atratum is accepted as a 
synonym of P. luteum , which species is distinguished from P. viscidum by its less 
elongate spores. Bougher & Castellano (1993) note that there is a ‘very close similarity’ 
ot microscopic characters between Hymenogaster effodiendus (known only from the 
type from Glenelg R., Victoria) and P. luteum, but choose to keep the two species sep- 
arate pending the availability of further collections. 
The sole distinguishing character which Bougher & Castellano ( 1 993) use to justify 
the recognition of H. effodiendus is the 'bright yellow peridium when young’ in contrast 
to the peridium of P. luteum which they describe as ‘copper red becoming dark brown’. 
In fact, Cunningham (1952) gives the colour of H. effodiendus as ‘when fresh bright 
yellow, drying reddish brown’, and in the original description of P. luteum, Massee 
(1891) mentions that the subterranean portion of the peridium is yellowish whilst the 
exposed portion is orange. 

Page image

878829 Cortinomyces viscidus Muelleria 8(3): 288
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454165
Page is part of the work Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales), doi:10.5962/p.198457

Page text

288 
Cortinomyces niveus (Vittad.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1 993) [as 
‘(Cribb) Bougher & Castellano’]. 
3. Protoglossum purpureum (J.W.Cribb) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster purpureus J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 
3:127 (1956). 
Cortinomyces purpureus (J.W.Cribb) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 280 
(1993). 
4. Protoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster violaceus Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). 
Arcangeliella violacea (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge, Compar. Morph. Fungi 
487 (1928). 
Dendrogaster violaceus (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South 
Wales 59 : 172 (1934). 
Gymnoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., New Zealand J. Sci. Tech- 
nol., sect. B, 22: 300 (1941). 
Cortinomyces violaceus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 
280 (1993). 
5. Protoglossum viscidum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hysterangium viscidum Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). 
Hymenogaster viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri 
Bot. Gard. 21 : 642 (1934). 
Cortinomyces viscidus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 
280 (1993). 
PROTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM AND HYMENOGASTER EFFODIEND US 
6. Protoglossum luteum Massee, Grevillea 19 : 97 (1891). 
Hymenogaster luteus (Massee) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 169 
(1934) non Vittad. (1831). 
Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277 (1993). 
Hysterangium atratum Rodway, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1919 : 112 
(1920). 
Hymenogaster atratus (Rodway) Zeller & C.W.Dodge, in C.W.Dodge & Zeller, 
Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 656 (1934). 
H. effodiendus G.Cunn., Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 75: 14 (1952) [new syn- 
onym], 
C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). 
Following Bougher & Castellano (1993), Hysterangium atratum is accepted as a 
synonym of P. luteum , which species is distinguished from P. viscidum by its less 
elongate spores. Bougher & Castellano (1993) note that there is a ‘very close similarity’ 
ot microscopic characters between Hymenogaster effodiendus (known only from the 
type from Glenelg R., Victoria) and P. luteum, but choose to keep the two species sep- 
arate pending the availability of further collections. 
The sole distinguishing character which Bougher & Castellano ( 1 993) use to justify 
the recognition of H. effodiendus is the 'bright yellow peridium when young’ in contrast 
to the peridium of P. luteum which they describe as ‘copper red becoming dark brown’. 
In fact, Cunningham (1952) gives the colour of H. effodiendus as ‘when fresh bright 
yellow, drying reddish brown’, and in the original description of P. luteum, Massee 
(1891) mentions that the subterranean portion of the peridium is yellowish whilst the 
exposed portion is orange. 

Page image

569989 Cycnogeton huegelii Muelleria 8(3): 346
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454223
Page is part of the work A revision of the tuberous-rooted species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198464

Page text

346 
Marshall also reported (in litt., Sept. 1992) that populations in essentially grazing 
farmland in the Nathalia district, Victoria, can withstand cropping at intervals. For one 
such population (A.H.M. s.n , 1 5 Oct. 1989) the rhizomes and tubers are too deep to be 
affected by the soil disturbance of cropping and plants “just take off’ from subter- 
ranean parts when it gets wet enough. Plants can remain dormant underground for 
several years until conditions are suitable and can produce leaves but not flower if water 
does not cover them. The depression occupied by this population is inundated to a 
depth of at least 2 metres for a couple of weeks in years of big floods. 
T. dubium has been found heavily grazed by cattle ( Aston 2804 , Katamatite, Vic- 
toria). 
Three collections from Western Australia and the Northern Territory report that 
the tubers are eaten by aboriginal people. Smith 85.34 (Beagle Bay, W.A.) states “Edible 
tubers eaten raw or after warming in hot ashes”. Reeve 120 (Nangalala to Gattji, N.T.) 
states “Tubers eaten after cooking”. 
Triglochin huegelii (Endl.) Aston comb. nov. 
Cycnogeton huegelii Endl., Ann. Wiener Mus. Naturgesch. 2: 21 1 (1839, not Dec. 
1838). Type: “In fluvia Cygnorum (Upper Swan-River) legit Carolus L.B. Hugel.” 
Type Material: No specimens located at BM, K, LD, M, S, or W. Lectotype (here 
designated): lconogr. gen. pi VII: t.73 (1839). “Flabitat in Novae Hollandiae colonia 
Swan-River. (Hugel.)”. See discussion under notes below. 
Triglochin procerum var. eleutherocarpum Benth., FI. Austr. 7: 168 (1878), syn. 
nov.. Type: “W. Australia, Drummond, n. 314, Preiss, n. 2405\ Blackwood and Tweed 
Rivers and Port Gregory, Oldfield.” Lectotype (here designated): Swan River, Drum- 
mond 314 (K)! Isolectotypes: (BM, MEL 720277)! Remaining Syntypes: Port 
Gregory, W. Australia, Oldfield (K, MEL 720279)! Blackwood River, W. Aust., Oldfield 
[623 has been added to Oldfield’s original label] (K)! Tweed River, W. Australia, Old- 
field[ 623 has been added to Oldfield’s original label] (MEL 720278)! Preiss 2405 (LD!, 
MEL 720280!, S — photocopy!). 
Rhizomes (available on only one collection) to c. 14 mm diam., bearing moderately 
coarse fibres to 10 cm long. Tubers (available on two collections only) ellipsoid to obo- 
void, 8-25 mm long X 4.5-8 mm diam. (length 1.8-3 times the diam.), terminating 
roots 20-30 mm long; each root 2. 0-3.0 times as long as its tuber. Leaves 38—89 cm long 
X 3-20 mm wide, dorsiventral, with floating extremities at least on plants growing in 
deeper water [collector’s notes], sheathed over the lower 26%-34% of the leaf length. 
T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit : not available from fresh or spirit material; 
apparently plano-convex with sheaths not touching. Stems in fruit 45-130 cm long 
(including the infructescence) X 3-9 mm diam. Rachis 1.5-6 mm diam. at base, gradu- 
ally tapered upwards. Infructescence 5.5-46 cm long (= 1 8%— 37% of the total stem 
length) X 12-23 mm diam. Pedicels 0.5-4 mm long, spreading to upturned. Fruits 
usually well-spaced (by up to 4.5 cm) on basal portion of rachis but elsewhere loosely 
touching, ( 1 6— )40— 166 per infructescence, 2. 8-5. 3 per 1 cm of rachis length, ± globular 
in outline but distorted by the varied ways in which the free carpels spread or overlap, 
8.5 mm long X 6.0 mm diam. (5-9 mm X 5-10 mm when dry). Carpels (2 or)3-6, in 
fruit erect or veiY slightly twisted, strongly incurved and usually overlapping each 
other, 1-6 maturing, often 2-4 aborting, 6.0-8. 7 mm long X 1.3-2. 3 mm wide X 2.1- 
3.5 mm deep (but the length 9.0-14. 1 mm when measured around the carpel curvature); 
carpels free; lateral faces ± flat; dorsal ridge prominent ( 1 2%— 25% of carpel depth), 
narrow-rounded; shoulder ridges conspicuous ( 1 5%— 20% of carpel width), narrow- 
rounded. (Fig. 7a-f) 
Selected Specimens Examined (total examined = 35) 
Western Australia — Blackwood River, Bridgetown, 1 1 Dec. 1961, Aplin 1365 (PERTH); Lake Sep- 
pings. Albany, 30 Sep. 1984, Cranfield 4937 (CANB, MEL, PERTH): c. 2 km NW ofjunction of Regan Ford 
and Gin Gin Brook East roads, 30 Nov. 1974, Halliday 1 76 (AD, MEL, PERTH); Helena River, 1 6 Oct. 1977, 
Seabrook 355 (CANB, PERTH); Kerridale Swamp N of Augusta, 16 Nov. 1982, Strid 21528 (PERTH). 

Page image

822561 Cycnogeton huegelii Muelleria 8(3): 346
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454223
Page is part of the work A revision of the tuberous-rooted species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198464

Page text

346 
Marshall also reported (in litt., Sept. 1992) that populations in essentially grazing 
farmland in the Nathalia district, Victoria, can withstand cropping at intervals. For one 
such population (A.H.M. s.n , 1 5 Oct. 1989) the rhizomes and tubers are too deep to be 
affected by the soil disturbance of cropping and plants “just take off’ from subter- 
ranean parts when it gets wet enough. Plants can remain dormant underground for 
several years until conditions are suitable and can produce leaves but not flower if water 
does not cover them. The depression occupied by this population is inundated to a 
depth of at least 2 metres for a couple of weeks in years of big floods. 
T. dubium has been found heavily grazed by cattle ( Aston 2804 , Katamatite, Vic- 
toria). 
Three collections from Western Australia and the Northern Territory report that 
the tubers are eaten by aboriginal people. Smith 85.34 (Beagle Bay, W.A.) states “Edible 
tubers eaten raw or after warming in hot ashes”. Reeve 120 (Nangalala to Gattji, N.T.) 
states “Tubers eaten after cooking”. 
Triglochin huegelii (Endl.) Aston comb. nov. 
Cycnogeton huegelii Endl., Ann. Wiener Mus. Naturgesch. 2: 21 1 (1839, not Dec. 
1838). Type: “In fluvia Cygnorum (Upper Swan-River) legit Carolus L.B. Hugel.” 
Type Material: No specimens located at BM, K, LD, M, S, or W. Lectotype (here 
designated): lconogr. gen. pi VII: t.73 (1839). “Flabitat in Novae Hollandiae colonia 
Swan-River. (Hugel.)”. See discussion under notes below. 
Triglochin procerum var. eleutherocarpum Benth., FI. Austr. 7: 168 (1878), syn. 
nov.. Type: “W. Australia, Drummond, n. 314, Preiss, n. 2405\ Blackwood and Tweed 
Rivers and Port Gregory, Oldfield.” Lectotype (here designated): Swan River, Drum- 
mond 314 (K)! Isolectotypes: (BM, MEL 720277)! Remaining Syntypes: Port 
Gregory, W. Australia, Oldfield (K, MEL 720279)! Blackwood River, W. Aust., Oldfield 
[623 has been added to Oldfield’s original label] (K)! Tweed River, W. Australia, Old- 
field[ 623 has been added to Oldfield’s original label] (MEL 720278)! Preiss 2405 (LD!, 
MEL 720280!, S — photocopy!). 
Rhizomes (available on only one collection) to c. 14 mm diam., bearing moderately 
coarse fibres to 10 cm long. Tubers (available on two collections only) ellipsoid to obo- 
void, 8-25 mm long X 4.5-8 mm diam. (length 1.8-3 times the diam.), terminating 
roots 20-30 mm long; each root 2. 0-3.0 times as long as its tuber. Leaves 38—89 cm long 
X 3-20 mm wide, dorsiventral, with floating extremities at least on plants growing in 
deeper water [collector’s notes], sheathed over the lower 26%-34% of the leaf length. 
T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit : not available from fresh or spirit material; 
apparently plano-convex with sheaths not touching. Stems in fruit 45-130 cm long 
(including the infructescence) X 3-9 mm diam. Rachis 1.5-6 mm diam. at base, gradu- 
ally tapered upwards. Infructescence 5.5-46 cm long (= 1 8%— 37% of the total stem 
length) X 12-23 mm diam. Pedicels 0.5-4 mm long, spreading to upturned. Fruits 
usually well-spaced (by up to 4.5 cm) on basal portion of rachis but elsewhere loosely 
touching, ( 1 6— )40— 166 per infructescence, 2. 8-5. 3 per 1 cm of rachis length, ± globular 
in outline but distorted by the varied ways in which the free carpels spread or overlap, 
8.5 mm long X 6.0 mm diam. (5-9 mm X 5-10 mm when dry). Carpels (2 or)3-6, in 
fruit erect or veiY slightly twisted, strongly incurved and usually overlapping each 
other, 1-6 maturing, often 2-4 aborting, 6.0-8. 7 mm long X 1.3-2. 3 mm wide X 2.1- 
3.5 mm deep (but the length 9.0-14. 1 mm when measured around the carpel curvature); 
carpels free; lateral faces ± flat; dorsal ridge prominent ( 1 2%— 25% of carpel depth), 
narrow-rounded; shoulder ridges conspicuous ( 1 5%— 20% of carpel width), narrow- 
rounded. (Fig. 7a-f) 
Selected Specimens Examined (total examined = 35) 
Western Australia — Blackwood River, Bridgetown, 1 1 Dec. 1961, Aplin 1365 (PERTH); Lake Sep- 
pings. Albany, 30 Sep. 1984, Cranfield 4937 (CANB, MEL, PERTH): c. 2 km NW ofjunction of Regan Ford 
and Gin Gin Brook East roads, 30 Nov. 1974, Halliday 1 76 (AD, MEL, PERTH); Helena River, 1 6 Oct. 1977, 
Seabrook 355 (CANB, PERTH); Kerridale Swamp N of Augusta, 16 Nov. 1982, Strid 21528 (PERTH). 

Page image

822563 Cycnogeton lineare Muelleria 8(3): 349
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454226
Page is part of the work A revision of the tuberous-rooted species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198464

Page text

349 
Endlicher, Nov. stirp. dec. Nr 9: 78-79 (20 July 1 839), repeated exactly the generic 
and specific descriptions given in the Annalen cited above. Although the month of 
publication of the Annalen is undefined it is generally taken that this work has pre- 
cedence over the Nov. stirp. dec. Endlicher himself seems to have accepted the. Annalen 
as the major place of publication of the descriptions of Cycnogeton and C. huegelii as he 
cited it but not the Nov. stirp. dec. in his later Gen. pi. Suppl 1. p. 1369 (1841). 
Morphology — See Notes under T. lineare concerning stamen size. 
Diagnosis 
Mature carpels of T. huegelii are distinctively free, strongly incurved, and with 
prominent narrow-rounded dorsal and lateral ridges. Commonly 1-6 carpels mature in 
each fruit, the remainder aborting their development. Fruits with 5-6 mature carpels 
are more or less globular in outline but distorted by the varied spreading or overlap of 
the free carpels. Infructescences, particularly the larger ones, characteristically have one 
to a few of the basal fruits isolated centimetres apart along the rachis. 
Triglochin lineare Endl. in Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 2: 54 (1 846). Cycnogeton lineare { Endl.) 
Sonder, Linnaea 28: 225 (1856). Type: “In depressis bieme inundatis ad fluvium Cyg- 
norum, Middle Sevon [Swan]., 1. Jul. [1839]. Herb. Preiss. No. 2406.”. Lectotype 
(here designated): “2406. / In depressis bieme inundatis / ad fluvium Cygnorum 
(Middle / Swan) / Fl.virides. / Jul. 1 .39 / L. Preiss legit.” (LD)! Isolectotypes: [Preiss] 
”2406” (LD, MEL 720281 & 720282)!. No types present at BM, K, M, S or W. 
Triglochin procerum var. gracile Micheli in A.DC. & C.DC., Monogr. phan. 3: 108 
(1881) pro parte, excl. typus, nom. illeg. See Notes under T. dubium. 
Triglochin procerum var. procerum, sensu B.L. Rye in N.G. Marchant et al., FI. 
Perth Region 2: 722 (1987) and in J.R. Wheeler, ed., et al., FI. Kimberley Region p. 973 
(1992), non sensu stricto. 
Triglochin procerum “WA”, Aston in litt. 
Rhizomes to 3 cm long X 6-13 mm diam., bearing short fine soft fibres to 2 cm 
long. Tubers ± ellipsoid or globular to obovoid, sometimes broadly so, 9-28 mm long 
X 6-11 mm diam. (length 1.2-3. 7 times the diam.), terminating roots 11-45 mm long; 
each root 0.7-3 times as long as its tuber. Leaves 23-73.5 cm long X 1 . 5— 5(— 1 0) mm 
wide, (from dried material apparently not dorsiventral, submerged or floating, shortly 
tapered and acute, thin-textured, possibly somewhat thickened and spongy toward the 
base), sheathed over the lower section. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit, not 
apparent from dried material. Stems in fruit 18.5-60 cm long (including the infruc- 
tescence) X 1-4.5 mm diam. Rachis 0.75-2.5 mm diam. at base, gradually tapered 
upwards. Infructescence 3.5-14.5 cm long (= 1 4%— 39% of the total stem length) X 
7-17 mm diam. Pedicels usually upcurved, 1— 2.5(— 3.5) mm long, rarely absent and the 
fruits then sessile. Fruits loosely touching to shortly-spaced, erect to semi-erect or rarely 
spreading, 10-47 per infructescence, 2. 6-4. 2 per 1 cm of rachis length, ellipsoid to 
ellipsoid-obloid in outline, 6. 5-9. 6 mm long X 4.1-6. 1 mm diam. (5. 5-9.0 X 2.5-4.75 
mm when dry). Carpels 6, straight and erect in fruit (occasionally the distal portions 
somewhat twisted around each other when the carpels are only shortly connate), nor- 
mally all maturing, occasionally 1-3 only semi-developing, 6. 3-9. 6 mm long X 1.5- 1.9 
mm wide X 2. 1-2.7 mm deep (6.2-7. 7 mm long when dry); ventral edges character- 
istically attached along their whole length (excluding the beak sinus) but sometimes the 
attachment considerably less; attachment length = (27%-)46%-72% of carpel length; 
lateral faces ± flat, adpressed; dorsal ridge inconspicuous to prominent, rounded, (2%-) 
9%— 1 8% of carpel depth; shoulder ridges rounded, 5%- 1 7% of carpel width. (Fig. 7g-k) 
Selected Specimens Examined (total examined = 42) 
Western Australia — Langford, Perth, 27 Sep. 1 984, Bates 4285 (AD); 8 km S of Eneabba, 27 Sept. 1 977, 
Hnatiuk 771429 ( PERTH); Lowden, Oct. 1909, Koch 2012 (NSW); Lort River, c. 65 km W of Esperance, 9 
Oct. 1968, Orchard 1417 (AD, PERTH); 10 miles N of Busselton at turnoff to Ruabon, 22 Sept 1966 
Scrymgeour 1294 (PERTH). 

Page image

822566 Cycnogeton procerum Muelleria 8(3): 354
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454231
Page is part of the work A revision of the tuberous-rooted species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198464

Page text

354 
tana) and twice in South Australia (northern Lake Eyre Basin). Only recently located on 
the basalt plains west of Melbourne, southern Victoria. There found in similar habitat 
to places where T. multi fructum occurs in northern parts of the State, and believed to be 
native to the area. 
Notes 
See Aston (1993) for fuller information on this species. 
Diagnosis 
Mature fruiting plants are readily distinguished in the field by the comparatively 
long infructescence with typical maroon-cyclamen rachis and numerous, small, tightly- 
touching fruits (c. 14-27 per 1 cm of rachis length). Within Victoria and New South 
Wales, mature fruits are typically only 3-5 mm long X 3-5 mm diam., globular in 
outline but strongly ridged. Elsewhere, fruits tend to be more ellipsoid in outline and 
generally somewhat larger, from 4. 5-8. 5 mm long. The 6(-8) carpels are ventrally 
attached along their full length except for the beak sinus and each has a prominent 
narrow, dorsal ridge and two noticeable lateral rdges. 
Triglochin procerum R.Br., Prodr. FI. Nov. Holl. 343 (1910). 
Cycnogeton procerum (R.Br.) Buchenau, Abh. Naturwiss. Vereine Bremen T 224 
(1868). Type: “(J.T.) v.v.”. Lectotype (here designated): “Triglochin maximum / 
Hawkesbury 1804”, left hand specimen on sheet containing 3 collections, each with a 
label in R.Brown’s hand, (BM)!. Probable Isolectotypes: “[day indecipherable] Sept 
1804 [Probably coll. R. Brown] (E)! [Probably coll. R. Brown] (E)! Possible Syntypes 
(= the two remaining collections on the lectotype sheet, here excluded from the cir- 
cumscription of T. procerum R.Br.): “Triglochin / No 1 1 desc n / Carpentaria. Main [ = 
mainland] opposite Groote Island. / Jan> 4 desc 5, 1803”; “Carpentaria / Island h [ = 
North Island, Sir Edward Pellew Group] / in paludo. Dec r 20 / 1 802” (BM)! Excluded as 
possible Syntype (separate sheet): “Nova Hollandia, Pt Jackson — Mr Brown” (BM)! 
No types located at G or G-DC, M, P, UPS, or W. See Notes below on typification. 
Triglochin procerum agg., form C, Robb & Ladiges (1981). 
Triglochin procerum “C” and “Cc”, Aston in Hit. 
Description Excluding Eastern Variant — Rhizomes semi-horizontal, 4.5-18 cm long 
X 7-18(30) mm diam., bearing long fine to semi-coarse to coarsely stiff fibres. Tubers 
usually elongated, narrow-ellipsoid to cylindrical, less frequently ellipsoid to obovoid 
or obloid, 20-145 mm long X 4.5-13 mm diam. (length 2.5-20 times the diam.), ter- 
minating roots 37-139 mm long; each root 0.5-3. 3 times as long as its tuber. Leaves 
27-227 cm long X 7—4 1 (— 1 50 n.v., western variant) mm wide, dorsiventral, dark green 
and glossy above, paler yellowish-green to mid-green beneath, floating or with an 
emerged curve or emergent and erect to semi-erect, shortly tapered, obtuse-acute, 
thickened and spongy toward the base, sheathed over the lower 14-34% of the leaf 
length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit : ± transversely elliptic in outline 
including the sheaths, the central spongy portion narrowly piano- to concavo-convex 
with width 2. 2-5. 4 times the thickness; each side of sheath 5-18 mm wide, equal c. 
33-59% of the leaf width. Stems in fruit 33-197 cm long (including the infructescence) 
X 4-23 mm diam. Rachis 2.5— 9(— 1 4, western variant) mm diam. at base gradually 
tapered upwards; rachis and pedicels usually pale cream-green to green, or sometimes 
the pedicels and rarely the rachis tinged maroon. Infructescence 6-51 (-144, western 
variant) cm long (= 12-40%[-82%, western variant] of the total stem length) X 17- 
29(-42, western variant) mm diameter. Pedicels 1.7-5. 2 mm long. Fruits touching, 67- 
320 per infructescence, 5- 1 1 (- 1 8, western variant) per 1 cm of rachis length, globular to 
ellipsoid or rarely depressed-globular in outline, 6.8-14.4 mm long X 6.8-10.9 mm 
diam., the length 1. 1-1.9 times the diam., rarely slightly < diam. Carpels 6(or 7), in 
fruit straight and erect to partly spiralled around each other and then giving a twisted 
appearance to the fruit, all maturing or with 1 -2(rarely -5) only partially developing so 
that fruits may be asymmetrical, (6. 4-)8. 5- 13. 6 mm long X 2.35-3.4 mm wide X 3.2- 
4.9 mm deep; ventral edges attached along their whole length (excluding the beak sinus) 

Page image

878824 Dendrogaster violaceus Muelleria 8(3): 288
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454165
Page is part of the work Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales), doi:10.5962/p.198457

Page text

288 
Cortinomyces niveus (Vittad.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1 993) [as 
‘(Cribb) Bougher & Castellano’]. 
3. Protoglossum purpureum (J.W.Cribb) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster purpureus J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 
3:127 (1956). 
Cortinomyces purpureus (J.W.Cribb) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 280 
(1993). 
4. Protoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster violaceus Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). 
Arcangeliella violacea (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge, Compar. Morph. Fungi 
487 (1928). 
Dendrogaster violaceus (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South 
Wales 59 : 172 (1934). 
Gymnoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., New Zealand J. Sci. Tech- 
nol., sect. B, 22: 300 (1941). 
Cortinomyces violaceus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 
280 (1993). 
5. Protoglossum viscidum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hysterangium viscidum Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). 
Hymenogaster viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri 
Bot. Gard. 21 : 642 (1934). 
Cortinomyces viscidus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 
280 (1993). 
PROTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM AND HYMENOGASTER EFFODIEND US 
6. Protoglossum luteum Massee, Grevillea 19 : 97 (1891). 
Hymenogaster luteus (Massee) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 169 
(1934) non Vittad. (1831). 
Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277 (1993). 
Hysterangium atratum Rodway, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1919 : 112 
(1920). 
Hymenogaster atratus (Rodway) Zeller & C.W.Dodge, in C.W.Dodge & Zeller, 
Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 656 (1934). 
H. effodiendus G.Cunn., Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 75: 14 (1952) [new syn- 
onym], 
C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). 
Following Bougher & Castellano (1993), Hysterangium atratum is accepted as a 
synonym of P. luteum , which species is distinguished from P. viscidum by its less 
elongate spores. Bougher & Castellano (1993) note that there is a ‘very close similarity’ 
ot microscopic characters between Hymenogaster effodiendus (known only from the 
type from Glenelg R., Victoria) and P. luteum, but choose to keep the two species sep- 
arate pending the availability of further collections. 
The sole distinguishing character which Bougher & Castellano ( 1 993) use to justify 
the recognition of H. effodiendus is the 'bright yellow peridium when young’ in contrast 
to the peridium of P. luteum which they describe as ‘copper red becoming dark brown’. 
In fact, Cunningham (1952) gives the colour of H. effodiendus as ‘when fresh bright 
yellow, drying reddish brown’, and in the original description of P. luteum, Massee 
(1891) mentions that the subterranean portion of the peridium is yellowish whilst the 
exposed portion is orange. 

Page image

570002 Dianella amoena Muelleria 8(3): 369, fig. 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454246
Page is part of the work Studies in Phormiaceae (Liliaceae) 1. New species and combinations in Dianella Lam. ex Juss, doi:10.5962/p.198465

Page text

369 
Plants are only rarely, and then very shortly caulescent, i.e. with aerial stems, (cf. 
for example D. caerulea var. caerulea) and hypogeous rhizomes are very short (plants 
tussock-forming), to quite long. In the latter growth habit it resembles D. tasmanica. 
The very long, lorate, strongly occluded leaves are thin and frequently arching or bent 
down, especially in situations of heavy shade. Flowers of D. callicarpa are very like D. 
caerulea Sims var. caerulea in perianth and stamen morphology. The general blue- 
violet coloration of the perianth and often maroon suffusions on the abaxial side of the 
outer tepals, combined with the deep orange strumae and the pale yellow anther 
colours, are distinctive. Flowers are weakly fragrant. Fruits are borne in relative abun- 
dance. In their brilliant, glossy, deep purple-blue colour the fruits resemble those of 
many taxa in the D. caerulea complex. 
Dianella callicarpa is easily cultivated and propagated by seed and division. Plants 
are self fertile and fruit production can be greatly enhanced by artificial endogamous or 
exogamous pollination. This is accomplished by mimicking buzz pollination (Buch- 
mann 1985) using a tuning fork applied to the anthers to extract pollen, which is then 
applied to the stigma. 
The common name of Swamp Flax-lily is suggested in reference to its moist habi- 
tat. 
Dianella amoena G.W.Carr et P.F.Horsfall, sp. now 
A D. longijolia R.Br. statura humile, rhizomate angusta ad 30 cm inter caespes, facienti coioniis ad 6 
mm aiametrum, foliis glaucis angustis tenuibus, plus minusve deciduo-aestivalibus, asperatis valde 
marginibus et costis, et floribus magnis fragrantissimis malvinis, strumis staminalibus aurantiacis viv- 
idis et antheris luteolis differt. 
Typus: Victoria, Midlands, Nutfield, Victorian plant grid N35, 6 Jan. 1993 G. W.Carr 
12370 (Holotypus: MEL; Isotypi: MEL, HO, NSW, AD, CBG, K.) 
Extensively rhizomic, partially to fully summer-deciduous perennial herb to 90 cm 
high, forming extensive loose mats to 5 m wide; roots fleshy-fibrous, fusiforme, to 4 mm 
diam; rhizomes slender, yellow (Yellow-Grey Group 1 1 A), to 4 mm diam; shoots to c. 
30 cm apart on rhizomes, usually much less. Leaves relatively small, lamina narrow 
linear-lanceolate, long-tapering, to 43 cm long by 4-12 mm wide, thin, broadly V- 
shaped to nearly flat, prominently keeled abaxially along the midrib; grey-green (near- 
est Yellow-Green Group 147B), concolourous, and often marked with dull crimson at 
the base (Red-Purple Group 59D). Leaf sheaths loosely clasping, 1/5-2/3 occluded, 
occulsion zone prominently thickened in cross section; blades, sheaths and midribs 
with prominent, closely spaced to distant pale brown, antrorse, patent or retrorse out- 
growths, ‘teeth’, to 0.5 mm long. Inflorescences ± erect, 20-90 cm long, scape relatively 
slender, usually arching; panicle branching at steep angles, irregularly ovoid-pyramidal, 
loose and interrupted; cymules 2-5 flowered; pedicels recurved, 3-20 mm long. Flowers 
large, nodding, strongly and sweetly fragrant, opening early to mid-morning, collapsing 
late afternoon; perianth segments pale to deep blue-violet (abaxial side Blue-Violet 
Group 96B.97A), strongly and equally recurved; outer tepals narrow elliptic, sub-acute, 
9-9.5 mm long by 2-2.5 mm wide, 5-veined; inner tepals elliptical, shallowly emargi- 
nate, 9-9.5 mm long by 3.5 mm wide, 3-veined. Stamens 6.5-7 mm long; filaments very 
pale yellow, 2.5 mm long (straightened), slightly sigmoid in distal 1/3; strumae coni- 
pressed-obovoid, microscopically papillose, deep orange (Yellow-Orange Group 21 A, 
Orange Group 24A), 2 mm long by 1 mm wide; anthers very narrow-cuneate, pale lime- 
yellow (Green-Yellow Group 1C, Yellow Group 10A), 3 mm long bv 1 mm wide. Stvle 
whitish-translucent, 6 mm long; ovary green, depressed-globular, 1 .5 mm high by 2 mm 
wide; ovules 6-8 per loculus. Fruit globular or obovoid, ultimately shiny off white to 
dark blue-purple (nearest Violet-Blue Group 90A-90B, Yellow-White Group 1 58B) 4- 
7 mm long. Seeds black shiny, smooth, angular-globose, 3 mm long by 2.5 mm 
wide. 
Etymology 
From the Latin amoenus — beautiful, pleasing, in reference to the neat habit and 
the showy, fragrant flowers. 

Page image

570004 Dianella brevicaulis Muelleria 8(3): 375
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454252
Page is part of the work Studies in Phormiaceae (Liliaceae) 1. New species and combinations in Dianella Lam. ex Juss, doi:10.5962/p.198465

Page text

375 
The perianth segments of D. tarda are rather narrow, consistently pale blue and 
strongly reflexed. The colour, size, shape and proportions of the strumae and anthers 
are distinctive. 
The common name. Late-flowered Flax-lily is proposed, in reference to the flower- 
ing time. 
Dianella brevicaulis (Ostenf.) G.W.Carr et P.F.Horsfall. comb, et stat. nov. 
Basionym: Dianella revo/uta R.Br. var. brevicaulis Ostenf., Del Kgl. Danske Vidensk. 
Selsk. Biol. Meddel. 3 (2): 24, t. 1, fig. 1 (1921). Lectotypus: C (right-hand piece) fide 
Henderson, FI. Aust.45:4S3 (1987). (Lectotypus n.v.). Dianella revoluta R.Br. f. 
pygmaea Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 163: 272 (1940). Lectotypus: Mt 
Direction, Tasmania, 5 Dec. 1921, R. A. Black, fide Henderson Fl. Aust. 45: 485 
(1987)(n.v.). 
Illustrations: Ostenfeld op. cit., Curtis (1952). 
Representative Specimens Examined 
Victoria — Point Addis, near Anglesea, exposed coastal heath (P20), 1986/87, M.D. White 2 (MEL 
690475). Melbourne, Royal Melbourne Golf Course, Cheltenham Rd, Black Rock, (N52), 27 Oct. 1987, 
I. C. Clarke 2052 (MEL 588772). Cape Nelson, c. 700m E of the lighthouse (E22), 3 Dec. 1992, D.E. Albrecht 
51 79 (MEL 201 7297). Little Desert National Park, 0.2 km W of S end of old Nhill track, on Boundary Track, 
18 Dec. 1983, G.W.Carr 7701 (MEL 1554308). 
Tasmania - 5 km E of South Arm, 4 Nov. 1967, J.H.Hemsley 6331 (NSW). 
South Australia - Coffin Bay National Park, Eyre Peninsula, 24 Oct. 1988, P.H.Venow 927 (NSW). 
Kingscote, Jan. 1907, J. II. Maiden (NSW 149149) 
Western Australia - 67 km S of Nanambina Station, S of Belladonia, 24 Oct. 1963, T.E.H.Aplin 2580 
(NSW). Irwins Inlet, 24 Dec. 1912, Colby and S.W. Jackson (NSW 149164). 
Notes 
Dianella brevicaulis is abundantly distinct from D. revoluta R.Br. var. revoluta 
(sensu Henderson 1987) as recognised by Curtis (1952) and it is surprising that the 
species has so long retained varietal rank. Henderson (1987) noted that the taxon may 
warrant higher rank upon further study. In rhizome architecture, leaf, floral characters 
and broad distribution it is easily distinguished, as seen in the comparison with D. 
revoluta var. revoluta (Table 1). Plants of D. brevicaulis commonly occur with D. rev- 
oluta var. revoluta as understood by Henderson (1987) and Conran (1994), and with a 
previously unrecognised coastal taxon belonging to the D. revoluta complex (Carr & 
Horsfall unpublished data), but intermediates have not been recorded. 
Dianella porracea (R. Henderson) P.F.Horsfall et G.W.Carr. comb. et. stat. nov. 
Basionym: Dianella longifolia R.Br. var. porracea R. Henderson, FI. .L 07.45:48 1 
(1987). Typus: c. 28km W of Cunnamulla on road to Eulo, Queensland, 9 Oct. 1977, 
R. Henderson 2576 (Holotypus: BRI n.v.). 
Illustrations: G.M. Cunningham et al. , PL W. New South Wales, 184 (1982); 
R.J. Henderson op. cit. fig. 68E, 221 (1987). 
Representative Specimens Examined 
Victoria - Lake Powell. ± 16 km SE of Robinvale P.O., Mallee Study Area (F39), 3 May 1977, 
.1. C.Beaw’lehole 561 13 (MEL 1515724). Hattah Lakes National Park, lOSep. 1960, A. C.BeauglehoIe 39298 
(MEL 534244) 
New South H ’ ales — c. 2 km E of Minetta, 6 Nov. 1971. A.Rodd 1 918 (NSW). Lighting Ridge, 5 Nov. 
1987. D.I. Wilson & P.G. Wilson ,v./?.(NSW). Between Euston and Gol Gol. I 5 Oct. 1 949. ./. Vickery ,v./t.(NSW 
149256). Homestead Gorge, Mootwingec National Park, 22 Oct. 1988, I. Crawford 1094 (NSW, BRI). 
Queensland. 28km W of Cunnamulla on road to Eulo, 9 Oct. 1977, R.J. Henderson 11 25769 (NSW) 
Notes 
Henderson ( 1 987) suggested that his taxon may warrant elevation to subspecific or 
specific status on further study. Dianella porracea is abundantly distinct from other 

Page image

570000 Dianella callicarpa Muelleria 8(3): 366, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454243
Page is part of the work Studies in Phormiaceae (Liliaceae) 1. New species and combinations in Dianella Lam. ex Juss, doi:10.5962/p.198465

Page text

366 
TAXONOMY 
Dianella callicarpa G.W.Carr et P.F.Horsfall, sp. nov. 
Hcrba perennans, caespitosa dense ad longi-rhizoniatosam. Folia ad 160 cm longa, 2 cm lata, tenuia, 
lorata, atrovirentia. subnitida; vaginae occlusae partim vel pcrfecte, in sectione transversali plus 
minusve biconvexae. Inflorescentia ad 190 cm datum, elegans; flores fragrantes leniter, perianthium 
caeruleo-violaceum, tepala tenuia; strumae staminales atro-aurantiacae. antherae luteolae. Fructus 
purpuratus vividus. 
Typus: Victoria-cultivated in Melbourne garden of G.W.Carr, ex Victorian Volcanic 
Plain, south of Branxholme, Victorian plant grid D50, 2 Nov. 1991, G.W.Carr 1 1643 
(Holotypus: MEL; Isotypi: MEL, HO, AD, NSW, K). 
Loosely rhizomic to densely caespitose evergreen perennial herb to 190 cm high 
and 1.5 m diameter at the base, shoots touching to c. 15 cm apart; roots fibrous, not 
fleshy, yellow, (nearest Greyed-Orange Group 163B); rhizomes up to 20 cm long by 
6- 10 mm diam, yellow, (nearest Yellow Group 6C); stems of shoots 1 0—80 mm long by 
7- 8 mm diam. Leaves lorate, gradually tapering to the apex, 33-160 cm long by 8-20 
mm wide, ± flat or weakly revolute, mid to dark green, (nearest Yellow-Green Group 
147A), slightly discolourous, lamina smooth and glossy, minutely and irregulary scab- 
rous along margins and abaxial midrib, most pronounced on midrib below leaf apex. 
Leaf sheaths equitant, fan-shaped, tightly clasping, biconvex in cross section, *A-4/5 
occluded near summit of sheath, weakly to strongly marked with dull crimson at the 
base (nearest Greyed-Red Group 182A), especially on the veins. Inflorescence tall, ± 
erect, 60- 1 90 cm long, scape slender, arching; panicle 25-50 cm long, ± narrow-conical 
in outline, branches widely spreading, relatively short, regularly spaced; cymules 2-12 
flowered, pedicels strongly recurved, 3-1 1 mm long. Flowers nodding, medium sized, 
weakly but sweetly fragrant, opening early to mid morning, collapsing late afternoon; 
perianth segments blue-violet suffused with dull crimson (nearest Blue-Violet Group 
93D); outer tepals somewhat discolourous, strongly marked with dull crimson abaxially 
(nearest Red-Purple Group 72A or Greyed-Red Group 182B), adaxially paler, (Violet 
Group 185B); segments strongly and equally recurved; broadly lanceolate to narrow 
ovate-lanceolate, subacute, 7-9 mm long by 3-4 mm wide, 5-veined; inner tepals (Blue- 
Violet Group 97A), broadly ovate, shallowly emaginate, 6.5-8 mm long by 3. 5-4. 5 mm 
wide, 5-veined. Stamens 6 mm long; filaments 2.5 mm long (straightened) by 0.75 mm 
wide, strongly sigmoid, dark blue-violet at the base, becoming white distally, ± trans- 
lucent; strumae compressed globose-cuneate, ± hexagonal in section, minutely papil- 
lose, deep orange-yellow (nearest Yellow-Orange Group 23A or Orange Group 24A); 
anthers dirty pale yellow, (nearest Yellow Group 10A), much darker in the lateral 
grooves and around the base, dorsally the darker colour extends to the apical pores; 
3.5-4 mm long by 1 mm wide, very narrowly cuneate-lanceolate. Style very pale blue- 
violet, just exceeding the anthers, 6 mm long; ovary green, 3-locular, ± globular, 1.25 
mmlongby 1.5mm wide; ovules 8 per loculus. Frw/7 globose toobovoid, ± lumpy, deep 
blue-purple, glossy, 6-15 mm long. Seeds globose-lenticular, slightly angular, com- 
pletely smooth, black, very shiny, 3 mm long by 2 mm wide. 
Etymology 
From the Greek, calli - beautiful and carpus - fruit in reference to the abundant, 
brilliant, deep purple fruits on a graceful infructescence. 
Other Specimens Examined 
Victoria - Type locality, 2 Nov. 1991, P.F.Horsfall and G. W.Carr 11644 (MEL). 
Near Lake Condah, 19 Jan. 1992, G. W.Carr 1 1695 (MEL). 6.5 miles NE of Dergholm, 
along McPherson Creek, 8 Dec. 1971, A.C.Beauglehole 38033 (MEL 534272). W side of 
Victoria Range, between Glenisla and Billywing, swamp near road, 4 Mar. 1957, 
A.C.Beauglehole 4633 (MEL 534260). Wannon River, Diprose Bridge, 9 km SW of 
Cavendish P.O., SW Study Area (D33), 5 Feb. 1978, A.C.Beauglehole 57715 (MEL 
1602519). 3 km NW ofBessiebelle, SW Study Area (E6), 12 Dec. 1979, A.C.Beauglehole 
67235 (MEL 1597878). 

Page image

822569 Dianella longifolia porracea Muelleria 8(3): 375
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454252
Page is part of the work Studies in Phormiaceae (Liliaceae) 1. New species and combinations in Dianella Lam. ex Juss, doi:10.5962/p.198465
570005 Dianella porracea Muelleria 8(3): 375
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454252
Page is part of the work Studies in Phormiaceae (Liliaceae) 1. New species and combinations in Dianella Lam. ex Juss, doi:10.5962/p.198465

Page text

375 
The perianth segments of D. tarda are rather narrow, consistently pale blue and 
strongly reflexed. The colour, size, shape and proportions of the strumae and anthers 
are distinctive. 
The common name. Late-flowered Flax-lily is proposed, in reference to the flower- 
ing time. 
Dianella brevicaulis (Ostenf.) G.W.Carr et P.F.Horsfall. comb, et stat. nov. 
Basionym: Dianella revo/uta R.Br. var. brevicaulis Ostenf., Del Kgl. Danske Vidensk. 
Selsk. Biol. Meddel. 3 (2): 24, t. 1, fig. 1 (1921). Lectotypus: C (right-hand piece) fide 
Henderson, FI. Aust.45:4S3 (1987). (Lectotypus n.v.). Dianella revoluta R.Br. f. 
pygmaea Schlittler, Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 163: 272 (1940). Lectotypus: Mt 
Direction, Tasmania, 5 Dec. 1921, R. A. Black, fide Henderson Fl. Aust. 45: 485 
(1987)(n.v.). 
Illustrations: Ostenfeld op. cit., Curtis (1952). 
Representative Specimens Examined 
Victoria — Point Addis, near Anglesea, exposed coastal heath (P20), 1986/87, M.D. White 2 (MEL 
690475). Melbourne, Royal Melbourne Golf Course, Cheltenham Rd, Black Rock, (N52), 27 Oct. 1987, 
I. C. Clarke 2052 (MEL 588772). Cape Nelson, c. 700m E of the lighthouse (E22), 3 Dec. 1992, D.E. Albrecht 
51 79 (MEL 201 7297). Little Desert National Park, 0.2 km W of S end of old Nhill track, on Boundary Track, 
18 Dec. 1983, G.W.Carr 7701 (MEL 1554308). 
Tasmania - 5 km E of South Arm, 4 Nov. 1967, J.H.Hemsley 6331 (NSW). 
South Australia - Coffin Bay National Park, Eyre Peninsula, 24 Oct. 1988, P.H.Venow 927 (NSW). 
Kingscote, Jan. 1907, J. II. Maiden (NSW 149149) 
Western Australia - 67 km S of Nanambina Station, S of Belladonia, 24 Oct. 1963, T.E.H.Aplin 2580 
(NSW). Irwins Inlet, 24 Dec. 1912, Colby and S.W. Jackson (NSW 149164). 
Notes 
Dianella brevicaulis is abundantly distinct from D. revoluta R.Br. var. revoluta 
(sensu Henderson 1987) as recognised by Curtis (1952) and it is surprising that the 
species has so long retained varietal rank. Henderson (1987) noted that the taxon may 
warrant higher rank upon further study. In rhizome architecture, leaf, floral characters 
and broad distribution it is easily distinguished, as seen in the comparison with D. 
revoluta var. revoluta (Table 1). Plants of D. brevicaulis commonly occur with D. rev- 
oluta var. revoluta as understood by Henderson (1987) and Conran (1994), and with a 
previously unrecognised coastal taxon belonging to the D. revoluta complex (Carr & 
Horsfall unpublished data), but intermediates have not been recorded. 
Dianella porracea (R. Henderson) P.F.Horsfall et G.W.Carr. comb. et. stat. nov. 
Basionym: Dianella longifolia R.Br. var. porracea R. Henderson, FI. .L 07.45:48 1 
(1987). Typus: c. 28km W of Cunnamulla on road to Eulo, Queensland, 9 Oct. 1977, 
R. Henderson 2576 (Holotypus: BRI n.v.). 
Illustrations: G.M. Cunningham et al. , PL W. New South Wales, 184 (1982); 
R.J. Henderson op. cit. fig. 68E, 221 (1987). 
Representative Specimens Examined 
Victoria - Lake Powell. ± 16 km SE of Robinvale P.O., Mallee Study Area (F39), 3 May 1977, 
.1. C.Beaw’lehole 561 13 (MEL 1515724). Hattah Lakes National Park, lOSep. 1960, A. C.BeauglehoIe 39298 
(MEL 534244) 
New South H ’ ales — c. 2 km E of Minetta, 6 Nov. 1971. A.Rodd 1 918 (NSW). Lighting Ridge, 5 Nov. 
1987. D.I. Wilson & P.G. Wilson ,v./?.(NSW). Between Euston and Gol Gol. I 5 Oct. 1 949. ./. Vickery ,v./t.(NSW 
149256). Homestead Gorge, Mootwingec National Park, 22 Oct. 1988, I. Crawford 1094 (NSW, BRI). 
Queensland. 28km W of Cunnamulla on road to Eulo, 9 Oct. 1977, R.J. Henderson 11 25769 (NSW) 
Notes 
Henderson ( 1 987) suggested that his taxon may warrant elevation to subspecific or 
specific status on further study. Dianella porracea is abundantly distinct from other 

Page image

822568 Dianella revoluta brevicaulis Muelleria 8(3): 375
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454252
Page is part of the work Studies in Phormiaceae (Liliaceae) 1. New species and combinations in Dianella Lam. ex Juss, doi:10.5962/p.198465
570003 Dianella tarda Muelleria 8(3): 372, fig. 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454249
Page is part of the work Studies in Phormiaceae (Liliaceae) 1. New species and combinations in Dianella Lam. ex Juss, doi:10.5962/p.198465

Page text

372 
Dianella amoena has no close relatives among species from Victoria, South Aus- 
tralia and Tasmania, and it does not belong with the D. caerulea Sims, D. revoluta R.Br., 
D. longifolia R.Br. or D. tasmanica J.D.Hook. groups (see Henderson 1987) which 
otherwise constitute the bulk of the Dianella flora of Australia. The only Herbarium 
material (from Hobart) at HO and NSW collected before our study was determined as 
D. tasmanica or D. caerulea var. caerulea, from both of which it is taxonomically dis- 
tant. 
At several sites D. amoena is sympatic with D. revoluta R.Br. var. revoluta and D. 
longifolia R.Br. var. longifolia or D. longifolia R.Br. var. grandis R.Henderson (sensu 
Conran 1994), and flowering times overlap for these taxa. 
Buzz pollination (see note under D. callicarpa ) at the type locality has been 
observed to be effected by 2 unidentified bee species, at least one of which also polli- 
nates D. longifolia var. longifolia ( sensu Ross 1993 and Conran 1994). This same bee 
species has been baited to flowers of a container-grown D. amoena at Hurstbridge near 
the type locality. At Branxholme another bee species visited D. amoena flowers and 
those of D. callicarpa (see note under later species). Bees approached inflorescences or 
clumps of inflorescences from downwind, scribing a zigzag path and actively worked 
flowers for pollen in the behaviour described under D. callicarpa (above). 
The common name of Matted Flax-lily is proposed in reference to the extensively 
rhizomatous habit of D. amoena. 
Dianella tarda P.F.Horsfall et G.W.Carr, sp. nov. 
D. longifoliae R.Br. complexae pertinenti, habitu robusto et caespitoso arete, foliis angustis crassius- 
culis glaucis canaliculatis valde, ad 1 60 cm longis, 1 7 mm latis, inflorescentia elata multiflora obovoi- 
dea anguste vel ellipsoidea et tloribus parviss fragrantissimis aperientibus serotinissimis et collaben- 
tibus serotini pariter distinguitur. 
Typus: Victoria, Riverina, Strathmerton, Victorian plant grid M9, 8 Jan. 1993 
P.F.Horsfall 396 (Holotypus: MEL; Isotypi: MEL, AD, NSW, BR1, K). 
Robust, densely caespitose perennial herb to 2 m high, forming clumps to 20 cm 
wide at the base; roots fleshy, long-fusiforme, to 90 cm long and 7-9 mm diam; rhi- 
zomes between shoots to 70 mm long; stems of shoots to 20 mm long and 7-9 mm diam. 
Leaves 35-160 cm long by 8-17 mm wide, linear-attenuate, coriaceous-fleshy, lamina 
moderately to strongly V-shaped in section, dark grey-green and sub-glaucous (nearest 
yellow-green Group 147A), margins smooth, midrib minutely scabrid near leaf tip; leaf 
sheaths loosely embracing, U-shaped, not or only slightly occluded, slightly keeled or 
rounded abaxially. Inflorescence robust, to 2 m high, scape rigidly erect; panicle nar- 
rowly obovoid in outline, somewhat interrupted below, dense above, branching at steep 
angles; cymules 2-18 flowered, closely spaced; pecidels 4-22 mm long, very slender, 
strongly recurved. Flowers nodding, relatively small with strong Dianthus-like 
fragrance, opening between 1-4 pm, collapsing between 8-10 pm; perianth very pale 
blue (Violet-Blue Group 97A); outer tepals narrow-elliptic, 7 mm long by 3 mm wide, 5- 
veined; inner tepals ovate-elliptic, 6.5 mm long by 2.5 mm wide, 3-veined. Stamens 7-9 
mm long; filaments 2-3 mm long, strongly sigmoid in upper half; strumae rich yellow 
(nearest Yellow Group 9A), obovoid-globose, microscopically papillose, 1.5 mm long 
by 1mm wide; anthers pale lemon-yellow (Yellow Group 4A), narrowly linear-cuneate, 
4 mm long by 1mm wide; style pale blue-violet (Violet-Blue Group 94D), 5-6.5 mm 
long; ovary ± globose but distinctly 3-lobed, 1.5 mm high by 1.5 mm wide, green 
(Yellow-Green Group 144D); ovules 5 per loculus; Fruit china blue or uncommonly 
white (Violet Blue Group 89A), irregularly globose, 3-10 mm long by 3-9 mm wide. 
Seeds lenticular-globose or angular-globose, smooth 2. 5-3. 5 mm long by 1.75-2 mm 
wide, black, very shiny. 
Etymology 
From the Latin tardus- late, in reference to the very late time of flower opening 
(early-mid afternoon) and correspondingly late flower collapsing (evening). 

Page image

569983 Epacris celata Muelleria 8(3): 319, fig. 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454196
Page is part of the work Two new species of Epacridaceae from Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198462

Page text

319 
of J.W. McMahon Ski Lodge, SE slope of Mt Erica, 7 Dec. 1984, I. Salasoo 6 (MEL); 5 
km NNE Mt Margaret, upstream from crossing of Blue Range Road on Storm Ck, 23 
Mar. 1985, S. Forbes 2820 (MEL); Near Scout Hut between Mt Erica summit and car- 
park, 13 July 1985, D.E. Albrecht 1846 (MEL); Upper Thompson R. at Newlands Rd 
Crossing, Jan. 1992, J.B. Davies s.n. (HO 132105): 
Distribution 
The Baw Baw plateau and the Blue Range, between Marysville and Taggerty. 
Ecology 
Locally abundant in wet heath or scrub land and on the fringes of cool temperate 
rainforest where it usually grows near streams or bogs with Epacris paludosa R.Br. and 
E. microphylla var. rhombifolia L. Fraser & Vickery (E. coriacea Cunn. ex DC. sen.su 
Ross 1990). The main flowering period is between late November and early January. 
This species may produce adventitious roots from the lower stems and has the ability to 
layer. 
Discussion 
The collections of Richea victoriana were previously referred to as R. aff. gunnii 
and the taxon does show affinity with R. gunnii in that both lose leaves early and have 
clear annular leaf scars and they grow in the same kind of environment. However R. 
victoriana is distinct in several characters. It differs in its habit, being a much larger 
more robust plant. Its leaves are considerably longer (5-10 cm) and wider(5-l 1 mm), 
and have a distinctive twist to them. The shorter (3-6 cm), narrower (5-7 mm), more 
rigid leaves of R. gunnii grow in a swirling arrangement around the stem. The inflor- 
escence of R. victoriana has lateral branches bearing many more flowers (3-20) than R. 
gunnii (3-5). Individual flowers are similar although in R. victoriana the operculum is 
narrower, the filaments are attached to the top of the anthers and there are no nectary 
scales. Also the axis and lateral branches of the inflorescence are glabrous, but are 
minutely pilose in R. gunnii. R. victoriana inflorescence matures basipetally whereas R. 
gunnii matures acropetally. 
There is only one other Richea occuring in Victoria and NSW and that is Richea 
continentis. This was described by B.L. Burtt (1941) as a distinct taxon where it was 
previously thought to be R. gunnii. It is clearly different in habit, forming compact 
multi-branched shrubs, it does not have distinct annular scars and it has a narrow, 
elongated inflorescence and it matures acropetally. 
Epacris celata R.K. Crowden, sp. nov. 
Epacre petrophila et E. brevijlora affinis sed foliis rotundioribus planioribusque, apice obtuso ve! 
mucrone brevi, et foliis margine incrassato conspicuoque. 
Typus: Victoria, Bogong High Plain, Watchbed Creek, 1 0 Feb. 1 993, R.K. Crowden & Y. 
Menadue (Holotypus: HO 308232; Iso typus: MEL) 
An erect to spreading shrub, 20-60 cm high, young stems red-brown, ridged with 
raised leaf scars, pubescent; old stems dark grey-brown with flaking bark, scars incon- 
spicuous. Leaves erect to spreading, elliptical or obovate, 2-4 mm long, 1.4-2. 5 mm 
wide, glabrous; lamina flat rarely slightly concave, 1-3 veined, mid-rib conspicuous; 
apex broadly acute to obtuse, blunt or with short mucro; base broadly to narrowly acute; 
margin entire, distinctively thickened, scabrid in young leaves; petiole appressed upto 1 
mm long glabrous or sparsely ciliate. Flowers few 7-8 mm diam., clustered at ends of 
branches , peduncle 1-2 mm long; bracts red-tinged ovate, margins ciliate; sepals red- 
tinged, 2.5-3 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, ovate-lanceolate, acute, margins ciliolate; corolla 
white, campanulate 2 mm diameter in the throat, tube 1-1.5 mm long, lobes spreading 
2-3 mm long, apex obtuse; corolla caducous. Stamens 5, anthers visible in the throat, 
projecting inwards, c. 1 mm long, on filaments equally long, attached in centre; stigma 
rounded, below the level of anthers; style short and slender c. 0.5 mm long; ovary glo- 

Page image

557136 Gompholobium inconspicuum Muelleria 8(3): 307, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454184
Page is part of the work Gompholobium inconspicuum (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae), a new species from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198460

Page text

GOMPHOLOBIUM INCONSPICUUM (FABACEAE: MIRBELIEAE), A NEW 
SPECIES FROM SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA 
Michael D. Crisp* 
ABSTRACT 
Crisp, Michael D. Gompholobium inconspicuum (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae), a new species 
from south-eastern Australia. Muelleria 8(3): 307-310 (1995). — Gompholobium incon- 
spicuum, occurring along the eastern side of the ranges from the central coast of New 
South Wales to eastern Gippsland in Victoria, is described as new. It is distinguished 
from its parapatric (more northerly) relative G. uncinatum by its greenish yellow petals, 
subulate recurved stipules, and earlier flowering season. 
GOMPHOLOBIUM INCONSPICUUM 
Gompholobium inconspicuum Crisp, sp. nov. 
Gompholobium sp. B, Wiecek, FI. New South Wales 2: 470 (1991). 
Habitu humile diffusum, foliis foliolis tribus linearibus uncinatis, caulibus juvenibus fere glabris sed 
dense tuberculatis floribus parvis (c. 1 cm longis) et carina glabra G. uncinato Cunn. ex Benth. maxime 
simile, ditiert petalis citrinis, stipulis visibilibus subulatis recurvis, florescentia a mense lulio ad men- 
sem September. 
Typus: New South Wales, Central Coast, c. 15 km N of Windsor, Blaxland Ridge 0 5 
km W of turn-off from Putty Rd, 33°28'S, 150°48'E, 1 Aug. 1994, M D Crisp 8S42 
(Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: BRI, CANB, GAUBA, K, L, MEL, MO, NSW). 
Shrubs with diffuse wiry erect, spreading or prostrate stems to 45 cm long; branch- 
lets terete, glabrate, densely tuberculate. Leaves scattered, subsessile, digitately trifolio- 
late, leaflets ascending, linear, with an acuminate recurved apex, recurved margins, 
tapered to the base, 3-10 mm long, 0.2-1 mm broad, lacking visible veins, rather thick 
grey-green; petioles appressed, 0.3-1 mm long; petiolules pulvinate, minute (c. 0.2 mm 
long); stipules subulate, 0.2-0. 5 mm long. Inflorescences numerous, terminal, each a 
raceme with 1-2(3) flowers; peduncle tuberculate, 0-3 mm long, bearing a few sterile 
bracts below the subtending bracts; pedicel smooth, 2-6 mm long, with a pair of brac- 
teoles near the base; bracts and bracteoles subulate, 0.5-1. 5 mm long. Buds ellipsoid, 
apiculate, not ridged at junction of valvate calyx-lobes. Flowers inconspicuous, seldom 
opened fully. Calyx 5-6 mm long, divided to within 1 mm of base into 5 equal tri- 
angular acuminate lobes with ciliolate margins, lead-grey externally. Standard partly 
conduplicate at anthesis, very broad- to depressed-ovate, emarginate, 7-9 mm long 
including the 0. 5- 1 mm claw, 8- 1 2 mm broad, lemon-yellow adaxially, lead-grey abax- 
lally; wings narrow-obovate to somewhat spathulate, 5-7 mm long including the 0.5 
mm claw, 1-3 mm broad, with an adaxial lobe at the base, lemon-yellow; keel obovate 
to elliptic, 6. 5-7. 5 mm long including the 1.5 mm claws, 3-3.5 mm broad, green, with 
an adaxial lobe at the base. Stamens 10, free, uniform; filaments filiform; anthers ver- 
satile, with a conspicuous brownish connective. Gynoecium glabrous, 7 mm long 
including 0.7 mm stipe and 2 mm style; style strongly incurved; stigma terminal, min- 
ute, papillate; ovary narrow-cylindric, obtuse at apex, tapered to base; ovules 12-20 in 
two rows on thick reflexed funicles. Pod oblong-ellipsoid, turgid, 8-11 mm long, 6-7 
mm diam., smooth, light brown infused with lead-grey; immature seed ellipsoid with a 
strong radicular lobe, c. 1.2 mm long, c. 0.8 mm diam.; testa minutely rugulose, blis- 
tered around hilum; aril absent. (Fig. 1) 
Flowering Period 
From July (in the north) until September (in the south and on the tablelands). 
* Division of Botany & Zoology, Australian National University, Canberra, ACT, Australia 0200 
307 

Page image

815220 Gompholobium sp. B Muelleria 8(3): 307
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454184
Page is part of the work Gompholobium inconspicuum (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae), a new species from south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198460

Page text

GOMPHOLOBIUM INCONSPICUUM (FABACEAE: MIRBELIEAE), A NEW 
SPECIES FROM SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA 
Michael D. Crisp* 
ABSTRACT 
Crisp, Michael D. Gompholobium inconspicuum (Fabaceae: Mirbelieae), a new species 
from south-eastern Australia. Muelleria 8(3): 307-310 (1995). — Gompholobium incon- 
spicuum, occurring along the eastern side of the ranges from the central coast of New 
South Wales to eastern Gippsland in Victoria, is described as new. It is distinguished 
from its parapatric (more northerly) relative G. uncinatum by its greenish yellow petals, 
subulate recurved stipules, and earlier flowering season. 
GOMPHOLOBIUM INCONSPICUUM 
Gompholobium inconspicuum Crisp, sp. nov. 
Gompholobium sp. B, Wiecek, FI. New South Wales 2: 470 (1991). 
Habitu humile diffusum, foliis foliolis tribus linearibus uncinatis, caulibus juvenibus fere glabris sed 
dense tuberculatis floribus parvis (c. 1 cm longis) et carina glabra G. uncinato Cunn. ex Benth. maxime 
simile, ditiert petalis citrinis, stipulis visibilibus subulatis recurvis, florescentia a mense lulio ad men- 
sem September. 
Typus: New South Wales, Central Coast, c. 15 km N of Windsor, Blaxland Ridge 0 5 
km W of turn-off from Putty Rd, 33°28'S, 150°48'E, 1 Aug. 1994, M D Crisp 8S42 
(Holotypus: CBG; Isotypi: BRI, CANB, GAUBA, K, L, MEL, MO, NSW). 
Shrubs with diffuse wiry erect, spreading or prostrate stems to 45 cm long; branch- 
lets terete, glabrate, densely tuberculate. Leaves scattered, subsessile, digitately trifolio- 
late, leaflets ascending, linear, with an acuminate recurved apex, recurved margins, 
tapered to the base, 3-10 mm long, 0.2-1 mm broad, lacking visible veins, rather thick 
grey-green; petioles appressed, 0.3-1 mm long; petiolules pulvinate, minute (c. 0.2 mm 
long); stipules subulate, 0.2-0. 5 mm long. Inflorescences numerous, terminal, each a 
raceme with 1-2(3) flowers; peduncle tuberculate, 0-3 mm long, bearing a few sterile 
bracts below the subtending bracts; pedicel smooth, 2-6 mm long, with a pair of brac- 
teoles near the base; bracts and bracteoles subulate, 0.5-1. 5 mm long. Buds ellipsoid, 
apiculate, not ridged at junction of valvate calyx-lobes. Flowers inconspicuous, seldom 
opened fully. Calyx 5-6 mm long, divided to within 1 mm of base into 5 equal tri- 
angular acuminate lobes with ciliolate margins, lead-grey externally. Standard partly 
conduplicate at anthesis, very broad- to depressed-ovate, emarginate, 7-9 mm long 
including the 0. 5- 1 mm claw, 8- 1 2 mm broad, lemon-yellow adaxially, lead-grey abax- 
lally; wings narrow-obovate to somewhat spathulate, 5-7 mm long including the 0.5 
mm claw, 1-3 mm broad, with an adaxial lobe at the base, lemon-yellow; keel obovate 
to elliptic, 6. 5-7. 5 mm long including the 1.5 mm claws, 3-3.5 mm broad, green, with 
an adaxial lobe at the base. Stamens 10, free, uniform; filaments filiform; anthers ver- 
satile, with a conspicuous brownish connective. Gynoecium glabrous, 7 mm long 
including 0.7 mm stipe and 2 mm style; style strongly incurved; stigma terminal, min- 
ute, papillate; ovary narrow-cylindric, obtuse at apex, tapered to base; ovules 12-20 in 
two rows on thick reflexed funicles. Pod oblong-ellipsoid, turgid, 8-11 mm long, 6-7 
mm diam., smooth, light brown infused with lead-grey; immature seed ellipsoid with a 
strong radicular lobe, c. 1.2 mm long, c. 0.8 mm diam.; testa minutely rugulose, blis- 
tered around hilum; aril absent. (Fig. 1) 
Flowering Period 
From July (in the north) until September (in the south and on the tablelands). 
* Division of Botany & Zoology, Australian National University, Canberra, ACT, Australia 0200 
307 

Page image

559475 Grevillea celata Muelleria 8(3): 311-316, Figs 1, 2 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 8(3): 311-316, Figs 1, 2 (map)".

878825 Gymnoglossum violaceum Muelleria 8(3): 288
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454165
Page is part of the work Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales), doi:10.5962/p.198457

Page text

288 
Cortinomyces niveus (Vittad.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1 993) [as 
‘(Cribb) Bougher & Castellano’]. 
3. Protoglossum purpureum (J.W.Cribb) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster purpureus J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 
3:127 (1956). 
Cortinomyces purpureus (J.W.Cribb) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 280 
(1993). 
4. Protoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster violaceus Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). 
Arcangeliella violacea (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge, Compar. Morph. Fungi 
487 (1928). 
Dendrogaster violaceus (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South 
Wales 59 : 172 (1934). 
Gymnoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., New Zealand J. Sci. Tech- 
nol., sect. B, 22: 300 (1941). 
Cortinomyces violaceus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 
280 (1993). 
5. Protoglossum viscidum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hysterangium viscidum Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). 
Hymenogaster viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri 
Bot. Gard. 21 : 642 (1934). 
Cortinomyces viscidus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 
280 (1993). 
PROTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM AND HYMENOGASTER EFFODIEND US 
6. Protoglossum luteum Massee, Grevillea 19 : 97 (1891). 
Hymenogaster luteus (Massee) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 169 
(1934) non Vittad. (1831). 
Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277 (1993). 
Hysterangium atratum Rodway, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1919 : 112 
(1920). 
Hymenogaster atratus (Rodway) Zeller & C.W.Dodge, in C.W.Dodge & Zeller, 
Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 656 (1934). 
H. effodiendus G.Cunn., Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 75: 14 (1952) [new syn- 
onym], 
C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). 
Following Bougher & Castellano (1993), Hysterangium atratum is accepted as a 
synonym of P. luteum , which species is distinguished from P. viscidum by its less 
elongate spores. Bougher & Castellano (1993) note that there is a ‘very close similarity’ 
ot microscopic characters between Hymenogaster effodiendus (known only from the 
type from Glenelg R., Victoria) and P. luteum, but choose to keep the two species sep- 
arate pending the availability of further collections. 
The sole distinguishing character which Bougher & Castellano ( 1 993) use to justify 
the recognition of H. effodiendus is the 'bright yellow peridium when young’ in contrast 
to the peridium of P. luteum which they describe as ‘copper red becoming dark brown’. 
In fact, Cunningham (1952) gives the colour of H. effodiendus as ‘when fresh bright 
yellow, drying reddish brown’, and in the original description of P. luteum, Massee 
(1891) mentions that the subterranean portion of the peridium is yellowish whilst the 
exposed portion is orange. 

Page image

878765 Gymnoglossum viscidum Muelleria 8(3): 287
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454164
Page is part of the work Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales), doi:10.5962/p.198457

Page text

NOTES ON PROTOGLOSSUM (FUNGI: CORTINARIALES) 
Tom W. May* 
ABSTRACT 
May, Tom. W. Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales). Muelleria 8(3): 287-289 
(1995). — The genus Cortinomyces Bougher & Castellano is superfluous and the species 
included therein should be placed in Protoglossum Massee. C. ejfodiendus (G.Cunn.) 
Bougher & Castellano is shown to be a synonym of P. luteum Massee. 
INTRODUCTION 
Bougher & Castellano (1993) introduced four new genera to accommodate mostly 
Australian species previously referred to Hymenogaster Vittad. Whilst the recognition 
of segregate genera is warranted, one of the new genera, Cortinomyces Bougher & Cas- 
tellano, is illegitimate because its designated type ( Protoglossum luteum Massee) is also 
the type of the earlier valid genus Protoglossum Massee. There is no doubt that P. 
luteum is the type of Protoglossum because it was the only species dealt with by Massee 
(1891) when he first described the genus. Cortinomyces is thus an obligate synonym of 
Protoglossum. Bougher & Castellano (1993) place seven species in Cortinomyces. The 
correct name for Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano is P. luteum, C. 
effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano is treated here as a synonym of P. luteum, 
and new combinations in Protoglossum are proposed below for the other five 
species. 
METHODS 
Colour notations are from Munsell (1975; 1977). Observations on spiores were 
made on small pieces of the tramal plates mounted in 3% KOH. Spore dimensions 
include neither ornamentation nor the hilar appendage. Q is the quotient of the length 
and the width of an individual spore. 
NEW COMBINATIONS IN PROTOGLOSSUM 
Protoglossum Massee, Grevillea 19: 97 (1891) Type: P. luteum Massee [only 
species], 
Cortinomyces Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277(1 993) nom. superfl. Type: 
P. luteum Massee [by designation]. 
1. Protoglossum cribbiae (A.H.Sm.) T.W.May comb. nor. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster cribbiae A.H.Sm., Mycologia 58: 105 (1966) nom. now 
for Gymnoglossum viscidum J.W.Cribb non H. viscidus (Massee & Rodway) 
C.W. Dodge & Zeller (1934). 
Cortinomyces cribbiae (A.H.Sm.) Bougher & Castellano Mycologia 85: 279 
(1993). 
Gymnoglossum viscidum J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 3: 158 
(1958). 
2. Protoglossum niveum (Vittad.) T.W.May comb, now 
Basionym: Hymenogaster niveus Vittad., Monogr. Tuberac. 24 (1831) [not seen, 
citation from Bougher & Castellano (1993)]. 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria. Australia 
3141 
287 

Page image

878764 Hymenogaster cribbiae Muelleria 8(3): 287
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454164
Page is part of the work Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales), doi:10.5962/p.198457

Page text

NOTES ON PROTOGLOSSUM (FUNGI: CORTINARIALES) 
Tom W. May* 
ABSTRACT 
May, Tom. W. Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales). Muelleria 8(3): 287-289 
(1995). — The genus Cortinomyces Bougher & Castellano is superfluous and the species 
included therein should be placed in Protoglossum Massee. C. ejfodiendus (G.Cunn.) 
Bougher & Castellano is shown to be a synonym of P. luteum Massee. 
INTRODUCTION 
Bougher & Castellano (1993) introduced four new genera to accommodate mostly 
Australian species previously referred to Hymenogaster Vittad. Whilst the recognition 
of segregate genera is warranted, one of the new genera, Cortinomyces Bougher & Cas- 
tellano, is illegitimate because its designated type ( Protoglossum luteum Massee) is also 
the type of the earlier valid genus Protoglossum Massee. There is no doubt that P. 
luteum is the type of Protoglossum because it was the only species dealt with by Massee 
(1891) when he first described the genus. Cortinomyces is thus an obligate synonym of 
Protoglossum. Bougher & Castellano (1993) place seven species in Cortinomyces. The 
correct name for Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano is P. luteum, C. 
effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano is treated here as a synonym of P. luteum, 
and new combinations in Protoglossum are proposed below for the other five 
species. 
METHODS 
Colour notations are from Munsell (1975; 1977). Observations on spiores were 
made on small pieces of the tramal plates mounted in 3% KOH. Spore dimensions 
include neither ornamentation nor the hilar appendage. Q is the quotient of the length 
and the width of an individual spore. 
NEW COMBINATIONS IN PROTOGLOSSUM 
Protoglossum Massee, Grevillea 19: 97 (1891) Type: P. luteum Massee [only 
species], 
Cortinomyces Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277(1 993) nom. superfl. Type: 
P. luteum Massee [by designation]. 
1. Protoglossum cribbiae (A.H.Sm.) T.W.May comb. nor. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster cribbiae A.H.Sm., Mycologia 58: 105 (1966) nom. now 
for Gymnoglossum viscidum J.W.Cribb non H. viscidus (Massee & Rodway) 
C.W. Dodge & Zeller (1934). 
Cortinomyces cribbiae (A.H.Sm.) Bougher & Castellano Mycologia 85: 279 
(1993). 
Gymnoglossum viscidum J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 3: 158 
(1958). 
2. Protoglossum niveum (Vittad.) T.W.May comb, now 
Basionym: Hymenogaster niveus Vittad., Monogr. Tuberac. 24 (1831) [not seen, 
citation from Bougher & Castellano (1993)]. 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria. Australia 
3141 
287 

Page image

878767 Hymenogaster niveus Muelleria 8(3): 287
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454164
Page is part of the work Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales), doi:10.5962/p.198457

Page text

NOTES ON PROTOGLOSSUM (FUNGI: CORTINARIALES) 
Tom W. May* 
ABSTRACT 
May, Tom. W. Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales). Muelleria 8(3): 287-289 
(1995). — The genus Cortinomyces Bougher & Castellano is superfluous and the species 
included therein should be placed in Protoglossum Massee. C. ejfodiendus (G.Cunn.) 
Bougher & Castellano is shown to be a synonym of P. luteum Massee. 
INTRODUCTION 
Bougher & Castellano (1993) introduced four new genera to accommodate mostly 
Australian species previously referred to Hymenogaster Vittad. Whilst the recognition 
of segregate genera is warranted, one of the new genera, Cortinomyces Bougher & Cas- 
tellano, is illegitimate because its designated type ( Protoglossum luteum Massee) is also 
the type of the earlier valid genus Protoglossum Massee. There is no doubt that P. 
luteum is the type of Protoglossum because it was the only species dealt with by Massee 
(1891) when he first described the genus. Cortinomyces is thus an obligate synonym of 
Protoglossum. Bougher & Castellano (1993) place seven species in Cortinomyces. The 
correct name for Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano is P. luteum, C. 
effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano is treated here as a synonym of P. luteum, 
and new combinations in Protoglossum are proposed below for the other five 
species. 
METHODS 
Colour notations are from Munsell (1975; 1977). Observations on spiores were 
made on small pieces of the tramal plates mounted in 3% KOH. Spore dimensions 
include neither ornamentation nor the hilar appendage. Q is the quotient of the length 
and the width of an individual spore. 
NEW COMBINATIONS IN PROTOGLOSSUM 
Protoglossum Massee, Grevillea 19: 97 (1891) Type: P. luteum Massee [only 
species], 
Cortinomyces Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277(1 993) nom. superfl. Type: 
P. luteum Massee [by designation]. 
1. Protoglossum cribbiae (A.H.Sm.) T.W.May comb. nor. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster cribbiae A.H.Sm., Mycologia 58: 105 (1966) nom. now 
for Gymnoglossum viscidum J.W.Cribb non H. viscidus (Massee & Rodway) 
C.W. Dodge & Zeller (1934). 
Cortinomyces cribbiae (A.H.Sm.) Bougher & Castellano Mycologia 85: 279 
(1993). 
Gymnoglossum viscidum J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 3: 158 
(1958). 
2. Protoglossum niveum (Vittad.) T.W.May comb, now 
Basionym: Hymenogaster niveus Vittad., Monogr. Tuberac. 24 (1831) [not seen, 
citation from Bougher & Castellano (1993)]. 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria. Australia 
3141 
287 

Page image

878809 Hymenogaster purpureus Muelleria 8(3): 288
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454165
Page is part of the work Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales), doi:10.5962/p.198457

Page text

288 
Cortinomyces niveus (Vittad.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1 993) [as 
‘(Cribb) Bougher & Castellano’]. 
3. Protoglossum purpureum (J.W.Cribb) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster purpureus J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 
3:127 (1956). 
Cortinomyces purpureus (J.W.Cribb) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 280 
(1993). 
4. Protoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster violaceus Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). 
Arcangeliella violacea (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge, Compar. Morph. Fungi 
487 (1928). 
Dendrogaster violaceus (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South 
Wales 59 : 172 (1934). 
Gymnoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., New Zealand J. Sci. Tech- 
nol., sect. B, 22: 300 (1941). 
Cortinomyces violaceus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 
280 (1993). 
5. Protoglossum viscidum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hysterangium viscidum Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). 
Hymenogaster viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri 
Bot. Gard. 21 : 642 (1934). 
Cortinomyces viscidus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 
280 (1993). 
PROTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM AND HYMENOGASTER EFFODIEND US 
6. Protoglossum luteum Massee, Grevillea 19 : 97 (1891). 
Hymenogaster luteus (Massee) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 169 
(1934) non Vittad. (1831). 
Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277 (1993). 
Hysterangium atratum Rodway, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1919 : 112 
(1920). 
Hymenogaster atratus (Rodway) Zeller & C.W.Dodge, in C.W.Dodge & Zeller, 
Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 656 (1934). 
H. effodiendus G.Cunn., Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 75: 14 (1952) [new syn- 
onym], 
C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). 
Following Bougher & Castellano (1993), Hysterangium atratum is accepted as a 
synonym of P. luteum , which species is distinguished from P. viscidum by its less 
elongate spores. Bougher & Castellano (1993) note that there is a ‘very close similarity’ 
ot microscopic characters between Hymenogaster effodiendus (known only from the 
type from Glenelg R., Victoria) and P. luteum, but choose to keep the two species sep- 
arate pending the availability of further collections. 
The sole distinguishing character which Bougher & Castellano ( 1 993) use to justify 
the recognition of H. effodiendus is the 'bright yellow peridium when young’ in contrast 
to the peridium of P. luteum which they describe as ‘copper red becoming dark brown’. 
In fact, Cunningham (1952) gives the colour of H. effodiendus as ‘when fresh bright 
yellow, drying reddish brown’, and in the original description of P. luteum, Massee 
(1891) mentions that the subterranean portion of the peridium is yellowish whilst the 
exposed portion is orange. 

Page image

878820 Hymenogaster violaceus Muelleria 8(3): 288
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454165
Page is part of the work Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales), doi:10.5962/p.198457

Page text

288 
Cortinomyces niveus (Vittad.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1 993) [as 
‘(Cribb) Bougher & Castellano’]. 
3. Protoglossum purpureum (J.W.Cribb) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster purpureus J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 
3:127 (1956). 
Cortinomyces purpureus (J.W.Cribb) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 280 
(1993). 
4. Protoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster violaceus Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). 
Arcangeliella violacea (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge, Compar. Morph. Fungi 
487 (1928). 
Dendrogaster violaceus (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South 
Wales 59 : 172 (1934). 
Gymnoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., New Zealand J. Sci. Tech- 
nol., sect. B, 22: 300 (1941). 
Cortinomyces violaceus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 
280 (1993). 
5. Protoglossum viscidum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hysterangium viscidum Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). 
Hymenogaster viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri 
Bot. Gard. 21 : 642 (1934). 
Cortinomyces viscidus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 
280 (1993). 
PROTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM AND HYMENOGASTER EFFODIEND US 
6. Protoglossum luteum Massee, Grevillea 19 : 97 (1891). 
Hymenogaster luteus (Massee) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 169 
(1934) non Vittad. (1831). 
Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277 (1993). 
Hysterangium atratum Rodway, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1919 : 112 
(1920). 
Hymenogaster atratus (Rodway) Zeller & C.W.Dodge, in C.W.Dodge & Zeller, 
Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 656 (1934). 
H. effodiendus G.Cunn., Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 75: 14 (1952) [new syn- 
onym], 
C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). 
Following Bougher & Castellano (1993), Hysterangium atratum is accepted as a 
synonym of P. luteum , which species is distinguished from P. viscidum by its less 
elongate spores. Bougher & Castellano (1993) note that there is a ‘very close similarity’ 
ot microscopic characters between Hymenogaster effodiendus (known only from the 
type from Glenelg R., Victoria) and P. luteum, but choose to keep the two species sep- 
arate pending the availability of further collections. 
The sole distinguishing character which Bougher & Castellano ( 1 993) use to justify 
the recognition of H. effodiendus is the 'bright yellow peridium when young’ in contrast 
to the peridium of P. luteum which they describe as ‘copper red becoming dark brown’. 
In fact, Cunningham (1952) gives the colour of H. effodiendus as ‘when fresh bright 
yellow, drying reddish brown’, and in the original description of P. luteum, Massee 
(1891) mentions that the subterranean portion of the peridium is yellowish whilst the 
exposed portion is orange. 

Page image

878828 Hymenogaster viscidus Muelleria 8(3): 288
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454165
Page is part of the work Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales), doi:10.5962/p.198457

Page text

288 
Cortinomyces niveus (Vittad.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1 993) [as 
‘(Cribb) Bougher & Castellano’]. 
3. Protoglossum purpureum (J.W.Cribb) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster purpureus J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 
3:127 (1956). 
Cortinomyces purpureus (J.W.Cribb) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 280 
(1993). 
4. Protoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster violaceus Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). 
Arcangeliella violacea (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge, Compar. Morph. Fungi 
487 (1928). 
Dendrogaster violaceus (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South 
Wales 59 : 172 (1934). 
Gymnoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., New Zealand J. Sci. Tech- 
nol., sect. B, 22: 300 (1941). 
Cortinomyces violaceus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 
280 (1993). 
5. Protoglossum viscidum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hysterangium viscidum Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). 
Hymenogaster viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri 
Bot. Gard. 21 : 642 (1934). 
Cortinomyces viscidus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 
280 (1993). 
PROTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM AND HYMENOGASTER EFFODIEND US 
6. Protoglossum luteum Massee, Grevillea 19 : 97 (1891). 
Hymenogaster luteus (Massee) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 169 
(1934) non Vittad. (1831). 
Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277 (1993). 
Hysterangium atratum Rodway, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1919 : 112 
(1920). 
Hymenogaster atratus (Rodway) Zeller & C.W.Dodge, in C.W.Dodge & Zeller, 
Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 656 (1934). 
H. effodiendus G.Cunn., Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 75: 14 (1952) [new syn- 
onym], 
C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). 
Following Bougher & Castellano (1993), Hysterangium atratum is accepted as a 
synonym of P. luteum , which species is distinguished from P. viscidum by its less 
elongate spores. Bougher & Castellano (1993) note that there is a ‘very close similarity’ 
ot microscopic characters between Hymenogaster effodiendus (known only from the 
type from Glenelg R., Victoria) and P. luteum, but choose to keep the two species sep- 
arate pending the availability of further collections. 
The sole distinguishing character which Bougher & Castellano ( 1 993) use to justify 
the recognition of H. effodiendus is the 'bright yellow peridium when young’ in contrast 
to the peridium of P. luteum which they describe as ‘copper red becoming dark brown’. 
In fact, Cunningham (1952) gives the colour of H. effodiendus as ‘when fresh bright 
yellow, drying reddish brown’, and in the original description of P. luteum, Massee 
(1891) mentions that the subterranean portion of the peridium is yellowish whilst the 
exposed portion is orange. 

Page image

878827 Hysterangium viscidum Muelleria 8(3): 288
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454165
Page is part of the work Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales), doi:10.5962/p.198457

Page text

288 
Cortinomyces niveus (Vittad.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1 993) [as 
‘(Cribb) Bougher & Castellano’]. 
3. Protoglossum purpureum (J.W.Cribb) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster purpureus J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 
3:127 (1956). 
Cortinomyces purpureus (J.W.Cribb) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 280 
(1993). 
4. Protoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster violaceus Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). 
Arcangeliella violacea (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge, Compar. Morph. Fungi 
487 (1928). 
Dendrogaster violaceus (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South 
Wales 59 : 172 (1934). 
Gymnoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., New Zealand J. Sci. Tech- 
nol., sect. B, 22: 300 (1941). 
Cortinomyces violaceus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 
280 (1993). 
5. Protoglossum viscidum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hysterangium viscidum Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). 
Hymenogaster viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri 
Bot. Gard. 21 : 642 (1934). 
Cortinomyces viscidus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 
280 (1993). 
PROTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM AND HYMENOGASTER EFFODIEND US 
6. Protoglossum luteum Massee, Grevillea 19 : 97 (1891). 
Hymenogaster luteus (Massee) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 169 
(1934) non Vittad. (1831). 
Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277 (1993). 
Hysterangium atratum Rodway, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1919 : 112 
(1920). 
Hymenogaster atratus (Rodway) Zeller & C.W.Dodge, in C.W.Dodge & Zeller, 
Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 656 (1934). 
H. effodiendus G.Cunn., Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 75: 14 (1952) [new syn- 
onym], 
C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). 
Following Bougher & Castellano (1993), Hysterangium atratum is accepted as a 
synonym of P. luteum , which species is distinguished from P. viscidum by its less 
elongate spores. Bougher & Castellano (1993) note that there is a ‘very close similarity’ 
ot microscopic characters between Hymenogaster effodiendus (known only from the 
type from Glenelg R., Victoria) and P. luteum, but choose to keep the two species sep- 
arate pending the availability of further collections. 
The sole distinguishing character which Bougher & Castellano ( 1 993) use to justify 
the recognition of H. effodiendus is the 'bright yellow peridium when young’ in contrast 
to the peridium of P. luteum which they describe as ‘copper red becoming dark brown’. 
In fact, Cunningham (1952) gives the colour of H. effodiendus as ‘when fresh bright 
yellow, drying reddish brown’, and in the original description of P. luteum, Massee 
(1891) mentions that the subterranean portion of the peridium is yellowish whilst the 
exposed portion is orange. 

Page image

569952 Monotoca billawinica Muelleria 8(3): 303, figs 3, 4 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454180
Page is part of the work Two new species of Monotoca (Epacridaceae) endemic in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198459

Page text

303 
Further field searches lor the occurrence of Neolucia mathewi on other species of 
Monotoca are required to test this hypothesis. 
M. oreophila differs from both M. elliptica s. str. and M. ‘albens' in features of the 
conflorescence and overwintering SGU buds. In M. oreophila the axis of the conflor- 
escence is blastotelic, so that the leafy portion of the current SGU grows out before or 
during anthesis. Exceptionally rarely do a few conflorescences simulate a short raceme 
due to the SGU menstem aborting. In M. elliptic and M. ‘albens, most or all conflor- 
escences simulate racemes. These raceme-like conflorescences are either terminated by 
a flower and all bracts are caducous, or sometimes the axis extends just beyond the 
uppermost uniflorescence and the uppermost bracts and/or leaves are short, broad and 
persistent. These axes contribute little to seasonal extension growth. Few if any con- 
florescences are blastotelic (exceptionally rarely blastotelic and raceme-like conflores- 
cences equal in proportions, but then longer' leaves exceeding 11 mm long) most 
extension growth being attributable to sterile SGU’s. 
Correlated with conflorescence structure is the size of the overwintering SGU 
buds. In M. oreophila the SGU buds just prior to shooting are large, tinged reddish- 
brown and enclose the SGU axis with flower buds and rudimentary leaves. In M. elliptic 
and M. ‘albens’ the SGU buds just prior to shooting are smaller, brown and usually 
enclose only the SGU axis with flower buds. 
M. oreophila further differs from M. elliptica s. str. in having denser, shorter (3.8- 
1 1 mm long, cf. 9-23 mm long) and narrower leaves ( 1 .4-2.8 mm wide, cf 2 4-6 5 mm 
wide); shorter corolla tubes (in male flowers 0.4-0.8 mm long, cf.(0.8-)l-l 5 mm long)- 
shorter anthers (0.8-1.2 (-1.3) mm long, cf. ( 1 . 1 -) 1 .2- 1 .9 mm long); and in habitat 
preference (montane-subalpine, cf. coastal). M. oreophila further differs from M ’alb- 
ens in having white-cream rather than generally pale yellow-green corollas and in its 
leaves that are denser (5-15 per cm, cf. 3-8 per cm) and slightly shorter (longest leaves 
< 1 1 mm long, cf. usually > 1 1 mm long). 
Monotoca billawinica Albr., sp. nov. 
Monotoca glaucae (Labill.) Druce affinis sepalis et corolla et antheris longioribus et colore fructus dif- 
tert, ab Montoca scoparia ( Smith) R.Br. habitu robustiore, lignotubere absente, foliis latioribus et 
intlorescentia dissimili difFert. 
Tvrus: Victoria Grampians, near the start of the Mt Thackeray walking track, Victoria 
Range, 37 18 20 S, 142°20'E, 3 April 1988, D.E. Albrecht 3536 [Holotypus (func- 
tionally male): MEL 712598; Isotypi (functionally male): MEL 712597, HO K NSW- 
Paratype (female): MEL 712599; Isoparatypi: HO, K, NSW. 
Densely branched non-lignotuberous shrub or small tree 2-4.5 m high; bark per- 
sistent, ultimately rough and fissured; current seasons branchlets brown or reddish- 
brown, glabrous or with an indumentum of minute stiff spreading hairs c. 0.05 mm 
long ± glabrescent by second year. Leaves erect to spreading, flat to convex elliptic 
rarely lanceolate or oblanceolate, (7-)9-17(-26) mm long, (2.1-)2.3-4(-4.2) mm wide! 
rigid, lower surface distinctly whitish (due to numerous wax covered papillae) with 
branched subparallel-palmate veins; margins entire, plane to slightly recurved- apical 
mucro 045-1 7 mm long, pungent; petiole (0.8-)l-2.1 mm long, glabrous on abaxial 
surface. Conflorescence consisting of single-flowered axillary uniflorescences (lacking a 
subsidiary rudimentary bud) and/or 2-8-flowered (plus rudimentary bud) axillary spi- 
cate uniflorescences borne on current seasons SGU; lowermost spikes (1.4-)1.7-5(-6) 
mm long including peduncle (0.2-)0.6-2.7 mm long, proximal sterile bracts absent or 
very rarely 1-2 present; when uniflorescences spicate bracts persistent on spike axis, the 
lowest 0.5-1. 1 mm long, when uniflorescences single-flowered bracts caducous or per- 
sistent and leaf-like; bracteoles (0.7-)0.8-l .4 mm long, inserted immediately or shortly 
below the sepals; female and functionally male flowers on separate plants Sepals 
5,( 1 .2-) 1 .3- 1 ,8(- 1 .9) mm long, ciliolate. Corolla 5-lobed, whitish-cream, campanulate 
2.4-3. 1mm long in male flowers including tube 1-1.8 mm long; 1.6-2. 3 mm long in 
female flowers including tube 0.7- 1.2 mm long; lobes finally recurved, glabrous or 
occasionally papillose adaxially, c. equal in length to the tube. Anthers 1 .2- 1 .9 mm long. 

Page image

569950 Monotoca oreophila Muelleria 8(3): 299, figs 1, 2 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454176
Page is part of the work Two new species of Monotoca (Epacridaceae) endemic in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198459

Page text

TWO NEW SPECIES OF MONOTOCA (EPACRIDACEAE) ENDEMIC IN 
VICTORIA 
David Albrecht’ 
ABSTRACT 
David Albrecht, Two new species of Monotoca (Epacridaceae) endemic in Victoria. 
Muelleria 8(3): 299-306 (1995). — Monotoca oreophila and Monotoca billawinica are 
described and illustrated, with notes on distribution, conservation status, habitat and 
relationships with other species of Monotoca. 
INTRODUCTION 
A revision of the genus Monotoca is currently being completed and it is apparent 
that several segregate taxa are without epithets. This paper validates two new names so 
that they may be included in a treatment of the genus for the forthcoming Flora of 
Victoria. 
The two species described herein have female and functionally male flowers on 
separate plants. In female flowers the stamens are reduced to antherless staminodes. 
Floral measurements are based on fresh or rehydrated material and it should be noted 
that some shrinkage occurs when flowers dry. the terminology used to describe inflor- 
escence structures largely follows Briggs and Johnson ( 1 979). The term seasonal growth 
unit (SGU) refers to the shoot or system of shoots formed within a single growing season 
and arising from an axis formed in a previous growing season. The first few ‘juvenile’ 
leaves within a SGU are often broader, more obtuse apically and differently shaped 
than leaves that appear subsequently. These leaves are not considered in the descrip- 
tions. For consistency, leaf descriptions are based on leaves taken from the middle 
section of the previous seasons SGU as are measurements of leaf density. When uni- 
florescences are spicate, the length of the primary axis of the uniflorescence (hereafter 
called the peduncle) is measured as the distance between the base of the peduncle and 
the lowermost bract (sterile or fertile). 
TAXONOMY 
Monotoca oreophila Albr. sp. nov. 
Monotoca ellipticae (Smith) R.Br. et Monotoca albenti R.Br. affinis ab ambabus conflorescentibus 
blastotelicis et gemmis hornotinis majoribus differt; ab M. ellipticae foliis brevioribus angustioribus 
congestioribus, tubo corollae et anthera breviore et habitatione montano vel subalpino, et ab M. albenti 
corolla alba vel cremea et foliis congestioribus differt. 
Typus: Victoria, Snowfields, Mt Wellington summit, 1 3 Dec. 1 988, D.E. Albrecht 3728 
[Holotypus (functionally male): MEF 2016696; Isotypi (functionally male)- HO 
NSW; Paratypus (female): MEF 2018951; Isoparatypi: HO, NSW.] 
Densely foliose non-lignotuberous shrub, procumbent to erect, 0.2-2.5 m high; bark 
persistent, ultimately rough and fissured; current seasons branchlets brown, reddish- 
brown or maroon, with an indumentum of minute stiff spreading hairs 0.05-0.1 mm 
long or almost glabrous, glabrescent by second year. Leaves dense (5-15 per cm), 
ascending or spreading, leaving prominent scars after abscission, convex, lanceolate to 
elliptic, 3.8-1 1 mm long, 1.4-2. 8 mm wide, upper surface green and glabrous, lower 
surface distinctly whitish (due to numerous wax-covered papillae) and usually with 
conspicuous ± branched subparallel-palmate veins; margins slightly recurved; apical 
mucro 0.2-0. 6 mm long, weakly pungent; petiole 0.5-1. 1 mm long, glabrous on both 
surfaces. Overwintering SGU buds large, enclosing SGU axis with flower buds and 
* Northern Territory Herbarium, Conservation Commission of Northern Territory PO Box 1046 Alice 
Springs, N.T., Australia 0871 
299 

Page image

569951 Monotoca submutica Muelleria 8(3): 302
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454179
Page is part of the work Two new species of Monotoca (Epacridaceae) endemic in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198459

Page text

302 
tasmanica. The more exposed and drier cliff edge population at Nelsons Crag supports 
a different range of associated species including Grevillea miqueliana, Leptospermum 
brevipes, Monotoca scoparia, Westringia senifolia, Callistemon pallidus and Derwentia 
perfoliata. 
Nomenclature 
Monotoca oreophila is listed by Ross (1993) as M. sp. aff. elliptica (Alps). Reference 
to this entity dates back to Bentham ( 1868), who assigned specimens to either a small- 
flowered mountain population of M. elliptica (Smith) R.Br. (based on F. Mueller's 
specimen from the Baw Baws) or to his new taxon M. scoparia (Smith) R.Br. var. sub- 
mutica (based on F. Mueller's specimen from Mount Useful). 
Mueller’s Mount Useful specimen is one of two collections cited by Bentham in the 
protologue of M. scoparia var. submutica, the other being a collection of C. Stuart’s 
gathered on Mount La Perouse in Tasmania. The two collections are discordant. Jar- 
man and Crowden (1978) elevated Bentham’s variety to specific rank as M. submutica, 
and recognised two Tasmanian varieties, the var. autumnalis being described as new. 
They cite Stuart’s specimen from Mount La Perouse (housed at K) as the holotype of the 
basionym M. scoparia var. submutica. An additional two specimens collected by Stuart 
on Mount La Perouse and seen by Bentham are housed at the National Herbarium of 
Victoria (MEL). In the strict sense Stuart’s specimen at Kew is not the holotype but one 
of several syntypes representing two different elements. Fortunately Stuart’s collection 
conforms more closely to the protologue than does Mueller’s specimen from Mount 
Useful because the leaves are ‘scarcely mucronate’. In order to extricate the Mount 
Useful specimen from M. submutica sensu stricto so that the entity it represents can be 
described, one of Stuart’s Mount La Perouse specimens housed at MEL is here selected 
as the lectotype of M. submutica (M. scoparia var. submutica). 
Monotoca submutica (Benth.) S.J. Jarman, Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 1 12: 1 (1978). 
Basionym: Monotoca scoparia (Smith) R.Br. var. submutica Benth., FI. Austral. 4: 23 1 
(1868). Lectotype (here selected): Ascent of Mount La Perouse, Tasmania, 1877, C. 
Stuart (MEL 74671). 
Discussion 
Plants in all but one population have a low stature, rarely exceeding 1 m high. The 
Mt Useful population is comprised of unusually tall plants to 2.5 m high, but are typical 
in all other respects. 
Monotoca oreophila has been confused with M. submutica, M. scoparia and M. 
elliptica s. lat., but only bears a particularly close relationship to the latter. M. oreophila 
is readily distinguished from M. submutica by the pungent rather than innocuous leaf 
apices, strictly single-flowered uniflorescences and by the anthers that do not become 
strongly concave abaxially after the pollen is shed. M. scoparia differs from M. oreophila 
in several characters including the presence of a lignotuber, spicate uniflorescences and 
male corollas with the tube longer than (rarely almost equal to) the lobes. 
The combination of strictly single-flowered uniflorescences, pungent leaves, 
single-celled ovaries and red fruit in M. oreophila suggest a close relationship with M. 
elliptica s. lat. The taxonomy of M. elliptica is still unresolved but there appears to be 
some merit in resurrecting M. albens R.Br. at some taxonomic level for the small- 
flowered populations occurring along the eastern edge of the New South Wales southern 
tablelands from Mt Imlay north to the Blue Mountains. M. elliptica s. str. occurs 
exclusively in near-coastal areas from north-eastern Tasmania to north of Sydney. 
Further evidence possibly corroborating the close relationship between M. oreophila, 
M. ‘albens’ and M. elliptica comes from their relationship with a particular species of 
butterfly. Despite there being no overlap in the distributional ranges of M. oreophila, M. 
‘albens’ and M. elliptica, all three taxa are important food plants for the larvae of Neo- 
lucia mathewi (Mathew’s Blue Butterfly). Based on current knowledge the larvae of N. 
mathewi appear to be restricted exclusively to the M. oreophila-M. ‘albens -M. elliptica 
group despite the presence of several other species of Monotoca within its range. 

Page image

645552 Polyblastia australis Muelleria 8(3): 269-271, Figs, 1, 2
645553 Porina chloroticula Muelleria 8(3): 265-266, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 8(3): 265-266, Fig. 1".

645555 Protoglossum cribbiae Muelleria 8(3): 287
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454164
Page is part of the work Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales), doi:10.5962/p.198457

Page text

NOTES ON PROTOGLOSSUM (FUNGI: CORTINARIALES) 
Tom W. May* 
ABSTRACT 
May, Tom. W. Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales). Muelleria 8(3): 287-289 
(1995). — The genus Cortinomyces Bougher & Castellano is superfluous and the species 
included therein should be placed in Protoglossum Massee. C. ejfodiendus (G.Cunn.) 
Bougher & Castellano is shown to be a synonym of P. luteum Massee. 
INTRODUCTION 
Bougher & Castellano (1993) introduced four new genera to accommodate mostly 
Australian species previously referred to Hymenogaster Vittad. Whilst the recognition 
of segregate genera is warranted, one of the new genera, Cortinomyces Bougher & Cas- 
tellano, is illegitimate because its designated type ( Protoglossum luteum Massee) is also 
the type of the earlier valid genus Protoglossum Massee. There is no doubt that P. 
luteum is the type of Protoglossum because it was the only species dealt with by Massee 
(1891) when he first described the genus. Cortinomyces is thus an obligate synonym of 
Protoglossum. Bougher & Castellano (1993) place seven species in Cortinomyces. The 
correct name for Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano is P. luteum, C. 
effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano is treated here as a synonym of P. luteum, 
and new combinations in Protoglossum are proposed below for the other five 
species. 
METHODS 
Colour notations are from Munsell (1975; 1977). Observations on spiores were 
made on small pieces of the tramal plates mounted in 3% KOH. Spore dimensions 
include neither ornamentation nor the hilar appendage. Q is the quotient of the length 
and the width of an individual spore. 
NEW COMBINATIONS IN PROTOGLOSSUM 
Protoglossum Massee, Grevillea 19: 97 (1891) Type: P. luteum Massee [only 
species], 
Cortinomyces Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277(1 993) nom. superfl. Type: 
P. luteum Massee [by designation]. 
1. Protoglossum cribbiae (A.H.Sm.) T.W.May comb. nor. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster cribbiae A.H.Sm., Mycologia 58: 105 (1966) nom. now 
for Gymnoglossum viscidum J.W.Cribb non H. viscidus (Massee & Rodway) 
C.W. Dodge & Zeller (1934). 
Cortinomyces cribbiae (A.H.Sm.) Bougher & Castellano Mycologia 85: 279 
(1993). 
Gymnoglossum viscidum J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 3: 158 
(1958). 
2. Protoglossum niveum (Vittad.) T.W.May comb, now 
Basionym: Hymenogaster niveus Vittad., Monogr. Tuberac. 24 (1831) [not seen, 
citation from Bougher & Castellano (1993)]. 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria. Australia 
3141 
287 

Page image

645560 Protoglossum luteum Muelleria 8(3): 288-289

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 8(3): 288-289".

645556 Protoglossum niveum Muelleria 8(3): 287-288

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 8(3): 287-288".

645557 Protoglossum purpureum Muelleria 8(3): 288
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454165
Page is part of the work Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales), doi:10.5962/p.198457

Page text

288 
Cortinomyces niveus (Vittad.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1 993) [as 
‘(Cribb) Bougher & Castellano’]. 
3. Protoglossum purpureum (J.W.Cribb) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster purpureus J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 
3:127 (1956). 
Cortinomyces purpureus (J.W.Cribb) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 280 
(1993). 
4. Protoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster violaceus Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). 
Arcangeliella violacea (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge, Compar. Morph. Fungi 
487 (1928). 
Dendrogaster violaceus (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South 
Wales 59 : 172 (1934). 
Gymnoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., New Zealand J. Sci. Tech- 
nol., sect. B, 22: 300 (1941). 
Cortinomyces violaceus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 
280 (1993). 
5. Protoglossum viscidum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hysterangium viscidum Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). 
Hymenogaster viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri 
Bot. Gard. 21 : 642 (1934). 
Cortinomyces viscidus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 
280 (1993). 
PROTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM AND HYMENOGASTER EFFODIEND US 
6. Protoglossum luteum Massee, Grevillea 19 : 97 (1891). 
Hymenogaster luteus (Massee) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 169 
(1934) non Vittad. (1831). 
Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277 (1993). 
Hysterangium atratum Rodway, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1919 : 112 
(1920). 
Hymenogaster atratus (Rodway) Zeller & C.W.Dodge, in C.W.Dodge & Zeller, 
Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 656 (1934). 
H. effodiendus G.Cunn., Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 75: 14 (1952) [new syn- 
onym], 
C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). 
Following Bougher & Castellano (1993), Hysterangium atratum is accepted as a 
synonym of P. luteum , which species is distinguished from P. viscidum by its less 
elongate spores. Bougher & Castellano (1993) note that there is a ‘very close similarity’ 
ot microscopic characters between Hymenogaster effodiendus (known only from the 
type from Glenelg R., Victoria) and P. luteum, but choose to keep the two species sep- 
arate pending the availability of further collections. 
The sole distinguishing character which Bougher & Castellano ( 1 993) use to justify 
the recognition of H. effodiendus is the 'bright yellow peridium when young’ in contrast 
to the peridium of P. luteum which they describe as ‘copper red becoming dark brown’. 
In fact, Cunningham (1952) gives the colour of H. effodiendus as ‘when fresh bright 
yellow, drying reddish brown’, and in the original description of P. luteum, Massee 
(1891) mentions that the subterranean portion of the peridium is yellowish whilst the 
exposed portion is orange. 

Page image

645558 Protoglossum violaceum Muelleria 8(3): 288
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454165
Page is part of the work Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales), doi:10.5962/p.198457

Page text

288 
Cortinomyces niveus (Vittad.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1 993) [as 
‘(Cribb) Bougher & Castellano’]. 
3. Protoglossum purpureum (J.W.Cribb) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster purpureus J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 
3:127 (1956). 
Cortinomyces purpureus (J.W.Cribb) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 280 
(1993). 
4. Protoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster violaceus Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). 
Arcangeliella violacea (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge, Compar. Morph. Fungi 
487 (1928). 
Dendrogaster violaceus (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South 
Wales 59 : 172 (1934). 
Gymnoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., New Zealand J. Sci. Tech- 
nol., sect. B, 22: 300 (1941). 
Cortinomyces violaceus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 
280 (1993). 
5. Protoglossum viscidum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hysterangium viscidum Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). 
Hymenogaster viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri 
Bot. Gard. 21 : 642 (1934). 
Cortinomyces viscidus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 
280 (1993). 
PROTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM AND HYMENOGASTER EFFODIEND US 
6. Protoglossum luteum Massee, Grevillea 19 : 97 (1891). 
Hymenogaster luteus (Massee) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 169 
(1934) non Vittad. (1831). 
Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277 (1993). 
Hysterangium atratum Rodway, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1919 : 112 
(1920). 
Hymenogaster atratus (Rodway) Zeller & C.W.Dodge, in C.W.Dodge & Zeller, 
Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 656 (1934). 
H. effodiendus G.Cunn., Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 75: 14 (1952) [new syn- 
onym], 
C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). 
Following Bougher & Castellano (1993), Hysterangium atratum is accepted as a 
synonym of P. luteum , which species is distinguished from P. viscidum by its less 
elongate spores. Bougher & Castellano (1993) note that there is a ‘very close similarity’ 
ot microscopic characters between Hymenogaster effodiendus (known only from the 
type from Glenelg R., Victoria) and P. luteum, but choose to keep the two species sep- 
arate pending the availability of further collections. 
The sole distinguishing character which Bougher & Castellano ( 1 993) use to justify 
the recognition of H. effodiendus is the 'bright yellow peridium when young’ in contrast 
to the peridium of P. luteum which they describe as ‘copper red becoming dark brown’. 
In fact, Cunningham (1952) gives the colour of H. effodiendus as ‘when fresh bright 
yellow, drying reddish brown’, and in the original description of P. luteum, Massee 
(1891) mentions that the subterranean portion of the peridium is yellowish whilst the 
exposed portion is orange. 

Page image

645559 Protoglossum viscidum Muelleria 8(3): 288
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454165
Page is part of the work Notes on Protoglossum (Fungi: Cortinariales), doi:10.5962/p.198457

Page text

288 
Cortinomyces niveus (Vittad.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 280 (1 993) [as 
‘(Cribb) Bougher & Castellano’]. 
3. Protoglossum purpureum (J.W.Cribb) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster purpureus J.W.Cribb, Pap. Dept. Bot. Univ. Queensland 
3:127 (1956). 
Cortinomyces purpureus (J.W.Cribb) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 280 
(1993). 
4. Protoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hymenogaster violaceus Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). 
Arcangeliella violacea (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge, Compar. Morph. Fungi 
487 (1928). 
Dendrogaster violaceus (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South 
Wales 59 : 172 (1934). 
Gymnoglossum violaceum (Massee & Rodway) G.Cunn., New Zealand J. Sci. Tech- 
nol., sect. B, 22: 300 (1941). 
Cortinomyces violaceus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 
280 (1993). 
5. Protoglossum viscidum (Massee & Rodway) T.W.May comb. nov. 
Basionym: Hysterangium viscidum Massee & Rodway, in Massee, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. 1898 : 127 (1898). 
Hymenogaster viscidus (Massee & Rodway) C.W.Dodge & Zeller, Ann. Missouri 
Bot. Gard. 21 : 642 (1934). 
Cortinomyces viscidus (Massee & Rodway) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85 : 
280 (1993). 
PROTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM AND HYMENOGASTER EFFODIEND US 
6. Protoglossum luteum Massee, Grevillea 19 : 97 (1891). 
Hymenogaster luteus (Massee) G.Cunn., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 59 : 169 
(1934) non Vittad. (1831). 
Cortinomyces luteus (Massee) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 277 (1993). 
Hysterangium atratum Rodway, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1919 : 112 
(1920). 
Hymenogaster atratus (Rodway) Zeller & C.W.Dodge, in C.W.Dodge & Zeller, 
Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 21 : 656 (1934). 
H. effodiendus G.Cunn., Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 75: 14 (1952) [new syn- 
onym], 
C. effodiendus (G.Cunn.) Bougher & Castellano, Mycologia 85: 279 (1993). 
Following Bougher & Castellano (1993), Hysterangium atratum is accepted as a 
synonym of P. luteum , which species is distinguished from P. viscidum by its less 
elongate spores. Bougher & Castellano (1993) note that there is a ‘very close similarity’ 
ot microscopic characters between Hymenogaster effodiendus (known only from the 
type from Glenelg R., Victoria) and P. luteum, but choose to keep the two species sep- 
arate pending the availability of further collections. 
The sole distinguishing character which Bougher & Castellano ( 1 993) use to justify 
the recognition of H. effodiendus is the 'bright yellow peridium when young’ in contrast 
to the peridium of P. luteum which they describe as ‘copper red becoming dark brown’. 
In fact, Cunningham (1952) gives the colour of H. effodiendus as ‘when fresh bright 
yellow, drying reddish brown’, and in the original description of P. luteum, Massee 
(1891) mentions that the subterranean portion of the peridium is yellowish whilst the 
exposed portion is orange. 

Page image

570009 Pultenaea mollis Muelleria 8(3): 393
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454270
Page is part of the work Notes on Pultenaea Sm. (Fabaceae) in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198468

Page text

393 
and crisped, but a collection (J.H. Willis, Dec 1932, MEL 1619502) from Tonimbuk in 
Victoria and some Tasmanian collections are almost glabrous. 
The seed aril of P. forsythiana is narrow and rugose whilst that of P. juniperina is 
intricately divided into numerous fleshy threads. P. forsythiana in Victoria shows con- 
siderable variation in bracteole size and vestiture. The typical form from the Eastern 
Highlands and Snowfields has narrow lanceolate bracteoles, longer than the calyx-tube 
with a very hairy mid-rib. The majority of other collections have broad lanceolate to 
ovate bracteoles, shorter than the calyx-tube and with the mid-rib only slightly 
hairy. 
Selected Specimens Examined 
Victoria — 3 km S along Aberfeldy-Walhalla Road from its intersection with Binns Road, 26 Sep. 1985, 
D E Albrecht 1901, Benambra-Corryong Road at Gibbo River bridge, 1 Nov 1977, M.G. Corrick 6008' 
Otway Range, 8 km SW of Forrest, 26 Oct 1 984, S.G. Harris 3 k, Playground top, between Cobberas No. 1 and 
Rams Horn, 12 Jan 1949, N.A. Wakefield 2602. 
P. forsythiana occurs on heavier loam soils in moist forest, usually on mountain 
slopes, in Victoria and the Southern and Central Tablelands of New South Wales. P. 
juniperina in Victoria is restricted to sandy soils in the heathland understorey ot the 
Grampians and near Tonimbuk but is widespread in a variety of habitats in Tas- 
mania. 
Pultenaea mollis Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Exped. Interior East Austt alia 2. 258 
(1838) 
P. viscosa R.Br. ex Benth., Fl. Austral. 2: 127 (1864) 
P mollis as currently recognized in Victoria is a highly variable taxon. It is wide- 
spread in the state, mainly south of the Dividing Range usually in moist forest as part of 
a shrub or heathland understorey. Williamson (1922 and 1928) commented on the 
problems and segregated some taxa. . . . 
In publishing P. viscosa Bentham (1864) includes in his type citation a specimen 
collected from Mt Sturgeon by Robertson as well as Brown’s collection from Parra- 
matta Under P. mollis he cites a collection by Mitchell from Wannon River at the foot 
of the Grampians. Mitchell’s expedition camped on the Wannon River near the foot of 
Mt Sturgeon and there seems little doubt that both the Robertson and Mitchell col- 
lections came from the same population. Bentham also commented on the similarities 
between If mollis , If viscosa and P. hibbertioides. P. hibbertioides Hook.f. has already 
been placed in synonymy under P. mollis (Corrick 1988). I have seen this plant in the 
type locality in Tasmania and believe it to be indistinguishable from many of the Vic- 
torian populations of P. mollis. 
P viscosa , as recognized by Willis ( 1 972), is known in V ictoria from only one or two 
localities in East Gippsland. The large, long bracteoles, large bracts and stipules and 
broad leaves which are considered to distinguish it from P. mollis occur singly or in 
combination in many populations of P. mollis. Variation is particularly evident in the 
Grampians where the plant is widespread. . 
I have observed and collected P. mollis from most of the areas of Victoria where it 
occurs and also in southern New South Wales where Mueller collected material cited by 
Bentham ( 1 864) under P. viscosa. 
Differences between the extremes of variation seem striking but the extremes are 
linked by an enormous number of intermediate forms; until a complete study of the 
complex can be undertaken it seems preferable to regard it as one polymorphic 
taxon. 
Selected Specimens Examined 
Victoria — Wannon River, 14 Sep. 1836, T.L. Mitchell 299 (MEL, Isotype); Wilson’s Promontory, 5 
Nov 1980 M.G. Corrick 7075 (MEL); 2.5 miles SE Gembrook, 5 Oct. 1960, T.B. Muir 1293 (MEL); Buffalo 
Range Mar 1853 F Mueller s.n. (MEL 1503843); Grampians; Junction of Roses Creek and Mt Victory 
Road, 1 6 Oct. 1976, M.G. Corrick 5623 (MEL); Mt William Road, 20 Nov. 1976, M.G. Corrick 5715 
(MEL). 
New South Wales — Nalbaugh National Park, 22 Nov. 1987, D.E. Albrecht 3175 (MEL). 

Page image

822571 Pultenaea paleacea sericea Muelleria 8(3): 392
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454269
Page is part of the work Notes on Pultenaea Sm. (Fabaceae) in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198468
822570 Pultenaea paleacea williamsonii Muelleria 8(3): 391
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454268
Page is part of the work Notes on Pultenaea Sm. (Fabaceae) in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198468
570008 Pultenaea sericea Muelleria 8(3): 392
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454269
Page is part of the work Notes on Pultenaea Sm. (Fabaceae) in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198468

Page text

392 
Pultenaea sericea (Benth.) Corrick, stat. now 
P. paleacea var. sericea Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 1 16 (1864). Lectotype (here selec- 
ted): Victoria, Marshy places near Melbourne, 4 Dec. 1855, F.M. Adamson (K). 
P. sericea is distinguished by its narrow linear leaves usually not more than 3 mm 
wide and more than 8 times as long as wide and by the narrow bracteoles 0.75-1 mm 
wide attached about 2-3 mm above the base of the calyx-tube. The floral bracts are also 
distinctive in their pale straw colour and in that the longest of them exceeds the length of 
the calyx in contrast to the broad floral bracts of P. williamsonii which are usually 
shorter than the calyx. 
P. sericea occurs in heathlands of southern Victoria and NE Tasmania. 
Selected Specimens Examined 
Victoria — Wilson’s Promontory, 9 Nov. 1908, Audas and St John s.n. (MEL 624751); Cicada Trail 
between Mueller and Wingan Rivers, 22 Nov. 1969 , A.C.Beauglehole 31969 and E.W. Finck( MEL); Lang- 
warnn Railway Reserve, 12 Nov. 1978, M.G. Corrick 6174 (MEL); Railway easement between Clarkefield 
and Riddell’s Creek, 19 Oct. 1982, B. Kemp s.n. (MEL 628577). 
Tasmania — Bridport, 15 Nov. 1952, IT. A/. Curtis s.n. (MEL 598217). 
Comparison of some distinguishing characters of P. paleacea var. paleacea , P. helophila and P. williamsonii 
[adapted from Briggs & Crisp (1994)] 
P. paleacea 
P. helophila 
P. williamsonii 
Leaf length 
6-12 [23] 
6-25 
5-25 
Leaf width 
0.8-3 [5] 
1-3 [6] 
2-8 
Stipule length 
5-7 [10] 
6-10 
5-7 
Bracteole length 
4-6 
3.5-5 
4.5-5 
Bractoele width 
1-1.25 
0.75-1 
1.5-2 
Bracteole attachment 
1.5-2. 5 
2-3 
0-0.5 
from base of calyx 
Floral bract colour 
Dark reddish 
Pale straw 
Dark reddish 
(measurements in mm) 
brown 
colour 
brown 
Pultenaea forsythiana Blakely, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1: 121 (1941). Type: 
New South Wales, Lobbs Hole, Nov. 1900, W. Forsyth (NSW). 
P.juniperina Labill. var. leiocalyx Blakely, Contr. Natl. Herb. New South Wales 1: 
123 (Mar. 1941). Lectotype (here selected): New South Wales, Mt Kosciusko up to 
5500 ft, Jan. 1898, J.H. Maiden s.n. (NSW). 
P. forsythiana Blakely var. uni flora Blakely, Contr. New South Wales. Natl. Herb. 1: 
122 (Mar. 1941). Lectotype (here selected): New South Wales, Brindabella Mtn, Fed- 
eral Capital Territory, 10 Dec. 1911,7?.//. Cambage No. 3334 (NSW). 
P. juniperina Labill. var. macrophylla Wawra, Itinera Principum S. Coburgi 1:13 
(1883). Type: Ebene um Dandenong Coll. I. 592 n.v. 
P. juniperina Labill. var. planifolia H.B. Williamson, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria n.s. 
33: 138 (1921) nom. illeg.. Type: New South Wales, Clarence River, Beckler 
(MEL). 
P. juniperina Labill. var. mucronata (Benth.) Corrick 
Muelleria 3: 249 (Sept. 1977). Basionym: P. flexilis var. mucronata Benth. Type: 
New South Wales, Clarence River, Beckler (MEL). 
This taxon differs from P. juniperina chiefly in the leaves which are wider above the 
middle, narrow gradually towards the base and have a mucronate tip. The leaves of P. 
juniperina are broadest near the base and often cordate and narrow gradually into a 
slender pungent tip. Blakely’s protologue describes the leaves of P. forsythiana as being 
paler on the lower surface than the upper. Examination of the type collection does not 
support this, the lower surface is distinctly darker than the upper, a character which is 
consistent throughout the range of specimens examined. 
The calyx of P. forsythiana is glabrous externally except for the densely ciliate 
margins of the calyx lobes. P. juniperina usually has some hairs on the calyx, often dense 

Page image

822572 Pultenaea viscosa Muelleria 8(3): 393
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454270
Page is part of the work Notes on Pultenaea Sm. (Fabaceae) in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198468
570007 Pultenaea williamsonii Muelleria 8(3): 391
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454268
Page is part of the work Notes on Pultenaea Sm. (Fabaceae) in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198468

Page text

NOTES ON PULTENAEA Sm. (FABACEAE) IN VICTORIA 
M.G. Corrick* 
ABSTRACT 
M.G. Corrick. Notes on Pultenaea Sm. (Fabaceae) in Victoria. Muelleria 8(3): 391-394 
(1994). — One species of Pultenaea, P. viscosa R.Br. ex Benth. is placed in synonymy 
under P. mollis Lindl. and three varieties of Pultenaea , P. paleacea Willd. var. sericea 
Benth., P. paleacea Willd. var. williamsonii (Maiden) FI. B. Williamson and P. juniper- 
ina Labill. var. mucronata (Benth.) Corrick are raised to specific rank as P. sericea 
(Benth.) Corrick, P. williamsonii Maiden and P. forsythiana Blakely respectively. 
INTRODUCTION 
In order to facilitate an account of the genus Pultenaea Sm. for the forthcoming 
Flora of Victoria some nomenclatural changes are necessary. Several varieties of P. 
paleacea Willd. have been described but both White (1939) and Briggs & Crisp (1994) 
suggest that some or perhaps all of these should be raised to specific rank. Recent studies 
of the two of these taxa occurring in Victoria uphold this view and the necessary changes 
are now made. 
Specific rank is also considered more appropriate for the taxon currently known as 
P. juniperina Labill. var. mucronata (Benth.) Corrick, a view held by Blakely when 
describing it as P. forsythiana Blakely, and upheld by M.D. Crisp (pers. comm.). This 
change is also now formally made. 
P. viscosa R.Br. ex Benth. is relegated to synonymy under P. mollis Lindl. 
TAXONOMY 
Pultenaea williamsonii Maiden, The Victorian Naturalist 22: 99 (1905). Type: Vic- 
toria, Strathbogie, near creeks, Nov. 1902, Anton W. Vroland (No. 921 of H.B. Wil- 
liamson) (Holo: NSW; Iso: MEL). • 
P. paleacea var williamsonii H.B. Williamson, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria ns. 32: 22 
(1922). 
Pultenaea williamsonii is distinguished by its broad, flat, widely and irregularly 
spaced leaves which are usually more than 3 mm wide and less than six times as long as 
wide and by the broad bracteoles 1.5-2 mm wide compared with a width of up to 1 .25 
mm in P. paleacea var. paleacea and 1 mm in P. helophila, and by the position of the 
bracteoles not more than 0.5 mm above the base of the calyx tube. 
P. williamsonii is confined to a few localities in the Central Highlands of Victoria, 
in the Strathbogie area, near Eildon and near Wonangatta. 
It is unfortunate that under the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature the 
original epithet of Maiden must be retained in spite of the similarity in name of P. 
williamsoniana J.H. Willis which is confined to the northern part of the Grampians. 
Examples cited under Article 64.3 of the ICBN indicate that an application to have the 
specific epithet williamsoniana rejected on the basis of confusion due to this similarity 
would not succeed. 
Selected Specimens Examined 
Victoria — Eastern Highlands: 1 kmEofMt Barranhet (c. 10 km due E of Strathbogie), 22Jun. 1985, 
D E Albrecht 1818 (MEL); Near Wonangatta Station, 1 Dec. 1989, E.A. Chesterfield 2586 (MEL); Beside 
Tatong-Tolmie road near Archerton, 10 Dec. 1974, M.G. Corrick 4883 (MEL); Between Eildon and Jamieson 
near Big River, 12 Nov. 1962, B. Strange s.n. (MEL 536106). 
* 7 Glenluss St., Balwyn, Victoria, Australia 3103 
391 

Page image

753017 Richea aff. gunnii Muelleria 8(3): 317, 319
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454194
Page is part of the work Two new species of Epacridaceae from Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198462
569982 Richea victoriana Muelleria 8(3): 317, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454194
Page is part of the work Two new species of Epacridaceae from Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198462

Page text

TWO NEW SPECIES OF EPACRIDACEAE FROM VICTORIA 
Y. Menadue & R.K. Crowden* 
ABSTRACT 
Y. Menadue R.K. Crowden. Two new species of Epacridaceae from Victoria. Muelleria 
8(3): 317-321 (1995). — Richea victoriana sp. nov. from the Baw Baw region is 
described and illustrated. Its affinity with R. gunnii Hook, f., a Tasmanian endemic, is 
discussed. Epacris celata sp. nov. from eastern Victoria and southern NSW, is described 
and illustrated. Its affinity with E. breviflora Stapf. and E. petrophila Hook. f. is dis- 
cussed. 
INTRODUCTION 
The taxon here described as Richea victoriana was first brought to our attention in 
1 979 when it was collected by R.K. Crowden and examined by Y. Menadue in a chemo- 
taxonomic survey of Richea R.Br. for her B.Sc. honours project. The results of this 
survey will be published later in the year in a revision of Richea. The frequency and 
relative concentration of substituted flavonols in the three species (R. victoriana, R. 
gunnii and R. continents ) relevant to this paper clearly separate these taxa. Walsh 
(1987) referred to the new taxon as R. gunnii Hook.f. in its first literature appearance 
and all plants subsequently have been designated as R. aff. gunnii. 
The Epacris species was first collected by the authors in 1 984 but its identification 
has created difficulties for much longer, being variously referred to as E. breviflora or E. 
petrophila. 
These species are described as part of an ongoing general review of both genera and 
so that they may be included in the Flora of Victoria. 
TAXONOMY 
Richea victoriana Y. Menadue, sp. nov. 
Richeae gunnii Hook.f. affinis sed habitu grandi et ramosissimo, foliis longioribus latioribus tortisque, 
inflorescentia floribus plus numerosis, axe glabro et nectario destituta differt. 
Typus: Victoria, Nine Mile Rd, 0.5 km N of Block lORd, Thompson River headwaters, 
40 km E of Warburton, alt. 1010 m„ 37° 47'S, 146° 10'E (GR 4258-58205) 26 Dec. 
1992, J. Davies (Holotypus: HO 308233; Isotypus: MEL) 
Erect, multi-branched shrub 0.3-2 m high, older branches bare of leaves with 
prominent annular scars. Leaves clustered near the top 10-40 cm of branches; imbri- 
cate and spreading, narrowly triangular, (3)-5— 1 0 cm long, 5-11 mm wide, flat to 
concave; tapering to a pungent acute apex; base sheathing stem to 1 cm deep; lamina 
lacks distinct shoulder as leaf piasses into sheathing base but margin becomes undulate 
in that area producing a twist in the leaves, margins scabrous. Inflorescence terminal, 
erect, slender panicles, 3-13 cm long, internodes upto 1 cm long; lateral floral branches 
glabrous, upto 1.5 cm long, bearing 3-20 flowers, subtended by bracts differing from 
leaves in having distinct shoulder and broad base to sheath the flowers, reducing in size 
distally, caducous. Flowers on short pedicels c. 1 mm long with narrow linear bracteoles, 
2-4 mm long arising from the pedicels. Sepals 4-5, creamy-white, depressed ovate c. 1 .6 
mm long, 1.8 mm wide, obtuse. Corolla white, operculum narrowly ovoid-conical, 3-4 
mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide above incision layer. Stamens 5-6; filaments 2-3.5 mm long, 
attached near top of anthers; anthers 1-1.5 mm long, opening by longitudinal slit. Style 
1.5-2 mm long, 2/3 length of stamens, tapering; stigma indistinct; ovary globose, c. 1 
mm diam. Nectary scales absent. Capsule 2-3 mm diam.; seeds oblong-elliptic, reticu- 
late. (Fig. 1.) 
*Department of Plant Science, University of Tasmania, GPO Box 252C, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia 7001 
317 

Page image

568302 Rytidosperma oreophilum Muelleria 8(3): 283, Fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454160
Page is part of the work A new species of Rytidosperma (Poaceae: Arundinae) in New South Wales and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198456

Page text

A NEW SPECIES OF RYTIDOSPERMA (POACEAE: ARUNDINAE) IN NEW 
SOUTH WALES AND VICTORIA 
H.P. Linder * & N.G. Walsh** 
ABSTRACT 
Linder, H.P. & Walsh N.G. A new species of Rytidosperma (Poaceae: Arundinae) in 
New South Wales and Victoria. Muelleria 8(3): 283-285 (1995). — A new subalpine 
species of Rytidosperma is described and illustrated. The features distinguishing it from 
its closest congeners R. erianthum and R. tenuis are outlined. The generic position of 
Rytidosperma with respect to Danthonia is briefly discussed. 
INTRODUCTION 
In the course of preparing an account of the Australian members of the tribe 
Arundinae for the Flora of Australia (HPL) and keys and descriptions of Victorian 
Poaceae (NW), the existence of a distinct, undescribed taxon became evident. Further 
descriptions, combinations and generic delimitations within the tribe, as well as a 
detailed justification of the proposed taxonomy, will appear in a larger work currently 
in preparation by HPL. 
TAXONOMY 
Rytidosperma oreophilum H.P. Linder & N.G. Walsh sp. nov. 
R. eriantho (Lindl.) Connor & Edgar et R. tenui (Steud.) Connor & Edgar affinis; a R. eriantho setis 
lateralibus (ad 3.5 mm) lobis lateralibus brevioribus, non glumam superantibus, lemmatis dorsalibus 
saepe pilis dispersis; a R. tenui paleis obovatis latis, dorsalibus pilosis, lemmatis nitentibus differt. 
Typus: ACT, Slopes of Mt Gingera, Bimberi Range, alt. 1700 m a.s.l., 24 Jan. 1962, R. 
Pullen 3041 (Holotypus: CANB; Isotypi: L, A, BO, K, MEL, NE, NSW). 
Caespitose perennial, 15-25 mm diam. at ground level, 15-45 cm high. Leaf lam- 
ina to 15 cm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, expanded, flat when dry, with scattered tubercle- 
based hairs (these extending to sheaths); ligule minutely ciliate, c. 0. 1 mm long; hairs at 
orifice of sheath to c. 2 mm long. Inflorescence a raceme or slender panicle with 1 or 2 
branches, contracted (but open at anthesis), obliquely ovate, 15-60 mm long, 10-40 
mm wide; pedicels villous; spikelets 4-20, 12-17 mm long, usually with 5 or 6 florets; 
glumes acute or acuminate, 12-17 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, slightly exceeding florets, 
green with broad, purple margins, or entirely purplish, 5-veined; body of lemma 2.4-3. 7 
mm long, with hairs in discrete tufts arranged in 2 complete transverse rows; upper row 
of hairs 0.5-1 mm below sinus, with hairs 2-6 mm long, c. equalling the flattened part of 
lateral lobes; lower row of hairs 1 .2-2 mm long, +_ reaching the upper row; lemma back 
between rows with scattered hairs, rarely quite glabrous between rows; lateral lobes of 
lemma 5.4-8. 5 mm long (including setae of 2-3.3 mm); setae distinctly shorter than 
flattened portion of lobes; central awn 7.5-10 mm long, twisted in the basal 2. 5-3. 5 
mm; palea obovate, 2. 8-4. 2 mm long, 1.2-1. 8 mm wide, rounded at apex, slightly 
exceeding lemma sinus, glabrous except minute marginal cilia, and sometimes with 
slender tufts of hairs near the base. (Fig. 1) 
Representative Specimens Seen (24 specimens examined): 
New South Wales (including ACT) — Southern Tablelands: Cabramurra Road, halfway between turnoff 
and Cabramurra, 25 Feb. 1955, N.T. Burbidge 3908 (CANB): Mt Gingera, 17 Jan. 1958, M.A. Gray 4478 
(CANB); Blackfellows Gap, 24 Feb. 1959, M.A. Gray 6346 (CANB); Lower N slope of Mt Gingera, Bimberi 
* Bolus Herbarium, Botany Department. University of Cape Town, Private Bag, Rondebosch 7700, Cape 
Province, South Africa 
** National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia 3141 
283 

Page image

569949 Sarcolobus rubescens Muelleria 8(3): 279, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454156
Page is part of the work Sarcolobus rubescens (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae), a new species from Papua New Guinea, doi:10.5962/p.198455

Page text

SARCOLOBUS RUBESCENS (ASCLEPIADACEAE: MARSDENIEAE), A NEW 
SPECIES FROM PAPUA NEW GUINEA * 1 
Paul I. Forster* 
ABSTRACT 
Forster, P.I. Sarcolobus rubescens (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae), a new species from 
Papua New Guinea. Muelleria 8(3): 279-282 (1995). — Sarcolobus rubescens P.I.Forst. 
sp. nov., from Madang Province, Papua New Guinea is described and illustrated, with 
notes on its affinities and habitat. A key is provided to the species of Sarcolobus in 
Papuasia. 
INTRODUCTION 
The genus Sarcolobus R.Br. occurs in Australia, Papuasia (Irian Jaya, Papua New 
Guinea, Solomon Islands), other parts of Malesia and some island groups in the West- 
ern Pacific (Forster 1991, 1992, 1993). Ten species were recognised for Papuasia in a 
recent revision (Forster 1991). During a collecting trip to Papua New Guinea in July 
1992, flowering material of an additional and undescribed species of Sarcolobus was 
obtained. It is described here as a new species and an updated key to the species that 
occur in Papuasia is provided. The system of corona morphology proposed by Liede 
and Kunze (1993) is adopted here for the species description and species key. 
TAXONOMY 
Sarcolobus rubescens P.I. Forst., sp. nov. 
Affinis S. gfoboso subsp. peregrino (Blanco) Rintz a qua floribus perminoribus (5-7 mm diametro) lobis 
corollae triangularibus, pollinio ellipsoideo, praesentia coronae annularis, absentia coronae staminaliis 
quinquelobata, differt. 
Typus: Papua New Guinea, Madang Province — near Boroi Village No. 1 , 4° 05'S, 1 44° 
46'E, 15 July 1992, P.I. Forster 10932 & D.J. Liddle (Holotypus: BRI, 2 sheets & 
spirit. Isotypi: K, L, LAE, MEL, QRS distribuendi). 
Wiry vine to 4 or 5 m long, roots fibrous; latex white. Stems cylindrical, glabrous; 
internodes up to 110 mm long and 2 mm diameter. Leaves petiolate; petioles 5-8 mm 
long, c. 0.8 mm diameter, grooved along top and with scattered trichomes; lamina ovate 
to elliptic-ovate, up to 100 mm long and 50 mm wide, lateral veins 5 or 6 per side of 
midrib, ± glabrous; upper surface mid-green, venation weakly developed; lower sur- 
face pale green, venation well developed; tip mucronate to shortly acuminate; base 
rounded to weakly cordate; colleters 4 to 6 at base of lamina, subulate. Inflorescence 
umbelliform, up to 8 mm long; peduncle 5-6 mm long, 1-1.2 mm diameter, glabrous; 
bracts triangular, c. 0.2 mm long and 0.2 mm wide, glabrous, ciliate. Flowers c. 4 mm 
long, 5-7 mm diameter; pedicels 5-6 mm long, c. 1 mm diameter, glabrous. Sepals 
broadly ovate, 1 .6- 1 . 7 mm long, c. 1 .2 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered trichomes, 
ciliate. Corolla flattened-campanulate, cream-yellow with reddish longitudinal strip- 
ing; tube c. 2 mm long and 4 mm diameter, glabrous; lobes triangular-obovate, 2. 6-2. 8 
mm long, 2. 6-2. 8 mm wide, externally glabrous, internally with a few cilia near the 
edges. Corolline corona absent. Annular corona comprising a ridge around the base of 
the staminal column. Staminal corona absent. Staminal column c. 1.5 mm long and 1 
mm diameter, somewhat embedded in corolla at base; anther appendages truncate, c. 1 
mm long; alar fissure c. 0.3 mm long, not continuing down staminal column below base 
* Queensland Herbarium, Queensland Department of Environment & Heritage, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, 
Queensland, Australia 4068 
1 Christensen Research Institute Contribution No. 1 15. 
279 

Page image

645554 Staurothele pallidopora Muelleria 8(3): 275-277, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 8(3): 275-277, Fig. 1".

645630 Strigula australiensis Muelleria 8(3): 323-324, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 8(3): 323-324, Fig. 1".

645631 Strigula johnsonii Muelleria 8(3): 324, 326-327, Fig. 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454201
Page is part of the work New saxicolous species of Strigula Fr. (lichenised Ascomycotina: Strigulaceae) from Australia and New Zealand, doi:10.5962/p.198463
645632 Strigula minutula Muelleria 8(3): 327-329, Fig. 3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 8(3): 327-329, Fig. 3".

569985 Triglochin alcockiae Muelleria 8(3): 340, figs 2g-h, 3e, 5a-f, 6 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454217
Page is part of the work A revision of the tuberous-rooted species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198464

Page text

340 
rachis length; mature carpels each with a prominent narrowly obtuse dorsal keel and 
two prominent lateral (shoulder) keels T. multifructum 
5. Fruits not as above, c. 1-320 per infructescence, mostly loosely or not touching, 2.6- 
1 1 (or -18 on western variant of T. procerum) on each centimetre of rachis length; 
mature carpels each with variably prominent to near-absent dorsal and lateral keels 
6 . 
6. Tubers usually elongated, narrow-ellipsoid to cylindrical, less frequently ellipsoid to 
obovoid, 20-145 mm long, length 2.5-20 times diam.; plants usually robust, sometimes 
slender, with leaves 5-41 mm wide, scape 4-23 mm diam., infructescence 17-42 mm 
diam.; fruits very variable T. procerum 
6. Tubers ± ellipsoid or globular to obovoid, 8-30 mm long, length i— 3.7 times diam.; 
plants slender, with leaves 1-12 mm wide, scape 1-6 mm diam., infructescence 7-19 
mm diam 7 
7. Fruits globular to depressed-globular in outline, usually broader than long; mature 
carpels characteristically ventrally attached along only the lower 20%-39% of the carpel 
length (length includes the stylar beak), but attached to 59% in the more easterly Vic- 
torian populations T. alcockiae 
7. Fruits ellipsoid to ellipsoid-obloid in outline, longer than broad; mature carpels 
characteristically ventrally attached along 46%-72% of the carpel length, sometimes as 
little as 27% X. lineare 
Triglochin alcockiae Aston, Muelleria 8: 85 (1993). Type: “Victoria, c. 38 km (straight 
line) south-west of Horsham. Swamp at north end of Toolondo Reservoir. 36°59'S 
141°56'E 9 Nov. 1988, H.I. Aston 2705”. Holotype: MEL 705957. Isotypes: AD 
BRI, CANB, CBG, HO, K, MEL 705956 & 705962 & 705963 & spirit material, NSW 
PERTH. 
Original Description — see also under Notes below — Rhizomes vertical, 1.7-7 cm 
long X 7-10 mm diam., bearing short fine soft fibres to 2 cm long, rarely to 1 1 cm. 
Tubers ellipsoid, obloid or globular to oblanceolate or obovate, 8-20(-28) mm long X 
5-12 mm diam. (length 1. 0-3.0 times the diam.), terminating roots 5-35 mm long; each 
root 0.3-2. 3 times as long as its tuber. Leaves (6-)26-9 1 cm long X ( 1-) 2-8 mm wide, 
dorsiventral, medium-green and glossy above, paler beneath, bending below the water 
surface, the emerged portions floating and maintaining contact with the water along 
their whole length (or sometimes held semi-erect by surrounding herbage), ± linear, flat 
to slightly plano-convex in T.S., shortly tapered, obtuse, moderately thickened and 
spongy toward the base, sheathed over the lower 16%-38% of the leaf length. T.S. leaf 
about 3 cm below the sheath summit : narrowly piano- to concavo-convex, width 3. 8-4. 3 
times the thickness; each side of sheath 2. 1-2.6 mm wide, equal c. 34%-45% of the leaf 
width. Stems in fruit 28-8 1 cm long (including the infructescence) X 1 .3-5.9 mm diam. 
Rachis 1.0-2. 6 mm diam. at base, gradually tapered upwards; rachis and pedicels pale 
cream-green or the rachis (occasionally also the pedicels) pale to deep maroon-red 
Infructescence (0.6-)2- 1 3. 5 cm long(= 5%-28% of the total stem length) X ll-19mm 
diam. Pedicels often upcurved, 1.2-3. 5 mm long. Fruits loosely touching to shortly 
spaced, (l-)8-67 per infructescence, 3-8 per 1 cm of rachis length, globular to 
depressed globular in outline, usually broader than long, 5.6-8. 7 mm long X 6. 6-9. 9 
mm diam. Carpels (5 or)6, in fruit straight and erect or the upper portions partly 
spiralled around each other and then giving a semi-twisted appearance to the fruit, all 
maturing or 1 or 2 (occasionally to 5) aborted, 5. 6-8. 5 mm long X 1 .3-3.0 mm wide X 
2.3-4. 1 mm deep; ventral edges attached only over the lower portions; attachment 
length = 20%-39% of the carpel length; lateral faces ± flat to slightly concave or con- 
vex, mostly not adpressed; dorsal ridge broad-rounded, 1 0%— 22% of carpel depth; 
shoulder ridges rounded, 1 7%— 26% of carpel width. (Figs 2g-h, 3e, 5a-f) 
Selected Additional Specimens Examined (not cited in Aston, 1993; total 
additional = 5) 

Page image

670333 Triglochin dubia Muelleria 8(3): 342, figs 2d, 3j-k, 5g-l, 3l, 5m-n, 6 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454219
Page is part of the work A revision of the tuberous-rooted species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198464
569987 Triglochin huegelii Muelleria 8(3): 346, figs 7a-f, 8 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454223
Page is part of the work A revision of the tuberous-rooted species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198464

Page text

346 
Marshall also reported (in litt., Sept. 1992) that populations in essentially grazing 
farmland in the Nathalia district, Victoria, can withstand cropping at intervals. For one 
such population (A.H.M. s.n , 1 5 Oct. 1989) the rhizomes and tubers are too deep to be 
affected by the soil disturbance of cropping and plants “just take off’ from subter- 
ranean parts when it gets wet enough. Plants can remain dormant underground for 
several years until conditions are suitable and can produce leaves but not flower if water 
does not cover them. The depression occupied by this population is inundated to a 
depth of at least 2 metres for a couple of weeks in years of big floods. 
T. dubium has been found heavily grazed by cattle ( Aston 2804 , Katamatite, Vic- 
toria). 
Three collections from Western Australia and the Northern Territory report that 
the tubers are eaten by aboriginal people. Smith 85.34 (Beagle Bay, W.A.) states “Edible 
tubers eaten raw or after warming in hot ashes”. Reeve 120 (Nangalala to Gattji, N.T.) 
states “Tubers eaten after cooking”. 
Triglochin huegelii (Endl.) Aston comb. nov. 
Cycnogeton huegelii Endl., Ann. Wiener Mus. Naturgesch. 2: 21 1 (1839, not Dec. 
1838). Type: “In fluvia Cygnorum (Upper Swan-River) legit Carolus L.B. Hugel.” 
Type Material: No specimens located at BM, K, LD, M, S, or W. Lectotype (here 
designated): lconogr. gen. pi VII: t.73 (1839). “Flabitat in Novae Hollandiae colonia 
Swan-River. (Hugel.)”. See discussion under notes below. 
Triglochin procerum var. eleutherocarpum Benth., FI. Austr. 7: 168 (1878), syn. 
nov.. Type: “W. Australia, Drummond, n. 314, Preiss, n. 2405\ Blackwood and Tweed 
Rivers and Port Gregory, Oldfield.” Lectotype (here designated): Swan River, Drum- 
mond 314 (K)! Isolectotypes: (BM, MEL 720277)! Remaining Syntypes: Port 
Gregory, W. Australia, Oldfield (K, MEL 720279)! Blackwood River, W. Aust., Oldfield 
[623 has been added to Oldfield’s original label] (K)! Tweed River, W. Australia, Old- 
field[ 623 has been added to Oldfield’s original label] (MEL 720278)! Preiss 2405 (LD!, 
MEL 720280!, S — photocopy!). 
Rhizomes (available on only one collection) to c. 14 mm diam., bearing moderately 
coarse fibres to 10 cm long. Tubers (available on two collections only) ellipsoid to obo- 
void, 8-25 mm long X 4.5-8 mm diam. (length 1.8-3 times the diam.), terminating 
roots 20-30 mm long; each root 2. 0-3.0 times as long as its tuber. Leaves 38—89 cm long 
X 3-20 mm wide, dorsiventral, with floating extremities at least on plants growing in 
deeper water [collector’s notes], sheathed over the lower 26%-34% of the leaf length. 
T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit : not available from fresh or spirit material; 
apparently plano-convex with sheaths not touching. Stems in fruit 45-130 cm long 
(including the infructescence) X 3-9 mm diam. Rachis 1.5-6 mm diam. at base, gradu- 
ally tapered upwards. Infructescence 5.5-46 cm long (= 1 8%— 37% of the total stem 
length) X 12-23 mm diam. Pedicels 0.5-4 mm long, spreading to upturned. Fruits 
usually well-spaced (by up to 4.5 cm) on basal portion of rachis but elsewhere loosely 
touching, ( 1 6— )40— 166 per infructescence, 2. 8-5. 3 per 1 cm of rachis length, ± globular 
in outline but distorted by the varied ways in which the free carpels spread or overlap, 
8.5 mm long X 6.0 mm diam. (5-9 mm X 5-10 mm when dry). Carpels (2 or)3-6, in 
fruit erect or veiY slightly twisted, strongly incurved and usually overlapping each 
other, 1-6 maturing, often 2-4 aborting, 6.0-8. 7 mm long X 1.3-2. 3 mm wide X 2.1- 
3.5 mm deep (but the length 9.0-14. 1 mm when measured around the carpel curvature); 
carpels free; lateral faces ± flat; dorsal ridge prominent ( 1 2%— 25% of carpel depth), 
narrow-rounded; shoulder ridges conspicuous ( 1 5%— 20% of carpel width), narrow- 
rounded. (Fig. 7a-f) 
Selected Specimens Examined (total examined = 35) 
Western Australia — Blackwood River, Bridgetown, 1 1 Dec. 1961, Aplin 1365 (PERTH); Lake Sep- 
pings. Albany, 30 Sep. 1984, Cranfield 4937 (CANB, MEL, PERTH): c. 2 km NW ofjunction of Regan Ford 
and Gin Gin Brook East roads, 30 Nov. 1974, Halliday 1 76 (AD, MEL, PERTH); Helena River, 1 6 Oct. 1977, 
Seabrook 355 (CANB, PERTH); Kerridale Swamp N of Augusta, 16 Nov. 1982, Strid 21528 (PERTH). 

Page image

569984 Triglochin Muelleria 8(3): 339
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454216
Page is part of the work A revision of the tuberous-rooted species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198464

Page text

339 
TAXONOMY 
Triglochin L., Sp. PI. 338(1753). Lectotype: T. palustre L.,fide Britton, N. Amer- 
ican FI. 17: 41 (1909). 
Description for tuberous-rooted species only — Perennial, aquatic herbs. Rhizomes 
thick, woody, densely covered with fibres formed from the bases of the vascular bundles 
of otherwise decayed leaves, bearing simple roots which frequently terminate in storage 
tubers; rhizomes often with several short adjacent branches forming a clustered root- 
stock. Leaves radical, arising in tufts from the rhizome, more or less linear, flattened 
distally, becoming thickened and spongy toward the base in most species, sometimes 
subcylindrical throughout, sheathed proximally, emergent in most species with the 
emergent portions erect to floating; sheath open, never ligulate or auriculate. Stems 
simple, axillary within the leaf tufts, erect to reclining, elliptic depressed-obovate or 
circular in cross section but irregularly so. Inflorescence a terminal raceme, ebracteate, 
few- to many-flowered, usually dense and spike-like. Pedicels shorter than the flowers or 
fruits, persistent, spreading to upcurved in fruit. Flowers small, bisexual, trimerous, 
often near-sessile, protogynous. Perianth segments 6, in 2 similar, alternate whorls, 
deciduous, concave, each segment incurved over an anther. Stamens 6, each inserted on 
the base of a perianth segment and semi-enveloped by it, the segment and anther falling 
together after anthesis; anther near-sessile, as broad as or broader than long, 2-locular, 
longitudinally and retrorsely dehiscent. Gynoecium superior, of (2 or)3-6(-8) free to 
united carpels; central carpophore absent; ovules 1 per carpel, anatropous. Style adax- 
ially terminal, short and thick, appearing as a tapered continuation of the ovary, erect to 
outcurved in flower, often forming a prominent beak in fruit. Stigma sessile, elongated, 
adaxially lateral along the apical portion of the style, papillate to finely hairy. Fruiting 
carpels follicle-like but indehiscent, 1 -seeded, free to closely adpressed, forming dis- 
tinctively shaped fruits, all separating and falling at maturity. Seed narrowly elliptic, 
basal, erect. 
Key to the Tuberous-rooted Species of Triglochin L. 
1 . Tubers small, mostly 4.5-1 3 mm long, often near-globular, clustered closely beneath 
the rhizome; fruits 7-9.6 mm long, very broadly obovoid with base contracted and 
stalk-like; mature carpels (5 or)6, ventrally attached; dorsal surface of mature carpel ± 
flat, shallowly indented, or shallowly rounded, never keeled or ridged 
T. microtuberosum 
1 . T ubers mostly larger, ellipsoid or obloid to narrowly so or long-cylindrical, distanced 
from the rhizome; fruits not as above; mature carpels keeled or ridged (except in T. 
dubium) 2 . 
2. Mature carpels free 3. 
2. Mature carpels ventrally attached along at least one-fifth of their length (length 
includes the stylar beak) 4. 
3. Mature carpels straight, not incurved, smooth, ± circular in cross-section, erect to 
semi-outspread in fruit T. dubium 
3. Mature carpels straight or somewhat twisted, strongly incurved, dorsally and laterally 
ridged, ± obtrullate in cross-section, erect or somewhat twisted and usually overlap- 
ping in fruit because of their curvature T. huegelii 
4. Leaves linear, usually submerged and isolateral, thin-textured; leaf-sheaths narrow, 
mostly tightly inrolled with the width of each usually less than one quarter of the leaf 
width (as seen in T.S. c. 3 cm below the sheath summit); plant of clear-flowing streams 
•••••■ T. rheophilum 
4. Leaves hnear-tapered, emergent, dorsiventral, spongy in texture; leaf-sheaths 
broader, gradually incurved, the width of each usually one third or more of the leaf 
width, both sheaths often overlapping 5 
5. Fruits small, usually 3-5 mm long and globular in outline or to 8.5 mm long and more 
ellipsoid, c. 230- 1 000 per infructescence, tightly touching, 1 4-27 on each centimetre of 

Page image

569990 Triglochin lineare Muelleria 8(3): 349, figs 7g-k, 8 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454226
Page is part of the work A revision of the tuberous-rooted species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198464

Page text

349 
Endlicher, Nov. stirp. dec. Nr 9: 78-79 (20 July 1 839), repeated exactly the generic 
and specific descriptions given in the Annalen cited above. Although the month of 
publication of the Annalen is undefined it is generally taken that this work has pre- 
cedence over the Nov. stirp. dec. Endlicher himself seems to have accepted the. Annalen 
as the major place of publication of the descriptions of Cycnogeton and C. huegelii as he 
cited it but not the Nov. stirp. dec. in his later Gen. pi. Suppl 1. p. 1369 (1841). 
Morphology — See Notes under T. lineare concerning stamen size. 
Diagnosis 
Mature carpels of T. huegelii are distinctively free, strongly incurved, and with 
prominent narrow-rounded dorsal and lateral ridges. Commonly 1-6 carpels mature in 
each fruit, the remainder aborting their development. Fruits with 5-6 mature carpels 
are more or less globular in outline but distorted by the varied spreading or overlap of 
the free carpels. Infructescences, particularly the larger ones, characteristically have one 
to a few of the basal fruits isolated centimetres apart along the rachis. 
Triglochin lineare Endl. in Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 2: 54 (1 846). Cycnogeton lineare { Endl.) 
Sonder, Linnaea 28: 225 (1856). Type: “In depressis bieme inundatis ad fluvium Cyg- 
norum, Middle Sevon [Swan]., 1. Jul. [1839]. Herb. Preiss. No. 2406.”. Lectotype 
(here designated): “2406. / In depressis bieme inundatis / ad fluvium Cygnorum 
(Middle / Swan) / Fl.virides. / Jul. 1 .39 / L. Preiss legit.” (LD)! Isolectotypes: [Preiss] 
”2406” (LD, MEL 720281 & 720282)!. No types present at BM, K, M, S or W. 
Triglochin procerum var. gracile Micheli in A.DC. & C.DC., Monogr. phan. 3: 108 
(1881) pro parte, excl. typus, nom. illeg. See Notes under T. dubium. 
Triglochin procerum var. procerum, sensu B.L. Rye in N.G. Marchant et al., FI. 
Perth Region 2: 722 (1987) and in J.R. Wheeler, ed., et al., FI. Kimberley Region p. 973 
(1992), non sensu stricto. 
Triglochin procerum “WA”, Aston in litt. 
Rhizomes to 3 cm long X 6-13 mm diam., bearing short fine soft fibres to 2 cm 
long. Tubers ± ellipsoid or globular to obovoid, sometimes broadly so, 9-28 mm long 
X 6-11 mm diam. (length 1.2-3. 7 times the diam.), terminating roots 11-45 mm long; 
each root 0.7-3 times as long as its tuber. Leaves 23-73.5 cm long X 1 . 5— 5(— 1 0) mm 
wide, (from dried material apparently not dorsiventral, submerged or floating, shortly 
tapered and acute, thin-textured, possibly somewhat thickened and spongy toward the 
base), sheathed over the lower section. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit, not 
apparent from dried material. Stems in fruit 18.5-60 cm long (including the infruc- 
tescence) X 1-4.5 mm diam. Rachis 0.75-2.5 mm diam. at base, gradually tapered 
upwards. Infructescence 3.5-14.5 cm long (= 1 4%— 39% of the total stem length) X 
7-17 mm diam. Pedicels usually upcurved, 1— 2.5(— 3.5) mm long, rarely absent and the 
fruits then sessile. Fruits loosely touching to shortly-spaced, erect to semi-erect or rarely 
spreading, 10-47 per infructescence, 2. 6-4. 2 per 1 cm of rachis length, ellipsoid to 
ellipsoid-obloid in outline, 6. 5-9. 6 mm long X 4.1-6. 1 mm diam. (5. 5-9.0 X 2.5-4.75 
mm when dry). Carpels 6, straight and erect in fruit (occasionally the distal portions 
somewhat twisted around each other when the carpels are only shortly connate), nor- 
mally all maturing, occasionally 1-3 only semi-developing, 6. 3-9. 6 mm long X 1.5- 1.9 
mm wide X 2. 1-2.7 mm deep (6.2-7. 7 mm long when dry); ventral edges character- 
istically attached along their whole length (excluding the beak sinus) but sometimes the 
attachment considerably less; attachment length = (27%-)46%-72% of carpel length; 
lateral faces ± flat, adpressed; dorsal ridge inconspicuous to prominent, rounded, (2%-) 
9%— 1 8% of carpel depth; shoulder ridges rounded, 5%- 1 7% of carpel width. (Fig. 7g-k) 
Selected Specimens Examined (total examined = 42) 
Western Australia — Langford, Perth, 27 Sep. 1 984, Bates 4285 (AD); 8 km S of Eneabba, 27 Sept. 1 977, 
Hnatiuk 771429 ( PERTH); Lowden, Oct. 1909, Koch 2012 (NSW); Lort River, c. 65 km W of Esperance, 9 
Oct. 1968, Orchard 1417 (AD, PERTH); 10 miles N of Busselton at turnoff to Ruabon, 22 Sept 1966 
Scrymgeour 1294 (PERTH). 

Page image

569991 Triglochin microtuberosa Muelleria 8(3): 350, figs 2k-l, 3m-o, 9a-f, 10 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454227
Page is part of the work A revision of the tuberous-rooted species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198464

Page text

350 
Distribution (Fig. 8) 
Confined to south-west Western Australia; recorded south and west of a line 
approximately through Geraldton, Dumbleyung and Esperance. 
Habitat 
Fresh, usually still and ephemeral water to 40 cm deep, in swamps, roadside ditches 
and low-lying floodland, also occasionally in small streams and creek pools' once 
reported from brackish river water (Hill River, Parker 367). In mud or sand but most 
frequently in clay soils; once reported from creek pool among granite rocks ( George 
9465). Sites recorded in Banksia/ Melaleuca shrubland, low heathland, and with Melal- 
euca hamulosa surrounded by Eucalyptus tetragonal Macrozamia riedlei. 
Only one altitude of 95 m recorded. 
Flowers May to November. Fruits June to December. Most records for both 
flowers and fruits are from July to October. 
Notes 
See Notes on typification under T. dubium concerning the exclusion of T lineare 
from the circumscription of T. procerum var. gracile Micheli. 
Marchant et al. (1987) state stamens ca 1 mm long” for 77 lineare compared with 
“stamens 1.5-2 mm long” for the sympatric species T. huegelii. I have not fully inves- 
tigated this feature. 
Diagnosis 
T. lineare is a comparatively small and slender species. The characteristic ellipsoid 
to elhpsoid-obloid, loosely touching to shortly spaced fruits, with usually 6 straight, 
erect, mostly well-connate, mature carpels are distinctive. 
Triglochin microtuberosum Aston, Muelleria 8: 88 (1993). 
I™ “Victoria, East Gippsland, ‘Redbanks’ farm, c. 2 km south-east of Genoa, 
37 28 S, 149 36'E 23 Feb. 1988, H.I. Aston 2683". Holotype: MEL 705958. Iso- 
types: AD, BRI, CANB, MEL 705961 & spirit material, NSW. 
Rhizomes horizontal, to 7 cm long X 6-12 mm diam., bearing short coarse bristly 
fibres to 12 mm long. Tubers near-globular to obloid or rarely obovoid, 4.5— 1 3(— 1 7) 
D] 01 ^ mm ^* am - 0 en gth 1.1 — 1. 9(— 5) times the diam.), terminating roots 1- 
7(7 14) mm long; each root 0.2-2 times as long as its tuber [tuber rarely elongate, 
spindle-shaped, to 30 mm long X 3 mm diam., on roots to 28 mm long]. Leaves 30-137 
cm long X 3-12 mm wide, dorsiventral, deep green above, paler green beneath, emerg- 
ent, erect or with the extremities outcurved, sometimes the emerged portion fully 
floating or recurved with only the extremity floating, tapered and flattened distally 
acute, very thickened and spongy toward the base, sheathed over the lower 27%-49% of 
the leaf length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit, broadly piano- to concavo- 
convex and ± semi-cylindrical, width 1.6-2. 4 times the thickness; each side of sheath 
3. 4-9.0 mm wide, equal c. 50%-84% of the leaf width, the two sheaths usually touching 
to overlapping; blade and sheaths together ± rounded in outline. Stems in fruit 54-124 
cm long (including the infructescence) X 2.5-12.6 mm diam. Rachis 1.5-4.0 mm diam. 
at base, gradually tapered upwards; rachis and pedicels green. Infructescence 7-21 cm 
ong (- 10%-20% of the total stem length) X 15-24 mm diam l Pedicels 0.5-3.0 mm 
long. Fruits touching, 44-137 per infructescence, 7-9 per 1 cm of rachis length, very 
widely obovoid in outline but with the base contracted into a distinctive stalk, 7.0-9.6 
mm long X 5 5-8.2 mm diam.. Carpels { 5 or)6, in fruit straight and erect, never twisted, 
normally all maturing, 7.0-9.6 mm long X 2.25-3.35 mm wide X 2.6-3.75 mm deep; 
ventraujdges attached along their whole length (excluding the beak sinus); attachment 
length = 58 /o-70% of carpel length; lateral faces ± flat, adpressed; dorsal ridge absent, 
the dorsal face usually shallowly concave longitudinally or sometimes shallowly con- 
vex; shoulders rounded not ridged; carpel ± triangular in cross section. (Figs 2k-l 
3m-o, 9a-f) 

Page image

569992 Triglochin multifructa Muelleria 8(3): 352, figs 2i-j, 3f-g, 9g-l, 11 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454229
Page is part of the work A revision of the tuberous-rooted species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198464

Page text

352 
Fig. 10. Distribution of Triglochin microtuberosum. 
Triglochin multifructum Aston, Muelleria 8: 90 (1993). Type: “New South Wales, c. 1 1 
km ± north-east of Barham, 35°34'01"S, 144°12'06 ,, E 19 Apr. 1987 HI 'Aston 
2656 ” Holotype: MEL 705960. Isotypes: AD, BRI, CANB, MEL 705959 & spirit 
material, NSW. 
Rhizomes horizontal to upcurved, to 1 1.5 cm long X 14-18 mm diam., bearing long 
fine soft fibres 1-6 cm long. Tubers narrow-ellipsoid or narrow-obovoid to ellipsoid or 
obovoid, rarely broad-obovoid, 13-40 mm long X 4-14 mm diam. (length 1.3-5 2 
times the diam.), terminating roots (8-)20-100 mm long; each root l-4(-5.7) times as 
long as its tuber. Leaves 43-133 cm long X (2— )3.5— 1 7(— 34) mm wide, dorsiventral, 
deep green and glossy above, paler yellowish-green below, floating or sometimes with an 
emerged curve or with the extremities of younger shorter leaves emergent and erect, 
shortly tapered, obtuse-acute, thickened and spongy toward the base, sheathed over the 
lower 14%-20% of the leaf length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit : nar- 
rowly piano- to concavo-convex, width 4. 3-6. 5 times the thickness; each side of sheath 
2-6 mm wide, equal c. 20%-40% of the leaf width. Stems in fruit (28-)4 1 - 1 1 2(- 1 75) cm 
long (including the mfructescence) X 3.5-15 mm diam. Rachis( 1.3-)2.3-5.5(-9) mm 
diam. at base, gradually tapered upwards; rachis and pedicels usually pale to deep 
maroon-cyclamen, or sometimes the rachis pale cream-green. Infructescence (5.7—) 1 2— 
36 5(-l 10) cm long (= 17%-46%(-63%) of the total stem length) X 10-19 mm diam.. 
Pedicels 1.1-4 mm long. Fruits tightly touching, 229-c. 1000 per infructescence, 14-27 
per 1 cm of rachis length, globular in outline, 3-5 mm long X 3-5 mm diam. (but fruits 
usually more ellipsoid and 4.5-8. 5 mm long outside Victoria and New South Wales). 
Carpels 6(-8), straight and erect in fruit, normally all maturing, rarely 1 aborted, 3-5 
mm long X 0.9-1. 5 mm wide X 1.1-2.25 mm deep; ventral edges attached along their 

Page image

569993 Triglochin procera Muelleria 8(3): 354, figs 2a-c, 3a-b, 12a-f, 3c-d, 12g-o, 13 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454231
Page is part of the work A revision of the tuberous-rooted species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198464

Page text

354 
tana) and twice in South Australia (northern Lake Eyre Basin). Only recently located on 
the basalt plains west of Melbourne, southern Victoria. There found in similar habitat 
to places where T. multi fructum occurs in northern parts of the State, and believed to be 
native to the area. 
Notes 
See Aston (1993) for fuller information on this species. 
Diagnosis 
Mature fruiting plants are readily distinguished in the field by the comparatively 
long infructescence with typical maroon-cyclamen rachis and numerous, small, tightly- 
touching fruits (c. 14-27 per 1 cm of rachis length). Within Victoria and New South 
Wales, mature fruits are typically only 3-5 mm long X 3-5 mm diam., globular in 
outline but strongly ridged. Elsewhere, fruits tend to be more ellipsoid in outline and 
generally somewhat larger, from 4. 5-8. 5 mm long. The 6(-8) carpels are ventrally 
attached along their full length except for the beak sinus and each has a prominent 
narrow, dorsal ridge and two noticeable lateral rdges. 
Triglochin procerum R.Br., Prodr. FI. Nov. Holl. 343 (1910). 
Cycnogeton procerum (R.Br.) Buchenau, Abh. Naturwiss. Vereine Bremen T 224 
(1868). Type: “(J.T.) v.v.”. Lectotype (here designated): “Triglochin maximum / 
Hawkesbury 1804”, left hand specimen on sheet containing 3 collections, each with a 
label in R.Brown’s hand, (BM)!. Probable Isolectotypes: “[day indecipherable] Sept 
1804 [Probably coll. R. Brown] (E)! [Probably coll. R. Brown] (E)! Possible Syntypes 
(= the two remaining collections on the lectotype sheet, here excluded from the cir- 
cumscription of T. procerum R.Br.): “Triglochin / No 1 1 desc n / Carpentaria. Main [ = 
mainland] opposite Groote Island. / Jan> 4 desc 5, 1803”; “Carpentaria / Island h [ = 
North Island, Sir Edward Pellew Group] / in paludo. Dec r 20 / 1 802” (BM)! Excluded as 
possible Syntype (separate sheet): “Nova Hollandia, Pt Jackson — Mr Brown” (BM)! 
No types located at G or G-DC, M, P, UPS, or W. See Notes below on typification. 
Triglochin procerum agg., form C, Robb & Ladiges (1981). 
Triglochin procerum “C” and “Cc”, Aston in Hit. 
Description Excluding Eastern Variant — Rhizomes semi-horizontal, 4.5-18 cm long 
X 7-18(30) mm diam., bearing long fine to semi-coarse to coarsely stiff fibres. Tubers 
usually elongated, narrow-ellipsoid to cylindrical, less frequently ellipsoid to obovoid 
or obloid, 20-145 mm long X 4.5-13 mm diam. (length 2.5-20 times the diam.), ter- 
minating roots 37-139 mm long; each root 0.5-3. 3 times as long as its tuber. Leaves 
27-227 cm long X 7—4 1 (— 1 50 n.v., western variant) mm wide, dorsiventral, dark green 
and glossy above, paler yellowish-green to mid-green beneath, floating or with an 
emerged curve or emergent and erect to semi-erect, shortly tapered, obtuse-acute, 
thickened and spongy toward the base, sheathed over the lower 14-34% of the leaf 
length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath summit : ± transversely elliptic in outline 
including the sheaths, the central spongy portion narrowly piano- to concavo-convex 
with width 2. 2-5. 4 times the thickness; each side of sheath 5-18 mm wide, equal c. 
33-59% of the leaf width. Stems in fruit 33-197 cm long (including the infructescence) 
X 4-23 mm diam. Rachis 2.5— 9(— 1 4, western variant) mm diam. at base gradually 
tapered upwards; rachis and pedicels usually pale cream-green to green, or sometimes 
the pedicels and rarely the rachis tinged maroon. Infructescence 6-51 (-144, western 
variant) cm long (= 12-40%[-82%, western variant] of the total stem length) X 17- 
29(-42, western variant) mm diameter. Pedicels 1.7-5. 2 mm long. Fruits touching, 67- 
320 per infructescence, 5- 1 1 (- 1 8, western variant) per 1 cm of rachis length, globular to 
ellipsoid or rarely depressed-globular in outline, 6.8-14.4 mm long X 6.8-10.9 mm 
diam., the length 1. 1-1.9 times the diam., rarely slightly < diam. Carpels 6(or 7), in 
fruit straight and erect to partly spiralled around each other and then giving a twisted 
appearance to the fruit, all maturing or with 1 -2(rarely -5) only partially developing so 
that fruits may be asymmetrical, (6. 4-)8. 5- 13. 6 mm long X 2.35-3.4 mm wide X 3.2- 
4.9 mm deep; ventral edges attached along their whole length (excluding the beak sinus) 

Page image

899207 Triglochin procera dubia Muelleria 8(3): 342
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454219
Page is part of the work A revision of the tuberous-rooted species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198464
569988 Triglochin procera eleutherocarpa Muelleria 8(3): 346
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454223
Page is part of the work A revision of the tuberous-rooted species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198464
822562 Triglochin procera eleutherocarpa Muelleria 8(3): 346
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454223
Page is part of the work A revision of the tuberous-rooted species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198464
899208 Triglochin procera gracile Muelleria 8(3): 342
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454219
Page is part of the work A revision of the tuberous-rooted species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198464
822564 Triglochin procera gracile Muelleria 8(3): 349
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454226
Page is part of the work A revision of the tuberous-rooted species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198464
569986 Triglochin pterocarpa Muelleria 8(3): 342
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454219
Page is part of the work A revision of the tuberous-rooted species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198464

Page text

342 
Notes 
See Aston (1993) for fuller information on this species. 
Recent discoveries have expanded the known Victorian range of T. alcockiae 
beyond that given in Aston ( 1 993), extending it eastwards to the vicinity of Dandenong. 
Material from these eastern populations has extended the range of some measurements 
given in the original description, but generally only slightly so. In other respects, except 
for the variations which follow, plants of the more easterly populations fit the original 
description given above. 
The major variation is in the attachment length of the mature carpels. This length is 
usually much greater than that previously reported, being (12. 5%-)39%-49%(-59%) of 
the carpel length compared with 20%-39% originally reported for more westerly popu- 
lations. Because of this feature, most mature fruits have straight, non-spiralled, close- 
held carpels, so that the fruit breadth more or less equals the length. Fruits also tend to 
be somewhat smaller (4. 7-7. 5 mm long compared with 5. 6-8. 7 mm in other popula- 
tions; 4. 9-7. 4 mm diam. cf. 6. 6-9. 9 mm). Dorsal ridges vary from broad-rounded as 
originally described to narrowly obtuse and quite pronounced, namely to 32% of the 
carpel depth, compared with 1 0%— 22% measured from other populations. 
Diagnosis 
A comparatively small and slender species with distinctive fruits and partially 
distinctive tubers. Mature fruits are comparatively few, 1-67 per infructescence, to 8.7 
mm long and 9.9 mm diam., usually somewhat broader than long (but see Notes above), 
globular to depressed-globular in outline with rounded to narrowly obtuse dorsal ridges. 
Fruiting carpels are ventrally attached only over the lower 20%-39% of the carpel length 
in most populations (sometimes to 59%; see Notes above). The free upper portions of 
the carpels may be partially spiralled around each other. Of the (5 or)6 carpels in the 
developing fruit all mature or frequently 1 or 2, sometimes more, may abort. 
Tubers are distinctively smaller and plumper than those of the sympatric T. pro- 
cerum but can resemble those of some of the allopatric species of Triglochin. 
Triglochin dubium R.Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Hollandiae 343 (1810). — T. procerum var. 
dubium (R.Br.) Benth., Fl. Austr. 7: 169 (1878). — T. procerum var. gracile Micheli in 
A. DC & C.DC., Monogr. phan. 3: 108 (1881) pro parte, excl. T. lineare Endl., nom. 
illeg., nom. superfl., syn. nov. Type: “(T.) v.v.”, R. Brown. Holotype: Bentham, op. cit., 
stated “I find no specimen in Brown’s herbarium...” [i.e. at BM]. Currently, types have 
not been located at BM, E, G, G-DC, K, M, P, UPS, or W. See Notes below. 
Triglochin pterocarpum Fitzgerald, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. W. Australia 3: 110(1918). 
Type: “Isdell and Charnley Rivers (W.V.F.).” [= Kimberleys, W. Australia]. Lecto- 
type (here designated): “Isdell River, 4 miles below Mt Barnett homestead. North 
Western Australia, W.V. Fitzgerald 1037, June 1905” (NSW 6965)!. Isolectotype: 
“Isdell River 4 miles below Mt Barnett homestead, W.V. Fitzgerald 1037, June 1905” 
(PERTH 00993018)! Remaining Syntype: “Charnley River Lat. 16° 17', W.V. Fitz- 
gerald 1414, Aug 1 905” (PERTH 00993026)! Types not located at B, BM, E, K, PRE. See 
Notes below. 
Triglochin procerum ‘dubium’, Aston in litt. 
Description from extra-tropical material — Rhizomes semi-horizontal to vertical, 2-8 
cm long X 5-12 mm diam., bearing fine soft fibres 2-7 cm long. Tubers near-globular to 
ellipsoid to broad-oblong to broad-obovoid, 11-38 mm long X 7- 1 4 mm diam. (length 
(1-) 1.2-3. 8 times the diam.), terminating roots (8-)20-80(-106) mm long; each root 
1 — 4(— 5.3) times as long as its tuber. Leaves 3\-l 5 cm long X 3.5-1 5 mm wide at widest 
part of the blade, dorsiventral, deep glossy green above, mid yellowish-green beneath, 
the emerged portions semi-erect or with the extremities recurved and sometimes float- 
ing on the water surface, sometimes the emerged portions fully floating without losing 
contact with the water, ± linear but gradually narrowed above the sheath then gradually 
widening and finally tapered distally, acute, thickened and spongy toward the base, 
sheathed over the lower 21-34% of the leaf length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath 

Page image

899209 Triglochin pterocarpa Muelleria 8(3): 342
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454219
Page is part of the work A revision of the tuberous-rooted species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198464

Page text

342 
Notes 
See Aston (1993) for fuller information on this species. 
Recent discoveries have expanded the known Victorian range of T. alcockiae 
beyond that given in Aston ( 1 993), extending it eastwards to the vicinity of Dandenong. 
Material from these eastern populations has extended the range of some measurements 
given in the original description, but generally only slightly so. In other respects, except 
for the variations which follow, plants of the more easterly populations fit the original 
description given above. 
The major variation is in the attachment length of the mature carpels. This length is 
usually much greater than that previously reported, being (12. 5%-)39%-49%(-59%) of 
the carpel length compared with 20%-39% originally reported for more westerly popu- 
lations. Because of this feature, most mature fruits have straight, non-spiralled, close- 
held carpels, so that the fruit breadth more or less equals the length. Fruits also tend to 
be somewhat smaller (4. 7-7. 5 mm long compared with 5. 6-8. 7 mm in other popula- 
tions; 4. 9-7. 4 mm diam. cf. 6. 6-9. 9 mm). Dorsal ridges vary from broad-rounded as 
originally described to narrowly obtuse and quite pronounced, namely to 32% of the 
carpel depth, compared with 1 0%— 22% measured from other populations. 
Diagnosis 
A comparatively small and slender species with distinctive fruits and partially 
distinctive tubers. Mature fruits are comparatively few, 1-67 per infructescence, to 8.7 
mm long and 9.9 mm diam., usually somewhat broader than long (but see Notes above), 
globular to depressed-globular in outline with rounded to narrowly obtuse dorsal ridges. 
Fruiting carpels are ventrally attached only over the lower 20%-39% of the carpel length 
in most populations (sometimes to 59%; see Notes above). The free upper portions of 
the carpels may be partially spiralled around each other. Of the (5 or)6 carpels in the 
developing fruit all mature or frequently 1 or 2, sometimes more, may abort. 
Tubers are distinctively smaller and plumper than those of the sympatric T. pro- 
cerum but can resemble those of some of the allopatric species of Triglochin. 
Triglochin dubium R.Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Hollandiae 343 (1810). — T. procerum var. 
dubium (R.Br.) Benth., Fl. Austr. 7: 169 (1878). — T. procerum var. gracile Micheli in 
A. DC & C.DC., Monogr. phan. 3: 108 (1881) pro parte, excl. T. lineare Endl., nom. 
illeg., nom. superfl., syn. nov. Type: “(T.) v.v.”, R. Brown. Holotype: Bentham, op. cit., 
stated “I find no specimen in Brown’s herbarium...” [i.e. at BM]. Currently, types have 
not been located at BM, E, G, G-DC, K, M, P, UPS, or W. See Notes below. 
Triglochin pterocarpum Fitzgerald, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. W. Australia 3: 110(1918). 
Type: “Isdell and Charnley Rivers (W.V.F.).” [= Kimberleys, W. Australia]. Lecto- 
type (here designated): “Isdell River, 4 miles below Mt Barnett homestead. North 
Western Australia, W.V. Fitzgerald 1037, June 1905” (NSW 6965)!. Isolectotype: 
“Isdell River 4 miles below Mt Barnett homestead, W.V. Fitzgerald 1037, June 1905” 
(PERTH 00993018)! Remaining Syntype: “Charnley River Lat. 16° 17', W.V. Fitz- 
gerald 1414, Aug 1 905” (PERTH 00993026)! Types not located at B, BM, E, K, PRE. See 
Notes below. 
Triglochin procerum ‘dubium’, Aston in litt. 
Description from extra-tropical material — Rhizomes semi-horizontal to vertical, 2-8 
cm long X 5-12 mm diam., bearing fine soft fibres 2-7 cm long. Tubers near-globular to 
ellipsoid to broad-oblong to broad-obovoid, 11-38 mm long X 7- 1 4 mm diam. (length 
(1-) 1.2-3. 8 times the diam.), terminating roots (8-)20-80(-106) mm long; each root 
1 — 4(— 5.3) times as long as its tuber. Leaves 3\-l 5 cm long X 3.5-1 5 mm wide at widest 
part of the blade, dorsiventral, deep glossy green above, mid yellowish-green beneath, 
the emerged portions semi-erect or with the extremities recurved and sometimes float- 
ing on the water surface, sometimes the emerged portions fully floating without losing 
contact with the water, ± linear but gradually narrowed above the sheath then gradually 
widening and finally tapered distally, acute, thickened and spongy toward the base, 
sheathed over the lower 21-34% of the leaf length. T.S. leaf about 3 cm below the sheath 

Page image

708907 Triglochin rheophila Muelleria 8(3): 361, figs 2e-f, 3h-i, 14, 15 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454238
Page is part of the work A revision of the tuberous-rooted species of Triglochin L. (Juncaginaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198464

Page text

361 
straighter, shorter stylar beaks) to those of Anderson s.n. (more elongated, strongly 
twisted, longer projecting stylar beaks) but both collections are from the same swamp on 
Stradbroke Island. 
Fruit variability is well illustrated by plants observed within a diameter of six 
metres in a swamp near the Burbang Caravan Park ( Aston 2835) and along an eight 
metre line within Emu Creek (Aston 2837), both these sites being near Mario, Vic- 
toria. 
At the Burbang site, each fruit usually had either 3, 4 or 5 mature carpels but 
frequently there were only 2; sometimes only 1 or else all 6 carpels matured. Fruits with 
only 3 mature carpels were usually very regular in shape, with straight erect carpels, 
whereas fruits with 4 or 5 mature carpels were less regular and had the carpels usually 
twisted. Each infructescence held fruits which were predominantly of either the 3- 
carpelled or the 4 and 5-carpelled kind. However, some 1 to 6-carpelled fruits, either 
straight or with various degrees of twisting, could occur on any infructescence and 
almost all of the infructescences had fruits with examples of gradation in both the 
number and the twisting of the carpels. 
At the Emu Creek site, most fruits also had either 3, 4 or 5 mature carpels but 
frequently some had 2, and less often 1 or 6. At one extreme of the morphological range 
within the population, some infructescences had most of their fruits of the same regular 
3-carpelled kind described for the Burbang site. The remaining fruits of these infruc- 
tescences were 4-carpelled or less frequently 1-, 2- or 5-carpelled, with all carpels having 
the same straight and erect shape. At the other extreme, one infructescence had some of 
its fruits with 4 mature carpels but most with either 5 or 6, the carpels of each fruit being 
strongly twisted with their upper portions incurved and overlapping. Other infructes- 
cences had fruits showing a range of variation between these two extremes, i.e. variation 
in carpel number, shape and degree of twisting. The plant bearing the twisted, 5- or 
6-carpelled fruits had leaves which were a little broader and with somewhat less depth to 
the spongy base than those of other plants. However, both extremes had the same wide, 
overlapping sheaths and a cylindrical appearance in cross-section below the sheath 
apex. 
At most sites, non-twisted fruits were generally more or less squat with short (often 
<2 mm long) erect stylar beaks, each beak clearly demarcated by the abrupt inward 
curvature of the dorsal carpel surface. In contrast, twisted fruits generally possessed 
more attenuated carpels with longer (3-4 mm long), commonly undemarcated, stylar 
beaks more or less continuous with the dorsal carpel surface. In twisted fruits the whole 
carpels or just the stylar beaks were often strongly and regularly incurved and over- 
lapping so that the beaks projected quite strongly from the fruits. From herbarium 
collections examined, carpels appear to become longer and more attenuate as locations 
become more northerly into Queensland. 
The rhizomes and tubers of T. procerum are usually quite deeply subterranean. A 
plant (Aston 2828) of the eastern variant dug from damp loam beside a swamp at 
Cathcart, New South Wales, had rhizomes 20-25 cm below the soil surface; tubers were 
obtained from 40 to 60 cm below the surface and others would obviously have occurred 
at greater depth, as roots were still extending deeper. 
Triglochin rheophilum Aston, Muelleria 8: 94 (1993). 
Type: “Victoria — East Gippsland; Pyramid Creek, c. 0.05 km north on the Com- 
bienbar road from Club Terrace, 37°32.4'S, 148°56.2'E 14 Dec. 1991, W.M. 
Molyneux s.n.”. Holotype: MEL 705965. Isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 705964 & 
spirit material, NSW. 
Rhizomes horizontal to vertical, 3.5-18.5 cm long X 4-14 mm diam., bearing long 
fine soft fibres 2-11 cm long. Tubers globular (young one), narrow-ellipsoid or narrow- 
oblanceolate to elliptic or obovate, or elongated and ± long-cylindrical to narrow- 
rhomboid and tapered at each end (often twisted or pitted by the gravelly substrate), 
1 1— 80(— 102) mm long X 2-11 mm diam. (length 1.8— 1 2.5(— 20.4) times as long as 
diam.), terminating roots 25-126(-178) mm long; each root 1. 2-7.9 times as long as its 

Page image

570098 Abutilon diplotrichum Muelleria 9: 113
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342574
Page is part of the work The consequences of a footnote: Typifications and place of first valid publication of two Australian Abutilon (Malvaceae) species published by Mueller, doi:10.5962/p.198441

Page text

Abutifon 
113 
lished at that time from around the world. Fortunately, the referee consulted Dr Paul 
Wilson of PERTH, and he was able to point out that the index or ‘Register’ to Linnaea 
in which the species are clearly listed as species of Ahutilon would constitute the first 
place of valid publication of tire names A. diplotrichum and A. halophiliim. Since the 
editor of Linnaea at this time was Schlechtendal, the authorship of the name becomes 
‘F.Muell. ex Schldl.’. 
STATUS OF ABUTILON DIPLOTRICHUM AND ABUTILON HALOPHILUM 
In my almost completed revision of Abutilon for Australia, it has been found that A. 
diplotrichum cannot be maintained at the specific level since it differs from A. fraseri 
(Lindl.) Walp. only in the lack of pubescence on the mericarps. It has consequently been 
reduced to a subspecies and since the combination is required for the Flora of Victoria, 
this combination is formalised here. 
Some doubt has also existed in the past as to the status of A. halophilum, since 
Bentham treated it as a variety of A. fraseri. However there is no doubt of its specific 
status since it differs from that species by its transversely elliptic or very broadly 
obovate leaves and very much larger fruit. By the structure of its fruit, it is possibly 
more closely related to the A. lepidum complex than to A. fraseri. 
SYNONYMY AND TYPIFICATION 
Abutilon fraseri (Hook.)Walp. subsp. diplotrichum (F.Muell.) R.M. Barker, comb, et 
stat. nov. 
Abutilon diplotrichum F. Muell. ex Schldl., Linnaea 25: 751 (Dec. 1853); Sida 
diplotricha (F.Muell. ex Schldl.) F.Muell., Fragm. 2: 11(1860); F.Muell., PI. Indig. 
Colony Viet. 165(1860-2); Previously published description: Sida (Abutilon) diplotricha 
F.Muell., Linnaea 25:380 (1853) nom. invalid (since the epithet was not clearly associ- 
ated with one of the genera), lectotype (here designated): In planitiebus semisalsis 
sterilibus prope Cudnaka [Kanyaka], Oct. 1847[1851], F. Mueller s.n., MEL5 16338; 
iSOLECTOTYPE: MELS 16348. - Both sheets have been annotated as' Abutilon 
diplotrichum Ferd. Mueller ‘ and the lectotype sheet was seen by Bentham. The lecto- 
type sheet also bears the annotation "Sida diplotricha" but this is probably not in 
Mueller’s hand. The date 1847 is clearly erroneous as Mueller’s collections from 
Cudnaka all date from his visit to the Flinders Ranges in 1851 (Grandison 1990). An 
undated specimen of A. fraseri from the Melbourne Botanic Gardens (MELl 1 1380) has 
been labelled as Sida diplotricha by Mueller; it has no type status but demonstrates 
Mueller ‘s changeable concepts concerning the rank of Abutilon. 
Abutilon fraseri \ar. parvi flora Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 205 (1863) p.p. only with respect 
to Beckler s.n., 30 Dec. 1860, Mt Goningberri proper; syntype: MELl 11389, K 
(Herb. Hooker); isosyntype: MELl 1 1388. - Although not from South Australia as cited 
in the protologue, the syntypes are annotated as A. diplotrichum by Mueller and the K 
specimen has the red pencil determination so characteristic of many of the specimen 
sheets studied by Bentham. 
Abutilon fraseri var. diplotrichum (F.Muell. )Domin., Biblioth. Bot. 89: 400 (1928) nom. 
illeg. (var. parviflora Benth. cited in synonymy). 
Abutilon halophilum F.Muell. ex Schldl., Linnaea 25: 751(Dec. 1853); Trans. Phil. 
Soc. Viet. 1: 13 (1854); F. Muell. in Hook., J. Bot. & Kew Card. Misc. 8: 10 (1856); 
Muell. Berol. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 4: 315 (1857); Baker f, J. Bot. 31: 268 (1893); 
A. S. Mitchell, FI. Central Australia 214 (1981); J.G.Reid, FI. S.Australia 2: 824 (1986); 
A.S. Mitchell & E.H. Norris, FI. New South Wales 1: 332-335 (1990). Sida halophila 
(F.Muell ex Schldl.) F.Muell., PL Indig. Colony Viet. 165 (1860-2). A. fraseri 
(Hook.)Walp. var. halophilum (F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 205 (1863). Previously 
published description: Sida (Abutilon) halophilum F.Muell., Linnaea 25: 381 (1853); 
nom. invalid (since the epithet was not clearly associated with one of the genera), lecto- 

Page image

822596 Abutilon diplotrichum Muelleria 9: 113
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342574
Page is part of the work The consequences of a footnote: Typifications and place of first valid publication of two Australian Abutilon (Malvaceae) species published by Mueller, doi:10.5962/p.198441

Page text

Abutifon 
113 
lished at that time from around the world. Fortunately, the referee consulted Dr Paul 
Wilson of PERTH, and he was able to point out that the index or ‘Register’ to Linnaea 
in which the species are clearly listed as species of Ahutilon would constitute the first 
place of valid publication of tire names A. diplotrichum and A. halophiliim. Since the 
editor of Linnaea at this time was Schlechtendal, the authorship of the name becomes 
‘F.Muell. ex Schldl.’. 
STATUS OF ABUTILON DIPLOTRICHUM AND ABUTILON HALOPHILUM 
In my almost completed revision of Abutilon for Australia, it has been found that A. 
diplotrichum cannot be maintained at the specific level since it differs from A. fraseri 
(Lindl.) Walp. only in the lack of pubescence on the mericarps. It has consequently been 
reduced to a subspecies and since the combination is required for the Flora of Victoria, 
this combination is formalised here. 
Some doubt has also existed in the past as to the status of A. halophilum, since 
Bentham treated it as a variety of A. fraseri. However there is no doubt of its specific 
status since it differs from that species by its transversely elliptic or very broadly 
obovate leaves and very much larger fruit. By the structure of its fruit, it is possibly 
more closely related to the A. lepidum complex than to A. fraseri. 
SYNONYMY AND TYPIFICATION 
Abutilon fraseri (Hook.)Walp. subsp. diplotrichum (F.Muell.) R.M. Barker, comb, et 
stat. nov. 
Abutilon diplotrichum F. Muell. ex Schldl., Linnaea 25: 751 (Dec. 1853); Sida 
diplotricha (F.Muell. ex Schldl.) F.Muell., Fragm. 2: 11(1860); F.Muell., PI. Indig. 
Colony Viet. 165(1860-2); Previously published description: Sida (Abutilon) diplotricha 
F.Muell., Linnaea 25:380 (1853) nom. invalid (since the epithet was not clearly associ- 
ated with one of the genera), lectotype (here designated): In planitiebus semisalsis 
sterilibus prope Cudnaka [Kanyaka], Oct. 1847[1851], F. Mueller s.n., MEL5 16338; 
iSOLECTOTYPE: MELS 16348. - Both sheets have been annotated as' Abutilon 
diplotrichum Ferd. Mueller ‘ and the lectotype sheet was seen by Bentham. The lecto- 
type sheet also bears the annotation "Sida diplotricha" but this is probably not in 
Mueller’s hand. The date 1847 is clearly erroneous as Mueller’s collections from 
Cudnaka all date from his visit to the Flinders Ranges in 1851 (Grandison 1990). An 
undated specimen of A. fraseri from the Melbourne Botanic Gardens (MELl 1 1380) has 
been labelled as Sida diplotricha by Mueller; it has no type status but demonstrates 
Mueller ‘s changeable concepts concerning the rank of Abutilon. 
Abutilon fraseri \ar. parvi flora Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 205 (1863) p.p. only with respect 
to Beckler s.n., 30 Dec. 1860, Mt Goningberri proper; syntype: MELl 11389, K 
(Herb. Hooker); isosyntype: MELl 1 1388. - Although not from South Australia as cited 
in the protologue, the syntypes are annotated as A. diplotrichum by Mueller and the K 
specimen has the red pencil determination so characteristic of many of the specimen 
sheets studied by Bentham. 
Abutilon fraseri var. diplotrichum (F.Muell. )Domin., Biblioth. Bot. 89: 400 (1928) nom. 
illeg. (var. parviflora Benth. cited in synonymy). 
Abutilon halophilum F.Muell. ex Schldl., Linnaea 25: 751(Dec. 1853); Trans. Phil. 
Soc. Viet. 1: 13 (1854); F. Muell. in Hook., J. Bot. & Kew Card. Misc. 8: 10 (1856); 
Muell. Berol. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 4: 315 (1857); Baker f, J. Bot. 31: 268 (1893); 
A. S. Mitchell, FI. Central Australia 214 (1981); J.G.Reid, FI. S.Australia 2: 824 (1986); 
A.S. Mitchell & E.H. Norris, FI. New South Wales 1: 332-335 (1990). Sida halophila 
(F.Muell ex Schldl.) F.Muell., PL Indig. Colony Viet. 165 (1860-2). A. fraseri 
(Hook.)Walp. var. halophilum (F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 205 (1863). Previously 
published description: Sida (Abutilon) halophilum F.Muell., Linnaea 25: 381 (1853); 
nom. invalid (since the epithet was not clearly associated with one of the genera), lecto- 

Page image

648958 Abutilon fraseri fraseri Muelleria 9: 113
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342574
Page is part of the work The consequences of a footnote: Typifications and place of first valid publication of two Australian Abutilon (Malvaceae) species published by Mueller, doi:10.5962/p.198441
570096 Abutilon fraseri diplotrichum Muelleria 9: 113
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342574
Page is part of the work The consequences of a footnote: Typifications and place of first valid publication of two Australian Abutilon (Malvaceae) species published by Mueller, doi:10.5962/p.198441
822599 Abutilon fraseri diplotrichum Muelleria 9: 113
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342574
Page is part of the work The consequences of a footnote: Typifications and place of first valid publication of two Australian Abutilon (Malvaceae) species published by Mueller, doi:10.5962/p.198441
822600 Abutilon fraseri halophilum Muelleria 9: 113
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342574
Page is part of the work The consequences of a footnote: Typifications and place of first valid publication of two Australian Abutilon (Malvaceae) species published by Mueller, doi:10.5962/p.198441
822598 Abutilon fraseri parviflorum Muelleria 9: 113
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342574
Page is part of the work The consequences of a footnote: Typifications and place of first valid publication of two Australian Abutilon (Malvaceae) species published by Mueller, doi:10.5962/p.198441
570103 Abutilon halophilum Muelleria 9: 113
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342574
Page is part of the work The consequences of a footnote: Typifications and place of first valid publication of two Australian Abutilon (Malvaceae) species published by Mueller, doi:10.5962/p.198441

Page text

Abutifon 
113 
lished at that time from around the world. Fortunately, the referee consulted Dr Paul 
Wilson of PERTH, and he was able to point out that the index or ‘Register’ to Linnaea 
in which the species are clearly listed as species of Ahutilon would constitute the first 
place of valid publication of tire names A. diplotrichum and A. halophiliim. Since the 
editor of Linnaea at this time was Schlechtendal, the authorship of the name becomes 
‘F.Muell. ex Schldl.’. 
STATUS OF ABUTILON DIPLOTRICHUM AND ABUTILON HALOPHILUM 
In my almost completed revision of Abutilon for Australia, it has been found that A. 
diplotrichum cannot be maintained at the specific level since it differs from A. fraseri 
(Lindl.) Walp. only in the lack of pubescence on the mericarps. It has consequently been 
reduced to a subspecies and since the combination is required for the Flora of Victoria, 
this combination is formalised here. 
Some doubt has also existed in the past as to the status of A. halophilum, since 
Bentham treated it as a variety of A. fraseri. However there is no doubt of its specific 
status since it differs from that species by its transversely elliptic or very broadly 
obovate leaves and very much larger fruit. By the structure of its fruit, it is possibly 
more closely related to the A. lepidum complex than to A. fraseri. 
SYNONYMY AND TYPIFICATION 
Abutilon fraseri (Hook.)Walp. subsp. diplotrichum (F.Muell.) R.M. Barker, comb, et 
stat. nov. 
Abutilon diplotrichum F. Muell. ex Schldl., Linnaea 25: 751 (Dec. 1853); Sida 
diplotricha (F.Muell. ex Schldl.) F.Muell., Fragm. 2: 11(1860); F.Muell., PI. Indig. 
Colony Viet. 165(1860-2); Previously published description: Sida (Abutilon) diplotricha 
F.Muell., Linnaea 25:380 (1853) nom. invalid (since the epithet was not clearly associ- 
ated with one of the genera), lectotype (here designated): In planitiebus semisalsis 
sterilibus prope Cudnaka [Kanyaka], Oct. 1847[1851], F. Mueller s.n., MEL5 16338; 
iSOLECTOTYPE: MELS 16348. - Both sheets have been annotated as' Abutilon 
diplotrichum Ferd. Mueller ‘ and the lectotype sheet was seen by Bentham. The lecto- 
type sheet also bears the annotation "Sida diplotricha" but this is probably not in 
Mueller’s hand. The date 1847 is clearly erroneous as Mueller’s collections from 
Cudnaka all date from his visit to the Flinders Ranges in 1851 (Grandison 1990). An 
undated specimen of A. fraseri from the Melbourne Botanic Gardens (MELl 1 1380) has 
been labelled as Sida diplotricha by Mueller; it has no type status but demonstrates 
Mueller ‘s changeable concepts concerning the rank of Abutilon. 
Abutilon fraseri \ar. parvi flora Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 205 (1863) p.p. only with respect 
to Beckler s.n., 30 Dec. 1860, Mt Goningberri proper; syntype: MELl 11389, K 
(Herb. Hooker); isosyntype: MELl 1 1388. - Although not from South Australia as cited 
in the protologue, the syntypes are annotated as A. diplotrichum by Mueller and the K 
specimen has the red pencil determination so characteristic of many of the specimen 
sheets studied by Bentham. 
Abutilon fraseri var. diplotrichum (F.Muell. )Domin., Biblioth. Bot. 89: 400 (1928) nom. 
illeg. (var. parviflora Benth. cited in synonymy). 
Abutilon halophilum F.Muell. ex Schldl., Linnaea 25: 751(Dec. 1853); Trans. Phil. 
Soc. Viet. 1: 13 (1854); F. Muell. in Hook., J. Bot. & Kew Card. Misc. 8: 10 (1856); 
Muell. Berol. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 4: 315 (1857); Baker f, J. Bot. 31: 268 (1893); 
A. S. Mitchell, FI. Central Australia 214 (1981); J.G.Reid, FI. S.Australia 2: 824 (1986); 
A.S. Mitchell & E.H. Norris, FI. New South Wales 1: 332-335 (1990). Sida halophila 
(F.Muell ex Schldl.) F.Muell., PL Indig. Colony Viet. 165 (1860-2). A. fraseri 
(Hook.)Walp. var. halophilum (F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 205 (1863). Previously 
published description: Sida (Abutilon) halophilum F.Muell., Linnaea 25: 381 (1853); 
nom. invalid (since the epithet was not clearly associated with one of the genera), lecto- 

Page image

570010 Aleurites Muelleria 9: 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342535
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Aleurites J.R. Forst. and G. Forst. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia and New Guinea, doi:10.5962/p.198429

Page text

6 
Paul L. Forster 
Thus, this leaves the question of the two or three varieties of A. moluccana in 
Australia and New Guinea (Airy Shaw 1980, 1981). Aleurites was first recorded for 
Australia by Mueller (1865), who thought that the Australian species was A. triloba. 
Shortly after, Baillon (1866) described A. moluccana var. rockinghamensis from 
material collected by Dallachy in north Queensland, although only A. moluccana was 
recognised by Bentham (1873) and Bailey (1902). In New Guinea, the first record of 
Aleurites was for A. moluccana (Smith 1910), with A. moluccanna var. floccosa 
described from the Bulolo Valley by Airy Shaw (1966). 
In his final contribution on the genus. Airy Shaw' (1981) enumerated two varieties 
for Australia, A. moluccana var. moluccana and A. moluccana var. rockinghamensis 
and placed A. moluccana var. floccosa from New Guinea, with a question mark, in the 
synonymy of A. moluccana var. rockinghamensis. He distinguished the two varieties 
with: 
‘var. moluccana . . . Indumentum thin, evanescent; leaves relatively narrow, not or 
rarely cordate; ovary and fruit bilocular . . . 
var. rockinghamensis . . . Indumentum evident, subfloccose; leaves broader, 
mostly cordate; ovary and fruit 3(-4)-locuIar.’ 
Aleurites moluccana s.s. and A. moluccana var. rockinghamensis are largely 
allopatric throughout their known range with the former growing in more xeromorphic 
rainforest/vineforest communities than the latter. There are several known examples of 
sympatry, namely at the base of Big Tableland (G. Sankowsky pers. comm. 1992) and 
just north of the Bloomfield River at Wujal Wujal (pers. obs. 1994). No intermediate 
individuals have been observed at these localities. In addition to the differences outlined 
by Airy Shaw (1981), there are also discontinuities in floral and seedling morphology. 
Given the distribution of the two taxa, the lack of intermediates and the many 
morphological discontinuities, A. moluccana var. rockinghamensis is elevated to 
species status in this paper. 
Materials and methods 
This revision is based on herbarium holdings at AD, BRI, CANB, CBG, DNA, MEL, 
NSW and QRS and field observations and collections by the author in Australia and 
New Guinea. 
Floral descriptions were prepared from material preserved in spirit (FAA or 70% 
alcohol and glycerol) or reconstituted by boiling in water and detergent. Fruit and seed 
descriptions were prepared from material preserved in spirit or dried. Foliage and 
inflorescence descriptions were prepared from dried material. Indumentum cover is 
described using the terminology of Hewson (1988), except that ‘scattered’ is used 
instead of isolated’. 
The ‘Wet Tropics’ is defined as the area of north-eastern Queensland that encom- 
passes the ‘hot, humid, vine forests’ from near Cooktown in the north to Paluma 
in the south (Webb & Tracey 1981; Barlow & Hyland 1988). Rainforest terminology 
follows Webb ( 1 978). 
Taxonomy 
Aleurites J.R.Forst. & G.Forst., Char. Gen. PI. Ill (1776). type; Aleurites moluccana 
(L.) Willd. 
Derivation of name: from the Greek for ‘wheaten flour’, alluding to the mealy 
appearance of the lower leaf surface. 
Trees, monoecious, evergreen, perennial; stems and foliage without obvious latex. 
Indumentum of simple or stellate, multicellular trichomes, not glandular, stinging hairs 
absent. Stipules entire, inconspicuous, deciduous. Leaves alternate, petiolate, 
palminerved, lobate, entire, with 2 glands at base of lamina. Inflorescences terminal, 
paniculate, solitary, uni- or bisexual with the flowers in bracteate clusters. Bisexual 

Page image

570011 Aleurites moluccanus Muelleria 9: 7, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342534
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Aleurites J.R. Forst. and G. Forst. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia and New Guinea, doi:10.5962/p.198429

Page text

Taxonomic revision of Aleurites 
7 
inflorescences with a solitary female flower terminating each major axis, lateral 
cymules male. Female flowers', short pedicellate; calyx closed in bud, rupturing into 2 
or 3 lobes; petals 5(6), free, imbricate, disc 5-lobed; ovary 2-4-locular, ovules 
uniloculate; styles 2 or 3, fused at base, bilobed. Male flowers', long pedicellate; calyx 
closed in bud, rupturing into 2 or 3 lobes; petals 5(6), free, imbricate, disk 5-lobed; 
stamens 4-verticillate, numerous, the outer ones free, the inner ones ± united and borne 
on a conical receptacle, anthers dorsifixed, introrse and bilobate, tbecae oblong and 
longitudinally dehiscent; pistillodes absent. Fruits drupaceous, indehiscent; exocarp 
fleshy; endocarp woody, 1-4-locular. Seeds ovoid to globose; testa woody; albumen 
hard; ecarunculate; germination epigeal; cotyledons broad, flat. 
A genus of two (or perhaps three) species in tropical Asia, Malesia, Melanesia and 
Australia. Two species in Australia and New Guinea. 
K.EY TO THE SPECIES OF ALEURITES IN AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 
1 Indumentum silver; lower leaf surface glabrous or with scattered trichomes; flowers 
5-8 mm long; stamens 18-26; styles 0.5-2 mm long; ovary and fruit 
l-2(-3)-locular 1 . Aleurites moliiccana 
1: Indumentum ferruginous-silver; lower leaf surface with sparse to dense, generally 
velutinous trichomes; flowers 8-12 mm long; stamens 24-32; styles 2.8-3 mm 
long; ovary and fruit 3-4-locular 2 . Aleurites rockinghaineitsis 
1 . Aleurites moluccana (L.) Willd., Sp. PL 4: 590 (1805). Jatrophci moluccana L., Sp. 
PI. 1006 (1753). type; Ceylon, Hermann Herbarium Vol. Ill, p. 27 (lectotype.' fide 
Radcliffe-Smith (1987; 176); BM [photo at BRl]). Aleurites triloba Forst. & G.Forst. 
Char. Gen. PI. 112, t. 56 (1776). type; Tonga, Forster 214.360 (holotype; BM [photo 
at BRI]). 
Illustrations; Christophel & Flyland ( 1993; 96, plate 34d); Radke et al. (1993; 16). 
Large spreading tree to 30 m high; trunk straight and without fluting or buttressing. 
Bark smooth, grey, nondescript; blaze pink to red. Young shoots with dense, short, 
silver, stellate hairs. Stipules cylindric, c. 1 mm long, with dense short, silver, stellate 
hairs. Petioles 35-110 mm long, 1-1.5 mm diameter, with dense, short, silver stellate 
hairs. Leaf laminas entire or 3 or 5-lobed, ovate, ovate-lanceolate or ovate-trullate, 
70-200 mm long, 40-130 mm wide, 3 or 5-veined from base and with 6-8 major lateral 
veins per side of midrib; upper surface dull green, glabrous or with scattered silver 
stellate bairs when young; lower surface pale green, glabrous or with scattered, silver, 
stellate hairs when young; apex acute to acuminate; base cuneate. Inflorescence conical, 
30-100 mm long and wide; axis with dense, short, silver, stellate hairs. Male flowers 
5-6 mm long, c. 5 mm diameter; pedicels filiform, 5.5-8 mm long, 0.3-6. 5 mm 
diameter, with dense, short, silver, stellate hairs; buds ovoid, 2.5-3 mm long, 
2-2.5 mm diameter; calyx 2 or rarely 3-parted, halves often unequal, lanceolate to 
ovate, 2.5-3 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, with dense, short, silver, stellate hairs; petals 
oblanceolate to spathulate, 4-6 mm long, 1 .5-3 mm wide, white to cream, glabrous; 
stamens 18-26; filaments 0.8-1. 5 mm long, with sparse simple hairs; anthers 0. 6-0.8 mm' 
long, 0.3-0. 6 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered, simple hairs; disc lobes convulate. 
Female flowers 7-8 mm long, 8-10 mm diameter; pedicels stout, 2-3.5 mm long, 
1-2 mm diameter, with dense, short, silver, stellate hairs; buds ellipsoid, 4-5 mm long’ 
c. 2 mm diameter; calyx with 2 or 3 unequal lobes, each lobe 3-3.5 mm long, 1.5-2 mm 
wide, lanceolate to ovate, with dense, short, silver, stellate hairs; petals oblanceolate to 
spathulate, 6-8 mm long, 1.8-2 mm wide, white to cream, internally glabrous, externally 
glabrous or with a few simple hairs in a longitudinal band in the middle; ovaries 
1-2-celled, subglobose, 2-3 mm long, 2-4 mm diameter, with dense, yellow, stellate 
hairs; styles 0.5-2 mm long, ± glabrous or with a few simple hairs; disc glands small and 
rounded. Fruit oyoid-subglobose, 40-45 mm long, 40-60 mm diameter, with scattered 
silver, stellate hairs. Seed broadly ovoid, 23-32 mm long, 20-32 mm diameter, greyish 
Seedlings at third leaf stage (voucher; Hyland RFK25545): cotyledons’ broadly 
ovate-obovate, 18-22 mm long, 18-20 mm wide, strongly 5-veined from base, glands 

Page image

822578 Aleurites moluccanus floccosus Muelleria 9: 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342533
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Aleurites J.R. Forst. and G. Forst. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia and New Guinea, doi:10.5962/p.198429
570013 Aleurites moluccanus rockinghamensis Muelleria 9: 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342533
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Aleurites J.R. Forst. and G. Forst. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia and New Guinea, doi:10.5962/p.198429
822577 Aleurites moluccanus rockinghamensis Muelleria 9: 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342533
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Aleurites J.R. Forst. and G. Forst. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia and New Guinea, doi:10.5962/p.198429
570012 Aleurites rockinghamensis Muelleria 9: 8, fig. 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342533
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Aleurites J.R. Forst. and G. Forst. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia and New Guinea, doi:10.5962/p.198429

Page text

Paul L. Forster 
not obvious; first seedling leaf trilobed with the median lobe long-acuminate; 
later leaves becoming 5-lobed. (Fig. 1) 
DISTRIBUTION AND CONSERVATION STATUS 
Aleurites moliiccana is widespread in Malesia and Melanesia, and often planted in other 
tropical areas. In Australia A. moliiccana is restricted to north Queensland where it is 
common on Cape York Peninsula and in the northern part of the ‘Wet Tropics’ region 
reaehing a southern limit on the Windsor Tableland. There is also a southerly disjunct 
population at Daydream Island. In New Guinea, A. moliiccana is found in lowland areas, 
and is widespread on the island. 
Aleurites moliiccana is common throughout its range. 
HABITAT AND ECOLOGY 
Plants grow in semi-deciduous to evergreen notophyll or mesophyll vineforest, on a 
variety of substrates, but often on alluvium or near the sea. Young plants are common 
as pioneers in disturbed gaps or margins of the vineforest. The seed is a distinctive 
component of the drift flora of the Pacific (cf Degener et al. 1978; Smith 1994). 
The plant (and also A. rockinghamensis) is commonly known as ‘Candle-Nut’ and 
it is possible to use the fruits as a source of light by stringing them on wire and setting 
them alight. 
NOTES 
Aleurites moliiccana may be distinguished from A. rockinghamensis on at least five 
morphological discontinuities (as given in the species key), as well as the seedling 
characters outlined in the species descriptions. It should be noted that the dimensions of 
seedling leaves and cotyledons may change with age and subsequent development; 
however, the basic differences of shape and venation remain the same. 
REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS 
IRIAN JAVA: Warnapi, 15 km N of Ransiki, Sep. 1948, Kostermans 425 (BRI); Sorong, behind Kp. Baroe, 
July 1948, Pleyte 454 (BRI); Kebar Valley, Oct. 1958, Schram BW7709 (CANB). 
PAPUA NEW guinea: Madang Province: near Gurumbu Village, SW foothills of Finistcrre Mtns, Aug. 
1955, Hoogland 5140 (BRI, CANB). New Britain Province: NE ridge of Mt Penak, N of S.D.A. Mission, 
Talasea, May 1968, Frodin NGF26729 (BRI). Western Province: Lower Fly river, east bank opp. Sturt Island, 
Oct. 1936. Brass 7997 (BRI, CANB). Northern Province: Kokoda Trail, July 1964, Millar NGF23573 (BRI). 
Central Province: Kaota, Rona, Laloki River, Mar. 1933, Brass 3644 (BRI). Milne Bay Province: Fife Bay, 
Sep. 1930, Turner [AQ201270] (BRI). 
QUEENSLAND: Cook District: Eliott Falls, Jardine River, Oct. 1989, O’Reilly 560 (BRI); Claudie River, 
Oct. 1972, Dockritl 533 (BRI, QRS); Chester River Scrub, eastern fall of Mcllwraith Range, June 1992, 
Forster 10439 et al. (BRI, QRS); Near T.R. 9, Lankclly to Pandanus Creek, Sep. 1971, Hyland 5406 (BRI, 
QRS); Rocky River, Sep. 1971, Hyland 5513 (BRI, QRS); Rocky River Scrub, Silver Plains, July 1993, 
Forster 13622 et al (BRI); T.R. 176, Shipton L.A.. Aug. 1982, Hyland 11923 (QRS); S.F.R. 144 Windsor 
Tableland, Oct. 1971, Hyland 5577 (tSKl QRS); S.F.R. 144, Whypalla, Chovrchilla L.A., Dec. 1987, Hyland 
13474 (QRS). North Kennedy District: Daydream Island, Whitsunday Region, Apr. 1990, Batianoff 90043 1 
(BRI). 
2. Aleurites rockinghamensis (Baill.) P.l.Forst. comb, et stat. nov. 
Aleurites moliiccana var. rockinghamensis Baill., Adansonia 6: 297 (1866), basionym. 
type: Queensland, Cook District: Rockingham’s Bay [Dallachy]. lectotype: (here 
designated): MEL232486. lectoparatypes: MEL232495, 232496, 232497, 232498. 
Aleurites moliiccana va.r. floccosa Airy Shaw, Kew Bull. 20: 26 (1966). type.- Papua 
New Guinea, Morobe Province: Wau, 28 June 1962, J.J. Havel NGF9169 (holotype.' 
K, n.v. ISOTYPES: BRI, QRS). 
Illustration: Christophel &. Hyland (1993: 97, plate 35a). 
Large spreading tree to 30 m high; trunk straight and without fluting or buttressing. 
Bark smooth, grey, nondescript; blaze brown speckled to cream. Young shoots with 

Page image

822576 Aleurites trilobus Muelleria 9: 7
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342534
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Aleurites J.R. Forst. and G. Forst. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia and New Guinea, doi:10.5962/p.198429

Page text

Taxonomic revision of Aleurites 
7 
inflorescences with a solitary female flower terminating each major axis, lateral 
cymules male. Female flowers', short pedicellate; calyx closed in bud, rupturing into 2 
or 3 lobes; petals 5(6), free, imbricate, disc 5-lobed; ovary 2-4-locular, ovules 
uniloculate; styles 2 or 3, fused at base, bilobed. Male flowers', long pedicellate; calyx 
closed in bud, rupturing into 2 or 3 lobes; petals 5(6), free, imbricate, disk 5-lobed; 
stamens 4-verticillate, numerous, the outer ones free, the inner ones ± united and borne 
on a conical receptacle, anthers dorsifixed, introrse and bilobate, tbecae oblong and 
longitudinally dehiscent; pistillodes absent. Fruits drupaceous, indehiscent; exocarp 
fleshy; endocarp woody, 1-4-locular. Seeds ovoid to globose; testa woody; albumen 
hard; ecarunculate; germination epigeal; cotyledons broad, flat. 
A genus of two (or perhaps three) species in tropical Asia, Malesia, Melanesia and 
Australia. Two species in Australia and New Guinea. 
K.EY TO THE SPECIES OF ALEURITES IN AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 
1 Indumentum silver; lower leaf surface glabrous or with scattered trichomes; flowers 
5-8 mm long; stamens 18-26; styles 0.5-2 mm long; ovary and fruit 
l-2(-3)-locular 1 . Aleurites moliiccana 
1: Indumentum ferruginous-silver; lower leaf surface with sparse to dense, generally 
velutinous trichomes; flowers 8-12 mm long; stamens 24-32; styles 2.8-3 mm 
long; ovary and fruit 3-4-locular 2 . Aleurites rockinghaineitsis 
1 . Aleurites moluccana (L.) Willd., Sp. PL 4: 590 (1805). Jatrophci moluccana L., Sp. 
PI. 1006 (1753). type; Ceylon, Hermann Herbarium Vol. Ill, p. 27 (lectotype.' fide 
Radcliffe-Smith (1987; 176); BM [photo at BRl]). Aleurites triloba Forst. & G.Forst. 
Char. Gen. PI. 112, t. 56 (1776). type; Tonga, Forster 214.360 (holotype; BM [photo 
at BRI]). 
Illustrations; Christophel & Flyland ( 1993; 96, plate 34d); Radke et al. (1993; 16). 
Large spreading tree to 30 m high; trunk straight and without fluting or buttressing. 
Bark smooth, grey, nondescript; blaze pink to red. Young shoots with dense, short, 
silver, stellate hairs. Stipules cylindric, c. 1 mm long, with dense short, silver, stellate 
hairs. Petioles 35-110 mm long, 1-1.5 mm diameter, with dense, short, silver stellate 
hairs. Leaf laminas entire or 3 or 5-lobed, ovate, ovate-lanceolate or ovate-trullate, 
70-200 mm long, 40-130 mm wide, 3 or 5-veined from base and with 6-8 major lateral 
veins per side of midrib; upper surface dull green, glabrous or with scattered silver 
stellate bairs when young; lower surface pale green, glabrous or with scattered, silver, 
stellate hairs when young; apex acute to acuminate; base cuneate. Inflorescence conical, 
30-100 mm long and wide; axis with dense, short, silver, stellate hairs. Male flowers 
5-6 mm long, c. 5 mm diameter; pedicels filiform, 5.5-8 mm long, 0.3-6. 5 mm 
diameter, with dense, short, silver, stellate hairs; buds ovoid, 2.5-3 mm long, 
2-2.5 mm diameter; calyx 2 or rarely 3-parted, halves often unequal, lanceolate to 
ovate, 2.5-3 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, with dense, short, silver, stellate hairs; petals 
oblanceolate to spathulate, 4-6 mm long, 1 .5-3 mm wide, white to cream, glabrous; 
stamens 18-26; filaments 0.8-1. 5 mm long, with sparse simple hairs; anthers 0. 6-0.8 mm' 
long, 0.3-0. 6 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered, simple hairs; disc lobes convulate. 
Female flowers 7-8 mm long, 8-10 mm diameter; pedicels stout, 2-3.5 mm long, 
1-2 mm diameter, with dense, short, silver, stellate hairs; buds ellipsoid, 4-5 mm long’ 
c. 2 mm diameter; calyx with 2 or 3 unequal lobes, each lobe 3-3.5 mm long, 1.5-2 mm 
wide, lanceolate to ovate, with dense, short, silver, stellate hairs; petals oblanceolate to 
spathulate, 6-8 mm long, 1.8-2 mm wide, white to cream, internally glabrous, externally 
glabrous or with a few simple hairs in a longitudinal band in the middle; ovaries 
1-2-celled, subglobose, 2-3 mm long, 2-4 mm diameter, with dense, yellow, stellate 
hairs; styles 0.5-2 mm long, ± glabrous or with a few simple hairs; disc glands small and 
rounded. Fruit oyoid-subglobose, 40-45 mm long, 40-60 mm diameter, with scattered 
silver, stellate hairs. Seed broadly ovoid, 23-32 mm long, 20-32 mm diameter, greyish 
Seedlings at third leaf stage (voucher; Hyland RFK25545): cotyledons’ broadly 
ovate-obovate, 18-22 mm long, 18-20 mm wide, strongly 5-veined from base, glands 

Page image

932857 Aplopappus gunnii Muelleria 9

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9".

570038 Asplenium goudeyi Muelleria 9: 37-38, fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9: 37-38, fig. 1".

794246 Brachyscome aff. cheilocarpa (A) Muelleria 9: 200
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342661
Page is part of the work Chromosome number determinations in the Australian Astereae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.198449
794243 Brachyscome aff. cheilocarpa (B) Muelleria 9: 200
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342661
Page is part of the work Chromosome number determinations in the Australian Astereae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.198449
794178 Brachyscome aff. nova-anglica (A) Muelleria 9: 206
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342667
Page is part of the work Chromosome number determinations in the Australian Astereae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.198449
794193 Brachyscome aff. nova-anglica (B) Muelleria 9: 206
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342667
Page is part of the work Chromosome number determinations in the Australian Astereae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.198449
730598 Brachyscome sp. aff. angustifolia Muelleria 9: 200, 215
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342661
Page is part of the work Chromosome number determinations in the Australian Astereae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.198449
730597 Brachyscome sp. aff. angustifolia (Mt Kaputar N.P., Short 3944) Muelleria 9: 200
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342661
Page is part of the work Chromosome number determinations in the Australian Astereae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.198449
794258 Brachyscome sp. aff. ciliocarpa Muelleria 9: 202
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342663
Page is part of the work Chromosome number determinations in the Australian Astereae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.198449
570040 Caladenia alpina Muelleria 9: 43, fig. 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342498
Page is part of the work Reinstatement of Caladenia alpina R.S. Rogers (Orchidaceae) as distinct from Caladenia lyallii Hook.f. and the description of Caladenia cracens, a related new species from southern Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.198434

Page text

Reinstatement of Caladenia alpina and the description of Caladenia cracens 
43 
line when flattened, 7-9 mm long, 5-7 mm wide, porrect or slightly erect in proximal 
quarter, then shallowly curved forwards, apex recurved; lateral lobes c. 2.5 mm wide, 
erect and column-embracing, anterior margins hardly rounded, slightly irregular, distal 
margins with several, irregular, short teeth; mid-lobe c. 3.2 mm long, narrowly debate, 
margins yellow with 4-7 pairs of sessile, irregular marginal calli near the base (rarely 
one pair stalked) decrescent to the apex of the mid-lobe. Lamina calli in 2-4 (rarely 6) 
irregular rows, pale-yellow-headed, extending nearly to the apex of the mid-lobe; calli 
stalks becoming shorter towards labellum apex, those on the mid-lobe sessile; basal calli 
2 or 4, c. 1.2 mm long, head irregularly ovoid, stalk c. 0.4 mm long, much narrower than 
the head; longest lamina calli c. 1.1 mm long, golf-stick-shaped, stalk c. 0.4 mm long, 
white. Column 7-8 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, slightly recurved near the base, curved 
forwards in distal third, whitish with irregular red, transverse bars, narrowly winged, 
central ridge c. 0.7 mm wide. Anther c. 1.6 mm long, c. 1.2 mm wide, white to pinkish, 
densely papillate, with a short rostrum. Pollinia 4, c. 1 .3 mm long, roughly boomerang- 
shaped, cream, flat, mealy. Stigma c. 1 mm wide, irregularly circular, sunken, green. 
Capsules obovoid, 10-14 mm long, 3-4.5 mm wide, with glandular trichomes. (Fig. 1 ) 
FLOWERING PERIOD 
November to February. 
DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT 
Endemic to New Zealand where widely distributed in the North and South Islands, 
Auckland Island and Stewart Island; extending from near sea-level in the south to 
montane and subalpine regions in the north. It grows in beech forests, subalpine herb- 
field, Dracophyllum bog, manuka scrub and tussock grassland. 
NOTES 
Caladenia lyalli has a generally more slender habit than C. alpina with a narrower leaf 
( 1-6 mm wide) and 1 or 2 (rarely 3) generally smaller flowers (2.2-2. 8 cm across). Many 
herbarium specimens of C. lyallii from WELT and AK are 8 cm tall or less and have 
leaves about 1 mm wide. By contrast even the smallest specimens of C. Ivallii from 
Australian herbaria are much more robust than this and with a minimum leaf width of 7 
mm. Florally C. lyallii can be distinguished from C. alpina by its squarer or more 
angular nearly oblong lateral lobes on the labellum, narrower sharply tapered labellum 
mid-lobe, sessile marginal calli and narrower (c. 2 mm wide), non-tapered column. 
Caladenia lyallii can be distinguished from C. cracens by its broader lamina calli on 
thicker stalks and sessile marginal calli on the labellum mid-lobe. 
TYPIFICATION 
This species will be lectotypified in a forthcoming publication (Molloy, Clements and 
Jones in prep.). 
CONSERVATION STATUS 
Widespread, common and conserved. 
SELECTED SPECIMENS (67 examined): 
New Zealand: Lake Manapouri, Jan. 1940, Simpson (AK.); Mt Cook, \89S, Adams (AK)- Mt Peel above 
Cobb Valley, Nelson, 12 Jan. 1961, Hvnes (AK); Nelson: Tinline, ATNB, 4 Nov. 1990 Jenks (CHR)-’ Silver 
Peaks, Dunedin, Otago, 2 Dec. 1990, Si George (CHR); Burnt Hill, Canterbury Plains, 14 Nov. 1990, Mo/tov 
(CHR); Taupo, 29 Nov. 1990, Gibbs (CHR); Mt Stalker, near Herbert, Otago, 9 Dec 1990 St George (CUR)- 
Arthurs Pass, Canterbury, 4 Jan. 1991, Molloy (CHR); Sealey Range, 1890, Suter (WELT); Opepe 14 Nov’ 
1978, Oliver (WELT); Pelukit Bay, 25 Nov. 1892, Kirk (WELT); Kirwan Hill, near Reefton 23 Nov 1950 
Ardley (WELT). 
2 . Caladenia alpina R.S. Rogers, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 51: 12 
(1927). SYNTYPES: Victoria: Mount Hotham and Mount Bogong, Dec. 1921, Jan. 1924, 
A.J. Tadgell; Baw Baws, 3 Jan. 1925, W.H. Nicholls; New South Wa’les' Mount 
Kosciusko, Jan. 1924, G. V. Scammell (AD). 

Page image

570041 Caladenia cracens Muelleria 9: 46, fig. 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342495
Page is part of the work Reinstatement of Caladenia alpina R.S. Rogers (Orchidaceae) as distinct from Caladenia lyallii Hook.f. and the description of Caladenia cracens, a related new species from southern Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.198434

Page text

46 
David L. Jones 
NOTES 
Caladenia alpina has been included with C. lyallii since the treatment by Rupp and 
Hatch (1945). Caladenia alpina has a generally more robust habit than C. lyallii with 
broader leaves (7-15 mm wide) and 1-4 larger flowers (3-3.5 cm across). Florally 
Caladenia alpina can be distinguished from C. lyallii by its distinctly rounded lateral 
lobes on the labellum, broader less-tapered labellum mid-lobe, prominently stalked 
marginal calli on the mid-lobe and broader (c. 2.8 mm wide) distinctly tapered column. 
Caladenia cracens is much less robust than C. alpina and has leaves less than 3 mm 
wide, a single-flowered scape and lamina calli with small heads and very narrow stalks. 
Specimens of C. alpina from mountain peaks in southern Tasmania commonly have 
a dense vestiture of dark red glands on the exterior of the perianth segments, but are 
otherwise similar to plants from northern Tasmania and mainland south-eastern 
Australia. 
CONSERVATION STATUS 
Widespread, locally common and well conserved in National Parks and reserves. 
SELECTED COLLECTIONS (81 examined) 
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Mt Ginini, 30 Nov. 1990, Jones 724 7 (CBG); junction of Moonlight 
Hollow and Bendora Dam Roads, 24 Nov. \99\, Jones 8558 (CBG). 
NEW SOUTH wales: northern slopes of Mt Clarke, Kosciusko National Park, summer 1957, Costin (NSW, 
CANB); near Cabramurra, 20 Dec. 1960, Moore 3200 (CANB). 
victoria: summit of Mt Stirling, 18 Nov. 1961, Filson 3993 (MEL); Mt Rosea, Grampians, Nov. 1931, 
Nicholls (MEL); Razorback, Mt Feathertop, Dec. 1921, Tadgell (MEL). 
TASMANIA: Meetus Falls, Eastern Tiers, 22 Nov. 1986, Collier 1933 (HO); near Mt Arrowsmith, 2 Dec. 
1989, Collier 4468 (HO); Mt St John, 13 Dec. 1988, Collier 3784 (HO); Ben Lomond, 28 Dec. 1978, Noble 
28043 (HO); White Rock, Mt Wellington, Dec. 1929, Rodwav (HO); Franklin River, 15 Dec. 1986, Collier 
1874 {HO). 
3 . Caladenia cracens D.L. Jones sp. nov. 
affinis Caladenia alpinae R.S. Rogers a qua foliis minoribus angustioribus, scapis 
tenuioribus, floribus solitaris minoribus roseis usque rubris et segmentis glandulosus 
valde et callis laminae pertenuioribus et columna solida relative lata differt. 
type: Tasmania, Lenah Valley, near Hobart, 29 Oct. 1990, D. L. Jones 6833 c& C. H. 
Broers (holotype: CBG; isotypes: CBG, HO, MEL, NSW). 
Tuberous terrestrial herb growing singly or in loose groups. Ten/' narrowly linear, 5-12 
cm long, 1-3 mm wide, dark green, purplish-red at the base, sparsely hirsute with patent, 
eglandular trichomes c. 2 mm long. Inflorescence 8-15 cm tall, slender, wiry, dark 
purplish-red at the base, sparsely hirsute with patent glandular and eglandular trichomes. 
Sterile bracts narrowly obovate, 12-16 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, closely sheathing, 
externally hirsute with short, glandular hairs. Fertile bracts elliptical-obovate, 7-1 1 mm 
long, 3-4.5 mm wide, closely sheathing, externally hirsute with short, glandular hairs. 
Flower solitary, 2-2.5 cm across, pale pink to dark pink, densely glandular, with a sweet 
odour; dorsal sepal incurved and cucullate over the column and labellum, lateral sepals 
porrect, divergent, petals spreading widely, curving forwards in distal half. Dorsal sepal 
obovate-spathulate, 8-12 mm long, 3-6 mm wide, internally glabrous, externally densely 
glandular with sessile, ovoid, red trichomes, apex broadly obtuse. Lateral sepals 
asymmetrically oblanceolate, 8-13 mm long, 3-5 mm wide, slightly falcate, internally 
glabrous, externally as for the dorsal sepal, apex subacute to obtuse. Petals asymmetri- 
cally lanceolate, 8-12 mm long, 3-5 mm wide, falcate, internally glabrous, externally as 
for the dorsal sepal, apex acuminate. Labellum hinged at the base, heavily suffused 
and barred with red, apex with cream margins, distinctly trilobate. Lamina broadly 
ovate-elliptical in outline when flattened, 7-8 mm long, 4.5-6 mm wide, erect in 
proximal third, then shallowly curved forwards, apex recurved; lateral lobes c. 2.2 mm 
wide, erect and column-embracing, anterior margins rounded, distal margins irregular, 
with’l or 2 pairs of linear, stalked calli towards the sinus with the mid-lobe; mid-lobe c. 

Page image

570039 Caladenia lyallii Muelleria 9: 42, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342499
Page is part of the work Reinstatement of Caladenia alpina R.S. Rogers (Orchidaceae) as distinct from Caladenia lyallii Hook.f. and the description of Caladenia cracens, a related new species from southern Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.198434

Page text

42 
David L. Jones 
Methods section for details). This study showed that the species from southern 
Tasmania was undescribed. It also revealed morphological differences (obvious in fresh 
flowers) in the labellum and column between C. lyallii and C. alpina.Thus it became 
apparent to the author that C. alpina is distinct from C. lyallii and needs to be reinstated. 
Also C. lyallii is endemic to New Zealand. Because the identity of these latter two taxa 
has been confused, both are here provided with fuller descriptions. The slender species 
from lowland areas of southern Tasmania is described as new. 
Characters that link all three taxa and distinguish them from superficially similar 
taxa such as C. gracilis R.Br. are: 
an obovate dorsal sepal; 
a broad distinctly trilobate labellum which is usually heavily barred with red; 
the lamina calli in 2 to 6 irregular rows extending nearly to the apex of the 
labellum; 
the calli in the proximal two-thirds prominently stalked, uniformly shaped and 
regularly arranged whereas those on the mid-lobe are sessile, very irregularly 
arranged and variously shaped. 
Taxonomic treatment 
KEY TO SPECIES OF THE CALADENIA LYALLII COMPLEX 
1 Marginal calli on labellum mid-lobe sessile 1 . Caladenia lyallii 
1: Marginal calli on labellum mid-lobe stalked 2 
2 Leaf narrowly linear, 3 mm wide or less, scape single-flowered, lamina calli with 
small heads and very narrow stalks 3 . Caladenia cracens 
2: Leaf linear-oblong to linear-lanceolate, 7 mm wide or more, scape 1 -4-flowered, 
lamina calli with large heads and thick stalks 2 . Caladenia alpina 
1. Caladenia lyallii Hook.f, FI. nov-zel. 1:247 (1853). type: on grassy hills, Otago, 
New Zealand, Dec. 1850, Lyall s.n. (holotype: K photo, fide M. Clements; isotypes: K, 
K-L microfiche). 
Illustrations: Moore and Edgar, Flora of New Zealand, _wo\. 2, fig. 22 (1970); Mark & 
Adams, New Zealand Alpine Plants, plate 228 (1973); Johns and Molloy, Native 
Orchids of New Zealand, plate 10 (1983); St George, Wild Orchids in the far South of 
New Zealand, \8-\9 (1992) 
Tuberous, terrestrial herb growing singly or in loose groups. Tea/' linear-lanceolate, 6- 
20 cm long, 1-6 mm wide, dark green, green or reddish at the base, hirsute with patent 
glandular and eglandular trichomes, 0.5-1 mm long. Inflorescence 5-25 cm tall, slender 
to moderately stout, green or reddish at the base, with patent glandular and eglandular 
trichomes as on the leaf Sterile bracts ovate-lanceolate, 12-16 mm long, 5-7 mm wide, 
closely sheathing, externally hirsute with short, glandular hairs. Fertile bracts ovate- 
lanceolate, 9-17 mm long, 5-6 mm wide, closely sheathing, externally hirsute with short, 
glandular hairs. Flowers l-2(-3), 2. 2-2. 8 cm across, white, pale yellow or pink inside, 
externally white or pale brownish-pink, sparsely glandular, with a sweet odour; dorsal 
sepal incurved and cucullate over the column and labellum, lateral sepals porrect or 
deflexed, divergent, petals spreading widely, curving forwards in distal half Dorsal 
sepal broadly ovate-elliptical to obovate, 9-15 mm long, 4-6 mm wide, internally 
glabrous, externally hirsute with sessile and stalked glandular trichomes, apex obtuse. 
Lateral sepals asymmetrically lanceolate, 10-16 mm long, 4-6 mm wide, slightly fal- 
cate, internally glabrous, externally as for the dorsal sepal, apex acute to acuminate. 
Petals asymmetrically lanceolate, 9-15 mm long, 3-5 mm wide, falcate, internally 
glabrous, externally sparsely glandular, apex acuminate. Labellum hinged at the base, 
white, usually with prominent, narrow, red transverse bars, sometimes wholly white, 
apex white or pale yellow, distinctly trilobate. Lamina broadly oblong-elliptical in out- 

Page image

572588 Cardamine aff. flexuosa Muelleria 9: 172-3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9: 172-3".

570106 Cardamine astoniae Muelleria 9: 156, fig. 9, map 10
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342617
Page is part of the work A revision of the Cardamine gunnii-lilacina complex (Brassicaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198444

Page text

156 
Ian R. Thompson & Pauline Y. Ladiges 
Cardamine astoniae 1. Thomps., sp. nov. 
Cardamini lilacinae Hook, affinis, caulibus stoloniferis, non rosulatis, foliis simplicibus 
vel pinnatis paucioribus differt. 
HOLOTYPUs: Victoria, Snowfields, Bogong High Plains, between Rocky Valley 
Reservoir and Basalt Hill, Falls Creek area, 36°54’S, 147°18’E, 1650 m., 28 Dec. 1994, 
Ian Thompson 84 (MEL). 
Perennial herb, glabrous. Roots fine and fibrous. Vegetative stems long, growing 
horizontally, rooting at nodes, occasionally branching, turning upwards to produce an 
erect, usually unbranched flowering stem to c. 25 cm high. Leaves somewhat fleshy; 
basal leaves long-petiolate, simple or pinnate with 1-2 pinna pairs and a larger terminal 
pinna, to c. 15 cm long, mostly arising singly along vegetative stem, sometimes several 
clustered at base of flowering stem; tenninal pinna ovate to elliptic, cuneate to cordate at 
the base; lateral pinnae orbicular to elliptic; cauline leaves usually several, pinnate to 
pinnatisect,the lateral lobes/pinnae angled strongly forwards. Inflorescences short 
many-flowered racemes. Sepals green, ovate, 3-4 mm long; petals broad, divided into 
limb and claw, 6-1 1 mm long, 3-6 mm wide, all white or pink on outside; stamens 6; 
mature style 1-3 mm long. Siliquas erect to sub-erect, 20-30 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide; 
pedicels 10-20 mm long. Seeds oblong-elliptic, c. 2 mm long. (Fig. 9) 
DISTRIBUTION AND CONSERVATION STATUS 
Cardamine astoniae is recorded from several disjunct localities in Victoria, NSW and 
Tasmania. Areas include Barrington Tops National Park in the Northern Tablelands of 
NSW, the Southern Tablelands of NSW, several localities in the Alpine region of 
Victoria, notably Falls Creek and Mt Hotham areas, and from near Cradle Mountain in 
Tasmania. It is protected in National Parks. (Fig. 10) 

Page image

572589 Cardamine corymbosa Muelleria 9: 172
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342633
Page is part of the work A revision of the Cardamine paucijuga complex (Brassicaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198445

Page text

172 
Ian R. Thompson 
2 Upper surface of leaves glabrous (pinna margins may be sparsely hairy) 
2: Upper surface of leaves with scattered hairs 4 
3 Fmits sub-erect, inclined at less than 45° to rachis, terminal pinna of cauline leaves 
3-9 lobed, basal leaves forming a rosette, seeds greater than 1 .0 mm long, stems 
usually green and glabrous Cardamine microthrix 
3: Fruits spreading to c. 60° to rachis, terminal pinna of cauline leaves entire 
to trilobed, basal leaves few, seeds less than 1.0 mm long, base of stems often 
reddish- purple and pubescent (weed of gardens and nurseries) 
* Cardamine flexuosa 
4 Leaves mostly with 0-2 pairs of lateral pinnae, flowering stems not held erect, often 
not developed, pedicels commonly arising in whorls of 3 or 4, sometimes appearing 
to arise singly trom the base, siliquas less than 1 mm wide, flowers often apetalous 
or with less than 4 petals (weed of gardens, two collections, from Melbourne and 
Hobart) * Cardamine corymbosa 
4: Leaves with 1 -6 pairs of lateral pinnae, main flowering stem erect, pedicels alternat- 
ing along rachis, fruits 1-1.5 mm wide, flowers usually 4 petalled 5 
5 Stems glabrous to very sparsely hairy, stamens mostly 4, fruits glabrous or hairy, 
sub-erect, inclined at less than 45° to rachis and usually clearly overtopping open 
flowers in the same inflorescence, inflorescence rachis straight, cauline leaves 
0-3. rarely more, leaf surface not obviously tuberculate *Cardaniine hirsuta 
5: Stems sparsely to densely hairy, stamens mostly 6, siliquas glabrous and spreading, 
inclined at greater than 45° to rachis and not or hardly overtopping open flowers of 
the same inflorescence, inflorescence rachis often flexuose, cauline leaves 2 or 
more, leaf surface often tuberculate due to tubercle-based hairs 
Cardamine flexuosa 
6 Seeds 0.8- 1.0 mm long, basal leaves few, usually shorter than cauline leaves and 
not persisting, racemes many-flowered with siliquas erecto-patent to spreading. 

Page image

572591 Cardamine flexuosa Muelleria 9: 172
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342633
Page is part of the work A revision of the Cardamine paucijuga complex (Brassicaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198445

Page text

172 
Ian R. Thompson 
2 Upper surface of leaves glabrous (pinna margins may be sparsely hairy) 
2: Upper surface of leaves with scattered hairs 4 
3 Fmits sub-erect, inclined at less than 45° to rachis, terminal pinna of cauline leaves 
3-9 lobed, basal leaves forming a rosette, seeds greater than 1 .0 mm long, stems 
usually green and glabrous Cardamine microthrix 
3: Fruits spreading to c. 60° to rachis, terminal pinna of cauline leaves entire 
to trilobed, basal leaves few, seeds less than 1.0 mm long, base of stems often 
reddish- purple and pubescent (weed of gardens and nurseries) 
* Cardamine flexuosa 
4 Leaves mostly with 0-2 pairs of lateral pinnae, flowering stems not held erect, often 
not developed, pedicels commonly arising in whorls of 3 or 4, sometimes appearing 
to arise singly trom the base, siliquas less than 1 mm wide, flowers often apetalous 
or with less than 4 petals (weed of gardens, two collections, from Melbourne and 
Hobart) * Cardamine corymbosa 
4: Leaves with 1 -6 pairs of lateral pinnae, main flowering stem erect, pedicels alternat- 
ing along rachis, fruits 1-1.5 mm wide, flowers usually 4 petalled 5 
5 Stems glabrous to very sparsely hairy, stamens mostly 4, fruits glabrous or hairy, 
sub-erect, inclined at less than 45° to rachis and usually clearly overtopping open 
flowers in the same inflorescence, inflorescence rachis straight, cauline leaves 
0-3. rarely more, leaf surface not obviously tuberculate *Cardaniine hirsuta 
5: Stems sparsely to densely hairy, stamens mostly 6, siliquas glabrous and spreading, 
inclined at greater than 45° to rachis and not or hardly overtopping open flowers of 
the same inflorescence, inflorescence rachis often flexuose, cauline leaves 2 or 
more, leaf surface often tuberculate due to tubercle-based hairs 
Cardamine flexuosa 
6 Seeds 0.8- 1.0 mm long, basal leaves few, usually shorter than cauline leaves and 
not persisting, racemes many-flowered with siliquas erecto-patent to spreading. 

Page image

570105 Cardamine franklinensis Muelleria 9: 152, fig. 7, map 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342613
Page is part of the work A revision of the Cardamine gunnii-lilacina complex (Brassicaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198444

Page text

152 
Ian R. Thompson & Pauline Y. Ladiges 
somewhat fleshy; basal leaves forming a rosette of erectly held leaves, the rosette 
usually distinctly above ground level and leaf bases somewhat loosely arranged along 
the stem, long petiolate, to 25 cm long, pinnate with l-2(-3) pairs of lateral pinnae and a 
larger terminal pinna; tenuinal pinna broad-ovate to oblate the base cuneate to shallowly 
cordate, lateral pinnae similar in shape, long-petiolulate; cauline leaves 0-4, similar to 
basal leaves or much shorter and with pinnae becoming much narrower and more 
cuneate up the stem. Inflorescences few to many-flowered racemes, often condensed, 
sometimes more elongate. Sepals green, ovate, 3-4.5 mm long, petals broad, divided 
into limb and claw, 8-12 mm long, 5-7 mm wide, white; stamens 6; style at maturity 1-3 
mm long. Siliquas 20-40 mm long, 2-3 mm wide on stout pedicels to 20 mm long. Seeds 
oblong-elliptic, 2-2.5 mm long. (Fig. 5) 
DISTRIBUTION AND CONSERVATION STATUS 
Cardamine robusta is endemic to alpine regions of the Kosciusko National Park in the 
Southern Tablelands of NSW and is recorded from several localities mostly associated 
with glacial lakes in this area, e.g. Blue Lake, Club Lake and Lake Albina. It does not 
appear to be threatened. (Fig. 6) 
HABITAT 
Cardamine robusta grows in alpine herbland/grasslands amongst granite boulders on 
moist slopes bordering glacial lakes, often bordering melting snow-patches. 
ETYMOLOGY 
The specific epithet of the new species refers to the vegetative stems which are more 
robust than in other native Cardamine species. 
NOTES 
Cardamine robusta has broad fruits and large seeds, similar to C. astoniae and higher 
altitude forms of C. lilacina. The development, in C. robusta, of thick underground 
stems to facilitate vegetative spread does not occur in these species although some 
vegetative spread can occur. In contrast to C. lilacina, secondary flowering stems are 
not normally produced from the axils of cauline leaves and typically racemes do not 
extend as far above the apices of the leaves (flowering often commences at or below the 
summit of the leaf mass). Petals are always white and large in C. robusta. Above ground 
vegetative stems are somewhat brittle when fresh and often are noticeably wrinkled 
following pressing. Basal leaves form a rosette with leaf bases relatively loosely 
arranged along a gradually elongating vegetative stem resulting in most basal leaves 
arising well clear of ground level. Leaves are often long and tend to be held fairly 
erectly. The propensity of C. robusta for vegetative spread means that broad and dense 
clumps up to c. 1 metre (or more?) in diameter can form. It flowers between January and 
April. 
REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS (25 specimens examined) 
NEW SOUTH WALES; Club Lake (Mt Kosciusko), 6200 ft, 20 Jan. 1951, L.A.S. Johnson (NSW); Lake 
Cootapatamba (Mt Kosciusko), 7 Jan. 1956, M.E. Phillips (NSW); Blue Lake, west bank (Mt Kosciusko) 21 
Mar. 1971, C. Totterdell (NSW); 150 m downstream along Lady Northcote’s Creek from Lake Albina, 
Kosciusko National Park, 6 Feb. 1993, F.A. Zich 219 (NSW, MEL); Blue Lake, Southern Tablelands, 31 Jan. 
1972, /.«. Telford 3058 iCBG). 
Cardamine franklinensis l.Thomps. sp. nov. 
Cardamini lilacinae Hook, affmis, foliis simplicibus et spathulatis late, vel dissectis 
pinna terminali elliptica, pinnatis lateralibus in 1-2 paribus sessilis obovatis, seminibus 
parvioribus differ!. 
HOLOTYPUS; Australian Capital Territory, 2 miles [3.2 km] above Bendora on Mt 
Franklin Road, 13 Nov. 1953, C.fV.E. Moore 2777 (NSW). 

Page image

572590 Cardamine hirsuta Muelleria 9: 172
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342633
Page is part of the work A revision of the Cardamine paucijuga complex (Brassicaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198445

Page text

172 
Ian R. Thompson 
2 Upper surface of leaves glabrous (pinna margins may be sparsely hairy) 
2: Upper surface of leaves with scattered hairs 4 
3 Fmits sub-erect, inclined at less than 45° to rachis, terminal pinna of cauline leaves 
3-9 lobed, basal leaves forming a rosette, seeds greater than 1 .0 mm long, stems 
usually green and glabrous Cardamine microthrix 
3: Fruits spreading to c. 60° to rachis, terminal pinna of cauline leaves entire 
to trilobed, basal leaves few, seeds less than 1.0 mm long, base of stems often 
reddish- purple and pubescent (weed of gardens and nurseries) 
* Cardamine flexuosa 
4 Leaves mostly with 0-2 pairs of lateral pinnae, flowering stems not held erect, often 
not developed, pedicels commonly arising in whorls of 3 or 4, sometimes appearing 
to arise singly trom the base, siliquas less than 1 mm wide, flowers often apetalous 
or with less than 4 petals (weed of gardens, two collections, from Melbourne and 
Hobart) * Cardamine corymbosa 
4: Leaves with 1 -6 pairs of lateral pinnae, main flowering stem erect, pedicels alternat- 
ing along rachis, fruits 1-1.5 mm wide, flowers usually 4 petalled 5 
5 Stems glabrous to very sparsely hairy, stamens mostly 4, fruits glabrous or hairy, 
sub-erect, inclined at less than 45° to rachis and usually clearly overtopping open 
flowers in the same inflorescence, inflorescence rachis straight, cauline leaves 
0-3. rarely more, leaf surface not obviously tuberculate *Cardaniine hirsuta 
5: Stems sparsely to densely hairy, stamens mostly 6, siliquas glabrous and spreading, 
inclined at greater than 45° to rachis and not or hardly overtopping open flowers of 
the same inflorescence, inflorescence rachis often flexuose, cauline leaves 2 or 
more, leaf surface often tuberculate due to tubercle-based hairs 
Cardamine flexuosa 
6 Seeds 0.8- 1.0 mm long, basal leaves few, usually shorter than cauline leaves and 
not persisting, racemes many-flowered with siliquas erecto-patent to spreading. 

Page image

604096 Cardamine lilacina Muelleria 9: 145-159

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9: 145-159".

570108 Cardamine lineariloba Muelleria 9: 163-164, fig. 3, map 4

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9: 163-164, fig. 3, map 4".

570109 Cardamine microthrix Muelleria 9: 165, fig. 5, map 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342626
Page is part of the work A revision of the Cardamine paucijuga complex (Brassicaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198445

Page text

Revision of Cardamine paiicijuga 
165 
Fig. 4. Distribution of Cardamine lineariloha. 
Bridge, Grampians National Park, 30 Aug. 1983, A.C. Beaiiglehole 74495 (MEL); c. 4 km NE of Goroke P.O., 
Goroke State Forest, 4 Sep. 1986, A.C. Beaiiglehole 83709 (MEL): Roadside adjacent to Darlot Swamp, NE of 
Horsham, 2 Sep. 1995, LR. Thompson 96 (MEL). 
Cardamine microthrix I. Thomps., sp. nov. 
Cardamini paucijitgae Turcz. affinis, robustiori, erecta, caulibus pilosis interdum, pinnis 
foliorum caulium margine ciliatis sparse, pinna tenninali latiore, 3-9-lobata differ!. 
HOLOTYPUS; Victoria, Clarke Lagoon Wildlife Reserve, north-east study area, 28 Oct. 
1987, A.C. Beaiiglehole 89710 and L. W. Huebner (MEL). 
Annual herb, to 30 cm high. Tap-root slender to stout. Stems slender to robust, usually 
erect, glabrous to sparsely hairy, branching from the base and from cauline leaf axils. 
Leaves thin; basal leaves long petiolate, mostly pinnate, to 8 cm long,with 1-2 pinna 
pairs, forming a rosette, somewhat persistent; terminal pinna large, broadly ovate with a 
cordate base; lateral pinnae ovate, petiolulate; margins of pinnae entire, crenate or 
shallowly lobed; cauline leaves usually 2 or more, usually well-developed, pinnate with 
l-2(-3) pairs of lateral pinnae; terminal pinna often broad, ovate, (3-)5-9 lobed, often 
deeply and acutely; lateral pinnae ovate, petiolulate, usually trilobed; few to many 
minute cilia on margins of some to all pinnae of cauline leaves. Inflorescences few to 
many-flowered racemes, commonly 8 or more per raceme. Sepals green, ovate, c. 1.5 
mm long; petals cuneate c. 3 mm long, white; stamens 6; style 0.5 to 1 mm long. 
Siliquas sub-erect to erect, sometimes crossing over the rachis, 20-30 mm long, c. 1mm 
wide on sub-erect pedicels 5-10 mm long. Seeds elliptic c. 1.2 mm long. (Fig. 5) 
DISTRIBUTION AND CONSERVATION STATUS 
Cardamine microthrix occurs in eastern Victoria and NSW in higher rainfall areas 
between the Great Dividing Range and the coast and has a disjunct distribution in South 
Australia. In Victoria it is found in central to east Gippsland and in the far north-east of 
the state. In New South Wales it appears to be more widespread and has a scattered 
distribution from the far north to the far south of the state and its northerly distribution 
suggests that it is likely to occur in at least the far south of Queensland. In South 
Australia it is restricted to hilly country to the east and south of Adelaide with an older 
record from Wellington near the mouth of the Murray. Its widespread distribution indi- 
cates that it is not threatened. (Fig. 6) 

Page image

570110 Cardamine moirensis Muelleria 9: 167, fig. 7, map 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342628
Page is part of the work A revision of the Cardamine paucijuga complex (Brassicaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198445

Page text

Revision of Cardamine paiicijuga 
167 
HABITAT 
Cardamine microthrix occurs along river, stream and lagoon banks and adjacent 
low-lying areas. 
ETYMOLOGY 
The specific epithet of the new species refers to the minute cilia present on pinna 
margins. This character is not present in other native species of Cardamine. 
REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS ( specimens examined) 
SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Kaiser Stuhl, 1848, F. Mueller (MEL); Clarendon, 1882, Tepper (597 (MEL); Manning 
Reserve, 30 km S of Adelaide, 24 Mar. \91\,A.G. Spooner 1216 (AD). 
victoria: East Gippsland, Ellery Forest Block, Ferntrec Creek near Sardine Creek road, 7 Jan. 1987, C.E. 
Earl 3S8 (MEL); Colquhoun Regional Park, 29 Oct. 1984, A.C. Beaugletiole 79076 and J.R. Turner an 'dJ.G. 
Eichler (MEL); Perry River Bridge area, 18 km ESE of Stratford P.O., 6 May 1985, A.C. Beauglehole 79632 
and J.R. Turner (MEL); Cobberas National Park, 27 Oct. 1987, A.C. Beauglehole 89511 and L W Huehner 
(MEL). 
NEW SOUTH wales: Jembaicumbene Ck. 10 km SW of Braidwood, Alt. 660 m, 20 Oct. 1991, B.J. Lepsclii 
598 (SYD, CANB, HO); Richmond River, 1876, Fawcett, (MEL); Tilba Tilba, 1881, Miss Mary Bate 113, 
(MEL); Devlin’s Creek in Pennant Hills Park, Cheltenham, 2 Nov. 1982, R.G. Covenv 11328 (MEL); Nepean 
River, Merangle, 13 Jan. 1968, E.J. McBarron 14839 (NSW); Below Marshall Falls, 1 mile (1.6 km) S of 
Alstonville, North Coast, 25 Oct. 1961, C.F. Constable (NSW); Wollondilly River, S of Gibralter Rock 6 km 
N of Marulan, 30 Oct. 1977, L.A.S. Johnson 8384 (NSW); Sandy Creek, Bulahdclah-Booral Rd., north coast 
28 Sep. 1973, ,4.77. Rodcl2353 (NSW). 
Cardamine moirensis I. Thomps., sp. nov. 
Cardamini paucijugae Turcz. affinis, pinna terminali foliorum basalium truncata 
ad cuneatam basi, foliis pinnis plus habentibus, pinnis lateralibus lobatis saepe, racemo 
primario breviore et floribus paucioribus, stylo breviore plerumque differt. 
TYPUS: Victoria, eastern end of reserve on Ulupna Island, 10 km NW of Strathmerton in 
the Murray Valley, 35°51’, 145°26’, 20 Sep. 1978, T.B. Muir 5965 (holotypus- MEL’ 
ISOTYPUS: NSW, HO, AD, CANB). 

Page image

570107 Cardamine papillata Muelleria 9: 161, fig. 1, map 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342622
Page is part of the work A revision of the Cardamine paucijuga complex (Brassicaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198445

Page text

Muelleria9: 161-173 ( 1996 ) 
A revision of the Cardamine paucijuga eomplex (Brassieaceae) 
Ian R. Thompson 
School of Botany, The University of Melbourne, Parkville, 3052, Victoria, Australia. 
ABSTRACT 
Four new species Cardamine lineariloha I. Thomps., Cardamine microthrix I. Thomps., 
Cardamine papillata I. Thomps. and Cardamine moirensis I. Thomps. are described and 
illustrated. Cardamine paucijuga is contrasted with the new species. 
Introduction 
Cardamine L. is a genus of about 200 species in the family Brassieaceae. The majority 
of species occur in temperate regions of northern and southern hemispheres. In 
Australia, a small number of endemic species are currently recognised, the majority of 
which are confined to south-eastern Australia, including Tasmania. They occur in moist 
habitats which include lowland swamps or watercourses, forests, sub-alpine woodlands 
and a variety of alpine habitats. Species described in this paper mostly occur at lower 
altitudes. Several introduced species in Australia are similar to, and can occupy similar 
habitats to, the native species although more commonly they occur in urban environ- 
ments 
Cardamine paucijuga was described by Turezaninov in 1 854 based on a Western 
Australian specimen collected in 1848 by Drummond. This name was subsequently not 
recognised m Australian floras until resurrected by Hewson (1982). She included all 
native Cardamine from south-east Australia and Tasmania with petals less than 4 mm 
long in this species. Before this time, these taxa were identified as either C. hirsuta L. or 
C. parviflora L., two northern hemisphere species. Hewson described C. paucijuga as 
an annual, tap-rooted species, glabrous or sometimes hairy (but not with long, straight 
hairs like the introduced C. hirsuta and C. flexuosa With.) and with petals 2 5-3 5 mm 
long. Examination of herbarium specimens and evidence from field work and growth 
trials indicates the existence of four entities separable from C. paucijuga on the basis of 
foliar, stem, floral and inflorescence characters. 
Taxonomy 
Cardamine papillata I.Thomps., sp. nov. 
Cardamini paueijugae Turez. affinis, habitu humiliore, caulibus foliaceis minus, foliis 
caulium minoribus dissectis, racemis primariis brevioribus et floribus paucioribus 
caulibus et pedicellis papillatis plerumque, stylo breviore plerumque diffeiT. 
^‘‘^toria, Maramingo Creek area, c. 4 km direct NE of Genoa P O 26 Dec 
1969, A.C.Beauglehole 32819 (MEL). 
Small annual to ?perennial herb, to 25 cm high, glabrous or papillate. Tap-rooted. 
Stems erect to ascending, slender, glabrous, sometimes minutely papillose, often branch- 
ing from the base and from cauline leaf axils. Leaves thin; basal leaves long-petiolate 
simple or pinnate with 1-2 pairs of lateral pinnae and a much larger terminal pinna to 7 
cm long forming a persistent rosette; terminal pinna entire, orbicular, slightly cuneate or 
more often shal owly cordate at the base; lateral leaflets orbicular, short-stalked or 
sessile, cauline leaves 0-3, variable in shape, sometimes with papillose margins the 
lowermost sometimes similar to basal leaves, simple or with 1-2 pinna pairs, otherWise 
161 

Page image

570104 Cardamine robusta Muelleria 9: 151, fig. 5, map 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342612
Page is part of the work A revision of the Cardamine gunnii-lilacina complex (Brassicaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198444

Page text

Revision of the Cardamine gunnii-lilacina complex 
151 
3 
1 
Fig. 4. Ordination of 40 transplants (Hybrid multi-dimensional scaling). Axes 1 and 2. A - Group 1 (Blue Lake) 
individuals; • - Group 2 (Mt Franklin) individuals; • - Group 3 individuals. 
Taxonomy 
Cardamine robusta l.Thomps. sp. nov. 
Cardamini Ulacinae Hook, affmis, caulibus robustioribus, sobolibus robustis producen- 
tibus, caespitibus latis facientibus, folds rosulae basibus aggregatis minoribus secus 
caulem, caule florenti simplici plerumque differt. 
TYPUS; New South Wales, Club Lake, Kosciusko area 36°25’S, 148°16’E, 10 Jan. 1960, 
B.G. Briggs (holotypus: NSW). 
Perennial herb forming dense swards to c. Im diameter, up to 30 cm tall, glabrous. 
Roots fibrous. Vegetative stems robust (3- 10mm diameter), frequently branching above 
and below ground level, underground stems, white, growing more or less horizontally 
and then ascending to above ground level, above-ground stems of pressed specimens 
often wrinkled; flowering stem relatively slender and usually unbranched. Leaves 

Page image

842101 Cardamine sp. aff. corymbosa Hook.f. Muelleria 9

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9".

557142 Cullen australasicum Muelleria 9: 195
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342656
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae), doi:10.5962/p.198448

Page text

Muelleria 9 : 1 95- 1 96 ( 1 996 ) 
Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) 
James W. Grimes 
Harding Laboratory, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY 10458, United States of 
America. 
ABSTRACT 
Several new combinations in Cullen Medik. (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) are made and six 
names in Psoralea are lectotypified. 
Introduction 
The following new combinations are made in advance of a revision of the genus Cullen 
Medik., in order to make the names available for the forthcoming Volume 3 of the Flora 
of Victoria. The opportunity is also taken to lectotypify six names in Psoralea. 
New combinations and lectotypifications 
Cullen australasicum (Schltdl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea australasica Schltdl., Linnaea 20: 668, No. 197 [misprint for 196, see Lee, 
1980] (1847). type: ‘[South Australia], Ueberall bei Bethanien [Bethany, ca. 5 km NE 
of Adelaide], meist am Wasser.’ holotype: H.H. Behr 196 (HAL 42501)- jsotype- 
MEL 89796. 
Cullen cinereum (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea cinerea Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Expeci. Australia. 2: 66 (1838). type: 
Provenance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable); isotype: [labelled May the 6, No. 
122, Mitchell Journey, 1836], MEL 1563694. 
Cullen discolor (Domin) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea discolor Domin, Bibliothec. Bot. 20(89^): 738 (1926). type: ‘Sudwest- 
Australien: Drummond 1850 No. 96, 1849, No. 158.’ lectotype (here designated): 
Drummond 96 (K); jsolectotypes: K, NSW, OXF, W. 
Cullen mkrocephalum (Rchb. ex Kunze) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea microcephala Rchb. ex Kunze, Linnaea 20: 72 (1847). type: ‘...benevole 
communicata nobiscum est ab hort academ. Dresdensi.’ lectotype (here designated): 
[labelled ‘Psoralea microcephala Oct 1844’] W. Psoralea adscendens F.Muell., Trans. 
Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘On the grassy moist banks of the’ Snowy 
River, Gibbo River, Mitta Mitta, Owens River, and along torrents of the Australian 
Alps. LECTOTYPE (here designated): ‘Mitta Mitta’ (MEL 694217); isolectotypes: K, 
MEL 694233, MELU 14423. Psoralea gunnii Hook.f., Flora Tasman. 1: 99 (1856)' 
type; ‘Hab. Woolnorth, Gunn.’ lectotype (here designated); Gunn 1061 (K)- isolec- 
totype: K, NSW 30605. 
Cullen pallidum (N.T.Burb.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea pallida N.T.Burb., Telopea 2: 127 (1980). type; ‘App. 22 miles south of Alice 
Springs, on railway line road, N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray 4379.’ holotype- CANB- 
isotype: NSW. 
Cullen parvum (F.Muell.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea parva F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘In dry 
195 

Page image

557143 Cullen cinereum Muelleria 9: 195
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342656
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae), doi:10.5962/p.198448

Page text

Muelleria 9 : 1 95- 1 96 ( 1 996 ) 
Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) 
James W. Grimes 
Harding Laboratory, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY 10458, United States of 
America. 
ABSTRACT 
Several new combinations in Cullen Medik. (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) are made and six 
names in Psoralea are lectotypified. 
Introduction 
The following new combinations are made in advance of a revision of the genus Cullen 
Medik., in order to make the names available for the forthcoming Volume 3 of the Flora 
of Victoria. The opportunity is also taken to lectotypify six names in Psoralea. 
New combinations and lectotypifications 
Cullen australasicum (Schltdl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea australasica Schltdl., Linnaea 20: 668, No. 197 [misprint for 196, see Lee, 
1980] (1847). type: ‘[South Australia], Ueberall bei Bethanien [Bethany, ca. 5 km NE 
of Adelaide], meist am Wasser.’ holotype: H.H. Behr 196 (HAL 42501)- jsotype- 
MEL 89796. 
Cullen cinereum (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea cinerea Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Expeci. Australia. 2: 66 (1838). type: 
Provenance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable); isotype: [labelled May the 6, No. 
122, Mitchell Journey, 1836], MEL 1563694. 
Cullen discolor (Domin) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea discolor Domin, Bibliothec. Bot. 20(89^): 738 (1926). type: ‘Sudwest- 
Australien: Drummond 1850 No. 96, 1849, No. 158.’ lectotype (here designated): 
Drummond 96 (K); jsolectotypes: K, NSW, OXF, W. 
Cullen mkrocephalum (Rchb. ex Kunze) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea microcephala Rchb. ex Kunze, Linnaea 20: 72 (1847). type: ‘...benevole 
communicata nobiscum est ab hort academ. Dresdensi.’ lectotype (here designated): 
[labelled ‘Psoralea microcephala Oct 1844’] W. Psoralea adscendens F.Muell., Trans. 
Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘On the grassy moist banks of the’ Snowy 
River, Gibbo River, Mitta Mitta, Owens River, and along torrents of the Australian 
Alps. LECTOTYPE (here designated): ‘Mitta Mitta’ (MEL 694217); isolectotypes: K, 
MEL 694233, MELU 14423. Psoralea gunnii Hook.f., Flora Tasman. 1: 99 (1856)' 
type; ‘Hab. Woolnorth, Gunn.’ lectotype (here designated); Gunn 1061 (K)- isolec- 
totype: K, NSW 30605. 
Cullen pallidum (N.T.Burb.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea pallida N.T.Burb., Telopea 2: 127 (1980). type; ‘App. 22 miles south of Alice 
Springs, on railway line road, N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray 4379.’ holotype- CANB- 
isotype: NSW. 
Cullen parvum (F.Muell.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea parva F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘In dry 
195 

Page image

557144 Cullen discolor Muelleria 9: 195
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342656
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae), doi:10.5962/p.198448

Page text

Muelleria 9 : 1 95- 1 96 ( 1 996 ) 
Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) 
James W. Grimes 
Harding Laboratory, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY 10458, United States of 
America. 
ABSTRACT 
Several new combinations in Cullen Medik. (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) are made and six 
names in Psoralea are lectotypified. 
Introduction 
The following new combinations are made in advance of a revision of the genus Cullen 
Medik., in order to make the names available for the forthcoming Volume 3 of the Flora 
of Victoria. The opportunity is also taken to lectotypify six names in Psoralea. 
New combinations and lectotypifications 
Cullen australasicum (Schltdl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea australasica Schltdl., Linnaea 20: 668, No. 197 [misprint for 196, see Lee, 
1980] (1847). type: ‘[South Australia], Ueberall bei Bethanien [Bethany, ca. 5 km NE 
of Adelaide], meist am Wasser.’ holotype: H.H. Behr 196 (HAL 42501)- jsotype- 
MEL 89796. 
Cullen cinereum (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea cinerea Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Expeci. Australia. 2: 66 (1838). type: 
Provenance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable); isotype: [labelled May the 6, No. 
122, Mitchell Journey, 1836], MEL 1563694. 
Cullen discolor (Domin) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea discolor Domin, Bibliothec. Bot. 20(89^): 738 (1926). type: ‘Sudwest- 
Australien: Drummond 1850 No. 96, 1849, No. 158.’ lectotype (here designated): 
Drummond 96 (K); jsolectotypes: K, NSW, OXF, W. 
Cullen mkrocephalum (Rchb. ex Kunze) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea microcephala Rchb. ex Kunze, Linnaea 20: 72 (1847). type: ‘...benevole 
communicata nobiscum est ab hort academ. Dresdensi.’ lectotype (here designated): 
[labelled ‘Psoralea microcephala Oct 1844’] W. Psoralea adscendens F.Muell., Trans. 
Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘On the grassy moist banks of the’ Snowy 
River, Gibbo River, Mitta Mitta, Owens River, and along torrents of the Australian 
Alps. LECTOTYPE (here designated): ‘Mitta Mitta’ (MEL 694217); isolectotypes: K, 
MEL 694233, MELU 14423. Psoralea gunnii Hook.f., Flora Tasman. 1: 99 (1856)' 
type; ‘Hab. Woolnorth, Gunn.’ lectotype (here designated); Gunn 1061 (K)- isolec- 
totype: K, NSW 30605. 
Cullen pallidum (N.T.Burb.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea pallida N.T.Burb., Telopea 2: 127 (1980). type; ‘App. 22 miles south of Alice 
Springs, on railway line road, N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray 4379.’ holotype- CANB- 
isotype: NSW. 
Cullen parvum (F.Muell.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea parva F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘In dry 
195 

Page image

557145 Cullen microcephalum Muelleria 9: 195
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342656
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae), doi:10.5962/p.198448

Page text

Muelleria 9 : 1 95- 1 96 ( 1 996 ) 
Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) 
James W. Grimes 
Harding Laboratory, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY 10458, United States of 
America. 
ABSTRACT 
Several new combinations in Cullen Medik. (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) are made and six 
names in Psoralea are lectotypified. 
Introduction 
The following new combinations are made in advance of a revision of the genus Cullen 
Medik., in order to make the names available for the forthcoming Volume 3 of the Flora 
of Victoria. The opportunity is also taken to lectotypify six names in Psoralea. 
New combinations and lectotypifications 
Cullen australasicum (Schltdl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea australasica Schltdl., Linnaea 20: 668, No. 197 [misprint for 196, see Lee, 
1980] (1847). type: ‘[South Australia], Ueberall bei Bethanien [Bethany, ca. 5 km NE 
of Adelaide], meist am Wasser.’ holotype: H.H. Behr 196 (HAL 42501)- jsotype- 
MEL 89796. 
Cullen cinereum (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea cinerea Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Expeci. Australia. 2: 66 (1838). type: 
Provenance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable); isotype: [labelled May the 6, No. 
122, Mitchell Journey, 1836], MEL 1563694. 
Cullen discolor (Domin) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea discolor Domin, Bibliothec. Bot. 20(89^): 738 (1926). type: ‘Sudwest- 
Australien: Drummond 1850 No. 96, 1849, No. 158.’ lectotype (here designated): 
Drummond 96 (K); jsolectotypes: K, NSW, OXF, W. 
Cullen mkrocephalum (Rchb. ex Kunze) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea microcephala Rchb. ex Kunze, Linnaea 20: 72 (1847). type: ‘...benevole 
communicata nobiscum est ab hort academ. Dresdensi.’ lectotype (here designated): 
[labelled ‘Psoralea microcephala Oct 1844’] W. Psoralea adscendens F.Muell., Trans. 
Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘On the grassy moist banks of the’ Snowy 
River, Gibbo River, Mitta Mitta, Owens River, and along torrents of the Australian 
Alps. LECTOTYPE (here designated): ‘Mitta Mitta’ (MEL 694217); isolectotypes: K, 
MEL 694233, MELU 14423. Psoralea gunnii Hook.f., Flora Tasman. 1: 99 (1856)' 
type; ‘Hab. Woolnorth, Gunn.’ lectotype (here designated); Gunn 1061 (K)- isolec- 
totype: K, NSW 30605. 
Cullen pallidum (N.T.Burb.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea pallida N.T.Burb., Telopea 2: 127 (1980). type; ‘App. 22 miles south of Alice 
Springs, on railway line road, N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray 4379.’ holotype- CANB- 
isotype: NSW. 
Cullen parvum (F.Muell.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea parva F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘In dry 
195 

Page image

557147 Cullen pallidum Muelleria 9: 195
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342656
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae), doi:10.5962/p.198448
557148 Cullen parvum Muelleria 9: 195-196

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9: 195-196".

557149 Cullen patens Muelleria 9: 196
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342657
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae), doi:10.5962/p.198448

Page text

196 
James W. Grimes 
pastures on the Thompson and Latrobe Rivers, and in South Australia, on the Torrens 
and Gawler Rivers, on the Barossa Ranges.’ lectotype (here designated): ‘Thompson 
River’, Apr. 1854, F. Mueller {MEL 1563777); isolectotype: K. 
Cullen patens (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea patens Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Exped. Australia. 2: 8 (1838). type; prove- 
nance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable, but seen by Lee, 1980); isotype: W. 
Psoralea eriantha Benth., ex T. Mitch., J. Exped. Prop. Australia. 131 (1848). TYPE: 
‘Sub-tropical New Elolland, Ap. 16-46, T.L. Mitchell 90.’ lectotype: (here designated) 
K; isolectotype: NSW. 
Cullen tenax (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea tenax Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Exped. Australia. 2: 9 (1838). type: 
Provenance not recorded, but probably along the banks of the Darling, holotype: CGE 
(not available). 
Reference 
Lee, A. ( 1980). The Piora/eopotow complex. Telopeal : 129-141. 
Paper received 6 December, 1995 

Page image

557150 Cullen tenax Muelleria 9: 196
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342657
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae), doi:10.5962/p.198448

Page text

196 
James W. Grimes 
pastures on the Thompson and Latrobe Rivers, and in South Australia, on the Torrens 
and Gawler Rivers, on the Barossa Ranges.’ lectotype (here designated): ‘Thompson 
River’, Apr. 1854, F. Mueller {MEL 1563777); isolectotype: K. 
Cullen patens (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea patens Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Exped. Australia. 2: 8 (1838). type; prove- 
nance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable, but seen by Lee, 1980); isotype: W. 
Psoralea eriantha Benth., ex T. Mitch., J. Exped. Prop. Australia. 131 (1848). TYPE: 
‘Sub-tropical New Elolland, Ap. 16-46, T.L. Mitchell 90.’ lectotype: (here designated) 
K; isolectotype: NSW. 
Cullen tenax (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea tenax Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Exped. Australia. 2: 9 (1838). type: 
Provenance not recorded, but probably along the banks of the Darling, holotype: CGE 
(not available). 
Reference 
Lee, A. ( 1980). The Piora/eopotow complex. Telopeal : 129-141. 
Paper received 6 December, 1995 

Page image

570091 Dipodium pardalinum Muelleria 9: 105, figs 1, 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342566
Page is part of the work Dipodium pardalinum (Orchidaceae), a new species from Victoria and South Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198440

Page text

Muelleria9: 105 - 109 ( 1996 ) 
Dipodium pardalinum (Orchidaceae), a new species from Victoria and 
South Australia 
David L. Jones 
Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, G.P.O Box 1600, Canberra, 2601, Australian 
Capital TeiTitory, Australia. 
ABSTRACT 
Dipodium pardalinum from Victoria and South Australia, related to Dipodium roseum 
D.L. Jones & M. A. Clem., is described and illustrated. 
Introduction 
Continuing studies into the genus Dipodium R.Br. (Jones & Clements 1987, Jones 1991 ) 
have revealed the presence of a taxon in western Victoria and south-eastern South 
Australia which is described here as a new species. This species was first brought to my 
attention from the Heathmere area by Dorothy and the late Collin Woolcock in 1991, 
and then by others from different localities in subsequent years. It is mentioned in the 
notes under D. roseum in volume 2 of Flora of Victoria (Entwisle 1994). Morphological 
observations during a field trip in 1994 confirmed its distinctiveness from D. roseum 
and it is here described as new. 
Methods 
This study is based on the morphological examination of fresh flowers collected from 
localities in southern Australia, examination of dissected flowers mounted on cards, also 
dried and spirit-preserved herbarium specimens and photographs of living flowers of the 
taxa involved. Herbarium collections (spirit and dried) were examined from AD, 
CANB, HO and MEL. Photographs of types of all pertinent described taxa have been 
examined including those in overseas herbaria (LINN, LIV). Measurements given in the 
description are from living plants or dissected flowers on cards. Notes on distribution, 
habitat (particularly soil and plant association) and conservation status were derived 
from field studies. 
Taxonomy 
Dipodium pardalinum D. L. Jones .syr. nov. 
affinis Dipodium roseo D.L. Jones & M. A. Clem, a qua floribus perdilutibus roseis aperi- 
entibus cito albidis decolorantibus, tepalis grosse maculatis, et medilobo labelli anguste 
usque late elliptico et grosse punctato differt. 
TYPUs: c. 4.2 km W along Jarrets Rd, Heathmere, Victoria, 38°12’S, 141°34’E, 10 Feb. 
1994, D.L. Jones 12836 & B.E. Jones (holotype: CBG; isotype: AD, MEL, NSW) 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Stem bracts ovate-deltate, to 1 5 mm long and 20 mm wide, 
dark brown, fleshy, acute. Inflorescence 40-90 cm tall, fleshy, green to dark reddish 
black, bearing 10-c. 40 flowers in a loose open raceme, the peduncle much longer than 
the rachis. Fertile bracts narrowly ovate-deltate, 5-10 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, scarious, 
brown, acute to obtuse, closely sheathing to spreading. Pedicels 5-10 mm long, slender, 
slightly twisted, straight or curved, green to reddish brown. Ovary narrowly ovoid to 
narrowly obovoid, 4-7 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, not gibbous, smooth or sparsely verru- 
105 

Page image

560927 Erigeron bellidioides Muelleria 9: 183
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342644
Page is part of the work A review of the Erigeron pappocromus Labill. complex, doi:10.5962/p.198446

Page text

Review of the Erigeron pappocromiis complex 
183 
Erigeron pappocroinus Labill. Form B, M. Gray in A.B. Costin et al., Kosciusko Alpine 
FI. 364 (1979). Erigeron sp. A, M.F. Porteners in G.J. Flarden (ed.), FI. New South 
Wales y 177 (1992). 
Rhizomic herb, often forming colonies comprising rosettes 4-10 cm in diameter. 
Rhizomes not spreading widely, reddish-brown, 2-A mm in diameter. Leaves spathulate, 
15-50 mm long, 6-15(-20) mm wide, multicellular glandular and acicular hairs usually 
restricted to margins and nerves; lamina surface viscid from sessile glands, commonly 
crenate or denticulate towards apex, base attenuate; petiole gradually expanding into 
lamina. Inflorescence a simple capitulum. Scape 2.5-17 cm long, glutinous, sparsely 
woolly with multicellular hairs; bracts 2-6, distant along scape, becoming linear, 
5-10(-20) mm long towards apex of the scape. Involucre turbinate, 1.5-2. 5 cm wide, 1 
cm high.; bracts 25-42, 2-3 seriate, linear, acute, margins hyaline, ciliate towards apex, 
apices often purplish, viscid with sessile glandular hairs as well as occasional multicel- 
lular hairs. Rav florets 43-100; corolla white or purplish with limb 4-5 mm long; style 
4.5 mm long;’ style-arms subulate, 1 mm long. Disc florets 12-40, hermaphroditic, 
corolla narrowly funnelform, 5-lobed, 5 mm long; style 3.5 mm long; style-arms 
narrowly elliptic 1 mm long. Pappus capillary, white, 5-6 mm long. Achenes 7 mm 
long, flattened, smooth with distinctly thickened marginal ribs. (Figure 3) 
ETYMOLOGY 
The specific epithet refers to the shiny, varnished leaf surface characterising this 
species. 
DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT 
New South Wales and Victoria; in alpine grasslands and heathlands of mainland 
Australia where sympatric with E. bellidioides. 
CONSERVATION STATUS 
Erigeron nitidus is restricted in habitat, but is widely distributed and adequately 
reserved. 
SELECTED SPECIMENS 
NEW SOUTH wales: Munyang Mountains, alt. 4-6,000 ft, Jan. 1855, F. Mueller (MEL); Mt Kosciusko, 
Jan. \%1 A. F. Mueller (MEL). 
victoria: Hotham Heights, 27 Mar. 1973, A.C. Beauglehole 41693 (MEL); Upper Mitta Mitta, F. 
Mueller (MEL); Dargo High Plains, Lankeys Plain, 1 Jan. 1982, N.G. Walsh (MEL). 
4. Erigeron bellidioides (Hook.f ) S.J.Forbes & D. I. Morris, comb. nov. 
(H)Aplopappus bellidioides Hook.f, Hooker’s London J. Bot. 6: 112 (1847); Erigeron 
gunnii var. bellidioides (Hook.f) Hook.f, Flora Tasman. 1: 183, t.46B (1856). 
Erigeron pappocromiis var. gunnii auct. non (Hook.f) Benth.: M.F. Porteners in G.J. 
Harden (ed.), FI. New South Wales 3: 176 (1992). Erigeron pappocromiis Labill. Form 
C, M. Gray in A.B. Costin et al., Kosciusko Alpine FI. 364 (1979). 
type: Middlesex Plains, Tas., Gunn 692\ holotype: K photograph seen, see note. 
Rhizomic herb, often forming spreading colonies of rosettes 4-10 cm in diameter. 
Rhizomes not spreading widely, reddish-brown, 2-4 mm in diameter, clothed in 
scale-like deltoid bracts 1-2 mm long, narrowly triangular, 6-10 mm at base of rosette. 
Leaves spathulate, 15-80 mm long, 5-15(-20) mm wide; lamina hirsute with multicellu- 
lar hairs 0.1-1 mm long with a few sessile glands, commonly crenate or denticulate 
towards apex, base attenuate, margins ciliate, petiole gradually expanding into lamina. 
Inflorescence a simple capitulum. Scape 1.5-30 cm long, at first woolly with multicellu- 
lar hairs to 0.5 mm. Bracts 2-6, distant along scape, becoming linear, 5-10(-20) mm 
long towards apex of scape. Involucre turbinate, 1.5-2. 5 cm wide, 1 cm high; bracts 
25-45, 2-3 seriate, linear, acute, margins hyaline, ciliate towards apex, apices often 

Page image

746562 Erigeron gunnii Muelleria 9: 184-185

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9: 184-185".

818130 Erigeron gunnii bellidioides Muelleria 9: 183
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342644
Page is part of the work A review of the Erigeron pappocromus Labill. complex, doi:10.5962/p.198446
560926 Erigeron nitidus Muelleria 9: 181
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342642
Page is part of the work A review of the Erigeron pappocromus Labill. complex, doi:10.5962/p.198446

Page text

Review of the Erigeron pappocromus complex 
181 
Erieerontem bellidioidem simulans sed characteribiis sequentibus differ!. Herba 
rhizomatosa typice in turbario rosulas debiles ascendentes formans, inflorescentia 5-30 
cm altitudine. Folia spathulata integra, flavo-virentia, 2-10 cm longitudme, 4-13 mm 
latitudine, apice obtuso, base attenuata, petiolo leniter in laminam expansa sparsirn 
setosa pilis multicellularibus 0.2-0.3 mm longitudme et pilis sparsis glanduliteris ad 0. 1 
mm longitudine. Bracteae 2^, secus pedunculum distantes, foliis similibus vel basin 
reductae, linearescentes, versus apicem 5—10 mm longitudine. Involucmm turbmatum 
1 .0-1 .5 cm latitudine, 7-8 mm longitudine. 
type: Bogong High Plains, head of Cope Creek, 36°55’15”S, 147°17’00”E, alt. 1700 m, 
2 Jan. 1983, SJ. Forbes 1199; holotype; MEL; isotype: CANB. 
Rhizomic herb forming weak, ascending rosettes. Rhizomes spreading widely, yellow- 
ish-green to brown, glabrous, 1-1.5 mm diameter. Leaves spathulate, entire, yello^wish- 
green, 2-10 cm long, 4-13 mm wide, apex obtuse, base attenuate; petiole gradually 
expanding into lamina, sparsely setose with multicellular hairs 0.2-0. 3 mm long with 
occasional glandular hairs to 0.1 mm. Inflorescence a simple capitulum. Scape 5-30 cm 
long, sparsely setose with multicellular hairs 0.2— 0.3 mm long with occasional glandular 
hairs to 0.1 mm; bracts 2-A, distant along scape, similar to leaves or reduced at base, 
becoming linear, 5-10 mm long towards apex. Involucre turbinate 1 .0-1.5 cm wide, 7-8 
mm high- bracts 22-28, imbricate, 2-seriate, linear, acute, ciliate; margins hyaline; 
apices often purplish; outer bracts sparsely setose with multicellular hairs 0.2-0.3 mm 
long with occasional glandular hairs to 0.1 mm; inner bracts almost glabrous apart from 
apical cilia. Rav florets 22-51, 1-3 seriate; corolla white or purplish with limb 3-4 mm 
long, 0.5-1 mm wide; style 3.5 mm long; style-arms subulate, 0.4-0. 8 mm long. Disc 
florets 6-11, hermaphroditic; corolla narrowly funnelform, 5-lobed, 4 mm long; style 
3.5 mm long; style-arms narrowly elliptic 1 mm long. Pappus capillary, white, 4 rnm 
long. Achenes 3 mm long, flattened, smooth with distinctly thickened marginal ribs. 
(Fig. 2a-c) 
etymology 
The specific epithet is derived from Latin and refers to the swampy habitat ot the 
species. 
distribution AND HABITAT 
New South Wales and Victoria; in alpine and sub-alpine swamps on mainland Australia. 
CONSERVATION STATUS 
Erigeron paludicola is restricted in habitat, but is widely distributed and adequately 
reserved. 
SELECTED SPECIMENS 
NEW SOUTH WALES: Sources of the Hunter River, 1887, Miss Carter (MEL). 
victoria: Mt Buller, near top of ‘Bourke Street’, alt. 1650 m, 29 Jan. 1958, T.B. Muir 354 (MEL), Mt 
Baw Baw, approx 1.8 km NE of Ski Village along track to Mustering Flat, 19 Feb. 1980, P.S. Short 1115 
(MEL); Mt Buffalo National Park, c. 2 km NE from the Horn, alt. 1480 m, 7 Feb. 1982, N.G. Walsh 645 
(MEL)! 
3 . Erigeron nitidus S.J. Forbes, sp. nov. 
a Erigeronte bellidioide circumlitione vernicosa foliorum e glandibus sessilibus 
exudante, pilis glandulosis et pilis acicularibus plerumque ad nervos pedunculos 
margines folii restricts differ!. 
type: Bogong High Plains, head of Cope Creek, 36°55’30”S, 147°17’00”E, alt. 1700 m, 
1 Jan. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1194. holotype: MEL; isotypes: CANB, HO, NSW. 

Page image

560925 Erigeron paludicola Muelleria 9: 178
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342639
Page is part of the work A review of the Erigeron pappocromus Labill. complex, doi:10.5962/p.198446

Page text

178 
Stephen J. Forbes & Dennis I. Morris 
3:494(1867) "BillardierV comb, illeg. "pappochroma'\ Lagenopappus pappocromus 
(Labill.) Nesom, Phytologia 76: 154 (1994). 
type: ‘Habitat in capite van-Diemen’ (Recherche Bay, Tasmania), lectotype (here 
chosen): [J.J.H. de] Labillardiere, Nova Hollandia; MEL 594988; isolectotypes: 
Specimen collect. Billardiere. com. Prof. Lehmann; MEL 619735, FI (p.p.); see note 
below. 
Rhizomic herb forming ascending rosettes, typically distant although occasionally 
condensed. Rhizomes spreading widely, yellowish-green to brown, glabrous, 1-1.5 mm 
diameter. Leaves spathulate, entire, margins slightly thickened or revolute, crenulate. 
Bat or partly folded, herbaceous, mid-vein apparent, secondary venation sometimes 
apparent below, 0.7-2(^) cm long, 2-7(-ll) mm wide, lamina glabrous or with a few 
marginal cilia, apex obtuse, base attenuate, petiole gradually expanding into lamina. 
Inflorescence a simple capitulum. Scape 1.5-15(-23) cm long, 0.5-1 mm diameter, 
sparsely scabrid towards apex with tubercle-based, acicular hairs to 0. 1 mm and glandu- 
lar hairs; bracts 2-6, distant, linear, 5 mm long towards apex. Involucre turbinate 
1.1 -1.5 cm wide, 0.6- 1.0 cm high; bracts 26-32, imbricate, 2-3-seriate, linear, acute, 
apex ciliate or laciniate, often purplish; margins hyaline; outer bracts sparsely scabrid on 
basal margins with tubercle-based acicular hairs to 0.2 mm; inner bracts glabrous apart 
from apical setae. Ray florets 34-46, 1-3 seriate; corolla white or purplish with limb 3-4 
mm long, 0.5 mm wide; style 3.5 mm long, style-anns: subulate 0.5-1 mm long. Disc 
florets 8-14; corolla narrowly funnelfonn, 5-lobed, 4.5 mm long; style 3.5 mm long; 
style-arms narrowly elliptic 1 mm long. Pappus capillary, white, 3-5 mm long. Achenes 
2.5 mm long, flattened, smooth with distinctly thickened marginal ribs. (Fig. la) 
DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT 
Tasmania; alpine and sub-alpine from 750-1200 m altitude, occasional in herb, grass 
and sedgelands, heaths, cushion plant communities, sphagnum bogs. 
CONSERVATION STATUS 
Erigeron pappocromus is restricted in habitat, and although uncommon appears to be 
adequately reserved. 
NOTE ON LECTOTYPE 
A photograph of the sheet of type material in Herbarium Webbianurn (FI) indicates that 
this may be a mixed collection including E. tasmanicus. The material of Florence is not 
readily available for examination to resolve the ambiguity apparent from the photo- 
graph. Accordingly a lectotype has been selected from two sheets representing part of 
Labillardiere’s original collection and held at MEL. The first sheet is from Bonder’s 
Herbarium, and the second sheet appears to be from Steetz’s Herbarium. The fonner 
includes only fragmentary material, and accordingly the latter is selected as a lectotype. 
The specimen is in accordance with Labillardiere’s description. 
SELECTED SPECIMENS 
TASMANIA: Jubilee Range, alt. 886 m, 13 Jan. 1985, A. Buchanan 5204 (HO); South West of Bam Bluff, 
alt. 1020 m, 15 Jan. 1989. P. Collier 3933 (HO); West alpine Tasmania, 1894, IV.V. Fitzgerald (MEL); Mt 
Field National Park, near eucalypt Lodge, alt. 1000 m, 24 Jan. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1289 (CANB, HO, MEL); 
Hartz Mountains National Park, flat at head of Arve River on Hartz Road, alt. 800 m. 29 Jan. 1983, S.J. 
Forbes 1312 p.p. (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); 7 km NE Mt LaPerouse on walking track near campsite at 
head of tributary Many Falls Creek, alt. 760 m, 31 Jan. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1348 (CANB, HO, MEL); Mt 
Wellington, s.d.. Gulliver (MEL); Mt Wellington, 1 Jan. 1 839. /t.C. Gunn / 749 (NSW); Summit of ‘Cracrotts 
on Middle Mount, between Franklin & Gordon Rivers, Macquarie Harbour, 6 Feb. 1847,7. Milligan 875 (HO, 
MEL); Cockle Creek, Rccherehe Bay, Feb. 1857, C. Stuart 1857 (MEL); Summit Mt Lepeyrouse, Mar. 1857. 
C. Stuart 1855 (MEL). 
2. Erigeron paludicola S.J. Forbes, sp. nov. 
Erigeron pappocromus Labilf Form A; M. Gray in A.B. Costin et ai, Kosciusko Alpine 
FI. 364 (1979). Erigeron sp. B; M.F. Porteners in G.J. Harden (ed.), El. New South 
Wales 3: 177(1992). 

Page image

6247312 Erigeron pappocromus Muelleria 9: 178
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342639
Page is part of the work A review of the Erigeron pappocromus Labill. complex, doi:10.5962/p.198446

Page text

178 
Stephen J. Forbes & Dennis I. Morris 
3:494(1867) "BillardierV comb, illeg. "pappochroma'\ Lagenopappus pappocromus 
(Labill.) Nesom, Phytologia 76: 154 (1994). 
type: ‘Habitat in capite van-Diemen’ (Recherche Bay, Tasmania), lectotype (here 
chosen): [J.J.H. de] Labillardiere, Nova Hollandia; MEL 594988; isolectotypes: 
Specimen collect. Billardiere. com. Prof. Lehmann; MEL 619735, FI (p.p.); see note 
below. 
Rhizomic herb forming ascending rosettes, typically distant although occasionally 
condensed. Rhizomes spreading widely, yellowish-green to brown, glabrous, 1-1.5 mm 
diameter. Leaves spathulate, entire, margins slightly thickened or revolute, crenulate. 
Bat or partly folded, herbaceous, mid-vein apparent, secondary venation sometimes 
apparent below, 0.7-2(^) cm long, 2-7(-ll) mm wide, lamina glabrous or with a few 
marginal cilia, apex obtuse, base attenuate, petiole gradually expanding into lamina. 
Inflorescence a simple capitulum. Scape 1.5-15(-23) cm long, 0.5-1 mm diameter, 
sparsely scabrid towards apex with tubercle-based, acicular hairs to 0. 1 mm and glandu- 
lar hairs; bracts 2-6, distant, linear, 5 mm long towards apex. Involucre turbinate 
1.1 -1.5 cm wide, 0.6- 1.0 cm high; bracts 26-32, imbricate, 2-3-seriate, linear, acute, 
apex ciliate or laciniate, often purplish; margins hyaline; outer bracts sparsely scabrid on 
basal margins with tubercle-based acicular hairs to 0.2 mm; inner bracts glabrous apart 
from apical setae. Ray florets 34-46, 1-3 seriate; corolla white or purplish with limb 3-4 
mm long, 0.5 mm wide; style 3.5 mm long, style-anns: subulate 0.5-1 mm long. Disc 
florets 8-14; corolla narrowly funnelfonn, 5-lobed, 4.5 mm long; style 3.5 mm long; 
style-arms narrowly elliptic 1 mm long. Pappus capillary, white, 3-5 mm long. Achenes 
2.5 mm long, flattened, smooth with distinctly thickened marginal ribs. (Fig. la) 
DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT 
Tasmania; alpine and sub-alpine from 750-1200 m altitude, occasional in herb, grass 
and sedgelands, heaths, cushion plant communities, sphagnum bogs. 
CONSERVATION STATUS 
Erigeron pappocromus is restricted in habitat, and although uncommon appears to be 
adequately reserved. 
NOTE ON LECTOTYPE 
A photograph of the sheet of type material in Herbarium Webbianurn (FI) indicates that 
this may be a mixed collection including E. tasmanicus. The material of Florence is not 
readily available for examination to resolve the ambiguity apparent from the photo- 
graph. Accordingly a lectotype has been selected from two sheets representing part of 
Labillardiere’s original collection and held at MEL. The first sheet is from Bonder’s 
Herbarium, and the second sheet appears to be from Steetz’s Herbarium. The fonner 
includes only fragmentary material, and accordingly the latter is selected as a lectotype. 
The specimen is in accordance with Labillardiere’s description. 
SELECTED SPECIMENS 
TASMANIA: Jubilee Range, alt. 886 m, 13 Jan. 1985, A. Buchanan 5204 (HO); South West of Bam Bluff, 
alt. 1020 m, 15 Jan. 1989. P. Collier 3933 (HO); West alpine Tasmania, 1894, IV.V. Fitzgerald (MEL); Mt 
Field National Park, near eucalypt Lodge, alt. 1000 m, 24 Jan. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1289 (CANB, HO, MEL); 
Hartz Mountains National Park, flat at head of Arve River on Hartz Road, alt. 800 m. 29 Jan. 1983, S.J. 
Forbes 1312 p.p. (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); 7 km NE Mt LaPerouse on walking track near campsite at 
head of tributary Many Falls Creek, alt. 760 m, 31 Jan. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1348 (CANB, HO, MEL); Mt 
Wellington, s.d.. Gulliver (MEL); Mt Wellington, 1 Jan. 1 839. /t.C. Gunn / 749 (NSW); Summit of ‘Cracrotts 
on Middle Mount, between Franklin & Gordon Rivers, Macquarie Harbour, 6 Feb. 1847,7. Milligan 875 (HO, 
MEL); Cockle Creek, Rccherehe Bay, Feb. 1857, C. Stuart 1857 (MEL); Summit Mt Lepeyrouse, Mar. 1857. 
C. Stuart 1855 (MEL). 
2. Erigeron paludicola S.J. Forbes, sp. nov. 
Erigeron pappocromus Labilf Form A; M. Gray in A.B. Costin et ai, Kosciusko Alpine 
FI. 364 (1979). Erigeron sp. B; M.F. Porteners in G.J. Harden (ed.), El. New South 
Wales 3: 177(1992). 

Page image

686676 Erigeron pappocromus Muelleria 9: 177
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342638
Page is part of the work A review of the Erigeron pappocromus Labill. complex, doi:10.5962/p.198446

Page text

Review of the Erigeron pappocromus complex 
177 
pappoewmum' . Rafinesque treated the genus as feminine, and presumeably considered 
that such a combination would result in the creation of a tautonym.. As the Greek 
‘chroma’, is neuter, the name "Pappochwma pappocromunf is legitimate, and the name 
Pappocroma imiflonim "uniflora’ is superfluous and accordingly, illegitimate. 
Further studies of the intra and intergeneric relationships of species in the Erigeron 
pappocromus complex are required to justify the erection of a new genus or genera. 
Accordingly, this paper retains the use of Erigeron for the Erigeron pappocromus 
complex. 
KEY TO THE TAXA WITHIN ERIGERON PAPPOCROMUS LABILE. COMPLEX 
1 Leaves glabrous or if hairy with few marginal setae 2 
1: Leaves ± covered with multicellular or sessile glandular hairs, margins 
± ciliate with multicellular hairs 5 
2 Leaves spathulate 3 
2; Leaves elliptic or linear, sessile or petiole gradually expanding into lamina 4 
3 Leaves flat or occasionally folded, thin {herbaceous), textured; margins 
crenulate; petiole gradually expanding into lamina (Tas.) 
1 . Erigeron pappocromus 
3: Leaves ± concave or folded, thick textured {corneus or crassus), margins ± entire, 
petiole distinct to 25 mm long (Alpine Tas. & Baw Baws) .. 6. Erigeron tasmanicus 
4 Leaves elliptic; rosettes typically forming distinct colonies, only occasionally in 
alpine cushions; disk florets usually yellow (Alpine Tas.) 7 . Erigeron. stellatus 
4: Leaves linear; rosettes solitary or forming colonies of a few plants in alpine 
cushions; disk florets usually purple (Alpine Tas.) 8 . Erigeron trigonus 
5 Leaves spathulate, entire, yellowish-green, 5-15 mm long, 2-4 mm wide, petiole 
gradually expanding into lamina, setose with multicellular hairs 1-2.5 mm long; 
scape to 2 cm long (Alpine N.S.W.) 9. Erigeron setosus 
5; Leaves not setose, plants typically larger than above 6 
6 Plants with spreading rhizomes in montane and alpine swamps; lower bracts on 
scape typically similar to leaves, scape slender, involucre narrow to 1.5 cm wide at 
maturity (Vic., N.S.W.) 2. Erigeron paludicola 
6: Plants with short rhizomes forming colonies; lower bracts on scape distinct from 
leaves, scape robust, involucre broad 1.2-2. 5 cm wide at maturity 7 
7 Leaves more or less cuneiform, with distinct border of multicellular acicular and 
glandular hairs 0. 1-0.3 mm long, apex praemorse or ovate-crenate, expanding 
into lamina (Tas.) 5. Erigeron gunnii 
7: Leaves spathulate, lamina hirsute or glutinous, commonly crenate or denticulate 
towards apex 8 
8 Leaves hirsute with multicellular hairs (Tas., Vic., N.S.W.). 4 . Erigeron bellidioides 
8: Leaves glutinous from more or less sessile glandular hairs (Vic., N.S.W.) 
3 . Erigeron nitidus 
Species descriptions 
1. Erigeron pappocromus LabilL, Nov. Holl. PL 2: 47 1. 193 ( 1 806) "pappocroma’ 
Pappochroma uniflonm Raf., FI. Telluriana 2: 48 (1837) "uniflora’ nom. illeg., based 
on above; Erigeron phlogotrichus Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3; 520 (1826) nom. illeg.-, 
(H)Aplopappus pappocromus (LabilL) Hook.f., Hooker’s London J. Bot. 6: 1 1 1 (1847) 
"Pappochroma’-, Erigeron pappocromus var. hillardierei Benth., FI. Austral. 

Page image

905695 Erigeron pappocromus billardierei Muelleria 9: 177
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342638
Page is part of the work A review of the Erigeron pappocromus Labill. complex, doi:10.5962/p.198446
818131 Erigeron pappocromus gunnii Muelleria 9: 183
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342644
Page is part of the work A review of the Erigeron pappocromus Labill. complex, doi:10.5962/p.198446
932858 Erigeron pappocromus gunnii Muelleria 9

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9".

818132 Erigeron pappocromus oblongatus Muelleria 9: 185
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342646
Page is part of the work A review of the Erigeron pappocromus Labill. complex, doi:10.5962/p.198446
818136 Erigeron pappocromus setosus Muelleria 9: 187
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342648
Page is part of the work A review of the Erigeron pappocromus Labill. complex, doi:10.5962/p.198446
818134 Erigeron pappocromus stellatus Muelleria 9

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9".

905694 Erigeron phlogotrichus Muelleria 9: 177
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342638
Page is part of the work A review of the Erigeron pappocromus Labill. complex, doi:10.5962/p.198446

Page text

Review of the Erigeron pappocromus complex 
177 
pappoewmum' . Rafinesque treated the genus as feminine, and presumeably considered 
that such a combination would result in the creation of a tautonym.. As the Greek 
‘chroma’, is neuter, the name "Pappochwma pappocromunf is legitimate, and the name 
Pappocroma imiflonim "uniflora’ is superfluous and accordingly, illegitimate. 
Further studies of the intra and intergeneric relationships of species in the Erigeron 
pappocromus complex are required to justify the erection of a new genus or genera. 
Accordingly, this paper retains the use of Erigeron for the Erigeron pappocromus 
complex. 
KEY TO THE TAXA WITHIN ERIGERON PAPPOCROMUS LABILE. COMPLEX 
1 Leaves glabrous or if hairy with few marginal setae 2 
1: Leaves ± covered with multicellular or sessile glandular hairs, margins 
± ciliate with multicellular hairs 5 
2 Leaves spathulate 3 
2; Leaves elliptic or linear, sessile or petiole gradually expanding into lamina 4 
3 Leaves flat or occasionally folded, thin {herbaceous), textured; margins 
crenulate; petiole gradually expanding into lamina (Tas.) 
1 . Erigeron pappocromus 
3: Leaves ± concave or folded, thick textured {corneus or crassus), margins ± entire, 
petiole distinct to 25 mm long (Alpine Tas. & Baw Baws) .. 6. Erigeron tasmanicus 
4 Leaves elliptic; rosettes typically forming distinct colonies, only occasionally in 
alpine cushions; disk florets usually yellow (Alpine Tas.) 7 . Erigeron. stellatus 
4: Leaves linear; rosettes solitary or forming colonies of a few plants in alpine 
cushions; disk florets usually purple (Alpine Tas.) 8 . Erigeron trigonus 
5 Leaves spathulate, entire, yellowish-green, 5-15 mm long, 2-4 mm wide, petiole 
gradually expanding into lamina, setose with multicellular hairs 1-2.5 mm long; 
scape to 2 cm long (Alpine N.S.W.) 9. Erigeron setosus 
5; Leaves not setose, plants typically larger than above 6 
6 Plants with spreading rhizomes in montane and alpine swamps; lower bracts on 
scape typically similar to leaves, scape slender, involucre narrow to 1.5 cm wide at 
maturity (Vic., N.S.W.) 2. Erigeron paludicola 
6: Plants with short rhizomes forming colonies; lower bracts on scape distinct from 
leaves, scape robust, involucre broad 1.2-2. 5 cm wide at maturity 7 
7 Leaves more or less cuneiform, with distinct border of multicellular acicular and 
glandular hairs 0. 1-0.3 mm long, apex praemorse or ovate-crenate, expanding 
into lamina (Tas.) 5. Erigeron gunnii 
7: Leaves spathulate, lamina hirsute or glutinous, commonly crenate or denticulate 
towards apex 8 
8 Leaves hirsute with multicellular hairs (Tas., Vic., N.S.W.). 4 . Erigeron bellidioides 
8: Leaves glutinous from more or less sessile glandular hairs (Vic., N.S.W.) 
3 . Erigeron nitidus 
Species descriptions 
1. Erigeron pappocromus LabilL, Nov. Holl. PL 2: 47 1. 193 ( 1 806) "pappocroma’ 
Pappochroma uniflonm Raf., FI. Telluriana 2: 48 (1837) "uniflora’ nom. illeg., based 
on above; Erigeron phlogotrichus Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3; 520 (1826) nom. illeg.-, 
(H)Aplopappus pappocromus (LabilL) Hook.f., Hooker’s London J. Bot. 6: 1 1 1 (1847) 
"Pappochroma’-, Erigeron pappocromus var. hillardierei Benth., FI. Austral. 

Page image

560934 Erigeron setosus Muelleria 9: 187
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342648
Page is part of the work A review of the Erigeron pappocromus Labill. complex, doi:10.5962/p.198446

Page text

Review of the Erigeron pappocromus complex 
187 
DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT 
Tasmania; on exposed alpine areas of Tasmania although absent from Ben Lomond and 
Mt Wellington, and occuring as low as 480 m in the south west. 
CONSERVATION STATUS 
Erigeron stellatus is restricted in habitat, but appears adequately reserved. 
8. Erigeron trigonus S.J.Forbes & D.I. Morris, sp. nov. 
a Erigeronte stellato foliis 5-14 mm longitudine, linearibus, ± trigonis, apiculatis, mar- 
ginibus non nisi prope basin pectinato-ciliatis et flosculis disci proprie atropurpeis dif- 
fer!. 
type: Hamilton Crags, Ben Lomond, Tas., 41°43’S, 147°41’E, 1460 m, 5 Jan. 1992, A. 
Moscal 22287; holotype: HO; isotype: MEL, NSW. 
Rhizomic herb forming distant rosettes. Leaves 5-14 mm long, glabrous, coriaceous, 
shining, linear, trigonous to almost terete, becoming channelled on drying, flattened 
below; margins of the flattened part pectinate-ciliate, the cilia septate; apex purple, 
narrowing ± abruptly to a stout colourless apiculum up to 0.5 mm long, this eroding 
with age. Inflorescence a simple capitulum. Scape 2.3-5 cm high, purple, glabrous or 
with scattered glandular or eglandular septate hairs or a combination of both. Bracts 
l-3(-7) linear, 2-4 mm long. Involucre turbinate, c. 10 mm wide; bracts 25-35, 2-3 
seriate, 3-5.5 mm long, purple, margins glabrous or minutely ciliate. Ray florets 20-30; 
corolla white or tipped purple or pink, limb c. 4.5 mm long, tube with a few weak hairs 
at throat; style c. 2 mm long; style-anus 1 mm long. Disc florets 5-12, purple, corolla, 
narrow-funnelform, 5-lobed, 5 mm long, with a few weak hairs at the midpoint. Pappus 
capillary, white, 3.5-4 mm long. Achenes 2-2.5 mm long, flattened, sparsely hairy with 
a denser tuft of hairs at the base. Mature achenes not seen. (Fig. 4a-d) 
etymology 
The specific epithet refers to the characteristically three-sided leaves of Erigeron 
trigonus. 
DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT 
Tasmania; in alpine heath and feldmark, often amongst cushion plants. 
CONSERVATION STATUS 
Erigeron trigonus is restricted in habitat and rare. Although adequately reserved the 
species appears vulnerable due to rarity. 
SELECTED SPECIMENS 
TASMANIA: Ncwdegate Slopes, 4 May 1930, H.F. Comber 2635 (HO); Eliza Plateau, 22 Jan. 1983, 1200 
m, S.J. Forbes 1263 (MEL); Eliza Plateau, 22 Jan. 1983, 1200 m, S.J. Forbes 1264 (MEL); Mt Field National 
Park, low saddle between top of ski tow and Mt Mawson, alt. 1280 m, 14 Jan. 1989, N.G. Walsh 22HI (MEL). 
9 . Erigeron setosus (Benth.) M. Gray, Contr. Herb. Aust. 6: 1 (1974). 
Erigeron pappocromus var. setosus Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 494 (1867); Lagenithrix 
setosa (Benth.) Nesom, Phytologia 76: 150(1 994). 
type: ‘In vertice montis Kosciusko, locis glareosis, 6000-6500 ft radius albus vel 
rubellus, 1 Jan. 1855, F. Mueller. Munyang Mountains, Victoria, F. Mueller 6000-6500 
ft’. LECTOTYPE (fide M. Gray, 1974): MEL 1012236. 
Rhizomic herb producing crowded rosettes. Rhizomes spreading, yellowish-green to 
brown, glabrous, scales triangular, 2-3 mm long, 1-2.5 mm diameter. Leaves spathulate. 

Page image

6247313 Erigeron sp. B Muelleria 9: 178
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342639
Page is part of the work A review of the Erigeron pappocromus Labill. complex, doi:10.5962/p.198446

Page text

178 
Stephen J. Forbes & Dennis I. Morris 
3:494(1867) "BillardierV comb, illeg. "pappochroma'\ Lagenopappus pappocromus 
(Labill.) Nesom, Phytologia 76: 154 (1994). 
type: ‘Habitat in capite van-Diemen’ (Recherche Bay, Tasmania), lectotype (here 
chosen): [J.J.H. de] Labillardiere, Nova Hollandia; MEL 594988; isolectotypes: 
Specimen collect. Billardiere. com. Prof. Lehmann; MEL 619735, FI (p.p.); see note 
below. 
Rhizomic herb forming ascending rosettes, typically distant although occasionally 
condensed. Rhizomes spreading widely, yellowish-green to brown, glabrous, 1-1.5 mm 
diameter. Leaves spathulate, entire, margins slightly thickened or revolute, crenulate. 
Bat or partly folded, herbaceous, mid-vein apparent, secondary venation sometimes 
apparent below, 0.7-2(^) cm long, 2-7(-ll) mm wide, lamina glabrous or with a few 
marginal cilia, apex obtuse, base attenuate, petiole gradually expanding into lamina. 
Inflorescence a simple capitulum. Scape 1.5-15(-23) cm long, 0.5-1 mm diameter, 
sparsely scabrid towards apex with tubercle-based, acicular hairs to 0. 1 mm and glandu- 
lar hairs; bracts 2-6, distant, linear, 5 mm long towards apex. Involucre turbinate 
1.1 -1.5 cm wide, 0.6- 1.0 cm high; bracts 26-32, imbricate, 2-3-seriate, linear, acute, 
apex ciliate or laciniate, often purplish; margins hyaline; outer bracts sparsely scabrid on 
basal margins with tubercle-based acicular hairs to 0.2 mm; inner bracts glabrous apart 
from apical setae. Ray florets 34-46, 1-3 seriate; corolla white or purplish with limb 3-4 
mm long, 0.5 mm wide; style 3.5 mm long, style-anns: subulate 0.5-1 mm long. Disc 
florets 8-14; corolla narrowly funnelfonn, 5-lobed, 4.5 mm long; style 3.5 mm long; 
style-arms narrowly elliptic 1 mm long. Pappus capillary, white, 3-5 mm long. Achenes 
2.5 mm long, flattened, smooth with distinctly thickened marginal ribs. (Fig. la) 
DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT 
Tasmania; alpine and sub-alpine from 750-1200 m altitude, occasional in herb, grass 
and sedgelands, heaths, cushion plant communities, sphagnum bogs. 
CONSERVATION STATUS 
Erigeron pappocromus is restricted in habitat, and although uncommon appears to be 
adequately reserved. 
NOTE ON LECTOTYPE 
A photograph of the sheet of type material in Herbarium Webbianurn (FI) indicates that 
this may be a mixed collection including E. tasmanicus. The material of Florence is not 
readily available for examination to resolve the ambiguity apparent from the photo- 
graph. Accordingly a lectotype has been selected from two sheets representing part of 
Labillardiere’s original collection and held at MEL. The first sheet is from Bonder’s 
Herbarium, and the second sheet appears to be from Steetz’s Herbarium. The fonner 
includes only fragmentary material, and accordingly the latter is selected as a lectotype. 
The specimen is in accordance with Labillardiere’s description. 
SELECTED SPECIMENS 
TASMANIA: Jubilee Range, alt. 886 m, 13 Jan. 1985, A. Buchanan 5204 (HO); South West of Bam Bluff, 
alt. 1020 m, 15 Jan. 1989. P. Collier 3933 (HO); West alpine Tasmania, 1894, IV.V. Fitzgerald (MEL); Mt 
Field National Park, near eucalypt Lodge, alt. 1000 m, 24 Jan. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1289 (CANB, HO, MEL); 
Hartz Mountains National Park, flat at head of Arve River on Hartz Road, alt. 800 m. 29 Jan. 1983, S.J. 
Forbes 1312 p.p. (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); 7 km NE Mt LaPerouse on walking track near campsite at 
head of tributary Many Falls Creek, alt. 760 m, 31 Jan. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1348 (CANB, HO, MEL); Mt 
Wellington, s.d.. Gulliver (MEL); Mt Wellington, 1 Jan. 1 839. /t.C. Gunn / 749 (NSW); Summit of ‘Cracrotts 
on Middle Mount, between Franklin & Gordon Rivers, Macquarie Harbour, 6 Feb. 1847,7. Milligan 875 (HO, 
MEL); Cockle Creek, Rccherehe Bay, Feb. 1857, C. Stuart 1857 (MEL); Summit Mt Lepeyrouse, Mar. 1857. 
C. Stuart 1855 (MEL). 
2. Erigeron paludicola S.J. Forbes, sp. nov. 
Erigeron pappocromus Labilf Form A; M. Gray in A.B. Costin et ai, Kosciusko Alpine 
FI. 364 (1979). Erigeron sp. B; M.F. Porteners in G.J. Harden (ed.), El. New South 
Wales 3: 177(1992). 

Page image

560930 Erigeron stellatus Muelleria 9: 186
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342647
Page is part of the work A review of the Erigeron pappocromus Labill. complex, doi:10.5962/p.198446

Page text

186 
Stephen J. Forbes & Dennis I. Morris 
SELECTED SPECIMENS 
victoria: Baw Baw National Park, Currawong Flat, alt. 1465 m, 5 Dec. 1981, N.C. Walsh 682 (MEL); 
Baw Baw Plateau, Currawong Flat, alt. 1470 m, 26 Feb. 1991, N.G. Walsh 3052 (MEL); Baw Baw Plateau, 
Pauciflora Flat, alt. 1450 m, 26 Feb. 1991, 7V.G. Walsh 3056 (MEL). 
TASMANIA: 1 km N of Resevoir Lake, alt. 750 m, D.G. Adams 30 (FIO); West alpine Tasmania, 1894, 
W.V. Fitzgerald (MEL); Cradle Mountain National Park, Crater Peak lookout-Horse Trail intersection, 3 km 
NNW summit Cradle Mountain, alt. 1240 m, 19 Jan. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1219 (CANB, HO, MEL); Hartz 
Mountains National Park, flat at head of Arve River on Hartz Road, alt. 800 m. 29 Jan. 1983, SJ. Forbes 1312 
p.p. (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); Mt Wellington near pinnacle, 28 Jan. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1307 (CANB, 
HO, MEL); Hill One, 5 km NNE Mt La Perouse on walking track, alt. 980 m, 31 Jan. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1337 
(MEL); Ben Lomond National Park, ski village, alt. 1480 m, 3 Feb. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1386 (CANB, HO, 
MEL). 
DISTRIBUI ION AND HABITAT 
Tasmania and Victoria, on the Baw Baw Plateau; in alpine and sub-alpine grassland, 
herbfield and heathland. 
CONSERVATION STATUS 
Erigeron tasmanicus is restricted in habitat, but is widely distributed and adequately 
reserved in Tasmania. The species is rare in Victoria, and although adequately reserved, 
appears vulnerable due to rarity 
7. Erigeron stellatus (Hook.f.) W.M. Curtis, Students FI. Tas. Pt.2: 463 (1963). 
(H)Aplopappus stellatus Hook.f., Hooker’s. London J. Bot. 6: 112 (1847); Erigeron 
tasmanicus var. stellatus (Hook.f.) Hook.f, Flora Tasman. 1: 183, t.46A (the left-hand 
figure)! 1856); Erigeron pappocromus var. stellatus Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 494 (1867); 
Lagenithrix stellata (Hook.f) Nesom, Phytologia IF. 151 (1 994). 
type: Mountains (? Hampshire Hills), Tas., Gunn 279\ holotype: K, photograph seen, 
the top three specimens on the sheet are referable to this collection; possible isotype: 
NSW 275470 
Rhizomic herb forming stiff rosettes. Rhizomes spreading, yellowish-green to brown, 
glabrous, scales triangular 2-3 mm long, 1-2.5 mm diameter. Leaves narrowly elliptic, 
occasionally broadest above the middle or spathulate, entire, yellowish-green, 1-3 cm 
long, 1.5-3. 5 mm wide, apex obtuse with a few apical setae 0.3-0. 8 mm long, base 
attenuate, sessile or petiole gradually expanding into lamina, lower margin with a 
few tubercle-based multicellular setae 0.3-0. 8 mm long, and occasional multicellular 
glandular hairs to 0. 1 mm, otherwise glabrous. Inflorescence a simple capitulum. Scapes 
5-6.5 cm long, sparsely setose with multicellular hairs 0.2-0. 3 mm long with occasional 
glandular hairs to 0.1 mm. Bracts 2-A, distant along scape, similar to leaves at base, 
becoming linear, 5-10 mm long towards apex. Involucre turbinate 0.6-0.8(-l .5) cm 
wide, 1.0-1. 6 cm high; bracts 22-28, imbricate, 2-seriate, linear, acute, apex ciliate 
often purplish; margins hyaline; outer bracts sparsely setose with multicellular hairs 
0.2-0. 3 mm long with occasional glandular hairs to 0.1 mm; inner bracts almost 
glabrous apart from apical cilia. Ray florets 22-51, 1-3 seriate; corolla white or purplish 
with limb 3-4(-5) mm long, 0.5-1. 5 mm wide; style 3.5 mm long; style-anus subulate, 
0.4-0.8 mm long. Disc florets 6-ll(-28) hermaphroditic, corolla narrowly funnelform, 
5-lobed, 4 mm long; style 3.5 mm long; style-arms narrowly elliptic 1 mm long. Pappus 
capillary, white, 3^ mm long. Achenes 2.5-3 mm long, flattened, sparsely setose with 
occasional sessile glandular hairs, and with distinctly thickened marginal ribs. (Figs Ic 
& 4e) 
SELECTED SPECIMENS 
TASMANIA: Mt Counsel, western slopes, highest point, north, in view from Melaleuca Settlement, alt. 
2,400 ft, 19 Mar. 1954, M. Davis 1465 (MEL); Cradle Mountain National Park, summit Cradle Mountain, alt. 
1540 m, 19 Jan. 1983, S.J. Forbes 1220 (CANB, HO, MEL); SE slope of Great Dome, alt. 1200 m, 22 Jan. 
1983, S.J. Forbes 1266 (MEL); Mt Sorcll, Macquarie Harbour, alt. 3000 ft, 25 Jun. 1847, J. Milligan 874 
(MEL); Mt Gaffney, alt. 480 m, 14 Jan. 1986, A. Moscal 11678 (HO); Mt Field National Park, low saddle 
between top of ski tow and Mt Mawson, alt. 1280 m, 14 Feb. 1989, N.G. Walsh 220 (MEL). 

Page image

560928 Erigeron tasmanicus Muelleria 9: 185
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342646
Page is part of the work A review of the Erigeron pappocromus Labill. complex, doi:10.5962/p.198446

Page text

Review of the Erigeron pappocronms complex 
185 
glabrous apart from apical setae. Ray florets 35-95; corolla white or purplish with limb 
4 mm long. SU’le 4.5 mm long, style-arms subulate, 1 mm long. Disc florets 12-29, 
henuaphroditic, corolla narrowly funnelform, 5-lobed, 3.5 mm long. Style 3.5 mm long; 
style-arms narrowly elliptic 1 mm long. Pappus capillary, white 5 mm long. Achenes c. 
3.5 mm long, flattened, smooth with distinctly thickened marginal ribs. (Fig. Id) 
SELECTED SPECIMENS 
TASMANIA: 1 km ENE of Nevada Peak, alt. 1 190 m, 25 Feb. 1990, P. Collier 4551 (HO); Mt. Wellington 
near pinnacle, 28 Jan, 1983, S.J. Forbes ISOS (MEL); Hartz Mountains National Park, near summit Hartz 
Peak alt 1230 m, 1 Feb. 1983, SJ. Forbes 1354 (CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); Ben Lomond National Park, Ski 
Village, alt. 1480 m, 3 Feb. 1983, SJ. Forbes 1387 (HO, MEL); Mt Wellington, Diamond Springs above 
Ploughed Field, 27 Mar. 1878, J. Milligan 1132 (MEL); Snowdrift Tarn, Snowy Range, 22 Mar. 1983, A. 
Moscalim (HO). 
DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT 
Alpine and sub-alpine grasslands and heathlands of Tasmania. 
CONSERVATION STATUS 
Erigeron gitnnii is restricted in habitat, but is widely distributed and adequately 
reserved. 
NOTE 
The holotype includes preliminary drawings for the details illustrated by Fitch in Flora 
Tasmaniae t. 46B as E. gunnii. The mature plants illustrated are probably referable to E. 
bellidioides . 
6. Erigeron tasmanicus (Flook.f.) Flook.f, FI. Tasman. 1; 183, t.46A (the right-hand 
figure) (1856). 
(H)Aplopappus tasmanicus Hook.f., Hooker’s. London J. Bot. 6: 110 (1847); Erigeron 
pappocronms Labill. var. oblongatus Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 494 (1867); Lagenopappus 
tasmanicum (Hook.f.) Nesom, Phytologia 76: 154 (1994); Pappochroma tasmanica 
(Hook.f.) Nesom, Phytologia 76; 426 (1994). 
type: Mount Wellington, Tasmania, Gunn 1150', holotype: K, photograph seen; possi- 
ble isotype: NSW 51741. 
Rhizomic herb forming ascending rosettes, typically distant although occasionally 
condensed. Rhizomes spreading widely, yellowish-green to brown, glabrous, 1-3 mm 
diameter. Leaves spathulate, entire, margins thickened, sometimes distantly and minute- 
ly serrulate, often more or less concave or folded, bright-green, with only mid-vein 
apparent, (0.7-)l-5(-7) cm long, 3-9 mm wide, lamina at first sparsely and minutely 
scabrid with tubercle based multicellular hairs to 0. 1 mm long and occasional sessile 
glands, apex acute or occasionally emarginate, base attenuate; petiole gradually expand- 
ing into lamina, occasionally with a few distant marginal cilia at the base. Inflorescence 
a simple capitulum. Scapes 1.5-15 cm long, sparsely scabrid with tubercle-based 
acicular hairs to 0.1 mm. Bracts 2-6, distant along scape, similar to leaves at base, 
becoming linear, 5 mm long towards apex. Involucre turbinate 1.1-1. 5 cm wide, 0.6 cm 
high; bracts 24^0, imbricate, 2-3-seriate, linear acute, apex minutely ciliate; margins 
hyaline, apices often purplish, outer bracts sparsely scabrid with tubercle-based, acicular 
hairs to 0.2 mm, inner bracts glabrous apart from apical cilia. Ray florets 23-55, 1-3 
seriate; corolla white or purplish with limb 3 mm long, 0.5-0. 6 mm wide; style 3.5 mm 
long; style-arms subulate 0.5-1 mm long. Disc florets 4-14, hermaphroditic; corolla 
nan'owly funnelform, 5-lobed, 3.5 mm long; style 3.5 mm long; style-arms narrowly 
elliptic, 1 mm long. Pappus capillary, white, 3 mm long. Achenes 2.5-3 mm long, 
flattened, smooth with distinctly thickened marginal ribs. (Fig. lb) 

Page image

818133 Erigeron tasmanicus stellatus Muelleria 9

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9".

560932 Erigeron trigonus Muelleria 9: 187
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342648
Page is part of the work A review of the Erigeron pappocromus Labill. complex, doi:10.5962/p.198446

Page text

Review of the Erigeron pappocromus complex 
187 
DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT 
Tasmania; on exposed alpine areas of Tasmania although absent from Ben Lomond and 
Mt Wellington, and occuring as low as 480 m in the south west. 
CONSERVATION STATUS 
Erigeron stellatus is restricted in habitat, but appears adequately reserved. 
8. Erigeron trigonus S.J.Forbes & D.I. Morris, sp. nov. 
a Erigeronte stellato foliis 5-14 mm longitudine, linearibus, ± trigonis, apiculatis, mar- 
ginibus non nisi prope basin pectinato-ciliatis et flosculis disci proprie atropurpeis dif- 
fer!. 
type: Hamilton Crags, Ben Lomond, Tas., 41°43’S, 147°41’E, 1460 m, 5 Jan. 1992, A. 
Moscal 22287; holotype: HO; isotype: MEL, NSW. 
Rhizomic herb forming distant rosettes. Leaves 5-14 mm long, glabrous, coriaceous, 
shining, linear, trigonous to almost terete, becoming channelled on drying, flattened 
below; margins of the flattened part pectinate-ciliate, the cilia septate; apex purple, 
narrowing ± abruptly to a stout colourless apiculum up to 0.5 mm long, this eroding 
with age. Inflorescence a simple capitulum. Scape 2.3-5 cm high, purple, glabrous or 
with scattered glandular or eglandular septate hairs or a combination of both. Bracts 
l-3(-7) linear, 2-4 mm long. Involucre turbinate, c. 10 mm wide; bracts 25-35, 2-3 
seriate, 3-5.5 mm long, purple, margins glabrous or minutely ciliate. Ray florets 20-30; 
corolla white or tipped purple or pink, limb c. 4.5 mm long, tube with a few weak hairs 
at throat; style c. 2 mm long; style-anus 1 mm long. Disc florets 5-12, purple, corolla, 
narrow-funnelform, 5-lobed, 5 mm long, with a few weak hairs at the midpoint. Pappus 
capillary, white, 3.5-4 mm long. Achenes 2-2.5 mm long, flattened, sparsely hairy with 
a denser tuft of hairs at the base. Mature achenes not seen. (Fig. 4a-d) 
etymology 
The specific epithet refers to the characteristically three-sided leaves of Erigeron 
trigonus. 
DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT 
Tasmania; in alpine heath and feldmark, often amongst cushion plants. 
CONSERVATION STATUS 
Erigeron trigonus is restricted in habitat and rare. Although adequately reserved the 
species appears vulnerable due to rarity. 
SELECTED SPECIMENS 
TASMANIA: Ncwdegate Slopes, 4 May 1930, H.F. Comber 2635 (HO); Eliza Plateau, 22 Jan. 1983, 1200 
m, S.J. Forbes 1263 (MEL); Eliza Plateau, 22 Jan. 1983, 1200 m, S.J. Forbes 1264 (MEL); Mt Field National 
Park, low saddle between top of ski tow and Mt Mawson, alt. 1280 m, 14 Jan. 1989, N.G. Walsh 22HI (MEL). 
9 . Erigeron setosus (Benth.) M. Gray, Contr. Herb. Aust. 6: 1 (1974). 
Erigeron pappocromus var. setosus Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 494 (1867); Lagenithrix 
setosa (Benth.) Nesom, Phytologia 76: 150(1 994). 
type: ‘In vertice montis Kosciusko, locis glareosis, 6000-6500 ft radius albus vel 
rubellus, 1 Jan. 1855, F. Mueller. Munyang Mountains, Victoria, F. Mueller 6000-6500 
ft’. LECTOTYPE (fide M. Gray, 1974): MEL 1012236. 
Rhizomic herb producing crowded rosettes. Rhizomes spreading, yellowish-green to 
brown, glabrous, scales triangular, 2-3 mm long, 1-2.5 mm diameter. Leaves spathulate. 

Page image

819875 Eucalyptus anceps Muelleria 9: 78
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342485
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437
819876 Eucalyptus anceps Muelleria 9

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9".

563489 Eucalyptus aromaphloia Muelleria 9: 76
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342483
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437

Page text

76 
M.I.H. Brooker & A.V. Slee 
divergence of the side veins, i.e. >20° compared with almost longitudinal respectively. 
We do not suport this distinction. He did not state under his treatment ofE. nitida if the 
distribution ‘E’ was intended to include the Grampian Ranges. 
Ladiges, Humphries & Brooker (1983) investigated the southern Victorian pepper- 
mints and concluded that they were a taxon distinct from E. nitida. Consequently, they 
erected a new species, E. willisii (type from Near Mt Oberon, Wilson’s Promontory). 
Later, Newnham, Ladiges & Whiffm (1986) distinguished the Grampians populations of 
E. willisii as a separate but related taxon, falciformis. 
Our own investigations and those of T. Whiffin and D. Rankin of La Trobe 
University (pens, comm.) indicate that the coastal peppermints west of Melbourne, 
extending into the south-east of South Australia, and those of the Grampian Ranges are 
the same taxon, i.e. subsp. falciformis. They have larger, coarser juvenile and adult 
leaves and larger buds and fruit than the typical subspecies. There are no sudden mor- 
phological and geographical distinctions between the subspecies. Populations west of 
Gisborne may be interpreted as intergrades between the two subspecies and possibly 
influenced genetically by the contiguous E. radiata. 
Johnson & Hill (1990) segregated a further peppennint species, the glaucous E. 
croajingolensis. This occurs mostly in far eastern Victoria but extends as far west as Mt. 
Useful and possibly near Lake Mountain, from subcoastal hills north and east to far 
south-eastern New South Wales. North and west of this distribution, i.e. inland from the 
Great Dividing Range in eastern Victoria but widespread in the central highlands and 
extending to the Wombat State Forest north-west of Melbourne and Otway Range is a 
non-glaucous, narrow, thin-leaved peppermint species that appears to be conspecific 
with the species that occurs widely on the eastern side of the tableland of south-eastern 
New South Wales. 
From field examination, we consider this latter taxon to be typical E. radiata. The 
populations in Victoria are not conspicuously variable although the adult leaves may be 
dull or slightly glossy. There is a ‘central’ area from Mt Buffalo east to Benambra where 
the seedling leaves are narrower than elsewhere. E. radiata subsp. rohertsonii, which is 
relatively abundant in New South Wales from the Snowy Mountains northwards in the 
high country, is a tall, narrow-leaved forest tree with glaucous buds and fruits. We have 
not found this subspecies in Victoria after extensive field and herbarium studies. 
We conclude that the peppermints have not undergone distinctive speciation and 
accept that many specimens will not be ascribable to any of the above names. 
2. Eucalyptus sen Acadiformes L.A.S. Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Extracodical E. ser. Acadiformes Johnson (unpubl.) 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, inflo- 
rescentiis 7-floribus, folds plantularum subsessilibus vel petiolatis, et fructibus disco 
leviter ascendenti distinguitur. 
TYPUS: Eucalyptus acaciiformis Deane & Maiden 
Eucalyptus aromaphloia Pryor and Willis, Vic. Nat., 71; 125 (1954). type: At 1 13 mile 
post on the Great Western Highway, Victoria (between Buangor and Mt Langi-Ghiran 
in Ararat district), and approximately at the centre of the species’ range, 20 August 
1954, L.D. Pryor & J.& J.H. Willis (MEL, Herb. Dept. Interior, NSW, BRI, K); 
paratype; from Eastern Hill, Creswick, January 1, 1946, J.H. Willis (MEL). 
In the protologue of E. aromaphloia the authors discussed the problem in relating the 
name E. hiiberiana Naudin (type: Cap d’ Antibes, France, published 1891) to natural 
populations. It was concluded that some Victorian populations ascribed to hiiberiana 
were hybrids of E. viminalis with an un-named species. This other parent of the 
so-called hybrid was published as E. aromaphloia Pryor & Willis in 1954. The new 
species was considered to have an extensive distribution in western Victoria and to cross 
into South Australia. The southern, more coastal forms of hiiberiana were later (1980) 

Page image

563125 Eucalyptus fulgens Muelleria 9: 136
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342597
Page is part of the work Three new Victorian species related to Eucalyptus aromaphloia L.D. Pryor and J.H. Willis and notes on the polymorphic nature of that species, doi:10.5962/p.198443

Page text

136 
K. Rule 
into west Gippsland beyond the Latrobe Valley, as some Victorian observers have 
assumed, but is replaced by the closely related, lustrous-leaved third species which 
favours heavy soils on hilly terrain. 
Two other relatives of E. aromaphloia are described as new species. The first, 
which consists of numerous small populations occurring throughout the Wimmera 
region, represents Chappill and Ladiges’ western taxon. The second, which has a very 
restricted distribution, was overlooked by previous researchers. It occurs near Portland 
in south-west Victoria and features seedlings with lustrous, juvenile leaves and squared, 
finely ridged stems. 
The study also examined the variable nature of E. aromaphloia and a mosaic of 
subtly different forms has been identified. In the context of this study, all these forms 
are considered to belong to a single, extremely polymorphic species. In the accompany- 
ing notes aspects of their morphologies and their distributions are briefly discussed. 
Taxonomy 
1 . Eucalyptus fulgens K.Rule sp. nov. 
Eucalypto ignorabili L. A. S. Johnson & K.D.Hill affinis, foliis juvenilibus majoribus 
viridibus pallidis, foliis adultis nitido-viridibus, cortice crassa subfibrosa sulcata pro- 
funde differt. 
HOLOTYPUS; 0.9 km along Red Hill Road from the intersection of Albers and Manestar 
roads. Upper Beaconsfield, Victoria, 38°02’S, 145°23’E, 20 June 1994, K. Rule 9464 
(MEL). 
Small, spreading trees to 15 m tall. Bark grey-brown, sub-fibrous, often deeply 
furrowed on trunk and major branches with thick slabs and strips; basal bark with loose, 
often crusty chunks; minor branches smooth, light brown, with old bark decorticating 
in short, brownish ribbons. Seedling leaves ovate-elliptical, pale green, sub-sessile, 
decussate. Juvenile leaves broad-lanceolate, ovate-lanceolate or ovate, sessile then 
shortly petiolate by 8-10 nodes and becoming disjunct (sub-opposite for a few pairs then 
regularly alternate) at the same stage, pale green or slightly blue-green, dull but may 
become slightly lustrous in advanced juvenility, slightly discolorous, acuminate, glandu- 
lar, 4-8 X 1.8-3. 5 cm; petioles to 10 mm long; venation visible but not conspicuous; 
growth tips lustrous; nodes relatively sparse; seedling stems square or round in section 
but non-ridged. Intermediate leaves lanceolate or broadly lanceolate, sometimes falcate, 
longer than juvenile leaves, sub-lustrous or lustrous, green or slightly blue-green, pendu- 
lous. Adult leaves lanceolate, falcate, lustrous, green, concolorous, glandular 
with numerous island glands, acuminate, 12-25 x 1.5-3 cm; petioles 1.4-2. 5 cm long; 
venation moderately reticulate; intramarginal veins 1.5-2. 5 mm from margin. 
Inflorescences simple, axillary, 7-flowered; peduncles slender, terete, to 1.1 cm long. 
Floral buds ovoid or clavate, scarred, pedicellate, to 6 x 3 mm; pedicels as long as buds; 
opercula conical, as long as hypanthia; anthers irregularly inflexed, oblong, dehiscing 
through longitudinal slits; filaments white. Fruits sub-globular, pedicellate, to 6 x 5 mm; 
discs ascending; valves slightly exerted; locules 3 or 4; pedicels 2-4 mm long. Fertile 
seeds black, irregular in shape, slightly flattened, lacunose. 
FLOWERING PERIOD 
Autumn. 
DISTRIBUTION 
The populations are sporadic and occur in west Gippsland from the Latrobe Valley to 
the Yarra Valley (Fig. 1). The preferred habitat is heavy soils of sandstone origin on 
ridges and slopes. The annual rainfall across the range exceeds 800 mm with a winter 
maximum. 

Page image

563495 Eucalyptus neglecta Muelleria 9: 81
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342488
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437

Page text

New taxa and nomenclature in Eucalyptus 
81 
tree with buds mostly in 7s. It occurs from west of Melbourne to Kangaroo island and 
southern Eyre Peninsula in South Australia. Subspecies pryoriana occupies infertile 
coastal sandy soils from Bellarine Peninsula east as far as Lake Tyers. It is a small tree 
with rough bark and buds in 3s. It occurs commonly with Banksia marginata and 
Leptospermum laevigatiiny also with E. willisii, E. hosistoana, E. baueriana and E. 
glohoidea. Neither of these subspecies of E. viminalis is completely distinctive and 
cygnetensis, in particular, may occur in populations in which the number of buds per 
inflorescence is variable. 
7. Eucalyptus ser. Neglectae Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Extracodical Eucalyptus ser. Neglectae L. A. S. Johnson (unpubl.) 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, folds 
arboris summae juvenilibus adultisque, inflorescentiis 7-15-floribus, pedunculis brevis- 
simis et alabastris fructibusque sessilibus, congestis et glaucis distinguitur. 
TYPUs: Eucalyptus neglecta Maiden 
A monotypic series. 
8. Eucalyptus ser. Crenulatae Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, foliis 
arboris summae omnino juvenilibus ovatis, primo glaucis postremo viridibus, inflores- 
centiis 7-1 1-floribus, alabastris pedicellatis glaucis et operculo rostrato distinguitur. 
type: Eucalyptus crenulata Blakely & Debeuzeville 
A monotypic series. 
9. Eucalyptus ser. Kitsonianae L. A. S. Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Extracodical E. ser. Kitsonianae L. A. S. Johnson (unpubl.) 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo vel fruticoso, cortice 
laevi, foliis juvenilibus sessilibus oppositis per nodos multos latis, foliis adultis magnis, 
inflorescentiis 7-floribus, prominenter bracteatis distinguitur. 
TYPE.’ Eucalyptus kitsoniana Maiden 
A monotypic series. 
10. Eucalyptus ser. Suhhuxeales Blakely 
Eucalyptus viridis R. Baker subsp. wimmerensis (Rule) Brooker & Slee, comb, et stat. 
nov. Eucalyptus wimmerensis Rule, Muelleria 7: 193 (1990), basionym. type: Victoria, 
Lawloit Range on the Western Highway between Nhill and Kaniva, 36°24’S, 141°31’E 
27 Dec. 1964, J./7. Willis s.n. (MEL). 
The box eucalypts are a vexing problem taxonomically. Occurring widely in all 
mainland States, they has never been a satisfactory comprehensive treatment. 
Simplistically, not they may be considered to consist of desert species, e.g. E. intertexta, 
tropical species, e.g. E. tectifica, floodplain species, e.g. E. microtheca, and eastern 
species which comprise a very large array of taxonomic series. These may be divided 
into two major groups, one in which the outer operculum is shed during bud develop- 
ment and a second in which the outer operculum is held until flowering. In this latter 
group are the mallee boxes which consist of about six species ranging from Eyre 
Peninsula through Victoria and New South Wales to south-eastern Queensland. 

Page image

563493 Eucalyptus perriniana Muelleria 9: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342487
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437

Page text

80 
M.I.H. Brooker & A.V. Slee 
Goolwa’, these latter, fairly restricted sites being on the mainland opposite. Nicolle 
distinguishes the widespread mainland species, E. phenax, from both of the related taxa, 
viz. E. conglohata and E. affinity conglobata. 
SELECTION OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 30 km from Tammin on York road, 15 Sep. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7630 (CANB); 
opposite Stennet’s Lake, 26 Feb. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 9120 (CANB); Mosquito Hill, Bolgart East Road, 3 
Sep. 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9753 (CANB); 21.8 km south of Lake Grace town on Pingrup road, 23 Oct. 1983, 
K. Hill 329 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 22.4 km NW of Parmango Road on Clyde Rock Track, Margaret 
Johnston 8 (CANB). 
SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Gum Flat near Cleve, 16 May 1973, D. Boland 1521 (CANB); south-east of Mt. Hope, 
Eyre Peninsula, 6 Dec. 1972, M.I.H. Brooker 3865 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Between Waikerie 
and Blanchetown, 3 Apr. 1975, M.I.H. Brooker 4906 (AD, CANB); Murray Bridge, 6 Jan. 1907, R.H. 
Cambage & J.H. Maiden s.n. (CANB 6474); south-east corner of section 1 10, Hd. of Wiltunga, 4 Feb. 1966, 
B. Copley 8 (AD, CANB); about 10 km WSW of Coomandook, 20 May 1973, M.D. Crisp 476 (AD, CANB); 
15 km south-west of Kapunda, 1 Jul. 1973, M.D. Crisp 494 (AD, CANB); 25 km east of Tailem Bend on 
Pinnaroo road, 3 Sep. 1985, N.N. Donner 10635 (AD, CANB); Willaston, 5 Sep. 1967, D.N. Kraehenbuhl 
2749 (AD, CANB); Koppio, Eyre Peninsula, 28 Dec. 1977, L.D. Williams 9718 (CANB); Yorkc Peninsula, ca. 
‘/2 km south of Bluff, 13 Sep. 1974, J.Z. Weber 41 1 1 (AD, CANB). 
VICTORIA.- Wyperfeld National Park. Extreme E end of Ginap Track S.E. of Yallum Dune, 12 Nov. 1968, 
A.C. Beauglehole 29537 (MEL, CANB); 20.9 km S of Mildura on Ouyen road, 5 Sep. 1989, M.I.H. Brooker 
10264 (CANB); 14.6 km E of junction of WeiTimul road and north boundary track of Sunset Country, 1 1 Oct. 
1989, M.I.H. Brooker 10321 (CANB); 7.3 km south of Murray Valley Hwy, S of L. Kramer, II Oct. 1989, 
M.I.H. Brooker 10325 (CANB); Littie Desert National Park. Junction of Kiata South Road-Campground 
Road, 26 Sep. 1990, G. Cornwall. Ref L.D. 1/90 (CANB. MEL). 
4. Eucalyptus ser. Orbiculares Brooker & Siee, ser. nov. 
Eucalyptus subser. Perfoliatae Biakeiy, Key Eucs i50 (i934). 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, foiiis juveniiibus sessiiis oppositis 
per nodos muitos orbicuiaribus giaucis, foiiis aduitis hebetibus et infiorescentiis 
3-fioribus distinguitur. 
type: Eucalyptus perriniana F.Mueil. ex Rodway 
5. Eucalyptus ser. Bridgesianae Brooker & Siee, ser. nov. 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens foiiis juveniiibus sessiiis oppositis 
vei suboppositis per nodos muitos ovatis crenuiatis et infiorescentiis 7-floribus distin- 
guitur. 
typus: Eucalyptus bridgesiana R. Baker 
6. Eucalyptus ser. Viminales Blakely 
Eucalyptus viminalis subsp. pryoriana (L.A.S.Johnson) Brooker & Siee, comb, et stat. 
nov. 
Eucalyptus pryoriana L.A.S.Johnson, Contr. New’ South Wales Natl Herb. 3; 115 
(1962), basionym. E. viminalis var. racemosa F.Mueil. ex Blakely, Kev Eucalvpts 162 
(1934). Type: Port Phillip, Vic., Feb. 1880, ?F. Mueller (lectotype.- NSW //We L.A.S. 
Johnson, loc. cit.). 
The manna gums, E. viminalis sens, lat., are widely distributed in well-watered parts of 
south-eastern Australia. The typical mainland fomr is notable for its occurrence along 
valley bottoms and riversides in hilly or mountainous country where it is an erect, often 
tall tree with smooth bark except at the very base. There are usually prominent ribbons 
of imperfectly decorticated bark hanging in the crowns. Buds of the inflorescences are 
in 3s. The Juvenile leaves are green and remain sessile and opposite for many pairs. 
There are two currently recognised, non-typical infraspecific taxa, both of coastal 
and subcoastal plains in Victoria, apart from an extension into the southern Grampians. 
One is E. viminalis subsp. cygnetensis which is a completely rough-barked woodland 

Page image

563490 Eucalyptus phenax Muelleria 9: 77-79, Figs 1, 2
563497 Eucalyptus polyanthemos longior Muelleria 9: 82, fig. 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342489
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437
819877 Eucalyptus pryoriana Muelleria 9: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342487
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437

Page text

80 
M.I.H. Brooker & A.V. Slee 
Goolwa’, these latter, fairly restricted sites being on the mainland opposite. Nicolle 
distinguishes the widespread mainland species, E. phenax, from both of the related taxa, 
viz. E. conglohata and E. affinity conglobata. 
SELECTION OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 30 km from Tammin on York road, 15 Sep. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7630 (CANB); 
opposite Stennet’s Lake, 26 Feb. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 9120 (CANB); Mosquito Hill, Bolgart East Road, 3 
Sep. 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9753 (CANB); 21.8 km south of Lake Grace town on Pingrup road, 23 Oct. 1983, 
K. Hill 329 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 22.4 km NW of Parmango Road on Clyde Rock Track, Margaret 
Johnston 8 (CANB). 
SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Gum Flat near Cleve, 16 May 1973, D. Boland 1521 (CANB); south-east of Mt. Hope, 
Eyre Peninsula, 6 Dec. 1972, M.I.H. Brooker 3865 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Between Waikerie 
and Blanchetown, 3 Apr. 1975, M.I.H. Brooker 4906 (AD, CANB); Murray Bridge, 6 Jan. 1907, R.H. 
Cambage & J.H. Maiden s.n. (CANB 6474); south-east corner of section 1 10, Hd. of Wiltunga, 4 Feb. 1966, 
B. Copley 8 (AD, CANB); about 10 km WSW of Coomandook, 20 May 1973, M.D. Crisp 476 (AD, CANB); 
15 km south-west of Kapunda, 1 Jul. 1973, M.D. Crisp 494 (AD, CANB); 25 km east of Tailem Bend on 
Pinnaroo road, 3 Sep. 1985, N.N. Donner 10635 (AD, CANB); Willaston, 5 Sep. 1967, D.N. Kraehenbuhl 
2749 (AD, CANB); Koppio, Eyre Peninsula, 28 Dec. 1977, L.D. Williams 9718 (CANB); Yorkc Peninsula, ca. 
‘/2 km south of Bluff, 13 Sep. 1974, J.Z. Weber 41 1 1 (AD, CANB). 
VICTORIA.- Wyperfeld National Park. Extreme E end of Ginap Track S.E. of Yallum Dune, 12 Nov. 1968, 
A.C. Beauglehole 29537 (MEL, CANB); 20.9 km S of Mildura on Ouyen road, 5 Sep. 1989, M.I.H. Brooker 
10264 (CANB); 14.6 km E of junction of WeiTimul road and north boundary track of Sunset Country, 1 1 Oct. 
1989, M.I.H. Brooker 10321 (CANB); 7.3 km south of Murray Valley Hwy, S of L. Kramer, II Oct. 1989, 
M.I.H. Brooker 10325 (CANB); Littie Desert National Park. Junction of Kiata South Road-Campground 
Road, 26 Sep. 1990, G. Cornwall. Ref L.D. 1/90 (CANB. MEL). 
4. Eucalyptus ser. Orbiculares Brooker & Siee, ser. nov. 
Eucalyptus subser. Perfoliatae Biakeiy, Key Eucs i50 (i934). 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, foiiis juveniiibus sessiiis oppositis 
per nodos muitos orbicuiaribus giaucis, foiiis aduitis hebetibus et infiorescentiis 
3-fioribus distinguitur. 
type: Eucalyptus perriniana F.Mueil. ex Rodway 
5. Eucalyptus ser. Bridgesianae Brooker & Siee, ser. nov. 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens foiiis juveniiibus sessiiis oppositis 
vei suboppositis per nodos muitos ovatis crenuiatis et infiorescentiis 7-floribus distin- 
guitur. 
typus: Eucalyptus bridgesiana R. Baker 
6. Eucalyptus ser. Viminales Blakely 
Eucalyptus viminalis subsp. pryoriana (L.A.S.Johnson) Brooker & Siee, comb, et stat. 
nov. 
Eucalyptus pryoriana L.A.S.Johnson, Contr. New’ South Wales Natl Herb. 3; 115 
(1962), basionym. E. viminalis var. racemosa F.Mueil. ex Blakely, Kev Eucalvpts 162 
(1934). Type: Port Phillip, Vic., Feb. 1880, ?F. Mueller (lectotype.- NSW //We L.A.S. 
Johnson, loc. cit.). 
The manna gums, E. viminalis sens, lat., are widely distributed in well-watered parts of 
south-eastern Australia. The typical mainland fomr is notable for its occurrence along 
valley bottoms and riversides in hilly or mountainous country where it is an erect, often 
tall tree with smooth bark except at the very base. There are usually prominent ribbons 
of imperfectly decorticated bark hanging in the crowns. Buds of the inflorescences are 
in 3s. The Juvenile leaves are green and remain sessile and opposite for many pairs. 
There are two currently recognised, non-typical infraspecific taxa, both of coastal 
and subcoastal plains in Victoria, apart from an extension into the southern Grampians. 
One is E. viminalis subsp. cygnetensis which is a completely rough-barked woodland 

Page image

563492 Eucalyptus rugosa Muelleria 9: 78
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342485
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437
563126 Eucalyptus sabulosa Muelleria 9: 138
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342599
Page is part of the work Three new Victorian species related to Eucalyptus aromaphloia L.D. Pryor and J.H. Willis and notes on the polymorphic nature of that species, doi:10.5962/p.198443

Page text

138 
K. Rule 
The species most closely related to E. fidgens is E. ignorabilis, the two being 
inseparable in bud and fruit morphology and occupying ranges adjacent to each 
other. Even more important is that they possess similar seedling ontogenies and share 
particular seedling features. Both exhibit relatively early development of alternate, 
petiolate juvenile leaves and both possess non-glaucous seedling growth tips. In 
contrast, however, the juveniles of E. fitlgens are usually larpr and are pale green or 
slightly blue-green rather than grey-green in E. ignorabilis (Table 1). Also as the 
seedlings reach intermediacy, the juvenile leaves of E. fulgens become sub-lustrous 
rather than remaining dull as in E. ignorabilis. Eventually, the canopy of E. fulgens 
becomes conspicuously lustrous and green which contrasts markedly with the dull, 
greyish one of E. ignorabilis and, as in the juvenile stage, the adult leaves of E. fulgens 
are usually longer (15-25 cm compared with 10-17 cm long). Lastly, the often deeply 
furrowed, ragged bark of E. fulgens is a marked contrast to the bark of typical E. 
ignorabilis which is thin with fine, longitudinal furrows and peppermint-like in 
appearance. 
There are appreciable differences between E. aromaphloia and E. fulgens with the 
former featuring seedlings with waxy growth tips and juvenile leaves that are grey, 
smaller and generally elliptical to ovate-shaped with shorter petioles throughout juvenil- 
ity. Fuilhennore, the rate at which the seedlings of E. fulgens develop differs from that 
of £. aromaphloia. Although the juveniles of both become disjunct at approximately the 
same number of nodes, those of the latter are irregularly opposite, sub-opposite or 
alternate for numerous pairs (as is the case with the other new species described here). 
Other subtle differences exist in adult morphology, e.g. although the canopy of E. 
aromaphloia is usually lustrous, it is appreciably blue and its fruits are most often 
sessile or sub-sessile. 
SPECIMENS EXAMINED 
victoria; Yarra .lunction, 24 Oct. 1954, N.A. Wakepeld (MEL1608542); Quamby Road, Upper 
Beaconsfield, 28 June 1964, J.H. Willis (MEL 1607349); Coranderk Reserve, Picaninny Swamp, Badger Creek 
via Healcsville, 14 May 1973, .J.H. Willis (MELS 14983); Kinglake National Park, 28 July 1982, A.C. 
Beauglehole 70837 (MEL 1609456); Warburton Highway, adjacent to the Woori Yallock Plant Nursery, east 
of Woori Yallock, 20 Oct. 1989, K. Rule (MEL1593202); 14 km north of Yarra Glen on the Melba Highway, 
2 Oct. 1990. K. Rule 9025 (MEL); adjacent to the Lang Lang Golf Course, 7 km from the intersection of the 
South Gippsland and Bass Highways, 10 Nov. 1990, K. Rule 9075 (MEL); 500 m from the Nar Nar Goon 
turnoff on the Prince’s Highway, 1 May 1991, K. Rule 9148 (MEL); 8.3 km north of Moe towards Erica, 24 
Jan. 1992, K. Rule 9218 (MEL); 600 m west of Gumbuya Park on the Prince’s Highway, 7 Feb. 1992, M.I.H. 
Brooker 10940 (MEL1616812). 
2 . Eucalyptus sabulosa K.Rule sp. nov. 
Eucalvpto aromaphloiae L.D. Pryor & J.H. Willis affinis, foliis juvenilibus 
nitido-viridibus sessilibus linearibus falcatis, foliis adultis hebetibus vel sub-nitentibus, 
pallido-viridibus vel caesio-viridibus differt. 
HOLOTYPUs: 23 km south of Nhill, Victoria, 36°32’S, 141°40’E, 4 May 1981, G.C. 
Cornwall 340 (MEL641778). 
Small, spreading trees to 12 m tall. Bark sub-fibrous, somewhat scaly, irregularly 
furrowed, grey, persisting on trunk and branches. Seedling leaves linear, decussate, 
sessile, blue-green, crowded alongthe axis but not heath-like. Juvenile leaves linear, 
falcate, sessile for 20 nodes or more then sub-sessile for numerous pairs there after, 
opposite for a similar number of nodes then irregularly opposite, sub-opposite or 
alternate for numerous pairs thereafter, acuminate, glandular, lustrous and green for 
numerous pairs (with older leaves becoming sub-lustrous and blue-green), discolorous, 
4-9 X 0.5- 1.0 cm; venation inconspicuous; growth tips lustrous, green; nodes often 
crowded but not heath-like; petioles to 4 mm long. Intermediate leaves linear-lanceolate 
or narrowly lanceolate, falcate, sub-lustrous blue-green, alternate, shortly petiolate, 
larger than juvenile leaves. Adult leaves lanceolate, falcate, dull or sub-lustrous, light 
green or slightly blue-green, glandular, acuminate, to 16x2 cm; intramarginal vein not 

Page image

570061 Eucalyptus Muelleria 9: 76
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342483
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437

Page text

76 
M.I.H. Brooker & A.V. Slee 
divergence of the side veins, i.e. >20° compared with almost longitudinal respectively. 
We do not suport this distinction. He did not state under his treatment ofE. nitida if the 
distribution ‘E’ was intended to include the Grampian Ranges. 
Ladiges, Humphries & Brooker (1983) investigated the southern Victorian pepper- 
mints and concluded that they were a taxon distinct from E. nitida. Consequently, they 
erected a new species, E. willisii (type from Near Mt Oberon, Wilson’s Promontory). 
Later, Newnham, Ladiges & Whiffm (1986) distinguished the Grampians populations of 
E. willisii as a separate but related taxon, falciformis. 
Our own investigations and those of T. Whiffin and D. Rankin of La Trobe 
University (pens, comm.) indicate that the coastal peppermints west of Melbourne, 
extending into the south-east of South Australia, and those of the Grampian Ranges are 
the same taxon, i.e. subsp. falciformis. They have larger, coarser juvenile and adult 
leaves and larger buds and fruit than the typical subspecies. There are no sudden mor- 
phological and geographical distinctions between the subspecies. Populations west of 
Gisborne may be interpreted as intergrades between the two subspecies and possibly 
influenced genetically by the contiguous E. radiata. 
Johnson & Hill (1990) segregated a further peppennint species, the glaucous E. 
croajingolensis. This occurs mostly in far eastern Victoria but extends as far west as Mt. 
Useful and possibly near Lake Mountain, from subcoastal hills north and east to far 
south-eastern New South Wales. North and west of this distribution, i.e. inland from the 
Great Dividing Range in eastern Victoria but widespread in the central highlands and 
extending to the Wombat State Forest north-west of Melbourne and Otway Range is a 
non-glaucous, narrow, thin-leaved peppermint species that appears to be conspecific 
with the species that occurs widely on the eastern side of the tableland of south-eastern 
New South Wales. 
From field examination, we consider this latter taxon to be typical E. radiata. The 
populations in Victoria are not conspicuously variable although the adult leaves may be 
dull or slightly glossy. There is a ‘central’ area from Mt Buffalo east to Benambra where 
the seedling leaves are narrower than elsewhere. E. radiata subsp. rohertsonii, which is 
relatively abundant in New South Wales from the Snowy Mountains northwards in the 
high country, is a tall, narrow-leaved forest tree with glaucous buds and fruits. We have 
not found this subspecies in Victoria after extensive field and herbarium studies. 
We conclude that the peppermints have not undergone distinctive speciation and 
accept that many specimens will not be ascribable to any of the above names. 
2. Eucalyptus sen Acadiformes L.A.S. Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Extracodical E. ser. Acadiformes Johnson (unpubl.) 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, inflo- 
rescentiis 7-floribus, folds plantularum subsessilibus vel petiolatis, et fructibus disco 
leviter ascendenti distinguitur. 
TYPUS: Eucalyptus acaciiformis Deane & Maiden 
Eucalyptus aromaphloia Pryor and Willis, Vic. Nat., 71; 125 (1954). type: At 1 13 mile 
post on the Great Western Highway, Victoria (between Buangor and Mt Langi-Ghiran 
in Ararat district), and approximately at the centre of the species’ range, 20 August 
1954, L.D. Pryor & J.& J.H. Willis (MEL, Herb. Dept. Interior, NSW, BRI, K); 
paratype; from Eastern Hill, Creswick, January 1, 1946, J.H. Willis (MEL). 
In the protologue of E. aromaphloia the authors discussed the problem in relating the 
name E. hiiberiana Naudin (type: Cap d’ Antibes, France, published 1891) to natural 
populations. It was concluded that some Victorian populations ascribed to hiiberiana 
were hybrids of E. viminalis with an un-named species. This other parent of the 
so-called hybrid was published as E. aromaphloia Pryor & Willis in 1954. The new 
species was considered to have an extensive distribution in western Victoria and to cross 
into South Australia. The southern, more coastal forms of hiiberiana were later (1980) 

Page image

570066 Eucalyptus Muelleria 9: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342487
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437

Page text

80 
M.I.H. Brooker & A.V. Slee 
Goolwa’, these latter, fairly restricted sites being on the mainland opposite. Nicolle 
distinguishes the widespread mainland species, E. phenax, from both of the related taxa, 
viz. E. conglohata and E. affinity conglobata. 
SELECTION OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 30 km from Tammin on York road, 15 Sep. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7630 (CANB); 
opposite Stennet’s Lake, 26 Feb. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 9120 (CANB); Mosquito Hill, Bolgart East Road, 3 
Sep. 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9753 (CANB); 21.8 km south of Lake Grace town on Pingrup road, 23 Oct. 1983, 
K. Hill 329 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 22.4 km NW of Parmango Road on Clyde Rock Track, Margaret 
Johnston 8 (CANB). 
SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Gum Flat near Cleve, 16 May 1973, D. Boland 1521 (CANB); south-east of Mt. Hope, 
Eyre Peninsula, 6 Dec. 1972, M.I.H. Brooker 3865 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Between Waikerie 
and Blanchetown, 3 Apr. 1975, M.I.H. Brooker 4906 (AD, CANB); Murray Bridge, 6 Jan. 1907, R.H. 
Cambage & J.H. Maiden s.n. (CANB 6474); south-east corner of section 1 10, Hd. of Wiltunga, 4 Feb. 1966, 
B. Copley 8 (AD, CANB); about 10 km WSW of Coomandook, 20 May 1973, M.D. Crisp 476 (AD, CANB); 
15 km south-west of Kapunda, 1 Jul. 1973, M.D. Crisp 494 (AD, CANB); 25 km east of Tailem Bend on 
Pinnaroo road, 3 Sep. 1985, N.N. Donner 10635 (AD, CANB); Willaston, 5 Sep. 1967, D.N. Kraehenbuhl 
2749 (AD, CANB); Koppio, Eyre Peninsula, 28 Dec. 1977, L.D. Williams 9718 (CANB); Yorkc Peninsula, ca. 
‘/2 km south of Bluff, 13 Sep. 1974, J.Z. Weber 41 1 1 (AD, CANB). 
VICTORIA.- Wyperfeld National Park. Extreme E end of Ginap Track S.E. of Yallum Dune, 12 Nov. 1968, 
A.C. Beauglehole 29537 (MEL, CANB); 20.9 km S of Mildura on Ouyen road, 5 Sep. 1989, M.I.H. Brooker 
10264 (CANB); 14.6 km E of junction of WeiTimul road and north boundary track of Sunset Country, 1 1 Oct. 
1989, M.I.H. Brooker 10321 (CANB); 7.3 km south of Murray Valley Hwy, S of L. Kramer, II Oct. 1989, 
M.I.H. Brooker 10325 (CANB); Littie Desert National Park. Junction of Kiata South Road-Campground 
Road, 26 Sep. 1990, G. Cornwall. Ref L.D. 1/90 (CANB. MEL). 
4. Eucalyptus ser. Orbiculares Brooker & Siee, ser. nov. 
Eucalyptus subser. Perfoliatae Biakeiy, Key Eucs i50 (i934). 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, foiiis juveniiibus sessiiis oppositis 
per nodos muitos orbicuiaribus giaucis, foiiis aduitis hebetibus et infiorescentiis 
3-fioribus distinguitur. 
type: Eucalyptus perriniana F.Mueil. ex Rodway 
5. Eucalyptus ser. Bridgesianae Brooker & Siee, ser. nov. 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens foiiis juveniiibus sessiiis oppositis 
vei suboppositis per nodos muitos ovatis crenuiatis et infiorescentiis 7-floribus distin- 
guitur. 
typus: Eucalyptus bridgesiana R. Baker 
6. Eucalyptus ser. Viminales Blakely 
Eucalyptus viminalis subsp. pryoriana (L.A.S.Johnson) Brooker & Siee, comb, et stat. 
nov. 
Eucalyptus pryoriana L.A.S.Johnson, Contr. New’ South Wales Natl Herb. 3; 115 
(1962), basionym. E. viminalis var. racemosa F.Mueil. ex Blakely, Kev Eucalvpts 162 
(1934). Type: Port Phillip, Vic., Feb. 1880, ?F. Mueller (lectotype.- NSW //We L.A.S. 
Johnson, loc. cit.). 
The manna gums, E. viminalis sens, lat., are widely distributed in well-watered parts of 
south-eastern Australia. The typical mainland fomr is notable for its occurrence along 
valley bottoms and riversides in hilly or mountainous country where it is an erect, often 
tall tree with smooth bark except at the very base. There are usually prominent ribbons 
of imperfectly decorticated bark hanging in the crowns. Buds of the inflorescences are 
in 3s. The Juvenile leaves are green and remain sessile and opposite for many pairs. 
There are two currently recognised, non-typical infraspecific taxa, both of coastal 
and subcoastal plains in Victoria, apart from an extension into the southern Grampians. 
One is E. viminalis subsp. cygnetensis which is a completely rough-barked woodland 

Page image

570075 Eucalyptus Muelleria 9: 84
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342545
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437

Page text

84 
M.I.H. Brooker& A.V. Slee 
Other eastern species. Shedding of the whole androecium is very rare in Eucalyptus but 
may be seen in the entirely unrelated, E. macrandm, a Western Australian endemic 
(Brooker& Kleinig 1990). 
OTHER SPECIMENS EXAMINED 
Victoria: Reeve Road, west of Orbost, 16 Jan. 1980, M.I.H. Brooker 6813 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 
Mottle Range road, north end, WNW of Orbost, .16 Jan. 1980, M.I.H. Brooker 6821 (CANB, MEL, NSW); 
type locality (coppice), 17 Nov. 1993, M.I.H. Brooker 1 1638 & A. Slee, (AD, CANB, BRl, MEL, NSW); 
Marimingo Hill, north of Genoa, 4 Mar. 1994, M.I.H. Brooker 1 1720 (BRl, CANB, MEL, NSW); ca. 60 km 
SE of Omeo on the Omeo Highway, 10 Feb. 1978, J.D. Briggs III (CANB); 15.6 miles from Buchan towards 
Orbost. 17 Sep. 1975. M.I.H. Brooker 4956 (AD, BRl, CANB. MEL, NSW). 
New South Wales: Nungatta North Station, 2.8 km south of Blackbird Creek on track to Nungatta 
South, 23 Jan. 1989, J.D. Briggs 2515 (CANB); 0.3 km west of Pericoe, II Nov. 1989, K. Hill 3644 & R. 
Makinson (CANB, MEL, NSW). 
12. Eucalyptus ser. Contiguae Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Renantheras pertinens, habitu fruticoso vel rare arbuscula, 
cortice pro parte maxima laevi, foliis viridibus numquam glaucis, inflorescentiis 7-11 
floribus, pedunculis brevissimis, alabastris brevibus verrucosis, fructibus sessilibus con- 
gestis distinguitur. 
TYPUS; Eucalyptus kyheanensis Maiden & Cambage 
A monotypic series. 
13. Eucalyptus ser. Pauciflorae L.A.S.Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Extracodical Eucalyptus ser. Pauciflorae L.A.S. Johnson (unpubl.) 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Renantheras pertinens, cortice laevi, foliis plantularum 
oppositis paucis, juvenilibus non oppositis petiolatis pendulis, adultis nitentibus venis 
principalibus longitudinalibus distinguitur. 
TYPUS: Eucalyptus pauciflora Sieber ex Spreng. 
This series comprises the snow gums. 
14. Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla Blakely 
Eucalyptus subser. Considenianae Brooker & Slee, suhser. nov. 
A subserie typica cortice qui asper est differt. 
TYPUs: Eucalyptus consideniana Maiden 
The erection of this subseries recognises fonually the natural affinity of the scribbly 
gums (subser. Psathyroxyla) and the silver-top ashes (subser. Considenianae) foreshad- 
owed in the study of the ash group of eucalypts by Brooker (1977). 
Acknowledgement 
We are grateful to Kevin Thiele for the drawings of the new taxa. 
References 
Blakely, W.F. (1934). A Key to the Euealvpts. (The Worker Trustees: Sydney.) 
Boomsma, C.D. (1980). One new species and two new subspecies of Eucalyptus from southern Australia. 
Journal of Adelaide Botanic Gardens 2: 293-298. 

Page image

570071 Eucalyptus Muelleria 9: 81
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342488
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437

Page text

New taxa and nomenclature in Eucalyptus 
81 
tree with buds mostly in 7s. It occurs from west of Melbourne to Kangaroo island and 
southern Eyre Peninsula in South Australia. Subspecies pryoriana occupies infertile 
coastal sandy soils from Bellarine Peninsula east as far as Lake Tyers. It is a small tree 
with rough bark and buds in 3s. It occurs commonly with Banksia marginata and 
Leptospermum laevigatiiny also with E. willisii, E. hosistoana, E. baueriana and E. 
glohoidea. Neither of these subspecies of E. viminalis is completely distinctive and 
cygnetensis, in particular, may occur in populations in which the number of buds per 
inflorescence is variable. 
7. Eucalyptus ser. Neglectae Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Extracodical Eucalyptus ser. Neglectae L. A. S. Johnson (unpubl.) 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, folds 
arboris summae juvenilibus adultisque, inflorescentiis 7-15-floribus, pedunculis brevis- 
simis et alabastris fructibusque sessilibus, congestis et glaucis distinguitur. 
TYPUs: Eucalyptus neglecta Maiden 
A monotypic series. 
8. Eucalyptus ser. Crenulatae Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, foliis 
arboris summae omnino juvenilibus ovatis, primo glaucis postremo viridibus, inflores- 
centiis 7-1 1-floribus, alabastris pedicellatis glaucis et operculo rostrato distinguitur. 
type: Eucalyptus crenulata Blakely & Debeuzeville 
A monotypic series. 
9. Eucalyptus ser. Kitsonianae L. A. S. Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Extracodical E. ser. Kitsonianae L. A. S. Johnson (unpubl.) 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo vel fruticoso, cortice 
laevi, foliis juvenilibus sessilibus oppositis per nodos multos latis, foliis adultis magnis, 
inflorescentiis 7-floribus, prominenter bracteatis distinguitur. 
TYPE.’ Eucalyptus kitsoniana Maiden 
A monotypic series. 
10. Eucalyptus ser. Suhhuxeales Blakely 
Eucalyptus viridis R. Baker subsp. wimmerensis (Rule) Brooker & Slee, comb, et stat. 
nov. Eucalyptus wimmerensis Rule, Muelleria 7: 193 (1990), basionym. type: Victoria, 
Lawloit Range on the Western Highway between Nhill and Kaniva, 36°24’S, 141°31’E 
27 Dec. 1964, J./7. Willis s.n. (MEL). 
The box eucalypts are a vexing problem taxonomically. Occurring widely in all 
mainland States, they has never been a satisfactory comprehensive treatment. 
Simplistically, not they may be considered to consist of desert species, e.g. E. intertexta, 
tropical species, e.g. E. tectifica, floodplain species, e.g. E. microtheca, and eastern 
species which comprise a very large array of taxonomic series. These may be divided 
into two major groups, one in which the outer operculum is shed during bud develop- 
ment and a second in which the outer operculum is held until flowering. In this latter 
group are the mallee boxes which consist of about six species ranging from Eyre 
Peninsula through Victoria and New South Wales to south-eastern Queensland. 

Page image

570074 Eucalyptus Muelleria 9: 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342489
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437

Page text

82 
M.I.H. Brooker & A.V. Slee 
Fig 3. Buds, fruits, shed androecium and leaves of Eucalyptus polyanthemos subsp. longior. 
Eucalyptus, viridis is the most widespread of these mallee boxes, occurring in the 
Flinders Range of South Australia, across western and central Victoria, the western 
plains and slopes of New South Wales and scattered in south-eastern Queensland. Willis 
(1973) considered a population in the Lawloit Range between Nhill and Kaniva, and 
which he retained in this species, to be aberrant because of its broader leaves and larger 
fruit. 
Rule (1990), in a study that included both forms of E. viridis plus E. odorata and E. 
polybractea, concluded that the Lawloit Range form was more extensive in distribution 
than indicated by Willis and constituted a new species. The grounds for his decision 
were varied but were largely differences in degree, e.g. among these four taxa, the sides 
of the fruit were given as varying from slightly angled to faintly ribbed to smooth. The 
bark character for wimmerensis is given as ‘smooth or rarely basal, fibrous’ and for 
viridis as ‘fibrous stocking, confined to lower stem’. It is easy though scarcely of much 
scientific merit to dwell on selected comparisons like these, but we believe that stronger, 
discrete differences should be the criteria for species. Hence we have decided on 
subspecies rank for wimmerensis. 
11. Eucalyptus ser. Heterophloiae Blakely 
Eucalyptus polyanthemos subsp. longior Brooker & Slee, subsp. nov. 
a subspecie typica foliis adultis longioribus lanceolatis differt. 
TYPE- Victoria. 4.6 km along Ostler’s Gap Road from Waygara Track Junction; N of 
Waygara, 37°42’S, 148°20’E, 17 Nov. 1993, M.I.H. Brooker 11637 & A. Slee 
(holotype: CANB; isotypes: AD, MEL, NSW). 

Page image

570072 Eucalyptus Muelleria 9: 81
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342488
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437

Page text

New taxa and nomenclature in Eucalyptus 
81 
tree with buds mostly in 7s. It occurs from west of Melbourne to Kangaroo island and 
southern Eyre Peninsula in South Australia. Subspecies pryoriana occupies infertile 
coastal sandy soils from Bellarine Peninsula east as far as Lake Tyers. It is a small tree 
with rough bark and buds in 3s. It occurs commonly with Banksia marginata and 
Leptospermum laevigatiiny also with E. willisii, E. hosistoana, E. baueriana and E. 
glohoidea. Neither of these subspecies of E. viminalis is completely distinctive and 
cygnetensis, in particular, may occur in populations in which the number of buds per 
inflorescence is variable. 
7. Eucalyptus ser. Neglectae Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Extracodical Eucalyptus ser. Neglectae L. A. S. Johnson (unpubl.) 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, folds 
arboris summae juvenilibus adultisque, inflorescentiis 7-15-floribus, pedunculis brevis- 
simis et alabastris fructibusque sessilibus, congestis et glaucis distinguitur. 
TYPUs: Eucalyptus neglecta Maiden 
A monotypic series. 
8. Eucalyptus ser. Crenulatae Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, foliis 
arboris summae omnino juvenilibus ovatis, primo glaucis postremo viridibus, inflores- 
centiis 7-1 1-floribus, alabastris pedicellatis glaucis et operculo rostrato distinguitur. 
type: Eucalyptus crenulata Blakely & Debeuzeville 
A monotypic series. 
9. Eucalyptus ser. Kitsonianae L. A. S. Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Extracodical E. ser. Kitsonianae L. A. S. Johnson (unpubl.) 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo vel fruticoso, cortice 
laevi, foliis juvenilibus sessilibus oppositis per nodos multos latis, foliis adultis magnis, 
inflorescentiis 7-floribus, prominenter bracteatis distinguitur. 
TYPE.’ Eucalyptus kitsoniana Maiden 
A monotypic series. 
10. Eucalyptus ser. Suhhuxeales Blakely 
Eucalyptus viridis R. Baker subsp. wimmerensis (Rule) Brooker & Slee, comb, et stat. 
nov. Eucalyptus wimmerensis Rule, Muelleria 7: 193 (1990), basionym. type: Victoria, 
Lawloit Range on the Western Highway between Nhill and Kaniva, 36°24’S, 141°31’E 
27 Dec. 1964, J./7. Willis s.n. (MEL). 
The box eucalypts are a vexing problem taxonomically. Occurring widely in all 
mainland States, they has never been a satisfactory comprehensive treatment. 
Simplistically, not they may be considered to consist of desert species, e.g. E. intertexta, 
tropical species, e.g. E. tectifica, floodplain species, e.g. E. microtheca, and eastern 
species which comprise a very large array of taxonomic series. These may be divided 
into two major groups, one in which the outer operculum is shed during bud develop- 
ment and a second in which the outer operculum is held until flowering. In this latter 
group are the mallee boxes which consist of about six species ranging from Eyre 
Peninsula through Victoria and New South Wales to south-eastern Queensland. 

Page image

570070 Eucalyptus Muelleria 9: 81
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342488
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437

Page text

New taxa and nomenclature in Eucalyptus 
81 
tree with buds mostly in 7s. It occurs from west of Melbourne to Kangaroo island and 
southern Eyre Peninsula in South Australia. Subspecies pryoriana occupies infertile 
coastal sandy soils from Bellarine Peninsula east as far as Lake Tyers. It is a small tree 
with rough bark and buds in 3s. It occurs commonly with Banksia marginata and 
Leptospermum laevigatiiny also with E. willisii, E. hosistoana, E. baueriana and E. 
glohoidea. Neither of these subspecies of E. viminalis is completely distinctive and 
cygnetensis, in particular, may occur in populations in which the number of buds per 
inflorescence is variable. 
7. Eucalyptus ser. Neglectae Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Extracodical Eucalyptus ser. Neglectae L. A. S. Johnson (unpubl.) 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, folds 
arboris summae juvenilibus adultisque, inflorescentiis 7-15-floribus, pedunculis brevis- 
simis et alabastris fructibusque sessilibus, congestis et glaucis distinguitur. 
TYPUs: Eucalyptus neglecta Maiden 
A monotypic series. 
8. Eucalyptus ser. Crenulatae Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, foliis 
arboris summae omnino juvenilibus ovatis, primo glaucis postremo viridibus, inflores- 
centiis 7-1 1-floribus, alabastris pedicellatis glaucis et operculo rostrato distinguitur. 
type: Eucalyptus crenulata Blakely & Debeuzeville 
A monotypic series. 
9. Eucalyptus ser. Kitsonianae L. A. S. Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Extracodical E. ser. Kitsonianae L. A. S. Johnson (unpubl.) 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo vel fruticoso, cortice 
laevi, foliis juvenilibus sessilibus oppositis per nodos multos latis, foliis adultis magnis, 
inflorescentiis 7-floribus, prominenter bracteatis distinguitur. 
TYPE.’ Eucalyptus kitsoniana Maiden 
A monotypic series. 
10. Eucalyptus ser. Suhhuxeales Blakely 
Eucalyptus viridis R. Baker subsp. wimmerensis (Rule) Brooker & Slee, comb, et stat. 
nov. Eucalyptus wimmerensis Rule, Muelleria 7: 193 (1990), basionym. type: Victoria, 
Lawloit Range on the Western Highway between Nhill and Kaniva, 36°24’S, 141°31’E 
27 Dec. 1964, J./7. Willis s.n. (MEL). 
The box eucalypts are a vexing problem taxonomically. Occurring widely in all 
mainland States, they has never been a satisfactory comprehensive treatment. 
Simplistically, not they may be considered to consist of desert species, e.g. E. intertexta, 
tropical species, e.g. E. tectifica, floodplain species, e.g. E. microtheca, and eastern 
species which comprise a very large array of taxonomic series. These may be divided 
into two major groups, one in which the outer operculum is shed during bud develop- 
ment and a second in which the outer operculum is held until flowering. In this latter 
group are the mallee boxes which consist of about six species ranging from Eyre 
Peninsula through Victoria and New South Wales to south-eastern Queensland. 

Page image

570064 Eucalyptus Muelleria 9: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342487
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437

Page text

80 
M.I.H. Brooker & A.V. Slee 
Goolwa’, these latter, fairly restricted sites being on the mainland opposite. Nicolle 
distinguishes the widespread mainland species, E. phenax, from both of the related taxa, 
viz. E. conglohata and E. affinity conglobata. 
SELECTION OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 30 km from Tammin on York road, 15 Sep. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7630 (CANB); 
opposite Stennet’s Lake, 26 Feb. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 9120 (CANB); Mosquito Hill, Bolgart East Road, 3 
Sep. 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9753 (CANB); 21.8 km south of Lake Grace town on Pingrup road, 23 Oct. 1983, 
K. Hill 329 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 22.4 km NW of Parmango Road on Clyde Rock Track, Margaret 
Johnston 8 (CANB). 
SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Gum Flat near Cleve, 16 May 1973, D. Boland 1521 (CANB); south-east of Mt. Hope, 
Eyre Peninsula, 6 Dec. 1972, M.I.H. Brooker 3865 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Between Waikerie 
and Blanchetown, 3 Apr. 1975, M.I.H. Brooker 4906 (AD, CANB); Murray Bridge, 6 Jan. 1907, R.H. 
Cambage & J.H. Maiden s.n. (CANB 6474); south-east corner of section 1 10, Hd. of Wiltunga, 4 Feb. 1966, 
B. Copley 8 (AD, CANB); about 10 km WSW of Coomandook, 20 May 1973, M.D. Crisp 476 (AD, CANB); 
15 km south-west of Kapunda, 1 Jul. 1973, M.D. Crisp 494 (AD, CANB); 25 km east of Tailem Bend on 
Pinnaroo road, 3 Sep. 1985, N.N. Donner 10635 (AD, CANB); Willaston, 5 Sep. 1967, D.N. Kraehenbuhl 
2749 (AD, CANB); Koppio, Eyre Peninsula, 28 Dec. 1977, L.D. Williams 9718 (CANB); Yorkc Peninsula, ca. 
‘/2 km south of Bluff, 13 Sep. 1974, J.Z. Weber 41 1 1 (AD, CANB). 
VICTORIA.- Wyperfeld National Park. Extreme E end of Ginap Track S.E. of Yallum Dune, 12 Nov. 1968, 
A.C. Beauglehole 29537 (MEL, CANB); 20.9 km S of Mildura on Ouyen road, 5 Sep. 1989, M.I.H. Brooker 
10264 (CANB); 14.6 km E of junction of WeiTimul road and north boundary track of Sunset Country, 1 1 Oct. 
1989, M.I.H. Brooker 10321 (CANB); 7.3 km south of Murray Valley Hwy, S of L. Kramer, II Oct. 1989, 
M.I.H. Brooker 10325 (CANB); Littie Desert National Park. Junction of Kiata South Road-Campground 
Road, 26 Sep. 1990, G. Cornwall. Ref L.D. 1/90 (CANB. MEL). 
4. Eucalyptus ser. Orbiculares Brooker & Siee, ser. nov. 
Eucalyptus subser. Perfoliatae Biakeiy, Key Eucs i50 (i934). 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, foiiis juveniiibus sessiiis oppositis 
per nodos muitos orbicuiaribus giaucis, foiiis aduitis hebetibus et infiorescentiis 
3-fioribus distinguitur. 
type: Eucalyptus perriniana F.Mueil. ex Rodway 
5. Eucalyptus ser. Bridgesianae Brooker & Siee, ser. nov. 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens foiiis juveniiibus sessiiis oppositis 
vei suboppositis per nodos muitos ovatis crenuiatis et infiorescentiis 7-floribus distin- 
guitur. 
typus: Eucalyptus bridgesiana R. Baker 
6. Eucalyptus ser. Viminales Blakely 
Eucalyptus viminalis subsp. pryoriana (L.A.S.Johnson) Brooker & Siee, comb, et stat. 
nov. 
Eucalyptus pryoriana L.A.S.Johnson, Contr. New’ South Wales Natl Herb. 3; 115 
(1962), basionym. E. viminalis var. racemosa F.Mueil. ex Blakely, Kev Eucalvpts 162 
(1934). Type: Port Phillip, Vic., Feb. 1880, ?F. Mueller (lectotype.- NSW //We L.A.S. 
Johnson, loc. cit.). 
The manna gums, E. viminalis sens, lat., are widely distributed in well-watered parts of 
south-eastern Australia. The typical mainland fomr is notable for its occurrence along 
valley bottoms and riversides in hilly or mountainous country where it is an erect, often 
tall tree with smooth bark except at the very base. There are usually prominent ribbons 
of imperfectly decorticated bark hanging in the crowns. Buds of the inflorescences are 
in 3s. The Juvenile leaves are green and remain sessile and opposite for many pairs. 
There are two currently recognised, non-typical infraspecific taxa, both of coastal 
and subcoastal plains in Victoria, apart from an extension into the southern Grampians. 
One is E. viminalis subsp. cygnetensis which is a completely rough-barked woodland 

Page image

570078 Eucalyptus Muelleria 9: 84
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342545
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437

Page text

84 
M.I.H. Brooker& A.V. Slee 
Other eastern species. Shedding of the whole androecium is very rare in Eucalyptus but 
may be seen in the entirely unrelated, E. macrandm, a Western Australian endemic 
(Brooker& Kleinig 1990). 
OTHER SPECIMENS EXAMINED 
Victoria: Reeve Road, west of Orbost, 16 Jan. 1980, M.I.H. Brooker 6813 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 
Mottle Range road, north end, WNW of Orbost, .16 Jan. 1980, M.I.H. Brooker 6821 (CANB, MEL, NSW); 
type locality (coppice), 17 Nov. 1993, M.I.H. Brooker 1 1638 & A. Slee, (AD, CANB, BRl, MEL, NSW); 
Marimingo Hill, north of Genoa, 4 Mar. 1994, M.I.H. Brooker 1 1720 (BRl, CANB, MEL, NSW); ca. 60 km 
SE of Omeo on the Omeo Highway, 10 Feb. 1978, J.D. Briggs III (CANB); 15.6 miles from Buchan towards 
Orbost. 17 Sep. 1975. M.I.H. Brooker 4956 (AD, BRl, CANB. MEL, NSW). 
New South Wales: Nungatta North Station, 2.8 km south of Blackbird Creek on track to Nungatta 
South, 23 Jan. 1989, J.D. Briggs 2515 (CANB); 0.3 km west of Pericoe, II Nov. 1989, K. Hill 3644 & R. 
Makinson (CANB, MEL, NSW). 
12. Eucalyptus ser. Contiguae Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Renantheras pertinens, habitu fruticoso vel rare arbuscula, 
cortice pro parte maxima laevi, foliis viridibus numquam glaucis, inflorescentiis 7-11 
floribus, pedunculis brevissimis, alabastris brevibus verrucosis, fructibus sessilibus con- 
gestis distinguitur. 
TYPUS; Eucalyptus kyheanensis Maiden & Cambage 
A monotypic series. 
13. Eucalyptus ser. Pauciflorae L.A.S.Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Extracodical Eucalyptus ser. Pauciflorae L.A.S. Johnson (unpubl.) 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Renantheras pertinens, cortice laevi, foliis plantularum 
oppositis paucis, juvenilibus non oppositis petiolatis pendulis, adultis nitentibus venis 
principalibus longitudinalibus distinguitur. 
TYPUS: Eucalyptus pauciflora Sieber ex Spreng. 
This series comprises the snow gums. 
14. Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla Blakely 
Eucalyptus subser. Considenianae Brooker & Slee, suhser. nov. 
A subserie typica cortice qui asper est differt. 
TYPUs: Eucalyptus consideniana Maiden 
The erection of this subseries recognises fonually the natural affinity of the scribbly 
gums (subser. Psathyroxyla) and the silver-top ashes (subser. Considenianae) foreshad- 
owed in the study of the ash group of eucalypts by Brooker (1977). 
Acknowledgement 
We are grateful to Kevin Thiele for the drawings of the new taxa. 
References 
Blakely, W.F. (1934). A Key to the Euealvpts. (The Worker Trustees: Sydney.) 
Boomsma, C.D. (1980). One new species and two new subspecies of Eucalyptus from southern Australia. 
Journal of Adelaide Botanic Gardens 2: 293-298. 

Page image

570080 Eucalyptus Muelleria 9: 84
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342545
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437

Page text

84 
M.I.H. Brooker& A.V. Slee 
Other eastern species. Shedding of the whole androecium is very rare in Eucalyptus but 
may be seen in the entirely unrelated, E. macrandm, a Western Australian endemic 
(Brooker& Kleinig 1990). 
OTHER SPECIMENS EXAMINED 
Victoria: Reeve Road, west of Orbost, 16 Jan. 1980, M.I.H. Brooker 6813 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 
Mottle Range road, north end, WNW of Orbost, .16 Jan. 1980, M.I.H. Brooker 6821 (CANB, MEL, NSW); 
type locality (coppice), 17 Nov. 1993, M.I.H. Brooker 1 1638 & A. Slee, (AD, CANB, BRl, MEL, NSW); 
Marimingo Hill, north of Genoa, 4 Mar. 1994, M.I.H. Brooker 1 1720 (BRl, CANB, MEL, NSW); ca. 60 km 
SE of Omeo on the Omeo Highway, 10 Feb. 1978, J.D. Briggs III (CANB); 15.6 miles from Buchan towards 
Orbost. 17 Sep. 1975. M.I.H. Brooker 4956 (AD, BRl, CANB. MEL, NSW). 
New South Wales: Nungatta North Station, 2.8 km south of Blackbird Creek on track to Nungatta 
South, 23 Jan. 1989, J.D. Briggs 2515 (CANB); 0.3 km west of Pericoe, II Nov. 1989, K. Hill 3644 & R. 
Makinson (CANB, MEL, NSW). 
12. Eucalyptus ser. Contiguae Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Renantheras pertinens, habitu fruticoso vel rare arbuscula, 
cortice pro parte maxima laevi, foliis viridibus numquam glaucis, inflorescentiis 7-11 
floribus, pedunculis brevissimis, alabastris brevibus verrucosis, fructibus sessilibus con- 
gestis distinguitur. 
TYPUS; Eucalyptus kyheanensis Maiden & Cambage 
A monotypic series. 
13. Eucalyptus ser. Pauciflorae L.A.S.Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Extracodical Eucalyptus ser. Pauciflorae L.A.S. Johnson (unpubl.) 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Renantheras pertinens, cortice laevi, foliis plantularum 
oppositis paucis, juvenilibus non oppositis petiolatis pendulis, adultis nitentibus venis 
principalibus longitudinalibus distinguitur. 
TYPUS: Eucalyptus pauciflora Sieber ex Spreng. 
This series comprises the snow gums. 
14. Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla Blakely 
Eucalyptus subser. Considenianae Brooker & Slee, suhser. nov. 
A subserie typica cortice qui asper est differt. 
TYPUs: Eucalyptus consideniana Maiden 
The erection of this subseries recognises fonually the natural affinity of the scribbly 
gums (subser. Psathyroxyla) and the silver-top ashes (subser. Considenianae) foreshad- 
owed in the study of the ash group of eucalypts by Brooker (1977). 
Acknowledgement 
We are grateful to Kevin Thiele for the drawings of the new taxa. 
References 
Blakely, W.F. (1934). A Key to the Euealvpts. (The Worker Trustees: Sydney.) 
Boomsma, C.D. (1980). One new species and two new subspecies of Eucalyptus from southern Australia. 
Journal of Adelaide Botanic Gardens 2: 293-298. 

Page image

570057 Eucalyptus Muelleria 9: 75
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342482
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437

Page text

Muelleria 9: 75-85 (1996) 
New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus 
M.I.H. Brooker & A. V. Slee 
Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, G.P.O. Box 1600, Canberra, 2601, Australian 
Capital Territory, Australia. 
ABSTRACT 
The coastal form of manna gum is established in the new combination. Eucalyptus 
viminalis subsp. pryoriana. The mallee box. Eucalyptus wimmerensis from western 
Victoria, is changed in rank to a subspecies of E. viridis and a recently discovered red 
box from far eastern Victoria, E. polyanthemos subsp. longior, is described. The mallee 
from north-western Victoria, incorrectly known as E. anceps (type = E. rugosa), which 
occurs chiefly in South and Western Australia is published as E. phenax. Notes on E. 
willisii subsp. falciformis and its extended distribution are given. Problems resulting 
from the inadequately documented distribution and variation in E. aromaphloia Pryor & 
Willis are discussed. Illustrations of buds, fruits and leaves and a distribution map are 
provided for E. polyanthemos subsp. longior and E. phenax. 
Introduction 
In the course of our field and herbarium studies in preparation of the Flora of Victoria 
treatment of the genus Eucalyptus, we have found that existing classifications are not 
always adequate to accommodate various species. Hence we erect eight new series and 
one new subseries. 
We have found some taxonomic groups particularly intractable. These include the 
peppermints, boxes and the so-called scent barks (E. aromaphloia group) which are 
discussed at length. In addition, we publish a new red box, E. polyanthemos subsp. 
longior, revise the status of E. wimmerensis and E. prywiana and provide a valid name, 
E. phenax, for the widespread mallee, formerly and incomectly known as E. anceps (R. 
Br. ex Maiden) Blakely. The order of presentation begins with notes on the peppermints 
and the E. aromaphloia group followed by the various formal taxonomic treatments in 
the order they appear in the forthcoming Flora of Victoria. 
Taxonomy 
1. Eucalyptus ser. Radiatae Chippendale 
Eucalyptus willisii Ladiges, Humphries & Brooker subsp. falciformis Newnham, 
Ladiges & Whiffm, Austr. J. Bot. 31: 583 (1986). type: Intersection of Taylor Rd and 
Burrong Shortcut, W of Mt. Victory, Grampian Ranges, 37°10’4”S, 142°14’40”E, 12 
June 1985, M. Newnham 64 (holotype: MEL 673439; isotypes: CANB, NSW). 
The identities of the peppermint eucalypts of Victoria have long been in contention. 
Blakely (1934) recognised three species, viz., E. lindleyana DC (syn. E. data Dehnh.), 
E. robertsonii (syn. E. radiata Sieber ex Spreng. subsp. rohertsonii (Blakely) Johnson & 
Blaxell), and E. dives Schauer. Blakely listed only New South Wales localities for 
typical E. radiata. 
Willis (1973) considered that E. radiata was so polymorphic that division of the 
species was not warranted. Hence he referred the narrow-leaved peppermints to E. 
radiata, apart from the distinctive E. data and the ‘near coastal’ peppermints occurring 
from ?Orbost (‘W’ in the distribution data) west presumably to South Australia (‘DE’ 
in the distribution data). He attributed this southern taxon to E. nitida, a Tasmanian 
peppermint as to type. Willis distinguished radiata from nitida in his key by the angle of 
75 

Page image

570063 Eucalyptus Muelleria 9: 77
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342484
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437

Page text

New taxa and nomenclature in Eucalyptus 
11 
included in E. viminalis subsp. cygnetensis by C.D.Boomsma (type: Cygnet River, 
Kangaroo Island, South Australia). 
Willis (1973) and Costermans (1981) extended the distribution of E. aromaphloia 
to East Gippsland. Chappill (1986) made a comprehensive study of the major 
aromaphloia forms across Victoria plus E. corticosa L. A. S. Johnson from the Rylstone 
area of central western New South Wales. Chappill concluded that there were four 
taxonomic entities involved, viz. E. corticosa s.s., Little Desert and western Grampians 
populations of E. aromaphloia, the typical form occurring from the Mt. William Range 
in the Grampians east to the Brisbane Ranges, and another wide-ranging form east of 
Melbourne. 
Populations ‘in the broader concept of E. aromaphloia' from east of Erica to the 
Eden area of far south-eastern New South Wales were segregated as a new species, E. 
ignorabilis, by Johnson & Hill (1991). The western limit for this species which, has dull 
green adult leaves, according to the protologue and our own observations, was given as 
‘around Morwell’. There is a problem in the distribution for the species as the map 
shows two sites clearly west of the cited area. These western populations, which we 
interpret to occur from Woori Yallock south-east to Driffield, have conspicuously 
glossy green adult leaves, ovate Juvenile leaves and cannot be E. ignorabilis. They have 
been published as E. fulgens by Rule (1996 see page 136 of this volume). Other prob- 
lems in the overall aromaphloia taxonomy have been brought to our attention by this 
author 
Recent fieldwork by ourselves indicates that typical E. aromaphloia is scattered 
and relatively widespread compared with other taxa in the group. It may be diagnosed 
by: 
• bark - rough to small branches, thick, hard, becoming deeply furrowed like 
ironbark; 
• juvenile leaves - elliptical to narrowly oblong, slightly crenulate, dull, bluish 
green; sessile to very shortly petiolate, opposite for many pairs; 
• adult leaves - slightly glossy, green to bluish green; 
• inflorescences - 7-flowered. 
It occurs in central and western Victoria from the Mt. William Range in the eastern 
Grampians north-east to the Fryers Range State Forest, south-east to Anglesea and south 
to Moonlight Head. West of this area, including part of the Grampian Ranges and Little 
Desert and south to near Cavendish, the juvenile leaves are ± linear. This fonn, worthy 
of recognition as a subspecies of E. aromaphloia and treated elsewhere in this volume as 
E. sabulosa K.RuIe, (see page 138), is never coastal. E. viminalis subsp. cygnetensis 
maybe confused with it in the south-west of the State but differs in the typical viminalis 
juvenile leaves, i.e. sessile usually amplexicaul, green, lanceolate, and remaining 
opposite for many leaf pairs. The fmit of viminalis are larger, with a more prominent 
ascending disc which varies from flattish to slightly ascending in both taxa of E. 
aromaphloia. 
A further form, restricted to the Mt Richmond area in the far south-west of the 
State, was rejected by Chappill in her study which was specifically on E. aromaphloia 
and closely related taxa. This form was considered by her to be E. viminalis subsp. 
cygnetensis. It is notable for the rough bark, yellow branchlets, and very glossy, green, 
adult and juvenile leaves. It is published elsewhere in this volume as E. splendens 
K.Rule (see page 140) and differs most conspicuously from the viminalis group in the 
seedling leaves which are soon very shortly petiolate and taper to the base and are not 
amplexicaul. 
Pryor & Willis’s (1954) surmise that E. aromaphloia occurs in South Australia has 
not been proved. Unsubstantiated sitings are probably E. viminalis subsp. cygnetemsis. 
3. Eucalyptus ser. Rufispermae Maiden 
Eucalyptus phenax Brooker & Slee, sp. nov. 
Eucalyptus anceps auct. pi. non (R.Br. ex Maiden) Blakely (1934). 
Eucalypto conglobatae (R.Br. ex Benth.) Maiden affinis a qua constanter habitu fruti- 

Page image

570073 Eucalyptus Muelleria 9: 81
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342488
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437

Page text

New taxa and nomenclature in Eucalyptus 
81 
tree with buds mostly in 7s. It occurs from west of Melbourne to Kangaroo island and 
southern Eyre Peninsula in South Australia. Subspecies pryoriana occupies infertile 
coastal sandy soils from Bellarine Peninsula east as far as Lake Tyers. It is a small tree 
with rough bark and buds in 3s. It occurs commonly with Banksia marginata and 
Leptospermum laevigatiiny also with E. willisii, E. hosistoana, E. baueriana and E. 
glohoidea. Neither of these subspecies of E. viminalis is completely distinctive and 
cygnetensis, in particular, may occur in populations in which the number of buds per 
inflorescence is variable. 
7. Eucalyptus ser. Neglectae Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Extracodical Eucalyptus ser. Neglectae L. A. S. Johnson (unpubl.) 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, folds 
arboris summae juvenilibus adultisque, inflorescentiis 7-15-floribus, pedunculis brevis- 
simis et alabastris fructibusque sessilibus, congestis et glaucis distinguitur. 
TYPUs: Eucalyptus neglecta Maiden 
A monotypic series. 
8. Eucalyptus ser. Crenulatae Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, foliis 
arboris summae omnino juvenilibus ovatis, primo glaucis postremo viridibus, inflores- 
centiis 7-1 1-floribus, alabastris pedicellatis glaucis et operculo rostrato distinguitur. 
type: Eucalyptus crenulata Blakely & Debeuzeville 
A monotypic series. 
9. Eucalyptus ser. Kitsonianae L. A. S. Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Extracodical E. ser. Kitsonianae L. A. S. Johnson (unpubl.) 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo vel fruticoso, cortice 
laevi, foliis juvenilibus sessilibus oppositis per nodos multos latis, foliis adultis magnis, 
inflorescentiis 7-floribus, prominenter bracteatis distinguitur. 
TYPE.’ Eucalyptus kitsoniana Maiden 
A monotypic series. 
10. Eucalyptus ser. Suhhuxeales Blakely 
Eucalyptus viridis R. Baker subsp. wimmerensis (Rule) Brooker & Slee, comb, et stat. 
nov. Eucalyptus wimmerensis Rule, Muelleria 7: 193 (1990), basionym. type: Victoria, 
Lawloit Range on the Western Highway between Nhill and Kaniva, 36°24’S, 141°31’E 
27 Dec. 1964, J./7. Willis s.n. (MEL). 
The box eucalypts are a vexing problem taxonomically. Occurring widely in all 
mainland States, they has never been a satisfactory comprehensive treatment. 
Simplistically, not they may be considered to consist of desert species, e.g. E. intertexta, 
tropical species, e.g. E. tectifica, floodplain species, e.g. E. microtheca, and eastern 
species which comprise a very large array of taxonomic series. These may be divided 
into two major groups, one in which the outer operculum is shed during bud develop- 
ment and a second in which the outer operculum is held until flowering. In this latter 
group are the mallee boxes which consist of about six species ranging from Eyre 
Peninsula through Victoria and New South Wales to south-eastern Queensland. 

Page image

570067 Eucalyptus Muelleria 9: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342487
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437

Page text

80 
M.I.H. Brooker & A.V. Slee 
Goolwa’, these latter, fairly restricted sites being on the mainland opposite. Nicolle 
distinguishes the widespread mainland species, E. phenax, from both of the related taxa, 
viz. E. conglohata and E. affinity conglobata. 
SELECTION OF SPECIMENS EXAMINED 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 30 km from Tammin on York road, 15 Sep. 1982, M.I.H. Brooker 7630 (CANB); 
opposite Stennet’s Lake, 26 Feb. 1985, M.I.H. Brooker 9120 (CANB); Mosquito Hill, Bolgart East Road, 3 
Sep. 1987, M.I.H. Brooker 9753 (CANB); 21.8 km south of Lake Grace town on Pingrup road, 23 Oct. 1983, 
K. Hill 329 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 22.4 km NW of Parmango Road on Clyde Rock Track, Margaret 
Johnston 8 (CANB). 
SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Gum Flat near Cleve, 16 May 1973, D. Boland 1521 (CANB); south-east of Mt. Hope, 
Eyre Peninsula, 6 Dec. 1972, M.I.H. Brooker 3865 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Between Waikerie 
and Blanchetown, 3 Apr. 1975, M.I.H. Brooker 4906 (AD, CANB); Murray Bridge, 6 Jan. 1907, R.H. 
Cambage & J.H. Maiden s.n. (CANB 6474); south-east corner of section 1 10, Hd. of Wiltunga, 4 Feb. 1966, 
B. Copley 8 (AD, CANB); about 10 km WSW of Coomandook, 20 May 1973, M.D. Crisp 476 (AD, CANB); 
15 km south-west of Kapunda, 1 Jul. 1973, M.D. Crisp 494 (AD, CANB); 25 km east of Tailem Bend on 
Pinnaroo road, 3 Sep. 1985, N.N. Donner 10635 (AD, CANB); Willaston, 5 Sep. 1967, D.N. Kraehenbuhl 
2749 (AD, CANB); Koppio, Eyre Peninsula, 28 Dec. 1977, L.D. Williams 9718 (CANB); Yorkc Peninsula, ca. 
‘/2 km south of Bluff, 13 Sep. 1974, J.Z. Weber 41 1 1 (AD, CANB). 
VICTORIA.- Wyperfeld National Park. Extreme E end of Ginap Track S.E. of Yallum Dune, 12 Nov. 1968, 
A.C. Beauglehole 29537 (MEL, CANB); 20.9 km S of Mildura on Ouyen road, 5 Sep. 1989, M.I.H. Brooker 
10264 (CANB); 14.6 km E of junction of WeiTimul road and north boundary track of Sunset Country, 1 1 Oct. 
1989, M.I.H. Brooker 10321 (CANB); 7.3 km south of Murray Valley Hwy, S of L. Kramer, II Oct. 1989, 
M.I.H. Brooker 10325 (CANB); Littie Desert National Park. Junction of Kiata South Road-Campground 
Road, 26 Sep. 1990, G. Cornwall. Ref L.D. 1/90 (CANB. MEL). 
4. Eucalyptus ser. Orbiculares Brooker & Siee, ser. nov. 
Eucalyptus subser. Perfoliatae Biakeiy, Key Eucs i50 (i934). 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, foiiis juveniiibus sessiiis oppositis 
per nodos muitos orbicuiaribus giaucis, foiiis aduitis hebetibus et infiorescentiis 
3-fioribus distinguitur. 
type: Eucalyptus perriniana F.Mueil. ex Rodway 
5. Eucalyptus ser. Bridgesianae Brooker & Siee, ser. nov. 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens foiiis juveniiibus sessiiis oppositis 
vei suboppositis per nodos muitos ovatis crenuiatis et infiorescentiis 7-floribus distin- 
guitur. 
typus: Eucalyptus bridgesiana R. Baker 
6. Eucalyptus ser. Viminales Blakely 
Eucalyptus viminalis subsp. pryoriana (L.A.S.Johnson) Brooker & Siee, comb, et stat. 
nov. 
Eucalyptus pryoriana L.A.S.Johnson, Contr. New’ South Wales Natl Herb. 3; 115 
(1962), basionym. E. viminalis var. racemosa F.Mueil. ex Blakely, Kev Eucalvpts 162 
(1934). Type: Port Phillip, Vic., Feb. 1880, ?F. Mueller (lectotype.- NSW //We L.A.S. 
Johnson, loc. cit.). 
The manna gums, E. viminalis sens, lat., are widely distributed in well-watered parts of 
south-eastern Australia. The typical mainland fomr is notable for its occurrence along 
valley bottoms and riversides in hilly or mountainous country where it is an erect, often 
tall tree with smooth bark except at the very base. There are usually prominent ribbons 
of imperfectly decorticated bark hanging in the crowns. Buds of the inflorescences are 
in 3s. The Juvenile leaves are green and remain sessile and opposite for many pairs. 
There are two currently recognised, non-typical infraspecific taxa, both of coastal 
and subcoastal plains in Victoria, apart from an extension into the southern Grampians. 
One is E. viminalis subsp. cygnetensis which is a completely rough-barked woodland 

Page image

563127 Eucalyptus splendens Muelleria 9: 140
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342601
Page is part of the work Three new Victorian species related to Eucalyptus aromaphloia L.D. Pryor and J.H. Willis and notes on the polymorphic nature of that species, doi:10.5962/p.198443

Page text

140 
K. Rule 
Although their respective seedling morphologies and ontogenies differ, E. sabulosa 
and E. aromaphloia are considered to be closely related. Their adjacent geographical 
positions and similarities in the adult features of bark, fruits and buds, support this 
proposition. 
SPECIMENS EXAMINED 
victoria: Little Dc.sert. 3 miles [4.8 km] west of Dimboola, 20 Sep. 1948, J.//. Willis (MEL706601); 
Little Desert at Huff s Swamp, 1 1 Sep. 1949. J.H. Willis, (MEL 1607347); Road between the Chimney Pots 
and Billywing. Victoria Range, along the western foot of the range, 23 Feb. 1957, M. McCarvie. P.E. Finch 
and A.C. Beauglehole 4082 (MEL); Teddy Bear’s Gap. Serra Range, Grampians, 19 Nov. 1961, N.A. 
Wakefield, (MEL16I0753; 6 miles [9.6 km] south of Moora Reservoir between Serra and Victoria Ranges, 
Grampians, 19 Nov. 1961, N.A. Wakefield (MEL 1 6 1 0749); Mt Rosea Summit, 16 Mar. 1968, .4.C. 
Beauglehole 24952 (MEL); Lake Wartook, southern side, 30 June 1972, A.C. Beauglehole 38386 (MEL); 20 
km south-east of Nhill. northern end of Little Desert National Park, 4 May 1981, G.C. Cornwall 365 (MEL); 
Victoria Range, beside Old Billywing Track, on western side of range, 6 Apr. 1985, M.G. Corrick 9430, 
(MEL); Adjacent to the Dunkeld Golf Course, 5 km NNW of Dunkeld, 6 Sep. 1988, D. Frood 022/88 (MEL). 
3 . Eucalyptus splendens K.Rule sp. nov. 
Eucalypto aromaphloiae L.D. Pryor & J.H. Willis affinis, foliis juvenilibus nitido- 
viridibus lanceolatis vel ovato-lanceolatis, caulibus plantularum cristatis subtiliter, 
valvis fructuum exsertis differ!. 
HOLOTYPUS: On the eastern perimeter of the Mt Richmond settlement, Portland-Nelson 
Rd, 38°12’S, 141°20’E, 29 Sep. 1992, K. Rule 9272 (MEL). 
Small, spreading trees to 10 m tall. Bark sub-fibrous, grey-brown, irregularly fissured, 
persistent throughout; light brown, smooth on branches, decorticating in short strips. 
Seedling leaves narrow-elliptical, decussate, sessile, pale green. Juvenile leaves narrow- 
lanceolate, lanceolate, becoming ovate-lanceolate in advanced juvenility, sessile then 
shortly petiolate approximately after 15 nodes, discolorous, lustrous green above and 
light green below, maturing to blue-green, glandular, acuminate, becoming disjunct 
(irregularly opposite, sub-opposite or alternate) between 10 and 18 nodes, 4-7 x 1-2 cm; 
growth tips lustrous; venation inconspicuous; stems square in section, finely ridged; 
nodes usually moderately crowded. Intermediate leaves ovate-lanceolate or ovate, 
shortly petiolate, lustrous, blue-green, concolorous. Adult leaves lanceolate, sub-lustrous 
or lustrous, slightly blue-green, glandular, 12-20 x 1.5-2. 2 cm; oil glands separate from 
veins; venation moderately reticulate; intramarginal veins 1-2 mm from margin; petioles 
slightly flattened, 1.5-2 cm long. Inflorescences simple, axillary, 7-flowered. Peduncles 
angled, slightly terete, 6-10 mm long. Floral buds ovoid, seamed, shortly petiolate, 4-6 x 
3-4 mm; opercula conical or obtuse-conical, as long as hypanthia; stamens all fertile, 
irregularly inflexed; filaments white; anthers versatile, oblong, dehiscing through longi- 
tudinal pores. Fruits ovoid or sub-globular, sub-sessile, 5-6 x 4-6 mm; discs ascending; 
valves often prominently exerted; locules 3 or 4; pedicels 1-2 mm long. Fertile seeds 
black, irregularly shaped, slightly flattened, lacunose. 
DISTRIBUTION 
Eiicalvptus splendens is known only from a single locality to the north west of Portland 
in Western Victoria between Mt Richmond settlement and Mt Richmond (Fig. 1). It 
grows on heavy soils of volcanic origin. The distribution which covers a linear distance 
of approximately 8 km and which contains several large remnants occurs along a narrow 
sub-coastal, seasonally water-logged belt within a few kilometres of the ocean. 
ASSOCIATED SPECIES 
Eiicalvptus splendens, often an abundant species, occurs in pure stands or in association 
with Eucalyptus willisii subsp. willisii Ladiges, Humphreys & Brooker, Eucalyptus 
kitsoniana Maiden and a large-fruited form of Eucalyptus ovata. Eucalyptus baxteri. 
Eucalyptus obliqua and Eucalyptus viminalis subsp. cygnetensis also occur in the vicini- 
ty but have no contact with this new species. 

Page image

939538 Eucalyptus splendens splendens Muelleria 9

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9".

570081 Eucalyptus Muelleria 9: 84
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342545
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437

Page text

84 
M.I.H. Brooker& A.V. Slee 
Other eastern species. Shedding of the whole androecium is very rare in Eucalyptus but 
may be seen in the entirely unrelated, E. macrandm, a Western Australian endemic 
(Brooker& Kleinig 1990). 
OTHER SPECIMENS EXAMINED 
Victoria: Reeve Road, west of Orbost, 16 Jan. 1980, M.I.H. Brooker 6813 (CANB, NSW, PERTH); 
Mottle Range road, north end, WNW of Orbost, .16 Jan. 1980, M.I.H. Brooker 6821 (CANB, MEL, NSW); 
type locality (coppice), 17 Nov. 1993, M.I.H. Brooker 1 1638 & A. Slee, (AD, CANB, BRl, MEL, NSW); 
Marimingo Hill, north of Genoa, 4 Mar. 1994, M.I.H. Brooker 1 1720 (BRl, CANB, MEL, NSW); ca. 60 km 
SE of Omeo on the Omeo Highway, 10 Feb. 1978, J.D. Briggs III (CANB); 15.6 miles from Buchan towards 
Orbost. 17 Sep. 1975. M.I.H. Brooker 4956 (AD, BRl, CANB. MEL, NSW). 
New South Wales: Nungatta North Station, 2.8 km south of Blackbird Creek on track to Nungatta 
South, 23 Jan. 1989, J.D. Briggs 2515 (CANB); 0.3 km west of Pericoe, II Nov. 1989, K. Hill 3644 & R. 
Makinson (CANB, MEL, NSW). 
12. Eucalyptus ser. Contiguae Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Renantheras pertinens, habitu fruticoso vel rare arbuscula, 
cortice pro parte maxima laevi, foliis viridibus numquam glaucis, inflorescentiis 7-11 
floribus, pedunculis brevissimis, alabastris brevibus verrucosis, fructibus sessilibus con- 
gestis distinguitur. 
TYPUS; Eucalyptus kyheanensis Maiden & Cambage 
A monotypic series. 
13. Eucalyptus ser. Pauciflorae L.A.S.Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Extracodical Eucalyptus ser. Pauciflorae L.A.S. Johnson (unpubl.) 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Renantheras pertinens, cortice laevi, foliis plantularum 
oppositis paucis, juvenilibus non oppositis petiolatis pendulis, adultis nitentibus venis 
principalibus longitudinalibus distinguitur. 
TYPUS: Eucalyptus pauciflora Sieber ex Spreng. 
This series comprises the snow gums. 
14. Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla Blakely 
Eucalyptus subser. Considenianae Brooker & Slee, suhser. nov. 
A subserie typica cortice qui asper est differt. 
TYPUs: Eucalyptus consideniana Maiden 
The erection of this subseries recognises fonually the natural affinity of the scribbly 
gums (subser. Psathyroxyla) and the silver-top ashes (subser. Considenianae) foreshad- 
owed in the study of the ash group of eucalypts by Brooker (1977). 
Acknowledgement 
We are grateful to Kevin Thiele for the drawings of the new taxa. 
References 
Blakely, W.F. (1934). A Key to the Euealvpts. (The Worker Trustees: Sydney.) 
Boomsma, C.D. (1980). One new species and two new subspecies of Eucalyptus from southern Australia. 
Journal of Adelaide Botanic Gardens 2: 293-298. 

Page image

563494 Eucalyptus viminalis pryoriana Muelleria 9: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342487
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437
819878 Eucalyptus viminalis racemosa Muelleria 9: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342487
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437
599573 Eucalyptus viridis viridis Muelleria 9: 81
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342488
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437
563496 Eucalyptus viridis wimmerensis Muelleria 9: 81
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342488
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437
563487 Eucalyptus willisii willisii Muelleria 9: 75
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342482
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437
563488 Eucalyptus willisii falciformis Muelleria 9: 75
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342482
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437
819879 Eucalyptus wimmerensis Muelleria 9: 81
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342488
Page is part of the work New taxa and some new nomenclature in Eucalyptus, doi:10.5962/p.198437

Page text

New taxa and nomenclature in Eucalyptus 
81 
tree with buds mostly in 7s. It occurs from west of Melbourne to Kangaroo island and 
southern Eyre Peninsula in South Australia. Subspecies pryoriana occupies infertile 
coastal sandy soils from Bellarine Peninsula east as far as Lake Tyers. It is a small tree 
with rough bark and buds in 3s. It occurs commonly with Banksia marginata and 
Leptospermum laevigatiiny also with E. willisii, E. hosistoana, E. baueriana and E. 
glohoidea. Neither of these subspecies of E. viminalis is completely distinctive and 
cygnetensis, in particular, may occur in populations in which the number of buds per 
inflorescence is variable. 
7. Eucalyptus ser. Neglectae Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Extracodical Eucalyptus ser. Neglectae L. A. S. Johnson (unpubl.) 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, folds 
arboris summae juvenilibus adultisque, inflorescentiis 7-15-floribus, pedunculis brevis- 
simis et alabastris fructibusque sessilibus, congestis et glaucis distinguitur. 
TYPUs: Eucalyptus neglecta Maiden 
A monotypic series. 
8. Eucalyptus ser. Crenulatae Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo, cortice aspero, foliis 
arboris summae omnino juvenilibus ovatis, primo glaucis postremo viridibus, inflores- 
centiis 7-1 1-floribus, alabastris pedicellatis glaucis et operculo rostrato distinguitur. 
type: Eucalyptus crenulata Blakely & Debeuzeville 
A monotypic series. 
9. Eucalyptus ser. Kitsonianae L. A. S. Johnson ex Brooker & Slee, ser. nov. 
Extracodical E. ser. Kitsonianae L. A. S. Johnson (unpubl.) 
Ad Eucalyptum sectionem Macrantheras pertinens, habitu arboreo vel fruticoso, cortice 
laevi, foliis juvenilibus sessilibus oppositis per nodos multos latis, foliis adultis magnis, 
inflorescentiis 7-floribus, prominenter bracteatis distinguitur. 
TYPE.’ Eucalyptus kitsoniana Maiden 
A monotypic series. 
10. Eucalyptus ser. Suhhuxeales Blakely 
Eucalyptus viridis R. Baker subsp. wimmerensis (Rule) Brooker & Slee, comb, et stat. 
nov. Eucalyptus wimmerensis Rule, Muelleria 7: 193 (1990), basionym. type: Victoria, 
Lawloit Range on the Western Highway between Nhill and Kaniva, 36°24’S, 141°31’E 
27 Dec. 1964, J./7. Willis s.n. (MEL). 
The box eucalypts are a vexing problem taxonomically. Occurring widely in all 
mainland States, they has never been a satisfactory comprehensive treatment. 
Simplistically, not they may be considered to consist of desert species, e.g. E. intertexta, 
tropical species, e.g. E. tectifica, floodplain species, e.g. E. microtheca, and eastern 
species which comprise a very large array of taxonomic series. These may be divided 
into two major groups, one in which the outer operculum is shed during bud develop- 
ment and a second in which the outer operculum is held until flowering. In this latter 
group are the mallee boxes which consist of about six species ranging from Eyre 
Peninsula through Victoria and New South Wales to south-eastern Queensland. 

Page image

570052 Genoplesium ciliatum Muelleria 9: 68, figs 1, 2, 3 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342475
570111 Gynatrix macrophylla Muelleria 9: 191, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342652
Page is part of the work A new species of Gynatrix (Willd.) Alef. (Malvaceae) from eastern Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198447

Page text

Miielleria9: 191 - 193 ( 1996 ) 
A new species of Gynatrix (Willd.) Alef. (Malvaceae) from eastern 
Victoria 
N.G. Walsh 
National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South 
Yarra, 3141, Victoria, Australia. 
ABSTRACT 
Gvnatrix macrophylla is described as a new species distinguished from G. pulchella by 
its larger, more densely indumented leaves, and larger flowers and fruit. Its distribution, 
habitat and conservation status are outlined. 
Introduction 
In preparing an account of the Malvaceae to be published in Volume 3 of the Flora of 
Victoria, it became apparent that there are 2 distinct species of Gynatrix in Victoria. The 
opportunity is here taken to name a previously undescribed taxon prior to the Flora’s 
publication later this year. 
Taxonomy 
Gynatrix macrophylla N.G. Walsh sp. nov. 
a Gynatrix pulchella (Willd.) Alef. folds majoribus, cordatis magis, pagina abaxiali 
steliato-tomentosa dense et aequaliter, floribus majoribus (calyce 4. 5-6. 5 mm longo, 
petalis 6-10 mm longis in floribus masculis; calyce 3. 5-4. 5 mm longo, petalis 2-3 mm 
longis in floribus femineis), fructibus majoribus (mericapiis 5-6 mm longis, seminibus 
3-3.5 mm longis) distinguitur. 
TYPUs: Victoria, North-east, Howqua River, 5 km south-east from Mt Timbertop, 28 
May \9S7, N.G. Walsh 1845 (holotypus: MEL; isotypi: CANB, PERTH). 
Dioecious shrub or small tree to c. 5 m high. Leaves ovate to broad-ovate, (4-)6-12(-20) 
cm long, (2.5-)4-9(-14) cm wide, deeply cordate at base, and often with the basal lobes 
overlapped; margins crenate or crenate-serrate; grey or whitish beneath, with the lower 
lamina obscured by a dense, even layer of stellate trichomes; upper lamina green to 
grey-green, glabrescent or with sparse to dense stellate trichomes persisting. Male 
flowers', calyx cupular, 4. 5-6. 5 mm long, densely stellate-pubescent, divided to Just 
above midway, lobes broadly acute; petals cream, narrowly obovate, 6-10 mm long, 
minutely stellate-pubescent toward the apex on the abaxial surface; anthers minutely 
stellate-pubescent. Female flowers', calyx as for males but smaller, 3. 5-4. 5 mm long 
(enlarging to c. 5 mm long in fruit); petals cream, shortly united with ovary near base, 
the free part c. oblong, stellate-pubescent near apex, exceeding calyx by c. 1-2 mm; 
style-branches stellate-pubescent along abaxial surface; ovary densely stellate- 
pubescent. Mature mericarps 5-6 mm long, c. 3 mm wide; seeds smooth, dark brown, 
3-3.5 mm long, 1.5-2 mm diami., obliquely ovoid with a minutely incurved, uncinate tip, 
more or less trigonous in section. (Fig. 1) 
PHENOLOGY 
Flowering specimens have been collected in February, May, October, November and 
December. The flowers of one male specimen were described as ‘chocolate-scented’. 
Fruiting specimens have been collected in December and February. 
191 

Page image

818129 Haplopappus bellidioides Muelleria 9: 183
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342644
Page is part of the work A review of the Erigeron pappocromus Labill. complex, doi:10.5962/p.198446

Page text

Review of the Erigeron pappocromiis complex 
183 
Erigeron pappocroinus Labill. Form B, M. Gray in A.B. Costin et al., Kosciusko Alpine 
FI. 364 (1979). Erigeron sp. A, M.F. Porteners in G.J. Flarden (ed.), FI. New South 
Wales y 177 (1992). 
Rhizomic herb, often forming colonies comprising rosettes 4-10 cm in diameter. 
Rhizomes not spreading widely, reddish-brown, 2-A mm in diameter. Leaves spathulate, 
15-50 mm long, 6-15(-20) mm wide, multicellular glandular and acicular hairs usually 
restricted to margins and nerves; lamina surface viscid from sessile glands, commonly 
crenate or denticulate towards apex, base attenuate; petiole gradually expanding into 
lamina. Inflorescence a simple capitulum. Scape 2.5-17 cm long, glutinous, sparsely 
woolly with multicellular hairs; bracts 2-6, distant along scape, becoming linear, 
5-10(-20) mm long towards apex of the scape. Involucre turbinate, 1.5-2. 5 cm wide, 1 
cm high.; bracts 25-42, 2-3 seriate, linear, acute, margins hyaline, ciliate towards apex, 
apices often purplish, viscid with sessile glandular hairs as well as occasional multicel- 
lular hairs. Rav florets 43-100; corolla white or purplish with limb 4-5 mm long; style 
4.5 mm long;’ style-arms subulate, 1 mm long. Disc florets 12-40, hermaphroditic, 
corolla narrowly funnelform, 5-lobed, 5 mm long; style 3.5 mm long; style-arms 
narrowly elliptic 1 mm long. Pappus capillary, white, 5-6 mm long. Achenes 7 mm 
long, flattened, smooth with distinctly thickened marginal ribs. (Figure 3) 
ETYMOLOGY 
The specific epithet refers to the shiny, varnished leaf surface characterising this 
species. 
DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT 
New South Wales and Victoria; in alpine grasslands and heathlands of mainland 
Australia where sympatric with E. bellidioides. 
CONSERVATION STATUS 
Erigeron nitidus is restricted in habitat, but is widely distributed and adequately 
reserved. 
SELECTED SPECIMENS 
NEW SOUTH wales: Munyang Mountains, alt. 4-6,000 ft, Jan. 1855, F. Mueller (MEL); Mt Kosciusko, 
Jan. \%1 A. F. Mueller (MEL). 
victoria: Hotham Heights, 27 Mar. 1973, A.C. Beauglehole 41693 (MEL); Upper Mitta Mitta, F. 
Mueller (MEL); Dargo High Plains, Lankeys Plain, 1 Jan. 1982, N.G. Walsh (MEL). 
4. Erigeron bellidioides (Hook.f ) S.J.Forbes & D. I. Morris, comb. nov. 
(H)Aplopappus bellidioides Hook.f, Hooker’s London J. Bot. 6: 112 (1847); Erigeron 
gunnii var. bellidioides (Hook.f) Hook.f, Flora Tasman. 1: 183, t.46B (1856). 
Erigeron pappocromiis var. gunnii auct. non (Hook.f) Benth.: M.F. Porteners in G.J. 
Harden (ed.), FI. New South Wales 3: 176 (1992). Erigeron pappocromiis Labill. Form 
C, M. Gray in A.B. Costin et al., Kosciusko Alpine FI. 364 (1979). 
type: Middlesex Plains, Tas., Gunn 692\ holotype: K photograph seen, see note. 
Rhizomic herb, often forming spreading colonies of rosettes 4-10 cm in diameter. 
Rhizomes not spreading widely, reddish-brown, 2-4 mm in diameter, clothed in 
scale-like deltoid bracts 1-2 mm long, narrowly triangular, 6-10 mm at base of rosette. 
Leaves spathulate, 15-80 mm long, 5-15(-20) mm wide; lamina hirsute with multicellu- 
lar hairs 0.1-1 mm long with a few sessile glands, commonly crenate or denticulate 
towards apex, base attenuate, margins ciliate, petiole gradually expanding into lamina. 
Inflorescence a simple capitulum. Scape 1.5-30 cm long, at first woolly with multicellu- 
lar hairs to 0.5 mm. Bracts 2-6, distant along scape, becoming linear, 5-10(-20) mm 
long towards apex of scape. Involucre turbinate, 1.5-2. 5 cm wide, 1 cm high; bracts 
25-45, 2-3 seriate, linear, acute, margins hyaline, ciliate towards apex, apices often 

Page image

932855 Haplopappus gunnii Muelleria 9

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9".

570033 Hovea acutifolia Muelleria 9: 24, figs 5, 6 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342517
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R.Br. (Fabaceae):6, doi:10.5962/p.198430

Page text

24 
J.H. Ross 
Fig. 4. Distribution of Hovea longifolia. 
REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS (total number examined 82) 
NEW SOUTH wales: 8 km SE of Clyde Mountain, near Batemans Bay, 1 1 Sep. 1963, LG. Adams 658 
(CANB, MEL, NSW). Tahlee, Port Stephens, 23 Oct. 1956, E.F. Constable (NSW 166446). Cumberland State 
Forest, West Pennant Hills, 29 Oct. 1976, R. Coveny 8526 (MEL, NSW). Bent’s Basin, 8.1 km S of Wallacia, 
9 Sep. 1971, B. Stevenson & R. Coveny 3642 (AD, HO, MEL, NSW). 5 km SE of Wingello, 12 Nov. 1973, 
I.R. Telford 3638 (CBG, NSW). 0.5 km SW of Mt Walimma trig, 30 Aug. 1987, D.E. Albrecht 3294 (CBG 
MEL, NSW). 
3. Hovea acutifoUa A.Cunn. ex G.Don, Gen. Hist. 2: 126 (1832); Benth., FI. Austral. 
2: 174 (1864); Stanley & E. Ross, FI. South-eastern Queensland 1; 270 (1983); 
Thompson & Lee in Lee & Thompson, FI. New South Wales 101(2); 137 (1984). type: 
New South Wales, W of Mt Warning, 1827, A. Cunningham 160. lectotype (here 
selected): BM; isolectotype; NSW. 
Shrub or slender tree to 4 m high; branchlets densely clothed with curled, crinkled or 
straightish hairs, sometimes with longer almost straight hairs projecting beyond a 
shorter understorey, occasionally the majority of hairs spreading and villous, hairs 
usually ferruginous or grey. Leaves: lamina more or less flat on upper surface on either 
side of a depressed midrib or raised on either side of the midrib and broadly V-shaped 
in section, sometimes the margins slightly recurved, usually broadest at or near the 
middle and tapering evenly towards the apex and base but sometimes obtuse apically, 
elliptic or sometimes elliptic-oblong or occasionally obovate, 2.5-8(-10) cm long, 
0.4-2. 7 cm wide, upper surface finely reticulate, the primary lateral veins not obviously 

Page image

570023 Hovea heterophylla Muelleria 9: 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342526
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R.Br. (Fabaceae):6, doi:10.5962/p.198430

Page text

Muelleria 9: 15-28 (1996) 
Notes on Hovea R.Br, (Fabaceae): 6 
J.H. Ross 
National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South 
Yarra, 3141, Victoria, Australia. 
ABSTRACT 
Accounts of Hovea linearis (Sm.) R.Br., H. longifolia R.Br. and H. acntifolia A.Cunn. 
ex G.Don are provided. Hovea linearis, H. heterophylla A.Cunn. ex Hook.f., 
H. heterophylla forma decipiens Domin, H. longifolia and H. acntifolia are 
lectotypified. 
Introduction 
While continuing studies of the eastern Australian Hovea species, it became apparent 
that the description of H. linearis was based on discordant elements. This opportunity is 
taken to lectotypify the species in a manner that preserves the traditional and current 
usage of the name and to provide an account of the species. Accounts are also provided 
of H. longifolia and H. acntifolia and a lectotype is selected for each. Bentham, 
FI. Anstral. 2: 172 (1864), adopted a very broad concept of H. longifolia, as a result of 
which the name has been widely used for plants from South Australia, Queensland, New 
South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. However, the species has a fairly restricted 
distribution in New South Wales. Attention is drawn to the range of morphological 
variation encountered within H. acntifolia and to difficulties experienced in naming 
some specimens with certainty. 
Taxonomy 
1. Hovea linearis (Sm.) R.Br. in W.T.Aiton, Hortns Kew. edn 2, 4: 275 (1812); 
Edwards, Bot. Reg. 6: t.463 (1820); DC., Prodr. 2: 115 (1825); Lodd., Bot. Cab. 
13: t.l222 (1827); Paxton, Bot. Mag. 12: 75 (1846); Benth., FI. Anstral. 2: 172 (1864); 
Stanley & E. Ross, FI. South-eastern Queensland 1: 270 (1983); Thompson & Lee 
in Lee & Thompson, FI. New South Wales 101(2): 135 (1984). Poiretia linearis 
Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. London 9: 304 (1808) comb, illegit.. Phusicarpos linearis 
(Sm.) Poir. in Lamarck & Poiret, Encycl, meth. Bot., suppl. 4: 400 (1816). type: New 
South Wales, Port Jackson, 1791, J. White s.n. lectotype (here selected) : LINN 
(sheet 1190.1 pro parte.) Hovea heterophylla A.Cunn. ex Hook.f, FI. Tasmaniae 1: 93 
(1856), 1. 15 (1855); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 172 (1864); Domin, Bihlioth. Bot. 22: (89^): 
728 (1925); J.M. Black, FI. S. Australia edn 2: 447 (1948); Burbidge & Gray, FI. 
Austral. Cap. Territ. 218 (1970): J.H. Willis, Handh. PI. Victoria 2: 281 (1973); W.M. 
Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasmania edn 2, 1: 148 (1975). type: Tasmania, 1833, R. Gunn 
139. LECTOPTYPE (here selected): K. Hovea heterophylla forma decipiens Domin, 
Biblioth. Bot. 22 (89^): 175 (1925). type: prope Brisbane River, Queensland, A. Dietrich 
s.n. LECTOTYPE (here selected) : HBG; isolectotypes: BRI 345555, HBG (3 sheets), 
NSW 166774, PR 527083, 527084, PRC. 
Subshrub to 1 m high, stems usually several, slender, procumhent, straggling or erect, 
sparingly to densely clothed with appressed to slightly spreading antrorse hairs. Leaves 
usually dimorphic, lamina of lower leaves usually ovate or elliptic, rarely rotund, 
(0.3-)l-5 cm long, (0.2-)0.5-1.3(-L6) cm wide, lamina of upper leaves linear, linear- 
oblong or narrow ovate-oblong, 1.4-11 cm long, 0.3-0.7(-l) cm wide, the lamina 
15 

Page image

822581 Hovea heterophylla Muelleria 9: 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342526
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R.Br. (Fabaceae):6, doi:10.5962/p.198430

Page text

Muelleria 9: 15-28 (1996) 
Notes on Hovea R.Br, (Fabaceae): 6 
J.H. Ross 
National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South 
Yarra, 3141, Victoria, Australia. 
ABSTRACT 
Accounts of Hovea linearis (Sm.) R.Br., H. longifolia R.Br. and H. acntifolia A.Cunn. 
ex G.Don are provided. Hovea linearis, H. heterophylla A.Cunn. ex Hook.f., 
H. heterophylla forma decipiens Domin, H. longifolia and H. acntifolia are 
lectotypified. 
Introduction 
While continuing studies of the eastern Australian Hovea species, it became apparent 
that the description of H. linearis was based on discordant elements. This opportunity is 
taken to lectotypify the species in a manner that preserves the traditional and current 
usage of the name and to provide an account of the species. Accounts are also provided 
of H. longifolia and H. acntifolia and a lectotype is selected for each. Bentham, 
FI. Anstral. 2: 172 (1864), adopted a very broad concept of H. longifolia, as a result of 
which the name has been widely used for plants from South Australia, Queensland, New 
South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. However, the species has a fairly restricted 
distribution in New South Wales. Attention is drawn to the range of morphological 
variation encountered within H. acntifolia and to difficulties experienced in naming 
some specimens with certainty. 
Taxonomy 
1. Hovea linearis (Sm.) R.Br. in W.T.Aiton, Hortns Kew. edn 2, 4: 275 (1812); 
Edwards, Bot. Reg. 6: t.463 (1820); DC., Prodr. 2: 115 (1825); Lodd., Bot. Cab. 
13: t.l222 (1827); Paxton, Bot. Mag. 12: 75 (1846); Benth., FI. Anstral. 2: 172 (1864); 
Stanley & E. Ross, FI. South-eastern Queensland 1: 270 (1983); Thompson & Lee 
in Lee & Thompson, FI. New South Wales 101(2): 135 (1984). Poiretia linearis 
Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. London 9: 304 (1808) comb, illegit.. Phusicarpos linearis 
(Sm.) Poir. in Lamarck & Poiret, Encycl, meth. Bot., suppl. 4: 400 (1816). type: New 
South Wales, Port Jackson, 1791, J. White s.n. lectotype (here selected) : LINN 
(sheet 1190.1 pro parte.) Hovea heterophylla A.Cunn. ex Hook.f, FI. Tasmaniae 1: 93 
(1856), 1. 15 (1855); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 172 (1864); Domin, Bihlioth. Bot. 22: (89^): 
728 (1925); J.M. Black, FI. S. Australia edn 2: 447 (1948); Burbidge & Gray, FI. 
Austral. Cap. Territ. 218 (1970): J.H. Willis, Handh. PI. Victoria 2: 281 (1973); W.M. 
Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasmania edn 2, 1: 148 (1975). type: Tasmania, 1833, R. Gunn 
139. LECTOPTYPE (here selected): K. Hovea heterophylla forma decipiens Domin, 
Biblioth. Bot. 22 (89^): 175 (1925). type: prope Brisbane River, Queensland, A. Dietrich 
s.n. LECTOTYPE (here selected) : HBG; isolectotypes: BRI 345555, HBG (3 sheets), 
NSW 166774, PR 527083, 527084, PRC. 
Subshrub to 1 m high, stems usually several, slender, procumhent, straggling or erect, 
sparingly to densely clothed with appressed to slightly spreading antrorse hairs. Leaves 
usually dimorphic, lamina of lower leaves usually ovate or elliptic, rarely rotund, 
(0.3-)l-5 cm long, (0.2-)0.5-1.3(-L6) cm wide, lamina of upper leaves linear, linear- 
oblong or narrow ovate-oblong, 1.4-11 cm long, 0.3-0.7(-l) cm wide, the lamina 
15 

Page image

570025 Hovea heterophylla decipiens Muelleria 9: 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342526
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R.Br. (Fabaceae):6, doi:10.5962/p.198430
822582 Hovea heterophylla decipiens Muelleria 9: 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342526
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R.Br. (Fabaceae):6, doi:10.5962/p.198430
570014 Hovea linearis Muelleria 9: 15, figs 1, 2 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342526
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R.Br. (Fabaceae):6, doi:10.5962/p.198430

Page text

Muelleria 9: 15-28 (1996) 
Notes on Hovea R.Br, (Fabaceae): 6 
J.H. Ross 
National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South 
Yarra, 3141, Victoria, Australia. 
ABSTRACT 
Accounts of Hovea linearis (Sm.) R.Br., H. longifolia R.Br. and H. acntifolia A.Cunn. 
ex G.Don are provided. Hovea linearis, H. heterophylla A.Cunn. ex Hook.f., 
H. heterophylla forma decipiens Domin, H. longifolia and H. acntifolia are 
lectotypified. 
Introduction 
While continuing studies of the eastern Australian Hovea species, it became apparent 
that the description of H. linearis was based on discordant elements. This opportunity is 
taken to lectotypify the species in a manner that preserves the traditional and current 
usage of the name and to provide an account of the species. Accounts are also provided 
of H. longifolia and H. acntifolia and a lectotype is selected for each. Bentham, 
FI. Anstral. 2: 172 (1864), adopted a very broad concept of H. longifolia, as a result of 
which the name has been widely used for plants from South Australia, Queensland, New 
South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. However, the species has a fairly restricted 
distribution in New South Wales. Attention is drawn to the range of morphological 
variation encountered within H. acntifolia and to difficulties experienced in naming 
some specimens with certainty. 
Taxonomy 
1. Hovea linearis (Sm.) R.Br. in W.T.Aiton, Hortns Kew. edn 2, 4: 275 (1812); 
Edwards, Bot. Reg. 6: t.463 (1820); DC., Prodr. 2: 115 (1825); Lodd., Bot. Cab. 
13: t.l222 (1827); Paxton, Bot. Mag. 12: 75 (1846); Benth., FI. Anstral. 2: 172 (1864); 
Stanley & E. Ross, FI. South-eastern Queensland 1: 270 (1983); Thompson & Lee 
in Lee & Thompson, FI. New South Wales 101(2): 135 (1984). Poiretia linearis 
Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. London 9: 304 (1808) comb, illegit.. Phusicarpos linearis 
(Sm.) Poir. in Lamarck & Poiret, Encycl, meth. Bot., suppl. 4: 400 (1816). type: New 
South Wales, Port Jackson, 1791, J. White s.n. lectotype (here selected) : LINN 
(sheet 1190.1 pro parte.) Hovea heterophylla A.Cunn. ex Hook.f, FI. Tasmaniae 1: 93 
(1856), 1. 15 (1855); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 172 (1864); Domin, Bihlioth. Bot. 22: (89^): 
728 (1925); J.M. Black, FI. S. Australia edn 2: 447 (1948); Burbidge & Gray, FI. 
Austral. Cap. Territ. 218 (1970): J.H. Willis, Handh. PI. Victoria 2: 281 (1973); W.M. 
Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasmania edn 2, 1: 148 (1975). type: Tasmania, 1833, R. Gunn 
139. LECTOPTYPE (here selected): K. Hovea heterophylla forma decipiens Domin, 
Biblioth. Bot. 22 (89^): 175 (1925). type: prope Brisbane River, Queensland, A. Dietrich 
s.n. LECTOTYPE (here selected) : HBG; isolectotypes: BRI 345555, HBG (3 sheets), 
NSW 166774, PR 527083, 527084, PRC. 
Subshrub to 1 m high, stems usually several, slender, procumhent, straggling or erect, 
sparingly to densely clothed with appressed to slightly spreading antrorse hairs. Leaves 
usually dimorphic, lamina of lower leaves usually ovate or elliptic, rarely rotund, 
(0.3-)l-5 cm long, (0.2-)0.5-1.3(-L6) cm wide, lamina of upper leaves linear, linear- 
oblong or narrow ovate-oblong, 1.4-11 cm long, 0.3-0.7(-l) cm wide, the lamina 
15 

Page image

822586 Hovea longifolia albiflora Muelleria 9: 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342520
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R.Br. (Fabaceae):6, doi:10.5962/p.198430
570028 Hovea longifolia Muelleria 9: 21, fig 3, 4 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342520
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R.Br. (Fabaceae):6, doi:10.5962/p.198430

Page text

Hovea (Fabaceae): 6 
21 
victoria: beside Femtree Gully railway line, 0.8 km E of Ringwood, II Dec. 1960, T.B. Muir 2011 
(MEL). 
TASMANIA: SE of Epping Forest, 6 Sep. 1967,///. Hemsiey 6174 (HO, MEL, NSW). 
2. Hovea longifolia R.Br. in W.T.Aiton, Hortus Kew. edn 2, 4:275 (1812); Edwards, 
Bot. Reg. 8: t. 614 (1822); DC., Prodr. 2: 1 15 (1825); Thompson & Lee in Lee & 
Thompson, FI. New South Wales 101(2): 139 (1984). Phusicarpos longifolia (R.Br.) 
Poir. in Lamarck & Poiret, Encycl. meth. Bot. siippl. 4: 400 (1816). type: New South 
Wales, Port Jackson, R. Brown, lectotype (here selected): BM; isolectotypes: 
E, MEL 1520374. Hovea racemiilosa Benth. in Bindley, Edwards Bot. Reg. 28: 39, 
misc. no. 36 (1842); Bindley, Edwards Bot. Reg. 29: t.4 (1843). type: raised from seed 
from New South Wales (the alleged Swan River origin is incorrect), lectotype (here 
selected): K. Hovea longifolia R.Br. var. normalis Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 173 (1864) 
pro parte quoad specim. ‘Port Jackson, R. Brown, Sieber n. 376’. Hovea longifolia 
R.Br. forma albiflora Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22 (89^): 729 (1925) nom. nud. 
Shrub to 3 m high; branchlets densely clothed with a short understorey of curled or 
crinkled hairs and longer projecting hairs or sometimes the long hairs appressed and 
concealing any understorey. Leaves: lamina usually arched up on either side of the 
midrib and recurved so as to appear linear-oblong or oblong, (B2-)2-8.5(-l 1.2) cm 
long, 0.18-0.85 cm wide, upper surface glabrous, glossy, tbe venation not raised and 
unduly prominent, lower surface densely clothed with an understorey of coiled or curled 
hairs from which scattered longer hairs project or the hairs exclusively curled or coiled 
and discontinuous, the hairs usually ferruginous at least on the midrib; petiole 2.5-4 
mm long, densely pubescent like the branchlet. Stipules subulate, 1-1.5 mm long, 
densely pubescent, soon deciduous. Inflorescences axillary, subsessile or on peduncles 
up to 3 mm long, usually 2- or 3-flowered or sometimes the axis growing on to form a 
leaf-bearing shoot. Flowers pedicellate, the pedicels 4-6 mm long, densely clothed with 
long hairs which project beyond shorter curled or crinkled hairs; bracteoles ovate to 
oblong, 1-2 mm long, shorter than the calyx-tube, sometimes inserted a short distance 
below the calyx, densely pubescent like tbe pedicel and bract; bract 1-2 mm long, 
inserted (B5-) 2.5-4 mm below the bracteoles. Calyx densely clothed with short coiled 
or curled often ferruginous hairs and longer straighter hairs: 2 upper lobes 4-5 mm 
long including the tube 2-2.5 mm long; the 3 lower lobes 1.3-2 mm long, the central 
one often somewhat reflexed. Standard 6. 8-8. 5 mm long including a claw 1.8-2. 5 mm 
long, 8. 5-9. 5 mm wide, usually broader than long, slightly emarginate apically, pale 
mauve; wings 6-7.5 mm long including a claw 1.5-2 mm long, 2. 6-3. 2 mm wide; keel 
petals 4. 5-5. 2 mm long including a claw 1.5-2 mm long, 2-2.4 mm wide. Stamen- 
filaments 3. 7-5. 2 mm long. Ovary subsessile, 1.2-1. 5 mm long, 2-ovulate. Pods sessile, 
obliquely globular, ovoid or ellipsoid or sometimes transversely elliptic, 0.8- 1.7 cm 
long, 1-1.3 cm wide, densely clothed with curled ferruginous hairs externally when 
young and with weak white hairs internally. Seeds elliptic, plump, 5.5-6 mm long, 
3.25-3.5 mm wide, 3-3.5 mm thick, black, hilum linear, the aril extending for almost 
the length of the seed. (Tig. 3) 
DISTRIBUTION AND ECOLOGY 
Occurs in coastal areas of New South Wales from Port Stephens in the north 
southwards to the foothills of the Southern Tablelands SW of Mt Walimma, just north 
of the Victoria border (Fig. 4). One specimen (NSW 166488) with a label bearing the 
locality ‘Stanthorpe, Queensland’ is a mixed gathering consisting of 5 twigs of 
H. linearis and one of H. longifolia. This is the only record of H. longifolia from 
Queensland and as it is so far removed from the nearest known population of the 
species the most likely explanation is that the label belongs with the specimens of 
H. linearis and that the specimen of H. longifolia was inadvertently mixed in with them. 
This suggestion is supported by the presence in other herbaria of apparent duplicates, 
collections distributed from NSW which consist entirely of specimens of H. linearis. 
Recorded from sandy soil in dry and in wet sclerophyll forest, dry sclerophyll forest 
on sandstone, rocky sandstone outcrops and moist alluvial deposits along creeks and in 
shaded gullies. 

Page image

822585 Hovea longifolia normalis Muelleria 9: 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342520
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R.Br. (Fabaceae):6, doi:10.5962/p.198430
570030 Hovea racemulosa Muelleria 9: 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342520
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R.Br. (Fabaceae):6, doi:10.5962/p.198430
822584 Hovea racemulosa Muelleria 9: 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342520
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R.Br. (Fabaceae):6, doi:10.5962/p.198430
932859 Lagenopappus gunnii Muelleria 9

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9".

746310 Lagenopappus tasmanicum Muelleria 9: 185
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342646
Page is part of the work A review of the Erigeron pappocromus Labill. complex, doi:10.5962/p.198446

Page text

Review of the Erigeron pappocronms complex 
185 
glabrous apart from apical setae. Ray florets 35-95; corolla white or purplish with limb 
4 mm long. SU’le 4.5 mm long, style-arms subulate, 1 mm long. Disc florets 12-29, 
henuaphroditic, corolla narrowly funnelform, 5-lobed, 3.5 mm long. Style 3.5 mm long; 
style-arms narrowly elliptic 1 mm long. Pappus capillary, white 5 mm long. Achenes c. 
3.5 mm long, flattened, smooth with distinctly thickened marginal ribs. (Fig. Id) 
SELECTED SPECIMENS 
TASMANIA: 1 km ENE of Nevada Peak, alt. 1 190 m, 25 Feb. 1990, P. Collier 4551 (HO); Mt. Wellington 
near pinnacle, 28 Jan, 1983, S.J. Forbes ISOS (MEL); Hartz Mountains National Park, near summit Hartz 
Peak alt 1230 m, 1 Feb. 1983, SJ. Forbes 1354 (CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); Ben Lomond National Park, Ski 
Village, alt. 1480 m, 3 Feb. 1983, SJ. Forbes 1387 (HO, MEL); Mt Wellington, Diamond Springs above 
Ploughed Field, 27 Mar. 1878, J. Milligan 1132 (MEL); Snowdrift Tarn, Snowy Range, 22 Mar. 1983, A. 
Moscalim (HO). 
DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT 
Alpine and sub-alpine grasslands and heathlands of Tasmania. 
CONSERVATION STATUS 
Erigeron gitnnii is restricted in habitat, but is widely distributed and adequately 
reserved. 
NOTE 
The holotype includes preliminary drawings for the details illustrated by Fitch in Flora 
Tasmaniae t. 46B as E. gunnii. The mature plants illustrated are probably referable to E. 
bellidioides . 
6. Erigeron tasmanicus (Flook.f.) Flook.f, FI. Tasman. 1; 183, t.46A (the right-hand 
figure) (1856). 
(H)Aplopappus tasmanicus Hook.f., Hooker’s. London J. Bot. 6: 110 (1847); Erigeron 
pappocronms Labill. var. oblongatus Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 494 (1867); Lagenopappus 
tasmanicum (Hook.f.) Nesom, Phytologia 76: 154 (1994); Pappochroma tasmanica 
(Hook.f.) Nesom, Phytologia 76; 426 (1994). 
type: Mount Wellington, Tasmania, Gunn 1150', holotype: K, photograph seen; possi- 
ble isotype: NSW 51741. 
Rhizomic herb forming ascending rosettes, typically distant although occasionally 
condensed. Rhizomes spreading widely, yellowish-green to brown, glabrous, 1-3 mm 
diameter. Leaves spathulate, entire, margins thickened, sometimes distantly and minute- 
ly serrulate, often more or less concave or folded, bright-green, with only mid-vein 
apparent, (0.7-)l-5(-7) cm long, 3-9 mm wide, lamina at first sparsely and minutely 
scabrid with tubercle based multicellular hairs to 0. 1 mm long and occasional sessile 
glands, apex acute or occasionally emarginate, base attenuate; petiole gradually expand- 
ing into lamina, occasionally with a few distant marginal cilia at the base. Inflorescence 
a simple capitulum. Scapes 1.5-15 cm long, sparsely scabrid with tubercle-based 
acicular hairs to 0.1 mm. Bracts 2-6, distant along scape, similar to leaves at base, 
becoming linear, 5 mm long towards apex. Involucre turbinate 1.1-1. 5 cm wide, 0.6 cm 
high; bracts 24^0, imbricate, 2-3-seriate, linear acute, apex minutely ciliate; margins 
hyaline, apices often purplish, outer bracts sparsely scabrid with tubercle-based, acicular 
hairs to 0.2 mm, inner bracts glabrous apart from apical cilia. Ray florets 23-55, 1-3 
seriate; corolla white or purplish with limb 3 mm long, 0.5-0. 6 mm wide; style 3.5 mm 
long; style-arms subulate 0.5-1 mm long. Disc florets 4-14, hermaphroditic; corolla 
nan'owly funnelform, 5-lobed, 3.5 mm long; style 3.5 mm long; style-arms narrowly 
elliptic, 1 mm long. Pappus capillary, white, 3 mm long. Achenes 2.5-3 mm long, 
flattened, smooth with distinctly thickened marginal ribs. (Fig. lb) 

Page image

963201 Mt Muelleria 9: 140
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342601
Page is part of the work Three new Victorian species related to Eucalyptus aromaphloia L.D. Pryor and J.H. Willis and notes on the polymorphic nature of that species, doi:10.5962/p.198443
932860 Pappochroma gunnii Muelleria 9

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9".

905693 Pappochroma uniflorum Muelleria 9: 177
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342638
Page is part of the work A review of the Erigeron pappocromus Labill. complex, doi:10.5962/p.198446

Page text

Review of the Erigeron pappocromus complex 
177 
pappoewmum' . Rafinesque treated the genus as feminine, and presumeably considered 
that such a combination would result in the creation of a tautonym.. As the Greek 
‘chroma’, is neuter, the name "Pappochwma pappocromunf is legitimate, and the name 
Pappocroma imiflonim "uniflora’ is superfluous and accordingly, illegitimate. 
Further studies of the intra and intergeneric relationships of species in the Erigeron 
pappocromus complex are required to justify the erection of a new genus or genera. 
Accordingly, this paper retains the use of Erigeron for the Erigeron pappocromus 
complex. 
KEY TO THE TAXA WITHIN ERIGERON PAPPOCROMUS LABILE. COMPLEX 
1 Leaves glabrous or if hairy with few marginal setae 2 
1: Leaves ± covered with multicellular or sessile glandular hairs, margins 
± ciliate with multicellular hairs 5 
2 Leaves spathulate 3 
2; Leaves elliptic or linear, sessile or petiole gradually expanding into lamina 4 
3 Leaves flat or occasionally folded, thin {herbaceous), textured; margins 
crenulate; petiole gradually expanding into lamina (Tas.) 
1 . Erigeron pappocromus 
3: Leaves ± concave or folded, thick textured {corneus or crassus), margins ± entire, 
petiole distinct to 25 mm long (Alpine Tas. & Baw Baws) .. 6. Erigeron tasmanicus 
4 Leaves elliptic; rosettes typically forming distinct colonies, only occasionally in 
alpine cushions; disk florets usually yellow (Alpine Tas.) 7 . Erigeron. stellatus 
4: Leaves linear; rosettes solitary or forming colonies of a few plants in alpine 
cushions; disk florets usually purple (Alpine Tas.) 8 . Erigeron trigonus 
5 Leaves spathulate, entire, yellowish-green, 5-15 mm long, 2-4 mm wide, petiole 
gradually expanding into lamina, setose with multicellular hairs 1-2.5 mm long; 
scape to 2 cm long (Alpine N.S.W.) 9. Erigeron setosus 
5; Leaves not setose, plants typically larger than above 6 
6 Plants with spreading rhizomes in montane and alpine swamps; lower bracts on 
scape typically similar to leaves, scape slender, involucre narrow to 1.5 cm wide at 
maturity (Vic., N.S.W.) 2. Erigeron paludicola 
6: Plants with short rhizomes forming colonies; lower bracts on scape distinct from 
leaves, scape robust, involucre broad 1.2-2. 5 cm wide at maturity 7 
7 Leaves more or less cuneiform, with distinct border of multicellular acicular and 
glandular hairs 0. 1-0.3 mm long, apex praemorse or ovate-crenate, expanding 
into lamina (Tas.) 5. Erigeron gunnii 
7: Leaves spathulate, lamina hirsute or glutinous, commonly crenate or denticulate 
towards apex 8 
8 Leaves hirsute with multicellular hairs (Tas., Vic., N.S.W.). 4 . Erigeron bellidioides 
8: Leaves glutinous from more or less sessile glandular hairs (Vic., N.S.W.) 
3 . Erigeron nitidus 
Species descriptions 
1. Erigeron pappocromus LabilL, Nov. Holl. PL 2: 47 1. 193 ( 1 806) "pappocroma’ 
Pappochroma uniflonm Raf., FI. Telluriana 2: 48 (1837) "uniflora’ nom. illeg., based 
on above; Erigeron phlogotrichus Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3; 520 (1826) nom. illeg.-, 
(H)Aplopappus pappocromus (LabilL) Hook.f., Hooker’s London J. Bot. 6: 1 1 1 (1847) 
"Pappochroma’-, Erigeron pappocromus var. hillardierei Benth., FI. Austral. 

Page image

822580 Phusicarpos linearis Muelleria 9: 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342526
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R.Br. (Fabaceae):6, doi:10.5962/p.198430

Page text

Muelleria 9: 15-28 (1996) 
Notes on Hovea R.Br, (Fabaceae): 6 
J.H. Ross 
National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South 
Yarra, 3141, Victoria, Australia. 
ABSTRACT 
Accounts of Hovea linearis (Sm.) R.Br., H. longifolia R.Br. and H. acntifolia A.Cunn. 
ex G.Don are provided. Hovea linearis, H. heterophylla A.Cunn. ex Hook.f., 
H. heterophylla forma decipiens Domin, H. longifolia and H. acntifolia are 
lectotypified. 
Introduction 
While continuing studies of the eastern Australian Hovea species, it became apparent 
that the description of H. linearis was based on discordant elements. This opportunity is 
taken to lectotypify the species in a manner that preserves the traditional and current 
usage of the name and to provide an account of the species. Accounts are also provided 
of H. longifolia and H. acntifolia and a lectotype is selected for each. Bentham, 
FI. Anstral. 2: 172 (1864), adopted a very broad concept of H. longifolia, as a result of 
which the name has been widely used for plants from South Australia, Queensland, New 
South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. However, the species has a fairly restricted 
distribution in New South Wales. Attention is drawn to the range of morphological 
variation encountered within H. acntifolia and to difficulties experienced in naming 
some specimens with certainty. 
Taxonomy 
1. Hovea linearis (Sm.) R.Br. in W.T.Aiton, Hortns Kew. edn 2, 4: 275 (1812); 
Edwards, Bot. Reg. 6: t.463 (1820); DC., Prodr. 2: 115 (1825); Lodd., Bot. Cab. 
13: t.l222 (1827); Paxton, Bot. Mag. 12: 75 (1846); Benth., FI. Anstral. 2: 172 (1864); 
Stanley & E. Ross, FI. South-eastern Queensland 1: 270 (1983); Thompson & Lee 
in Lee & Thompson, FI. New South Wales 101(2): 135 (1984). Poiretia linearis 
Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. London 9: 304 (1808) comb, illegit.. Phusicarpos linearis 
(Sm.) Poir. in Lamarck & Poiret, Encycl, meth. Bot., suppl. 4: 400 (1816). type: New 
South Wales, Port Jackson, 1791, J. White s.n. lectotype (here selected) : LINN 
(sheet 1190.1 pro parte.) Hovea heterophylla A.Cunn. ex Hook.f, FI. Tasmaniae 1: 93 
(1856), 1. 15 (1855); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 172 (1864); Domin, Bihlioth. Bot. 22: (89^): 
728 (1925); J.M. Black, FI. S. Australia edn 2: 447 (1948); Burbidge & Gray, FI. 
Austral. Cap. Territ. 218 (1970): J.H. Willis, Handh. PI. Victoria 2: 281 (1973); W.M. 
Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasmania edn 2, 1: 148 (1975). type: Tasmania, 1833, R. Gunn 
139. LECTOPTYPE (here selected): K. Hovea heterophylla forma decipiens Domin, 
Biblioth. Bot. 22 (89^): 175 (1925). type: prope Brisbane River, Queensland, A. Dietrich 
s.n. LECTOTYPE (here selected) : HBG; isolectotypes: BRI 345555, HBG (3 sheets), 
NSW 166774, PR 527083, 527084, PRC. 
Subshrub to 1 m high, stems usually several, slender, procumhent, straggling or erect, 
sparingly to densely clothed with appressed to slightly spreading antrorse hairs. Leaves 
usually dimorphic, lamina of lower leaves usually ovate or elliptic, rarely rotund, 
(0.3-)l-5 cm long, (0.2-)0.5-1.3(-L6) cm wide, lamina of upper leaves linear, linear- 
oblong or narrow ovate-oblong, 1.4-11 cm long, 0.3-0.7(-l) cm wide, the lamina 
15 

Page image

570016 Poiretia linearis Muelleria 9: 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342526
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R.Br. (Fabaceae):6, doi:10.5962/p.198430

Page text

Muelleria 9: 15-28 (1996) 
Notes on Hovea R.Br, (Fabaceae): 6 
J.H. Ross 
National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South 
Yarra, 3141, Victoria, Australia. 
ABSTRACT 
Accounts of Hovea linearis (Sm.) R.Br., H. longifolia R.Br. and H. acntifolia A.Cunn. 
ex G.Don are provided. Hovea linearis, H. heterophylla A.Cunn. ex Hook.f., 
H. heterophylla forma decipiens Domin, H. longifolia and H. acntifolia are 
lectotypified. 
Introduction 
While continuing studies of the eastern Australian Hovea species, it became apparent 
that the description of H. linearis was based on discordant elements. This opportunity is 
taken to lectotypify the species in a manner that preserves the traditional and current 
usage of the name and to provide an account of the species. Accounts are also provided 
of H. longifolia and H. acntifolia and a lectotype is selected for each. Bentham, 
FI. Anstral. 2: 172 (1864), adopted a very broad concept of H. longifolia, as a result of 
which the name has been widely used for plants from South Australia, Queensland, New 
South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. However, the species has a fairly restricted 
distribution in New South Wales. Attention is drawn to the range of morphological 
variation encountered within H. acntifolia and to difficulties experienced in naming 
some specimens with certainty. 
Taxonomy 
1. Hovea linearis (Sm.) R.Br. in W.T.Aiton, Hortns Kew. edn 2, 4: 275 (1812); 
Edwards, Bot. Reg. 6: t.463 (1820); DC., Prodr. 2: 115 (1825); Lodd., Bot. Cab. 
13: t.l222 (1827); Paxton, Bot. Mag. 12: 75 (1846); Benth., FI. Anstral. 2: 172 (1864); 
Stanley & E. Ross, FI. South-eastern Queensland 1: 270 (1983); Thompson & Lee 
in Lee & Thompson, FI. New South Wales 101(2): 135 (1984). Poiretia linearis 
Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. London 9: 304 (1808) comb, illegit.. Phusicarpos linearis 
(Sm.) Poir. in Lamarck & Poiret, Encycl, meth. Bot., suppl. 4: 400 (1816). type: New 
South Wales, Port Jackson, 1791, J. White s.n. lectotype (here selected) : LINN 
(sheet 1190.1 pro parte.) Hovea heterophylla A.Cunn. ex Hook.f, FI. Tasmaniae 1: 93 
(1856), 1. 15 (1855); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 172 (1864); Domin, Bihlioth. Bot. 22: (89^): 
728 (1925); J.M. Black, FI. S. Australia edn 2: 447 (1948); Burbidge & Gray, FI. 
Austral. Cap. Territ. 218 (1970): J.H. Willis, Handh. PI. Victoria 2: 281 (1973); W.M. 
Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasmania edn 2, 1: 148 (1975). type: Tasmania, 1833, R. Gunn 
139. LECTOPTYPE (here selected): K. Hovea heterophylla forma decipiens Domin, 
Biblioth. Bot. 22 (89^): 175 (1925). type: prope Brisbane River, Queensland, A. Dietrich 
s.n. LECTOTYPE (here selected) : HBG; isolectotypes: BRI 345555, HBG (3 sheets), 
NSW 166774, PR 527083, 527084, PRC. 
Subshrub to 1 m high, stems usually several, slender, procumhent, straggling or erect, 
sparingly to densely clothed with appressed to slightly spreading antrorse hairs. Leaves 
usually dimorphic, lamina of lower leaves usually ovate or elliptic, rarely rotund, 
(0.3-)l-5 cm long, (0.2-)0.5-1.3(-L6) cm wide, lamina of upper leaves linear, linear- 
oblong or narrow ovate-oblong, 1.4-11 cm long, 0.3-0.7(-l) cm wide, the lamina 
15 

Page image

822579 Poiretia linearis Muelleria 9: 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342526
Page is part of the work Notes on Hovea R.Br. (Fabaceae):6, doi:10.5962/p.198430

Page text

Muelleria 9: 15-28 (1996) 
Notes on Hovea R.Br, (Fabaceae): 6 
J.H. Ross 
National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South 
Yarra, 3141, Victoria, Australia. 
ABSTRACT 
Accounts of Hovea linearis (Sm.) R.Br., H. longifolia R.Br. and H. acntifolia A.Cunn. 
ex G.Don are provided. Hovea linearis, H. heterophylla A.Cunn. ex Hook.f., 
H. heterophylla forma decipiens Domin, H. longifolia and H. acntifolia are 
lectotypified. 
Introduction 
While continuing studies of the eastern Australian Hovea species, it became apparent 
that the description of H. linearis was based on discordant elements. This opportunity is 
taken to lectotypify the species in a manner that preserves the traditional and current 
usage of the name and to provide an account of the species. Accounts are also provided 
of H. longifolia and H. acntifolia and a lectotype is selected for each. Bentham, 
FI. Anstral. 2: 172 (1864), adopted a very broad concept of H. longifolia, as a result of 
which the name has been widely used for plants from South Australia, Queensland, New 
South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. However, the species has a fairly restricted 
distribution in New South Wales. Attention is drawn to the range of morphological 
variation encountered within H. acntifolia and to difficulties experienced in naming 
some specimens with certainty. 
Taxonomy 
1. Hovea linearis (Sm.) R.Br. in W.T.Aiton, Hortns Kew. edn 2, 4: 275 (1812); 
Edwards, Bot. Reg. 6: t.463 (1820); DC., Prodr. 2: 115 (1825); Lodd., Bot. Cab. 
13: t.l222 (1827); Paxton, Bot. Mag. 12: 75 (1846); Benth., FI. Anstral. 2: 172 (1864); 
Stanley & E. Ross, FI. South-eastern Queensland 1: 270 (1983); Thompson & Lee 
in Lee & Thompson, FI. New South Wales 101(2): 135 (1984). Poiretia linearis 
Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. London 9: 304 (1808) comb, illegit.. Phusicarpos linearis 
(Sm.) Poir. in Lamarck & Poiret, Encycl, meth. Bot., suppl. 4: 400 (1816). type: New 
South Wales, Port Jackson, 1791, J. White s.n. lectotype (here selected) : LINN 
(sheet 1190.1 pro parte.) Hovea heterophylla A.Cunn. ex Hook.f, FI. Tasmaniae 1: 93 
(1856), 1. 15 (1855); Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 172 (1864); Domin, Bihlioth. Bot. 22: (89^): 
728 (1925); J.M. Black, FI. S. Australia edn 2: 447 (1948); Burbidge & Gray, FI. 
Austral. Cap. Territ. 218 (1970): J.H. Willis, Handh. PI. Victoria 2: 281 (1973); W.M. 
Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasmania edn 2, 1: 148 (1975). type: Tasmania, 1833, R. Gunn 
139. LECTOPTYPE (here selected): K. Hovea heterophylla forma decipiens Domin, 
Biblioth. Bot. 22 (89^): 175 (1925). type: prope Brisbane River, Queensland, A. Dietrich 
s.n. LECTOTYPE (here selected) : HBG; isolectotypes: BRI 345555, HBG (3 sheets), 
NSW 166774, PR 527083, 527084, PRC. 
Subshrub to 1 m high, stems usually several, slender, procumhent, straggling or erect, 
sparingly to densely clothed with appressed to slightly spreading antrorse hairs. Leaves 
usually dimorphic, lamina of lower leaves usually ovate or elliptic, rarely rotund, 
(0.3-)l-5 cm long, (0.2-)0.5-1.3(-L6) cm wide, lamina of upper leaves linear, linear- 
oblong or narrow ovate-oblong, 1.4-11 cm long, 0.3-0.7(-l) cm wide, the lamina 
15 

Page image

570042 Prasophyllum alpinum Muelleria 9: 52, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342459
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Prasophyllum alpinum R.Br. (Orchidaceae) complex in mainland south-eastern Australia, Tasmania and New Zealand, doi:10.5962/p.198435

Page text

52 
David L. Jones 
given in descriptions are from living plants or spirit-preserved specimens. Notes on 
distribution, habitat (particularly soil and plant associations) and conservation status of 
the Australian species were derived from my own field studies; those of P. colemoi 
from discussion with Brian Molloy, references and herbarium labels. 
Taxonomic history 
The first species recognised within the complex was P. alpiniim described by Brown in 
1810. Brown’s specimens were collected from the top of Table Mountain (now Mount 
Wellington), Hobart, Tasmania (Brown 1810, Clements 1989). Prasophvlhm colemoi 
was described by Hooker in 1853 from material collected in New Zealand. The next 
taxon to be described was P. frenchii var. tadgellianum by Rogers in 1 922 from speci- 
mens collected on Mount Hotham in north-eastern Victoria at an altitude of 5,100 ft. He 
redescribed this taxon at specific rank about one year later based on specimens collected 
on Mount Bogong, north-eastern Victoria at an altitude of 6,500 ft. Almost from the 
time of its description, this latter taxon has been treated as a synonym of P. alpiniim 
(Nicholls 1934, Rupp 1943), although some authors have regarded P. tadgellianum as a 
valid species (Pescott 1928, Ewart 1930). 
Taxonomic treatment 
KEY TO SPECIES OF THE PRASOPHYLLUM ALPINUM COMPLEX 
1 Flowers 5.5-7 mm long, labellum ovate, erect in distal quarter, column wings about 
half as long as the anther 1. Prasophyllum alpiniim 
1: Flowers 10 mm or more long, labellum ovate-lanceolate, erect in distal half, 
column wings as long as or longer than the anther 2 
2 Flowers 14-18 mm long 4. Prasophyllum sphacelatum 
2; Flowers 10-12 mm long 3 
3 Labellum conspicuously stalked at the base, lateral sepals free throughout or 
connate at the very base 2. Prasophyllum colensoi 
3: Labellum shortly stalked or subsessile at the base, lateral sepals connate except at 
the tip 3. Prasophyllum tadgellianum 
1. Prasophyllum alpiniim R.Br., Prodr. 318 (1810). P. fuscum R.Br. var. alpiniim 
(R. Br.) C. Moore & Betche, Plandh. FI. NSW 396 (1893). type: Top of Table Mountain 
near Derwent River, Tasmania, R. Brown s.n. (lectotype: BM photo; fide M. Clements 
1989). 
Solitaiy terrestrial tuberous herb 6-20 cm tall. Tubers not seen. Leaf 8-20 cm long, 2-5 
mm across at the widest, dark green, base white, free lamina 8-12 cm long, erect, 
slender, moderately stiff, longer than inflorescence. Raceme 3-10 cm long, bearing 5-14 
subsessile, well-spaced flowers. Floral bracts ovate, c. 1.6 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, 
closely sheathing, subacute to obtuse or emarginate. Ovary obpyriform to obovoid, c. 5 
mm long, c. 2.5 mm wide, set at about 35° to the rachis. Flowers 5. 5-7. 5 mm long, 
green to greenish brown, no scent apparent, some flowers opening freely, often others 
remaining closed. Dorsal sepal ovate to elliptical, 4-5 mm long, 2-2.2 mm wide, 
decurved, subacute to obtuse, distal margins involute. Lateral sepals connate, straight or 
slightly recurved in distal half, involute near the apex. Petals linear-lanceolate, 3.5-4 
mm long, c. 1 mm wide, obliquely erect, often overlapped by the margins of the lateral 
sepals. Labellum more or less ovate to broadly ovate-lanceolate in outline when 
flattened, 3-4 mm long, 2-2.3 mm wide, distinctly clawed, whitish to greenish, proximal 
third erect, the margins entire to slightly folded; callus occupying about two-thirds of 
the ventral surface of the lamina and of similar shape, raised, very thick, green, shiny, 
smooth, extending nearly to the labellum apex. Column porrect from the end of the 
ovary, c. 2 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide; appendages narrowly linear, much shorter than the 

Page image

822592 Prasophyllum archeri dierdrae Muelleria 9: 68
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342475
822590 Prasophyllum frenchii tadgellianum Muelleria 9: 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342464
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Prasophyllum alpinum R.Br. (Orchidaceae) complex in mainland south-eastern Australia, Tasmania and New Zealand, doi:10.5962/p.198435
822589 Prasophyllum fuscum alpinum Muelleria 9: 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342459
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Prasophyllum alpinum R.Br. (Orchidaceae) complex in mainland south-eastern Australia, Tasmania and New Zealand, doi:10.5962/p.198435
570045 Prasophyllum sphacelatum Muelleria 9: 59, fig. 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342466
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Prasophyllum alpinum R.Br. (Orchidaceae) complex in mainland south-eastern Australia, Tasmania and New Zealand, doi:10.5962/p.198435
570044 Prasophyllum tadgellianum Muelleria 9: 55, fig. 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342462
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Prasophyllum alpinum R.Br. (Orchidaceae) complex in mainland south-eastern Australia, Tasmania and New Zealand, doi:10.5962/p.198435

Page text

Resolution of the Prasophyllum alpinum 
55 
to obtuse or emarginate. Ovary obpyriform to obovoid, c. 4 mm long, 2.3 mm wide, set 
at about 40° to the rachis. Flowers 10-11 mm long, yellowish-green to reddish-brown, 
lightly scented, opening freely. Dorsal sepal ovate to elliptic-ovate, 6-7 mm long, 2-2.4 
mm wide, decurved, obtuse to apiculate, distal margins involute. Lateral sepals linear- 
lanceolate, 6-7 mm long, 1.7-2 mm wide, free or connate at the base, recurved in distal 
half, parallel to slightly divergent, involute near the apex, bidentate. Petals oblong- 
lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, 6-7 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide, porrect, decurved. 
Labellum ovate-lanceolate in outline when flattened, 6-7.5 mm long, 4-4.5 mm wide, 
conspicuously stalked, greenish to reddish-brown, prdximal half erect or recurved, the 
tip often protruding between the lateral sepals, the margins entire or slightly undulate; 
callus occupying about two-thirds of the ventral surface of the lamina and of similar 
shape, raised, very thick and fleshy, green to red, shiny, wrinkled near the apex, extend- 
ing nearly to the labellum apex. Column porrect from the end of the ovary, c. 2 mm 
long, c. 2 mm wide; appendages narrowly linear, falcate, longer than the anther, obtuse, 
c. 1 .5 mm long, 0.4 mm wide, with connate basal lobes c. 0.4 mm long. Anther ovate, c. 
1.5 mm long, 1.3 mm wide, brown, smooth to rugulose, much shorter than the rostel- 
lum; rostrum short, obtuse. Pollinarium c. 1 mm long; viscidium c. 0.2 mm long, ovate, 
white; hamulus c. 0.3 mm long, ligulate; pollinia c. 0.9 mm long, linear-clavoid, yellow, 
sectile. Stigma reniform, c. 1.3 mm x 1 mm, the rostellum about as high as the 
appendages. Capsule obovoid, c. 6 mm long, 3 mm wide, green to red-brown, shiny. 
(Fig. 2) 
FLOWERING PERIOD 
November to January 
DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT 
Endemic to New Zealand where widely distributed over the North and the South Island; 
in the North Island mainly occurring in mountainous regions south of the Central 
Volcanic Plateau, but distributed sporadically as far north as Towai (Moore & Edgar 
1970); in the South Island occurring from sea level to about 1200 m. altitude. Grows in 
subalpine herbfield in tussock grassland and in moist areas around the margins of bogs. 
NOTES 
Prasophyllum colensoi sensu stricto is similar morphologically to P. tadgellianum but 
can be distinguished by the more slender leaf, broader, lanceolate petals, the conspicu- 
ously stalked labellum, the lateral sepals being free throughout or connate only at the 
very base and the much more angular stigmatic plate which is longer than the anther. 
Bates (pers. comm.) maintains that detailed research into the great variation exhibited by 
P. colensoi may result in the recognition of further taxa. This notion may be supported 
by Hatch (1947), who records this species as having up to forty flowers when fewer than 
twenty are consistently reported in the literature. 
TYPIFICATION 
This species will be lectotypified in a forthcoming publication (Molloy, Clements and 
Jones in prep.). 
CONSERVATION STATUS 
Widely distributed, common and well conserved. 
SPECIMENS EXAMINED 
NEW ZEALAND: Canterbury, no date, Haas! (MEL); Roto Itu, no date, Kirk (MEL); New Zealand, no date, 
Travers (MEL); Bryant Ra., Nelson, 27 Dec. 1990, Jenks (CHR); Puffer Tk, Wellington, 13 Dec. 1990, 
Mollov (CHR); Windy Point, Canterbury, 13 Nov. 1990, Molloy (CHR); Ahuriri, Pont Hills, Canterbury, 17 
Dec. 1990, Molloy (CHR); Dunedin, Otago, 24 Dec. 1990, St.George (CHR); Mt Herbert, Canterbury, 3 Jan. 
1991, /V/o//ov_(CHR); Lake Lyndon, Canterbury, 4 Jan. 1991, Mo//ov (CHR). 
3 . Prasophyllum tadgellianum R.S. Rogers, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 
47:338-339 (1923). type: Victoria, Mount Bogong, 7 Feb. 1923, A.J. Tadgell in herb. 

Page image

645634 Pronectria streimannii Muelleria 9: 93-95, Figs 1, 2
815225 Psoralea adscendens Muelleria 9: 195
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342656
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae), doi:10.5962/p.198448

Page text

Muelleria 9 : 1 95- 1 96 ( 1 996 ) 
Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) 
James W. Grimes 
Harding Laboratory, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY 10458, United States of 
America. 
ABSTRACT 
Several new combinations in Cullen Medik. (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) are made and six 
names in Psoralea are lectotypified. 
Introduction 
The following new combinations are made in advance of a revision of the genus Cullen 
Medik., in order to make the names available for the forthcoming Volume 3 of the Flora 
of Victoria. The opportunity is also taken to lectotypify six names in Psoralea. 
New combinations and lectotypifications 
Cullen australasicum (Schltdl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea australasica Schltdl., Linnaea 20: 668, No. 197 [misprint for 196, see Lee, 
1980] (1847). type: ‘[South Australia], Ueberall bei Bethanien [Bethany, ca. 5 km NE 
of Adelaide], meist am Wasser.’ holotype: H.H. Behr 196 (HAL 42501)- jsotype- 
MEL 89796. 
Cullen cinereum (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea cinerea Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Expeci. Australia. 2: 66 (1838). type: 
Provenance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable); isotype: [labelled May the 6, No. 
122, Mitchell Journey, 1836], MEL 1563694. 
Cullen discolor (Domin) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea discolor Domin, Bibliothec. Bot. 20(89^): 738 (1926). type: ‘Sudwest- 
Australien: Drummond 1850 No. 96, 1849, No. 158.’ lectotype (here designated): 
Drummond 96 (K); jsolectotypes: K, NSW, OXF, W. 
Cullen mkrocephalum (Rchb. ex Kunze) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea microcephala Rchb. ex Kunze, Linnaea 20: 72 (1847). type: ‘...benevole 
communicata nobiscum est ab hort academ. Dresdensi.’ lectotype (here designated): 
[labelled ‘Psoralea microcephala Oct 1844’] W. Psoralea adscendens F.Muell., Trans. 
Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘On the grassy moist banks of the’ Snowy 
River, Gibbo River, Mitta Mitta, Owens River, and along torrents of the Australian 
Alps. LECTOTYPE (here designated): ‘Mitta Mitta’ (MEL 694217); isolectotypes: K, 
MEL 694233, MELU 14423. Psoralea gunnii Hook.f., Flora Tasman. 1: 99 (1856)' 
type; ‘Hab. Woolnorth, Gunn.’ lectotype (here designated); Gunn 1061 (K)- isolec- 
totype: K, NSW 30605. 
Cullen pallidum (N.T.Burb.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea pallida N.T.Burb., Telopea 2: 127 (1980). type; ‘App. 22 miles south of Alice 
Springs, on railway line road, N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray 4379.’ holotype- CANB- 
isotype: NSW. 
Cullen parvum (F.Muell.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea parva F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘In dry 
195 

Page image

815222 Psoralea australasica Muelleria 9: 195
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342656
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae), doi:10.5962/p.198448

Page text

Muelleria 9 : 1 95- 1 96 ( 1 996 ) 
Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) 
James W. Grimes 
Harding Laboratory, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY 10458, United States of 
America. 
ABSTRACT 
Several new combinations in Cullen Medik. (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) are made and six 
names in Psoralea are lectotypified. 
Introduction 
The following new combinations are made in advance of a revision of the genus Cullen 
Medik., in order to make the names available for the forthcoming Volume 3 of the Flora 
of Victoria. The opportunity is also taken to lectotypify six names in Psoralea. 
New combinations and lectotypifications 
Cullen australasicum (Schltdl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea australasica Schltdl., Linnaea 20: 668, No. 197 [misprint for 196, see Lee, 
1980] (1847). type: ‘[South Australia], Ueberall bei Bethanien [Bethany, ca. 5 km NE 
of Adelaide], meist am Wasser.’ holotype: H.H. Behr 196 (HAL 42501)- jsotype- 
MEL 89796. 
Cullen cinereum (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea cinerea Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Expeci. Australia. 2: 66 (1838). type: 
Provenance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable); isotype: [labelled May the 6, No. 
122, Mitchell Journey, 1836], MEL 1563694. 
Cullen discolor (Domin) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea discolor Domin, Bibliothec. Bot. 20(89^): 738 (1926). type: ‘Sudwest- 
Australien: Drummond 1850 No. 96, 1849, No. 158.’ lectotype (here designated): 
Drummond 96 (K); jsolectotypes: K, NSW, OXF, W. 
Cullen mkrocephalum (Rchb. ex Kunze) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea microcephala Rchb. ex Kunze, Linnaea 20: 72 (1847). type: ‘...benevole 
communicata nobiscum est ab hort academ. Dresdensi.’ lectotype (here designated): 
[labelled ‘Psoralea microcephala Oct 1844’] W. Psoralea adscendens F.Muell., Trans. 
Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘On the grassy moist banks of the’ Snowy 
River, Gibbo River, Mitta Mitta, Owens River, and along torrents of the Australian 
Alps. LECTOTYPE (here designated): ‘Mitta Mitta’ (MEL 694217); isolectotypes: K, 
MEL 694233, MELU 14423. Psoralea gunnii Hook.f., Flora Tasman. 1: 99 (1856)' 
type; ‘Hab. Woolnorth, Gunn.’ lectotype (here designated); Gunn 1061 (K)- isolec- 
totype: K, NSW 30605. 
Cullen pallidum (N.T.Burb.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea pallida N.T.Burb., Telopea 2: 127 (1980). type; ‘App. 22 miles south of Alice 
Springs, on railway line road, N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray 4379.’ holotype- CANB- 
isotype: NSW. 
Cullen parvum (F.Muell.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea parva F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘In dry 
195 

Page image

761949 Psoralea cinerea Muelleria 9: 195
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342656
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae), doi:10.5962/p.198448

Page text

Muelleria 9 : 1 95- 1 96 ( 1 996 ) 
Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) 
James W. Grimes 
Harding Laboratory, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY 10458, United States of 
America. 
ABSTRACT 
Several new combinations in Cullen Medik. (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) are made and six 
names in Psoralea are lectotypified. 
Introduction 
The following new combinations are made in advance of a revision of the genus Cullen 
Medik., in order to make the names available for the forthcoming Volume 3 of the Flora 
of Victoria. The opportunity is also taken to lectotypify six names in Psoralea. 
New combinations and lectotypifications 
Cullen australasicum (Schltdl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea australasica Schltdl., Linnaea 20: 668, No. 197 [misprint for 196, see Lee, 
1980] (1847). type: ‘[South Australia], Ueberall bei Bethanien [Bethany, ca. 5 km NE 
of Adelaide], meist am Wasser.’ holotype: H.H. Behr 196 (HAL 42501)- jsotype- 
MEL 89796. 
Cullen cinereum (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea cinerea Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Expeci. Australia. 2: 66 (1838). type: 
Provenance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable); isotype: [labelled May the 6, No. 
122, Mitchell Journey, 1836], MEL 1563694. 
Cullen discolor (Domin) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea discolor Domin, Bibliothec. Bot. 20(89^): 738 (1926). type: ‘Sudwest- 
Australien: Drummond 1850 No. 96, 1849, No. 158.’ lectotype (here designated): 
Drummond 96 (K); jsolectotypes: K, NSW, OXF, W. 
Cullen mkrocephalum (Rchb. ex Kunze) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea microcephala Rchb. ex Kunze, Linnaea 20: 72 (1847). type: ‘...benevole 
communicata nobiscum est ab hort academ. Dresdensi.’ lectotype (here designated): 
[labelled ‘Psoralea microcephala Oct 1844’] W. Psoralea adscendens F.Muell., Trans. 
Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘On the grassy moist banks of the’ Snowy 
River, Gibbo River, Mitta Mitta, Owens River, and along torrents of the Australian 
Alps. LECTOTYPE (here designated): ‘Mitta Mitta’ (MEL 694217); isolectotypes: K, 
MEL 694233, MELU 14423. Psoralea gunnii Hook.f., Flora Tasman. 1: 99 (1856)' 
type; ‘Hab. Woolnorth, Gunn.’ lectotype (here designated); Gunn 1061 (K)- isolec- 
totype: K, NSW 30605. 
Cullen pallidum (N.T.Burb.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea pallida N.T.Burb., Telopea 2: 127 (1980). type; ‘App. 22 miles south of Alice 
Springs, on railway line road, N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray 4379.’ holotype- CANB- 
isotype: NSW. 
Cullen parvum (F.Muell.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea parva F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘In dry 
195 

Page image

815526 Psoralea cinerea Muelleria 9: 195
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342656
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae), doi:10.5962/p.198448

Page text

Muelleria 9 : 1 95- 1 96 ( 1 996 ) 
Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) 
James W. Grimes 
Harding Laboratory, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY 10458, United States of 
America. 
ABSTRACT 
Several new combinations in Cullen Medik. (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) are made and six 
names in Psoralea are lectotypified. 
Introduction 
The following new combinations are made in advance of a revision of the genus Cullen 
Medik., in order to make the names available for the forthcoming Volume 3 of the Flora 
of Victoria. The opportunity is also taken to lectotypify six names in Psoralea. 
New combinations and lectotypifications 
Cullen australasicum (Schltdl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea australasica Schltdl., Linnaea 20: 668, No. 197 [misprint for 196, see Lee, 
1980] (1847). type: ‘[South Australia], Ueberall bei Bethanien [Bethany, ca. 5 km NE 
of Adelaide], meist am Wasser.’ holotype: H.H. Behr 196 (HAL 42501)- jsotype- 
MEL 89796. 
Cullen cinereum (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea cinerea Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Expeci. Australia. 2: 66 (1838). type: 
Provenance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable); isotype: [labelled May the 6, No. 
122, Mitchell Journey, 1836], MEL 1563694. 
Cullen discolor (Domin) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea discolor Domin, Bibliothec. Bot. 20(89^): 738 (1926). type: ‘Sudwest- 
Australien: Drummond 1850 No. 96, 1849, No. 158.’ lectotype (here designated): 
Drummond 96 (K); jsolectotypes: K, NSW, OXF, W. 
Cullen mkrocephalum (Rchb. ex Kunze) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea microcephala Rchb. ex Kunze, Linnaea 20: 72 (1847). type: ‘...benevole 
communicata nobiscum est ab hort academ. Dresdensi.’ lectotype (here designated): 
[labelled ‘Psoralea microcephala Oct 1844’] W. Psoralea adscendens F.Muell., Trans. 
Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘On the grassy moist banks of the’ Snowy 
River, Gibbo River, Mitta Mitta, Owens River, and along torrents of the Australian 
Alps. LECTOTYPE (here designated): ‘Mitta Mitta’ (MEL 694217); isolectotypes: K, 
MEL 694233, MELU 14423. Psoralea gunnii Hook.f., Flora Tasman. 1: 99 (1856)' 
type; ‘Hab. Woolnorth, Gunn.’ lectotype (here designated); Gunn 1061 (K)- isolec- 
totype: K, NSW 30605. 
Cullen pallidum (N.T.Burb.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea pallida N.T.Burb., Telopea 2: 127 (1980). type; ‘App. 22 miles south of Alice 
Springs, on railway line road, N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray 4379.’ holotype- CANB- 
isotype: NSW. 
Cullen parvum (F.Muell.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea parva F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘In dry 
195 

Page image

815232 Psoralea dietrichiae Muelleria 9: 195
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342656
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae), doi:10.5962/p.198448
815223 Psoralea discolor Muelleria 9: 195
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342656
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae), doi:10.5962/p.198448

Page text

Muelleria 9 : 1 95- 1 96 ( 1 996 ) 
Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) 
James W. Grimes 
Harding Laboratory, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY 10458, United States of 
America. 
ABSTRACT 
Several new combinations in Cullen Medik. (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) are made and six 
names in Psoralea are lectotypified. 
Introduction 
The following new combinations are made in advance of a revision of the genus Cullen 
Medik., in order to make the names available for the forthcoming Volume 3 of the Flora 
of Victoria. The opportunity is also taken to lectotypify six names in Psoralea. 
New combinations and lectotypifications 
Cullen australasicum (Schltdl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea australasica Schltdl., Linnaea 20: 668, No. 197 [misprint for 196, see Lee, 
1980] (1847). type: ‘[South Australia], Ueberall bei Bethanien [Bethany, ca. 5 km NE 
of Adelaide], meist am Wasser.’ holotype: H.H. Behr 196 (HAL 42501)- jsotype- 
MEL 89796. 
Cullen cinereum (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea cinerea Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Expeci. Australia. 2: 66 (1838). type: 
Provenance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable); isotype: [labelled May the 6, No. 
122, Mitchell Journey, 1836], MEL 1563694. 
Cullen discolor (Domin) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea discolor Domin, Bibliothec. Bot. 20(89^): 738 (1926). type: ‘Sudwest- 
Australien: Drummond 1850 No. 96, 1849, No. 158.’ lectotype (here designated): 
Drummond 96 (K); jsolectotypes: K, NSW, OXF, W. 
Cullen mkrocephalum (Rchb. ex Kunze) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea microcephala Rchb. ex Kunze, Linnaea 20: 72 (1847). type: ‘...benevole 
communicata nobiscum est ab hort academ. Dresdensi.’ lectotype (here designated): 
[labelled ‘Psoralea microcephala Oct 1844’] W. Psoralea adscendens F.Muell., Trans. 
Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘On the grassy moist banks of the’ Snowy 
River, Gibbo River, Mitta Mitta, Owens River, and along torrents of the Australian 
Alps. LECTOTYPE (here designated): ‘Mitta Mitta’ (MEL 694217); isolectotypes: K, 
MEL 694233, MELU 14423. Psoralea gunnii Hook.f., Flora Tasman. 1: 99 (1856)' 
type; ‘Hab. Woolnorth, Gunn.’ lectotype (here designated); Gunn 1061 (K)- isolec- 
totype: K, NSW 30605. 
Cullen pallidum (N.T.Burb.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea pallida N.T.Burb., Telopea 2: 127 (1980). type; ‘App. 22 miles south of Alice 
Springs, on railway line road, N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray 4379.’ holotype- CANB- 
isotype: NSW. 
Cullen parvum (F.Muell.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea parva F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘In dry 
195 

Page image

815230 Psoralea eriantha Muelleria 9: 196
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342657
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae), doi:10.5962/p.198448

Page text

196 
James W. Grimes 
pastures on the Thompson and Latrobe Rivers, and in South Australia, on the Torrens 
and Gawler Rivers, on the Barossa Ranges.’ lectotype (here designated): ‘Thompson 
River’, Apr. 1854, F. Mueller {MEL 1563777); isolectotype: K. 
Cullen patens (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea patens Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Exped. Australia. 2: 8 (1838). type; prove- 
nance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable, but seen by Lee, 1980); isotype: W. 
Psoralea eriantha Benth., ex T. Mitch., J. Exped. Prop. Australia. 131 (1848). TYPE: 
‘Sub-tropical New Elolland, Ap. 16-46, T.L. Mitchell 90.’ lectotype: (here designated) 
K; isolectotype: NSW. 
Cullen tenax (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea tenax Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Exped. Australia. 2: 9 (1838). type: 
Provenance not recorded, but probably along the banks of the Darling, holotype: CGE 
(not available). 
Reference 
Lee, A. ( 1980). The Piora/eopotow complex. Telopeal : 129-141. 
Paper received 6 December, 1995 

Page image

815226 Psoralea gunnii Muelleria 9: 195
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342656
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae), doi:10.5962/p.198448
815224 Psoralea microcephala Muelleria 9: 195
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342656
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae), doi:10.5962/p.198448

Page text

Muelleria 9 : 1 95- 1 96 ( 1 996 ) 
Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) 
James W. Grimes 
Harding Laboratory, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY 10458, United States of 
America. 
ABSTRACT 
Several new combinations in Cullen Medik. (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) are made and six 
names in Psoralea are lectotypified. 
Introduction 
The following new combinations are made in advance of a revision of the genus Cullen 
Medik., in order to make the names available for the forthcoming Volume 3 of the Flora 
of Victoria. The opportunity is also taken to lectotypify six names in Psoralea. 
New combinations and lectotypifications 
Cullen australasicum (Schltdl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea australasica Schltdl., Linnaea 20: 668, No. 197 [misprint for 196, see Lee, 
1980] (1847). type: ‘[South Australia], Ueberall bei Bethanien [Bethany, ca. 5 km NE 
of Adelaide], meist am Wasser.’ holotype: H.H. Behr 196 (HAL 42501)- jsotype- 
MEL 89796. 
Cullen cinereum (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea cinerea Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Expeci. Australia. 2: 66 (1838). type: 
Provenance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable); isotype: [labelled May the 6, No. 
122, Mitchell Journey, 1836], MEL 1563694. 
Cullen discolor (Domin) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea discolor Domin, Bibliothec. Bot. 20(89^): 738 (1926). type: ‘Sudwest- 
Australien: Drummond 1850 No. 96, 1849, No. 158.’ lectotype (here designated): 
Drummond 96 (K); jsolectotypes: K, NSW, OXF, W. 
Cullen mkrocephalum (Rchb. ex Kunze) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea microcephala Rchb. ex Kunze, Linnaea 20: 72 (1847). type: ‘...benevole 
communicata nobiscum est ab hort academ. Dresdensi.’ lectotype (here designated): 
[labelled ‘Psoralea microcephala Oct 1844’] W. Psoralea adscendens F.Muell., Trans. 
Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘On the grassy moist banks of the’ Snowy 
River, Gibbo River, Mitta Mitta, Owens River, and along torrents of the Australian 
Alps. LECTOTYPE (here designated): ‘Mitta Mitta’ (MEL 694217); isolectotypes: K, 
MEL 694233, MELU 14423. Psoralea gunnii Hook.f., Flora Tasman. 1: 99 (1856)' 
type; ‘Hab. Woolnorth, Gunn.’ lectotype (here designated); Gunn 1061 (K)- isolec- 
totype: K, NSW 30605. 
Cullen pallidum (N.T.Burb.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea pallida N.T.Burb., Telopea 2: 127 (1980). type; ‘App. 22 miles south of Alice 
Springs, on railway line road, N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray 4379.’ holotype- CANB- 
isotype: NSW. 
Cullen parvum (F.Muell.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea parva F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 40 (1855). type: ‘In dry 
195 

Page image

815227 Psoralea pallida Muelleria 9: 195
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342656
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae), doi:10.5962/p.198448
815228 Psoralea parva Muelleria 9: 195
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342656
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae), doi:10.5962/p.198448
590905 Psoralea parva Muelleria 9: 195-196

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9: 195-196".

815229 Psoralea patens Muelleria 9: 196
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342657
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae), doi:10.5962/p.198448

Page text

196 
James W. Grimes 
pastures on the Thompson and Latrobe Rivers, and in South Australia, on the Torrens 
and Gawler Rivers, on the Barossa Ranges.’ lectotype (here designated): ‘Thompson 
River’, Apr. 1854, F. Mueller {MEL 1563777); isolectotype: K. 
Cullen patens (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea patens Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Exped. Australia. 2: 8 (1838). type; prove- 
nance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable, but seen by Lee, 1980); isotype: W. 
Psoralea eriantha Benth., ex T. Mitch., J. Exped. Prop. Australia. 131 (1848). TYPE: 
‘Sub-tropical New Elolland, Ap. 16-46, T.L. Mitchell 90.’ lectotype: (here designated) 
K; isolectotype: NSW. 
Cullen tenax (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea tenax Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Exped. Australia. 2: 9 (1838). type: 
Provenance not recorded, but probably along the banks of the Darling, holotype: CGE 
(not available). 
Reference 
Lee, A. ( 1980). The Piora/eopotow complex. Telopeal : 129-141. 
Paper received 6 December, 1995 

Page image

815231 Psoralea tenax Muelleria 9: 196
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342657
Page is part of the work Nomenclatural changes in Cullen (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae), doi:10.5962/p.198448

Page text

196 
James W. Grimes 
pastures on the Thompson and Latrobe Rivers, and in South Australia, on the Torrens 
and Gawler Rivers, on the Barossa Ranges.’ lectotype (here designated): ‘Thompson 
River’, Apr. 1854, F. Mueller {MEL 1563777); isolectotype: K. 
Cullen patens (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea patens Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Exped. Australia. 2: 8 (1838). type; prove- 
nance unknown, holotype: CGE (unavailable, but seen by Lee, 1980); isotype: W. 
Psoralea eriantha Benth., ex T. Mitch., J. Exped. Prop. Australia. 131 (1848). TYPE: 
‘Sub-tropical New Elolland, Ap. 16-46, T.L. Mitchell 90.’ lectotype: (here designated) 
K; isolectotype: NSW. 
Cullen tenax (Lindl.) J.W. Grimes, comb. nov. 
Psoralea tenax Lindl. in T. Mitch., Three Exped. Australia. 2: 9 (1838). type: 
Provenance not recorded, but probably along the banks of the Darling, holotype: CGE 
(not available). 
Reference 
Lee, A. ( 1980). The Piora/eopotow complex. Telopeal : 129-141. 
Paper received 6 December, 1995 

Page image

557084 Sagina diemensis Muelleria 9: 64, fig. 1a-e
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342471
Page is part of the work Two new endemic species of Sagina L. (Caryophyllaceae) from Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198436

Page text

64 
L.G. Adams 
broad-obovate, entire, white, ± half length of sepals. Stamens 4 or 8. Styles 3 or 4. 
Capsule broad-ovoid to subglobose, 2-3 mm long, up to twice length of sepals. Seeds 
iglossy, dark grey or black, tumid-reniform to subglobose, not grooved dorsally, bluntly 
colliculate, 0.4-0. 5 mm long. (Fig. 1 a-e) 
DISTRIBUTION AND ECOLOGY 
Sagina namadgi is indigenous to cool-temperate eastern Australia, occurring in sub- 
alpine flushes, sphagnum bogs and on creek margins, often in Eucalyptus pauciflora 
woodland. Recorded associated species are: Callistemon ?pityoides, Leptospermiim sp.. 
Ranunculus pimpinellifolius, Plantago antarctica, Carex spp., Cyperus sp., Schoenus 
sp., Epilohium sp., Spiranthes sinensis and Utricidaria dichotoma. Like the adventive 
Sagina spp. it is an inconspicuous plant, no doubt often overlooked (or passed over in 
mistake for the naturalised perennial S. procumhens L., to which it bears a superficial 
resemblance), and thus probably more common than current records indicate. 
NOTES 
The new species is most readily distinguished from all others occurring in Australia by 
the combination of its glabrous, perennial habit, awnless leaves, the basal rosette absent 
at flowering, non-spreading sepals in fruit, and significantly different seeds. 
Etymology 
The epithet commemorates Namadgi National Park, A.C.T., whence came the first col- 
lections to be recognised as a taxon new to science. 
ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS EXAMINED 
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: entrance gate, Gudgenby Station, 23 Dec. 1958, N.T. Bwbidge 6215 & 
M. Gray (CANB); Murrays Gap, Bimberi Range, 12 Feb. 1961, A. T. Burhidge 6955 (CANB). 
NEW SOUTH wales: Tia River, near Walcha., Nov. 1897, J.H. Maiden s.n (NSW); Jindabyne., Jan. 1899, 
J.H. Maiden & W. Forsyth s.n (NSW); Ben Lomond, Dec. 1899, J.H. Maiden s.n. (NSW); Happy Jacks Plain, 
headwaters of Happy Jacks River, e. 24 km S of Kiandra, 18 Jan. 1958, J. Thompson s.n. (NSW); Sherlock 
Creek, 16 km S of Captains Flat, 25 Dec. 1965, B.G. Briggs s.n. (NSW); Cave Creek, 29 km NNE of Kiandra, 
alt. 1200 m, 12 Dec. 1969, R. Coveny 2675a & A. Rodd (NSW); Dead Horse Gap on Jindabyne-Khancoban 
road, 8 km S of Mt Kosciusko summit, 26 Feb. 1974, B.G. Briggs 4780 (NSW). 
victoria: Rocky Plain, c. 24 km W of Wulgulmerang, 3 Feb. 1968, K. Rogers s.n. (MEL), 
TASMANIA: King’s Island [= King Island, 39°55’S 144°00’E], Nov. 1887, C. Walter s.n. (NSW); Pegg 
Creek, Hartwell Cove, A. Moscal 10020 (HO, AD). 
2. Sagina diemensis L.G. Adams, sp. nov. (‘sp. B’ in sched.) 
Simulans S. procumhenti, sed planta plerumque glandulo-hirta ubique, petalis con- 
spicuis quam sepalis longioribus, et seminibus sine sulco dorsali, differt; et ab S. namad- 
gi sepalis ad basim saccatis porcatis, et seminibus impolitis, 0.5-0. 7 mm longis, differt. 
HOLOTYPUS: Tasmania: crevices in dolomite outcrops, NE ridge of Mt Anne, 42°56’S 
146°26’E, alt. 980 m, 31 Dec. 1984, 4.M. Buchanan 5115 (HO 88950). 
Cushion-forming perennial, glandular-hairy throughout (rarely glabrous), with fibrous 
roots often adventitious from nodes. Stems lax, stoloniferous, up to 10 cm long, diffuse- 
ly branching laterally from short caudex that bears a non-flowering leaf-rosette. Leaves 
sessile, linear, the apex acute or shortly mucronulate, usually glandular-ciliate, 2-10(-14) 
X 0.2-0. 5 mm, usually with narrow scarious margins. Flowers 4-merous. Pedicels erect, 
at no time deflexed, 6-12 mm long. Sepals oblong-elliptic with saccate, ± ridged base, 2- 
2.5 mm long, the scarious margins often purple-tinged, ± appressed to ripe fruit. Petals 
ovate to suborbicular, entire, white, 2. 5-3. 5 mm long, rarely absent. Stamens 4 or 8. 
Styles 4. Capsule ovoid, 2.5-2.75 mm long, slightly longer than sepals. Seeds matt or 
scarcely glossy, dark reddish brown, oblique-reniform, not grooved dorsally, bluntly 
tuberculate, 0.5-0. 7 mm long. (Fig. 1 f-j) 

Page image

570046 Sagina namadgi Muelleria 9: 63-64, Fig. 1a-e

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9: 63-64, Fig. 1a-e".

878971 Sagina procumbens Muelleria 9: 63
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342470
Page is part of the work Two new endemic species of Sagina L. (Caryophyllaceae) from Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198436

Page text

Muelleria 9 : 63-66 ( 1996 ) 
Two new endemic species oi Sagina L, (Caryophyllaceae) from 
Australia 
L.G. Adams 
Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, G.P.O. Box 1600, Canberra, 2601, Australian 
Capital Territory, Australia. 
ABSTRACT 
Sagina namadgi and S. diemensis from SE Australia are newly described and illustrated, 
and their ecology briefly discussed. A key to all Sagina spp. recorded from Australia is 
provided. 
Introduction 
Prior to about 1 960, all Australian specimens of Sagina, apart from the predominantly 
coastal S. maritima G.Don (possibly native here) had been equated with the cosmopoli- 
tan adventives S. apetala Ard. or S. procumbens L., in the case of perennials mostly the 
latter. In 1962 M. Gray (in sched.) and other taxonomists at CANB noticed that a form 
of ‘5. procumbens’ collected from the Brindabella Range, A.C.T. had some anomalous 
features. For example, seed of this taxon was quite unlike that of S. procumbens, being 
larger and much more rounded, lacking a dorsal groove, and with a glossy (not dull), 
colliculate (not tuberculate) testa. Following examination of further material of ‘S. 
procumbens ', it became apparent that a long-overlooked, undescribed, indigenous taxon 
exists, and furthermore is quite widespread in cool-temperate SE Australia. It is here 
described as S. namadgi. 
In the early 1980s another indigenous species was found, collected on and near Mt 
Anne, in southwestern Tasmania. This taxon has the same seed type as S. namadgi 
(although not nearly as glossy), but differs in other aspects, mainly its habit, the indu- 
mentum of its foliage, and its relatively conspicuous white flowers. It is here described 
as S. diemensis. 
Taxonomy 
Sagina namadgi L.G. Adams, sp. nov. (‘sp. A’ in sched.) 
Sagina sp., N.T. Burb. & M. Gray, Flora of the Australian Capital Territory, p. 162 
(1979). 
[Sagina procumbens sensu J.Thomps. & M.Gray, Telopea 2(3); 318 (1981), /?ro parte 
min., non L.] 
Simulans S. prociimbenti, sed sepalis c. 1.5 mm longis, et seminibus atrofuscis vel 
nigribus reniformibus ad subglobosis sine sulco dorsali, differ!; et ab S. diemensi sepalis 
ad basim leviter rotundatis, et seminibus splendentibus, 0.4-0. 5 mm longis, differ!. 
HOLOTYPUS: Australian Capital Territory: c. 10 miles [16 km] N of Boboyan homestead, 
35°43’S 149°00’E, alt. c. 1000 m, 17 Feb. \962, L.G. Adams 539 (CASiQ 152061). 
Perennial, entirely glabrous, with fibrous roots often adventitious from nodes. Stems 
lax, diffusely branching and often stoloniferous, 2-15 cm long; basal leaf-rosette absent 
at anthesis. Leaves sessile, linear, the apex acute or mucronulate, not aristate, 4-10 mm 
long, 0.3-0. 5 mm wide. Flowers 4-merous. Pedicels 4-15 mm long, in fruit at first 
deflexed immediately below capsule, later erect. Sepals broad-ovate to suborbicular, ± 
1.5 mm long, with narrow scarious margins, becoming appressed to ripe fruit. Petals 
63 

Page image

822591 Sagina sp. (sensu Burbidge and Gray, Fl. ACT (1979): 162) Muelleria 9: 63
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342470
Page is part of the work Two new endemic species of Sagina L. (Caryophyllaceae) from Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198436
818127 Senecio lautus alpinus Muelleria 9: 127
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342588
Page is part of the work Australian alpine scapose radiate taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.198442
560914 Senecio leptocarpus Muelleria 9: 122
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342583
Page is part of the work Australian alpine scapose radiate taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.198442
560917 Senecio papillosus Muelleria 9: 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342585
Page is part of the work Australian alpine scapose radiate taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.198442

Page text

124 
Robert O. Belcher 
SELECTED OTHER SPECIMENS EXAMINED 
TASMANIA: Antarct. Exped. 1839-1843, J. D. Hooker s. n., s. loc. (K., P, UPS); McQuarrie Harbour, Mt 
Sorell, 3000 ft., 31 Dec. 1846, J. Milligan 759 (K, cited by Bentham as Mt Sorrel; MEL, 2 sheets); Mt La 
Perouse, 5. d., C. Stuart s. n. (K; MEL, MEL ex herb. Sender, both with material of S. pectinatus also); Mt de 
la Perouse, Mar. 1857, [C. Stuart] 1867, 1868, 1869 (all MEL, unmounted); Mt Field East, 4000 ft, Jan. 1869, 
F. Mueller (MEL); Hartz Mtn., Jan. 1901, Lucas 1901 (NSW 153195, 153196); Mt Wellington, 2. Feb. 1932, 
C.T. White 5377 (BRl 270948). Cradle Mt, 10 Feb. 1947, K. Helms (HO 14683); National Park, 7 Jan. 1949, 
L.B. Moore (CHR 66851); Mt Field National Park, slopes of Mt Mawson, 23 Jan. 1949, N.T. Burbidge 3294 
(CANB 19594); St. Valentine’s Peak, 26 Jan. 1962, M.E. Phillips (CBG 017855); King William, 4000 ft, 10 
Feb. 1973, D.A. & A.V. Ratkowski 153 (CHR 258284, MO); Moonlight Ridge, 840 m, under subalpine 
shrubbery, 20 Mar. 1984, A.M. Buchanan 2962 (HO 88425). 
NEW SOUTH WALES.- Carruthers Peak, Mt Kosciusko area, 6500 ft, 16 Feb. 1972, P.A. Keane 2 (NSW), 
dctennincd originally as S. lautus subsp. alpinus Ali at NSW but redetermined by me in 1986 as S. leptocar- 
pus. 
Senecio papillosiis F.Muell., in Trans. Philos. Ins). Victoria 2: 69 (by 30 Sept. 1857, 
non 1858; see below), in J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 9: 301 (Oct. 1857); Hook, f., FI. 
Tasman. 2: 365 (1859) [citation to Muell., Trans. Phil. Soc. Viet. 1855, p. 69 is in error]; 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 664 (1867); L. Rodway, FI. Tasm. 93 (1903); W. Curtis, Student's 
FI. Tasm. 2: 364 ( 1 963 ), Endemic FI. Tasm. 4: 244 ( 1 973). Ulus. M. Stones, Endemic FI. 
Tasm.A-.n. 77, No. 128 (1973). 
TYPUS: Tasmania, Mount de Perouse. 1 Mar. 1857, Stuart 1870 [number on paeket], 
LECTOTYPUS (here chosen) MEL 40319; isolectotypus K ex Hb. Hook.; remaining 
SYNTYP i: ‘Senecio papillosus / ferd. Muell. / Mount La Peyrouse / V. D. L. Stuart [scrip- 
sit C. Willhelmi, teste D. Sinkora] / B [in pencil, ‘seen by Bentham’]’ (K, MEL 40318). 
Perennial herb with horizontal or vertical rhizome bearing each year a terminal whorl of 
leaves and a solitary inflorescenee. Scape 10-15 cm tall, with 4-6 linear-lanceolate short 
acute bracts, lowest one toothed. Leaves 15-20 in cmpact rosette, to 2 cm long, 0.9 cm 
broad, subpetiolate, thick, ovate to elliptical with revolute entire margins; upper leaf 
surfaces densely studded with clear short straight or curved multicellular hairs from 
tuberculate bases; lower surfaces slightly cobwebby, with raised venation. Capitulum 
solitary, 3-4 cm in diameter including rays; phyllaries 13, 9-10 mm long, slender; 
calycular bracteoles 5-8, (6-)8-9 ml long. Rays 15-20, spreading, 10-15 mm long, bright 
yellow. Cypselae not seen. 
DISTRIBUTION 
Curtis (1973: 244) gave the distribution as ‘Recorded only near the summits of 
Adamson’s Peak and Mount La Perouse.’ The two more recent collections cited below 
extend the range slightly, but this is still a very localised taxon, even more so than S. 
primulaefolius (below). 
DISCUSSION 
Certain difficulties with dates of publication and typifications of this species and 
Senecio primulaefolius are discussed below, following the treatment of the latter taxon. 
Bentham (1867: 664) commented that this species ‘may possibly prove to be a 
variety of the New Zealand S. bellidioides. Hook, f ’. In as much as Nordenstam (1978: 
30) has transferred the latter species to Brachyglottis because of its cacalioid features, 1 
raised this point in an inquiry to Kew. C. Jeffrey responded as follows (pers. comm.): ‘5. 
primulifolius and S. papillosus show no ‘cacalioid’ features whatsoever and are typically 
senecionoid (balusterform collars, anticlinal not polarized endothecial thickenings, cleft 
stigmatic surface).’ 1 therefore reject Bentham’s suggestion. From the standpoint of 
gross morphology, a New Zealand species coming closer to S. papillosus is S. lagopus, 
but Nordenstam has also transferred that species to Brachyglottis. 
OTHER specimens EXAMINED 
Tasmania: Adamson’s Peak: saddle bet-ween Max and Adamson, 3850 ft, frequent on saddle skeletal 
soil, 21 Jan. 1961, Whuite 228 (NSW); c. 3600 ft, alpine herb field on upper slope, 7 Feb. 1969, LR. Telford 
24 74 (CBG 027894); 2500 ft, 22 Jan. 1972, D.A. & A. V. Ratkowsky 3 (K, cited for PI. 128, Endemic Flora of 

Page image

560905 Senecio pectinatus Muelleria 9: 116
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342577
Page is part of the work Australian alpine scapose radiate taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.198442

Page text

116 
Robert O. Belcher 
Curtis (1963) followed Hooker in maintaining both ‘S. pectinatus i Inch S. pectina- 
tiis var. ochroleuca Rodway..’ ant/ "S. leptocarpus DC. / S. pectinatus var. pleiocephalus 
Benth.’. Rodway ’s var. pleiocephalus was not mentioned, and its identity has remained 
obscure until now. 
Finally in this context, Ali (1969) described S. lautus subsp. alpinus, with a very 
brief diagnosis, and cited specimens from Tasmania as well as from New South Wales 
and Victoria, some of them clearly scapose. Understandably, he did not connect his new 
taxon to the pseudolautusoid S. pectinatus var. pleiocephalus of Rodway, perhaps 
because of Rodway’s puzzling disclaimer about its bracts (see below). 
My own observations in numerous herbaria (including all type specimens), plus my 
experience with some of these taxa in the field, have convinced me that S. leptocarpus is 
a valid species and should be maintained separate from S. pectinatus, that var. ochroleu- 
cus is readily distinguishable in the field and in the herbarium by characters other than 
just the color of its rays, and that the mainland specimens of S. pectinatus are varietally 
distinct from those of Tasmania. 1 refer 5. pectinatus var. pleiocephalus L. Rodway (non 
Benth.) to the S. pinnatifolius complex as var. pleiocephalus. 
K.EY TO RADIATE ALPINE TAXA OF SENECIO 
1 Leaves usually well-distributed up the stem and more or less deeply pinnatipartite; on 
scapose or subscapose specimens less dissected and rapidly reduced to bracts; 
capitula 3-4 per unit inflorescence, to 50 or more, cylindrical; phyllaries 13, 
bi-ribbed, (3.5-)4-5 mm long; calycular bracteoles 1-2.5 mm long in a whorl near 
apex of peduncle, below but partially enclosing the receptacle 
Seiiecio pinnatifolius var. pleiocephalus 
1 ; Most leaves crowded near the base, reduced to bracts on the scape; leaves entire or 
shallowly toothed or lobed; capitula few (2-6) or solitary, broadly campanulate; 
phyllaries 13-16(-22), not strongly bi-ribbed but flat, 7-8(-12) mm long; calycular 
bracteoles 4-6(-10) mm long, inserted on the receptacle 2 
2 Width of leaf less than 1/4 of its length, blades narrowly elliptic or spathulate or 
oblanceolate, or long-subpetiolate with short tenninal blades 3 
2: Width of leaf about 1/3 or more of its length, leaf blades broad, ovate to elliptic to 
obovate 4 
3 Basal leaves narrowly elliptic to obovate or long- subpetiolate, narrowly or broadly 
lobate or merely serrulate, green beneath, scape with 1 capitulum (rarely 2 capitula) 
Senecio pectinatus and vars. 
3: Basal leaves spathulate, often briefly subpetiolate, coarsely serrate, silvery beneath; 
scape with (2-)3-6(-8) capitula (rarely 1 ) Senecio leptocarpus 
4 Leaves petiolate, glabrate above; scape with 1-4 capitula Senecio printulaefolius 
4: Leaves sessile or very briefly petiolate, clothed above with short stiff multicellular 
hairs from tuberculate bases; capitulum 1 Senecio papillosus 
Taxonomy 
Senecio pectinatus DC., Prodr. 6: 372 (1838); Hook.f, FI. Tasm. 1: 222 (1856), sensu 
lat.\ Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 664-665 (1867) pro parte (excl. var. pleiocephalus Benth.). 
HOLOTYPUS: Tasmania, 1832, Gunn 107 (G-DC). isotypi: Gunn 107 (CGE; K; OXF; 
probably others, n.v.). Note: Hooker gives ‘Hab. Mount Wellington, Gunn’. 
Perennial scapose herbs. Scapes decumbent or erect, terminating in a single large 
capitulum (rarely 2 capitula, on short peduncles); moderately to densely hairy, hairs red- 
dish, short, multicellular, more or less curled. Leaves narrow, green beneath. Capitulum 
pressed to l-3(-4) cm across, exclusive of spreading rays. Involucre broadly campanu- 
late. Phvllaries elongate, flat, 1-2 nerved, margins scarious; calycular bracteoles linear- 

Page image

560907 Senecio pectinatus pectinatus Muelleria 9: 117
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342578
Page is part of the work Australian alpine scapose radiate taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.198442
818123 Senecio pectinatus leptocarpus Muelleria 9: 122
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342583
Page is part of the work Australian alpine scapose radiate taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.198442
560912 Senecio pectinatus major Muelleria 9: 120-121, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9: 120-121, Fig. 1".

560908 Senecio pectinatus ochroleucus Muelleria 9: 119
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342580
Page is part of the work Australian alpine scapose radiate taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.198442
905854 Senecio pectinatus pleiocephalus Muelleria 9: 127
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342588
Page is part of the work Australian alpine scapose radiate taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.198442
818124 Senecio pectinatus pleiocephalus Muelleria 9

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 9".

560923 Senecio pinnatifolius pleiocephalus Muelleria 9: 127
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342588
Page is part of the work Australian alpine scapose radiate taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.198442
560920 Senecio primulifolius Muelleria 9: 125
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342586
Page is part of the work Australian alpine scapose radiate taxa of Senecio (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.198442

Page text

Australian alpine Senecio 
125 
Tasmania)', peaty flat, alt. c. 1050 m, between rocks. 23 Jan. 1972, D.A. & A.V. Ratkowsky fHO 52777). Mt 
Babs, summit plateau, 31 Jan. 1984, R.G. Williams (Herb. D.l. Morris, Hobart). Pindar's Peak, alt. c. 920 m, 
alpine heath and sedge land, 1 7 Feb. 1986, D. Zigler (HO 97419). 
Senecio primulaefolius F. MuelL, in Trans. Philos. Inst. Victoria 2: 69 (by 30 Sept. 
1857, teste H.I. Aston), in J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 9: 300-1 (Oct. 1857) [both as S. 
primulifoliiis]', Flook. f., FI. Tasm. 2: 365 (1859). Senecio primulifolms F. Muell. in 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 664 (1867); L. Rodway, FI. Tasm. 93 (1903); Curtis, Student’s FI. 
Tasm. 2: 364 (1963); Curtis, Endemic FI. Tasm. 4: 244 (1973). Illustration: M. Stones, 
Endemic FI. Tasm. 4: PI. 77, No. 129 (1973). 
LECTOTYPUS (here chosen): Tasmania, Mt La Perouse, 1 Mar. 1857, C. Stuart 1871, K 
ex Hb. W. J. Flook., upper right specimen, ruled off from rest of sheet by pencilled line; 
isoLECTOTYPi: MEL 40321 & 40322. 
Note: 1 prefer a specimen retained by Mueller at MEL as representing his type, but 
this case presents special difficulties. Neither of the Stuart specimens of this taxon 
at MEL now has a capitulum, nor is there a packet on either sheet, as there is for 
the specimen at Kew. There can be no question that these MEL specimens agree vegeta- 
tively with the lectotype and are indeed ‘5. primulifolius / F. M.’ as penciled in Stuart’s 
script (teste D. Sinkora in litt.). Both are initialed ‘B’, seen by Bentham. 
Perennial herb with horizontal rhizome, bearing each year an apical whorl of a few 
leaves and l-2(-3) inflorescences. Scapes erect, 10-15(-30) cm. Basal leaves short- to 
long-petiolate, blades ovate-cordate and irregularly crenate or sinuate; upper surfaces 
glabrate or sparsely hairy, with sunken reticulate venation, lower surfaces purplish and 
glabrous or sparsely cobwebby; bracts 4-5, sessile and clasping, variable in size and 
shape, the lowest oblanceolate. Capitula (l-)2-4 per scape, 2.5-4 cm in diamter (includ- 
ing rays), peduncles 4.5-5. 5 cm long. Phyllaries 13-21, 7-8(-10) mm long, acuminate. 
Calycular bracteoles numerous, to 6 mm long; phyllaries and bracteoles densely 
cottony-hairy. Rays 13-15 or more, golden yellow, to 2 cm long, 5 mm broad. Cypsela 
(immature) 2. 5-3. 5 mm long, glabrous, cylindrical with prominent basal annulus. 
DISTRIBUTION AND CONSERVATION STATUS 
Tasmania, southwestern District, Huon District [?]. Curtis (1973: 224) stated: ‘Recorded 
only from Mt La. Perouse at an altitude of about 3000 feet’. Recent field work has 
slightly expanded the known distribution of this very localized and rarely collected 
endemic, represented in very few of all the herbaria which 1 have examined. In Leigh et 
al. (1981 : 52) both it and S. papillosus are listed as risk code ‘3RC’ [defined, p. 10]; i.e., 
‘[3] range over 100 km, [R] rare, [C] known in a park or reserve’. Of the two, S. primii- 
laefolius appears to be a little less restricted, but the ranges of both seem not be as great 
as indicated by Leigh et al. Further field work should clarify this. 
COMMENT ON SPELLING OF SPECIFIC EPITHET 
Mueller published this species as Senecio primulifolius, and this spelling has been fol- 
lowed in every publication in which it occurs that 1 have seen, except for J.D. Hooker’s 
Addendum to his Flora of Tasmania. A careful consideration of the ‘Tokyo Code’ 
(Greuther, 1994) supports Hooker’s spelling. Art. 60.8 (p. 74) [Art. 73.8 in the Berlin 
Code of 1988] states: ‘The use of a compounding form contrary to Rec. 60G in an 
adjectival epithet is treated as an error to be corrected.’ Rec. 60G1 (p. 78) distinguishes 
between (a) a true compound and (b) a pseudocompound, defined as a phrase treated as 
if it were a single compound word. In such a pseudocompound, a noun or adjective in a 
non-final position appears as a word with a case ending, not a modified stem. An 
example cited is cannaefolius (leaf of Canna). By analogy, ‘leaf of Primula" [also a 
feminine generic name] should be frimulaefolius" , as adopted here. 
OTHER SPECIMENS EXAMINED 
TASMANIA: ‘Foot of Mount De La Perouse’, s.d., s.n., eoll.?, Hb. Oldfield (K ex Hb. W.J. Hook., on same 
sheet as the lectotype); Mt La Perouse, Dec. 1897, L. Rodway s.n. (NSW 153197, HO 14844); Mt La Perouse. 

Page image

822597 Sida diplotricha Muelleria 9: 113
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342574
Page is part of the work The consequences of a footnote: Typifications and place of first valid publication of two Australian Abutilon (Malvaceae) species published by Mueller, doi:10.5962/p.198441

Page text

Abutifon 
113 
lished at that time from around the world. Fortunately, the referee consulted Dr Paul 
Wilson of PERTH, and he was able to point out that the index or ‘Register’ to Linnaea 
in which the species are clearly listed as species of Ahutilon would constitute the first 
place of valid publication of tire names A. diplotrichum and A. halophiliim. Since the 
editor of Linnaea at this time was Schlechtendal, the authorship of the name becomes 
‘F.Muell. ex Schldl.’. 
STATUS OF ABUTILON DIPLOTRICHUM AND ABUTILON HALOPHILUM 
In my almost completed revision of Abutilon for Australia, it has been found that A. 
diplotrichum cannot be maintained at the specific level since it differs from A. fraseri 
(Lindl.) Walp. only in the lack of pubescence on the mericarps. It has consequently been 
reduced to a subspecies and since the combination is required for the Flora of Victoria, 
this combination is formalised here. 
Some doubt has also existed in the past as to the status of A. halophilum, since 
Bentham treated it as a variety of A. fraseri. However there is no doubt of its specific 
status since it differs from that species by its transversely elliptic or very broadly 
obovate leaves and very much larger fruit. By the structure of its fruit, it is possibly 
more closely related to the A. lepidum complex than to A. fraseri. 
SYNONYMY AND TYPIFICATION 
Abutilon fraseri (Hook.)Walp. subsp. diplotrichum (F.Muell.) R.M. Barker, comb, et 
stat. nov. 
Abutilon diplotrichum F. Muell. ex Schldl., Linnaea 25: 751 (Dec. 1853); Sida 
diplotricha (F.Muell. ex Schldl.) F.Muell., Fragm. 2: 11(1860); F.Muell., PI. Indig. 
Colony Viet. 165(1860-2); Previously published description: Sida (Abutilon) diplotricha 
F.Muell., Linnaea 25:380 (1853) nom. invalid (since the epithet was not clearly associ- 
ated with one of the genera), lectotype (here designated): In planitiebus semisalsis 
sterilibus prope Cudnaka [Kanyaka], Oct. 1847[1851], F. Mueller s.n., MEL5 16338; 
iSOLECTOTYPE: MELS 16348. - Both sheets have been annotated as' Abutilon 
diplotrichum Ferd. Mueller ‘ and the lectotype sheet was seen by Bentham. The lecto- 
type sheet also bears the annotation "Sida diplotricha" but this is probably not in 
Mueller’s hand. The date 1847 is clearly erroneous as Mueller’s collections from 
Cudnaka all date from his visit to the Flinders Ranges in 1851 (Grandison 1990). An 
undated specimen of A. fraseri from the Melbourne Botanic Gardens (MELl 1 1380) has 
been labelled as Sida diplotricha by Mueller; it has no type status but demonstrates 
Mueller ‘s changeable concepts concerning the rank of Abutilon. 
Abutilon fraseri \ar. parvi flora Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 205 (1863) p.p. only with respect 
to Beckler s.n., 30 Dec. 1860, Mt Goningberri proper; syntype: MELl 11389, K 
(Herb. Hooker); isosyntype: MELl 1 1388. - Although not from South Australia as cited 
in the protologue, the syntypes are annotated as A. diplotrichum by Mueller and the K 
specimen has the red pencil determination so characteristic of many of the specimen 
sheets studied by Bentham. 
Abutilon fraseri var. diplotrichum (F.Muell. )Domin., Biblioth. Bot. 89: 400 (1928) nom. 
illeg. (var. parviflora Benth. cited in synonymy). 
Abutilon halophilum F.Muell. ex Schldl., Linnaea 25: 751(Dec. 1853); Trans. Phil. 
Soc. Viet. 1: 13 (1854); F. Muell. in Hook., J. Bot. & Kew Card. Misc. 8: 10 (1856); 
Muell. Berol. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 4: 315 (1857); Baker f, J. Bot. 31: 268 (1893); 
A. S. Mitchell, FI. Central Australia 214 (1981); J.G.Reid, FI. S.Australia 2: 824 (1986); 
A.S. Mitchell & E.H. Norris, FI. New South Wales 1: 332-335 (1990). Sida halophila 
(F.Muell ex Schldl.) F.Muell., PL Indig. Colony Viet. 165 (1860-2). A. fraseri 
(Hook.)Walp. var. halophilum (F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 205 (1863). Previously 
published description: Sida (Abutilon) halophilum F.Muell., Linnaea 25: 381 (1853); 
nom. invalid (since the epithet was not clearly associated with one of the genera), lecto- 

Page image

897583 Tetratheca calva pulchella Muelleria 9: 88
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342549
Page is part of the work Notes on Tetratheca procumbens Gunn ex Hook.f. (Tremandraceae), doi:10.5962/p.198438
822595 Tetratheca pilosa calva Muelleria 9: 88
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342549
Page is part of the work Notes on Tetratheca procumbens Gunn ex Hook.f. (Tremandraceae), doi:10.5962/p.198438
822594 Tetratheca pilosa procumbens Muelleria 9: 88
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342549
Page is part of the work Notes on Tetratheca procumbens Gunn ex Hook.f. (Tremandraceae), doi:10.5962/p.198438
570085 Tetratheca procumbens Muelleria 9: 88, Figs 1, 2, 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342549
Page is part of the work Notes on Tetratheca procumbens Gunn ex Hook.f. (Tremandraceae), doi:10.5962/p.198438

Page text

88 
Jeffrey A. Jeanes 
Taxonomy 
Tetratheca procumbens Gunn ex Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 1 : 35, t- 7A ( 1 855). 
Tetratheca pilosa Labill. vav. procumbens (Gunn ex Hook.f.) Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 132 
(1863), nom. illeg., the earlier T. calva var. pulchella was placed in synonymy, type; 
‘(Gunn, 217, 309, 649)’ and ‘Summit of the Western Mountains, elev. 3800 feet; also 
near the sea, on heathy plains, at Circular Head etc, Gunn.’ syntypes: Gunn 217 (NSW 
119678, NSW 119679). 
Tetratheca calva F.Muell. ex Schuch. var. pulchella F.Muell. ex Schuch., Syn. 
Tremandr. 27 (1853). type: ‘In insul. Van Diemen legerunt Gunn et in montibus altis 
Tasmanniae cl. Muller in Herb. Sonder.’ syntypes: MEL 1008363, MEL 1008381, 
MEL 1008382. Tetratheca pilosa Labill. var. calva Rodway, Tasman, fl. 10 (1903) p.p., 
as to T. procumbens but excluding T. gunnii, both cited in synonymy by Rodway. 
Procumbent to weakly ascending sub-shruh; taproot sturdy; branches usually many, 
5-20(-30) cm long, most emanating from near base of plant; stems terete, often 
irregularly ridged and appearing quadrangular near nodes, scabrous, virtually glabrous, 
sometimes with a few short, tubercle-based hairs and glandular hairs, particularly near 
nodes or on young growth. Leaves alternate, subopposite or in irregular whorls of 3, 
linear to linear-lanceolate, 2-8 mm long, 0.5-1.5(-2) mm wide, straight to arcuate, apex 
usually acute, mucronate, base truncate, margins mostly revolute to mid-vein, both 
surfaces usually scabrous, lower surface with dense short, stiff hairs along mid-vein and 
near margins; petiole to c. 0.5 mm long. Flowers solitary in leaf axils; peduncles 1-3 
mm long, elongating to c. 4 mm in fruit, glabrous; bracts linear, c. 0.5 mm long, pubes- 
cent; sepals ovate, c. 1 mm long, glabrous outside, haiiy on inner surface particularly on 
and near margins, attached inside top of receptacle, deciduous; petals obovate, ovate or 
elliptical, 3-4.5(-5) mm long, 1-2.5 mm wide, usually widest beyond middle, lilac-pink 
or white, often with darker longitudinal veins, deciduous; stamens 8, 2-2.5 mm long; 
fdament 0.5-1 mm long; body of anther 1-1.5 mm long, glabrescent; orifice c. 0.2 mm 
wide; ovary 2-(less often 4-) celled, with a mixture of scattered short fine hairs and 
glandular hairs; ovules 1 per cell; style slender, to c. 1.5 mm long. Fruit obovate to 
obcordate, 2-4 mm long, 1.5-3 mm wide, with a sparse mixture of simple and glandular- 
hairs particularly near apex; seeds more or less oblong, 1.5-2. 5 mm long, pubescent; 
appendage with several twists, cream. (Figs. 1 & 2) 
FLOWERING PERIOD 
October to January depending upon altitude. 
DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT 
In Tasmania found mostly at high altitudes but also occun'ing at lower elevations almost 
to sea level. In Victoria it is known from only two sites, at about 1 100 m and 1420 m 
above sea level respectively (Fig. 3). The high altitude habitat is generally low heath 
on moist peaty soils or on Sphagnum moss near streams or in rock crevices. At lower 
altitudes in Tasmania, plants grow in grassy woodlands and shrubby heathlands. 
NOTES 
Thompson (1976) recognized two subspecies of Tetratheca pilosa based mostly on 
leaf arrangement, leaf shape and ovary indumentum (see key). The type subspecies is 
widespread in Tasmania, scattered in western Victoria and localised in South Australia 
mainly in the Mount Lofty Ranges. Tetratheca pilosa subsp. latifolia is found in northern 
Tasmania, mainly eastern Victoria and south-eastern New South Wales. The two sub- 
species are very closely related and occasional specimens, particularly some from 
Tasmania, are difficult to assign to one or the other subspecies. Tetratheca procumbens is 
relegated by Thompson to synonymy under the type subspecies with a very cursory 
explanation. 

Page image

570036 Viola fuscoviolacea Muelleria 9: 35, fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342506
Page is part of the work New combination in Viola (Violaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198432

Page text

Muelleria 9 : 35-36 ( 1996 ) 
New combination in Viola (Violaceae) 
T.A. James 
Royal Botanic Gardens, Sydney, Mrs Macquaries Road, Sydney, 2000, New South 
Wales, Australia. 
ABSTRACT 
Viola hederacea fiiscoviolacea is recognised as a distinct species; an illustration 
and a new combination are provided. 
Introduction 
Adams (1982) recognised eight subspecies within the Viola hederacea complex in 
Australia, including V. hederacea subsp. sieberiana, a taxon previously recognised as a 
distinct species (Sprengel 1827). Both earlier and subsequent treatments (Willis 1973; 
Curtis 1975; Seppelt 1986; James 1990) have retained V. sieberiana at specific rank, 
despite a varietal combination available under V. hederacea (Domin 1928), and in keep- 
ing with cytological, morphological and biochemical evidence (Seppelt 1986). 
Morphologically at least, three of the other subspecies recognised by Adams, show 
closer affmites to V. sieberiana than to V. hederacea. The leaves are consistently ovate 
to rhombic in shape, as wide as long or longer and the base cuneate and tapering into the 
petiole. The flowers are concolorous and the petals <7 mm long. In comparison the 
leaves of V. hederacea are reniform to almost circular, often broader than long and 
mostly truncate or cordate at the base; the flowers are mostly discolorous with petals 
7-10 mm long. Despite the uniformity of characters within the V. sieberiana alliance, 
taxa can be readily distinguished on the basis of flower colour and size and the length of 
the flower scape. Viola hederacea subsp. cleistogamoides (Adams 1982) has been 
formally raised to specific rank (Seppelt 1986). Viola hederacea subs’p. fuscoviolacea is 
recognised as a distinct species (V. sp. A) in the Flora of New South Wales (James 1990) 
but requires a new combination. 
Taxonomy 
Viola fuscoviolacea (L.G. Adams) T.A. James, comb. & slat. nov. 
Viola sp. A sensii T.A. James, FI. New South Wales 1 : 438 (1990). 
Viola hederacea subsp. /M5Cov/o/acea L.G. Adams, FI. Australia 8;386 (1982) basionym. 
type: Victoria: Buckety Plain, Bogong High Plains, 36°56'S, 147°2TE, 6 Jan. 1972, L.G. 
Adams 2641 (holotype: CANB; isotypes: K, MEL) 
Perennial herb, usually glabrous; stems short; stolons well-developed. Leaves tufted; 
lamina broad-ovate to ovate-rhombic, 5-15 mm long, 4-10 mm wide, base cuneate (or 
rarely almost truncate), tapering to petiole, margins scalloped to coarsely toothed, apex 
obtuse; petioles narrowly winged, 1-3 cm long; stipules free, linear-lanceolate, 1-5 mm 
long, glandular-denticulate. Flower-scapes 2-25 mm long, shorter than or just exceeding 
leaves; bracteoles mostly below middle. Sepals lanceolate, 1.5-3 mm long, acute, basal 
appendages small. Petals 2-3 mm long, blackish-violet (rarely paler); lower petal 
obovate-elliptic, c. 2 mm wide, without spur; lateral petals entire, bearded. Capsule 
ovoid, 4-7 mm long. (Fig. 1 ) 
35 

Page image

822587 Viola hederacea fuscoviolacea Muelleria 9: 35
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342506
Page is part of the work New combination in Viola (Violaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198432
822588 Viola sp. A Muelleria 9: 35
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342506
Page is part of the work New combination in Viola (Violaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198432

Page text

Muelleria 9 : 35-36 ( 1996 ) 
New combination in Viola (Violaceae) 
T.A. James 
Royal Botanic Gardens, Sydney, Mrs Macquaries Road, Sydney, 2000, New South 
Wales, Australia. 
ABSTRACT 
Viola hederacea fiiscoviolacea is recognised as a distinct species; an illustration 
and a new combination are provided. 
Introduction 
Adams (1982) recognised eight subspecies within the Viola hederacea complex in 
Australia, including V. hederacea subsp. sieberiana, a taxon previously recognised as a 
distinct species (Sprengel 1827). Both earlier and subsequent treatments (Willis 1973; 
Curtis 1975; Seppelt 1986; James 1990) have retained V. sieberiana at specific rank, 
despite a varietal combination available under V. hederacea (Domin 1928), and in keep- 
ing with cytological, morphological and biochemical evidence (Seppelt 1986). 
Morphologically at least, three of the other subspecies recognised by Adams, show 
closer affmites to V. sieberiana than to V. hederacea. The leaves are consistently ovate 
to rhombic in shape, as wide as long or longer and the base cuneate and tapering into the 
petiole. The flowers are concolorous and the petals <7 mm long. In comparison the 
leaves of V. hederacea are reniform to almost circular, often broader than long and 
mostly truncate or cordate at the base; the flowers are mostly discolorous with petals 
7-10 mm long. Despite the uniformity of characters within the V. sieberiana alliance, 
taxa can be readily distinguished on the basis of flower colour and size and the length of 
the flower scape. Viola hederacea subsp. cleistogamoides (Adams 1982) has been 
formally raised to specific rank (Seppelt 1986). Viola hederacea subs’p. fuscoviolacea is 
recognised as a distinct species (V. sp. A) in the Flora of New South Wales (James 1990) 
but requires a new combination. 
Taxonomy 
Viola fuscoviolacea (L.G. Adams) T.A. James, comb. & slat. nov. 
Viola sp. A sensii T.A. James, FI. New South Wales 1 : 438 (1990). 
Viola hederacea subsp. /M5Cov/o/acea L.G. Adams, FI. Australia 8;386 (1982) basionym. 
type: Victoria: Buckety Plain, Bogong High Plains, 36°56'S, 147°2TE, 6 Jan. 1972, L.G. 
Adams 2641 (holotype: CANB; isotypes: K, MEL) 
Perennial herb, usually glabrous; stems short; stolons well-developed. Leaves tufted; 
lamina broad-ovate to ovate-rhombic, 5-15 mm long, 4-10 mm wide, base cuneate (or 
rarely almost truncate), tapering to petiole, margins scalloped to coarsely toothed, apex 
obtuse; petioles narrowly winged, 1-3 cm long; stipules free, linear-lanceolate, 1-5 mm 
long, glandular-denticulate. Flower-scapes 2-25 mm long, shorter than or just exceeding 
leaves; bracteoles mostly below middle. Sepals lanceolate, 1.5-3 mm long, acute, basal 
appendages small. Petals 2-3 mm long, blackish-violet (rarely paler); lower petal 
obovate-elliptic, c. 2 mm wide, without spur; lateral petals entire, bearded. Capsule 
ovoid, 4-7 mm long. (Fig. 1 ) 
35 

Page image

645635 Vouauxiomyces brattii Muelleria 9: 96, Fig. 3a-b
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342557
Page is part of the work New species of Pronectria, Vouauxiomyces, Wentiomyces and Zwackhiomyces from Australasia, doi:10.5962/p.198439

Page text

96 
Sergey Y. Kondratyuk 
2 . Vouauxiomyces brattii Kondratyuk sp. nov. 
Fungus lichenicola. Conidiomata pycnidifonuia, semi-immersa vel erumpia, aggregata, 
56-330 pm in diam., in gallis immersa, muris textura angulari. Cellulae conidiogenae 
ampuliformes vel lageniformes, hyalinae, 8.0-10.0(-14.5) x 3. 0-4.0 pm. Conidia 
holoblastica, clavata vel pyrifonnia, hyalina, simplicia, apicibus rotundatis et basi trun- 
catis, {12-)13.5-!6.5(-17.5) x (4.0-)4.5-5.5 pm. 
TYPUS; Tasmania: ‘Fern Bower’ Sth of Maydena. On Pseudocyphellaria faveolata 
(Delise) Malme. [no date], G.C. Bratt, M.H. Bratt & WST (FIO 34317). 
Lichenicolous fungus, parasymbiotic on the thallus of Pseudocyphellaria faveolata, 
producing black conidiomata occuring on wart- or gall-like deformations of the host 
thalli. Conidiomata pycnidial, immersed at first but becoming erumpent through the sur- 
face of the host, mainly aggregated in groups in blackish stromatic tissues of warts or 
gall-like deformations (0. 6-1.0 mm diam. and 0.4-0. 5 mm high) of the host thalli, black, 
56-330 pm diam. and 28-111 pm high; wall of mainly 6-8 cell layers, 11.2-16.8 pm 
thick, dark brown, pseudoparenchymatous (textura angularis), cells thick-walled, 3-4 pm 
diam. Conidiogenoits cells holoblastic, ampulliform to lageniform, lining the pycnidial 
cavity, percurrently proliferating, annellate with to 3-(4?) annellations, hyaline, smooth- 
walled, 8.0- 10.0(- 14.5) X 3. 0-4.0 pm. Conidia arising singly, obpyriform, often rather 
iiTegular in shape, hyaline, collecting in a macilaginous mass in the pycnidial cavity, 
simple, apex rounded, the base conspicuously truncated, thin-walled, smooth-walled 
(12-)13.5-16.5(-17.5) x(4.0-)4.5-5 pm. (Fig. 3 a-b) 
NOTES 
Vouauxiomyces brattii differs from the other species of Vouauxiomyces in having much 
bigger conidia; in contrast, these are 3-5(-6) x 2-3.5(-4) pm in V. ramalinae (Nordin) 
D.Hawksw. and (7-)7. 5-10. 5(-l 1.5) x (5-)5.5-7(-7.5) pm in V. santessonii D.Hawksw. 
(all data according to Flawksworth 1981), and 4.5-5.5(-6) x 2. 5-3. 5 pm in V. granulatae 
Wedin (Wedin 1994) occuring on Pseudocyphellaria granulata from Argentina. 
Vouauxiomyces species are anamorphs of Abrothallus, but no such anamorph was pre- 
sent among the material of V. brattii. 
3 . Wentiomyces tatjanae Kondratyuk sp. nov. 
Fungus lichenicola. Ascomata superficialia, uniloculata, dispersa, singularia, nigra, glo- 
bosa, ostiolata, setosa, (80-) 120-280 pm diam; setae atrobrunneae, simplices, rectae vel 
leviter arcuatae, leaves, 18-36 x 2. 5-5. 5 pm; muris 6-12 pm crassis, e 3-4 stratis cellu- 
larum et pseudoparenchymaticarum constantes. Paraphyses desunt. Asci cylindrici, bitu- 
nicati, (40-)54-63 x 5.5-6.5(-7.0) pm, 8-spori. Ascosporae ellipsoideae, 1-septatae, 
hyalinae, laeves, 6.0-1 1.0(-12.0) x (1.5-)2. 0-3. 5(4.0) pm. 
TYPUS: Tasmania: Florentine Valley, by track 7, about 55 miles [88 km] WNW of 
Flobart, in high forest of Nothofagus cunninghamii in moderate shade with numerous 
mosses, growing on fallen logs, on Pseudocyphellaria coronata (Miill. Arg.) Malme 
thalli, 13 Dec. 1952, R .Melville with J.H. Willis, W.M. Curtis & D. Paton 2339 
(HOLOTYPUS: BM). 
Lichenicolous fungus, parasymbiotic on Pseudocyphellaria and Lobaria thalli and 
apothecia, forming black setose ascomata. Ascomata superficial, uniloculate, perithe- 
cioid, scattered, arising singly or rarely in groups of 2-3(-7), black, globose and very 
often collapsed, ostiolate, setose mainly on whole surface of peritecia or particularly 
around the ostiole, (80-) 120-280 pm diameter. Setae numerous (20 and more), dark 
brown, simple, straight or slightly arcuate, smooth-walled, thick-walled, 18-36 x 
2. 5-5. 5; walls 6-12 pm thick, pseudoparenchymatous, composed of 3-4 layers of cells, 
brown-blackish, K+ greenish. Paraphvses absent. Asci very numerous, arising in a 

Page image

645637 Zwackhiomyces kantvilasii Muelleria 9: 98, Figs 6-8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51342559
Page is part of the work New species of Pronectria, Vouauxiomyces, Wentiomyces and Zwackhiomyces from Australasia, doi:10.5962/p.198439
562127 Callistemon forresterae Muelleria 10: 59
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445824
Page is part of the work Notes on Callistemon in East Gippsland, including the description of C. genofluvialis sp. nov, doi:10.5962/p.198419
562125 Callistemon genofluvialis Muelleria 10: 57-61

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 10: 57-61".

562128 Callistemon pallidus Muelleria 10: 59
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445824
Page is part of the work Notes on Callistemon in East Gippsland, including the description of C. genofluvialis sp. nov, doi:10.5962/p.198419
562126 Callistemon sieberi Muelleria 10: 59
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445824
Page is part of the work Notes on Callistemon in East Gippsland, including the description of C. genofluvialis sp. nov, doi:10.5962/p.198419
909832 Ceanothus discolor Muelleria 10: 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445818
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418

Page text

Taxonomic Changes in Pomaderris 
53 
Pomaderris phylicifolia var. ericoides Maiden & E. Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc. New 
South Wales 29: 737 (1905). 
Type: New South Wales, Mongarlowe near Braidwood, W. Baeuerlen, xi.l898 (lecto- 
type here selected, NSW; isolectotype MEL). 
Remaining Syntypes 
NEW SOUTH wales: Tantawangelo Mountain, J.H. Maiden, xii.1896 (NSW); Barbers Ck, H.J. 
Rumsey, x.1898 (NSW); Mt Kosciusko, J.H. Maiden and W. Forsyth, i.l899 (NSW); Mt Wilson, 
J. Gregson, x. 1890 (NSW). 
Notes 
The Baeuerlen specimen was chosen as lectotype above the others (although all are 
representative), because it is the only one for which a duplicate at another institution has 
been found. 
Pomaderris ericifolia Elook. has often been regarded as a synonym for P. phylicifolia 
subsp. ericoides (e.g. Moore 1961; Chapman 1991; Willis 1973), but examination of the 
type of P. ericifolia at K shows it to belong to a narrow-leaved form of P. phylicifolia 
subsp. phylicifolia (see typification for P. phylicifolia below). Both (relatively) broad- 
and narrow-leaved plants of subsp. phylicifolia often grow in the same area. Subsp. 
phylicifolia and ericoides are generally allopatric, with the latter restricted to montane or 
subalpine areas, but they are known to occur together in the Wulgulmerang 
area of Victoria, and may also both occur in areas of the Southern Tablelands of New 
South Wales (imprecise geographical details on specimen labels makes the latter 
assertion difficult to prove). The two subspecies are distinguished by characters given in 
the following key. 
Key to subspecies ofV. phylicifolia 
1. Leaves narrow-ovate to narrow-obovate, 6-15 mm long, 1-6 mm wide; margins recurved to 
revolute but not entirely obscuring lower lamina subsp. phylicifolia 
1. Leaves linear, 3-8 mm long, 0.75-1.25 mm wide; margins revolute, entirely obscuring lower lamina 
subsp. ericoides 
Typification 
Pomaderris betuUna Cunn. ex Hook., Curtis’s Bot. Mag. 60: t. 3212 (1833). 
Type: hort. Kew, Herb. Hooker, s.d. (lectype here selected, K). 
The figure in Curtis 's Bot. Mag. is of a flowering branch. The accompanying proto- 
logue indicates that the species was ‘introduced to the Royal Gardens at Kew, whence 
flowering specimens were ... communicated ... in April, 1832’. There are two 
sheets from Hooker’s herbarium at K annotated as having been grown at Kew; one is a 
flowering branch, the other a branch in bud. The former is preferred as matching the 
protologue. 
Pomaderris discolor (Vent.) Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Meth. Bot. 8: 591 (1808). Ceanothus 
discolor Vent., Jard. Malm. t. 58 (1804). 
Type: cultivated at Malmaison, France (lectotype here selected, G 8129 (herb. 
Ventenat); ?isolectotype FI). 
Although G 8129 consists of separate branchlets in bud, flower and fruit (and doubt- 
fully collected simultaneously), each is unmistakably P. discolor, and all elements are 
represented in both the figure (by P.J. Redoute) and description in Jard. Malm. The 

Page image

581043 Cheirostylis Muelleria 10: 76
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445841
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Cheirostylis (Orchidaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198421

Page text

76 
David L. Jones 
ovata F.M. Bailey’ and in the same paper provided an abbreviated translation of 
Blume’s original description of C. grandiflora. The species previously confused by 
Maiden and Betche with C. grandiflora, is described here as new. 
Clieirostylis also occurs in countries adjacent to Australia, namely Java (Comber 
1990), New Guinea (Blume 1825; Schlechter 1911-14), and New Caledonia (Halle 
1977). As deduced from available descriptions, drawings, specimens and photographs, 
the taxa occurring in these regions are distinct from the Australian species. 
Methods 
This revision is based on my field collections, specimens collected by field operatives 
and the examination of herbarium specimens at AD, BRI, L, MEL, NSW and QRS. 
Floral descriptions are based on fresh specimens or spirit-preserved material. 
Description of Genus 
Clieirostylis Blume, Bijdr. 6: t. 1 fig. lb; 8; 413 (1825). Type: Cheirostylis montana 
Blume. 
Epiphytic, epilithic or terrestrial herbs growing singly or in small, loose groups. 
Rhizome prostrate to decumbent, fleshy, irregularly swollen at the internodes, con- 
stricted at the nodes, with dense clusters of short, white rhizoids arising ventrally from 
points of contact with rocks and leaves. Stem apical, erect, short. Leaves simple, entire, 
thin-textured, spirally arranged in a loose rosette, often withered at anthesis, petiolate; 
venation reticulate; petiole sheathing at the base. Inflorescence a few-flowered terminal 
raceme; scape and rachis hairy. Flowers small, white, hairy. Sepals connate basally, the 
lateral sepals forming a synsepalum. Petals free. Labelhim lamina bilobed, the narrow 
base developed into a shallow sac containing calli. Callus elongate, with or without 
apical swellings. Column small, with elongate stigmatic arms and rostellum. Anther 
dorsal. Pollinia 4, elongate, attached to an elongate stipe. 
Etymology 
(Greek) cheir = hand, stylis = style; in reference to the lobed apical margins of the 
clinandrium which resemble a hand. 
Taxonomic History 
Cheirostylis was first recorded from Australia by Maiden and Betche (1896) who 
wrongly identified material collected in northern New South Wales as C. grandiflora 
Blume (see introduction). Bailey (1896) described Gastrodia ovata from near Cairns, 
and Schlechter (1911), realising its erroneous generic placement, transferred it to 
Cheirostylis. In the same year Zeuxine attenuata was described from specimens collect- 
ed near Mackay (Rogers and White 1921). Zeuxine attenuata is a taxonomic synonym 
of Cheirostylis ovata. 
Key to Australian species of Cheriostylis 
1. Leaf dark green with a pale median band, flowers opening freely, 10-14 mm long 
...1. C. ovata 
2. C. notialis 
1. Leaf unifonnly dark green, flowers mostly cleistogamous, 5-9 mm long. 

Page image

588734 Cheirostylis grandiflora Muelleria 10: 75
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445840
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Cheirostylis (Orchidaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198421
829164 Cheirostylis grandiflora Muelleria 10: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445845
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Cheirostylis (Orchidaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198421
581045 Cheirostylis notialis Muelleria 10: 80-82, Figs 2 (map), 3
581044 Cheirostylis ovata Muelleria 10: 77-79, Figs 1, 2 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 10: 77-79, Figs 1, 2 (map)".

581041 Chiloglottis jeanesii Muelleria 10: 64-66, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 10: 64-66, Fig. 1".

581042 Corybas neocaledonicus Muelleria 10: 70-73, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 10: 70-73, Fig. 1".

645644 Didymostilbe australiensis Muelleria 10: 149
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445968
Page is part of the work Fungi on submerged wood in small stream on Mt. Lewis, North Queensland, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198428

Page text

Fungi in a North Queensland Stream 
149 
Notes 
Dictyochaeta sithfiiscospora was originally described from submerged decaying 
branches of an unknown angiosperm from Malaysia (Kuthubutheen and Nawawi 1991). 
This is the first record from Australia, also occurring on submerged wood. This collec- 
tion of D. suhfuscospora has pigmented, percurrently and sympodially proliferating, 
polyphialidic conidiophores with flared collarettes. The shorter, sympodially proliferat- 
ing, monophialidic to polyphialidic, pigmented conidiophores found close to the 
substratum by Kuthubutheen and Nawawi (1991) were not seen in our collection. The 
conidia are ovate, non-septate, non-setulate, initially hyaline to subhyaline, later becom- 
ing pale brown, 17-22 x 6-8.5 pm, and fonn in slimy masses. 
Didymostilbe australiensis Goh & K.D. Hyde, sp. nov. 
Conidiomata synnematosae, solitariae, subulato-capitatae, non-ramosae, determi- 
natae, cremeae, 250-500 pm altae, ad basim 30-50 pm latae, apicem versus attenuatae 
usque 15-50 pm latae. Hyphae stipitis ad basim intricatae, superne parellelibus, 
septatae, laeves, simpliciae, ca. 1 pm latae. Conidiophora non-ramosa, cellulae 
conidiogenae 13-25 X 1.5-2 pm, phialidicae, anguste cylindricae, apicem versus 
attenuata, hyalinae, laeves. Conidiorum massa hemisphaerica vel subglobosa, mucoidea, 
terminalia, cremea vel albolutescens. Conidia enteroblastica, 0-1-septata, interdum 
ad septa leniter constricta, cylindrica vel leniter clavata, apicem late rotundata, 
ad basim subtruncata vel obconico truncata, crassitunicata, laevia, hyalina, 
(8-)9-13(-15) X (2.5-)3-4 pm. 
Type: Queensland, Cape Tribulation, Mt Lewis, on decaying wood submerged in a 
stream, T.M. and K.D. Hyde ML 28, vi.l995 (holotype BRIP). 
Conidiomata synnematous, solitary, subulate-capitate, unbranched, determinate, 
creamy white, 250-500 pm tall, 30-50 pm wide at the base, tapered to 1 5-50 pm wide 
near the apex, conidiogenous head 40-150 pm wide. Hyphae of stipe interweaving at 
base, parallel throughout stipe, septate, smooth, simple, ca. 1 pm wide. Conidiophore 
unbranched, conidiogenous cells 13-25 x 1.5-2 pm, phialidic, narrowly cylindrical, 
tapering at the apex, hyaline, smooth. Conidial mass hemisphaerical to subglobose, 
mucoid, tenninal, creamy white to pale yellowish. Conidia enteroblastic, 0-1 -septate, 
sometimes slightly constricted at the septum, cylindrical to slightly clavate, broadly 
rounded at the apex, subtruncate to obconically truncate at the base, thick-walled, 
smooth, hyaline, (8-)9-13(-15) pm long, (2.5-)3-4 pm in diameter. (Figs 2, 3) 
Notes 
This differs from other Didymostilbe species {sensu Seifert 1985) in its conidial shape 
and size. In other species the conidia are larger (14 pm or more in length, 4 pm or more 
in width) and are mostly ellipsoidal to fusiform in shape. 
Exserticlava vasiformis (Matsush.) S. Hughes (Fig. 4) 
Notes 
Exserticlava vasiformis was originally isolated from wood in Japan by Matsushima 
(1975) (as Cordana vasiformis Matsush.). This species produces solitary, erect, thick- 
walled, dark conidiophores, each with a terminal funnel-shaped conidiogenous apex, 
which gives rise to 10-15 distoseptate conidia. The hyaline inner wall of the conidio- 
genous cell usually expands to 20 pm wide and finally grows upwards as a hyaline, 
thick-walled, septate, subulate structure, up to 120 pm long. This characteristic exten- 
sion of the conidiophore is a readily identifiable feature. Exserticlava species have also 
been reported from New Zealand (Hughes 1978), North America (Crane and 

Page image

591756 Eucalyptus ×macmahonii Muelleria 10: 13-18, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 10: 13-18, Fig. 1".

829163 Gastrodia ovata Muelleria 10: 77
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445842
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Cheirostylis (Orchidaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198421

Page text

Cheirostvlis in Australia 
77 
1 . Cheirostylis ovata (F.M. Bailey) Schltr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 45: 394, in obs. (1911); 
Gastrodia ovata F.M. Bailey, Bot. Bull. Dept. Agric. Queensland 14: 13 (1896). Type: 
Queensland, Mountain Ra., near Cairns, L.J. Nugent (holotype BRI, not found); 
Queensland, Russell River, below the First Combo, R.L.Jago 466, 23.viii.1981 (neotype 
here selected, QRS 65146). 
Zeuxine attenuata R.S. Rogers & C.T. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 32: 123-4, 
fig. 2 (1921). Type: Queensland, Mackay, 13.ix.l895, (holo BRI!). 
Illustration: Lavarack and Gray, Australian Tropical Orchids 14, top plate (1992). 
Rhizome 4-10 mm in diameter. Stem 1-2 mm in diameter. Leaves 4-7; petioles 
5-12 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, channelled, sheathing at the base; lamina ovate- 
lanceolate, 25-50 mm long, 12-20 mm wide, dark green, dull, with a light band along 
the midrib, apex acute to acuminate. Inflorescence 10-25 cm tall, slender, 1-6-flowered. 
Sterile bracts 3 or 4, ovate-lanceolate, 13-21 mm long, 5-6 mm wide, closely sheathing, 
acuminate. Fertile bracts ovate-lanceolate, 5-15 mm long, 3-5 mm wide, closely 
sheathing, acuminate. Pedicels 3-10 mm long, slender, semi-erect, hairy. Ovaries 
narrowly obovoid, 4-8 mm long, 2-4 mm wide, constricted near the apex. Flowers 
white, 10-14 mm long, 9-10 mm wide. Dorsal sepal ovate-lanceolate, 7-8 mm long, 
4-4.5 mm wide, porrect proximally where connate with the lateral sepals, erect to 
suberect in the distal half, apex obtuse. Synsepalum 7-8 mm long, 4.5-5 mm wide, 
porrect, the lobes obtuse, divaricate, c. 3 mm apart at the tips. Petals narrowly linear- 
oblong, 7-8 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, slightly falcate, obliquely erect, divergent, apex 
obtuse. Labellum porrect to obliquely deflexed, 12.5-14 mm long, c. 9 mm wide; 
labellum base 5-5.5 mm long, 2. 5-2. 8 mm wide, channelled, base saccate, bearing 1-3, 
irregularly lobed calli, c. 1 mm long; lamina deeply bilobed, each lobe more or less 
oblong-cuneate, 5-6 mm long, 3^.5 mm wide, divergent, 5-6 mm apart at the apex, the 
anterior margins irregularly lobed, all margins minutely denticulate. Callus elongate, 
with two small, apical swellings. Column 4.5-5 mm long, c. 2.5 mm wide. Stigma arms 
c. 3.5 mm long, obliquely erect to porrect. Rostellum elongate. Anther ovate, c. 1.3 mm 
long, c. 1.5 mm wide, brown, with a slender rostrum. Pollinarium c. 3.5 mm long; 
viscidium elliptic, 0.7 mm long; stipe ligulate, c. 10 mm long; pollinia linear clavate, 
1.5-1. 8 mm long, white, mealy. Capsules narrowly obovoid, 7-10 mm long, 4-5 mm 
wide, suberect to erect. (Fig. 1) 
Distribution 
Endemic to north-eastern and central-eastern Queensland (Iron Range to Eungella) 
(Fig. 2). 
Ecology 
Commonly grows among rocks in monsoonal rainforest and vine thickets. The plants 
are regularly covered by fallen leaves throughout the year, but especially when the 
forest trees shed their leaves during the late dry season. At this time the orchid plants are 
dormant, surviving as the fleshy rhizome which becomes completely covered by leaves 
and other litter. The new shoots of the orchid grow up through this layer and the fine 
root hairs produced from the ventral swellings on the rhizome become attached to the 
decaying leaves and other litter as well as rocks. Altitude range 20-750 m. Flowering 
period August-October. 
Recognition 
Differs from C. notialis by its larger (to 50 mm long and 20 mm wide), ovate- 
lanceolate leaves which have a pale band along the midrib; larger (to 14 mm long and 
10 mm wide) flowers which open freely, with the perianth tips spreading and recurving; 

Page image

557822 Goodia lotifolia lotifolia Muelleria 10: 4, figs 1a-c, 2 (map).
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445895
Page is part of the work Notes on Goodia (Fabaceae, Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.198415
557823 Goodia lotifolia pubescens Muelleria 10: 4, figs 1d-f, 3 (map).
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445895
Page is part of the work Notes on Goodia (Fabaceae, Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.198415
616740 Nymphoides spinulosperma Muelleria 10: 21-25, Figs 1, 2
561963 Pomaderris adnata Muelleria 10: 39-40, Fig. 2g-i

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 10: 39-40, Fig. 2g-i".

561968 Pomaderris andromedifolia andromedifolia Muelleria 10: 49
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445850
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418
561967 Pomaderris andromedifolia confusa Muelleria 10: 48, Fig 3j-l
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445851
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418
561990 Pomaderris apetala Muelleria 10: 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445865
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418

Page text

34 
N.G. Walsh and F. Coates 
Key to subspecies of?, helianthemifolia 
1 . Leaves glabrous on upper surface subsp. helianthemifolia 
1 . Leaves hispid on upper surface 2 
2. Leaves 10-45 mm long; disc glabrous subsp, hispida 
2. Leaves 5-9(-13) mm long; disc hispid subsp. minor 
SECTION APETALAE 
Pomaderris apetala Labill. subsp. maritima N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, subsp. nov. 
Differt a subspecie typica foliis obtusis, ad bis longioribus quam latioribus, pagina 
supera pilis stellatis persistentibus et in habitatione maritima. 
Type: Tasmania, Asbestos Ra. National Park, c. 1.7 km due S from northern tip of 
Badger Head, N.G. Walsh 2368, 23.ii.1989 (holotype MEL; isotype HO). 
Pomaderris sp. aff. apetala (Coastal) sensu J.H. Ross (Ed.), Census Vase. PI. 
Victoria, 4th edn (1993). 
Pomaderris tainui Hector, Trans. & Proc. New Zealand Inst. 1 1 : 429 ( 1 879). Type: 
New Zealand, North Island, Mokau, J. Hector, 1879 (holotype AK; isotype K). 
Pubescent shrub 1-3 m tall. Leaves ovate, 30-60 mm long, 15-30 mm wide; 
base obtuse; margins shallowly serrulate; apex obtuse; adaxial lamina wrinkled, 
sparsely pubescent with greyish stellate hairs; abaxial lamina densely pubescent 
with greyish (rarely rusty on veins) stellate hairs. Inflorescence of 20 to >50 flowers, 
pyramidal, terminal or upper-axillary, 5-15 cm long, 2-7 cm wide; bracts caducous; 
pedicels 1.5-2. 5 mm long. Flowers cream, externally densely pubescent with 
greyish stellate hairs; hypanthium 1.25-2 mm in diameter, 1-1.5 mm long; sepals 
1. 8-2.1 mm long; stamens 1.5-2. 5 mm long, erect; anthers 0.75-1 mm long; ovary 
virtually inferior, pubescent with long stellate hairs; style 1-1.5 mm long, branched in 
middle third. Fruit 3-4 mm long, blackish, obovoid to ovoid; apex obtuse; torus in 
middle third; operculum membranous, occupying most of inner face; seed 1.5-1.75 mm 
long. (Fig. le-g) 
Representative Specimens (17 specimens examined) 
victoria: Reeves Beach, near western limit of Ninety Mile Beach, N.G. Walsh 1601, 14. vi. 1986 
(MEL, CANB); Wilsons Promontory, Lighthouse Point, P.C. Heyligers 81034, 13. xi. 1981 (MEL). 
TASMANIA: Hawley, c. 1.5 km W of Freers Beach, F. Coates s.n., 22.xii.1992 (MEL), new Zealand: 
Taranaki, North of Mohakatino River mouth, N.G. Walsh 4670, 5. i. 1997 (MEL). 
Distribution and Conservation Status 
Restricted to South Gippsland at Wilsons Promontory and 90 mile Beach in Victoria; 
central northern Tasmania and Mokau area. North Island New Zealand. Conservation 
Code (Briggs and Leigh 1989) 3RCat. 
Habitat 
Predominantly dry coastal vegetation, ecotone between dune scrub or salt marsh and 
coastal woodland, but also known from grassy Allocasuarina littoralis woodland on 
dolerite in central northern Tasmania. Altitude range 0-60 m. 
Phenology 
Flowers: October-November. Fruits: December-January. 

Page image

561989 Pomaderris apetala apetala Muelleria 10: 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445865
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418
561959 Pomaderris apetala maritima Muelleria 10: 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445865
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418
561969 Pomaderris argyrophylla argyrophylla Muelleria 10: 46
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445853
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418
561956 Pomaderris argyrophylla graniticola Muelleria 10: 46
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445853
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418
561979 Pomaderris betulina Muelleria 10: 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445818
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418

Page text

Taxonomic Changes in Pomaderris 
53 
Pomaderris phylicifolia var. ericoides Maiden & E. Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc. New 
South Wales 29: 737 (1905). 
Type: New South Wales, Mongarlowe near Braidwood, W. Baeuerlen, xi.l898 (lecto- 
type here selected, NSW; isolectotype MEL). 
Remaining Syntypes 
NEW SOUTH wales: Tantawangelo Mountain, J.H. Maiden, xii.1896 (NSW); Barbers Ck, H.J. 
Rumsey, x.1898 (NSW); Mt Kosciusko, J.H. Maiden and W. Forsyth, i.l899 (NSW); Mt Wilson, 
J. Gregson, x. 1890 (NSW). 
Notes 
The Baeuerlen specimen was chosen as lectotype above the others (although all are 
representative), because it is the only one for which a duplicate at another institution has 
been found. 
Pomaderris ericifolia Elook. has often been regarded as a synonym for P. phylicifolia 
subsp. ericoides (e.g. Moore 1961; Chapman 1991; Willis 1973), but examination of the 
type of P. ericifolia at K shows it to belong to a narrow-leaved form of P. phylicifolia 
subsp. phylicifolia (see typification for P. phylicifolia below). Both (relatively) broad- 
and narrow-leaved plants of subsp. phylicifolia often grow in the same area. Subsp. 
phylicifolia and ericoides are generally allopatric, with the latter restricted to montane or 
subalpine areas, but they are known to occur together in the Wulgulmerang 
area of Victoria, and may also both occur in areas of the Southern Tablelands of New 
South Wales (imprecise geographical details on specimen labels makes the latter 
assertion difficult to prove). The two subspecies are distinguished by characters given in 
the following key. 
Key to subspecies ofV. phylicifolia 
1. Leaves narrow-ovate to narrow-obovate, 6-15 mm long, 1-6 mm wide; margins recurved to 
revolute but not entirely obscuring lower lamina subsp. phylicifolia 
1. Leaves linear, 3-8 mm long, 0.75-1.25 mm wide; margins revolute, entirely obscuring lower lamina 
subsp. ericoides 
Typification 
Pomaderris betuUna Cunn. ex Hook., Curtis’s Bot. Mag. 60: t. 3212 (1833). 
Type: hort. Kew, Herb. Hooker, s.d. (lectype here selected, K). 
The figure in Curtis 's Bot. Mag. is of a flowering branch. The accompanying proto- 
logue indicates that the species was ‘introduced to the Royal Gardens at Kew, whence 
flowering specimens were ... communicated ... in April, 1832’. There are two 
sheets from Hooker’s herbarium at K annotated as having been grown at Kew; one is a 
flowering branch, the other a branch in bud. The former is preferred as matching the 
protologue. 
Pomaderris discolor (Vent.) Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Meth. Bot. 8: 591 (1808). Ceanothus 
discolor Vent., Jard. Malm. t. 58 (1804). 
Type: cultivated at Malmaison, France (lectotype here selected, G 8129 (herb. 
Ventenat); ?isolectotype FI). 
Although G 8129 consists of separate branchlets in bud, flower and fruit (and doubt- 
fully collected simultaneously), each is unmistakably P. discolor, and all elements are 
represented in both the figure (by P.J. Redoute) and description in Jard. Malm. The 

Page image

561971 Pomaderris betulina betulina Muelleria 10: 50
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445849
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418
561970 Pomaderris betulina actensis Muelleria 10: 49, Fig.3m-n
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445850
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418
818900 Pomaderris biaurita Muelleria 10
561991 Pomaderris bodalla Muelleria 10: 42, Fig. 2m-o
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445857
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418

Page text

42 
N.G. Walsh and F. Coates 
Pomaderris bodalla N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, sp. nov. 
Pomadenidi brunneae N.A. Wakef. affinis sed foliis marginibus non recurvatis, 
pagina infema non villosa et nervis lateralibus impressis vix differt. 
Type: New South Wales, Dignam Ck, 6.5 km SW of Tilba Tilba, N.G. Walsh 4045, 
13.x. 1995 (holotype MEL; isotypes CANS, NSW). 
Shrub 2^ m high. Young stems with spreading; rusty simple hairs and dense, greyish 
stellate hairs. Leaves elliptic, broad-elliptic, broad-obovate, or often, sub-rhombic, 
(15-)20-25(-30) mm long, (10-)12-15(~20) mm wide; base cuneate; margins entire but 
often slightly undulate; apex obtuse to broadly acute, occasionally temrinated by a tuft 
of simple hairs; adaxial lamina glabrous, smooth; lateral veins not or slightly impressed; 
abaxial lamina pubescent with sparse to very sparse, spreading rusty simple hairs 
overlaying dense, greyish stellate hairs; lateral veins elearly visible, with simple hairs 
denser than those of intemerves; petiole 2.5-6 mm long. Stipules triangular or narrow- 
triangular, 2-7 mm long, deciduous. Inflorescence many-flowered, narrowly pyramidal, 
terminal, 2-8 cm long, 1.5^ cm wide; bracts caducous; pedicels 1-2 mm long. Flowers 
cream; externally densely pubescent, greyish with loosely appressed or spreading simple 
hairs overlaying stellate hairs, sparser on sepals; hypanthium 0.8-1. 2 mm in diameter, 
0.6-0. 8 mm long; sepals 1.5-1. 7 mm long, erect to slightly spreading; petals absent; 
stamens 1-1.5 mm long; anthers 0.7-0. 9 mm long; ovary inferior, stellate-pubescent or 
with simple hairs largely obscuring stellate hairs; style glabrous, 0.8-1. 2 mm long, 
branched in middle third. Fruit not seen. (Fig. 2m-o) 
Representative Specimens (10 specimens examined) 
NEW SOUTH wales: Bodalia-Runnyford, M. Shoohridge, 2.x. 1961 (BRI, CANB, NSW); Nerrigundah, 
W. McReadie, x.1966 (NSW); Bodalla State Forest, Red Creek Rd, I km N of Tinpot Rd, N.G. Walsh 
4047, 12.x. 1995 (CANB. MEL); 2 km ESE of Brogo Hall, N.G. Walsh 4051, I2.X.1995 (CANB, MEL, 
NSW). 
Distribution and Conservation Status. 
Occurs in the South Coast botanical subdivision of New South Wales (Anderson 
1961, 1968) where apparently endemic between Nerrigundah and Brogo. Conservation 
Code (Briggs and Leigh 1989) 2R. 
Habitat 
Occurs in sheltered sites (streambanks, gully heads etc.) in moist open-forests. 
Altitude range 40-350 m. 
Phenology 
Flowers: October. 
Etymology 
From the locality of Bodalla, the centre of known distribution of the species; 
an Aboriginal word of somewhat obscure meaning, but which probably refers to the 
locality’s proximity to water. 
Notes 
Pomaderris bodalla has previously been confused with P. brunnea — a species 
having leaves with recurved margins, villous abaxial indumentum and strongly 
impressed lateral veins. Some specimens have also been determined as P. discolor 
which also has recurved leaf margins. The latter species characteristically has leaves that 
are evenly tapered to the cuneate base and acute apex, and has (sometimes petalous) 

Page image

561961 Pomaderris coomingalensis Muelleria 10: 37, Fig. 2c - d
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445862
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418
561960 Pomaderris crassifolia Muelleria 10: 35
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445864
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418
561964 Pomaderris delicata Muelleria 10: 40, Fig. 2j-1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445859
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418

Page text

40 
N.G. Walsh and F. Coates 
1-2.5 mm long. Flowers cream; externally densely pubescent with white-greyish stellate 
hairs; hypanthium 1-2 mm in diameter, 0.7 mm long; sepals 1.8-2 mm long; petals 
present on most flowers but sometimes fewer than 5, 1.2-1. 5 mm long, oblanceolate, 
flat or slightly cupped; stamens 1.8-2. 2 mm long, distinctly longer than petals,’ 
the filaments shortly adnate to the petal base; anthers 0.7-0.8 mm long; ovary half- 
inferior, stellate-pubescent; style glabrous, 0.8-1. 3 mm long, branched in middle 
third. Fruit ovoid, c. 3 mm long, blackish; apex acute; torus slightly below midway; 
operculum membranous, occupying most of pyrene inner face; seed c. 1.8 mm long’ 
(Fig. 2g-i) 
Other Specimens Examined 
NEW SOUTH wales: type locality, N.G. Walsh 4074, 19.xii.l995 (MEL); P.C. Jobson 4285 2 vi 1996 
(MEL, NSW). 
Distribution and Conservation Status 
Known only from a very small population from Sublime Point, near Wollongong, 
Central Coast floristic subdivision of New South Wales (Anderson 1961, 1968)’ 
Conservation Code (Briggs and Leigh 1989) IV. 
Habitat 
Heathy woodland and open forest on sandy loam. Altitude c. 320 m. 
Phenology 
Flowers: September. Fruits: November-December. 
Etymology 
From the Latin adnatus (= joined) referring to the base of the staminal filament which 
is shortly united with the petal claw. 
Notes 
In its narrow-elliptic to obovate leaves, P. adnata bears a superficial resemblance to 
P. mediora and P. phylicifolia, but the indumentum of the stems and abaxial leaf 
surfaces is very different, with simple hairs being absent from the stems, and rather 
short, sparse and appressed on the midrib and larger lateral veins of the abaxial leaf sur- 
faces. The flowers are quite unlike either of those two species however, being petalous 
and bearing only stellate hairs on the hypanthium and sepals. The condition of each of 
the staminal filaments being shortly united with the claw of its subtending petal occurs 
also in the narrowly endemic Victorian species P. subplicata (Walsh 1992), but that 
species differs substantially from P. adnata in its smaller (to 10 mm long), relatively 
broader leaves that are finely stellate pubescent on both surfaces. 
Pomaderris delicata N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, sp. nov. 
A P. andromedifolia A. Cunn. folds minoribus, pagina abaxiali non sericea et stipulis 
minoribus non persistentibus differt. 
Type: New South Wales, Goulburn-Bungonia Rd, 12 km ESE of Goulburn, 
N.G. Walsh 4035, 1 Lx. 1995 (holotype MEL; isotypes BRl, CANB, HO, NSW). 
Shrub 1-2 m high. Young stems pubescent with very sparse, loosely appressed 
greyish-yellow or rusty simple hairs and dense, greyish-yellow stellate hairs. 
Leaves elliptic, 13-30 mm long, 5-15 mm wide; base cuneate; margins entire, plane 
or slightly recurved; apex obtuse to broadly acute; adaxial lamina glabrous, smooth. 

Page image

561980 Pomaderris discolor Muelleria 10: 53-54

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 10: 53-54".

561975 Pomaderris elliptica diemenica Muelleria 10: 51
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445816
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418
818901 Pomaderris ericifolia Muelleria 10: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445819
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418

Page text

54 
N.G. Walsh and F. Coates 
whole sheet is therefore chosen as lectotype. A possible isolectotype is a fragment in 
bud (of the same degree of maturity as the branchlet on G 8129) pinned to the lower left 
comer of the type sheet of P. elliptica Labill. at FI (photo seen only). 
Pomaderris forrestiana F. Muell., Fragni. 9: 139 (1875). 
Type: Western Australia, Point Dover, Forrest (lectotype here selected, MEL 55212). 
Two localities. Point Dover and Port Eucia (both Forrest collections) are given in the 
protologue for P. forrestiana and these are matched by syntype specimens at MEL. Of 
these, the Point Dover one is the more complete, with several intact budding inflores- 
cences and is therefore nominated as the lectotype. The remaining syntype (Port Eucia, 
MEL 55213) is fragmentary, with two near-naked twigs and a bag of leaf fragments and 
few buds and flowers. A sheet at K labelled ‘Port Eucia, com. 10/(18)84, no collector 
indicated’ (photo sent as possible type), in full flower is unlikely to be of the same gath- 
ering. It is uncertain whether the ‘com.’ date refers to the date of collection or communi- 
cation to K, but it seems likely that it was collected later than the date of description of 
the species and is not regarded as a type. 
Pomaderris obcordata Fenzl, Eniim. PI. 23 ( 1 837). 
Type: N. Floll., Ferd (lecotype here selected, W). 
Trymaliiini bilobatum F. Muell., Defm. Austral. PI. 41 (1855); Trans. Philos. Soc. 
Victoria 1: 121 (1855). 
Type: Port Lincoln, Wilhelmi (lectotype here selected, MEL 55371; isolectotype W). 
Trymalium biauritiim Reissek, Linnaea 29: 281 (1857). Pomaderris biaurita 
(Reissek) F. Muell (as "biauritiim'), Fragm. 3: 73 (1862). 
Type: Austral, merid., F. Mueller (lectotype here selected. W). 
The type sheet of P. obcordata consists of four twigs ( 1 flowering, 2 sterile, 1 fmit- 
ing). The two sterile twigs have rather long intemodes like the flowering one and are 
likely to be part of the same collection. The fruiting specimen has distinctly shorter 
intemodes. All twigs are genuine P. obcordata. Accompanying the specimens are two 
labels; one has ‘P. obcordata Fenzl, N. Holl. (Ferd. Bauer)’ (i.e. agreeing with the 
protologue) and is mounted in the lower left corner below the flowering twig; the 
other, mounted closest to the fruiting specimen at lower right, has "Tiymaliiim biloba- 
tum Ferd. Mueller, Port Lincoln proper, legit. Carl Wilhelmi, exam. Dr Ferd. Mueller’. 
As the protologue for P. obcordata describes floral but not fmiting characteristics, it 
follows that the flowering (and probably sterile) twigs belong with the adjacent label 
(i.e. the Bauer label). These elements form the lectotype. The remaining material 
(i.e. fruiting twig and label at lower right) is of material forwarded by Mueller to 
Reissek at W and subsequently mounted with the Bauer collection. It is almost certainly 
part of the same collection as the sole speeimen at MEL labelled by Mueller as 
Tiymalium bilobatum. 
The protologue of T. bilobatum, emphasises fruiting, not flowering, characteristics, so 
it appears the MEL and W material are appropriately regarded as lectotypes of that 
name. Tiymalium bilobatum is here reduced to a synonym of P. obcordata. 
The only type sheet of Pomaderris biaurita (another synonym of P. obcordata) to 
have been located is housed at W. It forms part of the Plantae Muellerianae collection, 
and is annotated in Reissek’s hand. It is designated as the lectotype. 
Pomaderris phylicifolia Lodd. ex Link, Enum. PL Hort. Reg. Berol. 1: 252 (1821). 
Type: ‘native ofNew Holland’, t. 120 in Lodd. Bot.Cah. 2 (1818). 
Pomaderris ericifolia Hook.,/. Bot. 1: 257 (1834). Pomaderris phylicifolia var. erici- 
folia (Hook.) L.B. Moore in H.H. Allan, FI. New Zeal. 1 : 423 (1961 ). 

Page image

561984 Pomaderris ericifolia Muelleria 10: 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445820
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418
561981 Pomaderris forrestiana Muelleria 10: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445819
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418

Page text

54 
N.G. Walsh and F. Coates 
whole sheet is therefore chosen as lectotype. A possible isolectotype is a fragment in 
bud (of the same degree of maturity as the branchlet on G 8129) pinned to the lower left 
comer of the type sheet of P. elliptica Labill. at FI (photo seen only). 
Pomaderris forrestiana F. Muell., Fragni. 9: 139 (1875). 
Type: Western Australia, Point Dover, Forrest (lectotype here selected, MEL 55212). 
Two localities. Point Dover and Port Eucia (both Forrest collections) are given in the 
protologue for P. forrestiana and these are matched by syntype specimens at MEL. Of 
these, the Point Dover one is the more complete, with several intact budding inflores- 
cences and is therefore nominated as the lectotype. The remaining syntype (Port Eucia, 
MEL 55213) is fragmentary, with two near-naked twigs and a bag of leaf fragments and 
few buds and flowers. A sheet at K labelled ‘Port Eucia, com. 10/(18)84, no collector 
indicated’ (photo sent as possible type), in full flower is unlikely to be of the same gath- 
ering. It is uncertain whether the ‘com.’ date refers to the date of collection or communi- 
cation to K, but it seems likely that it was collected later than the date of description of 
the species and is not regarded as a type. 
Pomaderris obcordata Fenzl, Eniim. PI. 23 ( 1 837). 
Type: N. Floll., Ferd (lecotype here selected, W). 
Trymaliiini bilobatum F. Muell., Defm. Austral. PI. 41 (1855); Trans. Philos. Soc. 
Victoria 1: 121 (1855). 
Type: Port Lincoln, Wilhelmi (lectotype here selected, MEL 55371; isolectotype W). 
Trymalium biauritiim Reissek, Linnaea 29: 281 (1857). Pomaderris biaurita 
(Reissek) F. Muell (as "biauritiim'), Fragm. 3: 73 (1862). 
Type: Austral, merid., F. Mueller (lectotype here selected. W). 
The type sheet of P. obcordata consists of four twigs ( 1 flowering, 2 sterile, 1 fmit- 
ing). The two sterile twigs have rather long intemodes like the flowering one and are 
likely to be part of the same collection. The fruiting specimen has distinctly shorter 
intemodes. All twigs are genuine P. obcordata. Accompanying the specimens are two 
labels; one has ‘P. obcordata Fenzl, N. Holl. (Ferd. Bauer)’ (i.e. agreeing with the 
protologue) and is mounted in the lower left corner below the flowering twig; the 
other, mounted closest to the fruiting specimen at lower right, has "Tiymaliiim biloba- 
tum Ferd. Mueller, Port Lincoln proper, legit. Carl Wilhelmi, exam. Dr Ferd. Mueller’. 
As the protologue for P. obcordata describes floral but not fmiting characteristics, it 
follows that the flowering (and probably sterile) twigs belong with the adjacent label 
(i.e. the Bauer label). These elements form the lectotype. The remaining material 
(i.e. fruiting twig and label at lower right) is of material forwarded by Mueller to 
Reissek at W and subsequently mounted with the Bauer collection. It is almost certainly 
part of the same collection as the sole speeimen at MEL labelled by Mueller as 
Tiymalium bilobatum. 
The protologue of T. bilobatum, emphasises fruiting, not flowering, characteristics, so 
it appears the MEL and W material are appropriately regarded as lectotypes of that 
name. Tiymalium bilobatum is here reduced to a synonym of P. obcordata. 
The only type sheet of Pomaderris biaurita (another synonym of P. obcordata) to 
have been located is housed at W. It forms part of the Plantae Muellerianae collection, 
and is annotated in Reissek’s hand. It is designated as the lectotype. 
Pomaderris phylicifolia Lodd. ex Link, Enum. PL Hort. Reg. Berol. 1: 252 (1821). 
Type: ‘native ofNew Holland’, t. 120 in Lodd. Bot.Cah. 2 (1818). 
Pomaderris ericifolia Hook.,/. Bot. 1: 257 (1834). Pomaderris phylicifolia var. erici- 
folia (Hook.) L.B. Moore in H.H. Allan, FI. New Zeal. 1 : 423 (1961 ). 

Page image

561988 Pomaderris helianthemifolia Muelleria 10: 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445868
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418

Page text

Taxonomic Changes in Pomuderris 
31 
3. 
3. 
4. 
4. 
5. 
5. 
6 . 
6 . 
7. 
7. 
Leaves fan-shaped, wider than long, often partly folded; pyrenes corrugated on ventral surface; Eyre 
Peninsula (South Australia) only flabellares 
Leaves oblong to orbicular, no wider than long, mostly flat; pyrenes smooth on ventral surface, all 
States except Northern Territory ^ 
Sepals persistent in fruit; petals absent sect. Apetalae 
Sepals deciduous in fruit; petals present or absent sect. Pomaderris 
Style 2-branched; ovary 2-locular sect. Bilocidares 
Style 3-branched or 3-lobed; ovary 3-locular ^ 
Floral disc absent; South Australia, Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania 
sect. Pomaderris 
Floral disc present, forming a raised annulus (sometimes narrow) within the points of attachment of 
the stamens' Western Australia, South Australia, Queensland, far-western Victoria 
7 
Inflorescence paniculate; stipules deciduous 
Inflorescence a simple terminal umbellate cyme; stipules persistent 
sect, Annulares 
sect. Umbelliflorae 
Descriptions of Species, Subspecies and Varieties 
As in most reasonably large genera, specific and infraspecific boundaries in 
Pomaderris are not always easy to define. It might be argued that several of the 
infraspecific taxa described below differ in as many characters as do a number of 
species and could be reasonably treated at specific rank. They have been retained as 
subspecies or varieties where the differences are subtle (but we believe substantial) 
so that the component members of a species are readily observed as ‘belonging’ with 
each other. New species described below have less immediately appreciated affinities, 
and may appear equally similar to several other species. Infraspecific taxa are defined 
as subspecies where the morphological, geographical and/or ecological 
discontinuity(ies) between them are almost or quite complete. Varietal rank is used 
where variation within a species is more continuous, but decidedly different at the 
extreme ranges, and where the geographical distribution and/or ecological amplitude is 
not or hardly discontinuous. 
SECTION PSILOGYNE 
Pomaderris helianthemifolia (Reissek) N.A. Wakef subsp. hispida N.G. Walsh & F. 
Coates, subsp. nov. 
Differt a subspecie typica foliis pagina supera hispidis. 
Type: Victoria, East Gippsland, Mangans Lake, Genoa district, N.A. Wakefield 2249, 
7.xi.l948 (holotype MEL; isotypes NSW, BRI). 
Pubescent shrub 1-2 m tall. Leaves oblong, 10^5 mm long, 2-10 mm wide, adaxial 
lamina hispid with loosely appressed to spreading simple hairs. Inflorescence of 20 to 
>50 flowers, pyramidal, terminal or axillary, 6-8(-12) cm long, 2-3(-6) cm wide; bracts 
caducous; pedicels (1.5-)2-3(-3,5) mm long. Flowers yellow; externally pubescent, 
with sparse, spreading, greyish and rusty simple hairs and medium to dense, greyish 
stellate hairs; hypanthium 1-2 mm in diameter, 0.5-1 mm long; sepals 1.5-2 mm 
long; stamens 1-2 mm long; anthers 0.5-0. 8 mm long; disk smooth, glabrous; style 
0.5-0. 8 mm long, branched in middle or lower third. Fruit c. 3 mm long, purplish 
or blackish, obovoid; torus basal. Pyrene dehiscence via a longitudinal split; seed 
1.5-2 mm long. (Fig. la-b) 

Page image

561987 Pomaderris helianthemifolia helianthemifolia Muelleria 10: 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445868
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418
561957 Pomaderris helianthemifolia hispida Muelleria 10: 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445868
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418
561958 Pomaderris helianthemifolia minor Muelleria 10: 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445866
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418
645643 Pomaderris Muelleria 10: 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445870
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418

Page text

Taxonomic Changes in Pomadenis 
29 
Type: P. flabellaris (Reissek) J.M. Black 
Shrubs. Indumentum of leaf undersurfaces and branchlets of stellate hairs only. 
Leaves fan-shaped. Inflorescence paniculate or racemose. Flowers apetalous; ovary 3- 
locular, c. half-superior, summit pubescent; disc absent. Sepals deciduous in fruit. 
Capsule obtuse at apex; torus medial or nearer apex; pyrenes deeply corrugated on inner 
face, operculum indistinct. 
One species endemic on the Eyre Peninsula in South Australia. 
Pomaderris sect. Pontaderris 
Frutices vel arbores parvae; indumentum pilis stellatis et simplicibus; folia varia; 
inflorescentia paniculata vel racemosa raro floribus solitariis; flores petal! vel apetali, 
ovarium infernum ad c. semisuperum raro superum, discus absens, sepala decidua 
tempore florendi; capsula summo obtusa vel acuta, torus medialis ad subapicalem raro 
ad subbasalis, pyrenae operculis membranaceis dehiscentes. 
Type: P. elliptica Labill. 
Shrubs or small trees. Indumentum of leaf undersurfaces and branchlets of simple 
and stellate hairs (rarely stellate hairs only). Leaves ovate (mostly), obovate, elliptic, 
orbicular or linear. Inflorescence paniculate or racemose, rarely of solitary flowers. 
Flowers petalous or apetalous; ovary 3-locular, usually inferior to c. half-superior, rarely 
nearly superior, summit pubescent; disc absent. Sepals deciduous in fruit. Capsule 
obtuse to acute at apex; torus medial or nearer apex, rarely below midway; pyrenes 
dehiscing via a membranous operculum. 
Forty-seven species in eastern Australia, two shared with and three endemic in New 
Zealand: P. adnata N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, P. andromedifolia A. Cunn., P. argyro- 
phylla N.A. Wakef., P. aurea N.A. Wakef , P. betulina Cunn. ex Hook., P. bodalla 
N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, P. brogoensis N.G. Walsh, P. brunnea N.A. Wakef., 
P. canescens (Benth.) N.A. Wakef, P. cinerea Benth., P. clivicola E.M. Ross, P. coco- 
parrana N.G. Walsh, P. coomingalensis N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, P. costata N.A. 
Wakef, P. cotoneasterFl.k. Wakef, P. crassifolia N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, P. delicata 
N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, P. discolor (Vent.) Poir., P. elachophylla F. Muell., P. ellipti- 
ca Labill, P. eriocephala N.A. Wakef, P. ferruginea Sieb. ex Fenzl, P. gilmourii N.G. 
Walsh, P. hamiltonii L. Moore, P. intermedia Sieb. ex DC., P. kumeraho A. Cunn., P. 
lanigera (Andrews) Sims, P. ledifolia A. Cunn., P. ligustrina Sieb. ex DC., P. mediora 
N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, P. nitidula (Benth.) N.A. Wakef, P. notata S.T. Blake, P. pal- 
lida N.A. Wakef, P. parrisiae N.G. Walsh, P. pauciflora N.A. Wakef, P. phylicifolia 
Lodd. ex Link, P. pilifera N.A. Wakef, P. precaria N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, P. pruni- 
folia A. Cunn. ex Fenzl, P. queenslandica C.T. White, P. racemosa Hook., P. reperta 
N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, P. rugosa Cheeseman, P. sericea N.A. Wakef, P. subcapitata 
N.A. Wakef, P. subplicata N.G. Walsh, P. vaccinifolia F. Muell. ex Reissek, P. vellea 
N.A. Wakef, P. velutina J.H. Willis, P. virgata N.G. Walsh. 
Pomaderris sect. Annulares N.G. Walsh, sect. nov. 
Frutices; indumentum pilis stellatis et simplicibus; folia ovata ad elliptica anguste; 
inflorescentia paniculata; flores petal! vel apetali, ovarium infernum, discus praesens, 
elevatus leniter, sepala decidua tempore florendi; capsula summo obtusa vel acuta, torus 
medialis ad subapicalem, pyrenae operculis membranaceis dehiscentes. 
Type: P. grandis F. Muell. 
Shrubs. Indumentum of leaf undersurfaces and branchlets of simple and stellate hairs. 
Leaves ovate to narrow-elliptic. Inflorescence paniculate. Flowers petalous or apetalous; 
ovary 3-locular, inferior, summit pubescent; disc present, slightly raised. Sepals 

Page image

561972 Pomaderris ligustrina Muelleria 10: 50
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445849
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418

Page text

50 
N.G. Walsh and F. Coates 
Representative Specimens (23 specimens examined) 
NEW SOUTH wales: Southern Tablelands, Burrinjuck, E. Cauha s.n., 15.x. 1952 (CANB). Australian 
CAPITAL territory: Paddys River, E.M. Canning 5042, I8.viii.l98l (CANB, MEL); near Gibraltar 
Creek, about 3 km ENE of Woods Reserve, P. Gilmour 5936, 30.x. 1 986 (MEL); 2.3 km N of 
Deadmans Hill, rocky knoll west of Bushfold Flat, E. M. Canning 6654A, 16. xi, 1990 (MEL, NSW, 
CANB). 
Distribution and Conserx’ation Status 
Occurs in the Australian Capital Territory at Gibraltar Creek, Paddys River, and Mts 
Tennent and Tharwa, and near the border with New South Wales at Burrinjuck. 
Conservation Code (Briggs and Leigh 1989) 2R. 
Habitat 
Shrubland, riparian scrub, woodland, and forest associated with rocky ridges, cliff 
lines and dry gullies; soils skeletal or shallow, derived from sediments or granite. 
Altitude range 500-1220 m. 
Phenology 
Flowers: October. Fruits: November-December. 
Etymology 
From the acronym for the Australian Capital Territory from where virtually all 
specimens have been collected. 
Notes 
Distinguished from the typical subspecies by features outlined in the key below. See 
also notes following the description of P. andromedifolia subsp. confusa (above). 
Key to subspecies o/P. betulina 
1. Sepals 1.5-2 mm long; leaves with secondary veins strongly impressed above, margins usually 
distinctly recurved subsp. betulina 
1. Sepals 2-2.5(-3) mm long; leaves with secondary veins hardly impressed above, margins not or 
hardly recurved subsp. actensis 
Pomaderris ligustrina Sieb. ex DC. subsp. latifolia N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, subsp. 
nov. 
Differt a subspecie typica foliis ovatis late vel subrotundatis (sub bis longioribus 
quam latioribus) et sepalis longioribus. 
Type: New South Wales, Gibraltar Ra. National Park, c. 67 km E of Glen Innes, on 
the Gwydir Flighway, R. Coveny 2210, 2.X.1969 (holotype NSW; isotypes BRI, W). 
Shrub 0.4-4.5 m high. Young stems densely greyish stellate-pubescent, with scattered 
long simple hairs, but becoming glabrous by the second year of growth. Leaves broad- 
ovate to suborbicular, 17-30 mm long, 10-20 mm wide; base obtuse; margins entire, 
weakly recurved; apex broadly acute or obtuse; adaxial lamina glabrous, lateral veins 
slightly impressed; abaxial lamina villous with spreading golden to rusty simple hairs 
above fine whitish stellate hairs; lateral veins clearly visible but exceeded by the simple 
hairs; petiole 3-10 mm long. Stipules ovate, 2-4 mm long, acuminate, deciduous. 
Inflorescence a narrow panicle, 1-5 cm long, 1-3 cm wide, comprising several loose 
globular clusters each of c. 10-30 flowers, terminal and upper axillary; bracts decidu- 
ous; pedicels 1.5-2. 5 mm long. Flowers cream; externally villous with longer grey or 

Page image

561974 Pomaderris ligustrina ligustrina Muelleria 10: 51
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445816
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418
561973 Pomaderris ligustrina latifolia Muelleria 10: 50, Fig. 3o-p
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445849
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418
561962 Pomaderris mediora Muelleria 10: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445861
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418

Page text

38 
N.G. Walsh and F. Coates 
Distribution and Consen’ation Status 
Queensland, narrowly endemic to the Coominglah Range between Monto and 
Theodore. Conservation Code (Briggs and Leigh 1989) 2K. 
Habitat 
Occurs in Eucalytpus decorticans and Corymbia maculata open forest on red soil. 
Altitude 460 m. 
Phenology 
Flowers: November-December. 
Etymology’ 
Derived from the only known locality for the species. 
Notes 
Pomaderris coomingalensis appears most closely related to P. clivicola E.M. Ross 
(Ross 1990), also a Queensland endemic. Both species have relatively narrow 
leaves, very small apetalous flowers and similar indumentum, but P. coomingalensis 
is immediately distinguished by the leaves being glabrous (rather than minutely but 
densely stellate-pubescent) on the adaxial surface, and lacking simple hairs on the 
internerves of the abaxial surface. Both species, on current knowledge, are very 
localised. 
Pomaderris mediora N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, sp. nov. 
Pomaderridi phylicifoliae Lodd. ex Link affmis sed foliis pagina supera glabro, pagi- 
na infema villosa, stipulis deciduis, floribus minoribus differt. 
Type: New South Wales, Turrimetta Flead, between Narrabeen and Mona Vale, c. 22 
km N of Sydney central, N.G. Walsh 3910, 18. ix. 1994 (holotype MEL; isotypes CANB, 
NSW). 
Pomaderris sp. B sensu S.W.L. Jacobs & J. Pickard, PI. New South Wales 185 (1981). 
Shrub, procumbent to 3 m high. Young stems villous with sparse to medium, 
spreading, greyish or rusty simple hairs overlying dense, greyish stellate hairs. Leaves 
narrow-elliptic or narrow-obovate, 10-18 mm long, 1.5-5 mm wide; base cuneate; 
margins entire, recurved or occasionally revolute; apex obtuse, recurved; adaxial 
lamina glabrous, smooth, lateral veins not or slightly impressed; abaxial lamina 
villous with medium to dense, curved, spreading, greyish or yellow-rusty simple hairs 
and dense, white-greyish stellate hairs; lateral veins obscure; petiole 1.5-3 mm long; 
stipules narrow-triangular, acute, 1-4 mm long, caducous. Inflorescence of 10 to 
>50 flowers, pyramidal, terminal or axillary, 2-7 cm long, 1-6 cm wide; bracts 
persistent (at least the smaller ones); pedicels 1-3 mm long. Flowers cream; outer 
surface villous with medium to dense, loosely appressed to spreading greyish or 
yellow-rusty simple hairs (sparser on sepals) and dense, white-greyish stellate hairs; 
hypanthium 0.6-0. 7(-0. 9) mm in diameter, 0.7-1 mm long; sepals 1-1.5 mm long, erect 
or spreading; petals absent; stamens 1-1.3 mm long, erect; anthers c. 0.5 mm long; 
ovary half-inferior to inferior, summit simple-pubescent; style glabrous, 0.7-1 mm long, 
branched in upper or middle third. Fruit 2.5-3 mm long, brown to grey, obovoid to 
ellipsoid; apex obtuse (sometimes very shortly beaked); torus approximately equatorial; 
operculum membranous, occupying most of pyrene inner face; seed 2-3 mm long. 
(Fig. 2e-f) 

Page image

561986 Pomaderris nitidula Muelleria 10: 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445820
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418
561982 Pomaderris obcordata Muelleria 10: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445819
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418

Page text

54 
N.G. Walsh and F. Coates 
whole sheet is therefore chosen as lectotype. A possible isolectotype is a fragment in 
bud (of the same degree of maturity as the branchlet on G 8129) pinned to the lower left 
comer of the type sheet of P. elliptica Labill. at FI (photo seen only). 
Pomaderris forrestiana F. Muell., Fragni. 9: 139 (1875). 
Type: Western Australia, Point Dover, Forrest (lectotype here selected, MEL 55212). 
Two localities. Point Dover and Port Eucia (both Forrest collections) are given in the 
protologue for P. forrestiana and these are matched by syntype specimens at MEL. Of 
these, the Point Dover one is the more complete, with several intact budding inflores- 
cences and is therefore nominated as the lectotype. The remaining syntype (Port Eucia, 
MEL 55213) is fragmentary, with two near-naked twigs and a bag of leaf fragments and 
few buds and flowers. A sheet at K labelled ‘Port Eucia, com. 10/(18)84, no collector 
indicated’ (photo sent as possible type), in full flower is unlikely to be of the same gath- 
ering. It is uncertain whether the ‘com.’ date refers to the date of collection or communi- 
cation to K, but it seems likely that it was collected later than the date of description of 
the species and is not regarded as a type. 
Pomaderris obcordata Fenzl, Eniim. PI. 23 ( 1 837). 
Type: N. Floll., Ferd (lecotype here selected, W). 
Trymaliiini bilobatum F. Muell., Defm. Austral. PI. 41 (1855); Trans. Philos. Soc. 
Victoria 1: 121 (1855). 
Type: Port Lincoln, Wilhelmi (lectotype here selected, MEL 55371; isolectotype W). 
Trymalium biauritiim Reissek, Linnaea 29: 281 (1857). Pomaderris biaurita 
(Reissek) F. Muell (as "biauritiim'), Fragm. 3: 73 (1862). 
Type: Austral, merid., F. Mueller (lectotype here selected. W). 
The type sheet of P. obcordata consists of four twigs ( 1 flowering, 2 sterile, 1 fmit- 
ing). The two sterile twigs have rather long intemodes like the flowering one and are 
likely to be part of the same collection. The fruiting specimen has distinctly shorter 
intemodes. All twigs are genuine P. obcordata. Accompanying the specimens are two 
labels; one has ‘P. obcordata Fenzl, N. Holl. (Ferd. Bauer)’ (i.e. agreeing with the 
protologue) and is mounted in the lower left corner below the flowering twig; the 
other, mounted closest to the fruiting specimen at lower right, has "Tiymaliiim biloba- 
tum Ferd. Mueller, Port Lincoln proper, legit. Carl Wilhelmi, exam. Dr Ferd. Mueller’. 
As the protologue for P. obcordata describes floral but not fmiting characteristics, it 
follows that the flowering (and probably sterile) twigs belong with the adjacent label 
(i.e. the Bauer label). These elements form the lectotype. The remaining material 
(i.e. fruiting twig and label at lower right) is of material forwarded by Mueller to 
Reissek at W and subsequently mounted with the Bauer collection. It is almost certainly 
part of the same collection as the sole speeimen at MEL labelled by Mueller as 
Tiymalium bilobatum. 
The protologue of T. bilobatum, emphasises fruiting, not flowering, characteristics, so 
it appears the MEL and W material are appropriately regarded as lectotypes of that 
name. Tiymalium bilobatum is here reduced to a synonym of P. obcordata. 
The only type sheet of Pomaderris biaurita (another synonym of P. obcordata) to 
have been located is housed at W. It forms part of the Plantae Muellerianae collection, 
and is annotated in Reissek’s hand. It is designated as the lectotype. 
Pomaderris phylicifolia Lodd. ex Link, Enum. PL Hort. Reg. Berol. 1: 252 (1821). 
Type: ‘native ofNew Holland’, t. 120 in Lodd. Bot.Cah. 2 (1818). 
Pomaderris ericifolia Hook.,/. Bot. 1: 257 (1834). Pomaderris phylicifolia var. erici- 
folia (Hook.) L.B. Moore in H.H. Allan, FI. New Zeal. 1 : 423 (1961 ). 

Page image

708015 Pomaderris phillyreoides nitidula Muelleria 10: 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445820
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418
561983 Pomaderris phylicifolia Muelleria 10: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445819
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418

Page text

54 
N.G. Walsh and F. Coates 
whole sheet is therefore chosen as lectotype. A possible isolectotype is a fragment in 
bud (of the same degree of maturity as the branchlet on G 8129) pinned to the lower left 
comer of the type sheet of P. elliptica Labill. at FI (photo seen only). 
Pomaderris forrestiana F. Muell., Fragni. 9: 139 (1875). 
Type: Western Australia, Point Dover, Forrest (lectotype here selected, MEL 55212). 
Two localities. Point Dover and Port Eucia (both Forrest collections) are given in the 
protologue for P. forrestiana and these are matched by syntype specimens at MEL. Of 
these, the Point Dover one is the more complete, with several intact budding inflores- 
cences and is therefore nominated as the lectotype. The remaining syntype (Port Eucia, 
MEL 55213) is fragmentary, with two near-naked twigs and a bag of leaf fragments and 
few buds and flowers. A sheet at K labelled ‘Port Eucia, com. 10/(18)84, no collector 
indicated’ (photo sent as possible type), in full flower is unlikely to be of the same gath- 
ering. It is uncertain whether the ‘com.’ date refers to the date of collection or communi- 
cation to K, but it seems likely that it was collected later than the date of description of 
the species and is not regarded as a type. 
Pomaderris obcordata Fenzl, Eniim. PI. 23 ( 1 837). 
Type: N. Floll., Ferd (lecotype here selected, W). 
Trymaliiini bilobatum F. Muell., Defm. Austral. PI. 41 (1855); Trans. Philos. Soc. 
Victoria 1: 121 (1855). 
Type: Port Lincoln, Wilhelmi (lectotype here selected, MEL 55371; isolectotype W). 
Trymalium biauritiim Reissek, Linnaea 29: 281 (1857). Pomaderris biaurita 
(Reissek) F. Muell (as "biauritiim'), Fragm. 3: 73 (1862). 
Type: Austral, merid., F. Mueller (lectotype here selected. W). 
The type sheet of P. obcordata consists of four twigs ( 1 flowering, 2 sterile, 1 fmit- 
ing). The two sterile twigs have rather long intemodes like the flowering one and are 
likely to be part of the same collection. The fruiting specimen has distinctly shorter 
intemodes. All twigs are genuine P. obcordata. Accompanying the specimens are two 
labels; one has ‘P. obcordata Fenzl, N. Holl. (Ferd. Bauer)’ (i.e. agreeing with the 
protologue) and is mounted in the lower left corner below the flowering twig; the 
other, mounted closest to the fruiting specimen at lower right, has "Tiymaliiim biloba- 
tum Ferd. Mueller, Port Lincoln proper, legit. Carl Wilhelmi, exam. Dr Ferd. Mueller’. 
As the protologue for P. obcordata describes floral but not fmiting characteristics, it 
follows that the flowering (and probably sterile) twigs belong with the adjacent label 
(i.e. the Bauer label). These elements form the lectotype. The remaining material 
(i.e. fruiting twig and label at lower right) is of material forwarded by Mueller to 
Reissek at W and subsequently mounted with the Bauer collection. It is almost certainly 
part of the same collection as the sole speeimen at MEL labelled by Mueller as 
Tiymalium bilobatum. 
The protologue of T. bilobatum, emphasises fruiting, not flowering, characteristics, so 
it appears the MEL and W material are appropriately regarded as lectotypes of that 
name. Tiymalium bilobatum is here reduced to a synonym of P. obcordata. 
The only type sheet of Pomaderris biaurita (another synonym of P. obcordata) to 
have been located is housed at W. It forms part of the Plantae Muellerianae collection, 
and is annotated in Reissek’s hand. It is designated as the lectotype. 
Pomaderris phylicifolia Lodd. ex Link, Enum. PL Hort. Reg. Berol. 1: 252 (1821). 
Type: ‘native ofNew Holland’, t. 120 in Lodd. Bot.Cah. 2 (1818). 
Pomaderris ericifolia Hook.,/. Bot. 1: 257 (1834). Pomaderris phylicifolia var. erici- 
folia (Hook.) L.B. Moore in H.H. Allan, FI. New Zeal. 1 : 423 (1961 ). 

Page image

561978 Pomaderris phylicifolia phylicifolia Muelleria 10: 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445818
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418
818902 Pomaderris phylicifolia phylicifolia Muelleria 10: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445819
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418
818897 Pomaderris phylicifolia phylicifolia Muelleria 10
561976 Pomaderris phylicifolia ericoides Muelleria 10: 52-53

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 10: 52-53".

818896 Pomaderris phylicifolia ericoides Muelleria 10: 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445817
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418
561977 Pomaderris phylicifolia ericoides Muelleria 10: 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445818
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418
561965 Pomaderris precaria Muelleria 10: 43, Fig. 3a-c
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445856
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418

Page text

Taxonomic Changes in Pomaderris 
43 
flowers with sparser simple indumentum on the hypanthium and widely spreading 
sepals. Near Brogo, P. bodalla sometimes grows with P. brogoensis, and some plants 
have been collected that may be hybrids between the two. These have the general 
appearance of P. bodalla, but the leaves are minutely stellate-pubescent adaxially, and 
the new growth is often rusty villous as it is in P. brogoensis. 
Pomaderris precaria N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, sp. nov. 
Pomaderridi cocoparranae N.G. Walsh et P. repertae N.G. Walsh affmis sed floribus 
apetalis; a P. cocoparrana foliis pagina infema pilis in intemervis dispersis differt; a 
P. reperta foliis pagina supera indumenta sparsiori, pagina infema pilis in intemervis 
sparsioribus differt. 
Type: New South Wales, Rylstone-Bylong Rd, N.G. Walsh 3906, 18.ix.l994 (holo- 
type MEL; isotypes CANB, NSW). 
Pomaderris sp. D sensu G. J. Harden, Flora New South Wales 1 ; 364 ( 1 990). 
Slender shrub, 1.5-3 m high. Young stems greyish-rusty with sparse to medium, 
loosely appressed simple hairs overlying dense stellate hairs. Leaves elliptic or obovate, 
10^5 mm long, 8-25 mm wide, entire; base cuneate to obtuse; margins plane; apex 
obtuse; adaxial lamina subvelutinous with very short (c. 0.1 mm long), simple, straight 
hairs that are shortly hooked apically, lateral veins not or only slightly impressed; 
abaxial lamina densely pubescent with sparse, loosely appressed to spreading greyish 
or msty simple hairs overlying dense greyish stellate hairs; midrib and lateral veins 
pubescent or villous, clearly visible, with a moderately dense indumentum of appressed 
or semi-appressed simple msty hairs overlying greyish stellate hairs; petiole 3-9 mm 
long; stipules ovate, acuminate, 3-5 mm long, deciduous. Inflorescence of c. 50-200 
flowers in terminal, approximately hemispherical panicles 3-5 cm long, 3-8 cm wide; 
bracts deciduous (or a few weakly persisting); pedicels 2-M mm long. Flowers yellow; 
indumentum greyish, densely pubescent to villous with loosely appressed to spreading 
simple hairs overlaying stellate hairs, sparser on sepals; hypanthium c. 1 mm in diame- 
ter, 0.8 mm long; sepals 1.8-2. 7 mm long; petals 1. 2-2.2 mm long, spathulate, margins 
entire or crenulate, distinctly clawed; stamens 1-2 mm long; anthers 0.8-1. 4 mm long; 
ovary inferior, summit villous with simple and stellate hairs; style glabrous, 1.3-1. 8 mm 
long, slightly lobed to branched in middle third. Fruit blackish, 4-5 mm long, ovoid or 
ellipsoid, obtuse but shortly beaked; torus c. equatorial; operculum c. half as long as 
pyrene; seed c. 2.5 mm long. (Fig. 3a-c) 
Representative Specimens (7 specimens examined) 
NEW SOUTH wales; Rylstone, 3 miles (5 km) along Bylong Rd, R.O. Cross, 29. ix. 1938 (MEL, NSW); 
Bylong Rd, c. 5.5 miles (9 km) N of Rylstone, J.H. Willis, 6.x. 1969 (MEL); Sir Johns Point, Mt 
Gundangaroo, 15 miles ENE of Capertree, E. F. Constable 7223, 18.x. 1966 (NSW). 
Distribution and Conservation Status 
Apparently confined to the Rylstone area, in the Central Tablelands and/or Central 
Western Slopes of New South Wales (Anderson 1961, 1968). Recorded from a roadside 
and adjacent private property, and at St Johns Point, Wollemi National Park (but not 
collected from this latter area since 1966). Conservation Code (Briggs and Leigh 1989) 
2VC-. 
Habitat 
Skeletal or gravelly soils derived from sandstone (Hawkesbury Sandstones) on rocky 
ridges or below cliffs in shrubland or dry eucalypt woodland. Altitude range c. 700- 
900 m. 

Page image

561985 Pomaderris prunifolia Muelleria 10: 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445820
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418

Page text

Taxonomic Changes in Pomaderris 
55 
Type: Tasmania, Van Dms Land 1833, Mr Gunn (lectotype here selected, K (Herb. 
Hooker) p.p.). 
Despite searches at several European herbaria (including BR, CGE, FI and K where 
G. Loddiges specimens have been located), no specimens in herbaria were detected to 
typify P. phylicifolia. The illustration of the species in Loddiges Botanic Cabinet is suf- 
ficient for identification, so has been chosen as the lectotype. A specimen at G 
(DeCandoIle 2: 34, no 9, hort. Kew) of T*. phylicifolia is dated 12. vi. 1819, i.e. after 
Loddiges’ publication, so is not a type but confirms that the species was in cultivation in 
Britain at the time, reinforcing the identity of Loddiges’ illustration. 
The type sheet o^ P . ericifolia (a synonym of P. phylicifolia) consists of five pieces. 
All are P. phylicifolia, but two are in bud and three in flower. Several annotations on the 
sheet (‘Mr Gunn 1833, Van Dmns Land’, ‘N. Zealand, Dr Logan’, ‘Mersey River 
231/1842’ — the latter a Gunn label) further suggest the material is not of the one gath- 
ering. Two substantial flowering stems on the lower left of the sheet are separated by the 
first annotation given above, and are the preferred pieces for typification. The other, 
smaller, flowering twig is of a form with less villous indumentum on the young stems 
and IS unlikely to have been collected from the same population as the larger flowering 
pieces. It is therefore rejected as part of the lectotype as are the two twigs in bud. These 
presumably relate to the other annotations on the sheet, but it is not possible to be 
certain to which each refers. 
Pomaderris prunifolia A. Gunn, ex Fenzl, Enum. PI. 22 (1837). 
Type: New South Walse, interior beyond Bathurst Ranges, A. Cunningham, 1822 
(lectotype here selected, W p.p.). 
The type sheet at W contains one flowering stem (mounted on the right of the sheet) 
and one fruiting stem (mounted to the left). These could not be from the same gathering. 
As the protologue describes floral characters only, the flowering specimen has been 
chosen as the lectotype. Three sheets at K have been regarded as types of P. prunifolia 
Two of these are of fruiting specimens, one labelled ‘f. betulina . . . Bathurst Dec 1825’ 
(this separated from a mixed collection), and the other "Pomaderris sp., P elliptica 
Labill. aff, ranges of granite N from Bathurst’ and are related to Cunningham’s manu- 
script (entries on pp. 91 and 122, R. Melville in sched.). The third is a flowering speci- 
men with the label "Pomaderris betulina roadside near Liverpool’ and annotated ‘?colI. 
1818 (later annotated by Hooker as P. prunifolia). The collector is not given but the 
handwriting appears to be that of Cunningham. The three K sheets are unlikely to have 
been seen by Fenzl and none has been named by Cunningham as P. prunifolia These 
are rejected as types. 
Pomaderris nitidula (Benth.) N.A. Wakef., Victorian Naturalist, 68: 142 (1951). 
Pomaderris phillyreoides van nitidula Benth., FI. Aust. 1:418 (1863). 
Queensland, Mt Lindsay, W. Hill (lectotype K; isolectotype MEL, fide N A 
Wakefield, Victorian Naturalist 6i\ 142 (1951)). 
In making the new combination for, and lectotypifying, P. nitidula, Wakefield had the 
choice of selecting from 2 syntypes, listed by Bentham, viz Mt Lindsay, W. Hill and 
New England, C. Stuart. He chose the former and selected a specimen (a single leafl) 
removed from a sheet at MEL and forwarded to K as the lectotype, the MEL sheet then 
remaining syntype for Bentham’s variety, i.e. Mt Lindsay 
W. //!//, of which there are two sheets at MEL, is of P. argyrophylla subsp. graniticola 
described as new m this paper, and is therefore not to be regarded as part of the type of 
Wakefield s P. 

Page image

561966 Pomaderris reperta Muelleria 10: 45, Fig 3d-f
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445854
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418

Page text

Taxonomic Changes in Pomuderris 
45 
Phenology 
Flowers: September-October. Fruits: December. 
Etymology 
From the Latin meaning precarious, pertaining to the insecure roadside situation of 
the only recently-collected population. 
Notes 
Pomaderris precaria appears to be most closely related to P. cocoparmna and P. 
reperta (see below), both localised species that occur on the western fall of the Great 
Dividing Range in New South Wales. Shared characters include medium-sized leaves 
having a rather stiff texture and a very fine indumentum on the adaxial surface, and a 
general similarity in the nature (but not density or distribution) of the abaxial indumen- 
tum. Pomaderris precaria differs from both species in having regularly petalous flowers 
(rarely a few petals present in P. reperta). It differs further from P. cocoparrana in hav- 
ing scattered simple hairs in the intemerves of the leaf abaxial surface. It differs from P. 
reperta in having leaves with a sparser adaxial indumentum and far fewer simple hairs 
on the abaxial surface. Pomaderris lanigera and P. aurea, both petalous species, are 
superficially similar, but both have leaves with a sparser, longer adaxial indumentum 
and denser, non-appressed simple hairs abaxially. Pomaderris aurea is not known to 
occur in New South Wales. 
Pomaderris reperta N.G. Walsh & F. Coates, sp. nov. 
Pomaderridi cocoparranae N.G. Walsh affinis sed floribus majoribus, folds pagina 
supera indumento sparsiori et grossiori differt. 
Type: New South Wales, 2 km E of Denman, P.C. Jobson 3872, 22.ix.1995 (holotype 
MEL; isotypes BRI, CANB, HO, K, NSW). 
Shrub 1-3 m high. Young stems densely villous with rusty simple and stellate hairs. 
Leaves ovate to broad-ovate, elliptic to broad-elliptic or obovate to broad-obovate, 
10-35 mm long, 8-20 mm wide; base obtuse; margins entire, flat to recurved; apex 
obtuse, or commonly, shallowly emarginate; adaxial lamina velutinous with very short 
(c. 0.1 mm long), dense, erect simple hairs; lateral veins often strongly impressed; 
abaxial lamina pubescent with mid-dense, loosely appressed or spreading pale and rusty 
simple hairs overlaying dense white or greyish stellate hairs; midrib and lateral veins 
clearly visible, more densely indumented than internerves; petiole 3-10 mm long. 
Stipules narrow-triangular or narrow-ovate, acute 3-5 mm long, deciduous. 
Inflorescences of 1 -several globoid clusters each of c. 10-30 flowers, often forming a 
loose hemispherical panicle, terminal, 3^ cm long, 3^ cm wide; bracts deciduous; 
pedicels 1.5-3 mm long. Flowers cream; externally villous with spreading silvery 
or pale rusty simple hairs overlaying greyish stellate hairs; hypanthium c. 1.5 mm in 
diameter, 1-1.5 mm long; sepals 2. 3-2. 8 mm long; petals absent (rarely some flowers 
with 1-3 petals to c. half as long as the sepals); stamens 2-2.5 mm long; anthers 1.3- 
1.5 mm long; ovary inferior, summit villous with simple and stellate hairs; style 
glabrous or simple-pubescent near base, L4-1.6 mm long, branched in middle third or 
from near base. Fruit c. 3.5 mm long, obovoid, dark grey-brown, apex obtuse; torus c. 
equatorial; operculum slightly more than half pyrene length; seed c. 2 mm long (only 1 
sparsely fruiting specimen seen). (Fig. 3d-f) 
Other Specimens Examined 
NEW SOUTH wales: Timber Reserve 62282, Parish of Denman, County of Brisbane, J. Kennedy, 
ix.l961 (NSW); Denman, C.F. Cameron, vii.1924 (NSW); Denman, C.R. Stafford, 25.V.1945 (NSW); 
type locality, T. Turner, 10.x. 1995 (MEL), N.G. Walsh 4070, 19.xii.l995 (MEL). 

Page image

645641 Pomaderris Muelleria 10: 29-30

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 10: 29-30".

645639 Pomaderris Muelleria 10: 28
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445871
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418

Page text

28 
N.G. Walsh and F. Coates 
inflorescence. The groups, described below as sections, are based on characters of 
perceived significance at a level above that of species. 
We believe that recognition of these sections improves the understanding of the 
genus, and that these groups generally fonn plausible morphological and biogeographic 
entities. However, further work may refine this classification, particularly with respect 
to the large section Pomaderris. More detailed investigation (e.g. cladistic analysis) 
should clarify phylogenetic relationships between sections. 
Pomaderris sect. Psilogyne N.G. Walsh, sect. nov. 
Frutices; folia lineares ad obovatos anguste; inflorescentia cymis parvis paniculatis; 
flores apetali, ovarium superum glabrum (plus minusve) disco piano circumcintum, 
sepala decidua tempore florendi; capsula summo indentata, torus basalis, pyrenae rimis 
longitudinalibus vel operculis indistinctis dehiscentes. 
Type: P. angustifolia N.A. Wakef 
Shrubs. Indumentum of leaf undersurfaces and branchlets of stellate or stellate and 
simple hairs. Leaves linear to narrowly obovate. Inflorescence of small paniculate cymes 
(mostly under 8 cm long). Flowers apetalous; ovary 3-locular, superior, glabrous or 
nearly so at the summit; disc present, flat. Sepals deciduous in fruit. Capsule indented at 
apex; torus basal; pyrenes dehiscing by a longitudinal split, or an indistinct membranous 
operculum almost as long as the pyrene. 
Two species in mainland south-eastern Australia: P. angustifolia N.A. Wakef, P. 
helianthemifolia (Reissek) N.A. Wakef. 
Etymology 
The sectional name is derived from Greek (psilos = naked, gyne = female) and refers 
to the glabrous ovary of members of the section — a unique feature in the genus. 
Pomaderris sect. Apetalae N.G. Walsh, sect. nov. 
Frutices vel arbores parvae; indumentum pilis stellatis tantum; folia ovata ad obovata; 
inflorescentia paniculata vel racemosa; flores apetali, ovarium infernum ad semi- 
superum, discus absens, sepala persistentes tempore florendi; capsula summo obtusa, 
torus medialis ad subapicalem, pyrenae operculis membranaceis, rimis ventralibus 
dehiscentes, vel indehiscentes apparenter interdum. 
Type: P. apetala Labill. 
Shrubs or small trees. Indumentum of leaf undersurfaces and branchlets of stellate 
hairs only. Leaves ovate to obovate. Inflorescence paniculate or racemose. Flowers 
apetalous; ovary 3-locular, inferior to half-superior, summit pubescent, rarely glabrous; 
disc absent. Sepals persistent in fruit. Capsule obtuse at apex; toms medial or nearer 
apex; pyrenes dehiscing via a membranous operculum, ventral slit, or sometimes 
apparently indehiscent. 
Six species in eastern Australia, three of these also in New Zealand (two indigenous, 
one naturalised); P. apetala Labill., P. aspera Sieb. ex DC., P. oraria F. Muell. ex 
Reissek, P. paniculosa F. Muell. ex Reissek, P. halmaturina J.M. Black, P. oblongifolia 
N.G. Walsh. 
Pomaderris sect. Flabellares N.G. Walsh, sect. nov. 
Frutices; indumentum pilis stellatis tantum; folia flabellata; inflorescentia paniculata 
vel racemosa; flores apetali, ovarium c. semisuperum, discus absens, sepala decidua 
tempore florendi; capsula summo obtusa, torus medialis ad subapicalem, pyrenae 
superfacie interiore cormgatae profunde, operculum indistinctum. 

Page image

604879 Pomaderris Muelleria 10: 30
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445869
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418

Page text

30 
N.G. Walsh and F. Coates 
deciduous in fruit. Capsule obtuse to acute at apex; torus medial or nearer apex; pyrenes 
dehiscing via a membranous operculum. 
Three species from eastern Queensland and south-west Western Australia; P. 
canescens (Benth.) N.A. Wakef , P. grandis F. Muell., P. tropica N.A. Wakef 
Etymolog}’ 
The sectional name refers to the annular disc possessed by members of the section. 
Pomaderris sect. UmbeUiflorae N.G. Walsh, sect. nov. 
Frutices; indumentum pilis stellatis et simplicibus; folia obovata, cuneata vel orbicu- 
lares; inflorescentia terminalis umbellata; flores apetali vel apetali, ovarium infemum 
vel subinfernum, discus praesens, planus vel elevatus leniter, sepala persistentes 
tempore florendi; capsula summo obtusa, torus medialis ad subapicalem, pyrenae 
operculis membranaceis vel rimis basalibus vel medialis dehiscentes. 
Type: P. obcordata Fenzl 
Shrubs. Indumentum of leaf undersurfaces and branchlets of simple and stellate hairs. 
Leaves obovate, cuneate or orbicular. Inflorescence a terminal umbellate cyme, some- 
times head-like. Flowers petalous or apetalous; ovary 3-locular, inferior or semi- 
inferior, summit pubescent; disc present, flat or slightly raised. Sepals persistent in fruit, 
or deciduous. Capsule obtuse at apex; torus medial or nearer apex; pyrenes dehiscing 
via a membranous operculum or a basal or medial slit. 
Five species from south-west Western Australia, southern South Australia and far 
western Victoria; P. brevifolia N.G. Walsh, P. forrestiana F. Muell., P. myrtilloides 
Fenzl, P. obcordata Fenzl, P. rotundifolia (F. Muell.) Rye. 
Etymology 
The sectional name refers to the umbellate inflorescence that characterises members 
of the group. 
Pomaderris sect. Biloculares N.G. Walsh, sect. nov. 
Frutices infirmi; indumentum pilis simplicibus et (obscuris) stellatis; folia ovata vel 
obovata; inflorescentia cyma terminalis umbellata; flores apetali, ovarium subinfernum, 
discus praesens anguste inconspicuus, sepala persistentes tempore florendi; capsula 
summo obtusa, torus subapicalis, pyrenae rimis medialis longitudinalis dehiscentes. 
Type: P. bilocularis A.S. George 
Weak shrubs. Indumentum of leaf undersurfaces and branchlets of simple and 
(obscure) stellate hairs. Leaves ovate to obovate. Inflorescence a terminal umbellate 
cyme. Flowers apetalous; ovary 2-locular, semi-inferior, summit pubescent; disc pre- 
sent, narrow, inconspicuous. Sepals persistent in fruit. Capsule obtuse at apex; torus 
near apex; pyrenes dehiscing via longitudinal slits. 
One species endemic in south-west Western Australia. 
Key to Sections 
1 . Ovary superior, summit glabrous (rarely with a few scattered hairs); capsuie indented at apex; leaves 
narrow-obovate, oblong or linear, to 10 mm wide sect. Psilogyne 
1. Ovary half-inferior to inferior, summit usually distinctly pubescent (rarely sub-glabrous); capsule 
obtuse to acute; leaf shape various, mostly wider than 10 mm (if less, then leaves usually ovate to 
orbicular) 2 
2. Leaf undersurfaces, stems and hypanthium with stellate hairs only 3 
2. Leaf undersurfaces, stems and/or hypanthium with some simple hairs 5 

Page image

645640 Pomaderris Muelleria 10: 28-29

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 10: 28-29".

645638 Pomaderris Muelleria 10: 28
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445871
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418

Page text

28 
N.G. Walsh and F. Coates 
inflorescence. The groups, described below as sections, are based on characters of 
perceived significance at a level above that of species. 
We believe that recognition of these sections improves the understanding of the 
genus, and that these groups generally fonn plausible morphological and biogeographic 
entities. However, further work may refine this classification, particularly with respect 
to the large section Pomaderris. More detailed investigation (e.g. cladistic analysis) 
should clarify phylogenetic relationships between sections. 
Pomaderris sect. Psilogyne N.G. Walsh, sect. nov. 
Frutices; folia lineares ad obovatos anguste; inflorescentia cymis parvis paniculatis; 
flores apetali, ovarium superum glabrum (plus minusve) disco piano circumcintum, 
sepala decidua tempore florendi; capsula summo indentata, torus basalis, pyrenae rimis 
longitudinalibus vel operculis indistinctis dehiscentes. 
Type: P. angustifolia N.A. Wakef 
Shrubs. Indumentum of leaf undersurfaces and branchlets of stellate or stellate and 
simple hairs. Leaves linear to narrowly obovate. Inflorescence of small paniculate cymes 
(mostly under 8 cm long). Flowers apetalous; ovary 3-locular, superior, glabrous or 
nearly so at the summit; disc present, flat. Sepals deciduous in fruit. Capsule indented at 
apex; torus basal; pyrenes dehiscing by a longitudinal split, or an indistinct membranous 
operculum almost as long as the pyrene. 
Two species in mainland south-eastern Australia: P. angustifolia N.A. Wakef, P. 
helianthemifolia (Reissek) N.A. Wakef. 
Etymology 
The sectional name is derived from Greek (psilos = naked, gyne = female) and refers 
to the glabrous ovary of members of the section — a unique feature in the genus. 
Pomaderris sect. Apetalae N.G. Walsh, sect. nov. 
Frutices vel arbores parvae; indumentum pilis stellatis tantum; folia ovata ad obovata; 
inflorescentia paniculata vel racemosa; flores apetali, ovarium infernum ad semi- 
superum, discus absens, sepala persistentes tempore florendi; capsula summo obtusa, 
torus medialis ad subapicalem, pyrenae operculis membranaceis, rimis ventralibus 
dehiscentes, vel indehiscentes apparenter interdum. 
Type: P. apetala Labill. 
Shrubs or small trees. Indumentum of leaf undersurfaces and branchlets of stellate 
hairs only. Leaves ovate to obovate. Inflorescence paniculate or racemose. Flowers 
apetalous; ovary 3-locular, inferior to half-superior, summit pubescent, rarely glabrous; 
disc absent. Sepals persistent in fruit. Capsule obtuse at apex; toms medial or nearer 
apex; pyrenes dehiscing via a membranous operculum, ventral slit, or sometimes 
apparently indehiscent. 
Six species in eastern Australia, three of these also in New Zealand (two indigenous, 
one naturalised); P. apetala Labill., P. aspera Sieb. ex DC., P. oraria F. Muell. ex 
Reissek, P. paniculosa F. Muell. ex Reissek, P. halmaturina J.M. Black, P. oblongifolia 
N.G. Walsh. 
Pomaderris sect. Flabellares N.G. Walsh, sect. nov. 
Frutices; indumentum pilis stellatis tantum; folia flabellata; inflorescentia paniculata 
vel racemosa; flores apetali, ovarium c. semisuperum, discus absens, sepala decidua 
tempore florendi; capsula summo obtusa, torus medialis ad subapicalem, pyrenae 
superfacie interiore cormgatae profunde, operculum indistinctum. 

Page image

645642 Pomaderris Muelleria 10: 30
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445869
Page is part of the work New taxa, new combinations and an infrageneric classification in Pomaderris (Rhamnaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198418

Page text

30 
N.G. Walsh and F. Coates 
deciduous in fruit. Capsule obtuse to acute at apex; torus medial or nearer apex; pyrenes 
dehiscing via a membranous operculum. 
Three species from eastern Queensland and south-west Western Australia; P. 
canescens (Benth.) N.A. Wakef , P. grandis F. Muell., P. tropica N.A. Wakef 
Etymolog}’ 
The sectional name refers to the annular disc possessed by members of the section. 
Pomaderris sect. UmbeUiflorae N.G. Walsh, sect. nov. 
Frutices; indumentum pilis stellatis et simplicibus; folia obovata, cuneata vel orbicu- 
lares; inflorescentia terminalis umbellata; flores apetali vel apetali, ovarium infemum 
vel subinfernum, discus praesens, planus vel elevatus leniter, sepala persistentes 
tempore florendi; capsula summo obtusa, torus medialis ad subapicalem, pyrenae 
operculis membranaceis vel rimis basalibus vel medialis dehiscentes. 
Type: P. obcordata Fenzl 
Shrubs. Indumentum of leaf undersurfaces and branchlets of simple and stellate hairs. 
Leaves obovate, cuneate or orbicular. Inflorescence a terminal umbellate cyme, some- 
times head-like. Flowers petalous or apetalous; ovary 3-locular, inferior or semi- 
inferior, summit pubescent; disc present, flat or slightly raised. Sepals persistent in fruit, 
or deciduous. Capsule obtuse at apex; torus medial or nearer apex; pyrenes dehiscing 
via a membranous operculum or a basal or medial slit. 
Five species from south-west Western Australia, southern South Australia and far 
western Victoria; P. brevifolia N.G. Walsh, P. forrestiana F. Muell., P. myrtilloides 
Fenzl, P. obcordata Fenzl, P. rotundifolia (F. Muell.) Rye. 
Etymology 
The sectional name refers to the umbellate inflorescence that characterises members 
of the group. 
Pomaderris sect. Biloculares N.G. Walsh, sect. nov. 
Frutices infirmi; indumentum pilis simplicibus et (obscuris) stellatis; folia ovata vel 
obovata; inflorescentia cyma terminalis umbellata; flores apetali, ovarium subinfernum, 
discus praesens anguste inconspicuus, sepala persistentes tempore florendi; capsula 
summo obtusa, torus subapicalis, pyrenae rimis medialis longitudinalis dehiscentes. 
Type: P. bilocularis A.S. George 
Weak shrubs. Indumentum of leaf undersurfaces and branchlets of simple and 
(obscure) stellate hairs. Leaves ovate to obovate. Inflorescence a terminal umbellate 
cyme. Flowers apetalous; ovary 2-locular, semi-inferior, summit pubescent; disc pre- 
sent, narrow, inconspicuous. Sepals persistent in fruit. Capsule obtuse at apex; torus 
near apex; pyrenes dehiscing via longitudinal slits. 
One species endemic in south-west Western Australia. 
Key to Sections 
1 . Ovary superior, summit glabrous (rarely with a few scattered hairs); capsuie indented at apex; leaves 
narrow-obovate, oblong or linear, to 10 mm wide sect. Psilogyne 
1. Ovary half-inferior to inferior, summit usually distinctly pubescent (rarely sub-glabrous); capsule 
obtuse to acute; leaf shape various, mostly wider than 10 mm (if less, then leaves usually ovate to 
orbicular) 2 
2. Leaf undersurfaces, stems and hypanthium with stellate hairs only 3 
2. Leaf undersurfaces, stems and/or hypanthium with some simple hairs 5 

Page image

818899 Trymalium biauritum Muelleria 10
818898 Trymalium bilobatum Muelleria 10
826885 Zeuxine attenuata Muelleria 10: 77
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51445842
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Cheirostylis (Orchidaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198421

Page text

Cheirostvlis in Australia 
77 
1 . Cheirostylis ovata (F.M. Bailey) Schltr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 45: 394, in obs. (1911); 
Gastrodia ovata F.M. Bailey, Bot. Bull. Dept. Agric. Queensland 14: 13 (1896). Type: 
Queensland, Mountain Ra., near Cairns, L.J. Nugent (holotype BRI, not found); 
Queensland, Russell River, below the First Combo, R.L.Jago 466, 23.viii.1981 (neotype 
here selected, QRS 65146). 
Zeuxine attenuata R.S. Rogers & C.T. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 32: 123-4, 
fig. 2 (1921). Type: Queensland, Mackay, 13.ix.l895, (holo BRI!). 
Illustration: Lavarack and Gray, Australian Tropical Orchids 14, top plate (1992). 
Rhizome 4-10 mm in diameter. Stem 1-2 mm in diameter. Leaves 4-7; petioles 
5-12 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, channelled, sheathing at the base; lamina ovate- 
lanceolate, 25-50 mm long, 12-20 mm wide, dark green, dull, with a light band along 
the midrib, apex acute to acuminate. Inflorescence 10-25 cm tall, slender, 1-6-flowered. 
Sterile bracts 3 or 4, ovate-lanceolate, 13-21 mm long, 5-6 mm wide, closely sheathing, 
acuminate. Fertile bracts ovate-lanceolate, 5-15 mm long, 3-5 mm wide, closely 
sheathing, acuminate. Pedicels 3-10 mm long, slender, semi-erect, hairy. Ovaries 
narrowly obovoid, 4-8 mm long, 2-4 mm wide, constricted near the apex. Flowers 
white, 10-14 mm long, 9-10 mm wide. Dorsal sepal ovate-lanceolate, 7-8 mm long, 
4-4.5 mm wide, porrect proximally where connate with the lateral sepals, erect to 
suberect in the distal half, apex obtuse. Synsepalum 7-8 mm long, 4.5-5 mm wide, 
porrect, the lobes obtuse, divaricate, c. 3 mm apart at the tips. Petals narrowly linear- 
oblong, 7-8 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, slightly falcate, obliquely erect, divergent, apex 
obtuse. Labellum porrect to obliquely deflexed, 12.5-14 mm long, c. 9 mm wide; 
labellum base 5-5.5 mm long, 2. 5-2. 8 mm wide, channelled, base saccate, bearing 1-3, 
irregularly lobed calli, c. 1 mm long; lamina deeply bilobed, each lobe more or less 
oblong-cuneate, 5-6 mm long, 3^.5 mm wide, divergent, 5-6 mm apart at the apex, the 
anterior margins irregularly lobed, all margins minutely denticulate. Callus elongate, 
with two small, apical swellings. Column 4.5-5 mm long, c. 2.5 mm wide. Stigma arms 
c. 3.5 mm long, obliquely erect to porrect. Rostellum elongate. Anther ovate, c. 1.3 mm 
long, c. 1.5 mm wide, brown, with a slender rostrum. Pollinarium c. 3.5 mm long; 
viscidium elliptic, 0.7 mm long; stipe ligulate, c. 10 mm long; pollinia linear clavate, 
1.5-1. 8 mm long, white, mealy. Capsules narrowly obovoid, 7-10 mm long, 4-5 mm 
wide, suberect to erect. (Fig. 1) 
Distribution 
Endemic to north-eastern and central-eastern Queensland (Iron Range to Eungella) 
(Fig. 2). 
Ecology 
Commonly grows among rocks in monsoonal rainforest and vine thickets. The plants 
are regularly covered by fallen leaves throughout the year, but especially when the 
forest trees shed their leaves during the late dry season. At this time the orchid plants are 
dormant, surviving as the fleshy rhizome which becomes completely covered by leaves 
and other litter. The new shoots of the orchid grow up through this layer and the fine 
root hairs produced from the ventral swellings on the rhizome become attached to the 
decaying leaves and other litter as well as rocks. Altitude range 20-750 m. Flowering 
period August-October. 
Recognition 
Differs from C. notialis by its larger (to 50 mm long and 20 mm wide), ovate- 
lanceolate leaves which have a pale band along the midrib; larger (to 14 mm long and 
10 mm wide) flowers which open freely, with the perianth tips spreading and recurving; 

Page image

882087 Eriostemon affinis Muelleria 11: 120
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253597
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412
817617 Eriostemon amplifolius Muelleria 11: 118
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253595
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412
817618 Eriostemon cuspidatus Muelleria 11: 119
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253596
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412
817626 Eriostemon glasshousiensis Muelleria 11: 125
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253602
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412

Page text

Philotheca myoporoides 
125 
Eriostemon glasshousiensis Domin., BibL Bot. 89: 286 (1926). Type: Glasshouse 
Mountains (Slopes of Mt. Coonowrin), C. T. White, Sept. 1909. (isotype? BRI 
04244 (fide Wilson 1970)). 
[E. scaber auct. non Paxton: Benth., El. Austral. 1: 334 (1863) p. p. 
(Queensland specimen); Bailey, Queensland El. 1:91 (1899).] 
[E. myoporoides var. minor auct. non Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 333 (1863) 
p. p., Queensland specimen cited.] 
Collections subsequent to the publication of Wilson’s (1970) revision, show that 
this subspecies not only occurs in the Glasshouse Mountains but also further north, 
around Mt Cooroora [P. I. Forster 16121, BRI (AQ 634516)], Cania Gorge (M. 
Olsen 3538 and N. B. Byrnes, BRI 222911) and Kroombit Tops [N. Gibson, 
Toil 147, BRI (AQ 547610)]. Specimens from more northerly localities may have 
larger, oblong-elliptic (to slightly obovate) leaves, which can be somewhat glaucous. 
These specimens show variation in the number of flowers per inflorescence (some 
having one to several, rather than strictly solitary flowers), peduncle length (some 
either very shortly or non-pedunculate) and in the stamen filaments (some not being 
prominently long-pilose toward the apex). 
As noted by Wilson (1970), material from the Glasshouse Mountains (Fig. 1C) 
can approach that of subsp. queenslandica (Fig. IF). In this area the two taxa 
(which probably form a monophyletic group, Bayly and Ladiges unpublished) are 
broadly sympatric. From field observations in this region, subsp. leichhardtii is an 
erect, medium-sized shrub (to c. 1 .5 m tall), restricted to rocky places on the 
mountains themselves, while subsp. cpieenslandica is a low subshrub (often c. 
30-40, but up to c. 80 cm) occurring in sites of lower elevation in heath or 
wallum, or in the heathy understorey of open forests and woodlands. I have seen no 
specimens that could not be readily assigned to one taxon or the other. 
9. Philotheca myoporoides subsp. queenslandica (C.T. White) M. J. Bayly, comb. nov. 
Eriostemon qiieenslandicus C.T. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland. 53: 207 
(1942); E. myoporoides subsp. queenslandicus (C.T. White) Paul G. Wilson, 
Nuytsia 1: 41 (1970). Type: Caloundra, Queensland, S. L. Everist 454, Aug. 1933. 
(holotype BRI 011386 (fide Wilson 1970)). 
This subspecies is a distinctive, low-growing subshrub from coastal areas of 
south-east Queensland. It is most similar to subsp. leichhardtii (see notes under that 
subspecies). 
Acknowledgments 
Marco Duretto, Peter Neish, Anthony Vadala. Ian Thompson, Mandy Coulson. 
Nadia Marsh and Jim Kane all provided assistance with fieldwork. Paul Forster 
provided material of subsp. leichhardtii and subsp. obovatifolia. Don Foreman (as 
ABLO) arranged a photograph of the type of E. affinis. Neville Walsh assisted with 
the Latin diagnoses. Marco Duretto, Barbara Polly and Alison Kellow provided 
useful comments on the manuscript. I am grateful to Paul Wilson for allowing co- 
ordination of our publications, for useful comments on the manuscript and for 
freely providing his independent description and notes on subsp. brevipedunciilata. I 
am also grateful to Pauline Ladiges for her ongoing supervision and for providing 
access to facilities of the School of Botany. The Queensland Department of 
Environment and Heritage, New South Wales National Parks and Wildlife Service 
and Victorian Department of Conservation and Natural Resources provided 
permission to collect material in parks and reserves under their control The 
Directors and staff of BRI, NSW and AD provided necessary loan material which 
was made available through facilities at MEL. 

Page image

817620 Eriostemon lancifolius Muelleria 11: 119
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253596
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412
817616 Eriostemon myoporoides Muelleria 11: 118
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253595
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412

Page text

118 
M. J. Bayly 
For the most part, taxa in the Philotheca myoporoides complex are both 
morphologically and geographically distinct (see notes included in Taxonomic 
Treatment). Leaf shape and size (Figs 1-4), the degree of folding of the leaf lamina, 
the number of flowers per inflorescence, inflorescence size (e.g. peduncle length), 
and the distribution of hairs on the staminal filaments are useful features for the 
discrimination of taxa. Most taxa overlap on a number of these features, and each 
is largely defined by some unique combination of attributes. 
Preliminary cladistic analysis of morphological and leaf flavonoid data (Bayly and 
Ladiges unpublished) is equivocal regarding the monophyly of the complex; placing its 
members (with subsp. leichhardtii and subsp. queenslandica as sister taxa) as part of a 
large polychotomy including Philotheca verrucosa and a clade comprising P. huxifolia, 
P. scabra and P. hispidula. None of the features typically used in the classification of 
section Erionema (to which all these taxa belong) is synapomorphic for members of 
the P. myoporoides complex, and it seems probable that it is paraphyletic. 
Given this, there would be some justification for the recognition of some or all 
taxa in the complex at species level (and several have names available at that level). 
However, in lieu of a more comprehensive revision, and in the absence of more 
detailed information of relationships, this present work retains a broad circumscription 
of Philotheca myoporoides, and describes new taxa at the rank of subspecies. 
Herbarium Material and Field Collections 
The treatment presented here is based on examination of herbarium material 
from BRI. NE, NSW, CANB, MEL, MELU, and AD (herbarium abbreviations 
follow Holmgren et al. 1990). Between 1991 and 1996, all currently-recognised 
subspecies were observed in the wild, as was a distinctive population near Euroa, in 
north-east Victoria. 
Taxonomic Treatment 
Descriptions are only provided for new taxa. Details of other taxa can be found 
in Wilson (1970) but. where appropriate, notes are provided to supplement the 
information in this work. Specimen citations and distribution are deliberately 
abbreviated for subsp. euroenis. 
Philotheca myoporoides (DC.) M. J. Bayly, comb. nov. 
Eriostemon myoporoides DC., Prod. 1:720 (1824). Type: Nouv. Holl. cote 
orient, Mus. de Paris 1821. (holotype G-DC (IDC microfiche seen)). 
E. amplifolius F.Muell., Australasian Chem. and Druggist 7: 64 (1884). Type 
citation: “on the Upper Genoa some years ago an Eriostemon was discovered by 
Mr. C. Walter” (type not located, see notes in Wilson, 1970). 
Philotheca myoporoides, as treated here, includes nine subspecies. The following 
key to subspecies works best with herbarium material. In particular, the extent of 
folding of the leaf lamina in the dried state (as used in the key), may not be 
indicative of the fresh condition (e.g. Victorian forms of subsp. myoporoides may 
be strongly concave to conduplicate in the field, but almost always appear flat on 
herbarium sheets). 
In addition to the taxa discussed below, there is a variant represented by two 
collections from Mt Stewart in Victoria (K. Rogers, MEL 4I33'. J. Turner 1055, MEL 
2030756) that does not sit comfortably within the present circumscriptions of 
subspecies (and is not included in the key below). Superficially, these collections most 
closely resemble members of subsp. hrevipedunculata (described below). They have 

Page image

882092 Eriostemon myoporoides Muelleria 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707700
817629 Eriostemon myoporoides myoporoides Muelleria 11: 123
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253600
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412
817622 Eriostemon myoporoides acutus Muelleria 11: 120
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253597
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412
817623 Eriostemon myoporoides conduplicatus Muelleria 11: 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253601
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412
817624 Eriostemon myoporoides epilosus Muelleria 11: 120
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253597
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412
826641 Eriostemon myoporoides leichhardtii Muelleria 11: 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253601
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412
817631 Eriostemon myoporoides queenslandicus Muelleria 11: 125
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253602
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412
817621 Eriostemon myoporoides acutus Muelleria 11: 120
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253597
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412
882088 Eriostemon myoporoides minor Muelleria 11: 120
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253597
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412
817628 Eriostemon myoporoides minor Muelleria 11: 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253601
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412
817619 Eriostemon neriifolius Muelleria 11: 119
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253596
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412
817630 Eriostemon queenslandicus Muelleria 11: 125
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253602
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412
9872549 Eriostemon scaber Muelleria 11: 125
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253602
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412
9872551 Eriostemon scaber Muelleria 11: 125
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253602
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412
817625 Eriostemon trachyphyllus leichhardtii Muelleria 11: 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253601
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412
560317 Philotheca myoporoides Muelleria 11: 118
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253595
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412

Page text

118 
M. J. Bayly 
For the most part, taxa in the Philotheca myoporoides complex are both 
morphologically and geographically distinct (see notes included in Taxonomic 
Treatment). Leaf shape and size (Figs 1-4), the degree of folding of the leaf lamina, 
the number of flowers per inflorescence, inflorescence size (e.g. peduncle length), 
and the distribution of hairs on the staminal filaments are useful features for the 
discrimination of taxa. Most taxa overlap on a number of these features, and each 
is largely defined by some unique combination of attributes. 
Preliminary cladistic analysis of morphological and leaf flavonoid data (Bayly and 
Ladiges unpublished) is equivocal regarding the monophyly of the complex; placing its 
members (with subsp. leichhardtii and subsp. queenslandica as sister taxa) as part of a 
large polychotomy including Philotheca verrucosa and a clade comprising P. huxifolia, 
P. scabra and P. hispidula. None of the features typically used in the classification of 
section Erionema (to which all these taxa belong) is synapomorphic for members of 
the P. myoporoides complex, and it seems probable that it is paraphyletic. 
Given this, there would be some justification for the recognition of some or all 
taxa in the complex at species level (and several have names available at that level). 
However, in lieu of a more comprehensive revision, and in the absence of more 
detailed information of relationships, this present work retains a broad circumscription 
of Philotheca myoporoides, and describes new taxa at the rank of subspecies. 
Herbarium Material and Field Collections 
The treatment presented here is based on examination of herbarium material 
from BRI. NE, NSW, CANB, MEL, MELU, and AD (herbarium abbreviations 
follow Holmgren et al. 1990). Between 1991 and 1996, all currently-recognised 
subspecies were observed in the wild, as was a distinctive population near Euroa, in 
north-east Victoria. 
Taxonomic Treatment 
Descriptions are only provided for new taxa. Details of other taxa can be found 
in Wilson (1970) but. where appropriate, notes are provided to supplement the 
information in this work. Specimen citations and distribution are deliberately 
abbreviated for subsp. euroenis. 
Philotheca myoporoides (DC.) M. J. Bayly, comb. nov. 
Eriostemon myoporoides DC., Prod. 1:720 (1824). Type: Nouv. Holl. cote 
orient, Mus. de Paris 1821. (holotype G-DC (IDC microfiche seen)). 
E. amplifolius F.Muell., Australasian Chem. and Druggist 7: 64 (1884). Type 
citation: “on the Upper Genoa some years ago an Eriostemon was discovered by 
Mr. C. Walter” (type not located, see notes in Wilson, 1970). 
Philotheca myoporoides, as treated here, includes nine subspecies. The following 
key to subspecies works best with herbarium material. In particular, the extent of 
folding of the leaf lamina in the dried state (as used in the key), may not be 
indicative of the fresh condition (e.g. Victorian forms of subsp. myoporoides may 
be strongly concave to conduplicate in the field, but almost always appear flat on 
herbarium sheets). 
In addition to the taxa discussed below, there is a variant represented by two 
collections from Mt Stewart in Victoria (K. Rogers, MEL 4I33'. J. Turner 1055, MEL 
2030756) that does not sit comfortably within the present circumscriptions of 
subspecies (and is not included in the key below). Superficially, these collections most 
closely resemble members of subsp. hrevipedunculata (described below). They have 

Page image

560318 Philotheca myoporoides myoporoides Muelleria 11: 119
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253596
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412
560319 Philotheca myoporoides acuta Muelleria 11: 120-121

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 11: 120-121".

560320 Philotheca myoporoides brevipedunculata Muelleria 11: 121
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253598
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412
560321 Philotheca myoporoides conduplicata Muelleria 11: 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253601
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412
560322 Philotheca myoporoides epilosa Muelleria 11: 120
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253597
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412
560326 Philotheca myoporoides euroensis Muelleria 11: 122, Fig.3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253599
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412
560323 Philotheca myoporoides leichhardtii Muelleria 11: 124-125

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 11: 124-125".

560324 Philotheca myoporoides obovatifolia Muelleria 11: 123
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253600
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412
560325 Philotheca myoporoides queenslandica Muelleria 11: 125
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253602
Page is part of the work Notes on the Eriostemon myoporoides (Rutaceae) species complex, including new names and new generic placement in Philotheca, doi:10.5962/p.198412
891693 Acicalyptus fullagarii Muelleria 11: 95
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253572
Page is part of the work Cleistocalyx fullagarii transferred to Syzgium (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198409

Page text

Muelleria Vol. II: 95-96 (1998) 
Cleistocalyx fullagarii Transferred to Syzygium (Myrtaceae) 
L.A. Craven 
Australian National Herbarium, Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, CSIRO 
Plant Industry, GPO Box 1600, Canberra, ACT 2601 Australia 
Abstract 
The endemic Lord Howe Island tree currently generally known as Cleistocalyx fullagarii 
(F. Muell.) Merr. cfe L.M. Perry is transferred to Syzygium, necessitating a new combination; 
Syzygium fullagarii (F. Muell.) Craven. 
Introduction 
Morphological observations were made on the Lord Howe Island plant, 
Cleistocalyx fullagarii (F. Muell.) Merr. & L.M. Perry (syn. Acicalyptus fullagarii 
F. Muell.), during studies directed towards preparation of Flora of Australia 
treatments for Australian representatives of the myrtaceous genera Acmena DC., 
Acmenosperma Kausel, Piliocalyx Brongn. & Gris, Syzygium Gaertn. and 
Waterhousea B. Hyland. Schmid (\912a, \912b) concluded that Acicalyptus A. 
Gray and Cleistocalyx Bl. were not strongly distinctive from Syzygium and Hyland 
(1983) included the two Australian species of Cleistocalyx, C. gustavioides (F.M. 
Bailey) Merr. & L.M. Perry and C. operculatus Merr. & L.M. Perry, in Syzygium. 
However, Briggs & Johnson (1979) recognised both Acicalyptus and Cleistocalyx, 
and Smith (1985) recognised Cleistocalyx (inch Acicalyptus) at generic rank, 
apparently giving strong weight to the calycine calyptra as a generic character. 
Green (1994) treated the present species under Cleistocalyx in his account of the 
floras of several oceanic islands east of Australia. The plant is endemic to Lord 
Howe Island where it has the common name ‘Scalybark’. Forming a large tree, it 
has been utilised locally as a timber source. 
A calycine calyptra occurs in three Australian species of Syzygium, i.e. S. 
canicortex B. Hyland, S. gustavioides (F.M. Bailey) B. Hyland and S. nervosum 
DC. (C. operculatus). If the calycine calyptra is excluded from consideration, these 
three species are clearly not representatives of the same lineage and, to include all 
such species in the same taxon on the basis of possession of a calyptra, as was 
done by Merrill and Perry (1937), results in an unacceptably artificial classification 
of the plants in question. The calycine calyptra is best regarded as having evolved 
several times and possession of the feature should not be regarded as being of high 
significance for generic level classification in the Syzygium constellation of genera. 
Insofar as other morphological aspects are concerned, Cleistocalyx fullagarii 
possesses the following features that are characteristic of the genus Syzygium within 
that particular generic constellation; anther sacs parallel, placentation axile-median, 
seed without intrusive placental tissue that interlocks the cotyledons, cotyledons 
free. Accordingly, the Lord Howe Island plant is here transferred to Syzygium. 
Syzygium fullagarii (F. Muell. ) Craven, comb. nov. 
Acicalyptus fullageri F. Muell., Fragm. 8: 15 (1873). Cleistocalyx fullageri (F. 
Muell.) Merr. & L.M. Perry, J. Arnold Arb. 18: 331 (1937). 
95 

Page image

6815945 Acicalyptus fullagarii Muelleria 11: 95
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253572
Page is part of the work Cleistocalyx fullagarii transferred to Syzgium (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198409

Page text

Muelleria Vol. II: 95-96 (1998) 
Cleistocalyx fullagarii Transferred to Syzygium (Myrtaceae) 
L.A. Craven 
Australian National Herbarium, Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, CSIRO 
Plant Industry, GPO Box 1600, Canberra, ACT 2601 Australia 
Abstract 
The endemic Lord Howe Island tree currently generally known as Cleistocalyx fullagarii 
(F. Muell.) Merr. cfe L.M. Perry is transferred to Syzygium, necessitating a new combination; 
Syzygium fullagarii (F. Muell.) Craven. 
Introduction 
Morphological observations were made on the Lord Howe Island plant, 
Cleistocalyx fullagarii (F. Muell.) Merr. & L.M. Perry (syn. Acicalyptus fullagarii 
F. Muell.), during studies directed towards preparation of Flora of Australia 
treatments for Australian representatives of the myrtaceous genera Acmena DC., 
Acmenosperma Kausel, Piliocalyx Brongn. & Gris, Syzygium Gaertn. and 
Waterhousea B. Hyland. Schmid (\912a, \912b) concluded that Acicalyptus A. 
Gray and Cleistocalyx Bl. were not strongly distinctive from Syzygium and Hyland 
(1983) included the two Australian species of Cleistocalyx, C. gustavioides (F.M. 
Bailey) Merr. & L.M. Perry and C. operculatus Merr. & L.M. Perry, in Syzygium. 
However, Briggs & Johnson (1979) recognised both Acicalyptus and Cleistocalyx, 
and Smith (1985) recognised Cleistocalyx (inch Acicalyptus) at generic rank, 
apparently giving strong weight to the calycine calyptra as a generic character. 
Green (1994) treated the present species under Cleistocalyx in his account of the 
floras of several oceanic islands east of Australia. The plant is endemic to Lord 
Howe Island where it has the common name ‘Scalybark’. Forming a large tree, it 
has been utilised locally as a timber source. 
A calycine calyptra occurs in three Australian species of Syzygium, i.e. S. 
canicortex B. Hyland, S. gustavioides (F.M. Bailey) B. Hyland and S. nervosum 
DC. (C. operculatus). If the calycine calyptra is excluded from consideration, these 
three species are clearly not representatives of the same lineage and, to include all 
such species in the same taxon on the basis of possession of a calyptra, as was 
done by Merrill and Perry (1937), results in an unacceptably artificial classification 
of the plants in question. The calycine calyptra is best regarded as having evolved 
several times and possession of the feature should not be regarded as being of high 
significance for generic level classification in the Syzygium constellation of genera. 
Insofar as other morphological aspects are concerned, Cleistocalyx fullagarii 
possesses the following features that are characteristic of the genus Syzygium within 
that particular generic constellation; anther sacs parallel, placentation axile-median, 
seed without intrusive placental tissue that interlocks the cotyledons, cotyledons 
free. Accordingly, the Lord Howe Island plant is here transferred to Syzygium. 
Syzygium fullagarii (F. Muell. ) Craven, comb. nov. 
Acicalyptus fullageri F. Muell., Fragm. 8: 15 (1873). Cleistocalyx fullageri (F. 
Muell.) Merr. & L.M. Perry, J. Arnold Arb. 18: 331 (1937). 
95 

Page image

645646 Batrachospermum latericium Muelleria 11: 28-31, Figs 1, 2A

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 11: 28-31, Figs 1, 2A".

557534 Bossiaea cucullata Muelleria 11(1): 8, figs 2 (map), 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253549
Page is part of the work Notes on western Australian Bossiaea species (Fabaceae): 3, doi:10.5962/p.198403

Page text

J. H. Ross 
Habitat 
Favours well-diained deep sand around salt lake systems. Often in association 
with inallee eucalypts, Melaleuca spp., and Chenopodiaceae, sometimes also with 
Santalum acuminatum and Scaevola spinescens. On the western shore of Lake 
King B. halophila grows in association with B. cucullata. 
Phenology 
Recorded flowering in May, September to early November. Fruits: November 
and December. 
Notes 
Bossiaea halophila differs from B. leptacantha in being a much larger erect 
shrub with ascending branches {B. leptacantha grows as a low spreading shrub 
which branches at ground level and usually lacks a> single well-defined erect aerial 
stem), in having the ultimate cladodes more distinctly flattened, the older stems 
with a thin waxy layer that exfoliates tardily (this layer is much thinner and less 
conspicuous than in B. leptacantha), the bracteoles on the pedicels rapidly deciduous, 
larger flowers, the keel petals clothed with scattered woolly hairs apically and in the 
sinus, and the ovaries with scattered hairs on the upper suture. Flower colour also 
differs. The flowers in B. leptacantha are usually uniformly yellow although on 
occasional plants the standard has a basal red flare internally from which red striations 
radiate into the lamina; in B. halophila the standard is yellow internally with a reddish- 
brown throat from which reddish-brown striations radiate into the lamina. 
The ecological preferences of the two species differ; B. leptacantha favouring sandy 
soil, clay or clay-loam, often over limestone, and frequently away from salt lake 
systems whereas B. halophila favours deep sand near salt lake systems. The distribution 
of the two species does not overlap, B. leptacantha occurring much further east than B. 
halophila from the vicinity of Peak Charles in the west to Madura in the east. 
The predominantly yellow flowers with reddish-brown longitudinal striations 
suggest that B. halophila is pollinated by insects. 
Etymology 
From Greek and meaning ‘salt-loving’, in allusion to the preferred habitat of the 
species on the margins of salt lake systems. 
Bossiaea cucullata J.H. Ross, sp nov. 
B. walkerae F. Muell. affinis, a qua floribus coloratis aliter, bracteis et bracteolis 
ad 1 mm longas, bracteolis persistentibus, pedicellis infra bracteolas pubescentibus, 
leguminibus brevioribus et angustioribus plerumque, differt. 
Type-. Western Australia, western shore of Lake King, 14.x. 1997, B. Archer 840 
(holotypus MEL; isotypi K, PERTH) 
Shrub, rigid, erect, dense, multi-stemmed, intricately branched, to 2 m high and 
3 m wide, almost completely glabrous; branches terete to oval or slightly flattened, 
ultimate branches of cladodes 2-5 mm wide, narrowly winged, notched at the 
nodes, sometimes terminating in a pungent point, usually with a white waxy surface 
that exfoliates when the branches dry, sparingly to densely clothed with appressed 
hairs when young. Leaves reduced to scales c. 2 mm long, alternate. Flowers 
solitary at the nodes or rarely paired, pendulous, pedicellate, the pedicels up to 
5mm long, usually glabrous above the bracteoles and sparingly clothed with 
appressed hairs below. Bracts several, distichous, brown, broad-ovate, increasing in 
size towards the apex of the pedicel, the uppermost up to I mm long, with 
conspicuous marginal cilia and densely clothed externally with appressed hairs; 

Page image

557536 Bossiaea halophila Muelleria 11(1): 5, figs 1, 2 (map).
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253552
Page is part of the work Notes on western Australian Bossiaea species (Fabaceae): 3, doi:10.5962/p.198403

Page text

Muelleria 11:5-11 (1998) 
Notes On Western Anstralian Bossiaea Species (Fabaceae): 3 
J. H. Ross 
National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Birdwood Avenue, South 
Yan-a, 3141, Australia. 
Abstract 
Two leafless Western Australian Bossiaea species, B. halophila and B. cucullata. are 
described as new. Descriptions, illustrations and distributions are provided. Both species are 
associated with salt lake systems. The likely pollination syndrome for each species is 
discussed briefly. 
Introduction 
The only comprehensive account of the Western Australian Bossiaea species 
was provided by Bentham (1864) in his treatment of the entire genus. This paper 
is the third in a series dealing with the Western Australian species (Ross, 1994a, 
1994b). Recent studies have disclosed the existence of two undescribed species 
that are associated with salt lake systems in south-western Western Australia. 
Names for these two species are made available now rather than waiting until a full 
revision is completed. 
Bossiaea halophila J.H. Ross, sp. nov. 
Bossiaea leptacanthae E. Fritz, affinis, a qua habitu largiore multo, bracteolis 
caducis cito, floribus grandioribus, petalis carinae apicibus et sinubus pubescentibus, 
ovariis sutura supra pilis vestitis, differt. 
Type: Western Australia, W shore of Lake King near start of causeway, 1 Nov. 
1996, M.G. Conick 11479 (holotypus MEL; isotypi CANB, K, NSW, NY, PERTH) 
Shrub, rigid, erect, much-branched, to 1 .4 m high and 2 m wide, almost 
completely glabrous except for hairs in the axils of the scale leaves and scattered 
hairs on young growth; branches ascending, flattened or elliptic, ultimate branches 
of cladodes 0.75-2.2 mm wide, scarcely or narrowly winged, notched at the nodes, 
sometimes ending in an acute point but scarcely pungent-pointed, longitudinally 
striate, growth of current season green or greenish-blue but older growth usually 
with a thin greyish-white waxy surface that exfoliates when the branches dry. 
Leaves reduced to ovate brown scales up to 1.8 mm long, alternate. Flowers 
solitary at the nodes, pedicellate, the pedicels 6-8 mm long, glabrous throughout or 
with scattered appressed hairs. Bracts several, soon deciduous, brown, ovate, 
increasing in size towards the apex of the pedicel, the uppermost up to 0.7 mm 
long, with conspicuous marginal cilia; bracteoles usually inserted above the middle 
of the pedicel, overlapping the base of the calyx in bud but rapidly deciduous, 
narrow-elliptic, up to 1 .7 mm long, scarious, longitudinally striate, with marginal 
cilia, the cilia prominent apically. Calyx green but the upper lobes suffused with 
pink or red, the median line darker, usually glabrous throughout externally apart 
from cilia on the margins of the lobes but occasionally with a few scattered 
appressed hairs towards the apices of the lobes or sometimes throughout: 2 upper 
5 

Page image

560936 Bracteantha palustris Muelleria 11: 97-100

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 11: 97-100".

829518 Cleistocalyx fullagarii Muelleria 11: 95
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253572
Page is part of the work Cleistocalyx fullagarii transferred to Syzgium (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198409

Page text

Muelleria Vol. II: 95-96 (1998) 
Cleistocalyx fullagarii Transferred to Syzygium (Myrtaceae) 
L.A. Craven 
Australian National Herbarium, Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, CSIRO 
Plant Industry, GPO Box 1600, Canberra, ACT 2601 Australia 
Abstract 
The endemic Lord Howe Island tree currently generally known as Cleistocalyx fullagarii 
(F. Muell.) Merr. cfe L.M. Perry is transferred to Syzygium, necessitating a new combination; 
Syzygium fullagarii (F. Muell.) Craven. 
Introduction 
Morphological observations were made on the Lord Howe Island plant, 
Cleistocalyx fullagarii (F. Muell.) Merr. & L.M. Perry (syn. Acicalyptus fullagarii 
F. Muell.), during studies directed towards preparation of Flora of Australia 
treatments for Australian representatives of the myrtaceous genera Acmena DC., 
Acmenosperma Kausel, Piliocalyx Brongn. & Gris, Syzygium Gaertn. and 
Waterhousea B. Hyland. Schmid (\912a, \912b) concluded that Acicalyptus A. 
Gray and Cleistocalyx Bl. were not strongly distinctive from Syzygium and Hyland 
(1983) included the two Australian species of Cleistocalyx, C. gustavioides (F.M. 
Bailey) Merr. & L.M. Perry and C. operculatus Merr. & L.M. Perry, in Syzygium. 
However, Briggs & Johnson (1979) recognised both Acicalyptus and Cleistocalyx, 
and Smith (1985) recognised Cleistocalyx (inch Acicalyptus) at generic rank, 
apparently giving strong weight to the calycine calyptra as a generic character. 
Green (1994) treated the present species under Cleistocalyx in his account of the 
floras of several oceanic islands east of Australia. The plant is endemic to Lord 
Howe Island where it has the common name ‘Scalybark’. Forming a large tree, it 
has been utilised locally as a timber source. 
A calycine calyptra occurs in three Australian species of Syzygium, i.e. S. 
canicortex B. Hyland, S. gustavioides (F.M. Bailey) B. Hyland and S. nervosum 
DC. (C. operculatus). If the calycine calyptra is excluded from consideration, these 
three species are clearly not representatives of the same lineage and, to include all 
such species in the same taxon on the basis of possession of a calyptra, as was 
done by Merrill and Perry (1937), results in an unacceptably artificial classification 
of the plants in question. The calycine calyptra is best regarded as having evolved 
several times and possession of the feature should not be regarded as being of high 
significance for generic level classification in the Syzygium constellation of genera. 
Insofar as other morphological aspects are concerned, Cleistocalyx fullagarii 
possesses the following features that are characteristic of the genus Syzygium within 
that particular generic constellation; anther sacs parallel, placentation axile-median, 
seed without intrusive placental tissue that interlocks the cotyledons, cotyledons 
free. Accordingly, the Lord Howe Island plant is here transferred to Syzygium. 
Syzygium fullagarii (F. Muell. ) Craven, comb. nov. 
Acicalyptus fullageri F. Muell., Fragm. 8: 15 (1873). Cleistocalyx fullageri (F. 
Muell.) Merr. & L.M. Perry, J. Arnold Arb. 18: 331 (1937). 
95 

Page image

9163253 Eucalyptus gregoriensis Muelleria 11: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253516
Page is part of the work A new species of Eucalyptus (series Subexsertae) from the northern territory, doi:10.5962/p.198406

Page text

Muellerki Vol. 11: 41^4 (1998) 
A New Species of Eucalyptus (series Subexsertae) from the 
Northern Territory. 
N.G. Walsh' and D.E. Alhrechf 
1. National Herbarium of Victoria. Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria 3141, 
Australia 
2. Alice Springs Herbarium, Parks and Wildlife Commission of the Northern 
Territory, PO Box 1046, Alice Springs, Northern Territory 0871, Australia. 
Abstract 
Eucalyptus gregoriensis, a new species in series Subexsertae Blakely, informal section 
Exsertaria of Pryor and Johnson (1971) from the Victoria River district of the Northern 
Territory is described and illustrated, its distribution and conservation status provided, and its 
affinities to other members of the Subexsertae in the region are di.scussed. Its nearest relative 
appears to be E. cupularis C.A. Gardner from which it differs most significantly in its 3- 
flowered, subsessile umbellasters. 
Introduction 
In April 1996, a collecting expedition to the Gregory National Park, a reserve of 
some 13000 km^ situated about 400 km SSW of Darwin, was undertaken with 
botanists from the National Herbarium of Victoria, the herbaria of the Northern 
Territory in Darwin and Alice Springs, and biologists and rangers from the Parks and 
Wildlife Commission of the Northern Territory. The expedition was in 
commemoration of the sesquicentenary of the founding of the Royal Botanic Gardens 
Melbourne, and the centenary of the death of Ferdinand Mueller, the first Government 
Botanist of the colony of Victoria. The expedition was to revisit some of the ground 
covered by the North Australian Expedition of 1855-56, led by A.C. Gregory and on 
which Mueller travelled as botanist (see Cumpston 1972), and to compile an 
inventory of plants and animals for the western and southern sections of the National 
Park. In the course of the expedition, several undescribed plants were discovered (and 
one rediscovered after nearly 150 years; see also Bean, Craven, this volume). 
Taxonomy 
Eucalyptus gregoriensis N.G. Walsh & D.E. Albrecht, sp. nov. 
Eucalypto cupulari C.A. Gardner et E. herhertianae affinis inflorescentiis 
floribis tribus, subsessilibus differt. 
Type: Northern Territory, Victoria River District, Gregory National Park, 
tributary of East Baines River, 50 km SW from Bullita outstation, N.G. Walsh 4547 
and G.J. Jones, 17. iv. 1996 (holotype MEL; isotype DNA). 
Small tree or mallee, usually of crooked or semi-weeping habit, to 8 m high. 
Canopy rather open with more or less weeping foliage. Bark smooth and white 
throughout, powdery. Pith glands absent. Cotyledons broadly cordate or shallowly 
bilobed, c. 3-4 mm long, 4-5 mm wide, reddish below. Seedling leaves shortly 
petiolate, elliptic, to c. 3 cm long, 15 mm wide, opposite for c. 10 nodes. Juvenile 
leaves alternate, ovate, to 18 cm long, 9 cm wide, slightly discolorous, dull grey- 
green, lightly waxy; venation reticulate, intramarginal vein 1.5-5 mm from margin; 
41 

Page image

563149 Eucalyptus gregoryensis Muelleria 11: 41-44

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 11: 41-44".

596562 Eucalyptus leucoxylon bellarinensis Muelleria 11: 133-136, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 11: 133-136, Fig. 1".

818137 Helichrysum acuminatum angustifolium Muelleria 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707700
645645 Melaleuca triumphalis Muelleria 11: 1-3, Figs 1, 2
621978 Stenostegia Muelleria 11: 127-129

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 11: 127-129".

621977 Stenostegia congesta Muelleria 11: 130-132, Fig. 2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 11: 130-132, Fig. 2".

562132 Sticherus flabellatus Muelleria 11: 103
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253580
Page is part of the work Sticherus urceolatus (Gleicheniaceae), a new fern species from southern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198411
562130 Sticherus lobatus Muelleria 11: 103
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253580
Page is part of the work Sticherus urceolatus (Gleicheniaceae), a new fern species from southern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198411
562131 Sticherus tener Muelleria 11: 103
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51253580
Page is part of the work Sticherus urceolatus (Gleicheniaceae), a new fern species from southern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198411

Page text

Sticherus urceolatus 
103 
Key to southern Australian species of Sticherus 
1. Ultimate-branch segments arising at near right angles (75-90°) to the axis 2 
1. Ultimate-branch segments arising obliquely (40-75°) to the axis 3 
2. Segment undersurface glabrous; undersurface of minor rachis glabrous 
or with broad, pale-brown, slightly fringed scales S. lohatus 
2. Segment undersurface sparsely covered with pale-brown hairs (may become 
glabrous with age); undersurface of minor rachis covered in naiTow, 
brown, heavily fringed scales S. tener 
3. Segment undersurface glabrous or with a sparse covering of hair-like 
scales; angle between primary branches of paired pinnae <45° S. flabellatus 
3. Segment undersurface sparsely covered with pale-brown hairs; angle 
between primary branches of paired pinnae >45° S. urceolatus 
Taxonomy 
Sticherus urceolatus M. Garrett & Kantvilas, sp. nov. 
S. flabellato et S. tenero s. str. maxime similis sed ab hoc segmentis latioribus 
marginibus praecipue integris et pilos simplices vel ramosos infra ferentibus, angulo 
latiore inter ramos primarios, et ramis primariis comparate longioribus, ab illo 
praecipue angulo inter segmenta axemque multo angustiore et ramis ultimis 
lanceolatis differt. 
Type: Tasmania, Freycinet Peninsula, Graham Creek, 2 km S of Wineglass Bay, 
10.viii.l997, M. Garrett s.n. (holotype HO; isotypes BM, MEL, NSW, WELT). 
Illustrations (all as Sticherus tener ): Jones & Clemesha (1981): 205, fig. 284; 
Duncan & Isaac (1986): pi. 4; 74, figs 7.8C, 7.9, 7.10; Garrett (1996): 119, photos 
142-3 (as S. tener form A). 
Scrambling or thicket-forming terrestrial fern. Rhizome dark brown to black, to 
4 mm thick, long-creeping, bearing semi-appressed, light brown to reddish brown, 
ciliate scales. Stipes stiff and erect, to 90 cm in length, arising up to 50 mm apart, 
black at the base, brown or green in the upper section, glabrous except for 
appressed scales at the base similar to those on the rhizome. Pinnae fan-shaped, 
paired at the stipe apex and with up to 4 annual increments of growth arising from 
the rachis bud, pseudodichotomously branched up to 4 times, with a dormant bud at 
each axis which rarely develops; angle between paired primary branches 
(45-)50(-75)°; ultimate branch (6-)9(-13) times the length of the primary branch, 
lanceolate, sometimes with a caudate apex. Minor rachises sparsely covered in 
brown, narrow, heavily fringed scales; ventral surfaces light to dark brown in 
colour. Rachis bud situated between paired primary branches; bud and basal section 
of new rachis growth bearing light or reddish brown ciliate scales. Segments on 
primary branch usually variable in size and coverage, on ultimate branch arising at 
(50-)55-65(-75)° to the axis, sessile, broadened at the base, with the apex obtuse or 
acute and margins entire or slightly crenate, ( 1 3-) 15-27(-45) x 2-3 mm at the 
middle section of the ultimate branch; undersurfaces with pale brown, simple and 
branched hairs along midveins and veinlets. Sori exindusiate, in a single row either 
side of the segment midvein, situated halfway between the midvein and the segment 
margin on one branch of a forked veinlet, mostly absent from distal sections of 
both segments and ultimate branches, each with 3-5 large sporangia. Spores yellow, 
monolete, kidney shaped, (32-)36^2(-44) x (16-)18-22(-25) pm. (Fig. 2A) 

Page image

562129 Sticherus urceolatus Muelleria 11: 101-113

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 11: 101-113".

589315 Syzygium fullagarii Muelleria 11: 95-96

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 11: 95-96".

51310179 Alpine Muelleria 12(1): 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935832
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
1000715 Andy Muelleria 12(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".

1000555 Barbalin Muelleria 12(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".

1000713 Blotched Muelleria 12(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".

1000556 Bolivia Muelleria 12(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".

1000558 Border Muelleria 12(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".

879857 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935769
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

54 
M.F. Duretto 
the area occupied by this species is on private land with the remainder evenly divided 
between Como State Forest and Cooloola N.P. (Sandercoe 1992). A ROTAP code of 
2RVCi was given to this species by Briggs and Leigh (1996). 
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Valvatae ser. 3. Rupicolae Duretto, ser. nov. Habitus 
exstensus vel pendulus. Flores parvi, flavo-virentes. Folia parva plana. Sp. typica: B. 
rupicola Duretto 
Pendulous shrubs. Multiangular stellate hairs occasionally stalked; rays firm, straight, 
smooth and glossy. Peltate stellate hairs usually present on the abaxial surface of the 
leaves. Leaves imparipinnate, the younger distal leaves becoming unifoliolate; rachis 
segments oval or triangular shaped; lamina strongly discolourous, paler beneath, plane, 
adaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse indumentum, abaxial surface glabrous or with 
a hoary, heterogenous tomentum of two stellate types of hair: a moderately dense layer 
of multiangular stellate hairs, and a dense layer of smaller peltate hairs, the midrib not 
raised significantly on the abaxial surface, secondary thickening between midvein and 
abaxial epidermis. Petals yellow-green. Disc entirely within stamen whorl. Seed shiny or 
dull. 
A monotypic series of the Northern Territory (Fig. 8) characterised by the jjendulous 
habit, the small, green-yellow flowers, and the presence (usually) of both multiangular 
and peltate stellate hairs on the abaxial surface of the leaves. 
20. Boronia rupicola Duretto, Nuytsia 1 1 : 336 ( 1 997), figs 1 3 A-G. Type: 1 8 km SE of 
Jabiru, outlier of main Plateau, 12°48’S 132°55’E, LA. Craven 6646, 30.iii.l981 
(holotype CANB 338121: isotypes A, AD, BRI, CANB 338122, DNA, E, L, MEL 
234383). 
Boronia A44419 (Nabarlek) sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. (1995, p. 
100). 
Boronia DNA 17279 (Radon Gorge) sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. 
(1995, p. 100). 
Boronia sp.5 (Nabarlek; T.G. Hartley 13819) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). 
Boronia sp.6 (Radon Gorge; C.R. Dunlop 5455) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). 
Pendulous subshrub to 40 cm long, resprouting from rootstalk. Simple hairs (mainly on 
leaves) erect, 0.01-0.02 mm long. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 10-20 rays, 
occasionally stalked; rays white to faintly yellow, to 0.05(-0. 1) mm long. Branches 
brittle, quadrangular, glabrous or with a dense stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous 
as they age. Leaves simple or imparipinnate with 1-7 leaflets, the younger distal leaves 
becoming unifoliolate; petiole 1.5-7 mm long; rachis segments 4-7 mm long 0.5-1 mm 
wide; simple and unifoliolate leaves sessile to subsessile, 5-15 mm long, 1-4 mm wide, 
elliptical to oblanceolate, obtuse, attenuate to obtuse; adaxial surface smooth, glabrous or 
with a sparse indumentum of multiangular stellate hairs and minute erect simple hairs; 
abaxial surface glabrous or with a dense indumentum of a heterogenous layer of two 
types of hair: a sparse to moderately dense layer of multiangular hairs (some stalked) and 
a dense layer of smaller peltate stellate hairs; terminal leaflet 7-10 mm long, 1-3 mm 
wide, longer than preceding laterals but otherwise shortest; lateral leaflets 4-10 mm long, 
1-3 mm wide. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered, with a dense stellate indumentum; peduncle 

Page image

560130 Boronia adamsiana Muelleria 12(1): 33-34, Figs 3 (map), 4
878961 Boronia aff. alulata Muelleria 12(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".

560211 Boronia aff. granitica (Bolivia Hill) Muelleria 12(1): 47-48

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 47-48".

879184 Boronia affinis Muelleria 12(1): 104
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935873
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
748265 Boronia aff. laxa 1 (Northern Plateau, Arnhem Land) Muelleria 12(1): 99-100, Fig. 16 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 99-100, Fig. 16 (map)".

748266 Boronia aff. laxa 2 (Nabarlek, Arnhem Land) Muelleria 12(1): 100, Fig. 16 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935869
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

100 
M.F. Duretto 
long; anther-apiculum absent. Style glabrous. Cocci 5-6.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, 
with a moderately dense indumentum. Seed not seen. 
Specimens examined: THE NORTHERN TERRITORY; DARWIN and GULF COUNTRY: SE 
of Mt Howslip, West Arnhem Land, I2°34’S 133°IO’E, K.A. Menkorsi 983, 26.viii.l990 (DNA, 
MEL); Upper East Alligator R., Arnhem Land, I2°39’S I33°23’E, / Russell-Smith 8446 and 
Brock, 20.ii.l991 (DNA, MEL). 
Notes: Boronia aff. laxa 1 differs from typical B. laxa by its erect habit and the slightly 
larger inflorescence and floral parts, and from B. grandisepala subsp. acanthophida by 
the moderately dense indumentum and smaller floral parts. 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia aff. laxa 1 is known from the northern part of the 
Arnhem Land plateau east of the East Alligator River gorge. Northern Territory (Fig. 16). 
Flowering material has been collected in February and August. 
51. Boronia aff. laxa 2 (Nabarlek, Arnhem Land, Duretto and Ladiges 1997, 282). 
Semi-prostrate shrub. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 6-25 rays; rays 0. 1-0.2 mm 
long. Branches with a moderately dense stellate indumentum. Leaves with petiole 0.5-1 .5 
mm long; lamina narrowly elliptic, 10—35 mm long, 1.5-3. 5 mm wide; adaxial surface 
with a moderately dense, stellate indumentum; abaxial surface with a dense, stellate 
indumentum. Inflorescence 1 -flowered, with a dense, stellate indumentum; peduncle 0.5 
mm long; prophylls c. 2 mm long, 0.5 mm wide; metaxyphylls minute to I mm wide; 
anthopK)dium c. 1.5 mm long. Sepals white, 3.5-4 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, enlarging to 
6 mm long and 3.5 mm wide as fruit matures. Petals white, 3-3.5 mm long and 1-1.5 mm 
wide, enlarging to 4.5-5 mm long as fruit matures. Antesepalous filaments c. 1.5 mm 
long, the distal 0.75 mm glandular; antepetalous filaments c. 1 mm long; anther-apiculum 
absent. Style glabrous. Cocci c. 4 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, with a moderately dense 
indumentum. Seeds c. 3 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide. 
Specimen examined: THE NORTHERN TERRITORY; DARWIN and GULF COUNTRY: 
Nabarlek, Arnhem Land, 12°19’S 133°19’E, Hinz 467, 23.iii.l989 (CANB, DNA [transparency 
MEL 2041227]). 
Notes: Boronia aff. laxa 2 differs from typical B. laxa by its smaller, narrower leaves 
with a dense indumentum on the abaxial surface (as in B. grandisepala subsp. 
grandisepala) but a moderately dense indumentum on the adaxial surface, and by its 
smaller hairs, inflorescence and floral parts. 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia aff laxa 2 is known only from near Nabarlek, 
Northern Territory (Fig. 16). Flowering and fruiting material was collected in March. 
52. Boronia prolixa Duretto, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 283 (1997), figs 20c, d. Type: 15 km 
NNE of Jabiru East, 12°32’S 132°57’E, LA. Craven 6486, 7.vi.l980 (holotype 
CANB 313887 (transparency & photograph MEL 2041224); isotypes A, AD, CANB 
313888, DNA 19571, MEL 234380). 
Boronia sp. 2 (Craven 5957) sensu Lazarides et al. (1988, p. 23). 
Semi-prostrate, much branched subshrub to 50 cm long, with a mcxlerately dense stellate 
indumentum on the branches, leaves and inflorescence parts. Multiangular stellate hairs 
with 5-10(-17) rays per hair; rays 0.1-0.5 mm long. Branches terete. Leaves sessile or 
petiolate; petiole absent or to 2(^.5) mm long; lamina 4.5-32(-45) mm long, 2.5- 1 6 mm 
wide, lanceolate to strongly ovate, acute, cuneate-truncate; adaxial surface of juvenile 
leaves with a sparse indumentum of appressed, straight, glossy, simple hairs that are 

Page image

748267 Boronia aff. prolixa 1 (Red Lily Lagoon, Arnhem Land) Muelleria 12(1): 101-102, Fig. 16 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 101-102, Fig. 16 (map)".

560109 Boronia alata Muelleria 12(1): 14-15, Fig. 1 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 14-15, Fig. 1 (map)".

874633 Boronia alata bipinnata Muelleria 12(1): 14
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935835
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
560112 Boronia algida Muelleria 12(1): 16-18, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 16-18, Fig. 1".

560166 Boronia alulata Muelleria 12(1): 70-72, Fig. 10 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 70-72, Fig. 10 (map)".

560164 Boronia amabilis Muelleria 12(1): 68-69, Fig. 10 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 68-69, Fig. 10 (map)".

560201 Boronia amplectens Muelleria 12(1): 102, Fig. 16 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935871
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

102 
M.F. Duretto 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia aff. prolixa is known from the Red Lily Lagoon 
area, south and west of Oenpelli, Arnhem Land, Northern Territory (Fig. 16). Rowering 
material has been collected in March and June. 
54. Boronia amplectens Duretto, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 287 (1997). Type: Headwaters of 
the East Alligator River, 12°48’S 133°21’E, LA. Craven and G.M. Wightman 8336, 
31.iii.l984 (holotype CANB 399I82\ isotypes AD 99351079, MEL 722594). 
Sprawling, much branched subshrub to 1 m wide. Multiangular stellate hairs with 
6-10(-15) rays; rays appressed, 0. 1-0.5 mm long. Branches terete, with a sparse to 
moderately dense stellate indumentum. Leaves with petio(e 0.5-2. 5 mm long; lamina 
narrowly elliptic, 15—52 mm long, 1.5-3 mm wide, with a sparse indumentum that is 
often confined to the margins and the midrib. Inflorescence 1 -flowered, with a sparse to 
moderately dense stellate indumentum; peduncle 7-21 mm long; prophylls (0.5-)l-L5 
mm long, to 0.5 mm wide; metaxyphylls minute to 0.5 mm long; anthopodium 2-8 mm 
long. Sepals acute to acuminate, 3-5 mm long, 1 .5-2 mm wide, enlarging to 7 mm long 
as fruit matures; adaxial surface with a moderately dense and minute indumentum along 
the margins, becoming glabrous towards centre and base; abaxial surface with a sparse to 
moderately dense stellate indumentum. Petals 3^ mm long, enlarging to 5 mm long as 
fruit matures; adaxial surface with a sparse simple indumentum; abaxial surface with a 
sparse moderately dense stellate indumentum. Antesepalous filaments 1.5-1.75 mm long, 
prominently glandular on the distal 0.5 mm; antepetalous filaments slightly glandular, c. 
1 mm long; abaxial surface of anther not frosty, anther-apiculum absent or minute. Style 
glabrous. Cocci c. 4.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, with a sparse to moderately dense 
stellate indumentum. Seed c. 4 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, . 
Additional Specimen examined: THE NORTHERN TERRITORY; DARWIN and GULF 
COUNTRY: S of Magela Falls, c. 12°47’S 133°06’E, K. Brennan 2818, 21.V.1994 (MEL, OSS 
n.v.). 
Notes: Boronia amplectens differs from other members of subseries Grandisepalae by 
having narrowly elliptical leaves (1.5—3 mm wide) with a sparse indumentum of 
appressed hairs. 
Distribution and ecology: This species is known from two collections from the interior 
of the Arnhem Land plateau, Northern Territory (Fig. 16), where it is found growing in 
shrubby eucalypt woodland on rocky sandstone slopes. Flowering and fruiting material 
has been collected in March and May. 
Conservation status: Duretto and Ladiges (1997) gave a ROTAP code of IK to B. 
amplectens, but as more material has come to hand a ROTAP code of 2V is more 
appropriate. 
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Grandisepalae ser. 3. Lanuginosae Duretto, ser. nov. 
Folia pinnata. Filamenta antipetala laevia. Sp. typica: B. lanuginosa Endl. 
Erect or spreading shrubs, glabrescent or with a sparse to dense, stellate indumentum on 
the branches, leaves, inflorescence parts and abaxial surfaces of the perianth. 
Multiangular stellate hairs .sessile; rays to 1 mm long, smooth, straight. Branches terete 
to slightly quadrangular, decurrent leaf bases absent. Leaves imparipinnate or rarely 
simple (B. pauciflora), lamina discolourous, paler beneath, epicuticular wax platelets 
absent, the margins plane to revolute, dorsiventral or isobilateral; the midrib impressed 
on the adaxial surface, prominently raised on the abaxial surface or not, without 
secondary thickening (except sometimes B. pauciflora) in cells between midvein and 
abaxial epidermis. Prophylls minute or minutely unifoliolate or minutely imparipinnate; 

Page image

878940 Boronia anemonifolia Muelleria 12(1): 51
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935766
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
51 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia repanda occurs over a very limited area (< 10 km 
across) in the vicinity of Stanthorpe, Queensland, and possibly also in New South Wales 
(Fig. 7). Leigh et al. (1993) noted that B. repanda is found only in Queensland while 
Weston and Porteners (1991) list New South Wales as well. The only collections from 
New South Wales seen are those made by Hickey from the Maryland area (MEL) on the 
Queensland/New South Wales border. Ross (1994) stated that B. repanda has also been 
collected in the Moreton region: no indigenous collections from this area have been seen, 
but there are cultivated collections. Boronia repanda grows in heath and woodland on 
granite. Flowering: July-November; fruiting October-November. 
Conservation status: Boronia repanda is probably the most threatened member of 
Boronia sect. Valvatae: it was given a ROTAP code of 2E by Briggs and Leigh (1996). 
The species has not been collected in a national park, or any reserve. Most populations 
appear to be in small remnants or heavily disturbed areas. Agricultural expansion and 
clearing of remnant vegetation are threatening processes. Further surveys are needed 
(urgently) to ascertain the exact distribution and status of this species. 
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Valvatae sen 2. Fraseriae Duretto, sen nov. Foliola 
grandia, glabra vel indumento stellato sparso, costa subtus elevata. Sp. typica: B. 
fraseri Hook. 
Erect shrubs. Multiangular stellate hairs sessile, peltate stellate hairs absent. Leaves 
imparipinnate, glabrous or with a sparse stellate indumentum, sometimes the younger 
distal leaves becoming unifoliolate, the margins plane to slightly recurved; the midrib 
raised on the abaxial surface with secondary thickening, impressed on the adaxial surface. 
Petals pink or white. Disc swollen. Seed shiny. 
A series of two rare species of south-eastern Queensland and central coastal New South 
Wales (Fig. 7), that are characterised by the large, imparipinnate, leaves with prominently 
raised midribs and broad leaflets. 
18. Boronia fraseri Hook., Curtis’s Bot. Mag. 70 (1843), t. 4052. Type citation: “A native 
of ravines on the banks of the Nepean River. Mr Charles Fraser.” Type: A native of 
ravines on the banks of the Nepean [c. 34°S 150°40’E, Central Coast, New South 
Wales], Mr Charles Fraser (lectotype, here designated, K (ex hb. hook.) n.v. 
(transparencies MEL 2041238; photograph AD 99803339)); Nepean River, Fraser 
(isolectotype MEL 251030); [no locality or collector information but matching 
lectotype in appearance]: (probable isolectotypes K (ex herbarium hookerianum, 
four sprigs), n.v. (transparency MEL 2041241), K (ex herbarium hookerianum, two 
sprigs), n.v. (transparency MEL 2041240)). 
Boronia anemonifolia Paxton, Paxton’s Mag. Bot. 9: 123-124 (1842) and Plate, non A. 
Cunn. (1825). Type citation: “Seeds of this pretty New Holland plant were imported 
by Messrs. Lodiges many years ago....we had our drawings made from the collection 
of these of these gentlemen in the month of May or June, 1841.” Type: n.v., 
description and plate decisive. 
Illustrations: M. Baker et ai. Native Plants of the Lower Blue Mountains, 67 (1985); 
W.R. Elliot and D.L. Jones, Encylopedia of Australian Plants 2nd ed., 342 (1985); A. 
Fairley and P. Moore, Native Plants of the Sydney District, 234, t. 809 (1989); L. 
Robinson, Field Guide to the Native Plants of Sydney, 1 15 (1991); P.H. Weston and 
M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 233 (1991). 

Page image

560161 Boronia angustisepala Muelleria 12(1): 63-65, FIg. 10 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 63-65, FIg. 10 (map)".

560119 Boronia anomala Muelleria 12(1): 22-24, Fig. 1 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 22-24, Fig. 1 (map)".

879182 Boronia artemisifolia Muelleria 12(1): 104
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935873
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
879183 Boronia artemisiifolia Muelleria 12(1): 104
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935873
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

104 
M.F. Duretto 
Boronia artemisiifolia F. Muell., Fragm. 1; 66 (1859) (as B. artemisifolid). Types 
(Duretto 1997): In montibus rapid fluvibus flum Fitzmarie River [c. 14°49’ 130°E, 
Northern Territory], F. Muell., x.1855 (syntypes K n.v. (cibachrome MEL 2041209, 
photograph AD 99537192, right hand specimen), MEL 2041250)', Sea Range [= 
Yambarran Ra„ c. 15°20’S 130°10’E, Northern Territory], F Mueller, xii.1855 
(syntypes K n.v. (cibachrome MEL 2041209, photograph AD 99537192, left hand 
specimen), MEL 2041251)-, McAdam’s Range [Macadam Ra., c. 14°32’S 129°57’E, 
Northern Territory], F. Mueller, October 1855 (syntype TCD (transparency MEL 
2044561). 
Boronia affinis R.Br. ex Benth., FI. austral. 1: 311 (1863). Types (Duretto 1997): 
Islands g, h [North Island - 15°35’S 136°52’E, andVanderlin Island - 15°40’S 137°E, 
Sir Edward Pellew Group] of the Gulf of Carpentaria and mainland opposite Groote 
Island [Eylandt] [Northern Territory], R. Brown No. 5293, xii.1802-i.1803 (syntypes 
BM n.v. (transparencies DNA, MEL 2041222), CANB 278461, K n.v. (cibachrome 
MEL 2041210, photograph AD 99537210), MEL 2041248, NSW). 
Illustrations'. R Wilson, Austral. PI. 8: 200 (1975); K. Brennan, Wildflowers of 
Kakadu, 14, fig. 9 (1986, as Boronia sp.); J. Brock, Top End Native Plants, 99 (1988); 
J. Brock, Native Plants of Northern Australia, 99 (1993). 
Erect, much branched shrub to 1.5 m high; ontogenetic sequence in indumentum density 
on the branches, leaves, inflorescence parts and abaxial surfaces of the perianth: juvenile 
plants initially glabrous or glabrescent or sparsely simple- and/or stellate-indumented, the 
density of the indumentum increasing with each node until with a dense, stellate 
indumentum with or without simple hairs, this gradation varies between the different 
organs and some plants never have a dense stellate indumentum. Multiangular stellate 
hairs with 2-15 rays; rays white to faintly yellow, to 1 mm long; simple hairs antrorse, 
0.5-1 (—2) mm long. Leaves 6-80 mm long, 5-50 mm wide in outline, with 1 1-27(-35) 
leaflets; petiole 0.5-3 mm long, not winged; rachis segments 0.5-10 mm long, 1-1.5 mm 
wide, winged, wedge shaped with the distal end wider; leaflets sessile, linear to narrowly 
elliptic, acute; terminal leaflet 5-26 mm long, 0.5-3 mm wide; lateral leaflets 4-26 mm 
long, 0.5-2 mm wide. Peduncle absent or to 1 mm long; prophylls linear, minute to 
minutely unifoliolate, to 0.5 mm long; metaxyphylls absent or minute; anthopodium 4—10 
mm long. Sepals white to deep pink or purple, ovate-deltate, acute to acuminate, 
(4-5-)7-14 mm long, 2—4 mm wide, enlarging to 8-15 mm long as fruit matures; adaxial 
surface densely and minutely pubescent sometimes becoming glabrous towards centre 
and base. Petals white to dark pink or purple, 3-9 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, enlarging to 
5.5-10 mm long and 1.5-2. 5 wide as fruit matures, midvein not or slightly raised at the 
base of the abaxial surface; adaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense simple or 
stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous towards base. Antesepalous filaments 1 .5-2 mm 
long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5-1 mm; antepetalous filaments 1-1.5 mm 
long; abaxial surface of anther not or slightly frosty, anther-apiculum absent. Style 
glabrous. Cocci 4.5-6 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, with a moderately dense to den.se 
simple and/or stellate indumentum. Seeds 4-4.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide. 
Engbajengbaja, Star Boronia. 
Selected specimens examined (of c. 200 collections): THE NORTHERN TERRITORY; 
DARWIN and GULF COUNTRY: We.ssell Is., 11°13’S 136°38’S, P.K. Latz 3462, 10.x. 1972 
(CANB, DNA, PERTH); Nhulunbuy, Gove Peninsular, 12°10’S 136°46’E, G.M. Wightman 4283, 
21. i. 1988 (CANB, DNA); 5 miles NE of Goyder R. Crossing, 12°51’S 135°02’E, J. Must 1018, 
17.vi.l972 (DNA, CANB); Groote Eylandt, 6 km S of Alyangula, 13°55’S 136°26’E, /. Cowie 

Page image

880018 Boronia artemisiifolia wilsonii Muelleria 12(1): 106
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935875
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
879181 Boronia artemisioides Muelleria 12(1): 103
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935872
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
103 
Fig. 17. Distribution of Boron/a subseries Lanuginosae: B. lanuginosa (0), 6. wilsonii (*). 
Adapted from Duretto (1997), fig. 1. 
metaxyphylls absent or minute. Sepals as large or larger than petals (rarely smaller), acute 
or acuminate. Antepetalous filaments smooth; anther-apiculum absent or present. Style 
glabrous or hirsute. Seeds black, shiny; surface at magnification tuberculate-colliculate; 
tubercles unfused. 
A series of three subseries and nine species of the Kimberley Region, Western 
Australia, the ‘Top End’ of the Northern Territory and north-western Queensland (Figs 
17, 18). It is characterised by imparipinnate leaves (though adult foliage of B. pauciflora 
is simple) without secondary thickening in the midrib. This series corresponds to the B. 
lanuginosa group discussed in Duretto (1997). 
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Grandisepalae ser. Lanuginosae Duretto subser. 1. 
Lanuginosae 
Erect shrubs, juvenile plants with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum, 
adult plants with a dense, stellate indumentum. Leaves petiolate, sometimes subsessile; 
rachis segments triangular; leaflets dorsiventral, narrowly elliptic to linear, the younger 
distal leaves not becoming unifoliolate, margins revolute or strongly recurved, the midrib 
raised on the abaxial surface. Sepals larger than petals. Cocci with a moderately dense to 
dense indumentum. Seeds black, concolourous. 
A subseries of two widespread species of the Kimberley Region of Western Australia, the 
‘Top End’ of the Northern Territory and north-western Queensland (Fig. 17). It is 
characterised by a dense indumentum throughout (at least on the adult foliage), narrow 
linear to elliptic leaflets with recurved to revolute margins and raised midribs on the 
abaxial surface. This subseries was the subject of the phenetic analysis presented bv 
Duretto (1997). ^ 
55. Boronia lanuginosa Endl. in Endl. et al., Enum. pi. 16 (1837). Type: King George’s 
Sound [probably Gulf of Carpentaria, Northern Territory], Ferd Bauer (lectotype 
(Duretto 1997): W n.v. (photograph PERTH 1610171)). 
[Boronia artemisioides F. Muell., Hooker’s J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 9: 196 (1857). 
nom. invai, provisional name only] 

Page image

560179 Boronia bella Muelleria 12(1): 87-88, Fig. 13 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 87-88, Fig. 13 (map)".

933653 Boronia boliviensis Muelleria 12(1): 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935802
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
875118 Boronia bowmani Muelleria 12(1): 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935812
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
31 
in heath and woodland on ironstone. Extensive searches of Middle Ironcap (north of 
South Ironcap) in 1992 did not locate any plants. Flowering: July-October; fruiting: 
September- December. 
Conservation status: 2V (Briggs and Leigh 1996). This species is known from two 
small populations outside existing conservation reserves in an area where mining 
interests are becoming apparent, especially at Hatters Hill. 
Boronia secL Valvatae subsect. 2. Bowmaniae Duretto, subsect. nov. Radii pilorum 
stellatorum connati. Foliola et petala in pagina abaxiale plana. Sp. typica: B. 
bowmanii F. Muell. 
Stellate hairs sessile; all rays appressed, fused, smooth, glossy, firm, white. Branches 
quadrangular, with or without obvious glands, the hairs denser between decurrent leaf 
bases. Leaves imparipinnate; rachis segments winged, wider at the distal end; leaflets 
dorsiventral, epicuticular wax platelets absent, the midrib not or slightly raised on the 
abaxial surface, not or slightly impressed on the adaxial surface, tightly packed tissue 
between midvein and abaxial epidermis with secondary thickening, margins plane or 
slightly recurved. Inflorescence (1— )3— 7-flowered; peduncle woody, persistent after 
flowers; prophylls minutely unifoliolate or imparipinnate. Sepals shorter and narrower 
than petals, adaxial surface glabrous or glabrescent. Petals green to white, midrib not 
raised on the abaxial surface. Filaments clavate, tapering at apex, pilose below glandular 
tip, antepetalous fdaments smooth; anthers attached to the apex of the fdament, all equal. 
Disc entirely within stamen whorl. Seeds elliptical with adaxial side flattened and without 
ridge, shiny, black; tubercles smooth, fused or unfused. 
A subsection of two species from north Queensland (Fig. 5) that is characterised by 
glabrescent leaves, stellate hairs with partially fused rays (especially noticeable on the 
abaxial surface of the petals), petals and leaves without a raised midrib, and shiny black 
seeds. 
10. Boronia bowmanii F. Muell., Fragm. 4: 135 (1864) (as B. Bowmani). Type citation: 
“Ad flumen Cape River. E. Bownuin“. Type: Cape River, E. Bowman (lectotype, here 
designated, MEL 249188); Cape River, ? E. Bowman (probable isolectotypes BRI 
AQ3I8442, MEL 249187). 
Boronia platyrrachis F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 37 (1869). Type citation: “In montibus 
arenoso-atque schistoso-rupestribus ad junctionem amnis Percy-River cum flumin 
Gilberiti; R. Daintree.” Type: Main Gilbert River near the junction of the Percy River 
on sandstone rocks [c. 19°09’S 143°27.5’E, Cook, Qld], R. Daintree s.n. (holotype 
MEL 249186). 
Erect, much branched shrub to 1 m tall, with a sparse stellate indumentum or glabrescent 
on the branches, leaves and inflorescence parts. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 8-20 
rays; rays to 0.3 mm long. Branches glandular, becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves 
4()-95 mm long, 20-70 mm wide in outline, with 3-9 leaflets; petiole 5-23 mm long, 
winged; rachis segments 5.5-15 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, winged, broader at the distal 
end; leaflets sessile, narrowly elliptic, discolourous, paler beneath, acute; terminal leaflet 
10-60 mm long, 1.5-4 mm wide, longer than preceding laterals but otherwise shortest; 
lateral leaflets 5-33 mm long, 1-4 mm wide. Peduncle l-5(-l 1) mm long; prophylls 1-7 
mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide; metaxyphylls minute to 0.5 mm long; anthopodium 3-10 mm 
long. Sepals ovate-deltate, acute, 1. 5-2.5 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, not enlarging 
significantly as fruit matures; abaxial surface glabrous. Petals 3^ mm long, 2-3 mm 

Page image

560134 Boronia bowmanii Muelleria 12(1): 37-39, Fig. 5 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 37-39, Fig. 5 (map)".

817525 Boronia calophylla Muelleria 12(1): 30
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935819
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

30 
M.F. Duretto 
Boronia calophylla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 2: 160 (1852). Type 
citation: no specimens cited (see below). Type: W.A., Drummond 5th Coll. n205 
(syntypes K n.v. (photograph AD 99548076), MEL 249150, TCD). 
Shrub to 1 m tall. Multiangular stellate hairs with rays to 0.1 (-0.5) mm long. Branches 
terete to slightly quadrangular, with a moderately dense stellate indumentum, decurrent 
leaf bases absent. Leaves trifoliolate or rarely unifoliolate, glabrous or glabrescent; 
petiole 0.5-1 mm long; leaflets oblanceolate, the apex usually deeply emarginate; 
terminal leaflet shorter than laterals, 2-5 mm long, 1-3 mm wide; lateral leaflets and 
unifoliolate leaves 2-6 mm long, 1-^ mm wide. Inflorescence 1-flowered, with a 
moderately dense to dense stellate indumentum; peduncle 0.5-1 mm long; prophylls to 
0.5 mm long; metaxyphylls minute; anthopodium 1.5-3. 5 mm long. Sepals ovate-deltate, 
acute, 1 .5-2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide; abaxial surface with a moderately dense stellate 
indumentum. Petals 4-6 mm long, 2-3 mm wide. Filaments with few stiff, simple hairs; 
antesepalous filaments c. 2 mm long; antepetalous filaments c. 1.5 mm long; anther- 
apiculum large, reflexed. Disc sometimes surrounding base of filaments. Style glabrous. 
Cocci with a sparse to moderately dense indumentum (mature fruit not seen). Mature 
seed not seen. 
Additional specimens e.tamined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA; SOUTH-WEST BOTANICAL 
PROVINCE; EYRE DISTRICT: Fitzgerald R., C.A. Gardener 9216, 22.ix.1948 (MEL, PERTH); 
Near Mt Bland in Fitzgerald River reserve, 34°12’S 1 19°28’E, P.G. Wilson 10154, 6.x. 1970 (AD, 
CANB, PERTH); Fitzgerald River reserve, stony cliffs on western edge of river valley, 34°12’S 
119°28’E, R.D. Royce 8894, 12.vii.l970 (PERTH); Near Fitzgerald R., Fitzgerald River NP, on 
well exposed breakaway rims, K. Newbey 3309, 24.x. 1970 (PERTH); Fitzgerald R. area, c. 70 miles 
(1 12.7 km) ESE of Ongerup, T.E.H. Aplin, I. Lethbridge and R. Conveny 3200, 8.ix.l970 (NSW); 
W of lower Fitzgerald R., Fitzgerald River Reserve, 34°5’S 119°3rE, A.S. George 9932, 
12.vii.l970 (PERTH); Fitzgerald River Reserve, R.D. Royce 8921, 12.vii.l970 (PERTH); Flumen 
Fitzgerald inferum, C.A. Gardner 14750, 5. v. 1964 (PERTH). 
Typification: A single collection was cited in the protologue of var. glabrifolia. A 
specimen matching the locality information but without collectors details has been 
located at MEL. The handwriting of the locality data matches that of G. Maxwell 
(handwriting samples, MEL) and so, this specimen is confidently identified as the 
holotype. 
Turezaninow ( 1 852) did not cite any material when describing B. calophylla but it can 
be assumed it was a Drummond collection (J. Ross, pers. comm.) Bentham (1863) cites 
only one collection of B. calophylla, a Drummond collection (W.A. Drummond 5th Coll. 
n205). It is thus highly likely that this collection is the one Turezaninow worked from and 
a specimen matching these details have been located at K, MEL, and TCD. 
Notes: Boronia temata var. glabrifolia is a poorly collected variety that may grade into 
var. elongata in the eastern part of it range. It can ^ distinguished from this later variety 
by its smaller, obcordate leaflets, and its smaller inflorescence and floral parts. 
Spheroidal sclereids have been reported for B. calophylla (Rao and Bhattacharya 1978, 
1981). 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia temata var. glabrifolia is restricted to the Fitzgerald 
River N.P. area between Bremer Bay and Hopetoun, Western Australia (Fig. 3), where 
found in heath and woodland on spongelite or granite. 
Conservation status: Though restricted in distribution the variety is found entirely 
within Fitzgerald River N.P: a ROTAP code of 2RC- is appropriate. 
6e. Boronia temata var. foliosa (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 201 (1971). 
Boronia foliosa S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc. London, Bot. 45: 165 (1920). Type citation: 

Page image

51310335 Boronia calophylla Muelleria 12(1): 30
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935819
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

30 
M.F. Duretto 
Boronia calophylla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 2: 160 (1852). Type 
citation: no specimens cited (see below). Type: W.A., Drummond 5th Coll. n205 
(syntypes K n.v. (photograph AD 99548076), MEL 249150, TCD). 
Shrub to 1 m tall. Multiangular stellate hairs with rays to 0.1 (-0.5) mm long. Branches 
terete to slightly quadrangular, with a moderately dense stellate indumentum, decurrent 
leaf bases absent. Leaves trifoliolate or rarely unifoliolate, glabrous or glabrescent; 
petiole 0.5-1 mm long; leaflets oblanceolate, the apex usually deeply emarginate; 
terminal leaflet shorter than laterals, 2-5 mm long, 1-3 mm wide; lateral leaflets and 
unifoliolate leaves 2-6 mm long, 1-^ mm wide. Inflorescence 1-flowered, with a 
moderately dense to dense stellate indumentum; peduncle 0.5-1 mm long; prophylls to 
0.5 mm long; metaxyphylls minute; anthopodium 1.5-3. 5 mm long. Sepals ovate-deltate, 
acute, 1 .5-2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide; abaxial surface with a moderately dense stellate 
indumentum. Petals 4-6 mm long, 2-3 mm wide. Filaments with few stiff, simple hairs; 
antesepalous filaments c. 2 mm long; antepetalous filaments c. 1.5 mm long; anther- 
apiculum large, reflexed. Disc sometimes surrounding base of filaments. Style glabrous. 
Cocci with a sparse to moderately dense indumentum (mature fruit not seen). Mature 
seed not seen. 
Additional specimens e.tamined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA; SOUTH-WEST BOTANICAL 
PROVINCE; EYRE DISTRICT: Fitzgerald R., C.A. Gardener 9216, 22.ix.1948 (MEL, PERTH); 
Near Mt Bland in Fitzgerald River reserve, 34°12’S 1 19°28’E, P.G. Wilson 10154, 6.x. 1970 (AD, 
CANB, PERTH); Fitzgerald River reserve, stony cliffs on western edge of river valley, 34°12’S 
119°28’E, R.D. Royce 8894, 12.vii.l970 (PERTH); Near Fitzgerald R., Fitzgerald River NP, on 
well exposed breakaway rims, K. Newbey 3309, 24.x. 1970 (PERTH); Fitzgerald R. area, c. 70 miles 
(1 12.7 km) ESE of Ongerup, T.E.H. Aplin, I. Lethbridge and R. Conveny 3200, 8.ix.l970 (NSW); 
W of lower Fitzgerald R., Fitzgerald River Reserve, 34°5’S 119°3rE, A.S. George 9932, 
12.vii.l970 (PERTH); Fitzgerald River Reserve, R.D. Royce 8921, 12.vii.l970 (PERTH); Flumen 
Fitzgerald inferum, C.A. Gardner 14750, 5. v. 1964 (PERTH). 
Typification: A single collection was cited in the protologue of var. glabrifolia. A 
specimen matching the locality information but without collectors details has been 
located at MEL. The handwriting of the locality data matches that of G. Maxwell 
(handwriting samples, MEL) and so, this specimen is confidently identified as the 
holotype. 
Turezaninow ( 1 852) did not cite any material when describing B. calophylla but it can 
be assumed it was a Drummond collection (J. Ross, pers. comm.) Bentham (1863) cites 
only one collection of B. calophylla, a Drummond collection (W.A. Drummond 5th Coll. 
n205). It is thus highly likely that this collection is the one Turezaninow worked from and 
a specimen matching these details have been located at K, MEL, and TCD. 
Notes: Boronia temata var. glabrifolia is a poorly collected variety that may grade into 
var. elongata in the eastern part of it range. It can ^ distinguished from this later variety 
by its smaller, obcordate leaflets, and its smaller inflorescence and floral parts. 
Spheroidal sclereids have been reported for B. calophylla (Rao and Bhattacharya 1978, 
1981). 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia temata var. glabrifolia is restricted to the Fitzgerald 
River N.P. area between Bremer Bay and Hopetoun, Western Australia (Fig. 3), where 
found in heath and woodland on spongelite or granite. 
Conservation status: Though restricted in distribution the variety is found entirely 
within Fitzgerald River N.P: a ROTAP code of 2RC- is appropriate. 
6e. Boronia temata var. foliosa (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 201 (1971). 
Boronia foliosa S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc. London, Bot. 45: 165 (1920). Type citation: 

Page image

560160 Boronia chartacea Muelleria 12(1): 62-63, Fig. 9 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 62-63, Fig. 9 (map)".

560117 Boronia corynophylla Muelleria 12(1): 20-21

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 20-21".

879509 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 90
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935859
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

90 
M.F. Duretto 
A subsection of at least 16 species divided into three series and five subseries that are 
found in the Kimberley Region of Western Australia, the ‘Top End’ of the Northern 
Territory and north-western Queensland (Figs 14-18). It is characterised by the large 
sepals relative to the petals, antepetalous anthers that are much larger than the 
antesepalous anthers, and the clavate filaments. 
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. 4 Grandisepalae ser. 1 . Quadrilatae Duretto, sen nov. 
Planta glabra praeter petala et paginas adaxiales sepalorum. Rami purpurati, 
quadrangulati manifeste. Folia glauca. Sp. typica: B. quadrilata Duretto 
Erect or horizontal (from cliff faces) shrubs, glabrous except for flowers. Stellate hairs 
sessile, with c. 3—25 rays; rays smooth, 20—50 pm long. Branches distinctly quadrangular 
in cross-section, purple, decurrent leaf bases present. Leaves simple, slightly 
discolourous, paler beneath, slightly fleshy, plane, isobilateral, glaucous with a dense 
layer of epicuticular wax platelets, wax platelets 0.1 -0.5 pm across; the midrib impressed 
slightly on the adaxial surface and slightly raised on the abaxial surface, cells between 
midvein and abaxial epidermis with or without secondary thickening. Prophylls 
unifoliolate. Sepals as large or larger than petals, acute to acuminate, abaxial surface 
glabrous, glaucous. Petal adaxial surface with a sparse indumentum. Antepetalous 
filaments glandular at the distal end or not; anther-apiculum absent. Style glabrous. 
A series of two species found in the north-western portion of the Arnhem Land plateau. 
Northern Territory (Fig. 1 5). It is characterised by being glabrous (except for the flowers), 
having purple and quadrangular stems, and leaves that are glaucous, simple and 
isobilateral. 
43. Boronia quadrilata Duretto, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 297 (1997), fig. 26. Type: N.T., 
Upper Magela Ck, 6 km N of Magela Falls, 12°45’S 133°08’E, K. Brennan 1567, 
10.X.1991 (holotype DNA 60356 (photographs BRI, HO, MEL 2041201, NSW); 
isotypes CANB, MEL 242492, PERTH). 
Boronia D60356 Magela sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. (1995, p. 100). 
Boronia sp.7 (Magela Creek; K. Brennan 1567) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). 
Erect shrub to 1.5 m. Multiangular stellate hairs present on petals only, with 4-25 rays 
per hair; rays 20-50 pm long. Leaves 23-55 mm long, 1 2-20 mm wide, sessile, glandular, 
elliptical, acute, aristate and slightly decurrent, epidermal wax platelets 0. 1-0.5 pm 
across; the midrib raised on the abaxial surface, region between midvein and epidermis 
consisting of tightly packed cells with secondary thickening. Peduncle 2-2.5 mm long; 
prophylls 6-13 mm long, 3-7 mm wide; metaxyphylls 0.75 mm long; anthopodium 0.5-2 
mm long. Sepals debate, c. 6 mm long, c. 3 mm wide, enlarging to 9-10 mm long and 
4. 5-5. 5 mm wide as fruit matures, longer and wider than petals; adaxial surface with a 
mcxlerately dense stellate indumentum; abaxial surface glabrous and slightly glaucous. 
Petals c. 4 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, enlarging to 5 mm long as fruit matures; adaxial 
surface with a sparse stellate indumentum; abaxial surface with a moderately dense 
stellate indumentum. Antesepalous filaments c. 1.5 mm long, the distal 0.4 mm 
prominently glandular; antepetalous filaments smooth to slightly glandular, c. 1 mm long; 
abaxial surface of anther slightly frosty, anther-apiculum absent, glabrous. Cocci c. 6 mm 
long, c. 3.5 mm wide, glabrous. Seed not seen. 
Specimen seen: Known from the type material only. 

Page image

880014 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 93
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935862
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
93 
concolourous, not succulent, plane or margin slightly recurved, dorsiventral or 
isobilateral, epicuticular wax platelets absent, the midrib impressed on the adaxial 
surface, prominently raised on the abaxial surface, secondary thickening in cells between 
midvein and abaxial epidermis. Prophylls sometimes unifoliolate. Sepals longer and 
wider than petals, acuminate. Antepetalous filaments glandular at the distal end; anther- 
apiculum absent or present. Style glabrous or hirsute. Seed tuberculae unfused or fused 
into longitudinal rows. 
A series of two subseries and at least seven species that is endemic to the Northern 
Territory (Figs 15, 16). It is characterised by a sparse to dense indumentum, simple 
leaves, and shiny, black seeds. 
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Grandisepalae ser. Grandisepalae subser. 1 . Verecundae 
Duretto, subser. nov. Pili stellati stipitati. Gynecium glabrum et cocci glabri. Pagina 
seminibus tuberculata. Sp. typica: B. verecunda Duretto 
Erect shrubs, with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum on the branches, 
leaves, inflorescence parts and abaxial surface of the perianth. Stellate hairs always 
stalked, even on perianth, stalks 0.25-0.5(-l) mm long; rays 0.5-1 mm long. Leaves 
dorsiventral. Metaxyphylls minute or absent. Sepal adaxial surface glabrous or with a 
sparse indumentum, abaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense stellate 
indumentum. Petal adaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse indumentum; abaxial surface 
with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum. Anther-apiculum absent or 
present. Style glabrous. Cocci glabrous. Seeds black, at magnification tuberculate or 
slightly striate. 
A subseries of two species, endemic to Kakadu N.P., Northern Territory (Fig. 15), 
characterised by stalked hairs with long rays. 
45. Boronia verecunda Duretto, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 291 (1997), figs 20e, f. Type: 
Kakadu N.P., 13°27’S 132°29’E, C.R. Dunlop 8611 and RE Munns, 22.iv.1990 
(holotype DNA 47561 (photograph & transparency MEL 2041223); isotypes AD 
99027035, BRI AQ5 11732, CANB 400809, MEL 1583457, NSW, PERTH n.v.). 
Boronia D6347 Kakadu sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. (1995, p. 100). 
Boronia sp.9 (Kakadu; Martensz & Schodde 575) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 
167). 
Erect, much branched subshrub to 40 cm tall. Multiangular stellate hairs with 9-15 rays 
per hair; rays white, 0.5-0.75(-l) mm long, weak, flexuous, dull. Branchlets slightly 
quadrangular but becoming terete as the branch ages, decurrent leaf bases absent or 
indistinct; new shoots with a moderately dense, light pink to white indumentum, older 
branches with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum and becoming glabrous 
as they age. Leaves 13-27(-50 on younger plants) mm long, 2-4(-8) mm wide; petiole 
to 1 mm long; lamina narrowly elliptic, acute, attenuate to cuneate, plane or margin 
slightly recurved; adaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum; 
abaxial surface with a sparse indumentum, the hairs mainly on margin and the midrib. 
Inflorescence 1 -flowered; peduncle 0.5-1 mm long, with a moderately dense to dense 
indumentum; prophylls 4-5 mm long, 0.5 mm wide, with a sparse to moderately dense 
stellate indumentum; anthopodium 1-1.5 mm long, glabrous or with a sparse to 
moderately dense stellate indumentum. Sepals white or pink, becoming green as fruit 
matures, ovate to debate, acute to acuminate, 6-7 mm long, 1.5-3 mm wide, not 

Page image

879960 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 95
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935864
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
95 
(MFD544: DNA, MEL; MFD545-547: MEL); Graveside Gorge, Kakadu, 13°17’S 132°33’E, J. 
Russell-Smith 2274 and D. Lucas, 3.V.1987 (DNA); saddle/ridge above side creek, just downstream 
and W of plunge pool, Barramundi Gorge, Kakadu NP, 13°19’S 132°26’E, M.F. Duretto 464-468, 
J. Chappill and G. Howell, 18.vi.l993 (MFD464: DNA, MEL; MFD465-467: MEL; MFD468: 
MEL, CANB). 
Notes: Boronia xanthastrum differs from B. verecunda by its stiff white-yellow hairs, 
wider leaves, smaller flowers, and petals that are hirsute on the adaxial surface. 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia xanthastrum is restricted to Kakadu N.P. (Northern 
Territory), on and around the Mt Basedow Range, and in the Barramundi and Graveside 
Gorge areas (Fig. 15). It is found growing on schists (Mt Basedow Range) and sandstones 
(escarpment country) in both heath and woodland communities. Flowering and fruiting: 
February-June. 
Conservation status: 2RC- (Duretto and Ladiges 1997). 
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Grandisepalae Duretto ser. Grandisepalae subser. 2. 
Grandisepalae 
Erect or spreading or pendulous shrubs, with a moderately dense to dense stellate 
indumentum on the branches, leaves, inflorescence parts and the abaxial surface of the 
perianth. Stellate hairs usually sessile, occasionally stalked; rays white to faintly yellow, 
to 0.5 mm long, firm, straight, glossy, smooth. Leaves isobilateral. Metaxyphylls absent 
or to 1 mm long. Sepal adaxial surface with a dense and minute simple/stellate- 
pubescence near the margins. Petal adaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense 
indumentum. Anther-apiculum absent or minute. Style glabrous or hirsute. Cocci hirsute. 
Seeds striate, longitudinal ridges 12-52 pm apart and constructed of fused tubercules. 
A subseries of five, possibly eight, species of the Northern Territory (Figs 16, 17), 
characterised by the usually sessile stellate hairs with rays to 0.5 mm long, and seed with 
a striate surface. These striations on the seed surface occur when the cellular projections 
on the seed surface, whether tubercles or collides, fuse to form ridges (Duretto and 
Ladiges 1997). The structure of these ridges is similar to that of Neobymesia suberosa 
J.A. Armstr. (cf. Armstrong and Powell 1980, fig. 5), also found on the north-eastern 
Arnhem Land Plateau, and Geleznowia verrucosa Turcz. (unpublish, data) of south- 
western Australia. 
Boronia subser. Grandisepalae, except B. suberosa and B. amplectens, was subjected 
to a phenetic analysis by Duretto and Ladiges (1997). This analysis identified, apart from 
a number of undescribed taxa, several specimens that could not be placed with confidence 
in any of the formally recognised taxa (see B. aff laxa \ ,B. aff. laxa 2, and B. aff. prolixa, 
species 50, 5 1 and 53 below). Further collections on the Arnhem Land Plateau (Northern 
Territory) and research are required to resolve the taxonomy of this group. 
47. Boronia suberosa Duretto, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 288 (1997), fig. 22. Type: 1 1.5 km 
NE of Jabiru East, 12°35’S 132°58’E, LA. Craven 5947, 26.V.1980 (holotype CANB 
313890; isotypes A, CANB 313889, DNA 19572 [photographs HO, MEL 2041229, 
NSW], L, MEL 234382). 
Boronia sp. 1 {Lazarides 9004) sensu Lazarides et al. (1988, p. 23). 
Boronia D6852 Jabiru sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. (1995, p. 100). 
Boronia sp.8 (Jabiru; C.R. Dunlop 3305) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). 

Page image

748268 Boronia decumbens Muelleria 12(1): 108, Fig. 18 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935877
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

108 
M.F. Duretto 
57. Boronia decumbens Duretto, Nuytsia 1 1 : 323 (1997), figs lOA-E. Type: c. 70 km NE 
of Pine Creek, El SharanaRd, 13°33’S \32°\S'E, C. Dunlop 6752 and G. Wightman, 
5.iii.l985 (holotype CANB 363098\ isotypes DNA, MEL 250904, NSW). 
Decumbent, much branched subshrub to 10 cm high and 40 cm wide, resprouting from a 
woody rootstalk, with a sparse to moderately dense simple indumentum on the branches, 
leaves and inflorescence parts. Multiangular stellate hairs rare, with 2-6 rays; rays to 0.1 
mm long. Branches weak, terete to slightly quadrangular, becoming glabrous as they age. 
Leaves 6-20 mm long, 8-25 mm wide in outline, with (3)-5-7 leaflets, not obviously 
glandular; rachis segments 2-8 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide; leaflets linear to narrowly 
elliptic, acute, attenuate, dorsiventral, the midrib not or slightly raised on the abaxial 
surface and not impressed on the adaxial surface; terminal leaflet 6-12 mm long, 0.5-1 
mm wide, larger than preceding lateral leaflets; lateral leaflets 4—1 1 mm long, 0.5-1 mm 
wide. Inflorescence 1 -flowered; peduncle absent; prophylls linear, minute to minutely 
unifoliolate, 0.5-2 mm long; metaxyphylls minute to 1 mm long; anthopodium 1-4 mm 
long. Sepals white to pink, deltate, acute, 4-6 mm long, 1 .5-3 mm wide, enlarging to 
5.5-8 mm long and 2-4 mm wide as fruit matures; adaxial surface with a moderately 
dense simple indumentum and becoming glabrous towards the base; abaxial surface with 
a sparse simple indumentum. Petals white to pink, 3—5 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, enlarging 
to 4-5.5 mm long as fruit matures; adaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense 
simple indumentum, becoming glabrous towards base; abaxial surface with a sparse to 
moderately dense simple indumentum. Antesepalous filaments c. 1 .5 mm long, 
prominently glandular on the distal 0.5-1 mm; antepetalous filaments c. 1 mm long; 
abaxial surface of anther not frosty, anther-apiculum minute or large and erect. Style 
glabrous. Cocci 5-6 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, with a sparse to moderately dense simple 
and stellate indumentum. Seeds 4.5-5 mm long, c. 2 mm wide. 
Selected specimens examined (of 15 collections): THE NORTHERN TERRITORY; DARWIN 
and GULF COUNTRY; Kakadu NP, 3 km SW of Mary River Ranger Station, 13°24’S 132°05’E, 
A.VSlee and L.A. Craven 2494, 17.iv.l990(AD, CANB); N of Waterfall Ck turn off on Pine Creek- 
Oenpelli Rd, Kakadu NP, 13°33’S 132°17’E, M.F. Duretto 473-475, J. Chappill and G. Howell, 
18. vi. 1993 (MFD473: MEL; MFD474: CANB, DNA, MEL; MFD475: DNA, MEL); Mary River 
Ranger Station, 13°33’S 132°16’E, M.F. Duretto 548b-550, J. Chappill and G. Howell, l.vii.l993 
(MFD548b, 549: DNA, CANB, MEL; MFD550: MEL); Kombolgie Ck, Fern Gully, Fern Ck, 
13°34’S 132°18’E, G.J. Leach 3407, iv.l993 (BRl, PERTH); Moline Rockhole area. Kakadu Hwy, 
13°35’S 132°15’E, W.y. Clark 835, 19.iii.l987 (DNA). 
Notes: Boronia decumbens differs from B. lanuginosa by its sessile leaves, few (if any) 
stellate hairs and decumbent habit; the last two features also distinguish it from B. 
tolerans and B. jucunda. 
Distribution and ecology: This species is restricted to Kakadu N.P. to the area north of 
Mary River around the Mary River Ranger Station and the Waterfall Creek turnoff on the 
Pine Creek-Oenpelli Rd, Northern Territory (Fig. 18). It grows on deep sand as well as 
on sandstone in eucalypt open woodland. Flowering: November-August. Fruiting: 
March-August. 
Conservation status: 2RC- (Duretto 1997). 
58. Boronia tolerans Duretto, Nuytsia 1 1 : 326 (1997), figs 10 F-J. Type: On track to and 
near Biddlecombe Cascades, Nitmiluk NP, 14°I6’S 132°26’E, M.F. Duretto 516, J. 
Chappill and G. Howell, 28.vi.1993 (holotype MEL 2040275', isotypes DNA, MEL 
2040276). 
Erect, much branched shrub to 50 cm high. Multiangular stellate hairs sessile, 4-12 rays; 

Page image

926831 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935769
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

54 
M.F. Duretto 
the area occupied by this species is on private land with the remainder evenly divided 
between Como State Forest and Cooloola N.P. (Sandercoe 1992). A ROTAP code of 
2RVCi was given to this species by Briggs and Leigh (1996). 
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Valvatae ser. 3. Rupicolae Duretto, ser. nov. Habitus 
exstensus vel pendulus. Flores parvi, flavo-virentes. Folia parva plana. Sp. typica: B. 
rupicola Duretto 
Pendulous shrubs. Multiangular stellate hairs occasionally stalked; rays firm, straight, 
smooth and glossy. Peltate stellate hairs usually present on the abaxial surface of the 
leaves. Leaves imparipinnate, the younger distal leaves becoming unifoliolate; rachis 
segments oval or triangular shaped; lamina strongly discolourous, paler beneath, plane, 
adaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse indumentum, abaxial surface glabrous or with 
a hoary, heterogenous tomentum of two stellate types of hair: a moderately dense layer 
of multiangular stellate hairs, and a dense layer of smaller peltate hairs, the midrib not 
raised significantly on the abaxial surface, secondary thickening between midvein and 
abaxial epidermis. Petals yellow-green. Disc entirely within stamen whorl. Seed shiny or 
dull. 
A monotypic series of the Northern Territory (Fig. 8) characterised by the jjendulous 
habit, the small, green-yellow flowers, and the presence (usually) of both multiangular 
and peltate stellate hairs on the abaxial surface of the leaves. 
20. Boronia rupicola Duretto, Nuytsia 1 1 : 336 ( 1 997), figs 1 3 A-G. Type: 1 8 km SE of 
Jabiru, outlier of main Plateau, 12°48’S 132°55’E, LA. Craven 6646, 30.iii.l981 
(holotype CANB 338121: isotypes A, AD, BRI, CANB 338122, DNA, E, L, MEL 
234383). 
Boronia A44419 (Nabarlek) sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. (1995, p. 
100). 
Boronia DNA 17279 (Radon Gorge) sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. 
(1995, p. 100). 
Boronia sp.5 (Nabarlek; T.G. Hartley 13819) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). 
Boronia sp.6 (Radon Gorge; C.R. Dunlop 5455) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). 
Pendulous subshrub to 40 cm long, resprouting from rootstalk. Simple hairs (mainly on 
leaves) erect, 0.01-0.02 mm long. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 10-20 rays, 
occasionally stalked; rays white to faintly yellow, to 0.05(-0. 1) mm long. Branches 
brittle, quadrangular, glabrous or with a dense stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous 
as they age. Leaves simple or imparipinnate with 1-7 leaflets, the younger distal leaves 
becoming unifoliolate; petiole 1.5-7 mm long; rachis segments 4-7 mm long 0.5-1 mm 
wide; simple and unifoliolate leaves sessile to subsessile, 5-15 mm long, 1-4 mm wide, 
elliptical to oblanceolate, obtuse, attenuate to obtuse; adaxial surface smooth, glabrous or 
with a sparse indumentum of multiangular stellate hairs and minute erect simple hairs; 
abaxial surface glabrous or with a dense indumentum of a heterogenous layer of two 
types of hair: a sparse to moderately dense layer of multiangular hairs (some stalked) and 
a dense layer of smaller peltate stellate hairs; terminal leaflet 7-10 mm long, 1-3 mm 
wide, longer than preceding laterals but otherwise shortest; lateral leaflets 4-10 mm long, 
1-3 mm wide. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered, with a dense stellate indumentum; peduncle 

Page image

560169 Boronia duiganiae Muelleria 12(1): 74-76, Fig. 11 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 74-76, Fig. 11 (map)".

560116 Boronia edwardsii Muelleria 12(1): 18-20, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 18-20, Fig. 1".

560138 Boronia eriantha Muelleria 12(1): 45-46, Fig. 7 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 45-46, Fig. 7 (map)".

560132 Boronia ericifolia Muelleria 12(1): 35-36, Fig. 3 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 35-36, Fig. 3 (map)".

560177 Boronia excelsa Muelleria 12(1): 86-87, Fig. 13 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 86-87, Fig. 13 (map)".

560209 Boronia filicifolia Muelleria 12(1): 113-114, Fig. 18 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 113-114, Fig. 18 (map)".

560178 Boronia foetida Muelleria 12(1): 87, Fig. 13 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935856
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
87 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia excelsa is restricted to the Mount Windsor 
Tableland, north-eastern Queensland (Fig. 13), where it is found growing on granite in 
wet sclerophyll and Syncarpia forests, and along rainforest edges above KXK) m. 
Conservation status: 2R (Duretto 1999). 
41. Boronia foetida Duretto, Austrobaileya 5: 285 (1999), fig. 1 1 M-R. Type: Mt Walsh, 
7 km south of Biggenden, Grid Ref. 9347-046709, 25°34’S 152°03’E, P.I. Forster 
7483, 28. ix. 1990 (holotype MEL 1 597019; isotypes AD 99135181, BRI AQ474340, 
CANB 406384, K n.v., NSW, PERTH n.v.). 
Boronia sp. (Mt Walsh P.I. Forster+ PI F 17253) sensu Forster (1997, p. 185). 
Erect, much branched shrub to 2 m. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 8—20 rays, rays 
white to yellow, 0.05-0. 1 (-0.25) mm long. Leaves 20-52 mm long, 7-14 mm wide; 
petiole 2-7 mm long; lamina elliptic to slightly lanceolate, acute, attenuate. Inflorescence 
l(-3)-flowered; peduncle 2-2.5 mm long; prophylls minutely unifoliolate, 1-6 mm long, 
0.5-2 mm wide, with a dense, stellate indumentum, or as leaves; metaxyphylls 0.5-1 mm 
long; anthopodium 7—13 mm long. Sepals 2—3.5 mm long, 1.5— 2.5 mm wide, enlarging 
to 4 mm long and 3 mm wide as fruit matures. Petals c. 7 mm long, c. 4 mm wide, 
enlarging to 8 mm long as fruit matures. Filaments sparsely to moderately pilose; 
antesepalous filaments c. 2 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5—1 mm, 
antepetalous filaments slightly tuberculate, c. 1.5 mm long; anther-apiculum large, 
reflexed. Style glabrous. Cocci 4-5 mm long, 2-3.5 mm wide, glabrous. Seeds c. 4 mm 
long, c. 2 mm wide. 
Selected specimens examined (of five collections): QUEENSLAND; BURNETT DISTRICT. 
Gully just below saddle between Mt Walsh and The Bluff, Mt Walsh NP, 25°34 S 152°03 E, M.F. 
Duretto 261-265, M. Bayly and N. Marsh, 4.ix.l992 (MFD26I: MEL; MFD262: MEL, NSW; 
MFD263: BRI, MEL; MFD264: HO, MEL; MFD265: CANB, MEL). 
Notes: Boronia foetida was referred to as the Mt Walsh form of B. rosmarinifolia by 
Stanley and Ross (1983). It is closely related to B. bella from which it can be 
distinguished by the smaller flowers, smaller hairs, and glabrous styles. 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia foetida is restricted to Mount Walsh N.P., south of 
Biggenden, Queensland (Fig. 13), where found in a variety of habitats ranging from 
montane heath to densely forested gullies. Flowering and fruiting: May-September. 
Conservation status: 2RC- (Duretto 1999). 
42. Boronia bella Duretto, Austrobaileya 5: 287 (1999), fig. 1 1 S-X. Type: Upper Oaky 
Ck, Many Peaks Range, Qld, c. 24°11.5’S 151°17.5’E, 9149-263238, M. Duretto 
269, M. Bayly and N. Marsh, 5.ix.l992 (holotype MEL 2036441; isotypes AD, BRI, 
CANB (CBG 9604106), DNA, K, MEL 2036442, NSW, PERTH). 
Boronia sp. Telford CBG 7702560 sensu Batianoff and Dillewaard (1988, p. 1 14). 
Boronia sp. (Many Peaks Range I.R. Telford CBG 7702560) sensu Forster (1997, p. 185). 
Erect, much branched shrub to 2 m. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 10-20 rays; rays 
white to yellow, (0.1-)0.25-0.5 mm long. Leaves 18-35 mm long, 3.5-10 mm wide; 
petiole 2-4 mm long; lamina elliptic, acute, attenuate. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered; 
peduncle 0.5-2 mm long; prophylls minutely unifoliolate, 2-5.5 mm long, 0.5-2.5 mm 
wide, with a dense, stellate indumentum, or as leaves; metaxyphylls 0.5-2.5 mm long; 
anthopodium 2-7 mm long. Sepals 4. 5-5.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide. Petals 7-8 mm 

Page image

880010 Boronia foliosa Muelleria 12(1): 30
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935819
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

30 
M.F. Duretto 
Boronia calophylla Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 2: 160 (1852). Type 
citation: no specimens cited (see below). Type: W.A., Drummond 5th Coll. n205 
(syntypes K n.v. (photograph AD 99548076), MEL 249150, TCD). 
Shrub to 1 m tall. Multiangular stellate hairs with rays to 0.1 (-0.5) mm long. Branches 
terete to slightly quadrangular, with a moderately dense stellate indumentum, decurrent 
leaf bases absent. Leaves trifoliolate or rarely unifoliolate, glabrous or glabrescent; 
petiole 0.5-1 mm long; leaflets oblanceolate, the apex usually deeply emarginate; 
terminal leaflet shorter than laterals, 2-5 mm long, 1-3 mm wide; lateral leaflets and 
unifoliolate leaves 2-6 mm long, 1-^ mm wide. Inflorescence 1-flowered, with a 
moderately dense to dense stellate indumentum; peduncle 0.5-1 mm long; prophylls to 
0.5 mm long; metaxyphylls minute; anthopodium 1.5-3. 5 mm long. Sepals ovate-deltate, 
acute, 1 .5-2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide; abaxial surface with a moderately dense stellate 
indumentum. Petals 4-6 mm long, 2-3 mm wide. Filaments with few stiff, simple hairs; 
antesepalous filaments c. 2 mm long; antepetalous filaments c. 1.5 mm long; anther- 
apiculum large, reflexed. Disc sometimes surrounding base of filaments. Style glabrous. 
Cocci with a sparse to moderately dense indumentum (mature fruit not seen). Mature 
seed not seen. 
Additional specimens e.tamined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA; SOUTH-WEST BOTANICAL 
PROVINCE; EYRE DISTRICT: Fitzgerald R., C.A. Gardener 9216, 22.ix.1948 (MEL, PERTH); 
Near Mt Bland in Fitzgerald River reserve, 34°12’S 1 19°28’E, P.G. Wilson 10154, 6.x. 1970 (AD, 
CANB, PERTH); Fitzgerald River reserve, stony cliffs on western edge of river valley, 34°12’S 
119°28’E, R.D. Royce 8894, 12.vii.l970 (PERTH); Near Fitzgerald R., Fitzgerald River NP, on 
well exposed breakaway rims, K. Newbey 3309, 24.x. 1970 (PERTH); Fitzgerald R. area, c. 70 miles 
(1 12.7 km) ESE of Ongerup, T.E.H. Aplin, I. Lethbridge and R. Conveny 3200, 8.ix.l970 (NSW); 
W of lower Fitzgerald R., Fitzgerald River Reserve, 34°5’S 119°3rE, A.S. George 9932, 
12.vii.l970 (PERTH); Fitzgerald River Reserve, R.D. Royce 8921, 12.vii.l970 (PERTH); Flumen 
Fitzgerald inferum, C.A. Gardner 14750, 5. v. 1964 (PERTH). 
Typification: A single collection was cited in the protologue of var. glabrifolia. A 
specimen matching the locality information but without collectors details has been 
located at MEL. The handwriting of the locality data matches that of G. Maxwell 
(handwriting samples, MEL) and so, this specimen is confidently identified as the 
holotype. 
Turezaninow ( 1 852) did not cite any material when describing B. calophylla but it can 
be assumed it was a Drummond collection (J. Ross, pers. comm.) Bentham (1863) cites 
only one collection of B. calophylla, a Drummond collection (W.A. Drummond 5th Coll. 
n205). It is thus highly likely that this collection is the one Turezaninow worked from and 
a specimen matching these details have been located at K, MEL, and TCD. 
Notes: Boronia temata var. glabrifolia is a poorly collected variety that may grade into 
var. elongata in the eastern part of it range. It can ^ distinguished from this later variety 
by its smaller, obcordate leaflets, and its smaller inflorescence and floral parts. 
Spheroidal sclereids have been reported for B. calophylla (Rao and Bhattacharya 1978, 
1981). 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia temata var. glabrifolia is restricted to the Fitzgerald 
River N.P. area between Bremer Bay and Hopetoun, Western Australia (Fig. 3), where 
found in heath and woodland on spongelite or granite. 
Conservation status: Though restricted in distribution the variety is found entirely 
within Fitzgerald River N.P: a ROTAP code of 2RC- is appropriate. 
6e. Boronia temata var. foliosa (S. Moore) Paul G. Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 201 (1971). 
Boronia foliosa S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc. London, Bot. 45: 165 (1920). Type citation: 

Page image

51310339 Boronia foliosa Muelleria 12(1): 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935818
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
560174 Boronia forsteri Muelleria 12(1): 82-83, Fig 12 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 82-83, Fig 12 (map)".

560143 Boronia fraseri Muelleria 12(1): 51-52, Fig. 7 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 51-52, Fig. 7 (map)".

560175 Boronia glabra Muelleria 12(1): 83-84, Fig. 12 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 83-84, Fig. 12 (map)".

879321 Boronia grandisepala Muelleria 12(1): 98
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935867
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

98 
M.F. Duretto 
14°41 ’S 129°44’E, J. Russell-Smith 7478 and Lucas, 2.iii.l989 (DNA [transparency & photograph 
MEL]); Headwaters of Lalngong Ck, 15°05’S 130°10’E, I. Cowie 5052 and N.G. Walsh, I6.V.1994 
(CANB, MEL). 
Notes: Duretto and Ladiges (1997) noted that plants from the southern end of the 
Arnhem Land Plateau have slightly smaller inflorescences and floral parts than those 
from the Macadam Range/Lalngong Ck area; and that specimens from Nitmiluk N.P. 
have narrower leaves and sometimes much smaller flowers than other specimens. 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia grandisepala subsp. grandisepala is found from the 
rocky outlier just north of Jim Jim Falls south to Nitmiluk N.P. (Fig. 16), and disjunctly 
at the headwaters of Deaf Adder Gorge, and in the Macadam Range and Lalngong Ck 
areas (Fig. 15). It is found in heath and woodland communities on rock pavements, 
outcrops, and deep sand. Flowering and fruiting: December-June. 
Conservation status: Widespread, found in Nitmiluk N.P. and Kakadu N.P, and not 
under threat. 
48b. Boronia grandisepala subsp. acanthophida Duretto, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 278 
(1997). Type: 11 miles SW of Mt Gilruth, 13°04’S 132°56’E, M. Lazarides 8007, 
4.iii. 1973 (holotype CANB 267569 (photographs HO, MEL 2041230); isotypes BRI 
AQ2244725, DNA 52722 (transparency MEL 2041225), NSW 244415). 
Erect shrub to 1.5 m tall, with moderately dense indumentum on the branches and leaves. 
Leaves 8-55 mm long, 1.5-14.5 mm wide, epidermis visible, 7-18 hairs per mm^, 
(4— )8-17 rays per hair on average. Peduncle 0.5-2.5 mm long; prophylls 0.5-2 mm long; 
anthopodium 1-3 mm long. Sepals (5.5-)7.5-9.5 mm long, 2. 5-5. 5 mm wide, enlarging 
to 9.5-1 3 mm long and 5-7.5 mm wide as fruit matures. Petals 4-4.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm 
wide, enlarging to 5-6 mm long as fruit matures. 
Selected specimens examined (of 12 collections): THE NORTHERN TERRITORY; DARWIN 
and GULF COUNTRY: Top of sandstone above creek flowing N at Deaf Adder Gorge, c. 10 km 
from mouth, 13°07’S 132°56’E, D.J. McGillivray 3935 and C.R. Dunlop, 18.viii.l978 (DNA, 
MEL, NSW); Near Mt Gilruth, 13°10’S 133°06’E, LA. Craven and G.M. Wightman 8307, 
28.iii.1984 (CANB); 10 km N of Jim Jim Falls, 13°H’S 132°50’E, 5471-650419, LA. Craven 
6076, 29.V.1980 (DNA, MEL, CANB); c. 17 miles N of Mt Evelyn, 13°21’S 132°54’E, M. 
Lazarides 7993, 3.iii.l973 (CANB, DNA, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Top of Jim Jim Falls, Kakadu NP, 
13°16.43’S 132°50.43’E, M.F. Duretto 459, J. Chappill and G. Howell, 17.vi.l993 (CANB, DNA, 
MEL). 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia grandisepala subsp. acanthophida occurs on the 
Arnhem Land Plateau surface between Deaf Adder Gorge and Jim Jim Falls, Northern 
Territory (Fig. 16), where found in sandstone heath and woodland communities. 
Flowering: January-June; fruits: February-June. 
Conservation status: 2RC- (Duretto and Ladiges 1997). 
49. Boronia laxa Duretto, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 279 (1997), figs 20a, b. Type: Site FF, 
c. 30 km SE of Jabiru, 12°55’S 132°58.5’E, 5472-801711, LA. Craven 6600, 
30.iii.l981 (holotype CANB 338123; isotypes AD, DNA 20968 (transparency MEL 
2041245), MEL 234407, P, US). 
Boronia grandisepala (Craven 2423) sensu Lazarides et al. (1988, p. 23) non F. Muell. 
Boronia sp. 3 (Craven 5715) sensu Lazarides et al. (1988, p. 23). 
Semi-prostrate much branched shrub to 1.5 m long, with a sparse to moderately dense 

Page image

560196 Boronia grandisepala Muelleria 12(1): 96-97, Figs 15, 16 (maps)
560197 Boronia grandisepala grandisepala Muelleria 12(1): 97-98, Figs 15, 16 (maps)
560198 Boronia grandisepala acanthophida Muelleria 12(1): 98, Fig. 16
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935867
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
560140 Boronia granitica Muelleria 12(1): 48-49, Fig. 7 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 48-49, Fig. 7 (map)".

560168 Boronia hoipolloi Muelleria 12(1): 73-74

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 73-74".

560176 Boronia jensziae Muelleria 12(1): 85-86, Fig. 13 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 85-86, Fig. 13 (map)".

560206 Boronia jucunda Muelleria 12(1): 109-110

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 109-110".

560208 Boronia kalumburuensis Muelleria 12(1): 112, Fig. 18 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935881
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

M.F. Duretto 
1 12 
Australia. It grows in rocky (sandstones and quartzites) areas with spinifex {Triodea spp.) 
Flowering and fruiting; May-July. 
Conservation status: Boronia pauciflora was given a ROTAP code of 3K Briggs and 
Leigh (1996) and a Priority Three rating, following the Western Australian Department 
of Conservation and Land Management for Western Australian taxa, by Hopper et al 
(1990). 
61. Boronia kalumburuensis Duretto, Nuytsia 11: 334 (1997), figs 10 P-S. Type: 
Outcropping sandstone immediately N of Kalumburu airstrip, I4°17’S 126°37’E, 
E D. Edwards LAC9247, 22.V.1993 (holotype CANB 463023\ isotypes DNA, MEL 
234516, PERTH). 
Erect, much branched shrub to 50 cm high, with a sparse to moderately dense stellate 
indumentum on the branches and leaves. Multiangular stellate hairs with 4-10 rays; rays 
to 0.5 mm long. Branches slightly quadrangular but becoming terete and glabrous as they 
age. Leaves 8^0 mm long, 4-14 mm wide in outline, with 15-27 leaflets, leaflets 
number gradually increasing along axillary branches, the younger distal leaves not 
becoming unifoliolate; rachis segments 0.5-1.5 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, winged, 
wedge shaped with the distal end wider; petiole 1-2 mm long, not winged; leaflets 
subsessile, elliptic to lanceolate, acute; terminal leaflet lanceolate, 3-11 mm long, 1-3 
mm wide, longer than laterals; lateral leaflets elliptic, 1-9 mm long, 0.5-2.5 mm wide. 
Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered; anthopodium with a sparse to dense, stellate indumentum, 
7-24 mm long. Sepals white to pink, longer and wider than petals, ovate-deltate, acute to 
acuminate, 3.5-5 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, enlarging to 5-6 mm long as fruit matures; 
adaxial surface with a moderately dense stellate indumentum, sometimes along the 
margins only; abaxial surface with a sparse stellate indumentum. Petals white to pink, 
2.5^ mm long, 1-2 mm wide, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures; adaxial 
surface with a sparse simple and stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous towards base; 
abaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse stellate indumentum. Filaments bearing stiff 
stellate and some simple hairs below glandular tip; antesepalous filaments c. 1.5 mm 
long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5-1 mm; antepetalous filaments c. 1 mm long; 
abaxial surface of antber not frosty; anther-apiculum absent or present, minute or large 
and erect, sometimes with few stiff simple hairs. Style hirsute at base or for full length. 
Cocci 5-5.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, glabrescent or with a sparse stellate indumentum. 
Seeds c. 4.5 mm long, c. 2.5 mm wide. 
Selected specimens examined (of seven collections): WESTERN AUSTRALIA; KIMBERLEY 
REGION; c. 10 km N of Kalumbum Mission, 14°I US 126°40’E, P.A. Fryxell and LA. Craven 
4131, 14. v. 1983 (CANB, DNA, MEL, PERTH); quartzite outcrop between Kalumburu Mission and 
Longini Landing, 14°16’S 126°37’E, D.E. Symon 10184, 26.V.1975 (AD, CANB, PERTH); 4 km 
N Kalumburu, 14°17’S 1 26°37’E, A.S. George 15199, 24. vi. 1978 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 
Theda Station near Homestead on banks of Morgan R., 14°49’S 126°43’E, P.A. Fryxell, LA. 
Craven and J. McD.Stewart 4858, 18.vi.l985 (CANB, MEL, PERTH). 
Notes: Boronia kalumburuensis differs from B. filicifolia and B. minutipinna by a 
smaller number of leaflets and hirsute cocci. This last feature also distinguishes it from 
B. pauciflora. Boronia kalumburuensis can be distinguished from B. wilsonii (with which 
it is sympatric) by its sparse to moderately dense indumentum, much longer anthopodia, 
and smaller and less hirsute flowers. 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia kalumburuensis is found in the Kalumburu area and 
south to Theda Station, north Kimberley Region, Western Australia (Fig. 18), where it 
grows mainly on sandstones and quartzites. Flowering and fruiting: May-July. 
Conservation status: 2RC- (Duretto 1997). 

Page image

560144 Boronia keysii Muelleria 12(1): 52-54, Fig. 7 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 52-54, Fig. 7 (map)".

560170 Boronia lanceolata Muelleria 12(1): 77-78, Fig. 11 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 77-78, Fig. 11 (map)".

560202 Boronia lanuginosa Muelleria 12(1): 103-105, Fig. 17 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 103-105, Fig. 17 (map)".

560199 Boronia laxa Muelleria 12(1): 98-99, Fig. 16 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 98-99, Fig. 16 (map)".

51311599 Boronia ledifolia denticulata Muelleria 12(1): 114-115

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 114-115".

748263 Boronia ledifolia glabra Muelleria 12(1): 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935798
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
817547 Boronia ledifolia glabra Muelleria 12(1): 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935798
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
817543 Boronia ledifolia normalis Muelleria 12(1): 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935772
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
817542 Boronia ledifolia pinnata Muelleria 12(1): 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935772
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
832649 Boronia ledifolia repanda Muelleria 12(1): 50
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935799
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
587345 Boronia ledifolia repanda Muelleria 12(1): 49
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935800
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
832650 Boronia ledifolia repanda Muelleria 12(1): 49
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935800
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
879848 Boronia ledifolia rosmarinifolia Muelleria 12(1): 79
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935794
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
879852 Boronia ledifolia rubiginosa Muelleria 12(1): 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935806
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
817538 Boronia ledifolia triphylla Muelleria 12(1): 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935772
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
560159 Boronia ledifolia Muelleria 12(1): 56-62, Fig. 9 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 56-62, Fig. 9 (map)".

817541 Boronia ledophylla Muelleria 12(1): 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935772
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
57 
Wales, by Dr. White.” Type: New South Wales, Mr White, 1791 (syntype LINN 
755.10 n.v. (transparency MEL 2041299); Port Jackson, New South Wales, Mr White, 
1795 (syntype LINN 755.11 n.v. (transparency MEL 2041297), LINN 755.12 n.v. 
(transparency MEL 2041298)). 
Boronia triphylla Sieber ex Rchb., Iconogr. hot. exot. 1 : 53 t. 73 ( 1 825). B. ledifolia var. 
? triphylla (Sieber ex Rchb.) Benth., FI. austr. 1: 314 (1863). Type citation: “Sieb. El. 
Nov. Holl. exsicc. no. 291 . ...in Nova Hollandia, crescit in montibus caeruleis, mill, 
angl. 2, ante Springwood sub altissimis Eucalyptis.” Type: Nova Hollandia, Sieber 
297 (isosyntypes MEL 258131, MEL 258134 right hand spec., MEL 258364 left 
hand spec., TCD). 
Boronia triphylla Sieber ex Spreng., Syst. veg. 4: 148 (1827). Type citation: “Nov. 
Holl.” Type: Nova Hollandia, Sieber 297 (isosyntypes MEL 258131, MEL 258134 
right hand specimen, MEL 258364 left hand specimen, TCD); ibid, Sieber 531 
(isosyntypes MEL 258134 left hand spec., MEL 258364 right hand spec.) nom. illeg. 
non Sieber ex Rchb. 
Boronia triphylla var. latifolia Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 27 (1841), t. 47. Type 
citation: New Holland shrub... The accompanying drawing was made in the Nursery 
of Mssrs. Loddiges.” Type: n.v, description and plate decisive. 
Boronia ledophylla F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 67 (1859). Based on B. ledifolia sensu Bartling 
in Lehmann, PI. Preiss 2: 226 (1848). Type citation: “In regionibus interioribus 
Australiae meridionali-occidentalis m. Octobri a. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 2644” 
Type: Preiss s.n. (syntype LUND n.v (Paul Wilson pers. comm.)). 
Boronia ledifolia var. pinnata Domin, Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie 
Australiens 838 (1926) [^Bibliotheca Botanica Heft 89 (1926)]. Type citation: “N S 
Wales: Emmaville, J.L. Boorman VI. 1904. ...” Type: N.S. Wales, Emmaville, J.L. 
Boorman, vi.l904 (isosyntype MEL 249193). 
Boronia ledifolia var. normalis Domin, Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie 
Australiens 838 (1926) [^Bibliotheca Botanica Heft 89 (1926)]; nom. inval., 
autonym. Type citation: “Sieber EL. Novae Holl. Nr. 303 und FI. mixta No. 534”! 
Type: Nov. Holl., Sieber 303 (isosyntypes CANB, MEL 258361, MEL 258365)- Nov 
Holl., Sieber 5J4(isosyntype MEL 258360, MEL 258363). 
Boronia whitei Cheel, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 61: 405 (1928). Type 
Citation: “This was originally collected at Tent Hill, New England, by Mr. E.C. 
Andrews in 1903, ... There are also specimens from Emmaville (J.L. Boorman June 
1904); Torrington (R.H. Cambage, Nos. 1609 and 1715, July and September, 1907) 
... also from Torrington collected by J.L. Boorman in November, ... Then we have 
specimens from Bismuth, via Torrington, collected by Mr. A. McNutt in August 
1912 and 1924 ...’’Types-. Tent Hill, New England, Mr. E.C. Andrews, 1903 (syntype 
NSW 48863); Emmaville, J.L. Boorman, June 1904 (syntype MEL 249193)- 
Torrington, R.H. Cambage 1609, July 1907 (NSW? n.v); Torrington, R.H. Cambage 
1715, [29.]Sept. 1907 (syntypes BRI AQ318436, MEL 249194, NSW 488652); 
Bismuth, via Torrington, Mr. A. McNutt, August 1912 (syntype NSW 218867)- 
Bismuth, via Torrington, Mr. A. McNutt, August 1924 (syntype NSW? n.v.). 

Page image

560210 Boronia minutipinna Muelleria 12(1): 114, Fig. 18 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935883
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

114 
M.F. Duretto 
Australia (Fig. 18). It is found in heath and opten woodland on sandstones and quartzites. 
Flowering: January-June; fruiting: June-July. 
Conservation status: 2R (Duretto 1997). 
63. Boronia minutipinna Duretto, Nuytsia 1 1: 335 (1997), figs 10 T-X. Type: Osmond 
Plateau, WA, 17°16’S 128°22’E, I. Cowie 1991, 19.vii.l991 (holotype CANB 
412831-, isotypes DNA 59392, MEL 229246, PERTH 1881515). 
Erect, much branched shrub to 50 cm high. Multiangular stellate hairs with 6-15 rays; 
rays 0. l-0.25(-0.5) mm long. Branches slightly quadrangular, becoming terete as they 
age, with a moderately dense to dense stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous as they 
age. Leaves sessile, 5-34 mm long, 2-4 mm wide in outline, with 17-35 leaflets, leaflets 
number gradually increasing along axillary branches, the younger distal leaves not 
becoming unifoliolate; rachis segments winged, elliptical, 0.5-12 mm long, 0.5-1. 5 mm 
wide; leaflets with a petiolule c. 0.5 mm long, acute, adaxial surface with a moderately 
dense stellate indumentum, abaxial surface with a moderately dense to dense stellate 
indumentum; terminal leaflet lanceolate to elliptic, longer than but the same width as 
laterals, 1-2 mm long, midvein straight, 0.5-1. 5 mm wide; lateral leaflets rhombic, 
overlapping, 0.5-1.5 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide. Inflorescence I -flowered, with a 
moderately dense stellate indumentum; anthopodium 1-6 mm long. Sepals white to pink, 
longer and wider than petals, debate, acute, 3^ mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, enlarging to 
3.5- 5 mm long as fruit matures; adaxial surface with a sparse simple and stellate 
indumentum; abaxial surface with a sparse stellate indumentum. Petals white to pink, 
2.5- 3 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, enlarging to 4-4.5 mm long as fruit matures; adaxial 
surface with a moderately dense to dense stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous 
towards base; abaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum. 
Filaments bearing stiff bifid or stellate hairs below glandular tip; antesepalous filaments 
1.5- 2 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5 mm; antepetalous filaments c. 1 
mm long; abaxial surface of anther not frosty; anther-apiculum minute or large and erect, 
glabrous. Style glabrous or hirsute at base. Cocci (mature not seen) c. 6 mm long, c. 2.5 
mm wide, with a moderately dense stellate and simple indumentum. Seed not seen. 
Specimen seen: Known from the type material only. 
Notes: Boronia minutipinna differs from B. filicifolia by its smaller and fewer leaflets 
that have a moderately dense to dense indumentum on the abaxial surface, smaller 
anthopodia (5—6 mm long), and perianth parts with a sparse indumentum. 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia minutipinna has been collected once on the Osmond 
Plateau, south-east Kimberley Region, Western Australia (Fig. 18). It was found growing 
in sand amongst boulders (collectors’ notes). Flowering and fruiting material was 
collected in July. 
Conservation status: IK (Duretto 1997). 
Nomen dubium 
Boronia ledifolia var. denticulata F. Muell. ex C. Moore & Betche, Handbook Flora 
New South Wales: 41 (1893). Type citation: “Calgoa, Hickey" (syntype MEL?, n.v.). 
nomen dubium 
Boronia ledifolia var. denticulata was published by Moore and Betche ( 1 893) who cite 
the locality ‘Cobar’ (which is located at 28°33’S 151°59’E, NSW) but no collector. 
Maiden and Betche (1916) cite two references for this taxon in their New South Wales 
census: Mueller, 1890, p. 16; and Moore and Betche, 1893, p. 41. Mueller (1890) does 
not describe B. ledifolia var. denticulata but lists three specimens of B. ledifolia that had 
come to his attention: 

Page image

560163 Boronia mollis Muelleria 12(1): 66-68, Fig. 10 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 66-68, Fig. 10 (map)".

560165 Boronia obovata Muelleria 12(1): 69-70, Fig. 10 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 69-70, Fig. 10 (map)".

748262 Boronia odorata Muelleria 12(1): 76-77, Fig. 11 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 76-77, Fig. 11 (map)".

560173 Boronia palasepala Muelleria 12(1): 81-82, Fig. 12 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 81-82, Fig. 12 (map)".

817536 Boronia paradoxa Muelleria 12(1): 56
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935771
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

56 
M.F. Duretto 
Kakadu NP, 12°48’S 132°56’E, I.R. Telford 8058 and J.W. Wrigley, 23.iv.1980 (CANB); Baroalba 
Ck, K. Brennan 142, 31.iii.l990 (OSS). 
Notes: Some plants of B. rupicola are glabrous while others are hirsute and detailed 
population surveys are required to ascertain the taxonomic importance of this (Duretto 
1997). Boronia rupicola can be distinguished from B. lanceolata and from the other 
Arnhem Land cliff specialists (B. viridiflora and B. suberosa) by the pendulous habit and 
compound leaves (not always present) and the very small flowers (Duretto 1997). 
The position of B. rupicola within Boronia subsect. Valvatae is uncertain and the 
species is certainly isolated. Though the cladistic analysis of Duretto and Ladiges (1999) 
places this species sister to Boronia series Erianthae it shares the peltate stellate hairs 
with Boronia series Valvatae and maybe be sister to this series. 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia rupicola is known only from the Mt Brockman 
outlier (Kakadu N.P.) and around Nabarlek (Arnhem Land), Northern Territory (Fig. 8). 
This jjendulous shrub is found exclusively on vertical surfaces in heavily dissected 
sandstone areas. The pendulous habit on vertical rock faces is found in other species of 
the dissected sandstone country of north-eastern Arnhem Land, e.g. Ochrosperma 
sulcatum A.R. Bean (Myrtaceae; Bean 1997): this phenomenon warrants further study 
(see also B. viridiflora, species 44 below). Flowering and fruiting: March-July. 
Conservation status: 2RC- (Duretto 1997). 
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Valvatae ser. 4. Valvatae Benth., FI. austral. 1: 308, 31 1 
( 1 863). Sp. lectotypica (here designated): B. alulata Benth. 
Erect, rarely sprawling, shrubs. Multiangular stellate hairs sessile; rays firm, straight, 
smooth and glossy, often becoming weak, flexuous and dull on adaxial leaf-surface. 
Leaves simple or unifoliolate or imparipinnate, strongly discolourous, paler beneath, the 
margins plane to revolute, the midrib raised on the abaxial surface, sometimes barely; 
adaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse to dense stellate indumentum; abaxial surface 
with a hoary, heterogenous tomentum of two types of hair: a sparse to moderately dense 
layer of multiangular stellate hairs, and a dense layer of smaller peltate hairs, peltate hairs 
rarely absent {B. glabra [most plants], B. mollis); rachis segments oval or triangular. Disc 
usually glabrous and entirely within stamen whorl. Seed shiny, rarely dull (B. hoipolloi, 
B. lanceolata). 
Boronia series Valvatae contains 22 species that are found in the ‘Top End’ of the 
Northern Territory, Queensland, New South Wales and eastern Victoria (Figs 9-13). The 
series is characterised by the strongly discolourous leaves that have a dense indumentum 
of two types of stellate hair on the abaxial surface of the leaves (except B. mollis, B. 
glabra). A taxonomically difficult group requiring further work. The relationships 
between the species of this series are not clearly apparent (cf. Duretto and Ladiges 1999) 
and the informal classification presented here reflects this. Two species, B. ledifolia and 
B. chartacea, were isolated in the cladistic analysis of Duretto and Ladiges (1999) and 
are treated here as incertae sedis. 
Typifleation: Boronia alulata is chosen as the type species for Boronia ser. Valvatae 
as it was probably the first species of the series to be collected (by Banks and Solander 
in 1770, see below) and was one of the species described by Bentham (1863). 
21. Boronia ledifolia (Vent.) DC., Prodr. 1: 722 (1824). Lasiopetalum ledifolium Vent., 
Jard. Malmaison 1 sub. 59 ( 1 804). Type: not designated, (sp. group incertae sedis). 
Eriostemon paradoxus Sm., Rees Cycl. 13 No. 6 (1809). Boronia! paradoxa (Sm.) 
DC., Prodr. 1: 722 (1824). Type Citation: “Sent from Port Jackson, New South 

Page image

879174 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 109
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935878
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
109 
rays white to faintly yellow, 0.05-0.25(-0.5) mm long; simple hairs on vegetative organs 
antrorse, 0.5-1 mm long. Branches terete to slightly quadrangular, with a sparse to 
moderately dense simple and stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous as they age. 
Leaves 7-50 mm long, 8-17 mm wide in outline, with (l-3-)5-7(-9) leaflets, slightly 
glandular, glabrous to glabrescent; rachis segments 2-10 mm long, 1-2 mm wide; lamina 
isobilateral; terminal leaflet 8-25 mm long, 1-2.5 mm wide; lateral leaflets 5-16 mm 
long, 1-2 mm wide. Inflorescence 1 -flowered, glabrous or with a sparse simple and 
stellate indumentum; peduncle absent; prophylls linear, minute, to 0.5 mm long; 
metaxyphylls absent or minute; anthopodium 1-2 mm long. Sepals white, ovate-deltate, 
acute, d— 5 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide, enlarging to 5.5-6 mm long and 2-2.5 mm wide as 
fruit matures; adaxial surface with a moderately dense and minute indumentum, 
becoming glabrous towards the base; abaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse simple or 
stellate indumentum. Petals white, 3. 5^.5 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, enlarging to 5 mm 
long as fruit matures; adaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense simple or stellate 
indumentum, becoming glabrous towards base; abaxial surface glabrous to glabrescent. 
Antesepalous fdaments c. 1.5 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5 mm; 
antepetalous fdaments c. 1 mm long; abaxial surface of anther not or slightly frosty, 
anther-apiculum minute to large, erect. Style glabrous. Cocci 5-6 mm long, 2-3 mm 
wide, glabrous or with a sparse indumentum. Seeds 4-4.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide. 
Selected specimens examined (of three collections): THE NORTHERN TERRITORY; DARWIN 
and GULF COUNTRY; Biddlecombe Cascades, Katherine Gorge NP, S. King, 16.vi.l981 (DNA); 
3 km E of Biddlecombe Cascades, Katherine Gorge NP, S. King, 20.vi.l981 (DNA). 
Possible hybrids: Boronia tolerans X B. lanuginosa (see B. lanuginosa species 55 above; 
Duretto 1997). 
Notes: Boronia tolerans differs from B. jucunda by having up to seven leaflets and 
smooth stems, from B. decumbens by its erect habit, and from B. lanuginosa by its sessile 
and isobilateral leaves. 
Distribution and ecology: This species is restricted to the Biddlecombe Cascades area 
of Nitmiluk N.P., Northern Territory (Fig. 18), where it grows on deep sand in eucalypt 
woodland on the plateau top. Flowering and fruiting material collected in June. 
Conservation status: 2VC- (Duretto 1997). 
59. Boronia jucunda Duretto, Nuytsia 1 1: 328 (1997), figs 10 K-O. Type: Mabel Downs, 
Winnama Gorge, Kimberley Region, WA, 17°1 1’S 128°15’E, E.A. Chesterfield 214, 
14.V.1984 (holotype MEL 1534494', isotypes CANB [CBG 8503155], DNA 56026, 
NSW 166827, PERTH 1622609). 
Boronia ? pauciflora sensu Eorbes and Kenneally (1986, p. 161); Menkhorst and Cowie 
(1992, p. 44). 
Boronia sp. A sensu Wheeler (1992, pp. 669, 670). 
Illustrations: J.R. Wheeler, FI. Kimberley Region, 669, figs 206 Dl-3 (1992, as 
Boronia sp. A). 
Erect, much branched shrub to 50 cm high. Multiangular stellate hairs sessile, 4-12 rays; 
rays 0.05-0.1 mm long; simple hairs antrorse, 0.5-1 mm long. Branches slightly 
quadrangular, glandular, with a sparse to moderately dense simple and stellate 
indumentum or glabrescent (NT, Napier 7, DNA). Leaves trifoliolate, slightly glandular, 
glabrous to glabrescent, lamina isobilateral; terminal leaflet 8-42 mm long, 1-3 mm 
wide, midvein straight; lateral leaflets 6-23 mm long, 1-2 mm wide. Inflorescence 1- 

Page image

560207 Boronia pauciflora Muelleria 12(1): 111-112

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 111-112".

567754 Boronia pinnata Muelleria 12(1): 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935846
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
875119 Boronia platyrrhachis Muelleria 12(1): 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935812
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
31 
in heath and woodland on ironstone. Extensive searches of Middle Ironcap (north of 
South Ironcap) in 1992 did not locate any plants. Flowering: July-October; fruiting: 
September- December. 
Conservation status: 2V (Briggs and Leigh 1996). This species is known from two 
small populations outside existing conservation reserves in an area where mining 
interests are becoming apparent, especially at Hatters Hill. 
Boronia secL Valvatae subsect. 2. Bowmaniae Duretto, subsect. nov. Radii pilorum 
stellatorum connati. Foliola et petala in pagina abaxiale plana. Sp. typica: B. 
bowmanii F. Muell. 
Stellate hairs sessile; all rays appressed, fused, smooth, glossy, firm, white. Branches 
quadrangular, with or without obvious glands, the hairs denser between decurrent leaf 
bases. Leaves imparipinnate; rachis segments winged, wider at the distal end; leaflets 
dorsiventral, epicuticular wax platelets absent, the midrib not or slightly raised on the 
abaxial surface, not or slightly impressed on the adaxial surface, tightly packed tissue 
between midvein and abaxial epidermis with secondary thickening, margins plane or 
slightly recurved. Inflorescence (1— )3— 7-flowered; peduncle woody, persistent after 
flowers; prophylls minutely unifoliolate or imparipinnate. Sepals shorter and narrower 
than petals, adaxial surface glabrous or glabrescent. Petals green to white, midrib not 
raised on the abaxial surface. Filaments clavate, tapering at apex, pilose below glandular 
tip, antepetalous fdaments smooth; anthers attached to the apex of the fdament, all equal. 
Disc entirely within stamen whorl. Seeds elliptical with adaxial side flattened and without 
ridge, shiny, black; tubercles smooth, fused or unfused. 
A subsection of two species from north Queensland (Fig. 5) that is characterised by 
glabrescent leaves, stellate hairs with partially fused rays (especially noticeable on the 
abaxial surface of the petals), petals and leaves without a raised midrib, and shiny black 
seeds. 
10. Boronia bowmanii F. Muell., Fragm. 4: 135 (1864) (as B. Bowmani). Type citation: 
“Ad flumen Cape River. E. Bownuin“. Type: Cape River, E. Bowman (lectotype, here 
designated, MEL 249188); Cape River, ? E. Bowman (probable isolectotypes BRI 
AQ3I8442, MEL 249187). 
Boronia platyrrachis F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 37 (1869). Type citation: “In montibus 
arenoso-atque schistoso-rupestribus ad junctionem amnis Percy-River cum flumin 
Gilberiti; R. Daintree.” Type: Main Gilbert River near the junction of the Percy River 
on sandstone rocks [c. 19°09’S 143°27.5’E, Cook, Qld], R. Daintree s.n. (holotype 
MEL 249186). 
Erect, much branched shrub to 1 m tall, with a sparse stellate indumentum or glabrescent 
on the branches, leaves and inflorescence parts. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 8-20 
rays; rays to 0.3 mm long. Branches glandular, becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves 
4()-95 mm long, 20-70 mm wide in outline, with 3-9 leaflets; petiole 5-23 mm long, 
winged; rachis segments 5.5-15 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, winged, broader at the distal 
end; leaflets sessile, narrowly elliptic, discolourous, paler beneath, acute; terminal leaflet 
10-60 mm long, 1.5-4 mm wide, longer than preceding laterals but otherwise shortest; 
lateral leaflets 5-33 mm long, 1-4 mm wide. Peduncle l-5(-l 1) mm long; prophylls 1-7 
mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide; metaxyphylls minute to 0.5 mm long; anthopodium 3-10 mm 
long. Sepals ovate-deltate, acute, 1. 5-2.5 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, not enlarging 
significantly as fruit matures; abaxial surface glabrous. Petals 3^ mm long, 2-3 mm 

Page image

560200 Boronia prolixa Muelleria 12(1): 100-101, Fig. 16 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 100-101, Fig. 16 (map)".

560191 Boronia quadrilata Muelleria 12(1): 90-91, Fig. 15 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 90-91, Fig. 15 (map)".

560167 Boronia quinkanensis Muelleria 12(1): 72-73, Fig. 10 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 72-73, Fig. 10 (map)".

560142 Boronia repanda Muelleria 12(1): 49-51, Fig. 7 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 49-51, Fig. 7 (map)".

821176 Boronia repanda alba Muelleria 12(1): 50
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935799
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
560133 Boronia revoluta Muelleria 12(1): 36-37, Fig. 3 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 36-37, Fig. 3 (map)".

560171 Boronia rosmarinifolia Muelleria 12(1): 79-80, Fig. 12 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 79-80, Fig. 12 (map)".

817545 Boronia rosmarinifolia albiflora Muelleria 12(1): 58
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935773
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
560137 Boronia rubiginosa Muelleria 12(1): 43-45, Fig. 7 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 43-45, Fig. 7 (map)".

875505 Boronia rubiginosa Muelleria 12(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".

560158 Boronia rupicola Muelleria 12(1): 54-56, Fig. 8 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 54-56, Fig. 8 (map)".

817529 Boronia ruppii Muelleria 12(1): 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935806
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
43 
adaxial surface, the margins plane or slightly recurved. Petals pink or white. Disc entirely 
within stamen whorl. Seed shiny. 
A series of five species from Queensland and New South Wales (Fig. 7), characterised 
by the small, petiolate leaves that are glabrous or have a sparse stellate indumentum, and 
leaflets without a prominently raised midrib on the abaxial surface. 
12. Boronia rubiginosa A. Cunn. ex. Endl. in Engl, et al. Enum. pL, 16 (1837). B. 
ledifolia van ? rubiginosa (A. Cunn. ex Endl.) Benth., FI. austral. 1; 314 (1863). Type 
Citation: “Hunters-River. (A. Cunningh. 1827)”. Type: (syntype W? «.v.); Hunter 
River ?, A.C. Cunningham, 1827 (probable syntype K (ex Linnean Society) n.v. 
(cibachrome MEL 2044562)); Mt Dangar [c. 32°21’S 150°29’E, Central Western 
Slopes, NSW], A.C. Cunningham 60, Aug. 1827 (probable syntype K (ex Allan 
Cunningham’s Australian herbarium) n.v. (cibachrome MEL 2044563)). 
Boronia ruppii Cheel, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 61: 404 (1928). Type 
Citation: “This species seems to be restricted to the Woods’ Reef Serpentine, and was 
originally collected by the Rev. H. M. R. Rupp at Wollombin in September, 1912, and 
afterwards by Mr. A. J. Spencer.” Type: Barraba, Rev. H.M.R. Rupp, xi.l912 
(lectotype, here designated, NSW 122245); Woods Reef, Barraba District, Rev. 
H.M.R. Rupp, ix.l913 (probable residual syntype MEL 260366 [ex MELUj); 
Barraba, Mr A.J Spencer, xi.l924 (probable residual syntype: MEL 260367 [ex 
MELU]). 
Boronia sp. E (aff. ruppii) sensu Jacobs and Pickard (1981, P- 191). 
Illustrations: A. Fairley and P. Moore, Native Plants of the Sydney District, 203 pi. 806 
(1989, as B. ruppii); L. Robinson, Field Guide to the Native Plants of Sydney, 116 
(1990, as B. ruppii); P.H. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 233 
(1991, as R ruppii). 
Shrub to 2 m tall, resprouting from rootstalk. Multiangular stellate hairs sessile, 8-20 
rays; rays firm, straight, white to red-brown, 0.1-0.25 mm long. Branches slightly 
quadrangular, with a dense stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves 
8-46(-60.5) mm long, 4—35 mm wide in outline, with l-5(-7) leaflets, the leaflet number 
per leaf increasing along branches, the younger distal leaves sometimes becoming 
unifoliolate, glabrous or glabrescent; petiole 2-10(-15) mm long, winged; rachis 
segments 2-12 mm long, 1-2.5 mm wide, winged, widest at the distal end or oval; leaflets 
oblanceolate, sessile, plane, obtuse, glabrous to glabrescent, hairs concentrated on the 
midrib; terminal leaflet 4-23 mm long, 3-10 mm wide; lateral leaflets 3-11 mm long, 
1-7 mm wide. Inflorescence 1-3-flowered, with a moderately dense to dense stellate 
indumentum; peduncle 2-8.5 mm long; prophylls minutely unifoliolate or minutely 
imparipinnate, 0.5-1 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, with a sparse to moderately dense stellate 
indumentum; metaxyphylls absent or minute; anthopodium 3-10 mm long. Sepals ovate- 
deltate, acute, 2-5 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures; 
abaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse to dense stellate indumentum. Petals 6-1 1 mm 
long, 3^.5 mm wide; adaxial surface with a sparse simple indumentum; abaxial surface 
glabrescent or with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum. Antesepalous 
filaments 1.5-2 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5 mm; antepetalous 
filaments slightly tuberculate, 1-1.5 mm long; anther-apiculum minute to large, erect or 
reflexed. Style glabrous or with few hairs at base. Cocci 4-6 mm long, 3-3.5 mm wide, 
glabrous or densely hirsute. Seeds 3^ mm long, 2-3 mm wide. 

Page image

51311571 Boronia ruppii Muelleria 12(1): 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935806
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
43 
adaxial surface, the margins plane or slightly recurved. Petals pink or white. Disc entirely 
within stamen whorl. Seed shiny. 
A series of five species from Queensland and New South Wales (Fig. 7), characterised 
by the small, petiolate leaves that are glabrous or have a sparse stellate indumentum, and 
leaflets without a prominently raised midrib on the abaxial surface. 
12. Boronia rubiginosa A. Cunn. ex. Endl. in Engl, et al. Enum. pL, 16 (1837). B. 
ledifolia van ? rubiginosa (A. Cunn. ex Endl.) Benth., FI. austral. 1; 314 (1863). Type 
Citation: “Hunters-River. (A. Cunningh. 1827)”. Type: (syntype W? «.v.); Hunter 
River ?, A.C. Cunningham, 1827 (probable syntype K (ex Linnean Society) n.v. 
(cibachrome MEL 2044562)); Mt Dangar [c. 32°21’S 150°29’E, Central Western 
Slopes, NSW], A.C. Cunningham 60, Aug. 1827 (probable syntype K (ex Allan 
Cunningham’s Australian herbarium) n.v. (cibachrome MEL 2044563)). 
Boronia ruppii Cheel, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 61: 404 (1928). Type 
Citation: “This species seems to be restricted to the Woods’ Reef Serpentine, and was 
originally collected by the Rev. H. M. R. Rupp at Wollombin in September, 1912, and 
afterwards by Mr. A. J. Spencer.” Type: Barraba, Rev. H.M.R. Rupp, xi.l912 
(lectotype, here designated, NSW 122245); Woods Reef, Barraba District, Rev. 
H.M.R. Rupp, ix.l913 (probable residual syntype MEL 260366 [ex MELUj); 
Barraba, Mr A.J Spencer, xi.l924 (probable residual syntype: MEL 260367 [ex 
MELU]). 
Boronia sp. E (aff. ruppii) sensu Jacobs and Pickard (1981, P- 191). 
Illustrations: A. Fairley and P. Moore, Native Plants of the Sydney District, 203 pi. 806 
(1989, as B. ruppii); L. Robinson, Field Guide to the Native Plants of Sydney, 116 
(1990, as B. ruppii); P.H. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 233 
(1991, as R ruppii). 
Shrub to 2 m tall, resprouting from rootstalk. Multiangular stellate hairs sessile, 8-20 
rays; rays firm, straight, white to red-brown, 0.1-0.25 mm long. Branches slightly 
quadrangular, with a dense stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves 
8-46(-60.5) mm long, 4—35 mm wide in outline, with l-5(-7) leaflets, the leaflet number 
per leaf increasing along branches, the younger distal leaves sometimes becoming 
unifoliolate, glabrous or glabrescent; petiole 2-10(-15) mm long, winged; rachis 
segments 2-12 mm long, 1-2.5 mm wide, winged, widest at the distal end or oval; leaflets 
oblanceolate, sessile, plane, obtuse, glabrous to glabrescent, hairs concentrated on the 
midrib; terminal leaflet 4-23 mm long, 3-10 mm wide; lateral leaflets 3-11 mm long, 
1-7 mm wide. Inflorescence 1-3-flowered, with a moderately dense to dense stellate 
indumentum; peduncle 2-8.5 mm long; prophylls minutely unifoliolate or minutely 
imparipinnate, 0.5-1 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, with a sparse to moderately dense stellate 
indumentum; metaxyphylls absent or minute; anthopodium 3-10 mm long. Sepals ovate- 
deltate, acute, 2-5 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures; 
abaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse to dense stellate indumentum. Petals 6-1 1 mm 
long, 3^.5 mm wide; adaxial surface with a sparse simple indumentum; abaxial surface 
glabrescent or with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum. Antesepalous 
filaments 1.5-2 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5 mm; antepetalous 
filaments slightly tuberculate, 1-1.5 mm long; anther-apiculum minute to large, erect or 
reflexed. Style glabrous or with few hairs at base. Cocci 4-6 mm long, 3-3.5 mm wide, 
glabrous or densely hirsute. Seeds 3^ mm long, 2-3 mm wide. 

Page image

646210 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935836
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
13 
70. Adaxial surface of petals glabrous or glabrescent. 
71. Leaves narrowly elliptic, widest leaves less than 6 mm wide (N 
Qld) 40. B. exceisa 
71. Leaves elliptic, widest leaves greater than 6 mm wide (SE Qld). 
72. Sepals less than 3 mm long (before fruit development); petals 
6-8 mm long; peduncles 2-3 mm long (Mt Walsh of Qld) 
41. B. foetida 
72. Sepals 4.5-5 mm long (before fruit development); petals 9-10 
mm long; peduncles to 0.5(-2) mm long (Many Peaks Ra. of 
Qld) 42. B. bella 
70. Adaxial surface of petals with a sparse to moderately dense 
indumentum of simple hairs. 
73. Sepal acuminate; leaf base strongly attenuate, adaxial surface 
glabrous or with few hairs along midrib (Hinchinbrook Is. of N 
Qld) 39. B. jensziae 
73. Sepals acute, sometimes acuminate; adaxial surface of leaves 
with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum; leaf base 
usually obtuse (central Qld, NSW, Vic.). 
74. Leaf-lamina elliptic, plane or margin slightly recurved 
(becoming revolute on drying); peduncle less than 2 mm long; 
anthopodium 1-5 mm long; petals 5-7 mm long (central inland 
Qld) 32. B. odorata 
74. Leaf-lamina narrowly elliptic to elliptic, plane or margin 
recurved to revolute; peduncle (l-)2-10 mm long; 
anthopodium 7-11 mm long; petals (5-) 8.5-12 mm long 
(central coastal ?Qld, NSW, Vic.) 21. B. ledifoiia 
Boronia sect 1. Alatae Duretto, sect. nov. Pili stellati absente. Inflorescentia paniculata, 
terminalis. Sepala alternae. Petala reduplicatae, persistentes. Semina tristia, brunnea. 
Sp. typica: B. alata Sm. 
Growth anthotelic, seasonal growth unit not pseudodichotomous. Stellate hairs absent, 
simple hairs erect. Branches with decurrent leaf bases. Leaves imparipinnate, sometimes 
bipinnate, conduplicate, dorsiventral; the margins denticulate, plane to slightly recurved; 
the midrib raised slightly on the abaxial surface, spongy mesophyll continuous under 
midvein. Inflorescence a large, many-flowered determinate panicle with smaller units in 
axils of leaves immediately below terminal unit; prophylls and metaxyphylls persistent. 
Sepals imbricate or opposite-decussate, appearing to be in two whorls, whorls separating 
as the flower matures, persistent with mature fruit. Petals reduplicate in bud, explanate 
(spread out flat) at anthesis, the midrib not raised on the abaxial surface, tip not inflexed, 
persistent, after anthesis petals become leathery and encase fruit. Stamens 8, all fertile, 
persistent; filaments pilose below glandular tip; antesepalous filaments longer than 
antepetalous; anthers all equal, antepetalous anthers sometimes with appressed simple 
hairs. Disc glabrous. Gynoecium densely puberulous; style terminal on ovary; stigma 
globular, wider than style. Seed elliptical in outline, dull, usually brown, without ridge on 
adaxial side, surface at magnification tuberculate; tubercles unicellular, flat topped; 
placental endocarp, thin, yellow-white. 
A monotypic section of coastal south-western Western Australia (Fig. 1), characterised 
by imparipinnate or sometimes bipinnate leaves, elliptic leaflets, a terminal paniculate 
inflorescence, and reduplicate petals that are persistent with mature fruit. 

Page image

646211 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 16
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935833
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

16 
M.F. Duretto 
Boronia sect. 2. Algidae Duretto, sect. nov. Pili stellati absente. Ramificatio 
pseudodichotoma. Inflorescentia cymosa, terminalis; bracteae glumacei. Sepala 
altemae. Petala valvata. Semina tristia. Sp. typica: B. algida F. Muell. 
Growth anthotelic, seasonal growth unit pseudcxiichotomous. Stellate hairs absent, 
simple hairs erect. Branches with decurrent leaf ba.ses. Leaves simple or imparipinnate, 
conduplicate, dorsiventral, margin entire, lamina plane or sub-terete; the midrib not raised 
on the abaxial surface, spongy mesophyll continuous under midvein. Inflorescence 
terminal, cymose, l(-3)-flowered; peduncle absent, rarely to 0.5 mm long; prophylls and 
metaxyphylls persistent, glumaceous. Sepals opposite-decussate, whorls not separating 
as flower matures, persistent with mature fruit. Petals valvate in bud, explanate (spread 
out flat) at anthesis, persistent and enclosing mature fruit {B. algida) or caducous (B. 
edwardsii), the midrib not raised on the abaxial surface, tip not inflexed. Stamens 8, all 
fertile, persistent or caducous; filaments glabrous or pilose (B. corynophylla), the distal 
end glandular, antesepalous filaments longer than antepetalous filaments; anthers equal, 
glabrous. Disc glabrous. Gynoecium glabrous or puberulous (B. corynophylla)-, style 
terminal on ovary; stigma globular and much wider than the style or scarcely wider than 
the style (B. corynophylla). Seed elliptical, adaxial side slightly flattened, without ridge, 
dull, grey to black, with or without tubercles; placental endocarp thin, yellow-white. 
A section with three species, B. algida in New South Wales and Victoria, B. edwardsii 
in South Australia, and B. corynophylla in south-western Australia (Fig. 1). The section 
is characterised by the pseudodichotomous branching, sheathing and brown prophylls, 
imbricate sepals and valvate petals. 
2. Boronia algida F. Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 100 (1 855). Type citation: On 
the highest stony declivities of our Alps; for instance on Mt Hotham, Mount La 
Trobe, and Mount Kosciusko”. Type: Australian Alps: Near the summits of Mount 
Hotham [36°59’S 147°08’E] and Mount Latrobe [= Mt Loch, 36°57’S 147°09’E] at 
the height of about 5 or 6000’ [1524-1829 m] [Victoria], F. Mueller, xii.1854 
(lectotypie, bere designated, MEL 2041200)', Australian Alps, F. Mueller (probable 
isolectotype BM n.v. (transparencies MEL 2041237, NSW)); Mount Hotham, 5- 
6000’ [36°59’S 147°08’E, Vic.], F. Mueller (probable isolectotype K n.v. 
(cibachrome MEL 2041205-, photograph AD 99548109), MEL 258132, MEL 
258133): Declivities of Mount Hotham [36°59’S I47°08’E, Vic.], F. Mueller ? 
(possible isolectotype MEL 258136); Mt Latrobe [= Mt Loch, 36°57 S 147°09 E, 
Vic.] , 5(XK) ft, F. Mueller (probable isolectotype TCD). 
Illustrations: N.C. Burbidge and M. Gray, FI. Australian Capital Territory 241, fig. 
235 (1970); J.H. Willis, B.A. Fuhrer and E.R. Rotherman, Field Guide to the Flowers 
and Plants of Victoria 275, t. 396 (1975); L. Cronin, Concise Austral. FL, 80 (1989); 
A. Fairley and P. Moore, Native Plants of the Sydney District, 234, t 807 (1989); P.H. 
Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 231 (1991). 
Erect, much branched shrub to 1 m tall, resprouting from rootstalk. Hairs, firm, smooth, 
straight, shiny. Branches terete to slightly quadrangular, glandular, moderately dense to 
densely hirsute, the hairs denser between the decurrent leaf bases, sometimes the areas 
not between the decurrent leaf bases glabrous. Leaves 8-15 mm long, 4-5 mm wide, 
glandular, glabrous or with few hairs on the midrib, imparipinnate, with (3-)5-7(-9) 
leaflets; petiole 0.5-1 mm long, sometimes winged; rachis 1^ mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, 
segments winged, widest at the distal end; leaflets sessile to sub.sessile, petiolule to 0.5 
mm long, lamina oblanceolate, the apex obtuse to deeply emarginate, discolourous, paler 

Page image

747872 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 21-22

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 21-22".

933643 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935828
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
21 
were made at the same locality in the Frank Hann N.P., c. 90 km north-east of the Lake 
King township, south-western WA. It was found growing in Eucalyptus salmonophloia F. 
Muell. open woodland on clayey sand (Wilson 1998). 
Conservation status: Wilson (1998) gave B. corynophylla a Priority Two classification 
following the Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora. A ROTAP code of 2EC-I- 
is appropriate for this species. Wilson (1998) noted that in 1996 B. corynophylla could 
not be located where it had previously been collected and this could be because the area 
had been burnt the previous year. Surveys are urgently required to ascertain the size and 
extent of the known population of B. corynophylla. 
Boronia sect. 3. Valvatae (Benth.) Engl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(4), 135 (1896). Sp. typica: 
sub infra Boronia sen Valvatis indicatur. 
Boronia subg. Robonia Rchb., Iconogr. hot. exot. 54 (1827). Sp. typica: Boronia 
ledifolia (Vent.) DC. 
Boronia sect. Valvoboronia Kuntze in T.Post and Kuntze Lex. gen. phan., Prosp., 74 
(1903); nom. illeg., illegitimate substitute for Boronia sect. Valvatae (Benth.) Engl. 
Growth blastotelic. Multiangular stellate hairs present, if only on flowers, or rarely absent 
(B. anomala); rays unicellular, epidermal; simple hairs erect or antrorse. Branches 
usually without decurrent leaf bases, with little or no cork development on older stems 
(except B. suberosa), not obviously glandular (except B. eriantha). Leaves simple, 
unifoliolate or imparipinnate, the lamina conduplicate, dorsiventral or isobilateral, not 
obviously glandular, scattered nonsecretory glands in mesophyll; the margins entire, 
rarely glandular-crenulate (B. repanda), plane to revolute; the midrib sometimes raised, 
spongy mesophyll continuous under midvein or tightly packed tissue between midvein 
and abaxial epidermis. Inflorescence axillary, cymose or 2-nodal botryoids in which the 
second intemode of the primary axis and the basal intemodes of the secondary branches 
are reduced to vestiges (cf Weston 1990), 1 -many-flowered; prophylls and metaxyphylls 
persistent. Sepals valvate in bud, persistent with mature fruit. Petals valvate in bud, 
usually explanate (spread out flat) at anthesis, tip not inflexed, persistent or rarely 
caducous (B. anomala), after anthesis petals become dry and chartaceous and encase 
fruit. Stamens 8, all fertile, persistent or rarely caducous {B. anomala) with mature fruit; 
filaments usually pilose on the abaxial surface and the margins below the glandular tipi 
each gland usually bearing a minute stellate hair; antesepalous filaments longer than 
antepetalous; anthers equal or unequal, glabrous. Disc glabrous (except B. ledifolia, B. 
angustisepala, B. umbellata). Ovary glabrous, rarely hirsute {B. repandaf style terminal 
on ovary, pilose or glabrous; stigma rounded, not or scarcely wider than style. Seeds black 
or grey, elliptical to reniform, adaxial side flattened, shiny or dull; surface at 
magnification tuberculate to colliculate, rarely colliculate-folviate {B. viridiflora); 
tubercles unicellular, 6-55 pm across; placental endocarp (elaiosome) thick to thini 
usually persistent, yellow-white. 
Boronia sect. Valvatae contains approximately 56 species that are found in all states 
except South Australia and Tasmania (Eig. 2). It is characterised by axillary 
inflorescences, valvate sepals and petals that persist with the mature fruit, and the 
presence of stellate hairs (except B. anomala, sp. 5 below). The section is classified into 
four subsections, nine series and five subseries. One species, B. anomala, is placed as 
insertae sedis in the section. 
Larvae of the butterfly genus Nesolycaena (four species, family Lycaenidae) feed 
exclusively on members of Boronia sect. Valvatae (Braby 1996 and references therein). 

Page image

587343 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 42-43, Fig. 7 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 42-43, Fig. 7 (map)".

646213 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 34-35, Fig. 3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 34-35, Fig. 3".

646216 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 51
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935766
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
51 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia repanda occurs over a very limited area (< 10 km 
across) in the vicinity of Stanthorpe, Queensland, and possibly also in New South Wales 
(Fig. 7). Leigh et al. (1993) noted that B. repanda is found only in Queensland while 
Weston and Porteners (1991) list New South Wales as well. The only collections from 
New South Wales seen are those made by Hickey from the Maryland area (MEL) on the 
Queensland/New South Wales border. Ross (1994) stated that B. repanda has also been 
collected in the Moreton region: no indigenous collections from this area have been seen, 
but there are cultivated collections. Boronia repanda grows in heath and woodland on 
granite. Flowering: July-November; fruiting October-November. 
Conservation status: Boronia repanda is probably the most threatened member of 
Boronia sect. Valvatae: it was given a ROTAP code of 2E by Briggs and Leigh (1996). 
The species has not been collected in a national park, or any reserve. Most populations 
appear to be in small remnants or heavily disturbed areas. Agricultural expansion and 
clearing of remnant vegetation are threatening processes. Further surveys are needed 
(urgently) to ascertain the exact distribution and status of this species. 
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Valvatae sen 2. Fraseriae Duretto, sen nov. Foliola 
grandia, glabra vel indumento stellato sparso, costa subtus elevata. Sp. typica: B. 
fraseri Hook. 
Erect shrubs. Multiangular stellate hairs sessile, peltate stellate hairs absent. Leaves 
imparipinnate, glabrous or with a sparse stellate indumentum, sometimes the younger 
distal leaves becoming unifoliolate, the margins plane to slightly recurved; the midrib 
raised on the abaxial surface with secondary thickening, impressed on the adaxial surface. 
Petals pink or white. Disc swollen. Seed shiny. 
A series of two rare species of south-eastern Queensland and central coastal New South 
Wales (Fig. 7), that are characterised by the large, imparipinnate, leaves with prominently 
raised midribs and broad leaflets. 
18. Boronia fraseri Hook., Curtis’s Bot. Mag. 70 (1843), t. 4052. Type citation: “A native 
of ravines on the banks of the Nepean River. Mr Charles Fraser.” Type: A native of 
ravines on the banks of the Nepean [c. 34°S 150°40’E, Central Coast, New South 
Wales], Mr Charles Fraser (lectotype, here designated, K (ex hb. hook.) n.v. 
(transparencies MEL 2041238; photograph AD 99803339)); Nepean River, Fraser 
(isolectotype MEL 251030); [no locality or collector information but matching 
lectotype in appearance]: (probable isolectotypes K (ex herbarium hookerianum, 
four sprigs), n.v. (transparency MEL 2041241), K (ex herbarium hookerianum, two 
sprigs), n.v. (transparency MEL 2041240)). 
Boronia anemonifolia Paxton, Paxton’s Mag. Bot. 9: 123-124 (1842) and Plate, non A. 
Cunn. (1825). Type citation: “Seeds of this pretty New Holland plant were imported 
by Messrs. Lodiges many years ago....we had our drawings made from the collection 
of these of these gentlemen in the month of May or June, 1841.” Type: n.v., 
description and plate decisive. 
Illustrations: M. Baker et ai. Native Plants of the Lower Blue Mountains, 67 (1985); 
W.R. Elliot and D.L. Jones, Encylopedia of Australian Plants 2nd ed., 342 (1985); A. 
Fairley and P. Moore, Native Plants of the Sydney District, 234, t. 809 (1989); L. 
Robinson, Field Guide to the Native Plants of Sydney, 1 15 (1991); P.H. Weston and 
M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 233 (1991). 

Page image

587344 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 51, Fig. 7 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935766
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
51 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia repanda occurs over a very limited area (< 10 km 
across) in the vicinity of Stanthorpe, Queensland, and possibly also in New South Wales 
(Fig. 7). Leigh et al. (1993) noted that B. repanda is found only in Queensland while 
Weston and Porteners (1991) list New South Wales as well. The only collections from 
New South Wales seen are those made by Hickey from the Maryland area (MEL) on the 
Queensland/New South Wales border. Ross (1994) stated that B. repanda has also been 
collected in the Moreton region: no indigenous collections from this area have been seen, 
but there are cultivated collections. Boronia repanda grows in heath and woodland on 
granite. Flowering: July-November; fruiting October-November. 
Conservation status: Boronia repanda is probably the most threatened member of 
Boronia sect. Valvatae: it was given a ROTAP code of 2E by Briggs and Leigh (1996). 
The species has not been collected in a national park, or any reserve. Most populations 
appear to be in small remnants or heavily disturbed areas. Agricultural expansion and 
clearing of remnant vegetation are threatening processes. Further surveys are needed 
(urgently) to ascertain the exact distribution and status of this species. 
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Valvatae sen 2. Fraseriae Duretto, sen nov. Foliola 
grandia, glabra vel indumento stellato sparso, costa subtus elevata. Sp. typica: B. 
fraseri Hook. 
Erect shrubs. Multiangular stellate hairs sessile, peltate stellate hairs absent. Leaves 
imparipinnate, glabrous or with a sparse stellate indumentum, sometimes the younger 
distal leaves becoming unifoliolate, the margins plane to slightly recurved; the midrib 
raised on the abaxial surface with secondary thickening, impressed on the adaxial surface. 
Petals pink or white. Disc swollen. Seed shiny. 
A series of two rare species of south-eastern Queensland and central coastal New South 
Wales (Fig. 7), that are characterised by the large, imparipinnate, leaves with prominently 
raised midribs and broad leaflets. 
18. Boronia fraseri Hook., Curtis’s Bot. Mag. 70 (1843), t. 4052. Type citation: “A native 
of ravines on the banks of the Nepean River. Mr Charles Fraser.” Type: A native of 
ravines on the banks of the Nepean [c. 34°S 150°40’E, Central Coast, New South 
Wales], Mr Charles Fraser (lectotype, here designated, K (ex hb. hook.) n.v. 
(transparencies MEL 2041238; photograph AD 99803339)); Nepean River, Fraser 
(isolectotype MEL 251030); [no locality or collector information but matching 
lectotype in appearance]: (probable isolectotypes K (ex herbarium hookerianum, 
four sprigs), n.v. (transparency MEL 2041241), K (ex herbarium hookerianum, two 
sprigs), n.v. (transparency MEL 2041240)). 
Boronia anemonifolia Paxton, Paxton’s Mag. Bot. 9: 123-124 (1842) and Plate, non A. 
Cunn. (1825). Type citation: “Seeds of this pretty New Holland plant were imported 
by Messrs. Lodiges many years ago....we had our drawings made from the collection 
of these of these gentlemen in the month of May or June, 1841.” Type: n.v., 
description and plate decisive. 
Illustrations: M. Baker et ai. Native Plants of the Lower Blue Mountains, 67 (1985); 
W.R. Elliot and D.L. Jones, Encylopedia of Australian Plants 2nd ed., 342 (1985); A. 
Fairley and P. Moore, Native Plants of the Sydney District, 234, t. 809 (1989); L. 
Robinson, Field Guide to the Native Plants of Sydney, 1 15 (1991); P.H. Weston and 
M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 233 (1991). 

Page image

646219 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 92-93, FIgs 15, 16 (maps)
646220 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 102-103, Figs 17, 18 (maps)
646241 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 90, Fig. 15 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935859
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

90 
M.F. Duretto 
A subsection of at least 16 species divided into three series and five subseries that are 
found in the Kimberley Region of Western Australia, the ‘Top End’ of the Northern 
Territory and north-western Queensland (Figs 14-18). It is characterised by the large 
sepals relative to the petals, antepetalous anthers that are much larger than the 
antesepalous anthers, and the clavate filaments. 
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. 4 Grandisepalae ser. 1 . Quadrilatae Duretto, sen nov. 
Planta glabra praeter petala et paginas adaxiales sepalorum. Rami purpurati, 
quadrangulati manifeste. Folia glauca. Sp. typica: B. quadrilata Duretto 
Erect or horizontal (from cliff faces) shrubs, glabrous except for flowers. Stellate hairs 
sessile, with c. 3—25 rays; rays smooth, 20—50 pm long. Branches distinctly quadrangular 
in cross-section, purple, decurrent leaf bases present. Leaves simple, slightly 
discolourous, paler beneath, slightly fleshy, plane, isobilateral, glaucous with a dense 
layer of epicuticular wax platelets, wax platelets 0.1 -0.5 pm across; the midrib impressed 
slightly on the adaxial surface and slightly raised on the abaxial surface, cells between 
midvein and abaxial epidermis with or without secondary thickening. Prophylls 
unifoliolate. Sepals as large or larger than petals, acute to acuminate, abaxial surface 
glabrous, glaucous. Petal adaxial surface with a sparse indumentum. Antepetalous 
filaments glandular at the distal end or not; anther-apiculum absent. Style glabrous. 
A series of two species found in the north-western portion of the Arnhem Land plateau. 
Northern Territory (Fig. 1 5). It is characterised by being glabrous (except for the flowers), 
having purple and quadrangular stems, and leaves that are glaucous, simple and 
isobilateral. 
43. Boronia quadrilata Duretto, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 297 (1997), fig. 26. Type: N.T., 
Upper Magela Ck, 6 km N of Magela Falls, 12°45’S 133°08’E, K. Brennan 1567, 
10.X.1991 (holotype DNA 60356 (photographs BRI, HO, MEL 2041201, NSW); 
isotypes CANB, MEL 242492, PERTH). 
Boronia D60356 Magela sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. (1995, p. 100). 
Boronia sp.7 (Magela Creek; K. Brennan 1567) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). 
Erect shrub to 1.5 m. Multiangular stellate hairs present on petals only, with 4-25 rays 
per hair; rays 20-50 pm long. Leaves 23-55 mm long, 1 2-20 mm wide, sessile, glandular, 
elliptical, acute, aristate and slightly decurrent, epidermal wax platelets 0. 1-0.5 pm 
across; the midrib raised on the abaxial surface, region between midvein and epidermis 
consisting of tightly packed cells with secondary thickening. Peduncle 2-2.5 mm long; 
prophylls 6-13 mm long, 3-7 mm wide; metaxyphylls 0.75 mm long; anthopodium 0.5-2 
mm long. Sepals debate, c. 6 mm long, c. 3 mm wide, enlarging to 9-10 mm long and 
4. 5-5. 5 mm wide as fruit matures, longer and wider than petals; adaxial surface with a 
mcxlerately dense stellate indumentum; abaxial surface glabrous and slightly glaucous. 
Petals c. 4 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, enlarging to 5 mm long as fruit matures; adaxial 
surface with a sparse stellate indumentum; abaxial surface with a moderately dense 
stellate indumentum. Antesepalous filaments c. 1.5 mm long, the distal 0.4 mm 
prominently glandular; antepetalous filaments smooth to slightly glandular, c. 1 mm long; 
abaxial surface of anther slightly frosty, anther-apiculum absent, glabrous. Cocci c. 6 mm 
long, c. 3.5 mm wide, glabrous. Seed not seen. 
Specimen seen: Known from the type material only. 

Page image

646217 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 54, Fig. 8 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935769
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

54 
M.F. Duretto 
the area occupied by this species is on private land with the remainder evenly divided 
between Como State Forest and Cooloola N.P. (Sandercoe 1992). A ROTAP code of 
2RVCi was given to this species by Briggs and Leigh (1996). 
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Valvatae ser. 3. Rupicolae Duretto, ser. nov. Habitus 
exstensus vel pendulus. Flores parvi, flavo-virentes. Folia parva plana. Sp. typica: B. 
rupicola Duretto 
Pendulous shrubs. Multiangular stellate hairs occasionally stalked; rays firm, straight, 
smooth and glossy. Peltate stellate hairs usually present on the abaxial surface of the 
leaves. Leaves imparipinnate, the younger distal leaves becoming unifoliolate; rachis 
segments oval or triangular shaped; lamina strongly discolourous, paler beneath, plane, 
adaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse indumentum, abaxial surface glabrous or with 
a hoary, heterogenous tomentum of two stellate types of hair: a moderately dense layer 
of multiangular stellate hairs, and a dense layer of smaller peltate hairs, the midrib not 
raised significantly on the abaxial surface, secondary thickening between midvein and 
abaxial epidermis. Petals yellow-green. Disc entirely within stamen whorl. Seed shiny or 
dull. 
A monotypic series of the Northern Territory (Fig. 8) characterised by the jjendulous 
habit, the small, green-yellow flowers, and the presence (usually) of both multiangular 
and peltate stellate hairs on the abaxial surface of the leaves. 
20. Boronia rupicola Duretto, Nuytsia 1 1 : 336 ( 1 997), figs 1 3 A-G. Type: 1 8 km SE of 
Jabiru, outlier of main Plateau, 12°48’S 132°55’E, LA. Craven 6646, 30.iii.l981 
(holotype CANB 338121: isotypes A, AD, BRI, CANB 338122, DNA, E, L, MEL 
234383). 
Boronia A44419 (Nabarlek) sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. (1995, p. 
100). 
Boronia DNA 17279 (Radon Gorge) sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. 
(1995, p. 100). 
Boronia sp.5 (Nabarlek; T.G. Hartley 13819) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). 
Boronia sp.6 (Radon Gorge; C.R. Dunlop 5455) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). 
Pendulous subshrub to 40 cm long, resprouting from rootstalk. Simple hairs (mainly on 
leaves) erect, 0.01-0.02 mm long. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 10-20 rays, 
occasionally stalked; rays white to faintly yellow, to 0.05(-0. 1) mm long. Branches 
brittle, quadrangular, glabrous or with a dense stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous 
as they age. Leaves simple or imparipinnate with 1-7 leaflets, the younger distal leaves 
becoming unifoliolate; petiole 1.5-7 mm long; rachis segments 4-7 mm long 0.5-1 mm 
wide; simple and unifoliolate leaves sessile to subsessile, 5-15 mm long, 1-4 mm wide, 
elliptical to oblanceolate, obtuse, attenuate to obtuse; adaxial surface smooth, glabrous or 
with a sparse indumentum of multiangular stellate hairs and minute erect simple hairs; 
abaxial surface glabrous or with a dense indumentum of a heterogenous layer of two 
types of hair: a sparse to moderately dense layer of multiangular hairs (some stalked) and 
a dense layer of smaller peltate stellate hairs; terminal leaflet 7-10 mm long, 1-3 mm 
wide, longer than preceding laterals but otherwise shortest; lateral leaflets 4-10 mm long, 
1-3 mm wide. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered, with a dense stellate indumentum; peduncle 

Page image

765263 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935769
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

54 
M.F. Duretto 
the area occupied by this species is on private land with the remainder evenly divided 
between Como State Forest and Cooloola N.P. (Sandercoe 1992). A ROTAP code of 
2RVCi was given to this species by Briggs and Leigh (1996). 
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Valvatae ser. 3. Rupicolae Duretto, ser. nov. Habitus 
exstensus vel pendulus. Flores parvi, flavo-virentes. Folia parva plana. Sp. typica: B. 
rupicola Duretto 
Pendulous shrubs. Multiangular stellate hairs occasionally stalked; rays firm, straight, 
smooth and glossy. Peltate stellate hairs usually present on the abaxial surface of the 
leaves. Leaves imparipinnate, the younger distal leaves becoming unifoliolate; rachis 
segments oval or triangular shaped; lamina strongly discolourous, paler beneath, plane, 
adaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse indumentum, abaxial surface glabrous or with 
a hoary, heterogenous tomentum of two stellate types of hair: a moderately dense layer 
of multiangular stellate hairs, and a dense layer of smaller peltate hairs, the midrib not 
raised significantly on the abaxial surface, secondary thickening between midvein and 
abaxial epidermis. Petals yellow-green. Disc entirely within stamen whorl. Seed shiny or 
dull. 
A monotypic series of the Northern Territory (Fig. 8) characterised by the jjendulous 
habit, the small, green-yellow flowers, and the presence (usually) of both multiangular 
and peltate stellate hairs on the abaxial surface of the leaves. 
20. Boronia rupicola Duretto, Nuytsia 1 1 : 336 ( 1 997), figs 1 3 A-G. Type: 1 8 km SE of 
Jabiru, outlier of main Plateau, 12°48’S 132°55’E, LA. Craven 6646, 30.iii.l981 
(holotype CANB 338121: isotypes A, AD, BRI, CANB 338122, DNA, E, L, MEL 
234383). 
Boronia A44419 (Nabarlek) sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. (1995, p. 
100). 
Boronia DNA 17279 (Radon Gorge) sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. 
(1995, p. 100). 
Boronia sp.5 (Nabarlek; T.G. Hartley 13819) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). 
Boronia sp.6 (Radon Gorge; C.R. Dunlop 5455) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). 
Pendulous subshrub to 40 cm long, resprouting from rootstalk. Simple hairs (mainly on 
leaves) erect, 0.01-0.02 mm long. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 10-20 rays, 
occasionally stalked; rays white to faintly yellow, to 0.05(-0. 1) mm long. Branches 
brittle, quadrangular, glabrous or with a dense stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous 
as they age. Leaves simple or imparipinnate with 1-7 leaflets, the younger distal leaves 
becoming unifoliolate; petiole 1.5-7 mm long; rachis segments 4-7 mm long 0.5-1 mm 
wide; simple and unifoliolate leaves sessile to subsessile, 5-15 mm long, 1-4 mm wide, 
elliptical to oblanceolate, obtuse, attenuate to obtuse; adaxial surface smooth, glabrous or 
with a sparse indumentum of multiangular stellate hairs and minute erect simple hairs; 
abaxial surface glabrous or with a dense indumentum of a heterogenous layer of two 
types of hair: a sparse to moderately dense layer of multiangular hairs (some stalked) and 
a dense layer of smaller peltate stellate hairs; terminal leaflet 7-10 mm long, 1-3 mm 
wide, longer than preceding laterals but otherwise shortest; lateral leaflets 4-10 mm long, 
1-3 mm wide. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered, with a dense stellate indumentum; peduncle 

Page image

646212 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 24-25

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 24-25".

51363839 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 40
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935809
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

40 
M.F. Duretto 
Roronia sp.3 (Massey Creek, Rocky River; R. Coveny 7174) sensu Briggs and Leigh 
(1996, p. 167). 
Roronia sp. (Massey Creek R.G. Coveny+ 7174) sensu Forster (1997, p. 185). 
Erect, much branched shrub to 1 m tall. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 6-25 rays; 
rays to 0.1 mm long. Branches not obviously glandular, decurrent leaf bases absent, with 
a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous as they age. 
Leaves 33-55 mm long, 12-20 mm wide in outline, with 5-13 leaflets, glabrescent or 
with a sparse indumentum, the hairs mainly on the midrib; petiole 6-15 mm long, 
winged; rachis segments 2-10 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, winged, broader at the distal end; 
leaflets sessile, elliptic, acute, slightly discolourous, paler beneath; terminal leaflet 8-20 
mm long, 2-6 mm wide, longer than laterals; lateral leaflets 3-13 mm long, 1-3 mm 
wide. Inflorescence with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum; peduncle 1-2 
mm long; prophylls 1-3 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide; metaxyphylls minute to 0.5 mm long; 
anthopodium 2-i mm long. Sepals ovate-deltate, acute, c. 2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, not 
enlarging significantly as fruit matures; abaxial surface glabrescent or with a sparse to 
moderately dense stellate indumentum, the hairs mainly at base. Petals 4-7 mm long, 
2.5^ mm wide, enlarging to 6-8 mm long as fruit matures; adaxial surface glabrous or 
with a sparse simple indumentum, mainly at tip and along the margins; abaxial surface 
with a moderately dense stellate indumentum, the hairs concentrated on the midrib. 
Antesepalous filaments c. 1.5 mm long, the distal 0.5-0.75 mm prominently glandular; 
antepetalous filaments c. 1 mm long; abaxial surface of anther not frosty; anther- 
apiculum absent or minute to large, erect. Style glabrous. Cocci 4-5.5 mm long, 2.5-3 
mm wide, glabrous. Seeds 3—4 mm long, 1.5—2 mm wide; tubercles unfused. 
Additional specimens examined: QUEENSLAND; COOK DISTRICT: Heathlands Pastoral 
Station on road between the slaughter yard and the Telegraph Line Rd, 11°47’S 142°30’E, A. 
Morion 631, 1 5. v. 1980 (BRI); Bacon Ck, Archer R., 13°20’S 142°50’E, 0. //y/W 6239, 6. vii. 1972 
(BRI, CANB, NSW, QRS); 13 km along road to Leo Ck mine, Mcllwraith Range, 13°43’S 
143°12’E, Forster 10098, 3.vi.l992 (BRI, MEL); 3.5 km NNE Massy Ck crossing. Silver Plains 
Station. ea.stem fall of Mcllwraith Range, 13°53’S 143°3rE, Pi Forster 13618, 15.vii.l993 
(CANB, MEL. NSW); 8 miles from Kennedy Rd on Leo Ck Track, I3°3-’S 143°2-’E, C.H. Gittens 
1781, vii.1968 (BRI, CANB, NSW); TR. 14, Leo Ck Rd. 13°40’S 143°20’E, A. Irvine 372, 
22.ix.1972 (QRS); 4.2 km (2.6 miles) by road E of Wenlock R. towards Pa.scoe R. on Iron Range 
Rd, 124 km by road NNW of Coen PO, 1 3°06’ I42°59’E, R.G. Coveny 7174 and P. Hind, 
16.ix.l975 (BRI, MELU, NSW, PERTH); 10 miles N of Archer R. on Kennedy Rd, 13°25’S 
142‘’50’E, B. Hyland 7014, 26.x. 1973 (BRI, QRS); Between Massy Ck and Rocky R. on Cape York 
Rd. I3°55’S 143°30’E, B. Hyland 55 15, I6.ix.l971 (BRI, MEL, QRS); 45 km N of Coen on Cape 
York Rd, J. Wrigley and /. Telford NQ1710, 25.vi.1972 (BRI, CANB). 
Notes: Roronia squaniipetala can be distinguished from R. howmanii by its shorter and 
wider leaflets, and by the larger petals that have a dense indumentum on the abaxial 
surface. 
Distribution and ecology: Roronia squamipetala occurs mainly on the Iron and 
Mclilwraith Ranges, Cape York, Queensland (Fig. 5), where it is found in open woodland 
or forest and heath on loams, sand, or rock pavements. Flowering and fruiting: May- 
October. 
Conservation status: 3RC- (Duretto 1999): probably represented in Iron Range N.P. 
and Mclilwraith Range N.P. 
Roronia sect, Valvatae subsect. 3. Valvatae. Sp. typica: sub infra Roronia ser. Valvatis 
indicatur. 

Page image

747880 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 56, Figs 9-13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935771
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

56 
M.F. Duretto 
Kakadu NP, 12°48’S 132°56’E, I.R. Telford 8058 and J.W. Wrigley, 23.iv.1980 (CANB); Baroalba 
Ck, K. Brennan 142, 31.iii.l990 (OSS). 
Notes: Some plants of B. rupicola are glabrous while others are hirsute and detailed 
population surveys are required to ascertain the taxonomic importance of this (Duretto 
1997). Boronia rupicola can be distinguished from B. lanceolata and from the other 
Arnhem Land cliff specialists (B. viridiflora and B. suberosa) by the pendulous habit and 
compound leaves (not always present) and the very small flowers (Duretto 1997). 
The position of B. rupicola within Boronia subsect. Valvatae is uncertain and the 
species is certainly isolated. Though the cladistic analysis of Duretto and Ladiges (1999) 
places this species sister to Boronia series Erianthae it shares the peltate stellate hairs 
with Boronia series Valvatae and maybe be sister to this series. 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia rupicola is known only from the Mt Brockman 
outlier (Kakadu N.P.) and around Nabarlek (Arnhem Land), Northern Territory (Fig. 8). 
This jjendulous shrub is found exclusively on vertical surfaces in heavily dissected 
sandstone areas. The pendulous habit on vertical rock faces is found in other species of 
the dissected sandstone country of north-eastern Arnhem Land, e.g. Ochrosperma 
sulcatum A.R. Bean (Myrtaceae; Bean 1997): this phenomenon warrants further study 
(see also B. viridiflora, species 44 below). Flowering and fruiting: March-July. 
Conservation status: 2RC- (Duretto 1997). 
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Valvatae ser. 4. Valvatae Benth., FI. austral. 1: 308, 31 1 
( 1 863). Sp. lectotypica (here designated): B. alulata Benth. 
Erect, rarely sprawling, shrubs. Multiangular stellate hairs sessile; rays firm, straight, 
smooth and glossy, often becoming weak, flexuous and dull on adaxial leaf-surface. 
Leaves simple or unifoliolate or imparipinnate, strongly discolourous, paler beneath, the 
margins plane to revolute, the midrib raised on the abaxial surface, sometimes barely; 
adaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse to dense stellate indumentum; abaxial surface 
with a hoary, heterogenous tomentum of two types of hair: a sparse to moderately dense 
layer of multiangular stellate hairs, and a dense layer of smaller peltate hairs, peltate hairs 
rarely absent {B. glabra [most plants], B. mollis); rachis segments oval or triangular. Disc 
usually glabrous and entirely within stamen whorl. Seed shiny, rarely dull (B. hoipolloi, 
B. lanceolata). 
Boronia series Valvatae contains 22 species that are found in the ‘Top End’ of the 
Northern Territory, Queensland, New South Wales and eastern Victoria (Figs 9-13). The 
series is characterised by the strongly discolourous leaves that have a dense indumentum 
of two types of stellate hair on the abaxial surface of the leaves (except B. mollis, B. 
glabra). A taxonomically difficult group requiring further work. The relationships 
between the species of this series are not clearly apparent (cf. Duretto and Ladiges 1999) 
and the informal classification presented here reflects this. Two species, B. ledifolia and 
B. chartacea, were isolated in the cladistic analysis of Duretto and Ladiges (1999) and 
are treated here as incertae sedis. 
Typifleation: Boronia alulata is chosen as the type species for Boronia ser. Valvatae 
as it was probably the first species of the series to be collected (by Banks and Solander 
in 1770, see below) and was one of the species described by Bentham (1863). 
21. Boronia ledifolia (Vent.) DC., Prodr. 1: 722 (1824). Lasiopetalum ledifolium Vent., 
Jard. Malmaison 1 sub. 59 ( 1 804). Type: not designated, (sp. group incertae sedis). 
Eriostemon paradoxus Sm., Rees Cycl. 13 No. 6 (1809). Boronia! paradoxa (Sm.) 
DC., Prodr. 1: 722 (1824). Type Citation: “Sent from Port Jackson, New South 

Page image

560108 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 3-Apr

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 3-Apr".

933964 Boronia sp. Muelleria 12(1): 85
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935854
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
85 
39. Boronia jensziae Duretto, Austrobaileya 5: 292 (1999), fig. 1 1 A-F. Type: c. 300 m S 
of Banksia Bay turn off along the East Coast Trail between Little Ramsey and Zoe 
Bays, Hinchinbrook Is., N Qld, 18°21.73’S 146°18.65’E, M. Duretto 406, 29.V.1993 
(holotype MEL 2037448; isotypes AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, K, MEL 2037449, 
NSW). 
Boronia sp. sensu Williams (1984, p. 58). 
Boronia sp. ‘Hinchinbrook Is.’ sensu Thomas and McDonald (1987, p. 49; 1989, p. 46). 
Boronia sp.l (Hinchinbrook Island; S.L Everist 7786) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, 
p. 167). 
Boronia sp. (Hinchinbrook Is. S.L. Everist 7786) sensu Eorster ( 1 997, p. 185). 
Illustration: K.A.W. Williams, Native Plants Queensland 2: 58 (1984, as Boronia sp.). 
Erect, much branched shrub to 2 m tall, resprouting from rootstalk. Multiangular stellate 
hairs with 8-15 rays; rays white to yellow, 0.05-0. 1 (-0.25) mm long. Leaves (10-)15^5 
mm long, (4— )6-lL5 mm wide; petiole 2-4 mm long; lamina elliptic, acute and ± 
mucronate, attenuate, the margins plane to slightly recurved, subsessile to petiolate; 
juvenile leaves simple. Inflorescence 1 -flowered; peduncle 0.5-1 mm long; prophylls 
minutely unifoliolate, 2-2.5 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, with a dense, stellate 
indumentum, or as leaves; metaxyphylls 0.5-1 mm long; anthopodium 2-5 mm long. 
Sepals c. 4 mm long, c. 2.5 mm wide, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures. Petals 
5.5-7 mm long, 3—3.5 mm wide, enlarging to 7.5— 8.5 mm long as fruit matures; adaxial 
Fig. 13 . Distribution of Boronia foetida species-group: B. jensziae (•), B. excelsa (O), B. 
foetida (□), B. bella (■). 

Page image

933962 Boronia sp. 1 (Hinchinbrook Island S.L.Everist 7786) Muelleria 12(1): 85
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935854
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
879959 Boronia sp. 1 (Lazarides 9004) Muelleria 12(1): 95
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935864
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
95 
(MFD544: DNA, MEL; MFD545-547: MEL); Graveside Gorge, Kakadu, 13°17’S 132°33’E, J. 
Russell-Smith 2274 and D. Lucas, 3.V.1987 (DNA); saddle/ridge above side creek, just downstream 
and W of plunge pool, Barramundi Gorge, Kakadu NP, 13°19’S 132°26’E, M.F. Duretto 464-468, 
J. Chappill and G. Howell, 18.vi.l993 (MFD464: DNA, MEL; MFD465-467: MEL; MFD468: 
MEL, CANB). 
Notes: Boronia xanthastrum differs from B. verecunda by its stiff white-yellow hairs, 
wider leaves, smaller flowers, and petals that are hirsute on the adaxial surface. 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia xanthastrum is restricted to Kakadu N.P. (Northern 
Territory), on and around the Mt Basedow Range, and in the Barramundi and Graveside 
Gorge areas (Fig. 15). It is found growing on schists (Mt Basedow Range) and sandstones 
(escarpment country) in both heath and woodland communities. Flowering and fruiting: 
February-June. 
Conservation status: 2RC- (Duretto and Ladiges 1997). 
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Grandisepalae Duretto ser. Grandisepalae subser. 2. 
Grandisepalae 
Erect or spreading or pendulous shrubs, with a moderately dense to dense stellate 
indumentum on the branches, leaves, inflorescence parts and the abaxial surface of the 
perianth. Stellate hairs usually sessile, occasionally stalked; rays white to faintly yellow, 
to 0.5 mm long, firm, straight, glossy, smooth. Leaves isobilateral. Metaxyphylls absent 
or to 1 mm long. Sepal adaxial surface with a dense and minute simple/stellate- 
pubescence near the margins. Petal adaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense 
indumentum. Anther-apiculum absent or minute. Style glabrous or hirsute. Cocci hirsute. 
Seeds striate, longitudinal ridges 12-52 pm apart and constructed of fused tubercules. 
A subseries of five, possibly eight, species of the Northern Territory (Figs 16, 17), 
characterised by the usually sessile stellate hairs with rays to 0.5 mm long, and seed with 
a striate surface. These striations on the seed surface occur when the cellular projections 
on the seed surface, whether tubercles or collides, fuse to form ridges (Duretto and 
Ladiges 1997). The structure of these ridges is similar to that of Neobymesia suberosa 
J.A. Armstr. (cf. Armstrong and Powell 1980, fig. 5), also found on the north-eastern 
Arnhem Land Plateau, and Geleznowia verrucosa Turcz. (unpublish, data) of south- 
western Australia. 
Boronia subser. Grandisepalae, except B. suberosa and B. amplectens, was subjected 
to a phenetic analysis by Duretto and Ladiges (1997). This analysis identified, apart from 
a number of undescribed taxa, several specimens that could not be placed with confidence 
in any of the formally recognised taxa (see B. aff laxa \ ,B. aff. laxa 2, and B. aff. prolixa, 
species 50, 5 1 and 53 below). Further collections on the Arnhem Land Plateau (Northern 
Territory) and research are required to resolve the taxonomy of this group. 
47. Boronia suberosa Duretto, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 288 (1997), fig. 22. Type: 1 1.5 km 
NE of Jabiru East, 12°35’S 132°58’E, LA. Craven 5947, 26.V.1980 (holotype CANB 
313890; isotypes A, CANB 313889, DNA 19572 [photographs HO, MEL 2041229, 
NSW], L, MEL 234382). 
Boronia sp. 1 {Lazarides 9004) sensu Lazarides et al. (1988, p. 23). 
Boronia D6852 Jabiru sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. (1995, p. 100). 
Boronia sp.8 (Jabiru; C.R. Dunlop 3305) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). 

Page image

933968 Boronia sp. 2 (Craven 5957) Muelleria 12(1): 100
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935869
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

100 
M.F. Duretto 
long; anther-apiculum absent. Style glabrous. Cocci 5-6.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, 
with a moderately dense indumentum. Seed not seen. 
Specimens examined: THE NORTHERN TERRITORY; DARWIN and GULF COUNTRY: SE 
of Mt Howslip, West Arnhem Land, I2°34’S 133°IO’E, K.A. Menkorsi 983, 26.viii.l990 (DNA, 
MEL); Upper East Alligator R., Arnhem Land, I2°39’S I33°23’E, / Russell-Smith 8446 and 
Brock, 20.ii.l991 (DNA, MEL). 
Notes: Boronia aff. laxa 1 differs from typical B. laxa by its erect habit and the slightly 
larger inflorescence and floral parts, and from B. grandisepala subsp. acanthophida by 
the moderately dense indumentum and smaller floral parts. 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia aff. laxa 1 is known from the northern part of the 
Arnhem Land plateau east of the East Alligator River gorge. Northern Territory (Fig. 16). 
Flowering material has been collected in February and August. 
51. Boronia aff. laxa 2 (Nabarlek, Arnhem Land, Duretto and Ladiges 1997, 282). 
Semi-prostrate shrub. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 6-25 rays; rays 0. 1-0.2 mm 
long. Branches with a moderately dense stellate indumentum. Leaves with petiole 0.5-1 .5 
mm long; lamina narrowly elliptic, 10—35 mm long, 1.5-3. 5 mm wide; adaxial surface 
with a moderately dense, stellate indumentum; abaxial surface with a dense, stellate 
indumentum. Inflorescence 1 -flowered, with a dense, stellate indumentum; peduncle 0.5 
mm long; prophylls c. 2 mm long, 0.5 mm wide; metaxyphylls minute to I mm wide; 
anthopK)dium c. 1.5 mm long. Sepals white, 3.5-4 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, enlarging to 
6 mm long and 3.5 mm wide as fruit matures. Petals white, 3-3.5 mm long and 1-1.5 mm 
wide, enlarging to 4.5-5 mm long as fruit matures. Antesepalous filaments c. 1.5 mm 
long, the distal 0.75 mm glandular; antepetalous filaments c. 1 mm long; anther-apiculum 
absent. Style glabrous. Cocci c. 4 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, with a moderately dense 
indumentum. Seeds c. 3 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide. 
Specimen examined: THE NORTHERN TERRITORY; DARWIN and GULF COUNTRY: 
Nabarlek, Arnhem Land, 12°19’S 133°19’E, Hinz 467, 23.iii.l989 (CANB, DNA [transparency 
MEL 2041227]). 
Notes: Boronia aff. laxa 2 differs from typical B. laxa by its smaller, narrower leaves 
with a dense indumentum on the abaxial surface (as in B. grandisepala subsp. 
grandisepala) but a moderately dense indumentum on the adaxial surface, and by its 
smaller hairs, inflorescence and floral parts. 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia aff laxa 2 is known only from near Nabarlek, 
Northern Territory (Fig. 16). Flowering and fruiting material was collected in March. 
52. Boronia prolixa Duretto, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 283 (1997), figs 20c, d. Type: 15 km 
NNE of Jabiru East, 12°32’S 132°57’E, LA. Craven 6486, 7.vi.l980 (holotype 
CANB 313887 (transparency & photograph MEL 2041224); isotypes A, AD, CANB 
313888, DNA 19571, MEL 234380). 
Boronia sp. 2 (Craven 5957) sensu Lazarides et al. (1988, p. 23). 
Semi-prostrate, much branched subshrub to 50 cm long, with a mcxlerately dense stellate 
indumentum on the branches, leaves and inflorescence parts. Multiangular stellate hairs 
with 5-10(-17) rays per hair; rays 0.1-0.5 mm long. Branches terete. Leaves sessile or 
petiolate; petiole absent or to 2(^.5) mm long; lamina 4.5-32(-45) mm long, 2.5- 1 6 mm 
wide, lanceolate to strongly ovate, acute, cuneate-truncate; adaxial surface of juvenile 
leaves with a sparse indumentum of appressed, straight, glossy, simple hairs that are 

Page image

879322 Boronia sp. 3 (Craven 5715) Muelleria 12(1): 98
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935867
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
879936 Boronia sp. 3 (Massy Creek Rocky River R.Coveny 7174) Muelleria 12(1): 40
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935809
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
880025 Boronia sp. 4 (Craven 6226) Muelleria 12(1): 94
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935863
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

94 
M.F. Duretto 
enlarging significantly as fruit matures; adaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse stellate 
indumentum; abaxial surface with a moderately dense stellate indumentum. Petals white 
or pink, becoming green as fruit matures, 3. 5^. 5 mm long, 1.5-2. 5 mm wide, not 
enlarging significantly as fruit matures, midvein slightly raised on the abaxial surface at 
base; adaxial surface glabrous; abaxial surface with a sparse stellate indumentum, mainly 
on the midrib. Antesepalous filaments c. 1.5 mm long, the distal 0.75-1 mm prominently 
glandular; antepetalous filaments glandular, c. 1 mm long; abaxial surface of anther 
slightly frosty, anther-apiculum minute. Cocci 4.5-5 mm long, 3.5^ mm wide. Seeds 
3. 5^.5 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide; tubercles 10-32 pm across. 
Selected specimens examined (of five collections): THE NORTHERN TERRITORY; DARWIN 
and GULF COUNTRY: Kakadu NP, UDP Falls, 13°25’S 132°24’E, A.U Shee and LA. Craven 
3053, 30.iv.l990 (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL); UDP Mine area, 13P29’S 132°26’E, Dunlop and 
Byrnes 2121, 17.iii.l971 (CANB, PERTH, DNA); 2-3 miles N of El Sharana, 13°31’S I32°31’E, 
Martensz and Schodde AE575, 25.1.1973 (CANB, DNA); Kakadu NP, 18.5 km S of Gimbat HS, 
below eastern edge of Marawal Plateau, 13°44’S 132°36’E, A.V. Shee and LA. Craven 2717, 
21.iv.l990 (AD, CANB, MEL). 
Notes: Boronia verecunda differs from B. xanthastrum by weak, white hairs, narrower 
leaves, larger flowers and petals that are glabrous on the adaxial surface. 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia verecunda is restricted to Kakadu N.P., Northern 
Territory, in the sandstone escarpment country of the South Alligator River catchment 
area (Fig. 15). Flowering: January-April; fruiting material collected only in April. 
Conservation status: 2RC- (Briggs and Leigh 1996). 
46. Boronia xanthastrum Duretto, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 292 (1997), figs 20g, h. Type: 
25 km WNW of Twin Falls, 13°16.5’S 132°35’E, LA. Craven 6226, l.vi.l'980 
(holotype CANB 313880 [photographs DNA, MEL 2041228]). 
Boronia sp. 4 (Craven 6226) sensu Lazarides et al. (1988, p. 23). 
Erect, much branched subshrub to 40 cm tall; with a sparse to moderately dense stellate 
indumentum on the branches, leaves and inflorescence parts. Multiangular stellate hairs 
with 5-10(-14) rays per hair; rays yellow, becoming white and flexuous as the hair ages, 
0.5-1 mm long, firm, glossy, smooth. Branchlets slightly quadrangular but becoming 
terete, young branches with a dense, yellow indumentum and glabrous as they age. 
Leaves 10-36 mm long, 2.5-6. 5 mm wide; petiole 0.5-1. 5 mm long; lamina elliptic to 
lanceolate, acute, attenuate to cuneate. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered; peduncle 0.5-1 mm 
long; prophylls minutely unifoliolate, 1.5^ mm long, 0.5 mm wide; anthopodium 
0.5-1 .5 mm long. Sepals yellow-green, ovate to debate, acuminate, 3.5-6 mm long, 1-2.5 
mm wide, enlarging to 5-7 mm long as fruit matures; adaxial surface glabrous; abaxial 
surface with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum. Petals yellow-green, 
2.5-4 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures; adaxial 
surface with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous 
towards base; abaxial surface with a sparse stellate indumentum mainly on the midrib and 
the distal portion. Antesepalous filaments 1.25-1.5 mm long, the distal 0.75 mm 
prominently glandular; antepetalous filaments slightly glandular, 0.75-1 mm long; 
abaxial surface of anther slightly frosty, anther-apiculum absent. Cocci 4-6 mm long, c. 
2 mm wide. Seeds 4-4.5 mm long, c. 2 mm wide; tubercules 12-34 pm acro.ss. 
Selected specimens examined (of eight collections): THE NORTHERN TERRITORY; DARWIN 
and GULF COUNTRY: Between Jim Jim Rd and Mt Basedow, Kakadu NP, c. 12°59’S I32°42’E, 
M.F. Duretto 538-540 and G. Howell, 30. vi. 1993 (MEL); Half way up Mt Ba.sedow, Kakadu NP, c. 
I2°59.5’S 132°41’E, M.F. Duretto 542-543 and G. Howell, 30.vi.l993 (MEL); Near summit of Mt 
Basedow, Kakadu NP, c. 12°59.5’S I32°41’E, M.F. Duretto 544-7 and G. Howell, 30.vi.l993 

Page image

879520 Boronia sp. 4 (Mt Mulligan J.R.Clarkson 5301) Muelleria 12(1): 72
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935787
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
879858 Boronia sp. 5 (Nabarlek T.G.Hartley 13819) Muelleria 12(1): 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935769
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
879859 Boronia sp. 6 (Radon Gorge C.R.Dunlop 5455) Muelleria 12(1): 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935769
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
879510 Boronia sp. 7 (Magela Creek K.Brennan 1567) Muelleria 12(1): 90
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935859
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
933967 Boronia sp. 8 Jabiru (C.R.Dunlop 3305) Muelleria 12(1): 95
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935864
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
880015 Boronia sp. 9 (Kakadu Martensz & Schodde 575) Muelleria 12(1): 93
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935862
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
879175 Boronia sp. A Muelleria 12(1): 109
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935878
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
109 
rays white to faintly yellow, 0.05-0.25(-0.5) mm long; simple hairs on vegetative organs 
antrorse, 0.5-1 mm long. Branches terete to slightly quadrangular, with a sparse to 
moderately dense simple and stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous as they age. 
Leaves 7-50 mm long, 8-17 mm wide in outline, with (l-3-)5-7(-9) leaflets, slightly 
glandular, glabrous to glabrescent; rachis segments 2-10 mm long, 1-2 mm wide; lamina 
isobilateral; terminal leaflet 8-25 mm long, 1-2.5 mm wide; lateral leaflets 5-16 mm 
long, 1-2 mm wide. Inflorescence 1 -flowered, glabrous or with a sparse simple and 
stellate indumentum; peduncle absent; prophylls linear, minute, to 0.5 mm long; 
metaxyphylls absent or minute; anthopodium 1-2 mm long. Sepals white, ovate-deltate, 
acute, d— 5 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide, enlarging to 5.5-6 mm long and 2-2.5 mm wide as 
fruit matures; adaxial surface with a moderately dense and minute indumentum, 
becoming glabrous towards the base; abaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse simple or 
stellate indumentum. Petals white, 3. 5^.5 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, enlarging to 5 mm 
long as fruit matures; adaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense simple or stellate 
indumentum, becoming glabrous towards base; abaxial surface glabrous to glabrescent. 
Antesepalous fdaments c. 1.5 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5 mm; 
antepetalous fdaments c. 1 mm long; abaxial surface of anther not or slightly frosty, 
anther-apiculum minute to large, erect. Style glabrous. Cocci 5-6 mm long, 2-3 mm 
wide, glabrous or with a sparse indumentum. Seeds 4-4.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide. 
Selected specimens examined (of three collections): THE NORTHERN TERRITORY; DARWIN 
and GULF COUNTRY; Biddlecombe Cascades, Katherine Gorge NP, S. King, 16.vi.l981 (DNA); 
3 km E of Biddlecombe Cascades, Katherine Gorge NP, S. King, 20.vi.l981 (DNA). 
Possible hybrids: Boronia tolerans X B. lanuginosa (see B. lanuginosa species 55 above; 
Duretto 1997). 
Notes: Boronia tolerans differs from B. jucunda by having up to seven leaflets and 
smooth stems, from B. decumbens by its erect habit, and from B. lanuginosa by its sessile 
and isobilateral leaves. 
Distribution and ecology: This species is restricted to the Biddlecombe Cascades area 
of Nitmiluk N.P., Northern Territory (Fig. 18), where it grows on deep sand in eucalypt 
woodland on the plateau top. Flowering and fruiting material collected in June. 
Conservation status: 2VC- (Duretto 1997). 
59. Boronia jucunda Duretto, Nuytsia 1 1: 328 (1997), figs 10 K-O. Type: Mabel Downs, 
Winnama Gorge, Kimberley Region, WA, 17°1 1’S 128°15’E, E.A. Chesterfield 214, 
14.V.1984 (holotype MEL 1534494', isotypes CANB [CBG 8503155], DNA 56026, 
NSW 166827, PERTH 1622609). 
Boronia ? pauciflora sensu Eorbes and Kenneally (1986, p. 161); Menkhorst and Cowie 
(1992, p. 44). 
Boronia sp. A sensu Wheeler (1992, pp. 669, 670). 
Illustrations: J.R. Wheeler, FI. Kimberley Region, 669, figs 206 Dl-3 (1992, as 
Boronia sp. A). 
Erect, much branched shrub to 50 cm high. Multiangular stellate hairs sessile, 4-12 rays; 
rays 0.05-0.1 mm long; simple hairs antrorse, 0.5-1 mm long. Branches slightly 
quadrangular, glandular, with a sparse to moderately dense simple and stellate 
indumentum or glabrescent (NT, Napier 7, DNA). Leaves trifoliolate, slightly glandular, 
glabrous to glabrescent, lamina isobilateral; terminal leaflet 8-42 mm long, 1-3 mm 
wide, midvein straight; lateral leaflets 6-23 mm long, 1-2 mm wide. Inflorescence 1- 

Page image

875542 Boronia sp. aff. rosmarinifolia (Constable 66836 NSW) A.Cunn. Muelleria 12(1): 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935777
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
878946 Boronia sp. B (aff. rosmarinifolia) Muelleria 12(1): 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935798
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
875120 Boronia sp. C (aff. rosmarinifolia) Muelleria 12(1): 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935777
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

62 
M.F. Duretto 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia ledifolia is common and widespread in New South 
Wales from Tenterfield to Eden; and is known from few small populations in East 
Gippsland of Victoria (Fig. 9). The species is found in heath and dry sclerophyll forest on 
sandstone and granite and can be locally dominant. Flowering: June-November; fruiting: 
October-December. 
The taxon called B. ledifolia by Neldner (1992) and Ross (1994) in southern 
Queensland is either B. duiganiae or B. odorata\ that referred to as B. ledifolia by 
Tennyson- Woods (1882) in north Queensland is probably a species of Zieria. Jessop 
(1983) lists B. ledifolia as part of the flora of Lake Eyre Basin, South Australia. A mixed 
collection of B. ledifolia and B. glabra {Schomburgk s.n. AD 96250177) is lodged at AD 
and the locality information is assumed to be incorrect. 
Conservation status: In New South Wales B. ledifolia is common, widespread and 
found in several reserves; but in Victoria the species is restricted and vulnerable (Gullan 
etal. 1990). 
22. Boronia chartacea P. H. Weston, Telopea 4: 123 (1990). Type: New South Wales; 
North Coast; Newry State Forest, 1.9 km S of Urunga, 30°32’S 152°58’E, R.G. 
Coveny 4603, 13.ix.l972 (holotype NSW; isotypes AD 98344142, BRI AQ384983, 
CANB 333153, K n.v., MEL 1620695, NSW 372773, PERTH «.v.). (sp. group 
insertae sedis). 
Boronia sp. C (aff. rosmarinifolia) sensu Jacobs and Pickard (1981, p. 191). 
Boronia sp. aff. rosmarinifolia A. Cunn. (Constable 66836 NSW) sensu Rao and 
Bhattacharya (1981, p. 17). 
Illustrations: PH. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 232 (1991). 
Erect much branched shrub to 2.8 m tall, resprouting from rootstalk. Multiangular stellate 
hairs with 6-15 rays; rays white to yellow, 0. 1-0.25 mm long. Branches with a sparse to 
dense stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves simple, chartaceous, 
8^5 mm long, 1 .5-5 mm wide; petiole 0.5-2 mm long; lamina elliptical to narrowly 
elliptical, obtuse, attenuate, the margins finely glandular warty, plane to recurved and 
sometimes revolute on drying; adaxial surface glabrous or with few hairs on the midrib. 
Inflorescence 1 -flowered, with a sparse to dense stellate indumentum; peduncle to 1 mm 
long; prophylls minutely unifoliolate, 1-2 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide; metaxyphylls 
minute; anthopodium 4-6 mm long. Sepals ovate-deltate, acute, 2-2.5 mm long, 1-1.5 
mm wide, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures; adaxial surface densely and 
minutely pubescent, becoming glabrous towards base; abaxial surface with a dense 
stellate indumentum. Petals 6-9 mm long, 3^ mm wide, enlarging slightly as fruit 
matures; adaxial surface sparsely simple pubescent; abaxial surface with a moderately 
dense to dense stellate indumentum. Antesepalous filaments c. 1 .5 mm long, prominently 
glandular on the distal 0.5 mm; antepetalous filaments tuberculate, c. 1 mm long; 
antepetalous anther ± slightly larger than antesepalous anther before dehiscence; anther- 
apiculum absent or minute. Disc glabrous, not (or rarely slightly) surrounding base of 
filaments. Style glabrous. Cocci 4-4.5 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, glabrous to glabrescent 
with few simple erect hairs along suture. Seeds 3.5-4 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide. 
Selected specimens e.xamined (of 12 collections): NEW SOUTH WALES; NORTH COAST: Just 
before Whiteman Ck crossing on road to Coaldale from Grafton, c. 29°27’S I52°50’E, M.F. 
Duretto 105-107 and A.S. Jensz, 7. i. 1992 (MEL); Bril Bril Ck, Bellangry Forest, 20 miles NW of 
Wauchope, 31°17’S 152°37’E, E.F. Constable 66836, 15.X.61 (NSW, PERTH); The -Punchbowl’ 

Page image

875504 Boronia sp. D (aff. rubiginosa) Muelleria 12(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".

832652 Boronia sp. E (aff. mollis) Muelleria 12(1): 65
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935780
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
65 
Fig. 10 . Distribution of Boronia alulata species-group: B. angustisepala (□), B. umbellata 
(O). a mollis (•), a amabilis (★), B. obovata (■), B. alulata (A), B. quinkanensis (A), B. 
holpolloi (☆). 
(Central Coast), New South Wales (Fig. 10). TTie sp>ecies grows in dry sclerophyll forest 
on sandstone or granite. Flowering: June-November; fruiting: October-December. 
Conservation status: A ROTAP code of 2RCa has been given to this taxon by Briggs 
and Leigh (1996), but 3RC- is more appropriate. Populations are conserved in Goulbum 
River N.P., Kanangra-Boyd N.P., Wollemi N.P. (Briggs and Leigh 1996), Gibraltar Range 
N.P., and possibly Mt Kaputar N.P. 
Etymology . The specific epithet is derived from Latin angustus (narrow) and sepala 
(sepal) and refers to the narrowly ovate-deltate sepals of the species that distinguish it 
from B. ledifolia (see Notes and species 2 1 above). 
24. Boronia umbellata P. H. Weston, Telopea 4: 123 (1990). Type: New South Wales, 
North Coast; Sherwood Ck, 28 km NW of Coffs Harbour, 30°03’S 153°03’E H 
Steimann 8124, 1 Lx. 1978 (holotype CANB [CBG7809599]; isotypes K n v MEL 
1606335, NSW (2 sheets), PERTH 1623435). 
Boronia sp. E (aff mollis) sensu Jacobs and Pickard (1981, p. 191). 
Illustration: PH. Weston and M.E. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 232 (1991). 
Erect, much branched shrub to 2 m tall. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 5-20 rays; rays 
white to red-hrown, 0. 1-0.5 mm long. Branches with a dense, stellate indumentum. 

Page image

879853 Boronia sp. F (aff. ruppii) Muelleria 12(1): 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935806
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
43 
adaxial surface, the margins plane or slightly recurved. Petals pink or white. Disc entirely 
within stamen whorl. Seed shiny. 
A series of five species from Queensland and New South Wales (Fig. 7), characterised 
by the small, petiolate leaves that are glabrous or have a sparse stellate indumentum, and 
leaflets without a prominently raised midrib on the abaxial surface. 
12. Boronia rubiginosa A. Cunn. ex. Endl. in Engl, et al. Enum. pL, 16 (1837). B. 
ledifolia van ? rubiginosa (A. Cunn. ex Endl.) Benth., FI. austral. 1; 314 (1863). Type 
Citation: “Hunters-River. (A. Cunningh. 1827)”. Type: (syntype W? «.v.); Hunter 
River ?, A.C. Cunningham, 1827 (probable syntype K (ex Linnean Society) n.v. 
(cibachrome MEL 2044562)); Mt Dangar [c. 32°21’S 150°29’E, Central Western 
Slopes, NSW], A.C. Cunningham 60, Aug. 1827 (probable syntype K (ex Allan 
Cunningham’s Australian herbarium) n.v. (cibachrome MEL 2044563)). 
Boronia ruppii Cheel, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 61: 404 (1928). Type 
Citation: “This species seems to be restricted to the Woods’ Reef Serpentine, and was 
originally collected by the Rev. H. M. R. Rupp at Wollombin in September, 1912, and 
afterwards by Mr. A. J. Spencer.” Type: Barraba, Rev. H.M.R. Rupp, xi.l912 
(lectotype, here designated, NSW 122245); Woods Reef, Barraba District, Rev. 
H.M.R. Rupp, ix.l913 (probable residual syntype MEL 260366 [ex MELUj); 
Barraba, Mr A.J Spencer, xi.l924 (probable residual syntype: MEL 260367 [ex 
MELU]). 
Boronia sp. E (aff. ruppii) sensu Jacobs and Pickard (1981, P- 191). 
Illustrations: A. Fairley and P. Moore, Native Plants of the Sydney District, 203 pi. 806 
(1989, as B. ruppii); L. Robinson, Field Guide to the Native Plants of Sydney, 116 
(1990, as B. ruppii); P.H. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 233 
(1991, as R ruppii). 
Shrub to 2 m tall, resprouting from rootstalk. Multiangular stellate hairs sessile, 8-20 
rays; rays firm, straight, white to red-brown, 0.1-0.25 mm long. Branches slightly 
quadrangular, with a dense stellate indumentum, becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves 
8-46(-60.5) mm long, 4—35 mm wide in outline, with l-5(-7) leaflets, the leaflet number 
per leaf increasing along branches, the younger distal leaves sometimes becoming 
unifoliolate, glabrous or glabrescent; petiole 2-10(-15) mm long, winged; rachis 
segments 2-12 mm long, 1-2.5 mm wide, winged, widest at the distal end or oval; leaflets 
oblanceolate, sessile, plane, obtuse, glabrous to glabrescent, hairs concentrated on the 
midrib; terminal leaflet 4-23 mm long, 3-10 mm wide; lateral leaflets 3-11 mm long, 
1-7 mm wide. Inflorescence 1-3-flowered, with a moderately dense to dense stellate 
indumentum; peduncle 2-8.5 mm long; prophylls minutely unifoliolate or minutely 
imparipinnate, 0.5-1 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, with a sparse to moderately dense stellate 
indumentum; metaxyphylls absent or minute; anthopodium 3-10 mm long. Sepals ovate- 
deltate, acute, 2-5 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures; 
abaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse to dense stellate indumentum. Petals 6-1 1 mm 
long, 3^.5 mm wide; adaxial surface with a sparse simple indumentum; abaxial surface 
glabrescent or with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum. Antesepalous 
filaments 1.5-2 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5 mm; antepetalous 
filaments slightly tuberculate, 1-1.5 mm long; anther-apiculum minute to large, erect or 
reflexed. Style glabrous or with few hairs at base. Cocci 4-6 mm long, 3-3.5 mm wide, 
glabrous or densely hirsute. Seeds 3^ mm long, 2-3 mm wide. 

Page image

880017 Boronia sp. G (aff. granitica) Muelleria 12(1): 46
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935803
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
933961 Boronia sp. 'Hinchinbrook Island' (S.L.Everist 7786) Muelleria 12(1): 85
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935854
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
933963 Boronia sp. (Hinchinbrook Island S.L.Everist 7786) Muelleria 12(1): 85
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935854
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
933651 Boronia sp. J (Bolivia Hill) Muelleria 12(1): 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935802
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
47 
Illustration: P.H. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 233 (1991). 
Much branched shrub to 1 m tall, resprouting from rootstalk. Multiangular stellate hairs 
sessile, c. 6-15 rays; rays firm, straight, dull, white to red-brown, 0.1-0.25 mm long. 
Branches terete, with a dense stellate indumentum, hair distribution even, becoming 
glabrous as they age. Leaves 6-32 mm long, 2-27 mm wide in outline, with (l-)3-7 
leaflets, the leaflet number per leaf increasing along branches, the younger distal leaves 
not becoming unifoliolate, the leaf not obviously glandular, glabrous or glabrescent; 
petiole 3-6 mm long, winged; rachis segments 3.5-5 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, winged, 
widest at the distal end or oval; leaflets sessile, elliptical to oblanceolate, obtuse, plane, 
glabrous to glabrescent, hairs concentrated on the midrib; terminal leaflet 5-16 mm long, 
1.5-3 mm wide, longer than the preceding lateral leaflets but usually shorter than others; 
lateral leaflets 4-16 mm long, 1-2 mm wide. Inflorescence 1 -flowered, with a dense 
stellate indumentum; fjeduncle 0.5-1. 5 mm long; prophylls minutely unifoliolate or 
minutely imparipinnate, 1-2 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide; metaxyphylls minute to 0.5 mm 
long; anthopodium 2-7 mm long. Sepals ovate-deltate, acute, 2.5-3.5 mm long, 1.5-2 
mm wide, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures; abaxial surface with a dense 
stellate indumentum. Petals 5-6 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, enlarging to 8 mm long and 
3.5^ mm wide as fruit matures; adaxial surface glabrescent with few scattered simple 
hairs; abaxial surface with a moderately dense to dense stellate indumentum. 
Antesepalous filaments c. 2 mm long, the distal c. 1 mm prominently glandular; 
antepetalous filaments tuberculate, c. 1.5 mm long; anther-apiculum large, erect. Style 
glabrous. Cocci 5-6 mm long, 3-3.5 mm wide, glabrous to glabrescent or with a 
moderately dense simple and/or stellate indumentum. Seeds 4—4.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm 
wide. 
Selected specimens examined (of 15 collections): NEW SOUTH WALES; NORTH WEST 
SLOPES: Dandry Rd, NNE of Coonabarabran, 31°13’S 149°17’E, P.I. Forster 15941 and P.Machin, 
8.xii.l994 (BRI, MEL, NSW); Ridge near Mt Weoh, 31°14’S 149°05’E, G. Harden 15, viii.1975 
(NSW); 34.7 km from Coonabarabran Clock Tower towards the Warrumbungle’s, c. 31°16’S 
149°09’E, M.F. Duretto 72-76 and A.S. Jensz, 27.xii.1991 (MEL); Timor Rock, 31°16’S 149°09’E, 
G. Harden 16, viii.1975 (NSW); Mendoran Rd near Coonabarabran, G.W. Althofer 50, 7.ix.l945 
(MEL); Wamimbungle Range, 19 km WSW of Coonabarabran, 2 km E of Burrumbuckle Rock, 
31°20’S 149°05’E, M.D. Crisp 4355, lO.x.1978 (CANB , NSW); Siding Springs, Coonabarabran 
District, H.J.R. Overall, xi.l961 (NSW); 8 miles from Coonabarabran on the Gilgandra Rd, 
31°2rS 149°17’E, W. McReadie, vii.1962 (NSW). 
Notes: Boronia warrumbunglensis can be distinguished from B. glabra, with which it 
is sympatric, by the petiolate and pinnate leaves, from B. granitica by the glabrous 
younger leaves and smaller hairs, and from B. rubiginosa by the narrower leaflets (< 3 
mm wide) and shorter peduncles (< 3 mm long). 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia warrumbunglensis occurs in and around the 
Warrumbungle Range, near Coonabarabran, New South Wales (Fig. 7), where it is found 
in dry sclerophyll woodland on sandstone. Flowering; August-December; fruiting: 
October- December. 
Conservation status: 2RC-: found in Warrumbungle N.P. 
15. Boronia off. granitica (Bolivia Hill). 
Boronia sp. J (Bolivia Hill) sensu Quinn et al. (1995, p. 72). 
Boronia sp. J (boliviensis m.s.) sensu Hunter and Clarke (1998, p. 591). 
Boronia boliviensis m.s. sensu Hunter and Clarke (1998, p. 616). 

Page image

933652 Boronia sp. J (boliviensis m.s.) Muelleria 12(1): 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935802
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
879517 Boronia sp. Jedda Creek (J.R.Clarkson 3712) Muelleria 12(1): 72
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935787
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
560172 Boronia splendida Muelleria 12(1): 80-81, Fig. 12 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 80-81, Fig. 12 (map)".

875512 Boronia sp. (Many Peaks Range I.R.Telford CBG7702560) Muelleria 12(1): 87
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935856
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
87 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia excelsa is restricted to the Mount Windsor 
Tableland, north-eastern Queensland (Fig. 13), where it is found growing on granite in 
wet sclerophyll and Syncarpia forests, and along rainforest edges above KXK) m. 
Conservation status: 2R (Duretto 1999). 
41. Boronia foetida Duretto, Austrobaileya 5: 285 (1999), fig. 1 1 M-R. Type: Mt Walsh, 
7 km south of Biggenden, Grid Ref. 9347-046709, 25°34’S 152°03’E, P.I. Forster 
7483, 28. ix. 1990 (holotype MEL 1 597019; isotypes AD 99135181, BRI AQ474340, 
CANB 406384, K n.v., NSW, PERTH n.v.). 
Boronia sp. (Mt Walsh P.I. Forster+ PI F 17253) sensu Forster (1997, p. 185). 
Erect, much branched shrub to 2 m. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 8—20 rays, rays 
white to yellow, 0.05-0. 1 (-0.25) mm long. Leaves 20-52 mm long, 7-14 mm wide; 
petiole 2-7 mm long; lamina elliptic to slightly lanceolate, acute, attenuate. Inflorescence 
l(-3)-flowered; peduncle 2-2.5 mm long; prophylls minutely unifoliolate, 1-6 mm long, 
0.5-2 mm wide, with a dense, stellate indumentum, or as leaves; metaxyphylls 0.5-1 mm 
long; anthopodium 7—13 mm long. Sepals 2—3.5 mm long, 1.5— 2.5 mm wide, enlarging 
to 4 mm long and 3 mm wide as fruit matures. Petals c. 7 mm long, c. 4 mm wide, 
enlarging to 8 mm long as fruit matures. Filaments sparsely to moderately pilose; 
antesepalous filaments c. 2 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5—1 mm, 
antepetalous filaments slightly tuberculate, c. 1.5 mm long; anther-apiculum large, 
reflexed. Style glabrous. Cocci 4-5 mm long, 2-3.5 mm wide, glabrous. Seeds c. 4 mm 
long, c. 2 mm wide. 
Selected specimens examined (of five collections): QUEENSLAND; BURNETT DISTRICT. 
Gully just below saddle between Mt Walsh and The Bluff, Mt Walsh NP, 25°34 S 152°03 E, M.F. 
Duretto 261-265, M. Bayly and N. Marsh, 4.ix.l992 (MFD26I: MEL; MFD262: MEL, NSW; 
MFD263: BRI, MEL; MFD264: HO, MEL; MFD265: CANB, MEL). 
Notes: Boronia foetida was referred to as the Mt Walsh form of B. rosmarinifolia by 
Stanley and Ross (1983). It is closely related to B. bella from which it can be 
distinguished by the smaller flowers, smaller hairs, and glabrous styles. 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia foetida is restricted to Mount Walsh N.P., south of 
Biggenden, Queensland (Fig. 13), where found in a variety of habitats ranging from 
montane heath to densely forested gullies. Flowering and fruiting: May-September. 
Conservation status: 2RC- (Duretto 1999). 
42. Boronia bella Duretto, Austrobaileya 5: 287 (1999), fig. 1 1 S-X. Type: Upper Oaky 
Ck, Many Peaks Range, Qld, c. 24°11.5’S 151°17.5’E, 9149-263238, M. Duretto 
269, M. Bayly and N. Marsh, 5.ix.l992 (holotype MEL 2036441; isotypes AD, BRI, 
CANB (CBG 9604106), DNA, K, MEL 2036442, NSW, PERTH). 
Boronia sp. Telford CBG 7702560 sensu Batianoff and Dillewaard (1988, p. 1 14). 
Boronia sp. (Many Peaks Range I.R. Telford CBG 7702560) sensu Forster (1997, p. 185). 
Erect, much branched shrub to 2 m. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 10-20 rays; rays 
white to yellow, (0.1-)0.25-0.5 mm long. Leaves 18-35 mm long, 3.5-10 mm wide; 
petiole 2-4 mm long; lamina elliptic, acute, attenuate. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered; 
peduncle 0.5-2 mm long; prophylls minutely unifoliolate, 2-5.5 mm long, 0.5-2.5 mm 
wide, with a dense, stellate indumentum, or as leaves; metaxyphylls 0.5-2.5 mm long; 
anthopodium 2-7 mm long. Sepals 4. 5-5.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide. Petals 7-8 mm 

Page image

879937 Boronia sp. (Massy Creek R.G.Coveny+ 7174) Muelleria 12(1): 40
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935809
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
879935 Boronia sp. Massy Creek, Rocky River (R.Coveny 7174) Muelleria 12(1): 39
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935810
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
879519 Boronia sp. (Mt Mulligan J.R.Clarkson 5301) Muelleria 12(1): 72
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935787
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

72 
M.F. Duretto 
a species with which it is sometimes confused, by the anthers being attached sub-apical ly 
to the tdaments and the long, narrow sepals. The Aboriginal people of the Endeavour 
River call this species “Bala-bal-balgal” (Bailey 1913). 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia alulata occurs from the tip of Cape York to just 
south of Cooktown, Queensland (Fig. 10), and is found in woodlands and heaths on sand 
and silts in coastal and upland areas. Flowering: February-November; fruiting; May- 
November. 
Conservation status: Common, widespread, found in several conservation reserves and 
under no immediate threat. 
29. Boronia quinkanensis Duretto, Austrobaileya 5: 291 (19^9), fig. 14 F-K. Type: 22.4 
km from Kennedy River on the Jedda Creek Track to King River Station, 15°4I’S 
143°47’E, J.R. Clarkson 3712, 24. vi. 1981 (holotype BRI AQ348406; isotypes 
CANB 372104, CANB {CBG 8505343), DNA /i.v., K n.v, MO n.v, NSW 244358). 
Boronia sp. “Jedda Creek” (J.R. Clarkson 3712) sensu Thomas and McDonald (1987 
p. 49; 1989, p. 46). 
Boronia sp. “Mt Mulligan” (J.R. Clarkson 5769) sensu Thomas and McDonald (1987 
p. 49; 1989, p. 46). 
Boronia sp. (Mt Mulligan, J.R. Clarkson 5301) sensu Ross (1994, p. 303); Forster 
(1997, p. 185). 
Boronia sp.4 (Mt Mulligan; J.R. Clarkson 5301 ) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). 
Erect, much branched shrub to 2.5 m tall, with a dense, stellate indumentum on the 
branches, leaves and inflorescence parts. Multiangular stellate hairs with 7-15 rays; rays 
white, 0. 1-0.5 mm long, firm, straight, glossy, smooth. Leaves 6-25 mm long, 4—15 mm 
wide in outline, with (l-)3-ll leaflets, the leaflet number per leaf increasing along 
branches; petiole 1-5 mm long, winged; rachis segments 1.5-6 mm long, 0.5-2 mm 
wide, winged, broader at the distal end; leaflets elliptic to oblanceolate, subsessile, 
obtuse, the margins recurved; terminal leaflet (2-)6-l5 mm long, (l-)3-7 mm wide, 
longer than preceding laterals but otherwise shortest; lateral leaflets (2-)5-l I mm long, 
(l-)3-5 mm wide. Inflorescence l-3(-5-9)-flowered; peduncle 1-23 mm long; prophylls 
minutely unifoliolate or minutely imparipinnate, 2.5-5 mm long, 1.5-3 mm wide; 
metaxyphylls minute to 0.5 mm long; anthopodium 1—10 mm long. Sepals narrower but 
c. the same length or slightly shorter than petals, acute to slightly acuminate, 3-5 mm 
long, 1-1.5 mm wide, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures; abaxial surface with a 
moderately dense to dense stellate indumentum. Petals 4-5.5 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, 
enlarging to 6-7 mm long as fruit matures; adaxial surface with a sparse simple 
indumentum, becoming glabrous towards base; abaxial surface with a dense, stellate 
indumentum. Filaments pilose on the abaxial surface and the margins below the glandular 
tip; antesepalous filaments 1.5-2 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5 mm; 
antepetalous filaments slightly to strongly tuberculate, 1-1.5 mm long; anthers attached 
subapically to the filament, anther-apiculum present but minute. Di.sc glabrous, entirely 
within stamen whorl. Style glabrous. Cocci 3.5— 4.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, glabrous 
or glabrescent, glossy. Seeds 3-4 mm long, 1 .5-2 mm wide. 
Selected specimens examined (of 15 collections): QUEENSLAND; COOK DISJTUCT: Sandy 
Ck area N of Jowalbinna, 15°43’S I44°18’E,4.R. Bean /7/0, 4.vii. 1990 (BRI, NSW); Near Laura 
R., 15°45’S I44°39’E, N. Byrnes 3079, 26.viii.l974 (BRI. MEL, NSW); Jowalbinna camp, c. 30 

Page image

879518 Boronia sp. 'Mt Mulligan' (J.R.Clarkson 5769) Muelleria 12(1): 72
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935787
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
933966 Boronia sp. (Mt Walsh P.I.Forster+ PIF15225) Muelleria 12(1): 87
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935856
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
933965 Boronia sp. (Mt Windsor Tableland P.I.Forster+ PIF17253) Muelleria 12(1): 86
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935855
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
933960 Boronia sp. (Robinson Gorge P.I.Forster+ PIF11235) Muelleria 12(1): 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935797
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
820644 Boronia sp. Telford CBG7702560 Muelleria 12(1): 87
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935856
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
87 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia excelsa is restricted to the Mount Windsor 
Tableland, north-eastern Queensland (Fig. 13), where it is found growing on granite in 
wet sclerophyll and Syncarpia forests, and along rainforest edges above KXK) m. 
Conservation status: 2R (Duretto 1999). 
41. Boronia foetida Duretto, Austrobaileya 5: 285 (1999), fig. 1 1 M-R. Type: Mt Walsh, 
7 km south of Biggenden, Grid Ref. 9347-046709, 25°34’S 152°03’E, P.I. Forster 
7483, 28. ix. 1990 (holotype MEL 1 597019; isotypes AD 99135181, BRI AQ474340, 
CANB 406384, K n.v., NSW, PERTH n.v.). 
Boronia sp. (Mt Walsh P.I. Forster+ PI F 17253) sensu Forster (1997, p. 185). 
Erect, much branched shrub to 2 m. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 8—20 rays, rays 
white to yellow, 0.05-0. 1 (-0.25) mm long. Leaves 20-52 mm long, 7-14 mm wide; 
petiole 2-7 mm long; lamina elliptic to slightly lanceolate, acute, attenuate. Inflorescence 
l(-3)-flowered; peduncle 2-2.5 mm long; prophylls minutely unifoliolate, 1-6 mm long, 
0.5-2 mm wide, with a dense, stellate indumentum, or as leaves; metaxyphylls 0.5-1 mm 
long; anthopodium 7—13 mm long. Sepals 2—3.5 mm long, 1.5— 2.5 mm wide, enlarging 
to 4 mm long and 3 mm wide as fruit matures. Petals c. 7 mm long, c. 4 mm wide, 
enlarging to 8 mm long as fruit matures. Filaments sparsely to moderately pilose; 
antesepalous filaments c. 2 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5—1 mm, 
antepetalous filaments slightly tuberculate, c. 1.5 mm long; anther-apiculum large, 
reflexed. Style glabrous. Cocci 4-5 mm long, 2-3.5 mm wide, glabrous. Seeds c. 4 mm 
long, c. 2 mm wide. 
Selected specimens examined (of five collections): QUEENSLAND; BURNETT DISTRICT. 
Gully just below saddle between Mt Walsh and The Bluff, Mt Walsh NP, 25°34 S 152°03 E, M.F. 
Duretto 261-265, M. Bayly and N. Marsh, 4.ix.l992 (MFD26I: MEL; MFD262: MEL, NSW; 
MFD263: BRI, MEL; MFD264: HO, MEL; MFD265: CANB, MEL). 
Notes: Boronia foetida was referred to as the Mt Walsh form of B. rosmarinifolia by 
Stanley and Ross (1983). It is closely related to B. bella from which it can be 
distinguished by the smaller flowers, smaller hairs, and glabrous styles. 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia foetida is restricted to Mount Walsh N.P., south of 
Biggenden, Queensland (Fig. 13), where found in a variety of habitats ranging from 
montane heath to densely forested gullies. Flowering and fruiting: May-September. 
Conservation status: 2RC- (Duretto 1999). 
42. Boronia bella Duretto, Austrobaileya 5: 287 (1999), fig. 1 1 S-X. Type: Upper Oaky 
Ck, Many Peaks Range, Qld, c. 24°11.5’S 151°17.5’E, 9149-263238, M. Duretto 
269, M. Bayly and N. Marsh, 5.ix.l992 (holotype MEL 2036441; isotypes AD, BRI, 
CANB (CBG 9604106), DNA, K, MEL 2036442, NSW, PERTH). 
Boronia sp. Telford CBG 7702560 sensu Batianoff and Dillewaard (1988, p. 1 14). 
Boronia sp. (Many Peaks Range I.R. Telford CBG 7702560) sensu Forster (1997, p. 185). 
Erect, much branched shrub to 2 m. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 10-20 rays; rays 
white to yellow, (0.1-)0.25-0.5 mm long. Leaves 18-35 mm long, 3.5-10 mm wide; 
petiole 2-4 mm long; lamina elliptic, acute, attenuate. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered; 
peduncle 0.5-2 mm long; prophylls minutely unifoliolate, 2-5.5 mm long, 0.5-2.5 mm 
wide, with a dense, stellate indumentum, or as leaves; metaxyphylls 0.5-2.5 mm long; 
anthopodium 2-7 mm long. Sepals 4. 5-5.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide. Petals 7-8 mm 

Page image

560136 Boronia squamipetala Muelleria 12(1): 39-40, Fig. 5 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 39-40, Fig. 5 (map)".

560195 Boronia suberosa Muelleria 12(1): 95-96, Fig. 15 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 95-96, Fig. 15 (map)".

933642 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935828
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
21 
were made at the same locality in the Frank Hann N.P., c. 90 km north-east of the Lake 
King township, south-western WA. It was found growing in Eucalyptus salmonophloia F. 
Muell. open woodland on clayey sand (Wilson 1998). 
Conservation status: Wilson (1998) gave B. corynophylla a Priority Two classification 
following the Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora. A ROTAP code of 2EC-I- 
is appropriate for this species. Wilson (1998) noted that in 1996 B. corynophylla could 
not be located where it had previously been collected and this could be because the area 
had been burnt the previous year. Surveys are urgently required to ascertain the size and 
extent of the known population of B. corynophylla. 
Boronia sect. 3. Valvatae (Benth.) Engl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(4), 135 (1896). Sp. typica: 
sub infra Boronia sen Valvatis indicatur. 
Boronia subg. Robonia Rchb., Iconogr. hot. exot. 54 (1827). Sp. typica: Boronia 
ledifolia (Vent.) DC. 
Boronia sect. Valvoboronia Kuntze in T.Post and Kuntze Lex. gen. phan., Prosp., 74 
(1903); nom. illeg., illegitimate substitute for Boronia sect. Valvatae (Benth.) Engl. 
Growth blastotelic. Multiangular stellate hairs present, if only on flowers, or rarely absent 
(B. anomala); rays unicellular, epidermal; simple hairs erect or antrorse. Branches 
usually without decurrent leaf bases, with little or no cork development on older stems 
(except B. suberosa), not obviously glandular (except B. eriantha). Leaves simple, 
unifoliolate or imparipinnate, the lamina conduplicate, dorsiventral or isobilateral, not 
obviously glandular, scattered nonsecretory glands in mesophyll; the margins entire, 
rarely glandular-crenulate (B. repanda), plane to revolute; the midrib sometimes raised, 
spongy mesophyll continuous under midvein or tightly packed tissue between midvein 
and abaxial epidermis. Inflorescence axillary, cymose or 2-nodal botryoids in which the 
second intemode of the primary axis and the basal intemodes of the secondary branches 
are reduced to vestiges (cf Weston 1990), 1 -many-flowered; prophylls and metaxyphylls 
persistent. Sepals valvate in bud, persistent with mature fruit. Petals valvate in bud, 
usually explanate (spread out flat) at anthesis, tip not inflexed, persistent or rarely 
caducous (B. anomala), after anthesis petals become dry and chartaceous and encase 
fruit. Stamens 8, all fertile, persistent or rarely caducous {B. anomala) with mature fruit; 
filaments usually pilose on the abaxial surface and the margins below the glandular tipi 
each gland usually bearing a minute stellate hair; antesepalous filaments longer than 
antepetalous; anthers equal or unequal, glabrous. Disc glabrous (except B. ledifolia, B. 
angustisepala, B. umbellata). Ovary glabrous, rarely hirsute {B. repandaf style terminal 
on ovary, pilose or glabrous; stigma rounded, not or scarcely wider than style. Seeds black 
or grey, elliptical to reniform, adaxial side flattened, shiny or dull; surface at 
magnification tuberculate to colliculate, rarely colliculate-folviate {B. viridiflora); 
tubercles unicellular, 6-55 pm across; placental endocarp (elaiosome) thick to thini 
usually persistent, yellow-white. 
Boronia sect. Valvatae contains approximately 56 species that are found in all states 
except South Australia and Tasmania (Eig. 2). It is characterised by axillary 
inflorescences, valvate sepals and petals that persist with the mature fruit, and the 
presence of stellate hairs (except B. anomala, sp. 5 below). The section is classified into 
four subsections, nine series and five subseries. One species, B. anomala, is placed as 
insertae sedis in the section. 
Larvae of the butterfly genus Nesolycaena (four species, family Lycaenidae) feed 
exclusively on members of Boronia sect. Valvatae (Braby 1996 and references therein). 

Page image

646214 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 37, Fig. 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935812
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
31 
in heath and woodland on ironstone. Extensive searches of Middle Ironcap (north of 
South Ironcap) in 1992 did not locate any plants. Flowering: July-October; fruiting: 
September- December. 
Conservation status: 2V (Briggs and Leigh 1996). This species is known from two 
small populations outside existing conservation reserves in an area where mining 
interests are becoming apparent, especially at Hatters Hill. 
Boronia secL Valvatae subsect. 2. Bowmaniae Duretto, subsect. nov. Radii pilorum 
stellatorum connati. Foliola et petala in pagina abaxiale plana. Sp. typica: B. 
bowmanii F. Muell. 
Stellate hairs sessile; all rays appressed, fused, smooth, glossy, firm, white. Branches 
quadrangular, with or without obvious glands, the hairs denser between decurrent leaf 
bases. Leaves imparipinnate; rachis segments winged, wider at the distal end; leaflets 
dorsiventral, epicuticular wax platelets absent, the midrib not or slightly raised on the 
abaxial surface, not or slightly impressed on the adaxial surface, tightly packed tissue 
between midvein and abaxial epidermis with secondary thickening, margins plane or 
slightly recurved. Inflorescence (1— )3— 7-flowered; peduncle woody, persistent after 
flowers; prophylls minutely unifoliolate or imparipinnate. Sepals shorter and narrower 
than petals, adaxial surface glabrous or glabrescent. Petals green to white, midrib not 
raised on the abaxial surface. Filaments clavate, tapering at apex, pilose below glandular 
tip, antepetalous fdaments smooth; anthers attached to the apex of the fdament, all equal. 
Disc entirely within stamen whorl. Seeds elliptical with adaxial side flattened and without 
ridge, shiny, black; tubercles smooth, fused or unfused. 
A subsection of two species from north Queensland (Fig. 5) that is characterised by 
glabrescent leaves, stellate hairs with partially fused rays (especially noticeable on the 
abaxial surface of the petals), petals and leaves without a raised midrib, and shiny black 
seeds. 
10. Boronia bowmanii F. Muell., Fragm. 4: 135 (1864) (as B. Bowmani). Type citation: 
“Ad flumen Cape River. E. Bownuin“. Type: Cape River, E. Bowman (lectotype, here 
designated, MEL 249188); Cape River, ? E. Bowman (probable isolectotypes BRI 
AQ3I8442, MEL 249187). 
Boronia platyrrachis F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 37 (1869). Type citation: “In montibus 
arenoso-atque schistoso-rupestribus ad junctionem amnis Percy-River cum flumin 
Gilberiti; R. Daintree.” Type: Main Gilbert River near the junction of the Percy River 
on sandstone rocks [c. 19°09’S 143°27.5’E, Cook, Qld], R. Daintree s.n. (holotype 
MEL 249186). 
Erect, much branched shrub to 1 m tall, with a sparse stellate indumentum or glabrescent 
on the branches, leaves and inflorescence parts. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 8-20 
rays; rays to 0.3 mm long. Branches glandular, becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves 
4()-95 mm long, 20-70 mm wide in outline, with 3-9 leaflets; petiole 5-23 mm long, 
winged; rachis segments 5.5-15 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, winged, broader at the distal 
end; leaflets sessile, narrowly elliptic, discolourous, paler beneath, acute; terminal leaflet 
10-60 mm long, 1.5-4 mm wide, longer than preceding laterals but otherwise shortest; 
lateral leaflets 5-33 mm long, 1-4 mm wide. Peduncle l-5(-l 1) mm long; prophylls 1-7 
mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide; metaxyphylls minute to 0.5 mm long; anthopodium 3-10 mm 
long. Sepals ovate-deltate, acute, 1. 5-2.5 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, not enlarging 
significantly as fruit matures; abaxial surface glabrous. Petals 3^ mm long, 2-3 mm 

Page image

51362570 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 37, Fig. 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935812
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
31 
in heath and woodland on ironstone. Extensive searches of Middle Ironcap (north of 
South Ironcap) in 1992 did not locate any plants. Flowering: July-October; fruiting: 
September- December. 
Conservation status: 2V (Briggs and Leigh 1996). This species is known from two 
small populations outside existing conservation reserves in an area where mining 
interests are becoming apparent, especially at Hatters Hill. 
Boronia secL Valvatae subsect. 2. Bowmaniae Duretto, subsect. nov. Radii pilorum 
stellatorum connati. Foliola et petala in pagina abaxiale plana. Sp. typica: B. 
bowmanii F. Muell. 
Stellate hairs sessile; all rays appressed, fused, smooth, glossy, firm, white. Branches 
quadrangular, with or without obvious glands, the hairs denser between decurrent leaf 
bases. Leaves imparipinnate; rachis segments winged, wider at the distal end; leaflets 
dorsiventral, epicuticular wax platelets absent, the midrib not or slightly raised on the 
abaxial surface, not or slightly impressed on the adaxial surface, tightly packed tissue 
between midvein and abaxial epidermis with secondary thickening, margins plane or 
slightly recurved. Inflorescence (1— )3— 7-flowered; peduncle woody, persistent after 
flowers; prophylls minutely unifoliolate or imparipinnate. Sepals shorter and narrower 
than petals, adaxial surface glabrous or glabrescent. Petals green to white, midrib not 
raised on the abaxial surface. Filaments clavate, tapering at apex, pilose below glandular 
tip, antepetalous fdaments smooth; anthers attached to the apex of the fdament, all equal. 
Disc entirely within stamen whorl. Seeds elliptical with adaxial side flattened and without 
ridge, shiny, black; tubercles smooth, fused or unfused. 
A subsection of two species from north Queensland (Fig. 5) that is characterised by 
glabrescent leaves, stellate hairs with partially fused rays (especially noticeable on the 
abaxial surface of the petals), petals and leaves without a raised midrib, and shiny black 
seeds. 
10. Boronia bowmanii F. Muell., Fragm. 4: 135 (1864) (as B. Bowmani). Type citation: 
“Ad flumen Cape River. E. Bownuin“. Type: Cape River, E. Bowman (lectotype, here 
designated, MEL 249188); Cape River, ? E. Bowman (probable isolectotypes BRI 
AQ3I8442, MEL 249187). 
Boronia platyrrachis F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 37 (1869). Type citation: “In montibus 
arenoso-atque schistoso-rupestribus ad junctionem amnis Percy-River cum flumin 
Gilberiti; R. Daintree.” Type: Main Gilbert River near the junction of the Percy River 
on sandstone rocks [c. 19°09’S 143°27.5’E, Cook, Qld], R. Daintree s.n. (holotype 
MEL 249186). 
Erect, much branched shrub to 1 m tall, with a sparse stellate indumentum or glabrescent 
on the branches, leaves and inflorescence parts. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 8-20 
rays; rays to 0.3 mm long. Branches glandular, becoming glabrous as they age. Leaves 
4()-95 mm long, 20-70 mm wide in outline, with 3-9 leaflets; petiole 5-23 mm long, 
winged; rachis segments 5.5-15 mm long, 1-3 mm wide, winged, broader at the distal 
end; leaflets sessile, narrowly elliptic, discolourous, paler beneath, acute; terminal leaflet 
10-60 mm long, 1.5-4 mm wide, longer than preceding laterals but otherwise shortest; 
lateral leaflets 5-33 mm long, 1-4 mm wide. Peduncle l-5(-l 1) mm long; prophylls 1-7 
mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide; metaxyphylls minute to 0.5 mm long; anthopodium 3-10 mm 
long. Sepals ovate-deltate, acute, 1. 5-2.5 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, not enlarging 
significantly as fruit matures; abaxial surface glabrous. Petals 3^ mm long, 2-3 mm 

Page image

646218 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 88-90, Figs 14-18 (maps)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 88-90, Figs 14-18 (maps)".

646209 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 24, Fig. 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935825
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

24 
M.F. Duretto 
Valvatae (10% of trees) or Boronia subsect. Bowmaniae. These results are repeated 
(almost exactly, with 2060 equally parsimonious trees) when the sepals of B. anomala are 
scored as being valvate. When sepal aestivation of B. anomala is scored as being 
imbricate, B. anomala is sister to Boronia sect. Valvatae in all of the 210 most 
parsimonious trees. Given the uncertain position of B. anomala in the above analysis it is 
treated here as being incertae sedis in Boronia sect. Valvatae. 
It is possible that B. anomala is a basal member of Boronia subsect. Grandisepalae. If 
this is so, then it would indicate the order of character evolution in this subsection; viz. 
the evolution of the constricted staminal filament ends and relatively large antepetalous 
anthers preceded the evolution of the relatively large sepals and the dorsal ridge of the 
seed. This hypothesis, and the placement of B. anomala, as presented here, will be tested 
in a forthcoming cladistic analysis of Boronia and its allies. Given the unusual 
combination of character states found in B. anomala, it is possible, with more data and 
further research, that a new section will need to be described to accommodate this most 
unusual species. 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia anomala is known from a sandstone gorge near 
Kalumburu, eastern Kimberley, Western Australia (Fig. 1). The only known population 
occurs under an overhang surrounded by heath dominated by Triodea burbidgeana (B. 
Harwood, DNA, pers. comm.). Flowering and fruiting material has been collected in 
June. 
Conservation Status: A ROTAP code of 2V is appropriate for this species. Further field 
work is urgently needed to determine the extent of the known population and if there are 
any other populations. 
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from Latin anomalus (diverging from the 
usual, abnormal). The name refers to the unusual combination of characters found in this 
species, and that it is atypical of Boronias in the Kimberley Region in not having sepals 
that are much smaller than the petals. 
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. 1. Ternatae Duretto, subsect. nov. Pili stellati apressi. 
Folia trifoliolata vel simplicia; epidermis crystallis constatis e cera dispesis. Semina 
tristia, reniformia. Sp. typica: B. temata Endl. 
Branches eglandular, terete to slightly quadrangular. Stellate hairs sessile; all rays 
appressed, unfused, smooth, firm, white. Leaves trifoliolate, rarely unifoliolate {B. 
temata), firm, scattered wax platelets on epidermis; the midrib not raised on the abaxial 
surface, spongy mesophyll continuous under midvein or absent, the midrib not impressed 
on the adaxial surface. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered; peduncle deciduous with flower; 
prophylls minute or minutely unifoliolate. Sepals shorter and narrower than petals, rarely 
the same size (B. adamsiana). Petals pink or white, with firm, shiny stellate hairs on the 
abaxial surface, the midrib sometimes raised on the abaxial surface. Filaments capitate, 
tapering apex, antepetalous filaments slightly glandular distally; anthers attached to the 
apex of the filament, all equal. Disc entirely within stamen whorl or just surrounding ba.se 
of filaments. Seeds reniform, adaxial side without ridge, dull, black to grey; tubercles 
roughly textured, unfused. 
All four species of Boronia sect. Valvatae that are found in south-western Australia 
(Fig. 3) are placed in Boronia subsect. Ternatae. The subsection is characterised by 
scattered epicuticular wax platelets on the usually trifoliolate leaves, and the dull and 
reniform seeds. There are two series. 
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Ternatae Duretto ser. 1 Ternatae 
Leaflets elliptic to oblanceolate, obtuse, plane, concolourous, isobilateral, glabrous or 

Page image

646215 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 40-42, Fig. 6 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 40-42, Fig. 6 (map)".

646224 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 110-111, Fig. 18 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 110-111, Fig. 18 (map)".

646222 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 95, Figs. 16, 17 (maps)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935864
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
95 
(MFD544: DNA, MEL; MFD545-547: MEL); Graveside Gorge, Kakadu, 13°17’S 132°33’E, J. 
Russell-Smith 2274 and D. Lucas, 3.V.1987 (DNA); saddle/ridge above side creek, just downstream 
and W of plunge pool, Barramundi Gorge, Kakadu NP, 13°19’S 132°26’E, M.F. Duretto 464-468, 
J. Chappill and G. Howell, 18.vi.l993 (MFD464: DNA, MEL; MFD465-467: MEL; MFD468: 
MEL, CANB). 
Notes: Boronia xanthastrum differs from B. verecunda by its stiff white-yellow hairs, 
wider leaves, smaller flowers, and petals that are hirsute on the adaxial surface. 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia xanthastrum is restricted to Kakadu N.P. (Northern 
Territory), on and around the Mt Basedow Range, and in the Barramundi and Graveside 
Gorge areas (Fig. 15). It is found growing on schists (Mt Basedow Range) and sandstones 
(escarpment country) in both heath and woodland communities. Flowering and fruiting: 
February-June. 
Conservation status: 2RC- (Duretto and Ladiges 1997). 
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Grandisepalae Duretto ser. Grandisepalae subser. 2. 
Grandisepalae 
Erect or spreading or pendulous shrubs, with a moderately dense to dense stellate 
indumentum on the branches, leaves, inflorescence parts and the abaxial surface of the 
perianth. Stellate hairs usually sessile, occasionally stalked; rays white to faintly yellow, 
to 0.5 mm long, firm, straight, glossy, smooth. Leaves isobilateral. Metaxyphylls absent 
or to 1 mm long. Sepal adaxial surface with a dense and minute simple/stellate- 
pubescence near the margins. Petal adaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense 
indumentum. Anther-apiculum absent or minute. Style glabrous or hirsute. Cocci hirsute. 
Seeds striate, longitudinal ridges 12-52 pm apart and constructed of fused tubercules. 
A subseries of five, possibly eight, species of the Northern Territory (Figs 16, 17), 
characterised by the usually sessile stellate hairs with rays to 0.5 mm long, and seed with 
a striate surface. These striations on the seed surface occur when the cellular projections 
on the seed surface, whether tubercles or collides, fuse to form ridges (Duretto and 
Ladiges 1997). The structure of these ridges is similar to that of Neobymesia suberosa 
J.A. Armstr. (cf. Armstrong and Powell 1980, fig. 5), also found on the north-eastern 
Arnhem Land Plateau, and Geleznowia verrucosa Turcz. (unpublish, data) of south- 
western Australia. 
Boronia subser. Grandisepalae, except B. suberosa and B. amplectens, was subjected 
to a phenetic analysis by Duretto and Ladiges (1997). This analysis identified, apart from 
a number of undescribed taxa, several specimens that could not be placed with confidence 
in any of the formally recognised taxa (see B. aff laxa \ ,B. aff. laxa 2, and B. aff. prolixa, 
species 50, 5 1 and 53 below). Further collections on the Arnhem Land Plateau (Northern 
Territory) and research are required to resolve the taxonomy of this group. 
47. Boronia suberosa Duretto, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 288 (1997), fig. 22. Type: 1 1.5 km 
NE of Jabiru East, 12°35’S 132°58’E, LA. Craven 5947, 26.V.1980 (holotype CANB 
313890; isotypes A, CANB 313889, DNA 19572 [photographs HO, MEL 2041229, 
NSW], L, MEL 234382). 
Boronia sp. 1 {Lazarides 9004) sensu Lazarides et al. (1988, p. 23). 
Boronia D6852 Jabiru sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. (1995, p. 100). 
Boronia sp.8 (Jabiru; C.R. Dunlop 3305) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 167). 

Page image

646223 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 107, Fig. 18 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935876
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
107 
Fig. 18. Distribution of Boronia subseries Jucundae: B. decumbens (♦), B. tolerans (O), 
B. jucunda (•); subseries Filicifoliae: B. pauciflora (A), B. kalumburuensis (A), B. 
filicifolia (■), B. minutipinna (□). Adapted from Duretto (1997), fig. 12. 
PERTH ); Parry Harbour on the Mainland near Troughton Is., F. Lullfitz 6109, 1 6.vi. 1 968 (PERTH); 
Lawley R., G.A. Gardner 963, 4.iv.l921 (PERTH); THE NORTHERN TERRITORY; VICTORIA 
RIVER REGION: Victoria R. area, I5°16’S 129°35’E, GJ. Leach 2399 and C. Dunlop, 9.iii.l989 
(BRl , DNA). 
Notes: Boronia wilsonii differs from B. lanuginosa by having wider and usually shorter 
leaflets and longer anthopodia. The many references to B. lanuginosa in the Kimberley 
can probably be referred to B. wilsonii (see Duretto 1997 and references therein). 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia wilsonii is common in the Kimberley Region and 
adjacent islands (Western Australia), though rarely collected far from the coast, and from 
few collections from the lower Victoria River, Northern Territory (Fig. 17). It grows on 
sand, sandstone, quartzite and rarely limestone. Flowering: January-September; fruiting: 
March-September. 
Conservation status: Common, widespread and under no immediate threat. Found in 
several reserves. 
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Grandisepalae ser. Lanuginosae subser. 2. Jucundae 
Duretto, subser. nov. Indumento sparse ubique. Folia sessilia; foliola plana abaxiale, 
margine piano vel recurvo leviter. Sp. typica: B. jucunda Duretto 
Erect or decumbent shrubs, glabrescent or with a sparse to moderately dense stellate 
indumentum on the branches, leaves and inflorescence parts. Leaves sessile, the younger 
distal leaves not becoming unifoliolate; rachis segments triangular; leaflets linear to 
narrowly elliptic, the margins plane to slightly recurved, the midrib not or slightly raised 
on the abaxial surface, sometimes impressed on the adaxial surface, dorsiventral or 
isobilateral. Peduncle absent or rarely to 0.5 mm long; metaxyphylls minute to 1 mm 
long. Sepals larger than petals. Cocci glabrous or with a sparse to moderately dense 
indumentum. Seeds black, usually concolourous (see B. jucunda, species 59 below). 
A subseries of three rare species of the Northern Territory with one extending into the 
south-eastern Kimberley Region of Western Australia (Fig. 1 8). It is characterised by 
having a sparse indumentum, and sessile leaves with plane, linear leaflets. 

Page image

646240 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 103, Fig. 17 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935872
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
103 
Fig. 17. Distribution of Boron/a subseries Lanuginosae: B. lanuginosa (0), 6. wilsonii (*). 
Adapted from Duretto (1997), fig. 1. 
metaxyphylls absent or minute. Sepals as large or larger than petals (rarely smaller), acute 
or acuminate. Antepetalous filaments smooth; anther-apiculum absent or present. Style 
glabrous or hirsute. Seeds black, shiny; surface at magnification tuberculate-colliculate; 
tubercles unfused. 
A series of three subseries and nine species of the Kimberley Region, Western 
Australia, the ‘Top End’ of the Northern Territory and north-western Queensland (Figs 
17, 18). It is characterised by imparipinnate leaves (though adult foliage of B. pauciflora 
is simple) without secondary thickening in the midrib. This series corresponds to the B. 
lanuginosa group discussed in Duretto (1997). 
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Grandisepalae ser. Lanuginosae Duretto subser. 1. 
Lanuginosae 
Erect shrubs, juvenile plants with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum, 
adult plants with a dense, stellate indumentum. Leaves petiolate, sometimes subsessile; 
rachis segments triangular; leaflets dorsiventral, narrowly elliptic to linear, the younger 
distal leaves not becoming unifoliolate, margins revolute or strongly recurved, the midrib 
raised on the abaxial surface. Sepals larger than petals. Cocci with a moderately dense to 
dense indumentum. Seeds black, concolourous. 
A subseries of two widespread species of the Kimberley Region of Western Australia, the 
‘Top End’ of the Northern Territory and north-western Queensland (Fig. 17). It is 
characterised by a dense indumentum throughout (at least on the adult foliage), narrow 
linear to elliptic leaflets with recurved to revolute margins and raised midribs on the 
abaxial surface. This subseries was the subject of the phenetic analysis presented bv 
Duretto (1997). ^ 
55. Boronia lanuginosa Endl. in Endl. et al., Enum. pi. 16 (1837). Type: King George’s 
Sound [probably Gulf of Carpentaria, Northern Territory], Ferd Bauer (lectotype 
(Duretto 1997): W n.v. (photograph PERTH 1610171)). 
[Boronia artemisioides F. Muell., Hooker’s J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 9: 196 (1857). 
nom. invai, provisional name only] 

Page image

646221 Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 93, Fig. 15 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935862
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
93 
concolourous, not succulent, plane or margin slightly recurved, dorsiventral or 
isobilateral, epicuticular wax platelets absent, the midrib impressed on the adaxial 
surface, prominently raised on the abaxial surface, secondary thickening in cells between 
midvein and abaxial epidermis. Prophylls sometimes unifoliolate. Sepals longer and 
wider than petals, acuminate. Antepetalous filaments glandular at the distal end; anther- 
apiculum absent or present. Style glabrous or hirsute. Seed tuberculae unfused or fused 
into longitudinal rows. 
A series of two subseries and at least seven species that is endemic to the Northern 
Territory (Figs 15, 16). It is characterised by a sparse to dense indumentum, simple 
leaves, and shiny, black seeds. 
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Grandisepalae ser. Grandisepalae subser. 1 . Verecundae 
Duretto, subser. nov. Pili stellati stipitati. Gynecium glabrum et cocci glabri. Pagina 
seminibus tuberculata. Sp. typica: B. verecunda Duretto 
Erect shrubs, with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum on the branches, 
leaves, inflorescence parts and abaxial surface of the perianth. Stellate hairs always 
stalked, even on perianth, stalks 0.25-0.5(-l) mm long; rays 0.5-1 mm long. Leaves 
dorsiventral. Metaxyphylls minute or absent. Sepal adaxial surface glabrous or with a 
sparse indumentum, abaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense stellate 
indumentum. Petal adaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse indumentum; abaxial surface 
with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum. Anther-apiculum absent or 
present. Style glabrous. Cocci glabrous. Seeds black, at magnification tuberculate or 
slightly striate. 
A subseries of two species, endemic to Kakadu N.P., Northern Territory (Fig. 15), 
characterised by stalked hairs with long rays. 
45. Boronia verecunda Duretto, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 291 (1997), figs 20e, f. Type: 
Kakadu N.P., 13°27’S 132°29’E, C.R. Dunlop 8611 and RE Munns, 22.iv.1990 
(holotype DNA 47561 (photograph & transparency MEL 2041223); isotypes AD 
99027035, BRI AQ5 11732, CANB 400809, MEL 1583457, NSW, PERTH n.v.). 
Boronia D6347 Kakadu sensu Leach et al. (1992, p. 35); Dunlop et al. (1995, p. 100). 
Boronia sp.9 (Kakadu; Martensz & Schodde 575) sensu Briggs and Leigh (1996, p. 
167). 
Erect, much branched subshrub to 40 cm tall. Multiangular stellate hairs with 9-15 rays 
per hair; rays white, 0.5-0.75(-l) mm long, weak, flexuous, dull. Branchlets slightly 
quadrangular but becoming terete as the branch ages, decurrent leaf bases absent or 
indistinct; new shoots with a moderately dense, light pink to white indumentum, older 
branches with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum and becoming glabrous 
as they age. Leaves 13-27(-50 on younger plants) mm long, 2-4(-8) mm wide; petiole 
to 1 mm long; lamina narrowly elliptic, acute, attenuate to cuneate, plane or margin 
slightly recurved; adaxial surface with a sparse to moderately dense stellate indumentum; 
abaxial surface with a sparse indumentum, the hairs mainly on margin and the midrib. 
Inflorescence 1 -flowered; peduncle 0.5-1 mm long, with a moderately dense to dense 
indumentum; prophylls 4-5 mm long, 0.5 mm wide, with a sparse to moderately dense 
stellate indumentum; anthopodium 1-1.5 mm long, glabrous or with a sparse to 
moderately dense stellate indumentum. Sepals white or pink, becoming green as fruit 
matures, ovate to debate, acute to acuminate, 6-7 mm long, 1.5-3 mm wide, not 

Page image

560121 Boronia ternata Muelleria 12(1): 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935824
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
25 
with a moderately dense to dense stellate indumentum. Style glabrous to hirsute for full 
length. 
The two species of this series, with some exceptions (see below), are found primarily 
on the sandplains of the wheatbelt, and have leaves that are plane and concolourous. 
6. Boronia ternata Endl., Nov. stirp. dec. 1: 6 (1839). Type citation: “Novae-Hollandiae 
austro-occidentalis interioribus legit cl. Roe”. Type: N.H.a.O., Roe s.n. (holotype W 
n.v. (photographs MEL 2049262, NSW, PERTH). 
Erect, much branched shrub to 2 m tall. Multiangular stellate hairs with c. 4—25 rays; rays 
0.05-0.5 mm long. Branches terete to quadrangular, with a sparse to dense indumentum, 
becoming glabrous as they age, the hair density even or rarely greater between the 
decurrent leaf bases though these are rarely present. Leaves trifoliolate or unifoliolate, 
firm, sessile or petiolate; petiole to 2 mm long, slightly winged; leaflets elliptic to 
oblanceolate, obtuse or rarely acute (mainly on juvenile foliage) or deeply emarginate, 
attenuate, glabrous or with a moderately dense to dense indumentum; terminal leaflet 
2-15 mm long, 1-5.5 mm wide; lateral leaflets 2-12 mm long, 1^ mm wide. 
Inflorescence with a dense, stellate indumentum; peduncle 0.5^ mm long; prophylls 
0.5-2 mm long, indumentum as with leaves; metaxyphylls 0.5-1 mm long; anthopodium 
0. 5-10 mm long. Sepals elliptical or ovate-deltate or lanceolate, 2-3.5 mm long, 1-2.5 
mm wide, acute to acuminate, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures; adaxial surface 
glabrous or glabrescent or with a sparse to moderately dense indumentum at tip; abaxial 
surface with a sparse to dense, stellate indumentum. Petals 4-1 1 mm long, 2-6 mm wide, 
enlarging slightly as fruit matures; adaxial surface with a sparse to dense indumentum 
distally, becoming glabrous towards the base; abaxial surface with a moderately dense to 
dense stellate indumentum, sometimes abaxial surface with a prominently raised midrib. 
Filaments glabrescent or with many stiff simple or rarely bifid hairs; antesepalous 
filaments 1.5-2 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5 mm; antepetalous 
filaments 1-1.5 mm long; abaxial surface of anther not frosty; anther-apiculum large, 
reflexed, rarely absent. Cocci 3-5.5 mm long, 2-3.5 mm wide, with a sparse to dense 
simple and/or stellate indumentum. Seed 2.5^ mm long, 1 .5-2.5 mm wide. 
Notes: Boronia temata differs from B. adamsiana by having sepals that are much 
shorter than the petals, and smaller hairs (Figs 4a-d). The quinolene alkaloids of B. 
temata are similar to those of B. lanceolata (Ahson et al. 1993), the only two members 
of Boronia sect. Valvatae studied. Stace etal. (1993) report that the chromosome number 
for B. temata is n=9. No specimens were cited, so it is not known which variety was 
studied. 
Boronia temata has six varieties and intergradation between varieties appears to occur 
in some areas, for example north of, and in the eastern parts of Fitzgerald River N.P., and 
in the Rendering Reserve/Nyabing area. 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia temata occurs mainly on the sand plains between 
Eneabba, Kalgoorlie and Esperance, south-western Western Australia (Fig. 3), where it is 
found in mallee and heath on sands, laterites, and spongelite. Flowering: April- 
November; fruiting May-January. 
Key to varieties 
1 . Leaves with a dense indumentum, though the hairs are sometimes minute, juvenile 
foliage with a sparse to dense indumentum; rarely the leaves and flowers glabrous. 
2. Anthopodium (pedicel) 0.5-1 mm long; adult leaves with a very dense indumentum, 
epidermis not visible under magnification; the leaves and flowers rarely glabrous 
6a. van temata 

Page image

560122 Boronia ternata ternata Muelleria 12(1): 26-28, Figs 3 (map), 4
560129 Boronia ternata austrofoliosa Muelleria 12(1): 32-33, Figs 3 (map), 4
560125 Boronia ternata elongata Muelleria 12(1): 28-29, Figs 3 (map), 4
560128 Boronia ternata foliosa Muelleria 12(1): 30-32, Figs 3 (map), 4
560127 Boronia ternata glabrifolia Muelleria 12(1): 29-30, Figs 3 (map), 4
560123 Boronia ternata promiscua Muelleria 12(1): 28, Figs 3 (map), 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935821
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
560204 Boronia tolerans Muelleria 12(1): 108-109, Fig. 18 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 108-109, Fig. 18 (map)".

817537 Boronia triphylla Muelleria 12(1): 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935772
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
57 
Wales, by Dr. White.” Type: New South Wales, Mr White, 1791 (syntype LINN 
755.10 n.v. (transparency MEL 2041299); Port Jackson, New South Wales, Mr White, 
1795 (syntype LINN 755.11 n.v. (transparency MEL 2041297), LINN 755.12 n.v. 
(transparency MEL 2041298)). 
Boronia triphylla Sieber ex Rchb., Iconogr. hot. exot. 1 : 53 t. 73 ( 1 825). B. ledifolia var. 
? triphylla (Sieber ex Rchb.) Benth., FI. austr. 1: 314 (1863). Type citation: “Sieb. El. 
Nov. Holl. exsicc. no. 291 . ...in Nova Hollandia, crescit in montibus caeruleis, mill, 
angl. 2, ante Springwood sub altissimis Eucalyptis.” Type: Nova Hollandia, Sieber 
297 (isosyntypes MEL 258131, MEL 258134 right hand spec., MEL 258364 left 
hand spec., TCD). 
Boronia triphylla Sieber ex Spreng., Syst. veg. 4: 148 (1827). Type citation: “Nov. 
Holl.” Type: Nova Hollandia, Sieber 297 (isosyntypes MEL 258131, MEL 258134 
right hand specimen, MEL 258364 left hand specimen, TCD); ibid, Sieber 531 
(isosyntypes MEL 258134 left hand spec., MEL 258364 right hand spec.) nom. illeg. 
non Sieber ex Rchb. 
Boronia triphylla var. latifolia Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 27 (1841), t. 47. Type 
citation: New Holland shrub... The accompanying drawing was made in the Nursery 
of Mssrs. Loddiges.” Type: n.v, description and plate decisive. 
Boronia ledophylla F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 67 (1859). Based on B. ledifolia sensu Bartling 
in Lehmann, PI. Preiss 2: 226 (1848). Type citation: “In regionibus interioribus 
Australiae meridionali-occidentalis m. Octobri a. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 2644” 
Type: Preiss s.n. (syntype LUND n.v (Paul Wilson pers. comm.)). 
Boronia ledifolia var. pinnata Domin, Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie 
Australiens 838 (1926) [^Bibliotheca Botanica Heft 89 (1926)]. Type citation: “N S 
Wales: Emmaville, J.L. Boorman VI. 1904. ...” Type: N.S. Wales, Emmaville, J.L. 
Boorman, vi.l904 (isosyntype MEL 249193). 
Boronia ledifolia var. normalis Domin, Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie 
Australiens 838 (1926) [^Bibliotheca Botanica Heft 89 (1926)]; nom. inval., 
autonym. Type citation: “Sieber EL. Novae Holl. Nr. 303 und FI. mixta No. 534”! 
Type: Nov. Holl., Sieber 303 (isosyntypes CANB, MEL 258361, MEL 258365)- Nov 
Holl., Sieber 5J4(isosyntype MEL 258360, MEL 258363). 
Boronia whitei Cheel, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 61: 405 (1928). Type 
Citation: “This was originally collected at Tent Hill, New England, by Mr. E.C. 
Andrews in 1903, ... There are also specimens from Emmaville (J.L. Boorman June 
1904); Torrington (R.H. Cambage, Nos. 1609 and 1715, July and September, 1907) 
... also from Torrington collected by J.L. Boorman in November, ... Then we have 
specimens from Bismuth, via Torrington, collected by Mr. A. McNutt in August 
1912 and 1924 ...’’Types-. Tent Hill, New England, Mr. E.C. Andrews, 1903 (syntype 
NSW 48863); Emmaville, J.L. Boorman, June 1904 (syntype MEL 249193)- 
Torrington, R.H. Cambage 1609, July 1907 (NSW? n.v); Torrington, R.H. Cambage 
1715, [29.]Sept. 1907 (syntypes BRI AQ318436, MEL 249194, NSW 488652); 
Bismuth, via Torrington, Mr. A. McNutt, August 1912 (syntype NSW 218867)- 
Bismuth, via Torrington, Mr. A. McNutt, August 1924 (syntype NSW? n.v.). 

Page image

817539 Boronia triphylla Muelleria 12(1): 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935772
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
57 
Wales, by Dr. White.” Type: New South Wales, Mr White, 1791 (syntype LINN 
755.10 n.v. (transparency MEL 2041299); Port Jackson, New South Wales, Mr White, 
1795 (syntype LINN 755.11 n.v. (transparency MEL 2041297), LINN 755.12 n.v. 
(transparency MEL 2041298)). 
Boronia triphylla Sieber ex Rchb., Iconogr. hot. exot. 1 : 53 t. 73 ( 1 825). B. ledifolia var. 
? triphylla (Sieber ex Rchb.) Benth., FI. austr. 1: 314 (1863). Type citation: “Sieb. El. 
Nov. Holl. exsicc. no. 291 . ...in Nova Hollandia, crescit in montibus caeruleis, mill, 
angl. 2, ante Springwood sub altissimis Eucalyptis.” Type: Nova Hollandia, Sieber 
297 (isosyntypes MEL 258131, MEL 258134 right hand spec., MEL 258364 left 
hand spec., TCD). 
Boronia triphylla Sieber ex Spreng., Syst. veg. 4: 148 (1827). Type citation: “Nov. 
Holl.” Type: Nova Hollandia, Sieber 297 (isosyntypes MEL 258131, MEL 258134 
right hand specimen, MEL 258364 left hand specimen, TCD); ibid, Sieber 531 
(isosyntypes MEL 258134 left hand spec., MEL 258364 right hand spec.) nom. illeg. 
non Sieber ex Rchb. 
Boronia triphylla var. latifolia Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 27 (1841), t. 47. Type 
citation: New Holland shrub... The accompanying drawing was made in the Nursery 
of Mssrs. Loddiges.” Type: n.v, description and plate decisive. 
Boronia ledophylla F. Muell., Fragm. 1: 67 (1859). Based on B. ledifolia sensu Bartling 
in Lehmann, PI. Preiss 2: 226 (1848). Type citation: “In regionibus interioribus 
Australiae meridionali-occidentalis m. Octobri a. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 2644” 
Type: Preiss s.n. (syntype LUND n.v (Paul Wilson pers. comm.)). 
Boronia ledifolia var. pinnata Domin, Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie 
Australiens 838 (1926) [^Bibliotheca Botanica Heft 89 (1926)]. Type citation: “N S 
Wales: Emmaville, J.L. Boorman VI. 1904. ...” Type: N.S. Wales, Emmaville, J.L. 
Boorman, vi.l904 (isosyntype MEL 249193). 
Boronia ledifolia var. normalis Domin, Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie 
Australiens 838 (1926) [^Bibliotheca Botanica Heft 89 (1926)]; nom. inval., 
autonym. Type citation: “Sieber EL. Novae Holl. Nr. 303 und FI. mixta No. 534”! 
Type: Nov. Holl., Sieber 303 (isosyntypes CANB, MEL 258361, MEL 258365)- Nov 
Holl., Sieber 5J4(isosyntype MEL 258360, MEL 258363). 
Boronia whitei Cheel, J. Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 61: 405 (1928). Type 
Citation: “This was originally collected at Tent Hill, New England, by Mr. E.C. 
Andrews in 1903, ... There are also specimens from Emmaville (J.L. Boorman June 
1904); Torrington (R.H. Cambage, Nos. 1609 and 1715, July and September, 1907) 
... also from Torrington collected by J.L. Boorman in November, ... Then we have 
specimens from Bismuth, via Torrington, collected by Mr. A. McNutt in August 
1912 and 1924 ...’’Types-. Tent Hill, New England, Mr. E.C. Andrews, 1903 (syntype 
NSW 48863); Emmaville, J.L. Boorman, June 1904 (syntype MEL 249193)- 
Torrington, R.H. Cambage 1609, July 1907 (NSW? n.v); Torrington, R.H. Cambage 
1715, [29.]Sept. 1907 (syntypes BRI AQ318436, MEL 249194, NSW 488652); 
Bismuth, via Torrington, Mr. A. McNutt, August 1912 (syntype NSW 218867)- 
Bismuth, via Torrington, Mr. A. McNutt, August 1924 (syntype NSW? n.v.). 

Page image

817546 Boronia triphylla flore-plena Muelleria 12(1): 58
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935773
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
817540 Boronia triphylla latifolia Muelleria 12(1): 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935772
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
560162 Boronia umbellata Muelleria 12(1): 65-66, Fig. 10 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 65-66, Fig. 10 (map)".

560193 Boronia verecunda Muelleria 12(1): 93-94, Fig. 15 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 93-94, Fig. 15 (map)".

817520 Boronia vilhelmii Muelleria 12(1): 14
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935835
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

14 
M.F. Duretto 
I. Boronia alata Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Bot. 8: 283 (1807).Type citation: 
“Discovered at King George’s Sound, on the West Coast of New Holland, latitude 
35°, by Mr. Archibald Menzies”. Type: King George’s Sound, on the West Coast of 
New Holland, lat. 35° [c. 35°S 118°E, Western Australia], Mr. A. Menzies, 1803 
(lectotype, here designated, LINN 684.3, n.v. (transparencies MEL 2041242, NSW, 
PERTH); isolectotype LIV n.v. (photograph CANB)); West Coast of New Holland, 
/(. Menzies, 1792 (possible residual syntype BM n.v. (transparencies MEL 2041236, 
NSW, PERTH)). 
Zanthoxylum oppositifolium DC., Prodr. 1; 728 (1824). Type citation: “in Nova- 
Hollandia. (v.s. in sine fl. ex Mus. Par.).” Type: n.v, equated with B. alata by 
Bentham, Fl. austr. 1; 312 (1863). [Boronia candollei G. Don, Gen. hist. 1: 793 
(1831) [B. candoUii sphalm]-, an illegitimate substitute for Zanthoxylum 
oppositifolium DC.] 
Boronia alata var. bipinnata F. Muell., Fragm. 9: 1 1 1 (1875). Type citation: “Drumm. 
89”. Type: W.A., Drummond 89 (holotype MEL 249151). 
Boronia vilhelmii Domin, Vestn. Krdl. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk, Tr. Mat.-Phr. 2: 51 
(1923). Type citation: “W.A.: Yallingup and Cape Naturaliste. A. A. DORRIEN- 
SMITH (herb. Kew).” Type: n.v, equated with B. alata by A.D. Chapman, Austral. PI. 
Name Index A-C, 440 (1991). 
Illustrations: R. Sweet, Fl. australus., 48 (1827-8); A. Engler m A. Engler and K. 
Prantl (Eds), Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2 19A: 251, Figs 107E-H (1931); Marchant etal. 
Fl Perth Region Pt 1; 478 (1987); M.G. Corrick and B.A. Fuhrer, Wddflowers of 
Southern Western Australia, 192 fig. 653 (1996); J. Wheeler, Wddflowers of the South 
Coast, 6\ (1996). 
Erect or in exposed areas prostrate, much branched shrub to 2.5 m tall and wide, 
resprouting from rootstalk, glabrous or sparsely hirsute. Simple hairs firm, erect, sinooth, 
straight, shiny. Branches slightly to sharply quadrangular, eglandular, the hairs denser 
between decurrent leaf bases. Leaves 15-65 mm long, 10-40 mm wide m outline, with 
( 3 _) 7_13 leaflets, not obviously glandular, lower leaves of branches usually bipinnate and 
lower pinnae with 3-5 leaflets; petiole 4-18 mm long, winged; rachis segments 3-15 mm 
long, 1-2 mm wide, winged, widest at the distal end; leaflets discolourous, paler beneath, 
elliptic to oblanceolate, sessile, the apex acute to obtuse, epicuticular wax platelets 
absent, glabrous or with few hairs on the midrib, the midrib impressed on the adaxia 
surface; terminal leaBet 5-20 mm long, 13-7 mm wide, shorter than laterals; latera 
leaBets (2-)6-22 mm long, (l-)3-9 mm wide. Peduncle 2-24 mm long; prophylls and 
metaxyphylls minutely unifoliolate, 0.5-3 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide; secondary branches 
of inflorescence 2-10 mm long; anthopodium 3-13 mm long. Sepals n^ow y dellate 
2.5-3.5 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, acute, ciliolate, not enlarging significantly as truit 
matures. Petals pink, 7-12 mm long, 4-6 mm wide, enlarging slightly as fruit matures; 
adaxial surface sparsely pubescent, the hairs concentrated on the midrib; abaxial surtaee 
glabrous or with few scattered simple hairs. Filaments clavate, tapering at apex, 
antesepalous filaments c. 2 mm long, the distal 0.5 mm prominently glabrous-glandular, 
antepetalous filaments slightly tuberculate, c. 1.5 mm long; anthers attached to the ^x 
of the filament, abaxial surface not frosty; anther-apiculum large and erect, glabrous, isc 
entirely within stamen whorl. Cocci 4-5 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, moderately den.se to 
densely hirsute. Seed 2.5-3 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, without ridge on adaxial side. 

Page image

560192 Boronia viridiflora Muelleria 12(1): 91-92, Fig. 15 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 91-92, Fig. 15 (map)".

560139 Boronia warrumbunglensis Muelleria 12(1): 46-47, Fig. 7 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 46-47, Fig. 7 (map)".

817544 Boronia whitei Muelleria 12(1): 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935772
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017
560203 Boronia wilsonii Muelleria 12(1): 106-107, Fig. 17 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 106-107, Fig. 17 (map)".

560194 Boronia xanthastrum Muelleria 12(1): 94-95, Fig. 15 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1): 94-95, Fig. 15 (map)".

817519 Cyanothamnus Muelleria 12(1): 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935846
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
3 
and LIV have been seen. Herbarium abbreviations, except OSS, follow Holmgren et al. 
1990. These specimens were augmented with material collected in the field from 1992 to 
1994. Where possible, at least five plants per local site were sampled. A complete list of 
specimens seen are available from the author on request. 
Anatomy and Scanning Electron Microscopy: The central portion of the leaves of all taxa 
was sectioned transversely. Material was fixed in 70% ethanol. If fresh material was not 
available, herbarium samples were re-hydrated in water with a small amount of detergent, 
brought to the brink of boiling, left simmering for one hour and soaked over night before 
fixing in 70% ethanol. All fixed material was then placed in 70% ethanol overnight, 
dehydrated through a graded ethanol series up to 100% ethanol, infiltrated with 100% 
LR-White (London Resin) through a resin/ethanol series, and polymerised at 60°C. 
Sections 2 pm in thickness were cut on a Reichert Ultracut ultra-microtome, stained with 
0.05% toluidine blue solution (pH 4.4) and observed and photographed using an 
Olympus BHS compound microscope. Voucher specimens for leaf anatomy are listed in 
Appendix 1. 
Trichomes (of leaves, petals and stems) and seed surfaces of all taxa (where material 
was available) were surveyed using a Scanning Electron Microscope. Dry leaves, petals, 
stems and seeds were mounted on stubs using double sided or carbon tape with 
conductive carbon paint, coated with gold using an Edwards Sputter Coater SI SOB and 
examined and photographed at 5KV using a JEOL 840 Scanning Electron Microscope 
equipped with a lanthanum hexaboride filament. All photographs of seeds were taken of 
central areas on a lateral side, except where otherwise stated. 
Taxon Descriptions: Descriptive terminology follows Theobald et al. (1979) and Hewson 
(1988) for hairs; Amelunxen et al. (1967), Wilkinson (1979) and Barthlott et al. (1998) 
for epicuticular waxes; Briggs and Johnson (1979) and Weston (1990) for inflorescence 
structure; and, Murley (1951), Powell and Armstrong (1980) and Barthlott (1984) for 
seed surfaces. The various degrees of hair density are defined as: a sparse indumentum is 
where the hairs are widely spaced; a moderately dense indumentum is where the hairs are 
spaced so that the rays do not overlap or overlap at the tips only, and the epidermis is 
clearly visible; and a dense indumentum is where the rays of different hairs overlap and 
the epidermis is not or barely visible. Conservation or ROTAP codes follow format of 
Briggs and Leigh (1996) for all taxa. 
Systematics 
Boronia Sm., Tracts nat. hist., 288 (1798). Sp. lectotypica (Wilson 1998): B. pinnata Sm. 
Cyanothamnus Lindl., Sketch veg. Swan. R., 18 (1839). Sp. lectotypica (Wilson 1998): 
C. ramosus Lindl [= B. ramosa (Lindl.) Benth.] 
Shrubs or rarely small trees or herbs, unarmed. Leaves opposite decussate or rarely 
subopposite or whorled or spiral, simple or imparipinnate, or bipinnate; palisade 
mesophyll usually tightly packed, non-secretory glands scattered in mesophyll. Flowers 
bisexual, four-merous, rarely five-merous (B. scabra Lindl. var. attenuata Paul G. 
Wilson), actinomorphic. Sepals free. Petals free. Stamens 8, rarely 10, the antesepalous 
stamens sometimes sterile. Carpels ± free, lacking sterile apex; styles fused; two ovules 
per carpel, usually only one reaching maturity. Fruit of 1^ cocci; cocci not transversely 
ridged, with rounded apices; endocarp consisting of two parts that often separate when 
the seed ejected from mature fruit: an elastic cartilaginous portion (the elastic endocarp) 

Page image

817535 Eriostemon paradoxus Muelleria 12(1): 56
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935771
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

56 
M.F. Duretto 
Kakadu NP, 12°48’S 132°56’E, I.R. Telford 8058 and J.W. Wrigley, 23.iv.1980 (CANB); Baroalba 
Ck, K. Brennan 142, 31.iii.l990 (OSS). 
Notes: Some plants of B. rupicola are glabrous while others are hirsute and detailed 
population surveys are required to ascertain the taxonomic importance of this (Duretto 
1997). Boronia rupicola can be distinguished from B. lanceolata and from the other 
Arnhem Land cliff specialists (B. viridiflora and B. suberosa) by the pendulous habit and 
compound leaves (not always present) and the very small flowers (Duretto 1997). 
The position of B. rupicola within Boronia subsect. Valvatae is uncertain and the 
species is certainly isolated. Though the cladistic analysis of Duretto and Ladiges (1999) 
places this species sister to Boronia series Erianthae it shares the peltate stellate hairs 
with Boronia series Valvatae and maybe be sister to this series. 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia rupicola is known only from the Mt Brockman 
outlier (Kakadu N.P.) and around Nabarlek (Arnhem Land), Northern Territory (Fig. 8). 
This jjendulous shrub is found exclusively on vertical surfaces in heavily dissected 
sandstone areas. The pendulous habit on vertical rock faces is found in other species of 
the dissected sandstone country of north-eastern Arnhem Land, e.g. Ochrosperma 
sulcatum A.R. Bean (Myrtaceae; Bean 1997): this phenomenon warrants further study 
(see also B. viridiflora, species 44 below). Flowering and fruiting: March-July. 
Conservation status: 2RC- (Duretto 1997). 
Boronia sect. Valvatae subsect. Valvatae ser. 4. Valvatae Benth., FI. austral. 1: 308, 31 1 
( 1 863). Sp. lectotypica (here designated): B. alulata Benth. 
Erect, rarely sprawling, shrubs. Multiangular stellate hairs sessile; rays firm, straight, 
smooth and glossy, often becoming weak, flexuous and dull on adaxial leaf-surface. 
Leaves simple or unifoliolate or imparipinnate, strongly discolourous, paler beneath, the 
margins plane to revolute, the midrib raised on the abaxial surface, sometimes barely; 
adaxial surface glabrous or with a sparse to dense stellate indumentum; abaxial surface 
with a hoary, heterogenous tomentum of two types of hair: a sparse to moderately dense 
layer of multiangular stellate hairs, and a dense layer of smaller peltate hairs, peltate hairs 
rarely absent {B. glabra [most plants], B. mollis); rachis segments oval or triangular. Disc 
usually glabrous and entirely within stamen whorl. Seed shiny, rarely dull (B. hoipolloi, 
B. lanceolata). 
Boronia series Valvatae contains 22 species that are found in the ‘Top End’ of the 
Northern Territory, Queensland, New South Wales and eastern Victoria (Figs 9-13). The 
series is characterised by the strongly discolourous leaves that have a dense indumentum 
of two types of stellate hair on the abaxial surface of the leaves (except B. mollis, B. 
glabra). A taxonomically difficult group requiring further work. The relationships 
between the species of this series are not clearly apparent (cf. Duretto and Ladiges 1999) 
and the informal classification presented here reflects this. Two species, B. ledifolia and 
B. chartacea, were isolated in the cladistic analysis of Duretto and Ladiges (1999) and 
are treated here as incertae sedis. 
Typifleation: Boronia alulata is chosen as the type species for Boronia ser. Valvatae 
as it was probably the first species of the series to be collected (by Banks and Solander 
in 1770, see below) and was one of the species described by Bentham (1863). 
21. Boronia ledifolia (Vent.) DC., Prodr. 1: 722 (1824). Lasiopetalum ledifolium Vent., 
Jard. Malmaison 1 sub. 59 ( 1 804). Type: not designated, (sp. group incertae sedis). 
Eriostemon paradoxus Sm., Rees Cycl. 13 No. 6 (1809). Boronia! paradoxa (Sm.) 
DC., Prodr. 1: 722 (1824). Type Citation: “Sent from Port Jackson, New South 

Page image

1000710 Forest Muelleria 12(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".

1000557 Granite Muelleria 12(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".

1000716 Hinchinbrook Muelleria 12(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".

51310183 Island Muelleria 12(1): 19
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935830
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
19 
Illustrations: J.M. Black, FI. South Australia, 491 Fig. 644E (1948); N. Alcock, 
Australia PL 8: 244 (1976); J.A. Armstrong and I.R. Telford, FI. South Australia Pt 2: 
772, Fig. 413A (1986); A. Prescott, It’s Blue with Five Petals: Plants of the Adelaide 
Region, 217, Fig. 2 (1988); G.R.M. Dashorst and J.P Jessop, Plants of the Adelaide 
Plains and Hills, 96, Pt 41.2-2a (1990); Holliday et al. Kangaroo Is. Native Plants, 
24 (1994). 
Erect, much branched shrub to 1 m tall, resprouting from rootstalk. Hairs, firm, smooth, 
straight, shiny, 0.05-0.25 mm long. Branches terete to slightly quadrangular, decurrent 
leaf bases present on younger branches, not obviously glandular, sparsely to densely 
puberulous, the hairs denser between the decurrent leaf bases. Leaves sessile or rarely 
petiolate, in outline 3-16 mm long, 3-15 mm wide, trifoliolate, very rarely uni- or 5- 
foliolate, ± glandular; petiole to 2 mm long, winged or not; rachis segments 1-3 mm long, 
c. 1 mm wide, winged, widest at the distal end; leaflets sessile to subsessile, petiolule to 
0.5 mm long, lamina oblanceolate, the apex obtuse, discolourous, paler beneath, 
epicuticular wax platelets absent, glabrous or sparsely to moderately dense puberulous, 
the midrib not impressed on the adaxial surface; terminal leaflet longer than laterals, 
1.5-14 mm long, 0.5-5 mm wide; lateral leaflets 2-10 mm long, 0.5-3 mm wide. 
Inflorescence glabrous or rarely glabrescent; peduncle absent; prophylls and 
metaxyphylls brown, 0.5-1 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, ciliolate; anthopodium 2-7 mm 
long. Sepals broadly ovate-deltate, 1-1.5 mm long, 0.5-0.75 mm wide, acute, glabrous or 
ciliolate, not enlarging significantly as fruit matures. Petals pink or white, 5-8 mm long, 
1- A mm wide, caducous; adaxial surface with a moderately to dense indumentum; 
abaxial surface glabrous. Stamens caducous; filaments clavate, glabrous, tapering at 
apex; antesepalous filaments c. 1.5 mm long, prominently glandular on the distal 0.5-1 
mm; antepetalous filaments tuberculate, 0.5-1 mm long; anthers attached to the apex of 
the filament, glabrous, abaxial surface not frosty; anther-apiculum large, erect or slightly 
reflexed. Disc entirely within stamen whorl. Stigma almost sessile. Cocci 3-4 mm long, 
2- 2.5 mm wide, sparsely to moderately dense puberulous. Seeds 2.5-3 mm long, 1 .5-2 
mm wide; surface at magnification not tuberculate but with a fine relief of folds 
perpendicular to ± visible anticlinal walls. Island Boronia. 
Selected specimens examined (of c. 60 collections): SOUTH AUSTRALIA: SOUTHERN 
LOFTY RANGES: Myponga Tiers, Myponga, c. 35°24’S 138°28’E, Bell, lO.x.1924 (AD); 
Hindmarsh Tiers - c. 10 km N of Victor Harbour, E. H. king, x. 1924 (AD); Fleurieu Peninsula, Mt 
Scrub, Waitpinga, c. 74 km S of Adelaide, Black, 27.i.l933 (AD); Fleurieu Peninsula, near 
Tunkalilia Beach, c. 25 km WSW of Victor Harbour or 25 km WSW of Myaponga, 35 km S of 
Adelaide, J.B. Cleland, 9.xi.l967 (AD); Filsell hill near Forest Range, c. 20 km E of Adelaide, 
34°58’S \3&°4S’E, A.G. Spooner 5278, 17.vii.l977 (AD); Mt Lofty Range, Mt Carey c. 15km ESE 
of Adelaide, J.B. Cleland, 26.x. 1 946 (AD); MURRAY: Region 9 - Murray (Mallee Plains), c. 3 km 
SW of Geranium (Geranium is c. 90 km ESE of Murray Bridge), A.B.G. Trainee 68, 14.ix.l970 
(AD); KANGAROO ISLAND: 9 miles E of Rocky R., M.E. Phillips, 31.viii.l964 (AD); 15 miles 
W of Cygnet River P.O., H.M. Cooper, 2.i.l945 (AD); Hundred of Cassini, F. Mowling, x.1980 
(AD); Ravine de Casears, G.F. Gross, 20.X.1951 (AD); Tunkilla Ck, EM. Hillon, 25.xi.1953 (AD); 
Pamdana Conservation reserve, c. 6 km due NE of Pamdana, NW comer of park, 35°45’20”S 
137°18’40”E, E.N.S. Jackson 4364, 21.viii.l982 (AD); Gosse Crown Land, c. 3.5 km from West 
End Hwy, 35°50’S 136°53’E, B.M. Overton 737, 30.xi.l985 (AD); Middle R. dam, 35°52’ 
1 37°20’E, A.G. Spooner 4796, 9.x. 1 976 (AD); c. 1 2 km E of Cape Borda, by main road (Ki’ngscote- 
Cape Borda), 35“50’S 139°I5’E, R. Schodde 533, 29.xii.1957 (AD); South Coast Hwy, 9 miles W 
of Stunsail Boom R., V. Johnson 75/74, 1 Lx. 1975 (NSW); Hundred of Gosse, 35°40’S 136°45’E, 
T. Dendy 114, (AD); Near Tandanya, South Coast Rd, 3.7 km E of Flinders Chase NP, Kangaroo 
Is., 35°58’S 136°49’E, PC. Heylingers 80096, 5.x. 1980 (AD, CANB). 

Page image

1000559 Key Muelleria 12(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".

1000563 Labrador Muelleria 12(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".

1000560 ledum Boronia Muelleria 12(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".

1000711 Possum Muelleria 12(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".

1000709 Rosemary Muelleria 12(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".

1000714 Sandstone Muelleria 12(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".

1000561 Showy Muelleria 12(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".

1000712 Smooth Muelleria 12(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".

1000564 Soft Muelleria 12(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".

1000717 Star Muelleria 12(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".

1000562 Sydney Muelleria 12(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".

51310176 WInged Boronia Muelleria 12(1): 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935834
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
15 
tubercles 10-44 miti across, irregularly fused, surface smooth, anticlinal walls not visible. 
Winged Boronia, or Winged-Leaved Boronia. 
Selected specimens examined (of c. 80 collections): WESTERN AUSTRALIA; SOUTH-WEST 
BOTANICAL PROVINCE; DRUMMOND REGION: Rottnest Is., Nancy Cove, /./?. Telford 6733 
and G. Butler, 12.viii.l977 (CANB); Mundaring Weir, 27 km E. of Perth, R. Tate (AD); Limestone 
cliffs. Minim Cove, Swan R. near Leighton, L. Glauert (PERTH); Garden Is., 32°1 1’E 1 15°21’S, 
B.T. Goadby, iii.1940 (PERTH); MENZIES and WARREN REGIONS: Cape Naturaliste, W side 
of Cape and Lighthouse 33°34’S 1 1 5°00’E, R. W. Purdie 4088, 1 0.xi. 1 990 (CANB, PERTH); Near 
Cape Leeuwin lighthouse, 34°22’S 115°10’E, M.F. Duretto 242-243 and M. Bayly, 27.viii.1992 
(MFD242: MEL; MFD243: CANB, MEL); Cottesloe, L Glauert, x.1925 (PERTH); Yallingup, 
33°39’S 1 15°01’E, G. Coghill I, 7.ix.l924 (AD, CANB); Black Rock, Redgate foreshore, 13 km 
SW of Margaret R., 34°00’S 1 15°00’E, R.D. Spencer 209 and N. Walsh, 2.ii.l989 (MEL); Point 
d’Entrecasteaux, T.E.H. Aplin 1449, 12.xii.l961 (PERTH); Rocky Bay near Walpole, C. Andrews, 
IX. 1902 (PERTH); Shelly Beach; West Cape Howe, 30 km W of Albany, G.J. Keighery 9936, 
10.xi.l986 (PERTH); Gull Rock Lake, 7 km S of Gull Rock Rd from intersection with Albany- 
Nanarup Rd, 12 km due E of Albany, 35°00’13”S 118°00’00”E, N. Hoyle 1507, 29.X.1985 
(PERTH); King George Sound, Robert Brown, xii.1801 (CANB, MEL); EYRE REGION: 10 km 
W. of Esperance on coast, 33°52’S 121°47’E, P.G. Wilson 10050, 2.X.1970 (CANB, PERTH)- 
Dempster Hill, Esperance, J.H. Willis, 16.xi.l950 (MEL); Middle Is., Recherche Archipelago! 
34°06’S 123°10’E, A.S. Weston 8662 and M.E. Trudgeon, 14.xi.l973 (PERTH); Eclipse Is., 6 km’ 
from mainland, 35°I I’S 1 17°53’E, Boden and Forshaw, 18. i. 1975 (CANB, PERTH). 
Typification: One collection is cited in the protologue of B. alata. Smith’s herbarium is 
now lodged at LINN and a partial duplicate set is lodged at LIV (Edmondson 1993). 
Specimens matching the specimen cited have been located at LINN and LIV. As the 
LINN collection is fertile (the LIV specimen is infertile) and in better condition it is here 
designated the lectotype. Another specimen of note, ‘West Coast of New Holland, 
Menzies, 1 792 (BM), could be considered a possible residual syntype. 
Synonymy. Mueller (1875, p. 1 1 1) described B. alata var. bipinnata, a bipinnate variety, 
from a specimen collected by Drummond. Boronia alata is a remarkably uniform species, 
and most specimens have bipinnate leaves on the lower parts of the branches, and 
accordingly Mueller’s variety is placed in synonymy. 
Notes: Boronia alata occupies an isolated position in Boronia, but is probably sister 
along with Boronia sect. Algidae, to Boronia sect. Valvatae s. str. (Duretto and Ladiges 
1999). The reduplicate petals (with margins bent abruptly outward with inner faces 
touching without overlapping) give the flower bud a four- winged appearance which is 
unique in Boronia. 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia alata occurs in coastal and near coastal areas from 
Perth to Esperance and the adjacent islands including the Recherche Archipelago South- 
west Botanical Province, Western Australian (Fig. 1). The species has rarely been 
collected between Albany to Esperance. Boronia alata grows mainly on calcareous soils 
and IS found on the basins and orogens bordering the Yilgarn Craton (as outlined by 
Trendall, 1990). The Yilgam Craton itself is made up of granites, gneisses and other 
metamorphics and underlies a large part of the South-west Botanical Province, including 
most coastal areas between Albany and Esperance. The rocks of the Yilgam Craton 
probably do not provide suitable habitat for B. alata. Boronia alata grows down to the 
surf-spray zone where it is often prostrate, it otherwise can form monotypic and dense 
stands, or be part of the shrubby understorey Eucalyptus L’Herit. or Corymbia K.D. Hill 
& L.A.S. Johnson woodland or forest. Flowering and fmiting: September-February. 
Conservation status: Common and widespread, found in various reserves and not under 
threat, except in the Perth region. 

Page image

51310178 Winged-Leaved Muelleria 12(1): 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935834
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

Boronia sect. Valvatae 
15 
tubercles 10-44 miti across, irregularly fused, surface smooth, anticlinal walls not visible. 
Winged Boronia, or Winged-Leaved Boronia. 
Selected specimens examined (of c. 80 collections): WESTERN AUSTRALIA; SOUTH-WEST 
BOTANICAL PROVINCE; DRUMMOND REGION: Rottnest Is., Nancy Cove, /./?. Telford 6733 
and G. Butler, 12.viii.l977 (CANB); Mundaring Weir, 27 km E. of Perth, R. Tate (AD); Limestone 
cliffs. Minim Cove, Swan R. near Leighton, L. Glauert (PERTH); Garden Is., 32°1 1’E 1 15°21’S, 
B.T. Goadby, iii.1940 (PERTH); MENZIES and WARREN REGIONS: Cape Naturaliste, W side 
of Cape and Lighthouse 33°34’S 1 1 5°00’E, R. W. Purdie 4088, 1 0.xi. 1 990 (CANB, PERTH); Near 
Cape Leeuwin lighthouse, 34°22’S 115°10’E, M.F. Duretto 242-243 and M. Bayly, 27.viii.1992 
(MFD242: MEL; MFD243: CANB, MEL); Cottesloe, L Glauert, x.1925 (PERTH); Yallingup, 
33°39’S 1 15°01’E, G. Coghill I, 7.ix.l924 (AD, CANB); Black Rock, Redgate foreshore, 13 km 
SW of Margaret R., 34°00’S 1 15°00’E, R.D. Spencer 209 and N. Walsh, 2.ii.l989 (MEL); Point 
d’Entrecasteaux, T.E.H. Aplin 1449, 12.xii.l961 (PERTH); Rocky Bay near Walpole, C. Andrews, 
IX. 1902 (PERTH); Shelly Beach; West Cape Howe, 30 km W of Albany, G.J. Keighery 9936, 
10.xi.l986 (PERTH); Gull Rock Lake, 7 km S of Gull Rock Rd from intersection with Albany- 
Nanarup Rd, 12 km due E of Albany, 35°00’13”S 118°00’00”E, N. Hoyle 1507, 29.X.1985 
(PERTH); King George Sound, Robert Brown, xii.1801 (CANB, MEL); EYRE REGION: 10 km 
W. of Esperance on coast, 33°52’S 121°47’E, P.G. Wilson 10050, 2.X.1970 (CANB, PERTH)- 
Dempster Hill, Esperance, J.H. Willis, 16.xi.l950 (MEL); Middle Is., Recherche Archipelago! 
34°06’S 123°10’E, A.S. Weston 8662 and M.E. Trudgeon, 14.xi.l973 (PERTH); Eclipse Is., 6 km’ 
from mainland, 35°I I’S 1 17°53’E, Boden and Forshaw, 18. i. 1975 (CANB, PERTH). 
Typification: One collection is cited in the protologue of B. alata. Smith’s herbarium is 
now lodged at LINN and a partial duplicate set is lodged at LIV (Edmondson 1993). 
Specimens matching the specimen cited have been located at LINN and LIV. As the 
LINN collection is fertile (the LIV specimen is infertile) and in better condition it is here 
designated the lectotype. Another specimen of note, ‘West Coast of New Holland, 
Menzies, 1 792 (BM), could be considered a possible residual syntype. 
Synonymy. Mueller (1875, p. 1 1 1) described B. alata var. bipinnata, a bipinnate variety, 
from a specimen collected by Drummond. Boronia alata is a remarkably uniform species, 
and most specimens have bipinnate leaves on the lower parts of the branches, and 
accordingly Mueller’s variety is placed in synonymy. 
Notes: Boronia alata occupies an isolated position in Boronia, but is probably sister 
along with Boronia sect. Algidae, to Boronia sect. Valvatae s. str. (Duretto and Ladiges 
1999). The reduplicate petals (with margins bent abruptly outward with inner faces 
touching without overlapping) give the flower bud a four- winged appearance which is 
unique in Boronia. 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia alata occurs in coastal and near coastal areas from 
Perth to Esperance and the adjacent islands including the Recherche Archipelago South- 
west Botanical Province, Western Australian (Fig. 1). The species has rarely been 
collected between Albany to Esperance. Boronia alata grows mainly on calcareous soils 
and IS found on the basins and orogens bordering the Yilgarn Craton (as outlined by 
Trendall, 1990). The Yilgam Craton itself is made up of granites, gneisses and other 
metamorphics and underlies a large part of the South-west Botanical Province, including 
most coastal areas between Albany and Esperance. The rocks of the Yilgam Craton 
probably do not provide suitable habitat for B. alata. Boronia alata grows down to the 
surf-spray zone where it is often prostrate, it otherwise can form monotypic and dense 
stands, or be part of the shrubby understorey Eucalyptus L’Herit. or Corymbia K.D. Hill 
& L.A.S. Johnson woodland or forest. Flowering and fmiting: September-February. 
Conservation status: Common and widespread, found in various reserves and not under 
threat, except in the Perth region. 

Page image

1000565 Wyperba Muelleria 12(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(1)".

817518 Zanthoxylum oppositifolium Muelleria 12(1): 14
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50935835
Page is part of the work Systematics of Boronia section Valvatae sensu lato (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.184017

Page text

14 
M.F. Duretto 
I. Boronia alata Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Bot. 8: 283 (1807).Type citation: 
“Discovered at King George’s Sound, on the West Coast of New Holland, latitude 
35°, by Mr. Archibald Menzies”. Type: King George’s Sound, on the West Coast of 
New Holland, lat. 35° [c. 35°S 118°E, Western Australia], Mr. A. Menzies, 1803 
(lectotype, here designated, LINN 684.3, n.v. (transparencies MEL 2041242, NSW, 
PERTH); isolectotype LIV n.v. (photograph CANB)); West Coast of New Holland, 
/(. Menzies, 1792 (possible residual syntype BM n.v. (transparencies MEL 2041236, 
NSW, PERTH)). 
Zanthoxylum oppositifolium DC., Prodr. 1; 728 (1824). Type citation: “in Nova- 
Hollandia. (v.s. in sine fl. ex Mus. Par.).” Type: n.v, equated with B. alata by 
Bentham, Fl. austr. 1; 312 (1863). [Boronia candollei G. Don, Gen. hist. 1: 793 
(1831) [B. candoUii sphalm]-, an illegitimate substitute for Zanthoxylum 
oppositifolium DC.] 
Boronia alata var. bipinnata F. Muell., Fragm. 9: 1 1 1 (1875). Type citation: “Drumm. 
89”. Type: W.A., Drummond 89 (holotype MEL 249151). 
Boronia vilhelmii Domin, Vestn. Krdl. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk, Tr. Mat.-Phr. 2: 51 
(1923). Type citation: “W.A.: Yallingup and Cape Naturaliste. A. A. DORRIEN- 
SMITH (herb. Kew).” Type: n.v, equated with B. alata by A.D. Chapman, Austral. PI. 
Name Index A-C, 440 (1991). 
Illustrations: R. Sweet, Fl. australus., 48 (1827-8); A. Engler m A. Engler and K. 
Prantl (Eds), Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2 19A: 251, Figs 107E-H (1931); Marchant etal. 
Fl Perth Region Pt 1; 478 (1987); M.G. Corrick and B.A. Fuhrer, Wddflowers of 
Southern Western Australia, 192 fig. 653 (1996); J. Wheeler, Wddflowers of the South 
Coast, 6\ (1996). 
Erect or in exposed areas prostrate, much branched shrub to 2.5 m tall and wide, 
resprouting from rootstalk, glabrous or sparsely hirsute. Simple hairs firm, erect, sinooth, 
straight, shiny. Branches slightly to sharply quadrangular, eglandular, the hairs denser 
between decurrent leaf bases. Leaves 15-65 mm long, 10-40 mm wide m outline, with 
( 3 _) 7_13 leaflets, not obviously glandular, lower leaves of branches usually bipinnate and 
lower pinnae with 3-5 leaflets; petiole 4-18 mm long, winged; rachis segments 3-15 mm 
long, 1-2 mm wide, winged, widest at the distal end; leaflets discolourous, paler beneath, 
elliptic to oblanceolate, sessile, the apex acute to obtuse, epicuticular wax platelets 
absent, glabrous or with few hairs on the midrib, the midrib impressed on the adaxia 
surface; terminal leaBet 5-20 mm long, 13-7 mm wide, shorter than laterals; latera 
leaBets (2-)6-22 mm long, (l-)3-9 mm wide. Peduncle 2-24 mm long; prophylls and 
metaxyphylls minutely unifoliolate, 0.5-3 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide; secondary branches 
of inflorescence 2-10 mm long; anthopodium 3-13 mm long. Sepals n^ow y dellate 
2.5-3.5 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, acute, ciliolate, not enlarging significantly as truit 
matures. Petals pink, 7-12 mm long, 4-6 mm wide, enlarging slightly as fruit matures; 
adaxial surface sparsely pubescent, the hairs concentrated on the midrib; abaxial surtaee 
glabrous or with few scattered simple hairs. Filaments clavate, tapering at apex, 
antesepalous filaments c. 2 mm long, the distal 0.5 mm prominently glabrous-glandular, 
antepetalous filaments slightly tuberculate, c. 1.5 mm long; anthers attached to the ^x 
of the filament, abaxial surface not frosty; anther-apiculum large and erect, glabrous, isc 
entirely within stamen whorl. Cocci 4-5 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, moderately den.se to 
densely hirsute. Seed 2.5-3 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, without ridge on adaxial side. 

Page image

575824 Camarophyllopsis darwinensis Muelleria 13: 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51230613
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrophoraceae (Fungi, Agaricales) of south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237638
575825 Camarophyllopsis kearneyi Muelleria 13: 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51230613
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrophoraceae (Fungi, Agaricales) of south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237638
575805 Hygrocybe aurantiopallens Muelleria 13: 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51230592
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrophoraceae (Fungi, Agaricales) of south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237638
575806 Hygrocybe bolensis Muelleria 13: 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51230599
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrophoraceae (Fungi, Agaricales) of south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237638

Page text

18 
A.M. Young 
Remarks : The convex pileus with its very pronounced and papillate umbo may 
suggest a conical shape. The description now holds details of colour referred to Kornerup 
& Wanscher (1981) and expanded information for the basidiome macrocharacters. 
Subgen. 3 Pseudohygrocybe M. Bon, Doc. Mycol. 24: 42 (1976). Species typica : 
Hygrocybe coccinea (Schaeff.: Fr.) P.Kumm. 
Basidiome variously coloured often brightly (red. orange, yellow, green, lilac); pileus 
conical, convex or umbilicate; lamellae narrowly adnate to decurrent; cystidia sometimes 
present as cheilocystidia, rarely as pseudo-pleurocystidia; hymenophoral trama regular, 
subregular to slightly irregular, composed of short, cylindrical to inflated elements 20-300 
pm long (rarely up to 700 pm); clamps generally present throughout the basidiome. 
11. Hygrocybe bolensis A.M. Young, sp. nov. 
Pileus 9-20 mm, coceineus, convexus diende plano-convexus ad umbilicatus, 
viscidulus diende siccus, glaber, ad marginem crenulatus. Lamellae arcuatae vel 
decurrentes, pallido-aurantiacae, ad marginem pallido-flavae. Stipes 15-23 x 1. 5-3.0 
mm, coccineus, viscidulus diende siccus, laevis, cylindricus cum basim angustatus. 
Sporae 7— 9(— 9.5) x 4-5.5(-6) pm, Q: 1 .4-1 .8(-2.0), ellipsoideae vel sub-cylindricae, 
aliquot constrictae, hyalinae. Basidia 34-51 x (6— )7— 9 pm, Q: 4.4-7. 7, (2-)4-spora, 
fibulata. Cystidia nulla. Trama hymenophoralis regularis. fibulata. Epicutis pilei cutis vel 
sub-ixocutis formans. Gregaria vel caespitosa in humo sylvestri. 
Type: New South Wales. Bola Creek - Royal National Park, 34°09'S 151°02’E, 
1 5.vi. 1 998, A.M. Young, (hb. young. 2125) (holotype DAR 73954 ; iso BRI). 
Pileus 9-20 mm, brilliant scarlet-red (near 10A8 but brighter), convex becoming plano- 
convex and then depressed and finally more or less umbilicate, at first slightly viscid or 
sticky but very quickly becoming dry and moist-hygrophanous, smooth but often 
appearing very distinctly finely, silky, radially fibrillose (or even sub-rimose) especially 
when beginning to lose the surface moisture, drying from the centre to become pale buff- 
red, margin strongly crenulate. Flesh white with yellow tints. Lamellae arcuate to 
decurrent, pale orange (near 6B5-6B8), margins even and pale yellow (near 3A3). Stipe 
15-23 x 1.5-3 mm, red (near 10A8 but a brighter hue), at first very slightly viscid or 
sticky but then very quickly dry and appearing polished and smooth, hollow or pith filled, 
cylindrical or tapered downwards. 
Spores 7-9(-9.5) x 4— 5.5(— 6) pm, mean 7.5 x 4.6 pm, Q: 1 .4—1 ,8(— 2.0), mean Q: 
1.63, smooth, hyaline, ellipsoid or ovoid occasionally sub-cylindrical and often 
constricted. Basidia 34—51 x (6-)7-9 pm, mean 43 x 7.4 pm. Q: 4.4-7. 7, mean Q: 5.85, 
4-spored but 2-spored basidia occasional, clamped. Cystidia absent. Hymenophoral 
trama regular composed of chains of inflated, ellipsoid to sausage shaped elements, 
hyaline, thin-walled, 15-92 x 4-12 pm, clamps present especially on the non-inflated 
hyphal elements. Pileipellis a cutis or very weak ixocutis of repent, cylindrical, slightly 
gelatinised, hyaline, non-inflated hyphae 2.5-12 pm diameter, clamps abundant. 
Stipitipellis a cutis or very weak ixocutis of repent, hyaline, cylindrical, non-inflated 
hyphae 2. 5-5.0 pm diameter, clamps abundant. (Fig. 3) 
Habitat and distribution: Gregarious or caespitose on soil amongst leaf litter in wet 
sclerophyll forest. Known only from the type locality. 
Remarks: Dried material of this species is characteristically brown capped with a red. 
almost ‘plastic translucent" stipe. The pileus centre almost always forms a central smooth 
■pit" or depression during drying whether the pileus was umbilicate or not and the centre 
is usually a paler brown. It comes close to the European H. constrictospora which differs 

Page image

575807 Hygrocybe erythrocala Muelleria 13: 20
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51230601
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrophoraceae (Fungi, Agaricales) of south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237638

Page text

20 
A.M. Young 
Illustrations: Fuhrer & Robinson (1992), p. 41; Young & Wood (1997), p. 964. 
Habitat and distribution: Gregarious on soil in subtropical rainforest, eucalypt forest, or 
cool temperate rainforest; sometimes on or at the bases of tree ferns. Known from central 
New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. 
Material examined: New South Wales. Bola Creek - Royal National Park, 34°09’S 1 5 1 °02’E, 
15. vi. 1998. A.M. Young, ( hb . young. 2130) (BRI). Victoria. Wilsons Promontory, 38°55'S 
146°23’E, 24. v. 1998, A.M. Young, (hb. young. 2060) (MEL 2060215): Henry Creek Forest (nr. 
Nyora), 24.vi.1992, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL 261049): Lower Glenelg, 1 5.viii. 1 964, A.C.Beauglehole 
6347 (MEL 2030402). 
Remarks: These new collections are the first indications that this taxon is widespread 
in Victoria. 
13 . Hygrocybe erythrocala A.M. Young in Young & Wood, Austral. Syst. Sot. 10: 970 
(1997). Type: New South Wales. Mt. Wilson, 33°30’S 150°22’E, A.E. Wood s.n. (holotype 
UNSW 93/7). 
Illustration: Young & Wood (1997), p. 971. 
Habitat and distribution: Gregarious on soil in either rainforest or wet sclerophyll forest. 
Wide spread and common in the Sydney region of New South Wales. 
Material examined: New South Wales. Hazelbrook, 33°44’S 150°27’E, 12. vi. 1998. 
A.M. Young, (hb. young. 2093) (MEL 2060102 ); Mt. Wilson, 33°30‘S 150°22’E, 17.vi. 1998, 
A.M. Young, (hb. young. 2155) (BRI). 
Remarks: These new collections confirmed the extreme variability of viscidity 
mentioned in the type description. 
14 . Hygrocybe firma (Berk. & Broome) Singer, Sydowia 1 1: 355 (1957); Hygrophorus 
firmus Berk. & Broome, Journ. Linn. Soc., Rot. 1 1: 563 (1871 ). Type: Sri Lanka. Kandy 
District. Peradeniya, i. 1 869, G.H.K. Thwaites 880 (holotype K. n.v.). 
Pileus (only one specimen seen) 28 mm, brilliant scarlet (10A8 or brighter), convex and 
umbilicate, dry, smooth, margin even to a little irregular. Lamellae deeply decurrent, 
bright pink (9A5) but may have an orange tint, margins even and concolorous. Stipe 65 x 
4-6 mm, a paler shade of the pileus, hollow to pith tilled, dry, smooth, cylindrical. 
Macrospores (10-)1 1 .5-15 x (7— )8— 1 0 pm. mean 12.6 x 8.5 pm. Q: 1.3- 1.7, mean Q: 
1.51. smooth, hyaline, broadly ellipsoid to ovoid. Microspores 7-10 x 5-6.5 pm, mean 
8.4 x 5.5 pm, Q: 1.3-1. 9, mean Q: 1.53, smooth, hyaline, ellipsoid to amygdaliform 
occasionally slightly constricted. Macrobasidia 68-88 x (8.5—) 1 0— 1 2 pm, mean 77 x 1 I 
pm, Q= 6. 1-8.1, mean Q= 7.02, 4-spored, clamped. Microbasidia 52-67 x 8-11 pm, 
mean 60 x 9 pm, Q: (5.6— )6.3— 7.3(— 8.0), mean Q= 6.67, 4-spored. clamped. Cystidia 
none. Hymenophoral trama regular composed of hyaline, cylindrical, septate, clamped 
elements 2.5- 1 3 pm diameter and up to 1 80 pm long. Pileipellis a partially disrupted, dry 
cutis (or occasionally approaching a very weakly formed trichoderm) of short, inflated, 
hyaline, clamped elements 12-25 pm diameter. Stipitipellis a dry cutis of repent, thin- 
walled. hyaline, clamped hyphae 3. 3-7. 5 pm. (Fig. 4) 
Habitat and distribution: Solitary in leaf litter; eucalypt forest. In Australia, known 
only from Victoria. 
Material examined: Victoria. Lillypilly Gully - Wilsons Promontory, 39°00'S 146°20’E. 
23. v. 1998. A.M. Young, (hb. young. 2054 ) (MEL 2060217). 

Page image

575808 Hygrocybe firma Muelleria 13: 20
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51230601
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrophoraceae (Fungi, Agaricales) of south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237638
575804 Hygrocybe Muelleria 13: 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51230587
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrophoraceae (Fungi, Agaricales) of south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237638

Page text

6 
A.M. Young 
Basidiome fleshy, often watery or waxy in texture, collybioid, mycenoid or omphaloid, 
generally small to medium sized but occasionally large; variously coloured, often bright 
red, orange, yellow, green and lilac or combinations of these colours. Pileus opaque or 
hygrophanous, striate or not, dry to glutinous, smooth to squamulose or fibrillose. 
Lamellae usually sub-distant to distant, free to adnate or decurrent, thick to very thick and 
with waxy appearance when fresh; velar structures absent. Stipe dry to glutinous, smooth 
to squamulose or fibrillose; spore print white, cream coloured, pale magenta or pale lilac. 
Spores hyaline, smooth or rarely spinose, non-amyloid (for known Australian taxa). 
Basidia sometimes long (25-70 pm), Q: 2.5-10.0, 2- and 4-spored forms frequent. 
Cheilocystidia present in some species either as true or pseudo-cystidia; pleurocystidia 
rare and then as pseudo-pleurocystidia. Hymenophoral trama regular, subregular to 
irregular, tramal elements from very long (>1000 pm) to very short (<30 pm); clamp 
connections usually present. Pileipellis a cutis, ixocutis, trichoderm or ixotrichoderm. 
Development gymnocarpic and stipitocarpic. 
Habitat and Distribution: Solitary to gregarious, terrestrial, rarely on wood and then only 
if the wood is extremely rotten; substrates include soil, humus, moss; grasslands to forest and 
saprophytic. Cosmopolitan from subarctic or subantarctic to tropics and alpine regions. 
Key to the subgenera of Hygrocybe 
1. Hymenophoral trama irregular, composed of short (20-150 pm) interwoven hyphal 
elements; basidiome colours often subdued (white, brown, dull lilac-grey) but may 
be orange, apricot or bright lilac; lamellae arcuate to decurrent; clamps present, 
occasionally rare in the hymenophoral trama subgen. 1. Cuphophyllus Key 1. 
1 . Hymenophoral trama regular to subregular (if subregular, then basidiome brightly 
coloured) and composed of parallel hyphal elements which are either ‘long tubular’ 
or chains of short elements; basidiome often very brightly coloured (red, orange, 
yellow, green, lilac); lamellae variously attached; clamps present, at least at the 
bases of the basidia 2 
2( 1 ). Hymenophoral trama very regular, composed of very long ( 1 000-3000 pm), 
aseptate, tubular elements with tapered ends; lamellae free, ascending or narrowly 
adnate; tissues may blacken on bruising; basidia usually short (mean length 30-40 
(-45) pm); except for the aseptate hymenophoral trama, clamps usually present 
throughout the basidiome, rarely absent in some taxa with 2-spored basidia 
subgen. 2. Hygrocybe Key 2. 
2. Hymenophoral trama regular to subregular, composed of parallel chains of short, 
sometimes inflated hyphal elements (usually 20—400 pm); lamellae adnate to 
decurrent; tissues never blackening on bruising; basidia sometimes long (40—60 
pm); clamps either present throughout the basidiome or present only at the bases of 
the basidia 2 
3(2). Clamps present throughout the basidiome and of medallion form or not; pileus 
never splitting radially so that the split occurs along the medial section of a lamella 
subgen. 3. Pseudohygrocybe Key 3. 
3. Clamps absent throughout the basidiome except at the bases of the basidia and then 
frequently of medallion form; pilei tending to split radially along the medial line of 
at least some lamellae so that the half lamellae remain joined at the lamellae 
margins and also attached to the pileus at the edges of the radial split 
subgen. 4 Humidicutis Key 4. 
Key 1: Species of subgenus Cuphophyllus 
1 . Pileus pure white to off-white and pellucid striate; or cream coloured and then 
sometimes with biscuit brown tints at the depressed centre, not pellucid striate. ...2 

Page image

575809 Hygrocybe hayi Muelleria 13: 23
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51230604
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrophoraceae (Fungi, Agaricales) of south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237638

Page text

Hygrophoraceae 
23 
synonymous with Hygrocybe psittacina var. perplexa (A.H. Smith & Hesler) Boertm. 
which is noted as being different only from the typical green variety of Hygrocybe 
psittacina in that var. perplexa is brick-red. Hygrocybe psittacina has not been recorded 
for Australia. It is very probable that the Mordialloc collection was made from specimens 
of H. graminicolor which were displaying the deep, reddish brown colour variation. The 
listing of Hygrophorus sciophanus (Fr.) Fr. by Cooke (1892) is considered erroneous and 
based either on this collection or a similar one. With the exception of the 1 889 collection, 
herbarium material consistently exhibited the brick pink colouration typical of dried H. 
graminicolor. The Mordialloc collection has become more brownish, probably through 
the passage of time, but still suggests the original colour. 
17 . Hygrocybe hayi A.M. Young, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 976 (1997). Type : Queensland. 
Blackbutt, 2.V.1988, A.M. Young s.n (hb. young. 1267), (holotype BRIP 22520). 
Illustration'. Young & Wood (1997), p. 977 . 
Habitat and distribution'. Gregarious on soil in long grass in sclerophyll woodland. 
Known from Queensland and Victoria. 
Material examined'. Kilmore Memorial Reserve, Vic., 15.vii.1993, H Manson 45 (MEL 
261048). 
Remarks'. The Victorian collection is the second record of this species. Unfortunately, 
the herbarium material was accompanied by only very brief field notes but the brilliant 
scarlet-red and slimy pileus are clearly noted. A comparison of the Victorian material 
with the holotype shows that the ranges of sizes of most characters overlaps considerably, 
especially those of the spores. Other microcharacters also support the identity of the 
Kilmore collection which has a clamped ixocutis on both the pileus and the stipe and 
inflated elements in the hymenophoral trama. These characters are also found in the 
holotype. 
The present disjoint distribution of this taxon is probably because its habitat appears 
to be the dryer sclerophyll woodlands. These dry woodlands are not as favourable for 
basidiome production as the wet forests in which many of the Australian Hygrophoraceae 
occur, and so basidiomes of H. hayi may only appear under infrequent ‘perfect 
conditions. Such conditions may only occur at long periods of time and the presence of 
field workers in the right place at the right time then becomes the critical factor. It is likely 
that the species does occur in various localities from Victoria to Queensland but its 
sporadic basidiome production will mean that further knowledge of its distribution will 
be difficult to obtain. 
The viscid Hygrocybe hayi approaches the non-viscid H. flammans (Berk.) 
A.M. Young, however the broadly ellipsoid spores and pink tinted yellow lamellae found 
in the former species separate it from H. flammans which has cylindrical spores and 'livid 
red’ lamellae. 
18 . Hygrocybe hypospoda A.M. Young, sp. nov. 
Pileus 10-30 mm, aurantiaco-brunneus, convexus, umbilicatus, siccus, glaber, ad 
marginem subcrenulatus. Lamellae decurrentes, pallido-aurantiaco-griseae denique 
aurantiacae, ad marginem concolores. Stipes 40-50 x 2-3 mm, auranticacus, siccus, 
laevis, cylindricus. Sporae 9-11.5 x 5-8 pm, Q: 1 .4-1 .9, ellipsoideae vel ovoideae’ 
aliquot subconstrictae vel constrictae, hyalinae. Basidia 44-54 x 6-9 pm, Q: 5. 8-8. 2, 2- 
spora, defibulata rara fibulata. Cystidia nulla. Trama hymenophoralis regularis, haud 
tibulata rara fibulata. Epicutis pilei cutem eformans. Gregaria in humo sylvestri. 
Type: Victoria. Wilsons Promontory, 39°01’S 146°20’E, 23.V.1998, A.M. Young, {hb. 

Page image

575820 Hygrocybe helicoides Muelleria 13: 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51230610
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrophoraceae (Fungi, Agaricales) of south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237638
575811 Hygrocybe hypospoda Muelleria 13: 23
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51230604
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrophoraceae (Fungi, Agaricales) of south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237638

Page text

Hygrophoraceae 
23 
synonymous with Hygrocybe psittacina var. perplexa (A.H. Smith & Hesler) Boertm. 
which is noted as being different only from the typical green variety of Hygrocybe 
psittacina in that var. perplexa is brick-red. Hygrocybe psittacina has not been recorded 
for Australia. It is very probable that the Mordialloc collection was made from specimens 
of H. graminicolor which were displaying the deep, reddish brown colour variation. The 
listing of Hygrophorus sciophanus (Fr.) Fr. by Cooke (1892) is considered erroneous and 
based either on this collection or a similar one. With the exception of the 1 889 collection, 
herbarium material consistently exhibited the brick pink colouration typical of dried H. 
graminicolor. The Mordialloc collection has become more brownish, probably through 
the passage of time, but still suggests the original colour. 
17 . Hygrocybe hayi A.M. Young, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 976 (1997). Type : Queensland. 
Blackbutt, 2.V.1988, A.M. Young s.n (hb. young. 1267), (holotype BRIP 22520). 
Illustration'. Young & Wood (1997), p. 977 . 
Habitat and distribution'. Gregarious on soil in long grass in sclerophyll woodland. 
Known from Queensland and Victoria. 
Material examined'. Kilmore Memorial Reserve, Vic., 15.vii.1993, H Manson 45 (MEL 
261048). 
Remarks'. The Victorian collection is the second record of this species. Unfortunately, 
the herbarium material was accompanied by only very brief field notes but the brilliant 
scarlet-red and slimy pileus are clearly noted. A comparison of the Victorian material 
with the holotype shows that the ranges of sizes of most characters overlaps considerably, 
especially those of the spores. Other microcharacters also support the identity of the 
Kilmore collection which has a clamped ixocutis on both the pileus and the stipe and 
inflated elements in the hymenophoral trama. These characters are also found in the 
holotype. 
The present disjoint distribution of this taxon is probably because its habitat appears 
to be the dryer sclerophyll woodlands. These dry woodlands are not as favourable for 
basidiome production as the wet forests in which many of the Australian Hygrophoraceae 
occur, and so basidiomes of H. hayi may only appear under infrequent ‘perfect 
conditions. Such conditions may only occur at long periods of time and the presence of 
field workers in the right place at the right time then becomes the critical factor. It is likely 
that the species does occur in various localities from Victoria to Queensland but its 
sporadic basidiome production will mean that further knowledge of its distribution will 
be difficult to obtain. 
The viscid Hygrocybe hayi approaches the non-viscid H. flammans (Berk.) 
A.M. Young, however the broadly ellipsoid spores and pink tinted yellow lamellae found 
in the former species separate it from H. flammans which has cylindrical spores and 'livid 
red’ lamellae. 
18 . Hygrocybe hypospoda A.M. Young, sp. nov. 
Pileus 10-30 mm, aurantiaco-brunneus, convexus, umbilicatus, siccus, glaber, ad 
marginem subcrenulatus. Lamellae decurrentes, pallido-aurantiaco-griseae denique 
aurantiacae, ad marginem concolores. Stipes 40-50 x 2-3 mm, auranticacus, siccus, 
laevis, cylindricus. Sporae 9-11.5 x 5-8 pm, Q: 1 .4-1 .9, ellipsoideae vel ovoideae’ 
aliquot subconstrictae vel constrictae, hyalinae. Basidia 44-54 x 6-9 pm, Q: 5. 8-8. 2, 2- 
spora, defibulata rara fibulata. Cystidia nulla. Trama hymenophoralis regularis, haud 
tibulata rara fibulata. Epicutis pilei cutem eformans. Gregaria in humo sylvestri. 
Type: Victoria. Wilsons Promontory, 39°01’S 146°20’E, 23.V.1998, A.M. Young, {hb. 

Page image

575812 Hygrocybe leucogloea Muelleria 13: 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51230606
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrophoraceae (Fungi, Agaricales) of south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237638

Page text

Hygrophoraceae 
25 
pileus (Hesler & Smith 1963). The absence of clamps is possibly linked to the spore 
number of the basidia: there are two-spored variants of H. conica which also display an 
absence of clamps throughout the basidiome. No other Australian species has this 
combination of characters. 
Etymology. Greek, hypo , beneath; Greek, spodos, ash grey; referring to the pale 
undertint of grey at first present on the lamellae. 
19 . Hygrocybe leucogloea A. M. Young in Young & Wood, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10. 976 
(1997). Type: New South Wales. Mt. Wilson, 33°30’S 150°22’E, 29.iv.1989, A.E.Wood 
s.n. ( holotype UNSW 89/87). 
Illustration : Young & Wood (1997). p. 984. 
Habitat and distribution : Gregarious on soil in rainforest, or at least in sheltered areas. 
Known from New South Wales and Victoria. 
Material examined: Victoria. Black Range State Forest, 25.vi.1994, N.H. Sinnot 2985 (MEL 
261035). 
Remarks: This is the second known collection of this glutinous, white taxon. The type 
collection was made in sub-tropical rainforest; the Victorian material was collected under 
introduced Cupressus lusitania. 
20 . Hygrocybe lilac eolamellata (G.Stev.) E.Horak, New Zealand J. Bot. 9: 434 (1971); 
Hygrophorus lilaceolamellata G.Stev., Kew Bull. 16; 378 (1962). Type: New Zealand. 
Wellington, 2.vi. 1 949, G. Stevenson, ( hb . Stevenson. 619 , holotype K). 
Illustrations: Fuhrer & Robinson (1992), p. 42; Young & Wood (1997), p. 985. 
Habitat and distribution: Gregarious on soil or moss banks in sclerophyll woodland, wet 
sclerophyll forest, subtropical rainforest or cool temperate rainforest. In Australia, known 
from New South Wales and Tasmania. 
Material examined: New South Wales. Hazelbrook, 33°44’S 150°27’E, 12. vi. 1998, A.M. 
Young (hb. young. 2087) (BRI); Hazelbrook, 33°44’S 150°27’E, 16.vi.1998, A.M. Young, (hb. 
young. 2137) (MEL 2060219). 
Remarks: These additional collections rectify an error in the macro-description of 
Young & Wood (1997) p. 983 which stated that lilac tints at the pileus margin were likely 
to be present in immature material. This is incorrect because that observation was based 
on very strongly lilac tinted basidiomes now known to be H. anomala var. 
ianthinomarginata A.M. Young. No collections correctly assigned to H. lilaceolamellata 
have shown a marginal lilac colouration of the pileus which remains a more or less 
uniformly brown to reddish brown. Any lilac colourations remain confined to the 
lamellae or occasionally to the stem-base. 
21. Hygrocybe miniata ( Fr. : Fr.) P.Kumm., Fiihr Pilzk.: 1 12 (1871); Agaricus miniatus 
Fr.: Fr., Syst. Mycol. 1: 105 (1821). Type: Sweden. Smoland, 21 .ix. 1980. M. Moser 
80/372, (neotype: IB. n.v.: designated by Arnolds, 1986, p. 148). Hygrophorus miniatus 
(Fr.: Fr.) Fr., Epicr.: 330 (1838). 
Illustrations: Florak (1990), Plate 4, fig. 2; Young & Wood (1997), p. 989. 
Habitat and distribution: Gregarious to caespitose on soil in rainforests or woodland, 
occasionally heath land. Known from Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. 

Page image

575821 Hygrocybe lewellinae Muelleria 13: 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51230612
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrophoraceae (Fungi, Agaricales) of south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237638

Page text

Hygrophoraceae 
31 
Spores 7-9 x 4.5-7 pm, mean 7.8 x 5.6 urn, Q: 1.2-1. 8, mean Q: 1.58, broadly 
ellipsoid, rarely slightly constricted, smooth, hyaline. Basidia 36-47 x 7-9.5 pm, mean 39 
x 8.3 pm, Q: 4.0-5. 1 (-6.2), mean Q: 4.76, 4-spored, clamped and occasionally/often 
approaching medallion form. Cystidia absent. Hymenophoral trama regular, composed of 
hyaline, thin walled, inflated and often fusoid elements 30-160 x 8-30 pm, clamps rare or 
absent. Pileipellis a cutis of repent, cylindrical, septate hyphae 5-15 pm diameter; pigment 
present as faint spiral or circular bands on the cuticular hyphae and forming darker points 
on the hyphal walls when seen in silhouette, clamps absent. Stipitipellis a cutis of repent, 
cylindrical, septate, thin walled hyphae 2.5-9.2 pm diameter, clamps absent, with a pigment 
arrangement similar to that seen on the pileipellis cuticular hyphae. (Fig. 7) 
Habitat and distribution : Gregarious in leaf litter in wet sclerophyll forest. Known 
only from the type locality. 
Remarks'. The pileus contains spindle-shaped or fusoid tramal elements with spiral or 
circular markings on their walls. The markings are fine but very distinctive and readily 
observed. In perspective, a cuticular hypha shows a line of pigment across the hyphal 
diameter with a darker and rather narrow ellipsoid 'dash' on the hyphal wall at each end 
of the pigment line where there exists a greater depth of pigment. The bands may be 
diagonal (forming a spiral) or at right angles (forming a ring) to the hyphal axis. No other 
members of this sub-genus are known to have these basidiome colours and the spiral 
patterns on the fusoid elements of the pileal cuticle. 
Etymology. Greek, helicoides, of winding or spiral form - referring to the often 
spiralled form of the pigment bands on the cuticular hyphae of the pileus. 
28 . Hygrocybe lewellinae (Kalchbr.) A. M. Young in Young & Wood, Austral. Syst. Bot. 
10: 1011 (1997); Hygrophorus lewellinae Kalchbr., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 7: 
105 (1882). Type: Victoria. Western Port, 1 4.vi. 1 880. M. M. R. Lewellin, (holotype, 
R[are] B[ook] Mss A1 1, MEL) . 
Illustrations: Willis (1957); Cole, ruhrer & Holland (1978), plate 3. 
Habitat and distribution: Gregarious on soil or amongst moss in subtropical rainforest, 
warm temperate rainforest, wet eucalypt forest, cool temperate rainforest or heath; known 
from New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. 
Material examined: New South Wales Hazelbrook, 33°44'S 150°27’E, 12. vi. 1998, 
AM. Young , (hb. young. 2083 ) (BRI): Bola Creek- Royal National Park, 34°09’S 151°02’E, 
15. vi. 1998, A.M. Young, (hb. young. 2121) (BRI); Mt. Wilson, 33°30’S 150°22’E, 17.vi. 1998. 
F.Taeker (hb. young. 2139) (BRI). Victoria. Lower Glenelg NP, 14. vi. 1964, A.C.Beauglehole 6084 
(MEL 1053043 ); Lower Glenelg R.. 28.vi.1964, A.C.Beauglehole 6163 (MEL 1053044 ); Lower 
Glenelg NP, 4.vii. 1964. A.C.Beauglehole 6534 (MEL 2030400): Enoch’s Point, 12.x. 1974, 
A. Morrison s.n. (MEL 261036): Grampians NP. l.vii. 1994, 1. McCann GACU66 (MEL 2030401): 
Mornington Peninsula, 28. v. 1996, J.Eichler 27 (MEL 2032944). 
Remarks: Originally collected in Victoria and considered rare, Hygrocybe lewellinae is 
reasonably common in the Blue Mountains/Hawkesbury region of New South Wales, 
Tasmania and on current evidence appears to be reasonably widespread (if not common) in 
Victoria. Spore lengths for this taxon are commonly in the range of 7.5-10 pm, but 
occasional collections may yield spores up to 12 pm long. The medallion clamps at the bases 
of the basidia may be difficult to find in old or dried material as these structures frequently 
tear apart in the middle of the medallion clamp, however the Y-shaped basidial bases that 
then remain are a very strong indication that medallion clamps were originally present. 
29 . Hygrocybe mavis (G.Stev.) E.Horak, New Zealand J. Bot. 9: 434 (1971); 
Hygrophorus mavis G.Stev., Kew Bull. 16: 377 (1962). Type: New Zealand. Levin, 
1 8. vi. 1 949, G. Stevenson, (hb. Stevenson. 654 holotype K). 

Page image

575813 Hygrocybe lilaceolamellata Muelleria 13: 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51230606
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrophoraceae (Fungi, Agaricales) of south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237638

Page text

Hygrophoraceae 
25 
pileus (Hesler & Smith 1963). The absence of clamps is possibly linked to the spore 
number of the basidia: there are two-spored variants of H. conica which also display an 
absence of clamps throughout the basidiome. No other Australian species has this 
combination of characters. 
Etymology. Greek, hypo , beneath; Greek, spodos, ash grey; referring to the pale 
undertint of grey at first present on the lamellae. 
19 . Hygrocybe leucogloea A. M. Young in Young & Wood, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10. 976 
(1997). Type: New South Wales. Mt. Wilson, 33°30’S 150°22’E, 29.iv.1989, A.E.Wood 
s.n. ( holotype UNSW 89/87). 
Illustration : Young & Wood (1997). p. 984. 
Habitat and distribution : Gregarious on soil in rainforest, or at least in sheltered areas. 
Known from New South Wales and Victoria. 
Material examined: Victoria. Black Range State Forest, 25.vi.1994, N.H. Sinnot 2985 (MEL 
261035). 
Remarks: This is the second known collection of this glutinous, white taxon. The type 
collection was made in sub-tropical rainforest; the Victorian material was collected under 
introduced Cupressus lusitania. 
20 . Hygrocybe lilac eolamellata (G.Stev.) E.Horak, New Zealand J. Bot. 9: 434 (1971); 
Hygrophorus lilaceolamellata G.Stev., Kew Bull. 16; 378 (1962). Type: New Zealand. 
Wellington, 2.vi. 1 949, G. Stevenson, ( hb . Stevenson. 619 , holotype K). 
Illustrations: Fuhrer & Robinson (1992), p. 42; Young & Wood (1997), p. 985. 
Habitat and distribution: Gregarious on soil or moss banks in sclerophyll woodland, wet 
sclerophyll forest, subtropical rainforest or cool temperate rainforest. In Australia, known 
from New South Wales and Tasmania. 
Material examined: New South Wales. Hazelbrook, 33°44’S 150°27’E, 12. vi. 1998, A.M. 
Young (hb. young. 2087) (BRI); Hazelbrook, 33°44’S 150°27’E, 16.vi.1998, A.M. Young, (hb. 
young. 2137) (MEL 2060219). 
Remarks: These additional collections rectify an error in the macro-description of 
Young & Wood (1997) p. 983 which stated that lilac tints at the pileus margin were likely 
to be present in immature material. This is incorrect because that observation was based 
on very strongly lilac tinted basidiomes now known to be H. anomala var. 
ianthinomarginata A.M. Young. No collections correctly assigned to H. lilaceolamellata 
have shown a marginal lilac colouration of the pileus which remains a more or less 
uniformly brown to reddish brown. Any lilac colourations remain confined to the 
lamellae or occasionally to the stem-base. 
21. Hygrocybe miniata ( Fr. : Fr.) P.Kumm., Fiihr Pilzk.: 1 12 (1871); Agaricus miniatus 
Fr.: Fr., Syst. Mycol. 1: 105 (1821). Type: Sweden. Smoland, 21 .ix. 1980. M. Moser 
80/372, (neotype: IB. n.v.: designated by Arnolds, 1986, p. 148). Hygrophorus miniatus 
(Fr.: Fr.) Fr., Epicr.: 330 (1838). 
Illustrations: Florak (1990), Plate 4, fig. 2; Young & Wood (1997), p. 989. 
Habitat and distribution: Gregarious to caespitose on soil in rainforests or woodland, 
occasionally heath land. Known from Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. 

Page image

575822 Hygrocybe mavis Muelleria 13: 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51230612
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrophoraceae (Fungi, Agaricales) of south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237638

Page text

Hygrophoraceae 
31 
Spores 7-9 x 4.5-7 pm, mean 7.8 x 5.6 urn, Q: 1.2-1. 8, mean Q: 1.58, broadly 
ellipsoid, rarely slightly constricted, smooth, hyaline. Basidia 36-47 x 7-9.5 pm, mean 39 
x 8.3 pm, Q: 4.0-5. 1 (-6.2), mean Q: 4.76, 4-spored, clamped and occasionally/often 
approaching medallion form. Cystidia absent. Hymenophoral trama regular, composed of 
hyaline, thin walled, inflated and often fusoid elements 30-160 x 8-30 pm, clamps rare or 
absent. Pileipellis a cutis of repent, cylindrical, septate hyphae 5-15 pm diameter; pigment 
present as faint spiral or circular bands on the cuticular hyphae and forming darker points 
on the hyphal walls when seen in silhouette, clamps absent. Stipitipellis a cutis of repent, 
cylindrical, septate, thin walled hyphae 2.5-9.2 pm diameter, clamps absent, with a pigment 
arrangement similar to that seen on the pileipellis cuticular hyphae. (Fig. 7) 
Habitat and distribution : Gregarious in leaf litter in wet sclerophyll forest. Known 
only from the type locality. 
Remarks'. The pileus contains spindle-shaped or fusoid tramal elements with spiral or 
circular markings on their walls. The markings are fine but very distinctive and readily 
observed. In perspective, a cuticular hypha shows a line of pigment across the hyphal 
diameter with a darker and rather narrow ellipsoid 'dash' on the hyphal wall at each end 
of the pigment line where there exists a greater depth of pigment. The bands may be 
diagonal (forming a spiral) or at right angles (forming a ring) to the hyphal axis. No other 
members of this sub-genus are known to have these basidiome colours and the spiral 
patterns on the fusoid elements of the pileal cuticle. 
Etymology. Greek, helicoides, of winding or spiral form - referring to the often 
spiralled form of the pigment bands on the cuticular hyphae of the pileus. 
28 . Hygrocybe lewellinae (Kalchbr.) A. M. Young in Young & Wood, Austral. Syst. Bot. 
10: 1011 (1997); Hygrophorus lewellinae Kalchbr., Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 7: 
105 (1882). Type: Victoria. Western Port, 1 4.vi. 1 880. M. M. R. Lewellin, (holotype, 
R[are] B[ook] Mss A1 1, MEL) . 
Illustrations: Willis (1957); Cole, ruhrer & Holland (1978), plate 3. 
Habitat and distribution: Gregarious on soil or amongst moss in subtropical rainforest, 
warm temperate rainforest, wet eucalypt forest, cool temperate rainforest or heath; known 
from New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. 
Material examined: New South Wales Hazelbrook, 33°44'S 150°27’E, 12. vi. 1998, 
AM. Young , (hb. young. 2083 ) (BRI): Bola Creek- Royal National Park, 34°09’S 151°02’E, 
15. vi. 1998, A.M. Young, (hb. young. 2121) (BRI); Mt. Wilson, 33°30’S 150°22’E, 17.vi. 1998. 
F.Taeker (hb. young. 2139) (BRI). Victoria. Lower Glenelg NP, 14. vi. 1964, A.C.Beauglehole 6084 
(MEL 1053043 ); Lower Glenelg R.. 28.vi.1964, A.C.Beauglehole 6163 (MEL 1053044 ); Lower 
Glenelg NP, 4.vii. 1964. A.C.Beauglehole 6534 (MEL 2030400): Enoch’s Point, 12.x. 1974, 
A. Morrison s.n. (MEL 261036): Grampians NP. l.vii. 1994, 1. McCann GACU66 (MEL 2030401): 
Mornington Peninsula, 28. v. 1996, J.Eichler 27 (MEL 2032944). 
Remarks: Originally collected in Victoria and considered rare, Hygrocybe lewellinae is 
reasonably common in the Blue Mountains/Hawkesbury region of New South Wales, 
Tasmania and on current evidence appears to be reasonably widespread (if not common) in 
Victoria. Spore lengths for this taxon are commonly in the range of 7.5-10 pm, but 
occasional collections may yield spores up to 12 pm long. The medallion clamps at the bases 
of the basidia may be difficult to find in old or dried material as these structures frequently 
tear apart in the middle of the medallion clamp, however the Y-shaped basidial bases that 
then remain are a very strong indication that medallion clamps were originally present. 
29 . Hygrocybe mavis (G.Stev.) E.Horak, New Zealand J. Bot. 9: 434 (1971); 
Hygrophorus mavis G.Stev., Kew Bull. 16: 377 (1962). Type: New Zealand. Levin, 
1 8. vi. 1 949, G. Stevenson, (hb. Stevenson. 654 holotype K). 

Page image

575814 Hygrocybe miniata Muelleria 13: 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51230606
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrophoraceae (Fungi, Agaricales) of south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237638

Page text

Hygrophoraceae 
25 
pileus (Hesler & Smith 1963). The absence of clamps is possibly linked to the spore 
number of the basidia: there are two-spored variants of H. conica which also display an 
absence of clamps throughout the basidiome. No other Australian species has this 
combination of characters. 
Etymology. Greek, hypo , beneath; Greek, spodos, ash grey; referring to the pale 
undertint of grey at first present on the lamellae. 
19 . Hygrocybe leucogloea A. M. Young in Young & Wood, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10. 976 
(1997). Type: New South Wales. Mt. Wilson, 33°30’S 150°22’E, 29.iv.1989, A.E.Wood 
s.n. ( holotype UNSW 89/87). 
Illustration : Young & Wood (1997). p. 984. 
Habitat and distribution : Gregarious on soil in rainforest, or at least in sheltered areas. 
Known from New South Wales and Victoria. 
Material examined: Victoria. Black Range State Forest, 25.vi.1994, N.H. Sinnot 2985 (MEL 
261035). 
Remarks: This is the second known collection of this glutinous, white taxon. The type 
collection was made in sub-tropical rainforest; the Victorian material was collected under 
introduced Cupressus lusitania. 
20 . Hygrocybe lilac eolamellata (G.Stev.) E.Horak, New Zealand J. Bot. 9: 434 (1971); 
Hygrophorus lilaceolamellata G.Stev., Kew Bull. 16; 378 (1962). Type: New Zealand. 
Wellington, 2.vi. 1 949, G. Stevenson, ( hb . Stevenson. 619 , holotype K). 
Illustrations: Fuhrer & Robinson (1992), p. 42; Young & Wood (1997), p. 985. 
Habitat and distribution: Gregarious on soil or moss banks in sclerophyll woodland, wet 
sclerophyll forest, subtropical rainforest or cool temperate rainforest. In Australia, known 
from New South Wales and Tasmania. 
Material examined: New South Wales. Hazelbrook, 33°44’S 150°27’E, 12. vi. 1998, A.M. 
Young (hb. young. 2087) (BRI); Hazelbrook, 33°44’S 150°27’E, 16.vi.1998, A.M. Young, (hb. 
young. 2137) (MEL 2060219). 
Remarks: These additional collections rectify an error in the macro-description of 
Young & Wood (1997) p. 983 which stated that lilac tints at the pileus margin were likely 
to be present in immature material. This is incorrect because that observation was based 
on very strongly lilac tinted basidiomes now known to be H. anomala var. 
ianthinomarginata A.M. Young. No collections correctly assigned to H. lilaceolamellata 
have shown a marginal lilac colouration of the pileus which remains a more or less 
uniformly brown to reddish brown. Any lilac colourations remain confined to the 
lamellae or occasionally to the stem-base. 
21. Hygrocybe miniata ( Fr. : Fr.) P.Kumm., Fiihr Pilzk.: 1 12 (1871); Agaricus miniatus 
Fr.: Fr., Syst. Mycol. 1: 105 (1821). Type: Sweden. Smoland, 21 .ix. 1980. M. Moser 
80/372, (neotype: IB. n.v.: designated by Arnolds, 1986, p. 148). Hygrophorus miniatus 
(Fr.: Fr.) Fr., Epicr.: 330 (1838). 
Illustrations: Florak (1990), Plate 4, fig. 2; Young & Wood (1997), p. 989. 
Habitat and distribution: Gregarious to caespitose on soil in rainforests or woodland, 
occasionally heath land. Known from Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. 

Page image

575815 Hygrocybe pseudograminicolor Muelleria 13: 26
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51230607
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrophoraceae (Fungi, Agaricales) of south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237638

Page text

26 
A.M. Young 
Material examined : New South Wales. Bola Creek-Royal National Park, 34°09’S 151°02'E, 
15. vi. 1998. A.M. Young, (hb. young. 2122) IBRD. Victoria. Wilsons Promontory. 38°55’S 
146°23’E, 24. v. 1998, A.M. Young, (hb. young. 2061) (MEL 2060103 ), (hb. young 2062) (MEL 
2060145). 
Remarks'. The Wilson Promontory collections confirm the presence of this fairly 
widespread taxon in Victoria. The Australian material conforms with exemplar herbarium 
material identified as H. miniata forwarded for my examination by both E. Arnolds (L) 
and D. Boertmann. 
22. Hygrocybe pseudograminicolor A.M. Young in Young & Wood. Austral. Syst. Bat. 
10: 992 (1997). Type-. New South Wales. Mt. Wilson, 33°30'S 150°22'E, 26.iii.1994, 
FTaekers.il. (holotype UNSW 94/22). 
Illustration-. Young & Wood (1997), 994. 
Habitat and distribution: Gregarious on soil in subtropical rainforest or cool temperate 
rainforest. Although found only in small numbers in the type locality, the species is 
common and widespread in Tasmania. 
Material examined: New South Wales. Mt. Wilson, 33°30 S 150 22 E, 1 7 . vi . 1 998. 
A.M. Young, (hb. young. 2148) (BRI). 
Remarks: This second collection from the type locality confirmed the holotype 
description. 
23. Hygrocybe sanguineocrenulata A.M. Young in Young & Wood, Austral. Syst. Bot. 
10 : 995 (1997). Type: New South Wales. Mt. Wilson, 33°30'S 150° 22’E, 28.iv.1982, A 
E.Wood s.n. (holotype UNSW 82/187). 
Illustration: Young & Wood ( 1997), p. 996. 
Pileus 10-19 mm, very deep red (10B8-10C8), hemispherical then rapidly umbilicate, 
smooth or a little scurfy on drying, dry. margin finely crenulate and slightly paler. 
Lamellae adnate or arcuate decurrent, pink flushed (near 10A5), distant, margins 
distinctly pink-lilac so that the lamella area looks pale magenta. Stipe 27^10 x 
1 . 5 — 3 . 0 (— 4 ) mm, red (10B8-10C8), dry. solid or slightly hollow, tapering downwards, 
smooth, often sinuous. Spore print colour unknown. 
Spores 7.5— 9.5(— 10) x (4— )4.5— 5.5(— 6 ) pm, mean 8.6 x 4.8 pm, Q: 
( 1 .5-) 1 . 6 — 2.0(— 2.3), mean Q: 1 .80, ellipsoid, oblong or lacrymoid, sometimes a tew with 
weak medial constrictions, hyaline, smooth, non-amyloid. Basidia 41-60 x 7-9.5 pm, 
mean 49 x 7.7 pm, Q: 5.9— 7.3(— 8.3), mean Q: 6.5 1 . 4-spored, clamped. Cystidia absent. 
Hymenophoral trama regular, composed of hyaline, thin-walled, clamped, inflated 
elements 30-75 x 4-14 (-20) pm. Pileipellis a cutis up to 80 pm deep, of radially repent, 
hyaline, thin-walled, clamped hyphae 6-10 pm. overlying a subpellis of hyaline, thin- 
walled. clamped, inflated cells 30-80 x 16-24 pm. Stipitipellis a cutis of hyaline, thin- 
walled, clamped hyphae 1 .5-6 pm. 
Habitat and distribution: Gregarious in soil amongst rainforest litter. Known only 
from New South Wales. 
Material examined: New South Wales. Mt. Wilson. 33°30°S 150°22’E, 17.vi.1998, F.Taeker. 
(hb. young. 2153) (BRI). 
Remarks: This second collection differs slightly from the holotype collection in that 
the lamellae are pink flushed with lilac tints. These colours suggest a form of the 
Tasmanian taxon Hygrocybe erythrocrenata Mills & Monks which produces a white 

Page image

575816 Hygrocybe sanguineocrenulata Muelleria 13: 26-Jul

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 13: 26-Jul".

575827 Hygrocybe sp. 'BM1' (Young 2098) Muelleria 13: 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51230615
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrophoraceae (Fungi, Agaricales) of south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237638
575817 Hygrocybe stevensoniae Muelleria 13: 27
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51230608
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrophoraceae (Fungi, Agaricales) of south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237638

Page text

Hygrophoraceae 
27 
spore print that displays a distinct magenta tint if the spores are scraped together into a 
small mass. Future collections of H. sanguineocrenulata should be checked for the 
presence of this magenta tint in the fresh, massed spores. The possibility remains that H. 
sanguineocrenulata is synonymous with H. erythrocrenata. 
24 . Hygrocybe stevensoniae T.W.May & A. E. Wood, Mycotaxon 54 : 148 (1995); 
Hygrophorus viridis G.Stev., Kew Bull. 16: 383 (1963) Type: New Zealand. Levin. 
26.vi.1948, G. Stevenson. ( hb . Stevenson. 338, holotype K) Gliophorus viridis (G.Stev.) 
E.Horak, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 43: 173 (1973); non Hygrocybe viridis Capelari & 
Maziero, Mycotaxon 33: 192 (1988). 
Misappl. : Hygrophorus psittacinus sensu Cleland & Cheel (1919), and Willis (1963). 
Hygrocybe psittacina sensu Shepherd & Totterdell (1988). 
Illustrations: Stevenson (1963), Plate 8, fig. 1; Fuhrer & Robinson (1992), p. 41; 
Young & Wood (1997), p. 998. 
Habitat and distribution: Gregarious on soil in rainforest or sclerophyll forest amongst 
litter and usually on soil. Known from New South Wales and Tasmania. 
Material examined: New South Wales. Hazelbrook, 33°44’S 150°27'E, 12. vi. 1998, 
A. M. Young, (hb. young. 2096) (MEL 2060101 ); Hazelbrook, 33°44’S !50°27’E, 1 6.vi. 1998, 
A. M. Young, (hb. young. 2136) (BRI); Mt.Wilson, 33°30’S 150°22’E, 17.vi.1998, F.Taeker, (hb. 
young. 2146) (BRI); Mt.Wilson, 33°30’S 150°22'E, I7.vi.1998, A.M. Young, (hb. young 2149) 
(MEL 2060222). 
Remarks: All collections examined were similar to the holotype in that they had viscid 
to glutinous, green basidiomes with no gluten thread or cheilocystidia on the lamellae. 
Hygrocybe stevensoniae usually has spores with lengths of 7-10 pm, however some 
variation has been found with collections varying from 6-8, 6-9 or 7-9 pm. These 
differences suggest that strains or varieties may exist. 
25 . Hygrocybe sylvaria A.M. Young in Young & Wood, Austral. Syst. Bot. 1 0: 999 ( 1 997). 
Type: New South Wales. Mt. Wilson, 33°30’S 150°22’E, 22.vi.1981 A E Wood sn 
(holotype UNSW 81/321). 
Illustration: Young & Wood (1997), p. 1001. 
Pileus 5-1 8 mm, brilliant scarlet (10A8), convex to campanulate or very broadly conical, 
smooth, slightly viscid, margin striate and slightly crenulate. Lamellae very pale yellow 
(near 2A2) with a pink flush, broadly adnate and sometimes with a decurrent tooth, 
widely spaced, margins concolorous. Stipe 20-35 x 1-2 mm, brilliant scarlet (10A8), 
slightly viscid, solid, cylindrical, smooth. 
Spores 7-9 x (3.5— )4— 5.5 pm, mean 7.7 x 4.5 pm, Q: 1 .4-2.2, mean Q: 1 .70, ellipsoid 
to oblong, medially constricted in up to 40% of the spores, hyaline, thin-walled, non- 
amyloid, apiculus prominent. Basidia 33^17 x 7-9 pm, mean 40 x 7.6 pm, Q: 4.5-6.7, 
mean Q: 5.4, 4-spored, clamped. Cystidia absent. Hymenophoral trama very regular and 
composed of chains of parallel, hyaline, inflated, thin-walled, clamped cells that are often 
constricted at the septa, 27—44 x 3-1 1 pm. Pileipellis an ixocutis of repent, partly 
gelatinised, hyaline, abundantly clamped (occasionally with medallion form) hyphae, 2-8 
pm diameter. Stipitipellis an ixocutis of hyaline, clamped hyphae 2. 5-4.0 pm, lactifers 
present as highly refractive, tortuous, vascular hyphae, 2-5 pm diameter. 
Habitat and distribution: Caespitose or gregarious on soil amongst litter in wet 
sclerophyll forest. Known only from the Blue Mountains area of New South Wales. 

Page image

575818 Hygrocybe sylvaria Muelleria 13: 27
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51230608
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrophoraceae (Fungi, Agaricales) of south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237638

Page text

Hygrophoraceae 
27 
spore print that displays a distinct magenta tint if the spores are scraped together into a 
small mass. Future collections of H. sanguineocrenulata should be checked for the 
presence of this magenta tint in the fresh, massed spores. The possibility remains that H. 
sanguineocrenulata is synonymous with H. erythrocrenata. 
24 . Hygrocybe stevensoniae T.W.May & A. E. Wood, Mycotaxon 54 : 148 (1995); 
Hygrophorus viridis G.Stev., Kew Bull. 16: 383 (1963) Type: New Zealand. Levin. 
26.vi.1948, G. Stevenson. ( hb . Stevenson. 338, holotype K) Gliophorus viridis (G.Stev.) 
E.Horak, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 43: 173 (1973); non Hygrocybe viridis Capelari & 
Maziero, Mycotaxon 33: 192 (1988). 
Misappl. : Hygrophorus psittacinus sensu Cleland & Cheel (1919), and Willis (1963). 
Hygrocybe psittacina sensu Shepherd & Totterdell (1988). 
Illustrations: Stevenson (1963), Plate 8, fig. 1; Fuhrer & Robinson (1992), p. 41; 
Young & Wood (1997), p. 998. 
Habitat and distribution: Gregarious on soil in rainforest or sclerophyll forest amongst 
litter and usually on soil. Known from New South Wales and Tasmania. 
Material examined: New South Wales. Hazelbrook, 33°44’S 150°27'E, 12. vi. 1998, 
A. M. Young, (hb. young. 2096) (MEL 2060101 ); Hazelbrook, 33°44’S !50°27’E, 1 6.vi. 1998, 
A. M. Young, (hb. young. 2136) (BRI); Mt.Wilson, 33°30’S 150°22’E, 17.vi.1998, F.Taeker, (hb. 
young. 2146) (BRI); Mt.Wilson, 33°30’S 150°22'E, I7.vi.1998, A.M. Young, (hb. young 2149) 
(MEL 2060222). 
Remarks: All collections examined were similar to the holotype in that they had viscid 
to glutinous, green basidiomes with no gluten thread or cheilocystidia on the lamellae. 
Hygrocybe stevensoniae usually has spores with lengths of 7-10 pm, however some 
variation has been found with collections varying from 6-8, 6-9 or 7-9 pm. These 
differences suggest that strains or varieties may exist. 
25 . Hygrocybe sylvaria A.M. Young in Young & Wood, Austral. Syst. Bot. 1 0: 999 ( 1 997). 
Type: New South Wales. Mt. Wilson, 33°30’S 150°22’E, 22.vi.1981 A E Wood sn 
(holotype UNSW 81/321). 
Illustration: Young & Wood (1997), p. 1001. 
Pileus 5-1 8 mm, brilliant scarlet (10A8), convex to campanulate or very broadly conical, 
smooth, slightly viscid, margin striate and slightly crenulate. Lamellae very pale yellow 
(near 2A2) with a pink flush, broadly adnate and sometimes with a decurrent tooth, 
widely spaced, margins concolorous. Stipe 20-35 x 1-2 mm, brilliant scarlet (10A8), 
slightly viscid, solid, cylindrical, smooth. 
Spores 7-9 x (3.5— )4— 5.5 pm, mean 7.7 x 4.5 pm, Q: 1 .4-2.2, mean Q: 1 .70, ellipsoid 
to oblong, medially constricted in up to 40% of the spores, hyaline, thin-walled, non- 
amyloid, apiculus prominent. Basidia 33^17 x 7-9 pm, mean 40 x 7.6 pm, Q: 4.5-6.7, 
mean Q: 5.4, 4-spored, clamped. Cystidia absent. Hymenophoral trama very regular and 
composed of chains of parallel, hyaline, inflated, thin-walled, clamped cells that are often 
constricted at the septa, 27—44 x 3-1 1 pm. Pileipellis an ixocutis of repent, partly 
gelatinised, hyaline, abundantly clamped (occasionally with medallion form) hyphae, 2-8 
pm diameter. Stipitipellis an ixocutis of hyaline, clamped hyphae 2. 5-4.0 pm, lactifers 
present as highly refractive, tortuous, vascular hyphae, 2-5 pm diameter. 
Habitat and distribution: Caespitose or gregarious on soil amongst litter in wet 
sclerophyll forest. Known only from the Blue Mountains area of New South Wales. 

Page image

575823 Hygrocybe woodii Muelleria 13: 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51230613
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrophoraceae (Fungi, Agaricales) of south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237638

Page text

32 
A.M. Young 
Misappl. : Hygrophorus purus Peck, sensu E.Horak, New Zealand J. Bot. 28: 294 ( 1990). 
Habitat and distribution: Gregarious on soil in subtropical rainforest, wet eucalypt forest 
and cool temperate rainforest. Known from Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria and 
Tasmania. 
Material examined: Victoria. Mornington Peninsula, 28. v. 1996, J.Eichler 28, (MEL 2032945). 
Remarks: This collection is the first record of this taxon for Victoria. This pure white 
species is obviously very close to the lilac H. lewellinae and the colour difference remains 
the only valid means of separation at the moment. The possibility that H. mavis is a white 
variant of H. lewellinae was suggested in Young & Wood (1997). 
30. Hygrocybe woodii A.M. Young. Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 1009 ( 1997). Type: New South 
Wales. Watagan State Forest, 1 7,vi. 1 987, A. E. Wood, F. Taeker & B. Rees s.n. (holotype 
UNSW 87/243). 
Illustration: Young & Wood (1997), 1010. 
Habitat and distribution: Gregarious on soil in wet sclerophyll forest. Known only from 
the holotype locality. 
Remarks: In Young & Wood (1997), this taxon was placed erroneously in subgenus 
Pseudohygrocybe. The absence of clamps throughout the basidiome, except at the bases 
of the basidia, together with the chains of fusiform elements in the trama of the 
basidiome, suggest that the species should be transferred to subgenus Humidicutis. 
Genus 2. Camarophyllopsis Herink, Shorn. Severocesk. Mas., Pfir. Vedy 1. 61 (1958). 
Species typica: Camarophyllopsis schulzeri (Bres.) Herink. 
Basidiome thin to fleshy, small, dull coloured in grey to ochre or brown; pileus convex to 
umbilicate, dry and often hygrophanous; lamellae distant, broadly adnate to arcuate or 
decurrent; universal veil absent; stipe dry, often with small dots or pruinose punctate, 
spore print white. Spores hyaline, smooth, non-amyloid, subglobose to broadly ellipsoid, 
small (up to 7 pm long); basidia narrowly clavate, 20-70 x 4. 5-8. 5 pm. Q. 4.5-10.0, 
mostly 4-spored; cystidia absent or inconspicuous; hymenophoral trama regular to 
subregular and composed of short elements up to 170 pm long, pileipe 1 lis an 
hymeniderm; clamp connections present or absent; development monovelangiocarpic and 
stipiticarpic. Solitary to subgregarious. terrestrial in forests or open sites, apparently 
saprophytic. Mostly in temperate North America. Asia and Europe, but also known tiom 
subtropical South America and Asia. 
Key to the species of Camarophyllopsis 
I . Stipe white and finely pruinose; basidia mean length <45 pm C. darwinensis 
1 Stipe pale brown, covered in scattered brown fibrils; basidia mean length >45 pm .... 
C. kearnevi 
TRIBE 2. HYGROPHOREAE P. Henn. in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 1. 209 
(1898), emend. Kiihner in Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon 48; 617 (1979). Genus typica: 
Hygrophorus Fr„ Gen. Hymenomyc.: 8 (1836). 
Hymenophoral trama divergent; forming ectomycorrhizae. 

Page image

575819 Hygrocybe xanthopoda Muelleria 13: 28
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51230609
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrophoraceae (Fungi, Agaricales) of south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237638

Page text

28 
A.M. Young 
Material examined: New South Wales. Hazelbrook, 33°44’S 150°27'E. 12. vi. 1998, 
A.M. Young, ( hb . young. 2100) (BRI). 
Remarks'. This collection has provided precise colour indicators for the pileus, 
lamellae and stipe. It differs from the holotype in the lengths of the tramal elements but 
this is not considered significant as these lengths can vary with the collection in many 
species and may also vary depending upon which section of the lamella is measured. 
Tramal elements in the upper part of the lamellae are usually longer than tramal elements 
near the lamellae margins. 
26. Hygrocybe xanthopoda A.M. Young, sp. nov. 
Pileus 16-40 mm, coccineus, conicus ad lato-conicus vel subconvexus diende 
applanatus, viscidus, glaber, ad marginem crenulatus. Lamellae adnatae vel adnexae vel 
subliberae, flavae, distantes, ad marginem concolores. Stipes 22^10 x 3.5-1 1 mm, flavus 
Fig. 6. Hxgrocyge xantlwpoda (holotype). A habit; B basidia; C spores. Habit and T/S sketch, 
bar = 10 mm; microcharacters, bar = 10pm. 

Page image

575826 Hygrophorus involutus Muelleria 13: 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51230614
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrophoraceae (Fungi, Agaricales) of south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237638

Page text

Hygrophoraceae 
33 
Genus 1. Hygrophorus Fr., Gen. Hymenomyc. 8 (1836). Species typica : Hygrophorus 
eburneus (Bull.: Fr.) Fr., Epicr. 321 (1838). 
Basidiome tricholomatoid to omphaloid, fleshy to thin, small to large; pileus variously 
coloured but usually dull colours, not hygrophanous, mostly viscid to glutinous; lamellae 
spaced to distant, broadly adnate to decurrent, thick, waxy; glutinous universal veil often 
present and sometimes a partial veil; stipe often glutinous or viscid, frequently with small 
dots punctate at the apex; spore print white. Spores hyaline, smooth, non-amyloid, 
basidia narrowly clavate, 30-90 x 6-15 pm, Q: 4. 5-9.0; cystidia absent or 
inconspicuous; hymenophoral trama divergent from a central line and made of short 
elements up to 200 pm long; pileipellis mostly an ixocutis or an ixotrichoderm, rarely a 
cutis or trichoderm; clamp connections present; development gymnocarpic to 
pseudoangiocarpic and stipitocarpic. Solitary to gregarious, terrestrial, always near trees 
or shrubs and apparently ectomycorrhizal principally with Pinaceae, Betulaceae and 
Fagaceae. Mostly in temperate zones of the Northern Hemisphere, but some taxa in 
similar climatic regions of Southern Hemisphere. 
31 .Hygrophorus involutus G.Stev., Kew Bull. 16: 373 (1962). Type: New Zealand. 
Butterfly, 2.vi.l958, G. Stevenson, (lib. Stevenson. 1347 , holotype K). 
Illustrations : Fuhrer & Robinson (1992), p45; Young & Wood (1997), 1020. 
Habitat and distribution: Gregarious amongst soil or moss in sub-tropical rainforest, cool 
temperate rainforest or wet sclerophyll forest. Known from New South Wales and 
Tasmania. 
Material examined: New South Wales. Hazelbrook, 33°44’S 150°27’E, 12. vi. 1998, 
A. M. Young, hb. young. 2082 (BRI). 
Remarks: Hygrophorus involutus was previously known from forests both near and 
north of Sydney, but has now been collected extensively in Tasmania. The taxon is 
widespread and it will no doubt prove to be present in Victoria. Very careful examination 
of fresh material in Tasmania has demonstrated that the hymenophoral trama of this 
species is weakly divergent so that H. involutus should remain within genus 
Hygrophorus. A pure white variant of this species has been found in Tasmania. No other 
species within this genus is yet known for Australia. 
Taxa with Limited Collections 
During the 1998 season, several collections were made consisting of one or perhaps two 
basidiomes. Three of these small collections have been recognised as new species, 
however the amount of herbarium material collected was considered to be insufficient to 
form a holotype collection. Nevertheless, well defined characters exist for these 
collections and two Hygrocybe spp. BM1 and Otwl are recorded here in detail; a full 
description of the third taxon (LC1) is contained in Young (1999). 
32. Hygrocybe sp. I? M 1 
Pileus 1 1-14 mm, pale yellow (near 4A4), convex, dry, smooth, margin striate and a little 
plicate. Lamellae decurrent and sometimes forking near the pileus margins, pale yellow 
(near 4A4), margins concolorous and even. Stipe 28-30 x 1 .5-2.5 mm, pale yellow (near 
4A4), dry, smooth, cylindrical, pith filled. 
Spores (4-)4.5-5.5 x 3.5-5 pm, mean 4.7 x 3.9 pm, Q: 1.1— 1 ,3(— 1 .4), mean Q: 1.21, 

Page image

827393 Ardisia acerosa Muelleria 12(2): 203
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453932
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

Leptecophylla 
203 
Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. juniperina. Type indicated above under Leptecophylla 
juniperina. 
Ardisia acerosa Gaertn., Fruct. 2: 78, t. 94 (1790). Type citation : In insula van 
Diemen. Cyathodes acerosa (Gaertn.) Roem. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 473 (1819). 
Lissanthe acerosa (Gaertn.) Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 660 (1824). Styphelia acerosa 
F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 54 (1873). 
Leucopogon forsteri A. Rich., Voy. Astrolabe 216 (1832), nom. illeg, as Epacris 
juniperina J.R.Forst. & G.Forst. is cited in synonymy. 
Cyathodes acerosa var. parvifolia J.D.Hook., FI. Nov.-zel. 1: 163 (1853). Type 
citation: Port Nicholson, Taupo Lake, etc., Colenso, etc.; Middle Island, Lyall; all n.v. 
Cyathodes acerosa sensu G.Don, Gen. hist. 3: 776 (1834); A.Cunn., Ann. Nat. Hist, 
ser. 1 , 2: 47 ( 1 839); DC., Prodr. 7: 74 1 ( 1 839); F.L.Raoul, Choix pi. Nouv.-Zel. 44 ( 1 846); 
J.D.Hook., FI. nov.-zel. 1: 163 (1853); J.D.Hook., Handb. N. Zeal. fl. 176 (1864); 
F.Muell., Veg. Chatham-Isl. 42 (1864); Benth., Fl. austral. 4: 170 (1869); T.Kirk, Forest 
fl. New Zealand 213, t. 108 (1889); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 1 14 (1903); Cheeseman, Man. 
New Zealand fl. 411 (1906); Cheeseman, 111. New Zealand fl. 2: t. 124 (1914); 
Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl 694 (1925). 
Styphelia acerosa sensu Laing & Blackwell, PI. New Zealand 330, t. 109 (1906). 
Selected illustrations: Cheeseman, 111. New Zealand fl. 2: t. 124 ( 1914); T.Kirk, Forest 
fl. New Zealand, t. 108 (1889) as C. acerosa: Laing & Blackwell, PI. New Zealand 332, 
t. 109 (1906) as Styphelia acerosa (photo). 
Leaves 4-18 mm long, 1-2.1 mm wide, margin typically Bat, glabrous or ciliolate toward 
apex, veins 5. Corolla tube usually glabrous, 1.5-2. 8 mm long (male). n=\0 (Venkata- 
Rao 1961), n~ 1 1 ? in New Zealand material (Sands 1960). 
Distribution and Habitat: Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. juniperina is widespread 
in lowland to montane forest and shrubland throughout New Zealand, and in lowland 
areas of Tasmania in the east, areas of the north-west and west on Jurassic dolerite or 
tertiary basalt based soils (Figs 2, 3). 
Flowering Period : Sept.-May. 
Chemical Data: Leaf flavonoid bisulphates A and B are present. 
Selected Specimens Examined: AUSTRALIA. Tasmania. Tasman Peninsula: Mt Koonya, A. 
Moscal 5258 (HO); Mt Raoul, PA. Collier 21, July 1984 (HO); between Tornado Flats and 
Lunchtime Creek, A.M. Buchanan 3274 (HO); Balt Spur, S.J. Jarman 25 (HO, NSW), R.K. 
Crowden 8301-04: Eaglehawk Neck E of Lufra Hill, N.C. Ford, 28 Sept. 1950 (NSW). Other 
locations: Blue Top. R.K. Crowden 8310-11: Upper Natone forestry reserve, C.M. Mihaich 13: The 
Clump. Sandy Cape, A. Moscal 4666 (HO); Koyule, W.M. Curtis, 19 May 1947 (HO): Degraves 
Valley, R.C. Gunn, 1 1 Nov. 1839 (HO); Murchison Highway 7.7 km N of Waratah and Guilford 
Rds junction, A.M. Gray 280, 281 (HO); 5 km SE of Strathgordon on Gordon River Rd, J.R. Busby 
27 (HO). NEW ZEALAND. North Island. Northland - Auckland District: Kerr Point North Cape, 
P. Hynes, 24 Aug. 1957 (AK); near tearooms, Waitiki Landing, R.C. Cooper, 25 Sept. 1969 ( AK ); 
Puketi Forest N of the Waikape Stream, P.J. Bellingham, 26 June 1984 (AK); Urapukapuka Island, 
Te Akeake Point, R.E. Beevei: 11 Jan. 1980 (AK); Lake Kakupuarere, Poutoi, W.R.B. Oliver, 11 
Oct. 1928 (WELT); 2 km SW of Waiwera, G. Straka 336, (AK); Huia Rickards Bush, K. Wood, 6 
Aug. 1948 (AK); Mangawhai Hill. R.C. Cooper. 10 June 1966 (AK); Whatipu Road Summit, R. 
Cooper, 1 Apr. 1965 (AK); Mt William, Pokeno, R.O. Gardner 26 (CHR). Coromandel: Thames, 
D. Petrie. Sept. 1896 (WELT); Kopu - Hikua Road nr Stadia Creek. R.C. Cooper. 17 Apr. 1967 
(AK); Milled bush 2 miles N of Tairua, R.C. Cooper, 18 Apr. 1967 (AK); Burma Road, 
Whangapoua, R.C. Cooper, 16 Sept. 1965 (AK). Volcanic Plateau District: Whanarua Bay, Bay of 
Plenty, A.P. Druce, Dec. 1967 (CHR); Lake Taupo nr Whakamoenga Cave, A. Leahy, 1 1 May 1975 
(AK); Wairakei, D. Petrie. Dec. 1895 (WELT); Mt Ruapehu, W.R.B. Oliver, Dec. 1927 (WELT); 
Tukino track off Desert Road, P. Hynes, 23 Jan. 1968 (AK): Onitapu Desert, V.D. Zotov, 5 Apr. 1931 
(CHR); Rainbow Mt, L.B. Moore, 20 Mar. 1930 (CHR); Near Wakapapaiti Stream, D. Petrie, Oct. 
1922 (WELT); Waiotapu. W.R.B. Oliver, 13 Sept. 1920 (WELT); Pureora, J.K. Bartlett, 26 Nov. 
1977 (CHR). Hawke Bay: Maungaharuru Range, A.P. Druce, Oct. 1974 (CHR); Bell Bird Bush, 

Page image

817464 Ardisia Muelleria 12(2): 196
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453925
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

196 
C. Weiller 
Taxonomy 
Leptecophylla C.M. Weiller, gen. now 
Folia alterna, parallelinervia, subtus glauca. Flores solitarii axillares, bracteolis 
subtendis nrultis et bracteis binatis carinatis basi. Sepala 5. Corolla quinqueloba; lobi 
patentes, aestivione valvata. Stamina 5, in fauce corollae inserta. Ovarium 5-7 loculare. 
Nectarium annulare vel lobatum. Drupa subsphaerica. 
Type species: Leptecophylla juniperina (J.R.Forst & G.Forst.) C.M. Weiller 
Epacris J.R.Forst. & G.Forst., p.p. in: Char. gen. pi. 19 ( 1776); G.Forst., FI. ins. austr. 
13 (1786). 
Ardisia Gaertn.. Fruct. 2: 78, t. 94 fig. 2 (1791 ),p.p., nom. illeg. non Sw. (1788). 
Styphelia Sm ., p.p. in: Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1: 48^19, t. 68-69 (1805); Poir., Encycl. 
7: 482 (1806); Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 654-659 (1824) (no generic description); F.Muell., 
Fragm. 6: 50 (1867); F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 54 ( 1873). 
Cyathodes Labill., p.p. in: R.Br.. Prodr. 539 (1810); Roern. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 41^-2 
(1819); G.Don, Gen. hist. 3; 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7: 740 (1839); J.D.Hook., FI. nov.-zel. 
1: 163 (1853); J.D.Hook., FI. Tasman. 244, t. 74 (1857); J.D.Hook., Handb. N. Zeal. 11 176 
(1864); Benth., FI. austr. 4: 167 (1868); Benth. & J.D.Hook., Gen. pi. 2: 612 (1876); 
Rodway, Tasman, fl. 113 (1903); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand 11 410 (1906); 
Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 694 (1925); Allan, Fl. New Zealand 1: 514 (1961); 
W.M. Curtis, Stud. Fl. Tasman. 2: 425 (1963). Styphelia subg. Cyathodes (Labill.) Drude, 
p.p.: in Engl. & Prantl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4, 1: 78 (1889); Sleumer, Blumea 12: 155 (1963). 
Lissanthe R.Br.. p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 659 ( 1824) (no generic description). 
Trochocarpa R.Br., p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1 : 660 ( 1 824) (no generic description). 
Low or erect usually compact shrubs to 2 nr high, rarely a tree 6 m high. Stems glabrous, 
normally devoid of leaves, and with a rough, scaly, grey to brown bark. Leaves alternate, 
spreading or suberect, the lower surface glaucous and striate, the tip usually pungent. 
Inflorescence terminal and axillary. Flowers effectively unisexual (the plants dioecious), 
solitary in the leaf axils, subtended by paired, keeled bracts and numerous usually closely 
imbricate bracteoles. these cream to green, usually glabrous, and broadly ovate with a 
rounded obtuse apex. Sepals 5. Bracteole and sepal margins ciliolate. Corolla 
pentamerous, cream; tube campanulate or sub-urceolate, exceeding or about equalling the 
calyx, glabrous or pubescent inside; lobes valvate in bud. narrowly triangular, spreading, 
internally glabrous, with a few scattered hairs, or densely bearded. Stamens 5. alternating 
with the corolla lobes; filaments inserted at the top of the tube, short, the anther partially 
enclosed in the tube; anthers attached near the apex, linear. Ovary 5-7 celled with one 
ovule per cell; style attenuate from the ovary or inserted in a depression at the apex, short 
with the stigma at or below anther-level, or long with a conspicuous bend near the middle 
and the stigma exserted (L. divaricata and L. pendulosa), hollow with a pentaradiate 
canal and minutely papillose surface; stigma small, capitate or lobed; nectary annular and 
truncate, or lobed and toothed. Fruit a red, pink or white drupe, usually more or less 
spherical, the apex slightly flattened; the mesocarp thick and pulpy, the endocarp hard 
and bony; calyx and style persistent; retained on the plant into the next flowering season. 
Distribution: Tasmania and Victoria in south-east Australia, New Zealand. Papua New 
Guinea and several Pacific Island groups. 
Etymology: The name Leptecophylla has been arbitrarily formed from the Greek 
lepteces, fine-pointed and phyllum , leaf, alluding to the fine, pungent tip on the leaves of 
most species. 
Notes: Indumentum: Young stems are either puberulent with sparse, short, white, hairs 
(L. juniperina, L. divaricata ) or pubescent with dense, long, silky, white hairs 
( L . pendulosa). The adaxial leaf surface is either glabrous or has short hairs at the base of 
the leaf, occasionally extending up the midline. The abaxial leaf surface appears glabrous 

Page image

646113 Cladia aggregata Muelleria 12(2): 141-147, Figs 2, 3
646114 Cladia deformis Muelleria 12(2): 147-150, Figs. 4, 5
646115 Cladia dumicola Muelleria 12(2): 150-152, Figs 1, 6
646116 Cladia inflata Muelleria 12(2): 152-154, Figs 1, 7
646117 Cladia moniliformis Muelleria 12(2): 155-156, Fig. 8

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(2): 155-156, Fig. 8".

646118 Cladia mutabilis Muelleria 12(2): 156-159, Fig. 9

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(2): 156-159, Fig. 9".

646119 Cladia oreophila Muelleria 12(2): 159-160, Fig. 11
646120 Cladia schizopora Muelleria 12(2): 161, Fig. 12
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453966
Page is part of the work Studies on the lichen genus Cladia Nyl. in Tasmania: The C. aggregata complex, doi:10.5962/p.198394

Page text

Cladia aggregate i complex 
161 
8. Cladia schizopora (Nyl.) Nyl. in Hue, Rev. Bot. 6: 161 (1888). Cladonia schizopora 
Nyl„ Syn., Meth. Lich 217 (1860). Type : Tasmania, supra truncos putridos, C. Stuart 
(holotype H-NYL, n.v.). 
Cladia schizopora is the only sorediate species in the genus. It is further characterised by 
having very short, corymbose fertile pseudopodetia, mostly <15 mm tall but occasionally 
c. 20 mm tall in very moist, shaded habitats (Fig. 12). Soredia develop internally within 
the fertile pseudopodetia and at the apices of the sterile pseudopodetia, which may 
become reduced to a sorediate, subsquamulose mat. Some sterile specimens may be 
entirely sorediate and resemble a coarse Lepraria. This species contains fumar- 
protocetraric acid and traces of protocetraric acid; medulla Pd+ red, K-, KC-, C-, UV-. 
Further descriptions are provided by Galloway (1985) and Filson (1981, 1992). 
Distribution and ecology. This species is known from southern Australia, New 
Zealand and southern Chile. In Tasmania it is widespread, mainly in lowland areas of low 
to medium rainfall, growing on bark, charcoal and lignum, or rarely on peaty soil 
(Fig. 10C). By far the most common host is Eucalyptus , where C. schizopora grows in 
association with C. aggregata, Cladonia rigida and Neophyllis melacarpa. In drier areas, 
additional associated lichens include Thysanothecium scutellatum, Hypocenomyce 
australis and H.foveata. 
Selected specimens examined (total = 99): AUSTRALIA. Tasmania: Moogara. 460 m a.s.l., 
G. Kantvilas 30/80 , 10 Mar. 1980 (HO, BM); Anthony Road, 41°50’S, 145°38'E, G. Kantvilas 
241/91 , 10 May 1991 (HO); O'Grady ’s Gully, Mt Wellington, 42°55’S, 147°16'E. A.U Ratkowsky 
LSI. 16 Mar. 1981 (BM, HO): Franklin River Plains, 42°13'S, 146°02’E, 390 m a.s.l., G.C. Bratt & 
M.H. Bratt, 2 Jan. 1966 (HO); Comstock Mine, 41°55’S, 145°17'E, G.C. Bratt 4040, 30 Mar. 1969 
(HO); Mueller Road, 42°49'S, 146°28'E, 550 m a.s.l., G. Kantvilas 8/98, 21 Feb. 1998 (HO). 
Acknowledgements 
We thank Dr S.J. Jarman for assistance in the field and preparing the figures, Mrs J. 
Wardlaw for assistance with HPLC analyses, and Mrs D. Howe for technical and 
curatorial assistance. 
References 
Ahti. T. and Kashiwadani, H. (1984). The lichen genera Cladia, Cladina and Cladonia in southern 
Chile. In ‘Studies on the Cryptogams of Southern Chile" (H. Inoue, ed.) pp. 125-149. 
(Kenseisha Ltd: Tokyo). 

Page image

879434 Cladonia aggregata inflata Muelleria 12(2): 152
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453975
Page is part of the work Studies on the lichen genus Cladia Nyl. in Tasmania: The C. aggregata complex, doi:10.5962/p.198394
879435 Cladonia schizopora Muelleria 12(2): 161
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453966
Page is part of the work Studies on the lichen genus Cladia Nyl. in Tasmania: The C. aggregata complex, doi:10.5962/p.198394

Page text

Cladia aggregate i complex 
161 
8. Cladia schizopora (Nyl.) Nyl. in Hue, Rev. Bot. 6: 161 (1888). Cladonia schizopora 
Nyl„ Syn., Meth. Lich 217 (1860). Type : Tasmania, supra truncos putridos, C. Stuart 
(holotype H-NYL, n.v.). 
Cladia schizopora is the only sorediate species in the genus. It is further characterised by 
having very short, corymbose fertile pseudopodetia, mostly <15 mm tall but occasionally 
c. 20 mm tall in very moist, shaded habitats (Fig. 12). Soredia develop internally within 
the fertile pseudopodetia and at the apices of the sterile pseudopodetia, which may 
become reduced to a sorediate, subsquamulose mat. Some sterile specimens may be 
entirely sorediate and resemble a coarse Lepraria. This species contains fumar- 
protocetraric acid and traces of protocetraric acid; medulla Pd+ red, K-, KC-, C-, UV-. 
Further descriptions are provided by Galloway (1985) and Filson (1981, 1992). 
Distribution and ecology. This species is known from southern Australia, New 
Zealand and southern Chile. In Tasmania it is widespread, mainly in lowland areas of low 
to medium rainfall, growing on bark, charcoal and lignum, or rarely on peaty soil 
(Fig. 10C). By far the most common host is Eucalyptus , where C. schizopora grows in 
association with C. aggregata, Cladonia rigida and Neophyllis melacarpa. In drier areas, 
additional associated lichens include Thysanothecium scutellatum, Hypocenomyce 
australis and H.foveata. 
Selected specimens examined (total = 99): AUSTRALIA. Tasmania: Moogara. 460 m a.s.l., 
G. Kantvilas 30/80 , 10 Mar. 1980 (HO, BM); Anthony Road, 41°50’S, 145°38'E, G. Kantvilas 
241/91 , 10 May 1991 (HO); O'Grady ’s Gully, Mt Wellington, 42°55’S, 147°16'E. A.U Ratkowsky 
LSI. 16 Mar. 1981 (BM, HO): Franklin River Plains, 42°13'S, 146°02’E, 390 m a.s.l., G.C. Bratt & 
M.H. Bratt, 2 Jan. 1966 (HO); Comstock Mine, 41°55’S, 145°17'E, G.C. Bratt 4040, 30 Mar. 1969 
(HO); Mueller Road, 42°49'S, 146°28'E, 550 m a.s.l., G. Kantvilas 8/98, 21 Feb. 1998 (HO). 
Acknowledgements 
We thank Dr S.J. Jarman for assistance in the field and preparing the figures, Mrs J. 
Wardlaw for assistance with HPLC analyses, and Mrs D. Howe for technical and 
curatorial assistance. 
References 
Ahti. T. and Kashiwadani, H. (1984). The lichen genera Cladia, Cladina and Cladonia in southern 
Chile. In ‘Studies on the Cryptogams of Southern Chile" (H. Inoue, ed.) pp. 125-149. 
(Kenseisha Ltd: Tokyo). 

Page image

827411 Cyathodes abietina Muelleria 12(2): 211
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453940
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

Leptecophylla 
211 
Chemical Data: Ribbon wax covers the abaxial leaf surface. Wax composition is 
dominated by triterpenoids a-amyrenone (31%), p-amyrenone (15%), a-amyrin (5%), F 
and FI with the C, g honrologue of the aldehyde (8%) and alcohol (11%) constituting most 
of the remainder of the wax. 
Specimens Examined : NEW ZEALAND. Chatham Islands: F.A.D. Cox, Oct. 1900 (AK, 
CHR); near Waikato Point, M.A. & l.M. Ritchie, 17 Sept. 1968 (CHR); Tuku Creek area, SW 
Chathams, K. Olsen, 7 Jan.1978 (AK); Taiko Hill, K.P. Olsen, 12 Jan. 1978 (AK); Waitangi, West 
Moorland, 7 Feb. 1985. B. Molloy, Chudleigh Reserve at Waimahana Creek, D.R. Given 12773 & 
P.A. Williams (CHR); Te Awatea, E. Madden 108 (CHR); Nairn River, G. Hamel, 27 Jan. 1976 
(CHR); pen ground 1 km SE of Lake Rotokawau near pond. D.R. Given 12759 & P.A. Williams 
(CHR); Tobacco County S of Chatham Is, Cox & Cockayne, Feb. 1901 (AK); Kahiti Stream near 
Owenga, B.G. Hamilton, 1948 (WELT); Southern Table-land above Te Awainanga River, A.T. Moar 
568, 1569, 1570 (CHR); A. Sinclair, 1850-1860 (NSW). 
6. Leptecophylla ahietina (Labill.) C.M. Weiller, comb. nov. Styphelia abietina Labill., 
Nov. Holl. pi. 1: 48, t. 68 (1805). Type citation : Capite van Diemen, Labill. (lectotype 
here designated, FI-WEBB sheet number 118262, seen in photo). There are three sheets 
at FI-WEBB. The sheet selected as lectotype comprises a single fruiting specimen and 
carries extensive descriptive notes in Labillardiere’s hand. Cyathodes abietina (Labill.) R. 
Br„ Prodr. 540(1810). 
Styphelia abietina sensu Poir., Encycl. 7; 486 (1806); Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 659 
(1824); F. Muell., Fragm. 6: 43 (1867); Sleum., Blumea 12: 155 (1963) in key. 
Illustrations: Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1 : t. 68 (1805). Cyathodes abietina sensu Roern. 
& Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 472 (1819); G. Don, Gen. hist. 3:' 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7: 741 
(1839); J.D. Hook. FI. Tasman. 247 (1857); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 114 (1903); W.M. 
Curtis, Stud. fl. Tasman. 2: 427 (1963). 
Dioecious, compact, erect shrubs 1-2 m high. Stems grey or grey-brown; branchlets 
brown or rarely yellow-brown, densely puberulent. Leaves evenly spaced, usually absent 
on main stems, sub-erect, narrowly ovate, flat, 12.3-18 mm long, 1.9-2. 7 mm wide, tip 
short and hard, the mucro 0.3-1. 2 mm long; margin Hat, glabrous or ciliolate toward the 
apex, upper surface green, glabrous or with sparse hairs toward the base, lower surface 
with short trichomes fringing shallow grooves and up to 7 veins; petiole erect, 1.8-3. 1 
mm long, appressed to stem, sparsely puberulent. First leaves of new season’s growth 
obovate, 11-19 mm long, 3. 1-5.2 mm wide, margin hyaline to scarious. Flowers solitary, 
terminal and axillary on erect pedicels 3. 5-4. 2 mm long (male), 2.4-3 mm long (female); 
bracts broadly ovate, 0.8-1 mm long, 0.8-1 . 1 mm wide, obtuse, margin usually glabrous; 
bracteoles and sepals broadly ovate, obtuse, glabrous, conspicuously striate when dry; 
bracteoles 6-26 per flower, imbricate, 2. 1-2.6 mm long, 1 .9-2.4 mm wide; sepals 2. 8-3. 8 
mm long 2-2.6 mm wide. Corolla tube thick, fleshy, exceeding calyx, campanulate, 
4-4.5 mm long (male), 3-3.2 mm long (female), upper half sparsely pubescent internally; 
lobes 2-3.1 mm long, externally glabrous or with a few short hairs at the base of the 
lobes, internally densely bearded, short at the apex, long below, apex broadly acute to 
obtuse, thickened. Anthers of male flowers 1 .8-2.6 mm long, half exserted; filaments 
0.4-0. 6 mm long. Ovary spherical 1.1-1. 2 mm high, 1.1-1. 5 mm wide, glabrous, 4-7 
celled; style glabrous, attenuate from the ovary, 1.4- 1.8 mm long (female), 1.8-2. 3 mm 
long (male); stigma lobed; nectary' 0.5-0. 8 mm high, separating into scales with pressure, 
margin toothed. Drupe pale to dark pink, 5-9 mm high, 7-12 mm wide, slightly flattened 
sphere, surface dull, mesocarp dry. 
Distribution and Habitat: Endemic to Tasmania, restricted to the exposed rocky coasts 
of the SE, S and W and neighbouring islands between Southport Bluff in the SE to Trial 
Harbour on the W coast. Also recorded from Walker Is. off the NW coast and South Arm 
in the SE (Fig. 8). 

Page image

827394 Cyathodes acerosa Muelleria 12(2): 203
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453932
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

Leptecophylla 
203 
Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. juniperina. Type indicated above under Leptecophylla 
juniperina. 
Ardisia acerosa Gaertn., Fruct. 2: 78, t. 94 (1790). Type citation : In insula van 
Diemen. Cyathodes acerosa (Gaertn.) Roem. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 473 (1819). 
Lissanthe acerosa (Gaertn.) Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 660 (1824). Styphelia acerosa 
F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 54 (1873). 
Leucopogon forsteri A. Rich., Voy. Astrolabe 216 (1832), nom. illeg, as Epacris 
juniperina J.R.Forst. & G.Forst. is cited in synonymy. 
Cyathodes acerosa var. parvifolia J.D.Hook., FI. Nov.-zel. 1: 163 (1853). Type 
citation: Port Nicholson, Taupo Lake, etc., Colenso, etc.; Middle Island, Lyall; all n.v. 
Cyathodes acerosa sensu G.Don, Gen. hist. 3: 776 (1834); A.Cunn., Ann. Nat. Hist, 
ser. 1 , 2: 47 ( 1 839); DC., Prodr. 7: 74 1 ( 1 839); F.L.Raoul, Choix pi. Nouv.-Zel. 44 ( 1 846); 
J.D.Hook., FI. nov.-zel. 1: 163 (1853); J.D.Hook., Handb. N. Zeal. fl. 176 (1864); 
F.Muell., Veg. Chatham-Isl. 42 (1864); Benth., Fl. austral. 4: 170 (1869); T.Kirk, Forest 
fl. New Zealand 213, t. 108 (1889); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 1 14 (1903); Cheeseman, Man. 
New Zealand fl. 411 (1906); Cheeseman, 111. New Zealand fl. 2: t. 124 (1914); 
Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl 694 (1925). 
Styphelia acerosa sensu Laing & Blackwell, PI. New Zealand 330, t. 109 (1906). 
Selected illustrations: Cheeseman, 111. New Zealand fl. 2: t. 124 ( 1914); T.Kirk, Forest 
fl. New Zealand, t. 108 (1889) as C. acerosa: Laing & Blackwell, PI. New Zealand 332, 
t. 109 (1906) as Styphelia acerosa (photo). 
Leaves 4-18 mm long, 1-2.1 mm wide, margin typically Bat, glabrous or ciliolate toward 
apex, veins 5. Corolla tube usually glabrous, 1.5-2. 8 mm long (male). n=\0 (Venkata- 
Rao 1961), n~ 1 1 ? in New Zealand material (Sands 1960). 
Distribution and Habitat: Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. juniperina is widespread 
in lowland to montane forest and shrubland throughout New Zealand, and in lowland 
areas of Tasmania in the east, areas of the north-west and west on Jurassic dolerite or 
tertiary basalt based soils (Figs 2, 3). 
Flowering Period : Sept.-May. 
Chemical Data: Leaf flavonoid bisulphates A and B are present. 
Selected Specimens Examined: AUSTRALIA. Tasmania. Tasman Peninsula: Mt Koonya, A. 
Moscal 5258 (HO); Mt Raoul, PA. Collier 21, July 1984 (HO); between Tornado Flats and 
Lunchtime Creek, A.M. Buchanan 3274 (HO); Balt Spur, S.J. Jarman 25 (HO, NSW), R.K. 
Crowden 8301-04: Eaglehawk Neck E of Lufra Hill, N.C. Ford, 28 Sept. 1950 (NSW). Other 
locations: Blue Top. R.K. Crowden 8310-11: Upper Natone forestry reserve, C.M. Mihaich 13: The 
Clump. Sandy Cape, A. Moscal 4666 (HO); Koyule, W.M. Curtis, 19 May 1947 (HO): Degraves 
Valley, R.C. Gunn, 1 1 Nov. 1839 (HO); Murchison Highway 7.7 km N of Waratah and Guilford 
Rds junction, A.M. Gray 280, 281 (HO); 5 km SE of Strathgordon on Gordon River Rd, J.R. Busby 
27 (HO). NEW ZEALAND. North Island. Northland - Auckland District: Kerr Point North Cape, 
P. Hynes, 24 Aug. 1957 (AK); near tearooms, Waitiki Landing, R.C. Cooper, 25 Sept. 1969 ( AK ); 
Puketi Forest N of the Waikape Stream, P.J. Bellingham, 26 June 1984 (AK); Urapukapuka Island, 
Te Akeake Point, R.E. Beevei: 11 Jan. 1980 (AK); Lake Kakupuarere, Poutoi, W.R.B. Oliver, 11 
Oct. 1928 (WELT); 2 km SW of Waiwera, G. Straka 336, (AK); Huia Rickards Bush, K. Wood, 6 
Aug. 1948 (AK); Mangawhai Hill. R.C. Cooper. 10 June 1966 (AK); Whatipu Road Summit, R. 
Cooper, 1 Apr. 1965 (AK); Mt William, Pokeno, R.O. Gardner 26 (CHR). Coromandel: Thames, 
D. Petrie. Sept. 1896 (WELT); Kopu - Hikua Road nr Stadia Creek. R.C. Cooper. 17 Apr. 1967 
(AK); Milled bush 2 miles N of Tairua, R.C. Cooper, 18 Apr. 1967 (AK); Burma Road, 
Whangapoua, R.C. Cooper, 16 Sept. 1965 (AK). Volcanic Plateau District: Whanarua Bay, Bay of 
Plenty, A.P. Druce, Dec. 1967 (CHR); Lake Taupo nr Whakamoenga Cave, A. Leahy, 1 1 May 1975 
(AK); Wairakei, D. Petrie. Dec. 1895 (WELT); Mt Ruapehu, W.R.B. Oliver, Dec. 1927 (WELT); 
Tukino track off Desert Road, P. Hynes, 23 Jan. 1968 (AK): Onitapu Desert, V.D. Zotov, 5 Apr. 1931 
(CHR); Rainbow Mt, L.B. Moore, 20 Mar. 1930 (CHR); Near Wakapapaiti Stream, D. Petrie, Oct. 
1922 (WELT); Waiotapu. W.R.B. Oliver, 13 Sept. 1920 (WELT); Pureora, J.K. Bartlett, 26 Nov. 
1977 (CHR). Hawke Bay: Maungaharuru Range, A.P. Druce, Oct. 1974 (CHR); Bell Bird Bush, 

Page image

827402 Cyathodes acerosa oxycedrus Muelleria 12(2): 205
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453934
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397
937257 Cyathodes acerosa parvifolia Muelleria 12(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(2)".

827407 Cyathodes divaricata Muelleria 12(2): 207
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453936
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

Leptecophylla 
207 
mucro, puberulent; bracteoles 10-22 per flower, imbricate, 1.6-2. 7 mm long, 1.4-2 mm 
wide; sepals 2. 1-3.1 mm long, 1.4-2. 1 mm wide. Corolla tube campanulate, equal to or 
shorter than the calyx, 1.9-2. 5 mm long (male). 1.6-2. 4 mm long (female), glabrous; 
lobes shorter than tube, glabrous, 1.3-1. 8 mm long, apex acute. Anthers of male flowers 
0.8-1. 6 mm long, enclosed or half-exserted; filaments 0.2-0. 3 mm long. Ovary spherical, 
0.6-1 mm high, 1-1.3 mm wide, glabrous, 4-6 celled; style straight, glabrous, attenuate 
from the ovary, 1 . 1-1 .4 mm long (male), 0.9-1 .3 mm long (female); stigma 0. 1 mm high; 
nectary separating into distinct scales with pressure, or in distinct scales, 0. 3-0.5 mm 
high, margin entire, toothed or rounded, glabrous or occasionally with hairs. Drupe pink, 
spherical, 3-5 mm high. 5-8 mm wide, 1-5 locules with ovules developing into seeds. 
Comments : Leptecophylla pogonocalyx is distinguished from L. juniperina by the 
short corolla tube, which is equal to or shorter than the calyx in both floral forms and the 
puberulent calyx and bracteoles. 
Distribution and Habitat. Confined to the western region of Tasmania, usually at 
altitudes above 600 m (Fig. 5). 
Etymology : The epithet pogonocalyx refers to the densely puberulent calyx. 
Flowering Period : Nov.-Dee. 
Leaf Anatomy. The leaf is 360-370 pm thick with the adaxial cuticle 12.5-15 pm and 
the abaxial cuticle 2.5 pm thick. Rounded papillae occur in the stomatal regions. Adaxial 
epidermal cells heavily lignified, 32.5-37.5 pm long, 17.5-20 pm wide; abaxial cells 
narrowly lignified, small, 12.5-17.5 pm long, 12.5 pm wide. Three rows of elongate 
palisade mesophyll cells 95 pm long, 20 pm wide are associated with a very compact 
spongy mesophyll of rounded cells. Fibres form an arc beneath the vascular bundle and 
occasionally a cap on the adaxial side of the bundle. Endodermal cells remain 
unthickened. 
Chemical Data: The triterpenes P-amyrin and ‘N’ are the major components in the 
leaf wax. Leaf flavonoid bisulphates A and B are present. 
Selected Specimens Examined : AUSTRALIA. Tasmania. Cradle Mountain - Lake St Clair 
National Park: near Lake Henson, 3 km NE of Cradle Mountain, 4 km SE of Waldheim. J.R. Busby 
73 (HO); Labyrinth Track above Cephissus Creek (Pine Valley) about 2/3 of the way to the ridge 
crest, J.R. Busby 135 (HO); track to Marions Lookout, J.M. Powell 1539 (CANB. HO, NSW). Mt 
Field National Park: Platypus Tarn, S.J. Forbes 1282 (HO); by 2nd bend on road below Lake 
Fenton, R. Melville 2379, 2380 (HO, NSW). Hartz Mountain National Park: Track to Lake 
Osborne, 600 m ESE of the lake, J.R. Busby 1/4 (HO); Arve Road, J. Somerville (HO); junction of 
Hartz Hut track and Hartz Rd. R. Filson 10485 (MEL). Western Tasmania: S of Queenstown. M.L. 
Westbrook, 22 May 1938 (HO); Lake Margaret Track, J. Somerville, Mar. 1957 (HO); Rosebery, 
W.M. Curtis, 1 Dec. 1954 (HO); Lake Arthur, Western Arthur Range, /. Olsen, 7 Jan. 1967 (HO. 
NSW); Frenchmans Cap Range, H.D. Gordon, 14-15 Dec. 1944 (HO); Mt Sprent, S.J. Jarman, 10 
Dec. 1978 (HO); NE ridge of Mt Anne, A.M. Buchanan 3719 (HO); King William Range, E. 
Rodway 325 (HO); Mt. Brown, L. Rodway, Jan. 1910 (HO); Gilbert Leitch Huon Pine Reserve, A. 
Moscal 10916 (HO); Denison Range, C. Elliott, 2 Jan. 1947 (HO); Bonds Range, A. Moscal 1044 
(HO); Jubilee Range, A. Moscal 9346 (HO); Swift Creek, Cape Sorell, A.M. Buchanan 2277 (HO); 
Mt La Perouse, F.A. Rodway, 29 Nov. 1898 (NSW). 
3 . Leptecophylla divaricata (J.D.Hook.) C.M.Weiller, comb. nov. Lissanthe divaricata 
J.D.Hook., Lond. J. Bot. 6: 269 (1847). Type citation : Hobart Town, Mt. Wellington, 
Swan Port; Backhouse, Gunn; — v.v.n. Type: 618/1842 Lissanthe divaricata, Mt. 
Wellington, 8/5/39, Gunn (lectotype, here designated, K). Six Gunn specimens and three 
labels with the locations Mt. Wellington, Swanport and Cornish Hill are present on a 
single sheet at K. The element selected as lectotype is on the right hand side of the sheet, 
in flower, from Mt. Wellington. Backhouse specimens, cited by Hooker, were not located 
at K or BM. Cyathodes divaricata (J.D.Hook.) J.D.Hook., FI. Tasman. 1: 246, t. 74B 
(1857). Styphelia remota Sleum., Blumea 12: 156 (1963), nom. superfl. 
Cyathodes divaricata sensu Benth., FI. austral. 4: 170 (1868); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 
1 14 (1903); W.M. Curtis, Stud. Fl. Tasman. 2: 428 (1963). 
Illustrations: J.D.Hook., Fl. Tasman. 1: t. 74B (1857) 

Page image

827392 Cyathodes juniperina Muelleria 12(2): 200
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453929
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

200 
C. Wei Her 
1. Leptecophylla juniperina (J.R. Forst. & G. Foist.) C.M.Weiller, comb. nov. Epacris 
juniperina J.R. Forst. & G.Forst., Char. gen. pi. 20, t. 1 0 (1776). Type citation-, locality not 
designated, Forster. Type: not designated [New Zealand], part of G. Forster’s Flerbarium, 
Forster (lectotype here designated, BM ). Two sheets, both Forster collections, are housed 
at BM. The material selected as the lectotype is mounted on a sheet bearing three 
handwritten labels — ‘G. Forsters Herbarium", ‘71 juniperina' and ‘(3 126 Stiphelia 
juniperina'. Two specimens are on the sheet, the one on the right-hand side bears a single 
flower, the other is vegetative. The second sheet at BM with a single vegetative specimen 
comes from the Pallas Herbarium and has the labels - ‘Herb. Pallas’ and ‘ Stiphelia 
juniperina a Col. Forster.’ No locality information is present on the sheets or in the 
protologue, however subsequent authors such as Willdenow (1798) cite New Zealand. No 
Forster collections for the species were seen at K, although it is possible that specimens 
exist in other European herbaria such as LE and W. Styphelia juniperina (J.R. Forst. & 
G.Forst.) Willd., Sp. pi. 1: 836 (1798). Cyathodes juniperina (J.R. Forst. & G.Forst.) 
Druce. Rep. Bot. Exch. Cl. Brit. Isles suppl. 2: 618 (1917). Cyathodes juniperina 
(J.R. Forst. & G.Forst.) var .juniperina Allan, FI. New Zealand 1:516 (1961). 
Epacris juniperina sensu L. f., Suppl. pi. 138 (1782); G.Forst., FI. ins. austr. 13 
(1786). Styphelia juniperina sensu Pers., Syn. pi. 1: 174 (1805); Poir., Encycl. 7: 488 
(1806). Cyathodes juniperina sensu W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasman. 2: 427 (1963); Willis, 
Handb. PI. Viet. 2: 508 (1973). 
Dioecious, compact or tall shrubs 40-200 cm high, rarely trees to 6 m. Stems grey, brown 
or grey-brown; branchlets usually brown but occasionally yellow-brown or red-brown, 
rounded, scabrous or puberulent. Leaves spreading or occasionally reflexed, narrowly 
ovate, 4.2-18 mm long, 1.1-2. 5 mm wide, apex acute, tip pungent 0.4-1. 6 mm long; 
margin flat or recurved, glabrous or ciliolate only toward the apex; upper surface glabrous 
or puberulent at base, lower surface with intervenal papillae and 3-7 veins; petiole erect, 
0.6-1. 7 mm long, appressed to stem, glabrous or puberulent on the upper surface. 
Flowers solitary, terminal and axillary on erect or recurved pedicels 2-5 mm long (male), 
1.3-3 mm long (female); bracts ovate, 0.5-0.9 mm long, 0.6—1 (—1 .4) mm wide, obtuse, 
glabrous, margin usually ciliolate at apex; bracteoles and sepals ovate or elliptic, obtuse, 
glabrous; bracteoles 8—24 per flower, imbricate, 1 .2-2.4 mm long, 1.1-2 mm wide; sepals 
1.7-3. 1 mm long. 1.1-2. 3 mm wide. Corolla tube campanulate, exceeding the calyx, 
2. 1-4.4 mm long (male), 1.6-2. 8 mm long (female), glabrous or with short, sparse hairs 
inside; lobes shorter than tube, 1.1 -2. 3 mm long, apex acute, glabrous or with short, 
sparse hairs. Anthers of male flowers 1.1-2 mm long, half-exserted; filaments 0.2-0.5 
mm long, slightly exserted and visible between the lobes. Ovary more or less spherical 
0.5-1 mm high, 0.6-1. 3 mm wide, glabrous, (4— )5(— 6) celled; style straight, glabrous, 
attenuate from the ovary, 1-1.8 mm long (male), 0.9-1.5 mm long (female); stigma 
0. 1-0.2 mm high; nectary 0.3-0. 7 mm high, of distinct scales or weakly adherent scales 
separating with pressure, margin toothed or rounded and occasionally with hairs. Drupe 
white or pale to dark pink, slightly flattened sphere 4—7 mm high, 5-9 mm wide, 1-5 
locules with ovules developing into seeds. 
Distribution and Habitat : Widespread and variable species occurring throughout 
Tasmania, the Bass Strait Islands, the southern coastal regions of Victoria and throughout 
New Zealand, from extreme coastal to sub-alpine habitats (Figs. 2, 3). 
Leaf Anatomy: The leaf is 330-370 pm thick although thicker in L. juniperinum 
subsp. oxycedrus (450-550 pm) with the adaxial cuticle 10-15 pm and the abaxial cuticle 
2.5-5 pm thick. Rounded papillae occur in the stomatal regions. Adaxial epidermal cells 
heavily lignified, 32.5-M-O pm long, 17.5-25 pm wide; abaxial cells narrowly lignified, 
small. 12.5-17.5 pm long, 8-15 pm wide. Two to three rows of elongate palisade 
mesophyll cells 80-95 pm long, 15-20 pm wide (or c. 122 pm long and 17 pm wide in 
subsp. oxycedrus) are associated with a compact spongy mesophyll of rounded cells. 

Page image

938215 Cyathodes juniperina juniperina Muelleria 12(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(2)".

827403 Cyathodes juniperina oxycedrus Muelleria 12(2): 205
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453934
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397
817466 Cyathodes Muelleria 12(2): 196
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453925
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

196 
C. Weiller 
Taxonomy 
Leptecophylla C.M. Weiller, gen. now 
Folia alterna, parallelinervia, subtus glauca. Flores solitarii axillares, bracteolis 
subtendis nrultis et bracteis binatis carinatis basi. Sepala 5. Corolla quinqueloba; lobi 
patentes, aestivione valvata. Stamina 5, in fauce corollae inserta. Ovarium 5-7 loculare. 
Nectarium annulare vel lobatum. Drupa subsphaerica. 
Type species: Leptecophylla juniperina (J.R.Forst & G.Forst.) C.M. Weiller 
Epacris J.R.Forst. & G.Forst., p.p. in: Char. gen. pi. 19 ( 1776); G.Forst., FI. ins. austr. 
13 (1786). 
Ardisia Gaertn.. Fruct. 2: 78, t. 94 fig. 2 (1791 ),p.p., nom. illeg. non Sw. (1788). 
Styphelia Sm ., p.p. in: Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1: 48^19, t. 68-69 (1805); Poir., Encycl. 
7: 482 (1806); Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 654-659 (1824) (no generic description); F.Muell., 
Fragm. 6: 50 (1867); F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 54 ( 1873). 
Cyathodes Labill., p.p. in: R.Br.. Prodr. 539 (1810); Roern. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 41^-2 
(1819); G.Don, Gen. hist. 3; 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7: 740 (1839); J.D.Hook., FI. nov.-zel. 
1: 163 (1853); J.D.Hook., FI. Tasman. 244, t. 74 (1857); J.D.Hook., Handb. N. Zeal. 11 176 
(1864); Benth., FI. austr. 4: 167 (1868); Benth. & J.D.Hook., Gen. pi. 2: 612 (1876); 
Rodway, Tasman, fl. 113 (1903); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand 11 410 (1906); 
Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 694 (1925); Allan, Fl. New Zealand 1: 514 (1961); 
W.M. Curtis, Stud. Fl. Tasman. 2: 425 (1963). Styphelia subg. Cyathodes (Labill.) Drude, 
p.p.: in Engl. & Prantl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4, 1: 78 (1889); Sleumer, Blumea 12: 155 (1963). 
Lissanthe R.Br.. p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 659 ( 1824) (no generic description). 
Trochocarpa R.Br., p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1 : 660 ( 1 824) (no generic description). 
Low or erect usually compact shrubs to 2 nr high, rarely a tree 6 m high. Stems glabrous, 
normally devoid of leaves, and with a rough, scaly, grey to brown bark. Leaves alternate, 
spreading or suberect, the lower surface glaucous and striate, the tip usually pungent. 
Inflorescence terminal and axillary. Flowers effectively unisexual (the plants dioecious), 
solitary in the leaf axils, subtended by paired, keeled bracts and numerous usually closely 
imbricate bracteoles. these cream to green, usually glabrous, and broadly ovate with a 
rounded obtuse apex. Sepals 5. Bracteole and sepal margins ciliolate. Corolla 
pentamerous, cream; tube campanulate or sub-urceolate, exceeding or about equalling the 
calyx, glabrous or pubescent inside; lobes valvate in bud. narrowly triangular, spreading, 
internally glabrous, with a few scattered hairs, or densely bearded. Stamens 5. alternating 
with the corolla lobes; filaments inserted at the top of the tube, short, the anther partially 
enclosed in the tube; anthers attached near the apex, linear. Ovary 5-7 celled with one 
ovule per cell; style attenuate from the ovary or inserted in a depression at the apex, short 
with the stigma at or below anther-level, or long with a conspicuous bend near the middle 
and the stigma exserted (L. divaricata and L. pendulosa), hollow with a pentaradiate 
canal and minutely papillose surface; stigma small, capitate or lobed; nectary annular and 
truncate, or lobed and toothed. Fruit a red, pink or white drupe, usually more or less 
spherical, the apex slightly flattened; the mesocarp thick and pulpy, the endocarp hard 
and bony; calyx and style persistent; retained on the plant into the next flowering season. 
Distribution: Tasmania and Victoria in south-east Australia, New Zealand. Papua New 
Guinea and several Pacific Island groups. 
Etymology: The name Leptecophylla has been arbitrarily formed from the Greek 
lepteces, fine-pointed and phyllum , leaf, alluding to the fine, pungent tip on the leaves of 
most species. 
Notes: Indumentum: Young stems are either puberulent with sparse, short, white, hairs 
(L. juniperina, L. divaricata ) or pubescent with dense, long, silky, white hairs 
( L . pendulosa). The adaxial leaf surface is either glabrous or has short hairs at the base of 
the leaf, occasionally extending up the midline. The abaxial leaf surface appears glabrous 

Page image

827401 Cyathodes oxycedrus Muelleria 12(2): 205
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453934
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

Leptecophylla 
205 
Distribution and Habitat'. Common at altitudes above 600 m in the central and eastern 
parts of Tasmania, on rocky dolerite slopes in open eucalypt forests and also on the lower 
Carboniferous-Devonian rock types in the north-east (Fig. 2). 
Flowering Period : (Oct.--)Nov.-Dec.(-Jan.) 
Chemical Data: Leaf flavonoid bisulphate A is present. 
Selected Specimens Examined : AUSTRALIA. Tasmania. Mt Wellington: Wellington Falls L. 
Rodway 146 (HO); J.M. Powell 504A (HO. NSW); Collinsvale Track, W.M. Curtis, 23 Dec. 1951 
(HO); Collins Cap to Trestle Mountain Track, A. Brown 19 (HO); Mt Arthur towards Collinsvale, 
F.H. Long 1054 (HO). Mt Field; slopes above Lake Fenton, N.T. Burbidge 3278 (HO); near Lake 
Dobson huts, J.M.B. Smith 242 (HO); slopes of Mt Field East, J. Vickery, 17 Jan. 1962 (NSW). 
Central Plateau: 7 miles N of Breona, J.H. Hemsley 6300 (HO, NSW); Mienna, A. T. Dobson 77230 
(HO); Pine Lake, F. Duncan 18 (HO); Alma Pass W of Interlaken, J.M. Powell 1628 (HO, NSW); 
Bradys Lookout summit, A. Moscal 630 (HO); Gorge-Jackeys Marsh Road, Meander, J. Somerville, 
13 May 1962 (HO); Liaweenee, R.K. Crowden 8310-09 ; Ironstone Bluff. R.K. Crowden 8310-08. 
Ben Lomond region: near road at top of Jacobs Ladder, M.G. Noble 28104 (HO); Mt Victoria, M.G. 
Noble 29209 (HO); NE slope of Mt Saddleback, P. Collier, 1 July 1984 (HO); S of Maurice Road, 
500 m E of Wayback Hill, 20 km SSE of Scottsdale, J.R. Busby 101 (HO). Other locations: track 
up Mt Rufus c. 5 km W from Cynthia Bay camping area, Lake St Clair, J.M. Powell 1618 (HO); 
Poatina Highway, M. Thompson 24 (HO): Victoria Valley Road. W.M. Curtis, 24 Feb. 1983 (HO); 
Arthurs Lakes R.C. Gunn, 1 7 Nov. 1 845 (HO); East Bagdad Road E of Long Tom, A.M. Gray 605 
(HO); High Peak, H.D. Gordon, 1 Nov. 1937 (HO); Horseshoe Marsh St Pauls River, A. Moscal 
286 (HO). 
Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. oxycedrus (Labill.) C.M.Weiller comb &. stat. now 
Styphelia oxycedrus Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1 : 49, t. 69 ( 1 805). Type citation: ‘in capite van 
Diemen, Labill.’ (holotype FI-WEBB, seen in photo). Cyathodes oxycedrus (Labill.) 
R.Br., Prodr. 540 (1810). Cyathodes acerosa (Gaertn.) Roem. & Schult. var. oxycedrus 
(Labill.) Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 41 1 (1906). Cyathodes juniperina (J.R.Forst. 
& G.Forst.) Druce var. oxycedrus (Labill.) Allan, Fl. New Zealand 1: 516 (1961). 
Styphelia oxycedrus Labill. var. oxycedrus Sleunt., Blumea 12: 155 (1963) in key. 
Lissanthe oxycedrus (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 660 (1824). 
Styphelia oxycedrus sensu Poir., Encycl. 7: 487 (1806); F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 43 (1867). 
Cyathodes oxycedrus sensu Roem. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 472 (1819); G.Don, Gen. hist. 
3: 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7; 741 (1839); J.D.Hook., Fl. Tasman. 246 (1857). Cyathodes 
acerosa var. oxycedrus sensu Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 694 (1925). 
Illustrations: Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1: t. 69 (1805). 
Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. oxycedrus is a low, rigid shrub characterised by broader 
leaves, 7-12.4 mm long, 1.5-2. 5 mm wide, with 5-7 veins, margin flat and entirely 
glabrous. Corolla tube 2. 6-4.4 mm long (male) or 2. 3-2. 8 mm long (female), regularly 
with short, sparse, bristle-like hairs on the inner surface. 
Distribution and Habitat: This form is restricted to the exposed, rocky, coastal regions 
of southern and western Tasmania, the Bass Strait Islands and southern Victoria, 
occurring on tertiary basalts and Pre-Cambrian metamorphic rock types (Fig. 2). 
Flowering Period: (Aug.-)Sept.-Oct.(-Nov.) 
Chemical Data: Leaf flavonoid bisulphates A and B are present. 
Notes: Robert Brown (1810) noted the close similarity of Styphelia [Cyathodes] 
oxycedrus and C. acerosa. 
Selected Specimens Examined: AUSTRALIA. Victoria: Cape Woolamai Phillip Island. 4 
miles SE of automatic light, A. Opie & S. Van Berkel P.l. 27 (HO); Wilsons Promontory, R.K. 
Crowden 8508-204: Tongue Point, J.H. Willis 8 Nov. 1970 (MEL); Chinaman Long Beach. PC. 
Heyligers 81030 (MEL). Tasmania: West Point, A. Moscal 7735 (HO); Marrawah, W.M. Curtis, 
May 1948 (HO); Green Point, W.D. Jackson, Jan. 1958 (HO); Coxs Bight, D.I. Morris 8285 (HO); 
Sanctuary Bay, A.M. Buchanan 2613 (HO); Bond Bay, M. Davis 1260 (HO, MEL); Bluff Hill 

Page image

827397 Cyathodes parvifolia Muelleria 12(2): 204
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453933
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

204 
C. Weiller 
A. P. Druce, Dec. 1972 (CHR); Punekiri, Waikaremoana. W.R.B. Oliver, 12 Dec. 1946 (WELT). 
Wellington Region: Wainuiomata Valley, A. J. Healy, 20 June 1937 (CHR); Tauherenikau Valley, 
R.L. Oliver, Aug. 1941 (WELT); Days Bay, R. Mason, 4 Oct. 1948 (CHR); Auro Road, Upper Hutt, 
B. L. Enting, 18 Jan. 1970 (WELT); Summit Rimutaka Range, W.R.B. Oliver, 8 Apr. 1951 (WELT). 
South Island. Marlborough: Ship Cove Queen Charlotte Sound. A.P. Druce, 6 Dec. 1953; Red 
Hills, Wairau Valley, Marlborough, L.B. Moore, 19 Apr. 1965 (CHR); Minginningi, Picton, J.H. 
McMahon (WELT); Kenepura, J.H. McMahon (WELT); Resolution Bay, L.B. Moore & J. Clarke, 
15 Oct. 1965 (CHR). Nelson: E of Parapara Peak, NW Nelson, A.P. Druce. Nov. 1975 (CHR); Mt 
Burnett, Wakamarama Range, A.P. Druce, Jan. 1982 (CHR); Matiri River, A.P. Druce, May 1977 
(CHR); SE slopes of Mt Frederic, PC. Morgan, 10 Feb. 1912 (WELT); Lake Rotoiti, J.H. 
McMahon. Nov. 1934 (WELT); Black Hill, M.J.A. Simpson 30 Oct. 1961 (CHR); Track to Fulls 
River from Torrent Bay, A. Lush, Jan. 1951 (WELT); Lead Hills, W.R.B. Oliver, 24 Dec. 1946 
(WELT). Canterbury - Westland - Otaga: Culverden Plain, L. Cockayne, 2 Nov. 1905 (WELT); 
Jacks Pass, P. Hynes, 28 Jan. 1965 (AK); Banks Peninsula Castle Rock, P. Douglas, 29 Sept. 1983 
(CHR); NW of Kowai Bush, B.H. Macmillan, 30 Mar. 1970 (CHR): Otago Peninsula, Pudding 
Island, PN. Johnson. 14 Feb. 1982 (CHR). Southland - Fiordland: Colac Bay, L.Cockayne, 16 Nov. 
1905 (WELT); Bluff Hills, Southland, L. Cockayne, Oct. 1902 (WELT); Charles Sound Fiords, W.F. 
Harris, 28 Feb. 1949 (CHR); Poison Bay, P. Wordier & A.F. Mark, 10 Feb. 1974 (CHR); Head of 
Milford Sound, W.R.B. Oliver, 19 Dec. 1944 (WELT). Stewart Island: Mt Rakaehua, (WELT); Port 
Pegasus, C. Black, 22 Jan. 1955 (WELT); North Arm, N.M. Adams, 26 Feb. 1972 (WELT); Pryces 
Peak, L. Cockayne, 29 Sept. 1908 (WELT). 
Notes : The combination C. acerosa was correctly made by Roemer & Schultes (1819) 
although it has often been ascribed to Robert Brown (1810), including by Roemer & 
Schultes. The name is based on the Banks & Solander manuscript name Stiphelia acerosa 
from collections made by them in New Zealand during Cook’s first voyage to the area. 
Roemer & Schultes incorrectly give Tasmania as the locality but Cook’s first voyage did 
not land in Tasmania. Two and probably three sheets with Banks and Solander specimens 
are at BM. One bears the citation ‘In sylvis prope Opuragi, Totaranui’, the second sheet 
has a typewritten label with the date '5th- 1 5th Nov. 1769', at which time Cook was 
anchored in Mercury (now Cook) Bay, and a reference to ‘Solander, Prim. FI. N. Zeal. p. 
437, Parkinson Ic. 120.’ The specimens are vegetative or with a few fruit. There is little 
doubt that Gaertner based the name Ardisia acerosa on Solander's manuscript name 
Stiphelia acerosa, nor that subsequent authors did other than follow this concept. The 
Banks and Solander specimens of Stiphelia acerosa and the Forster specimens of Epacris 
juniperina at BM represent the same taxon. 
Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. parvifolia (R.Br.) C.M. Weiller comb, et slat. nov. 
Cyathodes parvifolia R.Br., Prodr. 540 (1810). Type citation: [D ] v.v. Type : ‘ Styplielia 
erythrocarpa. In lateribus .... Montis Tabularis ad fluo: Derwent, Feb: - May 1804’, 
R. Brown (Bennett No. 2416) (holotype BM. photo HO: isotype K). On the reverse of the 
handwritten label of the type is "4 Cyathodes parvifolia prodr. 540’. The typed label has 
the dates Feb. 1 8th, 19th, and 27th 1 804. A second sheet with a single specimen bears the 
same typed label. Both bear the manuscript name Styphelia erythrocarpa. Lissanthe 
parvifolia (R.Br.) Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 660 ( 1824). Styphelia parvifolia (R.Br.) F.Muell., 
Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. 86 (1874). Styphelia oxycedrus Labill. var. parvifolia (R.Br.) 
Sleum., Blumea 12: 156 (1963). 
Cyathodes parvifolia sensu Roem. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 472 (1819); G.Don, Gen. 
hist. 3: 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7: 741 (1839); J.D.Hook., FI. Tasman. 246 (1857); 
Rodway, Tasman, fl. 115 (1903); W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasman. 2: 428 (1963). 
Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. parvifolia is the small leafed highland form, leaves 
4. 2-5. 8 mm long, 1.4-1. 7 mm wide, margin recurved, ciliolate toward apex, 3(-5) 
veined. Corolla tube glabrous, 2. 1-3.5 mm long (male). 2n=20 (Smith-White 1955, as 
Cyathodes pan’ifolia). 

Page image

827409 Cyathodes pendulosa Muelleria 12(2): 209
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453938
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397
817472 Epacris Muelleria 12(2): 196
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453925
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397
9221284 Epacris juniperina Muelleria 12(2): 200
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453929
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

200 
C. Wei Her 
1. Leptecophylla juniperina (J.R. Forst. & G. Foist.) C.M.Weiller, comb. nov. Epacris 
juniperina J.R. Forst. & G.Forst., Char. gen. pi. 20, t. 1 0 (1776). Type citation-, locality not 
designated, Forster. Type: not designated [New Zealand], part of G. Forster’s Flerbarium, 
Forster (lectotype here designated, BM ). Two sheets, both Forster collections, are housed 
at BM. The material selected as the lectotype is mounted on a sheet bearing three 
handwritten labels — ‘G. Forsters Herbarium", ‘71 juniperina' and ‘(3 126 Stiphelia 
juniperina'. Two specimens are on the sheet, the one on the right-hand side bears a single 
flower, the other is vegetative. The second sheet at BM with a single vegetative specimen 
comes from the Pallas Herbarium and has the labels - ‘Herb. Pallas’ and ‘ Stiphelia 
juniperina a Col. Forster.’ No locality information is present on the sheets or in the 
protologue, however subsequent authors such as Willdenow (1798) cite New Zealand. No 
Forster collections for the species were seen at K, although it is possible that specimens 
exist in other European herbaria such as LE and W. Styphelia juniperina (J.R. Forst. & 
G.Forst.) Willd., Sp. pi. 1: 836 (1798). Cyathodes juniperina (J.R. Forst. & G.Forst.) 
Druce. Rep. Bot. Exch. Cl. Brit. Isles suppl. 2: 618 (1917). Cyathodes juniperina 
(J.R. Forst. & G.Forst.) var .juniperina Allan, FI. New Zealand 1:516 (1961). 
Epacris juniperina sensu L. f., Suppl. pi. 138 (1782); G.Forst., FI. ins. austr. 13 
(1786). Styphelia juniperina sensu Pers., Syn. pi. 1: 174 (1805); Poir., Encycl. 7: 488 
(1806). Cyathodes juniperina sensu W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasman. 2: 427 (1963); Willis, 
Handb. PI. Viet. 2: 508 (1973). 
Dioecious, compact or tall shrubs 40-200 cm high, rarely trees to 6 m. Stems grey, brown 
or grey-brown; branchlets usually brown but occasionally yellow-brown or red-brown, 
rounded, scabrous or puberulent. Leaves spreading or occasionally reflexed, narrowly 
ovate, 4.2-18 mm long, 1.1-2. 5 mm wide, apex acute, tip pungent 0.4-1. 6 mm long; 
margin flat or recurved, glabrous or ciliolate only toward the apex; upper surface glabrous 
or puberulent at base, lower surface with intervenal papillae and 3-7 veins; petiole erect, 
0.6-1. 7 mm long, appressed to stem, glabrous or puberulent on the upper surface. 
Flowers solitary, terminal and axillary on erect or recurved pedicels 2-5 mm long (male), 
1.3-3 mm long (female); bracts ovate, 0.5-0.9 mm long, 0.6—1 (—1 .4) mm wide, obtuse, 
glabrous, margin usually ciliolate at apex; bracteoles and sepals ovate or elliptic, obtuse, 
glabrous; bracteoles 8—24 per flower, imbricate, 1 .2-2.4 mm long, 1.1-2 mm wide; sepals 
1.7-3. 1 mm long. 1.1-2. 3 mm wide. Corolla tube campanulate, exceeding the calyx, 
2. 1-4.4 mm long (male), 1.6-2. 8 mm long (female), glabrous or with short, sparse hairs 
inside; lobes shorter than tube, 1.1 -2. 3 mm long, apex acute, glabrous or with short, 
sparse hairs. Anthers of male flowers 1.1-2 mm long, half-exserted; filaments 0.2-0.5 
mm long, slightly exserted and visible between the lobes. Ovary more or less spherical 
0.5-1 mm high, 0.6-1. 3 mm wide, glabrous, (4— )5(— 6) celled; style straight, glabrous, 
attenuate from the ovary, 1-1.8 mm long (male), 0.9-1.5 mm long (female); stigma 
0. 1-0.2 mm high; nectary 0.3-0. 7 mm high, of distinct scales or weakly adherent scales 
separating with pressure, margin toothed or rounded and occasionally with hairs. Drupe 
white or pale to dark pink, slightly flattened sphere 4—7 mm high, 5-9 mm wide, 1-5 
locules with ovules developing into seeds. 
Distribution and Habitat : Widespread and variable species occurring throughout 
Tasmania, the Bass Strait Islands, the southern coastal regions of Victoria and throughout 
New Zealand, from extreme coastal to sub-alpine habitats (Figs. 2, 3). 
Leaf Anatomy: The leaf is 330-370 pm thick although thicker in L. juniperinum 
subsp. oxycedrus (450-550 pm) with the adaxial cuticle 10-15 pm and the abaxial cuticle 
2.5-5 pm thick. Rounded papillae occur in the stomatal regions. Adaxial epidermal cells 
heavily lignified, 32.5-M-O pm long, 17.5-25 pm wide; abaxial cells narrowly lignified, 
small. 12.5-17.5 pm long, 8-15 pm wide. Two to three rows of elongate palisade 
mesophyll cells 80-95 pm long, 15-20 pm wide (or c. 122 pm long and 17 pm wide in 
subsp. oxycedrus) are associated with a compact spongy mesophyll of rounded cells. 

Page image

938213 Epacris juniperina Muelleria 12(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(2)".

559939 Eucalyptus molyneuxii Muelleria 12(2): 163, Fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453964
Page is part of the work A new peppermint for Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.198395

Page text

Muelleria 12(2): 163- 167 (1999) 
A New Peppermint for Victoria 
K. Rule 
Department of Botany, La Trobe University, Bundoora, Victoria 
Abstract 
Eucalyptus molyneuxii K. Rule, a rare peppermint occurring in Victoria’s Little Desert, whose 
features include narrow-lanceolate, falcate, sub-lustrous, green juvenile leaves, and comparatively 
small, thick-walled fruits, is described. Its distribution, ecology, affinities and conservation status 
are discussed. 
Introduction 
“Shining Peppermint” and “Shiny-leaved Peppermint” are names that have been loosely 
applied to a number of peppermint eucalypts with varying degrees of coriaceous, lustrous 
adult leaves. Tasmanian populations exhibiting these features were described firstly as E. 
nitida Hook. (1856) and then as E. simmondsii Maiden (1922). Later, Willis (1970) 
considered these as conspecific and Willis again (1973) regarded Victorian peppermints 
with similar features as a part of E. nitida. However, studies by Marginson & Ladiges 
(1982) and Marginson, Ladiges & Brooker (1983) justified the segregation of the 
mainland populations of Wilsons Promontory, the Gippsland Lakes region, south-western 
Victoria and adjacent areas of South Australia and the Grampians as E. willisii. In both 
studies fundamental differences in juvenile morphology were identified. Newnham, 
Ladiges & Whiffin (1986), in a follow-up study, described the Grampians populations as 
E. willisii subsp. falciformis. Their decision was supported by the new subspecies being 
separable in a wide range of characters, most notably by its distinctly falcate juvenile 
leaves. They also found that the form occurring in south-western Victoria and adjacent 
areas of South Australia exhibited adult features close to the new subspecies but retained 
it as a part of E. willisii subsp. willisii on the grounds of similarities in juvenile 
morphology. 
More recently, however, Mr David Rankin of La Trobe University, in an as yet 
unpublished wider study of the peppermints, found marked regional differences within E. 
willisii to the extent that a further taxonomic revision is needed (pers. comm.). For 
example, the populations of the Gippsland Lakes region (here referred to as the 
“Gippsland Lakes Form”) have been found to represent an undescribed taxon. As well, 
the populations occurring in subcoastal and coastal areas of south-western Victoria and 
adjacent areas of South Australia, together with E. willisii subsp. falciformis, have been 
found to constitute a western complex of variable shining peppermints. 
Further, the discovery in 1966 of the species treated here in the most unlikely location 
of Victoria’s Little Desert National Park has again increased the number of Victorian 
endemic shining peppermints. The features of this new species include narrow- 
lanceolate, falcate, sublustrous, green juvenile leaves and comparatively small, thick- 
walled fruits. Comparative seedling trials and field studies have demonstrated its 
morphology as markedly distinctive and it is thus described as a new species. 
Taxonomy 
Eucalyptus molyneuxii K. Rule sp. nov. 
E. willisii Ladiges, Humphries & Brooker affinis; a subsp. willisii ramulis non- 
pendulis, foliis juvenalibus anguste lanceolatis falcatis nitentibus viridibus non- 

Page image

561531 Euchiton poliochlorus Muelleria 12(2): 225
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454008
Page is part of the work New species in Asteraceae from the subalps of southeastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198400

Page text

New species in Asteraceae 
225 
Specimens Examined: New South Wales (all Kosciuszko National Park): Happy Jacks River 
Gorge, 28.xi.1954, M. Mueller s.n. (MEL); Tumut Pond. Clear Creek Valley, 16.xii.1954, M. 
Mueller s.n. (MEL); Happy Jacks Gauging Station, 5,i. 1 960, M.E. Phillips s.n. & J.E. Raeder- 
Roitzsh (CANB); Cabramurra-Khancoban Rd, 2 km south of dam wall at Tumut #1 Reservoir. 
1 0.xii. 1 998, N.G. Walsh 4892 (MEL, CANB); Tumut Ponds Fire Trail, 1 0.xii. 1 998, G. Wright 103 
(CANB. MEL). 
Distribution and Conservation Status : Apparently confined to an area of c. 9 km x 
5 km in the catchment of the Tumut River (including Clear Ck, Happy Jacks Ck) above 
its impoundment by the Tumut Pond Dam, in the Kosciuszko National Park, New South 
Wales (Southern Tablelands). It is locally common within this area, but using the criteria 
of Briggs and Leigh (1996) its conservation status would be assessed as ‘rare’. Further 
searches within the general area, particularly in the lower catchments of Nine Mile Ck 
and Temperance Ck are likely to increase the number of known populations (but perhaps 
not the overall range) of the species. 
Habitat : All known populations occur within Eucalyptus pauciflora woodland 
(occasionally with other eucalypts such as E. stellulata, E. perriniana) between 1200 and 
1400 m altitude. The substrate is typically shallow soil derived from shaly sedimentary 
substrate. Typically associated shrub species include Olearia phlogopappa, Podolobium 
alpestre, Ozothamnus secundiflorus, Grevillea victoriae s.l. 
Phenology. Flowering specimens have been collected from late November to mid 
December. 
Notes : According to herbarium collections at MEL and CANB, only three specimens 
of O. stenophylla had been collected prior to 1998, two of these in 1954, one in 1960. 
Since 1954, areas adjacent to the collecting localities had been flooded as part of the 
Snowy Mountains Hydroelectric Scheme, and there were concerns that the species may 
have been extinguished or severely depleted before being taxonomically recognised. 
Fieldwork in late 1998 confirmed the continued existence at the known sites, and 
extended its range slightly. The few specimens of O. stenophylla collected prior to 1998 
had been referred to O. asterotricha (F. Muell.) F. Muell. ex Benth. from which it differs 
in the generally longer, linear leaves that are glabrous and shining on the adaxial surface, 
the shorter involucre with bracts that increase in size from the outermost to the innermost 
series (those of O. asterotricha being 4-7 mm long and of almost uniform length), and 
the liner indumentum (the stellate hairs of O. stenophylla being typically c. 0.2 mm diam. 
and those O. asterotricha being typically 0.5 mm diam. or more). The leaves of 
O. stenophylla superficially resemble those of O. rosmarinifolia which occurs in the 
general vicinity, but that species has predominantly opposite leaves with raised reticulate 
venation on the adaxial surface and a dense indumentum of appressed medifixed hairs on 
the lower surface, and glabrous or subglabrous achenes with a uniseriate pappus. 
O. phlogopappa is common throughout the general area in which O. stenophylla occurs, 
and is clearly related to it, but is readily distinguished by its broader leaves that are dull 
(and sometimes scurfy-pubescent) on the adaxial surface, with flat, typically lobed or 
toothed margins, finer indumentum and uniseriate pappus. 
The species is not recorded by Lander (1992). 
Etymology : The epithet is derived from the Greek ( stenos = narrow, pltyllon = leaf) 
and refers to the characteristic linear to oblong leaves. 
Euchiton poliochlorus N.G. Walsh, sp. nov. 
E. fordiano M. Gray et E. argentifolio N.A. Wakef. affinis, a primo foliis 
angustioribus, capitulis paucioribus, a secundo capitulis largioribus, et ab ambobus foliis 
griseo-viridis (non albidis) differt. 
Type: Victoria, Baw Baw Plateau, headwaters of West Tanjil River, 18. i. 1982, N.G. 
Walsh 658 (holotype: MEL 605140 ; isotypes (2) CANB). 

Page image

561609 Leionema lamprophyllum lamprophyllum Muelleria 12(2): 231, Figs 1, 2a, e, h
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454014
Page is part of the work New subspecies of Leionema lamrophyllum (F.Muell) Paul G.Wilson (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.238361
561606 Leionema lamprophyllum obovatum Muelleria 12(2): 233, Figs 1 (map), 2b, c, f, i.
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454016
Page is part of the work New subspecies of Leionema lamrophyllum (F.Muell) Paul G.Wilson (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.238361
561605 Leionema lamprophyllum orbiculare Muelleria 12(2): 232, Figs 1 (map), 2d, g, j
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454015
Page is part of the work New subspecies of Leionema lamrophyllum (F.Muell) Paul G.Wilson (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.238361
582923 Leptecophylla abietina Muelleria 12(2): 211
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453940
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

Leptecophylla 
211 
Chemical Data: Ribbon wax covers the abaxial leaf surface. Wax composition is 
dominated by triterpenoids a-amyrenone (31%), p-amyrenone (15%), a-amyrin (5%), F 
and FI with the C, g honrologue of the aldehyde (8%) and alcohol (11%) constituting most 
of the remainder of the wax. 
Specimens Examined : NEW ZEALAND. Chatham Islands: F.A.D. Cox, Oct. 1900 (AK, 
CHR); near Waikato Point, M.A. & l.M. Ritchie, 17 Sept. 1968 (CHR); Tuku Creek area, SW 
Chathams, K. Olsen, 7 Jan.1978 (AK); Taiko Hill, K.P. Olsen, 12 Jan. 1978 (AK); Waitangi, West 
Moorland, 7 Feb. 1985. B. Molloy, Chudleigh Reserve at Waimahana Creek, D.R. Given 12773 & 
P.A. Williams (CHR); Te Awatea, E. Madden 108 (CHR); Nairn River, G. Hamel, 27 Jan. 1976 
(CHR); pen ground 1 km SE of Lake Rotokawau near pond. D.R. Given 12759 & P.A. Williams 
(CHR); Tobacco County S of Chatham Is, Cox & Cockayne, Feb. 1901 (AK); Kahiti Stream near 
Owenga, B.G. Hamilton, 1948 (WELT); Southern Table-land above Te Awainanga River, A.T. Moar 
568, 1569, 1570 (CHR); A. Sinclair, 1850-1860 (NSW). 
6. Leptecophylla ahietina (Labill.) C.M. Weiller, comb. nov. Styphelia abietina Labill., 
Nov. Holl. pi. 1: 48, t. 68 (1805). Type citation : Capite van Diemen, Labill. (lectotype 
here designated, FI-WEBB sheet number 118262, seen in photo). There are three sheets 
at FI-WEBB. The sheet selected as lectotype comprises a single fruiting specimen and 
carries extensive descriptive notes in Labillardiere’s hand. Cyathodes abietina (Labill.) R. 
Br„ Prodr. 540(1810). 
Styphelia abietina sensu Poir., Encycl. 7; 486 (1806); Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 659 
(1824); F. Muell., Fragm. 6: 43 (1867); Sleum., Blumea 12: 155 (1963) in key. 
Illustrations: Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1 : t. 68 (1805). Cyathodes abietina sensu Roern. 
& Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 472 (1819); G. Don, Gen. hist. 3:' 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7: 741 
(1839); J.D. Hook. FI. Tasman. 247 (1857); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 114 (1903); W.M. 
Curtis, Stud. fl. Tasman. 2: 427 (1963). 
Dioecious, compact, erect shrubs 1-2 m high. Stems grey or grey-brown; branchlets 
brown or rarely yellow-brown, densely puberulent. Leaves evenly spaced, usually absent 
on main stems, sub-erect, narrowly ovate, flat, 12.3-18 mm long, 1.9-2. 7 mm wide, tip 
short and hard, the mucro 0.3-1. 2 mm long; margin Hat, glabrous or ciliolate toward the 
apex, upper surface green, glabrous or with sparse hairs toward the base, lower surface 
with short trichomes fringing shallow grooves and up to 7 veins; petiole erect, 1.8-3. 1 
mm long, appressed to stem, sparsely puberulent. First leaves of new season’s growth 
obovate, 11-19 mm long, 3. 1-5.2 mm wide, margin hyaline to scarious. Flowers solitary, 
terminal and axillary on erect pedicels 3. 5-4. 2 mm long (male), 2.4-3 mm long (female); 
bracts broadly ovate, 0.8-1 mm long, 0.8-1 . 1 mm wide, obtuse, margin usually glabrous; 
bracteoles and sepals broadly ovate, obtuse, glabrous, conspicuously striate when dry; 
bracteoles 6-26 per flower, imbricate, 2. 1-2.6 mm long, 1 .9-2.4 mm wide; sepals 2. 8-3. 8 
mm long 2-2.6 mm wide. Corolla tube thick, fleshy, exceeding calyx, campanulate, 
4-4.5 mm long (male), 3-3.2 mm long (female), upper half sparsely pubescent internally; 
lobes 2-3.1 mm long, externally glabrous or with a few short hairs at the base of the 
lobes, internally densely bearded, short at the apex, long below, apex broadly acute to 
obtuse, thickened. Anthers of male flowers 1 .8-2.6 mm long, half exserted; filaments 
0.4-0. 6 mm long. Ovary spherical 1.1-1. 2 mm high, 1.1-1. 5 mm wide, glabrous, 4-7 
celled; style glabrous, attenuate from the ovary, 1.4- 1.8 mm long (female), 1.8-2. 3 mm 
long (male); stigma lobed; nectary' 0.5-0. 8 mm high, separating into scales with pressure, 
margin toothed. Drupe pale to dark pink, 5-9 mm high, 7-12 mm wide, slightly flattened 
sphere, surface dull, mesocarp dry. 
Distribution and Habitat: Endemic to Tasmania, restricted to the exposed rocky coasts 
of the SE, S and W and neighbouring islands between Southport Bluff in the SE to Trial 
Harbour on the W coast. Also recorded from Walker Is. off the NW coast and South Arm 
in the SE (Fig. 8). 

Page image

559944 Leptecophylla Muelleria 12(2): 196, Fig. 1b-d, 2 (map), 3 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453925
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

196 
C. Weiller 
Taxonomy 
Leptecophylla C.M. Weiller, gen. now 
Folia alterna, parallelinervia, subtus glauca. Flores solitarii axillares, bracteolis 
subtendis nrultis et bracteis binatis carinatis basi. Sepala 5. Corolla quinqueloba; lobi 
patentes, aestivione valvata. Stamina 5, in fauce corollae inserta. Ovarium 5-7 loculare. 
Nectarium annulare vel lobatum. Drupa subsphaerica. 
Type species: Leptecophylla juniperina (J.R.Forst & G.Forst.) C.M. Weiller 
Epacris J.R.Forst. & G.Forst., p.p. in: Char. gen. pi. 19 ( 1776); G.Forst., FI. ins. austr. 
13 (1786). 
Ardisia Gaertn.. Fruct. 2: 78, t. 94 fig. 2 (1791 ),p.p., nom. illeg. non Sw. (1788). 
Styphelia Sm ., p.p. in: Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1: 48^19, t. 68-69 (1805); Poir., Encycl. 
7: 482 (1806); Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 654-659 (1824) (no generic description); F.Muell., 
Fragm. 6: 50 (1867); F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 54 ( 1873). 
Cyathodes Labill., p.p. in: R.Br.. Prodr. 539 (1810); Roern. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 41^-2 
(1819); G.Don, Gen. hist. 3; 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7: 740 (1839); J.D.Hook., FI. nov.-zel. 
1: 163 (1853); J.D.Hook., FI. Tasman. 244, t. 74 (1857); J.D.Hook., Handb. N. Zeal. 11 176 
(1864); Benth., FI. austr. 4: 167 (1868); Benth. & J.D.Hook., Gen. pi. 2: 612 (1876); 
Rodway, Tasman, fl. 113 (1903); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand 11 410 (1906); 
Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 694 (1925); Allan, Fl. New Zealand 1: 514 (1961); 
W.M. Curtis, Stud. Fl. Tasman. 2: 425 (1963). Styphelia subg. Cyathodes (Labill.) Drude, 
p.p.: in Engl. & Prantl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4, 1: 78 (1889); Sleumer, Blumea 12: 155 (1963). 
Lissanthe R.Br.. p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 659 ( 1824) (no generic description). 
Trochocarpa R.Br., p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1 : 660 ( 1 824) (no generic description). 
Low or erect usually compact shrubs to 2 nr high, rarely a tree 6 m high. Stems glabrous, 
normally devoid of leaves, and with a rough, scaly, grey to brown bark. Leaves alternate, 
spreading or suberect, the lower surface glaucous and striate, the tip usually pungent. 
Inflorescence terminal and axillary. Flowers effectively unisexual (the plants dioecious), 
solitary in the leaf axils, subtended by paired, keeled bracts and numerous usually closely 
imbricate bracteoles. these cream to green, usually glabrous, and broadly ovate with a 
rounded obtuse apex. Sepals 5. Bracteole and sepal margins ciliolate. Corolla 
pentamerous, cream; tube campanulate or sub-urceolate, exceeding or about equalling the 
calyx, glabrous or pubescent inside; lobes valvate in bud. narrowly triangular, spreading, 
internally glabrous, with a few scattered hairs, or densely bearded. Stamens 5. alternating 
with the corolla lobes; filaments inserted at the top of the tube, short, the anther partially 
enclosed in the tube; anthers attached near the apex, linear. Ovary 5-7 celled with one 
ovule per cell; style attenuate from the ovary or inserted in a depression at the apex, short 
with the stigma at or below anther-level, or long with a conspicuous bend near the middle 
and the stigma exserted (L. divaricata and L. pendulosa), hollow with a pentaradiate 
canal and minutely papillose surface; stigma small, capitate or lobed; nectary annular and 
truncate, or lobed and toothed. Fruit a red, pink or white drupe, usually more or less 
spherical, the apex slightly flattened; the mesocarp thick and pulpy, the endocarp hard 
and bony; calyx and style persistent; retained on the plant into the next flowering season. 
Distribution: Tasmania and Victoria in south-east Australia, New Zealand. Papua New 
Guinea and several Pacific Island groups. 
Etymology: The name Leptecophylla has been arbitrarily formed from the Greek 
lepteces, fine-pointed and phyllum , leaf, alluding to the fine, pungent tip on the leaves of 
most species. 
Notes: Indumentum: Young stems are either puberulent with sparse, short, white, hairs 
(L. juniperina, L. divaricata ) or pubescent with dense, long, silky, white hairs 
( L . pendulosa). The adaxial leaf surface is either glabrous or has short hairs at the base of 
the leaf, occasionally extending up the midline. The abaxial leaf surface appears glabrous 

Page image

582920 Leptecophylla divaricata Muelleria 12(2): 207
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453936
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

Leptecophylla 
207 
mucro, puberulent; bracteoles 10-22 per flower, imbricate, 1.6-2. 7 mm long, 1.4-2 mm 
wide; sepals 2. 1-3.1 mm long, 1.4-2. 1 mm wide. Corolla tube campanulate, equal to or 
shorter than the calyx, 1.9-2. 5 mm long (male). 1.6-2. 4 mm long (female), glabrous; 
lobes shorter than tube, glabrous, 1.3-1. 8 mm long, apex acute. Anthers of male flowers 
0.8-1. 6 mm long, enclosed or half-exserted; filaments 0.2-0. 3 mm long. Ovary spherical, 
0.6-1 mm high, 1-1.3 mm wide, glabrous, 4-6 celled; style straight, glabrous, attenuate 
from the ovary, 1 . 1-1 .4 mm long (male), 0.9-1 .3 mm long (female); stigma 0. 1 mm high; 
nectary separating into distinct scales with pressure, or in distinct scales, 0. 3-0.5 mm 
high, margin entire, toothed or rounded, glabrous or occasionally with hairs. Drupe pink, 
spherical, 3-5 mm high. 5-8 mm wide, 1-5 locules with ovules developing into seeds. 
Comments : Leptecophylla pogonocalyx is distinguished from L. juniperina by the 
short corolla tube, which is equal to or shorter than the calyx in both floral forms and the 
puberulent calyx and bracteoles. 
Distribution and Habitat. Confined to the western region of Tasmania, usually at 
altitudes above 600 m (Fig. 5). 
Etymology : The epithet pogonocalyx refers to the densely puberulent calyx. 
Flowering Period : Nov.-Dee. 
Leaf Anatomy. The leaf is 360-370 pm thick with the adaxial cuticle 12.5-15 pm and 
the abaxial cuticle 2.5 pm thick. Rounded papillae occur in the stomatal regions. Adaxial 
epidermal cells heavily lignified, 32.5-37.5 pm long, 17.5-20 pm wide; abaxial cells 
narrowly lignified, small, 12.5-17.5 pm long, 12.5 pm wide. Three rows of elongate 
palisade mesophyll cells 95 pm long, 20 pm wide are associated with a very compact 
spongy mesophyll of rounded cells. Fibres form an arc beneath the vascular bundle and 
occasionally a cap on the adaxial side of the bundle. Endodermal cells remain 
unthickened. 
Chemical Data: The triterpenes P-amyrin and ‘N’ are the major components in the 
leaf wax. Leaf flavonoid bisulphates A and B are present. 
Selected Specimens Examined : AUSTRALIA. Tasmania. Cradle Mountain - Lake St Clair 
National Park: near Lake Henson, 3 km NE of Cradle Mountain, 4 km SE of Waldheim. J.R. Busby 
73 (HO); Labyrinth Track above Cephissus Creek (Pine Valley) about 2/3 of the way to the ridge 
crest, J.R. Busby 135 (HO); track to Marions Lookout, J.M. Powell 1539 (CANB. HO, NSW). Mt 
Field National Park: Platypus Tarn, S.J. Forbes 1282 (HO); by 2nd bend on road below Lake 
Fenton, R. Melville 2379, 2380 (HO, NSW). Hartz Mountain National Park: Track to Lake 
Osborne, 600 m ESE of the lake, J.R. Busby 1/4 (HO); Arve Road, J. Somerville (HO); junction of 
Hartz Hut track and Hartz Rd. R. Filson 10485 (MEL). Western Tasmania: S of Queenstown. M.L. 
Westbrook, 22 May 1938 (HO); Lake Margaret Track, J. Somerville, Mar. 1957 (HO); Rosebery, 
W.M. Curtis, 1 Dec. 1954 (HO); Lake Arthur, Western Arthur Range, /. Olsen, 7 Jan. 1967 (HO. 
NSW); Frenchmans Cap Range, H.D. Gordon, 14-15 Dec. 1944 (HO); Mt Sprent, S.J. Jarman, 10 
Dec. 1978 (HO); NE ridge of Mt Anne, A.M. Buchanan 3719 (HO); King William Range, E. 
Rodway 325 (HO); Mt. Brown, L. Rodway, Jan. 1910 (HO); Gilbert Leitch Huon Pine Reserve, A. 
Moscal 10916 (HO); Denison Range, C. Elliott, 2 Jan. 1947 (HO); Bonds Range, A. Moscal 1044 
(HO); Jubilee Range, A. Moscal 9346 (HO); Swift Creek, Cape Sorell, A.M. Buchanan 2277 (HO); 
Mt La Perouse, F.A. Rodway, 29 Nov. 1898 (NSW). 
3 . Leptecophylla divaricata (J.D.Hook.) C.M.Weiller, comb. nov. Lissanthe divaricata 
J.D.Hook., Lond. J. Bot. 6: 269 (1847). Type citation : Hobart Town, Mt. Wellington, 
Swan Port; Backhouse, Gunn; — v.v.n. Type: 618/1842 Lissanthe divaricata, Mt. 
Wellington, 8/5/39, Gunn (lectotype, here designated, K). Six Gunn specimens and three 
labels with the locations Mt. Wellington, Swanport and Cornish Hill are present on a 
single sheet at K. The element selected as lectotype is on the right hand side of the sheet, 
in flower, from Mt. Wellington. Backhouse specimens, cited by Hooker, were not located 
at K or BM. Cyathodes divaricata (J.D.Hook.) J.D.Hook., FI. Tasman. 1: 246, t. 74B 
(1857). Styphelia remota Sleum., Blumea 12: 156 (1963), nom. superfl. 
Cyathodes divaricata sensu Benth., FI. austral. 4: 170 (1868); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 
1 14 (1903); W.M. Curtis, Stud. Fl. Tasman. 2: 428 (1963). 
Illustrations: J.D.Hook., Fl. Tasman. 1: t. 74B (1857) 

Page image

582915 Leptecophylla juniperina Muelleria 12(2): 200
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453929
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

200 
C. Wei Her 
1. Leptecophylla juniperina (J.R. Forst. & G. Foist.) C.M.Weiller, comb. nov. Epacris 
juniperina J.R. Forst. & G.Forst., Char. gen. pi. 20, t. 1 0 (1776). Type citation-, locality not 
designated, Forster. Type: not designated [New Zealand], part of G. Forster’s Flerbarium, 
Forster (lectotype here designated, BM ). Two sheets, both Forster collections, are housed 
at BM. The material selected as the lectotype is mounted on a sheet bearing three 
handwritten labels — ‘G. Forsters Herbarium", ‘71 juniperina' and ‘(3 126 Stiphelia 
juniperina'. Two specimens are on the sheet, the one on the right-hand side bears a single 
flower, the other is vegetative. The second sheet at BM with a single vegetative specimen 
comes from the Pallas Herbarium and has the labels - ‘Herb. Pallas’ and ‘ Stiphelia 
juniperina a Col. Forster.’ No locality information is present on the sheets or in the 
protologue, however subsequent authors such as Willdenow (1798) cite New Zealand. No 
Forster collections for the species were seen at K, although it is possible that specimens 
exist in other European herbaria such as LE and W. Styphelia juniperina (J.R. Forst. & 
G.Forst.) Willd., Sp. pi. 1: 836 (1798). Cyathodes juniperina (J.R. Forst. & G.Forst.) 
Druce. Rep. Bot. Exch. Cl. Brit. Isles suppl. 2: 618 (1917). Cyathodes juniperina 
(J.R. Forst. & G.Forst.) var .juniperina Allan, FI. New Zealand 1:516 (1961). 
Epacris juniperina sensu L. f., Suppl. pi. 138 (1782); G.Forst., FI. ins. austr. 13 
(1786). Styphelia juniperina sensu Pers., Syn. pi. 1: 174 (1805); Poir., Encycl. 7: 488 
(1806). Cyathodes juniperina sensu W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasman. 2: 427 (1963); Willis, 
Handb. PI. Viet. 2: 508 (1973). 
Dioecious, compact or tall shrubs 40-200 cm high, rarely trees to 6 m. Stems grey, brown 
or grey-brown; branchlets usually brown but occasionally yellow-brown or red-brown, 
rounded, scabrous or puberulent. Leaves spreading or occasionally reflexed, narrowly 
ovate, 4.2-18 mm long, 1.1-2. 5 mm wide, apex acute, tip pungent 0.4-1. 6 mm long; 
margin flat or recurved, glabrous or ciliolate only toward the apex; upper surface glabrous 
or puberulent at base, lower surface with intervenal papillae and 3-7 veins; petiole erect, 
0.6-1. 7 mm long, appressed to stem, glabrous or puberulent on the upper surface. 
Flowers solitary, terminal and axillary on erect or recurved pedicels 2-5 mm long (male), 
1.3-3 mm long (female); bracts ovate, 0.5-0.9 mm long, 0.6—1 (—1 .4) mm wide, obtuse, 
glabrous, margin usually ciliolate at apex; bracteoles and sepals ovate or elliptic, obtuse, 
glabrous; bracteoles 8—24 per flower, imbricate, 1 .2-2.4 mm long, 1.1-2 mm wide; sepals 
1.7-3. 1 mm long. 1.1-2. 3 mm wide. Corolla tube campanulate, exceeding the calyx, 
2. 1-4.4 mm long (male), 1.6-2. 8 mm long (female), glabrous or with short, sparse hairs 
inside; lobes shorter than tube, 1.1 -2. 3 mm long, apex acute, glabrous or with short, 
sparse hairs. Anthers of male flowers 1.1-2 mm long, half-exserted; filaments 0.2-0.5 
mm long, slightly exserted and visible between the lobes. Ovary more or less spherical 
0.5-1 mm high, 0.6-1. 3 mm wide, glabrous, (4— )5(— 6) celled; style straight, glabrous, 
attenuate from the ovary, 1-1.8 mm long (male), 0.9-1.5 mm long (female); stigma 
0. 1-0.2 mm high; nectary 0.3-0. 7 mm high, of distinct scales or weakly adherent scales 
separating with pressure, margin toothed or rounded and occasionally with hairs. Drupe 
white or pale to dark pink, slightly flattened sphere 4—7 mm high, 5-9 mm wide, 1-5 
locules with ovules developing into seeds. 
Distribution and Habitat : Widespread and variable species occurring throughout 
Tasmania, the Bass Strait Islands, the southern coastal regions of Victoria and throughout 
New Zealand, from extreme coastal to sub-alpine habitats (Figs. 2, 3). 
Leaf Anatomy: The leaf is 330-370 pm thick although thicker in L. juniperinum 
subsp. oxycedrus (450-550 pm) with the adaxial cuticle 10-15 pm and the abaxial cuticle 
2.5-5 pm thick. Rounded papillae occur in the stomatal regions. Adaxial epidermal cells 
heavily lignified, 32.5-M-O pm long, 17.5-25 pm wide; abaxial cells narrowly lignified, 
small. 12.5-17.5 pm long, 8-15 pm wide. Two to three rows of elongate palisade 
mesophyll cells 80-95 pm long, 15-20 pm wide (or c. 122 pm long and 17 pm wide in 
subsp. oxycedrus) are associated with a compact spongy mesophyll of rounded cells. 

Page image

582916 Leptecophylla juniperina juniperina Muelleria 12(2): 203
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453932
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397
582917 Leptecophylla juniperina oxycedrus Muelleria 12(2): 205
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453934
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397
582918 Leptecophylla juniperina parvifolia Muelleria 12(2): 204
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453933
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397
582921 Leptecophylla pendulosa Muelleria 12(2): 209
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453938
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

Leptecophylla 
209 
7.5-10 pm long, 10 |jm wide. Two rows of palisade mesophyll cells, 27.5-40 pm long, 
15-17.5 pm wide, occur adaxially above open short-rectangular spongy mesophyll. 
Fibres occur only beneath the vascular bundles and the abaxial endodermal cells are 
unthickened. 
Chemical Data : Ribbon wax covers the abaxial leaf surface. Wax composition is 
dominated by triterpenoids a-amyrenone (21%), p-amyrenone (12%) and a-amyrin 
(8%), C 28 aldehyde (4%) and alcohol (9%). Triterpenes F and G are minor. Leaf flavonoid 
bisulphate A is present. 
Selected Specimens Examined : AUSTRALIA. Tasmania: Barbers Marsh, East Bagdad Rd 4 
km due S of Quoin Mt, AM. Gray 399 (HO); Organ Hill near Bicheno, A. Moscal 172 (HO); Black 
Charlies Opening, A. M. Buchanan 3590 (HO); west ridge of Brown Mt, P. Collier, 15 June 1984 
(HO); Sam Smiths Hill 2 km NE of Kaoota, 4. Moscal 790 (HO); ‘M’ Rd T.P.F.H. private rd 5 km 
from Lake Leake Rd, AM. Gray, 1 June 1978 (HO); Orford above Prosser River nr rubbish tip. 
M.G. Corrick 2 1 04 (MEL); Cape Bernier, W.M. Curtis, 13 Jan. 1945 (HO); Lenah Valley Track, EH. 
Long 366 (HO); Coles Bay, W.M. Curtis, Nov. 1948 (HO); South Island, Maria Is, M.J. Brown 219 
(HO); Chimney Pot Hill, R.K. Crowden 8307-01: Hospital Creek, CM. Mihaich 1: Grasstree Hill, 
D.A. &A.V. Ratkowsky 417 (NSW); Spring River, W.M. Curtis, 9 Sept. 1951 (HO); Piermont, mouth 
of Stony River, S of Swansea, S. Harris, 25 Jan. 1979 (HO); Mt Nelson, Rodway 153 (HO); Mt 
Direction, F.A. Rodway, June 1922 (NSW). 
4 . Leptecophylla pendulosa (S.J. Jarman) C.M. Weiller, comb. nov. Cyathod.es penditlosa 
5. J. Jarman, Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. 112: 2 (1978). Type citation: Foothills of Ben 
Lomond, Tasmania, 16 June 1976, R.K. Crowden & S.J. Jarman (holotype HO). 
Dioecious, diffuse or compact shrubs to 1 .5 m high. Stems erect, brown or grey-brown; 
branchlets brown, rounded, pubescent. Leaves evenly spaced, spreading, narrow ovate, 
3. 8-7. 9 mm long, 0.9-1. 8 mm wide, flat, apex acute, tip pungent 0.6-0. 9 mm long, 
margin flat or slightly recurved, ciliate, upper surface glabrous, lower surface with 
intervenal papillae and 3-5 conspicuous veins; petiole erect, 0.4-1 mm long, appressed 
to stem, glabrous or occasionally puberulent on the upper surface. Flowers solitary, 
usually terminal only but also axillary, erect or pendulous from bud, pedicel 2.3-4 mm 
long; bracts weakly keeled, ovate, 0.4-0. 7 mm long, 0.3-0. 6 mm wide, apices obtuse, 
puberulent outside, ciliolate on the margins; bracteoles and sepals ovate with the midrib 
abaxially inconspicuous, glabrous or sparsely pubescent inside; bracteoles 13-37 per 
flower, imbricate, 1.7-2. 9 mm long, 1.3-2 mm wide; sepals ovate to elliptic, 2. 6-3. 6 mm 
long, 1.2-2. 2 mm wide. Corolla tube exceeding calyx, thin, U-shaped, or campanulate, 
3. 2-4. 3 mm long (male), 2. 8-3. 5 mm long (female), glabrous; lobes shorter then tube 
1 .7-2.3 mm long, apices acute, externally glabrous or rarely with a few hairs at the base 
of the lobes, internally glabrous. Anthers of male flowers 1-1.4 mm long, enclosed within 
corolla; filaments 0. 1-0.2 mm long. Ovary spherical, 0.5-1 mm high, 0.6-1 mm wide 
(male), 1-1.4 mm high, 1-1.4 mm wide (female), glabrous, (4— )5(— 6) celled; style bent, 
glabrous, seated in an apical depression, 3.1-44 mm long (male), 2. 1-2.9 mm long 
(female); stigma lobed, 0.1 mm high; nectary continuous, 04-0.7 mm high, glabrous, 
with toothed upper margin. Drupe pink, spherical, 6.3-9 mm high. 6-10 mm wide, 
apically depressed, glabrous, 0-5 locules with ovules developing into seeds. 
Distribution and Habitat : Endemic to Tasmania, occurring in rocky, open eucalypt 
woodland in the north-east (Fig. 7). 
Flowering Period: May— July. 
Leaf Anatomy: Leaf 230-240 pm thick with adaxial and abaxial cuticles 5 pm. 
Papillae with a rounded apex, 17.5 pm long cover the stomatal regions. Adaxial epidermal 
cells are heavily lignified, 25-32.5 pm long, 16.3-18.8 pm wide; abaxial epidermal cells 
are narrowly lignified, 7.5-12.5 pm long, 11.3-15 pm wide, smaller beneath the veins 
than in the stomatal areas. A single row of palisade cells 45-62.5 pm long, 15 pm wide 

Page image

582919 Leptecophylla pogonocalyx Muelleria 12(2): 206
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453935
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397
937256 Leucopogon forsteri Muelleria 12(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(2)".

879437 Lichen pyrinus Muelleria 12(2): 189
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453918
Page is part of the work The corticolous species of the lichen genus Rinodina (Physciaceae) in temperate Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198396

Page text

Rinodina (Physciaceae) 
189 
(GZU); summit of Mount Barker, 32 km SE of Adelaide, M. & H. May rhofer 2688, 1 1 .viii. 1 98 1 
(GZU). New South Wales: New England, Armidale Distr., Woilomombi Falls Reserve, E of 
Armidale, Edgars Lookout, c. 950 m, H. Mayrhofer 4650 , 5384 & J. Williams, 12.x. 1981 (GZU); 
5525 (HO); same locality, W.A. Weber & D. McVean, 24.x. 1967 (COLO); Bungonia Lookdown, rim 
of Shoalhaven River Gorge, 1 1 km E of Bungonia, W.A. Weber & D. McVean, 1 0.iv. 1 968 (COLO); 
Muswellbrook, between Sandy Hollow and Hollydeen, W of Muswellbrook, D., M. & H. 
Mayrhofer 8853, 14. viii. 1988 (GZU, HO. Mayrhofer); Wanganderry Tableland, Lake Burragorang, 
near Wollondilly River, E of Byrnes Bay, SSW of ‘The Oaks’, H. Mayrhofer 4670a , 3.x. 1981 
(GZU); S of Boorowa River, NW of Yass, D.. M. & H. Mayrhofer 8585, 11. viii. 1988 (GZU). 
Victoria: Copi Flats, S side of Wyperfield National Park, 125 km N of Horsham, M. & H. 
Mayrhofer 4624, 18. viii. 1981 (GZU, MEL). Tasmania: New Norfolk, H. Mayrhofer 12015, E. 
Hierzer & G. Kantvilas, 3. viii. 1992 (GZU); 7 km E of Lake Leake, G. Kantvilas, 22.V.1996 (HO). 
8. Rinodina pyrina (Ach.) Arnold, Flora 64: 196 ( 1881); Lichen pyrinus Ach., Lichenogr. 
Suec. Prodrome. 52 (1798). Type: without collector or locality (lectotype, fide Ropin & 
Mayrhofer 1993. BM-ACH!). 
Thallus crustose, rather thin and effuse, to moderately thick and areolate, often scabrid 
and mealy, pale grey to dingy olive-grey; areoles typically minute, somewhat dispersed 
and discontinuous, especially at the margins, contiguous in the centre of the thallus, plane 
to convex to ± bullate; prothallus absent. Photobiont cells 16-22 x 14-20 pm. Chemistry: 
no lichen substances detected by t.l.c. 
Apothecia 0. 1-0.6 mm diam., scattered, typically very numerous, lecanorine, sessile 
when mature but sometimes rather immersed when young. Thalline margin well 
developed, thin, entire, occasionally abraded, persistent even in old apothecia; cortex 
indistinct, 5-10 pm thick, composed of interwoven hyphae. Disc plane, occasionally 
becoming convex, brown to black, matt, usually somewhat scabrid. Epihymenium 
5-10 pm tall, brown to dark brown, unchanged in KOH. Hymenium hyaline, 60-70 pm 
tall. Hypothecium 50-60 pm deep, hyaline. Parathecium poorly developed and rather 
indistinct, mostly c. 20-50 pm thick. Paraphyses simple or branched occasionally near 
Fig. 14. Rinodina pyrina ( Kantvilas 209/89, GZU): a ascus with immature ascospores; b-d mature 
ascospores. Scale: 10 pm. 

Page image

827395 Lissanthe acerosa Muelleria 12(2): 203
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453932
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

Leptecophylla 
203 
Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. juniperina. Type indicated above under Leptecophylla 
juniperina. 
Ardisia acerosa Gaertn., Fruct. 2: 78, t. 94 (1790). Type citation : In insula van 
Diemen. Cyathodes acerosa (Gaertn.) Roem. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 473 (1819). 
Lissanthe acerosa (Gaertn.) Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 660 (1824). Styphelia acerosa 
F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 54 (1873). 
Leucopogon forsteri A. Rich., Voy. Astrolabe 216 (1832), nom. illeg, as Epacris 
juniperina J.R.Forst. & G.Forst. is cited in synonymy. 
Cyathodes acerosa var. parvifolia J.D.Hook., FI. Nov.-zel. 1: 163 (1853). Type 
citation: Port Nicholson, Taupo Lake, etc., Colenso, etc.; Middle Island, Lyall; all n.v. 
Cyathodes acerosa sensu G.Don, Gen. hist. 3: 776 (1834); A.Cunn., Ann. Nat. Hist, 
ser. 1 , 2: 47 ( 1 839); DC., Prodr. 7: 74 1 ( 1 839); F.L.Raoul, Choix pi. Nouv.-Zel. 44 ( 1 846); 
J.D.Hook., FI. nov.-zel. 1: 163 (1853); J.D.Hook., Handb. N. Zeal. fl. 176 (1864); 
F.Muell., Veg. Chatham-Isl. 42 (1864); Benth., Fl. austral. 4: 170 (1869); T.Kirk, Forest 
fl. New Zealand 213, t. 108 (1889); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 1 14 (1903); Cheeseman, Man. 
New Zealand fl. 411 (1906); Cheeseman, 111. New Zealand fl. 2: t. 124 (1914); 
Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl 694 (1925). 
Styphelia acerosa sensu Laing & Blackwell, PI. New Zealand 330, t. 109 (1906). 
Selected illustrations: Cheeseman, 111. New Zealand fl. 2: t. 124 ( 1914); T.Kirk, Forest 
fl. New Zealand, t. 108 (1889) as C. acerosa: Laing & Blackwell, PI. New Zealand 332, 
t. 109 (1906) as Styphelia acerosa (photo). 
Leaves 4-18 mm long, 1-2.1 mm wide, margin typically Bat, glabrous or ciliolate toward 
apex, veins 5. Corolla tube usually glabrous, 1.5-2. 8 mm long (male). n=\0 (Venkata- 
Rao 1961), n~ 1 1 ? in New Zealand material (Sands 1960). 
Distribution and Habitat: Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. juniperina is widespread 
in lowland to montane forest and shrubland throughout New Zealand, and in lowland 
areas of Tasmania in the east, areas of the north-west and west on Jurassic dolerite or 
tertiary basalt based soils (Figs 2, 3). 
Flowering Period : Sept.-May. 
Chemical Data: Leaf flavonoid bisulphates A and B are present. 
Selected Specimens Examined: AUSTRALIA. Tasmania. Tasman Peninsula: Mt Koonya, A. 
Moscal 5258 (HO); Mt Raoul, PA. Collier 21, July 1984 (HO); between Tornado Flats and 
Lunchtime Creek, A.M. Buchanan 3274 (HO); Balt Spur, S.J. Jarman 25 (HO, NSW), R.K. 
Crowden 8301-04: Eaglehawk Neck E of Lufra Hill, N.C. Ford, 28 Sept. 1950 (NSW). Other 
locations: Blue Top. R.K. Crowden 8310-11: Upper Natone forestry reserve, C.M. Mihaich 13: The 
Clump. Sandy Cape, A. Moscal 4666 (HO); Koyule, W.M. Curtis, 19 May 1947 (HO): Degraves 
Valley, R.C. Gunn, 1 1 Nov. 1839 (HO); Murchison Highway 7.7 km N of Waratah and Guilford 
Rds junction, A.M. Gray 280, 281 (HO); 5 km SE of Strathgordon on Gordon River Rd, J.R. Busby 
27 (HO). NEW ZEALAND. North Island. Northland - Auckland District: Kerr Point North Cape, 
P. Hynes, 24 Aug. 1957 (AK); near tearooms, Waitiki Landing, R.C. Cooper, 25 Sept. 1969 ( AK ); 
Puketi Forest N of the Waikape Stream, P.J. Bellingham, 26 June 1984 (AK); Urapukapuka Island, 
Te Akeake Point, R.E. Beevei: 11 Jan. 1980 (AK); Lake Kakupuarere, Poutoi, W.R.B. Oliver, 11 
Oct. 1928 (WELT); 2 km SW of Waiwera, G. Straka 336, (AK); Huia Rickards Bush, K. Wood, 6 
Aug. 1948 (AK); Mangawhai Hill. R.C. Cooper. 10 June 1966 (AK); Whatipu Road Summit, R. 
Cooper, 1 Apr. 1965 (AK); Mt William, Pokeno, R.O. Gardner 26 (CHR). Coromandel: Thames, 
D. Petrie. Sept. 1896 (WELT); Kopu - Hikua Road nr Stadia Creek. R.C. Cooper. 17 Apr. 1967 
(AK); Milled bush 2 miles N of Tairua, R.C. Cooper, 18 Apr. 1967 (AK); Burma Road, 
Whangapoua, R.C. Cooper, 16 Sept. 1965 (AK). Volcanic Plateau District: Whanarua Bay, Bay of 
Plenty, A.P. Druce, Dec. 1967 (CHR); Lake Taupo nr Whakamoenga Cave, A. Leahy, 1 1 May 1975 
(AK); Wairakei, D. Petrie. Dec. 1895 (WELT); Mt Ruapehu, W.R.B. Oliver, Dec. 1927 (WELT); 
Tukino track off Desert Road, P. Hynes, 23 Jan. 1968 (AK): Onitapu Desert, V.D. Zotov, 5 Apr. 1931 
(CHR); Rainbow Mt, L.B. Moore, 20 Mar. 1930 (CHR); Near Wakapapaiti Stream, D. Petrie, Oct. 
1922 (WELT); Waiotapu. W.R.B. Oliver, 13 Sept. 1920 (WELT); Pureora, J.K. Bartlett, 26 Nov. 
1977 (CHR). Hawke Bay: Maungaharuru Range, A.P. Druce, Oct. 1974 (CHR); Bell Bird Bush, 

Page image

827406 Lissanthe divaricata Muelleria 12(2): 207
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453936
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

Leptecophylla 
207 
mucro, puberulent; bracteoles 10-22 per flower, imbricate, 1.6-2. 7 mm long, 1.4-2 mm 
wide; sepals 2. 1-3.1 mm long, 1.4-2. 1 mm wide. Corolla tube campanulate, equal to or 
shorter than the calyx, 1.9-2. 5 mm long (male). 1.6-2. 4 mm long (female), glabrous; 
lobes shorter than tube, glabrous, 1.3-1. 8 mm long, apex acute. Anthers of male flowers 
0.8-1. 6 mm long, enclosed or half-exserted; filaments 0.2-0. 3 mm long. Ovary spherical, 
0.6-1 mm high, 1-1.3 mm wide, glabrous, 4-6 celled; style straight, glabrous, attenuate 
from the ovary, 1 . 1-1 .4 mm long (male), 0.9-1 .3 mm long (female); stigma 0. 1 mm high; 
nectary separating into distinct scales with pressure, or in distinct scales, 0. 3-0.5 mm 
high, margin entire, toothed or rounded, glabrous or occasionally with hairs. Drupe pink, 
spherical, 3-5 mm high. 5-8 mm wide, 1-5 locules with ovules developing into seeds. 
Comments : Leptecophylla pogonocalyx is distinguished from L. juniperina by the 
short corolla tube, which is equal to or shorter than the calyx in both floral forms and the 
puberulent calyx and bracteoles. 
Distribution and Habitat. Confined to the western region of Tasmania, usually at 
altitudes above 600 m (Fig. 5). 
Etymology : The epithet pogonocalyx refers to the densely puberulent calyx. 
Flowering Period : Nov.-Dee. 
Leaf Anatomy. The leaf is 360-370 pm thick with the adaxial cuticle 12.5-15 pm and 
the abaxial cuticle 2.5 pm thick. Rounded papillae occur in the stomatal regions. Adaxial 
epidermal cells heavily lignified, 32.5-37.5 pm long, 17.5-20 pm wide; abaxial cells 
narrowly lignified, small, 12.5-17.5 pm long, 12.5 pm wide. Three rows of elongate 
palisade mesophyll cells 95 pm long, 20 pm wide are associated with a very compact 
spongy mesophyll of rounded cells. Fibres form an arc beneath the vascular bundle and 
occasionally a cap on the adaxial side of the bundle. Endodermal cells remain 
unthickened. 
Chemical Data: The triterpenes P-amyrin and ‘N’ are the major components in the 
leaf wax. Leaf flavonoid bisulphates A and B are present. 
Selected Specimens Examined : AUSTRALIA. Tasmania. Cradle Mountain - Lake St Clair 
National Park: near Lake Henson, 3 km NE of Cradle Mountain, 4 km SE of Waldheim. J.R. Busby 
73 (HO); Labyrinth Track above Cephissus Creek (Pine Valley) about 2/3 of the way to the ridge 
crest, J.R. Busby 135 (HO); track to Marions Lookout, J.M. Powell 1539 (CANB. HO, NSW). Mt 
Field National Park: Platypus Tarn, S.J. Forbes 1282 (HO); by 2nd bend on road below Lake 
Fenton, R. Melville 2379, 2380 (HO, NSW). Hartz Mountain National Park: Track to Lake 
Osborne, 600 m ESE of the lake, J.R. Busby 1/4 (HO); Arve Road, J. Somerville (HO); junction of 
Hartz Hut track and Hartz Rd. R. Filson 10485 (MEL). Western Tasmania: S of Queenstown. M.L. 
Westbrook, 22 May 1938 (HO); Lake Margaret Track, J. Somerville, Mar. 1957 (HO); Rosebery, 
W.M. Curtis, 1 Dec. 1954 (HO); Lake Arthur, Western Arthur Range, /. Olsen, 7 Jan. 1967 (HO. 
NSW); Frenchmans Cap Range, H.D. Gordon, 14-15 Dec. 1944 (HO); Mt Sprent, S.J. Jarman, 10 
Dec. 1978 (HO); NE ridge of Mt Anne, A.M. Buchanan 3719 (HO); King William Range, E. 
Rodway 325 (HO); Mt. Brown, L. Rodway, Jan. 1910 (HO); Gilbert Leitch Huon Pine Reserve, A. 
Moscal 10916 (HO); Denison Range, C. Elliott, 2 Jan. 1947 (HO); Bonds Range, A. Moscal 1044 
(HO); Jubilee Range, A. Moscal 9346 (HO); Swift Creek, Cape Sorell, A.M. Buchanan 2277 (HO); 
Mt La Perouse, F.A. Rodway, 29 Nov. 1898 (NSW). 
3 . Leptecophylla divaricata (J.D.Hook.) C.M.Weiller, comb. nov. Lissanthe divaricata 
J.D.Hook., Lond. J. Bot. 6: 269 (1847). Type citation : Hobart Town, Mt. Wellington, 
Swan Port; Backhouse, Gunn; — v.v.n. Type: 618/1842 Lissanthe divaricata, Mt. 
Wellington, 8/5/39, Gunn (lectotype, here designated, K). Six Gunn specimens and three 
labels with the locations Mt. Wellington, Swanport and Cornish Hill are present on a 
single sheet at K. The element selected as lectotype is on the right hand side of the sheet, 
in flower, from Mt. Wellington. Backhouse specimens, cited by Hooker, were not located 
at K or BM. Cyathodes divaricata (J.D.Hook.) J.D.Hook., FI. Tasman. 1: 246, t. 74B 
(1857). Styphelia remota Sleum., Blumea 12: 156 (1963), nom. superfl. 
Cyathodes divaricata sensu Benth., FI. austral. 4: 170 (1868); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 
1 14 (1903); W.M. Curtis, Stud. Fl. Tasman. 2: 428 (1963). 
Illustrations: J.D.Hook., Fl. Tasman. 1: t. 74B (1857) 

Page image

827405 Lissanthe oxycedrus Muelleria 12(2): 205
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453934
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

Leptecophylla 
205 
Distribution and Habitat'. Common at altitudes above 600 m in the central and eastern 
parts of Tasmania, on rocky dolerite slopes in open eucalypt forests and also on the lower 
Carboniferous-Devonian rock types in the north-east (Fig. 2). 
Flowering Period : (Oct.--)Nov.-Dec.(-Jan.) 
Chemical Data: Leaf flavonoid bisulphate A is present. 
Selected Specimens Examined : AUSTRALIA. Tasmania. Mt Wellington: Wellington Falls L. 
Rodway 146 (HO); J.M. Powell 504A (HO. NSW); Collinsvale Track, W.M. Curtis, 23 Dec. 1951 
(HO); Collins Cap to Trestle Mountain Track, A. Brown 19 (HO); Mt Arthur towards Collinsvale, 
F.H. Long 1054 (HO). Mt Field; slopes above Lake Fenton, N.T. Burbidge 3278 (HO); near Lake 
Dobson huts, J.M.B. Smith 242 (HO); slopes of Mt Field East, J. Vickery, 17 Jan. 1962 (NSW). 
Central Plateau: 7 miles N of Breona, J.H. Hemsley 6300 (HO, NSW); Mienna, A. T. Dobson 77230 
(HO); Pine Lake, F. Duncan 18 (HO); Alma Pass W of Interlaken, J.M. Powell 1628 (HO, NSW); 
Bradys Lookout summit, A. Moscal 630 (HO); Gorge-Jackeys Marsh Road, Meander, J. Somerville, 
13 May 1962 (HO); Liaweenee, R.K. Crowden 8310-09 ; Ironstone Bluff. R.K. Crowden 8310-08. 
Ben Lomond region: near road at top of Jacobs Ladder, M.G. Noble 28104 (HO); Mt Victoria, M.G. 
Noble 29209 (HO); NE slope of Mt Saddleback, P. Collier, 1 July 1984 (HO); S of Maurice Road, 
500 m E of Wayback Hill, 20 km SSE of Scottsdale, J.R. Busby 101 (HO). Other locations: track 
up Mt Rufus c. 5 km W from Cynthia Bay camping area, Lake St Clair, J.M. Powell 1618 (HO); 
Poatina Highway, M. Thompson 24 (HO): Victoria Valley Road. W.M. Curtis, 24 Feb. 1983 (HO); 
Arthurs Lakes R.C. Gunn, 1 7 Nov. 1 845 (HO); East Bagdad Road E of Long Tom, A.M. Gray 605 
(HO); High Peak, H.D. Gordon, 1 Nov. 1937 (HO); Horseshoe Marsh St Pauls River, A. Moscal 
286 (HO). 
Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. oxycedrus (Labill.) C.M.Weiller comb &. stat. now 
Styphelia oxycedrus Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1 : 49, t. 69 ( 1 805). Type citation: ‘in capite van 
Diemen, Labill.’ (holotype FI-WEBB, seen in photo). Cyathodes oxycedrus (Labill.) 
R.Br., Prodr. 540 (1810). Cyathodes acerosa (Gaertn.) Roem. & Schult. var. oxycedrus 
(Labill.) Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 41 1 (1906). Cyathodes juniperina (J.R.Forst. 
& G.Forst.) Druce var. oxycedrus (Labill.) Allan, Fl. New Zealand 1: 516 (1961). 
Styphelia oxycedrus Labill. var. oxycedrus Sleunt., Blumea 12: 155 (1963) in key. 
Lissanthe oxycedrus (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 660 (1824). 
Styphelia oxycedrus sensu Poir., Encycl. 7: 487 (1806); F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 43 (1867). 
Cyathodes oxycedrus sensu Roem. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 472 (1819); G.Don, Gen. hist. 
3: 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7; 741 (1839); J.D.Hook., Fl. Tasman. 246 (1857). Cyathodes 
acerosa var. oxycedrus sensu Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 694 (1925). 
Illustrations: Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1: t. 69 (1805). 
Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. oxycedrus is a low, rigid shrub characterised by broader 
leaves, 7-12.4 mm long, 1.5-2. 5 mm wide, with 5-7 veins, margin flat and entirely 
glabrous. Corolla tube 2. 6-4.4 mm long (male) or 2. 3-2. 8 mm long (female), regularly 
with short, sparse, bristle-like hairs on the inner surface. 
Distribution and Habitat: This form is restricted to the exposed, rocky, coastal regions 
of southern and western Tasmania, the Bass Strait Islands and southern Victoria, 
occurring on tertiary basalts and Pre-Cambrian metamorphic rock types (Fig. 2). 
Flowering Period: (Aug.-)Sept.-Oct.(-Nov.) 
Chemical Data: Leaf flavonoid bisulphates A and B are present. 
Notes: Robert Brown (1810) noted the close similarity of Styphelia [Cyathodes] 
oxycedrus and C. acerosa. 
Selected Specimens Examined: AUSTRALIA. Victoria: Cape Woolamai Phillip Island. 4 
miles SE of automatic light, A. Opie & S. Van Berkel P.l. 27 (HO); Wilsons Promontory, R.K. 
Crowden 8508-204: Tongue Point, J.H. Willis 8 Nov. 1970 (MEL); Chinaman Long Beach. PC. 
Heyligers 81030 (MEL). Tasmania: West Point, A. Moscal 7735 (HO); Marrawah, W.M. Curtis, 
May 1948 (HO); Green Point, W.D. Jackson, Jan. 1958 (HO); Coxs Bight, D.I. Morris 8285 (HO); 
Sanctuary Bay, A.M. Buchanan 2613 (HO); Bond Bay, M. Davis 1260 (HO, MEL); Bluff Hill 

Page image

827398 Lissanthe parvifolia Muelleria 12(2): 204
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453933
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

204 
C. Weiller 
A. P. Druce, Dec. 1972 (CHR); Punekiri, Waikaremoana. W.R.B. Oliver, 12 Dec. 1946 (WELT). 
Wellington Region: Wainuiomata Valley, A. J. Healy, 20 June 1937 (CHR); Tauherenikau Valley, 
R.L. Oliver, Aug. 1941 (WELT); Days Bay, R. Mason, 4 Oct. 1948 (CHR); Auro Road, Upper Hutt, 
B. L. Enting, 18 Jan. 1970 (WELT); Summit Rimutaka Range, W.R.B. Oliver, 8 Apr. 1951 (WELT). 
South Island. Marlborough: Ship Cove Queen Charlotte Sound. A.P. Druce, 6 Dec. 1953; Red 
Hills, Wairau Valley, Marlborough, L.B. Moore, 19 Apr. 1965 (CHR); Minginningi, Picton, J.H. 
McMahon (WELT); Kenepura, J.H. McMahon (WELT); Resolution Bay, L.B. Moore & J. Clarke, 
15 Oct. 1965 (CHR). Nelson: E of Parapara Peak, NW Nelson, A.P. Druce. Nov. 1975 (CHR); Mt 
Burnett, Wakamarama Range, A.P. Druce, Jan. 1982 (CHR); Matiri River, A.P. Druce, May 1977 
(CHR); SE slopes of Mt Frederic, PC. Morgan, 10 Feb. 1912 (WELT); Lake Rotoiti, J.H. 
McMahon. Nov. 1934 (WELT); Black Hill, M.J.A. Simpson 30 Oct. 1961 (CHR); Track to Fulls 
River from Torrent Bay, A. Lush, Jan. 1951 (WELT); Lead Hills, W.R.B. Oliver, 24 Dec. 1946 
(WELT). Canterbury - Westland - Otaga: Culverden Plain, L. Cockayne, 2 Nov. 1905 (WELT); 
Jacks Pass, P. Hynes, 28 Jan. 1965 (AK); Banks Peninsula Castle Rock, P. Douglas, 29 Sept. 1983 
(CHR); NW of Kowai Bush, B.H. Macmillan, 30 Mar. 1970 (CHR): Otago Peninsula, Pudding 
Island, PN. Johnson. 14 Feb. 1982 (CHR). Southland - Fiordland: Colac Bay, L.Cockayne, 16 Nov. 
1905 (WELT); Bluff Hills, Southland, L. Cockayne, Oct. 1902 (WELT); Charles Sound Fiords, W.F. 
Harris, 28 Feb. 1949 (CHR); Poison Bay, P. Wordier & A.F. Mark, 10 Feb. 1974 (CHR); Head of 
Milford Sound, W.R.B. Oliver, 19 Dec. 1944 (WELT). Stewart Island: Mt Rakaehua, (WELT); Port 
Pegasus, C. Black, 22 Jan. 1955 (WELT); North Arm, N.M. Adams, 26 Feb. 1972 (WELT); Pryces 
Peak, L. Cockayne, 29 Sept. 1908 (WELT). 
Notes : The combination C. acerosa was correctly made by Roemer & Schultes (1819) 
although it has often been ascribed to Robert Brown (1810), including by Roemer & 
Schultes. The name is based on the Banks & Solander manuscript name Stiphelia acerosa 
from collections made by them in New Zealand during Cook’s first voyage to the area. 
Roemer & Schultes incorrectly give Tasmania as the locality but Cook’s first voyage did 
not land in Tasmania. Two and probably three sheets with Banks and Solander specimens 
are at BM. One bears the citation ‘In sylvis prope Opuragi, Totaranui’, the second sheet 
has a typewritten label with the date '5th- 1 5th Nov. 1769', at which time Cook was 
anchored in Mercury (now Cook) Bay, and a reference to ‘Solander, Prim. FI. N. Zeal. p. 
437, Parkinson Ic. 120.’ The specimens are vegetative or with a few fruit. There is little 
doubt that Gaertner based the name Ardisia acerosa on Solander's manuscript name 
Stiphelia acerosa, nor that subsequent authors did other than follow this concept. The 
Banks and Solander specimens of Stiphelia acerosa and the Forster specimens of Epacris 
juniperina at BM represent the same taxon. 
Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. parvifolia (R.Br.) C.M. Weiller comb, et slat. nov. 
Cyathodes parvifolia R.Br., Prodr. 540 (1810). Type citation: [D ] v.v. Type : ‘ Styplielia 
erythrocarpa. In lateribus .... Montis Tabularis ad fluo: Derwent, Feb: - May 1804’, 
R. Brown (Bennett No. 2416) (holotype BM. photo HO: isotype K). On the reverse of the 
handwritten label of the type is "4 Cyathodes parvifolia prodr. 540’. The typed label has 
the dates Feb. 1 8th, 19th, and 27th 1 804. A second sheet with a single specimen bears the 
same typed label. Both bear the manuscript name Styphelia erythrocarpa. Lissanthe 
parvifolia (R.Br.) Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 660 ( 1824). Styphelia parvifolia (R.Br.) F.Muell., 
Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. 86 (1874). Styphelia oxycedrus Labill. var. parvifolia (R.Br.) 
Sleum., Blumea 12: 156 (1963). 
Cyathodes parvifolia sensu Roem. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 472 (1819); G.Don, Gen. 
hist. 3: 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7: 741 (1839); J.D.Hook., FI. Tasman. 246 (1857); 
Rodway, Tasman, fl. 115 (1903); W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasman. 2: 428 (1963). 
Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. parvifolia is the small leafed highland form, leaves 
4. 2-5. 8 mm long, 1.4-1. 7 mm wide, margin recurved, ciliolate toward apex, 3(-5) 
veined. Corolla tube glabrous, 2. 1-3.5 mm long (male). 2n=20 (Smith-White 1955, as 
Cyathodes pan’ifolia). 

Page image

817468 Lissanthe Muelleria 12(2): 196
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453925
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

196 
C. Weiller 
Taxonomy 
Leptecophylla C.M. Weiller, gen. now 
Folia alterna, parallelinervia, subtus glauca. Flores solitarii axillares, bracteolis 
subtendis nrultis et bracteis binatis carinatis basi. Sepala 5. Corolla quinqueloba; lobi 
patentes, aestivione valvata. Stamina 5, in fauce corollae inserta. Ovarium 5-7 loculare. 
Nectarium annulare vel lobatum. Drupa subsphaerica. 
Type species: Leptecophylla juniperina (J.R.Forst & G.Forst.) C.M. Weiller 
Epacris J.R.Forst. & G.Forst., p.p. in: Char. gen. pi. 19 ( 1776); G.Forst., FI. ins. austr. 
13 (1786). 
Ardisia Gaertn.. Fruct. 2: 78, t. 94 fig. 2 (1791 ),p.p., nom. illeg. non Sw. (1788). 
Styphelia Sm ., p.p. in: Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1: 48^19, t. 68-69 (1805); Poir., Encycl. 
7: 482 (1806); Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 654-659 (1824) (no generic description); F.Muell., 
Fragm. 6: 50 (1867); F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 54 ( 1873). 
Cyathodes Labill., p.p. in: R.Br.. Prodr. 539 (1810); Roern. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 41^-2 
(1819); G.Don, Gen. hist. 3; 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7: 740 (1839); J.D.Hook., FI. nov.-zel. 
1: 163 (1853); J.D.Hook., FI. Tasman. 244, t. 74 (1857); J.D.Hook., Handb. N. Zeal. 11 176 
(1864); Benth., FI. austr. 4: 167 (1868); Benth. & J.D.Hook., Gen. pi. 2: 612 (1876); 
Rodway, Tasman, fl. 113 (1903); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand 11 410 (1906); 
Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 694 (1925); Allan, Fl. New Zealand 1: 514 (1961); 
W.M. Curtis, Stud. Fl. Tasman. 2: 425 (1963). Styphelia subg. Cyathodes (Labill.) Drude, 
p.p.: in Engl. & Prantl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4, 1: 78 (1889); Sleumer, Blumea 12: 155 (1963). 
Lissanthe R.Br.. p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 659 ( 1824) (no generic description). 
Trochocarpa R.Br., p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1 : 660 ( 1 824) (no generic description). 
Low or erect usually compact shrubs to 2 nr high, rarely a tree 6 m high. Stems glabrous, 
normally devoid of leaves, and with a rough, scaly, grey to brown bark. Leaves alternate, 
spreading or suberect, the lower surface glaucous and striate, the tip usually pungent. 
Inflorescence terminal and axillary. Flowers effectively unisexual (the plants dioecious), 
solitary in the leaf axils, subtended by paired, keeled bracts and numerous usually closely 
imbricate bracteoles. these cream to green, usually glabrous, and broadly ovate with a 
rounded obtuse apex. Sepals 5. Bracteole and sepal margins ciliolate. Corolla 
pentamerous, cream; tube campanulate or sub-urceolate, exceeding or about equalling the 
calyx, glabrous or pubescent inside; lobes valvate in bud. narrowly triangular, spreading, 
internally glabrous, with a few scattered hairs, or densely bearded. Stamens 5. alternating 
with the corolla lobes; filaments inserted at the top of the tube, short, the anther partially 
enclosed in the tube; anthers attached near the apex, linear. Ovary 5-7 celled with one 
ovule per cell; style attenuate from the ovary or inserted in a depression at the apex, short 
with the stigma at or below anther-level, or long with a conspicuous bend near the middle 
and the stigma exserted (L. divaricata and L. pendulosa), hollow with a pentaradiate 
canal and minutely papillose surface; stigma small, capitate or lobed; nectary annular and 
truncate, or lobed and toothed. Fruit a red, pink or white drupe, usually more or less 
spherical, the apex slightly flattened; the mesocarp thick and pulpy, the endocarp hard 
and bony; calyx and style persistent; retained on the plant into the next flowering season. 
Distribution: Tasmania and Victoria in south-east Australia, New Zealand. Papua New 
Guinea and several Pacific Island groups. 
Etymology: The name Leptecophylla has been arbitrarily formed from the Greek 
lepteces, fine-pointed and phyllum , leaf, alluding to the fine, pungent tip on the leaves of 
most species. 
Notes: Indumentum: Young stems are either puberulent with sparse, short, white, hairs 
(L. juniperina, L. divaricata ) or pubescent with dense, long, silky, white hairs 
( L . pendulosa). The adaxial leaf surface is either glabrous or has short hairs at the base of 
the leaf, occasionally extending up the midline. The abaxial leaf surface appears glabrous 

Page image

561530 Olearia stenophylla Muelleria 12(2): 223
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51454006
Page is part of the work New species in Asteraceae from the subalps of southeastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198400

Page text

Muelleria 12(2):223-228 (1999) 
New Species in Asteraceae from the Subalps of Southeastern Australia. 
N.G. Walsh 
National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria 3141. 
Abstract 
Olearia stenophylla and Euchiton poliochlorus are described and illustrated. Their distributions, 
habitats, conservation status and relationships to closely related congeners are discussed. Both 
species are apparently endemic to subalpine areas of south-eastern Australia. 
Introduction 
In the course of curating Asteraceae at MEL and compiling accounts for the fourth 
volume of the Flora of Victoria, a number of undescribed taxa were encountered. One of 
these has long been recognized as an unnamed taxon in Australia, others appear to have 
been overlooked in herbaria and the field. The opportunity is here taken to provide names 
for two of these species, both endemic to subalpine areas of south-eastern Australia. 
Other taxa will be dealt with in subsequent papers. 
Taxonomy 
Olearia stenophylla N.G. Walsh, sp. nov. 
Olearia asterotrichae (F. Muell.) F. Muell. ex Benth. affinis foliis longioribus linearis 
acutis, supra glabris nitentibus, bracteis involucralibus inaequalibus, et indumento 
tenuissimo differt. 
Type: New South Wales, Kosciuszko National Park, Tumut Ponds Fire Trail, G. 
Wright 102, 1 0.xii. 1 998 (holotype MEL 2054189 : isotypes CANB. NSW). 
Shrub to c. 1.2 m high, usually multistemmed from base and more or less leafless in the 
lower half. Younger stems, undersurfaces of leaves and peduncles densely floccose with 
white to pale fawn stellate hairs. Leaves alternate, sessile, oblong to linear, 40-80 mm 
long, 1-5 mm wide, apex acute, base cuneate, margins entire, recurved to revolute, 
adaxial surface glabrous at maturity, but with small, scattered tubercles, lustrous, with 
impressed reticulate venation, very young leaves with sparse stellate hairs. Capitula in 
corymbs terminating main branches and short lateral branchlets. Peduncles mostly 1-3 
cm long. Involucre broadly obconic. Bracts 3-4-seriate. the outermost ovate, c. 1 mm 
long, the innermost oblong to narrow-ovate, 3.5— 4.2 mm long; stereome green, margin 
chartaceous, mostly entire, fimbriolate at or near apex; abaxial surface with sparse 
multicellular gland-tipped hairs and/or sessile glands, usually with a few eglandular 
stellate hairs. Ray florets 9-14, uniseriate, white (rarely pale mauve or lilac), glabrous or 
with few minute glandular hairs shortly below the ligule. Ligule 4-6 mm long, obtuse, 
entire or minutely 3-lobed apically. Style arms filiform, c. 1.5 mm long. Disc florets 
similar in number to ray florets, corolla c. 4 mm long, yellow, sparsely glandular- 
pubescent on the tube and apices of lobes. Anthers linear, c. 1 .5 mm long (including the 
acute apical appendage), shortly exserted from corolla. Style arms narrowly obovate, c. 
1.2 mm long. Cypselas flattened-cylindric to narrow-obovoid, c. 2 mm long, shortly 
sericeous, obscurely 6-ribbed. Pappus biseriate, the outer series of c. 10-20 barbellate 
bristles or narrow, flattened scales 0.5-1 mm long, the inner series of c. 30^10 barbellate 
bristles 3-4 mm long. (Fig. 1) 

Page image

559392 Phymatocarpus interioris Muelleria 12(2): 133, Fig. 1 (map).
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453994
Page is part of the work A new species of Phymatocarpus (Myrtaceae) from southwestern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198393
559390 Phymatocarpus maxwellii Muelleria 12(2): 133
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453994
Page is part of the work A new species of Phymatocarpus (Myrtaceae) from southwestern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198393

Page text

Muelleria 12(2): 133- 134 (1999) 
A New Species of Phymatocarpus (Myrtaceae) from Southwestern Australia 
L.A. Craven 
Australian National Herbarium, Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, CSIRO Plant 
Industry, GPO Box 1600. Canberra, ACT 2601, Australia. 
Abstract 
Phymatocarpus interioris Craven is described newly. A key to the three species of Phymatocarpus 
is provided and their distributions are mapped. 
Introduction 
The Western Australian genus Phymatocarpus F. Muell. was established in 1862 with 
P. porphyrocephalus F. Muell. its sole, and hence type, species. Mueller added a second 
species, P. maxwellii F. Muell. in 1875. Both of these species have a more or less coastal 
distribution, the former in the Murchison River-Eneabba region and the latter from Mount 
Barker east to Israelite Bay. During preparation of an account of the genus for Flora of 
Australia it was noted that several populations, seemingly of P maxwelli , occurred in the 
Lake King-Peak Charles area to the north of the range of P. maxwelli. Further 
investigation showed that these populations represent an undescribed species of the 
genus; this is described below as P. interioris. 
Taxonomy 
1 . Phymatocarpus porphyrocephalus F.Muell., Fragm. 3: 121 (1862). Typus : Western 
Australia, sand plain S of Murchison River, Oldfield s.n. (holotypus MEL 1059023). 
2. Phymatocarpus maxwellii F.Muell., Fragm. 9: 45 (1875), as maxwelli. Typus : 
Western Australia, near Cape Arid, 1875, Maxwell s.n. (holotypus MEL 1059015). 
Regelia sparsifolia W.Fitzg., J. Bot. 50: 21 (1912). Typus: Western Australia, 
Esperance Bay, Oct. 1903, Daw s.n. (holotypus NSW; isotypus MEL fragm.). 
3. Phymatocarpus interioris Craven, sp. nov. 
A P. maxwellii F. Muell. staminibus non distincte fasciculatis et annulo staminali et a 
P. porphyrocephalo F. Muell. staminibus paucioribus (23-30), floribus ebracteolatis et 
lamina foliorum venis numerosioribus (5-9) differt. 
Typus: Western Australia, c. 65 km W of Daniell, 15 Sep 1964, Kuchel 1798 
(holotypus AD; isotypus CANB). 
Shrub to 1.5 m tall. Leaves 4.4-9. 2 mm long, 3-7.5 mm wide, short-petiolate or 
subsessile; blade glabrous or hairy, very broadly ovate to circular to transversely broadly 
elliptic, in transverse section sublimate, the veins 5-9 and parallel-pinnate. Inflorescence 
with 2-6 triads; bracteoles absent. Hypanthium sericeous. Sepals costate or not, very 
broadly triangular or elliptic, 0. 7-0.8 mm long. Staminal ring well developed, 
1.4-2. 8 mm long. Stamens 23-30 per flower, often in distinct antepetalous clusters (the 
bundle claw per se weakly developed), the filaments glabrous, mauve, purple or pink, 
3. 3-5. 5 mm long. Style 7-8 mm long. Ovules 5-10 per locule. Fruit 2. 7-3.9 mm long 
with the distal rim flat or more or less so. Seed generally obovoid; cotyledons obvolute. 
Selected specimens examined (c. 12 seen): Western Australia: 93.2 km from Lake King Post 
Office along the Norseman road, 5 Nov 1994, Craven. Lepschi & Holliday 9599 (A, ASU, CANB, 

Page image

559391 Phymatocarpus porphyrocephalus Muelleria 12(2): 133
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453994
Page is part of the work A new species of Phymatocarpus (Myrtaceae) from southwestern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198393
646140 Podospora petrogale Muelleria 12(2): 236-239, Figs 1, 2
646139 Pseudocyphellaria soredioglabra Muelleria 12(2): 217-219, Figs 1, 2
817198 Regelia sparsifolia Muelleria 12(2): 133
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453994
Page is part of the work A new species of Phymatocarpus (Myrtaceae) from southwestern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198393

Page text

Muelleria 12(2): 133- 134 (1999) 
A New Species of Phymatocarpus (Myrtaceae) from Southwestern Australia 
L.A. Craven 
Australian National Herbarium, Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, CSIRO Plant 
Industry, GPO Box 1600. Canberra, ACT 2601, Australia. 
Abstract 
Phymatocarpus interioris Craven is described newly. A key to the three species of Phymatocarpus 
is provided and their distributions are mapped. 
Introduction 
The Western Australian genus Phymatocarpus F. Muell. was established in 1862 with 
P. porphyrocephalus F. Muell. its sole, and hence type, species. Mueller added a second 
species, P. maxwellii F. Muell. in 1875. Both of these species have a more or less coastal 
distribution, the former in the Murchison River-Eneabba region and the latter from Mount 
Barker east to Israelite Bay. During preparation of an account of the genus for Flora of 
Australia it was noted that several populations, seemingly of P maxwelli , occurred in the 
Lake King-Peak Charles area to the north of the range of P. maxwelli. Further 
investigation showed that these populations represent an undescribed species of the 
genus; this is described below as P. interioris. 
Taxonomy 
1 . Phymatocarpus porphyrocephalus F.Muell., Fragm. 3: 121 (1862). Typus : Western 
Australia, sand plain S of Murchison River, Oldfield s.n. (holotypus MEL 1059023). 
2. Phymatocarpus maxwellii F.Muell., Fragm. 9: 45 (1875), as maxwelli. Typus : 
Western Australia, near Cape Arid, 1875, Maxwell s.n. (holotypus MEL 1059015). 
Regelia sparsifolia W.Fitzg., J. Bot. 50: 21 (1912). Typus: Western Australia, 
Esperance Bay, Oct. 1903, Daw s.n. (holotypus NSW; isotypus MEL fragm.). 
3. Phymatocarpus interioris Craven, sp. nov. 
A P. maxwellii F. Muell. staminibus non distincte fasciculatis et annulo staminali et a 
P. porphyrocephalo F. Muell. staminibus paucioribus (23-30), floribus ebracteolatis et 
lamina foliorum venis numerosioribus (5-9) differt. 
Typus: Western Australia, c. 65 km W of Daniell, 15 Sep 1964, Kuchel 1798 
(holotypus AD; isotypus CANB). 
Shrub to 1.5 m tall. Leaves 4.4-9. 2 mm long, 3-7.5 mm wide, short-petiolate or 
subsessile; blade glabrous or hairy, very broadly ovate to circular to transversely broadly 
elliptic, in transverse section sublimate, the veins 5-9 and parallel-pinnate. Inflorescence 
with 2-6 triads; bracteoles absent. Hypanthium sericeous. Sepals costate or not, very 
broadly triangular or elliptic, 0. 7-0.8 mm long. Staminal ring well developed, 
1.4-2. 8 mm long. Stamens 23-30 per flower, often in distinct antepetalous clusters (the 
bundle claw per se weakly developed), the filaments glabrous, mauve, purple or pink, 
3. 3-5. 5 mm long. Style 7-8 mm long. Ovules 5-10 per locule. Fruit 2. 7-3.9 mm long 
with the distal rim flat or more or less so. Seed generally obovoid; cotyledons obvolute. 
Selected specimens examined (c. 12 seen): Western Australia: 93.2 km from Lake King Post 
Office along the Norseman road, 5 Nov 1994, Craven. Lepschi & Holliday 9599 (A, ASU, CANB, 

Page image

646121 Rinodina asperata Muelleria 12(2): 174-177, Figs 4, 5
646124 Rinodina australiensis Muelleria 12(2): 177-180, Figs 6, 7
646126 Rinodina confusa Muelleria 12(2): 180-181, Fig. 8

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(2): 180-181, Fig. 8".

646127 Rinodina conradii Muelleria 12(2): 182-183, Fig. 9

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(2): 182-183, Fig. 9".

646129 Rinodina dolichospora Muelleria 12(2): 183-185, Fig. 10
646131 Rinodina elixii Muelleria 12(2): 185-187, Fig. 11
646132 Rinodina obscura Muelleria 12(2): 187-189, Figs. 12, 13
646134 Rinodina pyrina Muelleria 12(2): 189-190, Fig. 14
827410 Styphelia abietina Muelleria 12(2): 211
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453940
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

Leptecophylla 
211 
Chemical Data: Ribbon wax covers the abaxial leaf surface. Wax composition is 
dominated by triterpenoids a-amyrenone (31%), p-amyrenone (15%), a-amyrin (5%), F 
and FI with the C, g honrologue of the aldehyde (8%) and alcohol (11%) constituting most 
of the remainder of the wax. 
Specimens Examined : NEW ZEALAND. Chatham Islands: F.A.D. Cox, Oct. 1900 (AK, 
CHR); near Waikato Point, M.A. & l.M. Ritchie, 17 Sept. 1968 (CHR); Tuku Creek area, SW 
Chathams, K. Olsen, 7 Jan.1978 (AK); Taiko Hill, K.P. Olsen, 12 Jan. 1978 (AK); Waitangi, West 
Moorland, 7 Feb. 1985. B. Molloy, Chudleigh Reserve at Waimahana Creek, D.R. Given 12773 & 
P.A. Williams (CHR); Te Awatea, E. Madden 108 (CHR); Nairn River, G. Hamel, 27 Jan. 1976 
(CHR); pen ground 1 km SE of Lake Rotokawau near pond. D.R. Given 12759 & P.A. Williams 
(CHR); Tobacco County S of Chatham Is, Cox & Cockayne, Feb. 1901 (AK); Kahiti Stream near 
Owenga, B.G. Hamilton, 1948 (WELT); Southern Table-land above Te Awainanga River, A.T. Moar 
568, 1569, 1570 (CHR); A. Sinclair, 1850-1860 (NSW). 
6. Leptecophylla ahietina (Labill.) C.M. Weiller, comb. nov. Styphelia abietina Labill., 
Nov. Holl. pi. 1: 48, t. 68 (1805). Type citation : Capite van Diemen, Labill. (lectotype 
here designated, FI-WEBB sheet number 118262, seen in photo). There are three sheets 
at FI-WEBB. The sheet selected as lectotype comprises a single fruiting specimen and 
carries extensive descriptive notes in Labillardiere’s hand. Cyathodes abietina (Labill.) R. 
Br„ Prodr. 540(1810). 
Styphelia abietina sensu Poir., Encycl. 7; 486 (1806); Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 659 
(1824); F. Muell., Fragm. 6: 43 (1867); Sleum., Blumea 12: 155 (1963) in key. 
Illustrations: Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1 : t. 68 (1805). Cyathodes abietina sensu Roern. 
& Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 472 (1819); G. Don, Gen. hist. 3:' 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7: 741 
(1839); J.D. Hook. FI. Tasman. 247 (1857); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 114 (1903); W.M. 
Curtis, Stud. fl. Tasman. 2: 427 (1963). 
Dioecious, compact, erect shrubs 1-2 m high. Stems grey or grey-brown; branchlets 
brown or rarely yellow-brown, densely puberulent. Leaves evenly spaced, usually absent 
on main stems, sub-erect, narrowly ovate, flat, 12.3-18 mm long, 1.9-2. 7 mm wide, tip 
short and hard, the mucro 0.3-1. 2 mm long; margin Hat, glabrous or ciliolate toward the 
apex, upper surface green, glabrous or with sparse hairs toward the base, lower surface 
with short trichomes fringing shallow grooves and up to 7 veins; petiole erect, 1.8-3. 1 
mm long, appressed to stem, sparsely puberulent. First leaves of new season’s growth 
obovate, 11-19 mm long, 3. 1-5.2 mm wide, margin hyaline to scarious. Flowers solitary, 
terminal and axillary on erect pedicels 3. 5-4. 2 mm long (male), 2.4-3 mm long (female); 
bracts broadly ovate, 0.8-1 mm long, 0.8-1 . 1 mm wide, obtuse, margin usually glabrous; 
bracteoles and sepals broadly ovate, obtuse, glabrous, conspicuously striate when dry; 
bracteoles 6-26 per flower, imbricate, 2. 1-2.6 mm long, 1 .9-2.4 mm wide; sepals 2. 8-3. 8 
mm long 2-2.6 mm wide. Corolla tube thick, fleshy, exceeding calyx, campanulate, 
4-4.5 mm long (male), 3-3.2 mm long (female), upper half sparsely pubescent internally; 
lobes 2-3.1 mm long, externally glabrous or with a few short hairs at the base of the 
lobes, internally densely bearded, short at the apex, long below, apex broadly acute to 
obtuse, thickened. Anthers of male flowers 1 .8-2.6 mm long, half exserted; filaments 
0.4-0. 6 mm long. Ovary spherical 1.1-1. 2 mm high, 1.1-1. 5 mm wide, glabrous, 4-7 
celled; style glabrous, attenuate from the ovary, 1.4- 1.8 mm long (female), 1.8-2. 3 mm 
long (male); stigma lobed; nectary' 0.5-0. 8 mm high, separating into scales with pressure, 
margin toothed. Drupe pale to dark pink, 5-9 mm high, 7-12 mm wide, slightly flattened 
sphere, surface dull, mesocarp dry. 
Distribution and Habitat: Endemic to Tasmania, restricted to the exposed rocky coasts 
of the SE, S and W and neighbouring islands between Southport Bluff in the SE to Trial 
Harbour on the W coast. Also recorded from Walker Is. off the NW coast and South Arm 
in the SE (Fig. 8). 

Page image

827396 Styphelia acerosa Muelleria 12(2): 203
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453932
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

Leptecophylla 
203 
Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. juniperina. Type indicated above under Leptecophylla 
juniperina. 
Ardisia acerosa Gaertn., Fruct. 2: 78, t. 94 (1790). Type citation : In insula van 
Diemen. Cyathodes acerosa (Gaertn.) Roem. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 473 (1819). 
Lissanthe acerosa (Gaertn.) Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 660 (1824). Styphelia acerosa 
F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 54 (1873). 
Leucopogon forsteri A. Rich., Voy. Astrolabe 216 (1832), nom. illeg, as Epacris 
juniperina J.R.Forst. & G.Forst. is cited in synonymy. 
Cyathodes acerosa var. parvifolia J.D.Hook., FI. Nov.-zel. 1: 163 (1853). Type 
citation: Port Nicholson, Taupo Lake, etc., Colenso, etc.; Middle Island, Lyall; all n.v. 
Cyathodes acerosa sensu G.Don, Gen. hist. 3: 776 (1834); A.Cunn., Ann. Nat. Hist, 
ser. 1 , 2: 47 ( 1 839); DC., Prodr. 7: 74 1 ( 1 839); F.L.Raoul, Choix pi. Nouv.-Zel. 44 ( 1 846); 
J.D.Hook., FI. nov.-zel. 1: 163 (1853); J.D.Hook., Handb. N. Zeal. fl. 176 (1864); 
F.Muell., Veg. Chatham-Isl. 42 (1864); Benth., Fl. austral. 4: 170 (1869); T.Kirk, Forest 
fl. New Zealand 213, t. 108 (1889); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 1 14 (1903); Cheeseman, Man. 
New Zealand fl. 411 (1906); Cheeseman, 111. New Zealand fl. 2: t. 124 (1914); 
Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl 694 (1925). 
Styphelia acerosa sensu Laing & Blackwell, PI. New Zealand 330, t. 109 (1906). 
Selected illustrations: Cheeseman, 111. New Zealand fl. 2: t. 124 ( 1914); T.Kirk, Forest 
fl. New Zealand, t. 108 (1889) as C. acerosa: Laing & Blackwell, PI. New Zealand 332, 
t. 109 (1906) as Styphelia acerosa (photo). 
Leaves 4-18 mm long, 1-2.1 mm wide, margin typically Bat, glabrous or ciliolate toward 
apex, veins 5. Corolla tube usually glabrous, 1.5-2. 8 mm long (male). n=\0 (Venkata- 
Rao 1961), n~ 1 1 ? in New Zealand material (Sands 1960). 
Distribution and Habitat: Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. juniperina is widespread 
in lowland to montane forest and shrubland throughout New Zealand, and in lowland 
areas of Tasmania in the east, areas of the north-west and west on Jurassic dolerite or 
tertiary basalt based soils (Figs 2, 3). 
Flowering Period : Sept.-May. 
Chemical Data: Leaf flavonoid bisulphates A and B are present. 
Selected Specimens Examined: AUSTRALIA. Tasmania. Tasman Peninsula: Mt Koonya, A. 
Moscal 5258 (HO); Mt Raoul, PA. Collier 21, July 1984 (HO); between Tornado Flats and 
Lunchtime Creek, A.M. Buchanan 3274 (HO); Balt Spur, S.J. Jarman 25 (HO, NSW), R.K. 
Crowden 8301-04: Eaglehawk Neck E of Lufra Hill, N.C. Ford, 28 Sept. 1950 (NSW). Other 
locations: Blue Top. R.K. Crowden 8310-11: Upper Natone forestry reserve, C.M. Mihaich 13: The 
Clump. Sandy Cape, A. Moscal 4666 (HO); Koyule, W.M. Curtis, 19 May 1947 (HO): Degraves 
Valley, R.C. Gunn, 1 1 Nov. 1839 (HO); Murchison Highway 7.7 km N of Waratah and Guilford 
Rds junction, A.M. Gray 280, 281 (HO); 5 km SE of Strathgordon on Gordon River Rd, J.R. Busby 
27 (HO). NEW ZEALAND. North Island. Northland - Auckland District: Kerr Point North Cape, 
P. Hynes, 24 Aug. 1957 (AK); near tearooms, Waitiki Landing, R.C. Cooper, 25 Sept. 1969 ( AK ); 
Puketi Forest N of the Waikape Stream, P.J. Bellingham, 26 June 1984 (AK); Urapukapuka Island, 
Te Akeake Point, R.E. Beevei: 11 Jan. 1980 (AK); Lake Kakupuarere, Poutoi, W.R.B. Oliver, 11 
Oct. 1928 (WELT); 2 km SW of Waiwera, G. Straka 336, (AK); Huia Rickards Bush, K. Wood, 6 
Aug. 1948 (AK); Mangawhai Hill. R.C. Cooper. 10 June 1966 (AK); Whatipu Road Summit, R. 
Cooper, 1 Apr. 1965 (AK); Mt William, Pokeno, R.O. Gardner 26 (CHR). Coromandel: Thames, 
D. Petrie. Sept. 1896 (WELT); Kopu - Hikua Road nr Stadia Creek. R.C. Cooper. 17 Apr. 1967 
(AK); Milled bush 2 miles N of Tairua, R.C. Cooper, 18 Apr. 1967 (AK); Burma Road, 
Whangapoua, R.C. Cooper, 16 Sept. 1965 (AK). Volcanic Plateau District: Whanarua Bay, Bay of 
Plenty, A.P. Druce, Dec. 1967 (CHR); Lake Taupo nr Whakamoenga Cave, A. Leahy, 1 1 May 1975 
(AK); Wairakei, D. Petrie. Dec. 1895 (WELT); Mt Ruapehu, W.R.B. Oliver, Dec. 1927 (WELT); 
Tukino track off Desert Road, P. Hynes, 23 Jan. 1968 (AK): Onitapu Desert, V.D. Zotov, 5 Apr. 1931 
(CHR); Rainbow Mt, L.B. Moore, 20 Mar. 1930 (CHR); Near Wakapapaiti Stream, D. Petrie, Oct. 
1922 (WELT); Waiotapu. W.R.B. Oliver, 13 Sept. 1920 (WELT); Pureora, J.K. Bartlett, 26 Nov. 
1977 (CHR). Hawke Bay: Maungaharuru Range, A.P. Druce, Oct. 1974 (CHR); Bell Bird Bush, 

Page image

938214 Styphelia juniperina Muelleria 12(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 12(2)".

827400 Styphelia oxycedrus Muelleria 12(2): 205
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453934
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

Leptecophylla 
205 
Distribution and Habitat'. Common at altitudes above 600 m in the central and eastern 
parts of Tasmania, on rocky dolerite slopes in open eucalypt forests and also on the lower 
Carboniferous-Devonian rock types in the north-east (Fig. 2). 
Flowering Period : (Oct.--)Nov.-Dec.(-Jan.) 
Chemical Data: Leaf flavonoid bisulphate A is present. 
Selected Specimens Examined : AUSTRALIA. Tasmania. Mt Wellington: Wellington Falls L. 
Rodway 146 (HO); J.M. Powell 504A (HO. NSW); Collinsvale Track, W.M. Curtis, 23 Dec. 1951 
(HO); Collins Cap to Trestle Mountain Track, A. Brown 19 (HO); Mt Arthur towards Collinsvale, 
F.H. Long 1054 (HO). Mt Field; slopes above Lake Fenton, N.T. Burbidge 3278 (HO); near Lake 
Dobson huts, J.M.B. Smith 242 (HO); slopes of Mt Field East, J. Vickery, 17 Jan. 1962 (NSW). 
Central Plateau: 7 miles N of Breona, J.H. Hemsley 6300 (HO, NSW); Mienna, A. T. Dobson 77230 
(HO); Pine Lake, F. Duncan 18 (HO); Alma Pass W of Interlaken, J.M. Powell 1628 (HO, NSW); 
Bradys Lookout summit, A. Moscal 630 (HO); Gorge-Jackeys Marsh Road, Meander, J. Somerville, 
13 May 1962 (HO); Liaweenee, R.K. Crowden 8310-09 ; Ironstone Bluff. R.K. Crowden 8310-08. 
Ben Lomond region: near road at top of Jacobs Ladder, M.G. Noble 28104 (HO); Mt Victoria, M.G. 
Noble 29209 (HO); NE slope of Mt Saddleback, P. Collier, 1 July 1984 (HO); S of Maurice Road, 
500 m E of Wayback Hill, 20 km SSE of Scottsdale, J.R. Busby 101 (HO). Other locations: track 
up Mt Rufus c. 5 km W from Cynthia Bay camping area, Lake St Clair, J.M. Powell 1618 (HO); 
Poatina Highway, M. Thompson 24 (HO): Victoria Valley Road. W.M. Curtis, 24 Feb. 1983 (HO); 
Arthurs Lakes R.C. Gunn, 1 7 Nov. 1 845 (HO); East Bagdad Road E of Long Tom, A.M. Gray 605 
(HO); High Peak, H.D. Gordon, 1 Nov. 1937 (HO); Horseshoe Marsh St Pauls River, A. Moscal 
286 (HO). 
Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. oxycedrus (Labill.) C.M.Weiller comb &. stat. now 
Styphelia oxycedrus Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1 : 49, t. 69 ( 1 805). Type citation: ‘in capite van 
Diemen, Labill.’ (holotype FI-WEBB, seen in photo). Cyathodes oxycedrus (Labill.) 
R.Br., Prodr. 540 (1810). Cyathodes acerosa (Gaertn.) Roem. & Schult. var. oxycedrus 
(Labill.) Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 41 1 (1906). Cyathodes juniperina (J.R.Forst. 
& G.Forst.) Druce var. oxycedrus (Labill.) Allan, Fl. New Zealand 1: 516 (1961). 
Styphelia oxycedrus Labill. var. oxycedrus Sleunt., Blumea 12: 155 (1963) in key. 
Lissanthe oxycedrus (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 660 (1824). 
Styphelia oxycedrus sensu Poir., Encycl. 7: 487 (1806); F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 43 (1867). 
Cyathodes oxycedrus sensu Roem. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 472 (1819); G.Don, Gen. hist. 
3: 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7; 741 (1839); J.D.Hook., Fl. Tasman. 246 (1857). Cyathodes 
acerosa var. oxycedrus sensu Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 694 (1925). 
Illustrations: Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1: t. 69 (1805). 
Leptecophylla juniperina subsp. oxycedrus is a low, rigid shrub characterised by broader 
leaves, 7-12.4 mm long, 1.5-2. 5 mm wide, with 5-7 veins, margin flat and entirely 
glabrous. Corolla tube 2. 6-4.4 mm long (male) or 2. 3-2. 8 mm long (female), regularly 
with short, sparse, bristle-like hairs on the inner surface. 
Distribution and Habitat: This form is restricted to the exposed, rocky, coastal regions 
of southern and western Tasmania, the Bass Strait Islands and southern Victoria, 
occurring on tertiary basalts and Pre-Cambrian metamorphic rock types (Fig. 2). 
Flowering Period: (Aug.-)Sept.-Oct.(-Nov.) 
Chemical Data: Leaf flavonoid bisulphates A and B are present. 
Notes: Robert Brown (1810) noted the close similarity of Styphelia [Cyathodes] 
oxycedrus and C. acerosa. 
Selected Specimens Examined: AUSTRALIA. Victoria: Cape Woolamai Phillip Island. 4 
miles SE of automatic light, A. Opie & S. Van Berkel P.l. 27 (HO); Wilsons Promontory, R.K. 
Crowden 8508-204: Tongue Point, J.H. Willis 8 Nov. 1970 (MEL); Chinaman Long Beach. PC. 
Heyligers 81030 (MEL). Tasmania: West Point, A. Moscal 7735 (HO); Marrawah, W.M. Curtis, 
May 1948 (HO); Green Point, W.D. Jackson, Jan. 1958 (HO); Coxs Bight, D.I. Morris 8285 (HO); 
Sanctuary Bay, A.M. Buchanan 2613 (HO); Bond Bay, M. Davis 1260 (HO, MEL); Bluff Hill 

Page image

827404 Styphelia oxycedrus oxycedrus Muelleria 12(2): 205
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453934
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397
827399 Styphelia oxycedrus parvifolia Muelleria 12(2): 204
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453933
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397
827408 Styphelia remota Muelleria 12(2): 207
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453936
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

Leptecophylla 
207 
mucro, puberulent; bracteoles 10-22 per flower, imbricate, 1.6-2. 7 mm long, 1.4-2 mm 
wide; sepals 2. 1-3.1 mm long, 1.4-2. 1 mm wide. Corolla tube campanulate, equal to or 
shorter than the calyx, 1.9-2. 5 mm long (male). 1.6-2. 4 mm long (female), glabrous; 
lobes shorter than tube, glabrous, 1.3-1. 8 mm long, apex acute. Anthers of male flowers 
0.8-1. 6 mm long, enclosed or half-exserted; filaments 0.2-0. 3 mm long. Ovary spherical, 
0.6-1 mm high, 1-1.3 mm wide, glabrous, 4-6 celled; style straight, glabrous, attenuate 
from the ovary, 1 . 1-1 .4 mm long (male), 0.9-1 .3 mm long (female); stigma 0. 1 mm high; 
nectary separating into distinct scales with pressure, or in distinct scales, 0. 3-0.5 mm 
high, margin entire, toothed or rounded, glabrous or occasionally with hairs. Drupe pink, 
spherical, 3-5 mm high. 5-8 mm wide, 1-5 locules with ovules developing into seeds. 
Comments : Leptecophylla pogonocalyx is distinguished from L. juniperina by the 
short corolla tube, which is equal to or shorter than the calyx in both floral forms and the 
puberulent calyx and bracteoles. 
Distribution and Habitat. Confined to the western region of Tasmania, usually at 
altitudes above 600 m (Fig. 5). 
Etymology : The epithet pogonocalyx refers to the densely puberulent calyx. 
Flowering Period : Nov.-Dee. 
Leaf Anatomy. The leaf is 360-370 pm thick with the adaxial cuticle 12.5-15 pm and 
the abaxial cuticle 2.5 pm thick. Rounded papillae occur in the stomatal regions. Adaxial 
epidermal cells heavily lignified, 32.5-37.5 pm long, 17.5-20 pm wide; abaxial cells 
narrowly lignified, small, 12.5-17.5 pm long, 12.5 pm wide. Three rows of elongate 
palisade mesophyll cells 95 pm long, 20 pm wide are associated with a very compact 
spongy mesophyll of rounded cells. Fibres form an arc beneath the vascular bundle and 
occasionally a cap on the adaxial side of the bundle. Endodermal cells remain 
unthickened. 
Chemical Data: The triterpenes P-amyrin and ‘N’ are the major components in the 
leaf wax. Leaf flavonoid bisulphates A and B are present. 
Selected Specimens Examined : AUSTRALIA. Tasmania. Cradle Mountain - Lake St Clair 
National Park: near Lake Henson, 3 km NE of Cradle Mountain, 4 km SE of Waldheim. J.R. Busby 
73 (HO); Labyrinth Track above Cephissus Creek (Pine Valley) about 2/3 of the way to the ridge 
crest, J.R. Busby 135 (HO); track to Marions Lookout, J.M. Powell 1539 (CANB. HO, NSW). Mt 
Field National Park: Platypus Tarn, S.J. Forbes 1282 (HO); by 2nd bend on road below Lake 
Fenton, R. Melville 2379, 2380 (HO, NSW). Hartz Mountain National Park: Track to Lake 
Osborne, 600 m ESE of the lake, J.R. Busby 1/4 (HO); Arve Road, J. Somerville (HO); junction of 
Hartz Hut track and Hartz Rd. R. Filson 10485 (MEL). Western Tasmania: S of Queenstown. M.L. 
Westbrook, 22 May 1938 (HO); Lake Margaret Track, J. Somerville, Mar. 1957 (HO); Rosebery, 
W.M. Curtis, 1 Dec. 1954 (HO); Lake Arthur, Western Arthur Range, /. Olsen, 7 Jan. 1967 (HO. 
NSW); Frenchmans Cap Range, H.D. Gordon, 14-15 Dec. 1944 (HO); Mt Sprent, S.J. Jarman, 10 
Dec. 1978 (HO); NE ridge of Mt Anne, A.M. Buchanan 3719 (HO); King William Range, E. 
Rodway 325 (HO); Mt. Brown, L. Rodway, Jan. 1910 (HO); Gilbert Leitch Huon Pine Reserve, A. 
Moscal 10916 (HO); Denison Range, C. Elliott, 2 Jan. 1947 (HO); Bonds Range, A. Moscal 1044 
(HO); Jubilee Range, A. Moscal 9346 (HO); Swift Creek, Cape Sorell, A.M. Buchanan 2277 (HO); 
Mt La Perouse, F.A. Rodway, 29 Nov. 1898 (NSW). 
3 . Leptecophylla divaricata (J.D.Hook.) C.M.Weiller, comb. nov. Lissanthe divaricata 
J.D.Hook., Lond. J. Bot. 6: 269 (1847). Type citation : Hobart Town, Mt. Wellington, 
Swan Port; Backhouse, Gunn; — v.v.n. Type: 618/1842 Lissanthe divaricata, Mt. 
Wellington, 8/5/39, Gunn (lectotype, here designated, K). Six Gunn specimens and three 
labels with the locations Mt. Wellington, Swanport and Cornish Hill are present on a 
single sheet at K. The element selected as lectotype is on the right hand side of the sheet, 
in flower, from Mt. Wellington. Backhouse specimens, cited by Hooker, were not located 
at K or BM. Cyathodes divaricata (J.D.Hook.) J.D.Hook., FI. Tasman. 1: 246, t. 74B 
(1857). Styphelia remota Sleum., Blumea 12: 156 (1963), nom. superfl. 
Cyathodes divaricata sensu Benth., FI. austral. 4: 170 (1868); Rodway, Tasman, fl. 
1 14 (1903); W.M. Curtis, Stud. Fl. Tasman. 2: 428 (1963). 
Illustrations: J.D.Hook., Fl. Tasman. 1: t. 74B (1857) 

Page image

817465 Styphelia Muelleria 12(2): 196
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453925
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

196 
C. Weiller 
Taxonomy 
Leptecophylla C.M. Weiller, gen. now 
Folia alterna, parallelinervia, subtus glauca. Flores solitarii axillares, bracteolis 
subtendis nrultis et bracteis binatis carinatis basi. Sepala 5. Corolla quinqueloba; lobi 
patentes, aestivione valvata. Stamina 5, in fauce corollae inserta. Ovarium 5-7 loculare. 
Nectarium annulare vel lobatum. Drupa subsphaerica. 
Type species: Leptecophylla juniperina (J.R.Forst & G.Forst.) C.M. Weiller 
Epacris J.R.Forst. & G.Forst., p.p. in: Char. gen. pi. 19 ( 1776); G.Forst., FI. ins. austr. 
13 (1786). 
Ardisia Gaertn.. Fruct. 2: 78, t. 94 fig. 2 (1791 ),p.p., nom. illeg. non Sw. (1788). 
Styphelia Sm ., p.p. in: Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1: 48^19, t. 68-69 (1805); Poir., Encycl. 
7: 482 (1806); Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 654-659 (1824) (no generic description); F.Muell., 
Fragm. 6: 50 (1867); F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 54 ( 1873). 
Cyathodes Labill., p.p. in: R.Br.. Prodr. 539 (1810); Roern. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 41^-2 
(1819); G.Don, Gen. hist. 3; 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7: 740 (1839); J.D.Hook., FI. nov.-zel. 
1: 163 (1853); J.D.Hook., FI. Tasman. 244, t. 74 (1857); J.D.Hook., Handb. N. Zeal. 11 176 
(1864); Benth., FI. austr. 4: 167 (1868); Benth. & J.D.Hook., Gen. pi. 2: 612 (1876); 
Rodway, Tasman, fl. 113 (1903); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand 11 410 (1906); 
Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 694 (1925); Allan, Fl. New Zealand 1: 514 (1961); 
W.M. Curtis, Stud. Fl. Tasman. 2: 425 (1963). Styphelia subg. Cyathodes (Labill.) Drude, 
p.p.: in Engl. & Prantl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4, 1: 78 (1889); Sleumer, Blumea 12: 155 (1963). 
Lissanthe R.Br.. p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 659 ( 1824) (no generic description). 
Trochocarpa R.Br., p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1 : 660 ( 1 824) (no generic description). 
Low or erect usually compact shrubs to 2 nr high, rarely a tree 6 m high. Stems glabrous, 
normally devoid of leaves, and with a rough, scaly, grey to brown bark. Leaves alternate, 
spreading or suberect, the lower surface glaucous and striate, the tip usually pungent. 
Inflorescence terminal and axillary. Flowers effectively unisexual (the plants dioecious), 
solitary in the leaf axils, subtended by paired, keeled bracts and numerous usually closely 
imbricate bracteoles. these cream to green, usually glabrous, and broadly ovate with a 
rounded obtuse apex. Sepals 5. Bracteole and sepal margins ciliolate. Corolla 
pentamerous, cream; tube campanulate or sub-urceolate, exceeding or about equalling the 
calyx, glabrous or pubescent inside; lobes valvate in bud. narrowly triangular, spreading, 
internally glabrous, with a few scattered hairs, or densely bearded. Stamens 5. alternating 
with the corolla lobes; filaments inserted at the top of the tube, short, the anther partially 
enclosed in the tube; anthers attached near the apex, linear. Ovary 5-7 celled with one 
ovule per cell; style attenuate from the ovary or inserted in a depression at the apex, short 
with the stigma at or below anther-level, or long with a conspicuous bend near the middle 
and the stigma exserted (L. divaricata and L. pendulosa), hollow with a pentaradiate 
canal and minutely papillose surface; stigma small, capitate or lobed; nectary annular and 
truncate, or lobed and toothed. Fruit a red, pink or white drupe, usually more or less 
spherical, the apex slightly flattened; the mesocarp thick and pulpy, the endocarp hard 
and bony; calyx and style persistent; retained on the plant into the next flowering season. 
Distribution: Tasmania and Victoria in south-east Australia, New Zealand. Papua New 
Guinea and several Pacific Island groups. 
Etymology: The name Leptecophylla has been arbitrarily formed from the Greek 
lepteces, fine-pointed and phyllum , leaf, alluding to the fine, pungent tip on the leaves of 
most species. 
Notes: Indumentum: Young stems are either puberulent with sparse, short, white, hairs 
(L. juniperina, L. divaricata ) or pubescent with dense, long, silky, white hairs 
( L . pendulosa). The adaxial leaf surface is either glabrous or has short hairs at the base of 
the leaf, occasionally extending up the midline. The abaxial leaf surface appears glabrous 

Page image

817467 Styphelia Muelleria 12(2): 196
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453925
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

196 
C. Weiller 
Taxonomy 
Leptecophylla C.M. Weiller, gen. now 
Folia alterna, parallelinervia, subtus glauca. Flores solitarii axillares, bracteolis 
subtendis nrultis et bracteis binatis carinatis basi. Sepala 5. Corolla quinqueloba; lobi 
patentes, aestivione valvata. Stamina 5, in fauce corollae inserta. Ovarium 5-7 loculare. 
Nectarium annulare vel lobatum. Drupa subsphaerica. 
Type species: Leptecophylla juniperina (J.R.Forst & G.Forst.) C.M. Weiller 
Epacris J.R.Forst. & G.Forst., p.p. in: Char. gen. pi. 19 ( 1776); G.Forst., FI. ins. austr. 
13 (1786). 
Ardisia Gaertn.. Fruct. 2: 78, t. 94 fig. 2 (1791 ),p.p., nom. illeg. non Sw. (1788). 
Styphelia Sm ., p.p. in: Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1: 48^19, t. 68-69 (1805); Poir., Encycl. 
7: 482 (1806); Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 654-659 (1824) (no generic description); F.Muell., 
Fragm. 6: 50 (1867); F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 54 ( 1873). 
Cyathodes Labill., p.p. in: R.Br.. Prodr. 539 (1810); Roern. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 41^-2 
(1819); G.Don, Gen. hist. 3; 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7: 740 (1839); J.D.Hook., FI. nov.-zel. 
1: 163 (1853); J.D.Hook., FI. Tasman. 244, t. 74 (1857); J.D.Hook., Handb. N. Zeal. 11 176 
(1864); Benth., FI. austr. 4: 167 (1868); Benth. & J.D.Hook., Gen. pi. 2: 612 (1876); 
Rodway, Tasman, fl. 113 (1903); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand 11 410 (1906); 
Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 694 (1925); Allan, Fl. New Zealand 1: 514 (1961); 
W.M. Curtis, Stud. Fl. Tasman. 2: 425 (1963). Styphelia subg. Cyathodes (Labill.) Drude, 
p.p.: in Engl. & Prantl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4, 1: 78 (1889); Sleumer, Blumea 12: 155 (1963). 
Lissanthe R.Br.. p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 659 ( 1824) (no generic description). 
Trochocarpa R.Br., p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1 : 660 ( 1 824) (no generic description). 
Low or erect usually compact shrubs to 2 nr high, rarely a tree 6 m high. Stems glabrous, 
normally devoid of leaves, and with a rough, scaly, grey to brown bark. Leaves alternate, 
spreading or suberect, the lower surface glaucous and striate, the tip usually pungent. 
Inflorescence terminal and axillary. Flowers effectively unisexual (the plants dioecious), 
solitary in the leaf axils, subtended by paired, keeled bracts and numerous usually closely 
imbricate bracteoles. these cream to green, usually glabrous, and broadly ovate with a 
rounded obtuse apex. Sepals 5. Bracteole and sepal margins ciliolate. Corolla 
pentamerous, cream; tube campanulate or sub-urceolate, exceeding or about equalling the 
calyx, glabrous or pubescent inside; lobes valvate in bud. narrowly triangular, spreading, 
internally glabrous, with a few scattered hairs, or densely bearded. Stamens 5. alternating 
with the corolla lobes; filaments inserted at the top of the tube, short, the anther partially 
enclosed in the tube; anthers attached near the apex, linear. Ovary 5-7 celled with one 
ovule per cell; style attenuate from the ovary or inserted in a depression at the apex, short 
with the stigma at or below anther-level, or long with a conspicuous bend near the middle 
and the stigma exserted (L. divaricata and L. pendulosa), hollow with a pentaradiate 
canal and minutely papillose surface; stigma small, capitate or lobed; nectary annular and 
truncate, or lobed and toothed. Fruit a red, pink or white drupe, usually more or less 
spherical, the apex slightly flattened; the mesocarp thick and pulpy, the endocarp hard 
and bony; calyx and style persistent; retained on the plant into the next flowering season. 
Distribution: Tasmania and Victoria in south-east Australia, New Zealand. Papua New 
Guinea and several Pacific Island groups. 
Etymology: The name Leptecophylla has been arbitrarily formed from the Greek 
lepteces, fine-pointed and phyllum , leaf, alluding to the fine, pungent tip on the leaves of 
most species. 
Notes: Indumentum: Young stems are either puberulent with sparse, short, white, hairs 
(L. juniperina, L. divaricata ) or pubescent with dense, long, silky, white hairs 
( L . pendulosa). The adaxial leaf surface is either glabrous or has short hairs at the base of 
the leaf, occasionally extending up the midline. The abaxial leaf surface appears glabrous 

Page image

561529 Triglochin protuberans Muelleria 12(2): 215
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453944
Page is part of the work Triglochin protuberans (Juncaginaceae): A new species from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.198398

Page text

Muelleria 1 2(2):2 1 5-2 1 6 (1999) 
Triglochin protuberans (Juncaginaceae): a New Species from Western 
Australia 
Helen I. Aston 
c/o National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria 3141, 
Australia. 
Abstract 
Triglochin protuberans Aston sp. nov., an annual species from south-western Western Australia, is 
described and its diagnostic features illustrated. 
Introduction 
Collections of Juncaginaceae from all major herbaria in Australia were obtained on loan 
for preparation of the family account for the Flora of Australia. Amongst specimens of 
the annual species of Triglochin, several consistently similar collections differing from 
already described taxa were located. D.C. Edinger later forwarded two further collections 
of the new entity. This is now described here as a new species, T. protuberans. 
Taxonomy 
Triglochin protuberans Aston, sp. nov. 
Herba annua, 3-13 cm alta. Folia gracilia, c. teretia, 1-7 cm longa, breviora scapo 
fructifero; vaginae auriculis latis obtusis terminatis. Infructescentia racemus laxus est, 
1-6 cm longa, fructibus 2-8 in pedicellis 1.5-5(-9) mm longis. Fructus c. anguste 
angulo-ovati (anguste trullati ) in circumscriptione, (4-)4.7-6. 1 mm longi, loco latissimo 
1.1 -1.6 mm diametris. Carpella fertilia matura 3, connata ventraliter; pagina dorsalis 
marginem rotundatam et sulco longitudinali ad costam porca demissa angusta inclusa, 
margines quoque prope basin protuberatio facti; carpellum infra portuberationes duos 
contractum deorsum. 
Type: Western Australia, 8 miles [12.9 km] E of Malcolm, A.S. George 2764, 
22.viii.1961 (holotype PERTH). 
Annual herb, 3-13 cm high. Leaves ± terete, often thread-like, 1-7 cm long, 0.2-0. 5 mm 
diam., always much shorter than the infructescence and usually less than half as long; 
basal sheath with broad obtuse, rarely shortly pointed, auricles to 0.25 mm long. Scape 
at fruiting erect to spreading, 2-13 cm long, 0.25-0.4 mm diam. Inflorescence 
insufficiently known. Infructescence a lax open raceme 1-6 cm long, 5-12 mm diam.; 
pedicels c. 1.5-5(-9) mm long, 0. 1-0.2 mm diam. Fruits c. 2-8 per infructescence, + 
narrowly angular-ovoid (narrowly trullate) in outline, (4- )4. 7-6.1 mm long, 1.1 -1.6 mm 
diam. across the near-basal bulges. Carpels 6, 3 fertile alternating with 3 sterile, ventrally 
united; dorsal surface of each mature fertile carpel with rounded edges and with a 
longitudinal groove containing a low narrow ridge down its midline, each edge 
developing into a rounded bulge near the carpel base or rarely the bulges lacking; carpel 
tapered downwards below the two bulges; mature carpels readily separating; sterile 
carpels forming a persistent, 3-winged carpophore. (Fig. 1) 
Phenology: Flowers and fruits Aug. - Oct. 
Etymology: The epithet protuberans refers to the typically prominent bulges which 
occur near the base of mature fertile carpels. A suggested English name for the species is 
Bulged Arrow grass. 
Distribution and Conservation Status : Known only from six collections from south- 

Page image

817469 Trochocarpa Muelleria 12(2): 196
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51453925
Page is part of the work Leptecophylla, a new genus for species formerly included in Cyathodes (Epacridaceae), doi:10.5962/p.198397

Page text

196 
C. Weiller 
Taxonomy 
Leptecophylla C.M. Weiller, gen. now 
Folia alterna, parallelinervia, subtus glauca. Flores solitarii axillares, bracteolis 
subtendis nrultis et bracteis binatis carinatis basi. Sepala 5. Corolla quinqueloba; lobi 
patentes, aestivione valvata. Stamina 5, in fauce corollae inserta. Ovarium 5-7 loculare. 
Nectarium annulare vel lobatum. Drupa subsphaerica. 
Type species: Leptecophylla juniperina (J.R.Forst & G.Forst.) C.M. Weiller 
Epacris J.R.Forst. & G.Forst., p.p. in: Char. gen. pi. 19 ( 1776); G.Forst., FI. ins. austr. 
13 (1786). 
Ardisia Gaertn.. Fruct. 2: 78, t. 94 fig. 2 (1791 ),p.p., nom. illeg. non Sw. (1788). 
Styphelia Sm ., p.p. in: Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. 1: 48^19, t. 68-69 (1805); Poir., Encycl. 
7: 482 (1806); Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 654-659 (1824) (no generic description); F.Muell., 
Fragm. 6: 50 (1867); F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 54 ( 1873). 
Cyathodes Labill., p.p. in: R.Br.. Prodr. 539 (1810); Roern. & Schult., Syst. veg. 4: 41^-2 
(1819); G.Don, Gen. hist. 3; 776 (1834); DC., Prodr. 7: 740 (1839); J.D.Hook., FI. nov.-zel. 
1: 163 (1853); J.D.Hook., FI. Tasman. 244, t. 74 (1857); J.D.Hook., Handb. N. Zeal. 11 176 
(1864); Benth., FI. austr. 4: 167 (1868); Benth. & J.D.Hook., Gen. pi. 2: 612 (1876); 
Rodway, Tasman, fl. 113 (1903); Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand 11 410 (1906); 
Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand fl. 694 (1925); Allan, Fl. New Zealand 1: 514 (1961); 
W.M. Curtis, Stud. Fl. Tasman. 2: 425 (1963). Styphelia subg. Cyathodes (Labill.) Drude, 
p.p.: in Engl. & Prantl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4, 1: 78 (1889); Sleumer, Blumea 12: 155 (1963). 
Lissanthe R.Br.. p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1: 659 ( 1824) (no generic description). 
Trochocarpa R.Br., p.p.: in Spreng., Syst. veg. 1 : 660 ( 1 824) (no generic description). 
Low or erect usually compact shrubs to 2 nr high, rarely a tree 6 m high. Stems glabrous, 
normally devoid of leaves, and with a rough, scaly, grey to brown bark. Leaves alternate, 
spreading or suberect, the lower surface glaucous and striate, the tip usually pungent. 
Inflorescence terminal and axillary. Flowers effectively unisexual (the plants dioecious), 
solitary in the leaf axils, subtended by paired, keeled bracts and numerous usually closely 
imbricate bracteoles. these cream to green, usually glabrous, and broadly ovate with a 
rounded obtuse apex. Sepals 5. Bracteole and sepal margins ciliolate. Corolla 
pentamerous, cream; tube campanulate or sub-urceolate, exceeding or about equalling the 
calyx, glabrous or pubescent inside; lobes valvate in bud. narrowly triangular, spreading, 
internally glabrous, with a few scattered hairs, or densely bearded. Stamens 5. alternating 
with the corolla lobes; filaments inserted at the top of the tube, short, the anther partially 
enclosed in the tube; anthers attached near the apex, linear. Ovary 5-7 celled with one 
ovule per cell; style attenuate from the ovary or inserted in a depression at the apex, short 
with the stigma at or below anther-level, or long with a conspicuous bend near the middle 
and the stigma exserted (L. divaricata and L. pendulosa), hollow with a pentaradiate 
canal and minutely papillose surface; stigma small, capitate or lobed; nectary annular and 
truncate, or lobed and toothed. Fruit a red, pink or white drupe, usually more or less 
spherical, the apex slightly flattened; the mesocarp thick and pulpy, the endocarp hard 
and bony; calyx and style persistent; retained on the plant into the next flowering season. 
Distribution: Tasmania and Victoria in south-east Australia, New Zealand. Papua New 
Guinea and several Pacific Island groups. 
Etymology: The name Leptecophylla has been arbitrarily formed from the Greek 
lepteces, fine-pointed and phyllum , leaf, alluding to the fine, pungent tip on the leaves of 
most species. 
Notes: Indumentum: Young stems are either puberulent with sparse, short, white, hairs 
(L. juniperina, L. divaricata ) or pubescent with dense, long, silky, white hairs 
( L . pendulosa). The adaxial leaf surface is either glabrous or has short hairs at the base of 
the leaf, occasionally extending up the midline. The abaxial leaf surface appears glabrous 

Page image

825483 Agrostis aemula setifolia Muelleria 14: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225628
Page is part of the work A revision of Agrostis billardierei R. Br. (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.190413
825480 Agrostis billardierei collicola Muelleria 14: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225625
Page is part of the work A revision of Agrostis billardierei R. Br. (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.190413
825484 Agrostis billardierei filifolia Muelleria 14: 85
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225630
Page is part of the work A revision of Agrostis billardierei R. Br. (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.190413
825481 Agrostis billardierei robusta Muelleria 14: 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225627
Page is part of the work A revision of Agrostis billardierei R. Br. (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.190413
825482 Agrostis billardierei setifolia Muelleria 14: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225628
Page is part of the work A revision of Agrostis billardierei R. Br. (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.190413
51340930 Agrostis billardierei setifolia Muelleria 14: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225628
Page is part of the work A revision of Agrostis billardierei R. Br. (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.190413
577506 Agrostis collicola Muelleria 14: 80, fig. 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225625
Page is part of the work A revision of Agrostis billardierei R. Br. (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.190413

Page text

80 
A.J. Brown and N.G. Walsh 
Ecology. See general notes on habitat and phenology following taxonomic section. 
Selected specimens examined: South Australia: Port Elliot, 15 Jan. 1913 (AD); Harriet 
River. Kangaroo Is., 7 Oct. 1922, Osborn (AD); Port Lincoln, 17 Dec. 1941, Cleland (AD); 10 km 
west of Naracoorte, 18 Nov. 1961, Hunt (AD); Bankers Knoll, Younghusband Penin., 15 Dec. 1981. 
Williams 12 ISO (AD, MEL); Warooka, 16 Nov. 1989, Brown 455 (MEL, HO); near mouth of 
Marne River, 19 Dec. 1995, Spooner (AD). New South Wales: Port Macquarie, Nov. 1915. 
Boorman (NSW); Cave Beach, 4.8 km SW Jervis Bay, 12 Oct. 1971, Coveny 3683 (NSW): North 
Headland, Wamberal, 10 Nov. 1973, Jacobs 638 (NSW); Long Beach, Batemans Bay, 18 Nov. 
1991, Crawford 1413 (NSW. MEL). Victoria: Wingan Inlet N.P. west of mouth, 23 Nov. 1969. 
Beauglehole and Finch 32002 (MEL, NSW); Cape Shanck, 3 Dec. 1970, Todd 27 (MEL); Point 
Lonsdale. 10 Dec. 1983, Albrecht 694 (MEL); Little Desert N.P, 18 Dec. 1983, Carr 7704 (MEL); 
Walkerville North, 5 Dec. 1994, Paget 1146 (MEL); St. Marnock’s Swamp, Crossroads, south of 
Eurambeen, 4 Jan. 1996, Brown 1117 (MEL). Tasmania: South Port. Jan. 1850, Stuart (MEL): 
Eaglehawk Neck, 15 Jan. 1949, Blake 18281 (HO); Wybalenna Is., off Flinders Is., 12 Dec. 1968. 
Harris (HO); Rocky Cape. 7 Jan. 1977, Mason 13249 (HO): Peron Dunes, St. Helens Point, 7 Jun. 
1983, Buchanan 1196 (HO): Turua Beach. Deadmans Bay, 21 Jan. 1987, Moscal 14225 (HO, 
MEL); Planters Beach, Cockle Creek, 2 Feb. 1998, Buchanan 15056 (HO). 
1 h. Agrostis billardierei var. tenuiseta D. Morris, Muelleria 7: 147 (1990). Type: 
Tasmania, Dolphin Sands, Nine Mile Beach, 10 Dec. 1984. Buchanan 4763 (holotype 
HO; isotype NSW ). 
Often rhizomatous. Flag leaves to 12 cm long, (1.5-)3-4 mm wide. Panicle branches, 
pedicles and spikelets mainly green tinged with purple but fading to straw with age. 
Mature spikelets hardly gaping. Glume apex without a fine seta or to 0.1 mm long, mod- 
erately to strongly scabrous along the keel and often lightly scaberulous on the sides, 
margins ciliated; lemma setae to 0.2 mm long or absent; awn very fine, straight or slight- 
ly curved, 0.5-2. 5 mm long (sometimes absent), not or hardly exceeding the glumes, 
attached 70-95 % from the lemma base. 
Distribution: Apparently confined to coastal areas in north-eastern Tasmania (includ- 
ing eastern Bass Strait islands). (Fig. 7) 
Ecology: See general notes on habitat and phenology following taxonomic section. 
Selected specimens examined: Tasmania: Clarkes Is., Furneaux Group, 26 Jan. 1966, Whinray 
1572 (CANB), Babel Is., Furneaux Group, 22 Jan. 1967, Whinray 1764 (MEL); Whitemark, 
Flinders Is., Dec. 1975. Morris (HO): Passage Is., Furneaux Group, 6 Jan. 1979, Whinray (MEL); 
Kelvedon Beach. Great Oyster Bay. 28 Jan. 1999. Brown 1579 (MEL); Mayfield Beach, Great 
Oyster Bay. 28 Jan. 1999, Brown 1585 (MEL); Scamander Beach. Beaumaris. 15 Jan 2000, Brown 
1595 (HO). 
2. Agrostis collicola (D. Morris) A.J. Brown & N.G. Walsh, stat. nov. Agrostis bil- 
lardierei R. Br. var. collicola D. Morris. Muelleria 7: 147 ( 1990). Type: Tasmania, Saddle 
between The Hippo and Moonlight Ridge Hill 3, 10 Feb. 1985, Collier 309 (holotype 
HO). 
Mid to dark-green, tufted, glabrous, weak perennial. 10-20 cm tall (including inflores- 
cences); culms erect. 5-10 cm long. Leaf blades fiat to conduplicate (sometimes pseudo- 
convolute on drying); basal leaves (generally forming a small erect tussock or tuft) 5-15 
cm long. 1-2 mm wide; flag leaves 1.5-7. 5 cm long, 0. 2-2.0 mm wide; ligules obtuse, 
1 .5 — 4.0 mm long. Inflorescence an open panicle with spreading branches, 2-9 cm long, 
4-9 cm wide, its base enclosed by the upper leaf sheath or its lower branches becoming 
free with maturity; peduncle 1-3 cm long if visible; 2—4 branches in the lowest whorl; 
branches and pedicels green, becoming purple with maturity; spikelets partly overlapping 
to not overlapping, generally gaping. Spikelets 2. 5-4.0 mm long overall (excluding awn); 

Page image

577508 Agrostis punicea Muelleria 14: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225628
Page is part of the work A revision of Agrostis billardierei R. Br. (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.190413
577509 Agrostis punicea punicea Muelleria 14: 84, fig. 10
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225629
Page is part of the work A revision of Agrostis billardierei R. Br. (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.190413
577510 Agrostis punicea filifolia Muelleria 14: 85, fig. 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225630
Page is part of the work A revision of Agrostis billardierei R. Br. (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.190413
577507 Agrostis robusta Muelleria 14: 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225627
Page is part of the work A revision of Agrostis billardierei R. Br. (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.190413

Page text

82 
A.J. Brown and N.G. Walsh 
usually purple (green when immature); glumes acuminate and keeled (generally the keel 
extending to a tine seta up to 0.5 mm long), subequal, moderately to coarsely scabrous 
along the keel and densely and finely scaberulous on sides, margins smooth or with a few 
scattered cilia; lemmas 2. 5-3. 5 mm long overall, hairless except for callus tuft, smooth, 
sometimes purple streaked, with 2-4 setae at apex 0.2-0. 5 mm long; awn very fine, 
straight, decurrent from central nerve of lemma, 1.0-3. 5 mm long, attached 80-95% from 
the lemma base; palea 2. 0-3.0 mm long (minutely bifid at the apex if at all); rachilla 
extension forming a plumose bristle 1. 5-2.5 mm long (including hairs); anthers 0.4-0.8 
mm long. Hill Blown-grass. 
Distribution : Apparently confined to mountainous areas of Tasmania, from 800-850 
m altitude (Fig. 8). 
Ecology. See general notes on habitat and phenology following taxonomic section. 
Selected specimens examined: Tasmania: Lake Ewart, 7 Feb. 1987, Buchanan 10071 , (HO); 
Lake Will south of Barn Bluff, 15 Jan. 1989. Collier 3941 , (HO). 
3. Agrostis robusta (Vickery) A.J. Brown & N.G. Walsh stat. now Agrostis billardierei 
R. Br. var. robusta Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl Herb. 1: 110 (1941). Type: 
Victoria, Melbourne, 17 Nov. 1853, Adamson 224 (holotype K). 
Mid to light-green (new shoots can be bluish-green), tufted, glabrous, annual or perenni- 
al, 25-75 cm tall (including inflorescences); culms ascending or erect, 10-55 cm long. 
Leaf blades rather stiff to lax, scabrous, convolute to strongly involute (sometimes flat- 
tening with age); basal leaves (sometimes forming an erect tussock) 10-50 cm long, 
0.2-1 .()(— 1 .5) mm wide; flag leaves 2.5—1 5(— 35 ) cm long, 0.2—1 ,0(— 1 .5) mm wide; 
ligules obtuse, 2-7 mm long. Inflorescence an open panicle with spreading to lax branch- 
y~ 
•# 
•- • 
•v • 
0 250 500 Km • 
• 
Figure 9. Distribution map of known collections of Agrostis robusta (syn. Agrostis billardierei 
var. robusta ) in SE Australia 

Page image

564652 Boronia anemonifolia Muelleria 14: 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225680
Page is part of the work The taxonomy of Boronia anemonifolia and B. rigens (Boronia sect. Cyanothamnus, Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.190407

Page text

Muelleria 14:3 ( 2000 ) 
The taxonomy of Boronia anemonifolia and B. rigens ( Boronia sect. Cyanothamnus, 
Rutaceae) 
Peter G. Neish 1 and Marco F. Duretto 
Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra 3141 Australia 
'Author for correspondence; e.mail: pneish@rbgmelb.org.au 
Abstract 
The taxonomy of Boronia anemonifolia A. Cunn. and B. rigens Cheel are discussed. Two new sub- 
species, B. anemonifolia subsp. aurifodina P.G.Neish and B. anemonifolia subsp. wadbilligensis 
P.G.Neish are described, and B. anemonifolia var. variabilis (Hook.f.) Benth. is raised to subspe- 
cific rank. All subspecies of B. anemonifolia are illustrated. The original description of B. rigens 
Cheel was based on discordant elements, and so is also revised. Boronia anemonifolia , B. vari- 
abilis, B. polygalifolia Sm. var. robusta Benth., B.dentigera F. Muell., and B. dentigeroides Cheel 
are lectotypified. 
Introduction 
While revising the east coast species of Boronia Sm. sect. Cyanothamnus (Lindl.) F. 
Muell. for the Flora of Australia treatment of Rutaceae it became apparent that the cir- 
cumscriptions of a number of taxa needed revision. Here, we revise B. anemonifolia A. 
Cunn. and B. rigens Cheel. The remaining east coast species of Boronia sect. 
Cyanothamnus are discussed in a forthcoming paper by Duretto, except for B. 
coerulescens F. Muell. which was revised by Wilson (1998). 
Material and Methods 
Material: Herbarium specimens were made available from AD, BRI, CANB, HO, 
LUND, MEL, NE, NSW, PERTH and TCD; cibachromes and 35 mm transparencies were 
received from K, and 35 mm transparencies were received from BM. Herbarium abbre- 
viations follow Holmgren et al. (1990). These specimens were augmented with material 
collected in the field from the entire range of each taxon. Five plants per population were 
collected where possible. 
Leaf Anatomy: The central portion of leaves of all taxa were fixed in 70% ethanol. 
Fixed material was dehydrated through a graded ethanol series up to 100% ethanol, infil- 
trated with 100% LR-White (London Resin) through a resin/ethanol series, and poly- 
merised at 60°C. Sections 2 pm in thickness were cut on a Reichert Ultracut ultra-micro- 
tome and stained with 0.05% toluidine blue solution (pH 4.4). 
Taxonomic Descriptions: Descriptive terminology follows Briggs and Johnson (1979) 
and Weston (1990) for inflorescence structure, and Murley (1951) for seed surfaces. 
Conservation codes follow the format of Briggs and Leigh (1996). 
Taxonomy 
1. Boronia anemonifolia A. Cunn. in B. Field, Geographical Memoirs of New South 
Wales 330 (1825). Type citation: "Verge of the Regent’s Glen, Blue Mountains.” Type: 
Regents Glen. Blue Mountains, N.S. Wales, A. Cunningham No.43, Oct. 1822 (lectotype, 
here designated, K, ex. hb. Cunningham., n.v., (cibachrome MEL 2047064, photgraph 
AD); isolectotypes MEL 256802, NSW); rocky declivities and precipitous descents, ? A. 
Cunnigham (probable isolectotype K n.v. (cibachrome MEL 2047065 ; photograph AD 
99543144)). 
Erect, much branched shrub to 2.5 m tall, the branches terete to slightly quadrangular 

Page image

564653 Boronia anemonifolia anemonifolia Muelleria 14: 6,7-9, Fig.2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 14: 6,7-9, Fig.2".

874761 Boronia anemonifolia subsp Muelleria 14
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707697
Page is part of the work Preface, doi:10.5962/p.171600
564654 Boronia anemonifolia aurifodina Muelleria 14: 9-10, Fig.2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 14: 9-10, Fig.2".

874759 Boronia anemonifolia subsp Muelleria 14
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707697
Page is part of the work Preface, doi:10.5962/p.171600
874754 Boronia anemonifolia subsp Muelleria 14
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707697
Page is part of the work Preface, doi:10.5962/p.171600
564656 Boronia anemonifolia variabilis Muelleria 14: 11-Dec

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 14: 11-Dec".

564655 Boronia anemonifolia wadbilligensis Muelleria 14: 10-Nov

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 14: 10-Nov".

874760 Boronia anemonifolia variabilis Muelleria 14
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707697
Page is part of the work Preface, doi:10.5962/p.171600
820260 Boronia dentigera Muelleria 14
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707697
Page is part of the work Preface, doi:10.5962/p.171600
564658 Boronia dentigeroides Muelleria 14: 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225672
Page is part of the work The taxonomy of Boronia anemonifolia and B. rigens (Boronia sect. Cyanothamnus, Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.190407

Page text

Boronia anemonifolia 
11 
(CANB); On rocky outcrop on Spur 1.5 km SE of Wadbilliga trig., 36°21’S 149°37'E, P.G. Neish 
44, M. Duretto & 1. Thompson , l.xi.1995 (MEL); Head of Tuross River, R.H. Cambage s.n., 
xi.1908 (NSW); Northern end of Wadbilliga Mtn Plateau, I. Olsen 2373 , 13.x. 1974 (NSW). 
Notes: Boronia anemonifolia subsp. wadbilligensis differs from subsp. anemonifolia 
in having pinnate leaves with wider and thicker leaflets (2—5 mm wide) and usually entire 
lateral leaflets, and from subsp. variabilis by the pubescent leaves, petals, and the longer 
prophylls and sepals (Figs. 2E, F). 
Distribution and ecology: This subspecies is restricted to the Wadbilliga Plateau in 
south-eastern New South Wales (Fig. 2). It is found in eucalypt woodland or low 
Allocasuarina nana (Sieber ex Sprengel) L. Johnson heath on rocky outcrops and ridge 
tops between 1200 and 1300 m. Flowering material has been collected in October and 
December. 
Conservation status: All known collections of B. anemonifolia subsp. wadbilligensis 
have been made within five kilometres of each other in Wadbilliga National Park. A con- 
servation code of 2RC+ is appropriate. Further field work is required to ascertain the full 
range of this subspecies. 
Etymology: The subspecific epithet is derived from the name of the major landmark, 
the Wadbilliga trig, point, within the distributional range of this subspecies. 
Id. Boronia anemonifolia subsp. variabilis (Hook.) P.G. Neish, comb. nov. Boronia 
variabilis Hook., J. Bot. (Hooker) 1: 255 (1834). Type citation: “Mr. Lawrence, (1831), 
Mr. Gunn, (n. 8.) - 6 Mr. Gunn, (n. 214) - y Mr. Gunn, (n. 303.), who observes that it is 
called Lemon-plant. Type: Van D. Land [Tasmania], Mr Gunn n. 214 (lectotype, here 
designated and by implication by Hooker, J. Bot. (Hooker) 2, 418 ( 1 840), K [ex lib. hook., 
4 sprigs on lower half of sheet) n.v., cibachrome MEL 2041296. B. anemonifolia var 
variabilis (Hook.) Benth., FI. aust. 1; 321 (1863). 
B. anemonifolia var. variabilis (Hook.) Rodway, Tasmanian FI. 22 (1903) nom illeg. 
non B. anemonifolia var. variabilis (Hook.) Benth. (1863). 
Boronia dentigeroides Cheel, J. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales 62: 301 (1929). Type citation: 
“Braidwood, W. Baeuerlen [sic]; Clyde Mountain, near Nelligen. J.L. Boorman; Belmore 
Falls, W. Forsythe; Menangle, Mr. Harper; Timburra (Stuart) ex Herb. Melbourne, 
labelled B. polygalifolia var. anemonifolia-, Flinder’s Island (Gulliver), labelled B. 
anemonifolia .” Type: Timburra [Timbarra, E of Tenterfield, 29°0I’S 152°13’E], C. Stuart 
s.n. (lectotype, here designated, NSW 377539 ; isolectotypes MEL 270372, MEL 
270373)- Marengenburg, Braidwood, W Bauerlen s.n., ix. 1 890 (syntype NSW 385530): 
Braidwood District, W. Bauerlen s.n., ix. 1 884 (possible isosyntype MEL 251075); 
Braidwood District, W. Bciuerlen s.n., xii.1884 (possible isosyntype MEL 270174); 
Braidwood, N.S.W., W. Bciuerlen s.n. (isosyntype K n.v., photograph AD 99548104)- 
Clyde Mountain, near Nelligen [35°33’S I49°57’E], J.L. Boorman s.n., iii.1909 (syntype 
NSW 385289); Clyde Mountain or Sugarloaf Mountain, J.L. Boorman s.n., ix 1915 (pos- 
sible syntype NSW 385321); Belmore Falls, W. Forsythe (syntype ? NSW n.v.); 
Menangle, Mr Harper s.n., viii.1894 (syntype NSW 385576); Flinder’s Island. Gulliver 
(syntype ? NSW n.v.). 
Boronia anemonifolia ssp. B (Wilsons Promontory) sensu Ross (1996, p. 129). 
Illustrations: N.C.W. Beadle and L.D. Beadle, Students Flora of North Eastern New 
South Wales Part IV, 554, Fig. 243B (1980); W.M. Curtis, The Student's Flora of 
Tasmania, 105 (1975); M. Cameron, Guide to Flowers and Plants of Tasmania, 110 
( 1 98 1 ). 
Shrub to 1 .5(— 2.5) m tall. Branches glabrous or pubescent between decurrent leaf bases 
oi rarely around entile stem (Sensation Gorge, Tas.), leaves prominently glandular, 
glabrous or glabrescent. Leaves 3-5-foliolate or bipinnate, the leaf in outline 1 3— 25(— 35) 
mm long 9-25(-30) mm wide; petiole 5— 9(- 1 6) mm long; leaflets simple, flattened or 

Page image

820262 Boronia dentigeroides Muelleria 14
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707697
Page is part of the work Preface, doi:10.5962/p.171600
564660 Boronia polygalifolia robusta Muelleria 14: 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225670
Page is part of the work The taxonomy of Boronia anemonifolia and B. rigens (Boronia sect. Cyanothamnus, Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.190407
820263 Boronia polygalifolia robusta Muelleria 14: 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225670
Page is part of the work The taxonomy of Boronia anemonifolia and B. rigens (Boronia sect. Cyanothamnus, Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.190407
564659 Boronia rigens Muelleria 14: 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225670
Page is part of the work The taxonomy of Boronia anemonifolia and B. rigens (Boronia sect. Cyanothamnus, Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.190407

Page text

Boronia anemonifolia 
13 
Tasmanian endemic (c.f. Bentham 1863; Curtis 1956) and Cheel (1928) included all 
mainland plants in his new species, B. dentigeroides, a name that never gained wide 
acceptance. Following Bentham (1863), Willis (1957) considered B. variabilis a variety 
of B. anemonifolia and noted that the two varieties were “grading imperceptibly on the 
islands of Bass Strait into the dentigeroides form of B. anemonifolia.” Curtis (1975) 
included B. variabilis in synonymy under B. anemonifolia and stated that “the species is 
polymorphic.” 
Mainland populations of subsp. variabilis have 3-5-foliolate or bipinnate leaves and 
leaflets usually with rounded tridentations at the apex (Fig. II). Plants from Tasmania 
have 3— 7-foliolate leaves and often quite narrow leaflets that are entire and sometimes 
recurved (Fig. 1H). These two forms grade into each other, but are united by the presence 
of veiy short sepals, short prophylls, usually glabrous leaves and pubescence on stems 
being confined to between the decurrent leaf bases. 
Specimens of subsp. variabilis from St Paul’s Dome in the north-west of the island 
(eg. Stuart s.n., xi. 1 848, MEL 275677; Archer s.n., NSW 385335 ) resemble subsp. 
anemonifolia in some respects. The long prophylls, long sepals, and persistent petals are 
charactei istic of subsp. anemonifolia , but the glabrous, wider leaves and numerous flow- 
ers resemble that of subsp. variabilis. These specimens are here treated to be subsp. vari- 
abilis. 
The small population of plants at Sensation Gorge (Tasmania; Collier 5123, Neish 57- 
62) are notable in being pubescent over the entire stem, rather than just between the 
decunent leaf bases, and in having glabrescent leaves. Subspecies variabilis is known 
from south-eastern Queensland from collections near Warwick (A.R. Bean 10980, 
Sparshott 45). The Sparshott 45 collection from Paddys Knob is notable for its slightly 
pubescent foliage. No other specimens have been recorded from Queensland except for a 
collection labelled only as Mount Mitchell (MEL 275678) which may be near 
Toowoomba. 
Boronia anemonifolia subsp. variabilis differs from subsp. anemonifolia by having 
entire, flattened and usually glabrous leaflets, caducous petals, minute prophylls and 
smaller, but more numerous flowers, and from subsp. wadbilligensis by the smaller pro- 
phylls and glabrous to glabrescent leaves (Figs 1G-I). 
Distribution and ecology. Boronia anemonifolia subsp. variabils is found in south- 
eastern Queensland, the Northern, Central and Southern Tablelands and Central and 
South Coast of New South Wales, on the Bass Straight Islands, across northern Tasmania 
and on the hillsides around Hobart (Fig. 2). In Victoria, the subspecies is known only 
from Snake and Sunday Islands north of Wilsons Promontory and an 1870 collection 
from Portarlington on the Bellarine Peninsula. This area has been heavily degraded since 
settlement and tecent seaiches in the immediate vicinity of Portarlington have failed to 
locate any plants of B. anemonifolia. Boronia anemonifolia subsp. variabilis is found in 
heath, open woodland or open forest on sandy and rocky soils sometimes on or near sand- 
stone or granite outcrops. 
Conservation status'. A common subspecies that is adequately represented in reserves 
over its full range. 
Etymology. The subspecific epithet refers to the variable nature of the foliage which 
can be trifoliolate, pinnate or bipinnate. 
2. Boronia rigens Cheel, ./. c£ Proc. Roy. Soc. New S.Wales 62: 297 (1929), a nom. et 
stat. nov. for Boronia poly galifolia Sm. var. robusta Benth., FI. aust. 1; 321 (1863). Type 
citation. Port Jackson, Sieber, n. 283; Blue Mountains, A. Cunningham; Moreton 
Island, F. Mueller ." Type : New Holland, Sieber FI. Novae holl. 283 (lectotype! here des- 
ignated, K n.v., cibachrome MEL 2041262; isolectotypes MEL 257414, MEL 62147); 
Moreton Island | label locality information probably incorrect], F. Mueller s.n., viii.1855 
(syntypes MEL 257415, MEL 25741 6); Blue Mountains, A. Cunningham (syntype ? K n.v.). 

Page image

564657 Boronia variabilis Muelleria 14: 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225672
Page is part of the work The taxonomy of Boronia anemonifolia and B. rigens (Boronia sect. Cyanothamnus, Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.190407

Page text

Boronia anemonifolia 
11 
(CANB); On rocky outcrop on Spur 1.5 km SE of Wadbilliga trig., 36°21’S 149°37'E, P.G. Neish 
44, M. Duretto & 1. Thompson , l.xi.1995 (MEL); Head of Tuross River, R.H. Cambage s.n., 
xi.1908 (NSW); Northern end of Wadbilliga Mtn Plateau, I. Olsen 2373 , 13.x. 1974 (NSW). 
Notes: Boronia anemonifolia subsp. wadbilligensis differs from subsp. anemonifolia 
in having pinnate leaves with wider and thicker leaflets (2—5 mm wide) and usually entire 
lateral leaflets, and from subsp. variabilis by the pubescent leaves, petals, and the longer 
prophylls and sepals (Figs. 2E, F). 
Distribution and ecology: This subspecies is restricted to the Wadbilliga Plateau in 
south-eastern New South Wales (Fig. 2). It is found in eucalypt woodland or low 
Allocasuarina nana (Sieber ex Sprengel) L. Johnson heath on rocky outcrops and ridge 
tops between 1200 and 1300 m. Flowering material has been collected in October and 
December. 
Conservation status: All known collections of B. anemonifolia subsp. wadbilligensis 
have been made within five kilometres of each other in Wadbilliga National Park. A con- 
servation code of 2RC+ is appropriate. Further field work is required to ascertain the full 
range of this subspecies. 
Etymology: The subspecific epithet is derived from the name of the major landmark, 
the Wadbilliga trig, point, within the distributional range of this subspecies. 
Id. Boronia anemonifolia subsp. variabilis (Hook.) P.G. Neish, comb. nov. Boronia 
variabilis Hook., J. Bot. (Hooker) 1: 255 (1834). Type citation: “Mr. Lawrence, (1831), 
Mr. Gunn, (n. 8.) - 6 Mr. Gunn, (n. 214) - y Mr. Gunn, (n. 303.), who observes that it is 
called Lemon-plant. Type: Van D. Land [Tasmania], Mr Gunn n. 214 (lectotype, here 
designated and by implication by Hooker, J. Bot. (Hooker) 2, 418 ( 1 840), K [ex lib. hook., 
4 sprigs on lower half of sheet) n.v., cibachrome MEL 2041296. B. anemonifolia var 
variabilis (Hook.) Benth., FI. aust. 1; 321 (1863). 
B. anemonifolia var. variabilis (Hook.) Rodway, Tasmanian FI. 22 (1903) nom illeg. 
non B. anemonifolia var. variabilis (Hook.) Benth. (1863). 
Boronia dentigeroides Cheel, J. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales 62: 301 (1929). Type citation: 
“Braidwood, W. Baeuerlen [sic]; Clyde Mountain, near Nelligen. J.L. Boorman; Belmore 
Falls, W. Forsythe; Menangle, Mr. Harper; Timburra (Stuart) ex Herb. Melbourne, 
labelled B. polygalifolia var. anemonifolia-, Flinder’s Island (Gulliver), labelled B. 
anemonifolia .” Type: Timburra [Timbarra, E of Tenterfield, 29°0I’S 152°13’E], C. Stuart 
s.n. (lectotype, here designated, NSW 377539 ; isolectotypes MEL 270372, MEL 
270373)- Marengenburg, Braidwood, W Bauerlen s.n., ix. 1 890 (syntype NSW 385530): 
Braidwood District, W. Bauerlen s.n., ix. 1 884 (possible isosyntype MEL 251075); 
Braidwood District, W. Bciuerlen s.n., xii.1884 (possible isosyntype MEL 270174); 
Braidwood, N.S.W., W. Bciuerlen s.n. (isosyntype K n.v., photograph AD 99548104)- 
Clyde Mountain, near Nelligen [35°33’S I49°57’E], J.L. Boorman s.n., iii.1909 (syntype 
NSW 385289); Clyde Mountain or Sugarloaf Mountain, J.L. Boorman s.n., ix 1915 (pos- 
sible syntype NSW 385321); Belmore Falls, W. Forsythe (syntype ? NSW n.v.); 
Menangle, Mr Harper s.n., viii.1894 (syntype NSW 385576); Flinder’s Island. Gulliver 
(syntype ? NSW n.v.). 
Boronia anemonifolia ssp. B (Wilsons Promontory) sensu Ross (1996, p. 129). 
Illustrations: N.C.W. Beadle and L.D. Beadle, Students Flora of North Eastern New 
South Wales Part IV, 554, Fig. 243B (1980); W.M. Curtis, The Student's Flora of 
Tasmania, 105 (1975); M. Cameron, Guide to Flowers and Plants of Tasmania, 110 
( 1 98 1 ). 
Shrub to 1 .5(— 2.5) m tall. Branches glabrous or pubescent between decurrent leaf bases 
oi rarely around entile stem (Sensation Gorge, Tas.), leaves prominently glandular, 
glabrous or glabrescent. Leaves 3-5-foliolate or bipinnate, the leaf in outline 1 3— 25(— 35) 
mm long 9-25(-30) mm wide; petiole 5— 9(- 1 6) mm long; leaflets simple, flattened or 

Page image

820261 Boronia variabilis Muelleria 14
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707697
Page is part of the work Preface, doi:10.5962/p.171600
820259 Cyanothamnus tridactylites Muelleria 14
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707697
Page is part of the work Preface, doi:10.5962/p.171600
575542 Hygrocybe arcohastata Muelleria 14: 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225602
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrocybeae (Fungi, Hygrophoraceae) of Victoria. I, doi:10.5962/p.190412

Page text

Hygrocybeae of Victoria 
57 
Spores 8-1 1 x 4-6 pm, mean 9.5 x 4.9 pm, Q: 1 .5-2.3, mean Q: 1 .93, long-ellipsoid to 
cylindrical and often strongly constricted. Basidia 2-spored. The remainder of the micro- 
scopic characters conform with var. virginea. (Fig. 2) 
Habitat: Gregarious amongst leaf litter and moss. 
Material examined : Victoria. Warrandyte State Park, 4 June 1995, B.A.Fuhrer 1936 (MEL 
2063191). 
Remarks: Macroscopically, this taxon differs from var. virginea only in that the cen- 
tre of the pileus is distinctly brown-tinted. Microscopically, the spores differ as present- 
ed in the key. This is the first record of this taxon for Australia. Its characters agree very 
well with the those in the description by Boertmann (1995). 
7. Hygrocybe arcohastata A. M. Young, sp. nov. 
Pileus 20-40 mm latus, atro-olivaceo-viridis deinde aurantiacus vel aurantiaco-ruber, 
conicus dein lato-conicus vel applanatus vel umbonatus, glaber, sub-viscidus, ad margin- 
em aequalis vel crenulatus, striatus. Lamellae adnatae vel arcuatae, virello-flavae dein 
subaurantiacae, ad marginem concolorae. Stipes 20-40 x 2-4 mm, super sub-viridis, sub- 
malvinus, cylindricus, glaber, siccus, ad basim sub-aurantiacus. Sporae 7. 5-9. 5 x 4.5-6 
pm. Q: 1 .4—1 .8(— 2.0), ellipsoideae, hyalinae. Basidia 38-50 x 6— 9(— 1 0.5) pm, Q: 
(3.6-)4.2-6.5, 4-spora, ad basim fibulata medallionae. Cystidia nulla. Trama 
hymenophoralis regularis, haud fibulata. Epicutis pilei sub-ixocutem formans; hyphae 
cuticularis hastatae, pigmentae. Gregaria vel caespitosa in musco sylvestri. 
Type: Victoria. Warrandyte State Park, 24. v. 1996, B.A.Fuhrer 2064 (holotype MEL 
2063201). 
Pileus 20-40 mm., at first deep olive-green but dark purple-tinted at the centre and yel- 
low-tinted at the margin, changing to orange or orange-red with the colour change com- 
pleted before the pileus is fully expanded; conical becoming broadly conical and finally 
more or less plane with a distinct umbo, smooth, slightly viscid, margin even to crenulate 
and striate. Lamellae adnate with a decurrent tooth or arcuate, greenish yellow becoming 
orange-tinted with age, margins even and concolorous. Stipe 20-40 x 2-4 mm; pale green 
near the lamellae, mauve-tinted in the middle section and orange-tinted towards the base; 
more or less cylindrical but a little tapered at the base; smooth, dry. Dried material 
becomes brownish pink to orange. 
Spores 7. 5-9. 5 x (4.5— )5— 6 pm, mean 8.5 x 5.3 pm, Q: 1.4-1 .8(-2.0), mean Q: 1.60, 
ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, thin-walled, inamyloid. Basidia 38-50 x 6— 9(— 1 0.5) pm, mean 
44.7 x 8.3 pm, Q: (3.6-)4.2-6.5, mean Q: 5.32, 4-spored, with medallion clamps. 
Cystidia absent. Hymenophoral trama regular and composed of cylindrical, thin-walled, 
hyaline, inflated and ellipsoid or moniliform elements 19-125 x 4.5-20.5 pm, clamps 
absent. Pileipellis a weak ixocutis of repent, cylindrical, hyaline, septate hyphae 2-4.5 
pm diameter, with spear-like, tapered, acute, pigment-encrusted apices; clamps absent. 
Stipitipellis a cutis of repent, cylindrical, thin-walled, hyaline, septate hyphae 1 .5-5.5 pm 
diameter, clamps absent, pigment granules often encrusted on hyphal walls. (Fig. 3) 
Habitat: Gregarious or caespitose amongst moss in eucalypt woodland. 
Material examined: Known only from the type. 
Remarks: The absence of clamps throughout the basidiome (except at the bases of the 
basidia where they are of medallion form) indicates that this taxon belongs in sub-genus 
Humidicutis Singer. Hygrocybe arcohastata does not approach any European or North 
American taxa. but it is close to a group of three New Zealand species, Hygrocybe con- 
spicua E.Horak, H. luteovirens E.Horak. and H. multicolor (Berk. & Broome) E.Horak 
(Horak 1990). Hygrocybe conspicua can be separated from H. arcohastata because the 
former has a brilliant orange pileus and similarly coloured lamellae as well as smaller 
spores (6-7 x 4-4.5 pm). Hygrocybe multicolor also has smaller spores (5.5-7 x 4-5 pm) 

Page image

575535 Hygrocybe austropratensis Muelleria 14: 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225631
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrocybeae (Fungi, Hygrophoraceae) of Victoria. I, doi:10.5962/p.190412

Page text

52 
A.M. Young 
Materials and Methods 
Fourteen, air-dried collections from the Jumping Creek Nature Walk locality were exam- 
ined. Field notes accompany each collection, but these are often incomplete and the notes 
were supplemented using information obtained from very high quality photographs that 
were made of each collection under natural conditions. Standardised colour codes were 
not provided with the herbarium collections. All material has been deposited at the 
National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL). 
Descriptions and illustrations are provided for the new taxa and for those species which 
are either not illustrated in previous papers (Young & Wood 1997; Young 1999) or which 
require additional text or diagrams as a result of new information. The habit-sketch shows 
basidiome dimensions. Transverse sections (either drawn or photographed) were not pro- 
vided with the collection material. The microstructures of the pileus, hymenophoral trama 
and stipe are generally not depicted because they usually conform to standard forms (Young 
& Wood 1997). For each illustrated specimen, 20 spores and 10 basidia were selected at 
random, drawn and measured. Scale bars are provided for all drawings: habit sketches, 10 
mm; all microstructures, 10 pm. The derived parameter ‘Q’ is defined as the quotient of the 
length divided by the width of the relevant spore or basidium; the mean ‘Q’ is the quotient 
of the mean length and width respectively. 
This paper lists several species of Hygrophoraceae originally collected and described 
from Europe for which no types are designated (Boertmann pers. comm.). This problem 
has already been addressed (Young 2000) and where types for European taxa do not exist, 
the species concepts of Boertmann (1995) are used. 
Species: Information and Descriptions 
1. Hygrocybe austropratensis A.M. Young, Austrobaileya 5: 546 (1999). Type: New 
South Wales. Lane Cove Bushland Park, 33°49'S 15I°10"E, 7.vi. 1 998. R. & E. Kearney 
s.n. (holotype DAR 73916 ; isotype BR1). 
Illustration: Young (1999), p. 546. 
Habitat: Gregarious or caespitose on soil amongst moss. 
Material examined: Victoria. Warrandyte State Park. 23.V.1996, B.A.Fuhrer 2055 (MEL 
2063194). 
Remarks: The macrocharacters of the Jumping Creek material agree with those of the 
type description. The swollen stipe base observed in the holotype material is also present in 
the Victorian collection, suggesting that the characteristic is not peculiar to the Lane Cove 
collections. A swollen stipe base does not appear in the closely related European Hygrocybe 
pratensis (Pers. : Fr.) Murrill; other characters which also separate H. pratensis are dis- 
cussed in Young (1999). The spores of the Victorian material (5.5-8 x 4.5-6 pm, mean 6.8 
x 5.3 pm. Q: 1.1 -1.5, mean Q: 1.28) are slightly smaller than those of the type (6— 8.3(— 9) 
x 5-7.3 pm. mean 7.5 - 6.3 pm, Q: 1.1-1. 4. mean Q: 1.2) but the two ranges overlap so 
extensively that the difference is not considered significant. The basidia of the Jumping 
Creek collection also show the same smaller size (44—59 x 6-8 pm. mean 50.7 x 6.8 pm. 
Q: 6. 1-8.8. mean Q: 7.48) compared with the type (53-69 x 6-8 pm, mean 62.0 x 6.8 pm, 
Q: 6.6— 1 0.2(— 1 2.6). mean Q: 9.20) but again the overlap is considerable and the differences 
are not considered significant. Only the type collection was previously known. 
2. Hygrocybe cheelii A.M. Young, Austrobaileya 5: 547 (1999). Type: New South Wales. 
Gladesville, 17. vi. 1916. J.B.Clelaml s.n. (holotype AD 3418). Cantharellus lilacinus 
Cleland & Cheel, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Australia 43: 271 (1919). Type: New South 
Wales. Gladesville, 17. vi. 1916. J.B.Cleland s.n. (holotype AD 3418). Camarophyllus 

Page image

575534 Hygrocybe Muelleria 14: 51-64

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 14: 51-64".

575543 Hygrocybe fuhreri Muelleria 14: 58
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225603
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrocybeae (Fungi, Hygrophoraceae) of Victoria. I, doi:10.5962/p.190412

Page text

58 
A.M. Young 
Figure 3. Hygrocybe arcohastata. A habit sketch; B spores; C basidia; D cuticular hyphae. 
and both pileus and lamellae are olive-green becoming bluish green with age. Hygrocybe 
luteovirens has spores that have a lower upper limit to their range of length and are nar- 
rower (6-8 x 3.5 — 4.5 pm), has olive-green pilei that gradually change to yellow, yellow- 
brown, brown or reddish brown with age rather than the intense orange or orange-red of 
H. arcohastata , and medallion clamps that have the structure of a normal clamp with a 
central opening rather than the extremely large ‘dough-nut’ shape of the medallion 
clamps found in II. arcohastata. 
The only other taxon that is similar is the Japanese species Hygrophorus oli- 
vaceoviridis Hongo (Hongo 1967). This differs in that the pilei remain olive-green, the 
lamellae are yellowish and the basidia are much smaller (34-40 x 7.5-8 pm). 
Etymology: Latin, arcus - a rainbow; Latin, hastatus - armed with a spear; referring 
to the numerous colours exhibited by this taxon and the long, spear-like endings of the 
cuticular hyphae. 
8. Hygrocybe fuhreri A.M. Young, sp. nov. 
Pileus 10-20 mm latus, aurantiaco-brunneus, convexus deinde umbilicatus, glaber, 
siccus, ad marginem striatus, crenulatus dein aequalis. Lamellae decurrentes, sub-auran- 
tiaco-bubalinae, distantes, ad marginem concolorae. Stipes 30-45 x 2-4.5 mm. sub- 
aurantiaco-flavus, glaber, siccus, cylindricus, cavus. Sporae 8-10.5 x 4-4.5 (-6) pm, Q: 
I. 7-2.1. ellipsoideae vel cylindricae, hyalinae, aliqout constrictae. Basidia (40— )49— 59 x 
5.5-7 pm, Q: 7. 1-8.7, 4-spora, fibulata. Cystidia nulla. Trama hymenophoralis regularis, 
fibulata. Epicutis pilei cutis formans. Gregaria in humo vel musco sylvestri. 
Txpe: Victoria. Warrandyte State Park, 23. v. 1996, B.A.Fuhrer 2054 (holotype MEL 
2063199). 
Pileus 10-20 mm. reddish orange to orange-brown and darker at the centre, convex and 
umbilicate, dry, smooth, margin striate, even and a little crenulate. Lamellae decurrent, 
pale orange-buff, distant, margins even and concolorous. Stipe 30-45 x 2^4.5 mm, 
orange-yellow, cylindrical but tapered at the base, dry, smooth, hollow, often sinuous. 

Page image

575536 Hygrocybe leucogloea Muelleria 14: 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225598
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrocybeae (Fungi, Hygrophoraceae) of Victoria. I, doi:10.5962/p.190412

Page text

Hygrocybeae of Victoria 
53 
lilacinus (Cleland & Cheel) E.Horak, New Zealand J. Bot. 28; 203 (1990) non Hygrocybe 
lilacina (C.Laest. ex P.Karst.) M. Moser, Die Rohrlinge unci Bldtterpilze (Agaricales) 3 
ed„ 64 (1967). 
Illustrations-. Young (1999), p. 547; Willis (1963), plate 9, fig.l as Cantharellus lilac- 
inus ; Cleland & Cheel (1919), Plate 29, fig.l. 
Habitat : Gregarious amongst leaf mould and moss under Kunzea ericoicles. 
Material examined : Victoria. Warrandyte State Park, 4.vi.l995, BA FuhrerI937 (MEL 
2063188). 
Remarks-. The macrocharacters of the basidiomes in MEL 2063188 conform very 
closely to those ot the holotype description (Cleland & Cheel 1919) and the material pre- 
viously described from the Lane Cove Bushland Park (Young 1999). The differences in 
spore dimensions are insignificant: the Jumping Creek Nature Walk material has spores 
that measure 7-10 x 4.5-5. 5(— 6.5) pm, mean 8.4 x 5.4 pm, Q: 1.3-1. 8, mean Q: 1.56; the 
holotype description gives the spores as 7-8.5 x 4.5-5. 5 pm, and re-examination of the 
type gave spores measuring 6.0-8.5 x 4.5-6.0 pm, mean 7.2 x 5.5 pm, Q; 1.2-1. 7 and 
mean Q: 1 .5. 
The holotype collection is in very poor condition due to insect attack and original 
preservation. Obtaining critical information from this material is quite difficult especial- 
ly since almost nothing remains of the lamellae. For these reasons, two collections, B.A 
Fuhrer 1937, (MEL 2063188), and hb young 2118 (BRI) are here nominated as exemplar 
material as each is considered identical to the holotype in all significant respects (Young 
1999). The collection in the Queensland Herbarium (BRI) is particularly significant as it 
contains material that was collected within approximately 10 kilometres of the original 
1916 collection of the holotype at Gladesville, New South Wales. 
3. Hygrocybe leucogloea A. M. Young, in Young & Wood, Austral. Svst. Bot. 10: 976 
(1997). Type: New South Wales. Mt. Wilson, 33°30’S 150°22’E, 29.iv.1989, A.E.Woocl 
s.n. (holotype UNSW 89/87). 
Illustration: Young & Wood (1997), p. 984. 
Habitat: Gregarious or caespitose in moss amongst litter. 
Material examined: Victoria. Warrandyte State Park, 23.V.1996, B A Fuhrer 2060 (MEL 
2063192). 
Remarks: The first Victorian record of Hygrocybe leucogloea was from the Black Range 
State Forest (Young 2000). The Jumping Creek Nature Walk collection has spores that 
measure 6— 7(— 8) x 4-5(-5.5) pm, mean 6.7 x 4.5 pm, Q: 1.3-1. 7, mean Q: 1.50, a slightly 
smaller mean and reduced upper range when compared with spores of the holotype collec- 
tion [(6. 3-)6.5-7. 9(-8. 5) x 4.0-5. 6 pm, mean 7.2 x 4.8 pm, Q: 1.2-1. 7, mean Q: 1.50], 
Although medallion clamps are present on the hyphae of the ixotrichoderm in the holotype 
collection, none were found on the relevant hyphae of the Jumping Creek Nature Walk col- 
lection although clamps were abundant. This difference is thought to be part of a morpho- 
logical range of basidiome variations likely to be encountered in this taxon. 
4. Hygrocybe psittacina var. perplexa (A.H.Sm. & Hesler) Boertm., Fungi of Northern 
Europe. 1: 82 (1995). Type: U.S.A. Michigan, Cheboygan County, T.E. Brooks & 
A. H. Smith 21491 (holotype MICH 10924, n.v.). Hygrophorus perplexus A.H.Sm. & 
Hesler, Sydowia 8: 328 (1954). Hygrocybe perplexa (A.H.Sm. & Hesler) Arnolds 
Persoonia 12: 477 (1985). 
Illustration: Boertmann (1995), p. 83. 

Page image

575537 Hygrocybe psittacina perplexa Muelleria 14: 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225598
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrocybeae (Fungi, Hygrophoraceae) of Victoria. I, doi:10.5962/p.190412
575538 Hygrocybe rodwayi Muelleria 14: 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225600
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrocybeae (Fungi, Hygrophoraceae) of Victoria. I, doi:10.5962/p.190412

Page text

Hygrocybeae of Victoria 
55 
medallion form. Stipitipellis a well developed ixotrichoderm composed of hyaline, thin- 
walled, septate hyphae 1.5— 5mm diameter, medallion clamps usually present. (Fig. 1) 
Habitat : Gregarious in moss and litter under Kunzea ericoides. 
Material examined'. Victoria. Warrandyte State Park, 10.vi.1994 BAFuhrer 1994 (MEL 
2063197). 
Remarks: The material in MEL 2063197 agrees almost exactly with the description of 
the taxon given in Boertmann (1995) which has spores measuring (6— )7— 8.5(— 9) x 
(4-)4.5-5.5(-6) pm, Q: 1 .4-1.9 mean Q: 1 .5-1.6, and basidia measuring 36-50 x 7-8 pm 
which have medallion clamps at their bases. Basidiomes ot Hygrocybe psittacina var. 
perplexa are leadily separated from brownish red basidiomes ot H. graminicolor , because 
the latter have umbilicate pilei and arcuate or decurrent lamellae with cheilocystidia 
embedded in a glutinous thread on their margins. 
This is the first confirmed record of this Northern Hemisphere taxon for Australia. 
The species was first described from North America but is also known from Europe 
(Boertmann 1995; Arnolds 1990) and Japan (Imazeki, Otani & Hongo 1988). 
5. Hygrocybe rodwayi (Massee) A. M. Young, in A.M. Young & A.E.Wood, Austral. 
Syst. Bot. 10: 923 (1997). Hygrophorus rodwayi Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. Kew 1899: 
178 (1899). Type: Tas. Kingston Rd. (nr. Hobart), undated , L.Rodway 137 (holotype K). 
Camarophyllus rodwayi (Massee) Monks & A. K. Mills in Banks et al. (eds). Aspects of 
Tasmanian Botany - A Tribute to Winifred Curtis 13 (1991). 
Illustrations: Young & Wood (1997), p. 925; Fuhrer & Robinson (1992), p. 39. 
Habitat: Gregarious in moss. 
Material examined : Victoria. Warrandyte State Park, 23 May 1996 .BAFuhrer 2059 (MEL 
2063193). 
Remarks. This collection has sub-globose to globose spores measuring 
(4.5-)5.5-6(-7) x (4-)4.5-5.5 pm, mean 5.7 x 4.8 pm, Q: 1. 0-1.4, mean Q: 1.18. This 
agrees very well with the holotype collection, which has similar spores measuring 5-7 x 
4-6 pm, mean 5.8 x 5. 1 pm, Q: 1 .0—1 ,3(— 1 .4), mean Q: 1.15. The photographic material 
accompanying the Warrandyte collection depicts basidiomes that have a strong resem- 
blance to the other common white taxon, Hygrocybe virginea var. virginea (Wulfen : Fr.) 
P.D. Orton & Watling, but the two are always separable microscopically because H. vir- 
ginea var. virginea has much larger, ellipsoid spores measuring 8—1 1 (—12) x 5-8 pm. 
Hygrocybe rodwayi occurs in eastern Australian forests from the Sydney region to 
Tasmania (Young & Wood 1997; Young 2000). 
6. Hygrocybe virginea (Wulfen : Fr.) P.D.Orton & Watling, Notes Roy. Bot. Card. 
Edinburgh 29: 132 (1969). Agaricus virgineus Wulfen, in Jacq., Misc. austr. 2: 104 
(1781). Type: none designated. A. virgineus Wulfen : Fr., Syst. mycol. 1: 100 ( 1 821 )• 
Hygrophorus virgineus (Wulfen : Fr.) Fr., Epicr.: 327 (1838); Camarophyllus virgineus 
(Wulfen : Fr.) PKumm., Fiihr. Pilzk.: 1 17 (1871 ). 
Agaricus niveus Scop., FI. cam.. Ed. 2, 2: 430 (1772). Type: none designated. A vir- 
gineus var. niveus (Scop. ) Fr., Syst. mycol. 1 : 1 00 ( 1 82 1 ); Hygrophorus niveus (Scop.) Fr., 
Epicr.: 327 (1838); Camarophyllus niveus (Scop.) Wunsche, Pilze: 1 15 (1877). 
Key to varieties of Hygrocybe virginea 
1 . Pileus pure white; spores ellipsoid, rarely constricted 6a. var. virginea 
1. Pileus brown at the centre; spores ellipsoid, often cylindrical and constricted 
var. fuscescens 

Page image

575544 Hygrocybe saltorivula Muelleria 14: 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225605
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrocybeae (Fungi, Hygrophoraceae) of Victoria. I, doi:10.5962/p.190412

Page text

60 
A.M. Young 
9. Hygrocybe saltorivula A.M. Young, sp. nov. 
Pileus 20-35 mm latus, aurantiacus vel aurantiaco-rubus, conicus deinde umbonato- 
applanatus, viscidus, ad marginem sub-striatus, sub-flavus. Lamellae adnatae, ventri- 
cosae, aurantiaco-rosae, ad marginem sub-flavae. Stipes 30-40 x 2-4 mm, aurantiaco- 
roseus vel aurantiacus, glaber, lubricus deinde siccus, cavus. Sporae 7.5— 9(— 9.5) x 4-5 
pm, Q: 1 .6-2.2, ellipsoideae vel cylindricae, hyalinae, aliquot constrictae. Basidia 37-49 
x 5.5-9 pm, Q: 5. 2-5. 7, 4-spora, fibulata. Cystidia nulla. Trama hymenophoralis regu- 
laris, fibulata. Epicutis pilei ixotrichoderm formans. Gregaria in musco sylvestri. 
Type'. Victoria. Warrandyte State Park, 23.V.1996. B.A.Fuhrer 2053 (holotype MEL 
2063200). 
Pileus 20-35 mm, orange, orange-red to cherry-red, broadly conical becoming plane but 
with a central umbo, viscid, smooth, margins even, a little striate and slightly yellowish. 
Lamellae adnate, ventricose, orange-pink, margins yellowish or a little paler. Stipe 30-40 
x 2-A mm, orange-pink or orange especially when older, smooth, slippery or soon dry, 
cylindrical, hollow. 
Spores 7.5— 9(— 9.5 ) x 4-5 pm, mean 8.3 x 4.4 pm, Q: 1 .62.2, mean Q: 1 .89, ellipsoid 
to cylindrical, hyaline, smooth, thin-walled, inamyloid, a majority strongly constricted. 
Basidia 37—49 x 5.5-9 pm, mean 42.7 x 7.2 pm, Q: 5. 2-7. 2, mean Q: 5.95, 4-spored, 
clavate, thin-walled, hyaline, clamped. Cystidia absent. Hymenophoral trama regular and 
composed of cylindrical, ellipsoid or monilitorm elements which are hyaline, thin-walled 
37-1 10 X 7-30 pm, damps present; lactifers present as highly refractive, winding, thin- 
walled, hyaline hyphae 1 .5-4 pm diameter. Pileipellis an ixotrichoderm up to 50 pm 
deep, composed of hyaline, thin-walled, clamped hyphae 2.5-4 pm diameter, apices often 
swollen. Stipitipellis a weak ixocutis of repent, hyaline, thin-walled, clamped, paitially 
gelatinised hyphae 1-3.5 pm diameter. (Fig. 5) 
Habitat'. Gregarious amongst deep moss in eucalypt woodland. 
Material examined'. Known only from the type. 
Remarks'. The regular hymenophoral trama composed of short elements places this 
species in subgenus Pseudohygrocybe M.Bon. The basidiomes of Hygrocybe saltorivula 
strongly resemble mature fruiting bodies of Hygrocybe cerasinomutata A.M. Young 
which change from cherry-red to golden orange (Young & Wood 1997); however, the lat- 
ter is easily separated microscopically by its very regular hymenophoral trama of tubular, 
aseptate elements. Hygrocybe saltorivula also approaches Hygrocybe julietae (G.Stev.) 
E.Horak from New Zealand but that species has a convex pileus, arcuate lamellae and 
Figure 5. Hygrocybe saltorivula. A habit sketch; 15 spores; C basidia. 

Page image

575541 Hygrocybe virginea fuscescens Muelleria 14: 56
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225601
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrocybeae (Fungi, Hygrophoraceae) of Victoria. I, doi:10.5962/p.190412
575540 Hygrocybe virginea virginea Muelleria 14: 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225600
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrocybeae (Fungi, Hygrophoraceae) of Victoria. I, doi:10.5962/p.190412
575539 Hygrocybe virginea Muelleria 14: 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225600
Page is part of the work Additions to the Hygrocybeae (Fungi, Hygrophoraceae) of Victoria. I, doi:10.5962/p.190412

Page text

Hygrocybeae of Victoria 
55 
medallion form. Stipitipellis a well developed ixotrichoderm composed of hyaline, thin- 
walled, septate hyphae 1.5— 5mm diameter, medallion clamps usually present. (Fig. 1) 
Habitat : Gregarious in moss and litter under Kunzea ericoides. 
Material examined'. Victoria. Warrandyte State Park, 10.vi.1994 BAFuhrer 1994 (MEL 
2063197). 
Remarks: The material in MEL 2063197 agrees almost exactly with the description of 
the taxon given in Boertmann (1995) which has spores measuring (6— )7— 8.5(— 9) x 
(4-)4.5-5.5(-6) pm, Q: 1 .4-1.9 mean Q: 1 .5-1.6, and basidia measuring 36-50 x 7-8 pm 
which have medallion clamps at their bases. Basidiomes ot Hygrocybe psittacina var. 
perplexa are leadily separated from brownish red basidiomes ot H. graminicolor , because 
the latter have umbilicate pilei and arcuate or decurrent lamellae with cheilocystidia 
embedded in a glutinous thread on their margins. 
This is the first confirmed record of this Northern Hemisphere taxon for Australia. 
The species was first described from North America but is also known from Europe 
(Boertmann 1995; Arnolds 1990) and Japan (Imazeki, Otani & Hongo 1988). 
5. Hygrocybe rodwayi (Massee) A. M. Young, in A.M. Young & A.E.Wood, Austral. 
Syst. Bot. 10: 923 (1997). Hygrophorus rodwayi Massee, Bull. Misc. Inform. Kew 1899: 
178 (1899). Type: Tas. Kingston Rd. (nr. Hobart), undated , L.Rodway 137 (holotype K). 
Camarophyllus rodwayi (Massee) Monks & A. K. Mills in Banks et al. (eds). Aspects of 
Tasmanian Botany - A Tribute to Winifred Curtis 13 (1991). 
Illustrations: Young & Wood (1997), p. 925; Fuhrer & Robinson (1992), p. 39. 
Habitat: Gregarious in moss. 
Material examined : Victoria. Warrandyte State Park, 23 May 1996 .BAFuhrer 2059 (MEL 
2063193). 
Remarks. This collection has sub-globose to globose spores measuring 
(4.5-)5.5-6(-7) x (4-)4.5-5.5 pm, mean 5.7 x 4.8 pm, Q: 1. 0-1.4, mean Q: 1.18. This 
agrees very well with the holotype collection, which has similar spores measuring 5-7 x 
4-6 pm, mean 5.8 x 5. 1 pm, Q: 1 .0—1 ,3(— 1 .4), mean Q: 1.15. The photographic material 
accompanying the Warrandyte collection depicts basidiomes that have a strong resem- 
blance to the other common white taxon, Hygrocybe virginea var. virginea (Wulfen : Fr.) 
P.D. Orton & Watling, but the two are always separable microscopically because H. vir- 
ginea var. virginea has much larger, ellipsoid spores measuring 8—1 1 (—12) x 5-8 pm. 
Hygrocybe rodwayi occurs in eastern Australian forests from the Sydney region to 
Tasmania (Young & Wood 1997; Young 2000). 
6. Hygrocybe virginea (Wulfen : Fr.) P.D.Orton & Watling, Notes Roy. Bot. Card. 
Edinburgh 29: 132 (1969). Agaricus virgineus Wulfen, in Jacq., Misc. austr. 2: 104 
(1781). Type: none designated. A. virgineus Wulfen : Fr., Syst. mycol. 1: 100 ( 1 821 )• 
Hygrophorus virgineus (Wulfen : Fr.) Fr., Epicr.: 327 (1838); Camarophyllus virgineus 
(Wulfen : Fr.) PKumm., Fiihr. Pilzk.: 1 17 (1871 ). 
Agaricus niveus Scop., FI. cam.. Ed. 2, 2: 430 (1772). Type: none designated. A vir- 
gineus var. niveus (Scop. ) Fr., Syst. mycol. 1 : 1 00 ( 1 82 1 ); Hygrophorus niveus (Scop.) Fr., 
Epicr.: 327 (1838); Camarophyllus niveus (Scop.) Wunsche, Pilze: 1 15 (1877). 
Key to varieties of Hygrocybe virginea 
1 . Pileus pure white; spores ellipsoid, rarely constricted 6a. var. virginea 
1. Pileus brown at the centre; spores ellipsoid, often cylindrical and constricted 
var. fuscescens 

Page image

847101 Lepidium oxycarpum strictum Muelleria 14: 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225652
Page is part of the work A note on Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan (Brassicaceae) in Victoria, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.190409
847104 Lepidium pubescens Muelleria 14: 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225652
Page is part of the work A note on Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan (Brassicaceae) in Victoria, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.190409

Page text

Muelleria 14:31 (2000) 
A note on Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan (Brassicaceae) in Victoria, Australia. 
Neville Scarlett 
Department of Botany, La Trobe University, Bundoora, 3083. Victoria, Australia 
Abstract 
Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan is shown to be the correct name for the species to which the 
name L. pubescens Desv. has been misapplied by Australian authors, following Thellung (1906). 
Introduction 
In his paper “The South American species of Lepidium" (1945), Hitchcock showed that 
L. strictum (S. Watson) Rattan differs diagnostically from L. pubescens Desv. in having 
relatively large nectary glands c. 0.5 mm long and prominently reticulate-veined silicu- 
lae 2.5-3 mm long, and thus Thellung (1906) erred in reducing the former species to syn- 
onymy with L. pubescens. 
Australian records of L. pubescens are referable to L. strictum. All relevant collections 
in MEL match Hitchcock’s description and figure of the latter species (Hitchcock 1945), 
as do the descriptions and figures of L. pubescens in Hewson ( 1982) and Entwisle ( 1996). 
Taxonomy 
Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan, Anal. Key West Coast bot. 25 2 nd edn (1888). 
Type : near Placerville [California, United States], Rattan (holotype GH n.v., fide 
Hitchcock, Madrono 3: 272 (1936)). Lepidium oxycarpum Torr. & Gray var. (?) strictum 
S. Watson, Bot. California 1: 46 ( 1876). 
Lepidium pubescens auct. non Desv., J. Bot. (Desvaux) 3: 165, 180 (1814): Thellung, 
Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 28: 247 (1906); Hitchcock, Madrono 3; 272 (1936); Willis, 
Hand. PL Victoria 2: 175 (1973); Hewson, Brunonia 4: 276 (1982); Entwisle, FI. Victoria 
3: 420 (1996). 
Lepidium reticulatum Howell. FI. N.W. Amer. i: 64 (1897), non Thellung, Mitt. Bot. 
Mus. Univ. Zurich 28: 253 ( 1906) = Lepidium oblongum Small. 
Thellung (1906) lists a number of other misapplied or synonymous names but only one 
of these is relevant in an Australian context; the illustration cited in Willis (1973) for L. 
pubescens: Bettfreund, Flor. Argent. 2: t. 78 (1900), is referred by Thellung to L. bonar- 
iense L. 
Discussion 
The only collection of L. pubescens seen by Thellung was Desvaux’s type specimen from 
Peru. Regarding L. pubescens , Hitchcock (1945) states “It seems remarkable that the 
identity of this species has remained uncertain so long. The large, pubescent-margined 
silicles and sharply toothed leaves are to be matched in no other American species.” He 
adds: "The material which Thellung and I called L. pubescens (= L. strictum ) differs 
among other ways in having very prominently reticulate and much smaller fruits, longer 
glands, persistent sepals and different leaves.” 
In Australia, L. strictum is a rare weed of urban areas, confined to Victoria (Entwisle 
1996). Although the type is from California, Hitchcock (1945) states “The species 

Page image

847105 Lepidium pubescens Muelleria 14: 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225652
Page is part of the work A note on Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan (Brassicaceae) in Victoria, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.190409

Page text

Muelleria 14:31 (2000) 
A note on Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan (Brassicaceae) in Victoria, Australia. 
Neville Scarlett 
Department of Botany, La Trobe University, Bundoora, 3083. Victoria, Australia 
Abstract 
Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan is shown to be the correct name for the species to which the 
name L. pubescens Desv. has been misapplied by Australian authors, following Thellung (1906). 
Introduction 
In his paper “The South American species of Lepidium" (1945), Hitchcock showed that 
L. strictum (S. Watson) Rattan differs diagnostically from L. pubescens Desv. in having 
relatively large nectary glands c. 0.5 mm long and prominently reticulate-veined silicu- 
lae 2.5-3 mm long, and thus Thellung (1906) erred in reducing the former species to syn- 
onymy with L. pubescens. 
Australian records of L. pubescens are referable to L. strictum. All relevant collections 
in MEL match Hitchcock’s description and figure of the latter species (Hitchcock 1945), 
as do the descriptions and figures of L. pubescens in Hewson ( 1982) and Entwisle ( 1996). 
Taxonomy 
Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan, Anal. Key West Coast bot. 25 2 nd edn (1888). 
Type : near Placerville [California, United States], Rattan (holotype GH n.v., fide 
Hitchcock, Madrono 3: 272 (1936)). Lepidium oxycarpum Torr. & Gray var. (?) strictum 
S. Watson, Bot. California 1: 46 ( 1876). 
Lepidium pubescens auct. non Desv., J. Bot. (Desvaux) 3: 165, 180 (1814): Thellung, 
Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 28: 247 (1906); Hitchcock, Madrono 3; 272 (1936); Willis, 
Hand. PL Victoria 2: 175 (1973); Hewson, Brunonia 4: 276 (1982); Entwisle, FI. Victoria 
3: 420 (1996). 
Lepidium reticulatum Howell. FI. N.W. Amer. i: 64 (1897), non Thellung, Mitt. Bot. 
Mus. Univ. Zurich 28: 253 ( 1906) = Lepidium oblongum Small. 
Thellung (1906) lists a number of other misapplied or synonymous names but only one 
of these is relevant in an Australian context; the illustration cited in Willis (1973) for L. 
pubescens: Bettfreund, Flor. Argent. 2: t. 78 (1900), is referred by Thellung to L. bonar- 
iense L. 
Discussion 
The only collection of L. pubescens seen by Thellung was Desvaux’s type specimen from 
Peru. Regarding L. pubescens , Hitchcock (1945) states “It seems remarkable that the 
identity of this species has remained uncertain so long. The large, pubescent-margined 
silicles and sharply toothed leaves are to be matched in no other American species.” He 
adds: "The material which Thellung and I called L. pubescens (= L. strictum ) differs 
among other ways in having very prominently reticulate and much smaller fruits, longer 
glands, persistent sepals and different leaves.” 
In Australia, L. strictum is a rare weed of urban areas, confined to Victoria (Entwisle 
1996). Although the type is from California, Hitchcock (1945) states “The species 

Page image

847174 Lepidium pubescens Muelleria 14: 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225652
Page is part of the work A note on Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan (Brassicaceae) in Victoria, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.190409

Page text

Muelleria 14:31 (2000) 
A note on Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan (Brassicaceae) in Victoria, Australia. 
Neville Scarlett 
Department of Botany, La Trobe University, Bundoora, 3083. Victoria, Australia 
Abstract 
Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan is shown to be the correct name for the species to which the 
name L. pubescens Desv. has been misapplied by Australian authors, following Thellung (1906). 
Introduction 
In his paper “The South American species of Lepidium" (1945), Hitchcock showed that 
L. strictum (S. Watson) Rattan differs diagnostically from L. pubescens Desv. in having 
relatively large nectary glands c. 0.5 mm long and prominently reticulate-veined silicu- 
lae 2.5-3 mm long, and thus Thellung (1906) erred in reducing the former species to syn- 
onymy with L. pubescens. 
Australian records of L. pubescens are referable to L. strictum. All relevant collections 
in MEL match Hitchcock’s description and figure of the latter species (Hitchcock 1945), 
as do the descriptions and figures of L. pubescens in Hewson ( 1982) and Entwisle ( 1996). 
Taxonomy 
Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan, Anal. Key West Coast bot. 25 2 nd edn (1888). 
Type : near Placerville [California, United States], Rattan (holotype GH n.v., fide 
Hitchcock, Madrono 3: 272 (1936)). Lepidium oxycarpum Torr. & Gray var. (?) strictum 
S. Watson, Bot. California 1: 46 ( 1876). 
Lepidium pubescens auct. non Desv., J. Bot. (Desvaux) 3: 165, 180 (1814): Thellung, 
Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 28: 247 (1906); Hitchcock, Madrono 3; 272 (1936); Willis, 
Hand. PL Victoria 2: 175 (1973); Hewson, Brunonia 4: 276 (1982); Entwisle, FI. Victoria 
3: 420 (1996). 
Lepidium reticulatum Howell. FI. N.W. Amer. i: 64 (1897), non Thellung, Mitt. Bot. 
Mus. Univ. Zurich 28: 253 ( 1906) = Lepidium oblongum Small. 
Thellung (1906) lists a number of other misapplied or synonymous names but only one 
of these is relevant in an Australian context; the illustration cited in Willis (1973) for L. 
pubescens: Bettfreund, Flor. Argent. 2: t. 78 (1900), is referred by Thellung to L. bonar- 
iense L. 
Discussion 
The only collection of L. pubescens seen by Thellung was Desvaux’s type specimen from 
Peru. Regarding L. pubescens , Hitchcock (1945) states “It seems remarkable that the 
identity of this species has remained uncertain so long. The large, pubescent-margined 
silicles and sharply toothed leaves are to be matched in no other American species.” He 
adds: "The material which Thellung and I called L. pubescens (= L. strictum ) differs 
among other ways in having very prominently reticulate and much smaller fruits, longer 
glands, persistent sepals and different leaves.” 
In Australia, L. strictum is a rare weed of urban areas, confined to Victoria (Entwisle 
1996). Although the type is from California, Hitchcock (1945) states “The species 

Page image

847175 Lepidium pubescens Muelleria 14: 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225652
Page is part of the work A note on Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan (Brassicaceae) in Victoria, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.190409

Page text

Muelleria 14:31 (2000) 
A note on Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan (Brassicaceae) in Victoria, Australia. 
Neville Scarlett 
Department of Botany, La Trobe University, Bundoora, 3083. Victoria, Australia 
Abstract 
Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan is shown to be the correct name for the species to which the 
name L. pubescens Desv. has been misapplied by Australian authors, following Thellung (1906). 
Introduction 
In his paper “The South American species of Lepidium" (1945), Hitchcock showed that 
L. strictum (S. Watson) Rattan differs diagnostically from L. pubescens Desv. in having 
relatively large nectary glands c. 0.5 mm long and prominently reticulate-veined silicu- 
lae 2.5-3 mm long, and thus Thellung (1906) erred in reducing the former species to syn- 
onymy with L. pubescens. 
Australian records of L. pubescens are referable to L. strictum. All relevant collections 
in MEL match Hitchcock’s description and figure of the latter species (Hitchcock 1945), 
as do the descriptions and figures of L. pubescens in Hewson ( 1982) and Entwisle ( 1996). 
Taxonomy 
Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan, Anal. Key West Coast bot. 25 2 nd edn (1888). 
Type : near Placerville [California, United States], Rattan (holotype GH n.v., fide 
Hitchcock, Madrono 3: 272 (1936)). Lepidium oxycarpum Torr. & Gray var. (?) strictum 
S. Watson, Bot. California 1: 46 ( 1876). 
Lepidium pubescens auct. non Desv., J. Bot. (Desvaux) 3: 165, 180 (1814): Thellung, 
Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 28: 247 (1906); Hitchcock, Madrono 3; 272 (1936); Willis, 
Hand. PL Victoria 2: 175 (1973); Hewson, Brunonia 4: 276 (1982); Entwisle, FI. Victoria 
3: 420 (1996). 
Lepidium reticulatum Howell. FI. N.W. Amer. i: 64 (1897), non Thellung, Mitt. Bot. 
Mus. Univ. Zurich 28: 253 ( 1906) = Lepidium oblongum Small. 
Thellung (1906) lists a number of other misapplied or synonymous names but only one 
of these is relevant in an Australian context; the illustration cited in Willis (1973) for L. 
pubescens: Bettfreund, Flor. Argent. 2: t. 78 (1900), is referred by Thellung to L. bonar- 
iense L. 
Discussion 
The only collection of L. pubescens seen by Thellung was Desvaux’s type specimen from 
Peru. Regarding L. pubescens , Hitchcock (1945) states “It seems remarkable that the 
identity of this species has remained uncertain so long. The large, pubescent-margined 
silicles and sharply toothed leaves are to be matched in no other American species.” He 
adds: "The material which Thellung and I called L. pubescens (= L. strictum ) differs 
among other ways in having very prominently reticulate and much smaller fruits, longer 
glands, persistent sepals and different leaves.” 
In Australia, L. strictum is a rare weed of urban areas, confined to Victoria (Entwisle 
1996). Although the type is from California, Hitchcock (1945) states “The species 

Page image

847189 Lepidium pubescens Muelleria 14: 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225652
Page is part of the work A note on Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan (Brassicaceae) in Victoria, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.190409

Page text

Muelleria 14:31 (2000) 
A note on Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan (Brassicaceae) in Victoria, Australia. 
Neville Scarlett 
Department of Botany, La Trobe University, Bundoora, 3083. Victoria, Australia 
Abstract 
Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan is shown to be the correct name for the species to which the 
name L. pubescens Desv. has been misapplied by Australian authors, following Thellung (1906). 
Introduction 
In his paper “The South American species of Lepidium" (1945), Hitchcock showed that 
L. strictum (S. Watson) Rattan differs diagnostically from L. pubescens Desv. in having 
relatively large nectary glands c. 0.5 mm long and prominently reticulate-veined silicu- 
lae 2.5-3 mm long, and thus Thellung (1906) erred in reducing the former species to syn- 
onymy with L. pubescens. 
Australian records of L. pubescens are referable to L. strictum. All relevant collections 
in MEL match Hitchcock’s description and figure of the latter species (Hitchcock 1945), 
as do the descriptions and figures of L. pubescens in Hewson ( 1982) and Entwisle ( 1996). 
Taxonomy 
Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan, Anal. Key West Coast bot. 25 2 nd edn (1888). 
Type : near Placerville [California, United States], Rattan (holotype GH n.v., fide 
Hitchcock, Madrono 3: 272 (1936)). Lepidium oxycarpum Torr. & Gray var. (?) strictum 
S. Watson, Bot. California 1: 46 ( 1876). 
Lepidium pubescens auct. non Desv., J. Bot. (Desvaux) 3: 165, 180 (1814): Thellung, 
Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 28: 247 (1906); Hitchcock, Madrono 3; 272 (1936); Willis, 
Hand. PL Victoria 2: 175 (1973); Hewson, Brunonia 4: 276 (1982); Entwisle, FI. Victoria 
3: 420 (1996). 
Lepidium reticulatum Howell. FI. N.W. Amer. i: 64 (1897), non Thellung, Mitt. Bot. 
Mus. Univ. Zurich 28: 253 ( 1906) = Lepidium oblongum Small. 
Thellung (1906) lists a number of other misapplied or synonymous names but only one 
of these is relevant in an Australian context; the illustration cited in Willis (1973) for L. 
pubescens: Bettfreund, Flor. Argent. 2: t. 78 (1900), is referred by Thellung to L. bonar- 
iense L. 
Discussion 
The only collection of L. pubescens seen by Thellung was Desvaux’s type specimen from 
Peru. Regarding L. pubescens , Hitchcock (1945) states “It seems remarkable that the 
identity of this species has remained uncertain so long. The large, pubescent-margined 
silicles and sharply toothed leaves are to be matched in no other American species.” He 
adds: "The material which Thellung and I called L. pubescens (= L. strictum ) differs 
among other ways in having very prominently reticulate and much smaller fruits, longer 
glands, persistent sepals and different leaves.” 
In Australia, L. strictum is a rare weed of urban areas, confined to Victoria (Entwisle 
1996). Although the type is from California, Hitchcock (1945) states “The species 

Page image

847103 Lepidium reticulatum Muelleria 14: 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225652
Page is part of the work A note on Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan (Brassicaceae) in Victoria, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.190409

Page text

Muelleria 14:31 (2000) 
A note on Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan (Brassicaceae) in Victoria, Australia. 
Neville Scarlett 
Department of Botany, La Trobe University, Bundoora, 3083. Victoria, Australia 
Abstract 
Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan is shown to be the correct name for the species to which the 
name L. pubescens Desv. has been misapplied by Australian authors, following Thellung (1906). 
Introduction 
In his paper “The South American species of Lepidium" (1945), Hitchcock showed that 
L. strictum (S. Watson) Rattan differs diagnostically from L. pubescens Desv. in having 
relatively large nectary glands c. 0.5 mm long and prominently reticulate-veined silicu- 
lae 2.5-3 mm long, and thus Thellung (1906) erred in reducing the former species to syn- 
onymy with L. pubescens. 
Australian records of L. pubescens are referable to L. strictum. All relevant collections 
in MEL match Hitchcock’s description and figure of the latter species (Hitchcock 1945), 
as do the descriptions and figures of L. pubescens in Hewson ( 1982) and Entwisle ( 1996). 
Taxonomy 
Lepidium strictum (S. Watson) Rattan, Anal. Key West Coast bot. 25 2 nd edn (1888). 
Type : near Placerville [California, United States], Rattan (holotype GH n.v., fide 
Hitchcock, Madrono 3: 272 (1936)). Lepidium oxycarpum Torr. & Gray var. (?) strictum 
S. Watson, Bot. California 1: 46 ( 1876). 
Lepidium pubescens auct. non Desv., J. Bot. (Desvaux) 3: 165, 180 (1814): Thellung, 
Mitt. Bot. Mus. Univ. Zurich 28: 247 (1906); Hitchcock, Madrono 3; 272 (1936); Willis, 
Hand. PL Victoria 2: 175 (1973); Hewson, Brunonia 4: 276 (1982); Entwisle, FI. Victoria 
3: 420 (1996). 
Lepidium reticulatum Howell. FI. N.W. Amer. i: 64 (1897), non Thellung, Mitt. Bot. 
Mus. Univ. Zurich 28: 253 ( 1906) = Lepidium oblongum Small. 
Thellung (1906) lists a number of other misapplied or synonymous names but only one 
of these is relevant in an Australian context; the illustration cited in Willis (1973) for L. 
pubescens: Bettfreund, Flor. Argent. 2: t. 78 (1900), is referred by Thellung to L. bonar- 
iense L. 
Discussion 
The only collection of L. pubescens seen by Thellung was Desvaux’s type specimen from 
Peru. Regarding L. pubescens , Hitchcock (1945) states “It seems remarkable that the 
identity of this species has remained uncertain so long. The large, pubescent-margined 
silicles and sharply toothed leaves are to be matched in no other American species.” He 
adds: "The material which Thellung and I called L. pubescens (= L. strictum ) differs 
among other ways in having very prominently reticulate and much smaller fruits, longer 
glands, persistent sepals and different leaves.” 
In Australia, L. strictum is a rare weed of urban areas, confined to Victoria (Entwisle 
1996). Although the type is from California, Hitchcock (1945) states “The species 

Page image

580239 Lepidium strictum Muelleria 14: 31-32

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 14: 31-32".

51340934 Purple Muelleria 14: 84
Citation matches BHL page(s): 51225629
Page is part of the work A revision of Agrostis billardierei R. Br. (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.190413

Page text

84 
A.J. Brown and N.G. Walsh 
4.5-7. 0 mm long overall (excluding awn); usually purple to dark purple; glumes acumi- 
nate and keeled (occasionally the keel extending to a fine seta 0.4 mm long), subequal, 
moderately scabrous along the keel but smooth on sides (occasionally lightly and distal- 
ly scaberulous), margins entire or occasionally with a few scattered cilia; lemma 
3.0— 5.0(— 5.5) mm long overall, with 2^4 setae at apex 0.5-1. 5 mm long; awn bent, 
attached 10-20(-25) % from the lemma base and often (particularly when immature) 
lying in a groove of the lemma along the central nerve; palea 2.5-4.5 mm long overall, 
narrowly bifid at the apex (points (0.3— )0.4— 1 .2 mm long); rachilla extension forming a 
plumose bristle ( 1 .5— )2.0— 3.5 mm long (including hairs); anthers 0.8-1 .7( — 2. 1 ) mm long. 
Purple Blown-grass. 
Etymology. The epithet, meaning reddish-purple in Latin, refers to the colour of the 
panicle branches which is conspicuous on flowering plants. The epithets filifolia and seti- 
folia which might otherwise have been chosen are preoccupied at species level within 
Agrostis. 
4a. Agrostis punicea var. punicea 
Lemma covered in lower three-quarters with hairs, upper nerves and setae finely scaberu- 
lous. Awns 7.5-12.5 mm long. The sizes of glumes, lemmas, paleas and rachilla exten- 
sions (including hairs) do not occur in the bottom 20 % of each range for the species. 
Distribution: Scattered across the volcanic plain and Dundas Tableland of south-west 
Victoria, extending into south-east South Australia with isolated occurrences in near- 
coastal south Gippsland. Also scattered in the Tasmanian midlands. (Fig. 10) 
Ecology: See general notes on habitat and phenology following taxonomic section. 
Selected specimens examined: South Australia: Cooloolie, 11 Nov. 1945, Crocker (AD); 
Figure 10. Distribution map of known collections of Agrostis punicea var. punicea (syn. Agrostis 
aemula var. setifolia) in SE Australia. 

Page image

645647 Spirogyra cardinia Muelleria 14: 99-102, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 14: 99-102, Fig. 1".

580240 Thelymitra atronitida Muelleria 14: 91-94, Fig. 1-3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 14: 91-94, Fig. 1-3".

580241 Thelymitra planicola Muelleria 14: 94-96, Figs 4-5

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 14: 94-96, Figs 4-5".

886045 Artemisia minima Muelleria 15: 42
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960121
Page is part of the work A revision of Centipeda (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.237630

Page text

42 
N.G. Walsh 
2. Centipeda minima (L.) A. Braun & Asch., Ind. Sem. Hort. Bewl. app. 6 (1867). 
Artemisia minima L., Sp. PI. 849 ( 1 753). Type, provenance and collector unknown. LINN 
(photo seen). 
Myriogyne minuta (G. Forst.) Less., Limuiea 6; 219 (1831). Cotida miiuita G. For.st., 
FI. Ins. Austral. Prodr. 57 (1786). Type: Noua Caledonia, not found, 
Centipeda orbicularis Lour., FI. Coch. 2: 602 (1790). Type: Mnculta in agris 
Cochinchiniae', BM! 
Myriogyne minuta van lanuginosa DC., Prodr. 6: 139 (1838). Syntypes: ‘in India ori- 
F’igure 4. Centipeda capitula, longitudinal sections, a C. elatinoides (Walsh 5145, 
MEL); b C. miidnia subsp. minima (Walsh 4950, MEL); c C. minima subsp. 
macrocepluda (Walsh 4984, MEL); d C. borealis (Walsh 4992. MEL); e C. 
nidiformis (Walsh 4982, MEL); f C. racemosa (Doherty s.n.. BRI). 

Page image

572413 Bossiaea biloba Muelleria 15: 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960090
Page is part of the work Two new endemic Australian genera in the tribe Brongniartieae (Fabaceae) to accommodate two species formerly included in Templetonia R.Br, doi:10.5962/p.237625

Page text

Endemic Brongniartieae 
11 
gained by transferring two species that were anomalous within Templetonia to 
Lamprolobium where likewise they will be anomalous. Templetonia hiloba and T. incana 
are not closely related to each other and consequently each is transferred to a new mono- 
typic genus. The necessary changes are effected below. 
Taxonomy 
Cristonia J.H. Ross, genus now, a speciebus omnibus Templetoniae foliis simplicibus 
apice bilobo manifeste plerumque, lobis calycis superis connatis in limbum truncatum 
productis, bracteolis linearibus herbaceis; a Plagiocarpo foliis simplicibus corollis flavis 
et purpureo-fuscis, leguminibus oblongis; a Lamprolobio foliis simplicibus, corollis flavis 
et purpureo-fuscis, calycibus non basaliter circumscissis; a Thinicola foliis apice bilobo 
manifeste, corollis flavis et purpureo-fuscis, lobis calycibus superis connatis in limbum 
truncatum productis, stipulis magnis oblique ovatis orbiculatis vel obovato-oblongis per- 
sistentibus foliaceis destitis differt. 
Typical species: C. biloha 
Cristonia differs from all species of Templetonia in having simple leaves that are usually 
distinctly bilobed apically, the 2 upper calyx-lobes united into a truncate limb, and linear 
herbaceous bracteoles; from Plagiocarpus in having simple leaves, large yellow and pur- 
plish-brown corollas, and oblong pods; from Lamprolobium in having simple leaves, yel- 
low and purplish-brown corollas, and calyces that are not basally circumscissile; and 
from Thinicola in having leaves that are usually distinctly bilobed apically, the standard 
petal pale yellow internally with a broad purplish-brown zone around the throat, and the 
2 upper calyx-lobes united into a truncate limb. Furthermore, the vegetative parts, 
pedicels and external surface of the calyces in C. biloba lack the dense spreading silvery 
hairs that are so conspicuous in Thinicola, and C. hiloba lacks the large obliquely ovate, 
orbicular or obovate-oblong persistent foliaceous stipules of Thinicola incana. 
Cristonia biloba (Benth.) J. H. Ross, comb. now. Bossiaea hiloba Benth. in Endl. et al., 
Enum. PI. Nov. Holl. 36 (1837). Templetonia hiloba (Benth.) Polhill, Bot. Syst. 1: 309 
( 1 976); Ross, Muelleria 5: 6-8, figs. 3 & 4 ( 1 982). Type: Western Australia, King Georges 
Sound, Hiigel (hoiotype W). 
Bossiaea biloba var. stenophylla Meisn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 85 (1844). Type: 
Western Australia, Swan River, J. Drummond 264 (isotypes MEL, W). 
Cristonia hiloba occurs in Western Australia along the coastal plain and in the Darling 
Range from the vicinity of Perth northwards to Shark Bay. Although relatively wide- 
spread, plants are seldom common and, when not in flower, are easily overlooked. 
The hairs on the exterior of the calyx in C. biloha are often dark brown, a feature 
shared with many species of Hovea. The two upper united calyx-lobes in Lamprolobium 
are reminiscent of those in C. biloba. 
The name Cristonia is a contraction and acknowledges the contribution of Michael D. 
Crisp and Peter H. Weston whose joint studies have advanced significantly our under- 
standing of the tribes Mirbelieae, Bossiaeeae and Brongniartieae. The bilobed leaf apices 
of C. biloba symbolise this joint contribution. 
Thinicola J.ff. Ross, genus now., a speciebus omnibus Templetoniae partibus vegetativis 
pedicellis pagina externa calycis pilis densis effusis argenteis vestitis, stipulis magnis 
oblique ovatis orbiculatis vel obovato-oblongis persistentibus foliaceis, floribus magnis 
pendulis rubris admonum (T. retusa similtudine sed forma differt), bracteolis linearfbus 
herbaceis; a Plagiocarpo et Lamprolobio foliis simplicibus, stipulis magnis persistentibus. 

Page image

823797 Bossiaea biloba Muelleria 15: 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960090
Page is part of the work Two new endemic Australian genera in the tribe Brongniartieae (Fabaceae) to accommodate two species formerly included in Templetonia R.Br, doi:10.5962/p.237625

Page text

Endemic Brongniartieae 
11 
gained by transferring two species that were anomalous within Templetonia to 
Lamprolobium where likewise they will be anomalous. Templetonia hiloba and T. incana 
are not closely related to each other and consequently each is transferred to a new mono- 
typic genus. The necessary changes are effected below. 
Taxonomy 
Cristonia J.H. Ross, genus now, a speciebus omnibus Templetoniae foliis simplicibus 
apice bilobo manifeste plerumque, lobis calycis superis connatis in limbum truncatum 
productis, bracteolis linearibus herbaceis; a Plagiocarpo foliis simplicibus corollis flavis 
et purpureo-fuscis, leguminibus oblongis; a Lamprolobio foliis simplicibus, corollis flavis 
et purpureo-fuscis, calycibus non basaliter circumscissis; a Thinicola foliis apice bilobo 
manifeste, corollis flavis et purpureo-fuscis, lobis calycibus superis connatis in limbum 
truncatum productis, stipulis magnis oblique ovatis orbiculatis vel obovato-oblongis per- 
sistentibus foliaceis destitis differt. 
Typical species: C. biloha 
Cristonia differs from all species of Templetonia in having simple leaves that are usually 
distinctly bilobed apically, the 2 upper calyx-lobes united into a truncate limb, and linear 
herbaceous bracteoles; from Plagiocarpus in having simple leaves, large yellow and pur- 
plish-brown corollas, and oblong pods; from Lamprolobium in having simple leaves, yel- 
low and purplish-brown corollas, and calyces that are not basally circumscissile; and 
from Thinicola in having leaves that are usually distinctly bilobed apically, the standard 
petal pale yellow internally with a broad purplish-brown zone around the throat, and the 
2 upper calyx-lobes united into a truncate limb. Furthermore, the vegetative parts, 
pedicels and external surface of the calyces in C. biloba lack the dense spreading silvery 
hairs that are so conspicuous in Thinicola, and C. hiloba lacks the large obliquely ovate, 
orbicular or obovate-oblong persistent foliaceous stipules of Thinicola incana. 
Cristonia biloba (Benth.) J. H. Ross, comb. now. Bossiaea hiloba Benth. in Endl. et al., 
Enum. PI. Nov. Holl. 36 (1837). Templetonia hiloba (Benth.) Polhill, Bot. Syst. 1: 309 
( 1 976); Ross, Muelleria 5: 6-8, figs. 3 & 4 ( 1 982). Type: Western Australia, King Georges 
Sound, Hiigel (hoiotype W). 
Bossiaea biloba var. stenophylla Meisn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 85 (1844). Type: 
Western Australia, Swan River, J. Drummond 264 (isotypes MEL, W). 
Cristonia hiloba occurs in Western Australia along the coastal plain and in the Darling 
Range from the vicinity of Perth northwards to Shark Bay. Although relatively wide- 
spread, plants are seldom common and, when not in flower, are easily overlooked. 
The hairs on the exterior of the calyx in C. biloha are often dark brown, a feature 
shared with many species of Hovea. The two upper united calyx-lobes in Lamprolobium 
are reminiscent of those in C. biloba. 
The name Cristonia is a contraction and acknowledges the contribution of Michael D. 
Crisp and Peter H. Weston whose joint studies have advanced significantly our under- 
standing of the tribes Mirbelieae, Bossiaeeae and Brongniartieae. The bilobed leaf apices 
of C. biloba symbolise this joint contribution. 
Thinicola J.ff. Ross, genus now., a speciebus omnibus Templetoniae partibus vegetativis 
pedicellis pagina externa calycis pilis densis effusis argenteis vestitis, stipulis magnis 
oblique ovatis orbiculatis vel obovato-oblongis persistentibus foliaceis, floribus magnis 
pendulis rubris admonum (T. retusa similtudine sed forma differt), bracteolis linearfbus 
herbaceis; a Plagiocarpo et Lamprolobio foliis simplicibus, stipulis magnis persistentibus. 

Page image

572414 Bossiaea biloba stenophylla Muelleria 15: 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960090
Page is part of the work Two new endemic Australian genera in the tribe Brongniartieae (Fabaceae) to accommodate two species formerly included in Templetonia R.Br, doi:10.5962/p.237625
823798 Bossiaea biloba stenophylla Muelleria 15: 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960090
Page is part of the work Two new endemic Australian genera in the tribe Brongniartieae (Fabaceae) to accommodate two species formerly included in Templetonia R.Br, doi:10.5962/p.237625
572419 Bossiaea strigillosa Muelleria 15: 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960111
Page is part of the work The identity of Bossiaea strigillosa Benth. (Fabaceae: Tribe Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.237629

Page text

32 
J H Ross 
Piiltenaea rotundifolia (Turcz.) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 121 (1864). Eiichiliis rotimdifoliits 
Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 26; 277 (1853). Type: Western Austraiia, J. 
Drummond, 5* coll. No. 78. (isotype; K) 
Bossiaea strigillosa Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 157 (1864), synon. nov. Type: Western 
Australia, J. Drummond, '5‘*' Coll.?, n.8r. (lectotype; K, hie designatus) 
Acknowledgement 
1 am most grateful to the Keeper of the Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, for the 
loan of the type material of Bossiaea strigillosa and Piiltenaea rotundifolia. 
Reference 
Bentham. G. (1864) Flora Australiensis, Vol. 2, Lovell Reeve & Co., London 

Page image

823800 Bossiaea strigillosa Muelleria 15: 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960111
Page is part of the work The identity of Bossiaea strigillosa Benth. (Fabaceae: Tribe Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.237629

Page text

32 
J H Ross 
Piiltenaea rotundifolia (Turcz.) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 121 (1864). Eiichiliis rotimdifoliits 
Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 26; 277 (1853). Type: Western Austraiia, J. 
Drummond, 5* coll. No. 78. (isotype; K) 
Bossiaea strigillosa Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 157 (1864), synon. nov. Type: Western 
Australia, J. Drummond, '5‘*' Coll.?, n.8r. (lectotype; K, hie designatus) 
Acknowledgement 
1 am most grateful to the Keeper of the Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, for the 
loan of the type material of Bossiaea strigillosa and Piiltenaea rotundifolia. 
Reference 
Bentham. G. (1864) Flora Australiensis, Vol. 2, Lovell Reeve & Co., London 

Page image

581322 Centipeda aotearoana Muelleria 15: 55-56, Figs 5, 7, 8 (map)
581318 Centipeda borealis Muelleria 15: 49-50, Figs 3, 4, 6, 9 (map)
581324 Centipeda crateriformis Muelleria 15: 58
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960137
Page is part of the work A revision of Centipeda (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.237630

Page text

58 
N.G. Walsh 
in the cypselas having thicker ribs, so that the testa of the enclosed seed is largely 
obscured. The receptacle of these specimens, although distinctly convex, is less promi- 
nent than in most eastern specimens. There may be some introgression in this area with 
C. cmterifonnis subsp. compacta. 
Bracketed measurements in the description above correspond to specimens from 
Andado Station, Northern Territory {Albrecht 9429: MEL, NT), Diamantina River, 
Queensland (Filson 3351: MEL) Coward Springs, South Australia (Badmaii 1416: AD, 
MEL) and Warrego River, New South Wales {Constable 4570: K. NSW). Not only do 
these specimens have the largest reproductive parts of all specimens of C. ciuminghamii 
examined, but they are also the most densely cottony and generally are of a more spread- 
ing habit than typical. They are amongst the most inland occurrences of the species. 
Further study may indicate these specimens represent a distinct (probably infraspecific) 
taxon, although specimens that have floral and fruiting parts of nearly comparable size to 
these cottony plants but are otherwise typical do exist. The large-tlowered specimens are 
therefore here treated as extreme conditions within a, single variable species. It is possi- 
ble too that they represent hybrids with C. craterifonuis subsp. Craterifonnis, which is 
sympatric at some of these sites. 
9. Centipeda crateriformis N.G. Walsh sp. now a speciebus generis capitulis fructioribus 
duris persistentibus biconvexis crateriformis vel cyathiformibus, receptaculis planis ad 
concava vel convexa leviter differt. 
Type: Australia. Northern Territory, Surprise Dam, Andado Station, 23.x. 1980, P.K. 
Lutz 8508 (holotype: DNA; i.sotypes: AD, BRl, NT). 
Annual or perennial, commonly several-branched from base, glabrescent to cottony- 
pubescent. Leaves narrowly obovate to spathulate, serrate, or rarely, entire, resin-dotted 
on both surfaces, concolorous. Inflorescence a single sessile or minutely pedunculate 
capitLilum, sometimes terminal on ultimate branchlets, not leaf-opposed. Capitida at 
anthesis bowl-shaped to cup-shaped or sub-globular, domed or flat-topped; involucral 
bracts ovate to obovate; receptacle slightly convex, flat, or slightly concave. Fruiting 
heads firm to hard, persistent to some degree; bracts of fruiting heads spreading, slightly 
Lipcurved in distal half, the outer ones slightly thickened and pithy toward base; fruiting 
receptacle with an underlying pith layer extending slightly below base of involucre; 
cypselas linear or narrowly obcuneoid. obtuse at apex, smooth or scabridulous, 4- or 5- 
angled with prominent ribs at each of the angles, the ribs terminating in a spongy apical 
portion usually slightly wider than the body of the cypsela, vesicular trichomes sparsely 
scattered over faces of cypsela. hairs antrorse. subappressed, confined to ribs, often with 
minutely inrolled or thickened apices. 
There are two subspecies, both apparently endemic to Australia. 
9a. Centipeda crateriformis subsp. crateriformis 
Annual to c. 20 cm high, 30 cm diam.. typically several-branched from base with branch- 
es prostrate to ascending, but sometimes erect and few-branched, glabrescent to conspic- 
uously cottony in axils and toward stem apices. Leaves ± narrowly obovate to spathulate, 
3_g(_12) mm long. 2^(-6) mm wide. Capitiilu at anthesis ± hemispherical to bowl- 
shaped. slightly domed or flat-topped, 3.5-7 mm diam.; involucral bracts ovate to obovate. 
1.5-4 mm long, entire or with mintitely ruminate membranous margins; receptacle flat to 
very slightly concave or convex; female (outer) florets c. l()()-2()() in 3-5 rows, corollas 
narrowly cylindrical. 0.4-0. 7 mm long; bisexual florets (7-) 12-22, corollas narrowly 

Page image

581325 Centipeda crateriformis crateriformis Muelleria 15: 58-60, Figs 3, 5, 7, 11 (map)
581326 Centipeda crateriformis compacta Muelleria 15: 60-61, Figs 5, 7, 11 (map)
581323 Centipeda cunninghamii Muelleria 15: 56-58, Figs 5, 7, 10 (map)
581314 Centipeda elatinoides Muelleria 15: 38-41, Figs 2, 4, 6
581315 Centipeda minima Muelleria 15: 42-46

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 15: 42-46".

886052 Centipeda minima Muelleria 15: 50
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960129
Page is part of the work A revision of Centipeda (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.237630

Page text

50 
N.G. Walsh 
Centipeda minima auct. non. (L.) A. Braun & Asch.; Dunlop in Cowie et al.. 
Floodplain Flora 182 (2000). 
Procumbent to ascending, often rhizoinatous herb, perennial or annual, to c. 30 cm high, 
usually many-branched from near base, densely white- or grey-cottony on leaves and all but 
oldest stems. Leaves narrowly obtrullate to ± oblong in outline, 6-20 mm long, 1 .5-2.5(^) 
mm wide, distally with 3-5(-7) obtuse to acute teeth or narrow lobes, white- to grey-cottony, 
sometimes the older leaves glabrescent, both surfaces resin-dotted but obscured by indu- 
mentum, ± concolorous. Inflorescence a single sessile capitulum, terminal at anthesis, but 
subtending vegetative buds often growing out and overtopping capitulum in fruit and the 
capitula then appearing axillary and subterminal. Capitida at anthesis ± globular, 1.5-3(^) 
mm diam.; involucral bracts obovate, 0.7-1 mm long, margins membranous, ruminate; 
receptacle strongly domed (usually as high or higher than wide); female (outer) florets c. 
160-250 in 6-10 rows, corollas cylindrical, c. 0.2 mm long; bisexual florets 1 1-20, corollas 
funnel-shaped, c. 0.4 mm long (including lobes c. 0.2 mm long and wide). Fruiting heads 
soft, readily disintegrating when mature on still-growing plants; bracts of fruiting heads 
strongly to moderately reflexed, straight or slightly upcurved distally, not thickened or pithy; 
fruiting receptacle 0.9- 1.3 mm diam., with a pith layer contained entirely the dome, not 
extending below base of involucre; cypselas narrowly clavate to narrowly obcuneoid, 0.8-1 . 1 
mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide, truncate at apex, smooth or scabridulous, weakly to strongly 
4(-6)-angled, the angles ciliate, united at or above ± four-fifths of the cypsela length into a 
slightly thickened, pale, apical portion, the pericaip between the ribs in the lower part very 
thin, with the brown testa of the .seed apparent, the faces with or without a row of hairs down 
the centre, vesicular trichomes sparsely scattered over faces, hairs antrorsely appressed or 
sLibappressed, 0. 1-0.2 mm long, acute, not inrolled at apex. (Figs 3d, 4d. 6d) 
Representative specimens: AUSTRALIA: VVestkrn Austr.xi.i.a: Kimberley. Gibb River, 
Kalumbiiru Mission Road, A.C. Beanglelwle 51658 (PERTH); Charmley River, viii.1905. W. 
Fitzgerald s.n. (PERTH); Mt Trafalgar, Kimberley coast. 14.vi.l988. K.F. Kenneally /0777(DNA, 
PERTH); King Edward River floodplain, 22.viii.1993, A. A. Mitchell 5247 (BROOME, MEL, 
PERTH). Northern Territory: Litchfield National Park. Butterfly Gorge. 29.ix.l991. MJ. 
Barritt 912 (DNA); Kakadu National Park. 3 km N of Old Goodparla, 3.viii.l994, MJ. Barriti 
//09 (DNA); Litchfield Station. 8.x. 1989. K.M. Manning 485 (DNA); Mataranka. 22. vi. 1999, N.G. 
Walsh 4989 (MEL); Magela Creek. East of Ja Ja. 2 1 .viii. 1980, J.T. Waterhouse s.n. (CANB, DNA). 
Qeeense.ani): Cook District. Cooktown. viii. 1 88 1, E. Betche s.n. (BRI); North Kennedy District, 
Proserpine, I0.xii.l9l9, Rev. N. Michael {BR\): Cape York. Archer Bend National Park. 2.viii.l98l, 
A. Morton 1309 (BRI. MEL); North Kennedy District. Baratta Creek. 21. vi. 1949, LS. Smith 4321 
(BRI). PAPUA NEW GUINEA; Western District. Bula Plains, Morehead subdistrict, 10 Nov. 
1972, E.E. Henty & D.B. Eoreinan, NGE 49356 (LAE. L. BRI); Western Province, Tambari Plain, 
Balanuiuk, 1 8 Sept. 1 979, N.A. Jinas A E.K. Naoni 35 (LAE); Marauke. Tarain River. 4 Aug. 1 954. 
P. van Royen 4606 (LAE, L). 
Distrihiition and Conservation Status: Occurs in far northern Australia (latitudes near 
and above c. 20'’N). from near-coastal areas of the Kimberley Region, Western Australia 
eastward to Townsville area in Queensland. It also occurs in western Papua New Guinea 
and perhaps to be anticipated in suitable areas of Irian Jaya. It is not well represented in 
herbaria and in the few places that I have seen the species, it is not locally abundant. A 
Conservation Code of 3RC- is suggested (Briggs & Leigh 1996). (Fig. 9) 
Habitat: Occurs in seasonally inundated depressions and on floodplains, commonly 
around lagoons, billabongs and beside watercourses, mostly on alluvial silts. 
Notes: Closely related to C. minima but distinguished by the perennial, rhizoinatous, 
more robust habit, conspicuous white-cottony indumentum and longer and relatively nar- 
row leaves. See also notes under C. minima (both subspp.). 
The epithet is Latin, meaning northern, a reference to its restricted occurrence within 
Australia. 

Page image

581316 Centipeda minima minima Muelleria 15: 46-48, Figs 4, 6, 8 (map)
581317 Centipeda minima macrocephala Muelleria 15: 48-49, Figs 4, 6, 9 (map)
886050 Centipeda minima lanuginosa Muelleria 15: 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960122
Page is part of the work A revision of Centipeda (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.237630
581319 Centipeda nidiformis Muelleria 15: 51-52, Figs 4, 6, 9 (map)
827012 Centipeda orbicularis Muelleria 15: 42
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960121
Page is part of the work A revision of Centipeda (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.237630

Page text

42 
N.G. Walsh 
2. Centipeda minima (L.) A. Braun & Asch., Ind. Sem. Hort. Bewl. app. 6 (1867). 
Artemisia minima L., Sp. PI. 849 ( 1 753). Type, provenance and collector unknown. LINN 
(photo seen). 
Myriogyne minuta (G. Forst.) Less., Limuiea 6; 219 (1831). Cotida miiuita G. For.st., 
FI. Ins. Austral. Prodr. 57 (1786). Type: Noua Caledonia, not found, 
Centipeda orbicularis Lour., FI. Coch. 2: 602 (1790). Type: Mnculta in agris 
Cochinchiniae', BM! 
Myriogyne minuta van lanuginosa DC., Prodr. 6: 139 (1838). Syntypes: ‘in India ori- 
F’igure 4. Centipeda capitula, longitudinal sections, a C. elatinoides (Walsh 5145, 
MEL); b C. miidnia subsp. minima (Walsh 4950, MEL); c C. minima subsp. 
macrocepluda (Walsh 4984, MEL); d C. borealis (Walsh 4992. MEL); e C. 
nidiformis (Walsh 4982, MEL); f C. racemosa (Doherty s.n.. BRI). 

Page image

886051 Centipeda orbicularis lanuginosa Muelleria 15: 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960122
Page is part of the work A revision of Centipeda (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.237630
886043 Centipeda orbicularis sternutatoria Muelleria 15: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960117
Page is part of the work A revision of Centipeda (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.237630
581321 Centipeda pleiocephala Muelleria 15: 54-55, Figs 1, 3, 5, 7, 10 (map)
581320 Centipeda racemosa Muelleria 15: 52-54, Figs 3, 4, 6, 10 (map)
827013 Centipeda racemosa lanata Muelleria 15: 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960131
Page is part of the work A revision of Centipeda (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.237630
886044 Centipeda sp. 1 Muelleria 15: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960117
Page is part of the work A revision of Centipeda (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.237630

Page text

38 
N.G. Walsh 
9. Receptacle prominently raised (± hemispherical); involcral bracts at fruiting widely 
spreading or deflexed 1 0 
9. Receptacle slightly concave to slightly convex; fruiting involucre ± bowl-shaped ..12 
10. Cypselas truncate, less than 3 times as long as wide; corollas of female florets under 
0.3 mm long; plants overall cottony-pubescent; fruiting capitula readily breaking up 
before stems senesce; northern Australia 9b. C. minima subsp. macrocephala 
10. Cypselas rounded or truncate at apex, at least 3 times as long as wide; corollas of 
female florets 0.3 mm long or more; plants usually glabrescent (rarely cottony); 
fruiting capitula usually remaining intact until after stems senesce; southern 
Australia, New Zealand 1 1 
11. Plants prostrate or weakly ascending; leaves 4-8(-12) mm long; bisexual florets 
fewer than 17; New Zealand only 7. C. aotearoana 
1 1 . Plants more or less erect; leaves mostly longer than 1 cm; bisexual florets c. 20 or 
more; Australia and New Zealand 8. C. cunninghamii 
12. Decumbent to erect annuals, never producing adventitious roots; ripe fruiting 
capitula 3.5-7 mm diam., very hard, not readily disintegrating; cypselas ± linear (at 
least 5 times longer than wide). ( 1 .5-) 1 .8-2.5 mm long, the pericarp thin and 
translucent between the ribs in the lower half; inland areas of Australia 
9a. C. crateriformis subsp. crateriformis 
12. Prostrate to decumbent annuals or perennials, often producing adventitious roots, or 
sometimes rhizomatous; ripe fruiting capitula 2.5-5 mm diam.. usually readily 
disintegrating; cypselas narrowly obcuneoid (less than 5 times longer than wide) 
1-1.7 mm long, the pericarp often thickish and opaque between the ribs (or the ribs 
rather wide and obscuring the intervening pericarp), obscuring the testa of the 
enclosed seed; southern Australia (but not Tasmania) 
9b. C. crateriformis subsp. compacta 
1. Centipeda elatinoides (Less.) Benth. & Hook, e.x O. Hoffm. in Engl. & PrantI, Nat. 
Pfianzenfaiu. 4(5): 280 (1892). Myriogyiie elatinoides Less., Linnaea 6: 219 (1831). 
Type: 'Chili, ad Talcaguanho cel., de Chamisso, ad Conception'. Doiuhey {herb, kimth.y, 
‘(Australia. New South Wales) in montibus coeruleis Novae Hollandieae’, Lesson {herb 
kiinth.y-. Lectotype (Inc designatiis) Chile, ad Concepcion, 1782, Donibey: PI; i.solecto- 
type P!, G-DC. (photo seen). An unnumbered Dombey collection at L {L 0069571) is an 
exciccata specimen from P. It is probably a duplicate of the lectotype, but without 
Dombey’s collecting number or detailed provenance information, the specimen can only 
tentatively be regarded as an isolectotype. 
Cotula foetida Poepp. e.x DC., Prodr. 6: 139 (1838). nom. niul. (cited in synonymy only) 
Type: 'in paludos. exsiccat. ad Talcahuana', Poeppig pi. e.xs. n. 453. G-DC. (photo .seen). 
Centipeda minima sens, anctt., p.p., non (L.) A. Braun & Asch. ( 1867). 
?Centipeda orbicularis var. sternutatoria (Roxb.) Bailey. Qkl FI. 860 (1900). 
Centipeda sp. 1, sensii Walsh in Walsh & Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4; 721 (1999). 
Prostrate annual or perennial: branches to c. 30 cm long, sometimes rooting from lower 
nodes, essentially glabrous, but sometimes with short arachnoid hairs near the growing tip. 
Leaves mostly alternate, obovate or narrowly obovate, (6-)10-20 mm long, 2.5-8 mm 
wide, entire or shallowly serrate, glabrous, resin-dotted on both surfaces, concolorous or 
sliuhtly paler beneath. Inflorescence a single shortly pedunculate capitulum. usually leaf- 
opposed; peduncle 0.5-3 mm long. Capitula at anthesis biconvex to hemispherical. 3-5 mm 
diam.; involucral bracts 1-2-seriate. obovate with ruminate membranous margins, 1-1.5 
mm long; receptacle convex; female (outer) florets 40-80. in 2-A rows, corollas narrowly 
cylindrical, 0.2-0.4 mm long (including lobes less than 0.1 mm long), green or yellow- 

Page image

581327 Centipeda thespidioides Muelleria 15: 61-63, Figs 5, 7, 11 (map)
827011 Cotula minuta Muelleria 15: 42
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960121
Page is part of the work A revision of Centipeda (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.237630
572412 Cristonia biloba Muelleria 15: 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960090
Page is part of the work Two new endemic Australian genera in the tribe Brongniartieae (Fabaceae) to accommodate two species formerly included in Templetonia R.Br, doi:10.5962/p.237625

Page text

Endemic Brongniartieae 
11 
gained by transferring two species that were anomalous within Templetonia to 
Lamprolobium where likewise they will be anomalous. Templetonia hiloba and T. incana 
are not closely related to each other and consequently each is transferred to a new mono- 
typic genus. The necessary changes are effected below. 
Taxonomy 
Cristonia J.H. Ross, genus now, a speciebus omnibus Templetoniae foliis simplicibus 
apice bilobo manifeste plerumque, lobis calycis superis connatis in limbum truncatum 
productis, bracteolis linearibus herbaceis; a Plagiocarpo foliis simplicibus corollis flavis 
et purpureo-fuscis, leguminibus oblongis; a Lamprolobio foliis simplicibus, corollis flavis 
et purpureo-fuscis, calycibus non basaliter circumscissis; a Thinicola foliis apice bilobo 
manifeste, corollis flavis et purpureo-fuscis, lobis calycibus superis connatis in limbum 
truncatum productis, stipulis magnis oblique ovatis orbiculatis vel obovato-oblongis per- 
sistentibus foliaceis destitis differt. 
Typical species: C. biloha 
Cristonia differs from all species of Templetonia in having simple leaves that are usually 
distinctly bilobed apically, the 2 upper calyx-lobes united into a truncate limb, and linear 
herbaceous bracteoles; from Plagiocarpus in having simple leaves, large yellow and pur- 
plish-brown corollas, and oblong pods; from Lamprolobium in having simple leaves, yel- 
low and purplish-brown corollas, and calyces that are not basally circumscissile; and 
from Thinicola in having leaves that are usually distinctly bilobed apically, the standard 
petal pale yellow internally with a broad purplish-brown zone around the throat, and the 
2 upper calyx-lobes united into a truncate limb. Furthermore, the vegetative parts, 
pedicels and external surface of the calyces in C. biloba lack the dense spreading silvery 
hairs that are so conspicuous in Thinicola, and C. hiloba lacks the large obliquely ovate, 
orbicular or obovate-oblong persistent foliaceous stipules of Thinicola incana. 
Cristonia biloba (Benth.) J. H. Ross, comb. now. Bossiaea hiloba Benth. in Endl. et al., 
Enum. PI. Nov. Holl. 36 (1837). Templetonia hiloba (Benth.) Polhill, Bot. Syst. 1: 309 
( 1 976); Ross, Muelleria 5: 6-8, figs. 3 & 4 ( 1 982). Type: Western Australia, King Georges 
Sound, Hiigel (hoiotype W). 
Bossiaea biloba var. stenophylla Meisn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 85 (1844). Type: 
Western Australia, Swan River, J. Drummond 264 (isotypes MEL, W). 
Cristonia hiloba occurs in Western Australia along the coastal plain and in the Darling 
Range from the vicinity of Perth northwards to Shark Bay. Although relatively wide- 
spread, plants are seldom common and, when not in flower, are easily overlooked. 
The hairs on the exterior of the calyx in C. biloha are often dark brown, a feature 
shared with many species of Hovea. The two upper united calyx-lobes in Lamprolobium 
are reminiscent of those in C. biloba. 
The name Cristonia is a contraction and acknowledges the contribution of Michael D. 
Crisp and Peter H. Weston whose joint studies have advanced significantly our under- 
standing of the tribes Mirbelieae, Bossiaeeae and Brongniartieae. The bilobed leaf apices 
of C. biloba symbolise this joint contribution. 
Thinicola J.ff. Ross, genus now., a speciebus omnibus Templetoniae partibus vegetativis 
pedicellis pagina externa calycis pilis densis effusis argenteis vestitis, stipulis magnis 
oblique ovatis orbiculatis vel obovato-oblongis persistentibus foliaceis, floribus magnis 
pendulis rubris admonum (T. retusa similtudine sed forma differt), bracteolis linearfbus 
herbaceis; a Plagiocarpo et Lamprolobio foliis simplicibus, stipulis magnis persistentibus. 

Page image

572411 Cristonia Muelleria 15: 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960090
Page is part of the work Two new endemic Australian genera in the tribe Brongniartieae (Fabaceae) to accommodate two species formerly included in Templetonia R.Br, doi:10.5962/p.237625

Page text

Endemic Brongniartieae 
11 
gained by transferring two species that were anomalous within Templetonia to 
Lamprolobium where likewise they will be anomalous. Templetonia hiloba and T. incana 
are not closely related to each other and consequently each is transferred to a new mono- 
typic genus. The necessary changes are effected below. 
Taxonomy 
Cristonia J.H. Ross, genus now, a speciebus omnibus Templetoniae foliis simplicibus 
apice bilobo manifeste plerumque, lobis calycis superis connatis in limbum truncatum 
productis, bracteolis linearibus herbaceis; a Plagiocarpo foliis simplicibus corollis flavis 
et purpureo-fuscis, leguminibus oblongis; a Lamprolobio foliis simplicibus, corollis flavis 
et purpureo-fuscis, calycibus non basaliter circumscissis; a Thinicola foliis apice bilobo 
manifeste, corollis flavis et purpureo-fuscis, lobis calycibus superis connatis in limbum 
truncatum productis, stipulis magnis oblique ovatis orbiculatis vel obovato-oblongis per- 
sistentibus foliaceis destitis differt. 
Typical species: C. biloha 
Cristonia differs from all species of Templetonia in having simple leaves that are usually 
distinctly bilobed apically, the 2 upper calyx-lobes united into a truncate limb, and linear 
herbaceous bracteoles; from Plagiocarpus in having simple leaves, large yellow and pur- 
plish-brown corollas, and oblong pods; from Lamprolobium in having simple leaves, yel- 
low and purplish-brown corollas, and calyces that are not basally circumscissile; and 
from Thinicola in having leaves that are usually distinctly bilobed apically, the standard 
petal pale yellow internally with a broad purplish-brown zone around the throat, and the 
2 upper calyx-lobes united into a truncate limb. Furthermore, the vegetative parts, 
pedicels and external surface of the calyces in C. biloba lack the dense spreading silvery 
hairs that are so conspicuous in Thinicola, and C. hiloba lacks the large obliquely ovate, 
orbicular or obovate-oblong persistent foliaceous stipules of Thinicola incana. 
Cristonia biloba (Benth.) J. H. Ross, comb. now. Bossiaea hiloba Benth. in Endl. et al., 
Enum. PI. Nov. Holl. 36 (1837). Templetonia hiloba (Benth.) Polhill, Bot. Syst. 1: 309 
( 1 976); Ross, Muelleria 5: 6-8, figs. 3 & 4 ( 1 982). Type: Western Australia, King Georges 
Sound, Hiigel (hoiotype W). 
Bossiaea biloba var. stenophylla Meisn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 85 (1844). Type: 
Western Australia, Swan River, J. Drummond 264 (isotypes MEL, W). 
Cristonia hiloba occurs in Western Australia along the coastal plain and in the Darling 
Range from the vicinity of Perth northwards to Shark Bay. Although relatively wide- 
spread, plants are seldom common and, when not in flower, are easily overlooked. 
The hairs on the exterior of the calyx in C. biloha are often dark brown, a feature 
shared with many species of Hovea. The two upper united calyx-lobes in Lamprolobium 
are reminiscent of those in C. biloba. 
The name Cristonia is a contraction and acknowledges the contribution of Michael D. 
Crisp and Peter H. Weston whose joint studies have advanced significantly our under- 
standing of the tribes Mirbelieae, Bossiaeeae and Brongniartieae. The bilobed leaf apices 
of C. biloba symbolise this joint contribution. 
Thinicola J.ff. Ross, genus now., a speciebus omnibus Templetoniae partibus vegetativis 
pedicellis pagina externa calycis pilis densis effusis argenteis vestitis, stipulis magnis 
oblique ovatis orbiculatis vel obovato-oblongis persistentibus foliaceis, floribus magnis 
pendulis rubris admonum (T. retusa similtudine sed forma differt), bracteolis linearfbus 
herbaceis; a Plagiocarpo et Lamprolobio foliis simplicibus, stipulis magnis persistentibus. 

Page image

960092 Eriostemon myoporoides myoporoides Muelleria 15: 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960094
Page is part of the work Notes on the Philotheca myoporoides complex (Rutaceae) in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.237626
581328 Lepidium ginninderrense Muelleria 15: 69-73, Figs 1-3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 15: 69-73, Figs 1-3".

886054 Myriogyne cunninghamii Muelleria 15: 56
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960135
Page is part of the work A revision of Centipeda (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.237630

Page text

56 
N.G. Walsh 
with a finer rib alternating with each of the major angles, the ribs terminating 2/3 or 4/5 
of the cypsela length in a thickened spongy apical portion, pericarp between ribs usually 
thin, revealing the brown shining seed beneath, vesicular trichomes absent from cypsela 
body or sparsely scattered over faces, hairs antrorsely spreading or subappressed, 0.2-0.4 
mm long, confined to ribs, extending from base to the distal quarter of cypsela, neither 
inrolled nor conspicuously thickened at apex, acute or obtuse. (Figs 5b, 7b) 
Representative specimens: NEW ZEALAND: North Island: Great Is, Three Kings, 
30. xi. 1945, G.T.S. Bayliss (AK); Elands Lake, Hawkes Bay, 24.V.1990, P.D. Champion 
.y.n.(WAlK); Muriwai, Waitakerei, ill. 1914, T.F. Cheeseman (AK); near Cape Palliser, Wairarapa, 
11.1947, A.P. Druce (CHR); Taranaki Land District, south of Opunake, 15.iii.l994, PN. Johnson 
1254 (CHR); Turakirae Head, iv.l973, C. Ogle (CHR); Great Barrier Island, 3.iv.l980, C.C. Ogle 
461 (CHR); Whangamarino Swamp, Waikato, 15.1.1981, C.C. Ogle 616 (CHR); Kapiti Island, Te 
Wairoua Valley, 27. iv. 1982, C.C. Ogle (CHR). South Island; Wairarapa Coast, NE of Otorie 
River, xii.1978, A.P. Druce (CHR); Darfield, ?1950s. A.E. Esler (AK); Hagley Park. Christchurch, 
12.iv.l954, A.J. Mealy 55/43 (CHR); North Canterbury, Medbury, 26.1.1996, A.J. Mealy 96/8 
(CHR); Awatere Valley, Marlborough, 23.1.1955. R. Mason 3144 (CHR); Lake Wanaka. N. Petrie 
s.cl. (AK); Saltwater Lagoon. Westland, 7.iii.l980. P. Wardle (CHR). 
Distribution and Conservation Status: Apparently endemic to New Zealand. From 
Three Kings Islands in the extreme north south to at least Lake Wanaka on the south 
island. It does not appear to be rare. (Fig. 8) 
Habitat: Occurs chiefly on sandy or muddy shores and drying beds of lakes, swamps, 
rivers etc.; noted from the beach near Cape Palliser (Druce. s.n. CHR 82235). Also rela- 
tively common on disturbed sites, e.g. gravel and shale pits, levee banks etc. 
Note.s: Centipeda aotearoana is distinguished from other species in New Zealand (C. 
cunningluiinii, C. elatinoides and C. minima) in the combined features ot prostrate habit, 
and firm, hemispherical fruiting capitula. From C. cunninghamii it differs in smaller 
leaves, prostrate habit, generally smaller capitula, and fewer bisexual florets. From C. 
elatinoides it differs in the firm fruiting heads and the non-flattened cypselas with a pithy 
apical process. From C. minima it differs in the firm, hemispherical fruiting heads, non- 
flattened and larger cypselas. Amongst other species not occurring in New Zealand, it is 
closest to C. crateriformis subsp. compacta from which it differs chiefly in the shape ot 
the capitula (hemispherical vs biconvex), the conspicuously domed receptacle, the gen- 
erally relatively narrower cypselas, and the cypsela hairs which are acute or obtuse, nei- 
ther thickened or inrolled at their apices. Both the cypselas and corollas of C. aotearoana 
are less glandular than those of either subspecies of C. crateriformis. 
The epithet is based on the Maori word for their country, meaning 'land of the long 
white cloud’. 
8. Centipeda cunninghamii (DC.) A. Braun & Asch., Ind. Sem. Hort. Berol. App. 6 
( 1 867). Mxriogxne cunninghamii DC.. Prodr. 6; 139 ( 1838). Type: Australia, New South 
Wales, ‘inundated banks of the Lachlan River’, 29 Apr. 1817. A. Cunningham (lectotype, 
hie designatus. G-DC (photo seen); isolectotype; K (photo seen)). 
Erect or ascending perennial (sometimes annual in adverse conditions) to c. 30 cm high, 
new growth commonly resprouting from base, glabrous, or cottony near the growing tips, 
or rarely cottony overall. Leaves oblong or narrowly obovate. 7-30 mm long, 2.5-7 mm 
wide, serrate, glabrous, resin-dotted on both surfaces, concolorous or slightly paler 
below. Inflorescence a single sessile cauline capitulum. not leaf-opposed, often in branch 
axils. Capitula at anthesis biconvex, hemispherical or subglobular, 4-6(-8) mm diam.; 
involucral bracts 3-5-seriate. obovate, 1.5-3 mm long, entire or with minutely ruminate 
membranous margins, glabrous to lightly (rarely densely) cottony; receptacle strongly 
convex; female (outer) florets c. 2()0— 350. in 7—12 rows, corollas narrowly cylindrical. 

Page image

886042 Myriogyne elatinoides Muelleria 15: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960117
Page is part of the work A revision of Centipeda (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.237630

Page text

38 
N.G. Walsh 
9. Receptacle prominently raised (± hemispherical); involcral bracts at fruiting widely 
spreading or deflexed 1 0 
9. Receptacle slightly concave to slightly convex; fruiting involucre ± bowl-shaped ..12 
10. Cypselas truncate, less than 3 times as long as wide; corollas of female florets under 
0.3 mm long; plants overall cottony-pubescent; fruiting capitula readily breaking up 
before stems senesce; northern Australia 9b. C. minima subsp. macrocephala 
10. Cypselas rounded or truncate at apex, at least 3 times as long as wide; corollas of 
female florets 0.3 mm long or more; plants usually glabrescent (rarely cottony); 
fruiting capitula usually remaining intact until after stems senesce; southern 
Australia, New Zealand 1 1 
11. Plants prostrate or weakly ascending; leaves 4-8(-12) mm long; bisexual florets 
fewer than 17; New Zealand only 7. C. aotearoana 
1 1 . Plants more or less erect; leaves mostly longer than 1 cm; bisexual florets c. 20 or 
more; Australia and New Zealand 8. C. cunninghamii 
12. Decumbent to erect annuals, never producing adventitious roots; ripe fruiting 
capitula 3.5-7 mm diam., very hard, not readily disintegrating; cypselas ± linear (at 
least 5 times longer than wide). ( 1 .5-) 1 .8-2.5 mm long, the pericarp thin and 
translucent between the ribs in the lower half; inland areas of Australia 
9a. C. crateriformis subsp. crateriformis 
12. Prostrate to decumbent annuals or perennials, often producing adventitious roots, or 
sometimes rhizomatous; ripe fruiting capitula 2.5-5 mm diam.. usually readily 
disintegrating; cypselas narrowly obcuneoid (less than 5 times longer than wide) 
1-1.7 mm long, the pericarp often thickish and opaque between the ribs (or the ribs 
rather wide and obscuring the intervening pericarp), obscuring the testa of the 
enclosed seed; southern Australia (but not Tasmania) 
9b. C. crateriformis subsp. compacta 
1. Centipeda elatinoides (Less.) Benth. & Hook, e.x O. Hoffm. in Engl. & PrantI, Nat. 
Pfianzenfaiu. 4(5): 280 (1892). Myriogyiie elatinoides Less., Linnaea 6: 219 (1831). 
Type: 'Chili, ad Talcaguanho cel., de Chamisso, ad Conception'. Doiuhey {herb, kimth.y, 
‘(Australia. New South Wales) in montibus coeruleis Novae Hollandieae’, Lesson {herb 
kiinth.y-. Lectotype (Inc designatiis) Chile, ad Concepcion, 1782, Donibey: PI; i.solecto- 
type P!, G-DC. (photo seen). An unnumbered Dombey collection at L {L 0069571) is an 
exciccata specimen from P. It is probably a duplicate of the lectotype, but without 
Dombey’s collecting number or detailed provenance information, the specimen can only 
tentatively be regarded as an isolectotype. 
Cotula foetida Poepp. e.x DC., Prodr. 6: 139 (1838). nom. niul. (cited in synonymy only) 
Type: 'in paludos. exsiccat. ad Talcahuana', Poeppig pi. e.xs. n. 453. G-DC. (photo .seen). 
Centipeda minima sens, anctt., p.p., non (L.) A. Braun & Asch. ( 1867). 
?Centipeda orbicularis var. sternutatoria (Roxb.) Bailey. Qkl FI. 860 (1900). 
Centipeda sp. 1, sensii Walsh in Walsh & Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4; 721 (1999). 
Prostrate annual or perennial: branches to c. 30 cm long, sometimes rooting from lower 
nodes, essentially glabrous, but sometimes with short arachnoid hairs near the growing tip. 
Leaves mostly alternate, obovate or narrowly obovate, (6-)10-20 mm long, 2.5-8 mm 
wide, entire or shallowly serrate, glabrous, resin-dotted on both surfaces, concolorous or 
sliuhtly paler beneath. Inflorescence a single shortly pedunculate capitulum. usually leaf- 
opposed; peduncle 0.5-3 mm long. Capitula at anthesis biconvex to hemispherical. 3-5 mm 
diam.; involucral bracts 1-2-seriate. obovate with ruminate membranous margins, 1-1.5 
mm long; receptacle convex; female (outer) florets 40-80. in 2-A rows, corollas narrowly 
cylindrical, 0.2-0.4 mm long (including lobes less than 0.1 mm long), green or yellow- 

Page image

9054621 Myriogyne elatinoides Muelleria 15: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960117
Page is part of the work A revision of Centipeda (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.237630

Page text

38 
N.G. Walsh 
9. Receptacle prominently raised (± hemispherical); involcral bracts at fruiting widely 
spreading or deflexed 1 0 
9. Receptacle slightly concave to slightly convex; fruiting involucre ± bowl-shaped ..12 
10. Cypselas truncate, less than 3 times as long as wide; corollas of female florets under 
0.3 mm long; plants overall cottony-pubescent; fruiting capitula readily breaking up 
before stems senesce; northern Australia 9b. C. minima subsp. macrocephala 
10. Cypselas rounded or truncate at apex, at least 3 times as long as wide; corollas of 
female florets 0.3 mm long or more; plants usually glabrescent (rarely cottony); 
fruiting capitula usually remaining intact until after stems senesce; southern 
Australia, New Zealand 1 1 
11. Plants prostrate or weakly ascending; leaves 4-8(-12) mm long; bisexual florets 
fewer than 17; New Zealand only 7. C. aotearoana 
1 1 . Plants more or less erect; leaves mostly longer than 1 cm; bisexual florets c. 20 or 
more; Australia and New Zealand 8. C. cunninghamii 
12. Decumbent to erect annuals, never producing adventitious roots; ripe fruiting 
capitula 3.5-7 mm diam., very hard, not readily disintegrating; cypselas ± linear (at 
least 5 times longer than wide). ( 1 .5-) 1 .8-2.5 mm long, the pericarp thin and 
translucent between the ribs in the lower half; inland areas of Australia 
9a. C. crateriformis subsp. crateriformis 
12. Prostrate to decumbent annuals or perennials, often producing adventitious roots, or 
sometimes rhizomatous; ripe fruiting capitula 2.5-5 mm diam.. usually readily 
disintegrating; cypselas narrowly obcuneoid (less than 5 times longer than wide) 
1-1.7 mm long, the pericarp often thickish and opaque between the ribs (or the ribs 
rather wide and obscuring the intervening pericarp), obscuring the testa of the 
enclosed seed; southern Australia (but not Tasmania) 
9b. C. crateriformis subsp. compacta 
1. Centipeda elatinoides (Less.) Benth. & Hook, e.x O. Hoffm. in Engl. & PrantI, Nat. 
Pfianzenfaiu. 4(5): 280 (1892). Myriogyiie elatinoides Less., Linnaea 6: 219 (1831). 
Type: 'Chili, ad Talcaguanho cel., de Chamisso, ad Conception'. Doiuhey {herb, kimth.y, 
‘(Australia. New South Wales) in montibus coeruleis Novae Hollandieae’, Lesson {herb 
kiinth.y-. Lectotype (Inc designatiis) Chile, ad Concepcion, 1782, Donibey: PI; i.solecto- 
type P!, G-DC. (photo seen). An unnumbered Dombey collection at L {L 0069571) is an 
exciccata specimen from P. It is probably a duplicate of the lectotype, but without 
Dombey’s collecting number or detailed provenance information, the specimen can only 
tentatively be regarded as an isolectotype. 
Cotula foetida Poepp. e.x DC., Prodr. 6: 139 (1838). nom. niul. (cited in synonymy only) 
Type: 'in paludos. exsiccat. ad Talcahuana', Poeppig pi. e.xs. n. 453. G-DC. (photo .seen). 
Centipeda minima sens, anctt., p.p., non (L.) A. Braun & Asch. ( 1867). 
?Centipeda orbicularis var. sternutatoria (Roxb.) Bailey. Qkl FI. 860 (1900). 
Centipeda sp. 1, sensii Walsh in Walsh & Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4; 721 (1999). 
Prostrate annual or perennial: branches to c. 30 cm long, sometimes rooting from lower 
nodes, essentially glabrous, but sometimes with short arachnoid hairs near the growing tip. 
Leaves mostly alternate, obovate or narrowly obovate, (6-)10-20 mm long, 2.5-8 mm 
wide, entire or shallowly serrate, glabrous, resin-dotted on both surfaces, concolorous or 
sliuhtly paler beneath. Inflorescence a single shortly pedunculate capitulum. usually leaf- 
opposed; peduncle 0.5-3 mm long. Capitula at anthesis biconvex to hemispherical. 3-5 mm 
diam.; involucral bracts 1-2-seriate. obovate with ruminate membranous margins, 1-1.5 
mm long; receptacle convex; female (outer) florets 40-80. in 2-A rows, corollas narrowly 
cylindrical, 0.2-0.4 mm long (including lobes less than 0.1 mm long), green or yellow- 

Page image

827010 Myriogyne minuta Muelleria 15: 42
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960121
Page is part of the work A revision of Centipeda (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.237630

Page text

42 
N.G. Walsh 
2. Centipeda minima (L.) A. Braun & Asch., Ind. Sem. Hort. Bewl. app. 6 (1867). 
Artemisia minima L., Sp. PI. 849 ( 1 753). Type, provenance and collector unknown. LINN 
(photo seen). 
Myriogyne minuta (G. Forst.) Less., Limuiea 6; 219 (1831). Cotida miiuita G. For.st., 
FI. Ins. Austral. Prodr. 57 (1786). Type: Noua Caledonia, not found, 
Centipeda orbicularis Lour., FI. Coch. 2: 602 (1790). Type: Mnculta in agris 
Cochinchiniae', BM! 
Myriogyne minuta van lanuginosa DC., Prodr. 6: 139 (1838). Syntypes: ‘in India ori- 
F’igure 4. Centipeda capitula, longitudinal sections, a C. elatinoides (Walsh 5145, 
MEL); b C. miidnia subsp. minima (Walsh 4950, MEL); c C. minima subsp. 
macrocepluda (Walsh 4984, MEL); d C. borealis (Walsh 4992. MEL); e C. 
nidiformis (Walsh 4982, MEL); f C. racemosa (Doherty s.n.. BRI). 

Page image

886049 Myriogyne minuta lanuginosa Muelleria 15: 42
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960121
Page is part of the work A revision of Centipeda (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.237630
886053 Myriogyne racemosa Muelleria 15: 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960131
Page is part of the work A revision of Centipeda (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.237630
581313 Oreobolus tholicarpus Muelleria 15: 28-29, Figs 1, 2, 3 (map)
581312 Philotheca freyciana Muelleria 15: 23-24, Fig. 3 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 15: 23-24, Fig. 3 (map)".

960091 Philotheca myoporoides Muelleria 15: 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960094
Page is part of the work Notes on the Philotheca myoporoides complex (Rutaceae) in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.237626

Page text

Muelleria 15:15 (2001) 
Notes on the Philotheca myoporoides Complex (Rutaceae) in Victoria 
Andrew C. Rozefelds 
Tasmanian Herbarium, GPO Box 252-04, Hobart, Tasmania, 7001, Australia, email: 
arozefelds@tmag.tas.gov.au 
Abstract 
Philotheca myoporoides subsp petraeus nov. is described from the Gippsland area of Victoria, and 
P. myoporoides subsp brevipedunculata is recorded from the state for the first time. 
Introduction 
The taxonomy of Philotheca myoporoides (DC) M.J.Bayly was most recently revised by 
Bayly (1998), who transferred the species from Eriostemon, in line with the classification 
of Wilson ( 1998), and recognised nine subspecies. Bayly (1998, p. 118) maintained abroad 
circumscription of P. myoporoides, even though he noted that most of the “taxa in the 
Philotheca myoporoides complex are both morphologically and geographically distinct”. 
In this paper a new taxon from Mount Stewart in the Gippsland Region of Victoria is 
formally described. It was first collected in 1963. Material of this taxon was identified by 
Paul Wilson when preparing his (1970) revision of Eriostemon, as E. myoporoides [=P. 
myoporoides] with the annotation “I have seen no other material of this form”. 
Subsequently, the Flora of Victoria treatment of Eriostemon (Bayly 1999), which was 
prepared (but not published) prior to Bayly ’s (1998) work, placed the Mount Stewart col- 
lections under E. myoporoides subsp. myoporoides, which was at the time of preparation, 
the only described subspecies of E. myoporoides recognised from the State. More infor- 
mation on this taxon was provided by Bayly (1998), who included a brief description and 
noted that the Mount Stewart collections “most closely resemble members of subsp. bre- 
vipedunculata” but did not “sit comfortably within the present circumscriptions of sub- 
species”. A new subspecies of P. myoporoides is here proposed for the Mt Stewart col- 
lections, as this is consistent with the current circumscription of taxa within this complex. 
This paper also provides the first record of Philotheca myoporoides subsp brevipediincu- 
lata from Victoria. The specimens studied are all from the National Herbarium of Victoria 
(MEL). 
Philotheca myoporoides subsp. petraeus Rozefelds subsp nov. a Philotheca myoporoides 
subsp. myoporoides foliis 8-16 mm longis, pedicellis l-3(^), atque a Philotheca 
myoporoides subsp. brevipedunculata pedunculis 2. 2-3.0 mm longis, pedicellis usque 
3mm longis differt. 
Type: North west facing slope at the summit of Mt Stewart, East Gippsland, Victoria, 
J. Turner 1055, 18 Nov. 1995 (holotype MEL 2030756 (Fig. 1)) 
Philotheca myoporoides p. p. sensu M.J.Bayly, Muelleria 11:1 18-1 19 (1998). 
Eriostemon myoporoides subsp. myoporoides p. p. sensu M.J.Bayly, Flora of Victoria 
4:183 (1999). 
An erect shrub, glabrous except for the staminal filaments. Branches green, terete, promi- 
nently glandular, verrucose. Leaves sessile, 8-16 mm long, 4-7 mm wide, coriaceous, 
concolorous in dried specimens, with midrib not extended into aristate tip, smooth on adax- 
ial surface, conspicuous small glands on abaxial surface, margin tinged with red. 
Inflorescence, l-3(^)-tlowered in axillary cymes, peduncle 2.2-3 mm long, bracts con- 
spicuous, pedicel 2.5-3. 1 mm expanding distally. Flowers 5-merous; sepals semiorbicular. 

Page image

581310 Philotheca myoporoides brevipedunculata Muelleria 15: 17-18, Fig. 2 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 15: 17-18, Fig. 2 (map)".

581309 Philotheca myoporoides petraea Muelleria 15: 15-17, Figs 1, 2 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 15: 15-17, Figs 1, 2 (map)".

791303 Philotheca myoporoides petraeus Muelleria 15: 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960094
Page is part of the work Notes on the Philotheca myoporoides complex (Rutaceae) in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.237626
581311 Philotheca verrucosa Muelleria 15: 21-23, Figs 1, 2, 3 (map)
572418 Pultenaea rotundifolia Muelleria 15: 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960111
Page is part of the work The identity of Bossiaea strigillosa Benth. (Fabaceae: Tribe Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.237629

Page text

32 
J H Ross 
Piiltenaea rotundifolia (Turcz.) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 121 (1864). Eiichiliis rotimdifoliits 
Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 26; 277 (1853). Type: Western Austraiia, J. 
Drummond, 5* coll. No. 78. (isotype; K) 
Bossiaea strigillosa Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 157 (1864), synon. nov. Type: Western 
Australia, J. Drummond, '5‘*' Coll.?, n.8r. (lectotype; K, hie designatus) 
Acknowledgement 
1 am most grateful to the Keeper of the Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, for the 
loan of the type material of Bossiaea strigillosa and Piiltenaea rotundifolia. 
Reference 
Bentham. G. (1864) Flora Australiensis, Vol. 2, Lovell Reeve & Co., London 

Page image

828324 Templetonia biloba Muelleria 15: 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960090
Page is part of the work Two new endemic Australian genera in the tribe Brongniartieae (Fabaceae) to accommodate two species formerly included in Templetonia R.Br, doi:10.5962/p.237625

Page text

Endemic Brongniartieae 
11 
gained by transferring two species that were anomalous within Templetonia to 
Lamprolobium where likewise they will be anomalous. Templetonia hiloba and T. incana 
are not closely related to each other and consequently each is transferred to a new mono- 
typic genus. The necessary changes are effected below. 
Taxonomy 
Cristonia J.H. Ross, genus now, a speciebus omnibus Templetoniae foliis simplicibus 
apice bilobo manifeste plerumque, lobis calycis superis connatis in limbum truncatum 
productis, bracteolis linearibus herbaceis; a Plagiocarpo foliis simplicibus corollis flavis 
et purpureo-fuscis, leguminibus oblongis; a Lamprolobio foliis simplicibus, corollis flavis 
et purpureo-fuscis, calycibus non basaliter circumscissis; a Thinicola foliis apice bilobo 
manifeste, corollis flavis et purpureo-fuscis, lobis calycibus superis connatis in limbum 
truncatum productis, stipulis magnis oblique ovatis orbiculatis vel obovato-oblongis per- 
sistentibus foliaceis destitis differt. 
Typical species: C. biloha 
Cristonia differs from all species of Templetonia in having simple leaves that are usually 
distinctly bilobed apically, the 2 upper calyx-lobes united into a truncate limb, and linear 
herbaceous bracteoles; from Plagiocarpus in having simple leaves, large yellow and pur- 
plish-brown corollas, and oblong pods; from Lamprolobium in having simple leaves, yel- 
low and purplish-brown corollas, and calyces that are not basally circumscissile; and 
from Thinicola in having leaves that are usually distinctly bilobed apically, the standard 
petal pale yellow internally with a broad purplish-brown zone around the throat, and the 
2 upper calyx-lobes united into a truncate limb. Furthermore, the vegetative parts, 
pedicels and external surface of the calyces in C. biloba lack the dense spreading silvery 
hairs that are so conspicuous in Thinicola, and C. hiloba lacks the large obliquely ovate, 
orbicular or obovate-oblong persistent foliaceous stipules of Thinicola incana. 
Cristonia biloba (Benth.) J. H. Ross, comb. now. Bossiaea hiloba Benth. in Endl. et al., 
Enum. PI. Nov. Holl. 36 (1837). Templetonia hiloba (Benth.) Polhill, Bot. Syst. 1: 309 
( 1 976); Ross, Muelleria 5: 6-8, figs. 3 & 4 ( 1 982). Type: Western Australia, King Georges 
Sound, Hiigel (hoiotype W). 
Bossiaea biloba var. stenophylla Meisn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 85 (1844). Type: 
Western Australia, Swan River, J. Drummond 264 (isotypes MEL, W). 
Cristonia hiloba occurs in Western Australia along the coastal plain and in the Darling 
Range from the vicinity of Perth northwards to Shark Bay. Although relatively wide- 
spread, plants are seldom common and, when not in flower, are easily overlooked. 
The hairs on the exterior of the calyx in C. biloha are often dark brown, a feature 
shared with many species of Hovea. The two upper united calyx-lobes in Lamprolobium 
are reminiscent of those in C. biloba. 
The name Cristonia is a contraction and acknowledges the contribution of Michael D. 
Crisp and Peter H. Weston whose joint studies have advanced significantly our under- 
standing of the tribes Mirbelieae, Bossiaeeae and Brongniartieae. The bilobed leaf apices 
of C. biloba symbolise this joint contribution. 
Thinicola J.ff. Ross, genus now., a speciebus omnibus Templetoniae partibus vegetativis 
pedicellis pagina externa calycis pilis densis effusis argenteis vestitis, stipulis magnis 
oblique ovatis orbiculatis vel obovato-oblongis persistentibus foliaceis, floribus magnis 
pendulis rubris admonum (T. retusa similtudine sed forma differt), bracteolis linearfbus 
herbaceis; a Plagiocarpo et Lamprolobio foliis simplicibus, stipulis magnis persistentibus. 

Page image

572417 Templetonia incana Muelleria 15: 12
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960091
Page is part of the work Two new endemic Australian genera in the tribe Brongniartieae (Fabaceae) to accommodate two species formerly included in Templetonia R.Br, doi:10.5962/p.237625

Page text

12 
J.H. Ross 
tloribus niagnis rubris admonum; a Cristonia partibus vegetativis pedicellis pagina exter- 
na calycis pilis densis effusis argenteis vestitis, foliis non apice bilobis, stipulis inagnis 
persistentibns, floribus magnis rubris admonum differt. 
Typical species: T. incana 
Thinicola differs from all species of Templetonia in having the vegetative parts, pedicels 
and the external surface of the calyces clothed with dense spreading silvery hairs, large 
obliquely ovate, orbicular or obovate-oblong persistent foliaceous stipules, large, pendu- 
lous and essentially red flowers (also in T. relitsa but the shape of the corolla differs), dis- 
tinctive auricles at the apex of the standard claw, and linear herbaceous bracteoles; from 
Plagiocarpus and Lamprolohium in having simple leaves, large persistent stipules, and 
large essentially red flowers; and from Cristonia in having the vegetative parts, pedicels 
and external surface of the calyces clothed with dense spreading silvery hairs, leaves not 
bilobed apically, large persistent stipules, and large essentially red flowers. Unlike 
Lamprolohium. Thinicola does not have basally circumscissile calyces. 
Thinicola incana (J.H. Ross) J.H. Ross, comb. nor. Templetonia incana J.H. Ross. 
Muelleria 4: 247-249. fig. 1 (1980). Type'. Western Australia, red sand dune 19 miles 
ENE of Jupiter Well, 28.vii.1967, A. 5. George 9065, (holotype PERTH; isotypes AD, 
CANB. K. MEL, PERTH). 
Thinicola incana r>ccurs on the crest of dunes in the Gibson, Great and Little Sandy 
Deserts in Western Australia. Sometimes grows in association with Crotalaria cimning- 
hamii with which it is easily mistaken from a distance on account of the superficially sim- 
ilar foliage. 
When first described, mature pods and seeds were unknown. This deficiency has been 
remedied. Pods oblong, 2. 4-3. 2 cm long, 1 .2-1.5 cm wide, valves yellowish-brown when 
mature, inconspicuously transversely venose, shiny, glabrous, fiattened, apically apicu- 
late. dehiscent. Seeds elliptic to ovate or occasionally almost rounded. 5. 3-6. 6 mm long, 
3— 4.4(-5.7) mm wide, 3^.2 mm thick, straw- to chestnut-brown, the small hilum sur- 
rounded by a cap-like aril. 
The name Thinicola is derived from the Latin 'thininm' meaning "dune’, and 'cola' 
meaning "dweller', and refers to the prefeired habitat of T. incana on the crests of sand dunes. 
Key to the Australian genera of the Brongniartieae 
1. Leaves all or mostly 3-5(-7)-foliolate; leaflets elliptic- to obovate-oblong. oblong, 
obovate, narrowly elliptic to narrowly ovate, never linear-terete or filiform 2 
1 . Leaves simple, unifoliolate. reduced to scales or imparipinnate but then leaflets linear- 
terete to filiform 3 
2. Leaves imparipinnately compound, usually 3-5(-7)-foliolate. but distal leaves often 
unifoliolate; calyx circumscissile basally; pods oblong iMinprolohium 
2. Leaves digitately 3-foliolate; calyx not circumscissile basally; pods obliquely 
ellipsoid Plagiocarpus 
3. Leaves simple, unifoliolate. reduced to scales or imparipinnately compound and the 
leaflets linear-terete to filiform; bracteoles ovate, papery Templetonia 
3. Leaves simple; bracteoles linear to ovate but not papery 4 
4. Corolla (except for markings in throat of standard) blue, purple or mauve, rarely 
white; pods not or scarcely longer than broad; aril 3 or more times as long as 
broad Hove a 
4. Corolla yellow with purplish-brown markings or essentially red; pods oblong, much 
longer than broad; aril nearly circular to elliptic 5 

Page image

823799 Templetonia incana Muelleria 15: 12
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960091
Page is part of the work Two new endemic Australian genera in the tribe Brongniartieae (Fabaceae) to accommodate two species formerly included in Templetonia R.Br, doi:10.5962/p.237625

Page text

12 
J.H. Ross 
tloribus niagnis rubris admonum; a Cristonia partibus vegetativis pedicellis pagina exter- 
na calycis pilis densis effusis argenteis vestitis, foliis non apice bilobis, stipulis inagnis 
persistentibns, floribus magnis rubris admonum differt. 
Typical species: T. incana 
Thinicola differs from all species of Templetonia in having the vegetative parts, pedicels 
and the external surface of the calyces clothed with dense spreading silvery hairs, large 
obliquely ovate, orbicular or obovate-oblong persistent foliaceous stipules, large, pendu- 
lous and essentially red flowers (also in T. relitsa but the shape of the corolla differs), dis- 
tinctive auricles at the apex of the standard claw, and linear herbaceous bracteoles; from 
Plagiocarpus and Lamprolohium in having simple leaves, large persistent stipules, and 
large essentially red flowers; and from Cristonia in having the vegetative parts, pedicels 
and external surface of the calyces clothed with dense spreading silvery hairs, leaves not 
bilobed apically, large persistent stipules, and large essentially red flowers. Unlike 
Lamprolohium. Thinicola does not have basally circumscissile calyces. 
Thinicola incana (J.H. Ross) J.H. Ross, comb. nor. Templetonia incana J.H. Ross. 
Muelleria 4: 247-249. fig. 1 (1980). Type'. Western Australia, red sand dune 19 miles 
ENE of Jupiter Well, 28.vii.1967, A. 5. George 9065, (holotype PERTH; isotypes AD, 
CANB. K. MEL, PERTH). 
Thinicola incana r>ccurs on the crest of dunes in the Gibson, Great and Little Sandy 
Deserts in Western Australia. Sometimes grows in association with Crotalaria cimning- 
hamii with which it is easily mistaken from a distance on account of the superficially sim- 
ilar foliage. 
When first described, mature pods and seeds were unknown. This deficiency has been 
remedied. Pods oblong, 2. 4-3. 2 cm long, 1 .2-1.5 cm wide, valves yellowish-brown when 
mature, inconspicuously transversely venose, shiny, glabrous, fiattened, apically apicu- 
late. dehiscent. Seeds elliptic to ovate or occasionally almost rounded. 5. 3-6. 6 mm long, 
3— 4.4(-5.7) mm wide, 3^.2 mm thick, straw- to chestnut-brown, the small hilum sur- 
rounded by a cap-like aril. 
The name Thinicola is derived from the Latin 'thininm' meaning "dune’, and 'cola' 
meaning "dweller', and refers to the prefeired habitat of T. incana on the crests of sand dunes. 
Key to the Australian genera of the Brongniartieae 
1. Leaves all or mostly 3-5(-7)-foliolate; leaflets elliptic- to obovate-oblong. oblong, 
obovate, narrowly elliptic to narrowly ovate, never linear-terete or filiform 2 
1 . Leaves simple, unifoliolate. reduced to scales or imparipinnate but then leaflets linear- 
terete to filiform 3 
2. Leaves imparipinnately compound, usually 3-5(-7)-foliolate. but distal leaves often 
unifoliolate; calyx circumscissile basally; pods oblong iMinprolohium 
2. Leaves digitately 3-foliolate; calyx not circumscissile basally; pods obliquely 
ellipsoid Plagiocarpus 
3. Leaves simple, unifoliolate. reduced to scales or imparipinnately compound and the 
leaflets linear-terete to filiform; bracteoles ovate, papery Templetonia 
3. Leaves simple; bracteoles linear to ovate but not papery 4 
4. Corolla (except for markings in throat of standard) blue, purple or mauve, rarely 
white; pods not or scarcely longer than broad; aril 3 or more times as long as 
broad Hove a 
4. Corolla yellow with purplish-brown markings or essentially red; pods oblong, much 
longer than broad; aril nearly circular to elliptic 5 

Page image

581330 Thelymitra azurea Muelleria 15: 79-81, Figs 1, 4, 8 (map)
829049 Thelymitra azurea Muelleria 15: 81
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960160
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Thelymitra canaliculata R.Br. (Orchidaceae) complex in southern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237633

Page text

Thelymitra canaliciilata 
81 
Gip Gip Rocks, Padthaway, 10 x. 1964, D. Hunt 2182 (AD DH2182)\ Mt Compass, 30 x. 1976, R. 
Bates s.n. (AD RJB/SE). Victoria: Little Desert. By main N-S track 2,5 km S of Little Desert 
National Park and 27 km S of Kiata, 4 xi. 1978, T.B. Muir 6324 (MEL 1591905 & MEL 565908); 
Victoria Valley, xi. 1932, Lorna Banfield s.n. (MEL 236697); Mallee. 8 km by track .south-west of 
Red Bluff camping area on the S A/Vic. Border track. Big Desert, 6 xi. 1 984, David E. Albrecht 1235 
(MEL 673998); Glenisla heathland, beside Henty Highway & west of Grampians Victoria Range, 6 
xii. 1968, A.H. Corrick s.n. (MEL 665159); Wyperfeld National Park. 0.5 miles SE of Quandong 
Hill, 14 x, 1968, A.C. Beauglehole 29355 (MEL 652722); Glenelg Shire, 8 miles W of Casterton 
P.O., 17 xi. 1971, A.C. Sefliig/e/io/c J7909 (MEL 652720); Lower Glenelg National Park, Kentbruck 
Heath, 22 xi. 1984, A.C. Beauglehole 79113 (MEL 669210); Little Desert (Eastern) near Wail, x. 
1948, A.C. Beauglehole 18787 (MEL 221696); Tea Tree Creek area S of Glenisla Station, 13 xi. 
1971, A.C. Beauglehole 37894 (MEL 652727); Yanac, x. 1942, T.E. George s.n. (MEL 1550418). 
Distribution and habitat; South Australia and Victoria (Fig. 8). In South Australia it 
occurs from the Eyre Peninsula to the Victorian border including Kangaroo Island. In 
Victoria it occurs in the Lowan Mallee, Wannon and Grampians Natural Regions (Conn 
1993). Widespread but rather uncommon in mallee scrublands, heathy woodland and 
heathland on deep sand or sandy loam or peaty soils around swamp margins, often flow- 
ering most abundantly the season following fires. Altitude: 10-250 m. 
Conservation Status; This species is moderately widespread and represented in 
reserves. 
Flowering period; Late September to early December 
Pollination biology; The freely opening flowers, coherent pollen, functional viscidi- 
um and sporadic capsule development, indicate that this species is most likely ento- 
mophilous. 
Notes; Thelymitra azurea has been confused with Thelymitra canaliculata, but the 
two species are quite distinct (see notes under the latter species). Thelymitra azurea is 
most closely related to Thelymitra occidentalism but the latter species has a broader post- 
anther lobe (2-2.5 mm wide) whose distal margin forms a more or less semi-circular rim, 
a more westerly distribution and generally earlier flowering period. 
Thelymitra jonesii Jeanes, sp. nov. 
T. azureae R.S. Rogers affmis sed floribus pallidioribus, lobis lateralibus columnae 
brevioribus, et lobis auxiliaribus ab lobis post-antheris distinctus minus a plicis involutis 
duis vel incisuris vadis duis marginis distalis sejunctis differt. 
Type; Tasmania. Tasman Peninsula; Arthur Highway, between Eaglehawk Neck and 
Taranna, 24 x. 1997, J.E. Wapstra ORG962 (holotype CANB 609353.1, isotype CANB 
609353.2). 
Thelymitra azurea sensu D.L. Jones et al.. The Orchids of Tasmania 266 (1999) non 
R.S. Rogers (1917). 
Illustrations; Jones et al. (1999) pp. 260 & 266 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers not seen. Lcq/Tinear to filiform, 6-21 cm long, 3-6 mm 
wide, erect, fleshy, canaliculate to conduplicate, ribbed abaxially, dark green with a pur- 
plish base, sheathing at base, apex acuminate. Scape 8-40 cm tall, 0.7-2. 5 mm diam., 
straight to slightly flexuose, green or purplish. Sterile bract solitary, linear to linear-lance- 
olate, 1.5-3. 6 cm long, 3-6 mm wide, closely sheathing, green or purplish, apex acumi- 
nate and papillate. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 4-12 mm long. 
2-5 mm wide, closely sheathing the pedicels, green or purplish, apex papillate. Pedicels 
2-6 mm long, relatively stout. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 4-8 mm long, 1 .5-4 mm wide. 
Flowers 1-6, 13-21 (-27) mm across, light blue to azure blue with darker veins, opening 
freely in warm weather. Perianth segments 6-10(-13) mm long, 2-8 mm wide, often 
shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate, obtuse; lateral sepals lanceolate to ovate, acute or 
obtuse, petals lanceolate to ovate, acute or obtuse; labellum lanceolate to narrow-ovate. 

Page image

829050 Thelymitra azurea Muelleria 15: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960162
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Thelymitra canaliculata R.Br. (Orchidaceae) complex in southern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237633

Page text

Thehmitra canalicidata 
83 
Specimens examined'. Tasmania: Cape Barren Island, Furneaux Group, 26 x. 1973, 
J.S. Whinray 631 (MEL 533323)', Cape Barren Island, Furneaux Group, 26 x. 1973, J.S. 
Whinray 177 (AD 97512443)', Southport Bluff, 28 xi. 1976, M. Allan s.n. (HO 410816)', 
Eaglehawk Neck, 5 xi. 1984, M. Cameron s.n. (CANB 9702851.1 upper photograph); 
Mason Point between Eaglehawk Neck and Taranna, 3 1 x. 2000, J. & 4. Wapstra JAJ909 
(MEL 2089283)', Taranna, Tasman Peninsula, 31 x. 1996, R. Minchin ORG385 (CANB 
611006.1 & CANB 611006.3). 
Distribution and habitat'. Apparently endemic to Tasmania where known from only 
four widely separated areas (Fig. 8). Grows in moist coastal heath on sandy to peaty soil 
(Jones eta/. 1999). Altitude: 10-250 m. 
Conservation Status: Known from very few collections. Suggest 3EC by criteria of 
Briggs & Leigh (1996). 
Flowering period: October to early December. 
Pollination biology: The freely opening flowers, coherent pollen, functional viscidi- 
um and sporadic capsule development, indicate that this species is most likely ento- 
mophilous. 
Notes: Thelymitra jonesii Jeanes is most closely related to Thelymitra azurea and 
Thelymitra occidentalis, but the former has generally paler blue Bowers and the column 
has shorter lateral lobes (1.2-2 mm long in T. azurea, 1.5-2. 5 mm long in T. occidental- 
is). Also, the auxiliary lobes in T. jonesii are less differentiated from the post-anther lobe, 
only being separated from it by two inward folds or two shallow incisions of the distal 
margin. 
Specimens of T. jonesii from Cape Barren Island have a variable column post-anther lobe 
ranging from virtually absent to more typical of the species on the Tasmanian mainland. 
Etymology: Named after David L. Jones (1944- ), botanist, horticulturist and botani- 
cal author, and probably the first person to recognise Thelymitra jonesii as a distinct 
species. David is pre-eminent among contemporary orchid taxonomists in Australia, and 
has been of immeasurable help in my orchid research over many years, particularly more 
recently on the genus Thelymitra. 
Thelymitra latiloba Jeanes, sp. nov. 
T. canaliculatae R.Br. affinis sed lobis columnae ad apicem alba vel rosea, lobis auxil- 
iaribus brevioribus latioribus, Borescentia praecociore et habitationibus siccioribus diffeit. 
Type: Western Australia. Weam Nature Reserve, c. 9 km E of Brookton, 15 x. 2000, 
J.A. Jeanes 845 (holotype PERTH, isotypes CANB, MEL 2089278). 
Thelymitra azurea sensu N. Hoffman & A. Brown. Orchids of South-west Australia 
edn 2, 258 (1998) non R.S. Rogers (1917). 
Glabrous, terrestrial herb. Tubers not seen. Lcri/' linear to linear-lanceolate, 15-30 cm 
long, 3—12 mm wide, erect, fleshy, canaliculate, dark green with a purplish base, ribbed 
abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acuminate. Scape 8-60 cm tall, 1. 3-3.5 mm diam., 
straight, green to purplish. Sterile bract usually 1 , rarely 2, linear to linear-lanceolate, 2- 
8 cm long, 3-10 mm wide, closely sheathing, green or purplish, apex acuminate to long- 
acuminate. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 3.5-25 mm long, 2-6 
mm wide, green or purplish, sheathing the pedicels. Pedicels 3-8 mm long, slender. 
Ovary narrow-obovoid, 4- 1 0 mm long, 1 .5-3 mm wide. Flowers 2- 1 2, (20-)30-38(^6) 
mm across, blue with darker blue longitudinal veins, sometimes Bushed mauve towards 
centre and at extremities, opening freely in warm weather. Perianth segments (8-) 
14-1 8(-22) mm long, 3-9 mm wide, concave, often shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate- 
lanceolate to ovate, acute; lateral sepals ovate-lanceolate to ovate, acute; petals ovate- 
lanceolate to ovate, sometimes asymmetric, obtuse to acute; labellum lanceolate to ovate- 
lanceolate, often smaller than other segments, subacute. Column erect from the end of 

Page image

829051 Thelymitra azurea Muelleria 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707696
Page is part of the work Preface, doi:10.5962/p.171600
581329 Thelymitra canaliculata Muelleria 15: 76-79, Figs 1, 3, 8 (map)
581331 Thelymitra jonesii Muelleria 15: 81-83, Figs 1, 5, 8 (map)
588075 Thelymitra Muelleria 15: 75
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960154
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Thelymitra canaliculata R.Br. (Orchidaceae) complex in southern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237633

Page text

Muelleria 15:75 (2001) 
Resolution of the Thelymitra canaliculata R.Br. (Orchidaceae) complex in southern 
Australia. 
Jeffrey A. Je ernes 
Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria 3141, 
Australia 
Abstract 
The five cuiTently known taxa in the Thelymitra canaliculata R.Br. complex from southern 
Australia are discussed and descriptions are presented tor each. Thelymitra jonesii Jeanes from 
Tasmania, Thelymitra latiloha Jeanes from southwestern Australia and Thelymitra occidentalis 
Jeanes from southern Australia are described as new and illustrated. The key diagnostic features 
relating to the size, shape and relative position of the auxiliary lobes of the column and the size and 
shape ot the post-anther lobe of the column are elucidated. Information on distribution, habitat, pol- 
lination biology and conservation status is given tor all five taxa. The relationships between 
Thelymitra canaliculata, Thelymitra azurea R.S. Rogers and the three new species are discussed. A 
key is provided to distinguish all five members of the Thelymitra canaliculata complex. 
Introduction 
Thelymitra J. & G. Forst. is a complex genus consisting of about 75 described species, 
several described natural hybrids and an uncertain number of undescribed taxa. It is main- 
ly concentrated in higher rainfall areas of temperate Australia, but a few species occur in 
tropical northeastern Australia, about 10 endemic species occur in New Zealand and four 
additional species occur in Indonesia, New Caledonia, New Guinea and the Philippines. 
There aie a number of features that, in combination, readily distinguish members of 
the Thelymitra canaliculata R.Br. complex from all other Thelymitra species. The column 
has a well developed, fleshy, post-anther lobe (sometimes called the mid-lobe) that forms 
a hood over the anther, as well as two adjacent well developed, fleshy, auxiliary lobes 
(sometimes called accessory lobes or side lobules). The flowers are pale blue to deep 
azure blue, usually with darker longitudinal stripes and often with pink to mauve flushes 
at the base and/or apex of the perianth segments. The column wings have variously devel- 
oped distal flanges on which the lateral lobes (sometimes called column arms or lateral 
staminodes) are inserted. 
Thelymitra canaliculata was described by Robert Brown in his Prodromus (Brown 
1810). the distribution given as (T.) for Tropical Australia. This is obviously in error as 
the specimens in Brown’s herbarium and Bauer’s drawing give King Georges Sound 
(Albany, Western Amstralia) as the provenance (Bentham 1873, Clements 1989). Over 
100 years later. Dr Richard Rogers ot Adelaide described Thelymitra azurea R.S. Rogers 
from South Australia (Rogers 1917), a species with obvious affinities to T. canaliculata. 
Thelymitra azurea was later reduced to synonymy under T. canaliculata (George 1971) 
with the comment “Rogers’ specimens are shorter and more robust than Brown’s but the 
floral morphology is the same. Both forms occur in Western Australia.’’ Clements (1989) 
reinstated T. azurea commenting on the different structure of the column lobes and the 
different habitats of the two species. 
After examining preserved and living plants as part of a revision of Thelymitra for 
Austialia (in preparation), I am confident that T. canaliculata and T. azurea are distinct 
species. These studies further revealed that another three distinct undescribed species 
occur within the T. canaliculata complex in southern Australia. This opportunity is taken 
to describe these three new species and discuss their distinguishing characteristics. 

Page image

581332 Thelymitra latiloba Muelleria 15: 83-85, Figs 2, 6, 8 (map)
581333 Thelymitra occidentalis Muelleria 15: 85-88, Figs 2, 7, 8 (map)
572416 Thinicola incana Muelleria 15: 12
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960091
Page is part of the work Two new endemic Australian genera in the tribe Brongniartieae (Fabaceae) to accommodate two species formerly included in Templetonia R.Br, doi:10.5962/p.237625

Page text

12 
J.H. Ross 
tloribus niagnis rubris admonum; a Cristonia partibus vegetativis pedicellis pagina exter- 
na calycis pilis densis effusis argenteis vestitis, foliis non apice bilobis, stipulis inagnis 
persistentibns, floribus magnis rubris admonum differt. 
Typical species: T. incana 
Thinicola differs from all species of Templetonia in having the vegetative parts, pedicels 
and the external surface of the calyces clothed with dense spreading silvery hairs, large 
obliquely ovate, orbicular or obovate-oblong persistent foliaceous stipules, large, pendu- 
lous and essentially red flowers (also in T. relitsa but the shape of the corolla differs), dis- 
tinctive auricles at the apex of the standard claw, and linear herbaceous bracteoles; from 
Plagiocarpus and Lamprolohium in having simple leaves, large persistent stipules, and 
large essentially red flowers; and from Cristonia in having the vegetative parts, pedicels 
and external surface of the calyces clothed with dense spreading silvery hairs, leaves not 
bilobed apically, large persistent stipules, and large essentially red flowers. Unlike 
Lamprolohium. Thinicola does not have basally circumscissile calyces. 
Thinicola incana (J.H. Ross) J.H. Ross, comb. nor. Templetonia incana J.H. Ross. 
Muelleria 4: 247-249. fig. 1 (1980). Type'. Western Australia, red sand dune 19 miles 
ENE of Jupiter Well, 28.vii.1967, A. 5. George 9065, (holotype PERTH; isotypes AD, 
CANB. K. MEL, PERTH). 
Thinicola incana r>ccurs on the crest of dunes in the Gibson, Great and Little Sandy 
Deserts in Western Australia. Sometimes grows in association with Crotalaria cimning- 
hamii with which it is easily mistaken from a distance on account of the superficially sim- 
ilar foliage. 
When first described, mature pods and seeds were unknown. This deficiency has been 
remedied. Pods oblong, 2. 4-3. 2 cm long, 1 .2-1.5 cm wide, valves yellowish-brown when 
mature, inconspicuously transversely venose, shiny, glabrous, fiattened, apically apicu- 
late. dehiscent. Seeds elliptic to ovate or occasionally almost rounded. 5. 3-6. 6 mm long, 
3— 4.4(-5.7) mm wide, 3^.2 mm thick, straw- to chestnut-brown, the small hilum sur- 
rounded by a cap-like aril. 
The name Thinicola is derived from the Latin 'thininm' meaning "dune’, and 'cola' 
meaning "dweller', and refers to the prefeired habitat of T. incana on the crests of sand dunes. 
Key to the Australian genera of the Brongniartieae 
1. Leaves all or mostly 3-5(-7)-foliolate; leaflets elliptic- to obovate-oblong. oblong, 
obovate, narrowly elliptic to narrowly ovate, never linear-terete or filiform 2 
1 . Leaves simple, unifoliolate. reduced to scales or imparipinnate but then leaflets linear- 
terete to filiform 3 
2. Leaves imparipinnately compound, usually 3-5(-7)-foliolate. but distal leaves often 
unifoliolate; calyx circumscissile basally; pods oblong iMinprolohium 
2. Leaves digitately 3-foliolate; calyx not circumscissile basally; pods obliquely 
ellipsoid Plagiocarpus 
3. Leaves simple, unifoliolate. reduced to scales or imparipinnately compound and the 
leaflets linear-terete to filiform; bracteoles ovate, papery Templetonia 
3. Leaves simple; bracteoles linear to ovate but not papery 4 
4. Corolla (except for markings in throat of standard) blue, purple or mauve, rarely 
white; pods not or scarcely longer than broad; aril 3 or more times as long as 
broad Hove a 
4. Corolla yellow with purplish-brown markings or essentially red; pods oblong, much 
longer than broad; aril nearly circular to elliptic 5 

Page image

572415 Thinicola Muelleria 15: 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 50960090
Page is part of the work Two new endemic Australian genera in the tribe Brongniartieae (Fabaceae) to accommodate two species formerly included in Templetonia R.Br, doi:10.5962/p.237625

Page text

Endemic Brongniartieae 
11 
gained by transferring two species that were anomalous within Templetonia to 
Lamprolobium where likewise they will be anomalous. Templetonia hiloba and T. incana 
are not closely related to each other and consequently each is transferred to a new mono- 
typic genus. The necessary changes are effected below. 
Taxonomy 
Cristonia J.H. Ross, genus now, a speciebus omnibus Templetoniae foliis simplicibus 
apice bilobo manifeste plerumque, lobis calycis superis connatis in limbum truncatum 
productis, bracteolis linearibus herbaceis; a Plagiocarpo foliis simplicibus corollis flavis 
et purpureo-fuscis, leguminibus oblongis; a Lamprolobio foliis simplicibus, corollis flavis 
et purpureo-fuscis, calycibus non basaliter circumscissis; a Thinicola foliis apice bilobo 
manifeste, corollis flavis et purpureo-fuscis, lobis calycibus superis connatis in limbum 
truncatum productis, stipulis magnis oblique ovatis orbiculatis vel obovato-oblongis per- 
sistentibus foliaceis destitis differt. 
Typical species: C. biloha 
Cristonia differs from all species of Templetonia in having simple leaves that are usually 
distinctly bilobed apically, the 2 upper calyx-lobes united into a truncate limb, and linear 
herbaceous bracteoles; from Plagiocarpus in having simple leaves, large yellow and pur- 
plish-brown corollas, and oblong pods; from Lamprolobium in having simple leaves, yel- 
low and purplish-brown corollas, and calyces that are not basally circumscissile; and 
from Thinicola in having leaves that are usually distinctly bilobed apically, the standard 
petal pale yellow internally with a broad purplish-brown zone around the throat, and the 
2 upper calyx-lobes united into a truncate limb. Furthermore, the vegetative parts, 
pedicels and external surface of the calyces in C. biloba lack the dense spreading silvery 
hairs that are so conspicuous in Thinicola, and C. hiloba lacks the large obliquely ovate, 
orbicular or obovate-oblong persistent foliaceous stipules of Thinicola incana. 
Cristonia biloba (Benth.) J. H. Ross, comb. now. Bossiaea hiloba Benth. in Endl. et al., 
Enum. PI. Nov. Holl. 36 (1837). Templetonia hiloba (Benth.) Polhill, Bot. Syst. 1: 309 
( 1 976); Ross, Muelleria 5: 6-8, figs. 3 & 4 ( 1 982). Type: Western Australia, King Georges 
Sound, Hiigel (hoiotype W). 
Bossiaea biloba var. stenophylla Meisn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 85 (1844). Type: 
Western Australia, Swan River, J. Drummond 264 (isotypes MEL, W). 
Cristonia hiloba occurs in Western Australia along the coastal plain and in the Darling 
Range from the vicinity of Perth northwards to Shark Bay. Although relatively wide- 
spread, plants are seldom common and, when not in flower, are easily overlooked. 
The hairs on the exterior of the calyx in C. biloha are often dark brown, a feature 
shared with many species of Hovea. The two upper united calyx-lobes in Lamprolobium 
are reminiscent of those in C. biloba. 
The name Cristonia is a contraction and acknowledges the contribution of Michael D. 
Crisp and Peter H. Weston whose joint studies have advanced significantly our under- 
standing of the tribes Mirbelieae, Bossiaeeae and Brongniartieae. The bilobed leaf apices 
of C. biloba symbolise this joint contribution. 
Thinicola J.ff. Ross, genus now., a speciebus omnibus Templetoniae partibus vegetativis 
pedicellis pagina externa calycis pilis densis effusis argenteis vestitis, stipulis magnis 
oblique ovatis orbiculatis vel obovato-oblongis persistentibus foliaceis, floribus magnis 
pendulis rubris admonum (T. retusa similtudine sed forma differt), bracteolis linearfbus 
herbaceis; a Plagiocarpo et Lamprolobio foliis simplicibus, stipulis magnis persistentibus. 

Page image

578626 Acacia calamifolia Muelleria 16: 60-61

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 16: 60-61".

578629 Acacia calamifolia euthycarpa Muelleria 16: 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290768
Page is part of the work A systematic study of Acacia calamifolia s.l., with special emphasis on A. euthycarpa in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.254659
9362649 Acacia calamifolia euthycarpa Muelleria 16: 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290768
Page is part of the work A systematic study of Acacia calamifolia s.l., with special emphasis on A. euthycarpa in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.254659
9362648 Acacia euthycarpa Muelleria 16: 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290768
Page is part of the work A systematic study of Acacia calamifolia s.l., with special emphasis on A. euthycarpa in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.254659

Page text

62 
S.H. Wright et al. 
Known from north-western Victoria near Wyperfeld National Park and the Little Desert 
National Park. 
Phenology : Blooming as early as June, but mostly through November. 
Selected specimens examined : VICTORIA: Wimmera. Winiam, S of Nhill. 
I.O.Maroske s.n., 11 Oct 1992 (MEL); west of Yarto, just within the eastern boundary of 
Wyperfeld Nat’l Park, I.O.Maroske s.n., 25 Jun 1960 (MEL); V 2 mile [0.8 km south of 
Kiata Store Kiata, E.M.Canning 2981, 11 Oct 1969 (CANB, MEL). 
3. Acacia euthycarpa (J.M.Black) J.M.Black, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 
69: 310 (1945) (Typus infra sub subsp. euthycarpa indicatur). 
Shrub 2-4 m high, or occasionally a small tree to 10 m high; plants glabrous throughout. 
Phyllodes narrowly linear, narrowly oblanceolate to oblanceolate, 3-8 cm long, 0.7-6.0 mm 
wide, 0.3-0.8 mm thick, terete to flat, green to grey-green, sometimes scurfy, shortly acumi¬ 
nate with delicate, curved apex; main longitudinal veins four in all (one per face), not promi¬ 
nent and the mid-veins often somewhat impressed; pulvinus 1-3 mm long; the small obscure 
gland inserted 0-7 mm above pulvinus. Inflorescences of simple axillary capitula, or of 
2-4(-6)-headed racemes; rachis l-8(-14) mm long, peduncles 4-10 mm long; the capitula 
with 25-40 golden yellow flowers, these 5-merous; calyx-lobes free or united, corolla-lobes 
all free. Pods linear, coriaceous to crustaceous, smooth or nearly smooth, straight, curved or 
twisted, to 16 cm long, 3-6 mm wide, brown; seeds longitudinal in pod, oblong to elliptic in 
outline, 4-6 mm long, 2.5—4 mm wide, dull to slightly shiny, dark brown to black, the fili¬ 
form funicle mostly 2-3-folded, entirely encircling the seed, aril clavate. 
3A. Acacia euthycarpa (J.M.Black) J.M.Black subspecies euthycarpa. Acacia calami- 
folia var. euthycarpa J.M.Black, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South Australia 47: 269 (1923), 
5 . 5 . Type citation : ‘Southern districts: Yorke [sic] Peninsula, Kangaroo Island, Eyre 
Peninsula.’ (lectotype, here designated, AD 97333008, the fruiting specimen on the right- 
hand side of the sheet labelled ‘Barossa Ranges, Nov. 1912;’ syntype, also on AD 
97333008: labelled ‘Amo Bay [Eyre Peninsula],’ sterile spec.; but excluding a specimen 
labelled ‘Nurioota’ which is part of the Mount Lofty Ranges, not the York Peninsula; AD 
97333011, labelled ‘Port Lincoln [Eyre Peninsula]’; AD 973330006 ). 
Phyllodes narrowly linear, 3-8 cm long, 0.7-2.0 mm wide, 0.3-0.8 mm thick, terete to 
flat; the gland inserted 0-7 mm above pulvinus. 
Habitat and Distribution: Found mostly in scrub, woodland or open woodland, 
occasionally on rocky sites; mostly on bleached to brownish sands, grey-brown calcare¬ 
ous earths, and mottled-yellow to red duplex soils. Common in west-central Victoria, 
western Victoria, Kangaroo Island (SA), Eyre Peninsula (SA), South Mount Lofty 
Ranges (SA) and the Murray Lands (SA). 
Phenology: Flowers mostly August to November. 
Selected specimens examined: VICTORIA: 8.2 km S of Wychitella on Wychitella- 
Wedderbmn Road, S. Wright 13 and J. Grimes, 7Feb 1998(AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, MELU, 
PERTH); State Park west of Inglewood, comer of Barry Rock Road and the road from the 
Logan-Inglewood Road to Melville Caves, S. Wright 14 and J. Grimes, 7 Feb 1998 (AD, 
CANB, MEL, MELU, PERTH); 8.6 km west of Inglewood on the Logan-Ingelwood road, 
S. Wright 15 and J. Grimes, 7 Feb 1998 (MEL); 5.5 km SE of Wedderbum, Calder Highway 
between Wedderbum and Inglewood, J. Connock 348, 12 Sep 1992 (AD, MEL); Summit of 
Mt Arapiles, Mount Arapiles State Park, P.G. Abeel 525 and C. Herscovitch, 17 Dec 1986; 
21.9 km N of Kaniva on the Broughton Road, J. Grimes 3434 and B. Meurer-Grimes, 13 Aug 
1996 (AD, BH, CANB, MEL, NSW, NY); Wimmera. Lawlot Range, on Western Highway, 
P.C. Jobson 3704, 27 Aug 1995 (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW). 

Page image

578628 Acacia euthycarpa euthycarpa Muelleria 16: 62, Fig. 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290768
Page is part of the work A systematic study of Acacia calamifolia s.l., with special emphasis on A. euthycarpa in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.254659
578630 Acacia euthycarpa oblanceolata Muelleria 16: 64, Fig. 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290770
Page is part of the work A systematic study of Acacia calamifolia s.l., with special emphasis on A. euthycarpa in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.254659
826273 Acacia microcarpa linearis Muelleria 16: 61
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290767
Page is part of the work A systematic study of Acacia calamifolia s.l., with special emphasis on A. euthycarpa in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.254659
826272 Acacia pulverulenta Muelleria 16: 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290766
Page is part of the work A systematic study of Acacia calamifolia s.l., with special emphasis on A. euthycarpa in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.254659

Page text

60 
S.H. Wright et al. 
Acacia calamifolia s.s. and A. euthycarpa have allopatric distributions. Acacia calamifo- 
lia s.s. occurs in New South Wales, the Flinders Ranges and the North Mount Lofty Ranges 
of South Australia (Fig. 4). It grows on shallow powdery calcareous loams, grey-brown cal¬ 
careous earths, and red duplex soils. Acacia euthycarpa occurs in Victoria, on the Eyre 
Peninsula, Kangaroo Island, South Mount Lofty Ranges, and the Murray Lands of South 
Australia (Lig. 4). It grows on bleached to brownish sands, grey-brown calcareous earths, and 
mottled-yellow to red duplex soils. Both species grow in scrub or as an understorey species 
in woodland or open woodland, often on rocky sites. They both grow in a range of rainfall 
conditions from 150-500 mm mean annual rainfall (arid to moderately arid conditions). 
PHYLLODE LORMS IN VICTORIA - TWO SUBSPECIES OF A. EUTHYCARPA 
The MDA distinguished two forms wit hin A. euthycarpa : the broad-phyllode and narrow- 
phyllode forms. Acacia euthycarpa subsp. euthycarpa is referrable to the narrow-phyl- 
lode form, while the name A. euthycarpa subsp. oblanceolata is proposed for the broad- 
phyllode form. The mean phyllode width of A. euthycarpa subsp. oblanceolata (3.3 mm) 
is about three times that of A. euthycarpa subsp. euthycarpa (1.1 mm). There are also 
lesser differences in the means of the other characters, with A. euthycarpa subsp. 
oblanceolata tending to have shorter, thinner phyllodes with longer pulvini and a shorter 
distance to the widest point. Some of the important differences are illustrated in Figure 5. 
Acacia euthycarpa subsp. oblanceolata is geographically widespread over a range of 
approximately 850 km, but is known only from two localities in Victoria. 
It should be pointed out that A. euthycarpa is much more common in Victoria than A. 
calamifolia (A. calamifolia is known to us only from few, very old collections), and that 
the description of the latter provided by Willis (1972) applies to A. euthycarpa. 
The phyllodes of A. x gray ana are very similar to those of A. euthycarpa subsp. oblance¬ 
olata, and the two taxa are difficult to tell apart in flower. However, A. x grayana has sub- 
moniliform fruit as well as pubescent new shoots and peduncles (Entwisle et al. 1996). 
Acacia euthycarpa subsp. oblanceolata grows on grey-brown calcareous earths, mot¬ 
tled-yellow to red duplex soils, and sometimes sand. It occurs in areas of mean annual 
rainfall ranging between 300 and 500 mm, suggesting that it has a lower tolerance to arid 
conditions than A. euthycarpa subsp. euthycarpa (range 150-500 mm). Localities of A. 
euthycarpa subsp. oblanceolata are on the periphery of the distribution of A. euthycarpa 
subsp. euthycarpa, which may suggest a different ecological preference, or it may be a 
pattern associated with agricultural clearing. 
Key to taxa 
1. Legumes (submoniliform to) moniliform; seed 6-9 mm long, the funicle encircling 
the seed by about '/2 the circumference; phyllodes 0.7-4.5 mm wide, if 2 mm wide or 
wider, then new shoots and peduncles subglabrous to covered in hairs 
2. Phyllodes 0.7-1.2 mm wide . 1. Acacia calamifolia 
2. Phyllodes 2-4.5 mm wide. 2. A. x grayana 
1. Legumes linear; seed 4-6 mm long, the funicle entirely encircling the seed; phyllodes 
0.7-6.0 mm wide, if 2.0 mm or wider, the new shoots glabrous to glabrate 
3. Phyllodes 0.7-2.0 mm wide, narrowly linear. 
.3A. A. euthycarpa subsp. euthycarpa 
3. Phyllodes 2.5-6 mm wide, narrowly oblanceolate. 
.3B. A. euthycarpa subsp. oblanceolata 
1. Acacia calamifolia Sweet ex Lindl., Bot. Reg. 10, t. 389 (1824). Type citation : ‘brought 
by Mr John Richardson, to Mr. Colvill, from the south-west interior of New Holland.” 
Type not seen, descripition (‘ Legumina arcuata articulata...’) and illustration decisive. 
Acacia pulverulenta A. Cunn. ex Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 342 (1842), nom. illeg., non 

Page image

578627 Acacia ×grayana Muelleria 16: 61
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290767
Page is part of the work A systematic study of Acacia calamifolia s.l., with special emphasis on A. euthycarpa in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.254659
578631 Arachnorchis ×variabilis Muelleria 16: 81
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290787
Page is part of the work Some new combinations and a new hybrid genus in Orchidaceae: Diurideae for eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254662

Page text

Muelleria 16: 81-82 (2002) 
Some new combinations and a new hybrid genus in Orchidaceae: Diurideae , 
for eastern Australia 
Jeffrey A. Jeanes 
National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne, Birdwood Avenue, 
South Yarra, Vic. 3141. Jeff.Jeanes@rbg.vic.gov.au 
Abstract 
New combinations and a new hybrid genus are created for the Orchidaceae tribe Diurideae in east¬ 
ern Australia. The following new combinations are made in Arachnorchis D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. 
and Simpliglottis Szlachetko —Arachnorchis Xvariabilis (Nicholls) Jeanes, Simpliglottis gramma- 
ta (G.W.Carr) Jeanes, Simpliglottis jeanesii (D.L.Jones) Jeanes and Simpliglottis triceratops 
(D.L.Jones) Jeanes. The following new hybrid genus is created followed by a new combination 
within that genus — xChilosimpliglottis Jeanes, xChilosimpliglottis pescottiana (R.S.Rogers) 
Jeanes. 
Introduction 
The past couple of years have seen a flurry of activity in the reclassification of parts of 
the primarily Australian orchid tribe Diurideae (Hopper & Brown 2000, 2001a, 2001b; 
Jones et al. 2001; Szlachetko 2001a, 2001b; Jones et al. 2002). These various works have 
given rise to conflicting classifications at the generic and subgeneric levels as well as the 
publication of many invalid names. Furthermore, the authors have overlooked several 
taxa and hence some of the necessary combinations have not been made into these new 
taxonomic systems. The opportunity is here taken to create the necessary new combina¬ 
tions at the generic level for those taxa occurring in eastern Australia. The creation of 
these new combinations will benefit flora writers, compilers of flora lists and land man¬ 
agement authorities who often work within a legislative framework that demands validly 
published binomials for the taxa with which they deal. 
Taxonomy 
Arachnorchis Xvariabilis (Nicholls) Jeanes, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Caladenia variabilis Nicholls, Victorian Naturalist 66: 223, figs L & M 
(1950). 
An apparent natural hybrid between Arachnorchis orientalis (G.W.Carr) D.L.Jones & 
M.A.Clem. and Arachnorchis tessellata (Fitzg.) D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. from south¬ 
eastern Victoria. Natural hybrids of similar appearance can be derived from hybridiza¬ 
tion between other taxa (Jeanes & Backhouse 2001). 
xChilosimpliglottis Jeanes, hybrid gen. nov. 
This hybrid genus is the result of natural hybridization between the genera Chiloglottis 
R.Br. and Simpliglottis Szlachetko. One named taxon is currently recognised. 
xChilosimpliglottis pescottiana (R.S.Rogers) Jeanes, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chiloglottis pescottiana R.S.Rogers, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria new ser. 30: 
139, t.25 (1918). 
This natural hybrid between Chiloglottis trapeziformis Fitzg. and Simpliglottis valida 
(D.L.Jones) Szlachetko occurs in New South Wales and Victoria, and has been observed 
at a number of sites where the ranges of the parent species overlap. 

Page image

579521 Asterolasia asteriscophora Muelleria 16: 87-112

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 16: 87-112".

579522 Asterolasia asteriscophora asteriscophora Muelleria 16: 102
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290808
Page is part of the work Variation within Asterolasia asteriscophora sensu lato (Rutaceae: Boronieae) and the recognition of new taxa in eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254664
579523 Asterolasia asteriscophora albiflora Muelleria 16: 103
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290809
Page is part of the work Variation within Asterolasia asteriscophora sensu lato (Rutaceae: Boronieae) and the recognition of new taxa in eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254664
579525 Asterolasia buckinghamii Muelleria 16: 100-101

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 16: 100-101".

579524 Asterolasia buxifolia Muelleria 16: 100
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290806
Page is part of the work Variation within Asterolasia asteriscophora sensu lato (Rutaceae: Boronieae) and the recognition of new taxa in eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254664

Page text

100 
B .J. Mole et al. 
long; petiole terete, not appressed to the stem; the base of lamina often adaxi- 
ally V-shaped in section, giving the appearance of an extended petiole. 
.3. A. asteriscophora 
4. Petals bright yellow.3a. A. asteriscophora subsp. asteriscophora 
4: Petals white, rarely pale lemon.3b. A. asteriscophora subsp. albiflora 
3: Leaves obcordate to obdeltate, adaxial surface densely covered with stellate 
trichomes, sessile or petiole < 2 mm long, when present somewhat thickened 
and flat, often appressed to the stem; the lamina base not adaxially V-shaped 
in section.4. A. rupestris 
5. Leaf margins not recurved.4a. A. rupestris subsp. rupestris 
5: Leaf margins strongly recurved.4b. A. rupestris subsp. recurva 
Taxonomy 
1. Asterolasia buxifolia Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 351 (1863); Eriostemon cunninghammii 
F.Muell., Fragm. 9: 107 (1875). Type: Bells Road, Blue Mountains, N.S.W., 1834, 
R.Cunningham (lectotype K, fide Wilson, Nuytsia 12: 83-88, 1998); Botanic Gardens 
Sydney, 1839, A.Cunningham s.n. (residual syntype MEL 4546). 
Shrub to 2 m high. Stems with a dense indumentum of stellate trichomes. Leaves obovate, 
10-18 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, coriaceous, apex rounded or slightly emarginate; adax¬ 
ial surface glabrous; abaxial surface with an indumentum of stalked, multiangular, stel¬ 
late trichomes; petiole 2-7 mm long. Flowers axillary, solitary; peduncles absent; 
pedicels 1-1.5 mm long, subtended by two white petaloid bracts. Sepals inconspicuous, 
c. 1 mm long. Petals five, elliptic, 6-7 mm long, yellow; abaxial surface with an indu¬ 
mentum of sessile, globular, stellate trichomes; adaxial surface glabrous. Stamens 10, fil¬ 
aments glabrous; anthers 1—1.5 mm long, each with a terminal gland. Carpels five, 
glabrous; style glabrous; stigma hemispherical. Cocci glabrous, beaked. Seed not seen. 
Additional specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: 1838, Anonymous (MEL 708653 ); 
“Port Jackson”, 1838, Theod. Scenes [sic.] ex herb. Sond. (NSW 468151 ); Blue Mountains, Vicary 
s.n. (MEL 708652, MEL 708654 ); New Holland, Anderson 52 (MEL 4827); Blue Mountains, 
Hartley area, October 2000, R.O.Makinson 1791 (CANB n.v., MEL, NSW n.v.). 
Distribution and conservation status: Asterolasia buxifolia was presumed extinct 
because it had not been located in the field since the 1830s and recent attempts to relo¬ 
cate it in the Blue Mountains had not been successful (Wilson 1998; Keith Ingram 1999 
pers. comm.). However, a collection of the species that is consistent with the type speci¬ 
men was made in October 2000 in the Hartley area of the Blue Mountains (B. Makinson 
pers comm.; Auld 2001; Benson & McDougall 2001). A conservation code of 2E is con¬ 
sidered appropriate because the taxon is currently known from only one population of 
between 50-100 individuals (B. Makinson pers comm.). 
Habitat: The species is apparently restricted to rocky watercourses, with a granitic 
substrate. 
Phenology: Flowering specimens have been collected in October. 
Etymology: The specific epithet buxifolia presumably means foliage like the genus 
Buxus, however there is no particular resemblance between the leaves of A. buxifolia and 
those in the genus Buxus. 
2. Asterolasia buckinghamii (Blakely) Blakely, Austral. Naturalist 11: 12 (1941); 
Phebalium buckinghamii Blakely, Austral. Naturalist 10: 246 (1940). Type citation: 
“Gold Gully, Penrose, W.F.Blakely, Jeane and W.J.Buckingham, and E.Murphy, 
15/10/1938; 2 miles N.E. ofWingello railway station, same collectors, 30/9/1939.” Type: 
Gold Gully Penrose [N.S.W], 15.x. 1938, W.F.Blakely, J. and W.J.Buckingham and 

Page image

826500 Asterolasia correifolia muelleri Muelleria 16: 101
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290807
Page is part of the work Variation within Asterolasia asteriscophora sensu lato (Rutaceae: Boronieae) and the recognition of new taxa in eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254664
826499 Asterolasia muelleri Muelleria 16: 101
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290807
Page is part of the work Variation within Asterolasia asteriscophora sensu lato (Rutaceae: Boronieae) and the recognition of new taxa in eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254664
579527 Asterolasia rupestris Muelleria 16: 105
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290811
Page is part of the work Variation within Asterolasia asteriscophora sensu lato (Rutaceae: Boronieae) and the recognition of new taxa in eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254664

Page text

Variation in Asterolasia asteriscophora s.l. 
105 
anthesis, longer in fruit. Petals elliptic, 4-6 mm long, white, rarely pale lemon (Fig. 9g-h). 
Representative specimens examined: VICTORIA: Emerald, 27.x. 1906, P.R.H.St.John s.n. 
(NSW 262302)-, Dandenong Ranges, Belgrave, January 1933, J.H.Willis s.n. (MEL 709148); 
between Beaconsfield and Emerald, 28.ix. 1933, T.S.Hart s.n. (MEL 709145); Dandenong Ranges, 
between Emerald and Avonsleigh, 7.x. 1934, J.H.Willis s.n. (MEL 709149); Dandenong Ranges, 
Emerald-Clematis, 5.x.1945, A.C.Beauglehole 7016 (MEL 2101021); Upper Femtree Gully [local¬ 
ity uncertain, Hemphill pers. comm. 1998], 23.ix.1965, B.Hemphill s.n. (MEL 2101022); Eastern 
Highlands, Emerald-Monbulk Road, 24.ix.1993, N.G.Walsh 3507 (MEL 2020508); Emerald- 
Avonsleigh Road, southern end of Country Club golf course, 8.x. 1998, B.J.Mole 74-77 (MEL). 
Synonymy: Eriostemon spathulifolius is probably a synonym of Asterolasia aster¬ 
iscophora subsp. albiflora but as the type material was not seen this can not be verified (cf. 
Wilson 1970; McGillivray 1973). The type for Eriostemon spathulifolius is probably at 
LYON (P.G. Wilson pers. comm. 1998) and was requested in 1998 but has not been located. 
Distribution and conservation status: This subspecies is known only from three local¬ 
ities in the Emerald - Avonsleigh district of Victoria, all of which are threatened by urban 
development. Two of these are located in residential areas, while the third is located with¬ 
in a quarry site. It was previously recorded from Menzies Creek, ‘Paradise’ and Clematis. 
The single record from the Grampians (ix.1937, C. French Jnr. s.n., MEL 709143) is most 
likely incorrectly labelled. No other record of A. asteriscophora is known from the 
Grampians. A conservation code of 2Ei is appropriate; the subspecies is known from a 
geographic range of less than 100 km, is in serious risk of disappearing from the wild 
within 10-20 years if present residential development and associated pressures continue, 
and is not known to occur within a conservation reserve. 
Phenology : This subspecies flowers from early October to late November and has 
been observed to commence flowering 3-4 weeks earlier than the typical subspecies. 
Etymology: The subspecific epithet is derived from the Latin, albus (white) and floreo 
(to flower), alluding to the white colour of the petals. 
4. Asterolasia rupestris B.J.Mole, sp. nov. 
Asterolasiae asteriscophora e (F.Muell.) Druce affinis sed foliis generaliter brev- 
ioribus et subsessilibus vel saepe sessilibus, lamina obcordata vel obdeltata et supra dense 
stellato-tomentosam differt. 
Similar to Asterolasia asteriscophora but differs in the generally shorter leaves, which 
are subsessile, or frequently sessile, the obcordate - obdeltate lamina, and the adaxial 
lamina surface, which is densely stellate. 
Type: New South Wales, walking track to the Governor, Mt Kaputar NP, 27.xi.1987, 
J.M. Fox s.n. (holotype CANB 406009). 
Upright shrub to 1.5 m tall. Stems with a stellate indumentum. Leaves shortly petio- 
late, or frequently sessile; lamina obcordate or obdeltate, 9-20 mm long, 6-15 mm wide, 
papery, apex emarginate, sometimes truncate, base attenuate, slightly conduplicate, mar¬ 
gins recurved or flat; adaxial surface with a dense indumentum of hyaline multiangular 
stellate trichomes (15-31 trichomes per mm 2 ); abaxial surface cobwebbed with stalked, 
multiangular stellate trichomes; petiole when present somewhat thickened and flat, often 
appressed to the stem. Inflorescence a terminal or axillary umbel of 3-5 flowers; pedun¬ 
cles 4-9 mm long; pedicels 6-15 mm long. Sepals inconspicuous, 0.5-1 mm long. Petals 
5, elliptic, 5-9 mm long, yellow, abaxial surface with an indumentum of rust coloured 
stellate trichomes; adaxial surface glabrous. Stamens 10; filaments glabrous; anthers 1-2 
mm long, each with a terminal gland. Carpels 5, stellate-tomentose; style glabrous; stig¬ 
ma hemispherical. Cocci beaked. Seed not seen (Fig. 9i-q). 
Distribution: This species is only known from Mt Kaputar and Mt Lindsay in Mt 
Kaputar NP east of Narrabri, and from near Parlour Mountain northwest of Armidale; all 

Page image

579528 Asterolasia rupestris rupestris Muelleria 16: 106
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290812
Page is part of the work Variation within Asterolasia asteriscophora sensu lato (Rutaceae: Boronieae) and the recognition of new taxa in eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254664
579529 Asterolasia rupestris recurva Muelleria 16: 106-107

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 16: 106-107".

826275 Caladenia ×variabilis Muelleria 16: 81
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290787
Page is part of the work Some new combinations and a new hybrid genus in Orchidaceae: Diurideae for eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254662

Page text

Muelleria 16: 81-82 (2002) 
Some new combinations and a new hybrid genus in Orchidaceae: Diurideae , 
for eastern Australia 
Jeffrey A. Jeanes 
National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne, Birdwood Avenue, 
South Yarra, Vic. 3141. Jeff.Jeanes@rbg.vic.gov.au 
Abstract 
New combinations and a new hybrid genus are created for the Orchidaceae tribe Diurideae in east¬ 
ern Australia. The following new combinations are made in Arachnorchis D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. 
and Simpliglottis Szlachetko —Arachnorchis Xvariabilis (Nicholls) Jeanes, Simpliglottis gramma- 
ta (G.W.Carr) Jeanes, Simpliglottis jeanesii (D.L.Jones) Jeanes and Simpliglottis triceratops 
(D.L.Jones) Jeanes. The following new hybrid genus is created followed by a new combination 
within that genus — xChilosimpliglottis Jeanes, xChilosimpliglottis pescottiana (R.S.Rogers) 
Jeanes. 
Introduction 
The past couple of years have seen a flurry of activity in the reclassification of parts of 
the primarily Australian orchid tribe Diurideae (Hopper & Brown 2000, 2001a, 2001b; 
Jones et al. 2001; Szlachetko 2001a, 2001b; Jones et al. 2002). These various works have 
given rise to conflicting classifications at the generic and subgeneric levels as well as the 
publication of many invalid names. Furthermore, the authors have overlooked several 
taxa and hence some of the necessary combinations have not been made into these new 
taxonomic systems. The opportunity is here taken to create the necessary new combina¬ 
tions at the generic level for those taxa occurring in eastern Australia. The creation of 
these new combinations will benefit flora writers, compilers of flora lists and land man¬ 
agement authorities who often work within a legislative framework that demands validly 
published binomials for the taxa with which they deal. 
Taxonomy 
Arachnorchis Xvariabilis (Nicholls) Jeanes, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Caladenia variabilis Nicholls, Victorian Naturalist 66: 223, figs L & M 
(1950). 
An apparent natural hybrid between Arachnorchis orientalis (G.W.Carr) D.L.Jones & 
M.A.Clem. and Arachnorchis tessellata (Fitzg.) D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. from south¬ 
eastern Victoria. Natural hybrids of similar appearance can be derived from hybridiza¬ 
tion between other taxa (Jeanes & Backhouse 2001). 
xChilosimpliglottis Jeanes, hybrid gen. nov. 
This hybrid genus is the result of natural hybridization between the genera Chiloglottis 
R.Br. and Simpliglottis Szlachetko. One named taxon is currently recognised. 
xChilosimpliglottis pescottiana (R.S.Rogers) Jeanes, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chiloglottis pescottiana R.S.Rogers, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria new ser. 30: 
139, t.25 (1918). 
This natural hybrid between Chiloglottis trapeziformis Fitzg. and Simpliglottis valida 
(D.L.Jones) Szlachetko occurs in New South Wales and Victoria, and has been observed 
at a number of sites where the ranges of the parent species overlap. 

Page image

828287 Calotis cuneata pubescens Muelleria 16: 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290750
Page is part of the work Calotis cuneata var. pubsecens (Asteraceae), change in rank and notes on its distribution and ecology, doi:10.5962/p.254657
585006 Calotis pubescens Muelleria 16: 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290750
Page is part of the work Calotis cuneata var. pubsecens (Asteraceae), change in rank and notes on its distribution and ecology, doi:10.5962/p.254657

Page text

44 
N.G. Walsh and K.L. McDougall 
of C. cuneata var. pubescens are much finer and free to their bases. The margins of the 
cypselas of var. cuneata are narrow and acute while those of var. pubescens are broadly 
thickened and rounded rather like those of C. scabiosifolia. 
The general indumentum of C. cuneata var. pubescens differs from the typical vari¬ 
ety and from both varieties of C. scabiosifolia. The last three taxa have strigose, sep¬ 
tate hairs of varying density and coarseness, but all are evenly tapered from base to 
apex. Calotis cuneata var. pubescens has hairs with a coarse, erect septate base that is 
rather abruptly attenuated into a distinctly longer and finer apical part. This apical fil¬ 
ament is often lost from the hairs of older and/or exposed parts of the leaves and stems 
leaving the persistent basal stub which results in a coarse hispid indumentum on these 
parts. 
The distribution of C. cuneata as it is currently circumscribed gives a pattern that can¬ 
not be reconciled with a notion of relatively recent evolution of two entities from a com¬ 
mon ancestor (as might be inferred from their varietal status). The typical variety is wide¬ 
ly distributed from inland northern New South Wales to central Queensland while var. 
pubescens is highly localised in the subalps of north-eastern Victoria and southern New 
South Wales. 
For the reasons outlined above we here elevate C. cuneata var. pubescens to specific 
rank. 
Taxonomy 
Calotis pubescens (F.Muell. ex Benth.) N.G.Walsh & K.L.McDougall, stat. nov. 
Calotis scabiosifolia Sond. & F.Muell. var. pubescens F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 
503 (1867). Calotis cuneata (F.Muell. ex Benth.) G.L.Davis var pubescens (F.Muell. ex 
Benth.) G.L.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 77: 178 (1952). Lectotype: ‘Grassy 
mountains on the Mitta Mitta’, F. Mueller s.n., 1854 (MEL) fide G.L. Davis loc. cit. 
Ecology 
At Nungar Plain, C. pubescens occurs in a herbfield community (in which it may be 
dominant) on gentle slopes between Eucalyptus pauciflora woodland and the valley 
floor which is vegetated by a mosaic of Poa-dominated tussock grasslands, open heaths 
dominated by Hovea montana and Cyperaceae-rich wetland communities. Soils are of 
the alpine humus type developed on a parent material of Silurian siltstone and shale of 
the Tantangara Formation. The altitude range is small, between c. 1340 and 1380 m 
a.s.l. 
Colonies of C. pubescens may comprise a single genet developed by rhizomatous 
growth and can be up to 10m in diameter. Typically associated species include Bulbine 
glauca, Coprosma nivalis, Leptorhynchos elongatus, Oreomyrrhis argentea, Plantago 
euryphylla, Poa petrophila, Poa hookeri and Wahlenbergia densifolia. Calotis glandulosa 
F.Muell. is also relatively abundant on the plain. A comprehensive checklist of the flora 
of Nungar Plain will be published elsewhere (McDougall & Walsh in prep.). 
Conservation Status 
Based on Briggs and Leigh (1996), an appropriate conservation code for Calotis pubes¬ 
cens is 3ECi. The species is threatened by feral pigs, which have excavated large areas of 
vegetation on Nungar Plain, especially the herbland community containing C. pubescens. 
Acknowledgements 
We are grateful to the two anonymous referees for useful comments on drafts of this paper. 

Page image

828286 Calotis scabiosifolia pubescens Muelleria 16: 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290750
Page is part of the work Calotis cuneata var. pubsecens (Asteraceae), change in rank and notes on its distribution and ecology, doi:10.5962/p.254657
826277 Chiloglottis grammata Muelleria 16: 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290788
Page is part of the work Some new combinations and a new hybrid genus in Orchidaceae: Diurideae for eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254662

Page text

82 
J.A. Jeanes 
Simpliglottis grammata (G.W.Carr) Jeanes, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chiloglottis grammata G.W.Carr, Indigenous Flora & Fauna Association 
Miscellaneous Paper 1: 20 (1991). 
Simpliglottis jeanesii (D.L.Jones) Jeanes, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chiloglottis jeanesii D.L.Jones, Orchadian 12(5): 233 (1997). 
Simpliglottis triceratops (D.L.Jones) Jeanes, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chiloglottis triceratops D.L.Jones, Contributions to Tasmanian Orchidology- 
3: A Taxonomic Review of Chiloglottis R.Br. in Tasmania, Australian Orchid Research 
3: 66 (1998). 
Note : Simpliglottis Szlachetko differs from Chiloglottis in a number of important 
morphological characters. In Simpliglottis the leaves are generally broader and lack 
undulate margins, the scape is generally shorter (although it does elongate after anthesis) 
and stouter, the flower is usually larger, the petals are spreading or incurved (deflexed 
against the ovary in Chiloglottis ), the labellum is extremely mobile (more or less fixed in 
Chiloglottis), elliptic, ovate or cordate in shape (rhomboid or trapezoid in Chiloglottis) 
and the lamina calli are generally fewer, less crowded and of fairly uniform appearance. 
The results of recent molecular studies conducted on the group by Jones et al. (2002) 
demonstrate monophyly for Simpliglottis within Chiloglottis sens. lat. although they have 
chosen to recognise Simpliglottis at the subgeneric level only. 
Acknowledgments 
My thanks go to David Jones (CANB), Jim Ross (MEL) and Neville Walsh (MEL) for 
kindly checking an earlier draft of this paper. 
References 
Hopper, S.D. and Brown, A.P. (2000). New Genera, Subgenera, Combinations, and Species in the 
Caladenia Alliance (Orchidaceae: Diurideae). Lindleyana 15, 120-126. 
Hopper, S.D. and Brown, A.P. (2001a). Contributions to Western Australian Orchidology: 1. 
History of early collections, taxonomic concepts and key to genera. Nuytsia 14, 1-26. 
Hopper, S.D. and Brown, A.P. (2001b). Contributions to Western Australian Orchidology: 2. New 
Taxa and Circumscriptions in Caladenia (Spider, Fairy and Dragon Orchids of Western 
Australia). Nuytsia 14, 27-307. 
Jeanes, J.A. and Backhouse, G.N. (2001). Wild Orchids of Victoria, Australia. Zoonetic: Seaford. 
Jones, D.L., Clements, M.A., Sharma, I.K. and Mackenzie, A.M. (2001). A New Classification of 
Caladenia R.Br. (Orchidaceae). Orchadian 13, 389^-17. 
Jones, D.L., Clements, M.A., Sharma, I.K., Mackenzie, A.M. and Molloy, B.P.J. (2002). 
Nomenclatural Notes Arising from Studies into the Tribe Diurideae (Orchidaceae). Orchadian 
13(10), 437-468. 
Szlachetko, D.L. (2001a). Genera et Species Orchidalium. 1. Polish Botanical Journal 46(1), 
11-26. 
Szlachetko, D.L. (2001b). Nomenclatural adjustments in the Thelymitroideae (Orchidaceae). 
Polish Botanical Journal 46(2), 137-144. 

Page image

826886 Chiloglottis jeanesii Muelleria 16: 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290788
Page is part of the work Some new combinations and a new hybrid genus in Orchidaceae: Diurideae for eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254662

Page text

82 
J.A. Jeanes 
Simpliglottis grammata (G.W.Carr) Jeanes, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chiloglottis grammata G.W.Carr, Indigenous Flora & Fauna Association 
Miscellaneous Paper 1: 20 (1991). 
Simpliglottis jeanesii (D.L.Jones) Jeanes, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chiloglottis jeanesii D.L.Jones, Orchadian 12(5): 233 (1997). 
Simpliglottis triceratops (D.L.Jones) Jeanes, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chiloglottis triceratops D.L.Jones, Contributions to Tasmanian Orchidology- 
3: A Taxonomic Review of Chiloglottis R.Br. in Tasmania, Australian Orchid Research 
3: 66 (1998). 
Note : Simpliglottis Szlachetko differs from Chiloglottis in a number of important 
morphological characters. In Simpliglottis the leaves are generally broader and lack 
undulate margins, the scape is generally shorter (although it does elongate after anthesis) 
and stouter, the flower is usually larger, the petals are spreading or incurved (deflexed 
against the ovary in Chiloglottis ), the labellum is extremely mobile (more or less fixed in 
Chiloglottis), elliptic, ovate or cordate in shape (rhomboid or trapezoid in Chiloglottis) 
and the lamina calli are generally fewer, less crowded and of fairly uniform appearance. 
The results of recent molecular studies conducted on the group by Jones et al. (2002) 
demonstrate monophyly for Simpliglottis within Chiloglottis sens. lat. although they have 
chosen to recognise Simpliglottis at the subgeneric level only. 
Acknowledgments 
My thanks go to David Jones (CANB), Jim Ross (MEL) and Neville Walsh (MEL) for 
kindly checking an earlier draft of this paper. 
References 
Hopper, S.D. and Brown, A.P. (2000). New Genera, Subgenera, Combinations, and Species in the 
Caladenia Alliance (Orchidaceae: Diurideae). Lindleyana 15, 120-126. 
Hopper, S.D. and Brown, A.P. (2001a). Contributions to Western Australian Orchidology: 1. 
History of early collections, taxonomic concepts and key to genera. Nuytsia 14, 1-26. 
Hopper, S.D. and Brown, A.P. (2001b). Contributions to Western Australian Orchidology: 2. New 
Taxa and Circumscriptions in Caladenia (Spider, Fairy and Dragon Orchids of Western 
Australia). Nuytsia 14, 27-307. 
Jeanes, J.A. and Backhouse, G.N. (2001). Wild Orchids of Victoria, Australia. Zoonetic: Seaford. 
Jones, D.L., Clements, M.A., Sharma, I.K. and Mackenzie, A.M. (2001). A New Classification of 
Caladenia R.Br. (Orchidaceae). Orchadian 13, 389^-17. 
Jones, D.L., Clements, M.A., Sharma, I.K., Mackenzie, A.M. and Molloy, B.P.J. (2002). 
Nomenclatural Notes Arising from Studies into the Tribe Diurideae (Orchidaceae). Orchadian 
13(10), 437-468. 
Szlachetko, D.L. (2001a). Genera et Species Orchidalium. 1. Polish Botanical Journal 46(1), 
11-26. 
Szlachetko, D.L. (2001b). Nomenclatural adjustments in the Thelymitroideae (Orchidaceae). 
Polish Botanical Journal 46(2), 137-144. 

Page image

826278 Chiloglottis triceratops Muelleria 16: 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290788
Page is part of the work Some new combinations and a new hybrid genus in Orchidaceae: Diurideae for eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254662
826276 Chiloglottis ×pescottiana Muelleria 16: 81
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290787
Page is part of the work Some new combinations and a new hybrid genus in Orchidaceae: Diurideae for eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254662

Page text

Muelleria 16: 81-82 (2002) 
Some new combinations and a new hybrid genus in Orchidaceae: Diurideae , 
for eastern Australia 
Jeffrey A. Jeanes 
National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne, Birdwood Avenue, 
South Yarra, Vic. 3141. Jeff.Jeanes@rbg.vic.gov.au 
Abstract 
New combinations and a new hybrid genus are created for the Orchidaceae tribe Diurideae in east¬ 
ern Australia. The following new combinations are made in Arachnorchis D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. 
and Simpliglottis Szlachetko —Arachnorchis Xvariabilis (Nicholls) Jeanes, Simpliglottis gramma- 
ta (G.W.Carr) Jeanes, Simpliglottis jeanesii (D.L.Jones) Jeanes and Simpliglottis triceratops 
(D.L.Jones) Jeanes. The following new hybrid genus is created followed by a new combination 
within that genus — xChilosimpliglottis Jeanes, xChilosimpliglottis pescottiana (R.S.Rogers) 
Jeanes. 
Introduction 
The past couple of years have seen a flurry of activity in the reclassification of parts of 
the primarily Australian orchid tribe Diurideae (Hopper & Brown 2000, 2001a, 2001b; 
Jones et al. 2001; Szlachetko 2001a, 2001b; Jones et al. 2002). These various works have 
given rise to conflicting classifications at the generic and subgeneric levels as well as the 
publication of many invalid names. Furthermore, the authors have overlooked several 
taxa and hence some of the necessary combinations have not been made into these new 
taxonomic systems. The opportunity is here taken to create the necessary new combina¬ 
tions at the generic level for those taxa occurring in eastern Australia. The creation of 
these new combinations will benefit flora writers, compilers of flora lists and land man¬ 
agement authorities who often work within a legislative framework that demands validly 
published binomials for the taxa with which they deal. 
Taxonomy 
Arachnorchis Xvariabilis (Nicholls) Jeanes, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Caladenia variabilis Nicholls, Victorian Naturalist 66: 223, figs L & M 
(1950). 
An apparent natural hybrid between Arachnorchis orientalis (G.W.Carr) D.L.Jones & 
M.A.Clem. and Arachnorchis tessellata (Fitzg.) D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. from south¬ 
eastern Victoria. Natural hybrids of similar appearance can be derived from hybridiza¬ 
tion between other taxa (Jeanes & Backhouse 2001). 
xChilosimpliglottis Jeanes, hybrid gen. nov. 
This hybrid genus is the result of natural hybridization between the genera Chiloglottis 
R.Br. and Simpliglottis Szlachetko. One named taxon is currently recognised. 
xChilosimpliglottis pescottiana (R.S.Rogers) Jeanes, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chiloglottis pescottiana R.S.Rogers, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria new ser. 30: 
139, t.25 (1918). 
This natural hybrid between Chiloglottis trapeziformis Fitzg. and Simpliglottis valida 
(D.L.Jones) Szlachetko occurs in New South Wales and Victoria, and has been observed 
at a number of sites where the ranges of the parent species overlap. 

Page image

585004 Conothamnus aureus Muelleria 16: 41-42

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 16: 41-42".

828284 Conothamnus divaricatus Muelleria 16: 42
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290735
Page is part of the work Notes on Conothamnus Lindl. with the description of a new section, sect. Gongylocephalus Craven (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.254656

Page text

42 
L.A. Craven 
337 (1852). Typus : Western Australia, Drummond 5th coll. 147 (holotypus KW, n.v., 
photo in PERTH n.v.; isotypi G, K n.v., MEL, NY n.v.). 
Conothamnus divaricatus Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 164 (1867). Typus: Western 
Australia, Drummond 5th coll. 147 (holotypus K, n.v.; isotypi G, KW n.v. photo in 
PERTH n.v., MEL, NY n.v.). 
This species occurs from the Stirling Range east to Israelite Bay. 
C. neglectus Diels in Diels & Pritzel, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 35: 430 (1904). Syntypi: Western 
Australia: Mt Melville near King George Sound, Mueller s.n. (B 1 ", ?MEL n.v.); near 
Cranbrook, Diels 4438 (B 1 ; PERTH fragm); about 15 km N of Albany, Diels 6034 (B 1 ). 
C. neglectus occurs from Walpole east to Albany and as far north as Borden. 
The name C. neglectus is not being lectotypified here as a thorough search for other 
syntypes or isosyntypes has not been made. More ample materials of Diels 4438 and/or 
6034 than the fragment of Diels 4438 in PERTH may exist. Material from Mount 
Melville, ascribed to Mueller by Diels in the protologue, has not been seen from MEL 
but, in view of the wide distribution of specimens from MEL to European and north 
American herbaria, such material may be extant. 
Key to the species of Conothamnus 
l. Flowers in triads; style 12-15 mm long (petals present).C. trinervis 
1. Flowers in dyads; style 2-5 mm long 
2. Petals absent; style 3.4-5 mm long.C. aureus 
2. Petals present; style 2-2.5 mm long.C. neglectus 
Acknowledgments 
The directors and curators of the following herbaria are thanked for the opportunity to 
study collections in their care: AD, BRI, CANB, KW, MEL, NSW, PERTH. Julie 
Matarczyk is thanked for her assistance with bibliographic work and data collection. The 
illustration was prepared by Rob Warren. Preparation of this paper in part was supported 
by the Australian Biological Resources Study. 
References 
Bentham, G. (1867, ‘1866’). ‘Myrtaceae’. Flora Australiensis 3, 1-289. Lovell Reeve & 
Co.: London. 
Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1983). ‘Myrtaceae’, in B.D. Morley and H.R. Toelken 
(eds), Flowering Plants in Australia, pp. 175-185. Rigby: Willoughby: Sydney. 
Rye, B.L. (1987). ‘Myrtaceae’, in N.G. Marchant, J.R. Wheeler, B.L. Rye, E.M. Bennett, 
N.S. Lander and T.D. Macfarlane (eds), Flora of the Perth Region 1, 377-429. 
Western Australian Herbarium: Perth. 

Page image

585000 Conothamnus Muelleria 16: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290734
Page is part of the work Notes on Conothamnus Lindl. with the description of a new section, sect. Gongylocephalus Craven (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.254656

Page text

Conothamnus 
41 
Conothamnus Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Melaleuca 
sect. Conothamnus (Lindley) Baill., Hist. pi. 6: 359 (1876). Species typica: C. trinervis 
Lindl. 
Conothamnus sect. Conothamnus 
Shrubs. Leaves decussate or rarely temate; venation parallel. Inflorescences capitate or 
spicate, pseudoterminal with the apex usually growing on after anthesis, several- to 
many-flowered. Flowers in triads, each triad subtended by a bract and with the con¬ 
stituent flowers all ebracteolate or variably bracteolate; not stipitate; perigynous. 
Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 1/2 of the ovary. Sepals 5. Petals 
5. Stamens indefinite; filaments fused into 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, 
versatile, 2-celled, dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, 
one each side of an axile-basal flange-like placenta, laterally attached. Stigma puncti- 
form. Fruit, dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds 1 or 2 per 
locule, semi-obovoid, concave on the placental side, the testa coriaceous, white. Embryo 
with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. 
C. trinervis Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Typus: Western 
Australia, Drummond s.n. (holotypus CGE, n.v, photo in CANB). 
Melaleuca cuspidata Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 35: 327 (1862). 
Typus : Western Australia, Drummond 7th coll. 77 (holotypus KW; isotypi MEL, NSW). 
Conothamnus trinervis occurs in the Eneabba-Badgingarra district and in the 
Kalamunda area. 
Conothamnus sect. Gongylocephalus Craven, sect. nov. 
A sectione typica floribus duplicatis; petalis praesentibus vel carentibus; filamentis 
staminalibus liberis et staminis 5-aggregatis vel dispersis vel staminis coalitis in quinque 
fasciculis; stylis usque 5 mm longis; et placenta non distincte pteroidea differt. 
Species typica: Conothamnus aureus (Turcz.) Domin 
Trichobasis Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10: 337 
(1852), nom. illegc, non Leveille (1849). Typus: T. aureus Turcz. 
Shrubs. Leaves decussate to subdecussate; venation parallel-pinnate. Inflorescences cap¬ 
itate or spicate, pseudoterminal and sometimes also in distal leaf axils, with the apex usu¬ 
ally growing on after anthesis, several- to many-flowered. Flowers in dyads, each dyad 
subtended by a bract and with the constituent flowers ebracteolate; stipitate or not; perig¬ 
ynous. Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 2/3 of the length of the 
ovary. Sepals 5 (rarely 6). Petals 5 (rarely 6) or absent. Stamens indefinite; filaments free 
and the stamens grouped in antepetalous clusters (sometimes dispersed around the hypan¬ 
thium apex) or fused in 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, versatile, 2-celled, 
dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, one on each side of 
a small axile-basal non-peltate placenta, laterally-basally attached. Stigma punctiform. 
Fruit dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds usually 1 per 
locule, narrowly or flattened obovoid, the testa thinly coriaceous, white or whitish-brown. 
Embryo with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. 
The new sectional epithet is derived from the Greek gongylos (ball, sphere) and 
kephale (head) in reference to the shape of the inflorescence. 
C. aureus (Turcz.) Domin, Mem. Soc. Roy. Sci. Boheme. Prague 1921-2 2: 91 (1923). 
Trichobasis aurea Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10: 

Page image

585001 Conothamnus Muelleria 16: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290734
Page is part of the work Notes on Conothamnus Lindl. with the description of a new section, sect. Gongylocephalus Craven (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.254656

Page text

Conothamnus 
41 
Conothamnus Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Melaleuca 
sect. Conothamnus (Lindley) Baill., Hist. pi. 6: 359 (1876). Species typica: C. trinervis 
Lindl. 
Conothamnus sect. Conothamnus 
Shrubs. Leaves decussate or rarely temate; venation parallel. Inflorescences capitate or 
spicate, pseudoterminal with the apex usually growing on after anthesis, several- to 
many-flowered. Flowers in triads, each triad subtended by a bract and with the con¬ 
stituent flowers all ebracteolate or variably bracteolate; not stipitate; perigynous. 
Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 1/2 of the ovary. Sepals 5. Petals 
5. Stamens indefinite; filaments fused into 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, 
versatile, 2-celled, dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, 
one each side of an axile-basal flange-like placenta, laterally attached. Stigma puncti- 
form. Fruit, dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds 1 or 2 per 
locule, semi-obovoid, concave on the placental side, the testa coriaceous, white. Embryo 
with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. 
C. trinervis Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Typus: Western 
Australia, Drummond s.n. (holotypus CGE, n.v, photo in CANB). 
Melaleuca cuspidata Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 35: 327 (1862). 
Typus : Western Australia, Drummond 7th coll. 77 (holotypus KW; isotypi MEL, NSW). 
Conothamnus trinervis occurs in the Eneabba-Badgingarra district and in the 
Kalamunda area. 
Conothamnus sect. Gongylocephalus Craven, sect. nov. 
A sectione typica floribus duplicatis; petalis praesentibus vel carentibus; filamentis 
staminalibus liberis et staminis 5-aggregatis vel dispersis vel staminis coalitis in quinque 
fasciculis; stylis usque 5 mm longis; et placenta non distincte pteroidea differt. 
Species typica: Conothamnus aureus (Turcz.) Domin 
Trichobasis Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10: 337 
(1852), nom. illegc, non Leveille (1849). Typus: T. aureus Turcz. 
Shrubs. Leaves decussate to subdecussate; venation parallel-pinnate. Inflorescences cap¬ 
itate or spicate, pseudoterminal and sometimes also in distal leaf axils, with the apex usu¬ 
ally growing on after anthesis, several- to many-flowered. Flowers in dyads, each dyad 
subtended by a bract and with the constituent flowers ebracteolate; stipitate or not; perig¬ 
ynous. Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 2/3 of the length of the 
ovary. Sepals 5 (rarely 6). Petals 5 (rarely 6) or absent. Stamens indefinite; filaments free 
and the stamens grouped in antepetalous clusters (sometimes dispersed around the hypan¬ 
thium apex) or fused in 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, versatile, 2-celled, 
dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, one on each side of 
a small axile-basal non-peltate placenta, laterally-basally attached. Stigma punctiform. 
Fruit dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds usually 1 per 
locule, narrowly or flattened obovoid, the testa thinly coriaceous, white or whitish-brown. 
Embryo with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. 
The new sectional epithet is derived from the Greek gongylos (ball, sphere) and 
kephale (head) in reference to the shape of the inflorescence. 
C. aureus (Turcz.) Domin, Mem. Soc. Roy. Sci. Boheme. Prague 1921-2 2: 91 (1923). 
Trichobasis aurea Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10: 

Page image

585005 Conothamnus neglectus Muelleria 16: 42
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290735
Page is part of the work Notes on Conothamnus Lindl. with the description of a new section, sect. Gongylocephalus Craven (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.254656
585002 Conothamnus Muelleria 16: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290734
Page is part of the work Notes on Conothamnus Lindl. with the description of a new section, sect. Gongylocephalus Craven (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.254656

Page text

Conothamnus 
41 
Conothamnus Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Melaleuca 
sect. Conothamnus (Lindley) Baill., Hist. pi. 6: 359 (1876). Species typica: C. trinervis 
Lindl. 
Conothamnus sect. Conothamnus 
Shrubs. Leaves decussate or rarely temate; venation parallel. Inflorescences capitate or 
spicate, pseudoterminal with the apex usually growing on after anthesis, several- to 
many-flowered. Flowers in triads, each triad subtended by a bract and with the con¬ 
stituent flowers all ebracteolate or variably bracteolate; not stipitate; perigynous. 
Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 1/2 of the ovary. Sepals 5. Petals 
5. Stamens indefinite; filaments fused into 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, 
versatile, 2-celled, dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, 
one each side of an axile-basal flange-like placenta, laterally attached. Stigma puncti- 
form. Fruit, dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds 1 or 2 per 
locule, semi-obovoid, concave on the placental side, the testa coriaceous, white. Embryo 
with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. 
C. trinervis Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Typus: Western 
Australia, Drummond s.n. (holotypus CGE, n.v, photo in CANB). 
Melaleuca cuspidata Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 35: 327 (1862). 
Typus : Western Australia, Drummond 7th coll. 77 (holotypus KW; isotypi MEL, NSW). 
Conothamnus trinervis occurs in the Eneabba-Badgingarra district and in the 
Kalamunda area. 
Conothamnus sect. Gongylocephalus Craven, sect. nov. 
A sectione typica floribus duplicatis; petalis praesentibus vel carentibus; filamentis 
staminalibus liberis et staminis 5-aggregatis vel dispersis vel staminis coalitis in quinque 
fasciculis; stylis usque 5 mm longis; et placenta non distincte pteroidea differt. 
Species typica: Conothamnus aureus (Turcz.) Domin 
Trichobasis Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10: 337 
(1852), nom. illegc, non Leveille (1849). Typus: T. aureus Turcz. 
Shrubs. Leaves decussate to subdecussate; venation parallel-pinnate. Inflorescences cap¬ 
itate or spicate, pseudoterminal and sometimes also in distal leaf axils, with the apex usu¬ 
ally growing on after anthesis, several- to many-flowered. Flowers in dyads, each dyad 
subtended by a bract and with the constituent flowers ebracteolate; stipitate or not; perig¬ 
ynous. Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 2/3 of the length of the 
ovary. Sepals 5 (rarely 6). Petals 5 (rarely 6) or absent. Stamens indefinite; filaments free 
and the stamens grouped in antepetalous clusters (sometimes dispersed around the hypan¬ 
thium apex) or fused in 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, versatile, 2-celled, 
dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, one on each side of 
a small axile-basal non-peltate placenta, laterally-basally attached. Stigma punctiform. 
Fruit dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds usually 1 per 
locule, narrowly or flattened obovoid, the testa thinly coriaceous, white or whitish-brown. 
Embryo with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. 
The new sectional epithet is derived from the Greek gongylos (ball, sphere) and 
kephale (head) in reference to the shape of the inflorescence. 
C. aureus (Turcz.) Domin, Mem. Soc. Roy. Sci. Boheme. Prague 1921-2 2: 91 (1923). 
Trichobasis aurea Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10: 

Page image

585003 Conothamnus trinervis Muelleria 16: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290734
Page is part of the work Notes on Conothamnus Lindl. with the description of a new section, sect. Gongylocephalus Craven (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.254656

Page text

Conothamnus 
41 
Conothamnus Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Melaleuca 
sect. Conothamnus (Lindley) Baill., Hist. pi. 6: 359 (1876). Species typica: C. trinervis 
Lindl. 
Conothamnus sect. Conothamnus 
Shrubs. Leaves decussate or rarely temate; venation parallel. Inflorescences capitate or 
spicate, pseudoterminal with the apex usually growing on after anthesis, several- to 
many-flowered. Flowers in triads, each triad subtended by a bract and with the con¬ 
stituent flowers all ebracteolate or variably bracteolate; not stipitate; perigynous. 
Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 1/2 of the ovary. Sepals 5. Petals 
5. Stamens indefinite; filaments fused into 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, 
versatile, 2-celled, dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, 
one each side of an axile-basal flange-like placenta, laterally attached. Stigma puncti- 
form. Fruit, dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds 1 or 2 per 
locule, semi-obovoid, concave on the placental side, the testa coriaceous, white. Embryo 
with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. 
C. trinervis Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Typus: Western 
Australia, Drummond s.n. (holotypus CGE, n.v, photo in CANB). 
Melaleuca cuspidata Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 35: 327 (1862). 
Typus : Western Australia, Drummond 7th coll. 77 (holotypus KW; isotypi MEL, NSW). 
Conothamnus trinervis occurs in the Eneabba-Badgingarra district and in the 
Kalamunda area. 
Conothamnus sect. Gongylocephalus Craven, sect. nov. 
A sectione typica floribus duplicatis; petalis praesentibus vel carentibus; filamentis 
staminalibus liberis et staminis 5-aggregatis vel dispersis vel staminis coalitis in quinque 
fasciculis; stylis usque 5 mm longis; et placenta non distincte pteroidea differt. 
Species typica: Conothamnus aureus (Turcz.) Domin 
Trichobasis Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10: 337 
(1852), nom. illegc, non Leveille (1849). Typus: T. aureus Turcz. 
Shrubs. Leaves decussate to subdecussate; venation parallel-pinnate. Inflorescences cap¬ 
itate or spicate, pseudoterminal and sometimes also in distal leaf axils, with the apex usu¬ 
ally growing on after anthesis, several- to many-flowered. Flowers in dyads, each dyad 
subtended by a bract and with the constituent flowers ebracteolate; stipitate or not; perig¬ 
ynous. Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 2/3 of the length of the 
ovary. Sepals 5 (rarely 6). Petals 5 (rarely 6) or absent. Stamens indefinite; filaments free 
and the stamens grouped in antepetalous clusters (sometimes dispersed around the hypan¬ 
thium apex) or fused in 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, versatile, 2-celled, 
dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, one on each side of 
a small axile-basal non-peltate placenta, laterally-basally attached. Stigma punctiform. 
Fruit dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds usually 1 per 
locule, narrowly or flattened obovoid, the testa thinly coriaceous, white or whitish-brown. 
Embryo with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. 
The new sectional epithet is derived from the Greek gongylos (ball, sphere) and 
kephale (head) in reference to the shape of the inflorescence. 
C. aureus (Turcz.) Domin, Mem. Soc. Roy. Sci. Boheme. Prague 1921-2 2: 91 (1923). 
Trichobasis aurea Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10: 

Page image

826502 Eriostemon cunninghamii Muelleria 16: 100
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290806
Page is part of the work Variation within Asterolasia asteriscophora sensu lato (Rutaceae: Boronieae) and the recognition of new taxa in eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254664

Page text

100 
B .J. Mole et al. 
long; petiole terete, not appressed to the stem; the base of lamina often adaxi- 
ally V-shaped in section, giving the appearance of an extended petiole. 
.3. A. asteriscophora 
4. Petals bright yellow.3a. A. asteriscophora subsp. asteriscophora 
4: Petals white, rarely pale lemon.3b. A. asteriscophora subsp. albiflora 
3: Leaves obcordate to obdeltate, adaxial surface densely covered with stellate 
trichomes, sessile or petiole < 2 mm long, when present somewhat thickened 
and flat, often appressed to the stem; the lamina base not adaxially V-shaped 
in section.4. A. rupestris 
5. Leaf margins not recurved.4a. A. rupestris subsp. rupestris 
5: Leaf margins strongly recurved.4b. A. rupestris subsp. recurva 
Taxonomy 
1. Asterolasia buxifolia Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 351 (1863); Eriostemon cunninghammii 
F.Muell., Fragm. 9: 107 (1875). Type: Bells Road, Blue Mountains, N.S.W., 1834, 
R.Cunningham (lectotype K, fide Wilson, Nuytsia 12: 83-88, 1998); Botanic Gardens 
Sydney, 1839, A.Cunningham s.n. (residual syntype MEL 4546). 
Shrub to 2 m high. Stems with a dense indumentum of stellate trichomes. Leaves obovate, 
10-18 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, coriaceous, apex rounded or slightly emarginate; adax¬ 
ial surface glabrous; abaxial surface with an indumentum of stalked, multiangular, stel¬ 
late trichomes; petiole 2-7 mm long. Flowers axillary, solitary; peduncles absent; 
pedicels 1-1.5 mm long, subtended by two white petaloid bracts. Sepals inconspicuous, 
c. 1 mm long. Petals five, elliptic, 6-7 mm long, yellow; abaxial surface with an indu¬ 
mentum of sessile, globular, stellate trichomes; adaxial surface glabrous. Stamens 10, fil¬ 
aments glabrous; anthers 1—1.5 mm long, each with a terminal gland. Carpels five, 
glabrous; style glabrous; stigma hemispherical. Cocci glabrous, beaked. Seed not seen. 
Additional specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: 1838, Anonymous (MEL 708653 ); 
“Port Jackson”, 1838, Theod. Scenes [sic.] ex herb. Sond. (NSW 468151 ); Blue Mountains, Vicary 
s.n. (MEL 708652, MEL 708654 ); New Holland, Anderson 52 (MEL 4827); Blue Mountains, 
Hartley area, October 2000, R.O.Makinson 1791 (CANB n.v., MEL, NSW n.v.). 
Distribution and conservation status: Asterolasia buxifolia was presumed extinct 
because it had not been located in the field since the 1830s and recent attempts to relo¬ 
cate it in the Blue Mountains had not been successful (Wilson 1998; Keith Ingram 1999 
pers. comm.). However, a collection of the species that is consistent with the type speci¬ 
men was made in October 2000 in the Hartley area of the Blue Mountains (B. Makinson 
pers comm.; Auld 2001; Benson & McDougall 2001). A conservation code of 2E is con¬ 
sidered appropriate because the taxon is currently known from only one population of 
between 50-100 individuals (B. Makinson pers comm.). 
Habitat: The species is apparently restricted to rocky watercourses, with a granitic 
substrate. 
Phenology: Flowering specimens have been collected in October. 
Etymology: The specific epithet buxifolia presumably means foliage like the genus 
Buxus, however there is no particular resemblance between the leaves of A. buxifolia and 
those in the genus Buxus. 
2. Asterolasia buckinghamii (Blakely) Blakely, Austral. Naturalist 11: 12 (1941); 
Phebalium buckinghamii Blakely, Austral. Naturalist 10: 246 (1940). Type citation: 
“Gold Gully, Penrose, W.F.Blakely, Jeane and W.J.Buckingham, and E.Murphy, 
15/10/1938; 2 miles N.E. ofWingello railway station, same collectors, 30/9/1939.” Type: 
Gold Gully Penrose [N.S.W], 15.x. 1938, W.F.Blakely, J. and W.J.Buckingham and 

Page image

826501 Eriostemon spathulifolius Muelleria 16: 103
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290809
Page is part of the work Variation within Asterolasia asteriscophora sensu lato (Rutaceae: Boronieae) and the recognition of new taxa in eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254664
645661 Hygrocybe franklinensis Muelleria 16: 15-16, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 16: 15-16, Fig. 1".

645662 Hygrocybe roseoflavida Muelleria 16: 22-23, Fig. 3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 16: 22-23, Fig. 3".

645664 Hygrophorus involutus involutus Muelleria 16: 27
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290720
Page is part of the work The Hygrophoraceae of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.254654
645663 Hygrophorus involutus albus Muelleria 16: 27
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290720
Page is part of the work The Hygrophoraceae of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.254654
828283 Melaleuca cuspidata Muelleria 16: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290734
Page is part of the work Notes on Conothamnus Lindl. with the description of a new section, sect. Gongylocephalus Craven (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.254656

Page text

Conothamnus 
41 
Conothamnus Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Melaleuca 
sect. Conothamnus (Lindley) Baill., Hist. pi. 6: 359 (1876). Species typica: C. trinervis 
Lindl. 
Conothamnus sect. Conothamnus 
Shrubs. Leaves decussate or rarely temate; venation parallel. Inflorescences capitate or 
spicate, pseudoterminal with the apex usually growing on after anthesis, several- to 
many-flowered. Flowers in triads, each triad subtended by a bract and with the con¬ 
stituent flowers all ebracteolate or variably bracteolate; not stipitate; perigynous. 
Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 1/2 of the ovary. Sepals 5. Petals 
5. Stamens indefinite; filaments fused into 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, 
versatile, 2-celled, dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, 
one each side of an axile-basal flange-like placenta, laterally attached. Stigma puncti- 
form. Fruit, dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds 1 or 2 per 
locule, semi-obovoid, concave on the placental side, the testa coriaceous, white. Embryo 
with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. 
C. trinervis Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Typus: Western 
Australia, Drummond s.n. (holotypus CGE, n.v, photo in CANB). 
Melaleuca cuspidata Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 35: 327 (1862). 
Typus : Western Australia, Drummond 7th coll. 77 (holotypus KW; isotypi MEL, NSW). 
Conothamnus trinervis occurs in the Eneabba-Badgingarra district and in the 
Kalamunda area. 
Conothamnus sect. Gongylocephalus Craven, sect. nov. 
A sectione typica floribus duplicatis; petalis praesentibus vel carentibus; filamentis 
staminalibus liberis et staminis 5-aggregatis vel dispersis vel staminis coalitis in quinque 
fasciculis; stylis usque 5 mm longis; et placenta non distincte pteroidea differt. 
Species typica: Conothamnus aureus (Turcz.) Domin 
Trichobasis Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10: 337 
(1852), nom. illegc, non Leveille (1849). Typus: T. aureus Turcz. 
Shrubs. Leaves decussate to subdecussate; venation parallel-pinnate. Inflorescences cap¬ 
itate or spicate, pseudoterminal and sometimes also in distal leaf axils, with the apex usu¬ 
ally growing on after anthesis, several- to many-flowered. Flowers in dyads, each dyad 
subtended by a bract and with the constituent flowers ebracteolate; stipitate or not; perig¬ 
ynous. Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 2/3 of the length of the 
ovary. Sepals 5 (rarely 6). Petals 5 (rarely 6) or absent. Stamens indefinite; filaments free 
and the stamens grouped in antepetalous clusters (sometimes dispersed around the hypan¬ 
thium apex) or fused in 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, versatile, 2-celled, 
dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, one on each side of 
a small axile-basal non-peltate placenta, laterally-basally attached. Stigma punctiform. 
Fruit dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds usually 1 per 
locule, narrowly or flattened obovoid, the testa thinly coriaceous, white or whitish-brown. 
Embryo with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. 
The new sectional epithet is derived from the Greek gongylos (ball, sphere) and 
kephale (head) in reference to the shape of the inflorescence. 
C. aureus (Turcz.) Domin, Mem. Soc. Roy. Sci. Boheme. Prague 1921-2 2: 91 (1923). 
Trichobasis aurea Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10: 

Page image

902738 Melaleuca Muelleria 16: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290734
Page is part of the work Notes on Conothamnus Lindl. with the description of a new section, sect. Gongylocephalus Craven (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.254656

Page text

Conothamnus 
41 
Conothamnus Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Melaleuca 
sect. Conothamnus (Lindley) Baill., Hist. pi. 6: 359 (1876). Species typica: C. trinervis 
Lindl. 
Conothamnus sect. Conothamnus 
Shrubs. Leaves decussate or rarely temate; venation parallel. Inflorescences capitate or 
spicate, pseudoterminal with the apex usually growing on after anthesis, several- to 
many-flowered. Flowers in triads, each triad subtended by a bract and with the con¬ 
stituent flowers all ebracteolate or variably bracteolate; not stipitate; perigynous. 
Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 1/2 of the ovary. Sepals 5. Petals 
5. Stamens indefinite; filaments fused into 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, 
versatile, 2-celled, dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, 
one each side of an axile-basal flange-like placenta, laterally attached. Stigma puncti- 
form. Fruit, dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds 1 or 2 per 
locule, semi-obovoid, concave on the placental side, the testa coriaceous, white. Embryo 
with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. 
C. trinervis Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Typus: Western 
Australia, Drummond s.n. (holotypus CGE, n.v, photo in CANB). 
Melaleuca cuspidata Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 35: 327 (1862). 
Typus : Western Australia, Drummond 7th coll. 77 (holotypus KW; isotypi MEL, NSW). 
Conothamnus trinervis occurs in the Eneabba-Badgingarra district and in the 
Kalamunda area. 
Conothamnus sect. Gongylocephalus Craven, sect. nov. 
A sectione typica floribus duplicatis; petalis praesentibus vel carentibus; filamentis 
staminalibus liberis et staminis 5-aggregatis vel dispersis vel staminis coalitis in quinque 
fasciculis; stylis usque 5 mm longis; et placenta non distincte pteroidea differt. 
Species typica: Conothamnus aureus (Turcz.) Domin 
Trichobasis Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10: 337 
(1852), nom. illegc, non Leveille (1849). Typus: T. aureus Turcz. 
Shrubs. Leaves decussate to subdecussate; venation parallel-pinnate. Inflorescences cap¬ 
itate or spicate, pseudoterminal and sometimes also in distal leaf axils, with the apex usu¬ 
ally growing on after anthesis, several- to many-flowered. Flowers in dyads, each dyad 
subtended by a bract and with the constituent flowers ebracteolate; stipitate or not; perig¬ 
ynous. Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 2/3 of the length of the 
ovary. Sepals 5 (rarely 6). Petals 5 (rarely 6) or absent. Stamens indefinite; filaments free 
and the stamens grouped in antepetalous clusters (sometimes dispersed around the hypan¬ 
thium apex) or fused in 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, versatile, 2-celled, 
dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, one on each side of 
a small axile-basal non-peltate placenta, laterally-basally attached. Stigma punctiform. 
Fruit dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds usually 1 per 
locule, narrowly or flattened obovoid, the testa thinly coriaceous, white or whitish-brown. 
Embryo with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. 
The new sectional epithet is derived from the Greek gongylos (ball, sphere) and 
kephale (head) in reference to the shape of the inflorescence. 
C. aureus (Turcz.) Domin, Mem. Soc. Roy. Sci. Boheme. Prague 1921-2 2: 91 (1923). 
Trichobasis aurea Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10: 

Page image

585007 Nymphoides simulans Muelleria 16: 83-86, Figs 1, 2
826498 Phebalium asteriscophorum Muelleria 16: 101
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290807
Page is part of the work Variation within Asterolasia asteriscophora sensu lato (Rutaceae: Boronieae) and the recognition of new taxa in eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254664

Page text

Variation in Asterolasia asteriscophora s.l. 
101 
E.Murphy (lectotype, here designated, NSW 2274; isolectotypes MEL 232746 , CANB 
81750 n.v.); 2 miles [c. 3.2 km] NE of Wingello railway station, 30.x. 1939, W.F.Blakely, 
W.J.Buckingham and E.Murphy (residual syntype NSW 468135). 
Slender upright shrub to 1.5 m high. Stems covered with an indumentum of stellate tri- 
chomes. Leaves orbicular to broadly obovate, 4-15 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, lateral 
halves adaxially concave, apex rounded to slightly emarginate; adaxial surface with a 
sparse to dense indumentum of stalked, multiangular, stellate trichomes (range 1-23 tri- 
chomes per mm 2 ); abaxial surface with a cobwebbed indumentum of stalked, multiangu¬ 
lar, stellate trichomes; petiole 2-4 mm long. Flowers axillary or terminal, usually soli¬ 
tary, rarely in a two or three flowered umbel; peduncle 0-2 mm long; pedicel 0-2 mm 
long. Sepals inconspicuous, to 0.5 mm long. Petals five, elliptic, 4-8 mm long, yellow; 
abaxial surface with an indumentum of multiangular stellate trichomes; adaxial surface 
glabrous. Stamens 10, filaments glabrous; anthers 1-1.5 mm long, each with a terminal 
gland. Carpels 5; ovary stellate-tomentose; style glabrous; stigma hemispherical. Cocci 
beaked. Seed not seen. 
Additional specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: Medway Colliery, 10.x. 1991, M. 
Kennedy 153 (NSW 249646)-, c. 1.5 km north of Mittagong P.O., 27.vii.1995, S.Donaldson 560, 
G.Corsini and J.Toby (CANB 9513536)-, Flying Fox Road SW of Medway, 22.xii. 1995, G.Errington 
30 (NSW 264105); Medway area, 18.X.1998, B.J.Mole 155-160 and CA.Mole ( BJM155 - MEL, 
MELU, NSW; BJM156-160 - MEL); Nattai River, Mittagong area, 19.x. 1998, B.J.Mole 161-165 and 
C.AMole (BJM161 - BRI, CANB, MEL, MELU, NSW; BJM162-165 - MEL). 
Distribution and conservation status: Asterolasia buckinghamii has been recorded from 
five localities (from Mittagong south to Penrose and Wingello) in the Central Tablelands of 
New South Wales. Two populations were located during this study at Mittagong and 
Medway. The population at Medway consisted of less than 30 individuals, while the popu¬ 
lation at Mittagong consisted of more than 200 individuals but was restricted to a small area, 
approx 100m 2 . Populations from the type locality near Penrose and Wingello were not 
located during this study despite searches in these areas during October and November of 
1998. This region has been extensively cleared for agriculture and silviculture, and further 
fieldwork is recommended to establish the status of the species at this locality. A tentative 
conservation code of 2E is considered appropriate because the species has a geographic 
range of less than 100 km 2 , is currently known from only two localities, and because no 
plants are known to occur within a conservation reserve. 
Habitat: Populations from the type locality and the Nattai River north of Mittagong are 
recorded as growing in gullies, on river flats in sandy alluvial soils derived from sandstone, 
the Mittagong population also extending up a gentle north west facing slope for c. 100 m. 
The vegetation community at the Mittagong locality is riparian on the river flats grading to 
open-forest further upslope. The population at Medway, however, occurs on a south facing 
slope at the top of a cliff in shallow soils over sandstone in open-forest. The species there¬ 
fore is not restricted to damp localities, as previously thought (Blakely 1940). 
Phenology: Flowering plants have been collected from early October to late 
November. 
Notes: This species differs from A. asteriscophora by the usually solitary flowers and 
the smaller (often absent) peduncles and pedicels, and from A. buxifolia by the stellate 
trichomes on the ovary and abaxial surface of leaves, and the type of indumentum on the 
abaxial petal surface. 
Etymology: The specific epithet honours one of the collectors of the type specimen, 
Mr William J. Buckingham of Lindfield, New South Wales. 
3. Asterolasia asteriscophora (F.Muell.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. Isles 4: 606 
(1917); Phebalium asteriscophorum F.Muell., Trans. & Proc. Victorian Instit. Advancem. 

Page image

826503 Phebalium buckinghamii Muelleria 16: 100
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290806
Page is part of the work Variation within Asterolasia asteriscophora sensu lato (Rutaceae: Boronieae) and the recognition of new taxa in eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254664

Page text

100 
B .J. Mole et al. 
long; petiole terete, not appressed to the stem; the base of lamina often adaxi- 
ally V-shaped in section, giving the appearance of an extended petiole. 
.3. A. asteriscophora 
4. Petals bright yellow.3a. A. asteriscophora subsp. asteriscophora 
4: Petals white, rarely pale lemon.3b. A. asteriscophora subsp. albiflora 
3: Leaves obcordate to obdeltate, adaxial surface densely covered with stellate 
trichomes, sessile or petiole < 2 mm long, when present somewhat thickened 
and flat, often appressed to the stem; the lamina base not adaxially V-shaped 
in section.4. A. rupestris 
5. Leaf margins not recurved.4a. A. rupestris subsp. rupestris 
5: Leaf margins strongly recurved.4b. A. rupestris subsp. recurva 
Taxonomy 
1. Asterolasia buxifolia Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 351 (1863); Eriostemon cunninghammii 
F.Muell., Fragm. 9: 107 (1875). Type: Bells Road, Blue Mountains, N.S.W., 1834, 
R.Cunningham (lectotype K, fide Wilson, Nuytsia 12: 83-88, 1998); Botanic Gardens 
Sydney, 1839, A.Cunningham s.n. (residual syntype MEL 4546). 
Shrub to 2 m high. Stems with a dense indumentum of stellate trichomes. Leaves obovate, 
10-18 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, coriaceous, apex rounded or slightly emarginate; adax¬ 
ial surface glabrous; abaxial surface with an indumentum of stalked, multiangular, stel¬ 
late trichomes; petiole 2-7 mm long. Flowers axillary, solitary; peduncles absent; 
pedicels 1-1.5 mm long, subtended by two white petaloid bracts. Sepals inconspicuous, 
c. 1 mm long. Petals five, elliptic, 6-7 mm long, yellow; abaxial surface with an indu¬ 
mentum of sessile, globular, stellate trichomes; adaxial surface glabrous. Stamens 10, fil¬ 
aments glabrous; anthers 1—1.5 mm long, each with a terminal gland. Carpels five, 
glabrous; style glabrous; stigma hemispherical. Cocci glabrous, beaked. Seed not seen. 
Additional specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: 1838, Anonymous (MEL 708653 ); 
“Port Jackson”, 1838, Theod. Scenes [sic.] ex herb. Sond. (NSW 468151 ); Blue Mountains, Vicary 
s.n. (MEL 708652, MEL 708654 ); New Holland, Anderson 52 (MEL 4827); Blue Mountains, 
Hartley area, October 2000, R.O.Makinson 1791 (CANB n.v., MEL, NSW n.v.). 
Distribution and conservation status: Asterolasia buxifolia was presumed extinct 
because it had not been located in the field since the 1830s and recent attempts to relo¬ 
cate it in the Blue Mountains had not been successful (Wilson 1998; Keith Ingram 1999 
pers. comm.). However, a collection of the species that is consistent with the type speci¬ 
men was made in October 2000 in the Hartley area of the Blue Mountains (B. Makinson 
pers comm.; Auld 2001; Benson & McDougall 2001). A conservation code of 2E is con¬ 
sidered appropriate because the taxon is currently known from only one population of 
between 50-100 individuals (B. Makinson pers comm.). 
Habitat: The species is apparently restricted to rocky watercourses, with a granitic 
substrate. 
Phenology: Flowering specimens have been collected in October. 
Etymology: The specific epithet buxifolia presumably means foliage like the genus 
Buxus, however there is no particular resemblance between the leaves of A. buxifolia and 
those in the genus Buxus. 
2. Asterolasia buckinghamii (Blakely) Blakely, Austral. Naturalist 11: 12 (1941); 
Phebalium buckinghamii Blakely, Austral. Naturalist 10: 246 (1940). Type citation: 
“Gold Gully, Penrose, W.F.Blakely, Jeane and W.J.Buckingham, and E.Murphy, 
15/10/1938; 2 miles N.E. ofWingello railway station, same collectors, 30/9/1939.” Type: 
Gold Gully Penrose [N.S.W], 15.x. 1938, W.F.Blakely, J. and W.J.Buckingham and 

Page image

579526 Phebalium buckinghamii Muelleria 16: 101
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290807
Page is part of the work Variation within Asterolasia asteriscophora sensu lato (Rutaceae: Boronieae) and the recognition of new taxa in eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254664
578634 Simpliglottis grammata Muelleria 16: 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290788
Page is part of the work Some new combinations and a new hybrid genus in Orchidaceae: Diurideae for eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254662

Page text

82 
J.A. Jeanes 
Simpliglottis grammata (G.W.Carr) Jeanes, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chiloglottis grammata G.W.Carr, Indigenous Flora & Fauna Association 
Miscellaneous Paper 1: 20 (1991). 
Simpliglottis jeanesii (D.L.Jones) Jeanes, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chiloglottis jeanesii D.L.Jones, Orchadian 12(5): 233 (1997). 
Simpliglottis triceratops (D.L.Jones) Jeanes, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chiloglottis triceratops D.L.Jones, Contributions to Tasmanian Orchidology- 
3: A Taxonomic Review of Chiloglottis R.Br. in Tasmania, Australian Orchid Research 
3: 66 (1998). 
Note : Simpliglottis Szlachetko differs from Chiloglottis in a number of important 
morphological characters. In Simpliglottis the leaves are generally broader and lack 
undulate margins, the scape is generally shorter (although it does elongate after anthesis) 
and stouter, the flower is usually larger, the petals are spreading or incurved (deflexed 
against the ovary in Chiloglottis ), the labellum is extremely mobile (more or less fixed in 
Chiloglottis), elliptic, ovate or cordate in shape (rhomboid or trapezoid in Chiloglottis) 
and the lamina calli are generally fewer, less crowded and of fairly uniform appearance. 
The results of recent molecular studies conducted on the group by Jones et al. (2002) 
demonstrate monophyly for Simpliglottis within Chiloglottis sens. lat. although they have 
chosen to recognise Simpliglottis at the subgeneric level only. 
Acknowledgments 
My thanks go to David Jones (CANB), Jim Ross (MEL) and Neville Walsh (MEL) for 
kindly checking an earlier draft of this paper. 
References 
Hopper, S.D. and Brown, A.P. (2000). New Genera, Subgenera, Combinations, and Species in the 
Caladenia Alliance (Orchidaceae: Diurideae). Lindleyana 15, 120-126. 
Hopper, S.D. and Brown, A.P. (2001a). Contributions to Western Australian Orchidology: 1. 
History of early collections, taxonomic concepts and key to genera. Nuytsia 14, 1-26. 
Hopper, S.D. and Brown, A.P. (2001b). Contributions to Western Australian Orchidology: 2. New 
Taxa and Circumscriptions in Caladenia (Spider, Fairy and Dragon Orchids of Western 
Australia). Nuytsia 14, 27-307. 
Jeanes, J.A. and Backhouse, G.N. (2001). Wild Orchids of Victoria, Australia. Zoonetic: Seaford. 
Jones, D.L., Clements, M.A., Sharma, I.K. and Mackenzie, A.M. (2001). A New Classification of 
Caladenia R.Br. (Orchidaceae). Orchadian 13, 389^-17. 
Jones, D.L., Clements, M.A., Sharma, I.K., Mackenzie, A.M. and Molloy, B.P.J. (2002). 
Nomenclatural Notes Arising from Studies into the Tribe Diurideae (Orchidaceae). Orchadian 
13(10), 437-468. 
Szlachetko, D.L. (2001a). Genera et Species Orchidalium. 1. Polish Botanical Journal 46(1), 
11-26. 
Szlachetko, D.L. (2001b). Nomenclatural adjustments in the Thelymitroideae (Orchidaceae). 
Polish Botanical Journal 46(2), 137-144. 

Page image

578635 Simpliglottis jeanesii Muelleria 16: 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290788
Page is part of the work Some new combinations and a new hybrid genus in Orchidaceae: Diurideae for eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254662

Page text

82 
J.A. Jeanes 
Simpliglottis grammata (G.W.Carr) Jeanes, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chiloglottis grammata G.W.Carr, Indigenous Flora & Fauna Association 
Miscellaneous Paper 1: 20 (1991). 
Simpliglottis jeanesii (D.L.Jones) Jeanes, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chiloglottis jeanesii D.L.Jones, Orchadian 12(5): 233 (1997). 
Simpliglottis triceratops (D.L.Jones) Jeanes, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chiloglottis triceratops D.L.Jones, Contributions to Tasmanian Orchidology- 
3: A Taxonomic Review of Chiloglottis R.Br. in Tasmania, Australian Orchid Research 
3: 66 (1998). 
Note : Simpliglottis Szlachetko differs from Chiloglottis in a number of important 
morphological characters. In Simpliglottis the leaves are generally broader and lack 
undulate margins, the scape is generally shorter (although it does elongate after anthesis) 
and stouter, the flower is usually larger, the petals are spreading or incurved (deflexed 
against the ovary in Chiloglottis ), the labellum is extremely mobile (more or less fixed in 
Chiloglottis), elliptic, ovate or cordate in shape (rhomboid or trapezoid in Chiloglottis) 
and the lamina calli are generally fewer, less crowded and of fairly uniform appearance. 
The results of recent molecular studies conducted on the group by Jones et al. (2002) 
demonstrate monophyly for Simpliglottis within Chiloglottis sens. lat. although they have 
chosen to recognise Simpliglottis at the subgeneric level only. 
Acknowledgments 
My thanks go to David Jones (CANB), Jim Ross (MEL) and Neville Walsh (MEL) for 
kindly checking an earlier draft of this paper. 
References 
Hopper, S.D. and Brown, A.P. (2000). New Genera, Subgenera, Combinations, and Species in the 
Caladenia Alliance (Orchidaceae: Diurideae). Lindleyana 15, 120-126. 
Hopper, S.D. and Brown, A.P. (2001a). Contributions to Western Australian Orchidology: 1. 
History of early collections, taxonomic concepts and key to genera. Nuytsia 14, 1-26. 
Hopper, S.D. and Brown, A.P. (2001b). Contributions to Western Australian Orchidology: 2. New 
Taxa and Circumscriptions in Caladenia (Spider, Fairy and Dragon Orchids of Western 
Australia). Nuytsia 14, 27-307. 
Jeanes, J.A. and Backhouse, G.N. (2001). Wild Orchids of Victoria, Australia. Zoonetic: Seaford. 
Jones, D.L., Clements, M.A., Sharma, I.K. and Mackenzie, A.M. (2001). A New Classification of 
Caladenia R.Br. (Orchidaceae). Orchadian 13, 389^-17. 
Jones, D.L., Clements, M.A., Sharma, I.K., Mackenzie, A.M. and Molloy, B.P.J. (2002). 
Nomenclatural Notes Arising from Studies into the Tribe Diurideae (Orchidaceae). Orchadian 
13(10), 437-468. 
Szlachetko, D.L. (2001a). Genera et Species Orchidalium. 1. Polish Botanical Journal 46(1), 
11-26. 
Szlachetko, D.L. (2001b). Nomenclatural adjustments in the Thelymitroideae (Orchidaceae). 
Polish Botanical Journal 46(2), 137-144. 

Page image

578636 Simpliglottis triceratops Muelleria 16: 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290788
Page is part of the work Some new combinations and a new hybrid genus in Orchidaceae: Diurideae for eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254662
828285 Trichobasis aurea Muelleria 16: 41-42

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 16: 41-42".

828282 Trichobasis Muelleria 16: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290734
Page is part of the work Notes on Conothamnus Lindl. with the description of a new section, sect. Gongylocephalus Craven (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.254656

Page text

Conothamnus 
41 
Conothamnus Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Melaleuca 
sect. Conothamnus (Lindley) Baill., Hist. pi. 6: 359 (1876). Species typica: C. trinervis 
Lindl. 
Conothamnus sect. Conothamnus 
Shrubs. Leaves decussate or rarely temate; venation parallel. Inflorescences capitate or 
spicate, pseudoterminal with the apex usually growing on after anthesis, several- to 
many-flowered. Flowers in triads, each triad subtended by a bract and with the con¬ 
stituent flowers all ebracteolate or variably bracteolate; not stipitate; perigynous. 
Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 1/2 of the ovary. Sepals 5. Petals 
5. Stamens indefinite; filaments fused into 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, 
versatile, 2-celled, dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, 
one each side of an axile-basal flange-like placenta, laterally attached. Stigma puncti- 
form. Fruit, dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds 1 or 2 per 
locule, semi-obovoid, concave on the placental side, the testa coriaceous, white. Embryo 
with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. 
C. trinervis Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. Appendix vols 1-23: ix (1839). Typus: Western 
Australia, Drummond s.n. (holotypus CGE, n.v, photo in CANB). 
Melaleuca cuspidata Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 35: 327 (1862). 
Typus : Western Australia, Drummond 7th coll. 77 (holotypus KW; isotypi MEL, NSW). 
Conothamnus trinervis occurs in the Eneabba-Badgingarra district and in the 
Kalamunda area. 
Conothamnus sect. Gongylocephalus Craven, sect. nov. 
A sectione typica floribus duplicatis; petalis praesentibus vel carentibus; filamentis 
staminalibus liberis et staminis 5-aggregatis vel dispersis vel staminis coalitis in quinque 
fasciculis; stylis usque 5 mm longis; et placenta non distincte pteroidea differt. 
Species typica: Conothamnus aureus (Turcz.) Domin 
Trichobasis Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10: 337 
(1852), nom. illegc, non Leveille (1849). Typus: T. aureus Turcz. 
Shrubs. Leaves decussate to subdecussate; venation parallel-pinnate. Inflorescences cap¬ 
itate or spicate, pseudoterminal and sometimes also in distal leaf axils, with the apex usu¬ 
ally growing on after anthesis, several- to many-flowered. Flowers in dyads, each dyad 
subtended by a bract and with the constituent flowers ebracteolate; stipitate or not; perig¬ 
ynous. Hypanthium adnate to the ovary for the proximal 1/4 to 2/3 of the length of the 
ovary. Sepals 5 (rarely 6). Petals 5 (rarely 6) or absent. Stamens indefinite; filaments free 
and the stamens grouped in antepetalous clusters (sometimes dispersed around the hypan¬ 
thium apex) or fused in 5 antepetalous bundles; anthers dorsifixed, versatile, 2-celled, 
dehiscing by longitudinal slits. Ovary 3-locular; ovules 2 per locule, one on each side of 
a small axile-basal non-peltate placenta, laterally-basally attached. Stigma punctiform. 
Fruit dry, not or scarcely woody, the locules dehiscing by valves. Seeds usually 1 per 
locule, narrowly or flattened obovoid, the testa thinly coriaceous, white or whitish-brown. 
Embryo with the cotyledons about 1/2 the embryo length and flattened planoconvex. 
The new sectional epithet is derived from the Greek gongylos (ball, sphere) and 
kephale (head) in reference to the shape of the inflorescence. 
C. aureus (Turcz.) Domin, Mem. Soc. Roy. Sci. Boheme. Prague 1921-2 2: 91 (1923). 
Trichobasis aurea Turcz., Bull. Cl. Phys.-Math. Acad. Imp. Sci. Saint-Petersbourg 10: 

Page image

578632 x Chilosimpliglottis Jeanes Muelleria 16: 81
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290787
Page is part of the work Some new combinations and a new hybrid genus in Orchidaceae: Diurideae for eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254662

Page text

Muelleria 16: 81-82 (2002) 
Some new combinations and a new hybrid genus in Orchidaceae: Diurideae , 
for eastern Australia 
Jeffrey A. Jeanes 
National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne, Birdwood Avenue, 
South Yarra, Vic. 3141. Jeff.Jeanes@rbg.vic.gov.au 
Abstract 
New combinations and a new hybrid genus are created for the Orchidaceae tribe Diurideae in east¬ 
ern Australia. The following new combinations are made in Arachnorchis D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. 
and Simpliglottis Szlachetko —Arachnorchis Xvariabilis (Nicholls) Jeanes, Simpliglottis gramma- 
ta (G.W.Carr) Jeanes, Simpliglottis jeanesii (D.L.Jones) Jeanes and Simpliglottis triceratops 
(D.L.Jones) Jeanes. The following new hybrid genus is created followed by a new combination 
within that genus — xChilosimpliglottis Jeanes, xChilosimpliglottis pescottiana (R.S.Rogers) 
Jeanes. 
Introduction 
The past couple of years have seen a flurry of activity in the reclassification of parts of 
the primarily Australian orchid tribe Diurideae (Hopper & Brown 2000, 2001a, 2001b; 
Jones et al. 2001; Szlachetko 2001a, 2001b; Jones et al. 2002). These various works have 
given rise to conflicting classifications at the generic and subgeneric levels as well as the 
publication of many invalid names. Furthermore, the authors have overlooked several 
taxa and hence some of the necessary combinations have not been made into these new 
taxonomic systems. The opportunity is here taken to create the necessary new combina¬ 
tions at the generic level for those taxa occurring in eastern Australia. The creation of 
these new combinations will benefit flora writers, compilers of flora lists and land man¬ 
agement authorities who often work within a legislative framework that demands validly 
published binomials for the taxa with which they deal. 
Taxonomy 
Arachnorchis Xvariabilis (Nicholls) Jeanes, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Caladenia variabilis Nicholls, Victorian Naturalist 66: 223, figs L & M 
(1950). 
An apparent natural hybrid between Arachnorchis orientalis (G.W.Carr) D.L.Jones & 
M.A.Clem. and Arachnorchis tessellata (Fitzg.) D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. from south¬ 
eastern Victoria. Natural hybrids of similar appearance can be derived from hybridiza¬ 
tion between other taxa (Jeanes & Backhouse 2001). 
xChilosimpliglottis Jeanes, hybrid gen. nov. 
This hybrid genus is the result of natural hybridization between the genera Chiloglottis 
R.Br. and Simpliglottis Szlachetko. One named taxon is currently recognised. 
xChilosimpliglottis pescottiana (R.S.Rogers) Jeanes, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chiloglottis pescottiana R.S.Rogers, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria new ser. 30: 
139, t.25 (1918). 
This natural hybrid between Chiloglottis trapeziformis Fitzg. and Simpliglottis valida 
(D.L.Jones) Szlachetko occurs in New South Wales and Victoria, and has been observed 
at a number of sites where the ranges of the parent species overlap. 

Page image

578633 x Chilosimpliglottis pescottiana (R.S.Rogers) Jeanes Muelleria 16: 81
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55290787
Page is part of the work Some new combinations and a new hybrid genus in Orchidaceae: Diurideae for eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254662

Page text

Muelleria 16: 81-82 (2002) 
Some new combinations and a new hybrid genus in Orchidaceae: Diurideae , 
for eastern Australia 
Jeffrey A. Jeanes 
National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne, Birdwood Avenue, 
South Yarra, Vic. 3141. Jeff.Jeanes@rbg.vic.gov.au 
Abstract 
New combinations and a new hybrid genus are created for the Orchidaceae tribe Diurideae in east¬ 
ern Australia. The following new combinations are made in Arachnorchis D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. 
and Simpliglottis Szlachetko —Arachnorchis Xvariabilis (Nicholls) Jeanes, Simpliglottis gramma- 
ta (G.W.Carr) Jeanes, Simpliglottis jeanesii (D.L.Jones) Jeanes and Simpliglottis triceratops 
(D.L.Jones) Jeanes. The following new hybrid genus is created followed by a new combination 
within that genus — xChilosimpliglottis Jeanes, xChilosimpliglottis pescottiana (R.S.Rogers) 
Jeanes. 
Introduction 
The past couple of years have seen a flurry of activity in the reclassification of parts of 
the primarily Australian orchid tribe Diurideae (Hopper & Brown 2000, 2001a, 2001b; 
Jones et al. 2001; Szlachetko 2001a, 2001b; Jones et al. 2002). These various works have 
given rise to conflicting classifications at the generic and subgeneric levels as well as the 
publication of many invalid names. Furthermore, the authors have overlooked several 
taxa and hence some of the necessary combinations have not been made into these new 
taxonomic systems. The opportunity is here taken to create the necessary new combina¬ 
tions at the generic level for those taxa occurring in eastern Australia. The creation of 
these new combinations will benefit flora writers, compilers of flora lists and land man¬ 
agement authorities who often work within a legislative framework that demands validly 
published binomials for the taxa with which they deal. 
Taxonomy 
Arachnorchis Xvariabilis (Nicholls) Jeanes, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Caladenia variabilis Nicholls, Victorian Naturalist 66: 223, figs L & M 
(1950). 
An apparent natural hybrid between Arachnorchis orientalis (G.W.Carr) D.L.Jones & 
M.A.Clem. and Arachnorchis tessellata (Fitzg.) D.L.Jones & M.A.Clem. from south¬ 
eastern Victoria. Natural hybrids of similar appearance can be derived from hybridiza¬ 
tion between other taxa (Jeanes & Backhouse 2001). 
xChilosimpliglottis Jeanes, hybrid gen. nov. 
This hybrid genus is the result of natural hybridization between the genera Chiloglottis 
R.Br. and Simpliglottis Szlachetko. One named taxon is currently recognised. 
xChilosimpliglottis pescottiana (R.S.Rogers) Jeanes, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chiloglottis pescottiana R.S.Rogers, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria new ser. 30: 
139, t.25 (1918). 
This natural hybrid between Chiloglottis trapeziformis Fitzg. and Simpliglottis valida 
(D.L.Jones) Szlachetko occurs in New South Wales and Victoria, and has been observed 
at a number of sites where the ranges of the parent species overlap. 

Page image

965388 Barker Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601

Page text

NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA 
by 
Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. 
Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium 
species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this 
genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable 
number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await 
definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new 
varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, 
which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- 
graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in 
Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the 
new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- 
ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the 
ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely 
resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that 
differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens 
and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. 
zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these 
novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type 
material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria 
(at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and 
Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- 
viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. 
We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for 
the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 
1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. 
Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 
7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. 
lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac 
dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. 
Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et 
petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; 
petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc 
corollas tubo longiore. 
Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like 
stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, 
almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 
1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts 
green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, 
twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes 
* “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria. 

Page image

969734 Beeron Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601

Page text

NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA 
by 
Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. 
Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium 
species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this 
genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable 
number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await 
definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new 
varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, 
which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- 
graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in 
Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the 
new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- 
ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the 
ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely 
resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that 
differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens 
and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. 
zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these 
novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type 
material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria 
(at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and 
Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- 
viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. 
We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for 
the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 
1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. 
Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 
7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. 
lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac 
dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. 
Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et 
petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; 
petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc 
corollas tubo longiore. 
Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like 
stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, 
almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 
1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts 
green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, 
twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes 
* “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria. 

Page image

828288 Boronia anemonifolia anethifolia Muelleria 17: 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333753
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
875537 Boronia anemonifolia anethifolia Muelleria 17: 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333753
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
875538 Boronia anemonifolia anethifolia Muelleria 17: 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333753
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
585008 Boronia anethifolia Muelleria 17: 26-29, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 26-29, Fig. 1".

585056 Boronia barkeriana Muelleria 17: 58-59, Fig. 6

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 58-59, Fig. 6".

585057 Boronia barkeriana barkeriana Muelleria 17: 60, Fig. 5 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333779
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
585059 Boronia barkeriana angustifolia Muelleria 17: 61-62, Figs 5 (map), 6
585058 Boronia barkeriana gymnopetala Muelleria 17: 60-61, Figs 5 (map), 6
587341 Boronia beeronensis Muelleria 17: 122-123, Figs 13, 15 (map)
585012 Boronia bipinnata Muelleria 17: 33-36

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 33-36".

879427 Boronia bipinnata Muelleria 17: 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333755
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

36 
M. F. Duretto 
Conservation status: The species is found in several large reserves over its range and 
is probably secure. 
Etymology: The epithet presumably alludes to the bipinnate leaves which are 
characteristic of this species. 
6. Boronia occidentalis Duretto, sp. nov. 
A Boronia bipinnata foliis minoribus, minus dissectis et inflorescentiis floribus 
paucioribus compositis differt. 
Type: QUEENSLAND: DARLING DOWNS: Head of Pariagara Ck, Wondul Range, 
28°11’S 151°02’E, P.I. Forster 9795 and P. Machin, 12.iv.l992 (holotype BRI 
AQ542640; isotypes MEL 711261, PERTH 2687437). 
Boronia bipinnata var. pubescens Domin, Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie 
Australiens 839 (1926) [= Bibliotheca Botanica 89: 285 (1926)]. Type citation: 
“Queensland: Sandsteinhugel der Dividing Range bei Pentland (DOMIN. II. 1910).” 
Type: n.v.; description decisive. 
['Boronia bipinnata” auct. non Lindl.: T.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross, FI. South East 
Queensland 1: 451 (1983), p.p.; G.N. Batianoff and H.A. Dillewaard, Port Curtis District 
Flora and early Botanists, p. 114 (1988); P.H. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South 
Wales 2: 231 (1991), p.p.; P.H. Weston and M.F. Duretto, FI. New South Wales 2, 2nd edn: 
270 (2002), p.p.] 
['Boronia anethifolia” auct. non A.Cunn. ex Endl.: N.W. Beadle and L.D. Beadle, 
Students FI. North East New South Wales 4: 555 (1980), p.p.] 
Illustrations: K.A.W. Williams, Native Plants Queensland 1: 32 (1980), photograph, 
as B. bipinnata-, T.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross, FI. South East Queensland 1: 451, Fig. 69F 
(1983), as B. bipinnata’, P.H. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 231 
(1991), as B. bipinnata-, P.H. Weston and M.F. Duretto, FI. New South Wales 2, 2nd edn: 
270 (2002), as B. bipinnata (left hand specimen). 
Erect, woody shrub to 1 m tall. Branchlets not or slightly glandular tuberculate, with or 
without very slight leaf decurrencies, glabrous or hispidulous, becoming glabrous with 
age, hairs usually concentrated between leaf decun'encies, to 0.25 mm long. Feaves 
imparipinnate or bipinnate, 3-7-foliolate, lower pinnae usually ternate, entire leaf in 
outline, 9-25 mm long, 7-25 m m wide, glabrous to sparsely hispidulous on lower parts 
or rarely hispidulous (Qld), not obviously to slightly glandular tuberculate, glands often 
drying black; petiole 3-7 mm long; rachis segments 2-6 mm long; terminal leaflets 
l-4(-7) mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, narrowly elliptic to narrowly oblanceolate to linear, 
flat, concolorous, dorsiventral, dense region of large undifferentiated cells between 
spongy and palisade mesophyll layers, margins entire, tip acute to obtuse, sometimes 
recurved; lateral leaflets similar to terminal leaflets but longer, 2-9(-13) mm long, 
0.75-1.5 mm wide. Inflorescence l-3(-9)-flowered, usually 1-3 flowers flowering per 
inflorescence at any one time, not obviously to slightly glandular, glabrous to sparsely 
hispidulous; peduncles 0.5-2 mm long, secondary inflorescence units c. 0.5 m m long; 
prophylls and metaxyphylls 0.75-1 mm long; anthopodia 0.5-2 mm long. Sepals deltate, 
1.25-2.5 mm long, 0.75-2 mm wide, not obviously glandular, adaxial surface glabrous, 
abaxial surface glabrous or ciliate or rarely hispidulous, tip acute or slightly apiculate. 
Petals white, 2-3 (-4) mm long, not obviously glandular, glabrous, persistent. Staminal 
filaments pilose along margins, slightly glandular towards apex; anthers glabrous, 
apiculum minute. Ovary glabrous; style pilose, sometimes only at base; stigma entire, 
minute, scarcely wider than the style. Cocci 2-2.5 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide, glabrous. 
Seed dull, grey, 2-2.5 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, irregularly rugulose, wax platelets 
between tubercula. Rock Boronia. 
Representative specimens (c. 160 specimens examined): QUEENSLAND: BURKE: Poison Ck, 
14 miles [c. 22.4 km] north of Mt Sturgeon [19°57’S 144°17’E], R.A. Perry 3668, 28.vi.1953 (BRI, 

Page image

879428 Boronia bipinnata Muelleria 17: 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333755
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

36 
M. F. Duretto 
Conservation status: The species is found in several large reserves over its range and 
is probably secure. 
Etymology: The epithet presumably alludes to the bipinnate leaves which are 
characteristic of this species. 
6. Boronia occidentalis Duretto, sp. nov. 
A Boronia bipinnata foliis minoribus, minus dissectis et inflorescentiis floribus 
paucioribus compositis differt. 
Type: QUEENSLAND: DARLING DOWNS: Head of Pariagara Ck, Wondul Range, 
28°11’S 151°02’E, P.I. Forster 9795 and P. Machin, 12.iv.l992 (holotype BRI 
AQ542640; isotypes MEL 711261, PERTH 2687437). 
Boronia bipinnata var. pubescens Domin, Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie 
Australiens 839 (1926) [= Bibliotheca Botanica 89: 285 (1926)]. Type citation: 
“Queensland: Sandsteinhugel der Dividing Range bei Pentland (DOMIN. II. 1910).” 
Type: n.v.; description decisive. 
['Boronia bipinnata” auct. non Lindl.: T.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross, FI. South East 
Queensland 1: 451 (1983), p.p.; G.N. Batianoff and H.A. Dillewaard, Port Curtis District 
Flora and early Botanists, p. 114 (1988); P.H. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South 
Wales 2: 231 (1991), p.p.; P.H. Weston and M.F. Duretto, FI. New South Wales 2, 2nd edn: 
270 (2002), p.p.] 
['Boronia anethifolia” auct. non A.Cunn. ex Endl.: N.W. Beadle and L.D. Beadle, 
Students FI. North East New South Wales 4: 555 (1980), p.p.] 
Illustrations: K.A.W. Williams, Native Plants Queensland 1: 32 (1980), photograph, 
as B. bipinnata-, T.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross, FI. South East Queensland 1: 451, Fig. 69F 
(1983), as B. bipinnata’, P.H. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 231 
(1991), as B. bipinnata-, P.H. Weston and M.F. Duretto, FI. New South Wales 2, 2nd edn: 
270 (2002), as B. bipinnata (left hand specimen). 
Erect, woody shrub to 1 m tall. Branchlets not or slightly glandular tuberculate, with or 
without very slight leaf decurrencies, glabrous or hispidulous, becoming glabrous with 
age, hairs usually concentrated between leaf decun'encies, to 0.25 mm long. Feaves 
imparipinnate or bipinnate, 3-7-foliolate, lower pinnae usually ternate, entire leaf in 
outline, 9-25 mm long, 7-25 m m wide, glabrous to sparsely hispidulous on lower parts 
or rarely hispidulous (Qld), not obviously to slightly glandular tuberculate, glands often 
drying black; petiole 3-7 mm long; rachis segments 2-6 mm long; terminal leaflets 
l-4(-7) mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, narrowly elliptic to narrowly oblanceolate to linear, 
flat, concolorous, dorsiventral, dense region of large undifferentiated cells between 
spongy and palisade mesophyll layers, margins entire, tip acute to obtuse, sometimes 
recurved; lateral leaflets similar to terminal leaflets but longer, 2-9(-13) mm long, 
0.75-1.5 mm wide. Inflorescence l-3(-9)-flowered, usually 1-3 flowers flowering per 
inflorescence at any one time, not obviously to slightly glandular, glabrous to sparsely 
hispidulous; peduncles 0.5-2 mm long, secondary inflorescence units c. 0.5 m m long; 
prophylls and metaxyphylls 0.75-1 mm long; anthopodia 0.5-2 mm long. Sepals deltate, 
1.25-2.5 mm long, 0.75-2 mm wide, not obviously glandular, adaxial surface glabrous, 
abaxial surface glabrous or ciliate or rarely hispidulous, tip acute or slightly apiculate. 
Petals white, 2-3 (-4) mm long, not obviously glandular, glabrous, persistent. Staminal 
filaments pilose along margins, slightly glandular towards apex; anthers glabrous, 
apiculum minute. Ovary glabrous; style pilose, sometimes only at base; stigma entire, 
minute, scarcely wider than the style. Cocci 2-2.5 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide, glabrous. 
Seed dull, grey, 2-2.5 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, irregularly rugulose, wax platelets 
between tubercula. Rock Boronia. 
Representative specimens (c. 160 specimens examined): QUEENSLAND: BURKE: Poison Ck, 
14 miles [c. 22.4 km] north of Mt Sturgeon [19°57’S 144°17’E], R.A. Perry 3668, 28.vi.1953 (BRI, 

Page image

879429 Boronia bipinnata Muelleria 17: 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333755
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

36 
M. F. Duretto 
Conservation status: The species is found in several large reserves over its range and 
is probably secure. 
Etymology: The epithet presumably alludes to the bipinnate leaves which are 
characteristic of this species. 
6. Boronia occidentalis Duretto, sp. nov. 
A Boronia bipinnata foliis minoribus, minus dissectis et inflorescentiis floribus 
paucioribus compositis differt. 
Type: QUEENSLAND: DARLING DOWNS: Head of Pariagara Ck, Wondul Range, 
28°11’S 151°02’E, P.I. Forster 9795 and P. Machin, 12.iv.l992 (holotype BRI 
AQ542640; isotypes MEL 711261, PERTH 2687437). 
Boronia bipinnata var. pubescens Domin, Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographie 
Australiens 839 (1926) [= Bibliotheca Botanica 89: 285 (1926)]. Type citation: 
“Queensland: Sandsteinhugel der Dividing Range bei Pentland (DOMIN. II. 1910).” 
Type: n.v.; description decisive. 
['Boronia bipinnata” auct. non Lindl.: T.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross, FI. South East 
Queensland 1: 451 (1983), p.p.; G.N. Batianoff and H.A. Dillewaard, Port Curtis District 
Flora and early Botanists, p. 114 (1988); P.H. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South 
Wales 2: 231 (1991), p.p.; P.H. Weston and M.F. Duretto, FI. New South Wales 2, 2nd edn: 
270 (2002), p.p.] 
['Boronia anethifolia” auct. non A.Cunn. ex Endl.: N.W. Beadle and L.D. Beadle, 
Students FI. North East New South Wales 4: 555 (1980), p.p.] 
Illustrations: K.A.W. Williams, Native Plants Queensland 1: 32 (1980), photograph, 
as B. bipinnata-, T.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross, FI. South East Queensland 1: 451, Fig. 69F 
(1983), as B. bipinnata’, P.H. Weston and M.F. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 231 
(1991), as B. bipinnata-, P.H. Weston and M.F. Duretto, FI. New South Wales 2, 2nd edn: 
270 (2002), as B. bipinnata (left hand specimen). 
Erect, woody shrub to 1 m tall. Branchlets not or slightly glandular tuberculate, with or 
without very slight leaf decurrencies, glabrous or hispidulous, becoming glabrous with 
age, hairs usually concentrated between leaf decun'encies, to 0.25 mm long. Feaves 
imparipinnate or bipinnate, 3-7-foliolate, lower pinnae usually ternate, entire leaf in 
outline, 9-25 mm long, 7-25 m m wide, glabrous to sparsely hispidulous on lower parts 
or rarely hispidulous (Qld), not obviously to slightly glandular tuberculate, glands often 
drying black; petiole 3-7 mm long; rachis segments 2-6 mm long; terminal leaflets 
l-4(-7) mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, narrowly elliptic to narrowly oblanceolate to linear, 
flat, concolorous, dorsiventral, dense region of large undifferentiated cells between 
spongy and palisade mesophyll layers, margins entire, tip acute to obtuse, sometimes 
recurved; lateral leaflets similar to terminal leaflets but longer, 2-9(-13) mm long, 
0.75-1.5 mm wide. Inflorescence l-3(-9)-flowered, usually 1-3 flowers flowering per 
inflorescence at any one time, not obviously to slightly glandular, glabrous to sparsely 
hispidulous; peduncles 0.5-2 mm long, secondary inflorescence units c. 0.5 m m long; 
prophylls and metaxyphylls 0.75-1 mm long; anthopodia 0.5-2 mm long. Sepals deltate, 
1.25-2.5 mm long, 0.75-2 mm wide, not obviously glandular, adaxial surface glabrous, 
abaxial surface glabrous or ciliate or rarely hispidulous, tip acute or slightly apiculate. 
Petals white, 2-3 (-4) mm long, not obviously glandular, glabrous, persistent. Staminal 
filaments pilose along margins, slightly glandular towards apex; anthers glabrous, 
apiculum minute. Ovary glabrous; style pilose, sometimes only at base; stigma entire, 
minute, scarcely wider than the style. Cocci 2-2.5 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide, glabrous. 
Seed dull, grey, 2-2.5 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, irregularly rugulose, wax platelets 
between tubercula. Rock Boronia. 
Representative specimens (c. 160 specimens examined): QUEENSLAND: BURKE: Poison Ck, 
14 miles [c. 22.4 km] north of Mt Sturgeon [19°57’S 144°17’E], R.A. Perry 3668, 28.vi.1953 (BRI, 

Page image

878962 Boronia bipinnata Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
878963 Boronia bipinnata Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
878964 Boronia bipinnata Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
828289 Boronia bipinnata pubescens Muelleria 17: 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333755
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
875517 Boronia bipinnata typica Muelleria 17: 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333753
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
586866 Boronia citrata Muelleria 17: 83-84, Fig. 7 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 83-84, Fig. 7 (map)".

586862 Boronia citriodora Muelleria 17: 79-81, Figs 6, 9 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 79-81, Figs 6, 9 (map)".

586863 Boronia citriodora citriodora Muelleria 17: 81, Fig. 9 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333800
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
586865 Boronia citriodora orientalis Muelleria 17: 83, Figs 6, 9 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333802
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
586864 Boronia citriodora paulwilsonii Muelleria 17: 81-82, Figs 6, 9 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 81-82, Figs 6, 9 (map)".

585030 Boronia colorata Muelleria 17: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333773
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

54 
M. F. Duretto 
Australia there are two species, one, B. parviflora, widespread and found in all eastern 
states, and the other, B. barkeriana, confined to New South Wales. 
10. Boronia parviflora Sm., Tracts nat. hist. 295, t. 6 (1798). Type citation: type not 
cited. [Though specimens were not cited with the description Smith (l.c., p. 290), in the 
preamble of the paper, states ‘Four species only of the genus in question have been 
hitherto been detected among dried specimens collected near Port-Jackson, by Mr. 
White’; later Smith (1807, p. 285) cites one specimen ‘Gathered near Port Jackson, by 
Dr. White’.] Type: Port Jackson, New South Wales [c. 33°49’S 151°17’E, Central Coast], 
Mr White s.n., 1795 (lectotype, here designated, LINN 684.8 n.v. [specimens numbered 
1; transparency MEL 2041283]. [Note: see B. polygalifolia re Mr White]. 
Boronia pilonema Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. i. 98. t. 126 (1805). Type citation: ‘in capite 
Van-Diemen.’ Type: n.v. Illustration decisive. 
Boronia colorata Lehm. ex Bartl. in PI. Preiss. 2: 226 (1848). Type citation: “In 
regionibus interioribus Australiae meridionali-occidentalis m. Nov. 1840, Herb. Preiss. 
No. 2627”; Type: Herb. Preiss No. 2627 (lectotype, here designated, LD 94036 - 0995 
[transparency MEL 2068533]). [Note: Locality information incorrect: the species is not 
found in Western Australia.] 
Boronia palustris Maiden & J.Black, Trans. & Proc. R. Soc. South Australia 35: 1, pi. 
1 (1911). Type citation: “Found in flower by H.H.D. Griffith on the edge of swamps near 
Cape Borda and Starvation Ck, Kangaroo Island, October, 1908.” Type: Swamp 12 miles 
[c. 19.2 km] from Cape Border, Kangaroo Is. [35°45’S 136°35’E, South Australia] [‘also 
Starvation Ck’ written in a different pen to the original], H.H.D. Griffith s.n., x.1908 
(holotype AD 99436222 [top left hand specimen, ex herb. J.M. Black]; isotype MEL 
246780). 
Illustrations: Smith (l.c.); J.H. Labillardiere (l.c.), as B. pilonema; J.H. Maiden and 
J.M. Black (l.c.), as B. palustris; J.M. Black, FI. S. Austral. 2: 336, Fig. 154D (1924), as 
B. palustris; J.M. Black, FI. S. Austral. 2nd edn, 2: 494 Fig. 665 (1948), as B. palustris; 
J. Garnet, The Wildflowers of Wilson’s Promontory 147, Fig. 538 (1971); B. Conabee and 
J. Garnet, Wildflowers of South Eastern Australia, Vol. 1, pi. 15(5) (1974); A. Fairley and 
P. Moore, Native Plants of the Sydney District, 236, pi. 820 (1989), photograph; L. 
Robinson, Field Guide to the Native Plants of Sydney, 116 (1991); P.H. Weston and M.F. 
Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 234 (1991); I.R. McCann, The Grampians in Flower, 
100 (1994), excellent photograph; M.F. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 163, Fig. 29h (1999); 
M.G. Corrick and B.A. Fuhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria 207 (2000), photograph; P.H. 
Weston and M.F. Duretto, FI. New South Wales 2, 2nd edn: 274 (2002). 
Weakly ascending herb to sub-shrub to 50 cm tall, glabrous apart from flowers. 
Branchlets not obviously glandular, without obvious leaf decurrencies. Leaves sessile, 
7-28 mm long, (0.5-)L5-7.5 mm wide, linear to narrow elliptic to elliptic or obovate, 
flat, not obviously glandular, concolorous, dorsiventral, spongy and palisade mesophyll 
not always clearly differentiated, margins entire to slightly crenate, tip acute. 
Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered; peduncles absent or 0.5-2(-7) mm long; metaxyphylls at 
base of anthopodia, 1.5-10 mm long, usually caducous; anthopodia 2-10 mm long. 
Sepals green to purple, deltate to ovate, 2.5-5.5 mm long, 1-2.5 mm wide, smaller or as 
long as or just longer than the petals, adaxial surface glabrous or puberulous towards apex 
to entire surface apart from near margins, usually caducous, tip acute. Petals white to 
pink, 3-5.5(-7) mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, adaxial surface glabrous or glabrescent to 
pilose, margins ciliate or with few simple hairs towards apex. Stamens 4-6(SA, 
Vic.)-8(all eastern states), filaments glabrous to pilose, eglandular to glandular; anthers 
with or without minute apiculum. Gynoecium glabrous; stigma entire, minute, slightly 
wider than style. Cocci 2-4 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, glabrous. Seed 1.25-2 mm long, 
1-1.5 mm wide. n=9 (Smith-White 1954; Stace et al. 1993). Small Boronia, Tiny 
Boronia, Swamp Boronia, Small-flowered Boronia. 

Page image

828295 Boronia colorata Muelleria 17: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333773
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

54 
M. F. Duretto 
Australia there are two species, one, B. parviflora, widespread and found in all eastern 
states, and the other, B. barkeriana, confined to New South Wales. 
10. Boronia parviflora Sm., Tracts nat. hist. 295, t. 6 (1798). Type citation: type not 
cited. [Though specimens were not cited with the description Smith (l.c., p. 290), in the 
preamble of the paper, states ‘Four species only of the genus in question have been 
hitherto been detected among dried specimens collected near Port-Jackson, by Mr. 
White’; later Smith (1807, p. 285) cites one specimen ‘Gathered near Port Jackson, by 
Dr. White’.] Type: Port Jackson, New South Wales [c. 33°49’S 151°17’E, Central Coast], 
Mr White s.n., 1795 (lectotype, here designated, LINN 684.8 n.v. [specimens numbered 
1; transparency MEL 2041283]. [Note: see B. polygalifolia re Mr White]. 
Boronia pilonema Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. i. 98. t. 126 (1805). Type citation: ‘in capite 
Van-Diemen.’ Type: n.v. Illustration decisive. 
Boronia colorata Lehm. ex Bartl. in PI. Preiss. 2: 226 (1848). Type citation: “In 
regionibus interioribus Australiae meridionali-occidentalis m. Nov. 1840, Herb. Preiss. 
No. 2627”; Type: Herb. Preiss No. 2627 (lectotype, here designated, LD 94036 - 0995 
[transparency MEL 2068533]). [Note: Locality information incorrect: the species is not 
found in Western Australia.] 
Boronia palustris Maiden & J.Black, Trans. & Proc. R. Soc. South Australia 35: 1, pi. 
1 (1911). Type citation: “Found in flower by H.H.D. Griffith on the edge of swamps near 
Cape Borda and Starvation Ck, Kangaroo Island, October, 1908.” Type: Swamp 12 miles 
[c. 19.2 km] from Cape Border, Kangaroo Is. [35°45’S 136°35’E, South Australia] [‘also 
Starvation Ck’ written in a different pen to the original], H.H.D. Griffith s.n., x.1908 
(holotype AD 99436222 [top left hand specimen, ex herb. J.M. Black]; isotype MEL 
246780). 
Illustrations: Smith (l.c.); J.H. Labillardiere (l.c.), as B. pilonema; J.H. Maiden and 
J.M. Black (l.c.), as B. palustris; J.M. Black, FI. S. Austral. 2: 336, Fig. 154D (1924), as 
B. palustris; J.M. Black, FI. S. Austral. 2nd edn, 2: 494 Fig. 665 (1948), as B. palustris; 
J. Garnet, The Wildflowers of Wilson’s Promontory 147, Fig. 538 (1971); B. Conabee and 
J. Garnet, Wildflowers of South Eastern Australia, Vol. 1, pi. 15(5) (1974); A. Fairley and 
P. Moore, Native Plants of the Sydney District, 236, pi. 820 (1989), photograph; L. 
Robinson, Field Guide to the Native Plants of Sydney, 116 (1991); P.H. Weston and M.F. 
Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 234 (1991); I.R. McCann, The Grampians in Flower, 
100 (1994), excellent photograph; M.F. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 163, Fig. 29h (1999); 
M.G. Corrick and B.A. Fuhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria 207 (2000), photograph; P.H. 
Weston and M.F. Duretto, FI. New South Wales 2, 2nd edn: 274 (2002). 
Weakly ascending herb to sub-shrub to 50 cm tall, glabrous apart from flowers. 
Branchlets not obviously glandular, without obvious leaf decurrencies. Leaves sessile, 
7-28 mm long, (0.5-)L5-7.5 mm wide, linear to narrow elliptic to elliptic or obovate, 
flat, not obviously glandular, concolorous, dorsiventral, spongy and palisade mesophyll 
not always clearly differentiated, margins entire to slightly crenate, tip acute. 
Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered; peduncles absent or 0.5-2(-7) mm long; metaxyphylls at 
base of anthopodia, 1.5-10 mm long, usually caducous; anthopodia 2-10 mm long. 
Sepals green to purple, deltate to ovate, 2.5-5.5 mm long, 1-2.5 mm wide, smaller or as 
long as or just longer than the petals, adaxial surface glabrous or puberulous towards apex 
to entire surface apart from near margins, usually caducous, tip acute. Petals white to 
pink, 3-5.5(-7) mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, adaxial surface glabrous or glabrescent to 
pilose, margins ciliate or with few simple hairs towards apex. Stamens 4-6(SA, 
Vic.)-8(all eastern states), filaments glabrous to pilose, eglandular to glandular; anthers 
with or without minute apiculum. Gynoecium glabrous; stigma entire, minute, slightly 
wider than style. Cocci 2-4 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, glabrous. Seed 1.25-2 mm long, 
1-1.5 mm wide. n=9 (Smith-White 1954; Stace et al. 1993). Small Boronia, Tiny 
Boronia, Swamp Boronia, Small-flowered Boronia. 

Page image

587149 Boronia deanei Muelleria 17: 109-110, Fig. 15 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 109-110, Fig. 15 (map)".

587151 Boronia deanei deanei Muelleria 17: 111, Fig. 15 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333830
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
587153 Boronia deanei acutifolia Muelleria 17: 111-112, Fig. 15 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 111-112, Fig. 15 (map)".

586869 Boronia elisabethiae Muelleria 17: 88-89, Figs 10, 11 (map)
587137 Boronia falcifolia Muelleria 17: 105-107 Fig. 12 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 105-107 Fig. 12 (map)".

587140 Boronia falcifolia Muelleria 17: 106
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333825
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

106 
M. F. Duretto 
Boronia falcifolia A.Cunn. ex LindL, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 27, sub.t. 47 (1841), nom. 
Illeg. non A.Cunn. ex Endl. Type citation: “Moreton Bay.” Type: Peel’s Is., Moreton Bay, 
N.S. Wales [Moreton District, Queensland], A. Cunningham No. 34, x.1824 (lectotype, 
here designated, CGE, n.v. [transparencies MEE 2041293]', isolectotype K n.v. [ex Alan 
Cunningham’s Australian Herbarium, cibachrome MEE 2041265, photograph AD 
99548079], MEE 248924, TCD, W n.v. [photothek nr. 2013, copy at MEE 2068461]). 
Boronia falcifolia var. alba E.M.Bailey, Compr. cat. of Queensl. pi. 76 (1913), nom. 
inval, no description or specimen cited, equated with B. falcifolia by Stanley and Ross, 
FI. South East Queensland 1, 450 (1983). 
Boronia falcifolia A.Cunn. ex Eindl. ‘trifoliolate leaf’ form: S.W.E. Jacobs and J. 
Pickard, Plants of New South Wales. A census of the Cycads, Conifers and Angiosperms 
191 (1981). 
Boronia falcifolia A.Cunn. ex Eindl. ‘simple leaf’ form: S.W.E. Jacobs and J. Pickard, 
Plants of New South Wales. A census of the Cycads, Conifers and Angiosperms 191 (1981). 
Illustrations: B.A. Eebler, Queensland Agric. J. 98: 195 (1972); B.A. Eebler, 
Wildflowers of South East Queensland 1: 25 (1977); N.W Beadle and E.D. Beadle, 
Students El. North East New South Wales 4: 554, Pig. 243a (1980); K.A.W. Williams, 
Native Plants Queensland 1: 33 (1980), photograph; T.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross, El. 
South East Queensland 1: 451, Pig. 69h (1983); PH. Weston and M.P. Porteners, El. New 
South Wales 2: 235 (1991); P.H. Weston and M.P. Duretto, El. New South Wales 2, 2nd 
edn: opp. 198 [photograph], 276 (2002). 
Erect or weak, woody shrub with few stems, to 1.5 m tall, will regrow from rootstock 
(Auld 2001), glabrous apart from flowers. Branchlets slightly angled to prominently four 
angled, not obviously glandular, leaf decurrencies absent. Leaves simple or 
imparipinnate; pinnate leaves 3(-5)-foliolate, entire leaf in outline 6-38 mm long, 5-40 
mm wide; petiole 3-15 mm long; rachis segments 3-10 mm long; simple leaves and 
leaflets 3-25 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, linear to terete, usually falcate, concolorous, 
dorsiventral, palisade mesophyll almost encircling leaflet, margins entire, apex acuminate 
to slightly mucronate, terminal and lateral leaflets similar. Inflorescence in upper axils, 
1-3-flowered, longer than leaves; peduncles 2-9 imn long; prophylls 3-4 mm long; 
metaxyphylls 2-3 mm long; anthopodia 4-7 mm long. Sepals narrowly deltate, 3.5-4 mm 
long, 1-1.5 mm wide, not obviously glandular, glabrous, margins incurved towards apex. 
Petals bright pink, 4-8 mm long, adaxial surface minutely pilose along margins and 
towards apex, becoming glabrous towards centre and base, abaxial surface minutely 
pilose along margins and towards apex, tip with subterminal apiculum. Staminal 
filaments glandular tuberculate towards apex, sometimes only slightly, sparsely pilose; 
anthers glabrous, not apiculate. Ovary glabrous; style sparsely to densely pilose; stigma 
entire, minute, not or scarcely wider than style. Cocci 2.5-4 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, 
glabrous. Seed black, 1.5-2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide. Wallum Boronia. 
Representative specimens (c. 300 specimens examined): QUEENSLAND: WIDE BAY: 
LittabellaNPabout40kmNWofBundaberg, 24°38’S 152°03’E, A.R. Bean 7009, 18.ix.l993 (BRI 
n.v., CANB); Burrum Coast NP, Woodgate section, 25°09’S 152°30’E, P.l. Forster 19869 and G. 
Leiper, 22.x. 1996 (BRI, MEL, NSW); 1 km W of Poona Point, 25°43’S 152°54’E, P.L Forster 
13921 and G. Smyrell, 20.ix.l993 (BRI, CANB, MEL); Eraser Is., Lake Mackenzie near creek, 
25°27’S 153°03’E, D.A. Smith 64, 18.viii.l971 (BRI, MEL); MORETON: 7.2 km W of Caloundra, 
26°47’S 153°05’E, J.H. Ross 3161, 26.viii.1986 (BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); North Stradbroke 
Is. near Brown Lake, 27°3-’S 153°2-’E, C. Bell 171, 12.viii.l970 (BRI); NEW SOUTH WALES: 
NORTH COAST: c. 1 mile [c. 1.6 km] N of Evans Head, c. 29°05’S 153°25’E, R.D. Hoogland 
11653, 8.X.1969 (CANB, NSW); 3.2 km S of Yamba, W side of road, 29°27’S 153°21’E, M.F 
Duretto 665, P.G. Neish and 1. Thompson, 24.X.1995 (HO, MEL, NSW); c. 2 km S of Angourie, 
29°31’S 153°2rE, I.R. Telford 8959 and G. Butler, 20.i.l983 (AD, CANB); Red Rock, 3 km from 
Pacific Hwy, c. 29°59’S 153°13’E, N. Ollerenshaw 80, 31.viii.l976 (CANB); Cathie Sandplain, c. 
4 miles [c. 5.6 km] S of Port Macquarie [c. 31°30’S 152°45’E], R. Pullen 4370, 4.ix.l970 (CANB, 
NSW); Crowdy Bay NP (c. 28 km north of Coopernook), 31°50’S 152°45’E, J. Armstrong 1162 

Page image

828540 Boronia falcifolia Muelleria 17: 106
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333825
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

106 
M. F. Duretto 
Boronia falcifolia A.Cunn. ex LindL, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 27, sub.t. 47 (1841), nom. 
Illeg. non A.Cunn. ex Endl. Type citation: “Moreton Bay.” Type: Peel’s Is., Moreton Bay, 
N.S. Wales [Moreton District, Queensland], A. Cunningham No. 34, x.1824 (lectotype, 
here designated, CGE, n.v. [transparencies MEE 2041293]', isolectotype K n.v. [ex Alan 
Cunningham’s Australian Herbarium, cibachrome MEE 2041265, photograph AD 
99548079], MEE 248924, TCD, W n.v. [photothek nr. 2013, copy at MEE 2068461]). 
Boronia falcifolia var. alba E.M.Bailey, Compr. cat. of Queensl. pi. 76 (1913), nom. 
inval, no description or specimen cited, equated with B. falcifolia by Stanley and Ross, 
FI. South East Queensland 1, 450 (1983). 
Boronia falcifolia A.Cunn. ex Eindl. ‘trifoliolate leaf’ form: S.W.E. Jacobs and J. 
Pickard, Plants of New South Wales. A census of the Cycads, Conifers and Angiosperms 
191 (1981). 
Boronia falcifolia A.Cunn. ex Eindl. ‘simple leaf’ form: S.W.E. Jacobs and J. Pickard, 
Plants of New South Wales. A census of the Cycads, Conifers and Angiosperms 191 (1981). 
Illustrations: B.A. Eebler, Queensland Agric. J. 98: 195 (1972); B.A. Eebler, 
Wildflowers of South East Queensland 1: 25 (1977); N.W Beadle and E.D. Beadle, 
Students El. North East New South Wales 4: 554, Pig. 243a (1980); K.A.W. Williams, 
Native Plants Queensland 1: 33 (1980), photograph; T.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross, El. 
South East Queensland 1: 451, Pig. 69h (1983); PH. Weston and M.P. Porteners, El. New 
South Wales 2: 235 (1991); P.H. Weston and M.P. Duretto, El. New South Wales 2, 2nd 
edn: opp. 198 [photograph], 276 (2002). 
Erect or weak, woody shrub with few stems, to 1.5 m tall, will regrow from rootstock 
(Auld 2001), glabrous apart from flowers. Branchlets slightly angled to prominently four 
angled, not obviously glandular, leaf decurrencies absent. Leaves simple or 
imparipinnate; pinnate leaves 3(-5)-foliolate, entire leaf in outline 6-38 mm long, 5-40 
mm wide; petiole 3-15 mm long; rachis segments 3-10 mm long; simple leaves and 
leaflets 3-25 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, linear to terete, usually falcate, concolorous, 
dorsiventral, palisade mesophyll almost encircling leaflet, margins entire, apex acuminate 
to slightly mucronate, terminal and lateral leaflets similar. Inflorescence in upper axils, 
1-3-flowered, longer than leaves; peduncles 2-9 imn long; prophylls 3-4 mm long; 
metaxyphylls 2-3 mm long; anthopodia 4-7 mm long. Sepals narrowly deltate, 3.5-4 mm 
long, 1-1.5 mm wide, not obviously glandular, glabrous, margins incurved towards apex. 
Petals bright pink, 4-8 mm long, adaxial surface minutely pilose along margins and 
towards apex, becoming glabrous towards centre and base, abaxial surface minutely 
pilose along margins and towards apex, tip with subterminal apiculum. Staminal 
filaments glandular tuberculate towards apex, sometimes only slightly, sparsely pilose; 
anthers glabrous, not apiculate. Ovary glabrous; style sparsely to densely pilose; stigma 
entire, minute, not or scarcely wider than style. Cocci 2.5-4 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, 
glabrous. Seed black, 1.5-2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide. Wallum Boronia. 
Representative specimens (c. 300 specimens examined): QUEENSLAND: WIDE BAY: 
LittabellaNPabout40kmNWofBundaberg, 24°38’S 152°03’E, A.R. Bean 7009, 18.ix.l993 (BRI 
n.v., CANB); Burrum Coast NP, Woodgate section, 25°09’S 152°30’E, P.l. Forster 19869 and G. 
Leiper, 22.x. 1996 (BRI, MEL, NSW); 1 km W of Poona Point, 25°43’S 152°54’E, P.L Forster 
13921 and G. Smyrell, 20.ix.l993 (BRI, CANB, MEL); Eraser Is., Lake Mackenzie near creek, 
25°27’S 153°03’E, D.A. Smith 64, 18.viii.l971 (BRI, MEL); MORETON: 7.2 km W of Caloundra, 
26°47’S 153°05’E, J.H. Ross 3161, 26.viii.1986 (BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); North Stradbroke 
Is. near Brown Lake, 27°3-’S 153°2-’E, C. Bell 171, 12.viii.l970 (BRI); NEW SOUTH WALES: 
NORTH COAST: c. 1 mile [c. 1.6 km] N of Evans Head, c. 29°05’S 153°25’E, R.D. Hoogland 
11653, 8.X.1969 (CANB, NSW); 3.2 km S of Yamba, W side of road, 29°27’S 153°21’E, M.F 
Duretto 665, P.G. Neish and 1. Thompson, 24.X.1995 (HO, MEL, NSW); c. 2 km S of Angourie, 
29°31’S 153°2rE, I.R. Telford 8959 and G. Butler, 20.i.l983 (AD, CANB); Red Rock, 3 km from 
Pacific Hwy, c. 29°59’S 153°13’E, N. Ollerenshaw 80, 31.viii.l976 (CANB); Cathie Sandplain, c. 
4 miles [c. 5.6 km] S of Port Macquarie [c. 31°30’S 152°45’E], R. Pullen 4370, 4.ix.l970 (CANB, 
NSW); Crowdy Bay NP (c. 28 km north of Coopernook), 31°50’S 152°45’E, J. Armstrong 1162 

Page image

878919 Boronia falcifolia Muelleria 17: 106
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333825
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

106 
M. F. Duretto 
Boronia falcifolia A.Cunn. ex LindL, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 27, sub.t. 47 (1841), nom. 
Illeg. non A.Cunn. ex Endl. Type citation: “Moreton Bay.” Type: Peel’s Is., Moreton Bay, 
N.S. Wales [Moreton District, Queensland], A. Cunningham No. 34, x.1824 (lectotype, 
here designated, CGE, n.v. [transparencies MEE 2041293]', isolectotype K n.v. [ex Alan 
Cunningham’s Australian Herbarium, cibachrome MEE 2041265, photograph AD 
99548079], MEE 248924, TCD, W n.v. [photothek nr. 2013, copy at MEE 2068461]). 
Boronia falcifolia var. alba E.M.Bailey, Compr. cat. of Queensl. pi. 76 (1913), nom. 
inval, no description or specimen cited, equated with B. falcifolia by Stanley and Ross, 
FI. South East Queensland 1, 450 (1983). 
Boronia falcifolia A.Cunn. ex Eindl. ‘trifoliolate leaf’ form: S.W.E. Jacobs and J. 
Pickard, Plants of New South Wales. A census of the Cycads, Conifers and Angiosperms 
191 (1981). 
Boronia falcifolia A.Cunn. ex Eindl. ‘simple leaf’ form: S.W.E. Jacobs and J. Pickard, 
Plants of New South Wales. A census of the Cycads, Conifers and Angiosperms 191 (1981). 
Illustrations: B.A. Eebler, Queensland Agric. J. 98: 195 (1972); B.A. Eebler, 
Wildflowers of South East Queensland 1: 25 (1977); N.W Beadle and E.D. Beadle, 
Students El. North East New South Wales 4: 554, Pig. 243a (1980); K.A.W. Williams, 
Native Plants Queensland 1: 33 (1980), photograph; T.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross, El. 
South East Queensland 1: 451, Pig. 69h (1983); PH. Weston and M.P. Porteners, El. New 
South Wales 2: 235 (1991); P.H. Weston and M.P. Duretto, El. New South Wales 2, 2nd 
edn: opp. 198 [photograph], 276 (2002). 
Erect or weak, woody shrub with few stems, to 1.5 m tall, will regrow from rootstock 
(Auld 2001), glabrous apart from flowers. Branchlets slightly angled to prominently four 
angled, not obviously glandular, leaf decurrencies absent. Leaves simple or 
imparipinnate; pinnate leaves 3(-5)-foliolate, entire leaf in outline 6-38 mm long, 5-40 
mm wide; petiole 3-15 mm long; rachis segments 3-10 mm long; simple leaves and 
leaflets 3-25 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, linear to terete, usually falcate, concolorous, 
dorsiventral, palisade mesophyll almost encircling leaflet, margins entire, apex acuminate 
to slightly mucronate, terminal and lateral leaflets similar. Inflorescence in upper axils, 
1-3-flowered, longer than leaves; peduncles 2-9 imn long; prophylls 3-4 mm long; 
metaxyphylls 2-3 mm long; anthopodia 4-7 mm long. Sepals narrowly deltate, 3.5-4 mm 
long, 1-1.5 mm wide, not obviously glandular, glabrous, margins incurved towards apex. 
Petals bright pink, 4-8 mm long, adaxial surface minutely pilose along margins and 
towards apex, becoming glabrous towards centre and base, abaxial surface minutely 
pilose along margins and towards apex, tip with subterminal apiculum. Staminal 
filaments glandular tuberculate towards apex, sometimes only slightly, sparsely pilose; 
anthers glabrous, not apiculate. Ovary glabrous; style sparsely to densely pilose; stigma 
entire, minute, not or scarcely wider than style. Cocci 2.5-4 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, 
glabrous. Seed black, 1.5-2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide. Wallum Boronia. 
Representative specimens (c. 300 specimens examined): QUEENSLAND: WIDE BAY: 
LittabellaNPabout40kmNWofBundaberg, 24°38’S 152°03’E, A.R. Bean 7009, 18.ix.l993 (BRI 
n.v., CANB); Burrum Coast NP, Woodgate section, 25°09’S 152°30’E, P.l. Forster 19869 and G. 
Leiper, 22.x. 1996 (BRI, MEL, NSW); 1 km W of Poona Point, 25°43’S 152°54’E, P.L Forster 
13921 and G. Smyrell, 20.ix.l993 (BRI, CANB, MEL); Eraser Is., Lake Mackenzie near creek, 
25°27’S 153°03’E, D.A. Smith 64, 18.viii.l971 (BRI, MEL); MORETON: 7.2 km W of Caloundra, 
26°47’S 153°05’E, J.H. Ross 3161, 26.viii.1986 (BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); North Stradbroke 
Is. near Brown Lake, 27°3-’S 153°2-’E, C. Bell 171, 12.viii.l970 (BRI); NEW SOUTH WALES: 
NORTH COAST: c. 1 mile [c. 1.6 km] N of Evans Head, c. 29°05’S 153°25’E, R.D. Hoogland 
11653, 8.X.1969 (CANB, NSW); 3.2 km S of Yamba, W side of road, 29°27’S 153°21’E, M.F 
Duretto 665, P.G. Neish and 1. Thompson, 24.X.1995 (HO, MEL, NSW); c. 2 km S of Angourie, 
29°31’S 153°2rE, I.R. Telford 8959 and G. Butler, 20.i.l983 (AD, CANB); Red Rock, 3 km from 
Pacific Hwy, c. 29°59’S 153°13’E, N. Ollerenshaw 80, 31.viii.l976 (CANB); Cathie Sandplain, c. 
4 miles [c. 5.6 km] S of Port Macquarie [c. 31°30’S 152°45’E], R. Pullen 4370, 4.ix.l970 (CANB, 
NSW); Crowdy Bay NP (c. 28 km north of Coopernook), 31°50’S 152°45’E, J. Armstrong 1162 

Page image

878920 Boronia falcifolia Muelleria 17: 106
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333825
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

106 
M. F. Duretto 
Boronia falcifolia A.Cunn. ex LindL, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 27, sub.t. 47 (1841), nom. 
Illeg. non A.Cunn. ex Endl. Type citation: “Moreton Bay.” Type: Peel’s Is., Moreton Bay, 
N.S. Wales [Moreton District, Queensland], A. Cunningham No. 34, x.1824 (lectotype, 
here designated, CGE, n.v. [transparencies MEE 2041293]', isolectotype K n.v. [ex Alan 
Cunningham’s Australian Herbarium, cibachrome MEE 2041265, photograph AD 
99548079], MEE 248924, TCD, W n.v. [photothek nr. 2013, copy at MEE 2068461]). 
Boronia falcifolia var. alba E.M.Bailey, Compr. cat. of Queensl. pi. 76 (1913), nom. 
inval, no description or specimen cited, equated with B. falcifolia by Stanley and Ross, 
FI. South East Queensland 1, 450 (1983). 
Boronia falcifolia A.Cunn. ex Eindl. ‘trifoliolate leaf’ form: S.W.E. Jacobs and J. 
Pickard, Plants of New South Wales. A census of the Cycads, Conifers and Angiosperms 
191 (1981). 
Boronia falcifolia A.Cunn. ex Eindl. ‘simple leaf’ form: S.W.E. Jacobs and J. Pickard, 
Plants of New South Wales. A census of the Cycads, Conifers and Angiosperms 191 (1981). 
Illustrations: B.A. Eebler, Queensland Agric. J. 98: 195 (1972); B.A. Eebler, 
Wildflowers of South East Queensland 1: 25 (1977); N.W Beadle and E.D. Beadle, 
Students El. North East New South Wales 4: 554, Pig. 243a (1980); K.A.W. Williams, 
Native Plants Queensland 1: 33 (1980), photograph; T.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross, El. 
South East Queensland 1: 451, Pig. 69h (1983); PH. Weston and M.P. Porteners, El. New 
South Wales 2: 235 (1991); P.H. Weston and M.P. Duretto, El. New South Wales 2, 2nd 
edn: opp. 198 [photograph], 276 (2002). 
Erect or weak, woody shrub with few stems, to 1.5 m tall, will regrow from rootstock 
(Auld 2001), glabrous apart from flowers. Branchlets slightly angled to prominently four 
angled, not obviously glandular, leaf decurrencies absent. Leaves simple or 
imparipinnate; pinnate leaves 3(-5)-foliolate, entire leaf in outline 6-38 mm long, 5-40 
mm wide; petiole 3-15 mm long; rachis segments 3-10 mm long; simple leaves and 
leaflets 3-25 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, linear to terete, usually falcate, concolorous, 
dorsiventral, palisade mesophyll almost encircling leaflet, margins entire, apex acuminate 
to slightly mucronate, terminal and lateral leaflets similar. Inflorescence in upper axils, 
1-3-flowered, longer than leaves; peduncles 2-9 imn long; prophylls 3-4 mm long; 
metaxyphylls 2-3 mm long; anthopodia 4-7 mm long. Sepals narrowly deltate, 3.5-4 mm 
long, 1-1.5 mm wide, not obviously glandular, glabrous, margins incurved towards apex. 
Petals bright pink, 4-8 mm long, adaxial surface minutely pilose along margins and 
towards apex, becoming glabrous towards centre and base, abaxial surface minutely 
pilose along margins and towards apex, tip with subterminal apiculum. Staminal 
filaments glandular tuberculate towards apex, sometimes only slightly, sparsely pilose; 
anthers glabrous, not apiculate. Ovary glabrous; style sparsely to densely pilose; stigma 
entire, minute, not or scarcely wider than style. Cocci 2.5-4 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, 
glabrous. Seed black, 1.5-2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide. Wallum Boronia. 
Representative specimens (c. 300 specimens examined): QUEENSLAND: WIDE BAY: 
LittabellaNPabout40kmNWofBundaberg, 24°38’S 152°03’E, A.R. Bean 7009, 18.ix.l993 (BRI 
n.v., CANB); Burrum Coast NP, Woodgate section, 25°09’S 152°30’E, P.l. Forster 19869 and G. 
Leiper, 22.x. 1996 (BRI, MEL, NSW); 1 km W of Poona Point, 25°43’S 152°54’E, P.L Forster 
13921 and G. Smyrell, 20.ix.l993 (BRI, CANB, MEL); Eraser Is., Lake Mackenzie near creek, 
25°27’S 153°03’E, D.A. Smith 64, 18.viii.l971 (BRI, MEL); MORETON: 7.2 km W of Caloundra, 
26°47’S 153°05’E, J.H. Ross 3161, 26.viii.1986 (BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); North Stradbroke 
Is. near Brown Lake, 27°3-’S 153°2-’E, C. Bell 171, 12.viii.l970 (BRI); NEW SOUTH WALES: 
NORTH COAST: c. 1 mile [c. 1.6 km] N of Evans Head, c. 29°05’S 153°25’E, R.D. Hoogland 
11653, 8.X.1969 (CANB, NSW); 3.2 km S of Yamba, W side of road, 29°27’S 153°21’E, M.F 
Duretto 665, P.G. Neish and 1. Thompson, 24.X.1995 (HO, MEL, NSW); c. 2 km S of Angourie, 
29°31’S 153°2rE, I.R. Telford 8959 and G. Butler, 20.i.l983 (AD, CANB); Red Rock, 3 km from 
Pacific Hwy, c. 29°59’S 153°13’E, N. Ollerenshaw 80, 31.viii.l976 (CANB); Cathie Sandplain, c. 
4 miles [c. 5.6 km] S of Port Macquarie [c. 31°30’S 152°45’E], R. Pullen 4370, 4.ix.l970 (CANB, 
NSW); Crowdy Bay NP (c. 28 km north of Coopernook), 31°50’S 152°45’E, J. Armstrong 1162 

Page image

878918 Boronia falcifolia alba Muelleria 17: 106
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333825
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
587147 Boronia filifolia Muelleria 17: 107-109, Fig. 14 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 107-109, Fig. 14 (map)".

586860 Boronia floribunda Muelleria 17: 74-75, Fig. 8 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 74-75, Fig. 8 (map)".

587251 Boronia galbraithiae Muelleria 17: 114-115, Fig. 14 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 114-115, Fig. 14 (map)".

587342 Boronia gravicocca Muelleria 17: 123-125, Figs 13, 17 (map)
587320 Boronia grimshawii Muelleria 17: 118-119, Figs. 13, 14 (map)
587126 Boronia gunnii Muelleria 17: 104-105, Figs 11 (map), 13
586868 Boronia hemichiton Muelleria 17: 87-88, Figs 10, 11 (map)
586867 Boronia hippopala Muelleria 17: 84-87, Figs 10, 11 (map)
828292 Boronia hispida Muelleria 17: 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333767
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
879490 Boronia hyssopifolia Muelleria 17: 51
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333770
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

Notes on Boronia 
51 
regionally uncommon where it is known from two localities (Keith & Ashby 1992). Field 
work is required in all states to determine if there are secure populations. All populations 
seen by the author were small and often severely effected by herbivory. 
Etymology. The subspecific epithet is apparently derived from the leaves of this taxon 
being similar to that of Hyssop (Hyssopus Linn., Lamiaceae). 
9. Boronia polygalifolia Sm., Tracts nat. hist. 297, t. 7 (1798). Type citation: type not 
cited. [Though specimens were not cited with the description Smith (l.c., p. 290X in the 
preamble of the paper, states ‘Four species only of the genus in question have been 
hitherto been detected among dried specimens collected near Port-Jackson, by Mr. 
White’; later Smith (1807, p. 285) cites one specimen ‘Gathered near Port Jackson, by 
Dr. White’.] Type: Port Jackson, New South Wales [c. 33°49’S 151°17’E, Central Coast], 
Mr White s.n., 1795 (lectotype, here designated, LINN 684.9 n.v. [transparency MEL 
2041282]\ isolectotype LIV n.v. [photograph CANB]). [Note: Mr John White was 
Surgeon General to the Settlement of Port Jackson in 1788 (Cheel 1928).] 
[Tetratheca oppositifolia Pers., Syn. pi. 1: 419 (1805); B. tetrathecoides DC., Prodr. 
1: 722 (1824), nom illeg., based on above; B. oppositifolia (Pers.) Cheel, J. & Proc. Roy. 
Soc. New South Wales 61: 408 (1928); B. polygalifolia var. oppositifolia (Pers.) J. Black, 
FI. S. Austral. 2nd edn: Pt. 2, 493 (1948). Type: Herb. Tribauld, 1815 (holotype G-DC) 
see also Melville and Summerhayes, Kew Bull. 9: 46 (1954), and Thompson, Telopea 1: 
214 (1976).] 
[Boronia hyssopifolia Sieb., Flora Beil. 4: 137 (1825) nomen nudum, equated with B. 
polygalifolia by Sprengel {Syst. Cur. Post. 148, 1S21) fide Melville and Summerhayes 
(/.c.).] 
Illustrations: J.E. Smith (/.c.); A. Engler in A. Engler and K. Prantl (Eds), Nat. 
Pflanzenfam. 3(4), 135, Eigs 75J, K (1896), fruit and seed; A. Engler in A. Engler and K. 
Prantl (Eds), Nat. Pflanzenfam. edn 2 19A: 251, Eigs 107J, K (1931), fruit and seed; R. 
Melville and V.S. Summerville, Kew Bull. 9: 462, Eigs 1.9-1.12 (1954); B.A. Eebler, 
Queensland Agric. J. 98: 199 (1972); B.A. Eebler, Wildflowers of South East Queensland 
1: 28 (1977); K.A.W. Williams, Native Plants Queensland 1: 37 (1980); T.D. Stanley and 
E.M. Ross, FI. South East Queensland 1: 451, Eigs 69G1-3 (1983); A. Eairley and P. 
Moore, Native Plants of the Sydney District, 234, pi. 811 (1989), photograph; PH. 
Weston and M.E. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 230 (1991); P.H. Weston and M.E. 
Duretto, FI. New South Wales 2, 2nd edn: 268 (2002). 
Weakly erect or spreading, decumbent sub-shrub to 30 cm long, usually several wiry 
branches arising from a woody rootstock, glabrous apart from flowers. Branchlets terete 
to quadrangular, not obviously glandular, with two shallow grooves in between leaf 
decurrencies, moderate cork development. Leaves simple, sessile or with petiole to 1 mm 
long; lamina 8-30 mm long, 0.8-5 mm wide, narrow to broad linear to elliptic, rarely 
ovate or obovate, not obviously glandular or dotted with sunken glands, discolorous, 
abaxial surface paler, dorsiventral, spongy and palisade mesophyll layers not separated 
by a region of cells, flat or margins slightly recurved (in dry specimens revolute), margins 
entire or minutely serrate near tip, tip acute. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered; peduncles 
0.5-5(-ll) mm; prophylls minutely unifoliolate, 0.5-2 mm long, sometimes caducous; 
metaxyphylls absent; anthopodium 0.5-5(-9) mm long. Sepals ovate-deltoid, 1.5-2 mm 
long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, not obviously glandular, glabrous, tip acute. Petals white or pink, 
4.5-6.5 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm wide, not obviously or slightly glandular, glabrous or 
sometimes minutely and sparsely ciliate, persistent with fruit. Staminal filaments with 
short stout hairs on margins, slightly glandular tuberculate towards apex or not; anthers 
glabrous, anther connective maroon, apiculum prominent, white. Gynoecium glabrous; 
stigma entire, minute, not or slightly wider than style. Cocci 3.5-4 mm long, 1.5-2 mm 
wide, glabrous. tSeeJ black to dark brown, dull, 1.5-2 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, rugulose. 

Page image

879407 Boronia hyssopifolia var Muelleria 17: 45
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333764
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
586856 Boronia imlayensis Muelleria 17: 69-70, Fig. 7 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 69-70, Fig. 7 (map)".

585014 Boronia inflexa Muelleria 17: 40-41, Fig. 2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 40-41, Fig. 2".

585015 Boronia inflexa inflexa Muelleria 17: 41-42, Figs 2, 3 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 41-42, Figs 2, 3 (map)".

585017 Boronia inflexa grandiflora Muelleria 17: 43-44, Figs 2, 3 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 43-44, Figs 2, 3 (map)".

585016 Boronia inflexa montiazura Muelleria 17: 42-43, Figs 2, 3 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 42-43, Figs 2, 3 (map)".

585018 Boronia inflexa torringtonensis Muelleria 17: 44, Figs 2, 3 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333763
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
879467 Boronia inornata Muelleria 17: 100
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333819
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

100 
M. F. Duretto 
Populations in the Portland area, and in particular from the Mt Richmond and Gorae 
West areas, appear to have plants of both subsp. torquata and subsp. pilosa. These plants 
often have narrowly deltate sepals, long styles, and some have branch hairs to 0.5 mm 
long. Detailed local surveys would be interesting to determine if these subspecies form 
distinct or mixed populations. 
In most specimens the fruit is glabrous or glabrescent though some specimens (e.g. 
Stephens s.n., AD 98585518; Petherick s.n., AD 96301072) from near Penola (SA) have 
sparsely to moderately densely hirsute fruit. These can be distinguished from B. pilosa 
subsp. pilosa by the short branch hairs, glabrescent leaves (see key) and deltate sepals. 
Distribution and ecology: The subspecies occurs in south-western Victoria west from 
the Casterton to Portland areas to south-eastern South Australia and disjunctly on the 
Eyre Peninsula (Fig. 12). The single collection seen from the Eyre Peninsula was made 
in 1927 and requires confirmation. The taxon is found in heath and open woodland on 
sandy or rocky soils. Flowering July-November; fruiting October-November. 
Conservation Status: The subspecies is found in a number of reserves in Victoria and 
South Australia. The disjunct population on the Eyre Peninsula (if still extant) is of 
conservation significance and requires investigation. A conservation code of 3RC- is 
appropriate. 
Etymology: The subspecific epithet is derived from the Eatin, torquatus (adorned with 
a collar), alluding to the collar of white simple hairs that arise from the style under the 
globular stigma that is reminiscent, on many specimens, of an Elizabethan ruff. 
27d. Boronia pilosa parvidaemonis Duretto, subsp. nov. 
A varietate typica ramis hispidulis, foliis glabratis vel glabris, sepalis minoribus 
deltatis glabris, stylo per stigmam magnam celato differ!; a Boronia pilosa subsp. 
torquata Duretto foliis brevioribus differ!. 
Type: VICTORIA: EOWAN MAEEEE: Eittle Desert NP, eastern block, 100 m SE of 
parking area at Salt Fake, 36°32’S 141°48’E, N.G. Walsh 5377 and 1. Thompson, 
7.viii.2001 (holotype MEE 2104896; isotypes AD, CANB, HO, MEE 2104902). (Figs 10 
Q-S). 
Boronia pilosa subsp. 2: M.F. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 162 (1999), p.p.; J.H. Ross, A 
Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 6^^ edn, 110, 138 (2000), p.p. 
[''Boronia clavellifolia” auct. non F.MuelL: F. Mueller, Nat. pi. Victoria 70 (1879); F. 
Mueller, Key Viet. pi. 2: 9 (1885); F. Mueller, Key Viet. pi. 1: 145 (1887-1888)] 
["Boronia inornata” auct. non Turez.: A.J. Ewart, FI. Victoria 699 (1931); J.H. Willis, 
A Handbook to Plants of Victoria, Dicotyledons 2: 328 (1973); S.J.Forbes, P.K. Gullan, 
R. A. Kilgour and M.A. Powell, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 96 (1984); 
S. J. Forbes and J.H. Ross, A Census of Vascular plants of Victoria, 2"^ edn, 83 & 103 
(1988); P.K. Gullan, D.C. Cheal and N.G. Walsh, Rare and threatened plants in Victoria, 
8 & 30 (1990); J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 3^^ edn, 86 (1990); 
J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 4^^ edn, 98 & 120 (1993); J.H. 
Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 5^^ edn, 105 & 129 (1996)] 
Erect shrub to 50 cm tall. Branchlets hispidulous to pilose, hairs confined to area above 
leaf bases, hairs to 0.25(-0.4) mm long, leaf decurrencies absent. Leaves 3-7(-9)- 
foliolate, entire leaf in outline 4-10 mm long, 6-18 mm wide; petiole 0.5-1 mm long, 
minutely ciliate; rachis segments 1-2 mm long, hispidulous to ciliate to glabrous, 
proximal segments usually hairier than distal ones; terminal leaflets 1.5-4 mm long, 
0.75-1 mm wide, flat to semiterete, palisade mesophyll almost or totally encircling 
leaflet, linear to narrowly obovate, glabrous, glabrescent or rarely sparsely hispidulous; 
lateral leaflets 2-7 mm long, 0.75-1.25 mm wide. Inflorescence axillary and terminal, 
3-7-flowered, longer than leaves; peduncles 1-2 mm long, sparsely hispidulous between 
decurrent bract bases; prophylls 0.5-1 mm long, glabrous or ciliate; anthopodia 1-4 mm 

Page image

879468 Boronia inornata Muelleria 17: 100
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333819
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

100 
M. F. Duretto 
Populations in the Portland area, and in particular from the Mt Richmond and Gorae 
West areas, appear to have plants of both subsp. torquata and subsp. pilosa. These plants 
often have narrowly deltate sepals, long styles, and some have branch hairs to 0.5 mm 
long. Detailed local surveys would be interesting to determine if these subspecies form 
distinct or mixed populations. 
In most specimens the fruit is glabrous or glabrescent though some specimens (e.g. 
Stephens s.n., AD 98585518; Petherick s.n., AD 96301072) from near Penola (SA) have 
sparsely to moderately densely hirsute fruit. These can be distinguished from B. pilosa 
subsp. pilosa by the short branch hairs, glabrescent leaves (see key) and deltate sepals. 
Distribution and ecology: The subspecies occurs in south-western Victoria west from 
the Casterton to Portland areas to south-eastern South Australia and disjunctly on the 
Eyre Peninsula (Fig. 12). The single collection seen from the Eyre Peninsula was made 
in 1927 and requires confirmation. The taxon is found in heath and open woodland on 
sandy or rocky soils. Flowering July-November; fruiting October-November. 
Conservation Status: The subspecies is found in a number of reserves in Victoria and 
South Australia. The disjunct population on the Eyre Peninsula (if still extant) is of 
conservation significance and requires investigation. A conservation code of 3RC- is 
appropriate. 
Etymology: The subspecific epithet is derived from the Eatin, torquatus (adorned with 
a collar), alluding to the collar of white simple hairs that arise from the style under the 
globular stigma that is reminiscent, on many specimens, of an Elizabethan ruff. 
27d. Boronia pilosa parvidaemonis Duretto, subsp. nov. 
A varietate typica ramis hispidulis, foliis glabratis vel glabris, sepalis minoribus 
deltatis glabris, stylo per stigmam magnam celato differ!; a Boronia pilosa subsp. 
torquata Duretto foliis brevioribus differ!. 
Type: VICTORIA: EOWAN MAEEEE: Eittle Desert NP, eastern block, 100 m SE of 
parking area at Salt Fake, 36°32’S 141°48’E, N.G. Walsh 5377 and 1. Thompson, 
7.viii.2001 (holotype MEE 2104896; isotypes AD, CANB, HO, MEE 2104902). (Figs 10 
Q-S). 
Boronia pilosa subsp. 2: M.F. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 162 (1999), p.p.; J.H. Ross, A 
Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 6^^ edn, 110, 138 (2000), p.p. 
[''Boronia clavellifolia” auct. non F.MuelL: F. Mueller, Nat. pi. Victoria 70 (1879); F. 
Mueller, Key Viet. pi. 2: 9 (1885); F. Mueller, Key Viet. pi. 1: 145 (1887-1888)] 
["Boronia inornata” auct. non Turez.: A.J. Ewart, FI. Victoria 699 (1931); J.H. Willis, 
A Handbook to Plants of Victoria, Dicotyledons 2: 328 (1973); S.J.Forbes, P.K. Gullan, 
R. A. Kilgour and M.A. Powell, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 96 (1984); 
S. J. Forbes and J.H. Ross, A Census of Vascular plants of Victoria, 2"^ edn, 83 & 103 
(1988); P.K. Gullan, D.C. Cheal and N.G. Walsh, Rare and threatened plants in Victoria, 
8 & 30 (1990); J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 3^^ edn, 86 (1990); 
J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 4^^ edn, 98 & 120 (1993); J.H. 
Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 5^^ edn, 105 & 129 (1996)] 
Erect shrub to 50 cm tall. Branchlets hispidulous to pilose, hairs confined to area above 
leaf bases, hairs to 0.25(-0.4) mm long, leaf decurrencies absent. Leaves 3-7(-9)- 
foliolate, entire leaf in outline 4-10 mm long, 6-18 mm wide; petiole 0.5-1 mm long, 
minutely ciliate; rachis segments 1-2 mm long, hispidulous to ciliate to glabrous, 
proximal segments usually hairier than distal ones; terminal leaflets 1.5-4 mm long, 
0.75-1 mm wide, flat to semiterete, palisade mesophyll almost or totally encircling 
leaflet, linear to narrowly obovate, glabrous, glabrescent or rarely sparsely hispidulous; 
lateral leaflets 2-7 mm long, 0.75-1.25 mm wide. Inflorescence axillary and terminal, 
3-7-flowered, longer than leaves; peduncles 1-2 mm long, sparsely hispidulous between 
decurrent bract bases; prophylls 0.5-1 mm long, glabrous or ciliate; anthopodia 1-4 mm 

Page image

587337 Boronia keysii Muelleria 17: 121
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333840
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

Notes on Boronia 
121 
39. Boronia keysii Domin, Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographic Australiens 838 
(1926) [=Bibliotheca Botanica Heft 89: 284 (1926)]. Type citation: “Queensland: Lake 
Coothai-aba, J. Keys 1909, in herb, meo.” Type: QUEENSLAND: WIDE BAY: Eake 
Cootharaba, J. Keys s.n., 1909 (lectotype, here designated, PR 528078 [transparencies 
BRI, MEE 2068555]', isolectotype BRI n.v. [fide B. A. Eebler, Queensland Agric. J. 98, 
619 (1972)1). 
Boronia section Valvatae (Benth.) Engl, subsection Valvatae series Valvatae Benth., 
Boronia rosmarinifolia species-group/it/e Duretto, Muelleria 12: 78 (1999). 
The B. rosmarinifolia species-group, less B. glabra (Maiden & Betche) Cheel, was 
subjected to a numerical analysis by Duretto (1999a). In this analysis four species were 
identified, viz B. rosmarinifolia, B. splendida Duretto, B. palasepala Duretto, and B. 
forsteri Duretto. A specimen from ‘Beeron Holding’ (Group E in Duretto 1999a) was 
isolated from other groups but was classified with B. splendida (Group C) on the basis of 
hirsute styles, narrow leaves and geography. The population at ‘Beeron Holding’ and a 
nearby population of B. splendida were visited in 1999 by the author and field 
observations and collected specimens indicated that the ‘Beeron’ Holding population was 
distinct and so is recognised as the new species, B. beeronensis, below. A corrected 
description for B. splendida and additional type information for B. rosmarinifolia are also 
provided. 
Previously published keys for B. section Valvatae (Duretto 1999a, 1999b) can be 
corrected at couplets 21 and 63 respectively by inserting the following: 
21a/63a. Petals (before fruit set) 8-15 mm long, 4.5-8 mm wide; sepals 4.5-6 mm 
long, 3-4 mm wide; styles pilose; cocci pilose. B. beeronensis 
21a/63a. Petals (before fruit set) 6-10 mm long, 3.5-5 mm wide; sepals 2.5-5 mm 
long, 1.75-4 mm wide; styles pilose or glabrous; cocci glabrous (seen only 
forR. splendida) .21/63 
21/63. Eeaves 1-2.5 mm wide, the margins strictly revolute; anther-apiculum 
usually large and reflexed; style glabrous or pilose; stellate hairs with rays to 
0.1 mm long. B. splendida 
21/63: Eeaves 2-6 mm wide, flat or margin recurved, sometimes revolute on 
drying; anther-apiculum absent or minute; style glabrous; stellate hairs with 
rays to 0.5 mm long. B. palasepala 
40. Boronia rosmarinifolia A. Gunn, ex Endl., Enum. pi: 16 (1837); B. ledifolia var. 
rosmarinifolia (A. Gunn, ex Endl.) Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 314 (1863). Type citation: 
“Peel’s Island, Moreton Bay. (A. Cunningh. 1824)”. Type: Peels Is., Moreton-bay 
[Queensland, Moreton Bay, c. 27°30’S 153°20’E], C. [Alan Cunningham], 1824 
(lectotype, here designated, W n.v. [photothek nr. 2946, copy at MEE 2059461]). 
Typification: The collector of the lectotype at W is signified only with a ‘C’ but given 
the other information on the sheet there is no doubt that this is the Cunningham collection 
referred to by Endlicher (1837). 
Notes: No specimens of B. rosmarinifolia from Peel Island, apart from the type, have 
been seen by the author. Whether this is because there have been no recent collections 
made on the island or because the species is now extinct there is a question worthy of 
investigation. The species is certainly common on the mainland and on nearby sand 
islands (pers. obs.). 
41. Boronia splendida Duretto, Austrobaileya 5: 278, Pig. 9G-E (1999). Type: 
QUEENSEAND: MORETON: Palls Ck, 4 km NW of West Haldon, 27°45’S 152°04’E, 

Page image

586857 Boronia latipinna Muelleria 17: 70-71, Fig. 7 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 70-71, Fig. 7 (map)".

587335 Boronia ledifolia repanda Muelleria 17: 120
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333839
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
879841 Boronia ledifolia repanda Muelleria 17: 120
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333839
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
828611 Boronia ledifolia repanda Muelleria 17: 120
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333839
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
879849 Boronia ledifolia rosmarinifolia Muelleria 17: 121
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333840
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
828607 Boronia ledifolia rubiginosa Muelleria 17: 120
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333839
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
587155 Boronia microphylla Muelleria 17: 112-114, Fig. 14 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 112-114, Fig. 14 (map)".

828550 Boronia microphylla Muelleria 17: 112
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333831
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
585009 Boronia montimulliganensis Muelleria 17: 29-31, Fig. 2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 29-31, Fig. 2".

586855 Boronia muelleri Muelleria 17: 67-69, Fig. 7 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 67-69, Fig. 7 (map)".

585019 Boronia nana Muelleria 17: 45-47

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 45-47".

585021 Boronia nana nana Muelleria 17: 47-48, Fig. 4

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 47-48, Fig. 4".

585025 Boronia nana hyssopifolia Muelleria 17: 49-51, Fig. 4

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 49-51, Fig. 4".

585022 Boronia nana pubescens Muelleria 17: 48-49, Fig. 4

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 48-49, Fig. 4".

585013 Boronia occidentalis Muelleria 17: 36-40, Fig. 3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 36-40, Fig. 3".

879488 Boronia oppositifolia Muelleria 17: 51
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333770
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
828539 Boronia paleifolia Muelleria 17: 105
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333824
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

Notes on Boronia 
105 
Notes: WJ. Hooker (1834) had a broad concept of B. variabilis (= B. anemonifolia 
subsp. variabilis, see Neish & Duretto 2000) in which he included the type of B. gunnii. 
Later (1836) he transferred this type material to B. tetrandra which included the many 
forms of B. pilosa and B. citriodora. J.D. Hooker (1840) then described B. tetrandra var. 
grandiflora (see synonymies). Mueller (1860-1862) placed 5. gunnii, with 5. citriodora, 
in synonymy under B. pinnata. Bentham (1863) reduced B. gunnii to varietal rank under 
B. pinnata and he included B. citriodora in his concept of this taxon. Rodway (1903) 
reduced both B. gunnii and B. citriodora to varietal status under B. pinnata. Cheel (1929) 
considered B. gunnii to be a distinct species though he appeared to have included B. 
pilosa subsp. torquata from western Victoria in his concept. This may have been followed 
by Curtis (1956) as she recognised B. gunnii and listed Victoria as part of its distributional 
range. King and Bums (1969) and Galbraith (1977) recognised B. gunnii and called it the 
Cataract Gorge Boronia and Gunn’s Boronia respectively. Curtis and Morris (1975) 
included B. gunnii in a broad concept of B. pilosa and noted that the larger leaved plants 
from near Launceston (here recognised as B. gunnii) warranted further investigation. The 
classification of Curtis and Morris was followed by Buchanan et al. (1989) and Buchanan 
(1995) in their censuses of the Tasmanian Flora. Weston et al. (1984) recognised B. 
gunnii and included it in their B. pilosa group. 
Boronia gunnii differs from other Tasmanian species by the long narrowly obovate 
leaves, hispidulous stems with minute hairs (to 0.1mm long), slightly glandular 
tuberculate stems, the shiny glandular areas that dot the leaves and stems, and the small 
sepals. The collections from eastern Tasmania have longer (to 25 mm long) and narrower 
(0.75-1.5 mm wide) leaflets than plants collected from near Launceston. The styles of the 
Aspley River specimen {P. Collier 946) are sparsely pilose while those of plants from the 
Launceston area are glabrous [R. Burns (ANBG 1411) is sterile]. 
Cheel (1929, p. 300) noted that B. gunnii has a distinct sage scent. Horticultural notes 
for B. gunnii are given by Elliot and Jones (1982). 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia gunnii has been collected from near Launceston (N 
Tasmania), mainly from Cataract Gorge where it was thought to be confined (e.g. King 
& Burns 1969). Recently it was collected from the Aspley River and Dennison River 
areas (E Tasmania) (Eig. 11). The collection from Cradle Mountain {Olsen s.n., HO 4705) 
requires confirmation but is presumed here to be erroneously labeled. Very little in the 
way of habitat information is available from collections except that the species is usually 
found near rivers {Bums ANBG 1411, Collier 946), and sometimes sheltered by rocks 
{Collier 946). Boronia gunnii was found to be self incompatible by Weston et al. (1984), 
though they may have been working with material of B. pilosa. Elowering October- 
January. Immature fruiting material has been collected in January. 
Conservation status: A conservation code of 3VC- is appropriate for the species as it 
is known from few areas and from few collections. The species may be threatened in the 
Eaunceston area as the last collection made there, that has been seen by the author, was 
in 1961. 
Etymology: The specific epithet is for Ronald Campbell Gunn who collected 
extensively in Tasmania in the 19th Century (see Buchanan 1990). 
30. Boronia falcifolia A.Cunn. ex Endl., in Endl. et al, Enum. pi 16 (1837), written as 
B. paleifolia [an orthographic error, see below]. Type citation: “Moreton Bay. (A. 
Cunningh. 1824).” Type: Moreton Bay [Moreton District, Queensland], AC [Alan 
Cunningham], 1824 (lectotype, here designated, W n.v. [photothek nr. 2013, copy at MEE 
2068461]’, Peel’s Is., Moreton Bay, N.S. Wales [Moreton District, Queensland, c. 27°30’S 
153°20’E], A. Cunningham No. 34, x.1824 (probable isolectotypes CGE n.v. 
[transparencies MEL 2041293], K n.v. [ex Alan Cunningham’s Australian Herbarium, 
cibachrome MEL 2041265, photograph AD 99548079], MEL 248924, TCD). 

Page image

828296 Boronia palustris Muelleria 17: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333773
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
585029 Boronia parviflora Muelleria 17: 54-58, Fig. 5

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 54-58, Fig. 5".

828294 Boronia pilonema Muelleria 17: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333773
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

54 
M. F. Duretto 
Australia there are two species, one, B. parviflora, widespread and found in all eastern 
states, and the other, B. barkeriana, confined to New South Wales. 
10. Boronia parviflora Sm., Tracts nat. hist. 295, t. 6 (1798). Type citation: type not 
cited. [Though specimens were not cited with the description Smith (l.c., p. 290), in the 
preamble of the paper, states ‘Four species only of the genus in question have been 
hitherto been detected among dried specimens collected near Port-Jackson, by Mr. 
White’; later Smith (1807, p. 285) cites one specimen ‘Gathered near Port Jackson, by 
Dr. White’.] Type: Port Jackson, New South Wales [c. 33°49’S 151°17’E, Central Coast], 
Mr White s.n., 1795 (lectotype, here designated, LINN 684.8 n.v. [specimens numbered 
1; transparency MEL 2041283]. [Note: see B. polygalifolia re Mr White]. 
Boronia pilonema Labill., Nov. Holl. pi. i. 98. t. 126 (1805). Type citation: ‘in capite 
Van-Diemen.’ Type: n.v. Illustration decisive. 
Boronia colorata Lehm. ex Bartl. in PI. Preiss. 2: 226 (1848). Type citation: “In 
regionibus interioribus Australiae meridionali-occidentalis m. Nov. 1840, Herb. Preiss. 
No. 2627”; Type: Herb. Preiss No. 2627 (lectotype, here designated, LD 94036 - 0995 
[transparency MEL 2068533]). [Note: Locality information incorrect: the species is not 
found in Western Australia.] 
Boronia palustris Maiden & J.Black, Trans. & Proc. R. Soc. South Australia 35: 1, pi. 
1 (1911). Type citation: “Found in flower by H.H.D. Griffith on the edge of swamps near 
Cape Borda and Starvation Ck, Kangaroo Island, October, 1908.” Type: Swamp 12 miles 
[c. 19.2 km] from Cape Border, Kangaroo Is. [35°45’S 136°35’E, South Australia] [‘also 
Starvation Ck’ written in a different pen to the original], H.H.D. Griffith s.n., x.1908 
(holotype AD 99436222 [top left hand specimen, ex herb. J.M. Black]; isotype MEL 
246780). 
Illustrations: Smith (l.c.); J.H. Labillardiere (l.c.), as B. pilonema; J.H. Maiden and 
J.M. Black (l.c.), as B. palustris; J.M. Black, FI. S. Austral. 2: 336, Fig. 154D (1924), as 
B. palustris; J.M. Black, FI. S. Austral. 2nd edn, 2: 494 Fig. 665 (1948), as B. palustris; 
J. Garnet, The Wildflowers of Wilson’s Promontory 147, Fig. 538 (1971); B. Conabee and 
J. Garnet, Wildflowers of South Eastern Australia, Vol. 1, pi. 15(5) (1974); A. Fairley and 
P. Moore, Native Plants of the Sydney District, 236, pi. 820 (1989), photograph; L. 
Robinson, Field Guide to the Native Plants of Sydney, 116 (1991); P.H. Weston and M.F. 
Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 234 (1991); I.R. McCann, The Grampians in Flower, 
100 (1994), excellent photograph; M.F. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 163, Fig. 29h (1999); 
M.G. Corrick and B.A. Fuhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria 207 (2000), photograph; P.H. 
Weston and M.F. Duretto, FI. New South Wales 2, 2nd edn: 274 (2002). 
Weakly ascending herb to sub-shrub to 50 cm tall, glabrous apart from flowers. 
Branchlets not obviously glandular, without obvious leaf decurrencies. Leaves sessile, 
7-28 mm long, (0.5-)L5-7.5 mm wide, linear to narrow elliptic to elliptic or obovate, 
flat, not obviously glandular, concolorous, dorsiventral, spongy and palisade mesophyll 
not always clearly differentiated, margins entire to slightly crenate, tip acute. 
Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered; peduncles absent or 0.5-2(-7) mm long; metaxyphylls at 
base of anthopodia, 1.5-10 mm long, usually caducous; anthopodia 2-10 mm long. 
Sepals green to purple, deltate to ovate, 2.5-5.5 mm long, 1-2.5 mm wide, smaller or as 
long as or just longer than the petals, adaxial surface glabrous or puberulous towards apex 
to entire surface apart from near margins, usually caducous, tip acute. Petals white to 
pink, 3-5.5(-7) mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, adaxial surface glabrous or glabrescent to 
pilose, margins ciliate or with few simple hairs towards apex. Stamens 4-6(SA, 
Vic.)-8(all eastern states), filaments glabrous to pilose, eglandular to glandular; anthers 
with or without minute apiculum. Gynoecium glabrous; stigma entire, minute, slightly 
wider than style. Cocci 2-4 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, glabrous. Seed 1.25-2 mm long, 
1-1.5 mm wide. n=9 (Smith-White 1954; Stace et al. 1993). Small Boronia, Tiny 
Boronia, Swamp Boronia, Small-flowered Boronia. 

Page image

586871 Boronia pilosa Muelleria 17: 91-94, Figs 10, 12 (map)
586872 Boronia pilosa pilosa Muelleria 17: 94-97, Figs 10, 12 (map)
879469 Boronia pilosa subsp Muelleria 17: 94
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333813
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

94 
M. F. Duretto 
Key to the subspecies o/B. pilosa 
1. Leaflets glabrescent to pilose; branches pilose, hairs greater than 0.3 mm long, denser 
between leaf decurrencies or spread evenly around branch; sepals glabrous or ciliate 
or variously pilose; ovary glabrous to hispidulous.2 
1: Leaflets glabrous or glabrescent or rarely hispidulous (and then leaves <10 mm long); 
branches hispidulous, hairs mostly to 0.25 mm long, denser between leaf 
decurrencies; sepals glabrous or ciliate; ovary glabrous.3 
2. Sepals 1.5-3.5 mm long, glabrous or glabrescent or ciliate or sparsely pilose or rarely 
pilose or hispidulous; widest leaflets 0.5-2 mm wide; style usually pilose (N & E Tas., 
probably absent from Tasman & Forestier Pen’s).27a. suhsp. pilosa 
2: Sepals 2.5-5 mm long, pilose (rarely sparsely pilose and then sepals 4-5 mm long); 
widest leaflets 2-4 mm wide (if widest < 3 mm wide then sepals 4-5 mm long); style 
glabrous or with few hairs (Tas. - Tasman & Forestier Pen’s). 
.27b. subsp. tasmanensis 
3. Stigma shorter than glabrous or pilose style, style clearly visible, together greater than 
0.5 mm long (Tas.).27a. suhsp. pilosa 
3: Stigma significantly larger than pilose style, style often concealed, together to 0.5 mm 
long (SA; Vic.; Tas.).4 
4. Farger leaves >10 mm long; larger leaflets > 9 mm long, flat; petiole 1-3 mm long 
(SA; SW Vic.).27c. subsp. torquata 
4: Feaves <10 mm long; leaflets < 9 mm long, flat to semiterete; petiole to 1 mm long 
(Vic. - Fittle Desert; Tas.).5 
5. Sepals narrowly debate, 0.5-0.75 mm wide; leaflets glabrous (Tas.). 
.27a. suhsp. pilosa 
5: Sepals debate, mostly c. 1 mm wide; leaflets glabrous to hispidulous (Vic. - Fittle 
Desert).27d. subsp. parvidaemonis 
27a. Boronia pilosa Fabill. subsp. pilosa 
Boronia tetrandm yar. floribunda Hook., J. Bot. (Hooker) 2: 419 (1840); B. pilosa var. 
floribunda (Hook.) Hook.f., Flora Tasman. 1: 67 (1855). Type citation: “Gunn, 665.” 
Type: Hobart [Tasmania], R. Gunn 665, 20.xi.l839 (lectotype, here designated, K n.v. 
[cibachrome MEF 2041271]; isolectotype CANB 259057, HO 4661; possible 
isolectotype NSW 385770). 
Boronia tetrandra var. terminiflora Hook., J. Bot. (Hooker) 2: 419 (1840). Type 
citation: “Mr. Gunn (n. 790)”. Type: ?. [NOTE: Hooker (l.c.) cites Gunn 790 for 
specimens seen for both this taxon and B. tetrandra var. laricifolia though he adds 
“Circular Head, &c.” to the information of the latter. It is assumed that he did not use the 
same material for the two taxa (described a few lines apart). Apart from the Circular Head 
material cited below, no other specimens of Gunn 790 have been seen by the author. 
Hooker f. (1855) does not list B. tetrandra var. terminiflora.] 
Boronia tetrandra var. laricifolia Hook., J. Bot. (Hooker) 2: 419 (1840); B. pilosa var. 
laricifolia (Hook.) Hook.f., Flora Tasman. 1: 67 (1855); Type citation: “Mr. Gunn (n. 
790).” Type: [Circular Head,] V. D. Fand [Tasmania], R. Gunn 790 [16.xi.l836] 
(lectotype, here designated, K n.v. [cibachrome MEF 2041274, photo AD 99548090]). 
Boronia pilosa subsp. 1: M.F. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 162 (1999), p.p.; J.H. Ross, A 
Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 6^^ edn, 110, 138 (2000), p.p. 
Illustrations: J.H. Fabillardiere (l.c.), as B. pilosa; H.J. King and T.E. Burns, The 
Wildflowers of Tasmania 19 (1969), as B. pilosa, photograph; R Collier, Woodland 
Wildflowers of Tasmania 28 (1990), as B. pilosa; I.R. McCann, The Grampians in 
Flower, 100 (1994), photograph, as B. pilosa; M.F. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 163, Fig. 29e 
(1999), as B. pilosa subsp. 1; M.G. Corrick and B.A. Fuhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria 206 
(2000), as B. pilosa, photograph. 

Page image

828370 Boronia pilosa subsp Muelleria 17: 100
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333819
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

100 
M. F. Duretto 
Populations in the Portland area, and in particular from the Mt Richmond and Gorae 
West areas, appear to have plants of both subsp. torquata and subsp. pilosa. These plants 
often have narrowly deltate sepals, long styles, and some have branch hairs to 0.5 mm 
long. Detailed local surveys would be interesting to determine if these subspecies form 
distinct or mixed populations. 
In most specimens the fruit is glabrous or glabrescent though some specimens (e.g. 
Stephens s.n., AD 98585518; Petherick s.n., AD 96301072) from near Penola (SA) have 
sparsely to moderately densely hirsute fruit. These can be distinguished from B. pilosa 
subsp. pilosa by the short branch hairs, glabrescent leaves (see key) and deltate sepals. 
Distribution and ecology: The subspecies occurs in south-western Victoria west from 
the Casterton to Portland areas to south-eastern South Australia and disjunctly on the 
Eyre Peninsula (Fig. 12). The single collection seen from the Eyre Peninsula was made 
in 1927 and requires confirmation. The taxon is found in heath and open woodland on 
sandy or rocky soils. Flowering July-November; fruiting October-November. 
Conservation Status: The subspecies is found in a number of reserves in Victoria and 
South Australia. The disjunct population on the Eyre Peninsula (if still extant) is of 
conservation significance and requires investigation. A conservation code of 3RC- is 
appropriate. 
Etymology: The subspecific epithet is derived from the Eatin, torquatus (adorned with 
a collar), alluding to the collar of white simple hairs that arise from the style under the 
globular stigma that is reminiscent, on many specimens, of an Elizabethan ruff. 
27d. Boronia pilosa parvidaemonis Duretto, subsp. nov. 
A varietate typica ramis hispidulis, foliis glabratis vel glabris, sepalis minoribus 
deltatis glabris, stylo per stigmam magnam celato differ!; a Boronia pilosa subsp. 
torquata Duretto foliis brevioribus differ!. 
Type: VICTORIA: EOWAN MAEEEE: Eittle Desert NP, eastern block, 100 m SE of 
parking area at Salt Fake, 36°32’S 141°48’E, N.G. Walsh 5377 and 1. Thompson, 
7.viii.2001 (holotype MEE 2104896; isotypes AD, CANB, HO, MEE 2104902). (Figs 10 
Q-S). 
Boronia pilosa subsp. 2: M.F. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 162 (1999), p.p.; J.H. Ross, A 
Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 6^^ edn, 110, 138 (2000), p.p. 
[''Boronia clavellifolia” auct. non F.MuelL: F. Mueller, Nat. pi. Victoria 70 (1879); F. 
Mueller, Key Viet. pi. 2: 9 (1885); F. Mueller, Key Viet. pi. 1: 145 (1887-1888)] 
["Boronia inornata” auct. non Turez.: A.J. Ewart, FI. Victoria 699 (1931); J.H. Willis, 
A Handbook to Plants of Victoria, Dicotyledons 2: 328 (1973); S.J.Forbes, P.K. Gullan, 
R. A. Kilgour and M.A. Powell, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 96 (1984); 
S. J. Forbes and J.H. Ross, A Census of Vascular plants of Victoria, 2"^ edn, 83 & 103 
(1988); P.K. Gullan, D.C. Cheal and N.G. Walsh, Rare and threatened plants in Victoria, 
8 & 30 (1990); J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 3^^ edn, 86 (1990); 
J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 4^^ edn, 98 & 120 (1993); J.H. 
Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 5^^ edn, 105 & 129 (1996)] 
Erect shrub to 50 cm tall. Branchlets hispidulous to pilose, hairs confined to area above 
leaf bases, hairs to 0.25(-0.4) mm long, leaf decurrencies absent. Leaves 3-7(-9)- 
foliolate, entire leaf in outline 4-10 mm long, 6-18 mm wide; petiole 0.5-1 mm long, 
minutely ciliate; rachis segments 1-2 mm long, hispidulous to ciliate to glabrous, 
proximal segments usually hairier than distal ones; terminal leaflets 1.5-4 mm long, 
0.75-1 mm wide, flat to semiterete, palisade mesophyll almost or totally encircling 
leaflet, linear to narrowly obovate, glabrous, glabrescent or rarely sparsely hispidulous; 
lateral leaflets 2-7 mm long, 0.75-1.25 mm wide. Inflorescence axillary and terminal, 
3-7-flowered, longer than leaves; peduncles 1-2 mm long, sparsely hispidulous between 
decurrent bract bases; prophylls 0.5-1 mm long, glabrous or ciliate; anthopodia 1-4 mm 

Page image

879464 Boronia pilosa subsp Muelleria 17: 100
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333819
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

100 
M. F. Duretto 
Populations in the Portland area, and in particular from the Mt Richmond and Gorae 
West areas, appear to have plants of both subsp. torquata and subsp. pilosa. These plants 
often have narrowly deltate sepals, long styles, and some have branch hairs to 0.5 mm 
long. Detailed local surveys would be interesting to determine if these subspecies form 
distinct or mixed populations. 
In most specimens the fruit is glabrous or glabrescent though some specimens (e.g. 
Stephens s.n., AD 98585518; Petherick s.n., AD 96301072) from near Penola (SA) have 
sparsely to moderately densely hirsute fruit. These can be distinguished from B. pilosa 
subsp. pilosa by the short branch hairs, glabrescent leaves (see key) and deltate sepals. 
Distribution and ecology: The subspecies occurs in south-western Victoria west from 
the Casterton to Portland areas to south-eastern South Australia and disjunctly on the 
Eyre Peninsula (Fig. 12). The single collection seen from the Eyre Peninsula was made 
in 1927 and requires confirmation. The taxon is found in heath and open woodland on 
sandy or rocky soils. Flowering July-November; fruiting October-November. 
Conservation Status: The subspecies is found in a number of reserves in Victoria and 
South Australia. The disjunct population on the Eyre Peninsula (if still extant) is of 
conservation significance and requires investigation. A conservation code of 3RC- is 
appropriate. 
Etymology: The subspecific epithet is derived from the Eatin, torquatus (adorned with 
a collar), alluding to the collar of white simple hairs that arise from the style under the 
globular stigma that is reminiscent, on many specimens, of an Elizabethan ruff. 
27d. Boronia pilosa parvidaemonis Duretto, subsp. nov. 
A varietate typica ramis hispidulis, foliis glabratis vel glabris, sepalis minoribus 
deltatis glabris, stylo per stigmam magnam celato differ!; a Boronia pilosa subsp. 
torquata Duretto foliis brevioribus differ!. 
Type: VICTORIA: EOWAN MAEEEE: Eittle Desert NP, eastern block, 100 m SE of 
parking area at Salt Fake, 36°32’S 141°48’E, N.G. Walsh 5377 and 1. Thompson, 
7.viii.2001 (holotype MEE 2104896; isotypes AD, CANB, HO, MEE 2104902). (Figs 10 
Q-S). 
Boronia pilosa subsp. 2: M.F. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 162 (1999), p.p.; J.H. Ross, A 
Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 6^^ edn, 110, 138 (2000), p.p. 
[''Boronia clavellifolia” auct. non F.MuelL: F. Mueller, Nat. pi. Victoria 70 (1879); F. 
Mueller, Key Viet. pi. 2: 9 (1885); F. Mueller, Key Viet. pi. 1: 145 (1887-1888)] 
["Boronia inornata” auct. non Turez.: A.J. Ewart, FI. Victoria 699 (1931); J.H. Willis, 
A Handbook to Plants of Victoria, Dicotyledons 2: 328 (1973); S.J.Forbes, P.K. Gullan, 
R. A. Kilgour and M.A. Powell, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 96 (1984); 
S. J. Forbes and J.H. Ross, A Census of Vascular plants of Victoria, 2"^ edn, 83 & 103 
(1988); P.K. Gullan, D.C. Cheal and N.G. Walsh, Rare and threatened plants in Victoria, 
8 & 30 (1990); J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 3^^ edn, 86 (1990); 
J.H. Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 4^^ edn, 98 & 120 (1993); J.H. 
Ross, A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 5^^ edn, 105 & 129 (1996)] 
Erect shrub to 50 cm tall. Branchlets hispidulous to pilose, hairs confined to area above 
leaf bases, hairs to 0.25(-0.4) mm long, leaf decurrencies absent. Leaves 3-7(-9)- 
foliolate, entire leaf in outline 4-10 mm long, 6-18 mm wide; petiole 0.5-1 mm long, 
minutely ciliate; rachis segments 1-2 mm long, hispidulous to ciliate to glabrous, 
proximal segments usually hairier than distal ones; terminal leaflets 1.5-4 mm long, 
0.75-1 mm wide, flat to semiterete, palisade mesophyll almost or totally encircling 
leaflet, linear to narrowly obovate, glabrous, glabrescent or rarely sparsely hispidulous; 
lateral leaflets 2-7 mm long, 0.75-1.25 mm wide. Inflorescence axillary and terminal, 
3-7-flowered, longer than leaves; peduncles 1-2 mm long, sparsely hispidulous between 
decurrent bract bases; prophylls 0.5-1 mm long, glabrous or ciliate; anthopodia 1-4 mm 

Page image

828369 Boronia pilosa subsp Muelleria 17: 99
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333818
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

Notes on Boronia 
99 
Type: VICTORIA: WANNON: Lower Glenelg NP, Nelson North Rd, 5 km N of 
Nelson township, 38°00’S 141°01’E, N.G. Walsh 3088, 27.ix.1991 (holotype MEL 
2013336-, isotypes CANB 449417, BRI n.v., PERTH n.v.). (Eig. 10 P). 
Boronia pilosa Eabill.: J.M. Black, FI. S. Austral. 2: 338 (1924); J.M. Black, FI. S. 
Austral. 2"^ edn 2: 494 (1948); J.A. Armstrong and I.R. Telford, FI. S. Australia 2: 111 
(1986). 
Boronia pilosa subsp. 2: M.E. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 162 (1999), p.p.; J.H. Ross, A 
Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 6^^ edn, 110, 138 (2000), p.p. 
[''Boronia pinnata"' auct. non Sm.: R. Tate, Handb. fl. extratrop. S. Australia, 23 «fe 
209 (1890)] 
Illustration: M.E. Duretto, Fl. Victoria 4: 163, Eig. 29f (1999), as B. pilosa subsp. 2. 
Erect shrub to 50 cm tall. Branchlets sparsely to moderately densely hispidulous, hairs 
confined to area between leaf decurrencies, hairs to 0.25 mm long, rarely slightly longer 
(Vic. - Portland area). Leaves 3-7-foliolate, entire leaf in outline 5-15 mm long, 10-30 
mm wide; petiole 1-3 mm long, minutely ciliate, sometimes sparsely so; rachis segments 
1-3 mm long, segments equal or proximal segments larger, sparsely hispidulous 
adaxially; terminal leaflets 4-10 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, linear to narrowly elliptic to 
narrowly obovate, flat to semiterete, palisade mesophyll encircling leaflet, glabrous, 
glabrescent or sparsely hispidulous; lateral leaflets 4-15 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide. 
Inflorescence axillary and terminal, 1-9-flowered, slightly shorter to longer than leaves; 
peduncles 0.5-L5 mm long, glabrous or sparsely hispidulous between decurrent bract 
bases; prophylls 1-1.5 mm long, sometimes minutely pinnate, glabrous; anthopodia 
2.5-8 mm long, glabrous to sparsely hispidulous. Sepals deltate, 1.25-1.75 mm long, 
1-1.5 mm wide, glabrous or minutely ciliate. Petals 3-5 mm long, abaxial surface 
minutely pilose along margins. Staminal filament margins and distal ends pilose. Ovary 
glabrous; style pilose or rarely glabrous (SA - Donner 8480), stigma significantly larger 
than style, together to 0.5 mm long. Cocci c. 2.5 mm long, c. 1.5 m m wide, glabrous or 
rarely sparsely pilose (SA - Penola). Seed c. 2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide. 
Representative specimens (c. 65 specimens examined): SOUTH AUSTRALIA; EYRE 
PENINSULA: Port Lincoln - southern part of E.P., anon, ix.l927 (AD 9630614)-, SOUTH 
EASTERN: Eairview Reserve (c. 35 km WNW of Naracoorte), 36°49’S 140°25’E, G. Gardiner 
s.n., 1977 (AD 97751063)-, c. 1 km W of Victorian Border on Penola-Dergholm Rd, 37°21’S 
140°58’E, P.J. Lang 8484, 17.viii.l989 (AD, MEL); Penola, C.G. Stephens s.n., Il.xi.l938 (AD 
98585518)-, 5 miles (c. 8 km) from Penola, on Casterton Rd, c. 50 km N of Mt Gambler, V. 
Petherick s.n., 7.X.1933 (AD 96301072)-, Marshes Swamp, 37°36’S 140°31’E, N.N. Donner 8480, 
l.ix.l981 (AD); Hundred of Young, Section 5, ‘Honans Scrub’, c. 10 km N of Mt Gambler, B.J. 
Blaylock 2247, 10.x. 1976 (AD, MEL); Honans Scrub Reserve, Mt Gambler Eorest, 37°44’S 
140°38’E, N.N. Donner 9458, 21.X.1982 (AD); c. 15 km W of Windilo, l.B. Wilson 517 (AD, 
CANB); c. 25 km SE of Mt Gambler, Section 603, Hd. of Caroline, Glenelg River Reserve, 
38°00’S 140°59’E, AC. Beauglehole SEFN254 (AD); VICTORIA: WANNON: Tullich Rd, c. 12 
km E of Casterton, 37°35’S 141°16’E, M.G. Corrick8486, l.xi.l982 (HO, MEL); Wilken, 12 miles 
[c. 15.2 kml SW of Casterton, and just W of the Glenelg R., H.I. Aston 797, 23.x. 1960 (MEL); 
Crawford R. Boulevard, c. 11 km by road NW of Hotspur, 37°56’S 141°29’E, M.G. Corrick 8507, 
2.xi.l982 (MEL); The Inkpot, c. 7 km S of Drik Drik, 38°02’S 141°19’E, P.S. Short 3282 et al.., 
28.ix.1988 (MEL); Heath Rd, Lower Glenelg NP, 38°00’S 140°59’E, R.J. Fletcher 187 and S. 
Howard, 17.ix.l993 (MEL); Alcoa of Australia private land. Point Danger, S of Portland, 38°24’S 
14U38’E, D.E. Albrecht 1077, 13.X.1984 (MEL); Wrights Swamp near Portland, J.H. Willis s.n., 
12.x. 1960 (MEL). 
Notes: Boronia pilosa subsp. torquata differs from the type variety by the hispidulous 
stems, glabrescent to glabrous leaves, sepals being smaller (0.5-1 mm long; cf. 1-3.5 mm 
long), deltate and glabrous, and the style being obscured by the large stigma (Pig. 10 P), 
and from subsp. parvidaemonis by the larger leaves (> 10 mm long; cf. < 10 mm long). 
Willis (1973) was referring to this subspecies when he discusses the glabrous or 
glabrescent leaved plants of south-western Victoria. 

Page image

879477 Boronia pilosa subsp Muelleria 17: 99
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333818
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

Notes on Boronia 
99 
Type: VICTORIA: WANNON: Lower Glenelg NP, Nelson North Rd, 5 km N of 
Nelson township, 38°00’S 141°01’E, N.G. Walsh 3088, 27.ix.1991 (holotype MEL 
2013336-, isotypes CANB 449417, BRI n.v., PERTH n.v.). (Eig. 10 P). 
Boronia pilosa Eabill.: J.M. Black, FI. S. Austral. 2: 338 (1924); J.M. Black, FI. S. 
Austral. 2"^ edn 2: 494 (1948); J.A. Armstrong and I.R. Telford, FI. S. Australia 2: 111 
(1986). 
Boronia pilosa subsp. 2: M.E. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 162 (1999), p.p.; J.H. Ross, A 
Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 6^^ edn, 110, 138 (2000), p.p. 
[''Boronia pinnata"' auct. non Sm.: R. Tate, Handb. fl. extratrop. S. Australia, 23 «fe 
209 (1890)] 
Illustration: M.E. Duretto, Fl. Victoria 4: 163, Eig. 29f (1999), as B. pilosa subsp. 2. 
Erect shrub to 50 cm tall. Branchlets sparsely to moderately densely hispidulous, hairs 
confined to area between leaf decurrencies, hairs to 0.25 mm long, rarely slightly longer 
(Vic. - Portland area). Leaves 3-7-foliolate, entire leaf in outline 5-15 mm long, 10-30 
mm wide; petiole 1-3 mm long, minutely ciliate, sometimes sparsely so; rachis segments 
1-3 mm long, segments equal or proximal segments larger, sparsely hispidulous 
adaxially; terminal leaflets 4-10 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, linear to narrowly elliptic to 
narrowly obovate, flat to semiterete, palisade mesophyll encircling leaflet, glabrous, 
glabrescent or sparsely hispidulous; lateral leaflets 4-15 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide. 
Inflorescence axillary and terminal, 1-9-flowered, slightly shorter to longer than leaves; 
peduncles 0.5-L5 mm long, glabrous or sparsely hispidulous between decurrent bract 
bases; prophylls 1-1.5 mm long, sometimes minutely pinnate, glabrous; anthopodia 
2.5-8 mm long, glabrous to sparsely hispidulous. Sepals deltate, 1.25-1.75 mm long, 
1-1.5 mm wide, glabrous or minutely ciliate. Petals 3-5 mm long, abaxial surface 
minutely pilose along margins. Staminal filament margins and distal ends pilose. Ovary 
glabrous; style pilose or rarely glabrous (SA - Donner 8480), stigma significantly larger 
than style, together to 0.5 mm long. Cocci c. 2.5 mm long, c. 1.5 m m wide, glabrous or 
rarely sparsely pilose (SA - Penola). Seed c. 2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide. 
Representative specimens (c. 65 specimens examined): SOUTH AUSTRALIA; EYRE 
PENINSULA: Port Lincoln - southern part of E.P., anon, ix.l927 (AD 9630614)-, SOUTH 
EASTERN: Eairview Reserve (c. 35 km WNW of Naracoorte), 36°49’S 140°25’E, G. Gardiner 
s.n., 1977 (AD 97751063)-, c. 1 km W of Victorian Border on Penola-Dergholm Rd, 37°21’S 
140°58’E, P.J. Lang 8484, 17.viii.l989 (AD, MEL); Penola, C.G. Stephens s.n., Il.xi.l938 (AD 
98585518)-, 5 miles (c. 8 km) from Penola, on Casterton Rd, c. 50 km N of Mt Gambler, V. 
Petherick s.n., 7.X.1933 (AD 96301072)-, Marshes Swamp, 37°36’S 140°31’E, N.N. Donner 8480, 
l.ix.l981 (AD); Hundred of Young, Section 5, ‘Honans Scrub’, c. 10 km N of Mt Gambler, B.J. 
Blaylock 2247, 10.x. 1976 (AD, MEL); Honans Scrub Reserve, Mt Gambler Eorest, 37°44’S 
140°38’E, N.N. Donner 9458, 21.X.1982 (AD); c. 15 km W of Windilo, l.B. Wilson 517 (AD, 
CANB); c. 25 km SE of Mt Gambler, Section 603, Hd. of Caroline, Glenelg River Reserve, 
38°00’S 140°59’E, AC. Beauglehole SEFN254 (AD); VICTORIA: WANNON: Tullich Rd, c. 12 
km E of Casterton, 37°35’S 141°16’E, M.G. Corrick8486, l.xi.l982 (HO, MEL); Wilken, 12 miles 
[c. 15.2 kml SW of Casterton, and just W of the Glenelg R., H.I. Aston 797, 23.x. 1960 (MEL); 
Crawford R. Boulevard, c. 11 km by road NW of Hotspur, 37°56’S 141°29’E, M.G. Corrick 8507, 
2.xi.l982 (MEL); The Inkpot, c. 7 km S of Drik Drik, 38°02’S 141°19’E, P.S. Short 3282 et al.., 
28.ix.1988 (MEL); Heath Rd, Lower Glenelg NP, 38°00’S 140°59’E, R.J. Fletcher 187 and S. 
Howard, 17.ix.l993 (MEL); Alcoa of Australia private land. Point Danger, S of Portland, 38°24’S 
14U38’E, D.E. Albrecht 1077, 13.X.1984 (MEL); Wrights Swamp near Portland, J.H. Willis s.n., 
12.x. 1960 (MEL). 
Notes: Boronia pilosa subsp. torquata differs from the type variety by the hispidulous 
stems, glabrescent to glabrous leaves, sepals being smaller (0.5-1 mm long; cf. 1-3.5 mm 
long), deltate and glabrous, and the style being obscured by the large stigma (Pig. 10 P), 
and from subsp. parvidaemonis by the larger leaves (> 10 mm long; cf. < 10 mm long). 
Willis (1973) was referring to this subspecies when he discusses the glabrous or 
glabrescent leaved plants of south-western Victoria. 

Page image

586877 Boronia pilosa parvidaemonis Muelleria 17: 100-101, Figs 10, 12 (map)
586875 Boronia pilosa tasmanensis Muelleria 17: 97-98, Figs 10, 12 (map)
586876 Boronia pilosa torquata Muelleria 17: 98-100, Figs 10, 12 (map)
828367 Boronia pilosa floribunda Muelleria 17: 94
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333813
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
828368 Boronia pilosa laricifolia Muelleria 17: 94
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333813
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
879433 Boronia pilosa var Muelleria 17: 91
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333810
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

Notes on Boronia 
91 
Figure 12. Distribution of B. falcifolia, B. pilosa subsp. parvidaemonis, B. pilosa subsp. pilosa, B. 
pilosa subsp. tasmanensis, B. pilosa subsp. torquata, B. subulifolia. 
the range have a significantly less dense indumentum. Field research is required to 
ascertain if there is any taxonomic significance in this variation. 
Horticultural notes on B. subulifolia are given by Elliot and Jones (1982). 
Distribution and ecology. The species is confined to a small area centred on the 
Budawang Ranges, south-eastern New South Wales (Fig. 12). It is found in heath and dry 
sclerophyll woodland on rocky sandstone slopes. Flowering September-December; 
fruiting October-December. 
Conservation status: The area in which B. subulifolia is found is less than 50 km 
across from north to south and 30 km from east to west. Most populations are found in 
Budawang and Moreton National Parks while others are in State Forests and on private 
property. The species is probably secure and a conservation code of 2RCa is appropriate 
(Leigh et al. 1981; Briggs & Leigh 1988, 1996; Walter & Gillett 1997). 
Etymology: The specific epithet is referring to the shape of the leaflets: subulate 
(Cheel 1928). 
27. Boronia pilosa Labill., Nov. Roll. pi. 1: 97, t. 124 (1805); B. tetrandra var. pilosa 
(Labill.) Hook., J. Bot. (Hooker) 2: 419 (1840); B. pilosa Labill. var. a, Hook.f, Flora 
Tasman. 1: 67 (1855); B. pinnata var. pilosa (Labill.) F.Muell., The native plants of 

Page image

586853 Boronia pinnata Muelleria 17: 63-66, Fig. 7 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 63-66, Fig. 7 (map)".

879862 Boronia pinnata Muelleria 17: 71
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333790
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
879863 Boronia pinnata Muelleria 17: 71
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333790
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
879846 Boronia pinnata Muelleria 17: 73
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333792
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

Notes on Boronia 
73 
plants seen. The population requires research to ascertain whether this variation is 
uniform in the population and if it requires taxonomic recognition. 
Boronia safrolifera is not common in cultivation and horticultural notes are given by 
Elliot and Jones (1982). Galbraith (1977) called this species the Coast Boronia. 
Distribution and ecology. Boronia safrolifera is found in coastal areas from Bribie 
Island (Qld) to Port Stephens (NSW) (Fig. 7). It inhabits swampy or poorly drained low 
heath or wallum and Banksia woodland on siliceous sand. The species was found to be 
self-incompatible by Weston et al. (1984). Flowering (April-)August-October(- 
December); fruiting material has been collected in September and October. 
Conservation status: The species is common, widespread and found in various 
reserves and is not considered to be under threat. 
Etymology: Both the scientific and vernacular names are derived from the odour of the 
crushed leaves that apparently resembles safrole (Cheel 1924; Penfold 1924). 
18. Boronia rivularis C.T.White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 53: 206 (1942). Type 
citation: “Queensland. - Wide Bay District, Fraser Island, in damp gullies, C.T. White, 
no. 2505 (type: flowers). May, 1925...” Type: QUEENSFAND: WIDE BAY: Fraser Is., in 
damp gullies, C.T. White 2505, v.1925 (holotype BRI AQ151279 [transparency MEF 
2068543]). 
{''Boronia pinnatd’' auct. non Sm.: F.M. Bailey, Queensl.fi. 1: 187 (1889), p.p.; F.M. 
Bailey, Compr. cat. Queensl. pi. 73 (1913), p.p.] 
Illustrations: B.A. Febler, Queensland Agric. J. 98; 196 (1972); B.A. Febler, 
Wildflowers of South East Queensland 1: 26 (1977); K.A.W. Williams, Native Plants 
Queensland 1: 37 (1980), photograph; WR. Elliot and D.F. Jones, Encyclopedia of 
Australian Plants 2nd edn, 349 (1985); T.D. Stanley and F.M. Ross, El. South East 
Queensland 1: 451, Fig. 69i (1983). 
Erect, woody, shrub to 2(-4.5, fide Febler 1972, 1977) m high, glabrous apart from 
flowers. Branchlets terete to slightly quadrangular, smooth, not obviously glandular, 
without leaf decurrencies; branch tips arching downward (fide Febler 1972, 1977). 
Leaves imparipinnate, 3-13(-17)-foliolate, entire leaf in outline 17-68 mm long, 15-64 
mm wide, not obviously glandular; petiole 5-15 mm long; rachis segments 5-10 mm 
long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide; leaflets elliptic to narrow-elliptic, slightly discolorous, abaxial 
surface paler, flat or margins slightly recurved, margins entire or slightly crenate, 
minutely serrate, apex acute; terminal leaflets longer, shorter or equal to lateral leaflets, 
(2-)4-32 mm long, l-5(-9.5) mm wide. Inflorescence terminal and axillary, (l-)3-9- 
flowered, usually longer than leaves; peduncles 5-17 mm long, thin, secondary and 
tertiary peduncles 2-15 mm long, thin; prophylls 2-10 mm long, awl shaped or leaf like 
and pinnate; metaxyphylls 0.5-1 mm long, awl shaped; anthopodium 3-13 mm long. 
Sepals deltate, 0.6-0.8(-l) mm long and wide, not obviously glandular, glabrous or 
minutely ciliate, tip acute, without or with a minute subterminal apiculum. Petals white 
to pink, 5-8 mm long, adaxial surface sparsely pilose, sometimes only towards apex, 
abaxial surface glabrous, tip with a sometimes small subterminal apiculum. Staminal 
filaments pilose along margins, glandular tuberculate towards apex; anthers glabrous, 
apiculum minute or absent. Ovary glabrous; style glabrous or sparsely pilose; stigma 
entire, minute, scarcely wider than style. Cocci 3-4.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, 
glabrous. Seed black, 2-3 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide. Wide Bay Boronia. 
Representative specimens (c. 40 specimens examined): QUEENSLAND; WIDE BAY: Beside 
walking track from Ocean Lake to northern tip of island, “Sandy Cape”, 1 km S from Lake 
Woonjeel, Fraser Is., 24°52’S 153°14’E, N.G. Walsh 1395, 22.viii.1984 (MEL); Kingfisher Bay 
resort, W coast of Fraser Is., 25°23’S 153°01’E, A.R. Bean 8100, 24.xi.1994 (BRI, MEL, NSW); 
Fraser Is., near Lake Wabby, S.T. Blake 14389, 24.viii.1941 (BRI); Seary’s Ck area, N end of 
Cooloola sandhills, R.F. Thorne 21333, T. Coaldrake and W. Ridley, 18.V.1959 (CANB); Upper 

Page image

879847 Boronia pinnata Muelleria 17: 73
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333792
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

Notes on Boronia 
73 
plants seen. The population requires research to ascertain whether this variation is 
uniform in the population and if it requires taxonomic recognition. 
Boronia safrolifera is not common in cultivation and horticultural notes are given by 
Elliot and Jones (1982). Galbraith (1977) called this species the Coast Boronia. 
Distribution and ecology. Boronia safrolifera is found in coastal areas from Bribie 
Island (Qld) to Port Stephens (NSW) (Fig. 7). It inhabits swampy or poorly drained low 
heath or wallum and Banksia woodland on siliceous sand. The species was found to be 
self-incompatible by Weston et al. (1984). Flowering (April-)August-October(- 
December); fruiting material has been collected in September and October. 
Conservation status: The species is common, widespread and found in various 
reserves and is not considered to be under threat. 
Etymology: Both the scientific and vernacular names are derived from the odour of the 
crushed leaves that apparently resembles safrole (Cheel 1924; Penfold 1924). 
18. Boronia rivularis C.T.White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 53: 206 (1942). Type 
citation: “Queensland. - Wide Bay District, Fraser Island, in damp gullies, C.T. White, 
no. 2505 (type: flowers). May, 1925...” Type: QUEENSFAND: WIDE BAY: Fraser Is., in 
damp gullies, C.T. White 2505, v.1925 (holotype BRI AQ151279 [transparency MEF 
2068543]). 
{''Boronia pinnatd’' auct. non Sm.: F.M. Bailey, Queensl.fi. 1: 187 (1889), p.p.; F.M. 
Bailey, Compr. cat. Queensl. pi. 73 (1913), p.p.] 
Illustrations: B.A. Febler, Queensland Agric. J. 98; 196 (1972); B.A. Febler, 
Wildflowers of South East Queensland 1: 26 (1977); K.A.W. Williams, Native Plants 
Queensland 1: 37 (1980), photograph; WR. Elliot and D.F. Jones, Encyclopedia of 
Australian Plants 2nd edn, 349 (1985); T.D. Stanley and F.M. Ross, El. South East 
Queensland 1: 451, Fig. 69i (1983). 
Erect, woody, shrub to 2(-4.5, fide Febler 1972, 1977) m high, glabrous apart from 
flowers. Branchlets terete to slightly quadrangular, smooth, not obviously glandular, 
without leaf decurrencies; branch tips arching downward (fide Febler 1972, 1977). 
Leaves imparipinnate, 3-13(-17)-foliolate, entire leaf in outline 17-68 mm long, 15-64 
mm wide, not obviously glandular; petiole 5-15 mm long; rachis segments 5-10 mm 
long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide; leaflets elliptic to narrow-elliptic, slightly discolorous, abaxial 
surface paler, flat or margins slightly recurved, margins entire or slightly crenate, 
minutely serrate, apex acute; terminal leaflets longer, shorter or equal to lateral leaflets, 
(2-)4-32 mm long, l-5(-9.5) mm wide. Inflorescence terminal and axillary, (l-)3-9- 
flowered, usually longer than leaves; peduncles 5-17 mm long, thin, secondary and 
tertiary peduncles 2-15 mm long, thin; prophylls 2-10 mm long, awl shaped or leaf like 
and pinnate; metaxyphylls 0.5-1 mm long, awl shaped; anthopodium 3-13 mm long. 
Sepals deltate, 0.6-0.8(-l) mm long and wide, not obviously glandular, glabrous or 
minutely ciliate, tip acute, without or with a minute subterminal apiculum. Petals white 
to pink, 5-8 mm long, adaxial surface sparsely pilose, sometimes only towards apex, 
abaxial surface glabrous, tip with a sometimes small subterminal apiculum. Staminal 
filaments pilose along margins, glandular tuberculate towards apex; anthers glabrous, 
apiculum minute or absent. Ovary glabrous; style glabrous or sparsely pilose; stigma 
entire, minute, scarcely wider than style. Cocci 3-4.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, 
glabrous. Seed black, 2-3 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide. Wide Bay Boronia. 
Representative specimens (c. 40 specimens examined): QUEENSLAND; WIDE BAY: Beside 
walking track from Ocean Lake to northern tip of island, “Sandy Cape”, 1 km S from Lake 
Woonjeel, Fraser Is., 24°52’S 153°14’E, N.G. Walsh 1395, 22.viii.1984 (MEL); Kingfisher Bay 
resort, W coast of Fraser Is., 25°23’S 153°01’E, A.R. Bean 8100, 24.xi.1994 (BRI, MEL, NSW); 
Fraser Is., near Lake Wabby, S.T. Blake 14389, 24.viii.1941 (BRI); Seary’s Ck area, N end of 
Cooloola sandhills, R.F. Thorne 21333, T. Coaldrake and W. Ridley, 18.V.1959 (CANB); Upper 

Page image

6807994 Boronia pinnata Muelleria 17: 99
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333818
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

Notes on Boronia 
99 
Type: VICTORIA: WANNON: Lower Glenelg NP, Nelson North Rd, 5 km N of 
Nelson township, 38°00’S 141°01’E, N.G. Walsh 3088, 27.ix.1991 (holotype MEL 
2013336-, isotypes CANB 449417, BRI n.v., PERTH n.v.). (Eig. 10 P). 
Boronia pilosa Eabill.: J.M. Black, FI. S. Austral. 2: 338 (1924); J.M. Black, FI. S. 
Austral. 2"^ edn 2: 494 (1948); J.A. Armstrong and I.R. Telford, FI. S. Australia 2: 111 
(1986). 
Boronia pilosa subsp. 2: M.E. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 162 (1999), p.p.; J.H. Ross, A 
Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria, 6^^ edn, 110, 138 (2000), p.p. 
[''Boronia pinnata"' auct. non Sm.: R. Tate, Handb. fl. extratrop. S. Australia, 23 «fe 
209 (1890)] 
Illustration: M.E. Duretto, Fl. Victoria 4: 163, Eig. 29f (1999), as B. pilosa subsp. 2. 
Erect shrub to 50 cm tall. Branchlets sparsely to moderately densely hispidulous, hairs 
confined to area between leaf decurrencies, hairs to 0.25 mm long, rarely slightly longer 
(Vic. - Portland area). Leaves 3-7-foliolate, entire leaf in outline 5-15 mm long, 10-30 
mm wide; petiole 1-3 mm long, minutely ciliate, sometimes sparsely so; rachis segments 
1-3 mm long, segments equal or proximal segments larger, sparsely hispidulous 
adaxially; terminal leaflets 4-10 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, linear to narrowly elliptic to 
narrowly obovate, flat to semiterete, palisade mesophyll encircling leaflet, glabrous, 
glabrescent or sparsely hispidulous; lateral leaflets 4-15 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide. 
Inflorescence axillary and terminal, 1-9-flowered, slightly shorter to longer than leaves; 
peduncles 0.5-L5 mm long, glabrous or sparsely hispidulous between decurrent bract 
bases; prophylls 1-1.5 mm long, sometimes minutely pinnate, glabrous; anthopodia 
2.5-8 mm long, glabrous to sparsely hispidulous. Sepals deltate, 1.25-1.75 mm long, 
1-1.5 mm wide, glabrous or minutely ciliate. Petals 3-5 mm long, abaxial surface 
minutely pilose along margins. Staminal filament margins and distal ends pilose. Ovary 
glabrous; style pilose or rarely glabrous (SA - Donner 8480), stigma significantly larger 
than style, together to 0.5 mm long. Cocci c. 2.5 mm long, c. 1.5 m m wide, glabrous or 
rarely sparsely pilose (SA - Penola). Seed c. 2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide. 
Representative specimens (c. 65 specimens examined): SOUTH AUSTRALIA; EYRE 
PENINSULA: Port Lincoln - southern part of E.P., anon, ix.l927 (AD 9630614)-, SOUTH 
EASTERN: Eairview Reserve (c. 35 km WNW of Naracoorte), 36°49’S 140°25’E, G. Gardiner 
s.n., 1977 (AD 97751063)-, c. 1 km W of Victorian Border on Penola-Dergholm Rd, 37°21’S 
140°58’E, P.J. Lang 8484, 17.viii.l989 (AD, MEL); Penola, C.G. Stephens s.n., Il.xi.l938 (AD 
98585518)-, 5 miles (c. 8 km) from Penola, on Casterton Rd, c. 50 km N of Mt Gambler, V. 
Petherick s.n., 7.X.1933 (AD 96301072)-, Marshes Swamp, 37°36’S 140°31’E, N.N. Donner 8480, 
l.ix.l981 (AD); Hundred of Young, Section 5, ‘Honans Scrub’, c. 10 km N of Mt Gambler, B.J. 
Blaylock 2247, 10.x. 1976 (AD, MEL); Honans Scrub Reserve, Mt Gambler Eorest, 37°44’S 
140°38’E, N.N. Donner 9458, 21.X.1982 (AD); c. 15 km W of Windilo, l.B. Wilson 517 (AD, 
CANB); c. 25 km SE of Mt Gambler, Section 603, Hd. of Caroline, Glenelg River Reserve, 
38°00’S 140°59’E, AC. Beauglehole SEFN254 (AD); VICTORIA: WANNON: Tullich Rd, c. 12 
km E of Casterton, 37°35’S 141°16’E, M.G. Corrick8486, l.xi.l982 (HO, MEL); Wilken, 12 miles 
[c. 15.2 kml SW of Casterton, and just W of the Glenelg R., H.I. Aston 797, 23.x. 1960 (MEL); 
Crawford R. Boulevard, c. 11 km by road NW of Hotspur, 37°56’S 141°29’E, M.G. Corrick 8507, 
2.xi.l982 (MEL); The Inkpot, c. 7 km S of Drik Drik, 38°02’S 141°19’E, P.S. Short 3282 et al.., 
28.ix.1988 (MEL); Heath Rd, Lower Glenelg NP, 38°00’S 140°59’E, R.J. Fletcher 187 and S. 
Howard, 17.ix.l993 (MEL); Alcoa of Australia private land. Point Danger, S of Portland, 38°24’S 
14U38’E, D.E. Albrecht 1077, 13.X.1984 (MEL); Wrights Swamp near Portland, J.H. Willis s.n., 
12.x. 1960 (MEL). 
Notes: Boronia pilosa subsp. torquata differs from the type variety by the hispidulous 
stems, glabrescent to glabrous leaves, sepals being smaller (0.5-1 mm long; cf. 1-3.5 mm 
long), deltate and glabrous, and the style being obscured by the large stigma (Pig. 10 P), 
and from subsp. parvidaemonis by the larger leaves (> 10 mm long; cf. < 10 mm long). 
Willis (1973) was referring to this subspecies when he discusses the glabrous or 
glabrescent leaved plants of south-western Victoria. 

Page image

879860 Boronia pinnata alba Muelleria 17: 71
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333790
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
828354 Boronia pinnata alba Muelleria 17: 63
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333782
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
875459 Boronia pinnata citriodora Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
587127 Boronia pinnata gunnii Muelleria 17: 104
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333823
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
828534 Boronia pinnata gunnii Muelleria 17: 104
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333823
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
828355 Boronia pinnata muelleri Muelleria 17: 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333786
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
828362 Boronia pinnata pilosa Muelleria 17: 91-92

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 91-92".

879480 Boronia pinnata typica Muelleria 17: 63
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333782
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
879408 Boronia polygalifolia Muelleria 17: 45
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333764
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

Notes on Boronia 
45 
8. Boronia nana Hook.f., Icon. PI 3: t. 270 (1840); B. hyssopifolia var.^ Hook.f., Flora 
Tasman. 1: 66 (1855); B. polygalifolia var. trifoliolata Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 321 (1863). 
Type citation'. “On the top of Rocky Cape, Van Diemen’s Land. Ronald Gunn (n. 894).” 
Type: Rocky Cape, V.D.Land [Tasmania], R. Gunn 894, 29.xii.1837 (lectotype, here 
designated, K [ex Hooker’s herb.] n.v. [cibachrome MEL 2041263, photograph AD 
99803340]', isolectotypes HO 4586, K [ex LINN] n.v. [cibachrome MEL 2041264], NSW 
23861 [this specimen does not have Gunn as the collector but as the labels are written as 
thus ‘894/29.xii.l837 Rocky Cape’ and 894 Boronia Rocky Cape’ it can be assumed that 
they are collections made by Gunn]); Tasmania, R.G. Gunn s.n. (possible isolectotype TCD 
[ex herb. Hook., upper three specimens labeled Al; transparencies MEL, 2068531, HO]). 
[''Boronia polygalifolia'' auct. non Sm.: E. Mueller, PI. Victoria 1: 114 (1860-1862), 
p.p.; E. Mueller, Nat. pi. Victoria 69 (1879), p.p.; E. Mueller, Key Viet. pi. 2: 9 (1885), p.p.; 
E. Mueller, Key Viet. pi. 1: 145 (1887-1888), p.p.; R. Tate, Handb. fl. extratrop. S. 
Australia, 23 & 209 (1890); ENCV, A census of the plants of Victoria 39 (1923, 1928); 
J.M. Black, Fl. S. Austral. 338 (1924); A.J. Ewart, Fl. Victoria 700 (1931); J.M. Black, 
Fl. S. Austral. 2 *^^ edn, 491 (1948).] 
Illustrations: J.M. Black, Fl. S. Austral. 2: 336, Eig. 154D (1924), as B. polygalifolia, 
stamen; J.M. Black, Fl. S. Austral. 2nd edn, 2: 491, Eig. 664D (1948), as B. polygalifolia, 
stamen; J. Garnet, The Wildflowers of Wilson’s Promontory, Eig. 537 (1971); I.R. 
McCann, The Grampians in Flower, 99 (1994), photograph. 
Weakly erect or spreading sub-shrub to 0.5(-l) m long, glabrous to pubescent. Branchlets 
not obviously glandular, pubescent between leaf decurrencies, becoming glabrous with 
age, hairs to 0.3 mm long. Leaves simple or 3(-5)-foliolate, very rarely bipinnate (var. 
nana); petiole 0.5-5 mm long; leaflets and simple leaves 2-25 mm long, 0.5-4 mm wide, 
narrow to broad linear to elliptic, ovate or obovate, flat, slightly discolorous, dorsiventral 
to nearly isobilateral, palisade and spongy mesophyll sometimes poorly differentiated, 
dense region of large undifferentiated cells between the spongy and palisade mesophyll 
layers (vars hyssopifolia, nana), margins entire, tip acute to mucronate. Inflorescence 
l-3(-7)-flowered; peduncles 1-7 mm; prophylls and metaxyphylls 0.5-2 mm long; 
anthopodia 2-16 mm long. Sepals debate to narrow-deltate or ovate to broad ovate, 1-3.5 
mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, not obviously glandular. Petals white to pink, 2.5-6 mm 
long, 1.2-3 mm wide, not obviously glandular, persistent. Staminal filaments flat, pilose 
on margins, glandular tuberculate towards apex, if only slightly; anther loculi glabrous, 
appendage flat, glabrous or with 1-5 hairs. Ovary glabrous; style pilose, sometimes only 
at base; stigma entire, minute, as wide or slightly wider than style. Cocci glabrous or 
glabrescent, 3-4.5 mm long. Seeds black to dark brown, dull, 2-2.5 mm long, 1-1.5 mm 
wide, irregularly rugulose, tuberculate, wax crystals between tubercula. Dwarf Boronia, 
Small Boronia. 
Notes: Mueller (1860-1862, 1879, 1882, 1885, 1887-1888, 1889), Bentham (1863), 
Tate (1890), Rodway (1903), ENCV (1923, 1928), Ewart (1931) and Black (1924, 1948) 
included B. nana in their concepts of B. polygalifolia (see synonymies below and under 
B. polygalifolia) though Ewart also recognised B. hispida {=B. nana var. pubescens). The 
varieties of B. nana have been recognised in floras and handbooks of Victoria (Willis 
1973; Duretto 1999c), Tasmania (Curtis & Morris 1975) and New South Wales (Beadle 
et al. 1972, 1982; Weston & Porteners 1991; Caroline & Tindell 1993; Weston & Duretto 
2002), and South Australian censuses (Jessop 1983, 1984). In the Flora of South 
Australia Armstrong and Telford (1986) considered that the varieties of B. nana to grade 
into each other and so “impractical”. Varieties of B. nana were not accepted in later 
censuses of South Australia (Jessop 1989, 1993) or listed in the Tasmanian census 
(Buchanan et al. 1989; Buchanan 1995). Willis (1957, 1973) indicated that var. nana and 
var. hyssopifolia are co-extensive almost throughout the range in Victoria which is not 
totally true. Though there is some grading between varieties and some populations that 
can be difficult to classify (see discussions under individual varieties) the classification 
holds true in most areas and so is of taxonomic value and will be retained here. 

Page image

879409 Boronia polygalifolia Muelleria 17: 45
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333764
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

Notes on Boronia 
45 
8. Boronia nana Hook.f., Icon. PI 3: t. 270 (1840); B. hyssopifolia var.^ Hook.f., Flora 
Tasman. 1: 66 (1855); B. polygalifolia var. trifoliolata Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 321 (1863). 
Type citation'. “On the top of Rocky Cape, Van Diemen’s Land. Ronald Gunn (n. 894).” 
Type: Rocky Cape, V.D.Land [Tasmania], R. Gunn 894, 29.xii.1837 (lectotype, here 
designated, K [ex Hooker’s herb.] n.v. [cibachrome MEL 2041263, photograph AD 
99803340]', isolectotypes HO 4586, K [ex LINN] n.v. [cibachrome MEL 2041264], NSW 
23861 [this specimen does not have Gunn as the collector but as the labels are written as 
thus ‘894/29.xii.l837 Rocky Cape’ and 894 Boronia Rocky Cape’ it can be assumed that 
they are collections made by Gunn]); Tasmania, R.G. Gunn s.n. (possible isolectotype TCD 
[ex herb. Hook., upper three specimens labeled Al; transparencies MEL, 2068531, HO]). 
[''Boronia polygalifolia'' auct. non Sm.: E. Mueller, PI. Victoria 1: 114 (1860-1862), 
p.p.; E. Mueller, Nat. pi. Victoria 69 (1879), p.p.; E. Mueller, Key Viet. pi. 2: 9 (1885), p.p.; 
E. Mueller, Key Viet. pi. 1: 145 (1887-1888), p.p.; R. Tate, Handb. fl. extratrop. S. 
Australia, 23 & 209 (1890); ENCV, A census of the plants of Victoria 39 (1923, 1928); 
J.M. Black, Fl. S. Austral. 338 (1924); A.J. Ewart, Fl. Victoria 700 (1931); J.M. Black, 
Fl. S. Austral. 2 *^^ edn, 491 (1948).] 
Illustrations: J.M. Black, Fl. S. Austral. 2: 336, Eig. 154D (1924), as B. polygalifolia, 
stamen; J.M. Black, Fl. S. Austral. 2nd edn, 2: 491, Eig. 664D (1948), as B. polygalifolia, 
stamen; J. Garnet, The Wildflowers of Wilson’s Promontory, Eig. 537 (1971); I.R. 
McCann, The Grampians in Flower, 99 (1994), photograph. 
Weakly erect or spreading sub-shrub to 0.5(-l) m long, glabrous to pubescent. Branchlets 
not obviously glandular, pubescent between leaf decurrencies, becoming glabrous with 
age, hairs to 0.3 mm long. Leaves simple or 3(-5)-foliolate, very rarely bipinnate (var. 
nana); petiole 0.5-5 mm long; leaflets and simple leaves 2-25 mm long, 0.5-4 mm wide, 
narrow to broad linear to elliptic, ovate or obovate, flat, slightly discolorous, dorsiventral 
to nearly isobilateral, palisade and spongy mesophyll sometimes poorly differentiated, 
dense region of large undifferentiated cells between the spongy and palisade mesophyll 
layers (vars hyssopifolia, nana), margins entire, tip acute to mucronate. Inflorescence 
l-3(-7)-flowered; peduncles 1-7 mm; prophylls and metaxyphylls 0.5-2 mm long; 
anthopodia 2-16 mm long. Sepals debate to narrow-deltate or ovate to broad ovate, 1-3.5 
mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, not obviously glandular. Petals white to pink, 2.5-6 mm 
long, 1.2-3 mm wide, not obviously glandular, persistent. Staminal filaments flat, pilose 
on margins, glandular tuberculate towards apex, if only slightly; anther loculi glabrous, 
appendage flat, glabrous or with 1-5 hairs. Ovary glabrous; style pilose, sometimes only 
at base; stigma entire, minute, as wide or slightly wider than style. Cocci glabrous or 
glabrescent, 3-4.5 mm long. Seeds black to dark brown, dull, 2-2.5 mm long, 1-1.5 mm 
wide, irregularly rugulose, tuberculate, wax crystals between tubercula. Dwarf Boronia, 
Small Boronia. 
Notes: Mueller (1860-1862, 1879, 1882, 1885, 1887-1888, 1889), Bentham (1863), 
Tate (1890), Rodway (1903), ENCV (1923, 1928), Ewart (1931) and Black (1924, 1948) 
included B. nana in their concepts of B. polygalifolia (see synonymies below and under 
B. polygalifolia) though Ewart also recognised B. hispida {=B. nana var. pubescens). The 
varieties of B. nana have been recognised in floras and handbooks of Victoria (Willis 
1973; Duretto 1999c), Tasmania (Curtis & Morris 1975) and New South Wales (Beadle 
et al. 1972, 1982; Weston & Porteners 1991; Caroline & Tindell 1993; Weston & Duretto 
2002), and South Australian censuses (Jessop 1983, 1984). In the Flora of South 
Australia Armstrong and Telford (1986) considered that the varieties of B. nana to grade 
into each other and so “impractical”. Varieties of B. nana were not accepted in later 
censuses of South Australia (Jessop 1989, 1993) or listed in the Tasmanian census 
(Buchanan et al. 1989; Buchanan 1995). Willis (1957, 1973) indicated that var. nana and 
var. hyssopifolia are co-extensive almost throughout the range in Victoria which is not 
totally true. Though there is some grading between varieties and some populations that 
can be difficult to classify (see discussions under individual varieties) the classification 
holds true in most areas and so is of taxonomic value and will be retained here. 

Page image

585026 Boronia polygalifolia Muelleria 17: 51-53, Fig. 4

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 51-53, Fig. 4".

879489 Boronia polygalifolia oppositifolia Muelleria 17: 51
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333770
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
585024 Boronia polygalifolia var Muelleria 17: 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333767
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
828291 Boronia polygalifolia var Muelleria 17: 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333767
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
828290 Boronia polygalifolia trifoliolata Muelleria 17: 45
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333764
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
585023 Boronia pubescens Muelleria 17: 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333767
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

48 
M. F. Duretto 
Specimens from near Chestnut (e.g. Entwisle 1694) and Anglesea (e.g. Duretto 1259) 
have some 5-foliolate leaves and some specimens appear to have had bipinnate leaves as 
there are what appear to be leaflet scars on the lower leaflets. Bipinnate leaves are 
common elsewhere in B. section Cyanothamnus, especially on the east coast. 
Distribution and ecology. Boronia nana var. nana is common in south-eastern South 
Australia and south-western and central Victoria (Fig. 4). In Tasmania the variety is 
restricted to the Rocky Cape (type locality), Deloraine and Table Cape areas in the north¬ 
east. The taxon is found in heath and open woodland usually on sandy or rocky 
substrates. Flowering (January-August)-September-February; fruiting November-March. 
Conservation status: In Victoria and South Australia the variety appears to be secure. 
In Tasmania the variety is vulnerable or endangered as it is confined to few areas in the 
north-east where it appears to be is rare (pers. obs.) 
8b. Boronia nana var. pubescens (Benth.) J.H.Willis, Viet. Nat. 73: 192 (1957); B. 
polygalifolia var. (?) pubescens Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 321 (1863); B. hispida Cheel, J. & 
Proc. Royal Soc. NSW 61: 403 (1928). Type citation: “In the Grampians, Wilhelmi, 
Robertson.” Type: Mt Sturgeon [Grampians], Victoria, Robertson (lectotype, here 
designated, K ti.v. [cibachrome MEL 2041257, photograph AD 99548096f\). 
Boronia pubescens Bartl. in Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 2: 227 (1848). Type citation: “In 
regionibus interioribus Australiae meridionali-occidentalis m. Oct. 1840. Herb. Preiss. 
No. 2643.” Type: Preiss s.n. (lectotype, here designated, LD 95036.0998 [transparencies 
AD, HO, MEL 2068532]). [Note: Though this Preiss collection of B. nana var. pubescens 
(the 3-5-foliolate leaves and perianth are pilose) does not have a number or locality, it is 
the only collection of the taxon made by Preiss seen from LD, and so is designated the 
lectotype. NOTE: locality information incorrect: the subspecies is not found in Western 
Australia.] 
Illustrations: M.L. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 160, Lig. 28g (1999); M.G. Corrick and 
B.A. Luhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria 207 (2000), photograph. 
Branches and leaves sparsely to densely pubescent, hairs usually arched. Feaves 
3(-5)-foliolate. Perianth sparsely to densely pubescent abaxially, mainly along midrib. 
n=18 (Stace & Armstrong 1992; Stace et al. 1993, as B. nana). 
Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: SOUTH EASTERN: Rubbish Dump 
Scrub, Millicent Golfcourse Rd, 37°33’S 140°27’E, Comalley 76, 19.vi.l984 (AD); c. 34 km N of 
Naracoorte along the road to Bordertown, Hf Eichler 17677, 16.xi.l963 (AD); VICTORIA: 
GRAMPIANS: Mt Rosea Ck, near Calectasia Ealls, A.C. Beauglehole 30375A, 27.1.1969 (MEL); 
near Mirrantwa Gap, M.E. Phillips 479, 3.xi.l971 (CANB, MEL); Victoria Range Rd, c. 7 km 
NNW of Mt Thackery, 37°15’S 142°18’E, A.M Lyne 536 and B. Hadlow, 7.xi.l991 (CANB); road 
to Mt William car park, 37°18’S 142°36’E, P.G. Abell 461 and C. Herscovitch, 14.xii.l986 (NSW); 
c. 0.1 km SW along stockyard track from the point where the foot track to Major Mitchell Plateau 
begins, 37°21’S 142°33’E, D.E. Albrecht 1282, 8.xi.l984 (MEL); Grampians, C. Walter s.n., xi. 
1900 (NSW 385369, MEL 251082): MIDLANDS: Ben Major Eorest reserve, R.V. Smith 76/73, 
15.xii.l976 (MEL). 
Notes: Bentham (1863) thought that B. pubescens was a form of his concept of B. 
lanuginosa Endl. (= B. stricta Bartl., a Western Australian species, see Wilson 1975) 
though he had not seen the type material collected by Preiss, and so, did not base his B. 
polygalifolia var. (?) pubescens on it. Cheel (1928) considered B. hispida to be most 
closely related to B. robusta. Boronia robusta is apparently a manuscript name 
presumably synonymous with B. polygalifolia var. robusta Benth. which Cheel later 
described as B. rigens (see Cheel 1929; Neish & Duretto 2000). 
Mueller at MEL appeared to have had a manuscript name for B. nana var. pubescens, 
viz. B. tetrathecoides var. pubescens, which he used on many specimens (e.g. Grampians, 
F. Mueller (MEL [many sheets], K n.v. [cibachromes AD, MEL 2041256, photograph AD 

Page image

828293 Boronia pubescens Muelleria 17: 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333767
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

48 
M. F. Duretto 
Specimens from near Chestnut (e.g. Entwisle 1694) and Anglesea (e.g. Duretto 1259) 
have some 5-foliolate leaves and some specimens appear to have had bipinnate leaves as 
there are what appear to be leaflet scars on the lower leaflets. Bipinnate leaves are 
common elsewhere in B. section Cyanothamnus, especially on the east coast. 
Distribution and ecology. Boronia nana var. nana is common in south-eastern South 
Australia and south-western and central Victoria (Fig. 4). In Tasmania the variety is 
restricted to the Rocky Cape (type locality), Deloraine and Table Cape areas in the north¬ 
east. The taxon is found in heath and open woodland usually on sandy or rocky 
substrates. Flowering (January-August)-September-February; fruiting November-March. 
Conservation status: In Victoria and South Australia the variety appears to be secure. 
In Tasmania the variety is vulnerable or endangered as it is confined to few areas in the 
north-east where it appears to be is rare (pers. obs.) 
8b. Boronia nana var. pubescens (Benth.) J.H.Willis, Viet. Nat. 73: 192 (1957); B. 
polygalifolia var. (?) pubescens Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 321 (1863); B. hispida Cheel, J. & 
Proc. Royal Soc. NSW 61: 403 (1928). Type citation: “In the Grampians, Wilhelmi, 
Robertson.” Type: Mt Sturgeon [Grampians], Victoria, Robertson (lectotype, here 
designated, K ti.v. [cibachrome MEL 2041257, photograph AD 99548096f\). 
Boronia pubescens Bartl. in Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 2: 227 (1848). Type citation: “In 
regionibus interioribus Australiae meridionali-occidentalis m. Oct. 1840. Herb. Preiss. 
No. 2643.” Type: Preiss s.n. (lectotype, here designated, LD 95036.0998 [transparencies 
AD, HO, MEL 2068532]). [Note: Though this Preiss collection of B. nana var. pubescens 
(the 3-5-foliolate leaves and perianth are pilose) does not have a number or locality, it is 
the only collection of the taxon made by Preiss seen from LD, and so is designated the 
lectotype. NOTE: locality information incorrect: the subspecies is not found in Western 
Australia.] 
Illustrations: M.L. Duretto, FI. Victoria 4: 160, Lig. 28g (1999); M.G. Corrick and 
B.A. Luhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria 207 (2000), photograph. 
Branches and leaves sparsely to densely pubescent, hairs usually arched. Feaves 
3(-5)-foliolate. Perianth sparsely to densely pubescent abaxially, mainly along midrib. 
n=18 (Stace & Armstrong 1992; Stace et al. 1993, as B. nana). 
Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: SOUTH EASTERN: Rubbish Dump 
Scrub, Millicent Golfcourse Rd, 37°33’S 140°27’E, Comalley 76, 19.vi.l984 (AD); c. 34 km N of 
Naracoorte along the road to Bordertown, Hf Eichler 17677, 16.xi.l963 (AD); VICTORIA: 
GRAMPIANS: Mt Rosea Ck, near Calectasia Ealls, A.C. Beauglehole 30375A, 27.1.1969 (MEL); 
near Mirrantwa Gap, M.E. Phillips 479, 3.xi.l971 (CANB, MEL); Victoria Range Rd, c. 7 km 
NNW of Mt Thackery, 37°15’S 142°18’E, A.M Lyne 536 and B. Hadlow, 7.xi.l991 (CANB); road 
to Mt William car park, 37°18’S 142°36’E, P.G. Abell 461 and C. Herscovitch, 14.xii.l986 (NSW); 
c. 0.1 km SW along stockyard track from the point where the foot track to Major Mitchell Plateau 
begins, 37°21’S 142°33’E, D.E. Albrecht 1282, 8.xi.l984 (MEL); Grampians, C. Walter s.n., xi. 
1900 (NSW 385369, MEL 251082): MIDLANDS: Ben Major Eorest reserve, R.V. Smith 76/73, 
15.xii.l976 (MEL). 
Notes: Bentham (1863) thought that B. pubescens was a form of his concept of B. 
lanuginosa Endl. (= B. stricta Bartl., a Western Australian species, see Wilson 1975) 
though he had not seen the type material collected by Preiss, and so, did not base his B. 
polygalifolia var. (?) pubescens on it. Cheel (1928) considered B. hispida to be most 
closely related to B. robusta. Boronia robusta is apparently a manuscript name 
presumably synonymous with B. polygalifolia var. robusta Benth. which Cheel later 
described as B. rigens (see Cheel 1929; Neish & Duretto 2000). 
Mueller at MEL appeared to have had a manuscript name for B. nana var. pubescens, 
viz. B. tetrathecoides var. pubescens, which he used on many specimens (e.g. Grampians, 
F. Mueller (MEL [many sheets], K n.v. [cibachromes AD, MEL 2041256, photograph AD 

Page image

587331 Boronia repanda Muelleria 17: 120
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333839
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
587255 Boronia rhomboidea Muelleria 17: 115-116, Fig. 15 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 115-116, Fig. 15 (map)".

586859 Boronia rivularis Muelleria 17: 73-74, Fig. 7 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 73-74, Fig. 7 (map)".

587339 Boronia rosmarinifolia Muelleria 17: 121
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333840
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

Notes on Boronia 
121 
39. Boronia keysii Domin, Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographic Australiens 838 
(1926) [=Bibliotheca Botanica Heft 89: 284 (1926)]. Type citation: “Queensland: Lake 
Coothai-aba, J. Keys 1909, in herb, meo.” Type: QUEENSLAND: WIDE BAY: Eake 
Cootharaba, J. Keys s.n., 1909 (lectotype, here designated, PR 528078 [transparencies 
BRI, MEE 2068555]', isolectotype BRI n.v. [fide B. A. Eebler, Queensland Agric. J. 98, 
619 (1972)1). 
Boronia section Valvatae (Benth.) Engl, subsection Valvatae series Valvatae Benth., 
Boronia rosmarinifolia species-group/it/e Duretto, Muelleria 12: 78 (1999). 
The B. rosmarinifolia species-group, less B. glabra (Maiden & Betche) Cheel, was 
subjected to a numerical analysis by Duretto (1999a). In this analysis four species were 
identified, viz B. rosmarinifolia, B. splendida Duretto, B. palasepala Duretto, and B. 
forsteri Duretto. A specimen from ‘Beeron Holding’ (Group E in Duretto 1999a) was 
isolated from other groups but was classified with B. splendida (Group C) on the basis of 
hirsute styles, narrow leaves and geography. The population at ‘Beeron Holding’ and a 
nearby population of B. splendida were visited in 1999 by the author and field 
observations and collected specimens indicated that the ‘Beeron’ Holding population was 
distinct and so is recognised as the new species, B. beeronensis, below. A corrected 
description for B. splendida and additional type information for B. rosmarinifolia are also 
provided. 
Previously published keys for B. section Valvatae (Duretto 1999a, 1999b) can be 
corrected at couplets 21 and 63 respectively by inserting the following: 
21a/63a. Petals (before fruit set) 8-15 mm long, 4.5-8 mm wide; sepals 4.5-6 mm 
long, 3-4 mm wide; styles pilose; cocci pilose. B. beeronensis 
21a/63a. Petals (before fruit set) 6-10 mm long, 3.5-5 mm wide; sepals 2.5-5 mm 
long, 1.75-4 mm wide; styles pilose or glabrous; cocci glabrous (seen only 
forR. splendida) .21/63 
21/63. Eeaves 1-2.5 mm wide, the margins strictly revolute; anther-apiculum 
usually large and reflexed; style glabrous or pilose; stellate hairs with rays to 
0.1 mm long. B. splendida 
21/63: Eeaves 2-6 mm wide, flat or margin recurved, sometimes revolute on 
drying; anther-apiculum absent or minute; style glabrous; stellate hairs with 
rays to 0.5 mm long. B. palasepala 
40. Boronia rosmarinifolia A. Gunn, ex Endl., Enum. pi: 16 (1837); B. ledifolia var. 
rosmarinifolia (A. Gunn, ex Endl.) Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 314 (1863). Type citation: 
“Peel’s Island, Moreton Bay. (A. Cunningh. 1824)”. Type: Peels Is., Moreton-bay 
[Queensland, Moreton Bay, c. 27°30’S 153°20’E], C. [Alan Cunningham], 1824 
(lectotype, here designated, W n.v. [photothek nr. 2946, copy at MEE 2059461]). 
Typification: The collector of the lectotype at W is signified only with a ‘C’ but given 
the other information on the sheet there is no doubt that this is the Cunningham collection 
referred to by Endlicher (1837). 
Notes: No specimens of B. rosmarinifolia from Peel Island, apart from the type, have 
been seen by the author. Whether this is because there have been no recent collections 
made on the island or because the species is now extinct there is a question worthy of 
investigation. The species is certainly common on the mainland and on nearby sand 
islands (pers. obs.). 
41. Boronia splendida Duretto, Austrobaileya 5: 278, Pig. 9G-E (1999). Type: 
QUEENSEAND: MORETON: Palls Ck, 4 km NW of West Haldon, 27°45’S 152°04’E, 

Page image

587125 Boronia rozefeldsii Muelleria 17: 101-103, Figs 11 (map), 13
587324 Boronia rubiginosa Muelleria 17: 120
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333839
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

120 
M. F. Duretto 
Conservation status: The only known population of B. grimshawii is large but 
apparently confined to one jumpup. This population is on private land and even though 
the area is unlikely to be cleared due to the nature of the soil a conservation code of 2V 
is appropriate. Further surveys along the jumpup, and nearby areas of similar geology 
and/or topology, are required to ascertain the size and number of populations. 
Etymology: The species is named for Paul Grimshaw who first collected this species, 
and through whose extensive collections much has been added to our knowledge of the 
Queensland flora. 
37. Boronia rubiginosa A. Cunn. ex. Endl. in Endl. et al. Enum. pi, 16 (1837); B. 
ledifolia var. ? rubiginosa (A. Cunn. ex Endl.) Benth., El. Austral. 1: 314 (1863). Type 
citation: “Hunters-River. (A. Cunningh. 1827)”. Type: N. S. Wales, Hills on Hunter River, 
AC {Alan Cunningham], 1827 (lectotype, here designated, W n.v. [photothek nr. 2948, 
copy at MEE 2068458])', N.S.W. Hunters riv. [Alan Cunningham] (isolectotype W n.v. 
[photothek nr. 2949, copy at MEE 2068459])', Hunter River ?, A.C. Cunningham, 1827 
(isolectotype K n.v. [ex Einnean Society, cibachrome MEE 2044562]); Mt Dangar [c. 
32°21’S 150°29’E, New South Wales, Central Western Slopes], A.C. Cunningham 60, 
Aug. 1827 (probable isolectotype K n.v. [ex Allan Cunningham’s Australian herbarium, 
cibachrome MEE 2044563]). 
Typification: The two collections made from the Hunters River by Cunningham 
(photothek nrs 2948 and 2949) are very similar in appearance and are more than likely to 
have come from the same collection and may even be from the same branch. The two 
specimens on the sheet numbered photothek 2949 appear to be from the proximal and 
distal ends of the larger specimen on the sheet numbered photothek 2948. The former 
sheet is labeled as ‘Boronia rubiginosa Cunn. ms’ giving credence to A.Cunn. being the 
authority of the name. The author has seen another sheet lodged at W (photothek nr. 
2947) labeled ‘Boronia rubiginosa C., Rocky Hills, N. S. Wales, 1825’ (photographs 
MEE 2068460, NSW) which was probably made on Cunningham’s Eiverpool Plains 
expedition (see Curry et al 2002). The specimens from K cited above were called 
probable syntypes by Duretto (1999b). 
38. Boronia repanda (E.Muell. ex Maiden & Betche) Maiden & Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc. 
New South Wales 31: 732 (1907); B. ledifolia var. repanda E.Muell. ex Maiden & Betche, 
Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 29: 735 (1905). Type: Stanthorpe, Queensland, on the 
border of New South Wales, J.L. Boorman, July 1904 (lectotype NSW; isolectotypes BRI 
AQ151273, MEE 249152, MEE 249153, PR 528073); Maryland near border of NSW, E. 
Hickey (residual syntype NSW; residual isosyntypes MEE 249148, MEE 249191); fide 
Duretto, Muelleria 12: 49 (1999). 
[Boronia ledifolia var. repanda E.Muell. ex Domin, Beitrage zur Elora und 
Pflanzengeographie Australiens 838 (1926) [=Bibliotheca Botanica Heft 89: 284 
(1926)]. Type citation: “Sud Queensland: Stanthorpe, J. L. Boorman, 1904.” Type: 
Queensland: Stanthorpe, J. L. Boorman, 1904 (lectotype, here designated, PR 528073 
[transparencies BRI, MEE 2068521]; isolectotypes BRI AQ151273, MEE 249152, MEE 
249153, NSW), nom. illeg., non B. ledifolia var repanda E.Muell. ex Maiden & Betche. 
(In Duretto 1999b these isotypes are listed as isosyntypes).] 
Boronia section Valvatae (Benth.) Engl, subsection Valvatae series Fraserorum Duretto, 
Muelleria 12: 51 (1999) (as Eraseriae). 

Page image

586858 Boronia safrolifera Muelleria 17: 71-73, Fig. 7 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 71-73, Fig. 7 (map)".

879861 Boronia safrolifera alba Muelleria 17: 71
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333790
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
587258 Boronia Muelleria 17: 116-118, Fig. 16
587259 Boronia Muelleria 17: 118
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333837
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

118 
M. F. Duretto 
addition and deletion of characters and/or taxa (see discussion in Duretto & Ladiges 
1999; Duretto 1999b). 
Superficially, B. grimshawii is similar to B. series Erianthae Duretto as both have 
glabrous or glabrescent leaves and lack secondary thickenings in the walls of the cells 
below the midvein, both being plesiomorphic features (Duretto & Ladiges 1999; Duretto 
1999b). Boronia grimshawii and B. eriantha Lindl. also share glandular tuberculate 
stems, a feature not found elsewhere in B. section Valvatae. Boronia grimshawii also has 
slightly glandular tuberculate leaves as do B. repanda {B. series Erianthae) and B. 
chartacea {B. series Valvatae). 
To determine the phylogenetic position of B. grimshawii, and confirm the placement 
of B. beeronensis and B. gravicocca, these species were scored for the data set of B. 
section Valvatae sensu lato that was analysed by Duretto and Ladiges (1999). All taxa and 
characters of that analysis were used following the methods as outlined for their third 
analysis. Additional characters (56 young branches, 0-not glandular tuberculate, 1- 
glandular tuberculate; 57 leaves, 0-not obviously glandular, 1-obviously glandular) were 
added. Boronia algida, B. eriantha and B. grimshawii were the only taxa to be scored as 
1 for character 56, and B. grimshawii, B. repanda and B. chartacea were the only taxa 
scored as 1 for character 57. The data set was analysed using PAUP 4.03ba (Swofford 
2000) and B. section Alatae, B. section Algidae and B. subsection Ternatae were used as 
outgroups. 
The analysis produced 54 trees, each of 266 steps (Fig. 16). The strict consensus tree 
is exactly like the strict consensus tree of the third analysis published by Duretto and 
Ladiges (1999) except for the addition of the new species and relationships within B. 
subseries Eilicifoliae. Boronia grimshawii is sister to B. eriantha and this clade is 
supported by one apomorphy: the presence of the glandular tuberculate stems (Character 
56). Boronia beeronensis is added to the polytomy that is the B. rosmarinifolia species- 
group adding no further resolution. Boronia gravicocca is placed in B. subseries 
Eilicifoliae. Interestingly it is sister to B. pauciflora W.Fitzg. in the ‘most derived’ clade. 
Unlike the other members of this subseries B. pauciflora has simple mature leaves 
(Duretto 1997,1999b) and in the cladistic analysis of Duretto and Ladiges (1999) was the 
basal species of that subseries. 
Boronia section Valvatae (Benth.) Engl, subsection Valvatae series Erianthiae Duretto, 
Muelleria 12: 42 (1999). 
36. Boronia grimshawii Duretto, sp. nov. 
A Boronia eriantha Lindl. foliis simplicibus, ad margine glandulosis differ!; a B. 
rubiginosa A.Cunn. ex Endl. et B. ruppii Cheel caulibus glandulosis et tuberculatis 
differ!. 
Type: QUEENSEAND: BURNETT: Aranbanga Ck catchment area, ‘Bronte Station’, 
25°43’S 151°30’E, M.E Duretto 1316, P.l. Eorster and P. Grimshaw, 14.ix.l999 
(holotype MEE 2059447-, isotype BRI). (Eigs 13 G-H). 
Much branched erect, woody shrub to L5(-2.5) m tall. Branchlets quadrangular, glandular 
tuberculate, glabrescent or with a sparse to dense stellate indumentum between leaf 
decurrencies, becoming glabrous as they age, multiangular stellate hairs sessile, c. 8-20 
rays; rays firm, straight, dull, white, 0.1-0.25 mm long. Leaves simple, 10-26 mm long, 
4-10 mm wide, sometimes obviously glandular, new leaves with a sparse stellate 
indumentum mainly on midrib and margins, soon becoming glabrous or glabrescent; 
petiole 1-2 mm long, winged; lamina slightly lanceolate to elliptic to slightly 
oblanceolate, slightly discolorous, abaxial surface paler, dorsiventral, flat, margins 

Page image

587336 Boronia Muelleria 17: 120
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333839
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

120 
M. F. Duretto 
Conservation status: The only known population of B. grimshawii is large but 
apparently confined to one jumpup. This population is on private land and even though 
the area is unlikely to be cleared due to the nature of the soil a conservation code of 2V 
is appropriate. Further surveys along the jumpup, and nearby areas of similar geology 
and/or topology, are required to ascertain the size and number of populations. 
Etymology: The species is named for Paul Grimshaw who first collected this species, 
and through whose extensive collections much has been added to our knowledge of the 
Queensland flora. 
37. Boronia rubiginosa A. Cunn. ex. Endl. in Endl. et al. Enum. pi, 16 (1837); B. 
ledifolia var. ? rubiginosa (A. Cunn. ex Endl.) Benth., El. Austral. 1: 314 (1863). Type 
citation: “Hunters-River. (A. Cunningh. 1827)”. Type: N. S. Wales, Hills on Hunter River, 
AC {Alan Cunningham], 1827 (lectotype, here designated, W n.v. [photothek nr. 2948, 
copy at MEE 2068458])', N.S.W. Hunters riv. [Alan Cunningham] (isolectotype W n.v. 
[photothek nr. 2949, copy at MEE 2068459])', Hunter River ?, A.C. Cunningham, 1827 
(isolectotype K n.v. [ex Einnean Society, cibachrome MEE 2044562]); Mt Dangar [c. 
32°21’S 150°29’E, New South Wales, Central Western Slopes], A.C. Cunningham 60, 
Aug. 1827 (probable isolectotype K n.v. [ex Allan Cunningham’s Australian herbarium, 
cibachrome MEE 2044563]). 
Typification: The two collections made from the Hunters River by Cunningham 
(photothek nrs 2948 and 2949) are very similar in appearance and are more than likely to 
have come from the same collection and may even be from the same branch. The two 
specimens on the sheet numbered photothek 2949 appear to be from the proximal and 
distal ends of the larger specimen on the sheet numbered photothek 2948. The former 
sheet is labeled as ‘Boronia rubiginosa Cunn. ms’ giving credence to A.Cunn. being the 
authority of the name. The author has seen another sheet lodged at W (photothek nr. 
2947) labeled ‘Boronia rubiginosa C., Rocky Hills, N. S. Wales, 1825’ (photographs 
MEE 2068460, NSW) which was probably made on Cunningham’s Eiverpool Plains 
expedition (see Curry et al 2002). The specimens from K cited above were called 
probable syntypes by Duretto (1999b). 
38. Boronia repanda (E.Muell. ex Maiden & Betche) Maiden & Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc. 
New South Wales 31: 732 (1907); B. ledifolia var. repanda E.Muell. ex Maiden & Betche, 
Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 29: 735 (1905). Type: Stanthorpe, Queensland, on the 
border of New South Wales, J.L. Boorman, July 1904 (lectotype NSW; isolectotypes BRI 
AQ151273, MEE 249152, MEE 249153, PR 528073); Maryland near border of NSW, E. 
Hickey (residual syntype NSW; residual isosyntypes MEE 249148, MEE 249191); fide 
Duretto, Muelleria 12: 49 (1999). 
[Boronia ledifolia var. repanda E.Muell. ex Domin, Beitrage zur Elora und 
Pflanzengeographie Australiens 838 (1926) [=Bibliotheca Botanica Heft 89: 284 
(1926)]. Type citation: “Sud Queensland: Stanthorpe, J. L. Boorman, 1904.” Type: 
Queensland: Stanthorpe, J. L. Boorman, 1904 (lectotype, here designated, PR 528073 
[transparencies BRI, MEE 2068521]; isolectotypes BRI AQ151273, MEE 249152, MEE 
249153, NSW), nom. illeg., non B. ledifolia var repanda E.Muell. ex Maiden & Betche. 
(In Duretto 1999b these isotypes are listed as isosyntypes).] 
Boronia section Valvatae (Benth.) Engl, subsection Valvatae series Fraserorum Duretto, 
Muelleria 12: 51 (1999) (as Eraseriae). 

Page image

828301 Boronia Muelleria 17: 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333781
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

62 
M. F. Duretto 
Representative specimens (c. 40 specimens examined)'. NEW SOUTH WALES: WESTERN 
SLOPES: Head of Diorite Ck near Turpentine, A. Floyd s.n., Six. 1952 (NSW 385398)', CENTRAL 
TABLELANDS: Carrington Ealls, 34°38’S 150°4rE, S. Smith-White and H. Lancaster s.n., 
ix.l951 (NE 10938)', Budderoo NP, 2.5 km at 130 from Gerringong Palls, 34°4rS 150°4rE, I. 
Crawford 979, 4.8.1988 (CANB, NSW n.u); SOUTHERN TABLELANDS: Gungenare Mt near 
Braidwood, W. Bauerlen s.n., xi.l886 (NSW 385374)', 5 km WNW of Porters Ck Reservoir, 
Tianjara area, 35°16’S 150°18’E, K. Paijmans 4023, 19.V.1981 (CANB); c. 2 km W of Mt Corang, 
N Budawang Range and c. 32 km NE of Braidwood, 35°17’S 150°05’E, R. Pullen and J. Storey 
4980, 26.ix.1973 (CANB, NSW); 7 km SW of Porters Ck Reservoir', Tianjara area, 35°20’S 
150°19’E, K. Paijmans 4064, 12.vi.l981 (CANB); 2 km NE of Round Hill, Budawangs, J.A. 
Armstrong 112-3, 9.xii.l972 (NSW); SOUTH COAST: Tianjara Palls, c. 35 km SW of Nowra, l.R. 
Telford 9886, x.1984 (AD, CANB, MEL); Pigeon House, Milton, R.H. Cambage 4172, ix.l915 
(MEL, NSW); The Castle, Budawang Range, 35°18’S 150°12’E, l.R. Telford BR201, 5.X.1971 
(CANB); Morton NP, northern Budawang Range, c. 3 km N of The Castle, 35°16’S 150°11’E, P. 
Gilmour5274, 3.x. 1985 (CANB); Budderoo Ck, c. 10 miles [16 km] W of Kiama, E.F. Constable 
6267, 15.x. 1965 (NSW); Vicentia, near water tower, K. Elgerod 87416b, 22.x. 1987 (NSW); 
Tambaroo Mtn, J. Close s.n., xi.l920 (NSW 385405)', Drum and Drumsticks, near Point 
Perpendicular, FA. Rodway 1099, 23.X.1932 (NSW); Bowen Is., R.A. Rodway s.n., xii.1925 (NSW 
385394)', Roseby Park, mouth of Shoalhaven River, R.A. Rodway 1104, 15.x. 1935 (NSW); 
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: 2.2 miles (3.5 km) SW of Jervis Bay on Caves Beach 
Rd, 35°09’S 150°4rE, R. Coveny 3758, 13.X.1971 (NSW); 2.4 miles (3.9 km) SW of Jervis Bay 
on Caves Beach Rd, 35°09’S 150°41’E, R. Coveny 3749, 13.x. 1971 (NSW). 
Notes'. Boronia barkeriana subsp. angustifolia differs from the other subspecies by 
the narrow elliptic to narrow-obovate leaves (1.5-6.5 mm wide, leaf length:leaf width = 
4.4-7.7; cf. obovate to oblanceolate, 4-11 mm wide, leaf lengthileaf width = 2.4-3.8) 
with smooth to slightly serrate margins (cf. serrate). Some of the material from Jervis Bay 
and the mouth of the Shoalhaven River have leaves that approach the typical form. 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia barkeriana subsp. angustifolia is found mainly 
from Budderoo National Park to Budawang Range, and in the Shoalhaven Heads to Jervis 
Bay area (Fig. 5). The subspecies is found in woodland and heath on sandstone derived 
soils. Flowering and fruiting mainly October-December, though flowering material has 
been collected in June and August. 
Conservation Status: The subspecies is found in various reserves and appears secure. 
Etymology: The subspecific epithet is derived from the Latin, angustus (narrow) and 
folium (leaf) and alludes to the narrow leaves of this subspecies that distinguish it from 
the other subspecies. 
Boronia Sm. section Boronia series Boronia 
Boronia series Octarrhena F.MuelL, PI. Victoria 1: 113 (1862). Lectotype species: B. 
pinnata Sm.,^<ie Wilson, Nuytsia 12(1): 121 (1998). 
Boronia series Heterandrae Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 308, 315 (1863); B. section 
Heterandrae (Benth.) Engl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(4): 136 (1896). Lectotype species: B. 
megastigma Nqqs fide Wilson, Nuytsia 12(1): 121 (1998). 
Boronia series Pinnatae Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 309, 317 (1863); B. section Pinnatae 
(Benth.) De Wild., Icon. Select. 2: 67 (1901). Lectotype species: B. pinnata Sm. fide 
Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 122 (1971). 
Boronia series Variabilis Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 309, 320 (1863). Lectotype species: 
B. crenulata Sm.,^<i£’Wilson, Nuytsia 12: 122 (1998). 
Boronia series Terminales Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 310, 323 (1863); B. section 
Terminates (Benth.) F.MuelL, Fragm. 9: 115 (1875). Lectotype species: B. capitata 
BQni\i.,fide Wilson, Nuytsia 12: 122 (1998). 
Boronia series Ovatae Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 204 (1971). Type species: B. ovata Lindl. 
Leaves simple or imparipinnate. Inflorescence terminal or axillary, cymose. Sepals 
imbricate in bud, abaxial surface glabrous or variously hairy, persistent. Stamens 8 or 4 

Page image

828305 Boronia Muelleria 17: 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333781
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

62 
M. F. Duretto 
Representative specimens (c. 40 specimens examined)'. NEW SOUTH WALES: WESTERN 
SLOPES: Head of Diorite Ck near Turpentine, A. Floyd s.n., Six. 1952 (NSW 385398)', CENTRAL 
TABLELANDS: Carrington Ealls, 34°38’S 150°4rE, S. Smith-White and H. Lancaster s.n., 
ix.l951 (NE 10938)', Budderoo NP, 2.5 km at 130 from Gerringong Palls, 34°4rS 150°4rE, I. 
Crawford 979, 4.8.1988 (CANB, NSW n.u); SOUTHERN TABLELANDS: Gungenare Mt near 
Braidwood, W. Bauerlen s.n., xi.l886 (NSW 385374)', 5 km WNW of Porters Ck Reservoir, 
Tianjara area, 35°16’S 150°18’E, K. Paijmans 4023, 19.V.1981 (CANB); c. 2 km W of Mt Corang, 
N Budawang Range and c. 32 km NE of Braidwood, 35°17’S 150°05’E, R. Pullen and J. Storey 
4980, 26.ix.1973 (CANB, NSW); 7 km SW of Porters Ck Reservoir', Tianjara area, 35°20’S 
150°19’E, K. Paijmans 4064, 12.vi.l981 (CANB); 2 km NE of Round Hill, Budawangs, J.A. 
Armstrong 112-3, 9.xii.l972 (NSW); SOUTH COAST: Tianjara Palls, c. 35 km SW of Nowra, l.R. 
Telford 9886, x.1984 (AD, CANB, MEL); Pigeon House, Milton, R.H. Cambage 4172, ix.l915 
(MEL, NSW); The Castle, Budawang Range, 35°18’S 150°12’E, l.R. Telford BR201, 5.X.1971 
(CANB); Morton NP, northern Budawang Range, c. 3 km N of The Castle, 35°16’S 150°11’E, P. 
Gilmour5274, 3.x. 1985 (CANB); Budderoo Ck, c. 10 miles [16 km] W of Kiama, E.F. Constable 
6267, 15.x. 1965 (NSW); Vicentia, near water tower, K. Elgerod 87416b, 22.x. 1987 (NSW); 
Tambaroo Mtn, J. Close s.n., xi.l920 (NSW 385405)', Drum and Drumsticks, near Point 
Perpendicular, FA. Rodway 1099, 23.X.1932 (NSW); Bowen Is., R.A. Rodway s.n., xii.1925 (NSW 
385394)', Roseby Park, mouth of Shoalhaven River, R.A. Rodway 1104, 15.x. 1935 (NSW); 
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: 2.2 miles (3.5 km) SW of Jervis Bay on Caves Beach 
Rd, 35°09’S 150°4rE, R. Coveny 3758, 13.X.1971 (NSW); 2.4 miles (3.9 km) SW of Jervis Bay 
on Caves Beach Rd, 35°09’S 150°41’E, R. Coveny 3749, 13.x. 1971 (NSW). 
Notes'. Boronia barkeriana subsp. angustifolia differs from the other subspecies by 
the narrow elliptic to narrow-obovate leaves (1.5-6.5 mm wide, leaf length:leaf width = 
4.4-7.7; cf. obovate to oblanceolate, 4-11 mm wide, leaf lengthileaf width = 2.4-3.8) 
with smooth to slightly serrate margins (cf. serrate). Some of the material from Jervis Bay 
and the mouth of the Shoalhaven River have leaves that approach the typical form. 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia barkeriana subsp. angustifolia is found mainly 
from Budderoo National Park to Budawang Range, and in the Shoalhaven Heads to Jervis 
Bay area (Fig. 5). The subspecies is found in woodland and heath on sandstone derived 
soils. Flowering and fruiting mainly October-December, though flowering material has 
been collected in June and August. 
Conservation Status: The subspecies is found in various reserves and appears secure. 
Etymology: The subspecific epithet is derived from the Latin, angustus (narrow) and 
folium (leaf) and alludes to the narrow leaves of this subspecies that distinguish it from 
the other subspecies. 
Boronia Sm. section Boronia series Boronia 
Boronia series Octarrhena F.MuelL, PI. Victoria 1: 113 (1862). Lectotype species: B. 
pinnata Sm.,^<ie Wilson, Nuytsia 12(1): 121 (1998). 
Boronia series Heterandrae Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 308, 315 (1863); B. section 
Heterandrae (Benth.) Engl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(4): 136 (1896). Lectotype species: B. 
megastigma Nqqs fide Wilson, Nuytsia 12(1): 121 (1998). 
Boronia series Pinnatae Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 309, 317 (1863); B. section Pinnatae 
(Benth.) De Wild., Icon. Select. 2: 67 (1901). Lectotype species: B. pinnata Sm. fide 
Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 122 (1971). 
Boronia series Variabilis Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 309, 320 (1863). Lectotype species: 
B. crenulata Sm.,^<i£’Wilson, Nuytsia 12: 122 (1998). 
Boronia series Terminales Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 310, 323 (1863); B. section 
Terminates (Benth.) F.MuelL, Fragm. 9: 115 (1875). Lectotype species: B. capitata 
BQni\i.,fide Wilson, Nuytsia 12: 122 (1998). 
Boronia series Ovatae Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 204 (1971). Type species: B. ovata Lindl. 
Leaves simple or imparipinnate. Inflorescence terminal or axillary, cymose. Sepals 
imbricate in bud, abaxial surface glabrous or variously hairy, persistent. Stamens 8 or 4 

Page image

585028 Boronia Muelleria 17: 53-54

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 53-54".

828302 Boronia Muelleria 17: 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333781
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

62 
M. F. Duretto 
Representative specimens (c. 40 specimens examined)'. NEW SOUTH WALES: WESTERN 
SLOPES: Head of Diorite Ck near Turpentine, A. Floyd s.n., Six. 1952 (NSW 385398)', CENTRAL 
TABLELANDS: Carrington Ealls, 34°38’S 150°4rE, S. Smith-White and H. Lancaster s.n., 
ix.l951 (NE 10938)', Budderoo NP, 2.5 km at 130 from Gerringong Palls, 34°4rS 150°4rE, I. 
Crawford 979, 4.8.1988 (CANB, NSW n.u); SOUTHERN TABLELANDS: Gungenare Mt near 
Braidwood, W. Bauerlen s.n., xi.l886 (NSW 385374)', 5 km WNW of Porters Ck Reservoir, 
Tianjara area, 35°16’S 150°18’E, K. Paijmans 4023, 19.V.1981 (CANB); c. 2 km W of Mt Corang, 
N Budawang Range and c. 32 km NE of Braidwood, 35°17’S 150°05’E, R. Pullen and J. Storey 
4980, 26.ix.1973 (CANB, NSW); 7 km SW of Porters Ck Reservoir', Tianjara area, 35°20’S 
150°19’E, K. Paijmans 4064, 12.vi.l981 (CANB); 2 km NE of Round Hill, Budawangs, J.A. 
Armstrong 112-3, 9.xii.l972 (NSW); SOUTH COAST: Tianjara Palls, c. 35 km SW of Nowra, l.R. 
Telford 9886, x.1984 (AD, CANB, MEL); Pigeon House, Milton, R.H. Cambage 4172, ix.l915 
(MEL, NSW); The Castle, Budawang Range, 35°18’S 150°12’E, l.R. Telford BR201, 5.X.1971 
(CANB); Morton NP, northern Budawang Range, c. 3 km N of The Castle, 35°16’S 150°11’E, P. 
Gilmour5274, 3.x. 1985 (CANB); Budderoo Ck, c. 10 miles [16 km] W of Kiama, E.F. Constable 
6267, 15.x. 1965 (NSW); Vicentia, near water tower, K. Elgerod 87416b, 22.x. 1987 (NSW); 
Tambaroo Mtn, J. Close s.n., xi.l920 (NSW 385405)', Drum and Drumsticks, near Point 
Perpendicular, FA. Rodway 1099, 23.X.1932 (NSW); Bowen Is., R.A. Rodway s.n., xii.1925 (NSW 
385394)', Roseby Park, mouth of Shoalhaven River, R.A. Rodway 1104, 15.x. 1935 (NSW); 
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: 2.2 miles (3.5 km) SW of Jervis Bay on Caves Beach 
Rd, 35°09’S 150°4rE, R. Coveny 3758, 13.X.1971 (NSW); 2.4 miles (3.9 km) SW of Jervis Bay 
on Caves Beach Rd, 35°09’S 150°41’E, R. Coveny 3749, 13.x. 1971 (NSW). 
Notes'. Boronia barkeriana subsp. angustifolia differs from the other subspecies by 
the narrow elliptic to narrow-obovate leaves (1.5-6.5 mm wide, leaf length:leaf width = 
4.4-7.7; cf. obovate to oblanceolate, 4-11 mm wide, leaf lengthileaf width = 2.4-3.8) 
with smooth to slightly serrate margins (cf. serrate). Some of the material from Jervis Bay 
and the mouth of the Shoalhaven River have leaves that approach the typical form. 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia barkeriana subsp. angustifolia is found mainly 
from Budderoo National Park to Budawang Range, and in the Shoalhaven Heads to Jervis 
Bay area (Fig. 5). The subspecies is found in woodland and heath on sandstone derived 
soils. Flowering and fruiting mainly October-December, though flowering material has 
been collected in June and August. 
Conservation Status: The subspecies is found in various reserves and appears secure. 
Etymology: The subspecific epithet is derived from the Latin, angustus (narrow) and 
folium (leaf) and alludes to the narrow leaves of this subspecies that distinguish it from 
the other subspecies. 
Boronia Sm. section Boronia series Boronia 
Boronia series Octarrhena F.MuelL, PI. Victoria 1: 113 (1862). Lectotype species: B. 
pinnata Sm.,^<ie Wilson, Nuytsia 12(1): 121 (1998). 
Boronia series Heterandrae Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 308, 315 (1863); B. section 
Heterandrae (Benth.) Engl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(4): 136 (1896). Lectotype species: B. 
megastigma Nqqs fide Wilson, Nuytsia 12(1): 121 (1998). 
Boronia series Pinnatae Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 309, 317 (1863); B. section Pinnatae 
(Benth.) De Wild., Icon. Select. 2: 67 (1901). Lectotype species: B. pinnata Sm. fide 
Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 122 (1971). 
Boronia series Variabilis Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 309, 320 (1863). Lectotype species: 
B. crenulata Sm.,^<i£’Wilson, Nuytsia 12: 122 (1998). 
Boronia series Terminales Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 310, 323 (1863); B. section 
Terminates (Benth.) F.MuelL, Fragm. 9: 115 (1875). Lectotype species: B. capitata 
BQni\i.,fide Wilson, Nuytsia 12: 122 (1998). 
Boronia series Ovatae Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 204 (1971). Type species: B. ovata Lindl. 
Leaves simple or imparipinnate. Inflorescence terminal or axillary, cymose. Sepals 
imbricate in bud, abaxial surface glabrous or variously hairy, persistent. Stamens 8 or 4 

Page image

879866 Boronia serrulata Muelleria 17: 76
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333795
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

76 
M. F. Duretto 
Figure 8. Distribution of B. floribunda, B. serrulata. 
(1982). Specimens of these, from the Blue Mountains (Elliot & Jones 1982), have not 
been seen by the author. 
Distribution and ecology: The species is confined to the Sydney region (Fig. 8) where 
it is found in heath and dry sclerophyll forest on sandstone. The known distribution, 
ecology and conservation status of this species in the Central Tablelands and Central 
Coast areas (NSW) are discussed by Benson and McDougall (2001). Flowering (July- 
)September-January(-February); fruiting October-January. 
Conservation status: Benson and McDougall (2001) indicate that the species is now 
localized. Boronia floribunda is found in a number of reserves, e.g. Garigal, Ku-ring-gai 
Chase, Blue Mountains and Nattai National Parks (see also Benson & McDougall 2001), 
and a conservation code of 2RC- is appropriate. 
Etymology: Boronia floribunda is very floriferous: a feature which the specific epithet 
presumably alludes to. 
20. Boronia serrulata Sm., Tracts nat. hist. 292, t. 5 (1798). Type citation: type not cited. 
[Though specimens were not cited with the description Smith (l.c., p. 290), in the 
preamble of the paper, states ‘Four species only of the genus in question have been 
hitherto been detected among dried specimens collected near Port-Jackson, by Mr. 
White’; later Smith (1807, p. 284) cites one specimen ‘Sent by Dr. White, with coloured 
drawing, from Port Jackson’.] Type: Port Jackson, New South Wales [c. 33°49’S 
151°17’E, Central Coast], Mr White s.n., 1795 (lectotype, here designated, FINN 684.4 
n.v. [transparency MEF 2041280]; isolectotypes FINN 684.5 n.v. [transparency MEF 
2041281], FIV n.v. [photograph CANB]). [Note: see B. polygalifolia re Mr White]. 
[Boronia serrulata Paxton, Paxton ’s Mag. Bot. 1;173, & plate (1834), nom illeg., non 
Sm. Type citation: “... was raised from seed by Mr. Colville. It is a native of Port Jackson, 
whence it was introduced in 1816.” Type: n.v., illustration decisive.] 
Illustrations: Smith (l.c.); J. Paxton (l.c.); J.H. Maiden and W.S. Cambell, FI. pi. ferns 
N.S.W. 1: 73 No. 26 (1898); M.E. de Wildeman, Icon, horti. then. 10; t. 56 (1901); M. 
Gibbs, Boronia Babies, Finding Babies (1922); V. Scarth-Johnson, Wildflowers of New 
South Wales 11 (1968); W.R. Elliot and D.F. Jones, Encyclopedia of Australian Plants 
2nd edn, 350 (1985), photograph; M. Baker, R. Corringham, and J. Dark, Native PI. of 
the Sydney Region, 117 (1985), photograph; G. Famont, Australian Plants 13: 156 
(1985), photographs; M. Baker, R. Corringham, and J. Dark, Native PI. of the Sydney 

Page image

586861 Boronia serrulata Muelleria 17: 76-79, Fig. 8 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 76-79, Fig. 8 (map)".

828304 Boronia Muelleria 17: 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333781
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

62 
M. F. Duretto 
Representative specimens (c. 40 specimens examined)'. NEW SOUTH WALES: WESTERN 
SLOPES: Head of Diorite Ck near Turpentine, A. Floyd s.n., Six. 1952 (NSW 385398)', CENTRAL 
TABLELANDS: Carrington Ealls, 34°38’S 150°4rE, S. Smith-White and H. Lancaster s.n., 
ix.l951 (NE 10938)', Budderoo NP, 2.5 km at 130 from Gerringong Palls, 34°4rS 150°4rE, I. 
Crawford 979, 4.8.1988 (CANB, NSW n.u); SOUTHERN TABLELANDS: Gungenare Mt near 
Braidwood, W. Bauerlen s.n., xi.l886 (NSW 385374)', 5 km WNW of Porters Ck Reservoir, 
Tianjara area, 35°16’S 150°18’E, K. Paijmans 4023, 19.V.1981 (CANB); c. 2 km W of Mt Corang, 
N Budawang Range and c. 32 km NE of Braidwood, 35°17’S 150°05’E, R. Pullen and J. Storey 
4980, 26.ix.1973 (CANB, NSW); 7 km SW of Porters Ck Reservoir', Tianjara area, 35°20’S 
150°19’E, K. Paijmans 4064, 12.vi.l981 (CANB); 2 km NE of Round Hill, Budawangs, J.A. 
Armstrong 112-3, 9.xii.l972 (NSW); SOUTH COAST: Tianjara Palls, c. 35 km SW of Nowra, l.R. 
Telford 9886, x.1984 (AD, CANB, MEL); Pigeon House, Milton, R.H. Cambage 4172, ix.l915 
(MEL, NSW); The Castle, Budawang Range, 35°18’S 150°12’E, l.R. Telford BR201, 5.X.1971 
(CANB); Morton NP, northern Budawang Range, c. 3 km N of The Castle, 35°16’S 150°11’E, P. 
Gilmour5274, 3.x. 1985 (CANB); Budderoo Ck, c. 10 miles [16 km] W of Kiama, E.F. Constable 
6267, 15.x. 1965 (NSW); Vicentia, near water tower, K. Elgerod 87416b, 22.x. 1987 (NSW); 
Tambaroo Mtn, J. Close s.n., xi.l920 (NSW 385405)', Drum and Drumsticks, near Point 
Perpendicular, FA. Rodway 1099, 23.X.1932 (NSW); Bowen Is., R.A. Rodway s.n., xii.1925 (NSW 
385394)', Roseby Park, mouth of Shoalhaven River, R.A. Rodway 1104, 15.x. 1935 (NSW); 
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: 2.2 miles (3.5 km) SW of Jervis Bay on Caves Beach 
Rd, 35°09’S 150°4rE, R. Coveny 3758, 13.X.1971 (NSW); 2.4 miles (3.9 km) SW of Jervis Bay 
on Caves Beach Rd, 35°09’S 150°41’E, R. Coveny 3749, 13.x. 1971 (NSW). 
Notes'. Boronia barkeriana subsp. angustifolia differs from the other subspecies by 
the narrow elliptic to narrow-obovate leaves (1.5-6.5 mm wide, leaf length:leaf width = 
4.4-7.7; cf. obovate to oblanceolate, 4-11 mm wide, leaf lengthileaf width = 2.4-3.8) 
with smooth to slightly serrate margins (cf. serrate). Some of the material from Jervis Bay 
and the mouth of the Shoalhaven River have leaves that approach the typical form. 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia barkeriana subsp. angustifolia is found mainly 
from Budderoo National Park to Budawang Range, and in the Shoalhaven Heads to Jervis 
Bay area (Fig. 5). The subspecies is found in woodland and heath on sandstone derived 
soils. Flowering and fruiting mainly October-December, though flowering material has 
been collected in June and August. 
Conservation Status: The subspecies is found in various reserves and appears secure. 
Etymology: The subspecific epithet is derived from the Latin, angustus (narrow) and 
folium (leaf) and alludes to the narrow leaves of this subspecies that distinguish it from 
the other subspecies. 
Boronia Sm. section Boronia series Boronia 
Boronia series Octarrhena F.MuelL, PI. Victoria 1: 113 (1862). Lectotype species: B. 
pinnata Sm.,^<ie Wilson, Nuytsia 12(1): 121 (1998). 
Boronia series Heterandrae Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 308, 315 (1863); B. section 
Heterandrae (Benth.) Engl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(4): 136 (1896). Lectotype species: B. 
megastigma Nqqs fide Wilson, Nuytsia 12(1): 121 (1998). 
Boronia series Pinnatae Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 309, 317 (1863); B. section Pinnatae 
(Benth.) De Wild., Icon. Select. 2: 67 (1901). Lectotype species: B. pinnata Sm. fide 
Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 122 (1971). 
Boronia series Variabilis Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 309, 320 (1863). Lectotype species: 
B. crenulata Sm.,^<i£’Wilson, Nuytsia 12: 122 (1998). 
Boronia series Terminales Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 310, 323 (1863); B. section 
Terminates (Benth.) F.MuelL, Fragm. 9: 115 (1875). Lectotype species: B. capitata 
BQni\i.,fide Wilson, Nuytsia 12: 122 (1998). 
Boronia series Ovatae Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 204 (1971). Type species: B. ovata Lindl. 
Leaves simple or imparipinnate. Inflorescence terminal or axillary, cymose. Sepals 
imbricate in bud, abaxial surface glabrous or variously hairy, persistent. Stamens 8 or 4 

Page image

587338 Boronia Muelleria 17: 121
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333840
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

Notes on Boronia 
121 
39. Boronia keysii Domin, Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographic Australiens 838 
(1926) [=Bibliotheca Botanica Heft 89: 284 (1926)]. Type citation: “Queensland: Lake 
Coothai-aba, J. Keys 1909, in herb, meo.” Type: QUEENSLAND: WIDE BAY: Eake 
Cootharaba, J. Keys s.n., 1909 (lectotype, here designated, PR 528078 [transparencies 
BRI, MEE 2068555]', isolectotype BRI n.v. [fide B. A. Eebler, Queensland Agric. J. 98, 
619 (1972)1). 
Boronia section Valvatae (Benth.) Engl, subsection Valvatae series Valvatae Benth., 
Boronia rosmarinifolia species-group/it/e Duretto, Muelleria 12: 78 (1999). 
The B. rosmarinifolia species-group, less B. glabra (Maiden & Betche) Cheel, was 
subjected to a numerical analysis by Duretto (1999a). In this analysis four species were 
identified, viz B. rosmarinifolia, B. splendida Duretto, B. palasepala Duretto, and B. 
forsteri Duretto. A specimen from ‘Beeron Holding’ (Group E in Duretto 1999a) was 
isolated from other groups but was classified with B. splendida (Group C) on the basis of 
hirsute styles, narrow leaves and geography. The population at ‘Beeron Holding’ and a 
nearby population of B. splendida were visited in 1999 by the author and field 
observations and collected specimens indicated that the ‘Beeron’ Holding population was 
distinct and so is recognised as the new species, B. beeronensis, below. A corrected 
description for B. splendida and additional type information for B. rosmarinifolia are also 
provided. 
Previously published keys for B. section Valvatae (Duretto 1999a, 1999b) can be 
corrected at couplets 21 and 63 respectively by inserting the following: 
21a/63a. Petals (before fruit set) 8-15 mm long, 4.5-8 mm wide; sepals 4.5-6 mm 
long, 3-4 mm wide; styles pilose; cocci pilose. B. beeronensis 
21a/63a. Petals (before fruit set) 6-10 mm long, 3.5-5 mm wide; sepals 2.5-5 mm 
long, 1.75-4 mm wide; styles pilose or glabrous; cocci glabrous (seen only 
forR. splendida) .21/63 
21/63. Eeaves 1-2.5 mm wide, the margins strictly revolute; anther-apiculum 
usually large and reflexed; style glabrous or pilose; stellate hairs with rays to 
0.1 mm long. B. splendida 
21/63: Eeaves 2-6 mm wide, flat or margin recurved, sometimes revolute on 
drying; anther-apiculum absent or minute; style glabrous; stellate hairs with 
rays to 0.5 mm long. B. palasepala 
40. Boronia rosmarinifolia A. Gunn, ex Endl., Enum. pi: 16 (1837); B. ledifolia var. 
rosmarinifolia (A. Gunn, ex Endl.) Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 314 (1863). Type citation: 
“Peel’s Island, Moreton Bay. (A. Cunningh. 1824)”. Type: Peels Is., Moreton-bay 
[Queensland, Moreton Bay, c. 27°30’S 153°20’E], C. [Alan Cunningham], 1824 
(lectotype, here designated, W n.v. [photothek nr. 2946, copy at MEE 2059461]). 
Typification: The collector of the lectotype at W is signified only with a ‘C’ but given 
the other information on the sheet there is no doubt that this is the Cunningham collection 
referred to by Endlicher (1837). 
Notes: No specimens of B. rosmarinifolia from Peel Island, apart from the type, have 
been seen by the author. Whether this is because there have been no recent collections 
made on the island or because the species is now extinct there is a question worthy of 
investigation. The species is certainly common on the mainland and on nearby sand 
islands (pers. obs.). 
41. Boronia splendida Duretto, Austrobaileya 5: 278, Pig. 9G-E (1999). Type: 
QUEENSEAND: MORETON: Palls Ck, 4 km NW of West Haldon, 27°45’S 152°04’E, 

Page image

828303 Boronia Muelleria 17: 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333781
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

62 
M. F. Duretto 
Representative specimens (c. 40 specimens examined)'. NEW SOUTH WALES: WESTERN 
SLOPES: Head of Diorite Ck near Turpentine, A. Floyd s.n., Six. 1952 (NSW 385398)', CENTRAL 
TABLELANDS: Carrington Ealls, 34°38’S 150°4rE, S. Smith-White and H. Lancaster s.n., 
ix.l951 (NE 10938)', Budderoo NP, 2.5 km at 130 from Gerringong Palls, 34°4rS 150°4rE, I. 
Crawford 979, 4.8.1988 (CANB, NSW n.u); SOUTHERN TABLELANDS: Gungenare Mt near 
Braidwood, W. Bauerlen s.n., xi.l886 (NSW 385374)', 5 km WNW of Porters Ck Reservoir, 
Tianjara area, 35°16’S 150°18’E, K. Paijmans 4023, 19.V.1981 (CANB); c. 2 km W of Mt Corang, 
N Budawang Range and c. 32 km NE of Braidwood, 35°17’S 150°05’E, R. Pullen and J. Storey 
4980, 26.ix.1973 (CANB, NSW); 7 km SW of Porters Ck Reservoir', Tianjara area, 35°20’S 
150°19’E, K. Paijmans 4064, 12.vi.l981 (CANB); 2 km NE of Round Hill, Budawangs, J.A. 
Armstrong 112-3, 9.xii.l972 (NSW); SOUTH COAST: Tianjara Palls, c. 35 km SW of Nowra, l.R. 
Telford 9886, x.1984 (AD, CANB, MEL); Pigeon House, Milton, R.H. Cambage 4172, ix.l915 
(MEL, NSW); The Castle, Budawang Range, 35°18’S 150°12’E, l.R. Telford BR201, 5.X.1971 
(CANB); Morton NP, northern Budawang Range, c. 3 km N of The Castle, 35°16’S 150°11’E, P. 
Gilmour5274, 3.x. 1985 (CANB); Budderoo Ck, c. 10 miles [16 km] W of Kiama, E.F. Constable 
6267, 15.x. 1965 (NSW); Vicentia, near water tower, K. Elgerod 87416b, 22.x. 1987 (NSW); 
Tambaroo Mtn, J. Close s.n., xi.l920 (NSW 385405)', Drum and Drumsticks, near Point 
Perpendicular, FA. Rodway 1099, 23.X.1932 (NSW); Bowen Is., R.A. Rodway s.n., xii.1925 (NSW 
385394)', Roseby Park, mouth of Shoalhaven River, R.A. Rodway 1104, 15.x. 1935 (NSW); 
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: 2.2 miles (3.5 km) SW of Jervis Bay on Caves Beach 
Rd, 35°09’S 150°4rE, R. Coveny 3758, 13.X.1971 (NSW); 2.4 miles (3.9 km) SW of Jervis Bay 
on Caves Beach Rd, 35°09’S 150°41’E, R. Coveny 3749, 13.x. 1971 (NSW). 
Notes'. Boronia barkeriana subsp. angustifolia differs from the other subspecies by 
the narrow elliptic to narrow-obovate leaves (1.5-6.5 mm wide, leaf length:leaf width = 
4.4-7.7; cf. obovate to oblanceolate, 4-11 mm wide, leaf lengthileaf width = 2.4-3.8) 
with smooth to slightly serrate margins (cf. serrate). Some of the material from Jervis Bay 
and the mouth of the Shoalhaven River have leaves that approach the typical form. 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia barkeriana subsp. angustifolia is found mainly 
from Budderoo National Park to Budawang Range, and in the Shoalhaven Heads to Jervis 
Bay area (Fig. 5). The subspecies is found in woodland and heath on sandstone derived 
soils. Flowering and fruiting mainly October-December, though flowering material has 
been collected in June and August. 
Conservation Status: The subspecies is found in various reserves and appears secure. 
Etymology: The subspecific epithet is derived from the Latin, angustus (narrow) and 
folium (leaf) and alludes to the narrow leaves of this subspecies that distinguish it from 
the other subspecies. 
Boronia Sm. section Boronia series Boronia 
Boronia series Octarrhena F.MuelL, PI. Victoria 1: 113 (1862). Lectotype species: B. 
pinnata Sm.,^<ie Wilson, Nuytsia 12(1): 121 (1998). 
Boronia series Heterandrae Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 308, 315 (1863); B. section 
Heterandrae (Benth.) Engl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 3(4): 136 (1896). Lectotype species: B. 
megastigma Nqqs fide Wilson, Nuytsia 12(1): 121 (1998). 
Boronia series Pinnatae Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 309, 317 (1863); B. section Pinnatae 
(Benth.) De Wild., Icon. Select. 2: 67 (1901). Lectotype species: B. pinnata Sm. fide 
Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 122 (1971). 
Boronia series Variabilis Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 309, 320 (1863). Lectotype species: 
B. crenulata Sm.,^<i£’Wilson, Nuytsia 12: 122 (1998). 
Boronia series Terminales Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 310, 323 (1863); B. section 
Terminates (Benth.) F.MuelL, Fragm. 9: 115 (1875). Lectotype species: B. capitata 
BQni\i.,fide Wilson, Nuytsia 12: 122 (1998). 
Boronia series Ovatae Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 204 (1971). Type species: B. ovata Lindl. 
Leaves simple or imparipinnate. Inflorescence terminal or axillary, cymose. Sepals 
imbricate in bud, abaxial surface glabrous or variously hairy, persistent. Stamens 8 or 4 

Page image

587249 Boronia Muelleria 17: 20-21

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 20-21".

585027 Boronia Muelleria 17: 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333772
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

Notes on Boronia 
53 
The species is usually called the Milkwort-leaved Boronia (e.g. Beadle et al 1962, 
1972, 1982; Lebler 1972, 1977; Galbraith 1977; Stanley & Ross 1983; Weston & 
Porteners 1991; Caroline & Tindell 1993; McDonald et al. 1995; Weston & Duretto 
2002) but it was called the Waxy Boronia by FNCV (1923, 1928), Ewart (1931) and 
Galbraith (1977) and the Polygala-leaved Boronia by Guilfoyle (1911). Guilfoyle (1911) 
appears to have documented or coined several other rarely used common names. The 
species is rare in cultivation and horticultural notes are given by Elliot and Jones (1982). 
Distribution and ecology. Boronia polygalifolia is found from Kroombit Tops (Qld) 
to near Moruya and Geehi (NSW) (Eig. 4). The species is usually found in open forest 
and woodland or heath on sandy or granitic soils, or on rocky outcrops (e.g. in the Granite 
Belt and Glasshouse Mountains areas). The known distribution, ecology and conservation 
status of this species in the Central Tablelands and Central Coast areas (New South 
Wales) are discussed by Benson and McDougall (2001). Boronia polygalifolia was found 
to be self-compatible by Weston et al. (1984). Elowering and fruiting mainly September- 
January, though flowers are often present at other times of the year. 
Conservation status: The species is widespread, fairly common and apparently 
secure. In the south-eastern forests of New South Wales, where it is known from one 
locality, the taxon is considered to be regionally uncommon (Keith & Ashby 1992). It is 
also considered to be rare and vulnerable in western Sydney (James et al. 1999; Benson 
& McDougall 2001). 
Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the resemblance of the leaves of this species 
to those of Poly gala E. (Polygalaceae). 
Boronia Sm. section Boronia 
Hairs simple, stellate hairs absent. Eeaves simple or pinnate; lamina terete of flat, 
margins not or slightly recurved, midrib not raised on abaxial surface, indented adaxially 
or not. Inflorescence axillary or terminal; prophylls and metaxyphylls persistent, or not 
{B. barkeriana). Sepals imbricate or valvate in bud, persistent with fruit, with or without 
terminal or subterminal apiculum abaxially. Petals imbricate in bud, not obviously 
glandular, caducous with fruit, sometimes tardily so (e.g. B. microphylla, B. pilosa), 
midrib not raised abaxially, tip with or without subterminal or terminal apiculum 
abaxially. Stamens 8, or 4-8 (B. parviflora), or 4 (WA), all fertile or 4 fertile (WA); 
anthers equal or unequal (WA), glabrous or with hairs, attached subterminally. Disc 
entire, within filament whorl, glabrous. Seed black to dark brown, shiny, elliptic in 
outline, adaxial margin convex; testa smooth; tubercula and wax platelets absent; hilum 
linear or elliptic, along adaxial margin; raphe fleshy; chalazal opening basal; placental 
endocarp membranous, caducous (see Wilson 1998). 
Boronia section Boronia is confined to southern Australia with the northern most 
species being B. rivularis on Eraser Island (Qld). The section contains 58 species with 32 
confined to south-western Western Australia, 25 confined to the eastern states, and one, 
B. inornata {B. series Boronia), found in Western Australia and South Australia. There are 
two series: Pedunculatae and Boronia. 
Boronia section Boronia series Pedunculatae Benth., FI. Austral. 1: [310] 326 (1863). 
Lectotype species: B. spathulata lAndl.fide Wilson, Nuytsia 1: 204 (1971). 
Leaves simple. Inflorescence terminal, and sometimes in upper axils. Sepals valvate 
in bud, abaxial surface glabrous, usually caducous in fruit. Stamens 4-8 {B. parviflora) 
or 8 {B. barkeriana)', anthers glabrous. Seed black; hilum linear along adaxial margin; 
raphe a cream to brown pulpy mass at base of seed; chalazal opening covered by raphe 
(see Wilson 1998). 
The centre of diversity for Boronia series Pedunculatae is south-west Western 
Australia where nine species, some quite rare, are confined (see Wilson 1998). In eastern 

Page image

585060 Boronia Muelleria 17: 62-63

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 62-63".

828546 Boronia sp. A Muelleria 17: 111
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333830
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
875540 Boronia sp. aff. citriodora Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
587340 Boronia splendida Muelleria 17: 121-122

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 121-122".

875518 Boronia sp. (Nathan Gorge N.H.Specht 1925) Muelleria 17: 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333753
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
880016 Boronia sp. (Warang R.J.Cumming 9671) Muelleria 17: 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333750
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

Notes on Boronia 
31 
the style. Cocci c. 3.5 mm long, c. 1.75 mm wide, glabrous. Seed dull, grey, 2.5-3 mm 
long, c. 1.5 mm wide, irregularly rugulose, wax platelets between tubercula. 
Additional specimens examined: Known from the type material only. 
Notes: Boronia montimulliganensis appears to be most closely related to B. 
warangensis, both sharing the glabrous, glabrescent or sparsely and minutely pilose 
(between leaf decurrencies) stems with distinct leaf decurrencies. Boronia 
montimulliganensis can be distinguished from B. warangensis by having 1-3 flowers per 
inflorescence (cf. 7-20+) and glabrous anther appendages (cf. pilose); and from B. 
bipinnata by the eglandular branchlets with distinctive leaf decurrencies and longer 
leaflets (5-15 mm long; cf. 1.5-9 mm long). 
Distribution and ecology: The species is known from Mt Mulligan, north Queensland 
(Fig. 1), where it is found in Eucalyptus woodland on sandstone (collector’s notes). 
Flowering and fruiting material has been collected in April. 
Conservation status: Boronia montimulliganensis is known from the type collection 
only. Mount Mulligan is on private property and fairly inaccessible and so B. 
montimulliganensis is probably secure: a conservation code of IK is appropriate. Coal 
was once mined under the mountain and any future mining, as well as increased tourist 
activities, could pose a threat to the species. Surveys are required to ascertain accurate 
distributional, population size and conservation data for this species. 
Etymology: The specific epithet refers to Mt Mulligan, an isolated mountain to which 
this species is apparently restricted. 
3. Boronia warangensis Duretto, sp. nov. 
A Boronia bipinnata Lindl. caulibus leviter glandulo-tuberculatis, folds ad bases clare 
decurrentibus et foliolis longioribus differt; a B. montimulliganensis Duretto 
inflorescentiis multifloris et appendicibus antherarum pilosis differt. 
Type: QUEENSLAND: BURKE: edge of the White Mountains at “Warang” Station, 
c. 26°27’S 144°50’E, M.E Duretto 371 and A. Vadala, 15.V.1993 (holotype MEL 
2049260: isotypes BRI, CANB, MEL 204261). (Eigs 2 D-E). 
Boronia sp. (Warang R.J.Gumming 9671): RI. Eorster, 'Rutaceae' in R.J.E. 
Henderson, Queensland Plants: names and distribution, 185 (1997). 
Erect, woody shrub to 2 m tall. Branchlets not (Just Range) or slightly (‘Warang’) 
glandular tuberculate, glabrous, glabrescent or sparsely and minutely pilose, becoming 
glabrous with age, hairs concentrated between slight leaf decurrencies, to 0.25 mm long. 
Leaves bipinnate, (3-)5-7-foliolate, lower pinnae usually ternate, entire leaf in outline 
(Just Range, 15-)30-56 mm long, (.lust Range, 18-)28-90 mm wide, glabrous, not 
obviously glandular, glands drying black; petiole 7-17 mm long; rachis segments 7-18 
mm long; terminal leaflets (4.5-)7-30 mm long, (Just Range, 0.5-) 1-1.25 mm wide, 
linear, concolorous, dorsiventral, region of undifferentiated cells between the spongy and 
palisade mesophyll layers, flat, margin smooth, tip acute; lateral leaflets similar to 
terminal leaflets but longer except in ternate leaves, 7-25 mm long. Inflorescence (mature 
not seen for Just Range, description based on Warang material) 5-25'''-flowered, not 
obviously to slightly glandular, glabrous, shorter than leaves; peduncles 2-2.5 mm long, 
secondary inflorescence units 1-1.5 mm long; prophylls and metaxyphylls c. 0.5 mm 
long; anthopodia 1-1.5 mm long. Sepals ovate, 1-1.25 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, flat, not 
obviously glandular, ciliate or glabrous, tip obtuse. Petals white, c. 2 mm long, not 
obviously glandular, glabrous to minutely ciliate, persistent. Staminal filaments pilose, 
slightly glandular tuberculate towards apex; anther loculi glabrous, apiculum minutely 
pilose towards apex. Gynoecium glabrous; stigma entire, minute, scarcely wider than 
style. Cocci c. 3 mm long, c. L5 mm wide, glabrous. Seed dull, grey, c. 2.5 mm long, c. 
L5 mm wide, irregularly rugulose, wax platelets between tubercula. 

Page image

880022 Boronia sp. (Yarrowmere R.J.Henderson H2853) Muelleria 17: 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333751
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
748270 Boronia Muelleria 17: 123
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333842
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

Notes on Boronia 
123 
prophylls minutely unifoliolate, 1-3.5 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, with a dense, stellate 
indumentum, or as leaves; metaxyphylls 0.5-1.5 mm long; anthopodium 3-4 mm long. 
Sepals broadly ovate-deltate, 4.5-6 mm long, 3-4 mm wide, acute to slightly acuminate. 
Petals 8-15 mm long, (4.5-)7-8 mm wide, enlarging slightly as fruit matures, adaxial 
surface with a moderately dense simple pubescence, abaxial surface with a moderately 
dense stellate indumentum. Staminal filaments densely covered with stiff simple hairs 
abaxially and on margins below glandular tip; anther-apiculum recurved. Ovary glabrous; 
style pilose. Cocci (mature not seen) c. 5.5 mm long, c. 3.5 mm wide, pilose. Beeron 
Boronia. 
Additional specimens examined'. QUEENSLAND: BURNETT: Beeron Holding, 5 km W of 
Toondahra Homestead, 25°58’S 151°20’E, P.l. Forster 11202 and RR. Sharpe, 9.ix.l992 (BRI, 
MEL); Beeron Holding, 25°59’S 151°20’E, ix.l996, P.l. Forster 19603 and T. Ryan (BRI n.v., 
MEL); ibid, M.F Duretto 1325-1327 & 1329, P.l. Forster and P. Grimshaw, 15.viii.l999 
(MFD1325, MFD1329 - MEL; MFD1326 - BRI, HO, MEL, NSW; MFD1327 - AD, BRI, HO, 
MEL). 
Notes'. Boronia beeronensis can be distinguished from B. splendida by the wide leaves 
(1.5-4 mm wide; cf. 1-1.25 mm wide), large sepals (4.5-6 mm long, 3-4 mm wide; cf. 
2.5-4 mm long, 1.75-2.5 mm wide) and pilose fruits; from B. rosmarinifolia by the large 
flowers and pilose fruits; and from B. palasepala and B.forsteri by the pilose style, large 
flowers and narrow leaves (see key above). 
Distribution and ecology: Boronia beeronensis appears to be endemic to a granite 
range at Beeron Holding, Queensland (Fig. 15). The species is found growing on granite 
derived soils in Eucalyptus/Corymbia woodland at the base of hills to granite pavements 
with Triodia at the summit. The Beeron Holding is a local centre of endemism and other 
endemics include Acac/a eremophiloides Pedley & P.I.Forst., A. porcata P.I.Forst., Bertya 
beeronensis Halford, Newcastelia velutina Munir, Commersonia sp. Beeron (Forster, 
BRI, pers comm. Jan. 2001). 
Conservation status: A ROTAP code of 2V is appropriate. Only one hill was surveyed 
in 1999 and there the species was common from the base to the summit. Surveys are 
required to ascertain the extent of the species in the granite ranges. 
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from ‘Beeron’ Holding to which the species 
is apparently confined. 
Boronia section Valvatae (Benth.) Engl, subsection Grandisepalae Duretto series 
Lanuginosae Duretto subseries Filicifoliae Duretto, Muelleria 12: 110 (1999). 
43. Boronia gravicocca Duretto, sp. nov. 
A Boronia minutipinna Duretto foliis glabratis, sepalis minoribus, petalis majoribus, 
petalis sepala superantibus et coccis glabris differt. 
Type: THE NORTHERN TERRITORY: VICTORIA RIVER: Bradshaw Station, Eire 
Plot 3, 15°06’S 129°53’E, C.R. Mitchell and J. Russell-Smith 2182, 18.ii.l999 (holotype 
DNA 137377 [2 sheets]; isotypes MEL 286809, MEL 286810, NSW n.v., PERTH n.v.). 
(Eigs 13 K-M). 
Erect, woody shrub to 50 cm high. Branchlets slightly quadrangular, becoming terete as 
they age, not obviously glandular, leaf decurrencies absent, with a sparse stellate/simple 
indumentum concentrated in strips between leaf bases, becoming glabrous as they age; 
multiangular stellate hairs with 6-15 rays; rays 0.1-0.6 mm long; simple hairs erect or 
haphazardly arranged. Leaves imparipinnate, (7-)ll-33-foliolate, entire leaf in outline 
8-40 mm long, 2-4.5 mm wide, sessile, glabrescent to glabrous; rachis segments winged, 
elliptic, 0.5-3 mm long; leaflets with a petiolule c. 0.5 mm long; terminal leaflet 1-3 mm 
long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, lanceolate to oblanceolate; lateral leaflets 0.5-2.5 mm long. 

Page image

586870 Boronia subulifolia Muelleria 17: 89-91, Fig. 12 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 89-91, Fig. 12 (map)".

586873 Boronia tetrandra floribunda Muelleria 17: 94
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333813
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
828364 Boronia tetrandra floribunda Muelleria 17: 94
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333813
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
587131 Boronia tetrandra grandiflora Muelleria 17: 104
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333823
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
828533 Boronia tetrandra grandiflora Muelleria 17: 104
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333823
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
586874 Boronia tetrandra laricifolia Muelleria 17: 94
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333813
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
828366 Boronia tetrandra laricifolia Muelleria 17: 94
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333813
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
828361 Boronia tetrandra pilosa Muelleria 17: 91
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333810
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
828365 Boronia tetrandra terminiflora Muelleria 17: 94
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333813
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
879487 Boronia tetrathecoides Muelleria 17: 51
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333770
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918
586854 Boronia thujona Muelleria 17: 66-67, Fig. 7 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 66-67, Fig. 7 (map)".

878957 Boronia variabilis var Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
875460 Boronia variabilis var Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
585010 Boronia warangensis Muelleria 17: 31-32, Fig 2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 31-32, Fig 2".

646853 Boronia yarromerensis Muelleria 17: 32-33, Fig. 2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 32-33, Fig. 2".

585011 Boronia yarrowmerensis Muelleria 17: 32-33, Fig. 2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 32-33, Fig. 2".

969727 Broad-leaved Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
969668 Cataract Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
969675 Deane Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601

Page text

NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA 
by 
Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. 
Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium 
species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this 
genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable 
number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await 
definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new 
varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, 
which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- 
graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in 
Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the 
new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- 
ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the 
ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely 
resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that 
differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens 
and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. 
zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these 
novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type 
material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria 
(at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and 
Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- 
viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. 
We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for 
the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 
1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. 
Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 
7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. 
lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac 
dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. 
Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et 
petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; 
petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc 
corollas tubo longiore. 
Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like 
stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, 
almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 
1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts 
green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, 
twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes 
* “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria. 

Page image

965382 Dwarf Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601

Page text

NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA 
by 
Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. 
Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium 
species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this 
genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable 
number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await 
definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new 
varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, 
which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- 
graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in 
Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the 
new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- 
ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the 
ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely 
resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that 
differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens 
and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. 
zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these 
novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type 
material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria 
(at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and 
Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- 
viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. 
We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for 
the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 
1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. 
Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 
7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. 
lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac 
dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. 
Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et 
petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; 
petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc 
corollas tubo longiore. 
Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like 
stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, 
almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 
1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts 
green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, 
twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes 
* “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria. 

Page image

969646 Forest Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601

Page text

NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA 
by 
Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. 
Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium 
species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this 
genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable 
number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await 
definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new 
varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, 
which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- 
graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in 
Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the 
new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- 
ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the 
ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely 
resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that 
differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens 
and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. 
zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these 
novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type 
material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria 
(at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and 
Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- 
viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. 
We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for 
the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 
1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. 
Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 
7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. 
lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac 
dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. 
Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et 
petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; 
petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc 
corollas tubo longiore. 
Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like 
stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, 
almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 
1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts 
green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, 
twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes 
* “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria. 

Page image

969726 Galbraith Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
969648 Grampians Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
969667 Gunn Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601

Page text

NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA 
by 
Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. 
Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium 
species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this 
genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable 
number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await 
definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new 
varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, 
which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- 
graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in 
Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the 
new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- 
ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the 
ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely 
resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that 
differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens 
and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. 
zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these 
novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type 
material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria 
(at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and 
Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- 
viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. 
We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for 
the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 
1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. 
Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 
7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. 
lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac 
dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. 
Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et 
petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; 
petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc 
corollas tubo longiore. 
Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like 
stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, 
almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 
1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts 
green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, 
twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes 
* “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria. 

Page image

969653 Hairy Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601

Page text

NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA 
by 
Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. 
Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium 
species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this 
genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable 
number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await 
definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new 
varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, 
which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- 
graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in 
Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the 
new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- 
ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the 
ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely 
resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that 
differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens 
and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. 
zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these 
novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type 
material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria 
(at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and 
Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- 
viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. 
We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for 
the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 
1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. 
Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 
7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. 
lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac 
dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. 
Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et 
petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; 
petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc 
corollas tubo longiore. 
Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like 
stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, 
almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 
1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts 
green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, 
twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes 
* “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria. 

Page image

969652 Lemon Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601

Page text

NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA 
by 
Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. 
Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium 
species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this 
genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable 
number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await 
definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new 
varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, 
which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- 
graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in 
Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the 
new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- 
ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the 
ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely 
resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that 
differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens 
and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. 
zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these 
novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type 
material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria 
(at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and 
Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- 
viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. 
We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for 
the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 
1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. 
Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 
7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. 
lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac 
dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. 
Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et 
petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; 
petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc 
corollas tubo longiore. 
Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like 
stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, 
almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 
1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts 
green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, 
twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes 
* “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria. 

Page image

969659 Lemon Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601

Page text

NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA 
by 
Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. 
Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium 
species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this 
genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable 
number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await 
definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new 
varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, 
which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- 
graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in 
Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the 
new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- 
ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the 
ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely 
resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that 
differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens 
and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. 
zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these 
novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type 
material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria 
(at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and 
Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- 
viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. 
We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for 
the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 
1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. 
Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 
7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. 
lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac 
dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. 
Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et 
petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; 
petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc 
corollas tubo longiore. 
Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like 
stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, 
almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 
1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts 
green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, 
twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes 
* “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria. 

Page image

969651 Lemon Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601

Page text

NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA 
by 
Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. 
Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium 
species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this 
genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable 
number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await 
definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new 
varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, 
which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- 
graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in 
Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the 
new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- 
ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the 
ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely 
resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that 
differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens 
and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. 
zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these 
novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type 
material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria 
(at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and 
Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- 
viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. 
We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for 
the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 
1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. 
Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 
7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. 
lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac 
dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. 
Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et 
petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; 
petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc 
corollas tubo longiore. 
Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like 
stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, 
almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 
1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts 
green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, 
twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes 
* “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria. 

Page image

965380 Narrow-leaved Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
969647 Pink Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601

Page text

NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA 
by 
Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. 
Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium 
species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this 
genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable 
number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await 
definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new 
varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, 
which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- 
graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in 
Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the 
new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- 
ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the 
ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely 
resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that 
differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens 
and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. 
zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these 
novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type 
material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria 
(at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and 
Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- 
viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. 
We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for 
the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 
1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. 
Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 
7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. 
lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac 
dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. 
Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et 
petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; 
petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc 
corollas tubo longiore. 
Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like 
stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, 
almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 
1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts 
green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, 
twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes 
* “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria. 

Page image

584497 Ranunculus amplus Muelleria 17: 15-17, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 17: 15-17, Fig. 1".

969728 Rhomboid Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
965381 Rock Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601

Page text

NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA 
by 
Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. 
Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium 
species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this 
genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable 
number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await 
definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new 
varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, 
which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- 
graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in 
Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the 
new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- 
ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the 
ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely 
resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that 
differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens 
and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. 
zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these 
novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type 
material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria 
(at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and 
Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- 
viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. 
We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for 
the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 
1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. 
Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 
7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. 
lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac 
dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. 
Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et 
petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; 
petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc 
corollas tubo longiore. 
Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like 
stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, 
almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 
1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts 
green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, 
twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes 
* “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria. 

Page image

969649 Safrole Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
969674 Slender Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601

Page text

NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA 
by 
Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. 
Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium 
species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this 
genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable 
number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await 
definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new 
varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, 
which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- 
graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in 
Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the 
new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- 
ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the 
ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely 
resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that 
differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens 
and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. 
zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these 
novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type 
material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria 
(at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and 
Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- 
viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. 
We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for 
the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 
1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. 
Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 
7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. 
lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac 
dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. 
Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et 
petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; 
petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc 
corollas tubo longiore. 
Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like 
stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, 
almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 
1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts 
green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, 
twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes 
* “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria. 

Page image

965383 Small Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601

Page text

NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA 
by 
Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. 
Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium 
species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this 
genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable 
number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await 
definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new 
varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, 
which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- 
graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in 
Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the 
new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- 
ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the 
ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely 
resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that 
differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens 
and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. 
zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these 
novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type 
material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria 
(at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and 
Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- 
viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. 
We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for 
the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 
1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. 
Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 
7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. 
lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac 
dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. 
Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et 
petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; 
petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc 
corollas tubo longiore. 
Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like 
stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, 
almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 
1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts 
green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, 
twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes 
* “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria. 

Page image

965384 Small Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601

Page text

NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA 
by 
Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. 
Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium 
species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this 
genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable 
number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await 
definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new 
varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, 
which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- 
graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in 
Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the 
new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- 
ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the 
ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely 
resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that 
differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens 
and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. 
zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these 
novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type 
material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria 
(at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and 
Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- 
viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. 
We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for 
the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 
1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. 
Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 
7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. 
lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac 
dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. 
Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et 
petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; 
petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc 
corollas tubo longiore. 
Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like 
stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, 
almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 
1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts 
green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, 
twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes 
* “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria. 

Page image

965387 Small-flowered Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
969677 Small-leaved Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601
965386 Swamp Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601

Page text

NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA 
by 
Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. 
Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium 
species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this 
genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable 
number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await 
definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new 
varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, 
which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- 
graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in 
Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the 
new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- 
ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the 
ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely 
resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that 
differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens 
and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. 
zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these 
novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type 
material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria 
(at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and 
Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- 
viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. 
We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for 
the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 
1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. 
Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 
7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. 
lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac 
dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. 
Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et 
petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; 
petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc 
corollas tubo longiore. 
Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like 
stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, 
almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 
1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts 
green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, 
twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes 
* “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria. 

Page image

879486 Tetratheca oppositifolia Muelleria 17: 51
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55333770
Page is part of the work Notes on Boronia (Rutaceae) in eastern and northern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254918

Page text

Notes on Boronia 
51 
regionally uncommon where it is known from two localities (Keith & Ashby 1992). Field 
work is required in all states to determine if there are secure populations. All populations 
seen by the author were small and often severely effected by herbivory. 
Etymology. The subspecific epithet is apparently derived from the leaves of this taxon 
being similar to that of Hyssop (Hyssopus Linn., Lamiaceae). 
9. Boronia polygalifolia Sm., Tracts nat. hist. 297, t. 7 (1798). Type citation: type not 
cited. [Though specimens were not cited with the description Smith (l.c., p. 290X in the 
preamble of the paper, states ‘Four species only of the genus in question have been 
hitherto been detected among dried specimens collected near Port-Jackson, by Mr. 
White’; later Smith (1807, p. 285) cites one specimen ‘Gathered near Port Jackson, by 
Dr. White’.] Type: Port Jackson, New South Wales [c. 33°49’S 151°17’E, Central Coast], 
Mr White s.n., 1795 (lectotype, here designated, LINN 684.9 n.v. [transparency MEL 
2041282]\ isolectotype LIV n.v. [photograph CANB]). [Note: Mr John White was 
Surgeon General to the Settlement of Port Jackson in 1788 (Cheel 1928).] 
[Tetratheca oppositifolia Pers., Syn. pi. 1: 419 (1805); B. tetrathecoides DC., Prodr. 
1: 722 (1824), nom illeg., based on above; B. oppositifolia (Pers.) Cheel, J. & Proc. Roy. 
Soc. New South Wales 61: 408 (1928); B. polygalifolia var. oppositifolia (Pers.) J. Black, 
FI. S. Austral. 2nd edn: Pt. 2, 493 (1948). Type: Herb. Tribauld, 1815 (holotype G-DC) 
see also Melville and Summerhayes, Kew Bull. 9: 46 (1954), and Thompson, Telopea 1: 
214 (1976).] 
[Boronia hyssopifolia Sieb., Flora Beil. 4: 137 (1825) nomen nudum, equated with B. 
polygalifolia by Sprengel {Syst. Cur. Post. 148, 1S21) fide Melville and Summerhayes 
(/.c.).] 
Illustrations: J.E. Smith (/.c.); A. Engler in A. Engler and K. Prantl (Eds), Nat. 
Pflanzenfam. 3(4), 135, Eigs 75J, K (1896), fruit and seed; A. Engler in A. Engler and K. 
Prantl (Eds), Nat. Pflanzenfam. edn 2 19A: 251, Eigs 107J, K (1931), fruit and seed; R. 
Melville and V.S. Summerville, Kew Bull. 9: 462, Eigs 1.9-1.12 (1954); B.A. Eebler, 
Queensland Agric. J. 98: 199 (1972); B.A. Eebler, Wildflowers of South East Queensland 
1: 28 (1977); K.A.W. Williams, Native Plants Queensland 1: 37 (1980); T.D. Stanley and 
E.M. Ross, FI. South East Queensland 1: 451, Eigs 69G1-3 (1983); A. Eairley and P. 
Moore, Native Plants of the Sydney District, 234, pi. 811 (1989), photograph; PH. 
Weston and M.E. Porteners, FI. New South Wales 2: 230 (1991); P.H. Weston and M.E. 
Duretto, FI. New South Wales 2, 2nd edn: 268 (2002). 
Weakly erect or spreading, decumbent sub-shrub to 30 cm long, usually several wiry 
branches arising from a woody rootstock, glabrous apart from flowers. Branchlets terete 
to quadrangular, not obviously glandular, with two shallow grooves in between leaf 
decurrencies, moderate cork development. Leaves simple, sessile or with petiole to 1 mm 
long; lamina 8-30 mm long, 0.8-5 mm wide, narrow to broad linear to elliptic, rarely 
ovate or obovate, not obviously glandular or dotted with sunken glands, discolorous, 
abaxial surface paler, dorsiventral, spongy and palisade mesophyll layers not separated 
by a region of cells, flat or margins slightly recurved (in dry specimens revolute), margins 
entire or minutely serrate near tip, tip acute. Inflorescence l(-3)-flowered; peduncles 
0.5-5(-ll) mm; prophylls minutely unifoliolate, 0.5-2 mm long, sometimes caducous; 
metaxyphylls absent; anthopodium 0.5-5(-9) mm long. Sepals ovate-deltoid, 1.5-2 mm 
long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, not obviously glandular, glabrous, tip acute. Petals white or pink, 
4.5-6.5 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm wide, not obviously or slightly glandular, glabrous or 
sometimes minutely and sparsely ciliate, persistent with fruit. Staminal filaments with 
short stout hairs on margins, slightly glandular tuberculate towards apex or not; anthers 
glabrous, anther connective maroon, apiculum prominent, white. Gynoecium glabrous; 
stigma entire, minute, not or slightly wider than style. Cocci 3.5-4 mm long, 1.5-2 mm 
wide, glabrous. tSeeJ black to dark brown, dull, 1.5-2 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, rugulose. 

Page image

965385 Tiny Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601

Page text

NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA 
by 
Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. 
Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium 
species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this 
genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable 
number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await 
definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new 
varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, 
which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- 
graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in 
Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the 
new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- 
ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the 
ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely 
resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that 
differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens 
and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. 
zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these 
novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type 
material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria 
(at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and 
Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- 
viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. 
We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for 
the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 
1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. 
Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 
7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. 
lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac 
dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. 
Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et 
petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; 
petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc 
corollas tubo longiore. 
Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like 
stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, 
almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 
1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts 
green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, 
twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes 
* “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria. 

Page image

969672 Wallum Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601

Page text

NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA 
by 
Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. 
Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium 
species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this 
genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable 
number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await 
definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new 
varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, 
which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- 
graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in 
Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the 
new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- 
ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the 
ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely 
resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that 
differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens 
and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. 
zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these 
novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type 
material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria 
(at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and 
Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- 
viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. 
We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for 
the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 
1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. 
Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 
7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. 
lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac 
dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. 
Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et 
petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; 
petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc 
corollas tubo longiore. 
Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like 
stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, 
almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 
1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts 
green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, 
twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes 
* “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria. 

Page image

969650 Wide Muelleria 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49707694
Page is part of the work New species and varieties of Styhdium from Western Australia, doi:10.5962/p.171601

Page text

NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF STYLIDIUM FROM 
WESTERN AUSTRALIA 
by 
Rica Erickson* and J. H. Willis|. 
Since C. A. Gardner described two large West Australian Styhdium 
species in 1942 (J. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27: 198), no additions to this 
genus appear to have been published; but it is evident that a considerable 
number of the smaller representatives remain unknown and still await 
definition. The following descriptions of nine new species and two new 
varieties are a step toward the complete revision of Styhdium in Australia, 
which one of us (R.E.) contemplates publishing as a separate mono- 
graph, and we have followed the arrangement of J. Mildbraed in 
Stylidicicece | Das PRanzenreich IV, 278, Heft. 35 (1908) |. Seven of the 
new species are in the Section Despectce , constituting a remarkable enlarge- 
ment of this small group; one is in the Section Saxifragoidece, while the 
ninth additional species belongs to the Repentes Section — although closely 
resembling S. repens in habit of growth and foliage, it has flowers that 
differ markedly in their column structure. The new varieties of S. repens 
and S. adpressum are local forms of rather variable plants. Except for S. 
zeicolor and S. repens, the only collections at present known of all these 
novelties are those made by one of us (R.E.) since 1951, and the type 
material has been shared between the National Herbarium of Victoria 
(at South Yarra), State Herbarium of Western Australia (at Perth), and 
Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (England) — the abbre- 
viations used for these institutions are MEL, PERTH and K respectively. 
We are indebted to Mr. Tarlton Rayment of Sandringham, Vic., for 
the identities of all insects captured from flowers of sundry Stylidia. 
1. S. BOLGARTENSE Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. I, 1-7]. 
Annua circiter 8 cm. alta : folia radicalia rosulataque. pauca. spathulata. circ. 
7 mm. longa; flores 1 — 3. pedicellati, comparate magni (corolla usque ad 15 mm. 
lata, dilutissime carnea) ; faucis appendicular variabiles, sed semper 2 magnac 
dentiformes adsunt; labellum anguste lanceolatum, circ. 2 mm. longum. 
Species S. petiolari Sond. in Lehm. (Sectionis Despectce, basi bulbosa et 
petalis inasqualiter biseriatis) proxima, sed ab hac et aliis speciebus cognatis differt; 
petalis 2 erectis parvissimis, petalis 2 inferioribus magnis latissime dilatatis atquc 
corollas tubo longiore. 
Small glabrous plant, about 8 cm. tall (or more) , with a bulb-like 
stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, dark-green, glabrous and rather fleshy, 
almost orbicular, with long slender petioles. Scape dark-coloured, flowers 
1—3 on pedicels two or three times longer than the calyces; floral bracts 
green, fleshy and blunt, bracteoles smaller, often paired. Calyx green, 
twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 8 mm. in length including lobes; lobes 
* “ Fairlea,” Bolgart. Western Australia. + National Herbarium, South Yarra, Victoria. 

Page image

829336 Boronia sp. (Yarrowmere R.J.Henderson H2853) Muelleria 18: 111
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55327518
Page is part of the work Short communication: A corrected spelling of Boronia yarrowmerensis Duretto (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.254928

Page text

Muelleria 18: 111-111 (2003) 
SHORT COMMUNICATION 
A corrected spelling of Boronia yarrowmerensis Duretto 
(Rutaceae) 
Marco F. Duretto 
Tasmanian Herbarium, Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Private Bag 4, Hobart, Tas. 7001. 
marco.duretto @ tmag.tas.gov. au 
In my recent account of Boronia (Duretto, Muelleria 17: 19-135 (2003)) I inadvertently 
misspelt the specific epithet of a newly described species as ‘ yarromerensis" Duretto (l.c., 
p. 32). Unfortunately this error was not picked up in the page proofs. The name 
commemorates ‘Yarrowmere Station’ [also misspelt in the paper] and the epithet was 
supposed to be ‘yarrowmerensis’. I now take the opportunity to correct the spelling to 
‘yarrowmerensis’. 
Boronia yarrowmerensis Duretto, Muelleria 17: 32, Figs 2G-H (2003), as B. 
yarromerensis . 
Type: QUEENSLAND: BURKE: About 21 km NNW of Yarrowmere Station 
homestead on Great Dividing Range, 21°17’S 145°48’E, R.J. Henderson H2853, G.P. 
Guymer and H.A. Dillewaard, 15.x. 1983 (holotype BRI AQ414567\ isotypes CANB, 
MEL). 
Boronia sp. (Yarrowmere R.J.Henderson H2853): E.M. Ross, ‘ Rutaceae ’ In R.J.F. 
Henderson (ed.) ‘ Queensland Vascular Plants: names and distribution, 303 (1994); RI. 
Forster, ‘ Rutaceae ’ in R.J.F. Henderson (ed.), Queensland Plants: names and 
distribution, 185 (1997). 
Acknowledgements 
I would like to thank Catherine Gallagher (MEL) for drawing my attention to this error 
and the correct spelling of ‘Yarrowmere’ and Jim Ross (MEL) for an informative 
discussion. 

Page image

880023 Boronia yarromerensis Muelleria 18: 111
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55327518
Page is part of the work Short communication: A corrected spelling of Boronia yarrowmerensis Duretto (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.254928

Page text

Muelleria 18: 111-111 (2003) 
SHORT COMMUNICATION 
A corrected spelling of Boronia yarrowmerensis Duretto 
(Rutaceae) 
Marco F. Duretto 
Tasmanian Herbarium, Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Private Bag 4, Hobart, Tas. 7001. 
marco.duretto @ tmag.tas.gov. au 
In my recent account of Boronia (Duretto, Muelleria 17: 19-135 (2003)) I inadvertently 
misspelt the specific epithet of a newly described species as ‘ yarromerensis" Duretto (l.c., 
p. 32). Unfortunately this error was not picked up in the page proofs. The name 
commemorates ‘Yarrowmere Station’ [also misspelt in the paper] and the epithet was 
supposed to be ‘yarrowmerensis’. I now take the opportunity to correct the spelling to 
‘yarrowmerensis’. 
Boronia yarrowmerensis Duretto, Muelleria 17: 32, Figs 2G-H (2003), as B. 
yarromerensis . 
Type: QUEENSLAND: BURKE: About 21 km NNW of Yarrowmere Station 
homestead on Great Dividing Range, 21°17’S 145°48’E, R.J. Henderson H2853, G.P. 
Guymer and H.A. Dillewaard, 15.x. 1983 (holotype BRI AQ414567\ isotypes CANB, 
MEL). 
Boronia sp. (Yarrowmere R.J.Henderson H2853): E.M. Ross, ‘ Rutaceae ’ In R.J.F. 
Henderson (ed.) ‘ Queensland Vascular Plants: names and distribution, 303 (1994); RI. 
Forster, ‘ Rutaceae ’ in R.J.F. Henderson (ed.), Queensland Plants: names and 
distribution, 185 (1997). 
Acknowledgements 
I would like to thank Catherine Gallagher (MEL) for drawing my attention to this error 
and the correct spelling of ‘Yarrowmere’ and Jim Ross (MEL) for an informative 
discussion. 

Page image

589199 Boronia yarrowmerensis Muelleria 18: 111
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55327518
Page is part of the work Short communication: A corrected spelling of Boronia yarrowmerensis Duretto (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.254928

Page text

Muelleria 18: 111-111 (2003) 
SHORT COMMUNICATION 
A corrected spelling of Boronia yarrowmerensis Duretto 
(Rutaceae) 
Marco F. Duretto 
Tasmanian Herbarium, Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Private Bag 4, Hobart, Tas. 7001. 
marco.duretto @ tmag.tas.gov. au 
In my recent account of Boronia (Duretto, Muelleria 17: 19-135 (2003)) I inadvertently 
misspelt the specific epithet of a newly described species as ‘ yarromerensis" Duretto (l.c., 
p. 32). Unfortunately this error was not picked up in the page proofs. The name 
commemorates ‘Yarrowmere Station’ [also misspelt in the paper] and the epithet was 
supposed to be ‘yarrowmerensis’. I now take the opportunity to correct the spelling to 
‘yarrowmerensis’. 
Boronia yarrowmerensis Duretto, Muelleria 17: 32, Figs 2G-H (2003), as B. 
yarromerensis . 
Type: QUEENSLAND: BURKE: About 21 km NNW of Yarrowmere Station 
homestead on Great Dividing Range, 21°17’S 145°48’E, R.J. Henderson H2853, G.P. 
Guymer and H.A. Dillewaard, 15.x. 1983 (holotype BRI AQ414567\ isotypes CANB, 
MEL). 
Boronia sp. (Yarrowmere R.J.Henderson H2853): E.M. Ross, ‘ Rutaceae ’ In R.J.F. 
Henderson (ed.) ‘ Queensland Vascular Plants: names and distribution, 303 (1994); RI. 
Forster, ‘ Rutaceae ’ in R.J.F. Henderson (ed.), Queensland Plants: names and 
distribution, 185 (1997). 
Acknowledgements 
I would like to thank Catherine Gallagher (MEL) for drawing my attention to this error 
and the correct spelling of ‘Yarrowmere’ and Jim Ross (MEL) for an informative 
discussion. 

Page image

589346 Cardamine Muelleria 18: 27
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55327434
Page is part of the work A new species of Cardamine (Brassicaceae) from south-eastern Australia and a key to Cardamine in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254921

Page text

Muelleria 18 : 27-32 ( 2003 ) 
A New Species of Cardamine (Brassicaceae) from South-eastern 
Australia and a Key to Cardamine in Australia 
Ian R. Thompson 
School of Botany, The University of Melbourne, Parkville, 3010, Victoria, Australia. 
Abstract 
A new species Cardamine tryssa I.Thomps. from south-eastern Australia is described and 
illustrated. A key to Cardamine species occurring in Australia is also presented. 
Introduction 
Cardamine L. is a genus of c. 200 species in the Brassicaceae that occurs predominantly 
in temperate and/or high altitude regions around the world. Twelve indigenous species 
occur in Australia, mostly in the south-east, and there are four introduced species. During 
studies of Australian Cardamine (Thompson 1996, Thompson & Ladiges 1996) a few 
specimens similar to but smaller than typical Cardamine franklinensis I.Thomps. were 
examined. Subsequent field collections at a Victorian locality and re-examination of 
herbarium material from interstate herbaria have consolidated the case for recognizing 
this entity as a new species. 
Taxonomy 
Cardamine tryssa I.Thomps., sp. nov. 
A Cardamine franklinensis I. Thomps. caulibus gracilioribus, foliis tenuioribus sine 
pinnis, inflorescentiis paucifloris, floribus minoribus, differt. 
Type : Victoria: SW corner of major bridge on Princes Hwy crossing Toorloo Arm of 
Lake Tyers. Between Lakes Entrance and Nowa Nowa, 17 Dec. 1995, 1.R. Thompson 311 
(holotype MEL). 
Annual herb to 15 cm high, tap-rooted, glabrous. Stems erect, slender, 0.5-0.8 mm 
diam. Leaves mid-green, thin. Rosette leaves 5-10, persistent at flowering, simple, 20-80 
mm long; petiole 10-60 mm long; lamina elliptic, oblong-elliptic or obovate, 7-20 mm 
long, 5-10 mm wide; apex obtuse to rounded; base cuneate; margins entire or with 1-3 
crenations or lobes per side, the lobes not longer than broad. Cauline leaves 0-2, 7-20 
mm long; subsessile or petiole to c. 3 mm long; lamina obovate to narrow-elliptic, entire 
or crenations 1 or 2 per side. Inflorescences racemose, indeterminate, of 3-15 flowers; 
pedicels 2-4 mm long at anthesis. Flowers with sepals green or purple, ovate, 1.3-1.8 
mm long; petals white internally, usually pink externally, spathulate, 2.5-4 mm long; 
stamens 6; stigma subsessile at anthesis. Fruit with mature pedicels erecto-patent, 5-10 
mm long; siliquas erect to suberect, linear, 20-25 mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide; style to 1.5 
mm long. Seeds elliptic, 0.8-1.0 mm long. (Fig. 1.) 
Etymology: The epithet alludes to its diminutive nature, slender stems, thin leaves 
and small flowers (Gk: tryssos, delicate). 
Specimens examined: New South Wales: Cave Creek, 1.5 miles [2.4 km] above junction with 
Goodradigbee River, ll.iv.1968, A. Rodd 592a (NSW). Australian Capital Territory: Near 
junction of De Salis Creek and Cotter River, Namadgi N.R, 5.xi.l987, P. Gilmour 6248 (CBG). 
Victoria: Forest beside Toorloo Arm (L. Tyers) near Princes Highway Crossing, Sept. 1976, I.C. 
Clarke 941 & P.G. Ladd (MELU); SW corner of major bridge on Princes Hwy crossing Toorloo 
Arm of Lake Tyers. Between Lakes Entrance and Nowa Nowa, 3.xi.l995, I.R. Thompson 281, M.E 
Duretto & P.G. Neish (MEL). Tasmania: Pontville, no date, Herb Spicer (MEL). 

Page image

589345 Cardamine tryssa Muelleria 18: 27, fig. 1, map 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55327434
Page is part of the work A new species of Cardamine (Brassicaceae) from south-eastern Australia and a key to Cardamine in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254921

Page text

Muelleria 18 : 27-32 ( 2003 ) 
A New Species of Cardamine (Brassicaceae) from South-eastern 
Australia and a Key to Cardamine in Australia 
Ian R. Thompson 
School of Botany, The University of Melbourne, Parkville, 3010, Victoria, Australia. 
Abstract 
A new species Cardamine tryssa I.Thomps. from south-eastern Australia is described and 
illustrated. A key to Cardamine species occurring in Australia is also presented. 
Introduction 
Cardamine L. is a genus of c. 200 species in the Brassicaceae that occurs predominantly 
in temperate and/or high altitude regions around the world. Twelve indigenous species 
occur in Australia, mostly in the south-east, and there are four introduced species. During 
studies of Australian Cardamine (Thompson 1996, Thompson & Ladiges 1996) a few 
specimens similar to but smaller than typical Cardamine franklinensis I.Thomps. were 
examined. Subsequent field collections at a Victorian locality and re-examination of 
herbarium material from interstate herbaria have consolidated the case for recognizing 
this entity as a new species. 
Taxonomy 
Cardamine tryssa I.Thomps., sp. nov. 
A Cardamine franklinensis I. Thomps. caulibus gracilioribus, foliis tenuioribus sine 
pinnis, inflorescentiis paucifloris, floribus minoribus, differt. 
Type : Victoria: SW corner of major bridge on Princes Hwy crossing Toorloo Arm of 
Lake Tyers. Between Lakes Entrance and Nowa Nowa, 17 Dec. 1995, 1.R. Thompson 311 
(holotype MEL). 
Annual herb to 15 cm high, tap-rooted, glabrous. Stems erect, slender, 0.5-0.8 mm 
diam. Leaves mid-green, thin. Rosette leaves 5-10, persistent at flowering, simple, 20-80 
mm long; petiole 10-60 mm long; lamina elliptic, oblong-elliptic or obovate, 7-20 mm 
long, 5-10 mm wide; apex obtuse to rounded; base cuneate; margins entire or with 1-3 
crenations or lobes per side, the lobes not longer than broad. Cauline leaves 0-2, 7-20 
mm long; subsessile or petiole to c. 3 mm long; lamina obovate to narrow-elliptic, entire 
or crenations 1 or 2 per side. Inflorescences racemose, indeterminate, of 3-15 flowers; 
pedicels 2-4 mm long at anthesis. Flowers with sepals green or purple, ovate, 1.3-1.8 
mm long; petals white internally, usually pink externally, spathulate, 2.5-4 mm long; 
stamens 6; stigma subsessile at anthesis. Fruit with mature pedicels erecto-patent, 5-10 
mm long; siliquas erect to suberect, linear, 20-25 mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide; style to 1.5 
mm long. Seeds elliptic, 0.8-1.0 mm long. (Fig. 1.) 
Etymology: The epithet alludes to its diminutive nature, slender stems, thin leaves 
and small flowers (Gk: tryssos, delicate). 
Specimens examined: New South Wales: Cave Creek, 1.5 miles [2.4 km] above junction with 
Goodradigbee River, ll.iv.1968, A. Rodd 592a (NSW). Australian Capital Territory: Near 
junction of De Salis Creek and Cotter River, Namadgi N.R, 5.xi.l987, P. Gilmour 6248 (CBG). 
Victoria: Forest beside Toorloo Arm (L. Tyers) near Princes Highway Crossing, Sept. 1976, I.C. 
Clarke 941 & P.G. Ladd (MELU); SW corner of major bridge on Princes Hwy crossing Toorloo 
Arm of Lake Tyers. Between Lakes Entrance and Nowa Nowa, 3.xi.l995, I.R. Thompson 281, M.E 
Duretto & P.G. Neish (MEL). Tasmania: Pontville, no date, Herb Spicer (MEL). 

Page image

602079 Epacris aff. exserta Muelleria 18: 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55327474
Page is part of the work Reinstatement of Epacris franklinii Hook.f. (Epacridaceae)
839141 Epacris aff. exserta Muelleria 18: 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55327474
Page is part of the work Reinstatement of Epacris franklinii Hook.f. (Epacridaceae)
602078 Epacris aff. mucronulata Muelleria 18: 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55327474
Page is part of the work Reinstatement of Epacris franklinii Hook.f. (Epacridaceae)
839142 Epacris aff. mucronulata Muelleria 18: 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55327474
Page is part of the work Reinstatement of Epacris franklinii Hook.f. (Epacridaceae)
589348 Epacris exserta Muelleria 18: 72, Figs. 1a & d, 2, 3 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55327479
Page is part of the work Reinstatement of Epacris franklinii Hook.f. (Epacridaceae)
589347 Epacris franklinii Muelleria 18: 72, Figs. 1b & e, 2, 3 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55327479
Page is part of the work Reinstatement of Epacris franklinii Hook.f. (Epacridaceae)
589349 Epacris mucronulata Muelleria 18: 72, Figs. 1c & f, 2, 3 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55327479
Page is part of the work Reinstatement of Epacris franklinii Hook.f. (Epacridaceae)
602077 Epacris Muelleria 18: 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55327474
Page is part of the work Reinstatement of Epacris franklinii Hook.f. (Epacridaceae)

Page text

Muelleria 18: 67-73 (2003) 
Reinstatement of Epacris Franklinii Hook./. (Epacridaceae) 
Ronald K. Crowden 
Tasmanian Herbarium, Private Bag 4, Hobart, Tasmania, 7001. 
Abstract 
Reexamination has been made of the riverine species of Epacris Cav. in Tasmania, in order to 
clarify the identification of plants obtained from the Meander and Mersey Rivers. Some comments 
are made on the distribution and conservation status of the species. Evidence is presented 
supporting the reinstatement of Epacris franklinii Hook.f. as a species distinct from synonymy with 
E. mucronulata R.Br. 
Introduction 
In his introductory comments on the genus Epacris Cav., Bentham (1868) remarks that 
“with all its variations in the foliage and shape of the corolla it ( Epacris ) is the most 
easily recognized (genus) in the Order (Epacridae)... The species, however, (of Epacris ) 
are exceedingly difficult to circumscribe by any definite characters, the whole eighteen 
of the short-flowered ones seeming to pass into each other by small gradations”. 
Unfortunately the passage of time has done nothing to relieve this situation. To the 
contrary, the discovery of new short-flowered taxa has only added to the problem. 
The history of Epacris in Tasmanian botany is a good reflection of the problem as the 
changing status of taxa in the treatments of successive botanists has shown. Epacris , a 
genus of ca. fifty species in eastern Australia, New Zealand and New Caledonia, is 
represented in Tasmania by some twenty eight taxa (Crowden and Menadue, 2000). 
Seven species were recognized by Robert Brown (1810) and fourteen, with two varieties, 
by J.D. Hooker (1860). Ten Tasmanian species are described in Bentham’s Flora 
Australiensis (1868), while five others, now or previously recognized as species, were 
considered by him as varieties, or were given synonymy with other species. Rodway’s 
The Tasmanian Flora (1903), considers eleven species with six earlier species considered 
as varieties (four) or as synonymous (two), while Curtis (1963) describes eighteen 
species, with no varieties and only one earlier species reduced to synonymy. The most 
recent treatment of the genus by Crowden and Menadue (2001) considers twenty two 
species and six unresolved taxa. 
In the early literature of Tasmanian botany three riverine species of Epacris were 
described, E. exserta R.Br., occurring on the South Esk and Tamar River system of 
northern Tasmania, E. franklinii Hook./, on the large streams flowing to the west coast 
and E. mucronulata R.Br. on the south flowing rivers emptying into Port Esperance. 
Epacris franklinii was later judged by Bentham (1968), to be identical with E. 
mucronulata on the basis of a comparison of some R. Brown specimens of E. 
mucronulata, with a specimen collected by R. C. Gunn from the Gordon R. Bentham’s 
description of E. mucronulata carries the footnote “Brown’s specimens are in young bud, 
Gunn’s are past flower, but both appear to belong to the same species”; thereafter all E. 
franklinii specimens have been referred to as E. mucronulata in Tasmanian literature. 
In recent years, 1987 onwards, a number of Epacris collections have been made from 
the north flowing Meander and Mersey Rivers. There had been no collections prior to this 
time from either river system lodged in HO. The new collections, although apparently all 
of a single taxon, were lodged under a variety of names, E. exserta, E. aff. exserta, E. aff. 
mucronulata and E. “Union Bridge” (a Mersey R. site), with E. exserta becoming a 
favoured and commonly accepted reference. It became an important matter to determine 
the correct identity and affinities of these specimens when a proposal to build an 

Page image

839140 Epacris Muelleria 18: 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55327474
Page is part of the work Reinstatement of Epacris franklinii Hook.f. (Epacridaceae)

Page text

Muelleria 18: 67-73 (2003) 
Reinstatement of Epacris Franklinii Hook./. (Epacridaceae) 
Ronald K. Crowden 
Tasmanian Herbarium, Private Bag 4, Hobart, Tasmania, 7001. 
Abstract 
Reexamination has been made of the riverine species of Epacris Cav. in Tasmania, in order to 
clarify the identification of plants obtained from the Meander and Mersey Rivers. Some comments 
are made on the distribution and conservation status of the species. Evidence is presented 
supporting the reinstatement of Epacris franklinii Hook.f. as a species distinct from synonymy with 
E. mucronulata R.Br. 
Introduction 
In his introductory comments on the genus Epacris Cav., Bentham (1868) remarks that 
“with all its variations in the foliage and shape of the corolla it ( Epacris ) is the most 
easily recognized (genus) in the Order (Epacridae)... The species, however, (of Epacris ) 
are exceedingly difficult to circumscribe by any definite characters, the whole eighteen 
of the short-flowered ones seeming to pass into each other by small gradations”. 
Unfortunately the passage of time has done nothing to relieve this situation. To the 
contrary, the discovery of new short-flowered taxa has only added to the problem. 
The history of Epacris in Tasmanian botany is a good reflection of the problem as the 
changing status of taxa in the treatments of successive botanists has shown. Epacris , a 
genus of ca. fifty species in eastern Australia, New Zealand and New Caledonia, is 
represented in Tasmania by some twenty eight taxa (Crowden and Menadue, 2000). 
Seven species were recognized by Robert Brown (1810) and fourteen, with two varieties, 
by J.D. Hooker (1860). Ten Tasmanian species are described in Bentham’s Flora 
Australiensis (1868), while five others, now or previously recognized as species, were 
considered by him as varieties, or were given synonymy with other species. Rodway’s 
The Tasmanian Flora (1903), considers eleven species with six earlier species considered 
as varieties (four) or as synonymous (two), while Curtis (1963) describes eighteen 
species, with no varieties and only one earlier species reduced to synonymy. The most 
recent treatment of the genus by Crowden and Menadue (2001) considers twenty two 
species and six unresolved taxa. 
In the early literature of Tasmanian botany three riverine species of Epacris were 
described, E. exserta R.Br., occurring on the South Esk and Tamar River system of 
northern Tasmania, E. franklinii Hook./, on the large streams flowing to the west coast 
and E. mucronulata R.Br. on the south flowing rivers emptying into Port Esperance. 
Epacris franklinii was later judged by Bentham (1968), to be identical with E. 
mucronulata on the basis of a comparison of some R. Brown specimens of E. 
mucronulata, with a specimen collected by R. C. Gunn from the Gordon R. Bentham’s 
description of E. mucronulata carries the footnote “Brown’s specimens are in young bud, 
Gunn’s are past flower, but both appear to belong to the same species”; thereafter all E. 
franklinii specimens have been referred to as E. mucronulata in Tasmanian literature. 
In recent years, 1987 onwards, a number of Epacris collections have been made from 
the north flowing Meander and Mersey Rivers. There had been no collections prior to this 
time from either river system lodged in HO. The new collections, although apparently all 
of a single taxon, were lodged under a variety of names, E. exserta, E. aff. exserta, E. aff. 
mucronulata and E. “Union Bridge” (a Mersey R. site), with E. exserta becoming a 
favoured and commonly accepted reference. It became an important matter to determine 
the correct identity and affinities of these specimens when a proposal to build an 

Page image

829535 Erpetion hederaceum Muelleria 18: 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55327418
Page is part of the work New species and a new hybrid in the Viola hederacea species complex, with notes on Viola hederacea Labill, doi:10.5962/p.254920

Page text

Viola hederacea species complex 
11 
Taxonomy 
I. Viola hederacea Labill., Nov. Roll PI. Spec. 1: 66, t. 91 (1805). 
Erpetion hederaceum (Labill.) G.Don, Gen. Hist. 1: 335 (1831); Viola hederacea var. 
genuina Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 427 (1928). Type: ‘In capite Van-Diemen’, 
J. Labillardiere: F, n.v.; photo: CANB! 
Perennial herb spreading widely by stolons; rootstock sometimes somewhat swollen 
and bulbous at the stem bases. Stems contracted so that the leaves form rosettes, never 
elongate with caulescent leaves. Leaves broad-reniform or semi-circular, the largest 
(4-)15-20(-30) mm long, (5-)20-30(-50) mm wide, 1—1.5(—2) t im es wider than long, 
usually truncate at base or occasionally with a broad sinus or broadly cuneate; lamina with 
8-16 obscure teeth, glabrous or with scattered unicellular hairs on the upper surface, dark 
green above, dull greyish-green beneath; petioles (1—)2—8(—12) cm long; stipules narrowly 
triangular, usually with several small, glandular teeth on each side. Flowers on scapes 
slightly longer to four times as long as the leaves, usually discolorous violet-and-white 
(occasionally concolorous pale violet or almost white), the colours usually not strongly 
demarcated; anterior petal (4-)8-10(-12) mm long, (3-)5-7(-9) mm wide, narrowly- to 
broadly obovate or cuneate, broadest in the distal third, usually emarginate, with a small 
green U-shaped blotch at the base, then usually pale to bright violet for over half its length 
grading to a white apex, with three to many nerves, the midnerve usually not distinct from 
the lateral nerves and often anastomosing with them; lateral petals spreading, 
(4-)8-10(-13) mm long, twisted usually to c. 90° (sometimes to 180°), violet at the base 
grading to white distally; beard covering half or less of the width of the lateral petals, 
occasionally absent; dorsal petals (4-)8-12(-13) mm long, (2-)4-6(-8) mm wide, 
obovate to broadly obovate (rarely narrowly obovate), erect to strongly reflexed, usually 
violet at the flexure grading to white for most of their length. Anthers 1.3-4.0 mm long, 
cream, often flushed or flecked with violet, the ter min al appendages straw-coloured, with 
short, irregular hairs on the outer margins of the anther cells; anther glands purplish or dull 
green, shorter than the anther cells, irregularly rugose, broad at the base and each distinctly 
flattened or depressed towards the other; pollen and interior margins of the anther cells 
white to cream. Ovary and fruit whitish or pale green, often flecked or flushed purple; style 
distinctly geniculate at its insertion on the ovary. Seeds 1.2-2.0 mm long, dull, mottled 
cream and brown (occasionally uniformly reddish-brown), +/- smooth. Fig. 2. 
Distribution and habitat. Viola hederacea is common and widespread in south-eastern 
Australia, from the Mount Lofty Ranges and south-eastern South Australia, throughout 
Tasmania and southern Victoria, and in eastern New South Wales north to the Northern 
Tablelands (Fig. 7a). It is typically found on relatively dry soils in forested habitats and 
on well-drained roadside banks. 
In South Australia it is widespread in the South-East region, but is highly localised in 
the Adelaide Hills, apparently occurring only in the area around Mount Lofty, Belair 
National Park and near Crafers. Elsewhere on Fleurieu Peninsula and in the Southern 
Lofty region it is replaced by V. eminens (see below). In Victoria it is the most widespread 
species, occurring commonly in dry to moist forests from the far south-west around 
Glenelg River and the Grampians Ranges, through the Otway Ranges and thence on both 
north and south falls of the Great Dividing Range from Melbourne to the New South 
Wales border. It is replaced on the higher parts of the Great Dividing Range (e.g. summits 
of Lake Mountain and Mount Baw Baw and on the Errinundra Plateau) by V. eminens 
(see below). Viola hederacea is common and widespread throughout much of Tasmania. 
In New South Wales V. hederacea is the most common species in forests on the 
eastern part of the Great Dividing Range from the Victorian border to the Blue Mountains 
and Royal National Park near Sydney. A disjunct but morphologically typical population 
occurs in the Brindabella Ranges west of Canberra. In northern New South Wales it 
appears to become patchy and localised, with few collections from widely scattered sites 
(e.g. Barrington Tops, Glen Elgin). In the Sydney region it is common on shale-derived 

Page image

829538 Erpetion reniforme Muelleria 18: 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55327422
Page is part of the work New species and a new hybrid in the Viola hederacea species complex, with notes on Viola hederacea Labill, doi:10.5962/p.254920
589344 Melaleuca uxorum Muelleria 18: 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55327410
Page is part of the work Melaleuca uxorum (Myrtaceae), a new species from north-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.254919

Page text

Muelleria 18 : 3-5 ( 2003 ) 
Melaleuca uxorum (Myrtaceae), a new species from 
north-eastern Australia 
LA. Craven 1,4 , G.Holmes 2 and G.Sankowsky 3 
1 Australian National Herbarium, CPBR, CSIRO Plant Industry, GPO Box 1600, Canberra, 
ACT, 2601 
2 Glenn Holmes and Associates, 33 Twelfth Avenue, Atherton, Qld, 4883 
3 PO Box 210, Tolga, Qld, 4882 
4 author for correspondence 
Abstract 
Melaleuca uxorum Craven, G.Holmes & Sankowsky, a new species in the M. minutifolia group, is 
described from the Herberton Range in north-eastern Australia. 
Introduction 
Numerous visits by botanists have been made to the northern Herberton Range in tropical 
Queensland, near the towns of Atherton and Tolga, to explore its woodland vegetation. 
Despite this attention, populations of a distinctive but undescribed species of Melaleuca 
L. were discovered there recently near Mt Emerald, one of the major peaks in this range. 
It was collected initially by the second author and J. Holmes in July 2000, and quite 
independently by the third author in December 2000. Upon investigation, the plant was 
found to belong to the Melaleuca minutifolia F.Muell group of species. It possesses 
decussate, peltate leaves as do the species of this group but differs inter alia in that the 
floral unit is a triad. 
Until now, the M. minutifolia group consisted of two species, M. minutifolia and M. 
monantha (Barlow) Craven. The former occurs from the Drysdale River district 
eastwards to south-western Arnhem Land in north-western Australia and the latter from 
the Palmer River district southwards to Mt Sturgeon in north-eastern Australia. These two 
species are characterised by the following features: in M. minutifolia each floral unit 
consists of a dyad subtended by a bract, each flower is subtended by three “bracteoles” 
and the leaf blade apex usually is long acuminate to narrowly acute; in M. monantha each 
floral unit consists of a monad subtended by a bract, each flower is subtended by two 
bracteoles, and the leaf blade apex usually is shortly to moderately acuminate (Craven & 
Lepschi 1999). 
Further study of the Herberton Range plant has shown that it represents a distinctive 
new species of the M. minutifolia group and it is formally described here. 
Taxonomy 
Melaleuca uxorum Craven, G.Holmes & Sankowsky, sp. nov. 
A M. minutifolia F.Muell. et M. monantha (Barlow) Craven floribus triadibus, ramulis 
puberulis minute, foliis latioribus (1.3-2.5 mm ) et 11-17-nervibus, et ovulis in quoque 
loculo numerosioribus (c. 33-37) differt. 
Type : Australia: Queensland: Cook District: Herberton Range, 1.2 km NW of Mt 
Emerald, 4 Dec. 2001, Craven and Holmes 10422 (holotype BRI; isotypes A, CANB, 
DNA, L, MEL, NSW, P). 
Shrub to 1 m tall (usually 0.5-0.6 m tall). Bud scales absent (but prophylls present on 
lateral shoots). Branchlets glabrescent or subglabrous, minutely puberulous, terete, 

Page image

589195 Prasophyllum bagoense Muelleria 18: 100-103, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 18: 100-103, Fig. 1".

589196 Prasophyllum correctum Muelleria 18: 103, Fig. 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55327510
Page is part of the work A revisionary treatment of four species of Prasophyllum R.Br. (Orchidaceae) loosely related to P. correctum D.L.Jones, doi:10.5962/p.254927

Page text

Prasophyllum 
103 
2. Prasophyllum correctum D.L.Jones, Novon 4: 106-108 (1994). Type: Victoria, near 
Munro, 5 Nov. 1992, J. Jeanes (Jones 10689) (holo MEL!; iso CANB!). 
Illustrations’. Page 235, Backhouse and Jeanes (1995); plate 114, Bishop (1996); plate 
68, Rouse (2001). 
Distribution and ecology : Eastern Victoria, near Munro and Lindenow South. Grows 
in grassland dominated by Themeda triandra and in grassy woodland with Eucalyptus 
tereticornis Sm. as the dominant tree (Coates et al. 1999). The soil is a brown clay loam. 
Altitude: 20-50 m. 
Phenology’. The species flowers in October and November. 
Notes’. Within the P. correctum group this species can be recognised by its mainly 
yellowish-green flowers; labellum with a long caudate apex which is about half of the 
total labellum length; the callus being rugose distally; and, the stigmatic plate on the 
column being much longer than either the anther or the column wings. It also has more 
noticeably fragrant flowers than any other member of the group, the largest flowers of the 
four taxa and very slender spikes. Fig. 2. 
The taxon originally described as P. chasmogamum (Jones 1991) and treated 
incorrectly as a synonym of P. pyriforme (Jones 1994a), will be included in a revisionary 
treatment of the P. rostratum Lindl. complex, which is in preparation. 
Conservation status: This species is listed as threatened under the Victorian Flora and 
Fauna Guarantee Act 1988. Less than 150 plants remain in two populations (Coates et al. 
1999). Suggest 2E according to the criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1996). 
Specimens examined: VICTORIA. None found; all specimens quoted in Jones 1994a are P. 
chasmogamum. 
3. Prasophyllum crebriflorum D.L.Jones, sp. nov. Affinis P. correcto D.L.Jones, sed 
floribus congestis, rufescentibus; labello parvum insuper medio recurvato, apice caudato 
tertia parte breviore; et callo laevigato, differt. 
Type: Australia. Tasmania: Surrey Hills Freehold (North Forests Burnie), Westwing 
Plain (precise locality withheld), 670 m, 14 Dec. 2000, J.E. & A. Wapstra (ORG 3269) 
(holo CANB, iso HO, MEL). 
Slender tuberous terrestrial herb growing singly or in loose groups. Tubers not seen. 
Leaf erect, 12-26 cm long, 2-5 mm wide, terete, dark green, base 2-3 mm diam., reddish 
to purple; free lamina suberect, 6-10 cm long, usually withered at anthesis. Inflorescence 
a moderately dense to dense spike 6-20 cm long. Floral bracts transversely ovate, 2-2.3 
mm long, c. 3 mm wide, closely embracing the ovary; apex apiculate. Ovaries at about 
40° to the rachis, obovoid, 5-6 mm long, c. 3 mm wide, bright green, shiny. Flowers 6- 
c.25, 10-12 mm across, reddish brown, opening very widely, sessile. Dorsal sepal 
narrowly ovate-lanceolate, 6.5-8 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, sharply deflexed, with 3 
indistinct darker veins; apex often recurved, subacute to apiculate. Lateral sepals free 
throughout, linear-lanceolate, 6.5-8 mm long, 1.8-2.2 mm wide, falcate, erect or 
shallowly recurved, parallel or slightly divergent; base not gibbous; distal margins 
involute; apex entire or bidentate. Petals upswept, widely spreading, linear, 5.5-7 mm 
long, 0.8-1.2 mm wide; margins entire; apex obtuse to attenuate. Labellum very shortly 
stalked, obliquely erect, usually in a shallow curve but at a sharper angle in old flowers, 
distal half recurved, the tip erect or recurved; basal claw almost vestigial, c. 0.3 mm long, 
c. 1.3 mm wide; lamina ovate-lanceolate in outline when flattened, 5-6 mm long, 3-3.5 
mm wide, with broad basal margins, constricted in the distal third to half; base not 
gibbous; proximal margins entire; distal margins slightly irregular. Callus extending 
nearly to the labellum apex, ovate-oblong, 4-5.2 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide in the proximal 
third, raised, fleshy, greenish brown, shallowly channelled centrally, constricted sharply 
in the distal half and extending as a narrow, raised, smooth or rugose caudate section; 
margins entire or slightly irregular. Column porrect from the end of the ovary, c. 2.8 mm 

Page image

589197 Prasophyllum crebriflorum Muelleria 18: 103-104, Fig. 3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 18: 103-104, Fig. 3".

589198 Prasophyllum incorrectum Muelleria 18: 107-108, Fig. 4

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 18: 107-108, Fig. 4".

589341 Viola banksii Muelleria 18: 15-19, Figs 4, 7 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 18: 15-19, Figs 4, 7 (map)".

589342 Viola eminens Muelleria 18: 19-21, Figs 3, 5, 7 (map)
829540 Viola hederacea reniformis Muelleria 18: 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55327422
Page is part of the work New species and a new hybrid in the Viola hederacea species complex, with notes on Viola hederacea Labill, doi:10.5962/p.254920
589340 Viola hederacea Muelleria 18: 11-15, Figs 1 (map), 2, 3
946699 Viola hederacea Muelleria 18: 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55327425
Page is part of the work New species and a new hybrid in the Viola hederacea species complex, with notes on Viola hederacea Labill, doi:10.5962/p.254920
829537 Viola hederacea elatines Muelleria 18: 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55327422
Page is part of the work New species and a new hybrid in the Viola hederacea species complex, with notes on Viola hederacea Labill, doi:10.5962/p.254920
829536 Viola hederacea genuina Muelleria 18: 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55327418
Page is part of the work New species and a new hybrid in the Viola hederacea species complex, with notes on Viola hederacea Labill, doi:10.5962/p.254920
829539 Viola reniformis Muelleria 18: 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55327422
Page is part of the work New species and a new hybrid in the Viola hederacea species complex, with notes on Viola hederacea Labill, doi:10.5962/p.254920
604449 Viola sp. nov. A Muelleria 18: 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55327431
Page is part of the work New species and a new hybrid in the Viola hederacea species complex, with notes on Viola hederacea Labill, doi:10.5962/p.254920
604450 Viola sp. nov. B Muelleria 18: 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55327431
Page is part of the work New species and a new hybrid in the Viola hederacea species complex, with notes on Viola hederacea Labill, doi:10.5962/p.254920
604443 Viola sp. nov. C Muelleria 18: 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 55327432
Page is part of the work New species and a new hybrid in the Viola hederacea species complex, with notes on Viola hederacea Labill, doi:10.5962/p.254920
589343 Viola ×zophodes Muelleria 18: 21-24, Figs 3, 6, 7 (map)
941267 Acacia aff. aspera (Brisbane Ranges) Muelleria 19: 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426357
Page is part of the work Two new wattles endemic to Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.291360

Page text

6 
N.G. Walsh 
population of A. sporadica. Bartolome et al. (2002) demonstrated that ramets within a 
population were genetically identical, hut there were genetic differences between most 
populations. It is not known if there is any genetic variation between the clones at 
Howqua, or the 3 ramets at Fryers Ridge sites, but it is assumed that plants produced from 
seed at Carboor will possess a degree of genetic variation. 
It would appear that the 3 disjunct localities of A. sporadica represent remnant 
occurrences of a formerly more widespread distribution for A sporadica or its ancestral 
taxon. 
Etymology. The epithet refers to the widely scattered distribution. 
Acacia aspera Lindl. subsp. pan iccps N.G.Walsh subsp. now 
A subspecie typica capitulis minoribus, floribus paucioribus compositis, bracteis 
brevioribus glandulosis differt. 
Type: Victoria. Midlands. Brisbane Ranges National Park, extreme NE corner, N.G. 
Walsh 52IS. 23.viii.2000 (holotypc: MEL: isotypes CANB. NSW. PERTH). 
Acacia aspera (Brisbane Range variant) Maslin, ‘Wattle, Acacias of Australia’ (2001); 
Acacia aff. aspera (Brisbane Ranges) J.H. Ross & N.G. Walsh, Census Vase. PI. Victoria 
edn 7,91. 124(2003) 
Spreading shrub to c. 1.5 m high; branchlets Finely ribbed, becoming terete on older 
growth, hispidulous with a mixture of erect, gland-tipped and liner, usually shorter, 
eglandular hairs. Phyllodes oblong to narrowly obovate, 6-26 mm long, 2—4(—7) mm 
wide, usually strongly concavo-convex in section, rarely ±flat. obtuse to rounded at apex, 
usually with a coarse apiculum to c. 1 mm long, inserted asymmetrically; midrib ±central, 
lateral nerves oblique, often obscure and not clearly reaching margin; margin thickened, 
nerve-like, marginal gland apparently lacking; surfaces hispid with coarse, patent gland- 
tipped hairs to c. 0.5 mm long, mainly above midrib and near margins, intermixed with 
shorter finer patent hairs of variable density. Inflorescences simple, I—2(—3) per axil; 
peduncles (7—)9— 16 mm long, slender, hispid with only gland-tipped hairs, or with gland- 
tipped and shorter, finer, eglandular hairs in up to ±equal proportions; heads globular. 4-6 
mm diam. (on herbarium sheets), (15-) 24-35-flowered, cream to lemon-yellow. 
Bracteoles subulate, 0.5-0.8 mm long, shorter than buds immediately before anthesis, 
reddish-brown, hispidulous, gland-tipped. Flowers 5-merous; sepals united for most of 
their length, c. 0.8 mm long, hispidulous near base, resinous near apex. Pods ±oblong or 
slightly curved, 15-35 mm long, 4-6 mm wide, biconvex, not or barely constricted 
between the 2-6 seeds, firmly chartaceous to thinly coriaceous, covered with spreading, 
multicellular, gland-tipped hairs to c. 1 mm long, often with a few shorter unicellular 
eglandular hairs; seeds longitudinal, oblong-elliptic, c. 4 mm long, 2.5 mm wide, shining 
dark brown, funicle/aril terminal, sigmoid, basally thickened, yellowish, c. I mm long. 
Flowers July-Oct. (Fig. la. b) 
Distinguished from subsp. aspera in the relatively long, slender peduncles with 
indumentum of gland-tipped hairs sometimes mixed with shorter eglandular hairs (subsp. 
aspera has stout peduncles to 10 mm long with sessile or subsessile glands and 
sometimes eglandular hairs, which when present, distinctly exceed the glands); the short, 
gland-tipped bracteoles subtending individual flowers in the heads (subsp. aspera has 
eglandular bracteoles clearly exceeding the buds immediately before anthesis giving the 
buds a characteristic burr-like appearance); generally pale lemon-coloured, few-flowered, 
smaller heads (subsp. aspera has bright golden yellow. 30-50-flowered heads, 6-9 mm 
diam. on herbarium sheets). The phyllodes of subsp. parviceps are pronouncedly 
concavo-convex in section whereas those of subsp. aspera are typically flat to slightly 
concavo-convex in section, and they are generally smaller than those of subsp. aspera , 
but there is some overlap in these characteristics. 

Page image

941266 Acacia aspera Muelleria 19: 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426357
Page is part of the work Two new wattles endemic to Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.291360

Page text

6 
N.G. Walsh 
population of A. sporadica. Bartolome et al. (2002) demonstrated that ramets within a 
population were genetically identical, hut there were genetic differences between most 
populations. It is not known if there is any genetic variation between the clones at 
Howqua, or the 3 ramets at Fryers Ridge sites, but it is assumed that plants produced from 
seed at Carboor will possess a degree of genetic variation. 
It would appear that the 3 disjunct localities of A. sporadica represent remnant 
occurrences of a formerly more widespread distribution for A sporadica or its ancestral 
taxon. 
Etymology. The epithet refers to the widely scattered distribution. 
Acacia aspera Lindl. subsp. pan iccps N.G.Walsh subsp. now 
A subspecie typica capitulis minoribus, floribus paucioribus compositis, bracteis 
brevioribus glandulosis differt. 
Type: Victoria. Midlands. Brisbane Ranges National Park, extreme NE corner, N.G. 
Walsh 52IS. 23.viii.2000 (holotypc: MEL: isotypes CANB. NSW. PERTH). 
Acacia aspera (Brisbane Range variant) Maslin, ‘Wattle, Acacias of Australia’ (2001); 
Acacia aff. aspera (Brisbane Ranges) J.H. Ross & N.G. Walsh, Census Vase. PI. Victoria 
edn 7,91. 124(2003) 
Spreading shrub to c. 1.5 m high; branchlets Finely ribbed, becoming terete on older 
growth, hispidulous with a mixture of erect, gland-tipped and liner, usually shorter, 
eglandular hairs. Phyllodes oblong to narrowly obovate, 6-26 mm long, 2—4(—7) mm 
wide, usually strongly concavo-convex in section, rarely ±flat. obtuse to rounded at apex, 
usually with a coarse apiculum to c. 1 mm long, inserted asymmetrically; midrib ±central, 
lateral nerves oblique, often obscure and not clearly reaching margin; margin thickened, 
nerve-like, marginal gland apparently lacking; surfaces hispid with coarse, patent gland- 
tipped hairs to c. 0.5 mm long, mainly above midrib and near margins, intermixed with 
shorter finer patent hairs of variable density. Inflorescences simple, I—2(—3) per axil; 
peduncles (7—)9— 16 mm long, slender, hispid with only gland-tipped hairs, or with gland- 
tipped and shorter, finer, eglandular hairs in up to ±equal proportions; heads globular. 4-6 
mm diam. (on herbarium sheets), (15-) 24-35-flowered, cream to lemon-yellow. 
Bracteoles subulate, 0.5-0.8 mm long, shorter than buds immediately before anthesis, 
reddish-brown, hispidulous, gland-tipped. Flowers 5-merous; sepals united for most of 
their length, c. 0.8 mm long, hispidulous near base, resinous near apex. Pods ±oblong or 
slightly curved, 15-35 mm long, 4-6 mm wide, biconvex, not or barely constricted 
between the 2-6 seeds, firmly chartaceous to thinly coriaceous, covered with spreading, 
multicellular, gland-tipped hairs to c. 1 mm long, often with a few shorter unicellular 
eglandular hairs; seeds longitudinal, oblong-elliptic, c. 4 mm long, 2.5 mm wide, shining 
dark brown, funicle/aril terminal, sigmoid, basally thickened, yellowish, c. I mm long. 
Flowers July-Oct. (Fig. la. b) 
Distinguished from subsp. aspera in the relatively long, slender peduncles with 
indumentum of gland-tipped hairs sometimes mixed with shorter eglandular hairs (subsp. 
aspera has stout peduncles to 10 mm long with sessile or subsessile glands and 
sometimes eglandular hairs, which when present, distinctly exceed the glands); the short, 
gland-tipped bracteoles subtending individual flowers in the heads (subsp. aspera has 
eglandular bracteoles clearly exceeding the buds immediately before anthesis giving the 
buds a characteristic burr-like appearance); generally pale lemon-coloured, few-flowered, 
smaller heads (subsp. aspera has bright golden yellow. 30-50-flowered heads, 6-9 mm 
diam. on herbarium sheets). The phyllodes of subsp. parviceps are pronouncedly 
concavo-convex in section whereas those of subsp. aspera are typically flat to slightly 
concavo-convex in section, and they are generally smaller than those of subsp. aspera , 
but there is some overlap in these characteristics. 

Page image

589740 Acacia aspera aspera Muelleria 19: 6-Jul

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 6-Jul".

589739 Acacia aspera parviceps Muelleria 19: 6-7, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 6-7, Fig. 1".

829787 Acacia sp. C Muelleria 19: 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426360 59426379
Page is part of the work Two new wattles endemic to Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.291360
Page is part of the work A revision of the Thelymitra pauciflora R.Br. (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291362

Page text

Muelleria 19 : 3-8 ( 2004 ) 
Two new wattles endemic to Victoria 
Neville G. Walsh 
National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne, Private Bag 2000, 
Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria 3141. Neville.Walsh@rbg.vic.gov.au 
Abstract 
Acacia sporadica and A. aspera subsp. parviceps are described as new. Both are Victorian 
endemics of restricted distribution. Acacia sporadica appears to be most closely related to A. 
pennincrvis, A. caerulescens and A. obliquinervia. Both new taxa are illustrated and notes on their 
distribution, ecology and conservation status are provided. 
Introduction 
In the course of preparing descriptions of Acacia for the Flora of Victoria (Entwisle et al. 
1996), Flora of Australia (Maslin 2001a) and Wattle, Acacias of Australia (Maslin 2001), 
some taxa of uncertain affinities were identified. Subsequent examination and fieldwork 
has allowed two of these to be elucidated and they are described here as new. 
Taxonomy 
Acacia sporadica N.G. Walsh, sp. nov. 
Acacia penninervis affine habitu minore saepe rhizomatoso, phyllodiis minoribus 
glaucis, floribus citrinis vere vel hieme factis et semine transversali diffcrt. 
Type: Victoria, Midlands, Carboor Upper, N.G.Walsh 5583, A. Gibb, R. Leeton, 
26.vii.2002 (holotype: MEL; isotypes CANB. NSW, PERTH). 
Acacia sp. C. Maslin, Flora of Australia : 11 A: 253 (2001a); Acacia affin. 
penninervis. Maslin, Wattle, Acacias of Australia (2001). 
Shrub to 3 m high, reproducing mainly by root suckers; branchlets glabrous, 
yellowish, terete or faintly ridged for the greater part, strongly angular on new season’s 
growth. Phyllodes obovate to elliptic, 25-65 mm long, 8-32 mm wide, usually slightly 
asymmetric, glabrous, glaucous, obtuse, sometimes with a short (to c. 0.5 mm long) 
straight or uncinate apiculum; faintly to moderately prominently pinnately veined, the 
veins anastomosing toward the margin, midrib and marginal veins very prominent, 
yellowish; gland 5-20 mm above pulvinus, margin often shallowly indented at gland 
which is not obviously connected to midrib by a lateral vein. Racemes axillary, 
sometimes appearing paniculate on naked extremities of branchlets; rachis 15-70 mm 
long, glabrous, angular; peduncles 3-6 mm long, glabrous; heads globular, 5-8 mm 
diam., 15-25-flowered, bright lemon-yellow. Bracteoles peltate, c. 0.5 mm diam., pale to 
dark reddish-brown, minutely fimbriate. Flowers 5-merous; sepals united, the free portion 
c. I mm long, puberulent. Pods +oblong, 40-90 mm long, 10-15 mm wide, rarely 
constricted between the (0—)3—9 seeds, thinly coriaceous; seeds transverse, oblong to 
elliptic, 4-5 mm long, slightly shiny, black, funicle pale brown, aril clavate, up to c. half 
as long as seed. Flowers July-Sept. (Fig. 1c, d) 
Representative specimens examined (17 specimens examined): Victoria: South side of Howqua 
River, ca 5 miles [8 km] ESE of bridge on Mansfield - Jamieson Rd, J.H. Willis s.n. 16.iv. 1976 
(MEL); Fryers Range State Forest, 5 km W from Taradale, N.G. Walsli 5581, /:. & L. Perkins, 
26.viii.2002 (MEL); Carboor Upper, 15.5 km due SW from Myrtleford, N.G. Walsh 55S2, A. Gibb, 
R. Leeton. 26.viii.2002. 

Page image

589737 Acacia sporadica Muelleria 19: 3-6, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 3-6, Fig. 1".

589786 Bedfordia arborescens Muelleria 19: 83-84, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 83-84, Fig. 1".

589785 Bedfordia Muelleria 19: 82-83

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 82-83".

589789 Bedfordia linearis Muelleria 19: 87
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426407
Page is part of the work A revision of Bedfordia DC. (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.291363

Page text

Bedfordia 
87 
2 or 3 capitula per axil. Occasional specimens set apparently normal seed, and the 
populations have the appearance of containing both FI and backcross progeny. 
Specimens examined (selection): NORTH EAST: A.M.Buchanan 12420, 7.vii.l992, Dismal 
Range (HO); AM.Buchanan 15437, 3.ii.l999. NE ridge Mt Arthur (HO, CANB): P.Collier 2623, 
28. viii.1987. Tippogoree Hills (HO). BEN LOMOND: W.D.Jackson s.n.. 23.ii.1983. Mt Barrow 
(HO); A.V.Ratkowsky s.n., 12.i. 1992, Ml Barrow (HO). CENTRAL HIGHLANDS: A.M.Buchanan 
2024, 9,xii. 1983, 14 Mile Road near Tarraleah (HO); 1 km NE of Howell’s Bluff, Lake Rowallen 
(HO); J. Wells s.n., 30.V.I984. Mags Road Bogs (HO). EAST COAST: A.M.Buchanan 7688, 
29. xii.1985. Mt Peter (HO); W.M.Curlis s.n., 15.ix. 1942. Hobart, Proctor's Road (HO); J.Milligan 
1039, 9.vii. 1848. ravines between Mt Wellington and Knocklofty, Hobart (HO); A.E.Orchard 6246, 
6247. 6248, 6249. 1991, old quarry site, slopes of Mt Wellington (HO). 
Bedfordia linearis (Labill.) DC. Prodr. 6: 441 (1838); J.D.Hooker, FI. Tasman. 1: 225 
(1856); L.Rodway, Tasman. FI. 92 (1903); W.M.Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasman. 2: 371 
(1963); M.Cameron. Guide FI. PI. Tasman. 44 (1981). 
Cacalia linearis Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 36. tab. 178 (1806). 
Culcitiunt lineare (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 431 (1826). 
Senecio hillardierii F.MuelL Cat. PI. Cult. Melbourne Hot. Gardens 26 (1858); 
F.Mueller. Syst. Census Austral. PI. 84 (1882); F.Mueller, Second Syst. Census Austral. 
PI. 142 (1889), nom. illeg. (based on Bedfordia linearis (Labill.) DC.) 
Type: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, [SE Tasmania] Habitat in capite Van-Diemen, n.v. 
Possible isotype: “Cacalia linearis, N. Holl.” (no collector), K. 
Illustrations: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, Nov. Holl. PI. 2: tab. 178 (1806); Cameron, 
Guide FI. PI. Tasman, fig. 83 (1981). 
Shrubs 1-2 (-3) m tall. Young branches with dense white-woolly indumentum, 
becoming discoloured with age, at first with a yellowish resin, later with adherent dust; 
older branches glabrescent, with peg-like leaf scars. Leaf lamina linear to oblong or 
narrowly oblong, (6-) 10-90 mm long, to 3 mm wide, very shortly petiolate; upper leaf 
surface glabrous, glossy, with midrib impressed and other veins obscure. Inflorescence of 
a single capitulum in each of several upper leaf axils (very rarely with 3-5 in lower axils; 
upper axils always bearing only a single capitulum); peduncle 2-7 mm long, white- 
woolly. with 3 linear bracts. Capitular bracts in 2 whorls, with c. 4 bracts in each, all 
lanceolate but inner whorl generally broader; central region white-woolly; margins wing¬ 
like and subglabrous, usually with ciliate margins. Florets 9-17 per capitulum, all 
bisexual and tubular. Pappus of 40-60 free seta, denticulate for entire length. Corolla tube 
cream to yellow, swollen at base, slender in centre and campanulate at apex, with 5 strap¬ 
like lobes. Anther tube brown; anther tails short; anther appendages linear, 0.5 mm long, 
narrower than thecae. Style arms 1.3-1.6 mm long, thick, blunt, with short antrorse hairs 
on abaxial surface. Cypsela deep purplish-black, cylindrical, 2.5-3.3 mm long, 0.7-1 mm 
diam., with 10-14 vertical ribs; pappus persistent with basal pappus ring weakly 5-lobed. 
Bedfordia linearis subsp. linearis 
Shrubs to 1.5-2.0 (-3.0) m tall. Young branches densely white-woolly; bark red-brown 
to grey-brown, vertically striate to stringy. Lea/lamina narrowly linear, (25-) 35-70 mm 
long, 1.5-2.0 (-2.5) mm wide, length.width ratio 15-20 (rarely only 10); tip bluntly 
acute, slightly reflexed; margin revolute. Lower leaf surface densely white-woolly with 
crisped hairs arising mainly from midrib, interlocking with similar hairs on the upper and 
lower surface of the thin reflexed margin; lamina either side of midrib more or less 
glabrous apart from scattered subsessile yellow glandular hairs; midrib with or without a 
longitudal subcuticular void on each side: petiole 1-2 mm long, persistent as a peg after 
leaf fall. Peduncle 4-6 mm long, white-woolly, with c. 3 linear bracts 2 mm long. 
Capitular bracts in 2 whorls of usually 4 each. Outer bracts narrowly lanceolate, 5.0-6.0 

Page image

589790 Bedfordia linearis linearis Muelleria 19: 87-90, Figs 1, 2
589791 Bedfordia linearis oblongifolia Muelleria 19: 90-93, Figs 3, 4
589793 Bedfordia linearis curvifolia Muelleria 19: 93-94, Figs 3, 4
589792 Bedfordia linearis oblongifolia Muelleria 19: 90-93, Figs 3, 4
589787 Bedfordia salicina Muelleria 19: 84-86, Fig 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 84-86, Fig 1".

589788 Bedfordia salicina Muelleria 19: 86-87

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 86-87".

829840 Cacalia linearis Muelleria 19: 87
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426407
Page is part of the work A revision of Bedfordia DC. (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.291363

Page text

Bedfordia 
87 
2 or 3 capitula per axil. Occasional specimens set apparently normal seed, and the 
populations have the appearance of containing both FI and backcross progeny. 
Specimens examined (selection): NORTH EAST: A.M.Buchanan 12420, 7.vii.l992, Dismal 
Range (HO); AM.Buchanan 15437, 3.ii.l999. NE ridge Mt Arthur (HO, CANB): P.Collier 2623, 
28. viii.1987. Tippogoree Hills (HO). BEN LOMOND: W.D.Jackson s.n.. 23.ii.1983. Mt Barrow 
(HO); A.V.Ratkowsky s.n., 12.i. 1992, Ml Barrow (HO). CENTRAL HIGHLANDS: A.M.Buchanan 
2024, 9,xii. 1983, 14 Mile Road near Tarraleah (HO); 1 km NE of Howell’s Bluff, Lake Rowallen 
(HO); J. Wells s.n., 30.V.I984. Mags Road Bogs (HO). EAST COAST: A.M.Buchanan 7688, 
29. xii.1985. Mt Peter (HO); W.M.Curlis s.n., 15.ix. 1942. Hobart, Proctor's Road (HO); J.Milligan 
1039, 9.vii. 1848. ravines between Mt Wellington and Knocklofty, Hobart (HO); A.E.Orchard 6246, 
6247. 6248, 6249. 1991, old quarry site, slopes of Mt Wellington (HO). 
Bedfordia linearis (Labill.) DC. Prodr. 6: 441 (1838); J.D.Hooker, FI. Tasman. 1: 225 
(1856); L.Rodway, Tasman. FI. 92 (1903); W.M.Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasman. 2: 371 
(1963); M.Cameron. Guide FI. PI. Tasman. 44 (1981). 
Cacalia linearis Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 36. tab. 178 (1806). 
Culcitiunt lineare (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 431 (1826). 
Senecio hillardierii F.MuelL Cat. PI. Cult. Melbourne Hot. Gardens 26 (1858); 
F.Mueller. Syst. Census Austral. PI. 84 (1882); F.Mueller, Second Syst. Census Austral. 
PI. 142 (1889), nom. illeg. (based on Bedfordia linearis (Labill.) DC.) 
Type: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, [SE Tasmania] Habitat in capite Van-Diemen, n.v. 
Possible isotype: “Cacalia linearis, N. Holl.” (no collector), K. 
Illustrations: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, Nov. Holl. PI. 2: tab. 178 (1806); Cameron, 
Guide FI. PI. Tasman, fig. 83 (1981). 
Shrubs 1-2 (-3) m tall. Young branches with dense white-woolly indumentum, 
becoming discoloured with age, at first with a yellowish resin, later with adherent dust; 
older branches glabrescent, with peg-like leaf scars. Leaf lamina linear to oblong or 
narrowly oblong, (6-) 10-90 mm long, to 3 mm wide, very shortly petiolate; upper leaf 
surface glabrous, glossy, with midrib impressed and other veins obscure. Inflorescence of 
a single capitulum in each of several upper leaf axils (very rarely with 3-5 in lower axils; 
upper axils always bearing only a single capitulum); peduncle 2-7 mm long, white- 
woolly. with 3 linear bracts. Capitular bracts in 2 whorls, with c. 4 bracts in each, all 
lanceolate but inner whorl generally broader; central region white-woolly; margins wing¬ 
like and subglabrous, usually with ciliate margins. Florets 9-17 per capitulum, all 
bisexual and tubular. Pappus of 40-60 free seta, denticulate for entire length. Corolla tube 
cream to yellow, swollen at base, slender in centre and campanulate at apex, with 5 strap¬ 
like lobes. Anther tube brown; anther tails short; anther appendages linear, 0.5 mm long, 
narrower than thecae. Style arms 1.3-1.6 mm long, thick, blunt, with short antrorse hairs 
on abaxial surface. Cypsela deep purplish-black, cylindrical, 2.5-3.3 mm long, 0.7-1 mm 
diam., with 10-14 vertical ribs; pappus persistent with basal pappus ring weakly 5-lobed. 
Bedfordia linearis subsp. linearis 
Shrubs to 1.5-2.0 (-3.0) m tall. Young branches densely white-woolly; bark red-brown 
to grey-brown, vertically striate to stringy. Lea/lamina narrowly linear, (25-) 35-70 mm 
long, 1.5-2.0 (-2.5) mm wide, length.width ratio 15-20 (rarely only 10); tip bluntly 
acute, slightly reflexed; margin revolute. Lower leaf surface densely white-woolly with 
crisped hairs arising mainly from midrib, interlocking with similar hairs on the upper and 
lower surface of the thin reflexed margin; lamina either side of midrib more or less 
glabrous apart from scattered subsessile yellow glandular hairs; midrib with or without a 
longitudal subcuticular void on each side: petiole 1-2 mm long, persistent as a peg after 
leaf fall. Peduncle 4-6 mm long, white-woolly, with c. 3 linear bracts 2 mm long. 
Capitular bracts in 2 whorls of usually 4 each. Outer bracts narrowly lanceolate, 5.0-6.0 

Page image

829838 Cacalia salicina Muelleria 19: 84
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426404
Page is part of the work A revision of Bedfordia DC. (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.291363

Page text

84 
A.E. Orchard 
terminal tuft of hairs. Inner bracts similar, but with more or less glabrous margins. Florets 
10-14 per capitulum, all bisexual, tubular. Pappus of 40-60 free setae, denticulate for 
entire length, arranged in a single basally fused ring. Corolla tube yellow to orange, in 3 
sections: basal swollen section 0.5-0.7 mm long, 0.8 mm diam.; central slender section 
2.5-3.0 mm long. 0.5 mm diant.: terminal campanulate section 0.5 mm long, 0.8 mm 
diam., with 5 ligulate reflexed/curling corolla lobes 1.5 mm long. Anther tube 
yellow-orange, 1.0-1.7 mm long; anther tails short; anther appendages 0.4-0.5 mm long, 
narrower than or equalling the thecae. Style arms c. 1.0-1.2 mm long, thick, blunt, with 
very short antrorse hairs on abaxial surface. Cypselas cylindrical, 2.9-3.0 mm long, 0.6 
mm diam., red-brown with 10 weakly paired vertical ribs. 
Ecology: Most collections are described as coming from the shrub understorey of 
relatively wet tall open forest (e.g. Eucalyptus fastigiata - E. cypellocarpa - E. elata 
forest with understorey shrubs such as Pomaderris aspera, Cyathea australis, 
Polystichum, Dicksonia, Atherosperma, Elaeocarpus and Olearia argophylla) at altitudes 
of up to 1160 m. Flowering and fruiting from October to about February, with old 
capitula remaining on the plant for most of the year. 
Distribution: Endemic to south eastern Australia; in the South Coast and Southern 
Tablelands regions of New South Wales; in Victoria in the Midlands, Otway Plain, Otway 
Range, Eastern Highlands, Gippsland. Gippsland Highlands, Wilson’s Promontory, 
Snowfields, and East Gippsland region; and an outlier in Tasmania on Mt Munro, Cape 
Barren Island. Figure I A. 
Specimens examined (selection): NEW SOUTH WALES: 1.Crawford 1305, 284.1991, 
Tantawangalo State Forest (CANB. MEL, NSW); R.Pullen 3944, 20.xi.1963, Brown Mountain. E 
of Nimmitabcl (A, B, C, CANB. H. L. K. NSW. WELT); A.J.Whalen 348, G.T.Chandler & 
S.Fathers, 16.xii. 1998, 4 km along Bemboka River Road (CBG, MEL, NSW). AUSTRALIAN 
CAPITAL TERRITORY: R. Pullen 2534. 104.1961, saddle to S of Mt Coree (A, AD. B, BH. BISH, 
BM. BRI, CANB. G, K. L, MEL. NSW. P. SING, Z); M.M.Richardson 82. P.Ollerenshaw & 
SAValton, 22.iv.1987, 7.5 ktn from Uriaira Road on Blue Range Road (CANB). VICTORIA: 
E.M.Canning 1460, 44.1969, 70.8 km from Corryong toward Omeo (CBG, L); A.E.Orehard 6125, 
184.1991, 9 km from Apollo Bay along Great Ocean Road (HO); R.Schodde 3IS5, headwaters of 
Don River, Donna Buang Range (K); R.V.Smitli 73/37. 21.xi. 1975, Cudgewa Bluff (AD, BRI, HO. 
CANB. NSW). TASMANIA: P.Collier 359S, 7.x.1988. Mt Munro, Cape Barren Island (HO); 
P.Cullen s.n., 15.iii.1990, Mt Munro, Cape Barren Island (HO). 
Bedfordia salicina (Labill.) DC., Prodr. 6: 441 (1838); J.D.Hooker, FI. Tasman. 1: 224 
(1856); L.Rodway, Tasman. FI. 92 (1903) p.p.: W.M.Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasman. 2: 371 
p.p.; J.H.Willis, Muelleria I: 163 (1967), p.p.; A.M.Gray, Muelleria 3: 64-66 (1974). 
Cacalia salicina Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 37, Tab. 179 (1806). 
Culcitium salicina (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 431 (1826). 
Type: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, fSE Tasmania] Habitat in capite Van-Diemen, n.v. 
Possible isotype: “Cacalia salicina, ex herb. P.B.Webb” (no collector or locality), K. 
Illustrations: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, Nov. Holl. PI. 2: Tab. 179 (1806); A.M.Gray, 
Muelleria 3: 66, fig. 30a (1974). 
Shrubs or small trees to 2-5 (-7) m tall. Young branches with dense white-woolly 
indumentum. Older branches glabrescent, leaf scars flattened, peg-like. Leaf lamina 
oblanceolate, 6-13 cm long, 1.0-1.8 cm wide: tip acute to rounded; margins flat to 
slightly revolute, sometimes slightly undulate; upper surface dark glossy or dull green, 
glabrous, with midrib and secondary veins obvious and impressed; lower surface 
completely covered with a fine white-woolly indumentum in a single matted layer which 
does not obscure the prominent midrib and lateral veins; lamina tapering to a slender 
petiole 1.0-1.5 cm long; petiole widening abruptly at base. Inflorescence an irregular 

Page image

829841 Culcitium lineare Muelleria 19: 87
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426407
Page is part of the work A revision of Bedfordia DC. (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.291363

Page text

Bedfordia 
87 
2 or 3 capitula per axil. Occasional specimens set apparently normal seed, and the 
populations have the appearance of containing both FI and backcross progeny. 
Specimens examined (selection): NORTH EAST: A.M.Buchanan 12420, 7.vii.l992, Dismal 
Range (HO); AM.Buchanan 15437, 3.ii.l999. NE ridge Mt Arthur (HO, CANB): P.Collier 2623, 
28. viii.1987. Tippogoree Hills (HO). BEN LOMOND: W.D.Jackson s.n.. 23.ii.1983. Mt Barrow 
(HO); A.V.Ratkowsky s.n., 12.i. 1992, Ml Barrow (HO). CENTRAL HIGHLANDS: A.M.Buchanan 
2024, 9,xii. 1983, 14 Mile Road near Tarraleah (HO); 1 km NE of Howell’s Bluff, Lake Rowallen 
(HO); J. Wells s.n., 30.V.I984. Mags Road Bogs (HO). EAST COAST: A.M.Buchanan 7688, 
29. xii.1985. Mt Peter (HO); W.M.Curlis s.n., 15.ix. 1942. Hobart, Proctor's Road (HO); J.Milligan 
1039, 9.vii. 1848. ravines between Mt Wellington and Knocklofty, Hobart (HO); A.E.Orchard 6246, 
6247. 6248, 6249. 1991, old quarry site, slopes of Mt Wellington (HO). 
Bedfordia linearis (Labill.) DC. Prodr. 6: 441 (1838); J.D.Hooker, FI. Tasman. 1: 225 
(1856); L.Rodway, Tasman. FI. 92 (1903); W.M.Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasman. 2: 371 
(1963); M.Cameron. Guide FI. PI. Tasman. 44 (1981). 
Cacalia linearis Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 36. tab. 178 (1806). 
Culcitiunt lineare (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 431 (1826). 
Senecio hillardierii F.MuelL Cat. PI. Cult. Melbourne Hot. Gardens 26 (1858); 
F.Mueller. Syst. Census Austral. PI. 84 (1882); F.Mueller, Second Syst. Census Austral. 
PI. 142 (1889), nom. illeg. (based on Bedfordia linearis (Labill.) DC.) 
Type: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, [SE Tasmania] Habitat in capite Van-Diemen, n.v. 
Possible isotype: “Cacalia linearis, N. Holl.” (no collector), K. 
Illustrations: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, Nov. Holl. PI. 2: tab. 178 (1806); Cameron, 
Guide FI. PI. Tasman, fig. 83 (1981). 
Shrubs 1-2 (-3) m tall. Young branches with dense white-woolly indumentum, 
becoming discoloured with age, at first with a yellowish resin, later with adherent dust; 
older branches glabrescent, with peg-like leaf scars. Leaf lamina linear to oblong or 
narrowly oblong, (6-) 10-90 mm long, to 3 mm wide, very shortly petiolate; upper leaf 
surface glabrous, glossy, with midrib impressed and other veins obscure. Inflorescence of 
a single capitulum in each of several upper leaf axils (very rarely with 3-5 in lower axils; 
upper axils always bearing only a single capitulum); peduncle 2-7 mm long, white- 
woolly. with 3 linear bracts. Capitular bracts in 2 whorls, with c. 4 bracts in each, all 
lanceolate but inner whorl generally broader; central region white-woolly; margins wing¬ 
like and subglabrous, usually with ciliate margins. Florets 9-17 per capitulum, all 
bisexual and tubular. Pappus of 40-60 free seta, denticulate for entire length. Corolla tube 
cream to yellow, swollen at base, slender in centre and campanulate at apex, with 5 strap¬ 
like lobes. Anther tube brown; anther tails short; anther appendages linear, 0.5 mm long, 
narrower than thecae. Style arms 1.3-1.6 mm long, thick, blunt, with short antrorse hairs 
on abaxial surface. Cypsela deep purplish-black, cylindrical, 2.5-3.3 mm long, 0.7-1 mm 
diam., with 10-14 vertical ribs; pappus persistent with basal pappus ring weakly 5-lobed. 
Bedfordia linearis subsp. linearis 
Shrubs to 1.5-2.0 (-3.0) m tall. Young branches densely white-woolly; bark red-brown 
to grey-brown, vertically striate to stringy. Lea/lamina narrowly linear, (25-) 35-70 mm 
long, 1.5-2.0 (-2.5) mm wide, length.width ratio 15-20 (rarely only 10); tip bluntly 
acute, slightly reflexed; margin revolute. Lower leaf surface densely white-woolly with 
crisped hairs arising mainly from midrib, interlocking with similar hairs on the upper and 
lower surface of the thin reflexed margin; lamina either side of midrib more or less 
glabrous apart from scattered subsessile yellow glandular hairs; midrib with or without a 
longitudal subcuticular void on each side: petiole 1-2 mm long, persistent as a peg after 
leaf fall. Peduncle 4-6 mm long, white-woolly, with c. 3 linear bracts 2 mm long. 
Capitular bracts in 2 whorls of usually 4 each. Outer bracts narrowly lanceolate, 5.0-6.0 

Page image

741173 Culcitium salicina Muelleria 19: 84
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426404
Page is part of the work A revision of Bedfordia DC. (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.291363

Page text

84 
A.E. Orchard 
terminal tuft of hairs. Inner bracts similar, but with more or less glabrous margins. Florets 
10-14 per capitulum, all bisexual, tubular. Pappus of 40-60 free setae, denticulate for 
entire length, arranged in a single basally fused ring. Corolla tube yellow to orange, in 3 
sections: basal swollen section 0.5-0.7 mm long, 0.8 mm diam.; central slender section 
2.5-3.0 mm long. 0.5 mm diant.: terminal campanulate section 0.5 mm long, 0.8 mm 
diam., with 5 ligulate reflexed/curling corolla lobes 1.5 mm long. Anther tube 
yellow-orange, 1.0-1.7 mm long; anther tails short; anther appendages 0.4-0.5 mm long, 
narrower than or equalling the thecae. Style arms c. 1.0-1.2 mm long, thick, blunt, with 
very short antrorse hairs on abaxial surface. Cypselas cylindrical, 2.9-3.0 mm long, 0.6 
mm diam., red-brown with 10 weakly paired vertical ribs. 
Ecology: Most collections are described as coming from the shrub understorey of 
relatively wet tall open forest (e.g. Eucalyptus fastigiata - E. cypellocarpa - E. elata 
forest with understorey shrubs such as Pomaderris aspera, Cyathea australis, 
Polystichum, Dicksonia, Atherosperma, Elaeocarpus and Olearia argophylla) at altitudes 
of up to 1160 m. Flowering and fruiting from October to about February, with old 
capitula remaining on the plant for most of the year. 
Distribution: Endemic to south eastern Australia; in the South Coast and Southern 
Tablelands regions of New South Wales; in Victoria in the Midlands, Otway Plain, Otway 
Range, Eastern Highlands, Gippsland. Gippsland Highlands, Wilson’s Promontory, 
Snowfields, and East Gippsland region; and an outlier in Tasmania on Mt Munro, Cape 
Barren Island. Figure I A. 
Specimens examined (selection): NEW SOUTH WALES: 1.Crawford 1305, 284.1991, 
Tantawangalo State Forest (CANB. MEL, NSW); R.Pullen 3944, 20.xi.1963, Brown Mountain. E 
of Nimmitabcl (A, B, C, CANB. H. L. K. NSW. WELT); A.J.Whalen 348, G.T.Chandler & 
S.Fathers, 16.xii. 1998, 4 km along Bemboka River Road (CBG, MEL, NSW). AUSTRALIAN 
CAPITAL TERRITORY: R. Pullen 2534. 104.1961, saddle to S of Mt Coree (A, AD. B, BH. BISH, 
BM. BRI, CANB. G, K. L, MEL. NSW. P. SING, Z); M.M.Richardson 82. P.Ollerenshaw & 
SAValton, 22.iv.1987, 7.5 ktn from Uriaira Road on Blue Range Road (CANB). VICTORIA: 
E.M.Canning 1460, 44.1969, 70.8 km from Corryong toward Omeo (CBG, L); A.E.Orehard 6125, 
184.1991, 9 km from Apollo Bay along Great Ocean Road (HO); R.Schodde 3IS5, headwaters of 
Don River, Donna Buang Range (K); R.V.Smitli 73/37. 21.xi. 1975, Cudgewa Bluff (AD, BRI, HO. 
CANB. NSW). TASMANIA: P.Collier 359S, 7.x.1988. Mt Munro, Cape Barren Island (HO); 
P.Cullen s.n., 15.iii.1990, Mt Munro, Cape Barren Island (HO). 
Bedfordia salicina (Labill.) DC., Prodr. 6: 441 (1838); J.D.Hooker, FI. Tasman. 1: 224 
(1856); L.Rodway, Tasman. FI. 92 (1903) p.p.: W.M.Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasman. 2: 371 
p.p.; J.H.Willis, Muelleria I: 163 (1967), p.p.; A.M.Gray, Muelleria 3: 64-66 (1974). 
Cacalia salicina Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 37, Tab. 179 (1806). 
Culcitium salicina (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 431 (1826). 
Type: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, fSE Tasmania] Habitat in capite Van-Diemen, n.v. 
Possible isotype: “Cacalia salicina, ex herb. P.B.Webb” (no collector or locality), K. 
Illustrations: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, Nov. Holl. PI. 2: Tab. 179 (1806); A.M.Gray, 
Muelleria 3: 66, fig. 30a (1974). 
Shrubs or small trees to 2-5 (-7) m tall. Young branches with dense white-woolly 
indumentum. Older branches glabrescent, leaf scars flattened, peg-like. Leaf lamina 
oblanceolate, 6-13 cm long, 1.0-1.8 cm wide: tip acute to rounded; margins flat to 
slightly revolute, sometimes slightly undulate; upper surface dark glossy or dull green, 
glabrous, with midrib and secondary veins obvious and impressed; lower surface 
completely covered with a fine white-woolly indumentum in a single matted layer which 
does not obscure the prominent midrib and lateral veins; lamina tapering to a slender 
petiole 1.0-1.5 cm long; petiole widening abruptly at base. Inflorescence an irregular 

Page image

829839 Culcitium salicinum Muelleria 19: 84
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426404
Page is part of the work A revision of Bedfordia DC. (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.291363

Page text

84 
A.E. Orchard 
terminal tuft of hairs. Inner bracts similar, but with more or less glabrous margins. Florets 
10-14 per capitulum, all bisexual, tubular. Pappus of 40-60 free setae, denticulate for 
entire length, arranged in a single basally fused ring. Corolla tube yellow to orange, in 3 
sections: basal swollen section 0.5-0.7 mm long, 0.8 mm diam.; central slender section 
2.5-3.0 mm long. 0.5 mm diant.: terminal campanulate section 0.5 mm long, 0.8 mm 
diam., with 5 ligulate reflexed/curling corolla lobes 1.5 mm long. Anther tube 
yellow-orange, 1.0-1.7 mm long; anther tails short; anther appendages 0.4-0.5 mm long, 
narrower than or equalling the thecae. Style arms c. 1.0-1.2 mm long, thick, blunt, with 
very short antrorse hairs on abaxial surface. Cypselas cylindrical, 2.9-3.0 mm long, 0.6 
mm diam., red-brown with 10 weakly paired vertical ribs. 
Ecology: Most collections are described as coming from the shrub understorey of 
relatively wet tall open forest (e.g. Eucalyptus fastigiata - E. cypellocarpa - E. elata 
forest with understorey shrubs such as Pomaderris aspera, Cyathea australis, 
Polystichum, Dicksonia, Atherosperma, Elaeocarpus and Olearia argophylla) at altitudes 
of up to 1160 m. Flowering and fruiting from October to about February, with old 
capitula remaining on the plant for most of the year. 
Distribution: Endemic to south eastern Australia; in the South Coast and Southern 
Tablelands regions of New South Wales; in Victoria in the Midlands, Otway Plain, Otway 
Range, Eastern Highlands, Gippsland. Gippsland Highlands, Wilson’s Promontory, 
Snowfields, and East Gippsland region; and an outlier in Tasmania on Mt Munro, Cape 
Barren Island. Figure I A. 
Specimens examined (selection): NEW SOUTH WALES: 1.Crawford 1305, 284.1991, 
Tantawangalo State Forest (CANB. MEL, NSW); R.Pullen 3944, 20.xi.1963, Brown Mountain. E 
of Nimmitabcl (A, B, C, CANB. H. L. K. NSW. WELT); A.J.Whalen 348, G.T.Chandler & 
S.Fathers, 16.xii. 1998, 4 km along Bemboka River Road (CBG, MEL, NSW). AUSTRALIAN 
CAPITAL TERRITORY: R. Pullen 2534. 104.1961, saddle to S of Mt Coree (A, AD. B, BH. BISH, 
BM. BRI, CANB. G, K. L, MEL. NSW. P. SING, Z); M.M.Richardson 82. P.Ollerenshaw & 
SAValton, 22.iv.1987, 7.5 ktn from Uriaira Road on Blue Range Road (CANB). VICTORIA: 
E.M.Canning 1460, 44.1969, 70.8 km from Corryong toward Omeo (CBG, L); A.E.Orehard 6125, 
184.1991, 9 km from Apollo Bay along Great Ocean Road (HO); R.Schodde 3IS5, headwaters of 
Don River, Donna Buang Range (K); R.V.Smitli 73/37. 21.xi. 1975, Cudgewa Bluff (AD, BRI, HO. 
CANB. NSW). TASMANIA: P.Collier 359S, 7.x.1988. Mt Munro, Cape Barren Island (HO); 
P.Cullen s.n., 15.iii.1990, Mt Munro, Cape Barren Island (HO). 
Bedfordia salicina (Labill.) DC., Prodr. 6: 441 (1838); J.D.Hooker, FI. Tasman. 1: 224 
(1856); L.Rodway, Tasman. FI. 92 (1903) p.p.: W.M.Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasman. 2: 371 
p.p.; J.H.Willis, Muelleria I: 163 (1967), p.p.; A.M.Gray, Muelleria 3: 64-66 (1974). 
Cacalia salicina Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 37, Tab. 179 (1806). 
Culcitium salicina (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 431 (1826). 
Type: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, fSE Tasmania] Habitat in capite Van-Diemen, n.v. 
Possible isotype: “Cacalia salicina, ex herb. P.B.Webb” (no collector or locality), K. 
Illustrations: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, Nov. Holl. PI. 2: Tab. 179 (1806); A.M.Gray, 
Muelleria 3: 66, fig. 30a (1974). 
Shrubs or small trees to 2-5 (-7) m tall. Young branches with dense white-woolly 
indumentum. Older branches glabrescent, leaf scars flattened, peg-like. Leaf lamina 
oblanceolate, 6-13 cm long, 1.0-1.8 cm wide: tip acute to rounded; margins flat to 
slightly revolute, sometimes slightly undulate; upper surface dark glossy or dull green, 
glabrous, with midrib and secondary veins obvious and impressed; lower surface 
completely covered with a fine white-woolly indumentum in a single matted layer which 
does not obscure the prominent midrib and lateral veins; lamina tapering to a slender 
petiole 1.0-1.5 cm long; petiole widening abruptly at base. Inflorescence an irregular 

Page image

829869 Erechtites argutus Muelleria 19: 145
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426465
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365

Page text

Disciform Senecio 
145 
bracteoles 6-12. 1.0-3.0 mm long; peduncle and margin of bracteoles cobwebby to 
densely woolly at anthesis; involucre 3.0-6.0 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm diam.; phyllaries 
predominantly 12-14, glabrous or slightly cobwebby basally, with apex erect; stereomes 
(in dried specimens) gently to moderately convex, green, black at tip, sometimes purple 
in a zone c. 1 mm long immediately below tip, sometimes entirely purple; mature 
receptacle 3-4 mm diam., with phyllaries finally erect. Florets 26-50, c. 80% female; 
corolla-lobes triangular, thickened apically; corolla of bisexual florets 3.5-6.5 mm long, 
5-lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 2-4, mostly 0.2-0.3 mm long; corolla-limb 
commonly deeper cleft on inner face. Achenes narrow obloid to narrow-ellipsoid, 
sometimes slightly clavate, 1.0-2.2 mm long, light to dark reddish-brown, sometimes 
olivaceous or green, especially marginal achenes, with papillose hairs, in lines or narrow 
bands, l:w ratio of hairs c. 3. Pappus 3.5-7 mm long. 
Flowers mostly late spring-autumn. 
Notes: Sometimes confused with S. hispidulus which has capitula of similar size. 
Senecio hispidulus differs from .S', glomeratus by having more slender, always green and 
never cobwebby capitula containing fewer florets and on longer peduncles, fewer and 
generally shorter calycular bracteoles, and upper stem leaves that are at least slightly 
coarse-hairy and which generally do not develop a cobwebby or woolly indumentum. 
Senecio batliurstianus also has capitula of similar-size but they too are never cobwebby 
basally. 
There are two subspecies; 
Achenes < one third of phyllary length (phyllaries 4.0-6.0 mm long; achenes 1.0-1.7 
mm long), achenes commonly all medium to dark red-brown; pappus usually > 5 mm 
long...12a. subsp. glomeratus 
Achenes > one third of phyllary length (phyllaries 3.0-5.0 mm long; achenes 1.3-2.2 
mm long), marginal achenes greenish or olive, others medium brown; pappus usually 
< 5 mm long.12b. subsp. longifructus 
12a. Senecio glomeratus Desf. ex Poir. subsp. glomeratus 
S. argutus A.Rich., in J.S.C. Dumont d’Urville, Voy. Astrolabe 1; 258 (1832), nom. illeg. 
non Kunth (1820); Erechtites arguta (A.Rich.) DC., Prodr. 6: 296 (1838): G. Bentham, 
FI. Austral. 3; 659 (1867), p./x; A. Ewart, FI. Victoria 1180 (1931) />./>. 
Type: ‘Havre dc 1’Astrolabe, detroit de Cook’ [Cook Strait, New Zealand]; holo; P. 
E. arguta (A.Rich.) DC. var. obovata Hook.f., Hooker’s London J. Hot. 6: 122 (1847). 
Type: none designated, annotated specimens at K, fide R.O. Belcher op. cit. 43: 64 
(1956). 
E. glomerata DC., Prodr. 6: 297 (1838), nom. illeg.', E. arguta (A.Rich.) DC. var. 
glomerata (DC.) Domin, Bibliotli. Bot. 89: 684 (1930), as Erechthites [specimen cited by 
Domin not seen; it was collected from Tambourine Mts, Queensland and is unlikely to be 
S. glomeratus]. Type: ‘In Nova-Hollandia meridionali’; holo: G, fide R.O. Belcher, op. 
cit. 43; 61 (1956). 
E. glomerata DC. var. subincisa DC., Prodr. 6: 297 (1838), nom. illeg. Type: ‘In 
Nova-Hollandia’, ex itin. Baudin; G ,fule R.O. Belcher, loc. cit. 
E. glomerata DC. var. polycepliala DC., Prodr. 6: 297 (1838), nom. illeg. Type: ‘in 
Nova-Zeelandia ad fretum Bass’ [Bass Strait, New Zealand], d'Urville', G, fide R.O. 
Belcher, loc. cit. 
S. lessonianus Sch.Bip., Flora oder Allgemeine Bot. Zeitung 28: 498 (1845), nom. 
illeg. non Steud. (1841). Type: ?not designated. 
[Erechtites arguta (A.Rich.) DC. var. dissecta and. non Benth.: J.M. Black, FI. S. 
Australia 610(1929)] 

Page image

829866 Erechtites argutus asper Muelleria 19: 138
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426458
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
829863 Erechtites argutus bathurstianus Muelleria 19: 134
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426454
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
829862 Erechtites argutus dissectus Muelleria 19: 134
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426454
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
829871 Erechtites argutus glomeratus Muelleria 19: 145
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426465
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
589844 Erechtites argutus microcephalus Muelleria 19: 211
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426531
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
829875 Erechtites argutus obovatus Muelleria 19: 145
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426465
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
829859 Erechtites atkinsoniae Muelleria 19: 127
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426447
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365

Page text

Disciform Senecio 
127 
6-20 cm long, l:w ratio c. 2-4, lobate to deeply lobate; segments 4-6 per side extending 
along most of length, spreading, or more distal ones slightly antrorse, commonly roughly 
semicircular; base auriculate, somewhat amplexicaul; margin crowded-denticulate; both 
surfaces with coarse hairs; lower surface (and upper midrib) commonly strongly purple. 
Uppermost leaves narrow-oblong or lanceolate, l:w ratio c. 3-5, usually widest at auricles. 
Unit inflorescences of many capitula; total number of capitula per stem often 50-100; 
overtopping usually moderate; mature lateral peduncles mostly 6-12 mm long. Capitula: 
calycular bracteoles 2-6, 1.0-2.0 mm long; peduncle and margin of bracteoles ±glabrous 
at anthesis; involucre 6-8 mm long, c. 1.2-1.8 mm diam.; phyllaries 7-10, glabrous, with 
apex erect; slereomes (in dried specimens) flat to gently convex, green, commonly 
minutely purple at tip; post-fructescence receptacle c. 3 mm diam., with phyllaries 
commonly finally erect. Florets 15-30, c. 70% female; corolla-lobes triangular, not or 
slightly thickened apically; corolla of bisexual florets 5.5-6.6 mm long, 5-lobed; corolla- 
lobes of female florets 4. c. 0.2 mm long; corolla-limb commonly also with a deeper cleft 
on inner face. Achenes narrow obloid, 2.0-2.2 mm long, brown, with papillose hairs in 
bands, l:w ratio of hairs c. 3-4. Pappus 5.5-6 mm long. (Fig. 9) 
Flowers spring-summer. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in southern Western Australia from the Stirling 
Ranges east to Mt Buraminya, and in south-eastern Australia from the Marble Range in 
south-central South Australia east to Werribee in south-central Victoria (Fig. 5). Grows in 
sand, red-brown loam derived from ironstone, or clay-loam, often in depressions and 
shaded and rocky sites, in dune scrub, woodland and sometimes dry forest. 
Notes: The typically strong purple coloration of stems and lower surface of leaves, the 
nature of the primary dissection and the strongly amplexicaul leaves make this species 
readily identifiable. The name E. picridioides Turcz. should not be confused with the 
illegitimate name E. picridioides Sond. which is S. runcinifolius Willis. 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: c. 1.6 km NE of Bungalbin Hill, 
Helena and Aurora Range, B.J. Lepschi 2068, 27.ix.l995 (CANB. MEL. NSW. PERTH). SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA: Kangaroo Island, eastern end. Dudley Peninsula, G. Jackson 863. 14. xi. 197 1 (AD); 
Hundred of Moorooroo. Upper tributary of Tanunda Creek near Schlenke Gully, P.J. Lang 1700, 
25.vii.1985 (AD, BRI). VICTORIA: Little Desert National Park, central block. Broughton's 
Waterhole, 23 km SSE of Kaniva, I.C. Clarke 2299, 20.x. 1993 (AD, CANB. MEL). 
5. Senecio bipinnatisectus Belcher, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 43; 41 (1956) 
Erechtites atkinsoniae F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 88 (1865); G. Bentham, FI. Austral. 3; 658 
(1867); S. atkinsoniae F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 88 (1865), nom. inval. [placed in synonymy 
under E. atkinsoniae ] 
Type: [New South Wales), Blue Mountains, L. Atkinson: lecto: K .fide R.O. Belcher, loc. 
cit.: isolecto: MEL. [ Remaining syntype: Monkey Creek near Port Jackson, W. Woods: MEL] 
Herbs to 1.5 m high. Primary roots well-developed; secondary roots not fleshy, 0.5-1 
mm diam. Steins erect, nearly glabrous. Leaves in middle third of stems more or less 
evenly spaced and sized, broad-elliptic, 10-15 cm long, l:w ratio c. 1.5-2, pinnatisect to 
bipinnatisect; segments 4-6 per side extending along most of length, antrorse, shape 
various depending on secondary dissection; base auriculate, with auricles pinnatisect, 
slightly amplexicaul; margin with occasional denticulations or teeth; upper surface 
±glabrous; lower surface green, sparsely coarse-hairy or ±glabrous. Uppermost leaves 
pinnatisect, l:w ratio c. 2-3, not widest at auricles. Unit inflorescences of many capitula; 
total number of capitula per stem often 50-200; overtopping usually moderate; mature 
lateral peduncles mostly 6-12 mm long. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-6, 1.5-2.5 mm 
long; peduncle and margin of bracteoles glabrous or nearly so at anthesis; involucre 

Page image

829861 Erechtites bathurstianus Muelleria 19: 134
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426454
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
829887 Erechtites candicans Muelleria 19: 207
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426527
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365

Page text

Disciform Senecio 
207 
stereomes (in dried specimens) thickened, flat, green or variably purple, minutely black 
at tip, sometimes purple in a zone 1-2 mm long below tip; post-fruetescence receptacle 
3-4 mm diam., with phyllaries usually finally erect. Florets 25-50, all bisexual or up to 
c. 50% lemale or at least with reduced corolla lobes, corolla-lobes triangular, not or 
slightly thickened apically; corolla of bisexual florets 5-7 mm long. 5-lobed; corolla- 
lobes of female florets 4 or 5, 0.4-0.8 mm long. Achenes ±narrowly obloid or oblong- 
ellipsoid, 2.5-3.0 mm long, tan or dark brown, glabrous or with papillose hairs scattered 
in lines, l:w ratio of hairs c. 2-3. Pappus 5-6 mm long. (Fig. 51) 
Flowers summer-autumn. 
Distribution and Habitat'. Occurs in eastern Australia from Amiens in far south¬ 
eastern Queensland south to Bullock Creek east of Armidale in north-eastern New South 
Wales, and from the Brindabella Ranges in the Australian Capital Territory south-west to 
the McAlister River in eastern Victoria (Fig. 47d). Grows in peaty clay soils in elevated 
or sub-alpine swampy flats or grassland and in woodland at altitudes over 900 m. 
Etymology: The epithet alludes to the composition of the florets, with a higher 
proportion of bisexual florets than other disciform species but often a lower proportion 
than discoid species (L: interpositus , placed between) 
Notes: Capitula of this species are usually disciform with outer florets female or at 
least with only female structures emergent from the corolla tube, and with distinctly 
smaller corollas. Although relatively reduced, the limbs and lobes of the corollas of the 
female florets are generally larger than in other disciform species. In the Northern 
Tablelands of New South Wales, however, a few specimens have been collected with 
discoid capitula. In all other respects these specimens match the disciform S. interpositus. 
The obconic corolla-bases of this species are relatively large and elongate. The 
glabrous, lobed leaves and purple-pigmented, strongly recurved phyllary apices and 
basally-cobwebby capitula also help to distinguish this species. In the New England area 
achenes of some specimens are dark brown and glabrous; achenes with papillose hairs 
more or less restricted to narrow grooves occur throughout the range of the species. 
Selected specimens examined: QUEENSLAND: Watson’s Swamp, 6 km north of Amiens, A.R. 
Bean 5850 & PI. Forster (BRI, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: New England, C. Stuart (MEL); 
Near Tuross Falls. 8 km ESE of Countegany, L.G. Adams 3284, 8.1.1974 (CANB); Tuross Falls 
Track, Badja Stale Forest. L.G. Adams & M.Gray 3925, 23.1984 (CANB, MEL); Northern 
Tablelands. Bullock Creek. D.L. Jones 5544 & C.H. Broers. 7.xii. 1989 (CBG); south end of 
Boonoo Boonoo National Park, 35 km NE ofTenlerfield, P.H.H. Cowper & G..I. White 38, 8.ii. 1994 
(NE); Bullock Ck Swamp on Point Lookout Rd, H.J. Wissmann, 24.iii.198l (MEL, NE). 
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Kangaroo Creek, Corin Dam Road. N.T. Burbidge 
7549. 193.1966 (BRI, CANB. MEL); Leura Gap,).//. Willis, 133.1970 (MEL). VICTORIA: East 
Gippsland. Cowombat Plain, A.C. Beauglehole 36555, 263.1971 <& E.W. Finch (MEL); Bentley 
Plain, 2.8 km east of Ml Nugong, N.G. Walsh 822, 24.ii.1982 (MEL); Swamp margins of Pine 
Creek, between the Caledonia and McAlister Rivers, N.H. Scarlett 84-12, 83.1984 (AD); Mt 
Cobberas, //../. Bates 27243, 73.1992 (AD). 
39. Senecio georgianus DC., Prodr. 6; 371 (1838) 
Type: [New South Wales] ‘in Nova-Hollandia ad ripas lacus Georgii’ |Lake George], 
A. Cunningham: holo: G (microfiche seen MEL); iso: K (photo seen CANB). 
Erechtites candicans Hook.f., Hooker's London .1. Bot. 6: 122 (1847). Type: 
[Tasmania], Van Diemens Land, R.C. Gunn: holo: K. (photo seen CANB). 
Herbs to 0.5 m high. Roots not seen. Stems erect, appressed-cobwebby. Leaves in 
middle third of stems more or less evenly spaced and sized, mostly narrow-oblanceolate, 
very narrow-elliptic, or linear, 6—8 cm long, l:w ratio c. 8—12, not dissected; base 
attenuate; margin revolute, appearing entire but actually minutely denticulate; upper 

Page image

829880 Erechtites glabrescens Muelleria 19: 162
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426482
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365

Page text

162 
I.R. Thompson 
Herbs to 1.5 m high. Taproot inconspicuous; secondary roots fleshy, 1-2 mm diam. 
Stems erect, sparsely appressed-cottony. glabrescent. Leaves in middle third of stems 
more or less evenly spaced and sized, very narrow-elliptic to linear, 10-24 cm long, l:w 
ratio c. 12-16, not dissected: base attenuate; margin usually minutely denticulate; 
surfaces ±glabrous or sparsely appressed-cobwebby, glabrescent. Uppermost leaves 
sometimes developing small, entire auricles, hardly amplexicaul. Unit inflorescences of 
many capitula; total number of capitula per stem often 30-100; overtopping slight to 
moderate; mature lateral peduncles mostly 6-25 mm long. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 
4-8, 1.0-2.0 mm long; peduncle and margin of bracteoles moderately cobwebby at 
an thesis; involucre 5.0-8.0 mm long, 1.8-2.2 mm diam.: phyllaries mostly 12-14, 
sparsely cobwebby, glabrescent, with apex erect; stereomes (in dried specimens), 
relatively thin, ±flat. green or partially purple, minutely black at tip. sometimes purple in 
a zone c. 1 mm long immediately below tip: post-fructescence receptacle 3 mm diam., 
with phyllaries commonly finally somewhat reflexed. Florets 30-50. c. 80% female; 
corolla-lobes triangular, hardly thickened apically; corolla of bisexual florets 4.5-6 mm 
long, 4-lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 3 or 4, 0.1 -0.2 mm long. Aclienes 
lageniform, outer ones often rather curved, 2.5-3.5 mm long, brown, with papillose hairs 
scattered in lines, l:w ratio of hairs c. 1-2. Pappus 5-6 mm long. (Figs 4g, 28) 
Flowers spring-autumn. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in south-eastern Australia: in south-eastern New 
South Wales and the Australian Capital Territory between Crookwell and Canberra; in 
central Victoria along the Murray River and south to the coast at Welshpool; and in north¬ 
eastern Tasmania near Cressy (Fig. 26b). Grows in loam to clay soils in forest and 
woodland, usually in seasonally inundated areas. 
Notes: Similar to .S', quadridentatus but differs by its sparsely haired to glabrous leaves 
and stems, broader leaves tapering distinctly to each end, broader phyllaries reflexed 
rather than spreading at maturity, shorter florets with more corolla-lobes, curved fruits, 
and the smaller taproot and fleshier secondary roots. The receptacle undergoes relatively 
little expansion as the achenes develop and, because of this, the capitula become slightly 
more urceolate than those of other species. 
Selected specimens examined: VICTORIA: Macleys Plain, A. Cunningham 01 (MEL): 
McAlister Travelling Slock Reserve, c. 6.5 kin SE of Laggan on Goulburn Road; headwaters of 
Wollondilly River. /. Crawford 5159, 14.xii. 1998 (CANB) WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Canberra, 
Belconnen Naval Station. Ginninderra Creek. /. Crawford3271. 27.x. 1995 (CBG); Brooke's Creek, 
Federal Highway, LG. Adams 4194 , 12.xii.1999 (CANB). VICTORIA: Wood 
Yallock-Kooweerup Road c. 3 km south of Woori Yallock. I.R. Thompson 704. I4.xi.2001 (AD. 
BRI, CANB. MEL. NSW); Barmah Regional Park. A.C. Beauglehole 82311 , 19.xi.1985 (AD, 
CANB. HO. MEL); Hepburn Regional Park. A.C. Beauglehole 70601, 8.V.1982 (MEL); Spadonis 
Reserve, to immediate west of junction of Olinda Creek and Yarra River, 2.5 km WNW ofYering, 
D. Froods.n., 23.x.1996 (MEL): Laverton, W.R.A. Baker, 20.V.1905 (MEL); Rail Reserve, Herne’s 
Swamp, at end of access road from N. D.E. Albrecht 5274, 6.vi. 1993 (MEL); Campaspc River, west 
of Redesdale. A.C. Beauglehole 70618 , 25.iv.1982 (AD, CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Near 
Launceston, coll, unknown, 21 .iii. 1888 (MEL); Swamp near Cressy. .1.11. Wilson. Feb 1943 (HO). 
19. Senecio glabrescens (DC.) Sch.Bip., Flora oder Allgemeine Bot. Zeitung 28: 498 
(1845) 
Ereclitites glabrescens DC., Prodr. 6: 295 (1838); E. quadriclentata var. glabrescens 
(DC.) Benth.. FI. Austral. 3: 660 (1867) p.p. 
Type: [New South Wales], ‘In Novae-Hollandiae, ad merid. Lacus Georgii lat 35° 50' 
[south of Lake George], A. Cunningham: holo: G (microfiche seen MEL). 
Herbs to 0.4 m high. Taproot well-developed; secondary roots c. I mm diam., hardly 
fleshy. Stems erect, nearly glabrous or sparsely appressed-cottony; stems multiple from 

Page image

829878 Erechtites glandulosus Muelleria 19: 158
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426478
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365

Page text

158 
I.R. Thompson 
Buckland River bridge - 300 m up Buffalo ereek from the river. N.T. Rossiler & A. Piesse 862, 
20.v. 1987 (MEL); Lake Waringa. Dallachy (MEL); Barmah Forest, east end. Sandspil Creek area 
just south of Murray River. I.R. Thompson 689. 30.ix.2001 (MEL); Beside road to Lake William 
Hovell. c. 4 km SW of Cheshunt. I.R. Thompson 754 & N.G.Walsh. I.ii.2001 (AD, MEL. NSW); 
Broken Creek, c. 4 km east of Numurkah. I.R. Thompson 768 , 10.vii.2002 (MEL): Lake Nhill, 
south edge of Nhill, c. 1 km SE of Nhill P.O., A. Paget 2457 , 19.x. 1996 (MEL). 
17. Senecio tasmanicus l.Thomps., sp. now 
A S. quadridentato Labill. indumento caulis sparsiore, foliis inferiore pilis grossis 
instructi, pedunculis et capitulis glabris, acheniis longioribus differt; a S. macrocarpo 
Belcher capitulis tenuioribus, papillis acheniorum paucioribus differt. 
Type: Tasmania, Archer, date unknown; holo: NSW 27852 [excluding piece on far left 
which is S. prenanthoides A.Rich. | 
Herbs to 0.4 m high. Taproot inconspicuous; secondary roots fleshy, to c. 1.5 mm diam. 
Stems erect, sparsely appressed-cottony or nearly glabrous. Leaves in middle third of stems 
becoming distinctly wider spaced and narrower upwards, oblanceolate to very narrow- 
elliptic, 3-8 cm long, l:w ratio c. 6-15, not dissected or coarse-dentate; segments 2—4 per 
side in middle third, spreading, triangular; base attenuate; margin with scattered 
dcnticulations or teeth; upper surface sparsely scabridulous or nearly glabrous; lower 
surface green with scattered short, coarse hairs, often with a cobwebby overlay. Uppermost 
leaves narrow-linear, l:w ratio c. 15-30, not dissected; base sometimes with very small, 
entire auricles; surfaces sparsely cobwebby or glabrous. Unit inflorescences of several 
capitula; total number of capitula per stem c. 8-20; overtopping not marked; mature lateral 
peduncles mostly 20-50 mm long. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-6, 2.0-4.0 mm long; 
peduncle and margin of bracteoles glabrous or nearly so at anthesis; involucre 9.0-11.0 mm 
long, 2.0-2.4 mm diam.; phyllaries 12-16, glabrous, w'ith apex erect; stereomes (in dried 
specimens) ±flat, green or partially purple, minutely black at tip. sometimes purple in a 
zone c. 1 mm long immediately below tip; post-fructescence receptacle not seen. Florets 
40-60, c. 75% female, corolla-lobes c. triangular, hardly thickened apically; corolla of 
bisexual florets 6.5-8 mm long, 4- or 5-lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 3 or 4, c. 0.1 
mm long. Achenes lageniform, 5.0-7.0 mm long, neck 2-3 mm long, light brown, with 
papillose hairs scattered in lines, !:w ratio of hairs c. 1-2. Pappus c. 7 mm long. (Fig. 27) 
Flowers late spring-summer. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in Tasmania but not recorded since the mid 1800s 
and possibly extinct (Fig. 26a). Likely to grow in lowland plains near swamps. 
Notes: A species previously overlooked and it is likely that its habitat has been 
destroyed by land clearing since that period. It has similarities with S. longicollaris in 
terms of achene morphology in particular but also similar in leaf and stem indumentum. 
Also, similar to S. dolichocephalus in habit and capitular dimensions and similar to S. 
macrocarpus in capitulum length (but not width) and in having inflorescences of few 
capitula. 
Selected specimens examined: TASMANIA: Formosa, Gunn 508 (NSW; left hand specimen). 
18. Senecio glandiilosus (DC.) Sch.Bip., Flora oder Allgetneine Bot. Zeitung 28; 498 
(1845) 
Erechtites glandulosa DC., Ptodr. 6: 295 (1838); E. quadridentato var. glandulosa (DC.) 
Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 685 (1930). as Erechtliites. 
Type: [New South Wales], ‘ad ripas Bum. Lachlan in Nova-Hollandia interiore’ 
[Lachlan River], A. Cunningham 141: G (microfiche seen MEL). 

Page image

829870 Erechtites glomeratus Muelleria 19: 145
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426465
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
829873 Erechtites glomeratus polycephalus Muelleria 19: 145
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426465
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
829872 Erechtites glomeratus subincisus Muelleria 19: 145
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426465
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
829884 Erechtites gunnii Muelleria 19: 181
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426501
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365

Page text

Disciform Senecio 
181 
Selected specimens examined: QUEENSLAND: Maryvale Rubbish Tip, NE of Warwick. A.R. 
Bean 9514, 6.i. 1996 (BRI); Ml Glorious, II.A. Lebler <£ L. Darlington, 28.xi.1972 (BRI); Mount 
Toowoonan, 11 km WSW of Maroon, I). Halford QI5I I, PA. Forster & R. Reilly, 3.ix. 1992 (BRI); 
Palmgrove National Park, NW of Taroom, Bigge Range, PI. Forster PIF2373I & R. Booth, 
4,xi,1998 (BRI); Helidon, Pickerings Gully, LAI. Bird & PA. Forster PIF2998. 30.viii. 1987 (BRI); 
Bunya Mountains, Big Falls area, LS. Smith, I5.xii.1954 (BRI); Kenilworth Bluff, about 8 km 
north of Kenilworth, PR. Sharpe 4652 & T. Bean. 7.iii. 1987 (BRI): Blackdown Tableland, ca. 35 
km SE of Blackwatcr, R.J. Henderson 993, L. Durrington & P. Sharpe. 4.ix. 1971 (BRI, MEL): Gap 
Creek Road, east of Springsure, A.R. Bean 14159, 13.x. 1998 (BRI); Beeron holding, 7 km west of 
"Toondahra”. PA. Forster 7128. 20.viii. 1990 (BRI, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: North Western 
Slopes: North Western Slopes: Kwiambal National Park, c. 130 km NW of Glen Innes, junction of 
McIntyre and Severn Rivers, J.T. Hunter s.n., Nov 1997 (NE); Attunga State Forest, J.R. Hashing 
210, 25.x. 1990 (NE, NSW); Copeland, c. 14 miles [23 km] NW of Gloucester, R. Coveny s.n., 
2.i. 1967 (NSW); Rothcrwood Road off Mt Hercules Road, Razorback range 110 km SSW of 
Camden], R. Coveny 7468, D. Benson & H. Bryant, 17.iii. 1976 (NSW). 
27. Senecio gtinnii (Hook.f.) Belcher, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 43: 64 (1956) 
Erechtites gunnii Hook.f., Hooker's London ,/. Bot. 6: 122 (1847); E. cjuadridentata DC. 
var. gunnii (Hook.f.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 660 (1867). 
Type: [Tasmania], Marlboro, R.C. Gunn 700/1842, Jan. 1841; syn: K, NSW. 
Herbs to 1 m high. Taproot sometimes weII-developed; secondary roots fleshy, 
0.8-1.5 mm diam. Stems erect, moderately appressed-cottony, sometimes sparser 
upwards, rarely nearly glabrous. Leaves in middle third of stems more or less evenly 
spaced and sized, oblanceolate, narrow-elliptic or very narrow-elliptic, 6-12 cm long, l:w 
ratio c. 3-7, not dissected or occasionally coarse-dentate to lobate; segments 4-6 per side 
mostly in middle third, spreading, triangular; base attenuate or cuneate; margin entire or 
with frequent denticulations or teeth; upper surface sparsely to densely appressed- 
cobwebby, glabrescent; lower surface often purple, moderately densely, or rarely 
sparsely, appressed-cobwebby. Uppermost leaves very narrow-elliptic, l:w ratio c. 5-9; 
base cuneate or with small entire, auricles. Unit inflorescences of several to many 
capilula; total number of capitula per stem often 10—100; overtopping slight; mature 
lateral peduncles mostly 6-15 mm long. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-6, 2.0-3.5 mm 
long; peduncle and margin of bracteoles cobwebby to woolly at anthesis; involucre 
5.0-7.5 mm long, c. 1.7-2.0 mm diam.; phyllaries 11-14, cobwebby or glabrous, with 
apex erect; stereomes (in dried specimens) ±flat, green, minutely black at tip, sometimes 
purple in a zone c. 1 mm long immediately below tip; post-fructescence receptacle 
2—4 mm diam., with phyllaries finally erect or spreading. Florets 26-40, c. 70% female; 
corolla-lobes triangular, slightly thickened apically; corolla ol bisexual florets 6-7 mm 
long. 5-lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 4 or 5, 0.2-0.3 mm long. Achenes very 
narrow oblong-ellipsoid, 2.5-4.0 mm long, olive-brown, usually with very lew papillose 
hairs in lines, l:w ratio of hairs c. 2. Pappus 5-6 mm long. (Fig. 38) 
Flowers summer-autumn. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from the Btindabella 
Ranges in the Australian Capital Territory and far south-eastern New South Wales south¬ 
east to Lake Mountain in south-central Victoria, and from Mt Arthur in northern Tasmania 
south to Mt Wellington and south-west to Eldon Bluff (Fig. 33e). Grows in woodlands, 
grasslands, herbfields and open shrublands in montane to alpine areas. 
Notes: Senecio gunnii resembles .S', quadridentatus in terms of type and density ol 
indumentum but it differs by having broader, narrow-elliptic leaves, more convex 
stereomes, bisexual florets with 5-lobed corollas, female florets with larger corolla lobes, 
and more sparsely haired and non-lageniform achenes. A specimen from Tinderry South 

Page image

829865 Erechtites hispidulus Muelleria 19: 136
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426456
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
829882 Erechtites incanus Muelleria 19: 164
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426484
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
829876 Erechtites laceratus Muelleria 19: 152
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426472
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365

Page text

152 
I.R. Thompson 
Flowers mid-summer—autumn. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from Kiandra in far 
south-eastern New South Wales south-west to Howilt Plains in eastern Victoria with a 
disjunct occurrence in north-eastern New South Wales at Barrington Tops (Fig. 19c). 
Grows in grasslands/herbfields or open shrublands in subalpine areas. 
Etymology: The epithet alludes to the long calycular bracteoles, which extend over the 
involucre to a greater extent than other disciform species (L: extensus, extended). 
Notes: Readily distinguished by its long calycular bracteoles and glabrous, lustrous 
achenes. Some populations in the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales have slightly 
shorter bracteoles and/or narrower heads. 
Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: Kosciuszko National Park, Long Plain, 
c. 200 in SW from confluence of Murrumbidgee R and Boundary Ck, N.G. Walsh 5511, K. 
McDougall &./. Walsh, 11 .xii.2001 (MEL); Kosciuszko National Park. Long Plain, near confluence 
of Murrumbidgee R and Boundary Ck, I.R. Thompson 746 & N.G. Walsh, 3U.20Q2 (MEL, NSW); 
Mt Kosciuszko, nr summit, coll, unknown. Jan 1898 (MEL); Kosciuszko National Park, I km ESE 
from Happys Hut, near crossing of Happy Jacks Creek by 4WD track. N.G. Walsh 4891. K. 
McDougall & G. Wright. 9.xii. 1998 (MEL). VICTORIA: Snowy Range airstrip. S. J. Forbes 1953. 
28.i.1984 (MEL, NSW); East Gippsland. The Playground below Cobberas No. I. A.C. Beauglehole 
36712. 9.ii. 1971 (MEL); Bogong High Plains. Buckety Plain. A.C. Beauglehole 15746. 28.i. 1966 
(MEL); Dargo High Plains./ Strudwick 782. 17.i.1990 (MEL). TASMANIA: Mackenzies Tier, A. 
Moscat 6394, 22.ii.l984 (HO). 
14. Senecio laceratus (F.Muell.) Belcher, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 43: 51 (1956) 
Erechtites lacerata F.Muell., Linnaea 25: 417 (1853). 
Type: [South Australia], Cudnaka River [Kanyaka R„ Flinders Ranges], F. Mueller, 
holo: MEL. 
E. arguta sensu G. Bentham, FI. Austral. 3: 659 (1867), p.p. min. 
Herbs to 1 m high. Taproot well-developed; secondary roots fine. Stems erect or 
sprawling, ±glabrous; secondary and tertiary branching often relatively well-developed. 
Leaves in middle third of stems more or less evenly spaced and sized, elliptic to narrow- 
elliptic, 8-20 cm long, I:w ratio c. 2-3, not dissected or coarse-dentate to lobate; segments 
3-7 per side, predominantly in proximal two-thirds, antrorse, roughly triangular; base 
truncate to shallowly cordate, sometimes slightly amplexicaul; margin with rather frequent 
denticulations. serrations or teeth, apex acuminate; both surfaces ±glabrous; lower surface 
green. Uppermost leaves narrow-elliptic, narrow-oblong or lanceolate, l:w ratio c. 3-4. 
Unit inflorescences of several to many capitula; total number of capitula per stem 
commonly 30-100; overtopping marked; mature lateral peduncles mostly 5-12 mm long. 
Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-6, 1.0-2.0 mm long; involucre 4.0-5.0 mm long. 1.8-2.0 
mm diam.; phyllaries 12-14, glabrous, with apex erect; stereomes (in dried specimens) 
moderately convex, green, minutely black at tip; post-fructescence receptacle 3-3.5 mm 
diam., with phyllaries commonly finally erect. Florets 30-40, c. 80% female; corolla-lobes 
triangular, hardly thickened apically; corolla of bisexual florets 5-6 mm long, 5-lobed; 
corolla-lobes of female florets 4 or 5. c. 0.3 mm long. Achenes ±narrow-obloid, 1.8-2.2 
mm long, dark brown, with papillose hairs, in bands or more or less evenly scattered, l:w 
ratio of hairs c. 3. Pappus 3-4 mm long. (Fig. 23) 
Flowers most of year (rainfall dependent). 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in central Australia extending from the Dulcie 
Ranges in southern Northern Territory south-west to the Rawlinson Range in central- 
eastern Western Australia and south-south-west to Mt lllbillie in north-western South 
Australia, and in eastern South Australia from Weetootla Gorge south to Telowie Gorge 

Page image

829849 Erechtites minimus Muelleria 19: 118
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426438
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365

Page text

118 
l.R. Thompson 
45 Plants of swamps, commonly growing in water; 
leaves glabrous or inconspicuously scabridulous on 
upper surface; length of involucre c. 2.5 times the 
diameter; achenes glabrous, with ribs flat and grooves 
hardly recessed (South Australia, Victoria, Tasmania) 
.35. S. psilocarpus 
45: Plants typically not growing in water; leaves with 
coarse hairs, scabridulous, and/or cobwebby; length 
of involucre c. 4 times the diameter; achenes glabrous 
or sparsely hairy, with convex ribs and deep grooves 
(central New South Wales to southern Queensland).. 
.26. S. temiiflorus 
42: Achenes with papillose hairs in somewhat dense bands 
covering c. 1/4-2/3 of surface 
46 Base of mid to upper stem leaves often somewhat 
sagittately auriculate and somewhat amplexicaul; 
calycular bracteoles 3-5; involucral diameter < 2.0 mm. 
.23. S. phelleus 
46: Base of mid to upper stem leaves not sagittately 
auriculate, not or only weakly amplexicaul; calycular 
bracteoles 6-10; involucral diameter > 2.0 mm. 
47 Taproot slender, inconspicuous; involucre 6-11 mm 
long; phyllaries (12—) 15—25 (southern Australia east 
of 119° longitude).36. S. squcirrosus 
47: Taproot usually well-developed; involucre 5-8 mm 
long: phyllaries 12— 14(—16) (south-western Western 
Australia west of 119° longitude) ..11. S. multicaulis 
1. Senecio minimus Poir., in J.B.A.P. de Monnet Lamarck, Encycl. Meth. Bot. Suppl. 5: 
130(1817) 
Erechtites minima (Poir.) DC., Prodr. 6: 437 (1838). 
Type: Nouvelle-Hollande [Australia], J.J.H. de Labillardiere ; holo: FI: fragment of 
holo: P . fide R.O. Belcher, Ann. Missouri Bot. Card. 43: 46 (1956). 
E. pumila DC., Prodr. 6: 297 (1838). Type: ‘in Nova Hollandia’ [Australia], J.J.H. de 
Labillardiere ; holo: G (microfiche seen MEL),,/7c/e R.O. Belcher, loc. cit. |De Candolle 
stated that this species was based on Senecio pumilus Poir.; however, this name 
apparently was never published]. 
E. prenanthoides DC.. Prodr. 6: 296 (1838); G. Bentham, FI. Austral. 3: 658 (1867), 
p.p .; E. labillardierei Hieron., Engl. Bot. Jalu: 29: 63 (1900), mm. illeg. superfl., as 
Labillardieri. Type: in Nova Hollandia [Australia], J.J.H. de Labillardiere ; holo: G .Jide 
R.O. Belcher, loc. cit., microfiche seen at MEL. 
S. nutelleri Regel, bid. Sent. Hart. Bot. Imp. Pet top. 31 (1863), as Miilleri. Type: 
‘semina east nova Hollandia australia nobis communicavit' [seed sent from Australia], F. 
Mueller: fide R.O. Belcher, loc. cit. 
S. heterophyllus Colenso, Trans. N.Z. Inst. 27: 389 (1894), as heterophylla. Typ c:fide 
R.O. Belcher, loc. cit. 
Herbs to 2 m high. Primary roots well-developed; secondary roots fine, c. 0.5 mm 
diani. Stems erect, sparsely and minutely coarse-hairy below mid stem reducing to 
glabrous upwards. Leaves in middle third of stems more or less evenly spaced and 
sized, oblanceolate to narrow-elliptic, 8-25 cm long, l:w ratio c. 3-6. not dissected 
but sometimes shallowly crenate; crenations few to several per side; base auriculate, 
semi-amplexicaul; margin crowded-denticulate; upper surface glabrous or sparsely 

Page image

589846 Erechtites muelleri Muelleria 19: 211
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426531
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365

Page text

Disciform Senecio 
211 
specimen from Lake Hindmarsh is sterile and is labelled by Mueller as S. odoratus var. 
spodochrous, and another, Robertson 321, is a flowering specimen. 
Selected specimens examined: VICTORIA: Lake Hindmarsh, coll, unknown (MEL). 
Doubtful or excluded names 
Senecio laticostatus Belcher. Ann. Missouri Bot. Card. 43: 64 (1956); Ereclitites arguta 
var. niicrocephala Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 659 (1867). 
Tvpe: Flats beyond the Brodribb River, F. Mueller. Jan. 1855; holo: MEL. 
The specimen on which these names are based appears to be an aberrant specimen 
with several features discordant with Senecio morphology and with apparently non-viable 
achenes. 
Senecio apargiaefolius Walp., Linnaea 14: 309 (1840), as apargiaefolius ; Ereclitites 
apargiifolia (Walp.) Sond., Linnaea 25: 524 (1853), as apargiaefolia. 
Type: [New South Wales], ‘Nova Hollandia’ [Maneroo region according to G. 
Bentham], Uwtsky. holo: '/KIEL, according to Belcher (1956). 
r fhe identity of the type specimen remains unclear. Walpers described it as a species 
with homogamous capitula and glabrous achenes, and it differs in several other ways 
from the specimen cited by Sonder as an example of E. apargiifolia , which is in fact a 
specimen of S. pltelleus. 
Ereclitites muelleri Lange, hid. Sem. Hart. Acad. Haunensi 28 (1862), as Mulleri 
Type: Australia, ‘Hab. Nova Hollandia’. 
Belcher (1956) discusses this species under his S. hispidulus x S. quadridentatus. 
Although he did not see the type, apparently at Copenhagen, specimens from Vienna 
determined as E. muelleri and said to have been raised from seed from Copenhagen, weie 
examined by him. From his description these specimens are likely to be S. tenuiflorus , 
but while there is doubt about the nature of the type specimen, it is best to exclude this 
name. 
Acknowledgements 
I am grateful for the assistance given by the School of Botany, University of Melbourne 
and by the Royal Botanic Gardens, Melbourne for the use of their facilities. Neville 
Walsh for his assistance with field work and many other aspects of my research, Dr Niels 
Klazenga and Dr Teresa Lebel for their assistance with mapping and imaging, the 
technical staff at MEL for their assistance with loans, and the reviewers ol this paper for 
their helpful remarks. I would also like to thank the directors of AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, 
HO, NE and NSW for the loan of specimens. This study was funded by a three year 
ABRS grant (Grant no: 2000/3192). 
References 
Belcher. R.O. (1956). A revision of the genus Ereclitites (Compositue) with inquiries into Senecio 
and Arrlwnechtliites. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 43, 1-85. 
Belcher, R.O. (1983). New Australian species of erechthitoid Senecio (Asteraceae). Muellerta 5, 
119-122. . , 
Belcher, R.O. & Albrecht, D.E. (1994). Senecio psilocarpus (Asteraceae), a new species ot 
erechthitoid Senecio from western Victoria and south-eastern South Australia. Muelleria 8, 
113-117. 
Bentham, G. (1867). Ereclitites. Flora Australiensis 3. 657-661. 
Candolle, A.P. dc (1838) Ereclitites. Prodromus 6, 295-297. 

Page image

829877 Erechtites picridioides Muelleria 19: 154
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426474
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365

Page text

154 
I.R. Thompson 
in the Flinders Ranges with an outlier at Mt Finke further west (Fig. I9d). Grows on 
rocky slopes usually in shaded seepage areas, and/or adjacent to water in skeletal, sandy 
or gravelly soils of sandstone, or quartzite derivation in open woodland. 
Notes: Senecio lacercitus extends further north in Central Australia than any other 
disciform species. The leaves are distinctive in that the apex of segments and teeth are 
usually markedly acuminate. It appears to grow as an annual under normal conditions. 
Secondary and tertiary branching is usually well-developed, contingent on moisture 
availability, a characteristic it shares with S. runcinifolius. In capitular and achenial 
morphology it is very similar to S. bathurstianus. 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Pass in Blackstone Range, A.S. 
George 8755, 17.vii.1967 (PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: Reedy Creek, George Gill 
Range, G. Chippendale, 14.viii.1957 (AD, CANB. DNA, MEL. PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 
Everard Ranges, Victory Well. Mt lllbillee, D. Krachertbuehl 5126, 5.ix. 1968 (AD). 
15. Senecio runcinifolius J.H.Willis, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 62: 106, t. 7 (1952). 
Type: [South Australia] Moorundee near Blanchetown, Murray River. F. Mueller, Feb. 
1851; holo: MEL. 
Erechtites picridioides Sond., Linnaea 25: 523 (1853), nom. illeg. non Turcz. (1851). 
Type: State uncertain. ‘Murray"; holo: MEL. 
[Erechtites mixta auct. non (A.Rich.) DC.: G. Bentham, FI. Austral. 3: 659 (1867); 
J.M. Black, FI. S. Australia 610 (1929); A. Ewart, FI. Victoria 1179 (1931)] 
Herbs to 1.2 m high. Taproot usually well-developed; secondary roots slightly fleshy, 
c. I mm diam. Stems erect, glabrous or nearly so; secondary and tertiary branching often 
well-developed. Leaves in middle third of stems more or less evenly spaced and sized, 
narrow-elliptic to narrow-lanceolate, 7-20 cm long, l:w ratio c. 2.5-6, deeply lobate to 
sub-pinnatisect, petiole-like basally; segments 4-8 per side in middle third, predominantly 
retrorse, roughly triangular: base attenuate; margin with scattered denticulations or teeth; 
upper surface ±glabrous; lower surface green or purple, sparsely coarse-hairy or glabrous. 
Uppermost leaves similar but petiole-like portion shorter. Unit inflorescences of several to 
many capitula; total number of capitula per stem often 20-100: overtopping variable; 
mature lateral peduncles mostly 8-25 mm long. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-6, 
2.0-3.0 mm long: peduncle and margin of bracteoles iglabrous or receptacle cobwebby at 
anthesis; involucre 7.0-11.0 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm diam.: phyllaries 12-14, glabrous, with 
apex erect: stereomes (in dried specimens) ±flat, green or tinged purple, sometimes black 
at tip, rarely with a purple zone immediately below tip; post-fructescence receptacle 3-5 
mm diam., with phyllaries commonly finally spreading. Florets 40-60, c. 80% female; 
corolla-lobes triangular, not or slightly thickened apically; corolla of bisexual florets 8-11 
mm long, 4- or 5-lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 3 or 4, c. 0.1 mm long. Achenes 
narrow oblong-ellipsoid, 2.5-3.0 mm long, pale brown, with papillose hairs in narrow 
bands, l:w ratio of hairs c. 3. Pappus 8-13 mm long. (Figs 2f, 24) 
Flowers mostly winter-spring, also other times of year (moisture dependent). 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in central and south-eastern Australia extending 
from the Lake Eyre basin in South Australia east to Gilrulh Plains in far south-western 
Queensland and south-east to Melbourne in south-central Victoria (Fig. 19c). Grows on 
margin of swamps, lakes, or in seasonally damp sites on heavy soils on lowland plains. 
Notes: A plant of inland floodplains distinctive by virtue of its runcinate leaves. The 
showy display of the relatively long pappus-bristles at fruit maturity is also a feature of 
this plant. Hybrids with S. quadridentatus have been recorded. 
Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: East of Flinders Range. Koonamore 
(ca. 60 km north of Yunta, Hj. Fielder 12422, 13.vii. 1956 (AD). QUEENSLAND: Warrego district. 

Page image

829856 Erechtites picridioides Muelleria 19: 125
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426445
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365

Page text

Disciform Senecio 
125 
much of length, tending to be larger in proximal two-thirds, antrorse, triangular to near 
oblong; base usually auriculate, with auricles divided, semiamplexicaul; margin serrulate 
or denticulate, with denticulations fairly frequent; both surfaces glabrous or sparsely 
scabridulous, rarely coarse-hairy; lower surface green or purple, ±glabrous except on 
veins. Uppermost leaves similar but l:w ratio 3-6, sometimes widest at auricles. Unit 
inflorescences of many capitula; total number of capitula per stem often 50-200; not 
overtopping or only moderate; mature lateral peduncles mostly 5-10 mm long. Capitula: 
calycular bracteoles 3-6, 1.0-2.0 mm long; peduncle and margin of bracteoles ±glabrous 
at anthesis; involucre 4.5-6.5(-7.5) mm long, 1.0-1.5 mm diam.; phyllaries 
predominantly 7-10, glabrous, with apex erect; stereomes (in dried specimens) flat to 
gently convex, thin, green, minutely purplish at tip; post-fructescence receptacle 1-2 mm 
diam., with phyllaries commonly finally reflexed. Florets 12-20, c. 70% female; corolla- 
lobes nearly oblong, thickened apically; corolla of bisexual florets 4.5-6 mm long, 4- or 
5-lobed; corolla-lobes of female ilorets 3 or 4, 0.2-0.3 mm long. Achenes narrow oblong- 
ellipsoid, (2.0-)2.5-3.2 mm long, dark brown, with papillose hairs in dense bands. l:w 
ratio of hairs c. 3. Pappus 5-6 mm long. (Figs 2j, 4e, 8) 
Flowers spring-autumn. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in far south-eastern Australia, largely on the coast, 
from Younghusband Peninsula in far south-eastern South Australia east through southern 
Victoria to far south-eastern New South Wales; also in northern Tasmania including 
islands in Bass Strait (Fig. 5). Also native to New Zealand. Grows in sandy, loamy and 
peaty soils in coastal woodland, shrubland, and grassland, and less often in forests at low 
to moderate altitudes. 
Notes: This species is similar to 5. distalilobatus but differs by being usually less 
coarse-hairy, having leaves with more triangular segments and denticulations that are 
slightly senate and very acute to acuminate rather than subacute or obtuse, achenes that 
are longer, more slender and with more robust papillose hairs, and by having different 
root morphology. Senecio biserratus is predominantly a coastal plant but it has been 
recorded from Mt Buninyong and Mt Macedon in south-central Victoria. Senecio 
distalilobatus occurs at altitudes over 800 m. Senecio biserratus also resembles S. 
minimus and S. picridioides but differs most obviously by the degree of dissection and 
the shape of segments of leaves. 
Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: SE, 5.5 km SSE of Glencoe, in 
Honan’s Scrub Native Forest, P.J. Lang 2461, 21.xi. 1995 (AD, HO). NFAV SOUTH WALES: 
Billangabee Creek. Ben Boyd National Park. 19 km SE of Eden. II. Coveny 5H02 & J. Armstrong, 
16.x.1974 (MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: Wilsons Promontory National Park. Five and Three Mile 
Beaches (east coast), P.C. Heyligers 80192, Nov. 1980 (CANB. MEL). TASMANIA: Elliott Point. 
A. Moscal 11877, 203.1986 (HO). 
4. Senecio picridioides (Turcz.) M.E.Lawr.,./. Adelaide Bot. Card. 7: 292 (1985) 
Erechtites picridioides Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24( 1): 200 (1851); 
J.M. Black, FI. S. Australia 610 (1929); E. prenanthoides DC. var. picridioides (Turcz.) 
Benth.. FI. Austral. 3: 658 (1867); S. minimus Poir. var. picridioides (Turcz.) Belcher, 
Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 43: 48 (1956). 
Type: [Western Australia], ‘Nova Hollandia’, J.Drummond III 132: syn: K, FI, fide 
R.O. Belcher loc. cit. 
Herbs to 1 m high. Taproot usually moderately well-developed; secondary roots fleshy, 
0.7-1.5 mm diam. Stems erect, sparsely to moderately coarse-hairy, density reducing 
upwards. Leaves in middle third of stems sometimes becoming distinctly wider spaced and 
narrower upwards, elliptic to narrow-elliptic, narrow-oblong or narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 

Page image

829851 Erechtites prenanthoides Muelleria 19: 118
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426438
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
829857 Erechtites prenanthoides picridioides Muelleria 19: 125
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426445
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
829850 Erechtites pumilus Muelleria 19: 118
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426438
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
829881 Erechtites quadridentatus Muelleria 19: 164
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426484
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365

Page text

164 
I.R. Thompson 
base and branching from lower axils in first season. Leaves in middle third of primary 
stem rather few, more or less evenly spaced and sized, very narrow-elliptic or linear, 8-12 
cm long, l:w ratio c. 8-12, not dissected; base auriculate, with auricles bi- or tri-dentate, 
slightly amplexicaul; upper surface glabrous or minutely scabridulous on lowerstem 
leaves; lower surface green, sparsely to moderately cobwebby. Uppermost leaves narrow- 
lanceolate or linear, commonly widest at auricles. Unit inflorescences of many capitula; 
total number of capitula per stem often 50-200: overtopping marked; mature lateral 
peduncles mostly 10-20 mm long. Capitula-. calycular bracteoles 3-6. 1.0-2.0 mm long; 
peduncle and margin of bracteoles cobwebby at anthesis; involucre 6.0-8.0 mm long, 
I.8-2.2 mm diam.; phyllaries 12-14, cobwebby basally, with apex erect; stereomes (in 
dried specimens), ±flat, green, sometimes minutely black at tip, sometimes purple in a 
zone c. I mm long below tip; post-fructescence receptacle c. 3 mm diam.. with phyllaries 
commonly finally spreading to reflexed. Florets 30-40, c. 80% female; corolla-lobes 
triangular, slightly thickened; corolla of bisexual florets 5-6 mm long, 4-lobed; corolla- 
lobes of female florets 3, c. 0.1 mm long. Achenes lageniform, 4.0-5.0 mm long, orange- 
brown or brown, with papillose hairs in lines, l:w ratio of hairs c. 1-2. Pappus 5-7 mm 
long. (Fig. 29) 
Flowers summer-autumn. 
Distribution and Habitat: Recorded from the Grampians in western Victoria, the 
Kiandra region in south-eastern New South Wales, and from South Ironcap in southern 
Western Australia (Fig. 26c). Recorded from margins of watercourses and lakes. 
Notes : Differs from S. quadridentatus by having much sparser indumentum on stems 
and leaves, being branched from near the base, and having fewer and fleshier stem leaves 
with better developed auricles. Senecio glandulosus is similar in terms of indumentum 
characters but it is taller, is unbranched near the base, has fleshier secondary roots, and 
has more numerous, longer and basally attenuate leaves. It is very poorly collected, 
possibly overlooked, and the three known localities are very disjunct. 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 5 km south of South Ironcap, K. 
Newbey 5219. S.vii. 1979 (PERTH). NEW SOUTH WALES: Nungar Plain, Kosciuszko National 
Park. I.R. Thompson 753 & N.G. Walsh (MEL, CANB). VICTORIA: Victoria Valley near 
Grampians National Park, Freshwater Lake Reserve, along Victoria Valley Road, approx. 10 km 
north of Dunkeld, N.D. Middleton 163 & C. Marks. 9.ii.2003 (AD, BRI, CANB. HO, MEL, NSW. 
PERTH); Australia Felix, coll, unknown (MEL 22801). 
20. Senecio quadridentatus Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 48,1.194 (1806) 
Erechtites quadridentata (Labill.) DC., Prodr. 6: 295 (1838). 
Type: [Tasmania], ‘Nova Hollandia in capite van Van-Dieman’, J.J.H. de 
Labillardiere ; iso: BM, K ,jide R.O. Belcher Ann. Missouri Bot. Card. 43: 58 (1956). 
E. incana Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2): 85 (1851). Type: 
[Western Australia], Swan River,./. Drummond 379: iso: FI, K (photo seen MEL). 
IE. erecta F.Muell. ex Lange. Botani.sk Tidsskrift ser. 2,4: 6 (in obs) ( 1874). Type: not 
known, fide R.O. Belcher, loc. cit. (1956). 
Herbs to 1.2 m high. Taproot well-developed; secondary roots c. 1 mm diam., hardly 
fleshy. Stems erect, moderately to densely appressed-cottony, sometimes reducing nearer 
summit to moderately cottony, sometimes glabrescent and wool clumping before being 
lost; axillary growth commonly precociously developed; secondary and tertiary 
branching often well developed. Leaves in middle third of stems more or less evenly 
spaced and sized, linear to narrow-linear, 8-22 cm long, l:w ratio c. 15-40, (or 7-10 if 
lobes present), mostly not dissected, uncommonly coarse-dentate to lobate; segments 
remote, 1-3 per side largely in proximal half, spreading, triangular; base attenuate or 
occasionally with small, entire auricles, not amplexicaul; margin entire or with frequent 

Page image

829879 Erechtites quadridentatus glandulosus Muelleria 19: 158
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426478
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
829885 Erechtites quadridentatus gunnii Muelleria 19: 181
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426501
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
829886 Erechtites richardianus Muelleria 19: 201
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426521
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
829855 Erechtites sonchoides Muelleria 19: 123
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426443
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365

Page text

Disciform Senecio 
123 
less evenly spaced and sized, very narrow-elliptic to linear, 7-18 cm long, l:w ratio c. 
5-10, coarse-dentate to deeply lobate, or rarely primary dissection lacking; segments 2-8 
per side in the proximal three-quarters, antrorse, triangular to narrow-triangular; base 
becoming auriculate above mid stem; auricles pinnatisect, hardly amplexicaul; margin 
entire, with occasional minute denliculations; both surfaces glabrous or nearly so; lower 
surface green. Uppermost leaves linear to narrow-linear (excluding auricles), sometimes 
widest at auricles; margin entire or appearing so due to rolling of lamina. Unit 
inflorescences of many capitula; total number of capitula per stem often 50-200; 
overtopping well-developed; mature lateral peduncles mostly 6-12 mm long. Capitula: 
calycular bracteoles 3-6. 1.0-2.0 mm long; peduncle and margin of bracteolcs ±glabrous 
at anthesis; involucre 4.5-6.5 mm long, 1.0-1.5 mm diam.; phyllaries predominantly?-10, 
glabrous, with apex erect; stereomes (in dried specimens) flat or gently convex, green, 
commonly with a minute black tip. and sometimes also purple in a zone below tip; post- 
fructescence receptacle to c. 2.5 mm diam. with phyllaries commonly ±erect. Florets 
12-25, c. 70% female; corolla-lobes ±triangular, thickened apically; corolla of bisexual 
florets 4.5-6.0 mm long, 4-lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 3 or 4, 0.2-0.3 mm long. 
Achenes narrow oblong-ellipsoid, 2.2-2.5 mm long, brown, with papillose hairs in narrow 
bands, l:w ratio of hairs c. 3. Pappus 4-5 mm long. (Figs 2e, 7) 
Flowers summer-autumn. 
Distribution arul Habitat: Occurs in south-western Western Australia from the Perth 
area SSE to Walpole, and in south-eastern Australia from Gympie in far south-eastern 
Queensland south through eastern New South Wales to Licola in eastern Victoria (Fig. 5). 
In Western Australia the lack of early records suggests that it may have been introduced 
to that state (Belcher 1983). Naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in alluvial soils adjacent 
to swamps and rivers, in forest and woodland. 
Notes : The precociously developing leafy axillary growth is a feature of this species 
and of the otherwise dissimilar S. cpuulridentatus. 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Simmonds Block; Tuart Forest. G.J. 
Keighery 14115, 30.xi.1995 (PERTH). QUEENSLAND: Bald west of Long Plain. Bunya 
Mountains. IU. Fairfax66. 4.ii.l995 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: 0.85 km above Mitchell Creek 
Picnic Area, J.R. Hosking 7/9 & llll. Holtkamp , 1 ,iii. 1993 (CBG, MEL. NSW, UNE); Long Swamp, 
King's Highway, c. 10 miles [16 km] east of Bungendore, M. Gray 6080, 18.xii. 1967 (AD. BRI, 
CANB, HO. MEL. NSW). VICTORIA: West bank of Snowy River, c. 3 km upstream of the Snowy- 
Buchan River confluence, N.G. Walsli 3015, D.F.. Albrecht & ./. Westaway, 27.xi.1990 (MEL). 
3. Senecio biserratus Belcher, Ann. Missouri Bot. Card. 43; 43 (1956) 
Senecio jlaccidus A.Rich., in J.S.C. Dumont d'Urville, Voy. Astrolabe 2: 110 (1834), 
nom. illeg. non Less. (1831). 
Type: [Tasmania], ‘N. Holl. detr. d’Entrecasteaux', [D’Entrecasteaux Channel], 
Baudin voyage of 1826-29; holo: P. 
Erechtites sonchoides DC., Prodr. 6: 296 (1838). Type: [‘/Tasmania], ‘in Nova 
Hollandia meridionali’ [southern Australia] Baudin voyage of 1826-29; G, fide R.O. 
Belcher, !oc. cit. 
Erechtites prenanthoides sensu G. Bentham, FI. Austral. 3: 658 (1867), p.p .; sensu 
J.M. Black. FI. S. Australia 609-10 (1929). 
Herbs to c. 1 m high. Primary roots well-developed, commonly branched; secondary 
roots hardly fleshy, 0.5—1 mm diam. Stems erect, sparsely or sometimes moderately 
coarse-hairy basal ly, density reducing upwards. Leaves in middle third of stems more or 
less evenly spaced and sized, elliptic to narrow-elliptic or lanceolate, 5-15 cm long, l:w 
ratio c. 1.5-4, coarse-dentate to deeply lobate; segments 3-9 per side extending along 

Page image

829883 Erechtites tenuiflorus Muelleria 19: 177
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426497
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365

Page text

Disciform Senecio 
177 
25 . Senecio scabrellus I.Thomps., sp. now 
A S. tenuifloro (DC.) Sieber ex Sch.Bip., pilis grossis foliorum pluribus, foliis superis et 
pedunculis lanatioribus, acheniis tenuioribus papillis multioribus differt. 
Type: Queensland. Mt Mitchell, Cunningham’s Gap. I’d. Forster PIF11098 & R. 
Reilly , 18 Aug. 1992; liolo: BRI; iso: K. MEL. 
Herbs to 0.5 m high. Primary roots well-developed; secondary roots slightly fleshy, 
c. I mm diam. (only one example seen). Stems erect or sprawling, somewhat coarse-hairy 
mainly below mid stem, glabrescent, becoming sparsely to moderately appressed-cottony 
or woolly in upper stem region; secondary and tertiary branching often well-developed. 
Leaves in middle third of stems more or less evenly spaced and sized, narrow-elliptic to 
linear, 5-10 cm long, l:w ratio c. 6-15, not dissected or occasionally coarse-dentate; 
segments 2 or 3 per side in middle third, spreading, triangular; base auriculate, with 
auricles sometimes dentate; margin usually with frequent denticulations; upper surface 
densely scabrid, sometimes a little obscured by cottony hairs: lower surface densely 
woolly, the woolly indumentum obscuring coarse hair-bases. Uppermost leaves similar in 
shape, l:w ratio c. 10-20; margin often appearing entire due to rolling. Unit 
inflorescences of several to many capitula; total number of capitula per stem often 20-60; 
overtopping not ascertained; mature lateral peduncles mostly 7-15 mm long. Capitula: 
calycular bracteoles 3-5, 1.0-1.5 mm long; peduncle and margin of bracteoles patchily 
woolly or cobwebby at anthesls; involucre 5.0-7.0 mm long. 1.0-1.5 mm diam.; 
phyllaries mostly 7-10, glabrous, with apex erect; stereomes (in dried specimens) ±flat, 
green, commonly minutely black at tip; post-IVuctescence receptacle 1.5 mm diam., with 
phyllaries finally variously oriented. Florets 12-25, c. 70% female; corolla-lobes 
triangular, slightly thickened apically; corolla of bisexual florets 5-5.5 mm long, 4- or 5- 
lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 3 or 4, 0.2-0.3 mm long. Acltenes very narrow 
obloid to slightly lageniform, 2.8-3.2 mm long, ribs convex, light or dark brown or 
reddish, with papillose hairs scattered to crowded in lines, l.w ratio of hairs c. 2-3. 
Pappus 5-6 mm long. (Fig. 36) 
Flowers mostly winter-spring. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs over a small mountainous area of far south-eastern 
Queensland and far north-eastern New South Wales almost on the border between the two 
states and c. 100 km inland from the coast (Fig. 33c). Grows on rocky (rhyolite) cliff¬ 
lines and trachyte pavements in heathland or woodland on or near mountain summits 
Etymology: The epithet alludes to the short, coarse hairs densely covering the upper 
surface of leaves (L: scabrellus , minutely roughened). 
Notes: Senecio scabrellus is characterised by a much-branched habit, leaves both 
densely scabridulous and woolly, branches and peduncles woolly, capitula slender and 
few-floreted, and achenes relatively slender. Its closest relative is probably S. tenuiflorus, 
which has similarities in habit, indumentum type, and in having convex ribs on the 
achenes. 
Selected specimens examined: QUEENSLAND: Mt Huntley, western slopes, PI. Forster 
P1F11832, D. Ilalford & R. Reilly, 4.x. 1992 (BRI); Mt Cordeaux, R.W. Johnson 1159, 9.x. 1959 
(BRI); Mt Lindesay, PI. Forster PIFI2180, 26.X.I992 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Mt 
Lindesay, 7 miles (I 1 .2 km) ESF of Woodenbong, R. Covens 4558 & A.N. Rodd, 9.ix. 1 972 (BRI. 
NSW). 
26 . Senecio tenuiflorus (DC.) Sieber ex Sch.Bip., Flora 28: 498 (1845) 
Erechtites tenuiflora DC., Prodr. 6: 296 (1838). 
Type: |New South Wales], ‘In Nova-Hollandia’, Sieber 435; lecto (here designated): 
MEL; isolecto: G (microfiche seen MEL). 

Page image

589794 Olearia brevipedunculata Muelleria 19: 96-98, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 96-98, Fig. 1".

853382 Olearia phlogopappa subrepanda Muelleria 19: 96
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426416
Page is part of the work Olearia brevipedunculata (Asteraceae): a new species from alpine areas of mainland Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291364
853383 Olearia phlogopappa subrepanda Muelleria 19: 96
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426416
Page is part of the work Olearia brevipedunculata (Asteraceae): a new species from alpine areas of mainland Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291364
853384 Olearia phlogopappa subrepanda Muelleria 19: 96
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426416
Page is part of the work Olearia brevipedunculata (Asteraceae): a new species from alpine areas of mainland Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291364
853385 Olearia phlogopappa subrepanda Muelleria 19: 96
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426416
Page is part of the work Olearia brevipedunculata (Asteraceae): a new species from alpine areas of mainland Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291364
853386 Olearia phlogopappa subrepanda Muelleria 19: 96
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426416
Page is part of the work Olearia brevipedunculata (Asteraceae): a new species from alpine areas of mainland Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291364
589845 Senecio apargiifolius Muelleria 19: 211
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426531
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
829868 Senecio argutus Muelleria 19: 145
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426465
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
829860 Senecio atkinsoniae Muelleria 19: 127
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426447
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
589806 Senecio bathurstianus Muelleria 19: 134-136, Figs 12 b, 14
829837 Senecio bedfordii Muelleria 19: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426403
Page is part of the work A revision of Bedfordia DC. (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.291363

Page text

Bedfordia 
83 
Both B. salicina and B. linearis contain alkaloids (Bick el al., (1991), perhaps 
pyrrolizidine alkaloids. 
Key to the taxa of Bedfordia 
1. Leaves lanceolate to narrowly ovate, more than 1 cm wide; inflorescences 
multiheaded in each leaf axil 
2. Undersurface of leaves with woolly hairs in 2 distinct layers, with hairs in outer 
layer arising from thickened bases and floccose. B. arborescens 
2: Undersurface of leaves with woolly hairs in a single layer; hairs without thickened 
bases, and closely appressed/matted. B. salicina 
I: Leaves linear, usually less than 3 mm wide; inflorescences I -headed in each leaf axil 
(rarely 3-5-headed in a few lower axils)...[/?. linearis] 
3. Leaves (10-) 15-20X as long as wide; leaf tip bluntly acute. 
. B. linearis subsp. linearis 
3: Leaves 3-10x as long as wide; leaf tip rounded. ..[B. linearis subsp. oblongifolia] 
4. Leaves 5-1 Ox as long as wide, more or less straight; peduncles 5-7 mm long 
. B. linearis var. oblongifolia 
4: Leaves 3-5x as long as wide, with tip upwardly curved; peduncles 2-4 mm 
long.i B. linearis var. curvifolia 
Bedfordia arborescens Hochr., Candollea 5: 332 (1934); G.R.Cochrane, B.A.Fuhrer, 
E. R.Rotherham & J.H.Willis, FI. FI. Viet. 144 (1968); A.M.Gray, Muelleria 3: 64-66 
(1974); G..I.Harden, FI. NSW 3: 298 (1992); N.G.Walsh & T.J.Entwisle, FI. Viet. 4: 966 
(1999). 
Senecio bedfordii F.Muell., Cal. PI. Cull. Melbourne Bot. Gardens 26 (1857); 
F. Mucller, Syst. Census Austral. PI. 84 (1882); F.Mueller, Key Syst. Viet. PI. 1: 340 
(1888); F.Mueller, Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 142 (1889); C.Moore & E.Betche, 
Hdbk FI. NSW 298 (1893), noni. illeg. (based on Bedfordia salicina (Labill.) DC., which 
itself is misapplied to the Victorian and New South Wales plants). 
Bedfordia salicina auett. mult., non (Labill.) DC.: G.Bentham, FI. Aust. 3: 673 (1867), 
.1.11.Maiden & E.Betche, Census NSW PI. 205 (1916); AJ.Ewart. FI. Viet. 1178 
(1931); J.H.Willis, Muelleria I: 163 (1967); J.H.Willis, Hdbk PI. Viet. 2: 756 (1972); 
N.T.Burbidge & M.Gray, FI. ACT 375 (1976). 
Type: B.P.G.Hochreutiner 3046, 26.ii.1905, Australia, Victoria, mts Blacksspurs, foret 
d’ Eucalyptus a sous-bois dense, alt. 600m., arbre de 8.m a fleurs jaunes. Holo: G, n.v., 
photo. CANB! 
Illustrations: G.R.Cochrane, B.A.Fuhrer. E.R.Rotherham & J.H.Willis, FI. PI. Viet. 
144 (1968); N.T.Burbidge & M.Gray, FI. ACT 377 (1976); N.G.Walsh & T.J.Entwisle, FI. 
Viet. 4: 967. fig. 198a (1999). 
Shrubs or small trees 5-8 (-12) m tall. Young branches with dense white-woolly 
indumentum. Older branches glabrescent; leaf scars slightly raised but not peg-like. Leaf 
lamina oblong to narrow-elliptic or lanceolate, 10-22 cm long, 2-5 cm wide, tapering 
abruptly to a slender petiole (I-) 2-3 cm long; tip blunt to rounded; margins flat, entire 
to crenate; upper surface dark glossy green, glabrous, with impressed veins; lower surface 
densely and thickly woolly tomentose throughout, with hairs in 2 distinct layers 
(outermost floccose), with veins largely obscured. Inflorescence an irregular panicle of 
(10-) 20-30 (-40) capitula in the axils of several of the upper leaves. Peduncle white- 
woolly, bearing reduced narrow bracts; pedicels similar, with or without bracts. Capitular 
bracts in 2 whorls usually of 4-5 each. Outer bracts broadly lanceolate, 4-6 mm long, 
1-2 mm wide, slightly navicular, acute to blunt, entirely white-woolly but with no 

Page image

829842 Senecio billardierei Muelleria 19: 87
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426407
Page is part of the work A revision of Bedfordia DC. (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.291363

Page text

Bedfordia 
87 
2 or 3 capitula per axil. Occasional specimens set apparently normal seed, and the 
populations have the appearance of containing both FI and backcross progeny. 
Specimens examined (selection): NORTH EAST: A.M.Buchanan 12420, 7.vii.l992, Dismal 
Range (HO); AM.Buchanan 15437, 3.ii.l999. NE ridge Mt Arthur (HO, CANB): P.Collier 2623, 
28. viii.1987. Tippogoree Hills (HO). BEN LOMOND: W.D.Jackson s.n.. 23.ii.1983. Mt Barrow 
(HO); A.V.Ratkowsky s.n., 12.i. 1992, Ml Barrow (HO). CENTRAL HIGHLANDS: A.M.Buchanan 
2024, 9,xii. 1983, 14 Mile Road near Tarraleah (HO); 1 km NE of Howell’s Bluff, Lake Rowallen 
(HO); J. Wells s.n., 30.V.I984. Mags Road Bogs (HO). EAST COAST: A.M.Buchanan 7688, 
29. xii.1985. Mt Peter (HO); W.M.Curlis s.n., 15.ix. 1942. Hobart, Proctor's Road (HO); J.Milligan 
1039, 9.vii. 1848. ravines between Mt Wellington and Knocklofty, Hobart (HO); A.E.Orchard 6246, 
6247. 6248, 6249. 1991, old quarry site, slopes of Mt Wellington (HO). 
Bedfordia linearis (Labill.) DC. Prodr. 6: 441 (1838); J.D.Hooker, FI. Tasman. 1: 225 
(1856); L.Rodway, Tasman. FI. 92 (1903); W.M.Curtis, Student’s FI. Tasman. 2: 371 
(1963); M.Cameron. Guide FI. PI. Tasman. 44 (1981). 
Cacalia linearis Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 36. tab. 178 (1806). 
Culcitiunt lineare (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 431 (1826). 
Senecio hillardierii F.MuelL Cat. PI. Cult. Melbourne Hot. Gardens 26 (1858); 
F.Mueller. Syst. Census Austral. PI. 84 (1882); F.Mueller, Second Syst. Census Austral. 
PI. 142 (1889), nom. illeg. (based on Bedfordia linearis (Labill.) DC.) 
Type: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, [SE Tasmania] Habitat in capite Van-Diemen, n.v. 
Possible isotype: “Cacalia linearis, N. Holl.” (no collector), K. 
Illustrations: J.J.H. de Labillardiere, Nov. Holl. PI. 2: tab. 178 (1806); Cameron, 
Guide FI. PI. Tasman, fig. 83 (1981). 
Shrubs 1-2 (-3) m tall. Young branches with dense white-woolly indumentum, 
becoming discoloured with age, at first with a yellowish resin, later with adherent dust; 
older branches glabrescent, with peg-like leaf scars. Leaf lamina linear to oblong or 
narrowly oblong, (6-) 10-90 mm long, to 3 mm wide, very shortly petiolate; upper leaf 
surface glabrous, glossy, with midrib impressed and other veins obscure. Inflorescence of 
a single capitulum in each of several upper leaf axils (very rarely with 3-5 in lower axils; 
upper axils always bearing only a single capitulum); peduncle 2-7 mm long, white- 
woolly. with 3 linear bracts. Capitular bracts in 2 whorls, with c. 4 bracts in each, all 
lanceolate but inner whorl generally broader; central region white-woolly; margins wing¬ 
like and subglabrous, usually with ciliate margins. Florets 9-17 per capitulum, all 
bisexual and tubular. Pappus of 40-60 free seta, denticulate for entire length. Corolla tube 
cream to yellow, swollen at base, slender in centre and campanulate at apex, with 5 strap¬ 
like lobes. Anther tube brown; anther tails short; anther appendages linear, 0.5 mm long, 
narrower than thecae. Style arms 1.3-1.6 mm long, thick, blunt, with short antrorse hairs 
on abaxial surface. Cypsela deep purplish-black, cylindrical, 2.5-3.3 mm long, 0.7-1 mm 
diam., with 10-14 vertical ribs; pappus persistent with basal pappus ring weakly 5-lobed. 
Bedfordia linearis subsp. linearis 
Shrubs to 1.5-2.0 (-3.0) m tall. Young branches densely white-woolly; bark red-brown 
to grey-brown, vertically striate to stringy. Lea/lamina narrowly linear, (25-) 35-70 mm 
long, 1.5-2.0 (-2.5) mm wide, length.width ratio 15-20 (rarely only 10); tip bluntly 
acute, slightly reflexed; margin revolute. Lower leaf surface densely white-woolly with 
crisped hairs arising mainly from midrib, interlocking with similar hairs on the upper and 
lower surface of the thin reflexed margin; lamina either side of midrib more or less 
glabrous apart from scattered subsessile yellow glandular hairs; midrib with or without a 
longitudal subcuticular void on each side: petiole 1-2 mm long, persistent as a peg after 
leaf fall. Peduncle 4-6 mm long, white-woolly, with c. 3 linear bracts 2 mm long. 
Capitular bracts in 2 whorls of usually 4 each. Outer bracts narrowly lanceolate, 5.0-6.0 

Page image

589803 Senecio bipinnatisectus Muelleria 19: 127-129, Figs 5e, 10
589801 Senecio biserratus Muelleria 19: 123-125, Figs 5c, 8
589805 Senecio brevitubulus Muelleria 19: 131-134, Figs 12a, 13
829853 Senecio cahillii Muelleria 19: 121
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426441
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
589800 Senecio diaschides Muelleria 19: 121-123, Figs 5b, 7

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 121-123, Figs 5b, 7".

589804 Senecio distalilobatus Muelleria 19: 129-131, Figs 5f, 11
589823 Senecio dolichocephalus Muelleria 19: 167-169, Figs 26e, 31
589815 Senecio extensus Muelleria 19: 150-152, Figs 19c, 22
829854 Senecio flaccidus Muelleria 19: 123
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426443
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365

Page text

Disciform Senecio 
123 
less evenly spaced and sized, very narrow-elliptic to linear, 7-18 cm long, l:w ratio c. 
5-10, coarse-dentate to deeply lobate, or rarely primary dissection lacking; segments 2-8 
per side in the proximal three-quarters, antrorse, triangular to narrow-triangular; base 
becoming auriculate above mid stem; auricles pinnatisect, hardly amplexicaul; margin 
entire, with occasional minute denliculations; both surfaces glabrous or nearly so; lower 
surface green. Uppermost leaves linear to narrow-linear (excluding auricles), sometimes 
widest at auricles; margin entire or appearing so due to rolling of lamina. Unit 
inflorescences of many capitula; total number of capitula per stem often 50-200; 
overtopping well-developed; mature lateral peduncles mostly 6-12 mm long. Capitula: 
calycular bracteoles 3-6. 1.0-2.0 mm long; peduncle and margin of bracteolcs ±glabrous 
at anthesis; involucre 4.5-6.5 mm long, 1.0-1.5 mm diam.; phyllaries predominantly?-10, 
glabrous, with apex erect; stereomes (in dried specimens) flat or gently convex, green, 
commonly with a minute black tip. and sometimes also purple in a zone below tip; post- 
fructescence receptacle to c. 2.5 mm diam. with phyllaries commonly ±erect. Florets 
12-25, c. 70% female; corolla-lobes ±triangular, thickened apically; corolla of bisexual 
florets 4.5-6.0 mm long, 4-lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 3 or 4, 0.2-0.3 mm long. 
Achenes narrow oblong-ellipsoid, 2.2-2.5 mm long, brown, with papillose hairs in narrow 
bands, l:w ratio of hairs c. 3. Pappus 4-5 mm long. (Figs 2e, 7) 
Flowers summer-autumn. 
Distribution arul Habitat: Occurs in south-western Western Australia from the Perth 
area SSE to Walpole, and in south-eastern Australia from Gympie in far south-eastern 
Queensland south through eastern New South Wales to Licola in eastern Victoria (Fig. 5). 
In Western Australia the lack of early records suggests that it may have been introduced 
to that state (Belcher 1983). Naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in alluvial soils adjacent 
to swamps and rivers, in forest and woodland. 
Notes : The precociously developing leafy axillary growth is a feature of this species 
and of the otherwise dissimilar S. cpuulridentatus. 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Simmonds Block; Tuart Forest. G.J. 
Keighery 14115, 30.xi.1995 (PERTH). QUEENSLAND: Bald west of Long Plain. Bunya 
Mountains. IU. Fairfax66. 4.ii.l995 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: 0.85 km above Mitchell Creek 
Picnic Area, J.R. Hosking 7/9 & llll. Holtkamp , 1 ,iii. 1993 (CBG, MEL. NSW, UNE); Long Swamp, 
King's Highway, c. 10 miles [16 km] east of Bungendore, M. Gray 6080, 18.xii. 1967 (AD. BRI, 
CANB, HO. MEL. NSW). VICTORIA: West bank of Snowy River, c. 3 km upstream of the Snowy- 
Buchan River confluence, N.G. Walsli 3015, D.F.. Albrecht & ./. Westaway, 27.xi.1990 (MEL). 
3. Senecio biserratus Belcher, Ann. Missouri Bot. Card. 43; 43 (1956) 
Senecio jlaccidus A.Rich., in J.S.C. Dumont d'Urville, Voy. Astrolabe 2: 110 (1834), 
nom. illeg. non Less. (1831). 
Type: [Tasmania], ‘N. Holl. detr. d’Entrecasteaux', [D’Entrecasteaux Channel], 
Baudin voyage of 1826-29; holo: P. 
Erechtites sonchoides DC., Prodr. 6: 296 (1838). Type: [‘/Tasmania], ‘in Nova 
Hollandia meridionali’ [southern Australia] Baudin voyage of 1826-29; G, fide R.O. 
Belcher, !oc. cit. 
Erechtites prenanthoides sensu G. Bentham, FI. Austral. 3: 658 (1867), p.p .; sensu 
J.M. Black. FI. S. Australia 609-10 (1929). 
Herbs to c. 1 m high. Primary roots well-developed, commonly branched; secondary 
roots hardly fleshy, 0.5—1 mm diam. Stems erect, sparsely or sometimes moderately 
coarse-hairy basal ly, density reducing upwards. Leaves in middle third of stems more or 
less evenly spaced and sized, elliptic to narrow-elliptic or lanceolate, 5-15 cm long, l:w 
ratio c. 1.5-4, coarse-dentate to deeply lobate; segments 3-9 per side extending along 

Page image

589841 Senecio georgianus Muelleria 19: 207-209, Figs 47e, 52
589821 Senecio glabrescens Muelleria 19: 162-164, Figs 26c, 29
589820 Senecio glandulosus Muelleria 19: 158-162, Figs 26b, 28
589812 Senecio glomeratus Muelleria 19: 143-145

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 143-145".

589813 Senecio glomeratus glomeratus Muelleria 19: 145-148, Figs 19a, 20
589814 Senecio glomeratus longifructus Muelleria 19: 148-150, Figs 19b, 21
589829 Senecio gunnii Muelleria 19: 181-183, Figs 33e, 38
589842 Senecio helichrysoides Muelleria 19: 209-211, Figs 47f, 53
589808 Senecio hispidissimus Muelleria 19: 138-139, Figs 12d, 16
589807 Senecio hispidulus Muelleria 19: 136-138, Figs 12c, 15
829864 Senecio hispidulus dissectus Muelleria 19: 134
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426454
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
589840 Senecio interpositus Muelleria 19: 205-207, Figs 47d, 51
589816 Senecio laceratus Muelleria 19: 152-154, Figs 19d, 23
589833 Senecio lageniformis Muelleria 19: 189-191, Figs 40c, 43
589843 Senecio laticostatus Muelleria 19: 211
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426531
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365

Page text

Disciform Senecio 
211 
specimen from Lake Hindmarsh is sterile and is labelled by Mueller as S. odoratus var. 
spodochrous, and another, Robertson 321, is a flowering specimen. 
Selected specimens examined: VICTORIA: Lake Hindmarsh, coll, unknown (MEL). 
Doubtful or excluded names 
Senecio laticostatus Belcher. Ann. Missouri Bot. Card. 43: 64 (1956); Ereclitites arguta 
var. niicrocephala Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 659 (1867). 
Tvpe: Flats beyond the Brodribb River, F. Mueller. Jan. 1855; holo: MEL. 
The specimen on which these names are based appears to be an aberrant specimen 
with several features discordant with Senecio morphology and with apparently non-viable 
achenes. 
Senecio apargiaefolius Walp., Linnaea 14: 309 (1840), as apargiaefolius ; Ereclitites 
apargiifolia (Walp.) Sond., Linnaea 25: 524 (1853), as apargiaefolia. 
Type: [New South Wales], ‘Nova Hollandia’ [Maneroo region according to G. 
Bentham], Uwtsky. holo: '/KIEL, according to Belcher (1956). 
r fhe identity of the type specimen remains unclear. Walpers described it as a species 
with homogamous capitula and glabrous achenes, and it differs in several other ways 
from the specimen cited by Sonder as an example of E. apargiifolia , which is in fact a 
specimen of S. pltelleus. 
Ereclitites muelleri Lange, hid. Sem. Hart. Acad. Haunensi 28 (1862), as Mulleri 
Type: Australia, ‘Hab. Nova Hollandia’. 
Belcher (1956) discusses this species under his S. hispidulus x S. quadridentatus. 
Although he did not see the type, apparently at Copenhagen, specimens from Vienna 
determined as E. muelleri and said to have been raised from seed from Copenhagen, weie 
examined by him. From his description these specimens are likely to be S. tenuiflorus , 
but while there is doubt about the nature of the type specimen, it is best to exclude this 
name. 
Acknowledgements 
I am grateful for the assistance given by the School of Botany, University of Melbourne 
and by the Royal Botanic Gardens, Melbourne for the use of their facilities. Neville 
Walsh for his assistance with field work and many other aspects of my research, Dr Niels 
Klazenga and Dr Teresa Lebel for their assistance with mapping and imaging, the 
technical staff at MEL for their assistance with loans, and the reviewers ol this paper for 
their helpful remarks. I would also like to thank the directors of AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, 
HO, NE and NSW for the loan of specimens. This study was funded by a three year 
ABRS grant (Grant no: 2000/3192). 
References 
Belcher. R.O. (1956). A revision of the genus Ereclitites (Compositue) with inquiries into Senecio 
and Arrlwnechtliites. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 43, 1-85. 
Belcher, R.O. (1983). New Australian species of erechthitoid Senecio (Asteraceae). Muellerta 5, 
119-122. . , 
Belcher, R.O. & Albrecht, D.E. (1994). Senecio psilocarpus (Asteraceae), a new species ot 
erechthitoid Senecio from western Victoria and south-eastern South Australia. Muelleria 8, 
113-117. 
Bentham, G. (1867). Ereclitites. Flora Australiensis 3. 657-661. 
Candolle, A.P. dc (1838) Ereclitites. Prodromus 6, 295-297. 

Page image

829874 Senecio lessonianus Muelleria 19: 145
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426465
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
589818 Senecio longicollaris Muelleria 19: 156-158, Figs 19f, 25
589835 Senecio longipilus Muelleria 19: 193-195, Figs 40e, 45
589839 Senecio macrocarpus Muelleria 19: 203-205, Figs 47c, 50
589826 Senecio microbasis Muelleria 19: 175, Figs 33b, 35
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426495
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365

Page text

Disciform Senecio 
175 
24. Senecio microbasis I.Thomps., sp. now 
A S. tenuifloro (DC.) Sieber ex Sch.Bip. foliis non lobatibus, costis acheniorum 
planioribus papillis sparsioribus differt. 
Type: Victoria, Splitters Range, c. 15 km direct east of Omeo, Mt Shaw Road 3.3 km 
east of intersection with Spring Hill Track, I.R. Thompson 726. 4 Dec. 2001; holo: MEL; 
iso: BR1, CANB. HO, NSW. 
Herbs to 0.6 m high. Taproot usually moderately developed; secondary roots hardly 
fleshy, 0.5-0.8 mm dianr. Stems erect, ±glabrous or sparsely appressed-cottony basally. 
Leaves in middle third of stems often becoming distinctly wider spaced and narrower 
upwards, narrow-oblanceolate to linear, 4-10 cm long, l:w ratio c. 8-15, not dissected; 
base attenuate; margin ±entire or with scattered denticulations or teeth; surfaces 
scabridulous: lower surface purple. Uppermost leaves narrow-linear, !:w ratio c. 15-40; 
base sometimes with very small, entire auricles, not amplcxicaul; surfaces sparsely 
coarse-hairy or glabrous. Unit inflorescences of several to many capitula; total number of 
capitula per stem often 20-60; overtopping often marked; mature lateral peduncles 
mostly 8-20 mm long. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-5, 1.0-2.0 mm long; peduncle 
and margin of bracteoles ±glabrous at anthesis; involucre 5.0-7.0 mm long, 1.0-1.4 mm 
diam.; phyllaries 7-13, glabrous, with apex erect; stereomes (in dried specimens) flat or 
gently convex, green or rarely tinged purple, minutely black at tip; post-fructescence 
receptacle 1.5 mm diam., with phyllaries commonly finally reflexed. Florets 12-25, c. 
80% female; corolla-lobes triangular, not or slightly thickened apically; corolla ol 
bisexual florets 5-6 mm long, mostly 4-lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 3, c. 0.2 
mm long. Achenes narrow oblong-ellipsoid or slightly lageniform, 2.0-2.8 mm long, red- 
brown or dark brown, with papillose hair, in lines, I:w ratio of hairs c. 2. Pappus 4.5-6 
mm long. (Fig. 35) 
Flowers spri ng-summer. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs predominantly in south-eastern Australia from Mt 
Kaputar in north-central New South Wales south to near Omeo in eastern Victoria, and in 
eastern Tasmania (Fig. 33b). There is a single record from Kambalda in southern Western 
Australia which is probably an introduction. Grows in drier forest and woodland. 
Etymology: The epithet alludes to the small receptacle (Gk: micro, small, and basis. 
base). 
Notes: This species is similar to S. phelleus but with narrower leaves near the base of 
the plant, leaf-bases never sagittately auriculate, capitula narrower and with fewer florets, 
phyllaries thinner and finally reflexed, corolla-lobes fewer and less thickened apically, 
and the achenes with a more slender neck. Similar to S. tenuiflorus but the leaves are 
never lobed, auricles if ever developed arc much smaller, and the achenes have flatter ribs 
and more numerous papillose hairs. Similar to S. prenanthoides but the lower stem lacks 
coarse hairs and the achenes are shorter and not as distinctly lageniform. 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 14.1 km from Higginsville Pump 
Station on a bearing of 179 degrees, south of Kambalda, A.A. Mitchell 5049. 8.xii.l997 (PERTH). 
NEW SOUTH WALES: Major’s Creek to Aralucn scarp, M. Gray 6074. 18.xii.l967 (AD, MEL. 
NSW); south of Woodsreef mine, .I.R. Hashing 1519, 15.x.1996 (CANB. MEL, NE, NSW). 
VICTORIA: 10.3 km SSW of Mt Tambo. 5 m NW of Mt Shaw Rd, 3.3 km east of Spring Hill Tk, 
G.W. Carr 10253 , S.xii. 1984 (AD, MEL); East Gippsland. Mt Menaak, Suggan Buggan, A.C. 
Beauglehole 36671 ift E.W Finch, 2.ii.l97l (MEL); East Gippsland, Boundary Creek, Gelantipy, 
N.A. Wakefield 2776. 10.L1949 (MEL); Tambo River Reference Area, A.C. Beauglehole 77127. 
18.ix.I984 (CANB. MEL). TASMANIA: Near Conara, A.C. Rozefelds 909. 22.X.1998 (HO); 
Weedons Hill area, north of Fox’s gully, Elderslie area, F. Duncan 1026. 30.iv. 1985 (HO). 

Page image

589799 Senecio minimus Muelleria 19: 118-121, Figs 5a, 6

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 118-121, Figs 5a, 6".

829858 Senecio minimus picridioides Muelleria 19: 125
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426445
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
829852 Senecio muelleri Muelleria 19: 118
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426438
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
589809 Senecio multicaulis Muelleria 19: 140-141

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 140-141".

589810 Senecio multicaulis multicaulis Muelleria 19: 141-143, Figs 12e, 17
589811 Senecio multicaulis stirlingensis Muelleria 19: 143, Figs 12f, 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426463
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365
589834 Senecio nigrapicus Muelleria 19: 191-193, Figs 40d, 44
589830 Senecio niveoplanus Muelleria 19: 183-185, Figs 33f, 39
589836 Senecio oldfieldii Muelleria 19: 195-198, Figs 40f, 46
589825 Senecio phelleus Muelleria 19: 171-174, Figs 33a, 34
589802 Senecio picridioides Muelleria 19: 125-127, Figs 5d, 9

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 125-127, Figs 5d, 9".

589831 Senecio prenanthoides Muelleria 19: 185-188, Figs 40a, 41
589837 Senecio psilocarpus Muelleria 19: 198-201, Figs 47a, 48
589832 Senecio psilophyllus Muelleria 19: 189, Figs 40b, 42
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426509
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365

Page text

Disciform Senecio 
189 
30. Senecio psilophyllus I.Thomps., sp. now 
A S. prenanthoides A.Rich, caulibus et foliis glabris, caulibus aequaliter foliosis, foliis 
tenuioribus differt. 
Type: Australian Capital Territory, Booderee National Park, c. 200 m SW along 
foreshore from Murray’s boat ramp, N.M. Tows 540 , 31 July 1996; holo: CANB. 
Herbs to 0.4 m high. Taproot inconspicuous; secondary roots fleshy, slightly 
tuberiform, 1-2 mm diam. Stems erect, glabrous. Leaves in middle third of steins more or 
less evenly spaced and sized, linear to narrow-linear, 10-13 cm long. I:w ratio c. 10-14, 
not dissected; base cuneate; margin mostly callus-denticulate or with a few remote teeth, 
mostly proximal; surfaces glabrous or short, coarse hairs present on margin of lower 
leaves: lower surface green or tinged purple. Uppermost leaves similar: base sometimes 
with small auricles, not amplexicaul. Unit inflorescences of several to many capitula; 
total number of capitula per stem c. 40: overtopping slight; mature lateral peduncles 
mostly 8-20 mm long. Capitula : calycular bractcoles 3-5, 1.0-1.5 mm long: peduncle 
and margin of bracteoles glabrous at anthesis; involucre 6.0-7.5 mm long, 1.3-1.6 mm 
diam.; phyllaries 8-13, glabrous, with apex erect; stereomes (in dried specimens) flat or 
gently convex, green, sometimes minutely black at tip and/or purple in a zone c. 1 mm 
long below tip; post-fructescence receptacle 2 mm diam.. the phyllaries '/finally reflexed. 
Florets 20-25. c. 70% female; corolla-lobes narrow-triangular, moderately thickened 
apically; corolla of bisexual florets 6 mm long, 5-lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 3 
or 4, c. 0.2 mm long. Achenes Iageniform. 3.Q-3.5 mm long, light brown, with papillose 
hairs in lines, l:w ratio of hairs 1-2. Pappus c. 6 mm long. (Fig. 42) 
Flowers autumn-winter. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in the Australian Capital Territory in Booderee 
National Park, on the southern margin of Jervis Bay. A possible disjunct record is 
recorded from near Scone (Fig. 40b). Grows in pale grey sand on the coast in open forest. 
Etymology. The epithet alludes to the nearly glabrous mature leaves (Gk: psilos, 
naked, and phyllus, leaf). 
Notes: Currently this species is known only from the Booderee National Park south 
of Jervis Bay, where it has been collected from three different sites several kilometres 
apart. Similar to S. prenanthoides, particularly in capitulum. achene, and root 
morphology, but with stems and leaves (except for the margin) glabrous, leaves not 
crowded basal ly, and achenes more densely papillose. 
Selected specimens examined'. NEW SOU! H WALLS: Woolooma Mt, Beltrces, Scone, A.L. 
White , Nov. 1903 (NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Track to Steamer’s Beach, 
Booderee National Park, I.R.Thompson 790. 23.ix.2003 (MEL). 
31. Senecio lageniformis I.Thomps., sp. now 
A S. quadridentato Labill. indumento sparsiore, caulibus repentibus, plerumque 
brevioribus, capitulis latioribus. 1 losculis hermaphroditis pluribus differt. 
Type: New South Wales, Kosciuszko National Park, Long Plain, near confluence of 
Murrumbidgee River and Boundary Creek, I.R. Thompson 747 & N.G. Walsh, 31 Jan. 
2002: holo^MEL; iso: AD. CANB. HO. NSW. 
Senecio sp. 2 sensu N.G. Walsh, FI. Victoria 4: 962 (1999). 
Senecio sp. N sensu G.J. Harden, FI. New South Wales 3: 306 (1992), p.p. 
Herbs to 0.4 m high. Root system not seen. Stems creeping then ascending to erect; 
±glabrous or transiently sparseiy cottony. Leaves in middle third of stems commonly 
becoming wider spaced and broader upwards, oblanceolatc 4—8(—10) cm long, l.w latio 
c. 4-10, not dissected; base attenuate; margin with scattered denticulations or teeth; 

Page image

829867 Senecio pusillus Muelleria 19: 141
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426461
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365

Page text

Disciform Senecio 
141 
elliptic or linear to narrow-linear, l:w ratio c. 3—30; base auriculate, auricles usually 
bidentate, slightly to moderately amplexicaul: indumentum sometimes woolly. Unit 
inflorescences of several to many capitula; total number of capitula per stem often 
50-100; overtopping usually marked; mature lateral peduncles mostly 8-24 mm long. 
Capitula: calyeular bracteoles 6-10. 1.0-2.5 mm long; peduncle and margin of bracteoles 
±glabrous or slightly cottony at anthesis; involucre 4.0-8.0 mm long, 2.0-2.8 mm diam.; 
phyMaries 12-14, glabrous, with apex erect; stereomes (in dried specimens) flat to 
moderately convex, green or rarely tinged purple, commonly minutely black at tip, 
occasionally also purple in a zone c. I mm long below tip; post-fructescence receptacle 
3-4 mm diam., with phyllaries commonly finally erect. Florets 30-50, c. 70% female; 
corolla-lobes triangular, thickened apically; corolla of bisexual florets 5-8 mm long, 5- 
lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 4 or 5, 0.2-0.3 mm long. Achenes narrow obloid, 
1.5-2.5 mm long, red-brown, brown, or blackish, with papillose hairs in dense bands, l:w 
ratio of hairs c. 3. Pappus 5-7 mm long. 
Flowers spring-su mmer 
There are two subspecies: 
Length:width ratio of mid to upper stem leaves (excluding auricles) mostly > 6; lower 
surface glabrous or indumentum sparse to moderate; involucre 5-8 mm long, l:w ratio 
c. 2.5-3.5.la. subsp. inulticaulis 
Length'.width ratio of mid to upper stem leaves (excluding auricles) mostly < 6; lower 
surface moderately to densely woolly; involucre 4-6 mm long, l:w ratio 2.0-2.5. 
.lb. subsp. stirlingensis 
11a. Senecio inulticaulis A.Rich, subsp. inulticaulis 
Senecio pusillus A.Rich., in J.S.C. Dumont d’Urville, Voy. Astrolabe 2: 99 (1834). 
Type: [Western Australia], ‘Crescit in Novae-Hollandiae loco vulgo dicto Port du Roi- 
Georges’ lKing George Sound], 1826-29, A. Lesson: ; holo: P. 
Mid and upper stem leaves with l:w ratio 6-30, undissected with margin entire or 
dentate; lower surface glabrous, sparsely coarse-hairy, or cobwebby; involucre 5-8 mm 
long, 2.0-2.5 mm diam. (Figs 4c, 17) 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in south-western Western Australia from Gin Gin 
north of Perth south to Walpole and south-south-east to the Stirling Ranges with a 
northern outlier at Geraldton and an eastern outlier at Cape le Grand National Park (Fig. 
12e). Grows in sandy or sandy clay soils over granite or laterite in forest, heathland and 
woodland. 
Notes: In recent Western Australian floras this taxon has been included under Senecio 
hispidulus. True 5. hispididus also occurs in Western Australia where it is much less 
widespread than S. inulticaulis subsp. inulticaulis. Senecio hispidulus has smaller 
capitula, leaves that are more deeply lobed, has well-developed coarse hairs which persist 
to the uppermost leaves, and lacks fine hairs. Senecio inulticaulis subsp. inulticaulis is 
variable in indumentum density and type; lower stem leaves are usually coarse-hairy but 
coarse hairs are commonly largely absent in mid to upper stem leaves, and sometimes 
replaced on the lower surface by a cobwebby indumentum. In these respects and to a 
lesser extent leaf shape, it is similar to S. squcirrosus but S. inulticaulis subsp. inulticaulis 
has smaller and more numerous capitula. There is a tendency in this subspecies to flower 
intermittently (presumably moisture dependent) with branching from basal to mid stem 
axils frequently developing some time after the initial flowering, and these inflorescences 
typically greatly overtop the initial inflorescence. Hybridisation has been recognised as 
occurring between S. inulticaulis subsp. inulticaulis and the following three species: 
S. hispidulus , S. diaschides and S. quadridentatus. 

Page image

589822 Senecio quadridentatus Muelleria 19: 164-167, Figs 26d, 30
589824 Senecio queenslandicus Muelleria 19: 169-171, Figs 26f, 32
589817 Senecio runcinifolius Muelleria 19: 154-156, Figs 19e, 24
589827 Senecio scabrellus Muelleria 19: 177, Figs 33c, 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426497
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365

Page text

Disciform Senecio 
177 
25 . Senecio scabrellus I.Thomps., sp. now 
A S. tenuifloro (DC.) Sieber ex Sch.Bip., pilis grossis foliorum pluribus, foliis superis et 
pedunculis lanatioribus, acheniis tenuioribus papillis multioribus differt. 
Type: Queensland. Mt Mitchell, Cunningham’s Gap. I’d. Forster PIF11098 & R. 
Reilly , 18 Aug. 1992; liolo: BRI; iso: K. MEL. 
Herbs to 0.5 m high. Primary roots well-developed; secondary roots slightly fleshy, 
c. I mm diam. (only one example seen). Stems erect or sprawling, somewhat coarse-hairy 
mainly below mid stem, glabrescent, becoming sparsely to moderately appressed-cottony 
or woolly in upper stem region; secondary and tertiary branching often well-developed. 
Leaves in middle third of stems more or less evenly spaced and sized, narrow-elliptic to 
linear, 5-10 cm long, l:w ratio c. 6-15, not dissected or occasionally coarse-dentate; 
segments 2 or 3 per side in middle third, spreading, triangular; base auriculate, with 
auricles sometimes dentate; margin usually with frequent denticulations; upper surface 
densely scabrid, sometimes a little obscured by cottony hairs: lower surface densely 
woolly, the woolly indumentum obscuring coarse hair-bases. Uppermost leaves similar in 
shape, l:w ratio c. 10-20; margin often appearing entire due to rolling. Unit 
inflorescences of several to many capitula; total number of capitula per stem often 20-60; 
overtopping not ascertained; mature lateral peduncles mostly 7-15 mm long. Capitula: 
calycular bracteoles 3-5, 1.0-1.5 mm long; peduncle and margin of bracteoles patchily 
woolly or cobwebby at anthesls; involucre 5.0-7.0 mm long. 1.0-1.5 mm diam.; 
phyllaries mostly 7-10, glabrous, with apex erect; stereomes (in dried specimens) ±flat, 
green, commonly minutely black at tip; post-IVuctescence receptacle 1.5 mm diam., with 
phyllaries finally variously oriented. Florets 12-25, c. 70% female; corolla-lobes 
triangular, slightly thickened apically; corolla of bisexual florets 5-5.5 mm long, 4- or 5- 
lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 3 or 4, 0.2-0.3 mm long. Acltenes very narrow 
obloid to slightly lageniform, 2.8-3.2 mm long, ribs convex, light or dark brown or 
reddish, with papillose hairs scattered to crowded in lines, l.w ratio of hairs c. 2-3. 
Pappus 5-6 mm long. (Fig. 36) 
Flowers mostly winter-spring. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs over a small mountainous area of far south-eastern 
Queensland and far north-eastern New South Wales almost on the border between the two 
states and c. 100 km inland from the coast (Fig. 33c). Grows on rocky (rhyolite) cliff¬ 
lines and trachyte pavements in heathland or woodland on or near mountain summits 
Etymology: The epithet alludes to the short, coarse hairs densely covering the upper 
surface of leaves (L: scabrellus , minutely roughened). 
Notes: Senecio scabrellus is characterised by a much-branched habit, leaves both 
densely scabridulous and woolly, branches and peduncles woolly, capitula slender and 
few-floreted, and achenes relatively slender. Its closest relative is probably S. tenuiflorus, 
which has similarities in habit, indumentum type, and in having convex ribs on the 
achenes. 
Selected specimens examined: QUEENSLAND: Mt Huntley, western slopes, PI. Forster 
P1F11832, D. Ilalford & R. Reilly, 4.x. 1992 (BRI); Mt Cordeaux, R.W. Johnson 1159, 9.x. 1959 
(BRI); Mt Lindesay, PI. Forster PIFI2180, 26.X.I992 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Mt 
Lindesay, 7 miles (I 1 .2 km) ESF of Woodenbong, R. Covens 4558 & A.N. Rodd, 9.ix. 1 972 (BRI. 
NSW). 
26 . Senecio tenuiflorus (DC.) Sieber ex Sch.Bip., Flora 28: 498 (1845) 
Erechtites tenuiflora DC., Prodr. 6: 296 (1838). 
Type: |New South Wales], ‘In Nova-Hollandia’, Sieber 435; lecto (here designated): 
MEL; isolecto: G (microfiche seen MEL). 

Page image

589838 Senecio squarrosus Muelleria 19: 201-203, Figs 47b, 49
589819 Senecio tasmanicus Muelleria 19: 158, Figs 26a, 27
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426478
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae): 1. The disciform species, doi:10.5962/p.291365

Page text

158 
I.R. Thompson 
Buckland River bridge - 300 m up Buffalo ereek from the river. N.T. Rossiler & A. Piesse 862, 
20.v. 1987 (MEL); Lake Waringa. Dallachy (MEL); Barmah Forest, east end. Sandspil Creek area 
just south of Murray River. I.R. Thompson 689. 30.ix.2001 (MEL); Beside road to Lake William 
Hovell. c. 4 km SW of Cheshunt. I.R. Thompson 754 & N.G.Walsh. I.ii.2001 (AD, MEL. NSW); 
Broken Creek, c. 4 km east of Numurkah. I.R. Thompson 768 , 10.vii.2002 (MEL): Lake Nhill, 
south edge of Nhill, c. 1 km SE of Nhill P.O., A. Paget 2457 , 19.x. 1996 (MEL). 
17. Senecio tasmanicus l.Thomps., sp. now 
A S. quadridentato Labill. indumento caulis sparsiore, foliis inferiore pilis grossis 
instructi, pedunculis et capitulis glabris, acheniis longioribus differt; a S. macrocarpo 
Belcher capitulis tenuioribus, papillis acheniorum paucioribus differt. 
Type: Tasmania, Archer, date unknown; holo: NSW 27852 [excluding piece on far left 
which is S. prenanthoides A.Rich. | 
Herbs to 0.4 m high. Taproot inconspicuous; secondary roots fleshy, to c. 1.5 mm diam. 
Stems erect, sparsely appressed-cottony or nearly glabrous. Leaves in middle third of stems 
becoming distinctly wider spaced and narrower upwards, oblanceolate to very narrow- 
elliptic, 3-8 cm long, l:w ratio c. 6-15, not dissected or coarse-dentate; segments 2—4 per 
side in middle third, spreading, triangular; base attenuate; margin with scattered 
dcnticulations or teeth; upper surface sparsely scabridulous or nearly glabrous; lower 
surface green with scattered short, coarse hairs, often with a cobwebby overlay. Uppermost 
leaves narrow-linear, l:w ratio c. 15-30, not dissected; base sometimes with very small, 
entire auricles; surfaces sparsely cobwebby or glabrous. Unit inflorescences of several 
capitula; total number of capitula per stem c. 8-20; overtopping not marked; mature lateral 
peduncles mostly 20-50 mm long. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-6, 2.0-4.0 mm long; 
peduncle and margin of bracteoles glabrous or nearly so at anthesis; involucre 9.0-11.0 mm 
long, 2.0-2.4 mm diam.; phyllaries 12-16, glabrous, w'ith apex erect; stereomes (in dried 
specimens) ±flat, green or partially purple, minutely black at tip. sometimes purple in a 
zone c. 1 mm long immediately below tip; post-fructescence receptacle not seen. Florets 
40-60, c. 75% female, corolla-lobes c. triangular, hardly thickened apically; corolla of 
bisexual florets 6.5-8 mm long, 4- or 5-lobed; corolla-lobes of female florets 3 or 4, c. 0.1 
mm long. Achenes lageniform, 5.0-7.0 mm long, neck 2-3 mm long, light brown, with 
papillose hairs scattered in lines, !:w ratio of hairs c. 1-2. Pappus c. 7 mm long. (Fig. 27) 
Flowers late spring-summer. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in Tasmania but not recorded since the mid 1800s 
and possibly extinct (Fig. 26a). Likely to grow in lowland plains near swamps. 
Notes: A species previously overlooked and it is likely that its habitat has been 
destroyed by land clearing since that period. It has similarities with S. longicollaris in 
terms of achene morphology in particular but also similar in leaf and stem indumentum. 
Also, similar to S. dolichocephalus in habit and capitular dimensions and similar to S. 
macrocarpus in capitulum length (but not width) and in having inflorescences of few 
capitula. 
Selected specimens examined: TASMANIA: Formosa, Gunn 508 (NSW; left hand specimen). 
18. Senecio glandiilosus (DC.) Sch.Bip., Flora oder Allgetneine Bot. Zeitung 28; 498 
(1845) 
Erechtites glandulosa DC., Ptodr. 6: 295 (1838); E. quadridentato var. glandulosa (DC.) 
Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 685 (1930). as Erechtliites. 
Type: [New South Wales], ‘ad ripas Bum. Lachlan in Nova-Hollandia interiore’ 
[Lachlan River], A. Cunningham 141: G (microfiche seen MEL). 

Page image

589828 Senecio tenuiflorus Muelleria 19: 177-181, Figs 33d, 37
589767 Thelymitra albiflora Muelleria 19: 38-40, Figs 2, 16, 17, Plate 1
589774 Thelymitra angustifolia Muelleria 19: 52-56, Figs 5, 27, 29, Plate 3
589777 Thelymitra arenaria Muelleria 19: 62-64, Figs 6, 30, 32, Plate 3
589771 Thelymitra atronitida Muelleria 19: 46-47, Figs 5, 22, 23, Plate 2
589765 Thelymitra basaltica Muelleria 19: 35-36, Figs 1, 13, 14, Plate 1
589778 Thelymitra batesii Muelleria 19: 64-66, Figs 4, 31, 32, Plate 3
589769 Thelymitra bracteata Muelleria 19: 43-44, Figs 3, 19, 20, Plate 2
589763 Thelymitra brevifolia Muelleria 19: 30-35, Figs 1, 12, 14, Plate 12
589768 Thelymitra cyanapicata Muelleria 19: 40-43, Figs 3, 18, 20, Plate 2
615501 Thelymitra cyanapicta Muelleria 19: 40-43, Figs 3, 18, 20, Plate 2
589762 Thelymitra exigua Muelleria 19: 28-30, Figs 1, 10, Plate 1
589779 Thelymitra frenchii Muelleria 19: 66-67, Figs 4, 33, 35, Plate 3
589783 Thelymitra holmesii Muelleria 19: 73-75, Figs 8, 39, 42, Plate 4
589782 Thelymitra inflata Muelleria 19: 71-73, Figs 7, 37, 38, Plate 4
589760 Thelymitra Muelleria 19: 19-25

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 19: 19-25".

589781 Thelymitra lucida Muelleria 19: 70-71, Figs 7, 36, 38, Plate 4
589772 Thelymitra malvina Muelleria 19: 47-50, Figs 4, 24, 26, Plate 2
589780 Thelymitra mucida Muelleria 19: 67-70, Figs 7, 34, 35, Plate 3
589770 Thelymitra pallidiflora Muelleria 19: 44-46, Figs 3, 21, 23, Plate 2
589761 Thelymitra pauciflora Muelleria 19: 25-28, Figs 1, 11
829836 Thelymitra pauciflora holmesii Muelleria 19: 73
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426393
Page is part of the work A revision of the Thelymitra pauciflora R.Br. (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291362
829835 Thelymitra pauciflora pallida Muelleria 19: 30
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426336
Page is part of the work A revision of the Thelymitra pauciflora R.Br. (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291362
51384460 Thelymitra pauciflora pallida Muelleria 19: 30
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59426336
Page is part of the work A revision of the Thelymitra pauciflora R.Br. (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291362
589773 Thelymitra peniculata Muelleria 19: 50-52, Figs 5, 25, 26, Plate 2
589775 Thelymitra planicola Muelleria 19: 56-58, Figs 6, 28, 29, Plate 3
589766 Thelymitra viridis Muelleria 19: 36-38, Figs 2, 15, 17, Plate 1
589776 Thelymitra vulgaris Muelleria 19: 58-62, Figs 6, 40, 42, Plate 4
589784 Thelymitra xanthotricha Muelleria 19: 75-77, Figs 8, 41, 42, Plate 4
590887 Allittia cardiocarpa Muelleria 20: 55-57, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 55-57, Fig. 1".

590886 Allittia Muelleria 20: 54-55

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 54-55".

590888 Allittia uliginosa Muelleria 20: 57-58, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 57-58, Fig. 1".

590889 Brachyscome cardiocarpa Muelleria 20: 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424351
Page is part of the work Three new genera of Australian Astereae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.291370

Page text

Astereae 
55 
these other species by having long, coarse, septate, brownish hairs at the base of the 
leaves. The fact that they are non-rhi/.omatous, tufted, perennial herbs also distinguishes 
them from other species of Brachyscome s. lat. with thin cypselas. 
Immature fruit of A. cardiocarpa and sometimes mature fruit of A. uliginosa may 
exhibit two longitudinal ridges on each lateral face. Cleared fruit show that these ridges are 
associated with vascular traces in the pericarp and as such they are not considered to be 
homologous with the longitudinal ridges found in some other species of Brachyscome s. lat. 
Key to Species 
1 Leaves usually entire, to 30 cm long, 0.1-0.3 cm wide, rarely with several linear lobes 
. A. cardiocarpa 
1: Leaves entire or pinnatiscct, the latter common and with 1-6 lobes, all leaves to c. 11 
cm long, (0.2) 0.4-1.4 cm wide . A. uliginosa 
Allittia cardiocarpa (F.Muell. ex Benth.) P.S.Short, comb, now Brachyscome cardiocarpa 
F.Muell. ex Benth., Flora austral. 3: 517 (1867) (“ Brachycome ”). Type citation: 
“Victoria. Swamps of Gipps’ Land, F. Mueller: Heaths, Glenelg River, Robertson ; 
Portland. Allitt. Tasmania. Mount Wellington, Formosa, etc., generally growing in water, 
J. D. Hooker and others. S. Australia. Rivoli Bay. C.[sic] Mueller." Lectotype (lecto now , 
here chosen): Portland, W. Allitt 5 (MEL 220866), see below. Remaining syntypes: 
Glenelg (River], Anon., presumably Robertson (K); Rivoli Bay, Oct. 1848, F. Mueller 
(MEL 220867); swamps of Gippsland, ‘IF. Mueller, (K). Uncited specimens or duplicates 
of specimens seen by Bentham: South Esk, Tasmania. 10 Dec., C. Stuart 114 (MEL 
220868); Swamps near Perth, Tas., Dec. 1849. C. Stuart (MEL 220869); Van Diemen's 
Land, C. Stuart (MEL 220865, MEL 220870, both ex herb. Sonder). 
[Brachyscome linearifolia auct non DC.. Hook.I'., Flora Tasman. 1: 185 (1856).] 
Perennial herb, erect, to 45 cm tall, mainly glabrous, basally surrounded by bases of 
former leaves. Leaves mainly radical, linear, usually entire, 4-30 cm long 0.1-0.3 cm 
wide, very rarely with several small linear lobes, mainly glabrous but at least the lower 
leaves with long, coarse, septate, brownish hairs at the base. Scapes sometimes shorter 
but usually longer than the leaves, with some linear leaves which reduce in length towards 
the capitulum. Involucre c. 8-15 mm diam.; bracts c. 40-48, in at least 2 distinct rows, 
somewhat oblong or obovate to oblanceolatc, 4-8.8 mm long, 0.8-3.1 mm wide, 
glabrous. Receptacle subconical, glabrous, alveolate. Ray florets 54-77; corolla 
10.6-16.2 mm long, apically not lobed or barely 2-lobcd. with (3) 4 or 5 (6) veins, white 
or mauve. Disc florets 150—226; corolla tube 5-lobed, 2.8—3.7 mm long, yellow. Stamens 
5; anthers 1.4-1.93 mm long; microsporangia 1.1-1.5 mm long; apical appendage 
0.26-0.43 mm long. Pollen grains c. 3700-4600 per floret. Style with sterile apical 
appendages triangular and slightly longer than the stigmatic portion. Cypselas widely 
obovate to obovate, 2.4—3.4 mm long, 1.8—2.3 mm wide, brown, concolorous or 
discolorous, with the wing-like margins paler than the fruit body; fruit body smooth or 
minutely tuberculate and not or more or less well-defined by longitudinal ridges 
associated with the vascular traces, glabrous or each tubercle with a hair; wing-like 
margins noil-swollen and with entire edges, the edges with biscriate, curved, eglandular 
hairs. Pappus of c. 10 scale-like, more or less erect bristles 0.1-0.4 mm long, connate at 
the base, not exceeding the apical notch of the cypsela. Chromosome number: n = 18. 
(Fig. 1, a—g). 
Distribution: South-east South Australia, much of Victoria, extreme south-east of New 
South Wales, and Tasmania. I have not seen specimens from New South Wales but the 
illustration and description of A. cardiocarpa in Everett (1992, p. 165) are of this species. 

Page image

830523 Brachyscome cardiocarpa Muelleria 20: 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424351
Page is part of the work Three new genera of Australian Astereae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.291370

Page text

Astereae 
55 
these other species by having long, coarse, septate, brownish hairs at the base of the 
leaves. The fact that they are non-rhi/.omatous, tufted, perennial herbs also distinguishes 
them from other species of Brachyscome s. lat. with thin cypselas. 
Immature fruit of A. cardiocarpa and sometimes mature fruit of A. uliginosa may 
exhibit two longitudinal ridges on each lateral face. Cleared fruit show that these ridges are 
associated with vascular traces in the pericarp and as such they are not considered to be 
homologous with the longitudinal ridges found in some other species of Brachyscome s. lat. 
Key to Species 
1 Leaves usually entire, to 30 cm long, 0.1-0.3 cm wide, rarely with several linear lobes 
. A. cardiocarpa 
1: Leaves entire or pinnatiscct, the latter common and with 1-6 lobes, all leaves to c. 11 
cm long, (0.2) 0.4-1.4 cm wide . A. uliginosa 
Allittia cardiocarpa (F.Muell. ex Benth.) P.S.Short, comb, now Brachyscome cardiocarpa 
F.Muell. ex Benth., Flora austral. 3: 517 (1867) (“ Brachycome ”). Type citation: 
“Victoria. Swamps of Gipps’ Land, F. Mueller: Heaths, Glenelg River, Robertson ; 
Portland. Allitt. Tasmania. Mount Wellington, Formosa, etc., generally growing in water, 
J. D. Hooker and others. S. Australia. Rivoli Bay. C.[sic] Mueller." Lectotype (lecto now , 
here chosen): Portland, W. Allitt 5 (MEL 220866), see below. Remaining syntypes: 
Glenelg (River], Anon., presumably Robertson (K); Rivoli Bay, Oct. 1848, F. Mueller 
(MEL 220867); swamps of Gippsland, ‘IF. Mueller, (K). Uncited specimens or duplicates 
of specimens seen by Bentham: South Esk, Tasmania. 10 Dec., C. Stuart 114 (MEL 
220868); Swamps near Perth, Tas., Dec. 1849. C. Stuart (MEL 220869); Van Diemen's 
Land, C. Stuart (MEL 220865, MEL 220870, both ex herb. Sonder). 
[Brachyscome linearifolia auct non DC.. Hook.I'., Flora Tasman. 1: 185 (1856).] 
Perennial herb, erect, to 45 cm tall, mainly glabrous, basally surrounded by bases of 
former leaves. Leaves mainly radical, linear, usually entire, 4-30 cm long 0.1-0.3 cm 
wide, very rarely with several small linear lobes, mainly glabrous but at least the lower 
leaves with long, coarse, septate, brownish hairs at the base. Scapes sometimes shorter 
but usually longer than the leaves, with some linear leaves which reduce in length towards 
the capitulum. Involucre c. 8-15 mm diam.; bracts c. 40-48, in at least 2 distinct rows, 
somewhat oblong or obovate to oblanceolatc, 4-8.8 mm long, 0.8-3.1 mm wide, 
glabrous. Receptacle subconical, glabrous, alveolate. Ray florets 54-77; corolla 
10.6-16.2 mm long, apically not lobed or barely 2-lobcd. with (3) 4 or 5 (6) veins, white 
or mauve. Disc florets 150—226; corolla tube 5-lobed, 2.8—3.7 mm long, yellow. Stamens 
5; anthers 1.4-1.93 mm long; microsporangia 1.1-1.5 mm long; apical appendage 
0.26-0.43 mm long. Pollen grains c. 3700-4600 per floret. Style with sterile apical 
appendages triangular and slightly longer than the stigmatic portion. Cypselas widely 
obovate to obovate, 2.4—3.4 mm long, 1.8—2.3 mm wide, brown, concolorous or 
discolorous, with the wing-like margins paler than the fruit body; fruit body smooth or 
minutely tuberculate and not or more or less well-defined by longitudinal ridges 
associated with the vascular traces, glabrous or each tubercle with a hair; wing-like 
margins noil-swollen and with entire edges, the edges with biscriate, curved, eglandular 
hairs. Pappus of c. 10 scale-like, more or less erect bristles 0.1-0.4 mm long, connate at 
the base, not exceeding the apical notch of the cypsela. Chromosome number: n = 18. 
(Fig. 1, a—g). 
Distribution: South-east South Australia, much of Victoria, extreme south-east of New 
South Wales, and Tasmania. I have not seen specimens from New South Wales but the 
illustration and description of A. cardiocarpa in Everett (1992, p. 165) are of this species. 

Page image

830525 Brachyscome latisquamea Muelleria 20: 64
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424360
Page is part of the work Three new genera of Australian Astereae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.291370

Page text

64 
Short 
of other species of asteroid daisy is not clear to me. It may be that the cells of this “pap¬ 
pus” should be considered as part of the cypsela or part of the dehiscent tissue of the 
cypsela-corolla interface. 
The cypsela morphology alone distinguishes this species from all others in 
Brachyscome s. lat. and indeed from other members of the Australian Astereae and, as far 
as I am aware, from non-Australian species. No other species has large, flattened, 
glabrous fruit with multiple vascular strands in the pericarp. 
Pembertonia latisquamea (F.Muell.) P.S.Short, comb. nov. Brachyscome latisquamea 
F.Muell., Fra yin. 11: 16 (Mar. 1878). Type citation: “Ad sinum marinum Shark-Bay in 
Iocis tempore pluviali humidis; F.M. Prope Champion-Bay, C. Gray.” Lectotype (Davis 
1948, p. 228, fig. 110): Shark Bay, [Oct. or Nov. 1877J, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 239618, 
p.p.). Isolectotypes: MEL 239618 p.p., excluding lectotype. Remaining syntype: 
Champion Bay, Charles Gray 67 (MEL 239619). 
Perennial, sprawling or scandcnt and to c. 1.5 m tall shrub, glabrous. Leaves alternate, 
entire, linear, linear-oblanceolate or linear-elliptic but often somewhat curved. 10-80 mm 
long, 1-13 mm wide, green, slightly succulent. Capitula c. 14-18 mm diam. Capitular 
bracts c. 12-16, in about 2 rows, overlapping, obovate to widely obovate, 9-12 mm long, 
3.5—8.5 mm wide, herbaceous, with the outer c. 5 bracts markedly convex and shorter than 
those of the inner row, the inner bracts flat to convex, all bracts glabrous, often slightly suc¬ 
culent, with c. 4—8 veins from the base. Receptacle convex, naked, glabrous, with rounded 
bumps indicating the position of the florets when fresh but appearing slightly pitted when 
dry. Ray florets 35-50. Ray corolla 22-37 mm long, 2.7-3.7 mm wide, commonly white or 
shades of pink, more rarely somewhat mauve or purplish; tubular part with biseriate glan¬ 
dular hairs; veins 4-9; apex not or barely 2 or 3-lobed. Disc florets c. 170-260, corolla lube 
4.3-6 mm long, yellow, externally with scattered biseriate glandular hairs 0.5-1.2 mm long. 
Stamens 5; anthers with the microsporangium 1.65-2.25 mm long, apically rounded with 
the connective not or barely exceeding the microsporangium; endothecial tissue with radi¬ 
al thickening; filament collar straight in outline and basally not thicker than the filament. 
Pollen grains c. 5000-10000 per floret. Style 6.2-8.2 mm long; arms 1.8-2.8 mm long; 
appendages more or less oblong, 1.75-1.9 mm long.; stigmatic surface 0.6-0.7 mm long. 
Cypselas homomorphic, strongly laterally compressed and thin, symmetrical or slightly 
asymmetrical but essentially obovate in outline, 3-3.9 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, pale 
brown, the wing-like margins and fruit body not or slightly discolorous; apically notched; 
basally with a region of smaller cells concolorous with the rest of the fruit; pericarp with 
several vascular bundles in each wing-like extension, secretory canals absent. Pappus an 
uneven rim c. 0.1 mm high. Chromosome number, n = 9. (Fig. 3). 
Distribution-. Extends from approximately the Shark Bay region (including Dirk 
Hartog Island) to North West Cape, Western Australia and not recorded more than e. 50 
km from the coast. 
Habitat: Common in calcareous sand along the coast and associated with species such 
as Spinifex hirsutus Labill. but further inland in Acacia shrubland and Atriplex shrubland 
on red-brown sand. 
Flowering Period & Reproductive Biology : The large capitula indicate that the species 
predominately cross-pollinates and this is supported by an average pollen:ovule ratio of 
7021 determined from five capitula of Short 2470. The high value also suggests that the 
species is self-incompatible. 
Collection data indicate that P. latisquamea commonly flowers between late July and 
the end of October but a flowering specimen (A.S. George 2527) from North West Cape 
was collected in early June and at Carnarvon flowering material has been collected in 
December ( W. V. Fitzgerald s.n., Dec. 1906). 

Page image

830524 Brachyscome uliginosa Muelleria 20: 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424353
Page is part of the work Three new genera of Australian Astereae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.291370
830537 Cacalia odoratus Muelleria 20: 88
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424384
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371

Page text

88 
Thompson 
resin ducts fine, pale to reddish; inner phyllaries with 1 or 2 ducts. Florets 11-14; corol¬ 
la 5-7 mm long, with lobes 0.8-1.0 mm long. Achenes narrow-obloid, 1.8-2.2 mm long, 
brown, with papillose hairs forming bands 3 or 4 hairs wide, with l:w ratio of hairs c. 5. 
Pappus 4-5 mm long. (Figs lh. II) 
Flowers mostly late spring-summer. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in south-eastern South Australia on the Fleurieu 
Peninsula and in western Victoria on Mt Arapiles and Mitre Rock near Natimuk (Fig. 7d). 
Grows in rocky sites, including granite and sandstone outcrops, and in gullies in forest 
and woodland. 
Notes: Relatively common in the Mount Lofty Ranges in South Australia and in this 
region it hybridises with S. odoratus and the introduced species, .S'. pterophorus DC. 
Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mount Lofty Range. Between lirst and 
second waterfalls, Morialta Gorge, ca 10 km east of Adelaide. R. Schodde 1035. 25.xii.1958 (AD, 
CANB). VICTORIA: Mount Arapiles-Tooan Park. Mitre Rock. J.E. Tonkin 377 & J.H. Ross, 
13.xii. 1995 (MEL). 
7. Senecio odoratus Hornem., Hart. Bot. Hafn. 2: 809 (1815) 
Cacalia odorata (Hornem.) Desf., Cat. Hort. Paris 400 (1829). 
Type: [State unknown], ‘Hah. in Nov. Hollandia’; probable syn: MEL [Presumably a 
specimen grown in botanic garden at Copenhagen from achenes sent from England], 
Senecio odoratus Hornem. var. obtusifolius J.M.Black, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. .S’. 
Australia 36: 24 (1912). Type: [South Australia], ‘Along the coast at Port Elliot’, J.M. 
Black ; holo: AD. 
Senecio odoratus Hornem. var. longtfolius M.E.Lawr.,./. Adelaide Bot. Card. 7: 289 
(1985). Type: [South Australia], Ravine des Casoars |Kangaroo Island], 2 Feb. 1948, J.B. 
Cleland; holo: AD; iso: AD. 
Senecio odoratus A.Rich., Voy. Astrolabe 2: 109 (1834), noin. illeg. non Hornem. 
(1815). Type: [South Australia], ‘Crescit in Nova-Hollandia, loco vulgo dicto He des 
Kangourous [west coast of Kangaroo Island]; holo: P n.v. 
Shrubs to 1.7 m high, nearly glabrous except for leaves, often glaucous. Leaves not or 
slightly fleshy; mid-stem/mid-branch leaves oblanceolate, elliptic to narrow-elliptic or 
narrow-oblong, to 14 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-15, undivided: base attenuate, cordate 
or auriculate, commonly somewhat amplexicaul; margin dentate to coarse-dentate, or ± 
entire; upper surface glabrous or with coarse hairs; lower surface glabrous or cobwebby 
or with coarse hairs, the coarse portions sometimes somewhat obscured by cobwebby 
overlay; reticulate venation usually conspicuous, especially below. Unit inflorescences 
typically of c. 20-80 capitula. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-6, 1.0-2.0 mm long; 
involucre 3.5-6.0 mm long, c. 1.5-2.0 mm diam., glabrous, sometimes glaucous; phyl- 
laries 7-10; stereome convex, with resin ducts mostly fine, pale, orange or reddish; inner 
phyllaries with 1 or 2 ducts. Florets 10-16; corolla 4-6 mm long, with lobes 0.6-1.0 mm 
long. Achenes narrow-obloid, 1.6-2.8 mm long, brown, with papillose hairs in bands, 
with l:w ratio of hairs c. 4. Pappus 4-5 mm long. (Figs li, 12) 
Flowers spring-autumn. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in southern South Australia east from Pearson 
Island oil the west coast ot Eyre Peninsula; in south-western Victoria mostly along the 
coast; in coastal eastern Victoria, and also in Tasmania (Fig. 7e). Grows on rocky slopes, 
clifftops, or sand dunes in shrubland, woodland and forest. 
Notes: An aromatic species displaying considerable subtle morphological variation 

Page image

830549 Erechtites glandulosus Muelleria 20: 139
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424435
Page is part of the work A new name for Senecio glandulosus (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.291373

Page text

Muelleria 20: 139-140 (2004) 
A new name for Senecio glandulosus (Asteraceae) 
Ian R. Thompson 
School of Botany, The University of Melbourne, Victoria 3010, Australia 
Email: i.thompson@unimelb.edu.au 
Abstract 
A new name, Senecio campylocarpus I.Thomps., is created to replace Senecio glandulosus (DC.) 
Sch.Bip.. the latter being illegitimate because of an earlier homonym. 
Taxonomy 
In the recent revision of the disciform species of Senecio in Australia, I resur¬ 
rected the name S. glandulosus (DC.) Sch.Bip. to apply to a taxon occurring in 
south-eastern Australia (Thompson 2004). This name, published in 1845, has 
been found to be illegitimate because four years earlier the same name was used 
for a species from Argentina. A new name for the Australian species is there¬ 
fore required. The name S. glandulosus (DC.) Sch.Bip. has never been used in 
Australian floras; however, it was included by Belcher (1956) as a synonym of 
S. quadridentatus Labi 11. without reference to its illegitimacy. 
Senecio campylocarpus I.Thomps., nom. now 
Erechtites glandulosa DC., Prodr. 6: 295 (1838); S. glandulosus (DC.) Sch.Bip., Flora 
oder Allgemeine Rot. Zeitung 28: 498 (1845), nom. illeg. non Don ex Hook. & Arn. 
(1841); E. quadridentata var. glandulosa (DC.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 685 (1930). 
Type: New South Wales, Lachlan River |in terris inundatis depressis ad ripas Bum. 
Lachlan in Nova-Hollandia interiore’], /). Cunningham 141; holo: G (microfiche seen 
MEL). 
Etymology: The epithet alludes to the curved marginal achenes (illustrated in 
Thompson 2004, fig. 4), that are typical of this species and appear more pronounced in 
this species than any other disciform species (Gk: campylos, curved, and carpos , fruit). 
In ‘Selected specimens examined’ for S. glandulosus in Thompson (2004) two of the 
sub-headings were incorrect and the opportunity is taken here to correct these. 
Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: Macleys Plain, A. 
Cunningham 61 (MEL); McAlister Travelling Stock Reserve, c. 6.5 km SE of Laggan on 
Goulburn Road; headwaters of Wollondilly River, I. Crawford 5159 , 14,xii.1998 
(CANB). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Canberra, Belconnen Naval 
Station, Ginninderra Creek. I. Crawford 3271, 27.x.1995 (CANB); Brooke’s Creek, 
Federal Highway, L.G. Adams 4194 , 12.xii. 1999 (CANB). VICTORIA: Woori 
Yallock-Koowecrup Road c. 3 km south of Woori Yallock, l.R. Thompson 704, 
14.xi.2001 (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW); Barrnah Regional Park, A.C. Beauglehole 
82311, 19.xi.1985 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL); Hepburn Regional Park, A.C. Beauglehole 
70601, B.v.1982 (MEL); Spadonis Reserve, to immediate west of junction of Olinda 
Creek and Yarra River, 2.5 km WNW of Yering, D. Frood s.n., 23.x. 1996 (MEL); 
Laverlon, W.R.A. Baker, 20.v. 1905 (MEL); Rail Reserve, Herne’s Swamp, at end of 
access road from N, D.E. Albrecht 5274, 6.vi. 1993 (MEL); Campaspe River, west of 
Redesdale, A.C. Beauglehole 70618, 25.iv. 1982 (AD, CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Near 
Launceston, coll, unknown, 21 ,iii. 1888 (MEL); Swamp near Cressy, J.H. Wilson, Feb. 
1943 (HO). 

Page image

830551 Erechtites quadridentatus glandulosus Muelleria 20: 139
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424435
Page is part of the work A new name for Senecio glandulosus (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.291373
590876 Eucalyptus filiformis Muelleria 20: 24-27, Figs 1 (map), 6, 7
590874 Eucalyptus hawkeri Muelleria 20: 17-22, Figs 1 (map), 4, 7
590872 Eucalyptus litoralis Muelleria 20: 11-14, Figs 1 (map), 2
590878 Eucalyptus polyanthemos marginalis Muelleria 20: 29-31, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 29-31, Fig. 1".

590873 Eucalyptus pyrenea Muelleria 20: 14-16, Figs 1 (map), 3
614154 Eucalyptus tricarpa tricarpa Muelleria 20: 27
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424310
Page is part of the work New taxa in Eucalyptus (Myrtaceae) for Victoria and notes on Victorian populations of Eucalyptus calycogona, doi:10.5962/p.291367
590877 Eucalyptus tricarpa decora Muelleria 20: 27-28. Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 27-28. Fig. 1".

590875 Eucalyptus walshii Muelleria 20: 22-24, Figs 1 (map), 5, 7
590891 Hullsia argillicola Muelleria 20: 58-61, Fig. 2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 58-61, Fig. 2".

590890 Hullsia Muelleria 20: 58-61

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 58-61".

590871 Melaleuca sylvana Muelleria 20: 3-8, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 3-8, Fig. 1".

830546 Othonna gregorii Muelleria 20: 113
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424409
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 3. Radiate, arid region species allied to S. magnificus and the radiate, alpine species S. pectinatus, doi:10.5962/p.291372

Page text

Arid radiate Sejiecio 
113 
1. Senecio gregorii F.Muell., Enum. PI. Coll. Gregory 7 (1859) 
Othonna gregorii (F.Muell.) C.Jeffrey, Kew Bull. 41: 876 (1986). 
Type: [South Australia], Coopers River |Creek], A.C. Gregory ; holo: MEL. 
Annuals to 0.3(-0.5) m high, glaucous, glabrous. Mid-stem leaves narrow-linear, to 10 cm 
long, with l:w ratio c. 15-20, undivided; margin entire; base narrow. Upper-stem leaves 
similar. Unit inflorescences of 1-5 capitula; peduncle dilating from c. 5 mm below base of 
capitulum. Capitulwn ecalyculate; involucre 5-16 mm long, 3-9 mm diam. (size often 
highly variable on one plant); phyllaries c. 13, all ± seamlessly fused (except for apices) to 
adjacent phyllaries or a few with margins evident; involucre eventually splitting into 3 or 4 
sections. Florets 30-55; Iigulate florets 7-11; ligule 12-20 mm long, yellow, with 4-6 veins; 
disc florets: corolla 7-10 mm long; limb shorter than tube; balusterform base of corolla 3-5 
mm long. Achenes dimorphic; disc achene narrow-obloid or slightly lageniform, 4—8.5 mm 
long, orange-brown or reddish, papillose hairs 0.6-1 mm long in bands, obscuring most of 
surface; ray achenes often not developing, pale, thin, with thin pappus bristles, otherwise 
similar to or slightly shorter and more densely hairy than disc achenes. Pappus persistent, 
10-30 mm long; bristles smooth, robust proximally. (Figs 1 & 3) 
Flowers most of year. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in western and south-western Western Australia 
from Carnarvon south-east to Kalgoorlie; in central Australia from Halls Crossing in 
southern Northern Territory south to the Whyalla area in southern South Australia and 
from Warburton in far eastern Western Australia east to Blackall in central Queensland. 
Also extends into south-eastern Australia as far as the Big Desert area in far north¬ 
western Victoria (Fig. 2a). Grows in various soils in river beds, plains, dunes and saline 
swamp margins, in herbfield, shrubland and woodland; commonly abundant following 
significant rains. 
Notes: An unusual species with several apparently unique features, although it is 
similar to several other radiate Australian taxa of arid or sentiarid regions. Also 
superficially similar to members of the southern African genus Othonna. in which it was 
placed in 1986. Closest affinity is with 5. conferruminatus I.Thomps. based on involucre 
morphology. It possibly also has affinity to S. gypsicola based on fusion of phyllaries, and 
to S. platylepis based on achenial morphology. Readily recognised by the involucre of 
fused phyllaries, the absence of calycular bracteoles, the large achenes with an 
indumentum of long hairs, and the very long, basally-stout pappus bristles. Style- 
branches are long and their apex has a crown of rather long clear narrow-triangular 
papillae. Capitulum size varies considerably on individuals with later-developing capitula 
often much smaller. This feature also occurs in S. conferruminatus. 
Another similarity between S. gregorii and S. conferruminatus, and which 
distinguishes them from the other members of the Magnificus group, is the morphology 
of the corolla of disc florets. The limb is markedly shorter than the tube and the 
balusterform (flared) base of the tube is elongate. In contrast, the balusterform base is not 
elongate in other species, the limb in S. magnificus and S. megaglossus is longer than the 
tube, and in most other species it is c. as long as the tube. Senecio gypsicola is a slight 
exception in that the limb in this species is commonly slightly shorter than the tube. 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 35 miles [56 km] west of Docker 
River on road to Giles Weather Station, K. Menkhorst s.n., 11.viii. 1986 (MEL. PERTH). 
NORTHERN TERRITORY: 10 miles [16 km] WNW of Santa Teresa Mission, M. Lazarides 
5732, 17.viii.1956 (CANB, DNA). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Gairdner-Torrens district: 75 km N of 
Glendampo on Stuart Highway, E side of road, ./. K. Shelley 27 A R. McCullough. 12.viii. 1984 (AD. 
CBG, MEL. PERTH). QUEENSLAND: 5 km W of Betoota on Birdsville Road. K.A. Williams 
7817 ! (AD. BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: 8.5 km southeast of Fort Grey campsite turnoff en 

Page image

830547 Othonna gypsicola Muelleria 20: 117
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424413
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 3. Radiate, arid region species allied to S. magnificus and the radiate, alpine species S. pectinatus, doi:10.5962/p.291372

Page text

Arid radiate Senecio 
117 
route to Tibooburra in Sturt National Park, R.G. Coveny 13498, M. Savio & B. Wiecek, 4.ix.l989 
(AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: Wyperfeld Nat. Park - 400 m south of Meridian 
Gate, D.C. Cheat. 24.viii.l983 (MEL). 
2. Senecio conferruminatus I.Thomps., sp. nov. 
A S. gregorii F.Muell. capitulis pluribus, flosculis paucioribus, ligulis paucioribus, 
acheniis longioribus pilis brevioribus, pappa breviore differt. 
Type: Western Australia, 13 miles East of 550 mile peg, North West Highway, T.E.H. 
Aplin 3220, 3 July 1970; holo: PERTH. 
Annuals to c. 0.3m high, glaucous, glabrous. Mid-stem leaves narrow-linear, to 10 cm 
long, with l:w ratio c. 15-30, undivided; margin entire; base narrow. Upper-stem leaves 
similar. Unit inflorescences ot 2—7 capitula; peduncle dilating from 1—5 mm below base 
of capitulum or hardly dilating. Capitula ecalyculate; involucre cylindrical, 4-15 mm 
long, 2-4 mm diani. (length commonly highly variable on one plant); phyllaries c. 13, all 
± seamlessly fused (except for apices) to adjacent phyllaries or a few with margins 
evident: involucre eventually splitting into 3 or 4 sections. Florets 20-32; ligulate florets 
5-7, commonly 5; ligule 8-15 mm long, yellow, with 4-6 veins; disc florets: corolla 5-8 
mm long; limb shorter than tube; balusterform base of corolla 1-3 mm long. Achenes 
narrowly Iageniform, 6-10 mm long, brown or reddish, with papillose hairs c. 0.3 mm 
long in bands, obscuring c. 50% of surface; l:w ratio of hairs c. 6. Pappus persistent, 5-17 
mm long; bristles nearly smooth. (Figs 1 & 4) 
Flowers late winter-spring. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in far western Western Australia from the Gascoyne 
River near Carnarvon S to the Murchison River (Fig. 2b). Grows in various soils in river 
beds, plains, dunes and saline swamp margins, in herbfield, shrubland and woodland. 
Notes: This species is very similar to S. gregorii in terms of the texture and nature ol 
the fusion of phyllaries, but the capitula of S. conferruminatus are generally more 
numerous, smaller and with fewer florets. Furthermore, ligulate florets are fewer, achenes 
are longer particularly relative to the length of the involucre (c. 2/5—3/4 of length 
compared to c. 1/2 of length in S. gregorii), achenial hairs are much shorter, and the 
pappus bristles are generally shorter and less robust. The narrowly Iageniform achenes 
are reminiscent of S. tuberculatus and S. murrayanus but those ol the latter two species 
are clothed in papillae rather than hairs. 
Etymology: The epithet alludes to the fused phyllaries of the involucre (L. 
conferruminatus, fused) 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Woorumel Roadhouse, N.S. Lander 
1340. B.A. Fulirer, & PS. Short, 17.viii.1986 (MEL, PERTH); 16 km west of Gascoyne junction, 
P.S. Short 2517, N.S. Linder & B.A. Fulirer, 20,viii. 1986 (AD, MEL, PERTH); 150 mi [250 km] 
N of Mullewa, B.L. Turner 5371. 21 .viii.1965 (MEL); Outside Carnarvon towards Geraldton, D. 
Clyme 153 (NSW). 
3. Senecio gypsicola (R.Bates) I.Thomps., comb. nov. 
Othonna gypsicola R.Bates, J. Adelaide. Bot. Gard. 15: 149 (1993). 
Type: South Australia, gypseous clay mounds between Copper Hills and Arckaringa, 
R. Bates 19171, 8 July 1989; holo; AD; iso: NSW, PERTH. 
Annuals to c. 0.3 m high, glabrous, sometimes glaucous. Mid-stem leaves narrow-obovate 
to oblanceolate, to 4 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-4, undivided; margin entire; tapering to 

Page image

590893 Pembertonia latisquamea Muelleria 20: 64-65, Figs. 3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 64-65, Figs. 3".

590892 Pembertonia Muelleria 20: 62, 64
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424358
Page is part of the work Three new genera of Australian Astereae (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.291370

Page text

62 
Short 
Pembertonia P.S. Short, Gen. now 
Brachyscome sect. Heteropholis F.Muell., Fragm. 11: 16 (Mar. 1878), nom. inval. 
Planta Irutex perennis scandens glaber. Folia alterna, sessilia, integra, plerumque linearia 
vel lineo-oblanceolata vel lineo-elliptica sed nonnihil curvata, viridia, subsucculenta. 
Capitula solitaria, heterogama, radiata; bracteae involucri in verticillis duobus imbricatae 
herbaceae, bracteae externae valde convexae quam illae planae vel convexae verticilli 
interni breviores, bracteae omnes glabrae venis 4-8 e basibus. Receptaculum convexutn 
epaleatum glabrum. Flosculi radii feminei, corolla plerumque alba vel rosea raro sub- 
malvina vel subpurpurea; pars tubularis pilis biseriatis glandulis; ligula venis lobis indis- 
tinctis. Flosculi disci numerosi, hermaphroditi; corolla flava lobis 5, pilis dispersis glan¬ 
dulis biseratis. Stamina 5; antherae ecaudatae connectivo vel non vel vix microsporangio 
longiore; contextus endothecii radiale incrassatus. Styli brachia conspicua, plus minusve 
oblonga. Cypselae homomorphae, lateraliter compressae tenues, quasi obovatae, 
stramineae. marginibus aliformibus atque IVuctu interdum discoloribus; apex incisurus; 
pericarpus aliquot fascibus vascularibus in extensioribus aliformibus, canalibus secretori- 
is nullis. Pappus minutus. 
Typus: Pembertonia latisquamea (F.Muell.) P.S.Short. 
Perennial , sprawling or scandent, glabrous shrub. Leaves alternate, entire, commonly lin¬ 
ear. linear-oblanceolate or linear-elliptic but often somewhat curved, green, slightly suc¬ 
culent. Capitula solitary, radiate, heterogamous; involucral bracts in 2 rows, overlapping, 
herbaceous, the outer c. 5 bracts markedly convex and shorter than those of the inner row, 
the inner bracts flat to convex, all bracts glabrous and with c. 4-8 veins from the base. 
Receptacle convex, naked, glabrous. Ray florets female. Corolla usually white or pink, 
rarely somewhat mauve or purplish; tubular part with biseriate glandular hairs; ligule 
with 4—9 veins, with 2 or 3 indistinct lobes. Disc florets numerous, bisexual. 5-lobed, yel¬ 
low, externally with scattered biseriate glandular hairs. Stamens 5; anthers not tailed, the 
connective not or barely exceeding the microsporangium; endothecial tissue with radial 
thickening; filament collar straight in outline and basally not thicker than the filament. 
Style arms conspicuous, more or less oblong. Cypselas homomorphic, laterally com¬ 
pressed and thin, symmetrical or slightly asymmetrical but essentially obovate in outline, 
pale brown, the wing-like margins and fruit body sometimes slightly discolorous; apical- 
ly notched; basally with a region of smaller cells concolorous with the rest of the fruit; 
pericarp with several vascular bundles in each of the wing-like extensions, secretory 
canals absent. Pappus an uneven rim c. 0.1 mm high. Chromosome number, n - 9. 
Distribution: A monotypic genus confined to Western Australia. 
Etymology: The generic name commemorates Pemberton Walcott who joined Francis 
Gregory's expedition to the north-west coast of Australia in 1861 “as a volunteer for the 
collection of specimens of natural history and botany” (Gregory 1884, p. 53). 
Nomenclature: Mueller, when describing and naming the species Brachyscome 
latisquamea, referred it to a new section, sect. Heteropholis F.Muell., placing this name 
in brackets under the binomial and then proceeding to give a description of the plant. The 
description is in two parts, the upper part with the more diagnostic features, distribution 
and collection data and the lower being a more detailed description. However, Mueller 
commonly compiled his species descriptions in this manner throughout the volumes of 
the Fragmenta and thus I believe it erroneous to treat the first part of the description as a 
diagnosis of the Sectional name. For this reason, following Article 41.2,1 regard the sec¬ 
tional name to be invalid as a separate description or diagnosis was not provided. 
Notes: At the interface of the corolla tube with the cypsela there is a minute and 
uneven rim of cells which Davis (1948, p. 229) considered to be a pappus. It is also 
described as a pappus in the above description but whether it is equivalent to the pappus 

Page image

590934 Senecio albogilvus Muelleria 20: 130-133, Figs 9 (map), 11
590894 Senecio anethifolius Muelleria 20: 70-72

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 70-72".

590895 Senecio anethifolius anethifolius Muelleria 20: 72, Figs 1, 2 (map), 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424368
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371
590897 Senecio anethifolius brevibracteolatus Muelleria 20: 73, 77, Figs 1, 2 (map), 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424369
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371
590896 Senecio angustilobus Muelleria 20: 72
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424368
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371

Page text

72 
Thompson 
narrow-obloid, 2.0-3.0 mm long, pale to dark brown, with papillose hairs in bands a few 
hairs wide, with l:w ratio of hairs c. 3. Pappus 3.5-5.0 mm long. 
Flowers mostly winter to summer. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from the Flinders Ranges 
in south-eastern South Australia east to central New South Wales. Grows among rocks 
and/or in sand, sometimes in or beside watercourses, in open woodland and shrubland. 
Notes: There are two subspecies. Putative hybrids between S. lanibracteus I.Thomps. 
and one or both of the subspecies have been recorded at several places in South Australia 
and near Broken Hill in western New South Wales. 
1 Plants not glaucous, or rarely slightly glaucous; segments of leaves very fine (of major 
branches mostly 0.B-2.0 mm wide; of secondary branches mostly 0.3-0.8 mm wide 
(dried)); calycular bracteoles (1.5—)2.0—5.0 mm long; involucre 5.0-8.5 mm long, 
with resin ducts of phyllaries and bracteoles tine, not raised; corolla lobes mostly 
1.0-1.6 mm long (dried).la. subsp. anethifolius 
1: Plants glaucous at least on newer growth; segments of leaves generally broader than 
above (of major branches mostly 1.5-3.5 mm wide, of secondary branches mostly 
0.6-1.5 mm wide (dried)); calycular bracteoles 0.5-2.0 mm long; involucre 
3.5-6.0(-7.0) mm long, with resin ducts of phyllaries and bracteoles commonly broad 
and often raised; corolla lobes mostly 0.6-1.0 mm long (dried). 
...lb. subsp. brevibracteolatus 
la. Senecio anethifolius A.Cunn. ex DC. subsp. anethifolius 
Senecio angustilobus F.Muell., Linnaea 25: 418 (1853); Senecio angustifolius Sond., 
Linnaea 25: 526 (1853) [An error by Sonder who was intending to present Mueller’s S. 
angustilobus]. 
Type: South Australia, ‘In cacuminibus montium petraeorum Cudnaka versus’ 
[Kanyaka, Flinders Ranges], F. Mueller. Oct 1847; lecto (here selected): MEL 275094; 
isolecto: MEL. 
Plants not glaucous, or rarely slightly glaucous. Leaves: segments 3-6 per side, 0.3-2.0 
mm wide (dried). Peduncles at anthesis mostly 2-6 mm long. Capitula: calycular bracte¬ 
oles (1.5—)2.0—5.0 mm long; involucre 5.0-8.5 mm long; phyllaries often not black- 
tipped, with resin ducts usually narrow, not raised, orange. Florets 7-12; corolla-lobes 
mostly 1.0-1.6 mm long (dried). (Figs la, 3) 
Distribution: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from the Flinders Ranges in south-east¬ 
ern South Australia south-east to Robertstown in South Australia and east to Broken Hill 
in far western New South Wales, and disjunctly further east in central New South Wales 
where it occurs from the Merrimerriwa Range south to the Narrandera district (Fig. 2a). 
Notes: This subspecies is sympatric with and possibly hybridises with subsp. brevi¬ 
bracteolatus in the Southern Flinders Ranges. 
Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Southern Flinders Ranges. 
Yourambulla Caves area, c. 10 km SW of Hawker, R.V. Smith 89/29, 16.ix.1989 (AD, MEL); ca. 16 
km west of Gordon, H.M. Cooper, 20.ix.l969 (AD); Bumbumbii Springs. Koonamore, I.II. 
Paltridge 7, 21 ,i.\. 1928 (AD); ‘Dome Rock", 30 miles [48 km] W of Mingary, A.G. Spooner 3771, 
16.xi. 1974 (AD); S slope of Warren Gorge, 21 km N of Quoin, Flinders Ranges. A. Sikkes AS64I, 
21.ix.1973 (AD, CBG). NEW SOUTH WALES: 42 km from central Broken Hill on road to Ml 
Robe, roadside, R.B. Hadlow 86 & A.It. Court, 8.x. 1981 (CBG, NSW); Cocopara National Park, 
Woolshed Creek area, VV. Wrigley, 4.x. 1971 (CBG); Euriowie Creek, 55 miles [90 km] S of 
Paeksaddle, C.R. Dunlop CDI384, 29.viii.l969 (CBG); 'Yathong' Station, N of Hillston, W.E. 
Muiham W615, Oct. 1972 (CANB). 

Page image

830526 Senecio angustilobus Muelleria 20: 72
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424368
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371

Page text

72 
Thompson 
narrow-obloid, 2.0-3.0 mm long, pale to dark brown, with papillose hairs in bands a few 
hairs wide, with l:w ratio of hairs c. 3. Pappus 3.5-5.0 mm long. 
Flowers mostly winter to summer. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from the Flinders Ranges 
in south-eastern South Australia east to central New South Wales. Grows among rocks 
and/or in sand, sometimes in or beside watercourses, in open woodland and shrubland. 
Notes: There are two subspecies. Putative hybrids between S. lanibracteus I.Thomps. 
and one or both of the subspecies have been recorded at several places in South Australia 
and near Broken Hill in western New South Wales. 
1 Plants not glaucous, or rarely slightly glaucous; segments of leaves very fine (of major 
branches mostly 0.B-2.0 mm wide; of secondary branches mostly 0.3-0.8 mm wide 
(dried)); calycular bracteoles (1.5—)2.0—5.0 mm long; involucre 5.0-8.5 mm long, 
with resin ducts of phyllaries and bracteoles tine, not raised; corolla lobes mostly 
1.0-1.6 mm long (dried).la. subsp. anethifolius 
1: Plants glaucous at least on newer growth; segments of leaves generally broader than 
above (of major branches mostly 1.5-3.5 mm wide, of secondary branches mostly 
0.6-1.5 mm wide (dried)); calycular bracteoles 0.5-2.0 mm long; involucre 
3.5-6.0(-7.0) mm long, with resin ducts of phyllaries and bracteoles commonly broad 
and often raised; corolla lobes mostly 0.6-1.0 mm long (dried). 
...lb. subsp. brevibracteolatus 
la. Senecio anethifolius A.Cunn. ex DC. subsp. anethifolius 
Senecio angustilobus F.Muell., Linnaea 25: 418 (1853); Senecio angustifolius Sond., 
Linnaea 25: 526 (1853) [An error by Sonder who was intending to present Mueller’s S. 
angustilobus]. 
Type: South Australia, ‘In cacuminibus montium petraeorum Cudnaka versus’ 
[Kanyaka, Flinders Ranges], F. Mueller. Oct 1847; lecto (here selected): MEL 275094; 
isolecto: MEL. 
Plants not glaucous, or rarely slightly glaucous. Leaves: segments 3-6 per side, 0.3-2.0 
mm wide (dried). Peduncles at anthesis mostly 2-6 mm long. Capitula: calycular bracte¬ 
oles (1.5—)2.0—5.0 mm long; involucre 5.0-8.5 mm long; phyllaries often not black- 
tipped, with resin ducts usually narrow, not raised, orange. Florets 7-12; corolla-lobes 
mostly 1.0-1.6 mm long (dried). (Figs la, 3) 
Distribution: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from the Flinders Ranges in south-east¬ 
ern South Australia south-east to Robertstown in South Australia and east to Broken Hill 
in far western New South Wales, and disjunctly further east in central New South Wales 
where it occurs from the Merrimerriwa Range south to the Narrandera district (Fig. 2a). 
Notes: This subspecies is sympatric with and possibly hybridises with subsp. brevi¬ 
bracteolatus in the Southern Flinders Ranges. 
Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Southern Flinders Ranges. 
Yourambulla Caves area, c. 10 km SW of Hawker, R.V. Smith 89/29, 16.ix.1989 (AD, MEL); ca. 16 
km west of Gordon, H.M. Cooper, 20.ix.l969 (AD); Bumbumbii Springs. Koonamore, I.II. 
Paltridge 7, 21 ,i.\. 1928 (AD); ‘Dome Rock", 30 miles [48 km] W of Mingary, A.G. Spooner 3771, 
16.xi. 1974 (AD); S slope of Warren Gorge, 21 km N of Quoin, Flinders Ranges. A. Sikkes AS64I, 
21.ix.1973 (AD, CBG). NEW SOUTH WALES: 42 km from central Broken Hill on road to Ml 
Robe, roadside, R.B. Hadlow 86 & A.It. Court, 8.x. 1981 (CBG, NSW); Cocopara National Park, 
Woolshed Creek area, VV. Wrigley, 4.x. 1971 (CBG); Euriowie Creek, 55 miles [90 km] S of 
Paeksaddle, C.R. Dunlop CDI384, 29.viii.l969 (CBG); 'Yathong' Station, N of Hillston, W.E. 
Muiham W615, Oct. 1972 (CANB). 

Page image

830540 Senecio australis macrodontus Muelleria 20: 102
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424398
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371
590935 Senecio campylocarpus Muelleria 20: 139-140

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 139-140".

830543 Senecio cinerarioides Muelleria 20: 102
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424398
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371
590922 Senecio conferruminatus Muelleria 20: 117, Figs 1, 2 (map), 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424413
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 3. Radiate, arid region species allied to S. magnificus and the radiate, alpine species S. pectinatus, doi:10.5962/p.291372

Page text

Arid radiate Senecio 
117 
route to Tibooburra in Sturt National Park, R.G. Coveny 13498, M. Savio & B. Wiecek, 4.ix.l989 
(AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: Wyperfeld Nat. Park - 400 m south of Meridian 
Gate, D.C. Cheat. 24.viii.l983 (MEL). 
2. Senecio conferruminatus I.Thomps., sp. nov. 
A S. gregorii F.Muell. capitulis pluribus, flosculis paucioribus, ligulis paucioribus, 
acheniis longioribus pilis brevioribus, pappa breviore differt. 
Type: Western Australia, 13 miles East of 550 mile peg, North West Highway, T.E.H. 
Aplin 3220, 3 July 1970; holo: PERTH. 
Annuals to c. 0.3m high, glaucous, glabrous. Mid-stem leaves narrow-linear, to 10 cm 
long, with l:w ratio c. 15-30, undivided; margin entire; base narrow. Upper-stem leaves 
similar. Unit inflorescences ot 2—7 capitula; peduncle dilating from 1—5 mm below base 
of capitulum or hardly dilating. Capitula ecalyculate; involucre cylindrical, 4-15 mm 
long, 2-4 mm diani. (length commonly highly variable on one plant); phyllaries c. 13, all 
± seamlessly fused (except for apices) to adjacent phyllaries or a few with margins 
evident: involucre eventually splitting into 3 or 4 sections. Florets 20-32; ligulate florets 
5-7, commonly 5; ligule 8-15 mm long, yellow, with 4-6 veins; disc florets: corolla 5-8 
mm long; limb shorter than tube; balusterform base of corolla 1-3 mm long. Achenes 
narrowly Iageniform, 6-10 mm long, brown or reddish, with papillose hairs c. 0.3 mm 
long in bands, obscuring c. 50% of surface; l:w ratio of hairs c. 6. Pappus persistent, 5-17 
mm long; bristles nearly smooth. (Figs 1 & 4) 
Flowers late winter-spring. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in far western Western Australia from the Gascoyne 
River near Carnarvon S to the Murchison River (Fig. 2b). Grows in various soils in river 
beds, plains, dunes and saline swamp margins, in herbfield, shrubland and woodland. 
Notes: This species is very similar to S. gregorii in terms of the texture and nature ol 
the fusion of phyllaries, but the capitula of S. conferruminatus are generally more 
numerous, smaller and with fewer florets. Furthermore, ligulate florets are fewer, achenes 
are longer particularly relative to the length of the involucre (c. 2/5—3/4 of length 
compared to c. 1/2 of length in S. gregorii), achenial hairs are much shorter, and the 
pappus bristles are generally shorter and less robust. The narrowly Iageniform achenes 
are reminiscent of S. tuberculatus and S. murrayanus but those ol the latter two species 
are clothed in papillae rather than hairs. 
Etymology: The epithet alludes to the fused phyllaries of the involucre (L. 
conferruminatus, fused) 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Woorumel Roadhouse, N.S. Lander 
1340. B.A. Fulirer, & PS. Short, 17.viii.1986 (MEL, PERTH); 16 km west of Gascoyne junction, 
P.S. Short 2517, N.S. Linder & B.A. Fulirer, 20,viii. 1986 (AD, MEL, PERTH); 150 mi [250 km] 
N of Mullewa, B.L. Turner 5371. 21 .viii.1965 (MEL); Outside Carnarvon towards Geraldton, D. 
Clyme 153 (NSW). 
3. Senecio gypsicola (R.Bates) I.Thomps., comb. nov. 
Othonna gypsicola R.Bates, J. Adelaide. Bot. Gard. 15: 149 (1993). 
Type: South Australia, gypseous clay mounds between Copper Hills and Arckaringa, 
R. Bates 19171, 8 July 1989; holo; AD; iso: NSW, PERTH. 
Annuals to c. 0.3 m high, glabrous, sometimes glaucous. Mid-stem leaves narrow-obovate 
to oblanceolate, to 4 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-4, undivided; margin entire; tapering to 

Page image

590901 Senecio cunninghamii Muelleria 20: 81
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424377
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371

Page text

shrubby discoid Senecio 
81 
5. Senecio cunninghamii DC., Prodr. 6: 371 (1838), as Cuiminghami. 
Type: [New South Wales], ‘In Nova-Hollandia verisim. ad lacum Georgii’ [Lake 
George], A. Cunningham: holo: G n.v. (microfiche seen at MEL) 
Shrubs to 1.8 m high, ± glabrous except for transiently woolly newer growth, sometimes 
glaucous especially on younger growth. Leaves sub-fleshy to fleshy; mid-branch leaves 
narrow-elliptic, narrow oblong-elliptic or linear to narrow-linear, to 14 cm long, with l:w 
ratio c. 7^10, undivided (stem leaves sometimes dentate); base attenuate or upper leaves 
with small undivided auricles, not amplexicaul; margin entire, revolute, or sometimes 
larger leaves with scattered teeth; reticulate venation not conspicuous. Unit inflores¬ 
cences of c. 5-25 capitula. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 1-4, 0.7— 1.5(—2.0) mm long; 
involucre 3.0-5.0 mm long, c. 1.5-2.0 mm diam.; phyllaries (6-)7-9, slightly convex, 
patchily woolly at or prior to anthesis or glabrous, and then often glaucous; stereome 
mostly convex, with resin ducts fine or well-developed, pale or orangish; inner phyllaries 
usually with I duct. Florets 8—12(—14); corolla 4-6 mm long, with lobes 0.6-0.8 mm 
long. Achenes narrow-obloid, 2-4 mm long, olive-brown, with papillose hairs in bands 2 
or 3 hairs wide or hairs somewhat dispersed, with l:w ratio of hairs c. 5. Pappus 4-6 mm 
long. 
Flowers mostly summer-autumn. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, south-central New 
South Wales and western to central Victoria, with outlying populations in north-central 
New South Wales. There is one old record (MEL 2167322) labelled Darling Downs 
(South-eastern Queensland), IV. Hill, which is likely to have been mislabelled. Grows in 
various soils commonly associated with watercourses or in drains or depressions in 
shrubland, woodland and forest. 
There are two varieties. 
1 Length:width ratio of mid-branch leaves (of longer branches) 15-40; peduncles and 
capitula glabrous, often glaucous at and before anthesis. 5a. var. cuniiinghamii 
1: Length:width ratio of mid-branch leaves (of longer branches) 7—15(—20); peduncles 
and capitula patchily woolly before anthesis, lost or persistent at anthesis, not 
glaucous. 5b. var. /Undersellsis 
5a. Senecio cunninghamii DC. var. cunninghamii 
Senecio brachylaenus DC., Prodr. 6: 370 (1838). Type: [New South Wales], ‘In Nova- 
Hollandia interiore ad ripas flum. Lachlan' [Banks of the Lachlan River], A. Cunningham 
142. June 1817; holo: G n.v. (microfiche seen at MEL). 
Stem leaves with l:w ratio > 10; margin usually entire; mid-branch leaves with l:w ratio 
15—40. Peduncles and capitula glabrous at and before anthesis, often glaucous. (Figs 1 f, 9) 
Distribution: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from the Fleurieu Peninsula in south¬ 
eastern South Australia east to Hay in south-central New South Wales and south-east to the 
western outskirts of Melbourne in south-central Victoria. Also occurs disjunctly in the 
Macquarie Marshes area in north-central New South Wales (Fig. 7b). 
Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Yorke Peninsula. Ca. 3 km east of Port 
Victoria, J.ll. Cleland, 17.iii. 1959 (AD, CANB); 7 km N of Rennnark, Wookual Bend on River 
Murray, M.E. Lawrence 778 , 4.vi.!977 (AD); Lake Alexandrina, south-east margin, ca. 90 km 
south-east of Adelaide, P. Wilson 1414. 22.xi.l959 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: 30 miles [48 
km] N of Hay, W.E. Mulltam S37, 26.ix. 1963 (CANB); North side of the Lachlan River bridge, 
Oxley, R.G. Coveny 18692, G. Chappie, PC,. Kodela, & H. McPherson, 4.X.2000 (AD, BR1, MEL, 
NSW). VICTORIA: north of Benjeroop Slate Forest, A.C. Beauglehole 83197, 29.xii.1985 (AD, 
CANB); Koondrook. Top of steep Murray R. banks just E of junction with Gunbower Creek, .1.11. 
Willis, 21 .iii. 1972 (MEL); Jilpanger Flora and Fauna Reserve, c. 50 km SW of Horsham, D. Cook 

Page image

590902 Senecio cunninghamii cunninghamii Muelleria 20: 81, 84, Figs 1, 7 (map), 9
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424377
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371
590903 Senecio cunninghamii flindersensis Muelleria 20: 84, Figs 1, 7 (map), 10
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424380
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371
830528 Senecio cunninghamii serratus Muelleria 20: 78
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424374
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371
590920 Senecio dryadeus Muelleria 20: 108-109

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 108-109".

830542 Senecio dryadeus Muelleria 20: 102
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424398
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371
830541 Senecio dryadeus macrodontus Muelleria 20: 102
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424398
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371
590898 Senecio euclaensis Muelleria 20: 77, Figs 1, 2 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424373
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371

Page text

shrubby discoid Senecio 
77 
Creek township, D.N. Kraehenbuehl 7312 , 20.ix.1993 (AD); Dutchman’s Stern Range, 3 km W of 
Quorn, F. Mollenmans 1205, 10.x. 1981 (AD); In Bolla Bollana Creek, V.J. Levitzke 0507, 
28.xi. 1980 (AD); Near the summit of Mt Bryan, D.N. Kraehenbuehl 7280, May 1988 (AD. 
CANB). 
2. Senecio euclaensis l.Thomps., sp. now 
A S. gawlerensis M.E.Lawr. foliis carnosis segmentis plerumque oblongis, bracteolis 
brevioribus, phyllariis paucioribus brevioribus differt. 
Type : Western Australia, 2 km west of Western Australia/South Australia border; 
Eucla National lPark], G.J. Keighery & JJ. Alford 906, 12 Oct. 1986 (PERTH). 
Shrubs to 1.5 m high, glabrous, or sometimes sparsely and transiently cobwebby, not 
glaucous. Leaves fleshy; mid-stem/mid-branch leaves narrow-elliptic or oblanceolate, to 
10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2.5-4, deeply lobate to subpinnatisect; major divisions 2-5 
per side, strongly antrorse, triangular, oblong, narrow-oblong or obovate; base attenuate, 
petiole-like; margin ± entire or few-denticulate or dentate, revolute; surfaces ± glabrous; 
reticulate venation inconspicuous. Unit inflorescences of c. 60 capitula. Capitula : caly- 
cular bracteoles 4-6, 1.5-2.5 mm long; involucre 4.5-6.0 mm long, 3.0-3.5 mm diam.; 
phyllaries predominantly 8-10, a small percentage with 11-13, glabrous or cobwebby; 
stereome ± flat, with resin ducts broad, reddish; inner phyllaries most often with 2 ducts. 
Florets 15-25; corolla c. 6 mm long, with lobes c. I mm long. Achates not known at 
maturity, immature achenes with papillose hairs. Pappus c. 4-5 mm long. (Figs lc, 5) 
Flowers spring. 
Distribution: Occurs in the Eucla area, including Eucla National Park, in the far 
south-east of Western Australia (Fig. 2c). 
Etymology: The epithet alludes to the distribution of this species. 
Notes: Known only from two collections near Eucla. Similar to S. gawlerensis but dif¬ 
fers in having fleshy leaves with major divisions more deeply dissected and generally 
more oblong or obovate rather than triangular, shorter calycular bracteoles and involucres 
with fewer, less convex, and at first slightly cobwebby phyllaries. 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Eucla, Carey, 1877 (MEL). 
3. Senecio gawlerensis M.E.Lawr.,./. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7: 292 (1985) 
Senecio georgianus DC. var. latifolius J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 613 (1929). 
Type: (South Australia], 10 miles (16 km] W. Yardea, E.P. [Eyre Peninsula], J.B. 
Cleland, 24 Aug. 1928; lector AD , Jide M.E.Lawrence, loc. cit. 
Shrubs to 1.5 m high, glabrous, or sometimes sparsely and transiently cobwebby, not 
glaucous. Leaves hardly fleshy; mid-stem/mid-branch leaves lanceolate, elliptic to nar¬ 
row-elliptic, or oblanceolate, to 12 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-3, coarse-dentate to sub¬ 
pinnatisect; major divisions several per side, strongly antrorse, triangular; base attenuate, 
petiole like; margin ± entire or few-denticulate or dentate. Unit inflorescences typically 
of c. 20-80 capitula. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 4-8, 2.0-4.5 mm long, often some¬ 
what spreading; involucre (5.5-)6.0-8.0 mm long, c. 3.0 mm diam.; phyllaries 11-14, 
glabrous; stereomes convex, with resin ducts fine, reddish; inner phyllaries most often 
with a single duct. Florets 15-25; corolla 6-7 mm long, with lobes 0.6-0.8 mm long. 
Achenes narrow-obloid, 2.0-3.0 mm long, brown, with papillose hairs forming bands sev¬ 
eral hairs wide, with l:w ratio of hairs c. 4. Pappus c. 6 mm long. (Fig. Id, 6) 
Flowers mostly late winter-spring. 

Page image

590899 Senecio gawlerensis Muelleria 20: 77-78. Figs 1, 2 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 77-78. Figs 1, 2 (map)".

830527 Senecio georgianus latifolius Muelleria 20: 77
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424373
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371
830550 Senecio glandulosus Muelleria 20: 139
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424435
Page is part of the work A new name for Senecio glandulosus (Asteraceae), doi:10.5962/p.291373

Page text

Muelleria 20: 139-140 (2004) 
A new name for Senecio glandulosus (Asteraceae) 
Ian R. Thompson 
School of Botany, The University of Melbourne, Victoria 3010, Australia 
Email: i.thompson@unimelb.edu.au 
Abstract 
A new name, Senecio campylocarpus I.Thomps., is created to replace Senecio glandulosus (DC.) 
Sch.Bip.. the latter being illegitimate because of an earlier homonym. 
Taxonomy 
In the recent revision of the disciform species of Senecio in Australia, I resur¬ 
rected the name S. glandulosus (DC.) Sch.Bip. to apply to a taxon occurring in 
south-eastern Australia (Thompson 2004). This name, published in 1845, has 
been found to be illegitimate because four years earlier the same name was used 
for a species from Argentina. A new name for the Australian species is there¬ 
fore required. The name S. glandulosus (DC.) Sch.Bip. has never been used in 
Australian floras; however, it was included by Belcher (1956) as a synonym of 
S. quadridentatus Labi 11. without reference to its illegitimacy. 
Senecio campylocarpus I.Thomps., nom. now 
Erechtites glandulosa DC., Prodr. 6: 295 (1838); S. glandulosus (DC.) Sch.Bip., Flora 
oder Allgemeine Rot. Zeitung 28: 498 (1845), nom. illeg. non Don ex Hook. & Arn. 
(1841); E. quadridentata var. glandulosa (DC.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 685 (1930). 
Type: New South Wales, Lachlan River |in terris inundatis depressis ad ripas Bum. 
Lachlan in Nova-Hollandia interiore’], /). Cunningham 141; holo: G (microfiche seen 
MEL). 
Etymology: The epithet alludes to the curved marginal achenes (illustrated in 
Thompson 2004, fig. 4), that are typical of this species and appear more pronounced in 
this species than any other disciform species (Gk: campylos, curved, and carpos , fruit). 
In ‘Selected specimens examined’ for S. glandulosus in Thompson (2004) two of the 
sub-headings were incorrect and the opportunity is taken here to correct these. 
Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: Macleys Plain, A. 
Cunningham 61 (MEL); McAlister Travelling Stock Reserve, c. 6.5 km SE of Laggan on 
Goulburn Road; headwaters of Wollondilly River, I. Crawford 5159 , 14,xii.1998 
(CANB). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Canberra, Belconnen Naval 
Station, Ginninderra Creek. I. Crawford 3271, 27.x.1995 (CANB); Brooke’s Creek, 
Federal Highway, L.G. Adams 4194 , 12.xii. 1999 (CANB). VICTORIA: Woori 
Yallock-Koowecrup Road c. 3 km south of Woori Yallock, l.R. Thompson 704, 
14.xi.2001 (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW); Barrnah Regional Park, A.C. Beauglehole 
82311, 19.xi.1985 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL); Hepburn Regional Park, A.C. Beauglehole 
70601, B.v.1982 (MEL); Spadonis Reserve, to immediate west of junction of Olinda 
Creek and Yarra River, 2.5 km WNW of Yering, D. Frood s.n., 23.x. 1996 (MEL); 
Laverlon, W.R.A. Baker, 20.v. 1905 (MEL); Rail Reserve, Herne’s Swamp, at end of 
access road from N, D.E. Albrecht 5274, 6.vi. 1993 (MEL); Campaspe River, west of 
Redesdale, A.C. Beauglehole 70618, 25.iv. 1982 (AD, CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Near 
Launceston, coll, unknown, 21 ,iii. 1888 (MEL); Swamp near Cressy, J.H. Wilson, Feb. 
1943 (HO). 

Page image

590921 Senecio gregorii Muelleria 20: 113, 117, Figs 1, 2 (map), 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424409
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 3. Radiate, arid region species allied to S. magnificus and the radiate, alpine species S. pectinatus, doi:10.5962/p.291372

Page text

Arid radiate Sejiecio 
113 
1. Senecio gregorii F.Muell., Enum. PI. Coll. Gregory 7 (1859) 
Othonna gregorii (F.Muell.) C.Jeffrey, Kew Bull. 41: 876 (1986). 
Type: [South Australia], Coopers River |Creek], A.C. Gregory ; holo: MEL. 
Annuals to 0.3(-0.5) m high, glaucous, glabrous. Mid-stem leaves narrow-linear, to 10 cm 
long, with l:w ratio c. 15-20, undivided; margin entire; base narrow. Upper-stem leaves 
similar. Unit inflorescences of 1-5 capitula; peduncle dilating from c. 5 mm below base of 
capitulum. Capitulwn ecalyculate; involucre 5-16 mm long, 3-9 mm diam. (size often 
highly variable on one plant); phyllaries c. 13, all ± seamlessly fused (except for apices) to 
adjacent phyllaries or a few with margins evident; involucre eventually splitting into 3 or 4 
sections. Florets 30-55; Iigulate florets 7-11; ligule 12-20 mm long, yellow, with 4-6 veins; 
disc florets: corolla 7-10 mm long; limb shorter than tube; balusterform base of corolla 3-5 
mm long. Achenes dimorphic; disc achene narrow-obloid or slightly lageniform, 4—8.5 mm 
long, orange-brown or reddish, papillose hairs 0.6-1 mm long in bands, obscuring most of 
surface; ray achenes often not developing, pale, thin, with thin pappus bristles, otherwise 
similar to or slightly shorter and more densely hairy than disc achenes. Pappus persistent, 
10-30 mm long; bristles smooth, robust proximally. (Figs 1 & 3) 
Flowers most of year. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in western and south-western Western Australia 
from Carnarvon south-east to Kalgoorlie; in central Australia from Halls Crossing in 
southern Northern Territory south to the Whyalla area in southern South Australia and 
from Warburton in far eastern Western Australia east to Blackall in central Queensland. 
Also extends into south-eastern Australia as far as the Big Desert area in far north¬ 
western Victoria (Fig. 2a). Grows in various soils in river beds, plains, dunes and saline 
swamp margins, in herbfield, shrubland and woodland; commonly abundant following 
significant rains. 
Notes: An unusual species with several apparently unique features, although it is 
similar to several other radiate Australian taxa of arid or sentiarid regions. Also 
superficially similar to members of the southern African genus Othonna. in which it was 
placed in 1986. Closest affinity is with 5. conferruminatus I.Thomps. based on involucre 
morphology. It possibly also has affinity to S. gypsicola based on fusion of phyllaries, and 
to S. platylepis based on achenial morphology. Readily recognised by the involucre of 
fused phyllaries, the absence of calycular bracteoles, the large achenes with an 
indumentum of long hairs, and the very long, basally-stout pappus bristles. Style- 
branches are long and their apex has a crown of rather long clear narrow-triangular 
papillae. Capitulum size varies considerably on individuals with later-developing capitula 
often much smaller. This feature also occurs in S. conferruminatus. 
Another similarity between S. gregorii and S. conferruminatus, and which 
distinguishes them from the other members of the Magnificus group, is the morphology 
of the corolla of disc florets. The limb is markedly shorter than the tube and the 
balusterform (flared) base of the tube is elongate. In contrast, the balusterform base is not 
elongate in other species, the limb in S. magnificus and S. megaglossus is longer than the 
tube, and in most other species it is c. as long as the tube. Senecio gypsicola is a slight 
exception in that the limb in this species is commonly slightly shorter than the tube. 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 35 miles [56 km] west of Docker 
River on road to Giles Weather Station, K. Menkhorst s.n., 11.viii. 1986 (MEL. PERTH). 
NORTHERN TERRITORY: 10 miles [16 km] WNW of Santa Teresa Mission, M. Lazarides 
5732, 17.viii.1956 (CANB, DNA). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Gairdner-Torrens district: 75 km N of 
Glendampo on Stuart Highway, E side of road, ./. K. Shelley 27 A R. McCullough. 12.viii. 1984 (AD. 
CBG, MEL. PERTH). QUEENSLAND: 5 km W of Betoota on Birdsville Road. K.A. Williams 
7817 ! (AD. BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: 8.5 km southeast of Fort Grey campsite turnoff en 

Page image

590923 Senecio gypsicola Muelleria 20: 117, 119, Figs 1, 2 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424413
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 3. Radiate, arid region species allied to S. magnificus and the radiate, alpine species S. pectinatus, doi:10.5962/p.291372

Page text

Arid radiate Senecio 
117 
route to Tibooburra in Sturt National Park, R.G. Coveny 13498, M. Savio & B. Wiecek, 4.ix.l989 
(AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: Wyperfeld Nat. Park - 400 m south of Meridian 
Gate, D.C. Cheat. 24.viii.l983 (MEL). 
2. Senecio conferruminatus I.Thomps., sp. nov. 
A S. gregorii F.Muell. capitulis pluribus, flosculis paucioribus, ligulis paucioribus, 
acheniis longioribus pilis brevioribus, pappa breviore differt. 
Type: Western Australia, 13 miles East of 550 mile peg, North West Highway, T.E.H. 
Aplin 3220, 3 July 1970; holo: PERTH. 
Annuals to c. 0.3m high, glaucous, glabrous. Mid-stem leaves narrow-linear, to 10 cm 
long, with l:w ratio c. 15-30, undivided; margin entire; base narrow. Upper-stem leaves 
similar. Unit inflorescences ot 2—7 capitula; peduncle dilating from 1—5 mm below base 
of capitulum or hardly dilating. Capitula ecalyculate; involucre cylindrical, 4-15 mm 
long, 2-4 mm diani. (length commonly highly variable on one plant); phyllaries c. 13, all 
± seamlessly fused (except for apices) to adjacent phyllaries or a few with margins 
evident: involucre eventually splitting into 3 or 4 sections. Florets 20-32; ligulate florets 
5-7, commonly 5; ligule 8-15 mm long, yellow, with 4-6 veins; disc florets: corolla 5-8 
mm long; limb shorter than tube; balusterform base of corolla 1-3 mm long. Achenes 
narrowly Iageniform, 6-10 mm long, brown or reddish, with papillose hairs c. 0.3 mm 
long in bands, obscuring c. 50% of surface; l:w ratio of hairs c. 6. Pappus persistent, 5-17 
mm long; bristles nearly smooth. (Figs 1 & 4) 
Flowers late winter-spring. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in far western Western Australia from the Gascoyne 
River near Carnarvon S to the Murchison River (Fig. 2b). Grows in various soils in river 
beds, plains, dunes and saline swamp margins, in herbfield, shrubland and woodland. 
Notes: This species is very similar to S. gregorii in terms of the texture and nature ol 
the fusion of phyllaries, but the capitula of S. conferruminatus are generally more 
numerous, smaller and with fewer florets. Furthermore, ligulate florets are fewer, achenes 
are longer particularly relative to the length of the involucre (c. 2/5—3/4 of length 
compared to c. 1/2 of length in S. gregorii), achenial hairs are much shorter, and the 
pappus bristles are generally shorter and less robust. The narrowly Iageniform achenes 
are reminiscent of S. tuberculatus and S. murrayanus but those ol the latter two species 
are clothed in papillae rather than hairs. 
Etymology: The epithet alludes to the fused phyllaries of the involucre (L. 
conferruminatus, fused) 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Woorumel Roadhouse, N.S. Lander 
1340. B.A. Fulirer, & PS. Short, 17.viii.1986 (MEL, PERTH); 16 km west of Gascoyne junction, 
P.S. Short 2517, N.S. Linder & B.A. Fulirer, 20,viii. 1986 (AD, MEL, PERTH); 150 mi [250 km] 
N of Mullewa, B.L. Turner 5371. 21 .viii.1965 (MEL); Outside Carnarvon towards Geraldton, D. 
Clyme 153 (NSW). 
3. Senecio gypsicola (R.Bates) I.Thomps., comb. nov. 
Othonna gypsicola R.Bates, J. Adelaide. Bot. Gard. 15: 149 (1993). 
Type: South Australia, gypseous clay mounds between Copper Hills and Arckaringa, 
R. Bates 19171, 8 July 1989; holo; AD; iso: NSW, PERTH. 
Annuals to c. 0.3 m high, glabrous, sometimes glaucous. Mid-stem leaves narrow-obovate 
to oblanceolate, to 4 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-4, undivided; margin entire; tapering to 

Page image

590904 Senecio hypoleucus Muelleria 20: 84, 88, Figs 1, 7 (map), 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424380
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371

Page text

84 
Thompson 
s.n.. Sepl. 1991 (MEL); Diggers Rest, P.R.H. St.John, 25.iii.1901 (MEL): Bannockburn |NW of 
Geelong]. Rail reserve (W side) 2 km N of Bannockburn station, on railway side of fence line, K. 
McDougall s.n., 25.iv.1992 (MEL); Mullaroo creek, Lindsay Island, 12 m. |19 km] N of Sturt 
Highway. ± 54 m. [88 km] W of Mildura PO, A.C. Beauglehole 40614, 20.X.1972 (AD, MEL); 
Ballarat-Clunes road, 2 km south of Clunes, R. Thomas, 2.viii. 1990 (MEL); 19 km W of Goroke 
PO, 84 km W of Horsham PO, A.C. Beauglehole 66844, 29.xi.1979 (AD, MEL, NSW); Boort- 
Durham Ox Rd. c. 1 km W of Durham Ox, between Serpentine and Flume Creeks. N side of Rd, 
A.C. Cochrane 549 & N.G. Walsh, 2.iii.l999 (AD). 
5b. Senecio cunninghamn DC. var. flindersensis I.Thomps., var. tiov. 
A varietate typica, foliis 7-15(-20)plo longioribus quant latioribus, pedunculis et 
capitulis non glaucus, paulo lanatibus differt. 
Type: South Australia, Lower Flinders Range, Melrose (Melrose is ca. 60 km south¬ 
east of Port Augusta), H. Amtsberg, 20 Aug. 1972; holo: AD. 
Stem leaves with l:w ratio < 10; margin often dentate; mid-branch leaves with a l:w ratio 
of 7— 15(—20). Peduncles and capitula mostly patchily woolly at and before anthesis, not 
glaucous. (Figs lg, 10) 
Distribution: Occurs in south-eastern South Australia from near Hawker in the 
Flinders Ranges south-south-east to Clare (Fig. 7c). 
Etymology: The epithet alludes to the Flinders Ranges where this variety occurs. 
Notes: This variety was alluded to by Lawrence (1985b) when she noted the existence 
of specimens intermediate in morphology between S. lanibracteus (as S. cunninghamii 
var. serratus) and typical S. cunninghamii. The affinity of these specimens is clearly with 
S. cunninghamii but they resemble S. lanibracteus in developing some wool on their 
capitula. 
Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Port Augusta, /.'.S'. Lea, 25.i. 1886 (AD); 
near Wonaka, R.J. Bates 37424. 29.iv.l994 (AD, CANB. MEL); More-hard, RJ. Bates 9383. 
28.ii.1987 (AD); Ca. 5 km south of Kanyaka at roadside, W.R. Barker 312, 4.iii. 1968 (AD); Quoin, 
2 miles (3.22 km) West, H.M. Cooper, Mar. 1941 (AD); Peterborough, L.D. Williams 2776, 
10.iv. 1966 (AD); Between Hammond and Amyton, R. Bates 14312, 17.v. 1988 (AD); North of 
Terowie, R. Bates 9443, 1 .ii. 1987 (AD); 42 km ex Yunta, road from Oodla Wirra, G. Leske 60, 
17.iii. 1997 (AD). 
6. Senecio hypoleucus F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 672 (1867) 
Type: [Victoria], Wimmera, Dallachy; ?syn: K n.v., MEL; [South Australia], Mount 
Lofty, Wilhelmi ; syn: K n.v.; [South Australia], Mount Lofty, Whittaker ; syn: K n.v. 
Senecio odoratus Hornem. var. petiolata Sond., Linnaea 25: 526 (1853), as 6 petiola- 
ta. Type: [South Australia], ‘Ad fluv. Torrens [River Torrens], 1849, F. Mueller; syn: 
MEL; [South Australia], in tractu montium Bugle-range [Bugle Range], F. Mueller, 23 
Nov. 1848; syn: MEL 
Shrubs to 1.5 m high, with hairs on leaves and stems, not glaucous. Leaves not fleshy; 
mid-stem/mid-branch leaves to 14 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-6, proximal 1-4 cm peti¬ 
ole-like, blade portion elliptic to narrow-elliptic, or lanceolate, undivided; base attenuate; 
margin dentate or denticulate, with teeth frequent; upper surface sparsely appressed-cob- 
webby, denser along midrib, glabrescent, reticulate venation impressed; lower surface 
moderately to densely appressed-woolly, with hairs entirely wispy or coarse at base; sec¬ 
ondary and sometimes reticulate venation usually distinct. Unit inflorescences typically 
of c. 20-80 capitula. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-6, 1. 5 - 2.6 mm long; involucre 
4.0-6.0 mm long, c. 1.5-2.0 mm diam., glabrous; phyllaries 7-10; stereome convex, with 

Page image

590900 Senecio lanibracteus Muelleria 20: 78, 80, Figs 1, 7 (map), 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424374
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371

Page text

78 
Thompson 
Distribution and Habitat : Occurs in south-central South Australia from Hiltaba east 
to Quorn in the Flinders Ranges and south-south-east to Corunna Hill on the Eyre 
Peninsula (Fig. 2d). Grows commonly among rocks on hillsides, also on sandy flats 
beside creeks, in open woodland and shrubland 
Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Miccollo Hill, 68 km NW (by road) 
from Iron Knob, Gawler Ranges, B.J. Conn 1816, 28.viii.1985 (AD. MEL, NSW); Gawler Ranges, 
E slope of Mt Gairdner. P. Price, 3.x. 1972 (AD. CANB); Lower Flinders Ranges. Hancock’s 
Lookout, ca. 42 km south-east of Port Augusta, near Wilmington, coll, unknown (Adelaide 
Botanical Garden collection), 2.x. 1960 (AD). 
4. Senecio lanibracteus I.Thomps., nom. and stat. nov. 
Senecio cunningluunii DC. var. serratus M.E.Lawr.. ./. Adelaide Bot. Card. 7: 291 
(1985). 
Type-. [South Australia], S. Aust., Chintapanna Dam, Witchelina Station, F. Badtnan 
182, 13 Mar. 1979; holo: AD; iso: HO. 
Shrubs to 1.8 m high, typically with a close, short wool usually present on younger parts, 
variably dense and persistent, rarely ± glabrous, sometimes mildly glaucous. Leaves sub- 
fleshy to coriaceous; mid-branch leaves narrow to very narrow-elliptic, to 10 cm long, 
with l:w ratio 2-11, undivided or coarse-dentate to lobate; major divisions 3—7(—12) per 
side, antrorse, mostly triangular, rarely c. oblong, with l:w ratio 1-2; base attenuate or 
auriculate, with auricles entire or bilobed, hardly amplexicaul; margin dentate or dentic¬ 
ulate, with teeth often frequent, rarely entire; both surfaces often appressed-woolly at 
least when young, variably glabrescent, sometimes glabrous; reticulate venation obscure. 
Unit inflorescences of c. 5-40 capitula; peduncles commonly somewhat woolly at anthc- 
sis. Capitula: calycular bracleoles 2-6, mostly lanceolate, 1.2-3.0 mm long; involucre 
3.0-6.0 mm long, 2.0-3.0 mm diam.; phyllaries 8—10(—12), slightly to densely appressed- 
woolly, variably glabrescent, rarely glabrous; stereome flat to slightly convex, with resin 
ducts moderately broad, pale or orangish; inner phyllaries with 1 or 2 ducts. Florets 
10— 18(—22); corolla 5—6 mm long, with lobes 0.6—0.8 mm long. Aclienes narrow-obloid, 
2.5-4.0 mm long, straw-coloured, with papillose hairs usually in bands several hairs 
wide, with l:w ratio of hairs c. 5. Pappus 4-7 mm long. (Figs le, 8) 
Flowers most of year, probably dependent on moisture. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in central to central-eastern Australia from the 
George Gill Ranges in southern Northern Territory south-east to Pooncarie in far south¬ 
western New South Wales and east to Birdsville in far south-western Queensland. Also a 
single record further south from Lake Brambruk in north-western Victoria. There are also 
a few very old records from the Geraldton area in far western Western Australia (Fig. 7a). 
Grows commonly in or near drains or watercourses in plains, on various soils, often 
saline, in shrubland and woodland. 
Etymology: The epithet alludes to the indumentum covering the phyllaries (L. lanus, 
wool and bracteus, bract). 
Notes: Previously treated as a variety of S. cunningluunii, although it is not clear from 
this study that this species is its closest relative. Elevating the rank of this taxon necessi¬ 
tates the creation of a new epithet because the name Senecio serratus has already been 
taken. Senecio lanibracteus differs from S. cunningluunii in leaf shape and dentition and, 
usually, in the presence of indumentum on phyllaries, leaves and new growth, in the 
length and shape of calycular bracteoles, and in the number of florets per capitulum. 
Phyllaries of .S', lanibracteus are ± rigid and narrow-ovate or narrow-elliptic whereas 
those of S. cunningluunii are more flexible and are closer to narrow-oblong. A glabrous 

Page image

590909 Senecio linearifolius Muelleria 20: 90-91

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 90-91".

590910 Senecio linearifolius linearifolius Muelleria 20: 92-93, Figs 13 (map), 14
590914 Senecio linearifolius arachnoideus Muelleria 20: 98, 102, Figs 18 (map), 19
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424394
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371
590916 Senecio linearifolius dangarensis Muelleria 20: 104, Figs 18 (map), 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424400
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371
590911 Senecio linearifolius denticulatus Muelleria 20: 93, 96, Figs. 13 (map), 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424389
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371
590918 Senecio linearifolius gariwerdensis Muelleria 20: 104, 108, Figs 18 (map), 22
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424400
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371
590919 Senecio linearifolius graniticola Muelleria 20: 108, Figs. 18 (map), 23
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424404
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371
590913 Senecio linearifolius intermedius Muelleria 20: 98, Figs 13 (map), 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424394
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371
590912 Senecio linearifolius latifolius Muelleria 20: 96-97, Figs 13 (map), 16
590915 Senecio linearifolius macrodontus Muelleria 20: 102-104, Figs 18 (map), 20
830539 Senecio macrodontus Muelleria 20: 102
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424398
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371
590924 Senecio magnificus Muelleria 20: 119-121, Figs 1, 2, (map), 5
590926 Senecio megaglossus Muelleria 20: 123-124, Figs 1, 2 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 123-124, Figs 1, 2 (map)".

590928 Senecio murrayanus Muelleria 20: 124-126, Figs 1, 7 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 124-126, Figs 1, 7 (map)".

830536 Senecio odoratus Muelleria 20: 88
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424384
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371

Page text

88 
Thompson 
resin ducts fine, pale to reddish; inner phyllaries with 1 or 2 ducts. Florets 11-14; corol¬ 
la 5-7 mm long, with lobes 0.8-1.0 mm long. Achenes narrow-obloid, 1.8-2.2 mm long, 
brown, with papillose hairs forming bands 3 or 4 hairs wide, with l:w ratio of hairs c. 5. 
Pappus 4-5 mm long. (Figs lh. II) 
Flowers mostly late spring-summer. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in south-eastern South Australia on the Fleurieu 
Peninsula and in western Victoria on Mt Arapiles and Mitre Rock near Natimuk (Fig. 7d). 
Grows in rocky sites, including granite and sandstone outcrops, and in gullies in forest 
and woodland. 
Notes: Relatively common in the Mount Lofty Ranges in South Australia and in this 
region it hybridises with S. odoratus and the introduced species, .S'. pterophorus DC. 
Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mount Lofty Range. Between lirst and 
second waterfalls, Morialta Gorge, ca 10 km east of Adelaide. R. Schodde 1035. 25.xii.1958 (AD, 
CANB). VICTORIA: Mount Arapiles-Tooan Park. Mitre Rock. J.E. Tonkin 377 & J.H. Ross, 
13.xii. 1995 (MEL). 
7. Senecio odoratus Hornem., Hart. Bot. Hafn. 2: 809 (1815) 
Cacalia odorata (Hornem.) Desf., Cat. Hort. Paris 400 (1829). 
Type: [State unknown], ‘Hah. in Nov. Hollandia’; probable syn: MEL [Presumably a 
specimen grown in botanic garden at Copenhagen from achenes sent from England], 
Senecio odoratus Hornem. var. obtusifolius J.M.Black, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. .S’. 
Australia 36: 24 (1912). Type: [South Australia], ‘Along the coast at Port Elliot’, J.M. 
Black ; holo: AD. 
Senecio odoratus Hornem. var. longtfolius M.E.Lawr.,./. Adelaide Bot. Card. 7: 289 
(1985). Type: [South Australia], Ravine des Casoars |Kangaroo Island], 2 Feb. 1948, J.B. 
Cleland; holo: AD; iso: AD. 
Senecio odoratus A.Rich., Voy. Astrolabe 2: 109 (1834), noin. illeg. non Hornem. 
(1815). Type: [South Australia], ‘Crescit in Nova-Hollandia, loco vulgo dicto He des 
Kangourous [west coast of Kangaroo Island]; holo: P n.v. 
Shrubs to 1.7 m high, nearly glabrous except for leaves, often glaucous. Leaves not or 
slightly fleshy; mid-stem/mid-branch leaves oblanceolate, elliptic to narrow-elliptic or 
narrow-oblong, to 14 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-15, undivided: base attenuate, cordate 
or auriculate, commonly somewhat amplexicaul; margin dentate to coarse-dentate, or ± 
entire; upper surface glabrous or with coarse hairs; lower surface glabrous or cobwebby 
or with coarse hairs, the coarse portions sometimes somewhat obscured by cobwebby 
overlay; reticulate venation usually conspicuous, especially below. Unit inflorescences 
typically of c. 20-80 capitula. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-6, 1.0-2.0 mm long; 
involucre 3.5-6.0 mm long, c. 1.5-2.0 mm diam., glabrous, sometimes glaucous; phyl- 
laries 7-10; stereome convex, with resin ducts mostly fine, pale, orange or reddish; inner 
phyllaries with 1 or 2 ducts. Florets 10-16; corolla 4-6 mm long, with lobes 0.6-1.0 mm 
long. Achenes narrow-obloid, 1.6-2.8 mm long, brown, with papillose hairs in bands, 
with l:w ratio of hairs c. 4. Pappus 4-5 mm long. (Figs li, 12) 
Flowers spring-autumn. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in southern South Australia east from Pearson 
Island oil the west coast ot Eyre Peninsula; in south-western Victoria mostly along the 
coast; in coastal eastern Victoria, and also in Tasmania (Fig. 7e). Grows on rocky slopes, 
clifftops, or sand dunes in shrubland, woodland and forest. 
Notes: An aromatic species displaying considerable subtle morphological variation 

Page image

590907 Senecio odoratus Muelleria 20: 88-89, Figs 1, 7 (map), 12

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 88-89, Figs 1, 7 (map), 12".

830535 Senecio odoratus longifolius Muelleria 20: 88
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424384
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371
830534 Senecio odoratus obtusifolius Muelleria 20: 88
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424384
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371
830529 Senecio odoratus Muelleria 20: 84
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424380
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371

Page text

84 
Thompson 
s.n.. Sepl. 1991 (MEL); Diggers Rest, P.R.H. St.John, 25.iii.1901 (MEL): Bannockburn |NW of 
Geelong]. Rail reserve (W side) 2 km N of Bannockburn station, on railway side of fence line, K. 
McDougall s.n., 25.iv.1992 (MEL); Mullaroo creek, Lindsay Island, 12 m. |19 km] N of Sturt 
Highway. ± 54 m. [88 km] W of Mildura PO, A.C. Beauglehole 40614, 20.X.1972 (AD, MEL); 
Ballarat-Clunes road, 2 km south of Clunes, R. Thomas, 2.viii. 1990 (MEL); 19 km W of Goroke 
PO, 84 km W of Horsham PO, A.C. Beauglehole 66844, 29.xi.1979 (AD, MEL, NSW); Boort- 
Durham Ox Rd. c. 1 km W of Durham Ox, between Serpentine and Flume Creeks. N side of Rd, 
A.C. Cochrane 549 & N.G. Walsh, 2.iii.l999 (AD). 
5b. Senecio cunninghamn DC. var. flindersensis I.Thomps., var. tiov. 
A varietate typica, foliis 7-15(-20)plo longioribus quant latioribus, pedunculis et 
capitulis non glaucus, paulo lanatibus differt. 
Type: South Australia, Lower Flinders Range, Melrose (Melrose is ca. 60 km south¬ 
east of Port Augusta), H. Amtsberg, 20 Aug. 1972; holo: AD. 
Stem leaves with l:w ratio < 10; margin often dentate; mid-branch leaves with a l:w ratio 
of 7— 15(—20). Peduncles and capitula mostly patchily woolly at and before anthesis, not 
glaucous. (Figs lg, 10) 
Distribution: Occurs in south-eastern South Australia from near Hawker in the 
Flinders Ranges south-south-east to Clare (Fig. 7c). 
Etymology: The epithet alludes to the Flinders Ranges where this variety occurs. 
Notes: This variety was alluded to by Lawrence (1985b) when she noted the existence 
of specimens intermediate in morphology between S. lanibracteus (as S. cunninghamii 
var. serratus) and typical S. cunninghamii. The affinity of these specimens is clearly with 
S. cunninghamii but they resemble S. lanibracteus in developing some wool on their 
capitula. 
Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Port Augusta, /.'.S'. Lea, 25.i. 1886 (AD); 
near Wonaka, R.J. Bates 37424. 29.iv.l994 (AD, CANB. MEL); More-hard, RJ. Bates 9383. 
28.ii.1987 (AD); Ca. 5 km south of Kanyaka at roadside, W.R. Barker 312, 4.iii. 1968 (AD); Quoin, 
2 miles (3.22 km) West, H.M. Cooper, Mar. 1941 (AD); Peterborough, L.D. Williams 2776, 
10.iv. 1966 (AD); Between Hammond and Amyton, R. Bates 14312, 17.v. 1988 (AD); North of 
Terowie, R. Bates 9443, 1 .ii. 1987 (AD); 42 km ex Yunta, road from Oodla Wirra, G. Leske 60, 
17.iii. 1997 (AD). 
6. Senecio hypoleucus F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 672 (1867) 
Type: [Victoria], Wimmera, Dallachy; ?syn: K n.v., MEL; [South Australia], Mount 
Lofty, Wilhelmi ; syn: K n.v.; [South Australia], Mount Lofty, Whittaker ; syn: K n.v. 
Senecio odoratus Hornem. var. petiolata Sond., Linnaea 25: 526 (1853), as 6 petiola- 
ta. Type: [South Australia], ‘Ad fluv. Torrens [River Torrens], 1849, F. Mueller; syn: 
MEL; [South Australia], in tractu montium Bugle-range [Bugle Range], F. Mueller, 23 
Nov. 1848; syn: MEL 
Shrubs to 1.5 m high, with hairs on leaves and stems, not glaucous. Leaves not fleshy; 
mid-stem/mid-branch leaves to 14 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-6, proximal 1-4 cm peti¬ 
ole-like, blade portion elliptic to narrow-elliptic, or lanceolate, undivided; base attenuate; 
margin dentate or denticulate, with teeth frequent; upper surface sparsely appressed-cob- 
webby, denser along midrib, glabrescent, reticulate venation impressed; lower surface 
moderately to densely appressed-woolly, with hairs entirely wispy or coarse at base; sec¬ 
ondary and sometimes reticulate venation usually distinct. Unit inflorescences typically 
of c. 20-80 capitula. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 3-6, 1. 5 - 2.6 mm long; involucre 
4.0-6.0 mm long, c. 1.5-2.0 mm diam., glabrous; phyllaries 7-10; stereome convex, with 

Page image

590931 Senecio pectinatus Muelleria 20: 128-129

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 128-129".

590932 Senecio pectinatus pectinatus Muelleria 20: 130, Figs 9 (map), 10
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424426
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 3. Radiate, arid region species allied to S. magnificus and the radiate, alpine species S. pectinatus, doi:10.5962/p.291372
590933 Senecio pectinatus major Muelleria 20: 130, Fig. 9 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424426
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 3. Radiate, arid region species allied to S. magnificus and the radiate, alpine species S. pectinatus, doi:10.5962/p.291372
830548 Senecio pectinatus ochroleucus Muelleria 20: 130
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424426
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 3. Radiate, arid region species allied to S. magnificus and the radiate, alpine species S. pectinatus, doi:10.5962/p.291372
830538 Senecio persicifolius Muelleria 20: 102
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424398
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371
590925 Senecio pilosicristus Muelleria 20: 121-123, Figs 1, 2(map), 6

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 121-123, Figs 1, 2(map), 6".

590930 Senecio platylepis Muelleria 20: 126, 128, Figs 1, 7 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424422
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 3. Radiate, arid region species allied to S. magnificus and the radiate, alpine species S. pectinatus, doi:10.5962/p.291372

Page text

126 
Thompson 
The unusual ellipsoid to obovoid granular papillae covering the surface of the aehenes 
of S. murrayanus have a longitudinal furrow. When water is applied, hair-like structures are 
released and the water is absorbed to produce large amounts of mucus. This phenomenon 
is discussed in more detail by Belcher (1986) and the similar, or identical, mechanism that 
occurs in the more typical papillose hairs is described by Lawrence (1985). 
Selected specimens examined: NEW SOLITH WALES: Lachlan R., F. Mueller, Sept. 1878 
(MEL); Trangie, L.R. Clark, 27.x.1942 (CANB); 30 miles NW of Balranald, J.H. Leigh W3II 
(NSW). VICTORIA: Kerang. J. Minchin, Oct 1887 (MEL). 
9. Senecio tuberculatum Ali, Kew Bull. 19: 423 (1965) 
Type: Queensland, South of Tara, Bullock Head Creek Road, R.W. Johnson 538, 28 
Aug.' 1958; holo: BRI; iso: NSW. 
Annuals to c. 0.5 m high, not glaucous, with hairs sparse. Mid-stem leaves elliptic in 
outline, to 15 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 1.5-3, pinnatisect or bipinnatisect; segments 2-5 
per side: margins entire, dentate, or divided: base narrow. Upper-stein leaves similar. Unit 
inflorescences of 3-30 capitula: peduncle dilating from c. 2-5 mm below base of 
capitulum. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 2-6, 1-3 mm long; involucre (3—)4—6 mm long, 
c. 6-10 mm diam., sparsely hairy; phyllaries 14-22. Florets 60-90; ligulate florets 8-12; 
liguie 5-10 mm long, yellow, with mostly 4 or 5 veins; disc florets: corolla 4-6 mm long; 
limb c. as long as tube; balusterform base of corolla c. 0.5 mm long. Aclienes narrowly 
lageniform, 4-7 mm long, orange-brown, with ± translucent granule-like papillae 
scattered to moderately dense over surface, sparser on neck,. Pappus persistent. 4-5 mm 
long; bristles minutely scabrid, length of barbels less than diam. of bristle (Figs I & 8) 
Flowers winter-spring. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in central-eastern Australia from Charleville in 
south-central Queensland S to Nevertire in north-central New South Wales, and east- 
south-east to Inglewood in far south-eastern Queensland (Fig. 7c). Grows in sandy-loam, 
loam and heavy grey clays in grassland, herbfield and Brigalow or Casuarina woodland. 
Notes: Similar to the more southerly distributed S. murrayanus but differing by having 
leaves more deeply dissected, phyllaries shorter, and bearing scattered coarse hairs at 
anthesis, and aehenes more sparsely covered, especially on neck, by smaller, differently 
shaped, translucent granular papillae. 
Selected specimens examined: QUEENSLAND: 7 km north of Barringun along main road to 
Cunnamulla, P.S. Short 3569, 15,viii. 1989 (BRI. MEL); 10 km W of Condamine River on Moonie 
Highway, 16 km SW of Dalby, J. Gillieatt 192, 21 .ix. 1964 (BRI); Near Donga Creek. 45 miles N 
of St George, on Surat Road, S.L. Everist 6235, 4.ix.l960 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: "Mt 
Mulyah” - about 80 km north-west of Louth. C.W.E. Moore 7879, 18.ix. 1978 (CANB). 
10. Senecio platylcpis DC., Prodr. 6: 371 (1838) 
Type: [New South Wales], ‘in demissis ad basin montium Peels range [base of 
Cocoparra Range|, A. Cunningham, [1817]; holo: Ci n.v., microfiche seen MEL; iso: K 
it.v., photo seen MEL. 
Annuals to c. 0.3 m high, not glaucous, with hairs sparse or scattered. Mid-stem leaves 
very narrow-elliptic to very narrow-oblong in outline, to 12 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-4, 
lobate to pinnatisect: segments 2-A per side; margin often dentate to lobate; base often 
somewhat dilated, semi-amplexicaul. Upper-stem leaves similar. Unit inflorescences of 
1—4 capitula; peduncle dilating from c. 2-5 mm below base of capitulum. Capitula: 
calycular bracteoles 3-6, 2.0-5.0 mm long; involucre campanulate, c. 6-10 mm long, c. 
7-10 mm diam., receptacle and peduncle sparsely to moderately hairy, glabrescent; 
phyllaries 12-20. Florets 40-70; ligulate florets 8-16; liguie 6-15 mm long, yellow, with 

Page image

830544 Senecio richardianus Muelleria 20: 102
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424398
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371
830545 Senecio sp. C Muelleria 20: 104
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424400
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 2. The shrubby, discoid species and the allied radiate species Senecio linearifolius, doi:10.5962/p.291371

Page text

104 
Thompson 
longer capitula. In the Barrington Tops area plants sometimes have cobwebby as well as 
glaucous peduncles. The specimen in Fig.20 and specimens returned to several Australian 
herbaria have been incorrectly determined with a manuscript name S. linearifolius var. 
glaucus I.Thomps. 
Selected specimens examined : NEW SOUTH WALES: 287B Kangaroo Valley Road, Berry, 
E.H. Norris 461, 5.i. 1986 (MEL, NSW); Katoomba. Ruined Castle Track from bottom of Golden 
Stairs, VV'. Bishop 452 & J. Brown, 29.iii.1986 (MEL, NSW); The Gib, Mittagong, C. Burgess, 
6.i. 1962 (CANB); Booderee National Park, I km at 124° from Budderoo Geodetic Station, I. 
Crawford 938, 13.vii. 1988 (CBG, NSW); Jervis Bay, W end of Steamers Beach. R.J. Rudd 127, AM. 
Lyne, B. Rafferty & M.Kubis, 30.viii.199l (CBG); Coricudgy State Forest, Ml Darcy, c. 2 km E from 
summit on The Army Road, EE. Davies 1632, G. Butler i G. Corsini, iO.xii. 1991 (CBG, NSW, 
PERTH); 35.1 km front Hartley on road to Jenolan Caves, M.E. Lawrence 1388, 28.xii.1978 (AD). 
8g. Senecio linearifolius var. dangarensis Belcher ex I.Thomps., var. nov. 
A varietate typica, paginis glaucis, foliis latioribus sine auriculis, capitulis majoribus, 
flosculis ligulatis pluribus differt. 
Type: New South Wales, Mt Dangar, southeast of Gungal, R.O. Belcher 2678, 13 Dec. 
1986; holo: NSW. 
Senecio sp. C sensu G.J. Harden in G.J. Harden, FI. New South Wales 4: 311 (1992). 
Plants glaucous, in parts strongly so, on stems, lower surface of leaves, peduncles and 
capitula ± glabrous. Upper-stem leaves narrow to very narrow-elliptic, with l:w ratio 5-8; 
base cuneate to broad-cuneate; auricles absent; margin denticulate; lower surface glabrous; 
secondary venation ± distinct; tertiary venation distinct. Inflorescences: peduncles 
glabrous, or rarely cobwebby, at anthesis. Capitula: involucre 3.5-5.0 mm long 2.0-2.8 
mm diam.; phyllaries mostly c. 12. Florets 20-31; ligulate florets mostly 7-9; disc florets 
13-22. Achenes c. 2.0 mm long, with appressed papillose hairs in bands. (Fig. 21) 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs only on Mt Dangar, south-east of Gungal (Fig. 18c). 
Grows on a basalt scree on a steep eastern slope. 
Etymology: The epithet alludes to the only known locality of this variety. 
Notes: This variety is typically the most strongly glaucous of the three glaucous 
varieties, and unlike var. macrodontus and var. intermedins the lower surface of leaves are 
always glabrous. Differs from var. macrodontus also by having papillose achenes and 
differs further from var. intermedins by having much larger capitula with more numerous 
ray and disc florets. 
Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: Goulburn River National Park. E side 
of Mt Dangar, c. 70 m below summit, F.E. Davies 1585, R. Hallett & MM. Richardson, l.v. 1991 
(CBG, MEL, PERTH); Mt Dongal |Mt Dangar], approx. 32°21’ S, 150°29’ E, G.L. Webster 19049 
& D.J. McGillivray, 14.xi. 1973 (NSW). 
8h. Senecio linearifolius var. gariwerdensis I.Thomps., var. nov. 
A varietate typica. foliis majoribus, inferne lanatioribus, acheniis longioribus differt. 
Type: Victoria, Grampians, ± 9 km |5 1/2 miles] S of Halls Gap. Glenbower Creek, 
Grampians Road, A.C. Beauglehole 16404, 12 Dec. 1967; holo: MEL. 
Plants not glaucous. Upper-stem leaves very narrow-elliptic, narrow-lanceolate or linear, 
to 17 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 7-12; base petiole-like, attenuate, or cuneate; auricles 
lacking, or uppermost leaves broad-cuneate and sometimes with small, entire auricles; 
margin entire, callus-denticulate or rarely denticulate, often revolute; upper surface 
transiently appressed-cobwebby; lower surface densely appressed-woolly; secondary 

Page image

590929 Senecio tuberculatus Muelleria 20: 126, Figs 1, 7 (map), 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424422
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 3. Radiate, arid region species allied to S. magnificus and the radiate, alpine species S. pectinatus, doi:10.5962/p.291372

Page text

126 
Thompson 
The unusual ellipsoid to obovoid granular papillae covering the surface of the aehenes 
of S. murrayanus have a longitudinal furrow. When water is applied, hair-like structures are 
released and the water is absorbed to produce large amounts of mucus. This phenomenon 
is discussed in more detail by Belcher (1986) and the similar, or identical, mechanism that 
occurs in the more typical papillose hairs is described by Lawrence (1985). 
Selected specimens examined: NEW SOLITH WALES: Lachlan R., F. Mueller, Sept. 1878 
(MEL); Trangie, L.R. Clark, 27.x.1942 (CANB); 30 miles NW of Balranald, J.H. Leigh W3II 
(NSW). VICTORIA: Kerang. J. Minchin, Oct 1887 (MEL). 
9. Senecio tuberculatum Ali, Kew Bull. 19: 423 (1965) 
Type: Queensland, South of Tara, Bullock Head Creek Road, R.W. Johnson 538, 28 
Aug.' 1958; holo: BRI; iso: NSW. 
Annuals to c. 0.5 m high, not glaucous, with hairs sparse. Mid-stem leaves elliptic in 
outline, to 15 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 1.5-3, pinnatisect or bipinnatisect; segments 2-5 
per side: margins entire, dentate, or divided: base narrow. Upper-stein leaves similar. Unit 
inflorescences of 3-30 capitula: peduncle dilating from c. 2-5 mm below base of 
capitulum. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 2-6, 1-3 mm long; involucre (3—)4—6 mm long, 
c. 6-10 mm diam., sparsely hairy; phyllaries 14-22. Florets 60-90; ligulate florets 8-12; 
liguie 5-10 mm long, yellow, with mostly 4 or 5 veins; disc florets: corolla 4-6 mm long; 
limb c. as long as tube; balusterform base of corolla c. 0.5 mm long. Aclienes narrowly 
lageniform, 4-7 mm long, orange-brown, with ± translucent granule-like papillae 
scattered to moderately dense over surface, sparser on neck,. Pappus persistent. 4-5 mm 
long; bristles minutely scabrid, length of barbels less than diam. of bristle (Figs I & 8) 
Flowers winter-spring. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in central-eastern Australia from Charleville in 
south-central Queensland S to Nevertire in north-central New South Wales, and east- 
south-east to Inglewood in far south-eastern Queensland (Fig. 7c). Grows in sandy-loam, 
loam and heavy grey clays in grassland, herbfield and Brigalow or Casuarina woodland. 
Notes: Similar to the more southerly distributed S. murrayanus but differing by having 
leaves more deeply dissected, phyllaries shorter, and bearing scattered coarse hairs at 
anthesis, and aehenes more sparsely covered, especially on neck, by smaller, differently 
shaped, translucent granular papillae. 
Selected specimens examined: QUEENSLAND: 7 km north of Barringun along main road to 
Cunnamulla, P.S. Short 3569, 15,viii. 1989 (BRI. MEL); 10 km W of Condamine River on Moonie 
Highway, 16 km SW of Dalby, J. Gillieatt 192, 21 .ix. 1964 (BRI); Near Donga Creek. 45 miles N 
of St George, on Surat Road, S.L. Everist 6235, 4.ix.l960 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: "Mt 
Mulyah” - about 80 km north-west of Louth. C.W.E. Moore 7879, 18.ix. 1978 (CANB). 
10. Senecio platylcpis DC., Prodr. 6: 371 (1838) 
Type: [New South Wales], ‘in demissis ad basin montium Peels range [base of 
Cocoparra Range|, A. Cunningham, [1817]; holo: Ci n.v., microfiche seen MEL; iso: K 
it.v., photo seen MEL. 
Annuals to c. 0.3 m high, not glaucous, with hairs sparse or scattered. Mid-stem leaves 
very narrow-elliptic to very narrow-oblong in outline, to 12 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-4, 
lobate to pinnatisect: segments 2-A per side; margin often dentate to lobate; base often 
somewhat dilated, semi-amplexicaul. Upper-stem leaves similar. Unit inflorescences of 
1—4 capitula; peduncle dilating from c. 2-5 mm below base of capitulum. Capitula: 
calycular bracteoles 3-6, 2.0-5.0 mm long; involucre campanulate, c. 6-10 mm long, c. 
7-10 mm diam., receptacle and peduncle sparsely to moderately hairy, glabrescent; 
phyllaries 12-20. Florets 40-70; ligulate florets 8-16; liguie 6-15 mm long, yellow, with 

Page image

590927 Senecio velleioides Muelleria 20: 124, Figs 1, 7 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59424420
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 3. Radiate, arid region species allied to S. magnificus and the radiate, alpine species S. pectinatus, doi:10.5962/p.291372

Page text

124 
Thompson 
megaglossus and S. magnificus are also similar in that the peduncles of these species 
begin to dilate a greater distance below the base of the capitulum compared to those of 
related species. 
Selected specimens examined'. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: South Mount Lofty Ranges, Marne 
River Gorge. EE. Davies 1377a & R.D. Hadlow, 21.xi. 1989 (CBG, MEL): Warren Gorge, 21 km 
N of Quorn, Flinders Ranges, AJ.A. Sikkes AS647 & P. Ollerensliaw , 21.ix. 1973 (CBG). 
7. Senecio velleioides A.Cunn. ex DC., Prodr. 6: 374 (1838) 
Type : [New South Wales] 'in collibus rupestribus ad septentr. urbis Bathurst in Nova- 
Hollandia, A.Cunningham ; holo: G, n.v., microfiche seen MEL. 
Perennial herbs to c. 2 m high, usually glaucous, glabrous. Mid-stem leaves narrow- 
elliptic to narrow-oblong, to 20 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-4, undivided; margin entire 
or dentate; base strongly cordate and amplexicaul. Upper-stem leaves lanceolate, strongly 
amplexicaul. Unit inflorescences of 5-80 capitula; peduncle dilating from c. 3-5 mm 
below base of capitulum. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 0-4. 1.0-3.0 mm long; involucre 
campanuiate, 5.0-7.0 mm long, c. 3-5 mm diam.; phyllaries 12-16. Florets 35-50; 
ligulate florets 6-9; ligule 8-15 mm long, yellow, with 4 or 5 veins 4; disc florets: corolla 
5-6 mm long; limb c. as long as tube; balusterform base of corolla c. 0.5 mm long. 
Achenes obloid to narrow-obloid, 2-4 mm long, brown, with pairs of ribs strongly raised 
to form several ridges, glabrous, or with papillose hairs c. 0.3 mm long in grooves of 
ridges. Pappus caducous, 3-5 mm long; bristles minutely scabrid, length of barbels less 
than diam. of bristle. (Fig. 1.) 
Flowers spring-autumn 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in far south-eastern Australia from Wingen Maid 
near Taree in north-eastern New South Wales south-south-west to the Otway Ranges in 
south-western Victoria, and widely distributed in Tasmania (Fig. 7a). Grows in loamy 
soils in woodland and forest. 
Notes: Distinguishable from sympatric species of Senecio by the strongly amplexicaul, 
glaucous leaves, the paucity of calycular bracteoles, and the relatively small deeply-ribbed 
achenes with hairs in grooves along the summit of prominent ribs. Tasmanian forms 
appear to be more robust, are less glaucous, have inflorescences with a greater number of 
heads, and calycular bracteoles that are a little longer and slightly more numerous. Senecio 
velleioides is similar vegetatively and in achenial morphology to S. pilosicristus but 
reproductive structures are more numerous and smaller, calycular bracteoles are fewer, and 
the achenes are much smaller and have caducous pappus bristles. 
Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: 5.1 km NE along Galah Mtn Rd, then 
1.6 km ± SE along trail to Rocky Ck, near Nevvnes, P.D. Hind 5971 & W. Cherry , 313.1990 (AD, 
HO. MEL, NSW); Carters Creek, Currowan State Forest. NW of Bateman’s Bay. South Coast. R. 
Pullen 8730 & J. Story 6.xii. 1973 (CANB. BRI); Summit of Mt Imlay. D.E. Albrecht 194 & B.J. 
Conn , 21.ii.1983 (AD, MEL. NSW. PERTH). VICTORIA: 19 km SW of Colac PO, A.C. 
Beauglehole 67298, 13.xii. 1979 (MEL). TASMANIA: Pine Cove Creek, A. Moscal 5393 (AD, 
HO); Taranna, W. Ashby & D.P.I., 24.ii.1995 (AD, HO, MEL, NSW). 
8. Senecio murrayanus Wawra, in H. Wawra von Fernsee & G.R. von M. Beck, /tin. 
Princ. S-Cobttrgi 2: 48 (1888) 
Type: [ Victoria], ‘Austral. Victoria/Murray FI., [Murray River], Dr Wawra 427\ holo: 
W n.v., fide R.O. Belcher, Muelleria 6: 176 (1986); probable iso: MEL. 
Annuals to c. 0. 5 m high, not glaucous, ± glabrous. Mid-stem leaves very narrow-elliptic 
to linear, to 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 7-12, lobate; lobes up to 3 per side; margins 

Page image

590885 Xerochrysum collierianum Muelleria 20: 49-51, Figs 1, 2 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 20: 49-51, Figs 1, 2 (map)".

597360 Acacia derwentiana Muelleria 21: 107-112, Figs 1, 2, 3(Map)
597359 Callistemon nyallingensis Muelleria 21: 101-104, Fig 1.

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 21: 101-104, Fig 1.".

597092 Cistus inflatus Muelleria 21: 78-80, 83-84, Fig. 3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 21: 78-80, 83-84, Fig. 3".

597093 Cistus monspeliensis Muelleria 21: 80, 84, Fig. 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483187
Page is part of the work ‘Wild’ Cistus L. (Cistaceae) in Victoria – future problem weeds or benign escapees from cultivation?, doi:10.5962/p.291561
597094 Cistus salviifolius Muelleria 21: 80, 84, Fig. 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483187
Page is part of the work ‘Wild’ Cistus L. (Cistaceae) in Victoria – future problem weeds or benign escapees from cultivation?, doi:10.5962/p.291561

Page text

80 
Clarke 
At Mount Martha, C. injlalus was collected from Ferrero Reserve, off the end of Seppelt 
Avenue, in January 1999. Notes on the herbarium label record tliat thousands of plants 
occurred at the site. In April 2003 the speeies was persisting, in reduced numbers, despite 
sporadic efforts at eradication. Small areas where adult plants had been burnt in previous 
months supported dense seedling growth. Plants occurred on the south-west side of Seppelt 
Avenue for some 80 m, and the population extended back about 180 m forming a rough 
crescent shape on the gentle slope above the sports ground. Most of the Rock-roses at this 
site occur in an area of roughly mown grassy weeds (with a few herbaceous indigenous 
remnants) with scattered individuals and clumps of native shrubs including Acacia mearnsii 
Dc Wild., A. longi/olia (Andrews) Willd. subsp. sophorae (Labill.) Court, and Leptospermum 
laevigatum (Gaertn.) F. Muell. In Januaiy 2004 numerous Cislus plants were dead, and the 
great majority of those seen were small (up to about 20 cm tall), presumably a consequence 
of continuing control measures. A few outlying plants of C. injiatus were noted more than 
300 m from the south-west end of this main population, and several dead plants were seen 
between these and the main group. Another small group of plants occurred on the north-east 
side of Seppelt Avenue, between the road and adjacent hou.ses. 
C. inflatus is also known from Hadspen in Tasmania, and reported to be locally 
naturalised in the Mt Lofty Ranges in South Australia. 
C. moitspeliensis 
In November 1996, Cistiis monspcHensis (Fig. 4) was reported as naturalised at the Clunes 
Cemeteiy (about 2 km west of Clunes off the Maryborough Road). Label data from this first 
collection noted that the species had been present at the Cemetery for more than 25 years, 
as well as “young plants prolific this year”, and “attempts to control with herbicide as yet 
unsuccessful”. In early October 2003 the species was still common despite evidence of 
continued spraying in the form of numerous defonned or dead plants. Seedlings were not 
uncommon. Plants were also ob.served growing on the roadside down the slope beyond the 
front fence of the Cemetery, although casual inspection revealed none in the adjacent 
eucalypt open forest on the other three sides. No plants were flowering at this time, but 
many bore old capsules, some of which still contained wcll-fomicd seeds. Numerous 
flowers were seen in mid November. Several mature shrubs about a metre or more tall were 
noted on the northern boundary. The species obviously tolerates rough treatment as many 
severely ‘pruned’ plants were growing in slashed grassy areas away from grave sites. Cistus 
creticus has also been seen at this site (see previous section). 
An unconfirmed and undated note on an herbarium specimen records that the species 
is also common in remnant bushland around a small reservoir in the Ballarat district. 
C. salviifolius 
A small population of Cistus salviifolius (Fig. 5) from the east side of North Harcourt 
Road about 8 km (direct line) north of Harcourt was reported to MEL in 1999. The 
collector noted that plants had been ob.served at the site for some 15 years. 
In December 2002 this den.se population, including numerous seedlings, extended 
some 90 m along the eastern bank above the road. Numerous plants also occurred among 
weedy grasses and thistles along the west side of the road for some 170 m. 
In November 2003, the population was flowering prolifically. Residents who have lived 
nearby for 13 years say that the population was well established when they arrived and has 
roughly doubled in size during their tenure. They suggested that the origin of this species 
could lie with rabbit trappers who had established a camp there around the time of the 
Depression in the 1930s. North Harcourt Road at the time was a main thoroughfare to 
Bendigo from the south. A previous attempt at control of the population by burning was 
unsuccessful. 
In the ACT, C. salviifolius was first collected in 1988 from bushland in Black 
Mountain Reserve, and in November 1999 about 50 plants were noted there. 

Page image

834614 Erechtites glossanthus Muelleria 21: 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483113
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 4. A revision of Senecio glossanthus and recognition of an allied species with long ligules, doi:10.5962/p.291559

Page text

6 
Thompson 
2 Achenes dimorphic, with achenes of female florets c. I mm longer than those of 
bisexual florets; bractcoles and phyllaries strongly pigmented in distal 1-1.5 mm 
.5. S. cotidylm 
2: Achenes homomorphic, or mildly dimorphic with achenes of female florets hardly 
longer than those of bisexual florets, or if clearly longer then bractcoles and 
phyllaries with pigmented zone < 0.5 mm long and often rather faint. 
. S. laiitiis/S. pinnatifoliiis complex 
The Glossanthus Group 
Erect annuals to c. 0.5 m tall, tap-rooted, nearly glabrous or with scattered coarse 
multicellular hairs. Leaves divided or not; margin usually with some teeth. Unit 
injlorescences of few-25 capitula; mature peduncle mostly 5-25 mm long. Capitiila 
radiate, or pseudo-disciform with ligule hardly developed; calycular bractcoles 2-6, 
narrow-ovate to lanceolate. 0.8-3.0 mm long. 0.3-1.0 mm wide, with margin glabrous or 
nearly so; involucre 3.0-8.0 mm long, 1-3 mm diam.; phyllaries 7-13, rarely as few as 5 in 
a minority of capitula, free; stereome ±flat, thin to slightly fleshy, glabrous, with resin ducts 
fine or prominent, pale or orange; attachment points on mature receptacle for achenes of 
female florets usually prominent, or not in S. serratiforinis. Florets 8-40; female florets 
(4—)5-l3; ligule to 2.5 mm long, sometimes vestigial, yellow; tube shorter or longer than 
the mature achene; corolla-limb of bisexual (disc) florets slightly shorter than tube. Achenes 
dimorphic*, or homomorphic in S. serratiforinis, narrow-obloid, 2.0-5.5 mm long, with 
ribs ±flat, moderately to densely papillose-hairy, with l;w ratio of hairs 3-8. Pappus 2-4 
mm long, caducous; bristles nearly smooth or minutely scabridulous. 
*syndrome described at end of Introduction 
Key to Glossanthus Group 
1 Achenes all similar in length; attachment points on receptacle not dimorphic as 
below; corolla-tube of female florets distinctly longer than the mature achene. 
.4. S. serratiforinis 
1; Achenes of female florets longer than those of bisexual florets; attachment points on 
receptacle for achenes of female florets thickened and usually projecting (in contrast 
to attachment points for bisexual achenes); corolla-tube of female florets shorter than 
or equal to the mature achene 
2 Phyllaries 12 or 13 in a majority of capitula; female florets 8-13; achenes of 
female florets 3-6 mm long, slightly lagenifomi.2. S. productiis 
2: Phyllaries 7-10, or occasionally to 13, in a majority of capitula; female florets 
predominantly 4-8; achenes of female florets 2-3.5 mm long, not lagenifomi 
3 Involucre 3.5-6 mm long; calycular bractcoles 0.2-0.5 mm wide; mature 
receptacle l-2(-2.5) mm diam.; ligules generally exceeding involucre; hairs 
on achenes of bisexual florets 0.05-0.15 mm long, barely exceeding pappus 
ring.1. S. glossanthus 
3; Involucre 5-7 mm long; calycular bractcoles 0.5-1 mm wide; mature 
receptacle mostly 2-3.5 mm diam.; ligules not exceeding involucre; hairs on 
achenes of bisexual florets 0.2-0.3 mm long, clearly exceeding pappus ring... 
.3. S. halophilns 
1. Senecio glossanthus (Sond.) Belcher, Ann. Missouri Dot. Card. 43; 80 (1956) 
Erechtites glossantha Sond., Linnaea 25: 524 (1853); S. hrachyglossus F.Mucll. ex 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 670 (1867), nom. illeg. non Turez. (1851). Type: South Australia, 

Page image

596831 Erechtites glossanthus Muelleria 21: 7
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483114
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 4. A revision of Senecio glossanthus and recognition of an allied species with long ligules, doi:10.5962/p.291559

Page text

Senecio glossanthm 
1 
near Adelaide [‘Ad agros prope urbem Adelaide’], July 1848, F. Mueller', leeto (here 
selected: MEL 2168154.) 
Herbs to c. 0.3(-0.5) m tall, with scattered hairs usually developed on stems and 
leaves, glabreseent. Mid-stem leaves mostly 1-7 cm long, undivided or lobate to sub- 
pinnatisect; base attenuate to cuneate or becoming cordate upwards, mildly stem- 
clasping; margin entire, denticulate or dentate; undivided leaves ±lincar or very narrow- 
elliptic; divided leaves with 1-3 segments per side. Upper-stem leaves often with base 
cordate, mildly stem-clasping. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 0.8-1.5 mm long, 0.2-0.5 
mm wide, with brown apical mark to c. 0.3 mm long; involucre 3.5-6 mm long, l-2(-2.5) 
mm diam.; phyllaries 7-10, sometimes a minority with 5 or 6 or 11—13, with resin ducts 
very fine, pale; inner phyllaries with margin 0.2-0.3 mm wide; outer phyllaries with 
margin hardly developed; receptacle 1-2 mm diam. at maturity, with attachment points 
for achenes of female florets tubercle-like. Florets 8-30; female florets (4-)5-8; corolla- 
tube 1.5-2 mm long; ligule 1-2 mm long, usually exceeding phyllaries; corolla of 
bisexual florets 3^ mm long. Achenes narrow-obloid, dimorphic; achenes of bisexual 
florets 1.8-3 mm long, with papillose hairs covering c. 50-90% of the otherwise light to 
dark brown surface, minutely exceeding pappus ring; achenes of female florets 2.3-3.5 
mm long, usually completely covered by more robust, papillose hairs; hairs clearly 
exceeding pappus ring, not or slightly divergent. Pappus 3-3.5 mm long, absent from 
mature achenes of female florets. (Fig. 1 a, 3) 
Flowers mostly winter and spring. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in southern Western Australia, South Australia, 
western New South Wales, and north-western Victoria (Fig. 2a). Grows in seasonally wet 
areas, on gilgai plains and clay pans, on clay, clayey sand, or sand over granite, laterite, 
or limestone, in shrubland and low woodland. 
Notes: Sonder cited two syntypes of Erechtites glossantha, one from Gulf St. Vincent 
and the other from near Adelaide. The former contains two plants with flowering capitula 
but without mature achenes. Although the specimens are imperfect, 1 consider them most 
likely to be specimens of S. halophilus l.Thomps. The syntype from Adelaide 
corresponds to the very widespread and common form of S. glossantlius sensu lato and 
is here selected as the lectotype of E. glossantha. 
Senecio glo.ssanthus is a very widespread species, predominantly of semi-arid areas. 
Lawrence (1980) identified two chromosome forms, a tetraploid 2n = 40 and an octoploid 
2n = 80, and indicated that there was a correlation between chromosome number and leaf 
morphology. This correlation was unable to be confirmed. A possible hybrid, based on 
the intermediate length of the ligules, of S. glos.santhus and S. pinnatifolius s. hit. has 
been collected from the Redcliff survey area in South Australia (R. Chinnock 1582, AD). 
Senecio glossanthus can be distinguished from perhaps the most similar member of the 
Glossantlius group, S. halophilus, by the generally smaller capitula with fewer phyllaries 
and florets, smaller mature receptacle, narrower and less pigmented calycular bracteoles, 
ligules exceeding the phyllaries, achenes of bisexual florets with hairs hardly exceeding 
the pappus ring, and the more prominent tubercles on the receptacle. 
Selected specimens e.xamined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: c. 2.5 km south of Binnu, P.S. Short 
2857. M. Amerema, & B.A. Fuhrer, lLix.1986 (AD. CANB. MEL, PERTH). NORTHERN 
TERRITORY: New Crown Station, Beddome Range, P.K. Latz 12512. 19.viii.l992 (DNA). 
SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Eyre Peninsula District: Corunna Hill South, 4.9 kin NW of Iron Knob, 
J.D. Briggs 973, 22.viii. 1983 (AD, CBG, MEL). QUEENSLAND: Lake Bindegolly National Park, 
4 km N on Bulloo Development Road, 200 m E of Lake, M. Handley 197. 28.vi. 1995 (BRI). NEW 
SOUTH WALES: Vacant lot opposite fuel depot, Bourkc, B. Wiecek 68, R. Covenv & P. Ciineo, 
I9.viii.l987 (AD, BRI, CANB. HO, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: Big Desert ca. 44 km N of Broken 
Bucket bore & ca 46 km S of Murrayvilic on road to Nhill. M.G. Corrick 6353, I.x.1979 (MEL). 

Page image

597358 Isopogon robustus Muelleria 21: 97-99, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 21: 97-99, Fig. 1".

834617 Senecio anacampserotis Muelleria 21: 35
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483142
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560

Page text

The S. piiincitifoUus/S.lautiis complex 
35 
2b. Senecio spathiilatus var. latifructiis I.Thomps., var. nov. 
A varietate typica capitulis majoribus, achcniis majoribus pallidus differt. 
Type-. Victoria. Lakes Entrance, at westerly exit to beach from Lions Park at the end 
of East Beach Road, P.C. Heyligers 84004, 27 Mar. 1984; holo: MEL; iso; CANB. 
Leaves in mid-region of major branches not tapering or tapering only slightly basally. 
Capitukr. involucre 7.0-11.0 mm long, 5-10 mm diam.; broadest stereomes 2.0-3.0 mm 
wide. Achenes 4.0-7.0 mm long, c. 0.8-1.2 mm diam., pale brown or straw coloured, 
with ribs sometimes indistinct; papillose hairs absent or rarely scattered in naiTow bands. 
Pappus sometimes shorter than the achene, particularly for marginal achenes, with 
bristles sometimes fused basally (Fig. 5) 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the broad fruit of this variety (L. latus, broad, and 
fructiis, fruit). 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs on the Victorian coast east from Wilsons 
Promontory and in adjacent areas of far south-eastern New South Wales (Fig. 3c). 
Notes: This variety has the largest capitula and achenes of the three varieties. 
Although mostly with glabrous, sometimes unribbed achenes, occasional specimens have 
pale yellow achenes with scattered hairs. 
Selected specimens e.xamined: NEW SOUTH WALES: Nadgec Nature Reserve. Cape Howe, 
J. Miles s.n.. 12.xi.2()02 (MEL). VICTORIA; Lake Tyers, ± 6 km ENE of PO, on frontal dunes on 
Ninety Mile Beach. R.J. Adair 2240, l.v.1987 (AD, CANB, MEL); Mt Singapore, [Wilsons 
Promontory] National Park. J.A. Leach. May 1910 (MEL): Tamboon Inlet, near Cann River, M. 
Walton, 29.xi.l956 (MEL); Captain Cook National Park, W of Cape Everard Lighthouse, A.C. 
Beaitglehole 34488, I0.xi.l970 (MEL); Ewing Marsh Wildlife Reserve, ± 10 km SW of Orbost 
P.O., A.C. Beaitglehole 68188. 5.ii.l980 (MEL). 
2c. Senecio spathiilatus var. atteuuatiis I.Thomps., var. nov. 
A varietate typica foliis attenuatioribus, indumento acheniorum dcnsiorc differt. 
Tvpe: New South Wales, Cronulla Recreation Reserve, P.C. Heyligers 88108, 8 July 
1988; holo: CANB. 
ISenecio anacampserotis DC., Prodr. 6: 374 (1838). Type: New South Wales, Port 
Jackson, [Sydney], Fraser, holo: G n.v. (photo seen CANB). [Possible synonymy based on 
appearance of photograph of type, but protologue is at odds with circumscription below.] 
Leaves in mid-region of major branches usually tapering moderately basally. 
Capitula: involucre 6.0-10.0 mm long, 4.5-7 mm diam.; broadest stereomes 1.5-2.2 mm 
wide. Achenes 4.0-6.0 mm long, c. 0.5-0.7 mm diam., moderately narrowed at each end, 
light brown, with ribs obscured; papillose hairs in broad bands covering all or most of 
surface. Pappus longer than the achene, with bristles not fused basally. 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the more pronounced tapering of the leaves towards 
the base in this variety (L. attenuatus, attenuate). 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs on the east coast of New South Wales from Forster 
south to Jervis Bay (Fig. 3d). 
Note.s: This variety can be distinguished from coastal forms of S. pinnatifolius var. 
pinnatifolius by the fleshier leaves, larger capitula and longer, more densely hairy achenes. 
Selected .specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: Kurnell. Botany Bay, J.L. Boorman, 
May 1906 (NSW); Mungo Beach, ENE of Mungo Brush, A.N. Rodd 3734, 11.ix.l98l (NSW); 
Wambcral Beach, F.. Cheel, Apr. 1911 (NSW); Myall Lakes National Park, SE of Bombah 
Broadwater. Mungo Corner, W. Greuter, 2.ix.l988 (NSW); Quibray Bay, Kurnell, L.A.S. Johnson, 
28.viii.l965 (NSW). 

Page image

834615 Senecio brachyglossus Muelleria 21: 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483113
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 4. A revision of Senecio glossanthus and recognition of an allied species with long ligules, doi:10.5962/p.291559
596836 Senecio brachyglossus major Muelleria 21: 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483120
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 4. A revision of Senecio glossanthus and recognition of an allied species with long ligules, doi:10.5962/p.291559
834616 Senecio brachyglossus major Muelleria 21: 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483120
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 4. A revision of Senecio glossanthus and recognition of an allied species with long ligules, doi:10.5962/p.291559
597082 Senecio brigalowensis Muelleria 21: 63-64, Figs 16 (map), 18
834626 Senecio capillifolius Muelleria 21: 51
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483158
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560
834619 Senecio carnulentus Muelleria 21: 45
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483152
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560
834618 Senecio carnulentus Muelleria 21: 45
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483152
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560
596840 Senecio condylus Muelleria 21: 18-20, Figs 9, 10
597089 Senecio condylus Muelleria 21: 73, Fig. 16 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483180
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560

Page text

The S. pinnatifolius/S.lautiis complex 
73 
11. Senecio condylus I.Thomps., Miielleria 21: 18-20 (2005) 
Type: Western Australia, Perth, City Beach, summit of sand dune c. 1 km N of 
Oceanic Drive, L. Hciegi 1871, 25 Aug. 1979; holo: PERTH; iso: AD, NSW. 
Annual to c. 0.3 m tall, erect, commonly with scattered long hairs. Taproot small; 
secondary roots fine. Leaves in mid-region of stems or major branches mostly 3-8 cm 
long, with marginal points 10-20, divided or not, slightly fleshy; base becoming cordate 
and weakly clasping; margin dentate or .serrate, with teeth often numerous; undivided 
leaves very narrow-elliptic, very narrow-oblong or oblanccolatc; divided leaves with up 
to 3 c. oblong segments per side, with average position central. Uppermost leaves 
narrow-oblong to linear or lanceolate, with .scattered hairs variably persistent; base of 
hairs often somewhat persistent on lower surface. Inflorescences of 3-20 capitula. 
Capitula: calycular bracteolcs 8-12, .sometimes slightly imbricate at anthesis, lanceolate 
to narrow-lanceolate, 2-3 mm long, 0.8-1.0 mm wide, with margin commonly hairy, 
pigmented dark purple apically with patch 1-1.5 mm long; involucre 4.0-6.0 mm long, 
3-4 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 13 in all or most capitula. with apex intensely pigmented; 
stercome thin, often suffused with purple below apex; resin ducts fine, usually pale on 
drying; inner phyllaries; margin 0.3-0.6 mm wide; outer phyllaries: margin 0.1-0.2 mm 
wide. Florets 50-60; ligulatc fiorets c. 8, fewer than phyllaries, with ligule 6-10 mm 
long; corolla of disc florets 5-6 mm long. Achenes 6111101^)610; di.se achencs 2.0-3.0 mm 
long, brown, ribs ± flat; papillose hairs covering c. 50-90% of surface, appressed, with 
l:w ratio c. 4, hardly exceeding pappus-ring; ray achenes 2.8-3.5 mm long; papillose 
hairs more robust, ± completely covering surface, appressed, exceeding pappus-ring; 
carpopodium much wider; attachment points on margin of receptacle distinctly 
enlarged. Pappus of achenes of ray fiorets hardly developed; pappus of achenes of disc 
florets 4-5 mm long. 
Flowers mostly winter and spring. 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in south-western Western Australia, in the Perth 
region and recorded once from Bus.sciton (Fig. 16h). Grows in sandy soils. 
Notes: This species has recently been described in a revision of the S. glossanthus 
complex Thompson (2005). It appears to provide a link between this complex and the 
Australian lautu.soid complex. An old Victorian record is likely to be a transient 
introduction due to shipping activity between Perth and Melbourne. 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Lake Richmond Nature Reserve, 
S side. A. Bellman 27A. 4.viii.2000 (PERTH); Port Kennedy busliland, 15 km N of Mandurah, 
GJ. Keighery & N. Gibson 858, 3.ix.l992 (PERTH); Fremantle, N. Inglelon, Oct. 1947 
(PERTH); Busselton, M. Koch, Oct. 1909 (PERTH); Fortvievv Road, Swanbourne, RJ. Cranfield 
382, 24.viii.l978 (MEL, PERTH). VICTORIA; Coode Island, J.R. Tovey & C. French, 1918. 
(MEL). 
Names of uncertain application 
Senecio lautus van pilosus J.M.Black, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Australia 52: 230 
(1928). 
Type: South Australia, West Coast, Franklin Island - ca. 40 km south-west of Ceduna, 
T.G.B. Osborn s.n., Jan. 1922; holo: AD; iso: NSW. 
This specimen has a relatively dense cover of coarse hairs. It is perhaps closest to S. 
spanomerus but the achenes have shorter, more closely appressed papillose hairs than is 
typical of this species. If further collections and field ob.servations show that it forms 
populations that are consistent morphologically in terms of the indumentum, it will 
possibly deserve taxonomic recognition. 

Page image

597083 Senecio depressicola Muelleria 21: 64, 66, Figs 16 (map), 19
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483171
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560

Page text

64 
Thompson 
c. 50% of length of phylUirics, golden, brown, olive-brown or green, with ribs not or 
hardly convex, papillose hairs in bands obscuring c. 50% of surface, ± appressed, with 
l:w ratio c. 3; hairs of achenes of ray florets not or hardly exceeding pappus-ring. Pappus 
c. 4 mm long. (Fig. 18) 
Flowers most times of the year. 
Etymology: The epithet alludes to the distribution of this species in Brigalow (Acacia 
harpophylla) country in Queensland 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in southern and central Queensland from Castle 
Rock north-west of Quilpie in the south-west east to Nanango in the south-east and north¬ 
east to near Mackay in the central-east (Fig. 16c). 
Notes: Senecio brigalowensis is an annual with leaves pressing thin, with narrow to 
broad leaf-segments, with short capitula with many phyllaries, and the achenes with short 
and appressed papillose hairs. A form of S. pinnatifolius van pinnatifolius that occurs 
further to the east and south than S. brigalowensis has similar capitula; however, it is 
commonly perennial, the leaf rachides and segments are all fdamentous, the peduncle is 
longer, the phyllaries are more herbaceous (drying green or olive rather than yellow- 
green), the resin ducts more pronounced, the margin of the outer phyllaries are distinctly 
broader, and the bracteoles are often purple-tipped. The annual species S. tuberculatus 
Ali, although not lautusoid, is superficially similar to and is sympatric with S. 
brigalowensis, but the former is distinguished by the coarse hairs on the phyllaries and 
the much coarser pappus bristles, as well as by the greater length and narrowly 
lageniform shape of the achenes. 
Selected specimens examined: QUEENSLAND: GIcnmoral Gap, E foot of Dawson Range, 
Sawmill Road, I km off road to Brigalow Research Station, t.R. Telford 11927, 9.xi.l993 (BRI, 
CANB, NSW); SW of Rockhampton, c. 6 km NNW of Biloela, c. 400 m on side road from Callide 
Valley Railway Line through to Burnett Highway, I. Radford s.n., 16.ix.l993 (BRI, CANB, MEL, 
NSW, PERTH); Warren Point Station, Mitchell, P.N. Martensz, 24.viii.l968 (CANB); 30 km N of 
Tambo, R. DiUhie 401, 14.vii.l992 (CANB); 64.5 km N of Injunc, just N of Wallaroo Station 
turnoff, D.L. Jones 6277 & B.E. Jones, 25.viii.I990 (CANB). 
7. Senecio depressicola I.Thomps., sp. nov. 
A S. pinnatifolio A.Rich, plantis semper annuis, phyllariis quam ligulis plerumque 
pluribus, ligulis brevioribus differt; a S. eremicola I.Thomps. capitulis pluribus 
minoribus, phyllariis vulgo paucioribus, acheniis brevioribus differt. 
Type: South Australia. Goyder Lagoon, 25 km NNE of Clifton Hills Homestead, F.J. 
Badman 1362, 18 July 1984; holo: CANB; iso; AD, MEL. 
Annual to c. 0.5 m tall, erect, ± glabrous. Taproot well-developed; secondary roots 
tapering. Leaves in mid-region of stems or major branches mo.stly 3-12 cm long, with 
marginal points 10-30 per side, mostly divided, occasionally not. thin on drying; base 
attenuate or becoming dilated; margin with frequent teeth or denticulations; undivided 
leaves narrow-linear; divided leaves with 3-5 narrow-triangular or narrow-oblong to linear 
segments per side, with average position central, sometimes again divided. Uppermost 
leaves: segments occurring more proximally; base becoming more dilated with often long 
segments. Inflorescences of (3-)8-20 capitula. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 4-8, not 
imbricate at anthesis, narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 1.0-2.0 mm long, 0.3-().7 mm wide, 
largely scarious, margin subentire, nearly glabrous; apex peracute to filamentous, 
pigmented dark brown in zone 0.3-0.5 mm long; involucre 3.0-5.0 mm long, 2.5-4 mm 
wide; phyllaries often c 13, occasionally a higher percentage c. 18-20, with apex 
pigmented light or dark brown or hardly marked; stereome thin, drying yellow-green 
(receptacle drying dark bronze-brown); resin ducts indistinct to moderately developed. 

Page image

597084 Senecio eremicola Muelleria 21: 66, 68, Figs 16 (map), 20
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483173
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560

Page text

66 
Thompson 
pale or orange; inner phyllaries: broader stcreornes 0.7-1.2 mm wide; margin c. 0.25 mm 
wide 1 mm below apex similar in width proximally; outer phyllaries: margin vestigial to 
c. 0.1 mm wide throughout. Florets 40-60; ligulate florets often c. 8, sometimes 13, fewer 
than phyllaries, with ligule 4—7 mm long; corolla of disc florets 3-5 mm long. Achenes 
slightly dimorphic; disc achenes 1.6-2.5 mm long, generally c. 40-50% of length of 
phyllaries, olive-brown or dark brown, with ribs not or hardly convex, papillose hairs in 
bands obscuring most or all of surface, ± appressed, with l:w ratio c. 5, equal with or 
exceeding pappus-ring; achenes of ray florets often reddish, usually appearing white due 
to coarse hairs, with hairs clearly exceeding pappus-ring. Pappus 2-4 mm long. (Fig. 19) 
Flowers mostly late autumn-spring. 
Etymology. The epithet alludes to the centre of distribution of this species in the Lake 
Eyre basin to the north-east of Lake Eyre (L. depressus, a depression, and cola, dwelling in). 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in far north-eastern South Australia, south-western 
Queensland and in central-eastern Northern Territory (Fig. 16d). Grows in sands and grey 
clays, beside swamps and billabongs, and on flood plains of eastern central Australia, 
particularly tho.se in the Lake Eyre basin north-east of Lake Eyre. 
Notes: Similar to other lautusoid species of central Australia but characterised by its 
more numerous small capitula with short ligules. achenes and pappus. Robust specimens 
develop large pinnatisect to bipinnatisect leaves with numerous marginal points. 
Selected .'ipecimens examined: NORTHERN TERRITORY: 171/2 ni. [29 kmj SW of Brunette 
Downs, G. Chippendale. 18.vi.l960 (BRl, CANB, DNA. MEL); 17 miles [28 km) WNW of 
Rankine River Police Station. R.A. Perry 1551, I8.vi.l948 (BRl, CANB); Shady Camp Stockyard, 
Burramurra. B.G. Thomson 426. 18.viii.l983 (DNA). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Cadciga Outstation. 
Cordillo Downs station. F.J. Badman 9768, ll.x.1996 (AD); Goyder’s Lagoon, R.L. Crocker. 
I6.vii.l939 (AD); 10 km W of Gidgealpa Homestead. Site 21, N.P. & VES. Survey & Research 
1104, 23.ix.1983 (AD); Cooroomunchera WH [Waterholc). Cooper Creek, F.J. Badman 1290. 
I8.vi.l984 (AD, MEL); Lake Etamunbanie. Pandie Pandie Station, F.J. Badman 4962. 2l.viii.l991 
(AD); Innamincka Regional Reserve; track to Coongie Lakes, c. 54 km from Innamincka-Cordillo 
Road. R.U'. Purdie 4530. 30.vii.l997 (CANB). QUEENSLAND: Diamantina River, 11/2 miles 
[2.5 kml west of Roseberth Homestead, R. Filson 3350, 1.x. 1960 (MEL); Ca. 21/2 km .south-west 
of Nappa-Merrie Station, R.H. Kiichel 2573, 18.viii.l968 (AD. MEL); Bird.svilic, D.E. Boyland 
180, 20.ix.l966 (BRl. MEL); 78 km SW of Boulia, R. Duthie 417, I6.vii.l992 (CANB); Near 
South Australian border between Innamincka and Nappa Mcrric, D.J.E. Whibley 2391. I9.viii.l968 
(AD); Mt Howitt Station, S.T. Blake 11958. 5.vii.l936 (AD, BRl); Near Carandotta Homestead, 50 
km S of Urandangie, V.J. Neldner 1493, Oct. 1984 (BRl); Floodplains of Diamantina River, 4 kin 
SW of “Davenport Downs, R.W. Purdie 1180. 16.ix.l977 (BRl). 
8. Senecio eremicola I.Thomps., sp. nov. 
A S. pinnatifolio A.Rich, plantis semper annuis, phyllariis plerumque pluribus, 
phyllariis quam ligulis pluribus, acheniis dimorphis differt. 
Type: Northern Territory, 5 km west of Ross River Homestead, A.S. Mitchell 438, 12 
Sept.’ 1978; holo: DNA; iso: CANB. 
Annual to c. 0.8 m tall, erect. Taproot well-developed; secondary roots tapering. Leaves 
in mid-region of stems or major branches mostly 3-12 cm long, with marginal points 5-30 
per side, mostly laceratcly divided, occasionally not. thin on drying; base becoming dilated 
above midstem; mtu-gin usually dentate or denticulate; undivided leaves narrow-elliptic or 
oblanceolatc; divided leaves with 3-5 lobes or murow-triangular or narrow-oblong segments 
per side, rachis to 7 mm wide, with average position central, sometimes again lobed. 
Uppernio.st leaves: segments more proximal, with rachides much narrower; base becoming 
more dilated, truncate or slightly stem-clasping. Inflorescences of 2-12 capitula. Capitula: 
calycular bracteoles 6-12, not imbricate at anthesis, lanceolate to narrow-lanceolate, 1.5-3.0 

Page image

596830 Senecio glossanthus Muelleria 21: 6-7, Figs 1, 2 (map), 3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 21: 6-7, Figs 1, 2 (map), 3".

596835 Senecio halophilus Muelleria 21: 13-14, Figs 1, 2 (map), 6

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 21: 13-14, Figs 1, 2 (map), 6".

597088 Senecio hamersleyensis Muelleria 21: 72, Figs 16 (map), 22
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483179
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560
597085 Senecio lacustrinus Muelleria 21: 68, 70-72, Figs 16 (map), 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483175
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560

Page text

68 
Thompson 
mm long, 0.4-1.0 mm wide, largely scarious, with margin nearly glabrous or with some 
weak hairs; apex peracute to filamentous, pigmented light brown in zone c. 0.3 mm long or 
scarcely pigmented; involucre 5.0-7.0 mm long, 4-6 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 20 in all or 
most capitula, with apex pigmented light brown or scarcely pigmented; stercome generally 
thin, drying yellow-green or yellow-brown; resin ducts moderately developed, pale or orange 
on drying; inner phyllaries: broader stereomes 0.5-1.2 mm wide; margin c. 0.3 mm wide 1 
mm below apex, similar in width proximally; outer phyllaries: margin vestigial to c. 0.1 mm 
wide throughout. Florets 50-80; ligulate florets often c. 13, fewer titan phyllaries, with ligule 
8-14 mm long; corolla of disc florets 5-7 mm long. Achenes somewhat dimorphic; disc 
achenes 3.0-4.5 mm long, generally c. 60% of length of phylUuies, golden, or brown, olive- 
brown or green, with ribs not or scarcely convex; papillose hairs in bands ob.scuring c. 
50-70% of surface, appressed or slightly divergent, with l:w ratio c. 7-10, slightly exceeding 
pappus-ring; achenes of ray florets commonly 3.5-5.0 mm long, dark-red, with hairs slightly 
longer and clearly exceeding pappus-ring; carpopodium larger; attachment points for 
achenes on margin of receptacle enlarged. Pappus c. 5-6 mm long. (Fig. 20) 
Flowers mostly winter to early spring. 
Etymology: The epithet alludes to the de.sert environment in which the species is 
found (Gk. eremia, desert; and cola, dwelling). 
Distribution anti Habitat: Occurs in central Australia from Harts Range in southern 
Northern Territory south to Mt lllbillic in northern South Australia and disjunctly further 
west at Giles Rock in far eastern Western Australia (Fig. 16e). Grows in stream beds and 
beside waterholes in sandy and gravelly soils 
Notes: Senecio eremicola is characterised by a combination of large laceratcly 
dissected leaves, a high number of phyllaries per capitulum, and long achenes with mild 
dimorphism. It is similar to S. ilepressicola in leaf morphology, and similar to S. 
lacustrinus in achenial characters, and similar to S. brigalowensis in terms of phyllary 
number. The leaf morphology is reminiscent of that of S. pinnatifolius var. lauceolatus and 
S. pinnatifolius var. serratus: however, it differs from those taxa in capitular morphology. 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Great Victoria Desert, Giles Rock 
between Warburton Mission and Blackstone Range on Docker Mission Road. A.C. Beaugleliole 
60206, 19.ix.l978 (MEL). NORTHERN TERRITORY: Mt Cavenagh. ca. 17 km SW of Kulgera 
H.S.. N.N. Danner 4279, 19.viii.l973 (DNA); Alice Springs old telegraph station, D. Nelson, 
11.viii.l96l (DNA): Palm Valley, G. Chippendale, 25.viii.1956 (DNA); 22 km west of Simpson’s 
Gap turnoff on the Alice Springs to Hermannsburg road, C.H. Miller & J.L. Whaite 515, 6.ix.l986 
(CANB): Hart's Range, 10 km S of Hart’s Range Police Station, I.K. Noble 33, 3.x. 1977 (CANB); 
George Gill Range, Stokes Creek, A.C. Beaugleliole 23393, 8.vii.l967 (MEL). 
9. Senecio lacustrinus l.Thomps., sp. nov. 
A S. pinnatifolio A.Rich., plantis plerumquc annuis, phyllariis quam ligulis 
plerumque pluribus, acheniis dimorphis differt; a S. eremicola l.Thomps. caulibus saepe 
purpureis prope basin, foliis et segmentis angustioribus nodis paucioribus, phyllariis 
paucioribus differt. 
Type: South Australia, far north-east, Strzelecki Track, ca. 40 km east of Murnpeowie, 
D.J.k. Whibley 2325, 16 Aug. 1968; holo: AD. 
Annual to c. 0.8 m tall, erect. Taproot well-developed; .secondary roots slender. Leaves 
in mid-region of stems or major branches mostly 3-12 cm long, with marginal points 
0-10 per side, mostly divided, oceasionally not, thin on drying; base attenuate or 
becoming dilated; margin entire or with a few teeth or denticulations; undivided leaves 
narrow-elliptic; divided leaves with 2 or 3 narrow-triangular or linear to narrow-linear 
segments per side, with average position central. Uppermost leaves: segments more 

Page image

834628 Senecio lautus alpinus Muelleria 21: 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483159
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560
834649 Senecio lautus dissectifolius Muelleria 21: 58
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483165
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560
834620 Senecio lautus lanceolatus Muelleria 21: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483154
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560
834622 Senecio lautus lanceolatus Muelleria 21: 49
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483156
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560
834631 Senecio lautus maritimus Muelleria 21: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483161
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560
834627 Senecio lautus capillifolius Muelleria 21: 51
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483158
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560
834621 Senecio lautus lanceolatus Muelleria 21: 49
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483156
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560
597090 Senecio lautus pilosus Muelleria 21: 73
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483180
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560
596841 Senecio madagascariensis Muelleria 21: 30-31, Figs 3 (map), 4
596847 Senecio pinnatifolius Muelleria 21: 38-39

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 21: 38-39".

596848 Senecio pinnatifolius pinnatifolius Muelleria 21: 40-45, Figs 7 (map), 8
834624 Senecio pinnatifolius pinnatifolius Muelleria 21: 49
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483156
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560
834650 Senecio pinnatifolius var Muelleria 21: 58
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483165
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560
834625 Senecio pinnatifolius var Muelleria 21: 49
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483156
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560

Page text

The S. pinnatifoIiiis/S.laiitiis complex 
49 
Selected specimens examined: QUEENSLAND: Great Dividing Range E of Warwick, a few 
km W of Queen Mary Falls on the road from Killaniey, roadside, J. Radford s.ii.. 15.ix.1993 (BRI, 
CANB); O'Reilly's, Lamington National Park, L.S. Smith tSc L.J. Wehh 3586, lO.v.1948 (BRI. 
CANB); Bunya Mountains, M.E. Phillips s.n.. 5.vi.l961 (CANB); Mt Gipps, C.T. White I208J. 
Il.iv.l941 (BRI, CANB). NEW SOUTH WALES; Glen Elgin. J.W. Haney s.n., 15.iv.l930 
(CANB); Northern Tablelands, New England National Park, Darkle Point, P. Cilmour 7085. 
14.V. 1990 (CANB. NSW); Northern Tablelands: Barrington Tops, Carey’s Peak, l.R. Telford2730A. 
I2.ii.l971 (CANB). 
4d. Senecio pinnatifolius van lanceolatiis (Benth.) l.Thomps., comb. tiov. 
S. Iciiitiis van lanceokUits Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 667 (1867); S. lautits subsp. 
lanceolatiis (Benth.) Ali, Austral. J. Bot. 17: 173 (1969). 
Type: 'Vietoria, Port Phillip, Adamson-, lecto: K, photo seen CANB [The lectotype was 
presumably chosen by Ali but this is not explicitly stated in his paper]; Port Philip, R.C. 
Gunn s.n.-, syn: K, photo seen CANB. 
S. pinnatifolius van 3 sensu N.G. Walsh, FI. Victoria 4: 949 (1999). 
S. pinnatifolius van pinnatifolius .sensu N.G. Walsh. FI. Victoria 4; 948 (1999), pro parte. 
S. pinnatifolius van 2 sensu N.G. Walsh, FI. Victoria 4: 948 (1999), pro parte. 
Plants to 1.5(-2) m tall, commonly erect, sometimes sprawling, with tap-root poorly- 
developed. Leaves in mid-region of stems and major branches 3-15 cm long, with 
marginal points 8^0 per side, divided or not, thin to subllcshy, or succulent on coast; 
base attenuate, without .segments; margin variously toothed, the teeth often somewhat 
crowded antrorse and elongate; undivided leaves narrow-oblanceolate, narrow to very 
narrow-elliptic, or ± linear, rachis 2-30 mm wide; divided leaves with (l-)2-7 lanceolate, 
narrow-oblong, or c. linear segments per side, average position c. midleaf, sometimes 
again divided. Uppermost leaves narrow-oblong, ovate or lanceolate; base often cordate, 
stem-clasping, with segments often developed. Inflorescences of 3-40 capitula; bract- 
axils often with long coarse hairs; peduncles glabrous or with long hairs. Capitulum: 
calycular bracteolcs 6-14, imbricate or not at anthesis, ovate to narrow-ovate, 2.0-3.5 
mm long, 0.8-1.6 mm wide, with margin often coarse-hairy, usually pigmented dark 
purple apically. with mark c. 0.5 mm long, .sometimes chevronned; involucre 4.0-7.0 mm 
long, 3-6 mm diam.; phyllaries mostly c. 13. with apex purple; stcreome slightly fleshy, 
drying dark-green or brown, succulent in coastal plants; resin ducts indistinct, pale; inner 
phyllaries: chevron usually well-developed, to 1.5 mm long, sometimes notched, 
outlining the distally relatively broad and partially pale (on drying) stereome; margin c. 
0.25-0.4 mm wide I mm below apex broadening to 0.3-0.6 mm wide proximally; outer 
phyllaries: margin c. 0.2 mm wide I mm below apex broadening to c. 0.3 mm wide 
proximally. Ray florets c. 13, c. equal to phyllaries. Aclienes (1.6-)2.0-3.2 mm long, 
generally c. 40-50% of length of phyllaries, brown, coppery-brown or green, with 
papillose hairs in narrow to broad bands, or achenes glabrous; hairs of achenes of ray 
florets exceeding pappus-ring or not. (Fig. 11) 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, throughout 
southern Victoria, in far .south-eastern New South Wales, and in northern Tasmania 
including islands in Bass Strait (Fig. 7d). Grows in forest, woodland and shrubland in 
lowland to hilly environments. 
Notes: This variety differs from the other varieties most significantly in phyllary 
morphology, in particular in having inner phyllaries marked with a purple chevron, the 
relatively large disparity in width between the stereomes of the inner and outer phyllaries 
(measured e. 1 mm below the apex); and the relatively broad hyaline margin distally of 
the outer phyllary (compare Figs 2a and 2c). Also in this variety the leaves tend to have 
a relatively high number of marginal points, the number of capitula per inflorescence is 
often high, and the taproot poorly developed. The chevron in var. lanceolatiis is often just 

Page image

834623 Senecio pinnatifolius var Muelleria 21: 49
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483156
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560

Page text

The S. pinnatifoIiiis/S.laiitiis complex 
49 
Selected specimens examined: QUEENSLAND: Great Dividing Range E of Warwick, a few 
km W of Queen Mary Falls on the road from Killaniey, roadside, J. Radford s.ii.. 15.ix.1993 (BRI, 
CANB); O'Reilly's, Lamington National Park, L.S. Smith tSc L.J. Wehh 3586, lO.v.1948 (BRI. 
CANB); Bunya Mountains, M.E. Phillips s.n.. 5.vi.l961 (CANB); Mt Gipps, C.T. White I208J. 
Il.iv.l941 (BRI, CANB). NEW SOUTH WALES; Glen Elgin. J.W. Haney s.n., 15.iv.l930 
(CANB); Northern Tablelands, New England National Park, Darkle Point, P. Cilmour 7085. 
14.V. 1990 (CANB. NSW); Northern Tablelands: Barrington Tops, Carey’s Peak, l.R. Telford2730A. 
I2.ii.l971 (CANB). 
4d. Senecio pinnatifolius van lanceolatiis (Benth.) l.Thomps., comb. tiov. 
S. Iciiitiis van lanceokUits Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 667 (1867); S. lautits subsp. 
lanceolatiis (Benth.) Ali, Austral. J. Bot. 17: 173 (1969). 
Type: 'Vietoria, Port Phillip, Adamson-, lecto: K, photo seen CANB [The lectotype was 
presumably chosen by Ali but this is not explicitly stated in his paper]; Port Philip, R.C. 
Gunn s.n.-, syn: K, photo seen CANB. 
S. pinnatifolius van 3 sensu N.G. Walsh, FI. Victoria 4: 949 (1999). 
S. pinnatifolius van pinnatifolius .sensu N.G. Walsh. FI. Victoria 4; 948 (1999), pro parte. 
S. pinnatifolius van 2 sensu N.G. Walsh, FI. Victoria 4: 948 (1999), pro parte. 
Plants to 1.5(-2) m tall, commonly erect, sometimes sprawling, with tap-root poorly- 
developed. Leaves in mid-region of stems and major branches 3-15 cm long, with 
marginal points 8^0 per side, divided or not, thin to subllcshy, or succulent on coast; 
base attenuate, without .segments; margin variously toothed, the teeth often somewhat 
crowded antrorse and elongate; undivided leaves narrow-oblanceolate, narrow to very 
narrow-elliptic, or ± linear, rachis 2-30 mm wide; divided leaves with (l-)2-7 lanceolate, 
narrow-oblong, or c. linear segments per side, average position c. midleaf, sometimes 
again divided. Uppermost leaves narrow-oblong, ovate or lanceolate; base often cordate, 
stem-clasping, with segments often developed. Inflorescences of 3-40 capitula; bract- 
axils often with long coarse hairs; peduncles glabrous or with long hairs. Capitulum: 
calycular bracteolcs 6-14, imbricate or not at anthesis, ovate to narrow-ovate, 2.0-3.5 
mm long, 0.8-1.6 mm wide, with margin often coarse-hairy, usually pigmented dark 
purple apically. with mark c. 0.5 mm long, .sometimes chevronned; involucre 4.0-7.0 mm 
long, 3-6 mm diam.; phyllaries mostly c. 13. with apex purple; stcreome slightly fleshy, 
drying dark-green or brown, succulent in coastal plants; resin ducts indistinct, pale; inner 
phyllaries: chevron usually well-developed, to 1.5 mm long, sometimes notched, 
outlining the distally relatively broad and partially pale (on drying) stereome; margin c. 
0.25-0.4 mm wide I mm below apex broadening to 0.3-0.6 mm wide proximally; outer 
phyllaries: margin c. 0.2 mm wide I mm below apex broadening to c. 0.3 mm wide 
proximally. Ray florets c. 13, c. equal to phyllaries. Aclienes (1.6-)2.0-3.2 mm long, 
generally c. 40-50% of length of phyllaries, brown, coppery-brown or green, with 
papillose hairs in narrow to broad bands, or achenes glabrous; hairs of achenes of ray 
florets exceeding pappus-ring or not. (Fig. 11) 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, throughout 
southern Victoria, in far .south-eastern New South Wales, and in northern Tasmania 
including islands in Bass Strait (Fig. 7d). Grows in forest, woodland and shrubland in 
lowland to hilly environments. 
Notes: This variety differs from the other varieties most significantly in phyllary 
morphology, in particular in having inner phyllaries marked with a purple chevron, the 
relatively large disparity in width between the stereomes of the inner and outer phyllaries 
(measured e. 1 mm below the apex); and the relatively broad hyaline margin distally of 
the outer phyllary (compare Figs 2a and 2c). Also in this variety the leaves tend to have 
a relatively high number of marginal points, the number of capitula per inflorescence is 
often high, and the taproot poorly developed. The chevron in var. lanceolatiis is often just 

Page image

596856 Senecio pinnatifolius alpinus Muelleria 21: 52-54, Figs 7 (map), 13
596855 Senecio pinnatifolius capillifolius Muelleria 21: 51-52, Figs 7 (map), 12
596854 Senecio pinnatifolius lanceolatus Muelleria 21: 49-51, Figs 7 (map), 11
596849 Senecio pinnatifolius latilobus Muelleria 21: 45-47, Figs 7 (map), 9
597079 Senecio pinnatifolius leucocarpus Muelleria 21: 58, Figs 7 (map),15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483165
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560
596857 Senecio pinnatifolius maritimus Muelleria 21: 54-58, Figs 7 (map), 14
834629 Senecio pinnatifolius pleiocephalus Muelleria 21: 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483159
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560
596850 Senecio pinnatifolius serratus Muelleria 21: 47-49, Figs 7 (map), 10
596832 Senecio productus Muelleria 21: 10
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483117
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 4. A revision of Senecio glossanthus and recognition of an allied species with long ligules, doi:10.5962/p.291559
596833 Senecio productus productus Muelleria 21: 10, Figs 1, 2 (map), 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483117
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 4. A revision of Senecio glossanthus and recognition of an allied species with long ligules, doi:10.5962/p.291559
596834 Senecio productus magnus Muelleria 21: 10, 13, Figs 2 (map), 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483117
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 4. A revision of Senecio glossanthus and recognition of an allied species with long ligules, doi:10.5962/p.291559
834630 Senecio rupicola Muelleria 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956487 49956548
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
596837 Senecio serratiformis Muelleria 21: 14
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483121
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 4. A revision of Senecio glossanthus and recognition of an allied species with long ligules, doi:10.5962/p.291559

Page text

14 
Thompson 
Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRAUA: Yorkc Peninsula, Marion Bay, RJ. 
Bates 38588, 21.ix. 1994 (AD); Hindmarsh Island, D.E. Miirfet 2508. 24.viii.1996 (AD, MEL). 
VICTORIA: Sandringham, C. French Jr. May 1900 (MEL); Mitre Lake Flora and Fauna Reserve, 
A.C. Beaiipielwle 86508. I Lxi.1986 (MEL); Lake Goldsmith, eastern shore, N.G. Walsh 5246 cfe A 
Brown, 8.xi.2000 (MEL). 
4. Senecio serratiformis l.Thomps., sp. nov. 
A S. glossantho (Sond.) Belcher phyllariis longioribus, acheniis homotnorphis, 
achenio quam tubo corollae breviore differt. 
Type: South Australia, Eyre Peninsula, Fowlers Bay, just north of jetty, J.Z. Weber 
6267, 15 Aug. 1980; holo: AD. 
Herbs to c. 0.3 m tall, ±glabrous except for scattered hairs on newer growth. Mid-stem 
leaves mostly 2-6 cm long, undivided or coarse-dentate; base attenuate to cuncate, 
.sometimes becoming cordate upwards; margin with scattered to crowded dcnticulations 
or teeth; undivided leaves narrow-elliptic to oblanceolate; coarse-dentate leaves with up 
to 5 major teeth per side. Upper-stem leaves with base often cordate, mildly stern- 
clasping. Capitiila: calycular bracteoles lanceolate, LO-2.5 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, 
with purple apical mark c. 0.5-1 mm long; involucre 5-8 mm long, 2-2.5 mm diam.; 
phyllaries 8-10, sometimes a minority with 13, with resin ducts fine, pale or reddish ori 
drying; inner phyllaries with margin 0.2-0.3 mm wide; outer phyllaries with margin up 
to 0.1 mm wide; receptacle 2.5-3 mm diam. at maturity, without enlarged attachment 
points for achenes of female florets. Florets 15-30; female florets 4-6; corolla-tube 
3.5-5.0 mm long; ligule 1.5-2.5 mm long, usually exceeding phyllaries; corolla of 
bisexual llorcts c. 5 mm long. Achenes obloid, homomorphic, 2.0-2.5 mm long, with 
papillose hairs covering c. 50—100% of the otherwise brown or reddish surface, hardly 
exceeding pappus ring. Pappus c. 5 mm long, equally persistent on all achenes. 
Flowers mostly winter and spring. 
Notes: Senecio serratiformis has longer capitula, and the female llorcts have longer 
corollas than in S. glossantlms, and the achenes differ in being homomorphic. There arc 
two subspecies. 
Mid-stem leaves with l:w ratio < 7; margin with several to many serrations; involucre 7-8 
mm long... 4 .j_ subsp. serratiformis 
Mid-stem leaves with l;w ratio > 7; margin subentire or few-toothed; involucre 6-7 mm 
.4b. subsp. stenopliyllus 
4a. Senecio serratiformis l.Thomps. subsp. serratiformis 
Mid-stem leaves with l:w ratio < 7; margin with several to many serrations. Involucre 
7-8 mm long. (Figs Id, 7) 
Distribution and Habitat: Occurs in .southern South Australia from Fowlers Bay 
south-east to Kangaroo Island, and in .southern Western Australia (Fig. 2e). Grows in 
sand, on dunes and overlying limestone in coastal vegetation including malice woodland. 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Bunker Bay. south-west coast J 
Pulley 1468. 18.viii.l973 (CBG). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Yorkc Peninsula. Point Davenport,' P 
Coomhe. Aug. 1978 (AD); West Coast. Fowler’s Bay. R. Tate, 1877 (AD); North-eastern Eyre 
Peninsula. Sandhill on Cowell Road, ca. 56 km from Whyalla, J.B. Cleland, I().ix.l965 (AD); 
Kangaroo Island. Cape Ganthcaumc Con.scrvation Park. E of Point Tinline, South Coast, B.M. 
Overton 166)4, 29.ix.l988 (AD); Memory Cove, Cape Catastrophe. E.J. Carroll SA/6‘i 516 
2Lix.l965 (AD.CBG). 

Page image

596838 Senecio serratiformis serratiformis Muelleria 21: 14, Figs 1, 2(map), 7
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483121
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 4. A revision of Senecio glossanthus and recognition of an allied species with long ligules, doi:10.5962/p.291559
596839 Senecio serratiformis stenophyllus Muelleria 21: 18, Figs 2 (map), 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483125
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 4. A revision of Senecio glossanthus and recognition of an allied species with long ligules, doi:10.5962/p.291559
597080 Senecio spanomerus Muelleria 21: 58, 61-63, Figs 16 (map), 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483165
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560

Page text

58 
Thompson 
Park. 25 km W of Portland. RC. Johsoti 2096. 13.iv.l993 (MEL); Cape Nelson, A.C. Beauglchole 
SM., Oct. 1962 (MEL); Cape Duquesne (Petrified forest area), I.R. Thompson 734 & J. Sliihbings. 
I.i.2002 (AD. MEL); Cape Nelson, on cliff ledge by lighthouse, M.E. Phillips 462. 27.X.1963 
(CANB). TASMANIA: 2 km N\V of Nye Bay, A.M. Buchanan 7902, 16.i. 1986 (HO); Pegg Creek, 
Hartwell Cove. A. Mo.<ical 10008. 7.iii. 1985 (AD. HO); Near mouth of Flat Creek, A.M. Buchanan 
5782. 22.ii.l985 (AD, HO); Cypre.ss Creek. A. Moscal 9722, 21.ii.1985 (HO); 5 km south of 
Endeavour Bay, A. Moscal 6008. 30.i. 1984 (AD, HO, MEL); Suicide F3ay, Woolnorth Station, A.C. 
Rozefelds 1382, I9.i.l999 (HO); Rupert Point. W.D. Jackson 345, Jan. 1954 (HO). 
4h. Senecio pinnatifolius A.Rich, van leiicocarpiis I.Tlionips., var. nov. 
A varictate typica foliis carnulosioribus, acheniis longioribus, indumento acheniorum 
dcnsiore diffcrt. 
Type: Western Australia, Dempster Inlet, Middle Mount Barren, C.A. Gardner 9194, 
21 Sept. 1948; holo: PERTH; i.so: PERTH 
Plants to 0.2 m tall, sprawling or prostrate; roots not known. Leaves in mid-region of 
stems and major branches 1.0-2.0 cm long, with marginal points 0-2 per side, divided or 
not, fleshy, drying somewhat wrinkled; base cuneate to attenuate, without segments; 
margin entire; undivided leaves oblanceolate to narrow-elliptic, with rachis 2-3 mm 
wide; divided leaves with 1 narrow-oblong segment per side, with average position 
slightly proximal. Uppermost leaves .sometimes narrow-oblong; base ± truncate, 
sometimes minutely auriculate. Inflorescences of 1-5 capitula; bract-axils; hairs short 
and inconspicuous; peduncles glabrous. Capittila: calycular bracteoles 8-10, slightly 
imbricate at anthesis, ovate to narrow-ovate, 2.0-3.0 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, with 
margin ± glabrous, pigmented dark purple apically, with mark c. 0.5 mm long; involucre 
5.0-6.0 mm long, c. 4 mm diam.; phyllaries mostly c. 13, with apex dark purple; 
stercome fleshy, succulent; resin ducts indistinct; inner phyllaries: chevron absent; 
margin 0.2-0.3 mm wide 1 mm below apex, broadening to c. 0.6 mm wide proximally; 
outer phyllaries: margin vestigial 1 mm below apex, broadening to c. 0.2 mm wide 
proximally. Ray florets c. 13. Achenes 4.0^.5 mm long, generally c. 70% of length of 
phyllaries, appearing white, with papillose hairs ob.scuring the entire surface; hairs of 
achenes of ray florets exceeding pappus-ring. (Fig. 15) 
Etymology: The varietal epithet refers to the colour of the densely hairy achenes (Gk. 
leiicos, white, and carpos, fruit). 
Distribution and Habitat: Known only from the type locality at Dempster Inlet, east of 
Esperance (Fig. 7h). There is no locality information but it appears to be a coastal plant. 
Notes: This variety is readily recognised by a combination of small, crowded fleshy 
leaves and long, densely hairy achenes. 
5. Senecio spatiomerus I.Thomps., sp. nov. 
A S. pinnatifolio A.Rich, nodis foliorum paucioribus proximalibus, bracteolis 
lanceolatis, acheniis modice dimorphis differ!; a S. lacnstrino I.Thomps. plantis perennis, 
capitulis brevioribus, phyllariis plerumque pluribus, bracteolis majoribus, acheniis 
brevioribus differ!. 
Type: South Australia, c. 7 km [4 miles] east of Kiki, R.L. Specht, Aug. 1961; holo: 
MEL; iso: MEL. 
S. laiitiis subsp. dissectifolins Ali, Austral. J. Bot. 17: 168 (1969), pro parte inch type; 
J.H. Willis, Handb. PI. Victoria 2; 751 (1972), pro parte. Type: Victoria, Wyperfeld 
National Park, NW Malice,///. Willis, 16 July 1961; holo: MEL. 
S. pinnatifolius var. 1 sen.m N.G. Walsh, FI. Victoria 4: 948 (1999). 

Page image

596842 Senecio spathulatus Muelleria 21: 31, 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483138
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560

Page text

The S. pinmitifolius/S.laiitiis complex 
31 
side, mostly undivided, not fleshy, thin on pressing; base attenuate; margin denticulate or 
callus-denticulate; undivided leaves very narrow-elliptic to linear; divided leaves with 1 or 
2 narrow-triangular lobes per side, average position ± central. Uppermost leaves base 
sometimes slightly dilated, with auricles denticulate. Injlorescences of 2-20 capitula. 
Capituki: calycular bracteoles 8-12, narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 1.5-2.0 mm long, 0.5-0.8 
mm wide, with stereome sometimes suffused purple, with margin ± glabrous; apex acute to 
peracute, pigmented purple or black in zone c. 0.5 mm long; involucre 4.0-6.0 mm long, c. 
3-5 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 20 (for all or most capitula); apex brown or black; stereome 
somewhat fleshy, often suffused with purple below apex; resin ducts distinct, pale or orange 
on dr>'ing; inner phyllaries: broader stcreomes 0.5-0.8 mm wide; margin 0.2-0.3 mm wide; 
outer phyllaries: margins vestigial to c. 0.1 mm wide proximally. Florets 50-70; ligulate 
florets c. 13, with ligule 5-10 mm long; corolla of disc florets 3-5.5 mm long. Achenes 
homomorphic, c. 40% of length of phyllaries, 1.5-2.2 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm diam., mid to 
dark brown, with ribs flat; papillo.se hairs in bands covering c. 20-50% of surface, mostly 
appressed, with l:w ratio c. 2-3; hairs of achenes of ray florets not exceeding pappus-ring. 
Pappus 3-5 mm long, caducous. (Fig. 4) 
Flowers most of the year. 
Distrihution and Habitat: Occurs in far eastern Australia, from south-eastern 
Queensland south to far south-eastern New South Wales. Also recorded a few times from 
Melbourne and the Momington Peninsula in south-central Victoria but not naturalised (Fig. 
3a). Grows in various soils usually in disturbed sites particularly roadsides and cleared land. 
Notes: A native of South Africa and Madaga.scar. Probably naturalised in Australia for 
some time before it was recognised as an introduced species in the 1980s. Senecio 
madagascariensis can be distinguished from S. pinnatifolius, S. brigalowensis and other 
similar lautusoid species by a combination of characters: more numerous phyllaries, 
thinner leaves that are mostly undivided but with numerous marginal points (mostly as 
tiny denticulations), and shorter and more slender achenes with smaller papillose hairs. 
The achenes al.so tend to be more tapered basally and sometimes more so apically. The 
stereome of phyllaries and bracteoles are sometimes suffused purple and this character 
has not been observed in the native lautusoid species in Australia. 
Selected specimens examined: QUEENSLAND: 1 km N of Mt Maroon, P.I. Forster PIF684I, 
L.H. Bird & A.R. Bean, 26.v. 1990 (BRl, MEL); Tomevvin, C.E. Woolcock & D.T. Woolcock, 
10.vii.l985 (MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: ‘Cooplacurripa’, Wingham-Nowendoc Road, R. 
Holtkamp 21, I9.vi.l996 (CANB, MEL. NE); Port Macquarie, L. Pedley 5543, 25.vii.1990 (AD, 
BRl. DNA, MEL, NSW, PERTH); alongside Karuah State Forest, south of Stroud. J.R. Hosking 
1279, 29.viii.1996 (CANB. MEL. NE. NSW). VICTORIA: Balnarring. on road verge ofHastings- 
Flinders Road./?.7. Adu/r i./i., 14.vii.l99I (MEL). 
2. Senecio spathulatus A.Rich., in J.S.C. Dumont d’Urville, Voy. Astrolabe 2: 125 (1834) 
Type: Tasmania, D’Entrecasteaux Channel [‘Crescit in Nova-Hollandia loco vulgo 
dicto Detroit d’Entrecasteaux’l, A. Lesson: holo: P n.v. 
Perennial to 0.5 m tall, sprawling to prostrate, ± glabrous. Primary roots not seen; 
developing roots from prostrate stems. Leaves in mid-region of stems or major branches 
1-5 cm long, with marginal points 0-15 per side, mostly undivided, very fleshy, drying 
thick and wrinkled; base cuncatc to truncate; margin dentate, serrate or denticulate; 
undivided leaves obovate or oblanceolate; divided leaves with 1-3 narrow-oblong 
segments per side, average position more or less central. Uppermost leaves sometimes 
oblong or elliptic; base sometimes becoming weakly clasping. Inflorescences of 1-5 
capitula. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 8-12, imbricate at anthesis or not, ovate to 
narrow-ovate. 1.5-3.0 mm long, 1.0-1.5 mm wide; with margin bearing weak hairs; apex 
subacute to acute, pigmented purple in zone c. 0.5 mm long; involucre 5.0-11.0 mm long. 

Page image

596843 Senecio spathulatus spathulatus Muelleria 21: 34, Fig. 3 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483141
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560
596844 Senecio spathulatus attenuatus Muelleria 21: 35, Fig,. 3 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483142
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560
596845 Senecio spathulatus latifructus Muelleria 21: 35, Figs 3 (map), 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483142
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560
596846 Senecio warrenensis Muelleria 21: 38, Figs 3 (map), 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483145
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies of Australian Senecio (Asteraceae) 5. The S. pinnatifolius/S. lautus complex, doi:10.5962/p.291560

Page text

38 
Thompson 
3. Seiiecio warrenensis I.Thomps., sp. nov. 
A S. spathiilato A.Rich. foliis angustioribus margine intcgerrimus, bractcolis 
latioribus imbricatus differt. 
Tvpe: Western Australia, Warren Drift Sands, P.C. Heyligers 88139, 12 Sep. 1988; 
holo: CANB. 
Perennial to 0.3 m tall, sprawling to prostrate, largely glabrous. Primary roots not seen; 
roots arising from prostrate stems. Leaves in mid-region of stems or major branches 2-5 cm 
long, with marginal points 0-7 per side, divided or not. fleshy, drying thick and wrinkled; 
base commonly narrow; margin entire or denticulate; undivided leaves very narrow-elliptic 
or linear; divided leaves with 1-4 oblong to very narrow-oblong segments per side, average 
position more or less central. Uppermost leaves sometimes slightly lanceolate; base 
sometimes weakly stem-clasping. Inflorescences of 1-5 capitula; peduncle moderately 
hairy when developing, glabrc.scent. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 12-18, imbricate at 
anthesis, broad-ovate to ovate, 2.5^.5 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, with margin ± glabrous; 
apex acute, pigmented purple in zone 0.5-1.0 mm long, and commonly extending down 
margin to form a chevron; involucre 7.0-9.0 mm long, c. 6-8 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 13, 
with apex pigmented purple; stereome fleshy, commonly drying pale yellow-green; resin 
ducts obscure; inner phyllaries; broader stereomes 1.3-2.0 mm wide; margin 0.1-0.4 mm 
wide, broadening to 0.5-1.0 mm wide in proximal two-thirds; outer phyllaries; margins 
vestigial or to 0.1 mm wide broadening to 0.3-0.5 mm wide in proximal two-thirds. Florets 
c. 80-l(X); ligulate florets c. 13, with ligule 8-15 mm long; corolla of disc llorets 6-8 mm 
long. Achenes ± homomorphic, c. 50% of length of phyllaries. 4.0-4.5 mm long, light 
brown, with ribs ± flat; papillose-hairs moderately den.se in bands obscuring most of 
surface, appressed to divergent, with l:w ratio 4-6; hairs of achenes of ray florets slightly 
exceeding pappus-ring. Pappus 5-8 mm long, possibly somewhat persistent. (Fig. 6) 
Flowers recorded in September. 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the type locality near the Warren River. 
Distribution and Habitat: Known only from the type locality c. 5 km inland from the 
coast and west of Northcliffe in far .south-western Western Australia and from an old 
record further east at Espcrance Bay (Fig. 3e). Grows on unstable, drifting dunes where 
it is a pioneering species with Poa poiformis. 
Notes: Although clo.sest to S. spathulatus in terms of fleshiness of the leaves and size 
of capitula and achenes, S. warrenensis is reminiscent of S. pinnatifolius van latilobus in 
terms of the relatively broad, overlapping, and chevronned calycular bracteoles and the 
paler coloration of the phyllaries on drying. 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Warren drift sands, P.C. Heyligers 
88140, 12.ix.l988 (CANB); Esperance Bay, coll unknown, date unknown (MEL 2168061). 
4. Seneciopinnatifolius A.Rich., in J.S.C. Dumont d’Urville, Voy. Astrolabe 2: 117(1834) 
S. lautus f. pinnatifolius (A.Rich.) Hochn, Candollea 5: 336 (1934). 
Tvpe: Tasmania, D’Entrecasteaux Channel [‘Detroit D’Entrecasteaux’], A. Lesson, 
1828-29; holo: P. 
Annual or perennial to 2.0 m tall, erect, sprawling or prostrate, sometimes rhizomatous 
(van alpinus), largely glabrous. Taproot slender to stout; secondary roots usually fine 
throughout. Leaves in mid-region of stems or major branches 0.5-12 cm long, with 
marginal points 0-40 per side, divided or not. thin to fleshy, succulent on coast; base 
commonly narrow or attenuate, sometimes developing small basal segments; margin entire 
or dentate, serrate or denticulate; unsegmented leaves oblong to filamentous, narrow to very 
narrow-elliptic, or oblanceolate to narrovv-oblanceolatc; segmented leaves with 1-8 

Page image

597357 Thelymitra reflexa Muelleria 21: 89-90, Figs 1, 2
841089 Anisacantha glabra Muelleria 22: 111
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480090
Page is part of the work Lectotypification of Sclerolaena glabra (F.Muell.) Domin (Amaranthaceae/Chenopodiaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291575
984257 Basalt guinea flower Muelleria 22
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956488 49956549
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
841090 Bassia glabra Muelleria 22: 111
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480090
Page is part of the work Lectotypification of Sclerolaena glabra (F.Muell.) Domin (Amaranthaceae/Chenopodiaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291575

Page text

Muelleria 22: 111-112 (2005) 
Lectotypification of Sclerolaena glabra (F. Muell.) Domin 
(Amaranthaceae/Chenopodiaceae) 
Neville Walsli 
National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria 3141, Australia. 
Introduction 
When describing Kentropsis glabra (= Bassia glabra (F. Muell.) F. Muell., now 
Sclerolaena glabra (F. Muell.) Domin), Mueller (1859) cited a single locality - ‘Ad rivum 
Stan's Creek, Australiae subcentralis'. However, Mueller’s Sturts Creek collection at 
MEL of S. glabra consists of a mixture of two forms, clearly collected from different 
plants. One form Mueller apparently regarded as ‘typical’ and matches his original 
description. The other form Mueller referred to on a separate label as ‘[3 longispinis ’ has 
longer fruit with longer spines. The latter name was never published, but fruits agreeing 
with this form were illustrated as Bassia glabra, along with the ‘typical’ form in Mueller 
(1891) without further reference. 
Subsequently, material representing the two elements was mounted, along with their 
respective labels, on separate sheets at MEL. Later workers have variously regarded these 
as syntypes of Bassia glabra (J.H. Willis 1948 in scheci.) or specimens of Sclerolaena 
glabra and S. sp. nov. (E.H. Ising 1963 in sclied.). The latter determination applied to 
Mueller’s ‘var. longispintts' specimen. Ising never formalised Mueller’s name for want of 
sufficient material (note in sclied.), but from comparison with other material at MEL this 
form falls within the range of specimens now regarded as S. glabra (including specimens 
determined by Ising, Paul G. Wilson and others). 
Mueller’s ‘typical’ specimen represents what now appears to be the shorter-awned end 
of the spectrum of variation within S. glabra, whereas his ‘var. longispintts ’ specimen is 
more representative of the majority of modern S. glabra collections. 
Wilson (1984) cited as the holotype for 5. glabra ‘Sturt Creek, W.A., 1856, F. Mueller 
(MEL)’. More correctly both MEL sheets should have been regarded as syntypes. As the 
two sheets represent distinctly different forms of S. glabra the opportunity is here taken 
to Iectotypify on Mueller’s ‘typical’ (unfortunately less representative) specimen and treat 
the ‘var. longispintts' sheet as an excluded syntype. 
Taxonomy 
Sclerolaena glabra (F. Muell.), Domin, Beitrage zur Flora and Pflanzengeographie 
Australiens 624 (1930). 
Kentropsis glabra F. Muell., Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae 1: 139 (1859); 
Anisacantlia glabra (F.Muell.) Benth., Flora Australiensis 5: 200 (1870); Bassia glabra 
(F.Muell.) F.Muell., Systematic Census of Australian Plants'. 30 (1882). T: ‘Ad rivum 
Sturt’s Creek, Australiae subcentralis’, F. Muell. 1856; lecto (here chosen): ‘ Sturt's 
Creek, Ferd. von Mueller. 1856’ MEL 101453; excluded syntype: ‘ Sturt's Creek, Ferd. 
Mueller' MEL 101452. 
Acknowledgements 
I am grateful to my colleagues Margaret Corrick and Nina Sawtell for bringing this 
matter to my attention. 

Page image

971164 Branched Muelleria 22
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956488 49956549
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647

Page text

CONTENTS 
Page 
The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia — 
Helen I. Aston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 
A review of the genera Teloschistes and Xanthoria in the lichen 
family Teloschistaceae in Australia — Rex B. Filson . . 65 
The publication of this number has been made possible by a direct grant from 
the Botanic Gardens Branch Research Trust Fund which was set up in 1965, as 
the result of a generous donation to the Royal Botanic Gardens by Miss Maud 
M. Gibson of Switzerland, formerly of Melbourne. The trust in addition to 
providing a grant of $1,000 towards the cost of printing, also assumed financial 
responsibility for the provision of Research Assistants for the two authors. 

Page image

603467 Bulbine crassa Muelleria 22: 93-95

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 93-95".

841083 Bulbine sp. nov. Muelleria 22: 93
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480072
Page is part of the work A new species of Bulbine (Asphodelaceae) from Wilsons Promontory and islands of eastern Bass Strait, doi:10.5962/p.291572

Page text

Muellerici 22: 93-96 (2005) 
A new species of Bulbine (Asphodelaceae) from Wilsons Promontory 
and islands of eastern Bass Strait 
Dennis /. Morris f and Marco F. Duretto A 
Tasmanian Herbarium, Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Private Bag 4, Hobart, 
Tasmania 7001 
A Corresponding author. Email: marco.duretto@tmag.tas.gov.au 
t D.I. Morris d. 27 July 2005 
Abstract 
Bulbine crassa D.I.Morris & Duretto (Asphodelaceae), a stout perennial species ranging from 
Wilsons Promontory (Victoria) to near Cape Barren Island (Tasmania), is newly described. A key 
to the Tasmanian and Victorian species of Bulbine is provided. 
Introduction 
In 1958 Dr Mary Gillham (CSIRO) collected a specimen of a Bulbine from Anderson 
Island in the Furneaux Group (Tasmania). The specimen was at that time determined as 
B. semibarlmta (R.Br.) Haw. as the filaments of the stamens opposite the outer perianth 
segments were either bare or bore only a few hairs. It was noted that the specimen was of 
an ‘Extra large form' easily distinguished from the normal B. semibarbata with which it 
was growing. Subsequently, more specimens of the same type were collected from 
several islands of eastern Bass Strait and Wilsons Promontory in Victoria. Watson (1987) 
noted in the Flora of Australia that II. semibarbata was variable in habit and the size and 
shape of the leaves. She also noted that some plants from Tasmania and southern coastal 
areas of the mainland appear to be facultative perennials. Bulbine semibarbata usually 
behaves as an annual. In the Flora of Victoria. Conran and Walsh (1994) noted, in 
describing B. semibarbata , that ‘A remarkable robust, fleshy and apparently perennial 
form occurs on rocky coastal sites on Wilsons Promontory and surrounding islands and 
at Cape Conran in the east’. They also note that a form of B. glauca (Raf.) E.M.Watson, 
similar to the above, is largely coextensive on and near Wilsons Promontory. 
These large succulent perennials have usually been assigned to B. semibarbata in the 
past on the basis of the stamens opposite the outer perianth segments being glabrous (or 
nearly so) even though B. semibarbata normally behaves as an annual. The overall 
appearance of these large, perennial plants more closely resembles B. glauca. 
Bulbine semibarbata is a variable species as noted by Watson (1986, 1987). Another 
one of the forms noted by Watson (1986, 1987) from the Pilbara Region of Western 
Australia has been formally described as B. pendula Keighery (Keighery 2004). 
Taxonomy 
Bulbine crassa D.I.Morris & Duretto, sp. nov. 
Species Itaec a B.glauca (Raf.) F.M. Watson dijfertfoliis carnosioribus, scapo crassiore 
basi 7-10 mm diametro et JHamentis staminum externorum midis vel pilis pattcis. 
Type: TASMANIA: FURNEAUX: Neds Reef, about I km off Neds Point on the north 
coast of Cape Barren Island, 40°20’S 148°04’E, I Dec. 1986, S. Harris (holotype: HO 
312703) 
Bulbine sp. nov fide S. Harris, A. Buchanan and A. Connolly, One Hundred Islands: 
The Flora of the Outer Furneaux 122 (2001). 

Page image

603465 Commersonia multiloba Muelleria 22: 88-92, Figs 1, 2 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 88-92, Figs 1, 2 (map)".

841082 Commersonia tatei Muelleria 22: 88
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480067
Page is part of the work A new species of Commersonia (Malvaceae s.l.) from the Eyre Peninsula, South Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291571

Page text

88 
Wilkins and Whitlock 
where hair density is such as to conceal the epidermis. Fruit measurements include the 
length of the setae on the outer surfaces. 
The distribution map was compiled from the Online Map Creation internet site 
(http://www.aquarius.geomar.de/omc_intro.html) that uses GMC software. 
Taxonomy 
Commersonia multiloba C.F.Wilkins & Whitlock, sp. now 
C. tatei F. Muell. ex Tate affinis sed foliis ovatis marginibus multi-lobatis serratis non 
obovatis ad apice trilobatis, pedicellis infra pilos glandulis inconspicuis brevibus non 
glandulis longe-stipitatis conspieuis. 
Type : Australia: South Australia: On Lincoln Hwy, NNE of Cowell (precise locality 
withheld), 21 Sept. 2004. C.F. Wilkins & B.A. Whitlock 1933; (holotype: AD 182018; 
isotypes: CANB, K. PERTH). 
Commersonia tatei and. non F.Muell. ex Tate: Jessup, FI. S. Austral, edn 4, 2: 849 
(1986) p.p. (as to “larger leaved form”. Fig. 442A). 
Dwarf shrub, 15-50 x 30-100 cm, clonal growth observed from rhizomes, shortly 
single-stemmed, then many spreading, recurved branches. Young stents with scattered, 
short-stalked, or sessile, 8-12 erect-armed, either ferruginous or white with tan-centre, 
stellate hairs, 0.5-1.3 mm diam., over dense, sessile, white stellate hairs 0.2-0.8 mm 
diam., and inconspicuous, white, clavate glands 0.1 mm long; stem becoming red-brown 
or grey, glabrous with longitudinal, irregular, fine ridging. Stipules caducous, narrowly- 
lanceolate, margin irregular, rarely bifid, 1.0-5.3 x 0.2-0.7 mm, inner surface with 
scattered, 1-3 -armed. appresSed white hairs, to 0.5 mm long, and scattered to moderately 
dense clavate glands to 0.2 mm long; outer surface with moderately dense, 8-14 erect¬ 
armed, white stellate hairs, 0.1-0.5 diam. Leaves of differing sizes in fascicles of 4-7; 
petioles 0.3-5.5 mm long, hairs as on young stem; blade ovate, 1.5-20.0 x 1.2-7.5 mm, 
asymmetric at base; adaxial surface with dense hairs or tomentose surface, hairs sessile, 
6-12 -armed, erect, white, short, stellate, hairs to 0.1-0.25 mm diam. and occasional 
larger stellate hairs towards margin, with arms to 0.8 mm long; abaxial surface with 
scattered, 12-24 erect-armed, ferruginous, stellate hairs, to 1.0 mm diam., over a 
tomentose surface of sessile, 12-armed, erect, white, stellate hairs to 0.2 mm diam.; 
margin irregularly serrate, undulate, with lobes recurved, apex obtuse. Inflorescence leaf- 
opposed. mainly terminal cymes, 6.5-13.5 mm long, flowers 1-5 (6). Bud base attenuate, 
brown; apex acute, white. Peduncle 2.2-6.8 mm long. Pedicel 2.3-5.0 mm long. Peduncle 
and pedicel with dense, sessile, 6-12 -armed, stellate hairs, erect, tan, or white with tan 
centres, over white stellate hairs 0.2-0.7 mm diam. and scattered, white, clavate glands 
to 0.15 mm long. Bract towards base of pedicel, narrowly-ovate, green, membranous, 
becoming red-brown, 1.8-4 x 0.15-0.4 mm, surfaces as in stipules above, margin 
irregular. Epicalyx absent. Calyx white, 4.6-9.0 mm long, tube c. 1/3 of total calyx 
length, lobes ovate, 3.1 —4.9 x 1.6—3.7 mm, apex acute; adaxial surface, green, or pale 
pink at base, glabrous or with scattered. 1 or 2 -armed, appressed, white hairs to 0.3 mm 
long, and towards the margin and centre of lobes with dense, 1-4 -armed, erect, white, 
stellate hairs, to 0.15 mm diam.; abaxial surface with 8-12 -armed, erect, stellate hairs, 
base tomentose with moderately dense, ferruginous, stellate hairs, 0.8-1.0 mm diam. over 
dense, white, stellate hairs to 0.3 mm diam., and scattered, stalked, clavate glands to 0.2 
mm long, and towards apex of lobe, dense, white, stellate hairs to 0.3 mm diam. Petals 
glabrous, white with red base and central streak of red, 2.6-L2 x 2.6-3.0 mm, base ovate, 
incurved around stamen but not gibbous, margin of base cucullate; apical ligule 
spathulate, white, 1.7-2.3 x 0.9-1.2 mm. Staminal tube glabrous, 0.25-0.3 mm long. 
Staminodes 3 between adjacent anthers each anther, glabrous; central staminode, white, 
ovate, base smooth and apical margin papillose, 1.4-3.2 x 0.6-0.9 mm, 2 lateral 

Page image

841085 Cryptandra daltonii Muelleria 22: 97
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480076
Page is part of the work New combinations for two species of Spyridium (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from the Grampians, Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.291573

Page text

Muelleria 22: 97-104 (2005) 
New combinations for two species of Spyridium 
(Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from the Grampians, Victoria 
Jiirgen Kellermann 
National Herbarium of Victoria. Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne, Birdwood Avenue, 
South Yarra, Victoria 3141, Australia 
School of Botany. The University of Melbourne, Victoria 3010. Australia 
Email: Juergen.Kellermann@rbg.vic.gov.au 
Abstract 
Recent molecular and morphological studies on Australian Rhamnaceae have revealed that two 
species of Trymalium Fenzl endemic to the Victorian Grampians are misplaced in the genus and 
should be transferred to Spyridium Fenzl. Two new combinations, Spyridium daltonii (F. Muell) J. 
Kellerm. and S. Xramosissimum (Audas) J. Kellerm., are provided. Lectotypes are chosen for both 
species. 
Introduction 
Spyridium Fenzl consists of approximately 40 species and occurs predominantly in 
southern and south-eastern Australia and Tasmania. It is one of the most diverse genera 
in the Australian Rhamnaceae and is currently being revised for the Flora of Australia 
(W.R. Barker, J. Kellermann, F. Udovicic & N.G. Walsh, in prep.). In Victoria the genus 
is represented by seven species, most of which also occur in South Australia and/or New 
South Wales. One species. Spyridium sp. 1 sensu Walsh (1999a), is very rare and endemic 
to the Little Desert. 
The genus is pail of the tribe Pomaderreae Reissek ex Endl., which currently contains 
approximately 200 species in seven genera (Blackallia C.A. Gardner, Cryptandra Sm., 
Pomaderris Labill., Siegfriedia C.A. Gardner, Spyridium, Stemmthemum Reissek, 
Trymalium Fenzl). Pomaderreae is characterised by the presence of a stellate indumentum 
on stems, leaves, and/or flowers. The tribe is endemic to Australia, with one genus 
(.Pomaderris) extending to New Zealand. It is described in more detail in Medan and 
Schirarend (2004) and Kellermann et al. (2005). 
Phylogenetic analyses of Pomaderreae using nuclear internal transcribed spacer DNA 
sequences (Kellermann et al. 2005) have revealed that two species from the Victorian 
Grampians that are currently classified as Trymalium, namely T. daltonii F.Muell. and T. 
xramosissimum Audas, are misplaced in that genus and should be transferred to 
Spyridium. The Queensland species T. minutiflorum E.M. Ross was shown to be part of 
a group of species that includes taxa that were previously not thought to be related 
(Kellermann et al. 2005). This group will eventually be described as a new genus of 
Rhamnaceae (J. Kellermann, B.L. Rye and K.R. Thiele, in prep.). With the exclusion of 
these south-eastern Australian species, the genus Trymalium will be virtually confined to 
Western Australia, with one species in South Australia, T. wayi F. Muell. & Tate. This 
paper makes the relevant new combinations and lectotypifications for the Victorian 
species. Detailed descriptions and distribution maps are given in Walsh (1999b). 
Taxonomy 
Spyridium daltonii (F. Muell.) J. Kellerm. comb. nov. Trymalium daltonii F. Muell.. 
Fragm. 9: 135 (Sept. 1875), as “71 Daltoni". Cryptandra daltonii (F. Muell) F. Muell., Syst. 
census Austral, pi. 60 (1882), as “C. Daltoni". Type citation: “In valle Barney’s Gully 

Page image

971163 Grampians Muelleria 22
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956488 49956549
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
603464 Grevillea bemboka Muelleria 22: 28-32, Fig. 1 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 28-32, Fig. 1 (map)".

603602 Grevillea brevifolia Muelleria 22: 33-38, Fig. 1 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 33-38, Fig. 1 (map)".

841329 Grevillea brevifolia brevifolia Muelleria 22: 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480012
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies in the Grevillea victoriae species complex (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) I. Descriptions of nine previously segregated, and three new taxa, doi:10.5962/p.291569
841334 Grevillea brevifolia polychroma Muelleria 22: 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480041
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies in the Grevillea victoriae species complex (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) I. Descriptions of nine previously segregated, and three new taxa, doi:10.5962/p.291569
603606 Grevillea callichlaena Muelleria 22: 38-40, Fig. 1 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 38-40, Fig. 1 (map)".

603607 Grevillea epicroca Muelleria 22: 41-43, Fig. 1 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 41-43, Fig. 1 (map)".

603608 Grevillea miqueliana Muelleria 22: 44-48

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 44-48".

603609 Grevillea miqueliana miqueliana Muelleria 22: 48-50, Fig. 1 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 48-50, Fig. 1 (map)".

841346 Grevillea miqueliana Muelleria 22: 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480031
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies in the Grevillea victoriae species complex (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) I. Descriptions of nine previously segregated, and three new taxa, doi:10.5962/p.291569

Page text

52 
Stajsic and Molyneux 
Grevillea miqueliana subsp. moroka Molyneux & Stajsic in Makinson (2000), Flora of 
Australia 17A: 502. 
Type: Victoria, The Sentinels, 4 mis 16.4 km) SW of Mt Wellington, 2. i. 1964, T.B. 
Muir 3044 (holo: MEL 1510169!) 
G. victoriae ‘race k’ of D.J. McGillivray & R.O. Makinson, Grevillea: 321 (1993). 
G. miqueliana ‘Mt Wellington form’ of P.M. Oldc and N.R. Marriott, Grevillea Book 
3:31-32 (1995). 
G. vic toriae ‘race k' of R.O. Makinson. Flora of Victoria 3:852 (1996). 
Illustrations: P.M. Olde & N.R. Marriott, Grevillea Book 3:31 (bottom right). 32 
(20A.) (1995); N.G. Walsh & T.J. Entwisle. Flora of Victoria 3: 853 (fig. 172g, h) (1996). 
Spreading to erect compact shrub (0.5-) 1.5 (—2) m high, 1.2-2.5 m across. 
Branchlets densely subvillous of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis not visible, 
with a lower layer of mutually aligned and irregularly aligned, predominantly ascending 
hairs with some appressed hairs, straight and wavy hairs, the hairs off-white or silvery- 
white, with an overlayer of irregularly aligned, predominantly erect and suberect Y- 
shaped, straight and wavy hairs, off-white or silvery-white; internodes often short. Leaves 
elliptical to obovate to occasionally ovate, (9-) 20-35 (-50) mm long, (5-) 8-16 (-25.2) 
mm wide, apex obtuse or occasionally emarginate with a short blunt rnucro, margins 
shortly but distinctly revolute: leaf length to width ratio 1.5:1-2.2:1; leaf upper surface 
usually strongly granulose and/or occasionally with scattered longer biramous non- 
glandular hairs 0.2-0.3 mm long (in younger leaves), seldom only slightly granulose, 
dull, mid to dark-green; leaf lower surface loosely villous of biramous non-glandular 
hairs, epidermis clearly visible, the hairs irregularly aligned, predominantly erect and 
suberect Y-shaped, straight and wavy, off-white or silvery-white with scattered tan- 
coloured hairs, with occasional ferruginous hairs predominantly on the veins, epidermis 
clearly visible, lateral veins prominent, reticulum absent to occasionally evident; 
leatliery-textured. Conflorescence simple to twice-branched, simple 90%, once-branched 
7.5%, twice-branched 2.5%; unit conflorescence cylindrical or dome shaped, acropetal; 
number of flowers 22-38 per unit conflorescence; primary peduncles (0—) 5 (-17) mm 
long, (0.8-) 1.0-1.2 (-1.5) mm wide, indumentum (as in rachises) as in branchlets, 
overall colour (as is the rachis) off-white or dirty-whitish; floral rachises (5-) 12-20 
(-25) mm long. (Fig. 1 c.) 
Representative specimens examined: VICTORIA. Snowficlds: Mt Wellington, iii. 1861, F. 
Mueller s.n. (MEL 65751): Mt Wellington, 25. iv. 1967, W.M. & J. Molyneux s.n. (NSW 98771); 
East Pinnacle Lookout, c. 3 km N of Castle Hill. 13. iii. 1997, J.A. Jeanes 265 & S.A. Day (MEL 
2037429): The Watchtower, c. 8 km E of Mt Reynard, 13. iii. 1997, J.A. Jeanes 266 & S.A. Day 
(MEL 2037430); The Pinnacles Fire Tower (overlooking Wonangatla Valley), 12. iii. 1967, K.C. 
Rogers s.n. (MEL 600067): Neilson Crag (The Watchtower), c. 7 km E of Snowy Range airport, 1. 
i. 1987. D.E. Albrecht 2976 & N.G. Walsh (MEL 688974); ± 2.8 km NW of Mt Wellington. 7. i. 
1973. A.C. Beauglehole 41120 & FA. Chesterfield (MEL 2118604 & 559190, NSW); The 
Razorback between Mount Hump and The Gable End, 30. xii. 1990, FA. Chesterfield 3115 (MEL 
2047025); Mount Hump, 11. i. 1949, T.M. Whaite s.n. (NSW 93344); Alpine National Park, foot of 
Neilson Crag (The Watchtower), 15. xii. 2000. N.G. Walsh 5271 (MEL 2089859, MEL 
(Vic.Ref.Set)); Neilson's [Neilson] Crag (The Watchtower), 6. xi. 2002, P.M. Olde 02/297, P. 
Madden, D. Fraser & Grevillea Study Group (BR1. CANB. K. MEL 2233955). 
Phenology: Flowering has been recorded primarily between August and January with 
a second flush in March-April, blit in the absence of snow can occur sporadically 
throughout the year. Nectarivorous birds and in particular honeyeaters of various species 
visit the flowers, and it assumed that the plants are primarily ornithophilous. 
Distribution and Conservation Status: Grevillea miqueliana subsp. moroka is 
endemic to the alpine region of Victoria occurring at altitudes between 1400 and 1500 m 
above sea level. It occurs in The Razorback. The Pinnacles, Neilson Crag and the Moroka 

Page image

603610 Grevillea miqueliana cincta Muelleria 22: 50-51, Fig. 1 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 50-51, Fig. 1 (map)".

603611 Grevillea miqueliana moroka Muelleria 22: 52-54, Fig. 1 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 52-54, Fig. 1 (map)".

841343 Grevillea miqueliana Muelleria 22: 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480027
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies in the Grevillea victoriae species complex (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) I. Descriptions of nine previously segregated, and three new taxa, doi:10.5962/p.291569
603612 Grevillea monslacana Muelleria 22: 54-57, Fig. 1 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 54-57, Fig. 1 (map)".

603613 Grevillea parvula Muelleria 22: 57-61, Fig. 1 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 57-61, Fig. 1 (map)".

603604 Grevillea polychroma Muelleria 22: 62-65, Fig. 1 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 62-65, Fig. 1 (map)".

603614 Grevillea victoriae Muelleria 22: 65-68

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 65-68".

841361 Grevillea victoriae Muelleria 22: 70
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480049
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies in the Grevillea victoriae species complex (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) I. Descriptions of nine previously segregated, and three new taxa, doi:10.5962/p.291569

Page text

70 
Stajsic and Molyneux 
Buffalo it also grows on boulder strewn creek banks with Acacia alpina, Babingtonia 
crenulata, Derwentia derwentiana, Empodisma minus, and Westringia senifolia. 
There are no records of vegetative reproduction. Plants arc killed outright by severe 
fire and regeneration is from seed only. Long-term fire regimes may be significant for 
local populations. Some forms of forest management such as regular cool-burns could 
threaten the existence or long term survival of some populations if the period between the 
burns is not sufficiently long enough to allow seed regenerated plants to reach a flowering 
and seeding stage. Given that some populations occur along vehicle-tracks, care must be 
taken not to eliminate these populations through road works. 
Notes: Grevillea victoriae subsp. victoriae is a relatively uniform species exhibiting 
only minor variation in leaf size and shape across its range, and even the most disjunct 
population at Mt Torbreck (the most southwesterly) exhibits no apparent morphological 
differences with other populations of G. victoriae subsp. victoriae. 
For differences between G. victoriae subsp. victoriae and G. victoriae subsp. nivalis 
refer to notes under the latter subspecies, the key and Table 2. 
Grevillea victoriae F.Muell. subsp. nivalis Stajsic & Molyneux, in Makinson (2000), 
Flora of Australia 17A: 502. 
Type: New South Wales, nearTooma Reservoir, 29. ix. 1973, R.J. Chinnock 298 (holo: 
CANB 492764; iso: AD n.v.). 
G. victoriae F.Muell. of R.O. Makinson, Flora of New South Wales 2: 49 (1991). 
G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race d’of D.J. McGillivray & R.O. Makinson, Grevillea : 321 
(1993). 
G. victoriae F.Muell. var. victoriae of P.M. Okie & N.R. Marriott, Grevillea Book 3: 
224 (1995), p.p. 
Illustrations: A.B. Costin. M. Gray, C.J. Totterdell & D.J. Wimbush, Kosciusko Alpine 
Flora (plates 151 & 152) (1982). as G. victoriae ; P.M. Olde & N.R. Marriott, Grevillea 
Book 3: 224 (plate 184A) (1995), a cultivated form, as G. victoriae ‘Murray Queen'. 
Spreading to erect shrub (1.0-) 1.5-2.5 m high, 2-4.5 (-6) m across. Branchlets 
moderately densely subsericeous or densely subtomentose, of biramous non-glandular 
hairs, epidermis not visible, the hairs mutually aligned, predominantly appressed with 
scattered irregularly aligned, appressed and scattered ascending hairs, predominantly 
straight with occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white with scattered ferruginous 
hairs; Leaves usually elliptic to narrowly-elliptical, occasionally ovate, rarely lanceolate or 
oblanceolate (20—) 35-100 (-135) mm long, (7-) 15-37 mm wide, apex acute with a short 
blunt mucro or obtuse, margins flat or almost so, rarely rolled or revolute, but can be 
variable in the same plant; leaf length to width ratio 2.25-4.0:1 (-5.0:1); leaf upper surface 
minutely foveolate, glabrous or occasionally microscopically asperulous (40x 
magnification), with microscopic T-shaped or triangular asperities, smooth to touch, 
and/or with scattered mutually aligned, appressed, biramous non-glandular silvery-white 
hairs or occasionally with irregularly aligned, ascending to suberecl biramous non- 
glandular silvery-white hairs, predominantly along the midvein and lower part of lamina 
or just above the petiole, occasionally mixed with appressed to irregularly aligned, 
ascending to erect biramous non-glandular ferruginous hairs, usually semi-glossy 
particularly the younger leaves which are usually bright green, maturing to mid-green to 
dark-green, lateral veins usually conspicuous to prominent but occasionally variable in the 
same plant, varying from evident to prominent, reticulum usually evident but varying from 
obscure to conspicuous sometimes in the same plant, rarely absent; leaf lower surface 
densely subsericeous or subtomentose of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis not 
visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, predominantly appressed with scattered 
mutually and irregularly aligned appressed and ascending hairs, predominantly straight 

Page image

603615 Grevillea victoriae victoriae Muelleria 22: 68-70

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 68-70".

841356 Grevillea victoriae victoriae Muelleria 22: 68
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480047
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies in the Grevillea victoriae species complex (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) I. Descriptions of nine previously segregated, and three new taxa, doi:10.5962/p.291569
841363 Grevillea victoriae victoriae Muelleria 22: 70
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480049
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies in the Grevillea victoriae species complex (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) I. Descriptions of nine previously segregated, and three new taxa, doi:10.5962/p.291569
841349 Grevillea victoriae Muelleria 22: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480033
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies in the Grevillea victoriae species complex (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) I. Descriptions of nine previously segregated, and three new taxa, doi:10.5962/p.291569
841353 Grevillea victoriae Muelleria 22: 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480036
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies in the Grevillea victoriae species complex (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) I. Descriptions of nine previously segregated, and three new taxa, doi:10.5962/p.291569

Page text

Grevillea victoriae complex 
57 
Grevillea polychroma differs from G. monslacana in the branchlets being sericeous 
or subsericeous, the leaf lower surface usually densely sericeous or subsericeous, with the 
epidermis not visible or partially visible, and the pollen-presenter lateral to the style. The 
leaf length to width ratio is also lower in G. polychroma , (2.0:1-) 2.3-3.0:1 (-4.3:1), 
compared w'ith (3.6:1-) 4.0-6.0:1 (-8.0:1) in G. monslacana. 
Grevillea parvula Molyneux & Stajsie in Makinson (2000), Flora of Australia 17 A: 502. 
G. victoriae var. leptoneura Benth., FI. Austral. 5: 468 (1870). as var. ? leptoneura. 
Type. | Victoria | Sources of the Genoa River, F. Mueller s.n. reed 1870 (lecto: 
K-specimen to the left of the sheet, Neg.No.Kew 2285 n.v.. ('fide D.J. McGillivray & 
R.O. Makinson, Grevillea: 447-448 (1993)); isolecto: [collection data as for lectotype] 
(K-specimen to the right of the sheet Neg.No.Kew 2285); residual synlypes: Sources of 
the River Genoa, N.S.W., s.d., ipse legi [ F. Mueller], also labeled; On the gravelly fv/r] 
banks of creeks between the Wontboyn & Genoa Rivers (MEL 75160 incl.pkt.!); White 
rock mountain 3-4000’, Sept. 1860 ,ferd. Mueller {MEL 75161 incl.pkt.!). 
G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race 1” /?./?., of D.J. McGillivray & R.O. Makinson, Grevillea: 
321 (1993). 
G. victoriae F.Muell. var. leptoneura Benth. of P.M. Olde and N.R. Marriott, Grevillea 
Book 3: 224-225, (1995). 
G. victoriae F.Muell.. unassigned to race p.p. (‘Mallacoota Inlet"), of R.O. Makinson, 
Flora of Victoria 3: 852 (1996). 
Illustrations: J.W. Wrigley & M. Fagg, Banksias, Waratahs & Grevilleas: 332 (1991), 
as G. victoriae var. leptoneura: D.J. McGillivray & R.O. Makinson, Grevillea: 323 
(1993), as G. victoriae. 
P.M. Olde & N.R. Marriott, Grevillea Book 3: 225 (184G.) (1995), as G. victoriae var. 
leptoneura. 
Spreading to erect shrub (0.5-) 1-2 (-3) m high, 1-3 m across. Branchlets terete, 
subterete, concavo-convex or plano-convex in cross-section, seldom subangular in cross- 
section. with several longitudinal ridges, densely subvillous or seldom tomentose (some 
plants collections from Ml Wog Wog), of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis not 
visible, with a lower layer of mutually aligned and irregularly aligned, predominantly 
ascending hairs with some appressed, straight and wavy hairs, the hairs off-white or 
silvery-white and tan-coloured, with an overlaycr of irregularly aligned, predominantly 
erect and suberect Y-shaped, straight and wavy hairs, off-white or silvery-white with 
occasional ferruginous hairs. Colour of new growth usually pink or purplish-pink, 
occasionally green. Leaves ascending (towards apex of branchlets), petiolate. simple, 
entire, narrowly elliptical, oblanceolate to narrowly obovate rarely broad obovate (in some 
plants in the Ml Wog Wog population), (12-) 25-50 (-80) mm long, (4-) 8-15 (-19) mm 
wide, apex usually acute with a short blunt mucro or obtuse with or without a short blunt 
mucro, margins very shortly recurved; leaf length to width ratio 2.0-5.0:1; leaf upper 
surface glabrous, minutely foveolate, or occasionally with scattered biramous non- 
glandular, appressed and/or ascending irregularly aligned, silvery-white hairs mostly just 
above the petiole, dull (? seldom glossy), mid-green to dark green, lateral veins obscure 
or rarely evident, reticulum obscure; leaf lower surface usually moderately densely or 
occasionally loosely subsericeous or subtomentose of biramous non-glandular hairs, the 
epidermis not visible, partially visible, or clearly visible, the hairs predominantly mutually 
aligned, predominantly appressed or predominantly ascending, straight with occasional ± 
slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white, with occasional or scattered ferruginous, dark 
ferruginous and or tan-coloured hairs, lateral veins obscure or occasionally evident, 
reticulum obscure; soft-textured (? seldom leathery). Conflorescences terminal or axillary, 
rarely subcauline, decurved to pendulous, pedunculate, simple to thrice-branched, simple 

Page image

841354 Grevillea victoriae Muelleria 22: 68
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480047
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies in the Grevillea victoriae species complex (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) I. Descriptions of nine previously segregated, and three new taxa, doi:10.5962/p.291569

Page text

68 
Stajsic and Molyneux 
additional eight specimens as being unassignable. See Table 4 for a summary of 
McGillivray & Makinson’s (1993) ‘races’ and ‘unassigned specimens’ and their current 
names/taxonomic placement. 
Olde & Marriott (1995) recognised three varieties: G. victoriae var. victoricie (which 
encompasses G. victoriae F.Muell. subsp. victoriae and G. victoriae subsp. nivalis Stajsic 
& Molyneux), G. victoriae F.Muell. var. brevifolia (F.Muell. ex Benth.) F.Muell. ex 
Maiden & Betche (G. brevifolia F.Muell. ex Benth.) and G. victoriae var. leptoneura 
Benth. (G. parvula, 2000). They also recognised the ’Lake Mountain form’ (G. 
monslacana Molyneux & Stajsic in Makinson (2000)), G. sp. all. victoriae ‘A (G. 
oxyantha Makinson subsp. oxyantha and G. oxyantha subsp. ecarinata Makinson 1998), 
and G. sp. aff. victoriae ’B' (G. rhyolitica Makinson subsp. rhyolitica and G. rhyolitica 
subsp. semivestita Makinson). 
Grevillea victoriae occurs in the subalpine and alpine regions of the Southern 
Tablelands of New South Wales, and high montane, subalpine and alpine regions of 
Victoria. Two subspecies are recognised. References in McGillivray & Makinson (1993) 
to occurrences of G. victoriae in Queensland refer to the taxon now recognised as G. 
hockingsii. 
The floral rachis indumentum of G. victoriae is often dead-white, contrasting strongly 
with the ferruginous flower buds. Other taxa sharing this feature are G. climiinita, which 
has much smaller leaves s 2 cm longer and a shorter pistil 10-11 m long, and G. 
oxyantha. which has a pyramidal perianth-limb ot the flower bud (subglobose and obtuse 
in G. victoriae). Other related taxa have the overall rachis indumentum colour reddish, 
pale tan-coloured, or off-white, rarely pale but with the buds usually red, not ferruginous. 
The colour of vegetative growth in G. victoriae is ferruginous or green, never pink or 
purplish-pink as in G. calliclilaena, G. epicroca , some populations of G. oxyantha and G. 
parvula. 
The summary of the differences between G. victoriae, G. brevifolia, G. miqueliana, 
and G. polycliroma are given in Table 2; see also the Notes section for G. brevifolia and 
G. miqueliana. 
Grevillea victoriae F.Muell. subsp. victoriae 
G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race c\ of D.J. McGillivray & R.O. Makinson, Grevillea: 321 
(1993). 
G. victoriae F.Muell. var. victoriae, of RM. Olde & N.R. Marriott, Grevillea Book 3: 
224 (1995), p.p. 
G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race c’, of R.O. Makinson, Flora of Victoria 3: 852 (1996). 
Illustrations: G.R. Cochrane, B.A. Fuhrer, E.R. Rotherham & J.H. Willis, Flowers 
and Plants of Victoria: 161 (1968), as G. victoriae: P.M. Olde & N.R. Marriott, Grevillea 
Book 3: 224 (1995); L. Costermans, Native Trees and Shrubs of South-Eastern Australia: 
160 (1985 reprint), as G. victoriae: M.G. Corrick & B. Fuhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria: 
188 (2000), as G. victoriae. 
Branclilets densely subsericeous of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis not 
visible, the hairs mutually aligned, predominantly appressed with scattered irregularly 
aligned appressed and some ascending hairs, predominantly straight with occasional ± 
slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white. Leaves usually narrowly elliptical to lanceolate (rarely 
oblanceolate), (30-) 40-120 (-200) mm long, (8-) 10-25 mm (—50) mm wide, apex 
usually acute with a short blunt mucro or occasionally obtuse, margins shortly recurved; 
leaf length to width ratio (2.85:1-) 4:1-5:1 (-6:1); leaf upper surface glabrous and 
minutely foveolate, or with scattered mutually aligned, appressed, silvery-white biramous 
non-glandular hairs, dull, dark-green, lateral veins conspicuous, reticulum obscure; leaf 
lower surface densely sericeous or subsericeous of biramous non-glandular hairs, 
epidermis not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, appressed, straight or 

Page image

841357 Grevillea victoriae Muelleria 22: 68
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480047
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies in the Grevillea victoriae species complex (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) I. Descriptions of nine previously segregated, and three new taxa, doi:10.5962/p.291569

Page text

68 
Stajsic and Molyneux 
additional eight specimens as being unassignable. See Table 4 for a summary of 
McGillivray & Makinson’s (1993) ‘races’ and ‘unassigned specimens’ and their current 
names/taxonomic placement. 
Olde & Marriott (1995) recognised three varieties: G. victoriae var. victoricie (which 
encompasses G. victoriae F.Muell. subsp. victoriae and G. victoriae subsp. nivalis Stajsic 
& Molyneux), G. victoriae F.Muell. var. brevifolia (F.Muell. ex Benth.) F.Muell. ex 
Maiden & Betche (G. brevifolia F.Muell. ex Benth.) and G. victoriae var. leptoneura 
Benth. (G. parvula, 2000). They also recognised the ’Lake Mountain form’ (G. 
monslacana Molyneux & Stajsic in Makinson (2000)), G. sp. all. victoriae ‘A (G. 
oxyantha Makinson subsp. oxyantha and G. oxyantha subsp. ecarinata Makinson 1998), 
and G. sp. aff. victoriae ’B' (G. rhyolitica Makinson subsp. rhyolitica and G. rhyolitica 
subsp. semivestita Makinson). 
Grevillea victoriae occurs in the subalpine and alpine regions of the Southern 
Tablelands of New South Wales, and high montane, subalpine and alpine regions of 
Victoria. Two subspecies are recognised. References in McGillivray & Makinson (1993) 
to occurrences of G. victoriae in Queensland refer to the taxon now recognised as G. 
hockingsii. 
The floral rachis indumentum of G. victoriae is often dead-white, contrasting strongly 
with the ferruginous flower buds. Other taxa sharing this feature are G. climiinita, which 
has much smaller leaves s 2 cm longer and a shorter pistil 10-11 m long, and G. 
oxyantha. which has a pyramidal perianth-limb ot the flower bud (subglobose and obtuse 
in G. victoriae). Other related taxa have the overall rachis indumentum colour reddish, 
pale tan-coloured, or off-white, rarely pale but with the buds usually red, not ferruginous. 
The colour of vegetative growth in G. victoriae is ferruginous or green, never pink or 
purplish-pink as in G. calliclilaena, G. epicroca , some populations of G. oxyantha and G. 
parvula. 
The summary of the differences between G. victoriae, G. brevifolia, G. miqueliana, 
and G. polycliroma are given in Table 2; see also the Notes section for G. brevifolia and 
G. miqueliana. 
Grevillea victoriae F.Muell. subsp. victoriae 
G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race c\ of D.J. McGillivray & R.O. Makinson, Grevillea: 321 
(1993). 
G. victoriae F.Muell. var. victoriae, of RM. Olde & N.R. Marriott, Grevillea Book 3: 
224 (1995), p.p. 
G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race c’, of R.O. Makinson, Flora of Victoria 3: 852 (1996). 
Illustrations: G.R. Cochrane, B.A. Fuhrer, E.R. Rotherham & J.H. Willis, Flowers 
and Plants of Victoria: 161 (1968), as G. victoriae: P.M. Olde & N.R. Marriott, Grevillea 
Book 3: 224 (1995); L. Costermans, Native Trees and Shrubs of South-Eastern Australia: 
160 (1985 reprint), as G. victoriae: M.G. Corrick & B. Fuhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria: 
188 (2000), as G. victoriae. 
Branclilets densely subsericeous of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis not 
visible, the hairs mutually aligned, predominantly appressed with scattered irregularly 
aligned appressed and some ascending hairs, predominantly straight with occasional ± 
slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white. Leaves usually narrowly elliptical to lanceolate (rarely 
oblanceolate), (30-) 40-120 (-200) mm long, (8-) 10-25 mm (—50) mm wide, apex 
usually acute with a short blunt mucro or occasionally obtuse, margins shortly recurved; 
leaf length to width ratio (2.85:1-) 4:1-5:1 (-6:1); leaf upper surface glabrous and 
minutely foveolate, or with scattered mutually aligned, appressed, silvery-white biramous 
non-glandular hairs, dull, dark-green, lateral veins conspicuous, reticulum obscure; leaf 
lower surface densely sericeous or subsericeous of biramous non-glandular hairs, 
epidermis not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, appressed, straight or 

Page image

841362 Grevillea victoriae Muelleria 22: 70
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480049
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies in the Grevillea victoriae species complex (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) I. Descriptions of nine previously segregated, and three new taxa, doi:10.5962/p.291569

Page text

70 
Stajsic and Molyneux 
Buffalo it also grows on boulder strewn creek banks with Acacia alpina, Babingtonia 
crenulata, Derwentia derwentiana, Empodisma minus, and Westringia senifolia. 
There are no records of vegetative reproduction. Plants arc killed outright by severe 
fire and regeneration is from seed only. Long-term fire regimes may be significant for 
local populations. Some forms of forest management such as regular cool-burns could 
threaten the existence or long term survival of some populations if the period between the 
burns is not sufficiently long enough to allow seed regenerated plants to reach a flowering 
and seeding stage. Given that some populations occur along vehicle-tracks, care must be 
taken not to eliminate these populations through road works. 
Notes: Grevillea victoriae subsp. victoriae is a relatively uniform species exhibiting 
only minor variation in leaf size and shape across its range, and even the most disjunct 
population at Mt Torbreck (the most southwesterly) exhibits no apparent morphological 
differences with other populations of G. victoriae subsp. victoriae. 
For differences between G. victoriae subsp. victoriae and G. victoriae subsp. nivalis 
refer to notes under the latter subspecies, the key and Table 2. 
Grevillea victoriae F.Muell. subsp. nivalis Stajsic & Molyneux, in Makinson (2000), 
Flora of Australia 17A: 502. 
Type: New South Wales, nearTooma Reservoir, 29. ix. 1973, R.J. Chinnock 298 (holo: 
CANB 492764; iso: AD n.v.). 
G. victoriae F.Muell. of R.O. Makinson, Flora of New South Wales 2: 49 (1991). 
G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race d’of D.J. McGillivray & R.O. Makinson, Grevillea : 321 
(1993). 
G. victoriae F.Muell. var. victoriae of P.M. Okie & N.R. Marriott, Grevillea Book 3: 
224 (1995), p.p. 
Illustrations: A.B. Costin. M. Gray, C.J. Totterdell & D.J. Wimbush, Kosciusko Alpine 
Flora (plates 151 & 152) (1982). as G. victoriae ; P.M. Olde & N.R. Marriott, Grevillea 
Book 3: 224 (plate 184A) (1995), a cultivated form, as G. victoriae ‘Murray Queen'. 
Spreading to erect shrub (1.0-) 1.5-2.5 m high, 2-4.5 (-6) m across. Branchlets 
moderately densely subsericeous or densely subtomentose, of biramous non-glandular 
hairs, epidermis not visible, the hairs mutually aligned, predominantly appressed with 
scattered irregularly aligned, appressed and scattered ascending hairs, predominantly 
straight with occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white with scattered ferruginous 
hairs; Leaves usually elliptic to narrowly-elliptical, occasionally ovate, rarely lanceolate or 
oblanceolate (20—) 35-100 (-135) mm long, (7-) 15-37 mm wide, apex acute with a short 
blunt mucro or obtuse, margins flat or almost so, rarely rolled or revolute, but can be 
variable in the same plant; leaf length to width ratio 2.25-4.0:1 (-5.0:1); leaf upper surface 
minutely foveolate, glabrous or occasionally microscopically asperulous (40x 
magnification), with microscopic T-shaped or triangular asperities, smooth to touch, 
and/or with scattered mutually aligned, appressed, biramous non-glandular silvery-white 
hairs or occasionally with irregularly aligned, ascending to suberecl biramous non- 
glandular silvery-white hairs, predominantly along the midvein and lower part of lamina 
or just above the petiole, occasionally mixed with appressed to irregularly aligned, 
ascending to erect biramous non-glandular ferruginous hairs, usually semi-glossy 
particularly the younger leaves which are usually bright green, maturing to mid-green to 
dark-green, lateral veins usually conspicuous to prominent but occasionally variable in the 
same plant, varying from evident to prominent, reticulum usually evident but varying from 
obscure to conspicuous sometimes in the same plant, rarely absent; leaf lower surface 
densely subsericeous or subtomentose of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis not 
visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, predominantly appressed with scattered 
mutually and irregularly aligned appressed and ascending hairs, predominantly straight 

Page image

841331 Grevillea victoriae Muelleria 22: 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480012
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies in the Grevillea victoriae species complex (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) I. Descriptions of nine previously segregated, and three new taxa, doi:10.5962/p.291569

Page text

Grevillea victoriae complex 
33 
Grevillea brevifolia F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 5: 423, 467 (1870). 
Type : (whole sheet): | Victoria], Mount Tambo at an elevation of 5000 ft., s.d.. Drferd. 
Mueller (holo: K-Neg.No.Kew 2282!); iso: Mount Tambo 5000’, s.d., [F. Mueller ] (MEL 
751561); iso: Mount Tambo. 5000'. x.d., Dr. ferd. Mueller (MEL 751571); probable iso: 
Mount Tambo 5000’, s.d.. [F. Mueller ] (NSW 933181). 
G. victoriae F. Muell. var. brevifolia (F. Muell. ex Benth.) F. Muell. ex Maiden & 
Betche, Census New South Wales PI.: 60 (1916). 
G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race e\ ‘unassigned 3' and ‘unassigned 6’, of D.J. McGillivray 
& R.O. Makinson, Grevillea:32\ (1993). 
G. victoriae F.Muell. var. brevifolia (F.Muell. ex Benth.) F.Muell. ex Maiden & 
Betche, of P.M. Okie & N.R. Marriott (1995), The Grevillea Book 3: 224. 
G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race e’, of R.O. Makinson, Flora of Victoria 3: 852 (1996). 
G. brevifolia F.Muell. ex Benth. subsp. brevifolia. of Molyncux & Stajsic in Makinson 
( 2000 ). 
A low dense spreading to erect open shrub. 0.5-2.5 m high, 2-3.5 m across. 
Branchlets terete or subterete in cross-section, with several longitudinal ridges, 
moderately densely subsericeous or subtomentose, of biramous non-glandular hairs, 
epidermis not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually-aligned, appressed and slightly 
ascending, predominantly straight with occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white 
with scattered, irregularly aligned, slightly ascending silvery white hairs and/or with 
scattered irregularly aligned appressed ferruginous hairs which often overlie the silvery- 
white hairs. Colour of new growth ferruginous, soon becoming green. Leaves ascending 
(towards apex of branchlets), petiolate, simple, entire, elliptical, narrowly-elliptical, ovate 
or obovate, (8-) 21-38 (- 49.5) mm long, 6-16 (-20) mm wide, apex acute or obtuse with 
a short blunt mucro, margins tightly and shortly recurved; leaf length to width ratio 
(1.92:1—) 2.0-2.54 (-3.2:1); leaf upper surface glabrous or with scattered mutually- 
aligned, appressed and ascending biramous non-glandular hairs just above petiole, 
minutely foveolate, glossy, mid-green; lateral veins obscure to evident, reticulum absent; 
leaf lower surface densely sericeous or subsericeous, of biramous non-glandular hairs, 
epidermis not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, appressed, straight with 
occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white with occasional irregularly aligned 
appressed and slightly ascending hairs, with or without irregularly aligned appressed 
ferruginous hairs; lateral veins obscure to evident, reticulum absent; leathery-textured. 
Conflorescences terminal, less often axillary, decurved, pedunculate, simple to twice 
branched, simple 77%, once-branched 21%, twice-branched 2%, unit conflorescence a 
shortly conico-cylindrical cluster, acropetal; number of flowers (14—) 20-22 (-30) per 
unit conflorescence; primary peduncles (0-) 3-7 (-11) mm long, (1.0-) 1.2-1.4 (-1.8) 
mm wide, indumentum (as in rachises) densely sericeous or densely subsericeous, of 
biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis visible, the hairs predominantly mutually 
aligned, appressed, predominantly straight or with occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, 
silvery-white or off-white, with or without scattered irregularly aligned, ascending and 
often overlying ferruginous hairs, overall colour (as in rachises) off-white or greenish- 
white; floral rachises (7-) 15-20 (-35) mm long; floral bracts narrowly-triangular, 
linear-crescentic in side-view, basally truncate, apex acute but blunt-tipped, 1.3-1.7 
(-2.0) mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, outer surface densely subsericeous of biramous non- 
glandular hairs, epidermis not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, 
appressed. straight, predominantly ferruginous with occasional tan-coloured hairs, with 
scattered irregularly aligned, slightly ascending hairs, inner surface glabrous, brownish- 
black, bracts persistent until buds 1.5-1.7 mm long; pedicels 3-4.7 mm long; torus 
oblique to pedicel at 15-45°, squarish in plane-view with rounded angles; very early 
flower buds wholly ferruginous, perianth below the limb maturing to red, limb maturing 
to ferruginous; advanced buds (pre-anthesis) acroscopic, maturing to ± acroscopic to 
variably retrorse; perianth outer surface below the limb moderately densely 

Page image

841352 Grevillea victoriae Muelleria 22: 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480036
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies in the Grevillea victoriae species complex (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) I. Descriptions of nine previously segregated, and three new taxa, doi:10.5962/p.291569

Page text

Grevillea victoriae complex 
57 
Grevillea polychroma differs from G. monslacana in the branchlets being sericeous 
or subsericeous, the leaf lower surface usually densely sericeous or subsericeous, with the 
epidermis not visible or partially visible, and the pollen-presenter lateral to the style. The 
leaf length to width ratio is also lower in G. polychroma , (2.0:1-) 2.3-3.0:1 (-4.3:1), 
compared w'ith (3.6:1-) 4.0-6.0:1 (-8.0:1) in G. monslacana. 
Grevillea parvula Molyneux & Stajsie in Makinson (2000), Flora of Australia 17 A: 502. 
G. victoriae var. leptoneura Benth., FI. Austral. 5: 468 (1870). as var. ? leptoneura. 
Type. | Victoria | Sources of the Genoa River, F. Mueller s.n. reed 1870 (lecto: 
K-specimen to the left of the sheet, Neg.No.Kew 2285 n.v.. ('fide D.J. McGillivray & 
R.O. Makinson, Grevillea: 447-448 (1993)); isolecto: [collection data as for lectotype] 
(K-specimen to the right of the sheet Neg.No.Kew 2285); residual synlypes: Sources of 
the River Genoa, N.S.W., s.d., ipse legi [ F. Mueller], also labeled; On the gravelly fv/r] 
banks of creeks between the Wontboyn & Genoa Rivers (MEL 75160 incl.pkt.!); White 
rock mountain 3-4000’, Sept. 1860 ,ferd. Mueller {MEL 75161 incl.pkt.!). 
G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race 1” /?./?., of D.J. McGillivray & R.O. Makinson, Grevillea: 
321 (1993). 
G. victoriae F.Muell. var. leptoneura Benth. of P.M. Olde and N.R. Marriott, Grevillea 
Book 3: 224-225, (1995). 
G. victoriae F.Muell.. unassigned to race p.p. (‘Mallacoota Inlet"), of R.O. Makinson, 
Flora of Victoria 3: 852 (1996). 
Illustrations: J.W. Wrigley & M. Fagg, Banksias, Waratahs & Grevilleas: 332 (1991), 
as G. victoriae var. leptoneura: D.J. McGillivray & R.O. Makinson, Grevillea: 323 
(1993), as G. victoriae. 
P.M. Olde & N.R. Marriott, Grevillea Book 3: 225 (184G.) (1995), as G. victoriae var. 
leptoneura. 
Spreading to erect shrub (0.5-) 1-2 (-3) m high, 1-3 m across. Branchlets terete, 
subterete, concavo-convex or plano-convex in cross-section, seldom subangular in cross- 
section. with several longitudinal ridges, densely subvillous or seldom tomentose (some 
plants collections from Ml Wog Wog), of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis not 
visible, with a lower layer of mutually aligned and irregularly aligned, predominantly 
ascending hairs with some appressed, straight and wavy hairs, the hairs off-white or 
silvery-white and tan-coloured, with an overlaycr of irregularly aligned, predominantly 
erect and suberect Y-shaped, straight and wavy hairs, off-white or silvery-white with 
occasional ferruginous hairs. Colour of new growth usually pink or purplish-pink, 
occasionally green. Leaves ascending (towards apex of branchlets), petiolate. simple, 
entire, narrowly elliptical, oblanceolate to narrowly obovate rarely broad obovate (in some 
plants in the Ml Wog Wog population), (12-) 25-50 (-80) mm long, (4-) 8-15 (-19) mm 
wide, apex usually acute with a short blunt mucro or obtuse with or without a short blunt 
mucro, margins very shortly recurved; leaf length to width ratio 2.0-5.0:1; leaf upper 
surface glabrous, minutely foveolate, or occasionally with scattered biramous non- 
glandular, appressed and/or ascending irregularly aligned, silvery-white hairs mostly just 
above the petiole, dull (? seldom glossy), mid-green to dark green, lateral veins obscure 
or rarely evident, reticulum obscure; leaf lower surface usually moderately densely or 
occasionally loosely subsericeous or subtomentose of biramous non-glandular hairs, the 
epidermis not visible, partially visible, or clearly visible, the hairs predominantly mutually 
aligned, predominantly appressed or predominantly ascending, straight with occasional ± 
slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white, with occasional or scattered ferruginous, dark 
ferruginous and or tan-coloured hairs, lateral veins obscure or occasionally evident, 
reticulum obscure; soft-textured (? seldom leathery). Conflorescences terminal or axillary, 
rarely subcauline, decurved to pendulous, pedunculate, simple to thrice-branched, simple 

Page image

841335 Grevillea victoriae Muelleria 22: 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480041
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies in the Grevillea victoriae species complex (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) I. Descriptions of nine previously segregated, and three new taxa, doi:10.5962/p.291569
841336 Grevillea victoriae Muelleria 22: 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480041
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies in the Grevillea victoriae species complex (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) I. Descriptions of nine previously segregated, and three new taxa, doi:10.5962/p.291569
841348 Grevillea victoriae Muelleria 22: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480033
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies in the Grevillea victoriae species complex (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) I. Descriptions of nine previously segregated, and three new taxa, doi:10.5962/p.291569
841350 Grevillea victoriae Muelleria 22: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480033
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies in the Grevillea victoriae species complex (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) I. Descriptions of nine previously segregated, and three new taxa, doi:10.5962/p.291569
841342 Grevillea victoriae Muelleria 22: 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480027
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies in the Grevillea victoriae species complex (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) I. Descriptions of nine previously segregated, and three new taxa, doi:10.5962/p.291569
841344 Grevillea victoriae Muelleria 22: 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480027
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies in the Grevillea victoriae species complex (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) I. Descriptions of nine previously segregated, and three new taxa, doi:10.5962/p.291569
841345 Grevillea victoriae Muelleria 22: 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480031
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies in the Grevillea victoriae species complex (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) I. Descriptions of nine previously segregated, and three new taxa, doi:10.5962/p.291569
841347 Grevillea victoriae Muelleria 22: 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480031
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies in the Grevillea victoriae species complex (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) I. Descriptions of nine previously segregated, and three new taxa, doi:10.5962/p.291569
603617 Grevillea victoriae nivalis Muelleria 22: 70-73, Fig. 1 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 70-73, Fig. 1 (map)".

841332 Grevillea victoriae Muelleria 22: 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480012
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies in the Grevillea victoriae species complex (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) I. Descriptions of nine previously segregated, and three new taxa, doi:10.5962/p.291569

Page text

Grevillea victoriae complex 
33 
Grevillea brevifolia F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 5: 423, 467 (1870). 
Type : (whole sheet): | Victoria], Mount Tambo at an elevation of 5000 ft., s.d.. Drferd. 
Mueller (holo: K-Neg.No.Kew 2282!); iso: Mount Tambo 5000’, s.d., [F. Mueller ] (MEL 
751561); iso: Mount Tambo. 5000'. x.d., Dr. ferd. Mueller (MEL 751571); probable iso: 
Mount Tambo 5000’, s.d.. [F. Mueller ] (NSW 933181). 
G. victoriae F. Muell. var. brevifolia (F. Muell. ex Benth.) F. Muell. ex Maiden & 
Betche, Census New South Wales PI.: 60 (1916). 
G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race e\ ‘unassigned 3' and ‘unassigned 6’, of D.J. McGillivray 
& R.O. Makinson, Grevillea:32\ (1993). 
G. victoriae F.Muell. var. brevifolia (F.Muell. ex Benth.) F.Muell. ex Maiden & 
Betche, of P.M. Okie & N.R. Marriott (1995), The Grevillea Book 3: 224. 
G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race e’, of R.O. Makinson, Flora of Victoria 3: 852 (1996). 
G. brevifolia F.Muell. ex Benth. subsp. brevifolia. of Molyncux & Stajsic in Makinson 
( 2000 ). 
A low dense spreading to erect open shrub. 0.5-2.5 m high, 2-3.5 m across. 
Branchlets terete or subterete in cross-section, with several longitudinal ridges, 
moderately densely subsericeous or subtomentose, of biramous non-glandular hairs, 
epidermis not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually-aligned, appressed and slightly 
ascending, predominantly straight with occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white 
with scattered, irregularly aligned, slightly ascending silvery white hairs and/or with 
scattered irregularly aligned appressed ferruginous hairs which often overlie the silvery- 
white hairs. Colour of new growth ferruginous, soon becoming green. Leaves ascending 
(towards apex of branchlets), petiolate, simple, entire, elliptical, narrowly-elliptical, ovate 
or obovate, (8-) 21-38 (- 49.5) mm long, 6-16 (-20) mm wide, apex acute or obtuse with 
a short blunt mucro, margins tightly and shortly recurved; leaf length to width ratio 
(1.92:1—) 2.0-2.54 (-3.2:1); leaf upper surface glabrous or with scattered mutually- 
aligned, appressed and ascending biramous non-glandular hairs just above petiole, 
minutely foveolate, glossy, mid-green; lateral veins obscure to evident, reticulum absent; 
leaf lower surface densely sericeous or subsericeous, of biramous non-glandular hairs, 
epidermis not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, appressed, straight with 
occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white with occasional irregularly aligned 
appressed and slightly ascending hairs, with or without irregularly aligned appressed 
ferruginous hairs; lateral veins obscure to evident, reticulum absent; leathery-textured. 
Conflorescences terminal, less often axillary, decurved, pedunculate, simple to twice 
branched, simple 77%, once-branched 21%, twice-branched 2%, unit conflorescence a 
shortly conico-cylindrical cluster, acropetal; number of flowers (14—) 20-22 (-30) per 
unit conflorescence; primary peduncles (0-) 3-7 (-11) mm long, (1.0-) 1.2-1.4 (-1.8) 
mm wide, indumentum (as in rachises) densely sericeous or densely subsericeous, of 
biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis visible, the hairs predominantly mutually 
aligned, appressed, predominantly straight or with occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, 
silvery-white or off-white, with or without scattered irregularly aligned, ascending and 
often overlying ferruginous hairs, overall colour (as in rachises) off-white or greenish- 
white; floral rachises (7-) 15-20 (-35) mm long; floral bracts narrowly-triangular, 
linear-crescentic in side-view, basally truncate, apex acute but blunt-tipped, 1.3-1.7 
(-2.0) mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, outer surface densely subsericeous of biramous non- 
glandular hairs, epidermis not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, 
appressed. straight, predominantly ferruginous with occasional tan-coloured hairs, with 
scattered irregularly aligned, slightly ascending hairs, inner surface glabrous, brownish- 
black, bracts persistent until buds 1.5-1.7 mm long; pedicels 3-4.7 mm long; torus 
oblique to pedicel at 15-45°, squarish in plane-view with rounded angles; very early 
flower buds wholly ferruginous, perianth below the limb maturing to red, limb maturing 
to ferruginous; advanced buds (pre-anthesis) acroscopic, maturing to ± acroscopic to 
variably retrorse; perianth outer surface below the limb moderately densely 

Page image

841341 Grevillea victoriae Muelleria 22: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480020
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies in the Grevillea victoriae species complex (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) I. Descriptions of nine previously segregated, and three new taxa, doi:10.5962/p.291569

Page text

Grevillea victoriae complex 
41 
Grevillea epicroca Stajsic & Molyneux, in Makinson (2000), Flora of Australia 17A: 
502. 
Type: New South Wales, Southern Tablelands scarp: Merricumbene Fire Trail, 18.4 
km S of Bateman’s Bay road, ca 19 km SW of Braidwood, 30 Mar. 1976, M.D. Crisp 
2008 (holo: CANB (CBG 68600)!, iso: AD n.v., BR1 n.v., L n.v., NSW 450182!, PERTH 
n.v.) 
G. victoriae F. Muell ‘unassigned 5’, of D.J. McGillivray & R.O. Makinson, 
Grevillea: 322(1993). 
Spreading to creel shrub , 1.5-2.5 m high, to 3 m across. Branchlets distinctly angular 
to subangular in cross-section becoming terete away from apex, with several longitudinal 
ridges, (indumentum mostly present near ends of branchlets, quickly becoming 
glabrcscent), moderately densely or loosely sericeous or subsericeous, of biramous non- 
glandular hairs, epidermis not visible, partially visible or clearly visible, the hairs 
predominantly mutually aligned, appressed or slightly ascending, straight, off-white or 
silvery-white hairs, with or without occasional irregularly aligned, appressed, ferruginous 
hairs. Colour of new growth initially salmon-pink, becoming green. Leaves ascending 
(towards apex of branchlets), petiolate. simple, entire, oblong-ovate, elliptical to narrowly 
elliptical, (30—) 50-70 (-80) mm long, (8-) 10-15 (-20) mm wide, apex acute to subacute 
or obtuse with a short blunt mucro, margins very shortly recurved or revolute; leaf length 
to width ratio (3:1-) 4:1—6:1; leaf upper surface glabrous, obscurely to conspicuously 
minutely foveolate, or with occasional appressed silvery-white hairs, with tan-coloured 
hairs (in younger leaves), glossy, mid-green to dark-green, lateral veins evident to 
conspicuous, reticulum absent; leaf lower surface loosely sericeous, epidermis clearly 
visible, the hairs mutually aligned, appressed or occasionally with scattered irregularly 
aligned hairs, straight, short, silvery-white with occasional irregularly aligned appressed 
tan-coloured or ferruginous hairs, lateral veins obscure to evident, reticulum absent, 
slightly leathery textured. Conflorescence terminal, subterminal or axillary, decurved to 
pendulous, pedunculate, simple to thrice-branched, simple 57%, once-branched 27%, 
twice-branched 12%, thrice-branched 4%; unit conflorescence ovoid or a loose sometimes 
subsecund cluster, acropetal; number of flowers (14-) 16-32 per unit conflorescence; 
primary peduncles (()-) 4.5-10 mm long, 0.7-1.0 mm wide, indumentum (as in rachises) 
moderately loosely sericeous or loosely subsericeous, of biramous non-glandular hairs, 
epidermis visible, the hairs mutually aligned, predominantly appressed with scattered 
slightly ascending hairs, predominantly straight with occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, off- 
white or silvery-white hairs with occasional irregularly aligned ± overlying tan-coloured 
and or ferruginous hairs, overall colour (as in rachises) off-white or pale tan-coloured; 
floral rachises 10-25 mm long; flora! bracts narrowly-triangular. crescentic in side-view, 
basally truncate, apex acute but blunt-tipped, 1.3-1.7 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, outer 
surface densely subsericeous of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis not visible, the 
hairs predominantly mutually aligned, appressed, straight, ferruginous, with occasional 
slightly ascending, mutually aligned or slightly irregularly aligned hairs, inner surface 
glabrous except for the upper 1/3-1/4 of bract length, bracts persistent until buds 1.2-1.3 
mm long; pedicels 3-3.7 mm long; torus oblique to pedicel at ca. 45°, squarish in plane- 
view with rounded angles; very early flower buds wholly ferruginous or tan-coloured, 
perianth below the limb maturing to red, limb maturing to ferruginous, advanced buds 
(pre-anthesis ) acroscopic, maturing to ± acroscopic to variably retrorse; perianth below 
the limb squarish with rounded angles in cross-section; perianth outer surface below the 
limb moderately densely subsericeous of biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis usually 
partially visible or occasionally not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, 
appressed with scattered, irregularly aligned, appressed and slightly ascending hairs, 
straight with occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, occasionally with scattered minute 
spreading glandular hairs near base of perianth or in the lower 1/4 of perianth below the 
limb length (evident in fresh flowers and spirit preserved specimens only), reddish, tan- 

Page image

841333 Grevillea victoriae Muelleria 22: 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480012
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies in the Grevillea victoriae species complex (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) I. Descriptions of nine previously segregated, and three new taxa, doi:10.5962/p.291569

Page text

Grevillea victoriae complex 
33 
Grevillea brevifolia F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 5: 423, 467 (1870). 
Type : (whole sheet): | Victoria], Mount Tambo at an elevation of 5000 ft., s.d.. Drferd. 
Mueller (holo: K-Neg.No.Kew 2282!); iso: Mount Tambo 5000’, s.d., [F. Mueller ] (MEL 
751561); iso: Mount Tambo. 5000'. x.d., Dr. ferd. Mueller (MEL 751571); probable iso: 
Mount Tambo 5000’, s.d.. [F. Mueller ] (NSW 933181). 
G. victoriae F. Muell. var. brevifolia (F. Muell. ex Benth.) F. Muell. ex Maiden & 
Betche, Census New South Wales PI.: 60 (1916). 
G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race e\ ‘unassigned 3' and ‘unassigned 6’, of D.J. McGillivray 
& R.O. Makinson, Grevillea:32\ (1993). 
G. victoriae F.Muell. var. brevifolia (F.Muell. ex Benth.) F.Muell. ex Maiden & 
Betche, of P.M. Okie & N.R. Marriott (1995), The Grevillea Book 3: 224. 
G. victoriae F.Muell. ‘race e’, of R.O. Makinson, Flora of Victoria 3: 852 (1996). 
G. brevifolia F.Muell. ex Benth. subsp. brevifolia. of Molyncux & Stajsic in Makinson 
( 2000 ). 
A low dense spreading to erect open shrub. 0.5-2.5 m high, 2-3.5 m across. 
Branchlets terete or subterete in cross-section, with several longitudinal ridges, 
moderately densely subsericeous or subtomentose, of biramous non-glandular hairs, 
epidermis not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually-aligned, appressed and slightly 
ascending, predominantly straight with occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white 
with scattered, irregularly aligned, slightly ascending silvery white hairs and/or with 
scattered irregularly aligned appressed ferruginous hairs which often overlie the silvery- 
white hairs. Colour of new growth ferruginous, soon becoming green. Leaves ascending 
(towards apex of branchlets), petiolate, simple, entire, elliptical, narrowly-elliptical, ovate 
or obovate, (8-) 21-38 (- 49.5) mm long, 6-16 (-20) mm wide, apex acute or obtuse with 
a short blunt mucro, margins tightly and shortly recurved; leaf length to width ratio 
(1.92:1—) 2.0-2.54 (-3.2:1); leaf upper surface glabrous or with scattered mutually- 
aligned, appressed and ascending biramous non-glandular hairs just above petiole, 
minutely foveolate, glossy, mid-green; lateral veins obscure to evident, reticulum absent; 
leaf lower surface densely sericeous or subsericeous, of biramous non-glandular hairs, 
epidermis not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, appressed, straight with 
occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, silvery-white with occasional irregularly aligned 
appressed and slightly ascending hairs, with or without irregularly aligned appressed 
ferruginous hairs; lateral veins obscure to evident, reticulum absent; leathery-textured. 
Conflorescences terminal, less often axillary, decurved, pedunculate, simple to twice 
branched, simple 77%, once-branched 21%, twice-branched 2%, unit conflorescence a 
shortly conico-cylindrical cluster, acropetal; number of flowers (14—) 20-22 (-30) per 
unit conflorescence; primary peduncles (0-) 3-7 (-11) mm long, (1.0-) 1.2-1.4 (-1.8) 
mm wide, indumentum (as in rachises) densely sericeous or densely subsericeous, of 
biramous non-glandular hairs, epidermis visible, the hairs predominantly mutually 
aligned, appressed, predominantly straight or with occasional ± slightly wavy hairs, 
silvery-white or off-white, with or without scattered irregularly aligned, ascending and 
often overlying ferruginous hairs, overall colour (as in rachises) off-white or greenish- 
white; floral rachises (7-) 15-20 (-35) mm long; floral bracts narrowly-triangular, 
linear-crescentic in side-view, basally truncate, apex acute but blunt-tipped, 1.3-1.7 
(-2.0) mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, outer surface densely subsericeous of biramous non- 
glandular hairs, epidermis not visible, the hairs predominantly mutually aligned, 
appressed. straight, predominantly ferruginous with occasional tan-coloured hairs, with 
scattered irregularly aligned, slightly ascending hairs, inner surface glabrous, brownish- 
black, bracts persistent until buds 1.5-1.7 mm long; pedicels 3-4.7 mm long; torus 
oblique to pedicel at 15-45°, squarish in plane-view with rounded angles; very early 
flower buds wholly ferruginous, perianth below the limb maturing to red, limb maturing 
to ferruginous; advanced buds (pre-anthesis) acroscopic, maturing to ± acroscopic to 
variably retrorse; perianth outer surface below the limb moderately densely 

Page image

841330 Grevillea victoriae brevifolia Muelleria 22: 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480012
Page is part of the work Taxonomic studies in the Grevillea victoriae species complex (Proteaceae: Grevilleoideae) I. Descriptions of nine previously segregated, and three new taxa, doi:10.5962/p.291569
841351 Grevillea victoriae leptoneura Muelleria 22
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956488 49956549
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
603490 Hibbertia basaltica Muelleria 22: 105-108, Figs 1-4

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 105-108, Figs 1-4".

603474 Kentropsis glabra Muelleria 22: 111
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480090
Page is part of the work Lectotypification of Sclerolaena glabra (F.Muell.) Domin (Amaranthaceae/Chenopodiaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291575

Page text

Muelleria 22: 111-112 (2005) 
Lectotypification of Sclerolaena glabra (F. Muell.) Domin 
(Amaranthaceae/Chenopodiaceae) 
Neville Walsli 
National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria 3141, Australia. 
Introduction 
When describing Kentropsis glabra (= Bassia glabra (F. Muell.) F. Muell., now 
Sclerolaena glabra (F. Muell.) Domin), Mueller (1859) cited a single locality - ‘Ad rivum 
Stan's Creek, Australiae subcentralis'. However, Mueller’s Sturts Creek collection at 
MEL of S. glabra consists of a mixture of two forms, clearly collected from different 
plants. One form Mueller apparently regarded as ‘typical’ and matches his original 
description. The other form Mueller referred to on a separate label as ‘[3 longispinis ’ has 
longer fruit with longer spines. The latter name was never published, but fruits agreeing 
with this form were illustrated as Bassia glabra, along with the ‘typical’ form in Mueller 
(1891) without further reference. 
Subsequently, material representing the two elements was mounted, along with their 
respective labels, on separate sheets at MEL. Later workers have variously regarded these 
as syntypes of Bassia glabra (J.H. Willis 1948 in scheci.) or specimens of Sclerolaena 
glabra and S. sp. nov. (E.H. Ising 1963 in sclied.). The latter determination applied to 
Mueller’s ‘var. longispintts' specimen. Ising never formalised Mueller’s name for want of 
sufficient material (note in sclied.), but from comparison with other material at MEL this 
form falls within the range of specimens now regarded as S. glabra (including specimens 
determined by Ising, Paul G. Wilson and others). 
Mueller’s ‘typical’ specimen represents what now appears to be the shorter-awned end 
of the spectrum of variation within S. glabra, whereas his ‘var. longispintts ’ specimen is 
more representative of the majority of modern S. glabra collections. 
Wilson (1984) cited as the holotype for 5. glabra ‘Sturt Creek, W.A., 1856, F. Mueller 
(MEL)’. More correctly both MEL sheets should have been regarded as syntypes. As the 
two sheets represent distinctly different forms of S. glabra the opportunity is here taken 
to Iectotypify on Mueller’s ‘typical’ (unfortunately less representative) specimen and treat 
the ‘var. longispintts' sheet as an excluded syntype. 
Taxonomy 
Sclerolaena glabra (F. Muell.), Domin, Beitrage zur Flora and Pflanzengeographie 
Australiens 624 (1930). 
Kentropsis glabra F. Muell., Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae 1: 139 (1859); 
Anisacantlia glabra (F.Muell.) Benth., Flora Australiensis 5: 200 (1870); Bassia glabra 
(F.Muell.) F.Muell., Systematic Census of Australian Plants'. 30 (1882). T: ‘Ad rivum 
Sturt’s Creek, Australiae subcentralis’, F. Muell. 1856; lecto (here chosen): ‘ Sturt's 
Creek, Ferd. von Mueller. 1856’ MEL 101453; excluded syntype: ‘ Sturt's Creek, Ferd. 
Mueller' MEL 101452. 
Acknowledgements 
I am grateful to my colleagues Margaret Corrick and Nina Sawtell for bringing this 
matter to my attention. 

Page image

841088 Kentropsis glabra Muelleria 22: 111
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480090
Page is part of the work Lectotypification of Sclerolaena glabra (F.Muell.) Domin (Amaranthaceae/Chenopodiaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291575

Page text

Muelleria 22: 111-112 (2005) 
Lectotypification of Sclerolaena glabra (F. Muell.) Domin 
(Amaranthaceae/Chenopodiaceae) 
Neville Walsli 
National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria 3141, Australia. 
Introduction 
When describing Kentropsis glabra (= Bassia glabra (F. Muell.) F. Muell., now 
Sclerolaena glabra (F. Muell.) Domin), Mueller (1859) cited a single locality - ‘Ad rivum 
Stan's Creek, Australiae subcentralis'. However, Mueller’s Sturts Creek collection at 
MEL of S. glabra consists of a mixture of two forms, clearly collected from different 
plants. One form Mueller apparently regarded as ‘typical’ and matches his original 
description. The other form Mueller referred to on a separate label as ‘[3 longispinis ’ has 
longer fruit with longer spines. The latter name was never published, but fruits agreeing 
with this form were illustrated as Bassia glabra, along with the ‘typical’ form in Mueller 
(1891) without further reference. 
Subsequently, material representing the two elements was mounted, along with their 
respective labels, on separate sheets at MEL. Later workers have variously regarded these 
as syntypes of Bassia glabra (J.H. Willis 1948 in scheci.) or specimens of Sclerolaena 
glabra and S. sp. nov. (E.H. Ising 1963 in sclied.). The latter determination applied to 
Mueller’s ‘var. longispintts' specimen. Ising never formalised Mueller’s name for want of 
sufficient material (note in sclied.), but from comparison with other material at MEL this 
form falls within the range of specimens now regarded as S. glabra (including specimens 
determined by Ising, Paul G. Wilson and others). 
Mueller’s ‘typical’ specimen represents what now appears to be the shorter-awned end 
of the spectrum of variation within S. glabra, whereas his ‘var. longispintts ’ specimen is 
more representative of the majority of modern S. glabra collections. 
Wilson (1984) cited as the holotype for 5. glabra ‘Sturt Creek, W.A., 1856, F. Mueller 
(MEL)’. More correctly both MEL sheets should have been regarded as syntypes. As the 
two sheets represent distinctly different forms of S. glabra the opportunity is here taken 
to Iectotypify on Mueller’s ‘typical’ (unfortunately less representative) specimen and treat 
the ‘var. longispintts' sheet as an excluded syntype. 
Taxonomy 
Sclerolaena glabra (F. Muell.), Domin, Beitrage zur Flora and Pflanzengeographie 
Australiens 624 (1930). 
Kentropsis glabra F. Muell., Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae 1: 139 (1859); 
Anisacantlia glabra (F.Muell.) Benth., Flora Australiensis 5: 200 (1870); Bassia glabra 
(F.Muell.) F.Muell., Systematic Census of Australian Plants'. 30 (1882). T: ‘Ad rivum 
Sturt’s Creek, Australiae subcentralis’, F. Muell. 1856; lecto (here chosen): ‘ Sturt's 
Creek, Ferd. von Mueller. 1856’ MEL 101453; excluded syntype: ‘ Sturt's Creek, Ferd. 
Mueller' MEL 101452. 
Acknowledgements 
I am grateful to my colleagues Margaret Corrick and Nina Sawtell for bringing this 
matter to my attention. 

Page image

603339 Poa amplexicaulis Muelleria 22: 11-13, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 11-13, Fig. 1".

840928 Poa colensoi Muelleria 22: 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59479994
Page is part of the work New Victorian endemic species of Poa L. (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291568

Page text

New Victorian species of Poa 
15 
long and 4 cm wide. Spikelets 3-7-flowered, 4-6 mm long, green or, more commonly, 
tinged purple. Glumes often shining, 1.8-2.4 mm long, subequal or the lower slightly 
shorter than upper, both 3-nerved and scaberulous along the keel. Lemma 1.6-3 mm long, 
relatively narrow, oblong to narrowly oblong-ovate in profile, 2-3 mm long, 5-nerved, 
nerves smooth or the midnerve minutely and sparsely scabrous, wholly glabrous, or 
puberulous on the lower part of the midnerve and, rarely, lateral nerves; intercostal 
regions glabrous; web absent or very weakly developed usually on only the lowermost 
lemma(s) within a spikelet. Anthers 1.4-1.8 mm long. (Fig. 2 a,b) 
Distribution and habitat: Endemic in eastern Victoria where apparently confined to 
catchments of the Macalister, Avon, Moroka and Wonnangatta Rivers, in an area bounded 
roughly by Heyfield in the south, Dargo to the east and The Bluff to the northwest. 
Although rare at a national level, P. orthoclada is locally common and sometimes the 
dominant grass. It is well represented in the Alpine National Park, Wonnangatta-Moroka 
Unit. Its Risk Code is assessed here as ‘rare’, 2RCa (sensu Briggs & Leigh 1996) or ‘near 
threatened', NT (sensu 1UCN 2001). Grows in well drained, typically elevated and rocky 
sites supporting dry woodland dominated by e.g. Eucalyptus dives Schauer, E. glaucescens 
Maiden & Blakely, E. pauciflora Sieber ex Spreng., E. polyanthemos Schauer, E. sieberi 
L.A.S. Johnson, or occasionally in rocky outcrop shrublands of e.g. Calytrix tetragona 
Labill., Leptospermum brevipes F. Muell. Recorded altitudes range from 150 to 1520 m 
a.s.l., and soils are typically shallow to skeletal and derived from Carboniferous, Devonian 
or Ordovician sandstones, shales or conglomerates, sometimes serpentinitic. 
Etymology: The epithet (Greek ortlws - upright; dados - branch) refers to the stiff, 
more or less erect stolons or branched culms. 
Notes: Superficially resembles P. fawcettiae , but distinguished from that species by 
the stiffly erect, branching stems, the finer and usually shorter, erect leaf blades, the 
longer membranous and ciliate ligule and the more or less glabrous florets. It also 
resembles P. amplexicaulis , described above, but differs from that in the narrower, 
inrolled, stiffer, often bluish leaf blades, the leaf sheaths that are only shortly connate, and 
the shorter, ciliate ligule. 
The species was treated by Walsh (1994, p. 425) as Poa gunnii Vickery but reference 
to a larger suite of material of that Tasmanian species has shown the new species to differ 
in a number of characters (e.g. erect, branching habit of the culms, shorter ligules, 
ipruinose leaf-blades, generally shorter glumes and lemmas and shorter anthers). 
Representative specimens (23 specimens examined): Macalister River Catchment - Dolodrook 
River. 25 Oct. 1972. E.A. Chesterfield (MEL): Spur between Peters Ck and Macalister R., 19 Nov. 
1973, E.A. Chesterfield (MEL); W of Glenlalloch, 3 Nov. 1973. E.A. Chesterfield (MEL): Mt 
Hump, 5 Jan. 1974, E.A. Chesterfield (MEL). Gippsland Lakes Hinterland Study Area - 
Glenmaggie Regional Park, 21 Oct. 1984, A.C. Beauglehole 78686 (MEL, BRI). Eastern 
Highlands, E of Mt Eliza Gap, 15 Nov. 1992, E.A. Chesterfield 3510 (CANB. MEL). Alpine, c. 1.5 
km SE of the main Snowy Bluff summit 18 Mar. 1992, D.E. Albrecht 4928 (MEL). 
3. Poa orba N.G. Walsh sp. nov. 
Poa colensoi auct. non Hook, f.; J.H.Willis, Handb. Vase. PI. Victoria I: 100 (1970); 
N.G.Walsh, FI. Victoria 2:415, 418 (1994); J.H.Ross & N.G.Walsh, Census Vase. PI. 
Victoria, 7th edn, 37. 228 (2003) 
Poa fawcettiae Vickery similis sed laminis foliorum latioribus brevioribus, ligula 
longiore, rhi/.omatibus facienlibus, lemmatis glabris differt. 
Type: Victoria. Eastern Highlands. Shores of Lake Omeo, Benambra, 9.xi.l939, R.A. 
Black, herb. No 1235.008(7) (holotype MEL 2021761). 
Rhizomatous perennial, producing (often remote) slender leafy tufts; rhizome 
internodes sometimes slightly swollen. Leaves all basal. Culms 5-15 cm high. Mid-culm 
internodes glabrous, often slightly compressed. Young shoots extravaginal. Basal leaf 
sheaths glabrous, not coloured or slightly purpled, margins connate near base, glabrous, 

Page image

840929 Poa colensoi Muelleria 22: 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59479994
Page is part of the work New Victorian endemic species of Poa L. (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291568

Page text

New Victorian species of Poa 
15 
long and 4 cm wide. Spikelets 3-7-flowered, 4-6 mm long, green or, more commonly, 
tinged purple. Glumes often shining, 1.8-2.4 mm long, subequal or the lower slightly 
shorter than upper, both 3-nerved and scaberulous along the keel. Lemma 1.6-3 mm long, 
relatively narrow, oblong to narrowly oblong-ovate in profile, 2-3 mm long, 5-nerved, 
nerves smooth or the midnerve minutely and sparsely scabrous, wholly glabrous, or 
puberulous on the lower part of the midnerve and, rarely, lateral nerves; intercostal 
regions glabrous; web absent or very weakly developed usually on only the lowermost 
lemma(s) within a spikelet. Anthers 1.4-1.8 mm long. (Fig. 2 a,b) 
Distribution and habitat: Endemic in eastern Victoria where apparently confined to 
catchments of the Macalister, Avon, Moroka and Wonnangatta Rivers, in an area bounded 
roughly by Heyfield in the south, Dargo to the east and The Bluff to the northwest. 
Although rare at a national level, P. orthoclada is locally common and sometimes the 
dominant grass. It is well represented in the Alpine National Park, Wonnangatta-Moroka 
Unit. Its Risk Code is assessed here as ‘rare’, 2RCa (sensu Briggs & Leigh 1996) or ‘near 
threatened', NT (sensu 1UCN 2001). Grows in well drained, typically elevated and rocky 
sites supporting dry woodland dominated by e.g. Eucalyptus dives Schauer, E. glaucescens 
Maiden & Blakely, E. pauciflora Sieber ex Spreng., E. polyanthemos Schauer, E. sieberi 
L.A.S. Johnson, or occasionally in rocky outcrop shrublands of e.g. Calytrix tetragona 
Labill., Leptospermum brevipes F. Muell. Recorded altitudes range from 150 to 1520 m 
a.s.l., and soils are typically shallow to skeletal and derived from Carboniferous, Devonian 
or Ordovician sandstones, shales or conglomerates, sometimes serpentinitic. 
Etymology: The epithet (Greek ortlws - upright; dados - branch) refers to the stiff, 
more or less erect stolons or branched culms. 
Notes: Superficially resembles P. fawcettiae , but distinguished from that species by 
the stiffly erect, branching stems, the finer and usually shorter, erect leaf blades, the 
longer membranous and ciliate ligule and the more or less glabrous florets. It also 
resembles P. amplexicaulis , described above, but differs from that in the narrower, 
inrolled, stiffer, often bluish leaf blades, the leaf sheaths that are only shortly connate, and 
the shorter, ciliate ligule. 
The species was treated by Walsh (1994, p. 425) as Poa gunnii Vickery but reference 
to a larger suite of material of that Tasmanian species has shown the new species to differ 
in a number of characters (e.g. erect, branching habit of the culms, shorter ligules, 
ipruinose leaf-blades, generally shorter glumes and lemmas and shorter anthers). 
Representative specimens (23 specimens examined): Macalister River Catchment - Dolodrook 
River. 25 Oct. 1972. E.A. Chesterfield (MEL): Spur between Peters Ck and Macalister R., 19 Nov. 
1973, E.A. Chesterfield (MEL); W of Glenlalloch, 3 Nov. 1973. E.A. Chesterfield (MEL): Mt 
Hump, 5 Jan. 1974, E.A. Chesterfield (MEL). Gippsland Lakes Hinterland Study Area - 
Glenmaggie Regional Park, 21 Oct. 1984, A.C. Beauglehole 78686 (MEL, BRI). Eastern 
Highlands, E of Mt Eliza Gap, 15 Nov. 1992, E.A. Chesterfield 3510 (CANB. MEL). Alpine, c. 1.5 
km SE of the main Snowy Bluff summit 18 Mar. 1992, D.E. Albrecht 4928 (MEL). 
3. Poa orba N.G. Walsh sp. nov. 
Poa colensoi auct. non Hook, f.; J.H.Willis, Handb. Vase. PI. Victoria I: 100 (1970); 
N.G.Walsh, FI. Victoria 2:415, 418 (1994); J.H.Ross & N.G.Walsh, Census Vase. PI. 
Victoria, 7th edn, 37. 228 (2003) 
Poa fawcettiae Vickery similis sed laminis foliorum latioribus brevioribus, ligula 
longiore, rhi/.omatibus facienlibus, lemmatis glabris differt. 
Type: Victoria. Eastern Highlands. Shores of Lake Omeo, Benambra, 9.xi.l939, R.A. 
Black, herb. No 1235.008(7) (holotype MEL 2021761). 
Rhizomatous perennial, producing (often remote) slender leafy tufts; rhizome 
internodes sometimes slightly swollen. Leaves all basal. Culms 5-15 cm high. Mid-culm 
internodes glabrous, often slightly compressed. Young shoots extravaginal. Basal leaf 
sheaths glabrous, not coloured or slightly purpled, margins connate near base, glabrous, 

Page image

840930 Poa colensoi Muelleria 22: 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59479994
Page is part of the work New Victorian endemic species of Poa L. (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291568

Page text

New Victorian species of Poa 
15 
long and 4 cm wide. Spikelets 3-7-flowered, 4-6 mm long, green or, more commonly, 
tinged purple. Glumes often shining, 1.8-2.4 mm long, subequal or the lower slightly 
shorter than upper, both 3-nerved and scaberulous along the keel. Lemma 1.6-3 mm long, 
relatively narrow, oblong to narrowly oblong-ovate in profile, 2-3 mm long, 5-nerved, 
nerves smooth or the midnerve minutely and sparsely scabrous, wholly glabrous, or 
puberulous on the lower part of the midnerve and, rarely, lateral nerves; intercostal 
regions glabrous; web absent or very weakly developed usually on only the lowermost 
lemma(s) within a spikelet. Anthers 1.4-1.8 mm long. (Fig. 2 a,b) 
Distribution and habitat: Endemic in eastern Victoria where apparently confined to 
catchments of the Macalister, Avon, Moroka and Wonnangatta Rivers, in an area bounded 
roughly by Heyfield in the south, Dargo to the east and The Bluff to the northwest. 
Although rare at a national level, P. orthoclada is locally common and sometimes the 
dominant grass. It is well represented in the Alpine National Park, Wonnangatta-Moroka 
Unit. Its Risk Code is assessed here as ‘rare’, 2RCa (sensu Briggs & Leigh 1996) or ‘near 
threatened', NT (sensu 1UCN 2001). Grows in well drained, typically elevated and rocky 
sites supporting dry woodland dominated by e.g. Eucalyptus dives Schauer, E. glaucescens 
Maiden & Blakely, E. pauciflora Sieber ex Spreng., E. polyanthemos Schauer, E. sieberi 
L.A.S. Johnson, or occasionally in rocky outcrop shrublands of e.g. Calytrix tetragona 
Labill., Leptospermum brevipes F. Muell. Recorded altitudes range from 150 to 1520 m 
a.s.l., and soils are typically shallow to skeletal and derived from Carboniferous, Devonian 
or Ordovician sandstones, shales or conglomerates, sometimes serpentinitic. 
Etymology: The epithet (Greek ortlws - upright; dados - branch) refers to the stiff, 
more or less erect stolons or branched culms. 
Notes: Superficially resembles P. fawcettiae , but distinguished from that species by 
the stiffly erect, branching stems, the finer and usually shorter, erect leaf blades, the 
longer membranous and ciliate ligule and the more or less glabrous florets. It also 
resembles P. amplexicaulis , described above, but differs from that in the narrower, 
inrolled, stiffer, often bluish leaf blades, the leaf sheaths that are only shortly connate, and 
the shorter, ciliate ligule. 
The species was treated by Walsh (1994, p. 425) as Poa gunnii Vickery but reference 
to a larger suite of material of that Tasmanian species has shown the new species to differ 
in a number of characters (e.g. erect, branching habit of the culms, shorter ligules, 
ipruinose leaf-blades, generally shorter glumes and lemmas and shorter anthers). 
Representative specimens (23 specimens examined): Macalister River Catchment - Dolodrook 
River. 25 Oct. 1972. E.A. Chesterfield (MEL): Spur between Peters Ck and Macalister R., 19 Nov. 
1973, E.A. Chesterfield (MEL); W of Glenlalloch, 3 Nov. 1973. E.A. Chesterfield (MEL): Mt 
Hump, 5 Jan. 1974, E.A. Chesterfield (MEL). Gippsland Lakes Hinterland Study Area - 
Glenmaggie Regional Park, 21 Oct. 1984, A.C. Beauglehole 78686 (MEL, BRI). Eastern 
Highlands, E of Mt Eliza Gap, 15 Nov. 1992, E.A. Chesterfield 3510 (CANB. MEL). Alpine, c. 1.5 
km SE of the main Snowy Bluff summit 18 Mar. 1992, D.E. Albrecht 4928 (MEL). 
3. Poa orba N.G. Walsh sp. nov. 
Poa colensoi auct. non Hook, f.; J.H.Willis, Handb. Vase. PI. Victoria I: 100 (1970); 
N.G.Walsh, FI. Victoria 2:415, 418 (1994); J.H.Ross & N.G.Walsh, Census Vase. PI. 
Victoria, 7th edn, 37. 228 (2003) 
Poa fawcettiae Vickery similis sed laminis foliorum latioribus brevioribus, ligula 
longiore, rhi/.omatibus facienlibus, lemmatis glabris differt. 
Type: Victoria. Eastern Highlands. Shores of Lake Omeo, Benambra, 9.xi.l939, R.A. 
Black, herb. No 1235.008(7) (holotype MEL 2021761). 
Rhizomatous perennial, producing (often remote) slender leafy tufts; rhizome 
internodes sometimes slightly swollen. Leaves all basal. Culms 5-15 cm high. Mid-culm 
internodes glabrous, often slightly compressed. Young shoots extravaginal. Basal leaf 
sheaths glabrous, not coloured or slightly purpled, margins connate near base, glabrous, 

Page image

603347 Poa orba Muelleria 22: 15-17, Fig. 3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 15-17, Fig. 3".

603343 Poa orthoclada Muelleria 22: 13-15, Fig. 2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 13-15, Fig. 2".

840927 Poa sp. aff. gunnii Muelleria 22: 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59479992
Page is part of the work New Victorian endemic species of Poa L. (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291568

Page text

New Victorian species of Poa 
13 
scaberulous towards apex; web absent. Palea slightly shorter than its lemma, glabrous. 
Anthers 1.1-1.4 mm long. (Fig. 1 a,b) 
Distribution and habitat: Poa amplexicaulis is apparently endemic to the upper 
Werribec River catchment, south-central Victoria, occurring in the Brisbane Ranges, 
Werribee Gorge and further north to the Bullengarook area in the Pyrite Range, but 
apparently absent from the intervening White Elephant Range (where soils are derived 
from Tertiary deposits). Although it may be a locally dominant grass, it is nationally rare 
with Risk Code assessed here as ‘rare’, 2RCi (sensu Briggs & Leigh 1996) or ‘near 
threatened’, NT (sensu 1UCN 2001). It has been observed to resprout following fire. It 
occurs in dry open-forests with dominant species including Eucalyptus tricarpa (L.A.S. 
Johnson) L.A.S. Johnson & K.D. Hill, E. macrorhyncha F. Muell. ex Benth., E. 
goniocalyx F. Muell. ex Miq„ Astroloma humifusum (Cav.) R. Br„ Boronia anemonifolia 
A. Cunn.. Bossiaea obcordata (Vent.) Druce, Brachyloma daphnoides (Sm.) Benth., 
Dillwynia spp., Joycea pallida (R. Br.) H.P. Linder, Platysace lanceolata (Labill.) C. 
Norman, Pomax umbelhita (Gaertn.) Sol. ex A. Rich.. Pseudantlius orbiculatus (Muell. 
Arg.) Halford & R.J.F. Hend. and Pulteiuiea gimnii Benth. subsp. tuberculata Corrick. 
Soils arc characteristically shallow, often rocky, derived from Ordovician sediments. 
Etymology: The epithet amplexicaulis (Latin amplexus - to encircle; caulis - stem) 
refers to the connate sheath and culm encircling ligule. 
Notes: Distinctive features of Poa amplexicaulis are the fully connate, conspicuously 
red leaf sheaths, and the distinct membranous ligule decurrent and encircling the culm. This 
species is referred to by Walsh (1994, p. 424) in a note under the account of Poa tenera F. 
Muell. ex Hook. f. Poa amplexicaulis is further distinguished from typical specimens of P. 
tenera by the sparsely hairy to almost glabrous florets and indistinct lemma nerves. 
Specimens examined: Victoria. Brisbane Ranges National Park - Stony Ck. front picnic ground 
on Switchback Rd to Lower Reservoir, 23 Nov. 1977. E.G. Envy I295A (MEL); McCleans H'Way 
E of Switchback Rd junction, 6.5 km N of Anakic, 1 Oct. 1977, A.C. Beauglehole 56606 i£ E.G. 
Errey (MEL); c. 250 in SW of Aeroplane Rd turnoff on Reids Rd, 26 Oct. 1992, V. Stajsic 617, D.E. 
Albrecht 4- I.C. Clarke (HO. K, MEL, S); NE corner near intersection of Aeroplane Rd and Mt 
Wallace Rd. 26 Dec. 1991. V. Stajsic 415 & P. WJodaivzvk (HO. K. MEL. S); Bacchus Marsh Rd 
junction of Aeroplane Rd, 6 km NE of Mt Wallace Primary School. 2 Oct. 1977, A.C. Beauglehole 
56758 & E.G. Errey (MEL. NPS, RSA); Just off the Melton-Ciisborne Rd. between Gisborne and 
Toolern Vale. 20 Nov. 1992, V. Stajsic 669 (AD, BRI, K, MEL. NSW); Werribee Gorge State Park, 
Ironbark (Ingliston) Rd, c. 12 kin E of Ballan, 15 Aug. 2001, N.G. Walsh 5861 (MEL). 
2. Poa orthoclada N.G.Walsh sp. now 
Poa sp. aff. gimnii, J.H. Ross & N.G. Walsh, Census Vase. PI. Victoria 7th edn. 37, 
228 (2003). 
Poa fawcettiae Vickery affinis caulibus ereclis rigidis ramosis, foliis erectis tenuioribus 
brevioribus. ligula membranacea longiore, flosculis glabris vel glabriusculis differt. 
Type: Victoria, Snowfields. Alpine National Park, Wonnangatta-Moroka Unit. Foot of 
Neilsons Crag (The Watchtower). c. 7.7 km NE from Mt Arbuckle, 15.xii.2000 N.G. 
Walsh 5272, (holotype MEL 2089860; isolypes CANB, NSW). 
Slender perennial, caespitose, stems usually stiffly ascending with intravaginal 
branching above base. Leaves basal and cauline. Culms erect, to c. 60 cm high. Mid-culm 
internodes more or less terete or weakly biconvex, glabrous, smooth, rarely scaberulous, 
often purplish. Sheaths glabrous, smooth, usually purplish-pigmented; margins connate 
for up to c. 1/4 of their length. Ligule 0.3-1 mm long, thinly membranous, truncate, 
distinctly ciliate at apex with cilia c. 0.2 mm long, abaxially ciliolate. Leaf blades dull 
slaty green, bluish, or distinctly pruinose, inrolled-terete (rarely closely folded), usually 
stiffly erect, mostly 6-15 (rarely to 40) cm long, c. 0.5 mm diam. (to 1.2 mm wide when 
flattened), generally smooth but usually minutely scaberulous on margins and near apex. 
Inflorescence a narrow panicle, to 15 cm long and 8 cm wide, but commonly under 8 cm 

Page image

840925 Poa sp. aff. tenera (Brisbane Ranges) Muelleria 22: 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59479990
Page is part of the work New Victorian endemic species of Poa L. (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291568
603473 Sclerolaena glabra Muelleria 22: 111
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480090
Page is part of the work Lectotypification of Sclerolaena glabra (F.Muell.) Domin (Amaranthaceae/Chenopodiaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291575

Page text

Muelleria 22: 111-112 (2005) 
Lectotypification of Sclerolaena glabra (F. Muell.) Domin 
(Amaranthaceae/Chenopodiaceae) 
Neville Walsli 
National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria 3141, Australia. 
Introduction 
When describing Kentropsis glabra (= Bassia glabra (F. Muell.) F. Muell., now 
Sclerolaena glabra (F. Muell.) Domin), Mueller (1859) cited a single locality - ‘Ad rivum 
Stan's Creek, Australiae subcentralis'. However, Mueller’s Sturts Creek collection at 
MEL of S. glabra consists of a mixture of two forms, clearly collected from different 
plants. One form Mueller apparently regarded as ‘typical’ and matches his original 
description. The other form Mueller referred to on a separate label as ‘[3 longispinis ’ has 
longer fruit with longer spines. The latter name was never published, but fruits agreeing 
with this form were illustrated as Bassia glabra, along with the ‘typical’ form in Mueller 
(1891) without further reference. 
Subsequently, material representing the two elements was mounted, along with their 
respective labels, on separate sheets at MEL. Later workers have variously regarded these 
as syntypes of Bassia glabra (J.H. Willis 1948 in scheci.) or specimens of Sclerolaena 
glabra and S. sp. nov. (E.H. Ising 1963 in sclied.). The latter determination applied to 
Mueller’s ‘var. longispintts' specimen. Ising never formalised Mueller’s name for want of 
sufficient material (note in sclied.), but from comparison with other material at MEL this 
form falls within the range of specimens now regarded as S. glabra (including specimens 
determined by Ising, Paul G. Wilson and others). 
Mueller’s ‘typical’ specimen represents what now appears to be the shorter-awned end 
of the spectrum of variation within S. glabra, whereas his ‘var. longispintts ’ specimen is 
more representative of the majority of modern S. glabra collections. 
Wilson (1984) cited as the holotype for 5. glabra ‘Sturt Creek, W.A., 1856, F. Mueller 
(MEL)’. More correctly both MEL sheets should have been regarded as syntypes. As the 
two sheets represent distinctly different forms of S. glabra the opportunity is here taken 
to Iectotypify on Mueller’s ‘typical’ (unfortunately less representative) specimen and treat 
the ‘var. longispintts' sheet as an excluded syntype. 
Taxonomy 
Sclerolaena glabra (F. Muell.), Domin, Beitrage zur Flora and Pflanzengeographie 
Australiens 624 (1930). 
Kentropsis glabra F. Muell., Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae 1: 139 (1859); 
Anisacantlia glabra (F.Muell.) Benth., Flora Australiensis 5: 200 (1870); Bassia glabra 
(F.Muell.) F.Muell., Systematic Census of Australian Plants'. 30 (1882). T: ‘Ad rivum 
Sturt’s Creek, Australiae subcentralis’, F. Muell. 1856; lecto (here chosen): ‘ Sturt's 
Creek, Ferd. von Mueller. 1856’ MEL 101453; excluded syntype: ‘ Sturt's Creek, Ferd. 
Mueller' MEL 101452. 
Acknowledgements 
I am grateful to my colleagues Margaret Corrick and Nina Sawtell for bringing this 
matter to my attention. 

Page image

603469 Spyridium daltonii Muelleria 22: 97-98

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 97-98".

603470 Spyridium ×ramosissimum Muelleria 22: 98-100

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 22: 98-100".

841084 Trymalium daltonii Muelleria 22: 97
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480076
Page is part of the work New combinations for two species of Spyridium (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from the Grampians, Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.291573

Page text

Muelleria 22: 97-104 (2005) 
New combinations for two species of Spyridium 
(Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from the Grampians, Victoria 
Jiirgen Kellermann 
National Herbarium of Victoria. Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne, Birdwood Avenue, 
South Yarra, Victoria 3141, Australia 
School of Botany. The University of Melbourne, Victoria 3010. Australia 
Email: Juergen.Kellermann@rbg.vic.gov.au 
Abstract 
Recent molecular and morphological studies on Australian Rhamnaceae have revealed that two 
species of Trymalium Fenzl endemic to the Victorian Grampians are misplaced in the genus and 
should be transferred to Spyridium Fenzl. Two new combinations, Spyridium daltonii (F. Muell) J. 
Kellerm. and S. Xramosissimum (Audas) J. Kellerm., are provided. Lectotypes are chosen for both 
species. 
Introduction 
Spyridium Fenzl consists of approximately 40 species and occurs predominantly in 
southern and south-eastern Australia and Tasmania. It is one of the most diverse genera 
in the Australian Rhamnaceae and is currently being revised for the Flora of Australia 
(W.R. Barker, J. Kellermann, F. Udovicic & N.G. Walsh, in prep.). In Victoria the genus 
is represented by seven species, most of which also occur in South Australia and/or New 
South Wales. One species. Spyridium sp. 1 sensu Walsh (1999a), is very rare and endemic 
to the Little Desert. 
The genus is pail of the tribe Pomaderreae Reissek ex Endl., which currently contains 
approximately 200 species in seven genera (Blackallia C.A. Gardner, Cryptandra Sm., 
Pomaderris Labill., Siegfriedia C.A. Gardner, Spyridium, Stemmthemum Reissek, 
Trymalium Fenzl). Pomaderreae is characterised by the presence of a stellate indumentum 
on stems, leaves, and/or flowers. The tribe is endemic to Australia, with one genus 
(.Pomaderris) extending to New Zealand. It is described in more detail in Medan and 
Schirarend (2004) and Kellermann et al. (2005). 
Phylogenetic analyses of Pomaderreae using nuclear internal transcribed spacer DNA 
sequences (Kellermann et al. 2005) have revealed that two species from the Victorian 
Grampians that are currently classified as Trymalium, namely T. daltonii F.Muell. and T. 
xramosissimum Audas, are misplaced in that genus and should be transferred to 
Spyridium. The Queensland species T. minutiflorum E.M. Ross was shown to be part of 
a group of species that includes taxa that were previously not thought to be related 
(Kellermann et al. 2005). This group will eventually be described as a new genus of 
Rhamnaceae (J. Kellermann, B.L. Rye and K.R. Thiele, in prep.). With the exclusion of 
these south-eastern Australian species, the genus Trymalium will be virtually confined to 
Western Australia, with one species in South Australia, T. wayi F. Muell. & Tate. This 
paper makes the relevant new combinations and lectotypifications for the Victorian 
species. Detailed descriptions and distribution maps are given in Walsh (1999b). 
Taxonomy 
Spyridium daltonii (F. Muell.) J. Kellerm. comb. nov. Trymalium daltonii F. Muell.. 
Fragm. 9: 135 (Sept. 1875), as “71 Daltoni". Cryptandra daltonii (F. Muell) F. Muell., Syst. 
census Austral, pi. 60 (1882), as “C. Daltoni". Type citation: “In valle Barney’s Gully 

Page image

603472 Trymalium daltonii Muelleria 22: 98
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480077
Page is part of the work New combinations for two species of Spyridium (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from the Grampians, Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.291573
841086 Trymalium ×ramosissimum Muelleria 22: 98
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480077
Page is part of the work New combinations for two species of Spyridium (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from the Grampians, Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.291573
603471 Trymalium ×ramosissimum Muelleria 22: 99
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480078
Page is part of the work New combinations for two species of Spyridium (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from the Grampians, Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.291573

Page text

New combinations in Spyridium 
99 
1921). Trymulium xramosissimum Audas (pro sp.) sensu J.H. Ross, Census vase. pi. 
Victoria. 5 th edn, 103 (1996). Type citation: “Grampians (Mount Difficult), C.W. D’Alton 
& J.W. Audas”. Lectotvpe (here designated): Ml. Difficult, Grampians, Oct. 1919, J.W. 
Audas & C.W'. D’Alton s.n. (MEL 56153). fsolectotypes: MEL 56154, MEL 56156. 
Possible isolectotype: Grampians 1920 [Oct. 1919], from Audas Feb. 1921 (MEL 688397 
ex herb. A.J. Tadgell). 
Common name: Two names are currently applied to the species, Broad-leaf 
Trymalium (Ewart 1931) and Branched Trymalium (McCann 1994). The suggested 
common name is Branched Spyridium. 
Illustrations: J.W. Audas, Viet. Nat. 38: opp. 34, t. 1 (1921), One of Nature's 
Wonderlands 59-60, t. opp. 59 (1925). The Australian Bushland 283-284, t. opp. 283 
(1950); L. Costermans, Native trees and shrubs of south-eastern Australia 222 (1981); 
I.R. McCann, The Grampians in flower 98 (1994). photograph; N.G. Walsh and T.J. 
Entwisle, Flora of Victoria 4: 113, l. I9B (1999). leaf only. All illustrations as T. 
ramosissimum or T. xramosissinuun. 
Taxonomic history: James W. Audas visited the Grampians once in every year 
between 1912 and 1922 together with his friend Charles W. D'Alton. He reported about 
most of these excursions in the Victorian Naturalist (Audas 1913; 1914; 1919; 1920; 
1921b; 1922). As such, he was very familiar with the Grampians’ flora and also knew 
Mueller’s 'Trymalium daltonii, which he mentions several times in these articles. 
In November 1918 he collected some twigs of Spyridium xramosissinuun for the first 
time. The new species was possibly drawn to Audits’ attention by D'Alton, who had 
collected the species before. There are two sheets of S. xramosissinuun collected by 
Charles |W.] D’Alton in the Grampians “prior to 1907” (MEL 56152. 235444). Audas 
tentatively labeled the 1918 specimen as “ Cryptandra sp. ?”. He then forwarded the 
material to J.M. Black in Adelaide, who identified it correctly as a Spyridium and 
supplied Audas with a description. The copiously annotated and illustrated sheet is still 
in Black's herbarium (AD 97015409: Grampian Mts., Viet.. 1 Nov 1918, J.W. Audas s.n.). 
In a thank-you note to Black from 20 Feb. 1919 (attached to AD 97611150), Audas slates: 
“I have written a paper on my Grampians trip for the Field Naturalist,s [.v/c] Journal and 
hope to include this new Spyridium”. The report appeared in the Victorian Naturalist on 
10 Apr. 1919, however, without the description of the species (Audas 1919). 
On their next trip to the Grampians, in October 1919, Audas and D’Alton collected 
the species at Mt Difficult, but this time they gathered more material. An attempt to 
collect the species in the following year failed (Audas 1921b). Audas forwarded these 
specimens to A.J. Tadgell. Two letters from Tadgell to Audas from 8 Feb. and 21 June 
1921 are attached to a herbarium sheet (MEL 688397) and give a detailed analysis and 
compare Spyridium xramosissimum with S. daltonii. The sheet also contains the reply 
from Audas dated 8 Feb. 1921, in which he thanks Tadgell for his “careful overhauling ol 
the two specimens” and hoped “in the near future to describe the plant as new to science”. 
The new species was first presented as an exhibit at a Field Naturalists’ meeting on 14 
Mar. 1921 ( Viet. Nat. 37: 136) and was published in the Victorian Naturalist on 4 Aug. 
1921 as Trymalium ramosissimum (Audas 1921a). Clearly, Audas changed his mind 
about the generic affinity of the new species between 1919 and 1921. We do not know, 
whether it was through the influence of Tadgell, who saw the species to be close to S. 
daltonii. It is also uncertain why Audas slates that he discovered the species in October 
1919 (Audas 1921a, b), even though he had found it the year before. 
Curiously, Audas published virtually the same text and illustration in two other books 
(Audas 1925, 1950), claiming each time that he is describing a “new species”. In his 1950 
book he augments it with a Latin diagnosis of the species, as was required by the Code 
of Botanical Nomenclature from 1935 onwards (Greuter et at. 2000). When writing the 
description of 5. ramosissimum and the points of distinction between the species and S. 

Page image

848671 Acacia bossiaeoides Muelleria 23: 116
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480749
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
848676 Bossiaea aculeata Muelleria 23: 138
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480771
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
608668 Bossiaea aquifolium Muelleria 23: 31, 34, Figs 6 (map), 7
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480664
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

Western Australian Bossiaea Species 
31 
Consen'cilion status'. Relatively widespread and not under threat at present. 
Notes'. The distinetive semi-orbieular to semi-reniform leaves with minutely 
denticulate margins and an cmarginate apex where the midrib is not produced into a 
distinct pungent point distinguish B. wehhii from B. acitiifolium. The branchicts in B. 
wehhii arc invariably glabrous as in typical B. aquifolium subsp. aquifoUum, but the 
angular pungent-pointed leaves differentiate the latter. Leaf shape in B. aquifolium 
subsp. laicUawiaua sometimes resembles that of Z?. wehhii quite closely but the young 
branchicts of the former arc always densely pubescent. 
Bossiaea wehhii is usually a smaller more slender plant than B. aquifolium and has a 
slightly different distribution, not occurring much further west than 30 km NNW of 
Walpole or north of Mt Frankland, whereas B. aquifolium does not occur much further 
south or cast than just south-west of Lake Muir. 
The orange rust fungus Aeciciium ehurnetmi McAlpine sometimes occurs on the 
green pods, as is the ease in B. aquifolium subsp. laicUawiaua. 
2. Bossiaeu aquifolium Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 157 (1864). Type'. ‘W Australia, 
Drummond 2nd coll. n. 130’; syn.: BM, K (2 sheets), LD, MEL 105163, 105164, 
105165, NSW, PERTH; Darling Distr., ‘Harvey river, [W.] Clarke [s.n.]’; syn.: K. 
Slender shrub or small tree to 8 m high; branchlets terete, slender, glabrous or 
sparingly to densely clothed with appressed antrorsc or curled hairs, the latter 
sometimes with longer spreading hairs up to I mm long interspersed, sometimes fairly 
conspicuously Icnticcllatc. Leaves opposite, unifoliolatc; lamina depressed ovate or 
broadly ovate to semi-orbicular, the midrib terminating in a pungent point, distinctly 
angular with each angle terminating in a pungent point and the margins distinctly 
sinuate between the pungent points or indistinctly angular and the margins dentate, 
(0.5-) 0.8-2.2 cm long, (0.5-) 0.8-2 (-2.6) cm wide, wider than long, slightly cordate 
basally, glabrous throughout or with scattered hairs, with venation simple 
craspedodromous; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm long, glabrous to densely pubescent. Stipules 
broadly triangular, 0.7-1.4 mm long, 0.5-0.9 mm wide, shorter than the petiole, 
persistent, glabrous to densely pubescent. Flowers solitary or in pairs, with basal bracts 
attached 0.1-0.5 mm above the base of the pedicel, with the pedicel glabrous or 
pubescent below the bracts, glabrous above; with the 2 outer basal bracts rigid, 
coriaceous, longitudinally striate, pubescent basally and with marginal cilia or 
sometimes sparingly pube.scent throughout, persistent, dissimilar, together almost 
cupular, with the outer broadly ovate, 1.4-2.3 mm long, 1.5-2.4 mm wide, the inner 
encircling the pedicel basally. broadly ovate, 1.5-2.4 mm long, 2.3-3.4 mm wide; the 
innermost and largest bract elliptic, 6-10 mm long, rigid, coriaceous, longitudinally 
striate, with margins conspicuously ciliatc, rarely villous throughout, internally woolly- 
pubescent apically, cucullate apically, enveloping the tw'o inner bracteoles, rapidly 
caducous; bracteoles similar to the inner elliptic bract but smaller, 5.5-8.0 mm long, 
rapidly caducous. Calyx glabrous externally throughout except for marginal cilia on the 
lobes or with occasional scattered hairs; 2 upper lobes 1-2 mm long excluding the tube 
2.3-4.2 mm long, with lobes roundcd-tnincatc apically, with 3 lower lobes 0.8-1.5 mm 
long, 1.3-1.7 mm wide, sub-acute to obtuse apically, shorter than the tube. Standard 
more or less orbicular, 11.8-18.0 mm long including a basal claw 2.0-3.2 mm long, 
10.8-18.5 mm wide, longer than the keel, emarginate apically, yellow or orange-yellow 
internally with a dark red, red or reddish-brown continuous basal flare around a 
greenish-yellow throat or the flare discontinuous and consisting of a patch on either side 

Page image

608669 Bossiaea aquifolium aquifolium Muelleria 23: 34-36

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 23: 34-36".

608673 Bossiaea aquifolium laidlawiana Muelleria 23: 36-37

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 23: 36-37".

608728 Bossiaea arcuata Muelleria 23: 75-77, Figs 9, 21 (map), 23

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 23: 75-77, Figs 9, 21 (map), 23".

608738 Bossiaea atrata Muelleria 23: 98, 100-102, Figs 28 (map), 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480731
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

98 
Ross 
Notes-. Bossiaeci inundata is allied to B. .spine.scens from which it differs in having 
terete to oval angled young branchlcts and the petioles are not attached almost at right 
angles to the leaf lamina. In B. inimdata the bractcoles arc invariably caducous and 
leave two prominent opposite or suboppositc scars on the pedicel whereas in B. 
spinescens the bractcoles usually persist until the young pods start to develop. The 
habitat of B. inundata and its ecological tolerances arc quite different to those of B. 
spinescens. 
Bossiaea concinna and B. atrata, two other spinescent es.scntially glabrous species 
with glabrous calyces and apically woolly-pubescent keel apices, are both much more 
rigid, dense and intricately branched slmibs than B. innndata, have different ecological 
preferences, and differ in other respects. 
Apart from the Gardner specimen which lacks a precise locality, all of the others 
were collected in the Murchison River gorge slightly upstream of the Ross Graham 
Lookout. A steep path from this Lookout descends to the river and the population of 
about one hundred plants is readily accessible. As far as is known, the plants arc 
confined to an area immediately upstream of this lookout. A brief search in late 
September 2000 below the Hawks Head Lookout revealed no plants of this taxon, but 
the rugged terrain prevented a thorough search. A search upstream where the North 
West Coastal llwy crosses the Murchison River did not reveal any plants. 
When the population was visited in September 2000, at first sight all of the plants 
appeared to be dead, only dead brown slender stems being evident. However, closer 
inspection revealed regeneration from the ba.se of most plants and the production from 
each of a few new stems, some bearing a few fiowers. Presumably the plants had been 
submerged for a long period following the passage of a cyclone at the beginning of that 
year. This periodic inundation may prevent the plants from growing into larger shrubs. 
Etymology-. From the Latin inundatns-, in reference to the habitat occupied by the 
species that results in the plants being inundated during years of high rainfall. 
23. Bossiaea atrata .1.11.Ross, sp. iiov. 
B. conchmae Benth. affinis, a qua lamina oblonga obovata-oblonga anguste elliptica 
ad fere rotunda atrovirens plana vel v-fomiata ad fere conduplicata, ct pcdiccllis ct 
calycibus atrorubis, differt. 
Type-. Western Australia, Avon District, 4.8 km [3 miles] E of Manmanning, 14 
Aug.'l990, B.H. Smith 1292-, holo.: PERTH; iso.: CANB, MEL 2011034. 
B. concinna Benth, FI. Austral. 2; 161 (1864) pro parte quoad spccim. Drummond 
5* coU. no. SI. 
Compact dense intricately branched rigid spinescent shrub to 1.2 m high and I m 
wide; young branchlcts terete to oval in section and angled with a raised dccurrcnt ridge 
below the point of attachment of each leaf but not winged, glabrous or with few 
scattered hairs especially when young, the hairs on the apices of axillary bracts often 
appearing as a tuft of hairs in the leaf axils, the abbreviated lateral shoots terminating in 
a pungent point. Leaves alternate, unifoliolate; lamina oblong, narrowly obovate- 
oblong, elliptic to almost rotund, 1.5-4.2 mm long, 1.1-2.2 mm w'idc, flat or v-shaped 
to almost conduplicatc, with margins not recurved, apex rounded to slightly acute, upper 
surface glabrous, lower surface glabrous throughout or sometimes with a few scattered 
hairs at the apex, coriaceous, with venation usually indistinct apart from the 
conspicuous midrib but simple craspedodromous; petiole 0.4-1.0 mm long, glabrous. 

Page image

608739 Bossiaea aurantiaca Muelleria 23: 102-104, Figs 28 (map), 33, 34
608730 Bossiaea barbarae Muelleria 23: 78, 81-83, Figs 9, 21 (map), 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480711
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

78 
Ross 
long, 0.5-0.6 cm wide, on a stipe usually exceeding the calyx, mature valves glabrous 
or with scattered hairs on the sutures, pale tan brown or yellowish brown, 
inconspicuously venose. Seeds 2.3-2.6 mm long, 1.3-1.6 mm wide, uniformly pale 
creamy-yellow (Fig. 24). 
Disirihution and habitat: Occurs in the Avon and in the wcslem portion of the Roe 
Botanical Districts of the Southwestern Botanical Province from Wattengutten SW of 
Manmanning in the noilh-west, southwards to south of Katanning and south-eastwards 
to Dragon Rocks (Fig. 21). Found in Eucalyptus woodland, often in decomposed 
granitic soil around the base of large granite outcrops in the ‘run-off zone’, or in 
gravelly lateritic soil or sand in species-rich heath communities. Flowers July to Sept. 
Representative specimens (30 examined): Dragon Rocks Reserve, 22 Aug. 1972, N.G. 
Marcluini 72/580 (PERTH). Metchering Rock, 31 Aug. 1985, RJ. Cranjield 5289 (PERTH). 
Durokoppin Reserve, 19 Nov.1991, B.H. Smith 1592 (MEL, PERTH). Uberin Rock, 19 km SW of 
Manmanning. 29 July 1992, B.ff. Smith 1600 (MEL, NSW. PERTH). 1.5 km E of Nyabing on Rd 
to Pingrup, 31 Oct. 1996, M.G. Corrick 11474 (MEL, NSW, PERTH). 
Conserx’ation status: Relatively widespread and not threatened at present. 
Notes: Bossiaea smithionun is a member of the group of spinescent species with 
sparingly to densely pubescent young branchlets, glabrous ealyces, glabrous ovaries 
(apart from hairs on the sutures and occasional scattered hairs on the surface of the 
valves), and apically woolly-pubescent keel petals. Bossiaea smithionun is the only 
species in this group in which the bractcolcs arc usually rapidly caducous leaving two 
prominent raised opposite or subopposite scars on the pedicel, and it is distinguished 
further by the distinctive leaves with the lamina oblong to narrowly obovate-oblong, 3- 
7 (-10) mm long, arching down on either side of the midrib with the margins slightly 
recurved or sometimes revolute to such an extent that the lamina is almost terete. Even 
when the leaves arc more or less glabrous in B. sniithiorum, the young branchlets are 
pubescent. Bossiaea sinithioruin differs from B. harharae in leaf shape, in having 
rapidly caducous bracteoles, and in having different ecological preferences. Bossiaea 
harharae favours the perimeter of salt lakes. 
Smith 1933 (MEL, PERTH) from llolleton is atypical in having almost glabrous 
young branchlets. 
Etymology’: The species is named in honour of Basil and Mary Smith of 
Manmanning who have contributed much to this study of the Western Australian 
species of Bossiaea, and have assisted many others in advancing knowledge of the 
Western Australian flora. 
T7. Bossiaea harharae J.H.Ross, sp. nov. 
B. smithiorum J.H.Ross affinis, a qua bracteolis persistentibus, lamina obovata vel 
levitcr obtrullata vel obovata-oblonga vel clliptica vel ovall 1.2-3.9 mm longa 
picrumque plana ad v-formata levitcr in sectionc, margine non rccurvo vel rccurvus 
levitcr, differt. 
Type: Western Australia: Roc Distr., Salmon Gums Nature Reserve, Sunrise Hill Rd, 
16 km NE of Salmon Gums P.O., 15 Aug.1998, B. Archer 1090: holo.: PERTH; iso.: 
CANB, K, MEL 2150159, NSW. 

Page image

608745 Bossiaea barrettiorum Muelleria 23: 115-116, Figs 37, (map), 39
848677 Bossiaea biloba Muelleria 23: 138
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480771
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

138 
Ross 
Figure 45. Distributions of a, Bossiaea shmilata; b, B. celala. 
Representative specimens (15 examined): c. 87.2 km E of Southern Cross towards 
Coolgardie, 9 Sept.1968, M.E. Phillips s.n. (CANB, PERTH). 10 km SSE of Duri, c. 76 km E. of 
Southern Cross, 24 Sept. 1979, K. Newby 6087 (PERTH), c. 61 km SE of Marvel Loch on Mt Day 
Rd, 28 Oct. 1991, B.H. Smith 1573 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH). 6.5 km E of Boorabbin 
Microwave Tower, 87 km E of Coolgardie P.O., 7 Nov. 1999, B. Archer 1485 (AD, MEL, 
PERTH). 
Conservation status: CALM Conservation Code for Western Australian Flora: 
Priority Three. Loealised but eommon where it occurs and exists in large communities. 
Notes: Resembles B. leptacantha, B. flexuosa, and B.simulata in being of low 
stature. From each of these it differs in that the bractcolcs arc usually rapidly caducous 
and the ovary is densely pubescent throughout. 
The flowers arc borne at or near the apex of the plants and often the slender stems 
bearing flowers arise near the base of the plant and weave their way vertically through 
the tangled mass of branches. 
Etymology: From the Latin celatus, concealed; in reference to the difficulty 
experienced in locating plants in the field which tend to blend into the surrounding 
vegetation. 
EXCLUDED WESTERN AUSTRALIAN SPECIES 
Bossiaea aciileata F. Mucll., Fragin. 2: 120 (1861) = Templetonia aciileata (F. Muell.) 
Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 170 (1864). Type: Western Australia, near the Culjong River, A. 
Oldfield-, holo.: MEL 20339. 
Bossiaea biloha Benth. in S.F.L.Endlicher et al., Enitin. PI. Nov. Holl. 36 (1837) = 
Cristonia biloha (Benth.) J. H. Ross, Mitelleria 15: 11 (2001). Type: Western Australia, 
Darling Botanical District, King Georges Sound, Hiigeb, holo.; W. 

Page image

608746 Bossiaea bossiaeoides Muelleria 23: 116-118, Figs 37 (map), 39
608735 Bossiaea calcicola Muelleria 23: 89, 91, Figs 28 (map), 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480722
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

Western Australian Bossiaea Species 
89 
SniHh 1919 (MEL, PERTH) found growing on red sand 10 km N of the Emu Fence, 
Karroun reserve, is referred tentatively to B. spinesceus. It is atypical in that the young 
branchicts arc sparingly pubescent and not distinctly winged, the upper and lower 
surfaces of some leaves are sparsely appressed pubescent, and the pedicels and calyces 
have occasional scattered hairs. In being sparingly pubescent. Smith 1919 shows an 
approach to B. calcicola which occurs on the coastal limestone plain N of Port Gregory 
and on some of the off-shore islands, but it occupies a quite different habitat to B. 
calcicola and has leaves of a different texture and colour. Hislop & Orsini MH3I6 
(PERTH) from ca 38 km NE of Dalwallinu is reminiscent of Smith 1919 in lacking 
distinctly winged young branchicts and in having sparingly pubescent young branchicts 
and scattered hairs on the lower surfaces of some leaves. It too is hesitantly referred to 
B. spiiiescens. 
20. Bossiaea calcicola J.H.Ross, sp. nov. 
B. spinescentiae Meisn. affinis, a qua ramulis juvenibus et folds et pediceliis et 
calycibus parce versus dense adprcsse-pubescentibus, petiolo neque ad superficicm 
abaxialcm folioli fere affixo, differt. 
Type. Western Australia, Irwin Distr., Kalbarri National Park, Eagle Gorge, 7 km S 
of Kalbarri, 12 Aug. 1989, D. & B. Bcllairs 1425-, holo.; PERTH. 
Compact glaucous spinescent shrub to 70 cm high, young branchicts oval in section 
to flattened, usually with a prominent decunent ridge below the point of attachment of 
each leaf, sparingly to densely clothed with appressed hairs (young shoots densely 
villous), sometimes with a white waxy outer layer that exfoliates, the abbreviated lateral 
shoots tenninating in a pungent point. Leaves alternate or appearing fascicled, 
unifoliolatc; lamina oblong, rotund, obovate-oblong or cuncatc, 1.5-7.0 mm long, 1.1- 
4.0 mm wide, rounded, obtuse, cmarginate or truncate apically, with margins not 
recurved, upper surface sparingly to densely clothed with short hairs, glabrescent, lower 
surface sparingly to densely clothed with short hairs, glabrescent, with venation visible 
in young leaves but often obscure in older leaves, simple craspedodromous, the lateral 
veins usually inserted at an angle of about 45° or almost at right angles to the midrib; 
petiole 0.6-1.2 mm long, sparingly to densely pubescent. Stipules subulate, 0.7-1.7 mm 
long, shorter or longer than the petiole, with marginal cilia or scattered hairs towards the 
base, persistent. Flowers solitary or sometimes pscudoracemose, the pedicels 4.5-7.2 
mm long, green or suffused with red, sparingly to densely clothed with appressed to 
slightly spreading hairs; bract often solitary, ovate or oblong, 0.6-1.2 mm long, with 
scattered hairs especially apically, brown, caducous or sometimes persisting; bractcolc 
oblong or obovate-oblong, 0.5-1.4 mm long, usually attached towards the apex of the 
pedicel and sometimes just overlapping the base of the calyx, with scattered hairs 
especially on the margins, along the midline and apically, usually persisting but 
sometimes caducous. Calyx sparingly to densely elothed with appressed hairs 
externally, green and suffused with red especially on the upper lobes or red throughout; 
2 upper lobes truncate or rounded, the lobes diverging, 0.9-1.3 mm long excluding the 
tube 1.7-2.9 mm long, with 3 lower lobes 0.7-1.2 mm long, acute, shorter than the tube. 
Standard 7.4-8.2 mm long including a claw 2.3-3.1 mm long, 7.8-9.5 mm wide, longer 
than the keel, internally bright yellow with a red or pinkish-red basal horseshoe-shaped 
flare around two greenish-yellow ‘eyes’ in the throat, externally the two basal ‘eyes’ 
sun'ounded by a red zone from which longitudinal red striations radiate into the lamina, 
only the lateral margins yellow; wings 5.9-7.0 mm long including a claw 2.3-3.0 mm 
long, 1.8-2.5 mm wide, externally pinkish-red; keel 5.2-5.8 mm long including a claw 

Page image

848657 Bossiaea calycina Muelleria 23: 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480693
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

60 
Ross 
apparently to an area extending southwards from near Kukerin and Tarin Rock in the 
north-west to near Kojancerup Springs and south-eastwards to Lake Magenta and 
Jerramungup (Fig. 16). Favours disturbed sites in gravel and clay soils in mallee or 
eucalypt woodland. Often found where the shrub understorey is sparse. Flowers Sept, to 
early Oct. 
Representative specimens (20 e.xamined): 29 km SE of Nyabing, 2 Sept. 1962, K. Newbey 404 
(PERTH). Jerramungup, 15 Oet.1985, J.H. Ross 3013 (MEL, PERTH). W boundary of Lake 
Magenta Nature Reserve, 23 Julyl992, MS. Graham 3S9 (PERTH). 20 km W of Lake Grace on 
Wagin-Lake Grace Rd, 1 Nov.1996, M.G. Corrick 11478 (MEL, PERTH). 1 km E of Kukerin on 
Dumblcyung-Lakc Grace Rd, 28 Sept. 1998,././/. Ro.ss 4042 (MEL, PERTH). 
Coii.seiTcitioit status'. CALM Conservation Code for Western Australian Flora: 
Priority Four. 
Notes'. A distinctive species reminiscent of B. eriocarpa from which it is easily 
distinguished by being a more rigid divaricately-branched shrub with the abbreviated 
lateral branches usually terminating in a pungent point, the young branches usually with 
a much more conspicuous white waxy outer layer so that they appear whitewashed, 
different leaf venation and smaller flowers. It has a more easterly distribution. The 
pungent-pointed divaricate abbreviated lateral shoots also distinguish B. divaricata from 
B. ornala. 
Bentham, FI. Austral. 2: 159 (1864), cited B. ktlagokks F. Mucll. as a synonym of 
B. cHvaricata in error. Bossiaea lalagokles is a synonym of B. oriiata. 
9. Bossiaea spitwsa (Turez.) Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ccske Spolccn. Nauk., Tr. Mat.-Prir. 
1921-2: 39 (1923). Platylobiiiin .spino.sitm Turez., Bull. Soe. Imp. Nat. Moscou 26: 284 
{1853). Bossiaea calycina Bcnth., FI. Austral. 2: 159 (1864), nom. illegit. Type: ‘Drum. 
V.n.84.’; 1849, J. Drummond 5th collection. No. 84; Iccto.: KW (here selected); 
isolecto.: K, MEL 651103, PERTH. 
Low rigid dense divaricate prostrate or rounded shrub to 0.4 m high; young branches 
terete, usually with an outer white waxy layer and appearing as though whitewashed, 
the waxy layer exfoliating to reveal a reddish- or greenish-brown epidermis, often fairly 
densely clothed with short spreading hairs; abbreviated lateral branches usually 
tenninating in a pungent point, often slightly recurved or arcuate. Leaves alternate or 
sometimes appearing fascicled, unifbliolate; lamina ovate or elliptic, 2.3-6.0 mm long, 
1.5-3.0 mm wide, acute or acuminate apically or sometimes depressed retusc, with 
margins not recurved, both surfaces but especially the lower with long scattered 
appressed antrorsc or slightly spreading hairs when young, glabrc,sccnt or some hairs 
persisting, with venation often obscure but simple craspedodromous, lateral nerves 
almost at right angles to midrib; petiole 0.5-2.0 mm long, with long scattered appressed 
hairs when young, glabrescent or some hairs persisting. Stipules narrowly ovate, 1.2- 
2.6 mm long, 0.4-0.8 mm wide, longer than the petiole, spreading, often reflexed 
apically, longitudinally striate, with long marginal hairs and often a few scattered hairs 
along the midlinc, brown but becoming brownish-black with age, persisting. Flowers 
solitary, with pedicels up to 3.5 mm long, sparingly to densely clothed with appressed 
hairs; bracts ovate or elliptic, increasing in size up the length of the pedicel, the 
innermost similar to the bractcolcs, 1.5-2.9 mm long, 0.7-1.6 mm wide, almost 
cymbiform, scarious, margins ciliate, persistent; bractcolcs ovate, 1.8-3.5 mm long, 
0.8-1.8 mm wide, usually inserted at or above the middle of the pedicel and overlapping 
the base of the calyx, scarious, slightly reflexed, with scattered long hairs on the surface 
and on the margins, persisting at least until the young fruits develop. Calyx green 

Page image

608758 Bossiaea celata Muelleria 23: 135-136, 138, Figs 45 (map), 46
848661 Bossiaea concinna Muelleria 23: 84
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480717
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

84 
Ross 
Bossiaea concinuci Benth., FI. Austral. 2:161 (1864) pro parte quoad spccim. 
Maxwell, K, MEL 664780. 
Compact shrub to 1.4 m high and 1.3 m wide, almost completely glabrous, 
branchlets terete, angled or slightly flattened towards the extremities, with a dccurrent 
ridge below the point of attachment of each leaf, the abbreviated lateral shoots usually 
tcmiinating in a pungent point. Leaves alternate, unifoliolate; lamina obovate, obovate- 
oblong or elliptic, (3.5) 5.0-9.0 (10.8) mm long, 2.0-3.5 (4.5) mm wide, rounded or 
obtuse apically, often glaucous, coriaceous, with margins not recurved, glabrous, with 
venation prominent or obscure, simple craspedodromous, midrib usually conspicuous 
on the lower surface and 0.2-0.3 mm wide; petiole 0.5-1.2 mm long. Stipules 0.3-0.65 
mm long, usually shorter than the petiole, nairowly triangular or subulate, persistent. 
Flowers solitary, pendulous, the pedicels mostly up to 5 mm long, rarely to 10 mm, 
glabrous; bract solitary or bracts few, when few tbc outer basal bracts ovate, up to 0.7 
mm long, not imbricate, with marginal cilia and sometimes scattered hairs along the 
midline, the uppennost bract larger and similar to the bractcoles, oblong or obovate- 
oblong, 0.7-2.1 mm long, glabrous apart from ciliatc margins especially apically, 
appressed to or clasping the pedicel, persisting until the young pods develop; bractcoles 
oblong or obovatc-oblong, 1.0-2.8 mm long, inserted slightly below or above the 
middle of the pedicel, not overlapping the base of the calyx, longitudinally striate, 
glabrous apart from marginal cilia, persisting at least until the young pods develop. 
Calyx green or suffused with purple, glabrous externally except for hairs on the margins 
of the lobes; 2 upper lobes much broader than the lower three, (1.2-) 1.5-2.0 mm long 
excluding the tube (3.5-) 4.1-5.5 mm long, rounded or obtuse, the apices diverging, 
acute, with 3 lower lobes 1.0-2.1 mm long, (0.9-) 1.2-1.5 mm wide, acute, shorter than 
the tube. Standard usually longer than wide, (9.5-) 13.0-17.4 mm long including a claw 
(2.5-) 3.5-5.0 mm long, (9.4-) 11.0-16.0 mm wide, usually slightly shorter than the 
keel, internally red or yellow, orange or apricot suffused with red and with a red or 
orange horseshoe-shaped Hare around a basal yellowish throat, sometimes the margin 
distinctly yellow or orange-yellow, externally red, yellow with pale pinkish-red 
striations radiating from the base, orange-red or apricot and with red striations; wings 
(9.0-) 11.0-18.2 mm long including a claw (3.5-) 4.0-6.1 mm long, auricicd, (2.6) 3.0- 
4.5 mm wide, externally red, orange-red, apricot or yellow apically, pinkish-red or 
yellow basally; keel (9.0-) 12.2-18.2 mm long including a claw (3.5) 4.5-7.2 mm long, 
auricicd, (2.5) 3.5-5.0 mm wide, externally pinkish apically or occasionally yellow, 
densely pubescent or woolly apically in the sinus. Stamcn-fdaments (8.4-) 9.5-17.5 mm 
long. Ovary 5.5-9.5 mm long, on a stipe 2.0-6.3 mm long, 8-15-ovulatc, glabrous 
throughout or with scattered hairs along the lower suture towards the apex and 
sometimes with scattered hairs on the valves apically. Pods oblong, L4-2.9 cm long, 
0.6-0.7 cm wide, on a stipe just exceeding the calyx, with valves inconspicuously 
venose, margins slightly thickened, glabrous or almost so. Seeds 2.3-2.6 mm long, 1.4- 
1.8 mm wide, olive to yellowish-brown with purplish mottles (Figs 10, 26). 
Di.strihiition and Itahilal: Occurs in the eastern portion of the Menzies subdistrict of 
the Darling Botanical District, the Eyre and western portion of the Roe Botanical 
Districts of the Southwestern Botanical Province from near Pingrup in the north, 
Tcntcrden in the west, eastwards to Israelite Bay (Fig. 21). Occurs in sand and on dunes 
along the coast in low shrub, Banksia or malice heathland, and away from the coast in 
sand, loam, gravel and rocky situations or low-lying areas subject to waterlogging in 
shrubland or heathland. Flowers May-Oct. 

Page image

608736 Bossiaea concinna Muelleria 23: 91, 93, 95-96, Figs 9, 28 (map), 30
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480724
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

Western Australian Bossiaea Species 
91 
2.3-2.6 mm long, 2.0-2.2 mm wide, externally pinkish-red, darker apically, densely 
woolly pubescent apically and in the sinus. Stamen-filaments 4.2-5.5 mm long. Ovary 
3.2-4.3 mm long, on a stipe 0.6-0.9 mm long, 4-6-ovulate, glabrous apart from 
scattered hairs on the lower suture especially apically and sometimes with occasional 
scattered hairs on the valves. Pods 1.2-2.2 cm long, 0.5-0.8 cm wide, on a stipe about 
as long as or just exceeding the calyx, mature valves glabrous or with occasional 
scattered hairs on the lower suture and sometimes on the valves, brown, 
inconspicuously venose. Seed (only one mature seed seen) elliptic, 3.5 mm long, 2.2 
mm wide, chestnut-brown (Fig. 29). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in the southern portion of the Carnarvon and 
northern portion of the Irwin Botanical Districts from Dirk Hartog Island in the north to 
the Hutt River lagoon in the south (Fig. 28). Favours low open heath in maritime 
situations and associated with limestone or compacted sand derived from limestone. 
Does not occur on loose sand on the coastal dunes. Found in exposed situations along 
coastal cliffs and sea-facing slopes. Flowers July-Scpt. 
Representative specimens (15 examined): East Wallabi Is, undated, G.M. Storr s.n. (PERTH 
2741180). N side of Passage Paddock, Dirk Hartog Is, 2 Sept. 1972, A.S. George 11377 (PERTH). 
Hutt Lagoon, 30 Aug. 1983, R.J. Cranfleld 4004 (PERTH). Shark Bay, False entrance, 24 
July 1988, P. Marat 8332 (PERTH). Kalbarri National Park, Natural Bridge Lookout, 22 
July 1998, D. A B. Betlairs 5005 (PERTH). East Wallabi Is, Flag Hill, 30 Aug. 1998, A.S. George 
77450 (MEL, PERTH). ’ 
Conservation status: CALM Conservation Code for Western Australia: Priority 
Four. 
Notes: The maritime habitats occupied by B. calcicola tend to be harsh and 
windswept where the plants grow either in open exposed situations or sheltered in 
amongst other shrubs. The prevailing salt-bearing winds prune the plants and kill many 
of the apical shoots so that many plants exhibit ‘die-back’. 
Superficially similar to B. spinescens but differs in having sparingly to densely 
appressed-pubcscent young stems, leaves, pedicels and calyces, thick leaves, the petiole 
not attached almost at right angles to the leaf-lamina, and quite different ecological 
preferences. 
Bo.ssiaea calcicola is poorly represented in herbaria and its range of distribution not 
adequately known. Further field work between Port Gregory and Kalbarri where its 
distribution overlaps with that of B. spinescens would be beneficial. If it was not for the 
indumentum on the young stems, leaves, pedicels and calyces, and the different 
ecological preferences, B. calcicola could possibly be accommodated in a broader 
concept of B. .spinescens. 
Etymology: From the Latin calcareus, limestone, and cola, dweller; in reference to 
the preferred habitat of this species on limestone or sands derived from limestone. 
21. Bossiaea conciniui Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 161 (1864). 
Type: ^Drummond, 5th coll. «. 81, and Suppl. n. 41 (very spinescent specimen with 
dark-coloured flowers); Grass-tree plains between M’Callum and Stokes Inlets, 
Maxwell (more leafy and less spinescent, with apparently bright yellow flowers)’: J. 
Drummond Suppl. n. 41; lecto.: K (here selected); isolecto.: MEL 651105. 

Page image

848664 Bossiaea concinna Muelleria 23: 98
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480731
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

98 
Ross 
Notes-. Bossiaeci inundata is allied to B. .spine.scens from which it differs in having 
terete to oval angled young branchlcts and the petioles are not attached almost at right 
angles to the leaf lamina. In B. inimdata the bractcoles arc invariably caducous and 
leave two prominent opposite or suboppositc scars on the pedicel whereas in B. 
spinescens the bractcoles usually persist until the young pods start to develop. The 
habitat of B. inundata and its ecological tolerances arc quite different to those of B. 
spinescens. 
Bossiaea concinna and B. atrata, two other spinescent es.scntially glabrous species 
with glabrous calyces and apically woolly-pubescent keel apices, are both much more 
rigid, dense and intricately branched slmibs than B. innndata, have different ecological 
preferences, and differ in other respects. 
Apart from the Gardner specimen which lacks a precise locality, all of the others 
were collected in the Murchison River gorge slightly upstream of the Ross Graham 
Lookout. A steep path from this Lookout descends to the river and the population of 
about one hundred plants is readily accessible. As far as is known, the plants arc 
confined to an area immediately upstream of this lookout. A brief search in late 
September 2000 below the Hawks Head Lookout revealed no plants of this taxon, but 
the rugged terrain prevented a thorough search. A search upstream where the North 
West Coastal llwy crosses the Murchison River did not reveal any plants. 
When the population was visited in September 2000, at first sight all of the plants 
appeared to be dead, only dead brown slender stems being evident. However, closer 
inspection revealed regeneration from the ba.se of most plants and the production from 
each of a few new stems, some bearing a few fiowers. Presumably the plants had been 
submerged for a long period following the passage of a cyclone at the beginning of that 
year. This periodic inundation may prevent the plants from growing into larger shrubs. 
Etymology-. From the Latin inundatns-, in reference to the habitat occupied by the 
species that results in the plants being inundated during years of high rainfall. 
23. Bossiaea atrata .1.11.Ross, sp. iiov. 
B. conchmae Benth. affinis, a qua lamina oblonga obovata-oblonga anguste elliptica 
ad fere rotunda atrovirens plana vel v-fomiata ad fere conduplicata, ct pcdiccllis ct 
calycibus atrorubis, differt. 
Type-. Western Australia, Avon District, 4.8 km [3 miles] E of Manmanning, 14 
Aug.'l990, B.H. Smith 1292-, holo.: PERTH; iso.: CANB, MEL 2011034. 
B. concinna Benth, FI. Austral. 2; 161 (1864) pro parte quoad spccim. Drummond 
5* coU. no. SI. 
Compact dense intricately branched rigid spinescent shrub to 1.2 m high and I m 
wide; young branchlcts terete to oval in section and angled with a raised dccurrcnt ridge 
below the point of attachment of each leaf but not winged, glabrous or with few 
scattered hairs especially when young, the hairs on the apices of axillary bracts often 
appearing as a tuft of hairs in the leaf axils, the abbreviated lateral shoots terminating in 
a pungent point. Leaves alternate, unifoliolate; lamina oblong, narrowly obovate- 
oblong, elliptic to almost rotund, 1.5-4.2 mm long, 1.1-2.2 mm w'idc, flat or v-shaped 
to almost conduplicatc, with margins not recurved, apex rounded to slightly acute, upper 
surface glabrous, lower surface glabrous throughout or sometimes with a few scattered 
hairs at the apex, coriaceous, with venation usually indistinct apart from the 
conspicuous midrib but simple craspedodromous; petiole 0.4-1.0 mm long, glabrous. 

Page image

608750 Bossiaea cucullata Muelleria 23: 121-123, Figs 34, 40 (map)
608680 Bossiaea dentata Muelleria 23: 37-39, Figs 6 (map), 8, 9
848615 Bossiaea dentata angustifolia Muelleria 23: 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480670
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
608681 Bossiaea dentata hastata Muelleria 23: 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480670
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
848618 Bossiaea dentata hastata Muelleria 23: 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480670
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
608682 Bossiaea dentata latifolia Muelleria 23: 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480670
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
848617 Bossiaea dentata latifolia Muelleria 23: 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480670
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
608726 Bossiaea disticha Muelleria 23: 69-71, Figs 20, 21 (map)
608720 Bossiaea divaricata Muelleria 23: 59-60, Figs 16 (map), 17
848624 Bossiaea endlicheri Muelleria 23: 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480676
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
848623 Bossiaea endlicheri ovalifolia Muelleria 23: 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480676
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
848670 Bossiaea ensata Muelleria 23: 110
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480743
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

110 
Ross 
Flowering time in the two speeies appears to differ. BossUiea pvaetermissa usually 
flowers during September and Oetober although llowcring specimens have been 
collected as early as April and as late as early November, whereas B. nifa usually 
flowers in November and December. 
When typifying B. rufa (Ross. 1994b), it was indicated that the R. Brown specimen 
in PERTH from King George’s Sound, Dec. 1801-Jan. 1802, named B. rufa consisted 
entirely of material of B. praetermissa. This is the case. However, 1 discovered 
subsequently that there is a second sheet of R. Brown material in PERTH from the same 
locality bearing the manuscript name ‘B. puipurasccns’. This latter sheet is referable to 
B. rufa and is treated here as an isoicctotype of 5. rufa. 
The distributions of B. rufa and B. praetermissa overlap in the south-west from 
approximately Scott River to Albany. 
27. Bossiaeu praetermissa J.H.Ross, Muel/eria 8: 216 (1994). Type: Western Australia, 
Darling Distr., Albany, hillside above Middleton Beach, 18 Oct.1985, M.G. Corrick 
9689; holo.: MEL 677B43: iso.: K, PERTH. 
Bossiaea rifa sensu Maund, Botanist 2: t.81 (1838), non R.Br. (1812). 
Bossiaea ensata sensu Meisn. in J.G.C.Lchmann, PI. Preiss. 1:81 (1844), non Sieb 
ex DC. (1825). 
Lax many-stemmed shrub to I m high, stems weak, prostrate or straggling and often 
supported by surrounding vegetation, flattened, winged, 1.5-7.0 mm wide, incised at the 
nodes, glabrous or sparingly clothed with appressed antrorsc hairs especially when 
young or occasionally the hairs spreading and up to 0.25 mm long. Leaves present or 
absent, when present usually confined to the young growth, alternate, unifoliolate; 
lamina rotund, obovate, or obovate- to elliptic-oblong, 6-18 mm long, (3.5-) 6.0-10.0 
(12.0) mm wide, rounded, obtuse, emarginate or slightly mucronate apically, glabrous 
throughout or with scattered appressed hairs on the lower surface especially basally, 
with venation simple craspedodromous or scmicra.spcdodromous; in the absence of a 
lamina a linear terete or subteretc appendage persists between the two adjacent stipules 
giving rise to a distinctive ‘trifid’ arrangement; petiole 1-3.5 mm long, glabrous or with 
scattered hairs. Stipules narrowly triangular or triangular, 0.7-2.5 mm long, ().2-0.5 mm 
wide, usually shorter than the petiole, sometimes oblique basally, usually glabrous apart 
from apical or marginal cilia, not or inconspicuously longitudinally striate, persistent. 
Flowers solitary, paired or occasionally pseudoracemose at the nodes, the pedicels 2-5 
mm long, clothed with short spreading hairs; bract solitaiy, ovate or oblong, 0.7-1.5 
mm long, 0.4-1 mm wide, inconspicuously longitudinally striate, usually pubescent at 
least apically and with marginal cilia or hairs along the midline, often pinkish-red, 
persistent; bracteoles oblong, 0.6-1.75 mm long, 0.2-0.5 mm wide, inserted towards the 
middle of the pedicel, often pinkish-red, margins ciliate, inconspicuously longitudinally 
striate, persistent at least until the young fruits develop. Calyx usually densely clothed 
with short spreading hairs externally but sometimes the hairs very sparse, oflen pinkish- 
red: 2 upper lobes rounded-truncate, the apices of the lobes diverging, acute, 1.0-1.8 
mm long excluding the tube 2.3-3.6 mm long, with 3 lower lobes 1.0-1.5 mm long, 
acute, shorter than the tube. Standard 7.5-9.5 mm long including a claw 3.5-4.5 mm 
long, 7-9 mm wide, longer than the keel, deep yellow internally with a deep purplish- 
red or brown horseshoe-shaped basal flare around a yellow throat, externally yellow 
with maroon, red or pale striations radiating out from the base, sometimes appearing 
somewhat marbled; wings 6.5-8.3 mm long including a claw 3.0-3.5 mm long, 1.5-2.8 
mm wide, externally reddish or maroon; keel 6.4-7.8 mm long including a claw 3.0-3.7 

Page image

608740 Bossiaea eremaea Muelleria 23: 104, 107-108, Figs 36, 37 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480737
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

104 
Ross 
Consei-vation sicitiis: CALM Conservation Code for Western Australia: Priority 2. 
Known from three populations N W, SW and E of Norseman. Seedling reeniitment was 
evident at all three populations in September 2000. 
Notes: The narrow oblong to nanowly obovate-oblong leaves distinguish B. 
aiirantiaca from B. caldcolci, the only other spinescent species with sparingly 
pubescent calyces. In addition, the two species have quite different distributions and 
ecological preferences. Likewise, leaf shape distinguishes B. aiirantiaca from the 
variant of 5. harbarae from near Lake Koorkoordinc that has occasional scattered hairs 
on the caly.\. 
Although no individual flower part is orange, the combination of yellow, pink and 
red, imparts an orange hue from a distance and, when in flower, the tlowers typically 
appear distinctly orange. 
A visit to the Mt Norcott population in September 2000 revealed that the flowers on 
many plants were essentially red. In.spcction of these red-flowered plants showed that 
the standard petals were malformed, reduced in size, and uniformly red instead of 
having a partial yellow lamina internally and externally. In contrast to the plants with 
‘normal’ standards at Mt Norcott that produced pods in profusion, none of the plants 
with malfonncd standards subsequently produced many pods. This suggests that the 
nontial pollinators were not as effective when the standards arc malfonncd. 
Etymology’: From the Latin aiirantiaciis\ in reference to the orange hue imparted by 
the flowers. 
25. Bossiaea cremaca J. H. Ross, sp. nov. 
B. spinesceiitiae Meisn. affinis, a qua strato albo cerco ramorum juvenium 
desquamato cito, foliis plerumque ad ramos juvcncs limitatis caducis cito, petalis 
carinac apicibus glabris vcl pilis aliquot dispersis, differt. 
Type: Western Australia, 129 km E of Mount Magnet on Mount Magnet-Sandstone 
rd. 21 Sept. 1998, J.H. Ross 4004; holo.: PERTH; iso.: CANB, K, MEL 2149939. 
Divaricately branched spreading shrub to 1.2m high and 1.5m wide; bark on old 
stems yellowish-brown, rough, peeling off in short longitudinal strips; young branehicts 
terete to oval in section or slightly flattened but not winged, not incised at the nodes, 
sparingly to fairly densely pubescent, glabrescent, covered with a white waxy outer 
layer that rapidly exfoliates to reveal a pitted green inner layer, usually terminating in a 
bluntish point. Leaves usually confined to the young growth, mo.stly soon caducous so 
that often the plants are apparently leafless, alternate or on short axillary shoots and 
appearing fascicled, unifoliolatc; lamina oval, elliptic to obovate-oblong, 2.2-6 (-8.5) 
mm long, (0.7-) 1.7-3.5 (-4.7) mm wide, usually emarginate apically and sometimes 
almost biiobed. usually attached almost abaxially to the petiole, upper surface glabrous, 
lower surface glabrous or with scattered hairs along the midrib or sometimes also on the 
lamina, with venation simple craspedodromous; petiole 0.5 -1.0 (1.6) mm long, 
glabrous or with scattered hairs. Stipules ovate to nanowly ovate, 0.6 -1.2 (-2.1) mm 
long, laterally confluent basally and oblique, turning black and persisting, with marginal 
cilia especially apically. Flowers solitary or pscudoracemosc at the nodes, the pedicels 
1-5 mm long, glabrous or with occasional scattered hairs; bracts imbricate, increasing in 
size up the length of the pedicel, the inner broadly ovate, 0.8-1.3 mm long, 0.6-1.0 mm 
wide, scarious, concave, with conspicuous marginal cilia and scattered hairs externally 
along the midline especially apically, persistent; braeteolcs broadly ovate, narrowly 

Page image

608690 Bossiaea eriocarpa Muelleria 23: 43-47, Figs 6 (map), 12
848646 Bossiaea eriocarpa eriocalyx Muelleria 23: 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480676
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
848621 Bossiaea eriocarpa normalis Muelleria 23: 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480676
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
608707 Bossiaea eriocarpa planifolia Muelleria 23: 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480676
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
848647 Bossiaea eriocarpa planifolia Muelleria 23: 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480676
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
608756 Bossiaea flexuosa Muelleria 23: 130, 132, Figs 35, 40 (map), 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480763
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
608709 Bossiaea gilbertii Muelleria 23: 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480676
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

Western Australian Bossiaea Species 
43 
The anthers of B. piilchella are unique in that the adaxial inner faces of the thecae 
are clothed with long dense hairs, especially ajtically. Bossiaea piilchella is also unusual 
in that the ovaries possess only 1 or 2 ovules, and the pods arc scarcely longer than 
broad. 
5. Bossiaea eriocarpa Bcnth. in S.F.L.Endlicher et ai, Eniim. PL Hiiegel 36 (1837); 
Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 159 (1864). Bossiaea eriocarpa var. normalis Bcnth., FL Austral. 
2: 159 (1864). Type: ‘King Georges Sound, (lltigel)'; Huegel, lecto.: W (here selected); 
isolccto.; K. 
Bossiaea ovalijblia Endl. in S.F.L.Endlicher et al., Nov. Stirp. Dec. 3: 21 (1839). 
Bossiaea encilieheri var. ovalijblia (Endl.) Mcisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Preiss. 1: 83 
(1844). Bossiaea encilieheri Meisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Prei.'is. 1; 83 (1844), nom. 
illegit. Type: ‘Colitur in horto llugcliano’; lecto.; W (here selected). 
Bossiaea gilhertii Turez., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 26: 286 (1853). Type: 
‘Gilbert 313. cum B. eriocarpa Bth. mixta’; Gilbert 313: lecto.; KW (here selected). 
Bo.ssiaea nenvsa Mcisn., Bot. Zeit. 10; 31 (1855). Type: ‘Drumm. Coll. VI. n. 29’; 
between Moore and Murchison Rivers, J. Drummond 6''' coll., n. 29: lecto.; NY (here 
selected); isolccto.; K, MEL 105233. 
Bossiaea eriocarpa var. eriocaly.x Bcnth., FL Austral. 2: 159 (1864). Type: Swan 
River, J. Drummond255: lecto.: K (here selected); isolccto.: MEL 651112. 
Bossiaea eriocarpa var. planijblia Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk.. Tr. 
Mat.-Prir. 1921-2, 2: 39 (1923). Type: ‘Mallet cum praeecdente’ [A.A. Donien-Smith]; 
Western Australia, A. Dorrien Smith: lecto.: K (here selected). 
Shrub to 0.6 (-1) m high; young branchlets terete or slightly llattcncd, usually 
densely pubescent or villous with hairs to 2 mm long but sometimes glabrous or almost 
so, sometimes with a thin outer white waxy layer and appearing as though whitewashed. 
Leaves alternate, unifoliolatc; lamina narrow-oblong or linear, rarely elliptic, 0.5-2.5 (- 
3.5) cm long, 1.5-6 mm wide, base slightly cordate, apex obtuse or retuse and usually 
mucronatc, the mucro often recurved or slightly uncinate, upper surface arched up on 
cither side of a depressed midrib, shiny, glabrous throughout and often scabrous or 
sometimes with scattered hairs throughout or the hairs confined to the midrib, lower 
surface paler than the upper, midrib prominent, glabrous throughout, with hairs 
confined to the midrib or densely pubescent throughout, with margins recurved, 
sometimes obscuring much of the lower surface of the lamina, with venation simple 
craspedodromous, the lateral veins inserted almost at right angles to the midrib and 
terminating at the margin; petiole 0.8-2 mm long, often with a small apical dorsal spur, 
glabrous to densely villous. Stipules subulate, setaceous or nanovviy ovate, sometimes 
asymmetric basally, 0.6-4 mm long, longer than the petiole when young, scarious, 
longitudinally striate, persistent, glabrous or pubescent, spreading, sometimes arcuate. 
Flowers solitary or sometimes paired or in threes or pscudoraccmosc, with pedicels 0.3- 
2 cm long, glabrous to densely villous, the hairs often spreading and up to 2 mm long, 
with a series of scarious imbricate basal bracts that increase in size up the length of the 
pedicel; bracts very variable in size and number, with outer basal bract 1-2 mm long, 
0.8-1.5 mm wide, the innermost bract usually 2-7 mm long, 2—4.5 mm wide, glabrous 
except for marginal cilia or pubescent, occasionally the innermost pair of bracts greatly 
enlarged, narrowly elliptic or ovate, up to 12 mm long and 4.5 mm wide and enveloping 
the young flower buds and bractcolcs, longitudinally striate, glabrous or pubescent, 
rapidly caducous or sometimes persistent; bractcoles very variable, usually inserted a 
short distance below the calyx and often overlapping the base of the calyx, narrowly 
ovate or elliptic, 0.15-11.5 mm long, 0.8-3.2 mm wide, brown, scarious or not. 

Page image

848644 Bossiaea gilbertii Muelleria 23: 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480676
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

Western Australian Bossiaea Species 
43 
The anthers of B. piilchella are unique in that the adaxial inner faces of the thecae 
are clothed with long dense hairs, especially ajtically. Bossiaea piilchella is also unusual 
in that the ovaries possess only 1 or 2 ovules, and the pods arc scarcely longer than 
broad. 
5. Bossiaea eriocarpa Bcnth. in S.F.L.Endlicher et ai, Eniim. PL Hiiegel 36 (1837); 
Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 159 (1864). Bossiaea eriocarpa var. normalis Bcnth., FL Austral. 
2: 159 (1864). Type: ‘King Georges Sound, (lltigel)'; Huegel, lecto.: W (here selected); 
isolccto.; K. 
Bossiaea ovalijblia Endl. in S.F.L.Endlicher et al., Nov. Stirp. Dec. 3: 21 (1839). 
Bossiaea encilieheri var. ovalijblia (Endl.) Mcisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Preiss. 1: 83 
(1844). Bossiaea encilieheri Meisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Prei.'is. 1; 83 (1844), nom. 
illegit. Type: ‘Colitur in horto llugcliano’; lecto.; W (here selected). 
Bossiaea gilhertii Turez., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 26: 286 (1853). Type: 
‘Gilbert 313. cum B. eriocarpa Bth. mixta’; Gilbert 313: lecto.; KW (here selected). 
Bo.ssiaea nenvsa Mcisn., Bot. Zeit. 10; 31 (1855). Type: ‘Drumm. Coll. VI. n. 29’; 
between Moore and Murchison Rivers, J. Drummond 6''' coll., n. 29: lecto.; NY (here 
selected); isolccto.; K, MEL 105233. 
Bossiaea eriocarpa var. eriocaly.x Bcnth., FL Austral. 2: 159 (1864). Type: Swan 
River, J. Drummond255: lecto.: K (here selected); isolccto.: MEL 651112. 
Bossiaea eriocarpa var. planijblia Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk.. Tr. 
Mat.-Prir. 1921-2, 2: 39 (1923). Type: ‘Mallet cum praeecdente’ [A.A. Donien-Smith]; 
Western Australia, A. Dorrien Smith: lecto.: K (here selected). 
Shrub to 0.6 (-1) m high; young branchlets terete or slightly llattcncd, usually 
densely pubescent or villous with hairs to 2 mm long but sometimes glabrous or almost 
so, sometimes with a thin outer white waxy layer and appearing as though whitewashed. 
Leaves alternate, unifoliolatc; lamina narrow-oblong or linear, rarely elliptic, 0.5-2.5 (- 
3.5) cm long, 1.5-6 mm wide, base slightly cordate, apex obtuse or retuse and usually 
mucronatc, the mucro often recurved or slightly uncinate, upper surface arched up on 
cither side of a depressed midrib, shiny, glabrous throughout and often scabrous or 
sometimes with scattered hairs throughout or the hairs confined to the midrib, lower 
surface paler than the upper, midrib prominent, glabrous throughout, with hairs 
confined to the midrib or densely pubescent throughout, with margins recurved, 
sometimes obscuring much of the lower surface of the lamina, with venation simple 
craspedodromous, the lateral veins inserted almost at right angles to the midrib and 
terminating at the margin; petiole 0.8-2 mm long, often with a small apical dorsal spur, 
glabrous to densely villous. Stipules subulate, setaceous or nanovviy ovate, sometimes 
asymmetric basally, 0.6-4 mm long, longer than the petiole when young, scarious, 
longitudinally striate, persistent, glabrous or pubescent, spreading, sometimes arcuate. 
Flowers solitary or sometimes paired or in threes or pscudoraccmosc, with pedicels 0.3- 
2 cm long, glabrous to densely villous, the hairs often spreading and up to 2 mm long, 
with a series of scarious imbricate basal bracts that increase in size up the length of the 
pedicel; bracts very variable in size and number, with outer basal bract 1-2 mm long, 
0.8-1.5 mm wide, the innermost bract usually 2-7 mm long, 2—4.5 mm wide, glabrous 
except for marginal cilia or pubescent, occasionally the innermost pair of bracts greatly 
enlarged, narrowly elliptic or ovate, up to 12 mm long and 4.5 mm wide and enveloping 
the young flower buds and bractcolcs, longitudinally striate, glabrous or pubescent, 
rapidly caducous or sometimes persistent; bractcoles very variable, usually inserted a 
short distance below the calyx and often overlapping the base of the calyx, narrowly 
ovate or elliptic, 0.15-11.5 mm long, 0.8-3.2 mm wide, brown, scarious or not. 

Page image

608753 Bossiaea halophila Muelleria 23: 125, 127, Figs 34, 40 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480758
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
608737 Bossiaea inundata Muelleria 23: 96-98, Figs 28 (map), 31
848608 Bossiaea laidlawiana Muelleria 23: 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480669
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

36 
Ross 
tliese number[s] are very irregularly preser\'ed in the Hookerian herbarium which has 
the most complete set. The first collection was distributed in the first instance as sent 
over here without numbers, of this I see numerous specimens from the Hookerian. my 
own, Lindley’s and other herbaria, corresponding specimens were afterwards sent with 
numbers which were not regularly entered in the herbaria which had them without 
numbers — then came successively the 2'^ 3** 4"' 5'*' and b* collections and various 
supplements all separately numbered and often in Sir William’s set not numbered so 
that there is always the greatest uncertainty about the numbering and I once thought of 
not giving the numbers at all for fear of leading into error—sometimes also the numbers 
badly written have been misread and erroneously copied.’ (Bentham, 1867). Drummond 
could have learnt much about labelling specimens from his contemporary Ludwig 
Preiss. 
2b. Bossiaea CKiitifoliiim subsp. laidltnviana (Tovey & P.Morris) J.H.Ross, Miielleria 
8 : 206 (1994). Bossiaea laidlawiana Tovey & P. Morris, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria new 
ser. 34: 207 (1922). Type: ‘Pemberton and Manjimup, Warren district. West Australia, 
Max Koch, No. 2244 Oct., Dec. 1918; Western Australia, (in National Herbarium, 
Melbourne, without collector’s name or precise locality.)’: Pemberton (Big Brook), A/. 
Koch 2244, Oct., Dec. 1918; Iccto.: MEL 6512S9-, isoiccto.: AD, MEL 65/290, 651293. 
Young branchlets sparingly to densely pubescent; leaves angular, only the apex 
terminating in a pungent point but the margin with numerous (11-25) teeth or points 
and usually not deeply sinuate; standard yellow internally with a discontinuous basal 
red flare around a greenish-yellow throat, the fiarc represented by a red patch on cither 
side of the yellow throat and often with a red spot in the centre (the centrefold at the 
base of the standard) of the throat; wings cxtemally red basally and yellow apically. 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs from the vicinity of Nannup south and south- 
eastwards to just south-west of Lake Muir. Favours clay-loam soils which sometimes 
contain gravel. Most commonly encountered as an understorcy to Eucalyptus 
diversicolor but sometimes found with E. marginata and E. diversicofor, with E. 
marginata and Coiyinbia calophylla, or in stands of all three species. Flowers Sept.- 
Nov. 
Representative specimens (70 examined): Pemberton, Oct. 1963. IV. Rogerson 83 (PERTH); 
Beedelup Falls, Becdclup National Park. 9 Sept. 1965, A.C. Beaugicliole 12637 (MEL); 
Davidson's Rd. (W of Manjimup) near comer of Coronation Rd., 10 Oct. 1984, M.G. Corrick 9239 
(MEL, PERTH); 12.7 km NE of Pemberton on Vasse Hvvy, 14 Oct.1985. y.7/. Ro.ss 2997 (MEL, 
PERTH); 4 km N of Donnelly River Mill (Wheatley), 13 Oct.1992, T.D. Macfarlane 2068(2) 
(MEL, PERTH); 7 km SSW of Lake Muir, 7 Sept. 1995, RJ. Cranjleld 10362 (MEL, PERTH). 
Consolation status: Relatively widespread and not under threat at present. 
Notes: Several specimens from an area south and south-east of Nannup, for example 
Corrick 9233, 9242, 10554 (MEL), are difficult to place in cither subspecies with 
certainty. These have been referred with some doubt to subsp. laidlawiana. 
Occasional flowers on a few specimens, for example, Macfarlane 2068(2) from 4 
km N of Donnelly River Mill (MEL, PERTH), Corrick 9242 from 7 km N of Donnelly 
River Mill (MEL), Ross 2995 from Pemberton (MEL) and Ross 2988 from Davidson 
Rd., 14.9 km E of the Vasse Hwy (MEL, PERTH), possess an extra pair of basal bracts. 
Flowers bearing the extra pair of basal bracts occur sporadically among flowers with the 
usual two basal bracts. 

Page image

608712 Bossiaea lalagoides Muelleria 23: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480680
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
848653 Bossiaea lalagoides Muelleria 23: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480680
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
608725 Bossiaea laxa Muelleria 23: 67-69, Figs 16 (map), 19
608752 Bossiaea leptacantha Muelleria 23: 123-124, Figs 35, 40 (map), 41
608724 Bossiaea linophylla Muelleria 23: 65-67, Figs 16 (map), 19
848658 Bossiaea linophylla aurantiaca Muelleria 23: 65
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480698
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
848659 Bossiaea linophylla splendens Muelleria 23: 65
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480698
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
608723 Bossiaea modesta Muelleria 23: 62, 64, Fig. 16 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480695
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
608708 Bossiaea nervosa Muelleria 23: 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480676
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
848645 Bossiaea nervosa Muelleria 23: 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480676
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
608711 Bossiaea ornata Muelleria 23: 47, 51, 53-56, Figs 6 (map), 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480680
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

Western Australian liossiaeu Species 
47 
Mcisncr based his description of B. endlicheri var. minor on Preiss WOO from ‘In 
region, interior. Aiistraliae occidentalis et meridionali-occidentalis’. There is a specimen 
of Preiss 1000 in LD: there does not appear to be a specimen of Preiss WOO in 
Meisner’s own herbarium in NY. 
Meisner based his description of B. nervosa on ./. Drummond, 6th coll., no. 29. 1 
here select the Drutnmond specimen in NY as the lectotype of B. nen’osa. There is a 
specimen in LD labelled ‘Drummond 3rd coll. No. 29’. This specimen is a good match 
of the lectotype of B. nervosa in NY but, as it is attributed to Drummond’s 3rd 
collection rather than his 6th (possibly in error), it is not treated as type material. 
Bcntham, FI. Austral. 2: 159 (1864), cited in synonymy under B. eriocarpa var. 
eriocalyx Bcnth. both B. endlicheri var. angustijblia and B. gilbertii. Bentham had 
access to ‘James Drummond n. 255 ct coll I’ upon which Meisner based his B. 
endlicheri var. angustifolia, but indicated that he had not seen Gilbert 313, the type of 
B. gilbertii. 1 here select J. Drummond 255 at K as the lectotype of B. eriocarpa var. 
eriocalyx. An isolcctotypc is at MEL {651112). 
6. Bossiaea ornata (Lindl.) Benth., FL Austral. 2: 158 (1864). Lalage ornata Lindl., 
Edwards's Bot. Reg. 20: t.l722 (1834); Meisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 85 
(1844). Type: ‘A native of the south-west coast of New Holland, where its seeds were 
collected by Mr. Baxter. Our drawing was made in Mr Knight's Nursery in April last.’; 
lecto.: Bot. Reg. 20: t.l722 (here selected). 
Lalage hoveifolia (as hoveaefolia) Bcnth. in Lindley, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 25, 
appendix [to vols.1-23: Sketch Veg. Swan River] : xv (1839); Meisn. in 
J.G.C.Lchmann, PL Preiss. 1; 86 (1844). Type: Not cited. Western Australia, 1839, J. 
Drummond', lecto.: K (here selected); isolecto.; CGE. 
Lalage acuminata Meisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Prei.ss. I: 86 (1844). Type: ‘In 
districtu Wellington, m. Dec. 1839. sterilis. Herb. Preiss. No. 1003’; lecto.: LD (here 
selected); isolecto.: MEL 10591L 
Lalage angustifolia Meisn. in J.G.C.Lchmann, PL Prei.ss. 1: 86 (1844). Type: ‘Swan 
River, James Drummond n. 253’; lecto.: K (here selected); isolccto.:MEL W59I2. 
Lalage stipularis Meisn. in J.G.C.Lchmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 87 (1844). Type: ‘In 
region, interior. Aiistraliae occidentalis sterilis Herb. Preiss. No. 1006’; lecto.: LD (here 
selected). 
Bossiaea lalagoides F. Mucll., Fragm. 4: 12 (1863). Type: ‘In praeruptis ad flumen 
Gardner’s river. Maxw.’; lecto.: MEL 105232 (here selected); isolecto.:K. 
Shnib usually to 1.2 m high but sometimes to 2 m, often with many stems arising 
from a woody rootstock, young branchlets terete or oval in section to slightly flattened, 
usually densely pubescent or villous but sometimes glabrous. Leaves alternate, 
unifoliolatc; lamina extremely variable, ovale, broadly ovate, narrowly ovate or linear- 
oblong, (0.8-) 1.6-6.0 cm long, (0.2-) 0.5-3.0 (-3.8) cm wide, often cordate or rounded 
basally, acute or mucronate apically, the mucro often slightly uncinate or recurved, 
coriaceous, with margins entire, flat or sometimes almost revolute, upper surface 
densely appressed pubescent when young but soon becoming glabrous, scabrous, lower 
surface sparingly to densely appressed or spreading pubescent or glabrous, with 
venation semicraspedodromous or mixed craspedodromous to reticulodromous; petiole 
1.5^.0 mm long, densely pubescent, villous or glabrous. Stipules subulate to narrowly 
ovate, sometimes asymmetric basally, 2-6 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, longer than the 
petiole, scarious, longitudinally striate, persistent, pubescent or villous, often recurved. 
Flowers solitary or more irsually 2 or 3 together, subtended by a series of up to 13 
reddish-brown scarious imbricate basal bracts that increase in size up the length of the 

Page image

608710 Bossiaea ovalifolia Muelleria 23: 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480676
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

Western Australian Bossiaea Species 
43 
The anthers of B. piilchella are unique in that the adaxial inner faces of the thecae 
are clothed with long dense hairs, especially ajtically. Bossiaea piilchella is also unusual 
in that the ovaries possess only 1 or 2 ovules, and the pods arc scarcely longer than 
broad. 
5. Bossiaea eriocarpa Bcnth. in S.F.L.Endlicher et ai, Eniim. PL Hiiegel 36 (1837); 
Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 159 (1864). Bossiaea eriocarpa var. normalis Bcnth., FL Austral. 
2: 159 (1864). Type: ‘King Georges Sound, (lltigel)'; Huegel, lecto.: W (here selected); 
isolccto.; K. 
Bossiaea ovalijblia Endl. in S.F.L.Endlicher et al., Nov. Stirp. Dec. 3: 21 (1839). 
Bossiaea encilieheri var. ovalijblia (Endl.) Mcisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Preiss. 1: 83 
(1844). Bossiaea encilieheri Meisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Prei.'is. 1; 83 (1844), nom. 
illegit. Type: ‘Colitur in horto llugcliano’; lecto.; W (here selected). 
Bossiaea gilhertii Turez., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 26: 286 (1853). Type: 
‘Gilbert 313. cum B. eriocarpa Bth. mixta’; Gilbert 313: lecto.; KW (here selected). 
Bo.ssiaea nenvsa Mcisn., Bot. Zeit. 10; 31 (1855). Type: ‘Drumm. Coll. VI. n. 29’; 
between Moore and Murchison Rivers, J. Drummond 6''' coll., n. 29: lecto.; NY (here 
selected); isolccto.; K, MEL 105233. 
Bossiaea eriocarpa var. eriocaly.x Bcnth., FL Austral. 2: 159 (1864). Type: Swan 
River, J. Drummond255: lecto.: K (here selected); isolccto.: MEL 651112. 
Bossiaea eriocarpa var. planijblia Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk.. Tr. 
Mat.-Prir. 1921-2, 2: 39 (1923). Type: ‘Mallet cum praeecdente’ [A.A. Donien-Smith]; 
Western Australia, A. Dorrien Smith: lecto.: K (here selected). 
Shrub to 0.6 (-1) m high; young branchlets terete or slightly llattcncd, usually 
densely pubescent or villous with hairs to 2 mm long but sometimes glabrous or almost 
so, sometimes with a thin outer white waxy layer and appearing as though whitewashed. 
Leaves alternate, unifoliolatc; lamina narrow-oblong or linear, rarely elliptic, 0.5-2.5 (- 
3.5) cm long, 1.5-6 mm wide, base slightly cordate, apex obtuse or retuse and usually 
mucronatc, the mucro often recurved or slightly uncinate, upper surface arched up on 
cither side of a depressed midrib, shiny, glabrous throughout and often scabrous or 
sometimes with scattered hairs throughout or the hairs confined to the midrib, lower 
surface paler than the upper, midrib prominent, glabrous throughout, with hairs 
confined to the midrib or densely pubescent throughout, with margins recurved, 
sometimes obscuring much of the lower surface of the lamina, with venation simple 
craspedodromous, the lateral veins inserted almost at right angles to the midrib and 
terminating at the margin; petiole 0.8-2 mm long, often with a small apical dorsal spur, 
glabrous to densely villous. Stipules subulate, setaceous or nanovviy ovate, sometimes 
asymmetric basally, 0.6-4 mm long, longer than the petiole when young, scarious, 
longitudinally striate, persistent, glabrous or pubescent, spreading, sometimes arcuate. 
Flowers solitary or sometimes paired or in threes or pscudoraccmosc, with pedicels 0.3- 
2 cm long, glabrous to densely villous, the hairs often spreading and up to 2 mm long, 
with a series of scarious imbricate basal bracts that increase in size up the length of the 
pedicel; bracts very variable in size and number, with outer basal bract 1-2 mm long, 
0.8-1.5 mm wide, the innermost bract usually 2-7 mm long, 2—4.5 mm wide, glabrous 
except for marginal cilia or pubescent, occasionally the innermost pair of bracts greatly 
enlarged, narrowly elliptic or ovate, up to 12 mm long and 4.5 mm wide and enveloping 
the young flower buds and bractcolcs, longitudinally striate, glabrous or pubescent, 
rapidly caducous or sometimes persistent; bractcoles very variable, usually inserted a 
short distance below the calyx and often overlapping the base of the calyx, narrowly 
ovate or elliptic, 0.15-11.5 mm long, 0.8-3.2 mm wide, brown, scarious or not. 

Page image

848622 Bossiaea ovalifolia Muelleria 23: 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480676
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

Western Australian Bossiaea Species 
43 
The anthers of B. piilchella are unique in that the adaxial inner faces of the thecae 
are clothed with long dense hairs, especially ajtically. Bossiaea piilchella is also unusual 
in that the ovaries possess only 1 or 2 ovules, and the pods arc scarcely longer than 
broad. 
5. Bossiaea eriocarpa Bcnth. in S.F.L.Endlicher et ai, Eniim. PL Hiiegel 36 (1837); 
Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 159 (1864). Bossiaea eriocarpa var. normalis Bcnth., FL Austral. 
2: 159 (1864). Type: ‘King Georges Sound, (lltigel)'; Huegel, lecto.: W (here selected); 
isolccto.; K. 
Bossiaea ovalijblia Endl. in S.F.L.Endlicher et al., Nov. Stirp. Dec. 3: 21 (1839). 
Bossiaea encilieheri var. ovalijblia (Endl.) Mcisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Preiss. 1: 83 
(1844). Bossiaea encilieheri Meisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Prei.'is. 1; 83 (1844), nom. 
illegit. Type: ‘Colitur in horto llugcliano’; lecto.; W (here selected). 
Bossiaea gilhertii Turez., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 26: 286 (1853). Type: 
‘Gilbert 313. cum B. eriocarpa Bth. mixta’; Gilbert 313: lecto.; KW (here selected). 
Bo.ssiaea nenvsa Mcisn., Bot. Zeit. 10; 31 (1855). Type: ‘Drumm. Coll. VI. n. 29’; 
between Moore and Murchison Rivers, J. Drummond 6''' coll., n. 29: lecto.; NY (here 
selected); isolccto.; K, MEL 105233. 
Bossiaea eriocarpa var. eriocaly.x Bcnth., FL Austral. 2: 159 (1864). Type: Swan 
River, J. Drummond255: lecto.: K (here selected); isolccto.: MEL 651112. 
Bossiaea eriocarpa var. planijblia Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk.. Tr. 
Mat.-Prir. 1921-2, 2: 39 (1923). Type: ‘Mallet cum praeecdente’ [A.A. Donien-Smith]; 
Western Australia, A. Dorrien Smith: lecto.: K (here selected). 
Shrub to 0.6 (-1) m high; young branchlets terete or slightly llattcncd, usually 
densely pubescent or villous with hairs to 2 mm long but sometimes glabrous or almost 
so, sometimes with a thin outer white waxy layer and appearing as though whitewashed. 
Leaves alternate, unifoliolatc; lamina narrow-oblong or linear, rarely elliptic, 0.5-2.5 (- 
3.5) cm long, 1.5-6 mm wide, base slightly cordate, apex obtuse or retuse and usually 
mucronatc, the mucro often recurved or slightly uncinate, upper surface arched up on 
cither side of a depressed midrib, shiny, glabrous throughout and often scabrous or 
sometimes with scattered hairs throughout or the hairs confined to the midrib, lower 
surface paler than the upper, midrib prominent, glabrous throughout, with hairs 
confined to the midrib or densely pubescent throughout, with margins recurved, 
sometimes obscuring much of the lower surface of the lamina, with venation simple 
craspedodromous, the lateral veins inserted almost at right angles to the midrib and 
terminating at the margin; petiole 0.8-2 mm long, often with a small apical dorsal spur, 
glabrous to densely villous. Stipules subulate, setaceous or nanovviy ovate, sometimes 
asymmetric basally, 0.6-4 mm long, longer than the petiole when young, scarious, 
longitudinally striate, persistent, glabrous or pubescent, spreading, sometimes arcuate. 
Flowers solitary or sometimes paired or in threes or pscudoraccmosc, with pedicels 0.3- 
2 cm long, glabrous to densely villous, the hairs often spreading and up to 2 mm long, 
with a series of scarious imbricate basal bracts that increase in size up the length of the 
pedicel; bracts very variable in size and number, with outer basal bract 1-2 mm long, 
0.8-1.5 mm wide, the innermost bract usually 2-7 mm long, 2—4.5 mm wide, glabrous 
except for marginal cilia or pubescent, occasionally the innermost pair of bracts greatly 
enlarged, narrowly elliptic or ovate, up to 12 mm long and 4.5 mm wide and enveloping 
the young flower buds and bractcolcs, longitudinally striate, glabrous or pubescent, 
rapidly caducous or sometimes persistent; bractcoles very variable, usually inserted a 
short distance below the calyx and often overlapping the base of the calyx, narrowly 
ovate or elliptic, 0.15-11.5 mm long, 0.8-3.2 mm wide, brown, scarious or not. 

Page image

608754 Bossiaea oxyclada Muelleria 23: 127-128, Figs 35, 40 (map)
848665 Bossiaea paucifolia Muelleria 23: 108
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480741
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

108 
Fioss 
The glabrous ovaries and emarginate eadiieous leaves distinguish B. eremaea from B. 
spinosa and B. lUvaricata vvhieh both have densely villous ovaries and. furthermore, its 
distributional range and eeologieal preferenees are quite different. 
Wind-blown sand tends to accumulate around the base of plants and individual older 
plants sometimes spread by layering. 
In the type locality in 1998 most plants were heavily infested with spherical and/or 
fusiform galls inhabited by members of the superfamily Chalcidoidcac. The family in 
question is not known but is thought to be cither Pteromalidac, Eulophidae, Torymidae 
or Eurytomidac (C. McPhcc. pers. comm.). Initially it was thought that the insects 
inhabiting the galls may be responsible for defoliating the plants but apparently this is 
not the case. Similar galls were noted on the specimen collected near White Cliffs ITS. 
and have been observed occasionally on other species of Bossiewa. 
Etymology: From the Greek, eremaios, desert; in reference to the occurrence of the 
species on deep .sand in the Eremacan Botanical Province. 
26. Bossiaea ritfci R.Br. in W.T.Aiton. Hortus Kew. edn 2. 4: 267 (1812); DC.. Prodr. 2: 
117 (1825). Type: ‘Nat. of the South-West Coast ofNew Holland. Robert Brown. Esq.’; 
King Georges Sound. R. Brown 4S3I\ Iccto.: BM; isolecto.: CANB, PERTH. 
Bossiaea paiicifolia Benth. in Lindicy. Edwards's Bol. Reg. 27 misc.: 53, no. 108 
(1841), non sensu Lindicy, Edwards's Bol. Reg. 29; 63 (1843); Walp., Repert. Bol. Sysl. 
1: 578 (1842); Mcisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 81 (1844). Type: ‘A little Swan 
River bush.I have been favoured with .specimens by R. Mangles Esq. of Sunning 
Hill, and by Messrs. Lowe and Co. of Clapton and it has also llowcred in the gardens of 
the Horticultural Society.’; Swan River. 1839, J. Drummond: Iccto.: CGE. 
Bos.siaea virgala Hook., Bot. Mag. t.3986 (1842); Walp.. Repert. Bol. Sysl. 2: 833 
(1843). Bo.ssiaea rufa var. virgala (Hook.) Benth., FI. Austral.2: 166 (1864). Type: ‘A 
Swan River species, detected and introduced to this country by Mr James Drummond, 
by seeds, received by Mr Murray in the Glasgow Botanic Garden, where the plant 
flowered in June, 1842.’; Swan River,./. Drummond Isl coll., no. 56: lecto.: K. 
Bossiaea rufa var. normaiis Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 166 (1864). Type as for B. rufa. 
Lax many-stemmed shrub to 2 m high, stems erect or straggling and supported by 
surrounding vegetation, flattened, winged, 1.5-10 mm wide, incised at the nodes, 
glabrous or sparingly clothed with appressed or slightly spreading hairs especially when 
young. Leaves present or absent, when present usually confined to the young growth, 
alternate, unifoliolate; lamina obovatc, obovatc-oblong, elliptic to narrow-elliptic, 7-29 
mm long. 2.2-10.0 mm wide, rounded, obtuse, emarginate or mucronatc apically, with 
margins flat or slightly rccurv'ed, glabrous throughout or with occasional scattered 
appressed hairs on the lower surface, with venation semieraspedodromous; petiole 1.5- 
4.5 mm long, glabrous. Stipules 1-3 mm long. (0.4-) 0.7-1.0 mm wide, usually shorter 
than the petiole, ovate or narrowly ovate, often oblique and asymmetric basally, 
longitudinally striate, usually glabrous apart from marginal cilia and scattered hairs 
towards the apex, sometimes the opposing stipules laterally confiuent for much of their 
length, persistent. Flowers solitary or paired at the nodes, the pedicels (3-) 5-10 mm 
long, glabrous or sometimes sparingly pubescent; bract solitary, narrow-ovate, 1-2 mm 
long, 0.6-1.2 mm wide, scarious, glabrous or with marginal cilia, or with hairs along the 
midlinc, longitudinally striate, usually rapidly caducous and only visible in young bud; 
bracteolcs narrow-elliptic, 1.3-2.5 (-3.5) mm long, 0.8-1.2 mm wide, scarious, 
glabrous or with marginal cilia, often inserted above the middle of the pedicel, rapidly 
caducous and leaving two prominent scars, only visible in young bud. Calyx glabrous 

Page image

848663 Bossiaea paucifolia Muelleria 23: 86
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480719
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

86 
Ross 
Representative specimens (107 examined): 9 km SW of Pingrup on Rd to Borden, 8 
Mayl969, P.G. Wilson 8290 (PERTH). Boat Harbour. 100 km due E of Albany, 14 Aug.1970, 
N.G. Marchant 70/137 (PERTH). Dillon Bay, 4 Oct.1981, M.G. Corrick 7714 (MEL). 31 km 
from Mt Ragged towards Esperance, 9 Sept. 1983, J. Taylor 1590 & P. OUerensbaw (CANB, 
MEL, PERTH). Thomas R. mouth. Cape Arid, 13 June 1985, GJ. Keighety 7775 (PERTH). 5 km 
E of Condingup, 26 May 1996, B. Archer 328B (MEL). 
Consen’ation status: Not threatened at present. 
Notes: Bossiaeapreissii is distinguished readily from the other spinescent species by 
having pendulous flowers in which the keel petals arc about the same length as the 
standard. In addition, the colour of the flowers in B. preissii is different. 
Flower colour may vary considerably from plant to plant within a single population. 
This is well illustrated by a suite of specimens in MEL from near Condingup {B. Archer 
328, 328A. 328B, 360, 361, 362, 363, 368, 368A). In addition to this variation in flower 
colour, the size of the flowers is also variable and occasional plants within a population, 
for c.xample B. Archer 328, have smaller flowers than usual. Flower size is less variable 
than flower colour. These differences in flower colour and size do not appear to be 
taxonomically significant. The Maxwell syntype of B. concinna Benth. from between 
M’Callum and Stokes Inlets is a small-flowered specimen of B. preissii. 
Typification: As indicated by Meisner, the Preiss material upon which he based his 
description of B. preissii is very poor. Indeed, Meisner deserves credit for assigning it to 
the correct genus! I here select the specimen of Preiss 986 in NY, which formed part of 
Meisner’s own herbarium, as the lectotype of B. preissii. The specimen consists of a 
twig about 8 cm long on which the remains of a solitary flower arc visible. The 
specimen of Preiss 986 in LD is larger (13.5 cm long) but sterile. 
19. Bossiaea spinescens Mcisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Preiss. 1: 82 (1844) 
Bossiaea rtifa R. Br. vav. foliosa Benth., FI. Austral. 2 : 166 (1864). 
Type: Tn limoso-Iapidosis sterilibus summitatis montis Blakewell (York) d. 11. 
Sept.1839, Herb. Preiss 1031..’; syn.: LD, MEL 664707, NY; ‘et in glareosis sylvae 
inter praedia rustica Dom. Barker et Lcnnard (York)’d. 12.Apr. 1840, No. [Preiss] 
1030’; syn.; LD; ‘(Drummond 259 et coll. 1.)’; syn.: K, MEL 664704. 
Bossiaeapaucifolia sensu Lindley, Edwards's Bot. Reg. 29: t.63 (1843), non Benth. 
(1841). 
Slender spreading or compact spinescent shrub to 2 m high and 1.5 m wide; young 
branchlets oval in section to flattened and narrowly winged, usually with a conspicuous 
decurrent ridge below the point of attachment of each leaf, glabrous or with few 
scattered hairs especially when very young, with a tuft of hairs at the base of each bud 
in the leaf axil, the abbreviated lateral shoots often slightly deflexed, tenninating in a 
pungent point. Leaves alternate or appearing fascicled, unifoliolate; the petiole typically 
attached almost at right angles to the lamina and the lamina held in a slightly different 
plane to the petiole, lamina oblong, obovatc-oblong, obovate or oval, 2-10 mm long, 
1.0-4.2 (5.5) mm wide, rounded, obtuse, truncate or emarginatc apically, concolorous, 
with margins not recurv'cd, upper surface glabrous, lower surface glabrous or with 
occasional scattered hairs along the midrib, with venation visible in young leaves but 
often obscure in older leaves, simple craspedodromous, the lateral veins usually inserted 
at an angle of about 45” to the midrib; petiole 0.6-1.5 mm long, glabrous or with 
occasional scattered hairs. Stipules subulate to narrow-ovate, 0.5—1.7 mm long, usually 
shorter than the petiole, scarious, glabrous or with scattered hairs especially towards the 

Page image

608727 Bossiaea peduncularis Muelleria 23: 71, 75, Figs 21 (map), 22
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480704
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
848672 Bossiaea phylloclada Muelleria 23: 116
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480749
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

116 
Ross 
the pedicel, glabrous apart from marginal cilia especially towards the apex and 
sometimes with hairs apically along the midline, inconspieuoiisly longitudinally striate, 
persistent at least until the young fruits develop. Calyx glabrous externally apart froin 
hairs on the margins of the lobes, apparently suffused with pink or red; 2 upper lobes 
rounded-truncate, the apices of the lobes diverging, aeute, 2.3 mm long e.xcluding the 
tube 3.1 mm long, with 3 lower lobes 1.3 mm long, acute, shorter than the tube. 
Standard 9.2 mm long including a claw 2.9 mm long, 8.5 mm wide, shorter than the 
keel, deep yellow internally with a faint discontinuous red horseshoe-shaped basal tlarc 
around a paler yellow throat, externally yellow with faint red longitudinal striations 
radiating from the base into the lamina; wings 8.0 mm long including a claw 2.1 mm 
long, 1.7-1.8 mm wide, distinctly auricicd ba.sally, uniformly yellow, glabrous; keel 9.6 
mm long including a claw 2.8 mm long, 3.8 mm wide, externally yellow or greenish- 
yellow, glabrous apically in the sinus. Stamen-filaments 6.7-8.0 mm long. Ovaiy 7-9 
mm long, on a stipe up to 1.3 mm long, 11-ovulate, glabrous; style 2 mm long. Pods 
oblong, 2.7-4.8 cm long, 0.65-0.8 cm wide, the stipe exceeding the calyx, with valves 
inconspicuously transversely venose, glabrous, dark reddish- brown when mature. 
Seeds ellipsoid, 3.5-3.9 mm long, 2.0-2.4 mm wide, chestnut-brown with subtle darker 
mottles (Fig. 39). 
Disirihution and liahilal: Known only from two populations on the summit of a 
single sandstone massif north of the Prince Regent River (M. Barrett, pers. comm.) in 
the Gardner Botanical District of the Northern Botanical Province (Fig. 37). Occurs in 
shallow sand amongst rocks with Triodia sp. at the base of a low sandstone ridge on the 
summit of the sandstone massif. Flowers December-January. 
Conseira/ion skilns: CALM Conservation Code for Western Australa; Priority One. 
Possibly not at risk because of its remote isolated location but known from only two 
populations about 2 km apart. 
Notes: 1 have had access only to the type collection and the above description is 
based on that collection alone. Bossiaea harrelfioniin differs from B. bossiaeoides, the 
only other Bossiaea species in the Kimberley, in being a much smaller spreading or 
semi-prostrate shnib with much narrower cladodcs, and in having smaller llowers with 
glabrous standard and keel petals. Bossiaea hossiaeoides has been recorded llowcring 
during most months of the year. It is not known whether B. harredioriiin docs likewise. 
Superficially reminiscent of B. praetermissa and B. nifa which occur on the south 
coast in the Southwestern Botanical Province thousands of kilometres away. Bossiaea 
praetermissa differs in having pubescent pedicels and calyces, differently coloured 
corollas and stipulate leaves, whereas B. rtifa has caducous bracteolcs, differently 
coloured corollas and keel petals that are densely pubescent or woolly apically in the 
sinus. 
Etymoiogv: The species is named in honour of Matthew and Russell Barrett who 
discovered it, along with several other novelties, during field work in the Kimberleys 
conducted in the wet season. 
29. Bossiaea hossiaeoides (A.Cunn. ex Bcnth.) Court, Muelleria 2: 139 (1971). Acacia 
hossiaeoides A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. in Hook., Land. J. Bot. 1: 323 (1842). Type: ‘Liverpool 
Range, N. Coast, [Northern Territory], A. Cunningham.’; lecto.: K. 
Bossiaea pliylloclada F. Muell., Trans. Phil. Inst. Victoria 3: 52 (1859). Type: ‘on 
the edges of the sandstone tableland, and on stony declivities, and barren bushy 

Page image

608742 Bossiaea praetermissa Muelleria 23: 110, 115, Figs 34, 37 (map), 38,
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480743
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

110 
Ross 
Flowering time in the two speeies appears to differ. BossUiea pvaetermissa usually 
flowers during September and Oetober although llowcring specimens have been 
collected as early as April and as late as early November, whereas B. nifa usually 
flowers in November and December. 
When typifying B. rufa (Ross. 1994b), it was indicated that the R. Brown specimen 
in PERTH from King George’s Sound, Dec. 1801-Jan. 1802, named B. rufa consisted 
entirely of material of B. praetermissa. This is the case. However, 1 discovered 
subsequently that there is a second sheet of R. Brown material in PERTH from the same 
locality bearing the manuscript name ‘B. puipurasccns’. This latter sheet is referable to 
B. rufa and is treated here as an isoicctotype of 5. rufa. 
The distributions of B. rufa and B. praetermissa overlap in the south-west from 
approximately Scott River to Albany. 
27. Bossiaeu praetermissa J.H.Ross, Muel/eria 8: 216 (1994). Type: Western Australia, 
Darling Distr., Albany, hillside above Middleton Beach, 18 Oct.1985, M.G. Corrick 
9689; holo.: MEL 677B43: iso.: K, PERTH. 
Bossiaea rifa sensu Maund, Botanist 2: t.81 (1838), non R.Br. (1812). 
Bossiaea ensata sensu Meisn. in J.G.C.Lchmann, PI. Preiss. 1:81 (1844), non Sieb 
ex DC. (1825). 
Lax many-stemmed shrub to I m high, stems weak, prostrate or straggling and often 
supported by surrounding vegetation, flattened, winged, 1.5-7.0 mm wide, incised at the 
nodes, glabrous or sparingly clothed with appressed antrorsc hairs especially when 
young or occasionally the hairs spreading and up to 0.25 mm long. Leaves present or 
absent, when present usually confined to the young growth, alternate, unifoliolate; 
lamina rotund, obovate, or obovate- to elliptic-oblong, 6-18 mm long, (3.5-) 6.0-10.0 
(12.0) mm wide, rounded, obtuse, emarginate or slightly mucronate apically, glabrous 
throughout or with scattered appressed hairs on the lower surface especially basally, 
with venation simple craspedodromous or scmicra.spcdodromous; in the absence of a 
lamina a linear terete or subteretc appendage persists between the two adjacent stipules 
giving rise to a distinctive ‘trifid’ arrangement; petiole 1-3.5 mm long, glabrous or with 
scattered hairs. Stipules narrowly triangular or triangular, 0.7-2.5 mm long, ().2-0.5 mm 
wide, usually shorter than the petiole, sometimes oblique basally, usually glabrous apart 
from apical or marginal cilia, not or inconspicuously longitudinally striate, persistent. 
Flowers solitary, paired or occasionally pseudoracemose at the nodes, the pedicels 2-5 
mm long, clothed with short spreading hairs; bract solitaiy, ovate or oblong, 0.7-1.5 
mm long, 0.4-1 mm wide, inconspicuously longitudinally striate, usually pubescent at 
least apically and with marginal cilia or hairs along the midline, often pinkish-red, 
persistent; bracteoles oblong, 0.6-1.75 mm long, 0.2-0.5 mm wide, inserted towards the 
middle of the pedicel, often pinkish-red, margins ciliate, inconspicuously longitudinally 
striate, persistent at least until the young fruits develop. Calyx usually densely clothed 
with short spreading hairs externally but sometimes the hairs very sparse, oflen pinkish- 
red: 2 upper lobes rounded-truncate, the apices of the lobes diverging, acute, 1.0-1.8 
mm long excluding the tube 2.3-3.6 mm long, with 3 lower lobes 1.0-1.5 mm long, 
acute, shorter than the tube. Standard 7.5-9.5 mm long including a claw 3.5-4.5 mm 
long, 7-9 mm wide, longer than the keel, deep yellow internally with a deep purplish- 
red or brown horseshoe-shaped basal flare around a yellow throat, externally yellow 
with maroon, red or pale striations radiating out from the base, sometimes appearing 
somewhat marbled; wings 6.5-8.3 mm long including a claw 3.0-3.5 mm long, 1.5-2.8 
mm wide, externally reddish or maroon; keel 6.4-7.8 mm long including a claw 3.0-3.7 

Page image

608731 Bossiaea preissii Muelleria 23: 83-86, Figs 10, 21 (map), 26
608688 Bossiaea pulchella Muelleria 23: 39, 42-43, Figs 6 (map), 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480672
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
608732 Bossiaea rigida Muelleria 23: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480716
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

Western Australian Bossiaea Species 
83 
Representative specimens (30 examined); Frank i lann National Park, 7 Aug. 1978, D. Monk 
318 (PERTH); 17 km NE of Scaddan on Truslove Rd, 9 Sept.1983, P. van cier Moezel 277 
(PERTH); Lake Halbert, 8 km E of Mt Ridley, 12 Oet.1991, W.R. Archer 1210912 (MEL, 
PERTH); Fuller Rd, 35.8 km NW of Salmon Gums P.O., 4 Oct. 1997, B. Archer 768 (MEL, 
PERTH); Lake Pallcrup, 22.5 km SE of Lake King Goods Shed, 13 Oct. 1997, B. Archer 836 
(MEL, PERTH); Ridley Rd, 12 km E of Grass Patch, 8 Nov. 1997,5. Archer 854 (MEL, PERTH). 
Cunservettion status: Relatively widespread and not threatened at present. 
Notes: Bossictea barharae is a member of the group of spincscent species with 
sparingly to densely pubescent young branchlets, glabrous calyces, glabrous ovaries 
(apart from hairs on the sutures and occasional scattered hairs on the surface of the 
valves), and apically woolly-pubescent keel petals. Bossiaea harbarae is distinguished 
from the other species by its small (1.2-3.9 mm long) thick glaucous leaves with the 
lamina flat or slightly v-shaped in section, the margins not or scarcely recurved, the 
apex rounded or often depressed-retuse, the midrib prominent on the lower surface, 
slightly raised and 0.1-0.2 mm wide, and the upper and lower surfaces typically 
sparingly to densely clothed with straight appressed hairs or crinkled somewhat 
spreading hairs. 
The degree of development of the indumentum on the young leaves varies and to 
some extent appears to be correlated with distribution. The lamina is typically sparingly ' 
to densely clothed with straight appressed or crinkled somewhat spreading hairs but 
occasionally the hairs are very tightly coiled (E of Hyden and W of Lake King in the 
north-west) or the lamina is almost glabrous throughout (Mt Heywood in the east). 
These extreme expressions arc considered no more than part of the overall variation 
within the species. Even when the leaves are more or less glabrous, the young growth of 
the current season is still sparingly to densely clothed with appressed hairs which, 
together with the distinctive small leaves, distinguishes B. barbarae from the spincscent 
species with glabrous new growth such as B. spinescens and B. concinna. 
Shrubs arc usually greyish-green in appearance, except for the light green flush of 
new growth. Plants are compact when growing in the open but lax when growing in the 
shade beneath Melaleuca spp. 
Material from Lake Koorkoordine, Newby 8414 (PERTH); Ross 4062. 4063 & 
Archer (MEL, PERTH) has a slightly different facies, is slightly atypical, apparently 
separated from other populations by a large discontinuity, and is included in this species 
with some hesitation. Ross 4062. 4063 & Archer are unusual in that the branchlets arc 
almost glabrous apart from the youngest growth of the current season, and in having 
occasional scattered hairs on the pedicels and calyces. Leaf shape distinguishes these 
specimens from B. aurautiaca and B. calcicola, the other spincscent species with 
sparingly pubescent calyces and pedicels. 
Etymology: The species is named in honour of Barbara Archer of Norseman who has 
contributed greatly to this study of the Western Australian species of Bossiaea, and 
assisted many others in advancing knowledge of the Western Australian flora. 
18. Bossiaea preissii Mcisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PI. Preiss. I: 82 (1844). Type: Tn 
glarcosis stcrilibus inter fruticcs promontorii Cape Riche, d, 20 Nov. 1840. specimina 
pauca, manca. Herb. Preiss. 986’; Iccto.; NY (here selected); isoiccto.: LD. 
Bossiaea rigida Turez., Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 26; 285 (1853). Type: ‘Drum. 
V. n. 79.’, 1849, J. Drummond, 5th collection, no. 79\ lecto.: KW (here selected); 
isoiccto.: K, MEL 664727, PERTH. 

Page image

848660 Bossiaea rigida Muelleria 23: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480716
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

Western Australian Bossiaea Species 
83 
Representative specimens (30 examined); Frank i lann National Park, 7 Aug. 1978, D. Monk 
318 (PERTH); 17 km NE of Scaddan on Truslove Rd, 9 Sept.1983, P. van cier Moezel 277 
(PERTH); Lake Halbert, 8 km E of Mt Ridley, 12 Oet.1991, W.R. Archer 1210912 (MEL, 
PERTH); Fuller Rd, 35.8 km NW of Salmon Gums P.O., 4 Oct. 1997, B. Archer 768 (MEL, 
PERTH); Lake Pallcrup, 22.5 km SE of Lake King Goods Shed, 13 Oct. 1997, B. Archer 836 
(MEL, PERTH); Ridley Rd, 12 km E of Grass Patch, 8 Nov. 1997,5. Archer 854 (MEL, PERTH). 
Cunservettion status: Relatively widespread and not threatened at present. 
Notes: Bossictea barharae is a member of the group of spincscent species with 
sparingly to densely pubescent young branchlets, glabrous calyces, glabrous ovaries 
(apart from hairs on the sutures and occasional scattered hairs on the surface of the 
valves), and apically woolly-pubescent keel petals. Bossiaea harbarae is distinguished 
from the other species by its small (1.2-3.9 mm long) thick glaucous leaves with the 
lamina flat or slightly v-shaped in section, the margins not or scarcely recurved, the 
apex rounded or often depressed-retuse, the midrib prominent on the lower surface, 
slightly raised and 0.1-0.2 mm wide, and the upper and lower surfaces typically 
sparingly to densely clothed with straight appressed hairs or crinkled somewhat 
spreading hairs. 
The degree of development of the indumentum on the young leaves varies and to 
some extent appears to be correlated with distribution. The lamina is typically sparingly ' 
to densely clothed with straight appressed or crinkled somewhat spreading hairs but 
occasionally the hairs are very tightly coiled (E of Hyden and W of Lake King in the 
north-west) or the lamina is almost glabrous throughout (Mt Heywood in the east). 
These extreme expressions arc considered no more than part of the overall variation 
within the species. Even when the leaves are more or less glabrous, the young growth of 
the current season is still sparingly to densely clothed with appressed hairs which, 
together with the distinctive small leaves, distinguishes B. barbarae from the spincscent 
species with glabrous new growth such as B. spinescens and B. concinna. 
Shrubs arc usually greyish-green in appearance, except for the light green flush of 
new growth. Plants are compact when growing in the open but lax when growing in the 
shade beneath Melaleuca spp. 
Material from Lake Koorkoordine, Newby 8414 (PERTH); Ross 4062. 4063 & 
Archer (MEL, PERTH) has a slightly different facies, is slightly atypical, apparently 
separated from other populations by a large discontinuity, and is included in this species 
with some hesitation. Ross 4062. 4063 & Archer are unusual in that the branchlets arc 
almost glabrous apart from the youngest growth of the current season, and in having 
occasional scattered hairs on the pedicels and calyces. Leaf shape distinguishes these 
specimens from B. aurautiaca and B. calcicola, the other spincscent species with 
sparingly pubescent calyces and pedicels. 
Etymology: The species is named in honour of Barbara Archer of Norseman who has 
contributed greatly to this study of the Western Australian species of Bossiaea, and 
assisted many others in advancing knowledge of the Western Australian flora. 
18. Bossiaea preissii Mcisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PI. Preiss. I: 82 (1844). Type: Tn 
glarcosis stcrilibus inter fruticcs promontorii Cape Riche, d, 20 Nov. 1840. specimina 
pauca, manca. Herb. Preiss. 986’; Iccto.; NY (here selected); isoiccto.: LD. 
Bossiaea rigida Turez., Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 26; 285 (1853). Type: ‘Drum. 
V. n. 79.’, 1849, J. Drummond, 5th collection, no. 79\ lecto.: KW (here selected); 
isoiccto.: K, MEL 664727, PERTH. 

Page image

608741 Bossiaea rufa Muelleria 23: 108-110, Figs 37 (map) 38,

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 23: 108-110, Figs 37 (map) 38,".

848669 Bossiaea rufa Muelleria 23: 110
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480743
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

110 
Ross 
Flowering time in the two speeies appears to differ. BossUiea pvaetermissa usually 
flowers during September and Oetober although llowcring specimens have been 
collected as early as April and as late as early November, whereas B. nifa usually 
flowers in November and December. 
When typifying B. rufa (Ross. 1994b), it was indicated that the R. Brown specimen 
in PERTH from King George’s Sound, Dec. 1801-Jan. 1802, named B. rufa consisted 
entirely of material of B. praetermissa. This is the case. However, 1 discovered 
subsequently that there is a second sheet of R. Brown material in PERTH from the same 
locality bearing the manuscript name ‘B. puipurasccns’. This latter sheet is referable to 
B. rufa and is treated here as an isoicctotype of 5. rufa. 
The distributions of B. rufa and B. praetermissa overlap in the south-west from 
approximately Scott River to Albany. 
27. Bossiaeu praetermissa J.H.Ross, Muel/eria 8: 216 (1994). Type: Western Australia, 
Darling Distr., Albany, hillside above Middleton Beach, 18 Oct.1985, M.G. Corrick 
9689; holo.: MEL 677B43: iso.: K, PERTH. 
Bossiaea rifa sensu Maund, Botanist 2: t.81 (1838), non R.Br. (1812). 
Bossiaea ensata sensu Meisn. in J.G.C.Lchmann, PI. Preiss. 1:81 (1844), non Sieb 
ex DC. (1825). 
Lax many-stemmed shrub to I m high, stems weak, prostrate or straggling and often 
supported by surrounding vegetation, flattened, winged, 1.5-7.0 mm wide, incised at the 
nodes, glabrous or sparingly clothed with appressed antrorsc hairs especially when 
young or occasionally the hairs spreading and up to 0.25 mm long. Leaves present or 
absent, when present usually confined to the young growth, alternate, unifoliolate; 
lamina rotund, obovate, or obovate- to elliptic-oblong, 6-18 mm long, (3.5-) 6.0-10.0 
(12.0) mm wide, rounded, obtuse, emarginate or slightly mucronate apically, glabrous 
throughout or with scattered appressed hairs on the lower surface especially basally, 
with venation simple craspedodromous or scmicra.spcdodromous; in the absence of a 
lamina a linear terete or subteretc appendage persists between the two adjacent stipules 
giving rise to a distinctive ‘trifid’ arrangement; petiole 1-3.5 mm long, glabrous or with 
scattered hairs. Stipules narrowly triangular or triangular, 0.7-2.5 mm long, ().2-0.5 mm 
wide, usually shorter than the petiole, sometimes oblique basally, usually glabrous apart 
from apical or marginal cilia, not or inconspicuously longitudinally striate, persistent. 
Flowers solitary, paired or occasionally pseudoracemose at the nodes, the pedicels 2-5 
mm long, clothed with short spreading hairs; bract solitaiy, ovate or oblong, 0.7-1.5 
mm long, 0.4-1 mm wide, inconspicuously longitudinally striate, usually pubescent at 
least apically and with marginal cilia or hairs along the midline, often pinkish-red, 
persistent; bracteoles oblong, 0.6-1.75 mm long, 0.2-0.5 mm wide, inserted towards the 
middle of the pedicel, often pinkish-red, margins ciliate, inconspicuously longitudinally 
striate, persistent at least until the young fruits develop. Calyx usually densely clothed 
with short spreading hairs externally but sometimes the hairs very sparse, oflen pinkish- 
red: 2 upper lobes rounded-truncate, the apices of the lobes diverging, acute, 1.0-1.8 
mm long excluding the tube 2.3-3.6 mm long, with 3 lower lobes 1.0-1.5 mm long, 
acute, shorter than the tube. Standard 7.5-9.5 mm long including a claw 3.5-4.5 mm 
long, 7-9 mm wide, longer than the keel, deep yellow internally with a deep purplish- 
red or brown horseshoe-shaped basal flare around a yellow throat, externally yellow 
with maroon, red or pale striations radiating out from the base, sometimes appearing 
somewhat marbled; wings 6.5-8.3 mm long including a claw 3.0-3.5 mm long, 1.5-2.8 
mm wide, externally reddish or maroon; keel 6.4-7.8 mm long including a claw 3.0-3.7 

Page image

848662 Bossiaea rufa foliosa Muelleria 23: 86
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480719
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
848668 Bossiaea rufa normalis Muelleria 23: 108
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480741
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
848675 Bossiaea rufa oxyclada Muelleria 23: 127
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480760
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
848667 Bossiaea rufa virgata Muelleria 23: 108
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480741
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
608755 Bossiaea saxosa Muelleria 23: 129-130, Figs 35, 40 (map), 42
608757 Bossiaea simulata Muelleria 23: 132-133, 135, Figs 35, 44, 45 (map)
608729 Bossiaea smithiorum Muelleria 23: 77-78, Figs 21 (map), 24
848674 Bossiaea sp. Muelleria 23: 121
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480754
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

Western Australian Bossicieci Species 
121 
or clay-loam, in creek beds and on rocky outcrops. Not usually associated with salt 
lakes but occasionally found on high ground on the perimeter of a salt lake or on raised 
islands in salt lakes. Flowers usually late July-Nov., although sometimes in autumn 
(May) in New South Wales. 
Represeiikitive specimens (132 specimens examined): 36.8 km [23 miles] NE of Southern 
Cross, 5 Sept. 1966. K. Nenhv 2532 (PERTH). 4.8 km [3 miles] NE of Tamala Stn H.S., 27 
Aug. 1969, A.S. George 9566 (MEL, PERTH). Done Is., 20 June 1974, K.F. Keimeally s.n. 
(PERTH OlOlllll). 22 km WSW of Mt Pleasant, 5 Oct. 1980, K. Newby 7756 (PERTH). Mt 
Jackson. 25 Sept. 1986, B.H. Smilh 757 (CANS, MEL, PERTH). 5 km S of Balladonia Roadhouse 
on Balladonia Roadhouse-Mt Ragged Rd, 3 Aug. 1995, B. Archer 23 (AD, BRI, HO, K, MEL, 
NSW. PERTH). 
Conservation status: Not threatened eurrently. 
Notes: The most widely distributed of the leafless species of Bossiaea in Australia. 
The differences between B. walkeri and B. cnciillata, the only two leafless species with 
large pendulous llowers, are discussed under the latter. 
The pendulous nature of the (lowers, the reduced size of the standard relative to the 
keel petals, and the large elongated keel petals suggest that B. walkeri is pollinated by 
birds. The notes accompanying B. Archer 780 (MEL) record Singing Moneyeaters, 
Spiny-Chcckcd Moneyeaters and Blue-Breasted Fairy Wrens visiting llowering plants. ' 
The seeds of ZJ. walkeri are rather small in relation to the size of the pods. 
31. Bossiaea cucullata J.11.Ross, Mnelleria 11:8 (1998). Western Australia, Roe 
Distr., western shore of Lake King, 14 Oct.1997, B. Archer 840; holo.: MEL 2044725; 
iso.: K, PERTH. 
Bossiaea sp. sensu Corrick & Fuhrer, Wildllowers of southern Western Australia 56, 
pi. 129(1996). 
Rigid dense multi-stemmed much-branched grey-green shrub to 2 m high and 5 m 
wide, almost eompletely glabrous except for hairs in the axils of the scale leaves and the 
young growth sparingly to densely elothed with appressed hairs; branches terete to oval 
or slightly flattened, ultimate branches of cladodcs 2-5 mm wide, narrowly winged, 
notched at the nodes, sometimes terminating in a pungent point, usually with a white 
waxy surface that exfoliates when the branches dry. Leaves reduced to dark brown 
ovate scales 0.7-1.5 mm long, the scales sometime splitting apically into two lobes, 
with marginal cilia and hairs externally e.specially along the midlinc, persistent. Flowers 
solitary at the nodes or rarely paired, pendulous, the pedicels up to 5 mm long, usually 
glabrous above the bractcoles and sparingly to densely clothed with appressed hairs 
below; bracts imbricate, brown, broadly ovate, increasing in size from the outer to the 
inner, the uppermost 0.9-1.1 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide, appressed to the pedicel, 
often some distance above the other bracts, similar to the bractcoles, with conspicuous 
marginal cilia and appressed hairs externally, persistent; bractcoles broadly ovate 1.0- 
1.2 mm long, 0.7-0.9 mm wide, inserted towards the middle of the pedicel, brown, with 
marginal cilia and scattered appressed hairs externally especially towards the apex, 
persisting until the pods mature. Calyx green suffused with puqolish-brown on the 
adaxial surface, glabrous externally apart from hairs on the margins of the lobes, 
pubescent internally; 2 upper lobes very much larger than the lower three and longer 
than the tube, 4.9-10.2 mm long excluding the tube 2.3-4.4 mm long, rounded, lobes 
acute, with 3 lower lobes LI-2.4 mm long, shorter than the tube, acute to acuminate, 
somewhat recurved apically. Standard much shorter than the keel, 10.0-14.4 mm long 
including a claw 2.5-5.0 mm long, 10.0-15.5 mm wide, externally usually deep yellow 

Page image

608719 Bossiaea sp. Frankland (E.M.Sandiford EMS 896) Muelleria 23: 56-57, 59, Figs 15, 16 (map)
608733 Bossiaea spinescens Muelleria 23: 86-89, Figs 27, 28 (map)
608721 Bossiaea spinosa Muelleria 23: 60, 62, Figs 9, 16 (map), 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480693
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
848678 Bossiaea strigillosa Muelleria 23: 140
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480773
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

140 
Ross 
Bossiaea strigillosa Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 157 (1864) = Piiltenaea rotundifolia 
(Turcz.) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 121 (1864). Type: Western Australia, J. Drummond 5th 
coll.?, no. 81; Iccto.: K. 
Bossiaea sulcata Mcisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Preiss. 1:81 (1844) = Templetoiiia 
sulcata (Mcisn.) Benth., FL Austral. 2: 171 (1864). Type: Western Australia, Avon 
Botanical District, Avon River, York, Preiss 1028; lecto.: NY, here selected; isolccto.: 
K, LD. MEL 20340. 
Acknowledgements 
1 wish to express my appreciation to Basil and Mary Smith of Manmanning for their 
hospitality on several occasions and for responding to numerous requests over the years 
and collecting excellent material; my fornicr colleague Margaret Corrick for collecting 
many interesting excellent specimens and who, until the species was described formally, 
was the only person to collect B. modesta; Barbara Archer of Norseman who has 
pursued species of Bo.ssiaea relentlessly and with great vigour for a number of years and 
in so doing has extended the range of distribution of many known species considerably, 
discovered a previously unknown species (B. arcuata), collected numerous beautifully 
prepared specimens with accompanying photographs and contributed much to the 
current understanding of the genus; Mike Hislop, Western Australian Herbarium, who 
discovered and drew my attention to the taxon here described as B. la.xa and to a 
number of other interesting specimens; Russell & Matthew Barrett, Kings Park and 
Botanic Garden, for drawing my attention to the taxon here described as B. 
barrettiorum; Greg Keighery, Department of Conservation and Land Management, for 
infonnation about B. sp. Waroona; Catriona MePhee, Museum of Victoria, for 
identifying the insects responsible for gall fonnation in B. eremaea; Messrs Ian 
Brookcr, Lyn Craven and Bruce Maslin for identifying respectively specimens of 
Eucalyptus, Melaleuca and Acacia growing in association with Bo.ssiaea species; a 
succession of Australian Botanical Liaison Officers based at the Herbarium, Royal 
Botanic Gardens, Kew, for responding to queries; the Directors of AD, CANB, DNA, 
K. LD, NY, PERTH and W for the loan of specimens or access to their collections; Sara 
Maroskc and Monika Wells, successive Project Officers for the Mueller 
Correspondence Project, for access to copies of correspondence to and from Mueller; 
Mali Moir for executing the illustrations; Jenny Tonkin for assistance in compiling 
distribution data, generating the distribution maps, and preparing the figures; and my 
colleague Neville Walsh for correcting the Latin diagnoses. 
References 
Beard, J.S. (1980). A new phylogeographie map of Western Australia. Western Australian 
Herbarium Research Notes 3: 37-58. 
Bentham, G. (1863a). Prefaee to Flora Ausiraliensis, Vol.l, p. 10. Lovell Reeve & Co., London. 
Bentham. G. (1863b). Letter to F. Mueller dated 12 October 1863. RB MSS M4, Library, Royal 
Botanic Gardens. Melbourne. 
Bentham, G. (1864). Flora Australiensis, Vol. 2, Lovell tfeeve & Co., London. 
Bentham, G. (1867). Letter to F. Mueller dated 17 November 1867. RB MSS M4, Library, Royal 
Botanic Gardens Melbourne. 
Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2003). Phylogeny and embryo sac evolution in the endemic 
Australasian papilionoid tribes Mirbelieac and Bossiaeeae. In Klitgaard, B.B. and Bruneau, A 
(eds) Advances in Legume Systematics 10: 253 -268. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, England. 

Page image

608763 Bossiaea sulcata Muelleria 23: 140
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480773
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

140 
Ross 
Bossiaea strigillosa Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 157 (1864) = Piiltenaea rotundifolia 
(Turcz.) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 121 (1864). Type: Western Australia, J. Drummond 5th 
coll.?, no. 81; Iccto.: K. 
Bossiaea sulcata Mcisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Preiss. 1:81 (1844) = Templetoiiia 
sulcata (Mcisn.) Benth., FL Austral. 2: 171 (1864). Type: Western Australia, Avon 
Botanical District, Avon River, York, Preiss 1028; lecto.: NY, here selected; isolccto.: 
K, LD. MEL 20340. 
Acknowledgements 
1 wish to express my appreciation to Basil and Mary Smith of Manmanning for their 
hospitality on several occasions and for responding to numerous requests over the years 
and collecting excellent material; my fornicr colleague Margaret Corrick for collecting 
many interesting excellent specimens and who, until the species was described formally, 
was the only person to collect B. modesta; Barbara Archer of Norseman who has 
pursued species of Bo.ssiaea relentlessly and with great vigour for a number of years and 
in so doing has extended the range of distribution of many known species considerably, 
discovered a previously unknown species (B. arcuata), collected numerous beautifully 
prepared specimens with accompanying photographs and contributed much to the 
current understanding of the genus; Mike Hislop, Western Australian Herbarium, who 
discovered and drew my attention to the taxon here described as B. la.xa and to a 
number of other interesting specimens; Russell & Matthew Barrett, Kings Park and 
Botanic Garden, for drawing my attention to the taxon here described as B. 
barrettiorum; Greg Keighery, Department of Conservation and Land Management, for 
infonnation about B. sp. Waroona; Catriona MePhee, Museum of Victoria, for 
identifying the insects responsible for gall fonnation in B. eremaea; Messrs Ian 
Brookcr, Lyn Craven and Bruce Maslin for identifying respectively specimens of 
Eucalyptus, Melaleuca and Acacia growing in association with Bo.ssiaea species; a 
succession of Australian Botanical Liaison Officers based at the Herbarium, Royal 
Botanic Gardens, Kew, for responding to queries; the Directors of AD, CANB, DNA, 
K. LD, NY, PERTH and W for the loan of specimens or access to their collections; Sara 
Maroskc and Monika Wells, successive Project Officers for the Mueller 
Correspondence Project, for access to copies of correspondence to and from Mueller; 
Mali Moir for executing the illustrations; Jenny Tonkin for assistance in compiling 
distribution data, generating the distribution maps, and preparing the figures; and my 
colleague Neville Walsh for correcting the Latin diagnoses. 
References 
Beard, J.S. (1980). A new phylogeographie map of Western Australia. Western Australian 
Herbarium Research Notes 3: 37-58. 
Bentham, G. (1863a). Prefaee to Flora Ausiraliensis, Vol.l, p. 10. Lovell Reeve & Co., London. 
Bentham. G. (1863b). Letter to F. Mueller dated 12 October 1863. RB MSS M4, Library, Royal 
Botanic Gardens. Melbourne. 
Bentham, G. (1864). Flora Australiensis, Vol. 2, Lovell tfeeve & Co., London. 
Bentham, G. (1867). Letter to F. Mueller dated 17 November 1867. RB MSS M4, Library, Royal 
Botanic Gardens Melbourne. 
Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2003). Phylogeny and embryo sac evolution in the endemic 
Australasian papilionoid tribes Mirbelieac and Bossiaeeae. In Klitgaard, B.B. and Bruneau, A 
(eds) Advances in Legume Systematics 10: 253 -268. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, England. 

Page image

848679 Bossiaea sulcata Muelleria 23: 140
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480773
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

140 
Ross 
Bossiaea strigillosa Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 157 (1864) = Piiltenaea rotundifolia 
(Turcz.) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 121 (1864). Type: Western Australia, J. Drummond 5th 
coll.?, no. 81; Iccto.: K. 
Bossiaea sulcata Mcisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Preiss. 1:81 (1844) = Templetoiiia 
sulcata (Mcisn.) Benth., FL Austral. 2: 171 (1864). Type: Western Australia, Avon 
Botanical District, Avon River, York, Preiss 1028; lecto.: NY, here selected; isolccto.: 
K, LD. MEL 20340. 
Acknowledgements 
1 wish to express my appreciation to Basil and Mary Smith of Manmanning for their 
hospitality on several occasions and for responding to numerous requests over the years 
and collecting excellent material; my fornicr colleague Margaret Corrick for collecting 
many interesting excellent specimens and who, until the species was described formally, 
was the only person to collect B. modesta; Barbara Archer of Norseman who has 
pursued species of Bo.ssiaea relentlessly and with great vigour for a number of years and 
in so doing has extended the range of distribution of many known species considerably, 
discovered a previously unknown species (B. arcuata), collected numerous beautifully 
prepared specimens with accompanying photographs and contributed much to the 
current understanding of the genus; Mike Hislop, Western Australian Herbarium, who 
discovered and drew my attention to the taxon here described as B. la.xa and to a 
number of other interesting specimens; Russell & Matthew Barrett, Kings Park and 
Botanic Garden, for drawing my attention to the taxon here described as B. 
barrettiorum; Greg Keighery, Department of Conservation and Land Management, for 
infonnation about B. sp. Waroona; Catriona MePhee, Museum of Victoria, for 
identifying the insects responsible for gall fonnation in B. eremaea; Messrs Ian 
Brookcr, Lyn Craven and Bruce Maslin for identifying respectively specimens of 
Eucalyptus, Melaleuca and Acacia growing in association with Bo.ssiaea species; a 
succession of Australian Botanical Liaison Officers based at the Herbarium, Royal 
Botanic Gardens, Kew, for responding to queries; the Directors of AD, CANB, DNA, 
K. LD, NY, PERTH and W for the loan of specimens or access to their collections; Sara 
Maroskc and Monika Wells, successive Project Officers for the Mueller 
Correspondence Project, for access to copies of correspondence to and from Mueller; 
Mali Moir for executing the illustrations; Jenny Tonkin for assistance in compiling 
distribution data, generating the distribution maps, and preparing the figures; and my 
colleague Neville Walsh for correcting the Latin diagnoses. 
References 
Beard, J.S. (1980). A new phylogeographie map of Western Australia. Western Australian 
Herbarium Research Notes 3: 37-58. 
Bentham, G. (1863a). Prefaee to Flora Ausiraliensis, Vol.l, p. 10. Lovell Reeve & Co., London. 
Bentham. G. (1863b). Letter to F. Mueller dated 12 October 1863. RB MSS M4, Library, Royal 
Botanic Gardens. Melbourne. 
Bentham, G. (1864). Flora Australiensis, Vol. 2, Lovell tfeeve & Co., London. 
Bentham, G. (1867). Letter to F. Mueller dated 17 November 1867. RB MSS M4, Library, Royal 
Botanic Gardens Melbourne. 
Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2003). Phylogeny and embryo sac evolution in the endemic 
Australasian papilionoid tribes Mirbelieac and Bossiaeeae. In Klitgaard, B.B. and Bruneau, A 
(eds) Advances in Legume Systematics 10: 253 -268. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, England. 

Page image

608666 Bossiaea Muelleria 23: 22-23

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 23: 22-23".

848666 Bossiaea virgata Muelleria 23: 108
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480741
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
608747 Bossiaea walkeri Muelleria 23: 118, 121, Figs 34, 37 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480751
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

118 
Ross 
Mt Bonford across to Mt Fyfe north of the Prince Regent River in the Kimberley in 
which the wings on the cladodes do not exceed the nodes. I have not seen a specimen 
but the taxonomic significance, if any, requires investigation. 
During the dry season plants lose eondition and often assume a yellowish hue, but 
green-up again once the rains eommence in a manner reminiseent of resurreetion plants 
(C. Dunlop, pers. comm.). 
30. Bossiaea walkeri F. Muell., Fragm. 2: 120 (1861); Benth., FI. Amtral. 2: 167 
(1864). Type: ‘In pinetis montium Peel Range [now Cocoparra Range], inter flumina 
Lachlan ct Mumimbidgce. Alex Walker.'; New South Wales, 10 Nov. I860,/I. Walker 
s.n. leeto.: MEL 20337 (here selected). 
Rigid mueh-branched shrub to 2.5 m high and 3 m wide, almost eompletely glabrous 
except for hairs in the axils of the scale leaves and sometimes the young growth 
sparingly pubescent, especially on the margins of the eladodes; branehes terete to oval 
or slightly flattened, ultimate branehes of cladodes 3-8 mm wide, winged, notched at 
the nodes, sometimes terminating in a pungent point but more often apex blunt, often 
with a white waxy surface that exfoliates when the branehes dry. Leaves reduced to 
broadly ovate dark brown scales 1.1-2.1 mm long, 1.0-1.8 mm wide, longitudinally 
striate, glabrous except for marginal cilia and often with hairs along the midlinc, 
persistent. Flowers solitary at the nodes, pendulous, the pedieels up to 5 mm long, 
glabrous throughout; braets imbricate, broadly ovate, increasing in size from the outer to 
the inner, the uppermost 1.8-3.0 mm long, 1.8-2.4 mm wide, with conspicuous 
marginal cilia and often with a row of appressed hairs along the midline, longitudinally 
striate, persistent; bracteoles broadly ovate or obovate, 2.3-3.5 mm long, inserted just 
above the bracts, brown, longitudinally striate, ciliatc on margins, rapidly caducous but 
leaving distinct scars. Calyx uniformly greenish-yellow or green suffused with red or 
brown, glabrous externally apart from hairs on the margins of the lobes; 2 upper lobes 
rounded-truncate, much broader than the lower three, 2.3-5.5 mm long excluding the 
tube 3.5-6.0 mm long, with 3 lower lobes 1.9-3.9 mm long, shorter than the tube, acute. 
Standard much shorter than the keel, 18-19 mm long including a claw 5.0-5.5 mm 
long, 16.5-17.5 mm wide, externally usually more or less uniformly red or salmon pink 
(rarely yellow) or occasionally suffused with orange, sometimes burgundy basally; 
wings 15.8-18.0 mm long including a claw 3.5-4.0 mm long, 2.8-3.7 mm wide, usually 
unifonnly .salmon-pink, externally sometimes with a distinct yellow margin; keel 19.0- 
23.6 mm long including a claw 3.0-3.5 mm long, 5.0-5.5 mm wide, cxtenially often 
deep red or burgundy, glabrous or with scattered hairs in the sinus but apices of lobes 
not densely woolly-pubescent. Stamen-filaments 15-24 mm long. Ovaiy 7.5-11.0 mm 
long, on a stipe up to 4.2 mm long, 12-20-ovulate, glabrous throughout or sparingly to 
densely clothed with scattered hairs on the margins; style 6.0-9.5 mm long. Pods 
oblong, (2.5-) 4.5-7.0 cm long, 0.7-1.1 (-1.3) cm wide, stipe about as long as the 
calyx-tube but shorter than the upper lobes, with valves conspicuously transversely 
venose, glabrous or with scattered hairs along the upper or both sutures and occasionally 
with a few hairs on the valves. Seed 3.1-4.0 mm long, 2.1-2.5 mm wide, unifonnly 
olive-brown or with black or purplish mottles on an olive- to yellowish-brown 
background (Fig. 34d). 
Distribution and habitat: Widespread across southern mainland Australia from 
Dorre Is off the coast of Shark Bay in Western Australia, to southern South Australia, 
western New South Wales and north-west Victoria (Fig. 37). Frequently associated with 
malice communities or low open woodland and found in deep .sand, on dunes, in sandy- 

Page image

608667 Bossiaea webbii Muelleria 23: 28-31, Figs 5, 6 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 23: 28-31, Figs 5, 6 (map)".

608760 Cristonia biloba Muelleria 23: 138
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480771
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

138 
Ross 
Figure 45. Distributions of a, Bossiaea shmilata; b, B. celala. 
Representative specimens (15 examined): c. 87.2 km E of Southern Cross towards 
Coolgardie, 9 Sept.1968, M.E. Phillips s.n. (CANB, PERTH). 10 km SSE of Duri, c. 76 km E. of 
Southern Cross, 24 Sept. 1979, K. Newby 6087 (PERTH), c. 61 km SE of Marvel Loch on Mt Day 
Rd, 28 Oct. 1991, B.H. Smith 1573 (CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH). 6.5 km E of Boorabbin 
Microwave Tower, 87 km E of Coolgardie P.O., 7 Nov. 1999, B. Archer 1485 (AD, MEL, 
PERTH). 
Conservation status: CALM Conservation Code for Western Australian Flora: 
Priority Three. Loealised but eommon where it occurs and exists in large communities. 
Notes: Resembles B. leptacantha, B. flexuosa, and B.simulata in being of low 
stature. From each of these it differs in that the bractcolcs arc usually rapidly caducous 
and the ovary is densely pubescent throughout. 
The flowers arc borne at or near the apex of the plants and often the slender stems 
bearing flowers arise near the base of the plant and weave their way vertically through 
the tangled mass of branches. 
Etymology: From the Latin celatus, concealed; in reference to the difficulty 
experienced in locating plants in the field which tend to blend into the surrounding 
vegetation. 
EXCLUDED WESTERN AUSTRALIAN SPECIES 
Bossiaea aciileata F. Mucll., Fragin. 2: 120 (1861) = Templetonia aciileata (F. Muell.) 
Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 170 (1864). Type: Western Australia, near the Culjong River, A. 
Oldfield-, holo.: MEL 20339. 
Bossiaea biloha Benth. in S.F.L.Endlicher et al., Enitin. PI. Nov. Holl. 36 (1837) = 
Cristonia biloha (Benth.) J. H. Ross, Mitelleria 15: 11 (2001). Type: Western Australia, 
Darling Botanical District, King Georges Sound, Hiigeb, holo.; W. 

Page image

848582 Eriostemon hillebrandii Muelleria 23: 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480641
Page is part of the work New subspecies of Leionema bilobum (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291579
848583 Eriostemon hillebrandii longifolius Muelleria 23: 9
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480642
Page is part of the work New subspecies of Leionema bilobum (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291579
848593 Eriostemon serrulatus Muelleria 23: 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480646
Page is part of the work New subspecies of Leionema bilobum (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291579
608713 Lalage acuminata Muelleria 23: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480680
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
848650 Lalage acuminata Muelleria 23: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480680
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
608714 Lalage angustifolia Muelleria 23: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480680
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
848651 Lalage angustifolia Muelleria 23: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480680
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
848655 Lalage hoveaefolia Muelleria 23: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480680
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
608716 Lalage hoveifolia Muelleria 23: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480680
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
848649 Lalage hoveifolia Muelleria 23: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480680
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
848603 Lalage Muelleria 23: 22
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480655
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

22 
Ross 
Species delimitation among some of the spinescent species in which the ovaries are 
glabrous or almost so is difficult. Two options present themselves as the basis for 
dividing these species into two groups. The species may be grouped according to 
whether the bractcoles on the pedicels arc caducous or persistent, or, alternatively, 
according to whether the young branchlets arc glabrous or almost so, or sparingly to 
densely clothed with appressed to slightly spreading hairs. Although the bractcoles in 
most species arc usually cither caducous or persistent, the presence of both character 
states in some species, for example B. spinescem Mcisn., reduces the utility of this 
character in those .species. Consequently, it was considered better to group the species 
on the basis of the presence or absence of hairs on the young branchlets, even although 
this character too has its limitations. The species with pubescent young growth 
differentiate from one another quite readily, but some of the species with glabrous 
young growth are difficult to differentiate. Among this latter group of species, B. 
preissii is the only one with pendulous flowers and keel petals about as long as the 
standard, and B. arenata is easily recognised because the leaves arc few, inconspicuous, 
and superficially apparently absent so that in the field from a short distance the plants 
appear to be leafless. 
General 
Some species such as B. eriocarpa and B. orncila arc polymoqthic and the variation 
within each is complex and difficult to accommodate formally. A number of entities are 
not well understood or circumscribed and their taxonomic status awaits clarification. 1 
am not in a position to resolve these difficulties but, by drawing attention to their 
existence, hope that future workers will address them. 
Taxonomy 
Bossiaca Vent., Descr. PI. Noiiv. 1, 7 (1800); Benth., FI. AiLstral. 2: 154-168 (1864) 
Type: B. helerophylla Vent. 
Scotlia R. Br. in W.T.Aiton, Hortus Kew. edn 2, 4: 268 (1812) 
Type: S. dentata R. Br. 
Lalage Lindl. in Edwards's, Bot. Reg. 20: t. 1722 (1834) 
Type: L. onuita Lindl. 
Shrubs, subshrubs or sometimes small trees; branches terete to oval in section, 
angled, flattened or distinctly winged, unamicd or short lateral branches sometimes 
terminating in pungent points. Leaves usually alternate, simple or more commonly 
unifoliolate, sometimes opposite or reduced to small exstipulate ovate scales and plants 
apparently leafless; stipules usually small and inconspicuous. Inflorescence axillary. 
Flowers 1-fcw, occasionally pseudoracemose by suppression of leaves, pedicellate, 
usually subtended by a series of brown or reddish-brown, distichous, papery or rigid 
bracts and bractcoles, the bracts and bractcoles usually not or scarcely differentiated; 
bractcoles paired, small or large, persistent or caducous; 2 upper calyx lobes usually 
broader and larger than the lower 3; standard longer than to much shorter than the keel; 
staminal sheath split open on upper side; anthers uniform, dorsifixed, with a broad 
connective. Pods sessile or stipitatc, ± flattened, the upper suture not winged but often 
thickened; valves separating, not or only slightly revolute, several-seeded; seeds plump, 
with a small hilum and a hooded cap-like aril. 

Page image

608718 Lalage ornata Muelleria 23: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480680
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

Western Australian liossiaeu Species 
47 
Mcisncr based his description of B. endlicheri var. minor on Preiss WOO from ‘In 
region, interior. Aiistraliae occidentalis et meridionali-occidentalis’. There is a specimen 
of Preiss 1000 in LD: there does not appear to be a specimen of Preiss WOO in 
Meisner’s own herbarium in NY. 
Meisner based his description of B. nervosa on ./. Drummond, 6th coll., no. 29. 1 
here select the Drutnmond specimen in NY as the lectotype of B. nen’osa. There is a 
specimen in LD labelled ‘Drummond 3rd coll. No. 29’. This specimen is a good match 
of the lectotype of B. nervosa in NY but, as it is attributed to Drummond’s 3rd 
collection rather than his 6th (possibly in error), it is not treated as type material. 
Bcntham, FI. Austral. 2: 159 (1864), cited in synonymy under B. eriocarpa var. 
eriocalyx Bcnth. both B. endlicheri var. angustijblia and B. gilbertii. Bentham had 
access to ‘James Drummond n. 255 ct coll I’ upon which Meisner based his B. 
endlicheri var. angustifolia, but indicated that he had not seen Gilbert 313, the type of 
B. gilbertii. 1 here select J. Drummond 255 at K as the lectotype of B. eriocarpa var. 
eriocalyx. An isolcctotypc is at MEL {651112). 
6. Bossiaea ornata (Lindl.) Benth., FL Austral. 2: 158 (1864). Lalage ornata Lindl., 
Edwards's Bot. Reg. 20: t.l722 (1834); Meisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 85 
(1844). Type: ‘A native of the south-west coast of New Holland, where its seeds were 
collected by Mr. Baxter. Our drawing was made in Mr Knight's Nursery in April last.’; 
lecto.: Bot. Reg. 20: t.l722 (here selected). 
Lalage hoveifolia (as hoveaefolia) Bcnth. in Lindley, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 25, 
appendix [to vols.1-23: Sketch Veg. Swan River] : xv (1839); Meisn. in 
J.G.C.Lchmann, PL Preiss. 1; 86 (1844). Type: Not cited. Western Australia, 1839, J. 
Drummond', lecto.: K (here selected); isolecto.; CGE. 
Lalage acuminata Meisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Prei.ss. I: 86 (1844). Type: ‘In 
districtu Wellington, m. Dec. 1839. sterilis. Herb. Preiss. No. 1003’; lecto.: LD (here 
selected); isolecto.: MEL 10591L 
Lalage angustifolia Meisn. in J.G.C.Lchmann, PL Prei.ss. 1: 86 (1844). Type: ‘Swan 
River, James Drummond n. 253’; lecto.: K (here selected); isolccto.:MEL W59I2. 
Lalage stipularis Meisn. in J.G.C.Lchmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 87 (1844). Type: ‘In 
region, interior. Aiistraliae occidentalis sterilis Herb. Preiss. No. 1006’; lecto.: LD (here 
selected). 
Bossiaea lalagoides F. Mucll., Fragm. 4: 12 (1863). Type: ‘In praeruptis ad flumen 
Gardner’s river. Maxw.’; lecto.: MEL 105232 (here selected); isolecto.:K. 
Shnib usually to 1.2 m high but sometimes to 2 m, often with many stems arising 
from a woody rootstock, young branchlets terete or oval in section to slightly flattened, 
usually densely pubescent or villous but sometimes glabrous. Leaves alternate, 
unifoliolatc; lamina extremely variable, ovale, broadly ovate, narrowly ovate or linear- 
oblong, (0.8-) 1.6-6.0 cm long, (0.2-) 0.5-3.0 (-3.8) cm wide, often cordate or rounded 
basally, acute or mucronate apically, the mucro often slightly uncinate or recurved, 
coriaceous, with margins entire, flat or sometimes almost revolute, upper surface 
densely appressed pubescent when young but soon becoming glabrous, scabrous, lower 
surface sparingly to densely appressed or spreading pubescent or glabrous, with 
venation semicraspedodromous or mixed craspedodromous to reticulodromous; petiole 
1.5^.0 mm long, densely pubescent, villous or glabrous. Stipules subulate to narrowly 
ovate, sometimes asymmetric basally, 2-6 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, longer than the 
petiole, scarious, longitudinally striate, persistent, pubescent or villous, often recurved. 
Flowers solitary or more irsually 2 or 3 together, subtended by a series of up to 13 
reddish-brown scarious imbricate basal bracts that increase in size up the length of the 

Page image

848648 Lalage ornata Muelleria 23: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480680
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

Western Australian liossiaeu Species 
47 
Mcisncr based his description of B. endlicheri var. minor on Preiss WOO from ‘In 
region, interior. Aiistraliae occidentalis et meridionali-occidentalis’. There is a specimen 
of Preiss 1000 in LD: there does not appear to be a specimen of Preiss WOO in 
Meisner’s own herbarium in NY. 
Meisner based his description of B. nervosa on ./. Drummond, 6th coll., no. 29. 1 
here select the Drutnmond specimen in NY as the lectotype of B. nen’osa. There is a 
specimen in LD labelled ‘Drummond 3rd coll. No. 29’. This specimen is a good match 
of the lectotype of B. nervosa in NY but, as it is attributed to Drummond’s 3rd 
collection rather than his 6th (possibly in error), it is not treated as type material. 
Bcntham, FI. Austral. 2: 159 (1864), cited in synonymy under B. eriocarpa var. 
eriocalyx Bcnth. both B. endlicheri var. angustijblia and B. gilbertii. Bentham had 
access to ‘James Drummond n. 255 ct coll I’ upon which Meisner based his B. 
endlicheri var. angustifolia, but indicated that he had not seen Gilbert 313, the type of 
B. gilbertii. 1 here select J. Drummond 255 at K as the lectotype of B. eriocarpa var. 
eriocalyx. An isolcctotypc is at MEL {651112). 
6. Bossiaea ornata (Lindl.) Benth., FL Austral. 2: 158 (1864). Lalage ornata Lindl., 
Edwards's Bot. Reg. 20: t.l722 (1834); Meisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 85 
(1844). Type: ‘A native of the south-west coast of New Holland, where its seeds were 
collected by Mr. Baxter. Our drawing was made in Mr Knight's Nursery in April last.’; 
lecto.: Bot. Reg. 20: t.l722 (here selected). 
Lalage hoveifolia (as hoveaefolia) Bcnth. in Lindley, Edwards’s Bot. Reg. 25, 
appendix [to vols.1-23: Sketch Veg. Swan River] : xv (1839); Meisn. in 
J.G.C.Lchmann, PL Preiss. 1; 86 (1844). Type: Not cited. Western Australia, 1839, J. 
Drummond', lecto.: K (here selected); isolecto.; CGE. 
Lalage acuminata Meisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Prei.ss. I: 86 (1844). Type: ‘In 
districtu Wellington, m. Dec. 1839. sterilis. Herb. Preiss. No. 1003’; lecto.: LD (here 
selected); isolecto.: MEL 10591L 
Lalage angustifolia Meisn. in J.G.C.Lchmann, PL Prei.ss. 1: 86 (1844). Type: ‘Swan 
River, James Drummond n. 253’; lecto.: K (here selected); isolccto.:MEL W59I2. 
Lalage stipularis Meisn. in J.G.C.Lchmann, PI. Preiss. 1: 87 (1844). Type: ‘In 
region, interior. Aiistraliae occidentalis sterilis Herb. Preiss. No. 1006’; lecto.: LD (here 
selected). 
Bossiaea lalagoides F. Mucll., Fragm. 4: 12 (1863). Type: ‘In praeruptis ad flumen 
Gardner’s river. Maxw.’; lecto.: MEL 105232 (here selected); isolecto.:K. 
Shnib usually to 1.2 m high but sometimes to 2 m, often with many stems arising 
from a woody rootstock, young branchlets terete or oval in section to slightly flattened, 
usually densely pubescent or villous but sometimes glabrous. Leaves alternate, 
unifoliolatc; lamina extremely variable, ovale, broadly ovate, narrowly ovate or linear- 
oblong, (0.8-) 1.6-6.0 cm long, (0.2-) 0.5-3.0 (-3.8) cm wide, often cordate or rounded 
basally, acute or mucronate apically, the mucro often slightly uncinate or recurved, 
coriaceous, with margins entire, flat or sometimes almost revolute, upper surface 
densely appressed pubescent when young but soon becoming glabrous, scabrous, lower 
surface sparingly to densely appressed or spreading pubescent or glabrous, with 
venation semicraspedodromous or mixed craspedodromous to reticulodromous; petiole 
1.5^.0 mm long, densely pubescent, villous or glabrous. Stipules subulate to narrowly 
ovate, sometimes asymmetric basally, 2-6 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, longer than the 
petiole, scarious, longitudinally striate, persistent, pubescent or villous, often recurved. 
Flowers solitary or more irsually 2 or 3 together, subtended by a series of up to 13 
reddish-brown scarious imbricate basal bracts that increase in size up the length of the 

Page image

608717 Lalage stipularis Muelleria 23: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480680
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
848652 Lalage stipularis Muelleria 23: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480680
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
608654 Leionema bilobum Muelleria 23: 8-9, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 23: 8-9, Fig. 1".

608656 Leionema bilobum bilobum Muelleria 23: 9, 11, Fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480642
Page is part of the work New subspecies of Leionema bilobum (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291579
848584 Leionema bilobum subsp Muelleria 23: 9
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480642
Page is part of the work New subspecies of Leionema bilobum (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291579

Page text

Leionemci bilohtim 
9 
Cocci narrowed al apex with terminal rostrum e. 1 mm long, smooth, 4-7 mm long. 
Flowering May-Nov.; fruiting Oct.-Feb. Notched Phebalium. (Fig. 1) 
Key to the subspecies of Leionemci hilohum 
1. Margin of leaves smooth, not sciTatc, nor bilobed at tip.subsp. 2. thackerayense 
1: Margin of leaves serrate, sometimes only slightly so and then bilobed at the tip.2 
2. Base of leaves usually truncate, sometimes slightly cordate or rounded; hairs on 
stem 0.5-1 mm long (Vic. - Grampians Ranges).subsp. 1. hilohum 
2: Base of leaves cuneatc or attenuate; hairs on stem to 0.25 mm long (Vic. - Gippsland 
area; Tas.).3 
3. Leaves 12-25 mm long, leaf length: leaf width at the broadest point 1.2-4(-7); 
shrub, 0.5-2 m tall (Tas.).subsp. 3. truncatum 
3: Leaves 16-52 mm long (longest leaf> 30 mm long), leaf length: leaf width at the 
broadest point 4-7; tall bush or small tree, to 4 m tall (Vic. - 
Gippsland area).subsp. 4. serrulatum 
1. Leionema hilohum (Lindl.) Paul G.Wilson subsp. hilohum 
Eriostemon hillebrciiulii var. longifolius F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 10 
(1854), nom. illeg. as E. hillebranclii nom. illeg. [sec details under Z,. bilobum above]. 
Types: VICTORIA: GRAMPIANS: Mt William, November 1853, F. Mueller 
(syntypes: MEL 4616, 4611)-, Grampians, F. Af;/e//er (possible syntype: MEL 4608). 
Leionema bilobum subsp. I (Grampians),y;t/6’ Ross and Walsh (2003). 
Shrub 0. l-0.6(-2.5) m high; rays of hairs 0.5-1 mm long. Leaves narrow-lanceolate, 
9-19 mm long, 2-8 mm wide, longest leaf usually 14-18 mm long, leaf length : leaf 
width l.5-5(-9), margins serrate, lamina constricted below apex, apex strongly 
obcordatc or retusc, base usually truncate, sometimes slightly cordate or rounded. 
Pedicels 2-8 mm long, glabrous or glabrcsccnt or sparsely to densely minutely stellate- 
hairy. Sepals 0.5-0.75 mm long, usually with a tuft of hairs at the tip or sparsely 
pubescent. Petals white, 3-5 mm long. Carpels glabrous to densely pilose. Flowering 
May-Nov.; fruiting Dec.-Fcb. (Fig. la-c). 
Selected specimens .seen: VICTORIA: GRAMPIANS: Asses Ears, c. 3 km S along Wallaby 
Rocks road from its intersection with Asses Ears Road, 37°07’S I42°18’E, 14 Oct. 1986, J. 
Westaway 32! (MEL); beside track about 1.3 m below summit of Mt Rosea, 37°08’S 142°26’E, 
10 Oct. 1962, T.B. Muir 2598 (110, MEL); c. 2 km SW from Halls Gap at the Grand Canyon, 
37°08’S I42°02’E, 11 May 1992, V. Slajsic (MEL 2011179): West of road between Tower Hill 
and Stony Cr., 37°12’S 142°29’E, 10 Nov. 1976, P.K. Gullan (MEL); upper western slopes of 
Boronia Peak, 25 Sept. 1959, T.B. Muir 841 (MEL, NSW); Redman road, 3 km S from Lake 
Bcllficld, 37°13'S 142°35’E, 28 Sep. 1991, V. Stajsic 323 (MEL); A-top Mt Clung, E side of 
Serra Range, 9 .lun. 1968, A.C. Beaiiglehole 25270 (MEL); Wallaby Rocks, I Oct. 1967, A.C. 
Beauglebole 25270 and Corricks (MEL); On track to Reeds Lookout, 7 Oct. 1967, D.J.E. 
fVhibley 2094 (MEL); on road to Mirranatwa Gap, 1.3 km W of main Grampians road, 37°26’S 
142°27’E, 3 Sept. 1997, P.G. Neish 398 (MEL); Mt Difficult, among rocks above lookout point, 
9Nov. 1963,4.//. IVillis (MEL 2101036): Kalymna Falls, Mt William Creek, 11 Dec. 1967, A.C. 
Beaiiglehole 16571 (MEL); 1.5 miles NE of Silverband Falls, 28 Oct. 1952, R. miles (2 km) 

Page image

848586 Leionema bilobum subsp Muelleria 23: 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480644
Page is part of the work New subspecies of Leionema bilobum (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291579
848595 Leionema bilobum subsp Muelleria 23: 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480646
Page is part of the work New subspecies of Leionema bilobum (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291579
608664 Leionema bilobum serrulatum Muelleria 23: 13, Fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480646
Page is part of the work New subspecies of Leionema bilobum (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291579
608658 Leionema bilobum thackerayense Muelleria 23: 11, Fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480644
Page is part of the work New subspecies of Leionema bilobum (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291579
608659 Leionema bilobum truncatum Muelleria 23: 11-13, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 23: 11-13, Fig. 1".

645665 Lepraria toilenae Muelleria 23: 3-May

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 23: 3-May".

971446 Notched Muelleria 23
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956489 49956577
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
Page is part of the work A review of the genera Teloschistes and Xanthoria in the lichen family Teloschistaceae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237648
848581 Phebalium bilobum Muelleria 23: 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480641
Page is part of the work New subspecies of Leionema bilobum (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291579
848589 Phebalium truncatum Muelleria 23: 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480644
Page is part of the work New subspecies of Leionema bilobum (Rutaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291579

Page text

Lekmema bilohiim 
11 
above Malcking Huts, 30 Oct. 1971 , J.H. Willis (MEL 501859, NSW); Wonderland Range, near 
car park, 17 Sep. 1955, A.C. Beatiglehole 7226 (MEL). 
Distribution and ecology: Leionema hilohiim subsp. hilohum is restricted to the 
eastern parts of Grampians National Park including Mt William, Mt Difficult, and the 
Wonderland and Serra Ranges. The taxon is found in heath and Eucalyptus or Banksia 
woodland on sandstone. 
Conservation code: Ross and Walsh (2003) considered this taxon to be rare. All 
known populations are found in the Grampians National Park. 
2. Leionema hilohum subsp. tliackerayense Duretto & K.L.Durham, subsp. nov. 
A subspecie typica foliis marginibus laevibus differt. 
Type: VICTORIA: GRAMPIANS: Victoria Range Road, 25 Oct. 1976, P.G. Mathews 
(holotypc: MEL 524253). 
Leionema bilobuin subsp. 2 (Victoria Range),//Ve Ross and Walsh (2003). 
Shrub 0.2-1.5 m high; rays of hairs to 0.25(-0.5) mm long. Leaves narrowly 
elliptic-oblong to slightly lanceolate, 7-33 mm long, 2-6 mm wide, longest leaf usually 
28-33 mm long, leaf length : leaf width 3.5-6.2, margins smooth, apex slightly truncate 
or retusc to obtuse, base more or less cuneate. Pedicels 3-7 mm long, glabrous or 
glabrescent. Sepals c. 0.5 mm long, glabrous or few hairs at tip. Petals white, 3-4 mm 
long. Carpels glabrous. Flowering Aug.-Nov.; fruiting material collected in Nov. (Fig. 
Id) 
Specimens seen: VICTORIA: GRAMPIANS: Victoria Range near Mt Thackeray, Deep 
Creek, 37°I9’S 142°16’E, 20 Aug. 1986, J.A. Armstrong 5084 (MEL); Victoria Range, Castle 
Rock, 6 Nov. 1966, A.C. Beauglebole 15885 (MEL); Victoria Range, Castle Rock, 11 Nov. 1966, 
A.C. Beauglebole and J.H. Willis ACBI6128 (MEL); Ridge near Kappa Cave, Victoria Range, 16 
Sep. 1963, R. Filson 5293 (MEL, NSW); Victoria Range Rd, D/18/C/lld, 25 Oct. 1976, P.G. 
Mathews (MEL 524253): Goals Track, rocky outcrop near sharp bend on road, Victoria Ra., 
Grampians N.P.. 37°17’S l42'’2rE, 28 Feb. 1998, K.L. Durham 1-5, M.F. Duretto and P.Y. 
Ladiges (KLD 1.3,5- MEL; KLD 2, 4-110, MEL). 
Distribution and ecology: Leionema hilohum subsp. tliackerayense is found in the 
western parts of the Grampians National Park, with most collections being made near 
and on Mt Thackeray, Victoria Range. Plants have been seen on the Black Range to the 
west of Grampians Ranges (MFD pers obs; at c. 37°I0'S 142°0'E). The subspecies is 
found in rocky areas (usually sandstone) in or near cucalypt woodland. Sometimes it is 
found growing in boulder fields. 
Conseiwation .status: Ross and Walsh (2003) considered that there was insufficient 
information to formulate the conservation status of this subspecies, which unfortunately 
appears to be true. Populations seen during this study were isolated and small. Further 
detailed field surveys arc required to ascertain the conservation status of L. bilobum 
subsp. tliackerayense. Most populations are found in Grampians National Park. 
Etymologer The subspecific epithet refers to Mount Thackeray, the peak near which 
the majority of collections have been made. 
3. Leionema hilohum subsp. trnneatum (Hook.f.) Duretto & K.L.Durham, stat. & 
comb, nov.; Phebalium truncation Hook.f., FI. Tasm. 1; 64, t 9 (1855). Type citation: 

Page image

608660 Phebalium truncatum Muelleria 23: 11-Dec

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 23: 11-Dec".

608722 Platylobium spinosum Muelleria 23: 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480693
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
848656 Platylobium spinosum Muelleria 23: 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480693
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
608761 Pultenaea rotundifolia Muelleria 23: 140
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480773
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

140 
Ross 
Bossiaea strigillosa Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 157 (1864) = Piiltenaea rotundifolia 
(Turcz.) Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 121 (1864). Type: Western Australia, J. Drummond 5th 
coll.?, no. 81; Iccto.: K. 
Bossiaea sulcata Mcisn. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Preiss. 1:81 (1844) = Templetoiiia 
sulcata (Mcisn.) Benth., FL Austral. 2: 171 (1864). Type: Western Australia, Avon 
Botanical District, Avon River, York, Preiss 1028; lecto.: NY, here selected; isolccto.: 
K, LD. MEL 20340. 
Acknowledgements 
1 wish to express my appreciation to Basil and Mary Smith of Manmanning for their 
hospitality on several occasions and for responding to numerous requests over the years 
and collecting excellent material; my fornicr colleague Margaret Corrick for collecting 
many interesting excellent specimens and who, until the species was described formally, 
was the only person to collect B. modesta; Barbara Archer of Norseman who has 
pursued species of Bo.ssiaea relentlessly and with great vigour for a number of years and 
in so doing has extended the range of distribution of many known species considerably, 
discovered a previously unknown species (B. arcuata), collected numerous beautifully 
prepared specimens with accompanying photographs and contributed much to the 
current understanding of the genus; Mike Hislop, Western Australian Herbarium, who 
discovered and drew my attention to the taxon here described as B. la.xa and to a 
number of other interesting specimens; Russell & Matthew Barrett, Kings Park and 
Botanic Garden, for drawing my attention to the taxon here described as B. 
barrettiorum; Greg Keighery, Department of Conservation and Land Management, for 
infonnation about B. sp. Waroona; Catriona MePhee, Museum of Victoria, for 
identifying the insects responsible for gall fonnation in B. eremaea; Messrs Ian 
Brookcr, Lyn Craven and Bruce Maslin for identifying respectively specimens of 
Eucalyptus, Melaleuca and Acacia growing in association with Bo.ssiaea species; a 
succession of Australian Botanical Liaison Officers based at the Herbarium, Royal 
Botanic Gardens, Kew, for responding to queries; the Directors of AD, CANB, DNA, 
K. LD, NY, PERTH and W for the loan of specimens or access to their collections; Sara 
Maroskc and Monika Wells, successive Project Officers for the Mueller 
Correspondence Project, for access to copies of correspondence to and from Mueller; 
Mali Moir for executing the illustrations; Jenny Tonkin for assistance in compiling 
distribution data, generating the distribution maps, and preparing the figures; and my 
colleague Neville Walsh for correcting the Latin diagnoses. 
References 
Beard, J.S. (1980). A new phylogeographie map of Western Australia. Western Australian 
Herbarium Research Notes 3: 37-58. 
Bentham, G. (1863a). Prefaee to Flora Ausiraliensis, Vol.l, p. 10. Lovell Reeve & Co., London. 
Bentham. G. (1863b). Letter to F. Mueller dated 12 October 1863. RB MSS M4, Library, Royal 
Botanic Gardens. Melbourne. 
Bentham, G. (1864). Flora Australiensis, Vol. 2, Lovell tfeeve & Co., London. 
Bentham, G. (1867). Letter to F. Mueller dated 17 November 1867. RB MSS M4, Library, Royal 
Botanic Gardens Melbourne. 
Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2003). Phylogeny and embryo sac evolution in the endemic 
Australasian papilionoid tribes Mirbelieac and Bossiaeeae. In Klitgaard, B.B. and Bruneau, A 
(eds) Advances in Legume Systematics 10: 253 -268. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, England. 

Page image

608683 Scottia angustifolia Muelleria 23: 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480670
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
848614 Scottia angustifolia Muelleria 23: 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480670
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
608685 Scottia dentata Muelleria 23: 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480670
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
848613 Scottia dentata Muelleria 23: 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480670
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
608686 Scottia laevis Muelleria 23: 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480670
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

Western Australian Bosskiea Species 
37 
Ashby 2675 (PERTH) from Pemberton has sub-reniform leaves and shows a close 
superficial resemblance to B. webhii. However, the young stems in this specimen are 
densely pubescent unlike those of B. webhii. 
Faircill 641 (PERTH) collected in October 1962 from the Valley of the Giants, east 
of Nomalup, represents a disjunct eastern record of the species. This appears to be an 
unnatural occurrence and it is possibly the result of seed being spread by machinery 
during road works. 
The orange rust fungus Aecidium ehiirneiim McAlpinc sometimes occurs on the 
green pods. To date this fungus has not been recorded on pods of subsp. aqitifoUum. 
3. Bossiaeu dciUala (R.Br.) Bcnth., FL Austral. 2: 156 (1864). Scoltia detilata R.Br. in 
W.T. Aiton, Horftis Kew. cdti 2,4: 269 (1812). Type: ‘Nat. of the South West coast of 
New Holland. Robert Brown, Esq.': South Coast, Bay I [Lucky Bay, E of Esperance], 
Bay 2 [Goose Island Bay], January 1802, R. Brown; Iccto.: BM (here selected); 
isolccto.: K. MEL 2172899, PERTH. 
Scoltia anyiislifolia Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 15: t.l266 (1829). Bossiaea denlala 
var. angiislijblia (Lindl.) Bcnth., FI. .4uslral. 2:157 (1864). Type: ‘Mr Mackay of the 
Clapton Nursery, by whom it was raised from New Holland seeds....Our drawing was 
made...in January of the present year’: Specimen taken from a plant cultivated by Mr 
Mackay of Clapton Nursery, 1829; Iccto.: CGE (here selected). 
Scoltia laevis Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 19: t.l652 (1834). Type: ‘Mr Knight 
raised it from seeds gathered on the south coast of New Holland by Baxter’: Specimen 
taken from a plant cultivated by Mr Knight; Iccto.: CGE (here selected). 
Bo.ssiaea denlala var. lalifolia Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 156 (1864). Type: ‘Drummond, 
n.88, and other collections’: J. Drununond 88; Iccto.: K sheet in Herbarium 
Benthamianum (here selected); isolccto.: BM, K (3 sheets), MEL 651108, NSW. 
Bo.ssiaea denlala var. haslata Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 156 (1864). Type: ‘Preiss n. 
1034, and other collections’: Preiss 1034, ‘In districtu Plantagcnet’, Oct. 1840; Iccto.: 
LD (here selected); isolccto.: MEL 651109, NY. 
Erect shrub to 3 tn high, stems often arching upwards and outwards, or low and 
spreading, sometimes prostrate and wind-pruned in exposed coastal situations, young 
branchicts terete or slightly tlaltcncd, glabrous or with scattered appressed antrorse 
hairs, sometimes extremities quite densely pubescent, usually tubcrculatc; young growth 
coppery. Leaves opposite, unifoliolatc; lamina broadly ovate-cordate or triangular to 
hastate-lanceolate or almost linear, 0.8-3.0 cm long, 0.3-2.1 cm wide, glabrous above 
and below or sometimes lower surface and especially the midrib sparingly pubescent, 
with margin slightly thickened, irregularly denticulate, sometimes revolute and 
sometimes obscuring much of the lower surface of the lamina, acute or obtuse apically, 
with venation simple craspedodromous; petiole 0.7-1.8 mm long, glabrous or sparingly 
pubescent. Stipules ovate or narrow-ovate, 1.0-1.7 mm long, 0.6-1.0 mm wide, shorter 
than the petiole, glabrous apart from marginal cilia. Flowers solitary, pendulous, with 
basal bracts attached 1.0-2.5 mm above the base of the pedicel, with the pedicel densely 
appressed pubescent below the bracts, glabrous above; the outer basal bracts usually 2 
(-5), rigid, coriaceous, longitudinally striate, persistent, dissimilar in size and shape, 
together almost cupular, with the outer bract broadly ovale, 1.8-2.0 mm long, 1.8-2.2 
mm wide, pubescent basally and with marginal cilia, the inner bract encircling the 
pedicel and the opposing lateral margins overlapping each other basally, 2-2.5 mm 
long, 4.5-5 mm wide, oblique or truncate apically, often more conspicuously 
longitudinally striate than the smaller outer bract, margins ciliate; innermost and largest 
elliptic bract 10-12 mm long, rigid, coriaceous, longitudinally striate, with margins 

Page image

848616 Scottia laevis Muelleria 23: 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480670
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580

Page text

Western Australian Bosskiea Species 
37 
Ashby 2675 (PERTH) from Pemberton has sub-reniform leaves and shows a close 
superficial resemblance to B. webhii. However, the young stems in this specimen are 
densely pubescent unlike those of B. webhii. 
Faircill 641 (PERTH) collected in October 1962 from the Valley of the Giants, east 
of Nomalup, represents a disjunct eastern record of the species. This appears to be an 
unnatural occurrence and it is possibly the result of seed being spread by machinery 
during road works. 
The orange rust fungus Aecidium ehiirneiim McAlpinc sometimes occurs on the 
green pods. To date this fungus has not been recorded on pods of subsp. aqitifoUum. 
3. Bossiaeu dciUala (R.Br.) Bcnth., FL Austral. 2: 156 (1864). Scoltia detilata R.Br. in 
W.T. Aiton, Horftis Kew. cdti 2,4: 269 (1812). Type: ‘Nat. of the South West coast of 
New Holland. Robert Brown, Esq.': South Coast, Bay I [Lucky Bay, E of Esperance], 
Bay 2 [Goose Island Bay], January 1802, R. Brown; Iccto.: BM (here selected); 
isolccto.: K. MEL 2172899, PERTH. 
Scoltia anyiislifolia Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 15: t.l266 (1829). Bossiaea denlala 
var. angiislijblia (Lindl.) Bcnth., FI. .4uslral. 2:157 (1864). Type: ‘Mr Mackay of the 
Clapton Nursery, by whom it was raised from New Holland seeds....Our drawing was 
made...in January of the present year’: Specimen taken from a plant cultivated by Mr 
Mackay of Clapton Nursery, 1829; Iccto.: CGE (here selected). 
Scoltia laevis Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 19: t.l652 (1834). Type: ‘Mr Knight 
raised it from seeds gathered on the south coast of New Holland by Baxter’: Specimen 
taken from a plant cultivated by Mr Knight; Iccto.: CGE (here selected). 
Bo.ssiaea denlala var. lalifolia Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 156 (1864). Type: ‘Drummond, 
n.88, and other collections’: J. Drununond 88; Iccto.: K sheet in Herbarium 
Benthamianum (here selected); isolccto.: BM, K (3 sheets), MEL 651108, NSW. 
Bo.ssiaea denlala var. haslata Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 156 (1864). Type: ‘Preiss n. 
1034, and other collections’: Preiss 1034, ‘In districtu Plantagcnet’, Oct. 1840; Iccto.: 
LD (here selected); isolccto.: MEL 651109, NY. 
Erect shrub to 3 tn high, stems often arching upwards and outwards, or low and 
spreading, sometimes prostrate and wind-pruned in exposed coastal situations, young 
branchicts terete or slightly tlaltcncd, glabrous or with scattered appressed antrorse 
hairs, sometimes extremities quite densely pubescent, usually tubcrculatc; young growth 
coppery. Leaves opposite, unifoliolatc; lamina broadly ovate-cordate or triangular to 
hastate-lanceolate or almost linear, 0.8-3.0 cm long, 0.3-2.1 cm wide, glabrous above 
and below or sometimes lower surface and especially the midrib sparingly pubescent, 
with margin slightly thickened, irregularly denticulate, sometimes revolute and 
sometimes obscuring much of the lower surface of the lamina, acute or obtuse apically, 
with venation simple craspedodromous; petiole 0.7-1.8 mm long, glabrous or sparingly 
pubescent. Stipules ovate or narrow-ovate, 1.0-1.7 mm long, 0.6-1.0 mm wide, shorter 
than the petiole, glabrous apart from marginal cilia. Flowers solitary, pendulous, with 
basal bracts attached 1.0-2.5 mm above the base of the pedicel, with the pedicel densely 
appressed pubescent below the bracts, glabrous above; the outer basal bracts usually 2 
(-5), rigid, coriaceous, longitudinally striate, persistent, dissimilar in size and shape, 
together almost cupular, with the outer bract broadly ovale, 1.8-2.0 mm long, 1.8-2.2 
mm wide, pubescent basally and with marginal cilia, the inner bract encircling the 
pedicel and the opposing lateral margins overlapping each other basally, 2-2.5 mm 
long, 4.5-5 mm wide, oblique or truncate apically, often more conspicuously 
longitudinally striate than the smaller outer bract, margins ciliate; innermost and largest 
elliptic bract 10-12 mm long, rigid, coriaceous, longitudinally striate, with margins 

Page image

848601 Scottia Muelleria 23: 22
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480655
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
608759 Templetonia aculeata Muelleria 23: 138
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480771
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
608762 Templetonia sulcata Muelleria 23: 140
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59480773
Page is part of the work A conspectus of the Western Australian Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291580
613172 Abrotanella Muelleria 24: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483021
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

54 
Thompson 
11 Calycular bracteoles variously shaped with l:w ratio < 10, or if ever 
more then c. 0.4—0.8 mm wide; receptacular pits not or hardly raised; 
style-branches yellow 
13 Herbs; capitula discoid; style-branches terminating with a 
tapering, hairy appendage; achenes > 5 mm long. 14. Gynura 
13: Herbs or shrubs; capitula disciform or discoid; style-branches 
without a tapering hairy appendage; achenes < 5 mm long or if > 
5 mm long then capitula disciform 
14 Involucre 12-20 mm long and length 5-7 times that of 
diameter (mid-involucre unpressed); capitula disciform 
with outer florets bearing a rudimentarylacerately lobed 
ligule c. 1 mm long; central florets 
2-5. 12. Arrhenechthites 
14: Involucre shorter and/or less slender than above; capitula 
discoid or if disciform then with outer florets without a 
ligule; bisexual central florets mostly more 5.9. Senecio 
1. Abrotanella (Gaudich.) Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 36: 27 (1825) 
Perennial herbs. Leaves sessile, with sunken glands, with venation obscure. Capitula 
disciform, sessile or sub-sessile at anthesis, but sometimes subsequently developing a 
peduncle, ecalyculate; phyllaries free. Florets: central florets sometimes functionally 
male (all Australian species); corolla-limb variously coloured. Anthers caudate. Style 
undivided (functionally male florets) or shortly branched, with apex truncate, crowned 
by papillae if functional, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, obovoid. 
Pappus absent. 
A genus of 18 species predominantly of subantarctic distribution from southern 
South America, New Zealand, New Guinea, and Australia. Three species in Australia. 
Its tribal placement is problematic; it was placed in the Anthemideae until transferred to 
subtribe Blcnnospermatinae of the Senecioneae by Nordenstani (1977). Several 
molecular studies, e.g. Wagstaff & Breitwieser (2002) and Pelser et al. (2002), have not 
clarified its phylogenetic position. The Australian species of Abrotanella have 
functionally-male central florets. Other features of this genus not seen in other 
senecionoid genera in Australia include the loose and irregular overlapping and uniform 
shape of the phyllaries, and the poor differentiation of the corolla into basal cone, tube 
and limb regions. 
Key to species 
1 Inflorescences of 2 or more capitula.3. A. scapigera 
1: Inflorescences of 1 capitulum 
2 Plants forming dense cushions, with stems closely packed; leaves sub-erect, 
lanceolate, 3-8 mm long, with apex acute. 1 . A.forsteroides 
2: Plant habit not as above; leaves somewhat spreading, linear, 8-20 mm long, with 
apex ± rounded.2. A. nivigena 

Page image

853625 Abrotanella forsterioides Muelleria 24: 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483022
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
55 
l. Abrotanellaforsteroides (Hook.f.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 554 (1867), as forsterioides 
Scleroleima forsteroides Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 5: 444, t. 14 (1846). 
Type: Tasmania, 1839^43, J.D.Hooker Antarct. Exp.', lecto: K, fide U.Swenson, PL 
Syst. Evol. 197: 161 (1995). 
Cushion-plants to 7 cm high, ± glabrous, with adventitious roots c. 1 mm diam. Leaves 
suberect, ovate to lanceolate, 3-8 mm long, convex abaxially; base dilated; margin 
entire or denticulate; apex acuminate, mucronatc. Capitula 1 per stem; peduncle to c. 8 
mm long at maturity, with bracteoles lacking; involucre c. 1 mm long; phyllaries 3-7, c. 
oblong, finally erect; stereome fiat, thin, without resin ducts. Florets: outer florets 1-3; 
central florets 1-3; corolla 2.0-2.5 mm long; limb greenish-yellow, 4-lobed. Achenes 
obovoid, 1.5-1.8 mm long, slightly to markedly 4-ribbed, brown, glabrous. 
Notes : Occurs in north-western, north-eastern and south-central Tasmania. Grows in 
summit moors, screes and wet places such as below snowbanks at altitudes over 1000 
m. Flowers mid-spring-summer 
Grows with other cushion plants in alpine communities forming cushions to several 
metres in diameter. The stems and leaves are closely crowded with older leaves brown 
and persistent. The involucre is hidden within upper leaves at anthesis but is exposed at 
fruiting. Unlike the other two species in Australia, the one or two achenes in each 
capitulum strongly exceed the involucre at maturity. 
Representative specimens'. TASMANIA: Ben Lomond National Park, Hamilton Crags, 1.5 
km east of Legges Tor, F.E.Davies 1182 , P.Ollerenshaw, c£ R.Burns (AD, CANB, HO, MEL); 
0.5 km NW of Second Bar L„ A.Moscal 6949 (HO). 
2. Abrotanella nivigena (F.Muell.) F.Muell., PI. Victoria 2: t. 40 (1865). 
Trineuron nivigenum F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 105 (1855). 
Type: Munyang Mtns, New South Wales, Jan. 1855, F.Mueller, lecto: MEL, fide 
U.Swenson op. cit. 172; isolecto: MEL. 
Cushion-plants to 3 (-5) cm high, largely glabrous, with adventitious roots c. 0.5 mm 
diam. Leaves somewhat spreading, narrow oblong to linear, 8-20 mm long, ± fiat; base 
slightly dilated; margin entire; apex ± rounded to truncate. Capitula 1 per stem; 
peduncle 5-20 mm long at maturity, with bracteoles present; involucre 2.5-4.0 mm 
long; phyllaries 8-14 (-16), c. oblong, finally erect; stereome fiat, fleshy, with 1 or 3 
longitudinal ducts. Outer florets 7-17; central florets 4-12; corolla 1.5-3 mm long; limb 
white or purple, 3- or 4-lobed. Achenes obovoid, 2 mm long, slightly to markedly 4- 
ribbed, pale but purple distally, glabrous. Snow-wort. 
Notes: Occurs in the Kosciuszko region of south-eastern New South Wales and in 
eastern Victoria. Grows in alpine bogs, herblields, grasslands, in rock crevices, and 
often associated with small waterfalls. Flowers summer. 
Abrotanella papuana S.Moore resembles A. nivigena and was regarded as 
synonymous by Swenson (1995); however, it differs in several ways. Abrotanella 
papuana lacks 3-lobed central florets, has fewer outer florets, sometimes has hairs on 
peduncles and has leaves that are more erect. Additionally, leaves are more tapered 
distally, with an apex subacute to obtuse, with scattered translucent multicellular hairs 

Page image

613173 Abrotanella forsteroides Muelleria 24: 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483022
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586
613175 Abrotanella nivigena Muelleria 24: 55-56

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 55-56".

613176 Abrotanella scapigera Muelleria 24: 56
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483023
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

56 
Thompson 
on upper surface of leaves especially near margins; peduncular bracts are iewer (1-4); 
and the involucre shorter (2.5-3 mm long). 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: Snowy R. near bridge below Seaman’s 
Hut, Kosciuszko area. M.Gray 6611 & C.Totterdell (CANB, MEL, NSW); Below Mt Stillwell, 
Kosciuszko area, A.B.Costin 36 (CANB). VICTORIA: Southern head of Big R., c. 1.6 km east of 
Spion Kopje summit, Bogong High Plains, 3 Feb. 1949, J.H. Willis (MEL). 
3. Abrotanella scapigera (F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 554 (1867) 
Trineuron scapigerum F.Muell., Hooker's J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 9: 301 (1857). 
Type: Mt La Perouse, Tasmania, C.Stuart', lecto: K, fide U.Swenson, op. cit. 169 
(1995). 
Tufted scapiforni herbs to 10 cm high, with brownish hairs on scape and leaf-margins, 
with adventitious roots mostly 0.3-0.5 mm diam. Leaves suberect, narrow spathulate or 
very narrow-elliptic. 10-40 mm long, ± flat or convex abaxially; base slightly dilated; 
margin entire; apex obtuse to acute, mucronate. Capitula 2-10 per stem; peduncle to c. 
15 mm long at maturity, with bracteoles present; involucre c. 3.0-3.5 mm long; 
phyllaries 8-12 (-14), e. oblong, finally erect; stereome flat, fleshy, with 3 longitudinal 
ducts. Female florets 8-17; male florets 3-11; corolla 1-2 mm long; limb white, 4 (-5)- 
lobed. Achenes obovoid, 1.7-2.2 mm long, slightly to markedly 4-ribbed, brown, 
glabrous. 
Notes: Occurs in north-western and south-central Tasmania. Grows in moist low 
alpine grasslands, amongst cushion plants, sometimes in the shelter of low shrubs and in 
rock crevices, altitudes over 950 m. Flowers summer. 
The flowering stem of this species has one or a few bracteal leaves, an unusual 
feature in Abrotanella. 
Representative specimens: TASMANIA: Eldon Bluff, A.M.Buchanan 9993 (HO); Between L. 
Dobson and summit of Mt Field. D.N.McVean 22 (CANB); Mt Field National Park, Naturalist 
Peak, P.S.Short 3427 , A.Griffen, M.C.Looker & N.G. Walsli (MEL). 
2. Brachyglottis J.R.Forst. & G.Forst., Char. Gen. PI. 91, t. 46 (1775). 
Trees (in Australia), shrubs, lianes, or perennial herbs. Leaves petiolate or sessile, 
sometimes with glands, pinnately veined. Capitula radiate (in Australia) or disciform, 
pedunculate, calyculatc (in Australia) or not; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs 
yellow, creamy white or white. Anthers caudate or not. Style-branches with apex obtuse 
to truncate, crowned by papillae, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, 
obloid to obovoid. Pappus ± persistent. 
A genus of 29 species, all from New Zealand and the Chatham Is. except for one 
species endemic to Australia. The Australian representative, B. brunonis, was 
transferred to Brachyglottis by R.B.Nordenstam, op. cit. 25; however, the author 
acknowledged the unique suite of features of this species and gave consideration to 
reinstating it in Centropappus. Molecular studies by Wagstaff & Breitwieser (2004) 
have indicated that Brachyglottis brunonis and Bedfordia together form a monophyletic 
group, and that this group is nested within a large clade containing New Zealand species 
of Brachyglottis as well as several other genera endemic to New Zealand. Their 
suggestion for a revised classification based on the molecular evidence is to place all 
taxa in this clade in the genus Brachyglottis. In contrast. Orchard (2004) indicated that 
Bedfordia and Brachyglottis brunonis, although probably closely related, were 

Page image

971741 African daisy Muelleria 24: 79
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483046
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
79 
H. The Exotic Species 
The nine exotic species grouped here, predominantly from South Africa, are somewhat 
diverse but are placed together here for convenience. They are radiate except for the 
discoid S. vulgaris and the group contains three climbing species. All naturalised 
species in Australia are placed here except for S. madagascariensis which has been 
placed in the Lautusoid Group. 
1. *Seneciopterophorus DC., Prodr. 6: 389 (1838) 
S. pterophorus var. vents I larv., FI. Capensis 3: 386 (1865), nom. inval. 
Type: Southern Africa, Drege: holo: G; microfiche seen MEL. 
S. pterophorus var. apterus Harv., FI. Capensis 3: 386 (1865), nom. illeg. Type: 
Southern Africa, Drege; n.v. 
Erect perennials to c. 2 m high, with fine hairs sparse, denser on leaves. Leaves 
narrow-oblanceolate or narrow to very narrow-elliptic, to 14 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 
4-8, shallowly to deeply serrate, occasionally ± entire or appearing so, with 2-7 
projections per side; base attenuate, often with decurrent laminar tissue; upper surface 
sometimes sparsely tuberculate; lower surface appressed-woolly. Capitula several to 
many per stem; calycuiar bracteoles 14-20, 2-3 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide; involucre 
3.5-5 mm long, 3.5-4 mm diam.; phyllaries 18-22, glabrous. Florets numerous; ray 
florets 8-13, with ligule 4-7 mm long, 4-veined, yellow. Achenes obloid, 1.5-1.8 mm 
long, pale-brown, tapering more marked basally, with papillose hairs forming bands or 
evenly dispersed. Pappus caducous, 4-5 mm long. African daisy , Rough Senecio. 
Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-eastern Australia from the Eyre 
Peninsula ESE to Garfield in south-central Victoria, and disjunctly further north-east in 
central-eastern New South Wales from Newcastle SW to the Blue Mountains east of 
Sydney. Grows mostly in disturbed sites in grasslands, woodland, and forest. Flowers 
mostly summer. 
Readily distinguished by the usually acutely lobed leaves, sublustrous above and 
appresscd woolly below, and often decurrent down the stems. Hybridises with disciform 
species such as S. hispidulus and S. picridioides and with the discoid species S. 
hypoleucus in the Mt Lofty Ranges of S.A. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Cleland National Park, 10 km east ot 
Adelaide, S.L.Everist 9995 (AD, BR1). NEW SOUTH WALES: Mt Druitt, R.G.Coveny 13911 
(AD. BR1, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: on Hamilton-Horsham Hwy adjacent to Cattle 
Station Ck, 7 Jan. 1986, J.M.Pollock (AD, CANB, MEL). 
2. * Senecio jacohaea L ., Sp. PI. 2: 870 (1753) 
Type: Europe; n.v. 
Erect biennials or perennials to c. 1.8 m high, with sparse to moderate cobwebby 
hairs. Leaves elliptic to narrow-elliptic, to 25 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 1.5-3, 
complexly 2-3-pinnatisect with c. 5-10 major segments per side; base attenuate or 
slightly auriculate, with auricles pinnatisect, slightly clasping. Capitula numerous to 
100s per stem; calycuiar bracteoles 3-6, 2-3.5 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide; involucre 
3.5-5 mm long, c. 4 mm diam.; phyllaries 11-13, glabrous. Florets numerous; ray 
florets 10-15; ligule 6-10 mm long, 4-veined, yellow. Achenes obloid, 1.6-2.2 mm 

Page image

960522 Agrostis aequata Muelleria 24: 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483091
Page is part of the work The taxonomic status of Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex Steud., L. aequata (Nees) SWL. Jacobs and other related grasses (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291587

Page text

124 
Brown 
9. Lemmas glabrous, awns generally 2.5 mm long or 
* ess .3c. L. nesomytica subsp. paralia 
9. Lemmas covered with scattered hairs, awns generally greater than 2.5 mm 
l° n g.3b. L. nesomytica subsp. pseudofiliformis 
TAXON DESCRIPTIONS 
1. Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex. Steudel, Norn. Botan. Edn 2, 1:250 (1840); 
Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) non Willd. (1797); Vilfa scabra Beauv., 
Agrost. 16 (1812); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2:360 (1817); 
Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trinius, Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Deyeuxia 
scabra (Beauv.) Kunth, Rev. Gram. 1:77 (1829); Calamagroslis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.) Steudel, Syn. PI. Gram. 192 (1854). Type: Port Dalrymple, Tasmania (probable 
location), 1802-05, R. Brown (possible collector) (BM). 
Agrostis aequata Nees, in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 2:412 (1843), Deyeuxia aequata 
(Nees) Benlh.. FI. Austra. 7:578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M. Black, FI. 
South Australia, Part 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.L. Jacobs, 
Telopea 9(3):445 (2001). Type citation: Tasmania, 18.1.1838, Gunn 1005 (type: CGE 
n.v., probable isotype: K). [note: it is assumed on the basis of Vickery’s comment on the 
isotype, that it is an adequate duplicate of the holotype]. 
Mid to light-green, loosely tufted or shortly rhizomatous, sometimes stoloniferous, 
glabrous, annual or perennial, of variable height from 10< cm (particularly in exposed 
coastal positions and on the Bass Strait Islands) to 200 cm (particularly in damp forests 
and on moist limestone rock faces); culms weakly ascending or scrambling to lax. Leaf 
blades rather lax, smooth, Hat, to 15 cm long and from 0.2-4.0 mm wide; ligules obtuse, 
1-3 mm long. Inflorescence generally a sparse, open panicle with spreading but rather 
lax and undulating branches (except in stunted plants), to 25 cm long or occasionally 
more, its base initially enclosed by the upper leaf sheath but often becoming exserted in 
mid-maturity; branches and pedicels green, or purplish where plants more exposed. 
Spikelets (1.3-)1.5-2.5(-3.0) mm long, pale to light green or sometimes purplish, on 
relatively short pedicels (shortest less than 4 mm long, longest almost always less than 
15 mm long); glumes acute and keeled, subequal (sometimes the upper 0.1-0.2 mm 
longer), scabrous along the keel and often scaberulous or minutely papillose on the 
lateral surfaces (sometimes becoming densely scabrous towards the apex) but 
sometimes smooth, margins finely ciliate (at least in the upper hall); lemma acute or 
obtuse, (l.l-)1.3-2.0(-2.2) mm long, minutely 4-toothed at the apex, generally with the 
upper nerves and teeth minutely and densely ciliate, body glabrous although very 
occasionally with a few scattered hairs near the margins on some florets in occasional 
populations, callus glabrous or with a few to some hairs 0.1-0.5 mm long; palea 
subequal to the lemma and often with a similarly ciliate and often rather obtuse apex; 
rachilla extension glabrous or plumose, (0.!-)0.4-1.5(-l.7) mm long (including hairs) or 
sometimes absent; anthers 0.3-0.6(-0.7) mm long. Rough Blown-grass 
Notes: Also known as Even Blown-grass after ‘ aequata' due to its subequal glumes, 
lemma and palea, or as Ruddy Bent, presumably after 'rudis' though the latter means 
‘rough’ or ‘rude’ and only purplish stunted specimens from exposed positions could be 
thought to approach ‘reddish’. 

Page image

960518 Agrostis rudis Muelleria 24: 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483091
Page is part of the work The taxonomic status of Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex Steud., L. aequata (Nees) SWL. Jacobs and other related grasses (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291587

Page text

124 
Brown 
9. Lemmas glabrous, awns generally 2.5 mm long or 
* ess .3c. L. nesomytica subsp. paralia 
9. Lemmas covered with scattered hairs, awns generally greater than 2.5 mm 
l° n g.3b. L. nesomytica subsp. pseudofiliformis 
TAXON DESCRIPTIONS 
1. Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex. Steudel, Norn. Botan. Edn 2, 1:250 (1840); 
Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) non Willd. (1797); Vilfa scabra Beauv., 
Agrost. 16 (1812); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2:360 (1817); 
Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trinius, Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Deyeuxia 
scabra (Beauv.) Kunth, Rev. Gram. 1:77 (1829); Calamagroslis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.) Steudel, Syn. PI. Gram. 192 (1854). Type: Port Dalrymple, Tasmania (probable 
location), 1802-05, R. Brown (possible collector) (BM). 
Agrostis aequata Nees, in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 2:412 (1843), Deyeuxia aequata 
(Nees) Benlh.. FI. Austra. 7:578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M. Black, FI. 
South Australia, Part 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.L. Jacobs, 
Telopea 9(3):445 (2001). Type citation: Tasmania, 18.1.1838, Gunn 1005 (type: CGE 
n.v., probable isotype: K). [note: it is assumed on the basis of Vickery’s comment on the 
isotype, that it is an adequate duplicate of the holotype]. 
Mid to light-green, loosely tufted or shortly rhizomatous, sometimes stoloniferous, 
glabrous, annual or perennial, of variable height from 10< cm (particularly in exposed 
coastal positions and on the Bass Strait Islands) to 200 cm (particularly in damp forests 
and on moist limestone rock faces); culms weakly ascending or scrambling to lax. Leaf 
blades rather lax, smooth, Hat, to 15 cm long and from 0.2-4.0 mm wide; ligules obtuse, 
1-3 mm long. Inflorescence generally a sparse, open panicle with spreading but rather 
lax and undulating branches (except in stunted plants), to 25 cm long or occasionally 
more, its base initially enclosed by the upper leaf sheath but often becoming exserted in 
mid-maturity; branches and pedicels green, or purplish where plants more exposed. 
Spikelets (1.3-)1.5-2.5(-3.0) mm long, pale to light green or sometimes purplish, on 
relatively short pedicels (shortest less than 4 mm long, longest almost always less than 
15 mm long); glumes acute and keeled, subequal (sometimes the upper 0.1-0.2 mm 
longer), scabrous along the keel and often scaberulous or minutely papillose on the 
lateral surfaces (sometimes becoming densely scabrous towards the apex) but 
sometimes smooth, margins finely ciliate (at least in the upper hall); lemma acute or 
obtuse, (l.l-)1.3-2.0(-2.2) mm long, minutely 4-toothed at the apex, generally with the 
upper nerves and teeth minutely and densely ciliate, body glabrous although very 
occasionally with a few scattered hairs near the margins on some florets in occasional 
populations, callus glabrous or with a few to some hairs 0.1-0.5 mm long; palea 
subequal to the lemma and often with a similarly ciliate and often rather obtuse apex; 
rachilla extension glabrous or plumose, (0.!-)0.4-1.5(-l.7) mm long (including hairs) or 
sometimes absent; anthers 0.3-0.6(-0.7) mm long. Rough Blown-grass 
Notes: Also known as Even Blown-grass after ‘ aequata' due to its subequal glumes, 
lemma and palea, or as Ruddy Bent, presumably after 'rudis' though the latter means 
‘rough’ or ‘rude’ and only purplish stunted specimens from exposed positions could be 
thought to approach ‘reddish’. 

Page image

960516 Agrostis scabra Muelleria 24: 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483091
Page is part of the work The taxonomic status of Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex Steud., L. aequata (Nees) SWL. Jacobs and other related grasses (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291587

Page text

124 
Brown 
9. Lemmas glabrous, awns generally 2.5 mm long or 
* ess .3c. L. nesomytica subsp. paralia 
9. Lemmas covered with scattered hairs, awns generally greater than 2.5 mm 
l° n g.3b. L. nesomytica subsp. pseudofiliformis 
TAXON DESCRIPTIONS 
1. Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex. Steudel, Norn. Botan. Edn 2, 1:250 (1840); 
Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) non Willd. (1797); Vilfa scabra Beauv., 
Agrost. 16 (1812); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2:360 (1817); 
Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trinius, Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Deyeuxia 
scabra (Beauv.) Kunth, Rev. Gram. 1:77 (1829); Calamagroslis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.) Steudel, Syn. PI. Gram. 192 (1854). Type: Port Dalrymple, Tasmania (probable 
location), 1802-05, R. Brown (possible collector) (BM). 
Agrostis aequata Nees, in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 2:412 (1843), Deyeuxia aequata 
(Nees) Benlh.. FI. Austra. 7:578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M. Black, FI. 
South Australia, Part 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.L. Jacobs, 
Telopea 9(3):445 (2001). Type citation: Tasmania, 18.1.1838, Gunn 1005 (type: CGE 
n.v., probable isotype: K). [note: it is assumed on the basis of Vickery’s comment on the 
isotype, that it is an adequate duplicate of the holotype]. 
Mid to light-green, loosely tufted or shortly rhizomatous, sometimes stoloniferous, 
glabrous, annual or perennial, of variable height from 10< cm (particularly in exposed 
coastal positions and on the Bass Strait Islands) to 200 cm (particularly in damp forests 
and on moist limestone rock faces); culms weakly ascending or scrambling to lax. Leaf 
blades rather lax, smooth, Hat, to 15 cm long and from 0.2-4.0 mm wide; ligules obtuse, 
1-3 mm long. Inflorescence generally a sparse, open panicle with spreading but rather 
lax and undulating branches (except in stunted plants), to 25 cm long or occasionally 
more, its base initially enclosed by the upper leaf sheath but often becoming exserted in 
mid-maturity; branches and pedicels green, or purplish where plants more exposed. 
Spikelets (1.3-)1.5-2.5(-3.0) mm long, pale to light green or sometimes purplish, on 
relatively short pedicels (shortest less than 4 mm long, longest almost always less than 
15 mm long); glumes acute and keeled, subequal (sometimes the upper 0.1-0.2 mm 
longer), scabrous along the keel and often scaberulous or minutely papillose on the 
lateral surfaces (sometimes becoming densely scabrous towards the apex) but 
sometimes smooth, margins finely ciliate (at least in the upper hall); lemma acute or 
obtuse, (l.l-)1.3-2.0(-2.2) mm long, minutely 4-toothed at the apex, generally with the 
upper nerves and teeth minutely and densely ciliate, body glabrous although very 
occasionally with a few scattered hairs near the margins on some florets in occasional 
populations, callus glabrous or with a few to some hairs 0.1-0.5 mm long; palea 
subequal to the lemma and often with a similarly ciliate and often rather obtuse apex; 
rachilla extension glabrous or plumose, (0.!-)0.4-1.5(-l.7) mm long (including hairs) or 
sometimes absent; anthers 0.3-0.6(-0.7) mm long. Rough Blown-grass 
Notes: Also known as Even Blown-grass after ‘ aequata' due to its subequal glumes, 
lemma and palea, or as Ruddy Bent, presumably after 'rudis' though the latter means 
‘rough’ or ‘rude’ and only purplish stunted specimens from exposed positions could be 
thought to approach ‘reddish’. 

Page image

613247 Arrhenechthites Muelleria 24: 103
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483070
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586
853676 Arrhenechthites mixta Muelleria 24: 104
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483071
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

104 
Thompson 
Arrhenechthites mixtus (A.Rich.) Belcher, Ann. Missouri Bot. Card. 43: 75 (1956), as 
mixta. 
Senecio mixtus A.Rich., in J.S.C.Dumont d’Urville, Voy. Astrolabe 2: 112 (1834); 
Erechtites mixtus (A.Rich.) DC., Prodr. 6: 297 (1838), as mixta. 
Type: Port-Jackson [most likely collected from the Blue Mtns to the west of Port 
Jackson], New South Wales, C.Gaudichaud-Beaupre ; liolo: P. 
Plants to c. 0.9 m high, with fleshy subtuberous roots, with scattered hairs; hairs 
multicelled, pale or purplish basally, terminating in a long line whitish portion that is 
soon lost. Leaves often somewhat abruptly broadening from petiole-like to broad- 
laminate, to 12 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, lobate to pinnatisecl, with degree of 
dissection reducing distally, with 3-9 segments per side; base often with 1 or 2 narrow 
segments; margin entire or with a few denticulations or teeth; lamina ± glabrous except 
for short coarse hairs on or near margins (but new growth briefly cobwebby); secondary 
venation evident; abaxial surface purple. Capitula few to c. 20 per stem; mature 
peduncle mostly to c. 50 mm long; calycular bracteoles 3-6, 4.0-6.0 mm long, 0.4-0.6 
mm wide; involucre 12-20 mm long, 2-3 mm diam.; phyllaries 7-10, flat, glabrous or 
hairy. Florets 10-15; outer florets 8-10. with a pale yellow or purplish, irregularly 
deeply and peracutely lobed ligule c. I mm long. Achenes narrow obloid, 6-8 mm long, 
prominently ribbed, glabrous. Pappus c. 12 mm long. Purple Fireweed. 
Notes: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from Mt Spirabo in north-eastern New 
South Wales south to eastern Victoria. Grows on soils of various derivation including 
granite, greywacke, quartzite and conglomerate, in open forest, at moderate altitudes (to 
1560 m). Flowers mid-spring-late summer. 
Arrhenechthites mixtus is a peculiar species which was originally described as a 
Senecio, then transferred to Erechtites, and finally transferred to Arrhenechthites, an 
otherwise entirely New Guinean genus in 1956. It differs from other species of 
Arrhenechthites in having inflorescences with fewer capitula, sometimes bisexual 
central florets, outer florets with a more pronounced ligule, markedly longer fruits and 
capitula, leaves intensely purple on the abaxial surface, and pigmented multicellular 
hairs on the phyllaries. This casts some doubts as to its suitability to be classified in 
Arrhenechthites, and ultimately/!, mixtus may be best placed in a genus of its own. The 
phylogeny of tribe Senecioneae is currently under investigation using molecular data 
(Pieter Pelser pers. comm.), and initial findings using plastid and nuclear (ITS region) 
data indicate that Arrhenechthites mixtus is most closely related to Arrhenechthites 
novoguineeensis, Dendrocacalia crepidifolia and Senecio thapsoides. The clade formed 
by these species is sister to a clade comprising species of Erechtites, Crassocephalum 
and many species of Senecio (Senecio sensu stricto ) 
Morphologically, A. mixtus resembles Gynura drymophila in phyllary and fruit 
morphology, but its style-branch morphology is significantly different. Curiously, it 
combines features of two Australian species of Senecio with which it more or less 
sympatric. It resembles the radiate species Senecio vagus subsp. vagus in leaf 
morphology and by having similar pigmented multicellular hairs, and it resembles the 
disciform species S. prenanthoides in terms of leaf pigmentation, its slender capitula, 
low numbers of florets per capitulum, and its subtuberous secondary roots. The 
minutely ligulate female florets could also be interpreted as being intermediate in 
morphology between these species. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: 12 km south of Tantawangalo, south of 
Chalkhills Fire Trail, Tantawangalo State Forest, /.Crawford 2255 (CANB, MEL, NSW). 

Page image

613250 Arrhenechthites mixtus Muelleria 24: 104-105

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 104-105".

645666 Austroboletus mutabilis Muelleria 24: 33-36, Figs 1-8

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 33-36, Figs 1-8".

613179 Bedfordia Muelleria 24: 57-58

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 57-58".

613178 Brachyglottis brunonis Muelleria 24: 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483024
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
57 
sufficiently different morphologically to be separated at a generic level, and suggested, 
contingent on further molecular proof, that B. brunonis be returned to Centropappus. 
Brachyglottis brunonis (I look.f.) B.Nord., Opera Bot. 44: 30 (1978) 
Centropappus brunonis Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 124 (1847); Senecio 
brunonis (Hook.f.) J.H.Willis, Muelleria 1(3): 162 (1967). 
Type: Mt Wellington, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn s.n.\ holo: K n.v.,ftde R.B.Nordenstam loc. 
cit. 
Senecio centropappus F.Muell., Catalogue of Plants under Cultivation in the 
Melbourne Botanic Gardens 26 (1858), nom. illeg. Type: not designated. 
Small trees to 3.5 in high, glabrous, with dark, laminating bark. Leaves crowded, 
narrow-linear, 5 10 cm long, entire, viscid, upper surface gland-dotted. Capitula many 
per stem; peduncle to c. 15 mm long at maturity; calycular bracteoles 3-5, ovate, c. 2 
mm long; involucre 3-5 mm long, c. 3 mm diam.; phyllaries 8, oblong-elliptic to 
narrow-oblong-elliptic, fimbriate distally; stereome convex, with 1-3 resin ducts; 
margin of receptacular pits slightly raised. Florets: ray florets 5; ligules c. 5 mm long, 
5-8-veined, yellow; disc florets c. 15-20; corolla exceeding phyllaries by c. 2 mm, c. 4- 
5 mm long; base c. 0.6 mm diam.; limb c. 2/5 of total length, with lobes narrow-oblong, 
revolute. Achenes slightly obovoid, 2.5-3 mm long, 5-8-ribbed, pale brown, glabrous; 
basal annulus narrow. Pappus c. 4 mm long, white; bristles scabrid-barbellate to sub- 
plumose. Tree Ragwort. 
Notes : Occurs in south-eastern Tasmania where restricted to Mt Wellington and Mt 
Dromedary. Grows on dolomite, on moderate to steep slopes, in tall open forest at 
altitudes from 490-1160 m. Flowers summer. 
A distinctive species, but similar in several ways including involucre morphology to 
Bedfordia and to a lesser extent Abrotanella , although the latter is a dwarf herb. Leaves 
when crushed and (lowers are pleasantly fragrant suggestive of apricots according to 
one collector. 
Representative specimens : TASMANIA: Mt Wellington, Pinnacle Rd, c. 3 km from summit 
at start of Organ Pipes track, F.E.Davies 780 dr P.OIlerenshaw (AD, CANB, HO, MEL); c. 2 km 
below Mt Wellington summit on Mt Wellington Rd (c. 19 km south by Rd from Hobart), 
P.C.Jobson 1901, N.C. Walsh & I.R.Telford (BRI, HO, MEL). 
3. Bedfordia DC., in A.-J.Guillemin, Arcli. Bot. 2: 332 (1833) 
Small trees or shrubs, with a dense wool on most younger parts. Leaves shortly 
petiolate, with glandular hairs on newer growth, pinnately veined. Capitula discoid, 
pedunculate, calyculate; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs orange, yellow, or 
creamy white. Anthers caudate. Style-branches with apex obtuse to truncate, crowned 
by papillae, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, c. obloid. Pappus ± 
persistent. 
The species in this genus are closely related to Brachyglottis brunonis q.v. but 
readily distinguished from the latter and other senecionoid species in Australia by the 
woolly indumentum covering branches, abaxial surfaces ot leaves, peduncles and 
involucres. The calyculus is weakly developed and is usually represented by only a few 
linear or lanceolate bracteoles. 

Page image

613177 Brachyglottis Muelleria 24: 56-57

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 56-57".

853680 Cacalia sonchifolia Muelleria 24: 105
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483072
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
105 
VICTORIA: Fork Track area, between Tulacli Ard Rd and Snowy R. Gorge, A.C.Beauglehole 
37347 (MEL; 2 sheets). 
13. Emilia Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 68 (1817). 
Annual to perennial herbs. Leaves sessile, pinnately veined. Capitula discoid (in 
Australia), or radiate, pedunculate, ecalyeulate; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs 
pink, red, sometimes yellow. Anthers ecaudate. Style-branches with apex truncate to 
obtuse, crowned with papillae, with or without terminal appendage. Achenes 
homomorphic, narrow-obloid. Pappus caducous. 
A genus of c. 100 species in Africa south of the Sahara, Asia and the Pacific Is. The 
hyaline margin of the phyllaries of species of Emilia in Australia are narrow and of 
similar width on all phyllaries in contrast to most other species in the Senecioneae in 
Australia which exhibit dimorphism in margin width. 
Key to species 
Developing stems not densely hairy; leaves often with lateral segments; upper-stem 
leaves strongly cordate or sagittate; corolla with limb 2-3.5 mm long, pale purple, > 
not reaching to apex of phyllaries or exceeding them by up to 2 mm; achenes 2.2- 
3.8 mm long...1- E. sonchifolia 
Developing stems densely hairy; leaves lacking lateral segments; upper-stem leaves not 
strongly cordate or sagittate; corolla with limb 4-5 mm long, brick-red, exceeding 
phyllaries by 2-4 mm; achenes 4.0-5.0 mm long.2. E.fosbergii 
1. *Emilia sonchifolia (L.) DC., in R.Wight, Contr. Bot. India 24 (1834) 
Cacalia sonchifolia L., Sp. PI. 2: 835 (1753). 
Type: Sri Lanka, Herb. Hermann; BM n.v.,fide A.J.C.Grierson in M.D.Dassanayake & 
F.R.Fosberg (cds), Revis. Handb. FI. Ceylon 1: 252 (1980). 
Annuals to c. 0.5 m high. Hairs sparse, mainly on stems and leaves, glabrescent. 
Leaves to c. 8 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-4, undivided or sometimes lobate to 
pinnatisect, sometimes petiole-like with lamina much broader dislally; margin dentate; 
upper-stem leaves becoming lanceolate, auriculate. Inflorescences of I-several capitula; 
mature peduncle to c. 80 mm long; ecalyeulate; involucre 7—12 mm long, 2—4 mm 
diam.; phyllaries c. 6-8; stereome flat, with 3-5 resin ducts, with a few coarse hairs or 
glabrous; receptacular pits not or very slightly raised. Florets c. 30; corolla 6-10 mm 
long, slightly below, equal to or exceeding involucre by up to 2.5 mm, with base c. 0.3 
mm diam., with limb 1/3—2/5 of total length, narrow-obconical, pink; style-branch 
appendage putple. Achenes narrow-obloid, 2.2-3.8 mm long, with 5 broad ± flat ribs, 
brown or straw-coloured, with scattered hairs in grooves. Pappus 5-8 mm long; bristles 
minutely scabrid-barbellate. 
Notes: Aberrant, probably diseased plants have been collected that develop green 
inflorescences characterised by several vegetative shoots developing from capitula 
instead of florets (the so-called ‘hen and chicken’ effect). 1 here are two varieties. 
Apex of phyllaries with dark border to c. 1 mm long or absent; corolla 1 mm shorter 
than or up to 1 mm longer than phyllaries; corolla-lobes < 1 mm long; achenes 2.2- 
3.2 mm long.var. sonchifolia 

Page image

960524 Calamagrostis aequata Muelleria 24: 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483091
Page is part of the work The taxonomic status of Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex Steud., L. aequata (Nees) SWL. Jacobs and other related grasses (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291587

Page text

124 
Brown 
9. Lemmas glabrous, awns generally 2.5 mm long or 
* ess .3c. L. nesomytica subsp. paralia 
9. Lemmas covered with scattered hairs, awns generally greater than 2.5 mm 
l° n g.3b. L. nesomytica subsp. pseudofiliformis 
TAXON DESCRIPTIONS 
1. Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex. Steudel, Norn. Botan. Edn 2, 1:250 (1840); 
Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) non Willd. (1797); Vilfa scabra Beauv., 
Agrost. 16 (1812); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2:360 (1817); 
Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trinius, Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Deyeuxia 
scabra (Beauv.) Kunth, Rev. Gram. 1:77 (1829); Calamagroslis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.) Steudel, Syn. PI. Gram. 192 (1854). Type: Port Dalrymple, Tasmania (probable 
location), 1802-05, R. Brown (possible collector) (BM). 
Agrostis aequata Nees, in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 2:412 (1843), Deyeuxia aequata 
(Nees) Benlh.. FI. Austra. 7:578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M. Black, FI. 
South Australia, Part 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.L. Jacobs, 
Telopea 9(3):445 (2001). Type citation: Tasmania, 18.1.1838, Gunn 1005 (type: CGE 
n.v., probable isotype: K). [note: it is assumed on the basis of Vickery’s comment on the 
isotype, that it is an adequate duplicate of the holotype]. 
Mid to light-green, loosely tufted or shortly rhizomatous, sometimes stoloniferous, 
glabrous, annual or perennial, of variable height from 10< cm (particularly in exposed 
coastal positions and on the Bass Strait Islands) to 200 cm (particularly in damp forests 
and on moist limestone rock faces); culms weakly ascending or scrambling to lax. Leaf 
blades rather lax, smooth, Hat, to 15 cm long and from 0.2-4.0 mm wide; ligules obtuse, 
1-3 mm long. Inflorescence generally a sparse, open panicle with spreading but rather 
lax and undulating branches (except in stunted plants), to 25 cm long or occasionally 
more, its base initially enclosed by the upper leaf sheath but often becoming exserted in 
mid-maturity; branches and pedicels green, or purplish where plants more exposed. 
Spikelets (1.3-)1.5-2.5(-3.0) mm long, pale to light green or sometimes purplish, on 
relatively short pedicels (shortest less than 4 mm long, longest almost always less than 
15 mm long); glumes acute and keeled, subequal (sometimes the upper 0.1-0.2 mm 
longer), scabrous along the keel and often scaberulous or minutely papillose on the 
lateral surfaces (sometimes becoming densely scabrous towards the apex) but 
sometimes smooth, margins finely ciliate (at least in the upper hall); lemma acute or 
obtuse, (l.l-)1.3-2.0(-2.2) mm long, minutely 4-toothed at the apex, generally with the 
upper nerves and teeth minutely and densely ciliate, body glabrous although very 
occasionally with a few scattered hairs near the margins on some florets in occasional 
populations, callus glabrous or with a few to some hairs 0.1-0.5 mm long; palea 
subequal to the lemma and often with a similarly ciliate and often rather obtuse apex; 
rachilla extension glabrous or plumose, (0.!-)0.4-1.5(-l.7) mm long (including hairs) or 
sometimes absent; anthers 0.3-0.6(-0.7) mm long. Rough Blown-grass 
Notes: Also known as Even Blown-grass after ‘ aequata' due to its subequal glumes, 
lemma and palea, or as Ruddy Bent, presumably after 'rudis' though the latter means 
‘rough’ or ‘rude’ and only purplish stunted specimens from exposed positions could be 
thought to approach ‘reddish’. 

Page image

960521 Calamagrostis rudis Muelleria 24: 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483091
Page is part of the work The taxonomic status of Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex Steud., L. aequata (Nees) SWL. Jacobs and other related grasses (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291587

Page text

124 
Brown 
9. Lemmas glabrous, awns generally 2.5 mm long or 
* ess .3c. L. nesomytica subsp. paralia 
9. Lemmas covered with scattered hairs, awns generally greater than 2.5 mm 
l° n g.3b. L. nesomytica subsp. pseudofiliformis 
TAXON DESCRIPTIONS 
1. Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex. Steudel, Norn. Botan. Edn 2, 1:250 (1840); 
Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) non Willd. (1797); Vilfa scabra Beauv., 
Agrost. 16 (1812); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2:360 (1817); 
Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trinius, Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Deyeuxia 
scabra (Beauv.) Kunth, Rev. Gram. 1:77 (1829); Calamagroslis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.) Steudel, Syn. PI. Gram. 192 (1854). Type: Port Dalrymple, Tasmania (probable 
location), 1802-05, R. Brown (possible collector) (BM). 
Agrostis aequata Nees, in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 2:412 (1843), Deyeuxia aequata 
(Nees) Benlh.. FI. Austra. 7:578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M. Black, FI. 
South Australia, Part 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.L. Jacobs, 
Telopea 9(3):445 (2001). Type citation: Tasmania, 18.1.1838, Gunn 1005 (type: CGE 
n.v., probable isotype: K). [note: it is assumed on the basis of Vickery’s comment on the 
isotype, that it is an adequate duplicate of the holotype]. 
Mid to light-green, loosely tufted or shortly rhizomatous, sometimes stoloniferous, 
glabrous, annual or perennial, of variable height from 10< cm (particularly in exposed 
coastal positions and on the Bass Strait Islands) to 200 cm (particularly in damp forests 
and on moist limestone rock faces); culms weakly ascending or scrambling to lax. Leaf 
blades rather lax, smooth, Hat, to 15 cm long and from 0.2-4.0 mm wide; ligules obtuse, 
1-3 mm long. Inflorescence generally a sparse, open panicle with spreading but rather 
lax and undulating branches (except in stunted plants), to 25 cm long or occasionally 
more, its base initially enclosed by the upper leaf sheath but often becoming exserted in 
mid-maturity; branches and pedicels green, or purplish where plants more exposed. 
Spikelets (1.3-)1.5-2.5(-3.0) mm long, pale to light green or sometimes purplish, on 
relatively short pedicels (shortest less than 4 mm long, longest almost always less than 
15 mm long); glumes acute and keeled, subequal (sometimes the upper 0.1-0.2 mm 
longer), scabrous along the keel and often scaberulous or minutely papillose on the 
lateral surfaces (sometimes becoming densely scabrous towards the apex) but 
sometimes smooth, margins finely ciliate (at least in the upper hall); lemma acute or 
obtuse, (l.l-)1.3-2.0(-2.2) mm long, minutely 4-toothed at the apex, generally with the 
upper nerves and teeth minutely and densely ciliate, body glabrous although very 
occasionally with a few scattered hairs near the margins on some florets in occasional 
populations, callus glabrous or with a few to some hairs 0.1-0.5 mm long; palea 
subequal to the lemma and often with a similarly ciliate and often rather obtuse apex; 
rachilla extension glabrous or plumose, (0.!-)0.4-1.5(-l.7) mm long (including hairs) or 
sometimes absent; anthers 0.3-0.6(-0.7) mm long. Rough Blown-grass 
Notes: Also known as Even Blown-grass after ‘ aequata' due to its subequal glumes, 
lemma and palea, or as Ruddy Bent, presumably after 'rudis' though the latter means 
‘rough’ or ‘rude’ and only purplish stunted specimens from exposed positions could be 
thought to approach ‘reddish’. 

Page image

853628 Centropappus brunonis Muelleria 24: 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483024
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
57 
sufficiently different morphologically to be separated at a generic level, and suggested, 
contingent on further molecular proof, that B. brunonis be returned to Centropappus. 
Brachyglottis brunonis (I look.f.) B.Nord., Opera Bot. 44: 30 (1978) 
Centropappus brunonis Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 124 (1847); Senecio 
brunonis (Hook.f.) J.H.Willis, Muelleria 1(3): 162 (1967). 
Type: Mt Wellington, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn s.n.\ holo: K n.v.,ftde R.B.Nordenstam loc. 
cit. 
Senecio centropappus F.Muell., Catalogue of Plants under Cultivation in the 
Melbourne Botanic Gardens 26 (1858), nom. illeg. Type: not designated. 
Small trees to 3.5 in high, glabrous, with dark, laminating bark. Leaves crowded, 
narrow-linear, 5 10 cm long, entire, viscid, upper surface gland-dotted. Capitula many 
per stem; peduncle to c. 15 mm long at maturity; calycular bracteoles 3-5, ovate, c. 2 
mm long; involucre 3-5 mm long, c. 3 mm diam.; phyllaries 8, oblong-elliptic to 
narrow-oblong-elliptic, fimbriate distally; stereome convex, with 1-3 resin ducts; 
margin of receptacular pits slightly raised. Florets: ray florets 5; ligules c. 5 mm long, 
5-8-veined, yellow; disc florets c. 15-20; corolla exceeding phyllaries by c. 2 mm, c. 4- 
5 mm long; base c. 0.6 mm diam.; limb c. 2/5 of total length, with lobes narrow-oblong, 
revolute. Achenes slightly obovoid, 2.5-3 mm long, 5-8-ribbed, pale brown, glabrous; 
basal annulus narrow. Pappus c. 4 mm long, white; bristles scabrid-barbellate to sub- 
plumose. Tree Ragwort. 
Notes : Occurs in south-eastern Tasmania where restricted to Mt Wellington and Mt 
Dromedary. Grows on dolomite, on moderate to steep slopes, in tall open forest at 
altitudes from 490-1160 m. Flowers summer. 
A distinctive species, but similar in several ways including involucre morphology to 
Bedfordia and to a lesser extent Abrotanella , although the latter is a dwarf herb. Leaves 
when crushed and (lowers are pleasantly fragrant suggestive of apricots according to 
one collector. 
Representative specimens : TASMANIA: Mt Wellington, Pinnacle Rd, c. 3 km from summit 
at start of Organ Pipes track, F.E.Davies 780 dr P.OIlerenshaw (AD, CANB, HO, MEL); c. 2 km 
below Mt Wellington summit on Mt Wellington Rd (c. 19 km south by Rd from Hobart), 
P.C.Jobson 1901, N.C. Walsh & I.R.Telford (BRI, HO, MEL). 
3. Bedfordia DC., in A.-J.Guillemin, Arcli. Bot. 2: 332 (1833) 
Small trees or shrubs, with a dense wool on most younger parts. Leaves shortly 
petiolate, with glandular hairs on newer growth, pinnately veined. Capitula discoid, 
pedunculate, calyculate; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs orange, yellow, or 
creamy white. Anthers caudate. Style-branches with apex obtuse to truncate, crowned 
by papillae, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, c. obloid. Pappus ± 
persistent. 
The species in this genus are closely related to Brachyglottis brunonis q.v. but 
readily distinguished from the latter and other senecionoid species in Australia by the 
woolly indumentum covering branches, abaxial surfaces ot leaves, peduncles and 
involucres. The calyculus is weakly developed and is usually represented by only a few 
linear or lanceolate bracteoles. 

Page image

853666 Cineraria crassiflora Muelleria 24: 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483049
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

82 
Thompson 
Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-eastern Queensland and in New 
South Wales near the coast. Grows in sandy soils in low coastal rainforest, woodland 
and mangroves. Flowers most of the year. 
The triangular leaf-lamina, fewer and larger capitula and much larger bracteoles 
distinguish this species from S. tamoides and S. angulatus. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Boonooroo, S.P.Phillips 601 (BRI). NEW 
SOUTH WALES: Sawtell, B.Kemp 227 (MEL. NSW); near northern end of Grevillea Rd, off 
Tamarind Ave., Cudgen Nature Reserve, Bogangar, J.R.Hashing 2023 (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). 
7. *Senecio angulatus L.f., Suppl. PL 369 (1782) 
Type: Cape of Good Hope, South Africa, Thunherg ; n.v. 
Scrambling or climbing plants to c. 3 m high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 10 cm long, 
with petiole c. half of length; lamina ovate, with l:w ratio c. 1-2, usually with 1-3 
commonly obtuse lobes per side; margin entire or with a few denticulations. Capitula 
several to numerous per branch; calycular bracteoles 3-6, 1.5-2.5 mm long, c. 0.5 mm 
wide; involucre 5-6 mm long, c. 3 mm diam.; phyllaries 7-10. Florets 15-20; ray 
florets 3-6, mostly 5; ligule 8-12 mm long, 4-veined, yellow. Achenes narrow-obloid, 
2.0-2.5 mm long, brown, with papillose hairs. Pappus caducous, 5-7 mm long. 
Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in mesic parts of southern Australia, mostly in 
urban areas especially in the capital cities of southern states. Grows in various soils in 
shrubland and woodland in disturbed environments. Flowers late autumn-winter. 
Similar to Senecio tamoides and S. macroglossus q.v. Also vegetatively similar to 
the discoid Delairea odorata q.v. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Swan R., Sunset. Nedlands, 
GJ.Keighery 13775 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 4 km north of Palmer, R.Bates 9898 
(AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: east side of Carlisle Ave, Mt Druitt, R.G.Coveny 16539 (MEL, 
NSW). VICTORIA: Red Bluff, Sandringham, D.E.Alhrecht 1838 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: 
No records seen. (Present in Tasmania fide A.Buchanan pers. comm.) 
8. * Senecio crassiflorus (Poir.) DC., Prodr. 6: 412 (1838) 
Cineraria crassiflora Poir., Encycl. suppl. 2: 267 (1811). 
Type: Buenos Aires, Brazil, Commerson ; holo: ?P (Herb. Lam.) n.v., fide J.L.M.Poiret, 
loc. cit. 
Sprawling subshrub forming mounds to c. 2 m high, densely appressed-woolly 
throughout. Leaves undivided, spathulate to oblanceolate, to c. 8 cm long, with l:w ratio 
c. 2-6; base attenuate; margin ± entire or distally crenulate or denticulate. Capitula 1-8 
per branch; calycular bracteoles 3-6, 2-6 mm long, c. 1 mm wide; involucre 12-16 mm 
long, c. 10 mm diam.; phyllaries 20-22. Florets numerous; ray florets 12-22; ligule 15- 
30 mm long, 4-veined, yellow. Achenes narrow-obloid, 4-7 mm long, pale brown, 
strongly ribbed, with papillose hairs forming broad bands. Pappus caducous, 10-15 mm 
long. 
Notes: Native to South America. Occurs in central and north-eastern New South 
Wales on the coast from Sawtell south to Cronulla. Grows on coastal dunes. Flowers 
most of year. 
A silvery-grey plant grown as an ornamental and also once planted for coastal 
erosion control. Naturalised in a few places along the New South Wales coast. 

Page image

613196 Cineraria Muelleria 24: 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483029
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

62 
Thompson 
Shrubs to c. 1.5 m high, largely glabrous. Leaves crowded, slightly fleshy; narrow- 
elliptic to obovate, to 8 cm long, pinnatisect reducing to lobate distally, segments c. 
narrow-oblong, margins entire. Capitula 1 per branch but often with a few branches 
clustered; peduncle to c. 200 mm long; involucre broad-campanulate, 5 8 mm long; 
phyllaries 8-15, connate in proximal 1/5-1/4, stereome flat, resin ducts inconspicuous; 
margin of receptacular pits raised. Ray florets 8-15; ligule to c. 20 mm long, commonly 
4-veined. Disc florets numerous; corollas c. 4.5 mm long, with base c. 0.5 mm diam; 
limb c. 2/3 of total length. Achenes obovoid, 3-5 mm long, 10-ribbed, glabrous, without 
stylophore. Pappus absent. Paris Daisy. 
Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in central coastal New South Wales from 
Wollongong north to Northbridge. Sydney. A weed of roadsides. Incipiently naturalised 
at Leongatha in south-eastern Victoria. Flowers winter. 
A common garden plant, occasionally escaping into adjoining bushland. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: Central Coast, Northbridge, 
L.A.SJohnson 7517 (NSW). VICTORIA: Leongatha township, public land between Young St 
and Haw St, G. IV.Carr 0205-77 (AD, CANB, HO. MEL, NSW). 
8. Cineraria L„ Sp. PL 2nd edn, 2: 1242 (1763) 
Herbs or subshrubs. Leaves sessile, pinnately veined. Capitula radiate (in Australia) or 
rarely discoid, pedunculate, calyculate; phyllaries free. Florets: ligule yellow; disc 
florets rarely functionally male; corolla-limbs yellow. Anthers obtuse or shortly 
sagittate. Style-branches recurved, with apex truncate, crowned with papillae, with 
terminal appendage minute, conical. Achenes ± homomorphic, obovate, compressed. 
Pappus caducous. 
A genus of c. 30 species from Africa and Madagascar. 
* Cineraria lyratiforinis G.V.Cron., S. African.J. But. 65: 287 (1999) 
Cineraria lyrata DC., Prodr. 6: 308 (1838), nom. illeg. non Ledeb. (1818). 
Type: Northern Cape Nieuweveld, between Beaufort and Rhinosterkop, South Africa, 
Drege 711: holo: G n.v.,ftde G.V.Cron, loc. cit. 
Herbs to c. 0.6 m high, glabrous or cobwebby. Leaves to 8 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 
2-3, lyrate-pinnatifid; base auriculate; margin denticulate to dentate. Capitula several to 
many per stem; mature peduncle to c. 20 mm long; calycular bracteoles 3-6, narrow- 
ovate. 1-2 mm long; involucre 3.5-5 mm long; phyllaries 12-14, with resin ducts 3-5; 
receptacle smooth. Ray florets usually 7 or 8; ligule 3.5-6 mm long, yellow, usually 4- 
veined; disc florets 32^10, with corollas 3—4 mm long, exceeding phyllaries by c. 1-2 
mm; basal cone c. 0.3 mm diam., limb c. 3/5 of total length, with triangular lobes. 
Achenes: body c. obovoid, 2-2.5 mm long, black or dark-brown; wings broad, pale, 
glabrous or minutely ciliate. Pappus 3-4 mm long, minutely and sparsely scabrid- 
barbellate. Cineraria, African Marigold. 
Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in the Rylstone district, in central-eastern 
New South Wales. Grows in a wide range of soils in wasteland, cultivated land and on 
roadsides. Flowers summer. 
A noxious weed in the mid-western county of eastern New South Wales. In South 
Africa it is reported to taint dairy products and to have poisoned pigs. Similar to some 
radiate species of Senecio but distinguished most readily by its compressed achenes. 

Page image

853640 Cineraria lyrata Muelleria 24: 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483029
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

62 
Thompson 
Shrubs to c. 1.5 m high, largely glabrous. Leaves crowded, slightly fleshy; narrow- 
elliptic to obovate, to 8 cm long, pinnatisect reducing to lobate distally, segments c. 
narrow-oblong, margins entire. Capitula 1 per branch but often with a few branches 
clustered; peduncle to c. 200 mm long; involucre broad-campanulate, 5 8 mm long; 
phyllaries 8-15, connate in proximal 1/5-1/4, stereome flat, resin ducts inconspicuous; 
margin of receptacular pits raised. Ray florets 8-15; ligule to c. 20 mm long, commonly 
4-veined. Disc florets numerous; corollas c. 4.5 mm long, with base c. 0.5 mm diam; 
limb c. 2/3 of total length. Achenes obovoid, 3-5 mm long, 10-ribbed, glabrous, without 
stylophore. Pappus absent. Paris Daisy. 
Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in central coastal New South Wales from 
Wollongong north to Northbridge. Sydney. A weed of roadsides. Incipiently naturalised 
at Leongatha in south-eastern Victoria. Flowers winter. 
A common garden plant, occasionally escaping into adjoining bushland. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: Central Coast, Northbridge, 
L.A.SJohnson 7517 (NSW). VICTORIA: Leongatha township, public land between Young St 
and Haw St, G. IV.Carr 0205-77 (AD, CANB, HO. MEL, NSW). 
8. Cineraria L„ Sp. PL 2nd edn, 2: 1242 (1763) 
Herbs or subshrubs. Leaves sessile, pinnately veined. Capitula radiate (in Australia) or 
rarely discoid, pedunculate, calyculate; phyllaries free. Florets: ligule yellow; disc 
florets rarely functionally male; corolla-limbs yellow. Anthers obtuse or shortly 
sagittate. Style-branches recurved, with apex truncate, crowned with papillae, with 
terminal appendage minute, conical. Achenes ± homomorphic, obovate, compressed. 
Pappus caducous. 
A genus of c. 30 species from Africa and Madagascar. 
* Cineraria lyratiforinis G.V.Cron., S. African.J. But. 65: 287 (1999) 
Cineraria lyrata DC., Prodr. 6: 308 (1838), nom. illeg. non Ledeb. (1818). 
Type: Northern Cape Nieuweveld, between Beaufort and Rhinosterkop, South Africa, 
Drege 711: holo: G n.v.,ftde G.V.Cron, loc. cit. 
Herbs to c. 0.6 m high, glabrous or cobwebby. Leaves to 8 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 
2-3, lyrate-pinnatifid; base auriculate; margin denticulate to dentate. Capitula several to 
many per stem; mature peduncle to c. 20 mm long; calycular bracteoles 3-6, narrow- 
ovate. 1-2 mm long; involucre 3.5-5 mm long; phyllaries 12-14, with resin ducts 3-5; 
receptacle smooth. Ray florets usually 7 or 8; ligule 3.5-6 mm long, yellow, usually 4- 
veined; disc florets 32^10, with corollas 3—4 mm long, exceeding phyllaries by c. 1-2 
mm; basal cone c. 0.3 mm diam., limb c. 3/5 of total length, with triangular lobes. 
Achenes: body c. obovoid, 2-2.5 mm long, black or dark-brown; wings broad, pale, 
glabrous or minutely ciliate. Pappus 3-4 mm long, minutely and sparsely scabrid- 
barbellate. Cineraria, African Marigold. 
Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in the Rylstone district, in central-eastern 
New South Wales. Grows in a wide range of soils in wasteland, cultivated land and on 
roadsides. Flowers summer. 
A noxious weed in the mid-western county of eastern New South Wales. In South 
Africa it is reported to taint dairy products and to have poisoned pigs. Similar to some 
radiate species of Senecio but distinguished most readily by its compressed achenes. 

Page image

613197 Cineraria lyratiformis Muelleria 24: 62-63

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 62-63".

853632 Cineraria petasitis Muelleria 24: 59
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483026
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
59 
with base c. 0.5 mm diam.; limb c. 2/5 of total length, white, with narrow-oblong lobes. 
Achenes obloid, 1.5-2.0 mm long. Pappus 4-8 mm long, white; bristles scabrid- 
barbellate. Winter Heliotrope. 
Notes'. Native to northern Africa. Occurs in south-central Victoria and in south¬ 
eastern Tasmania. Grows in damp shady places such as roadside ditches. Flowers 
winter. 
Plants recorded in Australia have all been functionally male. Spreads vegetatively 
from disturbed sites into bushland. Flowers are vanilla-scented. The dark purple anther- 
tube of disc florets contrasts with the white corolla and strongly protruding stigma. 
Representative specimens: VICTORIA: On the northern side of the railway line, c. 100 m 
west of Upper Ferntree Gully Railway Station, D.E.Albrecht 1856 (MEL). TASMANIA: 
Recreation area of Huon Hwy, Franklin, D.I.Morris 8255 (HO). 
5. Roldana La Llave, in P. de La Llave & J.J.M. de Lexarza, Nov. Veg. Descr. 2: 10 
(1825) 
Herbs, shrubs or small trees. Leaves petiolate, palmately (in Australia) or pinnately 
veined. Capitula radiate (in Australia), discoid or disciform, pedunculate, calyculate or 
not; phyllaries free. Florets: ligule yellow (in Australia), orange, white or greenish; disc 
florets with corolla-limbs yellow (in Australia). Anthers caudate. Style-branches linear, 
with apex truncate, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, obloid to 
obovoid. Pappus caducous. 
A genus of c. 55 species predominantly from Mexico and Central America. 
*Rol(luna petasitis (Sims) H.Rob. & Brettell, Phytologia 27: 423 (1974) 
Cineraria petasitis Sims, Bot. Mag., t. 1536 (1813); Senecio petasitis (Sims) DC., 
Prodr. 6:431 (1838). 
Type: cultivated, not designated. 
Shrubs to c. 3 m high, with short coarse hairs on all parts. Leaves: petiole 5-15 cm 
long; lamina sub-orbicular to broad-ovate, 8-15 cm long; base cordate; margin finely 
denticulate. Capitula many per branch; peduncle to 20 mm long at maturity; calycular 
bracteoles 1-3, linear, 1-5 mm long; involucre 9-11 mm long, 3-5 mm diam.; 
phyllaries c. 8; stereome flat. Florets: ray florets 3-6; ligule 6-10 mm long, 4- or 5- 
veined, yellow; disc florets 10-15; corolla c. 8 mm long, with base c. 0.8 mm diam., 
with limb c. 2/3 of total length, with narrow-triangular lobes. Achenes obloid, 2.5-4.5 
mm long, yellowish, 10-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus 7-10 mm long, white; bristles scabrid- 
barbellate. Roldana. 
Notes: Native to Central America. Recorded from northern and central coastal areas 
of New South Wales and south-central Victoria. A garden escape preferring moister 
environments. Flowers mainly spring. 
A widely-cultivated tall shrub characterised by an even, short pubescence, large, 
petiolate leaves, and purple stems, peduncles and phyllaries. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: North Coast, Forbes Forest Rd, Mt Boss 
State Forest, P.GUmour 5848 (CANB). VICTORIA: Dollar, c. 1.5 km south of township on the 
Dollar-Gippsland Hwy Rd, Nov. 1995, S.Kaiser s.n. (MEL). 

Page image

613169 Cleome linophylla Muelleria 24: 38-42, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 38-42, Fig. 1".

853623 Cleome tetrandra simplicifolia Muelleria 24: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483005
Page is part of the work Reinstatement of the northern Australian species Cleome linophylla (O. Schwarz) Pax & K.Hoffm. (Capparaceae), and neotypification of its basionym, Triandrophora linophylla O.Schwarz, doi:10.5962/p.291584
8816032 Cleome tetrandra simplicifolia Muelleria 24: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483005
Page is part of the work Reinstatement of the northern Australian species Cleome linophylla (O. Schwarz) Pax & K.Hoffm. (Capparaceae), and neotypification of its basionym, Triandrophora linophylla O.Schwarz, doi:10.5962/p.291584
613246 Crassocephalum crepidioides Muelleria 24: 102-103

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 102-103".

613244 Crassocephalum Muelleria 24: 102
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483069
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

102 
Thompson 
pinkish. Anthers not known. Style-branches recurved; apex with a short conical 
appendage. Achenes oblong-ellipsoid. Pappus caducous. 
A genus of six species, all native to the New World. 
*Erechtites valerianifolius^ Wolf) DC., Prodr. 6: 295 (1838) forma valerianifolius. 
Senecio valerianifolius Wolf, hid. Sem. Hurt. Berol. (1825), as valerianaefolius. 
Type: cult, ‘Senecio valerianaefolius ex Herb. Raffeliano, 1825’, Herb. Reichenbach f. 
16256; neo: W . Jide R.O.Belcher, op. cit. 26. 
Annuals to c. 2 m high. Hairs rather sparse on mature stems, peduncles and leaves. 
Leaves to c. 20 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-3, usually deeply lobed to pinnatisect, 
petiole-like basally, margin serrate. Capitula numerous per stem; mature peduncle to c. 
20 mm long; calycular bracteoles 6-10, linear, 1.5-3 mm long; involucre 7-10 mm 
long, 2-3 mm diarn.; phyllaries c. 12-14; slereome flat, with 4 or 5 resin ducts; mature 
receptacle with pits raised, concave. Florets numerous; corollas c. 8 mm long, exceeding 
phyllaries by c. 1-2 mm, with basal cone much elongated, c. 0.3 mm diam., with limb 
1/4—1/3 of total length, very narrow-obconical, pink, usually pale yellow when dry. 
Style-branches purple. Achenes narrowly oblong-ellipsoid, 2.5-4 mm long, with c. 10 
narrow convex ribs, pale brown, darker in grooves, with scattered hairs in grooves. 
Pappus 8- 12 mm long, pink; bristles minutely and sparsely scabrid-barbellate. Brazilian 
Fireweed. 
Notes'. Native to Central and South America, but widespread as a weed. Occurs in 
far south-eastern Queensland south to the Sydney region in central-eastern New South 
Wales. Grows in disturbed sites in mesic environments, including forests. Flowers 
mostly summer-autumn. 
Erechtites valerianifolius is similar to the Australian disciform species of Senecio, 
but has lyrately divided leaves, raised receptacular pits, corolla-bases tapering very 
gradually upwards from the base, different style-branch morphology, and a pink pappus. 
It is occasionally confused with the sometimes sympatric Crassocephalum crepidioides. 
Representative specimens'. QUEENSLAND: Utchee Ck, D.R. Bailey 50 (BRI); Near 
Brummies Lookout, SE of Tyalgum, A.R.Bean 14559 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Tooloom 
Falls, N.S. Lander 322 (BRI. NSW); Lane Cove National Park, M.Gray 5209 (CANB). 
11. Crassocephalum Moench, Methodus 516 (1794). 
Annual herbs. Leaves sessile, pinnately veined. Capitula discoid (in Australia) or 
radiate, pedunculate, calyculate; phyllaries free or rarely fused. Florets: corolla-limbs 
variously coloured. Anthers ecaudate. Style-branches angled upwards; apex crowned 
with papillae, with a long tapering terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, obloid. 
Pappus caducous. 
A genus of c. 40 species native to Arabia, tropical Africa and Madagascar. 
* Crassocephalum crepidioides (Benth.) S. Moore, J. Bot. 50: 211 (1912) 
Gynura crepidioides Benth., in W.J.Hooker, Niger FI. 438 (1849). 
Type: Sierra Leone, G.Doir, lecto: BM, jide A.J.C.Grierson in M.D.Dassanayake & 
F.R.Fosberg (eds) Revis. Handb. FI. Ceylon 1: 248 (1980). 

Page image

613170 Cryptandra pogonoloba pogonoloba Muelleria 24: 47, 48, Fig. 1 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483014
Page is part of the work A range extension for Cryptandra pogonoloba (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) and recognition of a new subspecies, doi:10.5962/p.291585
613171 Cryptandra pogonoloba septentrionalis Muelleria 24: 49, Figs 1 (map), 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483016
Page is part of the work A range extension for Cryptandra pogonoloba (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) and recognition of a new subspecies, doi:10.5962/p.291585
613188 Delairea Muelleria 24: 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483027
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

60 
Thompson 
6. Delairea Lem., Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. ser. 3, 1: 379 (1844) 
Climbing perennials. Leaves petiolate, palmately veined, auriculate. Capitula discoid, 
pedunculate, calyculate; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs yellow. Anthers caudate. 
Style-branches with apex truncate, crowned with papillae, without terminal appendage. 
Achenes homomorphic, obloid. Pappus caducous. 
A monotypic genus native to South Africa. The only member of tribe Senecioneae in 
Australia to have auricles developed at the base of petiolate leaves. Similar in habit and 
leaf form to climbing species of Senecio, but readily differentiated by the presence of 
auricles and the discoid capitula. 
* Delairea odorata Lem., Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. ser. 3, 1: 380 (1844) 
Senecio mikanioides Otto ex Walp., in C.F.Otto & A.Dietrich, Allg. Gartenzeitung 13: 
42(1845). 
Type: cult., not designated. 
Senecio scandens DC., Prodr. 6: 404 (1838), nom. illeg. non D.Don (1825), p.p. 
Type: South Africa [several syntypes]: n.v. 
Climbers to c. 3 m high. ± glabrous. Leaves: petiole 4-7 cm long; lamina to c. 8 cm 
long, broad-ovate to rotund, lobate; base deeply cordate; margin entire. Capitula many 
per branch; peduncle to c. 10 mm long at maturity; calycular bracteoles 2—4, narrow- 
oblong to oblanceolate, 2-3 mm long; involucre 3-4 mm long, c. 2 mm diam.; 
phyllaries 7-10; stereome flat or slightly ridged proximally, thin, with 1 (-2) ducts; 
margin of receptacular pits raised. Florets c. 10-12; corolla exceeding involucre by 3-4 
mm, c. 5 mm long; base c. 0.5 mm diam.; limb c. 2/5 of total length. Achenes obloid, c. 
2 mm long, pale brown, prominently 10-ribbed, glabrous or with hairs sparse. Pappus 
5-6 mm long, white; bristles minutely scabrid-barbellate. Ivy Groundsel, Cape Ivy. 
Notes: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from Kempsey in north-eastern New South 
Wales south to eastern Victoria and from there west across southern Victoria to 
Adelaide and Robe in south-eastern South Australia; also in Tasmania. Grows in sandy 
soils in forest and heathland. Flowers winter. 
The inflorescences of D. odorata are densely corymbiform. It is vegelatively similar 
to the three introduced climbing species of Senecio in Australia Senecio angulatus, S. 
tamoides and S. macroglossus, but its leaves have prominent reniform auricles and a 
more strongly cordate lamina. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Ml Lofty Ra., Gorge Rd, opposite Trout 
Nursery Dam, N.N.Donner 754 (AD, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Alongside Macleay R, 
about I km from Kinchela towards Jerseyville, J.R.Hosking 1714, G.R.Hashing & T.L.Masking 
(CANB, MEL, NE, NSW); Lower slopes of Mt Dromedary, c. I km west of Tilba Tilba, 
P.C.Jobson 4696 (BR1, NSW). VICTORIA: Labertouche Rd c. 70 m south of Tarago R., c. 2 km 
NE of Longwarry North, l.C.CIarke 2691, L.Dean & P.Dourmisis (AD, CANB, MEL). 
TASMANIA: Taroona, near Hobart, July 1947, W.M.Curtis (AD, HO, MEL). 
7. Euryops (Cass.) Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 16: 49 (1820). 
Shrubs or subshrubs, rarely herbs. Leaves sessile, pinnately veined. Capitula radiate (in 
Australia) or rarely discoid, pedunculate, ecalyculate; phyllaries often connate 
proximally. Florets: ligule yellow; disc florets rarely functionally male; corolla-lobes 
yellow or orange. Anthers ecaudate. Style-branches flattened to sub-terete, with apex 

Page image

613189 Delairea odorata Muelleria 24: 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483027
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

60 
Thompson 
6. Delairea Lem., Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. ser. 3, 1: 379 (1844) 
Climbing perennials. Leaves petiolate, palmately veined, auriculate. Capitula discoid, 
pedunculate, calyculate; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs yellow. Anthers caudate. 
Style-branches with apex truncate, crowned with papillae, without terminal appendage. 
Achenes homomorphic, obloid. Pappus caducous. 
A monotypic genus native to South Africa. The only member of tribe Senecioneae in 
Australia to have auricles developed at the base of petiolate leaves. Similar in habit and 
leaf form to climbing species of Senecio, but readily differentiated by the presence of 
auricles and the discoid capitula. 
* Delairea odorata Lem., Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. ser. 3, 1: 380 (1844) 
Senecio mikanioides Otto ex Walp., in C.F.Otto & A.Dietrich, Allg. Gartenzeitung 13: 
42(1845). 
Type: cult., not designated. 
Senecio scandens DC., Prodr. 6: 404 (1838), nom. illeg. non D.Don (1825), p.p. 
Type: South Africa [several syntypes]: n.v. 
Climbers to c. 3 m high. ± glabrous. Leaves: petiole 4-7 cm long; lamina to c. 8 cm 
long, broad-ovate to rotund, lobate; base deeply cordate; margin entire. Capitula many 
per branch; peduncle to c. 10 mm long at maturity; calycular bracteoles 2—4, narrow- 
oblong to oblanceolate, 2-3 mm long; involucre 3-4 mm long, c. 2 mm diam.; 
phyllaries 7-10; stereome flat or slightly ridged proximally, thin, with 1 (-2) ducts; 
margin of receptacular pits raised. Florets c. 10-12; corolla exceeding involucre by 3-4 
mm, c. 5 mm long; base c. 0.5 mm diam.; limb c. 2/5 of total length. Achenes obloid, c. 
2 mm long, pale brown, prominently 10-ribbed, glabrous or with hairs sparse. Pappus 
5-6 mm long, white; bristles minutely scabrid-barbellate. Ivy Groundsel, Cape Ivy. 
Notes: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from Kempsey in north-eastern New South 
Wales south to eastern Victoria and from there west across southern Victoria to 
Adelaide and Robe in south-eastern South Australia; also in Tasmania. Grows in sandy 
soils in forest and heathland. Flowers winter. 
The inflorescences of D. odorata are densely corymbiform. It is vegelatively similar 
to the three introduced climbing species of Senecio in Australia Senecio angulatus, S. 
tamoides and S. macroglossus, but its leaves have prominent reniform auricles and a 
more strongly cordate lamina. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Ml Lofty Ra., Gorge Rd, opposite Trout 
Nursery Dam, N.N.Donner 754 (AD, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Alongside Macleay R, 
about I km from Kinchela towards Jerseyville, J.R.Hosking 1714, G.R.Hashing & T.L.Masking 
(CANB, MEL, NE, NSW); Lower slopes of Mt Dromedary, c. I km west of Tilba Tilba, 
P.C.Jobson 4696 (BR1, NSW). VICTORIA: Labertouche Rd c. 70 m south of Tarago R., c. 2 km 
NE of Longwarry North, l.C.CIarke 2691, L.Dean & P.Dourmisis (AD, CANB, MEL). 
TASMANIA: Taroona, near Hobart, July 1947, W.M.Curtis (AD, HO, MEL). 
7. Euryops (Cass.) Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 16: 49 (1820). 
Shrubs or subshrubs, rarely herbs. Leaves sessile, pinnately veined. Capitula radiate (in 
Australia) or rarely discoid, pedunculate, ecalyculate; phyllaries often connate 
proximally. Florets: ligule yellow; disc florets rarely functionally male; corolla-lobes 
yellow or orange. Anthers ecaudate. Style-branches flattened to sub-terete, with apex 

Page image

960523 Deyeuxia aequata Muelleria 24: 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483091
Page is part of the work The taxonomic status of Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex Steud., L. aequata (Nees) SWL. Jacobs and other related grasses (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291587

Page text

124 
Brown 
9. Lemmas glabrous, awns generally 2.5 mm long or 
* ess .3c. L. nesomytica subsp. paralia 
9. Lemmas covered with scattered hairs, awns generally greater than 2.5 mm 
l° n g.3b. L. nesomytica subsp. pseudofiliformis 
TAXON DESCRIPTIONS 
1. Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex. Steudel, Norn. Botan. Edn 2, 1:250 (1840); 
Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) non Willd. (1797); Vilfa scabra Beauv., 
Agrost. 16 (1812); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2:360 (1817); 
Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trinius, Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Deyeuxia 
scabra (Beauv.) Kunth, Rev. Gram. 1:77 (1829); Calamagroslis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.) Steudel, Syn. PI. Gram. 192 (1854). Type: Port Dalrymple, Tasmania (probable 
location), 1802-05, R. Brown (possible collector) (BM). 
Agrostis aequata Nees, in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 2:412 (1843), Deyeuxia aequata 
(Nees) Benlh.. FI. Austra. 7:578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M. Black, FI. 
South Australia, Part 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.L. Jacobs, 
Telopea 9(3):445 (2001). Type citation: Tasmania, 18.1.1838, Gunn 1005 (type: CGE 
n.v., probable isotype: K). [note: it is assumed on the basis of Vickery’s comment on the 
isotype, that it is an adequate duplicate of the holotype]. 
Mid to light-green, loosely tufted or shortly rhizomatous, sometimes stoloniferous, 
glabrous, annual or perennial, of variable height from 10< cm (particularly in exposed 
coastal positions and on the Bass Strait Islands) to 200 cm (particularly in damp forests 
and on moist limestone rock faces); culms weakly ascending or scrambling to lax. Leaf 
blades rather lax, smooth, Hat, to 15 cm long and from 0.2-4.0 mm wide; ligules obtuse, 
1-3 mm long. Inflorescence generally a sparse, open panicle with spreading but rather 
lax and undulating branches (except in stunted plants), to 25 cm long or occasionally 
more, its base initially enclosed by the upper leaf sheath but often becoming exserted in 
mid-maturity; branches and pedicels green, or purplish where plants more exposed. 
Spikelets (1.3-)1.5-2.5(-3.0) mm long, pale to light green or sometimes purplish, on 
relatively short pedicels (shortest less than 4 mm long, longest almost always less than 
15 mm long); glumes acute and keeled, subequal (sometimes the upper 0.1-0.2 mm 
longer), scabrous along the keel and often scaberulous or minutely papillose on the 
lateral surfaces (sometimes becoming densely scabrous towards the apex) but 
sometimes smooth, margins finely ciliate (at least in the upper hall); lemma acute or 
obtuse, (l.l-)1.3-2.0(-2.2) mm long, minutely 4-toothed at the apex, generally with the 
upper nerves and teeth minutely and densely ciliate, body glabrous although very 
occasionally with a few scattered hairs near the margins on some florets in occasional 
populations, callus glabrous or with a few to some hairs 0.1-0.5 mm long; palea 
subequal to the lemma and often with a similarly ciliate and often rather obtuse apex; 
rachilla extension glabrous or plumose, (0.!-)0.4-1.5(-l.7) mm long (including hairs) or 
sometimes absent; anthers 0.3-0.6(-0.7) mm long. Rough Blown-grass 
Notes: Also known as Even Blown-grass after ‘ aequata' due to its subequal glumes, 
lemma and palea, or as Ruddy Bent, presumably after 'rudis' though the latter means 
‘rough’ or ‘rude’ and only purplish stunted specimens from exposed positions could be 
thought to approach ‘reddish’. 

Page image

960520 Deyeuxia scabra Muelleria 24: 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483091
Page is part of the work The taxonomic status of Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex Steud., L. aequata (Nees) SWL. Jacobs and other related grasses (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291587
613252 Emilia Muelleria 24: 105
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483072
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
105 
VICTORIA: Fork Track area, between Tulacli Ard Rd and Snowy R. Gorge, A.C.Beauglehole 
37347 (MEL; 2 sheets). 
13. Emilia Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 68 (1817). 
Annual to perennial herbs. Leaves sessile, pinnately veined. Capitula discoid (in 
Australia), or radiate, pedunculate, ecalyeulate; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs 
pink, red, sometimes yellow. Anthers ecaudate. Style-branches with apex truncate to 
obtuse, crowned with papillae, with or without terminal appendage. Achenes 
homomorphic, narrow-obloid. Pappus caducous. 
A genus of c. 100 species in Africa south of the Sahara, Asia and the Pacific Is. The 
hyaline margin of the phyllaries of species of Emilia in Australia are narrow and of 
similar width on all phyllaries in contrast to most other species in the Senecioneae in 
Australia which exhibit dimorphism in margin width. 
Key to species 
Developing stems not densely hairy; leaves often with lateral segments; upper-stem 
leaves strongly cordate or sagittate; corolla with limb 2-3.5 mm long, pale purple, > 
not reaching to apex of phyllaries or exceeding them by up to 2 mm; achenes 2.2- 
3.8 mm long...1- E. sonchifolia 
Developing stems densely hairy; leaves lacking lateral segments; upper-stem leaves not 
strongly cordate or sagittate; corolla with limb 4-5 mm long, brick-red, exceeding 
phyllaries by 2-4 mm; achenes 4.0-5.0 mm long.2. E.fosbergii 
1. *Emilia sonchifolia (L.) DC., in R.Wight, Contr. Bot. India 24 (1834) 
Cacalia sonchifolia L., Sp. PI. 2: 835 (1753). 
Type: Sri Lanka, Herb. Hermann; BM n.v.,fide A.J.C.Grierson in M.D.Dassanayake & 
F.R.Fosberg (cds), Revis. Handb. FI. Ceylon 1: 252 (1980). 
Annuals to c. 0.5 m high. Hairs sparse, mainly on stems and leaves, glabrescent. 
Leaves to c. 8 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-4, undivided or sometimes lobate to 
pinnatisect, sometimes petiole-like with lamina much broader dislally; margin dentate; 
upper-stem leaves becoming lanceolate, auriculate. Inflorescences of I-several capitula; 
mature peduncle to c. 80 mm long; ecalyeulate; involucre 7—12 mm long, 2—4 mm 
diam.; phyllaries c. 6-8; stereome flat, with 3-5 resin ducts, with a few coarse hairs or 
glabrous; receptacular pits not or very slightly raised. Florets c. 30; corolla 6-10 mm 
long, slightly below, equal to or exceeding involucre by up to 2.5 mm, with base c. 0.3 
mm diam., with limb 1/3—2/5 of total length, narrow-obconical, pink; style-branch 
appendage putple. Achenes narrow-obloid, 2.2-3.8 mm long, with 5 broad ± flat ribs, 
brown or straw-coloured, with scattered hairs in grooves. Pappus 5-8 mm long; bristles 
minutely scabrid-barbellate. 
Notes: Aberrant, probably diseased plants have been collected that develop green 
inflorescences characterised by several vegetative shoots developing from capitula 
instead of florets (the so-called ‘hen and chicken’ effect). 1 here are two varieties. 
Apex of phyllaries with dark border to c. 1 mm long or absent; corolla 1 mm shorter 
than or up to 1 mm longer than phyllaries; corolla-lobes < 1 mm long; achenes 2.2- 
3.2 mm long.var. sonchifolia 

Page image

613261 Emilia fosbergii Muelleria 24: 106-107

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 106-107".

853688 Emilia javanica Muelleria 24: 106
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483073
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586
853681 Emilia purpurea Muelleria 24: 106
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483073
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586
613253 Emilia sonchifolia Muelleria 24: 105
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483072
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
105 
VICTORIA: Fork Track area, between Tulacli Ard Rd and Snowy R. Gorge, A.C.Beauglehole 
37347 (MEL; 2 sheets). 
13. Emilia Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 68 (1817). 
Annual to perennial herbs. Leaves sessile, pinnately veined. Capitula discoid (in 
Australia), or radiate, pedunculate, ecalyeulate; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs 
pink, red, sometimes yellow. Anthers ecaudate. Style-branches with apex truncate to 
obtuse, crowned with papillae, with or without terminal appendage. Achenes 
homomorphic, narrow-obloid. Pappus caducous. 
A genus of c. 100 species in Africa south of the Sahara, Asia and the Pacific Is. The 
hyaline margin of the phyllaries of species of Emilia in Australia are narrow and of 
similar width on all phyllaries in contrast to most other species in the Senecioneae in 
Australia which exhibit dimorphism in margin width. 
Key to species 
Developing stems not densely hairy; leaves often with lateral segments; upper-stem 
leaves strongly cordate or sagittate; corolla with limb 2-3.5 mm long, pale purple, > 
not reaching to apex of phyllaries or exceeding them by up to 2 mm; achenes 2.2- 
3.8 mm long...1- E. sonchifolia 
Developing stems densely hairy; leaves lacking lateral segments; upper-stem leaves not 
strongly cordate or sagittate; corolla with limb 4-5 mm long, brick-red, exceeding 
phyllaries by 2-4 mm; achenes 4.0-5.0 mm long.2. E.fosbergii 
1. *Emilia sonchifolia (L.) DC., in R.Wight, Contr. Bot. India 24 (1834) 
Cacalia sonchifolia L., Sp. PI. 2: 835 (1753). 
Type: Sri Lanka, Herb. Hermann; BM n.v.,fide A.J.C.Grierson in M.D.Dassanayake & 
F.R.Fosberg (cds), Revis. Handb. FI. Ceylon 1: 252 (1980). 
Annuals to c. 0.5 m high. Hairs sparse, mainly on stems and leaves, glabrescent. 
Leaves to c. 8 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-4, undivided or sometimes lobate to 
pinnatisect, sometimes petiole-like with lamina much broader dislally; margin dentate; 
upper-stem leaves becoming lanceolate, auriculate. Inflorescences of I-several capitula; 
mature peduncle to c. 80 mm long; ecalyeulate; involucre 7—12 mm long, 2—4 mm 
diam.; phyllaries c. 6-8; stereome flat, with 3-5 resin ducts, with a few coarse hairs or 
glabrous; receptacular pits not or very slightly raised. Florets c. 30; corolla 6-10 mm 
long, slightly below, equal to or exceeding involucre by up to 2.5 mm, with base c. 0.3 
mm diam., with limb 1/3—2/5 of total length, narrow-obconical, pink; style-branch 
appendage putple. Achenes narrow-obloid, 2.2-3.8 mm long, with 5 broad ± flat ribs, 
brown or straw-coloured, with scattered hairs in grooves. Pappus 5-8 mm long; bristles 
minutely scabrid-barbellate. 
Notes: Aberrant, probably diseased plants have been collected that develop green 
inflorescences characterised by several vegetative shoots developing from capitula 
instead of florets (the so-called ‘hen and chicken’ effect). 1 here are two varieties. 
Apex of phyllaries with dark border to c. 1 mm long or absent; corolla 1 mm shorter 
than or up to 1 mm longer than phyllaries; corolla-lobes < 1 mm long; achenes 2.2- 
3.2 mm long.var. sonchifolia 

Page image

613255 Emilia sonchifolia sonchifolia Muelleria 24: 106
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483073
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586
613260 Emilia sonchifolia javanica Muelleria 24: 106
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483073
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586
853674 Erechtites mixta Muelleria 24: 104
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483071
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

104 
Thompson 
Arrhenechthites mixtus (A.Rich.) Belcher, Ann. Missouri Bot. Card. 43: 75 (1956), as 
mixta. 
Senecio mixtus A.Rich., in J.S.C.Dumont d’Urville, Voy. Astrolabe 2: 112 (1834); 
Erechtites mixtus (A.Rich.) DC., Prodr. 6: 297 (1838), as mixta. 
Type: Port-Jackson [most likely collected from the Blue Mtns to the west of Port 
Jackson], New South Wales, C.Gaudichaud-Beaupre ; liolo: P. 
Plants to c. 0.9 m high, with fleshy subtuberous roots, with scattered hairs; hairs 
multicelled, pale or purplish basally, terminating in a long line whitish portion that is 
soon lost. Leaves often somewhat abruptly broadening from petiole-like to broad- 
laminate, to 12 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, lobate to pinnatisecl, with degree of 
dissection reducing distally, with 3-9 segments per side; base often with 1 or 2 narrow 
segments; margin entire or with a few denticulations or teeth; lamina ± glabrous except 
for short coarse hairs on or near margins (but new growth briefly cobwebby); secondary 
venation evident; abaxial surface purple. Capitula few to c. 20 per stem; mature 
peduncle mostly to c. 50 mm long; calycular bracteoles 3-6, 4.0-6.0 mm long, 0.4-0.6 
mm wide; involucre 12-20 mm long, 2-3 mm diam.; phyllaries 7-10, flat, glabrous or 
hairy. Florets 10-15; outer florets 8-10. with a pale yellow or purplish, irregularly 
deeply and peracutely lobed ligule c. I mm long. Achenes narrow obloid, 6-8 mm long, 
prominently ribbed, glabrous. Pappus c. 12 mm long. Purple Fireweed. 
Notes: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from Mt Spirabo in north-eastern New 
South Wales south to eastern Victoria. Grows on soils of various derivation including 
granite, greywacke, quartzite and conglomerate, in open forest, at moderate altitudes (to 
1560 m). Flowers mid-spring-late summer. 
Arrhenechthites mixtus is a peculiar species which was originally described as a 
Senecio, then transferred to Erechtites, and finally transferred to Arrhenechthites, an 
otherwise entirely New Guinean genus in 1956. It differs from other species of 
Arrhenechthites in having inflorescences with fewer capitula, sometimes bisexual 
central florets, outer florets with a more pronounced ligule, markedly longer fruits and 
capitula, leaves intensely purple on the abaxial surface, and pigmented multicellular 
hairs on the phyllaries. This casts some doubts as to its suitability to be classified in 
Arrhenechthites, and ultimately/!, mixtus may be best placed in a genus of its own. The 
phylogeny of tribe Senecioneae is currently under investigation using molecular data 
(Pieter Pelser pers. comm.), and initial findings using plastid and nuclear (ITS region) 
data indicate that Arrhenechthites mixtus is most closely related to Arrhenechthites 
novoguineeensis, Dendrocacalia crepidifolia and Senecio thapsoides. The clade formed 
by these species is sister to a clade comprising species of Erechtites, Crassocephalum 
and many species of Senecio (Senecio sensu stricto ) 
Morphologically, A. mixtus resembles Gynura drymophila in phyllary and fruit 
morphology, but its style-branch morphology is significantly different. Curiously, it 
combines features of two Australian species of Senecio with which it more or less 
sympatric. It resembles the radiate species Senecio vagus subsp. vagus in leaf 
morphology and by having similar pigmented multicellular hairs, and it resembles the 
disciform species S. prenanthoides in terms of leaf pigmentation, its slender capitula, 
low numbers of florets per capitulum, and its subtuberous secondary roots. The 
minutely ligulate female florets could also be interpreted as being intermediate in 
morphology between these species. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: 12 km south of Tantawangalo, south of 
Chalkhills Fire Trail, Tantawangalo State Forest, /.Crawford 2255 (CANB, MEL, NSW). 

Page image

853677 Erechtites mixtus Muelleria 24: 104
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483071
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

104 
Thompson 
Arrhenechthites mixtus (A.Rich.) Belcher, Ann. Missouri Bot. Card. 43: 75 (1956), as 
mixta. 
Senecio mixtus A.Rich., in J.S.C.Dumont d’Urville, Voy. Astrolabe 2: 112 (1834); 
Erechtites mixtus (A.Rich.) DC., Prodr. 6: 297 (1838), as mixta. 
Type: Port-Jackson [most likely collected from the Blue Mtns to the west of Port 
Jackson], New South Wales, C.Gaudichaud-Beaupre ; liolo: P. 
Plants to c. 0.9 m high, with fleshy subtuberous roots, with scattered hairs; hairs 
multicelled, pale or purplish basally, terminating in a long line whitish portion that is 
soon lost. Leaves often somewhat abruptly broadening from petiole-like to broad- 
laminate, to 12 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, lobate to pinnatisecl, with degree of 
dissection reducing distally, with 3-9 segments per side; base often with 1 or 2 narrow 
segments; margin entire or with a few denticulations or teeth; lamina ± glabrous except 
for short coarse hairs on or near margins (but new growth briefly cobwebby); secondary 
venation evident; abaxial surface purple. Capitula few to c. 20 per stem; mature 
peduncle mostly to c. 50 mm long; calycular bracteoles 3-6, 4.0-6.0 mm long, 0.4-0.6 
mm wide; involucre 12-20 mm long, 2-3 mm diam.; phyllaries 7-10, flat, glabrous or 
hairy. Florets 10-15; outer florets 8-10. with a pale yellow or purplish, irregularly 
deeply and peracutely lobed ligule c. I mm long. Achenes narrow obloid, 6-8 mm long, 
prominently ribbed, glabrous. Pappus c. 12 mm long. Purple Fireweed. 
Notes: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from Mt Spirabo in north-eastern New 
South Wales south to eastern Victoria. Grows on soils of various derivation including 
granite, greywacke, quartzite and conglomerate, in open forest, at moderate altitudes (to 
1560 m). Flowers mid-spring-late summer. 
Arrhenechthites mixtus is a peculiar species which was originally described as a 
Senecio, then transferred to Erechtites, and finally transferred to Arrhenechthites, an 
otherwise entirely New Guinean genus in 1956. It differs from other species of 
Arrhenechthites in having inflorescences with fewer capitula, sometimes bisexual 
central florets, outer florets with a more pronounced ligule, markedly longer fruits and 
capitula, leaves intensely purple on the abaxial surface, and pigmented multicellular 
hairs on the phyllaries. This casts some doubts as to its suitability to be classified in 
Arrhenechthites, and ultimately/!, mixtus may be best placed in a genus of its own. The 
phylogeny of tribe Senecioneae is currently under investigation using molecular data 
(Pieter Pelser pers. comm.), and initial findings using plastid and nuclear (ITS region) 
data indicate that Arrhenechthites mixtus is most closely related to Arrhenechthites 
novoguineeensis, Dendrocacalia crepidifolia and Senecio thapsoides. The clade formed 
by these species is sister to a clade comprising species of Erechtites, Crassocephalum 
and many species of Senecio (Senecio sensu stricto ) 
Morphologically, A. mixtus resembles Gynura drymophila in phyllary and fruit 
morphology, but its style-branch morphology is significantly different. Curiously, it 
combines features of two Australian species of Senecio with which it more or less 
sympatric. It resembles the radiate species Senecio vagus subsp. vagus in leaf 
morphology and by having similar pigmented multicellular hairs, and it resembles the 
disciform species S. prenanthoides in terms of leaf pigmentation, its slender capitula, 
low numbers of florets per capitulum, and its subtuberous secondary roots. The 
minutely ligulate female florets could also be interpreted as being intermediate in 
morphology between these species. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: 12 km south of Tantawangalo, south of 
Chalkhills Fire Trail, Tantawangalo State Forest, /.Crawford 2255 (CANB, MEL, NSW). 

Page image

613240 Erechtites Muelleria 24: 101-102

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 101-102".

613241 Erechtites valerianifolius valerianifolius Muelleria 24: 102
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483069
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586
971740 Euryops Muelleria 24: 61
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483028
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
61 
truncate, often crowned by papillae, without terminal appendage. Achenes 
homomorphic, obloid. Pappus caducous or absent. 
An entirely African genus of c. 97 species, with most species in southern Africa. 
Part of the othonnoid complex of genera (as described by Jeffrey in 1986). The large 
capilula, long naked peduncles and the presence of wool at the base of the peduncle are 
distinctive features of the genus. Some capitula arise from very short branches and 
plants will therefore appear to have inflorescences with multiple capitula. Euryops 
pectinatus is a widely grown garden shrub with grey-green pectinalely-lobed leaves. 
There is no evidence that it has become naturalised. 
Key to species 
Leaves deeply pinnatisect, with segments linear; phyllaries connate in proximal 1/3—1/2; 
pappus forming a tangled wool. 1 . E. abrotanifolius 
Leaves lobate to subpinnatisect, with segments triangular; phyllaries connate in 
proximal 1/5 to 1/4; pappus absent.2. E. chrysanthemoides 
1. * Euryops abrotanifolius (L.) DC., Prodr. 6: 443 (1838) 
Othonna abrotanifolia L., Sp. PL 2: 926 (1753). 
Type: Locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 1038:5; lecto: LINN, fide B.Nordenstam, Opera 
Bat. 20:272 (1968). 
Shrubs to c. 2 m high, largely glabrous. Leaves 2-6 cm long, pinnatisect, with rachis 
and segments narrow-linear; base narrow; margin entire. Capitula 1 per branch but often 
with a few branches clustered; peduncle to c. 200 mm long; involucre 8-11 mm long, c. 
8-10 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 13, sometimes more, fused in proximal 1/3 1/2; stereome 
± flat, firm, with 3-5 distinct resin ducts; margin of receptacular pits raised. Ray florets 
c. 13, sometimes more; ligule to 25 mm long, commonly c. 7-veined; disc florets 
numerous; corolla c. 4 mm long; with base c. 1 mm diam.; limb c. 1/2 of total length, 
with narrow-triangular lobes. Achenes oblong-ellipsoid, c. 2.5-5 mm long, pale brown, 
10-ribbed, glabrous, with stylophore appended distally. Pappus white; bristles tangled, 
some reflexed, 3-6 mm long, scabrid-barbellate. Winter Euiyops, Euryops. 
Notes: Occurs in the Mount Lofty Ra. in south-eastern South Australia, Heywood in 
south-western Victoria, the eastern fringe of Melbourne in south-central Victoria, and 
around Hobart in south-eastern Tasmania. Grows in areas recently disturbed such as 
roadsides, railway cuttings etc., in grassland and forest. Flowers winter-early spring. 
A garden escape that is well-established in a few areas and capable of increasing 
numbers rapidly. The stylophore and tangled pappus do not occur in other species of 
Senecioneae in Australia. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Lofty Ra., Forest Ra., c.20 km east of 
Adelaide, H. van Dam 194 (AD). VICTORIA: 2.3 km east along the Lilydale-Monbulk Rd from 
its intersection with the Lilydale-Montrose Rd, Mt Evelyn, D.E.Albrecht 2840 (CANB, MEL). 
TASMANIA: Mt Stuart, Hobart, A.M.Buchanan 3786 (AD, HO). 
2. * Euryops chrysanthemoides (DC.) B.Nord., Opera Bot. 20: 365 (1968) 
Gamolepis chiysanthemoides DC., Prodr. 6: 443 (1838). 
Type: South Africa, Ecklon & Zeyher 10.9 ; lecto: G. fide B.Nordenstam, loc. cit. 

Page image

613193 Euryops abrotanifolius Muelleria 24: 61
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483028
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
61 
truncate, often crowned by papillae, without terminal appendage. Achenes 
homomorphic, obloid. Pappus caducous or absent. 
An entirely African genus of c. 97 species, with most species in southern Africa. 
Part of the othonnoid complex of genera (as described by Jeffrey in 1986). The large 
capilula, long naked peduncles and the presence of wool at the base of the peduncle are 
distinctive features of the genus. Some capitula arise from very short branches and 
plants will therefore appear to have inflorescences with multiple capitula. Euryops 
pectinatus is a widely grown garden shrub with grey-green pectinalely-lobed leaves. 
There is no evidence that it has become naturalised. 
Key to species 
Leaves deeply pinnatisect, with segments linear; phyllaries connate in proximal 1/3—1/2; 
pappus forming a tangled wool. 1 . E. abrotanifolius 
Leaves lobate to subpinnatisect, with segments triangular; phyllaries connate in 
proximal 1/5 to 1/4; pappus absent.2. E. chrysanthemoides 
1. * Euryops abrotanifolius (L.) DC., Prodr. 6: 443 (1838) 
Othonna abrotanifolia L., Sp. PL 2: 926 (1753). 
Type: Locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 1038:5; lecto: LINN, fide B.Nordenstam, Opera 
Bat. 20:272 (1968). 
Shrubs to c. 2 m high, largely glabrous. Leaves 2-6 cm long, pinnatisect, with rachis 
and segments narrow-linear; base narrow; margin entire. Capitula 1 per branch but often 
with a few branches clustered; peduncle to c. 200 mm long; involucre 8-11 mm long, c. 
8-10 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 13, sometimes more, fused in proximal 1/3 1/2; stereome 
± flat, firm, with 3-5 distinct resin ducts; margin of receptacular pits raised. Ray florets 
c. 13, sometimes more; ligule to 25 mm long, commonly c. 7-veined; disc florets 
numerous; corolla c. 4 mm long; with base c. 1 mm diam.; limb c. 1/2 of total length, 
with narrow-triangular lobes. Achenes oblong-ellipsoid, c. 2.5-5 mm long, pale brown, 
10-ribbed, glabrous, with stylophore appended distally. Pappus white; bristles tangled, 
some reflexed, 3-6 mm long, scabrid-barbellate. Winter Euiyops, Euryops. 
Notes: Occurs in the Mount Lofty Ra. in south-eastern South Australia, Heywood in 
south-western Victoria, the eastern fringe of Melbourne in south-central Victoria, and 
around Hobart in south-eastern Tasmania. Grows in areas recently disturbed such as 
roadsides, railway cuttings etc., in grassland and forest. Flowers winter-early spring. 
A garden escape that is well-established in a few areas and capable of increasing 
numbers rapidly. The stylophore and tangled pappus do not occur in other species of 
Senecioneae in Australia. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Lofty Ra., Forest Ra., c.20 km east of 
Adelaide, H. van Dam 194 (AD). VICTORIA: 2.3 km east along the Lilydale-Monbulk Rd from 
its intersection with the Lilydale-Montrose Rd, Mt Evelyn, D.E.Albrecht 2840 (CANB, MEL). 
TASMANIA: Mt Stuart, Hobart, A.M.Buchanan 3786 (AD, HO). 
2. * Euryops chrysanthemoides (DC.) B.Nord., Opera Bot. 20: 365 (1968) 
Gamolepis chiysanthemoides DC., Prodr. 6: 443 (1838). 
Type: South Africa, Ecklon & Zeyher 10.9 ; lecto: G. fide B.Nordenstam, loc. cit. 

Page image

613192 Euryops Muelleria 24: 60-61

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 60-61".

613195 Euryops chrysanthemoides Muelleria 24: 61-62

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 61-62".

853639 Gamolepis chrysanthemoides Muelleria 24: 61
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483028
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
61 
truncate, often crowned by papillae, without terminal appendage. Achenes 
homomorphic, obloid. Pappus caducous or absent. 
An entirely African genus of c. 97 species, with most species in southern Africa. 
Part of the othonnoid complex of genera (as described by Jeffrey in 1986). The large 
capilula, long naked peduncles and the presence of wool at the base of the peduncle are 
distinctive features of the genus. Some capitula arise from very short branches and 
plants will therefore appear to have inflorescences with multiple capitula. Euryops 
pectinatus is a widely grown garden shrub with grey-green pectinalely-lobed leaves. 
There is no evidence that it has become naturalised. 
Key to species 
Leaves deeply pinnatisect, with segments linear; phyllaries connate in proximal 1/3—1/2; 
pappus forming a tangled wool. 1 . E. abrotanifolius 
Leaves lobate to subpinnatisect, with segments triangular; phyllaries connate in 
proximal 1/5 to 1/4; pappus absent.2. E. chrysanthemoides 
1. * Euryops abrotanifolius (L.) DC., Prodr. 6: 443 (1838) 
Othonna abrotanifolia L., Sp. PL 2: 926 (1753). 
Type: Locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 1038:5; lecto: LINN, fide B.Nordenstam, Opera 
Bat. 20:272 (1968). 
Shrubs to c. 2 m high, largely glabrous. Leaves 2-6 cm long, pinnatisect, with rachis 
and segments narrow-linear; base narrow; margin entire. Capitula 1 per branch but often 
with a few branches clustered; peduncle to c. 200 mm long; involucre 8-11 mm long, c. 
8-10 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 13, sometimes more, fused in proximal 1/3 1/2; stereome 
± flat, firm, with 3-5 distinct resin ducts; margin of receptacular pits raised. Ray florets 
c. 13, sometimes more; ligule to 25 mm long, commonly c. 7-veined; disc florets 
numerous; corolla c. 4 mm long; with base c. 1 mm diam.; limb c. 1/2 of total length, 
with narrow-triangular lobes. Achenes oblong-ellipsoid, c. 2.5-5 mm long, pale brown, 
10-ribbed, glabrous, with stylophore appended distally. Pappus white; bristles tangled, 
some reflexed, 3-6 mm long, scabrid-barbellate. Winter Euiyops, Euryops. 
Notes: Occurs in the Mount Lofty Ra. in south-eastern South Australia, Heywood in 
south-western Victoria, the eastern fringe of Melbourne in south-central Victoria, and 
around Hobart in south-eastern Tasmania. Grows in areas recently disturbed such as 
roadsides, railway cuttings etc., in grassland and forest. Flowers winter-early spring. 
A garden escape that is well-established in a few areas and capable of increasing 
numbers rapidly. The stylophore and tangled pappus do not occur in other species of 
Senecioneae in Australia. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Lofty Ra., Forest Ra., c.20 km east of 
Adelaide, H. van Dam 194 (AD). VICTORIA: 2.3 km east along the Lilydale-Monbulk Rd from 
its intersection with the Lilydale-Montrose Rd, Mt Evelyn, D.E.Albrecht 2840 (CANB, MEL). 
TASMANIA: Mt Stuart, Hobart, A.M.Buchanan 3786 (AD, HO). 
2. * Euryops chrysanthemoides (DC.) B.Nord., Opera Bot. 20: 365 (1968) 
Gamolepis chiysanthemoides DC., Prodr. 6: 443 (1838). 
Type: South Africa, Ecklon & Zeyher 10.9 ; lecto: G. fide B.Nordenstam, loc. cit. 

Page image

613263 Gynura Muelleria 24: 107
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483074
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586
613264 Gynura drymophila Muelleria 24: 107
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483074
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
107 
Annuals to 0.5 m high. Transiently densely coarse-hairy on new growth. Leaves to 
c. 8 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-4, undivided, margins dentate, base becoming truncate 
to auriculate upwards. Capitula solitary or few; mature peduncle to c. 80 mm long; 
involucre 7-12 mm long, 3-7 mm diant.; phyllaries c. 6-8, glabrous; stercome flat, with 
3-5 resin ducts; reccptacular pits not or slightly raised. Florets c. 30 to numerous; 
corolla 1 -11 mm long, exceeding involucre by 2-4 mm, with base c. 0.4 mm wide, with 
limb c. 1/2 of total length, very narrow-campanulate, purple-red; style-appendage 
purple. Achenes obloid, with 5 broad ± flat ribs, 4-5 mm long, ribs brown or 
stramineous, scattered short papillose hairs in grooves. Pappus 5-8 mm long. 
Notes : Possibly native to Africa. Occurs in far north-eastern Queensland. 
Naturalised across the Pacific region. Ecological preferences not known. Flowers 
mostly autumn-winter. 
First recorded for Australia in 1997 when collected from Lockhart River. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Vicinity of Lockhart R. township, J.F.Grimshaw 
JFG 697C (BRI, DNA, MEL). 
14. Gymira Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 34: 391 (1825), twin. cons. 
Annual or perennial herbs. Leaves sessile, pinnately veined. Capitula discoid, 
pedunculate, calyculate; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs yellow, orange, red, 
purplish, white or greenish. Anthers ecaudate. Style-branches ± erect, with apex 
truncate, without crown of papillae, with terminal appendage long, tapering. Achenes 
homomorphic, narrow-obloid. Pappus persistence not known. 
A genus of c. 40 species occurring in Asia and Africa with most species in southeast 
Asia. 
Gynura drymophila (F.Muell.) F.G.Davies, Kew Bull. 35(4): 733 (1980) 
Senecio cbymopltihts F.Muell., Trans. & Proc. Philos. Inst. Victoria 2: 69 (1857). 
Type: Brisbane River, Queensland, Oct. 1856, Hill & F.Mueller (MEL); lecto: K n.v., 
fide P.I.Forster & A.Thongpukdec, Austrobaileya 2(5): 560 (1988); iso: MEL. 
Succulent, tuberous rooted herbs to c. 0.5 m high. Coarse-hairy on most parts, or 
glabrous. Leaves mostly oblanceolate, to 15 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, entire, 
denticulate, or lobate; base weakly to strongly auriculate. Capitula few to several; 
mature peduncle to c. 50 mm long; calycular bracleoles 4-8, linear, 6-10 mm long; 
involucre 10-15 mm long; phyllaries c. 13; stereome flat, with resin ducts obscure, with 
coarse hairs or glabrous; receptacular pits slightly raised. Florets numerous; corolla 8- 
14 mm long, exceeding involucre by c. 3-4 mm, with base c. 0.6 mm wide, with limb c. 
1/3 of total length, yellow to orange-red; style-branch appendages yellowish. Achenes 
narrow oblong-ellipsoid, 5-8 mm long, with c. 10 narrow convex ribs, dark brown, 
glabrous. Pappus c. 10 mm long; bristles minutely and sparsely scabrid-barbellate. 
Notes: The broad succulent roots of this species are distinctive. There are two 
varieties. 
Plants with spreading, coarse hairs.var. drymophila 
Plants glabrous.var. glabrifolia 

Page image

613265 Gynura drymophila drymophila Muelleria 24: 108
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483075
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586
613266 Gynura drymophila glabrifolia Muelleria 24: 108
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483075
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586
853691 Gynura pseudochina Muelleria 24: 108
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483075
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

108 
Thompson 
Gynura drymophila (F.Muell.) F.G.Davies var. drymophila 
Senecio shirleyanus Domin, Biblioth. Bat. 89: 686 (1929). 
Type: Tambourine Mts, Queensland, Mar. 1910, K.Domin 9143 & 9144: syn: PR n v 
fide R.O.Belcher, Kew Bull. 44(3): 533 (1989). 
[Gynurapseudochina and. non (L.) DC.; G.Bentham, FI. Austral. 3: 661 (1867)] 
Plants with spreading multicellar hairs on stems, leaves, peduncles, bracts, 
bracteoles and phyllaries. 
Notes : Occurs in Queensland extending from Lizard Island in the tar north of the 
state south to the MacPherson Ranges; also in far northern New South Wales as far 
south as Ballina. Grows on sandstone among granite boulders, and in near coastal 
lowland situations, on cliff tops, and in rocky and sandy sites in woodland, forest, vine 
thicket, closed heath, vine forests, and hoop pine rainforest. Flowers all year round. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: 1 km NW of L. Elphinstone outlet, Carborough 
Ra.. I.R. Telford 11120 & R.J.Rudd (BR1, CANB, NSW); Mt Walsh, 6 km south of Biggenden 
M.D.Crisp 2635 (BR1, CANB, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Mt Nullarn, Sept. 1896 
W.Bauerlen (NSW). 
Gynura drymophila var. glabrifolia P.I.Forst. & Thongp., Austrobaileya 2(5): 564 
(1988) 
Type: cultivated specimen ex 2 km SW of Boolbunda Rock, Queensland, 15 May 1986, 
P.I.Forster 2425', holo: BRI. 
Plants glabrous. 
Notes: Occurs in far south-eastern Queensland. Ecological and phenological details 
as for the type variety. Similar in all details to the typical variety except for the absence 
of hairs. Recorded as growing side by side with typical variety. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Brigalow research station, 32 km NW of 
Theodore, Johnson 2670 (BRI); Mount Moon, 5 km SW of Mt Alford township, P.I.Forster 
PIF6621, A.R.Bean <6 L.ll.Bird (BRI, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Three Tops, Mt Warning 
National Park, July 1955, A.Benwell s.n. (NSW). 
Acknowledgements 
1 would like to thank the Royal Botanic Gardens, Melbourne (MEL) for the use of their 
herbarium and library facilities, and the scientific and technical staff at MEL for their 
assistance with loans and other matters. 1 would also like to thank the directors of AD, 
BRI, CANB, DNA, HO, NE, and PERTH for the loan of specimens. 1 would like to 
thank the Royal Botanic Gardens, Sydney for funding my recent visit to NSW. This 
study was funded by Australian Biological Resources Study (ABRS grant no: 
2000/3192). 
References 
Belcher, R.O. (1956). A revision of the genus Erechtites (Compositae) with inquiries into Senecio 
and Arrhenechthites. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 43: 1-85. 

Page image

853685 Hieracium javanicum Muelleria 24: 106
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483073
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

106 
Thompson 
Apex of phyllaries commonly with dark border 2-3 mm long; corolla usually exceeding 
phyllaries by up to 2.5 mm; corolla-lobes > I mm Fong; achenes 3.0-3.8 mm 
' on 8.var .javanica 
*Emilia sonchifolia (L.) DC. var. sonchifolia 
[Emilia purpurea and. non Cass. (1825); F.Mueller, Fragm. 12: 21 (1882)] 
Capitula: length of involucre commonly > 2.5 times diameter mid-involucre; apex of 
phyllaries without a dark border or border to c. I mm long; stereome often with 
scattered coarse hairs especially distally. Corolla 1 mm shorter than or up to 1 mm 
longer than phyllaries, with lobes < 1 mm long. Achenes 2.2-3.2 mm long. 
Notes: Probably native to southern Asia. Occurs in northern Western Australia, 
northern Northern Territory, and in northern and eastern Queensland, predominantly on 
or near the coast. A widespread weed of tropical regions. Grows in moist, sandy soils 
eg. cays, sand dunes, and in grassland. Flowers mostly autumn-winter. 
The most reliable character distinguishing this variety from var. javanica is the 
length of the corolla lobes. Subtle differences are also apparent in capitular proportions, 
and var. sonchifolia commonly has scattered hairs on the distal half of phyllaries, 
whereas var. javanica almost always has glabrous phyllaries. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Mitchell Plateau mining camp, 
P.A.Fryxell 4013 & L.A.Craven (MEL). NORTHERN TERRITORY: Little Lagoon, Groote 
Eylandt. R.L.Speclit 419 (CANB); Kakadu National Park, C.R.Dunlop 8562 <& P.F.Munns 
(CANB, DNA, MEL). QUEENSLAND: Red Beach, Weipa area, K.Herrman s.n. (CANB); 
Beames St, Mareeba, ./.R.CIarkson 4594 (DNA, PERTH, QRS). 
* Emilia sonchifolia war. javanica (Burm.f.) Mattf.. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 62: 445 (1929) 
Hieracium javanicum Burm.f., FI. Indica 174, t. 57, fig. I (1768); Prenanthes javanica 
(Burm.f.) Willd., Sp. PI. 3: 1534 (1803); Sonchus javanicus (Burm.f.) Spreng., Syst. 
Veg. 3: 648 (1826); E. javanica (Burm.f.) C.B.Rob., Philipp. J. Sci ., C3: 217 (1908). 
Type: Java, Garcin s.n.\ holo: G n.v.Jide D.H.Nicolson, op. cit. 399 (1980) 
Capitula: length of involucre < 2.5 times the diameter mid-involucre; apex of 
phyllaries commonly with a dark border 2-3 mm long; stereome usually glabrous; 
corolla usually exceeding phyllaries, by up to 2.5 mm, with lobes > 1 mm long. 
Achenes 3.0-3.8 mm long. 
Notes: Native to eastern Asia and the western Pacific. Occurs in eastern Queensland 
and north-eastern New South Wales. Grows mostly in sandy soils in coastal dunes, also 
in woodland and forest. Flowers mostly autumn-winter. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Bruce Hwy, 12 km south of Mackay, A.R.Bean 
16271 (BRI); Brisbane, 4 Dec. 1938, H.Tryon (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Kingscliff, North 
Coast, R.G.Coveny 12437. W.Bishop & L.j.Murray (NSW). 
2. * Emilia fosbergii Nicolson, Phytologia 32: 33 (1975) 
Type: Bahamas, New Providence, near Nassau, 26 Dec. 1902, Curtiss (5; holo; US n.v., 
fide D.H.Nicolson, loc. cit. 

Page image

971744 Holly-leaved Muelleria 24: 81
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483048
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
81 
4. *Senecio glastifolius L.f., Suppl. PI. 372 (1782) 
Type: Cape of Good Hope, South Afriea, Thunberg; n.v. 
Erect perennials to c. 1.5 m high, glabrous. Leaves oblanceolate to narrow-elliptic, 
to 12 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-4, lobate, with lobes antrorse; base hardly to 
moderately narrower; margin dentate or denticulate. Capitula few to numerous per stem; 
calycular bracteoles 10-16, mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide; involucre c. 7 mm long, c. 
5-8 mm diam.; phyllaries 20-22. Florets numerous; ray florets c. 13; ligule 10-20 mm 
long, 4-veincd, pink to purple. Achenes narrow-obloid, 2.0-2.5 mm long, brown or 
olive-brown, with papillose hairs in narrow bands. Pappus caducous, c. 7 mm long. 
Holly-leaved Senecio. 
Notes'. Native to South Africa. Recorded from south-western Western Australia at 
Albany and Manjimup, and on the central coast of New South Wales at Bundeena. Also 
naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in coastal sites on sand dunes and among rocks, in 
heathland and shrubland. Flowers spring-summer. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: SE slopes of Mt Adelaide, especially 
along Hare St, Albany, G.J.Keighery 8327 (AD, CANB, MEL. PERTH). NEW SOUTH WALES: 
south from Eric St, Bundeena, Central Coast, 29 Oct. 1999, A.Horton s.n. (NSW). 
5. * Senecio tamoides DC., Prodr. 6: 403 (1838) 
Type: ‘Omsamwoubo’, southern Africa, Drege ; holo: G n.v.; microfiche seen MEL 
Climber to c. 2 m high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 12 cm long, with petiole c. half of 
length; lamina ± orbicular to ovate, with l:w ratio c. 1-1.5, with 1-3 lobes per side; 
margin entire or with a few denticulations. Capitula several to numerous per branch; 
calycular bracteoles 3-5, 1-1.5 mm long, c. 0.3 mm wide; involucre 7-8 mm long, c. 
2.5 mm diam.; phyllaries 5-8. Florets 15-20; ray florets 3-6; ligule 10-20 mm long, 4- 
veined. yellow. Achenes not seen at maturity, glabrous. Pappus persistence unknown, 
6-7 mm long. 
Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in far south-eastern Queensland. Grows at 
margins of rainforest. Flowers autumn-winter. 
An occasional garden escape. The relatively long corolla of the disc florets (corolla 
c. 10 mm compared to 5-7 mm long) and relatively small calycular bracteoles 
distinguish this species from S. macroglossus and S. angulatus. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Mt Glorious Rd just south of Mt Glorious 
village, near lower end of Bryce's Rd, S.P.Phillips 381 (Bill, MEL). 
6. * Senecio macroglossus DC., Prodr. 6: 404 (1838) 
Type: Table Mountain, Cape of Good Hope, South Africa, Zeyher; syn: n.v.; ‘Zwarte 
Omsamcaba and Omsamcubo', Drege; syn: n.v.; ‘Albany’, Drege; syn: n.v. 
Climber to c. 3 m high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, with petiole c. half of 
length; lamina ± triangular, with l:w ratio 0.9-1.2, with a basal lobe on each side; 
margin entire or with small denticulations usually only near base. Capitula 1-3 per 
branch; calycular bracteoles 8-12, c. 10 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide; involucre 9-11 mm 
long, c. 5 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 10. Florets numerous; ray florets c. 12; ligule 10-20 
mm long, 8 10-veined, yellow. Achenes ± narrow-obloid, c. 2.5-3 mm long, pale- 
brown, glabrous. Pappus persistence unknown, 7-8 mm long. Natal Ivy, Wax Pine. 

Page image

960525 Lachnagrostis aequata Muelleria 24: 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483091
Page is part of the work The taxonomic status of Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex Steud., L. aequata (Nees) SWL. Jacobs and other related grasses (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291587

Page text

124 
Brown 
9. Lemmas glabrous, awns generally 2.5 mm long or 
* ess .3c. L. nesomytica subsp. paralia 
9. Lemmas covered with scattered hairs, awns generally greater than 2.5 mm 
l° n g.3b. L. nesomytica subsp. pseudofiliformis 
TAXON DESCRIPTIONS 
1. Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex. Steudel, Norn. Botan. Edn 2, 1:250 (1840); 
Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) non Willd. (1797); Vilfa scabra Beauv., 
Agrost. 16 (1812); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2:360 (1817); 
Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trinius, Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Deyeuxia 
scabra (Beauv.) Kunth, Rev. Gram. 1:77 (1829); Calamagroslis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.) Steudel, Syn. PI. Gram. 192 (1854). Type: Port Dalrymple, Tasmania (probable 
location), 1802-05, R. Brown (possible collector) (BM). 
Agrostis aequata Nees, in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 2:412 (1843), Deyeuxia aequata 
(Nees) Benlh.. FI. Austra. 7:578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M. Black, FI. 
South Australia, Part 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.L. Jacobs, 
Telopea 9(3):445 (2001). Type citation: Tasmania, 18.1.1838, Gunn 1005 (type: CGE 
n.v., probable isotype: K). [note: it is assumed on the basis of Vickery’s comment on the 
isotype, that it is an adequate duplicate of the holotype]. 
Mid to light-green, loosely tufted or shortly rhizomatous, sometimes stoloniferous, 
glabrous, annual or perennial, of variable height from 10< cm (particularly in exposed 
coastal positions and on the Bass Strait Islands) to 200 cm (particularly in damp forests 
and on moist limestone rock faces); culms weakly ascending or scrambling to lax. Leaf 
blades rather lax, smooth, Hat, to 15 cm long and from 0.2-4.0 mm wide; ligules obtuse, 
1-3 mm long. Inflorescence generally a sparse, open panicle with spreading but rather 
lax and undulating branches (except in stunted plants), to 25 cm long or occasionally 
more, its base initially enclosed by the upper leaf sheath but often becoming exserted in 
mid-maturity; branches and pedicels green, or purplish where plants more exposed. 
Spikelets (1.3-)1.5-2.5(-3.0) mm long, pale to light green or sometimes purplish, on 
relatively short pedicels (shortest less than 4 mm long, longest almost always less than 
15 mm long); glumes acute and keeled, subequal (sometimes the upper 0.1-0.2 mm 
longer), scabrous along the keel and often scaberulous or minutely papillose on the 
lateral surfaces (sometimes becoming densely scabrous towards the apex) but 
sometimes smooth, margins finely ciliate (at least in the upper hall); lemma acute or 
obtuse, (l.l-)1.3-2.0(-2.2) mm long, minutely 4-toothed at the apex, generally with the 
upper nerves and teeth minutely and densely ciliate, body glabrous although very 
occasionally with a few scattered hairs near the margins on some florets in occasional 
populations, callus glabrous or with a few to some hairs 0.1-0.5 mm long; palea 
subequal to the lemma and often with a similarly ciliate and often rather obtuse apex; 
rachilla extension glabrous or plumose, (0.!-)0.4-1.5(-l.7) mm long (including hairs) or 
sometimes absent; anthers 0.3-0.6(-0.7) mm long. Rough Blown-grass 
Notes: Also known as Even Blown-grass after ‘ aequata' due to its subequal glumes, 
lemma and palea, or as Ruddy Bent, presumably after 'rudis' though the latter means 
‘rough’ or ‘rude’ and only purplish stunted specimens from exposed positions could be 
thought to approach ‘reddish’. 

Page image

613273 Lachnagrostis collicola Muelleria 24: 134
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483101
Page is part of the work The taxonomic status of Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex Steud., L. aequata (Nees) SWL. Jacobs and other related grasses (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291587

Page text

134 
Brown 
Notes: Superficially similar to a delicate form of L. filiformis but the awns are finer 
(particularly in the lower part), remain pale rather than turning golden brown and tend 
to be attached a little higher on the lemma backs. The lemma backs are completely 
glabrous, unlike semi-glabrous forms of L. filiformis that at least have scattered hairs 
near the margins. Paleas are subequal to lemmas, whereas those of L. filiformis are 
almost always distinctly shorter. There are no records for L. filiformis on Garden Island, 
despite its close proximity to the mainland. The author has not had opportunity to 
survey the Island for Lachnagrostis. Because it is a Naval Support Facility, access is 
restricted to parts of the Island and limited to boat accessibility under curfew conditions. 
Distribution: Appears to be endemic to Garden Island (Fig. 9). 
Ecology’: Growing on coastal dunes and swales in dry, calcareous, sandy soils in 
association with scattered Callistris preissii and Melaleuca lanceolata. 
Etymology: The subspecific name derives from the Greek for ‘Sea-side’. 
Other Specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: near Sewage Pond Road, Garden Island, 
23.xi.2002, Rippey 383 (PERTH. MEL, GDI); Buchanan Bay, Garden Island, 1 l.ix.2003, Rippey 
623 (PERTH. MEL, GDI). 
4. Lachnagrostis collicola (D. Morris) S.W.L. Jacobs, Telopea 9:3 (2001). 
Type: Tasmania, Saddle between The Hippo and Moonlight Ridge Hill 3, 10 Feb 
1985, Collier 309 (holotype: HO). 
For a description of this grass, see Brown and Walsh, 2000: as Agrostis collicola (D. 
Morris) A.J. Brown and N.G. Walsh. Note that less developed spikelets on the same 
panicle can be smaller (down to 2.5 mm glume length) than in the mature spikelets 
reported in that paper. 
Acknowledgments 
Thanks to the directors and staff at MEL and AD for use of their facilities and 
collections, to HO, PERTH, NSW, BM and K for the loan of material, to Jenny Tonkin 
and Roy Vickery of K (ABLO) and BM respectively for assistance in historical 
specimen research, and to the Rottnest Island Authority for permission to collect 
specimens from the Island for study. Particular thanks go to Neville Walsh for the Latin 
diagnoses and advice on nomenclatural aspects of the manuscript and to Mali Moir for 
the excellent illustrations. Additional thanks are due to the referees of this paper for 
providing comments that enhanced both the layout and content. 
References 
Barker, W.R., Barker, R.M., Jessop, J.P. and Vonow, H.P. (2005). Census of the South Australian 
Vascular Plants, Edition 5.00, Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens, Supplement I, 18 
March 2005, Botanic Gardens of Adelaide & State Herbarium: Adelaide. 
Bentham, G. (1878). Flora Australiensis: A description of the plants of the Australian Territory, 
Vol. VII . Reeve & Co., London, 575-584. 
Black , J.M. (1922). Flora of South Australia, Part 1, Government Printer, Adelaide, 69-70. 
Black, J.M. (1943). Flora of South Australia, Part 1, Government Printer, Adelaide, 96-98. 
Brown, A.J. and Walsh, N.G. (2000). A revision of Agrostis billardierei R.Br. (Poaceae), 
Muelleria 14:65-90. 

Page image

613268 Lachnagrostis morrisii Muelleria 24: 127-128, Figs 6, 7 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 127-128, Figs 6, 7 (map)".

613269 Lachnagrostis nesomytica Muelleria 24: 130-131

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 130-131".

613270 Lachnagrostis nesomytica nesomytica Muelleria 24: 131, Figs 8a-g, 9 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483098
Page is part of the work The taxonomic status of Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex Steud., L. aequata (Nees) SWL. Jacobs and other related grasses (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291587
613272 Lachnagrostis nesomytica paralia Muelleria 24: 133-134, Figs 8h-i, 9 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 133-134, Figs 8h-i, 9 (map)".

613271 Lachnagrostis nesomytica pseudofiliformis Muelleria 24: 131-133, Figs 8j-l, 9 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 131-133, Figs 8j-l, 9 (map)".

960519 Lachnagrostis rudis Muelleria 24: 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483091
Page is part of the work The taxonomic status of Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex Steud., L. aequata (Nees) SWL. Jacobs and other related grasses (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291587

Page text

124 
Brown 
9. Lemmas glabrous, awns generally 2.5 mm long or 
* ess .3c. L. nesomytica subsp. paralia 
9. Lemmas covered with scattered hairs, awns generally greater than 2.5 mm 
l° n g.3b. L. nesomytica subsp. pseudofiliformis 
TAXON DESCRIPTIONS 
1. Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex. Steudel, Norn. Botan. Edn 2, 1:250 (1840); 
Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) non Willd. (1797); Vilfa scabra Beauv., 
Agrost. 16 (1812); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2:360 (1817); 
Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trinius, Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Deyeuxia 
scabra (Beauv.) Kunth, Rev. Gram. 1:77 (1829); Calamagroslis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.) Steudel, Syn. PI. Gram. 192 (1854). Type: Port Dalrymple, Tasmania (probable 
location), 1802-05, R. Brown (possible collector) (BM). 
Agrostis aequata Nees, in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 2:412 (1843), Deyeuxia aequata 
(Nees) Benlh.. FI. Austra. 7:578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M. Black, FI. 
South Australia, Part 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.L. Jacobs, 
Telopea 9(3):445 (2001). Type citation: Tasmania, 18.1.1838, Gunn 1005 (type: CGE 
n.v., probable isotype: K). [note: it is assumed on the basis of Vickery’s comment on the 
isotype, that it is an adequate duplicate of the holotype]. 
Mid to light-green, loosely tufted or shortly rhizomatous, sometimes stoloniferous, 
glabrous, annual or perennial, of variable height from 10< cm (particularly in exposed 
coastal positions and on the Bass Strait Islands) to 200 cm (particularly in damp forests 
and on moist limestone rock faces); culms weakly ascending or scrambling to lax. Leaf 
blades rather lax, smooth, Hat, to 15 cm long and from 0.2-4.0 mm wide; ligules obtuse, 
1-3 mm long. Inflorescence generally a sparse, open panicle with spreading but rather 
lax and undulating branches (except in stunted plants), to 25 cm long or occasionally 
more, its base initially enclosed by the upper leaf sheath but often becoming exserted in 
mid-maturity; branches and pedicels green, or purplish where plants more exposed. 
Spikelets (1.3-)1.5-2.5(-3.0) mm long, pale to light green or sometimes purplish, on 
relatively short pedicels (shortest less than 4 mm long, longest almost always less than 
15 mm long); glumes acute and keeled, subequal (sometimes the upper 0.1-0.2 mm 
longer), scabrous along the keel and often scaberulous or minutely papillose on the 
lateral surfaces (sometimes becoming densely scabrous towards the apex) but 
sometimes smooth, margins finely ciliate (at least in the upper hall); lemma acute or 
obtuse, (l.l-)1.3-2.0(-2.2) mm long, minutely 4-toothed at the apex, generally with the 
upper nerves and teeth minutely and densely ciliate, body glabrous although very 
occasionally with a few scattered hairs near the margins on some florets in occasional 
populations, callus glabrous or with a few to some hairs 0.1-0.5 mm long; palea 
subequal to the lemma and often with a similarly ciliate and often rather obtuse apex; 
rachilla extension glabrous or plumose, (0.!-)0.4-1.5(-l.7) mm long (including hairs) or 
sometimes absent; anthers 0.3-0.6(-0.7) mm long. Rough Blown-grass 
Notes: Also known as Even Blown-grass after ‘ aequata' due to its subequal glumes, 
lemma and palea, or as Ruddy Bent, presumably after 'rudis' though the latter means 
‘rough’ or ‘rude’ and only purplish stunted specimens from exposed positions could be 
thought to approach ‘reddish’. 

Page image

781931 Lachnagrostis scabra Muelleria 24: 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483091
Page is part of the work The taxonomic status of Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex Steud., L. aequata (Nees) SWL. Jacobs and other related grasses (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291587

Page text

124 
Brown 
9. Lemmas glabrous, awns generally 2.5 mm long or 
* ess .3c. L. nesomytica subsp. paralia 
9. Lemmas covered with scattered hairs, awns generally greater than 2.5 mm 
l° n g.3b. L. nesomytica subsp. pseudofiliformis 
TAXON DESCRIPTIONS 
1. Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex. Steudel, Norn. Botan. Edn 2, 1:250 (1840); 
Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) non Willd. (1797); Vilfa scabra Beauv., 
Agrost. 16 (1812); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2:360 (1817); 
Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trinius, Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Deyeuxia 
scabra (Beauv.) Kunth, Rev. Gram. 1:77 (1829); Calamagroslis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.) Steudel, Syn. PI. Gram. 192 (1854). Type: Port Dalrymple, Tasmania (probable 
location), 1802-05, R. Brown (possible collector) (BM). 
Agrostis aequata Nees, in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 2:412 (1843), Deyeuxia aequata 
(Nees) Benlh.. FI. Austra. 7:578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M. Black, FI. 
South Australia, Part 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.L. Jacobs, 
Telopea 9(3):445 (2001). Type citation: Tasmania, 18.1.1838, Gunn 1005 (type: CGE 
n.v., probable isotype: K). [note: it is assumed on the basis of Vickery’s comment on the 
isotype, that it is an adequate duplicate of the holotype]. 
Mid to light-green, loosely tufted or shortly rhizomatous, sometimes stoloniferous, 
glabrous, annual or perennial, of variable height from 10< cm (particularly in exposed 
coastal positions and on the Bass Strait Islands) to 200 cm (particularly in damp forests 
and on moist limestone rock faces); culms weakly ascending or scrambling to lax. Leaf 
blades rather lax, smooth, Hat, to 15 cm long and from 0.2-4.0 mm wide; ligules obtuse, 
1-3 mm long. Inflorescence generally a sparse, open panicle with spreading but rather 
lax and undulating branches (except in stunted plants), to 25 cm long or occasionally 
more, its base initially enclosed by the upper leaf sheath but often becoming exserted in 
mid-maturity; branches and pedicels green, or purplish where plants more exposed. 
Spikelets (1.3-)1.5-2.5(-3.0) mm long, pale to light green or sometimes purplish, on 
relatively short pedicels (shortest less than 4 mm long, longest almost always less than 
15 mm long); glumes acute and keeled, subequal (sometimes the upper 0.1-0.2 mm 
longer), scabrous along the keel and often scaberulous or minutely papillose on the 
lateral surfaces (sometimes becoming densely scabrous towards the apex) but 
sometimes smooth, margins finely ciliate (at least in the upper hall); lemma acute or 
obtuse, (l.l-)1.3-2.0(-2.2) mm long, minutely 4-toothed at the apex, generally with the 
upper nerves and teeth minutely and densely ciliate, body glabrous although very 
occasionally with a few scattered hairs near the margins on some florets in occasional 
populations, callus glabrous or with a few to some hairs 0.1-0.5 mm long; palea 
subequal to the lemma and often with a similarly ciliate and often rather obtuse apex; 
rachilla extension glabrous or plumose, (0.!-)0.4-1.5(-l.7) mm long (including hairs) or 
sometimes absent; anthers 0.3-0.6(-0.7) mm long. Rough Blown-grass 
Notes: Also known as Even Blown-grass after ‘ aequata' due to its subequal glumes, 
lemma and palea, or as Ruddy Bent, presumably after 'rudis' though the latter means 
‘rough’ or ‘rude’ and only purplish stunted specimens from exposed positions could be 
thought to approach ‘reddish’. 

Page image

613267 Lachnagrostis scabra curviseta Muelleria 24: 127, Figs 4i-k, 5 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483094
Page is part of the work The taxonomic status of Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex Steud., L. aequata (Nees) SWL. Jacobs and other related grasses (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291587
971749 Morris Muelleria 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956490 49956579
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
Page is part of the work A review of the genera Teloschistes and Xanthoria in the lichen family Teloschistaceae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237648

Page text

4 
Helen I. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthacecie ) in Australia 
with Villarsia. Typically Nymphoides can be distinguished by its aquatic 
habit, its non-paniculate inflorescence with the pedicels arising from a 
short, weak peduncle (or the peduncle absent so that the pedicels appear 
in a cluster) which is often subtended by one or a cluster of several 
sessile or near-sessile and floating leaves, and also by its non-valvate, 
indehiscent or irregularly breaking fruits. Villarsia spp., by contrast, 
although frequently aquatic are best considered as wetland plants, and 
most typically have erect, paniculate inflorescences and valved, capsular, 
dehiscent fruits. Nymphoides has generally been retained to date for our 
northern and north-eastern tropical and semi-tropical species, including 
2 well-known ones which penetrate into south-eastern Australia, but the 
distinctions between the two genera are not always clear to the present 
writer, and the fruiting characters in particular show variation. From 
material seen it appears possible that at a later date a few species now 
placed under Nymphoides may be more correctly transferred to the 
genus Villarsia. It seems unwise to take any action in this direction at 
present without adequate coverage of specimens and without held 
experience of the family in northern and north-eastern areas of Australia. 
It is obvious from collections housed at the National Herbarium of 
Victoria that the genus Nymphoides itself is also in need of revision. 
Australian species which have at some time been considered under 
Villarsia but which are now placed under Nymphoides are not mentioned 
in this paper. 
METHOD OF WORKING 
Results shown in the present paper have been obtained from a 
personal study of all Villarsia specimens housed in the Australian state 
herbaria and several others, together with extensive field observations in 
Victoria and South Australia. Where necessary photographs or seeds of 
type material were obtained from overseas herbaria for direct comparison 
here, or else selected specimens were forwarded overseas for comparison 
with types and critical comment. For most species however, syntype 
material was available in the collections of the state herbaria and in these 
cases where typification was clear no further efforts were made to locate 
other existing types. Because all type material will not have been located 
or seen by the writer, lectotypes have generally not been chosen. 
The field work undertaken in Victoria and South Australia was most 
essential, and in fact the full study originated from the writer’s discovery 
of two distinct species of Villarsia growing side by side in a swamp near 
Cranbourne and thus belying the accepted understanding that only one 
species existed in the State. The field provided many measurements and 
observations not obtainable from Herbarium specimens, particularly 
regarding the habit, flower span, other floral characters, maximum 
variations of size, and distribution. Representative collections were 
made in all areas visited, and additional locality records were kept. 
All species (and variety) from eastern Australia have been examined 
in the field, but all those from western Australia are known to me only 
from herbarium material. This necessarily means that the range of 

Page image

971745 Natal Muelleria 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956490 49956579
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
Page is part of the work A review of the genera Teloschistes and Xanthoria in the lichen family Teloschistaceae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237648

Page text

4 
Helen I. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthacecie ) in Australia 
with Villarsia. Typically Nymphoides can be distinguished by its aquatic 
habit, its non-paniculate inflorescence with the pedicels arising from a 
short, weak peduncle (or the peduncle absent so that the pedicels appear 
in a cluster) which is often subtended by one or a cluster of several 
sessile or near-sessile and floating leaves, and also by its non-valvate, 
indehiscent or irregularly breaking fruits. Villarsia spp., by contrast, 
although frequently aquatic are best considered as wetland plants, and 
most typically have erect, paniculate inflorescences and valved, capsular, 
dehiscent fruits. Nymphoides has generally been retained to date for our 
northern and north-eastern tropical and semi-tropical species, including 
2 well-known ones which penetrate into south-eastern Australia, but the 
distinctions between the two genera are not always clear to the present 
writer, and the fruiting characters in particular show variation. From 
material seen it appears possible that at a later date a few species now 
placed under Nymphoides may be more correctly transferred to the 
genus Villarsia. It seems unwise to take any action in this direction at 
present without adequate coverage of specimens and without held 
experience of the family in northern and north-eastern areas of Australia. 
It is obvious from collections housed at the National Herbarium of 
Victoria that the genus Nymphoides itself is also in need of revision. 
Australian species which have at some time been considered under 
Villarsia but which are now placed under Nymphoides are not mentioned 
in this paper. 
METHOD OF WORKING 
Results shown in the present paper have been obtained from a 
personal study of all Villarsia specimens housed in the Australian state 
herbaria and several others, together with extensive field observations in 
Victoria and South Australia. Where necessary photographs or seeds of 
type material were obtained from overseas herbaria for direct comparison 
here, or else selected specimens were forwarded overseas for comparison 
with types and critical comment. For most species however, syntype 
material was available in the collections of the state herbaria and in these 
cases where typification was clear no further efforts were made to locate 
other existing types. Because all type material will not have been located 
or seen by the writer, lectotypes have generally not been chosen. 
The field work undertaken in Victoria and South Australia was most 
essential, and in fact the full study originated from the writer’s discovery 
of two distinct species of Villarsia growing side by side in a swamp near 
Cranbourne and thus belying the accepted understanding that only one 
species existed in the State. The field provided many measurements and 
observations not obtainable from Herbarium specimens, particularly 
regarding the habit, flower span, other floral characters, maximum 
variations of size, and distribution. Representative collections were 
made in all areas visited, and additional locality records were kept. 
All species (and variety) from eastern Australia have been examined 
in the field, but all those from western Australia are known to me only 
from herbarium material. This necessarily means that the range of 

Page image

853638 Othonna abrotanifolia Muelleria 24: 61
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483028
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
61 
truncate, often crowned by papillae, without terminal appendage. Achenes 
homomorphic, obloid. Pappus caducous or absent. 
An entirely African genus of c. 97 species, with most species in southern Africa. 
Part of the othonnoid complex of genera (as described by Jeffrey in 1986). The large 
capilula, long naked peduncles and the presence of wool at the base of the peduncle are 
distinctive features of the genus. Some capitula arise from very short branches and 
plants will therefore appear to have inflorescences with multiple capitula. Euryops 
pectinatus is a widely grown garden shrub with grey-green pectinalely-lobed leaves. 
There is no evidence that it has become naturalised. 
Key to species 
Leaves deeply pinnatisect, with segments linear; phyllaries connate in proximal 1/3—1/2; 
pappus forming a tangled wool. 1 . E. abrotanifolius 
Leaves lobate to subpinnatisect, with segments triangular; phyllaries connate in 
proximal 1/5 to 1/4; pappus absent.2. E. chrysanthemoides 
1. * Euryops abrotanifolius (L.) DC., Prodr. 6: 443 (1838) 
Othonna abrotanifolia L., Sp. PL 2: 926 (1753). 
Type: Locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 1038:5; lecto: LINN, fide B.Nordenstam, Opera 
Bat. 20:272 (1968). 
Shrubs to c. 2 m high, largely glabrous. Leaves 2-6 cm long, pinnatisect, with rachis 
and segments narrow-linear; base narrow; margin entire. Capitula 1 per branch but often 
with a few branches clustered; peduncle to c. 200 mm long; involucre 8-11 mm long, c. 
8-10 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 13, sometimes more, fused in proximal 1/3 1/2; stereome 
± flat, firm, with 3-5 distinct resin ducts; margin of receptacular pits raised. Ray florets 
c. 13, sometimes more; ligule to 25 mm long, commonly c. 7-veined; disc florets 
numerous; corolla c. 4 mm long; with base c. 1 mm diam.; limb c. 1/2 of total length, 
with narrow-triangular lobes. Achenes oblong-ellipsoid, c. 2.5-5 mm long, pale brown, 
10-ribbed, glabrous, with stylophore appended distally. Pappus white; bristles tangled, 
some reflexed, 3-6 mm long, scabrid-barbellate. Winter Euiyops, Euryops. 
Notes: Occurs in the Mount Lofty Ra. in south-eastern South Australia, Heywood in 
south-western Victoria, the eastern fringe of Melbourne in south-central Victoria, and 
around Hobart in south-eastern Tasmania. Grows in areas recently disturbed such as 
roadsides, railway cuttings etc., in grassland and forest. Flowers winter-early spring. 
A garden escape that is well-established in a few areas and capable of increasing 
numbers rapidly. The stylophore and tangled pappus do not occur in other species of 
Senecioneae in Australia. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Lofty Ra., Forest Ra., c.20 km east of 
Adelaide, H. van Dam 194 (AD). VICTORIA: 2.3 km east along the Lilydale-Monbulk Rd from 
its intersection with the Lilydale-Montrose Rd, Mt Evelyn, D.E.Albrecht 2840 (CANB, MEL). 
TASMANIA: Mt Stuart, Hobart, A.M.Buchanan 3786 (AD, HO). 
2. * Euryops chrysanthemoides (DC.) B.Nord., Opera Bot. 20: 365 (1968) 
Gamolepis chiysanthemoides DC., Prodr. 6: 443 (1838). 
Type: South Africa, Ecklon & Zeyher 10.9 ; lecto: G. fide B.Nordenstam, loc. cit. 

Page image

613182 Petasites fragrans Muelleria 24: 58-59

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 58-59".

613180 Petasites Muelleria 24: 58
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483025
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

58 
Thompson 
A genus of three species endemic to south-eastern Australia. This genus was not 
included in the author’s examination of the Senecioneae. The reader is referred to a 
recent revision by Orchard (2004). 
Key to species 
1 Leaves to 3 mm wide (Tasmania) .1. b. linearis 
1: Leaves generally more than 10 mm wide 
2 Leaves generally less than 20 mm wide; lower surface of leaves with a shallow 
appressed indumentum from which secondary veins conspicuously protrude 
(Tasmania). 2. B. salicina 
2: Leaves generally more than 20 mm wide; lower surface of leaves with a deep 
tangled indumentum in which the secondary veins are submerged (mainland 
Australia and Cape Barren Is., Tasmania).3. B. arborescens 
List of taxa 
1. Bedfordia linearis (Labill.) DC., Prodr. 6: 441 (1838) 
a. Bedfordia linearis subsp. linearis 
b. Bedfordia linearis subsp. oblongifolia Orchard, Muelleria 19: 90 (2004) 
i. Bedfordia linearis subsp. oblongifolia var. oblongifolia 
ii. Bedfordia linearis subsp. oblongifolia var. curvifolia Orchard, Muelleria 19- 93 
(2004). 
2. Bedfordia salicina (Labill.) DC., Prodr. 6: 441 (1838). 
3. Bedfordia arborescens Hochr., Candollea 5: 332 (1934). 
4. Petasites Mill., Gard. Diet. Abr. 4th edn (1754). 
Perennial dioecious or gynodioecious herbs. Leaves petiolate, palmately veined. 
Capitula radiate (in Australia) discoid or disciform, pedunculate, calyeulate; phyllaries 
free. Florets: corolla-limbs yellow, white, greenish, pink or purple. Anthers caudate. 
Style-branches short, with apex obtuse, with terminal appendage unknown. Achenes 
homomorphic, narrow-obloid, ribbed. Pappus persistence not known. 
A genus of c. 19 species from Eurasia and North America. 
* Petasites fragrans (Vill.) C.Presl, FI. Sicul. 1: 28 (1826) 
Tussilagofragrans Vill., Actes Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris 1: 72 (1792). 
Type: n.v. 
Dioecious, rhizomatous herbs to c. 0.4 m high, with glandular hairs on most parts. 
Basal leaves: petiole 10-30 cm long, sheathing basally; lamina suborbicular to reniform, 
5-20 cm long; base strongly cordate; margin crowded-denticulate. Stem leaves 2-7, c. 
2-6 cm long, comprising a well-developed sheath and a small lamina reducing to 
vestigial upwards. Capitula several per stem; peduncle to c. 30 mm long at maturity; 
calycular bracteoles 2-6, ± linear, 3-8 mm long; involucre 7-12 mm long, c. 3-6 mm 
diam.; phyllaries c. 13; stereome flat. Capitula (for all Australian material): ray florets c. 
12, pistillate but sterile; ligule 4-6 mm long, rounded to truncate, white, sometimes 
tinged purplish, 3-5-veined; disc florets c. 20, functionally male; corolla c. 8 mm long. 

Page image

853686 Prenanthes javanica Muelleria 24: 106
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483073
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

106 
Thompson 
Apex of phyllaries commonly with dark border 2-3 mm long; corolla usually exceeding 
phyllaries by up to 2.5 mm; corolla-lobes > I mm Fong; achenes 3.0-3.8 mm 
' on 8.var .javanica 
*Emilia sonchifolia (L.) DC. var. sonchifolia 
[Emilia purpurea and. non Cass. (1825); F.Mueller, Fragm. 12: 21 (1882)] 
Capitula: length of involucre commonly > 2.5 times diameter mid-involucre; apex of 
phyllaries without a dark border or border to c. I mm long; stereome often with 
scattered coarse hairs especially distally. Corolla 1 mm shorter than or up to 1 mm 
longer than phyllaries, with lobes < 1 mm long. Achenes 2.2-3.2 mm long. 
Notes: Probably native to southern Asia. Occurs in northern Western Australia, 
northern Northern Territory, and in northern and eastern Queensland, predominantly on 
or near the coast. A widespread weed of tropical regions. Grows in moist, sandy soils 
eg. cays, sand dunes, and in grassland. Flowers mostly autumn-winter. 
The most reliable character distinguishing this variety from var. javanica is the 
length of the corolla lobes. Subtle differences are also apparent in capitular proportions, 
and var. sonchifolia commonly has scattered hairs on the distal half of phyllaries, 
whereas var. javanica almost always has glabrous phyllaries. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Mitchell Plateau mining camp, 
P.A.Fryxell 4013 & L.A.Craven (MEL). NORTHERN TERRITORY: Little Lagoon, Groote 
Eylandt. R.L.Speclit 419 (CANB); Kakadu National Park, C.R.Dunlop 8562 <& P.F.Munns 
(CANB, DNA, MEL). QUEENSLAND: Red Beach, Weipa area, K.Herrman s.n. (CANB); 
Beames St, Mareeba, ./.R.CIarkson 4594 (DNA, PERTH, QRS). 
* Emilia sonchifolia war. javanica (Burm.f.) Mattf.. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 62: 445 (1929) 
Hieracium javanicum Burm.f., FI. Indica 174, t. 57, fig. I (1768); Prenanthes javanica 
(Burm.f.) Willd., Sp. PI. 3: 1534 (1803); Sonchus javanicus (Burm.f.) Spreng., Syst. 
Veg. 3: 648 (1826); E. javanica (Burm.f.) C.B.Rob., Philipp. J. Sci ., C3: 217 (1908). 
Type: Java, Garcin s.n.\ holo: G n.v.Jide D.H.Nicolson, op. cit. 399 (1980) 
Capitula: length of involucre < 2.5 times the diameter mid-involucre; apex of 
phyllaries commonly with a dark border 2-3 mm long; stereome usually glabrous; 
corolla usually exceeding phyllaries, by up to 2.5 mm, with lobes > 1 mm long. 
Achenes 3.0-3.8 mm long. 
Notes: Native to eastern Asia and the western Pacific. Occurs in eastern Queensland 
and north-eastern New South Wales. Grows mostly in sandy soils in coastal dunes, also 
in woodland and forest. Flowers mostly autumn-winter. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Bruce Hwy, 12 km south of Mackay, A.R.Bean 
16271 (BRI); Brisbane, 4 Dec. 1938, H.Tryon (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Kingscliff, North 
Coast, R.G.Coveny 12437. W.Bishop & L.j.Murray (NSW). 
2. * Emilia fosbergii Nicolson, Phytologia 32: 33 (1975) 
Type: Bahamas, New Providence, near Nassau, 26 Dec. 1902, Curtiss (5; holo; US n.v., 
fide D.H.Nicolson, loc. cit. 

Page image

971748 Purple Muelleria 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956490 49956579
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
Page is part of the work A review of the genera Teloschistes and Xanthoria in the lichen family Teloschistaceae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237648
971743 Ragwort Muelleria 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956490 49956579
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
Page is part of the work A review of the genera Teloschistes and Xanthoria in the lichen family Teloschistaceae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237648
613183 Roldana Muelleria 24: 59
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483026
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
59 
with base c. 0.5 mm diam.; limb c. 2/5 of total length, white, with narrow-oblong lobes. 
Achenes obloid, 1.5-2.0 mm long. Pappus 4-8 mm long, white; bristles scabrid- 
barbellate. Winter Heliotrope. 
Notes'. Native to northern Africa. Occurs in south-central Victoria and in south¬ 
eastern Tasmania. Grows in damp shady places such as roadside ditches. Flowers 
winter. 
Plants recorded in Australia have all been functionally male. Spreads vegetatively 
from disturbed sites into bushland. Flowers are vanilla-scented. The dark purple anther- 
tube of disc florets contrasts with the white corolla and strongly protruding stigma. 
Representative specimens: VICTORIA: On the northern side of the railway line, c. 100 m 
west of Upper Ferntree Gully Railway Station, D.E.Albrecht 1856 (MEL). TASMANIA: 
Recreation area of Huon Hwy, Franklin, D.I.Morris 8255 (HO). 
5. Roldana La Llave, in P. de La Llave & J.J.M. de Lexarza, Nov. Veg. Descr. 2: 10 
(1825) 
Herbs, shrubs or small trees. Leaves petiolate, palmately (in Australia) or pinnately 
veined. Capitula radiate (in Australia), discoid or disciform, pedunculate, calyculate or 
not; phyllaries free. Florets: ligule yellow (in Australia), orange, white or greenish; disc 
florets with corolla-limbs yellow (in Australia). Anthers caudate. Style-branches linear, 
with apex truncate, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, obloid to 
obovoid. Pappus caducous. 
A genus of c. 55 species predominantly from Mexico and Central America. 
*Rol(luna petasitis (Sims) H.Rob. & Brettell, Phytologia 27: 423 (1974) 
Cineraria petasitis Sims, Bot. Mag., t. 1536 (1813); Senecio petasitis (Sims) DC., 
Prodr. 6:431 (1838). 
Type: cultivated, not designated. 
Shrubs to c. 3 m high, with short coarse hairs on all parts. Leaves: petiole 5-15 cm 
long; lamina sub-orbicular to broad-ovate, 8-15 cm long; base cordate; margin finely 
denticulate. Capitula many per branch; peduncle to 20 mm long at maturity; calycular 
bracteoles 1-3, linear, 1-5 mm long; involucre 9-11 mm long, 3-5 mm diam.; 
phyllaries c. 8; stereome flat. Florets: ray florets 3-6; ligule 6-10 mm long, 4- or 5- 
veined, yellow; disc florets 10-15; corolla c. 8 mm long, with base c. 0.8 mm diam., 
with limb c. 2/3 of total length, with narrow-triangular lobes. Achenes obloid, 2.5-4.5 
mm long, yellowish, 10-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus 7-10 mm long, white; bristles scabrid- 
barbellate. Roldana. 
Notes: Native to Central America. Recorded from northern and central coastal areas 
of New South Wales and south-central Victoria. A garden escape preferring moister 
environments. Flowers mainly spring. 
A widely-cultivated tall shrub characterised by an even, short pubescence, large, 
petiolate leaves, and purple stems, peduncles and phyllaries. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: North Coast, Forbes Forest Rd, Mt Boss 
State Forest, P.GUmour 5848 (CANB). VICTORIA: Dollar, c. 1.5 km south of township on the 
Dollar-Gippsland Hwy Rd, Nov. 1995, S.Kaiser s.n. (MEL). 

Page image

613184 Roldana petasitis Muelleria 24: 59
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483026
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586
971750 Rottnest Muelleria 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956490 49956579
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
Page is part of the work A review of the genera Teloschistes and Xanthoria in the lichen family Teloschistaceae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237648
1007561 Rough Muelleria 24: 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483091
Page is part of the work The taxonomic status of Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex Steud., L. aequata (Nees) SWL. Jacobs and other related grasses (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291587

Page text

124 
Brown 
9. Lemmas glabrous, awns generally 2.5 mm long or 
* ess .3c. L. nesomytica subsp. paralia 
9. Lemmas covered with scattered hairs, awns generally greater than 2.5 mm 
l° n g.3b. L. nesomytica subsp. pseudofiliformis 
TAXON DESCRIPTIONS 
1. Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex. Steudel, Norn. Botan. Edn 2, 1:250 (1840); 
Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) non Willd. (1797); Vilfa scabra Beauv., 
Agrost. 16 (1812); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2:360 (1817); 
Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trinius, Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Deyeuxia 
scabra (Beauv.) Kunth, Rev. Gram. 1:77 (1829); Calamagroslis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.) Steudel, Syn. PI. Gram. 192 (1854). Type: Port Dalrymple, Tasmania (probable 
location), 1802-05, R. Brown (possible collector) (BM). 
Agrostis aequata Nees, in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 2:412 (1843), Deyeuxia aequata 
(Nees) Benlh.. FI. Austra. 7:578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M. Black, FI. 
South Australia, Part 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.L. Jacobs, 
Telopea 9(3):445 (2001). Type citation: Tasmania, 18.1.1838, Gunn 1005 (type: CGE 
n.v., probable isotype: K). [note: it is assumed on the basis of Vickery’s comment on the 
isotype, that it is an adequate duplicate of the holotype]. 
Mid to light-green, loosely tufted or shortly rhizomatous, sometimes stoloniferous, 
glabrous, annual or perennial, of variable height from 10< cm (particularly in exposed 
coastal positions and on the Bass Strait Islands) to 200 cm (particularly in damp forests 
and on moist limestone rock faces); culms weakly ascending or scrambling to lax. Leaf 
blades rather lax, smooth, Hat, to 15 cm long and from 0.2-4.0 mm wide; ligules obtuse, 
1-3 mm long. Inflorescence generally a sparse, open panicle with spreading but rather 
lax and undulating branches (except in stunted plants), to 25 cm long or occasionally 
more, its base initially enclosed by the upper leaf sheath but often becoming exserted in 
mid-maturity; branches and pedicels green, or purplish where plants more exposed. 
Spikelets (1.3-)1.5-2.5(-3.0) mm long, pale to light green or sometimes purplish, on 
relatively short pedicels (shortest less than 4 mm long, longest almost always less than 
15 mm long); glumes acute and keeled, subequal (sometimes the upper 0.1-0.2 mm 
longer), scabrous along the keel and often scaberulous or minutely papillose on the 
lateral surfaces (sometimes becoming densely scabrous towards the apex) but 
sometimes smooth, margins finely ciliate (at least in the upper hall); lemma acute or 
obtuse, (l.l-)1.3-2.0(-2.2) mm long, minutely 4-toothed at the apex, generally with the 
upper nerves and teeth minutely and densely ciliate, body glabrous although very 
occasionally with a few scattered hairs near the margins on some florets in occasional 
populations, callus glabrous or with a few to some hairs 0.1-0.5 mm long; palea 
subequal to the lemma and often with a similarly ciliate and often rather obtuse apex; 
rachilla extension glabrous or plumose, (0.!-)0.4-1.5(-l.7) mm long (including hairs) or 
sometimes absent; anthers 0.3-0.6(-0.7) mm long. Rough Blown-grass 
Notes: Also known as Even Blown-grass after ‘ aequata' due to its subequal glumes, 
lemma and palea, or as Ruddy Bent, presumably after 'rudis' though the latter means 
‘rough’ or ‘rude’ and only purplish stunted specimens from exposed positions could be 
thought to approach ‘reddish’. 

Page image

971742 Rough Muelleria 24: 79
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483046
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
79 
H. The Exotic Species 
The nine exotic species grouped here, predominantly from South Africa, are somewhat 
diverse but are placed together here for convenience. They are radiate except for the 
discoid S. vulgaris and the group contains three climbing species. All naturalised 
species in Australia are placed here except for S. madagascariensis which has been 
placed in the Lautusoid Group. 
1. *Seneciopterophorus DC., Prodr. 6: 389 (1838) 
S. pterophorus var. vents I larv., FI. Capensis 3: 386 (1865), nom. inval. 
Type: Southern Africa, Drege: holo: G; microfiche seen MEL. 
S. pterophorus var. apterus Harv., FI. Capensis 3: 386 (1865), nom. illeg. Type: 
Southern Africa, Drege; n.v. 
Erect perennials to c. 2 m high, with fine hairs sparse, denser on leaves. Leaves 
narrow-oblanceolate or narrow to very narrow-elliptic, to 14 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 
4-8, shallowly to deeply serrate, occasionally ± entire or appearing so, with 2-7 
projections per side; base attenuate, often with decurrent laminar tissue; upper surface 
sometimes sparsely tuberculate; lower surface appressed-woolly. Capitula several to 
many per stem; calycuiar bracteoles 14-20, 2-3 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide; involucre 
3.5-5 mm long, 3.5-4 mm diam.; phyllaries 18-22, glabrous. Florets numerous; ray 
florets 8-13, with ligule 4-7 mm long, 4-veined, yellow. Achenes obloid, 1.5-1.8 mm 
long, pale-brown, tapering more marked basally, with papillose hairs forming bands or 
evenly dispersed. Pappus caducous, 4-5 mm long. African daisy , Rough Senecio. 
Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-eastern Australia from the Eyre 
Peninsula ESE to Garfield in south-central Victoria, and disjunctly further north-east in 
central-eastern New South Wales from Newcastle SW to the Blue Mountains east of 
Sydney. Grows mostly in disturbed sites in grasslands, woodland, and forest. Flowers 
mostly summer. 
Readily distinguished by the usually acutely lobed leaves, sublustrous above and 
appresscd woolly below, and often decurrent down the stems. Hybridises with disciform 
species such as S. hispidulus and S. picridioides and with the discoid species S. 
hypoleucus in the Mt Lofty Ranges of S.A. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Cleland National Park, 10 km east ot 
Adelaide, S.L.Everist 9995 (AD, BR1). NEW SOUTH WALES: Mt Druitt, R.G.Coveny 13911 
(AD. BR1, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: on Hamilton-Horsham Hwy adjacent to Cattle 
Station Ck, 7 Jan. 1986, J.M.Pollock (AD, CANB, MEL). 
2. * Senecio jacohaea L ., Sp. PI. 2: 870 (1753) 
Type: Europe; n.v. 
Erect biennials or perennials to c. 1.8 m high, with sparse to moderate cobwebby 
hairs. Leaves elliptic to narrow-elliptic, to 25 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 1.5-3, 
complexly 2-3-pinnatisect with c. 5-10 major segments per side; base attenuate or 
slightly auriculate, with auricles pinnatisect, slightly clasping. Capitula numerous to 
100s per stem; calycuiar bracteoles 3-6, 2-3.5 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide; involucre 
3.5-5 mm long, c. 4 mm diam.; phyllaries 11-13, glabrous. Florets numerous; ray 
florets 10-15; ligule 6-10 mm long, 4-veined, yellow. Achenes obloid, 1.6-2.2 mm 

Page image

853624 Scleroleima forsteroides Muelleria 24: 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483022
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586
613212 Senecio albogilvus Muelleria 24: 73-74

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 73-74".

613208 Senecio amygdalifolius Muelleria 24: 72
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483039
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

72 
Thompson 
Notes: Occurs in eastern New South Wales from Wollomombi Falls west to the 
Warrumbungle Ranges and SSW to Tallong. Grows in moister gullies, often in rocky 
sites, including granite, sandstone and basalt, in forest. Flowers late winter-spring. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: Killiecrankie Pass, 9.1 km west of 
Goodmans Ford on the Wombeyan Caves Rd, R.Coveny 12169, IV.Bishop & R.Makinson (AD, 
NSW); Track from Wollomombi Falls to Chandler R„ Oxley Wild Rivers National Park, 
P.Gilmour 7844 (CANB). 
3. Senecio amygdalifolius F.Muell., Fragrn. 1: 232 (1859) 
Type: New South Wales, blastings R., Dr Beckler ; syn: MEL. 
Perennials to c. 3 m high, with rhizome villous, otherwise ± glabrous. Leaves ± 
abruptly broadening from petiole-like to broad-laminate, to 20 cm long, with l:w ratio 
3-7; base without auricles; margin with crowded serrulations; reticulate venation 
distinct on lower surface. Capitula several to many per stem; calycular bracteoles 5-10, 
2.5-8 mm long; involucre 7-10 mm long; 3-5 mm diam.; phyllaries 10-12. Florets 20- 
35; ray florets 5-8; ligule 10-15 mm long, 4- or 5-veined. Achenes narrow-obloid, 4-6 
mm long. Pappus caducous, 6-8 mm long. 
Notes: Occurs within 200 km of the coast in far eastern Australia from Ml Molangul 
in south-eastern Queensland south to Morrissett in central-eastern New South Wales 
with a disjunct occurrence near Coonabarabran much further inland in north-eastern 
New South Wales. Grows in open and closed forest. Flowers mostly winter—spring. 
Readily distinguished by its petiolate, serrulate leaves. 
Representative specimens : QUEENSLAND: Mount Ballow foothills, McPherson Ra., 
P.I.Forster PIF7459 & G.Leiper (BRI, MEL. PERTH). NEW SOUTH WALES: Undercliffe 
Falls, 10 km east of Liston, A.R.Bean 6634 (BRI. MEL, NSW). 
4. Senecio daltonii F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 27 (1861), as Daltoni 
Type: Warrego R., Currewillighi, Queensland, J.D.Daltoir, holo: MEL. 
Perennials to c. 0.5 m high, with extensive villous rhizomes, with stem hairs mostly 
inconspicuous. Leaves gradually broadening from base, to 12 cm long, with l:w ratio 8- 
15, undivided; base attenuate, without auricles; margin entire, or with occasional 
denticulations; venation inconspicuous; scattered coarse hairs sometimes present. 
Capitula 1 or few per stem; calycular bracteoles 6-8, 4-7 mm long; involucre 8-14 mm 
long, c. 7-10 mm diam.; phyllaries 14-25, with scattered coarse hairs. Florets 
numerous; ray florets 10-15; ligule 6-12 mm long, 4- or 5-veined. Achenes ± narrow- 
obloid, c. 3-5 mm long. Pappus persistent, 12-20 mm long. 
Notes: Occurs in central-eastern Australia from Toowoomba in far south-eastern 
Queensland SW to Forbes in central New South Wales and WSW to Brewarrina in 
north-central New South Wales. Grows in heavier soils in swampy country and in 
cultivated paddocks. Flowers at most times of year, dependent on rains. 
Much maligned as a weed of cultivation during the 1930s-60s as it apparently could 
survive ploughing. Information about its natural habitat is limited and there have been 
no recent reports of it being troublesome in cultivation. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Darling Downs District, 13 May 1948, 
C.S.Clydesdale (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: 5 km north of Brewarrina, J.Thompson 1870a 
(BRI, NSW); Rowena district, 6 Oct. 1966,./. Crosby (NSW). 

Page image

613235 Senecio angulatus Muelleria 24: 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483049
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

82 
Thompson 
Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-eastern Queensland and in New 
South Wales near the coast. Grows in sandy soils in low coastal rainforest, woodland 
and mangroves. Flowers most of the year. 
The triangular leaf-lamina, fewer and larger capitula and much larger bracteoles 
distinguish this species from S. tamoides and S. angulatus. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Boonooroo, S.P.Phillips 601 (BRI). NEW 
SOUTH WALES: Sawtell, B.Kemp 227 (MEL. NSW); near northern end of Grevillea Rd, off 
Tamarind Ave., Cudgen Nature Reserve, Bogangar, J.R.Hashing 2023 (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). 
7. *Senecio angulatus L.f., Suppl. PL 369 (1782) 
Type: Cape of Good Hope, South Africa, Thunherg ; n.v. 
Scrambling or climbing plants to c. 3 m high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 10 cm long, 
with petiole c. half of length; lamina ovate, with l:w ratio c. 1-2, usually with 1-3 
commonly obtuse lobes per side; margin entire or with a few denticulations. Capitula 
several to numerous per branch; calycular bracteoles 3-6, 1.5-2.5 mm long, c. 0.5 mm 
wide; involucre 5-6 mm long, c. 3 mm diam.; phyllaries 7-10. Florets 15-20; ray 
florets 3-6, mostly 5; ligule 8-12 mm long, 4-veined, yellow. Achenes narrow-obloid, 
2.0-2.5 mm long, brown, with papillose hairs. Pappus caducous, 5-7 mm long. 
Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in mesic parts of southern Australia, mostly in 
urban areas especially in the capital cities of southern states. Grows in various soils in 
shrubland and woodland in disturbed environments. Flowers late autumn-winter. 
Similar to Senecio tamoides and S. macroglossus q.v. Also vegetatively similar to 
the discoid Delairea odorata q.v. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Swan R., Sunset. Nedlands, 
GJ.Keighery 13775 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 4 km north of Palmer, R.Bates 9898 
(AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: east side of Carlisle Ave, Mt Druitt, R.G.Coveny 16539 (MEL, 
NSW). VICTORIA: Red Bluff, Sandringham, D.E.Alhrecht 1838 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: 
No records seen. (Present in Tasmania fide A.Buchanan pers. comm.) 
8. * Senecio crassiflorus (Poir.) DC., Prodr. 6: 412 (1838) 
Cineraria crassiflora Poir., Encycl. suppl. 2: 267 (1811). 
Type: Buenos Aires, Brazil, Commerson ; holo: ?P (Herb. Lam.) n.v., fide J.L.M.Poiret, 
loc. cit. 
Sprawling subshrub forming mounds to c. 2 m high, densely appressed-woolly 
throughout. Leaves undivided, spathulate to oblanceolate, to c. 8 cm long, with l:w ratio 
c. 2-6; base attenuate; margin ± entire or distally crenulate or denticulate. Capitula 1-8 
per branch; calycular bracteoles 3-6, 2-6 mm long, c. 1 mm wide; involucre 12-16 mm 
long, c. 10 mm diam.; phyllaries 20-22. Florets numerous; ray florets 12-22; ligule 15- 
30 mm long, 4-veined, yellow. Achenes narrow-obloid, 4-7 mm long, pale brown, 
strongly ribbed, with papillose hairs forming broad bands. Pappus caducous, 10-15 mm 
long. 
Notes: Native to South America. Occurs in central and north-eastern New South 
Wales on the coast from Sawtell south to Cronulla. Grows on coastal dunes. Flowers 
most of year. 
A silvery-grey plant grown as an ornamental and also once planted for coastal 
erosion control. Naturalised in a few places along the New South Wales coast. 

Page image

613203 Senecio barkhausioides Muelleria 24: 69
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483036
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
69 
4. Senecio barkhausioides Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Nataralistes Moscou 24(2): 86 (1851) 
Type: ‘Nova Hollandia’ [Swan River, W.A.], J.Drummond V , 378; iso: PERTH. 
Herbs to c. 0.6 m high, with stems densely hispid basally. Leaves to c. 15 cm long, 
with l:w ratio c. 20^10, undivided or lobate, with 1-4 c. triangular lobes per side; base 
without auricles; margin entire or with a few teeth; upper surface hispid or sometimes 
upper-stem leaves glabrous; lower surface glabrous or with coarse hairs on midrib and 
major veins. Capitula several per stem; calycular bracteoles 6-8 2.0-3.0 mm long; 
involucre c. 7 mm long, c. 2.5 mm diam.; phyllaries 12-14. Florets numerous, all 
tubular. Achenes narrow-obloid, c. 2.5 mm long, with papillose hairs in bands. Pappus 
6-7 mm long. 
Notes'. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia. Ecological preferences 
unknown. Flowering time unknown. 
Senecio barkhausioides is a poorly known species that on the limited material 
available belongs in the Ramosissimus group. It has not been collected since the 1800s 
(One specimen, Parkers Range, 1890, E.Merrall is at MEL). Although placed in this 
group because of evidence that it is gynodioecious, it resembles species in the disciform 
group such as S. oldjieldii and S. longipilus in terms of leaf and stem indumentum, and 
5. interpositus and S. georgianus in terms of its phyllaries which have a fleshy stereome 
and strongly recurved apex. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Parkers Ra„ 1890, E.Merrall (MEL). 
D. Magnificus Group 
Erect, annual or perennial herbs or shrubs, not rhizomatous, often glaucous. Coarse 
spreading hairs sometimes present, generally not conspicuous; fine hairs ± absent. 
Leaves mostly somewhat fleshy. Capitula radiate, 1 -several, or sometimes numerous, 
ecalyculate or caiyculate, with bracteoles 1 5 mm long, 0.2-0.5 mm wide at mid-point, 
with hyaline margin absent or obscure; involucre 3-10 mm diam.; phyllaries 12-22, 
free or occasionally fused; stereome Hat, glabrous except in S. tubercttlatus, with resin 
ducts line, pale. Florets mostly numerous, rarely 20-30; ray florets (4-) 6-12 (-16), 
rarely sterile, with ligule yellow; disc florets with corolla-limb shorter, equal to, or 
longer than tube, diam. at base of lobes c. I mm. Achenes homomorphic, obloid or 
lagenifonn, 2-10 mm long, with ribs absent or not, sometimes much raised; with 
papillose hairs (l:w ratio 4-20) or granular papillae; carpopodium 1/3—1/2 diam. ol 
body. Pappus persistent, or caducous in S. velleioides; bristles scabridulous or barbellate 
(mainly in proximal half) or rarely prominently barbellate. 
A group of ten endemic species, widespread in southern and central Australia, 
particularly in arid and semi-arid environments. The peduncles in members of this 
group are often markedly dilated distally, a character not seen in other Australian 
species. 
List of species 
1. Senecioplatylepis DC., Prodr. 6: 371 (1838) 
2. Senecio tuberculatus Ali, Kew Bull. 19: 423 (1965) 
3. Senecio tnurrayaniis Wawra, in H.R. von F.Wawra & G.R. von M.Beck, I tin. Princ. 
S. Coburgi 2:48 (1888) 
4. Senecio gregorii F.Muell., Pimm. PI. Coll. Gregory 7 (1859) 

Page image

855930 Senecio brevitubulus Muelleria 24: 65
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483032
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586
613238 Senecio crassiflorus Muelleria 24: 82-83

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 82-83".

853642 Senecio cygnorum Muelleria 24: 68
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483035
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586
853643 Senecio daltoni Muelleria 24: 72
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483039
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

72 
Thompson 
Notes: Occurs in eastern New South Wales from Wollomombi Falls west to the 
Warrumbungle Ranges and SSW to Tallong. Grows in moister gullies, often in rocky 
sites, including granite, sandstone and basalt, in forest. Flowers late winter-spring. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: Killiecrankie Pass, 9.1 km west of 
Goodmans Ford on the Wombeyan Caves Rd, R.Coveny 12169, IV.Bishop & R.Makinson (AD, 
NSW); Track from Wollomombi Falls to Chandler R„ Oxley Wild Rivers National Park, 
P.Gilmour 7844 (CANB). 
3. Senecio amygdalifolius F.Muell., Fragrn. 1: 232 (1859) 
Type: New South Wales, blastings R., Dr Beckler ; syn: MEL. 
Perennials to c. 3 m high, with rhizome villous, otherwise ± glabrous. Leaves ± 
abruptly broadening from petiole-like to broad-laminate, to 20 cm long, with l:w ratio 
3-7; base without auricles; margin with crowded serrulations; reticulate venation 
distinct on lower surface. Capitula several to many per stem; calycular bracteoles 5-10, 
2.5-8 mm long; involucre 7-10 mm long; 3-5 mm diam.; phyllaries 10-12. Florets 20- 
35; ray florets 5-8; ligule 10-15 mm long, 4- or 5-veined. Achenes narrow-obloid, 4-6 
mm long. Pappus caducous, 6-8 mm long. 
Notes: Occurs within 200 km of the coast in far eastern Australia from Ml Molangul 
in south-eastern Queensland south to Morrissett in central-eastern New South Wales 
with a disjunct occurrence near Coonabarabran much further inland in north-eastern 
New South Wales. Grows in open and closed forest. Flowers mostly winter—spring. 
Readily distinguished by its petiolate, serrulate leaves. 
Representative specimens : QUEENSLAND: Mount Ballow foothills, McPherson Ra., 
P.I.Forster PIF7459 & G.Leiper (BRI, MEL. PERTH). NEW SOUTH WALES: Undercliffe 
Falls, 10 km east of Liston, A.R.Bean 6634 (BRI. MEL, NSW). 
4. Senecio daltonii F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 27 (1861), as Daltoni 
Type: Warrego R., Currewillighi, Queensland, J.D.Daltoir, holo: MEL. 
Perennials to c. 0.5 m high, with extensive villous rhizomes, with stem hairs mostly 
inconspicuous. Leaves gradually broadening from base, to 12 cm long, with l:w ratio 8- 
15, undivided; base attenuate, without auricles; margin entire, or with occasional 
denticulations; venation inconspicuous; scattered coarse hairs sometimes present. 
Capitula 1 or few per stem; calycular bracteoles 6-8, 4-7 mm long; involucre 8-14 mm 
long, c. 7-10 mm diam.; phyllaries 14-25, with scattered coarse hairs. Florets 
numerous; ray florets 10-15; ligule 6-12 mm long, 4- or 5-veined. Achenes ± narrow- 
obloid, c. 3-5 mm long. Pappus persistent, 12-20 mm long. 
Notes: Occurs in central-eastern Australia from Toowoomba in far south-eastern 
Queensland SW to Forbes in central New South Wales and WSW to Brewarrina in 
north-central New South Wales. Grows in heavier soils in swampy country and in 
cultivated paddocks. Flowers at most times of year, dependent on rains. 
Much maligned as a weed of cultivation during the 1930s-60s as it apparently could 
survive ploughing. Information about its natural habitat is limited and there have been 
no recent reports of it being troublesome in cultivation. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Darling Downs District, 13 May 1948, 
C.S.Clydesdale (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: 5 km north of Brewarrina, J.Thompson 1870a 
(BRI, NSW); Rowena district, 6 Oct. 1966,./. Crosby (NSW). 

Page image

613209 Senecio daltonii Muelleria 24: 72
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483039
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

72 
Thompson 
Notes: Occurs in eastern New South Wales from Wollomombi Falls west to the 
Warrumbungle Ranges and SSW to Tallong. Grows in moister gullies, often in rocky 
sites, including granite, sandstone and basalt, in forest. Flowers late winter-spring. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: Killiecrankie Pass, 9.1 km west of 
Goodmans Ford on the Wombeyan Caves Rd, R.Coveny 12169, IV.Bishop & R.Makinson (AD, 
NSW); Track from Wollomombi Falls to Chandler R„ Oxley Wild Rivers National Park, 
P.Gilmour 7844 (CANB). 
3. Senecio amygdalifolius F.Muell., Fragrn. 1: 232 (1859) 
Type: New South Wales, blastings R., Dr Beckler ; syn: MEL. 
Perennials to c. 3 m high, with rhizome villous, otherwise ± glabrous. Leaves ± 
abruptly broadening from petiole-like to broad-laminate, to 20 cm long, with l:w ratio 
3-7; base without auricles; margin with crowded serrulations; reticulate venation 
distinct on lower surface. Capitula several to many per stem; calycular bracteoles 5-10, 
2.5-8 mm long; involucre 7-10 mm long; 3-5 mm diam.; phyllaries 10-12. Florets 20- 
35; ray florets 5-8; ligule 10-15 mm long, 4- or 5-veined. Achenes narrow-obloid, 4-6 
mm long. Pappus caducous, 6-8 mm long. 
Notes: Occurs within 200 km of the coast in far eastern Australia from Ml Molangul 
in south-eastern Queensland south to Morrissett in central-eastern New South Wales 
with a disjunct occurrence near Coonabarabran much further inland in north-eastern 
New South Wales. Grows in open and closed forest. Flowers mostly winter—spring. 
Readily distinguished by its petiolate, serrulate leaves. 
Representative specimens : QUEENSLAND: Mount Ballow foothills, McPherson Ra., 
P.I.Forster PIF7459 & G.Leiper (BRI, MEL. PERTH). NEW SOUTH WALES: Undercliffe 
Falls, 10 km east of Liston, A.R.Bean 6634 (BRI. MEL, NSW). 
4. Senecio daltonii F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 27 (1861), as Daltoni 
Type: Warrego R., Currewillighi, Queensland, J.D.Daltoir, holo: MEL. 
Perennials to c. 0.5 m high, with extensive villous rhizomes, with stem hairs mostly 
inconspicuous. Leaves gradually broadening from base, to 12 cm long, with l:w ratio 8- 
15, undivided; base attenuate, without auricles; margin entire, or with occasional 
denticulations; venation inconspicuous; scattered coarse hairs sometimes present. 
Capitula 1 or few per stem; calycular bracteoles 6-8, 4-7 mm long; involucre 8-14 mm 
long, c. 7-10 mm diam.; phyllaries 14-25, with scattered coarse hairs. Florets 
numerous; ray florets 10-15; ligule 6-12 mm long, 4- or 5-veined. Achenes ± narrow- 
obloid, c. 3-5 mm long. Pappus persistent, 12-20 mm long. 
Notes: Occurs in central-eastern Australia from Toowoomba in far south-eastern 
Queensland SW to Forbes in central New South Wales and WSW to Brewarrina in 
north-central New South Wales. Grows in heavier soils in swampy country and in 
cultivated paddocks. Flowers at most times of year, dependent on rains. 
Much maligned as a weed of cultivation during the 1930s-60s as it apparently could 
survive ploughing. Information about its natural habitat is limited and there have been 
no recent reports of it being troublesome in cultivation. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Darling Downs District, 13 May 1948, 
C.S.Clydesdale (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: 5 km north of Brewarrina, J.Thompson 1870a 
(BRI, NSW); Rowena district, 6 Oct. 1966,./. Crosby (NSW). 

Page image

853689 Senecio drymophilus Muelleria 24: 107
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483074
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586
613229 Senecio elegans Muelleria 24: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483047
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

80 
Thompson 
long, pale-brown, tapering more marked basally; achenes of disc florets with papillose 
hairs in rows; achenes of ray florets glabrous. Pappus caducous, 4-5 mm long. Ragwort. 
Notes: Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia west ol 
Albany, far south-eastern Australia from the Mt Lofty Ra. in south-eastern South 
Australia east to Sale in eastern Vic, and in north-western and eastern Tasmania. A 
common weed in other temperate parts of the world. Grows in forest and in agricultural 
and disturbed land such as roadsides. Flowers summer-autumn. 
A species with large intricately dissected leaves and inflorescences of numerous 
crowded capitula with relatively narrow ligules. In its first season it forms a basal 
rosette. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Walpole, R.D.Royce 2566 (PERTH). 
SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Sturt Creek, Upper Suit District, 15 Nov. 1954, V.Lohmeyer s.n. (AD). 
NEW SOUTH WALES: Gouibum, 9 May 1938, A.T.R.Brown s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA: Beech 
Forest, R.V.Smith 75/5 (AD, BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW, PERTH). TASMANIA: Pine L., 
northern Central Plateau, A.E.Orchard 5820 (AD, HO, MEL). 
3. *Senecio elegaits L., Sp. PI. 2: 869 (1753) 
Type: ‘Aethiopia’, northern Africa, cult., seed from South Africa, Herb. Clifford 406, 
Senecio 4; lecto: 7LINN fide R.O.Belcher, FI. Australia 49: 617 (1994). 
S. elegans var. diffusus Ewart, FI. Victoria 1173 (1931). Type: not designated. 
S. elegans var. erectus Ewart, FI. Victoria 1173 (1931). Type: not designated. 
Erect or sprawling annual, to 1.0 m high, nearly glabrous. Leaves to 20 cm long, 
with l:w ratio c. 2-4, sub-pinnatisect with 2-5 major segments per side; segments 
typically broadest distally and irregularly lobed; base slightly to moderately auriculate, 
slightly clasping. Capitula few to numerous per stem; calycular bracteoles 12-16, 3-5 
mm long, c. 1.5-2 mm wide; involucre 7-8 mm long, c. 5-7 mm diam.; phyllaries 12- 
16, glabrous. Florets numerous; ray florets usually 12-17; ligule 7-15 mm long, rich 
magenta, occasionally pink or white, 4-veined. Achenes narrow-obloid, 2.5-3.2 mm 
long, brown or olivaceous, with papillose hairs forming lines. Pappus caducous, 5-7 
mm long. 
Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs along the coastline; in south-western Western 
Australia from Perth south to Cape Leeuwin and east to Ledge Point east of Albany; in 
the south-east of Australia from Yorke Peninsula in south-eastern South Australia ESE 
to Orbost in south-eastern Victoria; and in Tasmania on the Bass Strait Is. and on the 
east coast. Grows in coastal sites on sand dunes and among rocks, in shrubland. Flowers 
mostly spring and summer. 
Widespread along south-western and southern coastlines and readily recognised by 
virtue of its purple ligules and pinnatifid leaves. The capitula of S. glastifolius q.v. are 
similar but the shape of its leaves is very different. Hybrids between S. elegans and S. 
pinnatifolius have been recorded. Plants with paler or white ligules or doubled ligules 
have occasionally been recorded. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Small unnamed lake/swamp 0.5 km 
north of Ledge Point, A.E.Orchard 5930 (HO, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Lower Coorong, 
40 km south of Salt Ck, almost due west of Pitlockry Stn, D.E.Symon 10460 (AD, PERTH). 
VICTORIA: Pea Soup Shearwater Colony, Port Fairy, J.C.Reid 2184 (CANB, MEL). 
TASMANIA: South Arm, A.Buchanan 14278 (HO). 

Page image

853663 Senecio elegans diffusus Muelleria 24: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483047
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586
853664 Senecio elegans erectus Muelleria 24: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483047
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586
615012 Senecio esleri Muelleria 24: 65
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483032
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
65 
29. Senecio prenanthoides A.Rich., in J.S.C.Dumont d'Urville, Voy. Astrolabe 2: 96 
(1834) 
30. Seneciopsilophylltts I.Thomps., Muelleria 19: 189 (2004) 
31. Senecio lageniformis I.Thomps., Muelleria 19: 189 (2004) 
32. Senecio nigrapicus I.Thomps. Muelleria 19: 191 (2004) 
33. Senecio longipilus I.Thomps., Muelleria 19: 193 (2004) 
34. Senecio oldfieldii I.Thomps., Muelleria 19: 195 (2004) 
35. Seneciopsilocarpus Belcher & Albr., Muelleria 8: 113 (1994) 
36. Senecio squarrosus A.Rich., in J.S.C.Dumont d'Urville, Voy. Astrolabe 2: 107 
(1834) 
37. Senecio macrocarpus F.Muell. ex Belcher, Muelleria 5: 119 (1983) 
38. Senecio interpositus I.Thomps., Muelleria 19: 205 (2004) 
39. Senecio georgianus DC., Prodr. 6: 371 (1838) 
40. Senecio helichrysoides F.Muell., Trans. Proc. Victoria Inst. Adv. Sci. 39 (1855) 
Notes and Amendments to Thompson (2004a): An earlier legitimate name for S. 
brevitubulus I.Thomps. has now been identified based on examination of material of 
Senecio esleri sent from New Zealand. Senecio esleri was described by Webb (1989) 
from New Zealand collections made in and around Auckland where it apparently is a 
common weed. In Australia it has been recorded from only five localities; however, as 
they predate the New Zealand collections and because some collections appear to be 
from natural areas, the species appears more likely to be native to Australia. A 
collection not cited by Thompson, J.H.Maiden & J.L.Boorman, Brunswick River 
(NSW), has now also been identified as S. esleri. 
A new name S. campylocarpus was published in Thompson (2004d) to replace the 
earlier but illegitimate name S. glandulosus (DC.) Sch.Bip. that was used in Thompson 
(2004a). The key to species has been modified from that of Thompson (2004a) to better 
characterise the distinction between S. campylocarpus and S. longicollaris. This 
involves small modifications to involucral length and achenial length specifications, and 
the addition of length ranges for the neck portion of the achenes. 
An old specimen from eastern New South Wales, coll, unknown, Parramatta 
(MEL22507) that was placed with S. longicollaris is now excluded from that species. It 
is close to this species and to S. campylocarpus, but it has glabrous capitula, and its leaf 
shape, leaf-dentition and achenial shape in combination sets it apart. New collections 
are required to better characterise this entity. 
Information regarding the occurrence of Senecio dolichocephalus in northern New 
South Wales was not detailed in the protologue of Thompson’s revision. It has been 
recorded from Cobar, Fowlers Gap, Narromine and Euston in this state. 
Senecio extensus is now recognised to occasionally have papillose hairs on its 
achenes. Two specimens from Victoria, I.R. Thompson 757 MEL. C’ANB and 
A.C.Beauglehole 37001 MEL, have longitudinal bands of hairs on their achenes but 
otherwise conform to the original circumscription of 5. extensus. The key given below 
has been amended to accommodate this change in circumscription. 
The description of S. squarrosus states on line 5 that leaves become “broader 
upwards”. This is a typographical error and it should have read “narrower upwards”. 

Page image

613201 Senecio gilbertii Muelleria 24: 68
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483035
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

68 
Thompson 
broadening abruptly. The broad portion of lamina is about as long as broad. A few old 
specimens from Perth area are more robust and leaf shape is slightly atypical; further 
collections of this form are desirable. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Serpentine, 24 Sept. 1899, coll, 
unknown (AD, BR1, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW, PERTH); track off Sandalwood Rd towards 
Momington Mills, SE of Harvey, T.R.Lally 7RLI502 <6 B.Fuhrer (CANB, PERTH). 
2. Senecio gilbertii Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscott 24( 1): 208 (1851) 
Type: Locality unknown, Gilbert 289'. n.v. 
Herbs to c. 1.0 m high. Stems transiently woolly. Leaves to c. 10 cm long, with l:w 
ratio c. 1.5-3, pinnatisect, with 2-5 oblong to obovate segments per side; base with 
well-developed auricles; margin with scattered denticulations; upper surface glabrous or 
sparsely hispid; lower surface somewhat densely appressed-cobwebby or woolly. 
Capitula numerous per stem; calycular bracteoles 3-6 1.5-2.0 mm long; involucre 4.0- 
5.0 mm long, c. 1.5 mm diam.; phyllaries 12-14. Florets 20-25, all tubular. Achenes 
narrow-obloid, c. 2 mm long, with papillose hairs in broad bands. Pappus 5 mm long. 
Notes: Occurs in the Darling Ranges of south-western Western Australia. Habitat 
unknown. Flowers mostly winter-spring. 
There have been no recent records of this species. The deeply pinnatisect leaves with 
very acute denticulations and a more or less dense indumentum on the lower surface are 
diagnostic. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Wooroloo. Sept. 1907, M.Koch s.n. 
(PERTH); Darling Ra., M.Koch 1692 (MEL). 
3. Seitecio ramosissimus DC., Prodr. 6: 371 (1838) 
Type: Bald-Head hill. King George Sound, W.A., 1822, A.Cunningham s.n.', holo: G; 
microfiche seen MEL. 
Senecio cygnontm Steetz, PI. Preiss 1: 483 (1845). Type: Swan River, near 
Fremantle, W.A., 1843, J.A.L.Preiss 70', holo: MEL; iso: MEL. 
Herbs to c. 1.5 m high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 17 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-6, 
undivided; base of upper-stem leaves with well-developed auricles, or truncate to 
sagittate; margin with frequent to crowded denticulations. Capitula numerous to 100s 
per stem; calycular bracteoles 2-4, c. I mm long; involucre 3.0-4.5 mm long, c. 2 mm 
diam., glabrous; phyllaries 9-13. Florets 15-20, all tubular. Achenes obloid, 1.0-1.5 
mm long, with papillose hairs somewhat scattered. Pappus 3-4 mm long. 
Notes: Occurs in far south-western Western Australia. Grows in sand and gravelly 
loam over limestone or granite, in coastal swamps, heathland, woodland and forest. 
Flowers spring-summer. 
The inflorescences of S. ramosissimus are unusual for Senecio in Australia in being 
pyramidal, i.e. with lateral clusters of capitula not reaching to medial clusters. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Small un-named lake/swamp 0.5 km 
north of Ledge Point, A.E.Orchard 5931 (HO, MEL, PERTH). 

Page image

613230 Senecio glastifolius Muelleria 24: 81
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483048
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
81 
4. *Senecio glastifolius L.f., Suppl. PI. 372 (1782) 
Type: Cape of Good Hope, South Afriea, Thunberg; n.v. 
Erect perennials to c. 1.5 m high, glabrous. Leaves oblanceolate to narrow-elliptic, 
to 12 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-4, lobate, with lobes antrorse; base hardly to 
moderately narrower; margin dentate or denticulate. Capitula few to numerous per stem; 
calycular bracteoles 10-16, mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide; involucre c. 7 mm long, c. 
5-8 mm diam.; phyllaries 20-22. Florets numerous; ray florets c. 13; ligule 10-20 mm 
long, 4-veincd, pink to purple. Achenes narrow-obloid, 2.0-2.5 mm long, brown or 
olive-brown, with papillose hairs in narrow bands. Pappus caducous, c. 7 mm long. 
Holly-leaved Senecio. 
Notes'. Native to South Africa. Recorded from south-western Western Australia at 
Albany and Manjimup, and on the central coast of New South Wales at Bundeena. Also 
naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in coastal sites on sand dunes and among rocks, in 
heathland and shrubland. Flowers spring-summer. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: SE slopes of Mt Adelaide, especially 
along Hare St, Albany, G.J.Keighery 8327 (AD, CANB, MEL. PERTH). NEW SOUTH WALES: 
south from Eric St, Bundeena, Central Coast, 29 Oct. 1999, A.Horton s.n. (NSW). 
5. * Senecio tamoides DC., Prodr. 6: 403 (1838) 
Type: ‘Omsamwoubo’, southern Africa, Drege ; holo: G n.v.; microfiche seen MEL 
Climber to c. 2 m high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 12 cm long, with petiole c. half of 
length; lamina ± orbicular to ovate, with l:w ratio c. 1-1.5, with 1-3 lobes per side; 
margin entire or with a few denticulations. Capitula several to numerous per branch; 
calycular bracteoles 3-5, 1-1.5 mm long, c. 0.3 mm wide; involucre 7-8 mm long, c. 
2.5 mm diam.; phyllaries 5-8. Florets 15-20; ray florets 3-6; ligule 10-20 mm long, 4- 
veined. yellow. Achenes not seen at maturity, glabrous. Pappus persistence unknown, 
6-7 mm long. 
Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in far south-eastern Queensland. Grows at 
margins of rainforest. Flowers autumn-winter. 
An occasional garden escape. The relatively long corolla of the disc florets (corolla 
c. 10 mm compared to 5-7 mm long) and relatively small calycular bracteoles 
distinguish this species from S. macroglossus and S. angulatus. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Mt Glorious Rd just south of Mt Glorious 
village, near lower end of Bryce's Rd, S.P.Phillips 381 (Bill, MEL). 
6. * Senecio macroglossus DC., Prodr. 6: 404 (1838) 
Type: Table Mountain, Cape of Good Hope, South Africa, Zeyher; syn: n.v.; ‘Zwarte 
Omsamcaba and Omsamcubo', Drege; syn: n.v.; ‘Albany’, Drege; syn: n.v. 
Climber to c. 3 m high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, with petiole c. half of 
length; lamina ± triangular, with l:w ratio 0.9-1.2, with a basal lobe on each side; 
margin entire or with small denticulations usually only near base. Capitula 1-3 per 
branch; calycular bracteoles 8-12, c. 10 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide; involucre 9-11 mm 
long, c. 5 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 10. Florets numerous; ray florets c. 12; ligule 10-20 
mm long, 8 10-veined, yellow. Achenes ± narrow-obloid, c. 2.5-3 mm long, pale- 
brown, glabrous. Pappus persistence unknown, 7-8 mm long. Natal Ivy, Wax Pine. 

Page image

613228 Senecio jacobaea Muelleria 24: 79-80

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 79-80".

613199 Senecio Muelleria 24: 63
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483030
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
63 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: Central Western Slopes, 3 km east of 
Rylstone, 17 Feb. 1995, G.Hennessy s.n. (NSW); Oz Mtn, between Rylstone and Bylong, 
Wollemi National Park, W.Cherry 98/3a,J.Allen, E.A.Brown & C.Pavich (NSW). 
9. Senecio L., Sp. PI. 2: 866 (1753) 
Herbs, shrubs or climbers, rarely gynodioecious. Leaves sessile, rarely petiolate, 
pinnately veined. Capitula radiate (with ligules much reduced in Glossanthus group) 
discoid or disciform, calyculate or ecalyculate; phyllaries free, rarely connate. Florets: 
ligule mostly yellow, occasionally pink or purple, rarely cream or white; disc florets 
with corolla-limbs mostly yellow or yellow-green, rarely pink or red. Anthers ecaudate. 
Style-branches recurved, with apex truncate or obtuse, crowned by papillae, without 
terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, rarely slightly dimorphic, obloid or 
oblong-ellipsoid, sometimes lageniform. Pappus caducous or persistent. 
A diverse assemblage of species of this enormous genus occur in Australia, and the 
87 native representatives have been infernally classified here into seven morphological 
groups. Nine of the ten introduced species in Australia are grouped here for 
convenience, whereas the tenth, S. tnadagascariensis is placed in one of the eight native 
groups, the Lautusoid group. Five of the native groups are endemic to Australia, and the 
other two are composed largely of endemic species. The Disciform group in Australia 
contains only native species, but a few species also occur naturally in New Zealand. The 
Lautusoid group contains only endemic species with the exception of S. 
tnadagascariensis. 
A complete key to groups, species, and infraspecific taxa in Senecio is presented 
below following descriptions of groups. The majority of species have recently been 
described in a series of papers by Thompson (2004a, 2004b, 2004c, 2005a, 2005b) and 
the reader is referred to these for details. Concise descriptions and supplementary notes 
for species in the Macranthus and Ramosissimus groups and for nine introduced species 
are presented here, these species not having been described in the aforementioned 
papers. 
A. Disciform Group 
Erect or sprawling, usually perennial herbs, sometimes weakly shrubby, not 
rhizomatous, or rarely shortly so, not glaucous. Coarse spreading hairs often present, 
conspicuous or not; fine hairs often present, conspicuous or not. Leaves generally thin. 
Capitula disciform, rarely discoid, calyculate, with bracteoles parallel-sided or nearly 
so, 1-5 mm long, 0.1-0.7 mm wide at mid-point, with hyaline margin absent or 
obscure; involucre 1-5 mm diam. (measured mid-involucre, impressed); phyllaries 7— 
25, free; stereome drying green, flat or ridged, with resin ducts pale, generally 
inconspicuous, glabrous, or occasionally cobwebby, rarely woolly. Florets 12-c. 100, 
with corolla-limb much shorter than the tube; outer florets (50-) 65-80% of total 
number, with diam. at base of lobes 0.1-0.2 mm; central florets with diam. at base of 
lobes 0.2-0.4 (-0.7) mm. Achenes homomorphic, ± obloid or narrowly lageniform, 1-6 
mm long, with ribs mostly flat, with papillose hairs (l:w ratio 1-6) or glabrous; 
carpopodium 1/4-1/2 diam. of body. Pappus caducous; scabridulous to ± smooth. 
A widespread group of 40 species, recently revised by Thompson (2004a). Endemic 
except for four species which are also native to New Zealand. Outer florets have 
extremely reduced corollas with 2-4 minute lobes. Central florets also have rather 
slender corollas that are 4 or more often 5-lobed. The peduncle and base of the 
capitulum are often transiently or persistently cobwebby in this group. The 

Page image

613211 Senecio leptocarpus Muelleria 24: 73
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483040
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
73 
5. Senecio leptocarpus DC., Prodr. 6: 372 (1838) 
S. pectinatus DC. var . pleiocepluilus Bentli., FI. Austral. 3: 665 (1867). 
Type: Mt Wellington, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn 268: holo: G; iso: NSW both n.v., fide 
R.O.Belcher, Muelleria 9: 122 (1996). 
Scapiform perennials to 0.5 m high, rhizomatous, nearly glabrous except for upper 
peduncle. Basal leaves gradually broadening front base, to 10 cm long, with l:w ratio 3- 
9, undivided or lobate, with 4-7 lobes per side; base attenuate or cuneate, without 
auricles; secondary venation sub-parallel, generally distinct on both sides. Cauline 
leaves c. 10, undivided, becoming much smaller than basal leaves. Capitula (1-) 3-8 per 
stem; peduncle with coarse hairs distally; calycular bracteoles 4-8, 4-7 mm long; 
involucre 5-9 mm long, 3-5 mm diam., phyllaries c. 13, glabrous. Florets numerous; 
ray florets 10-15; ligule 8-12 mm long, 4-6-veined. Achenes narrow-obloid, 3—4 mm 
long, unribbed. Pappus persistent, 4-5 mm long. 
Notes: Occurs in central and western Tasmania from St Valentines Peak in the far 
north-west south to Pindars Peak in the far south. Grows in alpine shrubland, heathland 
and herbfields. Flowers summer autumn. 
Differs from S. pectinatus by its strongly discolorous leaves with distinct sub- 
parallel or very acute secondary venation. The leaves are similar to those of S. 
albogilvus but are larger and with more lobes. It also differs from S. albogilvus in that 
the inflorescences are usually not solitary, and ligules are yellow. Although there are a 
few old records from the mainland, there is some doubt about their provenance. 
Representative specimens: TASMANIA: Lake Hwy, 5.7 km north from Breona, Great 
Western Tiers, F.E.Davies 983 & P.Ollerenshaw (CANB, MEL); Dunning Rivulet, A.Moscal 
12524 (HO). 
6. Senecio albogilvus I.Thomps., Muelleria 20: 130 (2004) 
S. pectinatus var. ochroleucus F.Muell., Papers & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1870, 16 
(1871), as ochroleuca. 
Type: Mt Wellington, Tasmania, Jan. 1869, F.Mueller, lecto: MEL, fide 
R.O.Belcher, Muelleria 9: 119 (1996); syn: MEL. 
Scapiform perennials to c. 0.3 m high, rhizomatous, nearly glabrous. Basal leaves 
gradually broadening from base, to 4 cm long, with l:w ratio 8-15, undivided; base 
attenuate, without auricles; margin entire or more often with I or 2 distal serrations per 
side; venation indistinct. Cauline leaves 10-15, becoming much smaller than basal 
leaves, mostly bract-like, undivided; base without auricles. Capitula 1 per stem; distal 
peduncle sparsely hairy, with hairs fine; calycular bracteoles 6-10, 4-9 mm long; 
involucre 5-11 mm long, 3-7 mm diam; phyllaries 12-22, glabrous. Florets numerous; 
ray florets 10-15; ligule 8-12 mm long, cream-white, 4- or 5-veined. Achenes narrow- 
obloid, 2-3 mm long, unribbed, glabrous. Pappus uncertainly persistent, 4.5-6 mm 
long. 
Notes: Occurs in north-western and southern Tasmania from Cradle Mountain south 
to Pindars Peak. Grows in rocky sites in herbficld, heathland and shrubland in montane 
to alpine regions. Flowers summer-autumn. 
The undivided, discolorous leaves of this species are reminiscent of those of S. 
leptocarpus, although considerably smaller. A further distinctive feature of this species 
is the white-cream colour of the ligules. An old specimen collected by a Dr Milligan 

Page image

613200 Senecio leucoglossus Muelleria 24: 67-68

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 67-68".

613207 Senecio macranthus Muelleria 24: 71-72

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 71-72".

613233 Senecio macroglossus Muelleria 24: 81-82

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 81-82".

853635 Senecio mikanioides Muelleria 24: 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483027
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

60 
Thompson 
6. Delairea Lem., Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. ser. 3, 1: 379 (1844) 
Climbing perennials. Leaves petiolate, palmately veined, auriculate. Capitula discoid, 
pedunculate, calyculate; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs yellow. Anthers caudate. 
Style-branches with apex truncate, crowned with papillae, without terminal appendage. 
Achenes homomorphic, obloid. Pappus caducous. 
A monotypic genus native to South Africa. The only member of tribe Senecioneae in 
Australia to have auricles developed at the base of petiolate leaves. Similar in habit and 
leaf form to climbing species of Senecio, but readily differentiated by the presence of 
auricles and the discoid capitula. 
* Delairea odorata Lem., Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. ser. 3, 1: 380 (1844) 
Senecio mikanioides Otto ex Walp., in C.F.Otto & A.Dietrich, Allg. Gartenzeitung 13: 
42(1845). 
Type: cult., not designated. 
Senecio scandens DC., Prodr. 6: 404 (1838), nom. illeg. non D.Don (1825), p.p. 
Type: South Africa [several syntypes]: n.v. 
Climbers to c. 3 m high. ± glabrous. Leaves: petiole 4-7 cm long; lamina to c. 8 cm 
long, broad-ovate to rotund, lobate; base deeply cordate; margin entire. Capitula many 
per branch; peduncle to c. 10 mm long at maturity; calycular bracteoles 2—4, narrow- 
oblong to oblanceolate, 2-3 mm long; involucre 3-4 mm long, c. 2 mm diam.; 
phyllaries 7-10; stereome flat or slightly ridged proximally, thin, with 1 (-2) ducts; 
margin of receptacular pits raised. Florets c. 10-12; corolla exceeding involucre by 3-4 
mm, c. 5 mm long; base c. 0.5 mm diam.; limb c. 2/5 of total length. Achenes obloid, c. 
2 mm long, pale brown, prominently 10-ribbed, glabrous or with hairs sparse. Pappus 
5-6 mm long, white; bristles minutely scabrid-barbellate. Ivy Groundsel, Cape Ivy. 
Notes: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from Kempsey in north-eastern New South 
Wales south to eastern Victoria and from there west across southern Victoria to 
Adelaide and Robe in south-eastern South Australia; also in Tasmania. Grows in sandy 
soils in forest and heathland. Flowers winter. 
The inflorescences of D. odorata are densely corymbiform. It is vegelatively similar 
to the three introduced climbing species of Senecio in Australia Senecio angulatus, S. 
tamoides and S. macroglossus, but its leaves have prominent reniform auricles and a 
more strongly cordate lamina. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Ml Lofty Ra., Gorge Rd, opposite Trout 
Nursery Dam, N.N.Donner 754 (AD, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Alongside Macleay R, 
about I km from Kinchela towards Jerseyville, J.R.Hosking 1714, G.R.Hashing & T.L.Masking 
(CANB, MEL, NE, NSW); Lower slopes of Mt Dromedary, c. I km west of Tilba Tilba, 
P.C.Jobson 4696 (BR1, NSW). VICTORIA: Labertouche Rd c. 70 m south of Tarago R., c. 2 km 
NE of Longwarry North, l.C.CIarke 2691, L.Dean & P.Dourmisis (AD, CANB, MEL). 
TASMANIA: Taroona, near Hobart, July 1947, W.M.Curtis (AD, HO, MEL). 
7. Euryops (Cass.) Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 16: 49 (1820). 
Shrubs or subshrubs, rarely herbs. Leaves sessile, pinnately veined. Capitula radiate (in 
Australia) or rarely discoid, pedunculate, ecalyculate; phyllaries often connate 
proximally. Florets: ligule yellow; disc florets rarely functionally male; corolla-lobes 
yellow or orange. Anthers ecaudate. Style-branches flattened to sub-terete, with apex 

Page image

853673 Senecio mixtus Muelleria 24: 104
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483071
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

104 
Thompson 
Arrhenechthites mixtus (A.Rich.) Belcher, Ann. Missouri Bot. Card. 43: 75 (1956), as 
mixta. 
Senecio mixtus A.Rich., in J.S.C.Dumont d’Urville, Voy. Astrolabe 2: 112 (1834); 
Erechtites mixtus (A.Rich.) DC., Prodr. 6: 297 (1838), as mixta. 
Type: Port-Jackson [most likely collected from the Blue Mtns to the west of Port 
Jackson], New South Wales, C.Gaudichaud-Beaupre ; liolo: P. 
Plants to c. 0.9 m high, with fleshy subtuberous roots, with scattered hairs; hairs 
multicelled, pale or purplish basally, terminating in a long line whitish portion that is 
soon lost. Leaves often somewhat abruptly broadening from petiole-like to broad- 
laminate, to 12 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, lobate to pinnatisecl, with degree of 
dissection reducing distally, with 3-9 segments per side; base often with 1 or 2 narrow 
segments; margin entire or with a few denticulations or teeth; lamina ± glabrous except 
for short coarse hairs on or near margins (but new growth briefly cobwebby); secondary 
venation evident; abaxial surface purple. Capitula few to c. 20 per stem; mature 
peduncle mostly to c. 50 mm long; calycular bracteoles 3-6, 4.0-6.0 mm long, 0.4-0.6 
mm wide; involucre 12-20 mm long, 2-3 mm diam.; phyllaries 7-10, flat, glabrous or 
hairy. Florets 10-15; outer florets 8-10. with a pale yellow or purplish, irregularly 
deeply and peracutely lobed ligule c. I mm long. Achenes narrow obloid, 6-8 mm long, 
prominently ribbed, glabrous. Pappus c. 12 mm long. Purple Fireweed. 
Notes: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from Mt Spirabo in north-eastern New 
South Wales south to eastern Victoria. Grows on soils of various derivation including 
granite, greywacke, quartzite and conglomerate, in open forest, at moderate altitudes (to 
1560 m). Flowers mid-spring-late summer. 
Arrhenechthites mixtus is a peculiar species which was originally described as a 
Senecio, then transferred to Erechtites, and finally transferred to Arrhenechthites, an 
otherwise entirely New Guinean genus in 1956. It differs from other species of 
Arrhenechthites in having inflorescences with fewer capitula, sometimes bisexual 
central florets, outer florets with a more pronounced ligule, markedly longer fruits and 
capitula, leaves intensely purple on the abaxial surface, and pigmented multicellular 
hairs on the phyllaries. This casts some doubts as to its suitability to be classified in 
Arrhenechthites, and ultimately/!, mixtus may be best placed in a genus of its own. The 
phylogeny of tribe Senecioneae is currently under investigation using molecular data 
(Pieter Pelser pers. comm.), and initial findings using plastid and nuclear (ITS region) 
data indicate that Arrhenechthites mixtus is most closely related to Arrhenechthites 
novoguineeensis, Dendrocacalia crepidifolia and Senecio thapsoides. The clade formed 
by these species is sister to a clade comprising species of Erechtites, Crassocephalum 
and many species of Senecio (Senecio sensu stricto ) 
Morphologically, A. mixtus resembles Gynura drymophila in phyllary and fruit 
morphology, but its style-branch morphology is significantly different. Curiously, it 
combines features of two Australian species of Senecio with which it more or less 
sympatric. It resembles the radiate species Senecio vagus subsp. vagus in leaf 
morphology and by having similar pigmented multicellular hairs, and it resembles the 
disciform species S. prenanthoides in terms of leaf pigmentation, its slender capitula, 
low numbers of florets per capitulum, and its subtuberous secondary roots. The 
minutely ligulate female florets could also be interpreted as being intermediate in 
morphology between these species. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: 12 km south of Tantawangalo, south of 
Chalkhills Fire Trail, Tantawangalo State Forest, /.Crawford 2255 (CANB, MEL, NSW). 

Page image

613224 Senecio papillosus Muelleria 24: 75
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483042
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
75 
considered to be var. major. Grows in alpine or sub-alpine herbfields, heathland and 
shrubland, commonly near streams or seepage areas. Flowers summer-autumn. 
Representative specimens : TASMANIA: Between Ladies Tam and Hartz Peak, Hartz Mtns 
National Park, P.S.Short 1892 (MEL); Hamilton Crags, 1.5 km east of Leggcs Tor, Ben Lomond 
National Park, F.E.Davies 1167 (AD, CANB. HO, MEL). 
7b. Seneciopectinatus var. major F.Muell. ex Belcher, Muelleria 9: 120 (1996) 
Type: Cobberas Mts, Victoria, [1854], F.Mueller, holo; MEL; syn: MEL. 
Plants to 0.3 (-0.5) m high, with scape 1-3 mm diarn. Rosette leaves (3-) 4-15 cm 
long, dentate to pinnatisect, with medial zone of uninterrupted lamina clearly 
broadening distally, usually 4-15 mm wide at widest in at least some leaves. Capitula: 
calycular bracteoles 6-10 mm long, 1.0-2.0 mm wide; involucre 8-12 mm long, 15-30 
mm wide when pressed, with phyllaries c. 20-30. Corolla of disc florets > 6 mm long. 
Achenes 4-8 mm long. Pappus 5-7 mm long. Alpine Groundsel. 
Notes : Occurs in far south-eastern Australia. On the mainland it extends from Mt 
Kelly in southern parts of the Australian Capital Territory SW through south-eastern 
New South Wales to Mt Baw Bavv in southern Victoria. Specimens from Ben Lomond, 
Tasmania, included by Thompson 2004c in var. major are now considered better placed 
in var. pectinatus. Grows in alpine or sub-alpine herbfields, heathland and shrubland, 
commonly near streams or seepage areas. Flowers summer-autumn. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: c. 1 km along Summit Rd from parking 
area. Ml Stillwell, Charlottes Pass, Kosciuszko National Park. P.Hind 5520 & G.D'Aubert (MEL, 
NSW). VICTORIA: beside road from "Ruined Castle", at head of ?McKay Ck, Bogong High 
Plains near Mt McKay, M.G.Corrick 11500 (CANB, MEL); Wall of Death, Hotham Heights, 
D.E.Albrecht 4949 (MEL). 
8. Seneciopapillosus F.Muell., Trans. Phil. Inst. Victoria 2: 69 (1857) 
Type: Mt La Perouse, Tasmania, 1 Mar. 1857, C.Stuart 1870; lecto: MEL, fide 
R.O.Belcher, Muelleria 9: 124 (1996); Mt La Perouse, Tasmania, Stuart s.n.; syn: MEL. 
Scapiform perennials to 0.3 m high, rhizomatous, somewhat hairy on most parts. 
Basal leaves to 4 (—7) cm long, with l:w ratio 2-7, undivided; base petiole-like; 
margin entire or with a scattered teeth; upper surface hispid with hairs rather robust; 
lower surface with long hairs along midrib; secondary venation ± distinct on lower 
surface. Cauline leaves much smaller than basal, 1-5, undivided; base without 
auricles. Capitula I per stem; distal peduncle and margin of bracteoles with coarse 
hairs; calycular bracteoles 6-8, 5-8 mm long; involucre 7-10 mm long, 3-5 mm 
diam.; phyllaries 12-24, sparsely hairy'; Florets numerous; ray florets 12-20; ligule 
10-20 mm long, ?4- or 5-veined. Achenes narrow-obloid, c. 3-^1 mm long, 
unribbed. Pappus uncertainly persistent, c. 6 mm long. 
Notes: Occurs in far southern Tasmania from Federation Peak to Mt La Perouse. 
Grows in sub-alpine areas. Flowers summer-autumn. 
Recognised by its scapiform habit and small spathulate leaves with rather coarse 
septate hairs on the upper surface. Very localised in mountains in south-western 
Tasmania. 
Representative specimens: TASMANIA: Precipitous Bluff, east face, A.M.Buchanan 11347 
(HO). 

Page image

613221 Senecio pectinatus Muelleria 24: 74
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483041
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

74 
Thompson 
from Tasmania (MEL667723) has the leaves of S. albogilvus but has an inflorescence of 
six capitula. It is unclear from the specimen what the colour of the ligules are. This may 
be an aberrant plant or possibly a hybrid between S. albogilvus and S. leptocarpus. 
When elevated to species rank (Thompson 2004c) the authority was incorrectly cited 
as (F.Muell.) I.Thomps. 
Representative specimens : TASMANIA: Eastern edge of Cradle Mountain c. 100 m below 
summit. Cradle Mountain National Park, P.S.Short 1786 (HO, MEL); Hartz Mountain track, 500 
m from base of track, Hartz Mountains National Park, F.E.Davies 878 & P.Ollerenshaw (AD, 
CANB, HO, MEL). 
7. Seneciopectinatus DC., Prodr. 6: 372 (1838) 
Type: Precise locality unknown, Tasmania, 1832, R.C.Gunn 107; holo: G n.v., fide 
R.O.Belcher, Muelleria 9: 115-131. 
Scapiform perennials to 0.5 m high, rhizomatous, nearly glabrous except for scape 
and peduncle. Basal leaves gradually to somewhat abruptly broadening from petiole¬ 
like portion to lamina, to 15 cm long, with l:w ratio 2-6, dentate to pinnatisect, with 3-6 
major projections per side; base petiole-like, without auricles. Cauline leaves 5-12, 
becoming much smaller than basal leaves, mostly undivided; base without auricles or 
slightly dilated. Capitula 1 per stem, or rarely 2; distal peduncle moderately hairy, with 
hairs to c. 1 mm long; calycular bracteoles 6-12, (4-) 5-10 mm long; involucre 6-12 
mm long, 5-12 mm diam.; phyllaries 12-30, glabrous or nearly so. Florets numerous; 
ray florets 13-20; ligule 10-20 mm long, 4- or 5-veined. Achenes narrow-obloid 4-8 
mm long. Pappus uncertainly persistent, 4-7.5 mm long. 
Notes ; There are two varieties of this species differing mainly in their dimensions, 
although there are subtle differences in leaf morphology also. Although the demarcation 
of the varieties is not always clear, particularly due to collections from Ben Lomond 
National Park, Tasmania, 1 consider that the varietial status should be maintained. 
Geographically varieties are clearly separated. The high chromosome number of 2n = 
80 for var. major (Lawrence 1980) is suggestive of polyploidy. A chromosome count 
for the typical variety has not been made. 
7a. Senecio pectinatus DC. war. pectinatus 
Plants to c. 0.2 m high, with scape 0.5-1.8 mm diam. Rosette leaves 1-5 (-8) cm long, 
deeply lobate to pinnatisect, with medial zone of uninterrupted lamina not or only 
slightly broadening distally. 1-2 (-4) mm wide at widest. Capitula: calycular bracteoles 
(4-) 5-6.5 mm long, 0.6-1.1 mm wide; involucre 6-8 (-9) mm long, 8-15 (-20) mm 
wide when pressed, with phyllaries c. 13-20. Corolla of disc florets mostly < 6 mm 
long. Achenes 4-5 mm long. Pappus 4-5 mm long. 
Notes: Occurs in Tasmania from Mt Arthur in the far north to Mt La Perouse in the 
far south. Robust, larger-headed specimens from Ben Lomond Natl Park and Mt Field 
Natl Park are considered to be var. pectinatus based on leaf morphology although in 
other respects dimensions overlap with those of var. major. Apart from these occasional 
specimens at these localities, specimens in Tasmania are readily distinguished from var. 
major using all or most of the characters presented in the descriptions. A specimen from 
Mount Buffalo, Victoria, referred to var. pectinatus by Thompson 2004c is now' 

Page image

613222 Senecio pectinatus pectinatus Muelleria 24: 74-75

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 74-75".

613223 Senecio pectinatus major Muelleria 24: 75
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483042
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586
853645 Senecio pectinatus ochroleucus Muelleria 24: 73
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483040
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586
853644 Senecio pectinatus pleiocephalus Muelleria 24: 73
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483040
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586
853633 Senecio petasitis Muelleria 24: 59
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483026
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
59 
with base c. 0.5 mm diam.; limb c. 2/5 of total length, white, with narrow-oblong lobes. 
Achenes obloid, 1.5-2.0 mm long. Pappus 4-8 mm long, white; bristles scabrid- 
barbellate. Winter Heliotrope. 
Notes'. Native to northern Africa. Occurs in south-central Victoria and in south¬ 
eastern Tasmania. Grows in damp shady places such as roadside ditches. Flowers 
winter. 
Plants recorded in Australia have all been functionally male. Spreads vegetatively 
from disturbed sites into bushland. Flowers are vanilla-scented. The dark purple anther- 
tube of disc florets contrasts with the white corolla and strongly protruding stigma. 
Representative specimens: VICTORIA: On the northern side of the railway line, c. 100 m 
west of Upper Ferntree Gully Railway Station, D.E.Albrecht 1856 (MEL). TASMANIA: 
Recreation area of Huon Hwy, Franklin, D.I.Morris 8255 (HO). 
5. Roldana La Llave, in P. de La Llave & J.J.M. de Lexarza, Nov. Veg. Descr. 2: 10 
(1825) 
Herbs, shrubs or small trees. Leaves petiolate, palmately (in Australia) or pinnately 
veined. Capitula radiate (in Australia), discoid or disciform, pedunculate, calyculate or 
not; phyllaries free. Florets: ligule yellow (in Australia), orange, white or greenish; disc 
florets with corolla-limbs yellow (in Australia). Anthers caudate. Style-branches linear, 
with apex truncate, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, obloid to 
obovoid. Pappus caducous. 
A genus of c. 55 species predominantly from Mexico and Central America. 
*Rol(luna petasitis (Sims) H.Rob. & Brettell, Phytologia 27: 423 (1974) 
Cineraria petasitis Sims, Bot. Mag., t. 1536 (1813); Senecio petasitis (Sims) DC., 
Prodr. 6:431 (1838). 
Type: cultivated, not designated. 
Shrubs to c. 3 m high, with short coarse hairs on all parts. Leaves: petiole 5-15 cm 
long; lamina sub-orbicular to broad-ovate, 8-15 cm long; base cordate; margin finely 
denticulate. Capitula many per branch; peduncle to 20 mm long at maturity; calycular 
bracteoles 1-3, linear, 1-5 mm long; involucre 9-11 mm long, 3-5 mm diam.; 
phyllaries c. 8; stereome flat. Florets: ray florets 3-6; ligule 6-10 mm long, 4- or 5- 
veined, yellow; disc florets 10-15; corolla c. 8 mm long, with base c. 0.8 mm diam., 
with limb c. 2/3 of total length, with narrow-triangular lobes. Achenes obloid, 2.5-4.5 
mm long, yellowish, 10-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus 7-10 mm long, white; bristles scabrid- 
barbellate. Roldana. 
Notes: Native to Central America. Recorded from northern and central coastal areas 
of New South Wales and south-central Victoria. A garden escape preferring moister 
environments. Flowers mainly spring. 
A widely-cultivated tall shrub characterised by an even, short pubescence, large, 
petiolate leaves, and purple stems, peduncles and phyllaries. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: North Coast, Forbes Forest Rd, Mt Boss 
State Forest, P.GUmour 5848 (CANB). VICTORIA: Dollar, c. 1.5 km south of township on the 
Dollar-Gippsland Hwy Rd, Nov. 1995, S.Kaiser s.n. (MEL). 

Page image

613225 Senecio primulifolius Muelleria 24: 76
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483043
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

76 
Thompson 
9. Senecioprimulifolius F.Muell., Trans. Phil. Inst. Victoria 2: 69 (1857) 
Type: Mt La Perouse, Tasmania, 1 Mar. 1857, C.Stuart 1871\ lecto: K, fide 
R.O.Belcher, Muelleria 9: 125 (1996); isolecto: MEL (2 sheets). 
Scapiform perennials to 0.3 m high, rhizomatous, somewhat hairy on leaves and 
scape. Basal leaves abruptly broadening from petiole-like portion to cordate-based 
lamina, to 22 cm long, with l:w ratio 2-6, undivided; base without auricles; margin 
crenate or dentate; secondary venation distinct; upper surface somewhat appressed- 
cobwebby or woolly; lower surface somewhat woolly. Cauline leaves 1—4, becoming 
much smaller than basal leaves; base becoming auriculate upwards. Capitula 1-4 per 
stem; peduncle hairy; calycular bracteoles 6-8, 5-8 mm long; involucre 7-10 mm long, 
3-5 mm diam.; phyllaries 14-20, nearly glabrous. Florets numerous; ray florets c. 12; 
ligule 10-20 mm long, 4- or 5-veined. Achenes narrow-obloid, 3—4 mm long, unribbed, 
glabrous. Pappus persistent, 6-8 mm long. 
Notes: Occurs in far southern Tasmania in the area of Mt La Perouse. Grows in sub- 
alpine areas, where recorded from under shrubs and from rocky cliffs. Flowers summer- 
autumn. 
Recognised by its scapiform habit and distinctive leaf morphology. Like S. 
papillosus, it has a very localised distribution in mountains in south-western Tasmania. 
Representative specimens: TASMANIA: Moonlight Ridge, A.M.Buchanan 2961 (HO); Mt La 
Perouse, L.Rodway 427 (HO). 
F. Glossanthus group 
Erect annuals, not rhizomatous, not glaucous. Coarse hairs sometimes present, 
conspicuous or not; fine hairs absent. Leaves commonly slightly fleshy. Capitula 
radiate, with ligule short, or appearing disciform with ligule of female florets vestigial, 
calyculate, with bracteoles narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 0.8-3.0 mm long, 0.2-0.8 mm 
wide at mid-point, with hyaline margin absent or obscure; involucre L-3 mm diam.; 
phyllaries 7-13, free; stereome flat, with resin ducts inconspicuous, pale. Florets 15- 
numerous; ray florets (4-) 5-13, with ligule much reduced, yellow; disc floret: corolla- 
limb ± as long as tube, with diam. at base of lobes, 0.3-0.5 mm. Achenes homomorphic 
or dimorphic (ray achenes larger, hairs more robust and carpopodium broader), ± obloid 
or slightly lageniform, 2.0-5.5 mm long, with ribs ± flat, with papillose hairs (l:w ratio 
3-8); carpopodium c. 1/3-1 times diam. of body. Pappus caducous, occasionally hardly 
developed on outer achenes; bristles scabridulous. 
A group of four species occurring in the southern half of Australia, distinguished 
from other radiate species by the short ligules of the female florets. The species in this 
group were recently revised by Thompson (2005a). The ligule in some specimens is 
vestigial but these can be distinguished from species of the Disciform group by the low 
proportion of female florets and the relatively short corolla of these florets, and in three 
of the species, the dimorphism of the achenes. The group is probably most closely allied 
to the Lautusoid group to which it is most obviously connected by 5. candy I its. a species 
placed in the Lautusoid group because of its long-ligulate female florets, but with 
features including leaf shape and achenial dimorphism that associate it with members of 
the Glossanthus group. 

Page image

613227 Senecio pterophorus Muelleria 24: 79
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483046
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
79 
H. The Exotic Species 
The nine exotic species grouped here, predominantly from South Africa, are somewhat 
diverse but are placed together here for convenience. They are radiate except for the 
discoid S. vulgaris and the group contains three climbing species. All naturalised 
species in Australia are placed here except for S. madagascariensis which has been 
placed in the Lautusoid Group. 
1. *Seneciopterophorus DC., Prodr. 6: 389 (1838) 
S. pterophorus var. vents I larv., FI. Capensis 3: 386 (1865), nom. inval. 
Type: Southern Africa, Drege: holo: G; microfiche seen MEL. 
S. pterophorus var. apterus Harv., FI. Capensis 3: 386 (1865), nom. illeg. Type: 
Southern Africa, Drege; n.v. 
Erect perennials to c. 2 m high, with fine hairs sparse, denser on leaves. Leaves 
narrow-oblanceolate or narrow to very narrow-elliptic, to 14 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 
4-8, shallowly to deeply serrate, occasionally ± entire or appearing so, with 2-7 
projections per side; base attenuate, often with decurrent laminar tissue; upper surface 
sometimes sparsely tuberculate; lower surface appressed-woolly. Capitula several to 
many per stem; calycuiar bracteoles 14-20, 2-3 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide; involucre 
3.5-5 mm long, 3.5-4 mm diam.; phyllaries 18-22, glabrous. Florets numerous; ray 
florets 8-13, with ligule 4-7 mm long, 4-veined, yellow. Achenes obloid, 1.5-1.8 mm 
long, pale-brown, tapering more marked basally, with papillose hairs forming bands or 
evenly dispersed. Pappus caducous, 4-5 mm long. African daisy , Rough Senecio. 
Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-eastern Australia from the Eyre 
Peninsula ESE to Garfield in south-central Victoria, and disjunctly further north-east in 
central-eastern New South Wales from Newcastle SW to the Blue Mountains east of 
Sydney. Grows mostly in disturbed sites in grasslands, woodland, and forest. Flowers 
mostly summer. 
Readily distinguished by the usually acutely lobed leaves, sublustrous above and 
appresscd woolly below, and often decurrent down the stems. Hybridises with disciform 
species such as S. hispidulus and S. picridioides and with the discoid species S. 
hypoleucus in the Mt Lofty Ranges of S.A. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Cleland National Park, 10 km east ot 
Adelaide, S.L.Everist 9995 (AD, BR1). NEW SOUTH WALES: Mt Druitt, R.G.Coveny 13911 
(AD. BR1, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: on Hamilton-Horsham Hwy adjacent to Cattle 
Station Ck, 7 Jan. 1986, J.M.Pollock (AD, CANB, MEL). 
2. * Senecio jacohaea L ., Sp. PI. 2: 870 (1753) 
Type: Europe; n.v. 
Erect biennials or perennials to c. 1.8 m high, with sparse to moderate cobwebby 
hairs. Leaves elliptic to narrow-elliptic, to 25 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 1.5-3, 
complexly 2-3-pinnatisect with c. 5-10 major segments per side; base attenuate or 
slightly auriculate, with auricles pinnatisect, slightly clasping. Capitula numerous to 
100s per stem; calycuiar bracteoles 3-6, 2-3.5 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide; involucre 
3.5-5 mm long, c. 4 mm diam.; phyllaries 11-13, glabrous. Florets numerous; ray 
florets 10-15; ligule 6-10 mm long, 4-veined, yellow. Achenes obloid, 1.6-2.2 mm 

Page image

853661 Senecio pterophorus apterus Muelleria 24: 79
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483046
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586
853659 Senecio pterophorus verus Muelleria 24: 79
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483046
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586
613202 Senecio ramosissimus Muelleria 24: 68
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483035
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

68 
Thompson 
broadening abruptly. The broad portion of lamina is about as long as broad. A few old 
specimens from Perth area are more robust and leaf shape is slightly atypical; further 
collections of this form are desirable. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Serpentine, 24 Sept. 1899, coll, 
unknown (AD, BR1, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW, PERTH); track off Sandalwood Rd towards 
Momington Mills, SE of Harvey, T.R.Lally 7RLI502 <6 B.Fuhrer (CANB, PERTH). 
2. Senecio gilbertii Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscott 24( 1): 208 (1851) 
Type: Locality unknown, Gilbert 289'. n.v. 
Herbs to c. 1.0 m high. Stems transiently woolly. Leaves to c. 10 cm long, with l:w 
ratio c. 1.5-3, pinnatisect, with 2-5 oblong to obovate segments per side; base with 
well-developed auricles; margin with scattered denticulations; upper surface glabrous or 
sparsely hispid; lower surface somewhat densely appressed-cobwebby or woolly. 
Capitula numerous per stem; calycular bracteoles 3-6 1.5-2.0 mm long; involucre 4.0- 
5.0 mm long, c. 1.5 mm diam.; phyllaries 12-14. Florets 20-25, all tubular. Achenes 
narrow-obloid, c. 2 mm long, with papillose hairs in broad bands. Pappus 5 mm long. 
Notes: Occurs in the Darling Ranges of south-western Western Australia. Habitat 
unknown. Flowers mostly winter-spring. 
There have been no recent records of this species. The deeply pinnatisect leaves with 
very acute denticulations and a more or less dense indumentum on the lower surface are 
diagnostic. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Wooroloo. Sept. 1907, M.Koch s.n. 
(PERTH); Darling Ra., M.Koch 1692 (MEL). 
3. Seitecio ramosissimus DC., Prodr. 6: 371 (1838) 
Type: Bald-Head hill. King George Sound, W.A., 1822, A.Cunningham s.n.', holo: G; 
microfiche seen MEL. 
Senecio cygnontm Steetz, PI. Preiss 1: 483 (1845). Type: Swan River, near 
Fremantle, W.A., 1843, J.A.L.Preiss 70', holo: MEL; iso: MEL. 
Herbs to c. 1.5 m high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 17 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-6, 
undivided; base of upper-stem leaves with well-developed auricles, or truncate to 
sagittate; margin with frequent to crowded denticulations. Capitula numerous to 100s 
per stem; calycular bracteoles 2-4, c. I mm long; involucre 3.0-4.5 mm long, c. 2 mm 
diam., glabrous; phyllaries 9-13. Florets 15-20, all tubular. Achenes obloid, 1.0-1.5 
mm long, with papillose hairs somewhat scattered. Pappus 3-4 mm long. 
Notes: Occurs in far south-western Western Australia. Grows in sand and gravelly 
loam over limestone or granite, in coastal swamps, heathland, woodland and forest. 
Flowers spring-summer. 
The inflorescences of S. ramosissimus are unusual for Senecio in Australia in being 
pyramidal, i.e. with lateral clusters of capitula not reaching to medial clusters. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Small un-named lake/swamp 0.5 km 
north of Ledge Point, A.E.Orchard 5931 (HO, MEL, PERTH). 

Page image

853636 Senecio scandens Muelleria 24: 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483027
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

60 
Thompson 
6. Delairea Lem., Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. ser. 3, 1: 379 (1844) 
Climbing perennials. Leaves petiolate, palmately veined, auriculate. Capitula discoid, 
pedunculate, calyculate; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs yellow. Anthers caudate. 
Style-branches with apex truncate, crowned with papillae, without terminal appendage. 
Achenes homomorphic, obloid. Pappus caducous. 
A monotypic genus native to South Africa. The only member of tribe Senecioneae in 
Australia to have auricles developed at the base of petiolate leaves. Similar in habit and 
leaf form to climbing species of Senecio, but readily differentiated by the presence of 
auricles and the discoid capitula. 
* Delairea odorata Lem., Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. ser. 3, 1: 380 (1844) 
Senecio mikanioides Otto ex Walp., in C.F.Otto & A.Dietrich, Allg. Gartenzeitung 13: 
42(1845). 
Type: cult., not designated. 
Senecio scandens DC., Prodr. 6: 404 (1838), nom. illeg. non D.Don (1825), p.p. 
Type: South Africa [several syntypes]: n.v. 
Climbers to c. 3 m high. ± glabrous. Leaves: petiole 4-7 cm long; lamina to c. 8 cm 
long, broad-ovate to rotund, lobate; base deeply cordate; margin entire. Capitula many 
per branch; peduncle to c. 10 mm long at maturity; calycular bracteoles 2—4, narrow- 
oblong to oblanceolate, 2-3 mm long; involucre 3-4 mm long, c. 2 mm diam.; 
phyllaries 7-10; stereome flat or slightly ridged proximally, thin, with 1 (-2) ducts; 
margin of receptacular pits raised. Florets c. 10-12; corolla exceeding involucre by 3-4 
mm, c. 5 mm long; base c. 0.5 mm diam.; limb c. 2/5 of total length. Achenes obloid, c. 
2 mm long, pale brown, prominently 10-ribbed, glabrous or with hairs sparse. Pappus 
5-6 mm long, white; bristles minutely scabrid-barbellate. Ivy Groundsel, Cape Ivy. 
Notes: Occurs in south-eastern Australia from Kempsey in north-eastern New South 
Wales south to eastern Victoria and from there west across southern Victoria to 
Adelaide and Robe in south-eastern South Australia; also in Tasmania. Grows in sandy 
soils in forest and heathland. Flowers winter. 
The inflorescences of D. odorata are densely corymbiform. It is vegelatively similar 
to the three introduced climbing species of Senecio in Australia Senecio angulatus, S. 
tamoides and S. macroglossus, but its leaves have prominent reniform auricles and a 
more strongly cordate lamina. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Ml Lofty Ra., Gorge Rd, opposite Trout 
Nursery Dam, N.N.Donner 754 (AD, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Alongside Macleay R, 
about I km from Kinchela towards Jerseyville, J.R.Hosking 1714, G.R.Hashing & T.L.Masking 
(CANB, MEL, NE, NSW); Lower slopes of Mt Dromedary, c. I km west of Tilba Tilba, 
P.C.Jobson 4696 (BR1, NSW). VICTORIA: Labertouche Rd c. 70 m south of Tarago R., c. 2 km 
NE of Longwarry North, l.C.CIarke 2691, L.Dean & P.Dourmisis (AD, CANB, MEL). 
TASMANIA: Taroona, near Hobart, July 1947, W.M.Curtis (AD, HO, MEL). 
7. Euryops (Cass.) Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 16: 49 (1820). 
Shrubs or subshrubs, rarely herbs. Leaves sessile, pinnately veined. Capitula radiate (in 
Australia) or rarely discoid, pedunculate, ecalyculate; phyllaries often connate 
proximally. Florets: ligule yellow; disc florets rarely functionally male; corolla-lobes 
yellow or orange. Anthers ecaudate. Style-branches flattened to sub-terete, with apex 

Page image

853690 Senecio shirleyanus Muelleria 24: 108
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483075
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

108 
Thompson 
Gynura drymophila (F.Muell.) F.G.Davies var. drymophila 
Senecio shirleyanus Domin, Biblioth. Bat. 89: 686 (1929). 
Type: Tambourine Mts, Queensland, Mar. 1910, K.Domin 9143 & 9144: syn: PR n v 
fide R.O.Belcher, Kew Bull. 44(3): 533 (1989). 
[Gynurapseudochina and. non (L.) DC.; G.Bentham, FI. Austral. 3: 661 (1867)] 
Plants with spreading multicellar hairs on stems, leaves, peduncles, bracts, 
bracteoles and phyllaries. 
Notes : Occurs in Queensland extending from Lizard Island in the tar north of the 
state south to the MacPherson Ranges; also in far northern New South Wales as far 
south as Ballina. Grows on sandstone among granite boulders, and in near coastal 
lowland situations, on cliff tops, and in rocky and sandy sites in woodland, forest, vine 
thicket, closed heath, vine forests, and hoop pine rainforest. Flowers all year round. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: 1 km NW of L. Elphinstone outlet, Carborough 
Ra.. I.R. Telford 11120 & R.J.Rudd (BR1, CANB, NSW); Mt Walsh, 6 km south of Biggenden 
M.D.Crisp 2635 (BR1, CANB, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Mt Nullarn, Sept. 1896 
W.Bauerlen (NSW). 
Gynura drymophila var. glabrifolia P.I.Forst. & Thongp., Austrobaileya 2(5): 564 
(1988) 
Type: cultivated specimen ex 2 km SW of Boolbunda Rock, Queensland, 15 May 1986, 
P.I.Forster 2425', holo: BRI. 
Plants glabrous. 
Notes: Occurs in far south-eastern Queensland. Ecological and phenological details 
as for the type variety. Similar in all details to the typical variety except for the absence 
of hairs. Recorded as growing side by side with typical variety. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Brigalow research station, 32 km NW of 
Theodore, Johnson 2670 (BRI); Mount Moon, 5 km SW of Mt Alford township, P.I.Forster 
PIF6621, A.R.Bean <6 L.ll.Bird (BRI, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Three Tops, Mt Warning 
National Park, July 1955, A.Benwell s.n. (NSW). 
Acknowledgements 
1 would like to thank the Royal Botanic Gardens, Melbourne (MEL) for the use of their 
herbarium and library facilities, and the scientific and technical staff at MEL for their 
assistance with loans and other matters. 1 would also like to thank the directors of AD, 
BRI, CANB, DNA, HO, NE, and PERTH for the loan of specimens. 1 would like to 
thank the Royal Botanic Gardens, Sydney for funding my recent visit to NSW. This 
study was funded by Australian Biological Resources Study (ABRS grant no: 
2000/3192). 
References 
Belcher, R.O. (1956). A revision of the genus Erechtites (Compositae) with inquiries into Senecio 
and Arrhenechthites. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 43: 1-85. 

Page image

613232 Senecio tamoides Muelleria 24: 81
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483048
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
81 
4. *Senecio glastifolius L.f., Suppl. PI. 372 (1782) 
Type: Cape of Good Hope, South Afriea, Thunberg; n.v. 
Erect perennials to c. 1.5 m high, glabrous. Leaves oblanceolate to narrow-elliptic, 
to 12 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-4, lobate, with lobes antrorse; base hardly to 
moderately narrower; margin dentate or denticulate. Capitula few to numerous per stem; 
calycular bracteoles 10-16, mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide; involucre c. 7 mm long, c. 
5-8 mm diam.; phyllaries 20-22. Florets numerous; ray florets c. 13; ligule 10-20 mm 
long, 4-veincd, pink to purple. Achenes narrow-obloid, 2.0-2.5 mm long, brown or 
olive-brown, with papillose hairs in narrow bands. Pappus caducous, c. 7 mm long. 
Holly-leaved Senecio. 
Notes'. Native to South Africa. Recorded from south-western Western Australia at 
Albany and Manjimup, and on the central coast of New South Wales at Bundeena. Also 
naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in coastal sites on sand dunes and among rocks, in 
heathland and shrubland. Flowers spring-summer. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: SE slopes of Mt Adelaide, especially 
along Hare St, Albany, G.J.Keighery 8327 (AD, CANB, MEL. PERTH). NEW SOUTH WALES: 
south from Eric St, Bundeena, Central Coast, 29 Oct. 1999, A.Horton s.n. (NSW). 
5. * Senecio tamoides DC., Prodr. 6: 403 (1838) 
Type: ‘Omsamwoubo’, southern Africa, Drege ; holo: G n.v.; microfiche seen MEL 
Climber to c. 2 m high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 12 cm long, with petiole c. half of 
length; lamina ± orbicular to ovate, with l:w ratio c. 1-1.5, with 1-3 lobes per side; 
margin entire or with a few denticulations. Capitula several to numerous per branch; 
calycular bracteoles 3-5, 1-1.5 mm long, c. 0.3 mm wide; involucre 7-8 mm long, c. 
2.5 mm diam.; phyllaries 5-8. Florets 15-20; ray florets 3-6; ligule 10-20 mm long, 4- 
veined. yellow. Achenes not seen at maturity, glabrous. Pappus persistence unknown, 
6-7 mm long. 
Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in far south-eastern Queensland. Grows at 
margins of rainforest. Flowers autumn-winter. 
An occasional garden escape. The relatively long corolla of the disc florets (corolla 
c. 10 mm compared to 5-7 mm long) and relatively small calycular bracteoles 
distinguish this species from S. macroglossus and S. angulatus. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Mt Glorious Rd just south of Mt Glorious 
village, near lower end of Bryce's Rd, S.P.Phillips 381 (Bill, MEL). 
6. * Senecio macroglossus DC., Prodr. 6: 404 (1838) 
Type: Table Mountain, Cape of Good Hope, South Africa, Zeyher; syn: n.v.; ‘Zwarte 
Omsamcaba and Omsamcubo', Drege; syn: n.v.; ‘Albany’, Drege; syn: n.v. 
Climber to c. 3 m high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, with petiole c. half of 
length; lamina ± triangular, with l:w ratio 0.9-1.2, with a basal lobe on each side; 
margin entire or with small denticulations usually only near base. Capitula 1-3 per 
branch; calycular bracteoles 8-12, c. 10 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide; involucre 9-11 mm 
long, c. 5 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 10. Florets numerous; ray florets c. 12; ligule 10-20 
mm long, 8 10-veined, yellow. Achenes ± narrow-obloid, c. 2.5-3 mm long, pale- 
brown, glabrous. Pappus persistence unknown, 7-8 mm long. Natal Ivy, Wax Pine. 

Page image

613204 Senecio vagus Muelleria 24: 70-71

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 70-71".

613205 Senecio vagus vagus Muelleria 24: 71
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483038
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586
613206 Senecio vagus eglandulosus Muelleria 24: 71
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483038
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586
853669 Senecio valerianaefolius Muelleria 24: 102
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483069
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

102 
Thompson 
pinkish. Anthers not known. Style-branches recurved; apex with a short conical 
appendage. Achenes oblong-ellipsoid. Pappus caducous. 
A genus of six species, all native to the New World. 
*Erechtites valerianifolius^ Wolf) DC., Prodr. 6: 295 (1838) forma valerianifolius. 
Senecio valerianifolius Wolf, hid. Sem. Hurt. Berol. (1825), as valerianaefolius. 
Type: cult, ‘Senecio valerianaefolius ex Herb. Raffeliano, 1825’, Herb. Reichenbach f. 
16256; neo: W . Jide R.O.Belcher, op. cit. 26. 
Annuals to c. 2 m high. Hairs rather sparse on mature stems, peduncles and leaves. 
Leaves to c. 20 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-3, usually deeply lobed to pinnatisect, 
petiole-like basally, margin serrate. Capitula numerous per stem; mature peduncle to c. 
20 mm long; calycular bracteoles 6-10, linear, 1.5-3 mm long; involucre 7-10 mm 
long, 2-3 mm diarn.; phyllaries c. 12-14; slereome flat, with 4 or 5 resin ducts; mature 
receptacle with pits raised, concave. Florets numerous; corollas c. 8 mm long, exceeding 
phyllaries by c. 1-2 mm, with basal cone much elongated, c. 0.3 mm diam., with limb 
1/4—1/3 of total length, very narrow-obconical, pink, usually pale yellow when dry. 
Style-branches purple. Achenes narrowly oblong-ellipsoid, 2.5-4 mm long, with c. 10 
narrow convex ribs, pale brown, darker in grooves, with scattered hairs in grooves. 
Pappus 8- 12 mm long, pink; bristles minutely and sparsely scabrid-barbellate. Brazilian 
Fireweed. 
Notes'. Native to Central and South America, but widespread as a weed. Occurs in 
far south-eastern Queensland south to the Sydney region in central-eastern New South 
Wales. Grows in disturbed sites in mesic environments, including forests. Flowers 
mostly summer-autumn. 
Erechtites valerianifolius is similar to the Australian disciform species of Senecio, 
but has lyrately divided leaves, raised receptacular pits, corolla-bases tapering very 
gradually upwards from the base, different style-branch morphology, and a pink pappus. 
It is occasionally confused with the sometimes sympatric Crassocephalum crepidioides. 
Representative specimens'. QUEENSLAND: Utchee Ck, D.R. Bailey 50 (BRI); Near 
Brummies Lookout, SE of Tyalgum, A.R.Bean 14559 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Tooloom 
Falls, N.S. Lander 322 (BRI. NSW); Lane Cove National Park, M.Gray 5209 (CANB). 
11. Crassocephalum Moench, Methodus 516 (1794). 
Annual herbs. Leaves sessile, pinnately veined. Capitula discoid (in Australia) or 
radiate, pedunculate, calyculate; phyllaries free or rarely fused. Florets: corolla-limbs 
variously coloured. Anthers ecaudate. Style-branches angled upwards; apex crowned 
with papillae, with a long tapering terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, obloid. 
Pappus caducous. 
A genus of c. 40 species native to Arabia, tropical Africa and Madagascar. 
* Crassocephalum crepidioides (Benth.) S. Moore, J. Bot. 50: 211 (1912) 
Gynura crepidioides Benth., in W.J.Hooker, Niger FI. 438 (1849). 
Type: Sierra Leone, G.Doir, lecto: BM, jide A.J.C.Grierson in M.D.Dassanayake & 
F.R.Fosberg (eds) Revis. Handb. FI. Ceylon 1: 248 (1980). 

Page image

853668 Senecio valerianifolius Muelleria 24: 102
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483069
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

102 
Thompson 
pinkish. Anthers not known. Style-branches recurved; apex with a short conical 
appendage. Achenes oblong-ellipsoid. Pappus caducous. 
A genus of six species, all native to the New World. 
*Erechtites valerianifolius^ Wolf) DC., Prodr. 6: 295 (1838) forma valerianifolius. 
Senecio valerianifolius Wolf, hid. Sem. Hurt. Berol. (1825), as valerianaefolius. 
Type: cult, ‘Senecio valerianaefolius ex Herb. Raffeliano, 1825’, Herb. Reichenbach f. 
16256; neo: W . Jide R.O.Belcher, op. cit. 26. 
Annuals to c. 2 m high. Hairs rather sparse on mature stems, peduncles and leaves. 
Leaves to c. 20 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-3, usually deeply lobed to pinnatisect, 
petiole-like basally, margin serrate. Capitula numerous per stem; mature peduncle to c. 
20 mm long; calycular bracteoles 6-10, linear, 1.5-3 mm long; involucre 7-10 mm 
long, 2-3 mm diarn.; phyllaries c. 12-14; slereome flat, with 4 or 5 resin ducts; mature 
receptacle with pits raised, concave. Florets numerous; corollas c. 8 mm long, exceeding 
phyllaries by c. 1-2 mm, with basal cone much elongated, c. 0.3 mm diam., with limb 
1/4—1/3 of total length, very narrow-obconical, pink, usually pale yellow when dry. 
Style-branches purple. Achenes narrowly oblong-ellipsoid, 2.5-4 mm long, with c. 10 
narrow convex ribs, pale brown, darker in grooves, with scattered hairs in grooves. 
Pappus 8- 12 mm long, pink; bristles minutely and sparsely scabrid-barbellate. Brazilian 
Fireweed. 
Notes'. Native to Central and South America, but widespread as a weed. Occurs in 
far south-eastern Queensland south to the Sydney region in central-eastern New South 
Wales. Grows in disturbed sites in mesic environments, including forests. Flowers 
mostly summer-autumn. 
Erechtites valerianifolius is similar to the Australian disciform species of Senecio, 
but has lyrately divided leaves, raised receptacular pits, corolla-bases tapering very 
gradually upwards from the base, different style-branch morphology, and a pink pappus. 
It is occasionally confused with the sometimes sympatric Crassocephalum crepidioides. 
Representative specimens'. QUEENSLAND: Utchee Ck, D.R. Bailey 50 (BRI); Near 
Brummies Lookout, SE of Tyalgum, A.R.Bean 14559 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Tooloom 
Falls, N.S. Lander 322 (BRI. NSW); Lane Cove National Park, M.Gray 5209 (CANB). 
11. Crassocephalum Moench, Methodus 516 (1794). 
Annual herbs. Leaves sessile, pinnately veined. Capitula discoid (in Australia) or 
radiate, pedunculate, calyculate; phyllaries free or rarely fused. Florets: corolla-limbs 
variously coloured. Anthers ecaudate. Style-branches angled upwards; apex crowned 
with papillae, with a long tapering terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, obloid. 
Pappus caducous. 
A genus of c. 40 species native to Arabia, tropical Africa and Madagascar. 
* Crassocephalum crepidioides (Benth.) S. Moore, J. Bot. 50: 211 (1912) 
Gynura crepidioides Benth., in W.J.Hooker, Niger FI. 438 (1849). 
Type: Sierra Leone, G.Doir, lecto: BM, jide A.J.C.Grierson in M.D.Dassanayake & 
F.R.Fosberg (eds) Revis. Handb. FI. Ceylon 1: 248 (1980). 

Page image

613239 Senecio vulgaris Muelleria 24: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483050
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
83 
Representative specimens'. NEW SOUTH WALES: Sawtell Beach, 10 May 1967, C.Burgess 
(CANB). 
9. *Senecio vulgaris L„ Sp. PI. 2: 867 (1753) 
Type: Europe, Herb. Clifford 406, Senecio I A; lecto: BM, fide C.Jeffrey, Regnum Veg. 
127: 87(1993). 
Annuals to c. 0.5 m high, glabrous except for cobwebby newer growth . Leaves 
commonly lobate to subpinnatisect, to 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2-5; primary 
segments c. oblong to triangular; base auriculate, moderately stem-clasping; margin 
denticulate. Capitula discoid, several to many per stem; calycular bracteoles 8-16, 1.5-3 
mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide; involucre 5-7 mm long, c. 2-3 mm diani.; phyllaries 13- 
22, glabrous. Florets numerous. Achenes narrow oblong-ellipsoid, 2.0-3.0 mm long, 
light brown, with papillose hairs in bands. Pappus caducous, 5-6 mm long. 
Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs mostly in southern Australia in all capital cities and 
a few provincial cities. A widespread weed of cool-temperate regions. Grows mostly in 
urban environments, in garden beds and footpaths. Also occurring in orchards and , 
occasionally invading woodland and forest. Flowers most of the year. 
Differs from native discoid species by being a small annual, by having capitula with 
more numerous florets and phyllaries and calycular bracteoles that are conspicuously 
jet-black distally. Similar in habit and leaf shape to S. glossanthus, S. halophilus and S. 
productus, but in these native species the marginal florets are female and minutely 
ligulate, and the achenes are dimorphic. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Western Australian Herbarium 
grounds, Kensington, Perth, B.J.Lepschi 1931 (CANB, MEL, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 
Mitcham. R.V.Southcott B1082 (AD, MEL). QUEENSLAND: Forest Hill, M.Bodman (BRI, 
NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Nashdale, Central Tablelands, M.Dally 2222 (NSW). 
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: CS1RO grounds, Black Mtn, Canberra, A.C.T., 
M.Gray 6229 (CANB). VICTORIA: comer of Pumps Rd and Axford Rd. Wantirna, T.B.Muir 
6548 (MEL). TASMANIA: Hobart, 21 Jan. 1930, F.II.Long (HO). 
Key to Seitecio 
1 Capitula discoid: all florets bisexual, or all florets female, and the corolla-limb of 
similar size in all florets, to 1.0 mm diam. at base of lobes OR capitula radiate but 
with only 1-3 ligules; achenes homomorphic 
2 Annuals; calycular bracteoles pigmented black for 1/2 to 4/5 of length; phyllaries 
14-23; florets > 40; corolla-limb shorter than tube. *S. vulgaris (see also H) 
2: Perennial herbs or shrubs; calycular bracteoles not as extensively or darkly 
pigmented as above; phyllaries 7-13; florets < 40; corolla-limb c. equal to tube 
3 Gynodioecious herbaceous perennials (plants female or hermaphrodite), not 
glaucous; achenes < 2 mm long (south-western 
W.A.).C. Ramosissimus group 
3: Hermaphrodite shrubs or subshrubs, rarely herbaceous perennials, often 
glaucous; achenes > 2 mm long, or if less then unit inflorescences congested, 
corymbiform (not south-western W.A.) 
4 Herbaceous perennials; apex of phyllaries mostly reflexed at 
anthesis.A. Disciform group 

Page image

853687 Sonchus javanicus Muelleria 24: 106
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483073
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

106 
Thompson 
Apex of phyllaries commonly with dark border 2-3 mm long; corolla usually exceeding 
phyllaries by up to 2.5 mm; corolla-lobes > I mm Fong; achenes 3.0-3.8 mm 
' on 8.var .javanica 
*Emilia sonchifolia (L.) DC. var. sonchifolia 
[Emilia purpurea and. non Cass. (1825); F.Mueller, Fragm. 12: 21 (1882)] 
Capitula: length of involucre commonly > 2.5 times diameter mid-involucre; apex of 
phyllaries without a dark border or border to c. I mm long; stereome often with 
scattered coarse hairs especially distally. Corolla 1 mm shorter than or up to 1 mm 
longer than phyllaries, with lobes < 1 mm long. Achenes 2.2-3.2 mm long. 
Notes: Probably native to southern Asia. Occurs in northern Western Australia, 
northern Northern Territory, and in northern and eastern Queensland, predominantly on 
or near the coast. A widespread weed of tropical regions. Grows in moist, sandy soils 
eg. cays, sand dunes, and in grassland. Flowers mostly autumn-winter. 
The most reliable character distinguishing this variety from var. javanica is the 
length of the corolla lobes. Subtle differences are also apparent in capitular proportions, 
and var. sonchifolia commonly has scattered hairs on the distal half of phyllaries, 
whereas var. javanica almost always has glabrous phyllaries. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Mitchell Plateau mining camp, 
P.A.Fryxell 4013 & L.A.Craven (MEL). NORTHERN TERRITORY: Little Lagoon, Groote 
Eylandt. R.L.Speclit 419 (CANB); Kakadu National Park, C.R.Dunlop 8562 <& P.F.Munns 
(CANB, DNA, MEL). QUEENSLAND: Red Beach, Weipa area, K.Herrman s.n. (CANB); 
Beames St, Mareeba, ./.R.CIarkson 4594 (DNA, PERTH, QRS). 
* Emilia sonchifolia war. javanica (Burm.f.) Mattf.. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 62: 445 (1929) 
Hieracium javanicum Burm.f., FI. Indica 174, t. 57, fig. I (1768); Prenanthes javanica 
(Burm.f.) Willd., Sp. PI. 3: 1534 (1803); Sonchus javanicus (Burm.f.) Spreng., Syst. 
Veg. 3: 648 (1826); E. javanica (Burm.f.) C.B.Rob., Philipp. J. Sci ., C3: 217 (1908). 
Type: Java, Garcin s.n.\ holo: G n.v.Jide D.H.Nicolson, op. cit. 399 (1980) 
Capitula: length of involucre < 2.5 times the diameter mid-involucre; apex of 
phyllaries commonly with a dark border 2-3 mm long; stereome usually glabrous; 
corolla usually exceeding phyllaries, by up to 2.5 mm, with lobes > 1 mm long. 
Achenes 3.0-3.8 mm long. 
Notes: Native to eastern Asia and the western Pacific. Occurs in eastern Queensland 
and north-eastern New South Wales. Grows mostly in sandy soils in coastal dunes, also 
in woodland and forest. Flowers mostly autumn-winter. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Bruce Hwy, 12 km south of Mackay, A.R.Bean 
16271 (BRI); Brisbane, 4 Dec. 1938, H.Tryon (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Kingscliff, North 
Coast, R.G.Coveny 12437. W.Bishop & L.j.Murray (NSW). 
2. * Emilia fosbergii Nicolson, Phytologia 32: 33 (1975) 
Type: Bahamas, New Providence, near Nassau, 26 Dec. 1902, Curtiss (5; holo; US n.v., 
fide D.H.Nicolson, loc. cit. 

Page image

853620 Thelymitra aff. dedmaniarum Muelleria 24: 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59482985
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Thelymitra fuscolutea R. Br. (Orchidaceae) complex of southern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291581
613162 Thelymitra benthamiana Muelleria 24: 13-14, Fig. 3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 13-14, Fig. 3".

613165 Thelymitra dedmaniarum Muelleria 24: 17-18, Fig. 6

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 17-18, Fig. 6".

613161 Thelymitra fuscolutea Muelleria 24: 11-13, Fig. 2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 11-13, Fig. 2".

853621 Thelymitra fuscolutea stellata Muelleria 24: 19
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59482986
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Thelymitra fuscolutea R. Br. (Orchidaceae) complex of southern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291581
613163 Thelymitra jacksonii Muelleria 24: 14-15, Fig. 4

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 14-15, Fig. 4".

613164 Thelymitra magnifica Muelleria 24: 15-17, Fig. 5

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 15-17, Fig. 5".

613167 Thelymitra stellata Muelleria 24: 19, 22, Fig. 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59482986
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Thelymitra fuscolutea R. Br. (Orchidaceae) complex of southern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291581

Page text

Thelymitra fuscolutea complex 
19 
column, ovate-quadrate, 2.2-3.5 mm long, 2.4-4 mm wide, margins irregular. Capsules 
obovoid. 10-20 mm long, 4-8 mm wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 7) 
Selected specimens examined: Western Australia: Dodaderry Nature Reserve number 
37306, 8.xi. 1991, J.L. Robson s.n. (PERTH 1661981 ); Population 12. Kent Road, SW of York, 
20.xi. 1996. K. Kershaw & F. Hort s.n. (PERTH 4858247 ); Population 10. Kent Road, SW of 
York, 20,xi. 1996. K. Kershaw & F. Hort s.n. (PERTI1 4858239): Population 6. Kent Road, SW of 
York, 20.xi.1996, K. Kershaw & F. Hort s.n. (PERTH 4858336 ); Population 9. Nuytsia Road, 
SW of York. 20,xi. 1996, K. Kershaw & F. Hort s.n. (PERTH 4858263 ); Population 5. Kent Road, 
SW of York, 20.xi.1996, K. Kershaw A- F. Hort s.n. (PERTH 4858344); Population 8. Nuytsia 
Road, SW of York, 20.xi.l996, K. Kershaw & F. Hort s.n. (PERTH 4858271); Darling district, 
Kent Road. Talbot. 7,xi.l996, F. Hort & J. Hort ORG410 (CANB 611708); Qualen Road, SW of 
York, 4.xi.2000, C.J. French 2796 (MEL 2143919). 
Distribution and habitat: Endemic to southwestern Western Australia, in a small 
area south-west of York. Grows in open E. wandoo and E. accedens woodland on 
granitic or laterite ridges and slopes. Altitude: 250^t00 m. 
Conservation status: Confined to a limited range with about 12 known populations. 
Suggest 2EC by criteria of Briggs & Leigh (1996), and Endangered (E) by criteria of 
IUCN (2000). 
Flowering period: Late October to early December. 
Pollination biology: The large, freely opening flowers and sporadic capsule 
production would suggest that the species is probably entomophilous. 
Notes: Thelymitra yorkensis has been confused with T. dedntaniarum, but the two 
species are distinct. The former usually has strongly bicolorous flowers, while in the 
latter the flowers are fairly uniformly golden yellow. See Table 2 for other 
distinguishing features. 
The common name ‘Bronze Orchid’ has been applied to this species. 
Etymology: From the town of York, Western Australia, near which all the currently 
known populations have been located. 
7. Thelymitra stellata Lindl., Edwards’s Bot. Reg. appendix to vols. 1-23 [Sketch Veg. 
Swan R.]: 49 (1839-1840). 
Type: ‘Swan River’, 1839, J. Drummond s.n. (holotype K-L!, isotypes BM!, FI!, K, 
AD!). 
Thelymitra fuscolutea R.Br. var. stellata (Lindl.) A.S.George, Nuytsia 1(2): 194 
(1971)." 
Illustrations: Hoffman & Brown (1984) page 30 (as T. fuscolutea var. stellata ); 
Jones (1988) page 304; Hoffman & Brown (1992) page 244; Hoffman & Brown (1998) 
page 244. 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid or obovoid, 1-3 cm long, 5-15 mm wide, 
fleshy. Leaf ovate-lanceolate to ovate, 5-20 cm long, 10-35 mm wide, erect or 
obliquely erect, blade more or less flat, leathery, bright green to yellowish green, 
sheathing at base, apex subacute to acute, sometimes shortly apiculate. Scape 15^15 cm 
tall, 1.4-3.5 mm diain., more or less straight, green. Sterile bracts usually 2, 
occasionally 3, ovate-lanceolate, 2-7 cm long, 3-10 mm wide, closely sheathing, 
usually green, apex often free and diverging from scape, acuminate. Fertile bracts 
ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 7-35 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, sheathing the 

Page image

613166 Thelymitra yorkensis Muelleria 24: 18-19, Fig. 7

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 24: 18-19, Fig. 7".

971747 Thickhead Muelleria 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956490 49956579
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
Page is part of the work A review of the genera Teloschistes and Xanthoria in the lichen family Teloschistaceae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237648
971737 Tree Muelleria 24: 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483024
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
57 
sufficiently different morphologically to be separated at a generic level, and suggested, 
contingent on further molecular proof, that B. brunonis be returned to Centropappus. 
Brachyglottis brunonis (I look.f.) B.Nord., Opera Bot. 44: 30 (1978) 
Centropappus brunonis Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 124 (1847); Senecio 
brunonis (Hook.f.) J.H.Willis, Muelleria 1(3): 162 (1967). 
Type: Mt Wellington, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn s.n.\ holo: K n.v.,ftde R.B.Nordenstam loc. 
cit. 
Senecio centropappus F.Muell., Catalogue of Plants under Cultivation in the 
Melbourne Botanic Gardens 26 (1858), nom. illeg. Type: not designated. 
Small trees to 3.5 in high, glabrous, with dark, laminating bark. Leaves crowded, 
narrow-linear, 5 10 cm long, entire, viscid, upper surface gland-dotted. Capitula many 
per stem; peduncle to c. 15 mm long at maturity; calycular bracteoles 3-5, ovate, c. 2 
mm long; involucre 3-5 mm long, c. 3 mm diam.; phyllaries 8, oblong-elliptic to 
narrow-oblong-elliptic, fimbriate distally; stereome convex, with 1-3 resin ducts; 
margin of receptacular pits slightly raised. Florets: ray florets 5; ligules c. 5 mm long, 
5-8-veined, yellow; disc florets c. 15-20; corolla exceeding phyllaries by c. 2 mm, c. 4- 
5 mm long; base c. 0.6 mm diam.; limb c. 2/5 of total length, with lobes narrow-oblong, 
revolute. Achenes slightly obovoid, 2.5-3 mm long, 5-8-ribbed, pale brown, glabrous; 
basal annulus narrow. Pappus c. 4 mm long, white; bristles scabrid-barbellate to sub- 
plumose. Tree Ragwort. 
Notes : Occurs in south-eastern Tasmania where restricted to Mt Wellington and Mt 
Dromedary. Grows on dolomite, on moderate to steep slopes, in tall open forest at 
altitudes from 490-1160 m. Flowers summer. 
A distinctive species, but similar in several ways including involucre morphology to 
Bedfordia and to a lesser extent Abrotanella , although the latter is a dwarf herb. Leaves 
when crushed and (lowers are pleasantly fragrant suggestive of apricots according to 
one collector. 
Representative specimens : TASMANIA: Mt Wellington, Pinnacle Rd, c. 3 km from summit 
at start of Organ Pipes track, F.E.Davies 780 dr P.OIlerenshaw (AD, CANB, HO, MEL); c. 2 km 
below Mt Wellington summit on Mt Wellington Rd (c. 19 km south by Rd from Hobart), 
P.C.Jobson 1901, N.C. Walsh & I.R.Telford (BRI, HO, MEL). 
3. Bedfordia DC., in A.-J.Guillemin, Arcli. Bot. 2: 332 (1833) 
Small trees or shrubs, with a dense wool on most younger parts. Leaves shortly 
petiolate, with glandular hairs on newer growth, pinnately veined. Capitula discoid, 
pedunculate, calyculate; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs orange, yellow, or 
creamy white. Anthers caudate. Style-branches with apex obtuse to truncate, crowned 
by papillae, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, c. obloid. Pappus ± 
persistent. 
The species in this genus are closely related to Brachyglottis brunonis q.v. but 
readily distinguished from the latter and other senecionoid species in Australia by the 
woolly indumentum covering branches, abaxial surfaces ot leaves, peduncles and 
involucres. The calyculus is weakly developed and is usually represented by only a few 
linear or lanceolate bracteoles. 

Page image

613168 Triandrophora linophylla Muelleria 24: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483005
Page is part of the work Reinstatement of the northern Australian species Cleome linophylla (O. Schwarz) Pax & K.Hoffm. (Capparaceae), and neotypification of its basionym, Triandrophora linophylla O.Schwarz, doi:10.5962/p.291584
853622 Triandrophora linophylla Muelleria 24: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483005
Page is part of the work Reinstatement of the northern Australian species Cleome linophylla (O. Schwarz) Pax & K.Hoffm. (Capparaceae), and neotypification of its basionym, Triandrophora linophylla O.Schwarz, doi:10.5962/p.291584
853626 Trineuron nivigenum Muelleria 24: 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483022
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
55 
l. Abrotanellaforsteroides (Hook.f.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 554 (1867), as forsterioides 
Scleroleima forsteroides Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 5: 444, t. 14 (1846). 
Type: Tasmania, 1839^43, J.D.Hooker Antarct. Exp.', lecto: K, fide U.Swenson, PL 
Syst. Evol. 197: 161 (1995). 
Cushion-plants to 7 cm high, ± glabrous, with adventitious roots c. 1 mm diam. Leaves 
suberect, ovate to lanceolate, 3-8 mm long, convex abaxially; base dilated; margin 
entire or denticulate; apex acuminate, mucronatc. Capitula 1 per stem; peduncle to c. 8 
mm long at maturity, with bracteoles lacking; involucre c. 1 mm long; phyllaries 3-7, c. 
oblong, finally erect; stereome fiat, thin, without resin ducts. Florets: outer florets 1-3; 
central florets 1-3; corolla 2.0-2.5 mm long; limb greenish-yellow, 4-lobed. Achenes 
obovoid, 1.5-1.8 mm long, slightly to markedly 4-ribbed, brown, glabrous. 
Notes : Occurs in north-western, north-eastern and south-central Tasmania. Grows in 
summit moors, screes and wet places such as below snowbanks at altitudes over 1000 
m. Flowers mid-spring-summer 
Grows with other cushion plants in alpine communities forming cushions to several 
metres in diameter. The stems and leaves are closely crowded with older leaves brown 
and persistent. The involucre is hidden within upper leaves at anthesis but is exposed at 
fruiting. Unlike the other two species in Australia, the one or two achenes in each 
capitulum strongly exceed the involucre at maturity. 
Representative specimens'. TASMANIA: Ben Lomond National Park, Hamilton Crags, 1.5 
km east of Legges Tor, F.E.Davies 1182 , P.Ollerenshaw, c£ R.Burns (AD, CANB, HO, MEL); 
0.5 km NW of Second Bar L„ A.Moscal 6949 (HO). 
2. Abrotanella nivigena (F.Muell.) F.Muell., PI. Victoria 2: t. 40 (1865). 
Trineuron nivigenum F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. Victoria 1: 105 (1855). 
Type: Munyang Mtns, New South Wales, Jan. 1855, F.Mueller, lecto: MEL, fide 
U.Swenson op. cit. 172; isolecto: MEL. 
Cushion-plants to 3 (-5) cm high, largely glabrous, with adventitious roots c. 0.5 mm 
diam. Leaves somewhat spreading, narrow oblong to linear, 8-20 mm long, ± fiat; base 
slightly dilated; margin entire; apex ± rounded to truncate. Capitula 1 per stem; 
peduncle 5-20 mm long at maturity, with bracteoles present; involucre 2.5-4.0 mm 
long; phyllaries 8-14 (-16), c. oblong, finally erect; stereome fiat, fleshy, with 1 or 3 
longitudinal ducts. Outer florets 7-17; central florets 4-12; corolla 1.5-3 mm long; limb 
white or purple, 3- or 4-lobed. Achenes obovoid, 2 mm long, slightly to markedly 4- 
ribbed, pale but purple distally, glabrous. Snow-wort. 
Notes: Occurs in the Kosciuszko region of south-eastern New South Wales and in 
eastern Victoria. Grows in alpine bogs, herblields, grasslands, in rock crevices, and 
often associated with small waterfalls. Flowers summer. 
Abrotanella papuana S.Moore resembles A. nivigena and was regarded as 
synonymous by Swenson (1995); however, it differs in several ways. Abrotanella 
papuana lacks 3-lobed central florets, has fewer outer florets, sometimes has hairs on 
peduncles and has leaves that are more erect. Additionally, leaves are more tapered 
distally, with an apex subacute to obtuse, with scattered translucent multicellular hairs 

Page image

853627 Trineuron scapigerum Muelleria 24: 56
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483023
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

56 
Thompson 
on upper surface of leaves especially near margins; peduncular bracts are iewer (1-4); 
and the involucre shorter (2.5-3 mm long). 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: Snowy R. near bridge below Seaman’s 
Hut, Kosciuszko area. M.Gray 6611 & C.Totterdell (CANB, MEL, NSW); Below Mt Stillwell, 
Kosciuszko area, A.B.Costin 36 (CANB). VICTORIA: Southern head of Big R., c. 1.6 km east of 
Spion Kopje summit, Bogong High Plains, 3 Feb. 1949, J.H. Willis (MEL). 
3. Abrotanella scapigera (F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 554 (1867) 
Trineuron scapigerum F.Muell., Hooker's J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 9: 301 (1857). 
Type: Mt La Perouse, Tasmania, C.Stuart', lecto: K, fide U.Swenson, op. cit. 169 
(1995). 
Tufted scapiforni herbs to 10 cm high, with brownish hairs on scape and leaf-margins, 
with adventitious roots mostly 0.3-0.5 mm diam. Leaves suberect, narrow spathulate or 
very narrow-elliptic. 10-40 mm long, ± flat or convex abaxially; base slightly dilated; 
margin entire; apex obtuse to acute, mucronate. Capitula 2-10 per stem; peduncle to c. 
15 mm long at maturity, with bracteoles present; involucre c. 3.0-3.5 mm long; 
phyllaries 8-12 (-14), e. oblong, finally erect; stereome flat, fleshy, with 3 longitudinal 
ducts. Female florets 8-17; male florets 3-11; corolla 1-2 mm long; limb white, 4 (-5)- 
lobed. Achenes obovoid, 1.7-2.2 mm long, slightly to markedly 4-ribbed, brown, 
glabrous. 
Notes: Occurs in north-western and south-central Tasmania. Grows in moist low 
alpine grasslands, amongst cushion plants, sometimes in the shelter of low shrubs and in 
rock crevices, altitudes over 950 m. Flowers summer. 
The flowering stem of this species has one or a few bracteal leaves, an unusual 
feature in Abrotanella. 
Representative specimens: TASMANIA: Eldon Bluff, A.M.Buchanan 9993 (HO); Between L. 
Dobson and summit of Mt Field. D.N.McVean 22 (CANB); Mt Field National Park, Naturalist 
Peak, P.S.Short 3427 , A.Griffen, M.C.Looker & N.G. Walsli (MEL). 
2. Brachyglottis J.R.Forst. & G.Forst., Char. Gen. PI. 91, t. 46 (1775). 
Trees (in Australia), shrubs, lianes, or perennial herbs. Leaves petiolate or sessile, 
sometimes with glands, pinnately veined. Capitula radiate (in Australia) or disciform, 
pedunculate, calyculatc (in Australia) or not; phyllaries free. Florets: corolla-limbs 
yellow, creamy white or white. Anthers caudate or not. Style-branches with apex obtuse 
to truncate, crowned by papillae, without terminal appendage. Achenes homomorphic, 
obloid to obovoid. Pappus ± persistent. 
A genus of 29 species, all from New Zealand and the Chatham Is. except for one 
species endemic to Australia. The Australian representative, B. brunonis, was 
transferred to Brachyglottis by R.B.Nordenstam, op. cit. 25; however, the author 
acknowledged the unique suite of features of this species and gave consideration to 
reinstating it in Centropappus. Molecular studies by Wagstaff & Breitwieser (2004) 
have indicated that Brachyglottis brunonis and Bedfordia together form a monophyletic 
group, and that this group is nested within a large clade containing New Zealand species 
of Brachyglottis as well as several other genera endemic to New Zealand. Their 
suggestion for a revised classification based on the molecular evidence is to place all 
taxa in this clade in the genus Brachyglottis. In contrast. Orchard (2004) indicated that 
Bedfordia and Brachyglottis brunonis, although probably closely related, were 

Page image

853630 Tussilago fragrans Muelleria 24: 58
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483025
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

58 
Thompson 
A genus of three species endemic to south-eastern Australia. This genus was not 
included in the author’s examination of the Senecioneae. The reader is referred to a 
recent revision by Orchard (2004). 
Key to species 
1 Leaves to 3 mm wide (Tasmania) .1. b. linearis 
1: Leaves generally more than 10 mm wide 
2 Leaves generally less than 20 mm wide; lower surface of leaves with a shallow 
appressed indumentum from which secondary veins conspicuously protrude 
(Tasmania). 2. B. salicina 
2: Leaves generally more than 20 mm wide; lower surface of leaves with a deep 
tangled indumentum in which the secondary veins are submerged (mainland 
Australia and Cape Barren Is., Tasmania).3. B. arborescens 
List of taxa 
1. Bedfordia linearis (Labill.) DC., Prodr. 6: 441 (1838) 
a. Bedfordia linearis subsp. linearis 
b. Bedfordia linearis subsp. oblongifolia Orchard, Muelleria 19: 90 (2004) 
i. Bedfordia linearis subsp. oblongifolia var. oblongifolia 
ii. Bedfordia linearis subsp. oblongifolia var. curvifolia Orchard, Muelleria 19- 93 
(2004). 
2. Bedfordia salicina (Labill.) DC., Prodr. 6: 441 (1838). 
3. Bedfordia arborescens Hochr., Candollea 5: 332 (1934). 
4. Petasites Mill., Gard. Diet. Abr. 4th edn (1754). 
Perennial dioecious or gynodioecious herbs. Leaves petiolate, palmately veined. 
Capitula radiate (in Australia) discoid or disciform, pedunculate, calyeulate; phyllaries 
free. Florets: corolla-limbs yellow, white, greenish, pink or purple. Anthers caudate. 
Style-branches short, with apex obtuse, with terminal appendage unknown. Achenes 
homomorphic, narrow-obloid, ribbed. Pappus persistence not known. 
A genus of c. 19 species from Eurasia and North America. 
* Petasites fragrans (Vill.) C.Presl, FI. Sicul. 1: 28 (1826) 
Tussilagofragrans Vill., Actes Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris 1: 72 (1792). 
Type: n.v. 
Dioecious, rhizomatous herbs to c. 0.4 m high, with glandular hairs on most parts. 
Basal leaves: petiole 10-30 cm long, sheathing basally; lamina suborbicular to reniform, 
5-20 cm long; base strongly cordate; margin crowded-denticulate. Stem leaves 2-7, c. 
2-6 cm long, comprising a well-developed sheath and a small lamina reducing to 
vestigial upwards. Capitula several per stem; peduncle to c. 30 mm long at maturity; 
calycular bracteoles 2-6, ± linear, 3-8 mm long; involucre 7-12 mm long, c. 3-6 mm 
diam.; phyllaries c. 13; stereome flat. Capitula (for all Australian material): ray florets c. 
12, pistillate but sterile; ligule 4-6 mm long, rounded to truncate, white, sometimes 
tinged purplish, 3-5-veined; disc florets c. 20, functionally male; corolla c. 8 mm long. 

Page image

960517 Vilfa scabra Muelleria 24: 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483091
Page is part of the work The taxonomic status of Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex Steud., L. aequata (Nees) SWL. Jacobs and other related grasses (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291587

Page text

124 
Brown 
9. Lemmas glabrous, awns generally 2.5 mm long or 
* ess .3c. L. nesomytica subsp. paralia 
9. Lemmas covered with scattered hairs, awns generally greater than 2.5 mm 
l° n g.3b. L. nesomytica subsp. pseudofiliformis 
TAXON DESCRIPTIONS 
1. Lachnagrostis scabra (Beauv.) Nees ex. Steudel, Norn. Botan. Edn 2, 1:250 (1840); 
Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) non Willd. (1797); Vilfa scabra Beauv., 
Agrost. 16 (1812); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. 2:360 (1817); 
Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trinius, Fund. Agrost. 128 (1820); Deyeuxia 
scabra (Beauv.) Kunth, Rev. Gram. 1:77 (1829); Calamagroslis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.) Steudel, Syn. PI. Gram. 192 (1854). Type: Port Dalrymple, Tasmania (probable 
location), 1802-05, R. Brown (possible collector) (BM). 
Agrostis aequata Nees, in Hook. Land. J. Bot. 2:412 (1843), Deyeuxia aequata 
(Nees) Benlh.. FI. Austra. 7:578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M. Black, FI. 
South Australia, Part 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) S.W.L. Jacobs, 
Telopea 9(3):445 (2001). Type citation: Tasmania, 18.1.1838, Gunn 1005 (type: CGE 
n.v., probable isotype: K). [note: it is assumed on the basis of Vickery’s comment on the 
isotype, that it is an adequate duplicate of the holotype]. 
Mid to light-green, loosely tufted or shortly rhizomatous, sometimes stoloniferous, 
glabrous, annual or perennial, of variable height from 10< cm (particularly in exposed 
coastal positions and on the Bass Strait Islands) to 200 cm (particularly in damp forests 
and on moist limestone rock faces); culms weakly ascending or scrambling to lax. Leaf 
blades rather lax, smooth, Hat, to 15 cm long and from 0.2-4.0 mm wide; ligules obtuse, 
1-3 mm long. Inflorescence generally a sparse, open panicle with spreading but rather 
lax and undulating branches (except in stunted plants), to 25 cm long or occasionally 
more, its base initially enclosed by the upper leaf sheath but often becoming exserted in 
mid-maturity; branches and pedicels green, or purplish where plants more exposed. 
Spikelets (1.3-)1.5-2.5(-3.0) mm long, pale to light green or sometimes purplish, on 
relatively short pedicels (shortest less than 4 mm long, longest almost always less than 
15 mm long); glumes acute and keeled, subequal (sometimes the upper 0.1-0.2 mm 
longer), scabrous along the keel and often scaberulous or minutely papillose on the 
lateral surfaces (sometimes becoming densely scabrous towards the apex) but 
sometimes smooth, margins finely ciliate (at least in the upper hall); lemma acute or 
obtuse, (l.l-)1.3-2.0(-2.2) mm long, minutely 4-toothed at the apex, generally with the 
upper nerves and teeth minutely and densely ciliate, body glabrous although very 
occasionally with a few scattered hairs near the margins on some florets in occasional 
populations, callus glabrous or with a few to some hairs 0.1-0.5 mm long; palea 
subequal to the lemma and often with a similarly ciliate and often rather obtuse apex; 
rachilla extension glabrous or plumose, (0.!-)0.4-1.5(-l.7) mm long (including hairs) or 
sometimes absent; anthers 0.3-0.6(-0.7) mm long. Rough Blown-grass 
Notes: Also known as Even Blown-grass after ‘ aequata' due to its subequal glumes, 
lemma and palea, or as Ruddy Bent, presumably after 'rudis' though the latter means 
‘rough’ or ‘rude’ and only purplish stunted specimens from exposed positions could be 
thought to approach ‘reddish’. 

Page image

971746 Wax Muelleria 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956490 49956579
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
Page is part of the work A review of the genera Teloschistes and Xanthoria in the lichen family Teloschistaceae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237648
971739 Winter Muelleria 24: 61
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59483028
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Senecioneae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291586

Page text

Tribe Senecioneae 
61 
truncate, often crowned by papillae, without terminal appendage. Achenes 
homomorphic, obloid. Pappus caducous or absent. 
An entirely African genus of c. 97 species, with most species in southern Africa. 
Part of the othonnoid complex of genera (as described by Jeffrey in 1986). The large 
capilula, long naked peduncles and the presence of wool at the base of the peduncle are 
distinctive features of the genus. Some capitula arise from very short branches and 
plants will therefore appear to have inflorescences with multiple capitula. Euryops 
pectinatus is a widely grown garden shrub with grey-green pectinalely-lobed leaves. 
There is no evidence that it has become naturalised. 
Key to species 
Leaves deeply pinnatisect, with segments linear; phyllaries connate in proximal 1/3—1/2; 
pappus forming a tangled wool. 1 . E. abrotanifolius 
Leaves lobate to subpinnatisect, with segments triangular; phyllaries connate in 
proximal 1/5 to 1/4; pappus absent.2. E. chrysanthemoides 
1. * Euryops abrotanifolius (L.) DC., Prodr. 6: 443 (1838) 
Othonna abrotanifolia L., Sp. PL 2: 926 (1753). 
Type: Locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 1038:5; lecto: LINN, fide B.Nordenstam, Opera 
Bat. 20:272 (1968). 
Shrubs to c. 2 m high, largely glabrous. Leaves 2-6 cm long, pinnatisect, with rachis 
and segments narrow-linear; base narrow; margin entire. Capitula 1 per branch but often 
with a few branches clustered; peduncle to c. 200 mm long; involucre 8-11 mm long, c. 
8-10 mm diam.; phyllaries c. 13, sometimes more, fused in proximal 1/3 1/2; stereome 
± flat, firm, with 3-5 distinct resin ducts; margin of receptacular pits raised. Ray florets 
c. 13, sometimes more; ligule to 25 mm long, commonly c. 7-veined; disc florets 
numerous; corolla c. 4 mm long; with base c. 1 mm diam.; limb c. 1/2 of total length, 
with narrow-triangular lobes. Achenes oblong-ellipsoid, c. 2.5-5 mm long, pale brown, 
10-ribbed, glabrous, with stylophore appended distally. Pappus white; bristles tangled, 
some reflexed, 3-6 mm long, scabrid-barbellate. Winter Euiyops, Euryops. 
Notes: Occurs in the Mount Lofty Ra. in south-eastern South Australia, Heywood in 
south-western Victoria, the eastern fringe of Melbourne in south-central Victoria, and 
around Hobart in south-eastern Tasmania. Grows in areas recently disturbed such as 
roadsides, railway cuttings etc., in grassland and forest. Flowers winter-early spring. 
A garden escape that is well-established in a few areas and capable of increasing 
numbers rapidly. The stylophore and tangled pappus do not occur in other species of 
Senecioneae in Australia. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Lofty Ra., Forest Ra., c.20 km east of 
Adelaide, H. van Dam 194 (AD). VICTORIA: 2.3 km east along the Lilydale-Monbulk Rd from 
its intersection with the Lilydale-Montrose Rd, Mt Evelyn, D.E.Albrecht 2840 (CANB, MEL). 
TASMANIA: Mt Stuart, Hobart, A.M.Buchanan 3786 (AD, HO). 
2. * Euryops chrysanthemoides (DC.) B.Nord., Opera Bot. 20: 365 (1968) 
Gamolepis chiysanthemoides DC., Prodr. 6: 443 (1838). 
Type: South Africa, Ecklon & Zeyher 10.9 ; lecto: G. fide B.Nordenstam, loc. cit. 

Page image

971738 Winter Muelleria 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956490 49956579
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
Page is part of the work A review of the genera Teloschistes and Xanthoria in the lichen family Teloschistaceae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237648
857189 Achillea distans tanacetifolia Muelleria 25: 30
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605131
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
615921 Achillea distans Muelleria 25: 30-31

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 30-31".

615920 Achillea Muelleria 25: 30
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605131
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

30 
Thompson 
J.R.Hosking 1575 & E.L.Cottage (CANB, MEL, NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: 
Farrer, Canberra, M.Gray & E.D'Arnay 6486 (CANB, NSW). VICTORIA: quarry on Myers Ck 
Rd, Healesville district, M.G.Corrick 2718 (MEL). 
4. ACHILLEA L., Sp. PL 2: 896(1753) 
Perennial herbs, subshrubs or shrubs, erect. Leaves 1-3-pinnatisect. Capitula commonly 
numerous per stem, radiate (in Australia) or discoid; involucre c. 3-seriate, with bracts 
gradational in length; receptacle paleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, 
sometimes functionally male, with corolla 5-lobed. Anthers caudate. Achenes ± 
homomorphic, compressed. 2-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus absent. 
A genus of c. 85 species from Europe and Asia. Species in Australia all rhizomatous 
perennial herbs. Readily recognised by their dense corymbiforni inflorescences, small 
capitula with involucre longer than broad and with keeled bracts, short c. orbicular 
ligules. The pinnatisect leaves are also distinctive in the combination of a relatively high 
lengthiwidth ratio (mostly 4-7) and a high number of primary segments 15-25 that arise 
throughout the length of the leaf. All three species in Australia are moderately pubescent 
throughout. Achillea filipendulina Lam. has been collected on Scholcroft Rd Uraidla 
near Adelaide in south-eastern South Australia ( R.Bates 9234 AD) and from Island Bend 
dam viewpoint in the Snowy Mts, far south-eastern New South Wales (M.E.Phillips s.n. 
CANB, NSW), but is not considered naturalised. 
Key to species 
1 Ligules white or purple 
2 Leaves ± planar in fresh state; leaf-rachis mostly 1.3-2.5 mm wide; ligules 
purple . 1 . A. distans 
2: Leaves with a 3-dimensional arrangement of segments in fresh state; leaf- 
rachis mostly 0.6-1.2 mm wide; ligules commonly white, occasionally 
Purplish. 2. A. millefolium 
1: Ligules yellow 
3 Leaves planar in fresh state, 1- or sub-2-pinnatisect; involucre c. 1.8 mm diam.; 
ligules c. 1 mm long. A. filipendulina (see notes above) 
3: Leaves with a 3-dimensional arrangement of segments in fresh state; 2- or 3- 
pinnatisect; involucre c. 2.5 mm diam.; ligules 1-2 mm long. 3. A. lomentosa 
1. * Achillea distans Waldst. & Kit. ex Willd., Sp. PL 4th edn, 3: 2207 (1803) 
Type: n.v. 
Achillea taruicetifolia All., FL Pedem . 1: 183 (1785); A. distans subsp. tanacetifolia (All.) 
Janch., Oesterr. Bot. Z. 91: 292 (1942). Type: northern Italy; n.v.; 
Plants to c. 60 cm high. Leaves to c. 8 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect, ± planar in 
fresh state, rachis of mid-stem leaves 1.3—2.5 mm wide, often dentate between primary 
segments. Capitula 6-9 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 0.7 cm long, moderately hairy. Involucre 
4.0-5.5 mm long; outer and middle series ol bracts with margin unpigmented or brown; 
inner scries ol bracts with hyaline extension c. 0.3 mm long; paleae c. 5 mm long. Ray 
florets c. 5, with a purple ligule 1.5-3 mm long. Disc florets 8-20; corolla c. 2.5 mm long, 
with tube narrower than and c. as long as purple limb. Achenes c. 2 mm long. 

Page image

615922 Achillea millefolium Muelleria 25: 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605130
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
31 
Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, south-eastern 
Queensland, eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Grows in 
disturbed sites such as roadsides, often at moderate altitudes. Flowers spring-summer. 
An occasional garden escape. In recent Australian floras Australian material has been 
recognised as subsp. tanacetifolia. Plants are uniform in morphology but it is not clear 
whether they are referable to this or the type subspecies. Based on the length of ligules and 
the presence of teeth on the winged rachis between primary segments, they are referable 
to subsp. distans ; however, this subspecies is considered to have white florets normally. 
Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: roadside, Stirling East, 6 May 1944, 
J.B.Cleland (AD). QUEENSLAND: Killamey, 25 Nov. 1917, C.T.White (BRI). NEW SOUTH 
WALES: Eucumbene Dam, Snowy Mtns, 13 Jan. 1965, M.E.Phillips (CANB). AUSTRALIAN 
CAPITAL TERRITORY: Uriarra Ck, N of Uriarra Stn, on road to Brookvale Stn, Jan. 1966, M.Gray 
(CANB). VICTORIA: roadside S of Aberfeldy, J.R.Hosking 1070 (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). 
TASMANIA: Hayes, Jan. 1944, W.M.Curtis (HO, MEL). 
2. * Achillea millefolium L., Sp. PL 2: 899 (1753) 
Type: Europe; n.v. 
Plants to c. 60 cm high. Leaves to c. 8 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, with segments 
arranged 3-dimensionally in fresh state; rachis of mid-stem leaves 0.6-1.2 mm wide, 
mostly entire between primary segments, sometimes dentate. Capitula 4-8 mm diam.; 
peduncle to c. 1.0 cm long, slightly to moderately hairy. Involucre 3.0-4.5 mm long; outer 
and middle series of bracts with margin light or often dark brown; inner series of bracts 
with hyaline extension c. 0.3 mm long; paleae 3-4 mm long. Ray florets c. 5, ligule 2-3 
mm long, white or less often pink to purple. Disc florets c. 8; corolla c. 2 mm long, with 
tube narrower than and c. as long as white limb. Achenes c. 2 mm long. Milfoil , Yarrow. 
Notes: Native to Europe. Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, south-eastern New 
South Wales, southern Victoria, and in northern and eastern Tasmania. Isolated records 
from Perth in south-western Western Australia, Stanthorpe in far south-eastern Queensland, 
and from far north-western Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides, often at 
moderate to high altitudes. Flowers late spring-autumn. 
Pink-flowered forms of A. millefolium can be difficult to distinguish from A. distans , 
especially some that are intermediate in leaf morphology. The two species probably co¬ 
occur at a number of localities and hybridisation and introgression is the likely reason for 
these difficult specimens. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Vincent St, Leederville, G.J.Keighery 
11445 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: on road to Nelson, c. 5 kni S of Mt Gambier, R.J.Bates 
40461 (AD). QUEENSLAND: Stanthorpe, 14 Dec. 1986, PS.Crew (BRI). NEW SOUTH 
WALES: Cabramurra township, P.C.Jobson 4621, R.G.Covenv & P.G.Kodela (AD, BRI, 
CANB). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: 3.5 km N of Piccadilly Circus, Brindabella 
Ra., B.J.Lepschi 112 (CANB). VICTORIA: Howmans Gap, c. 3 km direct line NW of Falls Ck 
Village, l.C,Clarke 3042 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: W side of Ridgley Rd, 6 km S of Bumie, 
P.C.Jobson 3453 (HO, MEL, NSW). 
3. * Achillea tomentosa L., Sp. Pl. 2: 897 (1753) 
Type: ‘G.Narbonensi, Vallesia, Tataria’ [France, Switzerland, Russia to central Asia]; 
n. v. 
Plants to c. 40 cm high. Leaves to c. 8 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, with segments 
arranged 3-dimensionally in fresh state; rachis c. 1 mm wide, entire between primary 
segments. Capitula 4-6 mm diam.; peduncle to 0.5 cm long, hairy. Involucre c. 4 mm 

Page image

857188 Achillea tanacetifolia Muelleria 25: 30
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605131
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
615923 Achillea tomentosa Muelleria 25: 31-32

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 31-32".

616066 Actites Muelleria 25: 77
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605167
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
77 
Annuals or ‘.'biennials to c. 1.8 m high, with rosette well-developed. Leaves to c. 40 
cm long; stem leaves with l:w ratio c. 3-10, undivided or lobate to deeply lobate, thin to 
mildly coriaceous; base above mid-stem strongly stem-clasping, with auricles rounded 
basally, strongly downturned and arching back toward apex; margin usually with frequent 
denticulations with spiny tips 1-3 mm long, not or slightly prickly; lobate leaves with 
up to 6 spreading to retrorse lobes per side; uppermost leaves ± lanceolate. Capitula 
several to many; involucre 8-12 mm long, c. 4-9 mm diam.; outer and intermediate bracts 
narrow-ovate or more often lanceolate. Florets: ligule c. 5-7 mm long, shorter than tube; 
style pubescence dark. Achenes elliptic or oblong-elliptic, 2.S-4.2 mm long, 1.3-2.0 mm 
wide, strongly compressed, distinctly winged, without transverse wrinkles, generally all 
mid to dark chocolate-brown; margin smooth or minutely scabridulous. Pappus 7-9 mm 
long. Native Sow-thistle. 
Notes'. Occurs in south-western Western Australia from south of Geraldton SE to 
Esperance, in central Australia south to southern South Australia, and in south-eastern 
Australia from the Carnarvon Ranges in south-eastern Queensland SSW through eastern 
New South Wales to Victoria, and in Tasmania. Also occurs in New Zealand and New 
Guinea. Usually associated with streams and lakes in herbfields, woodland, or forest. 
Flowers mostly spring to autumn. 
Similar io Sonchus asper in leaf and achene morphology. It can usually be distinguished 
from this taxon by the leaves which generally have a higher length to width ratio, and 
by the achenes which are larger, usually all chocolate brown, with broader wings and 
with shorter asperities on ribs and margins. Sonchus hydrophilus is also similar to the 
coastal species Actites megalocarpus in leaf and achenial morphology, but the latter is 
rhizomatous, its capitula and achenes are longer, and the achenes usually paler and more 
tapered distally. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 2.3 km south of Reagans Ford 
on road to Muchea (Brand Hwy), B.J.Lepschi & T.R.Lally 1713 (CANB, MEL, PERTH). 
NORTHERN TERRITORY: Churnside Ck Crossing, Petermann Ra., C.R.Dunlop 1966 (DNA). 
SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Dalhousie Springs, Far North, D.E.Symon 13159 (AD, CANB, DNA). 
QUEENSLAND: c. 4.8 km SE of The Gums, R.WJohnson 552 (BRI, CANB). AUSTRALIAN 
CAPITAL TERRITORY: shores of Lake Burley Griffin, Canberra, M.Gray 6742 (CANB, NSW). 
NEW SOUTH WALES: Gerringong, F.A.Rodway 5209 (NSW). VICTORIA: 1-1.5 km downstream 
from Kirks Bridge Rd crossing of Little R., V.Stajsic 871 (MEL). TASMANIA: Hogan Is., Jan. 
1968, per N. Scar let /, McCoy Society (MEL). 
10. ACTITES Lander, Telopea 1: 130(1976) 
Perennial herbs, rhizomatous, branching. Hairs simple, glandular and eglandular. Leaves all 
cauline after first season; marginal teeth spinulose, hardly prickly. Inflorescences cymose. 
Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate, soft and reflexed at maturity. Florets: 
ligule narrow-oblong, yellow, sometimes purplish towards base. Achenes homomorphic, 
strongly compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, partially persistent; bristles nearly 
smooth or scabridulous, of two types within a pappus. 
A monotypic genus occurring in coastal regions of southern Australia. Closely related 
to Sonchus , but its achene morphology, perennial life history, rhizomatous habit and larger 
capitula distinguishes it from species of Sonchus in Australia. Anecdotally, however, some 
are dissatisfied with the placement of this species in Actites. Cooke (1986) treated it as a 
Sonchus in Flora of South Australia', however, more recent floras have retained the genus 
Actites. This issue is further discussed in the notes for the species. 

Page image

616067 Actites megalocarpus Muelleria 25: 78
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605168
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

78 
Thompson 
Actites megalocarpus (Tlook.f.) Lander, Telopea 1: 129 (1976) 
Sonchus asper var. megalocarpus I look.f., FI. Tasman. 1: 227 (1856); S. megalocarpus 
(Hook.f.) J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 661 (1929); Embergeria megalocarpa (Hook.f.) 
Boulos, in Hj.Eichler, FI. S. Australia 2nd edn, suppl. 333 (1965). 
Type: "near the sea on the north shore of the island’, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn 845 ; holo: K 
n. v. 
S. asper var. littoralis J.M. Black, Naturalised FI. S. Australia 104 (1909), nom. illeg. non 
Kirk (1895). Type: Precise locality unknown, South Australia, J.M.Black’, neo: NSW; 
isoneo AD ,fide N.S.Lander, op. c/7. 130. 
Perennials to c. 0.6 m high. Leaves often crowded, to 26 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-7, 
undivided or lobate, somewhat coriaceous; base above mid-stem cordate or sagittate; 
margin entire, denticulate or dentate; lobate leaves with 3-6 spreading to slightly retrorse 
lobes per side. Capitula few to several; involucre 12-20 mm long, c. 6-12 mm diam.; outer 
and intermediate bracts narrow-ovate to lanceolate, with hyaline margin very slender, 
often bearing spine-like hairs along midrib; inner bracts with distinct hyaline margin; 
receptacle glabrous or pit margin fimbriate. Florets: ligule 6-10 mm long, slightly shorter 
than tube; style pubescence often dark. Achenes 4.0-8.0 mm long, compressed, pale to 
dark brown, smooth, except for 3 longitudinal ribs, with these ribs often inflated; margin 
smooth, rounded. Pappus 7-13 mm long, white. Dune Thistle. 
Notes: Occurs on the eastern and southern coastlines of mainland Australia from 
Ioorbul in southern Queensland south and then west to Middleton beach in south-western 
Western Australia, and on the south-eastern coast of Tasmania. Grows on coastal sand 
dunes and cliffs. Flowers most of year. 
Although the best classification for this species is perhaps still a moot point, it is 
considered best to retain it in Actites at this point. Further phylogenetic studies will 
hopefully elucidate relationships between Actites , Sonchus and other related genera. 
Molecular studies by Kim, Lu & Lepschi (2004), although not conclusive, placed A. 
megalocarpus in a separate clade to a clade containing the three Australian species S. 
hydrophilus , S. asper and S. oleraceus. 
Apart from features given in the key, Actites megalocarpus tends to have leaf-bases that 
are less stem-clasping, hairs when developed on the peduncle and outer and intermediate 
bracts that are always spine-like and more robust, and the margin of the achenes rounded 
and smooth rather than with a sharp edge and scabridulous. The longitudinal ribs of the 
achenes often become inflated in this species and this was one of the achenial features 
Lander (1976) used to distinguish the new genus from Sonchus. This inflation of ribs has, 
however, been seen in S. hydrophilus , although to a lesser extent. The pappus of dimorphic 
bristles corresponds to the morphology seen in Sonchus. The distinctive glandular hairs 
seen in species of Sonchus in Australia, particularly on the peduncle, have not been seen 
in Actites megalocarpus. 
The epithet has changed from megalocarpa due to a recent ICBN decision to treat all 
genera ending in “ites” as masculine. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: west of Dempster Hill, Esperance, 16 
Nov. 1950, J.H. Willis (MEL). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Kangaroo Is., West Bay, R.J.Bates 30273 
(AD, MEL). QUEENSLAND: 0.5 km south of Eurong, Fraser Is., A.R.Bean 8066 (BRI). NEW 
SOUTH WALES: Kioloa Beach, c. 1 km north of Kioloa, South Coast, I.R.Telford 10159 (AD, 
CANB, MEL). VICTORIA: Point Nepean, 27 Nov. 1963 , J.D.M.Pearson (MEL). TASMANIA: 
Sanctuary Bay, A.Moscal 5631 (AD, HO, MEL). 

Page image

971975 African Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
971983 Alpine Muelleria 25: 51
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605099
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
51 
1-1.5 mm long, broad-oblong, with inner face papillose, with thin to slightly spongy 
wings as broad as body. Achenes of central florets c. 1-1.5 mm long, oblong, glabrous or 
inner face sparsely papillose. Ferny Cotula. 
Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia, southern 
South Australia, western New South Wales, and western and northern Victoria. Also 
recorded from the Northern Territory. Grows mostly in seasonally moist saline areas. 
Flowers late winter-summer. 
Although depauperate specimens of C. coronopifolia can look similar, C. bipinnata 
has a shorter and more often purplish peduncle bearing scattered hairs at anthesis, a 
differently coloured disc, and fewer female florets. The involucral bracts are also more 
frequently purple in C. bipinnata. Unlike other species o \'Cotula in Australia, outer florets 
develop a small corolla. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: W of Northern Inland Hwy on Perenjori 
Rd, A.M,Ashby 5218 (CANB, PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: roadside, c. 200 km N of 
Tennant Ck (between Elliot and Renner Springs), C.R.Alcock 7210 (AD, BRI, DNA). SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA: 10 km NW of Nuriootpa, Northern Lofty, R.J.Bates 29155 (AD). NEW SOUTH 
WALES: 1 km NW along Oxley Rd from the Hay-Maude Rd, R.G.Coveny 18676 , G.Chappie, 
P.G.Kodela & 11.McPherson (AD, BRI. MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: E side of Hume Freeway, 100 
km N of Melbourne, LC.Clarke 3062 (CANB, MEL). 
7. Cotula alpina (Hook.f.) Hook.f, FI. Tasman. 1: 192 (1856) 
Ctenosperma alpinum Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 115 (1847). 
Type: Marlborough, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn ; n.v. 
Scapose, annuals or short-lived perennials to c. 10 cm high, stoloniferous, glabrous. 
Rosette leaves to c. 4 cm long, 1-pinnatisect, minutely glandular. Capitula 3-7 mm diam.; 
peduncle to 5 cm long, 1-3 mm broad (pressed specimens), not obconical distally at 
maturity. Involucral bracts numerous; outer bracts broad-oblong or ovate, 2-3 mm long, 
with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, 3- or 4-seriate, sessile. Central florets few, 
functionally male, sessile; corolla c. 1.0 mm long, with limb yellow-green. Achenes of 
outer florets 1.5-2 mm long; faces ± obovate, glabrous or papillose, with fleshy wings 
nearly as broad as body. Alpine Cotula. 
Notes: Occurs in far south-eastern New South Wales, eastern Victoria, and Tasmania. 
Grows mostly at high altitudes in various soils including basalt-derived loam, in grassland, 
sedgeland and forest. Flowers summer to autumn. 
Sits uncomfortably between Cotula and Leptinella as it has functionally male central 
florets, multiseriate female florets, glandular leaves, and a stoloniferous habit as in the 
latter genus, but without a corolla on the female florets as in the former. Often confused 
with LeptinellaJilicula which occupies similar habitats, but hairs are always evident in the 
latter on close inspection. The hyaline margin of C. alpina is often pigmented purple or 
brown apically; this is a feature of a number of species of Leptinella from New Zealand, 
but is not generally evident in Australian species. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: S along internal road, c. 2 km S of Kydra 
Reefs, R.G.Coveny 19004 & A.E.Orme (MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: 1.25 km SE of Ml Jim, Bogong 
High Plains, R.J.Adair 1613 (MEL). TASMANIA: Bluff R., A.Moscal 8215 (HO); Junction Boat 
Ramp & Central Plateau roads, E side of Great Lake, A.Brown 189 (HO). 

Page image

857254 Anacyclus australis Muelleria 25: 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605096
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

48 
Thompson 
Differs from the type variety from South Africa which has glabrous peduncles and 
longer corollas. The achenes of the female florets are both cordate-based and apically- 
notched due to the large but thin wings. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Butchers Gap, South Kingston, P.Gibbons 
219 (AD). VICTORIA: Murtnagurt Lagoon, L. Connewarre Game reserve, 15 Sept. 1983, 
J.Z.Yugovic (MEL). TASMANIA: Croppies Point, A.M.Buchanan 1609 (HO). 
2. Cotula cotuloides (Steetz) Druce, Bat. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles for 1916 , suppl. 2: 
617(1917) 
Gynmogyme cotuloides Steetz, in J.G.C.Lehmann, Pi Preiss. 1: 432 (1845); Cotula 
gynmogyme F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 549 (1867), nom. illeg. 
Type: Perth, Western Australia, 1839, J.A.L.Preiss 101 ; holo: MEL; iso: MEL. 
Annuals to c. 20 cm high. Stems with scattered long hairs. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, 
entire and narrow-linear, glabrous except for hairs on sheath. Capitulum 4-12 mm diam.; 
peduncle 2-10 cm long, 0.3-0.5 mm broad (pressed specimens), not obconical distally at 
maturity, hirsute at anthesis with hairs antrorse to almost spreading. Involucral bracts c. 
10; outer bracts broad-ovate, 2-3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, 
multi-seriate, attached to tubercles. Central florets several, ?functionally male, sessile; 
corolla c. 1 mm long, with limb pale yellow. Achenes of outer florets c. 1.5 mm long; 
laces c. orbicular, glabrous, with papyraceous wings much broader than body. Smooth 
Cotula. 
Notes: Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows in a variety of soils in 
swampy areas, the margin of salt lakes and around granitic outcrops. Flowers spring to 
early summer. 
Similar vegetatively to C. vulgaris var. australasica but having the proportions of outer 
lemale to disc florets reversed. The disc florets of C. cotuloides do not appear to produce 
achenes and they become hidden below the achenes of outer florets as they develop. A 
single collection containing numerous plants, PS.Short 2240 & L.R.Haegi (AD, MEL, 
PERTH) from near Australind has relatively small capitula with significantly narrower 
involucral bracts than typical C. cotuloides and may warrant taxonomic recognition. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 19.5 km ESE of Mt Newmont, 
IV.R.Archer 14119213 (MEL); c. 54 km trom Paynes find along road to Cleary, eastern edge of L. 
Moore, P.S.Short 2590 , N.S.Lander & B.A.Fuhrer (AD, MEL, PERTH). 
3. Cotula australis (Sieber ex Spreng.) Hook.f., FI. Nov.-7.el. 1: 128 (1853) 
Anacyclus australis Sieber ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3:497 (1826); Strongvlosperma australe 
(Sieber ex Spreng.) Less., Syn. Gen. Comp. 261 (1832); Pleiogyne australis (Sieber ex 
Spreng.) K.Koch, in D.F.L.Schlechtendal & H.Mohl (eds), Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 40 
(1843); Lancisia australis (Sieber ex Spreng.) Rydb., N. Amer. FI. 34: 286 (1916) 
Type: Precise locality unknown, [Sydney area], New South Wales, 1823, F.W.Sieber331; 
n.v. 
Annuals or short-lived perennials to c. 10 cm high. Stems moderately hairy with hairs 
antrorse-divergent to spreading. Leaves to c. 4 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect, moderately 
hairy. Capitulum 2-8 mm diam.; peduncle mostly 2-8 cm long, c. 0.1-0.6 mm broad 
(pressed specimens), hardly obconical at maturity, moderately hirsute at anthesis, with 
hairs antrorse, appressed to divergent. Involucral bracts 5-20, oblong to oblong-ovate, 
1.5—3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, multi-seriate, with pedicels 

Page image

615931 Anthemis arvensis Muelleria 25: 34-35

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 34-35".

615932 Anthemis cotula Muelleria 25: 35
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605126
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
35 
Notes: Native to Europe, northern Africa and western Asia. Occurs in eastern New 
South Wales and Tasmania. A widespread weed in North America, South Africa and New 
Zealand. Grows in disturbed areas near human habitation. Flowers summer. 
The paleae are distinctly broader than those of A cotula and compared to Chamaemelum 
nobile the paleae have a more acute apex and are relatively longer. The variation in achene 
diameter is unusual. In the absence of fruit and odour characters, A. arvensis and A. 
cotula are best distinguished by size of florets, indumentum of peduncles and the length 
of hyaline extensions of the inner involucral bracts. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: Bannaby Travelling Stock Reserve, 12.5 
km directly ESE ofTaralga, /. Crawford 5228 (CANB, NSW). TASMANIA: Tarraleah, 7 Feb. 
1945, WMCurtis (HO). 
3. * A nthe mis cotula L., Sp. PL 2: 894 (1753) 
Type: Europe; n.v. 
Annual herbs to c. 60 cm high, strongly odorous on crushing, usually sparsely to 
moderately hairy. Leaves to c. 5 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect. Capitulum 15-25 mm diam.; 
peduncle with an untidy indumentum of mainly divergent to spreading hairs distally at 
anthesis. Involucre 4-5 mm long, hairy; inner bracts with hyaline extension 0.5-1 mm 
long; paleae arising only from distal half of receptacle, linear to linear lanceolate, 0.3-0.7 
mm wide. Ray florets 10-15, sterile; ligule 5-9 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla 
2-3 mm long. Achenes obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide, ± terete, usually 
tuberculate along ribs, sometimes nearly smooth. Pappus absent. Stinking Mayweed. 
Notes: Native to Europe, northern Africa and western Asia. Occurs in south-eastern 
South Australia, south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, 
and Tasmania. There is also a single old record from Western Australia. Grows in disturbed 
environments such as agricultural land and wasteland. Flowers late spring-summer. 
Anthemis cotula has been confused with Tripleurospenmtm maritimum subsp. 
inodorwn q.v. which, apart from its distinctive fruits, differs in having a broader and 
more gently convex disc, longer involucral bracts, more sparsely haired peduncle, and 
in being epaleate. Chamaemelum nobile has similar-looking capitula to A. cotula but 
the former is a rhizomatous perennial, its leaves have a higher lengtlv.width ratio, its 
involucral bracts are more lustrous and less hairy, and its achenes have three fine ribs rather 
than c. 10 tuberculate ribs. A specimen from Woolnorth in far north-western Tasmania. 
(A.C.Rozefelds 1307 HO) resembling A. cotula has achenes that are not tuberculate and 
the corolla is differently shaped, and with longer lobes. It is uncertainly identified as 
A. lithuanica Bess ex DC., native to Russia. It is unknown whether it persists at this 
location. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Mumballup, 21 Jan. 1933, K. Wilson 
(PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Hundred of Comaum, Coonawarra area, M.Gartner 7754 (AD). 
QUEENSLAND: Gallon, Nov. 1916, E.WBurch (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: ‘Tawarri’, 12 km 
from Orange on Pinnacle Rd, R.Medd 160383 (NSW). VICTORIA: between Wodonga and Albury, 
1.3 km SSW of Murray R., LC.Clarke 3038 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Gilbertson’s abattoirs, 
Longford, D.I.Morris 85/6 (HO, MEL). 
8. ARGYRANTHEMUM Webb ex Sch.Bip., in Webb & Berth., Phyt. Canar. 2: 245 
(1844) 
Shrubs and subshrubs, with stems and leaves eglandular. Leaves 1- or 2-pinnatisect. 
Capitula solitary or few, radiate; involucre multiseriate, with bracts gradational in length; 

Page image

615929 Anthemis Muelleria 25: 33-34

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 33-34".

7659032 Anthemis lithuanica Muelleria 25: 35
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605126
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
857192 Anthemis nobilis Muelleria 25: 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605128
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
33 
6. CHAMAEMELUM Mill., Gard. Diet. abr. edn 4 (1754) 
Annual or perennial herbs or sub-shrubs, erect, ascending or decumbent. Leaves 1- or 2- 
pinnatisect. Capitula radiate (in Australia), disciform or discoid, solitary or few; involucre 
2-4-seriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle paleate. Ray florets female or 
sterile; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes slightly dimorphic in length, 
slightly compressed, with inner face ribbed, glabrous. Pappus absent. 
A genus of 6 species from the Canary Is., Mediterranean, and Middle East. Like in 
Anthemis , the corolla of species in this genus becomes saccate basally and surrounds the 
distal portion of the achene. 
* Chamaeme/um rtobile (L.) All., FI. Pedem. 1: 185 (1785) 
Anthemis nobilis L., Sp. PI. 2: 894 (1753). 
Type: Europe; n.v. 
Ascending perennial herbs to c. 30 cm high, rhizomatous, odorous on crushing, usually 
sparsely hairy on stems and leaves. Leaves to c. 5 cm long; primary segments mostly 
6-10 per side, arising along entire length of leaf, markedly larger in distal half; rachis < 
1 mm wide; secondary rachides and ultimate segments < 0.5 mm wide. Capitulum 20-25 
mm diam.; peduncle moderately hairy distally. Involucre 4-5 mm long, cobwebby; bracts 
not keeled or with a pigmented margin; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension 
1-1.5 mm long; mature receptacle obovoid; paleae narrow-obovate or oblong-elliptic, 
c. 0.8 mm wide, subacute to obtuse, sometimes lobed. Ray florets 10-20, fertile; ligule 
8-12 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla 2.5-3 mm long, with tube longer than and as 
broad as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, 1-1.5 mm long, with 3 slender pale ribs, 
grey-brown. 
Notes: Native to south-western Europe. Occurs near Adelaide in south-eastern South 
Australia, in southern Victoria, and in eastern Tasmania. Grows in roadsides, waste areas 
and lawns. Flowers late spring-autumn. 
Similar to species of Anthemis in having hairy stems and leaves, denser on the 
peduncle, gland-dotted leaves and a paleate receptacle. Used horticulturally as a herb and 
in lawns and used medicinally and in beverages. The involucre is generally moderately 
lustrous due to the relatively well-developed hyaline margins. Ray florets persist and the 
ligules become deflexed post-anthesis. This feature is also evident in the genera Anthemis, 
Matricaria , Tripleurospermum and Argyranthemum. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Bridgewater, c. 20 km SE of Adelaide, 27 
Nov. 1937, E. / Using (AD). VICTORIA: roadside between Trentham and East Trentham, 9 Apr. 
1990, K.Dormouse (MEL). TASMANIA: Westbury, 20 Feb. 1948, WMCurtis (HO). 
7. ANTHEMIS L., Sp. PI. 2: 893 (1753) 
Annual to perennial herbs or subshrubs, erect. Leaves 1-3-pinnatisect. Capitula radiate 
(in Australia) or discoid, solitary or not; involucre 2- or 3-seriate, with bracts gradational 
in length; receptacle paleate (in Australia). Ray florets female or sterile; disc florets 
bisexual, with corolla mostly 5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, sometimes compressed, 
4 or 5-angled and/or 10-ribbed. Pappus present or absent. 
A genus of 211 species, from Europe, Asia and northern Africa. Characterised by 
obconical, thick-walled fruits and a basally swollen corolla-tube. The indumentum is 
frequently of dolabriform (axe-shaped) hairs. In species in Australia the disc is much 
broader than the length of the generally hairy involucre, the mature receptacle is narrow- 

Page image

615930 Anthemis tinctoria Muelleria 25: 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605127
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

34 
Thompson 
conical and the paleae have a peracute or spine-like apex. Involucral bracts are not keeled 
as in species of Oncosiphon and Tanacetum , and the margin is not pigmented brown as in 
species of Tripleurospermum and Maurcmthemum. 
Key to species 
1 Ligules yellow; pappus a small corona.1 .A. tinctoria 
1: Ligules white; pappus absent 
2 Plant hardly odorous when crushed; capitula (15-) 20-35 mm diam.; peduncle with 
hairs largely appressed; involucre 4-6.5 mm long, with hyaline extension 1-2 mm 
long; receptacular paleae 0.5-1 mm wide, arising throughout; achcnes 1-2 mm 
diam., with ribs smooth; ray florets fertile..2. A. arvensis 
2: Plant strongly odorous when crushed; capitula 15-25 mm diam.; peduncle 
with hairs somewhat untidily arranged; involucre c. 4 mm long, with hyaline 
extension 0.5-1 mm long; receptacular paleae 0.3-0.7 mm wide, only associated 
with inner group of disc florets and arising only from upper half of receptacular 
cone; achene of disc florets c. 0.8 mm diam., with ribs tuberculate; ray florets 
sterile.3 .A. cotula 
1. *Antliemis tinctoria L., Sp. Pl. 2: 894 (1753) 
Type: ‘Sueciae, Germaniae’ [approximately modem Sweden and Germany]; n.v. 
Biennial to perennial herbs to c. 60 cm high, with odour not known, moderately hairy. 
Leaves to c. 7 cm long, 1- or sub-2-pinnatisect. Capitulum 20-40 mm diam.; peduncle 
with appressed hairs at anthesis. Involucre 5-6 mm long, densely hairy; inner bracts with 
hyaline extension c. 1 mm long; paleae subtending all florets, narrow-lanceolate, c. I mm 
wide. Ray florets c. 15, female; ligule c. 10 mm long, golden-yellow. Disc florets: corolla 
c. 3 mm long. Achenes obovoid, c. 2 mm long. Pappus a membranous corona. Yellow 
Chamomile. 
Notes'. Native to Europe and western to central Asia. Isolated records from south¬ 
eastern South Australia and northern Tasmania. Also naturalised in North America. 
Flowers summer-autumn. 
A popular species in horticulture that appears to be only weakly naturalised. The 
source of Chamomile tea and used as a source of yellow dye. There are several subspecies 
of A. tinctoria. Collections in Australia may be referrable to subsp. australis R.R.Fern., 
but this requires further investigation. 
Representative specimens'. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: E of Tanunda, R.J.Bates 29571 (AD). 
TASMANIA: Launceston, Mar. 1961, J.Somerville (HO). 
2. *Anthemis arvensis L., Sp. PI. 2: 894 (1753) 
Type: Europe; n.v. 
Annual herbs to c. 60 cm high, hardly odorous on crushing, sparsely to moderately 
hairy. Leaves to c. 5 cm long, sub-2 to 3-pinnatisect. Capitulum 25-35 mm diam.; peduncle 
with largely appressed hairs distally at anthesis, ± sericeous when dense. Involucre 4-6.5 
mm long, hairy; inner bracts with hyaline extension 1-2 mm long; paleae associated with 
all disc florets, narrow-elliptic, to 0.5-1 mm wide. Ray florets 15-20, fertile; ligules 8-16 
mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla 2.5-3 mm long. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, c. 2 
mm long, commonly c. 1 mm diam., sometimes c. 2 mm diam., slightly 4-angled, smooth 
along ribs. Pappus absent or a vestigial ring. Field Chamomile. 

Page image

857178 Arctotis anthemoides Muelleria 25: 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605136
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
25 
A genus of 38 species mainly from South Africa, but also from Namibia, Botswana 
and Ethiopia. Features unique to this genus compared to other Anthemideae in Australia 
include the cylindrical receptacular paleae, the long hairs arising from the base of the 
achenes, and the pappus morphology. The margin of the outer and middle series of 
involucral bracts is conspicuously pigmented. 
Key to species 
Annuals; apex of outermost involucral bracts with hyaline extension not or hardly 
developed, usually hairy; paleae truncate, without any extension; achenes narrow- 
obloid, 5-8 mm long with a pappus of 5 broad scales only, with a basal tuft of capillary 
hairs.1. U. anthemoides 
Perennials; apex of outermost involucral bracts with a hyaline extension c. 2 mm long, 
± glabrous; paleae with a rotund apical extension; achenes obconical, c. 3 mm long, 
with a pappus of 5 broad scales and 5 setaceous scales, without a basal tuft of capillary 
hairs.2. U. speciosa 
1. *Ursinia anthemoides (L.) Poir., in J.B.A.P. de Monnet de Lamarck, EncycL 8: 257 
(1808) 
Arc tot is anthemoides L., Amoen. Acad. 4: 330 (1763). 
Type: Locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 1036.22; holo: LINN n.v.,fide M.Prassler, op. cit. 
429. 
Annuals to c. 0.5 m high, sparsely or sometimes moderately hairy on stems and leaves. 
Leaves to c. 5 cm long; rachides and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide, with acicular tips if 
present c. 0.1 mm long; primary segments up to 10 per side. Capitulum 1 per stem, 12-25 
mm diam.; peduncle 5-15 cm long, sparsely hairy or glabrous at anthesis. Involucre 5-8 
mm long, patchily cobwebby; outer series of bracts c. 2 mm long, without a hyaline 
extension, hairy distally; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension 1-2 mm long; 
paleae narrow-oblong, c. 10 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, truncate apically, golden-brown. 
Ray florets 7-12, neuter; ligule c. 5-15 mm long, orange or yellow adaxially (pale when 
dried). Disc florets: corolla c. 3 mm long, with tube longer and much narrower than limb; 
lobes c. 0.3 mm long, usually purplish. Achenes narrow-obloid, 5-8 mm long, glabrous, 
pale or dark, with a basal tuft of capillary hairs. Pappus comprising 5 ovate spreading 
scales, c. 4 mm long, white with a triangular brown or purple patch baso-medially. 
Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows in 
disturbed sites such as roadsides and wasteland on a variety of soils. Flowers Aug.-Sept. 
The subsp. in Western Australia, is subsp. anthemoides. Subsp. versicolor (DC.) 
Prassler has capitula with ligules that are longer and with a dark basal patch. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Graham Rock, c. 18 km E of Hyden, 
E.N.S.Jackson 3393 (AD, PERTH); 26 km S ofYalingup on Caves Rd, N.&Lander 1192 (PERTH); 
NE foot of Peak Charles, Fizgerald Peaks, Roc district, J.Taylor 702 , M.D.Crisp & RJackson 
(CANB, MEL). 
2. *Ursinia speciosa DC., Prodr. 5: 690 (1836) 
Type: Locality unknown, Southern Africa, Drege 6368 ; lecto: G ,fide M.Prassler, Mitt. 
Bot. Staatssamml. Munchen 6: 462 (1967). 
[U. chrysanthemoides auct. non (Less.) Harv. (1865): J.R.Tovey, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 
22(1): 25 (1907); S.W.L.Jacobs & J.Pickard, PL New South Wales 87 (1981)] 

Page image

857198 Argyranthemum foeniculaceum Muelleria 25: 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605124
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
615934 Argyranthemum frutescens Muelleria 25: 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605125
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
615938 Argyranthemum frutescens frutescens Muelleria 25: 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605125
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
615939 Argyranthemum frutescens foeniculaceum Muelleria 25: 36-37

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 36-37".

857195 Argyranthemum frutescens foeniculaceum Muelleria 25: 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605125
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
615933 Argyranthemum Muelleria 25: 35-36

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 35-36".

857338 Arnopogon picroides Muelleria 25: 87
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605177
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
87 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Murchison R., H.Demarz 11437{C ANB, 
PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Gawlcr Ras, Yardea Stn, c. 1.6 km east of the HS, C.R.Alcock 
3989 (AD, CANB). QUEENSLAND: 2.2. km east along Allora along Forest Plain Rd, A.R.Bean 
10848 (BRI, MEL). NEW SOUTII WALES: Hillston, bank of Lachlan R., near sewerage treatment 
works, R.Medd 161177 (NSW). VICTORIA: Yarrara forest, adjacent to Millewa main channel, ± 
15 km south of Werrimull, S.J.Forbes 3136 , D.E.Albrecht & J.H.Browne (MEL). TASMANIA: 
Henry St Cemetery, Sorell, A.M.Buchanan 13511 (HO). 
17. UROSPERMUM Scop., Inti: Hist. Nat. 122 (1777) 
Annual or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves basal and cauline. 
Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts uniseriate, soft 
and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not compressed, 
beaked. Pappus of bristles, not persistent; bristles plumose, uniform within a pappus. 
A genus of two species from the Mediterranean region. Capitula are moderately 
large and are borne on a long peduncle that gradually dilates distally. Spreading hairs 
are numerous and variable in size; on or near the margin of leaves they are minute and 
very densely packed, whereas on lower stems and leaf-midribs they are often larger. A 
distinctive feature of the mature receptacle is the ciliate pit margins. 
Key to species 
Involucral bracts with spreading setose hairs.1. U. picroides 
Involucral bracts with appressed silky hairs.2. U. dalechampii 
1. *Urospermum picroides (L.) Scop, ex F.W.Schmidt, Satnml. Phys.-dkon. Aufs. 1: 275 
(1795) 
Tragopogonpicroides L., Sp. PI. 2: 790 (1753); Arnopogon picroides (L.) Willd., Sp. PL 
3:1496(1803). 
Type: Crete, Southern France; n.v. 
Annuals to c. 0.5 m high, with spreading to retrorse setose hairs scattered on all parts, 
with minute hairs on margin of leaves. Basal leaves few to several, variably persistent; 
cauline leaves few to several, to c. 25 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-6; undivided, or lobate 
to pinnatisect; base becoming truncate, cordate or sagittate, somewhat stem-clasping 
upwards; margin dentate or denticulate. Capitula solitary or 2; involucre 12-22 mm long, 
c. 5-8 mm diam.; bracts 7-10, with long setose hairs, with hyaline margin slender and 
usually grey or broad and pale on alternate bracts, finally rdlexed. Florets: ligule c. 15 
mm long; style pubescence pale. Achenes 10-15 mm long, somewhat sigmoidal overall, 
brown, comprising two distinct portions: basal portion flattened-obloid, 3-5 mm long 
with numerous long tubercles on faces; apical portion c. 7-10 mm long, comprising a 
dilated part 3.5-5 mm long bearing transverse wrinkles, tapering gradually into beak; 
beak c. as long as dilated part of apical portion. Pappus 8-12 mm long, detaching as a 
unit, white. False Hawkbit . 
Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs in western Western Australia mostly 
south from Carnarvon, and southern South Australia east from Eyre Peninsula, with 
isolated occurrences in north-western and south-central New South Wales and western 
Victoria. Grows in a range of soils, often on rocky slopes and outcrops, in shrubland, 
including chenopod shrublands. Flowers late winter to spring. 
A distinctive species with its bristly involucre lacking outer bracts, and its peculiar 
achenial morphology. 

Page image

615918 Artemisia arborescens Muelleria 25: 28-29

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 28-29".

615917 Artemisia Muelleria 25: 28
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605133
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

28 
Thompson 
Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Port MacDonnell, c. 25 km S of Mt 
Gambier, 14 Feb. 1948, J.B.Cleland (AD). QUEENSLAND: c. 6 km W of Mudgeeraba, 22 
Jan. 1969, M.Sampe (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: c. 1 km E of East Kangaloon, c. 3.5 km due 
NNW of Robertson, P.G.Kodela 141 , TA James & M.Westmacott (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). 
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Victoria St, near Hall, EMCanning 6858 (AD, CANB, 
MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: Genoa, E Gippsland, R.V.Smith 68/73 (MEL). TASMANIA: crossing 
of Clyde R., Bothwell, A.E.Orchard5349 (HO, MEL). 
3. ARTEMISIA L., Sp. PL 2: 845 (1753) 
Annual or perennial herbs, subshrubs or shrubs, erect. Leaves entire, Iobed or variously 
pinnatisect. Capitula commonly numerous per stem, disciform, pedunculate or sessile; 
involucre 2- or 3-seriate, gradational in length or not; receptacle epaleate. Outer florets 
female, 2-4-lobed; disc florets bisexual (in Australia), sometimes functionally male, with 
corolla 5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, quadrangular, ± smooth or 2-ribbed, glabrous. 
Pappus absent. 
A genus of 388 species predominantly from the Northern Hemisphere. Species in 
Australia are all rhizomatous perennial herbs. Inflorescences are leafy panicles and even 
peduncular bracts are often leaf-like and exceed the involucre. Capitula are small and 
the female florets of the outer series have an obliquely tubular corolla not exceeding the 
involucre. Also distinctive in this genus is the apical appendage of the anthers which 
is peracute to subulate rather than acute to rounded. Artemisia ludoviciana Nutt, subsp. 
albula (Wooton) D.D.Keck was briefly naturalised in Oxley Park, Tamworth in north¬ 
eastern New South Wales. ( JR.Hosking 728 CANB, MEL, NE, NSW); however, the only 
known population has now been removed. 
Key to species 
1 Leaves densely hairy on lower surface only.2. A . verlotiorum 
1: Leaves densely hairy on both surfaces 
2 Capitula 1.5-2 mm diam., subsessile; uppermost leaves and panicle-bracts 
ent,re . A. ludoviciana (see notes above) 
2: Capitula 3-6 mm diam., many distinctly pedunculate; uppermost leaves and 
panicle-bracts pinnatisect. \,a. arborescens 
1. * Artemisia arborescens L., Sp. Pi. 2nd edn, 1188 (1763) 
Type: ‘Italia, Oriente’ [Italy, Asia]; Herb. Linn. No. 988.10; lecto: LINN,ykA? Y.Ling 
Taxon 47: 353 (1998). 
Plants to c. 200 (-300) cm high, with a dense appressed wool on stems and branches. 
Leaves to c. 10 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect, petiole-like basally, ± concolorous, with 
margin entire; rachides and ultimate segments usually 1-2 mm wide; primary segments 
commonly 2 or 3 per side; both surfaces completely obscured by appressed hairs. 
Capitula 4-7 mm diam.; peduncle subsessile or to c. 2 cm long. Involucre 3-5 mm long, 
densely woolly; most bracts of similar length; receptacle densely hairy. Outer florets c. 
10, with corolla c. 1.2 mm long. Central florets numerous; corolla c. 1.5 mm long, with 
tube becoming firm, creamy-white, as broad as and as long as the yellow limb. Achenes 
of disc florets obovoid, c. 0.7 mm long. Silver Wormwood. 
Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region and Middle East. Isolated occurrences in 
south-western Western Australia, south-eastern South Australia, southern New South 

Page image

857227 Artemisia matricarioides Muelleria 25: 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605091
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
615919 Artemisia verlotiorum Muelleria 25: 29-30

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 29-30".

857287 Barkhausia haenseleri Muelleria 25: 68
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605116
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

68 
Thompson 
3. *Crepis vesicaria subsp. taraxacifolia (Thuill.) Thell., in Schinz & R.Keller, FI. 
Schweiz , 3rd edn, 2: 361 (1914) 
Crepis taraxacifolia Thuill., FI. Env. Paris 409 (1799). 
Type: France; n.v. 
Barkhausia haenseleri Boiss. ex DC., Prodr 7: 153 (1838), as Haenseleri ; Crepis 
vesicaria subsp. haenseleri (Boiss. ex DC.) Sell, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 71: 254 (1975). Type: 
Southern Spain, E.Boissier ; n. v. 
Plants to c. 1.2 m high, with spreading hairs on stem and leaves, sometimes rather 
sparse. Basal leaves lyrately 1- or 2-pinnatisect, with l:w ratio c. 5-8, with segments c. 
spreading; margin entire or with scattered teeth or denticulations; cauline leaves few, 
usually pinnatisect above mid-stem; base becoming dilated and stem-clasping upwards. 
Capitula few to many; involucre 8-12 mm long, c. 3-5 mm diam.; outer bracts 8-12, 
3-5 mm long, 1.0-1.3 mm wide, nearly glabrous; inner bracts cobwebby, with emergent 
usually blackish and broad-based gland-tipped hairs, ?not hardened, slightly convex at 
maturity; receptacle 3-6 mm diam. Florets: ligule 5-9 mm long; style pubescence dark. 
Achenes 6-9 mm long, beaked; body c. fusiform, 3-4.5 mm long, with ribs well-spaced, 
scabridulous. Pappus persistent, c. 5 mm long, white. Dandelion Hawksheard. 
Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern Australia from the Adelaide 
region in far south-eastern South Australia east to Ballarat in south-central Victoria. Also 
naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in waste land. Flowers spring-early summer. 
A very common weed of roadsides between Warmambool and Portland in Victoria. It 
has a similar indumentum to C. capillaris but its leaves are more divided, inflorescences 
more congested and with larger capitula, the outer involucral bracts are broader, and 
achenes much longer and beaked. 
Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Watch Quarry area, c. 1 km from 
Millicent-Glencoc Rd, A.A.Munir 5341 (AD). VICTORIA: roadside near Drive-In Theatre, 
outskirts of Portland, R. V.Smith 67/130 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW); Nigretta Falls on Wannon R., c. 
7.5 km (direct line) ENE of Wannon, I.C.Clarke 2527 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW). 
4. *Crepis foetida L., Sp. PL 2: 807 (1753) subsp. foetida 
Type: France; n.v. 
Crepis foetida a. vulgaris Bisch., Beitr. 252 (1851); Crepis foetida subsp. vulgaris (Bisch.) 
Babe., / Bot. 76: 205 (1938). Type: n.v. 
Plants to c. 0.8 m high, with spreading hairs on lower stem and leaves. Basal leaves 
divided or not, with l:w ratio c. 5-8; margin entire dentate or denticulate; cauline leaves 
few or several, entire or lobate above mid-stem; base becoming sagittate, stem-clasping 
upwards. Capitula few to several; involucre 9-12 mm long, c. 3-4 mm diam.; outer bracts 
12-14, 4-6 mm long, 0.4—1.0 mm wide, hairy; inner bracts cobwebby, with numerous 
emergent pale slender-based gland-tipped hairs, hardened and convex at maturity; 
receptacle c. 2-4 mm diam. Florets: ligule 5-9 mm long; style pubescence mostly pale. 
Achenes 7-17 mm long, beaked, dimorphic; central achenes 12-17 mm long; body 
narrow fusiform, c. 4 mm long, with ribs crowded, scabridulous; marginal achenes 7-10 
mm long. Pappus persistent, 5-8 mm long, white. Stinking Hawksheard. 
Notes : Native to Europe and south-western Asia. Occurs in far south-western Western 
Australia from Moore R. south to Kingston forest, in south-eastern Australia from the 
Yorke Peninsula in South Australia east to Tumut in south-eastern New South Wales and 

Page image

971987 Bindyi Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
971993 Bristly Muelleria 25: 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605115
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235
971973 Calomba Muelleria 25: 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605092
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

44 
Thompson 
Representative specimens'. NEW SOUTH WALES: Nerathong area, Condobolin, 
G.M.Cunningham & P.L.Milthorp 2600 (NSW). 
15. ONCOSIPHON Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 310 (1988) 
Annual herbs, erect. Leaves 2- or 3-pinnatisect. Capitula 1 to numerous per stem, discoid 
(in Australia) or radiate; involucre 3-seriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle 
cpaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 4-lobed. Achenes ± 
homomorphic, ± terete, regularly 4-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus present. 
A genus ol c. eight species from South Africa and Namibia. Features of these species 
include the globose capitula and the inflated and brittle corolla-tube. The two Australian 
species formerly placed in Pentzia . 
Key to species 
Capitula 3-5 mm diam. at anthesis; receptacle conical to obloid at maturity, c.l mm 
diam.1. O. stiffruticosum 
Capitula 5-8 mm diam. at anthesis; receptacle ellipsoid at maturity, 2-2.5 mm 
diam.2. O. pitulifertint 
1. *Oncosiphon stiff ruticosum (L.) Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 313 (1988) 
Tanacetum suffruticosum L., Sp. PI. 2: 843 (1753); Matricaria multiflora Fenzl ex Harv., 
in W.H.Harvey & O.W.Sonder, FI. Cap. 3: 166 (1865); Matricaria suffruticosa (L.) 
Druce, Bot. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles 1913: 421 (1914); Pentzia suffruticosa (L.) Hutch. 
& Merxm., Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Miinchen 6: 486 (1967). 
Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa], Herb. Linn. 987: 11; holo: LINN n.v.Jkle 
M.Kallersjo, loc. cit. 
Erect annuals to c. 60 cm high, with stems and leaves glandular, pubescent. Leaves 
to c. 4 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, with rachis and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide; 
segments 4-6 per side. Capitula numerous to 100s per stem, congested, 3-5 mm diam.; 
peduncle with scattered flattened hairs distally at anthesis. Involucre 2—3 mm long, ± 
glabrous; bracts of outer and middle series keeled; inner bracts with hyaline extension up 
to 1 mm long; mature receptacle conical, c. 1 mm diam. Florets: corolla c. 2 mm long, 
with tube longer than and c. as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 1 mm long, 
c. 3-angled, gland-dotted between ribs, grey-brown. Pappus a corona to c. 0.3 mm long, 
with margin usually lobed. Calomba Daisy. 
Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia, southern 
South Australia, and far north-western Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites. Flowers 
summer. 
A class 2 noxious weed in South Australia. The common name is derived from the 
town of Calomba in south-eastern South Australia where, presumably, it was first recorded 
in Australia. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 21.5 km SSW of Nanambinia HS, 
Parmango Track, Coolgardie Botanical District, W.R.Archer 1011907(MEL). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 
1 km SE of Dublin on the Adelaide Rd, S.W.L.Jacobs 6633 (MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: SW of L. 
Walla Walla, 13 Nov. 1986, D.C.Cheal (MEL). 
2. *Oncosiphonpilulifer lint (L.f.) Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 314 (1988) 
Cotulapilulifera L.f., Suppl. PL 378 (1781); Matricariapilulifera (L.f.) Druce, Bot. Exch. 
Club Soc. Brit. Isles 1916:635(1917). 

Page image

971979 Carrot Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
972009 Cats-ear Muelleria 25: 90
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605180
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

90 
Thompson 
Park Beach, CofYs Harbour, R.G.Coveny 12763 , Z.Donabauer & C.Dunn (BRI, MEL, NSW). 
VICTORIA: Three Jacks Reserve, Stawell, A.C.Beauglehole 22143 (MEL). TASMANIA: Little 
Musselroe Bay, A.Moscal 2925 (HO). 
2. *Hypochaeris radicata L., Sp. PL 2: 811 (1753) 
Type: Europe, Herb. ClilTord; ?LINN,fide S.A.Alavi in S.M.H.Jafri & A.El-Gadi (eds), 
FI. Libya 107: 348 (1983). 
Perennials to c. 1 m high. Spreading hairs usually present on leaves. Basal leaves 
with l:w ratio 3-6, undivided or with spreading to retrorse lobes; cauline leaves absent 
or occasionally solitary, with small bracts subtending branches. Capitula usually few to 
several, not cobwebby; involucre at anthesis 10-15 mm long subsequently lengthening by 
c. 20%, c. 3-7 mm diam.; bracts with midrib setose distally or throughout, occasionally ± 
smooth, with those of outer scries narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 2 3 mm long; receptacular 
paleae to 26 mm long, exceeding mature inner bracts. Florets: ligule c. 8-16 mm long, 
usually exceeding involucre by c. 5-10 mm, yellow; style pubescence pale. Achenes 
homomorphic or dimorphic, 7-14 mm long; body fusiform, 4-5 mm long, with numerous 
ribs; marginal achenes several or absent, red-brown, with beak shorter than body; central 
achenes red-brown, with glaucous grooves, with beak longer than body. Pappus biseriate, 
9-15 mm long, cream; bristles of inner series plumose, with those on marginal achenes 
not or hardly more densely plumose proximally; bristles of outer series much shorter, 
scabridulous. Cats-ear , Flat-weed. 
Notes: Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia, in far eastern 
Australia from Cairns in northern Queensland south through eastern New South Wales 
to Victoria, in south-eastern South Australia, and in Tasmania. Also naturalised in New 
Zealand. Grows in a wide range of natural and disturbed habitats, mostly in areas of 
moderate to high rainfall. Flowers all year but mostly spring-autumn. 
Extremely common and widespread weed in areas with moderate to high rainfall 
or in watered sites. Peduncles and inflorescence branches are often long and can arise 
lrom below mid-stem. Readily distinguishable in flower from the other two species 
of Hypochaeris. After flowering it can be distinguished in most cases by the marginal 
achenes and otherwise by the receptacular paleae which greatly exceed the involucre and 
are more commonly pigmented than in H. glabra. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Kings Park, Perth, I Aug. 1934, R.Roe 
s.n. (CANB). NORTHERN TERRITORY: 27 km north of Alice Springs, D.J.Nelson 2371 
(CANB, DNA). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Crawford Forest Reserve, H.P. Vonow 134 (AD, HO). 
QUEENSLAND: Kilcoy Lane near entrance to Crystal Waters Village, c. 13 km west of Maleny, 
G.N.Batianoff201209, T.RBoyle , & D.Blewett (BRI, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Bega Swamp, 
30 Jan. 1985, G.Singh s.n. (CANB). VICTORIA: Cranboume, Royal Botanic Gardens Annexe, 
J.If.Ross 2648 & MG.Corrick (AD, MEL). TASMANIA: lie du Nord, off Maria Is., 20 Dec. 1983, 
N.P.Brothers (HO). 
3. * Hypochaeris microcephala var. albiflora (Kuntze) Cabrera, Notas Mus. La Plata , 
Bot. 16: 201 (1937) 
II. brasiliensis var. albiflora Kuntze, Rev is Gen. PI. 3(2): 159 (1898) 
Type: Bolivia, s.d ', Mandon 219 ; holo: B n.v.,fide J.Solomon (2006b) 
Perennials to c. 0.4 m high. Spreading hairs on stems and leaves. Basal leaves with 
l:w ratio 3-6, undivided or with antrorse to retrorse lobes; cauline leaves 2 or 3, mostly 
linear to narrow-linear, with l:w ratio to c. 20, not dilated basally, reducing to bracts 

Page image

615927 Chamaemelum Muelleria 25: 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605128
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
33 
6. CHAMAEMELUM Mill., Gard. Diet. abr. edn 4 (1754) 
Annual or perennial herbs or sub-shrubs, erect, ascending or decumbent. Leaves 1- or 2- 
pinnatisect. Capitula radiate (in Australia), disciform or discoid, solitary or few; involucre 
2-4-seriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle paleate. Ray florets female or 
sterile; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes slightly dimorphic in length, 
slightly compressed, with inner face ribbed, glabrous. Pappus absent. 
A genus of 6 species from the Canary Is., Mediterranean, and Middle East. Like in 
Anthemis , the corolla of species in this genus becomes saccate basally and surrounds the 
distal portion of the achene. 
* Chamaeme/um rtobile (L.) All., FI. Pedem. 1: 185 (1785) 
Anthemis nobilis L., Sp. PI. 2: 894 (1753). 
Type: Europe; n.v. 
Ascending perennial herbs to c. 30 cm high, rhizomatous, odorous on crushing, usually 
sparsely hairy on stems and leaves. Leaves to c. 5 cm long; primary segments mostly 
6-10 per side, arising along entire length of leaf, markedly larger in distal half; rachis < 
1 mm wide; secondary rachides and ultimate segments < 0.5 mm wide. Capitulum 20-25 
mm diam.; peduncle moderately hairy distally. Involucre 4-5 mm long, cobwebby; bracts 
not keeled or with a pigmented margin; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension 
1-1.5 mm long; mature receptacle obovoid; paleae narrow-obovate or oblong-elliptic, 
c. 0.8 mm wide, subacute to obtuse, sometimes lobed. Ray florets 10-20, fertile; ligule 
8-12 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla 2.5-3 mm long, with tube longer than and as 
broad as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, 1-1.5 mm long, with 3 slender pale ribs, 
grey-brown. 
Notes: Native to south-western Europe. Occurs near Adelaide in south-eastern South 
Australia, in southern Victoria, and in eastern Tasmania. Grows in roadsides, waste areas 
and lawns. Flowers late spring-autumn. 
Similar to species of Anthemis in having hairy stems and leaves, denser on the 
peduncle, gland-dotted leaves and a paleate receptacle. Used horticulturally as a herb and 
in lawns and used medicinally and in beverages. The involucre is generally moderately 
lustrous due to the relatively well-developed hyaline margins. Ray florets persist and the 
ligules become deflexed post-anthesis. This feature is also evident in the genera Anthemis, 
Matricaria , Tripleurospermum and Argyranthemum. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Bridgewater, c. 20 km SE of Adelaide, 27 
Nov. 1937, E. / Using (AD). VICTORIA: roadside between Trentham and East Trentham, 9 Apr. 
1990, K.Dormouse (MEL). TASMANIA: Westbury, 20 Feb. 1948, WMCurtis (HO). 
7. ANTHEMIS L., Sp. PI. 2: 893 (1753) 
Annual to perennial herbs or subshrubs, erect. Leaves 1-3-pinnatisect. Capitula radiate 
(in Australia) or discoid, solitary or not; involucre 2- or 3-seriate, with bracts gradational 
in length; receptacle paleate (in Australia). Ray florets female or sterile; disc florets 
bisexual, with corolla mostly 5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, sometimes compressed, 
4 or 5-angled and/or 10-ribbed. Pappus present or absent. 
A genus of 211 species, from Europe, Asia and northern Africa. Characterised by 
obconical, thick-walled fruits and a basally swollen corolla-tube. The indumentum is 
frequently of dolabriform (axe-shaped) hairs. In species in Australia the disc is much 
broader than the length of the generally hairy involucre, the mature receptacle is narrow- 

Page image

615928 Chamaemelum nobile Muelleria 25: 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605128
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
857224 Chamomilla recutita Muelleria 25: 42
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605090
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

42 
Thompson 
lack of hairs on branches and leaves, further distinguishes this species from vegetatively 
similar white-rayed species such as Matricaria recutita , Anthemis cotula , A. arvensis and 
Chamaemelum nobile. 
The correct name and rank for this taxon has been the subject of considerable debate 
overseas and is possibly still not settled. In New South Wales it had until recently been 
referred to as T. inodorwn , and in Victoria as Matricaria perforata. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: c. 40 km S of Glen Innes on Guyra-Glen 
Innes Rd, N.S.Lander 519 (BR1, NSW). VICTORIA: NE corner of intersection of Punt Rd & 
Swan St, Richmond, J.C.Reid2470 (MEL). TASMANIA: Brittons Swamp, May 1975, B.J.Collins 
(CANB). 
13. MATRICARIA L., Sp. PI. 2: 891 (1753) 
Annual herbs, erect. Leaves 2- or 3-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, rarely subsessile, 
radiate or discoid; involucre c. 3-seriate, with all or nearly all bracts ± equal in length; 
receptacle epaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 4- or 5-lobed. 
Achenes ± homomorphic, terete or slightly compressed, with 4 or 5 ribs concentrated 
adaxially. Pappus present. 
A genus of seven species widespread in the northern hemisphere, with some species 
widely distributed in the southern hemisphere as weeds. Species in Australia have 
eglandular stems and leaves, have at least 2-pinnatisect leaves with rachides and ultimate 
segments < 1 mm wide, capitula with a prominently domed disc, and an ovoid mature 
receptacle. Red longitudinal resin canals are often evident in the midline of involucral 
bracts and in achenes. 
Key to species 
Capitula radiate; peduncle usually > 2 cm long . 1 . M. recutita 
Capitula discoid; peduncle mostly < 2 cm long.2. M. matricarioides 
1. *Matricaria recutita L., Sp. PI. 2: 891 (1753) 
Chamomilla recutita (L.) Rauschert, Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 9: 255 (1974). 
Type: Locality unknown, J.Podpera in FI. Exsicc. Reip. Boh.-Slov. 946.11; neo: K.fide 
C.Jeffrey, Taxon 41: 566 (1992). 
Plants to c. 60 cm high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 7 cm long. Capitula solitary or few, radiate, 
10-25 mm diam.; peduncle 3-9 cm long. Involucre 2-3 mm long; inner series of bracts 
with hyaline extension c. 0.5 mm long; mature receptacle ovoid. Ray florets 9-15; ligule 
6-10 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 1.5 mm long, with tube c. as long as and 
slightly narrower than the 5-lobed yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, 1.0 mm long, c. 0.8 
mm wide. Pappus of ray achenes an oblong scale c. 1 mm long; pappus of disc achenes a 
minute scarious rim. Wild Chamomile. 
Notes: Native to Europe. Isolated occurrences in south-western Western Australia, 
south-eastern South Australia, eastern New South Wales, and Tasmania. Grows in 
disturbed sites, usually on roadsides. Flowers spring-summer. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Coorow, 23 Sept. 1998, P.Stubbs 
(PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: roadside, Grange, 14 Jan. 1964, J.B.Cleland (AD). NEW 
SOUTH WALES: E of Forbes on Eugowra Rd, 28 Oct. 1959, C.K.Ingram (NSW). AUSTRALIAN 
CAPITAL TERRITORY: Canberra, H.S.McKee 8855 (NSW). TASMANIA: Scotts Rd, Risdon 
Vale, D.I.Morris 86494 (CANB, HO). 

Page image

857229 Chamomilla suaveolens Muelleria 25: 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605091
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
43 
2. *Matricaria matricarioicles (Less.) Porter, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 5: 341 (1894). 
Artemisia matricarioicles Less., Linnaea 6: 210 (1831). 
Type: ‘Unalaschca’, Chamisso ; syn: n.v.; 'Kamtschatca’, [former U.S.S.R.], I.Redowski ; 
syn: n.v. 
Santolina suaveolens Pursh, FI. Amer Sept. 2: 520 (1814); Chamomilla suaveolens 
(Pursh) Rydb., N. Amer. FI 34: 232 (1916). Type: n.v. 
Matricaria cliscoidea DC., Prodr. 6: 50 (1838). Type: California, U.S.A, Douglas ; n.v. 
Plants to c. 45 cm high but mostly 5-20 cm high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 4.5 cm long. 
Capitula solitary or few, discoid, 5-9 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 1 cm long. Involucre 3-4.5 
mm long; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long. Florets: corolla c. 1 
mm long, with tube usually slightly longer and broader than the 4-lobed, greenish limb. 
Achenes obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long. Pappus a minute scarious rim. Rounded Chamomile , 
Rayless Chamomile , Pineapple Weed. 
Notes: Native to Europe, Asia and possibly North America. Occurs in eastern New 
South Wales, southern and central Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Also naturalised in 
New Zealand. Grows in waste areas in urban environments. Flowers spring-summer. 
Generally compact, much-branched plants, with distinctive greenish, domed capitula 
on short peduncles. Recorded as pineapple-scented. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: C.I.G. footpath, Orange, R.Medd 161167 
(NSW). VICTORIA: outside Melbourne Cricket Ground, Jolimont, D.E.Albrecht 4599 (AD, 
CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: St Helens, T.Shea 70 (HO). 
14. ERIOCEPHALUS L., Sp. Pl. 2: 926 (1753) 
Shrubs, erect. Leaves entire or 1 -pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, radiate (in Australia) 
or disciform; involucre 2-seriate, with bracts similar in length, with the densely villous 
inner series often connate; receptacle paleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual 
or functionally male, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes homomorphic, dorsiventrally 
compressed, with 2 lateral ribs, hairy. Pappus absent. 
A genus of 26 species from South Africa and Namibia. Leaves ot axillary shoots are 
commonly crowded together with the subtending leaf, giving the foliage a fasciculate 
appearance. 
*Eriocephalus africanus L., Sp. PI. 2: 926 (1753) 
Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa]; n.v. 
Plants to c. 60 cm high, sericeous. Leaves to c. 2 cm long, entire and linear or 1- 
pinnatisect with segments few. Capitula radiate, solitary but grouped to appear 
corymbiform, 6-8 mm diam. Involucre c. 3 mm long, silky-hairy; outer series ol bracts 4 
or 5, free, ovate, with margin brown; inner bracts 3, fused; paleae 3-4 mm long, 0.8 mm 
wide, hairy; mature receptacle not seen. Florets: ray florets 3 or 4, with ligule c. orbicular, 
3-4 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 2.5 mm long, with tube c. equal limb and 
much narrower; limb deep purple, 5-lobed. Achenes obovate in profile, c. 3 mm long, 
pale, woolly. 
Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-central New South Wales. Ecological 
preferences not known. Flowers winter. 
It is unknown whether the Condobolin population has persisted. 

Page image

971990 Chicory Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
971956 Chinese Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
616027 Chondrilla juncea Muelleria 25: 65
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605113
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
65 
Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Port Rd, Woodville near Woodville Rd 
intersection, R.J.Chinnock 3362 (AD). QUEENSLAND: Carneys Ck Rd, near Croftby, SW of 
Boonah, P.l. Forster 28063 & G.Leiper (AD, BRI, MEL, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: 19 
km west of Glen Innes on road to Inverell, JJ.Plat 9, R.G.Coveny & CJ.Dunn (MEL, NSW). 
VICTORIA: c. 8 km NNW of Peechelba, along the Wangaratta to Yarrawonga Hwy, H.I.Aston 
2171 (HO, MEL). TASMANIA: Hollow Tree Rd (Bothwell-Hamilton), 4.4. km from Lyell Hwy, 
E.A.Brown 94/173 & K.L. Radford (\\ O, NSW). 
3. CIIONDRILLA L., Sp . PL 2: 796 (1753) 
Annual or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves basal and cauline. 
Inflorescences paniculate. Capitula ± sessile; involucral bracts biseriate; not hardened, 
reflexed at maturity. Florets yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not or hardly compressed, 
beaked. Pappus of bristles, persistent; bristles scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. 
A genus of approximately 25 species, from Europe, northern Africa and Asia. 
*Chondrilla juncea L., Sp. PL 2: 796 (1753) 
Type: Europe, Herb. Clifford 383, Chondrilla no. 1; lecto: BM ,fide H.W.Lack, FI. Iranica 
122:285 (1977). 
Perennials to c. 1.3 m high, becoming much-branched, with spreading to retrorse 
bristles 2-3 mm long and a close fine wool basally on stems. Basal leaves with l:w ratio 
c. 5-8, runcinately divided; margin dentate or denticulate; cauline leaves much smaller 
than basal leaves, narrow-linear, entire, not stem-clasping. Capitula many, with lateral 
capitula sub-sessile, single or in groups of 2 or 3; involucre 7-13 mm long, c. 2 mm diam.; 
bracts somewhat appressed woolly; outer bracts c. 6, ovate, c. 1 mm long; inner bracts c. 
7-9, with hyaline margin slender and vestigial. Florets 9-12; ligule 7-10 mm long; style 
pubescence pale. Achenes 810 mm long; body c. oblong-ellipsoid, with ribs prominent, 
scaly distal ly, terminating in a ring of 5 scales surrounding base of beak, cream to brown; 
beak capillary, c. 50% longer than body, generally caducous with pappus. Pappus 6-7 mm 
long, white; bristles minutely scabridulous. Skeleton Weed . 
Notes: Native to western Asia, Europe and northern Africa. Occurs in south-western 
Western Australia from Geraldton SE to Esperance, in south-eastern Australia from 
Bundaberg south to Victoria and extending further west from Victoria into far south¬ 
eastern South Australia. Grows in disturbed sites including roadsides and on agricultural 
land. Flowers late spring-autumn. 
A declared noxious weed in Western Australia, South Australia, New South Wales, 
Victoria and Tasmania. Its ability to regrow from underground parts has made it difficult 
to eradicate by mechanical means. Hull & Groves (1973) identified three variants, but 
these have not been recognised taxonomically. Variation was greatest in the shape of the 
basal leaves, but also occurred in inflorescence and fruit morphology. The less common 
variants were largely restricted to central-eastern New South Wales. Narrow-leaf and 
broad-leaf forms have been recognised in South Australia. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Eastern part of Curtin University 
Campus, Bentley, Perth, B.J.Lepschi 2532 (AD, CANB, MEL, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 
Abutting south boundary of the Hincks Natl Park sec. 40, Hd of Moody, C.R.Alcock 2563 (AD). 
QUEENSLAND: Thane Ck, near Warwick, 22 Dec. 1958, J.Mitchell (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: 
c. 8.5 km from Blakney Ck toward Bcvendalc. at Handy’s Ck crossing, Southern Tablelands, 
E.M.Canning 6372 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 10 km east of Yarrawonga, along 
the Murray Valley Hwy, H.I.Aston 2173 (MEL). 

Page image

616026 Chondrilla Muelleria 25: 65
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605113
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
65 
Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Port Rd, Woodville near Woodville Rd 
intersection, R.J.Chinnock 3362 (AD). QUEENSLAND: Carneys Ck Rd, near Croftby, SW of 
Boonah, P.l. Forster 28063 & G.Leiper (AD, BRI, MEL, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: 19 
km west of Glen Innes on road to Inverell, JJ.Plat 9, R.G.Coveny & CJ.Dunn (MEL, NSW). 
VICTORIA: c. 8 km NNW of Peechelba, along the Wangaratta to Yarrawonga Hwy, H.I.Aston 
2171 (HO, MEL). TASMANIA: Hollow Tree Rd (Bothwell-Hamilton), 4.4. km from Lyell Hwy, 
E.A.Brown 94/173 & K.L. Radford (\\ O, NSW). 
3. CIIONDRILLA L., Sp . PL 2: 796 (1753) 
Annual or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves basal and cauline. 
Inflorescences paniculate. Capitula ± sessile; involucral bracts biseriate; not hardened, 
reflexed at maturity. Florets yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not or hardly compressed, 
beaked. Pappus of bristles, persistent; bristles scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. 
A genus of approximately 25 species, from Europe, northern Africa and Asia. 
*Chondrilla juncea L., Sp. PL 2: 796 (1753) 
Type: Europe, Herb. Clifford 383, Chondrilla no. 1; lecto: BM ,fide H.W.Lack, FI. Iranica 
122:285 (1977). 
Perennials to c. 1.3 m high, becoming much-branched, with spreading to retrorse 
bristles 2-3 mm long and a close fine wool basally on stems. Basal leaves with l:w ratio 
c. 5-8, runcinately divided; margin dentate or denticulate; cauline leaves much smaller 
than basal leaves, narrow-linear, entire, not stem-clasping. Capitula many, with lateral 
capitula sub-sessile, single or in groups of 2 or 3; involucre 7-13 mm long, c. 2 mm diam.; 
bracts somewhat appressed woolly; outer bracts c. 6, ovate, c. 1 mm long; inner bracts c. 
7-9, with hyaline margin slender and vestigial. Florets 9-12; ligule 7-10 mm long; style 
pubescence pale. Achenes 810 mm long; body c. oblong-ellipsoid, with ribs prominent, 
scaly distal ly, terminating in a ring of 5 scales surrounding base of beak, cream to brown; 
beak capillary, c. 50% longer than body, generally caducous with pappus. Pappus 6-7 mm 
long, white; bristles minutely scabridulous. Skeleton Weed . 
Notes: Native to western Asia, Europe and northern Africa. Occurs in south-western 
Western Australia from Geraldton SE to Esperance, in south-eastern Australia from 
Bundaberg south to Victoria and extending further west from Victoria into far south¬ 
eastern South Australia. Grows in disturbed sites including roadsides and on agricultural 
land. Flowers late spring-autumn. 
A declared noxious weed in Western Australia, South Australia, New South Wales, 
Victoria and Tasmania. Its ability to regrow from underground parts has made it difficult 
to eradicate by mechanical means. Hull & Groves (1973) identified three variants, but 
these have not been recognised taxonomically. Variation was greatest in the shape of the 
basal leaves, but also occurred in inflorescence and fruit morphology. The less common 
variants were largely restricted to central-eastern New South Wales. Narrow-leaf and 
broad-leaf forms have been recognised in South Australia. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Eastern part of Curtin University 
Campus, Bentley, Perth, B.J.Lepschi 2532 (AD, CANB, MEL, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 
Abutting south boundary of the Hincks Natl Park sec. 40, Hd of Moody, C.R.Alcock 2563 (AD). 
QUEENSLAND: Thane Ck, near Warwick, 22 Dec. 1958, J.Mitchell (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: 
c. 8.5 km from Blakney Ck toward Bcvendalc. at Handy’s Ck crossing, Southern Tablelands, 
E.M.Canning 6372 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 10 km east of Yarrawonga, along 
the Murray Valley Hwy, H.I.Aston 2173 (MEL). 

Page image

857196 Chrysanthemum anethifolium Muelleria 25: 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605124
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
37 
[Chrysanthemum anethifolium auct. non Brouss. ex Willd. (1809): J.M.Black, FL S. 
Australia 2nd edn, 4: 878 (1957)] 
[C. foeniculaceum auct . non Willd.: Hj.Eichler, FI S. Australia 2nd edn, suppl. 303 
(1965)] 
[A. foeniculaceum auct . non (Willd.) Webb ex Sch.Bip. (1908): N.S.Lander in 
N.G.Marchant et at. (eds), FI. Perth Region 2: 659 (1987)] 
Plants usually slightly to moderately glaucous. Leaves: rachis 1-2.5 mm wide; primary 
segments 1 or 2 (or 3) per side. Ligules 8-12 mm long. 
Notes : Occurs in south-western Western Australia and southern South Australia. 
Grows in various soils including sand dunes and over limestone, mostly on or near the 
coast. Flowers spring-autumn. 
This subspecies is far more common than subsp. frutescens. Ligules are longer than 
described for plants in their native habitat. Naturalised plants in Australia are likely to be 
of garden origin and have larger capitula because of plant breeding. There are numerous 
horticultural forms but only one appears to be naturalised. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Peppermint Grove, A.S.George 14839 
(PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Coffin Bay to Port Lincoln tramway track, c. 10 km SW of 
Coffin Bay, LLP Vonow 889 (AD, BRl, CANB). 
9. CHRYSANTHEMUM L., Sp. Pl. 2: 887 (1753) 
Annual herbs, erect. Leaves undivided, lobate or 1- or 2-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or 
few, radiate; involucre c. 3-seriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle epaleate. 
Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes slightly dimorphic; 
ray achenes winged-trigonous; disc achenes terete or slightly trigonous. Pappus absent. 
A genus of two species native to Europe, Asia and North Africa. Both species weakly 
naturalised in Australia. Species of Chrysanthemum have been widely cultivated and plant 
breeding has produced numerous varieties with modified floral features. Formerly a very 
large genus of species with radiate, epaleate capitula but, by degrees, several segregate 
genera including Leucanthemum , Argyranthernum and Mauranthemum have been created 
or resurrected. Australian representatives of this group of genera are eglandular. 
Key to species 
Leaves 1- or 2-pinnatisect; all achenes with at least an adaxial 
wing..1. C. coronarium 
Leaves dentate, lobate or entire; disc achenes cylindrical; ray achenes only with lateral 
wings.2. C. segetum 
1. * Chrysanthemum coronarium L., Sp. Pl. 2: 890 (1753) 
Type: Crete, Sicily; n.v . 
[C. segetum auct. non L. (1753): S.W.L.Jacobs & J.Pickard, PL New South Wales 75 
(1981)] 
Plants to c. 90 cm high, glabrous apart from transient hairs on newer growth. Leaves 
obovate to ovate in outline, to c. 12 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect, with up to 10 primary 
divisions per side; base half-clasping; margin entire or with occasional teeth; uppermost 
leaves similar. Capitula few; 4-6 cm diam., with peduncle c. 3-8 cm long. Involucre 8-10 
mm long; outer series of bracts 4-5 mm long, with margin light brown; inner series of 
bracts with hyaline extension c. 4 mm long; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: ligule 

Page image

615945 Chrysanthemum coronarium Muelleria 25: 37-38

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 37-38".

857197 Chrysanthemum foeniculaceum Muelleria 25: 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605124
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
857193 Chrysanthemum frutescens Muelleria 25: 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605125
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
857248 Chrysanthemum incanum Muelleria 25: 45
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605093
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
45 
Type: Locality not given, Nordenstam I6l\ neo: S ,fide M.Kallersjo, loc. cit. 
Cotula globifera Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap . 2: 162 (1800); Matricaria globifera (Thunb.) 
Fenzl ex Harv., in W.H.Harvey & O.W.Sonder, FI. Cap. 3: 165 (1865); Pentziaglobifera 
(Thunb.) Hutch., Bull. Misc. Inform. 1916: 251 (1917). Type: n.v. 
Similar to O. suffruticosum but differing in the following respects: plants to c. 40 cm 
high; leaves to c. 2 cm long, 2-pinnatisect; capitula several to numerous per stem, 5-8 
mm diam.; receptacle ellipsoidal at maturity, 2-2.5 mm diam.; achenes 3- or 4-angled. 
Globe Chamomile. 
Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia. There are 
old collections from Port Philip Bay in Victoria and Stockton in eastern New South Wales, 
but populations are presumed not to have become established at these localities. Grows 
on rocky rises in woodland and in farmland. Flowers spring. 
The capitula of this species are globose, with the involucre confined to the proximal 
quarter. The capitula of O. suffhiticosum , although similar, are smaller and subglobose, 
i.e. with the distal half somewhat flattened. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 12 km SSE of Trayning, J.Dodd 487 
(BRI, PERTH); North Miling, J.Dodd519 (BRI, PERTH). 
16. PENTZIA Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap. 2: 145 (1800) 
Shrubs, erect. Leaves 1- or 2-pinnatisect. Capitula 1 per branch (in Australia), discoid; 
involucre c. 3-seriate; gradational in length; receptacle epaleate. Florets bisexual, with 
corolla 4- or 5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, quadrangular, regularly 5-ribbed, 
glabrous. Pappus present. 
A genus of 23 species mostly from South Africa, but also from Namibia, Morocco and 
Algeria. Species in Australia are readily recognisable by their small leaves. 
Key to species 
Leaves commonly greyish, with 1 or 2 (or 3) primary segments per side, commonly 
confined to distal half; outer series of involucral bracts ovate .. 1 . P incana 
Leaves green, with 3-5 primary segments per side, arising ± evenly throughout length; 
outer series of involucral bracts linear-lanceolate.2. P. globosa 
1. * Pentzia incana (Thunb.) Kuntze, Revis. Gen. Pl. 3: 166 (1898) 
Chrysanthemum incanum Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap. 2: 161 (1800). 
Type: not designated. 
Pentzia viigata Less., Syn. Gen. Compos. 266 (1832), nom. illeg. Type: n.v. 
Low shrub to c. 40 cm high, with younger stems and leaves usually tomentose. 
Leaves to c. 1 cm long, 1-pinnatisect, with rachis and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide; 
segments 1 or 2 per side, confined to distal half of leaf (excluding auricles if present). 
Capitula 1 or few per branch, 4-7 mm diam.; peduncle appressed-tomentose distally at 
anthesis. Involucre 2.5-3 mm long; bracts of outer and middle series ovate, keeled, with 
margin usually brown, slightly cobwebby or glabrous; inner series of bracts with hyaline 
extension 0.5-1 mm long; mature receptacle shallowly domed. Florets: corolla 1.5-2 
mm long, with tube ± equal in length but slightly narrower than the 5-lobed, yellow or 
purplish limb. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, 1-1.5 mm long, 5-ribbed, grey-brown. 
Pappus an oblique white corona c. 1 mm long. African Sheep Bush. 

Page image

615943 Chrysanthemum Muelleria 25: 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605124
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
37 
[Chrysanthemum anethifolium auct. non Brouss. ex Willd. (1809): J.M.Black, FL S. 
Australia 2nd edn, 4: 878 (1957)] 
[C. foeniculaceum auct . non Willd.: Hj.Eichler, FI S. Australia 2nd edn, suppl. 303 
(1965)] 
[A. foeniculaceum auct . non (Willd.) Webb ex Sch.Bip. (1908): N.S.Lander in 
N.G.Marchant et at. (eds), FI. Perth Region 2: 659 (1987)] 
Plants usually slightly to moderately glaucous. Leaves: rachis 1-2.5 mm wide; primary 
segments 1 or 2 (or 3) per side. Ligules 8-12 mm long. 
Notes : Occurs in south-western Western Australia and southern South Australia. 
Grows in various soils including sand dunes and over limestone, mostly on or near the 
coast. Flowers spring-autumn. 
This subspecies is far more common than subsp. frutescens. Ligules are longer than 
described for plants in their native habitat. Naturalised plants in Australia are likely to be 
of garden origin and have larger capitula because of plant breeding. There are numerous 
horticultural forms but only one appears to be naturalised. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Peppermint Grove, A.S.George 14839 
(PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Coffin Bay to Port Lincoln tramway track, c. 10 km SW of 
Coffin Bay, LLP Vonow 889 (AD, BRl, CANB). 
9. CHRYSANTHEMUM L., Sp. Pl. 2: 887 (1753) 
Annual herbs, erect. Leaves undivided, lobate or 1- or 2-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or 
few, radiate; involucre c. 3-seriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle epaleate. 
Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes slightly dimorphic; 
ray achenes winged-trigonous; disc achenes terete or slightly trigonous. Pappus absent. 
A genus of two species native to Europe, Asia and North Africa. Both species weakly 
naturalised in Australia. Species of Chrysanthemum have been widely cultivated and plant 
breeding has produced numerous varieties with modified floral features. Formerly a very 
large genus of species with radiate, epaleate capitula but, by degrees, several segregate 
genera including Leucanthemum , Argyranthernum and Mauranthemum have been created 
or resurrected. Australian representatives of this group of genera are eglandular. 
Key to species 
Leaves 1- or 2-pinnatisect; all achenes with at least an adaxial 
wing..1. C. coronarium 
Leaves dentate, lobate or entire; disc achenes cylindrical; ray achenes only with lateral 
wings.2. C. segetum 
1. * Chrysanthemum coronarium L., Sp. Pl. 2: 890 (1753) 
Type: Crete, Sicily; n.v . 
[C. segetum auct. non L. (1753): S.W.L.Jacobs & J.Pickard, PL New South Wales 75 
(1981)] 
Plants to c. 90 cm high, glabrous apart from transient hairs on newer growth. Leaves 
obovate to ovate in outline, to c. 12 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect, with up to 10 primary 
divisions per side; base half-clasping; margin entire or with occasional teeth; uppermost 
leaves similar. Capitula few; 4-6 cm diam., with peduncle c. 3-8 cm long. Involucre 8-10 
mm long; outer series of bracts 4-5 mm long, with margin light brown; inner series of 
bracts with hyaline extension c. 4 mm long; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: ligule 

Page image

857207 Chrysanthemum lacustre Muelleria 25: 40
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605121
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

40 
Thompson 
developing basal lobes above mid-stem; margin dentate to crenulate, with up to c. 15 
teeth/crenulations per side; mid-stem leaves oblanceolate to narrow-oblong, to c. 4 cm 
long. Capitula 1-3, 3-6 cm diam.; peduncle glabrous. Involucre 7-10 mm long, glabrous; 
outer series of bracts lanceolate, 2.5-7 mm long, not keeled, with margin brown; inner 
series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long; mature receptacle convex. Ray 
florets: ligule c. 10-15 mm long, white. Disc florets numerous; corolla 2-2.5 mm long, 
with tube as long as and becoming as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 1.5-2 
mm long, mid to dark red between raised pale ribs. Pappus absent. Ox-eye daisy. 
Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, eastern New 
South Wales, southern Victoria, and northern Tasmania. A widespread weed in other parts 
of the world. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides. Flowers spring-summer. 
One of the most widespread weeds in tribe Anthemideae. A noxious weed in Victoria, 
excluding the Melbourne metropolitan area. 
Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Lofty township, F.M.Hilton 1223A 
(AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: alongside New England Hwy, 2 km S of the intersection with Duri 
Dungowan Rd, S of Timbumburi, J.R.Hosking 1826 (CANB, NSW). VICTORIA: summit of Mt 
Skene, 48 km from Jamieson on road to Licola, D.E.Albrecht 120 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: 
Leven Gorge, L.Richley 163 (HO); Longley, Dec. 1943, W.M.Curtis (HO). 
2. *Leucanthemum xsuperbitm (Bergmans ex J.W.Ingram) D.II.Kcnt, Watsonia 18(1): 
89(1990) 
Chrysanthemum xsuperbum Bergmans ex J.W.Ingram, Baileya 19: 167 (1975). 
Type: cult, at Ithaca, New York, grown from seed, Dreer 1948, 26 June 1921, L.H.Bailey 
s.n .; n. v. 
[Chrysanthemum lacustre non Brot. (1804): J.H.Willis, Handb. Pi Victoria 2: 741 
(1972)] 
[Leucanthemum maximum non (Ramond) DC. (1838): J.A.Jeanes in N.G.Walsh & 
T.J.Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4: 929; E.A.Brown in G.J.Hardin (ed.), FI. New South 
Wales 3: 288 (1992); D.A.Cooke in J.P.Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 4th 
edn, 3: 1618(1986)] 
Plants to c. 150 cm high, nearly glabrous or with occasional coarse hairs on stems 
and leaves. Leaves undivided; base not developing basal lobes; margin strongly serrulate, 
with 15-30 serrulations per side; mid-stem leaves narrow-elliptic, to c. 14 cm long. 
Capitula 1 (—3), 5—10 (—13) cm diam.; peduncle glabrous. Involucre 9—12 mm long; outer 
series of bracts narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 4-7 mm long, not keeled, with margin pale 
or tinged brown, inner series ol bracts with hyaline extension 3—4 mm long, pale or 
tinged brown; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: ligule c. 20-45 mm long, white. 
Disc florets numerous; corolla 4-4.5 mm long, with tube as long as and becoming as wide 
as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 2-4 mm long, with thick raised pale ribs, with 
red coloration sometimes seen between ribs. Pappus present on ray florets, coronate, c. 2 
mm long. Shasta Daisy. 
Notes: Occurs in Busselton in far south-western Western Australia, far south-eastern 
South Australia, south-eastern New South Wales and southern and eastern Victoria. 
Grows in disturbed sites associated with human habitation or activity. Flowers summer- 
autumn. 

Page image

857202 Chrysanthemum leucanthemum Muelleria 25: 39
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605122
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
39 
Type: n.v. 
Plants to c. 30 cm tall, glabrous, eglandular. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, lacerately lobate; 
base developing lobes above mid-stem; margin serrate with apex peracute. Capitulum 
solitary, 2-3 cm diam. Involucre 4-6 mm long; outer series of bracts 2-3 mm long, 
not keeled, with margin darkly pigmented; inner series of bracts with blackish hyaline 
extension 0.5-1 mm long; mature receptacle conical. Ray florets sterile; ligule c. 10 mm 
long, white with a green base. Disc florets numerous; corolla 2-2.5 mm long, 5-lobed. 
Achenes obovoid, c. 2 mm long, red between very prominent pale ribs. Pappus of ray 
florets a corona to c. 2 mm long. 
Notes’. Native to Spain and northern Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia, 
south-eastern South Australia, south-eastern New South Wales, and south-central Victoria. 
Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides. Flowers summer. 
A garden escape that relatively recently has become weakly naturalised. Similar to 
Leucanthemum vulgare but an annual with lighter green leaves with peracute lobes and 
teeth, and with outer involucral bracts cordate-based, smaller capitula, ray florets sterile, 
and a corona well-developed on ray florets. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Cargill St, Victoria Park, Perth, 
BJ.Lepschi 2090 (CANI3, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: track into Chambers Gully, c. 400 m 
from Waterfall Gully Rd, A.G.Spooner 15409 (AD); Burra and Burra North, RJ.Rates 34152 (AD). 
NEW SOUTH WALES: Princes Hvvy N of Milton, 3 July 1998, K.Mills s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA: 
Yan Yean, 45 km N of Melbourne, D.Senyschyn 27 (MEL); paddock at end ol Neale Rd c. 50 m 
down Opie Rd, Deer Park, 25 Aug. 1986, C. Le Breton (MEL). 
11. LEUCANTHEMUM Mill., GarcL Diet. abr. edn 4 (1754) 
Perennial herbs, erect. Leaves undivided or lobate. Capitula solitary or several, radiate (in 
Australia) or discoid; involucre multiscriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle 
epaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes sometimes 
dimorphic, ± terete, 10-ribbed. Pappus present on ray florets. 
A genus of 33 species from Europe and northern Africa. A key defining character for 
this genus is the anthocyanin red coloration of the root tips. Plants have eglandular stems 
and leaves, the corolla-tube is basally swollen and spongy at maturity, and the achenes 
have red secretory canals. 
Key to species 
Leaves variably toothed or crenulate, sometimes also lobed; margin of involucral bracts 
delineated by pigment throughout; capitula4-6 cm diam. includingrays; outer involucral 
bracts 3-5 mm long; achene of ray florets 1.5-2.5 mm long with corona c. 0.5 mm 
long.1* L- vulgare 
Leaves ± evenly serrulate; margin of involucral bracts not delineated by pigment 
throughout; capitula 6-10 cm diam. including rays; outer involucral bracts 
5-8 mm long; achene of ray florets 3-4 mm long with corona c. 2 mm 
long.2. L. x super bum 
1. *Leucanthemum vulgare Lam., FI. Franq. 2: 137 (1779) 
Chrysanthemum leucanthemum L., Sp. PI. 2: 888 (1753). 
Type: Europe; n.v. 
Plants to c. 100 cm high, with scattered coarse hairs on lower parts of stems and 
on lower-stem leaves, glabrescent. Leaves with few-several lobes or undivided; base 

Page image

857200 Chrysanthemum paludosum Muelleria 25: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605123
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

38 
Thompson 
c. 15-25 mm long. Disc florets numerous; corolla 4-5 mm long, with tube narrower and 
slightly shorter than limb. Achenes c. 3 mm long, with body hardly compressed, c. 8- 
ribbed, but with some ribs expanded into wings, brown, glandular; ray achenes 3-4 mm 
wide, with prominent lateral and adaxial wings; disc achenes c. 2 mm diam. with only 
adaxial wing prominent. Summer Chrysanthemum. 
Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region and north-western Iran. Occurs in south¬ 
western Western Australia, south-eastern South Australia, and far north-western New 
South Wales. Grows in disturbed sites. Flowers spring-summer. 
A garden escape that is only weakly naturalised. The adaxial wing of the achenes is 
broadest apically and often forms an acute point. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Vincent St, Leederville, Perth 
GJ.Keighery 11459 (MEL, PERTH); near beach, town limits of Dongara, R.M.King 9510 $ 
R.M.Garvey (CANB, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Prospect, 29 Sept. 1907, S.A.White ex 
South Australia, museum (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: Paldrumatta Bore, Oct. 1901 P.Corbett 
(NSW). 
2. * Chrysanthemum segetum L., Sp. PL 2: 889 (1753) 
Type: Europe; n.v. 
Plants to c. 80 cm tall, glabrous. Leaves oblong or obovate in outline, to c. 7 cm long, 
acutely dentate to deeply lobate, with up to 4 primary divisions per side, concentrated 
distally; base hardly or half-clasping; margin entire or with occasional teeth; uppermost 
leaves often entire. Capitula few; 3-5 cm diam., with peduncle c. 3-8 cm long. Involucre 
8—12 mm long: outer series of bracts c. 4 mm long, with margin light brown; inner series 
ol bracts with hyaline extension 3-5 mm long; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: 
ligule c. 10-20 mm long. Disc florets numerous; corolla 4 mm long, with tube narrower 
and slightly shorter than limb. Achenes 2—3 mm long, with body hardly compressed 
several-ribbed, without adaxial wings, pale, eglandular; ray achenes 1.2-2.5 mm wide, 
with lateral wings; disc achenes c. 1 mm diam., regularly ribbed, without wings. Corn 
Marigold. 
Notes : Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows as a garden escape near 
human habitation. Flowers late winter-spring. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: New Norcia, Nov. 1963 F.T.Hardv 
(PERTH); Bunbury, C. V.Cahill 1 (PERTH). 
10. MAURANTHEMUM Vogt & Oberprieler, Taxon 44(3): 377 (1995) 
Annual herbs, erect. Leaves lobate. Capitula solitary, radiate; involucre multiseriate, 
with bracts gradational in length; receptacle cpaleate. Ray florets sterile (in Australia) or 
female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes homomorphic, ± terete, 7-10- 
ribbed. Pappus present on ray florets. 
A genus of 4 species from Europe and northern Africa. One species naturalised in 
Australia. In fruit the corolla-tube is basally swollen. Achenes have dark-red secretory 
canals. 
*Mauranthemumpalud os um (Poir.) Vogt & Oberprieler, Taxon 44(3): 377 (1995) 
Chrysanthemumpaludosum Poir., Voy. Barbarie 2: 241 (1789); Leucoglossumpaludosum 
(Poir.) B.H.Wilcox, K.Bremer & Humphries, Bull. Nat. Iiist. Mus., Ser. Bot. 23: 142 

Page image

857184 Chrysanthemum parthenium Muelleria 25: 27
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605134
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
857199 Chrysanthemum segetum Muelleria 25: 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605124
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
615946 Chrysanthemum segetum Muelleria 25: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605123
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

38 
Thompson 
c. 15-25 mm long. Disc florets numerous; corolla 4-5 mm long, with tube narrower and 
slightly shorter than limb. Achenes c. 3 mm long, with body hardly compressed, c. 8- 
ribbed, but with some ribs expanded into wings, brown, glandular; ray achenes 3-4 mm 
wide, with prominent lateral and adaxial wings; disc achenes c. 2 mm diam. with only 
adaxial wing prominent. Summer Chrysanthemum. 
Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region and north-western Iran. Occurs in south¬ 
western Western Australia, south-eastern South Australia, and far north-western New 
South Wales. Grows in disturbed sites. Flowers spring-summer. 
A garden escape that is only weakly naturalised. The adaxial wing of the achenes is 
broadest apically and often forms an acute point. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Vincent St, Leederville, Perth 
GJ.Keighery 11459 (MEL, PERTH); near beach, town limits of Dongara, R.M.King 9510 $ 
R.M.Garvey (CANB, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Prospect, 29 Sept. 1907, S.A.White ex 
South Australia, museum (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: Paldrumatta Bore, Oct. 1901 P.Corbett 
(NSW). 
2. * Chrysanthemum segetum L., Sp. PL 2: 889 (1753) 
Type: Europe; n.v. 
Plants to c. 80 cm tall, glabrous. Leaves oblong or obovate in outline, to c. 7 cm long, 
acutely dentate to deeply lobate, with up to 4 primary divisions per side, concentrated 
distally; base hardly or half-clasping; margin entire or with occasional teeth; uppermost 
leaves often entire. Capitula few; 3-5 cm diam., with peduncle c. 3-8 cm long. Involucre 
8—12 mm long: outer series of bracts c. 4 mm long, with margin light brown; inner series 
ol bracts with hyaline extension 3-5 mm long; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: 
ligule c. 10-20 mm long. Disc florets numerous; corolla 4 mm long, with tube narrower 
and slightly shorter than limb. Achenes 2—3 mm long, with body hardly compressed 
several-ribbed, without adaxial wings, pale, eglandular; ray achenes 1.2-2.5 mm wide, 
with lateral wings; disc achenes c. 1 mm diam., regularly ribbed, without wings. Corn 
Marigold. 
Notes : Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows as a garden escape near 
human habitation. Flowers late winter-spring. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: New Norcia, Nov. 1963 F.T.Hardv 
(PERTH); Bunbury, C. V.Cahill 1 (PERTH). 
10. MAURANTHEMUM Vogt & Oberprieler, Taxon 44(3): 377 (1995) 
Annual herbs, erect. Leaves lobate. Capitula solitary, radiate; involucre multiseriate, 
with bracts gradational in length; receptacle cpaleate. Ray florets sterile (in Australia) or 
female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes homomorphic, ± terete, 7-10- 
ribbed. Pappus present on ray florets. 
A genus of 4 species from Europe and northern Africa. One species naturalised in 
Australia. In fruit the corolla-tube is basally swollen. Achenes have dark-red secretory 
canals. 
*Mauranthemumpalud os um (Poir.) Vogt & Oberprieler, Taxon 44(3): 377 (1995) 
Chrysanthemumpaludosum Poir., Voy. Barbarie 2: 241 (1789); Leucoglossumpaludosum 
(Poir.) B.H.Wilcox, K.Bremer & Humphries, Bull. Nat. Iiist. Mus., Ser. Bot. 23: 142 

Page image

857185 Chrysanthemum vulgare Muelleria 25: 27
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605134
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
27 
1. * Tanacetumparthenium (L.) Sch.Bip., Tcmaceteen 55 (1844) 
Matricaria parthenium L., Sp. PI. 2: 890 (1753); Chrysanthemum parthenium (L.) Bernh., 
Svst. Verz. 145 (1800). 
Type: Europe; n.v . 
Plants to c. 70 cm high, hairy on stems and leaves. Leaves to c. 9 cm long, 1- or 2- 
pinnatisect; primary segments 3-7; major rachides usually 3-8 mm wide. Capitula a few 
to numerous per stem, generally not congested, radiate, 12-20 mm diam.; peduncle to 
c. 5 cm long. Involucre 3-5 mm long, cobwebby or glabrous; inner series of bracts with 
hyaline extension c. 0.2 mm long. Ray florets 10 to numerous, fertile; ligule 4-8 mm long, 
white. Disc florets: corolla 1.5-2 mm long, with tube ± as broad as and as long as the 
yellow limb. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, 1-1.5 mm long, 5-8-ribbed, pale brown. 
Feverfew. 
Notes'. Native to Europe. Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, eastern New 
South Wales, southern Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Grows in disturbed sites such as 
roadsides. Flowers spring-autumn. 
A garden escape that is weakly naturalised. Horticultural variants include plants with 
increased numbers of ligulate florets. Plants without non-radiate capitula also occur but 
these have not been recorded in Australia. 
Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: along Torrens at St. Peters, R.J.Bates 
35629 (AD, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Moss Vale, 28 Feb. 1971, E.J.McBarron (NSW). 
VICTORIA: E side of Yarrowee R., Ballarat, V.Stajsic 1/68 (CANB, MEL); near the Chalet, Mt 
Buffalo, A.R.Bean 9459 (BRI, MEL). TASMANIA: Russell Falls, Mt Field National Park, 13 Jan. 
1943, W.M.Curtis (HO). 
2. *Tanacetum vulgare L., Sp. Pi 2: 844 (1753) 
Chrysanthemum vulgare (L.) Bernh., Svst. Verz. 144 (1800). 
Type: Herb. Clifford 398, Tanacetum no. 3; lecto: BM ,fide C.J.Humphries, Regnum Veg. 
127: 92(1993) 
T. borea/e Fischer ex DC., Prodr. 6: 128 (1838). Type: Ukraine and Russian Federation; n.v. 
[T. huronense auct. non Nutt. (1818): J.M.Black, Nat. FI. S. Australia 83 (1909); The 
author also erroneously ascribed the authority to Fischer] 
Plants to c. 150 cm high, transiently pubescent on stems and leaves. Leaves to c. 25 
cm long, l-sub-3-pinnatisect; rachides and ultimate segments c. 1-3 mm wide; primary 
segments 10-20 per side, variously dissected. Capitula several to numerous per stem, 
moderately congested, disciform, 5-9 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 5 cm long. Involucre 3-5 
mm long, slightly cobwebby or glabrous; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 
mm long. Outer florets with corolla 3-lobed, yellow. Central florets: corolla 1.5 mm long, 
with tube as broad as and as long as the yellow limb. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, 
1.2-1.8 mm long, 5-ribbed, pale brown. Common Tansy . 
Notes: Native to Europe, northern Asia and northern North America. Occurs in south¬ 
eastern South Australia, south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, southern 
Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Flowers summer-autumn. An occasional garden escape. 
In South Australia there appears to be a distinctive form with leaves that are more deeply 
dissected, often moderately hairy, and with ultimate teeth/segments that are strongly 
infolded on pressing. This may be referable to T. boreale , a taxon more recently subsumed 
in T. vulgare or treated as a subspecies of it. 

Page image

857206 Chrysanthemum ×superbum Muelleria 25: 40
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605121
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

40 
Thompson 
developing basal lobes above mid-stem; margin dentate to crenulate, with up to c. 15 
teeth/crenulations per side; mid-stem leaves oblanceolate to narrow-oblong, to c. 4 cm 
long. Capitula 1-3, 3-6 cm diam.; peduncle glabrous. Involucre 7-10 mm long, glabrous; 
outer series of bracts lanceolate, 2.5-7 mm long, not keeled, with margin brown; inner 
series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long; mature receptacle convex. Ray 
florets: ligule c. 10-15 mm long, white. Disc florets numerous; corolla 2-2.5 mm long, 
with tube as long as and becoming as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 1.5-2 
mm long, mid to dark red between raised pale ribs. Pappus absent. Ox-eye daisy. 
Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, eastern New 
South Wales, southern Victoria, and northern Tasmania. A widespread weed in other parts 
of the world. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides. Flowers spring-summer. 
One of the most widespread weeds in tribe Anthemideae. A noxious weed in Victoria, 
excluding the Melbourne metropolitan area. 
Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Lofty township, F.M.Hilton 1223A 
(AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: alongside New England Hwy, 2 km S of the intersection with Duri 
Dungowan Rd, S of Timbumburi, J.R.Hosking 1826 (CANB, NSW). VICTORIA: summit of Mt 
Skene, 48 km from Jamieson on road to Licola, D.E.Albrecht 120 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: 
Leven Gorge, L.Richley 163 (HO); Longley, Dec. 1943, W.M.Curtis (HO). 
2. *Leucanthemum xsuperbitm (Bergmans ex J.W.Ingram) D.II.Kcnt, Watsonia 18(1): 
89(1990) 
Chrysanthemum xsuperbum Bergmans ex J.W.Ingram, Baileya 19: 167 (1975). 
Type: cult, at Ithaca, New York, grown from seed, Dreer 1948, 26 June 1921, L.H.Bailey 
s.n .; n. v. 
[Chrysanthemum lacustre non Brot. (1804): J.H.Willis, Handb. Pi Victoria 2: 741 
(1972)] 
[Leucanthemum maximum non (Ramond) DC. (1838): J.A.Jeanes in N.G.Walsh & 
T.J.Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4: 929; E.A.Brown in G.J.Hardin (ed.), FI. New South 
Wales 3: 288 (1992); D.A.Cooke in J.P.Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 4th 
edn, 3: 1618(1986)] 
Plants to c. 150 cm high, nearly glabrous or with occasional coarse hairs on stems 
and leaves. Leaves undivided; base not developing basal lobes; margin strongly serrulate, 
with 15-30 serrulations per side; mid-stem leaves narrow-elliptic, to c. 14 cm long. 
Capitula 1 (—3), 5—10 (—13) cm diam.; peduncle glabrous. Involucre 9—12 mm long; outer 
series of bracts narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 4-7 mm long, not keeled, with margin pale 
or tinged brown, inner series ol bracts with hyaline extension 3—4 mm long, pale or 
tinged brown; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: ligule c. 20-45 mm long, white. 
Disc florets numerous; corolla 4-4.5 mm long, with tube as long as and becoming as wide 
as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 2-4 mm long, with thick raised pale ribs, with 
red coloration sometimes seen between ribs. Pappus present on ray florets, coronate, c. 2 
mm long. Shasta Daisy. 
Notes: Occurs in Busselton in far south-western Western Australia, far south-eastern 
South Australia, south-eastern New South Wales and southern and eastern Victoria. 
Grows in disturbed sites associated with human habitation or activity. Flowers summer- 
autumn. 

Page image

616025 Cichorium intybus Muelleria 25: 64-65

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 64-65".

616024 Cichorium Muelleria 25: 64
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605112
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

64 
Thompson 
Notes'. Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs in south-eastern Queensland and 
northern New South Wales as far south as Merriwa in the central-east of the state. Grows 
in heavier soils in disturbed sites such as pastures and wasteland. Flowers early summer. 
A declared noxious weed in some shires in north-eastern New South Wales. The basal 
leaves are much softer and less spiny than cauline leaves and may be seen in younger 
plants. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: 9 km south ot Dirranbandi on road to Hebei, 
Maranoa, G.N.Batianojf 2112181 & D.Halford{ BRI, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: 66 km north 
ofMoree, towards Goondiwindi, A.R.Bean 15836 (BRI, NSW); Wallangra, 19 Dec. 1983, J.Black 
s.n. (NSW). 
2. CICHORIUM L., Sp. PL 2: 813 (1753) 
Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, glandular and eglandular. 
Leaves basal and cauline. Inflorescences paniculate. Capitula pedunculate or sub-sessile; 
involucral bracts biseriatc; basal portion of inner bracts hardened and erect at maturity. 
Florets: ligule violet-blue or blue, rarely white or pink. Achenes homomorphic, not 
compressed, beakless. Pappus of scales, persistent; scales uniform within a pappus. 
A genus of about nine species from Europe, northern Africa and Asia. Cichorium 
endivia , Endive, is cultivated as a leaf vegetable in Australia but does not appear to be 
naturalised. It has been recorded from the Parkes and Wallendbeen areas of New South 
Wales and from Swan Hill in Victoria Its frilly leaf margin, purplish florets, and longer 
pappus scales distinguish it from C. intybus. 
Key to species 
Ligules blue, or rarely white; pappus scales 0.2-0.3 mm long. C. intybus 
Ligules purplish; pappus scales 0.6-1.0 mm long. C. endivia 
* Cichorium intybus L., Sp. Pl. 2: 813 (1753) 
Type: Europe, Herb. Linn. 962.1; lecto: LINN n.v.,fide H.W.Lack, FI. Iranica 122: 6 
(1977). 
Perennials to c. 2 m tall, becoming much-branched, with short spreading eglandular 
hairs on stems and leaves, glabrescent. Basal leaves with l:w ratio (1—)3—8, divided or 
not; margin entire, denticulate or dentate; divided leaves with up to 6 retrorse segments 
per side; cauline leaves several, mostly undivided; base becoming slightly stem-clasping. 
Capitula numerous, with single capitula on a stout peduncle, or groups of 2 or 3 ± sessile 
capitula; involucre 9-12 mm long, 2-4 mm diam.; bracts glabrous, or with a few gland- 
tipped hairs or setae; outer bracts c. 6, ovate-narrow-ovate, 4-6 mm long, with a pale oval 
region proximally; inner bracts erect and firm at maturity; receptacle c. 3-4 mm diam. 
Florets: ligule c. 15-25 mm long, blue or rarely white; style pubescence pale. Achenes 
angular-obconical, 2-3 mm long, with ribs undeveloped, brown, sometimes mottled. 
Pappus 0.2-0.3 mm long, white. Chicory. 
Notes : Native to Europe, northern Africa and Asia. Occurs in far south-western 
Western Australia, mostly south from Perth, in south-eastern Australia from Bundaberg 
in south-eastern Queensland SSW to Victoria and further west to far south-eastern South 
Australia, and in eastern Tasmania. Grows in disturbed environments, particularly on 
roadsides. Flowers spring-summer. 
Cichorium intybus has been cultivated in Australia for its large tap-root which can be 
roasted and ground for mixing with coffee. 

Page image

971978 Common Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
971955 Common Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
971964 Corn Muelleria 25: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605123
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

38 
Thompson 
c. 15-25 mm long. Disc florets numerous; corolla 4-5 mm long, with tube narrower and 
slightly shorter than limb. Achenes c. 3 mm long, with body hardly compressed, c. 8- 
ribbed, but with some ribs expanded into wings, brown, glandular; ray achenes 3-4 mm 
wide, with prominent lateral and adaxial wings; disc achenes c. 2 mm diam. with only 
adaxial wing prominent. Summer Chrysanthemum. 
Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region and north-western Iran. Occurs in south¬ 
western Western Australia, south-eastern South Australia, and far north-western New 
South Wales. Grows in disturbed sites. Flowers spring-summer. 
A garden escape that is only weakly naturalised. The adaxial wing of the achenes is 
broadest apically and often forms an acute point. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Vincent St, Leederville, Perth 
GJ.Keighery 11459 (MEL, PERTH); near beach, town limits of Dongara, R.M.King 9510 $ 
R.M.Garvey (CANB, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Prospect, 29 Sept. 1907, S.A.White ex 
South Australia, museum (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: Paldrumatta Bore, Oct. 1901 P.Corbett 
(NSW). 
2. * Chrysanthemum segetum L., Sp. PL 2: 889 (1753) 
Type: Europe; n.v. 
Plants to c. 80 cm tall, glabrous. Leaves oblong or obovate in outline, to c. 7 cm long, 
acutely dentate to deeply lobate, with up to 4 primary divisions per side, concentrated 
distally; base hardly or half-clasping; margin entire or with occasional teeth; uppermost 
leaves often entire. Capitula few; 3-5 cm diam., with peduncle c. 3-8 cm long. Involucre 
8—12 mm long: outer series of bracts c. 4 mm long, with margin light brown; inner series 
ol bracts with hyaline extension 3-5 mm long; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: 
ligule c. 10-20 mm long. Disc florets numerous; corolla 4 mm long, with tube narrower 
and slightly shorter than limb. Achenes 2—3 mm long, with body hardly compressed 
several-ribbed, without adaxial wings, pale, eglandular; ray achenes 1.2-2.5 mm wide, 
with lateral wings; disc achenes c. 1 mm diam., regularly ribbed, without wings. Corn 
Marigold. 
Notes : Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows as a garden escape near 
human habitation. Flowers late winter-spring. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: New Norcia, Nov. 1963 F.T.Hardv 
(PERTH); Bunbury, C. V.Cahill 1 (PERTH). 
10. MAURANTHEMUM Vogt & Oberprieler, Taxon 44(3): 377 (1995) 
Annual herbs, erect. Leaves lobate. Capitula solitary, radiate; involucre multiseriate, 
with bracts gradational in length; receptacle cpaleate. Ray florets sterile (in Australia) or 
female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes homomorphic, ± terete, 7-10- 
ribbed. Pappus present on ray florets. 
A genus of 4 species from Europe and northern Africa. One species naturalised in 
Australia. In fruit the corolla-tube is basally swollen. Achenes have dark-red secretory 
canals. 
*Mauranthemumpalud os um (Poir.) Vogt & Oberprieler, Taxon 44(3): 377 (1995) 
Chrysanthemumpaludosum Poir., Voy. Barbarie 2: 241 (1789); Leucoglossumpaludosum 
(Poir.) B.H.Wilcox, K.Bremer & Humphries, Bull. Nat. Iiist. Mus., Ser. Bot. 23: 142 

Page image

616005 Cotula alpina Muelleria 25: 51
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605099
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
51 
1-1.5 mm long, broad-oblong, with inner face papillose, with thin to slightly spongy 
wings as broad as body. Achenes of central florets c. 1-1.5 mm long, oblong, glabrous or 
inner face sparsely papillose. Ferny Cotula. 
Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia, southern 
South Australia, western New South Wales, and western and northern Victoria. Also 
recorded from the Northern Territory. Grows mostly in seasonally moist saline areas. 
Flowers late winter-summer. 
Although depauperate specimens of C. coronopifolia can look similar, C. bipinnata 
has a shorter and more often purplish peduncle bearing scattered hairs at anthesis, a 
differently coloured disc, and fewer female florets. The involucral bracts are also more 
frequently purple in C. bipinnata. Unlike other species o \'Cotula in Australia, outer florets 
develop a small corolla. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: W of Northern Inland Hwy on Perenjori 
Rd, A.M,Ashby 5218 (CANB, PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: roadside, c. 200 km N of 
Tennant Ck (between Elliot and Renner Springs), C.R.Alcock 7210 (AD, BRI, DNA). SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA: 10 km NW of Nuriootpa, Northern Lofty, R.J.Bates 29155 (AD). NEW SOUTH 
WALES: 1 km NW along Oxley Rd from the Hay-Maude Rd, R.G.Coveny 18676 , G.Chappie, 
P.G.Kodela & 11.McPherson (AD, BRI. MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: E side of Hume Freeway, 100 
km N of Melbourne, LC.Clarke 3062 (CANB, MEL). 
7. Cotula alpina (Hook.f.) Hook.f, FI. Tasman. 1: 192 (1856) 
Ctenosperma alpinum Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 115 (1847). 
Type: Marlborough, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn ; n.v. 
Scapose, annuals or short-lived perennials to c. 10 cm high, stoloniferous, glabrous. 
Rosette leaves to c. 4 cm long, 1-pinnatisect, minutely glandular. Capitula 3-7 mm diam.; 
peduncle to 5 cm long, 1-3 mm broad (pressed specimens), not obconical distally at 
maturity. Involucral bracts numerous; outer bracts broad-oblong or ovate, 2-3 mm long, 
with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, 3- or 4-seriate, sessile. Central florets few, 
functionally male, sessile; corolla c. 1.0 mm long, with limb yellow-green. Achenes of 
outer florets 1.5-2 mm long; faces ± obovate, glabrous or papillose, with fleshy wings 
nearly as broad as body. Alpine Cotula. 
Notes: Occurs in far south-eastern New South Wales, eastern Victoria, and Tasmania. 
Grows mostly at high altitudes in various soils including basalt-derived loam, in grassland, 
sedgeland and forest. Flowers summer to autumn. 
Sits uncomfortably between Cotula and Leptinella as it has functionally male central 
florets, multiseriate female florets, glandular leaves, and a stoloniferous habit as in the 
latter genus, but without a corolla on the female florets as in the former. Often confused 
with LeptinellaJilicula which occupies similar habitats, but hairs are always evident in the 
latter on close inspection. The hyaline margin of C. alpina is often pigmented purple or 
brown apically; this is a feature of a number of species of Leptinella from New Zealand, 
but is not generally evident in Australian species. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: S along internal road, c. 2 km S of Kydra 
Reefs, R.G.Coveny 19004 & A.E.Orme (MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: 1.25 km SE of Ml Jim, Bogong 
High Plains, R.J.Adair 1613 (MEL). TASMANIA: Bluff R., A.Moscal 8215 (HO); Junction Boat 
Ramp & Central Plateau roads, E side of Great Lake, A.Brown 189 (HO). 

Page image

615998 Cotula australis Muelleria 25: 48-49

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 48-49".

616004 Cotula bipinnata Muelleria 25: 50-51

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 50-51".

616003 Cotula coronopifolia Muelleria 25: 50
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605098
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
615997 Cotula cotuloides Muelleria 25: 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605096
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

48 
Thompson 
Differs from the type variety from South Africa which has glabrous peduncles and 
longer corollas. The achenes of the female florets are both cordate-based and apically- 
notched due to the large but thin wings. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Butchers Gap, South Kingston, P.Gibbons 
219 (AD). VICTORIA: Murtnagurt Lagoon, L. Connewarre Game reserve, 15 Sept. 1983, 
J.Z.Yugovic (MEL). TASMANIA: Croppies Point, A.M.Buchanan 1609 (HO). 
2. Cotula cotuloides (Steetz) Druce, Bat. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles for 1916 , suppl. 2: 
617(1917) 
Gynmogyme cotuloides Steetz, in J.G.C.Lehmann, Pi Preiss. 1: 432 (1845); Cotula 
gynmogyme F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 549 (1867), nom. illeg. 
Type: Perth, Western Australia, 1839, J.A.L.Preiss 101 ; holo: MEL; iso: MEL. 
Annuals to c. 20 cm high. Stems with scattered long hairs. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, 
entire and narrow-linear, glabrous except for hairs on sheath. Capitulum 4-12 mm diam.; 
peduncle 2-10 cm long, 0.3-0.5 mm broad (pressed specimens), not obconical distally at 
maturity, hirsute at anthesis with hairs antrorse to almost spreading. Involucral bracts c. 
10; outer bracts broad-ovate, 2-3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, 
multi-seriate, attached to tubercles. Central florets several, ?functionally male, sessile; 
corolla c. 1 mm long, with limb pale yellow. Achenes of outer florets c. 1.5 mm long; 
laces c. orbicular, glabrous, with papyraceous wings much broader than body. Smooth 
Cotula. 
Notes: Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows in a variety of soils in 
swampy areas, the margin of salt lakes and around granitic outcrops. Flowers spring to 
early summer. 
Similar vegetatively to C. vulgaris var. australasica but having the proportions of outer 
lemale to disc florets reversed. The disc florets of C. cotuloides do not appear to produce 
achenes and they become hidden below the achenes of outer florets as they develop. A 
single collection containing numerous plants, PS.Short 2240 & L.R.Haegi (AD, MEL, 
PERTH) from near Australind has relatively small capitula with significantly narrower 
involucral bracts than typical C. cotuloides and may warrant taxonomic recognition. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 19.5 km ESE of Mt Newmont, 
IV.R.Archer 14119213 (MEL); c. 54 km trom Paynes find along road to Cleary, eastern edge of L. 
Moore, P.S.Short 2590 , N.S.Lander & B.A.Fuhrer (AD, MEL, PERTH). 
3. Cotula australis (Sieber ex Spreng.) Hook.f., FI. Nov.-7.el. 1: 128 (1853) 
Anacyclus australis Sieber ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3:497 (1826); Strongvlosperma australe 
(Sieber ex Spreng.) Less., Syn. Gen. Comp. 261 (1832); Pleiogyne australis (Sieber ex 
Spreng.) K.Koch, in D.F.L.Schlechtendal & H.Mohl (eds), Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 40 
(1843); Lancisia australis (Sieber ex Spreng.) Rydb., N. Amer. FI. 34: 286 (1916) 
Type: Precise locality unknown, [Sydney area], New South Wales, 1823, F.W.Sieber331; 
n.v. 
Annuals or short-lived perennials to c. 10 cm high. Stems moderately hairy with hairs 
antrorse-divergent to spreading. Leaves to c. 4 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect, moderately 
hairy. Capitulum 2-8 mm diam.; peduncle mostly 2-8 cm long, c. 0.1-0.6 mm broad 
(pressed specimens), hardly obconical at maturity, moderately hirsute at anthesis, with 
hairs antrorse, appressed to divergent. Involucral bracts 5-20, oblong to oblong-ovate, 
1.5—3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, multi-seriate, with pedicels 

Page image

857273 Cotula drummondii Muelleria 25: 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605101
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
53 
Similar to Cotula alpina but hairy, densely so at growing points, and with conical 
glandular corollas present on outer florets and persisting on fruit. The leaf is commonly 
infected with the fungus Febrdea rhytismoides resulting in a conspicuous black mark 
on each pinna. This is illustrated in Corrick and Fuhrer (2000). The basal leaf-sheath is 
sometimes lobed. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: eastern side of Barrington Trail, Barrington 
Tops National Park, J.R.Hosking 2315 & J.M.Bakonji (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). AUSTRALIAN 
CAPITAL TERRITORY: between Blackfellows Gap & Upper Cotter R., N.Burbidge 6354 (CANB, 
MEL). VICTORIA: Blue Rag Ra., c. 15 km SE of Mt St. Bernard on Hotham to Dargo road, 
, L.Haegi 1640 (MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: Tarraleah, Central Plateau, 7 F6b. 1945, WM.Curiis 
‘ (HO). 
2. Leptinella reptans (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 
(1987) 
Strongylospenna reptans Benth., in S.L.Endlicher et al ., Enum. PL 60 (1837), as 
Strongylospermum ; Pleiogyne reptans (Benth.) K.Koch, in D.F.L.Schlechtendal & 
H.Mohl (eds), Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 40 (1843); Cotula reptans (Benth.) Benth., FI. 
Austral. 3: 551 (1867). 
Type: Locality unknown, ‘ Ferd. Bauer 9 ; n.v. 
Leptinella intricata Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 117 (1847). Type: South 
Cape, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn ; n.v. 
Leptinella multifida Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 118 (1847); Pleiogyne 
multifida (Hook.f.) Sond., Linnaea 25: 484 (1852); Leptinella intricata var. multifida 
(Hook.f.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 1: 194(1856). Type: ‘Kangaroo Point’, Tas.; n.v. 
Plants with sparse to scattered hairs c. 0.5-1 mm long but often soon glabrescent. 
Leaves to c. 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, abruptly dilated basally 
to form sheath, with scattered hairs or glabrous; primary segments restricted to distal 1/3- 
1/2, ovate, elliptic or sub-orbicular in outline; secondary segments arising from proximal, 
middle and distal thirds. Capitula 2-4 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 7 cm long at anthesis, c. 
0.5 mm diam., sparsely to moderately hairy, glabrescent. Involucral bracts c. 6-12, broad- 
elliptic or orbicular, 1.5-2 mm long, with apex rounded, glabrous or hairy. Outer florets 
with corolla broader than long. Central florets with corolla c. 1 mm long. Achenes (excl. 
corolla) 1-2 mm long; faces obovate, pale tan to brown, usually with a paler margin. 
Notes : Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, southern Victoria, and Tasmania, with 
an isolated record from north-eastern New South Wales. Grows beside water typically, 
sometimes in saline environments such as seashores, in grassland, sedgeland and forest. 
Flowers spring-summer. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: south-western banks, southern arm of L. 
Bonney, N.N.Donner 9640 (AD, HO). NEW SOUTH WALES: Werrikimbe National Park, 6 Dec. 
1987, J.R.Hosking s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA: Gunyah Gunyah Rainforest Reserve, Grand Ridge 
Rd, J. Yugovic 460 (MEL). TASMANIA: Granville Harbour, A.E.Orchard 5628 (AD, HO, MEL, 
NSW, PERTH). 
3. Leptinella drummondii (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 
(1987) 
Cotula drummondii Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 550 (1867). 

Page image

857262 Cotula filicula Muelleria 25: 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605100
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
857250 Cotula filifolia Muelleria 25: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605095
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
47 
2: Outer florets in several series, none on slender pedicels; central florets 
several, with corolla lobes yellow, not producing achenes (Western 
Australia)..2. C. cotuloides 
1: Some or all leaves divided, or if all entire then not filiform, > 1 mm wide and/or 
entirely glabrous 
3 Peduncle stout, arising from a rosette of leaves; leaves dotted with minute glands; 
outer florets in several series, not pedicellate.7. C. alpina 
3: Peduncle slender, not arising from a rosette of leaves; leaves without glands; outer 
florets in a single series, pedicellate, or female florets not developed 
4 Peduncle becoming obconical in distalmost 3-8 mm following anthesis; 
intermediate series of florets zygomorphic, with ligules white or 
pink..4. G turbinata 
4: Peduncle not becoming obconical or at least not as above; all florets actinomorphic 
or lacking a corolla 
5 Stems and leaves usually moderately hairy; achenes of outer florets in several 
series, papillose on both faces.3. G australis 
5: Stems and leaves glabrous or with hairs rather sparse; achenes of outer florets 
in 1 series or undeveloped, papillose only on inner face 
6 Largest leaves usually 1- or 2-pinnatisect, occasionally entire if plants 
depauperate; peduncle mostly < 2 cm long, with scattered hairs at anthesis; 
outer florets absent or up to c. 10, with corolla present, with pedicel not 
tapering.*.6. G bipinnata 
6: Largest leaves entire, lobate, or 1-pinnatisect; peduncle mostly > 2 cm long, 
glabrous; outer florets numerous, with corolla absent, with pedicel tapering 
distally.5. G coronopifolia 
1. Cotula vulgaris Levyns var. australasica J.H.Willis, Victorian Naturalist 73: 201 
(1957). 
Type: Swamps, Shire of Dimboola, Victoria, 25 Sept. 1892, F.M.Reader ; holo: MEL; iso: 
AD, NSW. 
[CotulaJilifolia auct. non Thunb. (1800): J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 606 (1929); A.Ewart, 
FI Victoria 1167 (1931)] 
Annuals to c. 20 cm high. Stems sparsely hairy, glabrescent, with hairs antrorse. 
Leaves to c. 4 cm long, entire and narrow-linear, glabrous except for hairs on sheath. 
Capitula 3-5 mm diam.; peduncle mostly 2-6 cm long, c. 0.3 mm broad (pressed 
specimens), with distalmost 1-2 mm sometimes obconical at maturity, usually sparsely 
to moderately hirsute at anthesis, with hairs antrorse to divergent. Involucral bracts 5-8; 
outer bracts broad-ovate, 2-3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets up to c. 8, 1- 
seriate, sometimes absent, with pedicels 0.3-0.6 mm long. Central florets numerous, with 
pedicels hardly longer than broad; corolla c. 1 mm long, with limb usually purplish. 
Achenes of outer florets c. 1.5 mm long; faces broad-elliptic, glabrous, with papyraceous 
wings as broad as or broader than body; achenes of central florets 1.2-1.5 mm long; faces 
elliptic, glabrous. Slender Cotula . 
Notes'. Occurs in southern Australia from south-central South Australia east to western 
Victoria, and in eastern Tasmania. Grows in damp saline areas such as the margin of salt 
lakes and coastal marshes. Flowers late winter-summer. 

Page image

857251 Cotula filifolia Muelleria 25: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605095
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
47 
2: Outer florets in several series, none on slender pedicels; central florets 
several, with corolla lobes yellow, not producing achenes (Western 
Australia)..2. C. cotuloides 
1: Some or all leaves divided, or if all entire then not filiform, > 1 mm wide and/or 
entirely glabrous 
3 Peduncle stout, arising from a rosette of leaves; leaves dotted with minute glands; 
outer florets in several series, not pedicellate.7. C. alpina 
3: Peduncle slender, not arising from a rosette of leaves; leaves without glands; outer 
florets in a single series, pedicellate, or female florets not developed 
4 Peduncle becoming obconical in distalmost 3-8 mm following anthesis; 
intermediate series of florets zygomorphic, with ligules white or 
pink..4. G turbinata 
4: Peduncle not becoming obconical or at least not as above; all florets actinomorphic 
or lacking a corolla 
5 Stems and leaves usually moderately hairy; achenes of outer florets in several 
series, papillose on both faces.3. G australis 
5: Stems and leaves glabrous or with hairs rather sparse; achenes of outer florets 
in 1 series or undeveloped, papillose only on inner face 
6 Largest leaves usually 1- or 2-pinnatisect, occasionally entire if plants 
depauperate; peduncle mostly < 2 cm long, with scattered hairs at anthesis; 
outer florets absent or up to c. 10, with corolla present, with pedicel not 
tapering.*.6. G bipinnata 
6: Largest leaves entire, lobate, or 1-pinnatisect; peduncle mostly > 2 cm long, 
glabrous; outer florets numerous, with corolla absent, with pedicel tapering 
distally.5. G coronopifolia 
1. Cotula vulgaris Levyns var. australasica J.H.Willis, Victorian Naturalist 73: 201 
(1957). 
Type: Swamps, Shire of Dimboola, Victoria, 25 Sept. 1892, F.M.Reader ; holo: MEL; iso: 
AD, NSW. 
[CotulaJilifolia auct. non Thunb. (1800): J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 606 (1929); A.Ewart, 
FI Victoria 1167 (1931)] 
Annuals to c. 20 cm high. Stems sparsely hairy, glabrescent, with hairs antrorse. 
Leaves to c. 4 cm long, entire and narrow-linear, glabrous except for hairs on sheath. 
Capitula 3-5 mm diam.; peduncle mostly 2-6 cm long, c. 0.3 mm broad (pressed 
specimens), with distalmost 1-2 mm sometimes obconical at maturity, usually sparsely 
to moderately hirsute at anthesis, with hairs antrorse to divergent. Involucral bracts 5-8; 
outer bracts broad-ovate, 2-3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets up to c. 8, 1- 
seriate, sometimes absent, with pedicels 0.3-0.6 mm long. Central florets numerous, with 
pedicels hardly longer than broad; corolla c. 1 mm long, with limb usually purplish. 
Achenes of outer florets c. 1.5 mm long; faces broad-elliptic, glabrous, with papyraceous 
wings as broad as or broader than body; achenes of central florets 1.2-1.5 mm long; faces 
elliptic, glabrous. Slender Cotula . 
Notes'. Occurs in southern Australia from south-central South Australia east to western 
Victoria, and in eastern Tasmania. Grows in damp saline areas such as the margin of salt 
lakes and coastal marshes. Flowers late winter-summer. 

Page image

857244 Cotula globifera Muelleria 25: 45
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605093
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
45 
Type: Locality not given, Nordenstam I6l\ neo: S ,fide M.Kallersjo, loc. cit. 
Cotula globifera Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap . 2: 162 (1800); Matricaria globifera (Thunb.) 
Fenzl ex Harv., in W.H.Harvey & O.W.Sonder, FI. Cap. 3: 165 (1865); Pentziaglobifera 
(Thunb.) Hutch., Bull. Misc. Inform. 1916: 251 (1917). Type: n.v. 
Similar to O. suffruticosum but differing in the following respects: plants to c. 40 cm 
high; leaves to c. 2 cm long, 2-pinnatisect; capitula several to numerous per stem, 5-8 
mm diam.; receptacle ellipsoidal at maturity, 2-2.5 mm diam.; achenes 3- or 4-angled. 
Globe Chamomile. 
Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia. There are 
old collections from Port Philip Bay in Victoria and Stockton in eastern New South Wales, 
but populations are presumed not to have become established at these localities. Grows 
on rocky rises in woodland and in farmland. Flowers spring. 
The capitula of this species are globose, with the involucre confined to the proximal 
quarter. The capitula of O. suffhiticosum , although similar, are smaller and subglobose, 
i.e. with the distal half somewhat flattened. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 12 km SSE of Trayning, J.Dodd 487 
(BRI, PERTH); North Miling, J.Dodd519 (BRI, PERTH). 
16. PENTZIA Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap. 2: 145 (1800) 
Shrubs, erect. Leaves 1- or 2-pinnatisect. Capitula 1 per branch (in Australia), discoid; 
involucre c. 3-seriate; gradational in length; receptacle epaleate. Florets bisexual, with 
corolla 4- or 5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, quadrangular, regularly 5-ribbed, 
glabrous. Pappus present. 
A genus of 23 species mostly from South Africa, but also from Namibia, Morocco and 
Algeria. Species in Australia are readily recognisable by their small leaves. 
Key to species 
Leaves commonly greyish, with 1 or 2 (or 3) primary segments per side, commonly 
confined to distal half; outer series of involucral bracts ovate .. 1 . P incana 
Leaves green, with 3-5 primary segments per side, arising ± evenly throughout length; 
outer series of involucral bracts linear-lanceolate.2. P. globosa 
1. * Pentzia incana (Thunb.) Kuntze, Revis. Gen. Pl. 3: 166 (1898) 
Chrysanthemum incanum Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap. 2: 161 (1800). 
Type: not designated. 
Pentzia viigata Less., Syn. Gen. Compos. 266 (1832), nom. illeg. Type: n.v. 
Low shrub to c. 40 cm high, with younger stems and leaves usually tomentose. 
Leaves to c. 1 cm long, 1-pinnatisect, with rachis and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide; 
segments 1 or 2 per side, confined to distal half of leaf (excluding auricles if present). 
Capitula 1 or few per branch, 4-7 mm diam.; peduncle appressed-tomentose distally at 
anthesis. Involucre 2.5-3 mm long; bracts of outer and middle series ovate, keeled, with 
margin usually brown, slightly cobwebby or glabrous; inner series of bracts with hyaline 
extension 0.5-1 mm long; mature receptacle shallowly domed. Florets: corolla 1.5-2 
mm long, with tube ± equal in length but slightly narrower than the 5-lobed, yellow or 
purplish limb. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, 1-1.5 mm long, 5-ribbed, grey-brown. 
Pappus an oblique white corona c. 1 mm long. African Sheep Bush. 

Page image

857253 Cotula gymnogyne Muelleria 25: 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605096
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
857259 Cotula integrifolia Muelleria 25: 50
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605098
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

50 
Thompson 
N of Bunbury, B.LTurner 5485 (MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: top of cliffed dune terrace, near 
playschool, Stockton, P.C.Heyligers 98010 (MEL, NSW). 
5. *Cotiil(i coronopifolia L., Sp. PI. 2: 892 (1753) 
Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa]; n.v. 
Cotula integrifolia Hook.f., FI Tasman. 1: 192 (1856), nom. illeg. non Burch (1822). 
Type: Locality unknown, R.C.Gunn 1153 ; n.v. 
Perennials to c. 30 cm high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 8 cm long, acutely lobate or 1- 
pinnatisect, rarely entire with l:w ratio up to 8, or sub-2-pinnatisect. Capitulum 5-12 
mm diam.; peduncle mostly 2-8 cm long, 0.3-1.0 mm broad (pressed specimens), not 
obconical distally. Involucral bracts numerous; outer bracts narrow-ovate or oblong, 
3-5 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, c. 1-seriate, with pedicels 
1-1.8 mm long. Central florets numerous, with pedicels longer than broad; corolla c. 1 
mm long, with limb bright yellow. Achenes of outer florets 1.5-2 mm long; faces broad- 
oblong, papillose on inner face, with spongy wing c. as broad as body; achenes of central 
florets c. 1.3 mm long, c. oblong, papillose on inner face. Water-buttons. 
Notes: Native to South Africa. Widespread in southern Australia and occurring in all 
states. Also naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in damp or wet places in both saline and 
fresh water. Flowers mainly winter-spring. 
More succulent than other species of Cotula in Australia. Grows in shallow water or 
mud and stems readily take root at nodes. There has been some conjecture about whether 
this species is native based on the number and extent of early records in Australia. Rarely, 
depauperate specimens may have entire leaves less than 1 mm wide. These plants can be 
distinguished from C. vulgaris and C. cotuloides vegetatively because they are glabrous. 
A dwarf form occurs on islands in southern Western Australia with smaller leaves with 
more crowded lobation. Further investigation may be warranted to determine whether 
these differences are purely ecological. A probable hybrid between C. coronopifolia and 
C. australis has been recorded from Mt Chappell Is., in Bass Strait ( J.S.Whinrav 223 
CANB). 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: small un-named lake/swamp 0.5 km N 
of Ledge Point, A.E.Orchard 5929 (HO, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: The Big Point, Bool 
Lagoon, J.Z.Weber 7553 (AD. CANB). QUEENSLAND: Claverton Stn, 20 km S of Wyandra, 
3 Sept. 1996, S.Moffat (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Jerseyville, Trial Bay, near Arakoon, 
P.Martensz Q185 (NSW). VICTORIA: Point Wilson, Sperm Whale Head, T.B.Muir 2273 (MEL). 
TASMANIA: Ocean Beach, 5 km W of Strahan, A.E.Orchard5929 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); 
Whites Valley, Hamilton, A.M.Buchanan 13679 {WO). 
6. *Cotula bipinnata Thunb., Frock PI. Cap. 162 (1800) 
Type: not designated. 
Annuals to c. 40 cm high. Stems glabrous or with occasional appressed to spreading 
hairs. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect, or uppermost leaves sometimes entire, 
sparsely hairy or glabrous. Capitulum 6-8 mm diam.; peduncle 0.5-2 (-3) cm long, c. 0.3 
mm broad (pressed specimens), hardly obconical at maturity, sparsely hirsute at anthesis, 
with hairs antrorse to spreading. Involucral bracts numerous; outer bracts oblong-ovate or 
oblong, 2—3 mm long, with apex rounded to truncate. Outer florets up to c. 10, 1-seriate, 
or absent, with pedicels c. 1 mm long. Central florets numerous, with pedicels much 
longer than broad; corolla c. 1 mm long, with limb pale yellow. Achenes of outer florets 

Page image

615993 Cotula Muelleria 25: 46
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605094
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

46 
Thompson 
Notes : Occurs in central-eastern South Australia, with an old record from Nyngan in 
central New South Wales. Grows in arid saltbush shrublands. Flowers at various times. 
Introduced by the CSIR, now CSIRO, at Koonamore in South Australia in the 1930s. 
The single old record from Nyngan differs from the South Australian records in having 
leaf-segments less consistently concentrated distally. 
Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. 60 km N of Yunta, Koonamore Stn, 
M.D.Crisp 307 (C ANB). NEW SOUTH WALES: Nyngan, Nov. 1913, J.H.Maiden (NSW). 
2. *Pentzia globosa Less., Syn. Gen. Compos. 266 (1832) 
Type: n.v. 
Similar to P. incana but differing in the following: leaves ± glabrous, sometimes 2- 
pinnatisect; primary segments of leaves 3-5 per side, arising regularly throughout length; 
involucre bracts of outer and middle series linear-lanceolate, without a hyaline margin; 
inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 0.2 mm long; mature receptacle conical; 
corolla-tube much narrower than the limb; corona c. 0.3 mm long. 
Notes: Occurs near Jamestown in south-eastern South Australia, with an old record 
from Gosford on the central coast of New South Wales. Ecological preferences unknown. 
Flowers recorded in autumn. 
The South Australian population has persisted since at least 1897 when it was first 
collected (J.H.Maiden NSW). The tiny secondary segments of the 2-pinnatisect leaves 
arise at or near the base of the primary segment. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: near Bundaleer Picnic Ground, near 
Jamestown, R.Bates 14272 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: Gosford, Feb. 1894, coll, unknown 
(NSW). 
17. COTULA L . 9 Sp. PL 2: 891 (1753) 
Annual to perennial herbs, erect to sprawling. Leaves entire, lobate or 1- or 2-pinnatisect. 
Capitula solitary, disciform (in Australia) or discoid, with zygomorphic florets present 
in C. turbinata ; involucre 2- or 3-seriate, with bracts all of similar length; receptacle 
epaleate. Florets often pedicellate; outer florets 1-several-seriate, female; central florets 
bisexual or functionally male, with corolla mostly 4-lobed. Achenes usually dimorphic, 
dorsally compressed, unribbed, hairy or not. Pappus absent. 
A genus of c. 50 species, mostly from the southern hemisphere, with four species 
native to Australia and three ol these endemic. Of the total of seven species in Australia, 
all are eglandular except for C. alpina , and all have stem-sheathing leaves. The involucral 
bracts are often tinged purple and do not have an elongate hyaline apex, and the outer 
florets are in some species prominently pedicellate. Central florets, if pedicellate, have 
much shorter pedicels. The outer florets are female and lack a corolla except for a weakly 
developed one in C. bipinnata. 
Key to species 
1 All leaves entire, filiform, to c. 1 mm wide, with hairs on basal sheath 
2 Outer florets in a single series on slender pedicels, or outer florets absent; central 
florets numerous, with corolla lobes purple, producing achenes (south-eastern 
Australia).l. c. vulgaris 

Page image

857274 Cotula longipes Muelleria 25: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605102
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

54 
Thompson 
Type: Locality unknown, Western Australia, Drummond 3 rd collection, 113 ; syn: MEL; 
Don R., Western Australia, A.F.Oldfield; syn: MEL. 
Plants with stems villous. Leaves to c. 7 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, 2- or 3- 
pinnatisect, abruptly dilated basally to form sheath, with scattered or sparse hairs; 
segments in distal 1/3—1/2, elliptic to sub-orbicular in outline. Capitula 2-4 mm diam.; 
peduncle to 7 cm long at anthesis, c. 0.5 mm diam., sparsely to densely villous. Involucral 
bracts c. 6-12, broad-elliptic or orbicular, 1.5-2 mm long, with apex rounded, glabrous or 
sparsely haired. Outer florets with corolla broader than long. Central florets with corolla 
c. 1.5 mm long. Achenes not seen. 
Notes : Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows in red clay-loam on river 
banks in woodland. Flowers late spring-autumn. 
A poorly known species very similar to C. reptans. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Willgarup R. crossing with Tick Rd, 
C.Day & A.Annuls MJ 75.1 (PERTH); Blackwood R. near bridge, Sue’s Rd, Nillup, E of Karridale, 
R.D.Royce 10498 (PERTH). 
4. Leptinella longipes Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 117 (1847) 
Cotula longipes (Hook.f.) W.M.Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2: 463 (1963); Cotula reptans 
var. major Benth.. FI. Austral. 3: 551 (1867). 
Type: Circular Head, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn; n.v. 
Plants glabrous or with transient hairs mostly 0.1-0.5 mm long. Leaves to c. 
30 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-6, 1- or sub-2-pinnatiscct, abruptly dilated basally to 
form sheath, glabrous apart from inconspicuous mostly early caducous hairs; primary 
segments restricted to distal 1/2-1/3 (—1/4), elliptic to sub-orbicular or obovate in outline; 
secondary segments if present usually only arising from middle to distal third. Capitula 
c. 3-5 mm diam.; peduncle to 10 cm long at anthesis, c. 0.5 mm diam., with transient 
hairs sometimes present distally. Involucral bracts c. 6-8, broad-elliptic or orbicular, 
2.0-2.5 mm long, with apex rounded, glabrous or sparsely haired. Outer florets with 
corolla broader than long. Central florets several to numerous, with corolla c. 1 mm long. 
Achenes (excl. corolla) 2-3 mm long, 1.0-1.5 mm wide; faces obovate, pale throughout. 
Notes : Occurs in far south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, southern 
Victoria, far south-eastern South Australia, and eastern Tasmania. Grows on margin of 
wet often saline areas. Flowers spring-autumn. 
The fruits of this species are relatively large, somewhat trigonous and pale throughout, 
and pressed specimens usually have a wrinkled surface, probably due to the drying out 
of a fleshy pericarp. Very similar to and occupying similar habitats to L. reptans. Without 
mature fruit L. longipes can be distinguished from L. reptans by a combination of being 
earlier glabrescent with shorter hairs, having longer leaves with a relatively longer petiolar 
portion, and by having less dissected leaves. Leaves of both species are variably elongate 
depending on environmental conditions. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Currumbin, C.TAVhite 8729 (BRI). SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA: across Glenelg R. from Donovan’s Landing, c. 30 km SE of Mt Gambier, B.Copley 
3015 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: near the mouth of Little Ck, Nadgee Nature Reserve, South 
Coast, D.E.Albrecht 1472 (MEL). VICTORIA: W bank of Wallagaraugh R., c. I km downstream 
from Gipsy Point settlement, EastGippsland,MG. W^Av/7 3/id(BRI,CANB, HO, MEL); near mouth 
of Seal Ck, Croajingolong National Park, D.E.Albrecht 4849 (HO, MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: 
mouth of Curries R., Beechford, A.M.Buchanan 10589 (HO). 

Page image

857242 Cotula piluliferum Muelleria 25: 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605092
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
857268 Cotula reptans Muelleria 25: 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605101
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
53 
Similar to Cotula alpina but hairy, densely so at growing points, and with conical 
glandular corollas present on outer florets and persisting on fruit. The leaf is commonly 
infected with the fungus Febrdea rhytismoides resulting in a conspicuous black mark 
on each pinna. This is illustrated in Corrick and Fuhrer (2000). The basal leaf-sheath is 
sometimes lobed. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: eastern side of Barrington Trail, Barrington 
Tops National Park, J.R.Hosking 2315 & J.M.Bakonji (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). AUSTRALIAN 
CAPITAL TERRITORY: between Blackfellows Gap & Upper Cotter R., N.Burbidge 6354 (CANB, 
MEL). VICTORIA: Blue Rag Ra., c. 15 km SE of Mt St. Bernard on Hotham to Dargo road, 
, L.Haegi 1640 (MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: Tarraleah, Central Plateau, 7 F6b. 1945, WM.Curiis 
‘ (HO). 
2. Leptinella reptans (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 
(1987) 
Strongylospenna reptans Benth., in S.L.Endlicher et al ., Enum. PL 60 (1837), as 
Strongylospermum ; Pleiogyne reptans (Benth.) K.Koch, in D.F.L.Schlechtendal & 
H.Mohl (eds), Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 40 (1843); Cotula reptans (Benth.) Benth., FI. 
Austral. 3: 551 (1867). 
Type: Locality unknown, ‘ Ferd. Bauer 9 ; n.v. 
Leptinella intricata Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 117 (1847). Type: South 
Cape, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn ; n.v. 
Leptinella multifida Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 118 (1847); Pleiogyne 
multifida (Hook.f.) Sond., Linnaea 25: 484 (1852); Leptinella intricata var. multifida 
(Hook.f.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 1: 194(1856). Type: ‘Kangaroo Point’, Tas.; n.v. 
Plants with sparse to scattered hairs c. 0.5-1 mm long but often soon glabrescent. 
Leaves to c. 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, abruptly dilated basally 
to form sheath, with scattered hairs or glabrous; primary segments restricted to distal 1/3- 
1/2, ovate, elliptic or sub-orbicular in outline; secondary segments arising from proximal, 
middle and distal thirds. Capitula 2-4 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 7 cm long at anthesis, c. 
0.5 mm diam., sparsely to moderately hairy, glabrescent. Involucral bracts c. 6-12, broad- 
elliptic or orbicular, 1.5-2 mm long, with apex rounded, glabrous or hairy. Outer florets 
with corolla broader than long. Central florets with corolla c. 1 mm long. Achenes (excl. 
corolla) 1-2 mm long; faces obovate, pale tan to brown, usually with a paler margin. 
Notes : Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, southern Victoria, and Tasmania, with 
an isolated record from north-eastern New South Wales. Grows beside water typically, 
sometimes in saline environments such as seashores, in grassland, sedgeland and forest. 
Flowers spring-summer. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: south-western banks, southern arm of L. 
Bonney, N.N.Donner 9640 (AD, HO). NEW SOUTH WALES: Werrikimbe National Park, 6 Dec. 
1987, J.R.Hosking s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA: Gunyah Gunyah Rainforest Reserve, Grand Ridge 
Rd, J. Yugovic 460 (MEL). TASMANIA: Granville Harbour, A.E.Orchard 5628 (AD, HO, MEL, 
NSW, PERTH). 
3. Leptinella drummondii (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 
(1987) 
Cotula drummondii Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 550 (1867). 

Page image

857275 Cotula reptans major Muelleria 25: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605102
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
616001 Cotula turbinata Muelleria 25: 49-50

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 49-50".

615996 Cotula vulgaris australasica Muelleria 25: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605095
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
857324 Crepis barbata Muelleria 25: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605173
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
83 
involucre 5-8 mm long; bracts with eglandular hairs and glandular hairs, with stellate hairs 
few or absent; outer bracts 6-8, narrow-lanceolate, c. 2 mm long. Florets: ligule 5-10 mm 
long, orange, drying purplish; style pubescence dark. Achenes obloid-obovoid, 1.5-2 mm 
long, with prominent ribs terminating distally as a projection, purplish. Pappus uniseriate, 
4-6 mm long, white; bristles brittle, mostly of similar length. Orange Haxvkweed. 
Notes: Native to northern and central Europe. Occurs in eastern Victoria around Falls 
Creek and in southern Tasmania. Grows in disturbed environments at alpine and lower 
altitudes. Flowers summer. 
The type subspecies has a longer involucre and does not develop the long, leafy 
stolons of subsp. carpathicola. 
Representative specimens : VICTORIA: c. 50 m east of P.O., Falls Ck, J.R.Hosking 1829 
(CANB, MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: Old Village, Butlers Gorge, 23 Jan. 1963, P.A.Tyler (HO); 
Waddamana Rd near Shannon R. Bridge, 18 Dec. 1989, RJ.Fensham (HO). 
15. TOLPIS Adans., Fam. FI. 2: 112 (1763) 
Annual or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves mostly basal. 
Inflorescences cymose or paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts ± biseriate; 
inner bracts hardened, strongly convex and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow or 
purplish-brown. Achenes dimorphic, not compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles and 
scales, persistent, dimorphic; bristles and scales scabridulous, sometimes of two types 
within a pappus. 
A genus of c. 20 species from the Mediterranean region. South Africa and America. 
Apart from characters given in the key to genera, the two species of To/pis in Australia 
are characterised by being much taller than broad, and with inflorescences where the 
overtopping of the primary or medial capitulum by the lateral capitula is very marked. 
Key to species 
Outer involucral bracts longer than the inner bracts, divergent; ligules at least partly 
purple; pappus with 0 (marginal achenes), 2 or 4 bristles.1. T. barbata 
Outer involucral bracts shorter than the inner bracts, appressed; ligules all yellow (drying 
greenish); pappus with c. 8 bristles in all achenes.2. I virgata 
1. * To/pis barbata (L.) Gaertn., Fruct. Sem. PI. 2: 372 (1791) 
Crepis barbata L., Sp. Pl. 2: 805 (1753). 
Type: ‘Habitat in Monspelii, Vesuvii, Siciliae, Messanae’, western Europe; n.v. 
Tolpis umbellata Bertol., Par. Lig. [Ital.J PL 1: 13 (1803). Type: ‘Repitur Sarzanae 
ad viarum margines circa S. Francisci coenobium; turn in collibus dictis sarzanello, & 
Montedarmd.', Italy, coll, unknown ; n.v. 
Annuals to c. 0.6 m high, with appressed-cobwebby or woolly indumentum on 
stems and capitula, glabrescent, with sparse to dense septate hairs on leaves, or leaves 
± glabrous. Basal leaves often persistent at anthesis, to c. 11 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 
4, undivided or lobate with lobes antrorse; base attenuate; margin entire, denticulate or 
dentate; cauline leaves 1-4, becoming somewhat narrower upwards, with base attenuate. 
Capitula 2-7; peduncle of primary capitulum to c. 3 cm long, c. I mm diam.; peduncle 
of lateral capitula to 12 cm long, mostly c. 0.3-0.6 mm diam.; involucre 8-10 mm long, 
c. 2-4 mm diam.; outer bracts 15-25, linear, 8-10 mm long, setaceous; inner bracts c. 
16-22, c. 5 mm long, with midrib often developing tubercles, with hyaline margin distinct 

Page image

616031 Crepis capillaris Muelleria 25: 66-67

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 66-67".

857290 Crepis foetida Muelleria 25: 68
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605116
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

68 
Thompson 
3. *Crepis vesicaria subsp. taraxacifolia (Thuill.) Thell., in Schinz & R.Keller, FI. 
Schweiz , 3rd edn, 2: 361 (1914) 
Crepis taraxacifolia Thuill., FI. Env. Paris 409 (1799). 
Type: France; n.v. 
Barkhausia haenseleri Boiss. ex DC., Prodr 7: 153 (1838), as Haenseleri ; Crepis 
vesicaria subsp. haenseleri (Boiss. ex DC.) Sell, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 71: 254 (1975). Type: 
Southern Spain, E.Boissier ; n. v. 
Plants to c. 1.2 m high, with spreading hairs on stem and leaves, sometimes rather 
sparse. Basal leaves lyrately 1- or 2-pinnatisect, with l:w ratio c. 5-8, with segments c. 
spreading; margin entire or with scattered teeth or denticulations; cauline leaves few, 
usually pinnatisect above mid-stem; base becoming dilated and stem-clasping upwards. 
Capitula few to many; involucre 8-12 mm long, c. 3-5 mm diam.; outer bracts 8-12, 
3-5 mm long, 1.0-1.3 mm wide, nearly glabrous; inner bracts cobwebby, with emergent 
usually blackish and broad-based gland-tipped hairs, ?not hardened, slightly convex at 
maturity; receptacle 3-6 mm diam. Florets: ligule 5-9 mm long; style pubescence dark. 
Achenes 6-9 mm long, beaked; body c. fusiform, 3-4.5 mm long, with ribs well-spaced, 
scabridulous. Pappus persistent, c. 5 mm long, white. Dandelion Hawksheard. 
Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern Australia from the Adelaide 
region in far south-eastern South Australia east to Ballarat in south-central Victoria. Also 
naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in waste land. Flowers spring-early summer. 
A very common weed of roadsides between Warmambool and Portland in Victoria. It 
has a similar indumentum to C. capillaris but its leaves are more divided, inflorescences 
more congested and with larger capitula, the outer involucral bracts are broader, and 
achenes much longer and beaked. 
Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Watch Quarry area, c. 1 km from 
Millicent-Glencoc Rd, A.A.Munir 5341 (AD). VICTORIA: roadside near Drive-In Theatre, 
outskirts of Portland, R. V.Smith 67/130 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW); Nigretta Falls on Wannon R., c. 
7.5 km (direct line) ENE of Wannon, I.C.Clarke 2527 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW). 
4. *Crepis foetida L., Sp. PL 2: 807 (1753) subsp. foetida 
Type: France; n.v. 
Crepis foetida a. vulgaris Bisch., Beitr. 252 (1851); Crepis foetida subsp. vulgaris (Bisch.) 
Babe., / Bot. 76: 205 (1938). Type: n.v. 
Plants to c. 0.8 m high, with spreading hairs on lower stem and leaves. Basal leaves 
divided or not, with l:w ratio c. 5-8; margin entire dentate or denticulate; cauline leaves 
few or several, entire or lobate above mid-stem; base becoming sagittate, stem-clasping 
upwards. Capitula few to several; involucre 9-12 mm long, c. 3-4 mm diam.; outer bracts 
12-14, 4-6 mm long, 0.4—1.0 mm wide, hairy; inner bracts cobwebby, with numerous 
emergent pale slender-based gland-tipped hairs, hardened and convex at maturity; 
receptacle c. 2-4 mm diam. Florets: ligule 5-9 mm long; style pubescence mostly pale. 
Achenes 7-17 mm long, beaked, dimorphic; central achenes 12-17 mm long; body 
narrow fusiform, c. 4 mm long, with ribs crowded, scabridulous; marginal achenes 7-10 
mm long. Pappus persistent, 5-8 mm long, white. Stinking Hawksheard. 
Notes : Native to Europe and south-western Asia. Occurs in far south-western Western 
Australia from Moore R. south to Kingston forest, in south-eastern Australia from the 
Yorke Peninsula in South Australia east to Tumut in south-eastern New South Wales and 

Page image

616039 Crepis foetida foetida Muelleria 25: 68-69

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 68-69".

857291 Crepis foetida vulgaris Muelleria 25: 68
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605116
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235
857297 Crepis japonica Muelleria 25: 70
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605118
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

70 
Thompson 
not compressed or outer ones slightly compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, usually 
persistent, bristles scabrid-barbellate, uniform within a pappus. 
A genus of c. 40 species predominantly from Asia. 
Youngia japonica (L.) DC., Prodr. 7: 194 (1838) 
Prenanthes japonica L., Mcmt. PL 1: 107 (1767); Crepis japonica (L.) Benth., FI. Hough. 
194(1861).' 
Type: Japan; n.v. 
[Youngia thunbergiana auct. non DC. (1838), nom. illeg.: J.D. Hooker, FI. Tasman. 1: lxv 
(1859)] 
Scapose or scapiform annuals to c. 0.6 m high, with spreading coarse hairs scattered 
or sparse on stems and leaves. Basal leaves to c. 20 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-8, often 
Iyrately divided, petiole-like basally; margin entire, denticulate or dentate; cauline leaves 
few, similar to basal leaves or much reduced, undivided. Capitula several to many; 
involucre 4-5 mm long, c. 1.5-2 mm diam.; outer bracts 3-5, ovate, 0.5-1.0 mm long, 
with hyaline margin broad; inner bracts 7-10, with a prominent pale keel developing 
basally, with hyaline margin alternately distinct and vestigial. Florets: ligule c. 3 mm 
long, yellow, possibly rarely white; style pubescence pale. Achenes narrow-ellipsoid, 
1.5-2 mm long, slightly to moderately compressed, tapering to a neck c. 0.2 mm long, 
with ribs crowded, unequally prominent, ciliate, with cilia longer distally, reddish-brown 
or mid-brown. Pappus c. 3 mm long, white; bristles barbellate proximally. 
Notes : Occurs in eastern Australia from Mt Windsor in far north Queensland south to 
Sydney in central New South Wales. Widely distributed in eastern Asia, including New 
Guinea. Grows in forests; also a weed of lawns and roadsides. Flowers most of year. 
A form recorded from disturbed and urban localities has leaves with fewer sessile 
lateral segments, denser stem indumentum, and achenes that are mid-brown rather than 
darker reddish-brown. This form possibly has come from outside Australia and further 
investigation into this variation is warranted. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Palm Tree Ck, 22 km SE offoowoomba, D. Halford 
Q634 (BR1, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Torrington-Silent Grove Rd, N.S.Lander 535a (BRI, 
C’ANB, HO, MEL, NSW); Alum Mtn, Buladelah, July 1923, H.M.R.Rupp (MEL); Gloucester, Sept. 
1965, R.G.Covenys.n ., (NSW). 
7. LAPSANA L., Sp. Pl. 2:811(1753) 
Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, glandular and eglandular. 
Leaves predominantly cauline. Inflorescences paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral 
bracts biseriate; inner bracts somewhat firm and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. 
Achenes homomorphic, mildly compressed, beaklcss. Epappate. 
A genus of c. ten species from Europe, Asia and north-western Africa. 
* Laps ana communis L., Sp. PI. 2:811 (1753) subsp. communis 
Type: Locality unknown. Herb. Clifford 389, Lapsana no. 1A; lecto: BM, fide P.D.Sell, 
Watsonia 13: 301 (1981). 
Annuals or biennials to c. 1.2 m high, with gland-tipped hairs on lower stem and 
sometimes upper stem, and short eglandular hairs on or near leaf margins. Basal leaves 
variably persistent; cauline leaves to 16 cm long, with l:w ratio 1-4, undivided or Iyrately 
divided, petiole-like basally, with 1 or 2 spreading or slightly retrorse lobes per side; 

Page image

616028 Crepis Muelleria 25: 66
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605114
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

66 
Thompson 
4. CREPIS L., Sp. PL 2: 805 (1753) 
Annual or biennial herbs, branching, or stemless in C. pusilla. Hairs simple, glandular and 
eglandular. Leaves predominantly basal. Inflorescences cymose or paniculate, Capitula 
pedunculate, sessile in C. pusilla ; involucral bracts biseriate; inner bracts mostly hardened, 
strongly convex and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic or 
slightly dimorphic; sometimes slightly compressed, beaked or not. Pappus of bristles, 
persistent or not; bristles minutely scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. 
A genus of approximately 200 species from the northern hemisphere, tropics and 
South Africa. The inner series of involucral bracts of most species of this genus become 
firm and strongly convex as fruits develop. Often achenes adjacent to these bracts are 
shorter and with a more curved body than more central achenes and tend to be housed 
within the convexity of the bract at maturity. Achenes have c. 10 prominent ribs. 
Crepis dioscoridis L. from south-eastern Europe has been recorded once in 
Australia, from Meadows in the Southern Lofty Ranges, but there is no indication that 
it is naturalised. It is vegetatively similar to C. capillaris but with a larger more densely 
tomentose capitulum and longer achenes. 
Key to species 
1 Plants stemless; capitula sessile at base of plant.5. C. pusilla 
1: Plants developing aerial stems, to 1 m high; capitula pedunculate 
2 Peduncles and involucral bracts with robust pale spreading eglandular 
bristles I -2 mm long, the indumentum neither cobwebby nor with glandular 
hairs. 2 . C setosa 
2: Peduncles and involucral bracts without bristles as above, the indumentum 
cobwebby and often also with spreading gland-tipped hairs to c. 1.5 mm long 
3 Stem leaves moderately hairy, entire to lobate; involucral bracts lacking black 
hairs; capitular buds nodding; central achenes 12-17 mm long, exceeding bracts 
at maturity.. . 4 . C. foetida 
3: Stem leaves glabrous or nearly so, or if moderately hairy then usually mostly 
pinnatisect; involucral bracts often with black midline hairs; capitular buds erect; 
central achenes 1.5-9 mm long, shorter than bracts at maturity 
4 Outer bracts lanceolate, 1.0-1.3 mm wide; achenes 6-9 mm long, beaked; pappus 
clearly overtopping bracts.....3. C. vesicaria 
4: Outer bracts narrow-lanceolate to linear, 0.3-0.6 mm wide; achenes 1.5-6 mm 
long, not or hardly beaked; pappus not or hardly overtopping bracts 
5 Involucre not densely white-woolly, achenes 1.5-2.5 mm 
long.1. C. capillaris 
5: Involucre densely white-woolly, achenes 4-6 mm long. C. dioscoridis (see 
notes above) 
1. *Crepis capillaris (L.) Wallr., Erst. Beitr. FI. Hercyn. 287 (1840) 
Laps ana capillaris L., Sp. PI. 2: 812 (1753). 
Type: not designated. 
Crepis virens L., Sp. PL 2nd edn, 1134 (1763), nom. illeg. Type: not designated. 
[Crepis tectorum auct. non L.: A.J.Ewart, FI. Victoria 1197 (1931)] 

Page image

616042 Crepis pusilla Muelleria 25: 69
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605117
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
69 
SE to Wangaratta in north-central Victoria, with an isolated record from Buchan in far 
eastern Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites, often in poor soils, in urban environments, 
forest and woodland. Flowers most of year. 
Readily identified in fruit by the extremely long beaks of the central achenes. These 
exceed the involucral bracts at maturity. The somewhat shorter marginal achenes are 
housed within the convexity of the involucral bract at maturity. At flowering, the nodding 
capitular buds and paler indumentum of the involucre distinguishes it from C. capillaris 
and C. vesicaria subsp. taraxacifolia. Specimens in Australia mostly conform to subsp. 
foetida as defined by Sell (1976), but some specimens have outer involucral bracts broader 
than 0.75 mm. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Landers Rd, Lesniurdie, A.A.Mitchell 
4134 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Northern Yorke Peninsula, Hundred of Wiltunga, 
B.Copley 3308 (AD); on roadside, west end of Torrens Gorge, A.G.Spooner 294 (AD). NEW 
SOUTH WALES: near Wee Jasper Caves, M.Gray 5363 (BRI, CANB); Brocklesby, Dec. 1921, 
J.Hunter (NSW). VICTORIA: Green Rd, Upper Lurg, J.Strudmck 770 (MEL). 
5. *Crepis pusilla (Sommier) Merxm., Mitt. Bot. Munchen 7: 275 (1968) 
Melitella pusilla Sommier, Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital. 14: 497 (1907). 
Type: n.v. 
Plants to 0.02 m high, acaulescent, nearly glabrous. Leaves divided or not, with 1: 
w ratio c. 5-12; margin entire or denticulate. Capitula few to several, sessile; involucre 
2.5-4 mm long, c. 1 mm diam.; outer bracts 2-4, c. 1 mm long, glabrous, 0.5 mm wide; 
inner bracts glabrous, but hairs at base of involucre, morphology not known at maturity; 
receptacle c. 2 mm diam. Florets: ligule c. I mm long; style pubescence black. Achenes 
ellipsoid, c. 2 mm long, not or hardly beaked, with ribs crowded, ?smooth. Pappus 
persistent, 1-1.5 mm long, white. Dandelion Crepis. 
Notes: Native to Portugal, Malta, Greece and Crete. Recorded from the Eyre Peninsula 
around Bascombe Well and Port Lincoln in South Australia, although its persistence is 
uncertain. Grows on agricultural land. Flowers spring. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Eyre Peninsula, Hundred of Blesing, near 
Bascombe Well HS, c. 25 km WSW of Lock, H.Eichler 19345 (AD, MEL); Proper Bay, Port 
Lincoln, C.R.Alcock 2167 (CANB). 
5. TARAXACUM Weber ex Wiggers, Prim. FI. Holsat. 56 (1780) 
Perennial herbs, scapose. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves all basal. Inflorescences 
solitary. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate, soft and reflexed at maturity. 
Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not compressed, beaked. Pappus ot bristles, 
persistent, homomorphic; bristles scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. 
About 2500 species worldwide, predominantly from Eurasia. This genus was not 
assessed in detail by the author. It is currently undergoing revision in Australia. The 
treatment of Scarlett (1999) represents some initial findings which has greatly diverged 
from the previously conservative assessments presented in state floras. Two native species 
and seven introduced taxa are recognised in Scarlett’s treatment. 
6. YOUNGIA Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. (Paris) 23: 88 (1831) 
Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves all or 
mostly basal. Inflorescences cymose or paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts 
biseriate; soft and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, 

Page image

616032 Crepis setosa Muelleria 25: 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605115
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
67 
Plants to c. 1.2 m high, glabrous except lor spreading weak hairs on lower stem and 
leaf midrib. Basal leaves undivided, lobed or Iyrate-pinnatisect, with l:w ratio c. 5-8, 
with segments c. spreading; margin entire or nearly so. Stem leaves few, undivided or 
lobate above mid-stem; base becoming sagittate, stem-clasping upwards. Capitula few 
to several; involucre 5-8 mm long, c. 1.5-3 mm diam.; outer bracts 8-10, 2-4 mm long, 
0.3-0.6 mm wide, hairy or nearly glabrous; inner bracts usually cobwebby, with emergent 
usually blackish and broad-based gland-tipped hairs, hardened and convex at maturity or 
not; receptacle 1.5-4 mm diam. Florets: ligule 5-9 mm long; style pubescence sometimes 
slightly darkened. Achenes fusiform, 1.5-2.5 mm long, unbeaked, with ribs well-spaced, 
without ornamentation. Pappus caducous, 3-4 mm long, white. Smooth Hawksbeard. 
Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia from Augusta 
east to Albany, in south-eastern Australia from Glen Innes SSW to southern Victoria and 
further west to Adelaide in far south-eastern South Australia, and in Tasmania. Grows in 
mesic environments, mostly in disturbed sites such as urban habitats and roadsides, in 
plains, forests and woodland, from sea-level to c. 1300 m. Flowers spring-autumn. 
Prior to fruit development, the less divided leaves, smaller capitula and narrower 
outer bracts distinguishes C. capillaris from the otherwise similar C. vesicaria subsp. 
taraxacifolia. The inner involucral bracts of C. capillaris are glabrous adaxially, unlike 
those of C.foetida , C. vesicaria and C. setosa. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: c. 3.2 km east of Nannup, R.D.Royce 
8400 (MEL, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Onkaparinga R. near Mylor, 9 Dec. 1944, 
J.B.Clelancl(AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: Adaminaby Cemetery, /. Crawford3782 (Q \NB, MEL, 
NSW). VICTORIA: Terang, R.VSmith 75/16( AD, BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: 
Franklin, DA.Morris 86491 (HO). 
2. *Crepis setosa Haller.f., in J.J.Roemer, Arch. Bot. (Leipzig) 1: 1 (1797) 
Type; Peru, 1855-56, Spruce 4191 ; syn: B, E, C all n.v.,fide J.Solomon (2006a) 
Plants to c. 1.0 m high, with spreading hairs on stems and leaves, long-setose on 
stems. Basal leaves undivided, lobed or Iyrate-pinnatisect, with l:w ratio c. 4-8; margin 
entire or with scattered denticulations; cauline leaves few, undivided or lobate above 
mid-stem; base becoming auriculate, stem-clasping upwards. Capitula few or several; 
involucre 6-10 mm long, c. 3-4 mm diam.; outer bracts 8-10, 2-4 mm long, 0.7-1.0 
mm wide, with long pale non-glandular hairs; inner bracts with similar indumentum, also 
slightly cobwebby, hardened and convex at maturity; receptacle c. 3 mm diam. Florets: 
ligule 5-9 mm long; style pubescence dark. Achenes 4-7 mm long, tapered into a beak; 
body fusiform, 2.5—4.5 mm long, with ribs well-spaced, scabridulous; marginal achenes 
shorter. Pappus persistent, 4-5 mm long, white. Brist/v Hawksbeard. 
Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region and south-western Asia. Occurs in north¬ 
eastern and south-central Victoria, and around Hobart in south-eastern Tasmania. There 
is an old record from Hornsby in central-eastern New South Wales. Grows mostly in 
disturbed sites such as roadsides and river flats but also extending into forest. Flowers 
summer-autumn. 
Similar to C. capillaris except for the setose indumentum and the longer, beaked 
achenes. 
Representative specimens'. NEW SOUTH WALES: Hornsby, Feb. 1918, W.H.Blakely (NSW). 
VICTORIA: Porepunkah, next to Ovens R., J.R.Hosking 1414 (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). 
TASMANIA: Mt Nelson Rd, Hobart, 19 Jan. 1947, W.M.Curtis (HO). 

Page image

905142 Crepis taraxacifolia Muelleria 25: 68
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605116
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

68 
Thompson 
3. *Crepis vesicaria subsp. taraxacifolia (Thuill.) Thell., in Schinz & R.Keller, FI. 
Schweiz , 3rd edn, 2: 361 (1914) 
Crepis taraxacifolia Thuill., FI. Env. Paris 409 (1799). 
Type: France; n.v. 
Barkhausia haenseleri Boiss. ex DC., Prodr 7: 153 (1838), as Haenseleri ; Crepis 
vesicaria subsp. haenseleri (Boiss. ex DC.) Sell, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 71: 254 (1975). Type: 
Southern Spain, E.Boissier ; n. v. 
Plants to c. 1.2 m high, with spreading hairs on stem and leaves, sometimes rather 
sparse. Basal leaves lyrately 1- or 2-pinnatisect, with l:w ratio c. 5-8, with segments c. 
spreading; margin entire or with scattered teeth or denticulations; cauline leaves few, 
usually pinnatisect above mid-stem; base becoming dilated and stem-clasping upwards. 
Capitula few to many; involucre 8-12 mm long, c. 3-5 mm diam.; outer bracts 8-12, 
3-5 mm long, 1.0-1.3 mm wide, nearly glabrous; inner bracts cobwebby, with emergent 
usually blackish and broad-based gland-tipped hairs, ?not hardened, slightly convex at 
maturity; receptacle 3-6 mm diam. Florets: ligule 5-9 mm long; style pubescence dark. 
Achenes 6-9 mm long, beaked; body c. fusiform, 3-4.5 mm long, with ribs well-spaced, 
scabridulous. Pappus persistent, c. 5 mm long, white. Dandelion Hawksheard. 
Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern Australia from the Adelaide 
region in far south-eastern South Australia east to Ballarat in south-central Victoria. Also 
naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in waste land. Flowers spring-early summer. 
A very common weed of roadsides between Warmambool and Portland in Victoria. It 
has a similar indumentum to C. capillaris but its leaves are more divided, inflorescences 
more congested and with larger capitula, the outer involucral bracts are broader, and 
achenes much longer and beaked. 
Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Watch Quarry area, c. 1 km from 
Millicent-Glencoc Rd, A.A.Munir 5341 (AD). VICTORIA: roadside near Drive-In Theatre, 
outskirts of Portland, R. V.Smith 67/130 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW); Nigretta Falls on Wannon R., c. 
7.5 km (direct line) ENE of Wannon, I.C.Clarke 2527 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW). 
4. *Crepis foetida L., Sp. PL 2: 807 (1753) subsp. foetida 
Type: France; n.v. 
Crepis foetida a. vulgaris Bisch., Beitr. 252 (1851); Crepis foetida subsp. vulgaris (Bisch.) 
Babe., / Bot. 76: 205 (1938). Type: n.v. 
Plants to c. 0.8 m high, with spreading hairs on lower stem and leaves. Basal leaves 
divided or not, with l:w ratio c. 5-8; margin entire dentate or denticulate; cauline leaves 
few or several, entire or lobate above mid-stem; base becoming sagittate, stem-clasping 
upwards. Capitula few to several; involucre 9-12 mm long, c. 3-4 mm diam.; outer bracts 
12-14, 4-6 mm long, 0.4—1.0 mm wide, hairy; inner bracts cobwebby, with numerous 
emergent pale slender-based gland-tipped hairs, hardened and convex at maturity; 
receptacle c. 2-4 mm diam. Florets: ligule 5-9 mm long; style pubescence mostly pale. 
Achenes 7-17 mm long, beaked, dimorphic; central achenes 12-17 mm long; body 
narrow fusiform, c. 4 mm long, with ribs crowded, scabridulous; marginal achenes 7-10 
mm long. Pappus persistent, 5-8 mm long, white. Stinking Hawksheard. 
Notes : Native to Europe and south-western Asia. Occurs in far south-western Western 
Australia from Moore R. south to Kingston forest, in south-eastern Australia from the 
Yorke Peninsula in South Australia east to Tumut in south-eastern New South Wales and 

Page image

857285 Crepis tectorum Muelleria 25: 66
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605114
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

66 
Thompson 
4. CREPIS L., Sp. PL 2: 805 (1753) 
Annual or biennial herbs, branching, or stemless in C. pusilla. Hairs simple, glandular and 
eglandular. Leaves predominantly basal. Inflorescences cymose or paniculate, Capitula 
pedunculate, sessile in C. pusilla ; involucral bracts biseriate; inner bracts mostly hardened, 
strongly convex and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic or 
slightly dimorphic; sometimes slightly compressed, beaked or not. Pappus of bristles, 
persistent or not; bristles minutely scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. 
A genus of approximately 200 species from the northern hemisphere, tropics and 
South Africa. The inner series of involucral bracts of most species of this genus become 
firm and strongly convex as fruits develop. Often achenes adjacent to these bracts are 
shorter and with a more curved body than more central achenes and tend to be housed 
within the convexity of the bract at maturity. Achenes have c. 10 prominent ribs. 
Crepis dioscoridis L. from south-eastern Europe has been recorded once in 
Australia, from Meadows in the Southern Lofty Ranges, but there is no indication that 
it is naturalised. It is vegetatively similar to C. capillaris but with a larger more densely 
tomentose capitulum and longer achenes. 
Key to species 
1 Plants stemless; capitula sessile at base of plant.5. C. pusilla 
1: Plants developing aerial stems, to 1 m high; capitula pedunculate 
2 Peduncles and involucral bracts with robust pale spreading eglandular 
bristles I -2 mm long, the indumentum neither cobwebby nor with glandular 
hairs. 2 . C setosa 
2: Peduncles and involucral bracts without bristles as above, the indumentum 
cobwebby and often also with spreading gland-tipped hairs to c. 1.5 mm long 
3 Stem leaves moderately hairy, entire to lobate; involucral bracts lacking black 
hairs; capitular buds nodding; central achenes 12-17 mm long, exceeding bracts 
at maturity.. . 4 . C. foetida 
3: Stem leaves glabrous or nearly so, or if moderately hairy then usually mostly 
pinnatisect; involucral bracts often with black midline hairs; capitular buds erect; 
central achenes 1.5-9 mm long, shorter than bracts at maturity 
4 Outer bracts lanceolate, 1.0-1.3 mm wide; achenes 6-9 mm long, beaked; pappus 
clearly overtopping bracts.....3. C. vesicaria 
4: Outer bracts narrow-lanceolate to linear, 0.3-0.6 mm wide; achenes 1.5-6 mm 
long, not or hardly beaked; pappus not or hardly overtopping bracts 
5 Involucre not densely white-woolly, achenes 1.5-2.5 mm 
long.1. C. capillaris 
5: Involucre densely white-woolly, achenes 4-6 mm long. C. dioscoridis (see 
notes above) 
1. *Crepis capillaris (L.) Wallr., Erst. Beitr. FI. Hercyn. 287 (1840) 
Laps ana capillaris L., Sp. PI. 2: 812 (1753). 
Type: not designated. 
Crepis virens L., Sp. PL 2nd edn, 1134 (1763), nom. illeg. Type: not designated. 
[Crepis tectorum auct. non L.: A.J.Ewart, FI. Victoria 1197 (1931)] 

Page image

857288 Crepis vesicaria haenseleri Muelleria 25: 68
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605116
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235
616033 Crepis vesicaria taraxacifolia Muelleria 25: 68
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605116
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235
857284 Crepis virens Muelleria 25: 66
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605114
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

66 
Thompson 
4. CREPIS L., Sp. PL 2: 805 (1753) 
Annual or biennial herbs, branching, or stemless in C. pusilla. Hairs simple, glandular and 
eglandular. Leaves predominantly basal. Inflorescences cymose or paniculate, Capitula 
pedunculate, sessile in C. pusilla ; involucral bracts biseriate; inner bracts mostly hardened, 
strongly convex and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic or 
slightly dimorphic; sometimes slightly compressed, beaked or not. Pappus of bristles, 
persistent or not; bristles minutely scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. 
A genus of approximately 200 species from the northern hemisphere, tropics and 
South Africa. The inner series of involucral bracts of most species of this genus become 
firm and strongly convex as fruits develop. Often achenes adjacent to these bracts are 
shorter and with a more curved body than more central achenes and tend to be housed 
within the convexity of the bract at maturity. Achenes have c. 10 prominent ribs. 
Crepis dioscoridis L. from south-eastern Europe has been recorded once in 
Australia, from Meadows in the Southern Lofty Ranges, but there is no indication that 
it is naturalised. It is vegetatively similar to C. capillaris but with a larger more densely 
tomentose capitulum and longer achenes. 
Key to species 
1 Plants stemless; capitula sessile at base of plant.5. C. pusilla 
1: Plants developing aerial stems, to 1 m high; capitula pedunculate 
2 Peduncles and involucral bracts with robust pale spreading eglandular 
bristles I -2 mm long, the indumentum neither cobwebby nor with glandular 
hairs. 2 . C setosa 
2: Peduncles and involucral bracts without bristles as above, the indumentum 
cobwebby and often also with spreading gland-tipped hairs to c. 1.5 mm long 
3 Stem leaves moderately hairy, entire to lobate; involucral bracts lacking black 
hairs; capitular buds nodding; central achenes 12-17 mm long, exceeding bracts 
at maturity.. . 4 . C. foetida 
3: Stem leaves glabrous or nearly so, or if moderately hairy then usually mostly 
pinnatisect; involucral bracts often with black midline hairs; capitular buds erect; 
central achenes 1.5-9 mm long, shorter than bracts at maturity 
4 Outer bracts lanceolate, 1.0-1.3 mm wide; achenes 6-9 mm long, beaked; pappus 
clearly overtopping bracts.....3. C. vesicaria 
4: Outer bracts narrow-lanceolate to linear, 0.3-0.6 mm wide; achenes 1.5-6 mm 
long, not or hardly beaked; pappus not or hardly overtopping bracts 
5 Involucre not densely white-woolly, achenes 1.5-2.5 mm 
long.1. C. capillaris 
5: Involucre densely white-woolly, achenes 4-6 mm long. C. dioscoridis (see 
notes above) 
1. *Crepis capillaris (L.) Wallr., Erst. Beitr. FI. Hercyn. 287 (1840) 
Laps ana capillaris L., Sp. PI. 2: 812 (1753). 
Type: not designated. 
Crepis virens L., Sp. PL 2nd edn, 1134 (1763), nom. illeg. Type: not designated. 
[Crepis tectorum auct. non L.: A.J.Ewart, FI. Victoria 1197 (1931)] 

Page image

857326 Crepis virgata Muelleria 25: 84
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605174
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

84 
Thompson 
and vestigial in alternate bracts. Florets: ligule c. 2-5 mm long, yellow with a purple band 
or central-most florets entirely purple; style pubescence pale. Achenes c. obloid, 1.3-1.7 
mm long, not tapering distally; marginal achenes housed within concavity of hardened 
inner bract at maturity, densely brown-hairy; central achenes with numerous close-spaced 
ribs, glabrous. Pappus white; bristles scabridulous; pappus of marginal achenes c. 0.4 
mm long, of scales of varying length; pappus of central achenes 3-5 mm long; bristles 
2-4, wider at base; intervening shorter scales more numerous, c. 0.3 mm long. Yellow 
Hawkweed. 
Notes : Native to southern Europe. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia 
mostly south from Perth, far south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, 
Victoria, the Mount Lofty Ra. of south-eastern South Australia, and eastern Tasmania. 
Also recorded once in Alice Springs, Northern Territory. Grows on roadsides and other 
disturbed sites in woodland and forest. Flowers mid-spring-summer. 
The name To Ip is umbellata has in the past been applied to Australian collections. 
Tutin (1976) refers to T. umbellata as a variant of T. barbata with relatively small capitula 
and all the florets pale yellow. Australian specimens all appear to have small capitula as in 
T. umbellata , but with pigmentation of the corolla typical of T. barbata sensu lato (outer 
florets yellow with a purple band at the base of the ligule, and the percentage of purple 
progressively increasing towards the centre of the eapitulum). 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Bokerup Nature Reserve, GJ.Keighery 
& N.Gibson 2433 (PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: Alice Springs, 15 Oct. 1950. E.Gauba 
(CANB). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Ml Lofty Ra., Craters, 20 Jan. 1971, E.H.Ising s.n. (AD). 
QUEENSLAND: main picnic area, Girraween Nall Park, 22 km south of Stanthorpe (BRI). NEW 
SOUTH WALES: Traffic Education Centre, Armidalc, R.G.Coveny 16367 & A. Whalen (BRI, 
CANB, NE, NSW). VICTORIA: 9.7 km west from Whitfield on the Mansfield Rd, I.C.Clarke 
2808 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL); Wonnangatta Stn, E.A.Chesterfield 3593 (BRI, CANB, MEL). 
TASMANIA: Hill to east of Bonneys Plains Rd, A.M.Gray 783 (HO, MEL). 
2. *To/pis virgata (Desf.) Bertol., Rar Lig. PI. 1:15 (1803) 
Crep is virgata Desf., Actes Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris 1: 37, t. 8 (1792). 
Type: Tunisia; syn: n.v.; Algeria; syn: n.v. 
Tolpis altissima Pers., Syn. PI. 2: 377 (1807). Type: n.v. 
Similar to T. barbata but differing most markedly in the following: Biennials or 
perennials to c. 1.0 m high. Involucre 5-8 mm long; outer bracts 1.5-3.5 mm long; 
inner bracts with midrib not developing tubercles. Florets: ligules not purple basally or 
throughout. Achenes homomorphic, 1.5-2 mm long, all glabrous. Pappus: bristles c. 8, 
present in all achenes. 
Notes: Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs in far south-western Western 
Australia between Jarrahwood and Boyup Brook, SE of Bunbury. Grows in various soils 
in woodland and forest. Flowers summer-early autumn. 
First recorded in 1963, and currently recorded from five different localities. 
Infraspecific taxa have been described for this species based on the number of pappus 
bristles. Specimens in Australia appear uniform in this respect and conform to the typical 
variety or subspecies. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Vasse Hwy, Nannup to Jarrahwood, 
GJ.Keighery’ 14363 (PERTH); KC4, Kingston Forest Block, E.D.Middleton K339 (PERTH). 

Page image

857260 Ctenosperma alpinum Muelleria 25: 51
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605099
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
51 
1-1.5 mm long, broad-oblong, with inner face papillose, with thin to slightly spongy 
wings as broad as body. Achenes of central florets c. 1-1.5 mm long, oblong, glabrous or 
inner face sparsely papillose. Ferny Cotula. 
Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia, southern 
South Australia, western New South Wales, and western and northern Victoria. Also 
recorded from the Northern Territory. Grows mostly in seasonally moist saline areas. 
Flowers late winter-summer. 
Although depauperate specimens of C. coronopifolia can look similar, C. bipinnata 
has a shorter and more often purplish peduncle bearing scattered hairs at anthesis, a 
differently coloured disc, and fewer female florets. The involucral bracts are also more 
frequently purple in C. bipinnata. Unlike other species o \'Cotula in Australia, outer florets 
develop a small corolla. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: W of Northern Inland Hwy on Perenjori 
Rd, A.M,Ashby 5218 (CANB, PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: roadside, c. 200 km N of 
Tennant Ck (between Elliot and Renner Springs), C.R.Alcock 7210 (AD, BRI, DNA). SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA: 10 km NW of Nuriootpa, Northern Lofty, R.J.Bates 29155 (AD). NEW SOUTH 
WALES: 1 km NW along Oxley Rd from the Hay-Maude Rd, R.G.Coveny 18676 , G.Chappie, 
P.G.Kodela & 11.McPherson (AD, BRI. MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: E side of Hume Freeway, 100 
km N of Melbourne, LC.Clarke 3062 (CANB, MEL). 
7. Cotula alpina (Hook.f.) Hook.f, FI. Tasman. 1: 192 (1856) 
Ctenosperma alpinum Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 115 (1847). 
Type: Marlborough, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn ; n.v. 
Scapose, annuals or short-lived perennials to c. 10 cm high, stoloniferous, glabrous. 
Rosette leaves to c. 4 cm long, 1-pinnatisect, minutely glandular. Capitula 3-7 mm diam.; 
peduncle to 5 cm long, 1-3 mm broad (pressed specimens), not obconical distally at 
maturity. Involucral bracts numerous; outer bracts broad-oblong or ovate, 2-3 mm long, 
with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, 3- or 4-seriate, sessile. Central florets few, 
functionally male, sessile; corolla c. 1.0 mm long, with limb yellow-green. Achenes of 
outer florets 1.5-2 mm long; faces ± obovate, glabrous or papillose, with fleshy wings 
nearly as broad as body. Alpine Cotula. 
Notes: Occurs in far south-eastern New South Wales, eastern Victoria, and Tasmania. 
Grows mostly at high altitudes in various soils including basalt-derived loam, in grassland, 
sedgeland and forest. Flowers summer to autumn. 
Sits uncomfortably between Cotula and Leptinella as it has functionally male central 
florets, multiseriate female florets, glandular leaves, and a stoloniferous habit as in the 
latter genus, but without a corolla on the female florets as in the former. Often confused 
with LeptinellaJilicula which occupies similar habitats, but hairs are always evident in the 
latter on close inspection. The hyaline margin of C. alpina is often pigmented purple or 
brown apically; this is a feature of a number of species of Leptinella from New Zealand, 
but is not generally evident in Australian species. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: S along internal road, c. 2 km S of Kydra 
Reefs, R.G.Coveny 19004 & A.E.Orme (MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: 1.25 km SE of Ml Jim, Bogong 
High Plains, R.J.Adair 1613 (MEL). TASMANIA: Bluff R., A.Moscal 8215 (HO); Junction Boat 
Ramp & Central Plateau roads, E side of Great Lake, A.Brown 189 (HO). 

Page image

971996 Dandelion Muelleria 25: 69
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605117
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
69 
SE to Wangaratta in north-central Victoria, with an isolated record from Buchan in far 
eastern Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites, often in poor soils, in urban environments, 
forest and woodland. Flowers most of year. 
Readily identified in fruit by the extremely long beaks of the central achenes. These 
exceed the involucral bracts at maturity. The somewhat shorter marginal achenes are 
housed within the convexity of the involucral bract at maturity. At flowering, the nodding 
capitular buds and paler indumentum of the involucre distinguishes it from C. capillaris 
and C. vesicaria subsp. taraxacifolia. Specimens in Australia mostly conform to subsp. 
foetida as defined by Sell (1976), but some specimens have outer involucral bracts broader 
than 0.75 mm. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Landers Rd, Lesniurdie, A.A.Mitchell 
4134 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Northern Yorke Peninsula, Hundred of Wiltunga, 
B.Copley 3308 (AD); on roadside, west end of Torrens Gorge, A.G.Spooner 294 (AD). NEW 
SOUTH WALES: near Wee Jasper Caves, M.Gray 5363 (BRI, CANB); Brocklesby, Dec. 1921, 
J.Hunter (NSW). VICTORIA: Green Rd, Upper Lurg, J.Strudmck 770 (MEL). 
5. *Crepis pusilla (Sommier) Merxm., Mitt. Bot. Munchen 7: 275 (1968) 
Melitella pusilla Sommier, Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital. 14: 497 (1907). 
Type: n.v. 
Plants to 0.02 m high, acaulescent, nearly glabrous. Leaves divided or not, with 1: 
w ratio c. 5-12; margin entire or denticulate. Capitula few to several, sessile; involucre 
2.5-4 mm long, c. 1 mm diam.; outer bracts 2-4, c. 1 mm long, glabrous, 0.5 mm wide; 
inner bracts glabrous, but hairs at base of involucre, morphology not known at maturity; 
receptacle c. 2 mm diam. Florets: ligule c. I mm long; style pubescence black. Achenes 
ellipsoid, c. 2 mm long, not or hardly beaked, with ribs crowded, ?smooth. Pappus 
persistent, 1-1.5 mm long, white. Dandelion Crepis. 
Notes: Native to Portugal, Malta, Greece and Crete. Recorded from the Eyre Peninsula 
around Bascombe Well and Port Lincoln in South Australia, although its persistence is 
uncertain. Grows on agricultural land. Flowers spring. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Eyre Peninsula, Hundred of Blesing, near 
Bascombe Well HS, c. 25 km WSW of Lock, H.Eichler 19345 (AD, MEL); Proper Bay, Port 
Lincoln, C.R.Alcock 2167 (CANB). 
5. TARAXACUM Weber ex Wiggers, Prim. FI. Holsat. 56 (1780) 
Perennial herbs, scapose. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves all basal. Inflorescences 
solitary. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate, soft and reflexed at maturity. 
Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not compressed, beaked. Pappus ot bristles, 
persistent, homomorphic; bristles scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. 
About 2500 species worldwide, predominantly from Eurasia. This genus was not 
assessed in detail by the author. It is currently undergoing revision in Australia. The 
treatment of Scarlett (1999) represents some initial findings which has greatly diverged 
from the previously conservative assessments presented in state floras. Two native species 
and seven introduced taxa are recognised in Scarlett’s treatment. 
6. YOUNGIA Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. (Paris) 23: 88 (1831) 
Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves all or 
mostly basal. Inflorescences cymose or paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts 
biseriate; soft and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, 

Page image

971994 Dandelion Muelleria 25: 68
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605116
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

68 
Thompson 
3. *Crepis vesicaria subsp. taraxacifolia (Thuill.) Thell., in Schinz & R.Keller, FI. 
Schweiz , 3rd edn, 2: 361 (1914) 
Crepis taraxacifolia Thuill., FI. Env. Paris 409 (1799). 
Type: France; n.v. 
Barkhausia haenseleri Boiss. ex DC., Prodr 7: 153 (1838), as Haenseleri ; Crepis 
vesicaria subsp. haenseleri (Boiss. ex DC.) Sell, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 71: 254 (1975). Type: 
Southern Spain, E.Boissier ; n. v. 
Plants to c. 1.2 m high, with spreading hairs on stem and leaves, sometimes rather 
sparse. Basal leaves lyrately 1- or 2-pinnatisect, with l:w ratio c. 5-8, with segments c. 
spreading; margin entire or with scattered teeth or denticulations; cauline leaves few, 
usually pinnatisect above mid-stem; base becoming dilated and stem-clasping upwards. 
Capitula few to many; involucre 8-12 mm long, c. 3-5 mm diam.; outer bracts 8-12, 
3-5 mm long, 1.0-1.3 mm wide, nearly glabrous; inner bracts cobwebby, with emergent 
usually blackish and broad-based gland-tipped hairs, ?not hardened, slightly convex at 
maturity; receptacle 3-6 mm diam. Florets: ligule 5-9 mm long; style pubescence dark. 
Achenes 6-9 mm long, beaked; body c. fusiform, 3-4.5 mm long, with ribs well-spaced, 
scabridulous. Pappus persistent, c. 5 mm long, white. Dandelion Hawksheard. 
Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern Australia from the Adelaide 
region in far south-eastern South Australia east to Ballarat in south-central Victoria. Also 
naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in waste land. Flowers spring-early summer. 
A very common weed of roadsides between Warmambool and Portland in Victoria. It 
has a similar indumentum to C. capillaris but its leaves are more divided, inflorescences 
more congested and with larger capitula, the outer involucral bracts are broader, and 
achenes much longer and beaked. 
Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Watch Quarry area, c. 1 km from 
Millicent-Glencoc Rd, A.A.Munir 5341 (AD). VICTORIA: roadside near Drive-In Theatre, 
outskirts of Portland, R. V.Smith 67/130 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW); Nigretta Falls on Wannon R., c. 
7.5 km (direct line) ENE of Wannon, I.C.Clarke 2527 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW). 
4. *Crepis foetida L., Sp. PL 2: 807 (1753) subsp. foetida 
Type: France; n.v. 
Crepis foetida a. vulgaris Bisch., Beitr. 252 (1851); Crepis foetida subsp. vulgaris (Bisch.) 
Babe., / Bot. 76: 205 (1938). Type: n.v. 
Plants to c. 0.8 m high, with spreading hairs on lower stem and leaves. Basal leaves 
divided or not, with l:w ratio c. 5-8; margin entire dentate or denticulate; cauline leaves 
few or several, entire or lobate above mid-stem; base becoming sagittate, stem-clasping 
upwards. Capitula few to several; involucre 9-12 mm long, c. 3-4 mm diam.; outer bracts 
12-14, 4-6 mm long, 0.4—1.0 mm wide, hairy; inner bracts cobwebby, with numerous 
emergent pale slender-based gland-tipped hairs, hardened and convex at maturity; 
receptacle c. 2-4 mm diam. Florets: ligule 5-9 mm long; style pubescence mostly pale. 
Achenes 7-17 mm long, beaked, dimorphic; central achenes 12-17 mm long; body 
narrow fusiform, c. 4 mm long, with ribs crowded, scabridulous; marginal achenes 7-10 
mm long. Pappus persistent, 5-8 mm long, white. Stinking Hawksheard. 
Notes : Native to Europe and south-western Asia. Occurs in far south-western Western 
Australia from Moore R. south to Kingston forest, in south-eastern Australia from the 
Yorke Peninsula in South Australia east to Tumut in south-eastern New South Wales and 

Page image

972002 Dune Muelleria 25: 78
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605168
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

78 
Thompson 
Actites megalocarpus (Tlook.f.) Lander, Telopea 1: 129 (1976) 
Sonchus asper var. megalocarpus I look.f., FI. Tasman. 1: 227 (1856); S. megalocarpus 
(Hook.f.) J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 661 (1929); Embergeria megalocarpa (Hook.f.) 
Boulos, in Hj.Eichler, FI. S. Australia 2nd edn, suppl. 333 (1965). 
Type: "near the sea on the north shore of the island’, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn 845 ; holo: K 
n. v. 
S. asper var. littoralis J.M. Black, Naturalised FI. S. Australia 104 (1909), nom. illeg. non 
Kirk (1895). Type: Precise locality unknown, South Australia, J.M.Black’, neo: NSW; 
isoneo AD ,fide N.S.Lander, op. c/7. 130. 
Perennials to c. 0.6 m high. Leaves often crowded, to 26 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-7, 
undivided or lobate, somewhat coriaceous; base above mid-stem cordate or sagittate; 
margin entire, denticulate or dentate; lobate leaves with 3-6 spreading to slightly retrorse 
lobes per side. Capitula few to several; involucre 12-20 mm long, c. 6-12 mm diam.; outer 
and intermediate bracts narrow-ovate to lanceolate, with hyaline margin very slender, 
often bearing spine-like hairs along midrib; inner bracts with distinct hyaline margin; 
receptacle glabrous or pit margin fimbriate. Florets: ligule 6-10 mm long, slightly shorter 
than tube; style pubescence often dark. Achenes 4.0-8.0 mm long, compressed, pale to 
dark brown, smooth, except for 3 longitudinal ribs, with these ribs often inflated; margin 
smooth, rounded. Pappus 7-13 mm long, white. Dune Thistle. 
Notes: Occurs on the eastern and southern coastlines of mainland Australia from 
Ioorbul in southern Queensland south and then west to Middleton beach in south-western 
Western Australia, and on the south-eastern coast of Tasmania. Grows on coastal sand 
dunes and cliffs. Flowers most of year. 
Although the best classification for this species is perhaps still a moot point, it is 
considered best to retain it in Actites at this point. Further phylogenetic studies will 
hopefully elucidate relationships between Actites , Sonchus and other related genera. 
Molecular studies by Kim, Lu & Lepschi (2004), although not conclusive, placed A. 
megalocarpus in a separate clade to a clade containing the three Australian species S. 
hydrophilus , S. asper and S. oleraceus. 
Apart from features given in the key, Actites megalocarpus tends to have leaf-bases that 
are less stem-clasping, hairs when developed on the peduncle and outer and intermediate 
bracts that are always spine-like and more robust, and the margin of the achenes rounded 
and smooth rather than with a sharp edge and scabridulous. The longitudinal ribs of the 
achenes often become inflated in this species and this was one of the achenial features 
Lander (1976) used to distinguish the new genus from Sonchus. This inflation of ribs has, 
however, been seen in S. hydrophilus , although to a lesser extent. The pappus of dimorphic 
bristles corresponds to the morphology seen in Sonchus. The distinctive glandular hairs 
seen in species of Sonchus in Australia, particularly on the peduncle, have not been seen 
in Actites megalocarpus. 
The epithet has changed from megalocarpa due to a recent ICBN decision to treat all 
genera ending in “ites” as masculine. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: west of Dempster Hill, Esperance, 16 
Nov. 1950, J.H. Willis (MEL). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Kangaroo Is., West Bay, R.J.Bates 30273 
(AD, MEL). QUEENSLAND: 0.5 km south of Eurong, Fraser Is., A.R.Bean 8066 (BRI). NEW 
SOUTH WALES: Kioloa Beach, c. 1 km north of Kioloa, South Coast, I.R.Telford 10159 (AD, 
CANB, MEL). VICTORIA: Point Nepean, 27 Nov. 1963 , J.D.M.Pearson (MEL). TASMANIA: 
Sanctuary Bay, A.Moscal 5631 (AD, HO, MEL). 

Page image

857312 Embergeria megalocarpa Muelleria 25: 78
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605168
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

78 
Thompson 
Actites megalocarpus (Tlook.f.) Lander, Telopea 1: 129 (1976) 
Sonchus asper var. megalocarpus I look.f., FI. Tasman. 1: 227 (1856); S. megalocarpus 
(Hook.f.) J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 661 (1929); Embergeria megalocarpa (Hook.f.) 
Boulos, in Hj.Eichler, FI. S. Australia 2nd edn, suppl. 333 (1965). 
Type: "near the sea on the north shore of the island’, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn 845 ; holo: K 
n. v. 
S. asper var. littoralis J.M. Black, Naturalised FI. S. Australia 104 (1909), nom. illeg. non 
Kirk (1895). Type: Precise locality unknown, South Australia, J.M.Black’, neo: NSW; 
isoneo AD ,fide N.S.Lander, op. c/7. 130. 
Perennials to c. 0.6 m high. Leaves often crowded, to 26 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-7, 
undivided or lobate, somewhat coriaceous; base above mid-stem cordate or sagittate; 
margin entire, denticulate or dentate; lobate leaves with 3-6 spreading to slightly retrorse 
lobes per side. Capitula few to several; involucre 12-20 mm long, c. 6-12 mm diam.; outer 
and intermediate bracts narrow-ovate to lanceolate, with hyaline margin very slender, 
often bearing spine-like hairs along midrib; inner bracts with distinct hyaline margin; 
receptacle glabrous or pit margin fimbriate. Florets: ligule 6-10 mm long, slightly shorter 
than tube; style pubescence often dark. Achenes 4.0-8.0 mm long, compressed, pale to 
dark brown, smooth, except for 3 longitudinal ribs, with these ribs often inflated; margin 
smooth, rounded. Pappus 7-13 mm long, white. Dune Thistle. 
Notes: Occurs on the eastern and southern coastlines of mainland Australia from 
Ioorbul in southern Queensland south and then west to Middleton beach in south-western 
Western Australia, and on the south-eastern coast of Tasmania. Grows on coastal sand 
dunes and cliffs. Flowers most of year. 
Although the best classification for this species is perhaps still a moot point, it is 
considered best to retain it in Actites at this point. Further phylogenetic studies will 
hopefully elucidate relationships between Actites , Sonchus and other related genera. 
Molecular studies by Kim, Lu & Lepschi (2004), although not conclusive, placed A. 
megalocarpus in a separate clade to a clade containing the three Australian species S. 
hydrophilus , S. asper and S. oleraceus. 
Apart from features given in the key, Actites megalocarpus tends to have leaf-bases that 
are less stem-clasping, hairs when developed on the peduncle and outer and intermediate 
bracts that are always spine-like and more robust, and the margin of the achenes rounded 
and smooth rather than with a sharp edge and scabridulous. The longitudinal ribs of the 
achenes often become inflated in this species and this was one of the achenial features 
Lander (1976) used to distinguish the new genus from Sonchus. This inflation of ribs has, 
however, been seen in S. hydrophilus , although to a lesser extent. The pappus of dimorphic 
bristles corresponds to the morphology seen in Sonchus. The distinctive glandular hairs 
seen in species of Sonchus in Australia, particularly on the peduncle, have not been seen 
in Actites megalocarpus. 
The epithet has changed from megalocarpa due to a recent ICBN decision to treat all 
genera ending in “ites” as masculine. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: west of Dempster Hill, Esperance, 16 
Nov. 1950, J.H. Willis (MEL). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Kangaroo Is., West Bay, R.J.Bates 30273 
(AD, MEL). QUEENSLAND: 0.5 km south of Eurong, Fraser Is., A.R.Bean 8066 (BRI). NEW 
SOUTH WALES: Kioloa Beach, c. 1 km north of Kioloa, South Coast, I.R.Telford 10159 (AD, 
CANB, MEL). VICTORIA: Point Nepean, 27 Nov. 1963 , J.D.M.Pearson (MEL). TASMANIA: 
Sanctuary Bay, A.Moscal 5631 (AD, HO, MEL). 

Page image

616197 Epacris cerasicollina Muelleria 25: 124-126, Figs 1b, d, 4 (map), 5
616198 Epacris graniticola Muelleria 25: 126, Figs 4 (map), 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605216
Page is part of the work Additions to Epacris (Epacridoidae, Ericaceae) in Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.292237

Page text

126 
Crowden 
and Y Menadue 110 111580. Mt. Peter, east ridge, Dec. 29, 1985, A.M. Buchanan HO 98107. 
Bluemans Creek, Sept. 11, 1995, A. North HO 316967. Moulting Lagoon game reserve, on track 
to Apsley marshes, Sept.2, 1996, D.A. Keith HO 321579. Schouten Is., S of cabin, Nov. 14, 2000, 
A.C. Rozenfelds HO 509281. Hardings Falls, E. Swan River, Nov. 17, 1985, R.K. Crowden and Y. 
Menadue HO 111645. Top of Deep Falls, Green Tier Ridge, SW of Tooms Lake, Oct. 14, 1989, 
P. Collier HO 119681. Tasman Hwy 12km N. of Triabunna, Sept. 12, 1984, R.K. Crowden HO 
407778. Macquarie River, riverbed and terrace, Apr. 30, 2003, A.J. North HO 541045. 
Etymologyr The specific epithet is from Latin cerasus cherry, collis, hill, named 
after Cherry Tree Hill, the location of what is possibly its largest extant population. 
Distribution : The central east coastal region of Tasmania from Green Hills to about 
Seymour, on the Freycinet Peninsula and Schouten Island, and inland on the eastern and 
western slopes of the East Coast range to about 300m altitude, at Lake Leake and down 
the Valleys of the Tooms and Macquarie Rivers. In grasslands and open woodlands, on 
shallow stony, often moist soils and in riverbank vegetation. Fig. 4b. 
3. Epacrisgraniticola R.K. Crowden sp. nov. 
Epacride virgata foliis recurvatis marginibus incrassatis scabrisque et floribus in 
fasciculis terminalibus differt. 
Type : TASMANIA: Mt. Cameron, southern slopes near eastern end in wet fissures on 
exposed granite slabs, Oct. 18, 2003, R.K. Crowden (holotype: HO 540971). Iso. MEL, 
CANB, NSW. 
A generally erect, multistemmed shrub , which may reach 1.5m in height in sheltered 
locations, but often heavily browsed to a low, bushy, almost matlike habit, the old stems 
mostly bare of leaves. Young stems and branchlets, brown, rounded, hirsute. Leaves erect 
and spreading, reflexed in the upper part; ovate-lanceolate to ovate, 2.0 -5.5mm long, 
1.3 - 2.9mm wide; apex acute, mucronate, blunt, the base obtuse and tapering sharply 
onto the short petiole (< 1mm); lamina glabrous except for sparse hairs extending from 
the petiole, somewhat thickened; margin thickened, scabrous or minutely denticulate; 
prominent midrib and 3-5 veins evident abaxially. Flowers white, in terminal clusters 
on the main and short lateral branches, or extending a few ems down the major branches; 
bracts pale, ovate, keeled in the upper part, apex acute, glabrous, margin ciliolate; sepals 
white or pink striate, lanceolate-ovate, 2.0 - 3.9 mm long, glabrous, apex broadly acute, 
margin ciliolate; corolla tube barely campanulate, ca. equal to or slightly less than the 
sepals, glabrous, caduceus. anthers red. exserted, 1.0 - 1.45mm long on filaments which 
are longer; ovary smooth, round, glabrous; style 2.3 -5.8mm long, slender, with a basal 
swelling, the stigma rounded at the top of or above the anthers; nectary scales rounded 
triangular, ca. 1/3 the height of the ovary; capsule green, less than Vi sepals length, sepals 
and dry capsule open widely when the capsules ripen; style persistent (fig 5). 
Selected specimens examined. Summit of Mt. Stronach, Aug. 13,1996, D.A. Keith (HO 321358); 
Mt. Stronach, Oct. 14, 1990,>4. Moscal (HO 127054); Mt. Cameron, Nov. 19, 1983, A. Moscal (HO 
110127); Endurance Tin Mine Mt. Cameron, Sept. 05, 1985, R.K. Crowden and Yvonne Menadue 
(HO 111595); Cube Rock, Mt. Cameron,Aug. 12, 1996,D./L Keith (HO 321504); Rossarden Sept. 
05, 1997, D.A. Keith HO 322051). 
Etymology: From granite, and Latin - cola , dweller. A granite dweller. 
Distribution : Known from 3 locations only on granite mountains in northeast 
Tasmanian; in moist patches on the shaded sides of outcropping boulders or amongst 
moss and lichen patches in fissures on exposed rock slabs Fig. 4c. 

Page image

616199 Epacris moscaliana Muelleria 25: 127, Figs 4 (map), 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605217
Page is part of the work Additions to Epacris (Epacridoidae, Ericaceae) in Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.292237

Page text

Epacris in Tasmania 
127 
4. Epacris moscalianus R.K. Crowden sp. nov. 
Epacride graniticolae floribus in fasciculis terminalibus similis sed foliis planis 
rotundatisque, fere carinatis, non nisi costa conspicua abaxialites marginibus 
sen 'it la t iss im is differt. 
Type : TASMANIA: Dukes River above Dukes Marsh, Nov. 18, 2003, 7?.K Crowden 
(holotype HO 541194). Iso. MEL, CANB, NSW. 
A virgate, sometimes low, bushy shrub, rarely more than 50cm high in exposed locations, 
but reaching up to 1.5m in sheltering scrub; old stems may retain some leaves for several 
years; young stems greenish-brown, sparsely hairy to pubescent. Leaves well spaced 
on young branches, erect, flat and semi-spreading; 2.1 3.5 - (5)mm long, 1.3 - 2.9mm 
wide, on petioles ca. 1/3 - Vi the length of the leaves, (narrow lanceolate) to oblanceolate 
to ovate or rounded, the apex broadly acute or obtuse with a short blunt mucro, both 
surfaces glabrous, the midrib very prominent abaxially, margin +/- entire or microserrulate. 
Flowers white, erect, in small, terminal clusters, or rarely extending a few cms down the 
stems in tight, overlapping spikes; bracts pale or pink tinged, ovate, apex obtuse, margin 
ciliolate; sepals pink tinged, ovate-lanceolate, ca. equal or slightly longer than the tube, 
2.0 - 5mm long, apex acute, margin ciliolate; corolla tube +/- campanulate, 2.0 - 4.7mm 
long, glabrous, caduceus; lobes longer than the tube, spreading, overlapping slightly at 
the base, apex rounded; anthers red 1.0 - 1.5mm long, subtended by filaments which are 
longer and project the anthers well above the plane of the lobes; ovary rounded, smooth, 
ca. 1 /3 of sepals, style slender with a slight basal swelling, 2.5 - 7mm, the stigma exserted 
usually above the anthers; nectary scales truncate !4 - 1/3 ovary. Capsule green, ca Vi 
sepal length. Sepals and dry capsule segments open widely when the capsule ripens; style 
+/- persistent (fig 5). 
Selected specimens examined. Royal George, flood plain at St. Pauls River crossing, Oct. 16, 
1987, R.K. Crowden HO II1720. St. Pauls River gorge, between Mt. Misery and Mt. Puzzler, June 
27, 1981, A. Moscal HO 44808. St.Pauls River, flood plain gravels at road crossing SE of Avoca, 
R.K. Crowden and Y. Menadue , HO 111730. Avoca, Oct. 18, 1881, A. Simson HO 514 924. Horshoe 
Marsh, St. Pauls River, Apr.9, 1980, A. Moscal HO 34949. Nile River at Lilybum Bridge, Aug. 
27, 1996, M. Ilowski HO 321506. Dukes River, Nov. 13, 1988, P. Collier HO 118675. Gog Range, 
2km N of Alum Cliffs, Nov. 9, 2001, R. Schardinger HO 526424. St. Pauls River, Jen. With Coal 
Rivulet, Nov. 22, 1981, A. Moscal HO 47233. Coal Rivulet, Nov. 13, 1968, P Collier HO 118683. 
St. Pauls River, east of Cutoff Hill, May 12, 1985, P. Collier HO 98794. West Swan River. Dec. 27, 
1980, A. Moscal HO 38678. St. Pauls River, riverbed above Meadstone Falls, Nov. 23, 2004, A.M. 
Buchanan 110 530183. 
Etymology: Named in honour of Mr Tony Moscal, who first collected this and many 
other Tasmanian plants during the mid to late 1900’s. 
Distribution: Marsh edges and outflow creeks to the St Pauls River in eastern Tasmania 
and as a riverbank and floodplain plant along the St Pauls and upper Nile Rivers; on moist 
rock outcrops with seepage inflows to some of the above marshes, at Alum Cliffs (Mersey 
River) on the Gog Range. (Fig 4.d) 
Acknowledgements 
I thank Prof. B. Potts, School of Plant Science, The University of Tasmania, for running 
the multivariate programmes; Dr. Y. Menadue for drawings of the Epacris species; the 
staff of the Tasmanian Herbarium for their assistance and encouragement and especially 
Dr. G. Kantvilas for the Latin. 

Page image

627875 Epacris moscalianus Muelleria 25: 127
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605217
Page is part of the work Additions to Epacris (Epacridoidae, Ericaceae) in Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.292237

Page text

Epacris in Tasmania 
127 
4. Epacris moscalianus R.K. Crowden sp. nov. 
Epacride graniticolae floribus in fasciculis terminalibus similis sed foliis planis 
rotundatisque, fere carinatis, non nisi costa conspicua abaxialites marginibus 
sen 'it la t iss im is differt. 
Type : TASMANIA: Dukes River above Dukes Marsh, Nov. 18, 2003, 7?.K Crowden 
(holotype HO 541194). Iso. MEL, CANB, NSW. 
A virgate, sometimes low, bushy shrub, rarely more than 50cm high in exposed locations, 
but reaching up to 1.5m in sheltering scrub; old stems may retain some leaves for several 
years; young stems greenish-brown, sparsely hairy to pubescent. Leaves well spaced 
on young branches, erect, flat and semi-spreading; 2.1 3.5 - (5)mm long, 1.3 - 2.9mm 
wide, on petioles ca. 1/3 - Vi the length of the leaves, (narrow lanceolate) to oblanceolate 
to ovate or rounded, the apex broadly acute or obtuse with a short blunt mucro, both 
surfaces glabrous, the midrib very prominent abaxially, margin +/- entire or microserrulate. 
Flowers white, erect, in small, terminal clusters, or rarely extending a few cms down the 
stems in tight, overlapping spikes; bracts pale or pink tinged, ovate, apex obtuse, margin 
ciliolate; sepals pink tinged, ovate-lanceolate, ca. equal or slightly longer than the tube, 
2.0 - 5mm long, apex acute, margin ciliolate; corolla tube +/- campanulate, 2.0 - 4.7mm 
long, glabrous, caduceus; lobes longer than the tube, spreading, overlapping slightly at 
the base, apex rounded; anthers red 1.0 - 1.5mm long, subtended by filaments which are 
longer and project the anthers well above the plane of the lobes; ovary rounded, smooth, 
ca. 1 /3 of sepals, style slender with a slight basal swelling, 2.5 - 7mm, the stigma exserted 
usually above the anthers; nectary scales truncate !4 - 1/3 ovary. Capsule green, ca Vi 
sepal length. Sepals and dry capsule segments open widely when the capsule ripens; style 
+/- persistent (fig 5). 
Selected specimens examined. Royal George, flood plain at St. Pauls River crossing, Oct. 16, 
1987, R.K. Crowden HO II1720. St. Pauls River gorge, between Mt. Misery and Mt. Puzzler, June 
27, 1981, A. Moscal HO 44808. St.Pauls River, flood plain gravels at road crossing SE of Avoca, 
R.K. Crowden and Y. Menadue , HO 111730. Avoca, Oct. 18, 1881, A. Simson HO 514 924. Horshoe 
Marsh, St. Pauls River, Apr.9, 1980, A. Moscal HO 34949. Nile River at Lilybum Bridge, Aug. 
27, 1996, M. Ilowski HO 321506. Dukes River, Nov. 13, 1988, P. Collier HO 118675. Gog Range, 
2km N of Alum Cliffs, Nov. 9, 2001, R. Schardinger HO 526424. St. Pauls River, Jen. With Coal 
Rivulet, Nov. 22, 1981, A. Moscal HO 47233. Coal Rivulet, Nov. 13, 1968, P Collier HO 118683. 
St. Pauls River, east of Cutoff Hill, May 12, 1985, P. Collier HO 98794. West Swan River. Dec. 27, 
1980, A. Moscal HO 38678. St. Pauls River, riverbed above Meadstone Falls, Nov. 23, 2004, A.M. 
Buchanan 110 530183. 
Etymology: Named in honour of Mr Tony Moscal, who first collected this and many 
other Tasmanian plants during the mid to late 1900’s. 
Distribution: Marsh edges and outflow creeks to the St Pauls River in eastern Tasmania 
and as a riverbank and floodplain plant along the St Pauls and upper Nile Rivers; on moist 
rock outcrops with seepage inflows to some of the above marshes, at Alum Cliffs (Mersey 
River) on the Gog Range. (Fig 4.d) 
Acknowledgements 
I thank Prof. B. Potts, School of Plant Science, The University of Tasmania, for running 
the multivariate programmes; Dr. Y. Menadue for drawings of the Epacris species; the 
staff of the Tasmanian Herbarium for their assistance and encouragement and especially 
Dr. G. Kantvilas for the Latin. 

Page image

857359 Epacris serpyllifolia squarrosa Muelleria 25: 123
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605213
Page is part of the work Additions to Epacris (Epacridoidae, Ericaceae) in Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.292237
857358 Epacris squarrosa Muelleria 25: 123
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605213
Page is part of the work Additions to Epacris (Epacridoidae, Ericaceae) in Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.292237
616140 Epacris tasmanica Muelleria 25: 123-124, Figs 1, 4 (map), 5

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 123-124, Figs 1, 4 (map), 5".

615974 Eriocephalus africanus Muelleria 25: 43-44

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 43-44".

615973 Eriocephalus Muelleria 25: 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605091
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
43 
2. *Matricaria matricarioicles (Less.) Porter, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 5: 341 (1894). 
Artemisia matricarioicles Less., Linnaea 6: 210 (1831). 
Type: ‘Unalaschca’, Chamisso ; syn: n.v.; 'Kamtschatca’, [former U.S.S.R.], I.Redowski ; 
syn: n.v. 
Santolina suaveolens Pursh, FI. Amer Sept. 2: 520 (1814); Chamomilla suaveolens 
(Pursh) Rydb., N. Amer. FI 34: 232 (1916). Type: n.v. 
Matricaria cliscoidea DC., Prodr. 6: 50 (1838). Type: California, U.S.A, Douglas ; n.v. 
Plants to c. 45 cm high but mostly 5-20 cm high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 4.5 cm long. 
Capitula solitary or few, discoid, 5-9 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 1 cm long. Involucre 3-4.5 
mm long; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long. Florets: corolla c. 1 
mm long, with tube usually slightly longer and broader than the 4-lobed, greenish limb. 
Achenes obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long. Pappus a minute scarious rim. Rounded Chamomile , 
Rayless Chamomile , Pineapple Weed. 
Notes: Native to Europe, Asia and possibly North America. Occurs in eastern New 
South Wales, southern and central Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Also naturalised in 
New Zealand. Grows in waste areas in urban environments. Flowers spring-summer. 
Generally compact, much-branched plants, with distinctive greenish, domed capitula 
on short peduncles. Recorded as pineapple-scented. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: C.I.G. footpath, Orange, R.Medd 161167 
(NSW). VICTORIA: outside Melbourne Cricket Ground, Jolimont, D.E.Albrecht 4599 (AD, 
CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: St Helens, T.Shea 70 (HO). 
14. ERIOCEPHALUS L., Sp. Pl. 2: 926 (1753) 
Shrubs, erect. Leaves entire or 1 -pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, radiate (in Australia) 
or disciform; involucre 2-seriate, with bracts similar in length, with the densely villous 
inner series often connate; receptacle paleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual 
or functionally male, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes homomorphic, dorsiventrally 
compressed, with 2 lateral ribs, hairy. Pappus absent. 
A genus of 26 species from South Africa and Namibia. Leaves ot axillary shoots are 
commonly crowded together with the subtending leaf, giving the foliage a fasciculate 
appearance. 
*Eriocephalus africanus L., Sp. PI. 2: 926 (1753) 
Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa]; n.v. 
Plants to c. 60 cm high, sericeous. Leaves to c. 2 cm long, entire and linear or 1- 
pinnatisect with segments few. Capitula radiate, solitary but grouped to appear 
corymbiform, 6-8 mm diam. Involucre c. 3 mm long, silky-hairy; outer series ol bracts 4 
or 5, free, ovate, with margin brown; inner bracts 3, fused; paleae 3-4 mm long, 0.8 mm 
wide, hairy; mature receptacle not seen. Florets: ray florets 3 or 4, with ligule c. orbicular, 
3-4 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 2.5 mm long, with tube c. equal limb and 
much narrower; limb deep purple, 5-lobed. Achenes obovate in profile, c. 3 mm long, 
pale, woolly. 
Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-central New South Wales. Ecological 
preferences not known. Flowers winter. 
It is unknown whether the Condobolin population has persisted. 

Page image

616133 Eriochlamys behrii Muelleria 25: 102-106, Figs 1 (map), 2, 3
616138 Eriochlamys behrii uniceps Muelleria 25: 109
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605199
Page is part of the work A revision of Eriochlamys (Asteraceae, Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292236
857357 Eriochlamys behrii uniceps Muelleria 25: 109
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605199
Page is part of the work A revision of Eriochlamys (Asteraceae, Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292236
616139 Eriochlamys cupularis Muelleria 25: 111-113, Figs 1 (map), 2d, 6

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 111-113, Figs 1 (map), 2d, 6".

616134 Eriochlamys eremaea Muelleria 25: 106-109, Figs 1 (map), 2b, 4

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 106-109, Figs 1 (map), 2b, 4".

616132 Eriochlamys Muelleria 25: 102
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605192
Page is part of the work A revision of Eriochlamys (Asteraceae, Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292236

Page text

102 
Walsh 
described as having capitula ‘simple’ (Brown 1992) or ‘solitary or up to 5 in groups, but 
remaining discrete’ (Jeanes 1999). In the process of accumulating specimens to formalise 
the publication of the unnamed species, it became clear that two further, essentially 
allopatric, species also occur in central Australia (Western Australia, Northern Territory 
and South Australia) and an area to the east of this in southern Queensland and northern 
New South Wales. A revision of the genus is presented below. With the exception of the 
treatments cited above, all the species here recognised have been previously incorporated 
under the name E. behrii in State and regional floras and checklists. 
Taxonomy 
Eriochlamys Sond. & F. Muell. in Sond., Linnaea 25: 488 (1853) 
Type E. behrii Sond. & F. Muell. 
Small ascending to erect, wiry, aromatic annual herbs. Leaves cauline, sessile, 
alternate or some opposite toward base, entire. Capitula sessile, terminal, simple or in 
compound heads, or sometimes initially clustered but elongating and becoming spike¬ 
like; involucral bracts 2 several-seriate, unequal, outer ones herbaceous, leaf-like, often 
cottony, inner ones scarious and glabrous or sparsely cottony; receptacle hemispherical 
to conical, tuberculate, naked. Florets numerous, bisexual, tubular, yellow; corolla deeply 
5-lobed; anthers tailed at base, with acute apical appendages; style bilobed, with linear 
branches, truncate and papillose at apex. Cypselas more or less obovoid, terete or slightly 
compressed, brown, epidermis minutely papillose, developing a thinly inflated transparent 
layer on hydration; carpopodium present, a complete annulus with cells outlines just 
detectable, the cells much smaller than the adjacent epidermal cells of the cypsela; pappus 
absent. 
Although Anderberg (1991, p. 129) described the receptacle as flat, in all species it is 
domed to conical. 
Four species, endemic to mainland Australia. 
Key to species 
1. Corolla tube < 1 mm long; capitula initially gathered together, but the inflorescence 
often elongating and becoming spike-like. Largest leaves usually more than 10 mm 
long and 1 mm wide, at least some with margins merely recurved (not revolute) and 
the abaxial lamina exposed to some degree. SA, NT, WA.2. E. eremaea 
1. Corolla tube at least 1.1 mm long; capitula solitary or variously aggregated at tips 
of branchlets but never growing out into a spike-like inflorescence. Leaves rarely 
larger than 10 mm long and 1 mm wide and abaxial lamina hidden by the revolute 
margins ..♦.2 
2. Capitula remaining in subglobose compound heads, individual capitula and/or outer 
bracts obscured by dense woolly hairs SA, NSW, Vic.1- E . behrii 
2. Capitula solitary, sometimes in closely contracted few-flowered cymes but always 
separable at least at fruiting stage, individual capitula and bracts not obscured by 
woolly hairs.......3 
3. Outer bracts rhombic or narrowly ovate (broadest near the middle), the 
thickened or recurved margins not obscuring abaxial surface, distinctly shorter 
than the involucre, graduating in size and shape across several series from the 
leaves to the elliptic inner bracts, imparting a scaly appearance to the capitula. 
NSW, Vic.3. E. squamata 

Page image

857356 Eriochlamys sp. 1 Muelleria 25: 109
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605199
Page is part of the work A revision of Eriochlamys (Asteraceae, Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292236

Page text

Eriochlamys 
109 
Notes: Distinct from other members of the genus in the smaller corolla tube, the 
larger leaves and the strong tendency for the inflorescence to elongate so that capitula 
are arranged spike-like along the stem, and in the strongly eremaean habitat. The latter 
feature is the source of the epithet (Greek, eremia = desert). 
3. Eriochlamys squamata N.G. Walsh sp. nov. 
Eriochlamys sp. A sensu E.A. Brown in G.W. Harden (ed.), FI. New South Wales 3: 253 
(1992); Eriochlamys sp. 1 sensu J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh & T.J. Entwisle (eds), FI. 
Victoria A: 807 (1999). 
Eriochlamys behrii var. uniceps F. Mueller in sched. (MEL 85358, ‘Murray Desert , 
s.d.) 
A E. behrii capitulo solitario vel laxe aggregato non in lana incluso, bracteis 
capitulorum rhombiformibus vel anguste ovatis differt. 
Type: 6 miles [10 km] W of Echuca, 5.vii.l953, R. Melville 3907 (holo: MEL; Iso: K 
Procumbent or ascending to erect annual, 4—10(—16) cm high, often extensively branched 
above base and plant then appearing sub-shrubby; stems white-cottony on newer growth, 
usually glabrescent with age. Leaves linear, 1.5-4(-7) mm long, 0.3-0.6 mm wide, 
appressed to narrowly spreading from stem, obtuse or rounded, base shortly decurrent, 
margins revolutc, entirely obscuring the abaxial surface, adaxial surface glabrous or, 
rarely, with scattered sessile glands, abaxial midrib usually with spreading cottony hairs 
near base. Capitula terminal, solitary or in clusters of up to c. 5, but remaining discrete, 
campanulate or cupular, 2.5-3 mm long, 2-3.5 mm diam.; bracts in c. 3-6 series, outer bracts 
c. rhombic or narrowly ovate, broadest about the middle, 1.3-2.2 mm long, resembling 
the leaves immediately below capitula, but usually considerably shorter and broader than 
typical stem leaves, usually shortly woolly toward base; medial bracts broadly obovate 
or broad elliptic, 2-2.5 mm long, moderately to densely cottony, sparsely glandular near 
middle, margins narrowly to broadly membranous, apex broadly rounded to truncate, 
ruminate, sometimes recurved, sometimes ciliate; inner bracts broadly obovate, as long 
as capitula, largely membranous with a narrow central stereome, or entirely membranous, 
sparsely glandular around middle, sparsely pilose or glabrous, apex ciliate or glabrous. 
Florets 20-40 per capitulum, slightly exceeding involucre at maturity; tubular part of 
corolla 1.2-1.5 mm long, with scattered glands and cottony hairs concentrated proximally 
and distally or distal hairs sometimes absent; lobes spreading or recurved, 0.3-0.4 mm 
long. Cypselas obovoid, truncate or slightly depressed at apex with a short apiculum, 
0.5-0.6 mm long, 0.3-0.35 mm diam. (Figs 2c, 5). 
Representative specimens (43 specimens seen): NEW SOUTH WALES. Deniliquin, xii.1915, 
A. Sinclair s.n. (MEL); Murrumbidgee, 1875. T. Macfarland s.n. (MEL); Barham, s.d., A.C.L. Gates 
s.n. (MEL); Wanganella via Hay, xii. 1903, E. Officer s.n. (NSW); Zara via Hay, iii.1904, E. Officer 
s.n. (NSW); Deniliquin, x.1949, G.A. Crawford28 (NSW); 40 km NNE ol Moulamein, 18.V.1982, 
M. Fox 8205064 (NSW); Wakool, vii. 1935. A. IV.S. Moodie s.n. (NSW): Hill Plain 11 miles south of 
Deniliquin, 15.xi.I954, T. & JWhaite 1700 (NSW). VICTORIA. Between Dimboola and Murra 
Warra, 22.i.l893, F. Reader s.n. (MEL. NSW); Jeparit, c. 1916, S.E. D'Rehor s.n. (AD); Ouyen, 
26.xii.1916, H.B. Williamson s.n. (MEL); Galah public watering place, i. 1939, R. Bray s.n. (NSW); 
The Range Flora Reserve, 24.x. 1979, A.C. Beauglehole 65391 (MEL); 10 km west of Lake Charm, 
x.1984, T. Lowe s.n. (MEL); Terrick Terrick Flora Reserve, 24.xi.1985, A.C. Beauglehole 82693 
(MEL); Wail State Forest, 15.x. 1986, A.C. Beauglehole 86135 (MEL); West of Sandhill Lake 
(between Bael Bael and Quambatook), 19.viii. 1996, S. Garner 319 (MEL). 

Page image

857355 Eriochlamys sp. A Muelleria 25: 109
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605199
Page is part of the work A revision of Eriochlamys (Asteraceae, Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292236

Page text

Eriochlamys 
109 
Notes: Distinct from other members of the genus in the smaller corolla tube, the 
larger leaves and the strong tendency for the inflorescence to elongate so that capitula 
are arranged spike-like along the stem, and in the strongly eremaean habitat. The latter 
feature is the source of the epithet (Greek, eremia = desert). 
3. Eriochlamys squamata N.G. Walsh sp. nov. 
Eriochlamys sp. A sensu E.A. Brown in G.W. Harden (ed.), FI. New South Wales 3: 253 
(1992); Eriochlamys sp. 1 sensu J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh & T.J. Entwisle (eds), FI. 
Victoria A: 807 (1999). 
Eriochlamys behrii var. uniceps F. Mueller in sched. (MEL 85358, ‘Murray Desert , 
s.d.) 
A E. behrii capitulo solitario vel laxe aggregato non in lana incluso, bracteis 
capitulorum rhombiformibus vel anguste ovatis differt. 
Type: 6 miles [10 km] W of Echuca, 5.vii.l953, R. Melville 3907 (holo: MEL; Iso: K 
Procumbent or ascending to erect annual, 4—10(—16) cm high, often extensively branched 
above base and plant then appearing sub-shrubby; stems white-cottony on newer growth, 
usually glabrescent with age. Leaves linear, 1.5-4(-7) mm long, 0.3-0.6 mm wide, 
appressed to narrowly spreading from stem, obtuse or rounded, base shortly decurrent, 
margins revolutc, entirely obscuring the abaxial surface, adaxial surface glabrous or, 
rarely, with scattered sessile glands, abaxial midrib usually with spreading cottony hairs 
near base. Capitula terminal, solitary or in clusters of up to c. 5, but remaining discrete, 
campanulate or cupular, 2.5-3 mm long, 2-3.5 mm diam.; bracts in c. 3-6 series, outer bracts 
c. rhombic or narrowly ovate, broadest about the middle, 1.3-2.2 mm long, resembling 
the leaves immediately below capitula, but usually considerably shorter and broader than 
typical stem leaves, usually shortly woolly toward base; medial bracts broadly obovate 
or broad elliptic, 2-2.5 mm long, moderately to densely cottony, sparsely glandular near 
middle, margins narrowly to broadly membranous, apex broadly rounded to truncate, 
ruminate, sometimes recurved, sometimes ciliate; inner bracts broadly obovate, as long 
as capitula, largely membranous with a narrow central stereome, or entirely membranous, 
sparsely glandular around middle, sparsely pilose or glabrous, apex ciliate or glabrous. 
Florets 20-40 per capitulum, slightly exceeding involucre at maturity; tubular part of 
corolla 1.2-1.5 mm long, with scattered glands and cottony hairs concentrated proximally 
and distally or distal hairs sometimes absent; lobes spreading or recurved, 0.3-0.4 mm 
long. Cypselas obovoid, truncate or slightly depressed at apex with a short apiculum, 
0.5-0.6 mm long, 0.3-0.35 mm diam. (Figs 2c, 5). 
Representative specimens (43 specimens seen): NEW SOUTH WALES. Deniliquin, xii.1915, 
A. Sinclair s.n. (MEL); Murrumbidgee, 1875. T. Macfarland s.n. (MEL); Barham, s.d., A.C.L. Gates 
s.n. (MEL); Wanganella via Hay, xii. 1903, E. Officer s.n. (NSW); Zara via Hay, iii.1904, E. Officer 
s.n. (NSW); Deniliquin, x.1949, G.A. Crawford28 (NSW); 40 km NNE ol Moulamein, 18.V.1982, 
M. Fox 8205064 (NSW); Wakool, vii. 1935. A. IV.S. Moodie s.n. (NSW): Hill Plain 11 miles south of 
Deniliquin, 15.xi.I954, T. & JWhaite 1700 (NSW). VICTORIA. Between Dimboola and Murra 
Warra, 22.i.l893, F. Reader s.n. (MEL. NSW); Jeparit, c. 1916, S.E. D'Rehor s.n. (AD); Ouyen, 
26.xii.1916, H.B. Williamson s.n. (MEL); Galah public watering place, i. 1939, R. Bray s.n. (NSW); 
The Range Flora Reserve, 24.x. 1979, A.C. Beauglehole 65391 (MEL); 10 km west of Lake Charm, 
x.1984, T. Lowe s.n. (MEL); Terrick Terrick Flora Reserve, 24.xi.1985, A.C. Beauglehole 82693 
(MEL); Wail State Forest, 15.x. 1986, A.C. Beauglehole 86135 (MEL); West of Sandhill Lake 
(between Bael Bael and Quambatook), 19.viii. 1996, S. Garner 319 (MEL). 

Page image

616137 Eriochlamys squamata Muelleria 25: 109-111, Figs 1 (map), 2c, 5

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 109-111, Figs 1 (map), 2c, 5".

972007 False Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647

Page text

Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 
5 
measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only 
comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have 
not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain 
from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and 
deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken 
from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and 
habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior 
descriptions. 
DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS 
Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or 
stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be 
very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions 
for the particular species concerned. 
Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the 
base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, 
and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not 
always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. 
Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- 
tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. 
Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness 
of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the 
pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. 
Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata 
contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . 
parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. 
Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. 
- 45 
- 40 
_ 35 
_ 30 
- 25 
_ 20 
_ 15 
_ 10 
_ 5 
L 0 

Page image

972003 False Muelleria 25: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605170
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

80 
Thompson 
Leaf-margin entire or nearly so; outer bracts c. 3 mm long; outer and intermediate bracts 
not or hardly overlapping, with hyaline margin 0.3-0.5 mm wide; ligules not purple- 
red basal ly.2. R . picroides 
1. ^Reichardia tingitana (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) 
Scorzonera tingitana L., Sp. PI. 2: 791 (1753); Picridium tingitanum (L.) Desf., FI. At/ant. 
2:220(1799). 
Type: ‘Habitat in Tingide’, [north-western Africa]; n.v. 
[Reichardia picroides auct. non (L.) Roth: J.M.Black, FI S. Australia 2nd edn, 4: 944 
(1957)] 
Annuals or biennials to c. 0.7 m high, branching, glabrous, often glaucous. Leaves 
forming a rosette, to 17 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-5, divided or not; margin crowded- 
denticulate often minutely, also commonly remotely dentate, sometimes weakly 
spinulose; divided leaves with 2-5 slightly antrorse segments per side; cauline leaves 
few to several, becoming lanceolate upwards; base becoming cordate-auriculate upwards, 
somewhat stem-clasping. Capitula solitary' or few; peduncle dilating distally; involucre 
10-14 mm long, c. 7-10 mm diam.; outer bracts c. 8, broad-ovate, 5-7 mm long, with 
hyaline margin 1-2 mm wide, with a short black sub-apical spur; longer intermediate 
bracts extending over half way; inner bracts with hyaline margin distinct but narrower 
than in outer bracts. Florets: ligule 16-20 mm long, purple-red at base; style pubescence 
pale or slightly darkened. Achenes broad-obloid, 1.5-4 mm long, not tapering apical ly, 
sometimes squarish in transverse section, deeply verrucose or transversely ridged; inner 
ones pale, outer ones light or dark brown, glabrous. Pappus c. 7-9 mm long, white, 
detaching as a unit; bristles fine, smooth. False Sow-thistle, Reichardia. 
Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs on the west coast of Western 
Australia from Shark Bay SSE to Perth, in southern Western Australia NE of Esperance, 
and in south-eastern Australia from south-central South Australia east to Deniliquin in 
south-central New South Wales. Grows in various environments, predominantly semi- 
arid or coastal, particularly in disturbed sites such as roadsides, including coastal dunes, 
in sand, loams, clays and gypsum, in herbfields, shrubland and woodland. Flowers mostly 
late winter-early summer, also other times. 
Readily recognised by its large capitula, long ligules, and overlapping, broad-margined 
outer bracts. A very common weed in south-eastern South Australia. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Near Seven Mile Beach north of 
Dongara, N.S.Lander 1299 (MEL, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. 45 m west of upper part of 
beach, above south side of Dry Ck„ Pine Point Foreshore Reserve, R. V.Smith 86/07 (AD, CANB, 
HO, MEL, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Near Tori IIS remnant, just north of Tori Lake, c. 
6 km NE of‘TylderT, c. 35 km NNE of Balranald, RG.Kodela 461, G.Chappie, R.G.Coveny & 
H.McPherson (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 0.4 km west of Boinka between 
Underbool & Murrayville, west of Ouyen, R. V.Smith 69/32 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). 
2. *Reichardia picroides (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) 
Scorzonera picroides L., Sp. PI. 1: 792 (1753). 
Type: cult., locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 947.11; LINN n.v.,fide S.A.Alavi in S.M.H.Jafri 
& A.El-Gadi, FI. Libya 107: 376 (1983). 
Similar to R. tingitana but differing most markedly in the following (based on limited 
Australian material): Leaf-margin entire or nearly so. Involucre c. 10 mm long, c. 5-6 mm 

Page image

971980 Ferny Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647

Page text

Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 
5 
measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only 
comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have 
not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain 
from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and 
deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken 
from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and 
habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior 
descriptions. 
DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS 
Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or 
stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be 
very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions 
for the particular species concerned. 
Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the 
base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, 
and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not 
always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. 
Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- 
tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. 
Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness 
of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the 
pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. 
Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata 
contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . 
parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. 
Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. 
- 45 
- 40 
_ 35 
_ 30 
- 25 
_ 20 
_ 15 
_ 10 
_ 5 
L 0 

Page image

971982 Ferny Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647

Page text

Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 
5 
measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only 
comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have 
not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain 
from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and 
deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken 
from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and 
habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior 
descriptions. 
DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS 
Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or 
stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be 
very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions 
for the particular species concerned. 
Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the 
base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, 
and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not 
always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. 
Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- 
tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. 
Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness 
of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the 
pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. 
Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata 
contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . 
parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. 
Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. 
- 45 
- 40 
_ 35 
_ 30 
- 25 
_ 20 
_ 15 
_ 10 
_ 5 
L 0 

Page image

971954 Feverfew Muelleria 25: 27
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605134
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
27 
1. * Tanacetumparthenium (L.) Sch.Bip., Tcmaceteen 55 (1844) 
Matricaria parthenium L., Sp. PI. 2: 890 (1753); Chrysanthemum parthenium (L.) Bernh., 
Svst. Verz. 145 (1800). 
Type: Europe; n.v . 
Plants to c. 70 cm high, hairy on stems and leaves. Leaves to c. 9 cm long, 1- or 2- 
pinnatisect; primary segments 3-7; major rachides usually 3-8 mm wide. Capitula a few 
to numerous per stem, generally not congested, radiate, 12-20 mm diam.; peduncle to 
c. 5 cm long. Involucre 3-5 mm long, cobwebby or glabrous; inner series of bracts with 
hyaline extension c. 0.2 mm long. Ray florets 10 to numerous, fertile; ligule 4-8 mm long, 
white. Disc florets: corolla 1.5-2 mm long, with tube ± as broad as and as long as the 
yellow limb. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, 1-1.5 mm long, 5-8-ribbed, pale brown. 
Feverfew. 
Notes'. Native to Europe. Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, eastern New 
South Wales, southern Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Grows in disturbed sites such as 
roadsides. Flowers spring-autumn. 
A garden escape that is weakly naturalised. Horticultural variants include plants with 
increased numbers of ligulate florets. Plants without non-radiate capitula also occur but 
these have not been recorded in Australia. 
Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: along Torrens at St. Peters, R.J.Bates 
35629 (AD, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Moss Vale, 28 Feb. 1971, E.J.McBarron (NSW). 
VICTORIA: E side of Yarrowee R., Ballarat, V.Stajsic 1/68 (CANB, MEL); near the Chalet, Mt 
Buffalo, A.R.Bean 9459 (BRI, MEL). TASMANIA: Russell Falls, Mt Field National Park, 13 Jan. 
1943, W.M.Curtis (HO). 
2. *Tanacetum vulgare L., Sp. Pi 2: 844 (1753) 
Chrysanthemum vulgare (L.) Bernh., Svst. Verz. 144 (1800). 
Type: Herb. Clifford 398, Tanacetum no. 3; lecto: BM ,fide C.J.Humphries, Regnum Veg. 
127: 92(1993) 
T. borea/e Fischer ex DC., Prodr. 6: 128 (1838). Type: Ukraine and Russian Federation; n.v. 
[T. huronense auct. non Nutt. (1818): J.M.Black, Nat. FI. S. Australia 83 (1909); The 
author also erroneously ascribed the authority to Fischer] 
Plants to c. 150 cm high, transiently pubescent on stems and leaves. Leaves to c. 25 
cm long, l-sub-3-pinnatisect; rachides and ultimate segments c. 1-3 mm wide; primary 
segments 10-20 per side, variously dissected. Capitula several to numerous per stem, 
moderately congested, disciform, 5-9 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 5 cm long. Involucre 3-5 
mm long, slightly cobwebby or glabrous; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 
mm long. Outer florets with corolla 3-lobed, yellow. Central florets: corolla 1.5 mm long, 
with tube as broad as and as long as the yellow limb. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, 
1.2-1.8 mm long, 5-ribbed, pale brown. Common Tansy . 
Notes: Native to Europe, northern Asia and northern North America. Occurs in south¬ 
eastern South Australia, south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, southern 
Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Flowers summer-autumn. An occasional garden escape. 
In South Australia there appears to be a distinctive form with leaves that are more deeply 
dissected, often moderately hairy, and with ultimate teeth/segments that are strongly 
infolded on pressing. This may be referable to T. boreale , a taxon more recently subsumed 
in T. vulgare or treated as a subspecies of it. 

Page image

971961 Field Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647

Page text

Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 
5 
measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only 
comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have 
not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain 
from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and 
deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken 
from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and 
habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior 
descriptions. 
DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS 
Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or 
stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be 
very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions 
for the particular species concerned. 
Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the 
base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, 
and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not 
always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. 
Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- 
tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. 
Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness 
of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the 
pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. 
Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata 
contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . 
parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. 
Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. 
- 45 
- 40 
_ 35 
_ 30 
- 25 
_ 20 
_ 15 
_ 10 
_ 5 
L 0 

Page image

972010 Flat-weed Muelleria 25: 90
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605180
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

90 
Thompson 
Park Beach, CofYs Harbour, R.G.Coveny 12763 , Z.Donabauer & C.Dunn (BRI, MEL, NSW). 
VICTORIA: Three Jacks Reserve, Stawell, A.C.Beauglehole 22143 (MEL). TASMANIA: Little 
Musselroe Bay, A.Moscal 2925 (HO). 
2. *Hypochaeris radicata L., Sp. PL 2: 811 (1753) 
Type: Europe, Herb. ClilTord; ?LINN,fide S.A.Alavi in S.M.H.Jafri & A.El-Gadi (eds), 
FI. Libya 107: 348 (1983). 
Perennials to c. 1 m high. Spreading hairs usually present on leaves. Basal leaves 
with l:w ratio 3-6, undivided or with spreading to retrorse lobes; cauline leaves absent 
or occasionally solitary, with small bracts subtending branches. Capitula usually few to 
several, not cobwebby; involucre at anthesis 10-15 mm long subsequently lengthening by 
c. 20%, c. 3-7 mm diam.; bracts with midrib setose distally or throughout, occasionally ± 
smooth, with those of outer scries narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 2 3 mm long; receptacular 
paleae to 26 mm long, exceeding mature inner bracts. Florets: ligule c. 8-16 mm long, 
usually exceeding involucre by c. 5-10 mm, yellow; style pubescence pale. Achenes 
homomorphic or dimorphic, 7-14 mm long; body fusiform, 4-5 mm long, with numerous 
ribs; marginal achenes several or absent, red-brown, with beak shorter than body; central 
achenes red-brown, with glaucous grooves, with beak longer than body. Pappus biseriate, 
9-15 mm long, cream; bristles of inner series plumose, with those on marginal achenes 
not or hardly more densely plumose proximally; bristles of outer series much shorter, 
scabridulous. Cats-ear , Flat-weed. 
Notes: Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia, in far eastern 
Australia from Cairns in northern Queensland south through eastern New South Wales 
to Victoria, in south-eastern South Australia, and in Tasmania. Also naturalised in New 
Zealand. Grows in a wide range of natural and disturbed habitats, mostly in areas of 
moderate to high rainfall. Flowers all year but mostly spring-autumn. 
Extremely common and widespread weed in areas with moderate to high rainfall 
or in watered sites. Peduncles and inflorescence branches are often long and can arise 
lrom below mid-stem. Readily distinguishable in flower from the other two species 
of Hypochaeris. After flowering it can be distinguished in most cases by the marginal 
achenes and otherwise by the receptacular paleae which greatly exceed the involucre and 
are more commonly pigmented than in H. glabra. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Kings Park, Perth, I Aug. 1934, R.Roe 
s.n. (CANB). NORTHERN TERRITORY: 27 km north of Alice Springs, D.J.Nelson 2371 
(CANB, DNA). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Crawford Forest Reserve, H.P. Vonow 134 (AD, HO). 
QUEENSLAND: Kilcoy Lane near entrance to Crystal Waters Village, c. 13 km west of Maleny, 
G.N.Batianoff201209, T.RBoyle , & D.Blewett (BRI, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Bega Swamp, 
30 Jan. 1985, G.Singh s.n. (CANB). VICTORIA: Cranboume, Royal Botanic Gardens Annexe, 
J.If.Ross 2648 & MG.Corrick (AD, MEL). TASMANIA: lie du Nord, off Maria Is., 20 Dec. 1983, 
N.P.Brothers (HO). 
3. * Hypochaeris microcephala var. albiflora (Kuntze) Cabrera, Notas Mus. La Plata , 
Bot. 16: 201 (1937) 
II. brasiliensis var. albiflora Kuntze, Rev is Gen. PI. 3(2): 159 (1898) 
Type: Bolivia, s.d ', Mandon 219 ; holo: B n.v.,fide J.Solomon (2006b) 
Perennials to c. 0.4 m high. Spreading hairs on stems and leaves. Basal leaves with 
l:w ratio 3-6, undivided or with antrorse to retrorse lobes; cauline leaves 2 or 3, mostly 
linear to narrow-linear, with l:w ratio to c. 20, not dilated basally, reducing to bracts 

Page image

971974 Globe Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647

Page text

Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 
5 
measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only 
comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have 
not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain 
from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and 
deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken 
from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and 
habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior 
descriptions. 
DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS 
Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or 
stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be 
very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions 
for the particular species concerned. 
Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the 
base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, 
and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not 
always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. 
Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- 
tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. 
Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness 
of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the 
pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. 
Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata 
contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . 
parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. 
Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. 
- 45 
- 40 
_ 35 
_ 30 
- 25 
_ 20 
_ 15 
_ 10 
_ 5 
L 0 

Page image

971988 Golden Muelleria 25: 63
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605111
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235
857252 Gymnogyne cotuloides Muelleria 25: 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605096
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
857277 Gymnostyles pterosperma Muelleria 25: 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605103
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
55 
19. SOLIVA Ruiz & Pav., FI. Perm ; Prodr. 113, t. 24 (1794) 
Annual herbs, ± prostrate. Leaves 1—3-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary, sessile, disciform; 
involucre 1- or 2-seriate, with bracts all of similar length; receptacle epaleate. Outer 
florets multiseriate, female; central florets functionally male, with corolla 3- or 4-lobed. 
Achenes compressed, unribbed, glabrous or hairy. Pappus absent. 
A genus of c. 9 species from South America. Species are low-growing, rosetted, and 
developing prostrate stems after an initial flowering. They are eglandular and are readily 
recognised by the strongly flattened fruits with the style persisting and developing into 
a prominent spine. The outer florets do not develop a corolla. 1 lie central florets are 
relatively few in number and their styles are unbranched. 
Key to species 
1 Achenes c. 2.5—4 mm wide, with broad scarious wings, not villous 
apically. sess ^ s 
1: Achenes 1-1.5 mm wide, without broad scarious wings, villous apically or not 
2 Achenes glabrous, smooth with no distinct marginal region.2. S, valdiviana 
2: Achenes villous apically, with a distinct, transversely corrugated marginal region 
3 Leaves toe. 13 cm long, 2-or 3-pinnatisect; achenes obtuse to rounded apicolaterally 
(i.e. at shoulders).3. S. anthentifolia 
3: Leaves to c. 4 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect; achenes acute apicolaterally (i.e. at 
shoulders).4. S. stolonifera 
1. *Soliva sessilis Ruiz & Pav., Syst. Veg. FI. Peruv. Chil. 113, t. 24 (1794) 
Type: n.v. 
Gymnostylespterosperma Juss., Ann. Mas. National Hist. Nat. 4: 262, t. 61 fig. 3 (1804), 
S. pterosperma (Juss.) Less., Syn. Gen. Compos. 268 (1832). Type: n.v. 
Plants with scattered hairs c. 0.5-1 mm long. Leaves to c. 5 cm long, 2-pinnatisect, 
with primary segments elliptic to orbicular in outline, with hairs largely abaxial. 
Capitulum 3-6 mm diam. Involucre 3-6 mm long; bracts 5-8, ovate to lanceolate, acute, 
with hyaline margin lacking. Outer florets 12-30. Central florets: corolla c. 2 mm long, c. 
0.5 mm diam. Mature receptacle narrow conical. Achenes (excl. spine) c. rotund to oblate 
in profile, 2-2.5 mm long, 2.5-4 mm wide, not woolly apically; body c. 1 mm wide, with 
scattered tubercle-based papillose hairs on both sides; wings 0.7-1.5 mm wide, incurved, 
entire or more often slightly to deeply notched towards base, forming an acute spine¬ 
like process apically, scarious, smooth; stylar spine 1.8-2.6 mm long. Jo-Jo , Onehunga , 
Bindyi. 
Notes’. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia, south-eastern South Australia, 
southern Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, and south-eastern Tasmania. Grows in 
lawns and other disturbed sites. Flowers most times of the year. 
A noxious weed (in pest plant category) in the Shire ol Melville in Western Australia. 
Webb (1986) has suggested that because of their ability to interbreed, that members of 
subgenus Soliva , including S. pterosperma , S. sessilis and S. valdiviana be treated as one 
species. This was based on a study of populations introduced to and occurring around 
Auckland, New Zealand. Although taxonomic interpretations perhaps should more 
desirably be derived from studies carried out within species’ native distributions, in this 
treatment the conclusions of Webb are followed in that Soliva pterosperma is regarded 

Page image

972012 Hairy Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647

Page text

Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 
5 
measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only 
comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have 
not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain 
from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and 
deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken 
from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and 
habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior 
descriptions. 
DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS 
Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or 
stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be 
very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions 
for the particular species concerned. 
Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the 
base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, 
and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not 
always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. 
Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- 
tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. 
Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness 
of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the 
pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. 
Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata 
contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . 
parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. 
Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. 
- 45 
- 40 
_ 35 
_ 30 
- 25 
_ 20 
_ 15 
_ 10 
_ 5 
L 0 

Page image

857334 Hedypnois cretica Muelleria 25: 86
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605176
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

86 
Thompson 
only narrow slits between bracts. Florets: ligule 4-6 mm long, usually exceeding involucre 
by c. 1-2 mm. Achenes 4.5-7.0 mm long. Pappus bristles of the central achenes mostly 
3-5 mm long. 
Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region, the Middle East and south-western Asia. 
Occurs predominantly in south-eastern Australia from far south-eastern Queensland south 
to south-central Victoria and SW to south-central South Australia; a few occurrences 
in south-eastern Tasmania, far south-western Western Australia, and central Australia 
around Alice Springs. Grows predominantly in drier regions in sandy loam or clay soils 
in grassland and woodland. Flowers spring to summer. 
Although sympatric with subsp. cretica , there is little evidence of hybridisation 
between the two forms. At fruiting, the shape of the involucre and degree of dilation of the 
peduncle helps to identify the subspecies when indumentum characters have been lost. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Cape Leeuwin, south of Augusta, 
GJ.Keighery 9200 (CANB, PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: A.I.B. farm, c. 9 km south of 
Alice Springs, DJ.Nelson 1968 (DNA, MEL). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Near Bosanquet Hill, Eyre 
Penin., E.N.SJackson 5019 (AD, MEL). QUEENSLAND: 2.2 km east of Allora along Forest 
Plain Rd ,A.R.Bean 10848( BRI, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Near Tori HS remnant, just north 
of Tori Lake, c. 6 km NE of ‘Tylden’, c. 35 km NNE of Balranald, P.G.Kodela 462 , G.Chappie , 
R.G.Coveny & H.McPherson (BRI, CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 4 km south of Sunset 
Tank, ‘Sunset Country’, far north-west. M.G.Corrick 6659 & PS.Short (MEL). TASMANIA: bank 
of R. Derwent, c. 3 km west of Plenty R. Bridge, A.M.Gray 1068 (HO). 
*Hedypnois rhagadioloides subsp. cretica (L.) Hayek, in F.K.G.Fedde, Rep. Sp. Nov. 
Beihefte 2: 807 (1931) 
Hyoseris cretica L., Sp. PL 2: 810 (1753); Hedypnois cretica (L.) Dum.Cours., Bot. Cult. 
2:339(1802). 
Type: Crete, Herb. Linn. 957.11; holo: LINN n.v. 9 fide B.Nordenstam, op. cit. 139 
(1977). 
Peduncle without spreading hairs (occasionally spreading hairs may be present on 
stem in a line below peduncular bracts); fruiting peduncle to 5 mm diam., 1.5-2.5 times 
its diam. near base. Involucre 7-11 mm long, glabrous or more often with robust hairs 
confined to medial zone; mature involucre hardly globular, with bracts well-spaced. 
Florets: ligule 5-8 mm long, usually exceeding involucre by c. 2-4 mm. Achenes (5.0—) 
6.0-9.0 mm long. Pappus bristles of the central achenes 4-6 mm long. 
Notes: Native to the Mediterranean region, the Middle East and south-western Asia. 
Occurs in western Western Australia south from the Murchison River area, and in south¬ 
eastern Australia from far south-eastern Queensland south to south-central Victoria and 
SE to south-central South Australia; also recorded from south-eastern Tasmania around 
Hobart. Grows predominantly in drier regions in sandy loam or clay soils in grassland and 
woodland. Flowers spring-summer. 
The involucral bracts of subsp. cretica have robust hairs confined to the midline in 
one or two row's, or are glabrous. The distal peduncle may be transiently cobwebby prior 
to anthesis. Although less reliable for discriminating subspecies, the ligules, achenes and 
pappus bristles are generally longer in this subspecies and the peduncle generally does not 
dilate distalIy to the same extent. Nordenstam (1977) indicates that subsp. rhagadioloides 
is characterised by a chromosome number of 2n = 16, whereas subsp. cretica has a 
number of 2n = 13. A few specimens from north-western Victoria are atypical in having 
more viscid involucral bracts with hairs slightly more diffuse. 

Page image

616091 Hedypnois Muelleria 25: 85
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605175
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
85 
16. HEDYPNOIS Mill., Gard. Diet. Abr. 4th edn (1754) 
Annual herbs, mostly branching. Hairs furcate or simple. Leaves predominantly basal. 
Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts biseriate; 
inner bracts hardened, strongly convex and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule slightly 
oblanceolate, yellow. Achenes ± homomorphic, not compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of 
scales and bristles, somewhat persistent, dimorphic; bristles and scales scabridulous, 
sometimes of two types within a pappus. 
A genus of two species from the Mediterranean region and south-western Asia. 
*Hedypnois rhagadioloides (L.) F.W.Schmidt, Samml. Phys.-dkon. Aufs . 1: 279 (1795). 
Hyoseris rhagadioloides L., Sp. Pl. 2: 809 (1753). 
Type: Southern Europe, Herb. Linn. 957.9; holo: LINN n.v.,fide B.Nordenstam, op. cit. 
139. 
Annuals to c. 0.4 m high, often < 0.2 m high. Scattered hairs on leaves, distal peduncle 
and involucral bracts, non-glandular, with those of leaves and stems minutely bifurcate. 
Basal leaves variably persistent, to c. 20 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-12, entire, lobate or 
pinnatisect, with segments somewhat antrorse; margin entire or dentate; cauline leaves 
(0—) 1 —4, undivided, with base becoming broad-cuneate, hardly stem-clasping. Capitula 
solitary or few; involucre c. 3 mm diam.; outer bracts 6-10, linear-lanceolate or lanceolate, 
2-3 mm long; inner bracts 10-12, 5-9 mm long, variously bristly, or glabrous, hardened 
and incurved or erect at maturity; hyaline margin narrow or broad in alternate bracts. 
Florets: ligule c. 3-6 mm long; style pubescence pale. Achenes narrow-obloid, curved, 
4.5-9.0 mm long, with ribs inconspicuous, minutely scaly in lines; marginal achenes 
housed within concavity of bract at maturity. Pappus of marginal achenes a corona of 
largely-fused scales, 0.5-1 mm long; pappus of central achenes: bristles usually 5, 3-6 
mm long, dilated at base; intervening scales to 0.5 mm long. 
Notes : Plants are variable in habit from erect to prostrate, and often become multi¬ 
stemmed from the base. The peduncle dilates to a variable extent distally, and the achenes 
become firmly attached to the receptacle at maturity and are somewhat enclosed by 
hardened incurved bracts. Two largely sympatric species occur in Australia. 
Key to subspecies 
Distal peduncle and lateral parts of inner involucral bracts bearing numerous sometimes 
minute spreading hairs at anthesis; fruiting peduncle to 7 mm diam., 2-4 times its 
diam. near base..subsp. rhagadioloides 
Distal peduncle and lateral parts of inner involucral bracts glabrous at anthesis (robust 
spreading hairs sometimes present medially on inner involucral bracts and/or on upper 
stem in a line below peduncular bracts); fruiting peduncle to 5 mm diam., 1.5-2.5 
times its diam. near base...subsp. cretica 
*Hedypnois rhagadioloides (L.) F.W.Schmidt subsp. rhagadioloides 
Peduncle with spreading hairs distally at anthesis, sometimes minute; fruiting peduncle 
to 7 mm diam., 2-4 times its diam. near base; sometimes with hairs lost at this stage. 
Involucre 6-9 mm long, with numerous small hairs distributed over much of the stereome 
surface, with coarser hairs also present in midline; mature involucre often globular, with 

Page image

616095 Hedypnois rhagadioloides Muelleria 25: 85
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605175
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
85 
16. HEDYPNOIS Mill., Gard. Diet. Abr. 4th edn (1754) 
Annual herbs, mostly branching. Hairs furcate or simple. Leaves predominantly basal. 
Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts biseriate; 
inner bracts hardened, strongly convex and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule slightly 
oblanceolate, yellow. Achenes ± homomorphic, not compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of 
scales and bristles, somewhat persistent, dimorphic; bristles and scales scabridulous, 
sometimes of two types within a pappus. 
A genus of two species from the Mediterranean region and south-western Asia. 
*Hedypnois rhagadioloides (L.) F.W.Schmidt, Samml. Phys.-dkon. Aufs . 1: 279 (1795). 
Hyoseris rhagadioloides L., Sp. Pl. 2: 809 (1753). 
Type: Southern Europe, Herb. Linn. 957.9; holo: LINN n.v.,fide B.Nordenstam, op. cit. 
139. 
Annuals to c. 0.4 m high, often < 0.2 m high. Scattered hairs on leaves, distal peduncle 
and involucral bracts, non-glandular, with those of leaves and stems minutely bifurcate. 
Basal leaves variably persistent, to c. 20 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-12, entire, lobate or 
pinnatisect, with segments somewhat antrorse; margin entire or dentate; cauline leaves 
(0—) 1 —4, undivided, with base becoming broad-cuneate, hardly stem-clasping. Capitula 
solitary or few; involucre c. 3 mm diam.; outer bracts 6-10, linear-lanceolate or lanceolate, 
2-3 mm long; inner bracts 10-12, 5-9 mm long, variously bristly, or glabrous, hardened 
and incurved or erect at maturity; hyaline margin narrow or broad in alternate bracts. 
Florets: ligule c. 3-6 mm long; style pubescence pale. Achenes narrow-obloid, curved, 
4.5-9.0 mm long, with ribs inconspicuous, minutely scaly in lines; marginal achenes 
housed within concavity of bract at maturity. Pappus of marginal achenes a corona of 
largely-fused scales, 0.5-1 mm long; pappus of central achenes: bristles usually 5, 3-6 
mm long, dilated at base; intervening scales to 0.5 mm long. 
Notes : Plants are variable in habit from erect to prostrate, and often become multi¬ 
stemmed from the base. The peduncle dilates to a variable extent distally, and the achenes 
become firmly attached to the receptacle at maturity and are somewhat enclosed by 
hardened incurved bracts. Two largely sympatric species occur in Australia. 
Key to subspecies 
Distal peduncle and lateral parts of inner involucral bracts bearing numerous sometimes 
minute spreading hairs at anthesis; fruiting peduncle to 7 mm diam., 2-4 times its 
diam. near base..subsp. rhagadioloides 
Distal peduncle and lateral parts of inner involucral bracts glabrous at anthesis (robust 
spreading hairs sometimes present medially on inner involucral bracts and/or on upper 
stem in a line below peduncular bracts); fruiting peduncle to 5 mm diam., 1.5-2.5 
times its diam. near base...subsp. cretica 
*Hedypnois rhagadioloides (L.) F.W.Schmidt subsp. rhagadioloides 
Peduncle with spreading hairs distally at anthesis, sometimes minute; fruiting peduncle 
to 7 mm diam., 2-4 times its diam. near base; sometimes with hairs lost at this stage. 
Involucre 6-9 mm long, with numerous small hairs distributed over much of the stereome 
surface, with coarser hairs also present in midline; mature involucre often globular, with 

Page image

616098 Hedypnois rhagadioloides cretica Muelleria 25: 86-87

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 86-87".

857351 Helminthia echioides Muelleria 25: 93
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605183
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
93 
*Helminthotheca echioides (L.) Holub, Folia Geobot. Phytotax. Bohemoslov. 8: 176 
(1973) 
Picris echioides L., Sp. PI. 2: 792 (1753); Helminthia echioides (L.) Gaertn., Fruct. Sent. 
PI. 2: 368 (1791). 
Type: Locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 984.1, lecto: LINN, fide H.W.Lack, op. cit. 113 
(1975). 
Annuals to perennials to c. 1.0 m high, with spreading hairs and spines, mostly 
minutely 2-5-furcate. Leaves with l:w ratio 4-12, usually not divided, usually with some 
robust tubercle-based hairs. Stem leaves few to several; base cordate, stem-clasping; 
margin entire or sinuate. Capitula few to several, with 4-6 erect, ovate to lanceolate 
foliaceous bracts 5-22 mm long arising from base; involucre 8-12 mm long excluding 
spurs; outer bracts lanceolate, 2-3 mm long; inner bracts with spreading hairs and a 
branched sub-apical spur 2-8 mm long. Florets: ligule c. 8-10 mm long; style pubescence 
black. Achenes 5.5-9 mm long, beaked, dimorphic; marginal achenes; body pilose; beak 
equal to or shorter than body, housed in concavity of hardened inner bracts at maturity; 
central achenes; body with numerous shallow transverse ridges, glabrous; beak as long as 
or up to 1.5 times longer than body. Pappus 6-7 mm long, or 2-4 mm long on marginal 
achenes, white, detaching as a unit; bristles of marginal achenes scabridulous; those of 
central achenes plumose. Ox-tongue. 
Notes : Native to Europe, Asia and Africa. Occurs predominantly in south-eastern 
Australia from Manilla in north-eastern New South Wales south to Victoria, and SW to 
the Eyre Peninsula in south-central South Australia. Isolated occurrences in south-eastern 
Queensland, northern and far south-eastern Tasmania, and far south-western Western 
Australia. Grows on roadsides and wasteland, often beside streams. Flowers most of the 
year, mostly late spring-summer. 
Distinctive features of this readily recognisable species include the tuberculatc spines 
on the leaves and the large foliaceous bracts surrounding capitula. The inflorescence 
bracts are also relatively large. The dimorphism of the achenes follows the pattern seen 
in several other genera in this tribe, including Crepis , Hedypnois and Tolpis. Also similar 
to these genera is the placement of the marginal achenes within the strong concavities of 
alternating inner bracts. 
The hyaline margin of inner bracts are well-developed, and appressed-silky. Similar 
to Picris in which it was once included in terms of the forked hairs with recurved prongs. 
The beak is capillary and often is crumpled in herbarium specimens. Holzapfel (1994) 
contrasts the black style-hairs of this species with the pale yellow ones of species of 
Picris in Australia. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Cunderdin, 14 Dec. 1981, E.H.Harris 
s.n. (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Morialta Falls Reserve, R.L.Correll 65 (AD. MEL). 
QUEENSLAND: Mulgowie, 6.4 km south of Laidley, 31 Oct. 1974, I.K.Hughes (BRI). NEW 
SOUTH WALES: Barham district, 19 Mar. 1956, C.A.Hare (NSW). VICTORIA: Just east of 
Vinifera, HJ.Aston 2727 (BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL). TASMANIA: New Town, L.Rodway 450a 
(HO). 
21. PICRIS L., Sp. PI. 2: 792 (1753) 
Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular, or furcate 
with recurved prongs. Leaves basal and cauline. Inflorescences solitary, cymose or 
paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate; inner bracts hardened, 
strongly convex and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not 

Page image

616118 Helminthotheca echioides Muelleria 25: 93
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605183
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235
616117 Helminthotheca Muelleria 25: 92
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605182
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

92 
Thompson 
l:w ratio 4-15, undivided or lobate to subpinnatisect; margin entire or remotely sinuate 
dentate; divided leaves with 3-6 ± spreading lobes or segments per side. Capitulum 
solitary, nodding in bud; involucre 6-11 mm long, c. 3-5 mm diam.; bracts glabrous 
or occasionally moderately hairy; bracts of outer series c. 6-8, narrow-lanceolate, 1-2 
mm long; intermediate bracts not reaching to halfway; inner bracts with a grey hyaline 
margin. Florets: ligule c. 7-10 mm long; style pubescence pale. Achenes 3-5 mm long, 
dimorphic; marginal achenes curved-fusiform, tapering into a short neck, ± smooth, 
housed within adjacent inner bract at maturity; central achenes short-beaked; body 
narrow-fusiform, transversely ridged or scaly, with beak 0.5-1 mm long. Pappus cream; 
pappus of marginal achenes of fused scales 0.5-1 mm long; pappus of central achenes 
6-9 mm long, biseriate; inner series c. 10, sparsely plumose, much wider at base; outer 
series 0.5-3 mm long, scabridulous. Hairy Hawkbit. 
Notes: Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia, south¬ 
eastern Australia from south-eastern Queensland south to Victoria, in south-eastern 
South Australia, and in Tasmania. Occurs mostly nearer the coast associated with human 
habitation. Naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in waste land and on nature strips, 
predominantly in urban environments with moderate rainfall and/or irrigation. Flowers 
mainly late winter-spring, also other times. 
A common weed of disturbed areas and of lawns in southern Australia. The involucre 
is either glabrous or moderately hairy with little evidence of intermediate forms. However, 
no correlation has been identified between this and other characters in Australian 
collections. 
Although the involucre is multiseriate, the outer and intermediate bracts are relatively 
small, and the intermediate bracts generally do not reach halfway along the involucre. 
This is one of several characters distinguishing L. taraxacoides from the superficially 
similar and often co-occurring Hypochaeris radicata. Other characters of L. taraxacoides 
distinguishing it from //. radicata include stems unbranched, hairs on leaves minutely 
bifurcate, paleae absent, involucral bracts all smooth, and inner involucral bracts with a 
grey hyaline margin. The subspecies of L. taraxacoides in Australia differs from subsp. 
longirostris Finch & P.D.Sell, of southern Europe, in having a much shorter achenial 
beak. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 100 m WSW of Albany Hwy on 
Mondurup Rd, Mt Barker, BJ.Lepschi 2574 & T.R.Lally (AD, CANB, PERTH). SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA: Jupiter Ck, Southern Lofty, RJ.Bates 26810 (AD). QUEENSLAND: Quarry Rd, 
Sherwood, A.R.Bean 17107 (BRI, MEl/nSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: southern end of town, 
Glen Innes, R.Coveny 12372 , W.Bishop & L.Murray (BRI, NSW). VICTORIA: arboretum in SW 
corner of Royal Botanic Gardens Annexe, Cranbourne, P.C.Jobson 3486 (BRI, CANB, MEL, 
NSW). TASMANIA: Balfour, A.Moscal 4800 (HO, MEL). 
20. HELMINTHOTHECA Zinn, Cat. Pi Hort. Gott. 430 (1757) 
Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular, or furcate with 
recurved prongs. Leaves basal and cauline. Inflorescences cymose or paniculate. Capitula 
pedunculate; involucral bracts biseriate but also surrounded by a series of large leafy 
bracts inserted at base of capitulum; inner bracts hardened, strongly convex and erect at 
maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes dimorphic, not compressed, transversely ridged. 
Pappus of bristles, not persistent, dimorphic; bristles plumose or scabridulous, uniform 
within a pappus. 
A genus of four species from Europe, northern Africa and south-western Asia. 

Page image

616082 Hieracium aurantiacum carpathicola Muelleria 25: 82-83

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 82-83".

857322 Hieracium brunneocroceum Muelleria 25: 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605172
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235
616081 Hieracium Muelleria 25: 81-82

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 81-82".

857280 Hippia stolonifera Muelleria 25: 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605105
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
57 
This species and S. stolonifera are members of subgenus Gymnostyles , and these two 
species differ most obviously from the two species of subgenus Soliva (S. sessilis and S. 
valdiviana) in having achenes with thickened transversely wrinkled margins and with 
long apical hairs. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. 3.5 km downstream from Lock 6, Murray 
R., environs of Chowilla, C.R.Alcock 10313 (AD). QUEENSLAND: 28 km W of Bollon, H. I. As ton 
2421 (BRI, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Salt Caves Dam, Denbollie State Forest, J.R.Hosking 
1894 (CANB. MEL, NSW); O’Briens Ck where crossed by Newell Hwy, c. 2.5 km SW of Narrabri, 
H.I.Aston 2414 (AD, BRI, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: near Murray R. 3 km S of Tocumwal P.O., 
A.C.Beauglehole 63962 (MEL). 
4. *Soliva stolonifera (Brot.) R.Br. ex G.Don, in J.C.Loudon, Hort. Brit. 364 (1830) 
Hippia stolonifera Brot., FI Lusit. 1: 72 (1804). 
Type: n.v. 
Plants with few to scattered hairs to c. 0.3 mm long or ± glabrous. Leaves to c. 4 
cm long, 1-pinnatisect, with segments oblong or elliptic, entire or with 1 or 2 lobes. 
Capitulum 4-7 mm diam. Involucre 2.5-3 mm long; bracts 15-20, narrow-oblong to 
narrowly oblong-elliptic, rounded, with a narrow pale or purplish hyaline margin. Outer 
florets numerous. Central florets: corolla c. 1.2 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diam. Achenes (excl. 
spine) obovate in profile, c. 1.8-2.2 mm long, woolly apically; body 0.1-0.2 mm wide; 
wings/margins c. 0.6 mm wide, acute apically, thick, prominently transversely ridged; 
stylar spine 1-2 mm long. 
Notes : Occurs inland, from south-eastern Queensland, SSW through New South 
Wales to central Victoria. Grows in woodland, shrubland and E. camaldulensis forest. 
Flowers winter-spring. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Texas Lagoon, southern outskirts of Texas 
township, A.R.Bean 17919 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Peak Hill, between Dubbo and Parkes, 
H.I.Aston 2389 (HO, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: S of Glenluce Springs and Loddon R., 4 Nov. 
1989, E.Perkins s.n. (MEL). 
Acknowledgements 
I would like to thank the Royal Botanic Gardens, Melbourne (MEL) for the use of their 
herbarium and library facilities, and the scientific and technical staff at MEL for their 
assistance with loans and other matters. I would also like to thank the directors of AD, 
BRI, CANB, HO, NSW and PERTH for the loan of specimens. This study was funded by 
Australian Biological Resources Study (ABRS grant no: 2000/3192). 
References 
Aston, ILL (1982). New Victorian records: So/iva (Compositae). Victorian Naturalist 99: 190— 
194. 
Bremer, K. (1994). Asteraceae , Cladistics and Classification. Timber Press: Oregon, p. 172. 
Bremer, K. and Humphries, C.J. (1993). Generic monograph of the Asteraceae-Anthemideae. 
Bulletin of Natural History Museum London (Bot.) 23(2): 71-77. 
Corrick, M.G. and Fuhrer, B.A. (2000). IVild/lowers of Victoria. Bloomings Books: Hawthorn, p. 
25. 
Webb, C.J. (1986). Variation in achene morphology and its implications for taxonomy in Soliva 
subgenus Soliva (Anthemideae, Asteraceae). New Zealand Journal of Botany 24: 665-669. 

Page image

857333 Hyoseris cretica Muelleria 25: 86
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605176
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

86 
Thompson 
only narrow slits between bracts. Florets: ligule 4-6 mm long, usually exceeding involucre 
by c. 1-2 mm. Achenes 4.5-7.0 mm long. Pappus bristles of the central achenes mostly 
3-5 mm long. 
Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region, the Middle East and south-western Asia. 
Occurs predominantly in south-eastern Australia from far south-eastern Queensland south 
to south-central Victoria and SW to south-central South Australia; a few occurrences 
in south-eastern Tasmania, far south-western Western Australia, and central Australia 
around Alice Springs. Grows predominantly in drier regions in sandy loam or clay soils 
in grassland and woodland. Flowers spring to summer. 
Although sympatric with subsp. cretica , there is little evidence of hybridisation 
between the two forms. At fruiting, the shape of the involucre and degree of dilation of the 
peduncle helps to identify the subspecies when indumentum characters have been lost. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Cape Leeuwin, south of Augusta, 
GJ.Keighery 9200 (CANB, PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: A.I.B. farm, c. 9 km south of 
Alice Springs, DJ.Nelson 1968 (DNA, MEL). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Near Bosanquet Hill, Eyre 
Penin., E.N.SJackson 5019 (AD, MEL). QUEENSLAND: 2.2 km east of Allora along Forest 
Plain Rd ,A.R.Bean 10848( BRI, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Near Tori HS remnant, just north 
of Tori Lake, c. 6 km NE of ‘Tylden’, c. 35 km NNE of Balranald, P.G.Kodela 462 , G.Chappie , 
R.G.Coveny & H.McPherson (BRI, CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 4 km south of Sunset 
Tank, ‘Sunset Country’, far north-west. M.G.Corrick 6659 & PS.Short (MEL). TASMANIA: bank 
of R. Derwent, c. 3 km west of Plenty R. Bridge, A.M.Gray 1068 (HO). 
*Hedypnois rhagadioloides subsp. cretica (L.) Hayek, in F.K.G.Fedde, Rep. Sp. Nov. 
Beihefte 2: 807 (1931) 
Hyoseris cretica L., Sp. PL 2: 810 (1753); Hedypnois cretica (L.) Dum.Cours., Bot. Cult. 
2:339(1802). 
Type: Crete, Herb. Linn. 957.11; holo: LINN n.v. 9 fide B.Nordenstam, op. cit. 139 
(1977). 
Peduncle without spreading hairs (occasionally spreading hairs may be present on 
stem in a line below peduncular bracts); fruiting peduncle to 5 mm diam., 1.5-2.5 times 
its diam. near base. Involucre 7-11 mm long, glabrous or more often with robust hairs 
confined to medial zone; mature involucre hardly globular, with bracts well-spaced. 
Florets: ligule 5-8 mm long, usually exceeding involucre by c. 2-4 mm. Achenes (5.0—) 
6.0-9.0 mm long. Pappus bristles of the central achenes 4-6 mm long. 
Notes: Native to the Mediterranean region, the Middle East and south-western Asia. 
Occurs in western Western Australia south from the Murchison River area, and in south¬ 
eastern Australia from far south-eastern Queensland south to south-central Victoria and 
SE to south-central South Australia; also recorded from south-eastern Tasmania around 
Hobart. Grows predominantly in drier regions in sandy loam or clay soils in grassland and 
woodland. Flowers spring-summer. 
The involucral bracts of subsp. cretica have robust hairs confined to the midline in 
one or two row's, or are glabrous. The distal peduncle may be transiently cobwebby prior 
to anthesis. Although less reliable for discriminating subspecies, the ligules, achenes and 
pappus bristles are generally longer in this subspecies and the peduncle generally does not 
dilate distalIy to the same extent. Nordenstam (1977) indicates that subsp. rhagadioloides 
is characterised by a chromosome number of 2n = 16, whereas subsp. cretica has a 
number of 2n = 13. A few specimens from north-western Victoria are atypical in having 
more viscid involucral bracts with hairs slightly more diffuse. 

Page image

857329 Hyoseris rhagadioloides Muelleria 25: 85
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605175
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
85 
16. HEDYPNOIS Mill., Gard. Diet. Abr. 4th edn (1754) 
Annual herbs, mostly branching. Hairs furcate or simple. Leaves predominantly basal. 
Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts biseriate; 
inner bracts hardened, strongly convex and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule slightly 
oblanceolate, yellow. Achenes ± homomorphic, not compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of 
scales and bristles, somewhat persistent, dimorphic; bristles and scales scabridulous, 
sometimes of two types within a pappus. 
A genus of two species from the Mediterranean region and south-western Asia. 
*Hedypnois rhagadioloides (L.) F.W.Schmidt, Samml. Phys.-dkon. Aufs . 1: 279 (1795). 
Hyoseris rhagadioloides L., Sp. Pl. 2: 809 (1753). 
Type: Southern Europe, Herb. Linn. 957.9; holo: LINN n.v.,fide B.Nordenstam, op. cit. 
139. 
Annuals to c. 0.4 m high, often < 0.2 m high. Scattered hairs on leaves, distal peduncle 
and involucral bracts, non-glandular, with those of leaves and stems minutely bifurcate. 
Basal leaves variably persistent, to c. 20 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-12, entire, lobate or 
pinnatisect, with segments somewhat antrorse; margin entire or dentate; cauline leaves 
(0—) 1 —4, undivided, with base becoming broad-cuneate, hardly stem-clasping. Capitula 
solitary or few; involucre c. 3 mm diam.; outer bracts 6-10, linear-lanceolate or lanceolate, 
2-3 mm long; inner bracts 10-12, 5-9 mm long, variously bristly, or glabrous, hardened 
and incurved or erect at maturity; hyaline margin narrow or broad in alternate bracts. 
Florets: ligule c. 3-6 mm long; style pubescence pale. Achenes narrow-obloid, curved, 
4.5-9.0 mm long, with ribs inconspicuous, minutely scaly in lines; marginal achenes 
housed within concavity of bract at maturity. Pappus of marginal achenes a corona of 
largely-fused scales, 0.5-1 mm long; pappus of central achenes: bristles usually 5, 3-6 
mm long, dilated at base; intervening scales to 0.5 mm long. 
Notes : Plants are variable in habit from erect to prostrate, and often become multi¬ 
stemmed from the base. The peduncle dilates to a variable extent distally, and the achenes 
become firmly attached to the receptacle at maturity and are somewhat enclosed by 
hardened incurved bracts. Two largely sympatric species occur in Australia. 
Key to subspecies 
Distal peduncle and lateral parts of inner involucral bracts bearing numerous sometimes 
minute spreading hairs at anthesis; fruiting peduncle to 7 mm diam., 2-4 times its 
diam. near base..subsp. rhagadioloides 
Distal peduncle and lateral parts of inner involucral bracts glabrous at anthesis (robust 
spreading hairs sometimes present medially on inner involucral bracts and/or on upper 
stem in a line below peduncular bracts); fruiting peduncle to 5 mm diam., 1.5-2.5 
times its diam. near base...subsp. cretica 
*Hedypnois rhagadioloides (L.) F.W.Schmidt subsp. rhagadioloides 
Peduncle with spreading hairs distally at anthesis, sometimes minute; fruiting peduncle 
to 7 mm diam., 2-4 times its diam. near base; sometimes with hairs lost at this stage. 
Involucre 6-9 mm long, with numerous small hairs distributed over much of the stereome 
surface, with coarser hairs also present in midline; mature involucre often globular, with 

Page image

857343 Hyoseris taraxacoides Muelleria 25: 91
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605181
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235
857342 Hypochaeris brasiliensis albiflora Muelleria 25: 90
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605180
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235
616107 Hypochaeris glabra Muelleria 25: 89-90

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 89-90".

616106 Hypochaeris Muelleria 25: 88
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605178
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

88 
Thompson 
Representative specimens'. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Moralana Stn, northern end where powerline 
crosses ‘Little Brachina Ck\ D.E.Symon 14931 (AD, BRI); 6 km NNW of Mongolata on Whitehill 
Rd, N.N.Donner 8353 (AD. MEL). QUEENSLAND: Lake Perseverance NNE of Toowoomba, 15 
Oct. 1995, M.E.Ballingalls.n. (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Mootwingee Natl Park, 4.5 km SE 
of‘Mootwingee’ HS, A.N.Rodd5804. P.G. Wilson & J.Gentle (AD, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: west 
of PMG tower, Callistemon Gorge, Mt Arapiles. A.C.Beauglehole 29647 (MEL). 
2. *Urospermum dalechampii (L.) Scop, cx F.W.Schmidt, Samml. Phys.-dkon. Aufs. 1: 
275 (1795) 
Tragopogon dalechampii L., Sp. PL 2: 790 (1753). 
Type: Spain; n.v. 
Annuals to c. 0.5 m high. Spreading to slightly retrorse setose hairs scattered on stems 
and leaves. Unbranched or branches few. Basal leaves several, persistent at anthesis, to 
c. 16 cm long, with I:w ratio 3-6; lyrate-pinnatifid; margin entire or denticulate; cauline 
leaves few-several, becoming undivided; base truncate to cordate, stem-clasping. Capitula 
solitary or 2; involucre 12-15 mm long, c. 8-10 mm diam.; bracts 7-10, with appressed 
silky hair scattered on surface, with hyaline margin slender and grey or broad and pale on 
alternate bracts. Florets: ligule c. 15 mm long; style pubescence pale. Achenes c. 15 mm 
long, curved; basal portion flattened-obovoid, c. 4 mm long, verrucose; apical portion 
plumper than basal portion at base, obscurely wrinkled, tapering into a long, ciliolate 
beak c. 10 mm long. Pappus c. 10 mm long, cream, falling as a unit. 
Notes : Occurs in Hobart in south-eastern Tasmania. Flowers spring-summer. 
Representative specimens : TASMANIA: northern edge of Queens Domain, Cornelian Bay, 
A.M.Buchanan 14338 (HO). 
18. HYPOCHAERIS L., Sp. PL 2: 810(1753) 
Annuals, biennial or perennial herbs, usually branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves 
all or mostly basal. Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral 
bracts multiseriate, soft and reflexed at maturity; receptacular palcae linear, membranous, 
with apex filamentous, not enclosing or falling with achene. Florets: ligule yellow or 
white. Achenes homomorphic or dimorphic, not compressed, beaked or not. Pappus of 
bristles, persistent (in Australia), homomorphic or slightly dimorphic; bristles plumose or 
scabridulous; sometimes of two types within a pappus. 
A genus of c. 60 species mostly from temperate South America or from the 
Mediterranean region, but also from other parts of Europe and Asia. The involucral bracts 
of species occurring in Australia have a slender hyaline margin becoming broader in inner 
series. The longest intermediate bracts are more than half the length of the inner bracts. 
Achenes are brown with ribs ornamented with transverse sometimes scale-like ridges and 
taper into a scabridulous beak. 
This genus has been spelt Hypochoeris in many Australian references. According to 
article 13.4 of the ICBN, St Louis 2000, Hypochaeris is the correct spelling. 
Key to species 
1 Stems usually with 2 or more leaves (defined as more than 1/4 of length of basal 
leaves); longest peduncular bracts commonly > 5 mm long; ligule white or cream; 
pappus uniseriate, all bristles plumose, of similar length.3. //. microcephala 
1: Stems leafless or occasionally with 1 leaf (defined as more than 1/4 of length of basal 
leaves); longest peduncular bracts < 5 mm long; ligule yellow; pappus biseriate, the 
outer series scabridulous, finer and much shorter than inner series 

Page image

616109 Hypochaeris microcephala albiflora Muelleria 25: 90-91

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 90-91".

616108 Hypochaeris radicata Muelleria 25: 90
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605180
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

90 
Thompson 
Park Beach, CofYs Harbour, R.G.Coveny 12763 , Z.Donabauer & C.Dunn (BRI, MEL, NSW). 
VICTORIA: Three Jacks Reserve, Stawell, A.C.Beauglehole 22143 (MEL). TASMANIA: Little 
Musselroe Bay, A.Moscal 2925 (HO). 
2. *Hypochaeris radicata L., Sp. PL 2: 811 (1753) 
Type: Europe, Herb. ClilTord; ?LINN,fide S.A.Alavi in S.M.H.Jafri & A.El-Gadi (eds), 
FI. Libya 107: 348 (1983). 
Perennials to c. 1 m high. Spreading hairs usually present on leaves. Basal leaves 
with l:w ratio 3-6, undivided or with spreading to retrorse lobes; cauline leaves absent 
or occasionally solitary, with small bracts subtending branches. Capitula usually few to 
several, not cobwebby; involucre at anthesis 10-15 mm long subsequently lengthening by 
c. 20%, c. 3-7 mm diam.; bracts with midrib setose distally or throughout, occasionally ± 
smooth, with those of outer scries narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 2 3 mm long; receptacular 
paleae to 26 mm long, exceeding mature inner bracts. Florets: ligule c. 8-16 mm long, 
usually exceeding involucre by c. 5-10 mm, yellow; style pubescence pale. Achenes 
homomorphic or dimorphic, 7-14 mm long; body fusiform, 4-5 mm long, with numerous 
ribs; marginal achenes several or absent, red-brown, with beak shorter than body; central 
achenes red-brown, with glaucous grooves, with beak longer than body. Pappus biseriate, 
9-15 mm long, cream; bristles of inner series plumose, with those on marginal achenes 
not or hardly more densely plumose proximally; bristles of outer series much shorter, 
scabridulous. Cats-ear , Flat-weed. 
Notes: Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia, in far eastern 
Australia from Cairns in northern Queensland south through eastern New South Wales 
to Victoria, in south-eastern South Australia, and in Tasmania. Also naturalised in New 
Zealand. Grows in a wide range of natural and disturbed habitats, mostly in areas of 
moderate to high rainfall. Flowers all year but mostly spring-autumn. 
Extremely common and widespread weed in areas with moderate to high rainfall 
or in watered sites. Peduncles and inflorescence branches are often long and can arise 
lrom below mid-stem. Readily distinguishable in flower from the other two species 
of Hypochaeris. After flowering it can be distinguished in most cases by the marginal 
achenes and otherwise by the receptacular paleae which greatly exceed the involucre and 
are more commonly pigmented than in H. glabra. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Kings Park, Perth, I Aug. 1934, R.Roe 
s.n. (CANB). NORTHERN TERRITORY: 27 km north of Alice Springs, D.J.Nelson 2371 
(CANB, DNA). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Crawford Forest Reserve, H.P. Vonow 134 (AD, HO). 
QUEENSLAND: Kilcoy Lane near entrance to Crystal Waters Village, c. 13 km west of Maleny, 
G.N.Batianoff201209, T.RBoyle , & D.Blewett (BRI, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Bega Swamp, 
30 Jan. 1985, G.Singh s.n. (CANB). VICTORIA: Cranboume, Royal Botanic Gardens Annexe, 
J.If.Ross 2648 & MG.Corrick (AD, MEL). TASMANIA: lie du Nord, off Maria Is., 20 Dec. 1983, 
N.P.Brothers (HO). 
3. * Hypochaeris microcephala var. albiflora (Kuntze) Cabrera, Notas Mus. La Plata , 
Bot. 16: 201 (1937) 
II. brasiliensis var. albiflora Kuntze, Rev is Gen. PI. 3(2): 159 (1898) 
Type: Bolivia, s.d ', Mandon 219 ; holo: B n.v.,fide J.Solomon (2006b) 
Perennials to c. 0.4 m high. Spreading hairs on stems and leaves. Basal leaves with 
l:w ratio 3-6, undivided or with antrorse to retrorse lobes; cauline leaves 2 or 3, mostly 
linear to narrow-linear, with l:w ratio to c. 20, not dilated basally, reducing to bracts 

Page image

971985 Jo-Jo Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
616050 Lactuca Muelleria 25: 71
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605119
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
71 
margin denticulate or dentate; blade or terminal segment ovate, with base truncate or 
cordate; upper-stem leaves tending to be undivided, narrow-elliptic, with base narrow- 
cuneate. Capitula few to many; involucre 5-8 mm long, c. 2-2.5 mm diam., with margin 
of bracts glabrous or inconspicuously ciliate; outer bracts 4-6, ovate, c. 1 mm long, with 
hyaline margin vestigial; inner bracts 6-10, keeled basally, slightly incurved, with hyaline 
margin vestigial. Florets: ligule 5-10 mm long; style pubescence black. Achenes narrow- 
ellipsoid to obconical, 3-5 mm long, slightly compressed, briefly tapering distally, with 
ribs crowded, not prominent, glabrous, pale brown or greenish. Nipplewort. 
Notes'. Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, south-central 
Victoria, and eastern Tasmania, central eastern and north-eastern New South Wales, and 
Killarney in south-eastern Queensland. Grows in or near sites of human habitation, in 
shady, damp environments, including forest. Flowers mainly summer. 
Predominantly a weed of sites around human habitation. The glandular portion of the 
stem hairs is often lost early and hairs will appear eglandular. 
Representative specimens'. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Lobethal, c. 25 kin east of Adelaide, 13 Feb. 
1965, M Tregns (AD). QUEENSLAND: Moss Gardens, c. 15 km east of Killarney, A.R.Bean 18321 
(BRI, MEL," NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: alongside Macdonald R., Bendemeer, J.R.Hosking 
1694 , G.R.Hosking & T.LMosking (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). VICTORIA: south side of Yarra 
R., immediately NW of intersection of Don Rd with Warburton Hwy, Launching Place, l.C.Clarke 
3086 (CANB. HO, MEL). TASMANIA: Nicholls Rivulet, A.M.Buchanan 15034 (HO). 
8. LACTUCA L., Sp. PI. 2: 795 (1753) 
Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves 
predominantly cauline. Inflorescences paniculate. Capitula± sessile, sometimes clustered; 
involucral bracts multiseriate, soft and erect or reflexed at maturity. Florets yellow (in 
Australia), drying whitish or bluish. Achenes homomorphic, strongly compressed, 
beaked. Pappus of bristles, persistent (in Australia); bristles minutely scabridulous, 
uniform within a pappus. 
A genus of c. 100 species from Europe, Asia, Alrica and North America. The two 
species in Australia have complex panicles with a proportion ol capitula sessile or short- 
pedunculate, slender capitula with relatively few florets, achenes that taper abruptly from 
the body to a long capillary beak, and often silvery stems. 
Key to species 
Plants to c. 2 m high; lower stems prickly-setose or glabrous; upper-stem leaves (or 
the rachis if divided) narrow-linear; margin of at least larger stem leaves crowded- 
spinulose; involucral bracts typically ± reflexed at maturity; body ol achene bearing 
minute whitish cilia distally; beak < 30% longer than body.1. L . serriola 
Plants to c. I m high; stems glabrous; upperstem leaves (or the rachis ii divided) c. oblong 
to narrow-oblong; margin of all leaves without spinules; involucral bracts typically 
erect at maturity; body of achene scabridulous distally but with whitish cilia absent; 
beak > 30% longer than body.2. L. saligna 
1. * Lactuca serriola L., Cent. Pi 2: 29 (1756) 
Type: southern Europe, Herb. Linn. 950.3; lecto: LINN,^Je S.D.Prince & R.N.Carter, 
Wdtsonia 11: 331-338 (1977). 
Lactuca scariola L., Amoen. Acad. 4: 489 (1759). Type: the Bauhin plate in Hist. PI. 2: 
1003 (1656); lecto, fide I.M. de Vries & C.E.Jarvis, Taxon 36: 151-153 (1987). 

Page image

616057 Lactuca saligna Muelleria 25: 73-74

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 73-74".

857299 Lactuca scariola Muelleria 25: 71
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605119
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
71 
margin denticulate or dentate; blade or terminal segment ovate, with base truncate or 
cordate; upper-stem leaves tending to be undivided, narrow-elliptic, with base narrow- 
cuneate. Capitula few to many; involucre 5-8 mm long, c. 2-2.5 mm diam., with margin 
of bracts glabrous or inconspicuously ciliate; outer bracts 4-6, ovate, c. 1 mm long, with 
hyaline margin vestigial; inner bracts 6-10, keeled basally, slightly incurved, with hyaline 
margin vestigial. Florets: ligule 5-10 mm long; style pubescence black. Achenes narrow- 
ellipsoid to obconical, 3-5 mm long, slightly compressed, briefly tapering distally, with 
ribs crowded, not prominent, glabrous, pale brown or greenish. Nipplewort. 
Notes'. Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, south-central 
Victoria, and eastern Tasmania, central eastern and north-eastern New South Wales, and 
Killarney in south-eastern Queensland. Grows in or near sites of human habitation, in 
shady, damp environments, including forest. Flowers mainly summer. 
Predominantly a weed of sites around human habitation. The glandular portion of the 
stem hairs is often lost early and hairs will appear eglandular. 
Representative specimens'. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Lobethal, c. 25 kin east of Adelaide, 13 Feb. 
1965, M Tregns (AD). QUEENSLAND: Moss Gardens, c. 15 km east of Killarney, A.R.Bean 18321 
(BRI, MEL," NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: alongside Macdonald R., Bendemeer, J.R.Hosking 
1694 , G.R.Hosking & T.LMosking (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). VICTORIA: south side of Yarra 
R., immediately NW of intersection of Don Rd with Warburton Hwy, Launching Place, l.C.Clarke 
3086 (CANB. HO, MEL). TASMANIA: Nicholls Rivulet, A.M.Buchanan 15034 (HO). 
8. LACTUCA L., Sp. PI. 2: 795 (1753) 
Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves 
predominantly cauline. Inflorescences paniculate. Capitula± sessile, sometimes clustered; 
involucral bracts multiseriate, soft and erect or reflexed at maturity. Florets yellow (in 
Australia), drying whitish or bluish. Achenes homomorphic, strongly compressed, 
beaked. Pappus of bristles, persistent (in Australia); bristles minutely scabridulous, 
uniform within a pappus. 
A genus of c. 100 species from Europe, Asia, Alrica and North America. The two 
species in Australia have complex panicles with a proportion ol capitula sessile or short- 
pedunculate, slender capitula with relatively few florets, achenes that taper abruptly from 
the body to a long capillary beak, and often silvery stems. 
Key to species 
Plants to c. 2 m high; lower stems prickly-setose or glabrous; upper-stem leaves (or 
the rachis if divided) narrow-linear; margin of at least larger stem leaves crowded- 
spinulose; involucral bracts typically ± reflexed at maturity; body ol achene bearing 
minute whitish cilia distally; beak < 30% longer than body.1. L . serriola 
Plants to c. I m high; stems glabrous; upperstem leaves (or the rachis ii divided) c. oblong 
to narrow-oblong; margin of all leaves without spinules; involucral bracts typically 
erect at maturity; body of achene scabridulous distally but with whitish cilia absent; 
beak > 30% longer than body.2. L. saligna 
1. * Lactuca serriola L., Cent. Pi 2: 29 (1756) 
Type: southern Europe, Herb. Linn. 950.3; lecto: LINN,^Je S.D.Prince & R.N.Carter, 
Wdtsonia 11: 331-338 (1977). 
Lactuca scariola L., Amoen. Acad. 4: 489 (1759). Type: the Bauhin plate in Hist. PI. 2: 
1003 (1656); lecto, fide I.M. de Vries & C.E.Jarvis, Taxon 36: 151-153 (1987). 

Page image

616056 Lactuca serriola integrifolia Muelleria 25: 73
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605163
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235
616051 Lactuca serriola Muelleria 25: 71-72

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 71-72".

616052 Lactuca serriola serriola Muelleria 25: 72-73

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 72-73".

857301 Lactuca virosa integrifolia Muelleria 25: 73
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605163
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235
857258 Lancisia australis Muelleria 25: 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605096
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

48 
Thompson 
Differs from the type variety from South Africa which has glabrous peduncles and 
longer corollas. The achenes of the female florets are both cordate-based and apically- 
notched due to the large but thin wings. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Butchers Gap, South Kingston, P.Gibbons 
219 (AD). VICTORIA: Murtnagurt Lagoon, L. Connewarre Game reserve, 15 Sept. 1983, 
J.Z.Yugovic (MEL). TASMANIA: Croppies Point, A.M.Buchanan 1609 (HO). 
2. Cotula cotuloides (Steetz) Druce, Bat. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles for 1916 , suppl. 2: 
617(1917) 
Gynmogyme cotuloides Steetz, in J.G.C.Lehmann, Pi Preiss. 1: 432 (1845); Cotula 
gynmogyme F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 549 (1867), nom. illeg. 
Type: Perth, Western Australia, 1839, J.A.L.Preiss 101 ; holo: MEL; iso: MEL. 
Annuals to c. 20 cm high. Stems with scattered long hairs. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, 
entire and narrow-linear, glabrous except for hairs on sheath. Capitulum 4-12 mm diam.; 
peduncle 2-10 cm long, 0.3-0.5 mm broad (pressed specimens), not obconical distally at 
maturity, hirsute at anthesis with hairs antrorse to almost spreading. Involucral bracts c. 
10; outer bracts broad-ovate, 2-3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, 
multi-seriate, attached to tubercles. Central florets several, ?functionally male, sessile; 
corolla c. 1 mm long, with limb pale yellow. Achenes of outer florets c. 1.5 mm long; 
laces c. orbicular, glabrous, with papyraceous wings much broader than body. Smooth 
Cotula. 
Notes: Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows in a variety of soils in 
swampy areas, the margin of salt lakes and around granitic outcrops. Flowers spring to 
early summer. 
Similar vegetatively to C. vulgaris var. australasica but having the proportions of outer 
lemale to disc florets reversed. The disc florets of C. cotuloides do not appear to produce 
achenes and they become hidden below the achenes of outer florets as they develop. A 
single collection containing numerous plants, PS.Short 2240 & L.R.Haegi (AD, MEL, 
PERTH) from near Australind has relatively small capitula with significantly narrower 
involucral bracts than typical C. cotuloides and may warrant taxonomic recognition. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 19.5 km ESE of Mt Newmont, 
IV.R.Archer 14119213 (MEL); c. 54 km trom Paynes find along road to Cleary, eastern edge of L. 
Moore, P.S.Short 2590 , N.S.Lander & B.A.Fuhrer (AD, MEL, PERTH). 
3. Cotula australis (Sieber ex Spreng.) Hook.f., FI. Nov.-7.el. 1: 128 (1853) 
Anacyclus australis Sieber ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3:497 (1826); Strongvlosperma australe 
(Sieber ex Spreng.) Less., Syn. Gen. Comp. 261 (1832); Pleiogyne australis (Sieber ex 
Spreng.) K.Koch, in D.F.L.Schlechtendal & H.Mohl (eds), Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 40 
(1843); Lancisia australis (Sieber ex Spreng.) Rydb., N. Amer. FI. 34: 286 (1916) 
Type: Precise locality unknown, [Sydney area], New South Wales, 1823, F.W.Sieber331; 
n.v. 
Annuals or short-lived perennials to c. 10 cm high. Stems moderately hairy with hairs 
antrorse-divergent to spreading. Leaves to c. 4 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect, moderately 
hairy. Capitulum 2-8 mm diam.; peduncle mostly 2-8 cm long, c. 0.1-0.6 mm broad 
(pressed specimens), hardly obconical at maturity, moderately hirsute at anthesis, with 
hairs antrorse, appressed to divergent. Involucral bracts 5-20, oblong to oblong-ovate, 
1.5—3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, multi-seriate, with pedicels 

Page image

857283 Lapsana capillaris Muelleria 25: 66
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605114
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

66 
Thompson 
4. CREPIS L., Sp. PL 2: 805 (1753) 
Annual or biennial herbs, branching, or stemless in C. pusilla. Hairs simple, glandular and 
eglandular. Leaves predominantly basal. Inflorescences cymose or paniculate, Capitula 
pedunculate, sessile in C. pusilla ; involucral bracts biseriate; inner bracts mostly hardened, 
strongly convex and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic or 
slightly dimorphic; sometimes slightly compressed, beaked or not. Pappus of bristles, 
persistent or not; bristles minutely scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. 
A genus of approximately 200 species from the northern hemisphere, tropics and 
South Africa. The inner series of involucral bracts of most species of this genus become 
firm and strongly convex as fruits develop. Often achenes adjacent to these bracts are 
shorter and with a more curved body than more central achenes and tend to be housed 
within the convexity of the bract at maturity. Achenes have c. 10 prominent ribs. 
Crepis dioscoridis L. from south-eastern Europe has been recorded once in 
Australia, from Meadows in the Southern Lofty Ranges, but there is no indication that 
it is naturalised. It is vegetatively similar to C. capillaris but with a larger more densely 
tomentose capitulum and longer achenes. 
Key to species 
1 Plants stemless; capitula sessile at base of plant.5. C. pusilla 
1: Plants developing aerial stems, to 1 m high; capitula pedunculate 
2 Peduncles and involucral bracts with robust pale spreading eglandular 
bristles I -2 mm long, the indumentum neither cobwebby nor with glandular 
hairs. 2 . C setosa 
2: Peduncles and involucral bracts without bristles as above, the indumentum 
cobwebby and often also with spreading gland-tipped hairs to c. 1.5 mm long 
3 Stem leaves moderately hairy, entire to lobate; involucral bracts lacking black 
hairs; capitular buds nodding; central achenes 12-17 mm long, exceeding bracts 
at maturity.. . 4 . C. foetida 
3: Stem leaves glabrous or nearly so, or if moderately hairy then usually mostly 
pinnatisect; involucral bracts often with black midline hairs; capitular buds erect; 
central achenes 1.5-9 mm long, shorter than bracts at maturity 
4 Outer bracts lanceolate, 1.0-1.3 mm wide; achenes 6-9 mm long, beaked; pappus 
clearly overtopping bracts.....3. C. vesicaria 
4: Outer bracts narrow-lanceolate to linear, 0.3-0.6 mm wide; achenes 1.5-6 mm 
long, not or hardly beaked; pappus not or hardly overtopping bracts 
5 Involucre not densely white-woolly, achenes 1.5-2.5 mm 
long.1. C. capillaris 
5: Involucre densely white-woolly, achenes 4-6 mm long. C. dioscoridis (see 
notes above) 
1. *Crepis capillaris (L.) Wallr., Erst. Beitr. FI. Hercyn. 287 (1840) 
Laps ana capillaris L., Sp. PI. 2: 812 (1753). 
Type: not designated. 
Crepis virens L., Sp. PL 2nd edn, 1134 (1763), nom. illeg. Type: not designated. 
[Crepis tectorum auct. non L.: A.J.Ewart, FI. Victoria 1197 (1931)] 

Page image

616048 Lapsana communis communis Muelleria 25: 70-71

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 70-71".

616047 Lapsana Muelleria 25: 70
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605118
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

70 
Thompson 
not compressed or outer ones slightly compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, usually 
persistent, bristles scabrid-barbellate, uniform within a pappus. 
A genus of c. 40 species predominantly from Asia. 
Youngia japonica (L.) DC., Prodr. 7: 194 (1838) 
Prenanthes japonica L., Mcmt. PL 1: 107 (1767); Crepis japonica (L.) Benth., FI. Hough. 
194(1861).' 
Type: Japan; n.v. 
[Youngia thunbergiana auct. non DC. (1838), nom. illeg.: J.D. Hooker, FI. Tasman. 1: lxv 
(1859)] 
Scapose or scapiform annuals to c. 0.6 m high, with spreading coarse hairs scattered 
or sparse on stems and leaves. Basal leaves to c. 20 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-8, often 
Iyrately divided, petiole-like basally; margin entire, denticulate or dentate; cauline leaves 
few, similar to basal leaves or much reduced, undivided. Capitula several to many; 
involucre 4-5 mm long, c. 1.5-2 mm diam.; outer bracts 3-5, ovate, 0.5-1.0 mm long, 
with hyaline margin broad; inner bracts 7-10, with a prominent pale keel developing 
basally, with hyaline margin alternately distinct and vestigial. Florets: ligule c. 3 mm 
long, yellow, possibly rarely white; style pubescence pale. Achenes narrow-ellipsoid, 
1.5-2 mm long, slightly to moderately compressed, tapering to a neck c. 0.2 mm long, 
with ribs crowded, unequally prominent, ciliate, with cilia longer distally, reddish-brown 
or mid-brown. Pappus c. 3 mm long, white; bristles barbellate proximally. 
Notes : Occurs in eastern Australia from Mt Windsor in far north Queensland south to 
Sydney in central New South Wales. Widely distributed in eastern Asia, including New 
Guinea. Grows in forests; also a weed of lawns and roadsides. Flowers most of year. 
A form recorded from disturbed and urban localities has leaves with fewer sessile 
lateral segments, denser stem indumentum, and achenes that are mid-brown rather than 
darker reddish-brown. This form possibly has come from outside Australia and further 
investigation into this variation is warranted. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Palm Tree Ck, 22 km SE offoowoomba, D. Halford 
Q634 (BR1, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Torrington-Silent Grove Rd, N.S.Lander 535a (BRI, 
C’ANB, HO, MEL, NSW); Alum Mtn, Buladelah, July 1923, H.M.R.Rupp (MEL); Gloucester, Sept. 
1965, R.G.Covenys.n ., (NSW). 
7. LAPSANA L., Sp. Pl. 2:811(1753) 
Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, glandular and eglandular. 
Leaves predominantly cauline. Inflorescences paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral 
bracts biseriate; inner bracts somewhat firm and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. 
Achenes homomorphic, mildly compressed, beaklcss. Epappate. 
A genus of c. ten species from Europe, Asia and north-western Africa. 
* Laps ana communis L., Sp. PI. 2:811 (1753) subsp. communis 
Type: Locality unknown. Herb. Clifford 389, Lapsana no. 1A; lecto: BM, fide P.D.Sell, 
Watsonia 13: 301 (1981). 
Annuals or biennials to c. 1.2 m high, with gland-tipped hairs on lower stem and 
sometimes upper stem, and short eglandular hairs on or near leaf margins. Basal leaves 
variably persistent; cauline leaves to 16 cm long, with l:w ratio 1-4, undivided or Iyrately 
divided, petiole-like basally, with 1 or 2 spreading or slightly retrorse lobes per side; 

Page image

615926 Lasiospermum bipinnatum Muelleria 25: 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605129
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
615924 Lasiospermum Muelleria 25: 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605129
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

32 
Thompson 
long, outer and middle series of bracts not pigmented on margin; inner series of bracts 
with hyaline extension c. 0.5 mm long; paleae 2-3 mm long. Ray florets 5, with ligule 1-2 
mm long, yellow. Disc florets c. 20; corolla c. 2.5 mm long, with tube narrower than and 
c. as long as the yellow limb. Achenes c. 3 mm long. Woolly Yarrow. 
Notes : Native to south-western Europe. Occurs in south-eastern South Australia. 
Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides. Flowers late spring-summer. 
An occasional garden escape that is only weakly naturalised. Apart from the colour of 
the ligules, A. tomentosa can be distinguished from the other two species of Achillea in 
Australia by the more numerous disc florets and the entirely stramineous involucral bracts 
with an unpigmented hyaline margin. 
Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Rly line between Owen and Mallala, 
H.E.Orchard6169 (AD); roadside, Hope Valley, 6 Dec. 1947, J.B.Cleland ( AD). 
5. LASIOSPERMUM Lagasca, Gen. Sp. PL 31 (1816) 
Annual to perennial herbs, ascending to erect. Leaves 1- or 2-pinnatisect. Capitula 1 per 
stem or branch, radiate (in Australia) or discoid; involucre 2- or 3-seriate, with bracts 
mostly of similar length, a few outer ones shorter; receptacle paleate. Ray florets female; 
disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, terete, 8-10-ribbed, 
hairy. Pappus absent. 
A genus of four species from South Africa, Namibia and Egypt. 
* Las io sperm um bipinnatum (Thunb.) Druce, Bot. Exch. Club. Brit. Isles Rep. 631 
(1917) 
Lidbeckia bipinnata Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap. 161 (1800). 
Type: not designated. 
Lasiospermum radiatum Trevir., Nova Acta Phys.-Med. Acad. Caes. Leop.-Carol. Nat. 
Cur. 13( 1): 205 (1824). Type: n.v. 
Perennials to c. 40 cm high, glabrous, with eglandular stems and leaves. Leaves to c. 
5 cm long, fleshy; primary segments up to c. 10 per side; rachides and ultimate segments 
0.8-1.5 mm wide. Capitula 1 per stem, 20-25 mm diam.; peduncle 10-30 cm long; 
peduncular bracteoles several, ovate-lanceolate; disc c. 7-10 mm diam. Involucre 4-5 
mm long; bracts not keeled or with pigmented margin; inner series of bracts with hyaline 
extension 1-2 mm long; mature receptacle convex; paleae c. narrow-oblong c. 2.5 mm 
long, c. 1 mm wide, hyaline, with a red resin duct medially, acute at apex. Ray florets 
15-20; ligule c. 10-15 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 3 mm long, with tube 
narrower and slightly shorter than the yellow limb. Achenes narrow-obloid, c. 4 mm long, 
completely hidden by a dense long tan-coloured wool. Pappus absent. 
Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-eastern Tasmania in and around Hobart. 
Flowers spring. Readily distinguished in fruit by the woolly achenes. The involucral 
bracts are distinctive compared with other radiate species in Australia. They are c. oblong 
and have a relatively broad green stereome and this helps distinguish this species from 
similar-sized white ligulate species such as Chamaemelum nobile , Anthemis cotula and 
A. arvensis. 
Representative specimens: TASMANIA: Municipal Tip, Campania, DA.Morris 8441 (AD, HO, 
MEL, NSW); Hayes, IV.M.Curtis (HO). 

Page image

616068 Launaea Muelleria 25: 79
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605169
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
79 
11. LAUNAEA Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 2nd edn, 25: 321 (1822) 
Annual to perennial, sometimes stoloniferous herbs, branching or not. Hairs ± lacking. 
Leaves predominantly basal. Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; 
involucral bracts multiseriate. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not or hardly 
compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, ?persistent; bristles, scabridulous, uniform 
within a pappus. 
A genus of 54 species, principally from Africa and south-western Asia, but also in 
the Mediterranean region. The style-branches in this genus have relatively long hairs, a 
feature it shares with Reichardia according to Bremer (1994). 
Launaea sarmentosa (Willd.) Kuntze, Re vis. Gen. PI. 1: 350 (1891) 
Prenanthes sarmentosa Willd., Phyt. 10, t. 6(2) (1794). 
Type: India, 1793, Klein; holo: B-W 14595. 
Herb to c. 0.1 m high, developing stolons to c. 1 m long, rooting at nodes. Leaves 
all basal, undivided, to 10 cm long, with I:w ratio c. 3-4; margin entire or denticulate; 
secondary rosettes with much smaller leaves; base attenuate. Capitula solitary at nodes; 
involucre 4-6 mm diam.; outer bracts c. 8, ovate, c. 3 mm long, with hyaline margin 
distinct; intermediate bracts c. 6, reaching c. halfway along involucre; inner bracts c. 8, 
10-15 mm long. Florets: ligule c. 5 mm long; style pubescence pale or darkened. Achenes 
narrow-obloid, 4-5 mm long, with ribs prominent, brown, glabrous. Pappus caducous, c. 
7 mm long, white; bristles scabridulous. 
Notes : Occurs in far western Western Australia predominantly between Exmouth and 
Karratha and on adjacent islands. Also native to areas abutting the Indian Ocean and 
South China Sea including countries in Africa and southern Asia. Grows on coastal sands. 
Flowers most of the year. 
A distinctive species with its stoloniferous habit. According to Kilian (1997), who 
produced a monograph on the genus Launaea , the species has been used as a salad 
vegetable in several countries. 
Representative specimens’. WESTERN AUS TRALIA: Monte Bello Is., 13 Nov. 1953, Hill 
(CANB); Thevenard Is., M. White MRW028 (CANB, PERTH). 
12. REICHARDIA Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) 
Annual or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs ± lacking. Leaves basal and cauline. 
Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate, 
soft, not convex, infolded at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic or 
inner ones abortive, not compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, not persistent; bristles 
± smooth, uniform within a pappus. 
A genus of 8 species from the Mediterranean region. A feature of the two species in 
Australia is the relatively broad outer and intermediate involucral bracts that are cordate- 
based and with a conspicuous hyaline margin. 
Key to species 
Leaf-margin crowded-denticulate; outer bracts 5-7 mm long; outer and intermediate 
bracts overlapping, with hyaline margin 1-2 mm wide; ligules purple-red 
basal ly.1. R. tingitana 

Page image

616070 Launaea sarmentosa Muelleria 25: 79
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605169
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
79 
11. LAUNAEA Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 2nd edn, 25: 321 (1822) 
Annual to perennial, sometimes stoloniferous herbs, branching or not. Hairs ± lacking. 
Leaves predominantly basal. Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; 
involucral bracts multiseriate. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not or hardly 
compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, ?persistent; bristles, scabridulous, uniform 
within a pappus. 
A genus of 54 species, principally from Africa and south-western Asia, but also in 
the Mediterranean region. The style-branches in this genus have relatively long hairs, a 
feature it shares with Reichardia according to Bremer (1994). 
Launaea sarmentosa (Willd.) Kuntze, Re vis. Gen. PI. 1: 350 (1891) 
Prenanthes sarmentosa Willd., Phyt. 10, t. 6(2) (1794). 
Type: India, 1793, Klein; holo: B-W 14595. 
Herb to c. 0.1 m high, developing stolons to c. 1 m long, rooting at nodes. Leaves 
all basal, undivided, to 10 cm long, with I:w ratio c. 3-4; margin entire or denticulate; 
secondary rosettes with much smaller leaves; base attenuate. Capitula solitary at nodes; 
involucre 4-6 mm diam.; outer bracts c. 8, ovate, c. 3 mm long, with hyaline margin 
distinct; intermediate bracts c. 6, reaching c. halfway along involucre; inner bracts c. 8, 
10-15 mm long. Florets: ligule c. 5 mm long; style pubescence pale or darkened. Achenes 
narrow-obloid, 4-5 mm long, with ribs prominent, brown, glabrous. Pappus caducous, c. 
7 mm long, white; bristles scabridulous. 
Notes : Occurs in far western Western Australia predominantly between Exmouth and 
Karratha and on adjacent islands. Also native to areas abutting the Indian Ocean and 
South China Sea including countries in Africa and southern Asia. Grows on coastal sands. 
Flowers most of the year. 
A distinctive species with its stoloniferous habit. According to Kilian (1997), who 
produced a monograph on the genus Launaea , the species has been used as a salad 
vegetable in several countries. 
Representative specimens’. WESTERN AUS TRALIA: Monte Bello Is., 13 Nov. 1953, Hill 
(CANB); Thevenard Is., M. White MRW028 (CANB, PERTH). 
12. REICHARDIA Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) 
Annual or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs ± lacking. Leaves basal and cauline. 
Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate, 
soft, not convex, infolded at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic or 
inner ones abortive, not compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, not persistent; bristles 
± smooth, uniform within a pappus. 
A genus of 8 species from the Mediterranean region. A feature of the two species in 
Australia is the relatively broad outer and intermediate involucral bracts that are cordate- 
based and with a conspicuous hyaline margin. 
Key to species 
Leaf-margin crowded-denticulate; outer bracts 5-7 mm long; outer and intermediate 
bracts overlapping, with hyaline margin 1-2 mm wide; ligules purple-red 
basal ly.1. R. tingitana 

Page image

857346 Leontodon hirtus Muelleria 25: 91
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605181
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235
857347 Leontodon hirtus Muelleria 25: 91
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605181
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235
616112 Leontodon Muelleria 25: 91
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605181
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
91 
upwards. Capitula few to several, transiently cobwebby; involucre at anthesis 8-12 mm 
long, subsequently lengthening by c. 50-80%, c. 2-4 mm diam.; bracts smooth, with 
those of outer series lanceolate, c. 3 mm long; receptacular paleae to 15 mm long, slightly 
shorter than mature inner bracts. Florets: ligule c. 2-3 mm long, white or cream; style 
pubescence pale. Achenes homomorphic, 6-10 mm long, beaked; body narrow-obloid, 
4-7 mm long, with c. 5 broad transversely ridged ribs and narrow non-glaucous grooves, 
with beak slightly shorter than body. Pappus uniseriate, 5-8 mm long, pale yellow-brown 
proximally, white distally; bristles all plumose. White Flatweed 
Notes: Native to South America. Occurs in eastern Australia from Maryborough 
in south-eastern Queensland south to the Sydney region in central-eastern New South 
Wales. Also naturalised in South Africa. Grows mostly in distrubed sites, in various soils, 
in urban environments or in grassland, woodland and forest. Flowers mostly late winter 
to summer. 
Hypochaeris microcephala var. albiflora is in section Achyrophonts , a section that has 
its greatest diversity in South America. In contrast, Hypochaeris glabra and H. radicata 
are in section Hypochaeris , a section that has its greatest diversity in Europe and Asia. A 
suite of characters distinguish H. microcephala var. albiflora from the other two species. 
Apart from differences given in the key, it can be distinguished by its longer peduncular 
bracts, and the achenes with fewer, much broader ribs, non-glaucous grooves, and with 
a more gradual taper to a shorter beak. Hypochaeris microcephala var. albiflora and H. 
glabra are similar in that they both have short ligules and the involucres of the two taxa 
elongate to a similar extent post-anthesis. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Bunya Mtns Natl Park, R. Belcher 809 (BRI, MEL); 
Indooroopilly, Brisbane, L.Pedley 4410 (BRI, CANB, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Below 
Callawajune Mtn, (The Beehive or South Obelisk), c. 5.5 km SSW of Urbenville, R.G.Coveny 
12795 , ZDonabauer & C.Dunn (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Blackett, R.Coveny 
11299 (BRI, NSW). 
19. LEONTODON L., Sp. PL 2: 798 (1753) 
Annual or perennial herbs, not branching. Hairs furcate, with prongs straight. Leaves all 
basal. Inflorescences solitary. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate; inner 
bracts ± soft, strongly convex and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes 
dimorphic; not compressed, beaked or unbeaked. Pappus of bristles and scales, persistent, 
dimorphic; bristles plumose or scabridulous, sometimes of two types within a pappus. 
A genus of c. 50 species from Europe, northern Africa and south-western Asia, mainly 
in the Mediterranean region. 
^Leontodon taraxacoides (Vill.) Merat, Ann. Sci. Nat. (Paris) 22: 108 (1831) subsp. 
taraxacoides 
Hyoseris taraxacoides Vill., Prosp. Hist. PL Dauphine 33 (1779); Leontodon nndicaulis 
subsp. taraxacoides (Vill.) Schinz & Thell., Bull. Herb. Boissier ser. 2, 7: 389 (1907). 
Type: n.v. 
[L. leysseri auct. non (Wallr.) Beck; W.M.Curtis, Student s FL Tasmania 2: 386 (1963).] 
[L. hirtus auct. non L.; J.M.Black, Fl. S. Australia 659 (1929); A.Ewart, FL Victoria 1197 
(1931).] 
Scapose perennials to c. 0.4 m high. Bifurcate hairs c. 1 mm long sparse to scattered 
on leaves and lower stems and sometimes on involucre. Leaves to c. 30 cm long, with 

Page image

857345 Leontodon leysseri Muelleria 25: 91
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605181
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235
857344 Leontodon nudicaulis taraxacoides Muelleria 25: 91
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605181
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235
616115 Leontodon taraxacoides taraxacoides Muelleria 25: 91-92

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 91-92".

616006 Leptinella Muelleria 25: 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605100
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

52 
Thompson 
18. LEPTINELLA Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 127 (1822) 
Perennial herbs, prostrate. Leaves 1-3-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary, disciform; involucre 
2- or 3-seriate, with bracts all of similar length; receptacle epaleate. Outer florets 2-4- 
seriate, female; central florets functionally male, with corolla mostly 4-lobed. Achenes 
compressed, unribbed, glabrous. Pappus absent. 
A genus of c. 33 species, mostly from New Guinea, Australia, New Zealand and South 
America. A genus characterised by stoloniferous growth, outer florets in a few series, 
more numerous than the disc florets and with an inflated macroscopic corolla, and by 
functionally male disc florets with an unbranched style. There are four species in Australia, 
all endemic. Roots are fleshy and outer florets are female. Leptinella maniototo , native to 
NZ, has been recorded from a bowling green in Parndana, Kangaroo Is., South Australia, 
but is not considered naturalised. It has entire leaves or 1-pinnatisect leaves with very 
short pinnae. Two further collections from southern Tasmania, from Turua Beach in far 
south-east Tasmania ( A.M.Buchanan 9721 HO) and from Ummarrah Ck (A.M.Buchanan 
7910 HO) in the far south, may represent two further species of Leptinella from New 
Zealand. The identity of these collections requires further investigation. 
Key to species 
1 Leaves 1 -pinnatisect, dilating gradually to form basal sheath; peduncle relatively short 
and stout at anthesis (length: diam. ratio < 40); achenes oblong-elliptic, with persistent 
corolla taller than broad.1. L.filicula 
1: Leaves 1-3-pinnatisect, dilating abruptly to form basal sheath; peduncle relatively 
long and slender at anthesis (length: diam. ratio > 40); achenes obovate, with persistent 
corolla broader than tall 
2 Leaves once-pinnatisect to sub-bipinnatisect with secondary segments usually only 
arising in middle to distal third; achenes 2-3 mm long.4. L. longipes 
2: Leaves bi- or tripinnatisect, with secondary pinnae arising in proximal thirds as 
well as middle and distal thirds; achenes 1.5-2 mm long 
3 Stems transiently villous, soon glabrescent.2. L . replans 
3: Stems persistently densely villous.3. L. driimmondii 
1. Leptinellafilicula (Hook.f.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 1: 194(1856) 
Symphyomera filicula Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 116 (1847); Cotula 
filicula (Hook.f.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 551 (1867). 
Type: n.v. 
Plants with stems villous. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2—4, 1-pinnatisect, 
gradually dilating basally to form sheath, with scattered or sparse hairs; primary segments 
± restricted to distal half, mostly c. elliptic, sometimes lobed. Capitula 3-6 mm diam.; 
peduncle to 3 cm long at anthesis, c. 0.8 mm diam., villous. Involucral bracts c. 10-20, 
broad-elliptic or slightly obovate, 2.0-2.5 mm long, with apex rounded, usually hairy. 
Outer florets with corolla longer than broad. Central florets several; corolla c. 1 mm long. 
Achenes (excl. corolla) 1.5-2 mm long, 0.7-1.0 mm wide, with faces oblong-elliptic, 
brown with a pale margin. Mountain Cotula. 
Notes: Occurs in far south-eastern Australia from Barrington Tops in central-eastern 
New South Wales SSW to eastern Victoria, and in central Tasmania. Grows in wet forest. 
Flowers summer-autumn. 

Page image

616012 Leptinella drummondii Muelleria 25: 53-54

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 53-54".

616007 Leptinella filicula Muelleria 25: 52-53

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 52-53".

857269 Leptinella intricata Muelleria 25: 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605101
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
53 
Similar to Cotula alpina but hairy, densely so at growing points, and with conical 
glandular corollas present on outer florets and persisting on fruit. The leaf is commonly 
infected with the fungus Febrdea rhytismoides resulting in a conspicuous black mark 
on each pinna. This is illustrated in Corrick and Fuhrer (2000). The basal leaf-sheath is 
sometimes lobed. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: eastern side of Barrington Trail, Barrington 
Tops National Park, J.R.Hosking 2315 & J.M.Bakonji (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). AUSTRALIAN 
CAPITAL TERRITORY: between Blackfellows Gap & Upper Cotter R., N.Burbidge 6354 (CANB, 
MEL). VICTORIA: Blue Rag Ra., c. 15 km SE of Mt St. Bernard on Hotham to Dargo road, 
, L.Haegi 1640 (MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: Tarraleah, Central Plateau, 7 F6b. 1945, WM.Curiis 
‘ (HO). 
2. Leptinella reptans (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 
(1987) 
Strongylospenna reptans Benth., in S.L.Endlicher et al ., Enum. PL 60 (1837), as 
Strongylospermum ; Pleiogyne reptans (Benth.) K.Koch, in D.F.L.Schlechtendal & 
H.Mohl (eds), Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 40 (1843); Cotula reptans (Benth.) Benth., FI. 
Austral. 3: 551 (1867). 
Type: Locality unknown, ‘ Ferd. Bauer 9 ; n.v. 
Leptinella intricata Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 117 (1847). Type: South 
Cape, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn ; n.v. 
Leptinella multifida Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 118 (1847); Pleiogyne 
multifida (Hook.f.) Sond., Linnaea 25: 484 (1852); Leptinella intricata var. multifida 
(Hook.f.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 1: 194(1856). Type: ‘Kangaroo Point’, Tas.; n.v. 
Plants with sparse to scattered hairs c. 0.5-1 mm long but often soon glabrescent. 
Leaves to c. 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, abruptly dilated basally 
to form sheath, with scattered hairs or glabrous; primary segments restricted to distal 1/3- 
1/2, ovate, elliptic or sub-orbicular in outline; secondary segments arising from proximal, 
middle and distal thirds. Capitula 2-4 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 7 cm long at anthesis, c. 
0.5 mm diam., sparsely to moderately hairy, glabrescent. Involucral bracts c. 6-12, broad- 
elliptic or orbicular, 1.5-2 mm long, with apex rounded, glabrous or hairy. Outer florets 
with corolla broader than long. Central florets with corolla c. 1 mm long. Achenes (excl. 
corolla) 1-2 mm long; faces obovate, pale tan to brown, usually with a paler margin. 
Notes : Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, southern Victoria, and Tasmania, with 
an isolated record from north-eastern New South Wales. Grows beside water typically, 
sometimes in saline environments such as seashores, in grassland, sedgeland and forest. 
Flowers spring-summer. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: south-western banks, southern arm of L. 
Bonney, N.N.Donner 9640 (AD, HO). NEW SOUTH WALES: Werrikimbe National Park, 6 Dec. 
1987, J.R.Hosking s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA: Gunyah Gunyah Rainforest Reserve, Grand Ridge 
Rd, J. Yugovic 460 (MEL). TASMANIA: Granville Harbour, A.E.Orchard 5628 (AD, HO, MEL, 
NSW, PERTH). 
3. Leptinella drummondii (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 
(1987) 
Cotula drummondii Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 550 (1867). 

Page image

857272 Leptinella intricata multifida Muelleria 25: 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605101
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
616013 Leptinella longipes Muelleria 25: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605102
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

54 
Thompson 
Type: Locality unknown, Western Australia, Drummond 3 rd collection, 113 ; syn: MEL; 
Don R., Western Australia, A.F.Oldfield; syn: MEL. 
Plants with stems villous. Leaves to c. 7 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, 2- or 3- 
pinnatisect, abruptly dilated basally to form sheath, with scattered or sparse hairs; 
segments in distal 1/3—1/2, elliptic to sub-orbicular in outline. Capitula 2-4 mm diam.; 
peduncle to 7 cm long at anthesis, c. 0.5 mm diam., sparsely to densely villous. Involucral 
bracts c. 6-12, broad-elliptic or orbicular, 1.5-2 mm long, with apex rounded, glabrous or 
sparsely haired. Outer florets with corolla broader than long. Central florets with corolla 
c. 1.5 mm long. Achenes not seen. 
Notes : Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows in red clay-loam on river 
banks in woodland. Flowers late spring-autumn. 
A poorly known species very similar to C. reptans. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Willgarup R. crossing with Tick Rd, 
C.Day & A.Annuls MJ 75.1 (PERTH); Blackwood R. near bridge, Sue’s Rd, Nillup, E of Karridale, 
R.D.Royce 10498 (PERTH). 
4. Leptinella longipes Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 117 (1847) 
Cotula longipes (Hook.f.) W.M.Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2: 463 (1963); Cotula reptans 
var. major Benth.. FI. Austral. 3: 551 (1867). 
Type: Circular Head, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn; n.v. 
Plants glabrous or with transient hairs mostly 0.1-0.5 mm long. Leaves to c. 
30 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-6, 1- or sub-2-pinnatiscct, abruptly dilated basally to 
form sheath, glabrous apart from inconspicuous mostly early caducous hairs; primary 
segments restricted to distal 1/2-1/3 (—1/4), elliptic to sub-orbicular or obovate in outline; 
secondary segments if present usually only arising from middle to distal third. Capitula 
c. 3-5 mm diam.; peduncle to 10 cm long at anthesis, c. 0.5 mm diam., with transient 
hairs sometimes present distally. Involucral bracts c. 6-8, broad-elliptic or orbicular, 
2.0-2.5 mm long, with apex rounded, glabrous or sparsely haired. Outer florets with 
corolla broader than long. Central florets several to numerous, with corolla c. 1 mm long. 
Achenes (excl. corolla) 2-3 mm long, 1.0-1.5 mm wide; faces obovate, pale throughout. 
Notes : Occurs in far south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, southern 
Victoria, far south-eastern South Australia, and eastern Tasmania. Grows on margin of 
wet often saline areas. Flowers spring-autumn. 
The fruits of this species are relatively large, somewhat trigonous and pale throughout, 
and pressed specimens usually have a wrinkled surface, probably due to the drying out 
of a fleshy pericarp. Very similar to and occupying similar habitats to L. reptans. Without 
mature fruit L. longipes can be distinguished from L. reptans by a combination of being 
earlier glabrescent with shorter hairs, having longer leaves with a relatively longer petiolar 
portion, and by having less dissected leaves. Leaves of both species are variably elongate 
depending on environmental conditions. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Currumbin, C.TAVhite 8729 (BRI). SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA: across Glenelg R. from Donovan’s Landing, c. 30 km SE of Mt Gambier, B.Copley 
3015 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: near the mouth of Little Ck, Nadgee Nature Reserve, South 
Coast, D.E.Albrecht 1472 (MEL). VICTORIA: W bank of Wallagaraugh R., c. I km downstream 
from Gipsy Point settlement, EastGippsland,MG. W^Av/7 3/id(BRI,CANB, HO, MEL); near mouth 
of Seal Ck, Croajingolong National Park, D.E.Albrecht 4849 (HO, MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: 
mouth of Curries R., Beechford, A.M.Buchanan 10589 (HO). 

Page image

857270 Leptinella multifida Muelleria 25: 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605101
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
53 
Similar to Cotula alpina but hairy, densely so at growing points, and with conical 
glandular corollas present on outer florets and persisting on fruit. The leaf is commonly 
infected with the fungus Febrdea rhytismoides resulting in a conspicuous black mark 
on each pinna. This is illustrated in Corrick and Fuhrer (2000). The basal leaf-sheath is 
sometimes lobed. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: eastern side of Barrington Trail, Barrington 
Tops National Park, J.R.Hosking 2315 & J.M.Bakonji (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). AUSTRALIAN 
CAPITAL TERRITORY: between Blackfellows Gap & Upper Cotter R., N.Burbidge 6354 (CANB, 
MEL). VICTORIA: Blue Rag Ra., c. 15 km SE of Mt St. Bernard on Hotham to Dargo road, 
, L.Haegi 1640 (MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: Tarraleah, Central Plateau, 7 F6b. 1945, WM.Curiis 
‘ (HO). 
2. Leptinella reptans (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 
(1987) 
Strongylospenna reptans Benth., in S.L.Endlicher et al ., Enum. PL 60 (1837), as 
Strongylospermum ; Pleiogyne reptans (Benth.) K.Koch, in D.F.L.Schlechtendal & 
H.Mohl (eds), Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 40 (1843); Cotula reptans (Benth.) Benth., FI. 
Austral. 3: 551 (1867). 
Type: Locality unknown, ‘ Ferd. Bauer 9 ; n.v. 
Leptinella intricata Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 117 (1847). Type: South 
Cape, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn ; n.v. 
Leptinella multifida Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 118 (1847); Pleiogyne 
multifida (Hook.f.) Sond., Linnaea 25: 484 (1852); Leptinella intricata var. multifida 
(Hook.f.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 1: 194(1856). Type: ‘Kangaroo Point’, Tas.; n.v. 
Plants with sparse to scattered hairs c. 0.5-1 mm long but often soon glabrescent. 
Leaves to c. 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, abruptly dilated basally 
to form sheath, with scattered hairs or glabrous; primary segments restricted to distal 1/3- 
1/2, ovate, elliptic or sub-orbicular in outline; secondary segments arising from proximal, 
middle and distal thirds. Capitula 2-4 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 7 cm long at anthesis, c. 
0.5 mm diam., sparsely to moderately hairy, glabrescent. Involucral bracts c. 6-12, broad- 
elliptic or orbicular, 1.5-2 mm long, with apex rounded, glabrous or hairy. Outer florets 
with corolla broader than long. Central florets with corolla c. 1 mm long. Achenes (excl. 
corolla) 1-2 mm long; faces obovate, pale tan to brown, usually with a paler margin. 
Notes : Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, southern Victoria, and Tasmania, with 
an isolated record from north-eastern New South Wales. Grows beside water typically, 
sometimes in saline environments such as seashores, in grassland, sedgeland and forest. 
Flowers spring-summer. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: south-western banks, southern arm of L. 
Bonney, N.N.Donner 9640 (AD, HO). NEW SOUTH WALES: Werrikimbe National Park, 6 Dec. 
1987, J.R.Hosking s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA: Gunyah Gunyah Rainforest Reserve, Grand Ridge 
Rd, J. Yugovic 460 (MEL). TASMANIA: Granville Harbour, A.E.Orchard 5628 (AD, HO, MEL, 
NSW, PERTH). 
3. Leptinella drummondii (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 
(1987) 
Cotula drummondii Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 550 (1867). 

Page image

616008 Leptinella reptans Muelleria 25: 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605101
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
53 
Similar to Cotula alpina but hairy, densely so at growing points, and with conical 
glandular corollas present on outer florets and persisting on fruit. The leaf is commonly 
infected with the fungus Febrdea rhytismoides resulting in a conspicuous black mark 
on each pinna. This is illustrated in Corrick and Fuhrer (2000). The basal leaf-sheath is 
sometimes lobed. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: eastern side of Barrington Trail, Barrington 
Tops National Park, J.R.Hosking 2315 & J.M.Bakonji (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). AUSTRALIAN 
CAPITAL TERRITORY: between Blackfellows Gap & Upper Cotter R., N.Burbidge 6354 (CANB, 
MEL). VICTORIA: Blue Rag Ra., c. 15 km SE of Mt St. Bernard on Hotham to Dargo road, 
, L.Haegi 1640 (MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: Tarraleah, Central Plateau, 7 F6b. 1945, WM.Curiis 
‘ (HO). 
2. Leptinella reptans (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 
(1987) 
Strongylospenna reptans Benth., in S.L.Endlicher et al ., Enum. PL 60 (1837), as 
Strongylospermum ; Pleiogyne reptans (Benth.) K.Koch, in D.F.L.Schlechtendal & 
H.Mohl (eds), Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 40 (1843); Cotula reptans (Benth.) Benth., FI. 
Austral. 3: 551 (1867). 
Type: Locality unknown, ‘ Ferd. Bauer 9 ; n.v. 
Leptinella intricata Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 117 (1847). Type: South 
Cape, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn ; n.v. 
Leptinella multifida Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 118 (1847); Pleiogyne 
multifida (Hook.f.) Sond., Linnaea 25: 484 (1852); Leptinella intricata var. multifida 
(Hook.f.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 1: 194(1856). Type: ‘Kangaroo Point’, Tas.; n.v. 
Plants with sparse to scattered hairs c. 0.5-1 mm long but often soon glabrescent. 
Leaves to c. 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, abruptly dilated basally 
to form sheath, with scattered hairs or glabrous; primary segments restricted to distal 1/3- 
1/2, ovate, elliptic or sub-orbicular in outline; secondary segments arising from proximal, 
middle and distal thirds. Capitula 2-4 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 7 cm long at anthesis, c. 
0.5 mm diam., sparsely to moderately hairy, glabrescent. Involucral bracts c. 6-12, broad- 
elliptic or orbicular, 1.5-2 mm long, with apex rounded, glabrous or hairy. Outer florets 
with corolla broader than long. Central florets with corolla c. 1 mm long. Achenes (excl. 
corolla) 1-2 mm long; faces obovate, pale tan to brown, usually with a paler margin. 
Notes : Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, southern Victoria, and Tasmania, with 
an isolated record from north-eastern New South Wales. Grows beside water typically, 
sometimes in saline environments such as seashores, in grassland, sedgeland and forest. 
Flowers spring-summer. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: south-western banks, southern arm of L. 
Bonney, N.N.Donner 9640 (AD, HO). NEW SOUTH WALES: Werrikimbe National Park, 6 Dec. 
1987, J.R.Hosking s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA: Gunyah Gunyah Rainforest Reserve, Grand Ridge 
Rd, J. Yugovic 460 (MEL). TASMANIA: Granville Harbour, A.E.Orchard 5628 (AD, HO, MEL, 
NSW, PERTH). 
3. Leptinella drummondii (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 
(1987) 
Cotula drummondii Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 550 (1867). 

Page image

857208 Leucanthemum maximum Muelleria 25: 40
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605121
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

40 
Thompson 
developing basal lobes above mid-stem; margin dentate to crenulate, with up to c. 15 
teeth/crenulations per side; mid-stem leaves oblanceolate to narrow-oblong, to c. 4 cm 
long. Capitula 1-3, 3-6 cm diam.; peduncle glabrous. Involucre 7-10 mm long, glabrous; 
outer series of bracts lanceolate, 2.5-7 mm long, not keeled, with margin brown; inner 
series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long; mature receptacle convex. Ray 
florets: ligule c. 10-15 mm long, white. Disc florets numerous; corolla 2-2.5 mm long, 
with tube as long as and becoming as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 1.5-2 
mm long, mid to dark red between raised pale ribs. Pappus absent. Ox-eye daisy. 
Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, eastern New 
South Wales, southern Victoria, and northern Tasmania. A widespread weed in other parts 
of the world. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides. Flowers spring-summer. 
One of the most widespread weeds in tribe Anthemideae. A noxious weed in Victoria, 
excluding the Melbourne metropolitan area. 
Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Lofty township, F.M.Hilton 1223A 
(AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: alongside New England Hwy, 2 km S of the intersection with Duri 
Dungowan Rd, S of Timbumburi, J.R.Hosking 1826 (CANB, NSW). VICTORIA: summit of Mt 
Skene, 48 km from Jamieson on road to Licola, D.E.Albrecht 120 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: 
Leven Gorge, L.Richley 163 (HO); Longley, Dec. 1943, W.M.Curtis (HO). 
2. *Leucanthemum xsuperbitm (Bergmans ex J.W.Ingram) D.II.Kcnt, Watsonia 18(1): 
89(1990) 
Chrysanthemum xsuperbum Bergmans ex J.W.Ingram, Baileya 19: 167 (1975). 
Type: cult, at Ithaca, New York, grown from seed, Dreer 1948, 26 June 1921, L.H.Bailey 
s.n .; n. v. 
[Chrysanthemum lacustre non Brot. (1804): J.H.Willis, Handb. Pi Victoria 2: 741 
(1972)] 
[Leucanthemum maximum non (Ramond) DC. (1838): J.A.Jeanes in N.G.Walsh & 
T.J.Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4: 929; E.A.Brown in G.J.Hardin (ed.), FI. New South 
Wales 3: 288 (1992); D.A.Cooke in J.P.Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 4th 
edn, 3: 1618(1986)] 
Plants to c. 150 cm high, nearly glabrous or with occasional coarse hairs on stems 
and leaves. Leaves undivided; base not developing basal lobes; margin strongly serrulate, 
with 15-30 serrulations per side; mid-stem leaves narrow-elliptic, to c. 14 cm long. 
Capitula 1 (—3), 5—10 (—13) cm diam.; peduncle glabrous. Involucre 9—12 mm long; outer 
series of bracts narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 4-7 mm long, not keeled, with margin pale 
or tinged brown, inner series ol bracts with hyaline extension 3—4 mm long, pale or 
tinged brown; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: ligule c. 20-45 mm long, white. 
Disc florets numerous; corolla 4-4.5 mm long, with tube as long as and becoming as wide 
as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 2-4 mm long, with thick raised pale ribs, with 
red coloration sometimes seen between ribs. Pappus present on ray florets, coronate, c. 2 
mm long. Shasta Daisy. 
Notes: Occurs in Busselton in far south-western Western Australia, far south-eastern 
South Australia, south-eastern New South Wales and southern and eastern Victoria. 
Grows in disturbed sites associated with human habitation or activity. Flowers summer- 
autumn. 

Page image

857209 Leucanthemum maximum Muelleria 25: 40
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605121
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

40 
Thompson 
developing basal lobes above mid-stem; margin dentate to crenulate, with up to c. 15 
teeth/crenulations per side; mid-stem leaves oblanceolate to narrow-oblong, to c. 4 cm 
long. Capitula 1-3, 3-6 cm diam.; peduncle glabrous. Involucre 7-10 mm long, glabrous; 
outer series of bracts lanceolate, 2.5-7 mm long, not keeled, with margin brown; inner 
series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long; mature receptacle convex. Ray 
florets: ligule c. 10-15 mm long, white. Disc florets numerous; corolla 2-2.5 mm long, 
with tube as long as and becoming as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 1.5-2 
mm long, mid to dark red between raised pale ribs. Pappus absent. Ox-eye daisy. 
Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, eastern New 
South Wales, southern Victoria, and northern Tasmania. A widespread weed in other parts 
of the world. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides. Flowers spring-summer. 
One of the most widespread weeds in tribe Anthemideae. A noxious weed in Victoria, 
excluding the Melbourne metropolitan area. 
Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Lofty township, F.M.Hilton 1223A 
(AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: alongside New England Hwy, 2 km S of the intersection with Duri 
Dungowan Rd, S of Timbumburi, J.R.Hosking 1826 (CANB, NSW). VICTORIA: summit of Mt 
Skene, 48 km from Jamieson on road to Licola, D.E.Albrecht 120 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: 
Leven Gorge, L.Richley 163 (HO); Longley, Dec. 1943, W.M.Curtis (HO). 
2. *Leucanthemum xsuperbitm (Bergmans ex J.W.Ingram) D.II.Kcnt, Watsonia 18(1): 
89(1990) 
Chrysanthemum xsuperbum Bergmans ex J.W.Ingram, Baileya 19: 167 (1975). 
Type: cult, at Ithaca, New York, grown from seed, Dreer 1948, 26 June 1921, L.H.Bailey 
s.n .; n. v. 
[Chrysanthemum lacustre non Brot. (1804): J.H.Willis, Handb. Pi Victoria 2: 741 
(1972)] 
[Leucanthemum maximum non (Ramond) DC. (1838): J.A.Jeanes in N.G.Walsh & 
T.J.Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4: 929; E.A.Brown in G.J.Hardin (ed.), FI. New South 
Wales 3: 288 (1992); D.A.Cooke in J.P.Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 4th 
edn, 3: 1618(1986)] 
Plants to c. 150 cm high, nearly glabrous or with occasional coarse hairs on stems 
and leaves. Leaves undivided; base not developing basal lobes; margin strongly serrulate, 
with 15-30 serrulations per side; mid-stem leaves narrow-elliptic, to c. 14 cm long. 
Capitula 1 (—3), 5—10 (—13) cm diam.; peduncle glabrous. Involucre 9—12 mm long; outer 
series of bracts narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 4-7 mm long, not keeled, with margin pale 
or tinged brown, inner series ol bracts with hyaline extension 3—4 mm long, pale or 
tinged brown; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: ligule c. 20-45 mm long, white. 
Disc florets numerous; corolla 4-4.5 mm long, with tube as long as and becoming as wide 
as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 2-4 mm long, with thick raised pale ribs, with 
red coloration sometimes seen between ribs. Pappus present on ray florets, coronate, c. 2 
mm long. Shasta Daisy. 
Notes: Occurs in Busselton in far south-western Western Australia, far south-eastern 
South Australia, south-eastern New South Wales and southern and eastern Victoria. 
Grows in disturbed sites associated with human habitation or activity. Flowers summer- 
autumn. 

Page image

857210 Leucanthemum maximum Muelleria 25: 40
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605121
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

40 
Thompson 
developing basal lobes above mid-stem; margin dentate to crenulate, with up to c. 15 
teeth/crenulations per side; mid-stem leaves oblanceolate to narrow-oblong, to c. 4 cm 
long. Capitula 1-3, 3-6 cm diam.; peduncle glabrous. Involucre 7-10 mm long, glabrous; 
outer series of bracts lanceolate, 2.5-7 mm long, not keeled, with margin brown; inner 
series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long; mature receptacle convex. Ray 
florets: ligule c. 10-15 mm long, white. Disc florets numerous; corolla 2-2.5 mm long, 
with tube as long as and becoming as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 1.5-2 
mm long, mid to dark red between raised pale ribs. Pappus absent. Ox-eye daisy. 
Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, eastern New 
South Wales, southern Victoria, and northern Tasmania. A widespread weed in other parts 
of the world. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides. Flowers spring-summer. 
One of the most widespread weeds in tribe Anthemideae. A noxious weed in Victoria, 
excluding the Melbourne metropolitan area. 
Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Lofty township, F.M.Hilton 1223A 
(AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: alongside New England Hwy, 2 km S of the intersection with Duri 
Dungowan Rd, S of Timbumburi, J.R.Hosking 1826 (CANB, NSW). VICTORIA: summit of Mt 
Skene, 48 km from Jamieson on road to Licola, D.E.Albrecht 120 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: 
Leven Gorge, L.Richley 163 (HO); Longley, Dec. 1943, W.M.Curtis (HO). 
2. *Leucanthemum xsuperbitm (Bergmans ex J.W.Ingram) D.II.Kcnt, Watsonia 18(1): 
89(1990) 
Chrysanthemum xsuperbum Bergmans ex J.W.Ingram, Baileya 19: 167 (1975). 
Type: cult, at Ithaca, New York, grown from seed, Dreer 1948, 26 June 1921, L.H.Bailey 
s.n .; n. v. 
[Chrysanthemum lacustre non Brot. (1804): J.H.Willis, Handb. Pi Victoria 2: 741 
(1972)] 
[Leucanthemum maximum non (Ramond) DC. (1838): J.A.Jeanes in N.G.Walsh & 
T.J.Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4: 929; E.A.Brown in G.J.Hardin (ed.), FI. New South 
Wales 3: 288 (1992); D.A.Cooke in J.P.Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 4th 
edn, 3: 1618(1986)] 
Plants to c. 150 cm high, nearly glabrous or with occasional coarse hairs on stems 
and leaves. Leaves undivided; base not developing basal lobes; margin strongly serrulate, 
with 15-30 serrulations per side; mid-stem leaves narrow-elliptic, to c. 14 cm long. 
Capitula 1 (—3), 5—10 (—13) cm diam.; peduncle glabrous. Involucre 9—12 mm long; outer 
series of bracts narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 4-7 mm long, not keeled, with margin pale 
or tinged brown, inner series ol bracts with hyaline extension 3—4 mm long, pale or 
tinged brown; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: ligule c. 20-45 mm long, white. 
Disc florets numerous; corolla 4-4.5 mm long, with tube as long as and becoming as wide 
as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 2-4 mm long, with thick raised pale ribs, with 
red coloration sometimes seen between ribs. Pappus present on ray florets, coronate, c. 2 
mm long. Shasta Daisy. 
Notes: Occurs in Busselton in far south-western Western Australia, far south-eastern 
South Australia, south-eastern New South Wales and southern and eastern Victoria. 
Grows in disturbed sites associated with human habitation or activity. Flowers summer- 
autumn. 

Page image

615949 Leucanthemum Muelleria 25: 39
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605122
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
39 
Type: n.v. 
Plants to c. 30 cm tall, glabrous, eglandular. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, lacerately lobate; 
base developing lobes above mid-stem; margin serrate with apex peracute. Capitulum 
solitary, 2-3 cm diam. Involucre 4-6 mm long; outer series of bracts 2-3 mm long, 
not keeled, with margin darkly pigmented; inner series of bracts with blackish hyaline 
extension 0.5-1 mm long; mature receptacle conical. Ray florets sterile; ligule c. 10 mm 
long, white with a green base. Disc florets numerous; corolla 2-2.5 mm long, 5-lobed. 
Achenes obovoid, c. 2 mm long, red between very prominent pale ribs. Pappus of ray 
florets a corona to c. 2 mm long. 
Notes’. Native to Spain and northern Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia, 
south-eastern South Australia, south-eastern New South Wales, and south-central Victoria. 
Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides. Flowers summer. 
A garden escape that relatively recently has become weakly naturalised. Similar to 
Leucanthemum vulgare but an annual with lighter green leaves with peracute lobes and 
teeth, and with outer involucral bracts cordate-based, smaller capitula, ray florets sterile, 
and a corona well-developed on ray florets. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Cargill St, Victoria Park, Perth, 
BJ.Lepschi 2090 (CANI3, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: track into Chambers Gully, c. 400 m 
from Waterfall Gully Rd, A.G.Spooner 15409 (AD); Burra and Burra North, RJ.Rates 34152 (AD). 
NEW SOUTH WALES: Princes Hvvy N of Milton, 3 July 1998, K.Mills s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA: 
Yan Yean, 45 km N of Melbourne, D.Senyschyn 27 (MEL); paddock at end ol Neale Rd c. 50 m 
down Opie Rd, Deer Park, 25 Aug. 1986, C. Le Breton (MEL). 
11. LEUCANTHEMUM Mill., GarcL Diet. abr. edn 4 (1754) 
Perennial herbs, erect. Leaves undivided or lobate. Capitula solitary or several, radiate (in 
Australia) or discoid; involucre multiscriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle 
epaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes sometimes 
dimorphic, ± terete, 10-ribbed. Pappus present on ray florets. 
A genus of 33 species from Europe and northern Africa. A key defining character for 
this genus is the anthocyanin red coloration of the root tips. Plants have eglandular stems 
and leaves, the corolla-tube is basally swollen and spongy at maturity, and the achenes 
have red secretory canals. 
Key to species 
Leaves variably toothed or crenulate, sometimes also lobed; margin of involucral bracts 
delineated by pigment throughout; capitula4-6 cm diam. includingrays; outer involucral 
bracts 3-5 mm long; achene of ray florets 1.5-2.5 mm long with corona c. 0.5 mm 
long.1* L- vulgare 
Leaves ± evenly serrulate; margin of involucral bracts not delineated by pigment 
throughout; capitula 6-10 cm diam. including rays; outer involucral bracts 
5-8 mm long; achene of ray florets 3-4 mm long with corona c. 2 mm 
long.2. L. x super bum 
1. *Leucanthemum vulgare Lam., FI. Franq. 2: 137 (1779) 
Chrysanthemum leucanthemum L., Sp. PI. 2: 888 (1753). 
Type: Europe; n.v. 
Plants to c. 100 cm high, with scattered coarse hairs on lower parts of stems and 
on lower-stem leaves, glabrescent. Leaves with few-several lobes or undivided; base 

Page image

615950 Leucanthemum vulgare Muelleria 25: 39-40

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 39-40".

615957 Leucanthemum ×superbum Muelleria 25: 40-41

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 40-41".

857201 Leucoglossum paludosum Muelleria 25: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605123
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

38 
Thompson 
c. 15-25 mm long. Disc florets numerous; corolla 4-5 mm long, with tube narrower and 
slightly shorter than limb. Achenes c. 3 mm long, with body hardly compressed, c. 8- 
ribbed, but with some ribs expanded into wings, brown, glandular; ray achenes 3-4 mm 
wide, with prominent lateral and adaxial wings; disc achenes c. 2 mm diam. with only 
adaxial wing prominent. Summer Chrysanthemum. 
Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region and north-western Iran. Occurs in south¬ 
western Western Australia, south-eastern South Australia, and far north-western New 
South Wales. Grows in disturbed sites. Flowers spring-summer. 
A garden escape that is only weakly naturalised. The adaxial wing of the achenes is 
broadest apically and often forms an acute point. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Vincent St, Leederville, Perth 
GJ.Keighery 11459 (MEL, PERTH); near beach, town limits of Dongara, R.M.King 9510 $ 
R.M.Garvey (CANB, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Prospect, 29 Sept. 1907, S.A.White ex 
South Australia, museum (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: Paldrumatta Bore, Oct. 1901 P.Corbett 
(NSW). 
2. * Chrysanthemum segetum L., Sp. PL 2: 889 (1753) 
Type: Europe; n.v. 
Plants to c. 80 cm tall, glabrous. Leaves oblong or obovate in outline, to c. 7 cm long, 
acutely dentate to deeply lobate, with up to 4 primary divisions per side, concentrated 
distally; base hardly or half-clasping; margin entire or with occasional teeth; uppermost 
leaves often entire. Capitula few; 3-5 cm diam., with peduncle c. 3-8 cm long. Involucre 
8—12 mm long: outer series of bracts c. 4 mm long, with margin light brown; inner series 
ol bracts with hyaline extension 3-5 mm long; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: 
ligule c. 10-20 mm long. Disc florets numerous; corolla 4 mm long, with tube narrower 
and slightly shorter than limb. Achenes 2—3 mm long, with body hardly compressed 
several-ribbed, without adaxial wings, pale, eglandular; ray achenes 1.2-2.5 mm wide, 
with lateral wings; disc achenes c. 1 mm diam., regularly ribbed, without wings. Corn 
Marigold. 
Notes : Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows as a garden escape near 
human habitation. Flowers late winter-spring. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: New Norcia, Nov. 1963 F.T.Hardv 
(PERTH); Bunbury, C. V.Cahill 1 (PERTH). 
10. MAURANTHEMUM Vogt & Oberprieler, Taxon 44(3): 377 (1995) 
Annual herbs, erect. Leaves lobate. Capitula solitary, radiate; involucre multiseriate, 
with bracts gradational in length; receptacle cpaleate. Ray florets sterile (in Australia) or 
female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes homomorphic, ± terete, 7-10- 
ribbed. Pappus present on ray florets. 
A genus of 4 species from Europe and northern Africa. One species naturalised in 
Australia. In fruit the corolla-tube is basally swollen. Achenes have dark-red secretory 
canals. 
*Mauranthemumpalud os um (Poir.) Vogt & Oberprieler, Taxon 44(3): 377 (1995) 
Chrysanthemumpaludosum Poir., Voy. Barbarie 2: 241 (1789); Leucoglossumpaludosum 
(Poir.) B.H.Wilcox, K.Bremer & Humphries, Bull. Nat. Iiist. Mus., Ser. Bot. 23: 142 

Page image

857191 Lidbeckia bipinnata Muelleria 25: 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605129
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

32 
Thompson 
long, outer and middle series of bracts not pigmented on margin; inner series of bracts 
with hyaline extension c. 0.5 mm long; paleae 2-3 mm long. Ray florets 5, with ligule 1-2 
mm long, yellow. Disc florets c. 20; corolla c. 2.5 mm long, with tube narrower than and 
c. as long as the yellow limb. Achenes c. 3 mm long. Woolly Yarrow. 
Notes : Native to south-western Europe. Occurs in south-eastern South Australia. 
Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides. Flowers late spring-summer. 
An occasional garden escape that is only weakly naturalised. Apart from the colour of 
the ligules, A. tomentosa can be distinguished from the other two species of Achillea in 
Australia by the more numerous disc florets and the entirely stramineous involucral bracts 
with an unpigmented hyaline margin. 
Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Rly line between Owen and Mallala, 
H.E.Orchard6169 (AD); roadside, Hope Valley, 6 Dec. 1947, J.B.Cleland ( AD). 
5. LASIOSPERMUM Lagasca, Gen. Sp. PL 31 (1816) 
Annual to perennial herbs, ascending to erect. Leaves 1- or 2-pinnatisect. Capitula 1 per 
stem or branch, radiate (in Australia) or discoid; involucre 2- or 3-seriate, with bracts 
mostly of similar length, a few outer ones shorter; receptacle paleate. Ray florets female; 
disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, terete, 8-10-ribbed, 
hairy. Pappus absent. 
A genus of four species from South Africa, Namibia and Egypt. 
* Las io sperm um bipinnatum (Thunb.) Druce, Bot. Exch. Club. Brit. Isles Rep. 631 
(1917) 
Lidbeckia bipinnata Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap. 161 (1800). 
Type: not designated. 
Lasiospermum radiatum Trevir., Nova Acta Phys.-Med. Acad. Caes. Leop.-Carol. Nat. 
Cur. 13( 1): 205 (1824). Type: n.v. 
Perennials to c. 40 cm high, glabrous, with eglandular stems and leaves. Leaves to c. 
5 cm long, fleshy; primary segments up to c. 10 per side; rachides and ultimate segments 
0.8-1.5 mm wide. Capitula 1 per stem, 20-25 mm diam.; peduncle 10-30 cm long; 
peduncular bracteoles several, ovate-lanceolate; disc c. 7-10 mm diam. Involucre 4-5 
mm long; bracts not keeled or with pigmented margin; inner series of bracts with hyaline 
extension 1-2 mm long; mature receptacle convex; paleae c. narrow-oblong c. 2.5 mm 
long, c. 1 mm wide, hyaline, with a red resin duct medially, acute at apex. Ray florets 
15-20; ligule c. 10-15 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 3 mm long, with tube 
narrower and slightly shorter than the yellow limb. Achenes narrow-obloid, c. 4 mm long, 
completely hidden by a dense long tan-coloured wool. Pappus absent. 
Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-eastern Tasmania in and around Hobart. 
Flowers spring. Readily distinguished in fruit by the woolly achenes. The involucral 
bracts are distinctive compared with other radiate species in Australia. They are c. oblong 
and have a relatively broad green stereome and this helps distinguish this species from 
similar-sized white ligulate species such as Chamaemelum nobile , Anthemis cotula and 
A. arvensis. 
Representative specimens: TASMANIA: Municipal Tip, Campania, DA.Morris 8441 (AD, HO, 
MEL, NSW); Hayes, IV.M.Curtis (HO). 

Page image

857230 Matricaria discoidea Muelleria 25: 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605091
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
43 
2. *Matricaria matricarioicles (Less.) Porter, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 5: 341 (1894). 
Artemisia matricarioicles Less., Linnaea 6: 210 (1831). 
Type: ‘Unalaschca’, Chamisso ; syn: n.v.; 'Kamtschatca’, [former U.S.S.R.], I.Redowski ; 
syn: n.v. 
Santolina suaveolens Pursh, FI. Amer Sept. 2: 520 (1814); Chamomilla suaveolens 
(Pursh) Rydb., N. Amer. FI 34: 232 (1916). Type: n.v. 
Matricaria cliscoidea DC., Prodr. 6: 50 (1838). Type: California, U.S.A, Douglas ; n.v. 
Plants to c. 45 cm high but mostly 5-20 cm high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 4.5 cm long. 
Capitula solitary or few, discoid, 5-9 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 1 cm long. Involucre 3-4.5 
mm long; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long. Florets: corolla c. 1 
mm long, with tube usually slightly longer and broader than the 4-lobed, greenish limb. 
Achenes obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long. Pappus a minute scarious rim. Rounded Chamomile , 
Rayless Chamomile , Pineapple Weed. 
Notes: Native to Europe, Asia and possibly North America. Occurs in eastern New 
South Wales, southern and central Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Also naturalised in 
New Zealand. Grows in waste areas in urban environments. Flowers spring-summer. 
Generally compact, much-branched plants, with distinctive greenish, domed capitula 
on short peduncles. Recorded as pineapple-scented. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: C.I.G. footpath, Orange, R.Medd 161167 
(NSW). VICTORIA: outside Melbourne Cricket Ground, Jolimont, D.E.Albrecht 4599 (AD, 
CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: St Helens, T.Shea 70 (HO). 
14. ERIOCEPHALUS L., Sp. Pl. 2: 926 (1753) 
Shrubs, erect. Leaves entire or 1 -pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, radiate (in Australia) 
or disciform; involucre 2-seriate, with bracts similar in length, with the densely villous 
inner series often connate; receptacle paleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual 
or functionally male, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes homomorphic, dorsiventrally 
compressed, with 2 lateral ribs, hairy. Pappus absent. 
A genus of 26 species from South Africa and Namibia. Leaves ot axillary shoots are 
commonly crowded together with the subtending leaf, giving the foliage a fasciculate 
appearance. 
*Eriocephalus africanus L., Sp. PI. 2: 926 (1753) 
Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa]; n.v. 
Plants to c. 60 cm high, sericeous. Leaves to c. 2 cm long, entire and linear or 1- 
pinnatisect with segments few. Capitula radiate, solitary but grouped to appear 
corymbiform, 6-8 mm diam. Involucre c. 3 mm long, silky-hairy; outer series ol bracts 4 
or 5, free, ovate, with margin brown; inner bracts 3, fused; paleae 3-4 mm long, 0.8 mm 
wide, hairy; mature receptacle not seen. Florets: ray florets 3 or 4, with ligule c. orbicular, 
3-4 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 2.5 mm long, with tube c. equal limb and 
much narrower; limb deep purple, 5-lobed. Achenes obovate in profile, c. 3 mm long, 
pale, woolly. 
Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-central New South Wales. Ecological 
preferences not known. Flowers winter. 
It is unknown whether the Condobolin population has persisted. 

Page image

857245 Matricaria globifera Muelleria 25: 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605092
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
857218 Matricaria inodora Muelleria 25: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605089
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
41 
Naturalised in areas of moderate to high rainfall. Much cultivated, this species is 
considered to be a hybrid between Leucanthemum lacustre (Brot.) Samp, and L. maximum 
(Ramond) DC. A cultivar with deeply dissected ligules has been recorded from far eastern 
Victoria. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: N margin of Broadwater, near Busselton, 
G.J.Keigheiy 8030 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Compass, Feb. 1967, T.Smith (AD). 
NEW SOUTH WALES: Mt Boyce, 3.4 km SE of Mt Victoria, R.Coveny 7363 , R. Barry & K. Wilson 
(NSW). VICTORIA: Upper Kiewa Rd, 3.8 km NW of Falls Creek Village, RJAdair 981 (MEL). 
12. TRIPLEUROSPERMUM Sch.Bip., Tanaceteen 31 (1844) 
Annual or perennial herbs, erect. Leaves commonly 3-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or 
few, radiate (in Australia) or discoid; involucre multiseriate, with bracts gradational in 
length; receptacle epaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 4- or 
5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, c. 4-angled, 3-ribbed, with prominent apical glands. 
Pappus present. 
A genus of c. 30 species from Europe, Asia and northern Africa. A genus with 
distinctive achenial features. 
*Tripleurospermum maritimum (L.) Koch, subsp. inodorum (L.) Applequist, Taxon 51: 
760 (2002) 
Matricaria inodora L., FI. Slice. 2nd edn, 297 (1755); T. maritimum (L.) Koch, subsp. 
inodorum (L.) Hyl. ex Vaar., Proc. 7th Int. Bot. Congr . 1950, 279 (1953), comb . inval.; T 
inodorum (L.) Sch.Bip., Tanaceteen 32 (1844) 
Type: Locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 1012.12; lecto: LINN, fide C.J.Humphries, Taxon 
47: 364(1998). 
Matricaria perforata Merat, Nouv. FI. Env. Paris 332 (1812); T. perforatum (Merat) 
Lainz, An. Jard. Bot. Madrid 39(2): 412 (1983). Type: n.v. 
Erect herbs to c. 100 cm high, glabrous except for transient scattered hairs, with stems 
and leaves eglandular. Leaves to c. 15 cm long, 3-pinnatisect, with rachides and ultimate 
segments generally < I mm wide. Capitula solitary or few, 3-5 cm diam.; peduncle 
sparsely hairy. Involucre 5-7 mm long; outer and middle series of bracts not keeled, 
sometimes with margin brown; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 0.5 mm 
long; receptacle hemispherical. Ray florets c. 12; ligule 8-18 mm long, white. Disc florets: 
corolla c. 2 mm long, with tube c. as long as and narrower than the yellow 5-lobed limb. 
Achenes obovoid, 1.8-2.2 mm long, with 3 prominent pale ribs on one face, generally 
dark and minutely wrinkled between ribs, with 2 large glands distally. Pappus a scarious 
rim c. 0.2 mm long. Scentless Mayweed , Scentless False Chamomile. 
Notes: Native to Europe and temperate Asia. Occurs in north-eastern New South Wales 
with isolated records from southern Victoria and north-western Tasmania. A widespread 
weed around the world. Grows in disturbed environments such as roadsides. Flowers 
mostly spring-summer. 
A pair of large glands embedded in the achene are visible from both the unribbed face 
and from above. Although the achene has three thick ribs, the achene appears somewhat 
quadrangular when viewed from above. The corolla-lobes are yellow but have an oval 
gland (orange-red on dried specimens) near the apex. This character, and the relative 

Page image

615965 Matricaria Muelleria 25: 42
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605090
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

42 
Thompson 
lack of hairs on branches and leaves, further distinguishes this species from vegetatively 
similar white-rayed species such as Matricaria recutita , Anthemis cotula , A. arvensis and 
Chamaemelum nobile. 
The correct name and rank for this taxon has been the subject of considerable debate 
overseas and is possibly still not settled. In New South Wales it had until recently been 
referred to as T. inodorwn , and in Victoria as Matricaria perforata. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: c. 40 km S of Glen Innes on Guyra-Glen 
Innes Rd, N.S.Lander 519 (BR1, NSW). VICTORIA: NE corner of intersection of Punt Rd & 
Swan St, Richmond, J.C.Reid2470 (MEL). TASMANIA: Brittons Swamp, May 1975, B.J.Collins 
(CANB). 
13. MATRICARIA L., Sp. PI. 2: 891 (1753) 
Annual herbs, erect. Leaves 2- or 3-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, rarely subsessile, 
radiate or discoid; involucre c. 3-seriate, with all or nearly all bracts ± equal in length; 
receptacle epaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 4- or 5-lobed. 
Achenes ± homomorphic, terete or slightly compressed, with 4 or 5 ribs concentrated 
adaxially. Pappus present. 
A genus of seven species widespread in the northern hemisphere, with some species 
widely distributed in the southern hemisphere as weeds. Species in Australia have 
eglandular stems and leaves, have at least 2-pinnatisect leaves with rachides and ultimate 
segments < 1 mm wide, capitula with a prominently domed disc, and an ovoid mature 
receptacle. Red longitudinal resin canals are often evident in the midline of involucral 
bracts and in achenes. 
Key to species 
Capitula radiate; peduncle usually > 2 cm long . 1 . M. recutita 
Capitula discoid; peduncle mostly < 2 cm long.2. M. matricarioides 
1. *Matricaria recutita L., Sp. PI. 2: 891 (1753) 
Chamomilla recutita (L.) Rauschert, Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 9: 255 (1974). 
Type: Locality unknown, J.Podpera in FI. Exsicc. Reip. Boh.-Slov. 946.11; neo: K.fide 
C.Jeffrey, Taxon 41: 566 (1992). 
Plants to c. 60 cm high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 7 cm long. Capitula solitary or few, radiate, 
10-25 mm diam.; peduncle 3-9 cm long. Involucre 2-3 mm long; inner series of bracts 
with hyaline extension c. 0.5 mm long; mature receptacle ovoid. Ray florets 9-15; ligule 
6-10 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 1.5 mm long, with tube c. as long as and 
slightly narrower than the 5-lobed yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, 1.0 mm long, c. 0.8 
mm wide. Pappus of ray achenes an oblong scale c. 1 mm long; pappus of disc achenes a 
minute scarious rim. Wild Chamomile. 
Notes: Native to Europe. Isolated occurrences in south-western Western Australia, 
south-eastern South Australia, eastern New South Wales, and Tasmania. Grows in 
disturbed sites, usually on roadsides. Flowers spring-summer. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Coorow, 23 Sept. 1998, P.Stubbs 
(PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: roadside, Grange, 14 Jan. 1964, J.B.Cleland (AD). NEW 
SOUTH WALES: E of Forbes on Eugowra Rd, 28 Oct. 1959, C.K.Ingram (NSW). AUSTRALIAN 
CAPITAL TERRITORY: Canberra, H.S.McKee 8855 (NSW). TASMANIA: Scotts Rd, Risdon 
Vale, D.I.Morris 86494 (CANB, HO). 

Page image

615968 Matricaria matricarioides Muelleria 25: 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605091
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
857235 Matricaria multiflora Muelleria 25: 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605092
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

44 
Thompson 
Representative specimens'. NEW SOUTH WALES: Nerathong area, Condobolin, 
G.M.Cunningham & P.L.Milthorp 2600 (NSW). 
15. ONCOSIPHON Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 310 (1988) 
Annual herbs, erect. Leaves 2- or 3-pinnatisect. Capitula 1 to numerous per stem, discoid 
(in Australia) or radiate; involucre 3-seriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle 
cpaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 4-lobed. Achenes ± 
homomorphic, ± terete, regularly 4-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus present. 
A genus ol c. eight species from South Africa and Namibia. Features of these species 
include the globose capitula and the inflated and brittle corolla-tube. The two Australian 
species formerly placed in Pentzia . 
Key to species 
Capitula 3-5 mm diam. at anthesis; receptacle conical to obloid at maturity, c.l mm 
diam.1. O. stiffruticosum 
Capitula 5-8 mm diam. at anthesis; receptacle ellipsoid at maturity, 2-2.5 mm 
diam.2. O. pitulifertint 
1. *Oncosiphon stiff ruticosum (L.) Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 313 (1988) 
Tanacetum suffruticosum L., Sp. PI. 2: 843 (1753); Matricaria multiflora Fenzl ex Harv., 
in W.H.Harvey & O.W.Sonder, FI. Cap. 3: 166 (1865); Matricaria suffruticosa (L.) 
Druce, Bot. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles 1913: 421 (1914); Pentzia suffruticosa (L.) Hutch. 
& Merxm., Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Miinchen 6: 486 (1967). 
Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa], Herb. Linn. 987: 11; holo: LINN n.v.Jkle 
M.Kallersjo, loc. cit. 
Erect annuals to c. 60 cm high, with stems and leaves glandular, pubescent. Leaves 
to c. 4 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, with rachis and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide; 
segments 4-6 per side. Capitula numerous to 100s per stem, congested, 3-5 mm diam.; 
peduncle with scattered flattened hairs distally at anthesis. Involucre 2—3 mm long, ± 
glabrous; bracts of outer and middle series keeled; inner bracts with hyaline extension up 
to 1 mm long; mature receptacle conical, c. 1 mm diam. Florets: corolla c. 2 mm long, 
with tube longer than and c. as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 1 mm long, 
c. 3-angled, gland-dotted between ribs, grey-brown. Pappus a corona to c. 0.3 mm long, 
with margin usually lobed. Calomba Daisy. 
Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia, southern 
South Australia, and far north-western Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites. Flowers 
summer. 
A class 2 noxious weed in South Australia. The common name is derived from the 
town of Calomba in south-eastern South Australia where, presumably, it was first recorded 
in Australia. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 21.5 km SSW of Nanambinia HS, 
Parmango Track, Coolgardie Botanical District, W.R.Archer 1011907(MEL). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 
1 km SE of Dublin on the Adelaide Rd, S.W.L.Jacobs 6633 (MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: SW of L. 
Walla Walla, 13 Nov. 1986, D.C.Cheal (MEL). 
2. *Oncosiphonpilulifer lint (L.f.) Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 314 (1988) 
Cotulapilulifera L.f., Suppl. PL 378 (1781); Matricariapilulifera (L.f.) Druce, Bot. Exch. 
Club Soc. Brit. Isles 1916:635(1917). 

Page image

857183 Matricaria parthenium Muelleria 25: 27
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605134
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
27 
1. * Tanacetumparthenium (L.) Sch.Bip., Tcmaceteen 55 (1844) 
Matricaria parthenium L., Sp. PI. 2: 890 (1753); Chrysanthemum parthenium (L.) Bernh., 
Svst. Verz. 145 (1800). 
Type: Europe; n.v . 
Plants to c. 70 cm high, hairy on stems and leaves. Leaves to c. 9 cm long, 1- or 2- 
pinnatisect; primary segments 3-7; major rachides usually 3-8 mm wide. Capitula a few 
to numerous per stem, generally not congested, radiate, 12-20 mm diam.; peduncle to 
c. 5 cm long. Involucre 3-5 mm long, cobwebby or glabrous; inner series of bracts with 
hyaline extension c. 0.2 mm long. Ray florets 10 to numerous, fertile; ligule 4-8 mm long, 
white. Disc florets: corolla 1.5-2 mm long, with tube ± as broad as and as long as the 
yellow limb. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, 1-1.5 mm long, 5-8-ribbed, pale brown. 
Feverfew. 
Notes'. Native to Europe. Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, eastern New 
South Wales, southern Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Grows in disturbed sites such as 
roadsides. Flowers spring-autumn. 
A garden escape that is weakly naturalised. Horticultural variants include plants with 
increased numbers of ligulate florets. Plants without non-radiate capitula also occur but 
these have not been recorded in Australia. 
Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: along Torrens at St. Peters, R.J.Bates 
35629 (AD, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Moss Vale, 28 Feb. 1971, E.J.McBarron (NSW). 
VICTORIA: E side of Yarrowee R., Ballarat, V.Stajsic 1/68 (CANB, MEL); near the Chalet, Mt 
Buffalo, A.R.Bean 9459 (BRI, MEL). TASMANIA: Russell Falls, Mt Field National Park, 13 Jan. 
1943, W.M.Curtis (HO). 
2. *Tanacetum vulgare L., Sp. Pi 2: 844 (1753) 
Chrysanthemum vulgare (L.) Bernh., Svst. Verz. 144 (1800). 
Type: Herb. Clifford 398, Tanacetum no. 3; lecto: BM ,fide C.J.Humphries, Regnum Veg. 
127: 92(1993) 
T. borea/e Fischer ex DC., Prodr. 6: 128 (1838). Type: Ukraine and Russian Federation; n.v. 
[T. huronense auct. non Nutt. (1818): J.M.Black, Nat. FI. S. Australia 83 (1909); The 
author also erroneously ascribed the authority to Fischer] 
Plants to c. 150 cm high, transiently pubescent on stems and leaves. Leaves to c. 25 
cm long, l-sub-3-pinnatisect; rachides and ultimate segments c. 1-3 mm wide; primary 
segments 10-20 per side, variously dissected. Capitula several to numerous per stem, 
moderately congested, disciform, 5-9 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 5 cm long. Involucre 3-5 
mm long, slightly cobwebby or glabrous; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 
mm long. Outer florets with corolla 3-lobed, yellow. Central florets: corolla 1.5 mm long, 
with tube as broad as and as long as the yellow limb. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, 
1.2-1.8 mm long, 5-ribbed, pale brown. Common Tansy . 
Notes: Native to Europe, northern Asia and northern North America. Occurs in south¬ 
eastern South Australia, south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, southern 
Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Flowers summer-autumn. An occasional garden escape. 
In South Australia there appears to be a distinctive form with leaves that are more deeply 
dissected, often moderately hairy, and with ultimate teeth/segments that are strongly 
infolded on pressing. This may be referable to T. boreale , a taxon more recently subsumed 
in T. vulgare or treated as a subspecies of it. 

Page image

857221 Matricaria perforata Muelleria 25: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605089
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
41 
Naturalised in areas of moderate to high rainfall. Much cultivated, this species is 
considered to be a hybrid between Leucanthemum lacustre (Brot.) Samp, and L. maximum 
(Ramond) DC. A cultivar with deeply dissected ligules has been recorded from far eastern 
Victoria. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: N margin of Broadwater, near Busselton, 
G.J.Keigheiy 8030 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Compass, Feb. 1967, T.Smith (AD). 
NEW SOUTH WALES: Mt Boyce, 3.4 km SE of Mt Victoria, R.Coveny 7363 , R. Barry & K. Wilson 
(NSW). VICTORIA: Upper Kiewa Rd, 3.8 km NW of Falls Creek Village, RJAdair 981 (MEL). 
12. TRIPLEUROSPERMUM Sch.Bip., Tanaceteen 31 (1844) 
Annual or perennial herbs, erect. Leaves commonly 3-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or 
few, radiate (in Australia) or discoid; involucre multiseriate, with bracts gradational in 
length; receptacle epaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 4- or 
5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, c. 4-angled, 3-ribbed, with prominent apical glands. 
Pappus present. 
A genus of c. 30 species from Europe, Asia and northern Africa. A genus with 
distinctive achenial features. 
*Tripleurospermum maritimum (L.) Koch, subsp. inodorum (L.) Applequist, Taxon 51: 
760 (2002) 
Matricaria inodora L., FI. Slice. 2nd edn, 297 (1755); T. maritimum (L.) Koch, subsp. 
inodorum (L.) Hyl. ex Vaar., Proc. 7th Int. Bot. Congr . 1950, 279 (1953), comb . inval.; T 
inodorum (L.) Sch.Bip., Tanaceteen 32 (1844) 
Type: Locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 1012.12; lecto: LINN, fide C.J.Humphries, Taxon 
47: 364(1998). 
Matricaria perforata Merat, Nouv. FI. Env. Paris 332 (1812); T. perforatum (Merat) 
Lainz, An. Jard. Bot. Madrid 39(2): 412 (1983). Type: n.v. 
Erect herbs to c. 100 cm high, glabrous except for transient scattered hairs, with stems 
and leaves eglandular. Leaves to c. 15 cm long, 3-pinnatisect, with rachides and ultimate 
segments generally < I mm wide. Capitula solitary or few, 3-5 cm diam.; peduncle 
sparsely hairy. Involucre 5-7 mm long; outer and middle series of bracts not keeled, 
sometimes with margin brown; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 0.5 mm 
long; receptacle hemispherical. Ray florets c. 12; ligule 8-18 mm long, white. Disc florets: 
corolla c. 2 mm long, with tube c. as long as and narrower than the yellow 5-lobed limb. 
Achenes obovoid, 1.8-2.2 mm long, with 3 prominent pale ribs on one face, generally 
dark and minutely wrinkled between ribs, with 2 large glands distally. Pappus a scarious 
rim c. 0.2 mm long. Scentless Mayweed , Scentless False Chamomile. 
Notes: Native to Europe and temperate Asia. Occurs in north-eastern New South Wales 
with isolated records from southern Victoria and north-western Tasmania. A widespread 
weed around the world. Grows in disturbed environments such as roadsides. Flowers 
mostly spring-summer. 
A pair of large glands embedded in the achene are visible from both the unribbed face 
and from above. Although the achene has three thick ribs, the achene appears somewhat 
quadrangular when viewed from above. The corolla-lobes are yellow but have an oval 
gland (orange-red on dried specimens) near the apex. This character, and the relative 

Page image

857243 Matricaria pilulifera Muelleria 25: 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605092
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

44 
Thompson 
Representative specimens'. NEW SOUTH WALES: Nerathong area, Condobolin, 
G.M.Cunningham & P.L.Milthorp 2600 (NSW). 
15. ONCOSIPHON Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 310 (1988) 
Annual herbs, erect. Leaves 2- or 3-pinnatisect. Capitula 1 to numerous per stem, discoid 
(in Australia) or radiate; involucre 3-seriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle 
cpaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 4-lobed. Achenes ± 
homomorphic, ± terete, regularly 4-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus present. 
A genus ol c. eight species from South Africa and Namibia. Features of these species 
include the globose capitula and the inflated and brittle corolla-tube. The two Australian 
species formerly placed in Pentzia . 
Key to species 
Capitula 3-5 mm diam. at anthesis; receptacle conical to obloid at maturity, c.l mm 
diam.1. O. stiffruticosum 
Capitula 5-8 mm diam. at anthesis; receptacle ellipsoid at maturity, 2-2.5 mm 
diam.2. O. pitulifertint 
1. *Oncosiphon stiff ruticosum (L.) Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 313 (1988) 
Tanacetum suffruticosum L., Sp. PI. 2: 843 (1753); Matricaria multiflora Fenzl ex Harv., 
in W.H.Harvey & O.W.Sonder, FI. Cap. 3: 166 (1865); Matricaria suffruticosa (L.) 
Druce, Bot. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles 1913: 421 (1914); Pentzia suffruticosa (L.) Hutch. 
& Merxm., Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Miinchen 6: 486 (1967). 
Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa], Herb. Linn. 987: 11; holo: LINN n.v.Jkle 
M.Kallersjo, loc. cit. 
Erect annuals to c. 60 cm high, with stems and leaves glandular, pubescent. Leaves 
to c. 4 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, with rachis and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide; 
segments 4-6 per side. Capitula numerous to 100s per stem, congested, 3-5 mm diam.; 
peduncle with scattered flattened hairs distally at anthesis. Involucre 2—3 mm long, ± 
glabrous; bracts of outer and middle series keeled; inner bracts with hyaline extension up 
to 1 mm long; mature receptacle conical, c. 1 mm diam. Florets: corolla c. 2 mm long, 
with tube longer than and c. as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 1 mm long, 
c. 3-angled, gland-dotted between ribs, grey-brown. Pappus a corona to c. 0.3 mm long, 
with margin usually lobed. Calomba Daisy. 
Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia, southern 
South Australia, and far north-western Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites. Flowers 
summer. 
A class 2 noxious weed in South Australia. The common name is derived from the 
town of Calomba in south-eastern South Australia where, presumably, it was first recorded 
in Australia. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 21.5 km SSW of Nanambinia HS, 
Parmango Track, Coolgardie Botanical District, W.R.Archer 1011907(MEL). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 
1 km SE of Dublin on the Adelaide Rd, S.W.L.Jacobs 6633 (MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: SW of L. 
Walla Walla, 13 Nov. 1986, D.C.Cheal (MEL). 
2. *Oncosiphonpilulifer lint (L.f.) Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 314 (1988) 
Cotulapilulifera L.f., Suppl. PL 378 (1781); Matricariapilulifera (L.f.) Druce, Bot. Exch. 
Club Soc. Brit. Isles 1916:635(1917). 

Page image

615966 Matricaria recutita Muelleria 25: 42
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605090
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

42 
Thompson 
lack of hairs on branches and leaves, further distinguishes this species from vegetatively 
similar white-rayed species such as Matricaria recutita , Anthemis cotula , A. arvensis and 
Chamaemelum nobile. 
The correct name and rank for this taxon has been the subject of considerable debate 
overseas and is possibly still not settled. In New South Wales it had until recently been 
referred to as T. inodorwn , and in Victoria as Matricaria perforata. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: c. 40 km S of Glen Innes on Guyra-Glen 
Innes Rd, N.S.Lander 519 (BR1, NSW). VICTORIA: NE corner of intersection of Punt Rd & 
Swan St, Richmond, J.C.Reid2470 (MEL). TASMANIA: Brittons Swamp, May 1975, B.J.Collins 
(CANB). 
13. MATRICARIA L., Sp. PI. 2: 891 (1753) 
Annual herbs, erect. Leaves 2- or 3-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, rarely subsessile, 
radiate or discoid; involucre c. 3-seriate, with all or nearly all bracts ± equal in length; 
receptacle epaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 4- or 5-lobed. 
Achenes ± homomorphic, terete or slightly compressed, with 4 or 5 ribs concentrated 
adaxially. Pappus present. 
A genus of seven species widespread in the northern hemisphere, with some species 
widely distributed in the southern hemisphere as weeds. Species in Australia have 
eglandular stems and leaves, have at least 2-pinnatisect leaves with rachides and ultimate 
segments < 1 mm wide, capitula with a prominently domed disc, and an ovoid mature 
receptacle. Red longitudinal resin canals are often evident in the midline of involucral 
bracts and in achenes. 
Key to species 
Capitula radiate; peduncle usually > 2 cm long . 1 . M. recutita 
Capitula discoid; peduncle mostly < 2 cm long.2. M. matricarioides 
1. *Matricaria recutita L., Sp. PI. 2: 891 (1753) 
Chamomilla recutita (L.) Rauschert, Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 9: 255 (1974). 
Type: Locality unknown, J.Podpera in FI. Exsicc. Reip. Boh.-Slov. 946.11; neo: K.fide 
C.Jeffrey, Taxon 41: 566 (1992). 
Plants to c. 60 cm high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 7 cm long. Capitula solitary or few, radiate, 
10-25 mm diam.; peduncle 3-9 cm long. Involucre 2-3 mm long; inner series of bracts 
with hyaline extension c. 0.5 mm long; mature receptacle ovoid. Ray florets 9-15; ligule 
6-10 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 1.5 mm long, with tube c. as long as and 
slightly narrower than the 5-lobed yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, 1.0 mm long, c. 0.8 
mm wide. Pappus of ray achenes an oblong scale c. 1 mm long; pappus of disc achenes a 
minute scarious rim. Wild Chamomile. 
Notes: Native to Europe. Isolated occurrences in south-western Western Australia, 
south-eastern South Australia, eastern New South Wales, and Tasmania. Grows in 
disturbed sites, usually on roadsides. Flowers spring-summer. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Coorow, 23 Sept. 1998, P.Stubbs 
(PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: roadside, Grange, 14 Jan. 1964, J.B.Cleland (AD). NEW 
SOUTH WALES: E of Forbes on Eugowra Rd, 28 Oct. 1959, C.K.Ingram (NSW). AUSTRALIAN 
CAPITAL TERRITORY: Canberra, H.S.McKee 8855 (NSW). TASMANIA: Scotts Rd, Risdon 
Vale, D.I.Morris 86494 (CANB, HO). 

Page image

857236 Matricaria suffruticosa Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
615948 Mauranthemum paludosum Muelleria 25: 38-39

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 38-39".

615947 Mauranthemum Muelleria 25: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605123
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

38 
Thompson 
c. 15-25 mm long. Disc florets numerous; corolla 4-5 mm long, with tube narrower and 
slightly shorter than limb. Achenes c. 3 mm long, with body hardly compressed, c. 8- 
ribbed, but with some ribs expanded into wings, brown, glandular; ray achenes 3-4 mm 
wide, with prominent lateral and adaxial wings; disc achenes c. 2 mm diam. with only 
adaxial wing prominent. Summer Chrysanthemum. 
Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region and north-western Iran. Occurs in south¬ 
western Western Australia, south-eastern South Australia, and far north-western New 
South Wales. Grows in disturbed sites. Flowers spring-summer. 
A garden escape that is only weakly naturalised. The adaxial wing of the achenes is 
broadest apically and often forms an acute point. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Vincent St, Leederville, Perth 
GJ.Keighery 11459 (MEL, PERTH); near beach, town limits of Dongara, R.M.King 9510 $ 
R.M.Garvey (CANB, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Prospect, 29 Sept. 1907, S.A.White ex 
South Australia, museum (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: Paldrumatta Bore, Oct. 1901 P.Corbett 
(NSW). 
2. * Chrysanthemum segetum L., Sp. PL 2: 889 (1753) 
Type: Europe; n.v. 
Plants to c. 80 cm tall, glabrous. Leaves oblong or obovate in outline, to c. 7 cm long, 
acutely dentate to deeply lobate, with up to 4 primary divisions per side, concentrated 
distally; base hardly or half-clasping; margin entire or with occasional teeth; uppermost 
leaves often entire. Capitula few; 3-5 cm diam., with peduncle c. 3-8 cm long. Involucre 
8—12 mm long: outer series of bracts c. 4 mm long, with margin light brown; inner series 
ol bracts with hyaline extension 3-5 mm long; mature receptacle convex. Ray florets: 
ligule c. 10-20 mm long. Disc florets numerous; corolla 4 mm long, with tube narrower 
and slightly shorter than limb. Achenes 2—3 mm long, with body hardly compressed 
several-ribbed, without adaxial wings, pale, eglandular; ray achenes 1.2-2.5 mm wide, 
with lateral wings; disc achenes c. 1 mm diam., regularly ribbed, without wings. Corn 
Marigold. 
Notes : Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows as a garden escape near 
human habitation. Flowers late winter-spring. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: New Norcia, Nov. 1963 F.T.Hardv 
(PERTH); Bunbury, C. V.Cahill 1 (PERTH). 
10. MAURANTHEMUM Vogt & Oberprieler, Taxon 44(3): 377 (1995) 
Annual herbs, erect. Leaves lobate. Capitula solitary, radiate; involucre multiseriate, 
with bracts gradational in length; receptacle cpaleate. Ray florets sterile (in Australia) or 
female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes homomorphic, ± terete, 7-10- 
ribbed. Pappus present on ray florets. 
A genus of 4 species from Europe and northern Africa. One species naturalised in 
Australia. In fruit the corolla-tube is basally swollen. Achenes have dark-red secretory 
canals. 
*Mauranthemumpalud os um (Poir.) Vogt & Oberprieler, Taxon 44(3): 377 (1995) 
Chrysanthemumpaludosum Poir., Voy. Barbarie 2: 241 (1789); Leucoglossumpaludosum 
(Poir.) B.H.Wilcox, K.Bremer & Humphries, Bull. Nat. Iiist. Mus., Ser. Bot. 23: 142 

Page image

857293 Melitella pusilla Muelleria 25: 69
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605117
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
69 
SE to Wangaratta in north-central Victoria, with an isolated record from Buchan in far 
eastern Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites, often in poor soils, in urban environments, 
forest and woodland. Flowers most of year. 
Readily identified in fruit by the extremely long beaks of the central achenes. These 
exceed the involucral bracts at maturity. The somewhat shorter marginal achenes are 
housed within the convexity of the involucral bract at maturity. At flowering, the nodding 
capitular buds and paler indumentum of the involucre distinguishes it from C. capillaris 
and C. vesicaria subsp. taraxacifolia. Specimens in Australia mostly conform to subsp. 
foetida as defined by Sell (1976), but some specimens have outer involucral bracts broader 
than 0.75 mm. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Landers Rd, Lesniurdie, A.A.Mitchell 
4134 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Northern Yorke Peninsula, Hundred of Wiltunga, 
B.Copley 3308 (AD); on roadside, west end of Torrens Gorge, A.G.Spooner 294 (AD). NEW 
SOUTH WALES: near Wee Jasper Caves, M.Gray 5363 (BRI, CANB); Brocklesby, Dec. 1921, 
J.Hunter (NSW). VICTORIA: Green Rd, Upper Lurg, J.Strudmck 770 (MEL). 
5. *Crepis pusilla (Sommier) Merxm., Mitt. Bot. Munchen 7: 275 (1968) 
Melitella pusilla Sommier, Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital. 14: 497 (1907). 
Type: n.v. 
Plants to 0.02 m high, acaulescent, nearly glabrous. Leaves divided or not, with 1: 
w ratio c. 5-12; margin entire or denticulate. Capitula few to several, sessile; involucre 
2.5-4 mm long, c. 1 mm diam.; outer bracts 2-4, c. 1 mm long, glabrous, 0.5 mm wide; 
inner bracts glabrous, but hairs at base of involucre, morphology not known at maturity; 
receptacle c. 2 mm diam. Florets: ligule c. I mm long; style pubescence black. Achenes 
ellipsoid, c. 2 mm long, not or hardly beaked, with ribs crowded, ?smooth. Pappus 
persistent, 1-1.5 mm long, white. Dandelion Crepis. 
Notes: Native to Portugal, Malta, Greece and Crete. Recorded from the Eyre Peninsula 
around Bascombe Well and Port Lincoln in South Australia, although its persistence is 
uncertain. Grows on agricultural land. Flowers spring. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Eyre Peninsula, Hundred of Blesing, near 
Bascombe Well HS, c. 25 km WSW of Lock, H.Eichler 19345 (AD, MEL); Proper Bay, Port 
Lincoln, C.R.Alcock 2167 (CANB). 
5. TARAXACUM Weber ex Wiggers, Prim. FI. Holsat. 56 (1780) 
Perennial herbs, scapose. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves all basal. Inflorescences 
solitary. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate, soft and reflexed at maturity. 
Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not compressed, beaked. Pappus ot bristles, 
persistent, homomorphic; bristles scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. 
About 2500 species worldwide, predominantly from Eurasia. This genus was not 
assessed in detail by the author. It is currently undergoing revision in Australia. The 
treatment of Scarlett (1999) represents some initial findings which has greatly diverged 
from the previously conservative assessments presented in state floras. Two native species 
and seven introduced taxa are recognised in Scarlett’s treatment. 
6. YOUNGIA Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. (Paris) 23: 88 (1831) 
Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves all or 
mostly basal. Inflorescences cymose or paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts 
biseriate; soft and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, 

Page image

616080 Microseris Muelleria 25: 81
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605171
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
81 
diam.; outer bracts c. 3 mm long, with hyaline margin 0.3-0.5 mm wide, with subapical 
spur very small. Florets: ligule not purple-red basally. Achenes 2-3 mm long, with central 
ones smooth. 
Notes: Native to southern Europe. Recorded once from Mt Melville in far south¬ 
western Western Australia where common. Growing on slope in grey gravelly sand over 
granite in forest. Flowers summer. 
This species appears likely to be well established at Mt Melville. A newly recognised 
naturalised species in Australia. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Mt Melville, P.Foreman 161 (PERTH). 
13. MICROSERIS D.Don, Philos. Mag. Ann. Chew. 11: 388 (1832) 
Perennial herbs, scapose, largely glabrous. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves all basal. 
Inflorescences of solitary capitula. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate; 
soft and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not 
compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of scales (sometimes scales hardly widened at base), 
bristle-like distally, persistent, homomorphic; scales barbellate (bristle part), uniform 
within a pappus. 
Notes : A feature of this genus, in at least Australia taxa, not mentioned in recent state 
floras is the presence on the scapes and sometimes leaves of minute translucent cupular 
discs variably elevated on filamentous stalks. Although usually inconspicuous, close 
inspection usually reveals the presence of at least some of these distinctive structures. 
There is still uncertainty regarding the taxonomy of Microseris in Australia. This genus 
was not assessed in detail by the author and the reader is referred to recent workers 
and publications indicated below. Historically a single species has been recognised 
for Australia, M. Ianceolata (Walp.) Sch.Bip. However, Sneddon (pers. comm.), who 
studied the genus in Australia and New Zealand from the late 1970s has indicated the 
presence of two species in Australia, M. scapigera , based on a type from New Zealand, 
and M. Ianceolata based on a type from Tasmania. A recent paper by Vijverberg, Lie, & 
Bachmann (2002) identified four morphological groups among populations in Australian 
and New Zealand. Although offering several taxonomic possibilities, the authors did 
not make any taxonomic decisions. Jeanes (1999) had earlier presented an informal 
classification in Flora of Victoria indicating the occurrence of three species of Microseris 
in Victoria based on distinctions in root, cypsela (achene) and pappus morphology. 
Unfortunately the treatment of Jeanes was not assessed by Vijverberg, Lie, & Bachmann. 
It appears clear, however, that the “fine-pappus” form of the latter's study corresponds to 
Microseris sp. 1 sensu Jeanes, the “alpine form" corresponds to Microseris sp. 2 sensu 
Jeanes, and the “murnong” form corresponds to Microseris sp. 3 sensu Jeanes. Costin et 
al. (2000) reached the same conclusions regarding the latter two forms. Vijverberg, Lie, 
& Bachmann collected only four populations of their fourth form “coastal", all of these 
from New Zealand. 
14. HIERACIUM L., Sp. PL 2: 799(1753) 
Perennial herbs, often with long leafy stolons, branching. Hairs usually of two or more 
types including glandular, eglandular, stellate, and plumose. Leaves all or mostly basal. 
Inflorescences solitary, cymose or paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts 
multiseriate or approaching biseriate, soft and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow, 
rarely orange, green or white. Achenes homomorphic, not compressed, unbeaked. Pappus 

Page image

971957 Milfoil Muelleria 25: 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605130
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
31 
Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, south-eastern 
Queensland, eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Grows in 
disturbed sites such as roadsides, often at moderate altitudes. Flowers spring-summer. 
An occasional garden escape. In recent Australian floras Australian material has been 
recognised as subsp. tanacetifolia. Plants are uniform in morphology but it is not clear 
whether they are referable to this or the type subspecies. Based on the length of ligules and 
the presence of teeth on the winged rachis between primary segments, they are referable 
to subsp. distans ; however, this subspecies is considered to have white florets normally. 
Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: roadside, Stirling East, 6 May 1944, 
J.B.Cleland (AD). QUEENSLAND: Killamey, 25 Nov. 1917, C.T.White (BRI). NEW SOUTH 
WALES: Eucumbene Dam, Snowy Mtns, 13 Jan. 1965, M.E.Phillips (CANB). AUSTRALIAN 
CAPITAL TERRITORY: Uriarra Ck, N of Uriarra Stn, on road to Brookvale Stn, Jan. 1966, M.Gray 
(CANB). VICTORIA: roadside S of Aberfeldy, J.R.Hosking 1070 (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). 
TASMANIA: Hayes, Jan. 1944, W.M.Curtis (HO, MEL). 
2. * Achillea millefolium L., Sp. PL 2: 899 (1753) 
Type: Europe; n.v. 
Plants to c. 60 cm high. Leaves to c. 8 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, with segments 
arranged 3-dimensionally in fresh state; rachis of mid-stem leaves 0.6-1.2 mm wide, 
mostly entire between primary segments, sometimes dentate. Capitula 4-8 mm diam.; 
peduncle to c. 1.0 cm long, slightly to moderately hairy. Involucre 3.0-4.5 mm long; outer 
and middle series of bracts with margin light or often dark brown; inner series of bracts 
with hyaline extension c. 0.3 mm long; paleae 3-4 mm long. Ray florets c. 5, ligule 2-3 
mm long, white or less often pink to purple. Disc florets c. 8; corolla c. 2 mm long, with 
tube narrower than and c. as long as white limb. Achenes c. 2 mm long. Milfoil , Yarrow. 
Notes: Native to Europe. Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, south-eastern New 
South Wales, southern Victoria, and in northern and eastern Tasmania. Isolated records 
from Perth in south-western Western Australia, Stanthorpe in far south-eastern Queensland, 
and from far north-western Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides, often at 
moderate to high altitudes. Flowers late spring-autumn. 
Pink-flowered forms of A. millefolium can be difficult to distinguish from A. distans , 
especially some that are intermediate in leaf morphology. The two species probably co¬ 
occur at a number of localities and hybridisation and introgression is the likely reason for 
these difficult specimens. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Vincent St, Leederville, G.J.Keighery 
11445 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: on road to Nelson, c. 5 kni S of Mt Gambier, R.J.Bates 
40461 (AD). QUEENSLAND: Stanthorpe, 14 Dec. 1986, PS.Crew (BRI). NEW SOUTH 
WALES: Cabramurra township, P.C.Jobson 4621, R.G.Covenv & P.G.Kodela (AD, BRI, 
CANB). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: 3.5 km N of Piccadilly Circus, Brindabella 
Ra., B.J.Lepschi 112 (CANB). VICTORIA: Howmans Gap, c. 3 km direct line NW of Falls Ck 
Village, l.C,Clarke 3042 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: W side of Ridgley Rd, 6 km S of Bumie, 
P.C.Jobson 3453 (HO, MEL, NSW). 
3. * Achillea tomentosa L., Sp. Pl. 2: 897 (1753) 
Type: ‘G.Narbonensi, Vallesia, Tataria’ [France, Switzerland, Russia to central Asia]; 
n. v. 
Plants to c. 40 cm high. Leaves to c. 8 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, with segments 
arranged 3-dimensionally in fresh state; rachis c. 1 mm wide, entire between primary 
segments. Capitula 4-6 mm diam.; peduncle to 0.5 cm long, hairy. Involucre c. 4 mm 

Page image

971984 Mountain Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
972001 Native Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647

Page text

Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 
5 
measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only 
comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have 
not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain 
from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and 
deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken 
from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and 
habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior 
descriptions. 
DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS 
Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or 
stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be 
very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions 
for the particular species concerned. 
Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the 
base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, 
and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not 
always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. 
Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- 
tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. 
Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness 
of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the 
pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. 
Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata 
contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . 
parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. 
Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. 
- 45 
- 40 
_ 35 
_ 30 
- 25 
_ 20 
_ 15 
_ 10 
_ 5 
L 0 

Page image

971997 Nipplewort Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
615975 Oncosiphon Muelleria 25: 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605092
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

44 
Thompson 
Representative specimens'. NEW SOUTH WALES: Nerathong area, Condobolin, 
G.M.Cunningham & P.L.Milthorp 2600 (NSW). 
15. ONCOSIPHON Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 310 (1988) 
Annual herbs, erect. Leaves 2- or 3-pinnatisect. Capitula 1 to numerous per stem, discoid 
(in Australia) or radiate; involucre 3-seriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle 
cpaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 4-lobed. Achenes ± 
homomorphic, ± terete, regularly 4-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus present. 
A genus ol c. eight species from South Africa and Namibia. Features of these species 
include the globose capitula and the inflated and brittle corolla-tube. The two Australian 
species formerly placed in Pentzia . 
Key to species 
Capitula 3-5 mm diam. at anthesis; receptacle conical to obloid at maturity, c.l mm 
diam.1. O. stiffruticosum 
Capitula 5-8 mm diam. at anthesis; receptacle ellipsoid at maturity, 2-2.5 mm 
diam.2. O. pitulifertint 
1. *Oncosiphon stiff ruticosum (L.) Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 313 (1988) 
Tanacetum suffruticosum L., Sp. PI. 2: 843 (1753); Matricaria multiflora Fenzl ex Harv., 
in W.H.Harvey & O.W.Sonder, FI. Cap. 3: 166 (1865); Matricaria suffruticosa (L.) 
Druce, Bot. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles 1913: 421 (1914); Pentzia suffruticosa (L.) Hutch. 
& Merxm., Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Miinchen 6: 486 (1967). 
Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa], Herb. Linn. 987: 11; holo: LINN n.v.Jkle 
M.Kallersjo, loc. cit. 
Erect annuals to c. 60 cm high, with stems and leaves glandular, pubescent. Leaves 
to c. 4 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, with rachis and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide; 
segments 4-6 per side. Capitula numerous to 100s per stem, congested, 3-5 mm diam.; 
peduncle with scattered flattened hairs distally at anthesis. Involucre 2—3 mm long, ± 
glabrous; bracts of outer and middle series keeled; inner bracts with hyaline extension up 
to 1 mm long; mature receptacle conical, c. 1 mm diam. Florets: corolla c. 2 mm long, 
with tube longer than and c. as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 1 mm long, 
c. 3-angled, gland-dotted between ribs, grey-brown. Pappus a corona to c. 0.3 mm long, 
with margin usually lobed. Calomba Daisy. 
Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia, southern 
South Australia, and far north-western Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites. Flowers 
summer. 
A class 2 noxious weed in South Australia. The common name is derived from the 
town of Calomba in south-eastern South Australia where, presumably, it was first recorded 
in Australia. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 21.5 km SSW of Nanambinia HS, 
Parmango Track, Coolgardie Botanical District, W.R.Archer 1011907(MEL). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 
1 km SE of Dublin on the Adelaide Rd, S.W.L.Jacobs 6633 (MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: SW of L. 
Walla Walla, 13 Nov. 1986, D.C.Cheal (MEL). 
2. *Oncosiphonpilulifer lint (L.f.) Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 314 (1988) 
Cotulapilulifera L.f., Suppl. PL 378 (1781); Matricariapilulifera (L.f.) Druce, Bot. Exch. 
Club Soc. Brit. Isles 1916:635(1917). 

Page image

615986 Oncosiphon piluliferum Muelleria 25: 44-45

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 44-45".

615980 Oncosiphon suffruticosum Muelleria 25: 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605092
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
971986 Onehunga Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
972005 Orange Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647

Page text

Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 
5 
measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only 
comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have 
not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain 
from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and 
deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken 
from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and 
habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior 
descriptions. 
DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS 
Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or 
stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be 
very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions 
for the particular species concerned. 
Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the 
base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, 
and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not 
always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. 
Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- 
tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. 
Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness 
of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the 
pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. 
Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata 
contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . 
parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. 
Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. 
- 45 
- 40 
_ 35 
_ 30 
- 25 
_ 20 
_ 15 
_ 10 
_ 5 
L 0 

Page image

971965 Ox-eye daisy Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
972013 Ox-tongue Muelleria 25: 93
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605183
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
93 
*Helminthotheca echioides (L.) Holub, Folia Geobot. Phytotax. Bohemoslov. 8: 176 
(1973) 
Picris echioides L., Sp. PI. 2: 792 (1753); Helminthia echioides (L.) Gaertn., Fruct. Sent. 
PI. 2: 368 (1791). 
Type: Locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 984.1, lecto: LINN, fide H.W.Lack, op. cit. 113 
(1975). 
Annuals to perennials to c. 1.0 m high, with spreading hairs and spines, mostly 
minutely 2-5-furcate. Leaves with l:w ratio 4-12, usually not divided, usually with some 
robust tubercle-based hairs. Stem leaves few to several; base cordate, stem-clasping; 
margin entire or sinuate. Capitula few to several, with 4-6 erect, ovate to lanceolate 
foliaceous bracts 5-22 mm long arising from base; involucre 8-12 mm long excluding 
spurs; outer bracts lanceolate, 2-3 mm long; inner bracts with spreading hairs and a 
branched sub-apical spur 2-8 mm long. Florets: ligule c. 8-10 mm long; style pubescence 
black. Achenes 5.5-9 mm long, beaked, dimorphic; marginal achenes; body pilose; beak 
equal to or shorter than body, housed in concavity of hardened inner bracts at maturity; 
central achenes; body with numerous shallow transverse ridges, glabrous; beak as long as 
or up to 1.5 times longer than body. Pappus 6-7 mm long, or 2-4 mm long on marginal 
achenes, white, detaching as a unit; bristles of marginal achenes scabridulous; those of 
central achenes plumose. Ox-tongue. 
Notes : Native to Europe, Asia and Africa. Occurs predominantly in south-eastern 
Australia from Manilla in north-eastern New South Wales south to Victoria, and SW to 
the Eyre Peninsula in south-central South Australia. Isolated occurrences in south-eastern 
Queensland, northern and far south-eastern Tasmania, and far south-western Western 
Australia. Grows on roadsides and wasteland, often beside streams. Flowers most of the 
year, mostly late spring-summer. 
Distinctive features of this readily recognisable species include the tuberculatc spines 
on the leaves and the large foliaceous bracts surrounding capitula. The inflorescence 
bracts are also relatively large. The dimorphism of the achenes follows the pattern seen 
in several other genera in this tribe, including Crepis , Hedypnois and Tolpis. Also similar 
to these genera is the placement of the marginal achenes within the strong concavities of 
alternating inner bracts. 
The hyaline margin of inner bracts are well-developed, and appressed-silky. Similar 
to Picris in which it was once included in terms of the forked hairs with recurved prongs. 
The beak is capillary and often is crumpled in herbarium specimens. Holzapfel (1994) 
contrasts the black style-hairs of this species with the pale yellow ones of species of 
Picris in Australia. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Cunderdin, 14 Dec. 1981, E.H.Harris 
s.n. (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Morialta Falls Reserve, R.L.Correll 65 (AD. MEL). 
QUEENSLAND: Mulgowie, 6.4 km south of Laidley, 31 Oct. 1974, I.K.Hughes (BRI). NEW 
SOUTH WALES: Barham district, 19 Mar. 1956, C.A.Hare (NSW). VICTORIA: Just east of 
Vinifera, HJ.Aston 2727 (BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL). TASMANIA: New Town, L.Rodway 450a 
(HO). 
21. PICRIS L., Sp. PI. 2: 792 (1753) 
Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular, or furcate 
with recurved prongs. Leaves basal and cauline. Inflorescences solitary, cymose or 
paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate; inner bracts hardened, 
strongly convex and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not 

Page image

972016 Oyster Muelleria 25: 97
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605187
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
97 
1. *Tragopogon porrifolius L., Sp. Pl. 2: 789 (1753) subsp . porrifolius 
Type: Europe, Herb. Burser XV(2): 69, central plant; lecto: UPS n.v.,fide C.D. de la 
Guardia & G.Blanca, Taxon Ah 549 (1992). 
Biennials to c. 1.3 m high, glabrous, sometimes glaucous. Capitula: involucre 25-35 
mm long, increasing to up to 60 mm long at maturity, c. 5-12 mm diam.; bracts 5-8, with 
hyaline margin vestigial or distinct proximally in alternate bracts, finally reflexed. Florets: 
ligule as long as or slightly shorter than bracts, lilac to deep violet; style pubescence pale. 
Achenes 20-40 mm long, homomorphic except for rib ornamentation; body fusiform, 
10-15 mm long, light to mid brown, with crowded scale-like tubercles on ribs, with 
tubercle size reducing to nearly smooth inwards, with transition into beak fairly abrupt; 
beak slightly longer than body, with a sub-terminal dilation 1-2 mm long. Pappus 15-25 
mm long, cream to golden-brown, homomorphic. Salsify , Oyster Plant. 
Notes: Native to the Mediterranean. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia, 
in south-eastern mainland Australia from south-eastern Queensland south to Victoria and 
extending west from Victoria to south-eastern South Australia, and in Tasmania. Widely 
cultivated and naturalised in other parts of the world. Grows in sandy-loam soils in 
disturbed environments, particularly roadsides. Flowers spring-summer. 
The non-plumose tips of the longer pappus bristles are usually purplish unlike in 
the other species of Tragopogon in Australia. The beak of the achenes is dilated in the 
distal few millimetres then abruptly constricted below a hairy pappus ring. This beak 
morphology is also present in T. dubius except that the dilated portion is shorter. Mowers 
of these two species apparently open only in the morning. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: c. 40 km NE of Albany on Chester Pass 
Rd, BJ.Lepschi & T.R.Lally 2322 (AD, CANB, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Lofty Ra., 
Aiigaston, c. 70 km NE of Adelaide, H.Amtsberg 5 ( AD). QUEENSLAND: roadside, Warwick, 
G.N.BatianoJf2010349 & CAppelman (BRI, CANB, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Moss Vale 
Unanderra rly crossing, Sheepwash Bridge Rd, c. 10 km due east of Moss Vale, P.G.Kodela 217 
& S.L.Kodela (CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: 0.8 km NE of Laverton, c. 20 km WSW of 
Melbourne. H.I.Aston 845 (MEL). TASMANIA: Tasman Hwy at fc Ardross\ AMBuchanan 15647 
(HO). 
2. * Tragopogon hybrid us L., Sp. Pl. 2: 789 (1753) 
Type: Italy; n.v. 
Annuals to c. 0.8 m high, glabrous, not glaucous. Capitula: involucre c. 30 mm long, 
increasing to c. 50 mm long at maturity, 3-5 mm diam.; bracts 5-8, with hyaline margin 
vestigial or very slender, not becoming hardened, finally reflexed. Florets: ligule less 
than half the length of the bracts, pinkish-lilac; style pubescence pale. Achenes slightly 
dimorphic; marginal achenes 35-50 mm long; body narrow-cylindrical, 25-40 mm long, 
light brown, smooth except for minutely scabridulous ribs, with transition into beak 
very gradual; beak shorter than body, not dilated sub-terminally; central achenes with 
body slightly shorter. Pappus 10-20 mm long, cream, dimorphic; pappus of marginal 
achenes comprising 5 rigid scabrid bristles of unequal length; pappus of central achenes 
comprising numerous plumose bristles. 
Notes: Native to southern Europe. Occurs in the Mt Lofty Ranges NE of Adelaide 
in south-eastern South Australia. Ecological preferences unknown. Flowers spring- 
summer. 
Tragopogon hybridus has been recorded from two different localities in the Northern 
Lofty Ranges and has probably become naturalised. It is readily distinguished post- 

Page image

857246 Pentzia globifera Muelleria 25: 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605092
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
615991 Pentzia globosa Muelleria 25: 46
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605094
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

46 
Thompson 
Notes : Occurs in central-eastern South Australia, with an old record from Nyngan in 
central New South Wales. Grows in arid saltbush shrublands. Flowers at various times. 
Introduced by the CSIR, now CSIRO, at Koonamore in South Australia in the 1930s. 
The single old record from Nyngan differs from the South Australian records in having 
leaf-segments less consistently concentrated distally. 
Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. 60 km N of Yunta, Koonamore Stn, 
M.D.Crisp 307 (C ANB). NEW SOUTH WALES: Nyngan, Nov. 1913, J.H.Maiden (NSW). 
2. *Pentzia globosa Less., Syn. Gen. Compos. 266 (1832) 
Type: n.v. 
Similar to P. incana but differing in the following: leaves ± glabrous, sometimes 2- 
pinnatisect; primary segments of leaves 3-5 per side, arising regularly throughout length; 
involucre bracts of outer and middle series linear-lanceolate, without a hyaline margin; 
inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 0.2 mm long; mature receptacle conical; 
corolla-tube much narrower than the limb; corona c. 0.3 mm long. 
Notes: Occurs near Jamestown in south-eastern South Australia, with an old record 
from Gosford on the central coast of New South Wales. Ecological preferences unknown. 
Flowers recorded in autumn. 
The South Australian population has persisted since at least 1897 when it was first 
collected (J.H.Maiden NSW). The tiny secondary segments of the 2-pinnatisect leaves 
arise at or near the base of the primary segment. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: near Bundaleer Picnic Ground, near 
Jamestown, R.Bates 14272 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES: Gosford, Feb. 1894, coll, unknown 
(NSW). 
17. COTULA L . 9 Sp. PL 2: 891 (1753) 
Annual to perennial herbs, erect to sprawling. Leaves entire, lobate or 1- or 2-pinnatisect. 
Capitula solitary, disciform (in Australia) or discoid, with zygomorphic florets present 
in C. turbinata ; involucre 2- or 3-seriate, with bracts all of similar length; receptacle 
epaleate. Florets often pedicellate; outer florets 1-several-seriate, female; central florets 
bisexual or functionally male, with corolla mostly 4-lobed. Achenes usually dimorphic, 
dorsally compressed, unribbed, hairy or not. Pappus absent. 
A genus of c. 50 species, mostly from the southern hemisphere, with four species 
native to Australia and three ol these endemic. Of the total of seven species in Australia, 
all are eglandular except for C. alpina , and all have stem-sheathing leaves. The involucral 
bracts are often tinged purple and do not have an elongate hyaline apex, and the outer 
florets are in some species prominently pedicellate. Central florets, if pedicellate, have 
much shorter pedicels. The outer florets are female and lack a corolla except for a weakly 
developed one in C. bipinnata. 
Key to species 
1 All leaves entire, filiform, to c. 1 mm wide, with hairs on basal sheath 
2 Outer florets in a single series on slender pedicels, or outer florets absent; central 
florets numerous, with corolla lobes purple, producing achenes (south-eastern 
Australia).l. c. vulgaris 

Page image

615989 Pentzia incana Muelleria 25: 45-46

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 45-46".

857237 Pentzia suffruticosa Muelleria 25: 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605092
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

44 
Thompson 
Representative specimens'. NEW SOUTH WALES: Nerathong area, Condobolin, 
G.M.Cunningham & P.L.Milthorp 2600 (NSW). 
15. ONCOSIPHON Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 310 (1988) 
Annual herbs, erect. Leaves 2- or 3-pinnatisect. Capitula 1 to numerous per stem, discoid 
(in Australia) or radiate; involucre 3-seriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle 
cpaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 4-lobed. Achenes ± 
homomorphic, ± terete, regularly 4-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus present. 
A genus ol c. eight species from South Africa and Namibia. Features of these species 
include the globose capitula and the inflated and brittle corolla-tube. The two Australian 
species formerly placed in Pentzia . 
Key to species 
Capitula 3-5 mm diam. at anthesis; receptacle conical to obloid at maturity, c.l mm 
diam.1. O. stiffruticosum 
Capitula 5-8 mm diam. at anthesis; receptacle ellipsoid at maturity, 2-2.5 mm 
diam.2. O. pitulifertint 
1. *Oncosiphon stiff ruticosum (L.) Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 313 (1988) 
Tanacetum suffruticosum L., Sp. PI. 2: 843 (1753); Matricaria multiflora Fenzl ex Harv., 
in W.H.Harvey & O.W.Sonder, FI. Cap. 3: 166 (1865); Matricaria suffruticosa (L.) 
Druce, Bot. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles 1913: 421 (1914); Pentzia suffruticosa (L.) Hutch. 
& Merxm., Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Miinchen 6: 486 (1967). 
Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa], Herb. Linn. 987: 11; holo: LINN n.v.Jkle 
M.Kallersjo, loc. cit. 
Erect annuals to c. 60 cm high, with stems and leaves glandular, pubescent. Leaves 
to c. 4 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, with rachis and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide; 
segments 4-6 per side. Capitula numerous to 100s per stem, congested, 3-5 mm diam.; 
peduncle with scattered flattened hairs distally at anthesis. Involucre 2—3 mm long, ± 
glabrous; bracts of outer and middle series keeled; inner bracts with hyaline extension up 
to 1 mm long; mature receptacle conical, c. 1 mm diam. Florets: corolla c. 2 mm long, 
with tube longer than and c. as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 1 mm long, 
c. 3-angled, gland-dotted between ribs, grey-brown. Pappus a corona to c. 0.3 mm long, 
with margin usually lobed. Calomba Daisy. 
Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia, southern 
South Australia, and far north-western Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites. Flowers 
summer. 
A class 2 noxious weed in South Australia. The common name is derived from the 
town of Calomba in south-eastern South Australia where, presumably, it was first recorded 
in Australia. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 21.5 km SSW of Nanambinia HS, 
Parmango Track, Coolgardie Botanical District, W.R.Archer 1011907(MEL). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 
1 km SE of Dublin on the Adelaide Rd, S.W.L.Jacobs 6633 (MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: SW of L. 
Walla Walla, 13 Nov. 1986, D.C.Cheal (MEL). 
2. *Oncosiphonpilulifer lint (L.f.) Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 314 (1988) 
Cotulapilulifera L.f., Suppl. PL 378 (1781); Matricariapilulifera (L.f.) Druce, Bot. Exch. 
Club Soc. Brit. Isles 1916:635(1917). 

Page image

615987 Pentzia Muelleria 25: 45
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605093
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
45 
Type: Locality not given, Nordenstam I6l\ neo: S ,fide M.Kallersjo, loc. cit. 
Cotula globifera Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap . 2: 162 (1800); Matricaria globifera (Thunb.) 
Fenzl ex Harv., in W.H.Harvey & O.W.Sonder, FI. Cap. 3: 165 (1865); Pentziaglobifera 
(Thunb.) Hutch., Bull. Misc. Inform. 1916: 251 (1917). Type: n.v. 
Similar to O. suffruticosum but differing in the following respects: plants to c. 40 cm 
high; leaves to c. 2 cm long, 2-pinnatisect; capitula several to numerous per stem, 5-8 
mm diam.; receptacle ellipsoidal at maturity, 2-2.5 mm diam.; achenes 3- or 4-angled. 
Globe Chamomile. 
Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia. There are 
old collections from Port Philip Bay in Victoria and Stockton in eastern New South Wales, 
but populations are presumed not to have become established at these localities. Grows 
on rocky rises in woodland and in farmland. Flowers spring. 
The capitula of this species are globose, with the involucre confined to the proximal 
quarter. The capitula of O. suffhiticosum , although similar, are smaller and subglobose, 
i.e. with the distal half somewhat flattened. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 12 km SSE of Trayning, J.Dodd 487 
(BRI, PERTH); North Miling, J.Dodd519 (BRI, PERTH). 
16. PENTZIA Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap. 2: 145 (1800) 
Shrubs, erect. Leaves 1- or 2-pinnatisect. Capitula 1 per branch (in Australia), discoid; 
involucre c. 3-seriate; gradational in length; receptacle epaleate. Florets bisexual, with 
corolla 4- or 5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, quadrangular, regularly 5-ribbed, 
glabrous. Pappus present. 
A genus of 23 species mostly from South Africa, but also from Namibia, Morocco and 
Algeria. Species in Australia are readily recognisable by their small leaves. 
Key to species 
Leaves commonly greyish, with 1 or 2 (or 3) primary segments per side, commonly 
confined to distal half; outer series of involucral bracts ovate .. 1 . P incana 
Leaves green, with 3-5 primary segments per side, arising ± evenly throughout length; 
outer series of involucral bracts linear-lanceolate.2. P. globosa 
1. * Pentzia incana (Thunb.) Kuntze, Revis. Gen. Pl. 3: 166 (1898) 
Chrysanthemum incanum Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap. 2: 161 (1800). 
Type: not designated. 
Pentzia viigata Less., Syn. Gen. Compos. 266 (1832), nom. illeg. Type: n.v. 
Low shrub to c. 40 cm high, with younger stems and leaves usually tomentose. 
Leaves to c. 1 cm long, 1-pinnatisect, with rachis and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide; 
segments 1 or 2 per side, confined to distal half of leaf (excluding auricles if present). 
Capitula 1 or few per branch, 4-7 mm diam.; peduncle appressed-tomentose distally at 
anthesis. Involucre 2.5-3 mm long; bracts of outer and middle series ovate, keeled, with 
margin usually brown, slightly cobwebby or glabrous; inner series of bracts with hyaline 
extension 0.5-1 mm long; mature receptacle shallowly domed. Florets: corolla 1.5-2 
mm long, with tube ± equal in length but slightly narrower than the 5-lobed, yellow or 
purplish limb. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, 1-1.5 mm long, 5-ribbed, grey-brown. 
Pappus an oblique white corona c. 1 mm long. African Sheep Bush. 

Page image

857249 Pentzia virgata Muelleria 25: 45
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605093
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
45 
Type: Locality not given, Nordenstam I6l\ neo: S ,fide M.Kallersjo, loc. cit. 
Cotula globifera Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap . 2: 162 (1800); Matricaria globifera (Thunb.) 
Fenzl ex Harv., in W.H.Harvey & O.W.Sonder, FI. Cap. 3: 165 (1865); Pentziaglobifera 
(Thunb.) Hutch., Bull. Misc. Inform. 1916: 251 (1917). Type: n.v. 
Similar to O. suffruticosum but differing in the following respects: plants to c. 40 cm 
high; leaves to c. 2 cm long, 2-pinnatisect; capitula several to numerous per stem, 5-8 
mm diam.; receptacle ellipsoidal at maturity, 2-2.5 mm diam.; achenes 3- or 4-angled. 
Globe Chamomile. 
Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia. There are 
old collections from Port Philip Bay in Victoria and Stockton in eastern New South Wales, 
but populations are presumed not to have become established at these localities. Grows 
on rocky rises in woodland and in farmland. Flowers spring. 
The capitula of this species are globose, with the involucre confined to the proximal 
quarter. The capitula of O. suffhiticosum , although similar, are smaller and subglobose, 
i.e. with the distal half somewhat flattened. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 12 km SSE of Trayning, J.Dodd 487 
(BRI, PERTH); North Miling, J.Dodd519 (BRI, PERTH). 
16. PENTZIA Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap. 2: 145 (1800) 
Shrubs, erect. Leaves 1- or 2-pinnatisect. Capitula 1 per branch (in Australia), discoid; 
involucre c. 3-seriate; gradational in length; receptacle epaleate. Florets bisexual, with 
corolla 4- or 5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, quadrangular, regularly 5-ribbed, 
glabrous. Pappus present. 
A genus of 23 species mostly from South Africa, but also from Namibia, Morocco and 
Algeria. Species in Australia are readily recognisable by their small leaves. 
Key to species 
Leaves commonly greyish, with 1 or 2 (or 3) primary segments per side, commonly 
confined to distal half; outer series of involucral bracts ovate .. 1 . P incana 
Leaves green, with 3-5 primary segments per side, arising ± evenly throughout length; 
outer series of involucral bracts linear-lanceolate.2. P. globosa 
1. * Pentzia incana (Thunb.) Kuntze, Revis. Gen. Pl. 3: 166 (1898) 
Chrysanthemum incanum Thunb., Prodr. PL Cap. 2: 161 (1800). 
Type: not designated. 
Pentzia viigata Less., Syn. Gen. Compos. 266 (1832), nom. illeg. Type: n.v. 
Low shrub to c. 40 cm high, with younger stems and leaves usually tomentose. 
Leaves to c. 1 cm long, 1-pinnatisect, with rachis and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide; 
segments 1 or 2 per side, confined to distal half of leaf (excluding auricles if present). 
Capitula 1 or few per branch, 4-7 mm diam.; peduncle appressed-tomentose distally at 
anthesis. Involucre 2.5-3 mm long; bracts of outer and middle series ovate, keeled, with 
margin usually brown, slightly cobwebby or glabrous; inner series of bracts with hyaline 
extension 0.5-1 mm long; mature receptacle shallowly domed. Florets: corolla 1.5-2 
mm long, with tube ± equal in length but slightly narrower than the 5-lobed, yellow or 
purplish limb. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, 1-1.5 mm long, 5-ribbed, grey-brown. 
Pappus an oblique white corona c. 1 mm long. African Sheep Bush. 

Page image

857318 Picridium tingitanum Muelleria 25: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605170
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

80 
Thompson 
Leaf-margin entire or nearly so; outer bracts c. 3 mm long; outer and intermediate bracts 
not or hardly overlapping, with hyaline margin 0.3-0.5 mm wide; ligules not purple- 
red basal ly.2. R . picroides 
1. ^Reichardia tingitana (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) 
Scorzonera tingitana L., Sp. PI. 2: 791 (1753); Picridium tingitanum (L.) Desf., FI. At/ant. 
2:220(1799). 
Type: ‘Habitat in Tingide’, [north-western Africa]; n.v. 
[Reichardia picroides auct. non (L.) Roth: J.M.Black, FI S. Australia 2nd edn, 4: 944 
(1957)] 
Annuals or biennials to c. 0.7 m high, branching, glabrous, often glaucous. Leaves 
forming a rosette, to 17 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-5, divided or not; margin crowded- 
denticulate often minutely, also commonly remotely dentate, sometimes weakly 
spinulose; divided leaves with 2-5 slightly antrorse segments per side; cauline leaves 
few to several, becoming lanceolate upwards; base becoming cordate-auriculate upwards, 
somewhat stem-clasping. Capitula solitary' or few; peduncle dilating distally; involucre 
10-14 mm long, c. 7-10 mm diam.; outer bracts c. 8, broad-ovate, 5-7 mm long, with 
hyaline margin 1-2 mm wide, with a short black sub-apical spur; longer intermediate 
bracts extending over half way; inner bracts with hyaline margin distinct but narrower 
than in outer bracts. Florets: ligule 16-20 mm long, purple-red at base; style pubescence 
pale or slightly darkened. Achenes broad-obloid, 1.5-4 mm long, not tapering apical ly, 
sometimes squarish in transverse section, deeply verrucose or transversely ridged; inner 
ones pale, outer ones light or dark brown, glabrous. Pappus c. 7-9 mm long, white, 
detaching as a unit; bristles fine, smooth. False Sow-thistle, Reichardia. 
Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs on the west coast of Western 
Australia from Shark Bay SSE to Perth, in southern Western Australia NE of Esperance, 
and in south-eastern Australia from south-central South Australia east to Deniliquin in 
south-central New South Wales. Grows in various environments, predominantly semi- 
arid or coastal, particularly in disturbed sites such as roadsides, including coastal dunes, 
in sand, loams, clays and gypsum, in herbfields, shrubland and woodland. Flowers mostly 
late winter-early summer, also other times. 
Readily recognised by its large capitula, long ligules, and overlapping, broad-margined 
outer bracts. A very common weed in south-eastern South Australia. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Near Seven Mile Beach north of 
Dongara, N.S.Lander 1299 (MEL, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. 45 m west of upper part of 
beach, above south side of Dry Ck„ Pine Point Foreshore Reserve, R. V.Smith 86/07 (AD, CANB, 
HO, MEL, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Near Tori IIS remnant, just north of Tori Lake, c. 
6 km NE of‘TylderT, c. 35 km NNE of Balranald, RG.Kodela 461, G.Chappie, R.G.Coveny & 
H.McPherson (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 0.4 km west of Boinka between 
Underbool & Murrayville, west of Ouyen, R. V.Smith 69/32 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). 
2. *Reichardia picroides (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) 
Scorzonera picroides L., Sp. PI. 1: 792 (1753). 
Type: cult., locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 947.11; LINN n.v.,fide S.A.Alavi in S.M.H.Jafri 
& A.El-Gadi, FI. Libya 107: 376 (1983). 
Similar to R. tingitana but differing most markedly in the following (based on limited 
Australian material): Leaf-margin entire or nearly so. Involucre c. 10 mm long, c. 5-6 mm 

Page image

857350 Picris echioides Muelleria 25: 93
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605183
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
93 
*Helminthotheca echioides (L.) Holub, Folia Geobot. Phytotax. Bohemoslov. 8: 176 
(1973) 
Picris echioides L., Sp. PI. 2: 792 (1753); Helminthia echioides (L.) Gaertn., Fruct. Sent. 
PI. 2: 368 (1791). 
Type: Locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 984.1, lecto: LINN, fide H.W.Lack, op. cit. 113 
(1975). 
Annuals to perennials to c. 1.0 m high, with spreading hairs and spines, mostly 
minutely 2-5-furcate. Leaves with l:w ratio 4-12, usually not divided, usually with some 
robust tubercle-based hairs. Stem leaves few to several; base cordate, stem-clasping; 
margin entire or sinuate. Capitula few to several, with 4-6 erect, ovate to lanceolate 
foliaceous bracts 5-22 mm long arising from base; involucre 8-12 mm long excluding 
spurs; outer bracts lanceolate, 2-3 mm long; inner bracts with spreading hairs and a 
branched sub-apical spur 2-8 mm long. Florets: ligule c. 8-10 mm long; style pubescence 
black. Achenes 5.5-9 mm long, beaked, dimorphic; marginal achenes; body pilose; beak 
equal to or shorter than body, housed in concavity of hardened inner bracts at maturity; 
central achenes; body with numerous shallow transverse ridges, glabrous; beak as long as 
or up to 1.5 times longer than body. Pappus 6-7 mm long, or 2-4 mm long on marginal 
achenes, white, detaching as a unit; bristles of marginal achenes scabridulous; those of 
central achenes plumose. Ox-tongue. 
Notes : Native to Europe, Asia and Africa. Occurs predominantly in south-eastern 
Australia from Manilla in north-eastern New South Wales south to Victoria, and SW to 
the Eyre Peninsula in south-central South Australia. Isolated occurrences in south-eastern 
Queensland, northern and far south-eastern Tasmania, and far south-western Western 
Australia. Grows on roadsides and wasteland, often beside streams. Flowers most of the 
year, mostly late spring-summer. 
Distinctive features of this readily recognisable species include the tuberculatc spines 
on the leaves and the large foliaceous bracts surrounding capitula. The inflorescence 
bracts are also relatively large. The dimorphism of the achenes follows the pattern seen 
in several other genera in this tribe, including Crepis , Hedypnois and Tolpis. Also similar 
to these genera is the placement of the marginal achenes within the strong concavities of 
alternating inner bracts. 
The hyaline margin of inner bracts are well-developed, and appressed-silky. Similar 
to Picris in which it was once included in terms of the forked hairs with recurved prongs. 
The beak is capillary and often is crumpled in herbarium specimens. Holzapfel (1994) 
contrasts the black style-hairs of this species with the pale yellow ones of species of 
Picris in Australia. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Cunderdin, 14 Dec. 1981, E.H.Harris 
s.n. (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Morialta Falls Reserve, R.L.Correll 65 (AD. MEL). 
QUEENSLAND: Mulgowie, 6.4 km south of Laidley, 31 Oct. 1974, I.K.Hughes (BRI). NEW 
SOUTH WALES: Barham district, 19 Mar. 1956, C.A.Hare (NSW). VICTORIA: Just east of 
Vinifera, HJ.Aston 2727 (BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL). TASMANIA: New Town, L.Rodway 450a 
(HO). 
21. PICRIS L., Sp. PI. 2: 792 (1753) 
Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular, or furcate 
with recurved prongs. Leaves basal and cauline. Inflorescences solitary, cymose or 
paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate; inner bracts hardened, 
strongly convex and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not 

Page image

616120 Picris Muelleria 25: 93-94

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 93-94".

971972 Pineapple Muelleria 25: 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605091
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
43 
2. *Matricaria matricarioicles (Less.) Porter, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 5: 341 (1894). 
Artemisia matricarioicles Less., Linnaea 6: 210 (1831). 
Type: ‘Unalaschca’, Chamisso ; syn: n.v.; 'Kamtschatca’, [former U.S.S.R.], I.Redowski ; 
syn: n.v. 
Santolina suaveolens Pursh, FI. Amer Sept. 2: 520 (1814); Chamomilla suaveolens 
(Pursh) Rydb., N. Amer. FI 34: 232 (1916). Type: n.v. 
Matricaria cliscoidea DC., Prodr. 6: 50 (1838). Type: California, U.S.A, Douglas ; n.v. 
Plants to c. 45 cm high but mostly 5-20 cm high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 4.5 cm long. 
Capitula solitary or few, discoid, 5-9 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 1 cm long. Involucre 3-4.5 
mm long; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long. Florets: corolla c. 1 
mm long, with tube usually slightly longer and broader than the 4-lobed, greenish limb. 
Achenes obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long. Pappus a minute scarious rim. Rounded Chamomile , 
Rayless Chamomile , Pineapple Weed. 
Notes: Native to Europe, Asia and possibly North America. Occurs in eastern New 
South Wales, southern and central Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Also naturalised in 
New Zealand. Grows in waste areas in urban environments. Flowers spring-summer. 
Generally compact, much-branched plants, with distinctive greenish, domed capitula 
on short peduncles. Recorded as pineapple-scented. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: C.I.G. footpath, Orange, R.Medd 161167 
(NSW). VICTORIA: outside Melbourne Cricket Ground, Jolimont, D.E.Albrecht 4599 (AD, 
CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: St Helens, T.Shea 70 (HO). 
14. ERIOCEPHALUS L., Sp. Pl. 2: 926 (1753) 
Shrubs, erect. Leaves entire or 1 -pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, radiate (in Australia) 
or disciform; involucre 2-seriate, with bracts similar in length, with the densely villous 
inner series often connate; receptacle paleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual 
or functionally male, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes homomorphic, dorsiventrally 
compressed, with 2 lateral ribs, hairy. Pappus absent. 
A genus of 26 species from South Africa and Namibia. Leaves ot axillary shoots are 
commonly crowded together with the subtending leaf, giving the foliage a fasciculate 
appearance. 
*Eriocephalus africanus L., Sp. PI. 2: 926 (1753) 
Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa]; n.v. 
Plants to c. 60 cm high, sericeous. Leaves to c. 2 cm long, entire and linear or 1- 
pinnatisect with segments few. Capitula radiate, solitary but grouped to appear 
corymbiform, 6-8 mm diam. Involucre c. 3 mm long, silky-hairy; outer series ol bracts 4 
or 5, free, ovate, with margin brown; inner bracts 3, fused; paleae 3-4 mm long, 0.8 mm 
wide, hairy; mature receptacle not seen. Florets: ray florets 3 or 4, with ligule c. orbicular, 
3-4 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 2.5 mm long, with tube c. equal limb and 
much narrower; limb deep purple, 5-lobed. Achenes obovate in profile, c. 3 mm long, 
pale, woolly. 
Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-central New South Wales. Ecological 
preferences not known. Flowers winter. 
It is unknown whether the Condobolin population has persisted. 

Page image

857256 Pleiogyne australis Muelleria 25: 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605096
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

48 
Thompson 
Differs from the type variety from South Africa which has glabrous peduncles and 
longer corollas. The achenes of the female florets are both cordate-based and apically- 
notched due to the large but thin wings. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Butchers Gap, South Kingston, P.Gibbons 
219 (AD). VICTORIA: Murtnagurt Lagoon, L. Connewarre Game reserve, 15 Sept. 1983, 
J.Z.Yugovic (MEL). TASMANIA: Croppies Point, A.M.Buchanan 1609 (HO). 
2. Cotula cotuloides (Steetz) Druce, Bat. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles for 1916 , suppl. 2: 
617(1917) 
Gynmogyme cotuloides Steetz, in J.G.C.Lehmann, Pi Preiss. 1: 432 (1845); Cotula 
gynmogyme F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 549 (1867), nom. illeg. 
Type: Perth, Western Australia, 1839, J.A.L.Preiss 101 ; holo: MEL; iso: MEL. 
Annuals to c. 20 cm high. Stems with scattered long hairs. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, 
entire and narrow-linear, glabrous except for hairs on sheath. Capitulum 4-12 mm diam.; 
peduncle 2-10 cm long, 0.3-0.5 mm broad (pressed specimens), not obconical distally at 
maturity, hirsute at anthesis with hairs antrorse to almost spreading. Involucral bracts c. 
10; outer bracts broad-ovate, 2-3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, 
multi-seriate, attached to tubercles. Central florets several, ?functionally male, sessile; 
corolla c. 1 mm long, with limb pale yellow. Achenes of outer florets c. 1.5 mm long; 
laces c. orbicular, glabrous, with papyraceous wings much broader than body. Smooth 
Cotula. 
Notes: Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows in a variety of soils in 
swampy areas, the margin of salt lakes and around granitic outcrops. Flowers spring to 
early summer. 
Similar vegetatively to C. vulgaris var. australasica but having the proportions of outer 
lemale to disc florets reversed. The disc florets of C. cotuloides do not appear to produce 
achenes and they become hidden below the achenes of outer florets as they develop. A 
single collection containing numerous plants, PS.Short 2240 & L.R.Haegi (AD, MEL, 
PERTH) from near Australind has relatively small capitula with significantly narrower 
involucral bracts than typical C. cotuloides and may warrant taxonomic recognition. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 19.5 km ESE of Mt Newmont, 
IV.R.Archer 14119213 (MEL); c. 54 km trom Paynes find along road to Cleary, eastern edge of L. 
Moore, P.S.Short 2590 , N.S.Lander & B.A.Fuhrer (AD, MEL, PERTH). 
3. Cotula australis (Sieber ex Spreng.) Hook.f., FI. Nov.-7.el. 1: 128 (1853) 
Anacyclus australis Sieber ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3:497 (1826); Strongvlosperma australe 
(Sieber ex Spreng.) Less., Syn. Gen. Comp. 261 (1832); Pleiogyne australis (Sieber ex 
Spreng.) K.Koch, in D.F.L.Schlechtendal & H.Mohl (eds), Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 40 
(1843); Lancisia australis (Sieber ex Spreng.) Rydb., N. Amer. FI. 34: 286 (1916) 
Type: Precise locality unknown, [Sydney area], New South Wales, 1823, F.W.Sieber331; 
n.v. 
Annuals or short-lived perennials to c. 10 cm high. Stems moderately hairy with hairs 
antrorse-divergent to spreading. Leaves to c. 4 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect, moderately 
hairy. Capitulum 2-8 mm diam.; peduncle mostly 2-8 cm long, c. 0.1-0.6 mm broad 
(pressed specimens), hardly obconical at maturity, moderately hirsute at anthesis, with 
hairs antrorse, appressed to divergent. Involucral bracts 5-20, oblong to oblong-ovate, 
1.5—3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, multi-seriate, with pedicels 

Page image

857271 Pleiogyne multifida Muelleria 25: 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605101
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
53 
Similar to Cotula alpina but hairy, densely so at growing points, and with conical 
glandular corollas present on outer florets and persisting on fruit. The leaf is commonly 
infected with the fungus Febrdea rhytismoides resulting in a conspicuous black mark 
on each pinna. This is illustrated in Corrick and Fuhrer (2000). The basal leaf-sheath is 
sometimes lobed. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: eastern side of Barrington Trail, Barrington 
Tops National Park, J.R.Hosking 2315 & J.M.Bakonji (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). AUSTRALIAN 
CAPITAL TERRITORY: between Blackfellows Gap & Upper Cotter R., N.Burbidge 6354 (CANB, 
MEL). VICTORIA: Blue Rag Ra., c. 15 km SE of Mt St. Bernard on Hotham to Dargo road, 
, L.Haegi 1640 (MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: Tarraleah, Central Plateau, 7 F6b. 1945, WM.Curiis 
‘ (HO). 
2. Leptinella reptans (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 
(1987) 
Strongylospenna reptans Benth., in S.L.Endlicher et al ., Enum. PL 60 (1837), as 
Strongylospermum ; Pleiogyne reptans (Benth.) K.Koch, in D.F.L.Schlechtendal & 
H.Mohl (eds), Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 40 (1843); Cotula reptans (Benth.) Benth., FI. 
Austral. 3: 551 (1867). 
Type: Locality unknown, ‘ Ferd. Bauer 9 ; n.v. 
Leptinella intricata Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 117 (1847). Type: South 
Cape, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn ; n.v. 
Leptinella multifida Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 118 (1847); Pleiogyne 
multifida (Hook.f.) Sond., Linnaea 25: 484 (1852); Leptinella intricata var. multifida 
(Hook.f.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 1: 194(1856). Type: ‘Kangaroo Point’, Tas.; n.v. 
Plants with sparse to scattered hairs c. 0.5-1 mm long but often soon glabrescent. 
Leaves to c. 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, abruptly dilated basally 
to form sheath, with scattered hairs or glabrous; primary segments restricted to distal 1/3- 
1/2, ovate, elliptic or sub-orbicular in outline; secondary segments arising from proximal, 
middle and distal thirds. Capitula 2-4 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 7 cm long at anthesis, c. 
0.5 mm diam., sparsely to moderately hairy, glabrescent. Involucral bracts c. 6-12, broad- 
elliptic or orbicular, 1.5-2 mm long, with apex rounded, glabrous or hairy. Outer florets 
with corolla broader than long. Central florets with corolla c. 1 mm long. Achenes (excl. 
corolla) 1-2 mm long; faces obovate, pale tan to brown, usually with a paler margin. 
Notes : Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, southern Victoria, and Tasmania, with 
an isolated record from north-eastern New South Wales. Grows beside water typically, 
sometimes in saline environments such as seashores, in grassland, sedgeland and forest. 
Flowers spring-summer. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: south-western banks, southern arm of L. 
Bonney, N.N.Donner 9640 (AD, HO). NEW SOUTH WALES: Werrikimbe National Park, 6 Dec. 
1987, J.R.Hosking s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA: Gunyah Gunyah Rainforest Reserve, Grand Ridge 
Rd, J. Yugovic 460 (MEL). TASMANIA: Granville Harbour, A.E.Orchard 5628 (AD, HO, MEL, 
NSW, PERTH). 
3. Leptinella drummondii (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 
(1987) 
Cotula drummondii Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 550 (1867). 

Page image

857267 Pleiogyne reptans Muelleria 25: 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605101
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
53 
Similar to Cotula alpina but hairy, densely so at growing points, and with conical 
glandular corollas present on outer florets and persisting on fruit. The leaf is commonly 
infected with the fungus Febrdea rhytismoides resulting in a conspicuous black mark 
on each pinna. This is illustrated in Corrick and Fuhrer (2000). The basal leaf-sheath is 
sometimes lobed. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: eastern side of Barrington Trail, Barrington 
Tops National Park, J.R.Hosking 2315 & J.M.Bakonji (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). AUSTRALIAN 
CAPITAL TERRITORY: between Blackfellows Gap & Upper Cotter R., N.Burbidge 6354 (CANB, 
MEL). VICTORIA: Blue Rag Ra., c. 15 km SE of Mt St. Bernard on Hotham to Dargo road, 
, L.Haegi 1640 (MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: Tarraleah, Central Plateau, 7 F6b. 1945, WM.Curiis 
‘ (HO). 
2. Leptinella reptans (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 
(1987) 
Strongylospenna reptans Benth., in S.L.Endlicher et al ., Enum. PL 60 (1837), as 
Strongylospermum ; Pleiogyne reptans (Benth.) K.Koch, in D.F.L.Schlechtendal & 
H.Mohl (eds), Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 40 (1843); Cotula reptans (Benth.) Benth., FI. 
Austral. 3: 551 (1867). 
Type: Locality unknown, ‘ Ferd. Bauer 9 ; n.v. 
Leptinella intricata Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 117 (1847). Type: South 
Cape, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn ; n.v. 
Leptinella multifida Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 118 (1847); Pleiogyne 
multifida (Hook.f.) Sond., Linnaea 25: 484 (1852); Leptinella intricata var. multifida 
(Hook.f.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 1: 194(1856). Type: ‘Kangaroo Point’, Tas.; n.v. 
Plants with sparse to scattered hairs c. 0.5-1 mm long but often soon glabrescent. 
Leaves to c. 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, abruptly dilated basally 
to form sheath, with scattered hairs or glabrous; primary segments restricted to distal 1/3- 
1/2, ovate, elliptic or sub-orbicular in outline; secondary segments arising from proximal, 
middle and distal thirds. Capitula 2-4 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 7 cm long at anthesis, c. 
0.5 mm diam., sparsely to moderately hairy, glabrescent. Involucral bracts c. 6-12, broad- 
elliptic or orbicular, 1.5-2 mm long, with apex rounded, glabrous or hairy. Outer florets 
with corolla broader than long. Central florets with corolla c. 1 mm long. Achenes (excl. 
corolla) 1-2 mm long; faces obovate, pale tan to brown, usually with a paler margin. 
Notes : Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, southern Victoria, and Tasmania, with 
an isolated record from north-eastern New South Wales. Grows beside water typically, 
sometimes in saline environments such as seashores, in grassland, sedgeland and forest. 
Flowers spring-summer. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: south-western banks, southern arm of L. 
Bonney, N.N.Donner 9640 (AD, HO). NEW SOUTH WALES: Werrikimbe National Park, 6 Dec. 
1987, J.R.Hosking s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA: Gunyah Gunyah Rainforest Reserve, Grand Ridge 
Rd, J. Yugovic 460 (MEL). TASMANIA: Granville Harbour, A.E.Orchard 5628 (AD, HO, MEL, 
NSW, PERTH). 
3. Leptinella drummondii (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 
(1987) 
Cotula drummondii Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 550 (1867). 

Page image

857352 Podospermum laciniatum Muelleria 25: 94
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605184
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

94 
Thompson 
compressed, transversely ridged. Pappus of bristles, not persistent, sometimes dimorphic; 
bristles plumose or scabridulous, dimorphic within a pappus. 
This genus was not examined in detail by the author. The reader is referred to Holzapfel 
(1994) and recent stated floras for details of species. Below is a list of species in Australia 
as recognised by Holzapfel; these names are all currently in use. Holzapfel indicated 
that non-native species R altissima Delile, and R hieracioides L. have been collected in 
Australia but have not become established. 
List of species (alphabetical) 
1. Picris angustifolia DC., Prodr. 7:130 (1838) 
a. Picris angustifolia DC., Prodr. 7:130 (1838) subsp. angustifolia 
b. Picris angustifolia subsp. carolorum-henricum (Lack) S.Holzapfel, Willdenowia 
24: 144(1994) 
c. Picris angustifolia subsp. merxmueUcri Lack & S.Holzapfel, Willdenowia 23: 190 
(1993) 
2. Picris barbarorum Lindl. in Edwards's , Bot. Reg. 24:58 (1838) 
3. Picris burbidgei S.Holzapfel, Willdenowia 23: 183 (1993) 
4. Picris compacta S.Holzapfel, Willdenowia 23: 185 (1993) 
5. Picris conyzoides S.Holzapfel. Willdenowia 23: 185 (1993) 
6. Picris drummondii S.Holzapfel, Willdenowia 23: 187 (1993) 
7. Picris eichleri Lack & S.Holzapfel, Willdenowia 23: 188 (1993) 
8. Picris evae Lack, Phytologia 42: 210 (1979) 
9. Picris squarrosa Steetz, in J.G.C.Lehmann, Rl. Rreiss . 1:488 (1845) 
10. Picris wagenitzii Lack, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 108: 189 (1987). 
22. SCORZONERA L., Sp. Rl. 2: 790 (1753) 
Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching or not. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves 
mostly basal. Inflorescences solitary, cymose or (not in Australia) paniculate. Capitula 
pedunculate: involucral bracts multiseriate, soft and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule 
yellow (in Australia), violet, or purple. Achcnes homomorphic, hardly compressed, 
unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, persistent, bristles plumose, uniform within a pappus. 
A genus of c. 175 species from Europe, Asia and northern Africa. 
*Scorzonera laciniata L., Sp. PI. 2: 791 (1753) 
Rodospermum laciniatum (L.) DC., FI. Franc;. 3rd edn, 4: 62 (1805). 
Type: ‘Habitat in Germania, Gallia’, Europe; n.v. 
Biennials to c. 0.4 m high. Indumentum appressed-woolly, glabrescent or nearly 
glabrous. Basal leaves many, ± persistent, to c. 18 cm long, with l:w ratio 4-40 undivided 
or more commonly deeply pinnatisect; base weakly sheathing; margin entire; divided 
leaves with 1-several segments per side, with shape various; cauline leaves 1-several, 
similar to basal leaves but smaller, with base not clasping stem. Capitula solitary or few, 
8-15 mm long, subsequently elongating to 12-35 mm long, c. 2-7 mm diam.; bracts 
glabrous or variably appressed woolly; outer bracts 4-8, 3-8 mm long, with or without 
subapical spur; intermediate bracts extending over halfway at anthesis; inner bracts 

Page image

857354 Podospermum resedifolium Muelleria 25: 95
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605185
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
95 
alternately long with broad margin, short with narrow margin. Florets: ligule 8-12 mm 
long; style pubescence pale. Achenes 8-15 mm long, glabrous, comprising two distinct 
portions; basal portion elliptic, c. 3-5 mm long, with pale prominent ribs, darker between 
ribs; apical portion narrower than basal portion, narrow obloid, c. 6-10 mm long, not 
tapered apically, pale purplish. Pappus 8-20 mm long, cream. Scorzonera. 
Notes : This species is included in Sect. Podospermum (DC.) Boiss. of Scorzonera 
based on its pinnatisect leaves and its achenes with a relatively large basal enlargement. 
A feature of this species is the massive taproot. 
Key to varieties 
Segments of leaves or distal 4 centimetres of undivided leaves with l:w ratio mostly > 
10; involucre 8-12 mm long at onset of anthesis elongating to up to 27 mm long at 
maturity; outer bracts usually unspurred...var. laciniata 
Segments of leaves or distal 4 centimetres of undivided leaves with l:w ratio mostly < 
10; involucre 10-15 mm long at onset of anthesis elongating to up to 35 mm long at 
maturity; outer bracts with a subapical spur.var. calcitrapifolia 
*Scorzonera laciniata L. var. laciniata 
Rachis of leafless than twice as broad in distal quarter as it is midleat, 1-4 mm wide; 
lateral segments with l:w ratio mostly > 10. Involucre 8-12 mm long at onset of anthesis, 
elongating to up to 27 mm long at maturity; bracts glabrous or sparsely appressed-woolly 
at anthesis, unspurred or spur to 0.8 mm long. Achenes 8-12 mm long. Pappus c. 8-14 
mm long. 
Notes : Native to Europe and western Asia. Occurs in far south-eastern South 
Australia, with isolated records from western Victoria, and south-eastern Tasmania around 
Tunbridge. Grows in disturbed or semi-intact native vegetation in heavy soils in grassland 
and woodland. Flowers spring-summer. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Flinders Ras, Walloway, ca. 10 km north 
of Orroroo, C.R.Alcock S394 (AD, CANB, MEL); Environs of Loxton, C.R.Alcock 6170 (AD). 
VICTORIA: Benjeroop State Forest, A.C.Beauglehole 83169 (MEL). TASMANIA: White Lagoon, 
L.Gilfedder 5 (HO). 
* Scorzonera laciniata var. calcitrapifolia (Vahl) Bisch. ex Boiss., FI. Orient. 3: 757 
(1875) 
Scorzonera calcitrapifolia Vahl, Symb. Bot. 2: 87 (1791). 
Type: fc Legi passim in regno Tunetano’, [northern Africa]; n.v. 
Podospermum resedifolium DC., FI. Franc; . 3rd edn, 4: 61 (1805). Type: n.v., fide 
P.E.Boissier, loc. c/7. 
Rachis of leaves commonly at least twice as broad in distal quarter as it is midleaf, 
2-15 mm wide; lateral segments with a l:w ratio < 10; Involucre 10-15 mm long at 
onset of anthesis, elongating to up to 35 mm long at maturity; bracts glabrous or sparsely 
to densely appressed-woolly at anthesis, with outer and usually intermediate involucral 
bracts bearing a subapical spur to c. 2 mm long. Achenes 10-15 mm long. Pappus c. 
12-20 mm long. 
Notes : Native to Europe and Asia. Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, north¬ 
western and central Victoria and south-western New South Wales, with an outlying 

Page image

616201 Pomaderris pilifera pilifera Muelleria 25: 129
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605219
616200 Pomaderris pilifera talpicutica Muelleria 25: 129-133

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 129-133".

857296 Prenanthes japonica Muelleria 25: 70
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605118
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

70 
Thompson 
not compressed or outer ones slightly compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, usually 
persistent, bristles scabrid-barbellate, uniform within a pappus. 
A genus of c. 40 species predominantly from Asia. 
Youngia japonica (L.) DC., Prodr. 7: 194 (1838) 
Prenanthes japonica L., Mcmt. PL 1: 107 (1767); Crepis japonica (L.) Benth., FI. Hough. 
194(1861).' 
Type: Japan; n.v. 
[Youngia thunbergiana auct. non DC. (1838), nom. illeg.: J.D. Hooker, FI. Tasman. 1: lxv 
(1859)] 
Scapose or scapiform annuals to c. 0.6 m high, with spreading coarse hairs scattered 
or sparse on stems and leaves. Basal leaves to c. 20 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-8, often 
Iyrately divided, petiole-like basally; margin entire, denticulate or dentate; cauline leaves 
few, similar to basal leaves or much reduced, undivided. Capitula several to many; 
involucre 4-5 mm long, c. 1.5-2 mm diam.; outer bracts 3-5, ovate, 0.5-1.0 mm long, 
with hyaline margin broad; inner bracts 7-10, with a prominent pale keel developing 
basally, with hyaline margin alternately distinct and vestigial. Florets: ligule c. 3 mm 
long, yellow, possibly rarely white; style pubescence pale. Achenes narrow-ellipsoid, 
1.5-2 mm long, slightly to moderately compressed, tapering to a neck c. 0.2 mm long, 
with ribs crowded, unequally prominent, ciliate, with cilia longer distally, reddish-brown 
or mid-brown. Pappus c. 3 mm long, white; bristles barbellate proximally. 
Notes : Occurs in eastern Australia from Mt Windsor in far north Queensland south to 
Sydney in central New South Wales. Widely distributed in eastern Asia, including New 
Guinea. Grows in forests; also a weed of lawns and roadsides. Flowers most of year. 
A form recorded from disturbed and urban localities has leaves with fewer sessile 
lateral segments, denser stem indumentum, and achenes that are mid-brown rather than 
darker reddish-brown. This form possibly has come from outside Australia and further 
investigation into this variation is warranted. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Palm Tree Ck, 22 km SE offoowoomba, D. Halford 
Q634 (BR1, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Torrington-Silent Grove Rd, N.S.Lander 535a (BRI, 
C’ANB, HO, MEL, NSW); Alum Mtn, Buladelah, July 1923, H.M.R.Rupp (MEL); Gloucester, Sept. 
1965, R.G.Covenys.n ., (NSW). 
7. LAPSANA L., Sp. Pl. 2:811(1753) 
Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, glandular and eglandular. 
Leaves predominantly cauline. Inflorescences paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral 
bracts biseriate; inner bracts somewhat firm and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. 
Achenes homomorphic, mildly compressed, beaklcss. Epappate. 
A genus of c. ten species from Europe, Asia and north-western Africa. 
* Laps ana communis L., Sp. PI. 2:811 (1753) subsp. communis 
Type: Locality unknown. Herb. Clifford 389, Lapsana no. 1A; lecto: BM, fide P.D.Sell, 
Watsonia 13: 301 (1981). 
Annuals or biennials to c. 1.2 m high, with gland-tipped hairs on lower stem and 
sometimes upper stem, and short eglandular hairs on or near leaf margins. Basal leaves 
variably persistent; cauline leaves to 16 cm long, with l:w ratio 1-4, undivided or Iyrately 
divided, petiole-like basally, with 1 or 2 spreading or slightly retrorse lobes per side; 

Page image

857315 Prenanthes sarmentosa Muelleria 25: 79
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605169
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
79 
11. LAUNAEA Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 2nd edn, 25: 321 (1822) 
Annual to perennial, sometimes stoloniferous herbs, branching or not. Hairs ± lacking. 
Leaves predominantly basal. Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; 
involucral bracts multiseriate. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not or hardly 
compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, ?persistent; bristles, scabridulous, uniform 
within a pappus. 
A genus of 54 species, principally from Africa and south-western Asia, but also in 
the Mediterranean region. The style-branches in this genus have relatively long hairs, a 
feature it shares with Reichardia according to Bremer (1994). 
Launaea sarmentosa (Willd.) Kuntze, Re vis. Gen. PI. 1: 350 (1891) 
Prenanthes sarmentosa Willd., Phyt. 10, t. 6(2) (1794). 
Type: India, 1793, Klein; holo: B-W 14595. 
Herb to c. 0.1 m high, developing stolons to c. 1 m long, rooting at nodes. Leaves 
all basal, undivided, to 10 cm long, with I:w ratio c. 3-4; margin entire or denticulate; 
secondary rosettes with much smaller leaves; base attenuate. Capitula solitary at nodes; 
involucre 4-6 mm diam.; outer bracts c. 8, ovate, c. 3 mm long, with hyaline margin 
distinct; intermediate bracts c. 6, reaching c. halfway along involucre; inner bracts c. 8, 
10-15 mm long. Florets: ligule c. 5 mm long; style pubescence pale or darkened. Achenes 
narrow-obloid, 4-5 mm long, with ribs prominent, brown, glabrous. Pappus caducous, c. 
7 mm long, white; bristles scabridulous. 
Notes : Occurs in far western Western Australia predominantly between Exmouth and 
Karratha and on adjacent islands. Also native to areas abutting the Indian Ocean and 
South China Sea including countries in Africa and southern Asia. Grows on coastal sands. 
Flowers most of the year. 
A distinctive species with its stoloniferous habit. According to Kilian (1997), who 
produced a monograph on the genus Launaea , the species has been used as a salad 
vegetable in several countries. 
Representative specimens’. WESTERN AUS TRALIA: Monte Bello Is., 13 Nov. 1953, Hill 
(CANB); Thevenard Is., M. White MRW028 (CANB, PERTH). 
12. REICHARDIA Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) 
Annual or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs ± lacking. Leaves basal and cauline. 
Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate, 
soft, not convex, infolded at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic or 
inner ones abortive, not compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, not persistent; bristles 
± smooth, uniform within a pappus. 
A genus of 8 species from the Mediterranean region. A feature of the two species in 
Australia is the relatively broad outer and intermediate involucral bracts that are cordate- 
based and with a conspicuous hyaline margin. 
Key to species 
Leaf-margin crowded-denticulate; outer bracts 5-7 mm long; outer and intermediate 
bracts overlapping, with hyaline margin 1-2 mm wide; ligules purple-red 
basal ly.1. R. tingitana 

Page image

971998 Prickly Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
971971 Rayless Muelleria 25: 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605091
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
43 
2. *Matricaria matricarioicles (Less.) Porter, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 5: 341 (1894). 
Artemisia matricarioicles Less., Linnaea 6: 210 (1831). 
Type: ‘Unalaschca’, Chamisso ; syn: n.v.; 'Kamtschatca’, [former U.S.S.R.], I.Redowski ; 
syn: n.v. 
Santolina suaveolens Pursh, FI. Amer Sept. 2: 520 (1814); Chamomilla suaveolens 
(Pursh) Rydb., N. Amer. FI 34: 232 (1916). Type: n.v. 
Matricaria cliscoidea DC., Prodr. 6: 50 (1838). Type: California, U.S.A, Douglas ; n.v. 
Plants to c. 45 cm high but mostly 5-20 cm high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 4.5 cm long. 
Capitula solitary or few, discoid, 5-9 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 1 cm long. Involucre 3-4.5 
mm long; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long. Florets: corolla c. 1 
mm long, with tube usually slightly longer and broader than the 4-lobed, greenish limb. 
Achenes obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long. Pappus a minute scarious rim. Rounded Chamomile , 
Rayless Chamomile , Pineapple Weed. 
Notes: Native to Europe, Asia and possibly North America. Occurs in eastern New 
South Wales, southern and central Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Also naturalised in 
New Zealand. Grows in waste areas in urban environments. Flowers spring-summer. 
Generally compact, much-branched plants, with distinctive greenish, domed capitula 
on short peduncles. Recorded as pineapple-scented. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: C.I.G. footpath, Orange, R.Medd 161167 
(NSW). VICTORIA: outside Melbourne Cricket Ground, Jolimont, D.E.Albrecht 4599 (AD, 
CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: St Helens, T.Shea 70 (HO). 
14. ERIOCEPHALUS L., Sp. Pl. 2: 926 (1753) 
Shrubs, erect. Leaves entire or 1 -pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, radiate (in Australia) 
or disciform; involucre 2-seriate, with bracts similar in length, with the densely villous 
inner series often connate; receptacle paleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual 
or functionally male, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes homomorphic, dorsiventrally 
compressed, with 2 lateral ribs, hairy. Pappus absent. 
A genus of 26 species from South Africa and Namibia. Leaves ot axillary shoots are 
commonly crowded together with the subtending leaf, giving the foliage a fasciculate 
appearance. 
*Eriocephalus africanus L., Sp. PI. 2: 926 (1753) 
Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa]; n.v. 
Plants to c. 60 cm high, sericeous. Leaves to c. 2 cm long, entire and linear or 1- 
pinnatisect with segments few. Capitula radiate, solitary but grouped to appear 
corymbiform, 6-8 mm diam. Involucre c. 3 mm long, silky-hairy; outer series ol bracts 4 
or 5, free, ovate, with margin brown; inner bracts 3, fused; paleae 3-4 mm long, 0.8 mm 
wide, hairy; mature receptacle not seen. Florets: ray florets 3 or 4, with ligule c. orbicular, 
3-4 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 2.5 mm long, with tube c. equal limb and 
much narrower; limb deep purple, 5-lobed. Achenes obovate in profile, c. 3 mm long, 
pale, woolly. 
Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-central New South Wales. Ecological 
preferences not known. Flowers winter. 
It is unknown whether the Condobolin population has persisted. 

Page image

972004 Reichardia Muelleria 25: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605170
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

80 
Thompson 
Leaf-margin entire or nearly so; outer bracts c. 3 mm long; outer and intermediate bracts 
not or hardly overlapping, with hyaline margin 0.3-0.5 mm wide; ligules not purple- 
red basal ly.2. R . picroides 
1. ^Reichardia tingitana (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) 
Scorzonera tingitana L., Sp. PI. 2: 791 (1753); Picridium tingitanum (L.) Desf., FI. At/ant. 
2:220(1799). 
Type: ‘Habitat in Tingide’, [north-western Africa]; n.v. 
[Reichardia picroides auct. non (L.) Roth: J.M.Black, FI S. Australia 2nd edn, 4: 944 
(1957)] 
Annuals or biennials to c. 0.7 m high, branching, glabrous, often glaucous. Leaves 
forming a rosette, to 17 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-5, divided or not; margin crowded- 
denticulate often minutely, also commonly remotely dentate, sometimes weakly 
spinulose; divided leaves with 2-5 slightly antrorse segments per side; cauline leaves 
few to several, becoming lanceolate upwards; base becoming cordate-auriculate upwards, 
somewhat stem-clasping. Capitula solitary' or few; peduncle dilating distally; involucre 
10-14 mm long, c. 7-10 mm diam.; outer bracts c. 8, broad-ovate, 5-7 mm long, with 
hyaline margin 1-2 mm wide, with a short black sub-apical spur; longer intermediate 
bracts extending over half way; inner bracts with hyaline margin distinct but narrower 
than in outer bracts. Florets: ligule 16-20 mm long, purple-red at base; style pubescence 
pale or slightly darkened. Achenes broad-obloid, 1.5-4 mm long, not tapering apical ly, 
sometimes squarish in transverse section, deeply verrucose or transversely ridged; inner 
ones pale, outer ones light or dark brown, glabrous. Pappus c. 7-9 mm long, white, 
detaching as a unit; bristles fine, smooth. False Sow-thistle, Reichardia. 
Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs on the west coast of Western 
Australia from Shark Bay SSE to Perth, in southern Western Australia NE of Esperance, 
and in south-eastern Australia from south-central South Australia east to Deniliquin in 
south-central New South Wales. Grows in various environments, predominantly semi- 
arid or coastal, particularly in disturbed sites such as roadsides, including coastal dunes, 
in sand, loams, clays and gypsum, in herbfields, shrubland and woodland. Flowers mostly 
late winter-early summer, also other times. 
Readily recognised by its large capitula, long ligules, and overlapping, broad-margined 
outer bracts. A very common weed in south-eastern South Australia. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Near Seven Mile Beach north of 
Dongara, N.S.Lander 1299 (MEL, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. 45 m west of upper part of 
beach, above south side of Dry Ck„ Pine Point Foreshore Reserve, R. V.Smith 86/07 (AD, CANB, 
HO, MEL, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Near Tori IIS remnant, just north of Tori Lake, c. 
6 km NE of‘TylderT, c. 35 km NNE of Balranald, RG.Kodela 461, G.Chappie, R.G.Coveny & 
H.McPherson (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 0.4 km west of Boinka between 
Underbool & Murrayville, west of Ouyen, R. V.Smith 69/32 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). 
2. *Reichardia picroides (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) 
Scorzonera picroides L., Sp. PI. 1: 792 (1753). 
Type: cult., locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 947.11; LINN n.v.,fide S.A.Alavi in S.M.H.Jafri 
& A.El-Gadi, FI. Libya 107: 376 (1983). 
Similar to R. tingitana but differing most markedly in the following (based on limited 
Australian material): Leaf-margin entire or nearly so. Involucre c. 10 mm long, c. 5-6 mm 

Page image

857319 Reichardia picroides Muelleria 25: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605170
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

80 
Thompson 
Leaf-margin entire or nearly so; outer bracts c. 3 mm long; outer and intermediate bracts 
not or hardly overlapping, with hyaline margin 0.3-0.5 mm wide; ligules not purple- 
red basal ly.2. R . picroides 
1. ^Reichardia tingitana (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) 
Scorzonera tingitana L., Sp. PI. 2: 791 (1753); Picridium tingitanum (L.) Desf., FI. At/ant. 
2:220(1799). 
Type: ‘Habitat in Tingide’, [north-western Africa]; n.v. 
[Reichardia picroides auct. non (L.) Roth: J.M.Black, FI S. Australia 2nd edn, 4: 944 
(1957)] 
Annuals or biennials to c. 0.7 m high, branching, glabrous, often glaucous. Leaves 
forming a rosette, to 17 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-5, divided or not; margin crowded- 
denticulate often minutely, also commonly remotely dentate, sometimes weakly 
spinulose; divided leaves with 2-5 slightly antrorse segments per side; cauline leaves 
few to several, becoming lanceolate upwards; base becoming cordate-auriculate upwards, 
somewhat stem-clasping. Capitula solitary' or few; peduncle dilating distally; involucre 
10-14 mm long, c. 7-10 mm diam.; outer bracts c. 8, broad-ovate, 5-7 mm long, with 
hyaline margin 1-2 mm wide, with a short black sub-apical spur; longer intermediate 
bracts extending over half way; inner bracts with hyaline margin distinct but narrower 
than in outer bracts. Florets: ligule 16-20 mm long, purple-red at base; style pubescence 
pale or slightly darkened. Achenes broad-obloid, 1.5-4 mm long, not tapering apical ly, 
sometimes squarish in transverse section, deeply verrucose or transversely ridged; inner 
ones pale, outer ones light or dark brown, glabrous. Pappus c. 7-9 mm long, white, 
detaching as a unit; bristles fine, smooth. False Sow-thistle, Reichardia. 
Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs on the west coast of Western 
Australia from Shark Bay SSE to Perth, in southern Western Australia NE of Esperance, 
and in south-eastern Australia from south-central South Australia east to Deniliquin in 
south-central New South Wales. Grows in various environments, predominantly semi- 
arid or coastal, particularly in disturbed sites such as roadsides, including coastal dunes, 
in sand, loams, clays and gypsum, in herbfields, shrubland and woodland. Flowers mostly 
late winter-early summer, also other times. 
Readily recognised by its large capitula, long ligules, and overlapping, broad-margined 
outer bracts. A very common weed in south-eastern South Australia. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Near Seven Mile Beach north of 
Dongara, N.S.Lander 1299 (MEL, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. 45 m west of upper part of 
beach, above south side of Dry Ck„ Pine Point Foreshore Reserve, R. V.Smith 86/07 (AD, CANB, 
HO, MEL, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Near Tori IIS remnant, just north of Tori Lake, c. 
6 km NE of‘TylderT, c. 35 km NNE of Balranald, RG.Kodela 461, G.Chappie, R.G.Coveny & 
H.McPherson (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 0.4 km west of Boinka between 
Underbool & Murrayville, west of Ouyen, R. V.Smith 69/32 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). 
2. *Reichardia picroides (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) 
Scorzonera picroides L., Sp. PI. 1: 792 (1753). 
Type: cult., locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 947.11; LINN n.v.,fide S.A.Alavi in S.M.H.Jafri 
& A.El-Gadi, FI. Libya 107: 376 (1983). 
Similar to R. tingitana but differing most markedly in the following (based on limited 
Australian material): Leaf-margin entire or nearly so. Involucre c. 10 mm long, c. 5-6 mm 

Page image

616079 Reichardia picroides Muelleria 25: 80-81

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 80-81".

616071 Reichardia Muelleria 25: 79
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605169
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
79 
11. LAUNAEA Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 2nd edn, 25: 321 (1822) 
Annual to perennial, sometimes stoloniferous herbs, branching or not. Hairs ± lacking. 
Leaves predominantly basal. Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; 
involucral bracts multiseriate. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not or hardly 
compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, ?persistent; bristles, scabridulous, uniform 
within a pappus. 
A genus of 54 species, principally from Africa and south-western Asia, but also in 
the Mediterranean region. The style-branches in this genus have relatively long hairs, a 
feature it shares with Reichardia according to Bremer (1994). 
Launaea sarmentosa (Willd.) Kuntze, Re vis. Gen. PI. 1: 350 (1891) 
Prenanthes sarmentosa Willd., Phyt. 10, t. 6(2) (1794). 
Type: India, 1793, Klein; holo: B-W 14595. 
Herb to c. 0.1 m high, developing stolons to c. 1 m long, rooting at nodes. Leaves 
all basal, undivided, to 10 cm long, with I:w ratio c. 3-4; margin entire or denticulate; 
secondary rosettes with much smaller leaves; base attenuate. Capitula solitary at nodes; 
involucre 4-6 mm diam.; outer bracts c. 8, ovate, c. 3 mm long, with hyaline margin 
distinct; intermediate bracts c. 6, reaching c. halfway along involucre; inner bracts c. 8, 
10-15 mm long. Florets: ligule c. 5 mm long; style pubescence pale or darkened. Achenes 
narrow-obloid, 4-5 mm long, with ribs prominent, brown, glabrous. Pappus caducous, c. 
7 mm long, white; bristles scabridulous. 
Notes : Occurs in far western Western Australia predominantly between Exmouth and 
Karratha and on adjacent islands. Also native to areas abutting the Indian Ocean and 
South China Sea including countries in Africa and southern Asia. Grows on coastal sands. 
Flowers most of the year. 
A distinctive species with its stoloniferous habit. According to Kilian (1997), who 
produced a monograph on the genus Launaea , the species has been used as a salad 
vegetable in several countries. 
Representative specimens’. WESTERN AUS TRALIA: Monte Bello Is., 13 Nov. 1953, Hill 
(CANB); Thevenard Is., M. White MRW028 (CANB, PERTH). 
12. REICHARDIA Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) 
Annual or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs ± lacking. Leaves basal and cauline. 
Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate, 
soft, not convex, infolded at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic or 
inner ones abortive, not compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, not persistent; bristles 
± smooth, uniform within a pappus. 
A genus of 8 species from the Mediterranean region. A feature of the two species in 
Australia is the relatively broad outer and intermediate involucral bracts that are cordate- 
based and with a conspicuous hyaline margin. 
Key to species 
Leaf-margin crowded-denticulate; outer bracts 5-7 mm long; outer and intermediate 
bracts overlapping, with hyaline margin 1-2 mm wide; ligules purple-red 
basal ly.1. R. tingitana 

Page image

616078 Reichardia tingitana Muelleria 25: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605170
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

80 
Thompson 
Leaf-margin entire or nearly so; outer bracts c. 3 mm long; outer and intermediate bracts 
not or hardly overlapping, with hyaline margin 0.3-0.5 mm wide; ligules not purple- 
red basal ly.2. R . picroides 
1. ^Reichardia tingitana (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) 
Scorzonera tingitana L., Sp. PI. 2: 791 (1753); Picridium tingitanum (L.) Desf., FI. At/ant. 
2:220(1799). 
Type: ‘Habitat in Tingide’, [north-western Africa]; n.v. 
[Reichardia picroides auct. non (L.) Roth: J.M.Black, FI S. Australia 2nd edn, 4: 944 
(1957)] 
Annuals or biennials to c. 0.7 m high, branching, glabrous, often glaucous. Leaves 
forming a rosette, to 17 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-5, divided or not; margin crowded- 
denticulate often minutely, also commonly remotely dentate, sometimes weakly 
spinulose; divided leaves with 2-5 slightly antrorse segments per side; cauline leaves 
few to several, becoming lanceolate upwards; base becoming cordate-auriculate upwards, 
somewhat stem-clasping. Capitula solitary' or few; peduncle dilating distally; involucre 
10-14 mm long, c. 7-10 mm diam.; outer bracts c. 8, broad-ovate, 5-7 mm long, with 
hyaline margin 1-2 mm wide, with a short black sub-apical spur; longer intermediate 
bracts extending over half way; inner bracts with hyaline margin distinct but narrower 
than in outer bracts. Florets: ligule 16-20 mm long, purple-red at base; style pubescence 
pale or slightly darkened. Achenes broad-obloid, 1.5-4 mm long, not tapering apical ly, 
sometimes squarish in transverse section, deeply verrucose or transversely ridged; inner 
ones pale, outer ones light or dark brown, glabrous. Pappus c. 7-9 mm long, white, 
detaching as a unit; bristles fine, smooth. False Sow-thistle, Reichardia. 
Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs on the west coast of Western 
Australia from Shark Bay SSE to Perth, in southern Western Australia NE of Esperance, 
and in south-eastern Australia from south-central South Australia east to Deniliquin in 
south-central New South Wales. Grows in various environments, predominantly semi- 
arid or coastal, particularly in disturbed sites such as roadsides, including coastal dunes, 
in sand, loams, clays and gypsum, in herbfields, shrubland and woodland. Flowers mostly 
late winter-early summer, also other times. 
Readily recognised by its large capitula, long ligules, and overlapping, broad-margined 
outer bracts. A very common weed in south-eastern South Australia. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Near Seven Mile Beach north of 
Dongara, N.S.Lander 1299 (MEL, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. 45 m west of upper part of 
beach, above south side of Dry Ck„ Pine Point Foreshore Reserve, R. V.Smith 86/07 (AD, CANB, 
HO, MEL, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Near Tori IIS remnant, just north of Tori Lake, c. 
6 km NE of‘TylderT, c. 35 km NNE of Balranald, RG.Kodela 461, G.Chappie, R.G.Coveny & 
H.McPherson (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 0.4 km west of Boinka between 
Underbool & Murrayville, west of Ouyen, R. V.Smith 69/32 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). 
2. *Reichardia picroides (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) 
Scorzonera picroides L., Sp. PI. 1: 792 (1753). 
Type: cult., locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 947.11; LINN n.v.,fide S.A.Alavi in S.M.H.Jafri 
& A.El-Gadi, FI. Libya 107: 376 (1983). 
Similar to R. tingitana but differing most markedly in the following (based on limited 
Australian material): Leaf-margin entire or nearly so. Involucre c. 10 mm long, c. 5-6 mm 

Page image

971970 Rounded Muelleria 25: 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605091
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
43 
2. *Matricaria matricarioicles (Less.) Porter, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 5: 341 (1894). 
Artemisia matricarioicles Less., Linnaea 6: 210 (1831). 
Type: ‘Unalaschca’, Chamisso ; syn: n.v.; 'Kamtschatca’, [former U.S.S.R.], I.Redowski ; 
syn: n.v. 
Santolina suaveolens Pursh, FI. Amer Sept. 2: 520 (1814); Chamomilla suaveolens 
(Pursh) Rydb., N. Amer. FI 34: 232 (1916). Type: n.v. 
Matricaria cliscoidea DC., Prodr. 6: 50 (1838). Type: California, U.S.A, Douglas ; n.v. 
Plants to c. 45 cm high but mostly 5-20 cm high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 4.5 cm long. 
Capitula solitary or few, discoid, 5-9 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 1 cm long. Involucre 3-4.5 
mm long; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long. Florets: corolla c. 1 
mm long, with tube usually slightly longer and broader than the 4-lobed, greenish limb. 
Achenes obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long. Pappus a minute scarious rim. Rounded Chamomile , 
Rayless Chamomile , Pineapple Weed. 
Notes: Native to Europe, Asia and possibly North America. Occurs in eastern New 
South Wales, southern and central Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Also naturalised in 
New Zealand. Grows in waste areas in urban environments. Flowers spring-summer. 
Generally compact, much-branched plants, with distinctive greenish, domed capitula 
on short peduncles. Recorded as pineapple-scented. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: C.I.G. footpath, Orange, R.Medd 161167 
(NSW). VICTORIA: outside Melbourne Cricket Ground, Jolimont, D.E.Albrecht 4599 (AD, 
CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: St Helens, T.Shea 70 (HO). 
14. ERIOCEPHALUS L., Sp. Pl. 2: 926 (1753) 
Shrubs, erect. Leaves entire or 1 -pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, radiate (in Australia) 
or disciform; involucre 2-seriate, with bracts similar in length, with the densely villous 
inner series often connate; receptacle paleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual 
or functionally male, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes homomorphic, dorsiventrally 
compressed, with 2 lateral ribs, hairy. Pappus absent. 
A genus of 26 species from South Africa and Namibia. Leaves ot axillary shoots are 
commonly crowded together with the subtending leaf, giving the foliage a fasciculate 
appearance. 
*Eriocephalus africanus L., Sp. PI. 2: 926 (1753) 
Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa]; n.v. 
Plants to c. 60 cm high, sericeous. Leaves to c. 2 cm long, entire and linear or 1- 
pinnatisect with segments few. Capitula radiate, solitary but grouped to appear 
corymbiform, 6-8 mm diam. Involucre c. 3 mm long, silky-hairy; outer series ol bracts 4 
or 5, free, ovate, with margin brown; inner bracts 3, fused; paleae 3-4 mm long, 0.8 mm 
wide, hairy; mature receptacle not seen. Florets: ray florets 3 or 4, with ligule c. orbicular, 
3-4 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 2.5 mm long, with tube c. equal limb and 
much narrower; limb deep purple, 5-lobed. Achenes obovate in profile, c. 3 mm long, 
pale, woolly. 
Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-central New South Wales. Ecological 
preferences not known. Flowers winter. 
It is unknown whether the Condobolin population has persisted. 

Page image

972015 Salsify Muelleria 25: 97
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605187
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235
857228 Santolina suaveolens Muelleria 25: 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605091
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
43 
2. *Matricaria matricarioicles (Less.) Porter, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 5: 341 (1894). 
Artemisia matricarioicles Less., Linnaea 6: 210 (1831). 
Type: ‘Unalaschca’, Chamisso ; syn: n.v.; 'Kamtschatca’, [former U.S.S.R.], I.Redowski ; 
syn: n.v. 
Santolina suaveolens Pursh, FI. Amer Sept. 2: 520 (1814); Chamomilla suaveolens 
(Pursh) Rydb., N. Amer. FI 34: 232 (1916). Type: n.v. 
Matricaria cliscoidea DC., Prodr. 6: 50 (1838). Type: California, U.S.A, Douglas ; n.v. 
Plants to c. 45 cm high but mostly 5-20 cm high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 4.5 cm long. 
Capitula solitary or few, discoid, 5-9 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 1 cm long. Involucre 3-4.5 
mm long; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 mm long. Florets: corolla c. 1 
mm long, with tube usually slightly longer and broader than the 4-lobed, greenish limb. 
Achenes obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long. Pappus a minute scarious rim. Rounded Chamomile , 
Rayless Chamomile , Pineapple Weed. 
Notes: Native to Europe, Asia and possibly North America. Occurs in eastern New 
South Wales, southern and central Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Also naturalised in 
New Zealand. Grows in waste areas in urban environments. Flowers spring-summer. 
Generally compact, much-branched plants, with distinctive greenish, domed capitula 
on short peduncles. Recorded as pineapple-scented. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: C.I.G. footpath, Orange, R.Medd 161167 
(NSW). VICTORIA: outside Melbourne Cricket Ground, Jolimont, D.E.Albrecht 4599 (AD, 
CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: St Helens, T.Shea 70 (HO). 
14. ERIOCEPHALUS L., Sp. Pl. 2: 926 (1753) 
Shrubs, erect. Leaves entire or 1 -pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, radiate (in Australia) 
or disciform; involucre 2-seriate, with bracts similar in length, with the densely villous 
inner series often connate; receptacle paleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual 
or functionally male, with corolla 5-lobed. Achenes homomorphic, dorsiventrally 
compressed, with 2 lateral ribs, hairy. Pappus absent. 
A genus of 26 species from South Africa and Namibia. Leaves ot axillary shoots are 
commonly crowded together with the subtending leaf, giving the foliage a fasciculate 
appearance. 
*Eriocephalus africanus L., Sp. PI. 2: 926 (1753) 
Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa]; n.v. 
Plants to c. 60 cm high, sericeous. Leaves to c. 2 cm long, entire and linear or 1- 
pinnatisect with segments few. Capitula radiate, solitary but grouped to appear 
corymbiform, 6-8 mm diam. Involucre c. 3 mm long, silky-hairy; outer series ol bracts 4 
or 5, free, ovate, with margin brown; inner bracts 3, fused; paleae 3-4 mm long, 0.8 mm 
wide, hairy; mature receptacle not seen. Florets: ray florets 3 or 4, with ligule c. orbicular, 
3-4 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 2.5 mm long, with tube c. equal limb and 
much narrower; limb deep purple, 5-lobed. Achenes obovate in profile, c. 3 mm long, 
pale, woolly. 
Notes: Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-central New South Wales. Ecological 
preferences not known. Flowers winter. 
It is unknown whether the Condobolin population has persisted. 

Page image

971968 Scentless Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
971967 Scentless Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
616022 Scolymus hispanicus Muelleria 25: 63
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605111
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
63 
A genus of three species from the Mediterranean region. A somewhat atypical member 
of tribe Lactuceae placed in a subtribe of its own by Bremer (1994). Leaves of Scolymus 
appear variegated due to the paler venation and marginal spines. Its fleshy roots have 
historically been eaten. 
Key to species 
Biennials or perennials; leaves decurrent for c. 1-4 cm but mostly not extending to leaf 
below; stems moderately coarse-woolly; hairs on ligule drying pale; long pappus 
bristles 2 or 3. l.S. Hispanic us 
Annuals; most leaves decurrent for > 4 cm and typically extending to or beyond the 
leaf below; stems ± glabrous; hairs on ligule drying dark; long pappus bristles 
absent.2. S. maculatus 
1. * Scolymus hispanicus L., Sp. PL 2: 813 (1753) 
Type: Italy; n.v. 
Biennials or perennials to c. 0.9 m high, somewhat woolly on stems. Stem leaves 
deeply divided with segments spreading to antrorse, spiny; decurrent leaf-bases extending 
1-4 cm down stem, mostly not extending to the leaf below, spiny; margin with scattered 
spinules. Capitula surrounded and exceeded by 3 or 4 foliaceous bracts 3-5 cm long, 
arising at base; involucre 10-15 mm long, c. 5-8 mm diam.; bracts with apex spinose 
and hyaline margin narrow; outer series 6-8 mm long; inner bracts 10-15 mm long; 
receptacular paleae ovate, c. 7 mm long, 5 mm wide, with apex erose. Florets: ligule 
10-15 mm long; tube with pale hairs; style pubescence pale. Achenes 3-5 mm long, 
with faces obovate, yellowish-brown. Pappus a corona of minute scales and 2 or 3 long 
scabrid-barbellate bristles. Golden Thistle. 
Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs in central-eastern New South Wales 
in the Mudgee district, in far south-central New South Wales, and in central Victoria. A 
troublesome weed in Argentina, Chile and California, U.S.A. Grows in disturbed sites 
such as pastures and wasteland. Flowers late spring-summer. 
A noxious weed in Victoria. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: Hill Plain, south Deniliquin, IVE.Mulham 
W822 (NSW). VICTORIA: c. 2-3 km NW from Werribee township, at Lollypop Ck, VStajsic 1302 
(CANB, MEL, NSW); Terrick Tcrrick State Park, A.C.Beauglehole 82589 (MEL). 
2. *Scolymus maculatus L., Sp. Pl. 2: 813 (1753) 
Type: Italy, Herb. Linn. 963.1; lecto: LINN,y?de C.Jeffrey, Regmim Peg. 127: 86(1993). 
Annuals to c. 1.0 m high, ± glabrous. Stem leaves deeply divided with segments 
spreading to antrorse, spiny; decurrent leaf-bases extending several to many cm down 
stem, extending to or beyond the leaf below, spiny; margin with scattered spinules. 
Capitula surrounded and exceeded by 3 or 4 foliaceous bracts 3-4 cm long arising at 
base; involucre c. 15 mm long, c. 5-8 mm diam.; bracts with apex spinose and hyaline 
margin narrow; outer series 5-10 mm long; receptacular paleae obovate, c. 6 mm long, 
4 mm wide, with apex entire. Florets: ligule 10-15 mm long; tube with dark hairs; style 
pubescence pale. Achenes 2.5-4 mm long, with faces obovate, yellowish-brown. Pappus 
a corona of minute scales, with long bristles absent. Spotted Golden Thistle. 

Page image

616021 Scolymus Muelleria 25: 62-63

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 62-63".

616023 Scolymus maculatus Muelleria 25: 63-64

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 63-64".

972014 Scorzonera Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
857353 Scorzonera calcitrapifolia Muelleria 25: 95
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605185
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
95 
alternately long with broad margin, short with narrow margin. Florets: ligule 8-12 mm 
long; style pubescence pale. Achenes 8-15 mm long, glabrous, comprising two distinct 
portions; basal portion elliptic, c. 3-5 mm long, with pale prominent ribs, darker between 
ribs; apical portion narrower than basal portion, narrow obloid, c. 6-10 mm long, not 
tapered apically, pale purplish. Pappus 8-20 mm long, cream. Scorzonera. 
Notes : This species is included in Sect. Podospermum (DC.) Boiss. of Scorzonera 
based on its pinnatisect leaves and its achenes with a relatively large basal enlargement. 
A feature of this species is the massive taproot. 
Key to varieties 
Segments of leaves or distal 4 centimetres of undivided leaves with l:w ratio mostly > 
10; involucre 8-12 mm long at onset of anthesis elongating to up to 27 mm long at 
maturity; outer bracts usually unspurred...var. laciniata 
Segments of leaves or distal 4 centimetres of undivided leaves with l:w ratio mostly < 
10; involucre 10-15 mm long at onset of anthesis elongating to up to 35 mm long at 
maturity; outer bracts with a subapical spur.var. calcitrapifolia 
*Scorzonera laciniata L. var. laciniata 
Rachis of leafless than twice as broad in distal quarter as it is midleat, 1-4 mm wide; 
lateral segments with l:w ratio mostly > 10. Involucre 8-12 mm long at onset of anthesis, 
elongating to up to 27 mm long at maturity; bracts glabrous or sparsely appressed-woolly 
at anthesis, unspurred or spur to 0.8 mm long. Achenes 8-12 mm long. Pappus c. 8-14 
mm long. 
Notes : Native to Europe and western Asia. Occurs in far south-eastern South 
Australia, with isolated records from western Victoria, and south-eastern Tasmania around 
Tunbridge. Grows in disturbed or semi-intact native vegetation in heavy soils in grassland 
and woodland. Flowers spring-summer. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Flinders Ras, Walloway, ca. 10 km north 
of Orroroo, C.R.Alcock S394 (AD, CANB, MEL); Environs of Loxton, C.R.Alcock 6170 (AD). 
VICTORIA: Benjeroop State Forest, A.C.Beauglehole 83169 (MEL). TASMANIA: White Lagoon, 
L.Gilfedder 5 (HO). 
* Scorzonera laciniata var. calcitrapifolia (Vahl) Bisch. ex Boiss., FI. Orient. 3: 757 
(1875) 
Scorzonera calcitrapifolia Vahl, Symb. Bot. 2: 87 (1791). 
Type: fc Legi passim in regno Tunetano’, [northern Africa]; n.v. 
Podospermum resedifolium DC., FI. Franc; . 3rd edn, 4: 61 (1805). Type: n.v., fide 
P.E.Boissier, loc. c/7. 
Rachis of leaves commonly at least twice as broad in distal quarter as it is midleaf, 
2-15 mm wide; lateral segments with a l:w ratio < 10; Involucre 10-15 mm long at 
onset of anthesis, elongating to up to 35 mm long at maturity; bracts glabrous or sparsely 
to densely appressed-woolly at anthesis, with outer and usually intermediate involucral 
bracts bearing a subapical spur to c. 2 mm long. Achenes 10-15 mm long. Pappus c. 
12-20 mm long. 
Notes : Native to Europe and Asia. Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, north¬ 
western and central Victoria and south-western New South Wales, with an outlying 

Page image

616121 Scorzonera Muelleria 25: 94-95

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 94-95".

616122 Scorzonera laciniata Muelleria 25: 94-95

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 94-95".

616123 Scorzonera laciniata laciniata Muelleria 25: 95
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605185
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235
616124 Scorzonera laciniata calcitrapifolia Muelleria 25: 95-96

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 95-96".

857321 Scorzonera picroides Muelleria 25: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605170
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

80 
Thompson 
Leaf-margin entire or nearly so; outer bracts c. 3 mm long; outer and intermediate bracts 
not or hardly overlapping, with hyaline margin 0.3-0.5 mm wide; ligules not purple- 
red basal ly.2. R . picroides 
1. ^Reichardia tingitana (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) 
Scorzonera tingitana L., Sp. PI. 2: 791 (1753); Picridium tingitanum (L.) Desf., FI. At/ant. 
2:220(1799). 
Type: ‘Habitat in Tingide’, [north-western Africa]; n.v. 
[Reichardia picroides auct. non (L.) Roth: J.M.Black, FI S. Australia 2nd edn, 4: 944 
(1957)] 
Annuals or biennials to c. 0.7 m high, branching, glabrous, often glaucous. Leaves 
forming a rosette, to 17 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-5, divided or not; margin crowded- 
denticulate often minutely, also commonly remotely dentate, sometimes weakly 
spinulose; divided leaves with 2-5 slightly antrorse segments per side; cauline leaves 
few to several, becoming lanceolate upwards; base becoming cordate-auriculate upwards, 
somewhat stem-clasping. Capitula solitary' or few; peduncle dilating distally; involucre 
10-14 mm long, c. 7-10 mm diam.; outer bracts c. 8, broad-ovate, 5-7 mm long, with 
hyaline margin 1-2 mm wide, with a short black sub-apical spur; longer intermediate 
bracts extending over half way; inner bracts with hyaline margin distinct but narrower 
than in outer bracts. Florets: ligule 16-20 mm long, purple-red at base; style pubescence 
pale or slightly darkened. Achenes broad-obloid, 1.5-4 mm long, not tapering apical ly, 
sometimes squarish in transverse section, deeply verrucose or transversely ridged; inner 
ones pale, outer ones light or dark brown, glabrous. Pappus c. 7-9 mm long, white, 
detaching as a unit; bristles fine, smooth. False Sow-thistle, Reichardia. 
Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs on the west coast of Western 
Australia from Shark Bay SSE to Perth, in southern Western Australia NE of Esperance, 
and in south-eastern Australia from south-central South Australia east to Deniliquin in 
south-central New South Wales. Grows in various environments, predominantly semi- 
arid or coastal, particularly in disturbed sites such as roadsides, including coastal dunes, 
in sand, loams, clays and gypsum, in herbfields, shrubland and woodland. Flowers mostly 
late winter-early summer, also other times. 
Readily recognised by its large capitula, long ligules, and overlapping, broad-margined 
outer bracts. A very common weed in south-eastern South Australia. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Near Seven Mile Beach north of 
Dongara, N.S.Lander 1299 (MEL, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. 45 m west of upper part of 
beach, above south side of Dry Ck„ Pine Point Foreshore Reserve, R. V.Smith 86/07 (AD, CANB, 
HO, MEL, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Near Tori IIS remnant, just north of Tori Lake, c. 
6 km NE of‘TylderT, c. 35 km NNE of Balranald, RG.Kodela 461, G.Chappie, R.G.Coveny & 
H.McPherson (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 0.4 km west of Boinka between 
Underbool & Murrayville, west of Ouyen, R. V.Smith 69/32 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). 
2. *Reichardia picroides (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) 
Scorzonera picroides L., Sp. PI. 1: 792 (1753). 
Type: cult., locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 947.11; LINN n.v.,fide S.A.Alavi in S.M.H.Jafri 
& A.El-Gadi, FI. Libya 107: 376 (1983). 
Similar to R. tingitana but differing most markedly in the following (based on limited 
Australian material): Leaf-margin entire or nearly so. Involucre c. 10 mm long, c. 5-6 mm 

Page image

857317 Scorzonera tingitana Muelleria 25: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605170
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

80 
Thompson 
Leaf-margin entire or nearly so; outer bracts c. 3 mm long; outer and intermediate bracts 
not or hardly overlapping, with hyaline margin 0.3-0.5 mm wide; ligules not purple- 
red basal ly.2. R . picroides 
1. ^Reichardia tingitana (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) 
Scorzonera tingitana L., Sp. PI. 2: 791 (1753); Picridium tingitanum (L.) Desf., FI. At/ant. 
2:220(1799). 
Type: ‘Habitat in Tingide’, [north-western Africa]; n.v. 
[Reichardia picroides auct. non (L.) Roth: J.M.Black, FI S. Australia 2nd edn, 4: 944 
(1957)] 
Annuals or biennials to c. 0.7 m high, branching, glabrous, often glaucous. Leaves 
forming a rosette, to 17 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-5, divided or not; margin crowded- 
denticulate often minutely, also commonly remotely dentate, sometimes weakly 
spinulose; divided leaves with 2-5 slightly antrorse segments per side; cauline leaves 
few to several, becoming lanceolate upwards; base becoming cordate-auriculate upwards, 
somewhat stem-clasping. Capitula solitary' or few; peduncle dilating distally; involucre 
10-14 mm long, c. 7-10 mm diam.; outer bracts c. 8, broad-ovate, 5-7 mm long, with 
hyaline margin 1-2 mm wide, with a short black sub-apical spur; longer intermediate 
bracts extending over half way; inner bracts with hyaline margin distinct but narrower 
than in outer bracts. Florets: ligule 16-20 mm long, purple-red at base; style pubescence 
pale or slightly darkened. Achenes broad-obloid, 1.5-4 mm long, not tapering apical ly, 
sometimes squarish in transverse section, deeply verrucose or transversely ridged; inner 
ones pale, outer ones light or dark brown, glabrous. Pappus c. 7-9 mm long, white, 
detaching as a unit; bristles fine, smooth. False Sow-thistle, Reichardia. 
Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs on the west coast of Western 
Australia from Shark Bay SSE to Perth, in southern Western Australia NE of Esperance, 
and in south-eastern Australia from south-central South Australia east to Deniliquin in 
south-central New South Wales. Grows in various environments, predominantly semi- 
arid or coastal, particularly in disturbed sites such as roadsides, including coastal dunes, 
in sand, loams, clays and gypsum, in herbfields, shrubland and woodland. Flowers mostly 
late winter-early summer, also other times. 
Readily recognised by its large capitula, long ligules, and overlapping, broad-margined 
outer bracts. A very common weed in south-eastern South Australia. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Near Seven Mile Beach north of 
Dongara, N.S.Lander 1299 (MEL, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. 45 m west of upper part of 
beach, above south side of Dry Ck„ Pine Point Foreshore Reserve, R. V.Smith 86/07 (AD, CANB, 
HO, MEL, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Near Tori IIS remnant, just north of Tori Lake, c. 
6 km NE of‘TylderT, c. 35 km NNE of Balranald, RG.Kodela 461, G.Chappie, R.G.Coveny & 
H.McPherson (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 0.4 km west of Boinka between 
Underbool & Murrayville, west of Ouyen, R. V.Smith 69/32 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). 
2. *Reichardia picroides (L.) Roth, Bot. Abh. Beobacht. 35 (1787) 
Scorzonera picroides L., Sp. PI. 1: 792 (1753). 
Type: cult., locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 947.11; LINN n.v.,fide S.A.Alavi in S.M.H.Jafri 
& A.El-Gadi, FI. Libya 107: 376 (1983). 
Similar to R. tingitana but differing most markedly in the following (based on limited 
Australian material): Leaf-margin entire or nearly so. Involucre c. 10 mm long, c. 5-6 mm 

Page image

971953 Silver Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647

Page text

Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 
5 
measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only 
comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have 
not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain 
from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and 
deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken 
from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and 
habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior 
descriptions. 
DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS 
Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or 
stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be 
very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions 
for the particular species concerned. 
Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the 
base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, 
and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not 
always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. 
Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- 
tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. 
Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness 
of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the 
pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. 
Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata 
contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . 
parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. 
Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. 
- 45 
- 40 
_ 35 
_ 30 
- 25 
_ 20 
_ 15 
_ 10 
_ 5 
L 0 

Page image

971991 Skeleton Muelleria 25: 65
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605113
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
65 
Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Port Rd, Woodville near Woodville Rd 
intersection, R.J.Chinnock 3362 (AD). QUEENSLAND: Carneys Ck Rd, near Croftby, SW of 
Boonah, P.l. Forster 28063 & G.Leiper (AD, BRI, MEL, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: 19 
km west of Glen Innes on road to Inverell, JJ.Plat 9, R.G.Coveny & CJ.Dunn (MEL, NSW). 
VICTORIA: c. 8 km NNW of Peechelba, along the Wangaratta to Yarrawonga Hwy, H.I.Aston 
2171 (HO, MEL). TASMANIA: Hollow Tree Rd (Bothwell-Hamilton), 4.4. km from Lyell Hwy, 
E.A.Brown 94/173 & K.L. Radford (\\ O, NSW). 
3. CIIONDRILLA L., Sp . PL 2: 796 (1753) 
Annual or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves basal and cauline. 
Inflorescences paniculate. Capitula ± sessile; involucral bracts biseriate; not hardened, 
reflexed at maturity. Florets yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not or hardly compressed, 
beaked. Pappus of bristles, persistent; bristles scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. 
A genus of approximately 25 species, from Europe, northern Africa and Asia. 
*Chondrilla juncea L., Sp. PL 2: 796 (1753) 
Type: Europe, Herb. Clifford 383, Chondrilla no. 1; lecto: BM ,fide H.W.Lack, FI. Iranica 
122:285 (1977). 
Perennials to c. 1.3 m high, becoming much-branched, with spreading to retrorse 
bristles 2-3 mm long and a close fine wool basally on stems. Basal leaves with l:w ratio 
c. 5-8, runcinately divided; margin dentate or denticulate; cauline leaves much smaller 
than basal leaves, narrow-linear, entire, not stem-clasping. Capitula many, with lateral 
capitula sub-sessile, single or in groups of 2 or 3; involucre 7-13 mm long, c. 2 mm diam.; 
bracts somewhat appressed woolly; outer bracts c. 6, ovate, c. 1 mm long; inner bracts c. 
7-9, with hyaline margin slender and vestigial. Florets 9-12; ligule 7-10 mm long; style 
pubescence pale. Achenes 810 mm long; body c. oblong-ellipsoid, with ribs prominent, 
scaly distal ly, terminating in a ring of 5 scales surrounding base of beak, cream to brown; 
beak capillary, c. 50% longer than body, generally caducous with pappus. Pappus 6-7 mm 
long, white; bristles minutely scabridulous. Skeleton Weed . 
Notes: Native to western Asia, Europe and northern Africa. Occurs in south-western 
Western Australia from Geraldton SE to Esperance, in south-eastern Australia from 
Bundaberg south to Victoria and extending further west from Victoria into far south¬ 
eastern South Australia. Grows in disturbed sites including roadsides and on agricultural 
land. Flowers late spring-autumn. 
A declared noxious weed in Western Australia, South Australia, New South Wales, 
Victoria and Tasmania. Its ability to regrow from underground parts has made it difficult 
to eradicate by mechanical means. Hull & Groves (1973) identified three variants, but 
these have not been recognised taxonomically. Variation was greatest in the shape of the 
basal leaves, but also occurred in inflorescence and fruit morphology. The less common 
variants were largely restricted to central-eastern New South Wales. Narrow-leaf and 
broad-leaf forms have been recognised in South Australia. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Eastern part of Curtin University 
Campus, Bentley, Perth, B.J.Lepschi 2532 (AD, CANB, MEL, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 
Abutting south boundary of the Hincks Natl Park sec. 40, Hd of Moody, C.R.Alcock 2563 (AD). 
QUEENSLAND: Thane Ck, near Warwick, 22 Dec. 1958, J.Mitchell (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: 
c. 8.5 km from Blakney Ck toward Bcvendalc. at Handy’s Ck crossing, Southern Tablelands, 
E.M.Canning 6372 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: c. 10 km east of Yarrawonga, along 
the Murray Valley Hwy, H.I.Aston 2173 (MEL). 

Page image

971976 Slender Muelleria 25: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605095
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
972008 Smooth Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647

Page text

Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 
5 
measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only 
comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have 
not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain 
from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and 
deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken 
from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and 
habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior 
descriptions. 
DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS 
Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or 
stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be 
very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions 
for the particular species concerned. 
Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the 
base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, 
and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not 
always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. 
Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- 
tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. 
Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness 
of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the 
pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. 
Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata 
contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . 
parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. 
Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. 
- 45 
- 40 
_ 35 
_ 30 
- 25 
_ 20 
_ 15 
_ 10 
_ 5 
L 0 

Page image

971977 Smooth Muelleria 25: 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605096
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

48 
Thompson 
Differs from the type variety from South Africa which has glabrous peduncles and 
longer corollas. The achenes of the female florets are both cordate-based and apically- 
notched due to the large but thin wings. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Butchers Gap, South Kingston, P.Gibbons 
219 (AD). VICTORIA: Murtnagurt Lagoon, L. Connewarre Game reserve, 15 Sept. 1983, 
J.Z.Yugovic (MEL). TASMANIA: Croppies Point, A.M.Buchanan 1609 (HO). 
2. Cotula cotuloides (Steetz) Druce, Bat. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles for 1916 , suppl. 2: 
617(1917) 
Gynmogyme cotuloides Steetz, in J.G.C.Lehmann, Pi Preiss. 1: 432 (1845); Cotula 
gynmogyme F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 549 (1867), nom. illeg. 
Type: Perth, Western Australia, 1839, J.A.L.Preiss 101 ; holo: MEL; iso: MEL. 
Annuals to c. 20 cm high. Stems with scattered long hairs. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, 
entire and narrow-linear, glabrous except for hairs on sheath. Capitulum 4-12 mm diam.; 
peduncle 2-10 cm long, 0.3-0.5 mm broad (pressed specimens), not obconical distally at 
maturity, hirsute at anthesis with hairs antrorse to almost spreading. Involucral bracts c. 
10; outer bracts broad-ovate, 2-3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, 
multi-seriate, attached to tubercles. Central florets several, ?functionally male, sessile; 
corolla c. 1 mm long, with limb pale yellow. Achenes of outer florets c. 1.5 mm long; 
laces c. orbicular, glabrous, with papyraceous wings much broader than body. Smooth 
Cotula. 
Notes: Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows in a variety of soils in 
swampy areas, the margin of salt lakes and around granitic outcrops. Flowers spring to 
early summer. 
Similar vegetatively to C. vulgaris var. australasica but having the proportions of outer 
lemale to disc florets reversed. The disc florets of C. cotuloides do not appear to produce 
achenes and they become hidden below the achenes of outer florets as they develop. A 
single collection containing numerous plants, PS.Short 2240 & L.R.Haegi (AD, MEL, 
PERTH) from near Australind has relatively small capitula with significantly narrower 
involucral bracts than typical C. cotuloides and may warrant taxonomic recognition. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 19.5 km ESE of Mt Newmont, 
IV.R.Archer 14119213 (MEL); c. 54 km trom Paynes find along road to Cleary, eastern edge of L. 
Moore, P.S.Short 2590 , N.S.Lander & B.A.Fuhrer (AD, MEL, PERTH). 
3. Cotula australis (Sieber ex Spreng.) Hook.f., FI. Nov.-7.el. 1: 128 (1853) 
Anacyclus australis Sieber ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3:497 (1826); Strongvlosperma australe 
(Sieber ex Spreng.) Less., Syn. Gen. Comp. 261 (1832); Pleiogyne australis (Sieber ex 
Spreng.) K.Koch, in D.F.L.Schlechtendal & H.Mohl (eds), Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 40 
(1843); Lancisia australis (Sieber ex Spreng.) Rydb., N. Amer. FI. 34: 286 (1916) 
Type: Precise locality unknown, [Sydney area], New South Wales, 1823, F.W.Sieber331; 
n.v. 
Annuals or short-lived perennials to c. 10 cm high. Stems moderately hairy with hairs 
antrorse-divergent to spreading. Leaves to c. 4 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect, moderately 
hairy. Capitulum 2-8 mm diam.; peduncle mostly 2-8 cm long, c. 0.1-0.6 mm broad 
(pressed specimens), hardly obconical at maturity, moderately hirsute at anthesis, with 
hairs antrorse, appressed to divergent. Involucral bracts 5-20, oblong to oblong-ovate, 
1.5—3 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, multi-seriate, with pedicels 

Page image

971992 Smooth Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647

Page text

Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 
5 
measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only 
comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have 
not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain 
from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and 
deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken 
from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and 
habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior 
descriptions. 
DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS 
Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or 
stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be 
very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions 
for the particular species concerned. 
Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the 
base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, 
and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not 
always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. 
Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- 
tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. 
Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness 
of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the 
pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. 
Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata 
contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . 
parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. 
Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. 
- 45 
- 40 
_ 35 
_ 30 
- 25 
_ 20 
_ 15 
_ 10 
_ 5 
L 0 

Page image

857278 Soliva pterosperma Muelleria 25: 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605103
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
55 
19. SOLIVA Ruiz & Pav., FI. Perm ; Prodr. 113, t. 24 (1794) 
Annual herbs, ± prostrate. Leaves 1—3-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary, sessile, disciform; 
involucre 1- or 2-seriate, with bracts all of similar length; receptacle epaleate. Outer 
florets multiseriate, female; central florets functionally male, with corolla 3- or 4-lobed. 
Achenes compressed, unribbed, glabrous or hairy. Pappus absent. 
A genus of c. 9 species from South America. Species are low-growing, rosetted, and 
developing prostrate stems after an initial flowering. They are eglandular and are readily 
recognised by the strongly flattened fruits with the style persisting and developing into 
a prominent spine. The outer florets do not develop a corolla. 1 lie central florets are 
relatively few in number and their styles are unbranched. 
Key to species 
1 Achenes c. 2.5—4 mm wide, with broad scarious wings, not villous 
apically. sess ^ s 
1: Achenes 1-1.5 mm wide, without broad scarious wings, villous apically or not 
2 Achenes glabrous, smooth with no distinct marginal region.2. S, valdiviana 
2: Achenes villous apically, with a distinct, transversely corrugated marginal region 
3 Leaves toe. 13 cm long, 2-or 3-pinnatisect; achenes obtuse to rounded apicolaterally 
(i.e. at shoulders).3. S. anthentifolia 
3: Leaves to c. 4 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect; achenes acute apicolaterally (i.e. at 
shoulders).4. S. stolonifera 
1. *Soliva sessilis Ruiz & Pav., Syst. Veg. FI. Peruv. Chil. 113, t. 24 (1794) 
Type: n.v. 
Gymnostylespterosperma Juss., Ann. Mas. National Hist. Nat. 4: 262, t. 61 fig. 3 (1804), 
S. pterosperma (Juss.) Less., Syn. Gen. Compos. 268 (1832). Type: n.v. 
Plants with scattered hairs c. 0.5-1 mm long. Leaves to c. 5 cm long, 2-pinnatisect, 
with primary segments elliptic to orbicular in outline, with hairs largely abaxial. 
Capitulum 3-6 mm diam. Involucre 3-6 mm long; bracts 5-8, ovate to lanceolate, acute, 
with hyaline margin lacking. Outer florets 12-30. Central florets: corolla c. 2 mm long, c. 
0.5 mm diam. Mature receptacle narrow conical. Achenes (excl. spine) c. rotund to oblate 
in profile, 2-2.5 mm long, 2.5-4 mm wide, not woolly apically; body c. 1 mm wide, with 
scattered tubercle-based papillose hairs on both sides; wings 0.7-1.5 mm wide, incurved, 
entire or more often slightly to deeply notched towards base, forming an acute spine¬ 
like process apically, scarious, smooth; stylar spine 1.8-2.6 mm long. Jo-Jo , Onehunga , 
Bindyi. 
Notes’. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia, south-eastern South Australia, 
southern Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, and south-eastern Tasmania. Grows in 
lawns and other disturbed sites. Flowers most times of the year. 
A noxious weed (in pest plant category) in the Shire ol Melville in Western Australia. 
Webb (1986) has suggested that because of their ability to interbreed, that members of 
subgenus Soliva , including S. pterosperma , S. sessilis and S. valdiviana be treated as one 
species. This was based on a study of populations introduced to and occurring around 
Auckland, New Zealand. Although taxonomic interpretations perhaps should more 
desirably be derived from studies carried out within species’ native distributions, in this 
treatment the conclusions of Webb are followed in that Soliva pterosperma is regarded 

Page image

616014 Soliva Muelleria 25: 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605103
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
55 
19. SOLIVA Ruiz & Pav., FI. Perm ; Prodr. 113, t. 24 (1794) 
Annual herbs, ± prostrate. Leaves 1—3-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary, sessile, disciform; 
involucre 1- or 2-seriate, with bracts all of similar length; receptacle epaleate. Outer 
florets multiseriate, female; central florets functionally male, with corolla 3- or 4-lobed. 
Achenes compressed, unribbed, glabrous or hairy. Pappus absent. 
A genus of c. 9 species from South America. Species are low-growing, rosetted, and 
developing prostrate stems after an initial flowering. They are eglandular and are readily 
recognised by the strongly flattened fruits with the style persisting and developing into 
a prominent spine. The outer florets do not develop a corolla. 1 lie central florets are 
relatively few in number and their styles are unbranched. 
Key to species 
1 Achenes c. 2.5—4 mm wide, with broad scarious wings, not villous 
apically. sess ^ s 
1: Achenes 1-1.5 mm wide, without broad scarious wings, villous apically or not 
2 Achenes glabrous, smooth with no distinct marginal region.2. S, valdiviana 
2: Achenes villous apically, with a distinct, transversely corrugated marginal region 
3 Leaves toe. 13 cm long, 2-or 3-pinnatisect; achenes obtuse to rounded apicolaterally 
(i.e. at shoulders).3. S. anthentifolia 
3: Leaves to c. 4 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect; achenes acute apicolaterally (i.e. at 
shoulders).4. S. stolonifera 
1. *Soliva sessilis Ruiz & Pav., Syst. Veg. FI. Peruv. Chil. 113, t. 24 (1794) 
Type: n.v. 
Gymnostylespterosperma Juss., Ann. Mas. National Hist. Nat. 4: 262, t. 61 fig. 3 (1804), 
S. pterosperma (Juss.) Less., Syn. Gen. Compos. 268 (1832). Type: n.v. 
Plants with scattered hairs c. 0.5-1 mm long. Leaves to c. 5 cm long, 2-pinnatisect, 
with primary segments elliptic to orbicular in outline, with hairs largely abaxial. 
Capitulum 3-6 mm diam. Involucre 3-6 mm long; bracts 5-8, ovate to lanceolate, acute, 
with hyaline margin lacking. Outer florets 12-30. Central florets: corolla c. 2 mm long, c. 
0.5 mm diam. Mature receptacle narrow conical. Achenes (excl. spine) c. rotund to oblate 
in profile, 2-2.5 mm long, 2.5-4 mm wide, not woolly apically; body c. 1 mm wide, with 
scattered tubercle-based papillose hairs on both sides; wings 0.7-1.5 mm wide, incurved, 
entire or more often slightly to deeply notched towards base, forming an acute spine¬ 
like process apically, scarious, smooth; stylar spine 1.8-2.6 mm long. Jo-Jo , Onehunga , 
Bindyi. 
Notes’. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia, south-eastern South Australia, 
southern Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, and south-eastern Tasmania. Grows in 
lawns and other disturbed sites. Flowers most times of the year. 
A noxious weed (in pest plant category) in the Shire ol Melville in Western Australia. 
Webb (1986) has suggested that because of their ability to interbreed, that members of 
subgenus Soliva , including S. pterosperma , S. sessilis and S. valdiviana be treated as one 
species. This was based on a study of populations introduced to and occurring around 
Auckland, New Zealand. Although taxonomic interpretations perhaps should more 
desirably be derived from studies carried out within species’ native distributions, in this 
treatment the conclusions of Webb are followed in that Soliva pterosperma is regarded 

Page image

616015 Soliva sessilis Muelleria 25: 55-56

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 55-56".

616020 Soliva stolonifera Muelleria 25: 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605105
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
57 
This species and S. stolonifera are members of subgenus Gymnostyles , and these two 
species differ most obviously from the two species of subgenus Soliva (S. sessilis and S. 
valdiviana) in having achenes with thickened transversely wrinkled margins and with 
long apical hairs. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. 3.5 km downstream from Lock 6, Murray 
R., environs of Chowilla, C.R.Alcock 10313 (AD). QUEENSLAND: 28 km W of Bollon, H. I. As ton 
2421 (BRI, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Salt Caves Dam, Denbollie State Forest, J.R.Hosking 
1894 (CANB. MEL, NSW); O’Briens Ck where crossed by Newell Hwy, c. 2.5 km SW of Narrabri, 
H.I.Aston 2414 (AD, BRI, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: near Murray R. 3 km S of Tocumwal P.O., 
A.C.Beauglehole 63962 (MEL). 
4. *Soliva stolonifera (Brot.) R.Br. ex G.Don, in J.C.Loudon, Hort. Brit. 364 (1830) 
Hippia stolonifera Brot., FI Lusit. 1: 72 (1804). 
Type: n.v. 
Plants with few to scattered hairs to c. 0.3 mm long or ± glabrous. Leaves to c. 4 
cm long, 1-pinnatisect, with segments oblong or elliptic, entire or with 1 or 2 lobes. 
Capitulum 4-7 mm diam. Involucre 2.5-3 mm long; bracts 15-20, narrow-oblong to 
narrowly oblong-elliptic, rounded, with a narrow pale or purplish hyaline margin. Outer 
florets numerous. Central florets: corolla c. 1.2 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diam. Achenes (excl. 
spine) obovate in profile, c. 1.8-2.2 mm long, woolly apically; body 0.1-0.2 mm wide; 
wings/margins c. 0.6 mm wide, acute apically, thick, prominently transversely ridged; 
stylar spine 1-2 mm long. 
Notes : Occurs inland, from south-eastern Queensland, SSW through New South 
Wales to central Victoria. Grows in woodland, shrubland and E. camaldulensis forest. 
Flowers winter-spring. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Texas Lagoon, southern outskirts of Texas 
township, A.R.Bean 17919 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Peak Hill, between Dubbo and Parkes, 
H.I.Aston 2389 (HO, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: S of Glenluce Springs and Loddon R., 4 Nov. 
1989, E.Perkins s.n. (MEL). 
Acknowledgements 
I would like to thank the Royal Botanic Gardens, Melbourne (MEL) for the use of their 
herbarium and library facilities, and the scientific and technical staff at MEL for their 
assistance with loans and other matters. I would also like to thank the directors of AD, 
BRI, CANB, HO, NSW and PERTH for the loan of specimens. This study was funded by 
Australian Biological Resources Study (ABRS grant no: 2000/3192). 
References 
Aston, ILL (1982). New Victorian records: So/iva (Compositae). Victorian Naturalist 99: 190— 
194. 
Bremer, K. (1994). Asteraceae , Cladistics and Classification. Timber Press: Oregon, p. 172. 
Bremer, K. and Humphries, C.J. (1993). Generic monograph of the Asteraceae-Anthemideae. 
Bulletin of Natural History Museum London (Bot.) 23(2): 71-77. 
Corrick, M.G. and Fuhrer, B.A. (2000). IVild/lowers of Victoria. Bloomings Books: Hawthorn, p. 
25. 
Webb, C.J. (1986). Variation in achene morphology and its implications for taxonomy in Soliva 
subgenus Soliva (Anthemideae, Asteraceae). New Zealand Journal of Botany 24: 665-669. 

Page image

616016 Soliva valdiviana Muelleria 25: 56
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605104
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

56 
Thompson 
as conspecific with S. sessilis. The close similarities in achene morphology suggest that 
typical S. pterosperma (deeply notched wings) and typical S. sessilis (unnotched wings) 
are merely extremes in a continuum of variation of one species. However, all specimens 
of S. sessilis collected in Australia with the exception of a few from Melbourne, Victoria, 
have deeply notched wings near the base. A different opinion is formed regarding S. 
valdiviana which, on the basis of specimens seen from Australia, has a fundamentally 
dilferent achene morphology. Plants with achene morphology intermediate between this 
species and S. sessilis were identified by Webb, but these might reasonably be interpreted 
as hybrids between two species that have come unnaturally together. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Cargill St, Victoria Park, Perth, 
B.J.Lepschi 2089 (CANB. MEL, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Upper Waterfall Gully, c. 11.5 
km ESE of Adelaide, Hj.Eichler 18905 (AD). QUEENSLAND: Tozer Gully, Cootharaba Rd, 
Gympi Q.A.R.Bean 17041 (BR1). NEW SOUTH WALES: Barraba, Sept. 1929, FA.Rodway (NSW). 
VICTORIA: Strathmcrton, H.l.Aston 2354 (HO, MEL). TASMANIA: Cloudy Bay Lagoon, South 
Bruny Is., A.XIBuchanan 4547 (HO). 
2. *Soliva valdiviana Phil., Linnaea 33: 168 (1864) 
Type: province of Valdivia, Chile; n.v. 
Vegetatively similar to S. sessilis ; achenes glabrous, without wings, often purple at 
maturity. 
Notes: Occurs in Melbourne in south-central Victoria, and Hobart in south-eastern 
Tasmania. Recorded from lawns. Flowers most times of year. 
This species is uncertainly naturalised. Its achene morphology is quite distinct from 
that of S. sessilis q.v ., and this treatment follows the view of Aston (1982) who recognised 
this species as distinct. Further collections are desirable to help characterise any further 
morphological differences between this species and S. sessilis. According to Aston (per 
voucher H.l.Aston 2150 MEL), the leaves of this species are a deeper green than in S. 
sessilis. 
Representative specimens: VICTORIA: Queen Victoria Gardens, between St Kilda Rd and the 
Moral Clock, H.l.Aston 2150 (CANB, HO, MEL); beside Camberwell Town Hall, Camberwell, 
H.l.Aston 2231 (MEL). TASMANIA: Rose Bay, 21 Dec. 1981, R.B.Pears (MEL). 
3. *Soliva anthemifolia (Juss.) Sweet, Hort. Brit. 243 (1827) 
Gymnostyles anthemifolia Juss., Ann. Mas. National Hist. Nat. 4: 262, t. 61, fig. 1 
(1804). 
Type: n.v. 
Plants with scattered hairs c. 0.5-1.5 mm long. Leaves to c. 13 cm long, 2- or 3- 
pinnatisect, with primary segments elliptic to orbicular in outline. Capitulum 5-12 mm 
diam. Involucre 2.5-3 mm long; bracts numerous, narrow-oblong to narrow oblong- 
elliptic, rounded, with a narrow pale or purplish hyaline margin. Outer florets up to c. 
100. Central florets: corolla c. 2 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diam. Achenes (excl. spine) obovate 
in profile, c. 1.8-2.2 mm long, woolly apically; body 0.5 mm wide; wings/margins c. 
0.6 mm wide, plane, entire, obtuse to rounded apically, thick, prominently transversely 
ridged; stylar spine c. 2-3.5 mm long. 
Notes: Occurs inland, from Didcot in south-eastern Queensland SSW to northern 
Victoria, and further west to far south-eastern South Australia. Grows in loam and sandy- 
loam in lawns and on margins of watercourses in woodland. Flowers winter-spring. 

Page image

857308 Sonchus asper hydrophilus Muelleria 25: 76
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605166
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235
616062 Sonchus asper Muelleria 25: 75-79

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 75-79".

857306 Sonchus asper glaucescens Muelleria 25: 75
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605165
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235
857307 Sonchus asper glaucescens Muelleria 25: 75
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605165
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235
857313 Sonchus asper littoralis Muelleria 25: 78
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605168
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235
857310 Sonchus asper megalocarpus Muelleria 25: 78
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605168
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235
616065 Sonchus hydrophilus Muelleria 25: 76-77

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 76-77".

616058 Sonchus Muelleria 25: 74
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605164
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

74 
Thompson 
Mannum, C.RMcock 11104 (AD). QUEENSLAND: Coolmunda dam, 16 km west of Inglewood, 
G.N.Batianoff 2010400 & C.Appelman (BRI, CANB, DNA, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: 
Sinclairs Lookout, 14.4 km west of Glen Innes, CJ.Dunn 41, J.Plat & R.Coveny (BRI, MEL, 
NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Coffins Crossing of Molonglo R., 3.6 km SSW 
of Cook P.O., R.Coveny 11581 & P.Hind(C ANB, NSW). VICTORIA: Murray R. 3 km SW of 
Tocumwal P.O., A.C.Beauglehole 63986 (MEL). TASMANIA: roadside, Sandy Bay, 2 May 1958, 
W.M.Curtis (HO). 
9. SONCHUS L., Sp. PL 2: 793 (1753) 
Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching, sometimes glaucous. Hairs simple, 
glandular and eglandular. Leaves basal and cauline. Inflorescences cymose. Capitula 
pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate, not hardening, reflexed at maturity. Florets: 
ligules yellow (in Australia). Achenes homomorphic, moderately to strongly compressed, 
unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, partially persistent; bristles nearly smooth or scabridulous, 
of two types within a pappus. 
A genus of c. 55 species mainly from Africa, but virtually cosmopolitan. Species in 
Australia have succulent hollow stems and are nearly glabrous or they develop distinctive 
spreading gland-tipped hairs on upper stems, branches, peduncles and the involucre. 
A fine caducous wool is sometimes also present on the receptacle. Denticulations and 
teeth on leaf margins are spine-tipped and sometimes prickly. The multiseriate involucre 
comprises 25-45 bracts in several gradational series with the longer intermediate bracts 
almost as long as the inner bracts. Before and at the onset of anthesis the involucre is 
cylindrical but it soon becomes markedly conical as the receptacle expands and achenes 
enlarge proximally and the involucre closes on the withered corollas distally. Pappus 
bristles in Australian species are white and of two types within a pappus, comprising an 
inner series of several caducous scabridulous bristles and an outer series of numerous 
persistent downy hair-like bristles. 
Sonchus arvensis , a native of Europe, is a rhizomatous perennial with elliptic, 
transversely rugose achenes. It was collected at Clare in the northern Mt Lofty 
Ranges, South Australia in I960, but there is no evidence to suggest that it has become 
naturalised. 
Key to species 
1 Perennial, rhizomatous; achenes elliptic and transversely rugose. S. arvensis (see 
notes above) 
1: Annuals or biennial, not rhizomatous; achenes not both elliptic and transversely 
rugose 
2 Achenes ± oblanceolate, 0.5-1 mm wide, with l:w ratio > 3, weakly to strongly 
tranversely wrinkled; leaf-margin with few to numerous denticulations or teeth 
with spiny tips to c. 1 mm long, or margin entire, generally not prickly; auricles 
commonly sagittate, sometimes downcurved but not rotated . 1 . S, oleraceus 
2: Achenes elliptic or slightly obovate, 0.8-2.0 mm wide, with l:w ratio < 3, without 
transverse wrinkles; leaf-margin with numerous denticulations or teeth with spiny 
tips to c. 5 mm long, prickly or not; auricles rounded, generally strongly rotated 
3 Mid-stem leaves with l:w ratio 1.5—5(—8); achenes ± elliptic 2.0-3.2 mm long, 
central ones orange-brown and marginal ones pale yellow.2. S. asper 
3: Mid-stem leaves with l:w ratio 3-10; achenes oblong-elliptic, 2.8-4.2 mm long, 
usually all mid to dark chocolate-brown.3. S. hydropltilus 

Page image

857311 Sonchus megalocarpus Muelleria 25: 78
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605168
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235
616059 Sonchus oleraceus Muelleria 25: 75
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605165
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
75 
1. *Sonc/tus oleraceus L., Sp. PI. 2: 794 (1753) 
Type: Europe, Herb. Linn. 949.6; lecto: LINN,/zr/<? L.Boulos, Bot. Not. 126: 155 (1973). 
[Sonchus tenerrimus auct. non L.: D.A.Cooke in J.P.Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. 
Australia 4th edn, 3: 1653 (1986),/?.p.; J.A.Jeanes in N.G.Walsh & T.J.Entwisle (eds), FI. 
Victoria 4: 684 (1999), p.p.] 
Annuals or biennials to c. 1.8 m high, with rosette variously developed. Leaves to c. 
25 cm long, with l:w ratio commonly c. 2-10, divided or not, thin or slightly coriaceous, 
always ± pliant along margin; base above mid-stem strongly stem-clasping with auricles 
usually sagittate, sometimes slightly to strongly downturned, but not arching back toward 
apex; margin variably denticulate, with spiny tips 0.5-1 mm long, generally not prickly, 
or margin entire; divided leaves pinnatisect, occasionally almost bipinnatisect, with up 
to 5 spreading to retrorse primary lateral segments per side; terminal segment often 
much larger than lateral segments; uppermost leaves variously shaped. Capitula mostly 
several; involucre 8-13 mm long, 3-6 mm diam.; outer and intermediate bracts ovate- 
lanceolate. Florets: ligule 5-8 mm long, ± equal to tube; style pubescence dark. Achenes 
oblanceolate, 2.2-3.2 mm long, 0.5-1.0 mm wide, moderately compressed, not obviously 
winged, transversely wrinkled; central achenes reddish-brown and marginal ones pale 
yellow; margin minutely scabridulous. Pappus 5-8 mm long. Sow Thistle. 
Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs throughout Australia, but more common in the 
southern half corresponding to the degree of human activity. A widespread weed in 
many parts of the world. Grows in a wide variety of soils predominantly *n disturbed 
environments. Flowers most of the year, particularly spring to autumn. 
This species is extremely variable in leaf shape and its shape may resemble that of S. 
asper. However, unlike in S. asper, the auricles are not strongly rotated and are commonly 
sagittate rather than rounded, and the uppermost leaves sometimes have an entire or 
nearly entire margin. Some forms of S. asper have prickly leaves, whereas S. oleraceus is 
generally not prickly. Forms with lateral leaf-segments somewhat constricted proximally 
or with linear segments have in recent state floras been identified as S. tenerrimus L., 
a species native to the Mediterranean, but S. tenerrimus is a generally more delicate 
plant with leaves that become abruptly petiole-like distal to the amplexicaul base and 
with more numerous lateral leaf-segments that are more strongly constricted proximally. 
Furthermore, the ligules of£. tenerrimus are clearly longer than the corolla-tube unlike in 
S. oleraceus , and the receptacle has a more persistent wool. 
Sonchus oleraceus commonly occurs with S. asper and is likely to hybridise with it. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Mt Lawley Golf Course, Inglewood, 
B.J.Lepschi & T.R.Lally 1774 (CANB, PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: Muranji Rockholc, 
Mt Winter, B.G.Thomson 1565 (DNA). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. Mortlock Expt. Stn, Mintaro, 
D.E.Symon 6704 (AD, CANB). QUEENSLAND: side road 6.5 km north ofGoondiwindi, A.R.Bean 
17800 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: 53 km west of Nyngan on Cobar road, GMCunningham 
902 (NSW). VICTORIA: Ulupna Is., Murray R., 29 km north of Numurkah P.O., A.C.Beauglehole 
64251 (MEL). TASMANIA: Waterhouse Is., 17 Dec. 2002, S.Harris & A.Connolly (HO, MEL). 
2. * Sonchus asper (L.) Hill, Brit. Herb. 1: 47 (1769) 
Sonchus oleraceus var. asper L., Sp. PL 2: 794 (1753). 
Type: Europe;Herb. Burser VI: 14; lecto: VPS, fide L.Boulos, Taxon 47: 368 (1998) 

Page image

857305 Sonchus oleraceus asper Muelleria 25: 75
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605165
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235
857302 Sonchus tenerrimus Muelleria 25: 75
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605165
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
75 
1. *Sonc/tus oleraceus L., Sp. PI. 2: 794 (1753) 
Type: Europe, Herb. Linn. 949.6; lecto: LINN,/zr/<? L.Boulos, Bot. Not. 126: 155 (1973). 
[Sonchus tenerrimus auct. non L.: D.A.Cooke in J.P.Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. 
Australia 4th edn, 3: 1653 (1986),/?.p.; J.A.Jeanes in N.G.Walsh & T.J.Entwisle (eds), FI. 
Victoria 4: 684 (1999), p.p.] 
Annuals or biennials to c. 1.8 m high, with rosette variously developed. Leaves to c. 
25 cm long, with l:w ratio commonly c. 2-10, divided or not, thin or slightly coriaceous, 
always ± pliant along margin; base above mid-stem strongly stem-clasping with auricles 
usually sagittate, sometimes slightly to strongly downturned, but not arching back toward 
apex; margin variably denticulate, with spiny tips 0.5-1 mm long, generally not prickly, 
or margin entire; divided leaves pinnatisect, occasionally almost bipinnatisect, with up 
to 5 spreading to retrorse primary lateral segments per side; terminal segment often 
much larger than lateral segments; uppermost leaves variously shaped. Capitula mostly 
several; involucre 8-13 mm long, 3-6 mm diam.; outer and intermediate bracts ovate- 
lanceolate. Florets: ligule 5-8 mm long, ± equal to tube; style pubescence dark. Achenes 
oblanceolate, 2.2-3.2 mm long, 0.5-1.0 mm wide, moderately compressed, not obviously 
winged, transversely wrinkled; central achenes reddish-brown and marginal ones pale 
yellow; margin minutely scabridulous. Pappus 5-8 mm long. Sow Thistle. 
Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs throughout Australia, but more common in the 
southern half corresponding to the degree of human activity. A widespread weed in 
many parts of the world. Grows in a wide variety of soils predominantly *n disturbed 
environments. Flowers most of the year, particularly spring to autumn. 
This species is extremely variable in leaf shape and its shape may resemble that of S. 
asper. However, unlike in S. asper, the auricles are not strongly rotated and are commonly 
sagittate rather than rounded, and the uppermost leaves sometimes have an entire or 
nearly entire margin. Some forms of S. asper have prickly leaves, whereas S. oleraceus is 
generally not prickly. Forms with lateral leaf-segments somewhat constricted proximally 
or with linear segments have in recent state floras been identified as S. tenerrimus L., 
a species native to the Mediterranean, but S. tenerrimus is a generally more delicate 
plant with leaves that become abruptly petiole-like distal to the amplexicaul base and 
with more numerous lateral leaf-segments that are more strongly constricted proximally. 
Furthermore, the ligules of£. tenerrimus are clearly longer than the corolla-tube unlike in 
S. oleraceus , and the receptacle has a more persistent wool. 
Sonchus oleraceus commonly occurs with S. asper and is likely to hybridise with it. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Mt Lawley Golf Course, Inglewood, 
B.J.Lepschi & T.R.Lally 1774 (CANB, PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: Muranji Rockholc, 
Mt Winter, B.G.Thomson 1565 (DNA). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. Mortlock Expt. Stn, Mintaro, 
D.E.Symon 6704 (AD, CANB). QUEENSLAND: side road 6.5 km north ofGoondiwindi, A.R.Bean 
17800 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: 53 km west of Nyngan on Cobar road, GMCunningham 
902 (NSW). VICTORIA: Ulupna Is., Murray R., 29 km north of Numurkah P.O., A.C.Beauglehole 
64251 (MEL). TASMANIA: Waterhouse Is., 17 Dec. 2002, S.Harris & A.Connolly (HO, MEL). 
2. * Sonchus asper (L.) Hill, Brit. Herb. 1: 47 (1769) 
Sonchus oleraceus var. asper L., Sp. PL 2: 794 (1753). 
Type: Europe;Herb. Burser VI: 14; lecto: VPS, fide L.Boulos, Taxon 47: 368 (1998) 

Page image

857303 Sonchus tenerrimus Muelleria 25: 75
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605165
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
75 
1. *Sonc/tus oleraceus L., Sp. PI. 2: 794 (1753) 
Type: Europe, Herb. Linn. 949.6; lecto: LINN,/zr/<? L.Boulos, Bot. Not. 126: 155 (1973). 
[Sonchus tenerrimus auct. non L.: D.A.Cooke in J.P.Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. 
Australia 4th edn, 3: 1653 (1986),/?.p.; J.A.Jeanes in N.G.Walsh & T.J.Entwisle (eds), FI. 
Victoria 4: 684 (1999), p.p.] 
Annuals or biennials to c. 1.8 m high, with rosette variously developed. Leaves to c. 
25 cm long, with l:w ratio commonly c. 2-10, divided or not, thin or slightly coriaceous, 
always ± pliant along margin; base above mid-stem strongly stem-clasping with auricles 
usually sagittate, sometimes slightly to strongly downturned, but not arching back toward 
apex; margin variably denticulate, with spiny tips 0.5-1 mm long, generally not prickly, 
or margin entire; divided leaves pinnatisect, occasionally almost bipinnatisect, with up 
to 5 spreading to retrorse primary lateral segments per side; terminal segment often 
much larger than lateral segments; uppermost leaves variously shaped. Capitula mostly 
several; involucre 8-13 mm long, 3-6 mm diam.; outer and intermediate bracts ovate- 
lanceolate. Florets: ligule 5-8 mm long, ± equal to tube; style pubescence dark. Achenes 
oblanceolate, 2.2-3.2 mm long, 0.5-1.0 mm wide, moderately compressed, not obviously 
winged, transversely wrinkled; central achenes reddish-brown and marginal ones pale 
yellow; margin minutely scabridulous. Pappus 5-8 mm long. Sow Thistle. 
Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs throughout Australia, but more common in the 
southern half corresponding to the degree of human activity. A widespread weed in 
many parts of the world. Grows in a wide variety of soils predominantly *n disturbed 
environments. Flowers most of the year, particularly spring to autumn. 
This species is extremely variable in leaf shape and its shape may resemble that of S. 
asper. However, unlike in S. asper, the auricles are not strongly rotated and are commonly 
sagittate rather than rounded, and the uppermost leaves sometimes have an entire or 
nearly entire margin. Some forms of S. asper have prickly leaves, whereas S. oleraceus is 
generally not prickly. Forms with lateral leaf-segments somewhat constricted proximally 
or with linear segments have in recent state floras been identified as S. tenerrimus L., 
a species native to the Mediterranean, but S. tenerrimus is a generally more delicate 
plant with leaves that become abruptly petiole-like distal to the amplexicaul base and 
with more numerous lateral leaf-segments that are more strongly constricted proximally. 
Furthermore, the ligules of£. tenerrimus are clearly longer than the corolla-tube unlike in 
S. oleraceus , and the receptacle has a more persistent wool. 
Sonchus oleraceus commonly occurs with S. asper and is likely to hybridise with it. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Mt Lawley Golf Course, Inglewood, 
B.J.Lepschi & T.R.Lally 1774 (CANB, PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: Muranji Rockholc, 
Mt Winter, B.G.Thomson 1565 (DNA). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: c. Mortlock Expt. Stn, Mintaro, 
D.E.Symon 6704 (AD, CANB). QUEENSLAND: side road 6.5 km north ofGoondiwindi, A.R.Bean 
17800 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: 53 km west of Nyngan on Cobar road, GMCunningham 
902 (NSW). VICTORIA: Ulupna Is., Murray R., 29 km north of Numurkah P.O., A.C.Beauglehole 
64251 (MEL). TASMANIA: Waterhouse Is., 17 Dec. 2002, S.Harris & A.Connolly (HO, MEL). 
2. * Sonchus asper (L.) Hill, Brit. Herb. 1: 47 (1769) 
Sonchus oleraceus var. asper L., Sp. PL 2: 794 (1753). 
Type: Europe;Herb. Burser VI: 14; lecto: VPS, fide L.Boulos, Taxon 47: 368 (1998) 

Page image

972000 Sow Muelleria 25: 75
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605165
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235
971989 Spotted Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
971995 Stinking Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647

Page text

Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 
5 
measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only 
comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have 
not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain 
from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and 
deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken 
from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and 
habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior 
descriptions. 
DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS 
Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or 
stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be 
very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions 
for the particular species concerned. 
Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the 
base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, 
and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not 
always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. 
Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- 
tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. 
Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness 
of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the 
pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. 
Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata 
contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . 
parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. 
Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. 
- 45 
- 40 
_ 35 
_ 30 
- 25 
_ 20 
_ 15 
_ 10 
_ 5 
L 0 

Page image

971962 Stinking Muelleria 25: 35
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605126
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
35 
Notes: Native to Europe, northern Africa and western Asia. Occurs in eastern New 
South Wales and Tasmania. A widespread weed in North America, South Africa and New 
Zealand. Grows in disturbed areas near human habitation. Flowers summer. 
The paleae are distinctly broader than those of A cotula and compared to Chamaemelum 
nobile the paleae have a more acute apex and are relatively longer. The variation in achene 
diameter is unusual. In the absence of fruit and odour characters, A. arvensis and A. 
cotula are best distinguished by size of florets, indumentum of peduncles and the length 
of hyaline extensions of the inner involucral bracts. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: Bannaby Travelling Stock Reserve, 12.5 
km directly ESE ofTaralga, /. Crawford 5228 (CANB, NSW). TASMANIA: Tarraleah, 7 Feb. 
1945, WMCurtis (HO). 
3. * A nthe mis cotula L., Sp. PL 2: 894 (1753) 
Type: Europe; n.v. 
Annual herbs to c. 60 cm high, strongly odorous on crushing, usually sparsely to 
moderately hairy. Leaves to c. 5 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect. Capitulum 15-25 mm diam.; 
peduncle with an untidy indumentum of mainly divergent to spreading hairs distally at 
anthesis. Involucre 4-5 mm long, hairy; inner bracts with hyaline extension 0.5-1 mm 
long; paleae arising only from distal half of receptacle, linear to linear lanceolate, 0.3-0.7 
mm wide. Ray florets 10-15, sterile; ligule 5-9 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla 
2-3 mm long. Achenes obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide, ± terete, usually 
tuberculate along ribs, sometimes nearly smooth. Pappus absent. Stinking Mayweed. 
Notes: Native to Europe, northern Africa and western Asia. Occurs in south-eastern 
South Australia, south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, 
and Tasmania. There is also a single old record from Western Australia. Grows in disturbed 
environments such as agricultural land and wasteland. Flowers late spring-summer. 
Anthemis cotula has been confused with Tripleurospenmtm maritimum subsp. 
inodorwn q.v. which, apart from its distinctive fruits, differs in having a broader and 
more gently convex disc, longer involucral bracts, more sparsely haired peduncle, and 
in being epaleate. Chamaemelum nobile has similar-looking capitula to A. cotula but 
the former is a rhizomatous perennial, its leaves have a higher lengtlv.width ratio, its 
involucral bracts are more lustrous and less hairy, and its achenes have three fine ribs rather 
than c. 10 tuberculate ribs. A specimen from Woolnorth in far north-western Tasmania. 
(A.C.Rozefelds 1307 HO) resembling A. cotula has achenes that are not tuberculate and 
the corolla is differently shaped, and with longer lobes. It is uncertainly identified as 
A. lithuanica Bess ex DC., native to Russia. It is unknown whether it persists at this 
location. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Mumballup, 21 Jan. 1933, K. Wilson 
(PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Hundred of Comaum, Coonawarra area, M.Gartner 7754 (AD). 
QUEENSLAND: Gallon, Nov. 1916, E.WBurch (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: ‘Tawarri’, 12 km 
from Orange on Pinnacle Rd, R.Medd 160383 (NSW). VICTORIA: between Wodonga and Albury, 
1.3 km SSW of Murray R., LC.Clarke 3038 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: Gilbertson’s abattoirs, 
Longford, D.I.Morris 85/6 (HO, MEL). 
8. ARGYRANTHEMUM Webb ex Sch.Bip., in Webb & Berth., Phyt. Canar. 2: 245 
(1844) 
Shrubs and subshrubs, with stems and leaves eglandular. Leaves 1- or 2-pinnatisect. 
Capitula solitary or few, radiate; involucre multiseriate, with bracts gradational in length; 

Page image

857255 Strongylosperma australe Muelleria 25: 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605096
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
857265 Strongylosperma reptans Muelleria 25: 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605101
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
53 
Similar to Cotula alpina but hairy, densely so at growing points, and with conical 
glandular corollas present on outer florets and persisting on fruit. The leaf is commonly 
infected with the fungus Febrdea rhytismoides resulting in a conspicuous black mark 
on each pinna. This is illustrated in Corrick and Fuhrer (2000). The basal leaf-sheath is 
sometimes lobed. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: eastern side of Barrington Trail, Barrington 
Tops National Park, J.R.Hosking 2315 & J.M.Bakonji (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). AUSTRALIAN 
CAPITAL TERRITORY: between Blackfellows Gap & Upper Cotter R., N.Burbidge 6354 (CANB, 
MEL). VICTORIA: Blue Rag Ra., c. 15 km SE of Mt St. Bernard on Hotham to Dargo road, 
, L.Haegi 1640 (MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: Tarraleah, Central Plateau, 7 F6b. 1945, WM.Curiis 
‘ (HO). 
2. Leptinella reptans (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 
(1987) 
Strongylospenna reptans Benth., in S.L.Endlicher et al ., Enum. PL 60 (1837), as 
Strongylospermum ; Pleiogyne reptans (Benth.) K.Koch, in D.F.L.Schlechtendal & 
H.Mohl (eds), Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 40 (1843); Cotula reptans (Benth.) Benth., FI. 
Austral. 3: 551 (1867). 
Type: Locality unknown, ‘ Ferd. Bauer 9 ; n.v. 
Leptinella intricata Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 117 (1847). Type: South 
Cape, Tasmania, R.C.Gunn ; n.v. 
Leptinella multifida Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 118 (1847); Pleiogyne 
multifida (Hook.f.) Sond., Linnaea 25: 484 (1852); Leptinella intricata var. multifida 
(Hook.f.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 1: 194(1856). Type: ‘Kangaroo Point’, Tas.; n.v. 
Plants with sparse to scattered hairs c. 0.5-1 mm long but often soon glabrescent. 
Leaves to c. 10 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 3-5, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, abruptly dilated basally 
to form sheath, with scattered hairs or glabrous; primary segments restricted to distal 1/3- 
1/2, ovate, elliptic or sub-orbicular in outline; secondary segments arising from proximal, 
middle and distal thirds. Capitula 2-4 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 7 cm long at anthesis, c. 
0.5 mm diam., sparsely to moderately hairy, glabrescent. Involucral bracts c. 6-12, broad- 
elliptic or orbicular, 1.5-2 mm long, with apex rounded, glabrous or hairy. Outer florets 
with corolla broader than long. Central florets with corolla c. 1 mm long. Achenes (excl. 
corolla) 1-2 mm long; faces obovate, pale tan to brown, usually with a paler margin. 
Notes : Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, southern Victoria, and Tasmania, with 
an isolated record from north-eastern New South Wales. Grows beside water typically, 
sometimes in saline environments such as seashores, in grassland, sedgeland and forest. 
Flowers spring-summer. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: south-western banks, southern arm of L. 
Bonney, N.N.Donner 9640 (AD, HO). NEW SOUTH WALES: Werrikimbe National Park, 6 Dec. 
1987, J.R.Hosking s.n. (NSW). VICTORIA: Gunyah Gunyah Rainforest Reserve, Grand Ridge 
Rd, J. Yugovic 460 (MEL). TASMANIA: Granville Harbour, A.E.Orchard 5628 (AD, HO, MEL, 
NSW, PERTH). 
3. Leptinella drummondii (Benth.) D.G.Lloyd & C.J.Webb, New Zealand J. Bot. 25: 103 
(1987) 
Cotula drummondii Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 550 (1867). 

Page image

857266 Strongylospermum reptans Muelleria 25: 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605101
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
971963 Summer Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647

Page text

Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 
5 
measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only 
comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have 
not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain 
from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and 
deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken 
from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and 
habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior 
descriptions. 
DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS 
Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or 
stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be 
very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions 
for the particular species concerned. 
Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the 
base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, 
and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not 
always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. 
Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- 
tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. 
Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness 
of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the 
pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. 
Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata 
contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . 
parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. 
Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. 
- 45 
- 40 
_ 35 
_ 30 
- 25 
_ 20 
_ 15 
_ 10 
_ 5 
L 0 

Page image

857261 Symphyomera filicula Muelleria 25: 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605100
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

52 
Thompson 
18. LEPTINELLA Cass., Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. Paris 127 (1822) 
Perennial herbs, prostrate. Leaves 1-3-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary, disciform; involucre 
2- or 3-seriate, with bracts all of similar length; receptacle epaleate. Outer florets 2-4- 
seriate, female; central florets functionally male, with corolla mostly 4-lobed. Achenes 
compressed, unribbed, glabrous. Pappus absent. 
A genus of c. 33 species, mostly from New Guinea, Australia, New Zealand and South 
America. A genus characterised by stoloniferous growth, outer florets in a few series, 
more numerous than the disc florets and with an inflated macroscopic corolla, and by 
functionally male disc florets with an unbranched style. There are four species in Australia, 
all endemic. Roots are fleshy and outer florets are female. Leptinella maniototo , native to 
NZ, has been recorded from a bowling green in Parndana, Kangaroo Is., South Australia, 
but is not considered naturalised. It has entire leaves or 1-pinnatisect leaves with very 
short pinnae. Two further collections from southern Tasmania, from Turua Beach in far 
south-east Tasmania ( A.M.Buchanan 9721 HO) and from Ummarrah Ck (A.M.Buchanan 
7910 HO) in the far south, may represent two further species of Leptinella from New 
Zealand. The identity of these collections requires further investigation. 
Key to species 
1 Leaves 1 -pinnatisect, dilating gradually to form basal sheath; peduncle relatively short 
and stout at anthesis (length: diam. ratio < 40); achenes oblong-elliptic, with persistent 
corolla taller than broad.1. L.filicula 
1: Leaves 1-3-pinnatisect, dilating abruptly to form basal sheath; peduncle relatively 
long and slender at anthesis (length: diam. ratio > 40); achenes obovate, with persistent 
corolla broader than tall 
2 Leaves once-pinnatisect to sub-bipinnatisect with secondary segments usually only 
arising in middle to distal third; achenes 2-3 mm long.4. L. longipes 
2: Leaves bi- or tripinnatisect, with secondary pinnae arising in proximal thirds as 
well as middle and distal thirds; achenes 1.5-2 mm long 
3 Stems transiently villous, soon glabrescent.2. L . replans 
3: Stems persistently densely villous.3. L. driimmondii 
1. Leptinellafilicula (Hook.f.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 1: 194(1856) 
Symphyomera filicula Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 116 (1847); Cotula 
filicula (Hook.f.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 551 (1867). 
Type: n.v. 
Plants with stems villous. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 2—4, 1-pinnatisect, 
gradually dilating basally to form sheath, with scattered or sparse hairs; primary segments 
± restricted to distal half, mostly c. elliptic, sometimes lobed. Capitula 3-6 mm diam.; 
peduncle to 3 cm long at anthesis, c. 0.8 mm diam., villous. Involucral bracts c. 10-20, 
broad-elliptic or slightly obovate, 2.0-2.5 mm long, with apex rounded, usually hairy. 
Outer florets with corolla longer than broad. Central florets several; corolla c. 1 mm long. 
Achenes (excl. corolla) 1.5-2 mm long, 0.7-1.0 mm wide, with faces oblong-elliptic, 
brown with a pale margin. Mountain Cotula. 
Notes: Occurs in far south-eastern Australia from Barrington Tops in central-eastern 
New South Wales SSW to eastern Victoria, and in central Tasmania. Grows in wet forest. 
Flowers summer-autumn. 

Page image

857186 Tanacetum boreale Muelleria 25: 27
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605134
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
857187 Tanacetum huronense Muelleria 25: 27
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605134
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
615909 Tanacetum Muelleria 25: 26
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605135
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

26 
Thompson 
Perennials to c. 40 cm high, ± glabrous. Leaves to c. 4 cm long; rachides and ultimate 
segments < 1 mm wide, with acicular tips commonly 0.3-0.5 mm long; primary segments 
up to 5 per side. Capitulum 1 per stem, 25-40 mm diam.; peduncle 5-15 cm long. Involucre 
7-9 mm long, glabrous; outer series of bracts 2-4 mm long, with a hyaline extension 2-4 
mm long, glabrous; inner series of bracts with a hyaline extension; paleae narrow-oblong, 
c. 5 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, with a rotund hyaline apical extension, pale to golden. Ray 
florets 15-25, neuter; ligulec. 15 mm long, orange adaxially (dryingyellow). Disc florets: 
corolla c. 3 mm long, with tube longer and narrower than limb; lobes c. 0.6 mm long, 
purplish. Achenes obovoid, c. 3 mm long, glabrous, pale or reddish, without a basal tuft 
of capillary hairs. Pappus comprising an outer series of 5 ovate spreading scales c. 4 mm 
long white with a pale baso-medial patch and an inner series of 5 filiform scales. 
Notes : Native to southern Africa. Occurs predominantly in south-western Western 
Australia, but also established in Stockton, eastern New South Wales. There are old 
records from Melbourne, Victoria, but populations do not appear to have persisted. Grows 
in grey or white sand, and has been recorded from woodland. Flowers spring. The name 
U. chrysanthemoides was incorrectly applied to specimens of U. speciosa collected in 
New South Wales. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 2 km E of Hamelin Bay, GJ.Keighery 
9201 (PERTH); East Katanning, 21 Sept. 1958, A.Browne (PERTH). NEW SOUTH WALES: 
alongside “Stanley Park’, Fullerton Cove Rd, J.R.Hosking 2531 & G.C.Pritchard (C ANB, MEL, 
NSW). VICTORIA: Coode Is., Oct. 1908, JR. Tovey & C. French Jr (MEL). 
2. TANACETUM L., Sp. PL 2: 843 (1753) 
Perennial herbs, erect. Leaves lobate or 1- or 2-pinnatisect. Capitula several to numerous 
per stem, radiate or disciform; involucre multiseriate, with bracts gradational in length; 
receptacle epaleate. Outer florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 5-lobed. 
Achenes ± homomorphic, ± quadrangular, regularly 5-12-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus 
present. 
Species in Australia are rhizomatous, odorous on crushing, with weakly keeled 
involucral bracts, with linear peduncular bracts, and with achenes bearing a minute 
corona. Tcmacetum ptarmiciflorum (Webb & Berthel.) Sch.Bip., a popular horticultural 
species from the Canary Is. with distinctive lacy loliage and white ligules, has been 
recorded from a roadside near Rhynie in far south-eastern Australia (R.Bates 14151 AD), 
and T. cinerariifolium (Trevir.) Sch.Bip. has been recorded from a roadside in north¬ 
eastern Tasmania. Neither are considered naturalised. The latter is cultivated in some 
parts of the world to obtain pyrethrum, a natural insecticide. 
Key to species 
1 Leaves grey 
2 Capitula several per inflorescence. T ptarmiciflorum (see notes above) 
2: Capitula solitary. T. cinerariifolium (see notes above) 
1: Leaves green 
3 Leaves with 10-20 primary segments per side; ligules lacking.2. T. vulgare 
3: Leaves with 3-7 primary lobes/segments per side; ligules 
present.I j parthenium 

Page image

615910 Tanacetum parthenium Muelleria 25: 27
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605134
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
27 
1. * Tanacetumparthenium (L.) Sch.Bip., Tcmaceteen 55 (1844) 
Matricaria parthenium L., Sp. PI. 2: 890 (1753); Chrysanthemum parthenium (L.) Bernh., 
Svst. Verz. 145 (1800). 
Type: Europe; n.v . 
Plants to c. 70 cm high, hairy on stems and leaves. Leaves to c. 9 cm long, 1- or 2- 
pinnatisect; primary segments 3-7; major rachides usually 3-8 mm wide. Capitula a few 
to numerous per stem, generally not congested, radiate, 12-20 mm diam.; peduncle to 
c. 5 cm long. Involucre 3-5 mm long, cobwebby or glabrous; inner series of bracts with 
hyaline extension c. 0.2 mm long. Ray florets 10 to numerous, fertile; ligule 4-8 mm long, 
white. Disc florets: corolla 1.5-2 mm long, with tube ± as broad as and as long as the 
yellow limb. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, 1-1.5 mm long, 5-8-ribbed, pale brown. 
Feverfew. 
Notes'. Native to Europe. Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, eastern New 
South Wales, southern Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Grows in disturbed sites such as 
roadsides. Flowers spring-autumn. 
A garden escape that is weakly naturalised. Horticultural variants include plants with 
increased numbers of ligulate florets. Plants without non-radiate capitula also occur but 
these have not been recorded in Australia. 
Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: along Torrens at St. Peters, R.J.Bates 
35629 (AD, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Moss Vale, 28 Feb. 1971, E.J.McBarron (NSW). 
VICTORIA: E side of Yarrowee R., Ballarat, V.Stajsic 1/68 (CANB, MEL); near the Chalet, Mt 
Buffalo, A.R.Bean 9459 (BRI, MEL). TASMANIA: Russell Falls, Mt Field National Park, 13 Jan. 
1943, W.M.Curtis (HO). 
2. *Tanacetum vulgare L., Sp. Pi 2: 844 (1753) 
Chrysanthemum vulgare (L.) Bernh., Svst. Verz. 144 (1800). 
Type: Herb. Clifford 398, Tanacetum no. 3; lecto: BM ,fide C.J.Humphries, Regnum Veg. 
127: 92(1993) 
T. borea/e Fischer ex DC., Prodr. 6: 128 (1838). Type: Ukraine and Russian Federation; n.v. 
[T. huronense auct. non Nutt. (1818): J.M.Black, Nat. FI. S. Australia 83 (1909); The 
author also erroneously ascribed the authority to Fischer] 
Plants to c. 150 cm high, transiently pubescent on stems and leaves. Leaves to c. 25 
cm long, l-sub-3-pinnatisect; rachides and ultimate segments c. 1-3 mm wide; primary 
segments 10-20 per side, variously dissected. Capitula several to numerous per stem, 
moderately congested, disciform, 5-9 mm diam.; peduncle to c. 5 cm long. Involucre 3-5 
mm long, slightly cobwebby or glabrous; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 1 
mm long. Outer florets with corolla 3-lobed, yellow. Central florets: corolla 1.5 mm long, 
with tube as broad as and as long as the yellow limb. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, 
1.2-1.8 mm long, 5-ribbed, pale brown. Common Tansy . 
Notes: Native to Europe, northern Asia and northern North America. Occurs in south¬ 
eastern South Australia, south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, southern 
Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Flowers summer-autumn. An occasional garden escape. 
In South Australia there appears to be a distinctive form with leaves that are more deeply 
dissected, often moderately hairy, and with ultimate teeth/segments that are strongly 
infolded on pressing. This may be referable to T. boreale , a taxon more recently subsumed 
in T. vulgare or treated as a subspecies of it. 

Page image

857234 Tanacetum suffruticosum Muelleria 25: 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605092
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

44 
Thompson 
Representative specimens'. NEW SOUTH WALES: Nerathong area, Condobolin, 
G.M.Cunningham & P.L.Milthorp 2600 (NSW). 
15. ONCOSIPHON Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 310 (1988) 
Annual herbs, erect. Leaves 2- or 3-pinnatisect. Capitula 1 to numerous per stem, discoid 
(in Australia) or radiate; involucre 3-seriate, with bracts gradational in length; receptacle 
cpaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 4-lobed. Achenes ± 
homomorphic, ± terete, regularly 4-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus present. 
A genus ol c. eight species from South Africa and Namibia. Features of these species 
include the globose capitula and the inflated and brittle corolla-tube. The two Australian 
species formerly placed in Pentzia . 
Key to species 
Capitula 3-5 mm diam. at anthesis; receptacle conical to obloid at maturity, c.l mm 
diam.1. O. stiffruticosum 
Capitula 5-8 mm diam. at anthesis; receptacle ellipsoid at maturity, 2-2.5 mm 
diam.2. O. pitulifertint 
1. *Oncosiphon stiff ruticosum (L.) Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 313 (1988) 
Tanacetum suffruticosum L., Sp. PI. 2: 843 (1753); Matricaria multiflora Fenzl ex Harv., 
in W.H.Harvey & O.W.Sonder, FI. Cap. 3: 166 (1865); Matricaria suffruticosa (L.) 
Druce, Bot. Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles 1913: 421 (1914); Pentzia suffruticosa (L.) Hutch. 
& Merxm., Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Miinchen 6: 486 (1967). 
Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa], Herb. Linn. 987: 11; holo: LINN n.v.Jkle 
M.Kallersjo, loc. cit. 
Erect annuals to c. 60 cm high, with stems and leaves glandular, pubescent. Leaves 
to c. 4 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, with rachis and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide; 
segments 4-6 per side. Capitula numerous to 100s per stem, congested, 3-5 mm diam.; 
peduncle with scattered flattened hairs distally at anthesis. Involucre 2—3 mm long, ± 
glabrous; bracts of outer and middle series keeled; inner bracts with hyaline extension up 
to 1 mm long; mature receptacle conical, c. 1 mm diam. Florets: corolla c. 2 mm long, 
with tube longer than and c. as wide as the yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, c. 1 mm long, 
c. 3-angled, gland-dotted between ribs, grey-brown. Pappus a corona to c. 0.3 mm long, 
with margin usually lobed. Calomba Daisy. 
Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia, southern 
South Australia, and far north-western Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites. Flowers 
summer. 
A class 2 noxious weed in South Australia. The common name is derived from the 
town of Calomba in south-eastern South Australia where, presumably, it was first recorded 
in Australia. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 21.5 km SSW of Nanambinia HS, 
Parmango Track, Coolgardie Botanical District, W.R.Archer 1011907(MEL). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: 
1 km SE of Dublin on the Adelaide Rd, S.W.L.Jacobs 6633 (MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: SW of L. 
Walla Walla, 13 Nov. 1986, D.C.Cheal (MEL). 
2. *Oncosiphonpilulifer lint (L.f.) Kallersjo, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 96: 314 (1988) 
Cotulapilulifera L.f., Suppl. PL 378 (1781); Matricariapilulifera (L.f.) Druce, Bot. Exch. 
Club Soc. Brit. Isles 1916:635(1917). 

Page image

615916 Tanacetum vulgare Muelleria 25: 27-28

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 27-28".

616043 Taraxacum Muelleria 25: 69
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605117
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
69 
SE to Wangaratta in north-central Victoria, with an isolated record from Buchan in far 
eastern Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites, often in poor soils, in urban environments, 
forest and woodland. Flowers most of year. 
Readily identified in fruit by the extremely long beaks of the central achenes. These 
exceed the involucral bracts at maturity. The somewhat shorter marginal achenes are 
housed within the convexity of the involucral bract at maturity. At flowering, the nodding 
capitular buds and paler indumentum of the involucre distinguishes it from C. capillaris 
and C. vesicaria subsp. taraxacifolia. Specimens in Australia mostly conform to subsp. 
foetida as defined by Sell (1976), but some specimens have outer involucral bracts broader 
than 0.75 mm. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Landers Rd, Lesniurdie, A.A.Mitchell 
4134 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Northern Yorke Peninsula, Hundred of Wiltunga, 
B.Copley 3308 (AD); on roadside, west end of Torrens Gorge, A.G.Spooner 294 (AD). NEW 
SOUTH WALES: near Wee Jasper Caves, M.Gray 5363 (BRI, CANB); Brocklesby, Dec. 1921, 
J.Hunter (NSW). VICTORIA: Green Rd, Upper Lurg, J.Strudmck 770 (MEL). 
5. *Crepis pusilla (Sommier) Merxm., Mitt. Bot. Munchen 7: 275 (1968) 
Melitella pusilla Sommier, Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital. 14: 497 (1907). 
Type: n.v. 
Plants to 0.02 m high, acaulescent, nearly glabrous. Leaves divided or not, with 1: 
w ratio c. 5-12; margin entire or denticulate. Capitula few to several, sessile; involucre 
2.5-4 mm long, c. 1 mm diam.; outer bracts 2-4, c. 1 mm long, glabrous, 0.5 mm wide; 
inner bracts glabrous, but hairs at base of involucre, morphology not known at maturity; 
receptacle c. 2 mm diam. Florets: ligule c. I mm long; style pubescence black. Achenes 
ellipsoid, c. 2 mm long, not or hardly beaked, with ribs crowded, ?smooth. Pappus 
persistent, 1-1.5 mm long, white. Dandelion Crepis. 
Notes: Native to Portugal, Malta, Greece and Crete. Recorded from the Eyre Peninsula 
around Bascombe Well and Port Lincoln in South Australia, although its persistence is 
uncertain. Grows on agricultural land. Flowers spring. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Eyre Peninsula, Hundred of Blesing, near 
Bascombe Well HS, c. 25 km WSW of Lock, H.Eichler 19345 (AD, MEL); Proper Bay, Port 
Lincoln, C.R.Alcock 2167 (CANB). 
5. TARAXACUM Weber ex Wiggers, Prim. FI. Holsat. 56 (1780) 
Perennial herbs, scapose. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves all basal. Inflorescences 
solitary. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts multiseriate, soft and reflexed at maturity. 
Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not compressed, beaked. Pappus ot bristles, 
persistent, homomorphic; bristles scabridulous, uniform within a pappus. 
About 2500 species worldwide, predominantly from Eurasia. This genus was not 
assessed in detail by the author. It is currently undergoing revision in Australia. The 
treatment of Scarlett (1999) represents some initial findings which has greatly diverged 
from the previously conservative assessments presented in state floras. Two native species 
and seven introduced taxa are recognised in Scarlett’s treatment. 
6. YOUNGIA Cass., Ann. Sci. Nat. (Paris) 23: 88 (1831) 
Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves all or 
mostly basal. Inflorescences cymose or paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts 
biseriate; soft and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, 

Page image

616084 Tolpis Muelleria 25: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605173
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
83 
involucre 5-8 mm long; bracts with eglandular hairs and glandular hairs, with stellate hairs 
few or absent; outer bracts 6-8, narrow-lanceolate, c. 2 mm long. Florets: ligule 5-10 mm 
long, orange, drying purplish; style pubescence dark. Achenes obloid-obovoid, 1.5-2 mm 
long, with prominent ribs terminating distally as a projection, purplish. Pappus uniseriate, 
4-6 mm long, white; bristles brittle, mostly of similar length. Orange Haxvkweed. 
Notes: Native to northern and central Europe. Occurs in eastern Victoria around Falls 
Creek and in southern Tasmania. Grows in disturbed environments at alpine and lower 
altitudes. Flowers summer. 
The type subspecies has a longer involucre and does not develop the long, leafy 
stolons of subsp. carpathicola. 
Representative specimens : VICTORIA: c. 50 m east of P.O., Falls Ck, J.R.Hosking 1829 
(CANB, MEL, NSW). TASMANIA: Old Village, Butlers Gorge, 23 Jan. 1963, P.A.Tyler (HO); 
Waddamana Rd near Shannon R. Bridge, 18 Dec. 1989, RJ.Fensham (HO). 
15. TOLPIS Adans., Fam. FI. 2: 112 (1763) 
Annual or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves mostly basal. 
Inflorescences cymose or paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts ± biseriate; 
inner bracts hardened, strongly convex and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow or 
purplish-brown. Achenes dimorphic, not compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles and 
scales, persistent, dimorphic; bristles and scales scabridulous, sometimes of two types 
within a pappus. 
A genus of c. 20 species from the Mediterranean region. South Africa and America. 
Apart from characters given in the key to genera, the two species of To/pis in Australia 
are characterised by being much taller than broad, and with inflorescences where the 
overtopping of the primary or medial capitulum by the lateral capitula is very marked. 
Key to species 
Outer involucral bracts longer than the inner bracts, divergent; ligules at least partly 
purple; pappus with 0 (marginal achenes), 2 or 4 bristles.1. T. barbata 
Outer involucral bracts shorter than the inner bracts, appressed; ligules all yellow (drying 
greenish); pappus with c. 8 bristles in all achenes.2. I virgata 
1. * To/pis barbata (L.) Gaertn., Fruct. Sem. PI. 2: 372 (1791) 
Crepis barbata L., Sp. Pl. 2: 805 (1753). 
Type: ‘Habitat in Monspelii, Vesuvii, Siciliae, Messanae’, western Europe; n.v. 
Tolpis umbellata Bertol., Par. Lig. [Ital.J PL 1: 13 (1803). Type: ‘Repitur Sarzanae 
ad viarum margines circa S. Francisci coenobium; turn in collibus dictis sarzanello, & 
Montedarmd.', Italy, coll, unknown ; n.v. 
Annuals to c. 0.6 m high, with appressed-cobwebby or woolly indumentum on 
stems and capitula, glabrescent, with sparse to dense septate hairs on leaves, or leaves 
± glabrous. Basal leaves often persistent at anthesis, to c. 11 cm long, with l:w ratio c. 
4, undivided or lobate with lobes antrorse; base attenuate; margin entire, denticulate or 
dentate; cauline leaves 1-4, becoming somewhat narrower upwards, with base attenuate. 
Capitula 2-7; peduncle of primary capitulum to c. 3 cm long, c. I mm diam.; peduncle 
of lateral capitula to 12 cm long, mostly c. 0.3-0.6 mm diam.; involucre 8-10 mm long, 
c. 2-4 mm diam.; outer bracts 15-25, linear, 8-10 mm long, setaceous; inner bracts c. 
16-22, c. 5 mm long, with midrib often developing tubercles, with hyaline margin distinct 

Page image

857327 Tolpis altissima Muelleria 25: 84
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605174
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

84 
Thompson 
and vestigial in alternate bracts. Florets: ligule c. 2-5 mm long, yellow with a purple band 
or central-most florets entirely purple; style pubescence pale. Achenes c. obloid, 1.3-1.7 
mm long, not tapering distally; marginal achenes housed within concavity of hardened 
inner bract at maturity, densely brown-hairy; central achenes with numerous close-spaced 
ribs, glabrous. Pappus white; bristles scabridulous; pappus of marginal achenes c. 0.4 
mm long, of scales of varying length; pappus of central achenes 3-5 mm long; bristles 
2-4, wider at base; intervening shorter scales more numerous, c. 0.3 mm long. Yellow 
Hawkweed. 
Notes : Native to southern Europe. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia 
mostly south from Perth, far south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, 
Victoria, the Mount Lofty Ra. of south-eastern South Australia, and eastern Tasmania. 
Also recorded once in Alice Springs, Northern Territory. Grows on roadsides and other 
disturbed sites in woodland and forest. Flowers mid-spring-summer. 
The name To Ip is umbellata has in the past been applied to Australian collections. 
Tutin (1976) refers to T. umbellata as a variant of T. barbata with relatively small capitula 
and all the florets pale yellow. Australian specimens all appear to have small capitula as in 
T. umbellata , but with pigmentation of the corolla typical of T. barbata sensu lato (outer 
florets yellow with a purple band at the base of the ligule, and the percentage of purple 
progressively increasing towards the centre of the eapitulum). 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Bokerup Nature Reserve, GJ.Keighery 
& N.Gibson 2433 (PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: Alice Springs, 15 Oct. 1950. E.Gauba 
(CANB). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Ml Lofty Ra., Craters, 20 Jan. 1971, E.H.Ising s.n. (AD). 
QUEENSLAND: main picnic area, Girraween Nall Park, 22 km south of Stanthorpe (BRI). NEW 
SOUTH WALES: Traffic Education Centre, Armidalc, R.G.Coveny 16367 & A. Whalen (BRI, 
CANB, NE, NSW). VICTORIA: 9.7 km west from Whitfield on the Mansfield Rd, I.C.Clarke 
2808 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL); Wonnangatta Stn, E.A.Chesterfield 3593 (BRI, CANB, MEL). 
TASMANIA: Hill to east of Bonneys Plains Rd, A.M.Gray 783 (HO, MEL). 
2. *To/pis virgata (Desf.) Bertol., Rar Lig. PI. 1:15 (1803) 
Crep is virgata Desf., Actes Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris 1: 37, t. 8 (1792). 
Type: Tunisia; syn: n.v.; Algeria; syn: n.v. 
Tolpis altissima Pers., Syn. PI. 2: 377 (1807). Type: n.v. 
Similar to T. barbata but differing most markedly in the following: Biennials or 
perennials to c. 1.0 m high. Involucre 5-8 mm long; outer bracts 1.5-3.5 mm long; 
inner bracts with midrib not developing tubercles. Florets: ligules not purple basally or 
throughout. Achenes homomorphic, 1.5-2 mm long, all glabrous. Pappus: bristles c. 8, 
present in all achenes. 
Notes: Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs in far south-western Western 
Australia between Jarrahwood and Boyup Brook, SE of Bunbury. Grows in various soils 
in woodland and forest. Flowers summer-early autumn. 
First recorded in 1963, and currently recorded from five different localities. 
Infraspecific taxa have been described for this species based on the number of pappus 
bristles. Specimens in Australia appear uniform in this respect and conform to the typical 
variety or subspecies. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Vasse Hwy, Nannup to Jarrahwood, 
GJ.Keighery’ 14363 (PERTH); KC4, Kingston Forest Block, E.D.Middleton K339 (PERTH). 

Page image

616085 Tolpis barbata Muelleria 25: 83-84

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 83-84".

616090 Tolpis virgata Muelleria 25: 84
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605174
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

84 
Thompson 
and vestigial in alternate bracts. Florets: ligule c. 2-5 mm long, yellow with a purple band 
or central-most florets entirely purple; style pubescence pale. Achenes c. obloid, 1.3-1.7 
mm long, not tapering distally; marginal achenes housed within concavity of hardened 
inner bract at maturity, densely brown-hairy; central achenes with numerous close-spaced 
ribs, glabrous. Pappus white; bristles scabridulous; pappus of marginal achenes c. 0.4 
mm long, of scales of varying length; pappus of central achenes 3-5 mm long; bristles 
2-4, wider at base; intervening shorter scales more numerous, c. 0.3 mm long. Yellow 
Hawkweed. 
Notes : Native to southern Europe. Occurs in far south-western Western Australia 
mostly south from Perth, far south-eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, 
Victoria, the Mount Lofty Ra. of south-eastern South Australia, and eastern Tasmania. 
Also recorded once in Alice Springs, Northern Territory. Grows on roadsides and other 
disturbed sites in woodland and forest. Flowers mid-spring-summer. 
The name To Ip is umbellata has in the past been applied to Australian collections. 
Tutin (1976) refers to T. umbellata as a variant of T. barbata with relatively small capitula 
and all the florets pale yellow. Australian specimens all appear to have small capitula as in 
T. umbellata , but with pigmentation of the corolla typical of T. barbata sensu lato (outer 
florets yellow with a purple band at the base of the ligule, and the percentage of purple 
progressively increasing towards the centre of the eapitulum). 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Bokerup Nature Reserve, GJ.Keighery 
& N.Gibson 2433 (PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: Alice Springs, 15 Oct. 1950. E.Gauba 
(CANB). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Ml Lofty Ra., Craters, 20 Jan. 1971, E.H.Ising s.n. (AD). 
QUEENSLAND: main picnic area, Girraween Nall Park, 22 km south of Stanthorpe (BRI). NEW 
SOUTH WALES: Traffic Education Centre, Armidalc, R.G.Coveny 16367 & A. Whalen (BRI, 
CANB, NE, NSW). VICTORIA: 9.7 km west from Whitfield on the Mansfield Rd, I.C.Clarke 
2808 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL); Wonnangatta Stn, E.A.Chesterfield 3593 (BRI, CANB, MEL). 
TASMANIA: Hill to east of Bonneys Plains Rd, A.M.Gray 783 (HO, MEL). 
2. *To/pis virgata (Desf.) Bertol., Rar Lig. PI. 1:15 (1803) 
Crep is virgata Desf., Actes Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris 1: 37, t. 8 (1792). 
Type: Tunisia; syn: n.v.; Algeria; syn: n.v. 
Tolpis altissima Pers., Syn. PI. 2: 377 (1807). Type: n.v. 
Similar to T. barbata but differing most markedly in the following: Biennials or 
perennials to c. 1.0 m high. Involucre 5-8 mm long; outer bracts 1.5-3.5 mm long; 
inner bracts with midrib not developing tubercles. Florets: ligules not purple basally or 
throughout. Achenes homomorphic, 1.5-2 mm long, all glabrous. Pappus: bristles c. 8, 
present in all achenes. 
Notes: Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs in far south-western Western 
Australia between Jarrahwood and Boyup Brook, SE of Bunbury. Grows in various soils 
in woodland and forest. Flowers summer-early autumn. 
First recorded in 1963, and currently recorded from five different localities. 
Infraspecific taxa have been described for this species based on the number of pappus 
bristles. Specimens in Australia appear uniform in this respect and conform to the typical 
variety or subspecies. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Vasse Hwy, Nannup to Jarrahwood, 
GJ.Keighery’ 14363 (PERTH); KC4, Kingston Forest Block, E.D.Middleton K339 (PERTH). 

Page image

857340 Tragopogon dalechampii Muelleria 25: 88
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605178
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

88 
Thompson 
Representative specimens'. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Moralana Stn, northern end where powerline 
crosses ‘Little Brachina Ck\ D.E.Symon 14931 (AD, BRI); 6 km NNW of Mongolata on Whitehill 
Rd, N.N.Donner 8353 (AD. MEL). QUEENSLAND: Lake Perseverance NNE of Toowoomba, 15 
Oct. 1995, M.E.Ballingalls.n. (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Mootwingee Natl Park, 4.5 km SE 
of‘Mootwingee’ HS, A.N.Rodd5804. P.G. Wilson & J.Gentle (AD, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: west 
of PMG tower, Callistemon Gorge, Mt Arapiles. A.C.Beauglehole 29647 (MEL). 
2. *Urospermum dalechampii (L.) Scop, cx F.W.Schmidt, Samml. Phys.-dkon. Aufs. 1: 
275 (1795) 
Tragopogon dalechampii L., Sp. PL 2: 790 (1753). 
Type: Spain; n.v. 
Annuals to c. 0.5 m high. Spreading to slightly retrorse setose hairs scattered on stems 
and leaves. Unbranched or branches few. Basal leaves several, persistent at anthesis, to 
c. 16 cm long, with I:w ratio 3-6; lyrate-pinnatifid; margin entire or denticulate; cauline 
leaves few-several, becoming undivided; base truncate to cordate, stem-clasping. Capitula 
solitary or 2; involucre 12-15 mm long, c. 8-10 mm diam.; bracts 7-10, with appressed 
silky hair scattered on surface, with hyaline margin slender and grey or broad and pale on 
alternate bracts. Florets: ligule c. 15 mm long; style pubescence pale. Achenes c. 15 mm 
long, curved; basal portion flattened-obovoid, c. 4 mm long, verrucose; apical portion 
plumper than basal portion at base, obscurely wrinkled, tapering into a long, ciliolate 
beak c. 10 mm long. Pappus c. 10 mm long, cream, falling as a unit. 
Notes : Occurs in Hobart in south-eastern Tasmania. Flowers spring-summer. 
Representative specimens : TASMANIA: northern edge of Queens Domain, Cornelian Bay, 
A.M.Buchanan 14338 (HO). 
18. HYPOCHAERIS L., Sp. PL 2: 810(1753) 
Annuals, biennial or perennial herbs, usually branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves 
all or mostly basal. Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral 
bracts multiseriate, soft and reflexed at maturity; receptacular palcae linear, membranous, 
with apex filamentous, not enclosing or falling with achene. Florets: ligule yellow or 
white. Achenes homomorphic or dimorphic, not compressed, beaked or not. Pappus of 
bristles, persistent (in Australia), homomorphic or slightly dimorphic; bristles plumose or 
scabridulous; sometimes of two types within a pappus. 
A genus of c. 60 species mostly from temperate South America or from the 
Mediterranean region, but also from other parts of Europe and Asia. The involucral bracts 
of species occurring in Australia have a slender hyaline margin becoming broader in inner 
series. The longest intermediate bracts are more than half the length of the inner bracts. 
Achenes are brown with ribs ornamented with transverse sometimes scale-like ridges and 
taper into a scabridulous beak. 
This genus has been spelt Hypochoeris in many Australian references. According to 
article 13.4 of the ICBN, St Louis 2000, Hypochaeris is the correct spelling. 
Key to species 
1 Stems usually with 2 or more leaves (defined as more than 1/4 of length of basal 
leaves); longest peduncular bracts commonly > 5 mm long; ligule white or cream; 
pappus uniseriate, all bristles plumose, of similar length.3. //. microcephala 
1: Stems leafless or occasionally with 1 leaf (defined as more than 1/4 of length of basal 
leaves); longest peduncular bracts < 5 mm long; ligule yellow; pappus biseriate, the 
outer series scabridulous, finer and much shorter than inner series 

Page image

616131 Tragopogon dubius Muelleria 25: 98
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605188
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

98 
Thompson 
anthesis by the pappus of its marginal achenes. It is typically more branched than T. 
porrifolius and T. dubius. 
Representative specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: P.Smyth’s property, Salter Springs, 6 Jan. 
1987, JAlannay (AD); northern approach to Wasley, Northern Lofty, 17 Nov. 1994, D.McQuinn 
s.n. (AD). 
3. *Tragopogon dubius Scop., FI. Carniol. 2nd edn, 2: 95 (1772) 
Type: ‘Habitat circa Tergestum, et Schenoschetz’ [central Europe]; n.v. 
Annuals or biennials to c. 0.8 m high, newer growth transiently woolly, not glaucous. 
Capitula with a region of caducous wool at the very base, with a minute stubble 
persisting; involucre c. 25-35 mm long, increasing to up to 60 mm long at maturity, c. 
6-12 mm diam.; bracts mostly 8-12, with hyaline margin vestigial or distinct proximally 
in alternate bracts, not becoming hardened, finally reflexed. Florets: ligule c. half as long 
as bracts, yellow; style pubescence pale. Achenes 25-35 mm long, homomorphic except 
for rib ornamentation; body fusiform, 10-15 mm long, light to mid brown, with coarse 
tubercles on ribs, with tubercle size reducing inwards, with transition into beak gradual; 
beak slightly longer than body, with a sub-terminal dilation 0.5-1 mm long. Pappus 25- 
35 mm long, cream, or grey-cream, homomorphic. 
Notes: Native to Europe. Occurs predominantly in south-eastern New South Wales 
with isolated records from far north-eastern New South Wales and eastern Victoria near 
Orbost. Grows in loam or clay soils in disturbed sites such as roadsides. Flowers spring- 
summer. 
Although the distinctive wool at the base of the capitulum tends to be lost after 
anthesis, close inspection usually reveals a persistent stubble of hair bases. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: North Cooma, Mar. 1963, M.Gray s.n. 
(AD. CANB); Warri Bridge Reserve. Shoalhaven R., c. 12.5 km NNW of Braidwood, B.J.Lepschi 
928 (AD, CANB, MEL, NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Grounds of Australian 
National Herbarium, CSIRO Black Mtn Site, B.J.Lepschi 3940 (AD, CANB). VICTORIA: Orbost 
region. Delegate R., 12 Jan. 1987, D.Allan (CANB, MEL). 
Acknowledgements 
I would like to thank the Royal Botanic Gardens, Melbourne (MEL) for the use of their 
herbarium and library facilities, and the scientific and technical staff at MEL for their 
assistance with loans and other matters. I would also like to thank the directors of AD, 
BRI, CANB, HO, NSW and PERTH for the loan of specimens. This study was funded by 
Australian Biological Resources Study (ABRS grant no: 2000/3192). 
References 
Boulos, L. (1976). Sonchus , Flora Europaea 4: 165. 
Bremer, K. (1994). Asteraceae , Cladistics and Classification. Timber press: Oregon, p. 172. 
Cooke, D.A. (1986). Sonchus , Flora of South Australia 4th edn. 3: 1654. 
Costin, A.B., Gray, M.D., Totterdell, C, and Wimbush, D. (2000). Kosciuszko Alpine Flora , 2nd 
edn. CSIRO publishing: Collingwood, pp. 354-355. 
Everist, S.L. (1981). Poisonous Plant in Australia, rev. edn (Australian National Science Library). 
Angus & Robertson, p. 175. 
Holzapfel, S. (1994). A revision of the genus Picris (Asteraceae, Lactuceae) s.l. in Australia. 
Willdenowia 24: 97-218. 

Page image

616130 Tragopogon hybridus Muelleria 25: 97-98

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 97-98".

616126 Tragopogon Muelleria 25: 96
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605186
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

96 
Thompson 
collection from the Liverpool plains in central-eastern New South Wales. Grows in 
disturbed or near intact sites, in loam or clay soils in grassland or woodland. Flowers 
spring. 
Distinguished from the typical variety by its broader leaf segments, longer capitula 
and fruit, and the subapical spur on its involucral bracts. 
Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Wolseley, R.J.Dates 25997 (AD). NEW 
SOUTH WALES: Barham, 13 Oct. 1949,./. W. Vickery (NSW); alongside road between Premer and 
Colly Blue, Liverpool Plains, J.R.Hosking 1929 (CANB, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: Eynesbury 
Estate, about 8 km south from Melton P.O., V.Stajsic 605 (MEL); Cocklin Ave, Red Cliffs, 
J.H.Browne 937 (MEL). 
23. TRAGOPOGON L., Sp. PI. 2: 789 (1753) 
Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching or not. Hairs simple, eglandular or lacking. 
Leaves basal and cauline. Inflorescences solitary. Capitula pedunculate; involucral 
bracts uniseriate, soft and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow or purple. Achenes 
homomorphic or slightly dimorphic in terms of ornamentation of the body, not compressed, 
beaked. Pappus of bristles, persistent, homomorphic, or in T. hybricius dimorphic, bristles 
plumose or rarely scabridulous, sometimes slightly dimorphic within a pappus. 
A genus ofc. 50 species from temperate Europe, Asia and Africa. Distinctive features 
of this genus include the linear, entire, sheathing leaves with parallel venation and the 
solitary capitula lacking outer and intermediate involucral bracts borne on long distally 
dilated peduncles. The pappus is biseriatc and the inner series typically comprises longer 
bristles that are distally non-plumose. 
Tragopogon brevirostris subsp. longifolius (Heldr. & Sart. ex Boiss.) I.Richardson 
has been collected from a roadside on the road to Ironbark near Adelaide in south-eastern 
South Australia (R.Bates 52318 AD, MEL). There is currently no indication that it has 
become naturalised. The capitula and achenes of this taxon are considerably smaller than 
in the three naturalised species. 
Key to species 
1 Capitula glabrous; ligules pinkish or purplish 
2 Biennials to 1.3 m high, not or sparingly branched; ligules as long 
as bracts or nearly so; pappus of all achenes with numerous plumose 
bristles ... 1 . T. porrifolius 
2: Annuals to 0.5 m high, typically branching; ligules much shorter than bracts; pappus 
of outer achenes comprising 5 unequal rigid non-plumose bristles; pappus of inner 
achenes with more numerous plumose bristles.2. T. hybridus 
1: Capitula or base of capitula woolly, sometimes somewhat transiently; ligules yellow 
3 Mature involucre > 20 mm long, with wool developed only at very base; 
ligules much shorter than bracts; achenes > 20 mm long, with beak c. as long as 
body.3. T dubius 
3: Mature involucre < 20 mm long, woolly; ligules longer than bracts; achenes < 20 
mm long, with beak shorter than body. T brevirostris (sec notes above) 

Page image

857337 Tragopogon picroides Muelleria 25: 87
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605177
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
87 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Murchison R., H.Demarz 11437{C ANB, 
PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Gawlcr Ras, Yardea Stn, c. 1.6 km east of the HS, C.R.Alcock 
3989 (AD, CANB). QUEENSLAND: 2.2. km east along Allora along Forest Plain Rd, A.R.Bean 
10848 (BRI, MEL). NEW SOUTII WALES: Hillston, bank of Lachlan R., near sewerage treatment 
works, R.Medd 161177 (NSW). VICTORIA: Yarrara forest, adjacent to Millewa main channel, ± 
15 km south of Werrimull, S.J.Forbes 3136 , D.E.Albrecht & J.H.Browne (MEL). TASMANIA: 
Henry St Cemetery, Sorell, A.M.Buchanan 13511 (HO). 
17. UROSPERMUM Scop., Inti: Hist. Nat. 122 (1777) 
Annual or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves basal and cauline. 
Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts uniseriate, soft 
and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not compressed, 
beaked. Pappus of bristles, not persistent; bristles plumose, uniform within a pappus. 
A genus of two species from the Mediterranean region. Capitula are moderately 
large and are borne on a long peduncle that gradually dilates distally. Spreading hairs 
are numerous and variable in size; on or near the margin of leaves they are minute and 
very densely packed, whereas on lower stems and leaf-midribs they are often larger. A 
distinctive feature of the mature receptacle is the ciliate pit margins. 
Key to species 
Involucral bracts with spreading setose hairs.1. U. picroides 
Involucral bracts with appressed silky hairs.2. U. dalechampii 
1. *Urospermum picroides (L.) Scop, ex F.W.Schmidt, Satnml. Phys.-dkon. Aufs. 1: 275 
(1795) 
Tragopogonpicroides L., Sp. PI. 2: 790 (1753); Arnopogon picroides (L.) Willd., Sp. PL 
3:1496(1803). 
Type: Crete, Southern France; n.v. 
Annuals to c. 0.5 m high, with spreading to retrorse setose hairs scattered on all parts, 
with minute hairs on margin of leaves. Basal leaves few to several, variably persistent; 
cauline leaves few to several, to c. 25 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-6; undivided, or lobate 
to pinnatisect; base becoming truncate, cordate or sagittate, somewhat stem-clasping 
upwards; margin dentate or denticulate. Capitula solitary or 2; involucre 12-22 mm long, 
c. 5-8 mm diam.; bracts 7-10, with long setose hairs, with hyaline margin slender and 
usually grey or broad and pale on alternate bracts, finally rdlexed. Florets: ligule c. 15 
mm long; style pubescence pale. Achenes 10-15 mm long, somewhat sigmoidal overall, 
brown, comprising two distinct portions: basal portion flattened-obloid, 3-5 mm long 
with numerous long tubercles on faces; apical portion c. 7-10 mm long, comprising a 
dilated part 3.5-5 mm long bearing transverse wrinkles, tapering gradually into beak; 
beak c. as long as dilated part of apical portion. Pappus 8-12 mm long, detaching as a 
unit, white. False Hawkbit . 
Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs in western Western Australia mostly 
south from Carnarvon, and southern South Australia east from Eyre Peninsula, with 
isolated occurrences in north-western and south-central New South Wales and western 
Victoria. Grows in a range of soils, often on rocky slopes and outcrops, in shrubland, 
including chenopod shrublands. Flowers late winter to spring. 
A distinctive species with its bristly involucre lacking outer bracts, and its peculiar 
achenial morphology. 

Page image

616127 Tragopogon porrifolius porrifolius Muelleria 25: 97
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605187
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235
857220 Tripleurospermum inodorum Muelleria 25: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605089
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
857219 Tripleurospermum maritimum inodorum Muelleria 25: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605089
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
615964 Tripleurospermum maritimum inodorum Muelleria 25: 41-42

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 41-42".

857222 Tripleurospermum perforatum Muelleria 25: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605089
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
615958 Tripleurospermum Muelleria 25: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605089
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
41 
Naturalised in areas of moderate to high rainfall. Much cultivated, this species is 
considered to be a hybrid between Leucanthemum lacustre (Brot.) Samp, and L. maximum 
(Ramond) DC. A cultivar with deeply dissected ligules has been recorded from far eastern 
Victoria. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: N margin of Broadwater, near Busselton, 
G.J.Keigheiy 8030 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Mt Compass, Feb. 1967, T.Smith (AD). 
NEW SOUTH WALES: Mt Boyce, 3.4 km SE of Mt Victoria, R.Coveny 7363 , R. Barry & K. Wilson 
(NSW). VICTORIA: Upper Kiewa Rd, 3.8 km NW of Falls Creek Village, RJAdair 981 (MEL). 
12. TRIPLEUROSPERMUM Sch.Bip., Tanaceteen 31 (1844) 
Annual or perennial herbs, erect. Leaves commonly 3-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or 
few, radiate (in Australia) or discoid; involucre multiseriate, with bracts gradational in 
length; receptacle epaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 4- or 
5-lobed. Achenes ± homomorphic, c. 4-angled, 3-ribbed, with prominent apical glands. 
Pappus present. 
A genus of c. 30 species from Europe, Asia and northern Africa. A genus with 
distinctive achenial features. 
*Tripleurospermum maritimum (L.) Koch, subsp. inodorum (L.) Applequist, Taxon 51: 
760 (2002) 
Matricaria inodora L., FI. Slice. 2nd edn, 297 (1755); T. maritimum (L.) Koch, subsp. 
inodorum (L.) Hyl. ex Vaar., Proc. 7th Int. Bot. Congr . 1950, 279 (1953), comb . inval.; T 
inodorum (L.) Sch.Bip., Tanaceteen 32 (1844) 
Type: Locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 1012.12; lecto: LINN, fide C.J.Humphries, Taxon 
47: 364(1998). 
Matricaria perforata Merat, Nouv. FI. Env. Paris 332 (1812); T. perforatum (Merat) 
Lainz, An. Jard. Bot. Madrid 39(2): 412 (1983). Type: n.v. 
Erect herbs to c. 100 cm high, glabrous except for transient scattered hairs, with stems 
and leaves eglandular. Leaves to c. 15 cm long, 3-pinnatisect, with rachides and ultimate 
segments generally < I mm wide. Capitula solitary or few, 3-5 cm diam.; peduncle 
sparsely hairy. Involucre 5-7 mm long; outer and middle series of bracts not keeled, 
sometimes with margin brown; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension c. 0.5 mm 
long; receptacle hemispherical. Ray florets c. 12; ligule 8-18 mm long, white. Disc florets: 
corolla c. 2 mm long, with tube c. as long as and narrower than the yellow 5-lobed limb. 
Achenes obovoid, 1.8-2.2 mm long, with 3 prominent pale ribs on one face, generally 
dark and minutely wrinkled between ribs, with 2 large glands distally. Pappus a scarious 
rim c. 0.2 mm long. Scentless Mayweed , Scentless False Chamomile. 
Notes: Native to Europe and temperate Asia. Occurs in north-eastern New South Wales 
with isolated records from southern Victoria and north-western Tasmania. A widespread 
weed around the world. Grows in disturbed environments such as roadsides. Flowers 
mostly spring-summer. 
A pair of large glands embedded in the achene are visible from both the unribbed face 
and from above. Although the achene has three thick ribs, the achene appears somewhat 
quadrangular when viewed from above. The corolla-lobes are yellow but have an oval 
gland (orange-red on dried specimens) near the apex. This character, and the relative 

Page image

616105 Urospermum dalechampii Muelleria 25: 88
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605178
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

88 
Thompson 
Representative specimens'. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Moralana Stn, northern end where powerline 
crosses ‘Little Brachina Ck\ D.E.Symon 14931 (AD, BRI); 6 km NNW of Mongolata on Whitehill 
Rd, N.N.Donner 8353 (AD. MEL). QUEENSLAND: Lake Perseverance NNE of Toowoomba, 15 
Oct. 1995, M.E.Ballingalls.n. (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Mootwingee Natl Park, 4.5 km SE 
of‘Mootwingee’ HS, A.N.Rodd5804. P.G. Wilson & J.Gentle (AD, MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: west 
of PMG tower, Callistemon Gorge, Mt Arapiles. A.C.Beauglehole 29647 (MEL). 
2. *Urospermum dalechampii (L.) Scop, cx F.W.Schmidt, Samml. Phys.-dkon. Aufs. 1: 
275 (1795) 
Tragopogon dalechampii L., Sp. PL 2: 790 (1753). 
Type: Spain; n.v. 
Annuals to c. 0.5 m high. Spreading to slightly retrorse setose hairs scattered on stems 
and leaves. Unbranched or branches few. Basal leaves several, persistent at anthesis, to 
c. 16 cm long, with I:w ratio 3-6; lyrate-pinnatifid; margin entire or denticulate; cauline 
leaves few-several, becoming undivided; base truncate to cordate, stem-clasping. Capitula 
solitary or 2; involucre 12-15 mm long, c. 8-10 mm diam.; bracts 7-10, with appressed 
silky hair scattered on surface, with hyaline margin slender and grey or broad and pale on 
alternate bracts. Florets: ligule c. 15 mm long; style pubescence pale. Achenes c. 15 mm 
long, curved; basal portion flattened-obovoid, c. 4 mm long, verrucose; apical portion 
plumper than basal portion at base, obscurely wrinkled, tapering into a long, ciliolate 
beak c. 10 mm long. Pappus c. 10 mm long, cream, falling as a unit. 
Notes : Occurs in Hobart in south-eastern Tasmania. Flowers spring-summer. 
Representative specimens : TASMANIA: northern edge of Queens Domain, Cornelian Bay, 
A.M.Buchanan 14338 (HO). 
18. HYPOCHAERIS L., Sp. PL 2: 810(1753) 
Annuals, biennial or perennial herbs, usually branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves 
all or mostly basal. Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral 
bracts multiseriate, soft and reflexed at maturity; receptacular palcae linear, membranous, 
with apex filamentous, not enclosing or falling with achene. Florets: ligule yellow or 
white. Achenes homomorphic or dimorphic, not compressed, beaked or not. Pappus of 
bristles, persistent (in Australia), homomorphic or slightly dimorphic; bristles plumose or 
scabridulous; sometimes of two types within a pappus. 
A genus of c. 60 species mostly from temperate South America or from the 
Mediterranean region, but also from other parts of Europe and Asia. The involucral bracts 
of species occurring in Australia have a slender hyaline margin becoming broader in inner 
series. The longest intermediate bracts are more than half the length of the inner bracts. 
Achenes are brown with ribs ornamented with transverse sometimes scale-like ridges and 
taper into a scabridulous beak. 
This genus has been spelt Hypochoeris in many Australian references. According to 
article 13.4 of the ICBN, St Louis 2000, Hypochaeris is the correct spelling. 
Key to species 
1 Stems usually with 2 or more leaves (defined as more than 1/4 of length of basal 
leaves); longest peduncular bracts commonly > 5 mm long; ligule white or cream; 
pappus uniseriate, all bristles plumose, of similar length.3. //. microcephala 
1: Stems leafless or occasionally with 1 leaf (defined as more than 1/4 of length of basal 
leaves); longest peduncular bracts < 5 mm long; ligule yellow; pappus biseriate, the 
outer series scabridulous, finer and much shorter than inner series 

Page image

616100 Urospermum picroides Muelleria 25: 87-88

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 87-88".

616099 Urospermum Muelleria 25: 87
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605177
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

Tribe Lactuceae 
87 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Murchison R., H.Demarz 11437{C ANB, 
PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Gawlcr Ras, Yardea Stn, c. 1.6 km east of the HS, C.R.Alcock 
3989 (AD, CANB). QUEENSLAND: 2.2. km east along Allora along Forest Plain Rd, A.R.Bean 
10848 (BRI, MEL). NEW SOUTII WALES: Hillston, bank of Lachlan R., near sewerage treatment 
works, R.Medd 161177 (NSW). VICTORIA: Yarrara forest, adjacent to Millewa main channel, ± 
15 km south of Werrimull, S.J.Forbes 3136 , D.E.Albrecht & J.H.Browne (MEL). TASMANIA: 
Henry St Cemetery, Sorell, A.M.Buchanan 13511 (HO). 
17. UROSPERMUM Scop., Inti: Hist. Nat. 122 (1777) 
Annual or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, eglandular. Leaves basal and cauline. 
Inflorescences solitary or cymose. Capitula pedunculate; involucral bracts uniseriate, soft 
and reflexed at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. Achenes homomorphic, not compressed, 
beaked. Pappus of bristles, not persistent; bristles plumose, uniform within a pappus. 
A genus of two species from the Mediterranean region. Capitula are moderately 
large and are borne on a long peduncle that gradually dilates distally. Spreading hairs 
are numerous and variable in size; on or near the margin of leaves they are minute and 
very densely packed, whereas on lower stems and leaf-midribs they are often larger. A 
distinctive feature of the mature receptacle is the ciliate pit margins. 
Key to species 
Involucral bracts with spreading setose hairs.1. U. picroides 
Involucral bracts with appressed silky hairs.2. U. dalechampii 
1. *Urospermum picroides (L.) Scop, ex F.W.Schmidt, Satnml. Phys.-dkon. Aufs. 1: 275 
(1795) 
Tragopogonpicroides L., Sp. PI. 2: 790 (1753); Arnopogon picroides (L.) Willd., Sp. PL 
3:1496(1803). 
Type: Crete, Southern France; n.v. 
Annuals to c. 0.5 m high, with spreading to retrorse setose hairs scattered on all parts, 
with minute hairs on margin of leaves. Basal leaves few to several, variably persistent; 
cauline leaves few to several, to c. 25 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-6; undivided, or lobate 
to pinnatisect; base becoming truncate, cordate or sagittate, somewhat stem-clasping 
upwards; margin dentate or denticulate. Capitula solitary or 2; involucre 12-22 mm long, 
c. 5-8 mm diam.; bracts 7-10, with long setose hairs, with hyaline margin slender and 
usually grey or broad and pale on alternate bracts, finally rdlexed. Florets: ligule c. 15 
mm long; style pubescence pale. Achenes 10-15 mm long, somewhat sigmoidal overall, 
brown, comprising two distinct portions: basal portion flattened-obloid, 3-5 mm long 
with numerous long tubercles on faces; apical portion c. 7-10 mm long, comprising a 
dilated part 3.5-5 mm long bearing transverse wrinkles, tapering gradually into beak; 
beak c. as long as dilated part of apical portion. Pappus 8-12 mm long, detaching as a 
unit, white. False Hawkbit . 
Notes : Native to the Mediterranean region. Occurs in western Western Australia mostly 
south from Carnarvon, and southern South Australia east from Eyre Peninsula, with 
isolated occurrences in north-western and south-central New South Wales and western 
Victoria. Grows in a range of soils, often on rocky slopes and outcrops, in shrubland, 
including chenopod shrublands. Flowers late winter to spring. 
A distinctive species with its bristly involucre lacking outer bracts, and its peculiar 
achenial morphology. 

Page image

615905 Ursinia anthemoides Muelleria 25: 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605136
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
25 
A genus of 38 species mainly from South Africa, but also from Namibia, Botswana 
and Ethiopia. Features unique to this genus compared to other Anthemideae in Australia 
include the cylindrical receptacular paleae, the long hairs arising from the base of the 
achenes, and the pappus morphology. The margin of the outer and middle series of 
involucral bracts is conspicuously pigmented. 
Key to species 
Annuals; apex of outermost involucral bracts with hyaline extension not or hardly 
developed, usually hairy; paleae truncate, without any extension; achenes narrow- 
obloid, 5-8 mm long with a pappus of 5 broad scales only, with a basal tuft of capillary 
hairs.1. U. anthemoides 
Perennials; apex of outermost involucral bracts with a hyaline extension c. 2 mm long, 
± glabrous; paleae with a rotund apical extension; achenes obconical, c. 3 mm long, 
with a pappus of 5 broad scales and 5 setaceous scales, without a basal tuft of capillary 
hairs.2. U. speciosa 
1. *Ursinia anthemoides (L.) Poir., in J.B.A.P. de Monnet de Lamarck, EncycL 8: 257 
(1808) 
Arc tot is anthemoides L., Amoen. Acad. 4: 330 (1763). 
Type: Locality unknown, Herb. Linn. 1036.22; holo: LINN n.v.,fide M.Prassler, op. cit. 
429. 
Annuals to c. 0.5 m high, sparsely or sometimes moderately hairy on stems and leaves. 
Leaves to c. 5 cm long; rachides and ultimate segments < 1 mm wide, with acicular tips if 
present c. 0.1 mm long; primary segments up to 10 per side. Capitulum 1 per stem, 12-25 
mm diam.; peduncle 5-15 cm long, sparsely hairy or glabrous at anthesis. Involucre 5-8 
mm long, patchily cobwebby; outer series of bracts c. 2 mm long, without a hyaline 
extension, hairy distally; inner series of bracts with hyaline extension 1-2 mm long; 
paleae narrow-oblong, c. 10 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, truncate apically, golden-brown. 
Ray florets 7-12, neuter; ligule c. 5-15 mm long, orange or yellow adaxially (pale when 
dried). Disc florets: corolla c. 3 mm long, with tube longer and much narrower than limb; 
lobes c. 0.3 mm long, usually purplish. Achenes narrow-obloid, 5-8 mm long, glabrous, 
pale or dark, with a basal tuft of capillary hairs. Pappus comprising 5 ovate spreading 
scales, c. 4 mm long, white with a triangular brown or purple patch baso-medially. 
Notes : Native to South Africa. Occurs in south-western Western Australia. Grows in 
disturbed sites such as roadsides and wasteland on a variety of soils. Flowers Aug.-Sept. 
The subsp. in Western Australia, is subsp. anthemoides. Subsp. versicolor (DC.) 
Prassler has capitula with ligules that are longer and with a dark basal patch. 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Graham Rock, c. 18 km E of Hyden, 
E.N.S.Jackson 3393 (AD, PERTH); 26 km S ofYalingup on Caves Rd, N.&Lander 1192 (PERTH); 
NE foot of Peak Charles, Fizgerald Peaks, Roc district, J.Taylor 702 , M.D.Crisp & RJackson 
(CANB, MEL). 
2. *Ursinia speciosa DC., Prodr. 5: 690 (1836) 
Type: Locality unknown, Southern Africa, Drege 6368 ; lecto: G ,fide M.Prassler, Mitt. 
Bot. Staatssamml. Munchen 6: 462 (1967). 
[U. chrysanthemoides auct. non (Less.) Harv. (1865): J.R.Tovey, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 
22(1): 25 (1907); S.W.L.Jacobs & J.Pickard, PL New South Wales 87 (1981)] 

Page image

857179 Ursinia chrysanthemoides Muelleria 25: 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605136
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
857180 Ursinia chrysanthemoides Muelleria 25: 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605136
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234
615903 Ursinia Muelleria 25: 24-25

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 24-25".

615908 Ursinia speciosa Muelleria 25: 25-26

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 25-26".

971981 Water-buttons Muelleria 25: 50
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605098
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

50 
Thompson 
N of Bunbury, B.LTurner 5485 (MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: top of cliffed dune terrace, near 
playschool, Stockton, P.C.Heyligers 98010 (MEL, NSW). 
5. *Cotiil(i coronopifolia L., Sp. PI. 2: 892 (1753) 
Type: ‘Aethiopia’ [central-eastern Africa]; n.v. 
Cotula integrifolia Hook.f., FI Tasman. 1: 192 (1856), nom. illeg. non Burch (1822). 
Type: Locality unknown, R.C.Gunn 1153 ; n.v. 
Perennials to c. 30 cm high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 8 cm long, acutely lobate or 1- 
pinnatisect, rarely entire with l:w ratio up to 8, or sub-2-pinnatisect. Capitulum 5-12 
mm diam.; peduncle mostly 2-8 cm long, 0.3-1.0 mm broad (pressed specimens), not 
obconical distally. Involucral bracts numerous; outer bracts narrow-ovate or oblong, 
3-5 mm long, with apex rounded. Outer florets numerous, c. 1-seriate, with pedicels 
1-1.8 mm long. Central florets numerous, with pedicels longer than broad; corolla c. 1 
mm long, with limb bright yellow. Achenes of outer florets 1.5-2 mm long; faces broad- 
oblong, papillose on inner face, with spongy wing c. as broad as body; achenes of central 
florets c. 1.3 mm long, c. oblong, papillose on inner face. Water-buttons. 
Notes: Native to South Africa. Widespread in southern Australia and occurring in all 
states. Also naturalised in New Zealand. Grows in damp or wet places in both saline and 
fresh water. Flowers mainly winter-spring. 
More succulent than other species of Cotula in Australia. Grows in shallow water or 
mud and stems readily take root at nodes. There has been some conjecture about whether 
this species is native based on the number and extent of early records in Australia. Rarely, 
depauperate specimens may have entire leaves less than 1 mm wide. These plants can be 
distinguished from C. vulgaris and C. cotuloides vegetatively because they are glabrous. 
A dwarf form occurs on islands in southern Western Australia with smaller leaves with 
more crowded lobation. Further investigation may be warranted to determine whether 
these differences are purely ecological. A probable hybrid between C. coronopifolia and 
C. australis has been recorded from Mt Chappell Is., in Bass Strait ( J.S.Whinrav 223 
CANB). 
Representative specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: small un-named lake/swamp 0.5 km N 
of Ledge Point, A.E.Orchard 5929 (HO, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: The Big Point, Bool 
Lagoon, J.Z.Weber 7553 (AD. CANB). QUEENSLAND: Claverton Stn, 20 km S of Wyandra, 
3 Sept. 1996, S.Moffat (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: Jerseyville, Trial Bay, near Arakoon, 
P.Martensz Q185 (NSW). VICTORIA: Point Wilson, Sperm Whale Head, T.B.Muir 2273 (MEL). 
TASMANIA: Ocean Beach, 5 km W of Strahan, A.E.Orchard5929 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); 
Whites Valley, Hamilton, A.M.Buchanan 13679 {WO). 
6. *Cotula bipinnata Thunb., Frock PI. Cap. 162 (1800) 
Type: not designated. 
Annuals to c. 40 cm high. Stems glabrous or with occasional appressed to spreading 
hairs. Leaves to c. 6 cm long, 1- or 2-pinnatisect, or uppermost leaves sometimes entire, 
sparsely hairy or glabrous. Capitulum 6-8 mm diam.; peduncle 0.5-2 (-3) cm long, c. 0.3 
mm broad (pressed specimens), hardly obconical at maturity, sparsely hirsute at anthesis, 
with hairs antrorse to spreading. Involucral bracts numerous; outer bracts oblong-ovate or 
oblong, 2—3 mm long, with apex rounded to truncate. Outer florets up to c. 10, 1-seriate, 
or absent, with pedicels c. 1 mm long. Central florets numerous, with pedicels much 
longer than broad; corolla c. 1 mm long, with limb pale yellow. Achenes of outer florets 

Page image

972011 White Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647

Page text

Helen T. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 
5 
measurements given will not be as broad for western species, as only 
comparatively meagre material is available and whole populations have 
not been seen. Floral characters in this genus are impossible to ascertain 
from herbarium specimens as the flowers are very fugitive and 
deliquescent. Those given for western species have therefore been taken 
from collector’s notes or early descriptions. Similarly plant height and 
habitat has mostly been ascertained from specimen labels or from prior 
descriptions. 
DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS 
Habit. — The size, and erect, reclining, robust, slender, herbaceous, or 
stoloniferous habit of plants, and the erect or floating foliage, can be 
very useful where plants appear typical under good growing conditions 
for the particular species concerned. 
Foliage. — Leaf size, ratio of length to breadth, outline, shape of the 
base, margin, texture, matt or glossy surfacing, degree of dorsiventrality, 
and prominence of venation can be diagnostic in themselves, but are not 
always so and must then be used in conjunction with other characters. 
Inflorescence.- V. capitata and V . congestiflora are immediately dis- 
tinguished from other species by their sessile flowers in clusters or heads. 
Amongst the remaining species, the degree of openness or compactness 
of the panicle, of slenderness and length of the pedicels, and whether the 
pedicels of mature capsules are erect or reclining are of some use. 
Flowers. — -The strongly heterostylous character (Fig. 27) of V. exaltata 
contrasts with the homostyly of other species. It is possible that V . 
parnassifolia also shows heterostyly, but this requires held checking. 
Fig. 1 — Variation in the corolla span of eastern species of Villarsia. 
- 45 
- 40 
_ 35 
_ 30 
- 25 
_ 20 
_ 15 
_ 10 
_ 5 
L 0 

Page image

971969 Wild Muelleria 25: 42
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605090
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

42 
Thompson 
lack of hairs on branches and leaves, further distinguishes this species from vegetatively 
similar white-rayed species such as Matricaria recutita , Anthemis cotula , A. arvensis and 
Chamaemelum nobile. 
The correct name and rank for this taxon has been the subject of considerable debate 
overseas and is possibly still not settled. In New South Wales it had until recently been 
referred to as T. inodorwn , and in Victoria as Matricaria perforata. 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES: c. 40 km S of Glen Innes on Guyra-Glen 
Innes Rd, N.S.Lander 519 (BR1, NSW). VICTORIA: NE corner of intersection of Punt Rd & 
Swan St, Richmond, J.C.Reid2470 (MEL). TASMANIA: Brittons Swamp, May 1975, B.J.Collins 
(CANB). 
13. MATRICARIA L., Sp. PI. 2: 891 (1753) 
Annual herbs, erect. Leaves 2- or 3-pinnatisect. Capitula solitary or few, rarely subsessile, 
radiate or discoid; involucre c. 3-seriate, with all or nearly all bracts ± equal in length; 
receptacle epaleate. Ray florets female; disc florets bisexual, with corolla 4- or 5-lobed. 
Achenes ± homomorphic, terete or slightly compressed, with 4 or 5 ribs concentrated 
adaxially. Pappus present. 
A genus of seven species widespread in the northern hemisphere, with some species 
widely distributed in the southern hemisphere as weeds. Species in Australia have 
eglandular stems and leaves, have at least 2-pinnatisect leaves with rachides and ultimate 
segments < 1 mm wide, capitula with a prominently domed disc, and an ovoid mature 
receptacle. Red longitudinal resin canals are often evident in the midline of involucral 
bracts and in achenes. 
Key to species 
Capitula radiate; peduncle usually > 2 cm long . 1 . M. recutita 
Capitula discoid; peduncle mostly < 2 cm long.2. M. matricarioides 
1. *Matricaria recutita L., Sp. PI. 2: 891 (1753) 
Chamomilla recutita (L.) Rauschert, Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 9: 255 (1974). 
Type: Locality unknown, J.Podpera in FI. Exsicc. Reip. Boh.-Slov. 946.11; neo: K.fide 
C.Jeffrey, Taxon 41: 566 (1992). 
Plants to c. 60 cm high, glabrous. Leaves to c. 7 cm long. Capitula solitary or few, radiate, 
10-25 mm diam.; peduncle 3-9 cm long. Involucre 2-3 mm long; inner series of bracts 
with hyaline extension c. 0.5 mm long; mature receptacle ovoid. Ray florets 9-15; ligule 
6-10 mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla c. 1.5 mm long, with tube c. as long as and 
slightly narrower than the 5-lobed yellow limb. Achenes obovoid, 1.0 mm long, c. 0.8 
mm wide. Pappus of ray achenes an oblong scale c. 1 mm long; pappus of disc achenes a 
minute scarious rim. Wild Chamomile. 
Notes: Native to Europe. Isolated occurrences in south-western Western Australia, 
south-eastern South Australia, eastern New South Wales, and Tasmania. Grows in 
disturbed sites, usually on roadsides. Flowers spring-summer. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Coorow, 23 Sept. 1998, P.Stubbs 
(PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: roadside, Grange, 14 Jan. 1964, J.B.Cleland (AD). NEW 
SOUTH WALES: E of Forbes on Eugowra Rd, 28 Oct. 1959, C.K.Ingram (NSW). AUSTRALIAN 
CAPITAL TERRITORY: Canberra, H.S.McKee 8855 (NSW). TASMANIA: Scotts Rd, Risdon 
Vale, D.I.Morris 86494 (CANB, HO). 

Page image

971999 Willow-leaf Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
971959 Woolly Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
971958 Yarrow Muelleria 25: 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605130
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

Tribe Anthemideae 
31 
Notes : Native to Europe. Occurs in far south-eastern South Australia, south-eastern 
Queensland, eastern New South Wales, southern Victoria, and eastern Tasmania. Grows in 
disturbed sites such as roadsides, often at moderate altitudes. Flowers spring-summer. 
An occasional garden escape. In recent Australian floras Australian material has been 
recognised as subsp. tanacetifolia. Plants are uniform in morphology but it is not clear 
whether they are referable to this or the type subspecies. Based on the length of ligules and 
the presence of teeth on the winged rachis between primary segments, they are referable 
to subsp. distans ; however, this subspecies is considered to have white florets normally. 
Representative specimens : SOUTH AUSTRALIA: roadside, Stirling East, 6 May 1944, 
J.B.Cleland (AD). QUEENSLAND: Killamey, 25 Nov. 1917, C.T.White (BRI). NEW SOUTH 
WALES: Eucumbene Dam, Snowy Mtns, 13 Jan. 1965, M.E.Phillips (CANB). AUSTRALIAN 
CAPITAL TERRITORY: Uriarra Ck, N of Uriarra Stn, on road to Brookvale Stn, Jan. 1966, M.Gray 
(CANB). VICTORIA: roadside S of Aberfeldy, J.R.Hosking 1070 (CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). 
TASMANIA: Hayes, Jan. 1944, W.M.Curtis (HO, MEL). 
2. * Achillea millefolium L., Sp. PL 2: 899 (1753) 
Type: Europe; n.v. 
Plants to c. 60 cm high. Leaves to c. 8 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, with segments 
arranged 3-dimensionally in fresh state; rachis of mid-stem leaves 0.6-1.2 mm wide, 
mostly entire between primary segments, sometimes dentate. Capitula 4-8 mm diam.; 
peduncle to c. 1.0 cm long, slightly to moderately hairy. Involucre 3.0-4.5 mm long; outer 
and middle series of bracts with margin light or often dark brown; inner series of bracts 
with hyaline extension c. 0.3 mm long; paleae 3-4 mm long. Ray florets c. 5, ligule 2-3 
mm long, white or less often pink to purple. Disc florets c. 8; corolla c. 2 mm long, with 
tube narrower than and c. as long as white limb. Achenes c. 2 mm long. Milfoil , Yarrow. 
Notes: Native to Europe. Occurs in south-eastern South Australia, south-eastern New 
South Wales, southern Victoria, and in northern and eastern Tasmania. Isolated records 
from Perth in south-western Western Australia, Stanthorpe in far south-eastern Queensland, 
and from far north-western Victoria. Grows in disturbed sites such as roadsides, often at 
moderate to high altitudes. Flowers late spring-autumn. 
Pink-flowered forms of A. millefolium can be difficult to distinguish from A. distans , 
especially some that are intermediate in leaf morphology. The two species probably co¬ 
occur at a number of localities and hybridisation and introgression is the likely reason for 
these difficult specimens. 
Representative specimens : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Vincent St, Leederville, G.J.Keighery 
11445 (PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA: on road to Nelson, c. 5 kni S of Mt Gambier, R.J.Bates 
40461 (AD). QUEENSLAND: Stanthorpe, 14 Dec. 1986, PS.Crew (BRI). NEW SOUTH 
WALES: Cabramurra township, P.C.Jobson 4621, R.G.Covenv & P.G.Kodela (AD, BRI, 
CANB). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: 3.5 km N of Piccadilly Circus, Brindabella 
Ra., B.J.Lepschi 112 (CANB). VICTORIA: Howmans Gap, c. 3 km direct line NW of Falls Ck 
Village, l.C,Clarke 3042 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA: W side of Ridgley Rd, 6 km S of Bumie, 
P.C.Jobson 3453 (HO, MEL, NSW). 
3. * Achillea tomentosa L., Sp. Pl. 2: 897 (1753) 
Type: ‘G.Narbonensi, Vallesia, Tataria’ [France, Switzerland, Russia to central Asia]; 
n. v. 
Plants to c. 40 cm high. Leaves to c. 8 cm long, 2- or 3-pinnatisect, with segments 
arranged 3-dimensionally in fresh state; rachis c. 1 mm wide, entire between primary 
segments. Capitula 4-6 mm diam.; peduncle to 0.5 cm long, hairy. Involucre c. 4 mm 

Page image

971960 Yellow Muelleria 25: 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605127
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Anthemideae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292234

Page text

34 
Thompson 
conical and the paleae have a peracute or spine-like apex. Involucral bracts are not keeled 
as in species of Oncosiphon and Tanacetum , and the margin is not pigmented brown as in 
species of Tripleurospermum and Maurcmthemum. 
Key to species 
1 Ligules yellow; pappus a small corona.1 .A. tinctoria 
1: Ligules white; pappus absent 
2 Plant hardly odorous when crushed; capitula (15-) 20-35 mm diam.; peduncle with 
hairs largely appressed; involucre 4-6.5 mm long, with hyaline extension 1-2 mm 
long; receptacular paleae 0.5-1 mm wide, arising throughout; achcnes 1-2 mm 
diam., with ribs smooth; ray florets fertile..2. A. arvensis 
2: Plant strongly odorous when crushed; capitula 15-25 mm diam.; peduncle 
with hairs somewhat untidily arranged; involucre c. 4 mm long, with hyaline 
extension 0.5-1 mm long; receptacular paleae 0.3-0.7 mm wide, only associated 
with inner group of disc florets and arising only from upper half of receptacular 
cone; achene of disc florets c. 0.8 mm diam., with ribs tuberculate; ray florets 
sterile.3 .A. cotula 
1. *Antliemis tinctoria L., Sp. Pl. 2: 894 (1753) 
Type: ‘Sueciae, Germaniae’ [approximately modem Sweden and Germany]; n.v. 
Biennial to perennial herbs to c. 60 cm high, with odour not known, moderately hairy. 
Leaves to c. 7 cm long, 1- or sub-2-pinnatisect. Capitulum 20-40 mm diam.; peduncle 
with appressed hairs at anthesis. Involucre 5-6 mm long, densely hairy; inner bracts with 
hyaline extension c. 1 mm long; paleae subtending all florets, narrow-lanceolate, c. I mm 
wide. Ray florets c. 15, female; ligule c. 10 mm long, golden-yellow. Disc florets: corolla 
c. 3 mm long. Achenes obovoid, c. 2 mm long. Pappus a membranous corona. Yellow 
Chamomile. 
Notes'. Native to Europe and western to central Asia. Isolated records from south¬ 
eastern South Australia and northern Tasmania. Also naturalised in North America. 
Flowers summer-autumn. 
A popular species in horticulture that appears to be only weakly naturalised. The 
source of Chamomile tea and used as a source of yellow dye. There are several subspecies 
of A. tinctoria. Collections in Australia may be referrable to subsp. australis R.R.Fern., 
but this requires further investigation. 
Representative specimens'. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: E of Tanunda, R.J.Bates 29571 (AD). 
TASMANIA: Launceston, Mar. 1961, J.Somerville (HO). 
2. *Anthemis arvensis L., Sp. PI. 2: 894 (1753) 
Type: Europe; n.v. 
Annual herbs to c. 60 cm high, hardly odorous on crushing, sparsely to moderately 
hairy. Leaves to c. 5 cm long, sub-2 to 3-pinnatisect. Capitulum 25-35 mm diam.; peduncle 
with largely appressed hairs distally at anthesis, ± sericeous when dense. Involucre 4-6.5 
mm long, hairy; inner bracts with hyaline extension 1-2 mm long; paleae associated with 
all disc florets, narrow-elliptic, to 0.5-1 mm wide. Ray florets 15-20, fertile; ligules 8-16 
mm long, white. Disc florets: corolla 2.5-3 mm long. Achenes of disc florets obovoid, c. 2 
mm long, commonly c. 1 mm diam., sometimes c. 2 mm diam., slightly 4-angled, smooth 
along ribs. Pappus absent or a vestigial ring. Field Chamomile. 

Page image

972006 Yellow Muelleria 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49956491
Page is part of the work The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.237647
616044 Youngia Muelleria 25: 69-70

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 25: 69-70".

616046 Youngia japonica Muelleria 25: 70
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605118
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

70 
Thompson 
not compressed or outer ones slightly compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, usually 
persistent, bristles scabrid-barbellate, uniform within a pappus. 
A genus of c. 40 species predominantly from Asia. 
Youngia japonica (L.) DC., Prodr. 7: 194 (1838) 
Prenanthes japonica L., Mcmt. PL 1: 107 (1767); Crepis japonica (L.) Benth., FI. Hough. 
194(1861).' 
Type: Japan; n.v. 
[Youngia thunbergiana auct. non DC. (1838), nom. illeg.: J.D. Hooker, FI. Tasman. 1: lxv 
(1859)] 
Scapose or scapiform annuals to c. 0.6 m high, with spreading coarse hairs scattered 
or sparse on stems and leaves. Basal leaves to c. 20 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-8, often 
Iyrately divided, petiole-like basally; margin entire, denticulate or dentate; cauline leaves 
few, similar to basal leaves or much reduced, undivided. Capitula several to many; 
involucre 4-5 mm long, c. 1.5-2 mm diam.; outer bracts 3-5, ovate, 0.5-1.0 mm long, 
with hyaline margin broad; inner bracts 7-10, with a prominent pale keel developing 
basally, with hyaline margin alternately distinct and vestigial. Florets: ligule c. 3 mm 
long, yellow, possibly rarely white; style pubescence pale. Achenes narrow-ellipsoid, 
1.5-2 mm long, slightly to moderately compressed, tapering to a neck c. 0.2 mm long, 
with ribs crowded, unequally prominent, ciliate, with cilia longer distally, reddish-brown 
or mid-brown. Pappus c. 3 mm long, white; bristles barbellate proximally. 
Notes : Occurs in eastern Australia from Mt Windsor in far north Queensland south to 
Sydney in central New South Wales. Widely distributed in eastern Asia, including New 
Guinea. Grows in forests; also a weed of lawns and roadsides. Flowers most of year. 
A form recorded from disturbed and urban localities has leaves with fewer sessile 
lateral segments, denser stem indumentum, and achenes that are mid-brown rather than 
darker reddish-brown. This form possibly has come from outside Australia and further 
investigation into this variation is warranted. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Palm Tree Ck, 22 km SE offoowoomba, D. Halford 
Q634 (BR1, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Torrington-Silent Grove Rd, N.S.Lander 535a (BRI, 
C’ANB, HO, MEL, NSW); Alum Mtn, Buladelah, July 1923, H.M.R.Rupp (MEL); Gloucester, Sept. 
1965, R.G.Covenys.n ., (NSW). 
7. LAPSANA L., Sp. Pl. 2:811(1753) 
Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, glandular and eglandular. 
Leaves predominantly cauline. Inflorescences paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral 
bracts biseriate; inner bracts somewhat firm and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. 
Achenes homomorphic, mildly compressed, beaklcss. Epappate. 
A genus of c. ten species from Europe, Asia and north-western Africa. 
* Laps ana communis L., Sp. PI. 2:811 (1753) subsp. communis 
Type: Locality unknown. Herb. Clifford 389, Lapsana no. 1A; lecto: BM, fide P.D.Sell, 
Watsonia 13: 301 (1981). 
Annuals or biennials to c. 1.2 m high, with gland-tipped hairs on lower stem and 
sometimes upper stem, and short eglandular hairs on or near leaf margins. Basal leaves 
variably persistent; cauline leaves to 16 cm long, with l:w ratio 1-4, undivided or Iyrately 
divided, petiole-like basally, with 1 or 2 spreading or slightly retrorse lobes per side; 

Page image

857298 Youngia thunbergiana Muelleria 25: 70
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605118
Page is part of the work A taxonomic treatment of tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292235

Page text

70 
Thompson 
not compressed or outer ones slightly compressed, unbeaked. Pappus of bristles, usually 
persistent, bristles scabrid-barbellate, uniform within a pappus. 
A genus of c. 40 species predominantly from Asia. 
Youngia japonica (L.) DC., Prodr. 7: 194 (1838) 
Prenanthes japonica L., Mcmt. PL 1: 107 (1767); Crepis japonica (L.) Benth., FI. Hough. 
194(1861).' 
Type: Japan; n.v. 
[Youngia thunbergiana auct. non DC. (1838), nom. illeg.: J.D. Hooker, FI. Tasman. 1: lxv 
(1859)] 
Scapose or scapiform annuals to c. 0.6 m high, with spreading coarse hairs scattered 
or sparse on stems and leaves. Basal leaves to c. 20 cm long, with l:w ratio 3-8, often 
Iyrately divided, petiole-like basally; margin entire, denticulate or dentate; cauline leaves 
few, similar to basal leaves or much reduced, undivided. Capitula several to many; 
involucre 4-5 mm long, c. 1.5-2 mm diam.; outer bracts 3-5, ovate, 0.5-1.0 mm long, 
with hyaline margin broad; inner bracts 7-10, with a prominent pale keel developing 
basally, with hyaline margin alternately distinct and vestigial. Florets: ligule c. 3 mm 
long, yellow, possibly rarely white; style pubescence pale. Achenes narrow-ellipsoid, 
1.5-2 mm long, slightly to moderately compressed, tapering to a neck c. 0.2 mm long, 
with ribs crowded, unequally prominent, ciliate, with cilia longer distally, reddish-brown 
or mid-brown. Pappus c. 3 mm long, white; bristles barbellate proximally. 
Notes : Occurs in eastern Australia from Mt Windsor in far north Queensland south to 
Sydney in central New South Wales. Widely distributed in eastern Asia, including New 
Guinea. Grows in forests; also a weed of lawns and roadsides. Flowers most of year. 
A form recorded from disturbed and urban localities has leaves with fewer sessile 
lateral segments, denser stem indumentum, and achenes that are mid-brown rather than 
darker reddish-brown. This form possibly has come from outside Australia and further 
investigation into this variation is warranted. 
Representative specimens: QUEENSLAND: Palm Tree Ck, 22 km SE offoowoomba, D. Halford 
Q634 (BR1, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: Torrington-Silent Grove Rd, N.S.Lander 535a (BRI, 
C’ANB, HO, MEL, NSW); Alum Mtn, Buladelah, July 1923, H.M.R.Rupp (MEL); Gloucester, Sept. 
1965, R.G.Covenys.n ., (NSW). 
7. LAPSANA L., Sp. Pl. 2:811(1753) 
Annual, biennial or perennial herbs, branching. Hairs simple, glandular and eglandular. 
Leaves predominantly cauline. Inflorescences paniculate. Capitula pedunculate; involucral 
bracts biseriate; inner bracts somewhat firm and erect at maturity. Florets: ligule yellow. 
Achenes homomorphic, mildly compressed, beaklcss. Epappate. 
A genus of c. ten species from Europe, Asia and north-western Africa. 
* Laps ana communis L., Sp. PI. 2:811 (1753) subsp. communis 
Type: Locality unknown. Herb. Clifford 389, Lapsana no. 1A; lecto: BM, fide P.D.Sell, 
Watsonia 13: 301 (1981). 
Annuals or biennials to c. 1.2 m high, with gland-tipped hairs on lower stem and 
sometimes upper stem, and short eglandular hairs on or near leaf margins. Basal leaves 
variably persistent; cauline leaves to 16 cm long, with l:w ratio 1-4, undivided or Iyrately 
divided, petiole-like basally, with 1 or 2 spreading or slightly retrorse lobes per side; 

Page image

870966 Acacia infecunda Muelleria 26(1): 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651318 59689863
Page is part of the work Three new Acacia species (Mimosaceae) from East Gippsland, Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292493

Page text

Three new species of Acacia. 
extending along an approximate north-east to south-west 
line on a rocky slope near Benambra-Limestone Road. 
Conservation Status: Using the criteria of the IUCN 
(2001), the species would be assessed as critically 
endangered, with a conservation code of CR D, on 
account of its exceedingly small population size, which 
may comprise no more than a single genetic individual 
or genet, which renders the species highly susceptible 
to fire or other stochastic events. 
Habitat: The three new taxa share a dry woodland 
and heathland habitat on rocky slopes with soils derived 
from Devonian acid rhyolites. Associated understorey 
species include members of the Ericaceae, Dilleniaceae, 
Myrtaceae and Poaceae with an overstorey dominated 
by Eucalyptus pauciflora, E. rubida and £ sp. aff. dives. 
Acacia amoena, A. gunnii and A. kybeanensis, all of which 
are fecund, are also found growing in close proximity to 
the three new taxa. 
Phenology: Flowers late August to early October. 
Notes: Maslin (1996a, 2001a) notes that a "slow- 
growing dwarf variant" of A. boormanii occurs on 
high rocky ground at Splitters Creek, in the upper 
catchment of Little River, between Suggan Buggan and 
Wulgulmerang. Maslin (2001 d) lists the species as Acacia 
infecunda Molyneux (ms). The new species is listed as 
Acacia sp. aff. boormanii (Wulgulmerang) in the seventh 
and eighth editions of A Census of the Vascular Plants of 
Victoria (Ross & Walsh 2003, Walsh & Stajsic 2007). 
Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the apparent 
infecund nature of the species compared to the closely 
related A. boormanii. 
Recommended English name: Famine Wattle 
2. Acacia nanopravissima Molyneux & Forrester 
sp. nov. 
Ab A. pravissima phyllodiis et inflorescentibus 
minoribus, plerumque habitu minoribus e fructibus 
non evolutis differt. 
Type: VICTORIA: near Benambra-Limestone Road, 
27.viii.1993, W.M. Molyneux and S.G. Forrester s.n. (holo: 
MEL 2312470; iso: AD, BRI, NSW, PERTH). 
A small erect shrub 40-60 (-100) cm high, 25-40 cm 
wide, extending asexually by the production of ramets; 
branchlets glabrous. Phyllodes 3-8 mm long, 4-8 mm 
wide, strongly inequilateral, generally obdeltate, with 
the adaxial margin conspicuously rounded, grey-green, 
glabrous, imperfectly two-nerved, anastomosing nerves 
absent, adaxial width greater than abaxial width; gland 
prominent, (1.6-) 2.3-3.7 (-4.5) mm above pulvinus. 
Inflorescence, racemose, flower heads globular, axillary, 
one per axil; raceme axis (5-) 12-27 (-60) mm long, 
racemes of (8-) 6-10 heads. Peduncles 2-4 mm long. 
Flowers five-merous, 3-4 mm diameter, 7-9 flowers per 
head, golden, infecund. 
Representative specimens examined: VICTORIA: Splitters 
Creek, Wulgulmerang, 11 ,i,1949, N.A.Wakefield s.n.: MEL 
544638 (as Acacia pravissima); Little River, Black Mountain, 
13.L1949, N.A.Wakefield s.n. (as Acacia pravissima); Little River 
at Rockbank, Wulgulmerang, 'very localised', 29.xi.1962, J.H. 
Willis s.n.: MEL 1500988 (as Acacia pravissima ); Wulgulmerang, 
Little River, 15.L1971, A.C. Beauglehole: MEL 563409; 
Cultivated at Dixons Creek, 30.iv.1986, Molyneux & Forrester 
s.n.: MEL 252761; Splitters Creek crossing, Limestone Creek 
Road, c. 5.5 km west of Wulgulmerang-Suggan Buggan Road, 
30.iv.1986, Molyneux & Forrester s.n.: MEL 1545132; Splitters 
Creek crossing, Limestone Creek Road, 22.ix.1990, Molyneux & 
Forrester s.n.: MEL 1587015. 
Distribution: Acacia nanopravissima is apparently 
endemic to the Wulgulmerang district in East Gippsland, 
Victoria, where it is currently known by a single small 
population on the Wombargo Range in the upper 
catchment of Little River, a tributary of the Snowy River. 
The population comprises small fragmented stands in 
close proximity extending across a slope overlooking 
and south of Splitters Creek, a tributary of Little River, 
near Benambra-Limestone Road, with one small 
isolated stand of five plants on either side of Little River, 
east of the Splitters Creek subpopulation and east of the 
Benambra-Limestone Road. 
Conservation Status: Using the criteria of the IUCN 
(2001), the species would be assessed as critically 
endangered, with a conservation code of CR D, on 
account of its exceedingly small population size, which 
may comprise no more than two genetic individuals or 
genets, which renders the species highly susceptible to 
fire or other stochastic events. 
Habitat: The species occurs in dry woodland and 
heathland habitat on rocky slopes with soils derived 
from Devonian acid rhyolites. Associated understorey 
species include members of the Ericaceae, Dilleniaceae, 
Myrtaceae and Poaceae with an overstorey dominated 
by Eucalyptus pauciflora, E. rubida and £ sp. aff. dives. 
Acacia amoena, A. gunnii and A. kybeanensis, all of which 
Muelleria 
53 

Page image

631595 Acacia infecunda Muelleria 26(1): 52-53

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(1): 52-53".

870967 Acacia nanopravissima Muelleria 26(1): 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651320 59689865
Page is part of the work Three new Acacia species (Mimosaceae) from East Gippsland, Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292493
Page is part of the work A new species of Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae) from Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.337560

Page text

Three new species of Acacia. 
are fecund, are also found growing in close proximity 
to the species. The small outlying stand on Little River 
is associated with Bursaria spinosa and Lepidosperma 
laterale below an overstorey dominated by £ camphora. 
Phenology: Flowers late August to early October. 
Notes: Maslin (1996b, 2001b) notes that a "dwarf 
variant" of A. pravissima occurs at Splitters Creek, in 
the upper catchment of Little River, between Suggan 
Buggan and Wulgulmerang. Maslin (2001 d) lists the 
species as Acacia nanopravissima Molyneux (ms). 
The new species is listed as Acacia sp. aff. pravissima 
(Wulgulmerang) in the seventh and eighth editions of 
A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria (Ross & Walsh 
2003, Walsh & Stajsic 2007). 
Etymology:The specific epithet refers to the species 
being smaller in all its parts to the closely related A. 
pravissima. 
Recommended English name: Little Kooka Wattle 
3. Acacia tabula Molyneux & Forrester sp. nov. 
AbA.infecundaMolyneux&Forresterphyllodiisbrevioribus 
latioribus asymmetricis differt; ab A. nanopravissima 
Molyneux & Forrester phyllodiis anguste oblingis differt. 
Type: VICTORIA: near Benambra-Limestone Creek 
Road, 22.x.1990, W.M. Molyneux and S.G. Forrester s.n. 
MEL 2312472 (holo: MEL; iso: AD, HO, NSW, PERTH). 
A small erect shrub 25-50 cm high, 20-45 cm wide; 
extending asexually by the production of ramets; 
branchlets glabrous. Phyllodes 6-17 mm long, 0.8-2.5 (- 
4.2) mm wide, inequilateral, narrowly oblong, elliptical, 
excentrically mucronate, grey-green, glabrous; mid¬ 
nerve evident, adaxial width mostly wider than abaxial, 
seldom of equal width; gland evident, 1.5-4.5 (-6.5) mm 
above pulvinus. Inflorescence racemose; flower heads 
globular, axillary, one per axil; raceme axis (5-) 8-10 
(-12) mm long, racemes of (5-) 8-10 heads. Peduncles 
1.5-3 mm long. Flowers five-merous, 3-4 mm diameter, 
5-8 flowers per head, yellow, infecund. 
Representative specimens examined: VICTORIA: Splitters 
Creek, 9.ix.1962, Keith C. Rogers, s.n.: MEL 600258 (as Acacia 
buxifolia); Splitters Creek 2, 3.xii.1962, J.H. Willis s.n: MEL 
1500159 (as Acacia sp.); 'dry hills in Eucalyptus maculosa [E 
mannifera], E. dives forest associated with Acacia pravissima' 
[4. nanopravissima], 3.xii.1962, J.H. Willis s.n: MEL 1500159 (as 
Acacia buxifolia ); Splitters Creek above Limestone Creek Road, 
30.iv.1986, Molyneux & Forrester s.n.: MEL 1545133; Splitters 
Creek c. 10 km south-west of Suggan Buggan, 9.ix.1962, K.C. 
Rogers s.n.: MEL 600258; Map Ref: 8524 Jacobs River FV092053, 
22.ix.1990,.Molyneux & Forrester s.n.: MEL 1587014. 
Distribution: Acacia tabula is apparently endemic to 
the Wulgulmerang district in East Gippsland, Victoria, 
where it is currently known by a single small population 
on the Wombargo Range in the upper catchment of 
Little River, a tributary of the Snowy River. The population 
comprises small fragmented stands in close proximity 
extending across a slope overlooking and south of 
Splitters Creek, near Benambra-Limestone Road. 
Conservation Status: Using the criteria of the IUCN 
(2001), the species would be assessed as critically 
endangered, with a conservation code of CR D, on 
account of its exceedingly small population size, which 
may comprise no more than a single genetic individual 
or genet, which renders the species highly susceptible 
to fire or other stochastic events. 
Habitat: The species occurs in dry woodland and 
heathland habitat on rocky slopes with soils derived 
from Devonian acid rhyolites. Associated understorey 
species include members of the Ericaceae, Dilleniaceae, 
Myrtaceae and Poaceae with an overstorey dominated 
by Eucalyptus, pauciflora, E. rubida and £ sp. aff. dives. 
Acacia amoena, A. gunnii and A. kybeanensis, all of which 
are fecund, are also found growing in close proximity to 
the species. 
Phenology: Flowers late August to early October. 
Notes: Maslin (1996c, 2001c) notes that a "dwarf 
variant" of A. buxifolia subsp. buxifolia occurs at 
Splitters Creek, in the upper catchment of Little River, 
between Suggan Buggan and Wulgulmerang. Maslin 
(2001 d) lists the species as Acacia tabula Molyneux 
(ms). The new species is listed as Acacia sp. aff. buxifolia 
(Wulgulmerang) in the seventh and eighth editions of 
A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria (Ross & Walsh 
2003, Walsh & Stajsic 2007). 
Etymology: The specific epithet derives from the 
Latin tabula, a plank or board.The nearby Splitters Creek 
was so named for the activities of timber workers who 
cut and split planks for farm buildings in the district. 
Recommended English name: Wombargo Wattle 
Discussion 
While Acacia infecunda has an apparent affinity with 
A. boormanii, and A. nanopravissima an affinity with A. 
Muelleria 
55 

Page image

631596 Acacia nanopravissima Muelleria 26(1): 53, 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651318 59689863
Page is part of the work Three new Acacia species (Mimosaceae) from East Gippsland, Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292493

Page text

Three new species of Acacia. 
extending along an approximate north-east to south-west 
line on a rocky slope near Benambra-Limestone Road. 
Conservation Status: Using the criteria of the IUCN 
(2001), the species would be assessed as critically 
endangered, with a conservation code of CR D, on 
account of its exceedingly small population size, which 
may comprise no more than a single genetic individual 
or genet, which renders the species highly susceptible 
to fire or other stochastic events. 
Habitat: The three new taxa share a dry woodland 
and heathland habitat on rocky slopes with soils derived 
from Devonian acid rhyolites. Associated understorey 
species include members of the Ericaceae, Dilleniaceae, 
Myrtaceae and Poaceae with an overstorey dominated 
by Eucalyptus pauciflora, E. rubida and £ sp. aff. dives. 
Acacia amoena, A. gunnii and A. kybeanensis, all of which 
are fecund, are also found growing in close proximity to 
the three new taxa. 
Phenology: Flowers late August to early October. 
Notes: Maslin (1996a, 2001a) notes that a "slow- 
growing dwarf variant" of A. boormanii occurs on 
high rocky ground at Splitters Creek, in the upper 
catchment of Little River, between Suggan Buggan and 
Wulgulmerang. Maslin (2001 d) lists the species as Acacia 
infecunda Molyneux (ms). The new species is listed as 
Acacia sp. aff. boormanii (Wulgulmerang) in the seventh 
and eighth editions of A Census of the Vascular Plants of 
Victoria (Ross & Walsh 2003, Walsh & Stajsic 2007). 
Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the apparent 
infecund nature of the species compared to the closely 
related A. boormanii. 
Recommended English name: Famine Wattle 
2. Acacia nanopravissima Molyneux & Forrester 
sp. nov. 
Ab A. pravissima phyllodiis et inflorescentibus 
minoribus, plerumque habitu minoribus e fructibus 
non evolutis differt. 
Type: VICTORIA: near Benambra-Limestone Road, 
27.viii.1993, W.M. Molyneux and S.G. Forrester s.n. (holo: 
MEL 2312470; iso: AD, BRI, NSW, PERTH). 
A small erect shrub 40-60 (-100) cm high, 25-40 cm 
wide, extending asexually by the production of ramets; 
branchlets glabrous. Phyllodes 3-8 mm long, 4-8 mm 
wide, strongly inequilateral, generally obdeltate, with 
the adaxial margin conspicuously rounded, grey-green, 
glabrous, imperfectly two-nerved, anastomosing nerves 
absent, adaxial width greater than abaxial width; gland 
prominent, (1.6-) 2.3-3.7 (-4.5) mm above pulvinus. 
Inflorescence, racemose, flower heads globular, axillary, 
one per axil; raceme axis (5-) 12-27 (-60) mm long, 
racemes of (8-) 6-10 heads. Peduncles 2-4 mm long. 
Flowers five-merous, 3-4 mm diameter, 7-9 flowers per 
head, golden, infecund. 
Representative specimens examined: VICTORIA: Splitters 
Creek, Wulgulmerang, 11 ,i,1949, N.A.Wakefield s.n.: MEL 
544638 (as Acacia pravissima); Little River, Black Mountain, 
13.L1949, N.A.Wakefield s.n. (as Acacia pravissima); Little River 
at Rockbank, Wulgulmerang, 'very localised', 29.xi.1962, J.H. 
Willis s.n.: MEL 1500988 (as Acacia pravissima ); Wulgulmerang, 
Little River, 15.L1971, A.C. Beauglehole: MEL 563409; 
Cultivated at Dixons Creek, 30.iv.1986, Molyneux & Forrester 
s.n.: MEL 252761; Splitters Creek crossing, Limestone Creek 
Road, c. 5.5 km west of Wulgulmerang-Suggan Buggan Road, 
30.iv.1986, Molyneux & Forrester s.n.: MEL 1545132; Splitters 
Creek crossing, Limestone Creek Road, 22.ix.1990, Molyneux & 
Forrester s.n.: MEL 1587015. 
Distribution: Acacia nanopravissima is apparently 
endemic to the Wulgulmerang district in East Gippsland, 
Victoria, where it is currently known by a single small 
population on the Wombargo Range in the upper 
catchment of Little River, a tributary of the Snowy River. 
The population comprises small fragmented stands in 
close proximity extending across a slope overlooking 
and south of Splitters Creek, a tributary of Little River, 
near Benambra-Limestone Road, with one small 
isolated stand of five plants on either side of Little River, 
east of the Splitters Creek subpopulation and east of the 
Benambra-Limestone Road. 
Conservation Status: Using the criteria of the IUCN 
(2001), the species would be assessed as critically 
endangered, with a conservation code of CR D, on 
account of its exceedingly small population size, which 
may comprise no more than two genetic individuals or 
genets, which renders the species highly susceptible to 
fire or other stochastic events. 
Habitat: The species occurs in dry woodland and 
heathland habitat on rocky slopes with soils derived 
from Devonian acid rhyolites. Associated understorey 
species include members of the Ericaceae, Dilleniaceae, 
Myrtaceae and Poaceae with an overstorey dominated 
by Eucalyptus pauciflora, E. rubida and £ sp. aff. dives. 
Acacia amoena, A. gunnii and A. kybeanensis, all of which 
Muelleria 
53 

Page image

870965 Acacia sp. aff. boormanii (Wulgulmerang) Muelleria 26(1): 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651318 59689863
Page is part of the work Three new Acacia species (Mimosaceae) from East Gippsland, Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292493
870970 Acacia sp. aff. buxifolia (Wulgulmerang) Muelleria 26(1): 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651320 59689865
Page is part of the work Three new Acacia species (Mimosaceae) from East Gippsland, Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292493
Page is part of the work A new species of Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae) from Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.337560
870968 Acacia sp. aff. pravissima (Wulgulmerang) Muelleria 26(1): 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651320 59689865
Page is part of the work Three new Acacia species (Mimosaceae) from East Gippsland, Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292493
Page is part of the work A new species of Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae) from Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.337560
870969 Acacia tabula Muelleria 26(1): 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651320 59689865
Page is part of the work Three new Acacia species (Mimosaceae) from East Gippsland, Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292493
Page is part of the work A new species of Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae) from Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.337560

Page text

Three new species of Acacia. 
are fecund, are also found growing in close proximity 
to the species. The small outlying stand on Little River 
is associated with Bursaria spinosa and Lepidosperma 
laterale below an overstorey dominated by £ camphora. 
Phenology: Flowers late August to early October. 
Notes: Maslin (1996b, 2001b) notes that a "dwarf 
variant" of A. pravissima occurs at Splitters Creek, in 
the upper catchment of Little River, between Suggan 
Buggan and Wulgulmerang. Maslin (2001 d) lists the 
species as Acacia nanopravissima Molyneux (ms). 
The new species is listed as Acacia sp. aff. pravissima 
(Wulgulmerang) in the seventh and eighth editions of 
A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria (Ross & Walsh 
2003, Walsh & Stajsic 2007). 
Etymology:The specific epithet refers to the species 
being smaller in all its parts to the closely related A. 
pravissima. 
Recommended English name: Little Kooka Wattle 
3. Acacia tabula Molyneux & Forrester sp. nov. 
AbA.infecundaMolyneux&Forresterphyllodiisbrevioribus 
latioribus asymmetricis differt; ab A. nanopravissima 
Molyneux & Forrester phyllodiis anguste oblingis differt. 
Type: VICTORIA: near Benambra-Limestone Creek 
Road, 22.x.1990, W.M. Molyneux and S.G. Forrester s.n. 
MEL 2312472 (holo: MEL; iso: AD, HO, NSW, PERTH). 
A small erect shrub 25-50 cm high, 20-45 cm wide; 
extending asexually by the production of ramets; 
branchlets glabrous. Phyllodes 6-17 mm long, 0.8-2.5 (- 
4.2) mm wide, inequilateral, narrowly oblong, elliptical, 
excentrically mucronate, grey-green, glabrous; mid¬ 
nerve evident, adaxial width mostly wider than abaxial, 
seldom of equal width; gland evident, 1.5-4.5 (-6.5) mm 
above pulvinus. Inflorescence racemose; flower heads 
globular, axillary, one per axil; raceme axis (5-) 8-10 
(-12) mm long, racemes of (5-) 8-10 heads. Peduncles 
1.5-3 mm long. Flowers five-merous, 3-4 mm diameter, 
5-8 flowers per head, yellow, infecund. 
Representative specimens examined: VICTORIA: Splitters 
Creek, 9.ix.1962, Keith C. Rogers, s.n.: MEL 600258 (as Acacia 
buxifolia); Splitters Creek 2, 3.xii.1962, J.H. Willis s.n: MEL 
1500159 (as Acacia sp.); 'dry hills in Eucalyptus maculosa [E 
mannifera], E. dives forest associated with Acacia pravissima' 
[4. nanopravissima], 3.xii.1962, J.H. Willis s.n: MEL 1500159 (as 
Acacia buxifolia ); Splitters Creek above Limestone Creek Road, 
30.iv.1986, Molyneux & Forrester s.n.: MEL 1545133; Splitters 
Creek c. 10 km south-west of Suggan Buggan, 9.ix.1962, K.C. 
Rogers s.n.: MEL 600258; Map Ref: 8524 Jacobs River FV092053, 
22.ix.1990,.Molyneux & Forrester s.n.: MEL 1587014. 
Distribution: Acacia tabula is apparently endemic to 
the Wulgulmerang district in East Gippsland, Victoria, 
where it is currently known by a single small population 
on the Wombargo Range in the upper catchment of 
Little River, a tributary of the Snowy River. The population 
comprises small fragmented stands in close proximity 
extending across a slope overlooking and south of 
Splitters Creek, near Benambra-Limestone Road. 
Conservation Status: Using the criteria of the IUCN 
(2001), the species would be assessed as critically 
endangered, with a conservation code of CR D, on 
account of its exceedingly small population size, which 
may comprise no more than a single genetic individual 
or genet, which renders the species highly susceptible 
to fire or other stochastic events. 
Habitat: The species occurs in dry woodland and 
heathland habitat on rocky slopes with soils derived 
from Devonian acid rhyolites. Associated understorey 
species include members of the Ericaceae, Dilleniaceae, 
Myrtaceae and Poaceae with an overstorey dominated 
by Eucalyptus, pauciflora, E. rubida and £ sp. aff. dives. 
Acacia amoena, A. gunnii and A. kybeanensis, all of which 
are fecund, are also found growing in close proximity to 
the species. 
Phenology: Flowers late August to early October. 
Notes: Maslin (1996c, 2001c) notes that a "dwarf 
variant" of A. buxifolia subsp. buxifolia occurs at 
Splitters Creek, in the upper catchment of Little River, 
between Suggan Buggan and Wulgulmerang. Maslin 
(2001 d) lists the species as Acacia tabula Molyneux 
(ms). The new species is listed as Acacia sp. aff. buxifolia 
(Wulgulmerang) in the seventh and eighth editions of 
A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria (Ross & Walsh 
2003, Walsh & Stajsic 2007). 
Etymology: The specific epithet derives from the 
Latin tabula, a plank or board.The nearby Splitters Creek 
was so named for the activities of timber workers who 
cut and split planks for farm buildings in the district. 
Recommended English name: Wombargo Wattle 
Discussion 
While Acacia infecunda has an apparent affinity with 
A. boormanii, and A. nanopravissima an affinity with A. 
Muelleria 
55 

Page image

631597 Acacia tabula Muelleria 26(1): 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651320 59689865
Page is part of the work Three new Acacia species (Mimosaceae) from East Gippsland, Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292493
Page is part of the work A new species of Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae) from Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.337560

Page text

Three new species of Acacia. 
are fecund, are also found growing in close proximity 
to the species. The small outlying stand on Little River 
is associated with Bursaria spinosa and Lepidosperma 
laterale below an overstorey dominated by £ camphora. 
Phenology: Flowers late August to early October. 
Notes: Maslin (1996b, 2001b) notes that a "dwarf 
variant" of A. pravissima occurs at Splitters Creek, in 
the upper catchment of Little River, between Suggan 
Buggan and Wulgulmerang. Maslin (2001 d) lists the 
species as Acacia nanopravissima Molyneux (ms). 
The new species is listed as Acacia sp. aff. pravissima 
(Wulgulmerang) in the seventh and eighth editions of 
A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria (Ross & Walsh 
2003, Walsh & Stajsic 2007). 
Etymology:The specific epithet refers to the species 
being smaller in all its parts to the closely related A. 
pravissima. 
Recommended English name: Little Kooka Wattle 
3. Acacia tabula Molyneux & Forrester sp. nov. 
AbA.infecundaMolyneux&Forresterphyllodiisbrevioribus 
latioribus asymmetricis differt; ab A. nanopravissima 
Molyneux & Forrester phyllodiis anguste oblingis differt. 
Type: VICTORIA: near Benambra-Limestone Creek 
Road, 22.x.1990, W.M. Molyneux and S.G. Forrester s.n. 
MEL 2312472 (holo: MEL; iso: AD, HO, NSW, PERTH). 
A small erect shrub 25-50 cm high, 20-45 cm wide; 
extending asexually by the production of ramets; 
branchlets glabrous. Phyllodes 6-17 mm long, 0.8-2.5 (- 
4.2) mm wide, inequilateral, narrowly oblong, elliptical, 
excentrically mucronate, grey-green, glabrous; mid¬ 
nerve evident, adaxial width mostly wider than abaxial, 
seldom of equal width; gland evident, 1.5-4.5 (-6.5) mm 
above pulvinus. Inflorescence racemose; flower heads 
globular, axillary, one per axil; raceme axis (5-) 8-10 
(-12) mm long, racemes of (5-) 8-10 heads. Peduncles 
1.5-3 mm long. Flowers five-merous, 3-4 mm diameter, 
5-8 flowers per head, yellow, infecund. 
Representative specimens examined: VICTORIA: Splitters 
Creek, 9.ix.1962, Keith C. Rogers, s.n.: MEL 600258 (as Acacia 
buxifolia); Splitters Creek 2, 3.xii.1962, J.H. Willis s.n: MEL 
1500159 (as Acacia sp.); 'dry hills in Eucalyptus maculosa [E 
mannifera], E. dives forest associated with Acacia pravissima' 
[4. nanopravissima], 3.xii.1962, J.H. Willis s.n: MEL 1500159 (as 
Acacia buxifolia ); Splitters Creek above Limestone Creek Road, 
30.iv.1986, Molyneux & Forrester s.n.: MEL 1545133; Splitters 
Creek c. 10 km south-west of Suggan Buggan, 9.ix.1962, K.C. 
Rogers s.n.: MEL 600258; Map Ref: 8524 Jacobs River FV092053, 
22.ix.1990,.Molyneux & Forrester s.n.: MEL 1587014. 
Distribution: Acacia tabula is apparently endemic to 
the Wulgulmerang district in East Gippsland, Victoria, 
where it is currently known by a single small population 
on the Wombargo Range in the upper catchment of 
Little River, a tributary of the Snowy River. The population 
comprises small fragmented stands in close proximity 
extending across a slope overlooking and south of 
Splitters Creek, near Benambra-Limestone Road. 
Conservation Status: Using the criteria of the IUCN 
(2001), the species would be assessed as critically 
endangered, with a conservation code of CR D, on 
account of its exceedingly small population size, which 
may comprise no more than a single genetic individual 
or genet, which renders the species highly susceptible 
to fire or other stochastic events. 
Habitat: The species occurs in dry woodland and 
heathland habitat on rocky slopes with soils derived 
from Devonian acid rhyolites. Associated understorey 
species include members of the Ericaceae, Dilleniaceae, 
Myrtaceae and Poaceae with an overstorey dominated 
by Eucalyptus, pauciflora, E. rubida and £ sp. aff. dives. 
Acacia amoena, A. gunnii and A. kybeanensis, all of which 
are fecund, are also found growing in close proximity to 
the species. 
Phenology: Flowers late August to early October. 
Notes: Maslin (1996c, 2001c) notes that a "dwarf 
variant" of A. buxifolia subsp. buxifolia occurs at 
Splitters Creek, in the upper catchment of Little River, 
between Suggan Buggan and Wulgulmerang. Maslin 
(2001 d) lists the species as Acacia tabula Molyneux 
(ms). The new species is listed as Acacia sp. aff. buxifolia 
(Wulgulmerang) in the seventh and eighth editions of 
A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria (Ross & Walsh 
2003, Walsh & Stajsic 2007). 
Etymology: The specific epithet derives from the 
Latin tabula, a plank or board.The nearby Splitters Creek 
was so named for the activities of timber workers who 
cut and split planks for farm buildings in the district. 
Recommended English name: Wombargo Wattle 
Discussion 
While Acacia infecunda has an apparent affinity with 
A. boormanii, and A. nanopravissima an affinity with A. 
Muelleria 
55 

Page image

870964 Chionogentias demissa Muelleria 26(1): 95
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651360 59689952
Page is part of the work A new combination in Gentianella for the Australian species Chionogentias demissa, doi:10.5962/p.292498
Page is part of the work A new species and a new combination in the shining peppermint group of Eucalyptus and notes on the distribution of Eucalyptus willisii sens. strict, doi:10.5962/p.337563

Page text

A new combination in Gentianella 
for the Australian species 
Chionogentias demissa 
a. 235 ^ 
David Glenny 
Allan Herbarium, Landcare Research, PO Box 40, Lincoln 7640, New Zealand; 
e-mail; glennyd@landcareresearch.co.nz 
Note 
Glenny (2004, p 518-519) made combinations in Gentianella for 
Australian species whose basionyms were in Gentiana or Chionogentias. 
Unfortunately one species was not included and a combination for this 
species is made here: 
Gentianella demissa (L.G.Adams) Glenny comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chionogentias demissa L.G.Adams, Austral. Syst. Bot. 8, 960 
(1995). 
Acknowledgment 
I thank Alex Buchanan of the Tasmanian Herbarium for pointing out the 
omission. 
References 
Adams, L. G. (1995). Chionogentias (Gentianaceae), a new generic name for the 
Australasian'snow-gentians; and a revision of the Australian species. Australian 
Systematic Botany 8,935-1011. 
Glenny, D. (2004). A revision of the genus Gentianella in New Zealand. New Zealand 
Journal of Botany 42,361-530. 
IVoyal 
Botanic 
Gardens 
Melbourne 
Muelleria 
95 

Page image

631594 Gentianella demissa Muelleria 26(1): 95
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651360 59689952
Page is part of the work A new combination in Gentianella for the Australian species Chionogentias demissa, doi:10.5962/p.292498
Page is part of the work A new species and a new combination in the shining peppermint group of Eucalyptus and notes on the distribution of Eucalyptus willisii sens. strict, doi:10.5962/p.337563

Page text

A new combination in Gentianella 
for the Australian species 
Chionogentias demissa 
a. 235 ^ 
David Glenny 
Allan Herbarium, Landcare Research, PO Box 40, Lincoln 7640, New Zealand; 
e-mail; glennyd@landcareresearch.co.nz 
Note 
Glenny (2004, p 518-519) made combinations in Gentianella for 
Australian species whose basionyms were in Gentiana or Chionogentias. 
Unfortunately one species was not included and a combination for this 
species is made here: 
Gentianella demissa (L.G.Adams) Glenny comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chionogentias demissa L.G.Adams, Austral. Syst. Bot. 8, 960 
(1995). 
Acknowledgment 
I thank Alex Buchanan of the Tasmanian Herbarium for pointing out the 
omission. 
References 
Adams, L. G. (1995). Chionogentias (Gentianaceae), a new generic name for the 
Australasian'snow-gentians; and a revision of the Australian species. Australian 
Systematic Botany 8,935-1011. 
Glenny, D. (2004). A revision of the genus Gentianella in New Zealand. New Zealand 
Journal of Botany 42,361-530. 
IVoyal 
Botanic 
Gardens 
Melbourne 
Muelleria 
95 

Page image

1000247 Wombargo Muelleria 26(1): 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651320 59689865
Page is part of the work Three new Acacia species (Mimosaceae) from East Gippsland, Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292493
Page is part of the work A new species of Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae) from Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.337560

Page text

Three new species of Acacia. 
are fecund, are also found growing in close proximity 
to the species. The small outlying stand on Little River 
is associated with Bursaria spinosa and Lepidosperma 
laterale below an overstorey dominated by £ camphora. 
Phenology: Flowers late August to early October. 
Notes: Maslin (1996b, 2001b) notes that a "dwarf 
variant" of A. pravissima occurs at Splitters Creek, in 
the upper catchment of Little River, between Suggan 
Buggan and Wulgulmerang. Maslin (2001 d) lists the 
species as Acacia nanopravissima Molyneux (ms). 
The new species is listed as Acacia sp. aff. pravissima 
(Wulgulmerang) in the seventh and eighth editions of 
A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria (Ross & Walsh 
2003, Walsh & Stajsic 2007). 
Etymology:The specific epithet refers to the species 
being smaller in all its parts to the closely related A. 
pravissima. 
Recommended English name: Little Kooka Wattle 
3. Acacia tabula Molyneux & Forrester sp. nov. 
AbA.infecundaMolyneux&Forresterphyllodiisbrevioribus 
latioribus asymmetricis differt; ab A. nanopravissima 
Molyneux & Forrester phyllodiis anguste oblingis differt. 
Type: VICTORIA: near Benambra-Limestone Creek 
Road, 22.x.1990, W.M. Molyneux and S.G. Forrester s.n. 
MEL 2312472 (holo: MEL; iso: AD, HO, NSW, PERTH). 
A small erect shrub 25-50 cm high, 20-45 cm wide; 
extending asexually by the production of ramets; 
branchlets glabrous. Phyllodes 6-17 mm long, 0.8-2.5 (- 
4.2) mm wide, inequilateral, narrowly oblong, elliptical, 
excentrically mucronate, grey-green, glabrous; mid¬ 
nerve evident, adaxial width mostly wider than abaxial, 
seldom of equal width; gland evident, 1.5-4.5 (-6.5) mm 
above pulvinus. Inflorescence racemose; flower heads 
globular, axillary, one per axil; raceme axis (5-) 8-10 
(-12) mm long, racemes of (5-) 8-10 heads. Peduncles 
1.5-3 mm long. Flowers five-merous, 3-4 mm diameter, 
5-8 flowers per head, yellow, infecund. 
Representative specimens examined: VICTORIA: Splitters 
Creek, 9.ix.1962, Keith C. Rogers, s.n.: MEL 600258 (as Acacia 
buxifolia); Splitters Creek 2, 3.xii.1962, J.H. Willis s.n: MEL 
1500159 (as Acacia sp.); 'dry hills in Eucalyptus maculosa [E 
mannifera], E. dives forest associated with Acacia pravissima' 
[4. nanopravissima], 3.xii.1962, J.H. Willis s.n: MEL 1500159 (as 
Acacia buxifolia ); Splitters Creek above Limestone Creek Road, 
30.iv.1986, Molyneux & Forrester s.n.: MEL 1545133; Splitters 
Creek c. 10 km south-west of Suggan Buggan, 9.ix.1962, K.C. 
Rogers s.n.: MEL 600258; Map Ref: 8524 Jacobs River FV092053, 
22.ix.1990,.Molyneux & Forrester s.n.: MEL 1587014. 
Distribution: Acacia tabula is apparently endemic to 
the Wulgulmerang district in East Gippsland, Victoria, 
where it is currently known by a single small population 
on the Wombargo Range in the upper catchment of 
Little River, a tributary of the Snowy River. The population 
comprises small fragmented stands in close proximity 
extending across a slope overlooking and south of 
Splitters Creek, near Benambra-Limestone Road. 
Conservation Status: Using the criteria of the IUCN 
(2001), the species would be assessed as critically 
endangered, with a conservation code of CR D, on 
account of its exceedingly small population size, which 
may comprise no more than a single genetic individual 
or genet, which renders the species highly susceptible 
to fire or other stochastic events. 
Habitat: The species occurs in dry woodland and 
heathland habitat on rocky slopes with soils derived 
from Devonian acid rhyolites. Associated understorey 
species include members of the Ericaceae, Dilleniaceae, 
Myrtaceae and Poaceae with an overstorey dominated 
by Eucalyptus, pauciflora, E. rubida and £ sp. aff. dives. 
Acacia amoena, A. gunnii and A. kybeanensis, all of which 
are fecund, are also found growing in close proximity to 
the species. 
Phenology: Flowers late August to early October. 
Notes: Maslin (1996c, 2001c) notes that a "dwarf 
variant" of A. buxifolia subsp. buxifolia occurs at 
Splitters Creek, in the upper catchment of Little River, 
between Suggan Buggan and Wulgulmerang. Maslin 
(2001 d) lists the species as Acacia tabula Molyneux 
(ms). The new species is listed as Acacia sp. aff. buxifolia 
(Wulgulmerang) in the seventh and eighth editions of 
A Census of the Vascular Plants of Victoria (Ross & Walsh 
2003, Walsh & Stajsic 2007). 
Etymology: The specific epithet derives from the 
Latin tabula, a plank or board.The nearby Splitters Creek 
was so named for the activities of timber workers who 
cut and split planks for farm buildings in the district. 
Recommended English name: Wombargo Wattle 
Discussion 
While Acacia infecunda has an apparent affinity with 
A. boormanii, and A. nanopravissima an affinity with A. 
Muelleria 
55 

Page image

871620 Agrostis avenacea perennis Muelleria 26(2): 35
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651300 59689898
Page is part of the work Systematics of the tribe Ingeae (Leguminosae-Mimosiodeae) over the last 25 years, doi:10.5962/p.292491
Page is part of the work New Lachnagrostis taxa from South Australia and South-west Victoria (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.337565
973031 Awnless Muelleria 26(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2)".

973033 Bates Muelleria 26(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2)".

632701 Bossiaea vombata Muelleria 26(2): 55-56

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 55-56".

871658 Callistemon sp. (Wonwondah) Muelleria 26(2): 59
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651324 59689869
Page is part of the work Some case studies of Acacia as weeds and implications for herbaria, doi:10.5962/p.292494
Page is part of the work A new species of Callistemon R.Br. (Myrtaceae, Melaleuceae) from Victoria, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337561

Page text

Callistemon wimmerensis sp. nov. 
Type: VICTORIA. Wimmera: Wonwondah East, c. 18 
km south of Horsham on the west bank of MacKenzie 
River 142° 12' 1"E 36° 54' 29"S. 28.ix.2004, G.W. Carr 
Q 41 J -343 and V. Stajsic (holotype; MEL 2312043, MEL 
2312044, MEL 2312045; isotypes AD, BRI, CANB, HO, K, 
MELU,NE,NSW,NY). 
CaHistemon sp. (Wonwondah) sensu Walsh & Stajsic 
(2007). 
5hrub or small free to c. 10 m high with single-stem 
(trunk) or up to c. 60 stems arising from a lignotuber; 
young plants narrowly erect, branches steeply 
ascending, ultimatelyatreewith a dense, narrow,crown 
which is higher than wide, outer branches somewhat 
weeping.Sor/cgrey-brown, tightly adherent and slightly 
stringy, shallowly fissured longitudinally; bark of young 
branches slightly flaky with thin platelets. Young 
stems angular, dull red, densely tomentose-sericeous, 
indumentum appressed or sub-erect with hairs to c. 2.5 
mm long, soon glabrous. Leaves moderately densely 
arranged on stems, steeply ascending and forming an 
angle of 20-35 (-60°) with stem; petiole and base of leaf 
blade dextrorsely twisted through 90°, thus blade with 
vertical orientation; pedicel flattened, 1-2 mm long 
X c. 1.5 mm wide. Leaf lamina narrowly oblanceolate 
or narrowly elliptic, acute, with a prominent, rigid, 
pungent mucro 0.6-1.75 m long; lamina (12-) 30-50 
(-60) mm long x (2-) 4-7 (-8) mm wide, coriaceous, 
faintly revolute, dull yellow-green (Green Group 137A), 
pink when young, smooth in vivo, somewhat rough 
in dried material; midvein raised and prominent on 
abaxial surface, marginal veins prominent (leaf edges 
thick), lateral veins obscure in vivo, prominent in dried 
material; immersed oil glands moderately dense and 
obvious on abaxial surface and leaf edge, obscure 
on adaxial surface; mature leaves glabrous, young 
leaves moderately to densely appressed-sericeous 
with hairs to 2 mm long, young seedling leaves with 
patent indumentum; crushed leaves in vivo emit a faint 
Euca/ypfus-like odour when fresh. Conflorescence sub¬ 
terminal on main axis or short axillary branches, (1.8-) 
3.5-5.0 (-6.0) cm long x 3.2-3.5 cm diameter; axis 
densely pubescent in bud, moderately pubescent at 
anthesis, densely so at base of flowers; flowers densely 
arranged (12-) 20-40 (-49) per conflorescence, all 
flowers subtended by rigid, antrorse, caducous bracts; 
bracts ±triangular to lanceolate, cucullate at base. 
otherwise navicular, acute, 4.8-10.0 mm long x 2.6-3.7 
mm wide, increasing in length distally, chartaceous 
with ±transparent scarious margins, especially in distal 
two-thirds, pubescent abaxially on margins at base 
with hairs to 1.0 mm long, bracts sometimes pubescent 
to apex, ciliate, adaxiaily glabrous or rarely sparsely 
pubescent; bracts pale brown dorsally, margins pale 
brown, apex, at least in proximal bracts maroon- 
brown, very dark at tip. Hypanthium barrel-shaped, 
2.0-3.3 mm long x 2.2-3.5 mm wide, glabrous, smooth 
in vivo, green, with abundant but obscure immersed 
oil glands; ovary 3-locular, summit sunk c. 1.5 mm 
below hypanthium rim, covered with very dense erect 
hairs to 1.2 mm long; rim of hypanthium with a dense 
ring of erect colourless hairs to 0.5 mm long between 
the base of each petal. Sepals orbicular or rounded- 
triangular, 1.7-2.5 mm long x 2.5 mm wide, cucullate, 
pale translucent green on margins, thickened-opaque 
central portion with prominent oil glands, glabrous 
except for ciliate margins, caducous or somewhat 
persistent but soon eroding from rim of hypanthium. 
Petals sessile, cucullate, ±membranous, ±orbicular 
or elliptical-rotund, 4.0-5.0 mm long x 3.0-4.0 mm 
wide, attached by broad base 1.0-1.3 mm wide, pale 
translucent green, glabrous or margins sparsely ciliate 
with hairs to 0.75 mm long. Stamens 52-56, filaments 
wholly free, glabrous, 11.5-13.5 mm long, pink (RHS 
Red Group 56A); anthers 1.5-1.7 mm long x 0.7-1.0 
mm wide, bright yellow. Style pink ±straight, 13.5-14.0 
mm long; stigma capitate, 0.7-0.8 mm wide. Capsules 
depressed-globular, long-persistent, light brown or 
grey-brown, in old fruits surface tissue exfoliating in 
sheets, sunken summit of ovary white-tomentose; 
year old capsules 3.2-3,5 mm long x 3.5-3.8 mm wide, 
ultimately increasing to 4.5-5.0 mm long x 8.0-8.5 mm 
wide. Seeds 0.8-1.1 mm long, tiinear, very narrowly 
deltoid or slightly falcate, somewhat flattened, distal 
end obliquely truncate, chestnut brown, shining, striate 
and sharply angular; contents of capsules mostly sterile 
(Fig. l.a-e). 
Flowering period: Late October to late December. 
Specimens examined: VICTORIA. WiiDmera; MacKenzie 
River, 20 x.2004, G.W. Carr 0410-21—0410-27 and V. Stajsic 
(MEL); MacKenzie River, 28 xi.2004, G.W. Carr 0411-329— 
0411-331 and V. Stajsic [MEL 2312046 & MEL 2312047; MEL 
2312048 (AD); MEL 2312049 (AD)]; MacKenzie River, 28 xi.2004, 
Muelleria 
59 

Page image

632702 Callistemon wimmerensis Muelleria 26(2): 57-62, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 57-62, Fig. 1".

871662 Catillaria laureri Muelleria 26(2): 65
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651330 59689875
Page is part of the work Some case studies of Acacia as weeds and implications for herbaria, doi:10.5962/p.292494
Page is part of the work Observations on some Tasmanian species of the lichen genus Megalaria, doi:10.5962/p.337562
871666 Catillaria melaloma Muelleria 26(2): 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651332 59689877
Page is part of the work Biological control of Australian native plants, in Australia, with an emphasis on acacias, doi:10.5962/p.292495
Page is part of the work Observations on some Tasmanian species of the lichen genus Megalaria, doi:10.5962/p.337562

Page text

Megalaria 
all these pigments may also occur in other species of 
Megalaria to some degree, the predominance of the 
'atra-red'pigment is highly characteristic. 
Additional descriptive data for this species are given 
by Coppins (1992) (for Great Britain, under Catillario) 
and by Brodo ef al. (2001) {for North America). Whereas 
Tasmanian specimens have the same pigments and 
general habit, their ascospores are relatively longer 
and broader [cf. 12-18 x 5-7 pm (Coppins 1992); 
13-18(-24) X 5-7(-8) pm (Brodo etal. 2001)]. Thus the 
identification oftheTasmanian specimens is provisional 
at this stage. 
Distribution and ecology: Megalaria laureri is 
widespread albeit often localised in temperate 
areas of the Northern Hemisphere. It appears to be 
uncommon in Tasmania where it is known from only 
two collections: one from the trunk of Banksia In wet 
eucalypt forest and the other from a young trunk 
of Nothofagus cunninghamii (Hook.) Oerst. in cool 
temperate rainforest. 
Specimens examined: TASMANIA. Yarlington Tier, 42°32'S 
147°18'E, 620 m alt,, 8.xi.l987, G. Kantvilas 91/87 (GZU, HO); 
Montana Falls, 4r34'S 146"36'E, 290 m alt., 26.xi.1988, J.A. 
Curnow2063 (CANB, HO, M). UNITED STATES OF AMERICA: 
MICHIGAN. AlgerCounty,W of Kingston Lake, 16.ix.l970, R.C 
Harris 6055 (HO, MSC). 
2. Megalaria melaloma (Knight) Kantvilas 
comb. nov. 
Lecidea melaloma Knight, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, ser. 
2,2:45 (1882); Catillaria melaloma (Knight) Zahibr., Cat. 
Lich.Univ.4:2^ (1926). 
Type: New South Wales ['in the neighbourhood of 
Sydney'], C Knight [vol. 204, p. 24, no. 24] (WELT- 
holotype!). 
= Catillaria tasmanka Rasanen, Ann. Bot. Soc. ZooL- 
Bot. Fenn. "Vanamo" 21: 3 (1944). Type: Australia, 
Tasmania, prope cataractam Newton [New Town 
Falls], ad corticem arborum, 1887, R.A. Bastow (G- 
holotype!). 
= Patellaea scutata Rodway, Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 
(1924): 93 (1925). Type: Tasmania, Cascades, on bark 
of Bedfordia salicina, 27 June 1896, L. Rodway (HO- 
holotype!). 
= ? Patellaria bklipea Shirley, Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 
(1893): 217 (1894); Megalospora bklipea (Shirley) 
Zahibr., Cot. Lich. Univ. 4: 86 (1926). Type: [Tasmania] 
St Crispin's, W.A. Weymouth 155a (Type specimen not 
located). 
Thallus crustose, 50-100{-150) pm thick, generally 
smooth, effuse and continuous, sometimes cracked, 
abraded, rather gnarled and scurfy, whitish cream, 
glaucous grey to pale brownish, not delimited, lacking 
isidia or soredia, ecorticate; photobiont a unicellular 
green alga with cells globose, 7-10(-16) pm diam. 
Apothecia 0.8-1 (-1.5) mm diam., scattered, 
superficial, basally constricted; disc plane at first, later 
convex, matt, typically jet-black but sometimes pale 
greyish, brown or piebald, epruinose; margin persistent 
except in oldest, most convex apothecia, often rather 
glossy, typically concolorous with the disc, or darker 
when the disc is pale, rarely a little brownish at the sides. 
Excipulum in section 40-80 pm thick, composed of 
radiating, branched and anastomosing, conglutinated 
hyphae to c. 2 pm thick, with a grey-green, olive-green 
to bluish green, K±intensifying greenish, N-f crimson 
pigment at the edge, sometimes extending within in 
Figure 2. Comparison of the ascus apex of Megalaria species, observed in dilute Lugols' iodine after pre-treatment with 10% 
KOH (amyloid tissues stippled). A: M. laureri {Kantvilas 91/87); B: M. melaloma {Kantvilas 207/80); C: M. subtasmanica 
{Kantvilas 264/93). Scale = 10 pm. 
Muelleria 
67 

Page image

871668 Catillaria tasmanica Muelleria 26(2): 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651332 59689877
Page is part of the work Biological control of Australian native plants, in Australia, with an emphasis on acacias, doi:10.5962/p.292495
Page is part of the work Observations on some Tasmanian species of the lichen genus Megalaria, doi:10.5962/p.337562

Page text

Megalaria 
all these pigments may also occur in other species of 
Megalaria to some degree, the predominance of the 
'atra-red'pigment is highly characteristic. 
Additional descriptive data for this species are given 
by Coppins (1992) (for Great Britain, under Catillario) 
and by Brodo ef al. (2001) {for North America). Whereas 
Tasmanian specimens have the same pigments and 
general habit, their ascospores are relatively longer 
and broader [cf. 12-18 x 5-7 pm (Coppins 1992); 
13-18(-24) X 5-7(-8) pm (Brodo etal. 2001)]. Thus the 
identification oftheTasmanian specimens is provisional 
at this stage. 
Distribution and ecology: Megalaria laureri is 
widespread albeit often localised in temperate 
areas of the Northern Hemisphere. It appears to be 
uncommon in Tasmania where it is known from only 
two collections: one from the trunk of Banksia In wet 
eucalypt forest and the other from a young trunk 
of Nothofagus cunninghamii (Hook.) Oerst. in cool 
temperate rainforest. 
Specimens examined: TASMANIA. Yarlington Tier, 42°32'S 
147°18'E, 620 m alt,, 8.xi.l987, G. Kantvilas 91/87 (GZU, HO); 
Montana Falls, 4r34'S 146"36'E, 290 m alt., 26.xi.1988, J.A. 
Curnow2063 (CANB, HO, M). UNITED STATES OF AMERICA: 
MICHIGAN. AlgerCounty,W of Kingston Lake, 16.ix.l970, R.C 
Harris 6055 (HO, MSC). 
2. Megalaria melaloma (Knight) Kantvilas 
comb. nov. 
Lecidea melaloma Knight, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, ser. 
2,2:45 (1882); Catillaria melaloma (Knight) Zahibr., Cat. 
Lich.Univ.4:2^ (1926). 
Type: New South Wales ['in the neighbourhood of 
Sydney'], C Knight [vol. 204, p. 24, no. 24] (WELT- 
holotype!). 
= Catillaria tasmanka Rasanen, Ann. Bot. Soc. ZooL- 
Bot. Fenn. "Vanamo" 21: 3 (1944). Type: Australia, 
Tasmania, prope cataractam Newton [New Town 
Falls], ad corticem arborum, 1887, R.A. Bastow (G- 
holotype!). 
= Patellaea scutata Rodway, Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 
(1924): 93 (1925). Type: Tasmania, Cascades, on bark 
of Bedfordia salicina, 27 June 1896, L. Rodway (HO- 
holotype!). 
= ? Patellaria bklipea Shirley, Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 
(1893): 217 (1894); Megalospora bklipea (Shirley) 
Zahibr., Cot. Lich. Univ. 4: 86 (1926). Type: [Tasmania] 
St Crispin's, W.A. Weymouth 155a (Type specimen not 
located). 
Thallus crustose, 50-100{-150) pm thick, generally 
smooth, effuse and continuous, sometimes cracked, 
abraded, rather gnarled and scurfy, whitish cream, 
glaucous grey to pale brownish, not delimited, lacking 
isidia or soredia, ecorticate; photobiont a unicellular 
green alga with cells globose, 7-10(-16) pm diam. 
Apothecia 0.8-1 (-1.5) mm diam., scattered, 
superficial, basally constricted; disc plane at first, later 
convex, matt, typically jet-black but sometimes pale 
greyish, brown or piebald, epruinose; margin persistent 
except in oldest, most convex apothecia, often rather 
glossy, typically concolorous with the disc, or darker 
when the disc is pale, rarely a little brownish at the sides. 
Excipulum in section 40-80 pm thick, composed of 
radiating, branched and anastomosing, conglutinated 
hyphae to c. 2 pm thick, with a grey-green, olive-green 
to bluish green, K±intensifying greenish, N-f crimson 
pigment at the edge, sometimes extending within in 
Figure 2. Comparison of the ascus apex of Megalaria species, observed in dilute Lugols' iodine after pre-treatment with 10% 
KOH (amyloid tissues stippled). A: M. laureri {Kantvilas 91/87); B: M. melaloma {Kantvilas 207/80); C: M. subtasmanica 
{Kantvilas 264/93). Scale = 10 pm. 
Muelleria 
67 

Page image

973035 Contracted Muelleria 26(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2)".

632696 Correa alba Muelleria 26(2): 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651312 59689857
Page is part of the work Leaf ontogeny and morphology in Acacia (Mimosaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292492

Page text

Correa Alba 
Taxonomy 
Correa alba Andrews, Bot Repos. 1: t.18 (1798) 
Correa cotinifolia Salisb., Parad. Lond. t, 100 (1808), 
nom. iifeg., based on above. 
Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Port Jackson, raised in 
1 793 from seeds given by J. Banks to J. Vere (holotype 
[see Wilson 1961, p. 3S]: Bot. Repos. 1:t. 18). 
Rounded, spreading, multi-stemmed, woody 
shrub to 3 m high, to 4 m in diameter, large plants 
often supported by other vegetation; stems stellate 
tomentose, glabrescent with age; stellate hairs white 
to red-brown. Leaves simple, petiolate; petiole 2-8 mm 
long; lamina elliptic to obovate to orbicular, rarely ovate 
or lanceolate or oblanceolate, 5-46 mm long, 2.5-28.5 
mm wide, discolorous; tip acute to obtuse; margins 
entire; adaxial surface greyish green, with a sparse to 
moderately dense indumentum of stellate hairs that 
are often eventually deciduous; abaxial surface densely 
white or greenish white or reddish brown, stellate 
tomentose. Flowers axillary, often solitary though up to 
5 flowers per inflorescence not uncommon and then 
usually one flower opening at a time; peduncles to 9 
mm long; bracts leaf-like; bracteoles minute; pedicels 
0 .5-6.5 mm. Calyx cuplike, 2.5-7 mm long, truncate 
to slightly dentate to dentate or broadly lobed. Petals 
partially fused in bud, free at anthesis, white or rarely 
pink, 7-17 mm long, 1.5-5 mm wide, adaxial surface 
glabrous, abaxial surface sparsely to densely stellate 
tomentose, stellate hairs with rays 0.3-1.8 mm long. 
Cocci hairy, 4-7 mm long, 3-5 mm wide. 
Distribution: Correa alba is found in near coastal 
areasfrom Kangaroo Island [requiresconfirmation-see 
Distribution under var.pannosa] and the Southern Lofty 
Key to varieties of Correa olba 
Region (South Australia) through southern Victoria and 
to the North Coast of New South Wales. In Tasmania it 
is found on the islands on the eastern side of Bass Strait 
and has a patchy distribution on the northern and 
eastern coasts of the Tasmanian mainland and offshore 
islands. It is apparently absent from King Island. 
HabitatJhe species occurs in near coastal situations 
on foredunes, cliffs and headlands. It is found growing 
on both calcareous and siliceous substrates (sand and/ 
or rock) in heath or woodland. 
Notes: Correa alba readily hybridises with other 
species of Correa (see Wilson 1961; Anderson 1986; 
Duretto 1999). 
Infraspecific variation: Three varieties are 
recognised for the species. The rank of variety is 
appropriate (as opposed to subspecies and species) 
as the distinctions between the taxa are based on few 
characters, and these mostly pertaining to hairs, and 
some problematic specimens do exist (see Notes under 
var. pannosa). 
Conservation status: Overall the species 
appears to be secure with the typical variety secure 
and the other two being rare but found in reserves (see 
below). Correa alba is used extensively in horticultural 
and revegetation plantings. In Hobart, the two 
Tasmanian varieties (var. alba and var. rotundifolia) 
are both available and commonly used, sometimes 
in mixed plantings, even though var. alba is not 
indigenous to the area. Care should be taken to use 
only locally sourced material for any revegetation or 
coastal planting programs to avoid polluting local 
gene pools. 
1 Stellate hairs on abaxial surface of leaves not stalked or occasionally stalked; stalks, 
when present, to 0.05 mm long (NSW, Vic., Tas.). 1 • var. alba 
1 : Stellate hairs on abaxial surface of leaves stalked; stalks to 2 mm long (SA, Vic., Tas.).2 
2 Indumentum of branches and sometimes the abaxial surface of the leaves and calyx uneven 
and appearing floccose; stalks of stellate hairs long, with some at least 0.75-2.0 mm long, 
many with rays emerging below the terminal tuft of rays, especially on branches; rays of at least 
some of the hairs 0.5-1.0 mm long (SA, Vic.).2. var.pannosa 
2: Indumentum of the branches and the abaxial surface of the leaves and calyx smooth and even; 
stalks of stellate hairs to 0.5 (-0.75) mm long, mostly smooth, viz, without rays emerging below 
terminal tuft; rays to 0.5(-0.75) mm long (Tas.).3. var. rotundifolia 
Muelleria 
47 

Page image

632697 Correa alba alba Muelleria 26(2): 48-49, Figs 1, 2 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 48-49, Figs 1, 2 (map)".

632698 Correa alba pannosa Muelleria 26(2): 49-50

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 49-50".

632699 Correa alba rotundifolia Muelleria 26(2): 50-51, Figs 3, 4 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 50-51, Figs 3, 4 (map)".

871626 Correa alba rotundifolia Muelleria 26(2): 49
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651314 59689859
Page is part of the work Leaf ontogeny and morphology in Acacia (Mimosaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292492
871624 Correa cotinifolia Muelleria 26(2): 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651312 59689857
Page is part of the work Leaf ontogeny and morphology in Acacia (Mimosaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292492

Page text

Correa Alba 
Taxonomy 
Correa alba Andrews, Bot Repos. 1: t.18 (1798) 
Correa cotinifolia Salisb., Parad. Lond. t, 100 (1808), 
nom. iifeg., based on above. 
Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Port Jackson, raised in 
1 793 from seeds given by J. Banks to J. Vere (holotype 
[see Wilson 1961, p. 3S]: Bot. Repos. 1:t. 18). 
Rounded, spreading, multi-stemmed, woody 
shrub to 3 m high, to 4 m in diameter, large plants 
often supported by other vegetation; stems stellate 
tomentose, glabrescent with age; stellate hairs white 
to red-brown. Leaves simple, petiolate; petiole 2-8 mm 
long; lamina elliptic to obovate to orbicular, rarely ovate 
or lanceolate or oblanceolate, 5-46 mm long, 2.5-28.5 
mm wide, discolorous; tip acute to obtuse; margins 
entire; adaxial surface greyish green, with a sparse to 
moderately dense indumentum of stellate hairs that 
are often eventually deciduous; abaxial surface densely 
white or greenish white or reddish brown, stellate 
tomentose. Flowers axillary, often solitary though up to 
5 flowers per inflorescence not uncommon and then 
usually one flower opening at a time; peduncles to 9 
mm long; bracts leaf-like; bracteoles minute; pedicels 
0 .5-6.5 mm. Calyx cuplike, 2.5-7 mm long, truncate 
to slightly dentate to dentate or broadly lobed. Petals 
partially fused in bud, free at anthesis, white or rarely 
pink, 7-17 mm long, 1.5-5 mm wide, adaxial surface 
glabrous, abaxial surface sparsely to densely stellate 
tomentose, stellate hairs with rays 0.3-1.8 mm long. 
Cocci hairy, 4-7 mm long, 3-5 mm wide. 
Distribution: Correa alba is found in near coastal 
areasfrom Kangaroo Island [requiresconfirmation-see 
Distribution under var.pannosa] and the Southern Lofty 
Key to varieties of Correa olba 
Region (South Australia) through southern Victoria and 
to the North Coast of New South Wales. In Tasmania it 
is found on the islands on the eastern side of Bass Strait 
and has a patchy distribution on the northern and 
eastern coasts of the Tasmanian mainland and offshore 
islands. It is apparently absent from King Island. 
HabitatJhe species occurs in near coastal situations 
on foredunes, cliffs and headlands. It is found growing 
on both calcareous and siliceous substrates (sand and/ 
or rock) in heath or woodland. 
Notes: Correa alba readily hybridises with other 
species of Correa (see Wilson 1961; Anderson 1986; 
Duretto 1999). 
Infraspecific variation: Three varieties are 
recognised for the species. The rank of variety is 
appropriate (as opposed to subspecies and species) 
as the distinctions between the taxa are based on few 
characters, and these mostly pertaining to hairs, and 
some problematic specimens do exist (see Notes under 
var. pannosa). 
Conservation status: Overall the species 
appears to be secure with the typical variety secure 
and the other two being rare but found in reserves (see 
below). Correa alba is used extensively in horticultural 
and revegetation plantings. In Hobart, the two 
Tasmanian varieties (var. alba and var. rotundifolia) 
are both available and commonly used, sometimes 
in mixed plantings, even though var. alba is not 
indigenous to the area. Care should be taken to use 
only locally sourced material for any revegetation or 
coastal planting programs to avoid polluting local 
gene pools. 
1 Stellate hairs on abaxial surface of leaves not stalked or occasionally stalked; stalks, 
when present, to 0.05 mm long (NSW, Vic., Tas.). 1 • var. alba 
1 : Stellate hairs on abaxial surface of leaves stalked; stalks to 2 mm long (SA, Vic., Tas.).2 
2 Indumentum of branches and sometimes the abaxial surface of the leaves and calyx uneven 
and appearing floccose; stalks of stellate hairs long, with some at least 0.75-2.0 mm long, 
many with rays emerging below the terminal tuft of rays, especially on branches; rays of at least 
some of the hairs 0.5-1.0 mm long (SA, Vic.).2. var.pannosa 
2: Indumentum of the branches and the abaxial surface of the leaves and calyx smooth and even; 
stalks of stellate hairs to 0.5 (-0.75) mm long, mostly smooth, viz, without rays emerging below 
terminal tuft; rays to 0.5(-0.75) mm long (Tas.).3. var. rotundifolia 
Muelleria 
47 

Page image

871625 Correa rotundifolia Muelleria 26(2): 49
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651314 59689859
Page is part of the work Leaf ontogeny and morphology in Acacia (Mimosaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292492
871634 Correa rufa Muelleria 26(2): 50
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651315 59689860
Page is part of the work Leaf ontogeny and morphology in Acacia (Mimosaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292492

Page text

Choi & Duretto 
hairs with usually white rays to 0.5 mm long. Peduncles 
to 3.5 mm long; pedicels 0.5-2 mm long. Calyx 2.5-3.5 
mm long. Petals 7-10 mm long. 
Selected specimens seen (of 23): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 
Between Kingston and Salt Creek, 139“5VE, Hj.Eichler 
17785, 15.ix.1963 (CANB); between Parsons and Waitpinga 
beaches (11 km SW of Victor Harbor), Fleurieu Peninsula, 
35“33'S 138°37'E, R.Schodde 616, 27.i.1958 (AD, CANB, 
HO); Newland Head, 35“39'S 138“31'E, DJ.E.Whibley 10166, 
28.V.1986 (CANB, HO); Gleneig River, between Dry Creek and 
Donovan's Landing, D.N.Kraehenbuehl 954, 8.X.1963 (MEL). 
VICTORIA. Lower Gleneig NP, cliff top walk W of end of North 
Nelson Road, 37"59'S 14n'E, M.F.Duretto 1520, l.x.2002 
(HO, MEL); along a scenic drive at Cape Nelson, J.CAnway 
447, 24.xi.1965 (MEL); Bats Ridge, c. 12 km W of Portland, 
J.H.Seebeck, 1 S.v.l 972 (MEL); Above Shelly Beach, Bridgewater 
Bay, 38‘‘22'S 14r25'E, Kl.Wilson 1169 & LJohnson, 18.ii.l975 
(MEL, NSW). 
Distribution: C. alba var. pannosa is patchily 
distributed from Kangaroo Island and Southern Lofty 
Region (South Australia), along the coast to the Cape 
Otway area (Victoria).The presence on Kangaroo Island 
(see Anonymous 2001) requires confirmation. 
Phenology: Flowering material has been collected 
from January to October while fruiting material has 
been collected from July to October. 
Notes: Specimens from Port Campbell to Apollo Bay 
have larger leaves and sepals than plants in western 
Victoria and South Australia. They also have smaller 
hairs and leaves that are more obovate (verses mostly 
oblanceolate). These specimens have been treated as 
intermediates between var. alba and var. pannosa (e.g. 
past determinations) and superficially are similar to 
var. rotundifolia. With typical var. pannosa they share 
the large hairs with rays along the length of the stalk 
and are treated here as part of that variety. In addition 
to the forms outlined above, C alba var. pannosa and 
var. alba appear to intergrade between Port Phillip Bay 
and the Cape Otway area (see Duretto 1999). Further 
detailed field and laboratory studies are required to 
determine if these plants are indeed intermediates or 
warrant taxonomic recognition. 
Conservation Status: Correa alba var. pannosa is 
considered to be rare both in Victoria (Ross & Walsh 
2003; Walsh & Stajsic 2007) and South Australia 
(Anonymous 2001). 
3. Correa alba var. rotundifolia DC., Prod. 1 : 
719(1824) 
Mazeutoxeron rufum Labill., Voy. Rech. Perouse 2: 12 
(1800), Atlas 1 . 17 (1800); Correa rufa (Labill.) Vent., Jard. 
Malm. 1: sub. 1 . 13 (1803). Type citation: cap meridional 
[South Cape], Tas., Feb. 1793, IJ.H. de Labillardiere. 
Type: NEW HOLLAND. JJ.H. de Labillardiere 
(lectotype here designated; FI [ex Herb. Labillardiere, 
Herb.Webbianum 32375], images CANB, HO). (Fig. 3) 
Shrub to 3 m high, to 4 m wide; indumentum of 
stems and leaves stellate tomentose (Fig. ll-L), rough 
and uneven in appearance, most hairs red-brown, 
stellate hairs mostly stalked, stalks 0.1-0.5(-0.75) mm 
and without rays along length, rays 0.2-0.5(-0.75) mm 
long. Leaves with petioles 3-8 mm long; lamina 5-28 
mm long, 2.5-27 mm wide. Peduncle 1-9 mm; pedicel 
0.75-3 mm. Calyx 3-6 mm long. Petals 8-14 mm long. 
Selected specimens (c. 55 specimens examined): 
TASMANIA. Cape Frederick Hendrick, Forestier Peninsula, 
42°52'S 147°58'E, P.Collier 2577, 23.viii.1987 (HO); Dunalley 
Beach, N end, 42‘'54'S 147M8'E, B.Choi 10-16 & M.F.Duretto, 
12.viii.2006 (BKClO, 15 & 16 - HO; BKCll - HO, KHUS; 
BKC12 - HO, NSW; BKC13 - HO, MEL; BKC14 - HO, K); Below 
Tessellated Pavement,43‘’00'S ]47°55'B,M.Wapstra, 19.ix.2006 
(HO, MEL); Droughty Point, 42“56'E 147''25'E, A.M.Buchanan 
3243, 8.iv.l984 (HO); Pirates Bay, Tasman Peninsula, 43“2'S 
147®56'E, B.Choi 17-19 & M.F.Duretto, 12.viii,2006 (BKC17 
- HO, PRE; BKC18 - CHR, HO; BKC19 - HO, NE); Lime Bay 
Nature Reserve, 42“59'S 147°40'E, P.Collier 1520, 8.viii.l986 
(HO); NW of Pedition Ponds, Cape Pillar, 43“13'S My^SS'E, 
AM.Buchanan 3294, 15.iv.l984 (HO); Tasman Island, 43'’14'S 
148'’0'E, R.P.Minchin,^.\v.}993 (HO);Opossum Bay,South Arm, 
42“59'S 147"24'E, A.M.Olsen, 14.iii.l957 (HO); Calverts Beach, 
E end, 43®1'S 147“29'E, B.Choi 1~3 & M.F.Duretto, 11.viii.2006 
(BKCl - HO, MEL; BKC2 - AD, HO; BKC3 - HO, NSW); Lookout 
near Goat Bluff, near W end of Calverts Beach, 43® VS 147®28'E, 
B.Choi 4-9 & M.F.Duretto, ll.viii.2006 (BKC4 - H, HO; BKC5, 
6 & 8 - HO; BKC7 - HO, MEL; BKC9 - AD, HO); Betsey Island, 
43®3'S 147®29'E, K.Horr/s, 15x1983 (HO); White Beach,Tasman 
Peninsula, 43®7'S 147®43'E, B.Choi 20-24 & M.F.Duretto, 
12.viii.2006 (BKC20 - DNA, HO; BKC21 - HO; BKC22 - HO, 
KHUS, KRA; BKC23 - HO, MO; BKC24 - CANB, HO); Wedge 
Island, 43“8'S 147®40'E, F.Duncan, 6.viii.1986 (HO); North Bruny 
Island, The Neck, far NE end, at Mars Bluff, 43®14'S 147'’24'E, 
J.D.Briggs 1499, 22.iv.l 984 (CANB, HO, MEL); Grass Point, South 
Bruny Island, 43®21 'S 147®21 'E, A.M.Buchanan 8375, 30.iii.l 986 
(HO); Southerly Bight, Labillardiere Peninsula, South Bruny 
Island, 43®25'S 147®5'E, A.M.Buchanan 4218, S.xi.l 984 (HO). 
50 
Vol 26(2) 2008 

Page image

632752 Cortinarius austrocinnabarinus Muelleria 26(2): 81-84, Figs 2a, 3a, 4a

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 81-84, Figs 2a, 3a, 4a".

632753 Cortinarius cramesinus Muelleria 26(2): 84-86, Figs 2b, 3b, 4b

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 84-86, Figs 2b, 3b, 4b".

632668 Craspedia adenophora Muelleria 26(2): 5-7, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 5-7, Fig. 1".

632670 Craspedia alba Muelleria 26(2): 7
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651272 59689926
Page is part of the work Generic and subgeneric names in Acacia following retypification of the genus, doi:10.5962/p.292489
Page is part of the work A conspectus of high-country Craspedia Forst.f. (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) of mainland south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337557

Page text

A conspectus of high-country Crospedia 
At times it was found to be the dominant or sole 
Craspedia in the vegetation and, although some 
presumed hybrids between it and C maxgrayii J. 
Everett & Joy Thomps. were found (Max Gray, pers. 
comm.)/ C adenophora appeared to be a distinctive 
and readily identifiable species. Its conservation status 
is assessed as Rare {sensu Briggs & Leigh 1996). An 
lUCN assessment (lUCN 2001) could place it in any 
of the categories Near Threatened, Vulnerable or 
Endangered, depending on the model of climate 
change that is accepted. As it is not the altitudinally 
highest occurring Craspedia it is probably at lower risk 
than several of the other species such as C, costiniano 
J.Everett & Joy Thomps., C leucantha F. Muell. or C. 
maxgrayi. 
Craspedia adenophora is readily distinguished from 
other Craspedia species in the high country by its 
discolorous and sticky leaves, which tend to have an 
odour reminiscent of mouldy oranges or citronella. 
Flower colour is predominantly bright yellow to pale 
yellow (rarely orange). 
Craspedia species with discolorous leaves may 
occasionally be found in the high country that are not 
attributable to C adenophora. For instance, we have 
observed plants of C maxgrayi to shed hairs on parts 
of the upper leaf surface in autumn, prior to withering 
before the onset of snow cover in winter. A presumed 
hybrid of high mountain summits in Victoria (see notes 
under C maxgrayi) has leaves of variable hairiness, 
which may sometimes appear discolorous. Some 
collections from Mt Buffalo in Victoria (e.g. J. Russell 
106, MEL 1536817; N.C Ford 13, NSW 297661) have 
discolorous leaves with very long-attenuate bases and 
prominent veins.The upper leaf surface of these plants 
is not glandular (or with a few glandular hairs only 
towards the leaf tip). These plants are possibly hybrids 
between C coolaminica J. Everett & Joy Thomps. and C 
adenophora, both of which have been recorded from 
Mt Buffalo 
Etymology.TUe epithet (Greek, aden = gland, phora 
= bearing) means 'gland-bearing' and refers to the 
viscid indumentum of the vegetative parts. 
Craspedia alba J.Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 223; Costin ef 
al. (2000), p. 192; Everett (1999), p. 761. 
Plants of this species are generally much smaller 
than other high country Crasped/a. They tend to grow 
in extensive patches in seasonally inundated pools and 
gravely pavements ofshortalpineherbfield (Community 
10 of McDougall & Walsh 2007). In Victoria, C. alba is 
only known from the Bogong High Plains, where it is 
extremely localised in Pretty Valley. Although locally 
common on the Main Range of Kosciuszko National 
Park in New South Wales in similar habitat, this species is 
apparently restricted to the area between the Ramshead 
Range and Mt Twynam. Nationally, the species might 
be regarded as vulnerable (sens. Briggs & Leigh 1996) 
because of its highly restricted habitat, most commonly 
at the base of snow packs of the highest mountains. It 
may be especially affected by decreases in rainfall and 
snow cover predicted in models of climate change 
for the Alps (Hennessy ef al. 2002). It is appropriately 
regarded as threatened under the Victorian Flora and 
Fauna Guarantee Act 7988 given its small population size 
and extent on the Bogong High Plains. 
Craspedia aurantia J.Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 224; Costin ef 
al. (2000), p. 192; Everett (1999), p. 761. 
New South Wales populations of this 
species, especially in the alpine zone, may have bright 
orange or bright yellow flowers. Costin ef al. (2000) 
report some overlap of floral characters with C. jamesii 
J. Everett & Joy Thomps. and treat these two species 
as a complex. We agree that there are difficulties 
in reliably separating these entities but tentatively 
retain them here as separate pending a detailed study 
across the range of the taxa. Victorian populations 
of C aurantia appear to be much more consistently 
orange-flowered. The main bract of the involucre may 
be three-lobed at times but never so pronouncedly as 
in C. jamesii. Everett (1999) indicated that the leaf bases 
of C aurantia were often conspicuously reddish but 
these were not observed by us in the field. Craspedia 
aurantia is common and well conserved in grassland 
and heathland in subalpine and alpine areas of Victoria 
and New South Wales. 
Muelleria 
7 

Page image

632669 Craspedia aurantia Muelleria 26(2): 7
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651272 59689926
Page is part of the work Generic and subgeneric names in Acacia following retypification of the genus, doi:10.5962/p.292489
Page is part of the work A conspectus of high-country Craspedia Forst.f. (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) of mainland south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337557

Page text

A conspectus of high-country Crospedia 
At times it was found to be the dominant or sole 
Craspedia in the vegetation and, although some 
presumed hybrids between it and C maxgrayii J. 
Everett & Joy Thomps. were found (Max Gray, pers. 
comm.)/ C adenophora appeared to be a distinctive 
and readily identifiable species. Its conservation status 
is assessed as Rare {sensu Briggs & Leigh 1996). An 
lUCN assessment (lUCN 2001) could place it in any 
of the categories Near Threatened, Vulnerable or 
Endangered, depending on the model of climate 
change that is accepted. As it is not the altitudinally 
highest occurring Craspedia it is probably at lower risk 
than several of the other species such as C, costiniano 
J.Everett & Joy Thomps., C leucantha F. Muell. or C. 
maxgrayi. 
Craspedia adenophora is readily distinguished from 
other Craspedia species in the high country by its 
discolorous and sticky leaves, which tend to have an 
odour reminiscent of mouldy oranges or citronella. 
Flower colour is predominantly bright yellow to pale 
yellow (rarely orange). 
Craspedia species with discolorous leaves may 
occasionally be found in the high country that are not 
attributable to C adenophora. For instance, we have 
observed plants of C maxgrayi to shed hairs on parts 
of the upper leaf surface in autumn, prior to withering 
before the onset of snow cover in winter. A presumed 
hybrid of high mountain summits in Victoria (see notes 
under C maxgrayi) has leaves of variable hairiness, 
which may sometimes appear discolorous. Some 
collections from Mt Buffalo in Victoria (e.g. J. Russell 
106, MEL 1536817; N.C Ford 13, NSW 297661) have 
discolorous leaves with very long-attenuate bases and 
prominent veins.The upper leaf surface of these plants 
is not glandular (or with a few glandular hairs only 
towards the leaf tip). These plants are possibly hybrids 
between C coolaminica J. Everett & Joy Thomps. and C 
adenophora, both of which have been recorded from 
Mt Buffalo 
Etymology.TUe epithet (Greek, aden = gland, phora 
= bearing) means 'gland-bearing' and refers to the 
viscid indumentum of the vegetative parts. 
Craspedia alba J.Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 223; Costin ef 
al. (2000), p. 192; Everett (1999), p. 761. 
Plants of this species are generally much smaller 
than other high country Crasped/a. They tend to grow 
in extensive patches in seasonally inundated pools and 
gravely pavements ofshortalpineherbfield (Community 
10 of McDougall & Walsh 2007). In Victoria, C. alba is 
only known from the Bogong High Plains, where it is 
extremely localised in Pretty Valley. Although locally 
common on the Main Range of Kosciuszko National 
Park in New South Wales in similar habitat, this species is 
apparently restricted to the area between the Ramshead 
Range and Mt Twynam. Nationally, the species might 
be regarded as vulnerable (sens. Briggs & Leigh 1996) 
because of its highly restricted habitat, most commonly 
at the base of snow packs of the highest mountains. It 
may be especially affected by decreases in rainfall and 
snow cover predicted in models of climate change 
for the Alps (Hennessy ef al. 2002). It is appropriately 
regarded as threatened under the Victorian Flora and 
Fauna Guarantee Act 7988 given its small population size 
and extent on the Bogong High Plains. 
Craspedia aurantia J.Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 224; Costin ef 
al. (2000), p. 192; Everett (1999), p. 761. 
New South Wales populations of this 
species, especially in the alpine zone, may have bright 
orange or bright yellow flowers. Costin ef al. (2000) 
report some overlap of floral characters with C. jamesii 
J. Everett & Joy Thomps. and treat these two species 
as a complex. We agree that there are difficulties 
in reliably separating these entities but tentatively 
retain them here as separate pending a detailed study 
across the range of the taxa. Victorian populations 
of C aurantia appear to be much more consistently 
orange-flowered. The main bract of the involucre may 
be three-lobed at times but never so pronouncedly as 
in C. jamesii. Everett (1999) indicated that the leaf bases 
of C aurantia were often conspicuously reddish but 
these were not observed by us in the field. Craspedia 
aurantia is common and well conserved in grassland 
and heathland in subalpine and alpine areas of Victoria 
and New South Wales. 
Muelleria 
7 

Page image

632671 Craspedia coolaminica Muelleria 26(2): 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651273 59689925
Page is part of the work Generic and subgeneric names in Acacia following retypification of the genus, doi:10.5962/p.292489
Page is part of the work A conspectus of high-country Craspedia Forst.f. (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) of mainland south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337557

Page text

McDougall &Wa!sh 
Craspedia coolaminica J.Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration; Everett and Doust (1992), p. 223; Everett 
(1999), p. 761. 
Craspedia coolaminica is widespread in the high 
country of Victoria and New South Wales, occurring 
in moister grasslands, heathlands, woodlands and 
bogs but predominantly (or entirely) below the upper 
climatic tree line. Unlike plants of this species in New 
South Wales and the description in Everett (1999), 
plants in Victoria seem to be consistently orange- 
flowered. At high altitudes in Victoria, this species 
may have broad leaves similar in dimensions to C 
moxgrayi. It is distinguishable from that species by its 
distinct secondary longitudinal veins and persistent 
leaf bases. Craspedia coolaminica is well represented 
in conservation reserves in both New South Wales and 
Victoria and is not considered at risk. 
Craspedia costiniana J. Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 224; Costin ef 
a/. (2000), p. 191. 
This distinctive species is endemic to the Main 
Range of Mt Kosciuszko at altitudes above c 1900 m 
(e.g. Rawsons Pass, Mt Townsend, Blue Lake). It is locally 
common in dense Poa fawcettiae Vickery-dominated 
grassland and less common in other well-drained 
communities. Flowers are usually bright yellow but pale 
yellow and orange variants have also been observed. 
Although this species has a very limited geographic 
range, it does not appear to be under threat at present. 
Craspedia crocata J.Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 224; Everett 
(1999), p. 761. 
In New South Wales, C crocata tends to occur in moist 
vegetation (grassland, wet heath or bog) of subalpine 
or montane plains. In Victoria, C crocata has been 
recorded in the Falls Creek area and some other parts 
of the Bogong High Plains in grassland, heathland and 
woodland. With few exceptions, C crocata plants have 
orange flowers. A distinctive form of this species occurs 
in species-rich low grassland of a few subalpine plains 
(e.g. plains west of Mt Jagungal in Kosciuszko National 
Park, New South Wales, Pretty Valley on the Bogong 
High Plains, Victoria). The plants of this form grow in 
colonies amongst prostrate shrubs and dwarf tussocKs. 
Their leaves and capitula are at the low end of the rang^ 
forthe species (typicallytoc. 5 cm long,c. 1 cm diameter 
respectively) and the flowers tend to be yellow-orange, 
at a distance appearing like Leptorhynchos squamatux 
(Labill.) Less, subsp. alpinus Flann, with which it grow:^ 
in such vegetation. The few collections we had of thi^ 
form did not enable us to find diagnostic character^ 
that separated it from typical C crocata. Further work 
may allow taxonomic recognition of this form. Craspedia 
crocata is well-protected and abundant throughout iU 
range. The small, colony-forming form, if shown to be a 
distinct taxon, is rare (especially in Victoria) although not 
obviously threatened. 
Craspedia jamesii J. Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 225; Everett 
(1999), p. 765. 
Craspedia jamesii is found in grassland and grassy 
woodland of subalpine plains, especially those of lower 
elevations (e.g. Nungar Plain and Long Plain in New 
South Wales, Snowy Range and Dinner Plain in Victoria). 
It can be distinguished from most other high country 
Craspedia by its glabrescent, green leaves and green 
leaf bases. From C. aurantio it differs usually in flower 
colour (yellow rather than orange) but also in its long, 
narrow stereome on the main capitula bract, which 
extends well past the membranous margins. Costin 
ef al. (2000) treat this, with C aurantia, as a complex 
and regard the bract morphology and flower colour as 
unreliable distinguishing characters. Craspedia jamesii 
is abundant and well conserved across its range. 
Craspedia iamicola J.Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 225; Costin ef 
o/.(2000), p. 192. 
Although this species was not included in the Flora 
of Victoria account of Craspedia (Everett 1999), plants 
matching the description occur on the Bogong High 
Plains in Victoria (e.g. near Mt Cope and Mt Loch, but rare 
in both these localities). Victorian populations grow in 
damp vegetation (wet heathland and bog) as the species 
epithet (meaning 'bog-dweller') suggests. In New South 
Wales however, this species is more commonly found on 
dry, rocky ridges (e.g. Mt Etheridge). 
8 
Vol 26(2) 2008 

Page image

632672 Craspedia costiniana Muelleria 26(2): 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651273 59689925
Page is part of the work Generic and subgeneric names in Acacia following retypification of the genus, doi:10.5962/p.292489
Page is part of the work A conspectus of high-country Craspedia Forst.f. (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) of mainland south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337557

Page text

McDougall &Wa!sh 
Craspedia coolaminica J.Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration; Everett and Doust (1992), p. 223; Everett 
(1999), p. 761. 
Craspedia coolaminica is widespread in the high 
country of Victoria and New South Wales, occurring 
in moister grasslands, heathlands, woodlands and 
bogs but predominantly (or entirely) below the upper 
climatic tree line. Unlike plants of this species in New 
South Wales and the description in Everett (1999), 
plants in Victoria seem to be consistently orange- 
flowered. At high altitudes in Victoria, this species 
may have broad leaves similar in dimensions to C 
moxgrayi. It is distinguishable from that species by its 
distinct secondary longitudinal veins and persistent 
leaf bases. Craspedia coolaminica is well represented 
in conservation reserves in both New South Wales and 
Victoria and is not considered at risk. 
Craspedia costiniana J. Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 224; Costin ef 
a/. (2000), p. 191. 
This distinctive species is endemic to the Main 
Range of Mt Kosciuszko at altitudes above c 1900 m 
(e.g. Rawsons Pass, Mt Townsend, Blue Lake). It is locally 
common in dense Poa fawcettiae Vickery-dominated 
grassland and less common in other well-drained 
communities. Flowers are usually bright yellow but pale 
yellow and orange variants have also been observed. 
Although this species has a very limited geographic 
range, it does not appear to be under threat at present. 
Craspedia crocata J.Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 224; Everett 
(1999), p. 761. 
In New South Wales, C crocata tends to occur in moist 
vegetation (grassland, wet heath or bog) of subalpine 
or montane plains. In Victoria, C crocata has been 
recorded in the Falls Creek area and some other parts 
of the Bogong High Plains in grassland, heathland and 
woodland. With few exceptions, C crocata plants have 
orange flowers. A distinctive form of this species occurs 
in species-rich low grassland of a few subalpine plains 
(e.g. plains west of Mt Jagungal in Kosciuszko National 
Park, New South Wales, Pretty Valley on the Bogong 
High Plains, Victoria). The plants of this form grow in 
colonies amongst prostrate shrubs and dwarf tussocKs. 
Their leaves and capitula are at the low end of the rang^ 
forthe species (typicallytoc. 5 cm long,c. 1 cm diameter 
respectively) and the flowers tend to be yellow-orange, 
at a distance appearing like Leptorhynchos squamatux 
(Labill.) Less, subsp. alpinus Flann, with which it grow:^ 
in such vegetation. The few collections we had of thi^ 
form did not enable us to find diagnostic character^ 
that separated it from typical C crocata. Further work 
may allow taxonomic recognition of this form. Craspedia 
crocata is well-protected and abundant throughout iU 
range. The small, colony-forming form, if shown to be a 
distinct taxon, is rare (especially in Victoria) although not 
obviously threatened. 
Craspedia jamesii J. Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 225; Everett 
(1999), p. 765. 
Craspedia jamesii is found in grassland and grassy 
woodland of subalpine plains, especially those of lower 
elevations (e.g. Nungar Plain and Long Plain in New 
South Wales, Snowy Range and Dinner Plain in Victoria). 
It can be distinguished from most other high country 
Craspedia by its glabrescent, green leaves and green 
leaf bases. From C. aurantio it differs usually in flower 
colour (yellow rather than orange) but also in its long, 
narrow stereome on the main capitula bract, which 
extends well past the membranous margins. Costin 
ef al. (2000) treat this, with C aurantia, as a complex 
and regard the bract morphology and flower colour as 
unreliable distinguishing characters. Craspedia jamesii 
is abundant and well conserved across its range. 
Craspedia iamicola J.Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 225; Costin ef 
o/.(2000), p. 192. 
Although this species was not included in the Flora 
of Victoria account of Craspedia (Everett 1999), plants 
matching the description occur on the Bogong High 
Plains in Victoria (e.g. near Mt Cope and Mt Loch, but rare 
in both these localities). Victorian populations grow in 
damp vegetation (wet heathland and bog) as the species 
epithet (meaning 'bog-dweller') suggests. In New South 
Wales however, this species is more commonly found on 
dry, rocky ridges (e.g. Mt Etheridge). 
8 
Vol 26(2) 2008 

Page image

632673 Craspedia crocata Muelleria 26(2): 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651273 59689925
Page is part of the work Generic and subgeneric names in Acacia following retypification of the genus, doi:10.5962/p.292489
Page is part of the work A conspectus of high-country Craspedia Forst.f. (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) of mainland south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337557

Page text

McDougall &Wa!sh 
Craspedia coolaminica J.Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration; Everett and Doust (1992), p. 223; Everett 
(1999), p. 761. 
Craspedia coolaminica is widespread in the high 
country of Victoria and New South Wales, occurring 
in moister grasslands, heathlands, woodlands and 
bogs but predominantly (or entirely) below the upper 
climatic tree line. Unlike plants of this species in New 
South Wales and the description in Everett (1999), 
plants in Victoria seem to be consistently orange- 
flowered. At high altitudes in Victoria, this species 
may have broad leaves similar in dimensions to C 
moxgrayi. It is distinguishable from that species by its 
distinct secondary longitudinal veins and persistent 
leaf bases. Craspedia coolaminica is well represented 
in conservation reserves in both New South Wales and 
Victoria and is not considered at risk. 
Craspedia costiniana J. Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 224; Costin ef 
a/. (2000), p. 191. 
This distinctive species is endemic to the Main 
Range of Mt Kosciuszko at altitudes above c 1900 m 
(e.g. Rawsons Pass, Mt Townsend, Blue Lake). It is locally 
common in dense Poa fawcettiae Vickery-dominated 
grassland and less common in other well-drained 
communities. Flowers are usually bright yellow but pale 
yellow and orange variants have also been observed. 
Although this species has a very limited geographic 
range, it does not appear to be under threat at present. 
Craspedia crocata J.Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 224; Everett 
(1999), p. 761. 
In New South Wales, C crocata tends to occur in moist 
vegetation (grassland, wet heath or bog) of subalpine 
or montane plains. In Victoria, C crocata has been 
recorded in the Falls Creek area and some other parts 
of the Bogong High Plains in grassland, heathland and 
woodland. With few exceptions, C crocata plants have 
orange flowers. A distinctive form of this species occurs 
in species-rich low grassland of a few subalpine plains 
(e.g. plains west of Mt Jagungal in Kosciuszko National 
Park, New South Wales, Pretty Valley on the Bogong 
High Plains, Victoria). The plants of this form grow in 
colonies amongst prostrate shrubs and dwarf tussocKs. 
Their leaves and capitula are at the low end of the rang^ 
forthe species (typicallytoc. 5 cm long,c. 1 cm diameter 
respectively) and the flowers tend to be yellow-orange, 
at a distance appearing like Leptorhynchos squamatux 
(Labill.) Less, subsp. alpinus Flann, with which it grow:^ 
in such vegetation. The few collections we had of thi^ 
form did not enable us to find diagnostic character^ 
that separated it from typical C crocata. Further work 
may allow taxonomic recognition of this form. Craspedia 
crocata is well-protected and abundant throughout iU 
range. The small, colony-forming form, if shown to be a 
distinct taxon, is rare (especially in Victoria) although not 
obviously threatened. 
Craspedia jamesii J. Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 225; Everett 
(1999), p. 765. 
Craspedia jamesii is found in grassland and grassy 
woodland of subalpine plains, especially those of lower 
elevations (e.g. Nungar Plain and Long Plain in New 
South Wales, Snowy Range and Dinner Plain in Victoria). 
It can be distinguished from most other high country 
Craspedia by its glabrescent, green leaves and green 
leaf bases. From C. aurantio it differs usually in flower 
colour (yellow rather than orange) but also in its long, 
narrow stereome on the main capitula bract, which 
extends well past the membranous margins. Costin 
ef al. (2000) treat this, with C aurantia, as a complex 
and regard the bract morphology and flower colour as 
unreliable distinguishing characters. Craspedia jamesii 
is abundant and well conserved across its range. 
Craspedia iamicola J.Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 225; Costin ef 
o/.(2000), p. 192. 
Although this species was not included in the Flora 
of Victoria account of Craspedia (Everett 1999), plants 
matching the description occur on the Bogong High 
Plains in Victoria (e.g. near Mt Cope and Mt Loch, but rare 
in both these localities). Victorian populations grow in 
damp vegetation (wet heathland and bog) as the species 
epithet (meaning 'bog-dweller') suggests. In New South 
Wales however, this species is more commonly found on 
dry, rocky ridges (e.g. Mt Etheridge). 
8 
Vol 26(2) 2008 

Page image

632674 Craspedia jamesii Muelleria 26(2): 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651273 59689925
Page is part of the work Generic and subgeneric names in Acacia following retypification of the genus, doi:10.5962/p.292489
Page is part of the work A conspectus of high-country Craspedia Forst.f. (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) of mainland south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337557

Page text

McDougall &Wa!sh 
Craspedia coolaminica J.Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration; Everett and Doust (1992), p. 223; Everett 
(1999), p. 761. 
Craspedia coolaminica is widespread in the high 
country of Victoria and New South Wales, occurring 
in moister grasslands, heathlands, woodlands and 
bogs but predominantly (or entirely) below the upper 
climatic tree line. Unlike plants of this species in New 
South Wales and the description in Everett (1999), 
plants in Victoria seem to be consistently orange- 
flowered. At high altitudes in Victoria, this species 
may have broad leaves similar in dimensions to C 
moxgrayi. It is distinguishable from that species by its 
distinct secondary longitudinal veins and persistent 
leaf bases. Craspedia coolaminica is well represented 
in conservation reserves in both New South Wales and 
Victoria and is not considered at risk. 
Craspedia costiniana J. Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 224; Costin ef 
a/. (2000), p. 191. 
This distinctive species is endemic to the Main 
Range of Mt Kosciuszko at altitudes above c 1900 m 
(e.g. Rawsons Pass, Mt Townsend, Blue Lake). It is locally 
common in dense Poa fawcettiae Vickery-dominated 
grassland and less common in other well-drained 
communities. Flowers are usually bright yellow but pale 
yellow and orange variants have also been observed. 
Although this species has a very limited geographic 
range, it does not appear to be under threat at present. 
Craspedia crocata J.Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 224; Everett 
(1999), p. 761. 
In New South Wales, C crocata tends to occur in moist 
vegetation (grassland, wet heath or bog) of subalpine 
or montane plains. In Victoria, C crocata has been 
recorded in the Falls Creek area and some other parts 
of the Bogong High Plains in grassland, heathland and 
woodland. With few exceptions, C crocata plants have 
orange flowers. A distinctive form of this species occurs 
in species-rich low grassland of a few subalpine plains 
(e.g. plains west of Mt Jagungal in Kosciuszko National 
Park, New South Wales, Pretty Valley on the Bogong 
High Plains, Victoria). The plants of this form grow in 
colonies amongst prostrate shrubs and dwarf tussocKs. 
Their leaves and capitula are at the low end of the rang^ 
forthe species (typicallytoc. 5 cm long,c. 1 cm diameter 
respectively) and the flowers tend to be yellow-orange, 
at a distance appearing like Leptorhynchos squamatux 
(Labill.) Less, subsp. alpinus Flann, with which it grow:^ 
in such vegetation. The few collections we had of thi^ 
form did not enable us to find diagnostic character^ 
that separated it from typical C crocata. Further work 
may allow taxonomic recognition of this form. Craspedia 
crocata is well-protected and abundant throughout iU 
range. The small, colony-forming form, if shown to be a 
distinct taxon, is rare (especially in Victoria) although not 
obviously threatened. 
Craspedia jamesii J. Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 225; Everett 
(1999), p. 765. 
Craspedia jamesii is found in grassland and grassy 
woodland of subalpine plains, especially those of lower 
elevations (e.g. Nungar Plain and Long Plain in New 
South Wales, Snowy Range and Dinner Plain in Victoria). 
It can be distinguished from most other high country 
Craspedia by its glabrescent, green leaves and green 
leaf bases. From C. aurantio it differs usually in flower 
colour (yellow rather than orange) but also in its long, 
narrow stereome on the main capitula bract, which 
extends well past the membranous margins. Costin 
ef al. (2000) treat this, with C aurantia, as a complex 
and regard the bract morphology and flower colour as 
unreliable distinguishing characters. Craspedia jamesii 
is abundant and well conserved across its range. 
Craspedia iamicola J.Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 225; Costin ef 
o/.(2000), p. 192. 
Although this species was not included in the Flora 
of Victoria account of Craspedia (Everett 1999), plants 
matching the description occur on the Bogong High 
Plains in Victoria (e.g. near Mt Cope and Mt Loch, but rare 
in both these localities). Victorian populations grow in 
damp vegetation (wet heathland and bog) as the species 
epithet (meaning 'bog-dweller') suggests. In New South 
Wales however, this species is more commonly found on 
dry, rocky ridges (e.g. Mt Etheridge). 
8 
Vol 26(2) 2008 

Page image

632675 Craspedia lamicola Muelleria 26(2): 8-Sep

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 8-Sep".

632676 Craspedia leucantha Muelleria 26(2): 9
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651274 59689924
Page is part of the work Generic and subgeneric names in Acacia following retypification of the genus, doi:10.5962/p.292489
Page is part of the work A conspectus of high-country Craspedia Forst.f. (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) of mainland south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337557

Page text

A conspectus of high-country Craspedia 
Plants of C lamicola are readily distinguished from 
other Craspedia species by their dark green leaves, 
which are ±glabrous on the lamina but conspicuously 
white-woolly on the margins. Victorian populations of 
C lamicola have only been observed to have yellow 
flowers (although presumed hybrids with C ourantia 
had somewhat orange flowers). 
Craspedia lamicola has apparently become much 
more abundant in Kosciuszko National Park in the past 
30 years (Max Gray, pers. comm.). Craspedia species are 
palatable to cattle (van Rees & Holmes 1986) and are 
much more common within cattle grazing exclosures 
established on the Bogong High Plains than outside 
(Wahren et aL 1994). It is possible that the scarcity of 
C lamicola on the Bogong High Plains is related to past 
grazing practices. Nationally, the species is rare but not 
obviously threatened. The known Victoria population 
however, is very small. A status of vulnerable in Victoria 
(sens. Briggs & Leigh 1996) currently seems appropriate. 
The recent removal of grazing from the Victorian high 
country will hopefully facilitate its recovery as appears 
to have occurred in Kosciuszko National Park. 
Craspedia leucantha F.Muell. 
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 223; Costin ef 
a/. (2000), p. 194. 
This species is easily identified by its white florets 
and green, sparsely hairy leaves. It is endemic to the 
alpine zone of the Main Range in Kosciuszko National 
Park, where it is confined to seepage areas and creek 
edges. Nationally, the species might be regarded as 
vulnerable (sens. Briggs & Leigh 1996) because of its 
limited distribution and habitat, which appears to be 
associated with snow-melt. This habitat is perhaps 
most at risk from changing climate and its consequent 
reduced snowfalls. Populations of Craspedia leucantha 
were rarely seen by the authors during a floristic 
survey of the Main Range in 2003. Further survey is 
recommended for this species to determine more 
accurately its distribution and abundance. 
Craspedia maxgrayi J.Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 223; Costin ef 
al. (2000), p. 193; Everett (1999), p. 761. 
Craspedia maxgrayi is common on the Main Range 
of Kosciuszko National Park, where it can be found in 
grassland and open heath, generally above the tree¬ 
line. Outside the Main Range, it appears to occur only 
on the Mt Bogong plateau in Victoria, where it is rare. 
Plants with grey, woolly hairs on some leaves or on 
parts of leaves (especially the midrib) are common 
in the Mt Nelse-Spion Kopje area in Victoria (less 
common on Mt Hotham, Mt McKay and Mt Buffalo) 
and similar plants occur on the slopes of Mt Jagungal 
in New South Wales. They are perhaps of hybrid origin, 
the indumentum on their leaves being highly variable. 
Putative parents for these hybrids are C. lamicola, C. 
adenophora, C maxgrayi and C. coolaminica. Flower 
colour may be yellow or orange. Genetic work on this 
curious and locally common variant may resolve its 
status. True Craspedia maxgrayi appears to have only 
bright yellow flowers. 
Craspedia sp. 1 sensu Everett (1999), p. 762 
Illustration: Everett (1999), p. 761. 
This species is similar in appearance to C crocata 
but differs in its broad leaves (to 40 mm wide). It 
occurs in subalpine woodland and montane forest 
(commonly associated with Eucalyptus delegatensis). 
Currently known from Mt Buffalo, Mt Buller, Mt 
Hotham, Mt Stirling, The Bluff and Lake Mountain 
areas. The conservation status of this species is unclear 
and requires clarification following further survey. It 
is probably well-protected and abundant over a large 
area, it is apparently endemic in Victoria. 
This species is to be described elsewhere by Joy 
Everett (National Herbarium of New South Wales) who 
first realised its distinctness. 
Acknowledgements 
We are grateful to Max Gray (ex-CSIRO) for his 
encouragement when the taxonomy of the mountain 
Craspedia seemed too daunting, and for having the 
perspicacity to recognise most of the taxa in the 1979 
edition of the Kosciuszko Alpine Flora. 
Muelleria 
9 

Page image

632677 Craspedia maxgrayi Muelleria 26(2): 9
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651274 59689924
Page is part of the work Generic and subgeneric names in Acacia following retypification of the genus, doi:10.5962/p.292489
Page is part of the work A conspectus of high-country Craspedia Forst.f. (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) of mainland south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337557

Page text

A conspectus of high-country Craspedia 
Plants of C lamicola are readily distinguished from 
other Craspedia species by their dark green leaves, 
which are ±glabrous on the lamina but conspicuously 
white-woolly on the margins. Victorian populations of 
C lamicola have only been observed to have yellow 
flowers (although presumed hybrids with C ourantia 
had somewhat orange flowers). 
Craspedia lamicola has apparently become much 
more abundant in Kosciuszko National Park in the past 
30 years (Max Gray, pers. comm.). Craspedia species are 
palatable to cattle (van Rees & Holmes 1986) and are 
much more common within cattle grazing exclosures 
established on the Bogong High Plains than outside 
(Wahren et aL 1994). It is possible that the scarcity of 
C lamicola on the Bogong High Plains is related to past 
grazing practices. Nationally, the species is rare but not 
obviously threatened. The known Victoria population 
however, is very small. A status of vulnerable in Victoria 
(sens. Briggs & Leigh 1996) currently seems appropriate. 
The recent removal of grazing from the Victorian high 
country will hopefully facilitate its recovery as appears 
to have occurred in Kosciuszko National Park. 
Craspedia leucantha F.Muell. 
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 223; Costin ef 
a/. (2000), p. 194. 
This species is easily identified by its white florets 
and green, sparsely hairy leaves. It is endemic to the 
alpine zone of the Main Range in Kosciuszko National 
Park, where it is confined to seepage areas and creek 
edges. Nationally, the species might be regarded as 
vulnerable (sens. Briggs & Leigh 1996) because of its 
limited distribution and habitat, which appears to be 
associated with snow-melt. This habitat is perhaps 
most at risk from changing climate and its consequent 
reduced snowfalls. Populations of Craspedia leucantha 
were rarely seen by the authors during a floristic 
survey of the Main Range in 2003. Further survey is 
recommended for this species to determine more 
accurately its distribution and abundance. 
Craspedia maxgrayi J.Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 223; Costin ef 
al. (2000), p. 193; Everett (1999), p. 761. 
Craspedia maxgrayi is common on the Main Range 
of Kosciuszko National Park, where it can be found in 
grassland and open heath, generally above the tree¬ 
line. Outside the Main Range, it appears to occur only 
on the Mt Bogong plateau in Victoria, where it is rare. 
Plants with grey, woolly hairs on some leaves or on 
parts of leaves (especially the midrib) are common 
in the Mt Nelse-Spion Kopje area in Victoria (less 
common on Mt Hotham, Mt McKay and Mt Buffalo) 
and similar plants occur on the slopes of Mt Jagungal 
in New South Wales. They are perhaps of hybrid origin, 
the indumentum on their leaves being highly variable. 
Putative parents for these hybrids are C. lamicola, C. 
adenophora, C maxgrayi and C. coolaminica. Flower 
colour may be yellow or orange. Genetic work on this 
curious and locally common variant may resolve its 
status. True Craspedia maxgrayi appears to have only 
bright yellow flowers. 
Craspedia sp. 1 sensu Everett (1999), p. 762 
Illustration: Everett (1999), p. 761. 
This species is similar in appearance to C crocata 
but differs in its broad leaves (to 40 mm wide). It 
occurs in subalpine woodland and montane forest 
(commonly associated with Eucalyptus delegatensis). 
Currently known from Mt Buffalo, Mt Buller, Mt 
Hotham, Mt Stirling, The Bluff and Lake Mountain 
areas. The conservation status of this species is unclear 
and requires clarification following further survey. It 
is probably well-protected and abundant over a large 
area, it is apparently endemic in Victoria. 
This species is to be described elsewhere by Joy 
Everett (National Herbarium of New South Wales) who 
first realised its distinctness. 
Acknowledgements 
We are grateful to Max Gray (ex-CSIRO) for his 
encouragement when the taxonomy of the mountain 
Craspedia seemed too daunting, and for having the 
perspicacity to recognise most of the taxa in the 1979 
edition of the Kosciuszko Alpine Flora. 
Muelleria 
9 

Page image

769321 Craspedia sp. 1 Muelleria 26(2): 9
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651274 59689924
Page is part of the work Generic and subgeneric names in Acacia following retypification of the genus, doi:10.5962/p.292489
Page is part of the work A conspectus of high-country Craspedia Forst.f. (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) of mainland south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337557

Page text

A conspectus of high-country Craspedia 
Plants of C lamicola are readily distinguished from 
other Craspedia species by their dark green leaves, 
which are ±glabrous on the lamina but conspicuously 
white-woolly on the margins. Victorian populations of 
C lamicola have only been observed to have yellow 
flowers (although presumed hybrids with C ourantia 
had somewhat orange flowers). 
Craspedia lamicola has apparently become much 
more abundant in Kosciuszko National Park in the past 
30 years (Max Gray, pers. comm.). Craspedia species are 
palatable to cattle (van Rees & Holmes 1986) and are 
much more common within cattle grazing exclosures 
established on the Bogong High Plains than outside 
(Wahren et aL 1994). It is possible that the scarcity of 
C lamicola on the Bogong High Plains is related to past 
grazing practices. Nationally, the species is rare but not 
obviously threatened. The known Victoria population 
however, is very small. A status of vulnerable in Victoria 
(sens. Briggs & Leigh 1996) currently seems appropriate. 
The recent removal of grazing from the Victorian high 
country will hopefully facilitate its recovery as appears 
to have occurred in Kosciuszko National Park. 
Craspedia leucantha F.Muell. 
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 223; Costin ef 
a/. (2000), p. 194. 
This species is easily identified by its white florets 
and green, sparsely hairy leaves. It is endemic to the 
alpine zone of the Main Range in Kosciuszko National 
Park, where it is confined to seepage areas and creek 
edges. Nationally, the species might be regarded as 
vulnerable (sens. Briggs & Leigh 1996) because of its 
limited distribution and habitat, which appears to be 
associated with snow-melt. This habitat is perhaps 
most at risk from changing climate and its consequent 
reduced snowfalls. Populations of Craspedia leucantha 
were rarely seen by the authors during a floristic 
survey of the Main Range in 2003. Further survey is 
recommended for this species to determine more 
accurately its distribution and abundance. 
Craspedia maxgrayi J.Everett & Joy Thomps. 
Illustration: Everett and Doust (1992), p. 223; Costin ef 
al. (2000), p. 193; Everett (1999), p. 761. 
Craspedia maxgrayi is common on the Main Range 
of Kosciuszko National Park, where it can be found in 
grassland and open heath, generally above the tree¬ 
line. Outside the Main Range, it appears to occur only 
on the Mt Bogong plateau in Victoria, where it is rare. 
Plants with grey, woolly hairs on some leaves or on 
parts of leaves (especially the midrib) are common 
in the Mt Nelse-Spion Kopje area in Victoria (less 
common on Mt Hotham, Mt McKay and Mt Buffalo) 
and similar plants occur on the slopes of Mt Jagungal 
in New South Wales. They are perhaps of hybrid origin, 
the indumentum on their leaves being highly variable. 
Putative parents for these hybrids are C. lamicola, C. 
adenophora, C maxgrayi and C. coolaminica. Flower 
colour may be yellow or orange. Genetic work on this 
curious and locally common variant may resolve its 
status. True Craspedia maxgrayi appears to have only 
bright yellow flowers. 
Craspedia sp. 1 sensu Everett (1999), p. 762 
Illustration: Everett (1999), p. 761. 
This species is similar in appearance to C crocata 
but differs in its broad leaves (to 40 mm wide). It 
occurs in subalpine woodland and montane forest 
(commonly associated with Eucalyptus delegatensis). 
Currently known from Mt Buffalo, Mt Buller, Mt 
Hotham, Mt Stirling, The Bluff and Lake Mountain 
areas. The conservation status of this species is unclear 
and requires clarification following further survey. It 
is probably well-protected and abundant over a large 
area, it is apparently endemic in Victoria. 
This species is to be described elsewhere by Joy 
Everett (National Herbarium of New South Wales) who 
first realised its distinctness. 
Acknowledgements 
We are grateful to Max Gray (ex-CSIRO) for his 
encouragement when the taxonomy of the mountain 
Craspedia seemed too daunting, and for having the 
perspicacity to recognise most of the taxa in the 1979 
edition of the Kosciuszko Alpine Flora. 
Muelleria 
9 

Page image

871619 Craspedia sp. B Muelleria 26(2): 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651270 59689928
Page is part of the work Acacia 2006: Knowing and growing Australian wattles, doi:10.5962/p.292488
Page is part of the work A conspectus of high-country Craspedia Forst.f. (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) of mainland south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337557

Page text

A conspectus of high-country Craspedia 
Notes relating to key: Users should note that 
hybridisation between taxa is connmon and some 
specimens with intermediate characters may be 
difficult to assign. Hybrids are generally commonest 
in ecotonal sites and/or in areas where the putative 
parent species occur in close proximity in the same 
habitat. 
Where some indication of habitat is provided, 'alpine' 
refers to those areas above the treeline/subalpine' refers 
toareasthatarebelowthealtitudinaltreeline,buttreeless 
(typically in cold air drainage hollows) or lightly wooded 
usually with Snow-gum {Eucalyptus paucifJora Sieber 
ex Spreng. sens, fat), and 'montane' refers to the zone 
supporting taller woodland or forest usually dominated 
by or including tree species other than Snow-gum (e.g. 
Eucalyptus dolrympleana Maiden, £ delegotensis R.T. 
Baker, £ perriniana F. Muell. ex Rodway). 
Notes on mountain taxa 
Craspedia adenophora K.L. McDougall & N.G. 
Walsh sp. nov. 
Craspedia sp. B. sensu Costin etal., Kosciuszko Alpine 
Flora p. 349 (2000). 
Illustration; Costin etal. (2000), p. 192. 
A Craspedia speciebus alpinis et subalpinis foliis 
basolis et bracteis infernis discoloribus, supra glanduloso- 
viscidiSr subter appreso-lanuginosis distinguenda. 
Type: VICTORIA. Mt Stirling, c. 50 m S of summit 
trig, 15.i.2002, N.G. Walsh 5516 (holotype: MEL; isotype 
CANB, NSW) 
Tufted or loosely tufted herbs c. 10-40 cm high, 
densely glandular with short microscopic glandular- 
septate hairs and sessile glands, sticky to the touch. 
Leaves arising from a short erect or ascending rootstock; 
scape densely glandular, sometimes with appressed 
silky hairs; stem bracts ±undulate, densely glandular, 
stem-clasping at base; lower bractsidiscolorous, upper 
bracts sometimesconcolorous,glabrescent, but usually 
retaining cottony hairs on midrib and margins; leaves 
mostly basal, obovate-spathulate to oblanceolate- 
spathulate or narrowly so, 6.5-18 cm long, 8-15(-20) 
mm wide, discolorous, the adaxia! surface dark green, 
densely glandular, sometimes with variable loosely 
appressed woolly hairs, particularly on the midrib, 
densely appressed woolly-tomentose abaxially with 
short glandular hairs intermixed. Compound heads 
hemispherical to globose at maturity, c. 1.5-3.5 cm 
diameter; partial heads 5-10 flowered; main bract 
subtending the lower partial heads with narrowly to 
broadly ovate to ovate (sometimes obscurely 3-lobed), 
6-10 mm long, 2-4.5 mm wide, moderately to densely 
glandular stereome, iwoolly toward the base, the 
narrow scarious margins glabrous or ±woo!ly, rarely 
extending to the apex of the stereome; corolla yellow 
(or occasionally pale yellow or orange); achenes c. 
1.5-2.5 mm long, antrorsely sericeous; pappus bristles 
plumose, c. 3.5-5 mm long (Fig. 1). 
Representative specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES, south 
spur of Perisher, 18.i.1970, (NSW); near Seamans Hut, Mt 
Kosciusko, Jan. 1970, C Totterdell 41 (CANB); Top of Main 
Range on saddle NE of Carruthers Peak, 24.i.2000, K.L 
McDougall 753 (MEL). VICTORIA. Snowy Range, 8 km N from 
Mt Arbuckle, 2.i.1981, N.G. Walsh 2494 (CANB, MEL, NSW); Mt 
Buffalo NP, junction of main road between Park Office and 
Tatra Inn, 26.i.l982, P.S. Short 1370 (MEL, NSW); The Bluff, 
26.i.l985, D.E. Albrecht 1558 (MEL, NSW); Alpine National Park, 
Wonnangatta Moroka Unit, c. 1 km NNW from Mt Reynard 
summit, 14.xii.2000, N.G, Walsh 5263 (MEL); Mt Buller, beside 
walking track just below summit cairn, 21.i.2001, N.G. Walsh 
5298 (CANB, MEL); Alpine National Park, access track to Snowy 
Range airstrip, 22.ii.2001, N.G. Walsh 5312 (CANB, MEL). 
Distribution and habitat: In Kosciuszko National 
Park, C adenophora is common in the vicinity of Blue 
Lake, between Carruthers Peak, Mt Twynam and 
Medley Tarn, and elsewhere on the Main Range (e.g. 
Northcote Pass and Mt Townsend). It is locally common 
in the Victorian high country (e.g. The Bluff, Mt Buller, 
Mt Buffalo, Mt Stirling, Snowy Plain) but appears to be 
extremely rare on the Bogong High Plains where we 
have observed it growing in grassland depressions at 
the head of Cope Creek. 
Throughout its range C. adenophora favours dry to 
damp grasslands and open heaths, and is often found 
in the vicinity of exposed rock. It has been recorded 
between 1520 and 2060 metres a.s.l. 
Notes: Craspedia sp. B was regarded by Everett 
and Doust (1992), as a hybrid of various species. 
At that time it was known from a small number of 
plants in a limited portion of the Kosciuszko Main 
Range, so a hybrid origin was not an unreasonable 
suggestion. During field work for the Kosciuszko Alpine 
Flora revision, a more extensive search was made to 
assess the uniformity and abundance of the entity. 
Muelleria 
5 

Page image

973034 Deflexed Muelleria 26(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2)".

871701 Dermocybe cramesina Muelleria 26(2): 84
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651349 59689941
Page is part of the work Australian acacias as multi-purpose agro-forestry species for semi arid regions of Africa, doi:10.5962/p.292496
Page is part of the work Pigment chemistry and morphology support recognition of Cortinarius austrocinnabarinus sp. nov. (Fungi: Cortinariaceae) from Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337567

Page text

Jones & May 
of C austrocinnabarinus, but are slightly narrower, and 
hence tend to be more often elongate than ellipsoid. 
Under SEM the verrucae of C austrocinnabarinus are 
relatively rounded and isolated , whereas verrucae of 
C cramesinus are more irregular in shape, with some 
interconnections (Fig. 3). 
The identity of material from which austrocorticin 
and related pigments were isolated by Gill and Gimenez 
(1988) has been confirmed as C austrocinnabarinus 
by examination of the voucher material cited 
therein (collected from the type locality). The 
principal anthraquinones of C austrocinnabarinus 
are austrocorticin, austrocorticinic acid and 
austrocorticone (Gill 1995). These compounds are 
the only naturally occurring quinones of the emodin/ 
endcocrocin type that have a two carbon side chain at 
the position CS.They are uniqueamonganthraquinones 
from Cortinarius in having a propionate-triggered 
octaketide assembly (Gill & Gimenez 1988). 
The pileus colour of Cortinarius austrocinnabarinus 
is similar to the dark cinnabar-red to scarlet colouration 
of the European C cinnabarinus, and the two species 
also share the presence of a subcellular subpellis 
(Holland 1983). However, the latter species differs in the 
hygrophanous pileus and the larger spores up to 10 pm 
long (Holland 1983), and in containing different major 
pigments, such as cinnarubin and fallacinol (Keller 
1982), reflected in the different pigment profile (Fig. 1 a). 
The North American counterpart of C. cinnabarinus is C. 
coiifornicus, which differs from C austrocinnabarinus by 
the reddish brown or dark reddish orange pileus that 
is hygrophanous, the longer spores, {7.4-)8-9.5(-11) 
pm, the association with conifers (Ammirati 1989), and 
in having cinnarubin as its major pigment (Keller & 
Ammirati 1983). Cortinarius hesieri Ammirati & A.H.Sm. 
nom. prov., a name used for a collection from North 
America similar to C californicus, but associated with 
broad-leaved trees (Phillips 1991), also has cinnarubin 
as the major pigment (Keller & Ammirati 1983). 
2. Cortinarius cramesinus (E.Horak) R.HJones 
&T.W.May, comb, nov, 
BASIONYM: Dermocybe cramesina E.Horak Sydowia 40: 
87(1988). 
In consideration of the perceived immaturity of the 
single collection on which the protologue is based, 
the following description is derived from characters of 
Australian collections, unless otherwise indicated. 
Pileus to 50 mm diam., hemispherical or obtusely 
conical when young, becoming convex to plano¬ 
convex, occasionally with slightly undulating edge 
at maturity; orange red to brownish red 8(B-D)(6-7), 
sometimes more orange 7B7, edge often brighter 
orange (7-8)A(5-7); surface dry; felty fibrillose when 
young, becoming more radially fibrillose, often with fine 
radial aggregations of veil remnants, sometimes with 
minute appressed scales on mature specimens; rarely 
subhygrophanous, not translucent-striate; margin 
straight or occasionally inflexed, entire or occasionally 
finely rimose at maturity. Lamellae sinuate to narrowly 
adnate; to 5 mm deep; brownish orange (5-6)(B-C)(6- 
8); edge entire, rarely finely eroded towards distal part. 
Stipe to 80 mm long, to 8 mm diam. at middle, to 11 mm 
diam. at widest part, cylindrical or slightly attenuated 
Figure 4. Pileipellis in cross section, mounted in 3% KOH. (a) Cortinarius austrocinnabarinus (MEL 2089673), (b) C. cramesinus 
(MEL 2089684). Scale bar = 20 pm. 
84 
Vol 26(2) 2008 

Page image

632758 Eucalyptus arenicola Muelleria 26(2): 91-94, Figs 1, 2 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 91-94, Figs 1, 2 (map)".

632762 Eucalyptus falciformis Muelleria 26(2): 94-95, Fig. 2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 94-95, Fig. 2".

871703 Eucalyptus willisii falciformis Muelleria 26(2): 94
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651359 59689951
Page is part of the work Reproductive biology and germplasm evaluation of Acacia nilotica (Linn.) Willd. ex Del. from North India, doi:10.5962/p.292497
Page is part of the work A new species and a new combination in the shining peppermint group of Eucalyptus and notes on the distribution of Eucalyptus willisii sens. strict, doi:10.5962/p.337563
632683 Lachnagrostis batesii Muelleria 26(2): 31, 33-35, Figs 1, 2 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651296 59689902
Page is part of the work Systematics of the tribe Ingeae (Leguminosae-Mimosiodeae) over the last 25 years, doi:10.5962/p.292491
Page is part of the work New Lachnagrostis taxa from South Australia and South-west Victoria (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.337565

Page text

Lachnagrostis 
Cont. Key to taxa 
14 Awn absent or less than 0.5 mm long (or occasional awn to 2.5 mm); lemma covered 
with long hairs.4. /.. leviseta 
14: Awn 1.0 mm or more long; lemma glabrous or with scattered short hairs.i. adamsonii 
15 Awn inserted within lower 'A of lemma length; palea setae mainly 0.4 mm long or more; 
leaves mainly conduplicate.■* 6 
15: Awn inserted at or above 'A of lemma length; palea setae mainly less than 0.4 mm long; 
leaves mainly involute.17 
16 Lemma covered in hairs in the lower H. .L punicea subsp, punicea 
16: Lemma glabrous (except for the callus). l.punicea subsp. fiUfotia 
17 Lemma hairy.18 
17: Lemma hairless (except for the callus) but strongly scaberulous in upper half.i. robusta 
18 Lower glume more than 3.0 mm long; emerging panicles strongly purple and rather stiffly erect; 
leaves bluish- or purplish-green.3. L palustris 
18: Lower glume 3.0 mm long or less; emerging panicles purplish or green and lax; leaves mid-green.i. sp. 
except for L palustris, lower leaves of potted plants 
were considerably wider than those collected in the 
field. This difference in leaf width was not apparent 
in flag leaves. In a few accessions, flag leaf length was 
longer in field collections. If environmental conditions 
can play such a large role in leaf size, then its use as a 
diagnostic criterion needs to be carefully considered. 
Ligule length was highly variable within most 
accessions, which on closer examination often related 
to the degree of laceration displayed at the apices. 
Maximum inflorescence size was similar, regardless 
of growing conditions, except for accessions MMC 
and SAM where pot conditions were more favourable 
(Table 5). The degree of inflorescence emergence was 
generally in favour of the potted plants but whether 
this was due to maturity differences or to more 
vigorous culm elongation cannot be ascertained. What 
was obvious however, was the prolific production 
of inflorescences for most accessions under potted 
conditions, compared to the numbers normally 
observed, but almost never measured, in the field. 
Past field observations do note that tussocks of this 
genus readily respond to rainfall by producing new 
batches of inflorescences with each event. It may be 
that under normal field conditions of variable wetting 
and drying, inflorescences do not persist for long but 
flowering and seed set develop more quickly than 
under favourable moisture conditions. Study of plant 
response under field conditions could therefore be 
a useful pursuit, particularly when assessing the 
'normality' of growth characteristics under nursery 
and/or potted conditions. 
Spikelets and florets of potted plants were not 
significantly different from field plants for most accessions 
and characteristics (Table 6). Glume setae in L defJexa were 
however, significantly shorter in field plants (therefore 
contributing to overall shorter glumes) but as these setae 
become somewhatfragilewith maturity,it islikelythatsome 
had broken tips. Lemmas in field plants of L adamsonii and 
L batesii (SASl only) were slightly but significantly longer 
than in potted plants. Some significant variation among 
the potted plants of the same accession was apparent for 
glume length in L filiformis and L adamsonii, lemma length 
in L adamsonii and L perennis (SAM), awn length in L aemula 
and anther length in Lpa/usfns.This variation needed to be 
considered when determining useful diagnostic criteria for 
separating taxa. 
Pot studies have been useful in demonstrating the 
maintenance of morphological differences among taxa 
observed in the field. However, vegetative characters 
of potted plants (e.g. leaf width) could not be used as a 
diagnostic criteria for field collected specimens. 
Taxonomy 
1. Lachnagrostis batesii AJ.Br. sp. nov. 
Gramen parvum caespitosum, annuum vel perenne bevivivum, 
ad 40 cm altum. Culmi ascendentes numerosi, panuculae 
Muelleria 
31 

Page image

632693 Lachnagrostis deflexa Muelleria 26(2): 42-43, Fig. 6 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 42-43, Fig. 6 (map)".

632691 Lachnagrostis leviseta Muelleria 26(2): 40-42, Figs 4a-b, 5e-i, 6 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 40-42, Figs 4a-b, 5e-i, 6 (map)".

632688 Lachnagrostis palustris Muelleria 26(2): 39-40, Fig. 6 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 39-40, Fig. 6 (map)".

632684 Lachnagrostis perennis Muelleria 26(2): 35-36, 38-39, Figs 1e-j, 3 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 35-36, 38-39, Figs 1e-j, 3 (map)".

632695 Lachnagrostis ×contracta Muelleria 26(2): 43, Figs 4c-d, 6 (map), 7a-d
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651308 59689890
Page is part of the work Leaf ontogeny and morphology in Acacia (Mimosaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292492
Page is part of the work New Lachnagrostis taxa from South Australia and South-west Victoria (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.337565
632724 Lecanora subtecta Muelleria 26(2): 73-75, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 73-75, Fig. 1".

871665 Lecidea melaloma Muelleria 26(2): 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651332 59689877
Page is part of the work Biological control of Australian native plants, in Australia, with an emphasis on acacias, doi:10.5962/p.292495
Page is part of the work Observations on some Tasmanian species of the lichen genus Megalaria, doi:10.5962/p.337562

Page text

Megalaria 
all these pigments may also occur in other species of 
Megalaria to some degree, the predominance of the 
'atra-red'pigment is highly characteristic. 
Additional descriptive data for this species are given 
by Coppins (1992) (for Great Britain, under Catillario) 
and by Brodo ef al. (2001) {for North America). Whereas 
Tasmanian specimens have the same pigments and 
general habit, their ascospores are relatively longer 
and broader [cf. 12-18 x 5-7 pm (Coppins 1992); 
13-18(-24) X 5-7(-8) pm (Brodo etal. 2001)]. Thus the 
identification oftheTasmanian specimens is provisional 
at this stage. 
Distribution and ecology: Megalaria laureri is 
widespread albeit often localised in temperate 
areas of the Northern Hemisphere. It appears to be 
uncommon in Tasmania where it is known from only 
two collections: one from the trunk of Banksia In wet 
eucalypt forest and the other from a young trunk 
of Nothofagus cunninghamii (Hook.) Oerst. in cool 
temperate rainforest. 
Specimens examined: TASMANIA. Yarlington Tier, 42°32'S 
147°18'E, 620 m alt,, 8.xi.l987, G. Kantvilas 91/87 (GZU, HO); 
Montana Falls, 4r34'S 146"36'E, 290 m alt., 26.xi.1988, J.A. 
Curnow2063 (CANB, HO, M). UNITED STATES OF AMERICA: 
MICHIGAN. AlgerCounty,W of Kingston Lake, 16.ix.l970, R.C 
Harris 6055 (HO, MSC). 
2. Megalaria melaloma (Knight) Kantvilas 
comb. nov. 
Lecidea melaloma Knight, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, ser. 
2,2:45 (1882); Catillaria melaloma (Knight) Zahibr., Cat. 
Lich.Univ.4:2^ (1926). 
Type: New South Wales ['in the neighbourhood of 
Sydney'], C Knight [vol. 204, p. 24, no. 24] (WELT- 
holotype!). 
= Catillaria tasmanka Rasanen, Ann. Bot. Soc. ZooL- 
Bot. Fenn. "Vanamo" 21: 3 (1944). Type: Australia, 
Tasmania, prope cataractam Newton [New Town 
Falls], ad corticem arborum, 1887, R.A. Bastow (G- 
holotype!). 
= Patellaea scutata Rodway, Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 
(1924): 93 (1925). Type: Tasmania, Cascades, on bark 
of Bedfordia salicina, 27 June 1896, L. Rodway (HO- 
holotype!). 
= ? Patellaria bklipea Shirley, Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 
(1893): 217 (1894); Megalospora bklipea (Shirley) 
Zahibr., Cot. Lich. Univ. 4: 86 (1926). Type: [Tasmania] 
St Crispin's, W.A. Weymouth 155a (Type specimen not 
located). 
Thallus crustose, 50-100{-150) pm thick, generally 
smooth, effuse and continuous, sometimes cracked, 
abraded, rather gnarled and scurfy, whitish cream, 
glaucous grey to pale brownish, not delimited, lacking 
isidia or soredia, ecorticate; photobiont a unicellular 
green alga with cells globose, 7-10(-16) pm diam. 
Apothecia 0.8-1 (-1.5) mm diam., scattered, 
superficial, basally constricted; disc plane at first, later 
convex, matt, typically jet-black but sometimes pale 
greyish, brown or piebald, epruinose; margin persistent 
except in oldest, most convex apothecia, often rather 
glossy, typically concolorous with the disc, or darker 
when the disc is pale, rarely a little brownish at the sides. 
Excipulum in section 40-80 pm thick, composed of 
radiating, branched and anastomosing, conglutinated 
hyphae to c. 2 pm thick, with a grey-green, olive-green 
to bluish green, K±intensifying greenish, N-f crimson 
pigment at the edge, sometimes extending within in 
Figure 2. Comparison of the ascus apex of Megalaria species, observed in dilute Lugols' iodine after pre-treatment with 10% 
KOH (amyloid tissues stippled). A: M. laureri {Kantvilas 91/87); B: M. melaloma {Kantvilas 207/80); C: M. subtasmanica 
{Kantvilas 264/93). Scale = 10 pm. 
Muelleria 
67 

Page image

871675 Lecidea subtecta Muelleria 26(2): 73
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651338 59689883
Page is part of the work Biological control of Australian native plants, in Australia, with an emphasis on acacias, doi:10.5962/p.292495
Page is part of the work Lecanora subtecta, an Australian species in the Lecanora symmicta group (Lecanorales), doi:10.5962/p.337566

Page text

Leccanora subtecta 
performance liquid chromatography (Feige etol. 1993). 
Nomenclature of ascus types follows Hafellner (1984). 
Nomenclature of apothecial pigments follows Meyer 
and Printzen (2000). 
Taxonomy 
Lecanoro subtecta (Stirt.) Kantvilas & LaGreca 
comb. nov. 
Lecidea subtecta Stirt., Trans. Glasgow Soc. Field 
Naturalists 4: 93 (1876). 
Type: TASMANIA: "ad ligna decorticata in 
Tasmania", H. Paton (lectotype, fide D.J. Galloway ined.~ 
BM000022188!). 
Thallus crustose, ecorticate, not delimited, effuse to 
immersed in the substratum and ±inapparent, or pale 
glaucous grey, rimose-areolate and rather scurfy, or 
±granular, with the granules 0.05-0.1 mm wide; soredia 
absent; photobiont Trebouxia-Wke, with individual cells 
irregularly globose, 10-24 pm wide. 
Apothecia biatorine, 0.12-0.5 mm wide, roundish 
to irregularly rhomboid, scattered or, more typically, 
crowded together and rather misshapen, occasionally 
fusing in irregular, cerebriform clusters to 2 mm 
Figure. ^. Lecanora subtecta {Kantvilas 132/06, HO): asci with ai 
wide, disc pale orange-pink, orange-yellow to yellow, 
sometimes piebald greenish grey, plane at first, soon 
becoming convex or undulate, usually sparsely to 
densely beset with a coarse lemon-yellow pruina,* 
margin very thin, usually very soon excluded and not 
evident. Exdpulum in section colourless, 10-40 pm 
thick at the sides, mostly becoming excluded, poorly 
differentiated from the hymenium, composed of 
conglutinated, radiating, branched and anastomosing, 
loosely interwoven hyphae 1-1.5(-2) pm thick, lacking 
photobiont cells. Hypothecium hyaline, 40-100 pm 
thick, composed of loosely interwoven, anastomosing 
hyphae c. 0.6 pm thick, subtended by a ±continuous 
band of photobiont cells. Hymenium 42-50 pm thick, 
mostly hyaline but in the upper part usually overlain 
or inspersed with golden granules that fluoresce pale 
to vivid yellow in polarised light and dissolve in KOH, 
very rarely with traces of'cinereorufa-green' pigment, 
K±greenish intensifying, N+ crimson. Asci clavate, 
eight-spored, 30-42 x 9-14 pm, of the Lecanora-type, 
with a well-developed amyloid tholus penetrated 
entirely by a cylindrical, weakly amyloid masse axiale 
with iparallel flanks; ocular chamber blunt. Paraphyses 
1 -1.5 pm thick, simple to occasionally branched, rather 
lid parts stippled, paraphyses and ascospores. Scale = 10 pm. 
Muelleria 
73 

Page image

871633 Mazeutoxeron rufum Muelleria 26(2): 50
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651315 59689860
Page is part of the work Leaf ontogeny and morphology in Acacia (Mimosaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292492

Page text

Choi & Duretto 
hairs with usually white rays to 0.5 mm long. Peduncles 
to 3.5 mm long; pedicels 0.5-2 mm long. Calyx 2.5-3.5 
mm long. Petals 7-10 mm long. 
Selected specimens seen (of 23): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 
Between Kingston and Salt Creek, 139“5VE, Hj.Eichler 
17785, 15.ix.1963 (CANB); between Parsons and Waitpinga 
beaches (11 km SW of Victor Harbor), Fleurieu Peninsula, 
35“33'S 138°37'E, R.Schodde 616, 27.i.1958 (AD, CANB, 
HO); Newland Head, 35“39'S 138“31'E, DJ.E.Whibley 10166, 
28.V.1986 (CANB, HO); Gleneig River, between Dry Creek and 
Donovan's Landing, D.N.Kraehenbuehl 954, 8.X.1963 (MEL). 
VICTORIA. Lower Gleneig NP, cliff top walk W of end of North 
Nelson Road, 37"59'S 14n'E, M.F.Duretto 1520, l.x.2002 
(HO, MEL); along a scenic drive at Cape Nelson, J.CAnway 
447, 24.xi.1965 (MEL); Bats Ridge, c. 12 km W of Portland, 
J.H.Seebeck, 1 S.v.l 972 (MEL); Above Shelly Beach, Bridgewater 
Bay, 38‘‘22'S 14r25'E, Kl.Wilson 1169 & LJohnson, 18.ii.l975 
(MEL, NSW). 
Distribution: C. alba var. pannosa is patchily 
distributed from Kangaroo Island and Southern Lofty 
Region (South Australia), along the coast to the Cape 
Otway area (Victoria).The presence on Kangaroo Island 
(see Anonymous 2001) requires confirmation. 
Phenology: Flowering material has been collected 
from January to October while fruiting material has 
been collected from July to October. 
Notes: Specimens from Port Campbell to Apollo Bay 
have larger leaves and sepals than plants in western 
Victoria and South Australia. They also have smaller 
hairs and leaves that are more obovate (verses mostly 
oblanceolate). These specimens have been treated as 
intermediates between var. alba and var. pannosa (e.g. 
past determinations) and superficially are similar to 
var. rotundifolia. With typical var. pannosa they share 
the large hairs with rays along the length of the stalk 
and are treated here as part of that variety. In addition 
to the forms outlined above, C alba var. pannosa and 
var. alba appear to intergrade between Port Phillip Bay 
and the Cape Otway area (see Duretto 1999). Further 
detailed field and laboratory studies are required to 
determine if these plants are indeed intermediates or 
warrant taxonomic recognition. 
Conservation Status: Correa alba var. pannosa is 
considered to be rare both in Victoria (Ross & Walsh 
2003; Walsh & Stajsic 2007) and South Australia 
(Anonymous 2001). 
3. Correa alba var. rotundifolia DC., Prod. 1 : 
719(1824) 
Mazeutoxeron rufum Labill., Voy. Rech. Perouse 2: 12 
(1800), Atlas 1 . 17 (1800); Correa rufa (Labill.) Vent., Jard. 
Malm. 1: sub. 1 . 13 (1803). Type citation: cap meridional 
[South Cape], Tas., Feb. 1793, IJ.H. de Labillardiere. 
Type: NEW HOLLAND. JJ.H. de Labillardiere 
(lectotype here designated; FI [ex Herb. Labillardiere, 
Herb.Webbianum 32375], images CANB, HO). (Fig. 3) 
Shrub to 3 m high, to 4 m wide; indumentum of 
stems and leaves stellate tomentose (Fig. ll-L), rough 
and uneven in appearance, most hairs red-brown, 
stellate hairs mostly stalked, stalks 0.1-0.5(-0.75) mm 
and without rays along length, rays 0.2-0.5(-0.75) mm 
long. Leaves with petioles 3-8 mm long; lamina 5-28 
mm long, 2.5-27 mm wide. Peduncle 1-9 mm; pedicel 
0.75-3 mm. Calyx 3-6 mm long. Petals 8-14 mm long. 
Selected specimens (c. 55 specimens examined): 
TASMANIA. Cape Frederick Hendrick, Forestier Peninsula, 
42°52'S 147°58'E, P.Collier 2577, 23.viii.1987 (HO); Dunalley 
Beach, N end, 42‘'54'S 147M8'E, B.Choi 10-16 & M.F.Duretto, 
12.viii.2006 (BKClO, 15 & 16 - HO; BKCll - HO, KHUS; 
BKC12 - HO, NSW; BKC13 - HO, MEL; BKC14 - HO, K); Below 
Tessellated Pavement,43‘’00'S ]47°55'B,M.Wapstra, 19.ix.2006 
(HO, MEL); Droughty Point, 42“56'E 147''25'E, A.M.Buchanan 
3243, 8.iv.l984 (HO); Pirates Bay, Tasman Peninsula, 43“2'S 
147®56'E, B.Choi 17-19 & M.F.Duretto, 12.viii,2006 (BKC17 
- HO, PRE; BKC18 - CHR, HO; BKC19 - HO, NE); Lime Bay 
Nature Reserve, 42“59'S 147°40'E, P.Collier 1520, 8.viii.l986 
(HO); NW of Pedition Ponds, Cape Pillar, 43“13'S My^SS'E, 
AM.Buchanan 3294, 15.iv.l984 (HO); Tasman Island, 43'’14'S 
148'’0'E, R.P.Minchin,^.\v.}993 (HO);Opossum Bay,South Arm, 
42“59'S 147"24'E, A.M.Olsen, 14.iii.l957 (HO); Calverts Beach, 
E end, 43®1'S 147“29'E, B.Choi 1~3 & M.F.Duretto, 11.viii.2006 
(BKCl - HO, MEL; BKC2 - AD, HO; BKC3 - HO, NSW); Lookout 
near Goat Bluff, near W end of Calverts Beach, 43® VS 147®28'E, 
B.Choi 4-9 & M.F.Duretto, ll.viii.2006 (BKC4 - H, HO; BKC5, 
6 & 8 - HO; BKC7 - HO, MEL; BKC9 - AD, HO); Betsey Island, 
43®3'S 147®29'E, K.Horr/s, 15x1983 (HO); White Beach,Tasman 
Peninsula, 43®7'S 147®43'E, B.Choi 20-24 & M.F.Duretto, 
12.viii.2006 (BKC20 - DNA, HO; BKC21 - HO; BKC22 - HO, 
KHUS, KRA; BKC23 - HO, MO; BKC24 - CANB, HO); Wedge 
Island, 43“8'S 147®40'E, F.Duncan, 6.viii.1986 (HO); North Bruny 
Island, The Neck, far NE end, at Mars Bluff, 43®14'S 147'’24'E, 
J.D.Briggs 1499, 22.iv.l 984 (CANB, HO, MEL); Grass Point, South 
Bruny Island, 43®21 'S 147®21 'E, A.M.Buchanan 8375, 30.iii.l 986 
(HO); Southerly Bight, Labillardiere Peninsula, South Bruny 
Island, 43®25'S 147®5'E, A.M.Buchanan 4218, S.xi.l 984 (HO). 
50 
Vol 26(2) 2008 

Page image

632706 Megalaria laureri Muelleria 26(2): 65-66, Figs 1A, 2A

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 65-66, Figs 1A, 2A".

632710 Megalaria melaloma Muelleria 26(2): 67-69, Figs. 1B, 2B

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 67-69, Figs. 1B, 2B".

632721 Megalaria subtasmanica Muelleria 26(2): 69-70, Fig. 2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 69-70, Fig. 2".

871671 Megalospora biclipea Muelleria 26(2): 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651332 59689877
Page is part of the work Biological control of Australian native plants, in Australia, with an emphasis on acacias, doi:10.5962/p.292495
Page is part of the work Observations on some Tasmanian species of the lichen genus Megalaria, doi:10.5962/p.337562

Page text

Megalaria 
all these pigments may also occur in other species of 
Megalaria to some degree, the predominance of the 
'atra-red'pigment is highly characteristic. 
Additional descriptive data for this species are given 
by Coppins (1992) (for Great Britain, under Catillario) 
and by Brodo ef al. (2001) {for North America). Whereas 
Tasmanian specimens have the same pigments and 
general habit, their ascospores are relatively longer 
and broader [cf. 12-18 x 5-7 pm (Coppins 1992); 
13-18(-24) X 5-7(-8) pm (Brodo etal. 2001)]. Thus the 
identification oftheTasmanian specimens is provisional 
at this stage. 
Distribution and ecology: Megalaria laureri is 
widespread albeit often localised in temperate 
areas of the Northern Hemisphere. It appears to be 
uncommon in Tasmania where it is known from only 
two collections: one from the trunk of Banksia In wet 
eucalypt forest and the other from a young trunk 
of Nothofagus cunninghamii (Hook.) Oerst. in cool 
temperate rainforest. 
Specimens examined: TASMANIA. Yarlington Tier, 42°32'S 
147°18'E, 620 m alt,, 8.xi.l987, G. Kantvilas 91/87 (GZU, HO); 
Montana Falls, 4r34'S 146"36'E, 290 m alt., 26.xi.1988, J.A. 
Curnow2063 (CANB, HO, M). UNITED STATES OF AMERICA: 
MICHIGAN. AlgerCounty,W of Kingston Lake, 16.ix.l970, R.C 
Harris 6055 (HO, MSC). 
2. Megalaria melaloma (Knight) Kantvilas 
comb. nov. 
Lecidea melaloma Knight, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, ser. 
2,2:45 (1882); Catillaria melaloma (Knight) Zahibr., Cat. 
Lich.Univ.4:2^ (1926). 
Type: New South Wales ['in the neighbourhood of 
Sydney'], C Knight [vol. 204, p. 24, no. 24] (WELT- 
holotype!). 
= Catillaria tasmanka Rasanen, Ann. Bot. Soc. ZooL- 
Bot. Fenn. "Vanamo" 21: 3 (1944). Type: Australia, 
Tasmania, prope cataractam Newton [New Town 
Falls], ad corticem arborum, 1887, R.A. Bastow (G- 
holotype!). 
= Patellaea scutata Rodway, Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 
(1924): 93 (1925). Type: Tasmania, Cascades, on bark 
of Bedfordia salicina, 27 June 1896, L. Rodway (HO- 
holotype!). 
= ? Patellaria bklipea Shirley, Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 
(1893): 217 (1894); Megalospora bklipea (Shirley) 
Zahibr., Cot. Lich. Univ. 4: 86 (1926). Type: [Tasmania] 
St Crispin's, W.A. Weymouth 155a (Type specimen not 
located). 
Thallus crustose, 50-100{-150) pm thick, generally 
smooth, effuse and continuous, sometimes cracked, 
abraded, rather gnarled and scurfy, whitish cream, 
glaucous grey to pale brownish, not delimited, lacking 
isidia or soredia, ecorticate; photobiont a unicellular 
green alga with cells globose, 7-10(-16) pm diam. 
Apothecia 0.8-1 (-1.5) mm diam., scattered, 
superficial, basally constricted; disc plane at first, later 
convex, matt, typically jet-black but sometimes pale 
greyish, brown or piebald, epruinose; margin persistent 
except in oldest, most convex apothecia, often rather 
glossy, typically concolorous with the disc, or darker 
when the disc is pale, rarely a little brownish at the sides. 
Excipulum in section 40-80 pm thick, composed of 
radiating, branched and anastomosing, conglutinated 
hyphae to c. 2 pm thick, with a grey-green, olive-green 
to bluish green, K±intensifying greenish, N-f crimson 
pigment at the edge, sometimes extending within in 
Figure 2. Comparison of the ascus apex of Megalaria species, observed in dilute Lugols' iodine after pre-treatment with 10% 
KOH (amyloid tissues stippled). A: M. laureri {Kantvilas 91/87); B: M. melaloma {Kantvilas 207/80); C: M. subtasmanica 
{Kantvilas 264/93). Scale = 10 pm. 
Muelleria 
67 

Page image

871669 Patellaea scutata Muelleria 26(2): 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651332 59689877
Page is part of the work Biological control of Australian native plants, in Australia, with an emphasis on acacias, doi:10.5962/p.292495
Page is part of the work Observations on some Tasmanian species of the lichen genus Megalaria, doi:10.5962/p.337562

Page text

Megalaria 
all these pigments may also occur in other species of 
Megalaria to some degree, the predominance of the 
'atra-red'pigment is highly characteristic. 
Additional descriptive data for this species are given 
by Coppins (1992) (for Great Britain, under Catillario) 
and by Brodo ef al. (2001) {for North America). Whereas 
Tasmanian specimens have the same pigments and 
general habit, their ascospores are relatively longer 
and broader [cf. 12-18 x 5-7 pm (Coppins 1992); 
13-18(-24) X 5-7(-8) pm (Brodo etal. 2001)]. Thus the 
identification oftheTasmanian specimens is provisional 
at this stage. 
Distribution and ecology: Megalaria laureri is 
widespread albeit often localised in temperate 
areas of the Northern Hemisphere. It appears to be 
uncommon in Tasmania where it is known from only 
two collections: one from the trunk of Banksia In wet 
eucalypt forest and the other from a young trunk 
of Nothofagus cunninghamii (Hook.) Oerst. in cool 
temperate rainforest. 
Specimens examined: TASMANIA. Yarlington Tier, 42°32'S 
147°18'E, 620 m alt,, 8.xi.l987, G. Kantvilas 91/87 (GZU, HO); 
Montana Falls, 4r34'S 146"36'E, 290 m alt., 26.xi.1988, J.A. 
Curnow2063 (CANB, HO, M). UNITED STATES OF AMERICA: 
MICHIGAN. AlgerCounty,W of Kingston Lake, 16.ix.l970, R.C 
Harris 6055 (HO, MSC). 
2. Megalaria melaloma (Knight) Kantvilas 
comb. nov. 
Lecidea melaloma Knight, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, ser. 
2,2:45 (1882); Catillaria melaloma (Knight) Zahibr., Cat. 
Lich.Univ.4:2^ (1926). 
Type: New South Wales ['in the neighbourhood of 
Sydney'], C Knight [vol. 204, p. 24, no. 24] (WELT- 
holotype!). 
= Catillaria tasmanka Rasanen, Ann. Bot. Soc. ZooL- 
Bot. Fenn. "Vanamo" 21: 3 (1944). Type: Australia, 
Tasmania, prope cataractam Newton [New Town 
Falls], ad corticem arborum, 1887, R.A. Bastow (G- 
holotype!). 
= Patellaea scutata Rodway, Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 
(1924): 93 (1925). Type: Tasmania, Cascades, on bark 
of Bedfordia salicina, 27 June 1896, L. Rodway (HO- 
holotype!). 
= ? Patellaria bklipea Shirley, Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 
(1893): 217 (1894); Megalospora bklipea (Shirley) 
Zahibr., Cot. Lich. Univ. 4: 86 (1926). Type: [Tasmania] 
St Crispin's, W.A. Weymouth 155a (Type specimen not 
located). 
Thallus crustose, 50-100{-150) pm thick, generally 
smooth, effuse and continuous, sometimes cracked, 
abraded, rather gnarled and scurfy, whitish cream, 
glaucous grey to pale brownish, not delimited, lacking 
isidia or soredia, ecorticate; photobiont a unicellular 
green alga with cells globose, 7-10(-16) pm diam. 
Apothecia 0.8-1 (-1.5) mm diam., scattered, 
superficial, basally constricted; disc plane at first, later 
convex, matt, typically jet-black but sometimes pale 
greyish, brown or piebald, epruinose; margin persistent 
except in oldest, most convex apothecia, often rather 
glossy, typically concolorous with the disc, or darker 
when the disc is pale, rarely a little brownish at the sides. 
Excipulum in section 40-80 pm thick, composed of 
radiating, branched and anastomosing, conglutinated 
hyphae to c. 2 pm thick, with a grey-green, olive-green 
to bluish green, K±intensifying greenish, N-f crimson 
pigment at the edge, sometimes extending within in 
Figure 2. Comparison of the ascus apex of Megalaria species, observed in dilute Lugols' iodine after pre-treatment with 10% 
KOH (amyloid tissues stippled). A: M. laureri {Kantvilas 91/87); B: M. melaloma {Kantvilas 207/80); C: M. subtasmanica 
{Kantvilas 264/93). Scale = 10 pm. 
Muelleria 
67 

Page image

871670 Patellaria biclipea Muelleria 26(2): 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59651332 59689877
Page is part of the work Biological control of Australian native plants, in Australia, with an emphasis on acacias, doi:10.5962/p.292495
Page is part of the work Observations on some Tasmanian species of the lichen genus Megalaria, doi:10.5962/p.337562

Page text

Megalaria 
all these pigments may also occur in other species of 
Megalaria to some degree, the predominance of the 
'atra-red'pigment is highly characteristic. 
Additional descriptive data for this species are given 
by Coppins (1992) (for Great Britain, under Catillario) 
and by Brodo ef al. (2001) {for North America). Whereas 
Tasmanian specimens have the same pigments and 
general habit, their ascospores are relatively longer 
and broader [cf. 12-18 x 5-7 pm (Coppins 1992); 
13-18(-24) X 5-7(-8) pm (Brodo etal. 2001)]. Thus the 
identification oftheTasmanian specimens is provisional 
at this stage. 
Distribution and ecology: Megalaria laureri is 
widespread albeit often localised in temperate 
areas of the Northern Hemisphere. It appears to be 
uncommon in Tasmania where it is known from only 
two collections: one from the trunk of Banksia In wet 
eucalypt forest and the other from a young trunk 
of Nothofagus cunninghamii (Hook.) Oerst. in cool 
temperate rainforest. 
Specimens examined: TASMANIA. Yarlington Tier, 42°32'S 
147°18'E, 620 m alt,, 8.xi.l987, G. Kantvilas 91/87 (GZU, HO); 
Montana Falls, 4r34'S 146"36'E, 290 m alt., 26.xi.1988, J.A. 
Curnow2063 (CANB, HO, M). UNITED STATES OF AMERICA: 
MICHIGAN. AlgerCounty,W of Kingston Lake, 16.ix.l970, R.C 
Harris 6055 (HO, MSC). 
2. Megalaria melaloma (Knight) Kantvilas 
comb. nov. 
Lecidea melaloma Knight, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, ser. 
2,2:45 (1882); Catillaria melaloma (Knight) Zahibr., Cat. 
Lich.Univ.4:2^ (1926). 
Type: New South Wales ['in the neighbourhood of 
Sydney'], C Knight [vol. 204, p. 24, no. 24] (WELT- 
holotype!). 
= Catillaria tasmanka Rasanen, Ann. Bot. Soc. ZooL- 
Bot. Fenn. "Vanamo" 21: 3 (1944). Type: Australia, 
Tasmania, prope cataractam Newton [New Town 
Falls], ad corticem arborum, 1887, R.A. Bastow (G- 
holotype!). 
= Patellaea scutata Rodway, Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 
(1924): 93 (1925). Type: Tasmania, Cascades, on bark 
of Bedfordia salicina, 27 June 1896, L. Rodway (HO- 
holotype!). 
= ? Patellaria bklipea Shirley, Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 
(1893): 217 (1894); Megalospora bklipea (Shirley) 
Zahibr., Cot. Lich. Univ. 4: 86 (1926). Type: [Tasmania] 
St Crispin's, W.A. Weymouth 155a (Type specimen not 
located). 
Thallus crustose, 50-100{-150) pm thick, generally 
smooth, effuse and continuous, sometimes cracked, 
abraded, rather gnarled and scurfy, whitish cream, 
glaucous grey to pale brownish, not delimited, lacking 
isidia or soredia, ecorticate; photobiont a unicellular 
green alga with cells globose, 7-10(-16) pm diam. 
Apothecia 0.8-1 (-1.5) mm diam., scattered, 
superficial, basally constricted; disc plane at first, later 
convex, matt, typically jet-black but sometimes pale 
greyish, brown or piebald, epruinose; margin persistent 
except in oldest, most convex apothecia, often rather 
glossy, typically concolorous with the disc, or darker 
when the disc is pale, rarely a little brownish at the sides. 
Excipulum in section 40-80 pm thick, composed of 
radiating, branched and anastomosing, conglutinated 
hyphae to c. 2 pm thick, with a grey-green, olive-green 
to bluish green, K±intensifying greenish, N-f crimson 
pigment at the edge, sometimes extending within in 
Figure 2. Comparison of the ascus apex of Megalaria species, observed in dilute Lugols' iodine after pre-treatment with 10% 
KOH (amyloid tissues stippled). A: M. laureri {Kantvilas 91/87); B: M. melaloma {Kantvilas 207/80); C: M. subtasmanica 
{Kantvilas 264/93). Scale = 10 pm. 
Muelleria 
67 

Page image

973032 Perennial Muelleria 26(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2)".

632680 Poa physoclina Muelleria 26(2): 17-20, Figs 1-3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 17-20, Figs 1-3".

632678 Pomaderris buchanensis Muelleria 26(2): 11-13, 15, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 11-13, 15, Fig. 1".

632679 Pomaderris ×viridis Muelleria 26(2): 15-16, Fig. 2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 15-16, Fig. 2".

632765 Triglochin calcitrapa calcitrapa Muelleria 26(2): 98-99

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 98-99".

871706 Triglochin calcitrapa isingiana Muelleria 26(2): 99
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689956
Page is part of the work Notes on some Australian Triglochin (Juncaginaceae) annuals: typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.337564
632768 Triglochin calcitrapa pedunculata Muelleria 26(2): 99
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689956
Page is part of the work Notes on some Australian Triglochin (Juncaginaceae) annuals: typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.337564
632772 Triglochin calcitrapa sessiliflora Muelleria 26(2): 98
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689955
Page is part of the work Notes on some Australian Triglochin (Juncaginaceae) annuals: typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.337564
871704 Triglochin calcitrapa sessiliflora Muelleria 26(2): 98
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689955
Page is part of the work Notes on some Australian Triglochin (Juncaginaceae) annuals: typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.337564
871712 Triglochin centrocarpa calcitrapa Muelleria 26(2): 98
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689955
Page is part of the work Notes on some Australian Triglochin (Juncaginaceae) annuals: typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.337564
886438 Triglochin centrocarpa longicarpa Muelleria 26(2): 100
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689957
Page is part of the work Notes on some Australian Triglochin (Juncaginaceae) annuals: typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.337564
871707 Triglochin elongata Muelleria 26(2): 99
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689956
Page is part of the work Notes on some Australian Triglochin (Juncaginaceae) annuals: typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.337564
632770 Triglochin isingiana Muelleria 26(2): 99-100

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 26(2): 99-100".

653982 Triglochin longicarpa Muelleria 26(2): 100
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689957
Page is part of the work Notes on some Australian Triglochin (Juncaginaceae) annuals: typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.337564

Page text

Aston 
Black gave only "Diamentina River and Central 
Australia"for collections on which he based his variety, 
but although the collectors were not specified these 
two collections are readily identified in AD among 
the ex herb. J.M. Black material. There, two collections 
are mounted on the same sheet, the holotype (from 
Coglin Creek, Central Australia) and another collection 
(Flood plain of Diamentina River at Pandi Pandi, 
S.A. 18 Aug. 1934, J.B. Cleland s.n.), with relevant 
handwritten annotations by Black. The holotype has 
the characteristic fertile carpels each with all 4 basal 
spines and the basal membrane well-developed, as 
described by both Ising and Black. The fertile carpels 
of the additional Diamentina River collection used 
by Black have the 2 down-pointed spines and their 
connecting membrane near-absent. 
The type sheet has been annotated by Hj.Eichler on 
3 Dec 1957 with "Coglin Creek is near Charlotte Waters 
and the locality where Mr Ising collected is near the 
railway line".This information would have been obtained 
by personal communication with Ising, and places the 
type locality approximately 25°55'S, 134°43'E. 
Triglochin tongicarpa (Ostenf.) Aston, stat nov. 
Triglochin centrocarpo var. longicorpo Ostenf., Dansk 
Bot.Ark. 2(8): 35 (1918). 
Holotype: Watheroo Rabbit Fence, W.A., Sept. 1905, 
M.Koch; ?C n.v.; isotype: MEL, NSW, PERTH. 
Ostenfeldwrotethatthe material of Koch's collection 
which he saw was"a specimen sent from the Nat. Herb, 
of New South Wales". This was apparently retained by 
Ostenfeld and should be in Copenhagen. 
Triglochin racemosa Endl. in J.G.C.Lehmann, PI. 
Pre/ss. 2:54 (1846). 
Lectotype: Rottnest Island, W. A., s. dat.,J.A.LPreiss2407, 
LD; isolectotypes: M, MEL MO, fide E.M.Watson FI. Australia 
45:470(1987). 
Endlicher described the species without seeing 
fruits, and his assignment of it to Triglochin was due 
to a misidenlification. The name must be excluded 
from Triglochin and from Juncaginaceae. O.W.Sonder, 
Linnaea 28: 224 (1856), considered the species to 
be undeveloped Anthericum semibarbatum R.Br. [= 
Bulbine semibarbata (R.Br.) Haw., Liliaceae]. Watson, 
loc. cit, agreed with Sonder's identification and gives 5 
Aug. 1839 as the date of the Preiss collection. 
Triglochin sp. A (as in Aston ms., for FI. Aust vo|. 
39) 
Triglochin calcitrapa var. sessiliflora Buchenau in 
H.G.A.Engler, Pfianzenr. Heft 16, IV.14: 12 (1903), pro 
parte, as to Mt. Lyndhurst, S.A., 1898, M. Koch 268 only 
(MEL, NSW), excluding lectotype (see above under T. 
calcitrapa var. calcitrapa). 
References 
Eichler, H. (1965). Supplement toJM Black's Flora of Australia 
(second edition, 1943-1957). Government Printer: Adelaide. 
McNeill, J. et oi, eds, (2006). International Code of 
Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code). Gantner Verlag; 
Liechtenstein. 
100 
Vol 26(2) 2008 

Page image

644954 Asperula acuminata Muelleria 27(1): 63-64, Fig. 7

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 63-64, Fig. 7".

644941 Asperula ambleia Muelleria 27(1): 52-53, Fig. 6

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 52-53, Fig. 6".

644934 Asperula asthenes Muelleria 27(1): 48, 50, Fig. 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477581
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Thompson 
then with stipules < 10% of leaf length. Leaves on stems 
and long branches, spreading to pendent, very narrow- 
elliptic, linear or narrow-linear, 10-50 mm long, 0.7-3 
mm wide, with l:w ratio 6-20, tapering gradually basally 
to be 1/3 to 1/2 of leaf-width at base, tapering gradually 
distally, generally unarched, thin; margin flat, recurved 
or narrowly revolute, glabrous;apex very acute, terminal 
hair or hairs c. 0.05 mm long; upper surface sublustrous, 
more or less smooth on drying, with midrib not defined, 
without acute epidermal projections, glabrous or 
with a few to numerous antrorse hairs or scabrosities; 
pale patch absent or obscure; abaxial midrib slender, 
raised for much of length, recessed relative to margins, 
glabrous; leaves on short inflorescence branches erect, 
1-10 mm long. Cymes of several to numerous flowers; 
primary and sometimes intermediate peduncles quite 
elongate; ultimate peduncles subsessile to c. 0.5 mm 
long. Flowers: corolla glabrous; ovary markedly oblate 
in face view, with sinus moderately deep; male flowers: 
corolla c. 3-4 mm long, with tube 2-2.5 mm long; 
anthers c. 0.6 mm long, longer than the filament; ovary 
c. 0.3 mm long; female flowers: corolla c. 1-2 mm long, 
with tube 0.4-1.0 mm long; ovary c. 0.7 mm long; style 
1.0-2.0 mm long, with arms 0.2-0.7 mm long. Fruit c. 2 
mm long. 
Flowers spring. 
Selected specimerts: QUEENSLAND. Dawson River 
crossing, 2.4 km W of Theodore-Cracow Rd along Isla 
Delusion Rd, D.A.Halford Q8692 & G.N.Batianoff, 2.xi.2004 (BRI, 
MEL); Dundas area, N of Ferndale, A.R.Bean 15540, 2.X.1999 
(BRI, MEL); 12.6 km along Boondandilla Rd, W of Milmerran, 
A.R.Bean 13910, 4.X.1998 (BRI, MEL, NSW); Indooroopilly, 
Brisbane, L.Pedley 4165, 25.X.1974 (BRI, CANB). NEW SOUTH 
WALES. Just to the E of the junction of Whitemans Creek and 
Whitemans Creek bridge on Copmanhurst Road, c. 25 km NE 
of Grafton, G.Patrick, 30.ix.1 999 (NSW). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in south-eastern 
Queensland and north-eastern New South Wales 
(Fig. 5). Grows in clay soils and in sedimentary rock in 
woodland and forest. Often associated with Geijera 
parviflora Lindl. 
Notes: Often noted as scrambling among grasses or 
trailing down rockfaces. Apart from its floral morphology 
A. geminifolia is very similar to A. gemella q.v. 
3. Asperula asthenes Airy Shaw &Turrill, Bull. 
Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 99 (1928) 
Type; NEW SOUTH WALES. Bulladelah, H.M.R.Rupp, 
October 1923; holo: K, images MEL; iso: NSW. 
Herbs with stem to c. 1 m long, often climbing. 
Stems 0.5-1.2 mm diam., sublustrous; internodes to 70 
mm long, mostly 15-40 mm long on branches; angles 
much narrower than faces, glabrous or with scattered 
scabrosities (up to c. 6 per mm of angle); scabrosities 
plump, strongly retrorse; whorls 4-partite, with stipules 
mostly 25-70% of leaf length. Leaves spreading to 
pendent, very narrowly spathulate, mostly 8-35 mm 
long, 1-5(-8) mm wide, with l;w ratio 3-7, tapering 
gradually and strongly basally to be petiole-like (1/5- 
1/10 of leaf-width) at base, tapering gradually distally, 
unarched, thin; margin flat, recurved or narrowly 
revolute, glabrous or with a few hairs proximally; apex 
acute to obtuse; terminal hair or hairs c. 0.05 mm long if 
present; upper surface generally more or less dull, more 
or less smooth on drying, with midrib weakly defined, 
without acute epidermal projections, glabrous or with 
several to numerous very short antrorse hairs; pale 
patch elliptic, c. 0.2 mm long, not rimmed by purple 
pigment, often obscure; abaxial midrib slender, raised 
for much of length, recessed relative to margins, with 
a few broad-based hairs mostly proximally. Cymes of 
several to numerous flowers; primary and sometimes 
intermediate peduncles quite elongate; ultimate 
peduncles of complex cymes subsessile to c. 0.5 mm 
long. Flowers: corolla glabrous; ovary slightly oblate in 
face view, with sinus moderately deep; male flowers: 
corolla 2-2.5 mm long, with tube c. 1-1.2 mm long; 
anthers 0.4-0.5 mm long, c. equal to the filament; 
ovary c. 0.3 mm long; female flowers: corolla c. 1 mm 
long, with tube 0.5 mm long; ovary 0.5 mm long; style 
1.0-1.2 mm long, with arms c. 0.2 mm long. Fruit c. 2 
mm long. 
Flowers spring. 
Selected specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES. Along banks of 
Kellys Creek, Girvan Area, 21 km SW of Bulahdelah, G.Patrick 
s.n., 1997 (NSW); Wilson River Picnic Area, Mount Boss State 
Forest, W.Chapman, s.d. (NSW); Manning River, C.Moore, s.d. 
(NSW); Hasting River, H.Beckler, s.d. (1800s) (MEL); Newcastle, 
LLeichhardt, 1842-48 (MEL); Wallis Island, L.Gilbert, 19.X.1947 
(AD). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in north¬ 
eastern New South Wales between Bulahdelah and 
Port Macquarie (Fig. 5). Grows in moist sites such as 
river banks, intermittently flooded lowlying sites, in 
48 
Vol 27(1) 2009 

Page image

644939 Asperula charophyton Muelleria 27(1): 51, Fig. 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477584
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Asperula and Galium 
and for this reason is here returned to Asperula and 
placed in sect. Dioicae. The taxonomic history of this 
species suggests that, apart from its dioecy, there is no 
sharp demarcation between Asperula sect. Dioicae and 
Australian and New Zealand group of Galium. 
5, Asperula charophyton Airy Shaw &Turrill, 
Bull. Misc. Inform. Kew ^ 928(3): 101 (1928) 
Asperula conferta var. elongata Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 
444 (1867); A. oligantha var. conferta-elongata Maiden 
& Betche, in J.H.Maiden & E.Betche, Census New South 
Wales PI: 188 (1916), nom. illeg. 
Type; QUEENSLAND. Mackenzie River & Suttor 
River, F.Mueller, date unknown; lecto: K n.v., fide Airy 
Shaw STurrill, loc. cit.; remaining syntypes: New South 
Wales: New England, C.Stuart; syn: K; Victoria: Smythes 
Ranges, Whan; syn: K; State unknown: Forest Creek, 
F.Mueller; syn: K. 
Herbs to c. 40 cm high. Stems 0.8-1.S mm diam., 
sublustrous, near basally increasing to c. 2 mm diam. 
with age; internodes toe. 60 mm long, mostly 15-40 mm 
long on branches; angles much narrower than faces, 
glabrous, with minute papillae or with a variably dense 
indumentum of hairs (up to c. 50 per mm of angle); hairs 
spreading, 0.5-0.1 mm long, narrow-based, straight or 
recurved; whorls 6-partite, with stipules c. equal to leaf 
length. Leaves spreading or angled forwards, narrow- 
linear, mostly 10-30 mm long, 0.8-2 mm wide, with 
l:w ratio 10-30, tapering only slightly basally to be c. 
1 /2 of leaf-width at base, tapering somewhat abruptly 
distally, not arching, slightly fleshy; margin recurved or 
revolute, glabrous or with minute spreading hairs or 
papillae; apex subacute to rounded, with neither an 
apiculate extension nor a terminal hair; upper surface 
sublustrous, smooth on drying, with midrib not or 
weakly defined, without acute epidermal projections; 
glabrous or with a few to numerous minute antrorse 
scabrosities; pale patch obscure; abaxial midrib well- 
developed proximally, sometimes raised for much 
of length, recessed or to level of margins, glabrous. 
Cymes of several to numerous flowers; primary and 
intermediate peduncles sometimes elongate; ultimate 
peduncles of complex cymes 0.5-2 mm long. Flowers: 
corolla glabrous; ovary oblate in face view, with sinus 
moderately deep; male flowers: corolla c. 2-3 mm long, 
with tube 1-1.5 mm long; anthers 0.4-0.5 mm long. 
c. equal to length of filament; ovary c. 0.2 mm long; 
female flowers: corolla c. 1-1.5 mm long, with tube c. 
0.3-0.6 mm long; ovary 0.5-0.8 mm long; style 1-1.5 
mm long, with arms 0.2-0.5 mm long. Fruit 2.5-3 mm 
long. 
Flowers late winter to spring. 
Selected specimens: QUEENSLAND. Hodgson Ck, S of 
Pittsworth,A.Reeon 15638,24.x.1999 (BRI, MEL); Smith's Creek, 
near Cambooya, S.R.Ciose, 8.xi.l 965 (BRI); King's Creek, 4.5 km 
W of Clifton, A.R.Bean 15570, 2.X.1 999 (BRI, MEL); Brisbane River 
near Esk, LLeichhardt, 10j<i.1843 (NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES. 
Mother of Ducks Lagoon, Guyra, T.AJames 1350 & S.McCune, 
24.xi.1992 (AD, BRI, NSW); New England, C.Stuart222, no date 
(MEL); Barbie-Mt Wambelong Track, Warrumbungle Ranges, 
H.Streimann 556, 5ixii.1973 (BRI, CANB, NSW); Hawkesbury 
near Richmond, R.Brown, 1803 (CANB). VICTORIA. Little River, 
Fullager, no date (MEL). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs predominantly 
between far south-eastern Queensland and central- 
eastern New South Wales; also recorded as far north 
as Rockhampton in south-eastern Queensland, and 
recorded from south-central Victoria in the 19'^ century 
(Fig. 5). Grows in forest and woodland. 
Notes: Similar to A. geminifolia and A. gemella in 
having flowers commonly drying yellow as opposed to 
those species in which the corolla tends to dry brown.The 
infloresences are generally lax due to long intermediate 
peduncles, but the flowers are clustered closely on short 
ultimate peduncles. A form occurring in more southern 
areas, i.e., the Warrumbungle Ranges, Sydney area and 
in Victoria has a denser indumentum with fine short 
somewhat retrorse or recurved hairs rather than minute 
spreading papillae, and fewer-flowered inflorescences, 
although further collections are needed to confirm this. 
All Victorian collections were collected in the late 1800s 
and are sterile except for a collection from Skipton 
(Whan NSW670938). Listed as a ROTAP species with Risk 
Code 3RCa (Briggs & Leigh 1996). 
A specimen from Nive River in central-eastern 
Queensland (R.W.Purdie 4398 BRI n.v., CANB) is possibly 
a hybrid between A. charophyton and A. conferta, 
although the former has not been recorded this far 
north. It resembles A. charophyton in leaf dimensions, 
but in most other respects it is closer to A. conferta. 
Further collections from this area are desirable. 
Muelleria 
51 

Page image

644946 Asperula conferta Muelleria 27(1): 57-59, Fig. 6

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 57-59, Fig. 6".

878253 Asperula conferta abbreviata Muelleria 27(1): 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477590
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878247 Asperula conferta elongata Muelleria 27(1): 51
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477584
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878252 Asperula conferta scoparioides Muelleria 27(1): 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477590
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
644940 Asperula cunninghamii Muelleria 27(1): 52, Fig. 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477585
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Thompson 
6. Asperula cunninghamii Airy Shaw &Turrill, 
Bull. MIsc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 97 (1928), as 
Cunninghamii. 
Type; NEW SOUTH WALES. Fields Plains, 
A.Cunningham 46, [10] May 1817; holo: K, images MEL; 
probable iso: K, images MEL. 
Subshrubs to c. 30 cm high. Stems and older 
branches becoming woody and developing a spongy 
Assuring bark basally with age, to c. 2 mm diam., 
becoming much-branched; internodes to 40 mm long, 
mostly 5-30 mm long on branches; angles narrower 
than faces, sometimes nearly as broad, with a dense 
indumentum (mostly c. 50-80 hairs per mm of angle); 
hairs spreading to retrorse, sometimes arising from 
faces, narrow-based, 0.1 (-0.2) mm long, variably 
retrorsely curved or curled; whorls 6-partite, rarely 
a few 7-partite, occasionally a proportion 4-partite 
on smaller branches, with stipules mostly 70-90% 
of leaf length. Leaves suberect, narrow-oblong to 
narrow-linear, or sometimes broadest near apex, 1-10 
mm long, 0.4-1 mm wide, with l:w ratio 5-20, not or 
hardly tapering basally to be > 2/3 of leaf-width at 
base, abruptly tapering distally, often arched upwards, 
slightly to moderately fleshy; margin flat, recurved or 
revolute, glabrous or with scattered curved hairs; apex 
acute to rounded, with neither an apiculate extension 
nor a terminal hair; upper surface sublustrous, often 
wrinkled on drying, with midrib obscure or slightly 
raised, glabrous or occasionally with scattered hairs; 
without acute epidermal projections (but papillae 
often present); pale patch obscure; abaxial midrib 
robust, terete, < width of lamina on each side, raised 
throughout length, especially proximally, projecting 
beyond margins at least proximally, glabrous or with 
scattered hairs. Cymes of several to numerous flowers; 
primary and intermediate peduncles variably elongate; 
ultimate peduncles of complex cymes subsessile to c. 
0.5 mm long. Flowers: corolla glabrous; ovary circular 
to oblate in face view, with sinus moderately deep; 
male flowers: corolla c. 2-4 mm long, with tube 1-2 
mm long; anthers c. 0.5 mm long, c. as long as filament; 
ovary 0.2-0.3 mm long; female flowers: corolla 0.7-1.2 
mm long, with tube c. 0.3-0.5 mm long; ovary 0.5 
mm long; style c. 0.8-1.3 mm long, with arms 0.1-0.2 
mm long. Fruit not seen fully mature, c. 2-3 mm long 
(probably mature length). 
Flowers spring to early summer. 
Selected specimens: QUEENSLAND. Rutledge Road 1 
km S of Jondaryn, A.R.Bean 13821, 25.ix.1998 (BRI); 8.8 km 
N of Drillham, A.R.Bean 18204, 13.xii.2001 (AD, BRI). NEW 
SOUTH WALES. Ardlethan to Temora, 5 km from Ardlethan, 
J.W.Wrigley 71/295, 16.xii.l971 (CANB); 30 km NW of Nyngan 
on Mitchell Hwy, B.Wiecek387,R.G.Coveny&M.Savio, 8.1x.1989 
(AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW); 2.5 km ESE of Lake Keepit Sport 
& Recreation Centre, c 30 km SW of Manilla, LM.Copeland 
4018, 30.xi.2005 (BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW); Western approaches 
to Springdale, 15 km W of Stockinbingal, RCJobson 5585 & 
E.A.Brown, 18.ix.1998 (AD, NSW). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs on inland slopes 
and plains of south-eastern Queensland and north- 
central to south-central New South Wales (Fig. 5). 
Grows in loam soils in woodland. 
Notes: Asperula cunninghamii is characterised by 
its woody rootstock, well-developed branching, and 
short, erect parallel-sided leaves. The corolla has been 
described as cream-coloured {Purdie 5692 CANB). In 
Jobson 5585 (NSW) the plant has a massive rhizome 
from which only weakly woody stems arise. 
7. Asperula ambleia Airy Shaw &Turrill, Bull. 
Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 99 (1928) 
Type: QUEENSLAND. Stanthorpe, J.L.Boorman, 
November 1904; holo: K; iso: NSW. 
Subshrubs, mostly 10-30 cm high. Stems and older 
branches becoming woody and developing a spongy 
Assuring bark basally with age, to c. 2 mm diam., much 
branched; current season's branches subglabrous; 
internodes 1 -5 mm long, with angles narrower than or 
c. equal in width to faces, with indumentum variably 
dense (up to c. 50 or so hairs per mm of angle); hairs 
spreading, sometimes arising from faces, to c. 0.1 
mm long, narrow-based, straight or often slightly to 
moderately antrorsely curved; whorls predominantly 
4-partite, sometimes a proportion 5- or 6-partite, with 
stipules 20-80% of leaf length. Leaves erect, narrow- 
oblong to narrow-linear, 2-6 mm long, 0.2-0.5 mm 
wide, with l:w ratio 8-20, not tapering and sometimes 
slightly expanding basally, fusing shortly with 
adjacent stipules, tapering abruptly distally, straight 
or arched away from stem and/or downcurved distally, 
somewhat fleshy; margin flat or recurved, giabrous or 
with spreading to slightly antrorse hairs; apex acute to 
obtuse without a hyaline extension; terminal hair not 
developed or minute (0.05 mm long), but an apical 
52 
Vol 27(1)2009 

Page image

878256 Asperula euryphylla Muelleria 27(1): 61
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477594
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Asperula and Galium 
14. Asperula polymera I.Thomps., sp. nov. 
Ab A. euryphylla Airy Shaw & Turrill verticillis 7- vel 
8-partitis ut maximum, foliis attenuatis basin versus, 
ant her is longioribus, styiis longioribus differt. 
Type; VICTORIA. Eastern Highlands,just south-east 
of summit of Mt Vinegar, T.B.Muir 2519, 19 November 
1961; holo: MEL. 
A. euryphylla var. octophylla Airy Shaw & Turrill, Bull. 
Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3); 100 (1928). Type: Location 
unknown, Victoria (probably), collector and date 
unknown; holo: K, images MEL; iso; MEL. 
A. euryphylla sensu T.A.James & W.K.AIIen, FI. New 
South Wales 3: A88 {1992). 
Herbs to c. 40 cm high. Stems 0.6-1.0 mm diam.; 
sparingly branched; internodes to c. 70 mm long, 
mostly 5-50 mm long on branches; angles narrower 
than faces, with a moderately dense indumentum 
(generally 50 or more hairs per mm of angle); hairs 
moderately retrorse, 0.05-0.1 (-0.2) mm long, narrow- 
to fairly broad-based, straight; whorls 6-8-partite, 
commonly at least one 7- or 8-partite, with stipules 
c. equal to leaf length. Leaves spreading or angled 
upwards, narrow to very narrow-elliptic, oblanceolate 
to narrow-oblanceolate or spathulate, (3-)6-20 mm 
long, 1.5-5 mm wide, with l:w ratio 4-10, moderately 
to strongly and very gradually tapering basally to be 
(1 /2-) 1 /3-1 /4 of leaf-width at base, gradually tapering 
distally, not arching, thin; margin flat, recurved or 
narrowly revolute, densely hairy throughout or absent 
proximally; apex mostly acute, occasionally subacute 
to obtuse, without a hyaline apiculate extension; 
terminal hair generally not present, but several short 
hairs continuous with marginal hairs usually present; 
upper surface dull to sublustrous, usually not wrinkled 
on drying, with midrib weakly defined, without 
acute epidermal projections; usually with scattered 
antrorse hairs; pale patch distinct, 0.1-0.3 mm long, 
occasionally purple-rimmed; abaxial midrib slender, 
raised for most of length, usually recessed relative to 
margin, with scattered fairly broad-based hairs. Cymes 
of several to numerous flowers; primary peduncie 
usually moderately elongate; intermediate peduncles 
often elongate; ultimate peduncles of complex cymes 
mostly 0.2-2 mm long. Flowers: corolla glabrous; ovary 
c. circular in face view, with sinus shallow; male flowers: 
corolla c. 3-4.5 mm long, with tube 1.5-2.5 mm long; 
anthers 0.6-0.7 mm long, c. equal to or slightly longer 
than filament; ovary c. 0.5 mm long; female flowers: 
corolla c. 1-2 mm long, with tube 0.5-1 mm long; ovary 
0.8-1.2 mm long; style 2.0-2.2 mm long, with arms 
0.5-1 mm long. Fruit (based on very limited material) 
2-3 mm long. 
Flowers summer. 
Selected specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES. Claymore Creek 
aqueduct intake, Watsons Crag Spur, Snowy Mountains, 
J.I.Raine ANU10320, 28.xi.1970 (CANB, NSW); W side of Geehi 
Dam, 2.5 km N of dam wall, A.Rodd 764, 31.xii.1968 (NSW). 
VICTORIA. Roadside c 0.8 km short of Gerraty's Car Park, 
Lake Mountain, I.R.Thompson 888, 19.i.2006 (AD, CANB, HO, 
MEL); Between Howmans Gap and Falls Creek, H.I.Aston 
220, 29.xii.1958 (MEL); North Nelse Creek, S of Spion Kopje, 
A.CBeauglehole 22332, 23.1.1967 (MEL); Mt Buffalo National 
park, 22.4 km from Porepunkah, E.M.Canning 3352, 9.xii.1972 
(CANB, MEL); Duane Track between Big River and Mt Nelse 
summit, M.U.M.C, 30.xii.1964 (CANB); Eskdale Spur, c. 2.5 km 
N of Mt Bogong, A.Rodd 407, 3lJ<ii.1966 (NSW); NW edge 
of Mt Baw Baw plateau, J.H.Willis, 3.xi.1940 (MEL: reference 
collection); Bright, K.J.Simpfendorfer, Oct. 1943 (MEL: reference 
collection). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in mountains 
of south-central and eastern Victoria, including the 
Healesville-Lake Mountain area, Mt Baw Baw, Mt Buffalo 
and the Bogong High Plains, and in far south-eastern 
New South Wales in the Snowy Mountains (Fig. 7). 
Notes: Similar to A. euryphylla and also approaches 
A. gunnii in some respects. Curiously, approximately 
80% of collections are of male plants. In other species 
of Asperula, the majority of collections are of female 
plants. 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the whorls which 
tend to have more parts than in other species in sect. 
Dioicae (From Gk. poly, many; mero, part). 
^5. Asperula euryphylla Airy Shaw & Turrill, Bull. 
Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 100 (1928) 
Type; VICTORIA. Dandenong Ranges, C.Walter, 
1893; holo: K;iso: NSW. 
Herbs to c. 40 cm high. Stems 0.6-1.0 mm diam., 
sublustrous; sparingly branched; internodes to 60 
mm long, mostly 10-50 mm long on branches; 
angles narrower than faces, with a moderately dense 
indumentum (mostly 50 or more hairs per mm of 
angle); hairs slightly to moderately retrorse, 0.05-0.1 
Muelleria 
61 

Page image

644953 Asperula euryphylla Muelleria 27(1): 61,63, Fig. 7

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 61,63, Fig. 7".

878255 Asperula euryphylla octophylla Muelleria 27(1): 61
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477594
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878257 Asperula euryphylla tetraphylla Muelleria 27(1): 64
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477597
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
644932 Asperula gemella Muelleria 27(1): 40, 45, Fig. 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477563
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Thompson 
Table 1. Points of distinction between Asperula sect. Dioicae and Austraiian Galium. 
Asperula sect. Dioicae 
Australian Galium 
1. Indumentum often relatively constant in density and type 
within a species 
1. Indumentum variable in density and often of two types in 
a species or even on one plant 
2. Whorls (2-)4-6(-8)-partite (often with some variation 
within species and within plants) 
2. Whorls 4-partite (rarely a few whorls 5 or 6-partite; 
sometimes towards termini 2-partite) 
3. Whorl parts not reducing in number and sometimes 
increasing upwards 
3. Whorls occasionally reducing to 2-partite towards 
inflorescence termini 
4. Size of stipules relative to leaves generally constant 
4. Stipules sometimes becoming proportionately smaller 
upwards 
5. Leaves commonly with a small pale subapical patch on 
upper surface (variably conspicuous) 
5. Leaves lacking pale subapical patch on upper surface 
6. Leaves lacking glandular cells on lower surface 
6. Leaves with glandular cells on lower surface (G. liratum 
and G. spathulatum are exceptions) 
7. Inflorescences always short, but sometimes with growing 
on from terminal cymes to produce pseudoaxillary 
arrangement 
7. Inflorescences extended or occasionally only a few nodes 
long; growing on from terminal cymes not seen 
8. Cymes or partial cymes generally somewhat congested 
8. Cymes congested to rather lax 
9. Plants dioecious. Flowers functionally unisexual but 
structures of non-functional sex evident 
9. Plants hermaphrodite. Flowers functionally bisexual 
10. Whorl of bracts generally developed at primary node of 
cymes 
10. Whorl of bracts not developed or developed in only a 
small proportion of cymes at primary node 
11. Corolla-tube mostly well-developed, longer in male 
flowers. Mostly 1/3 to 1/2 of total length 
11. Corolla-tube hardly developed. Less than 1/4 of total 
length 
12. Corolla snow white on both sides 
12. Corolla pale yellow, cream, greenish-cream or green, or 
purplish, the same or purplish-red abaxially 
13. Style > 0.8 mm long; stigmata and anthers relatively 
robust 
13. Style < 0.8 mm long; stigmata and anthers relatively small 
14. Fruit mostly 2-3 mm long 
14. Fruit mostly 0.8-2 mm long, but up to 2.4 mm long 
15. Mericarps apparently not separating from one another. 
Often only one carpel fertilised 
15. Mericarps separating from one another. Common for 
both carpels to be fertilised (if inbreeding species) 
16. Mericarps moderately fleshy 
16. Mericarps mostly not or only slightly fleshy 
17. Ovaries and fruit giabrous and without ornamentation 
(rarely a few minute hairs present) 
17. Ovaries and fruit often with hairs or pustules 
dentify sterile specimens as being Asperula rather than 
Galium. The prominence of the abaxial midrib (Fig. 2b) 
:an also help to discriminate some species. 
INFLORESCENCES (Fig. 3): Inflorescences are 
'undamentally terminal cymes; however, one or both 
ateralbranchesofthese cymes may growonvegetatively 
0 varying degrees and overtop the terminus (see 
example in Fig. 3 xi).This results in pseudoaxillary cymes. 
>uch cymes may appear sporadically to regularly along 
stem. In some species terminal cymes also arise from 
hort lateral branches along stems. This appears to be 
nore likely in species developing sprawling stems. 
FLOWERS (Fig. 4): Male and female flower 
morphology is shown in Fig. 4a. A sometimes subtle 
but useful character for distinguishing species is 
the shape of the ovary. In a few species the ovary is 
markedly broader than long. The non-functional ovary 
of the male flower shown in Fig. 4a i is relatively larger 
than that seen in species such as A. geminifolia. 
Asperula gemella Airy Shaw STurrill, Bull. 
Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 102 (1928) 
Galium geminifolium F.MuelL, Trans, and Proc. Viet. 
Inst. Adv. Sci. 1: 127 (1855); Galium umbrosum van 
geminifolium (F.Muell.) C.Moore & Betche, Handb. FI. 
New South Wales 253 (1893). 
40 
Vol 27(1) 2009 

Page image

644933 Asperula geminifolia Muelleria 27(1): 45, 48, Fig. 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477578
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Asperula and Galium 
Type: VICTORIA. "Rivers Murray and Avoca", 
F.Mueller, date unknown; lecto: K n.v., fide Airy Shaw & 
Turrill op. cit. 103 (1928), image MEL. 
Herbs with stems to 1 m or more long, sometimes 
climbing. Stems 0.6-1.2 mm diam., dull to sublustrous; 
internodes to c. 100 mm long, mostly 30-70 mm long; 
angles narrower than faces, glabrous or with scattered 
elevations or scabrosities (up to c. 5 per mm of angle); 
scabrosities retrorse; whorls 2-partite, or 4-partite and 
then with stipules generally < 30% of leaf length. Leaves 
spreading to pendent, very narrow-elliptic, linear or 
narrow-linear, mostly 10-60 mm long, 0.7-3(-5) mm 
wide, with l:w ratio 6-20, tapering gradually basally to 
be 1/3 to 1/2 of leaf-width at base, tapering gradually 
distally, generally unarched, thin to slightly fleshy; 
margin flat, recurved or narrowly revolute, glabrous 
or with scattered scabrosities; apex acute to very 
acute, usually without a hyaline extension; terminal 
hair or hairs < 0.05 mm long; upper surface dull to 
sublustrous, more or less smooth on drying, with midrib 
not defined, without acute epidermal projections, 
glabrous; pale patch absent or obscure; abaxial midrib 
slender, variably raised, recessed relative to margins, 
glabrous or with a few hairs. Cymes of several or more 
often numerous flowers, often with 3 or more orders 
of branching; primary and intermediate peduncles 
commonly quite elongate; ultimate peduncles mostly 
subsessile to c. 0.5 mm long. Flowers: corolla glabrous; 
ovary oblate in face view, with sinus deep; male flowers: 
corolla c. 1.5-2 mm long, with tube c. 0.5-0.7 mm 
long; filament c. 0.4-0.7 mm long; anthers 0.2-0.3 mm 
long, c. 2/5-3/4 of filament length; ovary 0.1-0.2 mm 
long; female flowers: corolla c. 1 mm long, with tube c. 
0.2-0.3 mm long; ovary 0.6 mm long; style 0.8-1.2 mm 
long, with arms vestigial or to c. 0.2 mm long. Fruit 2-3 
mm long. 
Flowers mainly spring. 
Selected specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Cooper Creek 
towardCoongie,R7.fiates47347,8.vii.1997(AD);Chowillaregion, 
Murray River, J.Roberts 515, 3.X.1988 (CANB). QUEENSLAND. 
Waterhole at Welford National Park headquarters, D.Hanger 
39, 5.ix.2000 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES. Tom's Lake Station, 
MarrowieCk, near shearers'quarters,/.Crawford339,29.ix.1985 
(CANB, MEL, NSW); Warrego River, Bourke-Wanaaring Road, 
ARodd 1904, 5.xi.l971 (NSW); Peak Hill,Tibooburra, LR.Richley 
1318, 4.X.1973 (NSW). VICTORIA. 9 km N of Boundary Bend, 
A.R.Begg, 20.ix.l963 (AD, CANB, MEL); Cemetery Swamp 
Wildlife Reserve, A.C.Beauglehole 80135, 6.ix.l985 (CANB, 
HO, MEL, NSW); Liparoo State Forest, c. 0.5 km E of Hattah- 
Kulkyne National Park boundary, N.G.Walsh 2577, 13.ix.l986 
(BRI, CANB, MEL). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in arid and semiarid 
regions of eastern Australia including south-western 
Queensland, eastern South Australia, western New 
South Wales and north-western Victoria. Occurs in parts 
of the Lake Eyre and Murray-Darling basins, and follows 
the Murray River to its mouth (Fig. 5). Grows in clay soils, 
in shrubland and woodland, usually near water. 
Notes: Asperula gemella typically becomes 
extensively branched, more so than in other 
herbaceous species of Asperula sect. Dioicae, and often 
becomes tangled among plants of Muehlenbeckia 
florulenta Meisn. (Tangled Lignum). Compared to other 
species in Asperula sect. Dioicae, cymes of A. gemella 
are complex and corolla-tubes are short, the latter 
feature prompting its original placement in Galium by 
Mueller. It develops a stout rhizome (to c. 2 mm diam. 
in Eichler 18374 AD) and tends to lose leaves with age. 
The surface of mericarps are conspicuously bulliform, 
a feature it shares with A. geminifolia and A. asthenes. 
These three species are also similar in having rather 
long leaves, relatively few and reduced stipules, very 
short ultimate peduncles, ovaries much broader than 
long, and male plants having flowers with relatively 
small ovaries. 
A specimen from Cooper Creek in the Lake Eyre 
region of South Australia {R.J.Bates 47347 AD) has 
exceptionally large leaves but otherwise is typical 
of the species. It is possible that such large leaves 
represent first season"s growth and that, although they 
occur frequently, they are often lost early and so not 
seen in most collections. 
2. Asperula geminifolia F.Muell., Fragm. 5:147 
(1866) 
Type: QUEENSLAND. Mt Brisbane, LLeichhardt, 28 
October 1843; lecto (here designated): MEL. [Locality 
deter mined by reference to Blake (1954)] 
Herbs with stems to c. 1 m long, sometimes climbing. 
Stems 0.3-0.8 mm diam., sublustrous; internodes to 90 
mm long, mostly 15-60 mm long on branches; angles 
much narrower than faces, with scattered scabrosities 
(up to c. 10 per mm of angle); scabrosities strongly 
retrorse; whorls 2-partite or less often 4-partite, and 
Muelleria 
45 

Page image

644956 Asperula gunnii Muelleria 27(1): 64-66, Fig. 8

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 64-66, Fig. 8".

929242 Asperula gunnii Muelleria 27(1): 68
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477601
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878260 Asperula gunnii curta Muelleria 27(1): 64
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477597
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878261 Asperula gunnii pusilla Muelleria 27(1): 66
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477599
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
644943 Asperula hoskingii Muelleria 27(1): 54, Fig. 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477587
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Thompson 
9. Asperula hoskingii I.Thomps., sp. nov. 
Ab A.cunn'mghamii Airy Shaw&Turrillplantlsnonlignosis, 
pilis longioribus, stylis longioribus, tubo corollarum 
masculino longioribus differt; ab A. wimmerana Airy 
Shaw & Turrill foliis ellipticis magis decrescentibus basin 
versus, pilis patentibus differt. 
Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Eastern side of Woods 
Reef Mine, J.R.Hosking 517, 27 August 1992; holo: MEL; 
iso: CANB, NSW, NE. 
Herbs nnostly to c. 10 cm high. Stems 0.5-0.8 mm 
diam., sublustrous to lustrous; branching generally 
simple; internodes to 15 mm long, mostly 3-8 mm 
long; angles narrower than to slightly broader than 
faces, with a moderately dense indumentum (c. 50 or 
more hairs per mm of angle); hairs spreading or slightly 
retrorse, sometimes arising from faces, mostly 0.2-0.4 
mm long fairly narrow-based, straight; whorls 6-partite, 
with stipules c. equal to leaf length. Leaves moderately 
ascending to suberect, narrow-elliptic, 3-5 mm long, 
0.7-1.2 mm wide, with l:w ratio 3-5, tapering gradually 
basally and distally, often mildly arching forward 
distally, coriaceous; base 1/3-2/5 of maximum width; 
margin revolute, less often recurved, thickened, with 
numerous spreading hairs, 0.2-0.4 mm long, ±evenly 
distributed; apex acute, sometimes minutely extended 
(excl. terminal hair); terminal hair(s) 0.2-0.3 mm long; 
upper surface sublustrous to lustrous, drying green, 
weakly wrinkled without concavity, with midrib not or 
weakly defined, with several to numerous spreading 
hairs, without acute epidermal projections; pale patch 
generally indistinct, c. circular, often purple-tinged; 
abaxial midrib moderately robust, typically raised for 
most of length, usually slightly recessed relative to 
margins, with spreading hairs. Cymes of 1 or few to 
several flowers, congested; primary and intermediate 
peduncles short; ultimate peduncles of complex 
cymes subsessile. Flowers: corolla often hairy abaxially; 
ovary circular in face view, with sinus shallow; male 
flowers: corolla 3-3.5 mm long, with tube 2-2.2 mm 
long; anthers 0.7 mm long, c. as long as filament; ovary 
0.4-0.6 mm long; female flowers: corolla 1.0-1.5 mm 
long, with tube 0.4-0.6 mm long; ovary 0.6 mm long; 
style 1.5-2 mm long including style-arms 0.3-0.5 mm 
long; stigma with l:w ratio 2. Fruit c. 2 mm long. 
Flowers late winter to spring. 
Selected specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES. East of 
Woodsreef mine, J.R.Hosking 632, 25.xi.1992 (CANB, MEL, 
NSW); 600 m W of Perpendicular Rock, Warialda State Forest, 
LM.Copeland 3225, 25.X.2001 (NSW); Nandewar Range sign 
on Dawsons Spring Road, Mt Kaputar National Park, R.Coveny 
8905 & S.K.Roy, 21 .xi.l 976 (NSW). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in far north¬ 
eastern New South Wales (Fig. 6). Grows on serpentinite 
soils in woodland. 
Notes: Asperula hoskingii has a distinctive bristly 
indumentum and ascending, narrow-elliptic leaves. 
Male flowers have a relatively long corolla-tube and 
long anthers relative to the length of the filaments. 
The discrepancy in size between corollas of male and 
female flowers is more marked than in most other 
species. 
Etymology: The epithet recognises John Hosking 
from Tamworth, New South Wales who collected and 
recognised this species as a probable new entity, and 
who has been a valuable contributor to knowledge of 
the Australian flora. 
10. Asperula syrticola (Miq.) Toelken, in 
J.RJessop & H.R.Toelken, FI. S. Australia edn. 4,2: 
1063(1986) 
Rubia syrticola Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4:111 (1856). 
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Wallindunga 
[Woollundunga], F.Mueller, October 1847; holo: U n.v.; 
iso: MEL. 
Asperula lissocarpa Airy Shaw & Turrill, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. Kew 1928(3): 96 (1928), nom. illeg. Type: New 
South Wales: Darling River, Dallachy; holo K, images 
MEL. 
Herbs to c. 20 cm high, sometimes weakly 
subshrubby. Stems sometimes persisting into second 
seasondevelopingspongybarkbasally;currentseason's 
stems 0.5-1 mm diam., sublustrous; branching sparing 
to moderate; internodes to 20 mm long, mostly 2-10 
mm long on branches, angles often c. as broad as faces, 
with a moderately dense to dense indumentum (up to 
c. 60 hairs per mm of angle); hairs retrorse, (0.1-)0.2- 
0.4 mm long, narrow to broad-based, straight; hairs 
sometimes arising from faces also; whorls 6-8-partite, 
usually at least some 7- or 8-partite, with stipules c. 
equal to leaf length. Leaves commonly angled strongly 
upwards, linear, mostly 3-10 mm long, 0.3-0.7 mm 
54 
Vol 27(1) 2009 

Page image

878249 Asperula lissocarpa Muelleria 27(1): 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477587
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Thompson 
9. Asperula hoskingii I.Thomps., sp. nov. 
Ab A.cunn'mghamii Airy Shaw&Turrillplantlsnonlignosis, 
pilis longioribus, stylis longioribus, tubo corollarum 
masculino longioribus differt; ab A. wimmerana Airy 
Shaw & Turrill foliis ellipticis magis decrescentibus basin 
versus, pilis patentibus differt. 
Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Eastern side of Woods 
Reef Mine, J.R.Hosking 517, 27 August 1992; holo: MEL; 
iso: CANB, NSW, NE. 
Herbs nnostly to c. 10 cm high. Stems 0.5-0.8 mm 
diam., sublustrous to lustrous; branching generally 
simple; internodes to 15 mm long, mostly 3-8 mm 
long; angles narrower than to slightly broader than 
faces, with a moderately dense indumentum (c. 50 or 
more hairs per mm of angle); hairs spreading or slightly 
retrorse, sometimes arising from faces, mostly 0.2-0.4 
mm long fairly narrow-based, straight; whorls 6-partite, 
with stipules c. equal to leaf length. Leaves moderately 
ascending to suberect, narrow-elliptic, 3-5 mm long, 
0.7-1.2 mm wide, with l:w ratio 3-5, tapering gradually 
basally and distally, often mildly arching forward 
distally, coriaceous; base 1/3-2/5 of maximum width; 
margin revolute, less often recurved, thickened, with 
numerous spreading hairs, 0.2-0.4 mm long, ±evenly 
distributed; apex acute, sometimes minutely extended 
(excl. terminal hair); terminal hair(s) 0.2-0.3 mm long; 
upper surface sublustrous to lustrous, drying green, 
weakly wrinkled without concavity, with midrib not or 
weakly defined, with several to numerous spreading 
hairs, without acute epidermal projections; pale patch 
generally indistinct, c. circular, often purple-tinged; 
abaxial midrib moderately robust, typically raised for 
most of length, usually slightly recessed relative to 
margins, with spreading hairs. Cymes of 1 or few to 
several flowers, congested; primary and intermediate 
peduncles short; ultimate peduncles of complex 
cymes subsessile. Flowers: corolla often hairy abaxially; 
ovary circular in face view, with sinus shallow; male 
flowers: corolla 3-3.5 mm long, with tube 2-2.2 mm 
long; anthers 0.7 mm long, c. as long as filament; ovary 
0.4-0.6 mm long; female flowers: corolla 1.0-1.5 mm 
long, with tube 0.4-0.6 mm long; ovary 0.6 mm long; 
style 1.5-2 mm long including style-arms 0.3-0.5 mm 
long; stigma with l:w ratio 2. Fruit c. 2 mm long. 
Flowers late winter to spring. 
Selected specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES. East of 
Woodsreef mine, J.R.Hosking 632, 25.xi.1992 (CANB, MEL, 
NSW); 600 m W of Perpendicular Rock, Warialda State Forest, 
LM.Copeland 3225, 25.X.2001 (NSW); Nandewar Range sign 
on Dawsons Spring Road, Mt Kaputar National Park, R.Coveny 
8905 & S.K.Roy, 21 .xi.l 976 (NSW). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in far north¬ 
eastern New South Wales (Fig. 6). Grows on serpentinite 
soils in woodland. 
Notes: Asperula hoskingii has a distinctive bristly 
indumentum and ascending, narrow-elliptic leaves. 
Male flowers have a relatively long corolla-tube and 
long anthers relative to the length of the filaments. 
The discrepancy in size between corollas of male and 
female flowers is more marked than in most other 
species. 
Etymology: The epithet recognises John Hosking 
from Tamworth, New South Wales who collected and 
recognised this species as a probable new entity, and 
who has been a valuable contributor to knowledge of 
the Australian flora. 
10. Asperula syrticola (Miq.) Toelken, in 
J.RJessop & H.R.Toelken, FI. S. Australia edn. 4,2: 
1063(1986) 
Rubia syrticola Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4:111 (1856). 
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Wallindunga 
[Woollundunga], F.Mueller, October 1847; holo: U n.v.; 
iso: MEL. 
Asperula lissocarpa Airy Shaw & Turrill, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. Kew 1928(3): 96 (1928), nom. illeg. Type: New 
South Wales: Darling River, Dallachy; holo K, images 
MEL. 
Herbs to c. 20 cm high, sometimes weakly 
subshrubby. Stems sometimes persisting into second 
seasondevelopingspongybarkbasally;currentseason's 
stems 0.5-1 mm diam., sublustrous; branching sparing 
to moderate; internodes to 20 mm long, mostly 2-10 
mm long on branches, angles often c. as broad as faces, 
with a moderately dense to dense indumentum (up to 
c. 60 hairs per mm of angle); hairs retrorse, (0.1-)0.2- 
0.4 mm long, narrow to broad-based, straight; hairs 
sometimes arising from faces also; whorls 6-8-partite, 
usually at least some 7- or 8-partite, with stipules c. 
equal to leaf length. Leaves commonly angled strongly 
upwards, linear, mostly 3-10 mm long, 0.3-0.7 mm 
54 
Vol 27(1) 2009 

Page image

644959 Asperula minima Muelleria 27(1): 69-70, Fig. 8

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 69-70, Fig. 8".

644958 Asperula oblanceolata Muelleria 27(1): 68-69, Fig. 8

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 68-69, Fig. 8".

929219 Asperula oligantha conferta-elongata Muelleria 27(1): 51
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477584
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878251 Asperula oligantha conferta Muelleria 27(1): 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477590
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878258 Asperula oligantha gunnii Muelleria 27(1): 64
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477597
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878254 Asperula oligantha scoparia Muelleria 27(1): 59
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477592
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
644952 Asperula polymera Muelleria 27(1): 61, Fig. 7
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477594
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Asperula and Galium 
14. Asperula polymera I.Thomps., sp. nov. 
Ab A. euryphylla Airy Shaw & Turrill verticillis 7- vel 
8-partitis ut maximum, foliis attenuatis basin versus, 
ant her is longioribus, styiis longioribus differt. 
Type; VICTORIA. Eastern Highlands,just south-east 
of summit of Mt Vinegar, T.B.Muir 2519, 19 November 
1961; holo: MEL. 
A. euryphylla var. octophylla Airy Shaw & Turrill, Bull. 
Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3); 100 (1928). Type: Location 
unknown, Victoria (probably), collector and date 
unknown; holo: K, images MEL; iso; MEL. 
A. euryphylla sensu T.A.James & W.K.AIIen, FI. New 
South Wales 3: A88 {1992). 
Herbs to c. 40 cm high. Stems 0.6-1.0 mm diam.; 
sparingly branched; internodes to c. 70 mm long, 
mostly 5-50 mm long on branches; angles narrower 
than faces, with a moderately dense indumentum 
(generally 50 or more hairs per mm of angle); hairs 
moderately retrorse, 0.05-0.1 (-0.2) mm long, narrow- 
to fairly broad-based, straight; whorls 6-8-partite, 
commonly at least one 7- or 8-partite, with stipules 
c. equal to leaf length. Leaves spreading or angled 
upwards, narrow to very narrow-elliptic, oblanceolate 
to narrow-oblanceolate or spathulate, (3-)6-20 mm 
long, 1.5-5 mm wide, with l:w ratio 4-10, moderately 
to strongly and very gradually tapering basally to be 
(1 /2-) 1 /3-1 /4 of leaf-width at base, gradually tapering 
distally, not arching, thin; margin flat, recurved or 
narrowly revolute, densely hairy throughout or absent 
proximally; apex mostly acute, occasionally subacute 
to obtuse, without a hyaline apiculate extension; 
terminal hair generally not present, but several short 
hairs continuous with marginal hairs usually present; 
upper surface dull to sublustrous, usually not wrinkled 
on drying, with midrib weakly defined, without 
acute epidermal projections; usually with scattered 
antrorse hairs; pale patch distinct, 0.1-0.3 mm long, 
occasionally purple-rimmed; abaxial midrib slender, 
raised for most of length, usually recessed relative to 
margin, with scattered fairly broad-based hairs. Cymes 
of several to numerous flowers; primary peduncie 
usually moderately elongate; intermediate peduncles 
often elongate; ultimate peduncles of complex cymes 
mostly 0.2-2 mm long. Flowers: corolla glabrous; ovary 
c. circular in face view, with sinus shallow; male flowers: 
corolla c. 3-4.5 mm long, with tube 1.5-2.5 mm long; 
anthers 0.6-0.7 mm long, c. equal to or slightly longer 
than filament; ovary c. 0.5 mm long; female flowers: 
corolla c. 1-2 mm long, with tube 0.5-1 mm long; ovary 
0.8-1.2 mm long; style 2.0-2.2 mm long, with arms 
0.5-1 mm long. Fruit (based on very limited material) 
2-3 mm long. 
Flowers summer. 
Selected specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES. Claymore Creek 
aqueduct intake, Watsons Crag Spur, Snowy Mountains, 
J.I.Raine ANU10320, 28.xi.1970 (CANB, NSW); W side of Geehi 
Dam, 2.5 km N of dam wall, A.Rodd 764, 31.xii.1968 (NSW). 
VICTORIA. Roadside c 0.8 km short of Gerraty's Car Park, 
Lake Mountain, I.R.Thompson 888, 19.i.2006 (AD, CANB, HO, 
MEL); Between Howmans Gap and Falls Creek, H.I.Aston 
220, 29.xii.1958 (MEL); North Nelse Creek, S of Spion Kopje, 
A.CBeauglehole 22332, 23.1.1967 (MEL); Mt Buffalo National 
park, 22.4 km from Porepunkah, E.M.Canning 3352, 9.xii.1972 
(CANB, MEL); Duane Track between Big River and Mt Nelse 
summit, M.U.M.C, 30.xii.1964 (CANB); Eskdale Spur, c. 2.5 km 
N of Mt Bogong, A.Rodd 407, 3lJ<ii.1966 (NSW); NW edge 
of Mt Baw Baw plateau, J.H.Willis, 3.xi.1940 (MEL: reference 
collection); Bright, K.J.Simpfendorfer, Oct. 1943 (MEL: reference 
collection). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in mountains 
of south-central and eastern Victoria, including the 
Healesville-Lake Mountain area, Mt Baw Baw, Mt Buffalo 
and the Bogong High Plains, and in far south-eastern 
New South Wales in the Snowy Mountains (Fig. 7). 
Notes: Similar to A. euryphylla and also approaches 
A. gunnii in some respects. Curiously, approximately 
80% of collections are of male plants. In other species 
of Asperula, the majority of collections are of female 
plants. 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the whorls which 
tend to have more parts than in other species in sect. 
Dioicae (From Gk. poly, many; mero, part). 
^5. Asperula euryphylla Airy Shaw & Turrill, Bull. 
Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 100 (1928) 
Type; VICTORIA. Dandenong Ranges, C.Walter, 
1893; holo: K;iso: NSW. 
Herbs to c. 40 cm high. Stems 0.6-1.0 mm diam., 
sublustrous; sparingly branched; internodes to 60 
mm long, mostly 10-50 mm long on branches; 
angles narrower than faces, with a moderately dense 
indumentum (mostly 50 or more hairs per mm of 
angle); hairs slightly to moderately retrorse, 0.05-0.1 
Muelleria 
61 

Page image

644957 Asperula pusilla Muelleria 27(1): 66-68, Fig. 8

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 66-68, Fig. 8".

644948 Asperula scoparia Muelleria 27(1): 59-60

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 59-60".

644949 Asperula scoparia scoparia Muelleria 27(1): 60, Fig. 7
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477593
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
929253 Asperula scoparia scoparia Muelleria 27(1): 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477593
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
644950 Asperula scoparia subglabra Muelleria 27(1): 60, Fig. 7
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477593
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
929252 Asperula scoparia ulicina Muelleria 27(1): 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477593
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
644930 Asperula Muelleria 27(1): 39
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477562
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Asperula and Galium 
Key to genera 
* designates introduced. Asperula arvensis is not considered naturaiised (see notes under Asperula sect. Dioicae). 
1 Coroila-lobes blue or pink adaxially and less than half of length of tube.. 
1: Corolla-lobes white, pale yellow, cream, greenish-cream or purplish adaxiaily and c. equai to or longer than tube.3 
2 Calyx absent; corolla-lobes blue adaxially; bract margins with hairs 1-2 mm iong. *Asperula (>1. arvensis) 
2: Calyx present; corolla-lobes pink adaxially; bract margins iacking hairs 1-2 mm long. 3.*Sherardia (S. arvensis) 
3 Plants dioecious (but reduced organs of non-functionai sex present in ali flowers); corolla-tube mostly > 0.5 mm long, 
and if not then style a 0.8 mm long.7. Asperuia sect. Dioicae 
3: Plants hermaphrodite; corolla-tube < 0.5 mm long.. 
4 Whorls of stems predominantly 5 or more-partite. 2b. *Gaiium 
4: Whorls of stems maximally 4-partite (very rarely 1 or 2 whorls with more parts).5 
5 Coroiia snow-white adaxially, with lobes a twice length of ovary. 2b. *Gaiium (G. paiustre) 
5: Corolla pale yellow, cream, dull-white, greenish or purplish adaxially, with iobes < twice length of ovary.6 
6 Cymes not subtended by a leaf; corolla-lobes < 1 /2 length of ovary; mericarps > 
twice as long as broad.26. *Gaiium (G. muraie) 
6: Cymes subtended by a leaf; corolla-lobes > 1/2 length of ovary; mericarps < twice as iong as broad. 2a. Gaiium 
Inflorescences short, terminating after 1 or 2 nodes, 
but often growing-on from terminal cymes producing 
pseudoaxillary cymes; cymes with flowers few to 
many, with overtopping generally absent or slight; 
bracts usually forming a whorl at primary node. Flowers 
functionally unisexual, with structures of non-functional 
sex present but reduced in size; corolla mostly with 
a distinct tube, white; ovary glabrous or rarely with 
short-lived minute hairs. Male flowers: corolla 1.5-6 mm 
long, with tube a little shorter to a little longer than 
lobes; anthers 0.2-0.9 mm long. Female flowers: corolla 
0.8-3 mm long, with tube slightly to much shorter 
than lobes; ovary glabrous, smooth or with epidermal 
cells producing a bulliform appearance; style 0.8-3 
mm long; stigmata generally 3-5 times broader than 
style-arms. Fruit on straight peduncles, with mericarps 
not separating from one another; mericarps c. broad- 
ellipsoid, 1.5-3 mm long, c. 1-1.5 mm wide, pericarp 
generally fleshy, broadly rugose on drying. 
Distribution: Asperula sect. Dioicae occurs 
predominantly in the south-eastern quarter of 
Australia, with a few species occurring as far north 
as Rockhampton in central-eastern Queensland. The 
section is represented in New Zealand by A perpusilla. 
Notes: Asperula arvensis L. (sect. Asperulae), native to 
Europe, has been recorded for Australia in the past, but 
there is no indication that it is or ever was naturalised. 
t 
It differs greatly from species in sect. Dioicae and more 
closely resembles Sherardia arvensis L. 
Asperula sect. Dioicae forms a moderately uniform 
group. It is quite uniform in terms of its dioecy, general 
floral structure, and mericarp size and fleshiness. 
The most useful characters taxonomically include 
the numbers of parts per whorl, development of 
woodiness in lower stems and rhizomes, indumentum 
type and density, and corolla length. Useful foliar 
characters include shape, orientation, arching and 
apex morphology. 
Table 1 (p. 40) provides a summary of those 
characters that can help to distinguish this group from 
native species of Galium. 
Notes on morphology 
INDUMENTUM (Fig. 1): Much of the variation in 
stem-angle indumentum is presented in Fig. lb. 
Appreciation of the nature of this variation is critical to 
being able to identify species of Asperula. 
LEAVES (Fig. 2): The shape of the leaf-apex and 
presence and length of terminal hairs at the apex can be 
important taxonomically, particularly in discriminating 
A. conferta from A. scoparia. A small pale patch is often 
present at the apex on the upper surface; it has limited 
taxonomic value within Asperula but will help to 
Muelleria 
39 

Page image

929255 Asperula subsimplex aquatica Muelleria 27(1): 50
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477583
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
644935 Asperula subsimplex Muelleria 27(1): 50-51, Fig. 5

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 50-51, Fig. 5".

644942 Asperula subulifolia Muelleria 27(1): 53, Fig. 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477586
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Asperula and Galium 
fringe of hairs sometimes present; upper surface 
sublustrous, smooth or wrinkled on drying, sometimes 
channelled medially on drying, with midrib obscure, 
glabrous or with spreading hairs near margins, without 
acute epidermal projections; pale patch indistinct; 
abaxial midrib robust, broad and compressed, mostly 
broader than lamina on each side, raised throughout 
length, projecting beyond margins, usually glabrous. 
Cymes of few to several flowers, congested; primary 
and intermediate peduncles generally short; ultimate 
peduncles of complex cymes subsessile to 0.3 mm 
long. Flowers: corolla sometimes hairy abaxially; ovary 
circular or oblate in face view, with sinus moderately 
deep, sometimes with minute hairs; male flowers: 
corolla 2-3.5 mm long, with tube 1-1.5 mm long; 
anthers 0.4-0.5 mm long, c. equal to filament; ovary 
0.3 mm long; female flowers: corolla 1.5-2.7 mm long, 
with tube 0.5-1.2 mm long; ovary 0.8-1 mm long; style 
2-2.5 mm long, with arms 0.3-1 mm long. Fruit 1.5-2 
mm long. 
Flowers spring. 
Selected specimens: QUEENSLAND. Stanthorpe (see 
Typification). NEW SOUTH WALES. Gara River, 9 m (14 km) 
E of Armidale, G.LDavis, 2.X.1955 (NSW); Wollomombi Falls, 
c. 40 km E of Armidale, J.B.Williams, 20.xi.1966 (NSW); Crown 
Creek, 8 km by road S of Capertee-Glen Davis Rd, V.KIaphake 
1230, 18.ix.1995 (NSW); Braidwood District, W.Bauerlen 353, 
Jan. 1885 (MEL); Snowy River, 4 km WSW of summit of Mt Rix, 
SJ.Forbes 659, 27.ix.1981 (MEL); "Mirrunga" 8 km S of A.C.T. 
border, on Murrumbidgee River at confluence with Gossoon 
Creek, I.Crawford 3160, 12.X.1995 (CANB, NSW); Shoalhaven 
River, 10 km NW of Braidwood, W.Hartley & A.V.Hill, 23.X.1943 
(AD, CANB). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY. Molonglo 
River, 2.5 km upstream from junction with Murrumbidgee 
River, P.Barrer, Oct. 1990 (CANB). VICTORIA. Snowy River near 
Upper Bete Belong, N.A.Wakefield, 26.X.1946 (MEL). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs predominantly 
on the tablelands in eastern New South Wales and in 
the Australian Capital Territory, but also extends into 
south-eastern Queensland at Stanthorpe and into far 
eastern Victoria at Bete Bolong (Fig. 6). Grows on rocky 
riverbanks in riparian scrub and woodland. 
8. Asperula subulifolia Airy Shaw &Turrill, Bull. 
;VJ/sc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 98 (1928) 
Type; QUEENSLAND. Texas, J.LBoorman, 
September 1910; holo: K, images MEL; iso: NSW. 
Subshrubsto c. 30 cm high. Stems and older branches 
becoming woody and developing a spongy fissuring 
bark basally with age, to c. 2 mm diam., becoming 
much branched; current season's branches sublustrous; 
internodes to 25 mm long, mostly 5-10 mm long on 
branches; angles much broaderthan faces, with a dense 
indumentum (mostly c. 50-100 hairs per mm of angle); 
hairs spreading, c. 0.1 mm long, narrow-based, straight; 
whorls 6- or 7-partite, or a proportion 4- or 5-partite 
on short branches, with stipules 70-90% of leaf length. 
Leaves erect, linear-lanceolate, 2-10 mm long, 0.2-0.4 
mm wide, with l:w ratio 5-20, not or hardly tapering 
basally to be > 2/3 of leaf-width at base, very gradually 
tapering distally, sometimes gently arched upwards, 
slightly fleshy; margin flat, glabrous or with scattered 
hairs; apex peracute or sometimes filiform; a terminal 
hair not generally developed, but short hairs clustered 
around apex; upper surface sublustrous, often wrinkled 
on drying, with midrib obscure, glabrous or with 
scattered hairs; without acute epidermal projections; 
pale patch not evidefit; abaxial midrib robust and 
broad (c. 1/2-7/8 of total width), raised throughout 
length, projecting beyond margins, glabrous or with 
scattered hairs. Cymes of several flowers; primary 
peduncle usually elongate; intermediate peduncles 
generally short; ultimate peduncles of complex cymes 
subsessile. Flowers: corolla sometimes hairy abaxially; 
ovary slightly oblate in face view, with sinus moderately 
deep; male flowers: corolla c. 2-2.5 mm long, with 
tube c. 1 mm long; anthers c. 0.5 mm long, c. as long 
as filament; ovary 0.2-0.3 mm long, female flowers: 
corolla c. 1 mm long, with tube c. 0.5 mm long; ovary 
0.5 mm long; style c. 0.8-1 mm long, with arms 0.1-0.2 
mm long. Fruit c. 2-3 mm long. 
Flowers spring to early summer. 
Selected specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES. Near Batterham 
lookout, Bingara, P./.Forster 18240, 16.xii.1995 (BRI, MEL, NSW); 
presbytery in Ashford, P.Barrett, 1.xi.1993 (NSW); Vickery State 
Forest, c. 24 km N of Gunnedah, D.Binns, 21.xi.2001 (NSW). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs on the Northern 
Tablelands region in north-eastern New South Wales 
(Fig. 6). Grows in woodland. 
Notes: Based on the very few specimens collected, 
A. subulifolia shows considerable variation in leaf 
dimensions, hairiness and stem-angle thickness. 
Muelleria 
53 

Page image

644944 Asperula syrticola Muelleria 27(1): 54, 55, Fig. 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477587
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Thompson 
9. Asperula hoskingii I.Thomps., sp. nov. 
Ab A.cunn'mghamii Airy Shaw&Turrillplantlsnonlignosis, 
pilis longioribus, stylis longioribus, tubo corollarum 
masculino longioribus differt; ab A. wimmerana Airy 
Shaw & Turrill foliis ellipticis magis decrescentibus basin 
versus, pilis patentibus differt. 
Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Eastern side of Woods 
Reef Mine, J.R.Hosking 517, 27 August 1992; holo: MEL; 
iso: CANB, NSW, NE. 
Herbs nnostly to c. 10 cm high. Stems 0.5-0.8 mm 
diam., sublustrous to lustrous; branching generally 
simple; internodes to 15 mm long, mostly 3-8 mm 
long; angles narrower than to slightly broader than 
faces, with a moderately dense indumentum (c. 50 or 
more hairs per mm of angle); hairs spreading or slightly 
retrorse, sometimes arising from faces, mostly 0.2-0.4 
mm long fairly narrow-based, straight; whorls 6-partite, 
with stipules c. equal to leaf length. Leaves moderately 
ascending to suberect, narrow-elliptic, 3-5 mm long, 
0.7-1.2 mm wide, with l:w ratio 3-5, tapering gradually 
basally and distally, often mildly arching forward 
distally, coriaceous; base 1/3-2/5 of maximum width; 
margin revolute, less often recurved, thickened, with 
numerous spreading hairs, 0.2-0.4 mm long, ±evenly 
distributed; apex acute, sometimes minutely extended 
(excl. terminal hair); terminal hair(s) 0.2-0.3 mm long; 
upper surface sublustrous to lustrous, drying green, 
weakly wrinkled without concavity, with midrib not or 
weakly defined, with several to numerous spreading 
hairs, without acute epidermal projections; pale patch 
generally indistinct, c. circular, often purple-tinged; 
abaxial midrib moderately robust, typically raised for 
most of length, usually slightly recessed relative to 
margins, with spreading hairs. Cymes of 1 or few to 
several flowers, congested; primary and intermediate 
peduncles short; ultimate peduncles of complex 
cymes subsessile. Flowers: corolla often hairy abaxially; 
ovary circular in face view, with sinus shallow; male 
flowers: corolla 3-3.5 mm long, with tube 2-2.2 mm 
long; anthers 0.7 mm long, c. as long as filament; ovary 
0.4-0.6 mm long; female flowers: corolla 1.0-1.5 mm 
long, with tube 0.4-0.6 mm long; ovary 0.6 mm long; 
style 1.5-2 mm long including style-arms 0.3-0.5 mm 
long; stigma with l:w ratio 2. Fruit c. 2 mm long. 
Flowers late winter to spring. 
Selected specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES. East of 
Woodsreef mine, J.R.Hosking 632, 25.xi.1992 (CANB, MEL, 
NSW); 600 m W of Perpendicular Rock, Warialda State Forest, 
LM.Copeland 3225, 25.X.2001 (NSW); Nandewar Range sign 
on Dawsons Spring Road, Mt Kaputar National Park, R.Coveny 
8905 & S.K.Roy, 21 .xi.l 976 (NSW). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in far north¬ 
eastern New South Wales (Fig. 6). Grows on serpentinite 
soils in woodland. 
Notes: Asperula hoskingii has a distinctive bristly 
indumentum and ascending, narrow-elliptic leaves. 
Male flowers have a relatively long corolla-tube and 
long anthers relative to the length of the filaments. 
The discrepancy in size between corollas of male and 
female flowers is more marked than in most other 
species. 
Etymology: The epithet recognises John Hosking 
from Tamworth, New South Wales who collected and 
recognised this species as a probable new entity, and 
who has been a valuable contributor to knowledge of 
the Australian flora. 
10. Asperula syrticola (Miq.) Toelken, in 
J.RJessop & H.R.Toelken, FI. S. Australia edn. 4,2: 
1063(1986) 
Rubia syrticola Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4:111 (1856). 
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Wallindunga 
[Woollundunga], F.Mueller, October 1847; holo: U n.v.; 
iso: MEL. 
Asperula lissocarpa Airy Shaw & Turrill, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. Kew 1928(3): 96 (1928), nom. illeg. Type: New 
South Wales: Darling River, Dallachy; holo K, images 
MEL. 
Herbs to c. 20 cm high, sometimes weakly 
subshrubby. Stems sometimes persisting into second 
seasondevelopingspongybarkbasally;currentseason's 
stems 0.5-1 mm diam., sublustrous; branching sparing 
to moderate; internodes to 20 mm long, mostly 2-10 
mm long on branches, angles often c. as broad as faces, 
with a moderately dense to dense indumentum (up to 
c. 60 hairs per mm of angle); hairs retrorse, (0.1-)0.2- 
0.4 mm long, narrow to broad-based, straight; hairs 
sometimes arising from faces also; whorls 6-8-partite, 
usually at least some 7- or 8-partite, with stipules c. 
equal to leaf length. Leaves commonly angled strongly 
upwards, linear, mostly 3-10 mm long, 0.3-0.7 mm 
54 
Vol 27(1) 2009 

Page image

644955 Asperula tetraphylla Muelleria 27(1): 64, Fig. 7
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477597
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Thompson 
Grows in Eucalyptus propinqua H.Deane & Maiden and 
E. microcorys F.Muell. forest. 
Notes: Known only from the type collection. The 
holotype collection has pieces of both female and 
male plants, whereas the isotype collection has only 
male plants. It appears to be most closely related to A. 
euryphylla based on overall leaf shape and in having 
whorls maximally 6-partite. 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the shape of the 
leaf apex (from L: acuminatus, acuminate). 
17. Asperula tetraphylla (Airy Shaw &Turrill) 
I.Thomps., stat. nov. 
Asperula euryphylla var. tetraphylla Airy Shaw & Turrill, 
Bull. Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 100 (1928) 
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Kangaroo Island, 
O.Tepper, 1886; holo: K, images MEL. 
Hertis5-20cmhigh.Sfemsc.0.5mmdiam.;sparingly 
branched; internodes to 20 mm long, mostly 5-10 mm 
long on branches; angles narrower than faces, with a 
variably dense indumentum (mostly 20-50 hairs per 
mm of angle); hairs slightly to moderately retrorse, 
0.1-0.2 mm long, medium to broad-based, straight or 
slightly to moderately recurved; whorls4-partite. Leaves 
spreading or at first angled upwards, broad-elliptic, 
broad-ovate or rotund, 2-6 mm long, 1.5-6 mm wide, 
with l;w ratio 1 -2, tapering strongly basally to be 1 /10- 
1 /4 of leaf-width at base, tapering strongly distally, not 
arching, thin to slightly fleshy; margin flat, recurved or 
narrowly revolute, with several to numerous spreading 
to slightly antrorse, straight or weakly curved hairs, 
generally absent or few in distal 1/5; apex subacute 
to rounded, without a hyaline apiculate extension- 
terminal hair not developed; upper surface dull, not 
wrinkled on drying, with midrib weakly defined, with 
acute epidermal projections evident on distal margin, 
usually with short antrorse hairs near margins; pale 
patch mostly inconspicuous, to 0.1 mm wide and with 
l:w ratio 1-2; lower surface slightly paler than upper; 
abaxial midrib slender, slightly raised proximally to 
be c. at level of margin, with few to numerous hairs. 
Cymes of several flowers; primary and intermediate 
peduncles short or occasionally mildly elongate; 
ultimate peduncles of complex cymes subsessile to c. 
1.5 mm long. Flowers: corolla glabrous; ovary c. circular 
or broad-elliptic in face view, with sinus shallow to 
moderate; male flowers: corolla c. 2-3.5 mm long, with 
tube 1 -2 mm long; anthers 0.4-0.6 mm long, c. as long 
as filaments; ovary 0.8-1.0 mm long; female flowers: 
corolla c. 1.5-2.5 mm long, with tube 0.5-0.9 mm long; 
ovary c. 1 mm long; style 1.2-2 mm long, with arms 
O. 2-0.4 mm long. Fruit 1.8-2 mm long. 
Flowers spring. 
Selected specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Stun'sail Boom 
River, c. 68 km SW of Kingscote, Kangaroo Island, P.G.Wilson 
881, 12.xi.l958 (AD); 12 km E of Karatta, Kangaroo Island, 
P. Copley.C.Baxter&R.FurnerNPKI 20444, 12.xi.l989 (AD); Rocky 
River, Kangaroo Island, 2.fi.C/e/and, 18.xi.l924 (MEL). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in the eastern half 
of Kangaroo Island in south-eastern 5outh Australia 
(Fig. 7). Grows in riparian forest. 
Notes: A distinctive species in habit and leaf 
morphology. In leaf and whorl morphology it resembles 
Galium clllare, but the leaves lack glandular cells. 
Compared to other species of Asperula sect. Dioicae with 
moderately long corollas, the flowers of this species are 
less dimorphic and the corolla-tube is relatively long. 
The pistil in male flowers is relatively large. 
18. Asperula gunnii Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, 
London! Bot. 6:464 bis (1847) 
A. ollgantha var. gunnii (Hook.f.) Maiden & Betche, in 
J.H.Maiden & E.Betche, Census New South Wales PI.: 188 
(1916), nom.illeg. 
Type: TASMANIA. Nive R., R.C.Gunn s.n., Oct. 1840; 
holo: K, images MEL. 
Galium curtum Hook.f., in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 
6: 462 bis (1847); Asperula gunnii var. curta (Hook.f.) 
Airy 5haw & Turrill, Bull. Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 89 
(1928). Type: Tasmania: Hampshire Hills, R.C.Gunn 892, 
1837; holo: K, images MEL. 
Herbs to c. 20 cm high. Stems c. 0.5 mm diam.; usually 
sparingly branched; internodes to 40 mm long, mostly 
2-15 mm long on branches; angles narrower than faces, 
sometimes only slightly so, with indumentum usually 
moderately dense, occasionally somewhat sparsely 
indumented and rarely largely glabrescent (up to c. 50 
per mm of angle, mostly > 20); hairs slightly retrorse, 
0.05-0.1 (-0.15) mm long, usually narrow-based, weakly 
to strongly recurved; whorls 4-6 partite, rarely one 
or two 7-partite, with stipules c. equal to leaf length. 
Leaves spreading or ascending, narrow to very narrow- 
64 
Vol 27(1) 2009 

Page image

644945 Asperula wimmerana Muelleria 27(1): 56-57, Fig. 6

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 56-57, Fig. 6".

878250 Asperula wimmerana glaberrima Muelleria 27(1): 56
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477589
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878228 Brachyscome aff. formosa 'entity 1' Muelleria 27(1): 26
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477549
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945
878238 Brachyscome aff. formosa 'entity 2' Muelleria 27(1): 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477554
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945

Page text

Brachyscome 
Forest, 1 Feb. 1993, P.S. Short 3979 et al. (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, 
NSW, Tl); foot of Hanging Rock, 6 km ESE of Nundle, 6 Oct. 
1973, /./?. Telford 3570A (CBG 050106); track from Polblue Ck to 
Mt Barrington, Barrington Tops, 11 Feb. 1971, 1.R. Telford 2712 
(CBG 047288). 
Distribution: New South Wales, extending from the 
vicinity of Newcastle north to the Moonbi Range and 
inland to about Bundulla, i.e. between c. 30° and 33° S, 
and east of 150° E. As localities include Bundulla State 
Forest, Stewarts Brook State Forest, Moonan State 
Forest, Warrabah N.P. and Barrington Tops N.R, the 
species is presumably adequately protected (Fig. 4). 
Habitat: Predominantly found in wet sclerophyll 
forest dominated by species such as Eucalyptus 
dalrympleana Maiden and £ pauciflora Sieber ex. 
Spreng. and with grass or herbaceous undergrowth. 
Also recorded (Salkin 80) from shrubland dominated 
by species of Cassinia R.Br. and Callitris Vent. Grows in 
sandy and clay loam. 
Phenology and reproductive biology: Flowering 
specimens have been collected from August through 
to April. Pollen:ovule ratios ranging from 1,742-2,426 
have been recorded from five plants of Short 3979. 
Cyto/ogy: A chromosome number of n = 5 (2n= 10) 
has been determined for this species from a population 
in Stewart Forest and another at Poiblue Picnic site, 
both in Barrington Tops State Forest (Watanabe et al. 
1996, as B. sp. aff. angustifolia). 
Contrary to the record in Watanabe eta/. (1996) there 
is no voucher for the Polblue Picnic site population, the 
cited specimen Short 3981 being a voucher for a form 
of B. diversifolia with n = 18. 
Alofes:The name B. sieberi was considered by Davis 
(1948) to be a synonym of 6. aculeata, while Stace 
(1981) excluded it from B. aculeata and suggested 
that it may be referable to B. marginata Benth. (= B. 
dentata Gaudich.). It is undoubtedly a member of 
the 6 . linearifolia group and the close relationship 
was seemingly apparent to Bentham (1867) who, in a 
note accompanying his account of B. heterophylla (= 
B. linearifolia) differentiated two component entities 
from B. sieberi. 
The colour of the ray corollas has been variously 
described by collectors as mauve, pink-mauve, pale 
purple, purple, mauve to pink and pink. In the field I 
have recorded them as being pink above and straw- 
coloured or pinkish below, an observation supported 
by Salkin 80 in which the rays were recorded as being 
'bright pink, buff reverse'although the same collector 
{Salkin ADSG 75) also recorded the rays as having a 
'cerise upper surface, white lower surface'. 
Salkin (1994) illustrated the leaves of this species 
from specimens collected from Barrington Tops and 
Warrabah N.P; other leaf illustrations she presented are 
of B. kaputarensis. 
10. Brachyscome willisii P.S.Short, sp. nov. 
Brachyscome aff. formosa Entity 2, E.Salkin etal., Austral, 
brachyscomes 114, illustrations 116 (1995); P.S.Short in 
N.G.Waish & Entwisle, FI. Victoria 4:841 (1999). 
[IBrachyscome dngustifolia auct. non DC.: J.H.Willis, 
Handb. pi. Victoria 2: 669 (1973) p.p., as to specimens 
from 'far north-east at Mt. Granya & Pine Mountain', the 
original statement ambiguous and perhaps meaning 
to refer them to B. angustifolia var. heterophylla.] 
[Brachyscome angustifolia var. heterophylla auct. non 
(Benth.) G.L.R.Davis: J.Everett in G.Harden, FI. N.S.W. 3: 
166 (1992) p.p.] 
[Brachyscome petrophila auct. non G.L.R. Davis: 
J.H.Wiliis, Handb. pl. Victoria 2: 671 (1973) p.p., as to 
specimens from 'Omeo and Beechworth ... referred 
with hesitation to 6. petrophilal] 
B. brownii, B. formosae, B. petrophilae et B. sieberi 
similis cypselis alls destitutis, sed a B. petrophila differt 
foliis plerumque basibus petiolos simulantibus; eadem a B. 
brownii et B. formosa differt in ramis et foliis pilis albldis 
septatis eglandulosis; eadem a B. sieberi differt foliis 
superis et eis in medio caulis divisionibus primariis tribus 
ad undecim 1/4-7/8 ad costam distantiae extensis, lobis 
consequentibus obtusis ad acutis minimum aliquot lobis 
primariis vel dente uno vel dentibus duobus. 
Similar to 6 . brownii, B. formosa, B. petrophila and 
B. sieberi in the cypselas lacking ab/adaxial wings; 
differs from B. petrophila in having leaves which mostly 
have petiole-like bases; differs from B. brownii and 6. 
formosa in having whitish septate eglandular hairs on 
branches and leaves; differs from B. sieberi in having 
mid-cauline and upper leaves with 3-11 primary 
divisions extending c. 1/4 to 7/8 the distance to the 
midrib, the resuitant lobes obtuse to acute and at least 
some primary (major) lobes with 1 or 2 iateral teeth. 
Type: VICTORIA. Mt Granya, 35 km east of 
Wodonga, mountain forest on S. slope of summit, 18 
Mueileria 
31 

Page image

878239 Brachyscome angustifolia Muelleria 27(1): 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477554
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945

Page text

Brachyscome 
Forest, 1 Feb. 1993, P.S. Short 3979 et al. (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, 
NSW, Tl); foot of Hanging Rock, 6 km ESE of Nundle, 6 Oct. 
1973, /./?. Telford 3570A (CBG 050106); track from Polblue Ck to 
Mt Barrington, Barrington Tops, 11 Feb. 1971, 1.R. Telford 2712 
(CBG 047288). 
Distribution: New South Wales, extending from the 
vicinity of Newcastle north to the Moonbi Range and 
inland to about Bundulla, i.e. between c. 30° and 33° S, 
and east of 150° E. As localities include Bundulla State 
Forest, Stewarts Brook State Forest, Moonan State 
Forest, Warrabah N.P. and Barrington Tops N.R, the 
species is presumably adequately protected (Fig. 4). 
Habitat: Predominantly found in wet sclerophyll 
forest dominated by species such as Eucalyptus 
dalrympleana Maiden and £ pauciflora Sieber ex. 
Spreng. and with grass or herbaceous undergrowth. 
Also recorded (Salkin 80) from shrubland dominated 
by species of Cassinia R.Br. and Callitris Vent. Grows in 
sandy and clay loam. 
Phenology and reproductive biology: Flowering 
specimens have been collected from August through 
to April. Pollen:ovule ratios ranging from 1,742-2,426 
have been recorded from five plants of Short 3979. 
Cyto/ogy: A chromosome number of n = 5 (2n= 10) 
has been determined for this species from a population 
in Stewart Forest and another at Poiblue Picnic site, 
both in Barrington Tops State Forest (Watanabe et al. 
1996, as B. sp. aff. angustifolia). 
Contrary to the record in Watanabe eta/. (1996) there 
is no voucher for the Polblue Picnic site population, the 
cited specimen Short 3981 being a voucher for a form 
of B. diversifolia with n = 18. 
Alofes:The name B. sieberi was considered by Davis 
(1948) to be a synonym of 6. aculeata, while Stace 
(1981) excluded it from B. aculeata and suggested 
that it may be referable to B. marginata Benth. (= B. 
dentata Gaudich.). It is undoubtedly a member of 
the 6 . linearifolia group and the close relationship 
was seemingly apparent to Bentham (1867) who, in a 
note accompanying his account of B. heterophylla (= 
B. linearifolia) differentiated two component entities 
from B. sieberi. 
The colour of the ray corollas has been variously 
described by collectors as mauve, pink-mauve, pale 
purple, purple, mauve to pink and pink. In the field I 
have recorded them as being pink above and straw- 
coloured or pinkish below, an observation supported 
by Salkin 80 in which the rays were recorded as being 
'bright pink, buff reverse'although the same collector 
{Salkin ADSG 75) also recorded the rays as having a 
'cerise upper surface, white lower surface'. 
Salkin (1994) illustrated the leaves of this species 
from specimens collected from Barrington Tops and 
Warrabah N.P; other leaf illustrations she presented are 
of B. kaputarensis. 
10. Brachyscome willisii P.S.Short, sp. nov. 
Brachyscome aff. formosa Entity 2, E.Salkin etal., Austral, 
brachyscomes 114, illustrations 116 (1995); P.S.Short in 
N.G.Waish & Entwisle, FI. Victoria 4:841 (1999). 
[IBrachyscome dngustifolia auct. non DC.: J.H.Willis, 
Handb. pi. Victoria 2: 669 (1973) p.p., as to specimens 
from 'far north-east at Mt. Granya & Pine Mountain', the 
original statement ambiguous and perhaps meaning 
to refer them to B. angustifolia var. heterophylla.] 
[Brachyscome angustifolia var. heterophylla auct. non 
(Benth.) G.L.R.Davis: J.Everett in G.Harden, FI. N.S.W. 3: 
166 (1992) p.p.] 
[Brachyscome petrophila auct. non G.L.R. Davis: 
J.H.Wiliis, Handb. pl. Victoria 2: 671 (1973) p.p., as to 
specimens from 'Omeo and Beechworth ... referred 
with hesitation to 6. petrophilal] 
B. brownii, B. formosae, B. petrophilae et B. sieberi 
similis cypselis alls destitutis, sed a B. petrophila differt 
foliis plerumque basibus petiolos simulantibus; eadem a B. 
brownii et B. formosa differt in ramis et foliis pilis albldis 
septatis eglandulosis; eadem a B. sieberi differt foliis 
superis et eis in medio caulis divisionibus primariis tribus 
ad undecim 1/4-7/8 ad costam distantiae extensis, lobis 
consequentibus obtusis ad acutis minimum aliquot lobis 
primariis vel dente uno vel dentibus duobus. 
Similar to 6 . brownii, B. formosa, B. petrophila and 
B. sieberi in the cypselas lacking ab/adaxial wings; 
differs from B. petrophila in having leaves which mostly 
have petiole-like bases; differs from B. brownii and 6. 
formosa in having whitish septate eglandular hairs on 
branches and leaves; differs from B. sieberi in having 
mid-cauline and upper leaves with 3-11 primary 
divisions extending c. 1/4 to 7/8 the distance to the 
midrib, the resuitant lobes obtuse to acute and at least 
some primary (major) lobes with 1 or 2 iateral teeth. 
Type: VICTORIA. Mt Granya, 35 km east of 
Wodonga, mountain forest on S. slope of summit, 18 
Mueileria 
31 

Page image

878093 Brachyscome angustifolia angustifolia Muelleria 27(1): 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477536
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945
878094 Brachyscome angustifolia angustifolia Muelleria 27(1): 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477536
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945
878095 Brachyscome angustifolia angustifolia Muelleria 27(1): 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477536
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945
878096 Brachyscome angustifolia angustifolia Muelleria 27(1): 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477536
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945
878083 Brachyscome angustifolia angustifolia Muelleria 27(1): 9
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477532
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945
878089 Brachyscome angustifolia heterophylla Muelleria 27(1): 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477536
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945
878090 Brachyscome angustifolia heterophylla Muelleria 27(1): 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477536
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945
878091 Brachyscome angustifolia heterophylla Muelleria 27(1): 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477536
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945
878229 Brachyscome angustifolia heterophylla Muelleria 27(1): 26
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477549
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945
878230 Brachyscome angustifolia heterophylla Muelleria 27(1): 26
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477549
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945
878235 Brachyscome angustifolia heterophylla Muelleria 27(1): 30
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477553
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945
878236 Brachyscome angustifolia heterophylla Muelleria 27(1): 30
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477553
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945
878237 Brachyscome angustifolia heterophylla Muelleria 27(1): 30
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477553
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945
878240 Brachyscome angustifolia heterophylla Muelleria 27(1): 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477554
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945
878065 Brachyscome angustifolia heterophylla Muelleria 27(1): 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477568
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945
878082 Brachyscome angustifolia heterophylla Muelleria 27(1): 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477564
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945
878084 Brachyscome angustifolia heterophylla Muelleria 27(1): 9
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477532
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945
878085 Brachyscome angustifolia heterophylla Muelleria 27(1): 9
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477532
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945
644730 Brachyscome brownii Muelleria 27(1): 4, 6-8, Figs 1, 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477568
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945

Page text

Short 
faces of the cypselas, then members of the 6. linearifolia 
group are not far removed from other eastern species 
such as B. microcarpa F.Muell. and S. nova-anglica 
G.LR.Davis- themselves part of a perplexing complex 
with undescribed taxa - and others such as B. aculeata 
(Labill.) Cass, ex Less, and S.r/par/ctG.LR.Davis. Similarly, 
the basally tufted, divided leaves and little more seems 
to exclude B. dissectifolia G.L.R.Davis and B. stuartil 
Benth. from the group. Just how all these species relate 
to each other is yet to be satisfactorily resolved. 
In recent years only four, formally-named species 
and one variety have been recognised as belonging 
to the 6. linearifolia group, these being the misapplied 
name B. angustifolia A.Cunn. ex DC. (Candolle 1836), 
B. angustifolia var. heterophylla (Benth.) G.L.R.Davis 
(Davis 1948), B. formosa P.S.Short (Short 1988), B. 
petrophiia G.R.L.Davis (Davis 1949) and B. procumbens 
G.R.L.Davis (Davis, 1948). To this list can be added B. sp. 
aff. angustifolia (Watanabe et al. 1996), B. aff. formosa 
Entity 1 and B. aff. formosa Entity 2 (Salkin etal. 1995), 
the last two treated under B. petrophiia by Short (1999). 
Unnamed forms were also referred to by Salkin ef al. 
under B. angustifolia, B. angustifolia var. heterophylla 
and 6. procumbens. 
In sorting the complex it soon became evident that 
all or most of the entities informally alluded to, plus 
several others which have until now been unrecognised, 
are indeed taxa deserving of formal recognition. As 
they present consistent morphological differences and 
have discrete distributions, I have opted to consider 
all but one of them as distinct species. In total, I now 
recognise ten species within the group, five of which 
are here described and named for the first time, while 
two earlier names, 6. linearifolia DC. and 6. sieberi DC., 
have been reinstated. 
Taxonomy 
In the following key and descriptions cypselas are 
described as having ribs. In all species there are just 
two ribs and internally each rib has a vascular bundle 
which runs the length of the fruit. In some species the 
ribs are simply the outermost margins of the fruit and 
they may be smooth or have some tubercles distributed 
along their length. In several taxa the vascular portion 
of the rib is internal to a non-vascular wing or wing-like 
extension that forms the margin of the fruit. 
Both stalked glandular hairs and elongate, septate 
eglandular hairs are found on the branches, leaves and 
bracts of most species. Cypselas may have a few shortly 
stalked glandular hairs, particularly when immature, 
but taxonomically it is the structure of the eglandular 
hairs which occur on the fruit that is important. These 
hairs are not septate but are the typical 'twin hairs' 
found on the fruit of many species of daisy; such hairs 
may be straight, variably curved, or have very slightly 
inrolled apices; apically the two cells may be of the 
same or different lengths and in the latter case may be 
distinctly bifid. 
1. Brachyscome brownii P.S.Short, sp. nov. 
[Brachyscome heterophylla auct. non Benth. (1837); 
Benth., FI. austral. 3:515 (1867), p.p., see below.] 
[Brachyscome angustifolia var. heterophylla auct. 
non (Benth.) G.L.R.Davis: G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. 
New South Wales 73: 162 (1948), p.p., as to Cambage 
specimen from Pokolbin.) 
B. formosae, B. petrophilae, B. sieberi, B. willisii similis 
cypselis alas destitutis; a B. petrophiia foliis plerumque 
petiolorum similibus differ!; a B. sieberi et B. willisii pills 
niveis septatis eglandulosis in folia et in ramos destitutis 
differ!; a B. formosa indumenta prominent! pilorum 
petiolis glandulosorum sub capitula, foliis integris vel 
saepe trifidus ad apicem, nullo modo lus quam lobis 
marginalibus tribus differ!. 
Similar to B. formosa, B. petrophiia, B. sieberi and 
6. willisii in the cypselas lacking wings; differs from B. 
petrophiia in having leaves which mostly have petiole¬ 
like bases; differs among other things from B. sieberi 
and B. willisii in lacking whitish septate eglandular 
hairs on branches and leaves; differs from B. formosa in 
having a prominent indumentum of stalked glandular 
hairs below the capitula and in the leaves being entire 
or often apically trifid and with never more than 3 
lateral lobes on each margin. 
Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Pokolbin, Apr. 1906, 
R.H. Cambage (holotype NSW 15175). 
Perennial herb with ascending to erect branches to 
c. 30 cm long, branches with stalked glandular hairs 
usually forming a prominent indumentum immediately 
beneath the capitula and on immature leaves and 
shoots, otherwise mostly few and scattered and mature 
leaves appearing glabrous to the naked eye; eglandular 
4 
Vol 27(1) 2009 

Page image

878080 Brachyscome formosa Muelleria 27(1): 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477564
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945

Page text

Short 
Figure 2. Distribution of 0. brownii (A), 0. mittagongensis (♦), 
0 .procumbens subsp. procumbens (o), 0. procumbens subsp. 
wombolongensis (o), 0. salkiniae (T) and 0. willisii (•). 
a number of specimens of Brachyscome. Brown also 
had specific epithets for some species, including this 
one. He clearly regarded it as a distinct species and I 
recognise this by naming it after him. 
Notes: A poorly collected species, a fact suggesting it 
is rare, and one which means that the above description 
lacks some detail in regard to floret numbers and 
measurements of ray florets, bract number, etc. 
Bentham (1867), under his description of B. 
heterophylla in Flora australiensis, only made reference 
to Port Jackson specimens collected by Robert Brown, 
of which he noted 'The specimens are numerous, and 
show two distinct varieties in foliage, one with broad 
thin leaves with broad but very acute lobes, the other 
with narrower, smaller, almost pinnatifid lobes. Both 
may be varieties of B. linearifolia, but the leaves are all 
toothed and lobed' (Bentham 1867, p. 515). As evident 
from both the description and Brown's specimens from 
Port Jackson, the form with the narrower and almost 
pinnatifid lobes is of what I here describe as 6. brownii, 
while the entity with the broader leaves and acute 
lobes is B. heterophylia Benth. (1837) as lectotypified 
below under the treatment of B. linearifoiia. 
2. Brachyscome formosa P.S.Short, Muelleria 
6(6): 390, figs 1& 2 (1988) 
J.Everett in G.Harden, FI. N.S.W. 3: 167 (1992); E.Salkin 
et ai, Austral brachyscomes 112, illustration 113 (1995), 
excluding Entities 1 & 2. Type citation: 'Holotypus; 
Short 2425, New South Wales, c. 3.5 km north-west of 
Coonabarabran,along road to Baradine.31° 14'S., 149° 
14'E. Open forest of Eucalyptus (White Gum, Stringybark 
and Box). Sparse shrub understorey of epacrid shrubs 
and Davesia latifolia. Very sandy loam. 3.X.1984 (MEL 
1529338). Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, K, NSW.' 
Brachyscome superspecies basaltica species no. 5: 
Smith-White ef a/., Austro/. J.Sof. 18; 103 (1970). 
Brachyscome species (Pilliga), 'with affinity to B. 
melanocarpa': R.EIIiot & D.L.Jones, Encyc. Austral pi 2: 
374(1982). 
Brachyscome 'Pilliga Posy', Brachyscome formosa 
'Pilliga Posy' and Brachyscome 'Tinker Bell', nursery 
industry (see Short 1988). 
[Brachyscome angusti folia var. heterophylla auct. non 
(Benth.) G.L.R.Davis: G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New 
South Wales 73:162 (1948), p.p., as to cited specimens 
collected by Boorman (Timor Rock & Coonabarabran) 
and Forsyth (Warrumbungle Ranges).] 
Perennial, rhizomatous herb with prostrate to 
ascending branches to c. 20 cm long, branches 
glabrous or with occasional stalked glandular hairs; 
roots at least occasionally long-cylindrical and 
somewhat fleshy when fresh [Short 3935). Leaves 
cauline and alternate but often restricted to or near to 
the base, green or somewhat purplish and especially 
so on the lower surface, glabrous or with an occasional 
stalked glandular hair; petiole-like base usually distinct 
and forming a major part of the leaf and c. 3-55 mm 
long, rarely not formed or only barely formed on upper 
leaves (e.g. Dunlop 743); leaves widely spathulate or 
oblanceolate in outline, 13-90 mm long, 4.5-33 mm 
wide, with 3-11 shallow lobes formed from primary 
divisions mostly extending no more than c. 1/4 the 
distance to the midrib, the major lobes acute to obtuse 
and each sometimes with 1 or 2 small teeth, all leaves 
with 5-19 ultimate segments. Capitula 5-8 mm diam., 
on scapes manifestly exceeding the upper leaves. 
Bracts 14-26, overlapping, generally elliptic or obovate 
but apices subobtuse to acute, 2.6-4.5 mm long, 0.9-2 
mm wide, mainly herbaceous but with narrow hyaline 
8 
Vol 27(1)2009 

Page image

644743 Brachyscome formosa Muelleria 27(1): 8-9, Figs 3, 4
644746 Brachyscome heterophylla Muelleria 27(1): 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477536
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945

Page text

Brachyscome 
Habitat: A species commonly associated with dry 
sclerophyll forest with recorded dominant species 
including Eucalyptusalbens Benth., E. crebra F.Muell. and 
£ macrorhyncha F.Muell. ex Benth. but also recorded as 
growing 'on rocky mountain plateau amongst heath' 
{Salkin D5G132). It has been recorded as growing in 
'stony soil; 'reddish clay', 'grey clayey sand' and 'brown 
sandy loam'. 
Phenology and reproductive biology: Flowering 
& fruiting specimens held in herbaria have been 
collected from August to February/March and also in 
June. Pollen: ovule ratios ranging from 2,310-3,145 
have been determined from five capitula taken from 
Short 3946. 
Cyto/ogy: Achromosomenumberofn = 5 (2n= 10) 
has been determined for this species (Watanabe et al. 
1996, as B. sp. aff. angustifolia, Short 3944). 
Notes: Leaves with teeth or lobes are sometimes 
absent, or at least nearly so, from specimens such 
as Coveny 9015 & Short 3944, with divided leaves 
seemingly lost as plants mature. 
Collectors have variously described the colour of 
ray corollas as pinkish-mauve, mauve, purple, violet, 
mauve-pink, deep pink and red.These records probably 
relate only to the upper surface of the ray corolla as for 
Short 3944 I recorded that the upper surface is bright 
pink but the lower surface is straw-coloured. 
Salkin (1994) illustrated the leaves of this species 
from specimens collected along Schutt's Track, Mt 
Kaputar; other leaf illustrations she presented in her 
article are of B. sieberi. 
4. Brachyscome linearifolia DC., Prodr. 5:306 
(1-10 Oct. 1836) 
Benth., FI. austral. 3: 515 (1867); C.Moore, Handb. fl. 
N.S.W. 264 (1893); Maiden & Betche, Census N.S.W. pi. 
196 (1916). Type citation; 'in Nova Hollandia. Omnino 
refert figuarum sinistram tab. 204. sp. fl. Nov. Holl. Labill. 
sed achaenia certe pappo prioribu simili coronata nec 
nuda. (v.s. comm, a cl. Lambert. etThibaud.)'. Lectotype 
(Davis 1948, p. 162, pi. 7, no. 2): Lambert s.n. (G-DC). 
Remaining syntype: Thibauds.n. (G-DC). 
Brachyscome heterophylla Benth. in Endlicher et al., 
Enum. pi. Huegel 60 (Apr. 1837); Benth., Fl. austral. 3:515 
(1867) p.p., excluding 6. brownil, see note under that 
species. — Brachyscome linearifolia var. heterophylla 
(Benth.) C.Moore, Handb. fl. N.S.W. 264 (1893); Maiden 
& Betche, Census N.S.W. pi. 196 (1916), presumably p.p. 
as cited Bentham (1867). — Brachyscome angustifolia 
var. heterophylla (Benth.) G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. 
New South Wales 73: 162, fig. 16 (26 Oct. 1948) p.p.; 
G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 74: 149 
(1949) p.p., as to Joadja specimen (FA. Rodway); E.Salkin 
etal.. Austral, brachyscomes 40, illustrations p. 41, not 
as to distribution. Type citation: 'Ferd. BaueF. Lectotype 
(Davis 1948, p. 162, fig. 16): R. Brown (Bennett no. 
2066; MEL 39791). Lectotype nov. (here designated): 
'Brachycome heterophylla Benth./ Insula van Diemen/ 
ferd. Bauer, del 43 & 76'(W, excluding B. mittagongensis, 
see notes below). Isolectotype: K (ex Herb. Mus. Vind. 
1836, excluding B. mittagongensis, see notes below). 
Brachyscome oblongifolia Benth. in Endlicher ef 
al., Enum. pi. Huegel 60 (Apr. 1837). Type citation: 'Van 
Diemen's Land, [sic] (Ferd. Bauer.)'. Holotype; W. Isotype: 
K. (See notes below). 
[Brachyscome angustifolia auct. non A.Cunn. ex DC. 
var. angustifolia: G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South 
Wales 73:161, figs 15, 26, pi. vi, map 7, pi. vii, 2 (26 Oct. 
1948) p.p., excluding all non N.S.W. specimens and at 
least Cunningham's specimen from N.S.W.; G.L.R.Davis, 
Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 74: 149 (1949); 
J.Everett in G.Harden, Fl. N.S.W. 3: 166 (1992), not as to 
distribution; E.Salkin et al.. Austral, brachyscomes 38, 
illustration 39 (1995), not as to distribution.] 
Perennial, rhizomatous, procumbent to weakly 
erect herbs; branches to c. 35 cm long, glabrous; roots 
at least occasionally long-cylindrical and probably 
somewhat fleshy when fresh. Leaves basal and cauline, 
mostly sublinear to linear-oblanceolate or linear- 
spathulate, sometimes obovate in outline, always with 
a pronounced, petiole-like region, all leaves 7-75 mm 
long, (0.5) 1 -7 (19) mm wide, commonly entire but some 
specimens with 1 -5 lobes, if lobed then most often with 
3 apical lobes, the mid-lobe usually manifestly larger 
than the lateral lobes, all lobes usually apically acute; 
apex slightly but definitely mucronate; midrib (at least 
in dried specimens) slightly sunken on upper surface, 
prominent on lower surface, lateral veins indistinct in 
narrow leaves but prominent in broad leaves; all leaves 
glabrous or with very occasional stalked glandular hairs 
less than c. 0.1 mm long and septate, eglandular hairs 
and these mostly confined to leaf axils. Capitula c. 6-7 
mm diam., on scapes manifestly exceeding the upper 
Muelleria 
13 

Page image

878086 Brachyscome heterophylla Muelleria 27(1): 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477536
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945

Page text

Brachyscome 
Habitat: A species commonly associated with dry 
sclerophyll forest with recorded dominant species 
including Eucalyptusalbens Benth., E. crebra F.Muell. and 
£ macrorhyncha F.Muell. ex Benth. but also recorded as 
growing 'on rocky mountain plateau amongst heath' 
{Salkin D5G132). It has been recorded as growing in 
'stony soil; 'reddish clay', 'grey clayey sand' and 'brown 
sandy loam'. 
Phenology and reproductive biology: Flowering 
& fruiting specimens held in herbaria have been 
collected from August to February/March and also in 
June. Pollen: ovule ratios ranging from 2,310-3,145 
have been determined from five capitula taken from 
Short 3946. 
Cyto/ogy: Achromosomenumberofn = 5 (2n= 10) 
has been determined for this species (Watanabe et al. 
1996, as B. sp. aff. angustifolia, Short 3944). 
Notes: Leaves with teeth or lobes are sometimes 
absent, or at least nearly so, from specimens such 
as Coveny 9015 & Short 3944, with divided leaves 
seemingly lost as plants mature. 
Collectors have variously described the colour of 
ray corollas as pinkish-mauve, mauve, purple, violet, 
mauve-pink, deep pink and red.These records probably 
relate only to the upper surface of the ray corolla as for 
Short 3944 I recorded that the upper surface is bright 
pink but the lower surface is straw-coloured. 
Salkin (1994) illustrated the leaves of this species 
from specimens collected along Schutt's Track, Mt 
Kaputar; other leaf illustrations she presented in her 
article are of B. sieberi. 
4. Brachyscome linearifolia DC., Prodr. 5:306 
(1-10 Oct. 1836) 
Benth., FI. austral. 3: 515 (1867); C.Moore, Handb. fl. 
N.S.W. 264 (1893); Maiden & Betche, Census N.S.W. pi. 
196 (1916). Type citation; 'in Nova Hollandia. Omnino 
refert figuarum sinistram tab. 204. sp. fl. Nov. Holl. Labill. 
sed achaenia certe pappo prioribu simili coronata nec 
nuda. (v.s. comm, a cl. Lambert. etThibaud.)'. Lectotype 
(Davis 1948, p. 162, pi. 7, no. 2): Lambert s.n. (G-DC). 
Remaining syntype: Thibauds.n. (G-DC). 
Brachyscome heterophylla Benth. in Endlicher et al., 
Enum. pi. Huegel 60 (Apr. 1837); Benth., Fl. austral. 3:515 
(1867) p.p., excluding 6. brownil, see note under that 
species. — Brachyscome linearifolia var. heterophylla 
(Benth.) C.Moore, Handb. fl. N.S.W. 264 (1893); Maiden 
& Betche, Census N.S.W. pi. 196 (1916), presumably p.p. 
as cited Bentham (1867). — Brachyscome angustifolia 
var. heterophylla (Benth.) G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. 
New South Wales 73: 162, fig. 16 (26 Oct. 1948) p.p.; 
G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 74: 149 
(1949) p.p., as to Joadja specimen (FA. Rodway); E.Salkin 
etal.. Austral, brachyscomes 40, illustrations p. 41, not 
as to distribution. Type citation: 'Ferd. BaueF. Lectotype 
(Davis 1948, p. 162, fig. 16): R. Brown (Bennett no. 
2066; MEL 39791). Lectotype nov. (here designated): 
'Brachycome heterophylla Benth./ Insula van Diemen/ 
ferd. Bauer, del 43 & 76'(W, excluding B. mittagongensis, 
see notes below). Isolectotype: K (ex Herb. Mus. Vind. 
1836, excluding B. mittagongensis, see notes below). 
Brachyscome oblongifolia Benth. in Endlicher ef 
al., Enum. pi. Huegel 60 (Apr. 1837). Type citation: 'Van 
Diemen's Land, [sic] (Ferd. Bauer.)'. Holotype; W. Isotype: 
K. (See notes below). 
[Brachyscome angustifolia auct. non A.Cunn. ex DC. 
var. angustifolia: G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South 
Wales 73:161, figs 15, 26, pi. vi, map 7, pi. vii, 2 (26 Oct. 
1948) p.p., excluding all non N.S.W. specimens and at 
least Cunningham's specimen from N.S.W.; G.L.R.Davis, 
Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 74: 149 (1949); 
J.Everett in G.Harden, Fl. N.S.W. 3: 166 (1992), not as to 
distribution; E.Salkin et al.. Austral, brachyscomes 38, 
illustration 39 (1995), not as to distribution.] 
Perennial, rhizomatous, procumbent to weakly 
erect herbs; branches to c. 35 cm long, glabrous; roots 
at least occasionally long-cylindrical and probably 
somewhat fleshy when fresh. Leaves basal and cauline, 
mostly sublinear to linear-oblanceolate or linear- 
spathulate, sometimes obovate in outline, always with 
a pronounced, petiole-like region, all leaves 7-75 mm 
long, (0.5) 1 -7 (19) mm wide, commonly entire but some 
specimens with 1 -5 lobes, if lobed then most often with 
3 apical lobes, the mid-lobe usually manifestly larger 
than the lateral lobes, all lobes usually apically acute; 
apex slightly but definitely mucronate; midrib (at least 
in dried specimens) slightly sunken on upper surface, 
prominent on lower surface, lateral veins indistinct in 
narrow leaves but prominent in broad leaves; all leaves 
glabrous or with very occasional stalked glandular hairs 
less than c. 0.1 mm long and septate, eglandular hairs 
and these mostly confined to leaf axils. Capitula c. 6-7 
mm diam., on scapes manifestly exceeding the upper 
Muelleria 
13 

Page image

878087 Brachyscome heterophylla Muelleria 27(1): 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477536
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945

Page text

Brachyscome 
Habitat: A species commonly associated with dry 
sclerophyll forest with recorded dominant species 
including Eucalyptusalbens Benth., E. crebra F.Muell. and 
£ macrorhyncha F.Muell. ex Benth. but also recorded as 
growing 'on rocky mountain plateau amongst heath' 
{Salkin D5G132). It has been recorded as growing in 
'stony soil; 'reddish clay', 'grey clayey sand' and 'brown 
sandy loam'. 
Phenology and reproductive biology: Flowering 
& fruiting specimens held in herbaria have been 
collected from August to February/March and also in 
June. Pollen: ovule ratios ranging from 2,310-3,145 
have been determined from five capitula taken from 
Short 3946. 
Cyto/ogy: Achromosomenumberofn = 5 (2n= 10) 
has been determined for this species (Watanabe et al. 
1996, as B. sp. aff. angustifolia, Short 3944). 
Notes: Leaves with teeth or lobes are sometimes 
absent, or at least nearly so, from specimens such 
as Coveny 9015 & Short 3944, with divided leaves 
seemingly lost as plants mature. 
Collectors have variously described the colour of 
ray corollas as pinkish-mauve, mauve, purple, violet, 
mauve-pink, deep pink and red.These records probably 
relate only to the upper surface of the ray corolla as for 
Short 3944 I recorded that the upper surface is bright 
pink but the lower surface is straw-coloured. 
Salkin (1994) illustrated the leaves of this species 
from specimens collected along Schutt's Track, Mt 
Kaputar; other leaf illustrations she presented in her 
article are of B. sieberi. 
4. Brachyscome linearifolia DC., Prodr. 5:306 
(1-10 Oct. 1836) 
Benth., FI. austral. 3: 515 (1867); C.Moore, Handb. fl. 
N.S.W. 264 (1893); Maiden & Betche, Census N.S.W. pi. 
196 (1916). Type citation; 'in Nova Hollandia. Omnino 
refert figuarum sinistram tab. 204. sp. fl. Nov. Holl. Labill. 
sed achaenia certe pappo prioribu simili coronata nec 
nuda. (v.s. comm, a cl. Lambert. etThibaud.)'. Lectotype 
(Davis 1948, p. 162, pi. 7, no. 2): Lambert s.n. (G-DC). 
Remaining syntype: Thibauds.n. (G-DC). 
Brachyscome heterophylla Benth. in Endlicher et al., 
Enum. pi. Huegel 60 (Apr. 1837); Benth., Fl. austral. 3:515 
(1867) p.p., excluding 6. brownil, see note under that 
species. — Brachyscome linearifolia var. heterophylla 
(Benth.) C.Moore, Handb. fl. N.S.W. 264 (1893); Maiden 
& Betche, Census N.S.W. pi. 196 (1916), presumably p.p. 
as cited Bentham (1867). — Brachyscome angustifolia 
var. heterophylla (Benth.) G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. 
New South Wales 73: 162, fig. 16 (26 Oct. 1948) p.p.; 
G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 74: 149 
(1949) p.p., as to Joadja specimen (FA. Rodway); E.Salkin 
etal.. Austral, brachyscomes 40, illustrations p. 41, not 
as to distribution. Type citation: 'Ferd. BaueF. Lectotype 
(Davis 1948, p. 162, fig. 16): R. Brown (Bennett no. 
2066; MEL 39791). Lectotype nov. (here designated): 
'Brachycome heterophylla Benth./ Insula van Diemen/ 
ferd. Bauer, del 43 & 76'(W, excluding B. mittagongensis, 
see notes below). Isolectotype: K (ex Herb. Mus. Vind. 
1836, excluding B. mittagongensis, see notes below). 
Brachyscome oblongifolia Benth. in Endlicher ef 
al., Enum. pi. Huegel 60 (Apr. 1837). Type citation: 'Van 
Diemen's Land, [sic] (Ferd. Bauer.)'. Holotype; W. Isotype: 
K. (See notes below). 
[Brachyscome angustifolia auct. non A.Cunn. ex DC. 
var. angustifolia: G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South 
Wales 73:161, figs 15, 26, pi. vi, map 7, pi. vii, 2 (26 Oct. 
1948) p.p., excluding all non N.S.W. specimens and at 
least Cunningham's specimen from N.S.W.; G.L.R.Davis, 
Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 74: 149 (1949); 
J.Everett in G.Harden, Fl. N.S.W. 3: 166 (1992), not as to 
distribution; E.Salkin et al.. Austral, brachyscomes 38, 
illustration 39 (1995), not as to distribution.] 
Perennial, rhizomatous, procumbent to weakly 
erect herbs; branches to c. 35 cm long, glabrous; roots 
at least occasionally long-cylindrical and probably 
somewhat fleshy when fresh. Leaves basal and cauline, 
mostly sublinear to linear-oblanceolate or linear- 
spathulate, sometimes obovate in outline, always with 
a pronounced, petiole-like region, all leaves 7-75 mm 
long, (0.5) 1 -7 (19) mm wide, commonly entire but some 
specimens with 1 -5 lobes, if lobed then most often with 
3 apical lobes, the mid-lobe usually manifestly larger 
than the lateral lobes, all lobes usually apically acute; 
apex slightly but definitely mucronate; midrib (at least 
in dried specimens) slightly sunken on upper surface, 
prominent on lower surface, lateral veins indistinct in 
narrow leaves but prominent in broad leaves; all leaves 
glabrous or with very occasional stalked glandular hairs 
less than c. 0.1 mm long and septate, eglandular hairs 
and these mostly confined to leaf axils. Capitula c. 6-7 
mm diam., on scapes manifestly exceeding the upper 
Muelleria 
13 

Page image

878064 Brachyscome heterophylla Muelleria 27(1): 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477568
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945
644744 Brachyscome kaputarensis Muelleria 27(1): 9, 11-13, Figs 4, 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477532
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945
644749 Brachyscome linearifolia Muelleria 27(1): 13-17, Figs 4, 6
878088 Brachyscome linearifolia heterophylla Muelleria 27(1): 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477536
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945
644867 Brachyscome mittagongensis Muelleria 27(1): 17-20, 28, Figs 2, 7
878092 Brachyscome oblongifolia Muelleria 27(1): 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477536
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945

Page text

Brachyscome 
Habitat: A species commonly associated with dry 
sclerophyll forest with recorded dominant species 
including Eucalyptusalbens Benth., E. crebra F.Muell. and 
£ macrorhyncha F.Muell. ex Benth. but also recorded as 
growing 'on rocky mountain plateau amongst heath' 
{Salkin D5G132). It has been recorded as growing in 
'stony soil; 'reddish clay', 'grey clayey sand' and 'brown 
sandy loam'. 
Phenology and reproductive biology: Flowering 
& fruiting specimens held in herbaria have been 
collected from August to February/March and also in 
June. Pollen: ovule ratios ranging from 2,310-3,145 
have been determined from five capitula taken from 
Short 3946. 
Cyto/ogy: Achromosomenumberofn = 5 (2n= 10) 
has been determined for this species (Watanabe et al. 
1996, as B. sp. aff. angustifolia, Short 3944). 
Notes: Leaves with teeth or lobes are sometimes 
absent, or at least nearly so, from specimens such 
as Coveny 9015 & Short 3944, with divided leaves 
seemingly lost as plants mature. 
Collectors have variously described the colour of 
ray corollas as pinkish-mauve, mauve, purple, violet, 
mauve-pink, deep pink and red.These records probably 
relate only to the upper surface of the ray corolla as for 
Short 3944 I recorded that the upper surface is bright 
pink but the lower surface is straw-coloured. 
Salkin (1994) illustrated the leaves of this species 
from specimens collected along Schutt's Track, Mt 
Kaputar; other leaf illustrations she presented in her 
article are of B. sieberi. 
4. Brachyscome linearifolia DC., Prodr. 5:306 
(1-10 Oct. 1836) 
Benth., FI. austral. 3: 515 (1867); C.Moore, Handb. fl. 
N.S.W. 264 (1893); Maiden & Betche, Census N.S.W. pi. 
196 (1916). Type citation; 'in Nova Hollandia. Omnino 
refert figuarum sinistram tab. 204. sp. fl. Nov. Holl. Labill. 
sed achaenia certe pappo prioribu simili coronata nec 
nuda. (v.s. comm, a cl. Lambert. etThibaud.)'. Lectotype 
(Davis 1948, p. 162, pi. 7, no. 2): Lambert s.n. (G-DC). 
Remaining syntype: Thibauds.n. (G-DC). 
Brachyscome heterophylla Benth. in Endlicher et al., 
Enum. pi. Huegel 60 (Apr. 1837); Benth., Fl. austral. 3:515 
(1867) p.p., excluding 6. brownil, see note under that 
species. — Brachyscome linearifolia var. heterophylla 
(Benth.) C.Moore, Handb. fl. N.S.W. 264 (1893); Maiden 
& Betche, Census N.S.W. pi. 196 (1916), presumably p.p. 
as cited Bentham (1867). — Brachyscome angustifolia 
var. heterophylla (Benth.) G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. 
New South Wales 73: 162, fig. 16 (26 Oct. 1948) p.p.; 
G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 74: 149 
(1949) p.p., as to Joadja specimen (FA. Rodway); E.Salkin 
etal.. Austral, brachyscomes 40, illustrations p. 41, not 
as to distribution. Type citation: 'Ferd. BaueF. Lectotype 
(Davis 1948, p. 162, fig. 16): R. Brown (Bennett no. 
2066; MEL 39791). Lectotype nov. (here designated): 
'Brachycome heterophylla Benth./ Insula van Diemen/ 
ferd. Bauer, del 43 & 76'(W, excluding B. mittagongensis, 
see notes below). Isolectotype: K (ex Herb. Mus. Vind. 
1836, excluding B. mittagongensis, see notes below). 
Brachyscome oblongifolia Benth. in Endlicher ef 
al., Enum. pi. Huegel 60 (Apr. 1837). Type citation: 'Van 
Diemen's Land, [sic] (Ferd. Bauer.)'. Holotype; W. Isotype: 
K. (See notes below). 
[Brachyscome angustifolia auct. non A.Cunn. ex DC. 
var. angustifolia: G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South 
Wales 73:161, figs 15, 26, pi. vi, map 7, pi. vii, 2 (26 Oct. 
1948) p.p., excluding all non N.S.W. specimens and at 
least Cunningham's specimen from N.S.W.; G.L.R.Davis, 
Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 74: 149 (1949); 
J.Everett in G.Harden, Fl. N.S.W. 3: 166 (1992), not as to 
distribution; E.Salkin et al.. Austral, brachyscomes 38, 
illustration 39 (1995), not as to distribution.] 
Perennial, rhizomatous, procumbent to weakly 
erect herbs; branches to c. 35 cm long, glabrous; roots 
at least occasionally long-cylindrical and probably 
somewhat fleshy when fresh. Leaves basal and cauline, 
mostly sublinear to linear-oblanceolate or linear- 
spathulate, sometimes obovate in outline, always with 
a pronounced, petiole-like region, all leaves 7-75 mm 
long, (0.5) 1 -7 (19) mm wide, commonly entire but some 
specimens with 1 -5 lobes, if lobed then most often with 
3 apical lobes, the mid-lobe usually manifestly larger 
than the lateral lobes, all lobes usually apically acute; 
apex slightly but definitely mucronate; midrib (at least 
in dried specimens) slightly sunken on upper surface, 
prominent on lower surface, lateral veins indistinct in 
narrow leaves but prominent in broad leaves; all leaves 
glabrous or with very occasional stalked glandular hairs 
less than c. 0.1 mm long and septate, eglandular hairs 
and these mostly confined to leaf axils. Capitula c. 6-7 
mm diam., on scapes manifestly exceeding the upper 
Muelleria 
13 

Page image

644871 Brachyscome petrophila Muelleria 27(1): 20-21, Figs 4, 8
878241 Brachyscome petrophila Muelleria 27(1): 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477554
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945

Page text

Brachyscome 
Forest, 1 Feb. 1993, P.S. Short 3979 et al. (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, 
NSW, Tl); foot of Hanging Rock, 6 km ESE of Nundle, 6 Oct. 
1973, /./?. Telford 3570A (CBG 050106); track from Polblue Ck to 
Mt Barrington, Barrington Tops, 11 Feb. 1971, 1.R. Telford 2712 
(CBG 047288). 
Distribution: New South Wales, extending from the 
vicinity of Newcastle north to the Moonbi Range and 
inland to about Bundulla, i.e. between c. 30° and 33° S, 
and east of 150° E. As localities include Bundulla State 
Forest, Stewarts Brook State Forest, Moonan State 
Forest, Warrabah N.P. and Barrington Tops N.R, the 
species is presumably adequately protected (Fig. 4). 
Habitat: Predominantly found in wet sclerophyll 
forest dominated by species such as Eucalyptus 
dalrympleana Maiden and £ pauciflora Sieber ex. 
Spreng. and with grass or herbaceous undergrowth. 
Also recorded (Salkin 80) from shrubland dominated 
by species of Cassinia R.Br. and Callitris Vent. Grows in 
sandy and clay loam. 
Phenology and reproductive biology: Flowering 
specimens have been collected from August through 
to April. Pollen:ovule ratios ranging from 1,742-2,426 
have been recorded from five plants of Short 3979. 
Cyto/ogy: A chromosome number of n = 5 (2n= 10) 
has been determined for this species from a population 
in Stewart Forest and another at Poiblue Picnic site, 
both in Barrington Tops State Forest (Watanabe et al. 
1996, as B. sp. aff. angustifolia). 
Contrary to the record in Watanabe eta/. (1996) there 
is no voucher for the Polblue Picnic site population, the 
cited specimen Short 3981 being a voucher for a form 
of B. diversifolia with n = 18. 
Alofes:The name B. sieberi was considered by Davis 
(1948) to be a synonym of 6. aculeata, while Stace 
(1981) excluded it from B. aculeata and suggested 
that it may be referable to B. marginata Benth. (= B. 
dentata Gaudich.). It is undoubtedly a member of 
the 6 . linearifolia group and the close relationship 
was seemingly apparent to Bentham (1867) who, in a 
note accompanying his account of B. heterophylla (= 
B. linearifolia) differentiated two component entities 
from B. sieberi. 
The colour of the ray corollas has been variously 
described by collectors as mauve, pink-mauve, pale 
purple, purple, mauve to pink and pink. In the field I 
have recorded them as being pink above and straw- 
coloured or pinkish below, an observation supported 
by Salkin 80 in which the rays were recorded as being 
'bright pink, buff reverse'although the same collector 
{Salkin ADSG 75) also recorded the rays as having a 
'cerise upper surface, white lower surface'. 
Salkin (1994) illustrated the leaves of this species 
from specimens collected from Barrington Tops and 
Warrabah N.P; other leaf illustrations she presented are 
of B. kaputarensis. 
10. Brachyscome willisii P.S.Short, sp. nov. 
Brachyscome aff. formosa Entity 2, E.Salkin etal., Austral, 
brachyscomes 114, illustrations 116 (1995); P.S.Short in 
N.G.Waish & Entwisle, FI. Victoria 4:841 (1999). 
[IBrachyscome dngustifolia auct. non DC.: J.H.Willis, 
Handb. pi. Victoria 2: 669 (1973) p.p., as to specimens 
from 'far north-east at Mt. Granya & Pine Mountain', the 
original statement ambiguous and perhaps meaning 
to refer them to B. angustifolia var. heterophylla.] 
[Brachyscome angustifolia var. heterophylla auct. non 
(Benth.) G.L.R.Davis: J.Everett in G.Harden, FI. N.S.W. 3: 
166 (1992) p.p.] 
[Brachyscome petrophila auct. non G.L.R. Davis: 
J.H.Wiliis, Handb. pl. Victoria 2: 671 (1973) p.p., as to 
specimens from 'Omeo and Beechworth ... referred 
with hesitation to 6. petrophilal] 
B. brownii, B. formosae, B. petrophilae et B. sieberi 
similis cypselis alls destitutis, sed a B. petrophila differt 
foliis plerumque basibus petiolos simulantibus; eadem a B. 
brownii et B. formosa differt in ramis et foliis pilis albldis 
septatis eglandulosis; eadem a B. sieberi differt foliis 
superis et eis in medio caulis divisionibus primariis tribus 
ad undecim 1/4-7/8 ad costam distantiae extensis, lobis 
consequentibus obtusis ad acutis minimum aliquot lobis 
primariis vel dente uno vel dentibus duobus. 
Similar to 6 . brownii, B. formosa, B. petrophila and 
B. sieberi in the cypselas lacking ab/adaxial wings; 
differs from B. petrophila in having leaves which mostly 
have petiole-like bases; differs from B. brownii and 6. 
formosa in having whitish septate eglandular hairs on 
branches and leaves; differs from B. sieberi in having 
mid-cauline and upper leaves with 3-11 primary 
divisions extending c. 1/4 to 7/8 the distance to the 
midrib, the resuitant lobes obtuse to acute and at least 
some primary (major) lobes with 1 or 2 iateral teeth. 
Type: VICTORIA. Mt Granya, 35 km east of 
Wodonga, mountain forest on S. slope of summit, 18 
Mueileria 
31 

Page image

878079 Brachyscome Muelleria 27(1): 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477564
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945

Page text

Short 
Figure 2. Distribution of 0. brownii (A), 0. mittagongensis (♦), 
0 .procumbens subsp. procumbens (o), 0. procumbens subsp. 
wombolongensis (o), 0. salkiniae (T) and 0. willisii (•). 
a number of specimens of Brachyscome. Brown also 
had specific epithets for some species, including this 
one. He clearly regarded it as a distinct species and I 
recognise this by naming it after him. 
Notes: A poorly collected species, a fact suggesting it 
is rare, and one which means that the above description 
lacks some detail in regard to floret numbers and 
measurements of ray florets, bract number, etc. 
Bentham (1867), under his description of B. 
heterophylla in Flora australiensis, only made reference 
to Port Jackson specimens collected by Robert Brown, 
of which he noted 'The specimens are numerous, and 
show two distinct varieties in foliage, one with broad 
thin leaves with broad but very acute lobes, the other 
with narrower, smaller, almost pinnatifid lobes. Both 
may be varieties of B. linearifolia, but the leaves are all 
toothed and lobed' (Bentham 1867, p. 515). As evident 
from both the description and Brown's specimens from 
Port Jackson, the form with the narrower and almost 
pinnatifid lobes is of what I here describe as 6. brownii, 
while the entity with the broader leaves and acute 
lobes is B. heterophylia Benth. (1837) as lectotypified 
below under the treatment of B. linearifoiia. 
2. Brachyscome formosa P.S.Short, Muelleria 
6(6): 390, figs 1& 2 (1988) 
J.Everett in G.Harden, FI. N.S.W. 3: 167 (1992); E.Salkin 
et ai, Austral brachyscomes 112, illustration 113 (1995), 
excluding Entities 1 & 2. Type citation: 'Holotypus; 
Short 2425, New South Wales, c. 3.5 km north-west of 
Coonabarabran,along road to Baradine.31° 14'S., 149° 
14'E. Open forest of Eucalyptus (White Gum, Stringybark 
and Box). Sparse shrub understorey of epacrid shrubs 
and Davesia latifolia. Very sandy loam. 3.X.1984 (MEL 
1529338). Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, K, NSW.' 
Brachyscome superspecies basaltica species no. 5: 
Smith-White ef a/., Austro/. J.Sof. 18; 103 (1970). 
Brachyscome species (Pilliga), 'with affinity to B. 
melanocarpa': R.EIIiot & D.L.Jones, Encyc. Austral pi 2: 
374(1982). 
Brachyscome 'Pilliga Posy', Brachyscome formosa 
'Pilliga Posy' and Brachyscome 'Tinker Bell', nursery 
industry (see Short 1988). 
[Brachyscome angusti folia var. heterophylla auct. non 
(Benth.) G.L.R.Davis: G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New 
South Wales 73:162 (1948), p.p., as to cited specimens 
collected by Boorman (Timor Rock & Coonabarabran) 
and Forsyth (Warrumbungle Ranges).] 
Perennial, rhizomatous herb with prostrate to 
ascending branches to c. 20 cm long, branches 
glabrous or with occasional stalked glandular hairs; 
roots at least occasionally long-cylindrical and 
somewhat fleshy when fresh [Short 3935). Leaves 
cauline and alternate but often restricted to or near to 
the base, green or somewhat purplish and especially 
so on the lower surface, glabrous or with an occasional 
stalked glandular hair; petiole-like base usually distinct 
and forming a major part of the leaf and c. 3-55 mm 
long, rarely not formed or only barely formed on upper 
leaves (e.g. Dunlop 743); leaves widely spathulate or 
oblanceolate in outline, 13-90 mm long, 4.5-33 mm 
wide, with 3-11 shallow lobes formed from primary 
divisions mostly extending no more than c. 1/4 the 
distance to the midrib, the major lobes acute to obtuse 
and each sometimes with 1 or 2 small teeth, all leaves 
with 5-19 ultimate segments. Capitula 5-8 mm diam., 
on scapes manifestly exceeding the upper leaves. 
Bracts 14-26, overlapping, generally elliptic or obovate 
but apices subobtuse to acute, 2.6-4.5 mm long, 0.9-2 
mm wide, mainly herbaceous but with narrow hyaline 
8 
Vol 27(1)2009 

Page image

644918 Brachyscome procumbens Muelleria 27(1): 22-23, Figs 2, 9, 10
644919 Brachyscome procumbens procumbens Muelleria 27(1): 23-25, Figs 2, 9
644920 Brachyscome procumbens wombelongensis Muelleria 27(1): 25-26, Figs 2, 10
644922 Brachyscome salkiniae Muelleria 27(1): 26-28, Figs 2, 11
878204 Brachyscome sieberi Muelleria 27(1): 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477540
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945

Page text

Brachyscome 
circumscription by Davis and the broader one used by 
Willis encompass a number of distinct taxa which are 
segregated and formally named in this paper. Sorting 
of specimens has also convinced me that the name 6. 
heterophylla has simply been applied to a minor variant 
which should be encompassed under B. linearifolia 
without any formal recognition. Of c. 70 specimens 
referred by me to B. linearifolia only eight, including 
the type specimen of B. heterophylla, have lobed 
leaves. In these specimens leaves are almost invariably 
deeply 3-lobed in the upper third, only occasionally is 
there an extra 1 or sometimes 2 lateral lobe present 
or the leaves have just a single lobe or the lobes are 
short. On most specimens there are usually entire, 
oblanceolate or subspathulate leaves also present, for 
example MEL 39791 which has branchlets with a mix 
of mostly divided and entire leaves and a branchlet 
with just entire, comparatively narrow leaves. This 
specimen was collected by Robert Brown (numbered 
as Bennett 2066, and Davis's erroneously chosen 
lectotype of B. heterophylla) and a duplicate collection 
at K has branchlets which have only, or mostly deeply 
divided leaves. Elements comprising the lectotype 
and isolectotype specimens of B. heterophylla are also 
extremely similar to Robert Brown's collection and it is 
unsurprising that, when seen alone, these specimens 
were considered to be representative of a distinct 
species. However, when viewed along with other 
specimens, such as Blakely's collections from Jenolan 
Caves (NSW 15171 and SYD s.n.) - in which most leaves 
are entire and few leaves divided -1 concluded that the 
aforementioned specimens are representative of minor 
variation which is not worthy of formal recognition. It 
may be a quirk of collecting but specimens with some 
or mostly divided leaves tend to be found on the 
periphery of the overall distribution of the species. 
I have not seen the specimen from Tea Gardens, 
N.S.W. on which Salkin eta/. (1995, p. 41 b & ii) have 
based an illustration of 6. angustifolia var. heterophylla 
but, as with the specimens with lobed leaves referred 
to above, I believe - despite it being unusual in 
seemingly having only divided leaves and particularly 
prominent ab/adaxial margins on the cypselas - that it 
too belongs here. As with other specimens with divided 
leaves, this slightly disjunct population also occurs 
on the periphery of the distribution of the species, in 
this case the northern edge, and indeed just south of 
the known distribution of the vegetatively variable 6. 
procumbens. 
Specimens with roots are not commonly collected 
but, as is evident from A.A. Hamilton (NSW 15167), roots 
are long-cylindrical and somewhat fleshy when fresh. 
There are two specimens [Hamilton from Cronulla 
Beach, and another from Boudii N.P. collected by 
Smith-White or one of his colleagues) which have 
relatively short leaves and reduced branchlets, features 
which are presumably the result of growing in exposed 
habitats. 
Maiden & Betche (1916, p. 196) recorded, under the 
name B. linearifolia, 'var. heterophylla F.v.M. impl. from i 
Census (6. heterophylla Benth.).'. In Mueller's (1882)'First 
Census's, linearifolia is listed but neither of the names 
6. heterophylla or var. heterophylla are recorded, so their 
comment is both erroneous and a mystery, particularly 
as Moore (1893) had earlier reduced 6 . heterophylla 
Benth. to varietal rank under B. linearifolia. 
5. Brachyscome mittagongensis P.S.Short, sp. nov. 
Brachyscome heterophylla Benth. in Endl. et al, Enum. 
pi. Huegel 60 (Apr. 1837) p.p., the type specimen being 
a mixed collection of 6 . heterophylla (as lectotypified 
above) and B. mittagongensis. 
[Brachyscomesieberiauct. non DC.: ?Benth., FI. austral. 
3:520 (1867) p.p., seemingly as to description of leaves 
as 'often stem-clasping' and 'minutely 3-toothed at the 
end'; C.Moore, Handb. fl. N.S.W. 264 (1893), seemingly 
entirely applied to this species as per description and 
the single locality'Port Jackson'.] 
Abaliisgregis B. linearifoliae foliismaximusin medio et 
inferno caulls ad bases petiolorum similibusnon con tract is 
sed manifesto similibus et saepe amplexicaulibus dum 
apicibus eorundem plerumque truncatis et tridentatis, 
dentibus parvis in amplitudine aequalibus differt. 
Differs from other members of the B. linearifolia 
group in having the largest lower and mid-cauline 
leaves not tapering towards a petiole-like base but 
being manifestly sessile and often subamplexicaul 
while their apices are usually truncate and 3-denate, 
with the teeth small and of about equal size. 
Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Between Marulan and 
Berrima, in roadside drain and partly cleared grazing 
land, alt. c. 680 m, 17 Mar. 1969, 6 . Briggs 3038 (holotype 
NSW 228368). 
Muelleria 
17 

Page image

878205 Brachyscome sieberi Muelleria 27(1): 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477540
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945

Page text

Brachyscome 
circumscription by Davis and the broader one used by 
Willis encompass a number of distinct taxa which are 
segregated and formally named in this paper. Sorting 
of specimens has also convinced me that the name 6. 
heterophylla has simply been applied to a minor variant 
which should be encompassed under B. linearifolia 
without any formal recognition. Of c. 70 specimens 
referred by me to B. linearifolia only eight, including 
the type specimen of B. heterophylla, have lobed 
leaves. In these specimens leaves are almost invariably 
deeply 3-lobed in the upper third, only occasionally is 
there an extra 1 or sometimes 2 lateral lobe present 
or the leaves have just a single lobe or the lobes are 
short. On most specimens there are usually entire, 
oblanceolate or subspathulate leaves also present, for 
example MEL 39791 which has branchlets with a mix 
of mostly divided and entire leaves and a branchlet 
with just entire, comparatively narrow leaves. This 
specimen was collected by Robert Brown (numbered 
as Bennett 2066, and Davis's erroneously chosen 
lectotype of B. heterophylla) and a duplicate collection 
at K has branchlets which have only, or mostly deeply 
divided leaves. Elements comprising the lectotype 
and isolectotype specimens of B. heterophylla are also 
extremely similar to Robert Brown's collection and it is 
unsurprising that, when seen alone, these specimens 
were considered to be representative of a distinct 
species. However, when viewed along with other 
specimens, such as Blakely's collections from Jenolan 
Caves (NSW 15171 and SYD s.n.) - in which most leaves 
are entire and few leaves divided -1 concluded that the 
aforementioned specimens are representative of minor 
variation which is not worthy of formal recognition. It 
may be a quirk of collecting but specimens with some 
or mostly divided leaves tend to be found on the 
periphery of the overall distribution of the species. 
I have not seen the specimen from Tea Gardens, 
N.S.W. on which Salkin eta/. (1995, p. 41 b & ii) have 
based an illustration of 6. angustifolia var. heterophylla 
but, as with the specimens with lobed leaves referred 
to above, I believe - despite it being unusual in 
seemingly having only divided leaves and particularly 
prominent ab/adaxial margins on the cypselas - that it 
too belongs here. As with other specimens with divided 
leaves, this slightly disjunct population also occurs 
on the periphery of the distribution of the species, in 
this case the northern edge, and indeed just south of 
the known distribution of the vegetatively variable 6. 
procumbens. 
Specimens with roots are not commonly collected 
but, as is evident from A.A. Hamilton (NSW 15167), roots 
are long-cylindrical and somewhat fleshy when fresh. 
There are two specimens [Hamilton from Cronulla 
Beach, and another from Boudii N.P. collected by 
Smith-White or one of his colleagues) which have 
relatively short leaves and reduced branchlets, features 
which are presumably the result of growing in exposed 
habitats. 
Maiden & Betche (1916, p. 196) recorded, under the 
name B. linearifolia, 'var. heterophylla F.v.M. impl. from i 
Census (6. heterophylla Benth.).'. In Mueller's (1882)'First 
Census's, linearifolia is listed but neither of the names 
6. heterophylla or var. heterophylla are recorded, so their 
comment is both erroneous and a mystery, particularly 
as Moore (1893) had earlier reduced 6 . heterophylla 
Benth. to varietal rank under B. linearifolia. 
5. Brachyscome mittagongensis P.S.Short, sp. nov. 
Brachyscome heterophylla Benth. in Endl. et al, Enum. 
pi. Huegel 60 (Apr. 1837) p.p., the type specimen being 
a mixed collection of 6 . heterophylla (as lectotypified 
above) and B. mittagongensis. 
[Brachyscomesieberiauct. non DC.: ?Benth., FI. austral. 
3:520 (1867) p.p., seemingly as to description of leaves 
as 'often stem-clasping' and 'minutely 3-toothed at the 
end'; C.Moore, Handb. fl. N.S.W. 264 (1893), seemingly 
entirely applied to this species as per description and 
the single locality'Port Jackson'.] 
Abaliisgregis B. linearifoliae foliismaximusin medio et 
inferno caulls ad bases petiolorum similibusnon con tract is 
sed manifesto similibus et saepe amplexicaulibus dum 
apicibus eorundem plerumque truncatis et tridentatis, 
dentibus parvis in amplitudine aequalibus differt. 
Differs from other members of the B. linearifolia 
group in having the largest lower and mid-cauline 
leaves not tapering towards a petiole-like base but 
being manifestly sessile and often subamplexicaul 
while their apices are usually truncate and 3-denate, 
with the teeth small and of about equal size. 
Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Between Marulan and 
Berrima, in roadside drain and partly cleared grazing 
land, alt. c. 680 m, 17 Mar. 1969, 6 . Briggs 3038 (holotype 
NSW 228368). 
Muelleria 
17 

Page image

50058168 Brachyscome sieberi Muelleria 27(1): 28
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477551
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945

Page text

Short 
mm wide present on the flowering branch. Capitula 
c. 5-7 mm diam., on scapes manifestly exceeding the 
uppermost leaves. Bracts 12-25, in 1 or perhaps 2 ill- 
defined rows and of similar length, somewhat elliptic 
to narrowly elliptic, obovate or lanceolate, 2-4.7 mm 
long, 0.5-1.8 mm wide, apically subobtuse to acute, 
mainly herbaceous but with narrow, hyaline margins 
and apices, mostly glabrous or with occasional stalked, 
glandular hairs to c. 0.1 mm long on margins and 
midrib. Receptacle hemispherical to shortly conical, 
areolate, glabrous. Ray florets (12) 17-29; corolla 7.6- 
11.5 mm long, 0.7-1.7 mm wide, variously described 
as mauve, lilac or pink. Disc florets c. 50-60; corolla 
with tube 1.55-2 mm long, externally with scattered, 
long, glandular hairs, 5-lobed, yellow, lobes lacking 
apical hairs, veins extending into and joining at the 
apex of the lobes. Stamens 5; filament collar 0.16-0.24 
mm long, straight in outline or barely dilating towards 
the base but not or barely wider than the filament; 
anthers 1.07-1.4 mm long, microsporangia 0.84-1.14 
mm long, apical appendages 0.14-0.34 mm long, 
obtuse. Styles 2.45-3.2 mm long, arms 0.62-0.9 mm 
long, stigmatic part 0.34-0.49 mm long, appendages 
somewhat widely triangular in outline, 0.22-0.41 mm 
long, shorter than the stigmatic part. Cypselas flat, 
obovate to oblanceolate, 2.1-3.4 mm long, 1.0-1.3 
mm wide (including wings), with two, non-swollen, 
but often manifestly flange-like ridges on each lateral 
surface, the entire fruit mostly uniformly yellow brown 
although sometimes purplish about the apex and the 
carpopodium usually paler; lateral surface of cypselas 
body smooth when immature but with 1-18 tubercles, 
well-developed tubercles somewhat conical, each with 
1 (2) straight or very slightly curved, biseriate hairs, the 
hairs 0.06-0.13 mm long and the upper cells of equal 
length; ribs winged, the wings 0.1-0.5 mm wide and 
entire or with 1 -5 usually shallow notches and with 20- 
36 straight or almost straight biseriate hairs (as on fruit 
body) along the length of each margin; carpopodium 
a narrow rim 0.03-0.04 mm wide, whitish or in colour 
matching the fruit body. Pappus an uneven crown 
of c. 15-25 white or yellowish-white, basally united 
bristles 0.1-0.4 mm long, about the length or slightly 
exceeding the apical notch formed by the wings of the 
cypsela. Chromosome number: unknown. Fig. 11. 
Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES. 
Nadgee Nature Reserve, 21 Jan. “[ 985, D.E. Albrecht 1490(MEL); 
11.5 km NNW of Narooma on the Princes Hwy, 28 Mar. 1975, 
R. Coveny 6187 (NSW). VICTORIA. Windy Ridge Track, Jones 
Creek area, 31 Jan. 1984, E.A. Chesterfield 64 (MEL); 5 km NEof 
Mount Drummer, 11 Dec. 1979, S.J. Forbes 512 (MEL); Weelon 
Creek, 15 Jan. 1953, R. Melville 2895 (K, MEL, NSW); Yambulla 
Peak Track. 0.5 km SW from the ford of Genoa River, 18 Nov. 
1985, N.G. Walsh 14921 CANB n.v.. MEL, NSW, PERTH n.v.]. 
Distribution: Eastern and south-eastern slopes 
of the Great Dividing Range, from about Narooma in 
the extreme south-east of New South Wales to the 
Mallacoota region of eastern Victoria and, in that State, 
west to about Moe (Fig. 2). 
Habitat: A species of woodland and forests 
dominated by species including Allocasuarina 
littoralis (Saiisb.) L.A.S.Johnson, Angophora floribunda 
(Sm.) Sweet, Backhousia myrtifolia Hook.f. & Harvey, 
Banksia serrata L.f., Eucalyptus baueriana Schauer, E. 
cypellocarpa L.A.S Johnson, £ elata Dehnh., £ longifolia 
Link, £ muelleriana A.W.Howitt, £ sieberi L.A.S.Johnson 
and £ tereticornis Sm. On sand and loam, and often 
noted to be either on river banks or river flats. 
Flowering period & reproductive biology:E\ower\ng 
is recorded for all months, except February, May and 
June, with the bulk of specimens collected from 
September to January. A pollen:ovule ratio of 2,845 has 
been determined for a single capitulum of Walsh 1214. 
Salkin et al. (1995) recorded that'seed'germinates 
in 12-40 days and that plants also readily grow from 
suckers. 
Cytology: Not recorded. 
Etymology: The epithet commemorates Esma 
Salkin, who had a passion for daisies and helped fund 
my studies of Brachyscome. It is only fitting that she be 
remembered in the name of one of our species. 
Notes: As recorded by Salkin etal. (1995) the purple 
colouration observed for many of the species in this 
complex has not been noted for this species. 
9. Brachyscome sieberi DC., Prodr. 5 :306 (1836) 
Benth., FI. australiensis 3: 520 (1867) p.p., seemingly 
excluding specimens from Port Jacksons (Brown) 
and others which the description suggests are of 
B. mittagongensisi ?C.Moore, Handb. fi. N.S.W. 264 
(1893), in only citing Port Jackson may only refer to B. 
28 
Vol 27(1)2009 

Page image

644925 Brachyscome sieberi Muelleria 27(1): 28, 30-31, Figs 4, 12
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477551
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945

Page text

Short 
mm wide present on the flowering branch. Capitula 
c. 5-7 mm diam., on scapes manifestly exceeding the 
uppermost leaves. Bracts 12-25, in 1 or perhaps 2 ill- 
defined rows and of similar length, somewhat elliptic 
to narrowly elliptic, obovate or lanceolate, 2-4.7 mm 
long, 0.5-1.8 mm wide, apically subobtuse to acute, 
mainly herbaceous but with narrow, hyaline margins 
and apices, mostly glabrous or with occasional stalked, 
glandular hairs to c. 0.1 mm long on margins and 
midrib. Receptacle hemispherical to shortly conical, 
areolate, glabrous. Ray florets (12) 17-29; corolla 7.6- 
11.5 mm long, 0.7-1.7 mm wide, variously described 
as mauve, lilac or pink. Disc florets c. 50-60; corolla 
with tube 1.55-2 mm long, externally with scattered, 
long, glandular hairs, 5-lobed, yellow, lobes lacking 
apical hairs, veins extending into and joining at the 
apex of the lobes. Stamens 5; filament collar 0.16-0.24 
mm long, straight in outline or barely dilating towards 
the base but not or barely wider than the filament; 
anthers 1.07-1.4 mm long, microsporangia 0.84-1.14 
mm long, apical appendages 0.14-0.34 mm long, 
obtuse. Styles 2.45-3.2 mm long, arms 0.62-0.9 mm 
long, stigmatic part 0.34-0.49 mm long, appendages 
somewhat widely triangular in outline, 0.22-0.41 mm 
long, shorter than the stigmatic part. Cypselas flat, 
obovate to oblanceolate, 2.1-3.4 mm long, 1.0-1.3 
mm wide (including wings), with two, non-swollen, 
but often manifestly flange-like ridges on each lateral 
surface, the entire fruit mostly uniformly yellow brown 
although sometimes purplish about the apex and the 
carpopodium usually paler; lateral surface of cypselas 
body smooth when immature but with 1-18 tubercles, 
well-developed tubercles somewhat conical, each with 
1 (2) straight or very slightly curved, biseriate hairs, the 
hairs 0.06-0.13 mm long and the upper cells of equal 
length; ribs winged, the wings 0.1-0.5 mm wide and 
entire or with 1 -5 usually shallow notches and with 20- 
36 straight or almost straight biseriate hairs (as on fruit 
body) along the length of each margin; carpopodium 
a narrow rim 0.03-0.04 mm wide, whitish or in colour 
matching the fruit body. Pappus an uneven crown 
of c. 15-25 white or yellowish-white, basally united 
bristles 0.1-0.4 mm long, about the length or slightly 
exceeding the apical notch formed by the wings of the 
cypsela. Chromosome number: unknown. Fig. 11. 
Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES. 
Nadgee Nature Reserve, 21 Jan. “[ 985, D.E. Albrecht 1490(MEL); 
11.5 km NNW of Narooma on the Princes Hwy, 28 Mar. 1975, 
R. Coveny 6187 (NSW). VICTORIA. Windy Ridge Track, Jones 
Creek area, 31 Jan. 1984, E.A. Chesterfield 64 (MEL); 5 km NEof 
Mount Drummer, 11 Dec. 1979, S.J. Forbes 512 (MEL); Weelon 
Creek, 15 Jan. 1953, R. Melville 2895 (K, MEL, NSW); Yambulla 
Peak Track. 0.5 km SW from the ford of Genoa River, 18 Nov. 
1985, N.G. Walsh 14921 CANB n.v.. MEL, NSW, PERTH n.v.]. 
Distribution: Eastern and south-eastern slopes 
of the Great Dividing Range, from about Narooma in 
the extreme south-east of New South Wales to the 
Mallacoota region of eastern Victoria and, in that State, 
west to about Moe (Fig. 2). 
Habitat: A species of woodland and forests 
dominated by species including Allocasuarina 
littoralis (Saiisb.) L.A.S.Johnson, Angophora floribunda 
(Sm.) Sweet, Backhousia myrtifolia Hook.f. & Harvey, 
Banksia serrata L.f., Eucalyptus baueriana Schauer, E. 
cypellocarpa L.A.S Johnson, £ elata Dehnh., £ longifolia 
Link, £ muelleriana A.W.Howitt, £ sieberi L.A.S.Johnson 
and £ tereticornis Sm. On sand and loam, and often 
noted to be either on river banks or river flats. 
Flowering period & reproductive biology:E\ower\ng 
is recorded for all months, except February, May and 
June, with the bulk of specimens collected from 
September to January. A pollen:ovule ratio of 2,845 has 
been determined for a single capitulum of Walsh 1214. 
Salkin et al. (1995) recorded that'seed'germinates 
in 12-40 days and that plants also readily grow from 
suckers. 
Cytology: Not recorded. 
Etymology: The epithet commemorates Esma 
Salkin, who had a passion for daisies and helped fund 
my studies of Brachyscome. It is only fitting that she be 
remembered in the name of one of our species. 
Notes: As recorded by Salkin etal. (1995) the purple 
colouration observed for many of the species in this 
complex has not been noted for this species. 
9. Brachyscome sieberi DC., Prodr. 5 :306 (1836) 
Benth., FI. australiensis 3: 520 (1867) p.p., seemingly 
excluding specimens from Port Jacksons (Brown) 
and others which the description suggests are of 
B. mittagongensisi ?C.Moore, Handb. fi. N.S.W. 264 
(1893), in only citing Port Jackson may only refer to B. 
28 
Vol 27(1)2009 

Page image

878078 Brachyscome sp. (Pilliga) Muelleria 27(1): 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477564
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945
878077 Brachyscome supersp Muelleria 27(1): 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477564
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945

Page text

Short 
Figure 2. Distribution of 0. brownii (A), 0. mittagongensis (♦), 
0 .procumbens subsp. procumbens (o), 0. procumbens subsp. 
wombolongensis (o), 0. salkiniae (T) and 0. willisii (•). 
a number of specimens of Brachyscome. Brown also 
had specific epithets for some species, including this 
one. He clearly regarded it as a distinct species and I 
recognise this by naming it after him. 
Notes: A poorly collected species, a fact suggesting it 
is rare, and one which means that the above description 
lacks some detail in regard to floret numbers and 
measurements of ray florets, bract number, etc. 
Bentham (1867), under his description of B. 
heterophylla in Flora australiensis, only made reference 
to Port Jackson specimens collected by Robert Brown, 
of which he noted 'The specimens are numerous, and 
show two distinct varieties in foliage, one with broad 
thin leaves with broad but very acute lobes, the other 
with narrower, smaller, almost pinnatifid lobes. Both 
may be varieties of B. linearifolia, but the leaves are all 
toothed and lobed' (Bentham 1867, p. 515). As evident 
from both the description and Brown's specimens from 
Port Jackson, the form with the narrower and almost 
pinnatifid lobes is of what I here describe as 6. brownii, 
while the entity with the broader leaves and acute 
lobes is B. heterophylia Benth. (1837) as lectotypified 
below under the treatment of B. linearifoiia. 
2. Brachyscome formosa P.S.Short, Muelleria 
6(6): 390, figs 1& 2 (1988) 
J.Everett in G.Harden, FI. N.S.W. 3: 167 (1992); E.Salkin 
et ai, Austral brachyscomes 112, illustration 113 (1995), 
excluding Entities 1 & 2. Type citation: 'Holotypus; 
Short 2425, New South Wales, c. 3.5 km north-west of 
Coonabarabran,along road to Baradine.31° 14'S., 149° 
14'E. Open forest of Eucalyptus (White Gum, Stringybark 
and Box). Sparse shrub understorey of epacrid shrubs 
and Davesia latifolia. Very sandy loam. 3.X.1984 (MEL 
1529338). Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, K, NSW.' 
Brachyscome superspecies basaltica species no. 5: 
Smith-White ef a/., Austro/. J.Sof. 18; 103 (1970). 
Brachyscome species (Pilliga), 'with affinity to B. 
melanocarpa': R.EIIiot & D.L.Jones, Encyc. Austral pi 2: 
374(1982). 
Brachyscome 'Pilliga Posy', Brachyscome formosa 
'Pilliga Posy' and Brachyscome 'Tinker Bell', nursery 
industry (see Short 1988). 
[Brachyscome angusti folia var. heterophylla auct. non 
(Benth.) G.L.R.Davis: G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New 
South Wales 73:162 (1948), p.p., as to cited specimens 
collected by Boorman (Timor Rock & Coonabarabran) 
and Forsyth (Warrumbungle Ranges).] 
Perennial, rhizomatous herb with prostrate to 
ascending branches to c. 20 cm long, branches 
glabrous or with occasional stalked glandular hairs; 
roots at least occasionally long-cylindrical and 
somewhat fleshy when fresh [Short 3935). Leaves 
cauline and alternate but often restricted to or near to 
the base, green or somewhat purplish and especially 
so on the lower surface, glabrous or with an occasional 
stalked glandular hair; petiole-like base usually distinct 
and forming a major part of the leaf and c. 3-55 mm 
long, rarely not formed or only barely formed on upper 
leaves (e.g. Dunlop 743); leaves widely spathulate or 
oblanceolate in outline, 13-90 mm long, 4.5-33 mm 
wide, with 3-11 shallow lobes formed from primary 
divisions mostly extending no more than c. 1/4 the 
distance to the midrib, the major lobes acute to obtuse 
and each sometimes with 1 or 2 small teeth, all leaves 
with 5-19 ultimate segments. Capitula 5-8 mm diam., 
on scapes manifestly exceeding the upper leaves. 
Bracts 14-26, overlapping, generally elliptic or obovate 
but apices subobtuse to acute, 2.6-4.5 mm long, 0.9-2 
mm wide, mainly herbaceous but with narrow hyaline 
8 
Vol 27(1)2009 

Page image

878081 Brachyscome Muelleria 27(1): 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477564
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945

Page text

Short 
Figure 2. Distribution of 0. brownii (A), 0. mittagongensis (♦), 
0 .procumbens subsp. procumbens (o), 0. procumbens subsp. 
wombolongensis (o), 0. salkiniae (T) and 0. willisii (•). 
a number of specimens of Brachyscome. Brown also 
had specific epithets for some species, including this 
one. He clearly regarded it as a distinct species and I 
recognise this by naming it after him. 
Notes: A poorly collected species, a fact suggesting it 
is rare, and one which means that the above description 
lacks some detail in regard to floret numbers and 
measurements of ray florets, bract number, etc. 
Bentham (1867), under his description of B. 
heterophylla in Flora australiensis, only made reference 
to Port Jackson specimens collected by Robert Brown, 
of which he noted 'The specimens are numerous, and 
show two distinct varieties in foliage, one with broad 
thin leaves with broad but very acute lobes, the other 
with narrower, smaller, almost pinnatifid lobes. Both 
may be varieties of B. linearifolia, but the leaves are all 
toothed and lobed' (Bentham 1867, p. 515). As evident 
from both the description and Brown's specimens from 
Port Jackson, the form with the narrower and almost 
pinnatifid lobes is of what I here describe as 6. brownii, 
while the entity with the broader leaves and acute 
lobes is B. heterophylia Benth. (1837) as lectotypified 
below under the treatment of B. linearifoiia. 
2. Brachyscome formosa P.S.Short, Muelleria 
6(6): 390, figs 1& 2 (1988) 
J.Everett in G.Harden, FI. N.S.W. 3: 167 (1992); E.Salkin 
et ai, Austral brachyscomes 112, illustration 113 (1995), 
excluding Entities 1 & 2. Type citation: 'Holotypus; 
Short 2425, New South Wales, c. 3.5 km north-west of 
Coonabarabran,along road to Baradine.31° 14'S., 149° 
14'E. Open forest of Eucalyptus (White Gum, Stringybark 
and Box). Sparse shrub understorey of epacrid shrubs 
and Davesia latifolia. Very sandy loam. 3.X.1984 (MEL 
1529338). Isotypi: AD, BRI, CANB, K, NSW.' 
Brachyscome superspecies basaltica species no. 5: 
Smith-White ef a/., Austro/. J.Sof. 18; 103 (1970). 
Brachyscome species (Pilliga), 'with affinity to B. 
melanocarpa': R.EIIiot & D.L.Jones, Encyc. Austral pi 2: 
374(1982). 
Brachyscome 'Pilliga Posy', Brachyscome formosa 
'Pilliga Posy' and Brachyscome 'Tinker Bell', nursery 
industry (see Short 1988). 
[Brachyscome angusti folia var. heterophylla auct. non 
(Benth.) G.L.R.Davis: G.L.R.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New 
South Wales 73:162 (1948), p.p., as to cited specimens 
collected by Boorman (Timor Rock & Coonabarabran) 
and Forsyth (Warrumbungle Ranges).] 
Perennial, rhizomatous herb with prostrate to 
ascending branches to c. 20 cm long, branches 
glabrous or with occasional stalked glandular hairs; 
roots at least occasionally long-cylindrical and 
somewhat fleshy when fresh [Short 3935). Leaves 
cauline and alternate but often restricted to or near to 
the base, green or somewhat purplish and especially 
so on the lower surface, glabrous or with an occasional 
stalked glandular hair; petiole-like base usually distinct 
and forming a major part of the leaf and c. 3-55 mm 
long, rarely not formed or only barely formed on upper 
leaves (e.g. Dunlop 743); leaves widely spathulate or 
oblanceolate in outline, 13-90 mm long, 4.5-33 mm 
wide, with 3-11 shallow lobes formed from primary 
divisions mostly extending no more than c. 1/4 the 
distance to the midrib, the major lobes acute to obtuse 
and each sometimes with 1 or 2 small teeth, all leaves 
with 5-19 ultimate segments. Capitula 5-8 mm diam., 
on scapes manifestly exceeding the upper leaves. 
Bracts 14-26, overlapping, generally elliptic or obovate 
but apices subobtuse to acute, 2.6-4.5 mm long, 0.9-2 
mm wide, mainly herbaceous but with narrow hyaline 
8 
Vol 27(1)2009 

Page image

644928 Brachyscome willisii Muelleria 27(1): 31, 33-35, Figs 2, 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477554
Page is part of the work A revision of the Brachyscome linearifolia DC. group (Asteraceae: Astereae) from South-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291945

Page text

Brachyscome 
Forest, 1 Feb. 1993, P.S. Short 3979 et al. (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL, 
NSW, Tl); foot of Hanging Rock, 6 km ESE of Nundle, 6 Oct. 
1973, /./?. Telford 3570A (CBG 050106); track from Polblue Ck to 
Mt Barrington, Barrington Tops, 11 Feb. 1971, 1.R. Telford 2712 
(CBG 047288). 
Distribution: New South Wales, extending from the 
vicinity of Newcastle north to the Moonbi Range and 
inland to about Bundulla, i.e. between c. 30° and 33° S, 
and east of 150° E. As localities include Bundulla State 
Forest, Stewarts Brook State Forest, Moonan State 
Forest, Warrabah N.P. and Barrington Tops N.R, the 
species is presumably adequately protected (Fig. 4). 
Habitat: Predominantly found in wet sclerophyll 
forest dominated by species such as Eucalyptus 
dalrympleana Maiden and £ pauciflora Sieber ex. 
Spreng. and with grass or herbaceous undergrowth. 
Also recorded (Salkin 80) from shrubland dominated 
by species of Cassinia R.Br. and Callitris Vent. Grows in 
sandy and clay loam. 
Phenology and reproductive biology: Flowering 
specimens have been collected from August through 
to April. Pollen:ovule ratios ranging from 1,742-2,426 
have been recorded from five plants of Short 3979. 
Cyto/ogy: A chromosome number of n = 5 (2n= 10) 
has been determined for this species from a population 
in Stewart Forest and another at Poiblue Picnic site, 
both in Barrington Tops State Forest (Watanabe et al. 
1996, as B. sp. aff. angustifolia). 
Contrary to the record in Watanabe eta/. (1996) there 
is no voucher for the Polblue Picnic site population, the 
cited specimen Short 3981 being a voucher for a form 
of B. diversifolia with n = 18. 
Alofes:The name B. sieberi was considered by Davis 
(1948) to be a synonym of 6. aculeata, while Stace 
(1981) excluded it from B. aculeata and suggested 
that it may be referable to B. marginata Benth. (= B. 
dentata Gaudich.). It is undoubtedly a member of 
the 6 . linearifolia group and the close relationship 
was seemingly apparent to Bentham (1867) who, in a 
note accompanying his account of B. heterophylla (= 
B. linearifolia) differentiated two component entities 
from B. sieberi. 
The colour of the ray corollas has been variously 
described by collectors as mauve, pink-mauve, pale 
purple, purple, mauve to pink and pink. In the field I 
have recorded them as being pink above and straw- 
coloured or pinkish below, an observation supported 
by Salkin 80 in which the rays were recorded as being 
'bright pink, buff reverse'although the same collector 
{Salkin ADSG 75) also recorded the rays as having a 
'cerise upper surface, white lower surface'. 
Salkin (1994) illustrated the leaves of this species 
from specimens collected from Barrington Tops and 
Warrabah N.P; other leaf illustrations she presented are 
of B. kaputarensis. 
10. Brachyscome willisii P.S.Short, sp. nov. 
Brachyscome aff. formosa Entity 2, E.Salkin etal., Austral, 
brachyscomes 114, illustrations 116 (1995); P.S.Short in 
N.G.Waish & Entwisle, FI. Victoria 4:841 (1999). 
[IBrachyscome dngustifolia auct. non DC.: J.H.Willis, 
Handb. pi. Victoria 2: 669 (1973) p.p., as to specimens 
from 'far north-east at Mt. Granya & Pine Mountain', the 
original statement ambiguous and perhaps meaning 
to refer them to B. angustifolia var. heterophylla.] 
[Brachyscome angustifolia var. heterophylla auct. non 
(Benth.) G.L.R.Davis: J.Everett in G.Harden, FI. N.S.W. 3: 
166 (1992) p.p.] 
[Brachyscome petrophila auct. non G.L.R. Davis: 
J.H.Wiliis, Handb. pl. Victoria 2: 671 (1973) p.p., as to 
specimens from 'Omeo and Beechworth ... referred 
with hesitation to 6. petrophilal] 
B. brownii, B. formosae, B. petrophilae et B. sieberi 
similis cypselis alls destitutis, sed a B. petrophila differt 
foliis plerumque basibus petiolos simulantibus; eadem a B. 
brownii et B. formosa differt in ramis et foliis pilis albldis 
septatis eglandulosis; eadem a B. sieberi differt foliis 
superis et eis in medio caulis divisionibus primariis tribus 
ad undecim 1/4-7/8 ad costam distantiae extensis, lobis 
consequentibus obtusis ad acutis minimum aliquot lobis 
primariis vel dente uno vel dentibus duobus. 
Similar to 6 . brownii, B. formosa, B. petrophila and 
B. sieberi in the cypselas lacking ab/adaxial wings; 
differs from B. petrophila in having leaves which mostly 
have petiole-like bases; differs from B. brownii and 6. 
formosa in having whitish septate eglandular hairs on 
branches and leaves; differs from B. sieberi in having 
mid-cauline and upper leaves with 3-11 primary 
divisions extending c. 1/4 to 7/8 the distance to the 
midrib, the resuitant lobes obtuse to acute and at least 
some primary (major) lobes with 1 or 2 iateral teeth. 
Type: VICTORIA. Mt Granya, 35 km east of 
Wodonga, mountain forest on S. slope of summit, 18 
Mueileria 
31 

Page image

974035 Cleavers Muelleria 27(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1)".

974044 Field Muelleria 27(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1)".

644964 Galium albescens Muelleria 27(1): 76, 78, Fig. 9
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477609
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Thompson 
broadened, with hairs and scabrosities spreading 
to retrorse; whorls 4-partite, with stipules mostly 
2/3 or more of leaf length below inflorescences, 
decreasing upwards to be finally < 1/2 of leaf length 
or occasionally not developed. Leaves oblong-elliptic, 
elliptic, narrow-elliptic or narrow-ovate, 2-12 mm long, 
1.5- 5 mm wide, with l:w ratio mostly 2-6, with petiole¬ 
like portion 0.5-1.5 mm long; margin usually recurved 
or revolute, sometimes strongly so; apex acute, 
sometimes with a terminal hair; adaxial surface with 
midrib variably distinct; abaxial surface with midrib 
only conspicuous proximally, distal glandular cell patch 
small to moderate, proximal glandular cells variably 
present, sometimes conspicuous. Inflorescences mostly 
extended, rarely soon terminating; cymes 2-10- 
flowered, often 3-flowered, commonly exceeding 
whorls when mature; primary peduncle to 20 mm long, 
often hairy; intermediate and ultimate peduncles 0.5- 
5 mm long, with insertion position variable, glabrous 
or hairy; bracts c. equal to or more often shorter than 
peduncle, developed at most nodes. Flowers: corolla 
1.5- 3 mm diam., with lobes 0.7-1.3 mm long, not 
apiculate, cream or greenish-cream, occasionally 
tinged purplish-red abaxially, glabrous; ovary circular 
to slightly oblate in face view, c. 0.5 mm long, covered 
with antrorse-appressed, but later spreading, robust 
hairs 0.3-0.5 mm long, hooked, sometimes pigmented 
orangish to brown throughout or distally. Fruit: fruit-set 
percentage generally high; developing fruit dull, more 
or less smooth between hairs; mature peduncles stout, 
straight, mericarps reniform, 1.0-1.3 mm long, c. 0.8 
mm wide, dark brown, reticulately rugose; hairs weakly 
tubercle-based; dissepiment scar c. 0.5 mm long. 
Flowers spring-summer. 
Selected specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Near Pink Bay, 
Kangaroo Island, coll, unknown, 71847 (MEL); Limestone cliffs 
near Dry Creek, Gleneig river, R.J.Bates 41837, 3.i.l996 (AD); 
Honans Scrub, R.J.Bates 26322, 23.xi.1991 (AD). NEW SOUTH 
WALES. Nowra-Yalwal Rd,c. 11 kmWofNowra,D.F.6/oxe// 1350, 
21.iv.1974 (NSW); Mt Dromedary, E.Reader, Nov. 1894 (MEL); 
W side. Lake Windemere, ANBG annexe, G.Singh & E.A.Geissler, 
24.iii.l 981 (CANB). VICTORIA. Point Addis Coastal Reserve, c. 6 
km ENEofAnglesea PO,A.C.6eaug/ef70/e 53495,19.1.1979 (MEL, 
NSW); Queenscliff, AJ.Tadgell, Oct. 1904 (MEL); Sorrento Ocean 
Beach, I.R.Thompson 1038, 2.i.2008 (MEL); Shallow Inlet, NW of 
Wilsons Promontory, P.C.Heyligers 93023, 16.xi.l993 (CANB, 
MEL); Wilsons Promontory, £Cfjesfer/7e/d2/34,11.1.1989 (MEL); 
Wingan Inlet, J.H.Willis & N.A.Wakefield, 30.xii.1951 (MEL); 
Dunes, Betka River, N.A.Wakefield 4802, 31.xii.l952 (MEL). 
TASMANIA. Mt Killiekrankie, Flinders Island, S.Harris236, Sept. 
1980 (HO); South Patriarch Trig, Flinders Island, c. 20 km NE of 
Whitemark, I.Crawford 1111, 8.xii.l988 (BRI, HO, MEL); Hogans 
Island, Furneaux group, J.S.Whinray 9317, s.d. (AD, CANB, HO, 
MEL, NSW); Low Head, W.M.Curtis, 7.xii,1955 (HO); Deal Island, 
Kent Group. J.S.Whinray 276, 29.xii.1968 (HO); Croppies Point, 
A.M.Buchanan 1649,22.xi.l983 (HO); Swansea, A.S/mson2/66, 
Oct. 1881 (HO); Ouse River near Remarkable Rock, c. 8 km NE 
of Lake Echo, A.M.Gray 521, 14.xii.1980 (HO); Wilson Bight, 
A.M.Buchanan 9472, 14.i.1987 (HO); Fluted Cape, South Bruny 
Island, A.M.Buchanan 8370 (HO); near Derwent River, R.Brown, 
1804 (CANB). 
Distribution and habitat. Occurs in southern New 
South Wales, southern Victoria, far south-eastern South 
Australia, and Tasmania (Fig. 9). Grows mostly on or near 
coasts, often in sandy soils, in shrubland and forest. 
Notes: Galium australe, li ke G. albescens and G. densum, 
has hooked spreading hairs on ovary and fruit; they are 
shorter in G. australe. Also, compared to G. densum, G. 
australe has a less marked size difference between 
leaves and stipules, often firmer leaves with evenly 
revolute margins, extended inflorescences, and cymes 
with shorter and always straight peduncles. Galium 
australe has smaller flowers and fruit than G. albescens 
and the stem and leaf indumentum is not as dense and 
hairs not as long. Uncommonly for Australian Galium, in 
more complex cymes a third peduncle sometimes arises 
from the primary peduncle. This pattern is more typical 
of species in Asperula sect. Dioicae. 
Specimens from Deal Island in Bass Strait, Tasmania 
{J.S.Whinray 276 HO and D.A.Reynolds 97 HO) are 
atypical in having inflorescences terminating after only 
2 or 3 nodes. 
Hybrids: The following collections appear to be 
hybrids; 1 . Clyde River, south-eastern Tasmania (P.Co///er 
1649 HO): G. australe x G. densum. 2. Hogan Island, 
Bass Strait {N.P.Brothers 191 &251 HO) and St Margaret 
Island, Victoria {A.C.Beauglehole 62333 MEL): G. australe 
X G. gaudichaudii. 3. Lower Gleneig River, far south¬ 
western Victoria and far south-eastern South Australia 
(e.g. R.J.Bates 41316 AD): G. australe x G. compactum. 
4 . Galium albescens Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, 
London J. Bot. 6: 462 bis (1847). 
76 
Vol 27(1) 2009 

Page image

645007 Galium album Muelleria 27(1): 105, Fig. 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477638
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Asperula and Galium 
3, Galium album Mill., Card. Diet. 8* edn, 7 (1768) 
Type: not known. 
Perennials to c. 100 cm high. Stems c. 1 mm diam.; 
angles slender, mildly raised, glabrous; whorls mostly 
6-8-partite in inflorescences, reducing in number 
towards summit; stipules remaining subequal to 
leaves. Leaves oblanceolate, 5-10 mm long, 1-3 mm 
wide, with l:w ratio 3-5; margin recurved or revolute 
with antrorse sub-appressed hairs; apex acuminate 
with a hyaline apiculum c. 0.3 mm long; terminal 
hair not evident; upper surface dull, with midrib 
weakly defined, glabrous; lower surface glabrous. 
Inflorescences paniculate, with elongate many- 
flowered partial inflorescences from main axis, with 
arrangement becoming cymose after a few orders of 
branching; cymes several to many-flowered with 2-4 
orders of branching, greatly exceeding whorls, slightly 
congested to lax; bracts absent or single at primary 
node, shorter than the branchlets they subtend; 
penultimate and ultimate peduncles 1-5 mm long, 
0.2 mm diam., inserted mostly in middle third, not or 
mildly overtopping. Flowers: corolla 3-4 mm diam., 
with lobes 1.4-1.8 mm long, acuminate, white; ovary 
c. broad-elliptic in outline, c. 0.5 mm long, glabrous, 
smooth. Peduncles in fruit straight; mericarps not seen. 
Flowers spring (based on single Australian record). 
Selectedspecirttens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Millicent-Mt Burr 
Rd, 1 km NW of Mt Burr shop, RJ.Bates 61285, Nov. 2003 (AD). 
Distribution and habitat: Known from a single 
collection north of Millicent in far south-eastern South 
Australia (Fig. 13). Native to Europe. 
Notes: Galium album is a member of a complex of 
Europeanspeciesknownasthe6a//u/nmo//ugocomplex 
(Ehrendorfer 1976). The sole Australian specimen is 
identified as 6. album based on size of the corolla and 
the plant's lack of stem hairs. In the Australian material, 
the anthers are relatively large, drying dark brown, and 
the stigmata are also relatively large compared to other 
introduced species of Galium. 
4. Galium verum L,, Sp. P/. 1; 107 (1753) 
Type: EUROPE. Herb. Linn. 129.13; lecto: LINN n.v., 
fide S.Nazimuddin & M.Qaiser, in E.Nasir & S.l.Ali, FI. 
Pakistan 190; 66 (1989). 
Stoloniferous perennials to c. 100 cm high. Stems 
1-2 mm diam.; angles slender, slightly raised, with 
abundant weak tangled hairs 0.1-0.3 mm long 
extending over faces also (stems becoming terete and 
glabrescent with age and developing a smooth brown 
bark); whorls commonly 8-partite, reducing in number 
towards summit of inflorescences. Leaves narrow- 
linear, 10-20 mm long, c. 0.4-1 mm wide, with l:w ratio 
20-50, strongly revolute so none of lower surface or 
only the midrib is visible; apex narrowly acute, with a 
minute hyaline extension and a smaller terminal hair; 
upper surface sublustrous, with midrib weakly defined, 
with scattered minute antrorse scabrosities; abaxial 
surface with midrib pubescent at sides. Inflorescences 
paniculate; with elongate many-flowered partial 
inflorescences from main axis, congested, with 
ultimate branching cymose; penultimate and ultimate 
peduncles c. 1 mm long, c. 0.15-0.2 mm diam., inserted 
c. midway; not overtopping. Flowers: corolla 3-4 mm 
diam., with lobes 1-1.8 mm long, acute, golden-yellow; 
ovary c. circular in outline, c. 0.3 mm long, glabrous, 
smooth. Peduncles of fruit straight; mericarps broad- 
ellipsoid, 1-1.2 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide, shallowly 
rugose; dissepiment scar slightly recessed, c. 0.4 mm 
long. Lady's Bedstraw. 
Flowers summer (based on Australian record). 
Selected specimens: TASMANIA. Comer of Dairy Plains 
Road and Cheshunt Road, A.M.Buchanan 15656, 10.i.2000 
(HO). 
Distribution and habitat: Known from a single 
locality in northern Tasmania, where several colonies 
had become established on a roadside (Fig. 13). Native 
to Europe. 
Notes: Similar to G. album in having inflorescences 
with 100s of flowers. Corolla-lobes become mildly 
deflexed based on evidence from a few specimens. 
5. Galium divaricatum Pourret ex Lam., Encycl. 
2: 580-581 (1788) 
Type: none cited [protoiogue: France] 
G. parisiense var. australe Ewart & Jean White, Proc. 
Roy. Soc. Victoria, new ser., 21:541 (1909).Type; Victoria: 
Goroke, Sf. Floy D'Alton 7; syn: MEL; Victoria: Goulburn 
River, W.Gates, 1892; syn: MEL; Victoria: Wannon River, 
H.B.Williamson, 1898; syn: MEL, NSW; Victoria, Wannon 
River below Hamilton, H.B.Williamson 622, no date; 
syn; MEL; Western Australia: Wooroloo, M.Koch 1646, 
October 1906; syn: MEL. 
Muelleria 
105 

Page image

645014 Galium aparine Muelleria 27(1): 107-108, Fig. 13
878291 Galium aparine Muelleria 27(1): 108
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477641
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Thompson 
midrib; hairs 0.3-0.5 mm long, spreading to slightly 
antrorse, moderately antrorsely curved to weakly 
hooked; lower surface glabrous except for robust 
midrib hairs. Inflorescences comprising an elongate 
raceme of cymes; cymes 2-6(-10)-flowered, with 1-3 
orders of mostly monochasial branching, c. equal to 
or more often exceeding whorls; primary peduncle 
10-70 mm long; bracts present at all nodes, usually in 
whorls of 2-6 at primary node, longer or shorter than 
the peduncle they subtend; penultimate and ultimate 
peduncles 3-40 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm diam., inserted 
moderately distally, not overtopping. Flowers: corolla 
1.5-2 mm diam., with lobes c. 0.8 mm long, acuminate, 
cream or white; ovary c. circular in outline, 0.5-0.7 mm 
long, covered with tubercle-based hooked hairs 0.5- 
0.8 mm long, finally spreading. Peduncles in fruit curved 
near summit; mericarps plump reniform to subglobose, 
2-4 mm long, 1 -3 mm wide, blackish, with tuberculate 
hairs persisting; dissepiment scar deeply recessed, c. 
0.5 mm long. Cleavers, Large Goosegrass. 
Flowers late winter-summer. 
Selected specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA, Sturt Gorge 
Recreation Park, Magpie Creek, BJ.Blaylock 3175, 8.vii.2001 
(AD); Lower reaches of Torrens Gorge, D.Symon 14839, 
21.xi.1988 (AD, CANS, HO, MEL); c. 3 km E of Echunga, at road 
junction on Mount Barker-Macclesfieid Rd, PJ.Lang 1881, 
26.X.1990 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. C. 50 m downstream 
of Gin Gin bridge, Macquarie River, SJohnson 43, 7.xi.2000 
(BRI, CANB, NSW); Oak Creek Nature Reserve, 7.1 km N of Wee 
Jasper, I.Crawford 7118, 29.X.2002 (CANB); Murrurundi, park on 
W side of New England Hwy, R.G.Coveny 16554 8/ AJ.Whalen, 
12.X.1993 (AD, BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). AUSTRALIAN 
CAPITAL TERRITORY. E slope of Black Mountain, Canberra, 
BJ.Lepschi 3925, 19.xi.1998 (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL). VICTORIA. 3 
km W of Portland PO, S of Bridgewater Road, ACBeauglehole 
79J36,8.ii.l985(MEL);Seymour,besideGoulburnRiver,TB./Mu/r 
6903, 6.xi.l981 (MEL); Anson Rd, c. 5 km SW of Pomborneit, 
I.Caarke2124, 30.xi.1992 (CANB, MEL). TASMANIA. Stoodley 
Plantation, 4r23; 146’23; W.F.Pataczek, 11.i.1984 (AD, HO). 
Distribution and habitat Occurs mostly in south¬ 
eastern Australia, with a few records from south¬ 
western Western Australia. In south-eastern Australia 
it occurs in south-eastern South Australia, south¬ 
eastern Queensland, eastern New South Wales, the 
Australian Capital Territory, Victoria, and Tasmania (Fig. 
13). Native to the Mediterranean region and Asia as far 
east as Pakistan. Widely naturalised around the world. 
Grows in disturbed, usually moderately well-watered 
environments, particularly in urban environments 
and/or near sites of human habitation. [6. tenerum 
auct. non Schleicher (1821): J.M.BIack, FI. S. Australia, 2"'' 
edn, 4:800 (1957); J.H.Willis, Handb. FI. Victoria 2: 617 
(1973)]. 
Notes: Galium aparine is similar to G. spurium and 
careful examination is required to distinguish between 
them. Galium spurium occurs in drier environments and 
has not become established in urban environments. 
Care needs to be taken with these two species when 
interpreting the leaf indumentum. The retrorse robust 
hairs on the margin need to be distinguished from the 
more slender and antrorsely curving near-marginal 
hairs. Particularly if the margin has rolled somewhat, 
these near-marginal hairs could be mistakenly 
interpreted as marginal hairs. 
7. Galium spurium L., Sp. P/. 1:106 (1753) 
Type: EUROPE. Herb. Linn 55.17; lecto: LINN n.v., 
fide A.Natali & D.Jeanmonod in D.Jeanmonod, Compl. 
Prodr. FI. Corse 53 (2000). 
G. ibicinum Boiss. & Hausskn. ex Boiss., FI. Orient. 3: 
70 (1875); G. spurium subsp. ibicinum (Boiss. & Hausskn. 
ex Boiss.) Ehrend., PI. Sysr. Evol. 127: 305 (1977). Type; 
Persia (Iran): Luristan;"Ad nives M. Sawers 12000 ped." 
[alt. 3500 m], H.C.Haussknecht, no date; lecto: W, fide 
F.Ehrendorfer loc. cit. 
G. aparine var. minor Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 447 
(1867). Type: /Victoria: Murray River, F.Mueller, syn: 
MEL;Victoria:Wendu Valley, Gleneig River, R.Robertson; 
syn; ?K n.v.; South Australia; Mt Gambier, F.Mueller, 
January 1857; syn: MEL; Western Australia: Swan River, 
J.Drummond 727: syn: MEL; Western Australia: Swan 
River, Oldfield: syn; MEL. 
G. aparine sensu J.A.Jeanes, FI. Victoria 4:619 (1999), 
p.p. 
[G. tenerum auct. non Schleicher (1821): J.M. Black, 
FI. S. Australia, 2”'^ edn, 4:800 (1957);J.H.Willis, Handb. FI. 
Victoria 2:617 (1973)] 
Annuals to c. 30 cm high. Stems 0.5-1 mm diam.; 
angles slender, strongly raised, with a scattered line of 
robust tubercle-based retrorsely curved hairs, 0.1-0.4 
mm long; whorls predominantly 4-6-partite, with 1 or 
more lower nodes of inflorescences usually with 5- or 
6-partite whorls, rarely 7 or 8-partite whorls present. 
108 
Vol 27(1) 2009 

Page image

878290 Galium aparine minor Muelleria 27(1): 108
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477641
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
644963 Galium australe Muelleria 27(1): 75-76, Fig. 9

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 75-76, Fig. 9".

878264 Galium australe laeve Muelleria 27(1): 78
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477611
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878263 Galium australe piloso-hispidum Muelleria 27(1): 75
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477608
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
644999 Galium australe typicum Muelleria 27(1): 102103
932150 Galium axiflorum laxe-ramosum Muelleria 27(1): 97
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477630
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
932149 Galium axiflorum minor Muelleria 27(1): 97
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477630
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878282 Galium axiflorum procera Muelleria 27(1): 98
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477631
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878281 Galium axiflorum procerum Muelleria 27(1): 98
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477631
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
644981 Galium binifolium Muelleria 27(1): 87-88

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 87-88".

644982 Galium binifolium binifolium Muelleria 27(1): 88, Figs 2a, 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477621
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
644985 Galium binifolium conforme Muelleria 27(1): 88-89, Fig. 11
644980 Galium bulliformis Muelleria 27(1): 86-87, Fig. 10
644987 Galium bungoniensis Muelleria 27(1): 91-92, Figs 4f, 11
644968 Galium ciliare Muelleria 27(1): 80-81, Figs 4g-ii, 10
644969 Galium ciliare ciliare Muelleria 27(1): 81-82, Fig. 10
644972 Galium ciliare terminale Muelleria 27(1): 82, Fig. 10
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477615
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
644992 Galium compactum Muelleria 27(1): 95-96, Fig. 12
878259 Galium curtum Muelleria 27(1): 64
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477597
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Thompson 
Grows in Eucalyptus propinqua H.Deane & Maiden and 
E. microcorys F.Muell. forest. 
Notes: Known only from the type collection. The 
holotype collection has pieces of both female and 
male plants, whereas the isotype collection has only 
male plants. It appears to be most closely related to A. 
euryphylla based on overall leaf shape and in having 
whorls maximally 6-partite. 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the shape of the 
leaf apex (from L: acuminatus, acuminate). 
17. Asperula tetraphylla (Airy Shaw &Turrill) 
I.Thomps., stat. nov. 
Asperula euryphylla var. tetraphylla Airy Shaw & Turrill, 
Bull. Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 100 (1928) 
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Kangaroo Island, 
O.Tepper, 1886; holo: K, images MEL. 
Hertis5-20cmhigh.Sfemsc.0.5mmdiam.;sparingly 
branched; internodes to 20 mm long, mostly 5-10 mm 
long on branches; angles narrower than faces, with a 
variably dense indumentum (mostly 20-50 hairs per 
mm of angle); hairs slightly to moderately retrorse, 
0.1-0.2 mm long, medium to broad-based, straight or 
slightly to moderately recurved; whorls4-partite. Leaves 
spreading or at first angled upwards, broad-elliptic, 
broad-ovate or rotund, 2-6 mm long, 1.5-6 mm wide, 
with l;w ratio 1 -2, tapering strongly basally to be 1 /10- 
1 /4 of leaf-width at base, tapering strongly distally, not 
arching, thin to slightly fleshy; margin flat, recurved or 
narrowly revolute, with several to numerous spreading 
to slightly antrorse, straight or weakly curved hairs, 
generally absent or few in distal 1/5; apex subacute 
to rounded, without a hyaline apiculate extension- 
terminal hair not developed; upper surface dull, not 
wrinkled on drying, with midrib weakly defined, with 
acute epidermal projections evident on distal margin, 
usually with short antrorse hairs near margins; pale 
patch mostly inconspicuous, to 0.1 mm wide and with 
l:w ratio 1-2; lower surface slightly paler than upper; 
abaxial midrib slender, slightly raised proximally to 
be c. at level of margin, with few to numerous hairs. 
Cymes of several flowers; primary and intermediate 
peduncles short or occasionally mildly elongate; 
ultimate peduncles of complex cymes subsessile to c. 
1.5 mm long. Flowers: corolla glabrous; ovary c. circular 
or broad-elliptic in face view, with sinus shallow to 
moderate; male flowers: corolla c. 2-3.5 mm long, with 
tube 1 -2 mm long; anthers 0.4-0.6 mm long, c. as long 
as filaments; ovary 0.8-1.0 mm long; female flowers: 
corolla c. 1.5-2.5 mm long, with tube 0.5-0.9 mm long; 
ovary c. 1 mm long; style 1.2-2 mm long, with arms 
O. 2-0.4 mm long. Fruit 1.8-2 mm long. 
Flowers spring. 
Selected specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Stun'sail Boom 
River, c. 68 km SW of Kingscote, Kangaroo Island, P.G.Wilson 
881, 12.xi.l958 (AD); 12 km E of Karatta, Kangaroo Island, 
P. Copley.C.Baxter&R.FurnerNPKI 20444, 12.xi.l989 (AD); Rocky 
River, Kangaroo Island, 2.fi.C/e/and, 18.xi.l924 (MEL). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in the eastern half 
of Kangaroo Island in south-eastern 5outh Australia 
(Fig. 7). Grows in riparian forest. 
Notes: A distinctive species in habit and leaf 
morphology. In leaf and whorl morphology it resembles 
Galium clllare, but the leaves lack glandular cells. 
Compared to other species of Asperula sect. Dioicae with 
moderately long corollas, the flowers of this species are 
less dimorphic and the corolla-tube is relatively long. 
The pistil in male flowers is relatively large. 
18. Asperula gunnii Hook.f., in W.J.Hooker, 
London! Bot. 6:464 bis (1847) 
A. ollgantha var. gunnii (Hook.f.) Maiden & Betche, in 
J.H.Maiden & E.Betche, Census New South Wales PI.: 188 
(1916), nom.illeg. 
Type: TASMANIA. Nive R., R.C.Gunn s.n., Oct. 1840; 
holo: K, images MEL. 
Galium curtum Hook.f., in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 
6: 462 bis (1847); Asperula gunnii var. curta (Hook.f.) 
Airy 5haw & Turrill, Bull. Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 89 
(1928). Type: Tasmania: Hampshire Hills, R.C.Gunn 892, 
1837; holo: K, images MEL. 
Herbs to c. 20 cm high. Stems c. 0.5 mm diam.; usually 
sparingly branched; internodes to 40 mm long, mostly 
2-15 mm long on branches; angles narrower than faces, 
sometimes only slightly so, with indumentum usually 
moderately dense, occasionally somewhat sparsely 
indumented and rarely largely glabrescent (up to c. 50 
per mm of angle, mostly > 20); hairs slightly retrorse, 
0.05-0.1 (-0.15) mm long, usually narrow-based, weakly 
to strongly recurved; whorls 4-6 partite, rarely one 
or two 7-partite, with stipules c. equal to leaf length. 
Leaves spreading or ascending, narrow to very narrow- 
64 
Vol 27(1) 2009 

Page image

644997 Galium curvihirtum Muelleria 27(1): 99-100, Fig. 12
644966 Galium densum Muelleria 27(1): 78-79, Figs 4f, 9

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 78-79, Figs 4f, 9".

645011 Galium divaricatum Muelleria 27(1): 105, 107, Fig. 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477638
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Asperula and Galium 
3, Galium album Mill., Card. Diet. 8* edn, 7 (1768) 
Type: not known. 
Perennials to c. 100 cm high. Stems c. 1 mm diam.; 
angles slender, mildly raised, glabrous; whorls mostly 
6-8-partite in inflorescences, reducing in number 
towards summit; stipules remaining subequal to 
leaves. Leaves oblanceolate, 5-10 mm long, 1-3 mm 
wide, with l:w ratio 3-5; margin recurved or revolute 
with antrorse sub-appressed hairs; apex acuminate 
with a hyaline apiculum c. 0.3 mm long; terminal 
hair not evident; upper surface dull, with midrib 
weakly defined, glabrous; lower surface glabrous. 
Inflorescences paniculate, with elongate many- 
flowered partial inflorescences from main axis, with 
arrangement becoming cymose after a few orders of 
branching; cymes several to many-flowered with 2-4 
orders of branching, greatly exceeding whorls, slightly 
congested to lax; bracts absent or single at primary 
node, shorter than the branchlets they subtend; 
penultimate and ultimate peduncles 1-5 mm long, 
0.2 mm diam., inserted mostly in middle third, not or 
mildly overtopping. Flowers: corolla 3-4 mm diam., 
with lobes 1.4-1.8 mm long, acuminate, white; ovary 
c. broad-elliptic in outline, c. 0.5 mm long, glabrous, 
smooth. Peduncles in fruit straight; mericarps not seen. 
Flowers spring (based on single Australian record). 
Selectedspecirttens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Millicent-Mt Burr 
Rd, 1 km NW of Mt Burr shop, RJ.Bates 61285, Nov. 2003 (AD). 
Distribution and habitat: Known from a single 
collection north of Millicent in far south-eastern South 
Australia (Fig. 13). Native to Europe. 
Notes: Galium album is a member of a complex of 
Europeanspeciesknownasthe6a//u/nmo//ugocomplex 
(Ehrendorfer 1976). The sole Australian specimen is 
identified as 6. album based on size of the corolla and 
the plant's lack of stem hairs. In the Australian material, 
the anthers are relatively large, drying dark brown, and 
the stigmata are also relatively large compared to other 
introduced species of Galium. 
4. Galium verum L,, Sp. P/. 1; 107 (1753) 
Type: EUROPE. Herb. Linn. 129.13; lecto: LINN n.v., 
fide S.Nazimuddin & M.Qaiser, in E.Nasir & S.l.Ali, FI. 
Pakistan 190; 66 (1989). 
Stoloniferous perennials to c. 100 cm high. Stems 
1-2 mm diam.; angles slender, slightly raised, with 
abundant weak tangled hairs 0.1-0.3 mm long 
extending over faces also (stems becoming terete and 
glabrescent with age and developing a smooth brown 
bark); whorls commonly 8-partite, reducing in number 
towards summit of inflorescences. Leaves narrow- 
linear, 10-20 mm long, c. 0.4-1 mm wide, with l:w ratio 
20-50, strongly revolute so none of lower surface or 
only the midrib is visible; apex narrowly acute, with a 
minute hyaline extension and a smaller terminal hair; 
upper surface sublustrous, with midrib weakly defined, 
with scattered minute antrorse scabrosities; abaxial 
surface with midrib pubescent at sides. Inflorescences 
paniculate; with elongate many-flowered partial 
inflorescences from main axis, congested, with 
ultimate branching cymose; penultimate and ultimate 
peduncles c. 1 mm long, c. 0.15-0.2 mm diam., inserted 
c. midway; not overtopping. Flowers: corolla 3-4 mm 
diam., with lobes 1-1.8 mm long, acute, golden-yellow; 
ovary c. circular in outline, c. 0.3 mm long, glabrous, 
smooth. Peduncles of fruit straight; mericarps broad- 
ellipsoid, 1-1.2 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide, shallowly 
rugose; dissepiment scar slightly recessed, c. 0.4 mm 
long. Lady's Bedstraw. 
Flowers summer (based on Australian record). 
Selected specimens: TASMANIA. Comer of Dairy Plains 
Road and Cheshunt Road, A.M.Buchanan 15656, 10.i.2000 
(HO). 
Distribution and habitat: Known from a single 
locality in northern Tasmania, where several colonies 
had become established on a roadside (Fig. 13). Native 
to Europe. 
Notes: Similar to G. album in having inflorescences 
with 100s of flowers. Corolla-lobes become mildly 
deflexed based on evidence from a few specimens. 
5. Galium divaricatum Pourret ex Lam., Encycl. 
2: 580-581 (1788) 
Type: none cited [protoiogue: France] 
G. parisiense var. australe Ewart & Jean White, Proc. 
Roy. Soc. Victoria, new ser., 21:541 (1909).Type; Victoria: 
Goroke, Sf. Floy D'Alton 7; syn: MEL; Victoria: Goulburn 
River, W.Gates, 1892; syn: MEL; Victoria: Wannon River, 
H.B.Williamson, 1898; syn: MEL, NSW; Victoria, Wannon 
River below Hamilton, H.B.Williamson 622, no date; 
syn; MEL; Western Australia: Wooroloo, M.Koch 1646, 
October 1906; syn: MEL. 
Muelleria 
105 

Page image

878270 Galium erythrorrhizum Muelleria 27(1): 85
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477618
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878280 Galium erythrorrhizum Muelleria 27(1): 92
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477625
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
744778 Galium gaudichaudii Muelleria 27(1): 96-97

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 96-97".

644994 Galium gaudichaudii gaudichaudii Muelleria 27(1): 97-98, Fig. 12
644996 Galium gaudichaudii parviflorum Muelleria 27(1): 98-99, Fig. 12
878265 Galium gaudichaudii glabrescens Muelleria 27(1): 81
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477614
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
645003 Galium gaudichaudii latifolia Muelleria 27(1): 102-103

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 102-103".

878267 Galium gaudichaudii muriculatum Muelleria 27(1): 85
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477618
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878283 Galium gaudichaudii typicum Muelleria 27(1): 98
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477631
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878244 Galium geminifolium Muelleria 27(1): 40
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477563
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Thompson 
Table 1. Points of distinction between Asperula sect. Dioicae and Austraiian Galium. 
Asperula sect. Dioicae 
Australian Galium 
1. Indumentum often relatively constant in density and type 
within a species 
1. Indumentum variable in density and often of two types in 
a species or even on one plant 
2. Whorls (2-)4-6(-8)-partite (often with some variation 
within species and within plants) 
2. Whorls 4-partite (rarely a few whorls 5 or 6-partite; 
sometimes towards termini 2-partite) 
3. Whorl parts not reducing in number and sometimes 
increasing upwards 
3. Whorls occasionally reducing to 2-partite towards 
inflorescence termini 
4. Size of stipules relative to leaves generally constant 
4. Stipules sometimes becoming proportionately smaller 
upwards 
5. Leaves commonly with a small pale subapical patch on 
upper surface (variably conspicuous) 
5. Leaves lacking pale subapical patch on upper surface 
6. Leaves lacking glandular cells on lower surface 
6. Leaves with glandular cells on lower surface (G. liratum 
and G. spathulatum are exceptions) 
7. Inflorescences always short, but sometimes with growing 
on from terminal cymes to produce pseudoaxillary 
arrangement 
7. Inflorescences extended or occasionally only a few nodes 
long; growing on from terminal cymes not seen 
8. Cymes or partial cymes generally somewhat congested 
8. Cymes congested to rather lax 
9. Plants dioecious. Flowers functionally unisexual but 
structures of non-functional sex evident 
9. Plants hermaphrodite. Flowers functionally bisexual 
10. Whorl of bracts generally developed at primary node of 
cymes 
10. Whorl of bracts not developed or developed in only a 
small proportion of cymes at primary node 
11. Corolla-tube mostly well-developed, longer in male 
flowers. Mostly 1/3 to 1/2 of total length 
11. Corolla-tube hardly developed. Less than 1/4 of total 
length 
12. Corolla snow white on both sides 
12. Corolla pale yellow, cream, greenish-cream or green, or 
purplish, the same or purplish-red abaxially 
13. Style > 0.8 mm long; stigmata and anthers relatively 
robust 
13. Style < 0.8 mm long; stigmata and anthers relatively small 
14. Fruit mostly 2-3 mm long 
14. Fruit mostly 0.8-2 mm long, but up to 2.4 mm long 
15. Mericarps apparently not separating from one another. 
Often only one carpel fertilised 
15. Mericarps separating from one another. Common for 
both carpels to be fertilised (if inbreeding species) 
16. Mericarps moderately fleshy 
16. Mericarps mostly not or only slightly fleshy 
17. Ovaries and fruit giabrous and without ornamentation 
(rarely a few minute hairs present) 
17. Ovaries and fruit often with hairs or pustules 
dentify sterile specimens as being Asperula rather than 
Galium. The prominence of the abaxial midrib (Fig. 2b) 
:an also help to discriminate some species. 
INFLORESCENCES (Fig. 3): Inflorescences are 
'undamentally terminal cymes; however, one or both 
ateralbranchesofthese cymes may growonvegetatively 
0 varying degrees and overtop the terminus (see 
example in Fig. 3 xi).This results in pseudoaxillary cymes. 
>uch cymes may appear sporadically to regularly along 
stem. In some species terminal cymes also arise from 
hort lateral branches along stems. This appears to be 
nore likely in species developing sprawling stems. 
FLOWERS (Fig. 4): Male and female flower 
morphology is shown in Fig. 4a. A sometimes subtle 
but useful character for distinguishing species is 
the shape of the ovary. In a few species the ovary is 
markedly broader than long. The non-functional ovary 
of the male flower shown in Fig. 4a i is relatively larger 
than that seen in species such as A. geminifolia. 
Asperula gemella Airy Shaw STurrill, Bull. 
Misc. Inform. Kew 1928(3): 102 (1928) 
Galium geminifolium F.MuelL, Trans, and Proc. Viet. 
Inst. Adv. Sci. 1: 127 (1855); Galium umbrosum van 
geminifolium (F.Muell.) C.Moore & Betche, Handb. FI. 
New South Wales 253 (1893). 
40 
Vol 27(1) 2009 

Page image

878276 Galium geminifolium Muelleria 27(1): 88
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477621
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878288 Galium ibicinum Muelleria 27(1): 108
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477641
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
644960 Galium Muelleria 27(1): 70-74

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 70-74".

644967 Galium leiocarpum Muelleria 27(1): 79-80, Figs 4i, 9
644975 Galium leptogonium Muelleria 27(1): 84-86, Figs 4g-iii, 10
644961 Galium liratum Muelleria 27(1): 74-75, Fig. 9

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 74-75, Fig. 9".

644998 Galium microlobum Muelleria 27(1): 100, 102, Figs 4d, 12
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477633
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Thompson 
PO, A.CBeauglehole 49759, 22.iii.1975 (MEL; NSW); E side of 
Oxbow Lake, Nelson, N.HScarlett86-483, 19.xii.l986 (AD). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in south-western 
Victoria and far south-eastern South Australia (Fig. 12). 
Collections from north-eastern New Soutli Wales and 
eastern Victoria are though to be introductions. Grows 
predominantly in sandy soils in forest and woodland. 
Notes: A common feature of G. curvihirtum is a 
tendency towards monochasial branching, progressive 
developmentofflowers.and a strongly distal peduncular 
insertion. It is similar to G. migrans in this respect. Some 
specimens from South Australia, e.g. Sates 356 7 AD, have 
relatively small corollas and the ovary is slightly longer 
than broad. A moderate proportion of fertilised flowers 
in this species have only one carpel fertilised, resulting 
in fruit with a lop-sided appearance (fig. 4j). Mericarps 
are usually significantly larger than in G. gaudichaudii; 
however, more records are needed to determine how 
consistent this character is. 
Galium curvihirtum is most similar to G. gaudichaudii. 
It differs from this species in having hairy ovaries and 
fruit, generally larger fruit, and generally broader and/ 
or more elliptic leaves below inflorescences. Compared 
to G. gaudichaudii subsp. gaudichaudii the subspecies 
that slightly overlaps its distribution, G. curvihirtum has 
smaller corollas and its leaves are more elliptic, more 
tapered basally, generally lack a terminal hair, and have 
less glandular cell development. 
Hybr;ds;Thefollowingcollectionsappeartobehybrids: 
1. Warrain Parish, south-western Victoria U-H.Willis MEL); 
Donovan’s landing, far south-eastern South Australia 
{B.Copley 2856 AD; R.J.Bates 35922 AD): G. curvihirtum x 
G. compactum. 2. Black Range, south-western Victoria 
[A.CBeauglehole 30044 MEL); Golton Gorge northern 
Grampians, south-western Victoria [A.C.Beauglehole 
30096 MEL): G. curvihirtum x G. gaudichaudii subsp. 
gaudichaudii. In the former locality pieces have either 
glabrous ovaries or hairs that are shorter than is typical 
for G. curvihirtum. In the latter, ovaries are all glabrous. 
Corolla diameter is within the range for G. curvihirtum 
and is too small for G. gaudichaudii subsp. gaudichaudii. 
19. Galium microlobum I.Thomps., sp. nov. 
A G. gaudichaudii DC. plantis annuis, corolla parviore, 
mericarpiis parvioribus differt. 
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Near Loch Ness Well, 
Gammon Ranges, RJ.Bates 34345, 29 September 1993; 
holo: AD; iso: MEL. 
Herbs, usually growing as annuals, generally sparsely 
indumented with hairs to 0.6 mm long, or scabrosities; 
rhizomes not seen. Stems to c. 0.5 mm diam., with 
angles slender to slightly broadened; whorls 4-partite, 
with stipules similar to leaf length below inflorescences, 
decreasing upwards to be finally 1/3-2/3 of leaf length. 
Leaves oblanceolate, narrow-elliptic, narrow-lanceolate 
or narrow-oblong-elliptic, 1-10 mm long, 0.5-2 mm 
wide, with l:w ratio mostly 2.5-8, with petiole-like 
portion to c. 1 mm long; margin recurved to revolute; 
apex acute, sometimes with a terminal hair or 2; adaxial 
surface with midrib variably distinct; abaxial surface: 
midrib variably distinct, distal glandular cell patch small 
to moderate, proximal cells usually evident./nf/orescences 
extended; cymes 1-3-flowered, shorter than whorl; 
primary peduncle to 1.5 mm long, generally glabrous; 
ultimate peduncles to 1 mm long, inserted variably; 
bracts variably present, much longer than peduncles. 
Flowers: corolla 0.8-1.0 mm diam., with lobes 0.3-0.4 
mm long, not apiculate, greenish-cream adaxially and 
usually intensely purplish-red abaxially, glabrous; ovary 
c. circular in face view, c. 0.4 mm long, glabrous. Fruit 
fruit-set percentage high; developing fruit dull or sub- 
lustrous, smooth to areolate; mericarps reniform, 0.8-1.0 
mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide, dark-brown or more often 
dark purple, smooth or obscurely reticulately rugose; 
dissepiment scar 0.3-0.4 mm long. (Fig. 4d) 
Flowers late winter to spring. 
Selected specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Mt Wallaby, 
Kondoolka, Gawler Ras, RJ.Bates 57455A, 20,ix.2000 (AD); South¬ 
eastern Hills, Winninowie Ras, AG.Spooner 8960, 8.X.1983 (AD); 
7.6 km SW of "new" Paney homestead on S side of Mt Allalone, 
RJ.Chinnock 7715, 28.ix.1987 (AD, MEL); 15 km N of Plumbago 
Homestead, RJ.Chinnock 1289, 30.ix.1973 (AD); outcrop WNW 
of 4 mile creek, northern Flinders Ras, FMollenmans 1090, 
6.X.1981 (AD); 1 km S of gorge, Telowie Gorge Conservation Park, 
RJ.Bates 63503, 4.ix.2004 (AD); Near Yorke Peninsula, Tepper, 
no date (MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES.OId Mootwingee Gorge, 
Mootwingee National Park, 113 km NE of Broken Hill, I.Crawford 
1083, 24x1988 (BRI, CANB, NSW); N slopes of Mt Binya, Cocopara 
Ras, c. 25 km ENE of Griffith, M.D.Crisp 1469, 1.ix.1975 (AD, 
CANB, NSW);Tarella, W.Bauerlen, Aug. 1887 (MEL); Girilambone, 
EBetche, 6.X.1886 (MEL, NSW); N of middle bore, "Iona", c. 29 km S 
of Louth, CW.E.Moore8161,20.\x.l9a2 (CANB);Yathong NR via Mt 
100 
Vol 27(1)2009 

Page image

878271 Galium migrans Muelleria 27(1): 85
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477618
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878272 Galium migrans Muelleria 27(1): 85
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477618
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878273 Galium migrans Muelleria 27(1): 85
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477618
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878274 Galium migrans Muelleria 27(1): 85
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477618
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878277 Galium migrans Muelleria 27(1): 90
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477623
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878278 Galium migrans Muelleria 27(1): 90
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477623
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878279 Galium migrans Muelleria 27(1): 90
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477623
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
644988 Galium migrans Muelleria 27(1): 92, Figs 4c, 4g-i, 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477625
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Thompson 
Key to subspecies 
1 Stem-angles narrower than faces. 1 Sa. subsp. migrans 
1: Stem-angles broader than faces (faces reduced to grooves).2 
2 Ovary and fruit glabrous. 756. subsp. inversum 
2: Ovary and fruit hairy. 15c. subsp. trichogynum 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs near Goulburn 
in central-eastern New South Wales (Fig. 11). Grows in 
crevices in limestone rocks in forest at an altitude of c. 
600 m. 
Notes: Galium bungoniensis is characterised by its 
stout rootstock, multistemmed habit with relatively 
robust stems, broad bristly stem-angles, floriferous 
cymes, and hairy ovaries. Unusually in Australian 
Galium, the hairs at the margin of the stem-angles are 
oriented transversely across the stem faces. The long 
hairs on the fruit, although sometimes nearly hooked, 
are not regularly and minutely hooked as in G. australe, 
G. densum and G. albescens (see fig. 4f). 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the only known 
location of this species. 
15. Galium migrans Ehrend. & McGill., Telopea 2: 
362(1983) 
G. erythrorrhizum F.Muell. ex Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 
4:113 (1856), nom. illeg. non Boiss. & Reut. (1852). 
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Kangaroo Island, 
F.Mueller; lecto: U, fide D.J.McGillivray, Telopea 2: 360 
(1983). Remaining syntype; South Australia: in valle 
Schlanken, Behr; syn: U; isosyn: MEL. 
Herbs, sparsely to moderately indumented with 
slender or slightly coarse hairs to 0.4 mm long or 
scabrosities; rhizomes not seen.Stems to c. 0.8 mm diam., 
with angles slender, mildly broadened or extremely 
broad with faces reduced to narrow grooves; whorls 4- 
partite, with stipules nearly equal to leaf length below 
inflorescences, decreasing upwards to be finally c. 1/2 of 
leaf length, occasionally less. Leaves elliptic or narrow- 
elliptic, 5-12 mm long, 1-5 mm wide, with l:w ratio 
mostly 1.5-10, with petiole-like portion to c. 1 mm long 
or obscure; margin recurved to revolute; apex acute, 
often with a terminal hair; adaxial surface with midrib 
usually weakly defined; abaxial surface with midrib 
distinct in proximal half and variably hairy, with hairs 
occasionally arising from the lamina, distal glandular cell 
patch small to moderate, proximal cells variably evident. 
Inflorescences usually extended, sometimes only 3 or 4 
nodes long; cymes 2-12-flowered, mostly exceeding 
leaves; primary peduncle 2-25 mm long, sometimes 
hairy or scabridulous; intermediate and ultimate 
peduncles (1.5-)2-10 mm long, inserted distally often 
strongly so, sometimes scabridulous or hairy; bracts 
mostly shorter than peduncle, variably present. Flowers: 
corolla (2-)2.5-4 mm diam., with lobes (0.8-)1.0-1.8 
mm long, short- to long-apiculate, cream or tinged 
purplish abaxially or completely suffused purple, often 
hairy abaxially; ovary mostly broad-elliptic in face view, 
0.4-0.6 mm long, glabrous or rarely covered with short 
spreading hairs. Fruit, fruit-set percentage sometimes 
low; developing fruit dull to sublustrous, usually finely 
papillose, sometimes acutely; mericarps reniform, 
1.2-1.7 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide, dark red-purple, 
reticulately rugose, but rugae often poorly formed; 
dissepiment scar 0.7-1 mm long. 
Flowers spring-summer. 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in south-eastern 
South Australia from the northern Flinders Ranges 
south to Kangaroo Island (Fig. 11). 
Notes: Leaves below inflorescences are generally 
relatively broad (2-4 mm wide) but are much narrower 
within inflorescences. The ovaries have a higher l:w 
ratio compared with G. gaudichaudii and this higher 
ratio persists as they develop post-fertilisation. 
Although similar to forms of G. gaudichaudii with lax 
cymes, this species is perhaps more closely related to G. 
compactum q.v. based on similarities in floral and fruit 
morphology. Corolla-lobes have a more pronounced 
acuminate apex than in other species, are sometimes 
suffused purple-red abaxially and also adaxially (at least 
in pressed specimens), and are often hairy abaxially. 
Stamen-filaments are often purple. Cyme branchlets 
are sometimes almost filiform. 
92 
Vol 27(1)2009 

Page image

932257 Galium migrans Muelleria 27(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1)".

932258 Galium migrans Muelleria 27(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1)".

644989 Galium migrans migrans Muelleria 27(1): 93, Figs 4c, 4g-i, 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477626
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
644990 Galium migrans inversum Muelleria 27(1): 93, 95, Figs 1a-iii, 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477626
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
644991 Galium migrans trichogynum Muelleria 27(1): 95, Fig. 12
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477628
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
645006 Galium murale Muelleria 27(1): 104, Fig. 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477637
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Thompson 
2. Galium murale (L.) AIL, FI. Pedem. 1: 8 , t. 77, f. 
1 (1785) 
Sherardia muralis L., Sp. P/. 1:103 (1753). 
Type: ITALY. Herb. Linn. 126.2; lecto; LINN n.v., fide 
A.Natali & D.Jeanmonod in D.Jeanmonod, Compl. Prodr. 
FI. Corse, Rubiaceae 105 (2000). 
Annuals to c. 20 cm high, commonly 1-5 cm high. 
Stems 0.3-0.6 mm diam.; angles slender, hardly raised, 
glabrous or with sparse spreading to slightly retrorse 
hairs c. 0.1 mm long, or rarely with a moderately 
dense indumentum of hooked hairs c. 0.3 mm long; 
whorls variable in number of parts, 4-6-partite below 
inflorescences reducing to 1-3-partite in inflorescences 
as cymes replace the leaf and stipule(s) on one side; 
stipules remaining c. equal to leaves throughout. Leaves 
narrow-oblanceolate, narrow-elliptic, narrow oblong- 
elliptic, or spathulate, 2-7(-10) mm long, 0.5-1.5(-2.5) 
mm wide, with l;w ratio (1.5-) 2-6, tapering gradually and 
moderately basally, thin; margin recurved or revolute, 
with a line of antrorse to subappressed hairs; hairs 
plump, not curved apically, not tubercle based; apex 
acuminate or narrowly acute, with hyaline apiculum to 
c. 0.3 mm long; terminal hair to c. 0.2 mm long; upper 
surface dull, with midrib weakly defined, glabrous or 
usually with few to several hairs along midline and 
near-marginally; lower surface glabrous or with a few 
hairs on midrib. Inflorescences a raceme of cymes; cymes 
predominantly 2-flowered, sometimes solitary, less often 
3-flowered, rarely to 6-flowered, lax, not subtended by a 
leaf, equal to or exceeding leaf on opposite side; primary 
peduncle 1-2 mm long; bracts rarely developed; 
ultimate peduncles 1-2 mm long, 0.15-0.3 mm diam, 
inserted basally, proximally or midway, not overtopping. 
Flowers: corolla c. 0.8 mm diam., with lobes c. 0.3 mm 
long, acute, pale cream or greenish, sometimes tinged 
pink; ovary broad-oblong in outline, c. 2 times as long as 
broad, c. 0.8 mm long, rarely glabrous, with hooked hairs 
0.2-0.5 mm long at summit and mostly also laterally on 
one of the two carpels, rarely glabrous except for minute 
hairs at summit, smooth. Peduncles of fruit moderately 
downcurved; mericarps narrow-cylindrical, often mildly 
arched, 1.2-1.5 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, blackish- 
brown or with a whitish coat, not rugose; dissepiment 
scare. 1 mm \ong.SmallCoosegrass,SmallBedstraw. 
Flowers mostly spring. 
Selected specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Monks well 
Gully, Wongan Hills, c. 194 km NE of Perth, K.F.Kenneally 6875, 
27.ix.1978 (PERTH); 11 km W of Roes Rock, nearTwertup Creek 
(FRNP), KNewbey / 1029, 1 0j<.1 985 (PERTH);Thomas River, c. 8 km 
SSW of Boyatup Hill, clOO km E of Esperance, ACOrchard 1388, 
5j<.1968 (AD). SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Butchers Gap Conservation 
Park, 6 km S of Kingston, P.Gibbons 568, 30.X.1986 (AD, HO); 
5.0 km E of Black Hill (Marne), Murray region, A.G.5pooner 
10439, 16x1986 (AD); Finniss Conservation Park, Southern 
Lofty, A.G.5pooner 9077, 20j<i.1983 (AD); Innes National Park, 
Yorke Peninsula, ENSJackson 2550, 6.X.1974 (AD); Coorong, 
Younghusband Peninsula, CRAIcock5032, 5x1975 (AD); S slope 
of Mt Dutton, Marble Range, J.Z.Weber 6058, 30.ix.l979 (AD). 
NEW SOUTH WALES. Jerrabombera Lookout near Queanbeyan, 
M.Gray, May 1960 (AD, CANB); Bungonia Lookdown, Bungonia 
State Recreation Reserve, EM.Canning 4381, 13.ix.1978 (CANB). 
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY. C. 2 km WNW of Kowen 
Forestry Settlement, BJ.Lepschi 612, 3j<i.1991 (CANB, MEL); 
Uriarra creek, near crossing, LG.Adams 745, 22.X.1963 (CANB). 
VICTORIA. 1.5 km N ofTallarook, T.B.Muir6187, 12x1978 (MEL); 
Stratford Highway Park, I.D.Lunt 91/92, 4.X.1991 (MEL); Spencer 
Street Railway Station, Melbourne, V.Stajsic 1049, 31j<.1994 
(MEL). TASMANIA. Bridport, W.M.Curtis, 10.xi.l952 (HO); Deal 
Island, Kent Group, JS.Whmray 278, 29.xii.1968 (HO); Point NE of 
Croppies Point, A.M.Buchanan 1695, 23.xi.l 983 (HO); Swan River, 
6 km S of Cranbrook, P.Coilier 5246, 4.ix.1991 (HO). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in southern 
Australia, including southern Western Australia, 
south-eastern South Australia, New South Wales, 
the Australian Capital Territory, Victoria, and eastern 
Tasmania (Fig. 13). Native to southern Europe. Widely 
naturalised around the world. Grows in many types 
of vegetation as well as in urban environments, 
particularly pavement cracks. 
Notes: A very common weed in southern 
mainland Australia, readily distinguished by its cyme 
development and flower and fruit morphology. It often 
forms rather dense small mats. A widespread form on 
Kangaroo Island, South Australia has ovaries and fruit 
that are glabrous except for a few inconspicuous hairs 
at the summit. A specimen from Fish Creek in South 
Gippsland (A.Paget 1147 MEL 2027524) is unusual in 
that it has a moderately dense indumentum of straight 
to hooked hairs on stems and leaves. 
104 
Vol 27(1) 2009 

Page image

645005 Galium palustre Muelleria 27(1): 103, Fig. 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477636
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Asperula and Galium 
into multiple taxa in this paper, it is unclear to which 
taxon they shouid be referred. 
2b. Species of Galium naturalised in 
Australia 
No particular affinity is apparent between the eight 
introduced species described below and the Australian 
and New Zealand species of Galium. Seven of the eight 
introduced species have leaves with a distinct hyaline 
apiculum, a feature not evident in Australian Galium, 
and these species were all placed in Galium sect. 
Galium in a molecular phylogenetic study presented 
by Natali etal. (1996). Galium palustre lacks this feature 
and was placed by Natali etal. in Asperula sect. Glabella 
along with Asperula tinctoria and A. laevigata. All eight 
introduced species have whorls maximally 6 or more- 
partite, in contrast to the native species where 4 is 
usually the maximal number (rarely 5 or 6 in occasional 
specimens of G. liratum and G. bulliformis). 
Among the seven species in sect. Galium there is a 
group of three annuals, namely G. aparine, G. spurium 
and G. tricornutum, characterised by robust tubercle- 
based and retrorsely curved hairs on stems and leaf 
margins, tubercle-based and apically hooked hairs on 
ovaries and fruit (hair portion lost in G. tricornutum), 
inflorescences of few-flowered cymes predominantly 
arising directly from stems, lateral flowers not reaching 
to mediai flowers, and mericarps with relatively short 
dissepiment scars. Three further species, Galium 
album, G. divaricatum and G. murale have in common 
the presence of strongiy antrorse hairs on leaf-margins, 
but otherwise have numerous differences. 
Excellent illustrations of some of these species are 
presented in Jafri (1979). 
1. Galium palustre L, 5p. P/. 1:105 (1753) 
Type: not designated [protologue; "Habitat in 
Europae rivuiis limosis"]. 
Annuals to c. 50 cm high. Stems c. 1 mm diam.; 
angles slender, slightly raised, glabrous or with few 
to scattered slightly retrorse scabrosities; whorls 4-6- 
partite, often reducing in number upwards; stipules 
becoming conspicuously smaller than leaves upwards 
through inflorescences. Leaves narrow-spathulate, or 
oblanceolate to narrow-oblanceolate, 7-20 mm long, 1 - 
4 mm wide, with l:w ratio 3-8, thin; margin flat recurved 
or revolute, usually with a few antrorse scabrosities; apex 
obtuse to rounded, without a hyaline apiculum; a minute 
terminal hair occasionally present; upper surface dull, 
with midrib weakly defined, glabrous except for minute 
antrorse scabrosities sub-marginally, with an obovate 
pale patch at apex; lower surface glabrous or with a 
few to numerous spreading to slightly retrorse hairs 
c. 0.1 mm long along midrib. Inflorescences a panicle, 
with elongate many-flowered partial inflorescences, 
with arrangment becoming cymose; cymes mostly 
5-15-flowered; primary peduncle 10-20 mm long; 
bracts usually 1 or 2 at primary node, variably present 
at secondary nodes, much shorter than the peduncle 
they subtend; penultimate and ultimate peduncles 
2-8 mm long, 0.1-0.2 mm diam., inserted commonly in 
middle-third, not or hardly overtopping. Flowers: corolla 
2-4.5 mm diam., with lobes 1 -2.2 mm long, acute, snow 
white throughout or tinged pink; ovary slightly oblate 
in outline, slightly broader than long, 0.3-0.5 mm long, 
glabrous, smooth. Peduncles of fruit straight, patent; 
mericarps globose, 0.8-1.3 mm long and wide, blackish 
brown or purplish-brown, slightly rugose; dissepiment 
scar mildly recessed, c. 0.2 mm long. Marsh Bedstraw. 
Flowers summer-early autumn. 
Selected specimens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Willowburn, 4 
km E of Mt Compass, D.EMurfet 1749a&R.LTaplin, 12.iii.l993 
(AD, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES. Wingecarribee Swamp, 
c. 5 km due WNW of Robertson, P.G.Kodela 260 & T.AJames, 
9.i.l993 (AD, NSW); Little Llangothlin Lake Nature Reserve, 
NNE of Guyra, A.R.Bean 8286, 29.1.1995 (AD, BRI, MEL, NSW). 
VICTORIA. Swamp beside Surry River, W side of Fish Holes 
Rd, Cobboboonee State Forest, Gorae West, I.R.Thompson 
1024, 18.xii.2007 (MEL). TASMANIA. Shantys Lagoon, R.GIazik, 
22.iii.2000 (HO); spillway of pump pond, Tarraleah, A.North, 
6.iii.1996 (HO); bank of Georges River, A.M.Buchanan 11772, 
16.iv.l990 (HO, MEL, NSW). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs predominantly 
in central and eastern Tasmania, but with mainland 
records from the Northern Tablelands and Central 
Tablelands of New South Wales, from the Fleurieu 
Peninsula in south-eastern South Australia, and from 
Gorae West near Portland in far south-western Victoria 
(Fig. 13). Native to Europe. Grows in or near swamps 
and lakes, sometimes in forest. 
Notes: Several fairly recent records at widely 
separated localities suggest that this species may 
expand its range considerably in years to come. 
Muelleria 
103 

Page image

878286 Galium parisiense Muelleria 27(1): 107
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477640
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878285 Galium parisiense australe Muelleria 27(1): 105
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477638
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
644986 Galium polyanthum Muelleria 27(1): 89-91, Fig. 11
932159 Galium propinquum Muelleria 27(1): 79
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477612
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
932160 Galium propinquum Muelleria 27(1): 79
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477612
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
932161 Galium propinquum Muelleria 27(1): 79
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477612
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
932162 Galium propinquum Muelleria 27(1): 79
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477612
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
932163 Galium propinquum Muelleria 27(1): 79
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477612
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
932164 Galium propinquum Muelleria 27(1): 79
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477612
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
932165 Galium propinquum Muelleria 27(1): 79
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477612
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
932166 Galium propinquum Muelleria 27(1): 79
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477612
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
932167 Galium propinquum Muelleria 27(1): 79
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477612
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
932168 Galium propinquum Muelleria 27(1): 79
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477612
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
644973 Galium roddii Muelleria 27(1): 82, 84, Figs 4g-iv, 10
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477615
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Thompson 
State Forest, D.Binns 5373, 6.ii.1996 (CANB). VICTORIA. Mt 
Cobberas, 22.ii.1974 (MEL); 7 km along Dawson track 
from intersection with Glenmore Rd, N of Buchan, D.E.AIbrecht 
330, 19.iii.1984 (MEL); Blue Shirt creek, Nunniong Region, 
NAMakefield 4801, s.d. (MEL); Bat Ridges Faunal Reserve, 
10 km W of Portland PO, ACBeauglehole 55357, 12.xii.1976 
(MEL); Eastern Highlands, Top Flat, Wonnangatta Station, 
E.A.Chesterfield 3578, 7.i.1993 (MEL); Bentley Plains, c. 20 km 
W of Swifts Creek, I.R.Thompson 950, 13.xii.2006 (CANB, MEL). 
TASMANIA. Circular Head, R.C.Gunn237, 17.xi.l837 (HO). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs on the tablelands 
of northern, central and far southern New South Wales, 
in eastern Victoria, far western Victoria, far south- 
035 tern South Australia, and northern Tasmania (no 
collections since 1837) (Fig. 10). 
Notes: Plants from northern New South Wales 
are more commonly nearly glabrous and sometimes 
develop moderately broad stem-angles. In occasional 
specimens an inflorescence gives way to vegetative 
growth along an axis.This has not been noted for other 
species of Galium, except in the other subspecies of G. 
ciliare. However, in the latter case the growing-on is of 
a lateral branch from a terminal cyme as is commonly 
seen in Asperula sect. Dioicae. 
Hybrids: The following collections appear to be 
hybrids: 1. Plum Creek, East Gippsland {D.E.AIbrecht347 
MEL) and Mt Clear (A.C.Beauglehole41248 MEL), both in 
Victoria: both G. ciliare subsp. ciliare x G. polyanthum. 
2. Mount Buller, Victoria {T.B.Muir 2760 MEL): G. ciliare 
subsp. ciliare x G. gaudichaudii. 3. Wilsons Promontory 
{E.A.Chesterfield 2342 MEL); Buckland {J.Strudwick 751 
MEL); Gippsland Lakes, {A.C.Beauglehole 79064 MEL) all 
in Victoria: G. ciliare subsp. ciliare x G. leiocarpum. 
7b. Galium ciliare subsp. terminale I.Thomps., 
subsp. nov. 
A subspecie typica inflorescentiis brevioribus, cymis 
terminalibus elongatioribus floridls differt. 
Type; VICTORIA. Bushland Reserve, 28 km ESE 
of Colac PO, ACBeauglehole 63706, 22 January 1979; 
holo; MEL; iso: NSW n.v. 
Stems 0.3-0.6 mm diam., with angles slender. 
Leaves with l:w ratio mostly 2-4. Inflorescences soon 
terminating, with terminal cymes generally exceeding 
the whorl; cymes 4-30-flowered; primary peduncle 
3-20 mm long. 
Flowers late spring-summer. 
Selected specimens: VICTORIA. Charley Creek, Otways 
region, G.E.Earl 105, 19.i.1984 (MEL); Flora and Fauna Reserve, 
c. 30 km E of Warrnambool PO, A.C.Beauglehole 63834, 
29.i.l979 (MEL); Ralph lllidge Sanctuary, Naringal E, c. 30 km 
E of Warrnambool on Cobden-Warrnambool Rd, I.R.Thompson 
1027, 18.xii.2007 (CANB, HO, MEL); Bambra-Aireys Inlet Rd, 
c. 1 km W of Pinchgut Junction, c. 10 km ESE of Bambra, 
I.R.Thompson 1056, 8.ii.2008 (AD, BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). 
TASMANIA. Florentine River, A.Moscal 10156, 16.iii.1985 
(HO); Big Den, Lake River, 35 km W of Campbelltown, P.CoUier 
5045, 9.xii.1990 (HO); Mersey River, C.Stuart 475, s.d. (MEL); 
Hampshire Hills, Milligan, s.d. (MEL); Mt Barrow, H.M.R.Rupp, 
Jan. 1922 (MEL);Tarraleah, W.M.Curtis, 7.ii.1945 (HO, MEL) 
Distribution and habitat. Occurs in the Otway region 
of south-western Victoria and in Tasmania (Fig. 10). 
Notes: Populations in the Otway region of Victoria 
tend to be laxer plants with more flowers per cyme, and 
with stem hairs tending to be more retrorse compared 
totheTasmanian material. 
Etymology: The subspecific epithet refers to the 
inflorescences (from L: terminalis, terminal). 
8. Galium roddii Ehrend. & McGill., Telopea 2: 
371 (1983) 
Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. C. 0.5 mile [0.8 km] 
below Blue Waterhole, Cave Creek, Cooleman Caves, 
east of Yarrangobilly, A.A/./?odd 87,18 April 1965; holo: 
NSW; iso: E, K, US, WU [Isotypes not seen. Herbaria as 
indicated by McGillivray (1983)] 
Herbs, sparsely to moderately indumented with 
slender hairs to 0.7 mm long; rhizomes not seen. Stems 
to c. 0.5 mm diam., with angles strongly broadened to 
be broader than or obliterating faces; whorls 4-partite, 
with stipules similar to leaf length below inflorescences, 
decreasing upwards to be finally 3/5-4/5 of leaf length. 
Leaves narrow-elliptic, 3-5 mm long, 0.8-1.2 mm wide, 
with l:w ratio mostly 2-5, with petiole-like portion 
obscure; margin flat, recurved or slightly revolute; apex 
acute or more often obtuse to rounded, sometimes with 
terminal hairs; adaxial surface with midrib indistinct; 
abaxial surface with midrib generally indistinct, distal 
glandular cell patch large, proximal cells variably 
evident. Inflorescences extended; cymes 1 -10-flowered, 
mostly not exceeding whorls when mature; primary 
peduncle 0.5-1 mm long, or occasionally to 5 mm long, 
glabrous; intermediate peduncles inserted slightly 
proximally; bracts much longer than the peduncle 
82 
Vol 27(1) 2009 

Page image

644962 Galium spathulatum Muelleria 27(1): 75, Figs 2d-i, 9
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477608
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Asperula and Galium 
Galium trilobum Colenso has fruit of similar size to 
6. liratum but the surface is smooth or only minutely 
wrinkled at maturity. Its leaves are narrow-elliptic to 
oblanceolate or sometimes slightly narrow-spathulate 
unlike the markedly spathulate leaves of G. liratum, C. 
spathulatum and an unnamed New Zealand taxon. This 
last entity is similar to G. liratum in terms of its bulliform 
ovary/fruit surface and in the number of flowers per 
cyme but it has much longer primary peduncles. 
Specimens recorded of this entity are: Cape Palliser, 
Wellington {D.Bowen M7S7, AD; dupl. in NZFRI Rotorua 
n.v.), Canterbury, [Haast, MEL), Cape Palliser lighthouse, 
Wairarapa, Wellington Land District {PJ.de Lange 1789 
MEL, dupl in CHR n.v.), and Worryline Stream, Mount 
Cook, {A.M.Buchanan s.n. HO). 
Hybrids: A specimen from Bega, New South Wales 
(SJ.Forbes 891 MEL) appears to be a hybrid: G. liratum x 
G. binifolium subsp. binifolium. 
2. Galium spathulatum I.Thomps., sp. nov. 
A G. lirato N.A.Wakef. apicibus foliorum obtusioribus, 
cymis longioribus, floribus pluribus, ovario minute 
muriculato differt. 
Type; QUEENSLAND. West of Beta Creek, Eungella 
National Park, A.R.Bean 4488, 27 May 1992; holo: BRI. 
Herbs, generally sparsely haired, with moderately 
coarse hairs to c. 0.5 mm long; rhizomes and rootstock 
not seen. Stems to c. 1 mm diam., with slender angles, 
with hairs retrorse; whorls 4-partite, with stipules 
slightly shorter than or similar to leaves throughout. 
Leaves spathulate, 6-25 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, with 
l:w ratio mostly 1.5-3, with petiole-like portion mostly 
3-6 mm long; margin flat or narrowly recurved; apex 
rounded but also with a minute apiculation, without 
a terminal hair; adaxial surface with midrib variably 
distinct; abaxial surface with midrib distinct throughout 
length, lacking glandular cells. Inflorescences extended; 
cymesmostly4-10-flowered, occasionally fewer, usually 
equal to or exceeding whorls when mature; primary 
peduncle 5-35 mm long, glabrous or hairy; secondary 
peduncles inserted strongly distally; bracts longer 
than the peduncle they subtend; ultimate peduncles 
inserted variably, 0.5-3 mm long, glabrous. Flowers: 
corolla 1.5-2 mm diam., with lobes c. 1 mm long, not 
apiculate, cream or white (uncertain), glabrous; ovary 
c. circular in face view, c. 0.2 mm long, glabrous. Fruit: 
fruit-set percentage low, with unfertilised ovaries 
enlarging to c. 0.7 mm long; developing fruit dull, 
acutely and coarsely papillose; mericarps reniform, 
1.5-1.8 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, dark-brown to blackish, 
longitudinally rugose; dissepiment scar c. 0.8 mm long. 
(Fig. 2d-i) 
Flowers autumn. 
Selected specimens: QUEENSLAND. Swampy Ridge, west 
of Eungella National Park, A.R.Bean 4461, 24.V.1992 (BRI); 
Mt Aberdeen National Park, W of Bowen, P.I.Forster 9969, 
M.CTuckerS, G.Kenning, 29.V.1992 (BRI). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in north-eastern 
Queensland near Bowen (Fig. 9). Grows on rainforest 
margins at altitudes between 900 and 1100 m. 
Notes: Similar to G. liratum in having spathulate 
leaves that lack glandular cells. All collections of 
this species were made within a few days of each 
other and further collections are desirable to better 
characterise it. Only one of the three collections has 
flowering material and information from this is limited. 
It is unclear whether the corolla is bright white as 
in species of Asperula or more a dull cream as in G. 
liratum. The cyme architecture is unusual in consisting 
of a long primary peduncle with the remainder rather 
complexly branched with short peduncles, reminiscent 
of the branching pattern in Asperula sect. Dioicae’. The 
scaly appearance of the rtiericarps is also distinctive for 
Australian Galium. 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the shape of the 
leaves (from L: spathulatus, spatula-shaped). 
3. Galium austraie DC., Prodr. 4:608 (1830) 
Type: VICTORIA. Western Port, Bass Strait, A.Lesson, 
1829; holo: G n.v., fide D.J.McGillivray, Telopea 2: 360 
(1983). 
G. squalidum Hook.f, in W.J.Hooker, London J. Bot. 6: 
462 bis (1847); G. austraie var. piloso-hispidum Benth., FI. 
Austral. 3:447 (1867).Type: New Norfolk, R.C.Gunn 1129, 
6 Nov. 1840; lecto: K, fide D.J.McGillivray he. cit., image 
seen MEL; iso: HO, NSW. Remaining syntypes: Glen 
Leith, R.CGunn s.n., 14 Sept. 1840; syn: K; Lawrenny, 
R.C.Gunn 1009, Oct. 1840; syn: K. 
Herbs, sparsely to somewhat densely indumented, 
with slender to somewhat coarse hairs to c. 0.5 mm 
long or scabrosities; rhizomes not seen. Stems to 
c. 1 mm diam., with angles slender to somewhat 
Muelleria 
75 

Page image

645019 Galium spurium Muelleria 27(1): 108-109, Fig. 14
878289 Galium spurium ibicinum Muelleria 27(1): 108
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477641
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878262 Galium squalidum Muelleria 27(1): 75
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477608
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
645002 Galium subalatum Muelleria 27(1): 102-102

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1): 102-102".

878292 Galium tenerum Muelleria 27(1): 108
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477641
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878293 Galium tenerum Muelleria 27(1): 108
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477641
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
644974 Galium terrae-reginae Muelleria 27(1): 84, Figs 4g-iii, 10
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477617
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Thompson 
they subtend; ultimate peduncles inserted proximally, 
0.2-0.5 mm long. Flowers: corolla c. 1.8-2.5 mm diam., 
with lobes c. 0.7 mm long, sometimes short-apiculate, 
cream or greenish-cream, glabrous; ovary slightly 
broad-obovate in face view, c. 0.5 mm long, moderately 
covered in pustules, with pustules appearing disc-like 
when dried. Fruit: fruit-set percentage sometimes 
low; developing fruit with shoulders often appearing 
gelatinous, dull, smooth apart from pustules (non- 
fertilised ovaries with conspicuous pustules); mericarps 
reniform, 1.2-1.4 mm long, 0.8 mm wide, light to dark- 
brown, reticulately rugose; dissepiment scar c. 0.4 mm 
long. (Fig. 4g-iv) 
Flowers summer. 
Selected specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES. Cave Creek 
Gorge, 0.5 km E of Blue Waterholes, Cooleman Mountains, 
Kosciuszko National Park, F.E.Davies 1581, H.Streimann & 
J.A.Curnow, 20.ii.l991 (BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH); Cave 
Creek, c. 3.5 km above junction with Goodradigbee River, 
A.Rodd476,27:m.\967 (CANB). 
Distribution and habitat Occurs in mountains of 
far south-eastern New South Wales (Fig. 10). Grows in 
limestone rock crevices at c. 1200 m a.s.l. 
Notes: Galium roddii is superficially similar to forms 
of 6 . gaudichaudii in terms of its congested cymes and 
large amount of glandular cells in leaves. It is most 
obviously different in having prominent pustules on 
ovary and fruit and in having broader stem-angles.The 
pustules are more pronounced than those formed in 
G. leptogonium, the only other Galium in Australia with 
similar ornamentation. Ovary morphology resembles 
that of G. ciliare in being relatively broad and gelatinous 
distally and in developing into mericarps that appear 
a little fleshier than in other species. Stem internodes 
are typically short, and leaves are small, thickened, and 
with a more rounded apex than in other species. Listed 
as a ROTAP species with Risk Code 2RCi (Briggs and 
Leigh 1996). 
9. Galium terrae-reginae Ehrend. & McGill., 
Telopea 2:36^ (1983) 
Type: QUEENSLAND. One Tree Flill, Gowrie, 
F.M.Bailey, date unknown [late 19'^' century]; holo: BRI. 
Herbs, moderately to densely indumented with 
hairs 0.2-0.7 mm long; rhizomes not seen. Stems to c. 
1 mm diam., with angles slender to mildly broadened; 
whorls 4-partite, with stipules similar in length to 
leaves below inflorescences, decreasing upwards to 
be finally c. 2/3 of leaf length. Leaves elliptic ovate 
to broad-ovate or c. circular, 2-7 mm long, 1-3 mm 
wide, with l:w ratio 1-6, with petiole-like portion not 
or hardly developed, generally drying pale; margin 
mostly revolute; apex acute, often with a terminal hair; 
upper surface sometimes distorted on drying, with 
midrib variably distinct; abaxial surface with midrib 
distinct, distal glandular cell patch small, proximal 
cells not evident. Inflorescences extended; cymes 1-3- 
flowered, with lower cymes exceeding whorls when 
mature; primary peduncle to c. 15 mm long, hairy, 
ultimate and intermediate peduncles 0.5-3 mm long. 
Inserted distally, usually hairy; bracts shorter or longer 
than the peduncle. Flowers: corolla 2-2.5 mm diam., 
with lobes 1-1.2 mm long, not apiculate, cream, often 
purple-red abaxially, glabrous; ovary c. circular in face 
view, 0.5-0.7 mm long, with slender curved or weakly 
hooked hairs arising from a robust tubercular base. 
Fruit: fruit-set percentage generally high; developing 
fruit dull, areolate; peduncles stout, usually gently 
curved especially in distal half; mericarps ellipsoid to 
sub-globose but flattened medially, c. 1.2 mm long, 0.8 
mm wide, dark brown, tuberculate; dissepiment scar c. 
0.5 mm long. 
Flowers spring-autumn. 
Selected specimens: QUEENSLAND. Prior’s Station, 
L.Leichhardt, 1 .xi.1843 (NSW); Warwick, Beckler, 1857 (MEL). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in south-eastern 
Queensland (Fig. 10). Habitat preferences unknown. 
Notes: Galium terrae-reginae is an enigmatic species 
due to the paucity of collections. There have been 
no records since the late 19"' century. Its affinities are 
uncertain; it is perhaps closest to G. leptogonium with 
which it is sympatric. The hairs on the ovaries and 
fruit are distinctive. Species such as G. australe also 
have tubercle-based hairs but otherwise the hairs 
are dissimilar. Occasionally ovaries of G. leptogonium 
develop similar hairs to those in G. terrae-reginae. 
Listed as a ROTAP species with Risk Code 3K (Briggs 
and Leigh 1996). 
10. Galium leptogonium I.Thomps., sp. nov. 
A G. migrant! Ehrend. & McGill, angulis caulium 
gracilioribus, pills caulium et foliorum longioribus, 
pedunculis insertis magis proximalibus, fructibus 
84 
Vol 27(1) 2009 

Page image

878294 Galium tricorne Muelleria 27(1): 109
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477642
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Asperula and Galium 
Leaves oblanceolate or spathulate, (4-)8-30(-60) 
mm long, l-5(-8) mm wide, with l:w ratio 3-10, thin; 
margin flat or recurved, with robust tubercle-based 
retrorsely curved hairs; apex acuminate or acute, 
with hyaline apiculum 0.3-0.6 mm long; terminal hair 
sometimes developed, to 0.2 mm long; upper surface 
dull, with midrib weakly defined; glabrous or with 
sparse to scattered hairs arising from midrib, hairs 
0.1-0.3 mm long, antrorse, straight to curved apically; 
lower surface glabrous except for robust midrib hairs. 
Inflorescences comprising an elongate raceme of 
cymes; cymes l-3(-5)-flowered, with 0-1 (-2) orders 
of monochasial branching, lax, mostly not exceeding 
whorls; primary peduncle 5-25 mm long; bracts 0 or 
1, or rarely a whorl of 2-5 developed at primary node, 
shorter than the peduncle they subtend; penultimate 
and ultimate peduncles 2-10 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm 
diam., mostly inserted in distal third, occasionally 
overtopping. Flowers: corolla c. 1.2 mm diam., with 
lobes c. 0.5 mm long, acute, cream or greenish; ovary 
c. circular in outline, c. 0.8 mm long, covered with 
tubercle-based hooked hairs 0.3-0.5 mm long finally 
spreading. Peduncles in fruit straight; mericarps plump 
reniform to subglobose, (1.2-)1.5-2.3 mm long, 0.8- 
1.5 mm wide, blackish-brown or reddish-brown, with 
tuberculate hairs persisting; dissepiment scar deeply 
recessed, c. 0.5 mm long. 
Flowers mostly spring. 
Selected specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Charles 
Darwin Reserve, c. 57 km direct NNE of Wubin, I.CCIarke 
3435, 2.viii.2005 (MEL); Kularin Dam, c. 24 km ESE of Burakin, 
B.J.Lepschi2928&T.R.Lally, 7.viii.1996 (CANB, PERTH). SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. E side of Corunna Hill South, Eyre Peninsula, 
R.J.Chinnock 1881 & B.Copley, 7.ix.l974 (AD); Oulnina Park 
Station, RJ.Bates 41094, 2.X.1995; Gammon Ranges National 
Park, T.R.N.Lothian 5345, 20.ix.1978 (AD); Mt Sam, c. 10 km NE 
of Lake Everard Station, J.Z.Weber 3262, l.x.1972 (AD, CANB); 
Near Burra North Mines, RJ.Bates 34154, 26.ix.1993 (AD, 
MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES. "Iona" on Mt Glass, c. 28 km S of 
Louth, CW.E.Moore 8061, 4.ix.l 980 (CANB). VICTORIA. Bank of 
Murray River, Boundary Pomt, J.H.Willis, 30,viii.1948 (MEL); NE 
side of Mt Arapiles, A.CBeauglehole 28583, 21.ix.l968 (MEL); 
Mt Egbert Education Area, A.CBeauglehole 69307, 21.X.1981 
(MEL). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in south-western 
Western Australia, eastern South Australia, mainly 
western New South Wales, and western Victoria (Fig. 
14). Native to Northern Africa, Europe and Asia. Widely 
naturalised elsewhere. Grows in woodlands. 
Notes: Compared to the similar 6. aparine, and apart 
from differences given in the key, G. spurium has more 
slender stems, no long hairs near nodes, whorls 4- or 5- 
partite below inflorescences, shorter leaves with upper 
surface glabrous or sparsely hairy or if as dense then 
with hairs shorter and more antrorse and more likely 
to arise from the midrib, shorter cymes that are fewer 
flowered, with peduncles not curving apically as fruit 
develops, and mericarps with shorter hairs. 
Plants collected from Byaduk caves in south¬ 
western Victoria {Willis MEL) represent an extreme 
shade form. Galium spurium is predominantly a 
diploid species according to Ehrendorfer (2005) in 
contrast to G. aparine which is tetraploid to octoploid 
or variously aneuploid. A specimen from the Northern 
Lofty Ranges in South Australia {RJ.Bates 34154 AD) is 
unusual. Features which link this specimen to G. aparine 
include the presence of 7- and 8-partite whorls and 
the development of whorls of bracts at cyme nodes. 
However, the mericarps appear almost mature yet are 
only 1.2 mm long. Further investigation of this entity 
is desirable. 
8. Galium tricornutum Dandy, Watsonia 4:47 
(1957) 
Type: UNITED KINGDOM. Isle of Wight, D.TurnerSi 
W.Borrer, June 1806; holo: BM. 
Galium tricorne Stokes, in W.Withering., Bot. Arr. Brit. 
PI. edn 2,1:153 (1787), nom. illeg. 
Annuals to c. 1 m high (when climbing). Stems 1-2 
mm diam.; angles slender, strongly raised, with a line 
of robust tubercle-based retrorsely curved hairs, 0.1- 
0.4 mm long; whorls predominantly 7-10-partite, at 
least in inflorescences. Leaves narrow-oblanceolate, 
linear-elliptic or almost linear, 10-30 mm long, 1-6 
mm wide, with l:w ratio generally 8-12, thin; margin 
flat or recurved, with tubercle-based retrorsely 
curved hairs; apex narrowly acute or acuminate with 
hyaline apiculum 0.5-1 mm long; terminal hair absent 
or minute; upper surface dull, with midrib weakly 
defined, with robust antrorsely curved hairs restricted 
to distal third and sub-marginal, otherwise glabrous; 
lower surface glabrous or with robust midrib hairs. 
Inflorescences comprising an elongate raceme of 
cymes; cymes mostly 2- or 3-flowered, sometimes to 
Muelleria 
109 

Page image

645020 Galium tricornutum Muelleria 27(1): 109-111, Fig. 14
878275 Galium umbrosum bifolium Muelleria 27(1): 88
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477621
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878266 Galium umbrosum gaudichaudi-glabrescens Muelleria 27(1): 81
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477614
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
932004 Galium umbrosum gaudichaudii Muelleria 27(1): 96
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477629
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878269 Galium umbrosum gaudichaudi-muriculatum Muelleria 27(1): 85
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477618
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878245 Galium umbrosum geminifolium Muelleria 27(1): 40
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477563
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
878268 Galium umbrosum muriculatum Muelleria 27(1): 85
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477618
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946
645010 Galium verum Muelleria 27(1): 105, Fig. 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477638
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Asperula and Galium 
3, Galium album Mill., Card. Diet. 8* edn, 7 (1768) 
Type: not known. 
Perennials to c. 100 cm high. Stems c. 1 mm diam.; 
angles slender, mildly raised, glabrous; whorls mostly 
6-8-partite in inflorescences, reducing in number 
towards summit; stipules remaining subequal to 
leaves. Leaves oblanceolate, 5-10 mm long, 1-3 mm 
wide, with l:w ratio 3-5; margin recurved or revolute 
with antrorse sub-appressed hairs; apex acuminate 
with a hyaline apiculum c. 0.3 mm long; terminal 
hair not evident; upper surface dull, with midrib 
weakly defined, glabrous; lower surface glabrous. 
Inflorescences paniculate, with elongate many- 
flowered partial inflorescences from main axis, with 
arrangement becoming cymose after a few orders of 
branching; cymes several to many-flowered with 2-4 
orders of branching, greatly exceeding whorls, slightly 
congested to lax; bracts absent or single at primary 
node, shorter than the branchlets they subtend; 
penultimate and ultimate peduncles 1-5 mm long, 
0.2 mm diam., inserted mostly in middle third, not or 
mildly overtopping. Flowers: corolla 3-4 mm diam., 
with lobes 1.4-1.8 mm long, acuminate, white; ovary 
c. broad-elliptic in outline, c. 0.5 mm long, glabrous, 
smooth. Peduncles in fruit straight; mericarps not seen. 
Flowers spring (based on single Australian record). 
Selectedspecirttens: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Millicent-Mt Burr 
Rd, 1 km NW of Mt Burr shop, RJ.Bates 61285, Nov. 2003 (AD). 
Distribution and habitat: Known from a single 
collection north of Millicent in far south-eastern South 
Australia (Fig. 13). Native to Europe. 
Notes: Galium album is a member of a complex of 
Europeanspeciesknownasthe6a//u/nmo//ugocomplex 
(Ehrendorfer 1976). The sole Australian specimen is 
identified as 6. album based on size of the corolla and 
the plant's lack of stem hairs. In the Australian material, 
the anthers are relatively large, drying dark brown, and 
the stigmata are also relatively large compared to other 
introduced species of Galium. 
4. Galium verum L,, Sp. P/. 1; 107 (1753) 
Type: EUROPE. Herb. Linn. 129.13; lecto: LINN n.v., 
fide S.Nazimuddin & M.Qaiser, in E.Nasir & S.l.Ali, FI. 
Pakistan 190; 66 (1989). 
Stoloniferous perennials to c. 100 cm high. Stems 
1-2 mm diam.; angles slender, slightly raised, with 
abundant weak tangled hairs 0.1-0.3 mm long 
extending over faces also (stems becoming terete and 
glabrescent with age and developing a smooth brown 
bark); whorls commonly 8-partite, reducing in number 
towards summit of inflorescences. Leaves narrow- 
linear, 10-20 mm long, c. 0.4-1 mm wide, with l:w ratio 
20-50, strongly revolute so none of lower surface or 
only the midrib is visible; apex narrowly acute, with a 
minute hyaline extension and a smaller terminal hair; 
upper surface sublustrous, with midrib weakly defined, 
with scattered minute antrorse scabrosities; abaxial 
surface with midrib pubescent at sides. Inflorescences 
paniculate; with elongate many-flowered partial 
inflorescences from main axis, congested, with 
ultimate branching cymose; penultimate and ultimate 
peduncles c. 1 mm long, c. 0.15-0.2 mm diam., inserted 
c. midway; not overtopping. Flowers: corolla 3-4 mm 
diam., with lobes 1-1.8 mm long, acute, golden-yellow; 
ovary c. circular in outline, c. 0.3 mm long, glabrous, 
smooth. Peduncles of fruit straight; mericarps broad- 
ellipsoid, 1-1.2 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide, shallowly 
rugose; dissepiment scar slightly recessed, c. 0.4 mm 
long. Lady's Bedstraw. 
Flowers summer (based on Australian record). 
Selected specimens: TASMANIA. Comer of Dairy Plains 
Road and Cheshunt Road, A.M.Buchanan 15656, 10.i.2000 
(HO). 
Distribution and habitat: Known from a single 
locality in northern Tasmania, where several colonies 
had become established on a roadside (Fig. 13). Native 
to Europe. 
Notes: Similar to G. album in having inflorescences 
with 100s of flowers. Corolla-lobes become mildly 
deflexed based on evidence from a few specimens. 
5. Galium divaricatum Pourret ex Lam., Encycl. 
2: 580-581 (1788) 
Type: none cited [protoiogue: France] 
G. parisiense var. australe Ewart & Jean White, Proc. 
Roy. Soc. Victoria, new ser., 21:541 (1909).Type; Victoria: 
Goroke, Sf. Floy D'Alton 7; syn: MEL; Victoria: Goulburn 
River, W.Gates, 1892; syn: MEL; Victoria: Wannon River, 
H.B.Williamson, 1898; syn: MEL, NSW; Victoria, Wannon 
River below Hamilton, H.B.Williamson 622, no date; 
syn; MEL; Western Australia: Wooroloo, M.Koch 1646, 
October 1906; syn: MEL. 
Muelleria 
105 

Page image

974038 Lady Muelleria 27(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1)".

974036 Large Muelleria 27(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1)".

974041 Marsh Muelleria 27(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1)".

974042 Rough Muelleria 27(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1)".

878248 Rubia syrticola Muelleria 27(1): 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477587
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Thompson 
9. Asperula hoskingii I.Thomps., sp. nov. 
Ab A.cunn'mghamii Airy Shaw&Turrillplantlsnonlignosis, 
pilis longioribus, stylis longioribus, tubo corollarum 
masculino longioribus differt; ab A. wimmerana Airy 
Shaw & Turrill foliis ellipticis magis decrescentibus basin 
versus, pilis patentibus differt. 
Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Eastern side of Woods 
Reef Mine, J.R.Hosking 517, 27 August 1992; holo: MEL; 
iso: CANB, NSW, NE. 
Herbs nnostly to c. 10 cm high. Stems 0.5-0.8 mm 
diam., sublustrous to lustrous; branching generally 
simple; internodes to 15 mm long, mostly 3-8 mm 
long; angles narrower than to slightly broader than 
faces, with a moderately dense indumentum (c. 50 or 
more hairs per mm of angle); hairs spreading or slightly 
retrorse, sometimes arising from faces, mostly 0.2-0.4 
mm long fairly narrow-based, straight; whorls 6-partite, 
with stipules c. equal to leaf length. Leaves moderately 
ascending to suberect, narrow-elliptic, 3-5 mm long, 
0.7-1.2 mm wide, with l:w ratio 3-5, tapering gradually 
basally and distally, often mildly arching forward 
distally, coriaceous; base 1/3-2/5 of maximum width; 
margin revolute, less often recurved, thickened, with 
numerous spreading hairs, 0.2-0.4 mm long, ±evenly 
distributed; apex acute, sometimes minutely extended 
(excl. terminal hair); terminal hair(s) 0.2-0.3 mm long; 
upper surface sublustrous to lustrous, drying green, 
weakly wrinkled without concavity, with midrib not or 
weakly defined, with several to numerous spreading 
hairs, without acute epidermal projections; pale patch 
generally indistinct, c. circular, often purple-tinged; 
abaxial midrib moderately robust, typically raised for 
most of length, usually slightly recessed relative to 
margins, with spreading hairs. Cymes of 1 or few to 
several flowers, congested; primary and intermediate 
peduncles short; ultimate peduncles of complex 
cymes subsessile. Flowers: corolla often hairy abaxially; 
ovary circular in face view, with sinus shallow; male 
flowers: corolla 3-3.5 mm long, with tube 2-2.2 mm 
long; anthers 0.7 mm long, c. as long as filament; ovary 
0.4-0.6 mm long; female flowers: corolla 1.0-1.5 mm 
long, with tube 0.4-0.6 mm long; ovary 0.6 mm long; 
style 1.5-2 mm long including style-arms 0.3-0.5 mm 
long; stigma with l:w ratio 2. Fruit c. 2 mm long. 
Flowers late winter to spring. 
Selected specimens: NEW SOUTH WALES. East of 
Woodsreef mine, J.R.Hosking 632, 25.xi.1992 (CANB, MEL, 
NSW); 600 m W of Perpendicular Rock, Warialda State Forest, 
LM.Copeland 3225, 25.X.2001 (NSW); Nandewar Range sign 
on Dawsons Spring Road, Mt Kaputar National Park, R.Coveny 
8905 & S.K.Roy, 21 .xi.l 976 (NSW). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in far north¬ 
eastern New South Wales (Fig. 6). Grows on serpentinite 
soils in woodland. 
Notes: Asperula hoskingii has a distinctive bristly 
indumentum and ascending, narrow-elliptic leaves. 
Male flowers have a relatively long corolla-tube and 
long anthers relative to the length of the filaments. 
The discrepancy in size between corollas of male and 
female flowers is more marked than in most other 
species. 
Etymology: The epithet recognises John Hosking 
from Tamworth, New South Wales who collected and 
recognised this species as a probable new entity, and 
who has been a valuable contributor to knowledge of 
the Australian flora. 
10. Asperula syrticola (Miq.) Toelken, in 
J.RJessop & H.R.Toelken, FI. S. Australia edn. 4,2: 
1063(1986) 
Rubia syrticola Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4:111 (1856). 
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Wallindunga 
[Woollundunga], F.Mueller, October 1847; holo: U n.v.; 
iso: MEL. 
Asperula lissocarpa Airy Shaw & Turrill, Bull. Misc. 
Inform. Kew 1928(3): 96 (1928), nom. illeg. Type: New 
South Wales: Darling River, Dallachy; holo K, images 
MEL. 
Herbs to c. 20 cm high, sometimes weakly 
subshrubby. Stems sometimes persisting into second 
seasondevelopingspongybarkbasally;currentseason's 
stems 0.5-1 mm diam., sublustrous; branching sparing 
to moderate; internodes to 20 mm long, mostly 2-10 
mm long on branches, angles often c. as broad as faces, 
with a moderately dense to dense indumentum (up to 
c. 60 hairs per mm of angle); hairs retrorse, (0.1-)0.2- 
0.4 mm long, narrow to broad-based, straight; hairs 
sometimes arising from faces also; whorls 6-8-partite, 
usually at least some 7- or 8-partite, with stipules c. 
equal to leaf length. Leaves commonly angled strongly 
upwards, linear, mostly 3-10 mm long, 0.3-0.7 mm 
54 
Vol 27(1) 2009 

Page image

645022 Sherardia arvensis Muelleria 27(1): 111-112, Fig. 14
645021 Sherardia Muelleria 27(1): 111
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477644
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Asperula and Galium 
South Wales, Hobart in Tasmania {LRodway HO) and 
from central Australia, Carruthers, ?1890 (AD). Native to 
Europe and temperate parts of western to central Asia. 
Predominantly an agricultural weed in Australia. 
Notes: A species that seems to make appearances 
mostly on farmland, but then fails to persist. There is a 
relatively high proportion of old records for this species. 
Care must be taken when interpreting leaf hairs in 
this species. True marginal hairs are retrorsely curved 
throughout length; however, in the distal third there 
is a series of antrorsely curved near-marginal hairs on 
the upper surface which could be misinterpreted as 
marginal. 
3. Sherardia L., Sp. P/. 1:102 (1753) 
Type: S. arvensis L.; lecto, fide A.P. de Candolle, Prodr. 
4:581 (1830) 
Annual hermaphrodite herbs. Stems quadrangular; 
unbranched. Leaves and stipules similar, with margin 
pale, thickened; whorls 4-partite increasing to 6- 
partite upwards. Inflorescences terminal and axillary, 
capitulate or subcapitulate on long peduncles; bracts 6 
or 8, involucrate, fused basally. Flowers: calyx 6-merous, 
persisting in fruit; corolla pink, with a narrow tube 
much longer than lobes; filaments of stamens shortly 
free; anther without terminal appendages. Mericarps 
not fleshy. 
Sherardia arvensis L., Sp. P/. 1:102 (1753) 
Type; [protologue: SWEDEN, GERMANY, ENGLAND], 
Sherard, Herb. Clifford: 33, Sherardia No 1; lecto: BM, 
fide A.Natali, Reg. Veg. 127:88 (1993). 
Annuals to c. 30 cm high, few- to many-stemmed. 
Hairs moderately broad-based mostly c. 0.1 mm long. 
Stems 0.5-1 mm diam., sublustrous; unbranched; 
internodes mostly 4-70 mm long, with face drying 
brown, with angles narrow, glabrous or with sparse to 
frequent short retrorse hairs or long spreading hairs; 
whorls 4-partite increasing to 6-partite, excluding 
inflorescence whorl. Leaves angled slightly forwards 
or spreading, elliptic, narrow-elliptic or lanceolate, 
mostly 3-10 mm long, 1-4 mm wide, with l:w ratio 
1.5-6, tapering moderately basally, tapering gradually 
and strongly distally, mildly coriaceous; base 1/3-1/2 
of maximum width; margin flat to recurved, firm, pale 
sometimes purple-tinged, usually bearing numerous 
short, strongly antrorse triangular hairs, extending to 
apex; apex narrowly acute, not arched, usually with 
a few to several short terminal hairs; upper surface 
sublustrous, drying green, usually slightly wrinkled 
on drying, with midrib usuaily defined, recessed, 
glabrous or with scattered long spreading hairs 
curving antrorsely; lower surface similar in colour and 
lustre to upper, with midrib slender, clearly raised in 
proximal 2/3, and equal to or projecting beyond the 
concavity formed by curved margins, glabrous or with 
a few antrorse hairs on midrib. Inflorescences terminal 
and axillary, with a single cyme per node; cymes 
simple, 2-7-flowered, crowded; primary peduncles 
up to 30 mm long, usually exceeding leaves, with 
primary bracts 8 (6 in depauperate plants) similar to 
leaves but a little broader and fused and/or imbricate 
in basal 1/4 to form an involucre; flowers sessile or on 
a short stout peduncle; flowers exceeded by bracts or 
corolla-lobes exceeding bracts. Flowers: calyx fused 
for c. half of length, c. 0.3-1.0 mm long, 6-lobed, pale 
with greenish midribs, sometimes with hairs as for leaf 
margin; corolla pink, drying pink or very pale yellow; 
2.5-4.5 mm long; tube c. 1.8-3.3 mm long, c. 0.1 mm 
diam in basal third, flaring distally; lobes 1-1.5 mm 
long; anthers drying dark brown, c. 0.3 mm long, free 
filaments c. shorter than corolla lobes; ovary c. globose, 
c. 1 mm long, drying brown; style c. level with corolla, 
style-arms suberect, arms c. 0.3 mm long, stigma only 
slightly broader than arms. Mericarps broadly obovoid 
to ellipsoid, flattened on medial face, 1.6-2.2 mm long 
(excluding the persistent 3-lobed half-calyx), c. 1 mm 
wide and deep, glabrous or with hairs; pericarp thin, 
smooth, brown to blackish, 3-nerved. Field Madder. 
Flowers spring to summer. 
Selected specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Kingston 
Forest Block, E.D.Middleton K286, 20.xi.1998 (PERTH). SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. Meadows, c. 30 km SSE of Adelaide, J.R.Wheeler 
83, 27.x. 1966 (AD); Marble Range, Eyre Peninsula, F.N.SJackson 
3726, 4.X.1979 (AD, HO). NEW SOUTH WALES. Abercrombie 
Caves, K.Mair, 21.x. 1951 (NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL 
TERRITORY. SE base of Black Mountain, H.S.McKee 11622, 
25.ix.1964 (NSW). VICTORI A. W of the Warby Ranges, c. 6.5 km 
S of Boweya, T.B.Muir 1722, 2.xi.1960 (MEL); Nichols Point Oval, 
Mildura, J.H.Srawne, 24.X.1978 (MEL). TASMANIA. Near Cape 
Wickham, King Island, R.Warman, 12.xi.2002 (HO); Low Head, 
W.Curtis, Dec. 1955 (HO, MEL); near "Kelvedon", H.D.Gordon, 
19.xi.1942(HO). 
Muelleria 
111 

Page image

878284 Sherardia muralis Muelleria 27(1): 104
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59477637
Page is part of the work A revision of Asperula and Galium (Rubieae: Rubiaceae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291946

Page text

Thompson 
2. Galium murale (L.) AIL, FI. Pedem. 1: 8 , t. 77, f. 
1 (1785) 
Sherardia muralis L., Sp. P/. 1:103 (1753). 
Type: ITALY. Herb. Linn. 126.2; lecto; LINN n.v., fide 
A.Natali & D.Jeanmonod in D.Jeanmonod, Compl. Prodr. 
FI. Corse, Rubiaceae 105 (2000). 
Annuals to c. 20 cm high, commonly 1-5 cm high. 
Stems 0.3-0.6 mm diam.; angles slender, hardly raised, 
glabrous or with sparse spreading to slightly retrorse 
hairs c. 0.1 mm long, or rarely with a moderately 
dense indumentum of hooked hairs c. 0.3 mm long; 
whorls variable in number of parts, 4-6-partite below 
inflorescences reducing to 1-3-partite in inflorescences 
as cymes replace the leaf and stipule(s) on one side; 
stipules remaining c. equal to leaves throughout. Leaves 
narrow-oblanceolate, narrow-elliptic, narrow oblong- 
elliptic, or spathulate, 2-7(-10) mm long, 0.5-1.5(-2.5) 
mm wide, with l;w ratio (1.5-) 2-6, tapering gradually and 
moderately basally, thin; margin recurved or revolute, 
with a line of antrorse to subappressed hairs; hairs 
plump, not curved apically, not tubercle based; apex 
acuminate or narrowly acute, with hyaline apiculum to 
c. 0.3 mm long; terminal hair to c. 0.2 mm long; upper 
surface dull, with midrib weakly defined, glabrous or 
usually with few to several hairs along midline and 
near-marginally; lower surface glabrous or with a few 
hairs on midrib. Inflorescences a raceme of cymes; cymes 
predominantly 2-flowered, sometimes solitary, less often 
3-flowered, rarely to 6-flowered, lax, not subtended by a 
leaf, equal to or exceeding leaf on opposite side; primary 
peduncle 1-2 mm long; bracts rarely developed; 
ultimate peduncles 1-2 mm long, 0.15-0.3 mm diam, 
inserted basally, proximally or midway, not overtopping. 
Flowers: corolla c. 0.8 mm diam., with lobes c. 0.3 mm 
long, acute, pale cream or greenish, sometimes tinged 
pink; ovary broad-oblong in outline, c. 2 times as long as 
broad, c. 0.8 mm long, rarely glabrous, with hooked hairs 
0.2-0.5 mm long at summit and mostly also laterally on 
one of the two carpels, rarely glabrous except for minute 
hairs at summit, smooth. Peduncles of fruit moderately 
downcurved; mericarps narrow-cylindrical, often mildly 
arched, 1.2-1.5 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, blackish- 
brown or with a whitish coat, not rugose; dissepiment 
scare. 1 mm \ong.SmallCoosegrass,SmallBedstraw. 
Flowers mostly spring. 
Selected specimens: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Monks well 
Gully, Wongan Hills, c. 194 km NE of Perth, K.F.Kenneally 6875, 
27.ix.1978 (PERTH); 11 km W of Roes Rock, nearTwertup Creek 
(FRNP), KNewbey / 1029, 1 0j<.1 985 (PERTH);Thomas River, c. 8 km 
SSW of Boyatup Hill, clOO km E of Esperance, ACOrchard 1388, 
5j<.1968 (AD). SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Butchers Gap Conservation 
Park, 6 km S of Kingston, P.Gibbons 568, 30.X.1986 (AD, HO); 
5.0 km E of Black Hill (Marne), Murray region, A.G.5pooner 
10439, 16x1986 (AD); Finniss Conservation Park, Southern 
Lofty, A.G.5pooner 9077, 20j<i.1983 (AD); Innes National Park, 
Yorke Peninsula, ENSJackson 2550, 6.X.1974 (AD); Coorong, 
Younghusband Peninsula, CRAIcock5032, 5x1975 (AD); S slope 
of Mt Dutton, Marble Range, J.Z.Weber 6058, 30.ix.l979 (AD). 
NEW SOUTH WALES. Jerrabombera Lookout near Queanbeyan, 
M.Gray, May 1960 (AD, CANB); Bungonia Lookdown, Bungonia 
State Recreation Reserve, EM.Canning 4381, 13.ix.1978 (CANB). 
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY. C. 2 km WNW of Kowen 
Forestry Settlement, BJ.Lepschi 612, 3j<i.1991 (CANB, MEL); 
Uriarra creek, near crossing, LG.Adams 745, 22.X.1963 (CANB). 
VICTORIA. 1.5 km N ofTallarook, T.B.Muir6187, 12x1978 (MEL); 
Stratford Highway Park, I.D.Lunt 91/92, 4.X.1991 (MEL); Spencer 
Street Railway Station, Melbourne, V.Stajsic 1049, 31j<.1994 
(MEL). TASMANIA. Bridport, W.M.Curtis, 10.xi.l952 (HO); Deal 
Island, Kent Group, JS.Whmray 278, 29.xii.1968 (HO); Point NE of 
Croppies Point, A.M.Buchanan 1695, 23.xi.l 983 (HO); Swan River, 
6 km S of Cranbrook, P.Coilier 5246, 4.ix.1991 (HO). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in southern 
Australia, including southern Western Australia, 
south-eastern South Australia, New South Wales, 
the Australian Capital Territory, Victoria, and eastern 
Tasmania (Fig. 13). Native to southern Europe. Widely 
naturalised around the world. Grows in many types 
of vegetation as well as in urban environments, 
particularly pavement cracks. 
Notes: A very common weed in southern 
mainland Australia, readily distinguished by its cyme 
development and flower and fruit morphology. It often 
forms rather dense small mats. A widespread form on 
Kangaroo Island, South Australia has ovaries and fruit 
that are glabrous except for a few inconspicuous hairs 
at the summit. A specimen from Fish Creek in South 
Gippsland (A.Paget 1147 MEL 2027524) is unusual in 
that it has a moderately dense indumentum of straight 
to hooked hairs on stems and leaves. 
104 
Vol 27(1) 2009 

Page image

974037 Slender Muelleria 27(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1)".

974040 Small Muelleria 27(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1)".

974039 Small Muelleria 27(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1)".

974043 Three-horned Muelleria 27(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(1)".

883905 Macdonaldia apiculata Muelleria 27(2): 163
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529339
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Thelymitra variegata (Lindl.) F.Muell. (Orchidaceae) complex of southern Australia and New Zealand, doi:10.5962/p.291950
883901 Macdonaldia matthewsii Muelleria 27(2): 160
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529336
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Thelymitra variegata (Lindl.) F.Muell. (Orchidaceae) complex of southern Australia and New Zealand, doi:10.5962/p.291950

Page text

Jeanes 
bract solitary, lanceolate to ovate, 1mm long, 3-8 mm 
wide, green or purplish, closely sheathing at base, apex 
diverging from scape, acute to acuminate. Fertile bracts 
ovate to obovate, 6-18 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, green 
or purplish, margins connate at base, sheathing the 
pedicels, apex acute to acuminate. Pedicels 4-20 mm 
long, slender. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 5-12 mm long, 
1.5-4 mm wide. Flowers 1, or less often 2, 15-30 mm 
diameter, pink, mauve, blue or purplish with darker 
longitudinal veins inside, sepals greenish with pink 
to purplish veins outside, opening tardily in warm 
weather. Perianth segments 6-15 mm long, 2-7 mm 
wide, concave to almost flat, stiffly spreading, often 
shortly apiculate; dorsa/sepo/ovate to ovate-lanceolate, 
acute to subacute, usually broader than other 
segments; lateral sepals ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate, 
slightly asymmetric, acute to acuminate; petals ovate- 
lanceolate to lanceolate, slightly asymmetric, acute to 
acuminate; labellum lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, 
acute, smaller than other segments. Column erect from 
the end of ovary, 3.5-5.5 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, 
broadly winged, similarly coloured to perianth; post¬ 
anther lobe vestigial, apical margin covered with an arc 
of digitate to globose glands 0.2-0.4 mm long; auxiliary 
lobes absent; lateral lobes more or less parallel, ovate 
or elliptic, 1.5-2.5 mm long, 0.8-1.4 mm wide, erect 
or obliquely erect, stipitate, fleshy, rugulose, yellow. 
Anther inserted at apex of column, obloid, 2.5-3.2 mm 
long, 1.5-2 mm wide, projecting forward at about 90° 
to column, yellow, the connective produced into a 
fleshy beak 0.8-1.5 mm long, dorsal surface pubescent, 
ventral surface channelled; pollinarium 1.5-2.5 mm 
long; viscidium elliptic, c. 0.6 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide; 
pollinia friable, mealy, cream. Stigma situated c. midway 
along column, orbicular to transversely broad-elliptic, 
c. 2 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, concave, margins irregular. 
Capsules obovoid, 7-15 mm long, 4-8 mm wide, erect, 
ribbed. (Fig. 4, Fig. 10 g-i) 
Selected specimens examined : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 
Lochyer, Albany, 10.viii.1979, R. Heberle s.n. (PERTH 276715); Just 
W of Walpole, SW Highway, 25.viii.1978, T. Wilson s.n. (PERTH 
277169); Denmark Shire. Little Lindesay, 0.5 km along track 
to N from main walk track, 30.viii.1996, B.G. Hammersely 1613 
(PERTH 4627288); Mount Lindesay, 22.viii.1995, 5. Barrett 574 
(PERTH 4136705); Boronia Reserve, near Goodchild's property, 
c. 14 miles direct NNW of Albany, 14.ix.1965, A.C. Beauglehole 
12855 (PERTH 4258037); Mt Chance track, NW of Walpole, 
18.viii.1995, C. French DU14258 (CANB 611730); Darling 
district: Rock verge, 1.4 km N of Inlet R, Hwy 1, 16.viii.1995, C. 
French DU14257 (CANB 611729); Darling district: William Bay 
National Park, ranger's house, 21x1994, W. Jackson DU13653 
(CANB 611731); Stirling Range Drive, 3.2 km W of Chester Pass 
Road, 100 m W of old access track to Mt Hassell Picnic area, 
16.X.1 999, Cl French 2093 (CANB 61 1 754); George St Reserve, 
Albany, 6.vii.1987, R. Heberle 12 (AD RH12); Brookton Highway, 
42-43 mile pegs, 10.ix.1960, A.S. George 1514 (PERTH 276693). 
Distribution and habitat: Endemic to south-west 
Western Australia, mostly between Bremer Bay and 
Augusta, with a disjunct collection from the Darling 
Ranges east of Perth. Grows in open forest amongst 
sedges and rushes in and around seasonal swamps in 
moist sandy clay soils. Altitude: 10-400 m. 
Conservation status: Uncommon to rare, but 
widespread and conserved. Suggest 3RC by criteria of 
Briggs and Leigh (1996) and Near Threatened (NT) by 
criteria oflUCN (2001). 
Flowering period: July to October. 
Pollination biology: This species is facultatively 
autogamous. 
Notes: Thelymitrauliginosa is most closely related to the 
eastern Australian and New Zealand species T. matthewsii , 
but the latter grows in drier habitats, is generally shorter, 
has a single (very rarely two) slightly smaller, darker, more 
prominantly striated flower and a broader column with 
more obviously stipitate lateral lobes. Thelymitra uliginosa 
is also related to T. spiralis and T. maculata but those 
species have generally larger, insect-pollinated flowers 
that are often spotted or blotched. 
Etymology: Latin uliginosa, moist, wet; this species 
prefers to grow in seasonally wet substrates. 
4. Thelymitra matthewsii Cheesem., Trans. & 
Proc. New Zealand Inst. 43:177 (1911) 
Macdonaldia matthewsii (Cheesm.) Szlach. Fragm. 
FI. Geobot., Suppl. 3: 113 (1995). Type: New Zealand: 
Mongonui Country, low hills between LakeTongonge 
and the coast, R.H. Matthews s.n. (holotype K). 
Thelymitra daltonii R.S.Rogers, Trans. & Proc. Roy. 
Soc. South Australia 54: 42-4 (1930). (as T. D'Altonii) 
Type: Halls Gap, Grampians, 26.ix.1929, A.B. Braine & M. 
Braine s.n. (lectotype AD!). Syntype: Victoria. Halls Gap, 
Grampians, 8.X.1 922, C.W. D'Alton s.n (AD!). 
Illustrations: Nicholls (1951) plate 47; Nicholls (1969) 
plate 46; Gray (1971) page 39; Bates and Weber (1990) 
160 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883892 Macdonaldia spiralis Muelleria 27(2): 157
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529333
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Thelymitra variegata (Lindl.) F.Muell. (Orchidaceae) complex of southern Australia and New Zealand, doi:10.5962/p.291950
883906 Macdonaldia variegata Muelleria 27(2): 164
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529340
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Thelymitra variegata (Lindl.) F.Muell. (Orchidaceae) complex of southern Australia and New Zealand, doi:10.5962/p.291950

Page text

Jeanes 
Figure 10. Thelymitra spiralis : a column from side x8; b column from front x8; c column from rear x8. 
Thelymitra maculata; d column from side x5; e column from front x5; f column from rear x5. 
Thelymitra uliginosa; g column from side x8; h column from front x8; i column from rear x8. 
T. pulcherrima, T. speciosa and T. variegata, but the 
former species generally flowers earlier and has distinct 
needle-like points on the lateral lobes of the column. 
6. Thelymitra variegata (Lindl.) F.Muell., Fragm. 
5:98(1865) 
Macdonaldia variegata Lindl. Edwards's Bot. Reg. 
appendix to vols 1-23 [Sketch Veg. Swan /?.]: 50 (1839— 
40). Type : Swan River, 1838 ,J. Drummonds.n. (holotype 
K-LINDL!, isotypes BM!, K). 
Thelymitra porphyrosticta F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 97-8 
(1865) p.p. Lectotype hie designatus : Ad margines 
pa I ud urn prope flu men Salt River et in vallibus hum id is 
prope Kalgan [Margins of swamps near Salt River and 
moist valleys, near Kalgan], Maxwell s.n. Kalgan River, 
MEL 114390!; isolectotype K n.v. 
Illustrations: Erickson (1951) plate 4, plate 6: 19; 
164 
Vo I 27(2) 2009 

Page image

650349 Thelymitra apiculata Muelleria 27(2): 163-164, Figs 6, 11d-f

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 163-164, Figs 6, 11d-f".

883903 Thelymitra Muelleria 27(2): 160
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529336
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Thelymitra variegata (Lindl.) F.Muell. (Orchidaceae) complex of southern Australia and New Zealand, doi:10.5962/p.291950

Page text

Jeanes 
bract solitary, lanceolate to ovate, 1mm long, 3-8 mm 
wide, green or purplish, closely sheathing at base, apex 
diverging from scape, acute to acuminate. Fertile bracts 
ovate to obovate, 6-18 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, green 
or purplish, margins connate at base, sheathing the 
pedicels, apex acute to acuminate. Pedicels 4-20 mm 
long, slender. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 5-12 mm long, 
1.5-4 mm wide. Flowers 1, or less often 2, 15-30 mm 
diameter, pink, mauve, blue or purplish with darker 
longitudinal veins inside, sepals greenish with pink 
to purplish veins outside, opening tardily in warm 
weather. Perianth segments 6-15 mm long, 2-7 mm 
wide, concave to almost flat, stiffly spreading, often 
shortly apiculate; dorsa/sepo/ovate to ovate-lanceolate, 
acute to subacute, usually broader than other 
segments; lateral sepals ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate, 
slightly asymmetric, acute to acuminate; petals ovate- 
lanceolate to lanceolate, slightly asymmetric, acute to 
acuminate; labellum lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, 
acute, smaller than other segments. Column erect from 
the end of ovary, 3.5-5.5 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, 
broadly winged, similarly coloured to perianth; post¬ 
anther lobe vestigial, apical margin covered with an arc 
of digitate to globose glands 0.2-0.4 mm long; auxiliary 
lobes absent; lateral lobes more or less parallel, ovate 
or elliptic, 1.5-2.5 mm long, 0.8-1.4 mm wide, erect 
or obliquely erect, stipitate, fleshy, rugulose, yellow. 
Anther inserted at apex of column, obloid, 2.5-3.2 mm 
long, 1.5-2 mm wide, projecting forward at about 90° 
to column, yellow, the connective produced into a 
fleshy beak 0.8-1.5 mm long, dorsal surface pubescent, 
ventral surface channelled; pollinarium 1.5-2.5 mm 
long; viscidium elliptic, c. 0.6 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide; 
pollinia friable, mealy, cream. Stigma situated c. midway 
along column, orbicular to transversely broad-elliptic, 
c. 2 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, concave, margins irregular. 
Capsules obovoid, 7-15 mm long, 4-8 mm wide, erect, 
ribbed. (Fig. 4, Fig. 10 g-i) 
Selected specimens examined : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 
Lochyer, Albany, 10.viii.1979, R. Heberle s.n. (PERTH 276715); Just 
W of Walpole, SW Highway, 25.viii.1978, T. Wilson s.n. (PERTH 
277169); Denmark Shire. Little Lindesay, 0.5 km along track 
to N from main walk track, 30.viii.1996, B.G. Hammersely 1613 
(PERTH 4627288); Mount Lindesay, 22.viii.1995, 5. Barrett 574 
(PERTH 4136705); Boronia Reserve, near Goodchild's property, 
c. 14 miles direct NNW of Albany, 14.ix.1965, A.C. Beauglehole 
12855 (PERTH 4258037); Mt Chance track, NW of Walpole, 
18.viii.1995, C. French DU14258 (CANB 611730); Darling 
district: Rock verge, 1.4 km N of Inlet R, Hwy 1, 16.viii.1995, C. 
French DU14257 (CANB 611729); Darling district: William Bay 
National Park, ranger's house, 21x1994, W. Jackson DU13653 
(CANB 611731); Stirling Range Drive, 3.2 km W of Chester Pass 
Road, 100 m W of old access track to Mt Hassell Picnic area, 
16.X.1 999, Cl French 2093 (CANB 61 1 754); George St Reserve, 
Albany, 6.vii.1987, R. Heberle 12 (AD RH12); Brookton Highway, 
42-43 mile pegs, 10.ix.1960, A.S. George 1514 (PERTH 276693). 
Distribution and habitat: Endemic to south-west 
Western Australia, mostly between Bremer Bay and 
Augusta, with a disjunct collection from the Darling 
Ranges east of Perth. Grows in open forest amongst 
sedges and rushes in and around seasonal swamps in 
moist sandy clay soils. Altitude: 10-400 m. 
Conservation status: Uncommon to rare, but 
widespread and conserved. Suggest 3RC by criteria of 
Briggs and Leigh (1996) and Near Threatened (NT) by 
criteria oflUCN (2001). 
Flowering period: July to October. 
Pollination biology: This species is facultatively 
autogamous. 
Notes: Thelymitrauliginosa is most closely related to the 
eastern Australian and New Zealand species T. matthewsii , 
but the latter grows in drier habitats, is generally shorter, 
has a single (very rarely two) slightly smaller, darker, more 
prominantly striated flower and a broader column with 
more obviously stipitate lateral lobes. Thelymitra uliginosa 
is also related to T. spiralis and T. maculata but those 
species have generally larger, insect-pollinated flowers 
that are often spotted or blotched. 
Etymology: Latin uliginosa, moist, wet; this species 
prefers to grow in seasonally wet substrates. 
4. Thelymitra matthewsii Cheesem., Trans. & 
Proc. New Zealand Inst. 43:177 (1911) 
Macdonaldia matthewsii (Cheesm.) Szlach. Fragm. 
FI. Geobot., Suppl. 3: 113 (1995). Type: New Zealand: 
Mongonui Country, low hills between LakeTongonge 
and the coast, R.H. Matthews s.n. (holotype K). 
Thelymitra daltonii R.S.Rogers, Trans. & Proc. Roy. 
Soc. South Australia 54: 42-4 (1930). (as T. D'Altonii) 
Type: Halls Gap, Grampians, 26.ix.1929, A.B. Braine & M. 
Braine s.n. (lectotype AD!). Syntype: Victoria. Halls Gap, 
Grampians, 8.X.1 922, C.W. D'Alton s.n (AD!). 
Illustrations: Nicholls (1951) plate 47; Nicholls (1969) 
plate 46; Gray (1971) page 39; Bates and Weber (1990) 
160 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883902 Thelymitra daltonii Muelleria 27(2): 160
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529336
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Thelymitra variegata (Lindl.) F.Muell. (Orchidaceae) complex of southern Australia and New Zealand, doi:10.5962/p.291950

Page text

Jeanes 
bract solitary, lanceolate to ovate, 1mm long, 3-8 mm 
wide, green or purplish, closely sheathing at base, apex 
diverging from scape, acute to acuminate. Fertile bracts 
ovate to obovate, 6-18 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, green 
or purplish, margins connate at base, sheathing the 
pedicels, apex acute to acuminate. Pedicels 4-20 mm 
long, slender. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 5-12 mm long, 
1.5-4 mm wide. Flowers 1, or less often 2, 15-30 mm 
diameter, pink, mauve, blue or purplish with darker 
longitudinal veins inside, sepals greenish with pink 
to purplish veins outside, opening tardily in warm 
weather. Perianth segments 6-15 mm long, 2-7 mm 
wide, concave to almost flat, stiffly spreading, often 
shortly apiculate; dorsa/sepo/ovate to ovate-lanceolate, 
acute to subacute, usually broader than other 
segments; lateral sepals ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate, 
slightly asymmetric, acute to acuminate; petals ovate- 
lanceolate to lanceolate, slightly asymmetric, acute to 
acuminate; labellum lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, 
acute, smaller than other segments. Column erect from 
the end of ovary, 3.5-5.5 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, 
broadly winged, similarly coloured to perianth; post¬ 
anther lobe vestigial, apical margin covered with an arc 
of digitate to globose glands 0.2-0.4 mm long; auxiliary 
lobes absent; lateral lobes more or less parallel, ovate 
or elliptic, 1.5-2.5 mm long, 0.8-1.4 mm wide, erect 
or obliquely erect, stipitate, fleshy, rugulose, yellow. 
Anther inserted at apex of column, obloid, 2.5-3.2 mm 
long, 1.5-2 mm wide, projecting forward at about 90° 
to column, yellow, the connective produced into a 
fleshy beak 0.8-1.5 mm long, dorsal surface pubescent, 
ventral surface channelled; pollinarium 1.5-2.5 mm 
long; viscidium elliptic, c. 0.6 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide; 
pollinia friable, mealy, cream. Stigma situated c. midway 
along column, orbicular to transversely broad-elliptic, 
c. 2 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, concave, margins irregular. 
Capsules obovoid, 7-15 mm long, 4-8 mm wide, erect, 
ribbed. (Fig. 4, Fig. 10 g-i) 
Selected specimens examined : WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 
Lochyer, Albany, 10.viii.1979, R. Heberle s.n. (PERTH 276715); Just 
W of Walpole, SW Highway, 25.viii.1978, T. Wilson s.n. (PERTH 
277169); Denmark Shire. Little Lindesay, 0.5 km along track 
to N from main walk track, 30.viii.1996, B.G. Hammersely 1613 
(PERTH 4627288); Mount Lindesay, 22.viii.1995, 5. Barrett 574 
(PERTH 4136705); Boronia Reserve, near Goodchild's property, 
c. 14 miles direct NNW of Albany, 14.ix.1965, A.C. Beauglehole 
12855 (PERTH 4258037); Mt Chance track, NW of Walpole, 
18.viii.1995, C. French DU14258 (CANB 611730); Darling 
district: Rock verge, 1.4 km N of Inlet R, Hwy 1, 16.viii.1995, C. 
French DU14257 (CANB 611729); Darling district: William Bay 
National Park, ranger's house, 21x1994, W. Jackson DU13653 
(CANB 611731); Stirling Range Drive, 3.2 km W of Chester Pass 
Road, 100 m W of old access track to Mt Hassell Picnic area, 
16.X.1 999, Cl French 2093 (CANB 61 1 754); George St Reserve, 
Albany, 6.vii.1987, R. Heberle 12 (AD RH12); Brookton Highway, 
42-43 mile pegs, 10.ix.1960, A.S. George 1514 (PERTH 276693). 
Distribution and habitat: Endemic to south-west 
Western Australia, mostly between Bremer Bay and 
Augusta, with a disjunct collection from the Darling 
Ranges east of Perth. Grows in open forest amongst 
sedges and rushes in and around seasonal swamps in 
moist sandy clay soils. Altitude: 10-400 m. 
Conservation status: Uncommon to rare, but 
widespread and conserved. Suggest 3RC by criteria of 
Briggs and Leigh (1996) and Near Threatened (NT) by 
criteria oflUCN (2001). 
Flowering period: July to October. 
Pollination biology: This species is facultatively 
autogamous. 
Notes: Thelymitrauliginosa is most closely related to the 
eastern Australian and New Zealand species T. matthewsii , 
but the latter grows in drier habitats, is generally shorter, 
has a single (very rarely two) slightly smaller, darker, more 
prominantly striated flower and a broader column with 
more obviously stipitate lateral lobes. Thelymitra uliginosa 
is also related to T. spiralis and T. maculata but those 
species have generally larger, insect-pollinated flowers 
that are often spotted or blotched. 
Etymology: Latin uliginosa, moist, wet; this species 
prefers to grow in seasonally wet substrates. 
4. Thelymitra matthewsii Cheesem., Trans. & 
Proc. New Zealand Inst. 43:177 (1911) 
Macdonaldia matthewsii (Cheesm.) Szlach. Fragm. 
FI. Geobot., Suppl. 3: 113 (1995). Type: New Zealand: 
Mongonui Country, low hills between LakeTongonge 
and the coast, R.H. Matthews s.n. (holotype K). 
Thelymitra daltonii R.S.Rogers, Trans. & Proc. Roy. 
Soc. South Australia 54: 42-4 (1930). (as T. D'Altonii) 
Type: Halls Gap, Grampians, 26.ix.1929, A.B. Braine & M. 
Braine s.n. (lectotype AD!). Syntype: Victoria. Halls Gap, 
Grampians, 8.X.1 922, C.W. D'Alton s.n (AD!). 
Illustrations: Nicholls (1951) plate 47; Nicholls (1969) 
plate 46; Gray (1971) page 39; Bates and Weber (1990) 
160 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

650344 Thelymitra maculata Muelleria 27(2): 158-159, Figs 3, 10d-f

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 158-159, Figs 3, 10d-f".

883898 Thelymitra matthewsii Muelleria 27(2): 159
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529335
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Thelymitra variegata (Lindl.) F.Muell. (Orchidaceae) complex of southern Australia and New Zealand, doi:10.5962/p.291950

Page text

Thelymitra variegata (Orchidaceae) complex 
2.5- 3 mm wide, broadly winged, similarly coloured 
to perianth; post-anther lobe vestigial, apical margin 
covered with an arc of digitate to globose glands 0.2- 
0.6 mm long; auxiliary lobes absent; lateral lobes more or 
less parallel, elliptic to suborbicular, 1.8-2.8 mm long, 
0.9-1.3 mm wide, curved, erect or obliquely erect, 
stipitate, fleshy, rugulose, orange or yellow. Anther 
inserted at apex of column, obloid, 2.5-3.5 mm long, 
1.5- 2 mm wide, projecting forward at about 90° to 
column, orange or yellow, the connective produced 
into a fleshy beak 0.8-1.5 mm long, dorsal surface 
pubescent, ventral surface channelled; pollinarium 
1.5-2 mm long; viscidium elliptic, c. 0.7 mm long, c. 0.5 
mm wide; pollinia coherent, cream. Stigma situated c. 
midway along column, orbicular or transversely broad- 
elliptic, c. 2 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, concave, margins 
irregular. Capsules not seen. (Fig. 3, Fig. 10 d-f) 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 
Mokine Nature Reserve, l.viii.1985, GJ. Keighery & JJ. Alford 
171 (PERTH 792187); Wongan Hills, ix.1967, J. Tonkinson s.n. 
(PERTH 277207); 25 miles S of Tammin (Tammin National 
Park), 2.viii.1968, R.D. Royce 8469 (PERTH 277231); Wongan 
Hills, l.viii.1979, D. Kruske s.n. (PERTH 306924); Bolgart, 
8.viii.1951, R. Erickson s.n. (PERTH 924962); 24.6 km E along 
York Road from Great Eastern Hwy, 100 m E from track to 
Mt Observation, 28.viii.1985, R. Peokall 6 (PERTH 561363); 
11 miles SE of Ongerup, 26.viii.1973, K. Newbey 3732 (PERTH 
276707); Watheroo, viii.l 903, C. Andrews s.n. (PERTH 277657); 
Wongan Hills, 5.ix.l924, Came & Gardner s.n. (PERTH 277649); 
Wongan Hills, near Reserve Station, 11.ix.1973, P. Mann s.n. 
(PERTH 283908); Dragon Rocks Nature Reserve No. 36128, 
Dragon Rocks, 20.ix.1991, A.M. Coates 2841 (PERTH 5152968) 
York-Quellington Road, 26.xiii.1906, 10.H. Sargent s.n. (PERTH 
277665); Bouncer Road, Flynn State Forest, York, 28.viii.2007, F. 
&J. Hort 3007 (MEL 2296501, PERTH 05441536). 
Distribution and habitat: Endemic to south-western 
Western Australia, between Watheroo, Ongerup 
and Hyden, growing in dry inland areas through the 
wheatbelt. Grows in heathland or Wandoo woodland, 
often near rock outcrops, on dry granitic or lateritic 
sandy loam soils. Altitude: 150-450 m. 
Conservation status: Apparently quite rare, but very 
widespread and conserved. Suggest 3RC by criteria of 
Briggs and Leigh (1996) and Near Threatened (NT) by 
criteria of IUCN (2001). 
Flowering period: July to September. 
Pollination biology: The freely opening flowers, 
functional viscidium, coherent pollen and sporadic 
production of seed capsules would indicate that this 
species is most likely entomophilous. 
Notes: Thelymitra maculata is closely related to 
T. spiralis but the former usually has a single, generally 
smaller flower that is strongly spotted, particularly 
on the sepals, somewhat deflexed petals and lateral 
sepals, a narrower column often with suborbicular, 
orange lateral lobes, a less spirally twisted leaf that is 
barely auriculate at the base and a preference for drier 
inland habitats. Thelymitra matthewsil from eastern 
Australia and New Zealand and T. uliginosa grow in 
more mesic habitats, have a more spirally twisted leaf 
that is strongly auriculate at the base and smaller, 
darker coloured, unspotted flowers. 
The raising of T. spiralis var. pulchella Nicholls to 
species rank requires the coining of a new epithet as 
'pulchella' is already occupied at specific rank by the 
New Zealand endemic T. pulchella. 
Etymology: Latin macula , spot; the sepals, and 
also sometimes the petals, of this species are strongly 
spotted. 
3. Thelymitra uliginosa Jeanes sp. nov. 
Thelymitra matthewsii T Cheesem. affinis sed habitu 
plerumque elatiore,floribus plerumque binis majoribus 
pallidioribus et minus striatis, columna angustiore, 
lobis lateralibus minus manifeste stipitatis, habitatione 
humidiore et occidentaliore differt. 
Type: Western Australia. Mount Chance Track, 
Walpole-Nornalup National Park, 8.viii.1994, W. Jackson 
BJ271 (holotype PERTH 04447379). 
Thelymitra matthewsii auct. non Cheesem.: A.S. 
George (1971). Nuytsia 1(2): 194 p.p .; N. Hoffman & A. 
Brown (1984) Orchids of South-West Australia 34 p.p. 
Illustrations: Hoffman and Brown (1984) page 34 
(as T. matthewsii ); Jones (2006) page 254; Brown et al. 
(2008) page 321. 
Virtually glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers not seen. 
Leaf ovate-auriculate at base, narrowing abruptly and 
linear above, 5-10 cm long, 4-8 mm wide, usually 
spirally twisted, canaliculate, fleshy, dark green with a 
purplish base, sheathing at base where margins often 
lobed and undulate, pubescent towards base with 
hairs mostly on veins and margins, apex subacute. 
Inflorescence 10—25(—35) cm tall, more or less straight. 
Scape 0.5-1.2 mm diam., wiry, green or purplish. Sterile 
Muelleria 
159 

Page image

883899 Thelymitra matthewsii Muelleria 27(2): 159
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529335
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Thelymitra variegata (Lindl.) F.Muell. (Orchidaceae) complex of southern Australia and New Zealand, doi:10.5962/p.291950

Page text

Thelymitra variegata (Orchidaceae) complex 
2.5- 3 mm wide, broadly winged, similarly coloured 
to perianth; post-anther lobe vestigial, apical margin 
covered with an arc of digitate to globose glands 0.2- 
0.6 mm long; auxiliary lobes absent; lateral lobes more or 
less parallel, elliptic to suborbicular, 1.8-2.8 mm long, 
0.9-1.3 mm wide, curved, erect or obliquely erect, 
stipitate, fleshy, rugulose, orange or yellow. Anther 
inserted at apex of column, obloid, 2.5-3.5 mm long, 
1.5- 2 mm wide, projecting forward at about 90° to 
column, orange or yellow, the connective produced 
into a fleshy beak 0.8-1.5 mm long, dorsal surface 
pubescent, ventral surface channelled; pollinarium 
1.5-2 mm long; viscidium elliptic, c. 0.7 mm long, c. 0.5 
mm wide; pollinia coherent, cream. Stigma situated c. 
midway along column, orbicular or transversely broad- 
elliptic, c. 2 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, concave, margins 
irregular. Capsules not seen. (Fig. 3, Fig. 10 d-f) 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 
Mokine Nature Reserve, l.viii.1985, GJ. Keighery & JJ. Alford 
171 (PERTH 792187); Wongan Hills, ix.1967, J. Tonkinson s.n. 
(PERTH 277207); 25 miles S of Tammin (Tammin National 
Park), 2.viii.1968, R.D. Royce 8469 (PERTH 277231); Wongan 
Hills, l.viii.1979, D. Kruske s.n. (PERTH 306924); Bolgart, 
8.viii.1951, R. Erickson s.n. (PERTH 924962); 24.6 km E along 
York Road from Great Eastern Hwy, 100 m E from track to 
Mt Observation, 28.viii.1985, R. Peokall 6 (PERTH 561363); 
11 miles SE of Ongerup, 26.viii.1973, K. Newbey 3732 (PERTH 
276707); Watheroo, viii.l 903, C. Andrews s.n. (PERTH 277657); 
Wongan Hills, 5.ix.l924, Came & Gardner s.n. (PERTH 277649); 
Wongan Hills, near Reserve Station, 11.ix.1973, P. Mann s.n. 
(PERTH 283908); Dragon Rocks Nature Reserve No. 36128, 
Dragon Rocks, 20.ix.1991, A.M. Coates 2841 (PERTH 5152968) 
York-Quellington Road, 26.xiii.1906, 10.H. Sargent s.n. (PERTH 
277665); Bouncer Road, Flynn State Forest, York, 28.viii.2007, F. 
&J. Hort 3007 (MEL 2296501, PERTH 05441536). 
Distribution and habitat: Endemic to south-western 
Western Australia, between Watheroo, Ongerup 
and Hyden, growing in dry inland areas through the 
wheatbelt. Grows in heathland or Wandoo woodland, 
often near rock outcrops, on dry granitic or lateritic 
sandy loam soils. Altitude: 150-450 m. 
Conservation status: Apparently quite rare, but very 
widespread and conserved. Suggest 3RC by criteria of 
Briggs and Leigh (1996) and Near Threatened (NT) by 
criteria of IUCN (2001). 
Flowering period: July to September. 
Pollination biology: The freely opening flowers, 
functional viscidium, coherent pollen and sporadic 
production of seed capsules would indicate that this 
species is most likely entomophilous. 
Notes: Thelymitra maculata is closely related to 
T. spiralis but the former usually has a single, generally 
smaller flower that is strongly spotted, particularly 
on the sepals, somewhat deflexed petals and lateral 
sepals, a narrower column often with suborbicular, 
orange lateral lobes, a less spirally twisted leaf that is 
barely auriculate at the base and a preference for drier 
inland habitats. Thelymitra matthewsil from eastern 
Australia and New Zealand and T. uliginosa grow in 
more mesic habitats, have a more spirally twisted leaf 
that is strongly auriculate at the base and smaller, 
darker coloured, unspotted flowers. 
The raising of T. spiralis var. pulchella Nicholls to 
species rank requires the coining of a new epithet as 
'pulchella' is already occupied at specific rank by the 
New Zealand endemic T. pulchella. 
Etymology: Latin macula , spot; the sepals, and 
also sometimes the petals, of this species are strongly 
spotted. 
3. Thelymitra uliginosa Jeanes sp. nov. 
Thelymitra matthewsii T Cheesem. affinis sed habitu 
plerumque elatiore,floribus plerumque binis majoribus 
pallidioribus et minus striatis, columna angustiore, 
lobis lateralibus minus manifeste stipitatis, habitatione 
humidiore et occidentaliore differt. 
Type: Western Australia. Mount Chance Track, 
Walpole-Nornalup National Park, 8.viii.1994, W. Jackson 
BJ271 (holotype PERTH 04447379). 
Thelymitra matthewsii auct. non Cheesem.: A.S. 
George (1971). Nuytsia 1(2): 194 p.p .; N. Hoffman & A. 
Brown (1984) Orchids of South-West Australia 34 p.p. 
Illustrations: Hoffman and Brown (1984) page 34 
(as T. matthewsii ); Jones (2006) page 254; Brown et al. 
(2008) page 321. 
Virtually glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers not seen. 
Leaf ovate-auriculate at base, narrowing abruptly and 
linear above, 5-10 cm long, 4-8 mm wide, usually 
spirally twisted, canaliculate, fleshy, dark green with a 
purplish base, sheathing at base where margins often 
lobed and undulate, pubescent towards base with 
hairs mostly on veins and margins, apex subacute. 
Inflorescence 10—25(—35) cm tall, more or less straight. 
Scape 0.5-1.2 mm diam., wiry, green or purplish. Sterile 
Muelleria 
159 

Page image

650346 Thelymitra matthewsii Muelleria 27(2): 160-163, Figs 5, 11a-c

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 160-163, Figs 5, 11a-c".

883893 Thelymitra porphyrosticta Muelleria 27(2): 157
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529333
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Thelymitra variegata (Lindl.) F.Muell. (Orchidaceae) complex of southern Australia and New Zealand, doi:10.5962/p.291950
650351 Thelymitra porphyrosticta Muelleria 27(2): 164
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529340
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Thelymitra variegata (Lindl.) F.Muell. (Orchidaceae) complex of southern Australia and New Zealand, doi:10.5962/p.291950

Page text

Jeanes 
Figure 10. Thelymitra spiralis : a column from side x8; b column from front x8; c column from rear x8. 
Thelymitra maculata; d column from side x5; e column from front x5; f column from rear x5. 
Thelymitra uliginosa; g column from side x8; h column from front x8; i column from rear x8. 
T. pulcherrima, T. speciosa and T. variegata, but the 
former species generally flowers earlier and has distinct 
needle-like points on the lateral lobes of the column. 
6. Thelymitra variegata (Lindl.) F.Muell., Fragm. 
5:98(1865) 
Macdonaldia variegata Lindl. Edwards's Bot. Reg. 
appendix to vols 1-23 [Sketch Veg. Swan /?.]: 50 (1839— 
40). Type : Swan River, 1838 ,J. Drummonds.n. (holotype 
K-LINDL!, isotypes BM!, K). 
Thelymitra porphyrosticta F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 97-8 
(1865) p.p. Lectotype hie designatus : Ad margines 
pa I ud urn prope flu men Salt River et in vallibus hum id is 
prope Kalgan [Margins of swamps near Salt River and 
moist valleys, near Kalgan], Maxwell s.n. Kalgan River, 
MEL 114390!; isolectotype K n.v. 
Illustrations: Erickson (1951) plate 4, plate 6: 19; 
164 
Vo I 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883907 Thelymitra porphyrosticta Muelleria 27(2): 164
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529340
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Thelymitra variegata (Lindl.) F.Muell. (Orchidaceae) complex of southern Australia and New Zealand, doi:10.5962/p.291950

Page text

Jeanes 
Figure 10. Thelymitra spiralis : a column from side x8; b column from front x8; c column from rear x8. 
Thelymitra maculata; d column from side x5; e column from front x5; f column from rear x5. 
Thelymitra uliginosa; g column from side x8; h column from front x8; i column from rear x8. 
T. pulcherrima, T. speciosa and T. variegata, but the 
former species generally flowers earlier and has distinct 
needle-like points on the lateral lobes of the column. 
6. Thelymitra variegata (Lindl.) F.Muell., Fragm. 
5:98(1865) 
Macdonaldia variegata Lindl. Edwards's Bot. Reg. 
appendix to vols 1-23 [Sketch Veg. Swan /?.]: 50 (1839— 
40). Type : Swan River, 1838 ,J. Drummonds.n. (holotype 
K-LINDL!, isotypes BM!, K). 
Thelymitra porphyrosticta F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 97-8 
(1865) p.p. Lectotype hie designatus : Ad margines 
pa I ud urn prope flu men Salt River et in vallibus hum id is 
prope Kalgan [Margins of swamps near Salt River and 
moist valleys, near Kalgan], Maxwell s.n. Kalgan River, 
MEL 114390!; isolectotype K n.v. 
Illustrations: Erickson (1951) plate 4, plate 6: 19; 
164 
Vo I 27(2) 2009 

Page image

650353 Thelymitra pulcherrima Muelleria 27(2): 168-169, Figs 9, 12d-f

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 168-169, Figs 9, 12d-f".

650352 Thelymitra speciosa Muelleria 27(2): 166-167, Figs 8, 12a-c

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 166-167, Figs 8, 12a-c".

650343 Thelymitra spiralis Muelleria 27(2): 157-158, Figs 2, 10
883894 Thelymitra spiralis pallida Muelleria 27(2): 157
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529333
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Thelymitra variegata (Lindl.) F.Muell. (Orchidaceae) complex of southern Australia and New Zealand, doi:10.5962/p.291950
5169243 Thelymitra spiralis pulchella Muelleria 27(2): 158
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529334
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Thelymitra variegata (Lindl.) F.Muell. (Orchidaceae) complex of southern Australia and New Zealand, doi:10.5962/p.291950
883897 Thelymitra spiralis pulchella Muelleria 27(2): 158
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529334
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Thelymitra variegata (Lindl.) F.Muell. (Orchidaceae) complex of southern Australia and New Zealand, doi:10.5962/p.291950
883895 Thelymitra spiralis punctata Muelleria 27(2): 157
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529333
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Thelymitra variegata (Lindl.) F.Muell. (Orchidaceae) complex of southern Australia and New Zealand, doi:10.5962/p.291950
883896 Thelymitra spiralis scoulerae Muelleria 27(2): 157
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529333
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Thelymitra variegata (Lindl.) F.Muell. (Orchidaceae) complex of southern Australia and New Zealand, doi:10.5962/p.291950
650345 Thelymitra uliginosa Muelleria 27(2): 159-160, Figs 4, 10g-i

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 159-160, Figs 4, 10g-i".

650350 Thelymitra variegata Muelleria 27(2): 164-166, Figs 7, 11g-i

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 164-166, Figs 7, 11g-i".

883904 Thelymitra variegata apiculata Muelleria 27(2): 163
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529339
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Thelymitra variegata (Lindl.) F.Muell. (Orchidaceae) complex of southern Australia and New Zealand, doi:10.5962/p.291950
883938 Acacia binervata Muelleria 27(2): 216
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529431
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

Maslin and Murphy 
superficially resemble A cognafa which is distinguished by 
its normally 3-nerved phyllodes which are very obscurely 
puncticulate (observe carefully at xIO mag.) and by its 
persistent basal peduncular bracts (normally caducous 
in A stictophylla). Furthermore, A cognata attains a taller 
stature than A stictophylla (it grows as a shrub or tree 
3-10 m high) and in Victoria does not extend west of 
Orbost on the south coast (about 300 km due east of the 
Dandenongs where A. stictophylla occurs). 
Hybrids: Based on morphological criteria the 
following specimens which were collected from 
Pamela Place, Ringwood (a suburb of Melbourne), 
probably represent a hybrid between A. howittii and 
A. stictophylla: D.E. Albrecht 65 7 & 652 and B.R. Maslin 582 
(all at MEL and PERTH). These plants are characterised 
by lanceolate to elliptic, short phyllodes (30-40 mm 
long); they occurred in remnant bushland in a built- 
up area together with the two putative parents. Acacia 
stictophylla also appears to hybridise with A. paradoxa 
in this same general area, e.g. B.R. Maslin 5865 (K, MEL, 
PERTH) which grew with both putative parents. This 
putative hybrid is the same entity that was reported by 
Court (1972, p. 216) under A. leprosa x armata. 
Common name: Dandenong Cinnamon Wattle 
Etymology: The species name is derived from the 
Greek sticto- (punctured, spotted, dappled) and phyllon 
(leaf) in allusion to the puncticulate phyllodes. 
5. Acacia verniciflua A.Cunn., in B. Field, Geogr. 
Mem. New South Wales 344 (1825) 
Racospermavernicifluum (A.Cunn.) Ped\ey, Austrobaileya 2: 
357 (1987). Type citation: "Rocky Hills, near Cox's River, &c. 
Collected first in 1817 by me [A. Cunningham], during Mr. 
Oxley's Expedition." Type: Cox's River, New South Wales, 
Oct. 1822, A. Cunningham 220; ho/otype: K; isotype: BM. 
Acacia virgata G.Lodd., Bot. Cab. 13: 1 . 1246 (1827), nom. 
nud. (plate not accompanied by analysis). 
Acacia binervata Dehnh., Cat. horti camald. 2nd edn, 
17 (1832), nom. illeg., non DC. (1825). Type citation: 
"Nov. Holl. Flor. Mart.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli 
botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. 
Acacia gracilis Dehnh., loc. cit. Type citation: "Nov. Holl. 
Flor. Aug. Septemb.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli 
botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. 
Acacia verniciflua var. pendula Seem., Verb. K. K. 
Gartenbauges. Wien 1846: 42 (1846). Type citation: "Ob 
in Garten erzeugt oder auch im Vaterlande versomme 
ist mir unbesannt". Type: n.v. 
Acacia reclinata F.Muell., First Gen. Rep. Govt. Bot. 12 
(1853), nom. nud.; J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859), 
pro syn. sub A. leprosa. Note: it is perhaps equivocal as to 
whether or not Mueller's name was validly published in 
1859; Chapman (1991, p. 77) considers that it was, but 
Maslin (2001, p. 598) treated it as it is presented here. 
Acacia leprosa var. binervis F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., 
Bot. 3: 131 (1859). Type citation: "In collibus graniticis 
ad flumen Broken River." Type: on granite hills between 
the Broken River and Miles Creek, Victoria, 10.ii.1852, F. 
Mueller s.n.; holotype: MEL 1529061. 
Acacia leprosa var. tenuifolia Benth., FI. austral. 2: 358 
(1864). Type citation: "Between the Goulburn and 
Broken rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller." Type: between the 
Goulbourne [Goulburn] and Broken Rivers, Victoria, F. 
Mueller s.n.; probable holotype: MEL 1528780; lisotypes: 
K, MEL 1529063 (specimens annotated by F. Mueller as 
"Trans, fl. Goulbourne"). 
Acacia verniciflua (common variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle 
eta/., FI. Victoria 3:617 (1996). 
Acacia verniciflua first variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. 
Australia 11 A: 597 (2001). 
Acacia leprosa (Seymour variant) sensu T.J. Entwisle et 
al., FI. Victoria 3:620(1996). 
Acacia leprosa third variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 
11 A: 599 (2001). 
Illustrations. WJ. Hooker, Bot. Mag. 60: t. 3266 (1833); 
N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. Austral. Cap. Terr. 199, fig. 
193G (1970); G.M. Cunningham etal., PI. W New South 
Wales 374 (1981); D.J.E. Whibley & D.E. Symon, Acacias 
5. Australia 2nd edn, 181 (1992); TJ. Entwisle et al., FI. 
Victoria 3: 615, fig. 124i and 622, fig. 125b (1996); B.R. 
Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84A-E & N (2001). 
Non-aromatic or slightly aromatic, often viscid shrubs 
mostly 1 -3 m tall, occasionally small trees to 4 m, single- 
or multi-stemmed, the main branches slender and erect 
or pendulous. Bar/cgreyand smooth, may become rough 
on older trunks. New shoots usually shiny and resinous. 
Branchlets straight to flexuose and/or pendulous, terete 
or slightly angled, glabrous or occasionally (in few South 
Australian specimens) minutely appressed-puberulous, 
normally marked with broad (0.5-1 mm wide), ±flat or 
216 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883919 Acacia exsudans Muelleria 27(2): 189
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529404
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

A taxonomic revision of Acocia verniciflua and A leprosa 
with aromatic compounds in Acacia. While some taxa in 
the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group are aromatic this does 
not clearly correlate with levels of resinosity. 
Taxonomy 
1. Acacia exudans Lindl., in T.L. Mitchell, Three 
Exped . Australia 2:212 (1838) 
Acacia verniciflua var. latifolia Benth., FI. austral. 2: 358 
(1864). Type citation: "Plains of the Glenelg, Mitchell ." 
Type: interior of New Holland [just N of Casterton, 
Victoria], 1836 (sphalm. '25 March'), T.L Mitchell 34 
holotype : CGE; isotypes: K (ex Herb. Cunningham, 
sphalm.'1835'and ex Herb. Bentham, sphalm.'1838'), 
MEL (dated 7 Aug. 1836), W (sphalm.'1839'). (See under 
Typification for discussion of these types.) 
Acacia verniciflua (Casterton variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle 
et ai, FI. Victoria 3:618(1996). 
Acacia verniciflua third variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. 
Australia 11 A: 597 (2001). 
Acacia exsudans Benth., orth. var. [see A.D. Chapman, 
Australian Plant Name Index, A-C, p. 12 (1991) and B.R. 
Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 597 (2001)]. 
lllustrations.TJ. Entwisle etal, FI. Victoria 3:615, fig. 124j 
(1996); B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84F (2001). 
Slightly aromatic, dense rounded shrubs 1-4 m tall, 
generally multi-stemmed from near base. New shoots 
slightly viscid, shiny. Branchlets not or only slightly 
Figure 4. Scanning electron micrographs of phyllode resin- 
glands and head cell numbers. A. A. stictophylla {D.J. Murphy 
14). B. A. leprosa var. uninervia {DJ. Murphy 103). 
C. A. leprosa var. graveolens ( DJ. Murphy 125). D. A. leprosa var. 
crassipoda {DJ. Murphy 47). E. A. rostriformis {DJ. Murphy 25). F. 
A. verniciflua {DJ. Murphy 54). G. A. verniciflua {DJ. Murphy 156). 
H. A. exudans {DJ. Murphy 74). Scale bar = 50 pm. 
Figure 5. Scanning electron micrographs of phyllode surfaces. A. Phyllode surface of air dried Acacia verniciflua 
specimen without treatment to remove resin. Pores in the resin layer are visible above stomata. B. Phyllode surface 
from the same specimen with the resin partially removed. Note visible stomata and the depressions (punctae) 
in which damaged resin-glands are present. (DJ. Murphy 41). 
Muelleria 
189 

Page image

650367 Acacia exudans Muelleria 27(2): 189, 191-194, Figs 6, 7A (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529404
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

A taxonomic revision of Acocia verniciflua and A leprosa 
with aromatic compounds in Acacia. While some taxa in 
the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group are aromatic this does 
not clearly correlate with levels of resinosity. 
Taxonomy 
1. Acacia exudans Lindl., in T.L. Mitchell, Three 
Exped . Australia 2:212 (1838) 
Acacia verniciflua var. latifolia Benth., FI. austral. 2: 358 
(1864). Type citation: "Plains of the Glenelg, Mitchell ." 
Type: interior of New Holland [just N of Casterton, 
Victoria], 1836 (sphalm. '25 March'), T.L Mitchell 34 
holotype : CGE; isotypes: K (ex Herb. Cunningham, 
sphalm.'1835'and ex Herb. Bentham, sphalm.'1838'), 
MEL (dated 7 Aug. 1836), W (sphalm.'1839'). (See under 
Typification for discussion of these types.) 
Acacia verniciflua (Casterton variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle 
et ai, FI. Victoria 3:618(1996). 
Acacia verniciflua third variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. 
Australia 11 A: 597 (2001). 
Acacia exsudans Benth., orth. var. [see A.D. Chapman, 
Australian Plant Name Index, A-C, p. 12 (1991) and B.R. 
Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 597 (2001)]. 
lllustrations.TJ. Entwisle etal, FI. Victoria 3:615, fig. 124j 
(1996); B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84F (2001). 
Slightly aromatic, dense rounded shrubs 1-4 m tall, 
generally multi-stemmed from near base. New shoots 
slightly viscid, shiny. Branchlets not or only slightly 
Figure 4. Scanning electron micrographs of phyllode resin- 
glands and head cell numbers. A. A. stictophylla {D.J. Murphy 
14). B. A. leprosa var. uninervia {DJ. Murphy 103). 
C. A. leprosa var. graveolens ( DJ. Murphy 125). D. A. leprosa var. 
crassipoda {DJ. Murphy 47). E. A. rostriformis {DJ. Murphy 25). F. 
A. verniciflua {DJ. Murphy 54). G. A. verniciflua {DJ. Murphy 156). 
H. A. exudans {DJ. Murphy 74). Scale bar = 50 pm. 
Figure 5. Scanning electron micrographs of phyllode surfaces. A. Phyllode surface of air dried Acacia verniciflua 
specimen without treatment to remove resin. Pores in the resin layer are visible above stomata. B. Phyllode surface 
from the same specimen with the resin partially removed. Note visible stomata and the depressions (punctae) 
in which damaged resin-glands are present. (DJ. Murphy 41). 
Muelleria 
189 

Page image

883939 Acacia gracilis Muelleria 27(2): 216
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529431
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

Maslin and Murphy 
superficially resemble A cognafa which is distinguished by 
its normally 3-nerved phyllodes which are very obscurely 
puncticulate (observe carefully at xIO mag.) and by its 
persistent basal peduncular bracts (normally caducous 
in A stictophylla). Furthermore, A cognata attains a taller 
stature than A stictophylla (it grows as a shrub or tree 
3-10 m high) and in Victoria does not extend west of 
Orbost on the south coast (about 300 km due east of the 
Dandenongs where A. stictophylla occurs). 
Hybrids: Based on morphological criteria the 
following specimens which were collected from 
Pamela Place, Ringwood (a suburb of Melbourne), 
probably represent a hybrid between A. howittii and 
A. stictophylla: D.E. Albrecht 65 7 & 652 and B.R. Maslin 582 
(all at MEL and PERTH). These plants are characterised 
by lanceolate to elliptic, short phyllodes (30-40 mm 
long); they occurred in remnant bushland in a built- 
up area together with the two putative parents. Acacia 
stictophylla also appears to hybridise with A. paradoxa 
in this same general area, e.g. B.R. Maslin 5865 (K, MEL, 
PERTH) which grew with both putative parents. This 
putative hybrid is the same entity that was reported by 
Court (1972, p. 216) under A. leprosa x armata. 
Common name: Dandenong Cinnamon Wattle 
Etymology: The species name is derived from the 
Greek sticto- (punctured, spotted, dappled) and phyllon 
(leaf) in allusion to the puncticulate phyllodes. 
5. Acacia verniciflua A.Cunn., in B. Field, Geogr. 
Mem. New South Wales 344 (1825) 
Racospermavernicifluum (A.Cunn.) Ped\ey, Austrobaileya 2: 
357 (1987). Type citation: "Rocky Hills, near Cox's River, &c. 
Collected first in 1817 by me [A. Cunningham], during Mr. 
Oxley's Expedition." Type: Cox's River, New South Wales, 
Oct. 1822, A. Cunningham 220; ho/otype: K; isotype: BM. 
Acacia virgata G.Lodd., Bot. Cab. 13: 1 . 1246 (1827), nom. 
nud. (plate not accompanied by analysis). 
Acacia binervata Dehnh., Cat. horti camald. 2nd edn, 
17 (1832), nom. illeg., non DC. (1825). Type citation: 
"Nov. Holl. Flor. Mart.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli 
botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. 
Acacia gracilis Dehnh., loc. cit. Type citation: "Nov. Holl. 
Flor. Aug. Septemb.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli 
botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. 
Acacia verniciflua var. pendula Seem., Verb. K. K. 
Gartenbauges. Wien 1846: 42 (1846). Type citation: "Ob 
in Garten erzeugt oder auch im Vaterlande versomme 
ist mir unbesannt". Type: n.v. 
Acacia reclinata F.Muell., First Gen. Rep. Govt. Bot. 12 
(1853), nom. nud.; J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859), 
pro syn. sub A. leprosa. Note: it is perhaps equivocal as to 
whether or not Mueller's name was validly published in 
1859; Chapman (1991, p. 77) considers that it was, but 
Maslin (2001, p. 598) treated it as it is presented here. 
Acacia leprosa var. binervis F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., 
Bot. 3: 131 (1859). Type citation: "In collibus graniticis 
ad flumen Broken River." Type: on granite hills between 
the Broken River and Miles Creek, Victoria, 10.ii.1852, F. 
Mueller s.n.; holotype: MEL 1529061. 
Acacia leprosa var. tenuifolia Benth., FI. austral. 2: 358 
(1864). Type citation: "Between the Goulburn and 
Broken rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller." Type: between the 
Goulbourne [Goulburn] and Broken Rivers, Victoria, F. 
Mueller s.n.; probable holotype: MEL 1528780; lisotypes: 
K, MEL 1529063 (specimens annotated by F. Mueller as 
"Trans, fl. Goulbourne"). 
Acacia verniciflua (common variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle 
eta/., FI. Victoria 3:617 (1996). 
Acacia verniciflua first variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. 
Australia 11 A: 597 (2001). 
Acacia leprosa (Seymour variant) sensu T.J. Entwisle et 
al., FI. Victoria 3:620(1996). 
Acacia leprosa third variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 
11 A: 599 (2001). 
Illustrations. WJ. Hooker, Bot. Mag. 60: t. 3266 (1833); 
N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. Austral. Cap. Terr. 199, fig. 
193G (1970); G.M. Cunningham etal., PI. W New South 
Wales 374 (1981); D.J.E. Whibley & D.E. Symon, Acacias 
5. Australia 2nd edn, 181 (1992); TJ. Entwisle et al., FI. 
Victoria 3: 615, fig. 124i and 622, fig. 125b (1996); B.R. 
Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84A-E & N (2001). 
Non-aromatic or slightly aromatic, often viscid shrubs 
mostly 1 -3 m tall, occasionally small trees to 4 m, single- 
or multi-stemmed, the main branches slender and erect 
or pendulous. Bar/cgreyand smooth, may become rough 
on older trunks. New shoots usually shiny and resinous. 
Branchlets straight to flexuose and/or pendulous, terete 
or slightly angled, glabrous or occasionally (in few South 
Australian specimens) minutely appressed-puberulous, 
normally marked with broad (0.5-1 mm wide), ±flat or 
216 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883925 Acacia graveolens Muelleria 27(2): 201
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529416
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954
883933 Acacia leprosa Muelleria 27(2): 213
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529428
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954
650371 Acacia leprosa Muelleria 27(2): 185, Table 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529361
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954
883922 Acacia leprosa Muelleria 27(2): 195
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529410
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa 
or with sparse appressed hairs on margins (especially 
when young), sometimes transversely reticulate with 
nerves most evident at either edge of pods, marginal 
nerve indistinct. Seeds longitudinal in the pods, obloid 
to obloid-ellipsoid, 4-5 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, shiny, 
dark brown to black; funicle normally expanded into a 
once-folded terminal aril. 
Distribution: Discontinuous along the Great 
Dividing Range from southern Queensland through 
New South Wales to the Grampian Range in western 
Victoria; also in Tasmania. 
Taxonomy : Acacia leprosa is a highly variable 
species and five allopatric varieties are recognised to 
accommodate the variation (which is most pronounced 
in Victoria). As can be seen from Table 1 and from 
the synonymy presented below these varieties were 
treated as variants of either A. leprosa or A. verniciflua 
in Entwisle et al. (1996, pp 617-620) and Maslin (2001, 
pp 596-601). Most of the numerous specimens we 
examined can be accommodated by the five varieties 
but there are a few that cannot be satisfactorily placed 
and these are noted as variants under the variety that 
they most closely resemble. 
The principal characters that have been used to 
define varieties within A. leprosa are phyllode width and 
the number of longitudinal nerves on the phyllodes, i.e. 
one or two (these two characters vary independently 
of one another), the types of peduncle indumentum, 
the persistence or otherwise of the basal peduncular 
bracts, and the shape and size of the bracteoles. 
Although bracteole morphology is a cryptic character 
that is hard to accurately assess without the use of a 
microscope it is an important and very useful character 
for recognising morphotypes. 
Most of the variation within A. leprosa is found 
in Victoria where all the taxa, except var. leprosa, 
occur. The conventional definition of A. leprosa was 
that of a species comprising plants with 1-nerved 
phyllodes, however, we now expand this definition 
to also include plants with 2-nerved phyllodes. 
Phyllode nerve number is consistent within each 
variety but this may, to some extent at least, be 
a function of how we have defined the varieties! 
Phyllode nerve number is an easy character to see 
and to characterise, but as with any morphological 
attribute, nerve numbers may possibly be the result 
of convergence or reversals. Notwithstanding this we 
have used phyllode nerve number (one or two) to 
help define and key the varieties that are recognised 
here. While some of our taxa may well be redefined 
by future workers we believe that the classification 
that we propose is a reasonable attempt at providing 
meaningfully defined taxa to accommodate the very 
complex patterns of variation that exist within this 
species. The notes on variation and affinities provided 
under the varieties will assist future workers who wish 
to re-assess our classification, this applies particularly 
to var. leprosa, var. graveolens and var. uninervia. 
Etymology : The species name is derived from the 
Latin leprosus (scaly) and refers to the punctae that 
mark the surface of the phyllodes of this species. 
2a. Acacia leprosa var. leprosa 
Acacia leprosa (type variant) sensu T.J. Entwisle et al., FI. 
Victoria 3: 619 (1996), pro parte (excluding elements 
referable to Victoria). 
Acacia leprosa first variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 
11 A: 598 (2001). 
Illustrations. T. Tame, Acacias SE Australia 109, 
fig. 107a & b, pi. 107 (1992);T.J. Entwisle et al., FI. Victoria 
3: 622, fig. 125a (1996); B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 
595, fig. 841 (2001). 
Shrubs 1.5-4 m tall. Phyllodes (40-)50-90 mm long, 
3-7 mm wide, the punctae quite evident (observe at 
xIO mag.); with 1 longitudinal nerve [rarely an incipient 
second nerve in New South Wales plants); lateral 
nerves superficially absent or very few and obscure. 
Gland 0-1.5 mm above the pulvinus. Peduncles (2—)4— 
5 mm long when in flower, to 8 mm in fruit, densely 
puberulous with hairs short, istraight and closely 
appressed; basal peduncular bract early caducous, 
c. 1.5 mm long. Bracteoles scarcely visible in mature 
buds being overtopped by flowers, spathulate, 
0.7-1 mm long (±equal in length to calyx), the laminae 
small (less than length of the claws) and acute or 
occasionally short-acuminate. Fig. 8. 
Selected specimens examined: QUEENSLAND: 8.2 km by 
road, NE of Doolool Tops homestead, via Monto, A.R. Bean 928 
(BRI n.v., NSW n.v., MEL, MEXU n.v .); Sydney Heads, 32 km NNW 
of Nebo, 10.xi.1 990, A.R. Bean 2552 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: 
HillTop, Jan. 191 5, £ Cheels.n. (NSW 451625); Fire Road 3, Chain 
of Ponds Crossing South, 9.X.1969, A.S. Mitchell 556 (K, CANB, P 
n.v., NSW, MEL); 1 mile [1.6 km] S of Chain of Ponds crossing, 
9.X.1969, A.[S.] Mitchells.n. (NSW 167415, PERTH 02941651). 
Muelleria 
195 

Page image

650374 Acacia leprosa Muelleria 27(2): 185, Table 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529361
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954
883924 Acacia leprosa Muelleria 27(2): 197
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529412
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A leprosa 
and Maslin (2001, p. 599) var. leprosa (as A leprosa) was 
considered to occur in Victoria but the specimens upon 
which these records were based are now referred to 
A leprosa var, uninervia. Variety leprosa grows in 
eucalypt woodland on ridge tops and steep slopes, in 
grey clay loam or shallow sand. Fig. 7B. 
Taxonomy: As defined here var. leprosa is 
distinguished from the other varieties of A. leprosa by 
its narrow (not above 7 mm wide), 1-nerved phyllodes. 
While this is a convenient classification it may, to some 
extent at least, be artificial because this variety seems 
to grade into both A. leprosa var. graveolens (around 
Mt Werong in New South Wales) and A. leprosa var. 
uninervia (in the high country to the north-east of 
Melbourne, Victoria) - see under these two varieties for 
further discussion. Some plants of A. stictophylla from 
the Dandenong Range, Victoria, superficially resemble 
those of var. leprosa but are distinguished most 
readily by their bracteole morphology and peduncle 
indumentum (see A. stictophylla for discussion). 
Conservation status: Due to the small number of 
collections and scattered distribution of this taxon, and 
limited information about population sizes, A. leprosa var. 
leprosa is considered to be Near Threatened according 
to the criteria ofthelUCN (NT sensu IUCN 2001). 
Flowering and fruiting period: Flowers in 
September and October. Pods with mature seeds have 
been collected in late November to December. 
Common name: Cinnamon Wattle. 
2b. Acacia leprosa var. uninervia Maslin & 
D.J.Murphy, var. nov. 
Frutices 2-5 m alti. Ramuli tenuiter costati, costis 
plerumque sparse vel modice appresse-puberulis. 
Phyllodia plerumque (40-)70-140 mm longa, (6-)8- 
15(—18) mm lata, puncticulate; nervo longitudinali 1 
prominenti in quoque facies posito. Gians (0—)2—8 mm 
supra pulvinum. Inflorescentiae plerumque simplices 
immixtae cum racemis rudimentaribus; pedunculi 3- 
5(-7) mm longi, modice vel dense tappresse puberuli; 
bractea basalis peduncularis mature caduca. Bracteolae 
1(-2)mmlongae,laminislongitudineunguisbrevioribus 
vel ±aequantibus acutis vel breviter acuminatis. Flores 
5-meri; calyx breviter lobatus. Legumina linearia vel 
angusteoblonga, 30-90 mm longa,4-6 mm lata. Semina 
in leguminibus longitudinaliter ordinata, arillata. 
Shrubs 2-5 m tall. Branchlets finely ribbed, the ribs 
normallysparselytomoderatelyappressed-puberulous. 
Phyllodes mostly (40-)70-140 mm long, (6-)8-15(-18) mm 
wide, puncticulate; with 1 prominent longitudinal nerve 
on each face. Gland (0—)2—8 mm above the pulvinus. 
Inflorescences normally simple intermixed with 
rudimentary racemes; peduncles 3-5 (-7) mm long, 
moderately to densely ±appressed-puberulous; basal 
peduncular bract early caducous. Bracteoles 1 (—2) mm 
long, the laminae shorter than or ±equal to length of 
claws and acute or short-acuminate. Flowers 5-merous; 
calyx shortly lobed. Pods linear to narrowly oblong, 
30-90 mm long, 4-6 mm wide. Seeds longitudinal in 
pods, arillate. 
Type : 4 km NE of Healesville on the Maroondah 
Highway to Alexandra, Victoria, 12.ix.1985, B.R. Maslin 
5941 ; holotype: PERTH 00822469; isotypes : CANB, K. 
Acacia leprosa (largephyllode variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle 
et ai, FI. Victoria 3:620 (1996). 
Acacia leprosa fourth variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. 
Australia 11 A: 599 (2001). 
Illustrations. TJ. Entwisle et ai FI. Victoria 3: 622, fig. 
125d (1996); B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84J-L 
( 2001 ). 
Bushy or openly branched shrubs 2-5 m tall. Phyllodes 
mostly (40-)70-140 mm long, (6—)8—15(—18) mm 
wide; with 1 longitudinal nerve , the nerve prominent; 
lateral nerves few to numerous, often quite evident 
(at least when dry) and distally coalescing to form a 
fine, continuous but uneven intra-marginal nerve on 
one or both sides of the phyllode. Gland commonly 
2-8 mm above the pulvinus but sometimes less 
(0-2 mm), often clearly elongated and 1-2 mm long 
(but ranging to circular or oblong-elliptic and 0.5 mm 
long). Peduncles 3—5(—7) mm long, moderately to very 
densely puberulous with straight, appressed or sub- 
appressed hairs; basal peduncular bract early caducous, 
c. 1.5 mm long. Bracteoles usually scarcely visible in 
mature buds being over-topped by the flowers (slightly 
exserted in the large bracteole and Nayook Creek 
variants), spathulate, usually c. 1 mm long and equal in 
length to calyx (c. 2 mm long and exceeding the calyx, 
but shorter than the corolla in the large bracteole 
variant), the laminae shorter than or ±equal to length 
of claws and acute or short-acuminate. Fig. 9. 
Muelleria 
197 

Page image

883923 Acacia leprosa Muelleria 27(2): 197
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529412
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A leprosa 
and Maslin (2001, p. 599) var. leprosa (as A leprosa) was 
considered to occur in Victoria but the specimens upon 
which these records were based are now referred to 
A leprosa var, uninervia. Variety leprosa grows in 
eucalypt woodland on ridge tops and steep slopes, in 
grey clay loam or shallow sand. Fig. 7B. 
Taxonomy: As defined here var. leprosa is 
distinguished from the other varieties of A. leprosa by 
its narrow (not above 7 mm wide), 1-nerved phyllodes. 
While this is a convenient classification it may, to some 
extent at least, be artificial because this variety seems 
to grade into both A. leprosa var. graveolens (around 
Mt Werong in New South Wales) and A. leprosa var. 
uninervia (in the high country to the north-east of 
Melbourne, Victoria) - see under these two varieties for 
further discussion. Some plants of A. stictophylla from 
the Dandenong Range, Victoria, superficially resemble 
those of var. leprosa but are distinguished most 
readily by their bracteole morphology and peduncle 
indumentum (see A. stictophylla for discussion). 
Conservation status: Due to the small number of 
collections and scattered distribution of this taxon, and 
limited information about population sizes, A. leprosa var. 
leprosa is considered to be Near Threatened according 
to the criteria ofthelUCN (NT sensu IUCN 2001). 
Flowering and fruiting period: Flowers in 
September and October. Pods with mature seeds have 
been collected in late November to December. 
Common name: Cinnamon Wattle. 
2b. Acacia leprosa var. uninervia Maslin & 
D.J.Murphy, var. nov. 
Frutices 2-5 m alti. Ramuli tenuiter costati, costis 
plerumque sparse vel modice appresse-puberulis. 
Phyllodia plerumque (40-)70-140 mm longa, (6-)8- 
15(—18) mm lata, puncticulate; nervo longitudinali 1 
prominenti in quoque facies posito. Gians (0—)2—8 mm 
supra pulvinum. Inflorescentiae plerumque simplices 
immixtae cum racemis rudimentaribus; pedunculi 3- 
5(-7) mm longi, modice vel dense tappresse puberuli; 
bractea basalis peduncularis mature caduca. Bracteolae 
1(-2)mmlongae,laminislongitudineunguisbrevioribus 
vel ±aequantibus acutis vel breviter acuminatis. Flores 
5-meri; calyx breviter lobatus. Legumina linearia vel 
angusteoblonga, 30-90 mm longa,4-6 mm lata. Semina 
in leguminibus longitudinaliter ordinata, arillata. 
Shrubs 2-5 m tall. Branchlets finely ribbed, the ribs 
normallysparselytomoderatelyappressed-puberulous. 
Phyllodes mostly (40-)70-140 mm long, (6-)8-15(-18) mm 
wide, puncticulate; with 1 prominent longitudinal nerve 
on each face. Gland (0—)2—8 mm above the pulvinus. 
Inflorescences normally simple intermixed with 
rudimentary racemes; peduncles 3-5 (-7) mm long, 
moderately to densely ±appressed-puberulous; basal 
peduncular bract early caducous. Bracteoles 1 (—2) mm 
long, the laminae shorter than or ±equal to length of 
claws and acute or short-acuminate. Flowers 5-merous; 
calyx shortly lobed. Pods linear to narrowly oblong, 
30-90 mm long, 4-6 mm wide. Seeds longitudinal in 
pods, arillate. 
Type : 4 km NE of Healesville on the Maroondah 
Highway to Alexandra, Victoria, 12.ix.1985, B.R. Maslin 
5941 ; holotype: PERTH 00822469; isotypes : CANB, K. 
Acacia leprosa (largephyllode variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle 
et ai, FI. Victoria 3:620 (1996). 
Acacia leprosa fourth variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. 
Australia 11 A: 599 (2001). 
Illustrations. TJ. Entwisle et ai FI. Victoria 3: 622, fig. 
125d (1996); B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84J-L 
( 2001 ). 
Bushy or openly branched shrubs 2-5 m tall. Phyllodes 
mostly (40-)70-140 mm long, (6—)8—15(—18) mm 
wide; with 1 longitudinal nerve , the nerve prominent; 
lateral nerves few to numerous, often quite evident 
(at least when dry) and distally coalescing to form a 
fine, continuous but uneven intra-marginal nerve on 
one or both sides of the phyllode. Gland commonly 
2-8 mm above the pulvinus but sometimes less 
(0-2 mm), often clearly elongated and 1-2 mm long 
(but ranging to circular or oblong-elliptic and 0.5 mm 
long). Peduncles 3—5(—7) mm long, moderately to very 
densely puberulous with straight, appressed or sub- 
appressed hairs; basal peduncular bract early caducous, 
c. 1.5 mm long. Bracteoles usually scarcely visible in 
mature buds being over-topped by the flowers (slightly 
exserted in the large bracteole and Nayook Creek 
variants), spathulate, usually c. 1 mm long and equal in 
length to calyx (c. 2 mm long and exceeding the calyx, 
but shorter than the corolla in the large bracteole 
variant), the laminae shorter than or ±equal to length 
of claws and acute or short-acuminate. Fig. 9. 
Muelleria 
197 

Page image

650380 Acacia leprosa Muelleria 27(2): 185, Table 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529361
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954
883934 Acacia leprosa Muelleria 27(2): 213
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529428
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954
883945 Acacia leprosa Muelleria 27(2): 216
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529431
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

Maslin and Murphy 
superficially resemble A cognafa which is distinguished by 
its normally 3-nerved phyllodes which are very obscurely 
puncticulate (observe carefully at xIO mag.) and by its 
persistent basal peduncular bracts (normally caducous 
in A stictophylla). Furthermore, A cognata attains a taller 
stature than A stictophylla (it grows as a shrub or tree 
3-10 m high) and in Victoria does not extend west of 
Orbost on the south coast (about 300 km due east of the 
Dandenongs where A. stictophylla occurs). 
Hybrids: Based on morphological criteria the 
following specimens which were collected from 
Pamela Place, Ringwood (a suburb of Melbourne), 
probably represent a hybrid between A. howittii and 
A. stictophylla: D.E. Albrecht 65 7 & 652 and B.R. Maslin 582 
(all at MEL and PERTH). These plants are characterised 
by lanceolate to elliptic, short phyllodes (30-40 mm 
long); they occurred in remnant bushland in a built- 
up area together with the two putative parents. Acacia 
stictophylla also appears to hybridise with A. paradoxa 
in this same general area, e.g. B.R. Maslin 5865 (K, MEL, 
PERTH) which grew with both putative parents. This 
putative hybrid is the same entity that was reported by 
Court (1972, p. 216) under A. leprosa x armata. 
Common name: Dandenong Cinnamon Wattle 
Etymology: The species name is derived from the 
Greek sticto- (punctured, spotted, dappled) and phyllon 
(leaf) in allusion to the puncticulate phyllodes. 
5. Acacia verniciflua A.Cunn., in B. Field, Geogr. 
Mem. New South Wales 344 (1825) 
Racospermavernicifluum (A.Cunn.) Ped\ey, Austrobaileya 2: 
357 (1987). Type citation: "Rocky Hills, near Cox's River, &c. 
Collected first in 1817 by me [A. Cunningham], during Mr. 
Oxley's Expedition." Type: Cox's River, New South Wales, 
Oct. 1822, A. Cunningham 220; ho/otype: K; isotype: BM. 
Acacia virgata G.Lodd., Bot. Cab. 13: 1 . 1246 (1827), nom. 
nud. (plate not accompanied by analysis). 
Acacia binervata Dehnh., Cat. horti camald. 2nd edn, 
17 (1832), nom. illeg., non DC. (1825). Type citation: 
"Nov. Holl. Flor. Mart.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli 
botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. 
Acacia gracilis Dehnh., loc. cit. Type citation: "Nov. Holl. 
Flor. Aug. Septemb.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli 
botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. 
Acacia verniciflua var. pendula Seem., Verb. K. K. 
Gartenbauges. Wien 1846: 42 (1846). Type citation: "Ob 
in Garten erzeugt oder auch im Vaterlande versomme 
ist mir unbesannt". Type: n.v. 
Acacia reclinata F.Muell., First Gen. Rep. Govt. Bot. 12 
(1853), nom. nud.; J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859), 
pro syn. sub A. leprosa. Note: it is perhaps equivocal as to 
whether or not Mueller's name was validly published in 
1859; Chapman (1991, p. 77) considers that it was, but 
Maslin (2001, p. 598) treated it as it is presented here. 
Acacia leprosa var. binervis F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., 
Bot. 3: 131 (1859). Type citation: "In collibus graniticis 
ad flumen Broken River." Type: on granite hills between 
the Broken River and Miles Creek, Victoria, 10.ii.1852, F. 
Mueller s.n.; holotype: MEL 1529061. 
Acacia leprosa var. tenuifolia Benth., FI. austral. 2: 358 
(1864). Type citation: "Between the Goulburn and 
Broken rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller." Type: between the 
Goulbourne [Goulburn] and Broken Rivers, Victoria, F. 
Mueller s.n.; probable holotype: MEL 1528780; lisotypes: 
K, MEL 1529063 (specimens annotated by F. Mueller as 
"Trans, fl. Goulbourne"). 
Acacia verniciflua (common variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle 
eta/., FI. Victoria 3:617 (1996). 
Acacia verniciflua first variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. 
Australia 11 A: 597 (2001). 
Acacia leprosa (Seymour variant) sensu T.J. Entwisle et 
al., FI. Victoria 3:620(1996). 
Acacia leprosa third variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 
11 A: 599 (2001). 
Illustrations. WJ. Hooker, Bot. Mag. 60: t. 3266 (1833); 
N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. Austral. Cap. Terr. 199, fig. 
193G (1970); G.M. Cunningham etal., PI. W New South 
Wales 374 (1981); D.J.E. Whibley & D.E. Symon, Acacias 
5. Australia 2nd edn, 181 (1992); TJ. Entwisle et al., FI. 
Victoria 3: 615, fig. 124i and 622, fig. 125b (1996); B.R. 
Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84A-E & N (2001). 
Non-aromatic or slightly aromatic, often viscid shrubs 
mostly 1 -3 m tall, occasionally small trees to 4 m, single- 
or multi-stemmed, the main branches slender and erect 
or pendulous. Bar/cgreyand smooth, may become rough 
on older trunks. New shoots usually shiny and resinous. 
Branchlets straight to flexuose and/or pendulous, terete 
or slightly angled, glabrous or occasionally (in few South 
Australian specimens) minutely appressed-puberulous, 
normally marked with broad (0.5-1 mm wide), ±flat or 
216 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

650369 Acacia leprosa Muelleria 27(2): 194-195

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 194-195".

650372 Acacia leprosa leprosa Muelleria 27(2): 195-197, Figs 7B (map), 8
650383 Acacia leprosa Muelleria 27(2): 185, Table 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529361
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954
883947 Acacia leprosa Muelleria 27(2): 216
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529431
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

Maslin and Murphy 
superficially resemble A cognafa which is distinguished by 
its normally 3-nerved phyllodes which are very obscurely 
puncticulate (observe carefully at xIO mag.) and by its 
persistent basal peduncular bracts (normally caducous 
in A stictophylla). Furthermore, A cognata attains a taller 
stature than A stictophylla (it grows as a shrub or tree 
3-10 m high) and in Victoria does not extend west of 
Orbost on the south coast (about 300 km due east of the 
Dandenongs where A. stictophylla occurs). 
Hybrids: Based on morphological criteria the 
following specimens which were collected from 
Pamela Place, Ringwood (a suburb of Melbourne), 
probably represent a hybrid between A. howittii and 
A. stictophylla: D.E. Albrecht 65 7 & 652 and B.R. Maslin 582 
(all at MEL and PERTH). These plants are characterised 
by lanceolate to elliptic, short phyllodes (30-40 mm 
long); they occurred in remnant bushland in a built- 
up area together with the two putative parents. Acacia 
stictophylla also appears to hybridise with A. paradoxa 
in this same general area, e.g. B.R. Maslin 5865 (K, MEL, 
PERTH) which grew with both putative parents. This 
putative hybrid is the same entity that was reported by 
Court (1972, p. 216) under A. leprosa x armata. 
Common name: Dandenong Cinnamon Wattle 
Etymology: The species name is derived from the 
Greek sticto- (punctured, spotted, dappled) and phyllon 
(leaf) in allusion to the puncticulate phyllodes. 
5. Acacia verniciflua A.Cunn., in B. Field, Geogr. 
Mem. New South Wales 344 (1825) 
Racospermavernicifluum (A.Cunn.) Ped\ey, Austrobaileya 2: 
357 (1987). Type citation: "Rocky Hills, near Cox's River, &c. 
Collected first in 1817 by me [A. Cunningham], during Mr. 
Oxley's Expedition." Type: Cox's River, New South Wales, 
Oct. 1822, A. Cunningham 220; ho/otype: K; isotype: BM. 
Acacia virgata G.Lodd., Bot. Cab. 13: 1 . 1246 (1827), nom. 
nud. (plate not accompanied by analysis). 
Acacia binervata Dehnh., Cat. horti camald. 2nd edn, 
17 (1832), nom. illeg., non DC. (1825). Type citation: 
"Nov. Holl. Flor. Mart.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli 
botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. 
Acacia gracilis Dehnh., loc. cit. Type citation: "Nov. Holl. 
Flor. Aug. Septemb.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli 
botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. 
Acacia verniciflua var. pendula Seem., Verb. K. K. 
Gartenbauges. Wien 1846: 42 (1846). Type citation: "Ob 
in Garten erzeugt oder auch im Vaterlande versomme 
ist mir unbesannt". Type: n.v. 
Acacia reclinata F.Muell., First Gen. Rep. Govt. Bot. 12 
(1853), nom. nud.; J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859), 
pro syn. sub A. leprosa. Note: it is perhaps equivocal as to 
whether or not Mueller's name was validly published in 
1859; Chapman (1991, p. 77) considers that it was, but 
Maslin (2001, p. 598) treated it as it is presented here. 
Acacia leprosa var. binervis F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., 
Bot. 3: 131 (1859). Type citation: "In collibus graniticis 
ad flumen Broken River." Type: on granite hills between 
the Broken River and Miles Creek, Victoria, 10.ii.1852, F. 
Mueller s.n.; holotype: MEL 1529061. 
Acacia leprosa var. tenuifolia Benth., FI. austral. 2: 358 
(1864). Type citation: "Between the Goulburn and 
Broken rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller." Type: between the 
Goulbourne [Goulburn] and Broken Rivers, Victoria, F. 
Mueller s.n.; probable holotype: MEL 1528780; lisotypes: 
K, MEL 1529063 (specimens annotated by F. Mueller as 
"Trans, fl. Goulbourne"). 
Acacia verniciflua (common variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle 
eta/., FI. Victoria 3:617 (1996). 
Acacia verniciflua first variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. 
Australia 11 A: 597 (2001). 
Acacia leprosa (Seymour variant) sensu T.J. Entwisle et 
al., FI. Victoria 3:620(1996). 
Acacia leprosa third variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 
11 A: 599 (2001). 
Illustrations. WJ. Hooker, Bot. Mag. 60: t. 3266 (1833); 
N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. Austral. Cap. Terr. 199, fig. 
193G (1970); G.M. Cunningham etal., PI. W New South 
Wales 374 (1981); D.J.E. Whibley & D.E. Symon, Acacias 
5. Australia 2nd edn, 181 (1992); TJ. Entwisle et al., FI. 
Victoria 3: 615, fig. 124i and 622, fig. 125b (1996); B.R. 
Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84A-E & N (2001). 
Non-aromatic or slightly aromatic, often viscid shrubs 
mostly 1 -3 m tall, occasionally small trees to 4 m, single- 
or multi-stemmed, the main branches slender and erect 
or pendulous. Bar/cgreyand smooth, may become rough 
on older trunks. New shoots usually shiny and resinous. 
Branchlets straight to flexuose and/or pendulous, terete 
or slightly angled, glabrous or occasionally (in few South 
Australian specimens) minutely appressed-puberulous, 
normally marked with broad (0.5-1 mm wide), ±flat or 
216 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883921 Acacia leprosa Muelleria 27(2): 195
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529410
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa 
or with sparse appressed hairs on margins (especially 
when young), sometimes transversely reticulate with 
nerves most evident at either edge of pods, marginal 
nerve indistinct. Seeds longitudinal in the pods, obloid 
to obloid-ellipsoid, 4-5 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, shiny, 
dark brown to black; funicle normally expanded into a 
once-folded terminal aril. 
Distribution: Discontinuous along the Great 
Dividing Range from southern Queensland through 
New South Wales to the Grampian Range in western 
Victoria; also in Tasmania. 
Taxonomy : Acacia leprosa is a highly variable 
species and five allopatric varieties are recognised to 
accommodate the variation (which is most pronounced 
in Victoria). As can be seen from Table 1 and from 
the synonymy presented below these varieties were 
treated as variants of either A. leprosa or A. verniciflua 
in Entwisle et al. (1996, pp 617-620) and Maslin (2001, 
pp 596-601). Most of the numerous specimens we 
examined can be accommodated by the five varieties 
but there are a few that cannot be satisfactorily placed 
and these are noted as variants under the variety that 
they most closely resemble. 
The principal characters that have been used to 
define varieties within A. leprosa are phyllode width and 
the number of longitudinal nerves on the phyllodes, i.e. 
one or two (these two characters vary independently 
of one another), the types of peduncle indumentum, 
the persistence or otherwise of the basal peduncular 
bracts, and the shape and size of the bracteoles. 
Although bracteole morphology is a cryptic character 
that is hard to accurately assess without the use of a 
microscope it is an important and very useful character 
for recognising morphotypes. 
Most of the variation within A. leprosa is found 
in Victoria where all the taxa, except var. leprosa, 
occur. The conventional definition of A. leprosa was 
that of a species comprising plants with 1-nerved 
phyllodes, however, we now expand this definition 
to also include plants with 2-nerved phyllodes. 
Phyllode nerve number is consistent within each 
variety but this may, to some extent at least, be 
a function of how we have defined the varieties! 
Phyllode nerve number is an easy character to see 
and to characterise, but as with any morphological 
attribute, nerve numbers may possibly be the result 
of convergence or reversals. Notwithstanding this we 
have used phyllode nerve number (one or two) to 
help define and key the varieties that are recognised 
here. While some of our taxa may well be redefined 
by future workers we believe that the classification 
that we propose is a reasonable attempt at providing 
meaningfully defined taxa to accommodate the very 
complex patterns of variation that exist within this 
species. The notes on variation and affinities provided 
under the varieties will assist future workers who wish 
to re-assess our classification, this applies particularly 
to var. leprosa, var. graveolens and var. uninervia. 
Etymology : The species name is derived from the 
Latin leprosus (scaly) and refers to the punctae that 
mark the surface of the phyllodes of this species. 
2a. Acacia leprosa var. leprosa 
Acacia leprosa (type variant) sensu T.J. Entwisle et al., FI. 
Victoria 3: 619 (1996), pro parte (excluding elements 
referable to Victoria). 
Acacia leprosa first variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 
11 A: 598 (2001). 
Illustrations. T. Tame, Acacias SE Australia 109, 
fig. 107a & b, pi. 107 (1992);T.J. Entwisle et al., FI. Victoria 
3: 622, fig. 125a (1996); B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 
595, fig. 841 (2001). 
Shrubs 1.5-4 m tall. Phyllodes (40-)50-90 mm long, 
3-7 mm wide, the punctae quite evident (observe at 
xIO mag.); with 1 longitudinal nerve [rarely an incipient 
second nerve in New South Wales plants); lateral 
nerves superficially absent or very few and obscure. 
Gland 0-1.5 mm above the pulvinus. Peduncles (2—)4— 
5 mm long when in flower, to 8 mm in fruit, densely 
puberulous with hairs short, istraight and closely 
appressed; basal peduncular bract early caducous, 
c. 1.5 mm long. Bracteoles scarcely visible in mature 
buds being overtopped by flowers, spathulate, 
0.7-1 mm long (±equal in length to calyx), the laminae 
small (less than length of the claws) and acute or 
occasionally short-acuminate. Fig. 8. 
Selected specimens examined: QUEENSLAND: 8.2 km by 
road, NE of Doolool Tops homestead, via Monto, A.R. Bean 928 
(BRI n.v., NSW n.v., MEL, MEXU n.v .); Sydney Heads, 32 km NNW 
of Nebo, 10.xi.1 990, A.R. Bean 2552 (BRI). NEW SOUTH WALES: 
HillTop, Jan. 191 5, £ Cheels.n. (NSW 451625); Fire Road 3, Chain 
of Ponds Crossing South, 9.X.1969, A.S. Mitchell 556 (K, CANB, P 
n.v., NSW, MEL); 1 mile [1.6 km] S of Chain of Ponds crossing, 
9.X.1969, A.[S.] Mitchells.n. (NSW 167415, PERTH 02941651). 
Muelleria 
195 

Page image

883942 Acacia leprosa binervis Muelleria 27(2): 216
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529431
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954
650377 Acacia leprosa crassipoda Muelleria 27(2): 207-209, Figs, 13B (map) , 14, Plates 1, 2
883932 Acacia leprosa elongata Muelleria 27(2): 213
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529428
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954
650375 Acacia leprosa graveolens Muelleria 27(2): 201-204, Figs 10B (map), 11
650376 Acacia leprosa magna Muelleria 27(2): 204-207, Figs 12, 13A (map)
883935 Acacia leprosa var Muelleria 27(2): 213
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529428
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954
883943 Acacia leprosa tenuifolia Muelleria 27(2): 216
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529431
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954
650373 Acacia leprosa uninervia Muelleria 27(2): 197-201, Figs 9, 10A (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 197-201, Figs 9, 10A (map)".

883941 Acacia reclinata Muelleria 27(2): 216
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529431
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

Maslin and Murphy 
superficially resemble A cognafa which is distinguished by 
its normally 3-nerved phyllodes which are very obscurely 
puncticulate (observe carefully at xIO mag.) and by its 
persistent basal peduncular bracts (normally caducous 
in A stictophylla). Furthermore, A cognata attains a taller 
stature than A stictophylla (it grows as a shrub or tree 
3-10 m high) and in Victoria does not extend west of 
Orbost on the south coast (about 300 km due east of the 
Dandenongs where A. stictophylla occurs). 
Hybrids: Based on morphological criteria the 
following specimens which were collected from 
Pamela Place, Ringwood (a suburb of Melbourne), 
probably represent a hybrid between A. howittii and 
A. stictophylla: D.E. Albrecht 65 7 & 652 and B.R. Maslin 582 
(all at MEL and PERTH). These plants are characterised 
by lanceolate to elliptic, short phyllodes (30-40 mm 
long); they occurred in remnant bushland in a built- 
up area together with the two putative parents. Acacia 
stictophylla also appears to hybridise with A. paradoxa 
in this same general area, e.g. B.R. Maslin 5865 (K, MEL, 
PERTH) which grew with both putative parents. This 
putative hybrid is the same entity that was reported by 
Court (1972, p. 216) under A. leprosa x armata. 
Common name: Dandenong Cinnamon Wattle 
Etymology: The species name is derived from the 
Greek sticto- (punctured, spotted, dappled) and phyllon 
(leaf) in allusion to the puncticulate phyllodes. 
5. Acacia verniciflua A.Cunn., in B. Field, Geogr. 
Mem. New South Wales 344 (1825) 
Racospermavernicifluum (A.Cunn.) Ped\ey, Austrobaileya 2: 
357 (1987). Type citation: "Rocky Hills, near Cox's River, &c. 
Collected first in 1817 by me [A. Cunningham], during Mr. 
Oxley's Expedition." Type: Cox's River, New South Wales, 
Oct. 1822, A. Cunningham 220; ho/otype: K; isotype: BM. 
Acacia virgata G.Lodd., Bot. Cab. 13: 1 . 1246 (1827), nom. 
nud. (plate not accompanied by analysis). 
Acacia binervata Dehnh., Cat. horti camald. 2nd edn, 
17 (1832), nom. illeg., non DC. (1825). Type citation: 
"Nov. Holl. Flor. Mart.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli 
botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. 
Acacia gracilis Dehnh., loc. cit. Type citation: "Nov. Holl. 
Flor. Aug. Septemb.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli 
botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. 
Acacia verniciflua var. pendula Seem., Verb. K. K. 
Gartenbauges. Wien 1846: 42 (1846). Type citation: "Ob 
in Garten erzeugt oder auch im Vaterlande versomme 
ist mir unbesannt". Type: n.v. 
Acacia reclinata F.Muell., First Gen. Rep. Govt. Bot. 12 
(1853), nom. nud.; J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859), 
pro syn. sub A. leprosa. Note: it is perhaps equivocal as to 
whether or not Mueller's name was validly published in 
1859; Chapman (1991, p. 77) considers that it was, but 
Maslin (2001, p. 598) treated it as it is presented here. 
Acacia leprosa var. binervis F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., 
Bot. 3: 131 (1859). Type citation: "In collibus graniticis 
ad flumen Broken River." Type: on granite hills between 
the Broken River and Miles Creek, Victoria, 10.ii.1852, F. 
Mueller s.n.; holotype: MEL 1529061. 
Acacia leprosa var. tenuifolia Benth., FI. austral. 2: 358 
(1864). Type citation: "Between the Goulburn and 
Broken rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller." Type: between the 
Goulbourne [Goulburn] and Broken Rivers, Victoria, F. 
Mueller s.n.; probable holotype: MEL 1528780; lisotypes: 
K, MEL 1529063 (specimens annotated by F. Mueller as 
"Trans, fl. Goulbourne"). 
Acacia verniciflua (common variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle 
eta/., FI. Victoria 3:617 (1996). 
Acacia verniciflua first variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. 
Australia 11 A: 597 (2001). 
Acacia leprosa (Seymour variant) sensu T.J. Entwisle et 
al., FI. Victoria 3:620(1996). 
Acacia leprosa third variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 
11 A: 599 (2001). 
Illustrations. WJ. Hooker, Bot. Mag. 60: t. 3266 (1833); 
N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. Austral. Cap. Terr. 199, fig. 
193G (1970); G.M. Cunningham etal., PI. W New South 
Wales 374 (1981); D.J.E. Whibley & D.E. Symon, Acacias 
5. Australia 2nd edn, 181 (1992); TJ. Entwisle et al., FI. 
Victoria 3: 615, fig. 124i and 622, fig. 125b (1996); B.R. 
Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84A-E & N (2001). 
Non-aromatic or slightly aromatic, often viscid shrubs 
mostly 1 -3 m tall, occasionally small trees to 4 m, single- 
or multi-stemmed, the main branches slender and erect 
or pendulous. Bar/cgreyand smooth, may become rough 
on older trunks. New shoots usually shiny and resinous. 
Branchlets straight to flexuose and/or pendulous, terete 
or slightly angled, glabrous or occasionally (in few South 
Australian specimens) minutely appressed-puberulous, 
normally marked with broad (0.5-1 mm wide), ±flat or 
216 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

650378 Acacia rostriformis Muelleria 27(2): 209-212, Figs 15, 16A (map), Plates 1, 2
650379 Acacia stictophylla Muelleria 27(2): 213-216, Figs 16B (map), 17, Plates 1, 2
650381 Acacia verniciflua Muelleria 27(2): 216-219, Figs 18, 19 (map), Plates 1, 2
883929 Acacia verniciflua Muelleria 27(2): 209
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529424
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa 
the other varieties of A. leprosa (c. 0.5 mm wide) but 
they appear wider being covered by a thick layer of 
sometimes ±matted hairs. 
Variatiomlhe bracteoles are normally about 2 mm 
long (clearly longer than the calyx, but slightly shorter 
than the petals) with clearly acuminate laminae that 
are longer than the short claws. These distinctive 
bracteoles occur elsewhere in A. leprosa but are 
uncommon (they occur in var. magna and in the large 
bracteole variant of var. uninervia ). In var. crassipoda 
we have seen two atypical specimens (A. Paget 2549 
and Joshuas s.n.) that have slightly shorter than normal 
bracteoles (1.2-1.5 mm long) with short-acuminate 
laminae that are equal in length to the claws; the 
A. Paget 2549 is further atypical in having few-flowered 
heads, c. 25. These two specimens appear otherwise 
typical of var. crassipoda ; they occur in the Grampians 
within the geographic range of the variety. 
The phyllodes in A. leprosa var. crassipoda are 
normally gradually narrowed to acute or acuminate 
apices but on V. Stajsic 3374 & K. Rule they are 
abruptly narrowed to obtuse apices (with a central 
mucro) and as such superficially resemble those of 
A. exudans (from around Casterton) or A. rostriformis 
(from around Bacchus Marsh). Acacia exudans is 
most readily distinguished by its glabrous branchlets 
that are marked with broad, flat bands (like those of 
A. verniciflua) whereas the branchlets on V. Stajsic 3374 
& K. Rule are marked with distinctly raised, appressed- 
hairy ribs. Acacia rostriformis is distinguished from var. 
crassipoda by its narrower phyllodes (mostly 5-10 mm 
wide) with a distinctive, excentric mucro and generally 
longer peduncles (mostly 5-9 mm) with persistent 
basal bracts (phyllodes normally 15-20 mm long with 
a centric mucro and peduncles 2—4(—5) mm long with 
caducous basal bracts in var. crassipoda). 
Affinities: Variety crassipoda is most closely related 
to A. leprosa var. graveolens (2-nerved phyllodes) which 
is normally recognised by having longer (4-8 mm), 
more sparsely hairy peduncles and small bracteoles 
(about 1 mm long) with the acute laminae iequal in 
length to the claws. There is, however, a variant of var. 
graveolens from the Kinglake-Marysville area that has 
densely hairy, rather short (4-5 mm long) peduncles; 
these plants superficially resemble var. crassipoda 
but are distinguished most readily by their clearly 
elongated glands which are normally 2-4 mm above 
the pulvinus (gland 0-1 mm above pulvinus in var. 
crassipoda). 
Conservation status: Acacia leprosa var. crassipoda 
occurs in less than five known locations and its range is 
highly fragmented. Therefore this taxon is regarded as 
Vulnerable according to the criteria of the IUCN (VU Ba, 
biii sensu IUCN 2001). However, enhanced surveys for 
this taxon based on its known habitat preferences may 
discover additional populations. 
Etymology: The varietal name is derived from the 
Latin crassus (thick) and poda (foot) in allusion to the 
short, stout peduncles. 
3. Acacia rostriformis Maslin & DJ.Murphy, sp. nov. 
Frutices 1 —6(—8) m alti. Ramili manifeste costati, 
costis appresse-puberulis. Phyllodia anguste elliptica 
vel oblongo-elliptica, plerumque oblanceolata vel 
±lanceolata, 20-45(-60) mm longa, (3—)5—10(—13) mm 
lata, puncticulate; nervis longitudinalibus 2 in quoque 
facies positis; apices obtusi vel sub-acuti, excentricaliter 
mucronati, rostriformes, saepe sub-uncinati. Gians 
0-1 mm supra pulvinum posita. Inflorescentiae 
simplices; pedunculi (3—)5—9(—10) mm longi, dense 
tomentosi; bractea basalis peduncularis persistens. 
Capitula globularia vel parum obloidea, dense 25-30 
flora, citrine. Bracteolae 0.7-1 mm longae, acutae vel 
brevi-acuminatae. Flores 5-meri; calyx gamosepalus, 
breviterlobatus.Legum/'nolinearia vel anguste oblonga, 
35-80 mm longa, 3-5 mm lata, tenui-texturata dense 
appresse-puberula in statu juvenili, indumento sparso 
maturitate. Semina in leguminibus longitudinaliter 
ordinata, 3.5-4.7 mm longa, arillata. 
Shrubs 1 —6(—8) m tall. Branchlets prominently ribbed, 
the ribs appressed-puberulous. Phyllodes narrowly 
elliptic to oblong-elliptic, sometimes oblanceolate or 
ilanceolate, 20-45(-60) mm long, (3-)5-10(-13) mm 
wide, normally appressed-puberulous on margins 
and main longitudinal nerves, puncticulate; with 2 
longitudinal nerves on each face; apices obtuse to sub¬ 
acute, excentrically mucronate, rostriform and often 
sub-uncinate. Gland situated 0-1 mm above pulvinus. 
Inflorescences simple; peduncles (3-)5-9f-10) mm 
long, densely tomentose; basal peduncular bract 
persistent; heads globular or slightly obloid, densely 
25-30-flowered, lemon yellow. Bracteoles 0.7-1 mm 
long, acute to short-acuminate. Flowers 5-merous, 
Muelleria 
209 

Page image

883916 Acacia verniciflua Muelleria 27(2): 189
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529404
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

A taxonomic revision of Acocia verniciflua and A leprosa 
with aromatic compounds in Acacia. While some taxa in 
the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group are aromatic this does 
not clearly correlate with levels of resinosity. 
Taxonomy 
1. Acacia exudans Lindl., in T.L. Mitchell, Three 
Exped . Australia 2:212 (1838) 
Acacia verniciflua var. latifolia Benth., FI. austral. 2: 358 
(1864). Type citation: "Plains of the Glenelg, Mitchell ." 
Type: interior of New Holland [just N of Casterton, 
Victoria], 1836 (sphalm. '25 March'), T.L Mitchell 34 
holotype : CGE; isotypes: K (ex Herb. Cunningham, 
sphalm.'1835'and ex Herb. Bentham, sphalm.'1838'), 
MEL (dated 7 Aug. 1836), W (sphalm.'1839'). (See under 
Typification for discussion of these types.) 
Acacia verniciflua (Casterton variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle 
et ai, FI. Victoria 3:618(1996). 
Acacia verniciflua third variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. 
Australia 11 A: 597 (2001). 
Acacia exsudans Benth., orth. var. [see A.D. Chapman, 
Australian Plant Name Index, A-C, p. 12 (1991) and B.R. 
Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 597 (2001)]. 
lllustrations.TJ. Entwisle etal, FI. Victoria 3:615, fig. 124j 
(1996); B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84F (2001). 
Slightly aromatic, dense rounded shrubs 1-4 m tall, 
generally multi-stemmed from near base. New shoots 
slightly viscid, shiny. Branchlets not or only slightly 
Figure 4. Scanning electron micrographs of phyllode resin- 
glands and head cell numbers. A. A. stictophylla {D.J. Murphy 
14). B. A. leprosa var. uninervia {DJ. Murphy 103). 
C. A. leprosa var. graveolens ( DJ. Murphy 125). D. A. leprosa var. 
crassipoda {DJ. Murphy 47). E. A. rostriformis {DJ. Murphy 25). F. 
A. verniciflua {DJ. Murphy 54). G. A. verniciflua {DJ. Murphy 156). 
H. A. exudans {DJ. Murphy 74). Scale bar = 50 pm. 
Figure 5. Scanning electron micrographs of phyllode surfaces. A. Phyllode surface of air dried Acacia verniciflua 
specimen without treatment to remove resin. Pores in the resin layer are visible above stomata. B. Phyllode surface 
from the same specimen with the resin partially removed. Note visible stomata and the depressions (punctae) 
in which damaged resin-glands are present. (DJ. Murphy 41). 
Muelleria 
189 

Page image

883944 Acacia verniciflua Muelleria 27(2): 216
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529431
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

Maslin and Murphy 
superficially resemble A cognafa which is distinguished by 
its normally 3-nerved phyllodes which are very obscurely 
puncticulate (observe carefully at xIO mag.) and by its 
persistent basal peduncular bracts (normally caducous 
in A stictophylla). Furthermore, A cognata attains a taller 
stature than A stictophylla (it grows as a shrub or tree 
3-10 m high) and in Victoria does not extend west of 
Orbost on the south coast (about 300 km due east of the 
Dandenongs where A. stictophylla occurs). 
Hybrids: Based on morphological criteria the 
following specimens which were collected from 
Pamela Place, Ringwood (a suburb of Melbourne), 
probably represent a hybrid between A. howittii and 
A. stictophylla: D.E. Albrecht 65 7 & 652 and B.R. Maslin 582 
(all at MEL and PERTH). These plants are characterised 
by lanceolate to elliptic, short phyllodes (30-40 mm 
long); they occurred in remnant bushland in a built- 
up area together with the two putative parents. Acacia 
stictophylla also appears to hybridise with A. paradoxa 
in this same general area, e.g. B.R. Maslin 5865 (K, MEL, 
PERTH) which grew with both putative parents. This 
putative hybrid is the same entity that was reported by 
Court (1972, p. 216) under A. leprosa x armata. 
Common name: Dandenong Cinnamon Wattle 
Etymology: The species name is derived from the 
Greek sticto- (punctured, spotted, dappled) and phyllon 
(leaf) in allusion to the puncticulate phyllodes. 
5. Acacia verniciflua A.Cunn., in B. Field, Geogr. 
Mem. New South Wales 344 (1825) 
Racospermavernicifluum (A.Cunn.) Ped\ey, Austrobaileya 2: 
357 (1987). Type citation: "Rocky Hills, near Cox's River, &c. 
Collected first in 1817 by me [A. Cunningham], during Mr. 
Oxley's Expedition." Type: Cox's River, New South Wales, 
Oct. 1822, A. Cunningham 220; ho/otype: K; isotype: BM. 
Acacia virgata G.Lodd., Bot. Cab. 13: 1 . 1246 (1827), nom. 
nud. (plate not accompanied by analysis). 
Acacia binervata Dehnh., Cat. horti camald. 2nd edn, 
17 (1832), nom. illeg., non DC. (1825). Type citation: 
"Nov. Holl. Flor. Mart.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli 
botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. 
Acacia gracilis Dehnh., loc. cit. Type citation: "Nov. Holl. 
Flor. Aug. Septemb.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli 
botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. 
Acacia verniciflua var. pendula Seem., Verb. K. K. 
Gartenbauges. Wien 1846: 42 (1846). Type citation: "Ob 
in Garten erzeugt oder auch im Vaterlande versomme 
ist mir unbesannt". Type: n.v. 
Acacia reclinata F.Muell., First Gen. Rep. Govt. Bot. 12 
(1853), nom. nud.; J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859), 
pro syn. sub A. leprosa. Note: it is perhaps equivocal as to 
whether or not Mueller's name was validly published in 
1859; Chapman (1991, p. 77) considers that it was, but 
Maslin (2001, p. 598) treated it as it is presented here. 
Acacia leprosa var. binervis F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., 
Bot. 3: 131 (1859). Type citation: "In collibus graniticis 
ad flumen Broken River." Type: on granite hills between 
the Broken River and Miles Creek, Victoria, 10.ii.1852, F. 
Mueller s.n.; holotype: MEL 1529061. 
Acacia leprosa var. tenuifolia Benth., FI. austral. 2: 358 
(1864). Type citation: "Between the Goulburn and 
Broken rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller." Type: between the 
Goulbourne [Goulburn] and Broken Rivers, Victoria, F. 
Mueller s.n.; probable holotype: MEL 1528780; lisotypes: 
K, MEL 1529063 (specimens annotated by F. Mueller as 
"Trans, fl. Goulbourne"). 
Acacia verniciflua (common variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle 
eta/., FI. Victoria 3:617 (1996). 
Acacia verniciflua first variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. 
Australia 11 A: 597 (2001). 
Acacia leprosa (Seymour variant) sensu T.J. Entwisle et 
al., FI. Victoria 3:620(1996). 
Acacia leprosa third variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 
11 A: 599 (2001). 
Illustrations. WJ. Hooker, Bot. Mag. 60: t. 3266 (1833); 
N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. Austral. Cap. Terr. 199, fig. 
193G (1970); G.M. Cunningham etal., PI. W New South 
Wales 374 (1981); D.J.E. Whibley & D.E. Symon, Acacias 
5. Australia 2nd edn, 181 (1992); TJ. Entwisle et al., FI. 
Victoria 3: 615, fig. 124i and 622, fig. 125b (1996); B.R. 
Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84A-E & N (2001). 
Non-aromatic or slightly aromatic, often viscid shrubs 
mostly 1 -3 m tall, occasionally small trees to 4 m, single- 
or multi-stemmed, the main branches slender and erect 
or pendulous. Bar/cgreyand smooth, may become rough 
on older trunks. New shoots usually shiny and resinous. 
Branchlets straight to flexuose and/or pendulous, terete 
or slightly angled, glabrous or occasionally (in few South 
Australian specimens) minutely appressed-puberulous, 
normally marked with broad (0.5-1 mm wide), ±flat or 
216 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

51267258 Acacia verniciflua Muelleria 27(2): 185, Table 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529361
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa 
A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group, however, these species 
belong to an assemblage oftaxa that includes A. ausfeldii 
Regel (New South Wales and Victoria), A. cognata 
Domin (New South Wales and Victoria), A. howittii 
F.Muell. (Victoria) and A. subporosa F.Muell. (New South 
Wales and Victoria) as close relatives.These species are 
all characterised by their phyllodes being puncticulate 
(see below); additionally, these species are resinous and 
they have simple or reduced-racemose inflorescences 
with the peduncles subtended by a single, often rather 
prominent (sometimes caducous), navicular, cucculate 
and often rostriform basal bract. The South Australian 
species A. dodonaeifolia (Pers.) Balb. and A. rhetinocarpa 
J.M.BIack probably also belong to this group but their 
phyllode punctae are very obscure. In south-eastern 
Australia A. montana Benth. (Queensland, New South 
Wales, Victoria and South Australia), A. paradoxa DC. 
(Queensland, New South Wales, Australian Capital 
Territory, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia) and 
A. stricta (Andrews) Willd. (Queensland, New South 
Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia) are 
taxonomically not far removed from the above group, 
but their phyllodes are not puncticulate. 
Species of the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group occur 
in eastern and southern Australia where they show 
a discontinuous distribution, often on landforms 
associated with the Great Dividing Range. They extend 
from southern Queensland through New South Wales 
to the Grampian Range in western Victoria; there are 
also disjunct occurrences in South Australia (in the 
southern Lofty Range) and in Tasmania. The group has 
proliferated in Victoria with all taxa, except A. leprosa 
var. leprosa , recorded for that State (Table 1). 
Methods 
Morphology. This taxonomic treatment was based 
on a morphological examination of field-collected 
populations (principally from Victoria) and herbarium 
specimens obtained from all Australian herbaria having 
significant collections of material belonging to the 
Acacia verniciflua - A. leprosa group (including types). 
This included specimens from the following herbaria: 
MEL, PERTH, AD, CANB, NSW and HO. Additionally, 
relevant types from foreign herbaria were examined 
by BRM. These data were used to assess the status of 
taxa within the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group and to 
prepare the descriptions that are presented below. 
All specimens held by Australian herbaria that 
Table 1 . Taxa comprising the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group preceded by the number under which each is treated in the 
text below and (in brackets) the number of longitudinal nerves on their phyllodes [column 1 ], the informal names that had 
previously been applied to them by Entwisle et al. (1996) and Maslin (2001) [columns 2 & 3], their Australian State of occurrence 
[column 4] and the number of head cells in the phyllode resin-glands (see text below for explanation[column 5]).The taxa are 
arranged in this table based on similarity and their presumed taxonomic relationships. a Murphy (1996); b Gardner et al. (2005); c 
Collins (1920). Abbreviations for Australian States: Australian Capital Territory (ACT), New South Wales (NSW), Queensland (Qld), 
South Australia (SA), Tasmania (Tas.) and Victoria (Vic.). 
Name used in present work 
[no. longitudinal phyllode 
nerves] 
Name used in Entwisle eta/. 
(1996) 
Name used in Maslin 
(2001) 
Distribution 
Resin- 
gland 
head 
cell no. 
A.A.stictophylla [1] 
A. leprosa (Dandenong Range 
variant) 
A. leprosa (second variant) 
Vic. 
8 a 
2a. A. leprosa var. leprosa [1 ] 
A. leprosa (type variant), pro parte 
A. leprosa (first variant) 
Qld, NSW 
? 
2b. A. leprosa var. uninervia [1 ] 
A. leprosa (large phyllode variant) 
A. leprosa (fourth variant) 
NSW, Vic. 
4 a , 4-8 b 
2c. A. leprosa var. graveolens [2] 
A. verniciflua (southern variant) 
A. verniciflua (second variant) 
Qld, NSW, 
Vic., Tas. 
5-8 b 
2d. A. leprosa var. magna [2] 
Not recognised 
Not recognised 
Vic. 
? 
2e. A. leprosa var. crassipoda [2] 
Not recognised 
Not recognised 
Vic. 
4 a , 4-5 b 
3. A. rostriformis [2] 
A. verniciflua (Bacchus Marsh 
variant) 
A. verniciflua (fourth 
variant) 
Vic. 
8 a 
5. A. verniciflua [(1 ) 2] 
A. verniciflua (common variant) 
A. leprosa (Seymour variant) 
A. verniciflua (first variant) 
A. leprosa (third variant) 
S.A., Qld, 
NSW, ACT, 
Vic. 
7-18 abc , 
12 a 
1. A. exudans [2] 
A. verniciflua (Casterton variant) 
A. verniciflua (third variant) 
Vic. 
20-32 a 
Muelleria 
185 

Page image

883946 Acacia verniciflua Muelleria 27(2): 216
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529431
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

Maslin and Murphy 
superficially resemble A cognafa which is distinguished by 
its normally 3-nerved phyllodes which are very obscurely 
puncticulate (observe carefully at xIO mag.) and by its 
persistent basal peduncular bracts (normally caducous 
in A stictophylla). Furthermore, A cognata attains a taller 
stature than A stictophylla (it grows as a shrub or tree 
3-10 m high) and in Victoria does not extend west of 
Orbost on the south coast (about 300 km due east of the 
Dandenongs where A. stictophylla occurs). 
Hybrids: Based on morphological criteria the 
following specimens which were collected from 
Pamela Place, Ringwood (a suburb of Melbourne), 
probably represent a hybrid between A. howittii and 
A. stictophylla: D.E. Albrecht 65 7 & 652 and B.R. Maslin 582 
(all at MEL and PERTH). These plants are characterised 
by lanceolate to elliptic, short phyllodes (30-40 mm 
long); they occurred in remnant bushland in a built- 
up area together with the two putative parents. Acacia 
stictophylla also appears to hybridise with A. paradoxa 
in this same general area, e.g. B.R. Maslin 5865 (K, MEL, 
PERTH) which grew with both putative parents. This 
putative hybrid is the same entity that was reported by 
Court (1972, p. 216) under A. leprosa x armata. 
Common name: Dandenong Cinnamon Wattle 
Etymology: The species name is derived from the 
Greek sticto- (punctured, spotted, dappled) and phyllon 
(leaf) in allusion to the puncticulate phyllodes. 
5. Acacia verniciflua A.Cunn., in B. Field, Geogr. 
Mem. New South Wales 344 (1825) 
Racospermavernicifluum (A.Cunn.) Ped\ey, Austrobaileya 2: 
357 (1987). Type citation: "Rocky Hills, near Cox's River, &c. 
Collected first in 1817 by me [A. Cunningham], during Mr. 
Oxley's Expedition." Type: Cox's River, New South Wales, 
Oct. 1822, A. Cunningham 220; ho/otype: K; isotype: BM. 
Acacia virgata G.Lodd., Bot. Cab. 13: 1 . 1246 (1827), nom. 
nud. (plate not accompanied by analysis). 
Acacia binervata Dehnh., Cat. horti camald. 2nd edn, 
17 (1832), nom. illeg., non DC. (1825). Type citation: 
"Nov. Holl. Flor. Mart.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli 
botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. 
Acacia gracilis Dehnh., loc. cit. Type citation: "Nov. Holl. 
Flor. Aug. Septemb.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli 
botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. 
Acacia verniciflua var. pendula Seem., Verb. K. K. 
Gartenbauges. Wien 1846: 42 (1846). Type citation: "Ob 
in Garten erzeugt oder auch im Vaterlande versomme 
ist mir unbesannt". Type: n.v. 
Acacia reclinata F.Muell., First Gen. Rep. Govt. Bot. 12 
(1853), nom. nud.; J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859), 
pro syn. sub A. leprosa. Note: it is perhaps equivocal as to 
whether or not Mueller's name was validly published in 
1859; Chapman (1991, p. 77) considers that it was, but 
Maslin (2001, p. 598) treated it as it is presented here. 
Acacia leprosa var. binervis F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., 
Bot. 3: 131 (1859). Type citation: "In collibus graniticis 
ad flumen Broken River." Type: on granite hills between 
the Broken River and Miles Creek, Victoria, 10.ii.1852, F. 
Mueller s.n.; holotype: MEL 1529061. 
Acacia leprosa var. tenuifolia Benth., FI. austral. 2: 358 
(1864). Type citation: "Between the Goulburn and 
Broken rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller." Type: between the 
Goulbourne [Goulburn] and Broken Rivers, Victoria, F. 
Mueller s.n.; probable holotype: MEL 1528780; lisotypes: 
K, MEL 1529063 (specimens annotated by F. Mueller as 
"Trans, fl. Goulbourne"). 
Acacia verniciflua (common variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle 
eta/., FI. Victoria 3:617 (1996). 
Acacia verniciflua first variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. 
Australia 11 A: 597 (2001). 
Acacia leprosa (Seymour variant) sensu T.J. Entwisle et 
al., FI. Victoria 3:620(1996). 
Acacia leprosa third variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 
11 A: 599 (2001). 
Illustrations. WJ. Hooker, Bot. Mag. 60: t. 3266 (1833); 
N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. Austral. Cap. Terr. 199, fig. 
193G (1970); G.M. Cunningham etal., PI. W New South 
Wales 374 (1981); D.J.E. Whibley & D.E. Symon, Acacias 
5. Australia 2nd edn, 181 (1992); TJ. Entwisle et al., FI. 
Victoria 3: 615, fig. 124i and 622, fig. 125b (1996); B.R. 
Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84A-E & N (2001). 
Non-aromatic or slightly aromatic, often viscid shrubs 
mostly 1 -3 m tall, occasionally small trees to 4 m, single- 
or multi-stemmed, the main branches slender and erect 
or pendulous. Bar/cgreyand smooth, may become rough 
on older trunks. New shoots usually shiny and resinous. 
Branchlets straight to flexuose and/or pendulous, terete 
or slightly angled, glabrous or occasionally (in few South 
Australian specimens) minutely appressed-puberulous, 
normally marked with broad (0.5-1 mm wide), ±flat or 
216 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

610050 Acacia verniciflua Muelleria 27(2): 185, Table 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529361
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa 
A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group, however, these species 
belong to an assemblage oftaxa that includes A. ausfeldii 
Regel (New South Wales and Victoria), A. cognata 
Domin (New South Wales and Victoria), A. howittii 
F.Muell. (Victoria) and A. subporosa F.Muell. (New South 
Wales and Victoria) as close relatives.These species are 
all characterised by their phyllodes being puncticulate 
(see below); additionally, these species are resinous and 
they have simple or reduced-racemose inflorescences 
with the peduncles subtended by a single, often rather 
prominent (sometimes caducous), navicular, cucculate 
and often rostriform basal bract. The South Australian 
species A. dodonaeifolia (Pers.) Balb. and A. rhetinocarpa 
J.M.BIack probably also belong to this group but their 
phyllode punctae are very obscure. In south-eastern 
Australia A. montana Benth. (Queensland, New South 
Wales, Victoria and South Australia), A. paradoxa DC. 
(Queensland, New South Wales, Australian Capital 
Territory, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia) and 
A. stricta (Andrews) Willd. (Queensland, New South 
Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia) are 
taxonomically not far removed from the above group, 
but their phyllodes are not puncticulate. 
Species of the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group occur 
in eastern and southern Australia where they show 
a discontinuous distribution, often on landforms 
associated with the Great Dividing Range. They extend 
from southern Queensland through New South Wales 
to the Grampian Range in western Victoria; there are 
also disjunct occurrences in South Australia (in the 
southern Lofty Range) and in Tasmania. The group has 
proliferated in Victoria with all taxa, except A. leprosa 
var. leprosa , recorded for that State (Table 1). 
Methods 
Morphology. This taxonomic treatment was based 
on a morphological examination of field-collected 
populations (principally from Victoria) and herbarium 
specimens obtained from all Australian herbaria having 
significant collections of material belonging to the 
Acacia verniciflua - A. leprosa group (including types). 
This included specimens from the following herbaria: 
MEL, PERTH, AD, CANB, NSW and HO. Additionally, 
relevant types from foreign herbaria were examined 
by BRM. These data were used to assess the status of 
taxa within the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group and to 
prepare the descriptions that are presented below. 
All specimens held by Australian herbaria that 
Table 1 . Taxa comprising the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group preceded by the number under which each is treated in the 
text below and (in brackets) the number of longitudinal nerves on their phyllodes [column 1 ], the informal names that had 
previously been applied to them by Entwisle et al. (1996) and Maslin (2001) [columns 2 & 3], their Australian State of occurrence 
[column 4] and the number of head cells in the phyllode resin-glands (see text below for explanation[column 5]).The taxa are 
arranged in this table based on similarity and their presumed taxonomic relationships. a Murphy (1996); b Gardner et al. (2005); c 
Collins (1920). Abbreviations for Australian States: Australian Capital Territory (ACT), New South Wales (NSW), Queensland (Qld), 
South Australia (SA), Tasmania (Tas.) and Victoria (Vic.). 
Name used in present work 
[no. longitudinal phyllode 
nerves] 
Name used in Entwisle eta/. 
(1996) 
Name used in Maslin 
(2001) 
Distribution 
Resin- 
gland 
head 
cell no. 
A.A.stictophylla [1] 
A. leprosa (Dandenong Range 
variant) 
A. leprosa (second variant) 
Vic. 
8 a 
2a. A. leprosa var. leprosa [1 ] 
A. leprosa (type variant), pro parte 
A. leprosa (first variant) 
Qld, NSW 
? 
2b. A. leprosa var. uninervia [1 ] 
A. leprosa (large phyllode variant) 
A. leprosa (fourth variant) 
NSW, Vic. 
4 a , 4-8 b 
2c. A. leprosa var. graveolens [2] 
A. verniciflua (southern variant) 
A. verniciflua (second variant) 
Qld, NSW, 
Vic., Tas. 
5-8 b 
2d. A. leprosa var. magna [2] 
Not recognised 
Not recognised 
Vic. 
? 
2e. A. leprosa var. crassipoda [2] 
Not recognised 
Not recognised 
Vic. 
4 a , 4-5 b 
3. A. rostriformis [2] 
A. verniciflua (Bacchus Marsh 
variant) 
A. verniciflua (fourth 
variant) 
Vic. 
8 a 
5. A. verniciflua [(1 ) 2] 
A. verniciflua (common variant) 
A. leprosa (Seymour variant) 
A. verniciflua (first variant) 
A. leprosa (third variant) 
S.A., Qld, 
NSW, ACT, 
Vic. 
7-18 abc , 
12 a 
1. A. exudans [2] 
A. verniciflua (Casterton variant) 
A. verniciflua (third variant) 
Vic. 
20-32 a 
Muelleria 
185 

Page image

883930 Acacia verniciflua Muelleria 27(2): 209
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529424
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa 
the other varieties of A. leprosa (c. 0.5 mm wide) but 
they appear wider being covered by a thick layer of 
sometimes ±matted hairs. 
Variatiomlhe bracteoles are normally about 2 mm 
long (clearly longer than the calyx, but slightly shorter 
than the petals) with clearly acuminate laminae that 
are longer than the short claws. These distinctive 
bracteoles occur elsewhere in A. leprosa but are 
uncommon (they occur in var. magna and in the large 
bracteole variant of var. uninervia ). In var. crassipoda 
we have seen two atypical specimens (A. Paget 2549 
and Joshuas s.n.) that have slightly shorter than normal 
bracteoles (1.2-1.5 mm long) with short-acuminate 
laminae that are equal in length to the claws; the 
A. Paget 2549 is further atypical in having few-flowered 
heads, c. 25. These two specimens appear otherwise 
typical of var. crassipoda ; they occur in the Grampians 
within the geographic range of the variety. 
The phyllodes in A. leprosa var. crassipoda are 
normally gradually narrowed to acute or acuminate 
apices but on V. Stajsic 3374 & K. Rule they are 
abruptly narrowed to obtuse apices (with a central 
mucro) and as such superficially resemble those of 
A. exudans (from around Casterton) or A. rostriformis 
(from around Bacchus Marsh). Acacia exudans is 
most readily distinguished by its glabrous branchlets 
that are marked with broad, flat bands (like those of 
A. verniciflua) whereas the branchlets on V. Stajsic 3374 
& K. Rule are marked with distinctly raised, appressed- 
hairy ribs. Acacia rostriformis is distinguished from var. 
crassipoda by its narrower phyllodes (mostly 5-10 mm 
wide) with a distinctive, excentric mucro and generally 
longer peduncles (mostly 5-9 mm) with persistent 
basal bracts (phyllodes normally 15-20 mm long with 
a centric mucro and peduncles 2—4(—5) mm long with 
caducous basal bracts in var. crassipoda). 
Affinities: Variety crassipoda is most closely related 
to A. leprosa var. graveolens (2-nerved phyllodes) which 
is normally recognised by having longer (4-8 mm), 
more sparsely hairy peduncles and small bracteoles 
(about 1 mm long) with the acute laminae iequal in 
length to the claws. There is, however, a variant of var. 
graveolens from the Kinglake-Marysville area that has 
densely hairy, rather short (4-5 mm long) peduncles; 
these plants superficially resemble var. crassipoda 
but are distinguished most readily by their clearly 
elongated glands which are normally 2-4 mm above 
the pulvinus (gland 0-1 mm above pulvinus in var. 
crassipoda). 
Conservation status: Acacia leprosa var. crassipoda 
occurs in less than five known locations and its range is 
highly fragmented. Therefore this taxon is regarded as 
Vulnerable according to the criteria of the IUCN (VU Ba, 
biii sensu IUCN 2001). However, enhanced surveys for 
this taxon based on its known habitat preferences may 
discover additional populations. 
Etymology: The varietal name is derived from the 
Latin crassus (thick) and poda (foot) in allusion to the 
short, stout peduncles. 
3. Acacia rostriformis Maslin & DJ.Murphy, sp. nov. 
Frutices 1 —6(—8) m alti. Ramili manifeste costati, 
costis appresse-puberulis. Phyllodia anguste elliptica 
vel oblongo-elliptica, plerumque oblanceolata vel 
±lanceolata, 20-45(-60) mm longa, (3—)5—10(—13) mm 
lata, puncticulate; nervis longitudinalibus 2 in quoque 
facies positis; apices obtusi vel sub-acuti, excentricaliter 
mucronati, rostriformes, saepe sub-uncinati. Gians 
0-1 mm supra pulvinum posita. Inflorescentiae 
simplices; pedunculi (3—)5—9(—10) mm longi, dense 
tomentosi; bractea basalis peduncularis persistens. 
Capitula globularia vel parum obloidea, dense 25-30 
flora, citrine. Bracteolae 0.7-1 mm longae, acutae vel 
brevi-acuminatae. Flores 5-meri; calyx gamosepalus, 
breviterlobatus.Legum/'nolinearia vel anguste oblonga, 
35-80 mm longa, 3-5 mm lata, tenui-texturata dense 
appresse-puberula in statu juvenili, indumento sparso 
maturitate. Semina in leguminibus longitudinaliter 
ordinata, 3.5-4.7 mm longa, arillata. 
Shrubs 1 —6(—8) m tall. Branchlets prominently ribbed, 
the ribs appressed-puberulous. Phyllodes narrowly 
elliptic to oblong-elliptic, sometimes oblanceolate or 
ilanceolate, 20-45(-60) mm long, (3-)5-10(-13) mm 
wide, normally appressed-puberulous on margins 
and main longitudinal nerves, puncticulate; with 2 
longitudinal nerves on each face; apices obtuse to sub¬ 
acute, excentrically mucronate, rostriform and often 
sub-uncinate. Gland situated 0-1 mm above pulvinus. 
Inflorescences simple; peduncles (3-)5-9f-10) mm 
long, densely tomentose; basal peduncular bract 
persistent; heads globular or slightly obloid, densely 
25-30-flowered, lemon yellow. Bracteoles 0.7-1 mm 
long, acute to short-acuminate. Flowers 5-merous, 
Muelleria 
209 

Page image

610047 Acacia verniciflua Muelleria 27(2): 185, Table 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529361
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa 
A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group, however, these species 
belong to an assemblage oftaxa that includes A. ausfeldii 
Regel (New South Wales and Victoria), A. cognata 
Domin (New South Wales and Victoria), A. howittii 
F.Muell. (Victoria) and A. subporosa F.Muell. (New South 
Wales and Victoria) as close relatives.These species are 
all characterised by their phyllodes being puncticulate 
(see below); additionally, these species are resinous and 
they have simple or reduced-racemose inflorescences 
with the peduncles subtended by a single, often rather 
prominent (sometimes caducous), navicular, cucculate 
and often rostriform basal bract. The South Australian 
species A. dodonaeifolia (Pers.) Balb. and A. rhetinocarpa 
J.M.BIack probably also belong to this group but their 
phyllode punctae are very obscure. In south-eastern 
Australia A. montana Benth. (Queensland, New South 
Wales, Victoria and South Australia), A. paradoxa DC. 
(Queensland, New South Wales, Australian Capital 
Territory, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia) and 
A. stricta (Andrews) Willd. (Queensland, New South 
Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia) are 
taxonomically not far removed from the above group, 
but their phyllodes are not puncticulate. 
Species of the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group occur 
in eastern and southern Australia where they show 
a discontinuous distribution, often on landforms 
associated with the Great Dividing Range. They extend 
from southern Queensland through New South Wales 
to the Grampian Range in western Victoria; there are 
also disjunct occurrences in South Australia (in the 
southern Lofty Range) and in Tasmania. The group has 
proliferated in Victoria with all taxa, except A. leprosa 
var. leprosa , recorded for that State (Table 1). 
Methods 
Morphology. This taxonomic treatment was based 
on a morphological examination of field-collected 
populations (principally from Victoria) and herbarium 
specimens obtained from all Australian herbaria having 
significant collections of material belonging to the 
Acacia verniciflua - A. leprosa group (including types). 
This included specimens from the following herbaria: 
MEL, PERTH, AD, CANB, NSW and HO. Additionally, 
relevant types from foreign herbaria were examined 
by BRM. These data were used to assess the status of 
taxa within the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group and to 
prepare the descriptions that are presented below. 
All specimens held by Australian herbaria that 
Table 1 . Taxa comprising the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group preceded by the number under which each is treated in the 
text below and (in brackets) the number of longitudinal nerves on their phyllodes [column 1 ], the informal names that had 
previously been applied to them by Entwisle et al. (1996) and Maslin (2001) [columns 2 & 3], their Australian State of occurrence 
[column 4] and the number of head cells in the phyllode resin-glands (see text below for explanation[column 5]).The taxa are 
arranged in this table based on similarity and their presumed taxonomic relationships. a Murphy (1996); b Gardner et al. (2005); c 
Collins (1920). Abbreviations for Australian States: Australian Capital Territory (ACT), New South Wales (NSW), Queensland (Qld), 
South Australia (SA), Tasmania (Tas.) and Victoria (Vic.). 
Name used in present work 
[no. longitudinal phyllode 
nerves] 
Name used in Entwisle eta/. 
(1996) 
Name used in Maslin 
(2001) 
Distribution 
Resin- 
gland 
head 
cell no. 
A.A.stictophylla [1] 
A. leprosa (Dandenong Range 
variant) 
A. leprosa (second variant) 
Vic. 
8 a 
2a. A. leprosa var. leprosa [1 ] 
A. leprosa (type variant), pro parte 
A. leprosa (first variant) 
Qld, NSW 
? 
2b. A. leprosa var. uninervia [1 ] 
A. leprosa (large phyllode variant) 
A. leprosa (fourth variant) 
NSW, Vic. 
4 a , 4-8 b 
2c. A. leprosa var. graveolens [2] 
A. verniciflua (southern variant) 
A. verniciflua (second variant) 
Qld, NSW, 
Vic., Tas. 
5-8 b 
2d. A. leprosa var. magna [2] 
Not recognised 
Not recognised 
Vic. 
? 
2e. A. leprosa var. crassipoda [2] 
Not recognised 
Not recognised 
Vic. 
4 a , 4-5 b 
3. A. rostriformis [2] 
A. verniciflua (Bacchus Marsh 
variant) 
A. verniciflua (fourth 
variant) 
Vic. 
8 a 
5. A. verniciflua [(1 ) 2] 
A. verniciflua (common variant) 
A. leprosa (Seymour variant) 
A. verniciflua (first variant) 
A. leprosa (third variant) 
S.A., Qld, 
NSW, ACT, 
Vic. 
7-18 abc , 
12 a 
1. A. exudans [2] 
A. verniciflua (Casterton variant) 
A. verniciflua (third variant) 
Vic. 
20-32 a 
Muelleria 
185 

Page image

883927 Acacia verniciflua Muelleria 27(2): 201
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529416
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa 
sparsely hairy peduncles). Interesting and complex 
patterns of variation exist between these two varieties 
in the mountainous country to the northeast and east 
of Melbourne and these require further detailed study. 
For example, in the vicinity of Kinglake (about 20 km 
due W of Marysville) there occurs both the common 
Victorian variant of var. graveolens (characterised by 
±sparsely appressed-hairy, relatively long peduncles 
and prominently 2-nerved phyllodes, see B.R. Moslin 
8584 & DJ. Murphy and 1 Soues s.n.) and the typical 
variant of var. uninervia (characterised by densely, 
±appressed-hairy, short peduncles and prominently 1- 
nerved phyllodes, see B.R. Maslin 8583 & DJ. Murphy and 
K. Mac far lane 773).The two Maslin & Murphy specimens 
just listed were sympatic in a population located 
about 7 km east of Kinglake; no putative hybrids were 
detected in this population. However, in the Kinglake 
area there are plants that are seemingly hybrids 
between these two varieties, being characterised by 
having both 1- and 2-nerved phyllodes on the same 
specimen (e.g. M.D. Tindale s.n. collected from 11.3 km 
fromToolangi on the crossroads near Slide Inn, 9.i.1968, 
MEL 2038070, NSW 211584, PERTH; S.K. Gardner 16, 
(MELU)). Note: Specimens with densely hairy peduncles 
and consistently 2-nerved phyllodes also occur around 
Kinglake (see under var. graveolens for discussion). 
Similar complexity occurs in the Gembrook area, along 
the Gembrook-Tonimbuk road, where a population, 
represented by two separate collections made at 
different times, shows variation in phyllode nerve 
number. These collections are: AC. Cochrane 719&J.C. 
Reid and !.C. Clarke, 17.viii.1999, MEL2062415 and 1C. 
Reid 2579, 2.ix.2004, MEL2312550, the latter specimen 
has clearly 2-nerved phyllodes and is assigned to var. 
graveolens, whilst the former specimen has mostly 1- 
nerved phyllodes with an occassional poorly developed 
second nerve on some phyllodes and is assigned to var. 
uninervia. The apparent difference in nerve number 
in this population over time may flag developmental 
differences in phyllode nerve number from younger 
to older plants. A difference in phyllode nerve number 
has previously been noted in juvenile versus mature 
Acacia stricta phyllodes (Gardner et al. 2005). 
Etymology: The variety name is derived from the 
Latin unicus (singular) and nervus (nerve) in reference 
to the prominently 1-nerved phyllodes. 
2c. Acacia leprosa var. graveolens Maslin & 
DJ.Murphy, var. nov. 
Frutices (1 —)2—6 m alti vel interdum (in Tasmania) 
arbores ad 8 m alta. Ramuli tenuiter costati, costis 
plerumque sparse vel modice appresse-puberulis. 
Phyllodia (30-)50-110 mm longa, (3-)7-20(-30) lata, 
puncticulata, nervis longitudinalibus 2in quoque 
facies positis. Gians plerumque ad extremum pulvini 
posita, (1 —)2—4 mm supra pulvinum in Kinglake- 
Marysville forma. Inflorescentiae plerumque simplices 
immixtae cum racemis rudimentaribus; pedunculi 
(3—)4—8(—11) mm longi, sub-glabri vel modice (dense) 
iappresse puberuli; bractea basalis peduncularis 
mature caduca. Bracteolae 1 (—1.5) mm longae, acutae 
vel interdum acuminatae. Flores 5-meri; calyx breviter 
lobatus. Legumina linearia vel anguste oblonga, 30- 
90 mm longa, 4-6 mm lata. Semina in leguminibus 
longitudinaliter ordinata, arillata 
Shrubs (1 —)2—6 m tall or sometimes (inTasmania) trees to 8 
m tall. Branchlets finely ribbed, the ribs normally sparsely 
to moderately appressed-puberulous. Phyllodes (30—)50— 
110 mm long and (3—)7—20(—30) mm wide, puncticulate; 
with 2 longitudinal nerves on each face. Gland usually at 
distal end of pulvinus, (1 -)2—4 mm above the pulvinus 
in the Kinglake-Marysville variant. Inflorescences 
normally simple intermixed with rudimentary racemes; 
peduncles (3—)4—8(—11) mm long, sub-glabrous to 
moderately (densely) lappressed-puberulous; basal 
peduncular bract early caducous. Bracteoles 1 (-1.5) mm 
long, acute or sometimes acuminate. Flowers 5-merous; 
calyx shortly lobed. Pods linear to narrowly oblong, 
30-90 mm long, 4-6 mm wide. Seeds longitudinal in 
pods, arillate. 
Type: Gippsland Lakes, carpark below summit of Mt 
Elizabeth No. 2, Mt Elizabeth State Forest, Victoria, 
14.xi.1986, D.E. Albrecht 2876 ; holotype: MEL 2079232; 
isotypes: BRI, PERTH. 
Acacia graveolens Lodd., Bot. Cab. 15: t. 1460 (1828); 
G. Don, Gen. hist. 2:404 (1832). Type citation: "a native of 
New Holland [Australia], introduced in 1820". Type. n.v. 
Acacia verniciflua (southern variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle 
etal., FI. Victoria 3:618 (1996). 
Acacia verniciflua second variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. 
Australia 11 A: 597 (2001). 
Muelleria 
201 

Page image

883926 Acacia verniciflua Muelleria 27(2): 201
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529416
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa 
sparsely hairy peduncles). Interesting and complex 
patterns of variation exist between these two varieties 
in the mountainous country to the northeast and east 
of Melbourne and these require further detailed study. 
For example, in the vicinity of Kinglake (about 20 km 
due W of Marysville) there occurs both the common 
Victorian variant of var. graveolens (characterised by 
±sparsely appressed-hairy, relatively long peduncles 
and prominently 2-nerved phyllodes, see B.R. Moslin 
8584 & DJ. Murphy and 1 Soues s.n.) and the typical 
variant of var. uninervia (characterised by densely, 
±appressed-hairy, short peduncles and prominently 1- 
nerved phyllodes, see B.R. Maslin 8583 & DJ. Murphy and 
K. Mac far lane 773).The two Maslin & Murphy specimens 
just listed were sympatic in a population located 
about 7 km east of Kinglake; no putative hybrids were 
detected in this population. However, in the Kinglake 
area there are plants that are seemingly hybrids 
between these two varieties, being characterised by 
having both 1- and 2-nerved phyllodes on the same 
specimen (e.g. M.D. Tindale s.n. collected from 11.3 km 
fromToolangi on the crossroads near Slide Inn, 9.i.1968, 
MEL 2038070, NSW 211584, PERTH; S.K. Gardner 16, 
(MELU)). Note: Specimens with densely hairy peduncles 
and consistently 2-nerved phyllodes also occur around 
Kinglake (see under var. graveolens for discussion). 
Similar complexity occurs in the Gembrook area, along 
the Gembrook-Tonimbuk road, where a population, 
represented by two separate collections made at 
different times, shows variation in phyllode nerve 
number. These collections are: AC. Cochrane 719&J.C. 
Reid and !.C. Clarke, 17.viii.1999, MEL2062415 and 1C. 
Reid 2579, 2.ix.2004, MEL2312550, the latter specimen 
has clearly 2-nerved phyllodes and is assigned to var. 
graveolens, whilst the former specimen has mostly 1- 
nerved phyllodes with an occassional poorly developed 
second nerve on some phyllodes and is assigned to var. 
uninervia. The apparent difference in nerve number 
in this population over time may flag developmental 
differences in phyllode nerve number from younger 
to older plants. A difference in phyllode nerve number 
has previously been noted in juvenile versus mature 
Acacia stricta phyllodes (Gardner et al. 2005). 
Etymology: The variety name is derived from the 
Latin unicus (singular) and nervus (nerve) in reference 
to the prominently 1-nerved phyllodes. 
2c. Acacia leprosa var. graveolens Maslin & 
DJ.Murphy, var. nov. 
Frutices (1 —)2—6 m alti vel interdum (in Tasmania) 
arbores ad 8 m alta. Ramuli tenuiter costati, costis 
plerumque sparse vel modice appresse-puberulis. 
Phyllodia (30-)50-110 mm longa, (3-)7-20(-30) lata, 
puncticulata, nervis longitudinalibus 2in quoque 
facies positis. Gians plerumque ad extremum pulvini 
posita, (1 —)2—4 mm supra pulvinum in Kinglake- 
Marysville forma. Inflorescentiae plerumque simplices 
immixtae cum racemis rudimentaribus; pedunculi 
(3—)4—8(—11) mm longi, sub-glabri vel modice (dense) 
iappresse puberuli; bractea basalis peduncularis 
mature caduca. Bracteolae 1 (—1.5) mm longae, acutae 
vel interdum acuminatae. Flores 5-meri; calyx breviter 
lobatus. Legumina linearia vel anguste oblonga, 30- 
90 mm longa, 4-6 mm lata. Semina in leguminibus 
longitudinaliter ordinata, arillata 
Shrubs (1 —)2—6 m tall or sometimes (inTasmania) trees to 8 
m tall. Branchlets finely ribbed, the ribs normally sparsely 
to moderately appressed-puberulous. Phyllodes (30—)50— 
110 mm long and (3—)7—20(—30) mm wide, puncticulate; 
with 2 longitudinal nerves on each face. Gland usually at 
distal end of pulvinus, (1 -)2—4 mm above the pulvinus 
in the Kinglake-Marysville variant. Inflorescences 
normally simple intermixed with rudimentary racemes; 
peduncles (3—)4—8(—11) mm long, sub-glabrous to 
moderately (densely) lappressed-puberulous; basal 
peduncular bract early caducous. Bracteoles 1 (-1.5) mm 
long, acute or sometimes acuminate. Flowers 5-merous; 
calyx shortly lobed. Pods linear to narrowly oblong, 
30-90 mm long, 4-6 mm wide. Seeds longitudinal in 
pods, arillate. 
Type: Gippsland Lakes, carpark below summit of Mt 
Elizabeth No. 2, Mt Elizabeth State Forest, Victoria, 
14.xi.1986, D.E. Albrecht 2876 ; holotype: MEL 2079232; 
isotypes: BRI, PERTH. 
Acacia graveolens Lodd., Bot. Cab. 15: t. 1460 (1828); 
G. Don, Gen. hist. 2:404 (1832). Type citation: "a native of 
New Holland [Australia], introduced in 1820". Type. n.v. 
Acacia verniciflua (southern variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle 
etal., FI. Victoria 3:618 (1996). 
Acacia verniciflua second variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. 
Australia 11 A: 597 (2001). 
Muelleria 
201 

Page image

610046 Acacia verniciflua Muelleria 27(2): 185, Table 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529361
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa 
A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group, however, these species 
belong to an assemblage oftaxa that includes A. ausfeldii 
Regel (New South Wales and Victoria), A. cognata 
Domin (New South Wales and Victoria), A. howittii 
F.Muell. (Victoria) and A. subporosa F.Muell. (New South 
Wales and Victoria) as close relatives.These species are 
all characterised by their phyllodes being puncticulate 
(see below); additionally, these species are resinous and 
they have simple or reduced-racemose inflorescences 
with the peduncles subtended by a single, often rather 
prominent (sometimes caducous), navicular, cucculate 
and often rostriform basal bract. The South Australian 
species A. dodonaeifolia (Pers.) Balb. and A. rhetinocarpa 
J.M.BIack probably also belong to this group but their 
phyllode punctae are very obscure. In south-eastern 
Australia A. montana Benth. (Queensland, New South 
Wales, Victoria and South Australia), A. paradoxa DC. 
(Queensland, New South Wales, Australian Capital 
Territory, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia) and 
A. stricta (Andrews) Willd. (Queensland, New South 
Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia) are 
taxonomically not far removed from the above group, 
but their phyllodes are not puncticulate. 
Species of the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group occur 
in eastern and southern Australia where they show 
a discontinuous distribution, often on landforms 
associated with the Great Dividing Range. They extend 
from southern Queensland through New South Wales 
to the Grampian Range in western Victoria; there are 
also disjunct occurrences in South Australia (in the 
southern Lofty Range) and in Tasmania. The group has 
proliferated in Victoria with all taxa, except A. leprosa 
var. leprosa , recorded for that State (Table 1). 
Methods 
Morphology. This taxonomic treatment was based 
on a morphological examination of field-collected 
populations (principally from Victoria) and herbarium 
specimens obtained from all Australian herbaria having 
significant collections of material belonging to the 
Acacia verniciflua - A. leprosa group (including types). 
This included specimens from the following herbaria: 
MEL, PERTH, AD, CANB, NSW and HO. Additionally, 
relevant types from foreign herbaria were examined 
by BRM. These data were used to assess the status of 
taxa within the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group and to 
prepare the descriptions that are presented below. 
All specimens held by Australian herbaria that 
Table 1 . Taxa comprising the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group preceded by the number under which each is treated in the 
text below and (in brackets) the number of longitudinal nerves on their phyllodes [column 1 ], the informal names that had 
previously been applied to them by Entwisle et al. (1996) and Maslin (2001) [columns 2 & 3], their Australian State of occurrence 
[column 4] and the number of head cells in the phyllode resin-glands (see text below for explanation[column 5]).The taxa are 
arranged in this table based on similarity and their presumed taxonomic relationships. a Murphy (1996); b Gardner et al. (2005); c 
Collins (1920). Abbreviations for Australian States: Australian Capital Territory (ACT), New South Wales (NSW), Queensland (Qld), 
South Australia (SA), Tasmania (Tas.) and Victoria (Vic.). 
Name used in present work 
[no. longitudinal phyllode 
nerves] 
Name used in Entwisle eta/. 
(1996) 
Name used in Maslin 
(2001) 
Distribution 
Resin- 
gland 
head 
cell no. 
A.A.stictophylla [1] 
A. leprosa (Dandenong Range 
variant) 
A. leprosa (second variant) 
Vic. 
8 a 
2a. A. leprosa var. leprosa [1 ] 
A. leprosa (type variant), pro parte 
A. leprosa (first variant) 
Qld, NSW 
? 
2b. A. leprosa var. uninervia [1 ] 
A. leprosa (large phyllode variant) 
A. leprosa (fourth variant) 
NSW, Vic. 
4 a , 4-8 b 
2c. A. leprosa var. graveolens [2] 
A. verniciflua (southern variant) 
A. verniciflua (second variant) 
Qld, NSW, 
Vic., Tas. 
5-8 b 
2d. A. leprosa var. magna [2] 
Not recognised 
Not recognised 
Vic. 
? 
2e. A. leprosa var. crassipoda [2] 
Not recognised 
Not recognised 
Vic. 
4 a , 4-5 b 
3. A. rostriformis [2] 
A. verniciflua (Bacchus Marsh 
variant) 
A. verniciflua (fourth 
variant) 
Vic. 
8 a 
5. A. verniciflua [(1 ) 2] 
A. verniciflua (common variant) 
A. leprosa (Seymour variant) 
A. verniciflua (first variant) 
A. leprosa (third variant) 
S.A., Qld, 
NSW, ACT, 
Vic. 
7-18 abc , 
12 a 
1. A. exudans [2] 
A. verniciflua (Casterton variant) 
A. verniciflua (third variant) 
Vic. 
20-32 a 
Muelleria 
185 

Page image

883917 Acacia verniciflua Muelleria 27(2): 189
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529404
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

A taxonomic revision of Acocia verniciflua and A leprosa 
with aromatic compounds in Acacia. While some taxa in 
the A. verniciflua - A. leprosa group are aromatic this does 
not clearly correlate with levels of resinosity. 
Taxonomy 
1. Acacia exudans Lindl., in T.L. Mitchell, Three 
Exped . Australia 2:212 (1838) 
Acacia verniciflua var. latifolia Benth., FI. austral. 2: 358 
(1864). Type citation: "Plains of the Glenelg, Mitchell ." 
Type: interior of New Holland [just N of Casterton, 
Victoria], 1836 (sphalm. '25 March'), T.L Mitchell 34 
holotype : CGE; isotypes: K (ex Herb. Cunningham, 
sphalm.'1835'and ex Herb. Bentham, sphalm.'1838'), 
MEL (dated 7 Aug. 1836), W (sphalm.'1839'). (See under 
Typification for discussion of these types.) 
Acacia verniciflua (Casterton variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle 
et ai, FI. Victoria 3:618(1996). 
Acacia verniciflua third variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. 
Australia 11 A: 597 (2001). 
Acacia exsudans Benth., orth. var. [see A.D. Chapman, 
Australian Plant Name Index, A-C, p. 12 (1991) and B.R. 
Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 597 (2001)]. 
lllustrations.TJ. Entwisle etal, FI. Victoria 3:615, fig. 124j 
(1996); B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84F (2001). 
Slightly aromatic, dense rounded shrubs 1-4 m tall, 
generally multi-stemmed from near base. New shoots 
slightly viscid, shiny. Branchlets not or only slightly 
Figure 4. Scanning electron micrographs of phyllode resin- 
glands and head cell numbers. A. A. stictophylla {D.J. Murphy 
14). B. A. leprosa var. uninervia {DJ. Murphy 103). 
C. A. leprosa var. graveolens ( DJ. Murphy 125). D. A. leprosa var. 
crassipoda {DJ. Murphy 47). E. A. rostriformis {DJ. Murphy 25). F. 
A. verniciflua {DJ. Murphy 54). G. A. verniciflua {DJ. Murphy 156). 
H. A. exudans {DJ. Murphy 74). Scale bar = 50 pm. 
Figure 5. Scanning electron micrographs of phyllode surfaces. A. Phyllode surface of air dried Acacia verniciflua 
specimen without treatment to remove resin. Pores in the resin layer are visible above stomata. B. Phyllode surface 
from the same specimen with the resin partially removed. Note visible stomata and the depressions (punctae) 
in which damaged resin-glands are present. (DJ. Murphy 41). 
Muelleria 
189 

Page image

883931 Acacia verniciflua var Muelleria 27(2): 209
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529424
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa 
the other varieties of A. leprosa (c. 0.5 mm wide) but 
they appear wider being covered by a thick layer of 
sometimes ±matted hairs. 
Variatiomlhe bracteoles are normally about 2 mm 
long (clearly longer than the calyx, but slightly shorter 
than the petals) with clearly acuminate laminae that 
are longer than the short claws. These distinctive 
bracteoles occur elsewhere in A. leprosa but are 
uncommon (they occur in var. magna and in the large 
bracteole variant of var. uninervia ). In var. crassipoda 
we have seen two atypical specimens (A. Paget 2549 
and Joshuas s.n.) that have slightly shorter than normal 
bracteoles (1.2-1.5 mm long) with short-acuminate 
laminae that are equal in length to the claws; the 
A. Paget 2549 is further atypical in having few-flowered 
heads, c. 25. These two specimens appear otherwise 
typical of var. crassipoda ; they occur in the Grampians 
within the geographic range of the variety. 
The phyllodes in A. leprosa var. crassipoda are 
normally gradually narrowed to acute or acuminate 
apices but on V. Stajsic 3374 & K. Rule they are 
abruptly narrowed to obtuse apices (with a central 
mucro) and as such superficially resemble those of 
A. exudans (from around Casterton) or A. rostriformis 
(from around Bacchus Marsh). Acacia exudans is 
most readily distinguished by its glabrous branchlets 
that are marked with broad, flat bands (like those of 
A. verniciflua) whereas the branchlets on V. Stajsic 3374 
& K. Rule are marked with distinctly raised, appressed- 
hairy ribs. Acacia rostriformis is distinguished from var. 
crassipoda by its narrower phyllodes (mostly 5-10 mm 
wide) with a distinctive, excentric mucro and generally 
longer peduncles (mostly 5-9 mm) with persistent 
basal bracts (phyllodes normally 15-20 mm long with 
a centric mucro and peduncles 2—4(—5) mm long with 
caducous basal bracts in var. crassipoda). 
Affinities: Variety crassipoda is most closely related 
to A. leprosa var. graveolens (2-nerved phyllodes) which 
is normally recognised by having longer (4-8 mm), 
more sparsely hairy peduncles and small bracteoles 
(about 1 mm long) with the acute laminae iequal in 
length to the claws. There is, however, a variant of var. 
graveolens from the Kinglake-Marysville area that has 
densely hairy, rather short (4-5 mm long) peduncles; 
these plants superficially resemble var. crassipoda 
but are distinguished most readily by their clearly 
elongated glands which are normally 2-4 mm above 
the pulvinus (gland 0-1 mm above pulvinus in var. 
crassipoda). 
Conservation status: Acacia leprosa var. crassipoda 
occurs in less than five known locations and its range is 
highly fragmented. Therefore this taxon is regarded as 
Vulnerable according to the criteria of the IUCN (VU Ba, 
biii sensu IUCN 2001). However, enhanced surveys for 
this taxon based on its known habitat preferences may 
discover additional populations. 
Etymology: The varietal name is derived from the 
Latin crassus (thick) and poda (foot) in allusion to the 
short, stout peduncles. 
3. Acacia rostriformis Maslin & DJ.Murphy, sp. nov. 
Frutices 1 —6(—8) m alti. Ramili manifeste costati, 
costis appresse-puberulis. Phyllodia anguste elliptica 
vel oblongo-elliptica, plerumque oblanceolata vel 
±lanceolata, 20-45(-60) mm longa, (3—)5—10(—13) mm 
lata, puncticulate; nervis longitudinalibus 2 in quoque 
facies positis; apices obtusi vel sub-acuti, excentricaliter 
mucronati, rostriformes, saepe sub-uncinati. Gians 
0-1 mm supra pulvinum posita. Inflorescentiae 
simplices; pedunculi (3—)5—9(—10) mm longi, dense 
tomentosi; bractea basalis peduncularis persistens. 
Capitula globularia vel parum obloidea, dense 25-30 
flora, citrine. Bracteolae 0.7-1 mm longae, acutae vel 
brevi-acuminatae. Flores 5-meri; calyx gamosepalus, 
breviterlobatus.Legum/'nolinearia vel anguste oblonga, 
35-80 mm longa, 3-5 mm lata, tenui-texturata dense 
appresse-puberula in statu juvenili, indumento sparso 
maturitate. Semina in leguminibus longitudinaliter 
ordinata, 3.5-4.7 mm longa, arillata. 
Shrubs 1 —6(—8) m tall. Branchlets prominently ribbed, 
the ribs appressed-puberulous. Phyllodes narrowly 
elliptic to oblong-elliptic, sometimes oblanceolate or 
ilanceolate, 20-45(-60) mm long, (3-)5-10(-13) mm 
wide, normally appressed-puberulous on margins 
and main longitudinal nerves, puncticulate; with 2 
longitudinal nerves on each face; apices obtuse to sub¬ 
acute, excentrically mucronate, rostriform and often 
sub-uncinate. Gland situated 0-1 mm above pulvinus. 
Inflorescences simple; peduncles (3-)5-9f-10) mm 
long, densely tomentose; basal peduncular bract 
persistent; heads globular or slightly obloid, densely 
25-30-flowered, lemon yellow. Bracteoles 0.7-1 mm 
long, acute to short-acuminate. Flowers 5-merous, 
Muelleria 
209 

Page image

883928 Acacia verniciflua var Muelleria 27(2): 202
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529417
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

Maslin and Murphy 
Acacio verniciflua var. groveolens [as 'Graveolens'] 
(D.E.AIbrecht 1883) Vic Herbarium, Australian Plant 
Census CHAH (2006). 
Illustrations. WJ. Hooker, Bot. Cab. 15: t. 1460 (1828); 
T.J. Entwisle etal. FI. Victoria 3:615, fig. 1241 (1996); B.R. 
Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84H (2001). 
Often somewhat spindly shrubs (1 —)2—6 m tall, 
sometimes (in Tasmania) trees to 8 m tall, normally 1- 
or 2-stemmed with a sparse crown. Phyllodes normally 
(40-)50-110 mm long and (5-)7-20(-30) mm wide, 
occasionally 30-40 mm long and 3-4 mm wide in 
Tasmania; with 2 longitudinal nerves, the nerves of 
equal prominence or the adaxial one slightly less 
pronounced than the abaxial one; lateral nerves obscure 
or quite evident. Gland usually at distal end of pulvinus, 
±circular to oblong and c. 0.5 mm long, (1-)2-4 mm 
above the pulvinus and elongated in the Kinglake- 
Marysville variant. Peduncles (3-)4-8(-11) mm long, 
normally sub-glabrous to moderately appressed to 
sub-appressed hairy (occasionally interspersed with a 
few patent hairs), sometimes densely appressed-hairy; 
basal peduncular bract early caducous, 1-2 mm long. 
Bracteoles not or scarcely visible in mature buds being 
over-topped by the flowers, spathulate, 1 (—1.5) mm 
long (equal to, or slightly exceeding, length of calyx), 
the laminae ±equal to length of claws and acute, 
sometimes acuminate. Fig. 11. 
Selected specimens examined: Typical variant. NEW 
SOUTH WALES: Coolangubra State Forest, Big Jack fire trail, c. 
1 km NW of the summit of Big Jack Mountain, 21 .x.1986, D.E. 
Albrecht 2928 (MEL, NSW); Brown's Gap, Lithgow, IO.x.1961, 
C. Burgess s.n. (CANB 001586); Ruby Creek, Mt Werong, LAS. 
Johnson & E.F. Constable s.n. (NSW 19460); 1.6 km N of Bindook 
Gap, 55 km SW of Katoomba, 16.ix.1967, R.G. Covenys.n. (MEL 
118360, NSW 148473);Tumut State Forest, 24.V.1979, JJohnson 
s.n. (NSW); Mount Shivering (E of Mount Werong), 18.ix.1967, 
A.N. Rodd 529 (NSW). VICTORIA: 2.2 km by road from Erica 
township towards Walhalla, 25.ix.1985, D.E. Albrecht 1883 
(MEL); Gippsland Lakes, carpark below summit of Mt Elizabeth 
No. 2,14.x.1986, D.E. Albrecht 2876 (BRI, MEL, PERTH); Delegate 
River, Apr. 1889, W. Baeuerlen s.n. (NSW 374230, PERTH); c. 14 
miles [22.5 km] from Ensay towards Bentley's Plain, 511969, 
EM. Canning 1477 (BRI, CANB, MEL, PERTH); Vicinity ofWalhalla, 
6.x. 1983, B.R. Maslin 5471 (PERTH); 2.5 km W of Melba Highway 
on Kinglake Road, c. 7 km E of Kinglake, 4.ix.2003, B.R. Maslin 
8584 & D.J. Murphy (MEL, PERTH); Kinglake, 5.X.1910, J. Soues 
s.n. (MEL 1528947). TASMANIA: 20 miles [32 km] W of St 
Helens, 1011949, N.T. Burbidge 3081 (HO, ex CANB); Styx River 
road (near Maydena), 41.1969, E.M. Canning s.n. (CANB, HO, K, 
MEL, MO);Tasman Highway S of Gray, 18.ix.1988, P. Collier 3355 
(HO); St Columbia Falls, 30.iv.1984, R. Cumming 3441 (PERTH); 
Hobart, 71.1819, A. Cunningham 125 (K); Mt Victoria, 1 .v.1980, 
M.G. Noble 29266 (HO); Hobart, 1842, R. Gunn 479 (NSW); 
Cascades, Hobart, 15x1899, L Rodway 199 (HO). Kinglake- 
Marysville variant. VICTORIA: Upper Yarra Park [Healesville 
district], 37°39'S, 145°53'E, 25.xi.1982, AC. Beauglehole 71774A 
& C.M. Beardsell (MEL); Mt Slide, 4 miles (6.4 km) E of Kinglake, 
6.V.1972, A.B. Court & M.D. Tindale 800 (CANB, K, MEL, NSW, 
US n.v.); Cumberland Falls reserve, c. 9 miles [16 km] ESE of 
Marysville, 26.ix.1962, C. Harding Browne s.n. (MEL 1529097, 
PERTH 01493221). Stanthorpe variant. QUEENSLAND: 
Stanthorpe, G. Ward s.n. (BRI 52201, NSW 255307, PERTH 
04558367). Small phyllode variant. TASMANIA: Levendale, 
1x1996, AM. Buchanan 14287 (HO); near summit of Rogers 
Lookout, adjacent to Skyline Tier Road, 1511991, A.M. Gray 
741 (CANB, HO); near summit of Rogers Lookout, adjacent to 
Skyline Tier Road, 15X1991, AM. Gray 742 (CANB, HO). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs along the 
Great Dividing Range from south-east Queensland 
(Stanthorpe), then the Mount Werong area east of 
Sydney, New South Wales, with scattered occurrences 
further south in New South Wales (including theTumut 
State Forest) to north-east and east of Melbourne 
in Victoria; it also occurs in Tasmania. Grows in tall 
Eucalyptus forest. Fig. 10B. 
Conservation status: Based on the widespread 
occurrence of this taxon and its presence in 
conservation reserves, A. leprosa var. graveolens is 
regarded as of Least Concern according to the criteria 
of the IUCN (LC sensu IUCN 2001). 
Flowering and fruiting period: Flowers in mid- 
August to November. Pods with mature seeds have 
been collected from December to March. 
Nomenclature: We have not been able to locate the 
type of A. graveolens Lodd., however, judging from the 
protologue it most likely represents the same entity 
as A. leprosa var. graveolens , which is described above. 
We considered it best to describe a new variety rather 
than basing our name on A. graveolens because we can 
unequivocally fix the name through the designation of 
a new type. 
Taxonomy: Variety graveolens is the most 
widespread and common variety of A. leprosa and is 
broadly circumscribed here to accommodate plants 
of this species with 2-nerved phyllodes that are not 
referable to the geographically restricted var. magna 
202 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883913 Acacia verniciflua latifolia Muelleria 27(2): 189
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529404
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954
883940 Acacia verniciflua pendula Muelleria 27(2): 216
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529431
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954
883937 Acacia virgata Muelleria 27(2): 216
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529431
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

Maslin and Murphy 
superficially resemble A cognafa which is distinguished by 
its normally 3-nerved phyllodes which are very obscurely 
puncticulate (observe carefully at xIO mag.) and by its 
persistent basal peduncular bracts (normally caducous 
in A stictophylla). Furthermore, A cognata attains a taller 
stature than A stictophylla (it grows as a shrub or tree 
3-10 m high) and in Victoria does not extend west of 
Orbost on the south coast (about 300 km due east of the 
Dandenongs where A. stictophylla occurs). 
Hybrids: Based on morphological criteria the 
following specimens which were collected from 
Pamela Place, Ringwood (a suburb of Melbourne), 
probably represent a hybrid between A. howittii and 
A. stictophylla: D.E. Albrecht 65 7 & 652 and B.R. Maslin 582 
(all at MEL and PERTH). These plants are characterised 
by lanceolate to elliptic, short phyllodes (30-40 mm 
long); they occurred in remnant bushland in a built- 
up area together with the two putative parents. Acacia 
stictophylla also appears to hybridise with A. paradoxa 
in this same general area, e.g. B.R. Maslin 5865 (K, MEL, 
PERTH) which grew with both putative parents. This 
putative hybrid is the same entity that was reported by 
Court (1972, p. 216) under A. leprosa x armata. 
Common name: Dandenong Cinnamon Wattle 
Etymology: The species name is derived from the 
Greek sticto- (punctured, spotted, dappled) and phyllon 
(leaf) in allusion to the puncticulate phyllodes. 
5. Acacia verniciflua A.Cunn., in B. Field, Geogr. 
Mem. New South Wales 344 (1825) 
Racospermavernicifluum (A.Cunn.) Ped\ey, Austrobaileya 2: 
357 (1987). Type citation: "Rocky Hills, near Cox's River, &c. 
Collected first in 1817 by me [A. Cunningham], during Mr. 
Oxley's Expedition." Type: Cox's River, New South Wales, 
Oct. 1822, A. Cunningham 220; ho/otype: K; isotype: BM. 
Acacia virgata G.Lodd., Bot. Cab. 13: 1 . 1246 (1827), nom. 
nud. (plate not accompanied by analysis). 
Acacia binervata Dehnh., Cat. horti camald. 2nd edn, 
17 (1832), nom. illeg., non DC. (1825). Type citation: 
"Nov. Holl. Flor. Mart.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli 
botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. 
Acacia gracilis Dehnh., loc. cit. Type citation: "Nov. Holl. 
Flor. Aug. Septemb.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli 
botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. 
Acacia verniciflua var. pendula Seem., Verb. K. K. 
Gartenbauges. Wien 1846: 42 (1846). Type citation: "Ob 
in Garten erzeugt oder auch im Vaterlande versomme 
ist mir unbesannt". Type: n.v. 
Acacia reclinata F.Muell., First Gen. Rep. Govt. Bot. 12 
(1853), nom. nud.; J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859), 
pro syn. sub A. leprosa. Note: it is perhaps equivocal as to 
whether or not Mueller's name was validly published in 
1859; Chapman (1991, p. 77) considers that it was, but 
Maslin (2001, p. 598) treated it as it is presented here. 
Acacia leprosa var. binervis F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., 
Bot. 3: 131 (1859). Type citation: "In collibus graniticis 
ad flumen Broken River." Type: on granite hills between 
the Broken River and Miles Creek, Victoria, 10.ii.1852, F. 
Mueller s.n.; holotype: MEL 1529061. 
Acacia leprosa var. tenuifolia Benth., FI. austral. 2: 358 
(1864). Type citation: "Between the Goulburn and 
Broken rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller." Type: between the 
Goulbourne [Goulburn] and Broken Rivers, Victoria, F. 
Mueller s.n.; probable holotype: MEL 1528780; lisotypes: 
K, MEL 1529063 (specimens annotated by F. Mueller as 
"Trans, fl. Goulbourne"). 
Acacia verniciflua (common variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle 
eta/., FI. Victoria 3:617 (1996). 
Acacia verniciflua first variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. 
Australia 11 A: 597 (2001). 
Acacia leprosa (Seymour variant) sensu T.J. Entwisle et 
al., FI. Victoria 3:620(1996). 
Acacia leprosa third variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 
11 A: 599 (2001). 
Illustrations. WJ. Hooker, Bot. Mag. 60: t. 3266 (1833); 
N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. Austral. Cap. Terr. 199, fig. 
193G (1970); G.M. Cunningham etal., PI. W New South 
Wales 374 (1981); D.J.E. Whibley & D.E. Symon, Acacias 
5. Australia 2nd edn, 181 (1992); TJ. Entwisle et al., FI. 
Victoria 3: 615, fig. 124i and 622, fig. 125b (1996); B.R. 
Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84A-E & N (2001). 
Non-aromatic or slightly aromatic, often viscid shrubs 
mostly 1 -3 m tall, occasionally small trees to 4 m, single- 
or multi-stemmed, the main branches slender and erect 
or pendulous. Bar/cgreyand smooth, may become rough 
on older trunks. New shoots usually shiny and resinous. 
Branchlets straight to flexuose and/or pendulous, terete 
or slightly angled, glabrous or occasionally (in few South 
Australian specimens) minutely appressed-puberulous, 
normally marked with broad (0.5-1 mm wide), ±flat or 
216 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883910 Bacidia pallidonigrans Muelleria 27(2): 172
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529348
Page is part of the work Fellhaneropsis pallidonigrans, a south-eastern Australian lichen, doi:10.5962/p.291951

Page text

Kantvilas and Lucking 
FRANCE. Bayonne, valle d'Esboue, 10.iv.1996, J. Vivant, 
A. Vezda: Lich. Rar. Exsicc. 343 (HO). 
Taxonomy 
Fellhaneropsis pallidonigrans (Mull.Arg.) 
Kantvilas & Lucking comb. nov. 
Patelloria pallidonigrans Mull.Arg., Bull. Herb. Boissier 1 : 
49 (1893); Bacidiapallidonigrans (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr., Cat. 
Lich. Univ. 4:134(1926). 
Type: Victoria. On tree, Warburton, December 1885, 
F.R.M. Wilson 769 (holotype, fide Filson 1986: G; isotype: 
MEL 7173!). 
Thallus pale yellowish, yellowish green or greenish, 
initially composed of scattered, irregular areoles over a 
prothallus, soon fusing and forming an effuse, smooth 
crust, tightly encrusting the bark substratum and any 
adjacent or underlying bryophytes, continuous to 
patchy, rather glossy, ecorticate, 25—70(—100) pm thick; 
prothallus dull grey to black, effuse, usually clearly 
evident at the thallus margins or in more patchy, 
central parts of the thallus. Photobiont a thin-walled, 
unicellular green alga of the 'micareoid'-type (after 
Coppins 1983), with globose cells (4-)6-9 pm diam. 
Apothecia typically very numerous and scattered, 
0.2-0.5 mm wide, roundish, milky-fawn to pale yellow- 
brown to dark grey-brown, not infrequently mottled- 
piebald, broadly adnate to slightly basally constricted, 
immarginate, or with an indistinct proper margin ± 
slightly paler than the disc, visible in the youngest 
apothecia but soon excluded; disc plane to convex, 
epruinose. Excipulum in section colourless, poorly 
developed, reflexed, to 30 pm thick, soon ± excluded, 
composed of radiating, branched, conglutinated 
hyphae 1-3 pm thick with elongate lumina. 
Hypothecium colourless to pale yellowish, K± pale 
yellowish, 60-120 pm thick, composed of entangled 
hyphae. Hymenium colourless, 40-55 pm thick, IKI+ 
intense blue, sometimes with a pale yellowish brown 
epihymenial layer, in dark coloured apothecia with a 
patchy, greenish, K± olive-green, N+ reddish brown 
epihymenial pigment. Asci elongate clavate, 8-spored, 
35-41.3-55 x (9—) 10— 72.5—15(—18) pm, approximating 
theBysso/oma-type;i.e.tholuswell-developed,amyloid, 
with a more intensely amyloid, albeit rather indistinct, 
ring structure. Paraphyses indistinct, rather sparse, 
highly conglutinated, branched, especially in the upper 
part, 0.8-1.5 pm thick; apices slightly expanded to 
2-3 pm, especially in pigmented apothecia. Ascospores 
colourless, non-halonate, fusiform-ellipsoid, straight 
or slightly bent, (2-)3(-4)-septate, 11-75.0-18(—20) 
x ( 3-)3.5-4.2-5 pm; apices ± acute or blunt. Pycnidia 
not found. Chemistry: gyrophoric acid; thallus and 
apothecial squashes C+ red. (Figs 1,2) 
Remarks: Fellhaneropsis pallidonigrans is a 
distinctive lichen, characterised by its pale coloured, 
widely spreading thallus that often forms ± continuous 
patches to 30 cm wide, the very abundant, pale to dark 
coloured, often piebald apothecia, the Byssoloma- 
type asci and the 3-septate, fusiform ascospores. It is 
found almost exclusively in cool temperate rainforest 
of the callidendrous type (nomenclature after Jarman 
et al. 1994), a forest type with a closed canopy of tall, 
well-formed dominant trees (usually Nothofagus 
Blume and or Atherosperma Labill.) and a relatively 
open understorey dominated by ferns including tree 
ferns ( Dicksonia L'Her. or Cyathea Sm.). There this 
lichen occurs in deep shade on bark. A particularly 
characteristic habitat is the exposed large roots of 
forest trees that form cage-like frames on or just above 
the ground.The species is clearly very fast growing and 
encrusts living mosses and hepatics in its path. 
In Tasmania, this species has for many years been 
considered to be an unidentified species of Micarea Fr. 
on account of its ± immarginate apothecia, transversely 
septate, fusiform ascospores, and thallus chemistry. 
Indeed, its resemblance with respect to these 
characters to certain species of that genus, notably to 
M. peliocarpa (Anzi) Coppins & R.Sant. and its relatives, 
M. alabastrites (Nyl.) Coppins and M. cinerea (Schaerer) 
Hedl., is remarkable. However, the Micarea taxa can 
be distinguished by having different asci ( Micarea - 
type, with a well-developed, amyloid tholus pierced 
completely by a non-amyloid, narrow masse axiale); 
they also have more abundant paraphyses that are lax 
in KOH, an exciple composed of anastomosing hyphae, 
and apothecia that are more basally constricted to 
often tuberculate. Interestingly, the correct affinities 
of F. pallidonigrans to the Pilocarpaceae were noted 
first by Muller (1893) who, in the original description, 
compared it with Lecidea chloroplaca Fee [= Byssoloma 
leucoblepharum (Nyl.) Vain. (Santesson 1952)]. 
Within the genus itself, Fellhaneropsis pallidonigrans 
occupies a rather outlying position. None of the 
172 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

974624 Casterton Muelleria 27(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".

974606 Crack Muelleria 27(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".

650385 Eucalyptus ambigua Muelleria 27(2): 228-229

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 228-229".

883949 Eucalyptus amygdalina nitida Muelleria 27(2): 228
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529443
Page is part of the work Eucalyptus ambigua DC. (Myrtaceae), the correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.291956
650386 Eucalyptus arcana Muelleria 27(2): 230-232

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 230-232".

883950 Eucalyptus australiana nitida Muelleria 27(2): 228
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529443
Page is part of the work Eucalyptus ambigua DC. (Myrtaceae), the correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.291956
883948 Eucalyptus nitida Muelleria 27(2): 228
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529443
Page is part of the work Eucalyptus ambigua DC. (Myrtaceae), the correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.291956

Page text

Bean 
the species. In the case of E. ambigua, he cited "In 
Nova-Hollandia. Labillardiere. Affinis E. ligustrinae et 
E. amygdalinae 
Eucalyptus ambigua was next mentioned by 
Bentham (1867). Bentham had a broad concept of 
E. amygdalinathat included several taxa now recognised 
at species rank. He considered E. tenuiramis Miq. to be a 
synonym of E. amygdalina. He also reduced J.D. Hooker's 
E. nitida (Hook.f.) Benth. to a variety of E. amygdalina, 
and placed E. ambigua as a synonym of E. amygdalina 
var. nitida. There are no known authentic specimens 
of E. ambigua at BM or K, and it is clear that Bentham 
never saw any, as he reached his conclusions "from the 
diagnosis taken from Labillardiere's specimen". 
Mueller (1880) mentioned E. ambigua only in 
passing, saying that it"may be a West Australian species, 
the somewhat leathery leaves, the compressed flower 
stalks and the almost globular fruit not really pointing 
to E. amygdalina ". 
The discussion by Maiden (1905, p. 159) in his Critical 
revision of the genus Eucalyptus left no stone unturned, 
as was his usual working method. He stated that he 
borrowed "the" type of E. ambigua from the Candolle 
herbarium, and considered its identity to be "probably 
E. amygdalina, tending to var. nitida, as suggested 
by Bentham". He also reported seeing a Labillardiere 
specimen at P, originating from the Webb herbarium. 
Of this specimen Maiden stated, "This is E. amygdalina, 
var. nitida " Maiden was not content to leave it there. 
He talked about two further specimens named as 
E. ambigua, neither of them authentic, and for one 
of which he said "seems to be E. stricta Sieb." Maiden 
concluded his analysis by saying "it may be accepted 
that E. ambigua, DC., is allied to E. amygdalina, Labill., 
var. nitida. It may, however, be E. stricta, Sieb.: another 
of the Renantherae". 
In his Key to the Eucalypts, Blakely (1934, p. 315) 
regrettably distilled from Maiden's discussion "ambigua 
DC. Prod., iii., 219 (1828) = 384, E. stricta, Sieb." More 
recent authors have continued to honour Blakely's 
interpretation (e.g. Chippendale 1988; Slee etal. 2006). 
Our current-day knowledge of the distributions of 
various Eucalyptus species makes this synonymy all 
the more unlikely - E. stricta is endemic to the state of 
New South Wales, while Labillardiere (collector of the 
type of E. ambigua) visited only Tasmania and Western 
Australia. 
I have examined some high-quality images of three 
specimens, all of which are considered to be original 
material of E. ambigua. Two of these specimens are 
held at G-DC and another is at G. All are in accord with 
the protologue, and all were presumably available 
to Candolle when drawing up his description of 
E. ambigua. All three specimens comprise branchlets 
bearing adult leaves and buds close to maturity, and 
one of them has some detached fruits in a packet. The 
leaves are 15-25 mm wide, the buds are clavate, and 
the hemispherical warty operculum has a tiny mucro. 
The fruits are 8-9 mm in diameter and are broadest just 
below the rim. There is no hint of glaucousness on any 
of the material. I am satisfied that these specimens are 
conspecific with the type of E. nitida Hook.f. In fact, the 
sheet at G was annotated by G.M. Chippendale in 1973 
as" Eucalyptus nitida Hook.f. (E. ambigua DC. =)". One 
of the sheets at G-DC (G00131709) is here selected as 
the lectotype of E. ambigua. The formal synonymy is as 
follows: 
Eucalyptus ambigua DC., Prodr. 3:219 (1828). 
Type: New Holland [south-eastern Tasmania], undated 
[1792 or 1793], JJ.H. Labillardieres.n. (lecto: G-DC, sheet 
G00131709, here designated, (image at BRI)). 
E. nitida Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 1 (2): 137 (1856); E. amygdalina 
var. nitida (Hook.f.) Benth., FI. austral. 3: 203 (1867); 
E. australiana var. nitida (Hook.f.) Ewart, FI. Victoria 833 
(1931), syn. nov. Type:Tasmania. Circular Head, 21 January 
1837, R. Gunn 808 (lecto: K [K000279983], fide Chippendale 
(1988); isolecto: BM, NSW). 
E. simmondsii Maiden, Crit. revis. Eucalyptus 6: 344 
(1923). Type: Tasmania. Smithton, 27 May 1921, J.FI. 
Simmondss.n. (holo: NSW, fide Chippendale (1988)). 
Chippendale (1974) listed six syntypes for E. nitida. 
However, he later (Chippendale 1988) cited Gunn's 
Circular Head collection of 21/1/1837 at Kew, as 
the holotype. In so doing, he has lectotypified the 
name. Under Article 9.8 of the Code, the use of the 
term "holotype" by Chippendale is correctable to 
"lectotype" 
The name change resulting from this investigation 
is unfortunate, but it is fitting that Candolle and 
Labillardiere receive the recognition that is due to 
them. It is the fault of neither of these men that 
228 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883951 Eucalyptus simmondsii Muelleria 27(2): 228
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529443
Page is part of the work Eucalyptus ambigua DC. (Myrtaceae), the correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.291956
883952 Eucalyptus splendens arcana Muelleria 27(2): 230
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529445
Page is part of the work Eucalyptus arcana (Myrtaceae), a new combination for a former subspecies of Eucalyptus splendens and notes on a population of scentbark occurring near Moonlight Head in South-west Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.291957
650354 Fellhaneropsis pallidonigrans Muelleria 27(2): 172-173, Figs 1, 2
974607 Golden Muelleria 27(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".

974610 Golden Muelleria 27(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".

974618 Grey Muelleria 27(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".

650384 Hakea asperma Muelleria 27(2): 225-226, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 225-226, Fig. 1".

883817 Limnanthemum aurantiacum Muelleria 27(2): 120
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529395
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948
883824 Limnanthemum crenatum Muelleria 27(2): 121
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529394
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Nymphoides 
Nymphoides hydrocharoides. Only two of these are dated 
and, from a plain label "never can get much of this in 
flower" in Dallachy's hand on one sheet (MEL 1505013), 
it is evident that he made more than one collection of 
the species. Some undated material may have been 
collected after publication of the basionym in 1868. Only 
one sheet (MEL 1505007) gives a location more precise 
than "Rockingham(s) Bay", indicating the Murray River 
which flows into the Bay north of Cardwell. This sheet 
is dated and holds both labels and plant material which 
make it suitable for selection as the lectotype. 
The lectotype designated bears Dallachy's plain 
label "Murray 29 Jun 1865" in his hand, and an 
additional blue "Botanical Museum of Melbourne" 
label stating "Rockinghams Bay". The blue label has 
Mueller's identification of Villarsio hydrocharoides in 
his handwriting, and also the initial "B" to indicate it 
has been seen by Bentham.The apparent isolectotype 
MEL 1505008 lacks the collector's name and any date 
but it bears a blue label with "Rockingham's Bay" and 
"Villarsia hydrocharoides" both in Mueller's hand, and 
also bears Bentham's initial. It is very well matched 
botanically with the lectotype, more so than any of the 
other sheets considered. The apparent isolectotype 
MEL 1505009 has Dallachy's plain label bearing field 
notes and "29 June 1865 Rockingham Bay" all in his 
hand, the identification V. hydrocharoides written by 
Mueller, and Bentham's initial. 
The BRI 010375 sheet of apparent isolectotype 
material bears two plant portions that match the three 
portions on MEL 1505009. The BRI material would 
have been donated by MEL before the MEL material 
was mounted on the current sheets. The label on 
the BRI sheet is handwritten by the late J.H. Willis of 
MEL, who combined the basic information from MEL 
labels into "Rockingham Bay, N.Q'land. - in swamps", 
"John Dallachy" and "June 1865". His words include 
elaborations that do not appear on any of the MEL 
labels: "in swamps" must have been taken from "in 
stagnis" in the type citation. 
Labels on the four sheets of "possible remaining 
syntype" material at MEL are inadequate to allow any 
certainty that they could be part of the lectotype 
collection. They are all undated and may or may not 
have been seen by Mueller in time for him to have 
considered them when preparing his description of 
V. hydrocharoides. 
Nymphoides beaglensis Aston, Muelleria 6:359 
(1987). 
Type citation: "8 km east of Beagle Bay Mission, 
Dampierland Peninsula, in permanent pool known 
locally as 'Bunguaduk', 16°58'S, 122°44'E, Kimberley 
Region, Western Australia, 20.viii.1985, K.F. Kenneally 
9451 r 
Holotype: PERTH; isotypes: MEL 1549338, PERTH 
(spirit). 
Nymphoides crenata (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as 
Nymphodes crenatum), Rev. gen. pi. 2:429 (1891). 
Limnanthemum crenatum F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. 
Victoria 1:17 (1854). Villarsia crenata (F.Muell.) F.Muell., 
Fragm. 4:127 (1864). Typecitation:"\r\ tranquil bends of 
the Murray River, Murrumbidgee, and Mitta Mitta, and 
in the nearest lakes and lagoons." 
Lectotype (here designated): K; isolectotypes: MEL 
2182281, 2182282, 2182283; probable isolectotype: 
MEL 1505131. 
The lectotype sheet at K, although undated, bears 
a blue label with "Limnanthemum crenatum/ ferd 
Mueller/ Murray" in Mueller's hand. The specimen 
includes buds, flowers, fruit and seeds, and is the most 
complete of all type sheets seen. 
All sheets at MEL are also undated. Two of the 
isolectotype sheets have a blue, printed "BOTANICAL 
MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE/ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & 
M.D." label annotated "Villarsia crenata/ ferd. Mueller/ 
Murray" in Mueller's hand, and initialled by Bentham. 
They also have labels or packets annotated by Mueller 
as "Limnanthemum crenatum ferd Mueller". The third 
isolectotype sheet bears only one plain blue unprinted 
label annotated by Mueller with "Limnanthemum/ 
crenatum/ ferd Mueller/ Murray/ Dr ferd Mueller". 
The probable isolectotype sheet bears a label 
written in scripted handwriting of the kind that used to 
be used on the front of specimen display folders at MEL 
(in the early 1900s?). The label reads " Limnanthemum 
crenatum " with the words below repeating those of 
Mueller's type citation. Although collector and date are 
not given, it was not unusual for herbarium material to 
be used in display. The plant portions mounted on this 
sheet match with those of the isolectotypes and appear 
to be part of the same collection. Unfortunately, this is 
the most botanically complete sheet at MEL. It includes 
Muelleria 
121 

Page image

883827 Limnanthemum exiguum Muelleria 27(2): 122
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529393
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
a packet containing many seeds whereas a few seeds 
are present on only one of the isolectotype sheets. 
Mueller's description and type citation of 
Limnanthemum crenatum was repeated in Hooker's J. 
Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8:164 (1856). 
Nymphoides disperm a Aston, Muelleria 6:197 
(1986). 
Typec/taf/on:"Unnamedcreekrunning into Pauline Bay, 
Vansittart Bay, Northern Kimberley, Western Australia, 
14°12 , 30"S, 126°22 / E, 22.V.1984, SJ. Forbes 2098!’ 
Holotype: MEL 672226; isotypes: MEL 672227, MEL 
2329836 (spirit), PERTH. 
Nymphoides elliptica Aston, Muelleria 5:268 
(1984). 
Type citation: "10.3 km east of 'Musgrave' along the 
'Marina Plains' road, 14°45'S, 143°35'E, Cape York 
Peninsula, Queensland, 13.V.1982, Aston 2260." 
Holotype: MEL 612197; isotypes: BRI, CANB, K, MEL 
612198 and 612199, MEL 2320257 (spirit). 
Nymphoides exigua (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as 
Nymphodes exiguum), Rev. gen. pi. 2:429 (1891). 
Limnanthemum exiguum F.Muell., Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). 
Villarsia exigua (F.Muell.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 2: 368 
(1859). Villarsia exigua (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 4: 128 
(1864), nom. illeg., later homonym. Type citation: "In 
paludibus subsalinis ad South Port Tasmaniae legit. 
Oldfield ". 
Holotype: Sheet bearing a field label "Wet muddy/ 
places in/ brackish/ water/ South Port" and with "Hb. 
Oldfield" added at the label top, all in the hand of 
A. Oldfield, also"Limnanthemum/exiguum"in Mueller's 
hand at bottom of label, with "(Gentianaceae)" below; 
no date given (K 449394); possible isotypes: MEL 
1505253, MEL 1505254 (see notes below). 
Although Mueller saw and annotated the holotype 
material held at K, no definite isotype material has been 
located at MEL where it might be expected. MEL has 
no Southport collection gathered by Oldfield, but has 
Southport material collected by C. Stuart and there is 
a slim possibility that the K and MEL sheets hold parts 
of a joint Stuart/Oldfield collection. This possibility is 
explained below. Of the two relevant sheets at MEL, 
one (MEL 1505253) bears a field label "1781/ Aquatic/ 
South Port/ fl yellow/Dec/56" [i.e. 1856] in Stuart's 
hand, with "Limnanthemum/ exiguum/ ferd Mueller" 
added by Mueller. There is also an attached packet 
annotated on the outside with "South Port/ V.D.L. St" in 
Stuart's hand, and the identification "Limnanthemum/ 
(Liparophyllum)/ exiguum/ ferd. Mueller" in Mueller's 
hand. Inside the packet is a loose label with "South 
Port/ Dec 55/ Water" [note 1855 at variance from 1856 
on other label] in Stuart's hand and "Limnanthemum 
exiguum" added by Mueller. The sheet also has a 
standard blue printed label "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF 
MELBOURNE/ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." annotated 
by Mueller with "Villarsia exigua/ ferd Mueller/ Van 
Diemen's Land", and has several specimens mounted 
on it. A second sheet (MEL 1505254) has several 
specimens in a packet bearing "Limnanthemum/ 
exiguum/ ferd Mueller" in Mueller's hand, and "South 
Port/V.D.L" in Stuart's hand. 
The presence of two different dates (Dec. 55 
and Dec. 56) on the Stuart material of MEL 1505253 
raises the question of whether all the Stuart material 
on the two MEL sheets could have come from two 
different collections. If so, these collections may have 
been incorrectly amalgamated over the years before 
becoming mounted on the current sheets. Alternatively 
one date may be in error, in which case all material 
should belong to the one collection only. 
G. Bentham has initialled the packet and blue 
label on MEL 1505253, indicating that he saw the 
Stuart material held at MEL In FI. austral. 4: 381 
(1868) Bentham cited his examination of L. exigua 
from "South Port, C. Stuart " but did not mention any 
Oldfield collection of the species. It seems that he 
probably had reason for believing that the holotype 
material at K had been collected by Stuart (see next 
paragraph). 
Helen Henderson (pers. comm.) of Perth, Western 
Australia, who is preparing a database of her and her 
husband's researches into Oldfield's collections, has 
provided information concerning joint collecting of 
Oldfield and Stuart in south-east Tasmania. Stuart 
was in the area from September 1855 to April 1856, 
and Oldfield met up with him at Southport in either 
very late December 1855 or very early January 1856 
to collect for about ten days. A second joint trip of 
late February and early March 1857 does not involve 
A/, exigua. 
122 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883830 Limnanthemum exiliflorum Muelleria 27(2): 123
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529392
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948
883851 Limnanthemum geminatum Muelleria 27(2): 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529391
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
Holotype: (BRI 017792); isotypes: (AD 96149108, K, 
MEL 595587, NSW). Each type has a printed Expedition 
label enlarging information in the type citation, e.g. 
giving "South Bay, Bickerton Island, in the Gulf of 
Carpentaria (13°45'S, 136°6'E)", collection date 5 June 
1948, and collector R.L. 5pecht455. 
Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, as 
Nymphodes geminatum, Rev. gen .pi. 2:429 
(1891). 
Villarsia geminata R.Br., Prodr . 457 (1810) pro parte, 
as to var. a, excl. var. p. Limnanthemum geminatum 
(R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839), 
pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. parvifolium Griseb., (as 
p parvifolia), and excl. Villarsia sarmentosa Sims. Type 
citation: "(J.) v.v", R. Brown. 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with "R. Brown, 
Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 
2982, and with two labels in Brown's hand, these 
being "Villarsia [above a ruled through Menyanthes] 
geminata / a prodr 457 / Nepean / 1804 December" 
and " Menyanthes elatior / Nepean opposite Thomsons 
/ Land / Deer 1804" (BM); possible isolectotype: 
"R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, 
numbered 2982, and handwritten "Nepean", excl. 
upper specimens from Shoalwater Bay (K); remaining 
syntypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro 
parte, excl. specimen at top right, coll. R. Brown (BM). 
"R.Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, and 
handwritten [apparently by Brown] label "Menyanthes 
geminata / Port Jackson" (MEL 1505005). "Menyanthes 
geminata Flooded banks of the Nepean 1805" in 
Brown's hand (K). 
[Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora, sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. 
Australia 117(1973)] 
In describing the basionym Villarsia geminata, 
R. Brown, loc. cit., recorded two infraspecific taxa, a 
and /3. Taxon a was said to have subcoriaceous leaves 
2.5-5 cm in diameter, with upper and lower surfaces 
differently coloured, and to have been collected by 
Brown from "(J)" [New South Wales]. Taxon /3 had 
smaller membranous leaves about 1.2-2 cm diameter 
with both surfaces similarly coloured, was sometimes 
stemless, and was collected from "(T)" [tropical 
Australia]. Brown expressed uncertainty as to the taxa, 
describing p as"Forsan distincta" i.e. perhaps distinct, 
and did not formally name them or indicate their 
taxonomic rank. Under Limnanthemum geminatum , 
Grisebach loc. cit., retained Brown's taxa and their 
designations of a and (3, and also validly published 
the epithet parvifolium (as P parvifolia) for p. Under 
Article 35.4 of the International Code (McNeill et of 
2006) this epithet must be regarded as having the rank 
of variety. In publishing the var. parvifolium Grisebach 
automatically established the autonym L. geminatum 
var. geminatum for the taxon a (McNeill et al. 2006, 
article 26.3). 
In this paper L. geminatum var. parvifolium is placed 
as a taxonomic synonym of Nymphoides exiliflora, and 
a lectotype for the varietal name has been designated 
in the account of that species, q.v. 
Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. 
Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. 
Now N. montana Aston, q.v. 
Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F. Muell.) Kuntze. 
Now a taxonomic synonym under N. aurantiaca 
(Dalzell) Kuntze, q.v. 
Nymphoides minima (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as 
Nymphodes minimum), Revis. gen. pl. 2:429 
(1891). 
Limnanthemum minimum F.Muell. Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). 
Villarsia minima (F.Muell.) F.Muell. Fragm. 4:128(1864). 
Type citation: "In stagnis aqua limpida repletis flumen 
Fitzmaurice versus." 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with plain label 
stating "Limnanthemum/ minimum, ferd. Mueller/ 
Fresh stagnant waters near/ the upper Fitzmaurice/ 
Oct 55. ferd. Mueller" [c.14°50'S, 130°45'E] in Mueller's 
hand, and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF 
MELBOURNE / ferd. Mueller, PH. & M.D." label with 
"Villarsia minimal ferd. Mueller/ Arnhem's Land" 
in Mueller's hand and initialled by Bentham (MEL 
1505000); isolectotype: Specimen in type folder 
with label "Limnanthemum minimum ferd Mueller/ 
Fitzmaurice River Oct. 55 ferd Mueller." in Mueller's 
hand (K). The sheet at K also contains a Cunningham 
collection that is not part of the type. 
124 
Vo I 27(2) 2009 

Page image

650283 Limnanthemum geminatum parvifolia Muelleria 27(2): 123
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529392
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948
883831 Limnanthemum geminatum parvifolia Muelleria 27(2): 123
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529392
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948
883820 Limnanthemum hydrocharoides Muelleria 27(2): 120
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529395
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
Lectotypes previously designated by other authors 
for N. aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze and its taxonomic 
synonym Villorsio aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke are 
included. Although the type collections of these 
are extra-Australian, the species also occurs within 
Australia. 
Species given names now placed in synonymy, or 
misapplied or informal names under Nymphoides in 
Aquatic Plants of Australia (Aston 1973), are included in 
this paper. The names as used there, with those which 
should now be used for them following in square 
brackets, are N. geminata, sensu Aston op. cit. 111, non 
(R.Br.) Kuntze [N. montana Aston], N. hydrocharoides 
[nowataxonomicsynonym under N. aurantiaca (Da\ze\\) 
Kuntze], N. stygia [nomen ambiguum], Nymphoides sp. 
[N. subacuta Aston] and Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora [N. 
geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze]. 
Typification and Nomenclature 
Nymphoides aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze, 
(as Nymphodes aurantiacum), Revis. gen. pi. 
2:429(1891). 
Limnanthemum aurantiacum Dalzell in Hooker's J. Bot. 
Kew Gard. Misc. 2:136 (1850). Type citation: "Crescit prope 
Malwan; fl. Sept" Type: Bombay, India, Dalzells.n. 
Lectotype: K; fide Cramer, L.H. in Dassanayake, M.D., 
ed., Revised Handb. FI. Ceylon 3:211 (1981). 
Villarsia aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke in King, G. and 
Gamble, J.S., J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal Pt. 2, Nat. Hist., 74: 90 
(1906). Type citation: "Pahang: Kwala Pahar, Ridley" 
Lectotype: Peninsula Malaysia, Pahang, Kwala 
'Pahar' (sphalm. for Pahang), Ridley s.n., -.-.1890 (CAL 
303131); possible isolectotype: Kwala Brawas, near 
Kwala Pahang, 14 May 1890, Ridley 550 (SING); fide 
Cheek, M. and Turner, I.M., Kew Bull. 53:964 (1998). See 
note 1 below. 
Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as 
Nymphodes hydrocharodes), Revis. gen. pi. 2:429 (1891). 
Villarsia hydrocharoides F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 139 (Mar. 
1868). Limnanthemum hydrocharoides (F.Muell.) Benth., 
FI. austral. 4: 380 (Dec.1868). Type citation: "Ad sinum 
Rockingham's Bay in stagnis. Dallachy." 
Lectotype (here designated): Murray [River], 
Rockinghams Bay, Qld ,J. Dallachy s.n., 29.vi.1865 (MEL 
1505007); apparent isolectotypes: MEL 1505008, MEL 
1505009, BRI 010375; possible remaining syntypes: 
MEL 1505010, MEL 1505011, MEL 1505012, MEL 
1505013. See note 2 below. 
Note 1: Cheek and Turner (1998) located only one 
collection (CAL 303131) fitting Clarke's protologue 
("Pahang: Kwala Pahar, Ridley") for Villarsia aurantiaca 
and from the main specimen label, which seemed to be 
in Ridley's hand, corrected Clarke's spelling "Pahar" to 
"Pahang". The label also gave Ridley's name as collector 
and 1890 as the year of collection, without precise 
date. A second label was signed and dated 26 October 
1903, apparently in Clarke's hand, and bore information 
which is largely reproduced in Clarke's protologue of 
three years later. The only other Ridley collection which 
Cheek and Turner could locate was from Kwala Brawas, 
near Kwala Pahang, 14 May 1890, Ridley 550 (SING). 
Because the species is rare in Malaysia, and because 
both collections were made in 1890, Cheek and Turner 
considered it possible that the CAL collection may be 
"merely a cursorily labelled duplicate" of Ridley 550 
sent by Ridley to Clarke at some stage prior to Clarke's 
annotation of it in 1903. 
In referring to the Ridley s.n. collection he was 
using, Clarke stated that "This example shows no 
fruit..." which, because of the importance of seed 
micromorphology and size in distinguishing species 
within Menyanthaceae (e.g. Sivarajan et al. 1989; 
Chuang & Ornduff 1992; Sivarajan & Joseph 1993; 
Aston 2003), is unfortunate. Cheek and Turner (1998) 
therefore prepared scanning electron micrographs 
of the seed from the possible isolectotype Ridley 550 
(SING) and from other Malaysian specimens considered 
to be V. aurantiaca. Comparison of these scans with 
published SEM photos of Indian seeds of Nymphoides 
aurantiaca (Sivarajan & Joseph 1993) showed the two 
entities to be conspecific. 
Ridley had annotated the unnumbered collection 
he sent to Clarke as Villarsia aurantiaca without 
reference to any other genus. Clarke accepted Ridley's 
name, again without mention of the epithet's earlier 
association with both Nymphoides and Limnanthemum. 
Cheek and Turner (1998) rightly treated V. aurantiaca as 
a new name and not just a new combination. 
Note 2: The National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) has 
seven sheets of material from Rockingham Bay that 
can be considered as possible syntype collections of 
120 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

650289 Limnanthemum minimum Muelleria 27(2): 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529391
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
Holotype: (BRI 017792); isotypes: (AD 96149108, K, 
MEL 595587, NSW). Each type has a printed Expedition 
label enlarging information in the type citation, e.g. 
giving "South Bay, Bickerton Island, in the Gulf of 
Carpentaria (13°45'S, 136°6'E)", collection date 5 June 
1948, and collector R.L. 5pecht455. 
Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, as 
Nymphodes geminatum, Rev. gen .pi. 2:429 
(1891). 
Villarsia geminata R.Br., Prodr . 457 (1810) pro parte, 
as to var. a, excl. var. p. Limnanthemum geminatum 
(R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839), 
pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. parvifolium Griseb., (as 
p parvifolia), and excl. Villarsia sarmentosa Sims. Type 
citation: "(J.) v.v", R. Brown. 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with "R. Brown, 
Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 
2982, and with two labels in Brown's hand, these 
being "Villarsia [above a ruled through Menyanthes] 
geminata / a prodr 457 / Nepean / 1804 December" 
and " Menyanthes elatior / Nepean opposite Thomsons 
/ Land / Deer 1804" (BM); possible isolectotype: 
"R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, 
numbered 2982, and handwritten "Nepean", excl. 
upper specimens from Shoalwater Bay (K); remaining 
syntypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro 
parte, excl. specimen at top right, coll. R. Brown (BM). 
"R.Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, and 
handwritten [apparently by Brown] label "Menyanthes 
geminata / Port Jackson" (MEL 1505005). "Menyanthes 
geminata Flooded banks of the Nepean 1805" in 
Brown's hand (K). 
[Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora, sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. 
Australia 117(1973)] 
In describing the basionym Villarsia geminata, 
R. Brown, loc. cit., recorded two infraspecific taxa, a 
and /3. Taxon a was said to have subcoriaceous leaves 
2.5-5 cm in diameter, with upper and lower surfaces 
differently coloured, and to have been collected by 
Brown from "(J)" [New South Wales]. Taxon /3 had 
smaller membranous leaves about 1.2-2 cm diameter 
with both surfaces similarly coloured, was sometimes 
stemless, and was collected from "(T)" [tropical 
Australia]. Brown expressed uncertainty as to the taxa, 
describing p as"Forsan distincta" i.e. perhaps distinct, 
and did not formally name them or indicate their 
taxonomic rank. Under Limnanthemum geminatum , 
Grisebach loc. cit., retained Brown's taxa and their 
designations of a and (3, and also validly published 
the epithet parvifolium (as P parvifolia) for p. Under 
Article 35.4 of the International Code (McNeill et of 
2006) this epithet must be regarded as having the rank 
of variety. In publishing the var. parvifolium Grisebach 
automatically established the autonym L. geminatum 
var. geminatum for the taxon a (McNeill et al. 2006, 
article 26.3). 
In this paper L. geminatum var. parvifolium is placed 
as a taxonomic synonym of Nymphoides exiliflora, and 
a lectotype for the varietal name has been designated 
in the account of that species, q.v. 
Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. 
Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. 
Now N. montana Aston, q.v. 
Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F. Muell.) Kuntze. 
Now a taxonomic synonym under N. aurantiaca 
(Dalzell) Kuntze, q.v. 
Nymphoides minima (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as 
Nymphodes minimum), Revis. gen. pl. 2:429 
(1891). 
Limnanthemum minimum F.Muell. Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). 
Villarsia minima (F.Muell.) F.Muell. Fragm. 4:128(1864). 
Type citation: "In stagnis aqua limpida repletis flumen 
Fitzmaurice versus." 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with plain label 
stating "Limnanthemum/ minimum, ferd. Mueller/ 
Fresh stagnant waters near/ the upper Fitzmaurice/ 
Oct 55. ferd. Mueller" [c.14°50'S, 130°45'E] in Mueller's 
hand, and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF 
MELBOURNE / ferd. Mueller, PH. & M.D." label with 
"Villarsia minimal ferd. Mueller/ Arnhem's Land" 
in Mueller's hand and initialled by Bentham (MEL 
1505000); isolectotype: Specimen in type folder 
with label "Limnanthemum minimum ferd Mueller/ 
Fitzmaurice River Oct. 55 ferd Mueller." in Mueller's 
hand (K). The sheet at K also contains a Cunningham 
collection that is not part of the type. 
124 
Vo I 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883839 Limnanthemum minimum Muelleria 27(2): 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529391
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
Holotype: (BRI 017792); isotypes: (AD 96149108, K, 
MEL 595587, NSW). Each type has a printed Expedition 
label enlarging information in the type citation, e.g. 
giving "South Bay, Bickerton Island, in the Gulf of 
Carpentaria (13°45'S, 136°6'E)", collection date 5 June 
1948, and collector R.L. 5pecht455. 
Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, as 
Nymphodes geminatum, Rev. gen .pi. 2:429 
(1891). 
Villarsia geminata R.Br., Prodr . 457 (1810) pro parte, 
as to var. a, excl. var. p. Limnanthemum geminatum 
(R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839), 
pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. parvifolium Griseb., (as 
p parvifolia), and excl. Villarsia sarmentosa Sims. Type 
citation: "(J.) v.v", R. Brown. 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with "R. Brown, 
Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 
2982, and with two labels in Brown's hand, these 
being "Villarsia [above a ruled through Menyanthes] 
geminata / a prodr 457 / Nepean / 1804 December" 
and " Menyanthes elatior / Nepean opposite Thomsons 
/ Land / Deer 1804" (BM); possible isolectotype: 
"R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, 
numbered 2982, and handwritten "Nepean", excl. 
upper specimens from Shoalwater Bay (K); remaining 
syntypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro 
parte, excl. specimen at top right, coll. R. Brown (BM). 
"R.Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, and 
handwritten [apparently by Brown] label "Menyanthes 
geminata / Port Jackson" (MEL 1505005). "Menyanthes 
geminata Flooded banks of the Nepean 1805" in 
Brown's hand (K). 
[Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora, sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. 
Australia 117(1973)] 
In describing the basionym Villarsia geminata, 
R. Brown, loc. cit., recorded two infraspecific taxa, a 
and /3. Taxon a was said to have subcoriaceous leaves 
2.5-5 cm in diameter, with upper and lower surfaces 
differently coloured, and to have been collected by 
Brown from "(J)" [New South Wales]. Taxon /3 had 
smaller membranous leaves about 1.2-2 cm diameter 
with both surfaces similarly coloured, was sometimes 
stemless, and was collected from "(T)" [tropical 
Australia]. Brown expressed uncertainty as to the taxa, 
describing p as"Forsan distincta" i.e. perhaps distinct, 
and did not formally name them or indicate their 
taxonomic rank. Under Limnanthemum geminatum , 
Grisebach loc. cit., retained Brown's taxa and their 
designations of a and (3, and also validly published 
the epithet parvifolium (as P parvifolia) for p. Under 
Article 35.4 of the International Code (McNeill et of 
2006) this epithet must be regarded as having the rank 
of variety. In publishing the var. parvifolium Grisebach 
automatically established the autonym L. geminatum 
var. geminatum for the taxon a (McNeill et al. 2006, 
article 26.3). 
In this paper L. geminatum var. parvifolium is placed 
as a taxonomic synonym of Nymphoides exiliflora, and 
a lectotype for the varietal name has been designated 
in the account of that species, q.v. 
Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. 
Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. 
Now N. montana Aston, q.v. 
Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F. Muell.) Kuntze. 
Now a taxonomic synonym under N. aurantiaca 
(Dalzell) Kuntze, q.v. 
Nymphoides minima (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as 
Nymphodes minimum), Revis. gen. pl. 2:429 
(1891). 
Limnanthemum minimum F.Muell. Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). 
Villarsia minima (F.Muell.) F.Muell. Fragm. 4:128(1864). 
Type citation: "In stagnis aqua limpida repletis flumen 
Fitzmaurice versus." 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with plain label 
stating "Limnanthemum/ minimum, ferd. Mueller/ 
Fresh stagnant waters near/ the upper Fitzmaurice/ 
Oct 55. ferd. Mueller" [c.14°50'S, 130°45'E] in Mueller's 
hand, and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF 
MELBOURNE / ferd. Mueller, PH. & M.D." label with 
"Villarsia minimal ferd. Mueller/ Arnhem's Land" 
in Mueller's hand and initialled by Bentham (MEL 
1505000); isolectotype: Specimen in type folder 
with label "Limnanthemum minimum ferd Mueller/ 
Fitzmaurice River Oct. 55 ferd Mueller." in Mueller's 
hand (K). The sheet at K also contains a Cunningham 
collection that is not part of the type. 
124 
Vo I 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883842 Limnanthemum stygium Muelleria 27(2): 125
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529390
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Nymphoides 
Nymphoides montana Aston, Muelleria 5:36 
(1982). 
Type citation: "Lake Hill, south-west of Nunniong 
Plains, East Gippsland, Victoria, grid W6(-3), 2011971, 
Beauglehole & Finck ACB36345'! 
Holotype: MEL 1504963; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 
1504964, MEL 1504965, NSW. Paratype also cited: 
"Morass Creek, about 9 km north of Benambra, at 
crossing of the Omeo to Corryong road, 36°52'S, 
147°42'E, Victoria, 12.iii.1975, Aston 1852: MEL 1504989 
to 1504999, MEL 2326032 (spirit), NSW. 
[i Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 
111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze] 
Nymphoides planosperma Aston, Muelleria 5: 
39(1982). 
Type citation: " Northern Territory, Kakadu National 
Park, c. 22 km north-east of Jabiru, 12°31'S, 132°58.5'E, 
30.iii.1981, Craven 6607: 
Holotype: MEL 1520239; isotypes: CANB (not seen), 
MEL 1520238, MEL 2327964 (spirit). [Also other material 
awaiting distribution from CANB at the time the name 
was published, and not seen by Aston.] 
Nymphoides quadriloba Aston, Muelleria 5:42 
(1982). 
Type citation: "About 3 miles NNE of Katherine, Northern 
Territory, 10.iv.1967, Adams 1747: [Incorrectly given as 
c. 2 miles north of Katherine on at least the K and NT 
isotype sheets but corrected on the CANB sheet to the 
citation quoted above.] 
Holotype: CANB 172340; isotypes: CANB 172339, 
CANB (spirit), K, NSW, NT 39334, also (not seen by 
Aston) A, E, L, US. Paratype also cited: "Property of LJ. 
Phillips, about 5-8 km NNE. of Katherine, c. 14°25'S, 
132°18'E, Northern Territory, 7.V.1976, Aston 1898: 
BRI, CANB, MEL 1505244 , MEL 1505245, MEL 2320273 
(spirit), PERTH. 
Nymphoides simulans Aston, Muelleria 16:83 
( 2002 ). 
Type citation: "Queensland, Cape York Peninsula, 3.2 km 
E of 'Musgrave' along the 'Musgrave' to 'Marina Plains' 
road, 13 May 1982, HI Aston 2255: 
Holotype: MEL 612170; isotypes: BRI, MEL 612171, 
MEL 2173027 (spirit). 
Nymphoides spinulosperma Aston, Muelleria 
10:21 (1997). 
Type citation: "Victoria, Wimmera, c. 5.5 km (in a straight 
line) WNW of St Arnaud, along the St Arnaud-Bayena 
Rd, altitude 160 m, HI Aston 2872, 2111996." 
Holotype: MEL 2031021; isotypes: MEL 2031022, 
MEL 2031023, MEL 2037992 (spirit), NSW. 
Nymphoides spongiosa Aston, Muelleria 5:45 
(1982). 
Type citation: "About 6 km east of the Howard River 
crossing of the Howard Springs to 'Koolpinyah' road, 
12°26'S, 131°08'E, Northern Territory, 17.V.1976, Aston 
1936: 
Holotype: MEL 1505146; isotypes: CANB, MEL 
1505145, MEL 2300180 (spirit), NT. 
Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. 
Australia 117 (1973). 
Now N. subacuta Aston, q.v. 
Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora sensu Aston, 
Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973). 
Correctly N. geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, q.v. 
Nymphoides stygia (J.M.Black) H.Eichler, (as N. 
stygium), Taxon 12:296 (1963). 
Limnanthemum stygium J.M.BIack, Trans. & Proc. Roy. 
Soc. South Australia 42: 52, tab. 6 (1918). Type citation: 
"Dismal swamp, 15 miles north of Mount Gambier." 
Holotype: Dismal Swamp, N of Mt Gambier, J.M. 
Black s.n., 4 or 6.xii.1917 (AD); isotype: (K). 
Black, loc. cit., stated"fructu ignoto"in his description, 
and the fragmentary type material is deficient in 
showing diagnostic characters of inflorescence, 
infructescence and seed. Originally (Aston 1973) 
I accepted the name as representing a distinct 
species. Later (Aston 1986) I considered Nymphoides 
stygia was described from a depauperate plant of 
Villarsia reniformis R.Br. as the specimens, and figures 
published by Black, all represent a species of Villarsia. 
However, from the leaf shape it is perhaps more likely 
that it should be placed with one of the two varieties 
of V. umbricola Aston. These varieties can only be 
distinguished by the seeds (Aston 1969). It seems that 
the identity of the Villarsia taxon to which the name 
Muelleria 
125 

Page image

974613 Matsudana Muelleria 27(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".

883845 Menyanthes indica Muelleria 27(2): 126
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529389
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
Nymphoides stygia applies remains inconclusive, and 
the name is best considered a nomen ambiguum. 
Nymphoides subacuta Aston, Muelleria 5:48 
(1982). 
Type citation : "McMinns Lagoon, approximately 30 km 
ESE of Darwin city centre, 12°31'S, 131°05'E, Northern 
Territory, 20.v. 1976, Aston 1954'.' 
Holotype: Long-styled plant Aston 1954A, MEL 
1505123; isotype: CANB. Paratypes also cited: Short- 
styled plant Aston 1954B, DNA; Short-styled plant Aston 
1954C, MEL 1505122, MEL 1505124; Style unspecified, 
leaves only, showing variation, MEL 1505125. [Also 
MEL spirit of isotype and paratype material. All plants 
of Aston 1954 were collected within three metres of 
each other]. 
[Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117 
(1973)] 
Nymphoides triangularis Aston, Muelleria 5: 
265(1984). 
Type citation : "14.8 km east of 'Musgrave' along the 
'Marina Plains' road, 14°44'S, 143°37 , E, Cape York 
Peninsula, Queensland, 13.v.1982, Aston 2262'.' 
Holotype: MEL 612194; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 
612195, MEL 612196, MEL 2320253 (spirit). 
Villarsia trachysperma F.Muell., Fragm. 6:136 
(1868). 
Type citation: "In lacunis juxta fluvium South Alligator- 
River. F.M." 
Holotype: Sheet wth plain white pencilled label 
"Lagoons of the tribu/ tary of the S. Alligator/ River 
5 July 56" and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM 
OF MELBOURNE./ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." label 
bearing, all in Mueller's hand, "Villarsia trachysperma 
F.v. M./ S. Alligator River" plus descriptive notes. (MEL 
681834). 
This has long been accepted, correctly, as a 
taxonomic synonym of the cosmopolitan species 
Nymphoides indica (L.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes indicum), 
Revis. gen. pi. 2: 429 (1891). Menyanthes indica L. Sp. pi. 
207 (1753). Note that Mueller never collected on the 
South Alligator River or its tributaries, having gone 
no further north towards that area than the vicinity 
of the Elsey Creek and Roper River (Gregory 1884). His 
collecting locality for the holotype remains unclear, but 
on July 5, 1856, he was en route between the Victoria 
River and Elsey Creek. 
The blue label cited here, and another on the 
holotype sheet, have both been seen and initialled by 
Bentham. I have not located any other possible type 
material held elsewhere, and an additional check by 
J. Bruhl (while ABLO) of K and BM specimens also proved 
negative. I therefore regard the MEL sheet as a unicate 
returned from K by Bentham after his examination of it. 
Acknowledgements 
I wish to thank the directors and staff of all the herbaria 
cited, both Australian and ex-Australian, for allowing 
me access to their collections. I thank Dr Jeremy Bruhl 
who, while ABLO at Kew, UK, provided additional 
comment and digital photos from K and BM in relation 
to possible type material of Nymphoides exigua and 
Villarsia trachysperma. My thanks also go to Dr Helen 
Henderson, Shenton Park, Western Australia, for 
sharing with me her knowledge of the joint field work 
of Oldfield and Stuart in Tasmania. 
References 
Aston, H.l. (1969). The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in 
Australia. Muelleria 2, 3-61. 
Aston, H.l. (1973). Aquatic plants of Australia. Melbourne 
University Press: Melbourne. 
Aston, H.l. (1986). 'Menyanthaceae', In J.P. Jessop & H.R. 
Toelken (eds), Flora of South Australia 2, 1048-1050. South 
Australian Government Printing Div.: Adelaide. 
Aston, H.l. (2003). Seed morphology of Australian species of 
Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae). Muelleria 18 , 33- 65. 
Cheek, M. and Turner, I.M. (1998). The identity of Villarsia 
aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke (Menyanthaceae) in the Malay 
Peninsula. Kew Bulletin 53,961-965. 
Chuang, T.l. and Ornduff, R. (1992). Seed morphology and 
systematics of Menyanthaceae. American Journal of Botany 
79, 1396-1406. 
Gregory, A.C. (1884). Journals of Australian Exploration of 
Augustus Charles Gregory and Francis Gregory. Government 
Printer: Brisbane (Facsimile edn 1969). 
McNeill, J. et al. eds (2006). International Code of Botanical 
Nomenclature (Vienna Code). International Assoc. Plant 
Taxonomy; Europe. A.R.G. Gantner Verlag: Liechtenstein. 
Sivarajan, V.V., Chaw, Shu-Miaw and Joseph, K.T. (1989). Seed 
coat micromorphology of Indian species of Nymphoides 
(Menyanthaceae). Botanical Bulletin of Academia Sinica 30, 
275-283. 
Sivarajan, V.V. and Joseph, K.T. (1993). The genus Nymphoides 
Seguier (Menyanthaceae) in India. Aquatic Botany 45,145— 
170. 
126 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

974612 New Muelleria 27(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".

883823 Nymphodes crenatum Muelleria 27(2): 121
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529394
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Nymphoides 
Nymphoides hydrocharoides. Only two of these are dated 
and, from a plain label "never can get much of this in 
flower" in Dallachy's hand on one sheet (MEL 1505013), 
it is evident that he made more than one collection of 
the species. Some undated material may have been 
collected after publication of the basionym in 1868. Only 
one sheet (MEL 1505007) gives a location more precise 
than "Rockingham(s) Bay", indicating the Murray River 
which flows into the Bay north of Cardwell. This sheet 
is dated and holds both labels and plant material which 
make it suitable for selection as the lectotype. 
The lectotype designated bears Dallachy's plain 
label "Murray 29 Jun 1865" in his hand, and an 
additional blue "Botanical Museum of Melbourne" 
label stating "Rockinghams Bay". The blue label has 
Mueller's identification of Villarsio hydrocharoides in 
his handwriting, and also the initial "B" to indicate it 
has been seen by Bentham.The apparent isolectotype 
MEL 1505008 lacks the collector's name and any date 
but it bears a blue label with "Rockingham's Bay" and 
"Villarsia hydrocharoides" both in Mueller's hand, and 
also bears Bentham's initial. It is very well matched 
botanically with the lectotype, more so than any of the 
other sheets considered. The apparent isolectotype 
MEL 1505009 has Dallachy's plain label bearing field 
notes and "29 June 1865 Rockingham Bay" all in his 
hand, the identification V. hydrocharoides written by 
Mueller, and Bentham's initial. 
The BRI 010375 sheet of apparent isolectotype 
material bears two plant portions that match the three 
portions on MEL 1505009. The BRI material would 
have been donated by MEL before the MEL material 
was mounted on the current sheets. The label on 
the BRI sheet is handwritten by the late J.H. Willis of 
MEL, who combined the basic information from MEL 
labels into "Rockingham Bay, N.Q'land. - in swamps", 
"John Dallachy" and "June 1865". His words include 
elaborations that do not appear on any of the MEL 
labels: "in swamps" must have been taken from "in 
stagnis" in the type citation. 
Labels on the four sheets of "possible remaining 
syntype" material at MEL are inadequate to allow any 
certainty that they could be part of the lectotype 
collection. They are all undated and may or may not 
have been seen by Mueller in time for him to have 
considered them when preparing his description of 
V. hydrocharoides. 
Nymphoides beaglensis Aston, Muelleria 6:359 
(1987). 
Type citation: "8 km east of Beagle Bay Mission, 
Dampierland Peninsula, in permanent pool known 
locally as 'Bunguaduk', 16°58'S, 122°44'E, Kimberley 
Region, Western Australia, 20.viii.1985, K.F. Kenneally 
9451 r 
Holotype: PERTH; isotypes: MEL 1549338, PERTH 
(spirit). 
Nymphoides crenata (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as 
Nymphodes crenatum), Rev. gen. pi. 2:429 (1891). 
Limnanthemum crenatum F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. 
Victoria 1:17 (1854). Villarsia crenata (F.Muell.) F.Muell., 
Fragm. 4:127 (1864). Typecitation:"\r\ tranquil bends of 
the Murray River, Murrumbidgee, and Mitta Mitta, and 
in the nearest lakes and lagoons." 
Lectotype (here designated): K; isolectotypes: MEL 
2182281, 2182282, 2182283; probable isolectotype: 
MEL 1505131. 
The lectotype sheet at K, although undated, bears 
a blue label with "Limnanthemum crenatum/ ferd 
Mueller/ Murray" in Mueller's hand. The specimen 
includes buds, flowers, fruit and seeds, and is the most 
complete of all type sheets seen. 
All sheets at MEL are also undated. Two of the 
isolectotype sheets have a blue, printed "BOTANICAL 
MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE/ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & 
M.D." label annotated "Villarsia crenata/ ferd. Mueller/ 
Murray" in Mueller's hand, and initialled by Bentham. 
They also have labels or packets annotated by Mueller 
as "Limnanthemum crenatum ferd Mueller". The third 
isolectotype sheet bears only one plain blue unprinted 
label annotated by Mueller with "Limnanthemum/ 
crenatum/ ferd Mueller/ Murray/ Dr ferd Mueller". 
The probable isolectotype sheet bears a label 
written in scripted handwriting of the kind that used to 
be used on the front of specimen display folders at MEL 
(in the early 1900s?). The label reads " Limnanthemum 
crenatum " with the words below repeating those of 
Mueller's type citation. Although collector and date are 
not given, it was not unusual for herbarium material to 
be used in display. The plant portions mounted on this 
sheet match with those of the isolectotypes and appear 
to be part of the same collection. Unfortunately, this is 
the most botanically complete sheet at MEL. It includes 
Muelleria 
121 

Page image

883826 Nymphodes exiguum Muelleria 27(2): 122
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529393
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
a packet containing many seeds whereas a few seeds 
are present on only one of the isolectotype sheets. 
Mueller's description and type citation of 
Limnanthemum crenatum was repeated in Hooker's J. 
Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8:164 (1856). 
Nymphoides disperm a Aston, Muelleria 6:197 
(1986). 
Typec/taf/on:"Unnamedcreekrunning into Pauline Bay, 
Vansittart Bay, Northern Kimberley, Western Australia, 
14°12 , 30"S, 126°22 / E, 22.V.1984, SJ. Forbes 2098!’ 
Holotype: MEL 672226; isotypes: MEL 672227, MEL 
2329836 (spirit), PERTH. 
Nymphoides elliptica Aston, Muelleria 5:268 
(1984). 
Type citation: "10.3 km east of 'Musgrave' along the 
'Marina Plains' road, 14°45'S, 143°35'E, Cape York 
Peninsula, Queensland, 13.V.1982, Aston 2260." 
Holotype: MEL 612197; isotypes: BRI, CANB, K, MEL 
612198 and 612199, MEL 2320257 (spirit). 
Nymphoides exigua (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as 
Nymphodes exiguum), Rev. gen. pi. 2:429 (1891). 
Limnanthemum exiguum F.Muell., Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). 
Villarsia exigua (F.Muell.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 2: 368 
(1859). Villarsia exigua (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 4: 128 
(1864), nom. illeg., later homonym. Type citation: "In 
paludibus subsalinis ad South Port Tasmaniae legit. 
Oldfield ". 
Holotype: Sheet bearing a field label "Wet muddy/ 
places in/ brackish/ water/ South Port" and with "Hb. 
Oldfield" added at the label top, all in the hand of 
A. Oldfield, also"Limnanthemum/exiguum"in Mueller's 
hand at bottom of label, with "(Gentianaceae)" below; 
no date given (K 449394); possible isotypes: MEL 
1505253, MEL 1505254 (see notes below). 
Although Mueller saw and annotated the holotype 
material held at K, no definite isotype material has been 
located at MEL where it might be expected. MEL has 
no Southport collection gathered by Oldfield, but has 
Southport material collected by C. Stuart and there is 
a slim possibility that the K and MEL sheets hold parts 
of a joint Stuart/Oldfield collection. This possibility is 
explained below. Of the two relevant sheets at MEL, 
one (MEL 1505253) bears a field label "1781/ Aquatic/ 
South Port/ fl yellow/Dec/56" [i.e. 1856] in Stuart's 
hand, with "Limnanthemum/ exiguum/ ferd Mueller" 
added by Mueller. There is also an attached packet 
annotated on the outside with "South Port/ V.D.L. St" in 
Stuart's hand, and the identification "Limnanthemum/ 
(Liparophyllum)/ exiguum/ ferd. Mueller" in Mueller's 
hand. Inside the packet is a loose label with "South 
Port/ Dec 55/ Water" [note 1855 at variance from 1856 
on other label] in Stuart's hand and "Limnanthemum 
exiguum" added by Mueller. The sheet also has a 
standard blue printed label "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF 
MELBOURNE/ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." annotated 
by Mueller with "Villarsia exigua/ ferd Mueller/ Van 
Diemen's Land", and has several specimens mounted 
on it. A second sheet (MEL 1505254) has several 
specimens in a packet bearing "Limnanthemum/ 
exiguum/ ferd Mueller" in Mueller's hand, and "South 
Port/V.D.L" in Stuart's hand. 
The presence of two different dates (Dec. 55 
and Dec. 56) on the Stuart material of MEL 1505253 
raises the question of whether all the Stuart material 
on the two MEL sheets could have come from two 
different collections. If so, these collections may have 
been incorrectly amalgamated over the years before 
becoming mounted on the current sheets. Alternatively 
one date may be in error, in which case all material 
should belong to the one collection only. 
G. Bentham has initialled the packet and blue 
label on MEL 1505253, indicating that he saw the 
Stuart material held at MEL In FI. austral. 4: 381 
(1868) Bentham cited his examination of L. exigua 
from "South Port, C. Stuart " but did not mention any 
Oldfield collection of the species. It seems that he 
probably had reason for believing that the holotype 
material at K had been collected by Stuart (see next 
paragraph). 
Helen Henderson (pers. comm.) of Perth, Western 
Australia, who is preparing a database of her and her 
husband's researches into Oldfield's collections, has 
provided information concerning joint collecting of 
Oldfield and Stuart in south-east Tasmania. Stuart 
was in the area from September 1855 to April 1856, 
and Oldfield met up with him at Southport in either 
very late December 1855 or very early January 1856 
to collect for about ten days. A second joint trip of 
late February and early March 1857 does not involve 
A/, exigua. 
122 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883834 Nymphodes geminatum Muelleria 27(2): 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529391
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
Holotype: (BRI 017792); isotypes: (AD 96149108, K, 
MEL 595587, NSW). Each type has a printed Expedition 
label enlarging information in the type citation, e.g. 
giving "South Bay, Bickerton Island, in the Gulf of 
Carpentaria (13°45'S, 136°6'E)", collection date 5 June 
1948, and collector R.L. 5pecht455. 
Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, as 
Nymphodes geminatum, Rev. gen .pi. 2:429 
(1891). 
Villarsia geminata R.Br., Prodr . 457 (1810) pro parte, 
as to var. a, excl. var. p. Limnanthemum geminatum 
(R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839), 
pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. parvifolium Griseb., (as 
p parvifolia), and excl. Villarsia sarmentosa Sims. Type 
citation: "(J.) v.v", R. Brown. 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with "R. Brown, 
Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 
2982, and with two labels in Brown's hand, these 
being "Villarsia [above a ruled through Menyanthes] 
geminata / a prodr 457 / Nepean / 1804 December" 
and " Menyanthes elatior / Nepean opposite Thomsons 
/ Land / Deer 1804" (BM); possible isolectotype: 
"R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, 
numbered 2982, and handwritten "Nepean", excl. 
upper specimens from Shoalwater Bay (K); remaining 
syntypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro 
parte, excl. specimen at top right, coll. R. Brown (BM). 
"R.Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, and 
handwritten [apparently by Brown] label "Menyanthes 
geminata / Port Jackson" (MEL 1505005). "Menyanthes 
geminata Flooded banks of the Nepean 1805" in 
Brown's hand (K). 
[Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora, sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. 
Australia 117(1973)] 
In describing the basionym Villarsia geminata, 
R. Brown, loc. cit., recorded two infraspecific taxa, a 
and /3. Taxon a was said to have subcoriaceous leaves 
2.5-5 cm in diameter, with upper and lower surfaces 
differently coloured, and to have been collected by 
Brown from "(J)" [New South Wales]. Taxon /3 had 
smaller membranous leaves about 1.2-2 cm diameter 
with both surfaces similarly coloured, was sometimes 
stemless, and was collected from "(T)" [tropical 
Australia]. Brown expressed uncertainty as to the taxa, 
describing p as"Forsan distincta" i.e. perhaps distinct, 
and did not formally name them or indicate their 
taxonomic rank. Under Limnanthemum geminatum , 
Grisebach loc. cit., retained Brown's taxa and their 
designations of a and (3, and also validly published 
the epithet parvifolium (as P parvifolia) for p. Under 
Article 35.4 of the International Code (McNeill et of 
2006) this epithet must be regarded as having the rank 
of variety. In publishing the var. parvifolium Grisebach 
automatically established the autonym L. geminatum 
var. geminatum for the taxon a (McNeill et al. 2006, 
article 26.3). 
In this paper L. geminatum var. parvifolium is placed 
as a taxonomic synonym of Nymphoides exiliflora, and 
a lectotype for the varietal name has been designated 
in the account of that species, q.v. 
Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. 
Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. 
Now N. montana Aston, q.v. 
Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F. Muell.) Kuntze. 
Now a taxonomic synonym under N. aurantiaca 
(Dalzell) Kuntze, q.v. 
Nymphoides minima (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as 
Nymphodes minimum), Revis. gen. pl. 2:429 
(1891). 
Limnanthemum minimum F.Muell. Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). 
Villarsia minima (F.Muell.) F.Muell. Fragm. 4:128(1864). 
Type citation: "In stagnis aqua limpida repletis flumen 
Fitzmaurice versus." 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with plain label 
stating "Limnanthemum/ minimum, ferd. Mueller/ 
Fresh stagnant waters near/ the upper Fitzmaurice/ 
Oct 55. ferd. Mueller" [c.14°50'S, 130°45'E] in Mueller's 
hand, and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF 
MELBOURNE / ferd. Mueller, PH. & M.D." label with 
"Villarsia minimal ferd. Mueller/ Arnhem's Land" 
in Mueller's hand and initialled by Bentham (MEL 
1505000); isolectotype: Specimen in type folder 
with label "Limnanthemum minimum ferd Mueller/ 
Fitzmaurice River Oct. 55 ferd Mueller." in Mueller's 
hand (K). The sheet at K also contains a Cunningham 
collection that is not part of the type. 
124 
Vo I 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883822 Nymphodes hydrocharodes Muelleria 27(2): 120
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529395
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
Lectotypes previously designated by other authors 
for N. aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze and its taxonomic 
synonym Villorsio aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke are 
included. Although the type collections of these 
are extra-Australian, the species also occurs within 
Australia. 
Species given names now placed in synonymy, or 
misapplied or informal names under Nymphoides in 
Aquatic Plants of Australia (Aston 1973), are included in 
this paper. The names as used there, with those which 
should now be used for them following in square 
brackets, are N. geminata, sensu Aston op. cit. 111, non 
(R.Br.) Kuntze [N. montana Aston], N. hydrocharoides 
[nowataxonomicsynonym under N. aurantiaca (Da\ze\\) 
Kuntze], N. stygia [nomen ambiguum], Nymphoides sp. 
[N. subacuta Aston] and Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora [N. 
geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze]. 
Typification and Nomenclature 
Nymphoides aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze, 
(as Nymphodes aurantiacum), Revis. gen. pi. 
2:429(1891). 
Limnanthemum aurantiacum Dalzell in Hooker's J. Bot. 
Kew Gard. Misc. 2:136 (1850). Type citation: "Crescit prope 
Malwan; fl. Sept" Type: Bombay, India, Dalzells.n. 
Lectotype: K; fide Cramer, L.H. in Dassanayake, M.D., 
ed., Revised Handb. FI. Ceylon 3:211 (1981). 
Villarsia aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke in King, G. and 
Gamble, J.S., J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal Pt. 2, Nat. Hist., 74: 90 
(1906). Type citation: "Pahang: Kwala Pahar, Ridley" 
Lectotype: Peninsula Malaysia, Pahang, Kwala 
'Pahar' (sphalm. for Pahang), Ridley s.n., -.-.1890 (CAL 
303131); possible isolectotype: Kwala Brawas, near 
Kwala Pahang, 14 May 1890, Ridley 550 (SING); fide 
Cheek, M. and Turner, I.M., Kew Bull. 53:964 (1998). See 
note 1 below. 
Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as 
Nymphodes hydrocharodes), Revis. gen. pi. 2:429 (1891). 
Villarsia hydrocharoides F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 139 (Mar. 
1868). Limnanthemum hydrocharoides (F.Muell.) Benth., 
FI. austral. 4: 380 (Dec.1868). Type citation: "Ad sinum 
Rockingham's Bay in stagnis. Dallachy." 
Lectotype (here designated): Murray [River], 
Rockinghams Bay, Qld ,J. Dallachy s.n., 29.vi.1865 (MEL 
1505007); apparent isolectotypes: MEL 1505008, MEL 
1505009, BRI 010375; possible remaining syntypes: 
MEL 1505010, MEL 1505011, MEL 1505012, MEL 
1505013. See note 2 below. 
Note 1: Cheek and Turner (1998) located only one 
collection (CAL 303131) fitting Clarke's protologue 
("Pahang: Kwala Pahar, Ridley") for Villarsia aurantiaca 
and from the main specimen label, which seemed to be 
in Ridley's hand, corrected Clarke's spelling "Pahar" to 
"Pahang". The label also gave Ridley's name as collector 
and 1890 as the year of collection, without precise 
date. A second label was signed and dated 26 October 
1903, apparently in Clarke's hand, and bore information 
which is largely reproduced in Clarke's protologue of 
three years later. The only other Ridley collection which 
Cheek and Turner could locate was from Kwala Brawas, 
near Kwala Pahang, 14 May 1890, Ridley 550 (SING). 
Because the species is rare in Malaysia, and because 
both collections were made in 1890, Cheek and Turner 
considered it possible that the CAL collection may be 
"merely a cursorily labelled duplicate" of Ridley 550 
sent by Ridley to Clarke at some stage prior to Clarke's 
annotation of it in 1903. 
In referring to the Ridley s.n. collection he was 
using, Clarke stated that "This example shows no 
fruit..." which, because of the importance of seed 
micromorphology and size in distinguishing species 
within Menyanthaceae (e.g. Sivarajan et al. 1989; 
Chuang & Ornduff 1992; Sivarajan & Joseph 1993; 
Aston 2003), is unfortunate. Cheek and Turner (1998) 
therefore prepared scanning electron micrographs 
of the seed from the possible isolectotype Ridley 550 
(SING) and from other Malaysian specimens considered 
to be V. aurantiaca. Comparison of these scans with 
published SEM photos of Indian seeds of Nymphoides 
aurantiaca (Sivarajan & Joseph 1993) showed the two 
entities to be conspecific. 
Ridley had annotated the unnumbered collection 
he sent to Clarke as Villarsia aurantiaca without 
reference to any other genus. Clarke accepted Ridley's 
name, again without mention of the epithet's earlier 
association with both Nymphoides and Limnanthemum. 
Cheek and Turner (1998) rightly treated V. aurantiaca as 
a new name and not just a new combination. 
Note 2: The National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) has 
seven sheets of material from Rockingham Bay that 
can be considered as possible syntype collections of 
120 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883844 Nymphodes indicum Muelleria 27(2): 126
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529389
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
Nymphoides stygia applies remains inconclusive, and 
the name is best considered a nomen ambiguum. 
Nymphoides subacuta Aston, Muelleria 5:48 
(1982). 
Type citation : "McMinns Lagoon, approximately 30 km 
ESE of Darwin city centre, 12°31'S, 131°05'E, Northern 
Territory, 20.v. 1976, Aston 1954'.' 
Holotype: Long-styled plant Aston 1954A, MEL 
1505123; isotype: CANB. Paratypes also cited: Short- 
styled plant Aston 1954B, DNA; Short-styled plant Aston 
1954C, MEL 1505122, MEL 1505124; Style unspecified, 
leaves only, showing variation, MEL 1505125. [Also 
MEL spirit of isotype and paratype material. All plants 
of Aston 1954 were collected within three metres of 
each other]. 
[Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117 
(1973)] 
Nymphoides triangularis Aston, Muelleria 5: 
265(1984). 
Type citation : "14.8 km east of 'Musgrave' along the 
'Marina Plains' road, 14°44'S, 143°37 , E, Cape York 
Peninsula, Queensland, 13.v.1982, Aston 2262'.' 
Holotype: MEL 612194; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 
612195, MEL 612196, MEL 2320253 (spirit). 
Villarsia trachysperma F.Muell., Fragm. 6:136 
(1868). 
Type citation: "In lacunis juxta fluvium South Alligator- 
River. F.M." 
Holotype: Sheet wth plain white pencilled label 
"Lagoons of the tribu/ tary of the S. Alligator/ River 
5 July 56" and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM 
OF MELBOURNE./ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." label 
bearing, all in Mueller's hand, "Villarsia trachysperma 
F.v. M./ S. Alligator River" plus descriptive notes. (MEL 
681834). 
This has long been accepted, correctly, as a 
taxonomic synonym of the cosmopolitan species 
Nymphoides indica (L.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes indicum), 
Revis. gen. pi. 2: 429 (1891). Menyanthes indica L. Sp. pi. 
207 (1753). Note that Mueller never collected on the 
South Alligator River or its tributaries, having gone 
no further north towards that area than the vicinity 
of the Elsey Creek and Roper River (Gregory 1884). His 
collecting locality for the holotype remains unclear, but 
on July 5, 1856, he was en route between the Victoria 
River and Elsey Creek. 
The blue label cited here, and another on the 
holotype sheet, have both been seen and initialled by 
Bentham. I have not located any other possible type 
material held elsewhere, and an additional check by 
J. Bruhl (while ABLO) of K and BM specimens also proved 
negative. I therefore regard the MEL sheet as a unicate 
returned from K by Bentham after his examination of it. 
Acknowledgements 
I wish to thank the directors and staff of all the herbaria 
cited, both Australian and ex-Australian, for allowing 
me access to their collections. I thank Dr Jeremy Bruhl 
who, while ABLO at Kew, UK, provided additional 
comment and digital photos from K and BM in relation 
to possible type material of Nymphoides exigua and 
Villarsia trachysperma. My thanks also go to Dr Helen 
Henderson, Shenton Park, Western Australia, for 
sharing with me her knowledge of the joint field work 
of Oldfield and Stuart in Tasmania. 
References 
Aston, H.l. (1969). The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in 
Australia. Muelleria 2, 3-61. 
Aston, H.l. (1973). Aquatic plants of Australia. Melbourne 
University Press: Melbourne. 
Aston, H.l. (1986). 'Menyanthaceae', In J.P. Jessop & H.R. 
Toelken (eds), Flora of South Australia 2, 1048-1050. South 
Australian Government Printing Div.: Adelaide. 
Aston, H.l. (2003). Seed morphology of Australian species of 
Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae). Muelleria 18 , 33- 65. 
Cheek, M. and Turner, I.M. (1998). The identity of Villarsia 
aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke (Menyanthaceae) in the Malay 
Peninsula. Kew Bulletin 53,961-965. 
Chuang, T.l. and Ornduff, R. (1992). Seed morphology and 
systematics of Menyanthaceae. American Journal of Botany 
79, 1396-1406. 
Gregory, A.C. (1884). Journals of Australian Exploration of 
Augustus Charles Gregory and Francis Gregory. Government 
Printer: Brisbane (Facsimile edn 1969). 
McNeill, J. et al. eds (2006). International Code of Botanical 
Nomenclature (Vienna Code). International Assoc. Plant 
Taxonomy; Europe. A.R.G. Gantner Verlag: Liechtenstein. 
Sivarajan, V.V., Chaw, Shu-Miaw and Joseph, K.T. (1989). Seed 
coat micromorphology of Indian species of Nymphoides 
(Menyanthaceae). Botanical Bulletin of Academia Sinica 30, 
275-283. 
Sivarajan, V.V. and Joseph, K.T. (1993). The genus Nymphoides 
Seguier (Menyanthaceae) in India. Aquatic Botany 45,145— 
170. 
126 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883838 Nymphodes minimum Muelleria 27(2): 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529391
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
Holotype: (BRI 017792); isotypes: (AD 96149108, K, 
MEL 595587, NSW). Each type has a printed Expedition 
label enlarging information in the type citation, e.g. 
giving "South Bay, Bickerton Island, in the Gulf of 
Carpentaria (13°45'S, 136°6'E)", collection date 5 June 
1948, and collector R.L. 5pecht455. 
Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, as 
Nymphodes geminatum, Rev. gen .pi. 2:429 
(1891). 
Villarsia geminata R.Br., Prodr . 457 (1810) pro parte, 
as to var. a, excl. var. p. Limnanthemum geminatum 
(R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839), 
pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. parvifolium Griseb., (as 
p parvifolia), and excl. Villarsia sarmentosa Sims. Type 
citation: "(J.) v.v", R. Brown. 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with "R. Brown, 
Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 
2982, and with two labels in Brown's hand, these 
being "Villarsia [above a ruled through Menyanthes] 
geminata / a prodr 457 / Nepean / 1804 December" 
and " Menyanthes elatior / Nepean opposite Thomsons 
/ Land / Deer 1804" (BM); possible isolectotype: 
"R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, 
numbered 2982, and handwritten "Nepean", excl. 
upper specimens from Shoalwater Bay (K); remaining 
syntypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro 
parte, excl. specimen at top right, coll. R. Brown (BM). 
"R.Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, and 
handwritten [apparently by Brown] label "Menyanthes 
geminata / Port Jackson" (MEL 1505005). "Menyanthes 
geminata Flooded banks of the Nepean 1805" in 
Brown's hand (K). 
[Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora, sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. 
Australia 117(1973)] 
In describing the basionym Villarsia geminata, 
R. Brown, loc. cit., recorded two infraspecific taxa, a 
and /3. Taxon a was said to have subcoriaceous leaves 
2.5-5 cm in diameter, with upper and lower surfaces 
differently coloured, and to have been collected by 
Brown from "(J)" [New South Wales]. Taxon /3 had 
smaller membranous leaves about 1.2-2 cm diameter 
with both surfaces similarly coloured, was sometimes 
stemless, and was collected from "(T)" [tropical 
Australia]. Brown expressed uncertainty as to the taxa, 
describing p as"Forsan distincta" i.e. perhaps distinct, 
and did not formally name them or indicate their 
taxonomic rank. Under Limnanthemum geminatum , 
Grisebach loc. cit., retained Brown's taxa and their 
designations of a and (3, and also validly published 
the epithet parvifolium (as P parvifolia) for p. Under 
Article 35.4 of the International Code (McNeill et of 
2006) this epithet must be regarded as having the rank 
of variety. In publishing the var. parvifolium Grisebach 
automatically established the autonym L. geminatum 
var. geminatum for the taxon a (McNeill et al. 2006, 
article 26.3). 
In this paper L. geminatum var. parvifolium is placed 
as a taxonomic synonym of Nymphoides exiliflora, and 
a lectotype for the varietal name has been designated 
in the account of that species, q.v. 
Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. 
Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. 
Now N. montana Aston, q.v. 
Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F. Muell.) Kuntze. 
Now a taxonomic synonym under N. aurantiaca 
(Dalzell) Kuntze, q.v. 
Nymphoides minima (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as 
Nymphodes minimum), Revis. gen. pl. 2:429 
(1891). 
Limnanthemum minimum F.Muell. Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). 
Villarsia minima (F.Muell.) F.Muell. Fragm. 4:128(1864). 
Type citation: "In stagnis aqua limpida repletis flumen 
Fitzmaurice versus." 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with plain label 
stating "Limnanthemum/ minimum, ferd. Mueller/ 
Fresh stagnant waters near/ the upper Fitzmaurice/ 
Oct 55. ferd. Mueller" [c.14°50'S, 130°45'E] in Mueller's 
hand, and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF 
MELBOURNE / ferd. Mueller, PH. & M.D." label with 
"Villarsia minimal ferd. Mueller/ Arnhem's Land" 
in Mueller's hand and initialled by Bentham (MEL 
1505000); isolectotype: Specimen in type folder 
with label "Limnanthemum minimum ferd Mueller/ 
Fitzmaurice River Oct. 55 ferd Mueller." in Mueller's 
hand (K). The sheet at K also contains a Cunningham 
collection that is not part of the type. 
124 
Vo I 27(2) 2009 

Page image

650272 Nymphoides aurantiaca Muelleria 27(2): 120-121

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 120-121".

883816 Nymphoides aurantiacum Muelleria 27(2): 120
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529395
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
Lectotypes previously designated by other authors 
for N. aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze and its taxonomic 
synonym Villorsio aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke are 
included. Although the type collections of these 
are extra-Australian, the species also occurs within 
Australia. 
Species given names now placed in synonymy, or 
misapplied or informal names under Nymphoides in 
Aquatic Plants of Australia (Aston 1973), are included in 
this paper. The names as used there, with those which 
should now be used for them following in square 
brackets, are N. geminata, sensu Aston op. cit. 111, non 
(R.Br.) Kuntze [N. montana Aston], N. hydrocharoides 
[nowataxonomicsynonym under N. aurantiaca (Da\ze\\) 
Kuntze], N. stygia [nomen ambiguum], Nymphoides sp. 
[N. subacuta Aston] and Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora [N. 
geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze]. 
Typification and Nomenclature 
Nymphoides aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze, 
(as Nymphodes aurantiacum), Revis. gen. pi. 
2:429(1891). 
Limnanthemum aurantiacum Dalzell in Hooker's J. Bot. 
Kew Gard. Misc. 2:136 (1850). Type citation: "Crescit prope 
Malwan; fl. Sept" Type: Bombay, India, Dalzells.n. 
Lectotype: K; fide Cramer, L.H. in Dassanayake, M.D., 
ed., Revised Handb. FI. Ceylon 3:211 (1981). 
Villarsia aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke in King, G. and 
Gamble, J.S., J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal Pt. 2, Nat. Hist., 74: 90 
(1906). Type citation: "Pahang: Kwala Pahar, Ridley" 
Lectotype: Peninsula Malaysia, Pahang, Kwala 
'Pahar' (sphalm. for Pahang), Ridley s.n., -.-.1890 (CAL 
303131); possible isolectotype: Kwala Brawas, near 
Kwala Pahang, 14 May 1890, Ridley 550 (SING); fide 
Cheek, M. and Turner, I.M., Kew Bull. 53:964 (1998). See 
note 1 below. 
Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as 
Nymphodes hydrocharodes), Revis. gen. pi. 2:429 (1891). 
Villarsia hydrocharoides F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 139 (Mar. 
1868). Limnanthemum hydrocharoides (F.Muell.) Benth., 
FI. austral. 4: 380 (Dec.1868). Type citation: "Ad sinum 
Rockingham's Bay in stagnis. Dallachy." 
Lectotype (here designated): Murray [River], 
Rockinghams Bay, Qld ,J. Dallachy s.n., 29.vi.1865 (MEL 
1505007); apparent isolectotypes: MEL 1505008, MEL 
1505009, BRI 010375; possible remaining syntypes: 
MEL 1505010, MEL 1505011, MEL 1505012, MEL 
1505013. See note 2 below. 
Note 1: Cheek and Turner (1998) located only one 
collection (CAL 303131) fitting Clarke's protologue 
("Pahang: Kwala Pahar, Ridley") for Villarsia aurantiaca 
and from the main specimen label, which seemed to be 
in Ridley's hand, corrected Clarke's spelling "Pahar" to 
"Pahang". The label also gave Ridley's name as collector 
and 1890 as the year of collection, without precise 
date. A second label was signed and dated 26 October 
1903, apparently in Clarke's hand, and bore information 
which is largely reproduced in Clarke's protologue of 
three years later. The only other Ridley collection which 
Cheek and Turner could locate was from Kwala Brawas, 
near Kwala Pahang, 14 May 1890, Ridley 550 (SING). 
Because the species is rare in Malaysia, and because 
both collections were made in 1890, Cheek and Turner 
considered it possible that the CAL collection may be 
"merely a cursorily labelled duplicate" of Ridley 550 
sent by Ridley to Clarke at some stage prior to Clarke's 
annotation of it in 1903. 
In referring to the Ridley s.n. collection he was 
using, Clarke stated that "This example shows no 
fruit..." which, because of the importance of seed 
micromorphology and size in distinguishing species 
within Menyanthaceae (e.g. Sivarajan et al. 1989; 
Chuang & Ornduff 1992; Sivarajan & Joseph 1993; 
Aston 2003), is unfortunate. Cheek and Turner (1998) 
therefore prepared scanning electron micrographs 
of the seed from the possible isolectotype Ridley 550 
(SING) and from other Malaysian specimens considered 
to be V. aurantiaca. Comparison of these scans with 
published SEM photos of Indian seeds of Nymphoides 
aurantiaca (Sivarajan & Joseph 1993) showed the two 
entities to be conspecific. 
Ridley had annotated the unnumbered collection 
he sent to Clarke as Villarsia aurantiaca without 
reference to any other genus. Clarke accepted Ridley's 
name, again without mention of the epithet's earlier 
association with both Nymphoides and Limnanthemum. 
Cheek and Turner (1998) rightly treated V. aurantiaca as 
a new name and not just a new combination. 
Note 2: The National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) has 
seven sheets of material from Rockingham Bay that 
can be considered as possible syntype collections of 
120 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

650275 Nymphoides beaglensis Muelleria 27(2): 121
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529394
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948
650276 Nymphoides crenata Muelleria 27(2): 121-122

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 121-122".

650277 Nymphoides disperma Muelleria 27(2): 122
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529393
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
a packet containing many seeds whereas a few seeds 
are present on only one of the isolectotype sheets. 
Mueller's description and type citation of 
Limnanthemum crenatum was repeated in Hooker's J. 
Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8:164 (1856). 
Nymphoides disperm a Aston, Muelleria 6:197 
(1986). 
Typec/taf/on:"Unnamedcreekrunning into Pauline Bay, 
Vansittart Bay, Northern Kimberley, Western Australia, 
14°12 , 30"S, 126°22 / E, 22.V.1984, SJ. Forbes 2098!’ 
Holotype: MEL 672226; isotypes: MEL 672227, MEL 
2329836 (spirit), PERTH. 
Nymphoides elliptica Aston, Muelleria 5:268 
(1984). 
Type citation: "10.3 km east of 'Musgrave' along the 
'Marina Plains' road, 14°45'S, 143°35'E, Cape York 
Peninsula, Queensland, 13.V.1982, Aston 2260." 
Holotype: MEL 612197; isotypes: BRI, CANB, K, MEL 
612198 and 612199, MEL 2320257 (spirit). 
Nymphoides exigua (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as 
Nymphodes exiguum), Rev. gen. pi. 2:429 (1891). 
Limnanthemum exiguum F.Muell., Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). 
Villarsia exigua (F.Muell.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 2: 368 
(1859). Villarsia exigua (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 4: 128 
(1864), nom. illeg., later homonym. Type citation: "In 
paludibus subsalinis ad South Port Tasmaniae legit. 
Oldfield ". 
Holotype: Sheet bearing a field label "Wet muddy/ 
places in/ brackish/ water/ South Port" and with "Hb. 
Oldfield" added at the label top, all in the hand of 
A. Oldfield, also"Limnanthemum/exiguum"in Mueller's 
hand at bottom of label, with "(Gentianaceae)" below; 
no date given (K 449394); possible isotypes: MEL 
1505253, MEL 1505254 (see notes below). 
Although Mueller saw and annotated the holotype 
material held at K, no definite isotype material has been 
located at MEL where it might be expected. MEL has 
no Southport collection gathered by Oldfield, but has 
Southport material collected by C. Stuart and there is 
a slim possibility that the K and MEL sheets hold parts 
of a joint Stuart/Oldfield collection. This possibility is 
explained below. Of the two relevant sheets at MEL, 
one (MEL 1505253) bears a field label "1781/ Aquatic/ 
South Port/ fl yellow/Dec/56" [i.e. 1856] in Stuart's 
hand, with "Limnanthemum/ exiguum/ ferd Mueller" 
added by Mueller. There is also an attached packet 
annotated on the outside with "South Port/ V.D.L. St" in 
Stuart's hand, and the identification "Limnanthemum/ 
(Liparophyllum)/ exiguum/ ferd. Mueller" in Mueller's 
hand. Inside the packet is a loose label with "South 
Port/ Dec 55/ Water" [note 1855 at variance from 1856 
on other label] in Stuart's hand and "Limnanthemum 
exiguum" added by Mueller. The sheet also has a 
standard blue printed label "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF 
MELBOURNE/ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." annotated 
by Mueller with "Villarsia exigua/ ferd Mueller/ Van 
Diemen's Land", and has several specimens mounted 
on it. A second sheet (MEL 1505254) has several 
specimens in a packet bearing "Limnanthemum/ 
exiguum/ ferd Mueller" in Mueller's hand, and "South 
Port/V.D.L" in Stuart's hand. 
The presence of two different dates (Dec. 55 
and Dec. 56) on the Stuart material of MEL 1505253 
raises the question of whether all the Stuart material 
on the two MEL sheets could have come from two 
different collections. If so, these collections may have 
been incorrectly amalgamated over the years before 
becoming mounted on the current sheets. Alternatively 
one date may be in error, in which case all material 
should belong to the one collection only. 
G. Bentham has initialled the packet and blue 
label on MEL 1505253, indicating that he saw the 
Stuart material held at MEL In FI. austral. 4: 381 
(1868) Bentham cited his examination of L. exigua 
from "South Port, C. Stuart " but did not mention any 
Oldfield collection of the species. It seems that he 
probably had reason for believing that the holotype 
material at K had been collected by Stuart (see next 
paragraph). 
Helen Henderson (pers. comm.) of Perth, Western 
Australia, who is preparing a database of her and her 
husband's researches into Oldfield's collections, has 
provided information concerning joint collecting of 
Oldfield and Stuart in south-east Tasmania. Stuart 
was in the area from September 1855 to April 1856, 
and Oldfield met up with him at Southport in either 
very late December 1855 or very early January 1856 
to collect for about ten days. A second joint trip of 
late February and early March 1857 does not involve 
A/, exigua. 
122 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

650278 Nymphoides elliptica Muelleria 27(2): 122
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529393
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
a packet containing many seeds whereas a few seeds 
are present on only one of the isolectotype sheets. 
Mueller's description and type citation of 
Limnanthemum crenatum was repeated in Hooker's J. 
Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8:164 (1856). 
Nymphoides disperm a Aston, Muelleria 6:197 
(1986). 
Typec/taf/on:"Unnamedcreekrunning into Pauline Bay, 
Vansittart Bay, Northern Kimberley, Western Australia, 
14°12 , 30"S, 126°22 / E, 22.V.1984, SJ. Forbes 2098!’ 
Holotype: MEL 672226; isotypes: MEL 672227, MEL 
2329836 (spirit), PERTH. 
Nymphoides elliptica Aston, Muelleria 5:268 
(1984). 
Type citation: "10.3 km east of 'Musgrave' along the 
'Marina Plains' road, 14°45'S, 143°35'E, Cape York 
Peninsula, Queensland, 13.V.1982, Aston 2260." 
Holotype: MEL 612197; isotypes: BRI, CANB, K, MEL 
612198 and 612199, MEL 2320257 (spirit). 
Nymphoides exigua (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as 
Nymphodes exiguum), Rev. gen. pi. 2:429 (1891). 
Limnanthemum exiguum F.Muell., Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). 
Villarsia exigua (F.Muell.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 2: 368 
(1859). Villarsia exigua (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 4: 128 
(1864), nom. illeg., later homonym. Type citation: "In 
paludibus subsalinis ad South Port Tasmaniae legit. 
Oldfield ". 
Holotype: Sheet bearing a field label "Wet muddy/ 
places in/ brackish/ water/ South Port" and with "Hb. 
Oldfield" added at the label top, all in the hand of 
A. Oldfield, also"Limnanthemum/exiguum"in Mueller's 
hand at bottom of label, with "(Gentianaceae)" below; 
no date given (K 449394); possible isotypes: MEL 
1505253, MEL 1505254 (see notes below). 
Although Mueller saw and annotated the holotype 
material held at K, no definite isotype material has been 
located at MEL where it might be expected. MEL has 
no Southport collection gathered by Oldfield, but has 
Southport material collected by C. Stuart and there is 
a slim possibility that the K and MEL sheets hold parts 
of a joint Stuart/Oldfield collection. This possibility is 
explained below. Of the two relevant sheets at MEL, 
one (MEL 1505253) bears a field label "1781/ Aquatic/ 
South Port/ fl yellow/Dec/56" [i.e. 1856] in Stuart's 
hand, with "Limnanthemum/ exiguum/ ferd Mueller" 
added by Mueller. There is also an attached packet 
annotated on the outside with "South Port/ V.D.L. St" in 
Stuart's hand, and the identification "Limnanthemum/ 
(Liparophyllum)/ exiguum/ ferd. Mueller" in Mueller's 
hand. Inside the packet is a loose label with "South 
Port/ Dec 55/ Water" [note 1855 at variance from 1856 
on other label] in Stuart's hand and "Limnanthemum 
exiguum" added by Mueller. The sheet also has a 
standard blue printed label "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF 
MELBOURNE/ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." annotated 
by Mueller with "Villarsia exigua/ ferd Mueller/ Van 
Diemen's Land", and has several specimens mounted 
on it. A second sheet (MEL 1505254) has several 
specimens in a packet bearing "Limnanthemum/ 
exiguum/ ferd Mueller" in Mueller's hand, and "South 
Port/V.D.L" in Stuart's hand. 
The presence of two different dates (Dec. 55 
and Dec. 56) on the Stuart material of MEL 1505253 
raises the question of whether all the Stuart material 
on the two MEL sheets could have come from two 
different collections. If so, these collections may have 
been incorrectly amalgamated over the years before 
becoming mounted on the current sheets. Alternatively 
one date may be in error, in which case all material 
should belong to the one collection only. 
G. Bentham has initialled the packet and blue 
label on MEL 1505253, indicating that he saw the 
Stuart material held at MEL In FI. austral. 4: 381 
(1868) Bentham cited his examination of L. exigua 
from "South Port, C. Stuart " but did not mention any 
Oldfield collection of the species. It seems that he 
probably had reason for believing that the holotype 
material at K had been collected by Stuart (see next 
paragraph). 
Helen Henderson (pers. comm.) of Perth, Western 
Australia, who is preparing a database of her and her 
husband's researches into Oldfield's collections, has 
provided information concerning joint collecting of 
Oldfield and Stuart in south-east Tasmania. Stuart 
was in the area from September 1855 to April 1856, 
and Oldfield met up with him at Southport in either 
very late December 1855 or very early January 1856 
to collect for about ten days. A second joint trip of 
late February and early March 1857 does not involve 
A/, exigua. 
122 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

650279 Nymphoides exigua Muelleria 27(2): 122-123

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 122-123".

650280 Nymphoides exiliflora Muelleria 27(2): 123
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529392
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Nymphoides 
From the information above it can be seen that 
there is a possibility that the holotype at K, supposed 
by Mueller to have been collected by Oldfield, and 
the Stuart collections at MEL (or some of this Stuart 
material) may have been jointly collected. The label on 
the holotype is in Oldfield's hand and effectively has 
the same habitat and locality data in English as that 
published in Latin by Mueller. However, Oldfield has 
not indicated who made the collection but has instead 
annotated the label as being from his herbarium. 
The K and MEL material could all be part of a Stuart 
collection, some of which was given to Oldfield by 
Stuart for Oldfield's own herbarium. If that is so, then 
the MEL sheets would be isotypes. An alternative, that 
the holotype is an independent collection of Oldfield's, 
seems less likely because it consists of only two small 
plants and Oldfield normally collected in greater 
quantity. 
Nymphoides exiliflora (F.Muell.) Kuntze, Revis. 
gen.pl. 2:429 (1891). 
Villorsia exiliflora F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 46 (July 1865). 
Limnanthemum exiliflorum (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. austral. 
4: 381 (1868). Type citation : "In aquis stagnantibus ad 
sinum marinum Rockingham's Bay. Daltachy'! 
Lectotype (here designated): "1st May 1865 
Growing in moist places flower yellow ..." in Dallachy's 
hand, with "Villarsia exiliflora ..."added by Mueller, and 
"Rockingham's Bay"(MEL 1505001); remaining syntype: 
"Moist places a beautiful little plant - small yellow 
flowers ... 1865 5 and 6 April ..."in Dallachy's hand with 
"Villarsia exiliflora ..."and"Rockingham's Bay"added by 
Mueller (MEL 1505002); possible syntypes (collections 
undated): Sheet with printed "PHYTOLOGIC MUSEUM 
OF MELBOURNE / BARON FERD. VON MUELLER, PH. & 
M.D., LL.D." label bearing handwritten "Rockingham's 
Bay, Queensland. / Dallachy" (GOET). Sheet with blue 
printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE" label 
and "Rockingham's Bay, Villarsia exiliflora ferd. Mueller" 
in Mueller's hand, collector not given (L)."Rockingham's 
Bay, J. Dallachy" (MEL 1505003 & 1505004). 
Limnanthemum geminatum (R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 
346 (1838, in error 1839) var. parvifolium Griseb., (as p 
parvifolia), loc. cit. Type citation: "in litore inter tropicos 
(Br.), pr. York-Sound (Cunningham!)". 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with printed 
"R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" label numbered 
2982, printed "Type Specimen" label, and with 
two near-identical labels stating "Menyanthes 
[Nymphoides crossed out] caespitosa / Desc port No 
89 a Shoalwater Bay / in humidus" in R. Brown's hand 
(BM); probable isolectotypes: "Menyanthes geminata 
/ Port Jackson" pro parte, as to specimen at top right 
of sheet (BM). Printed "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 
1802-5" label numbered 2982 and label "Menyanthes 
caespitosa Shoalwater Bay Towards the Conical Hill" in 
Brown's hand, upper specimens on mixed sheet [excl. 
lower specimens from "Nepean"] (K). "Limnanthemum 
geminatum / Menyanthes caespitosa/ ... / Shoalwater 
Bay" (MEL 1505006)! Sheet with "Limnanthemum 
geminatum (MenyanthescaespitosaHb.Br.)Shoalwater 
Bay" apparently in Brown's hand, and also a Herb. Mus. 
Paris label printed "Australie/ Robert Brown/ Envoi du 
Jardin royal de Kew/ Recu le 19 Janvier 1884." (P). 
Villarsia geminata var. p R.Br., Prodr. 457 (1810). "(T.) 
v.v." 
Although Grisebach, loc. cit., cited two collections 
when designating the varietal epithet parvifolium for 
Brown's informal variety p, he clearly used Brown's 
Prodr. as the primary basis for acceptance of the 
variety and for the provision of his own epithet for 
it. It is therefore fitting to choose Brown's Shoalwater 
Bay (Queensland) material as lectotype although 
Grisebach's text indicates that he did not see Brown's 
material. The Cunningham collections, made in 1820, 
from York Sound (Kimberleys, Western Australia) and 
seen by Grisebach are well outside the currently known 
range of Nymphoides exiliflora and possibly represent a 
different entity to Brown's collection. Articles 9.1, 9.2 
and 9.9 of the International Code (McNeill et al. 2006) 
cover a situation of this kind. 
See also notes under Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) 
Kuntze concerning Brown's informal varieties. 
Nymphoides furculifolia Specht, (as 
Nymphoides furculaefolia ) in Specht, R.L. & 
Mountford, C.P. (eds), Rec. American-Australian 
Scientific Exped. Arnhem Land 3:280 (1958). 
Type citation: "South Bay, Bickerton Island (waterhole in 
sandstone hills): 455. Hyd.Type - Brisbane (BRI)." 
Muelleria 
123 

Page image

883833 Nymphoides furculaefolia Muelleria 27(2): 123
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529392
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Nymphoides 
From the information above it can be seen that 
there is a possibility that the holotype at K, supposed 
by Mueller to have been collected by Oldfield, and 
the Stuart collections at MEL (or some of this Stuart 
material) may have been jointly collected. The label on 
the holotype is in Oldfield's hand and effectively has 
the same habitat and locality data in English as that 
published in Latin by Mueller. However, Oldfield has 
not indicated who made the collection but has instead 
annotated the label as being from his herbarium. 
The K and MEL material could all be part of a Stuart 
collection, some of which was given to Oldfield by 
Stuart for Oldfield's own herbarium. If that is so, then 
the MEL sheets would be isotypes. An alternative, that 
the holotype is an independent collection of Oldfield's, 
seems less likely because it consists of only two small 
plants and Oldfield normally collected in greater 
quantity. 
Nymphoides exiliflora (F.Muell.) Kuntze, Revis. 
gen.pl. 2:429 (1891). 
Villorsia exiliflora F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 46 (July 1865). 
Limnanthemum exiliflorum (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. austral. 
4: 381 (1868). Type citation : "In aquis stagnantibus ad 
sinum marinum Rockingham's Bay. Daltachy'! 
Lectotype (here designated): "1st May 1865 
Growing in moist places flower yellow ..." in Dallachy's 
hand, with "Villarsia exiliflora ..."added by Mueller, and 
"Rockingham's Bay"(MEL 1505001); remaining syntype: 
"Moist places a beautiful little plant - small yellow 
flowers ... 1865 5 and 6 April ..."in Dallachy's hand with 
"Villarsia exiliflora ..."and"Rockingham's Bay"added by 
Mueller (MEL 1505002); possible syntypes (collections 
undated): Sheet with printed "PHYTOLOGIC MUSEUM 
OF MELBOURNE / BARON FERD. VON MUELLER, PH. & 
M.D., LL.D." label bearing handwritten "Rockingham's 
Bay, Queensland. / Dallachy" (GOET). Sheet with blue 
printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE" label 
and "Rockingham's Bay, Villarsia exiliflora ferd. Mueller" 
in Mueller's hand, collector not given (L)."Rockingham's 
Bay, J. Dallachy" (MEL 1505003 & 1505004). 
Limnanthemum geminatum (R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 
346 (1838, in error 1839) var. parvifolium Griseb., (as p 
parvifolia), loc. cit. Type citation: "in litore inter tropicos 
(Br.), pr. York-Sound (Cunningham!)". 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with printed 
"R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" label numbered 
2982, printed "Type Specimen" label, and with 
two near-identical labels stating "Menyanthes 
[Nymphoides crossed out] caespitosa / Desc port No 
89 a Shoalwater Bay / in humidus" in R. Brown's hand 
(BM); probable isolectotypes: "Menyanthes geminata 
/ Port Jackson" pro parte, as to specimen at top right 
of sheet (BM). Printed "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 
1802-5" label numbered 2982 and label "Menyanthes 
caespitosa Shoalwater Bay Towards the Conical Hill" in 
Brown's hand, upper specimens on mixed sheet [excl. 
lower specimens from "Nepean"] (K). "Limnanthemum 
geminatum / Menyanthes caespitosa/ ... / Shoalwater 
Bay" (MEL 1505006)! Sheet with "Limnanthemum 
geminatum (MenyanthescaespitosaHb.Br.)Shoalwater 
Bay" apparently in Brown's hand, and also a Herb. Mus. 
Paris label printed "Australie/ Robert Brown/ Envoi du 
Jardin royal de Kew/ Recu le 19 Janvier 1884." (P). 
Villarsia geminata var. p R.Br., Prodr. 457 (1810). "(T.) 
v.v." 
Although Grisebach, loc. cit., cited two collections 
when designating the varietal epithet parvifolium for 
Brown's informal variety p, he clearly used Brown's 
Prodr. as the primary basis for acceptance of the 
variety and for the provision of his own epithet for 
it. It is therefore fitting to choose Brown's Shoalwater 
Bay (Queensland) material as lectotype although 
Grisebach's text indicates that he did not see Brown's 
material. The Cunningham collections, made in 1820, 
from York Sound (Kimberleys, Western Australia) and 
seen by Grisebach are well outside the currently known 
range of Nymphoides exiliflora and possibly represent a 
different entity to Brown's collection. Articles 9.1, 9.2 
and 9.9 of the International Code (McNeill et al. 2006) 
cover a situation of this kind. 
See also notes under Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) 
Kuntze concerning Brown's informal varieties. 
Nymphoides furculifolia Specht, (as 
Nymphoides furculaefolia ) in Specht, R.L. & 
Mountford, C.P. (eds), Rec. American-Australian 
Scientific Exped. Arnhem Land 3:280 (1958). 
Type citation: "South Bay, Bickerton Island (waterhole in 
sandstone hills): 455. Hyd.Type - Brisbane (BRI)." 
Muelleria 
123 

Page image

650284 Nymphoides furculifolia Muelleria 27(2): 123-124

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 123-124".

650285 Nymphoides geminata Muelleria 27(2): 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529391
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
Holotype: (BRI 017792); isotypes: (AD 96149108, K, 
MEL 595587, NSW). Each type has a printed Expedition 
label enlarging information in the type citation, e.g. 
giving "South Bay, Bickerton Island, in the Gulf of 
Carpentaria (13°45'S, 136°6'E)", collection date 5 June 
1948, and collector R.L. 5pecht455. 
Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, as 
Nymphodes geminatum, Rev. gen .pi. 2:429 
(1891). 
Villarsia geminata R.Br., Prodr . 457 (1810) pro parte, 
as to var. a, excl. var. p. Limnanthemum geminatum 
(R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839), 
pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. parvifolium Griseb., (as 
p parvifolia), and excl. Villarsia sarmentosa Sims. Type 
citation: "(J.) v.v", R. Brown. 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with "R. Brown, 
Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 
2982, and with two labels in Brown's hand, these 
being "Villarsia [above a ruled through Menyanthes] 
geminata / a prodr 457 / Nepean / 1804 December" 
and " Menyanthes elatior / Nepean opposite Thomsons 
/ Land / Deer 1804" (BM); possible isolectotype: 
"R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, 
numbered 2982, and handwritten "Nepean", excl. 
upper specimens from Shoalwater Bay (K); remaining 
syntypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro 
parte, excl. specimen at top right, coll. R. Brown (BM). 
"R.Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, and 
handwritten [apparently by Brown] label "Menyanthes 
geminata / Port Jackson" (MEL 1505005). "Menyanthes 
geminata Flooded banks of the Nepean 1805" in 
Brown's hand (K). 
[Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora, sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. 
Australia 117(1973)] 
In describing the basionym Villarsia geminata, 
R. Brown, loc. cit., recorded two infraspecific taxa, a 
and /3. Taxon a was said to have subcoriaceous leaves 
2.5-5 cm in diameter, with upper and lower surfaces 
differently coloured, and to have been collected by 
Brown from "(J)" [New South Wales]. Taxon /3 had 
smaller membranous leaves about 1.2-2 cm diameter 
with both surfaces similarly coloured, was sometimes 
stemless, and was collected from "(T)" [tropical 
Australia]. Brown expressed uncertainty as to the taxa, 
describing p as"Forsan distincta" i.e. perhaps distinct, 
and did not formally name them or indicate their 
taxonomic rank. Under Limnanthemum geminatum , 
Grisebach loc. cit., retained Brown's taxa and their 
designations of a and (3, and also validly published 
the epithet parvifolium (as P parvifolia) for p. Under 
Article 35.4 of the International Code (McNeill et of 
2006) this epithet must be regarded as having the rank 
of variety. In publishing the var. parvifolium Grisebach 
automatically established the autonym L. geminatum 
var. geminatum for the taxon a (McNeill et al. 2006, 
article 26.3). 
In this paper L. geminatum var. parvifolium is placed 
as a taxonomic synonym of Nymphoides exiliflora, and 
a lectotype for the varietal name has been designated 
in the account of that species, q.v. 
Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. 
Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. 
Now N. montana Aston, q.v. 
Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F. Muell.) Kuntze. 
Now a taxonomic synonym under N. aurantiaca 
(Dalzell) Kuntze, q.v. 
Nymphoides minima (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as 
Nymphodes minimum), Revis. gen. pl. 2:429 
(1891). 
Limnanthemum minimum F.Muell. Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). 
Villarsia minima (F.Muell.) F.Muell. Fragm. 4:128(1864). 
Type citation: "In stagnis aqua limpida repletis flumen 
Fitzmaurice versus." 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with plain label 
stating "Limnanthemum/ minimum, ferd. Mueller/ 
Fresh stagnant waters near/ the upper Fitzmaurice/ 
Oct 55. ferd. Mueller" [c.14°50'S, 130°45'E] in Mueller's 
hand, and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF 
MELBOURNE / ferd. Mueller, PH. & M.D." label with 
"Villarsia minimal ferd. Mueller/ Arnhem's Land" 
in Mueller's hand and initialled by Bentham (MEL 
1505000); isolectotype: Specimen in type folder 
with label "Limnanthemum minimum ferd Mueller/ 
Fitzmaurice River Oct. 55 ferd Mueller." in Mueller's 
hand (K). The sheet at K also contains a Cunningham 
collection that is not part of the type. 
124 
Vo I 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883836 Nymphoides geminata Muelleria 27(2): 125
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529390
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Nymphoides 
Nymphoides montana Aston, Muelleria 5:36 
(1982). 
Type citation: "Lake Hill, south-west of Nunniong 
Plains, East Gippsland, Victoria, grid W6(-3), 2011971, 
Beauglehole & Finck ACB36345'! 
Holotype: MEL 1504963; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 
1504964, MEL 1504965, NSW. Paratype also cited: 
"Morass Creek, about 9 km north of Benambra, at 
crossing of the Omeo to Corryong road, 36°52'S, 
147°42'E, Victoria, 12.iii.1975, Aston 1852: MEL 1504989 
to 1504999, MEL 2326032 (spirit), NSW. 
[i Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 
111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze] 
Nymphoides planosperma Aston, Muelleria 5: 
39(1982). 
Type citation: " Northern Territory, Kakadu National 
Park, c. 22 km north-east of Jabiru, 12°31'S, 132°58.5'E, 
30.iii.1981, Craven 6607: 
Holotype: MEL 1520239; isotypes: CANB (not seen), 
MEL 1520238, MEL 2327964 (spirit). [Also other material 
awaiting distribution from CANB at the time the name 
was published, and not seen by Aston.] 
Nymphoides quadriloba Aston, Muelleria 5:42 
(1982). 
Type citation: "About 3 miles NNE of Katherine, Northern 
Territory, 10.iv.1967, Adams 1747: [Incorrectly given as 
c. 2 miles north of Katherine on at least the K and NT 
isotype sheets but corrected on the CANB sheet to the 
citation quoted above.] 
Holotype: CANB 172340; isotypes: CANB 172339, 
CANB (spirit), K, NSW, NT 39334, also (not seen by 
Aston) A, E, L, US. Paratype also cited: "Property of LJ. 
Phillips, about 5-8 km NNE. of Katherine, c. 14°25'S, 
132°18'E, Northern Territory, 7.V.1976, Aston 1898: 
BRI, CANB, MEL 1505244 , MEL 1505245, MEL 2320273 
(spirit), PERTH. 
Nymphoides simulans Aston, Muelleria 16:83 
( 2002 ). 
Type citation: "Queensland, Cape York Peninsula, 3.2 km 
E of 'Musgrave' along the 'Musgrave' to 'Marina Plains' 
road, 13 May 1982, HI Aston 2255: 
Holotype: MEL 612170; isotypes: BRI, MEL 612171, 
MEL 2173027 (spirit). 
Nymphoides spinulosperma Aston, Muelleria 
10:21 (1997). 
Type citation: "Victoria, Wimmera, c. 5.5 km (in a straight 
line) WNW of St Arnaud, along the St Arnaud-Bayena 
Rd, altitude 160 m, HI Aston 2872, 2111996." 
Holotype: MEL 2031021; isotypes: MEL 2031022, 
MEL 2031023, MEL 2037992 (spirit), NSW. 
Nymphoides spongiosa Aston, Muelleria 5:45 
(1982). 
Type citation: "About 6 km east of the Howard River 
crossing of the Howard Springs to 'Koolpinyah' road, 
12°26'S, 131°08'E, Northern Territory, 17.V.1976, Aston 
1936: 
Holotype: MEL 1505146; isotypes: CANB, MEL 
1505145, MEL 2300180 (spirit), NT. 
Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. 
Australia 117 (1973). 
Now N. subacuta Aston, q.v. 
Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora sensu Aston, 
Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973). 
Correctly N. geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, q.v. 
Nymphoides stygia (J.M.Black) H.Eichler, (as N. 
stygium), Taxon 12:296 (1963). 
Limnanthemum stygium J.M.BIack, Trans. & Proc. Roy. 
Soc. South Australia 42: 52, tab. 6 (1918). Type citation: 
"Dismal swamp, 15 miles north of Mount Gambier." 
Holotype: Dismal Swamp, N of Mt Gambier, J.M. 
Black s.n., 4 or 6.xii.1917 (AD); isotype: (K). 
Black, loc. cit., stated"fructu ignoto"in his description, 
and the fragmentary type material is deficient in 
showing diagnostic characters of inflorescence, 
infructescence and seed. Originally (Aston 1973) 
I accepted the name as representing a distinct 
species. Later (Aston 1986) I considered Nymphoides 
stygia was described from a depauperate plant of 
Villarsia reniformis R.Br. as the specimens, and figures 
published by Black, all represent a species of Villarsia. 
However, from the leaf shape it is perhaps more likely 
that it should be placed with one of the two varieties 
of V. umbricola Aston. These varieties can only be 
distinguished by the seeds (Aston 1969). It seems that 
the identity of the Villarsia taxon to which the name 
Muelleria 
125 

Page image

883818 Nymphoides hydrocharoides Muelleria 27(2): 120
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529395
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
Lectotypes previously designated by other authors 
for N. aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze and its taxonomic 
synonym Villorsio aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke are 
included. Although the type collections of these 
are extra-Australian, the species also occurs within 
Australia. 
Species given names now placed in synonymy, or 
misapplied or informal names under Nymphoides in 
Aquatic Plants of Australia (Aston 1973), are included in 
this paper. The names as used there, with those which 
should now be used for them following in square 
brackets, are N. geminata, sensu Aston op. cit. 111, non 
(R.Br.) Kuntze [N. montana Aston], N. hydrocharoides 
[nowataxonomicsynonym under N. aurantiaca (Da\ze\\) 
Kuntze], N. stygia [nomen ambiguum], Nymphoides sp. 
[N. subacuta Aston] and Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora [N. 
geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze]. 
Typification and Nomenclature 
Nymphoides aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze, 
(as Nymphodes aurantiacum), Revis. gen. pi. 
2:429(1891). 
Limnanthemum aurantiacum Dalzell in Hooker's J. Bot. 
Kew Gard. Misc. 2:136 (1850). Type citation: "Crescit prope 
Malwan; fl. Sept" Type: Bombay, India, Dalzells.n. 
Lectotype: K; fide Cramer, L.H. in Dassanayake, M.D., 
ed., Revised Handb. FI. Ceylon 3:211 (1981). 
Villarsia aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke in King, G. and 
Gamble, J.S., J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal Pt. 2, Nat. Hist., 74: 90 
(1906). Type citation: "Pahang: Kwala Pahar, Ridley" 
Lectotype: Peninsula Malaysia, Pahang, Kwala 
'Pahar' (sphalm. for Pahang), Ridley s.n., -.-.1890 (CAL 
303131); possible isolectotype: Kwala Brawas, near 
Kwala Pahang, 14 May 1890, Ridley 550 (SING); fide 
Cheek, M. and Turner, I.M., Kew Bull. 53:964 (1998). See 
note 1 below. 
Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as 
Nymphodes hydrocharodes), Revis. gen. pi. 2:429 (1891). 
Villarsia hydrocharoides F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 139 (Mar. 
1868). Limnanthemum hydrocharoides (F.Muell.) Benth., 
FI. austral. 4: 380 (Dec.1868). Type citation: "Ad sinum 
Rockingham's Bay in stagnis. Dallachy." 
Lectotype (here designated): Murray [River], 
Rockinghams Bay, Qld ,J. Dallachy s.n., 29.vi.1865 (MEL 
1505007); apparent isolectotypes: MEL 1505008, MEL 
1505009, BRI 010375; possible remaining syntypes: 
MEL 1505010, MEL 1505011, MEL 1505012, MEL 
1505013. See note 2 below. 
Note 1: Cheek and Turner (1998) located only one 
collection (CAL 303131) fitting Clarke's protologue 
("Pahang: Kwala Pahar, Ridley") for Villarsia aurantiaca 
and from the main specimen label, which seemed to be 
in Ridley's hand, corrected Clarke's spelling "Pahar" to 
"Pahang". The label also gave Ridley's name as collector 
and 1890 as the year of collection, without precise 
date. A second label was signed and dated 26 October 
1903, apparently in Clarke's hand, and bore information 
which is largely reproduced in Clarke's protologue of 
three years later. The only other Ridley collection which 
Cheek and Turner could locate was from Kwala Brawas, 
near Kwala Pahang, 14 May 1890, Ridley 550 (SING). 
Because the species is rare in Malaysia, and because 
both collections were made in 1890, Cheek and Turner 
considered it possible that the CAL collection may be 
"merely a cursorily labelled duplicate" of Ridley 550 
sent by Ridley to Clarke at some stage prior to Clarke's 
annotation of it in 1903. 
In referring to the Ridley s.n. collection he was 
using, Clarke stated that "This example shows no 
fruit..." which, because of the importance of seed 
micromorphology and size in distinguishing species 
within Menyanthaceae (e.g. Sivarajan et al. 1989; 
Chuang & Ornduff 1992; Sivarajan & Joseph 1993; 
Aston 2003), is unfortunate. Cheek and Turner (1998) 
therefore prepared scanning electron micrographs 
of the seed from the possible isolectotype Ridley 550 
(SING) and from other Malaysian specimens considered 
to be V. aurantiaca. Comparison of these scans with 
published SEM photos of Indian seeds of Nymphoides 
aurantiaca (Sivarajan & Joseph 1993) showed the two 
entities to be conspecific. 
Ridley had annotated the unnumbered collection 
he sent to Clarke as Villarsia aurantiaca without 
reference to any other genus. Clarke accepted Ridley's 
name, again without mention of the epithet's earlier 
association with both Nymphoides and Limnanthemum. 
Cheek and Turner (1998) rightly treated V. aurantiaca as 
a new name and not just a new combination. 
Note 2: The National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) has 
seven sheets of material from Rockingham Bay that 
can be considered as possible syntype collections of 
120 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

650298 Nymphoides indica Muelleria 27(2): 126
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529389
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
Nymphoides stygia applies remains inconclusive, and 
the name is best considered a nomen ambiguum. 
Nymphoides subacuta Aston, Muelleria 5:48 
(1982). 
Type citation : "McMinns Lagoon, approximately 30 km 
ESE of Darwin city centre, 12°31'S, 131°05'E, Northern 
Territory, 20.v. 1976, Aston 1954'.' 
Holotype: Long-styled plant Aston 1954A, MEL 
1505123; isotype: CANB. Paratypes also cited: Short- 
styled plant Aston 1954B, DNA; Short-styled plant Aston 
1954C, MEL 1505122, MEL 1505124; Style unspecified, 
leaves only, showing variation, MEL 1505125. [Also 
MEL spirit of isotype and paratype material. All plants 
of Aston 1954 were collected within three metres of 
each other]. 
[Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117 
(1973)] 
Nymphoides triangularis Aston, Muelleria 5: 
265(1984). 
Type citation : "14.8 km east of 'Musgrave' along the 
'Marina Plains' road, 14°44'S, 143°37 , E, Cape York 
Peninsula, Queensland, 13.v.1982, Aston 2262'.' 
Holotype: MEL 612194; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 
612195, MEL 612196, MEL 2320253 (spirit). 
Villarsia trachysperma F.Muell., Fragm. 6:136 
(1868). 
Type citation: "In lacunis juxta fluvium South Alligator- 
River. F.M." 
Holotype: Sheet wth plain white pencilled label 
"Lagoons of the tribu/ tary of the S. Alligator/ River 
5 July 56" and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM 
OF MELBOURNE./ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." label 
bearing, all in Mueller's hand, "Villarsia trachysperma 
F.v. M./ S. Alligator River" plus descriptive notes. (MEL 
681834). 
This has long been accepted, correctly, as a 
taxonomic synonym of the cosmopolitan species 
Nymphoides indica (L.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes indicum), 
Revis. gen. pi. 2: 429 (1891). Menyanthes indica L. Sp. pi. 
207 (1753). Note that Mueller never collected on the 
South Alligator River or its tributaries, having gone 
no further north towards that area than the vicinity 
of the Elsey Creek and Roper River (Gregory 1884). His 
collecting locality for the holotype remains unclear, but 
on July 5, 1856, he was en route between the Victoria 
River and Elsey Creek. 
The blue label cited here, and another on the 
holotype sheet, have both been seen and initialled by 
Bentham. I have not located any other possible type 
material held elsewhere, and an additional check by 
J. Bruhl (while ABLO) of K and BM specimens also proved 
negative. I therefore regard the MEL sheet as a unicate 
returned from K by Bentham after his examination of it. 
Acknowledgements 
I wish to thank the directors and staff of all the herbaria 
cited, both Australian and ex-Australian, for allowing 
me access to their collections. I thank Dr Jeremy Bruhl 
who, while ABLO at Kew, UK, provided additional 
comment and digital photos from K and BM in relation 
to possible type material of Nymphoides exigua and 
Villarsia trachysperma. My thanks also go to Dr Helen 
Henderson, Shenton Park, Western Australia, for 
sharing with me her knowledge of the joint field work 
of Oldfield and Stuart in Tasmania. 
References 
Aston, H.l. (1969). The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in 
Australia. Muelleria 2, 3-61. 
Aston, H.l. (1973). Aquatic plants of Australia. Melbourne 
University Press: Melbourne. 
Aston, H.l. (1986). 'Menyanthaceae', In J.P. Jessop & H.R. 
Toelken (eds), Flora of South Australia 2, 1048-1050. South 
Australian Government Printing Div.: Adelaide. 
Aston, H.l. (2003). Seed morphology of Australian species of 
Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae). Muelleria 18 , 33- 65. 
Cheek, M. and Turner, I.M. (1998). The identity of Villarsia 
aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke (Menyanthaceae) in the Malay 
Peninsula. Kew Bulletin 53,961-965. 
Chuang, T.l. and Ornduff, R. (1992). Seed morphology and 
systematics of Menyanthaceae. American Journal of Botany 
79, 1396-1406. 
Gregory, A.C. (1884). Journals of Australian Exploration of 
Augustus Charles Gregory and Francis Gregory. Government 
Printer: Brisbane (Facsimile edn 1969). 
McNeill, J. et al. eds (2006). International Code of Botanical 
Nomenclature (Vienna Code). International Assoc. Plant 
Taxonomy; Europe. A.R.G. Gantner Verlag: Liechtenstein. 
Sivarajan, V.V., Chaw, Shu-Miaw and Joseph, K.T. (1989). Seed 
coat micromorphology of Indian species of Nymphoides 
(Menyanthaceae). Botanical Bulletin of Academia Sinica 30, 
275-283. 
Sivarajan, V.V. and Joseph, K.T. (1993). The genus Nymphoides 
Seguier (Menyanthaceae) in India. Aquatic Botany 45,145— 
170. 
126 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

650288 Nymphoides minima Muelleria 27(2): 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529391
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
Holotype: (BRI 017792); isotypes: (AD 96149108, K, 
MEL 595587, NSW). Each type has a printed Expedition 
label enlarging information in the type citation, e.g. 
giving "South Bay, Bickerton Island, in the Gulf of 
Carpentaria (13°45'S, 136°6'E)", collection date 5 June 
1948, and collector R.L. 5pecht455. 
Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, as 
Nymphodes geminatum, Rev. gen .pi. 2:429 
(1891). 
Villarsia geminata R.Br., Prodr . 457 (1810) pro parte, 
as to var. a, excl. var. p. Limnanthemum geminatum 
(R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839), 
pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. parvifolium Griseb., (as 
p parvifolia), and excl. Villarsia sarmentosa Sims. Type 
citation: "(J.) v.v", R. Brown. 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with "R. Brown, 
Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 
2982, and with two labels in Brown's hand, these 
being "Villarsia [above a ruled through Menyanthes] 
geminata / a prodr 457 / Nepean / 1804 December" 
and " Menyanthes elatior / Nepean opposite Thomsons 
/ Land / Deer 1804" (BM); possible isolectotype: 
"R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, 
numbered 2982, and handwritten "Nepean", excl. 
upper specimens from Shoalwater Bay (K); remaining 
syntypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro 
parte, excl. specimen at top right, coll. R. Brown (BM). 
"R.Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, and 
handwritten [apparently by Brown] label "Menyanthes 
geminata / Port Jackson" (MEL 1505005). "Menyanthes 
geminata Flooded banks of the Nepean 1805" in 
Brown's hand (K). 
[Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora, sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. 
Australia 117(1973)] 
In describing the basionym Villarsia geminata, 
R. Brown, loc. cit., recorded two infraspecific taxa, a 
and /3. Taxon a was said to have subcoriaceous leaves 
2.5-5 cm in diameter, with upper and lower surfaces 
differently coloured, and to have been collected by 
Brown from "(J)" [New South Wales]. Taxon /3 had 
smaller membranous leaves about 1.2-2 cm diameter 
with both surfaces similarly coloured, was sometimes 
stemless, and was collected from "(T)" [tropical 
Australia]. Brown expressed uncertainty as to the taxa, 
describing p as"Forsan distincta" i.e. perhaps distinct, 
and did not formally name them or indicate their 
taxonomic rank. Under Limnanthemum geminatum , 
Grisebach loc. cit., retained Brown's taxa and their 
designations of a and (3, and also validly published 
the epithet parvifolium (as P parvifolia) for p. Under 
Article 35.4 of the International Code (McNeill et of 
2006) this epithet must be regarded as having the rank 
of variety. In publishing the var. parvifolium Grisebach 
automatically established the autonym L. geminatum 
var. geminatum for the taxon a (McNeill et al. 2006, 
article 26.3). 
In this paper L. geminatum var. parvifolium is placed 
as a taxonomic synonym of Nymphoides exiliflora, and 
a lectotype for the varietal name has been designated 
in the account of that species, q.v. 
Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. 
Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. 
Now N. montana Aston, q.v. 
Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F. Muell.) Kuntze. 
Now a taxonomic synonym under N. aurantiaca 
(Dalzell) Kuntze, q.v. 
Nymphoides minima (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as 
Nymphodes minimum), Revis. gen. pl. 2:429 
(1891). 
Limnanthemum minimum F.Muell. Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). 
Villarsia minima (F.Muell.) F.Muell. Fragm. 4:128(1864). 
Type citation: "In stagnis aqua limpida repletis flumen 
Fitzmaurice versus." 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with plain label 
stating "Limnanthemum/ minimum, ferd. Mueller/ 
Fresh stagnant waters near/ the upper Fitzmaurice/ 
Oct 55. ferd. Mueller" [c.14°50'S, 130°45'E] in Mueller's 
hand, and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF 
MELBOURNE / ferd. Mueller, PH. & M.D." label with 
"Villarsia minimal ferd. Mueller/ Arnhem's Land" 
in Mueller's hand and initialled by Bentham (MEL 
1505000); isolectotype: Specimen in type folder 
with label "Limnanthemum minimum ferd Mueller/ 
Fitzmaurice River Oct. 55 ferd Mueller." in Mueller's 
hand (K). The sheet at K also contains a Cunningham 
collection that is not part of the type. 
124 
Vo I 27(2) 2009 

Page image

650286 Nymphoides montana Muelleria 27(2): 125
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529390
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Nymphoides 
Nymphoides montana Aston, Muelleria 5:36 
(1982). 
Type citation: "Lake Hill, south-west of Nunniong 
Plains, East Gippsland, Victoria, grid W6(-3), 2011971, 
Beauglehole & Finck ACB36345'! 
Holotype: MEL 1504963; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 
1504964, MEL 1504965, NSW. Paratype also cited: 
"Morass Creek, about 9 km north of Benambra, at 
crossing of the Omeo to Corryong road, 36°52'S, 
147°42'E, Victoria, 12.iii.1975, Aston 1852: MEL 1504989 
to 1504999, MEL 2326032 (spirit), NSW. 
[i Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 
111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze] 
Nymphoides planosperma Aston, Muelleria 5: 
39(1982). 
Type citation: " Northern Territory, Kakadu National 
Park, c. 22 km north-east of Jabiru, 12°31'S, 132°58.5'E, 
30.iii.1981, Craven 6607: 
Holotype: MEL 1520239; isotypes: CANB (not seen), 
MEL 1520238, MEL 2327964 (spirit). [Also other material 
awaiting distribution from CANB at the time the name 
was published, and not seen by Aston.] 
Nymphoides quadriloba Aston, Muelleria 5:42 
(1982). 
Type citation: "About 3 miles NNE of Katherine, Northern 
Territory, 10.iv.1967, Adams 1747: [Incorrectly given as 
c. 2 miles north of Katherine on at least the K and NT 
isotype sheets but corrected on the CANB sheet to the 
citation quoted above.] 
Holotype: CANB 172340; isotypes: CANB 172339, 
CANB (spirit), K, NSW, NT 39334, also (not seen by 
Aston) A, E, L, US. Paratype also cited: "Property of LJ. 
Phillips, about 5-8 km NNE. of Katherine, c. 14°25'S, 
132°18'E, Northern Territory, 7.V.1976, Aston 1898: 
BRI, CANB, MEL 1505244 , MEL 1505245, MEL 2320273 
(spirit), PERTH. 
Nymphoides simulans Aston, Muelleria 16:83 
( 2002 ). 
Type citation: "Queensland, Cape York Peninsula, 3.2 km 
E of 'Musgrave' along the 'Musgrave' to 'Marina Plains' 
road, 13 May 1982, HI Aston 2255: 
Holotype: MEL 612170; isotypes: BRI, MEL 612171, 
MEL 2173027 (spirit). 
Nymphoides spinulosperma Aston, Muelleria 
10:21 (1997). 
Type citation: "Victoria, Wimmera, c. 5.5 km (in a straight 
line) WNW of St Arnaud, along the St Arnaud-Bayena 
Rd, altitude 160 m, HI Aston 2872, 2111996." 
Holotype: MEL 2031021; isotypes: MEL 2031022, 
MEL 2031023, MEL 2037992 (spirit), NSW. 
Nymphoides spongiosa Aston, Muelleria 5:45 
(1982). 
Type citation: "About 6 km east of the Howard River 
crossing of the Howard Springs to 'Koolpinyah' road, 
12°26'S, 131°08'E, Northern Territory, 17.V.1976, Aston 
1936: 
Holotype: MEL 1505146; isotypes: CANB, MEL 
1505145, MEL 2300180 (spirit), NT. 
Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. 
Australia 117 (1973). 
Now N. subacuta Aston, q.v. 
Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora sensu Aston, 
Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973). 
Correctly N. geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, q.v. 
Nymphoides stygia (J.M.Black) H.Eichler, (as N. 
stygium), Taxon 12:296 (1963). 
Limnanthemum stygium J.M.BIack, Trans. & Proc. Roy. 
Soc. South Australia 42: 52, tab. 6 (1918). Type citation: 
"Dismal swamp, 15 miles north of Mount Gambier." 
Holotype: Dismal Swamp, N of Mt Gambier, J.M. 
Black s.n., 4 or 6.xii.1917 (AD); isotype: (K). 
Black, loc. cit., stated"fructu ignoto"in his description, 
and the fragmentary type material is deficient in 
showing diagnostic characters of inflorescence, 
infructescence and seed. Originally (Aston 1973) 
I accepted the name as representing a distinct 
species. Later (Aston 1986) I considered Nymphoides 
stygia was described from a depauperate plant of 
Villarsia reniformis R.Br. as the specimens, and figures 
published by Black, all represent a species of Villarsia. 
However, from the leaf shape it is perhaps more likely 
that it should be placed with one of the two varieties 
of V. umbricola Aston. These varieties can only be 
distinguished by the seeds (Aston 1969). It seems that 
the identity of the Villarsia taxon to which the name 
Muelleria 
125 

Page image

650290 Nymphoides planosperma Muelleria 27(2): 125
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529390
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Nymphoides 
Nymphoides montana Aston, Muelleria 5:36 
(1982). 
Type citation: "Lake Hill, south-west of Nunniong 
Plains, East Gippsland, Victoria, grid W6(-3), 2011971, 
Beauglehole & Finck ACB36345'! 
Holotype: MEL 1504963; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 
1504964, MEL 1504965, NSW. Paratype also cited: 
"Morass Creek, about 9 km north of Benambra, at 
crossing of the Omeo to Corryong road, 36°52'S, 
147°42'E, Victoria, 12.iii.1975, Aston 1852: MEL 1504989 
to 1504999, MEL 2326032 (spirit), NSW. 
[i Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 
111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze] 
Nymphoides planosperma Aston, Muelleria 5: 
39(1982). 
Type citation: " Northern Territory, Kakadu National 
Park, c. 22 km north-east of Jabiru, 12°31'S, 132°58.5'E, 
30.iii.1981, Craven 6607: 
Holotype: MEL 1520239; isotypes: CANB (not seen), 
MEL 1520238, MEL 2327964 (spirit). [Also other material 
awaiting distribution from CANB at the time the name 
was published, and not seen by Aston.] 
Nymphoides quadriloba Aston, Muelleria 5:42 
(1982). 
Type citation: "About 3 miles NNE of Katherine, Northern 
Territory, 10.iv.1967, Adams 1747: [Incorrectly given as 
c. 2 miles north of Katherine on at least the K and NT 
isotype sheets but corrected on the CANB sheet to the 
citation quoted above.] 
Holotype: CANB 172340; isotypes: CANB 172339, 
CANB (spirit), K, NSW, NT 39334, also (not seen by 
Aston) A, E, L, US. Paratype also cited: "Property of LJ. 
Phillips, about 5-8 km NNE. of Katherine, c. 14°25'S, 
132°18'E, Northern Territory, 7.V.1976, Aston 1898: 
BRI, CANB, MEL 1505244 , MEL 1505245, MEL 2320273 
(spirit), PERTH. 
Nymphoides simulans Aston, Muelleria 16:83 
( 2002 ). 
Type citation: "Queensland, Cape York Peninsula, 3.2 km 
E of 'Musgrave' along the 'Musgrave' to 'Marina Plains' 
road, 13 May 1982, HI Aston 2255: 
Holotype: MEL 612170; isotypes: BRI, MEL 612171, 
MEL 2173027 (spirit). 
Nymphoides spinulosperma Aston, Muelleria 
10:21 (1997). 
Type citation: "Victoria, Wimmera, c. 5.5 km (in a straight 
line) WNW of St Arnaud, along the St Arnaud-Bayena 
Rd, altitude 160 m, HI Aston 2872, 2111996." 
Holotype: MEL 2031021; isotypes: MEL 2031022, 
MEL 2031023, MEL 2037992 (spirit), NSW. 
Nymphoides spongiosa Aston, Muelleria 5:45 
(1982). 
Type citation: "About 6 km east of the Howard River 
crossing of the Howard Springs to 'Koolpinyah' road, 
12°26'S, 131°08'E, Northern Territory, 17.V.1976, Aston 
1936: 
Holotype: MEL 1505146; isotypes: CANB, MEL 
1505145, MEL 2300180 (spirit), NT. 
Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. 
Australia 117 (1973). 
Now N. subacuta Aston, q.v. 
Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora sensu Aston, 
Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973). 
Correctly N. geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, q.v. 
Nymphoides stygia (J.M.Black) H.Eichler, (as N. 
stygium), Taxon 12:296 (1963). 
Limnanthemum stygium J.M.BIack, Trans. & Proc. Roy. 
Soc. South Australia 42: 52, tab. 6 (1918). Type citation: 
"Dismal swamp, 15 miles north of Mount Gambier." 
Holotype: Dismal Swamp, N of Mt Gambier, J.M. 
Black s.n., 4 or 6.xii.1917 (AD); isotype: (K). 
Black, loc. cit., stated"fructu ignoto"in his description, 
and the fragmentary type material is deficient in 
showing diagnostic characters of inflorescence, 
infructescence and seed. Originally (Aston 1973) 
I accepted the name as representing a distinct 
species. Later (Aston 1986) I considered Nymphoides 
stygia was described from a depauperate plant of 
Villarsia reniformis R.Br. as the specimens, and figures 
published by Black, all represent a species of Villarsia. 
However, from the leaf shape it is perhaps more likely 
that it should be placed with one of the two varieties 
of V. umbricola Aston. These varieties can only be 
distinguished by the seeds (Aston 1969). It seems that 
the identity of the Villarsia taxon to which the name 
Muelleria 
125 

Page image

650291 Nymphoides quadriloba Muelleria 27(2): 125
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529390
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Nymphoides 
Nymphoides montana Aston, Muelleria 5:36 
(1982). 
Type citation: "Lake Hill, south-west of Nunniong 
Plains, East Gippsland, Victoria, grid W6(-3), 2011971, 
Beauglehole & Finck ACB36345'! 
Holotype: MEL 1504963; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 
1504964, MEL 1504965, NSW. Paratype also cited: 
"Morass Creek, about 9 km north of Benambra, at 
crossing of the Omeo to Corryong road, 36°52'S, 
147°42'E, Victoria, 12.iii.1975, Aston 1852: MEL 1504989 
to 1504999, MEL 2326032 (spirit), NSW. 
[i Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 
111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze] 
Nymphoides planosperma Aston, Muelleria 5: 
39(1982). 
Type citation: " Northern Territory, Kakadu National 
Park, c. 22 km north-east of Jabiru, 12°31'S, 132°58.5'E, 
30.iii.1981, Craven 6607: 
Holotype: MEL 1520239; isotypes: CANB (not seen), 
MEL 1520238, MEL 2327964 (spirit). [Also other material 
awaiting distribution from CANB at the time the name 
was published, and not seen by Aston.] 
Nymphoides quadriloba Aston, Muelleria 5:42 
(1982). 
Type citation: "About 3 miles NNE of Katherine, Northern 
Territory, 10.iv.1967, Adams 1747: [Incorrectly given as 
c. 2 miles north of Katherine on at least the K and NT 
isotype sheets but corrected on the CANB sheet to the 
citation quoted above.] 
Holotype: CANB 172340; isotypes: CANB 172339, 
CANB (spirit), K, NSW, NT 39334, also (not seen by 
Aston) A, E, L, US. Paratype also cited: "Property of LJ. 
Phillips, about 5-8 km NNE. of Katherine, c. 14°25'S, 
132°18'E, Northern Territory, 7.V.1976, Aston 1898: 
BRI, CANB, MEL 1505244 , MEL 1505245, MEL 2320273 
(spirit), PERTH. 
Nymphoides simulans Aston, Muelleria 16:83 
( 2002 ). 
Type citation: "Queensland, Cape York Peninsula, 3.2 km 
E of 'Musgrave' along the 'Musgrave' to 'Marina Plains' 
road, 13 May 1982, HI Aston 2255: 
Holotype: MEL 612170; isotypes: BRI, MEL 612171, 
MEL 2173027 (spirit). 
Nymphoides spinulosperma Aston, Muelleria 
10:21 (1997). 
Type citation: "Victoria, Wimmera, c. 5.5 km (in a straight 
line) WNW of St Arnaud, along the St Arnaud-Bayena 
Rd, altitude 160 m, HI Aston 2872, 2111996." 
Holotype: MEL 2031021; isotypes: MEL 2031022, 
MEL 2031023, MEL 2037992 (spirit), NSW. 
Nymphoides spongiosa Aston, Muelleria 5:45 
(1982). 
Type citation: "About 6 km east of the Howard River 
crossing of the Howard Springs to 'Koolpinyah' road, 
12°26'S, 131°08'E, Northern Territory, 17.V.1976, Aston 
1936: 
Holotype: MEL 1505146; isotypes: CANB, MEL 
1505145, MEL 2300180 (spirit), NT. 
Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. 
Australia 117 (1973). 
Now N. subacuta Aston, q.v. 
Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora sensu Aston, 
Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973). 
Correctly N. geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, q.v. 
Nymphoides stygia (J.M.Black) H.Eichler, (as N. 
stygium), Taxon 12:296 (1963). 
Limnanthemum stygium J.M.BIack, Trans. & Proc. Roy. 
Soc. South Australia 42: 52, tab. 6 (1918). Type citation: 
"Dismal swamp, 15 miles north of Mount Gambier." 
Holotype: Dismal Swamp, N of Mt Gambier, J.M. 
Black s.n., 4 or 6.xii.1917 (AD); isotype: (K). 
Black, loc. cit., stated"fructu ignoto"in his description, 
and the fragmentary type material is deficient in 
showing diagnostic characters of inflorescence, 
infructescence and seed. Originally (Aston 1973) 
I accepted the name as representing a distinct 
species. Later (Aston 1986) I considered Nymphoides 
stygia was described from a depauperate plant of 
Villarsia reniformis R.Br. as the specimens, and figures 
published by Black, all represent a species of Villarsia. 
However, from the leaf shape it is perhaps more likely 
that it should be placed with one of the two varieties 
of V. umbricola Aston. These varieties can only be 
distinguished by the seeds (Aston 1969). It seems that 
the identity of the Villarsia taxon to which the name 
Muelleria 
125 

Page image

650292 Nymphoides simulans Muelleria 27(2): 125
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529390
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Nymphoides 
Nymphoides montana Aston, Muelleria 5:36 
(1982). 
Type citation: "Lake Hill, south-west of Nunniong 
Plains, East Gippsland, Victoria, grid W6(-3), 2011971, 
Beauglehole & Finck ACB36345'! 
Holotype: MEL 1504963; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 
1504964, MEL 1504965, NSW. Paratype also cited: 
"Morass Creek, about 9 km north of Benambra, at 
crossing of the Omeo to Corryong road, 36°52'S, 
147°42'E, Victoria, 12.iii.1975, Aston 1852: MEL 1504989 
to 1504999, MEL 2326032 (spirit), NSW. 
[i Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 
111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze] 
Nymphoides planosperma Aston, Muelleria 5: 
39(1982). 
Type citation: " Northern Territory, Kakadu National 
Park, c. 22 km north-east of Jabiru, 12°31'S, 132°58.5'E, 
30.iii.1981, Craven 6607: 
Holotype: MEL 1520239; isotypes: CANB (not seen), 
MEL 1520238, MEL 2327964 (spirit). [Also other material 
awaiting distribution from CANB at the time the name 
was published, and not seen by Aston.] 
Nymphoides quadriloba Aston, Muelleria 5:42 
(1982). 
Type citation: "About 3 miles NNE of Katherine, Northern 
Territory, 10.iv.1967, Adams 1747: [Incorrectly given as 
c. 2 miles north of Katherine on at least the K and NT 
isotype sheets but corrected on the CANB sheet to the 
citation quoted above.] 
Holotype: CANB 172340; isotypes: CANB 172339, 
CANB (spirit), K, NSW, NT 39334, also (not seen by 
Aston) A, E, L, US. Paratype also cited: "Property of LJ. 
Phillips, about 5-8 km NNE. of Katherine, c. 14°25'S, 
132°18'E, Northern Territory, 7.V.1976, Aston 1898: 
BRI, CANB, MEL 1505244 , MEL 1505245, MEL 2320273 
(spirit), PERTH. 
Nymphoides simulans Aston, Muelleria 16:83 
( 2002 ). 
Type citation: "Queensland, Cape York Peninsula, 3.2 km 
E of 'Musgrave' along the 'Musgrave' to 'Marina Plains' 
road, 13 May 1982, HI Aston 2255: 
Holotype: MEL 612170; isotypes: BRI, MEL 612171, 
MEL 2173027 (spirit). 
Nymphoides spinulosperma Aston, Muelleria 
10:21 (1997). 
Type citation: "Victoria, Wimmera, c. 5.5 km (in a straight 
line) WNW of St Arnaud, along the St Arnaud-Bayena 
Rd, altitude 160 m, HI Aston 2872, 2111996." 
Holotype: MEL 2031021; isotypes: MEL 2031022, 
MEL 2031023, MEL 2037992 (spirit), NSW. 
Nymphoides spongiosa Aston, Muelleria 5:45 
(1982). 
Type citation: "About 6 km east of the Howard River 
crossing of the Howard Springs to 'Koolpinyah' road, 
12°26'S, 131°08'E, Northern Territory, 17.V.1976, Aston 
1936: 
Holotype: MEL 1505146; isotypes: CANB, MEL 
1505145, MEL 2300180 (spirit), NT. 
Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. 
Australia 117 (1973). 
Now N. subacuta Aston, q.v. 
Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora sensu Aston, 
Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973). 
Correctly N. geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, q.v. 
Nymphoides stygia (J.M.Black) H.Eichler, (as N. 
stygium), Taxon 12:296 (1963). 
Limnanthemum stygium J.M.BIack, Trans. & Proc. Roy. 
Soc. South Australia 42: 52, tab. 6 (1918). Type citation: 
"Dismal swamp, 15 miles north of Mount Gambier." 
Holotype: Dismal Swamp, N of Mt Gambier, J.M. 
Black s.n., 4 or 6.xii.1917 (AD); isotype: (K). 
Black, loc. cit., stated"fructu ignoto"in his description, 
and the fragmentary type material is deficient in 
showing diagnostic characters of inflorescence, 
infructescence and seed. Originally (Aston 1973) 
I accepted the name as representing a distinct 
species. Later (Aston 1986) I considered Nymphoides 
stygia was described from a depauperate plant of 
Villarsia reniformis R.Br. as the specimens, and figures 
published by Black, all represent a species of Villarsia. 
However, from the leaf shape it is perhaps more likely 
that it should be placed with one of the two varieties 
of V. umbricola Aston. These varieties can only be 
distinguished by the seeds (Aston 1969). It seems that 
the identity of the Villarsia taxon to which the name 
Muelleria 
125 

Page image

883843 Nymphoides sp. Muelleria 27(2): 126
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529389
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
Nymphoides stygia applies remains inconclusive, and 
the name is best considered a nomen ambiguum. 
Nymphoides subacuta Aston, Muelleria 5:48 
(1982). 
Type citation : "McMinns Lagoon, approximately 30 km 
ESE of Darwin city centre, 12°31'S, 131°05'E, Northern 
Territory, 20.v. 1976, Aston 1954'.' 
Holotype: Long-styled plant Aston 1954A, MEL 
1505123; isotype: CANB. Paratypes also cited: Short- 
styled plant Aston 1954B, DNA; Short-styled plant Aston 
1954C, MEL 1505122, MEL 1505124; Style unspecified, 
leaves only, showing variation, MEL 1505125. [Also 
MEL spirit of isotype and paratype material. All plants 
of Aston 1954 were collected within three metres of 
each other]. 
[Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117 
(1973)] 
Nymphoides triangularis Aston, Muelleria 5: 
265(1984). 
Type citation : "14.8 km east of 'Musgrave' along the 
'Marina Plains' road, 14°44'S, 143°37 , E, Cape York 
Peninsula, Queensland, 13.v.1982, Aston 2262'.' 
Holotype: MEL 612194; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 
612195, MEL 612196, MEL 2320253 (spirit). 
Villarsia trachysperma F.Muell., Fragm. 6:136 
(1868). 
Type citation: "In lacunis juxta fluvium South Alligator- 
River. F.M." 
Holotype: Sheet wth plain white pencilled label 
"Lagoons of the tribu/ tary of the S. Alligator/ River 
5 July 56" and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM 
OF MELBOURNE./ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." label 
bearing, all in Mueller's hand, "Villarsia trachysperma 
F.v. M./ S. Alligator River" plus descriptive notes. (MEL 
681834). 
This has long been accepted, correctly, as a 
taxonomic synonym of the cosmopolitan species 
Nymphoides indica (L.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes indicum), 
Revis. gen. pi. 2: 429 (1891). Menyanthes indica L. Sp. pi. 
207 (1753). Note that Mueller never collected on the 
South Alligator River or its tributaries, having gone 
no further north towards that area than the vicinity 
of the Elsey Creek and Roper River (Gregory 1884). His 
collecting locality for the holotype remains unclear, but 
on July 5, 1856, he was en route between the Victoria 
River and Elsey Creek. 
The blue label cited here, and another on the 
holotype sheet, have both been seen and initialled by 
Bentham. I have not located any other possible type 
material held elsewhere, and an additional check by 
J. Bruhl (while ABLO) of K and BM specimens also proved 
negative. I therefore regard the MEL sheet as a unicate 
returned from K by Bentham after his examination of it. 
Acknowledgements 
I wish to thank the directors and staff of all the herbaria 
cited, both Australian and ex-Australian, for allowing 
me access to their collections. I thank Dr Jeremy Bruhl 
who, while ABLO at Kew, UK, provided additional 
comment and digital photos from K and BM in relation 
to possible type material of Nymphoides exigua and 
Villarsia trachysperma. My thanks also go to Dr Helen 
Henderson, Shenton Park, Western Australia, for 
sharing with me her knowledge of the joint field work 
of Oldfield and Stuart in Tasmania. 
References 
Aston, H.l. (1969). The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in 
Australia. Muelleria 2, 3-61. 
Aston, H.l. (1973). Aquatic plants of Australia. Melbourne 
University Press: Melbourne. 
Aston, H.l. (1986). 'Menyanthaceae', In J.P. Jessop & H.R. 
Toelken (eds), Flora of South Australia 2, 1048-1050. South 
Australian Government Printing Div.: Adelaide. 
Aston, H.l. (2003). Seed morphology of Australian species of 
Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae). Muelleria 18 , 33- 65. 
Cheek, M. and Turner, I.M. (1998). The identity of Villarsia 
aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke (Menyanthaceae) in the Malay 
Peninsula. Kew Bulletin 53,961-965. 
Chuang, T.l. and Ornduff, R. (1992). Seed morphology and 
systematics of Menyanthaceae. American Journal of Botany 
79, 1396-1406. 
Gregory, A.C. (1884). Journals of Australian Exploration of 
Augustus Charles Gregory and Francis Gregory. Government 
Printer: Brisbane (Facsimile edn 1969). 
McNeill, J. et al. eds (2006). International Code of Botanical 
Nomenclature (Vienna Code). International Assoc. Plant 
Taxonomy; Europe. A.R.G. Gantner Verlag: Liechtenstein. 
Sivarajan, V.V., Chaw, Shu-Miaw and Joseph, K.T. (1989). Seed 
coat micromorphology of Indian species of Nymphoides 
(Menyanthaceae). Botanical Bulletin of Academia Sinica 30, 
275-283. 
Sivarajan, V.V. and Joseph, K.T. (1993). The genus Nymphoides 
Seguier (Menyanthaceae) in India. Aquatic Botany 45,145— 
170. 
126 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883835 Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora Muelleria 27(2): 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529391
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
Holotype: (BRI 017792); isotypes: (AD 96149108, K, 
MEL 595587, NSW). Each type has a printed Expedition 
label enlarging information in the type citation, e.g. 
giving "South Bay, Bickerton Island, in the Gulf of 
Carpentaria (13°45'S, 136°6'E)", collection date 5 June 
1948, and collector R.L. 5pecht455. 
Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, as 
Nymphodes geminatum, Rev. gen .pi. 2:429 
(1891). 
Villarsia geminata R.Br., Prodr . 457 (1810) pro parte, 
as to var. a, excl. var. p. Limnanthemum geminatum 
(R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839), 
pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. parvifolium Griseb., (as 
p parvifolia), and excl. Villarsia sarmentosa Sims. Type 
citation: "(J.) v.v", R. Brown. 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with "R. Brown, 
Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 
2982, and with two labels in Brown's hand, these 
being "Villarsia [above a ruled through Menyanthes] 
geminata / a prodr 457 / Nepean / 1804 December" 
and " Menyanthes elatior / Nepean opposite Thomsons 
/ Land / Deer 1804" (BM); possible isolectotype: 
"R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, 
numbered 2982, and handwritten "Nepean", excl. 
upper specimens from Shoalwater Bay (K); remaining 
syntypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro 
parte, excl. specimen at top right, coll. R. Brown (BM). 
"R.Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, and 
handwritten [apparently by Brown] label "Menyanthes 
geminata / Port Jackson" (MEL 1505005). "Menyanthes 
geminata Flooded banks of the Nepean 1805" in 
Brown's hand (K). 
[Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora, sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. 
Australia 117(1973)] 
In describing the basionym Villarsia geminata, 
R. Brown, loc. cit., recorded two infraspecific taxa, a 
and /3. Taxon a was said to have subcoriaceous leaves 
2.5-5 cm in diameter, with upper and lower surfaces 
differently coloured, and to have been collected by 
Brown from "(J)" [New South Wales]. Taxon /3 had 
smaller membranous leaves about 1.2-2 cm diameter 
with both surfaces similarly coloured, was sometimes 
stemless, and was collected from "(T)" [tropical 
Australia]. Brown expressed uncertainty as to the taxa, 
describing p as"Forsan distincta" i.e. perhaps distinct, 
and did not formally name them or indicate their 
taxonomic rank. Under Limnanthemum geminatum , 
Grisebach loc. cit., retained Brown's taxa and their 
designations of a and (3, and also validly published 
the epithet parvifolium (as P parvifolia) for p. Under 
Article 35.4 of the International Code (McNeill et of 
2006) this epithet must be regarded as having the rank 
of variety. In publishing the var. parvifolium Grisebach 
automatically established the autonym L. geminatum 
var. geminatum for the taxon a (McNeill et al. 2006, 
article 26.3). 
In this paper L. geminatum var. parvifolium is placed 
as a taxonomic synonym of Nymphoides exiliflora, and 
a lectotype for the varietal name has been designated 
in the account of that species, q.v. 
Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. 
Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. 
Now N. montana Aston, q.v. 
Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F. Muell.) Kuntze. 
Now a taxonomic synonym under N. aurantiaca 
(Dalzell) Kuntze, q.v. 
Nymphoides minima (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as 
Nymphodes minimum), Revis. gen. pl. 2:429 
(1891). 
Limnanthemum minimum F.Muell. Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). 
Villarsia minima (F.Muell.) F.Muell. Fragm. 4:128(1864). 
Type citation: "In stagnis aqua limpida repletis flumen 
Fitzmaurice versus." 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with plain label 
stating "Limnanthemum/ minimum, ferd. Mueller/ 
Fresh stagnant waters near/ the upper Fitzmaurice/ 
Oct 55. ferd. Mueller" [c.14°50'S, 130°45'E] in Mueller's 
hand, and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF 
MELBOURNE / ferd. Mueller, PH. & M.D." label with 
"Villarsia minimal ferd. Mueller/ Arnhem's Land" 
in Mueller's hand and initialled by Bentham (MEL 
1505000); isolectotype: Specimen in type folder 
with label "Limnanthemum minimum ferd Mueller/ 
Fitzmaurice River Oct. 55 ferd Mueller." in Mueller's 
hand (K). The sheet at K also contains a Cunningham 
collection that is not part of the type. 
124 
Vo I 27(2) 2009 

Page image

650293 Nymphoides spinulosperma Muelleria 27(2): 125
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529390
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Nymphoides 
Nymphoides montana Aston, Muelleria 5:36 
(1982). 
Type citation: "Lake Hill, south-west of Nunniong 
Plains, East Gippsland, Victoria, grid W6(-3), 2011971, 
Beauglehole & Finck ACB36345'! 
Holotype: MEL 1504963; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 
1504964, MEL 1504965, NSW. Paratype also cited: 
"Morass Creek, about 9 km north of Benambra, at 
crossing of the Omeo to Corryong road, 36°52'S, 
147°42'E, Victoria, 12.iii.1975, Aston 1852: MEL 1504989 
to 1504999, MEL 2326032 (spirit), NSW. 
[i Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 
111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze] 
Nymphoides planosperma Aston, Muelleria 5: 
39(1982). 
Type citation: " Northern Territory, Kakadu National 
Park, c. 22 km north-east of Jabiru, 12°31'S, 132°58.5'E, 
30.iii.1981, Craven 6607: 
Holotype: MEL 1520239; isotypes: CANB (not seen), 
MEL 1520238, MEL 2327964 (spirit). [Also other material 
awaiting distribution from CANB at the time the name 
was published, and not seen by Aston.] 
Nymphoides quadriloba Aston, Muelleria 5:42 
(1982). 
Type citation: "About 3 miles NNE of Katherine, Northern 
Territory, 10.iv.1967, Adams 1747: [Incorrectly given as 
c. 2 miles north of Katherine on at least the K and NT 
isotype sheets but corrected on the CANB sheet to the 
citation quoted above.] 
Holotype: CANB 172340; isotypes: CANB 172339, 
CANB (spirit), K, NSW, NT 39334, also (not seen by 
Aston) A, E, L, US. Paratype also cited: "Property of LJ. 
Phillips, about 5-8 km NNE. of Katherine, c. 14°25'S, 
132°18'E, Northern Territory, 7.V.1976, Aston 1898: 
BRI, CANB, MEL 1505244 , MEL 1505245, MEL 2320273 
(spirit), PERTH. 
Nymphoides simulans Aston, Muelleria 16:83 
( 2002 ). 
Type citation: "Queensland, Cape York Peninsula, 3.2 km 
E of 'Musgrave' along the 'Musgrave' to 'Marina Plains' 
road, 13 May 1982, HI Aston 2255: 
Holotype: MEL 612170; isotypes: BRI, MEL 612171, 
MEL 2173027 (spirit). 
Nymphoides spinulosperma Aston, Muelleria 
10:21 (1997). 
Type citation: "Victoria, Wimmera, c. 5.5 km (in a straight 
line) WNW of St Arnaud, along the St Arnaud-Bayena 
Rd, altitude 160 m, HI Aston 2872, 2111996." 
Holotype: MEL 2031021; isotypes: MEL 2031022, 
MEL 2031023, MEL 2037992 (spirit), NSW. 
Nymphoides spongiosa Aston, Muelleria 5:45 
(1982). 
Type citation: "About 6 km east of the Howard River 
crossing of the Howard Springs to 'Koolpinyah' road, 
12°26'S, 131°08'E, Northern Territory, 17.V.1976, Aston 
1936: 
Holotype: MEL 1505146; isotypes: CANB, MEL 
1505145, MEL 2300180 (spirit), NT. 
Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. 
Australia 117 (1973). 
Now N. subacuta Aston, q.v. 
Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora sensu Aston, 
Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973). 
Correctly N. geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, q.v. 
Nymphoides stygia (J.M.Black) H.Eichler, (as N. 
stygium), Taxon 12:296 (1963). 
Limnanthemum stygium J.M.BIack, Trans. & Proc. Roy. 
Soc. South Australia 42: 52, tab. 6 (1918). Type citation: 
"Dismal swamp, 15 miles north of Mount Gambier." 
Holotype: Dismal Swamp, N of Mt Gambier, J.M. 
Black s.n., 4 or 6.xii.1917 (AD); isotype: (K). 
Black, loc. cit., stated"fructu ignoto"in his description, 
and the fragmentary type material is deficient in 
showing diagnostic characters of inflorescence, 
infructescence and seed. Originally (Aston 1973) 
I accepted the name as representing a distinct 
species. Later (Aston 1986) I considered Nymphoides 
stygia was described from a depauperate plant of 
Villarsia reniformis R.Br. as the specimens, and figures 
published by Black, all represent a species of Villarsia. 
However, from the leaf shape it is perhaps more likely 
that it should be placed with one of the two varieties 
of V. umbricola Aston. These varieties can only be 
distinguished by the seeds (Aston 1969). It seems that 
the identity of the Villarsia taxon to which the name 
Muelleria 
125 

Page image

650294 Nymphoides spongiosa Muelleria 27(2): 125
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529390
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Nymphoides 
Nymphoides montana Aston, Muelleria 5:36 
(1982). 
Type citation: "Lake Hill, south-west of Nunniong 
Plains, East Gippsland, Victoria, grid W6(-3), 2011971, 
Beauglehole & Finck ACB36345'! 
Holotype: MEL 1504963; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 
1504964, MEL 1504965, NSW. Paratype also cited: 
"Morass Creek, about 9 km north of Benambra, at 
crossing of the Omeo to Corryong road, 36°52'S, 
147°42'E, Victoria, 12.iii.1975, Aston 1852: MEL 1504989 
to 1504999, MEL 2326032 (spirit), NSW. 
[i Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 
111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze] 
Nymphoides planosperma Aston, Muelleria 5: 
39(1982). 
Type citation: " Northern Territory, Kakadu National 
Park, c. 22 km north-east of Jabiru, 12°31'S, 132°58.5'E, 
30.iii.1981, Craven 6607: 
Holotype: MEL 1520239; isotypes: CANB (not seen), 
MEL 1520238, MEL 2327964 (spirit). [Also other material 
awaiting distribution from CANB at the time the name 
was published, and not seen by Aston.] 
Nymphoides quadriloba Aston, Muelleria 5:42 
(1982). 
Type citation: "About 3 miles NNE of Katherine, Northern 
Territory, 10.iv.1967, Adams 1747: [Incorrectly given as 
c. 2 miles north of Katherine on at least the K and NT 
isotype sheets but corrected on the CANB sheet to the 
citation quoted above.] 
Holotype: CANB 172340; isotypes: CANB 172339, 
CANB (spirit), K, NSW, NT 39334, also (not seen by 
Aston) A, E, L, US. Paratype also cited: "Property of LJ. 
Phillips, about 5-8 km NNE. of Katherine, c. 14°25'S, 
132°18'E, Northern Territory, 7.V.1976, Aston 1898: 
BRI, CANB, MEL 1505244 , MEL 1505245, MEL 2320273 
(spirit), PERTH. 
Nymphoides simulans Aston, Muelleria 16:83 
( 2002 ). 
Type citation: "Queensland, Cape York Peninsula, 3.2 km 
E of 'Musgrave' along the 'Musgrave' to 'Marina Plains' 
road, 13 May 1982, HI Aston 2255: 
Holotype: MEL 612170; isotypes: BRI, MEL 612171, 
MEL 2173027 (spirit). 
Nymphoides spinulosperma Aston, Muelleria 
10:21 (1997). 
Type citation: "Victoria, Wimmera, c. 5.5 km (in a straight 
line) WNW of St Arnaud, along the St Arnaud-Bayena 
Rd, altitude 160 m, HI Aston 2872, 2111996." 
Holotype: MEL 2031021; isotypes: MEL 2031022, 
MEL 2031023, MEL 2037992 (spirit), NSW. 
Nymphoides spongiosa Aston, Muelleria 5:45 
(1982). 
Type citation: "About 6 km east of the Howard River 
crossing of the Howard Springs to 'Koolpinyah' road, 
12°26'S, 131°08'E, Northern Territory, 17.V.1976, Aston 
1936: 
Holotype: MEL 1505146; isotypes: CANB, MEL 
1505145, MEL 2300180 (spirit), NT. 
Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. 
Australia 117 (1973). 
Now N. subacuta Aston, q.v. 
Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora sensu Aston, 
Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973). 
Correctly N. geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, q.v. 
Nymphoides stygia (J.M.Black) H.Eichler, (as N. 
stygium), Taxon 12:296 (1963). 
Limnanthemum stygium J.M.BIack, Trans. & Proc. Roy. 
Soc. South Australia 42: 52, tab. 6 (1918). Type citation: 
"Dismal swamp, 15 miles north of Mount Gambier." 
Holotype: Dismal Swamp, N of Mt Gambier, J.M. 
Black s.n., 4 or 6.xii.1917 (AD); isotype: (K). 
Black, loc. cit., stated"fructu ignoto"in his description, 
and the fragmentary type material is deficient in 
showing diagnostic characters of inflorescence, 
infructescence and seed. Originally (Aston 1973) 
I accepted the name as representing a distinct 
species. Later (Aston 1986) I considered Nymphoides 
stygia was described from a depauperate plant of 
Villarsia reniformis R.Br. as the specimens, and figures 
published by Black, all represent a species of Villarsia. 
However, from the leaf shape it is perhaps more likely 
that it should be placed with one of the two varieties 
of V. umbricola Aston. These varieties can only be 
distinguished by the seeds (Aston 1969). It seems that 
the identity of the Villarsia taxon to which the name 
Muelleria 
125 

Page image

650295 Nymphoides stygia Muelleria 27(2): 125-126

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 125-126".

883841 Nymphoides stygium Muelleria 27(2): 125
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529390
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Nymphoides 
Nymphoides montana Aston, Muelleria 5:36 
(1982). 
Type citation: "Lake Hill, south-west of Nunniong 
Plains, East Gippsland, Victoria, grid W6(-3), 2011971, 
Beauglehole & Finck ACB36345'! 
Holotype: MEL 1504963; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 
1504964, MEL 1504965, NSW. Paratype also cited: 
"Morass Creek, about 9 km north of Benambra, at 
crossing of the Omeo to Corryong road, 36°52'S, 
147°42'E, Victoria, 12.iii.1975, Aston 1852: MEL 1504989 
to 1504999, MEL 2326032 (spirit), NSW. 
[i Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 
111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze] 
Nymphoides planosperma Aston, Muelleria 5: 
39(1982). 
Type citation: " Northern Territory, Kakadu National 
Park, c. 22 km north-east of Jabiru, 12°31'S, 132°58.5'E, 
30.iii.1981, Craven 6607: 
Holotype: MEL 1520239; isotypes: CANB (not seen), 
MEL 1520238, MEL 2327964 (spirit). [Also other material 
awaiting distribution from CANB at the time the name 
was published, and not seen by Aston.] 
Nymphoides quadriloba Aston, Muelleria 5:42 
(1982). 
Type citation: "About 3 miles NNE of Katherine, Northern 
Territory, 10.iv.1967, Adams 1747: [Incorrectly given as 
c. 2 miles north of Katherine on at least the K and NT 
isotype sheets but corrected on the CANB sheet to the 
citation quoted above.] 
Holotype: CANB 172340; isotypes: CANB 172339, 
CANB (spirit), K, NSW, NT 39334, also (not seen by 
Aston) A, E, L, US. Paratype also cited: "Property of LJ. 
Phillips, about 5-8 km NNE. of Katherine, c. 14°25'S, 
132°18'E, Northern Territory, 7.V.1976, Aston 1898: 
BRI, CANB, MEL 1505244 , MEL 1505245, MEL 2320273 
(spirit), PERTH. 
Nymphoides simulans Aston, Muelleria 16:83 
( 2002 ). 
Type citation: "Queensland, Cape York Peninsula, 3.2 km 
E of 'Musgrave' along the 'Musgrave' to 'Marina Plains' 
road, 13 May 1982, HI Aston 2255: 
Holotype: MEL 612170; isotypes: BRI, MEL 612171, 
MEL 2173027 (spirit). 
Nymphoides spinulosperma Aston, Muelleria 
10:21 (1997). 
Type citation: "Victoria, Wimmera, c. 5.5 km (in a straight 
line) WNW of St Arnaud, along the St Arnaud-Bayena 
Rd, altitude 160 m, HI Aston 2872, 2111996." 
Holotype: MEL 2031021; isotypes: MEL 2031022, 
MEL 2031023, MEL 2037992 (spirit), NSW. 
Nymphoides spongiosa Aston, Muelleria 5:45 
(1982). 
Type citation: "About 6 km east of the Howard River 
crossing of the Howard Springs to 'Koolpinyah' road, 
12°26'S, 131°08'E, Northern Territory, 17.V.1976, Aston 
1936: 
Holotype: MEL 1505146; isotypes: CANB, MEL 
1505145, MEL 2300180 (spirit), NT. 
Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. 
Australia 117 (1973). 
Now N. subacuta Aston, q.v. 
Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora sensu Aston, 
Aquatic PI. Australia 117(1973). 
Correctly N. geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, q.v. 
Nymphoides stygia (J.M.Black) H.Eichler, (as N. 
stygium), Taxon 12:296 (1963). 
Limnanthemum stygium J.M.BIack, Trans. & Proc. Roy. 
Soc. South Australia 42: 52, tab. 6 (1918). Type citation: 
"Dismal swamp, 15 miles north of Mount Gambier." 
Holotype: Dismal Swamp, N of Mt Gambier, J.M. 
Black s.n., 4 or 6.xii.1917 (AD); isotype: (K). 
Black, loc. cit., stated"fructu ignoto"in his description, 
and the fragmentary type material is deficient in 
showing diagnostic characters of inflorescence, 
infructescence and seed. Originally (Aston 1973) 
I accepted the name as representing a distinct 
species. Later (Aston 1986) I considered Nymphoides 
stygia was described from a depauperate plant of 
Villarsia reniformis R.Br. as the specimens, and figures 
published by Black, all represent a species of Villarsia. 
However, from the leaf shape it is perhaps more likely 
that it should be placed with one of the two varieties 
of V. umbricola Aston. These varieties can only be 
distinguished by the seeds (Aston 1969). It seems that 
the identity of the Villarsia taxon to which the name 
Muelleria 
125 

Page image

650296 Nymphoides subacuta Muelleria 27(2): 126
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529389
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
Nymphoides stygia applies remains inconclusive, and 
the name is best considered a nomen ambiguum. 
Nymphoides subacuta Aston, Muelleria 5:48 
(1982). 
Type citation : "McMinns Lagoon, approximately 30 km 
ESE of Darwin city centre, 12°31'S, 131°05'E, Northern 
Territory, 20.v. 1976, Aston 1954'.' 
Holotype: Long-styled plant Aston 1954A, MEL 
1505123; isotype: CANB. Paratypes also cited: Short- 
styled plant Aston 1954B, DNA; Short-styled plant Aston 
1954C, MEL 1505122, MEL 1505124; Style unspecified, 
leaves only, showing variation, MEL 1505125. [Also 
MEL spirit of isotype and paratype material. All plants 
of Aston 1954 were collected within three metres of 
each other]. 
[Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117 
(1973)] 
Nymphoides triangularis Aston, Muelleria 5: 
265(1984). 
Type citation : "14.8 km east of 'Musgrave' along the 
'Marina Plains' road, 14°44'S, 143°37 , E, Cape York 
Peninsula, Queensland, 13.v.1982, Aston 2262'.' 
Holotype: MEL 612194; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 
612195, MEL 612196, MEL 2320253 (spirit). 
Villarsia trachysperma F.Muell., Fragm. 6:136 
(1868). 
Type citation: "In lacunis juxta fluvium South Alligator- 
River. F.M." 
Holotype: Sheet wth plain white pencilled label 
"Lagoons of the tribu/ tary of the S. Alligator/ River 
5 July 56" and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM 
OF MELBOURNE./ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." label 
bearing, all in Mueller's hand, "Villarsia trachysperma 
F.v. M./ S. Alligator River" plus descriptive notes. (MEL 
681834). 
This has long been accepted, correctly, as a 
taxonomic synonym of the cosmopolitan species 
Nymphoides indica (L.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes indicum), 
Revis. gen. pi. 2: 429 (1891). Menyanthes indica L. Sp. pi. 
207 (1753). Note that Mueller never collected on the 
South Alligator River or its tributaries, having gone 
no further north towards that area than the vicinity 
of the Elsey Creek and Roper River (Gregory 1884). His 
collecting locality for the holotype remains unclear, but 
on July 5, 1856, he was en route between the Victoria 
River and Elsey Creek. 
The blue label cited here, and another on the 
holotype sheet, have both been seen and initialled by 
Bentham. I have not located any other possible type 
material held elsewhere, and an additional check by 
J. Bruhl (while ABLO) of K and BM specimens also proved 
negative. I therefore regard the MEL sheet as a unicate 
returned from K by Bentham after his examination of it. 
Acknowledgements 
I wish to thank the directors and staff of all the herbaria 
cited, both Australian and ex-Australian, for allowing 
me access to their collections. I thank Dr Jeremy Bruhl 
who, while ABLO at Kew, UK, provided additional 
comment and digital photos from K and BM in relation 
to possible type material of Nymphoides exigua and 
Villarsia trachysperma. My thanks also go to Dr Helen 
Henderson, Shenton Park, Western Australia, for 
sharing with me her knowledge of the joint field work 
of Oldfield and Stuart in Tasmania. 
References 
Aston, H.l. (1969). The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in 
Australia. Muelleria 2, 3-61. 
Aston, H.l. (1973). Aquatic plants of Australia. Melbourne 
University Press: Melbourne. 
Aston, H.l. (1986). 'Menyanthaceae', In J.P. Jessop & H.R. 
Toelken (eds), Flora of South Australia 2, 1048-1050. South 
Australian Government Printing Div.: Adelaide. 
Aston, H.l. (2003). Seed morphology of Australian species of 
Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae). Muelleria 18 , 33- 65. 
Cheek, M. and Turner, I.M. (1998). The identity of Villarsia 
aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke (Menyanthaceae) in the Malay 
Peninsula. Kew Bulletin 53,961-965. 
Chuang, T.l. and Ornduff, R. (1992). Seed morphology and 
systematics of Menyanthaceae. American Journal of Botany 
79, 1396-1406. 
Gregory, A.C. (1884). Journals of Australian Exploration of 
Augustus Charles Gregory and Francis Gregory. Government 
Printer: Brisbane (Facsimile edn 1969). 
McNeill, J. et al. eds (2006). International Code of Botanical 
Nomenclature (Vienna Code). International Assoc. Plant 
Taxonomy; Europe. A.R.G. Gantner Verlag: Liechtenstein. 
Sivarajan, V.V., Chaw, Shu-Miaw and Joseph, K.T. (1989). Seed 
coat micromorphology of Indian species of Nymphoides 
(Menyanthaceae). Botanical Bulletin of Academia Sinica 30, 
275-283. 
Sivarajan, V.V. and Joseph, K.T. (1993). The genus Nymphoides 
Seguier (Menyanthaceae) in India. Aquatic Botany 45,145— 
170. 
126 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

650297 Nymphoides triangularis Muelleria 27(2): 126
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529389
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
Nymphoides stygia applies remains inconclusive, and 
the name is best considered a nomen ambiguum. 
Nymphoides subacuta Aston, Muelleria 5:48 
(1982). 
Type citation : "McMinns Lagoon, approximately 30 km 
ESE of Darwin city centre, 12°31'S, 131°05'E, Northern 
Territory, 20.v. 1976, Aston 1954'.' 
Holotype: Long-styled plant Aston 1954A, MEL 
1505123; isotype: CANB. Paratypes also cited: Short- 
styled plant Aston 1954B, DNA; Short-styled plant Aston 
1954C, MEL 1505122, MEL 1505124; Style unspecified, 
leaves only, showing variation, MEL 1505125. [Also 
MEL spirit of isotype and paratype material. All plants 
of Aston 1954 were collected within three metres of 
each other]. 
[Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117 
(1973)] 
Nymphoides triangularis Aston, Muelleria 5: 
265(1984). 
Type citation : "14.8 km east of 'Musgrave' along the 
'Marina Plains' road, 14°44'S, 143°37 , E, Cape York 
Peninsula, Queensland, 13.v.1982, Aston 2262'.' 
Holotype: MEL 612194; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 
612195, MEL 612196, MEL 2320253 (spirit). 
Villarsia trachysperma F.Muell., Fragm. 6:136 
(1868). 
Type citation: "In lacunis juxta fluvium South Alligator- 
River. F.M." 
Holotype: Sheet wth plain white pencilled label 
"Lagoons of the tribu/ tary of the S. Alligator/ River 
5 July 56" and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM 
OF MELBOURNE./ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." label 
bearing, all in Mueller's hand, "Villarsia trachysperma 
F.v. M./ S. Alligator River" plus descriptive notes. (MEL 
681834). 
This has long been accepted, correctly, as a 
taxonomic synonym of the cosmopolitan species 
Nymphoides indica (L.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes indicum), 
Revis. gen. pi. 2: 429 (1891). Menyanthes indica L. Sp. pi. 
207 (1753). Note that Mueller never collected on the 
South Alligator River or its tributaries, having gone 
no further north towards that area than the vicinity 
of the Elsey Creek and Roper River (Gregory 1884). His 
collecting locality for the holotype remains unclear, but 
on July 5, 1856, he was en route between the Victoria 
River and Elsey Creek. 
The blue label cited here, and another on the 
holotype sheet, have both been seen and initialled by 
Bentham. I have not located any other possible type 
material held elsewhere, and an additional check by 
J. Bruhl (while ABLO) of K and BM specimens also proved 
negative. I therefore regard the MEL sheet as a unicate 
returned from K by Bentham after his examination of it. 
Acknowledgements 
I wish to thank the directors and staff of all the herbaria 
cited, both Australian and ex-Australian, for allowing 
me access to their collections. I thank Dr Jeremy Bruhl 
who, while ABLO at Kew, UK, provided additional 
comment and digital photos from K and BM in relation 
to possible type material of Nymphoides exigua and 
Villarsia trachysperma. My thanks also go to Dr Helen 
Henderson, Shenton Park, Western Australia, for 
sharing with me her knowledge of the joint field work 
of Oldfield and Stuart in Tasmania. 
References 
Aston, H.l. (1969). The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in 
Australia. Muelleria 2, 3-61. 
Aston, H.l. (1973). Aquatic plants of Australia. Melbourne 
University Press: Melbourne. 
Aston, H.l. (1986). 'Menyanthaceae', In J.P. Jessop & H.R. 
Toelken (eds), Flora of South Australia 2, 1048-1050. South 
Australian Government Printing Div.: Adelaide. 
Aston, H.l. (2003). Seed morphology of Australian species of 
Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae). Muelleria 18 , 33- 65. 
Cheek, M. and Turner, I.M. (1998). The identity of Villarsia 
aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke (Menyanthaceae) in the Malay 
Peninsula. Kew Bulletin 53,961-965. 
Chuang, T.l. and Ornduff, R. (1992). Seed morphology and 
systematics of Menyanthaceae. American Journal of Botany 
79, 1396-1406. 
Gregory, A.C. (1884). Journals of Australian Exploration of 
Augustus Charles Gregory and Francis Gregory. Government 
Printer: Brisbane (Facsimile edn 1969). 
McNeill, J. et al. eds (2006). International Code of Botanical 
Nomenclature (Vienna Code). International Assoc. Plant 
Taxonomy; Europe. A.R.G. Gantner Verlag: Liechtenstein. 
Sivarajan, V.V., Chaw, Shu-Miaw and Joseph, K.T. (1989). Seed 
coat micromorphology of Indian species of Nymphoides 
(Menyanthaceae). Botanical Bulletin of Academia Sinica 30, 
275-283. 
Sivarajan, V.V. and Joseph, K.T. (1993). The genus Nymphoides 
Seguier (Menyanthaceae) in India. Aquatic Botany 45,145— 
170. 
126 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883909 Patellaria pallidonigrans Muelleria 27(2): 172
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529348
Page is part of the work Fellhaneropsis pallidonigrans, a south-eastern Australian lichen, doi:10.5962/p.291951
974620 Pencil Muelleria 27(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".

650365 Pultenaea dargilensis Muelleria 27(2): 181-182, FIgs 1, 2
974619 Purple Muelleria 27(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".

974614 Pussy Muelleria 27(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".

883936 Racosperma vernicifluum Muelleria 27(2): 216
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529431
Page is part of the work A taxonomic revision of Acacia verniciflua and A. leprosa (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.291954

Page text

Maslin and Murphy 
superficially resemble A cognafa which is distinguished by 
its normally 3-nerved phyllodes which are very obscurely 
puncticulate (observe carefully at xIO mag.) and by its 
persistent basal peduncular bracts (normally caducous 
in A stictophylla). Furthermore, A cognata attains a taller 
stature than A stictophylla (it grows as a shrub or tree 
3-10 m high) and in Victoria does not extend west of 
Orbost on the south coast (about 300 km due east of the 
Dandenongs where A. stictophylla occurs). 
Hybrids: Based on morphological criteria the 
following specimens which were collected from 
Pamela Place, Ringwood (a suburb of Melbourne), 
probably represent a hybrid between A. howittii and 
A. stictophylla: D.E. Albrecht 65 7 & 652 and B.R. Maslin 582 
(all at MEL and PERTH). These plants are characterised 
by lanceolate to elliptic, short phyllodes (30-40 mm 
long); they occurred in remnant bushland in a built- 
up area together with the two putative parents. Acacia 
stictophylla also appears to hybridise with A. paradoxa 
in this same general area, e.g. B.R. Maslin 5865 (K, MEL, 
PERTH) which grew with both putative parents. This 
putative hybrid is the same entity that was reported by 
Court (1972, p. 216) under A. leprosa x armata. 
Common name: Dandenong Cinnamon Wattle 
Etymology: The species name is derived from the 
Greek sticto- (punctured, spotted, dappled) and phyllon 
(leaf) in allusion to the puncticulate phyllodes. 
5. Acacia verniciflua A.Cunn., in B. Field, Geogr. 
Mem. New South Wales 344 (1825) 
Racospermavernicifluum (A.Cunn.) Ped\ey, Austrobaileya 2: 
357 (1987). Type citation: "Rocky Hills, near Cox's River, &c. 
Collected first in 1817 by me [A. Cunningham], during Mr. 
Oxley's Expedition." Type: Cox's River, New South Wales, 
Oct. 1822, A. Cunningham 220; ho/otype: K; isotype: BM. 
Acacia virgata G.Lodd., Bot. Cab. 13: 1 . 1246 (1827), nom. 
nud. (plate not accompanied by analysis). 
Acacia binervata Dehnh., Cat. horti camald. 2nd edn, 
17 (1832), nom. illeg., non DC. (1825). Type citation: 
"Nov. Holl. Flor. Mart.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli 
botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. 
Acacia gracilis Dehnh., loc. cit. Type citation: "Nov. Holl. 
Flor. Aug. Septemb.". Type: cultivated at the Camalduli 
botanic garden, Naples, Italy, F. Dehnhardt; holotype: W. 
Acacia verniciflua var. pendula Seem., Verb. K. K. 
Gartenbauges. Wien 1846: 42 (1846). Type citation: "Ob 
in Garten erzeugt oder auch im Vaterlande versomme 
ist mir unbesannt". Type: n.v. 
Acacia reclinata F.Muell., First Gen. Rep. Govt. Bot. 12 
(1853), nom. nud.; J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 131 (1859), 
pro syn. sub A. leprosa. Note: it is perhaps equivocal as to 
whether or not Mueller's name was validly published in 
1859; Chapman (1991, p. 77) considers that it was, but 
Maslin (2001, p. 598) treated it as it is presented here. 
Acacia leprosa var. binervis F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., 
Bot. 3: 131 (1859). Type citation: "In collibus graniticis 
ad flumen Broken River." Type: on granite hills between 
the Broken River and Miles Creek, Victoria, 10.ii.1852, F. 
Mueller s.n.; holotype: MEL 1529061. 
Acacia leprosa var. tenuifolia Benth., FI. austral. 2: 358 
(1864). Type citation: "Between the Goulburn and 
Broken rivers, Victoria, F. Mueller." Type: between the 
Goulbourne [Goulburn] and Broken Rivers, Victoria, F. 
Mueller s.n.; probable holotype: MEL 1528780; lisotypes: 
K, MEL 1529063 (specimens annotated by F. Mueller as 
"Trans, fl. Goulbourne"). 
Acacia verniciflua (common variant) sensu TJ. Entwisle 
eta/., FI. Victoria 3:617 (1996). 
Acacia verniciflua first variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. 
Australia 11 A: 597 (2001). 
Acacia leprosa (Seymour variant) sensu T.J. Entwisle et 
al., FI. Victoria 3:620(1996). 
Acacia leprosa third variant sensu B.R. Maslin, FI. Australia 
11 A: 599 (2001). 
Illustrations. WJ. Hooker, Bot. Mag. 60: t. 3266 (1833); 
N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. Austral. Cap. Terr. 199, fig. 
193G (1970); G.M. Cunningham etal., PI. W New South 
Wales 374 (1981); D.J.E. Whibley & D.E. Symon, Acacias 
5. Australia 2nd edn, 181 (1992); TJ. Entwisle et al., FI. 
Victoria 3: 615, fig. 124i and 622, fig. 125b (1996); B.R. 
Maslin, FI. Australia 11 A: 595, fig. 84A-E & N (2001). 
Non-aromatic or slightly aromatic, often viscid shrubs 
mostly 1 -3 m tall, occasionally small trees to 4 m, single- 
or multi-stemmed, the main branches slender and erect 
or pendulous. Bar/cgreyand smooth, may become rough 
on older trunks. New shoots usually shiny and resinous. 
Branchlets straight to flexuose and/or pendulous, terete 
or slightly angled, glabrous or occasionally (in few South 
Australian specimens) minutely appressed-puberulous, 
normally marked with broad (0.5-1 mm wide), ±flat or 
216 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

975008 Rusty Muelleria 27(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".

883847 Salix alba Muelleria 27(2): 130
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529385
Page is part of the work The willows (Salix – Salicaceae) in Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.291949
650302 Salix alba vitellina Muelleria 27(2): 133-135, Figs 1B, 2B

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 133-135, Figs 1B, 2B".

883862 Salix atrocinerea Muelleria 27(2): 141
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529374
Page is part of the work The willows (Salix – Salicaceae) in Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.291949
883852 Salix babylonica Muelleria 27(2): 136
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529379
Page is part of the work The willows (Salix – Salicaceae) in Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.291949

Page text

Baker 
River, 16.ii.2005, Ml. Baker 1535 , A. Crane & E. Pope (HO). NEW 
SOUTH WALES: Numeralla River, 11 .x.1995, S.W.L. Jacobs 7882 
(NSW, MEL); University of New England campus, Armidale, 
6.x. 1997, G.W. Carr 9710-56, J.R. HoskingJJ. Bruhl&M. Gardener 
(NSW, CANB, MEL, NE). 
4. Salix xpendulina Wender. var. pendulina, 
Schriften Ges. Be ford. Gesammten Naturwiss. 
Marburg 2: 235 (1831) 
Previously misapplied names: Salix babylonica (Curtis 
1967; Rodd 1982; Carr 1996; Jacobs & Murray 2000; 
Buchanan 2007). 
Common name: Weeping Willow 
Illustrations: Fig. 1C, 2C 
Trees to 20 m tall with a wide crown and pendulous 
branches. Bark deeply and coarsely fissured, grey. 
Stems glabrous, olive-brown to grey-brown. Bud scales 
sparsely hairy at first, becoming glabrous, brown. 
Stipules mostly narrow-ovate, glandular-serrate with 
glands also present on the adaxial surface, caducous. 
Leaves lanceolate, up to 135 mm long, 15-22 mm 
wide, very sparsely hairy when young, soon becoming 
glabrous; adaxial surface glossy green; abaxial surface 
glaucous; margin coarsely glandular-serrate; apex 
acuminate; petiole up to 12 mm long, with glands 
near the lamina junction. Catkins appearing with the 
leaves on leafy side-shoots. Male catkins not seen in 
Tasmania. Female catkins 15-32 mm long, 5-8 mm 
wide, spreading to slightly descending or ascending; 
bracts oblong to narrowly ovate, 1-2 mm long, pale 
yellow to yellow-green, sparsely hairy on margin; ovary 
2-3.5 mm long, shortly pedicellate, pale green, glabrous 
or very sparsely hairy at the base. Seed < 1 mm long. 
Discussion: For a comprehensive treatment of 
5. xpendulina var. pendulina , see Meikle (1984). Only 
female plants have been recorded in Tasmania. Both 
male and female plants have been recorded in New 
South Wales and Victoria (Carr 1996; Jacobs & Murray 
2000). Salix xpendulina is a hybrid, the parents being 
5. fragilis var. fragilis and 5. babylonica. It has previously 
been referred to in Tasmania as 5. babylonica (Curtis 
1967; Rodd 1982; Carr 1996; Jacobs & Murray 2000; 
Buchanan 2007). However, the name Salix babylonica 
has been misapplied in Tasmania, and it would appear 
that all non-golden-stemmed weeping tree willows 
are S. xpendulina in this state. Carr (1996) claims that 
many of the Australian specimens of 5. babylonica 
are referable to S. xpendulina and S. xsepulcralis. The 
concept of 5. xpendulina var. pendulina accepted in this 
account is that of Meikle (1984). It is distinguished from 
the other, strongly-weeping tree willow, 5. xsepulcralis 
nothovar. chrysocoma, by its stems being olive- 
brown as opposed to golden-yellow, and by having 
relatively short catkins composed of only female 
flowers. Salix xpendulina differs from 5. babylonica by 
having distinctly pedunculate catkins that are usually 
greater than 20 mm long. One cultivated specimen 
with ovaries sparsely hairy at the base has been 
observed in Tasmania (Warrane, Baker 211, HO). These 
can be referred to as 5. xpendulina var. eleganitissima 
C.Koch (Meikle 1984). The type variety has completely 
glabrous ovaries. 
Distribution and habitat : Although its origin is 
unclear, it is thought that 5. xpendulina is a garden 
hybrid that originated in Germany early in the 1800s 
(Meikle 1984). In New Zealand, it is naturalised 
throughout the country, especially in moist places near 
still or flowing water (Sykes 1988 as 5. babylonica). In 
New Zealand literature, it is treated within 5. babylonica, 
as plants are described with catkins up to 30 mm long 
(New Zealand material not seen). In Victoria, it is widely 
cultivated for ornament, and naturalised populations 
grow along streams; it is unknown whether naturalised 
populations have arisen by vegetative means or by in 
situ hybridisation (Carr 1996). It is also naturalised in 
New South Wales. Curtis (1967) remarks that this species 
is commonly planted and is more or less naturalised in 
Tasmania. Whilst it is commonly cultivated as roadside 
plantings, in parks and large gardens, and on the banks 
of watercourses and other water bodies, it has not 
been recorded as a naturalised species. All individuals 
appear to have been planted deliberately and are not 
actively spreading. It has the potential to breed with 
plants of other male willow taxa. 
First record: 1971, W.M. Curtis. 
Specimens examined: TASMANIA: Hayes, 4.X.1971, W.M. 
Curtis s.n. (HO, BP); Three Hut Point, Gordon, 21.X.2003, Ml. 
Baker 167 (HO); Huonville, Apex Park, 21.X.2003, Ml. Baker 
17A (HO); Southern Outlet, Kingston, 22.X.2003, Ml. Baker 181 
(HO); Faggs Gully Creek, Geilston Bay, 27.X.2003, Ml. Baker 
195 (HO, MEL, herb. D. Meikle); Kangaroo Bay Rivulet, between 
Rosny Golf Course and Warrane, 29.X.2003, Ml. Baker213 (HO, 
136 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883853 Salix babylonica Muelleria 27(2): 136
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529379
Page is part of the work The willows (Salix – Salicaceae) in Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.291949

Page text

Baker 
River, 16.ii.2005, Ml. Baker 1535 , A. Crane & E. Pope (HO). NEW 
SOUTH WALES: Numeralla River, 11 .x.1995, S.W.L. Jacobs 7882 
(NSW, MEL); University of New England campus, Armidale, 
6.x. 1997, G.W. Carr 9710-56, J.R. HoskingJJ. Bruhl&M. Gardener 
(NSW, CANB, MEL, NE). 
4. Salix xpendulina Wender. var. pendulina, 
Schriften Ges. Be ford. Gesammten Naturwiss. 
Marburg 2: 235 (1831) 
Previously misapplied names: Salix babylonica (Curtis 
1967; Rodd 1982; Carr 1996; Jacobs & Murray 2000; 
Buchanan 2007). 
Common name: Weeping Willow 
Illustrations: Fig. 1C, 2C 
Trees to 20 m tall with a wide crown and pendulous 
branches. Bark deeply and coarsely fissured, grey. 
Stems glabrous, olive-brown to grey-brown. Bud scales 
sparsely hairy at first, becoming glabrous, brown. 
Stipules mostly narrow-ovate, glandular-serrate with 
glands also present on the adaxial surface, caducous. 
Leaves lanceolate, up to 135 mm long, 15-22 mm 
wide, very sparsely hairy when young, soon becoming 
glabrous; adaxial surface glossy green; abaxial surface 
glaucous; margin coarsely glandular-serrate; apex 
acuminate; petiole up to 12 mm long, with glands 
near the lamina junction. Catkins appearing with the 
leaves on leafy side-shoots. Male catkins not seen in 
Tasmania. Female catkins 15-32 mm long, 5-8 mm 
wide, spreading to slightly descending or ascending; 
bracts oblong to narrowly ovate, 1-2 mm long, pale 
yellow to yellow-green, sparsely hairy on margin; ovary 
2-3.5 mm long, shortly pedicellate, pale green, glabrous 
or very sparsely hairy at the base. Seed < 1 mm long. 
Discussion: For a comprehensive treatment of 
5. xpendulina var. pendulina , see Meikle (1984). Only 
female plants have been recorded in Tasmania. Both 
male and female plants have been recorded in New 
South Wales and Victoria (Carr 1996; Jacobs & Murray 
2000). Salix xpendulina is a hybrid, the parents being 
5. fragilis var. fragilis and 5. babylonica. It has previously 
been referred to in Tasmania as 5. babylonica (Curtis 
1967; Rodd 1982; Carr 1996; Jacobs & Murray 2000; 
Buchanan 2007). However, the name Salix babylonica 
has been misapplied in Tasmania, and it would appear 
that all non-golden-stemmed weeping tree willows 
are S. xpendulina in this state. Carr (1996) claims that 
many of the Australian specimens of 5. babylonica 
are referable to S. xpendulina and S. xsepulcralis. The 
concept of 5. xpendulina var. pendulina accepted in this 
account is that of Meikle (1984). It is distinguished from 
the other, strongly-weeping tree willow, 5. xsepulcralis 
nothovar. chrysocoma, by its stems being olive- 
brown as opposed to golden-yellow, and by having 
relatively short catkins composed of only female 
flowers. Salix xpendulina differs from 5. babylonica by 
having distinctly pedunculate catkins that are usually 
greater than 20 mm long. One cultivated specimen 
with ovaries sparsely hairy at the base has been 
observed in Tasmania (Warrane, Baker 211, HO). These 
can be referred to as 5. xpendulina var. eleganitissima 
C.Koch (Meikle 1984). The type variety has completely 
glabrous ovaries. 
Distribution and habitat : Although its origin is 
unclear, it is thought that 5. xpendulina is a garden 
hybrid that originated in Germany early in the 1800s 
(Meikle 1984). In New Zealand, it is naturalised 
throughout the country, especially in moist places near 
still or flowing water (Sykes 1988 as 5. babylonica). In 
New Zealand literature, it is treated within 5. babylonica, 
as plants are described with catkins up to 30 mm long 
(New Zealand material not seen). In Victoria, it is widely 
cultivated for ornament, and naturalised populations 
grow along streams; it is unknown whether naturalised 
populations have arisen by vegetative means or by in 
situ hybridisation (Carr 1996). It is also naturalised in 
New South Wales. Curtis (1967) remarks that this species 
is commonly planted and is more or less naturalised in 
Tasmania. Whilst it is commonly cultivated as roadside 
plantings, in parks and large gardens, and on the banks 
of watercourses and other water bodies, it has not 
been recorded as a naturalised species. All individuals 
appear to have been planted deliberately and are not 
actively spreading. It has the potential to breed with 
plants of other male willow taxa. 
First record: 1971, W.M. Curtis. 
Specimens examined: TASMANIA: Hayes, 4.X.1971, W.M. 
Curtis s.n. (HO, BP); Three Hut Point, Gordon, 21.X.2003, Ml. 
Baker 167 (HO); Huonville, Apex Park, 21.X.2003, Ml. Baker 
17A (HO); Southern Outlet, Kingston, 22.X.2003, Ml. Baker 181 
(HO); Faggs Gully Creek, Geilston Bay, 27.X.2003, Ml. Baker 
195 (HO, MEL, herb. D. Meikle); Kangaroo Bay Rivulet, between 
Rosny Golf Course and Warrane, 29.X.2003, Ml. Baker213 (HO, 
136 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883854 Salix babylonica Muelleria 27(2): 136
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529379
Page is part of the work The willows (Salix – Salicaceae) in Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.291949

Page text

Baker 
River, 16.ii.2005, Ml. Baker 1535 , A. Crane & E. Pope (HO). NEW 
SOUTH WALES: Numeralla River, 11 .x.1995, S.W.L. Jacobs 7882 
(NSW, MEL); University of New England campus, Armidale, 
6.x. 1997, G.W. Carr 9710-56, J.R. HoskingJJ. Bruhl&M. Gardener 
(NSW, CANB, MEL, NE). 
4. Salix xpendulina Wender. var. pendulina, 
Schriften Ges. Be ford. Gesammten Naturwiss. 
Marburg 2: 235 (1831) 
Previously misapplied names: Salix babylonica (Curtis 
1967; Rodd 1982; Carr 1996; Jacobs & Murray 2000; 
Buchanan 2007). 
Common name: Weeping Willow 
Illustrations: Fig. 1C, 2C 
Trees to 20 m tall with a wide crown and pendulous 
branches. Bark deeply and coarsely fissured, grey. 
Stems glabrous, olive-brown to grey-brown. Bud scales 
sparsely hairy at first, becoming glabrous, brown. 
Stipules mostly narrow-ovate, glandular-serrate with 
glands also present on the adaxial surface, caducous. 
Leaves lanceolate, up to 135 mm long, 15-22 mm 
wide, very sparsely hairy when young, soon becoming 
glabrous; adaxial surface glossy green; abaxial surface 
glaucous; margin coarsely glandular-serrate; apex 
acuminate; petiole up to 12 mm long, with glands 
near the lamina junction. Catkins appearing with the 
leaves on leafy side-shoots. Male catkins not seen in 
Tasmania. Female catkins 15-32 mm long, 5-8 mm 
wide, spreading to slightly descending or ascending; 
bracts oblong to narrowly ovate, 1-2 mm long, pale 
yellow to yellow-green, sparsely hairy on margin; ovary 
2-3.5 mm long, shortly pedicellate, pale green, glabrous 
or very sparsely hairy at the base. Seed < 1 mm long. 
Discussion: For a comprehensive treatment of 
5. xpendulina var. pendulina , see Meikle (1984). Only 
female plants have been recorded in Tasmania. Both 
male and female plants have been recorded in New 
South Wales and Victoria (Carr 1996; Jacobs & Murray 
2000). Salix xpendulina is a hybrid, the parents being 
5. fragilis var. fragilis and 5. babylonica. It has previously 
been referred to in Tasmania as 5. babylonica (Curtis 
1967; Rodd 1982; Carr 1996; Jacobs & Murray 2000; 
Buchanan 2007). However, the name Salix babylonica 
has been misapplied in Tasmania, and it would appear 
that all non-golden-stemmed weeping tree willows 
are S. xpendulina in this state. Carr (1996) claims that 
many of the Australian specimens of 5. babylonica 
are referable to S. xpendulina and S. xsepulcralis. The 
concept of 5. xpendulina var. pendulina accepted in this 
account is that of Meikle (1984). It is distinguished from 
the other, strongly-weeping tree willow, 5. xsepulcralis 
nothovar. chrysocoma, by its stems being olive- 
brown as opposed to golden-yellow, and by having 
relatively short catkins composed of only female 
flowers. Salix xpendulina differs from 5. babylonica by 
having distinctly pedunculate catkins that are usually 
greater than 20 mm long. One cultivated specimen 
with ovaries sparsely hairy at the base has been 
observed in Tasmania (Warrane, Baker 211, HO). These 
can be referred to as 5. xpendulina var. eleganitissima 
C.Koch (Meikle 1984). The type variety has completely 
glabrous ovaries. 
Distribution and habitat : Although its origin is 
unclear, it is thought that 5. xpendulina is a garden 
hybrid that originated in Germany early in the 1800s 
(Meikle 1984). In New Zealand, it is naturalised 
throughout the country, especially in moist places near 
still or flowing water (Sykes 1988 as 5. babylonica). In 
New Zealand literature, it is treated within 5. babylonica, 
as plants are described with catkins up to 30 mm long 
(New Zealand material not seen). In Victoria, it is widely 
cultivated for ornament, and naturalised populations 
grow along streams; it is unknown whether naturalised 
populations have arisen by vegetative means or by in 
situ hybridisation (Carr 1996). It is also naturalised in 
New South Wales. Curtis (1967) remarks that this species 
is commonly planted and is more or less naturalised in 
Tasmania. Whilst it is commonly cultivated as roadside 
plantings, in parks and large gardens, and on the banks 
of watercourses and other water bodies, it has not 
been recorded as a naturalised species. All individuals 
appear to have been planted deliberately and are not 
actively spreading. It has the potential to breed with 
plants of other male willow taxa. 
First record: 1971, W.M. Curtis. 
Specimens examined: TASMANIA: Hayes, 4.X.1971, W.M. 
Curtis s.n. (HO, BP); Three Hut Point, Gordon, 21.X.2003, Ml. 
Baker 167 (HO); Huonville, Apex Park, 21.X.2003, Ml. Baker 
17A (HO); Southern Outlet, Kingston, 22.X.2003, Ml. Baker 181 
(HO); Faggs Gully Creek, Geilston Bay, 27.X.2003, Ml. Baker 
195 (HO, MEL, herb. D. Meikle); Kangaroo Bay Rivulet, between 
Rosny Golf Course and Warrane, 29.X.2003, Ml. Baker213 (HO, 
136 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883855 Salix babylonica Muelleria 27(2): 136
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529379
Page is part of the work The willows (Salix – Salicaceae) in Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.291949

Page text

Baker 
River, 16.ii.2005, Ml. Baker 1535 , A. Crane & E. Pope (HO). NEW 
SOUTH WALES: Numeralla River, 11 .x.1995, S.W.L. Jacobs 7882 
(NSW, MEL); University of New England campus, Armidale, 
6.x. 1997, G.W. Carr 9710-56, J.R. HoskingJJ. Bruhl&M. Gardener 
(NSW, CANB, MEL, NE). 
4. Salix xpendulina Wender. var. pendulina, 
Schriften Ges. Be ford. Gesammten Naturwiss. 
Marburg 2: 235 (1831) 
Previously misapplied names: Salix babylonica (Curtis 
1967; Rodd 1982; Carr 1996; Jacobs & Murray 2000; 
Buchanan 2007). 
Common name: Weeping Willow 
Illustrations: Fig. 1C, 2C 
Trees to 20 m tall with a wide crown and pendulous 
branches. Bark deeply and coarsely fissured, grey. 
Stems glabrous, olive-brown to grey-brown. Bud scales 
sparsely hairy at first, becoming glabrous, brown. 
Stipules mostly narrow-ovate, glandular-serrate with 
glands also present on the adaxial surface, caducous. 
Leaves lanceolate, up to 135 mm long, 15-22 mm 
wide, very sparsely hairy when young, soon becoming 
glabrous; adaxial surface glossy green; abaxial surface 
glaucous; margin coarsely glandular-serrate; apex 
acuminate; petiole up to 12 mm long, with glands 
near the lamina junction. Catkins appearing with the 
leaves on leafy side-shoots. Male catkins not seen in 
Tasmania. Female catkins 15-32 mm long, 5-8 mm 
wide, spreading to slightly descending or ascending; 
bracts oblong to narrowly ovate, 1-2 mm long, pale 
yellow to yellow-green, sparsely hairy on margin; ovary 
2-3.5 mm long, shortly pedicellate, pale green, glabrous 
or very sparsely hairy at the base. Seed < 1 mm long. 
Discussion: For a comprehensive treatment of 
5. xpendulina var. pendulina , see Meikle (1984). Only 
female plants have been recorded in Tasmania. Both 
male and female plants have been recorded in New 
South Wales and Victoria (Carr 1996; Jacobs & Murray 
2000). Salix xpendulina is a hybrid, the parents being 
5. fragilis var. fragilis and 5. babylonica. It has previously 
been referred to in Tasmania as 5. babylonica (Curtis 
1967; Rodd 1982; Carr 1996; Jacobs & Murray 2000; 
Buchanan 2007). However, the name Salix babylonica 
has been misapplied in Tasmania, and it would appear 
that all non-golden-stemmed weeping tree willows 
are S. xpendulina in this state. Carr (1996) claims that 
many of the Australian specimens of 5. babylonica 
are referable to S. xpendulina and S. xsepulcralis. The 
concept of 5. xpendulina var. pendulina accepted in this 
account is that of Meikle (1984). It is distinguished from 
the other, strongly-weeping tree willow, 5. xsepulcralis 
nothovar. chrysocoma, by its stems being olive- 
brown as opposed to golden-yellow, and by having 
relatively short catkins composed of only female 
flowers. Salix xpendulina differs from 5. babylonica by 
having distinctly pedunculate catkins that are usually 
greater than 20 mm long. One cultivated specimen 
with ovaries sparsely hairy at the base has been 
observed in Tasmania (Warrane, Baker 211, HO). These 
can be referred to as 5. xpendulina var. eleganitissima 
C.Koch (Meikle 1984). The type variety has completely 
glabrous ovaries. 
Distribution and habitat : Although its origin is 
unclear, it is thought that 5. xpendulina is a garden 
hybrid that originated in Germany early in the 1800s 
(Meikle 1984). In New Zealand, it is naturalised 
throughout the country, especially in moist places near 
still or flowing water (Sykes 1988 as 5. babylonica). In 
New Zealand literature, it is treated within 5. babylonica, 
as plants are described with catkins up to 30 mm long 
(New Zealand material not seen). In Victoria, it is widely 
cultivated for ornament, and naturalised populations 
grow along streams; it is unknown whether naturalised 
populations have arisen by vegetative means or by in 
situ hybridisation (Carr 1996). It is also naturalised in 
New South Wales. Curtis (1967) remarks that this species 
is commonly planted and is more or less naturalised in 
Tasmania. Whilst it is commonly cultivated as roadside 
plantings, in parks and large gardens, and on the banks 
of watercourses and other water bodies, it has not 
been recorded as a naturalised species. All individuals 
appear to have been planted deliberately and are not 
actively spreading. It has the potential to breed with 
plants of other male willow taxa. 
First record: 1971, W.M. Curtis. 
Specimens examined: TASMANIA: Hayes, 4.X.1971, W.M. 
Curtis s.n. (HO, BP); Three Hut Point, Gordon, 21.X.2003, Ml. 
Baker 167 (HO); Huonville, Apex Park, 21.X.2003, Ml. Baker 
17A (HO); Southern Outlet, Kingston, 22.X.2003, Ml. Baker 181 
(HO); Faggs Gully Creek, Geilston Bay, 27.X.2003, Ml. Baker 
195 (HO, MEL, herb. D. Meikle); Kangaroo Bay Rivulet, between 
Rosny Golf Course and Warrane, 29.X.2003, Ml. Baker213 (HO, 
136 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883884 Salix chilensis Muelleria 27(2): 146
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529369
Page is part of the work The willows (Salix – Salicaceae) in Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.291949
883885 Salix chilensis Muelleria 27(2): 146
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529369
Page is part of the work The willows (Salix – Salicaceae) in Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.291949
883886 Salix chilensis Muelleria 27(2): 146
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529369
Page is part of the work The willows (Salix – Salicaceae) in Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.291949
883864 Salix cinerea Muelleria 27(2): 141
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529374
Page is part of the work The willows (Salix – Salicaceae) in Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.291949
883865 Salix cinerea Muelleria 27(2): 141
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529374
Page is part of the work The willows (Salix – Salicaceae) in Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.291949
650322 Salix cinerea cinerea Muelleria 27(2): 143-144, Figs 1H, 2H

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 143-144, Figs 1H, 2H".

657783 Salix cinerea oleifolia Muelleria 27(2): 144, Fig. 1J
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529371
Page is part of the work The willows (Salix – Salicaceae) in Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.291949
650326 Salix humboldtiana Muelleria 27(2): 146, Fig. 1M
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529369
Page is part of the work The willows (Salix – Salicaceae) in Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.291949

Page text

Baker 
is distinguished from other Tasmanian willows by the 
combination of its shrubby habit and long, narrow 
leaves. Other distinctive characteristics include the 
leaves, stems and catkins often being borne in opposite 
to sub-opposite pairs. The bark of S. purpurea, when 
peeled away from the wood, is yellow underneath 
and is very bitter to taste. The stems of this species are 
tough and flexible and are used for basket making. 
Distribution and habitat: Salix purpurea has a 
widespread native distribution throughout Europe, 
western Asia and northern Africa, growing in 
wet habitats such as river margins. The species is 
naturalised in Australia, New Zealand, Canada and the 
United States of America. In Australia, it is naturalised 
in New South Wales and Victoria and is represented by 
several cultivars of both sexes (Cremer 1995; Cremer et 
al. 1995). There it was planted for erosion control on 
the banks of rivers and roadside batters (Cremer et al. 
1995; Carr 1996). In New Zealand, it was introduced for 
soil stabilisation, as well as for basket making (Sykes 
1988). In Tasmania, it has been planted occasionally 
for stream bank stabilisation and for ornament. It is not 
known whether this species is naturalised in Tasmania 
or if all plants have been planted. For example, at the 
Oldina Forest Reserve in the North-West region of the 
state, approximately 400 m of creek line is dominated 
by 5. purpurea. It was originally planted at this site but it 
is not known how much of the current population was 
planted. Monitoring would be required to determine if 
the species is spreading at this and other sites. 
First record: 2004, M.L. Baker. 
Specimens examined : TASMANIA: Royal Tasmanian 
Botanical Gardens,4.iii.2004, M.L Baker389&N. Papworth (HO); 
Oldina picnic area/forest reserve, 3.xi.2004, M.L Baker 989 & 
M.F. Duretto (HO, MEL); just below Winkleigh bridge, ii.2005, M. 
Askey-Doran s.n. (HO). NEW SOUTH WALES: Numeralla River, 
c. 14 km south of Bredbo on Cooma Road, ll.x.1995, S.W.L. 
Jacobs 7877 (NSW, MEL). VICTORIA: Ovens River, c. 11 km 
west of Myrtleford, 13.X.1 995, S.W.L Jacobs 7908 & 7909 (MEL, 
NSW). POLAND: Wieliczka, ATPOL square DF69,30.viii.2004, J. 
Zelazny s.n. (HO, KRA). 
13. Salix humboldtiana Willd. 'Pyramidalis' 
Previously misapplied name: S. chilensis Molina (Meikle 
1990; Carr 1996; Spencer 1997) 
Common name: Pencil Willow 
Illustration: Fig. 1M 
Trees 10-15 m tall. Branches very erect, forming a 
fastigiate crown. Bark smooth. Stems glabrous or 
occasionally with a few hairs, dark brown to olive- 
green, sometimes reddish. Bud scales 2, free along 
inner margin. Stipules small, auriculate, glandular¬ 
toothed, caducous. Leaves at first pubescent, soon 
becoming glabrous, linear, 50-150 mm long, 5-10 mm 
wide, glossy green on both surfaces but slightly paler 
abaxially; margin finely glandular-serrulate; apex acute; 
petiole 1 -1.5 mm long. Catkins (not seen on Tasmanian 
material) appearing with the leaves on short lateral 
shoots. Male catkins 30-100 mm long, 6-10 mm wide, 
spreading to erect; peduncle up to 12 mm long; bracts 
ovate, 2-3 mm long, yellow, pilose; stamens 5—8(—14), 
exceeding bracts in length, pilose in proximal half. 
Female catkins not known in Australia. 
Discussion: For a comprehensive description, see 
Rodriguez et al. (1983); flower and catkin characters 
given above have been taken from this source. This 
taxon is immediately distinguished from other willows 
by its very tall and narrow crown. In Tasmania, catkins 
have never been observed, and plants commonly 
retain their leaves throughout winter when most other 
willows are leafless. According to Dorn (1976) and 
Rodriguez et al. (1983), the name S. chilensis Molina, 
used by various authors (including Meikle 1990; Carr 
1996; Spencer 1997) and encountered in the nursery 
industry, has been wrongly applied to this taxon. 
Distribution and habitat: Salix humboldtiana is 
native to Central and South America where it grows 
from Mexico through to Chile. The fastigiate form 
originates from the Copiapo province, northern Chile 
(Rodriguez et al. 1983). In Australia, S. humboldtiana 
'Pyramidalis' is a common garden plant, especially in 
coastal areas of Queensland, New South Wales and 
Victoria (Carr 1996; Spencer 1997). It is naturalised to 
a very limited extent in Queensland and New South 
Wales (Jacobs & Murray 2000; Bostock & Holland 2007). 
In Tasmania, this taxon is commonly cultivated and has 
never been recorded outside of cultivation. 
First record: 2004, M.L. Baker. 
Specimens examined: TASMANIA: Royal Tasmanian 
Botanical Gardens, Hobart, 4.iii.2004, M.L. Baker 391 & 
N. Papworth (HO); Grosvenor Street, Sandy Bay, Hobart, 
15.xii.2006, M.L. Baker 1768&A.M. Buchanan (HO). 
146 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

650299 Salix Muelleria 27(2): 130
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529385
Page is part of the work The willows (Salix – Salicaceae) in Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.291949

Page text

Baker 
material from other Australian Herbaria (CANB, MEL, 
NSW), exchange material from overseas herbaria, 
and comments on selected Tasmanian collections by 
British Salicologist Desmond Meikle. In the cases where 
Tasmanian material lacked morphological features the 
descriptions were supplemented using information 
from Meikle (1984). 
Names that have been previously misapplied in the 
Tasmanian literature are listed where relevant. Whereas 
some of these are the result of misidentification of 
specimens that have been redetermined, others are 
literature referencesthatappearto have not been based 
on critical examination ofTasmanian specimens. 
Tasmanian distributions follow the floristic regions 
proposed by Orchard (1988). Geographical origins of 
the plants treated have been determined from various 
published sources. 
The 'first record' indicates the earliest herbarium 
voucher of a particular taxon. In the case of naturalised 
taxa it is not always apparent, from the herbarium 
vouchers, that the specimens were taken from a 
cultivated ornaturalisedplant.lt mayalsobespeculated 
that the plants were naturalised well before the date of 
first collection. First records for taxa known only from 
cultivation are included for completeness and are not 
necessarily a good indication of the time the plant was 
introduced to Tasmania. To accurately determine the 
date of introduction of each of the taxa is beyond the 
scope of this paper. 
Herbarium abbreviations follow Holmgren et al. 
(1990). 
Taxonomy 
Salix L., Sp. p/. edn 1, 2:1015 (1753) 
A formal description of the genus is given by Argus 
(1997), Fang et al. (1999), Jonsell (2000) and Ohashi 
(2001) and is not re-iterated here. A comprehensive 
discussion of the morphological characters of the 
genus is given by Skvortsov (1999). 
The genus Salix spans a wide range of forms from 
low-growing, mat-forming shrubs through to large, 
wide-spreading trees. Leaves are simple, stipulate and 
petiolate, usually deciduous and alternate, although 
opposite to sub-opposite leaves occur in 5. purpurea. 
Flowers occur in the axils of bracts and are gathered 
together in dense spikes or racemes commonly 
referred to as catkins. Willows are usually dioecious 
but, in some taxa, including 5. xsepulcralis nothovar. 
chrysocoma and one of the 5. matsudana x 5. alba 
clones, the catkins often include both male and female 
flowers. The flowers have a greatly reduced perianth 
consisting of 1-2 nectariferous glands. Staminate 
flowers consist of one to many stamens (usually two in 
Tasmanian taxa), with filaments generally free. Pistillate 
flowers consist of a unilocular superior ovary with the 
ovaries either sessile or stipitate, each with 2-4, usually 
bilobed stigmas. The fruit is a 2-4-valved capsule that 
contains numerous seeds. Each seed has a tuft of fine 
silky hairs attached at its base. 
Characters that distinguish Salix from other 
Tasmanian plants include the combination of the 
following characters:deciduous habit (Salixhumboltiana 
commonly retains its leaves throughout winter), 
sympodial growth (plants lack a terminal bud), buds 
with a single outer scale, flowers borne in catkins and a 
reduced perianth which consists of 1-2 nectaries. 
Leaf characteristics given in this paper are based 
on mature leaves (material collected in summer and 
autumn before leaf fall) taken from exposed branches. 
Foliage from shaded areas of a plant, or that of strong 
regrowth, is generally of larger dimensions than 
material collected from unshaded areas. 
Both mature leaf material and flowering material 
may be required to correctly identify some specimens. 
Mature leaf material (present in summer) and flowering 
material (present in early spring) occur at different 
times of the year, thus requiring two collections from 
the same plant. 
Plant habit can be very diagnostic in the 
identification of willows. The following characters 
should be noted in the field when sampling: number of 
stems at or near ground level, size and shape of crown, 
and branch orientation. 
1. Salix fragilis L. var. fragilis, Sp. pi. edn 2. 1: 
562(1762) 
Previously misapplied names: S. alba x S. fragilis (Curtis 
1967), 5. alba , non-pure S. fragilis (Rodd 1982), S. 
xrubens (Carr 1996; Jacobs & Murray 2000; Buchanan 
2007). 
Common name: Crack Willow 
Illustrations: Fig. 1 A; 2A; 3 
130 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

650313 Salix matsudana Muelleria 27(2): 140-141, Figs 1G, 2F

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 140-141, Figs 1G, 2F".

650312 Salix matsudana Muelleria 27(2): 139-140, Figs 1F, 2F

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 139-140, Figs 1F, 2F".

650325 Salix purpurea Muelleria 27(2): 145-146, Fig. 1L

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 145-146, Fig. 1L".

650324 Salix ×calodendron Muelleria 27(2): 144-145, Fig. 1K

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 144-145, Fig. 1K".

650301 Salix fragilis Muelleria 27(2): 130-133, Figs 1A, 2A, 3
650308 Salix pendulina Muelleria 27(2): 136-138, Figs 1C, 2C

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 136-138, Figs 1C, 2C".

650316 Salix ×reichardtii Muelleria 27(2): 141-143. Figs 1H, 2G

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 141-143. Figs 1H, 2G".

883848 Salix ×rubens Muelleria 27(2): 130
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529385
Page is part of the work The willows (Salix – Salicaceae) in Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.291949
883849 Salix ×rubens Muelleria 27(2): 130
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529385
Page is part of the work The willows (Salix – Salicaceae) in Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.291949
650303 Salix ×rubens Muelleria 27(2): 135-136, Fig. 1C

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 135-136, Fig. 1C".

650311 Salix chrysocoma Muelleria 27(2): 138-139, Figs 1E, 2D

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2): 138-139, Figs 1E, 2D".

650358 Stylidium armeria armeria Muelleria 27(2): 174
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529350
Page is part of the work A new subspecies of Stylidium armeria (Stylidiaceae) from the Macedon Range, Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.291952
650357 Stylidium armeria pilosifolium Muelleria 27(2): 174-177, Figs 1, 2
974611 Tortured Muelleria 27(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".

883821 Villarsia aurantiaca Muelleria 27(2): 120
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529395
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
Lectotypes previously designated by other authors 
for N. aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze and its taxonomic 
synonym Villorsio aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke are 
included. Although the type collections of these 
are extra-Australian, the species also occurs within 
Australia. 
Species given names now placed in synonymy, or 
misapplied or informal names under Nymphoides in 
Aquatic Plants of Australia (Aston 1973), are included in 
this paper. The names as used there, with those which 
should now be used for them following in square 
brackets, are N. geminata, sensu Aston op. cit. 111, non 
(R.Br.) Kuntze [N. montana Aston], N. hydrocharoides 
[nowataxonomicsynonym under N. aurantiaca (Da\ze\\) 
Kuntze], N. stygia [nomen ambiguum], Nymphoides sp. 
[N. subacuta Aston] and Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora [N. 
geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze]. 
Typification and Nomenclature 
Nymphoides aurantiaca (Dalzell) Kuntze, 
(as Nymphodes aurantiacum), Revis. gen. pi. 
2:429(1891). 
Limnanthemum aurantiacum Dalzell in Hooker's J. Bot. 
Kew Gard. Misc. 2:136 (1850). Type citation: "Crescit prope 
Malwan; fl. Sept" Type: Bombay, India, Dalzells.n. 
Lectotype: K; fide Cramer, L.H. in Dassanayake, M.D., 
ed., Revised Handb. FI. Ceylon 3:211 (1981). 
Villarsia aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke in King, G. and 
Gamble, J.S., J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal Pt. 2, Nat. Hist., 74: 90 
(1906). Type citation: "Pahang: Kwala Pahar, Ridley" 
Lectotype: Peninsula Malaysia, Pahang, Kwala 
'Pahar' (sphalm. for Pahang), Ridley s.n., -.-.1890 (CAL 
303131); possible isolectotype: Kwala Brawas, near 
Kwala Pahang, 14 May 1890, Ridley 550 (SING); fide 
Cheek, M. and Turner, I.M., Kew Bull. 53:964 (1998). See 
note 1 below. 
Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as 
Nymphodes hydrocharodes), Revis. gen. pi. 2:429 (1891). 
Villarsia hydrocharoides F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 139 (Mar. 
1868). Limnanthemum hydrocharoides (F.Muell.) Benth., 
FI. austral. 4: 380 (Dec.1868). Type citation: "Ad sinum 
Rockingham's Bay in stagnis. Dallachy." 
Lectotype (here designated): Murray [River], 
Rockinghams Bay, Qld ,J. Dallachy s.n., 29.vi.1865 (MEL 
1505007); apparent isolectotypes: MEL 1505008, MEL 
1505009, BRI 010375; possible remaining syntypes: 
MEL 1505010, MEL 1505011, MEL 1505012, MEL 
1505013. See note 2 below. 
Note 1: Cheek and Turner (1998) located only one 
collection (CAL 303131) fitting Clarke's protologue 
("Pahang: Kwala Pahar, Ridley") for Villarsia aurantiaca 
and from the main specimen label, which seemed to be 
in Ridley's hand, corrected Clarke's spelling "Pahar" to 
"Pahang". The label also gave Ridley's name as collector 
and 1890 as the year of collection, without precise 
date. A second label was signed and dated 26 October 
1903, apparently in Clarke's hand, and bore information 
which is largely reproduced in Clarke's protologue of 
three years later. The only other Ridley collection which 
Cheek and Turner could locate was from Kwala Brawas, 
near Kwala Pahang, 14 May 1890, Ridley 550 (SING). 
Because the species is rare in Malaysia, and because 
both collections were made in 1890, Cheek and Turner 
considered it possible that the CAL collection may be 
"merely a cursorily labelled duplicate" of Ridley 550 
sent by Ridley to Clarke at some stage prior to Clarke's 
annotation of it in 1903. 
In referring to the Ridley s.n. collection he was 
using, Clarke stated that "This example shows no 
fruit..." which, because of the importance of seed 
micromorphology and size in distinguishing species 
within Menyanthaceae (e.g. Sivarajan et al. 1989; 
Chuang & Ornduff 1992; Sivarajan & Joseph 1993; 
Aston 2003), is unfortunate. Cheek and Turner (1998) 
therefore prepared scanning electron micrographs 
of the seed from the possible isolectotype Ridley 550 
(SING) and from other Malaysian specimens considered 
to be V. aurantiaca. Comparison of these scans with 
published SEM photos of Indian seeds of Nymphoides 
aurantiaca (Sivarajan & Joseph 1993) showed the two 
entities to be conspecific. 
Ridley had annotated the unnumbered collection 
he sent to Clarke as Villarsia aurantiaca without 
reference to any other genus. Clarke accepted Ridley's 
name, again without mention of the epithet's earlier 
association with both Nymphoides and Limnanthemum. 
Cheek and Turner (1998) rightly treated V. aurantiaca as 
a new name and not just a new combination. 
Note 2: The National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL) has 
seven sheets of material from Rockingham Bay that 
can be considered as possible syntype collections of 
120 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883825 Villarsia crenata Muelleria 27(2): 121
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529394
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Nymphoides 
Nymphoides hydrocharoides. Only two of these are dated 
and, from a plain label "never can get much of this in 
flower" in Dallachy's hand on one sheet (MEL 1505013), 
it is evident that he made more than one collection of 
the species. Some undated material may have been 
collected after publication of the basionym in 1868. Only 
one sheet (MEL 1505007) gives a location more precise 
than "Rockingham(s) Bay", indicating the Murray River 
which flows into the Bay north of Cardwell. This sheet 
is dated and holds both labels and plant material which 
make it suitable for selection as the lectotype. 
The lectotype designated bears Dallachy's plain 
label "Murray 29 Jun 1865" in his hand, and an 
additional blue "Botanical Museum of Melbourne" 
label stating "Rockinghams Bay". The blue label has 
Mueller's identification of Villarsio hydrocharoides in 
his handwriting, and also the initial "B" to indicate it 
has been seen by Bentham.The apparent isolectotype 
MEL 1505008 lacks the collector's name and any date 
but it bears a blue label with "Rockingham's Bay" and 
"Villarsia hydrocharoides" both in Mueller's hand, and 
also bears Bentham's initial. It is very well matched 
botanically with the lectotype, more so than any of the 
other sheets considered. The apparent isolectotype 
MEL 1505009 has Dallachy's plain label bearing field 
notes and "29 June 1865 Rockingham Bay" all in his 
hand, the identification V. hydrocharoides written by 
Mueller, and Bentham's initial. 
The BRI 010375 sheet of apparent isolectotype 
material bears two plant portions that match the three 
portions on MEL 1505009. The BRI material would 
have been donated by MEL before the MEL material 
was mounted on the current sheets. The label on 
the BRI sheet is handwritten by the late J.H. Willis of 
MEL, who combined the basic information from MEL 
labels into "Rockingham Bay, N.Q'land. - in swamps", 
"John Dallachy" and "June 1865". His words include 
elaborations that do not appear on any of the MEL 
labels: "in swamps" must have been taken from "in 
stagnis" in the type citation. 
Labels on the four sheets of "possible remaining 
syntype" material at MEL are inadequate to allow any 
certainty that they could be part of the lectotype 
collection. They are all undated and may or may not 
have been seen by Mueller in time for him to have 
considered them when preparing his description of 
V. hydrocharoides. 
Nymphoides beaglensis Aston, Muelleria 6:359 
(1987). 
Type citation: "8 km east of Beagle Bay Mission, 
Dampierland Peninsula, in permanent pool known 
locally as 'Bunguaduk', 16°58'S, 122°44'E, Kimberley 
Region, Western Australia, 20.viii.1985, K.F. Kenneally 
9451 r 
Holotype: PERTH; isotypes: MEL 1549338, PERTH 
(spirit). 
Nymphoides crenata (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as 
Nymphodes crenatum), Rev. gen. pi. 2:429 (1891). 
Limnanthemum crenatum F.Muell., Trans. Philos. Soc. 
Victoria 1:17 (1854). Villarsia crenata (F.Muell.) F.Muell., 
Fragm. 4:127 (1864). Typecitation:"\r\ tranquil bends of 
the Murray River, Murrumbidgee, and Mitta Mitta, and 
in the nearest lakes and lagoons." 
Lectotype (here designated): K; isolectotypes: MEL 
2182281, 2182282, 2182283; probable isolectotype: 
MEL 1505131. 
The lectotype sheet at K, although undated, bears 
a blue label with "Limnanthemum crenatum/ ferd 
Mueller/ Murray" in Mueller's hand. The specimen 
includes buds, flowers, fruit and seeds, and is the most 
complete of all type sheets seen. 
All sheets at MEL are also undated. Two of the 
isolectotype sheets have a blue, printed "BOTANICAL 
MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE/ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & 
M.D." label annotated "Villarsia crenata/ ferd. Mueller/ 
Murray" in Mueller's hand, and initialled by Bentham. 
They also have labels or packets annotated by Mueller 
as "Limnanthemum crenatum ferd Mueller". The third 
isolectotype sheet bears only one plain blue unprinted 
label annotated by Mueller with "Limnanthemum/ 
crenatum/ ferd Mueller/ Murray/ Dr ferd Mueller". 
The probable isolectotype sheet bears a label 
written in scripted handwriting of the kind that used to 
be used on the front of specimen display folders at MEL 
(in the early 1900s?). The label reads " Limnanthemum 
crenatum " with the words below repeating those of 
Mueller's type citation. Although collector and date are 
not given, it was not unusual for herbarium material to 
be used in display. The plant portions mounted on this 
sheet match with those of the isolectotypes and appear 
to be part of the same collection. Unfortunately, this is 
the most botanically complete sheet at MEL. It includes 
Muelleria 
121 

Page image

883828 Villarsia exigua Muelleria 27(2): 122
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529393
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
a packet containing many seeds whereas a few seeds 
are present on only one of the isolectotype sheets. 
Mueller's description and type citation of 
Limnanthemum crenatum was repeated in Hooker's J. 
Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8:164 (1856). 
Nymphoides disperm a Aston, Muelleria 6:197 
(1986). 
Typec/taf/on:"Unnamedcreekrunning into Pauline Bay, 
Vansittart Bay, Northern Kimberley, Western Australia, 
14°12 , 30"S, 126°22 / E, 22.V.1984, SJ. Forbes 2098!’ 
Holotype: MEL 672226; isotypes: MEL 672227, MEL 
2329836 (spirit), PERTH. 
Nymphoides elliptica Aston, Muelleria 5:268 
(1984). 
Type citation: "10.3 km east of 'Musgrave' along the 
'Marina Plains' road, 14°45'S, 143°35'E, Cape York 
Peninsula, Queensland, 13.V.1982, Aston 2260." 
Holotype: MEL 612197; isotypes: BRI, CANB, K, MEL 
612198 and 612199, MEL 2320257 (spirit). 
Nymphoides exigua (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as 
Nymphodes exiguum), Rev. gen. pi. 2:429 (1891). 
Limnanthemum exiguum F.Muell., Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). 
Villarsia exigua (F.Muell.) Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 2: 368 
(1859). Villarsia exigua (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 4: 128 
(1864), nom. illeg., later homonym. Type citation: "In 
paludibus subsalinis ad South Port Tasmaniae legit. 
Oldfield ". 
Holotype: Sheet bearing a field label "Wet muddy/ 
places in/ brackish/ water/ South Port" and with "Hb. 
Oldfield" added at the label top, all in the hand of 
A. Oldfield, also"Limnanthemum/exiguum"in Mueller's 
hand at bottom of label, with "(Gentianaceae)" below; 
no date given (K 449394); possible isotypes: MEL 
1505253, MEL 1505254 (see notes below). 
Although Mueller saw and annotated the holotype 
material held at K, no definite isotype material has been 
located at MEL where it might be expected. MEL has 
no Southport collection gathered by Oldfield, but has 
Southport material collected by C. Stuart and there is 
a slim possibility that the K and MEL sheets hold parts 
of a joint Stuart/Oldfield collection. This possibility is 
explained below. Of the two relevant sheets at MEL, 
one (MEL 1505253) bears a field label "1781/ Aquatic/ 
South Port/ fl yellow/Dec/56" [i.e. 1856] in Stuart's 
hand, with "Limnanthemum/ exiguum/ ferd Mueller" 
added by Mueller. There is also an attached packet 
annotated on the outside with "South Port/ V.D.L. St" in 
Stuart's hand, and the identification "Limnanthemum/ 
(Liparophyllum)/ exiguum/ ferd. Mueller" in Mueller's 
hand. Inside the packet is a loose label with "South 
Port/ Dec 55/ Water" [note 1855 at variance from 1856 
on other label] in Stuart's hand and "Limnanthemum 
exiguum" added by Mueller. The sheet also has a 
standard blue printed label "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF 
MELBOURNE/ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." annotated 
by Mueller with "Villarsia exigua/ ferd Mueller/ Van 
Diemen's Land", and has several specimens mounted 
on it. A second sheet (MEL 1505254) has several 
specimens in a packet bearing "Limnanthemum/ 
exiguum/ ferd Mueller" in Mueller's hand, and "South 
Port/V.D.L" in Stuart's hand. 
The presence of two different dates (Dec. 55 
and Dec. 56) on the Stuart material of MEL 1505253 
raises the question of whether all the Stuart material 
on the two MEL sheets could have come from two 
different collections. If so, these collections may have 
been incorrectly amalgamated over the years before 
becoming mounted on the current sheets. Alternatively 
one date may be in error, in which case all material 
should belong to the one collection only. 
G. Bentham has initialled the packet and blue 
label on MEL 1505253, indicating that he saw the 
Stuart material held at MEL In FI. austral. 4: 381 
(1868) Bentham cited his examination of L. exigua 
from "South Port, C. Stuart " but did not mention any 
Oldfield collection of the species. It seems that he 
probably had reason for believing that the holotype 
material at K had been collected by Stuart (see next 
paragraph). 
Helen Henderson (pers. comm.) of Perth, Western 
Australia, who is preparing a database of her and her 
husband's researches into Oldfield's collections, has 
provided information concerning joint collecting of 
Oldfield and Stuart in south-east Tasmania. Stuart 
was in the area from September 1855 to April 1856, 
and Oldfield met up with him at Southport in either 
very late December 1855 or very early January 1856 
to collect for about ten days. A second joint trip of 
late February and early March 1857 does not involve 
A/, exigua. 
122 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

890586 Villarsia exigua Muelleria 27(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".

650281 Villarsia exiliflora Muelleria 27(2): 123
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529392
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Nymphoides 
From the information above it can be seen that 
there is a possibility that the holotype at K, supposed 
by Mueller to have been collected by Oldfield, and 
the Stuart collections at MEL (or some of this Stuart 
material) may have been jointly collected. The label on 
the holotype is in Oldfield's hand and effectively has 
the same habitat and locality data in English as that 
published in Latin by Mueller. However, Oldfield has 
not indicated who made the collection but has instead 
annotated the label as being from his herbarium. 
The K and MEL material could all be part of a Stuart 
collection, some of which was given to Oldfield by 
Stuart for Oldfield's own herbarium. If that is so, then 
the MEL sheets would be isotypes. An alternative, that 
the holotype is an independent collection of Oldfield's, 
seems less likely because it consists of only two small 
plants and Oldfield normally collected in greater 
quantity. 
Nymphoides exiliflora (F.Muell.) Kuntze, Revis. 
gen.pl. 2:429 (1891). 
Villorsia exiliflora F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 46 (July 1865). 
Limnanthemum exiliflorum (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. austral. 
4: 381 (1868). Type citation : "In aquis stagnantibus ad 
sinum marinum Rockingham's Bay. Daltachy'! 
Lectotype (here designated): "1st May 1865 
Growing in moist places flower yellow ..." in Dallachy's 
hand, with "Villarsia exiliflora ..."added by Mueller, and 
"Rockingham's Bay"(MEL 1505001); remaining syntype: 
"Moist places a beautiful little plant - small yellow 
flowers ... 1865 5 and 6 April ..."in Dallachy's hand with 
"Villarsia exiliflora ..."and"Rockingham's Bay"added by 
Mueller (MEL 1505002); possible syntypes (collections 
undated): Sheet with printed "PHYTOLOGIC MUSEUM 
OF MELBOURNE / BARON FERD. VON MUELLER, PH. & 
M.D., LL.D." label bearing handwritten "Rockingham's 
Bay, Queensland. / Dallachy" (GOET). Sheet with blue 
printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE" label 
and "Rockingham's Bay, Villarsia exiliflora ferd. Mueller" 
in Mueller's hand, collector not given (L)."Rockingham's 
Bay, J. Dallachy" (MEL 1505003 & 1505004). 
Limnanthemum geminatum (R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 
346 (1838, in error 1839) var. parvifolium Griseb., (as p 
parvifolia), loc. cit. Type citation: "in litore inter tropicos 
(Br.), pr. York-Sound (Cunningham!)". 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with printed 
"R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" label numbered 
2982, printed "Type Specimen" label, and with 
two near-identical labels stating "Menyanthes 
[Nymphoides crossed out] caespitosa / Desc port No 
89 a Shoalwater Bay / in humidus" in R. Brown's hand 
(BM); probable isolectotypes: "Menyanthes geminata 
/ Port Jackson" pro parte, as to specimen at top right 
of sheet (BM). Printed "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 
1802-5" label numbered 2982 and label "Menyanthes 
caespitosa Shoalwater Bay Towards the Conical Hill" in 
Brown's hand, upper specimens on mixed sheet [excl. 
lower specimens from "Nepean"] (K). "Limnanthemum 
geminatum / Menyanthes caespitosa/ ... / Shoalwater 
Bay" (MEL 1505006)! Sheet with "Limnanthemum 
geminatum (MenyanthescaespitosaHb.Br.)Shoalwater 
Bay" apparently in Brown's hand, and also a Herb. Mus. 
Paris label printed "Australie/ Robert Brown/ Envoi du 
Jardin royal de Kew/ Recu le 19 Janvier 1884." (P). 
Villarsia geminata var. p R.Br., Prodr. 457 (1810). "(T.) 
v.v." 
Although Grisebach, loc. cit., cited two collections 
when designating the varietal epithet parvifolium for 
Brown's informal variety p, he clearly used Brown's 
Prodr. as the primary basis for acceptance of the 
variety and for the provision of his own epithet for 
it. It is therefore fitting to choose Brown's Shoalwater 
Bay (Queensland) material as lectotype although 
Grisebach's text indicates that he did not see Brown's 
material. The Cunningham collections, made in 1820, 
from York Sound (Kimberleys, Western Australia) and 
seen by Grisebach are well outside the currently known 
range of Nymphoides exiliflora and possibly represent a 
different entity to Brown's collection. Articles 9.1, 9.2 
and 9.9 of the International Code (McNeill et al. 2006) 
cover a situation of this kind. 
See also notes under Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) 
Kuntze concerning Brown's informal varieties. 
Nymphoides furculifolia Specht, (as 
Nymphoides furculaefolia ) in Specht, R.L. & 
Mountford, C.P. (eds), Rec. American-Australian 
Scientific Exped. Arnhem Land 3:280 (1958). 
Type citation: "South Bay, Bickerton Island (waterhole in 
sandstone hills): 455. Hyd.Type - Brisbane (BRI)." 
Muelleria 
123 

Page image

883829 Villarsia exiliflora Muelleria 27(2): 123
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529392
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Nymphoides 
From the information above it can be seen that 
there is a possibility that the holotype at K, supposed 
by Mueller to have been collected by Oldfield, and 
the Stuart collections at MEL (or some of this Stuart 
material) may have been jointly collected. The label on 
the holotype is in Oldfield's hand and effectively has 
the same habitat and locality data in English as that 
published in Latin by Mueller. However, Oldfield has 
not indicated who made the collection but has instead 
annotated the label as being from his herbarium. 
The K and MEL material could all be part of a Stuart 
collection, some of which was given to Oldfield by 
Stuart for Oldfield's own herbarium. If that is so, then 
the MEL sheets would be isotypes. An alternative, that 
the holotype is an independent collection of Oldfield's, 
seems less likely because it consists of only two small 
plants and Oldfield normally collected in greater 
quantity. 
Nymphoides exiliflora (F.Muell.) Kuntze, Revis. 
gen.pl. 2:429 (1891). 
Villorsia exiliflora F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 46 (July 1865). 
Limnanthemum exiliflorum (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. austral. 
4: 381 (1868). Type citation : "In aquis stagnantibus ad 
sinum marinum Rockingham's Bay. Daltachy'! 
Lectotype (here designated): "1st May 1865 
Growing in moist places flower yellow ..." in Dallachy's 
hand, with "Villarsia exiliflora ..."added by Mueller, and 
"Rockingham's Bay"(MEL 1505001); remaining syntype: 
"Moist places a beautiful little plant - small yellow 
flowers ... 1865 5 and 6 April ..."in Dallachy's hand with 
"Villarsia exiliflora ..."and"Rockingham's Bay"added by 
Mueller (MEL 1505002); possible syntypes (collections 
undated): Sheet with printed "PHYTOLOGIC MUSEUM 
OF MELBOURNE / BARON FERD. VON MUELLER, PH. & 
M.D., LL.D." label bearing handwritten "Rockingham's 
Bay, Queensland. / Dallachy" (GOET). Sheet with blue 
printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE" label 
and "Rockingham's Bay, Villarsia exiliflora ferd. Mueller" 
in Mueller's hand, collector not given (L)."Rockingham's 
Bay, J. Dallachy" (MEL 1505003 & 1505004). 
Limnanthemum geminatum (R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 
346 (1838, in error 1839) var. parvifolium Griseb., (as p 
parvifolia), loc. cit. Type citation: "in litore inter tropicos 
(Br.), pr. York-Sound (Cunningham!)". 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with printed 
"R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" label numbered 
2982, printed "Type Specimen" label, and with 
two near-identical labels stating "Menyanthes 
[Nymphoides crossed out] caespitosa / Desc port No 
89 a Shoalwater Bay / in humidus" in R. Brown's hand 
(BM); probable isolectotypes: "Menyanthes geminata 
/ Port Jackson" pro parte, as to specimen at top right 
of sheet (BM). Printed "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 
1802-5" label numbered 2982 and label "Menyanthes 
caespitosa Shoalwater Bay Towards the Conical Hill" in 
Brown's hand, upper specimens on mixed sheet [excl. 
lower specimens from "Nepean"] (K). "Limnanthemum 
geminatum / Menyanthes caespitosa/ ... / Shoalwater 
Bay" (MEL 1505006)! Sheet with "Limnanthemum 
geminatum (MenyanthescaespitosaHb.Br.)Shoalwater 
Bay" apparently in Brown's hand, and also a Herb. Mus. 
Paris label printed "Australie/ Robert Brown/ Envoi du 
Jardin royal de Kew/ Recu le 19 Janvier 1884." (P). 
Villarsia geminata var. p R.Br., Prodr. 457 (1810). "(T.) 
v.v." 
Although Grisebach, loc. cit., cited two collections 
when designating the varietal epithet parvifolium for 
Brown's informal variety p, he clearly used Brown's 
Prodr. as the primary basis for acceptance of the 
variety and for the provision of his own epithet for 
it. It is therefore fitting to choose Brown's Shoalwater 
Bay (Queensland) material as lectotype although 
Grisebach's text indicates that he did not see Brown's 
material. The Cunningham collections, made in 1820, 
from York Sound (Kimberleys, Western Australia) and 
seen by Grisebach are well outside the currently known 
range of Nymphoides exiliflora and possibly represent a 
different entity to Brown's collection. Articles 9.1, 9.2 
and 9.9 of the International Code (McNeill et al. 2006) 
cover a situation of this kind. 
See also notes under Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) 
Kuntze concerning Brown's informal varieties. 
Nymphoides furculifolia Specht, (as 
Nymphoides furculaefolia ) in Specht, R.L. & 
Mountford, C.P. (eds), Rec. American-Australian 
Scientific Exped. Arnhem Land 3:280 (1958). 
Type citation: "South Bay, Bickerton Island (waterhole in 
sandstone hills): 455. Hyd.Type - Brisbane (BRI)." 
Muelleria 
123 

Page image

650306 Villarsia geminata Muelleria 27(2): 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529391
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
Holotype: (BRI 017792); isotypes: (AD 96149108, K, 
MEL 595587, NSW). Each type has a printed Expedition 
label enlarging information in the type citation, e.g. 
giving "South Bay, Bickerton Island, in the Gulf of 
Carpentaria (13°45'S, 136°6'E)", collection date 5 June 
1948, and collector R.L. 5pecht455. 
Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, as 
Nymphodes geminatum, Rev. gen .pi. 2:429 
(1891). 
Villarsia geminata R.Br., Prodr . 457 (1810) pro parte, 
as to var. a, excl. var. p. Limnanthemum geminatum 
(R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839), 
pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. parvifolium Griseb., (as 
p parvifolia), and excl. Villarsia sarmentosa Sims. Type 
citation: "(J.) v.v", R. Brown. 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with "R. Brown, 
Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 
2982, and with two labels in Brown's hand, these 
being "Villarsia [above a ruled through Menyanthes] 
geminata / a prodr 457 / Nepean / 1804 December" 
and " Menyanthes elatior / Nepean opposite Thomsons 
/ Land / Deer 1804" (BM); possible isolectotype: 
"R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, 
numbered 2982, and handwritten "Nepean", excl. 
upper specimens from Shoalwater Bay (K); remaining 
syntypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro 
parte, excl. specimen at top right, coll. R. Brown (BM). 
"R.Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, and 
handwritten [apparently by Brown] label "Menyanthes 
geminata / Port Jackson" (MEL 1505005). "Menyanthes 
geminata Flooded banks of the Nepean 1805" in 
Brown's hand (K). 
[Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora, sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. 
Australia 117(1973)] 
In describing the basionym Villarsia geminata, 
R. Brown, loc. cit., recorded two infraspecific taxa, a 
and /3. Taxon a was said to have subcoriaceous leaves 
2.5-5 cm in diameter, with upper and lower surfaces 
differently coloured, and to have been collected by 
Brown from "(J)" [New South Wales]. Taxon /3 had 
smaller membranous leaves about 1.2-2 cm diameter 
with both surfaces similarly coloured, was sometimes 
stemless, and was collected from "(T)" [tropical 
Australia]. Brown expressed uncertainty as to the taxa, 
describing p as"Forsan distincta" i.e. perhaps distinct, 
and did not formally name them or indicate their 
taxonomic rank. Under Limnanthemum geminatum , 
Grisebach loc. cit., retained Brown's taxa and their 
designations of a and (3, and also validly published 
the epithet parvifolium (as P parvifolia) for p. Under 
Article 35.4 of the International Code (McNeill et of 
2006) this epithet must be regarded as having the rank 
of variety. In publishing the var. parvifolium Grisebach 
automatically established the autonym L. geminatum 
var. geminatum for the taxon a (McNeill et al. 2006, 
article 26.3). 
In this paper L. geminatum var. parvifolium is placed 
as a taxonomic synonym of Nymphoides exiliflora, and 
a lectotype for the varietal name has been designated 
in the account of that species, q.v. 
Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. 
Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. 
Now N. montana Aston, q.v. 
Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F. Muell.) Kuntze. 
Now a taxonomic synonym under N. aurantiaca 
(Dalzell) Kuntze, q.v. 
Nymphoides minima (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as 
Nymphodes minimum), Revis. gen. pl. 2:429 
(1891). 
Limnanthemum minimum F.Muell. Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). 
Villarsia minima (F.Muell.) F.Muell. Fragm. 4:128(1864). 
Type citation: "In stagnis aqua limpida repletis flumen 
Fitzmaurice versus." 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with plain label 
stating "Limnanthemum/ minimum, ferd. Mueller/ 
Fresh stagnant waters near/ the upper Fitzmaurice/ 
Oct 55. ferd. Mueller" [c.14°50'S, 130°45'E] in Mueller's 
hand, and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF 
MELBOURNE / ferd. Mueller, PH. & M.D." label with 
"Villarsia minimal ferd. Mueller/ Arnhem's Land" 
in Mueller's hand and initialled by Bentham (MEL 
1505000); isolectotype: Specimen in type folder 
with label "Limnanthemum minimum ferd Mueller/ 
Fitzmaurice River Oct. 55 ferd Mueller." in Mueller's 
hand (K). The sheet at K also contains a Cunningham 
collection that is not part of the type. 
124 
Vo I 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883850 Villarsia geminata var Muelleria 27(2): 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529391
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
Holotype: (BRI 017792); isotypes: (AD 96149108, K, 
MEL 595587, NSW). Each type has a printed Expedition 
label enlarging information in the type citation, e.g. 
giving "South Bay, Bickerton Island, in the Gulf of 
Carpentaria (13°45'S, 136°6'E)", collection date 5 June 
1948, and collector R.L. 5pecht455. 
Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, as 
Nymphodes geminatum, Rev. gen .pi. 2:429 
(1891). 
Villarsia geminata R.Br., Prodr . 457 (1810) pro parte, 
as to var. a, excl. var. p. Limnanthemum geminatum 
(R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839), 
pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. parvifolium Griseb., (as 
p parvifolia), and excl. Villarsia sarmentosa Sims. Type 
citation: "(J.) v.v", R. Brown. 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with "R. Brown, 
Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 
2982, and with two labels in Brown's hand, these 
being "Villarsia [above a ruled through Menyanthes] 
geminata / a prodr 457 / Nepean / 1804 December" 
and " Menyanthes elatior / Nepean opposite Thomsons 
/ Land / Deer 1804" (BM); possible isolectotype: 
"R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, 
numbered 2982, and handwritten "Nepean", excl. 
upper specimens from Shoalwater Bay (K); remaining 
syntypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro 
parte, excl. specimen at top right, coll. R. Brown (BM). 
"R.Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, and 
handwritten [apparently by Brown] label "Menyanthes 
geminata / Port Jackson" (MEL 1505005). "Menyanthes 
geminata Flooded banks of the Nepean 1805" in 
Brown's hand (K). 
[Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora, sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. 
Australia 117(1973)] 
In describing the basionym Villarsia geminata, 
R. Brown, loc. cit., recorded two infraspecific taxa, a 
and /3. Taxon a was said to have subcoriaceous leaves 
2.5-5 cm in diameter, with upper and lower surfaces 
differently coloured, and to have been collected by 
Brown from "(J)" [New South Wales]. Taxon /3 had 
smaller membranous leaves about 1.2-2 cm diameter 
with both surfaces similarly coloured, was sometimes 
stemless, and was collected from "(T)" [tropical 
Australia]. Brown expressed uncertainty as to the taxa, 
describing p as"Forsan distincta" i.e. perhaps distinct, 
and did not formally name them or indicate their 
taxonomic rank. Under Limnanthemum geminatum , 
Grisebach loc. cit., retained Brown's taxa and their 
designations of a and (3, and also validly published 
the epithet parvifolium (as P parvifolia) for p. Under 
Article 35.4 of the International Code (McNeill et of 
2006) this epithet must be regarded as having the rank 
of variety. In publishing the var. parvifolium Grisebach 
automatically established the autonym L. geminatum 
var. geminatum for the taxon a (McNeill et al. 2006, 
article 26.3). 
In this paper L. geminatum var. parvifolium is placed 
as a taxonomic synonym of Nymphoides exiliflora, and 
a lectotype for the varietal name has been designated 
in the account of that species, q.v. 
Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. 
Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. 
Now N. montana Aston, q.v. 
Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F. Muell.) Kuntze. 
Now a taxonomic synonym under N. aurantiaca 
(Dalzell) Kuntze, q.v. 
Nymphoides minima (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as 
Nymphodes minimum), Revis. gen. pl. 2:429 
(1891). 
Limnanthemum minimum F.Muell. Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). 
Villarsia minima (F.Muell.) F.Muell. Fragm. 4:128(1864). 
Type citation: "In stagnis aqua limpida repletis flumen 
Fitzmaurice versus." 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with plain label 
stating "Limnanthemum/ minimum, ferd. Mueller/ 
Fresh stagnant waters near/ the upper Fitzmaurice/ 
Oct 55. ferd. Mueller" [c.14°50'S, 130°45'E] in Mueller's 
hand, and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF 
MELBOURNE / ferd. Mueller, PH. & M.D." label with 
"Villarsia minimal ferd. Mueller/ Arnhem's Land" 
in Mueller's hand and initialled by Bentham (MEL 
1505000); isolectotype: Specimen in type folder 
with label "Limnanthemum minimum ferd Mueller/ 
Fitzmaurice River Oct. 55 ferd Mueller." in Mueller's 
hand (K). The sheet at K also contains a Cunningham 
collection that is not part of the type. 
124 
Vo I 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883832 Villarsia geminata var Muelleria 27(2): 123
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529392
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Nymphoides 
From the information above it can be seen that 
there is a possibility that the holotype at K, supposed 
by Mueller to have been collected by Oldfield, and 
the Stuart collections at MEL (or some of this Stuart 
material) may have been jointly collected. The label on 
the holotype is in Oldfield's hand and effectively has 
the same habitat and locality data in English as that 
published in Latin by Mueller. However, Oldfield has 
not indicated who made the collection but has instead 
annotated the label as being from his herbarium. 
The K and MEL material could all be part of a Stuart 
collection, some of which was given to Oldfield by 
Stuart for Oldfield's own herbarium. If that is so, then 
the MEL sheets would be isotypes. An alternative, that 
the holotype is an independent collection of Oldfield's, 
seems less likely because it consists of only two small 
plants and Oldfield normally collected in greater 
quantity. 
Nymphoides exiliflora (F.Muell.) Kuntze, Revis. 
gen.pl. 2:429 (1891). 
Villorsia exiliflora F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 46 (July 1865). 
Limnanthemum exiliflorum (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. austral. 
4: 381 (1868). Type citation : "In aquis stagnantibus ad 
sinum marinum Rockingham's Bay. Daltachy'! 
Lectotype (here designated): "1st May 1865 
Growing in moist places flower yellow ..." in Dallachy's 
hand, with "Villarsia exiliflora ..."added by Mueller, and 
"Rockingham's Bay"(MEL 1505001); remaining syntype: 
"Moist places a beautiful little plant - small yellow 
flowers ... 1865 5 and 6 April ..."in Dallachy's hand with 
"Villarsia exiliflora ..."and"Rockingham's Bay"added by 
Mueller (MEL 1505002); possible syntypes (collections 
undated): Sheet with printed "PHYTOLOGIC MUSEUM 
OF MELBOURNE / BARON FERD. VON MUELLER, PH. & 
M.D., LL.D." label bearing handwritten "Rockingham's 
Bay, Queensland. / Dallachy" (GOET). Sheet with blue 
printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF MELBOURNE" label 
and "Rockingham's Bay, Villarsia exiliflora ferd. Mueller" 
in Mueller's hand, collector not given (L)."Rockingham's 
Bay, J. Dallachy" (MEL 1505003 & 1505004). 
Limnanthemum geminatum (R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 
346 (1838, in error 1839) var. parvifolium Griseb., (as p 
parvifolia), loc. cit. Type citation: "in litore inter tropicos 
(Br.), pr. York-Sound (Cunningham!)". 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with printed 
"R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" label numbered 
2982, printed "Type Specimen" label, and with 
two near-identical labels stating "Menyanthes 
[Nymphoides crossed out] caespitosa / Desc port No 
89 a Shoalwater Bay / in humidus" in R. Brown's hand 
(BM); probable isolectotypes: "Menyanthes geminata 
/ Port Jackson" pro parte, as to specimen at top right 
of sheet (BM). Printed "R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 
1802-5" label numbered 2982 and label "Menyanthes 
caespitosa Shoalwater Bay Towards the Conical Hill" in 
Brown's hand, upper specimens on mixed sheet [excl. 
lower specimens from "Nepean"] (K). "Limnanthemum 
geminatum / Menyanthes caespitosa/ ... / Shoalwater 
Bay" (MEL 1505006)! Sheet with "Limnanthemum 
geminatum (MenyanthescaespitosaHb.Br.)Shoalwater 
Bay" apparently in Brown's hand, and also a Herb. Mus. 
Paris label printed "Australie/ Robert Brown/ Envoi du 
Jardin royal de Kew/ Recu le 19 Janvier 1884." (P). 
Villarsia geminata var. p R.Br., Prodr. 457 (1810). "(T.) 
v.v." 
Although Grisebach, loc. cit., cited two collections 
when designating the varietal epithet parvifolium for 
Brown's informal variety p, he clearly used Brown's 
Prodr. as the primary basis for acceptance of the 
variety and for the provision of his own epithet for 
it. It is therefore fitting to choose Brown's Shoalwater 
Bay (Queensland) material as lectotype although 
Grisebach's text indicates that he did not see Brown's 
material. The Cunningham collections, made in 1820, 
from York Sound (Kimberleys, Western Australia) and 
seen by Grisebach are well outside the currently known 
range of Nymphoides exiliflora and possibly represent a 
different entity to Brown's collection. Articles 9.1, 9.2 
and 9.9 of the International Code (McNeill et al. 2006) 
cover a situation of this kind. 
See also notes under Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) 
Kuntze concerning Brown's informal varieties. 
Nymphoides furculifolia Specht, (as 
Nymphoides furculaefolia ) in Specht, R.L. & 
Mountford, C.P. (eds), Rec. American-Australian 
Scientific Exped. Arnhem Land 3:280 (1958). 
Type citation: "South Bay, Bickerton Island (waterhole in 
sandstone hills): 455. Hyd.Type - Brisbane (BRI)." 
Muelleria 
123 

Page image

650274 Villarsia hydrocharoides Muelleria 27(2): 120
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529395
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948
883819 Villarsia hydrocharoides Muelleria 27(2): 120
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529395
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948
883840 Villarsia minima Muelleria 27(2): 124
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529391
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
Holotype: (BRI 017792); isotypes: (AD 96149108, K, 
MEL 595587, NSW). Each type has a printed Expedition 
label enlarging information in the type citation, e.g. 
giving "South Bay, Bickerton Island, in the Gulf of 
Carpentaria (13°45'S, 136°6'E)", collection date 5 June 
1948, and collector R.L. 5pecht455. 
Nymphoides geminata (R.Br.) Kuntze, as 
Nymphodes geminatum, Rev. gen .pi. 2:429 
(1891). 
Villarsia geminata R.Br., Prodr . 457 (1810) pro parte, 
as to var. a, excl. var. p. Limnanthemum geminatum 
(R.Br.) Griseb., Gen. sp. Gent. 346 (1838, in error 1839), 
pro parte, as to var. a, excl. var. parvifolium Griseb., (as 
p parvifolia), and excl. Villarsia sarmentosa Sims. Type 
citation: "(J.) v.v", R. Brown. 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with "R. Brown, 
Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, numbered 
2982, and with two labels in Brown's hand, these 
being "Villarsia [above a ruled through Menyanthes] 
geminata / a prodr 457 / Nepean / 1804 December" 
and " Menyanthes elatior / Nepean opposite Thomsons 
/ Land / Deer 1804" (BM); possible isolectotype: 
"R. Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, 
numbered 2982, and handwritten "Nepean", excl. 
upper specimens from Shoalwater Bay (K); remaining 
syntypes: "Menyanthes geminata / Port Jackson" pro 
parte, excl. specimen at top right, coll. R. Brown (BM). 
"R.Brown, Iter Australiense, 1802-5" printed label, and 
handwritten [apparently by Brown] label "Menyanthes 
geminata / Port Jackson" (MEL 1505005). "Menyanthes 
geminata Flooded banks of the Nepean 1805" in 
Brown's hand (K). 
[Nymphoides sp. aff. exiliflora, sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. 
Australia 117(1973)] 
In describing the basionym Villarsia geminata, 
R. Brown, loc. cit., recorded two infraspecific taxa, a 
and /3. Taxon a was said to have subcoriaceous leaves 
2.5-5 cm in diameter, with upper and lower surfaces 
differently coloured, and to have been collected by 
Brown from "(J)" [New South Wales]. Taxon /3 had 
smaller membranous leaves about 1.2-2 cm diameter 
with both surfaces similarly coloured, was sometimes 
stemless, and was collected from "(T)" [tropical 
Australia]. Brown expressed uncertainty as to the taxa, 
describing p as"Forsan distincta" i.e. perhaps distinct, 
and did not formally name them or indicate their 
taxonomic rank. Under Limnanthemum geminatum , 
Grisebach loc. cit., retained Brown's taxa and their 
designations of a and (3, and also validly published 
the epithet parvifolium (as P parvifolia) for p. Under 
Article 35.4 of the International Code (McNeill et of 
2006) this epithet must be regarded as having the rank 
of variety. In publishing the var. parvifolium Grisebach 
automatically established the autonym L. geminatum 
var. geminatum for the taxon a (McNeill et al. 2006, 
article 26.3). 
In this paper L. geminatum var. parvifolium is placed 
as a taxonomic synonym of Nymphoides exiliflora, and 
a lectotype for the varietal name has been designated 
in the account of that species, q.v. 
Nymphoides geminata sensu Aston, Aquatic Pl. 
Australia 111 (1973), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. 
Now N. montana Aston, q.v. 
Nymphoides hydrocharoides (F. Muell.) Kuntze. 
Now a taxonomic synonym under N. aurantiaca 
(Dalzell) Kuntze, q.v. 
Nymphoides minima (F.Muell.) Kuntze, (as 
Nymphodes minimum), Revis. gen. pl. 2:429 
(1891). 
Limnanthemum minimum F.Muell. Fragm. 1: 40 (1858). 
Villarsia minima (F.Muell.) F.Muell. Fragm. 4:128(1864). 
Type citation: "In stagnis aqua limpida repletis flumen 
Fitzmaurice versus." 
Lectotype (here designated): Sheet with plain label 
stating "Limnanthemum/ minimum, ferd. Mueller/ 
Fresh stagnant waters near/ the upper Fitzmaurice/ 
Oct 55. ferd. Mueller" [c.14°50'S, 130°45'E] in Mueller's 
hand, and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM OF 
MELBOURNE / ferd. Mueller, PH. & M.D." label with 
"Villarsia minimal ferd. Mueller/ Arnhem's Land" 
in Mueller's hand and initialled by Bentham (MEL 
1505000); isolectotype: Specimen in type folder 
with label "Limnanthemum minimum ferd Mueller/ 
Fitzmaurice River Oct. 55 ferd Mueller." in Mueller's 
hand (K). The sheet at K also contains a Cunningham 
collection that is not part of the type. 
124 
Vo I 27(2) 2009 

Page image

883846 Villarsia trachysperma Muelleria 27(2): 126
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529389
Page is part of the work Notes on Australian taxa of Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae): typification and nomenclature, doi:10.5962/p.291948

Page text

Aston 
Nymphoides stygia applies remains inconclusive, and 
the name is best considered a nomen ambiguum. 
Nymphoides subacuta Aston, Muelleria 5:48 
(1982). 
Type citation : "McMinns Lagoon, approximately 30 km 
ESE of Darwin city centre, 12°31'S, 131°05'E, Northern 
Territory, 20.v. 1976, Aston 1954'.' 
Holotype: Long-styled plant Aston 1954A, MEL 
1505123; isotype: CANB. Paratypes also cited: Short- 
styled plant Aston 1954B, DNA; Short-styled plant Aston 
1954C, MEL 1505122, MEL 1505124; Style unspecified, 
leaves only, showing variation, MEL 1505125. [Also 
MEL spirit of isotype and paratype material. All plants 
of Aston 1954 were collected within three metres of 
each other]. 
[Nymphoides sp. sensu Aston, Aquatic PI. Australia 117 
(1973)] 
Nymphoides triangularis Aston, Muelleria 5: 
265(1984). 
Type citation : "14.8 km east of 'Musgrave' along the 
'Marina Plains' road, 14°44'S, 143°37 , E, Cape York 
Peninsula, Queensland, 13.v.1982, Aston 2262'.' 
Holotype: MEL 612194; isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 
612195, MEL 612196, MEL 2320253 (spirit). 
Villarsia trachysperma F.Muell., Fragm. 6:136 
(1868). 
Type citation: "In lacunis juxta fluvium South Alligator- 
River. F.M." 
Holotype: Sheet wth plain white pencilled label 
"Lagoons of the tribu/ tary of the S. Alligator/ River 
5 July 56" and a blue printed "BOTANICAL MUSEUM 
OF MELBOURNE./ FERD. MUELLER, PH. & M.D." label 
bearing, all in Mueller's hand, "Villarsia trachysperma 
F.v. M./ S. Alligator River" plus descriptive notes. (MEL 
681834). 
This has long been accepted, correctly, as a 
taxonomic synonym of the cosmopolitan species 
Nymphoides indica (L.) Kuntze, (as Nymphodes indicum), 
Revis. gen. pi. 2: 429 (1891). Menyanthes indica L. Sp. pi. 
207 (1753). Note that Mueller never collected on the 
South Alligator River or its tributaries, having gone 
no further north towards that area than the vicinity 
of the Elsey Creek and Roper River (Gregory 1884). His 
collecting locality for the holotype remains unclear, but 
on July 5, 1856, he was en route between the Victoria 
River and Elsey Creek. 
The blue label cited here, and another on the 
holotype sheet, have both been seen and initialled by 
Bentham. I have not located any other possible type 
material held elsewhere, and an additional check by 
J. Bruhl (while ABLO) of K and BM specimens also proved 
negative. I therefore regard the MEL sheet as a unicate 
returned from K by Bentham after his examination of it. 
Acknowledgements 
I wish to thank the directors and staff of all the herbaria 
cited, both Australian and ex-Australian, for allowing 
me access to their collections. I thank Dr Jeremy Bruhl 
who, while ABLO at Kew, UK, provided additional 
comment and digital photos from K and BM in relation 
to possible type material of Nymphoides exigua and 
Villarsia trachysperma. My thanks also go to Dr Helen 
Henderson, Shenton Park, Western Australia, for 
sharing with me her knowledge of the joint field work 
of Oldfield and Stuart in Tasmania. 
References 
Aston, H.l. (1969). The genus Villarsia (Menyanthaceae) in 
Australia. Muelleria 2, 3-61. 
Aston, H.l. (1973). Aquatic plants of Australia. Melbourne 
University Press: Melbourne. 
Aston, H.l. (1986). 'Menyanthaceae', In J.P. Jessop & H.R. 
Toelken (eds), Flora of South Australia 2, 1048-1050. South 
Australian Government Printing Div.: Adelaide. 
Aston, H.l. (2003). Seed morphology of Australian species of 
Nymphoides (Menyanthaceae). Muelleria 18 , 33- 65. 
Cheek, M. and Turner, I.M. (1998). The identity of Villarsia 
aurantiaca Ridl. ex C.B.CIarke (Menyanthaceae) in the Malay 
Peninsula. Kew Bulletin 53,961-965. 
Chuang, T.l. and Ornduff, R. (1992). Seed morphology and 
systematics of Menyanthaceae. American Journal of Botany 
79, 1396-1406. 
Gregory, A.C. (1884). Journals of Australian Exploration of 
Augustus Charles Gregory and Francis Gregory. Government 
Printer: Brisbane (Facsimile edn 1969). 
McNeill, J. et al. eds (2006). International Code of Botanical 
Nomenclature (Vienna Code). International Assoc. Plant 
Taxonomy; Europe. A.R.G. Gantner Verlag: Liechtenstein. 
Sivarajan, V.V., Chaw, Shu-Miaw and Joseph, K.T. (1989). Seed 
coat micromorphology of Indian species of Nymphoides 
(Menyanthaceae). Botanical Bulletin of Academia Sinica 30, 
275-283. 
Sivarajan, V.V. and Joseph, K.T. (1993). The genus Nymphoides 
Seguier (Menyanthaceae) in India. Aquatic Botany 45,145— 
170. 
126 
Vol 27(2) 2009 

Page image

974609 Weeping Muelleria 27(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 27(2)".

654113 Alphitonia excelsa Muelleria 28(1): 5, 7-8, Fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689280
Page is part of the work A revision of Alphitonia (Rhamnaceae) for Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337568

Page text

Alphitonia 
primary and secondary branches and a more haphazard 
arrangement of smaller branches, resulting in a more 
evenly distributed canopy. 
The branching structure can be assessed only 
by field examination, and collectors of herbarium 
specimens rarely note the canopy structure of the 
tree. It cannot be inferred by the arrangement of the 
leaves on the ultimate branchlets (spiral or distichous). 
With the exception of A. whitei, the branchlets of all 
Australian species bear leaves that are consistently 
distichous. 
Taxonomy 
Alphitonia Reissek ex Endl., Gen. PL [Endlicher] 
1098 (1840). Type: A excelsa (FenzI) Benth. 
Trees, or rarely shrubs, evergreen. Spines absent. 
Branches {\n most species) horizontal, in layers ('pagoda- 
type' branching). Indumentum of simple, unbranched 
trichomes, straight, flexuose, tortuous or crisped; glands 
absent. Leaves simple, alternate, petiolate, distichous 
on smaller branches (except sometimes A. whitei), 
penninerved, intramarginal veinsabsent, margins entire, 
straight or undulate; translucent dots absent; upper 
surface green, glabrous or glabrescent; lower surface 
with dense short tomentum, often white; domatia 
absent; stipules two per leaf, free from each other, 
entire, caducous. Inflorescences dichasially or trichasially 
cymose, arranged into axillary racemes; flowers bisexual, 
protandrous, 5-merous; calyx 5-lobed, spreading, 
adaxially keeled; petals 5, cymbiform, caducous; sfomens 
5, each enclosed within a petal; anthers broadly sagittate 
with an appendage, versatile, basifixed, dehiscent by 
longitudinal slits; nectary disc thick, fleshy, filling the 
floral tube; style solitary, 2-3(-4)-fid, rudimentary before 
anthesis, elongating after anthesis; ovary partly inferior, 
2-3(-4)-locular. Fruits drupaceous, tardily dehiscent, the 
lower portion united with the calyx tube; epicarp thin, 
black, shiny, with ring-scar marking position of fallen 
sepals; mesocarp (when present) spongy to powdery, 
reddish; endocarpids hard, woody, often apiculate, 
dehiscing along the ventral suture and partly down 
the dorsal suture, each enclosing a single seed. Seeds 
often persistent on torus after remainder of fruit has 
fallen away, grey, with glossy hard testa, enclosed by 
membranous reddish-brown aril. 
Distribution 
Alphitonia is a western Pacific genus. Natural stands 
of Alphitonia occur as far north as Hainan (southern 
China), west to Borneo, east to Tahiti, Hawaii and 
the Marquesas Islands, and to southern coastal 
New South Wales in the south. The map by Balgooy 
(1966) provides an accurate portrayal of the generic 
distribution, except for an alleged occurrence of the 
genus in the Pilbara region of Western Australia. The 
greatest species diversity is in New Guinea, Australia 
and New Caledonia. 
1. Alphitonia excelsa (FenzI) Benth., FL Austral. 
1:414(1863) 
Colubrina excelsa FenzI in Endl., Enum. PL [Endlicher] 20 
(1837); Ceanothus excelsus (FenzI) Steud,, Nomencl. Bot. 
[Steudelled.2, 2:313(1841). 
Ceanothus excelsus A.Cunn., nom. nud. 
Type: [Queensland] Moreton Bay, undated, 
A. Cunningham (lectotype W, here designated; 
?isolectotype BRI). 
Alphitonia excelsa var. acutifolia Braid, Bull. Misc. Inform. 
KewM? (1925).Type: Queensland. MORETON; Ipswich, 
undated, J.F. Hall 9 (holotype K, image!; isotype BRI). 
Alphitonia sp. (Selwyn Ranges LP.Conroy 3) in Bean 
(2002), Bean (2007). 
Alphitonia sp. (Little Crystal Creek A.R.Bean 5237) in 
Bean (2002), Bean (2007). 
tllustrations:T.D. Stanley & E.M. Ross, Flora of south¬ 
eastern Queensland 2:49, fig. J1, J2 (1986); Logan River 
Branch SGAP, Mangroves to Mountains 1:57 (2002); G.J. 
Harden et ol., Rainforest Trees and shrubs, A field guide to 
their identification 152 (2006); R. Melzer and J. Plumb, 
Plants ofCapricornia 284 (2007). 
Tree 4-20 m high. Bark persistent, tessellated and 
dark at base of large trees; otherwise smooth, dappled 
white and grey. Primary branches ascending, with 
secondary and tertiary branches on different planes. 
Branchlets not prominently ridged near growing point- 
stipules 3-14 mm long, linear to narrowly-triangular. 
Juvenile stem indumentum in some forms dense, 
rusty, straight to flexuose, patent to 0.6 mm high; in 
other forms with moderately dense white crisped 
hairs to 0.1 mm high, and scattered brown straight 
Muelleria 
5 

Page image

886578 Alphitonia excelsa acutifolia Muelleria 28(1): 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689280
Page is part of the work A revision of Alphitonia (Rhamnaceae) for Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337568
886584 Alphitonia excelsa franguloides Muelleria 28(1): 10
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689275
Page is part of the work A revision of Alphitonia (Rhamnaceae) for Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337568
886590 Alphitonia excelsa franguloides Muelleria 28(1): 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689270
Page is part of the work A revision of Alphitonia (Rhamnaceae) for Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337568
654129 Alphitonia franguloides Muelleria 28(1): 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689270
Page is part of the work A revision of Alphitonia (Rhamnaceae) for Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337568

Page text

Alphitonia 
parallel-sided adult leaves with a shortly acuminate 
apex and relatively long stipules, while specimens from 
Cape York Peninsula, Northern Territory and Western 
Australia tend to have narrowly-ovate adult leaves with 
an acute apex, and shorter stipules. 
The shape of the mature fruits in A. oblata and A. 
petriei is the same, and yet A. oblata can be readily 
distinguished by the larger endocarpids and larger 
seeds. 
Etymology: The specific epithet is from the Latin 
oblatus meaning'flattened at the poles'.This is a reference 
to the shape of the mature fruit in this species. 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 
Mornington Wildlife Sanctuary, NE of FiUroy Crossing, 
20.iv.2005, 5. Murphy MULE421 & S. Legge (BRI). NORTHERN 
TERRITORY. 19 miles [31 km] NW of Mountnorris Bay, 
17.vii.l961, G.M. Chippendale 8163 (BRI); Butterfly Gorge, 
29.ix.1991, MJ. Barritt 909 (AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, K, L, MEL, 
MO); Angurugu River, Groote Eyiandt, 27.ix.1981, F.R. Fosberg 
62384 & ac Buckley (BRI); Wessel Islands, 28.ix.1972, P.K. Latz 
3221 (BRI, DNA). QUEENSLAND. COOK: West side of Cape 
York road, 6 km N of turnoff near Bamaga, 27.viii.1989, P.C 
Jobson 758 & G.C Power (BRI, MEL); Currunda Creek, 9 km W 
of Cairns, 30.i.1993, A.R. Bean 5731 & PI. Forster (BRI); Russell 
River, N.P. 1353, 15.X.1981, B. Gray 2187 (BRI, QRS); near 
Japoon, 22.iv.1959, R.F Thorne 20719 & W.T. Jones (BRI); 4 
km W of Cook Hwy along Kennedy Hwy, Macalister Range, 
4.xii.l991, a Halford Q792 (AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL, NSW); 
NPR 1353, Bellenden Ker, 19.viii.l981, B. Hyland 11108 (BRI, 
QRS); Golf Course St., El Arish, N of Tully, 17.iv.2002, A.R. Bean 
18708 (BRI, NY). NORTH KENNEDY; Cardwell Range, 12 km N 
of Ingham on Bruce Highway, 24.xi.1992, A.R. Bean 5256 (BRI, 
DNA, L). SOUTH KENNEDY: 12.6 km from Gargett, towards Mt 
Charlton (W of Mackay), 15.iv.2002, A.R. Bean 18671 (BRI, DNA, 
i L); Dolphin Heads, Mackay, 26.ix.1994, G.N. Batianoff 94099 
& S. Saltman (AD, BRI, L). MORETON: Gold Creek, North Arm, 
near Nambour, 12.ix.1993, A.R. Bean 6517 (BRI, CANB, DNA, L, 
MEL); Dunethin Rock, 6 km E of Yandina, 17.ii.l993, A.R. Bean 
5774 (BRI, NSW); Mons Road, Buderim, 29.iii.1993, A.R. Bean 
5890 (BRI, BISH, DNA, K, L, MEL). 
Excluded names 
Alphitonia franguloides A.Gray, Bot U,S, ExpL 
Exped. 1 : 280 (1854); A. exce/sa var. franguloides 
(A.Gray) F.M.Bailey, Compr. Cat Queensland PI. 837 (1913). 
When naming A. excelsa var. franguloides, Bailey stated 
'this is the A. franguloides, Gray,...'. Hence Bailey's name 
Figure 6. Distribution of Alphitonia oblata in Ingrids. 
must be interpreted as a new combination rather than 
a new taxon, and the type of Bailey's name is that of 
A. franguloides. The latter was named from Fiji, and is 
a small-leaves species that is thought to be endemic 
to that Island nation. No specimens matching A. 
franguloides are known from Australia. The Australian 
specimens cited by Bailey are A. whitei. 
Alphitonia incana (Roxb.) Kurz, J. Bot. 11:208 
(1873) 
Rhamnus incanus Roxb., FI. Ind. (Roxburgh) 2; 350 
(1824), 1: 603 (1832). Type citation: 'Reared in the 
botanic garden at Calcutta from seed received from 
the Moluccas.' Type; without location, without date, W. 
Roxburgh s.n. (lectotype BR [506281], here designated; 
isolectotype K-WALLno. 4261). 
The protologue for Rhamnus incanus includes 
a fairly detailed description of the plant, compiled 
from a live specimen growing at the Calcutta Botanic 
Gardens, from seed received from the Moluccas. 
The known extant original material comprises 1. a 
Roxburgh drawing (n. 1371) held at Kew; 2. a specimen 
in the Wallich herbarium at Kew; and 3. a specimen in 
the Roxburgh herbarium at Brussels (Forman 1997). 
The drawing is somewhat stylised and probably 
does not accurately portray the features of the plant, 
and it is certainly not a good match for the two 
specimens noted above. It includes a transverse view 
of a fruit, which appears to be somewhat oblate; the 
leaves in the drawing are narrowly ovate on very short 
petioles, and the stipules very long and slender. 
Muelleria 
15 

Page image

886585 Alphitonia incana Muelleria 28(1): 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689272
Page is part of the work A revision of Alphitonia (Rhamnaceae) for Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337568
886586 Alphitonia incana Muelleria 28(1): 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689272
Page is part of the work A revision of Alphitonia (Rhamnaceae) for Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337568
654125 Alphitonia incana Muelleria 28(1): 15-16

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 15-16".

654130 Alphitonia moluccana Muelleria 28(1): 16
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689269
Page is part of the work A revision of Alphitonia (Rhamnaceae) for Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337568
654122 Alphitonia oblata Muelleria 28(1): 13-15, Figs 5-6

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 13-15, Figs 5-6".

886582 Alphitonia obtusifolia Muelleria 28(1): 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689277
Page is part of the work A revision of Alphitonia (Rhamnaceae) for Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337568

Page text

Bean 
others that are nearer to the typical form of the species. 
The Cape York Peninsula form of A exceba is very similar 
to specimens of A. philippinensis from the Philippines, 
but the latter has smaller endocarpids with a long 
apiculum, and conspicuous radial furrows on the disc. 
Fruits of A exceba are consistently globose. There is a 
predominance of flowers with 2-locular ovaries and 2- 
fid styles, but some flowers with 3-fid styles can usually 
be found on any given plant or flowering specimen. 
Alphitonia exceba, in contrast to some other 
Australian species, has ascending primary branches 
and more-or-less evenly distributed leaf canopy. This 
canopy type is consistent even for those forms that 
occur in rainforest environments. 
The relationship between A exceba and A oblata 
In Northern Territory and Western Australia requires 
further study. In 1994, K.Thiele determined all Kimberley 
specimens of Alphitonia at BRl as A incano, while 
Wheeler (1992) included only A. exceba for this region. 
According to Booth etol. (2001), A exceba and A 'incana' 
(i.e. A oblata) intergrade in the Darwin area, and this 
may account for differing names applied in the Northern 
Territory and Kimberley region of Western Australia. 
Alphitonia exceba is the food plant for the larvae of the 
Small Green-banded blue butterfly {Psychonotis caelius). 
The timber has a density of 770 kg/m^ and has been used 
for fencing and ornamental panelling. It is pale when cut, 
but upon exposure turns to a bright red (Fairbairn 1999). 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 1 
km E of Mitchell Falls, Mitchell Plateau, 30.V.1992, D. Halford 
Q1431 (BRl, DNA, PERTH); Morgan River, near old 'Theda' 
homestead, 24.vii.1977, I.R. Telford 6102 & G. Butler (BRl, 
CANB). NORTHERN TERRITORY. Elcho Island, 2.vii.1975, J.R. 
Moconochie2094 (BRl, CANB, K, L); Waldunga road/Old Plains 
track junction, Murgenella, 10.vii.l 984, G. Wightmon 2004 (BRl, 
CANB, DNA); 1 km SE of Angurugu, Groote Eyiandt, 7.iii.l988, 
J. Russell-Smith 5136 & D. Lucas (BRl, DNA). QUEENSLAND. 
BURKE: c. 5 km S of Lake Moondarra, Just 2.5 km off the Mt Isa 
to Lake Moondarra Road, 23.viii.2001, D.7; Kelman DTKW&J.E. 
Kelman (BRI).COOK: Olive River, 72.9 km NNW of Lockhart River 
community, 26.iv.1994, D.6. Fell DGF4235 (BRl, DNA, NSW). 
NORTH KENNEDY: 40 Mile Scrub N.P., 1.6 km N of Mt Surprise 
road junction, 1 l.iii.1987, J.R. Clarkson 6878 & W.J. McDonald 
(BRl, L, QRS, PERTH). SOUTH KENNEDY: Keswick Island, Basil 
Bay, 6.ix.l 996, GM Batianoff9609172eto!. (AD, BRl, CANB, DNA, 
MEL, NSW). MITCHELL: 1.5 km NW of Betanga on Capricorn 
Hwy E of Jericho, 31 .iii.l 992, E.J. Thompson JER5 & B.K. Simon 
(AD, BRl, DNA, PERTH). LEICHHARDT: c. 20 miles [32 km] ESE Cf 
Rolleston, 30.viii.l961, M. Lazarides & R. Story 110 (BRl, CAN^). 
PORT CURTIS: Shoalwater Bay Military Reserve, 2 km W of 
Sabina Point, 13.vii. 1977, J.R. Clarkson 1088&T.D. Stanley {BR}]. 
BURNETT: northern slopes of Mulgildie Plateau, SSE of Monto, 
n.ii.l996, AR. Bean 9744 (BRl, MEL). WIDE BAY: Waddy Poirit, 
S of Orchid Village, Fraser Island, 14.i.l973, T Whaite3504 
J. Whaite (BRl). MARANOA: c. 89 km W of Condamine toward 
Surat, near Back Creek crossing, 13.X.1983, E.M. Canning 5952 
&B. Rimes (BRl, NSW). DARLING DOWNS: Leichhardt Hwy, c. 23 
km N of Miles, 17.V.1988. P.CJobson266 (BRl, MEL). MORETON: 
Mt Mellum, Glasshouse Mountains, 10.xii.l987, D.E. Albrecht 
3457 (BRl, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES. Pike's Gap, Denman to 
Sandy Hollow road, 1 l.ix.l948, E.F. Constable NSW 121556 (BRl, 
NSW); Yellow Rock Creek road, c. 4 miles [6 km] SW of Albioh 
Park, 28.ii.1967, M. Evans 2585 (AD, BRl, CANB, NSW);'Lowry', 
above Namoi River, Namoi River road, 13.i.1992, J.R. Masking 
467 (BRl, NSW). 
2. Alphitonia pomaderroides (FenzI) A.R.Bean/ 
Austrobaileya 7:377 (2006) 
Ziziphus pomaderroides FenzI in Endl., Enum. PI. 
[Endlicher]20 0S37). 
Type; [Queensland] Cape Van Diemen, December 1802, 
f. Bauer s.n. (holotype W, photo at BRl). 
Alphitonia obtusifolio Braid, Bull. Mbc Inform. Kew 182 
(1925). 
Caenothoides obtusifolia R.Br., nom. nud. 
Type: [Queensland] 'Carpentaria', undated [17- 
27.xi.1802], R. Brown [Bennett No. 5364] (holotype K, 
image!; isotype BM, BRl [AQ 317590]). 
Alphitonia obtusifolia var. tenuis Braid, Bull. Mbc Inform. 
Kew 183 (1925). Type: [Queensland] 'North Coast', 
[xi.l802], R. Brown (syntype K, image!). 
Shrub ortree to 7 m high. Bark persistent, tessellated 
and dark at base of large trees; otherwise smooth, 
dappled white and grey. Primary branches ascending, 
with secondary and tertiary branches on various 
planes. Branchlets not noticeably ridged near growing 
point; stipules 3-6 mm long, juvenile stem/ndumenfum 
and Juvenile leaves unknown. Adult stem indumentum 
dense, with abundant pale brown to creamy-white 
crisped hairs c. 0.1 mm high, and infrequent straight 
or curved patent hairs to 0.3 mm high. Adult leaves 
2-ranked, ovate to elliptical, 5.6-15.5 x 3.2-8.0 cm (L/B 
ratio 1.4-2.4); apex obtuse, acute or retuse; base obtuse 
to cuneate, symmetrical; newly expanding leaves dark 
8 
Vol 28(1)2010 

Page image

886583 Alphitonia obtusifolia tenuis Muelleria 28(1): 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689277
Page is part of the work A revision of Alphitonia (Rhamnaceae) for Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337568
654121 Alphitonia petriei Muelleria 28(1): 11-13, Fig. 4

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 11-13, Fig. 4".

654131 Alphitonia philippinensis Muelleria 28(1): 16
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689269
Page is part of the work A revision of Alphitonia (Rhamnaceae) for Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337568
654119 Alphitonia pomaderroides Muelleria 28(1): 8-10, Fig. 2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 8-10, Fig. 2".

654112 Alphitonia Muelleria 28(1): 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689280
Page is part of the work A revision of Alphitonia (Rhamnaceae) for Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337568

Page text

Alphitonia 
primary and secondary branches and a more haphazard 
arrangement of smaller branches, resulting in a more 
evenly distributed canopy. 
The branching structure can be assessed only 
by field examination, and collectors of herbarium 
specimens rarely note the canopy structure of the 
tree. It cannot be inferred by the arrangement of the 
leaves on the ultimate branchlets (spiral or distichous). 
With the exception of A. whitei, the branchlets of all 
Australian species bear leaves that are consistently 
distichous. 
Taxonomy 
Alphitonia Reissek ex Endl., Gen. PL [Endlicher] 
1098 (1840). Type: A excelsa (FenzI) Benth. 
Trees, or rarely shrubs, evergreen. Spines absent. 
Branches {\n most species) horizontal, in layers ('pagoda- 
type' branching). Indumentum of simple, unbranched 
trichomes, straight, flexuose, tortuous or crisped; glands 
absent. Leaves simple, alternate, petiolate, distichous 
on smaller branches (except sometimes A. whitei), 
penninerved, intramarginal veinsabsent, margins entire, 
straight or undulate; translucent dots absent; upper 
surface green, glabrous or glabrescent; lower surface 
with dense short tomentum, often white; domatia 
absent; stipules two per leaf, free from each other, 
entire, caducous. Inflorescences dichasially or trichasially 
cymose, arranged into axillary racemes; flowers bisexual, 
protandrous, 5-merous; calyx 5-lobed, spreading, 
adaxially keeled; petals 5, cymbiform, caducous; sfomens 
5, each enclosed within a petal; anthers broadly sagittate 
with an appendage, versatile, basifixed, dehiscent by 
longitudinal slits; nectary disc thick, fleshy, filling the 
floral tube; style solitary, 2-3(-4)-fid, rudimentary before 
anthesis, elongating after anthesis; ovary partly inferior, 
2-3(-4)-locular. Fruits drupaceous, tardily dehiscent, the 
lower portion united with the calyx tube; epicarp thin, 
black, shiny, with ring-scar marking position of fallen 
sepals; mesocarp (when present) spongy to powdery, 
reddish; endocarpids hard, woody, often apiculate, 
dehiscing along the ventral suture and partly down 
the dorsal suture, each enclosing a single seed. Seeds 
often persistent on torus after remainder of fruit has 
fallen away, grey, with glossy hard testa, enclosed by 
membranous reddish-brown aril. 
Distribution 
Alphitonia is a western Pacific genus. Natural stands 
of Alphitonia occur as far north as Hainan (southern 
China), west to Borneo, east to Tahiti, Hawaii and 
the Marquesas Islands, and to southern coastal 
New South Wales in the south. The map by Balgooy 
(1966) provides an accurate portrayal of the generic 
distribution, except for an alleged occurrence of the 
genus in the Pilbara region of Western Australia. The 
greatest species diversity is in New Guinea, Australia 
and New Caledonia. 
1. Alphitonia excelsa (FenzI) Benth., FL Austral. 
1:414(1863) 
Colubrina excelsa FenzI in Endl., Enum. PL [Endlicher] 20 
(1837); Ceanothus excelsus (FenzI) Steud,, Nomencl. Bot. 
[Steudelled.2, 2:313(1841). 
Ceanothus excelsus A.Cunn., nom. nud. 
Type: [Queensland] Moreton Bay, undated, 
A. Cunningham (lectotype W, here designated; 
?isolectotype BRI). 
Alphitonia excelsa var. acutifolia Braid, Bull. Misc. Inform. 
KewM? (1925).Type: Queensland. MORETON; Ipswich, 
undated, J.F. Hall 9 (holotype K, image!; isotype BRI). 
Alphitonia sp. (Selwyn Ranges LP.Conroy 3) in Bean 
(2002), Bean (2007). 
Alphitonia sp. (Little Crystal Creek A.R.Bean 5237) in 
Bean (2002), Bean (2007). 
tllustrations:T.D. Stanley & E.M. Ross, Flora of south¬ 
eastern Queensland 2:49, fig. J1, J2 (1986); Logan River 
Branch SGAP, Mangroves to Mountains 1:57 (2002); G.J. 
Harden et ol., Rainforest Trees and shrubs, A field guide to 
their identification 152 (2006); R. Melzer and J. Plumb, 
Plants ofCapricornia 284 (2007). 
Tree 4-20 m high. Bark persistent, tessellated and 
dark at base of large trees; otherwise smooth, dappled 
white and grey. Primary branches ascending, with 
secondary and tertiary branches on different planes. 
Branchlets not prominently ridged near growing point- 
stipules 3-14 mm long, linear to narrowly-triangular. 
Juvenile stem indumentum in some forms dense, 
rusty, straight to flexuose, patent to 0.6 mm high; in 
other forms with moderately dense white crisped 
hairs to 0.1 mm high, and scattered brown straight 
Muelleria 
5 

Page image

886580 Alphitonia sp. (Little Crystal Creek A.R.Bean 5237) Muelleria 28(1): 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689280
Page is part of the work A revision of Alphitonia (Rhamnaceae) for Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337568
886579 Alphitonia sp. (Selwyn Ranges L.P.Conroy 3) Muelleria 28(1): 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689280
Page is part of the work A revision of Alphitonia (Rhamnaceae) for Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337568
654120 Alphitonia whitei Muelleria 28(1): 10-11, Fig. 3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 10-11, Fig. 3".

886624 Bossiaea battii Muelleria 28(1): 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689225
Page is part of the work A revision of the leafless species of Templetonia (Fabaceae: Brongniartieae), doi:10.5962/p.337572

Page text

Thompson 
small survey of flowers, the stamen sheath of T. egena 
differs slightly from the other leafless species in the 
shape of the apex of the stamen sheath and the free 
filament portion is relatively long. In other species 
of Templetonia the sheath apex is rounded (Fig. 3f). 
Templetonia egena is one of two species to have a 
scale at nodes, T. incrassata being the other. These two 
species are further distinguished from other leafless 
species of Templetonia by the bead-like appearance 
of the epidermis (seen under magnification), their 
relatively erect branches, their pod valves with glands 
more conspicuous at maturity, and the relatively small 
or absent aril lobe. 
2. Templetonia incrassata I.Thomps,, sp. nov, 
A T. egena (F.Muell.) Benth. ramis crassioribus sulcis 
non profundis plerumque glaucis, pedicellis brevioribus, 
feguminibus longioribus, seminibus longioribus differt. 
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 22 km south of Mount 
Christie Corner, Mobella Station, 30*31 '11 "S, 133‘30'03" 
E, FJ. Badman 8257, 3.ix.l995; holo: AD 99647245; iso: 
AD 99644643. 
Erect shrubs to c. 2.5 m high; flowering branches 
suberect, straight, 1.5-2.5 mm in diameter, terete, with 
generally poorly defined ridges, often glaucous, not 
tapering terminally; new growth c. 1 mm in diameter. 
Scale present at nodes instead of leaf rudiments and 
stipules, triangular-ovate, 0.6-1.2 mm long. Pedicels 
0.3-1 mm long; bract c 1 mm long; bracteoles 1.5-2.2 
mm long, shortly connate, chartaceous in distal third. 
Flower buds with apex rounded; calyx 3-4.5 mm long, 
tube 2-3.2 mm long, sinus of upper lip c. 0.5 mm deep 
with apices separated; median lower lobe slightly to 
much longer than other lobes, not chartaceous or 
brown; standard 5.5-8 mm long, limb slightly wider 
than long, claw 2-2.5 mm long; wings 5-7 mm long, 2 
mm wide, claw 2.5 mm long; keel 5-6.5 mm long, 2.2 
mm wide, generally dark purple distally, claw 2 mm 
long; stamen sheath c. 1.8 mm wide flattened-out; ovary 
6-ovulate; style 2.5-3.5 mm long, slender distally. Pods 
obliquely oblong-elliptic in profile, mostly 16-25 mm 
long, 7-10 mm wide, 1 (or 2)-seeded; valves dotted with 
minute glands. Seeds oblong-ellipsoid, 9-14 mm long, 
4-5 mm wide, brown; aril 1.5-3 mm in diameter, with 
wall crenate to deeply lobate, vertical lobe not evident. 
Selected specimens of c. 40 examined: WESTERN 
AUSTRALIA, c. 12 km S of Menzies, AS. George 2718, 
21. viii.l961 (PERTH); c. 38 km E of the intersection of the 
Mt Jackson-Diemals road and the Diemals-Menzies Rd, P.S. 
Short 2308 & L Haegi, 5.xi.l983 (AD, MEL 1524851, PERTH); 
Goddard Creek, along Transcontinental RIy, RD. Boyce 5567, 
3.X.1956 (CANS); 32 km from Coolgardie towards Kalgoorlie, 
E.M. Canning, 7.ix.l 968 (CANB); 26 km ENE of Cosmo Newbury 
Mission, N. Forde 1385, 14.X.1960 (CANB); 500 m E of Lake 
Raeside, Kirgella Rocks Station, H. Pringle 2402, 13.vii.l989 
(CANB, PERTH); Victoria Desert, Camp 54, R Helms, 1 l.ix.1891 
(MEL 564626); Mt Elvire Station, B.H. Smith s.n„ 23.viii.1981 
(MEL 590013). SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Yellabinna Regional 
Reserve, FJ. Badman 11575, 18.viii.2005 (AD); SW corner of 
Commonwealth Hill Station, c.40 km NWofWynbring railway 
station, D.E Symon //75,2.xii.l960 (AD, DNA);c.6km N of Red 
Lake along roadside,-/.Z Weber 8218,22.X.1983 (AD):Nundroo 
Well, RH. Ashby, 15.xi.l975 (AD);c.46km SofOoldea,P. Wilson 
1830, 23.ix.1960 (AD); SW of Anthony Lake, Commonwealth 
Hill Station, c. 90 km NNW of Tarcoola, B. Lay 64, 3.ix.l970 
(AD); c. 6 km N of Red Lake along roadside, J.Z. Weber 8218, 
22. X.1983 (AD). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in central-western 
Western Australia and central-western South Australia 
(Fig. 4). Grows in various soils including sands and 
calcareous sands, often near lake margins, in woodland, 
shrubland and grassland. 
Flowering period: Flowers winter to early spring. 
£tymo/ogy: The epithet refers to the relatively thick 
branches when compared to T egena (L: incrassotus, 
thickened). 
Notes: Apart from the distinctions given in the key, 
T. incrassata is more often glaucous than I egena, has 
a plumper calyx, a standard petal with a longer claw, 
broader wings and a keel that is usually more purple. 
Further floral distinctions based on a limited survey 
of specimens include greater anther dimorphism, a 
stamen sheath that is more prolonged centrally, and 
filaments shorter beyond the sheath. 
3. Templetonia battii F.Muell., Australas. Cbem. 
Druggist 2{2):3^ (1887) 
Bossioea battii (F.Muell.) Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. 5. 
Australia 65 (1890). 
Type: Western Australia. Eucia, ID.Batt; syn: MEL 
564735; Western Australia. Eucia, J.D.Batt; syn: MEL 
564736. 
60 
Vol 28(1)2010 

Page image

886628 Bossiaea biloba Muelleria 28(1): 71
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689199
Page is part of the work A revision of Cristonia (Fabaceae: Brongniartieae), doi:10.5962/p.337573
886627 Bossiaea biloba stenophylla Muelleria 28(1): 70
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689215
Page is part of the work A revision of Cristonia (Fabaceae: Brongniartieae), doi:10.5962/p.337573
886623 Bossiaea egena Muelleria 28(1): 59
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689226
Page is part of the work A revision of the leafless species of Templetonia (Fabaceae: Brongniartieae), doi:10.5962/p.337572

Page text

Tempfetonia 
group. The outgrowths from the aril margin that give 
it a frilly appearance is seen in four of the species and 
is unique within the Brongniartieae. In two species 
the margin is crenate, while in T. ceracea the aril wall 
is entire. There appears to be some variability in extent 
of frilliness within species. The aril's vertical lobe is 
conspicuous in most species, but is indistinct in T, 
egena and apparently absent in T. incrassata. 
Several of the species are illustrated in Ross (1982). 
For T. sulcata (Ross 1982, figure 13), illustrations a-i are 
drawn from I ross/7, and the presentation of anther size 
is inaccurate. The seed of T. smithiana is illustrated in 
Ross 1982, figure 15a-d as T. sulcata. 
^.Templetonia egena (F.Muell.) Benth., FI, 
/lustra/. 2:170 (1864) 
Daviesia egena F.Muell., Trans. & Proc. Victorian Inst. 
Advancem. 5c/. 1854-55: 118 (1855); Bossiaea egena 
(F.Muell.) F.Muell., in W.J.Hooker, Hooker's J. Bot. Kew 
Card. Misc. 8:43 (1856). 
Type: South Australia. Murray scrub towards 
Morundam,F./Wue//er,ii.l851, lecto:MEL20345, fideJ.H. 
Ross, Muelleria 5:18 (1982). 
Shrubs to c. 3 m high, sometimes with branches 
weeping; flowering branches ±erect, straight, 0.8- 
1.5 mm in diameter, terete, mostly with well-defined 
ridges, not glaucous, not tapering terminally; new 
growth 0.5-0.8 mm in diameter. Scale present 
at nodes instead of leaf rudiments and stipules, 
triangular-ovate, 1-1.5 mm long. Pedicels 1-3 mm 
long; bract c. 1 mm long; bracteoles 1-1.5 mm long, 
shortly connate, chartaceous in distal half to third. 
Flower buds with apex rounded; calyx 2.5-4 mm 
long, tube 2-2.5 mm long, sinus of upper lip 0.5- 
1 mm deep with apices separated; median lower 
lobe moderately to much longer than other lobes, 
not chartaceous or brown; standard 5.5-9 mm long, 
limb c. as wide as long, claw 1-1.8 mm long; wings 
5-8 mm long, 1.5 mm wide, claw c. 1.8 mm long; keel 
5-7 mm long, 2 mm wide, pale greenish or tinged 
purple distally, claw c. 1.5 mm long; stamen-sheath 
c. 1.5 mm wide flattened-out; ovary 5- to 8-ovulate; 
style 2.5-4 mm long. Pods c. elliptic in profile, (11-) 
13-18(-22)mmlong,5-l 1 mmwide,1-oroccasionalIy 
2-seeded; valves dotted with minute glands. Seeds 
compressed-ellipsoid, 7-9(-11) mm long, 3.5-5 mm 
wide, brown; aril 1.5-3.5 mm in diameter, with fine 
lateral outgrowths, cleft at summit distinct, vertical 
lobe not or only obscurely evident. 
Selected specimens of c. 300 examined: WESTERN 
AUSTRALIA. 1 km SE of Mindi Springs, Hamersley Range 
National Park, M.E. Trudgen 7241, 15.X.1990 (PERTH); 14.9 km 
NNE of Bullen Hill, Little Sandy Desert, S. van Leeuwen 5124, 
5.ix.2002 (CANS, PERTH); c. 101 km S of Munjina Roadhouse 
on Northern Hwy, A.A. Mitchell PRP1004, 3.xi.l995 (PERTH); 
Tom Price mine site, K. Atkins, 10.ix.1980 (PERTH). NORTHERN 
TERRITORY. 9 km W of Idracowra - Palmer Valley boundary, 
J.R. Maconochie 2432 , 14.ix.l978 (AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL 
2000125); 2 km SE of Princes Bore, Alcoota Station, B. Strong, 
20.xi.1979 (DNA); 8 km S of Yuendumu, T.S. Henshall 2822, 
5.xit.l979 (CANB, DNA, MEL 567854). SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 
32 km S of Yunta, N.N. Donner 3715, 2.X.1971 (AD, BRI); 
Wtllochra, c. 20 km NE of Quorn, R. Hill 1401 (AD, CANB); 
'Gluepot'station, c. 12 km NE of homestead, c. 103 km NW 
of Renmark, /. Crawford 4439 (AD, CANB, MEL 2270988, NSW); 
Kunatjara,Tomkinson Ranges, A./Ca/otos 1433, 15.xi.1982 (AD, 
DNA). QUEENSLAND, c. 24 km SSE of Blackwater township, 
M. Lazarides8R. Story 56, 6.ix.l961 (BRI, CANB, MEL 1507638). 
NEW SOUTHWALES. Broken Hill,AMorf/s62,28.xi.l919 (MEL 
564728); Boppy Mount area, Cobar, J.B. Cleland, 14.ix.1911 
(AD, MEL 564727); c. 12 km E of Balranald on road to Hay, M.E. 
Phillips, 31.viii.1962 (CANB, DNA); Kimberley Station, c. 80 km 
SE of Cockburn, E.F. Constable, 25.vii.1955 (DNA, NSW); Harvey 
Ranges, J.L Boorman, xi.1905 (BRI, NSW). VICTORIA. Redcliffs, 
N of town between railway line and road, M.G. Corrick 7463 
(AD, MEL 592031); Meringur Bushland Reserve, 15 km E of 
Mortlake, A.C. Beouglehole 57011, 31.X.1977 (MEL); Swan Hill, 
J.G. Luehmann, 1890 (MEL); Mildura, H.B. Williamson, 9.xii 
year unknown (MEL); Wemen, Robinvale District, A.R. Begg, 
viii.1960 (MEL). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in southern, 
central and north-eastern Western Australia, southern 
Northern Territory, South Australia, central-eastern 
Queensland, western and central New South Wales, 
and north-western Victoria (Fig. 4). Grows in sandy soils 
in woodland, grassland and shrubland. 
Flowering period: Flowers late winter to summer. 
Notes: The upper calyx lobes of T. egena are similar 
to the lateral lobes but slightly more triangular and are 
fused in the proximal third to half. Occasional 2-seeded 
pods have been seen in which the seeds are abnormally 
shaped due to a lack of room for normal expansion 
(Fig. 2i).The aril in T. egena is highly variable in diameter 
and the degree of dissection of the margin. Based on a 
Muelleria 
59 

Page image

886626 Bossiaea rossii Muelleria 28(1): 63
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689222
Page is part of the work A revision of the leafless species of Templetonia (Fabaceae: Brongniartieae), doi:10.5962/p.337572

Page text

Templetonia 
grow as large as T. smithiana, its branches are generally 
narrower, and the rudimentary leaves are often better 
developed and more persistent. The branch surface is 
sometimes minutely papillose unlike the consistently 
smooth surface in T. smithiana. Bracteoles of T. sulcata 
andlsm/f/i/anahaveadistinctivetricolourappearance, 
with bands green proximally, light brown centrally, and 
whitish-translucent distally.The distal portion tends to 
become quite ragged through splitting. 
Templetonia sulcata can be distinguished from T. 
rossii by branch-tip and bracteole features, as given in 
the key, and by its plumper seeds with an aril crenate 
rather than frilly and with a lower, broader lobe, and 
by the pods which are narrower but deeper and have 
a longer beak. 
Chromosome numbers given in Sands (1975) under 
T. sulcata are all referrable to other species (see T. 
ceracea, T. smithiana and T. rossii). 
5. Templetonia smithiana J.H.Ross, Muelleria 
5:278(1984) 
Type: Western Australia. Doodarding, No. 2 Rabbit 
fence, 0.25 mile (c. 0.4 km) N of gate 44,3 TO! 'S, 117“ 12' 
E, B.H. Smith 204, 13.xii.1982; holo: MEL 626707; iso: K, 
PERTH, both n.v. 
Erect shrubs to c. 1.5 m high; flowering branches 
moderately divergent to almost spreading, often 
flexuose, 3-6(-7) mm wide, strongly compressed, 
with ridges often sharply defined, smooth, tapering 
terminally to form a dark, spine-like apex, with tip 
0.1-0.2 mm wide; new growth 2.5-3 mm wide. Leaf 
rudiments and stipules developed at nodes; leaf 
rudiments to 3 mm long. Ped/ce/s 1-1.5 mm long; bract 
c. 0.5 mm long; bracteoles 1 -1.5 mm long, free or nearly 
so, chartaceous in distal half to two-thirds, apex often 
splitting and or becoming ragged. Flower buds with 
apex rounded; calyx 3-4 mm long, tube 2-3 mm long, 
sinus of upper lip c. 0.5 mm deep, with apices separated; 
lower medial lobe moderately longer than other lobes, 
not chartaceous; standard 6-8 mm long, limb c. as wide 
as long, 5-7 mm wide, claw 1.5 mm long; wings 1.8 mm 
wide, claw 2.3 mm long; keel 1.5 mm wide, with claw 
c. 2 mm long, dark purple distally; stamen sheath 1.8 
mm wide flattened out; ovary 5-ovu!ate, style 3-4 mm 
long. Pods elliptic in profile, 15-28 mm long, 9-12 mm 
wide, 1-seeded; valves with glands sometimes faintly 
detectable. Seeds compressed ellipsoid, 9-16 mm long; 
aril 1 mm in diameter, wall entire or slightly crenate, 
vertical lobe c. 0.4 mm high. 
Selected specimens of c. 60 examined: WESTERN 
AUSTRALIA. Mt Hardy, 11 km from York on road to 
Quairading, J.H. floss 2773 (CANB, MEL 626714); Doodarding, 
c. 0.4 km N of 44 gate, no. 2 rabbit fence, B.H. Smith 1346 (BRI, 
MEL 1587441, PERTH); 28 km N of Bullfinch on Bullfinch- 
Evanston Rd, L.A. Craven 4555 & B.J. Lepschi, 6.xi.2000 (CANB, 
PERTH); c. 11 km E of Winchester, C Chapman, 25.xi.1972 
(PERTH); Mt Gibson Station, S. van Vreeswyk3858. 27.viii.l 993 
(PERTH). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in far south¬ 
western Western Australia mostly north of 32“15'S (Fig. 
4). Grows on sandy-loam rises, often near salt lakes. 
Chromosome number: 2n = 16 (Sands 1975; 
collection no. 637.4.1 PERTH 02900556, as T. sulcata). 
Flowering period: Flowers August to October. 
Notes: Closely related to T. sulcata, with which it is 
partly sympatric, having more or less identical floral 
and bracteole morphology and in having similarly 
spinescent branches, but markedly different in branch 
width and in dimensions of fruits and seeds. Branches 
are similar to those of T. rossii in terms of width and 
colour (at least when dry). However, branches of T. rossii 
are not spiny and the surface of branches are generally 
minutely granular (most easily detected along the 
hyaline edge of the branch at xl0-x20). In T, smithiana 
more so than other species, there is a tendency for the 
funicle and placenta to detach with the seed. 
A collection from Koorda NW of Merredin [Blackall 
PERTH 02900610) has relatively short internodes and 
shows evidence of being atypically succulent. 
6. Templetonia rossii (F.Muell.) I.Thomps., 
comb, nov. 
Bossiaea rossU F.Muell., Fragm. 3:94 (1862). 
Type: Victoria. Avoca River, IF. Mueller; lecto: MEL 
20342, fide J.H. Ross, Muelleria 5:27 (1982). 
Erect shrubs to c. 1.5 m high; flowering branches 
moderately divergent, ±straight, 2-7 mm wide, 
moderately compressed, mildly ridged, smooth or 
more often minutely granular, sometimes glaucous, 
tapering terminally but not spine-like and not 
becoming terete (apex c. 0.5 mm wide); new growth 
2-3 mm wide. Leaf rudiments and stipules developed 
Muelleria 
63 

Page image

886625 Bossiaea sulcata Muelleria 28(1): 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689223
Page is part of the work A revision of the leafless species of Templetonia (Fabaceae: Brongniartieae), doi:10.5962/p.337572

Page text

Thompson 
4.5-5 mm long; aril 1.5-2 mm in diameter, wall frilly, 
with long outgrowths, vertical lobe c. 0.5 mm high. 
Selected specimens of c. 30 examined: WESTERN 
AUSTRALIA. 1 Martin St., Ravensthorpe, M. Hislop 2269, 
12.viii.2001 (PERTH); c. 20 km WSW of Ponier Rock, c. 78 km 
S of Balladonia Motel, Eyre Hwy, K. Newbey 7360, 14.ix.l980 
(PERTH); 10 km E of Buraminya, 143 km NEof Esperance, W.R. 
Archer 1009951 (MEL 2035026, PERTH). SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 
14 km NW of Penong towards Bookabie, J. Taylor 1510 & P. 
Ollerenshaw (AD, CANB, MEL 653023); 16 km from Penong 
to Ceduna, c. 1 km along small side road, H.R. Toelken 7750, 
25.X.1983 (AD); Yumburra Conservation Park, S side of plain 
near Maningilla rock holes, R.H. Ashby 39, xii.1985 (AD). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in far south- 
central Western Australia, east of Lake King, and south¬ 
western South Australia as far east as Denial Bay (Fig. 4). 
Grows in sandy and loamy soils, usually on limestone in 
shrubland and woodland. 
Flowering period: Flowers winter to spring. 
Notes: The large convex and curved medial lower 
lobe of the calyx is responsible for the rounded apex 
of the bud. Although this feature is also seen in four 
other species in the leafless group, it is particularly 
apparent in T. battii. Of all the leafless species, T. battii 
is the only one with conspicuous development of 
glandular material at the apex of the bracteoles. In 
other species minute amounts of glandular material 
are sometimes evident. Templetonia battii also has 
the shortest, stoutest style in the group and the keel 
and wing auricles are relatively weakly developed. 
Microscopically the surface of branches is often 
minutely and finely papillose; T. sulcata is similar in 
this respect. The leaf and stipule development in 
T. battii occasionally shows some intermediacy between 
the scale formation of T. egena and I incrassata and 
the linear leaf rudiments developed in T. sulcata, 
T. smithiana, T. rossii and T. ceracea as leaf rudiments are 
sometimes relatively broad. 
4. Templetonia sulcata (A/leisn.) Benth., FL 
Austral. 2: (1864) 
Bossiaea sulcata Meisn., in J.G.C.Lehmann, PL Preiss. 
1:81 (1844). 
Type: Western Australia. Avon River, York,7.4./..Pre/ss 
1028; holo: K n.v., photo MEL 584229. 
Erect shrubs to c. 1.5 m high; flowering branches 
moderately to strongly divergent, straight, 2-3 mm 
wide, moderately compressed, sharply ridged, smooth 
or minutely and finely papillose, tapering terminally 
to form a dark spine-like apex, with tip 0.1-0.2 mm 
wide; new growth 1-1.4 mm wide. Leaf rudiments and 
stipules developed at nodes; leaf rudiments to c. 4 mm 
long, tending to persist on longer branches. Pedicels 
0.5-1 mm long; bract c. 0.5 mm long; bracteoles 0.8- 
1.5 mm long, free or nearly so, chartaceous in distal half 
to two-thirds, apex often splitting and/or becoming 
ragged. Flower buds with apex rounded; calyx 2.5-3.5 
mm long, sinus of upper lip c. 0.5 mm deep with apices 
separated, lower medial lobe slightly longer than other 
lobes, not chartaceous or brown; standard 5-6 mm 
long, limbc. as wide as long, 4-5 mm wide, claw 1-1.5 
mm long; wings 5 mm long, 1.5 mm wide, claw c. 2 mm 
long; keel 5 mm long, 2 mm wide, dark purple distally, 
claw 1.5-2 mm long; stamen sheath 1.2-1.5 mm wide 
flattened out; ovary 5- or 6-ovulate, style 2.5-3 mm 
long. Pods narrow-elliptic in profile, 9-14 mm long, 5-6 
mm wide, 1-4-seeded; valves not gland-dotted. Seeds 
ellipsoid, 4-4.5 mm long; aril 1.5-1.8 mm in diameter, 
wall crenate, vertical lobe c. 0.3 mm high. 
Selected specimens of c. 80 examined: WESTERN 
AUSTRALIA. Near Mortlock River, 9 km SW of Goomalling, 
AS. George 15740, 1.ix.l979 (PERTH); Avon region, c. 1.5 
km SW of Manmanning, B.H. Smith 1604, 3.viii.l992 (CANB, 
PERTH); c. 40 km E of Wongan Hills on Avon 24861 on Phillip's 
farm, Landeny, LA Phillips 29, 27.viii.2006 (PERTH); Beverley 
Airfield reserve, c. 1 km S of Beverley, M. Ochtman & D. Lynch 
22, 18.ix.2000 (PERTH); Gwambygine, near York, J. Seabrook 
s.n., 7.ix.l980 (PERTH); c. 6 km W of Dumbleyung to Wagin, 
B.R. Maslin 652, 2.viii.1970 (PERTH); Mt Hardy, c. 10 km E of 
York, B. Smith 206, 18.xii.1982 (CANB, MEL 626709, PERTH); 
c. 19 km from Broomehill towards Growanjerup, JM Wrigley, 
21.X.1968 (CANB); Along road and raileway line between 
Katanning and Tambellup, c. 7 km S of Broomehill, H. Eichler 
759/3, 31.viii.l959 (AD). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in south-western 
Western Australia between 30' and 34'S and between 
116* and 117'40'E (Fig. 4), largely overlapping the 
distribution of T. smithiana. Grows in sands and loams 
in shrubland and woodland. 
Flowering period: Flowers winter to spring. 
Notes: Similar to T. smithiana in bracteole, calyx 
and branch-tip morphology, but with very different 
pod and seed morphology. Also, T. sulcata does not 
62 
Vol 28(1)2010 

Page image

931556 Canthium billardierei Muelleria 28(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1)".

931557 Canthium billardierii Muelleria 28(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1)".

886611 Canthium quadrifidum Muelleria 28(1): 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689249
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570

Page text

Thompson 
Figure 4. Distributions of Coprosma hirtella, C quadrifida, C nitida and C nivalis. 
Mt Kosciuszko Area, M. Gray Se C Totterdell 6158, 
7.ii.1968; holo: CANB; iso: CANB. 
4. Coprosma nitida Hook.f. in WJ.Hooker, 
London J. Bot 6:465 (1847), bis 
Type: Tasmania. Surrey Hills, RC Gunn 874, ii.l837; 
lecto: K, fide W.R.B. Oliver, Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 
132:57(1935) 
5. Coprosma nivalis W.R.B.Oliv., Bull. Bernice P, 
Bishop Mus. 132:37 (1935) 
Type: Victoria. The Cobberas, Snovyy Plains, 
F. Mueller, s.d.; holo: MEL 54916. 
6. Coprosma perpusilla Colenso, Trans. New 
Zealand Inst. 22: 466 (1890) 
Type: New Zealand. River Wangaehu, near east 
base of Mount Tongariro, County of EastTaupo, H. Hill, 
1889; holo: WELT n.v., fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9:131 
(1986). 
6a. C. perpusilla subsp. perpusilla 
6b. C. perpusilla subsp. subantarctica Orchard, 
Brunon/o 9:133 (1986) 
C repens Hook.f., FI. Antarct. 1:22 (1844). [Macquarie 
Island is the only Australian locality] 
Type: New Zealand. Common Campbell's Island, J.D. 
Hooker 1595, s.d.; lecto: K, fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9: 
133(1986). 
7. Coprosma pumila Hook.f., FI. /Infarct. 2:543 
(1847) 
Type: Tasmania. Middlesex Plains, R.C Gunn 304, 
ii.1837; syn: K, image seen MEL; near Arthurs Lakes, R.C. 
Gunn 304, 18.ii.l 842; syn: K, image seen MEL. 
8. Coprosma quadrifida (Labill.) B.L.Rob., Proc. 
Amer. Acad. Arts 45:409 (1910) 
Canthium quadrifidum Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 1:69, t. 94 
(1805); Marquisia billardierei A.Rich. ex DC., Prodr. 4:447 
36 
Vol 28(1)2010 

Page image

886577 Colubrina excelsa Muelleria 28(1): 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689280
Page is part of the work A revision of Alphitonia (Rhamnaceae) for Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337568

Page text

Alphitonia 
primary and secondary branches and a more haphazard 
arrangement of smaller branches, resulting in a more 
evenly distributed canopy. 
The branching structure can be assessed only 
by field examination, and collectors of herbarium 
specimens rarely note the canopy structure of the 
tree. It cannot be inferred by the arrangement of the 
leaves on the ultimate branchlets (spiral or distichous). 
With the exception of A. whitei, the branchlets of all 
Australian species bear leaves that are consistently 
distichous. 
Taxonomy 
Alphitonia Reissek ex Endl., Gen. PL [Endlicher] 
1098 (1840). Type: A excelsa (FenzI) Benth. 
Trees, or rarely shrubs, evergreen. Spines absent. 
Branches {\n most species) horizontal, in layers ('pagoda- 
type' branching). Indumentum of simple, unbranched 
trichomes, straight, flexuose, tortuous or crisped; glands 
absent. Leaves simple, alternate, petiolate, distichous 
on smaller branches (except sometimes A. whitei), 
penninerved, intramarginal veinsabsent, margins entire, 
straight or undulate; translucent dots absent; upper 
surface green, glabrous or glabrescent; lower surface 
with dense short tomentum, often white; domatia 
absent; stipules two per leaf, free from each other, 
entire, caducous. Inflorescences dichasially or trichasially 
cymose, arranged into axillary racemes; flowers bisexual, 
protandrous, 5-merous; calyx 5-lobed, spreading, 
adaxially keeled; petals 5, cymbiform, caducous; sfomens 
5, each enclosed within a petal; anthers broadly sagittate 
with an appendage, versatile, basifixed, dehiscent by 
longitudinal slits; nectary disc thick, fleshy, filling the 
floral tube; style solitary, 2-3(-4)-fid, rudimentary before 
anthesis, elongating after anthesis; ovary partly inferior, 
2-3(-4)-locular. Fruits drupaceous, tardily dehiscent, the 
lower portion united with the calyx tube; epicarp thin, 
black, shiny, with ring-scar marking position of fallen 
sepals; mesocarp (when present) spongy to powdery, 
reddish; endocarpids hard, woody, often apiculate, 
dehiscing along the ventral suture and partly down 
the dorsal suture, each enclosing a single seed. Seeds 
often persistent on torus after remainder of fruit has 
fallen away, grey, with glossy hard testa, enclosed by 
membranous reddish-brown aril. 
Distribution 
Alphitonia is a western Pacific genus. Natural stands 
of Alphitonia occur as far north as Hainan (southern 
China), west to Borneo, east to Tahiti, Hawaii and 
the Marquesas Islands, and to southern coastal 
New South Wales in the south. The map by Balgooy 
(1966) provides an accurate portrayal of the generic 
distribution, except for an alleged occurrence of the 
genus in the Pilbara region of Western Australia. The 
greatest species diversity is in New Guinea, Australia 
and New Caledonia. 
1. Alphitonia excelsa (FenzI) Benth., FL Austral. 
1:414(1863) 
Colubrina excelsa FenzI in Endl., Enum. PL [Endlicher] 20 
(1837); Ceanothus excelsus (FenzI) Steud,, Nomencl. Bot. 
[Steudelled.2, 2:313(1841). 
Ceanothus excelsus A.Cunn., nom. nud. 
Type: [Queensland] Moreton Bay, undated, 
A. Cunningham (lectotype W, here designated; 
?isolectotype BRI). 
Alphitonia excelsa var. acutifolia Braid, Bull. Misc. Inform. 
KewM? (1925).Type: Queensland. MORETON; Ipswich, 
undated, J.F. Hall 9 (holotype K, image!; isotype BRI). 
Alphitonia sp. (Selwyn Ranges LP.Conroy 3) in Bean 
(2002), Bean (2007). 
Alphitonia sp. (Little Crystal Creek A.R.Bean 5237) in 
Bean (2002), Bean (2007). 
tllustrations:T.D. Stanley & E.M. Ross, Flora of south¬ 
eastern Queensland 2:49, fig. J1, J2 (1986); Logan River 
Branch SGAP, Mangroves to Mountains 1:57 (2002); G.J. 
Harden et ol., Rainforest Trees and shrubs, A field guide to 
their identification 152 (2006); R. Melzer and J. Plumb, 
Plants ofCapricornia 284 (2007). 
Tree 4-20 m high. Bark persistent, tessellated and 
dark at base of large trees; otherwise smooth, dappled 
white and grey. Primary branches ascending, with 
secondary and tertiary branches on different planes. 
Branchlets not prominently ridged near growing point- 
stipules 3-14 mm long, linear to narrowly-triangular. 
Juvenile stem indumentum in some forms dense, 
rusty, straight to flexuose, patent to 0.6 mm high; in 
other forms with moderately dense white crisped 
hairs to 0.1 mm high, and scattered brown straight 
Muelleria 
5 

Page image

654118 Colubrina excelsa Muelleria 28(1): 5, 7
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689280
Page is part of the work A revision of Alphitonia (Rhamnaceae) for Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337568

Page text

Alphitonia 
primary and secondary branches and a more haphazard 
arrangement of smaller branches, resulting in a more 
evenly distributed canopy. 
The branching structure can be assessed only 
by field examination, and collectors of herbarium 
specimens rarely note the canopy structure of the 
tree. It cannot be inferred by the arrangement of the 
leaves on the ultimate branchlets (spiral or distichous). 
With the exception of A. whitei, the branchlets of all 
Australian species bear leaves that are consistently 
distichous. 
Taxonomy 
Alphitonia Reissek ex Endl., Gen. PL [Endlicher] 
1098 (1840). Type: A excelsa (FenzI) Benth. 
Trees, or rarely shrubs, evergreen. Spines absent. 
Branches {\n most species) horizontal, in layers ('pagoda- 
type' branching). Indumentum of simple, unbranched 
trichomes, straight, flexuose, tortuous or crisped; glands 
absent. Leaves simple, alternate, petiolate, distichous 
on smaller branches (except sometimes A. whitei), 
penninerved, intramarginal veinsabsent, margins entire, 
straight or undulate; translucent dots absent; upper 
surface green, glabrous or glabrescent; lower surface 
with dense short tomentum, often white; domatia 
absent; stipules two per leaf, free from each other, 
entire, caducous. Inflorescences dichasially or trichasially 
cymose, arranged into axillary racemes; flowers bisexual, 
protandrous, 5-merous; calyx 5-lobed, spreading, 
adaxially keeled; petals 5, cymbiform, caducous; sfomens 
5, each enclosed within a petal; anthers broadly sagittate 
with an appendage, versatile, basifixed, dehiscent by 
longitudinal slits; nectary disc thick, fleshy, filling the 
floral tube; style solitary, 2-3(-4)-fid, rudimentary before 
anthesis, elongating after anthesis; ovary partly inferior, 
2-3(-4)-locular. Fruits drupaceous, tardily dehiscent, the 
lower portion united with the calyx tube; epicarp thin, 
black, shiny, with ring-scar marking position of fallen 
sepals; mesocarp (when present) spongy to powdery, 
reddish; endocarpids hard, woody, often apiculate, 
dehiscing along the ventral suture and partly down 
the dorsal suture, each enclosing a single seed. Seeds 
often persistent on torus after remainder of fruit has 
fallen away, grey, with glossy hard testa, enclosed by 
membranous reddish-brown aril. 
Distribution 
Alphitonia is a western Pacific genus. Natural stands 
of Alphitonia occur as far north as Hainan (southern 
China), west to Borneo, east to Tahiti, Hawaii and 
the Marquesas Islands, and to southern coastal 
New South Wales in the south. The map by Balgooy 
(1966) provides an accurate portrayal of the generic 
distribution, except for an alleged occurrence of the 
genus in the Pilbara region of Western Australia. The 
greatest species diversity is in New Guinea, Australia 
and New Caledonia. 
1. Alphitonia excelsa (FenzI) Benth., FL Austral. 
1:414(1863) 
Colubrina excelsa FenzI in Endl., Enum. PL [Endlicher] 20 
(1837); Ceanothus excelsus (FenzI) Steud,, Nomencl. Bot. 
[Steudelled.2, 2:313(1841). 
Ceanothus excelsus A.Cunn., nom. nud. 
Type: [Queensland] Moreton Bay, undated, 
A. Cunningham (lectotype W, here designated; 
?isolectotype BRI). 
Alphitonia excelsa var. acutifolia Braid, Bull. Misc. Inform. 
KewM? (1925).Type: Queensland. MORETON; Ipswich, 
undated, J.F. Hall 9 (holotype K, image!; isotype BRI). 
Alphitonia sp. (Selwyn Ranges LP.Conroy 3) in Bean 
(2002), Bean (2007). 
Alphitonia sp. (Little Crystal Creek A.R.Bean 5237) in 
Bean (2002), Bean (2007). 
tllustrations:T.D. Stanley & E.M. Ross, Flora of south¬ 
eastern Queensland 2:49, fig. J1, J2 (1986); Logan River 
Branch SGAP, Mangroves to Mountains 1:57 (2002); G.J. 
Harden et ol., Rainforest Trees and shrubs, A field guide to 
their identification 152 (2006); R. Melzer and J. Plumb, 
Plants ofCapricornia 284 (2007). 
Tree 4-20 m high. Bark persistent, tessellated and 
dark at base of large trees; otherwise smooth, dappled 
white and grey. Primary branches ascending, with 
secondary and tertiary branches on different planes. 
Branchlets not prominently ridged near growing point- 
stipules 3-14 mm long, linear to narrowly-triangular. 
Juvenile stem indumentum in some forms dense, 
rusty, straight to flexuose, patent to 0.6 mm high; in 
other forms with moderately dense white crisped 
hairs to 0.1 mm high, and scattered brown straight 
Muelleria 
5 

Page image

886613 Coprosma billardierei Muelleria 28(1): 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689248
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570

Page text

Leptostigma 
Figure 5. Distributions of Coprosma niphophila, C perpusHIa subsp. perpusilla, C pumila, C moorei, C repens and C robusto. 
(1830), nom. illeg., as Billordieri; Conthium billardierei 
D.Dietn, Syn. PL 1: 779 (1839), nom. illeg., as Billardierii; 
Coprosma billardierei (DC.) Hook.f., in WJ.Hooker, 
London J. Bot. 6:465 (1847) bis, nom. Hleg., as Billardieri. 
Type: Tasmania. Locality unknown; icono: op. at, t. 
94(1805). 
Introduced species 
Distributions of the two introduced species are 
presented in Figure 5. 
A. Coprosma repens A.Rich., in J.S.C.Dumont 
d'Urville, Voy. Astrolabe 1:264 (1832) 
Type: New Zealand. Astrolabe Harbour [Tasman 
Muelleria 
37 

Page image

886615 Coprosma billardieri Muelleria 28(1): 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689248
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570
886609 Coprosma granadensis Muelleria 28(1): 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689251
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570

Page text

Thompson 
Figure 3. Leptostigma brevifJorum, flowering shoot. Hairs 
similar to those on the corolla and calyx are also present on 
leaves, stipules and ovary, but are not shown here for the 
sake of clarity. Three glandular teeth are shown protruding 
from the margin of the stipular sheath. Scale bar = 2 mm. 
Selected specimens of nine examined: VICTORIA. Lake 
Mountain State Park, A.C Beauglehole 71665, 23.xi.1982 (MEL 
2070904); Smythe's Creek, 6 km ESE of Warburton, J.H. Willis, 
15.V.1966 (MEL 2266985); against retaining wall of Upper 
Royston SEC dam, Central Highlands, J.H. Willis, 5.v,1963 (MEL 
267887); UpperYarra Water Catchment, AC Beauglehole71659 
& CM. Beardsell, 23j<i.l982 (MEL 2070905); Murrindindi State 
Forest, A.C Beauglehole 70717, 10.viii.1982 (MEL 2070903); 
Hardy Creek Rd, 200 m S of intersection with Sylvia Creek Rd, 
Toolangi State Forest, c. 10 km NE ofToolangi, /./?. Thompson 
1050, 15.xi.2008 (AD, BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); Near picnic 
area, Cumberland Falls, H.Eichler 18949, 23.i.l967 (AD). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in south-central 
Victoria to the north-east of Melbourne in an area 
bounded by Lake Mountain, Toolangi and Warburton 
(Fig. 1). Grows in wet sclerophylt forest and at margins 
of Nothofagus cunninghamii (Hook.) Oerst. rainforest. 
Flowering period: Flowers late spring and summer. 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the short flowers 
(L. brevis, short, and fJos, flower). 
Notes: Leptostigma breviflorum is most closely 
related to L. reptans and L setulosum, the latter from 
New Zealand, but is readily distinguished from these 
species by the flowers, which have a much shorter 
corolla and shorter stamens with smaller anthers. 
Apart from the differences in floral morphology, 
L. breviflorum differs from i. reptans in having spreading 
rather than antrorse hairs on stems, leaves with a 
slightly lower length:width ratio and which dry darker, 
and ovaries and fruits that are hairier and less distinctly 
ribbed. Compared to L. setulosum {hde Allan 1961 and 
Gardner 1999), L brevifJorum has shorter, weaker hairs 
on leaves, flowers and fruit. 
Nertera Banks & Sol. ex Gaertn., Fruct Sem. PL 
1:124 (1788), nom. cons, 
A genus of c. 15 species from Central America, South 
America, NewZealand and Australia. A/erferagranadens/s 
is the only representative in Australia and it is also native 
to New Zealand, Central America and South America. 
Nertera granadensis (Mutis ex L.f.) Druce, Rep, 
Bot Soc, Exch. Club Brit. Isles 1916:637 (1917) 
Gomozia granadensis Mutis ex L.f., Suppl. PL 129 
(1782); Coprosma granadensis (Lf.) Heads, Condollea 
51:388(1996). 
Type: South America. Precise locality unknown, 
Columbia, Herb. Linn. 172.1, Mutis; lecto: LINN, 
lectotypifier unknown but cited by D.H. Lorence, 
Monogr. Syst. Bot. Missouri Bot. Card. 73:104 (1999). 
Nertera depressa Banks & Sol. ex Gaertn., 
Fruct Sem, PL 1:124(1788). Type: South 
America. Success Bay,Tierra del Fuego, Banks s.n., no 
date; holo: K n.v, 
Australian and New Zealand material was originally 
referred to N. depressa the type of which is from far 
southern South America. A number of authors (e.g., 
Lawrence 1949, Andersson 1993) have concluded that 
American material of N. depressa is synonymous with 
N. granadensis. Extrapolating from this conclusion, the 
name N. granadensis has been introduced by authors 
of recent Australian state floras (James 1992; Jeanes 
1999). In contrast, the name N. depressa appears to 
have been consistently maintained in New Zealand. 
Whether Australian and New Zealand material 
represents the same taxon as in America has not been 
critically evaluated in this study. 
Nertera granadensis is illustrated in Jeanes (1999); 
however, the caption for the illustration is incorrect in 
stating 'male flower' as the flowers of this species are 
hermaphrodite. The distribution of N. granadensis in 
Australia is shown in Figure 1. 
Coprosma J.R.Forst, & G.Forst., Char, Gen, PL 
137(1776) 
A genus of c. 90 species from South America, 
34 
Vol 28(1)2010 

Page image

654172 Coprosma hirtella Muelleria 28(1): 35, Fig. 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689250
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570

Page text

Leptostigmo 
Australia, New Zealand, smaller islands of the Pacific 
Ocean and south-east Asia. The greatest diversity 
is in New Zealand. Ten species occur in Australia, 
eight of these are native, with six endemic. Of the 
ten species, eight are dioecious, Coprosma moorei 
is hermaphrodite, and C niphopbila has a variable 
sexual pattern with flowers structurally bisexual but 
functionally sometimes unisexual. 
Domatia are a feature of leaves of Coprosma, 
particularly the larger-leaved species. They are small 
cavities in leaves which are open to the abaxial side 
of leaves and located in the axil formed by the midrib 
and secondary veins. They are sometimes bordered by 
cilia. On the upper surface they appear as blister-like 
elevations in fresh material. Treatments of Coprosma 
in recent state floras (James 1992; Jeanes 1999) do not 
give an accurate account of the occurrence of domatia 
in Australian species. Both introduced species, C repens 
and C robusta, consistently have several domatia, with 
those in the former species generally having a larger 
orifice. Sometimes in pressed specimens of C. robusta 
the orifice is not readily seen; however, a tuft of hairs 
usually identifies its presence. Of the native species, 
C hirtella consistently has leaves with a few to several 
domatia, although they are often somewhat obscure 
in pressed specimens. In C quadrifida, domatia are 
occasionally present in a proportion of leaves. As 
leaves of this species are small, only 1-3 domatia are 
likely on any one leaf. In fresh material of this species, 
the blister-like elevations on the upper surface are 
conspicuous. 
Coprosma quadrifida appears to be most closely 
related to C nitida and the two species have occasionally 
been confused. Both species are shrubs with pubescent 
branchlets, and often short, spine-tipped branchlets, 
with solitary flowers, and similar interpetiolar stipules. 
Branchlets supporting flowers and fruit become 
recurved in both species. The main distinguishing 
features are given in the key below in couplet 5. In 
addition, C. quadrifida can be distinguished from 
C nitida by several further features including its shorter 
stipular sheath. The stipular sheath, which is formed 
by the fusion of the interpetiolar stipules, is c. 0.5 mm 
high adjacent to petioles in C. quadrifida, whereas 
it is generally c. 1 mm high in C nitida. Domatia are 
occasionally developed in C quadrifida but they have 
not been recorded in C. nitida. Furthermore, the spine- 
tipped branchlets of C. quadrifida are more slender, 
the leaf-apex is more acute, the calyx tube is better 
developed, and the fruit is smaller. 
A reassessment of herbarium records has revealed that 
C nivalis occurs in Tasmania. It has been collected from 
the eastern side of Lake Augusta {R.W. Purdie 3534 CANB), 
and the banks of Liawenee Canal (W.M. Curtis HO). 
Flowers and stipulesofCpum/7aC.n/Va//s,Cperpt/s/7/a 
and C niphopbila are well illustrated in Orchard (1986). 
Most species of Coprosma are illustrated in Jeanes 
(1999). On this plate, distinctions between leaves of 
C quadrifida and C nitida are accurately depicted, as 
are the scabrosities and leaf-apex in C hirtella, and the 
domatia in a leaf of C repens. However, the illustration of 
a leaf of C. robusta implies that domatia are absent; this 
is unlikely to be the case as discussed above. 
Hybrids between C. quadrifida and introduced 
species of Coprosma have been recorded from 
Melbourne and the Mornington Peninsula in south- 
central Victoria. Collections from adjacent the Mt 
Tomah Botanic Gardens in the Blue Mountains, New 
South Wales (CH. Barker 12 and 29 MEL) are possibly 
also hybrids involving C. quadrifida. Possible second 
parents include C. hirtella, C. repens or C. robusta. 
Native species 
Species are listed alphabetically. Distributions of the 
eight native species are presented in Figures 4 and 5. 
1. Coprosma hirtella Labill., Nov, HolL PI, 1:70 
(1805) 
Type: Tasmania. Locality unknown, icono; Nov. Holl. 
P/.1:tab. 95(1805) 
2. Coprosma moorei Rodway, Pap, & Proc, Roy, 
Soc. Tasmania 1893:179 (1894) 
Type: Tasmania. Mount Arthur, LRodway, 3.iv.1893; 
syn: MEL 54909; near Mount Tyndall,-/.ft Moore, 1891; 
syn: MEL 54908; Snake Plains, Mount Wellington, L 
Rodway, 1892; syn: MEL 654170. 
3. Coprosma niphopbila Orchard, Brunonia 9: 
134-135(1986) 
Type: New South Wales. Upper Blue Lake Cirque, 
Muelleria 
35 

Page image

654171 Coprosma Muelleria 28(1): 34-35

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 34-35".

654173 Coprosma moorei Muelleria 28(1): 35, Fig. 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689250
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570

Page text

Leptostigmo 
Australia, New Zealand, smaller islands of the Pacific 
Ocean and south-east Asia. The greatest diversity 
is in New Zealand. Ten species occur in Australia, 
eight of these are native, with six endemic. Of the 
ten species, eight are dioecious, Coprosma moorei 
is hermaphrodite, and C niphopbila has a variable 
sexual pattern with flowers structurally bisexual but 
functionally sometimes unisexual. 
Domatia are a feature of leaves of Coprosma, 
particularly the larger-leaved species. They are small 
cavities in leaves which are open to the abaxial side 
of leaves and located in the axil formed by the midrib 
and secondary veins. They are sometimes bordered by 
cilia. On the upper surface they appear as blister-like 
elevations in fresh material. Treatments of Coprosma 
in recent state floras (James 1992; Jeanes 1999) do not 
give an accurate account of the occurrence of domatia 
in Australian species. Both introduced species, C repens 
and C robusta, consistently have several domatia, with 
those in the former species generally having a larger 
orifice. Sometimes in pressed specimens of C. robusta 
the orifice is not readily seen; however, a tuft of hairs 
usually identifies its presence. Of the native species, 
C hirtella consistently has leaves with a few to several 
domatia, although they are often somewhat obscure 
in pressed specimens. In C quadrifida, domatia are 
occasionally present in a proportion of leaves. As 
leaves of this species are small, only 1-3 domatia are 
likely on any one leaf. In fresh material of this species, 
the blister-like elevations on the upper surface are 
conspicuous. 
Coprosma quadrifida appears to be most closely 
related to C nitida and the two species have occasionally 
been confused. Both species are shrubs with pubescent 
branchlets, and often short, spine-tipped branchlets, 
with solitary flowers, and similar interpetiolar stipules. 
Branchlets supporting flowers and fruit become 
recurved in both species. The main distinguishing 
features are given in the key below in couplet 5. In 
addition, C. quadrifida can be distinguished from 
C nitida by several further features including its shorter 
stipular sheath. The stipular sheath, which is formed 
by the fusion of the interpetiolar stipules, is c. 0.5 mm 
high adjacent to petioles in C. quadrifida, whereas 
it is generally c. 1 mm high in C nitida. Domatia are 
occasionally developed in C quadrifida but they have 
not been recorded in C. nitida. Furthermore, the spine- 
tipped branchlets of C. quadrifida are more slender, 
the leaf-apex is more acute, the calyx tube is better 
developed, and the fruit is smaller. 
A reassessment of herbarium records has revealed that 
C nivalis occurs in Tasmania. It has been collected from 
the eastern side of Lake Augusta {R.W. Purdie 3534 CANB), 
and the banks of Liawenee Canal (W.M. Curtis HO). 
Flowers and stipulesofCpum/7aC.n/Va//s,Cperpt/s/7/a 
and C niphopbila are well illustrated in Orchard (1986). 
Most species of Coprosma are illustrated in Jeanes 
(1999). On this plate, distinctions between leaves of 
C quadrifida and C nitida are accurately depicted, as 
are the scabrosities and leaf-apex in C hirtella, and the 
domatia in a leaf of C repens. However, the illustration of 
a leaf of C. robusta implies that domatia are absent; this 
is unlikely to be the case as discussed above. 
Hybrids between C. quadrifida and introduced 
species of Coprosma have been recorded from 
Melbourne and the Mornington Peninsula in south- 
central Victoria. Collections from adjacent the Mt 
Tomah Botanic Gardens in the Blue Mountains, New 
South Wales (CH. Barker 12 and 29 MEL) are possibly 
also hybrids involving C. quadrifida. Possible second 
parents include C. hirtella, C. repens or C. robusta. 
Native species 
Species are listed alphabetically. Distributions of the 
eight native species are presented in Figures 4 and 5. 
1. Coprosma hirtella Labill., Nov, HolL PI, 1:70 
(1805) 
Type: Tasmania. Locality unknown, icono; Nov. Holl. 
P/.1:tab. 95(1805) 
2. Coprosma moorei Rodway, Pap, & Proc, Roy, 
Soc. Tasmania 1893:179 (1894) 
Type: Tasmania. Mount Arthur, LRodway, 3.iv.1893; 
syn: MEL 54909; near Mount Tyndall,-/.ft Moore, 1891; 
syn: MEL 54908; Snake Plains, Mount Wellington, L 
Rodway, 1892; syn: MEL 654170. 
3. Coprosma niphopbila Orchard, Brunonia 9: 
134-135(1986) 
Type: New South Wales. Upper Blue Lake Cirque, 
Muelleria 
35 

Page image

654174 Coprosma niphophila Muelleria 28(1): 35-36, Fig. 5

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 35-36, Fig. 5".

654175 Coprosma nitida Muelleria 28(1): 36, Fig. 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689249
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570

Page text

Thompson 
Figure 4. Distributions of Coprosma hirtella, C quadrifida, C nitida and C nivalis. 
Mt Kosciuszko Area, M. Gray Se C Totterdell 6158, 
7.ii.1968; holo: CANB; iso: CANB. 
4. Coprosma nitida Hook.f. in WJ.Hooker, 
London J. Bot 6:465 (1847), bis 
Type: Tasmania. Surrey Hills, RC Gunn 874, ii.l837; 
lecto: K, fide W.R.B. Oliver, Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 
132:57(1935) 
5. Coprosma nivalis W.R.B.Oliv., Bull. Bernice P, 
Bishop Mus. 132:37 (1935) 
Type: Victoria. The Cobberas, Snovyy Plains, 
F. Mueller, s.d.; holo: MEL 54916. 
6. Coprosma perpusilla Colenso, Trans. New 
Zealand Inst. 22: 466 (1890) 
Type: New Zealand. River Wangaehu, near east 
base of Mount Tongariro, County of EastTaupo, H. Hill, 
1889; holo: WELT n.v., fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9:131 
(1986). 
6a. C. perpusilla subsp. perpusilla 
6b. C. perpusilla subsp. subantarctica Orchard, 
Brunon/o 9:133 (1986) 
C repens Hook.f., FI. Antarct. 1:22 (1844). [Macquarie 
Island is the only Australian locality] 
Type: New Zealand. Common Campbell's Island, J.D. 
Hooker 1595, s.d.; lecto: K, fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9: 
133(1986). 
7. Coprosma pumila Hook.f., FI. /Infarct. 2:543 
(1847) 
Type: Tasmania. Middlesex Plains, R.C Gunn 304, 
ii.1837; syn: K, image seen MEL; near Arthurs Lakes, R.C. 
Gunn 304, 18.ii.l 842; syn: K, image seen MEL. 
8. Coprosma quadrifida (Labill.) B.L.Rob., Proc. 
Amer. Acad. Arts 45:409 (1910) 
Canthium quadrifidum Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 1:69, t. 94 
(1805); Marquisia billardierei A.Rich. ex DC., Prodr. 4:447 
36 
Vol 28(1)2010 

Page image

654176 Coprosma nivalis Muelleria 28(1): 36, Fig. 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689249
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570

Page text

Thompson 
Figure 4. Distributions of Coprosma hirtella, C quadrifida, C nitida and C nivalis. 
Mt Kosciuszko Area, M. Gray Se C Totterdell 6158, 
7.ii.1968; holo: CANB; iso: CANB. 
4. Coprosma nitida Hook.f. in WJ.Hooker, 
London J. Bot 6:465 (1847), bis 
Type: Tasmania. Surrey Hills, RC Gunn 874, ii.l837; 
lecto: K, fide W.R.B. Oliver, Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 
132:57(1935) 
5. Coprosma nivalis W.R.B.Oliv., Bull. Bernice P, 
Bishop Mus. 132:37 (1935) 
Type: Victoria. The Cobberas, Snovyy Plains, 
F. Mueller, s.d.; holo: MEL 54916. 
6. Coprosma perpusilla Colenso, Trans. New 
Zealand Inst. 22: 466 (1890) 
Type: New Zealand. River Wangaehu, near east 
base of Mount Tongariro, County of EastTaupo, H. Hill, 
1889; holo: WELT n.v., fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9:131 
(1986). 
6a. C. perpusilla subsp. perpusilla 
6b. C. perpusilla subsp. subantarctica Orchard, 
Brunon/o 9:133 (1986) 
C repens Hook.f., FI. Antarct. 1:22 (1844). [Macquarie 
Island is the only Australian locality] 
Type: New Zealand. Common Campbell's Island, J.D. 
Hooker 1595, s.d.; lecto: K, fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9: 
133(1986). 
7. Coprosma pumila Hook.f., FI. /Infarct. 2:543 
(1847) 
Type: Tasmania. Middlesex Plains, R.C Gunn 304, 
ii.1837; syn: K, image seen MEL; near Arthurs Lakes, R.C. 
Gunn 304, 18.ii.l 842; syn: K, image seen MEL. 
8. Coprosma quadrifida (Labill.) B.L.Rob., Proc. 
Amer. Acad. Arts 45:409 (1910) 
Canthium quadrifidum Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 1:69, t. 94 
(1805); Marquisia billardierei A.Rich. ex DC., Prodr. 4:447 
36 
Vol 28(1)2010 

Page image

654177 Coprosma perpusilla Muelleria 28(1): 36, Fig. 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689249
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570

Page text

Thompson 
Figure 4. Distributions of Coprosma hirtella, C quadrifida, C nitida and C nivalis. 
Mt Kosciuszko Area, M. Gray Se C Totterdell 6158, 
7.ii.1968; holo: CANB; iso: CANB. 
4. Coprosma nitida Hook.f. in WJ.Hooker, 
London J. Bot 6:465 (1847), bis 
Type: Tasmania. Surrey Hills, RC Gunn 874, ii.l837; 
lecto: K, fide W.R.B. Oliver, Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 
132:57(1935) 
5. Coprosma nivalis W.R.B.Oliv., Bull. Bernice P, 
Bishop Mus. 132:37 (1935) 
Type: Victoria. The Cobberas, Snovyy Plains, 
F. Mueller, s.d.; holo: MEL 54916. 
6. Coprosma perpusilla Colenso, Trans. New 
Zealand Inst. 22: 466 (1890) 
Type: New Zealand. River Wangaehu, near east 
base of Mount Tongariro, County of EastTaupo, H. Hill, 
1889; holo: WELT n.v., fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9:131 
(1986). 
6a. C. perpusilla subsp. perpusilla 
6b. C. perpusilla subsp. subantarctica Orchard, 
Brunon/o 9:133 (1986) 
C repens Hook.f., FI. Antarct. 1:22 (1844). [Macquarie 
Island is the only Australian locality] 
Type: New Zealand. Common Campbell's Island, J.D. 
Hooker 1595, s.d.; lecto: K, fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9: 
133(1986). 
7. Coprosma pumila Hook.f., FI. /Infarct. 2:543 
(1847) 
Type: Tasmania. Middlesex Plains, R.C Gunn 304, 
ii.1837; syn: K, image seen MEL; near Arthurs Lakes, R.C. 
Gunn 304, 18.ii.l 842; syn: K, image seen MEL. 
8. Coprosma quadrifida (Labill.) B.L.Rob., Proc. 
Amer. Acad. Arts 45:409 (1910) 
Canthium quadrifidum Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 1:69, t. 94 
(1805); Marquisia billardierei A.Rich. ex DC., Prodr. 4:447 
36 
Vol 28(1)2010 

Page image

654178 Coprosma perpusilla perpusilla Muelleria 28(1): 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689249
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570
654179 Coprosma perpusilla subantarctica Muelleria 28(1): 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689249
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570
654180 Coprosma pumila Muelleria 28(1): 36, Fig. 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689249
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570

Page text

Thompson 
Figure 4. Distributions of Coprosma hirtella, C quadrifida, C nitida and C nivalis. 
Mt Kosciuszko Area, M. Gray Se C Totterdell 6158, 
7.ii.1968; holo: CANB; iso: CANB. 
4. Coprosma nitida Hook.f. in WJ.Hooker, 
London J. Bot 6:465 (1847), bis 
Type: Tasmania. Surrey Hills, RC Gunn 874, ii.l837; 
lecto: K, fide W.R.B. Oliver, Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 
132:57(1935) 
5. Coprosma nivalis W.R.B.Oliv., Bull. Bernice P, 
Bishop Mus. 132:37 (1935) 
Type: Victoria. The Cobberas, Snovyy Plains, 
F. Mueller, s.d.; holo: MEL 54916. 
6. Coprosma perpusilla Colenso, Trans. New 
Zealand Inst. 22: 466 (1890) 
Type: New Zealand. River Wangaehu, near east 
base of Mount Tongariro, County of EastTaupo, H. Hill, 
1889; holo: WELT n.v., fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9:131 
(1986). 
6a. C. perpusilla subsp. perpusilla 
6b. C. perpusilla subsp. subantarctica Orchard, 
Brunon/o 9:133 (1986) 
C repens Hook.f., FI. Antarct. 1:22 (1844). [Macquarie 
Island is the only Australian locality] 
Type: New Zealand. Common Campbell's Island, J.D. 
Hooker 1595, s.d.; lecto: K, fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9: 
133(1986). 
7. Coprosma pumila Hook.f., FI. /Infarct. 2:543 
(1847) 
Type: Tasmania. Middlesex Plains, R.C Gunn 304, 
ii.1837; syn: K, image seen MEL; near Arthurs Lakes, R.C. 
Gunn 304, 18.ii.l 842; syn: K, image seen MEL. 
8. Coprosma quadrifida (Labill.) B.L.Rob., Proc. 
Amer. Acad. Arts 45:409 (1910) 
Canthium quadrifidum Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 1:69, t. 94 
(1805); Marquisia billardierei A.Rich. ex DC., Prodr. 4:447 
36 
Vol 28(1)2010 

Page image

654181 Coprosma quadrifida Muelleria 28(1): 36-37, Fig. 4

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 36-37, Fig. 4".

654187 Coprosma repens Muelleria 28(1): 37-38, Fig. 5

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 37-38, Fig. 5".

886610 Coprosma repens Muelleria 28(1): 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689249
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570
886606 Coprosma reptans Muelleria 28(1): 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689254
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570

Page text

Leptostigma 
Key to species of Leptostigma 
1 Corolla 7-12 mm long; anthers 1.8-3.0 mm long; ovary and fruit glabrous or nearly so; 
stem-hairs antrorse; leaf-lamina mostly with l:w ratio > 1 A .1. L reptans 
1: Corolla 3-4 mm long; anthers 0.8-1.3 mm long; ovary and fruit moderately hairy; 
stem hairs spreading; leaf-lamina mostly with l:w ratio < 1.4.2. L. brevifJorum 
Leptostigma Arn., J. Bot (Hooker) 3:270 
(1841) 
Perennial prostrate herbs, hermaphrodite. Leaves 
opposite, petiolate, entire, discolorous, without 
domatia; stipules forming a low collar, glandular- 
dentate, not connate with each other. Flowers solitary, 
terminal, protogynous, tsessile; calyx 2-lobed or 
4(-6)-lobed (not in Australia); corolla-tube generally 
elongate, predominantly 4-lobed; stamens becoming 
much exserted in male phase; anthers mostly rather 
large, without a terminal appendage; ovary inferior, 
2-locular; style 2-fid from near base, with stigmata 
elongate, much exserted. Fruit pseudoaxillary, more or 
less dry, ellipsoid; pyrenes 2. 
A genus of seven species from Central America, 
South America, New Zealand and Australia. In Australia 
perhaps most similar vegetatively to Nertera but with 
relatively shorter petioles, hairy stems and leaves, and 
glandular-dentate stipules. Species of Leptostigma in 
Australia and New Zealand are distinct in the genus 
in having a 2-lobed calyx. The chromosome number 
for Leptostigma setulosum (Hook.f.) Fosberg from New 
Zealand is n = 20 compared to n = 22 for Coprosmo 
and Nertera {fide Gardner 1999). In Australian and New 
Zealand species at least, shoot development from one 
of the axils at the base of a terminal flower commences 
at anthesis and results in developing fruit being located 
well behind the growing points of the plant. 
1. Leptostigma reptans (F.Muell.) Fosberg, 
Acta Phytotax, Geobot 33:82 (1982) 
Diodia reptans F.Muell., Trans. & Proc. Victorian Inst. 
Advancem. Sci. 128 (1855); Nertera reptans {F.Muell.) 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 431 (1867); Coprosma reptans 
(F.Muell.) F.Muell., Frogm. 9:186 (1875) 
Type: Victoria. Snowy River, F.Mueller, i.l855; syn: 
MEL 2288169-2288172 (one indicating altitude of 
2000'and so possibly in NSW, one indicating near coast 
and so near Orbost, Vic., the other two only specifying 
Snowy River). 
Prostrate perennial herbs, rooting at nodes; older stolons 
to 1.5 mm diam. Sfems with sparse to moderately dense 
indumentum of straight antrorse to subappressed 
hairs, mostly 0.3-0.8 mm long. Leaves with petiole 1-3 
mm long; lamina ovate-broad-ovate, 5-17 mm long, 
2-9 mm wide, l;w ratio mostly 1.4-2, drying pale to 
dark; base cuneate to truncate, occasionally cuneate; 
upper surface with sparse to scattered spreading hairs, 
0.7-1.2 mm long, sometimes nearly glabrous especially 
medially.Sf/pu/esformingalowcollar,with 1-3 glandular 
teeth, with erect hairs 1-2 mm long. Flowers sessile to 
subsessile; calyx lobes 2, triangular, 0.5-1 mm long, 
sometimes with additional minute glandular lobes, 
hairy; corolla finally 7-12 mm long, 1-1.6 mm wide at 
base of lobes (pressed), greenish-cream, usually tinged 
reddish; lobes 1 -1.5 mm long, with margins red, usually 
with spreading hairs; stamens 4 (or 5), 25-35 mm long, 
filaments purple; anthers 1.8-3.0 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm 
wide, cream, sometimes tinged purple; ovary nearly 
glabrous except at summit, stigmata to c. 15 mm long. 
Fruit short-pedicellate, broad-ellipsoid, 2-3 mm long 
excluding persistent calyx lobes, with longitudinaf ribs, 
mostly nearly glabrous, st^metimes with hairs in lines; 
pyrenes 2-2.5 mm long, 1.6 mm wide. 
Selectedspecimensofc,40examinediSOi)THAiJSTHAL\A, 
The Bluff, c. 4.5 km SVJ of Glencoe, A.C.Beauglebole 6580&D.N. 
/froe/7e/7i)uefj/{CANB); Honans Native Forest Reserve, DJ. Duvo/ 
976 & others, 2^.)(.l2007 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Bombala 
R., c. 17 km NE of Bibbenluke, N of confluence with Back 
Creek, /. Crawford 5894, 29.xi.2000 (CANB, MEL 1005972, NSW). 
VICTORIA. Gorae West, A.C. Beauglehole 366, xi.l945 (MEL 
1505764); Jancourt Forest [South] Rd. c. 8 km S of Purrumbete 
South, D.E. Albrecht 5074, 30.xi.l992 (AD, MEL 2017505); 17.5 
km NE ofYarram PO, A.C Beauglehole 62515, 14j(ii.1978 (MEL 
304525); sources of the Brodribb River, E. Merrall, xi.1887 (MEL 
2267884). TASMANIA, summit of Strathgordon-Lake Redder 
Rd, Humboldt Divide, P.J. deLangeTASIIS, 16.iv.2000 (HO). 
Distribution and habitat; Occurs in far south-eastern 
South Australia, far south-eastern New South Wales, 
southern and eastern Victoria, and central Tasmania (Fig. 
1). Grows in forests from low to montane altitudes. 
Muelleria 
31 

Page image

654191 Coprosma robusta Muelleria 28(1): 38, Fig. 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689247
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570

Page text

Thompson 
Key to species of Coprosma 
Note: Microscopic examination will be necessary to identify domatia in most instances. 
1 Flowers clustered; broadest leaves > 8 mm wide, domatia present (erect shrubs or small trees).2 
1: Flowers solitary; leaves < 7 mm wide, domatia absent, or occasional in C quadrifida, .4 
2 Leaf apex conspicuously acuminate, apiculate; leaves commonly scabridulous above; 
calyx lobes > 0.5 mm long; stigmata > 10 mm long; drupes globose,.C. hirtetia 
2: Leaf apex not or only gradually acuminate, not apiculate; leaves smooth above; calyx lobes not 
or hardly developed; stigmata < 10 mm long; drupes ellipsoid, broad-obovoid or sub-globose.3 
3 Leaf apex broadly rounded to truncate; stipules with several denticles; 
drupes broad-obovoid to sub-globose..,,. repens 
3: Leaf apex subacute, acute or slightly acuminate; stipules with a single denticle; drupes ellipsoid.C. robusta 
4 Erect or occasionally nearly prostrate shrubs; branchlets pubescent at first; short spine-tipped 
branchlets often present,.5 
4: Prostrate subshrubs; branchlets glabrous; spine-tipped branchlets absent..6 
5 Leaves thin, margins flat to minutely recurved, secondary venation evident, petiole slender 
(width 1/6-1/12 of lamina-width); bracts subtending flowers 0.3-1 mm long; pyrenes 2-3 mm long.C quadrifida 
5: Leaves generally thickened, margins conspicuously recurved, secondary venation not evident, 
petiole stout (width 1/3-1/6 of lamina-width); bracts subtending flowers 1-3 mm long; 
pyrenes 3-5 mm long. f^itida 
6 Drupes deep blue; flowers bisexual; leaf apex acute and mostly with a minute point, 
margins minutely papillose.C. moorei 
6: Drupes pale slaty blue, purplish-red or orange-red; flowers unisexual, or bisexual in 
C. niphophila: leaf apex rounded to acute without a minute point, margins not minutely papillose.7 
7 Drupes pale slaty blue or purplish-red; at least some younger leaves with a few hairs on margins; 
l:w ratio of leaves commonly > 2.5.8 
7: Drupes orange-red; leaves glabrous; I:w ratio of leaves mostly < 2.5.9 
8 Drupes pale slaty blue; petiole < 20% of total leaf length; stipule margin dliate; 
hairs absent from leaf apex..C. nivalis 
8: Drupes purplish-red; petiole > 20% of total leaf length; stipule margin glabrous; 
a few hairs at leaf apex in at least a proportion of leaves.C pumiia 
9 Flowers structurally unisexual; stigmata 3 or 4; pyrenes 3 or 4 per drupe; stipules < 0.8 mm long.C. perpusilla 
9: Flowers structurally bisexual; stigmata 2; pyrenes 2 per drupe; stipules 0.8-1.1 mm long.C niphophila 
Bay], 1827, A Lesson; holo: P n.v., fide H.H. Allan, FI. New 
ZeaW 1:584 (1961). 
B. Coprosma robusta Raoul, Ann, Sci, Nat, Bot 
ser.3,2:121 (1844) 
Type: New Zealand. Akaroa, coll, unknown; holo: ?P 
fide H.H. Allan, FI. New Zealand 1: 584 (1961). 
Durringtonia RJ.Hend. & Guymer, KewBulL 
40:99-101 (1985) 
A monotypic genus endemic in south-eastern 
Queensland and north-eastern New South Wales. 
Originally placed in a tribe of its own based on a suite of 
unusual features, including ovaries withasinglefunctional 
carpel, but transferred to subtribe Coprosminae in tribe 
Anthospermeae by Puff and Robbrecht (1988). 
Durringtonia paludosa RJ.Hend. & Guymer, 
Keiveci//. 40:99-101 (1985) 
Type: QUEENSLAND. Eagers Swamp, behind the 
beach on the ocean (eastern) side, c. 6.5 km ENE of 
Tangalooma Tourist Resort, Moreton Island, P. Sharpe 
3260, G. Guymer & R. Henderson, 17.xi.l982; holo: BRI; 
iso: CANB, NSW. 
This species is illustrated in Henderson and Guymer 
(1985). Its distribution is presented in Figure 1. 
38 
Vol 28(1)2010 

Page image

654160 Coprosminae Muelleria 28(1): 30
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689255
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570

Page text

Thompson 
Key to genera 
1 Herbs with 4-angled stems; leaves sessile, with a bract-like, linear lamina < 1 mm wide; 
1: Shrubs, trees or herbs with terete stems; leaves petiolate, with a green, elliptic-type 
lamina > 1 mm wide; stigmata 2 or more; pyrenes 2 or more. 
4. Durringtonia 
2 
2 Fruit more or less dry and dull brown at maturity, with calyx lobes 2; plants hermaphrodite, hairy,.... 
2: Fruit succulent and brightly coloured at maturity, with calyx lobes absent or 4 or more; 
plants dioecious, or sometimes hermaphrodite but then plants glabrous. 
1. Leptostigma 
3 
3 Shrubs, subshrubs or prostrate weakly woody herbs; petiole generally < 1/4 of length of lamina, 
plants dioecious or hermaphrodite; drupes variously coloured, mostly with calyx lobes evident; 
3. Coprosma 
3: Prostrate herbs; petiole a 1 /2 of length of lamina; plants hermaphrodite; drupes orange-red. 
2. Nertera 
nineteenth century.This number has now increased to 
12 with the addition of new species, Coprosma nivalis 
W.R.B.Oliv. in 1935, Durringtonia paludosa RJ.Hend. 
and Guymer in 1985 and C niphophila Orchard in 
1986, and the recognition that C perpusilla Colenso 
occurs in Australia as well as New Zealand (Orchard 
1986). Two name changes have recently been made: 
Nertera reptans (F.Muell.) Benth. was recombined as 
Leptostigma reptans (F.Muell.) Fosberg (Fosberg 1982), 
and N. granadensis (Mutis ex Lf.) Druce has recently 
been recognised in Australia, replacing N. depressa 
Banks & Sol. ex Gaertn., following the prevailing view 
in South America that N. granadensis and N. depressa 
are synonymous (Andersson 1993).This topic is further 
discussed under Nertera below. 
In preparing a Flora of Australia account of subtribe 
Coprosminae it was found that some aspects of the 
treatments of these species in recent state floras 
required revision. This paper has been written in order 
to communicate these revisions and, in particular, to 
describe a new species in Leptostigma. 
Methods 
Assessment of the taxonomy of the Coprosminae 
was based primarily on examination of herbarium 
material made available by AD, BRI, CANB, HO and MEL 
Field collections were also made for a few species in 
Coprosma and Leptostigma to assist in understanding 
the morphology of the group. Examination of 
herbarium material from MEL and AD revealed several 
specimens of Leptostigma from south-central Victoria 
that did not conform to recent circumscriptions of L. 
reptans (e.g. in New South Wales and Victorian state 
floras; James 1992;Jeanes 1999) in terms oftheirmuch 
shorter flowers. This difference was subsequently 
correlated to differences in indumentum and leaf 
shape. Field examination of this short-flowered form 
at one site nearToolangi {I.RJhompson 1050) indicated 
that floral size and general morphology was consistent 
within a population. 
Taxonomy 
Subtribe Coprosminae Fosberg, Acta 
Phytotax. Geobot 33:75 (1982) 
Perennial herbs, weakly woody subshrubs, shrubs 
or small trees, hermaphrodite or dioecious. Leaves 
opposite;stipulesinterpetiolar, mostly collar-likeorwith 
apex somewhat deltoid, usually viscous-glandular or 
glandular-dentate*. Flowers with small or rudimentary 
calyx, with lobes absent, 2,4 or 5, rarely more; stamens 
exserted, often greatly so; ovary inferior, 2-carpellate, 
functionally 1-carpellate in Durringtonia, carpels 1- 
ovulate; stigmata elongate and exserted, pilose. Fruit 
drupaceous, succulent, colourful, or more or less dry in 
Leptostigma; pyrenes!-4 per fruit, most commonly 2. 
* glandular teeth described by Orchard (1986) as 
denticles; by Gardner (1999) as colleters. 
A subtribe of the Anthospermeae (Rubiaceae) 
comprising five genera and c. 113 species. Four genera 
and 14 species in Australia, including two introduced 
species of Coprosma. Puff also published a description 
of Coprosminae in 1982; however, it postdated that of 
Fosberg. 
30 
Vol 28(1)2010 

Page image

654254 Cristonia biloba Muelleria 28(1): 71
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689199
Page is part of the work A revision of Cristonia (Fabaceae: Brongniartieae), doi:10.5962/p.337573

Page text

Cristonia 
Key to subspecies of Cristonia biioba 
1 Lower surface of leaves mostly glabrous either side of midrib; upper-branch leaves becoming 
parallel-sided approaching zone of dilation; upper surface of leaves prominently tuberculate 
at apex of lobes; wings purple-brown virtually to the apex...2a. subsp. biioba 
1: Lower surface of leaves with hairs evenly distributed throughout; upper-branch leaves cuneate 
to zone of dilation; upper surface of leaves inconspicuously tuberculate; wings mostly 
purple-brown but distal millimetre yellow.2b. subsp. pubescens 
smaller. Compared to C biioba subsp. biioba the upper 
surface of the leaf is less prominently tuberculate 
distally. However, C biioba subsp. pubescens is similar to 
Cstenophylla in this respect. A specimen from Murchison 
River (Phillips CANB) is atypical in having upper-branch 
leaves lobed distally. However, in these leaves the apical 
sinus is not particularly deep and the amount of dilation 
is small, and in other respects the specimen conforms 
well with C. stenophylla. In some specimens of Cristonia 
stenophylla, hairs have been noted arising from veins of 
the keel close to the lower margin. 
2. Cristonia biioba (Benth.) J.H.Ross, Muelleria 
15:11 (2001) 
Bossiaeo biioba Benth., in S.L.Endlicher et aL, Enum. 
PL 36 (1837); Templetonia biioba (Benth.) Polhill, Bot 
5ysf. 1:309(1976). 
Type: Western Australia. Locality unknown [Given 
as King Georges Sound but unlikely to be from this 
locality], Hugel; holo: Wn.v., photo MEL 2092155. 
Erect subshrubs to c. 0.6 m high, with roots not 
seen; with rootstock extending progressively each 
year. Stems to c. 3 mm in diameter; a pair of axillary 
leaves to c. 20 mm long usually developed at lower 
to mid-branch nodes; axillary leaf-clusters usually 
also developed. Leaves generally persistent; petiole 
c. 1 mm long; basal and lower-branch leaves with 
lamina cuneate to linear-cuneate, to 15 mm long, to 
c. 8 mm wide, with apex truncate or bilobed apically 
with sinus to 5 mm deep; mid- to upper-branch leaves 
with lamina narrow-oblong to linear or oblanceolate up 
to lobes, 10-30 mm long, 1 -4 mm wide mid-leaf, often 
bilobed apically and up to 6 mm wider than midleaf, 
sometimes not bilobed; base narrow-cuneate; margin 
nearly flat, recurved or revolute; apical sinus to 5 mm 
deep, sometimes a triangular lobe to c. 2 mm long, 
arising from sinus; apiculum commonly triangular- 
upper surface tuberculate, with tubercles minute to 
conspicuous, lower surface with hairs restricted to 
midrib or widespread. Pedicels 4-12 mm long; bract 
2-5 mm long, inserted basally or up to 3 mm distal 
to base, sometimes with apex recurved; bracteoles 
1-2 mm long, inserted 1-2 mm below calyx. Calyx 
8- 12 mm long, brown, or occasionally grey-brown; 
tube c. 1/3 of total length; upper lip 5-8 mm long, with 
sinus 1-2.5 mm deep; petals 12-18 mm long; standard- 
limb c. orbicular, c. 12-18 mm wide, with flare c. 3 mm 
wide, claw 4-5 mm long; wings c. as long as keel, 
4-7 mm wide, purple-brown more or less throughout, 
or becoming yellow distally and/or along lower margin, 
claw 2-3 mm long; keel 4-6 mm wide, claw 2.5-3.5 mm 
long; ovary 3-6-ovulate, with style c. 10 mm long. Pods 
±oblong or oblong-elliptic in profile, 15-35 mm long, 
9- 14 mm wide, 3-5-seeded; seeds 4-5.5 mm long, 
mid-brown; aril 1.8-2.5 mm in diameter, 1.5-2 mm tall 
including lobe, smooth. 
2a. Cristonia biioba subsp. biioba 
Leaves of mid to upper branches oblong or oblong- 
cuneiform below the dilation; apex sinus varying 
from slightly broader than deep to much deeper than 
broad; lower surface with hairs restricted to midrib or 
occasionally partially laterally. Pedicels to 12 mm long. 
Wings 4-5 mm wide, with purple-brown pigmentation 
reaching more or less to apex; keel 4-5 mm wide. Seeds 
4.5-5.5 mm long, with aril 2-2.5 mm in diameter, with 
lobe c. 1 mm high. 
Selected specimens of c, 100 examined: WESTERN 
AUSTRALIA. Adjacent ACTIV industries, High Wycombe, M. 
Hislop 1059, 6.vi.1998 (PERTH); Helena River, Mundaring, CA 
Gardner 538, 10.vii.1920 (PERTH); Ellis Brook Valley reserve, 
H. Bowler 390, 27.vi.1999 (PERTH); Piesse Brook, intersection 
of Mundaring Weir Rd and Aldersyde Rd, 12.4 km SW of 
Mundaring, J.H. Ross 3832, 24.xi.1996 (MEL 2043459); Darling 
Range escarpment, Susannah Brook, M.G. Corrick 9934, 
31.vii.1986 (MEL 1555244); Greenmount, Perth, 7.A. Choppill 
s.n., 29.xi.1991 (MEL 2010155); Helena Valley, J. Seabrook 29, 
Muelleria 
71 

Page image

654255 Cristonia biloba biloba Muelleria 28(1): 71-72, Figs 1-3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 71-72, Figs 1-3".

654256 Cristonia biloba pubescens Muelleria 28(1): 72-73, Fig. 1-3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 72-73, Fig. 1-3".

654252 Cristonia Muelleria 28(1): 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689218
Page is part of the work A revision of Cristonia (Fabaceae: Brongniartieae), doi:10.5962/p.337573

Page text

Cristonia 
shape, indumentum pattern and tubercle size of leaves; 
dimensions of the calyx and corolla; size of pods and 
seeds; and size and smoothness of the aril. 
Taxonomy 
Cristonia JM.Ross, Muelleria^S: 9 (2001) 
Type: Cristonia biloba (Benth.) J.H.Ross. 
Erect subshrubs to c. 0.5 m high, taprooted, single¬ 
stemmed. Indumentum dense on younger branches, 
pedicels, bracts, bracteoles and calyces, variably dense 
on leaves, greyish to brown depending on organ, 
brownest on pedicels and calyces; hairs simple, fairly 
straight, brown basally, becoming white distally, 
generally antrorse-appressed. Branches moderately 
divergent to sub-erect, terete to slightly angular, with 
a whitish waxy coating evident when hairs lost; 1 or 
2 axillary leaves smaller than subtending leaf often 
developed at lower- to mid-branch nodes, with a 
leaf-cluster sometimes additionally present. Leaves 
alternate, mostly sub-erect, simple, short-petiolate; 
lamina variable in shape, attenuate to cuneate basally, 
apiculate, sometimes enlarged and bilobed distally 
with lobes angled forwards; surfaces variably hairy, 
commonly glabrescent; estipulate. Inflorescences 
axillary, arising from a few to several successive nodes 
towards terminus of branches, with 1 or 2 flowers per 
axil; bract and bracteoles persistent, oblong-lanceolate, 
bract basal or near-basal; bracteoles inserted slightly 
below receptacle. Calyx persistent in fruit, brown to 
greyish externally, slightly fleecy internally; tube much 
shorter than lobes, upper lobes broader than lower, 
fused to form a ±oblong lip with apex more or less 
truncate, notched with sinus shallow; lateral lobes 
subequal to medial lobe; petals all of similar length, 
or wings a little shorter; standard yellow with purple- 
brown flare surrounding a greenish-yellow throat; 
wings predominantly purple-brown externally, yellow 
nearer margins; keel pale yellow-green, rarely tinged 
purple, margin minutely fimbriate; stamens all fused 
to form an adaxially open sheath; anthers alternately 
basifixed and dorsifixed, with basifixed anthers c. 1.5 
times longer than dorsifixed anthers; ovary glabrous, 
4-6-ovulate; stigma conspicuously capitate. Pods 
short-stipitate, moderately compressed, base broad- 
cuneate, surface undulating in correspondence with 
internal partitioning. Seeds ellipsoid, plump, body 
4-5 mm long, brown, not mottled; hilum subapical; aril 
wall rather thick and deep, smooth or crenate, with a 
vertical lobe arising from one side, cleft at end nearest 
the lens, orifice c. 0.1 mm wide. 
Distribution: Cristonia occurs in a band extending 
from Kalbarri in the north to the Perth region in 
the south, and mostly within 150 km of the west coast 
of southern Western Australia (west of longitude 
116“30'E). 
Notes on morphology: LEAVES (Fig. 1). There is 
usually a slight change in size and shape of leaves 
between the base and termini of branches, with leaves 
generally shorter and more cuneiform nearer the 
base. There is also a moderate amount of variability 
within and between species in shape, including the 
distal lobation. A distinctive feature of Cristonia is the 
development of one or more often a pair of axillary 
leaves at some nodes (Fig. 1, a-d). Their placement, 
which is permanent, makes them resemble a pair of 
leafy stipules, and the overall arrangement of main leaf 
and axillary leaves is also reminiscent of the trifoliolate 
leaves in Plagiocarpus Benth., another Australian 
member of the Brongniartieae. A clustering of 
additional basal leaves also occurs in axils in Cristonia 
biloba (Fig. Id).This clustering effect will be lost when 
the branch on which the leaves are inserted elongates. 
Some nodes have been observed where a pedicellate 
flower arises from one side of the leaf and an axillary 
leaf arises from the other side. This development of a 
pair of axillary leaves isalso seen in Hovea acanthoclada 
(Turcz.) F.Muell., and in this species they are generally 
larger than the subtending leaf. The bract subtending 
a pedicel, although most resembling the bracteoles in 
size (Fig. 2a), are occasionally enlarged and greenish 
and reminiscent of these axillary leaves 
The upper surfaces of leaves are initially hairy and 
each hair arises from a low tubercle. Hairs are generally 
soon lost, but close inspection often reveals a hair 
remnant persisting at the summit of these tubercles. 
The prominent tubercles at the leaf apex in C biloba 
subsp. biloba distinguish it from the other two taxa. 
FLOWERS (Figs 2a-d): Flower morphology is very 
similar in all taxa, although C. stenophylla generally has 
smaller flowers, and the extent of purple pigmentation 
of the wings is greater in C biloba subsp. biloba (Figs 2c 
Muelleria 
67 

Page image

654253 Cristonia stenophylla Muelleria 28(1): 70-71, Figs 1-3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 70-71, Figs 1-3".

886622 Daviesia egena Muelleria 28(1): 59
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689226
Page is part of the work A revision of the leafless species of Templetonia (Fabaceae: Brongniartieae), doi:10.5962/p.337572

Page text

Tempfetonia 
group. The outgrowths from the aril margin that give 
it a frilly appearance is seen in four of the species and 
is unique within the Brongniartieae. In two species 
the margin is crenate, while in T. ceracea the aril wall 
is entire. There appears to be some variability in extent 
of frilliness within species. The aril's vertical lobe is 
conspicuous in most species, but is indistinct in T, 
egena and apparently absent in T. incrassata. 
Several of the species are illustrated in Ross (1982). 
For T. sulcata (Ross 1982, figure 13), illustrations a-i are 
drawn from I ross/7, and the presentation of anther size 
is inaccurate. The seed of T. smithiana is illustrated in 
Ross 1982, figure 15a-d as T. sulcata. 
^.Templetonia egena (F.Muell.) Benth., FI, 
/lustra/. 2:170 (1864) 
Daviesia egena F.Muell., Trans. & Proc. Victorian Inst. 
Advancem. 5c/. 1854-55: 118 (1855); Bossiaea egena 
(F.Muell.) F.Muell., in W.J.Hooker, Hooker's J. Bot. Kew 
Card. Misc. 8:43 (1856). 
Type: South Australia. Murray scrub towards 
Morundam,F./Wue//er,ii.l851, lecto:MEL20345, fideJ.H. 
Ross, Muelleria 5:18 (1982). 
Shrubs to c. 3 m high, sometimes with branches 
weeping; flowering branches ±erect, straight, 0.8- 
1.5 mm in diameter, terete, mostly with well-defined 
ridges, not glaucous, not tapering terminally; new 
growth 0.5-0.8 mm in diameter. Scale present 
at nodes instead of leaf rudiments and stipules, 
triangular-ovate, 1-1.5 mm long. Pedicels 1-3 mm 
long; bract c. 1 mm long; bracteoles 1-1.5 mm long, 
shortly connate, chartaceous in distal half to third. 
Flower buds with apex rounded; calyx 2.5-4 mm 
long, tube 2-2.5 mm long, sinus of upper lip 0.5- 
1 mm deep with apices separated; median lower 
lobe moderately to much longer than other lobes, 
not chartaceous or brown; standard 5.5-9 mm long, 
limb c. as wide as long, claw 1-1.8 mm long; wings 
5-8 mm long, 1.5 mm wide, claw c. 1.8 mm long; keel 
5-7 mm long, 2 mm wide, pale greenish or tinged 
purple distally, claw c. 1.5 mm long; stamen-sheath 
c. 1.5 mm wide flattened-out; ovary 5- to 8-ovulate; 
style 2.5-4 mm long. Pods c. elliptic in profile, (11-) 
13-18(-22)mmlong,5-l 1 mmwide,1-oroccasionalIy 
2-seeded; valves dotted with minute glands. Seeds 
compressed-ellipsoid, 7-9(-11) mm long, 3.5-5 mm 
wide, brown; aril 1.5-3.5 mm in diameter, with fine 
lateral outgrowths, cleft at summit distinct, vertical 
lobe not or only obscurely evident. 
Selected specimens of c. 300 examined: WESTERN 
AUSTRALIA. 1 km SE of Mindi Springs, Hamersley Range 
National Park, M.E. Trudgen 7241, 15.X.1990 (PERTH); 14.9 km 
NNE of Bullen Hill, Little Sandy Desert, S. van Leeuwen 5124, 
5.ix.2002 (CANS, PERTH); c. 101 km S of Munjina Roadhouse 
on Northern Hwy, A.A. Mitchell PRP1004, 3.xi.l995 (PERTH); 
Tom Price mine site, K. Atkins, 10.ix.1980 (PERTH). NORTHERN 
TERRITORY. 9 km W of Idracowra - Palmer Valley boundary, 
J.R. Maconochie 2432 , 14.ix.l978 (AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL 
2000125); 2 km SE of Princes Bore, Alcoota Station, B. Strong, 
20.xi.1979 (DNA); 8 km S of Yuendumu, T.S. Henshall 2822, 
5.xit.l979 (CANB, DNA, MEL 567854). SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 
32 km S of Yunta, N.N. Donner 3715, 2.X.1971 (AD, BRI); 
Wtllochra, c. 20 km NE of Quorn, R. Hill 1401 (AD, CANB); 
'Gluepot'station, c. 12 km NE of homestead, c. 103 km NW 
of Renmark, /. Crawford 4439 (AD, CANB, MEL 2270988, NSW); 
Kunatjara,Tomkinson Ranges, A./Ca/otos 1433, 15.xi.1982 (AD, 
DNA). QUEENSLAND, c. 24 km SSE of Blackwater township, 
M. Lazarides8R. Story 56, 6.ix.l961 (BRI, CANB, MEL 1507638). 
NEW SOUTHWALES. Broken Hill,AMorf/s62,28.xi.l919 (MEL 
564728); Boppy Mount area, Cobar, J.B. Cleland, 14.ix.1911 
(AD, MEL 564727); c. 12 km E of Balranald on road to Hay, M.E. 
Phillips, 31.viii.1962 (CANB, DNA); Kimberley Station, c. 80 km 
SE of Cockburn, E.F. Constable, 25.vii.1955 (DNA, NSW); Harvey 
Ranges, J.L Boorman, xi.1905 (BRI, NSW). VICTORIA. Redcliffs, 
N of town between railway line and road, M.G. Corrick 7463 
(AD, MEL 592031); Meringur Bushland Reserve, 15 km E of 
Mortlake, A.C. Beouglehole 57011, 31.X.1977 (MEL); Swan Hill, 
J.G. Luehmann, 1890 (MEL); Mildura, H.B. Williamson, 9.xii 
year unknown (MEL); Wemen, Robinvale District, A.R. Begg, 
viii.1960 (MEL). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in southern, 
central and north-eastern Western Australia, southern 
Northern Territory, South Australia, central-eastern 
Queensland, western and central New South Wales, 
and north-western Victoria (Fig. 4). Grows in sandy soils 
in woodland, grassland and shrubland. 
Flowering period: Flowers late winter to summer. 
Notes: The upper calyx lobes of T. egena are similar 
to the lateral lobes but slightly more triangular and are 
fused in the proximal third to half. Occasional 2-seeded 
pods have been seen in which the seeds are abnormally 
shaped due to a lack of room for normal expansion 
(Fig. 2i).The aril in T. egena is highly variable in diameter 
and the degree of dissection of the margin. Based on a 
Muelleria 
59 

Page image

886604 Diodia reptans Muelleria 28(1): 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689254
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570

Page text

Leptostigma 
Key to species of Leptostigma 
1 Corolla 7-12 mm long; anthers 1.8-3.0 mm long; ovary and fruit glabrous or nearly so; 
stem-hairs antrorse; leaf-lamina mostly with l:w ratio > 1 A .1. L reptans 
1: Corolla 3-4 mm long; anthers 0.8-1.3 mm long; ovary and fruit moderately hairy; 
stem hairs spreading; leaf-lamina mostly with l:w ratio < 1.4.2. L. brevifJorum 
Leptostigma Arn., J. Bot (Hooker) 3:270 
(1841) 
Perennial prostrate herbs, hermaphrodite. Leaves 
opposite, petiolate, entire, discolorous, without 
domatia; stipules forming a low collar, glandular- 
dentate, not connate with each other. Flowers solitary, 
terminal, protogynous, tsessile; calyx 2-lobed or 
4(-6)-lobed (not in Australia); corolla-tube generally 
elongate, predominantly 4-lobed; stamens becoming 
much exserted in male phase; anthers mostly rather 
large, without a terminal appendage; ovary inferior, 
2-locular; style 2-fid from near base, with stigmata 
elongate, much exserted. Fruit pseudoaxillary, more or 
less dry, ellipsoid; pyrenes 2. 
A genus of seven species from Central America, 
South America, New Zealand and Australia. In Australia 
perhaps most similar vegetatively to Nertera but with 
relatively shorter petioles, hairy stems and leaves, and 
glandular-dentate stipules. Species of Leptostigma in 
Australia and New Zealand are distinct in the genus 
in having a 2-lobed calyx. The chromosome number 
for Leptostigma setulosum (Hook.f.) Fosberg from New 
Zealand is n = 20 compared to n = 22 for Coprosmo 
and Nertera {fide Gardner 1999). In Australian and New 
Zealand species at least, shoot development from one 
of the axils at the base of a terminal flower commences 
at anthesis and results in developing fruit being located 
well behind the growing points of the plant. 
1. Leptostigma reptans (F.Muell.) Fosberg, 
Acta Phytotax, Geobot 33:82 (1982) 
Diodia reptans F.Muell., Trans. & Proc. Victorian Inst. 
Advancem. Sci. 128 (1855); Nertera reptans {F.Muell.) 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 431 (1867); Coprosma reptans 
(F.Muell.) F.Muell., Frogm. 9:186 (1875) 
Type: Victoria. Snowy River, F.Mueller, i.l855; syn: 
MEL 2288169-2288172 (one indicating altitude of 
2000'and so possibly in NSW, one indicating near coast 
and so near Orbost, Vic., the other two only specifying 
Snowy River). 
Prostrate perennial herbs, rooting at nodes; older stolons 
to 1.5 mm diam. Sfems with sparse to moderately dense 
indumentum of straight antrorse to subappressed 
hairs, mostly 0.3-0.8 mm long. Leaves with petiole 1-3 
mm long; lamina ovate-broad-ovate, 5-17 mm long, 
2-9 mm wide, l;w ratio mostly 1.4-2, drying pale to 
dark; base cuneate to truncate, occasionally cuneate; 
upper surface with sparse to scattered spreading hairs, 
0.7-1.2 mm long, sometimes nearly glabrous especially 
medially.Sf/pu/esformingalowcollar,with 1-3 glandular 
teeth, with erect hairs 1-2 mm long. Flowers sessile to 
subsessile; calyx lobes 2, triangular, 0.5-1 mm long, 
sometimes with additional minute glandular lobes, 
hairy; corolla finally 7-12 mm long, 1-1.6 mm wide at 
base of lobes (pressed), greenish-cream, usually tinged 
reddish; lobes 1 -1.5 mm long, with margins red, usually 
with spreading hairs; stamens 4 (or 5), 25-35 mm long, 
filaments purple; anthers 1.8-3.0 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm 
wide, cream, sometimes tinged purple; ovary nearly 
glabrous except at summit, stigmata to c. 15 mm long. 
Fruit short-pedicellate, broad-ellipsoid, 2-3 mm long 
excluding persistent calyx lobes, with longitudinaf ribs, 
mostly nearly glabrous, st^metimes with hairs in lines; 
pyrenes 2-2.5 mm long, 1.6 mm wide. 
Selectedspecimensofc,40examinediSOi)THAiJSTHAL\A, 
The Bluff, c. 4.5 km SVJ of Glencoe, A.C.Beauglebole 6580&D.N. 
/froe/7e/7i)uefj/{CANB); Honans Native Forest Reserve, DJ. Duvo/ 
976 & others, 2^.)(.l2007 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Bombala 
R., c. 17 km NE of Bibbenluke, N of confluence with Back 
Creek, /. Crawford 5894, 29.xi.2000 (CANB, MEL 1005972, NSW). 
VICTORIA. Gorae West, A.C. Beauglehole 366, xi.l945 (MEL 
1505764); Jancourt Forest [South] Rd. c. 8 km S of Purrumbete 
South, D.E. Albrecht 5074, 30.xi.l992 (AD, MEL 2017505); 17.5 
km NE ofYarram PO, A.C Beauglehole 62515, 14j(ii.1978 (MEL 
304525); sources of the Brodribb River, E. Merrall, xi.1887 (MEL 
2267884). TASMANIA, summit of Strathgordon-Lake Redder 
Rd, Humboldt Divide, P.J. deLangeTASIIS, 16.iv.2000 (HO). 
Distribution and habitat; Occurs in far south-eastern 
South Australia, far south-eastern New South Wales, 
southern and eastern Victoria, and central Tasmania (Fig. 
1). Grows in forests from low to montane altitudes. 
Muelleria 
31 

Page image

654195 Durringtonia paludosa Muelleria 28(1): 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689247
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570

Page text

Thompson 
Key to species of Coprosma 
Note: Microscopic examination will be necessary to identify domatia in most instances. 
1 Flowers clustered; broadest leaves > 8 mm wide, domatia present (erect shrubs or small trees).2 
1: Flowers solitary; leaves < 7 mm wide, domatia absent, or occasional in C quadrifida, .4 
2 Leaf apex conspicuously acuminate, apiculate; leaves commonly scabridulous above; 
calyx lobes > 0.5 mm long; stigmata > 10 mm long; drupes globose,.C. hirtetia 
2: Leaf apex not or only gradually acuminate, not apiculate; leaves smooth above; calyx lobes not 
or hardly developed; stigmata < 10 mm long; drupes ellipsoid, broad-obovoid or sub-globose.3 
3 Leaf apex broadly rounded to truncate; stipules with several denticles; 
drupes broad-obovoid to sub-globose..,,. repens 
3: Leaf apex subacute, acute or slightly acuminate; stipules with a single denticle; drupes ellipsoid.C. robusta 
4 Erect or occasionally nearly prostrate shrubs; branchlets pubescent at first; short spine-tipped 
branchlets often present,.5 
4: Prostrate subshrubs; branchlets glabrous; spine-tipped branchlets absent..6 
5 Leaves thin, margins flat to minutely recurved, secondary venation evident, petiole slender 
(width 1/6-1/12 of lamina-width); bracts subtending flowers 0.3-1 mm long; pyrenes 2-3 mm long.C quadrifida 
5: Leaves generally thickened, margins conspicuously recurved, secondary venation not evident, 
petiole stout (width 1/3-1/6 of lamina-width); bracts subtending flowers 1-3 mm long; 
pyrenes 3-5 mm long. f^itida 
6 Drupes deep blue; flowers bisexual; leaf apex acute and mostly with a minute point, 
margins minutely papillose.C. moorei 
6: Drupes pale slaty blue, purplish-red or orange-red; flowers unisexual, or bisexual in 
C. niphophila: leaf apex rounded to acute without a minute point, margins not minutely papillose.7 
7 Drupes pale slaty blue or purplish-red; at least some younger leaves with a few hairs on margins; 
l:w ratio of leaves commonly > 2.5.8 
7: Drupes orange-red; leaves glabrous; I:w ratio of leaves mostly < 2.5.9 
8 Drupes pale slaty blue; petiole < 20% of total leaf length; stipule margin dliate; 
hairs absent from leaf apex..C. nivalis 
8: Drupes purplish-red; petiole > 20% of total leaf length; stipule margin glabrous; 
a few hairs at leaf apex in at least a proportion of leaves.C pumiia 
9 Flowers structurally unisexual; stigmata 3 or 4; pyrenes 3 or 4 per drupe; stipules < 0.8 mm long.C. perpusilla 
9: Flowers structurally bisexual; stigmata 2; pyrenes 2 per drupe; stipules 0.8-1.1 mm long.C niphophila 
Bay], 1827, A Lesson; holo: P n.v., fide H.H. Allan, FI. New 
ZeaW 1:584 (1961). 
B. Coprosma robusta Raoul, Ann, Sci, Nat, Bot 
ser.3,2:121 (1844) 
Type: New Zealand. Akaroa, coll, unknown; holo: ?P 
fide H.H. Allan, FI. New Zealand 1: 584 (1961). 
Durringtonia RJ.Hend. & Guymer, KewBulL 
40:99-101 (1985) 
A monotypic genus endemic in south-eastern 
Queensland and north-eastern New South Wales. 
Originally placed in a tribe of its own based on a suite of 
unusual features, including ovaries withasinglefunctional 
carpel, but transferred to subtribe Coprosminae in tribe 
Anthospermeae by Puff and Robbrecht (1988). 
Durringtonia paludosa RJ.Hend. & Guymer, 
Keiveci//. 40:99-101 (1985) 
Type: QUEENSLAND. Eagers Swamp, behind the 
beach on the ocean (eastern) side, c. 6.5 km ENE of 
Tangalooma Tourist Resort, Moreton Island, P. Sharpe 
3260, G. Guymer & R. Henderson, 17.xi.l982; holo: BRI; 
iso: CANB, NSW. 
This species is illustrated in Henderson and Guymer 
(1985). Its distribution is presented in Figure 1. 
38 
Vol 28(1)2010 

Page image

654194 Durringtonia Muelleria 28(1): 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689247
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570

Page text

Thompson 
Key to species of Coprosma 
Note: Microscopic examination will be necessary to identify domatia in most instances. 
1 Flowers clustered; broadest leaves > 8 mm wide, domatia present (erect shrubs or small trees).2 
1: Flowers solitary; leaves < 7 mm wide, domatia absent, or occasional in C quadrifida, .4 
2 Leaf apex conspicuously acuminate, apiculate; leaves commonly scabridulous above; 
calyx lobes > 0.5 mm long; stigmata > 10 mm long; drupes globose,.C. hirtetia 
2: Leaf apex not or only gradually acuminate, not apiculate; leaves smooth above; calyx lobes not 
or hardly developed; stigmata < 10 mm long; drupes ellipsoid, broad-obovoid or sub-globose.3 
3 Leaf apex broadly rounded to truncate; stipules with several denticles; 
drupes broad-obovoid to sub-globose..,,. repens 
3: Leaf apex subacute, acute or slightly acuminate; stipules with a single denticle; drupes ellipsoid.C. robusta 
4 Erect or occasionally nearly prostrate shrubs; branchlets pubescent at first; short spine-tipped 
branchlets often present,.5 
4: Prostrate subshrubs; branchlets glabrous; spine-tipped branchlets absent..6 
5 Leaves thin, margins flat to minutely recurved, secondary venation evident, petiole slender 
(width 1/6-1/12 of lamina-width); bracts subtending flowers 0.3-1 mm long; pyrenes 2-3 mm long.C quadrifida 
5: Leaves generally thickened, margins conspicuously recurved, secondary venation not evident, 
petiole stout (width 1/3-1/6 of lamina-width); bracts subtending flowers 1-3 mm long; 
pyrenes 3-5 mm long. f^itida 
6 Drupes deep blue; flowers bisexual; leaf apex acute and mostly with a minute point, 
margins minutely papillose.C. moorei 
6: Drupes pale slaty blue, purplish-red or orange-red; flowers unisexual, or bisexual in 
C. niphophila: leaf apex rounded to acute without a minute point, margins not minutely papillose.7 
7 Drupes pale slaty blue or purplish-red; at least some younger leaves with a few hairs on margins; 
l:w ratio of leaves commonly > 2.5.8 
7: Drupes orange-red; leaves glabrous; I:w ratio of leaves mostly < 2.5.9 
8 Drupes pale slaty blue; petiole < 20% of total leaf length; stipule margin dliate; 
hairs absent from leaf apex..C. nivalis 
8: Drupes purplish-red; petiole > 20% of total leaf length; stipule margin glabrous; 
a few hairs at leaf apex in at least a proportion of leaves.C pumiia 
9 Flowers structurally unisexual; stigmata 3 or 4; pyrenes 3 or 4 per drupe; stipules < 0.8 mm long.C. perpusilla 
9: Flowers structurally bisexual; stigmata 2; pyrenes 2 per drupe; stipules 0.8-1.1 mm long.C niphophila 
Bay], 1827, A Lesson; holo: P n.v., fide H.H. Allan, FI. New 
ZeaW 1:584 (1961). 
B. Coprosma robusta Raoul, Ann, Sci, Nat, Bot 
ser.3,2:121 (1844) 
Type: New Zealand. Akaroa, coll, unknown; holo: ?P 
fide H.H. Allan, FI. New Zealand 1: 584 (1961). 
Durringtonia RJ.Hend. & Guymer, KewBulL 
40:99-101 (1985) 
A monotypic genus endemic in south-eastern 
Queensland and north-eastern New South Wales. 
Originally placed in a tribe of its own based on a suite of 
unusual features, including ovaries withasinglefunctional 
carpel, but transferred to subtribe Coprosminae in tribe 
Anthospermeae by Puff and Robbrecht (1988). 
Durringtonia paludosa RJ.Hend. & Guymer, 
Keiveci//. 40:99-101 (1985) 
Type: QUEENSLAND. Eagers Swamp, behind the 
beach on the ocean (eastern) side, c. 6.5 km ENE of 
Tangalooma Tourist Resort, Moreton Island, P. Sharpe 
3260, G. Guymer & R. Henderson, 17.xi.l982; holo: BRI; 
iso: CANB, NSW. 
This species is illustrated in Henderson and Guymer 
(1985). Its distribution is presented in Figure 1. 
38 
Vol 28(1)2010 

Page image

886608 Gomozia granadensis Muelleria 28(1): 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689251
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570

Page text

Thompson 
Figure 3. Leptostigma brevifJorum, flowering shoot. Hairs 
similar to those on the corolla and calyx are also present on 
leaves, stipules and ovary, but are not shown here for the 
sake of clarity. Three glandular teeth are shown protruding 
from the margin of the stipular sheath. Scale bar = 2 mm. 
Selected specimens of nine examined: VICTORIA. Lake 
Mountain State Park, A.C Beauglehole 71665, 23.xi.1982 (MEL 
2070904); Smythe's Creek, 6 km ESE of Warburton, J.H. Willis, 
15.V.1966 (MEL 2266985); against retaining wall of Upper 
Royston SEC dam, Central Highlands, J.H. Willis, 5.v,1963 (MEL 
267887); UpperYarra Water Catchment, AC Beauglehole71659 
& CM. Beardsell, 23j<i.l982 (MEL 2070905); Murrindindi State 
Forest, A.C Beauglehole 70717, 10.viii.1982 (MEL 2070903); 
Hardy Creek Rd, 200 m S of intersection with Sylvia Creek Rd, 
Toolangi State Forest, c. 10 km NE ofToolangi, /./?. Thompson 
1050, 15.xi.2008 (AD, BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); Near picnic 
area, Cumberland Falls, H.Eichler 18949, 23.i.l967 (AD). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in south-central 
Victoria to the north-east of Melbourne in an area 
bounded by Lake Mountain, Toolangi and Warburton 
(Fig. 1). Grows in wet sclerophylt forest and at margins 
of Nothofagus cunninghamii (Hook.) Oerst. rainforest. 
Flowering period: Flowers late spring and summer. 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the short flowers 
(L. brevis, short, and fJos, flower). 
Notes: Leptostigma breviflorum is most closely 
related to L. reptans and L setulosum, the latter from 
New Zealand, but is readily distinguished from these 
species by the flowers, which have a much shorter 
corolla and shorter stamens with smaller anthers. 
Apart from the differences in floral morphology, 
L. breviflorum differs from i. reptans in having spreading 
rather than antrorse hairs on stems, leaves with a 
slightly lower length:width ratio and which dry darker, 
and ovaries and fruits that are hairier and less distinctly 
ribbed. Compared to L. setulosum {hde Allan 1961 and 
Gardner 1999), L brevifJorum has shorter, weaker hairs 
on leaves, flowers and fruit. 
Nertera Banks & Sol. ex Gaertn., Fruct Sem. PL 
1:124 (1788), nom. cons, 
A genus of c. 15 species from Central America, South 
America, NewZealand and Australia. A/erferagranadens/s 
is the only representative in Australia and it is also native 
to New Zealand, Central America and South America. 
Nertera granadensis (Mutis ex L.f.) Druce, Rep, 
Bot Soc, Exch. Club Brit. Isles 1916:637 (1917) 
Gomozia granadensis Mutis ex L.f., Suppl. PL 129 
(1782); Coprosma granadensis (Lf.) Heads, Condollea 
51:388(1996). 
Type: South America. Precise locality unknown, 
Columbia, Herb. Linn. 172.1, Mutis; lecto: LINN, 
lectotypifier unknown but cited by D.H. Lorence, 
Monogr. Syst. Bot. Missouri Bot. Card. 73:104 (1999). 
Nertera depressa Banks & Sol. ex Gaertn., 
Fruct Sem, PL 1:124(1788). Type: South 
America. Success Bay,Tierra del Fuego, Banks s.n., no 
date; holo: K n.v, 
Australian and New Zealand material was originally 
referred to N. depressa the type of which is from far 
southern South America. A number of authors (e.g., 
Lawrence 1949, Andersson 1993) have concluded that 
American material of N. depressa is synonymous with 
N. granadensis. Extrapolating from this conclusion, the 
name N. granadensis has been introduced by authors 
of recent Australian state floras (James 1992; Jeanes 
1999). In contrast, the name N. depressa appears to 
have been consistently maintained in New Zealand. 
Whether Australian and New Zealand material 
represents the same taxon as in America has not been 
critically evaluated in this study. 
Nertera granadensis is illustrated in Jeanes (1999); 
however, the caption for the illustration is incorrect in 
stating 'male flower' as the flowers of this species are 
hermaphrodite. The distribution of N. granadensis in 
Australia is shown in Figure 1. 
Coprosma J.R.Forst, & G.Forst., Char, Gen, PL 
137(1776) 
A genus of c. 90 species from South America, 
34 
Vol 28(1)2010 

Page image

886591 Grevillea aff. victoriae 'Baldy Range' Muelleria 28(1): 19
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689266
Page is part of the work Grevillea victoriae F.Muell. subsp. brindabella (Proteaceae), a new subspecies from the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales, doi:10.5962/p.337569
886592 Grevillea aff. victoriae M.Richardson 9 (CBG8601975) Muelleria 28(1): 19
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689266
Page is part of the work Grevillea victoriae F.Muell. subsp. brindabella (Proteaceae), a new subspecies from the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales, doi:10.5962/p.337569
654132 Grevillea victoriae brindabella Muelleria 28(1): 19-28, Figs 1-8

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 19-28, Figs 1-8".

654162 Leptostigma Muelleria 28(1): 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689254
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570

Page text

Leptostigma 
Key to species of Leptostigma 
1 Corolla 7-12 mm long; anthers 1.8-3.0 mm long; ovary and fruit glabrous or nearly so; 
stem-hairs antrorse; leaf-lamina mostly with l:w ratio > 1 A .1. L reptans 
1: Corolla 3-4 mm long; anthers 0.8-1.3 mm long; ovary and fruit moderately hairy; 
stem hairs spreading; leaf-lamina mostly with l:w ratio < 1.4.2. L. brevifJorum 
Leptostigma Arn., J. Bot (Hooker) 3:270 
(1841) 
Perennial prostrate herbs, hermaphrodite. Leaves 
opposite, petiolate, entire, discolorous, without 
domatia; stipules forming a low collar, glandular- 
dentate, not connate with each other. Flowers solitary, 
terminal, protogynous, tsessile; calyx 2-lobed or 
4(-6)-lobed (not in Australia); corolla-tube generally 
elongate, predominantly 4-lobed; stamens becoming 
much exserted in male phase; anthers mostly rather 
large, without a terminal appendage; ovary inferior, 
2-locular; style 2-fid from near base, with stigmata 
elongate, much exserted. Fruit pseudoaxillary, more or 
less dry, ellipsoid; pyrenes 2. 
A genus of seven species from Central America, 
South America, New Zealand and Australia. In Australia 
perhaps most similar vegetatively to Nertera but with 
relatively shorter petioles, hairy stems and leaves, and 
glandular-dentate stipules. Species of Leptostigma in 
Australia and New Zealand are distinct in the genus 
in having a 2-lobed calyx. The chromosome number 
for Leptostigma setulosum (Hook.f.) Fosberg from New 
Zealand is n = 20 compared to n = 22 for Coprosmo 
and Nertera {fide Gardner 1999). In Australian and New 
Zealand species at least, shoot development from one 
of the axils at the base of a terminal flower commences 
at anthesis and results in developing fruit being located 
well behind the growing points of the plant. 
1. Leptostigma reptans (F.Muell.) Fosberg, 
Acta Phytotax, Geobot 33:82 (1982) 
Diodia reptans F.Muell., Trans. & Proc. Victorian Inst. 
Advancem. Sci. 128 (1855); Nertera reptans {F.Muell.) 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 431 (1867); Coprosma reptans 
(F.Muell.) F.Muell., Frogm. 9:186 (1875) 
Type: Victoria. Snowy River, F.Mueller, i.l855; syn: 
MEL 2288169-2288172 (one indicating altitude of 
2000'and so possibly in NSW, one indicating near coast 
and so near Orbost, Vic., the other two only specifying 
Snowy River). 
Prostrate perennial herbs, rooting at nodes; older stolons 
to 1.5 mm diam. Sfems with sparse to moderately dense 
indumentum of straight antrorse to subappressed 
hairs, mostly 0.3-0.8 mm long. Leaves with petiole 1-3 
mm long; lamina ovate-broad-ovate, 5-17 mm long, 
2-9 mm wide, l;w ratio mostly 1.4-2, drying pale to 
dark; base cuneate to truncate, occasionally cuneate; 
upper surface with sparse to scattered spreading hairs, 
0.7-1.2 mm long, sometimes nearly glabrous especially 
medially.Sf/pu/esformingalowcollar,with 1-3 glandular 
teeth, with erect hairs 1-2 mm long. Flowers sessile to 
subsessile; calyx lobes 2, triangular, 0.5-1 mm long, 
sometimes with additional minute glandular lobes, 
hairy; corolla finally 7-12 mm long, 1-1.6 mm wide at 
base of lobes (pressed), greenish-cream, usually tinged 
reddish; lobes 1 -1.5 mm long, with margins red, usually 
with spreading hairs; stamens 4 (or 5), 25-35 mm long, 
filaments purple; anthers 1.8-3.0 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm 
wide, cream, sometimes tinged purple; ovary nearly 
glabrous except at summit, stigmata to c. 15 mm long. 
Fruit short-pedicellate, broad-ellipsoid, 2-3 mm long 
excluding persistent calyx lobes, with longitudinaf ribs, 
mostly nearly glabrous, st^metimes with hairs in lines; 
pyrenes 2-2.5 mm long, 1.6 mm wide. 
Selectedspecimensofc,40examinediSOi)THAiJSTHAL\A, 
The Bluff, c. 4.5 km SVJ of Glencoe, A.C.Beauglebole 6580&D.N. 
/froe/7e/7i)uefj/{CANB); Honans Native Forest Reserve, DJ. Duvo/ 
976 & others, 2^.)(.l2007 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Bombala 
R., c. 17 km NE of Bibbenluke, N of confluence with Back 
Creek, /. Crawford 5894, 29.xi.2000 (CANB, MEL 1005972, NSW). 
VICTORIA. Gorae West, A.C. Beauglehole 366, xi.l945 (MEL 
1505764); Jancourt Forest [South] Rd. c. 8 km S of Purrumbete 
South, D.E. Albrecht 5074, 30.xi.l992 (AD, MEL 2017505); 17.5 
km NE ofYarram PO, A.C Beauglehole 62515, 14j(ii.1978 (MEL 
304525); sources of the Brodribb River, E. Merrall, xi.1887 (MEL 
2267884). TASMANIA, summit of Strathgordon-Lake Redder 
Rd, Humboldt Divide, P.J. deLangeTASIIS, 16.iv.2000 (HO). 
Distribution and habitat; Occurs in far south-eastern 
South Australia, far south-eastern New South Wales, 
southern and eastern Victoria, and central Tasmania (Fig. 
1). Grows in forests from low to montane altitudes. 
Muelleria 
31 

Page image

654165 Leptostigma breviflorum Muelleria 28(1): 32-34, Figs 1-3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 32-34, Figs 1-3".

654166 Leptostigma reptans Muelleria 28(1): 31-32, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 31-32, Fig. 1".

886612 Marquisia billardierei Muelleria 28(1): 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689249
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570

Page text

Thompson 
Figure 4. Distributions of Coprosma hirtella, C quadrifida, C nitida and C nivalis. 
Mt Kosciuszko Area, M. Gray Se C Totterdell 6158, 
7.ii.1968; holo: CANB; iso: CANB. 
4. Coprosma nitida Hook.f. in WJ.Hooker, 
London J. Bot 6:465 (1847), bis 
Type: Tasmania. Surrey Hills, RC Gunn 874, ii.l837; 
lecto: K, fide W.R.B. Oliver, Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 
132:57(1935) 
5. Coprosma nivalis W.R.B.Oliv., Bull. Bernice P, 
Bishop Mus. 132:37 (1935) 
Type: Victoria. The Cobberas, Snovyy Plains, 
F. Mueller, s.d.; holo: MEL 54916. 
6. Coprosma perpusilla Colenso, Trans. New 
Zealand Inst. 22: 466 (1890) 
Type: New Zealand. River Wangaehu, near east 
base of Mount Tongariro, County of EastTaupo, H. Hill, 
1889; holo: WELT n.v., fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9:131 
(1986). 
6a. C. perpusilla subsp. perpusilla 
6b. C. perpusilla subsp. subantarctica Orchard, 
Brunon/o 9:133 (1986) 
C repens Hook.f., FI. Antarct. 1:22 (1844). [Macquarie 
Island is the only Australian locality] 
Type: New Zealand. Common Campbell's Island, J.D. 
Hooker 1595, s.d.; lecto: K, fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9: 
133(1986). 
7. Coprosma pumila Hook.f., FI. /Infarct. 2:543 
(1847) 
Type: Tasmania. Middlesex Plains, R.C Gunn 304, 
ii.1837; syn: K, image seen MEL; near Arthurs Lakes, R.C. 
Gunn 304, 18.ii.l 842; syn: K, image seen MEL. 
8. Coprosma quadrifida (Labill.) B.L.Rob., Proc. 
Amer. Acad. Arts 45:409 (1910) 
Canthium quadrifidum Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 1:69, t. 94 
(1805); Marquisia billardierei A.Rich. ex DC., Prodr. 4:447 
36 
Vol 28(1)2010 

Page image

886614 Marquisia billardieri Muelleria 28(1): 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689249
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570

Page text

Thompson 
Figure 4. Distributions of Coprosma hirtella, C quadrifida, C nitida and C nivalis. 
Mt Kosciuszko Area, M. Gray Se C Totterdell 6158, 
7.ii.1968; holo: CANB; iso: CANB. 
4. Coprosma nitida Hook.f. in WJ.Hooker, 
London J. Bot 6:465 (1847), bis 
Type: Tasmania. Surrey Hills, RC Gunn 874, ii.l837; 
lecto: K, fide W.R.B. Oliver, Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 
132:57(1935) 
5. Coprosma nivalis W.R.B.Oliv., Bull. Bernice P, 
Bishop Mus. 132:37 (1935) 
Type: Victoria. The Cobberas, Snovyy Plains, 
F. Mueller, s.d.; holo: MEL 54916. 
6. Coprosma perpusilla Colenso, Trans. New 
Zealand Inst. 22: 466 (1890) 
Type: New Zealand. River Wangaehu, near east 
base of Mount Tongariro, County of EastTaupo, H. Hill, 
1889; holo: WELT n.v., fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9:131 
(1986). 
6a. C. perpusilla subsp. perpusilla 
6b. C. perpusilla subsp. subantarctica Orchard, 
Brunon/o 9:133 (1986) 
C repens Hook.f., FI. Antarct. 1:22 (1844). [Macquarie 
Island is the only Australian locality] 
Type: New Zealand. Common Campbell's Island, J.D. 
Hooker 1595, s.d.; lecto: K, fide A.E. Orchard, Brunonia 9: 
133(1986). 
7. Coprosma pumila Hook.f., FI. /Infarct. 2:543 
(1847) 
Type: Tasmania. Middlesex Plains, R.C Gunn 304, 
ii.1837; syn: K, image seen MEL; near Arthurs Lakes, R.C. 
Gunn 304, 18.ii.l 842; syn: K, image seen MEL. 
8. Coprosma quadrifida (Labill.) B.L.Rob., Proc. 
Amer. Acad. Arts 45:409 (1910) 
Canthium quadrifidum Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 1:69, t. 94 
(1805); Marquisia billardierei A.Rich. ex DC., Prodr. 4:447 
36 
Vol 28(1)2010 

Page image

654167 Nertera Muelleria 28(1): 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689251
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570

Page text

Thompson 
Figure 3. Leptostigma brevifJorum, flowering shoot. Hairs 
similar to those on the corolla and calyx are also present on 
leaves, stipules and ovary, but are not shown here for the 
sake of clarity. Three glandular teeth are shown protruding 
from the margin of the stipular sheath. Scale bar = 2 mm. 
Selected specimens of nine examined: VICTORIA. Lake 
Mountain State Park, A.C Beauglehole 71665, 23.xi.1982 (MEL 
2070904); Smythe's Creek, 6 km ESE of Warburton, J.H. Willis, 
15.V.1966 (MEL 2266985); against retaining wall of Upper 
Royston SEC dam, Central Highlands, J.H. Willis, 5.v,1963 (MEL 
267887); UpperYarra Water Catchment, AC Beauglehole71659 
& CM. Beardsell, 23j<i.l982 (MEL 2070905); Murrindindi State 
Forest, A.C Beauglehole 70717, 10.viii.1982 (MEL 2070903); 
Hardy Creek Rd, 200 m S of intersection with Sylvia Creek Rd, 
Toolangi State Forest, c. 10 km NE ofToolangi, /./?. Thompson 
1050, 15.xi.2008 (AD, BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); Near picnic 
area, Cumberland Falls, H.Eichler 18949, 23.i.l967 (AD). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in south-central 
Victoria to the north-east of Melbourne in an area 
bounded by Lake Mountain, Toolangi and Warburton 
(Fig. 1). Grows in wet sclerophylt forest and at margins 
of Nothofagus cunninghamii (Hook.) Oerst. rainforest. 
Flowering period: Flowers late spring and summer. 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the short flowers 
(L. brevis, short, and fJos, flower). 
Notes: Leptostigma breviflorum is most closely 
related to L. reptans and L setulosum, the latter from 
New Zealand, but is readily distinguished from these 
species by the flowers, which have a much shorter 
corolla and shorter stamens with smaller anthers. 
Apart from the differences in floral morphology, 
L. breviflorum differs from i. reptans in having spreading 
rather than antrorse hairs on stems, leaves with a 
slightly lower length:width ratio and which dry darker, 
and ovaries and fruits that are hairier and less distinctly 
ribbed. Compared to L. setulosum {hde Allan 1961 and 
Gardner 1999), L brevifJorum has shorter, weaker hairs 
on leaves, flowers and fruit. 
Nertera Banks & Sol. ex Gaertn., Fruct Sem. PL 
1:124 (1788), nom. cons, 
A genus of c. 15 species from Central America, South 
America, NewZealand and Australia. A/erferagranadens/s 
is the only representative in Australia and it is also native 
to New Zealand, Central America and South America. 
Nertera granadensis (Mutis ex L.f.) Druce, Rep, 
Bot Soc, Exch. Club Brit. Isles 1916:637 (1917) 
Gomozia granadensis Mutis ex L.f., Suppl. PL 129 
(1782); Coprosma granadensis (Lf.) Heads, Condollea 
51:388(1996). 
Type: South America. Precise locality unknown, 
Columbia, Herb. Linn. 172.1, Mutis; lecto: LINN, 
lectotypifier unknown but cited by D.H. Lorence, 
Monogr. Syst. Bot. Missouri Bot. Card. 73:104 (1999). 
Nertera depressa Banks & Sol. ex Gaertn., 
Fruct Sem, PL 1:124(1788). Type: South 
America. Success Bay,Tierra del Fuego, Banks s.n., no 
date; holo: K n.v, 
Australian and New Zealand material was originally 
referred to N. depressa the type of which is from far 
southern South America. A number of authors (e.g., 
Lawrence 1949, Andersson 1993) have concluded that 
American material of N. depressa is synonymous with 
N. granadensis. Extrapolating from this conclusion, the 
name N. granadensis has been introduced by authors 
of recent Australian state floras (James 1992; Jeanes 
1999). In contrast, the name N. depressa appears to 
have been consistently maintained in New Zealand. 
Whether Australian and New Zealand material 
represents the same taxon as in America has not been 
critically evaluated in this study. 
Nertera granadensis is illustrated in Jeanes (1999); 
however, the caption for the illustration is incorrect in 
stating 'male flower' as the flowers of this species are 
hermaphrodite. The distribution of N. granadensis in 
Australia is shown in Figure 1. 
Coprosma J.R.Forst, & G.Forst., Char, Gen, PL 
137(1776) 
A genus of c. 90 species from South America, 
34 
Vol 28(1)2010 

Page image

654169 Nertera depressa Muelleria 28(1): 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689251
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570

Page text

Thompson 
Figure 3. Leptostigma brevifJorum, flowering shoot. Hairs 
similar to those on the corolla and calyx are also present on 
leaves, stipules and ovary, but are not shown here for the 
sake of clarity. Three glandular teeth are shown protruding 
from the margin of the stipular sheath. Scale bar = 2 mm. 
Selected specimens of nine examined: VICTORIA. Lake 
Mountain State Park, A.C Beauglehole 71665, 23.xi.1982 (MEL 
2070904); Smythe's Creek, 6 km ESE of Warburton, J.H. Willis, 
15.V.1966 (MEL 2266985); against retaining wall of Upper 
Royston SEC dam, Central Highlands, J.H. Willis, 5.v,1963 (MEL 
267887); UpperYarra Water Catchment, AC Beauglehole71659 
& CM. Beardsell, 23j<i.l982 (MEL 2070905); Murrindindi State 
Forest, A.C Beauglehole 70717, 10.viii.1982 (MEL 2070903); 
Hardy Creek Rd, 200 m S of intersection with Sylvia Creek Rd, 
Toolangi State Forest, c. 10 km NE ofToolangi, /./?. Thompson 
1050, 15.xi.2008 (AD, BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); Near picnic 
area, Cumberland Falls, H.Eichler 18949, 23.i.l967 (AD). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in south-central 
Victoria to the north-east of Melbourne in an area 
bounded by Lake Mountain, Toolangi and Warburton 
(Fig. 1). Grows in wet sclerophylt forest and at margins 
of Nothofagus cunninghamii (Hook.) Oerst. rainforest. 
Flowering period: Flowers late spring and summer. 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the short flowers 
(L. brevis, short, and fJos, flower). 
Notes: Leptostigma breviflorum is most closely 
related to L. reptans and L setulosum, the latter from 
New Zealand, but is readily distinguished from these 
species by the flowers, which have a much shorter 
corolla and shorter stamens with smaller anthers. 
Apart from the differences in floral morphology, 
L. breviflorum differs from i. reptans in having spreading 
rather than antrorse hairs on stems, leaves with a 
slightly lower length:width ratio and which dry darker, 
and ovaries and fruits that are hairier and less distinctly 
ribbed. Compared to L. setulosum {hde Allan 1961 and 
Gardner 1999), L brevifJorum has shorter, weaker hairs 
on leaves, flowers and fruit. 
Nertera Banks & Sol. ex Gaertn., Fruct Sem. PL 
1:124 (1788), nom. cons, 
A genus of c. 15 species from Central America, South 
America, NewZealand and Australia. A/erferagranadens/s 
is the only representative in Australia and it is also native 
to New Zealand, Central America and South America. 
Nertera granadensis (Mutis ex L.f.) Druce, Rep, 
Bot Soc, Exch. Club Brit. Isles 1916:637 (1917) 
Gomozia granadensis Mutis ex L.f., Suppl. PL 129 
(1782); Coprosma granadensis (Lf.) Heads, Condollea 
51:388(1996). 
Type: South America. Precise locality unknown, 
Columbia, Herb. Linn. 172.1, Mutis; lecto: LINN, 
lectotypifier unknown but cited by D.H. Lorence, 
Monogr. Syst. Bot. Missouri Bot. Card. 73:104 (1999). 
Nertera depressa Banks & Sol. ex Gaertn., 
Fruct Sem, PL 1:124(1788). Type: South 
America. Success Bay,Tierra del Fuego, Banks s.n., no 
date; holo: K n.v, 
Australian and New Zealand material was originally 
referred to N. depressa the type of which is from far 
southern South America. A number of authors (e.g., 
Lawrence 1949, Andersson 1993) have concluded that 
American material of N. depressa is synonymous with 
N. granadensis. Extrapolating from this conclusion, the 
name N. granadensis has been introduced by authors 
of recent Australian state floras (James 1992; Jeanes 
1999). In contrast, the name N. depressa appears to 
have been consistently maintained in New Zealand. 
Whether Australian and New Zealand material 
represents the same taxon as in America has not been 
critically evaluated in this study. 
Nertera granadensis is illustrated in Jeanes (1999); 
however, the caption for the illustration is incorrect in 
stating 'male flower' as the flowers of this species are 
hermaphrodite. The distribution of N. granadensis in 
Australia is shown in Figure 1. 
Coprosma J.R.Forst, & G.Forst., Char, Gen, PL 
137(1776) 
A genus of c. 90 species from South America, 
34 
Vol 28(1)2010 

Page image

654168 Nertera granadensis Muelleria 28(1): 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689251
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570

Page text

Thompson 
Figure 3. Leptostigma brevifJorum, flowering shoot. Hairs 
similar to those on the corolla and calyx are also present on 
leaves, stipules and ovary, but are not shown here for the 
sake of clarity. Three glandular teeth are shown protruding 
from the margin of the stipular sheath. Scale bar = 2 mm. 
Selected specimens of nine examined: VICTORIA. Lake 
Mountain State Park, A.C Beauglehole 71665, 23.xi.1982 (MEL 
2070904); Smythe's Creek, 6 km ESE of Warburton, J.H. Willis, 
15.V.1966 (MEL 2266985); against retaining wall of Upper 
Royston SEC dam, Central Highlands, J.H. Willis, 5.v,1963 (MEL 
267887); UpperYarra Water Catchment, AC Beauglehole71659 
& CM. Beardsell, 23j<i.l982 (MEL 2070905); Murrindindi State 
Forest, A.C Beauglehole 70717, 10.viii.1982 (MEL 2070903); 
Hardy Creek Rd, 200 m S of intersection with Sylvia Creek Rd, 
Toolangi State Forest, c. 10 km NE ofToolangi, /./?. Thompson 
1050, 15.xi.2008 (AD, BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NSW); Near picnic 
area, Cumberland Falls, H.Eichler 18949, 23.i.l967 (AD). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in south-central 
Victoria to the north-east of Melbourne in an area 
bounded by Lake Mountain, Toolangi and Warburton 
(Fig. 1). Grows in wet sclerophylt forest and at margins 
of Nothofagus cunninghamii (Hook.) Oerst. rainforest. 
Flowering period: Flowers late spring and summer. 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the short flowers 
(L. brevis, short, and fJos, flower). 
Notes: Leptostigma breviflorum is most closely 
related to L. reptans and L setulosum, the latter from 
New Zealand, but is readily distinguished from these 
species by the flowers, which have a much shorter 
corolla and shorter stamens with smaller anthers. 
Apart from the differences in floral morphology, 
L. breviflorum differs from i. reptans in having spreading 
rather than antrorse hairs on stems, leaves with a 
slightly lower length:width ratio and which dry darker, 
and ovaries and fruits that are hairier and less distinctly 
ribbed. Compared to L. setulosum {hde Allan 1961 and 
Gardner 1999), L brevifJorum has shorter, weaker hairs 
on leaves, flowers and fruit. 
Nertera Banks & Sol. ex Gaertn., Fruct Sem. PL 
1:124 (1788), nom. cons, 
A genus of c. 15 species from Central America, South 
America, NewZealand and Australia. A/erferagranadens/s 
is the only representative in Australia and it is also native 
to New Zealand, Central America and South America. 
Nertera granadensis (Mutis ex L.f.) Druce, Rep, 
Bot Soc, Exch. Club Brit. Isles 1916:637 (1917) 
Gomozia granadensis Mutis ex L.f., Suppl. PL 129 
(1782); Coprosma granadensis (Lf.) Heads, Condollea 
51:388(1996). 
Type: South America. Precise locality unknown, 
Columbia, Herb. Linn. 172.1, Mutis; lecto: LINN, 
lectotypifier unknown but cited by D.H. Lorence, 
Monogr. Syst. Bot. Missouri Bot. Card. 73:104 (1999). 
Nertera depressa Banks & Sol. ex Gaertn., 
Fruct Sem, PL 1:124(1788). Type: South 
America. Success Bay,Tierra del Fuego, Banks s.n., no 
date; holo: K n.v, 
Australian and New Zealand material was originally 
referred to N. depressa the type of which is from far 
southern South America. A number of authors (e.g., 
Lawrence 1949, Andersson 1993) have concluded that 
American material of N. depressa is synonymous with 
N. granadensis. Extrapolating from this conclusion, the 
name N. granadensis has been introduced by authors 
of recent Australian state floras (James 1992; Jeanes 
1999). In contrast, the name N. depressa appears to 
have been consistently maintained in New Zealand. 
Whether Australian and New Zealand material 
represents the same taxon as in America has not been 
critically evaluated in this study. 
Nertera granadensis is illustrated in Jeanes (1999); 
however, the caption for the illustration is incorrect in 
stating 'male flower' as the flowers of this species are 
hermaphrodite. The distribution of N. granadensis in 
Australia is shown in Figure 1. 
Coprosma J.R.Forst, & G.Forst., Char, Gen, PL 
137(1776) 
A genus of c. 90 species from South America, 
34 
Vol 28(1)2010 

Page image

886605 Nertera reptans Muelleria 28(1): 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689254
Page is part of the work A new species of Leptostigma (Coprosminae: Rubiaceae) and notes on the Coprosminae in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337570

Page text

Leptostigma 
Key to species of Leptostigma 
1 Corolla 7-12 mm long; anthers 1.8-3.0 mm long; ovary and fruit glabrous or nearly so; 
stem-hairs antrorse; leaf-lamina mostly with l:w ratio > 1 A .1. L reptans 
1: Corolla 3-4 mm long; anthers 0.8-1.3 mm long; ovary and fruit moderately hairy; 
stem hairs spreading; leaf-lamina mostly with l:w ratio < 1.4.2. L. brevifJorum 
Leptostigma Arn., J. Bot (Hooker) 3:270 
(1841) 
Perennial prostrate herbs, hermaphrodite. Leaves 
opposite, petiolate, entire, discolorous, without 
domatia; stipules forming a low collar, glandular- 
dentate, not connate with each other. Flowers solitary, 
terminal, protogynous, tsessile; calyx 2-lobed or 
4(-6)-lobed (not in Australia); corolla-tube generally 
elongate, predominantly 4-lobed; stamens becoming 
much exserted in male phase; anthers mostly rather 
large, without a terminal appendage; ovary inferior, 
2-locular; style 2-fid from near base, with stigmata 
elongate, much exserted. Fruit pseudoaxillary, more or 
less dry, ellipsoid; pyrenes 2. 
A genus of seven species from Central America, 
South America, New Zealand and Australia. In Australia 
perhaps most similar vegetatively to Nertera but with 
relatively shorter petioles, hairy stems and leaves, and 
glandular-dentate stipules. Species of Leptostigma in 
Australia and New Zealand are distinct in the genus 
in having a 2-lobed calyx. The chromosome number 
for Leptostigma setulosum (Hook.f.) Fosberg from New 
Zealand is n = 20 compared to n = 22 for Coprosmo 
and Nertera {fide Gardner 1999). In Australian and New 
Zealand species at least, shoot development from one 
of the axils at the base of a terminal flower commences 
at anthesis and results in developing fruit being located 
well behind the growing points of the plant. 
1. Leptostigma reptans (F.Muell.) Fosberg, 
Acta Phytotax, Geobot 33:82 (1982) 
Diodia reptans F.Muell., Trans. & Proc. Victorian Inst. 
Advancem. Sci. 128 (1855); Nertera reptans {F.Muell.) 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3: 431 (1867); Coprosma reptans 
(F.Muell.) F.Muell., Frogm. 9:186 (1875) 
Type: Victoria. Snowy River, F.Mueller, i.l855; syn: 
MEL 2288169-2288172 (one indicating altitude of 
2000'and so possibly in NSW, one indicating near coast 
and so near Orbost, Vic., the other two only specifying 
Snowy River). 
Prostrate perennial herbs, rooting at nodes; older stolons 
to 1.5 mm diam. Sfems with sparse to moderately dense 
indumentum of straight antrorse to subappressed 
hairs, mostly 0.3-0.8 mm long. Leaves with petiole 1-3 
mm long; lamina ovate-broad-ovate, 5-17 mm long, 
2-9 mm wide, l;w ratio mostly 1.4-2, drying pale to 
dark; base cuneate to truncate, occasionally cuneate; 
upper surface with sparse to scattered spreading hairs, 
0.7-1.2 mm long, sometimes nearly glabrous especially 
medially.Sf/pu/esformingalowcollar,with 1-3 glandular 
teeth, with erect hairs 1-2 mm long. Flowers sessile to 
subsessile; calyx lobes 2, triangular, 0.5-1 mm long, 
sometimes with additional minute glandular lobes, 
hairy; corolla finally 7-12 mm long, 1-1.6 mm wide at 
base of lobes (pressed), greenish-cream, usually tinged 
reddish; lobes 1 -1.5 mm long, with margins red, usually 
with spreading hairs; stamens 4 (or 5), 25-35 mm long, 
filaments purple; anthers 1.8-3.0 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm 
wide, cream, sometimes tinged purple; ovary nearly 
glabrous except at summit, stigmata to c. 15 mm long. 
Fruit short-pedicellate, broad-ellipsoid, 2-3 mm long 
excluding persistent calyx lobes, with longitudinaf ribs, 
mostly nearly glabrous, st^metimes with hairs in lines; 
pyrenes 2-2.5 mm long, 1.6 mm wide. 
Selectedspecimensofc,40examinediSOi)THAiJSTHAL\A, 
The Bluff, c. 4.5 km SVJ of Glencoe, A.C.Beauglebole 6580&D.N. 
/froe/7e/7i)uefj/{CANB); Honans Native Forest Reserve, DJ. Duvo/ 
976 & others, 2^.)(.l2007 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Bombala 
R., c. 17 km NE of Bibbenluke, N of confluence with Back 
Creek, /. Crawford 5894, 29.xi.2000 (CANB, MEL 1005972, NSW). 
VICTORIA. Gorae West, A.C. Beauglehole 366, xi.l945 (MEL 
1505764); Jancourt Forest [South] Rd. c. 8 km S of Purrumbete 
South, D.E. Albrecht 5074, 30.xi.l992 (AD, MEL 2017505); 17.5 
km NE ofYarram PO, A.C Beauglehole 62515, 14j(ii.1978 (MEL 
304525); sources of the Brodribb River, E. Merrall, xi.1887 (MEL 
2267884). TASMANIA, summit of Strathgordon-Lake Redder 
Rd, Humboldt Divide, P.J. deLangeTASIIS, 16.iv.2000 (HO). 
Distribution and habitat; Occurs in far south-eastern 
South Australia, far south-eastern New South Wales, 
southern and eastern Victoria, and central Tasmania (Fig. 
1). Grows in forests from low to montane altitudes. 
Muelleria 
31 

Page image

4522497 Nicotiana debneyi Muelleria 28(1): 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689210
Page is part of the work Definition of South Pacific taxa of Nicotiana section Suaveolentes (Solanaceae), doi:10.5962/p.337574
4522496 Nicotiana forsteri Muelleria 28(1): 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689210
Page is part of the work Definition of South Pacific taxa of Nicotiana section Suaveolentes (Solanaceae), doi:10.5962/p.337574
974660 Pink Muelleria 28(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1)".

654216 Plagiocarpus arcuatus Muelleria 28(1): 51-52, Figs 3, 6
654210 Plagiocarpus arnhemicus Muelleria 28(1): 46-48, Figs 3, 4, 6
654209 Plagiocarpus axillaris Muelleria 28(1): 45-46, Figs 1, 2, 6
654208 Plagiocarpus Muelleria 28(1): 41, 45
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689244
Page is part of the work A revision of Plagiocarpus (Fabaceae: Brongniartieae), doi:10.5962/p.337571

Page text

Plagiocarpus 
Methods 
The pattern of morphological variation in the study 
group, as reflected in the taxonomy presented below, 
was determined through examination of herbarium 
material with the aid of a dissecting microscope. 
Assessment of floral morphology was aided by 
reconstituting dried material in hot water with 
detergent added. Specimens from AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, 
MEL and PERTH were examined. 
Taxonomically useful characters recognised in this 
study include: plant stature;thedistribution, orientation 
and density ofhairs;the shape, width, degree of folding, 
shape of apex and length of apiculum of leaflets; the 
shape, size and indumentum of bracts and bracteoles; 
the shape and size of the calyx and petals; the width, 
beak robustness and seed number of pods; and 
aril morphology. 
Taxonomy 
Plagiocarpus Benth., in J.D.Hooker (ed.)/ Icon, 
P/. 12:1.1162 (1873) 
Type: P. axillaris Benth. 
Erect shrubs or subshrubs, 0.2-1 (-2) m high, 
taprooted. Indumentum dense on younger branches, 
bracts, bracteoles and calyx, variably present and 
variably dense on leaves; hairs simple, straight, white 
to pale orangish, antrorse, appressed, divergent, 
or spreading. Stems single, or plants sometimes 
becoming multi-stemmed. Leaves apparently 
estipulate, alternate, mostly longer than internodes, 
sessile, digitately trifoliolate, usually suberect; 
leaflets all similar in length; petiolule c. 0.5 mm long, 
pulvinate; lamina with margins flat or recurved, with 
venation reticulate, slightly raised; apex apiculate, with 
apiculum mostly recurved; indumentum appressed, 
divergent or spreading, generally denser along 
margin and midrib; lateral leaflets narrow-elliptic, 
slightly asymmetrical, with lateral portion wider than 
medial, flat to concave proximally, flat or nearly so 
distally; medial leaflet slightly narrower than lateral 
leaflets, flat, concave, or folded, sometimes strongly so, 
sometimes conduplicate distally. Inflorescences axillary, 
of solitary flowers; pedicels to 1.5 mm long; bract 
and bracteoles small, generally slender; bract basal; 
bracteoles inserted c. at base of calyx. Calyx with tube 
slightly to moderately shorter than lobes, glabrous 
internally, generally persistent in fruit; calyx lobes 
generally similar, with apices acute; upper lobes more 
or less free, sometimes shorter and sometimes slightly 
broader than lower lobes, sometimes with apices 
divergent; petals all similar in length, clawed; standard 
and wings pale yellow; standard generally folded 
over other petals, mostly shallowly emarginate; wings 
auriculate, with an auricle lobe projecting downwards, 
keel not or hardly auriculate, pale, greenish at apex; 
stamens all fused to form a tube open adaxially; anthers 
dimorphic, alternately c. 0.8 mm long and basifixed, 
and c. 0.5 mm long and subdorsifixed and versatile; 
ovary short-stipitate, glabrous or rarely with isolated 
hairs on suture, 2-ovulate, style slender, stigma dilated 
or not. Pods short-stipitate, elliptic to oblong-elliptic or 
subcircular in profile, 9-13 mm long excluding beak, 
slightly gibbous dorsal to beak, slightly to moderately 
compressed, glabrous, sublustrous or lustrous, 1- or 
2-seeded; vestigial ovules, when present, to c. 0.5 mm 
long. Seeds ellipsoid, plump or mildly compressed, 
5-7 mm long, brown; hilum subapical, 0.5-1 mm 
long; aril annular, broad-elliptic or circular, wall smooth 
or somewhat knobbly, with a vertical lobe projecting 
from one side or towards apical end; orifice 0.2-0.7 mm 
wide. 
0 
Notes on morphology: LEAVES (Figs 1, 2 & 3). 
Although in this treatment leaves are described as 
compound, the lateral leaflets could reasonably be 
interpreted as leafy stipules as they have no connection 
with the medial leaflet, and they appear to insert at the 
same position as stipules do in other genera of the 
Brongniartieae. Lateral leaflets are asymmetrical with 
the lateral half of the lamina up to 20% wider than the 
medial half.The distinction is more obvious in broader- 
leafleted species (see Fig. 2a in particular). The species 
described below can be divided into a broad-leafleted 
group of five species and a narrow-leafleted group of 
two species. 
FLOWERS (Figs 1.4 & 5). Flowers are generally hidden 
by leaves in herbarium sheets; leaflets must be pulled 
back or removed to reveal them. The standard has only 
been seen in a folded state in pressed specimens, and 
field observations indicate that it seldom opens out to 
any great extent and probably only briefly under ideal 
conditions (M.D. Barrett pers. comm.). The standard 
Muelleria 
41 

Page image

654214 Plagiocarpus conduplicatus Muelleria 28(1): 50-51, Fig. 4, 6
654212 Plagiocarpus dispermus Muelleria 28(1): 49-50, Figs 5, 6
654213 Plagiocarpus lanatus Muelleria 28(1): 50, Figs 4,. 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689235
Page is part of the work A revision of Plagiocarpus (Fabaceae: Brongniartieae), doi:10.5962/p.337571

Page text

Thompson 
Frederick Harbour at mouth of Hunter River, PA. Fryxell, 
LA. Craven & J.McD. Stewart, 8.vi.l985 (CANB); 5.2 km SW 
of junction of Pitta Creek and Prince Regent River, West 
Kimberley, M.D. Barrett 1839, 28.i.2007 (PERTH). Grey-leaved 
form: Hunter River, 300 m upstream from tidal-fresh water 
interface, 14‘59’09"S, 125'29'14"E, A.A. Mitchell & T. Willing 
2416, 10.iv.l 992 (DNA, PERTH). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in the Kimberley 
in far north-eastern Western Australia (Fig. 6). Grows 
on sandstone escarpments or slopes in eucalypt 
woodland. 
Flowering period: Flowers January. 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the number of 
seeds commonly formed in each pod (From Greek, 
di- two and sperma, seed) 
Notes: Leaves of P. dispermus often turn dark, 
sometimes patchily, in the pressing process. This 
darkening is not seen in species of Plagiocarpus from 
the Northern Territory but is sometimes seen in P 
conduplicatus.lhe circumscription of floral parts of P 
dispermus is based on the very few available flowering 
specimens. Typical leaf morphology is shown in Figure 
2d and pod morphology is shown in Figures 5d-e. 
Several collections from the Prince Regent 
River region (e.g. AS. George 12630. PERTH; R.L 
Barrett 3736, PERTH) approach P orcuatus in leaf 
morphology and indumentum type. However, 
flower, seed and fruit morphology, at least from the 
former collection, is the same as that of typical P 
dispermus. It is uncertain whether the pods are two- 
seeded. The collections may represent a distinct 
taxon or they could be hybrid specimens, although 
P orcuatus has not yet been recorded in this part of 
the Kimberley.They are treated as P dispermus in this 
revision. Further collections are needed to properly 
ascertain the status of this form. 
A grey-leaved form with an appressed indumentum 
has been collected from the mouth of the Hunter 
River {A.A. Mitchell & T. Willing 2416, DNA, PERTH). 
The greyness is not due to hairs as hairs are not 
particularly dense on the leaves (Fig. 3a).The specimen 
has particularly glossy pods (Fig. 5c) and pod and 
seed dimensions match those of typical P dispermus. 
Flowering material in particular is needed to ascertain 
a suitable taxonomic status for this entity. 
5. Plagiocarpus lanatus I.Thomps., sp. nov. 
A P. axillari Benth. indumentolanoto, opiculo longiore, 
unguibus petalorum brevioribus differt. 
Type: Western Australia. 17 km NW of Mount Hann, 
M.D. Barrett 905, 26.i.2000; holo: PERTH. 
Shrubs to c. 0.7 m high, with base of plant not seen. 
Stems not seen; major branches 2 mm diam.; young 
branches with a dense white indumentum, with hairs 
c. 2 mm long, more or less spreading, matting together. 
Leaflets 15-23 mm long, with apex obtuse to subacute; 
apiculum 0.6-1 mm long, mostly brown, brittle, not 
or hardly exceeding adjacent hairs; indumentum very 
dense, with hairs c. 2 mm long, loosely appressed, 
hugging margins; lateral leaflets asymmetrically 
narrow-elliptic, 5-6.5 mm wide; medial leaflet oblong- 
elliptic or narrow-obovate, 4.5-5,5 mm wide, flat or 
slightly concave. Bract c. 1 mm long, bracteoles to 
c. 1 mm long. Calyx 3.5 mm long, with upper lobes 
similar to lower, with apices more or less straight; 
standard 7 mm long, including claw 1-1.5 mm long, 
limb c. 7 mm wide, base strongly cordate, apex broadly 
emarginate; wings 7-8 mm long, including claw 
0.8-1 mm long, limb 3-3.5 mm wide; keel 6.5-7 mm 
long, including claw 1-1.3 mm long, limb 2.8 mm wide; 
ovary bearing a few long hairs on lower suture, stigma 
noticeably dilated. Pods not seen. Seeds not seen. 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs near Mount 
Hann in the western parts of the Kimberley in far 
north-eastern Western Australia (Fig. 6). Recorded 
from cracks in almost bare sandstone, associated with 
Triodia sp. 
Flowering period: Flowers January. 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the woolly or 
fleecy indumentum of this species (From Latin lanatus, 
woolly). 
Notes: Known from a single collection but readily 
distinguished from other species by both petal 
morphology (Fig. 4b) and indumentum type (Fig. 3b). 
Fruit and seeds have not been seen. Plagiocarpus 
/anafus occurs in the same general area of the Kimberley 
as P dispermus. Although some forms of P dispermus 
have hairs of similar length, the indumentum is villous 
rather than woolly or fleecy. 
6. Plagiocarpus conduplicatus I.Thomps., sp. nov. 
A P. axillari Benth. planta robustiore, foliolis 
50 
Vol 28(1)2010 

Page image

654211 Plagiocarpus longiflorus Muelleria 28(1): 48-49, Figs 2, 5, 6
974658 Red Muelleria 28(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1)".

654126 Rhamnus incanus Muelleria 28(1): 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689270
Page is part of the work A revision of Alphitonia (Rhamnaceae) for Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337568

Page text

Alphitonia 
parallel-sided adult leaves with a shortly acuminate 
apex and relatively long stipules, while specimens from 
Cape York Peninsula, Northern Territory and Western 
Australia tend to have narrowly-ovate adult leaves with 
an acute apex, and shorter stipules. 
The shape of the mature fruits in A. oblata and A. 
petriei is the same, and yet A. oblata can be readily 
distinguished by the larger endocarpids and larger 
seeds. 
Etymology: The specific epithet is from the Latin 
oblatus meaning'flattened at the poles'.This is a reference 
to the shape of the mature fruit in this species. 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 
Mornington Wildlife Sanctuary, NE of FiUroy Crossing, 
20.iv.2005, 5. Murphy MULE421 & S. Legge (BRI). NORTHERN 
TERRITORY. 19 miles [31 km] NW of Mountnorris Bay, 
17.vii.l961, G.M. Chippendale 8163 (BRI); Butterfly Gorge, 
29.ix.1991, MJ. Barritt 909 (AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, K, L, MEL, 
MO); Angurugu River, Groote Eyiandt, 27.ix.1981, F.R. Fosberg 
62384 & ac Buckley (BRI); Wessel Islands, 28.ix.1972, P.K. Latz 
3221 (BRI, DNA). QUEENSLAND. COOK: West side of Cape 
York road, 6 km N of turnoff near Bamaga, 27.viii.1989, P.C 
Jobson 758 & G.C Power (BRI, MEL); Currunda Creek, 9 km W 
of Cairns, 30.i.1993, A.R. Bean 5731 & PI. Forster (BRI); Russell 
River, N.P. 1353, 15.X.1981, B. Gray 2187 (BRI, QRS); near 
Japoon, 22.iv.1959, R.F Thorne 20719 & W.T. Jones (BRI); 4 
km W of Cook Hwy along Kennedy Hwy, Macalister Range, 
4.xii.l991, a Halford Q792 (AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL, NSW); 
NPR 1353, Bellenden Ker, 19.viii.l981, B. Hyland 11108 (BRI, 
QRS); Golf Course St., El Arish, N of Tully, 17.iv.2002, A.R. Bean 
18708 (BRI, NY). NORTH KENNEDY; Cardwell Range, 12 km N 
of Ingham on Bruce Highway, 24.xi.1992, A.R. Bean 5256 (BRI, 
DNA, L). SOUTH KENNEDY: 12.6 km from Gargett, towards Mt 
Charlton (W of Mackay), 15.iv.2002, A.R. Bean 18671 (BRI, DNA, 
i L); Dolphin Heads, Mackay, 26.ix.1994, G.N. Batianoff 94099 
& S. Saltman (AD, BRI, L). MORETON: Gold Creek, North Arm, 
near Nambour, 12.ix.1993, A.R. Bean 6517 (BRI, CANB, DNA, L, 
MEL); Dunethin Rock, 6 km E of Yandina, 17.ii.l993, A.R. Bean 
5774 (BRI, NSW); Mons Road, Buderim, 29.iii.1993, A.R. Bean 
5890 (BRI, BISH, DNA, K, L, MEL). 
Excluded names 
Alphitonia franguloides A.Gray, Bot U,S, ExpL 
Exped. 1 : 280 (1854); A. exce/sa var. franguloides 
(A.Gray) F.M.Bailey, Compr. Cat Queensland PI. 837 (1913). 
When naming A. excelsa var. franguloides, Bailey stated 
'this is the A. franguloides, Gray,...'. Hence Bailey's name 
Figure 6. Distribution of Alphitonia oblata in Ingrids. 
must be interpreted as a new combination rather than 
a new taxon, and the type of Bailey's name is that of 
A. franguloides. The latter was named from Fiji, and is 
a small-leaves species that is thought to be endemic 
to that Island nation. No specimens matching A. 
franguloides are known from Australia. The Australian 
specimens cited by Bailey are A. whitei. 
Alphitonia incana (Roxb.) Kurz, J. Bot. 11:208 
(1873) 
Rhamnus incanus Roxb., FI. Ind. (Roxburgh) 2; 350 
(1824), 1: 603 (1832). Type citation: 'Reared in the 
botanic garden at Calcutta from seed received from 
the Moluccas.' Type; without location, without date, W. 
Roxburgh s.n. (lectotype BR [506281], here designated; 
isolectotype K-WALLno. 4261). 
The protologue for Rhamnus incanus includes 
a fairly detailed description of the plant, compiled 
from a live specimen growing at the Calcutta Botanic 
Gardens, from seed received from the Moluccas. 
The known extant original material comprises 1. a 
Roxburgh drawing (n. 1371) held at Kew; 2. a specimen 
in the Wallich herbarium at Kew; and 3. a specimen in 
the Roxburgh herbarium at Brussels (Forman 1997). 
The drawing is somewhat stylised and probably 
does not accurately portray the features of the plant, 
and it is certainly not a good match for the two 
specimens noted above. It includes a transverse view 
of a fruit, which appears to be somewhat oblate; the 
leaves in the drawing are narrowly ovate on very short 
petioles, and the stipules very long and slender. 
Muelleria 
15 

Page image

886588 Rhamnus incanus Muelleria 28(1): 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689270
Page is part of the work A revision of Alphitonia (Rhamnaceae) for Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337568

Page text

Alphitonia 
parallel-sided adult leaves with a shortly acuminate 
apex and relatively long stipules, while specimens from 
Cape York Peninsula, Northern Territory and Western 
Australia tend to have narrowly-ovate adult leaves with 
an acute apex, and shorter stipules. 
The shape of the mature fruits in A. oblata and A. 
petriei is the same, and yet A. oblata can be readily 
distinguished by the larger endocarpids and larger 
seeds. 
Etymology: The specific epithet is from the Latin 
oblatus meaning'flattened at the poles'.This is a reference 
to the shape of the mature fruit in this species. 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 
Mornington Wildlife Sanctuary, NE of FiUroy Crossing, 
20.iv.2005, 5. Murphy MULE421 & S. Legge (BRI). NORTHERN 
TERRITORY. 19 miles [31 km] NW of Mountnorris Bay, 
17.vii.l961, G.M. Chippendale 8163 (BRI); Butterfly Gorge, 
29.ix.1991, MJ. Barritt 909 (AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, K, L, MEL, 
MO); Angurugu River, Groote Eyiandt, 27.ix.1981, F.R. Fosberg 
62384 & ac Buckley (BRI); Wessel Islands, 28.ix.1972, P.K. Latz 
3221 (BRI, DNA). QUEENSLAND. COOK: West side of Cape 
York road, 6 km N of turnoff near Bamaga, 27.viii.1989, P.C 
Jobson 758 & G.C Power (BRI, MEL); Currunda Creek, 9 km W 
of Cairns, 30.i.1993, A.R. Bean 5731 & PI. Forster (BRI); Russell 
River, N.P. 1353, 15.X.1981, B. Gray 2187 (BRI, QRS); near 
Japoon, 22.iv.1959, R.F Thorne 20719 & W.T. Jones (BRI); 4 
km W of Cook Hwy along Kennedy Hwy, Macalister Range, 
4.xii.l991, a Halford Q792 (AD, BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL, NSW); 
NPR 1353, Bellenden Ker, 19.viii.l981, B. Hyland 11108 (BRI, 
QRS); Golf Course St., El Arish, N of Tully, 17.iv.2002, A.R. Bean 
18708 (BRI, NY). NORTH KENNEDY; Cardwell Range, 12 km N 
of Ingham on Bruce Highway, 24.xi.1992, A.R. Bean 5256 (BRI, 
DNA, L). SOUTH KENNEDY: 12.6 km from Gargett, towards Mt 
Charlton (W of Mackay), 15.iv.2002, A.R. Bean 18671 (BRI, DNA, 
i L); Dolphin Heads, Mackay, 26.ix.1994, G.N. Batianoff 94099 
& S. Saltman (AD, BRI, L). MORETON: Gold Creek, North Arm, 
near Nambour, 12.ix.1993, A.R. Bean 6517 (BRI, CANB, DNA, L, 
MEL); Dunethin Rock, 6 km E of Yandina, 17.ii.l993, A.R. Bean 
5774 (BRI, NSW); Mons Road, Buderim, 29.iii.1993, A.R. Bean 
5890 (BRI, BISH, DNA, K, L, MEL). 
Excluded names 
Alphitonia franguloides A.Gray, Bot U,S, ExpL 
Exped. 1 : 280 (1854); A. exce/sa var. franguloides 
(A.Gray) F.M.Bailey, Compr. Cat Queensland PI. 837 (1913). 
When naming A. excelsa var. franguloides, Bailey stated 
'this is the A. franguloides, Gray,...'. Hence Bailey's name 
Figure 6. Distribution of Alphitonia oblata in Ingrids. 
must be interpreted as a new combination rather than 
a new taxon, and the type of Bailey's name is that of 
A. franguloides. The latter was named from Fiji, and is 
a small-leaves species that is thought to be endemic 
to that Island nation. No specimens matching A. 
franguloides are known from Australia. The Australian 
specimens cited by Bailey are A. whitei. 
Alphitonia incana (Roxb.) Kurz, J. Bot. 11:208 
(1873) 
Rhamnus incanus Roxb., FI. Ind. (Roxburgh) 2; 350 
(1824), 1: 603 (1832). Type citation: 'Reared in the 
botanic garden at Calcutta from seed received from 
the Moluccas.' Type; without location, without date, W. 
Roxburgh s.n. (lectotype BR [506281], here designated; 
isolectotype K-WALLno. 4261). 
The protologue for Rhamnus incanus includes 
a fairly detailed description of the plant, compiled 
from a live specimen growing at the Calcutta Botanic 
Gardens, from seed received from the Moluccas. 
The known extant original material comprises 1. a 
Roxburgh drawing (n. 1371) held at Kew; 2. a specimen 
in the Wallich herbarium at Kew; and 3. a specimen in 
the Roxburgh herbarium at Brussels (Forman 1997). 
The drawing is somewhat stylised and probably 
does not accurately portray the features of the plant, 
and it is certainly not a good match for the two 
specimens noted above. It includes a transverse view 
of a fruit, which appears to be somewhat oblate; the 
leaves in the drawing are narrowly ovate on very short 
petioles, and the stipules very long and slender. 
Muelleria 
15 

Page image

974659 Sarsaparilla Muelleria 28(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1)".

974657 Soap Muelleria 28(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1)".

654247 Templetonia battii Muelleria 28(1): 60-62, Fig. 4

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 60-62, Fig. 4".

886629 Templetonia biloba Muelleria 28(1): 71
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689199
Page is part of the work A revision of Cristonia (Fabaceae: Brongniartieae), doi:10.5962/p.337573

Page text

Cristonia 
Key to subspecies of Cristonia biioba 
1 Lower surface of leaves mostly glabrous either side of midrib; upper-branch leaves becoming 
parallel-sided approaching zone of dilation; upper surface of leaves prominently tuberculate 
at apex of lobes; wings purple-brown virtually to the apex...2a. subsp. biioba 
1: Lower surface of leaves with hairs evenly distributed throughout; upper-branch leaves cuneate 
to zone of dilation; upper surface of leaves inconspicuously tuberculate; wings mostly 
purple-brown but distal millimetre yellow.2b. subsp. pubescens 
smaller. Compared to C biioba subsp. biioba the upper 
surface of the leaf is less prominently tuberculate 
distally. However, C biioba subsp. pubescens is similar to 
Cstenophylla in this respect. A specimen from Murchison 
River (Phillips CANB) is atypical in having upper-branch 
leaves lobed distally. However, in these leaves the apical 
sinus is not particularly deep and the amount of dilation 
is small, and in other respects the specimen conforms 
well with C. stenophylla. In some specimens of Cristonia 
stenophylla, hairs have been noted arising from veins of 
the keel close to the lower margin. 
2. Cristonia biioba (Benth.) J.H.Ross, Muelleria 
15:11 (2001) 
Bossiaeo biioba Benth., in S.L.Endlicher et aL, Enum. 
PL 36 (1837); Templetonia biioba (Benth.) Polhill, Bot 
5ysf. 1:309(1976). 
Type: Western Australia. Locality unknown [Given 
as King Georges Sound but unlikely to be from this 
locality], Hugel; holo: Wn.v., photo MEL 2092155. 
Erect subshrubs to c. 0.6 m high, with roots not 
seen; with rootstock extending progressively each 
year. Stems to c. 3 mm in diameter; a pair of axillary 
leaves to c. 20 mm long usually developed at lower 
to mid-branch nodes; axillary leaf-clusters usually 
also developed. Leaves generally persistent; petiole 
c. 1 mm long; basal and lower-branch leaves with 
lamina cuneate to linear-cuneate, to 15 mm long, to 
c. 8 mm wide, with apex truncate or bilobed apically 
with sinus to 5 mm deep; mid- to upper-branch leaves 
with lamina narrow-oblong to linear or oblanceolate up 
to lobes, 10-30 mm long, 1 -4 mm wide mid-leaf, often 
bilobed apically and up to 6 mm wider than midleaf, 
sometimes not bilobed; base narrow-cuneate; margin 
nearly flat, recurved or revolute; apical sinus to 5 mm 
deep, sometimes a triangular lobe to c. 2 mm long, 
arising from sinus; apiculum commonly triangular- 
upper surface tuberculate, with tubercles minute to 
conspicuous, lower surface with hairs restricted to 
midrib or widespread. Pedicels 4-12 mm long; bract 
2-5 mm long, inserted basally or up to 3 mm distal 
to base, sometimes with apex recurved; bracteoles 
1-2 mm long, inserted 1-2 mm below calyx. Calyx 
8- 12 mm long, brown, or occasionally grey-brown; 
tube c. 1/3 of total length; upper lip 5-8 mm long, with 
sinus 1-2.5 mm deep; petals 12-18 mm long; standard- 
limb c. orbicular, c. 12-18 mm wide, with flare c. 3 mm 
wide, claw 4-5 mm long; wings c. as long as keel, 
4-7 mm wide, purple-brown more or less throughout, 
or becoming yellow distally and/or along lower margin, 
claw 2-3 mm long; keel 4-6 mm wide, claw 2.5-3.5 mm 
long; ovary 3-6-ovulate, with style c. 10 mm long. Pods 
±oblong or oblong-elliptic in profile, 15-35 mm long, 
9- 14 mm wide, 3-5-seeded; seeds 4-5.5 mm long, 
mid-brown; aril 1.8-2.5 mm in diameter, 1.5-2 mm tall 
including lobe, smooth. 
2a. Cristonia biioba subsp. biioba 
Leaves of mid to upper branches oblong or oblong- 
cuneiform below the dilation; apex sinus varying 
from slightly broader than deep to much deeper than 
broad; lower surface with hairs restricted to midrib or 
occasionally partially laterally. Pedicels to 12 mm long. 
Wings 4-5 mm wide, with purple-brown pigmentation 
reaching more or less to apex; keel 4-5 mm wide. Seeds 
4.5-5.5 mm long, with aril 2-2.5 mm in diameter, with 
lobe c. 1 mm high. 
Selected specimens of c, 100 examined: WESTERN 
AUSTRALIA. Adjacent ACTIV industries, High Wycombe, M. 
Hislop 1059, 6.vi.1998 (PERTH); Helena River, Mundaring, CA 
Gardner 538, 10.vii.1920 (PERTH); Ellis Brook Valley reserve, 
H. Bowler 390, 27.vi.1999 (PERTH); Piesse Brook, intersection 
of Mundaring Weir Rd and Aldersyde Rd, 12.4 km SW of 
Mundaring, J.H. Ross 3832, 24.xi.1996 (MEL 2043459); Darling 
Range escarpment, Susannah Brook, M.G. Corrick 9934, 
31.vii.1986 (MEL 1555244); Greenmount, Perth, 7.A. Choppill 
s.n., 29.xi.1991 (MEL 2010155); Helena Valley, J. Seabrook 29, 
Muelleria 
71 

Page image

654251 Templetonia ceracea Muelleria 28(1): 64-65, FIg. 4

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 64-65, FIg. 4".

654245 Templetonia egena Muelleria 28(1): 59-60, Figs 2, 4
654246 Templetonia incrassata Muelleria 28(1): 60, Fig. 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689225
Page is part of the work A revision of the leafless species of Templetonia (Fabaceae: Brongniartieae), doi:10.5962/p.337572

Page text

Thompson 
small survey of flowers, the stamen sheath of T. egena 
differs slightly from the other leafless species in the 
shape of the apex of the stamen sheath and the free 
filament portion is relatively long. In other species 
of Templetonia the sheath apex is rounded (Fig. 3f). 
Templetonia egena is one of two species to have a 
scale at nodes, T. incrassata being the other. These two 
species are further distinguished from other leafless 
species of Templetonia by the bead-like appearance 
of the epidermis (seen under magnification), their 
relatively erect branches, their pod valves with glands 
more conspicuous at maturity, and the relatively small 
or absent aril lobe. 
2. Templetonia incrassata I.Thomps,, sp. nov, 
A T. egena (F.Muell.) Benth. ramis crassioribus sulcis 
non profundis plerumque glaucis, pedicellis brevioribus, 
feguminibus longioribus, seminibus longioribus differt. 
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 22 km south of Mount 
Christie Corner, Mobella Station, 30*31 '11 "S, 133‘30'03" 
E, FJ. Badman 8257, 3.ix.l995; holo: AD 99647245; iso: 
AD 99644643. 
Erect shrubs to c. 2.5 m high; flowering branches 
suberect, straight, 1.5-2.5 mm in diameter, terete, with 
generally poorly defined ridges, often glaucous, not 
tapering terminally; new growth c. 1 mm in diameter. 
Scale present at nodes instead of leaf rudiments and 
stipules, triangular-ovate, 0.6-1.2 mm long. Pedicels 
0.3-1 mm long; bract c 1 mm long; bracteoles 1.5-2.2 
mm long, shortly connate, chartaceous in distal third. 
Flower buds with apex rounded; calyx 3-4.5 mm long, 
tube 2-3.2 mm long, sinus of upper lip c. 0.5 mm deep 
with apices separated; median lower lobe slightly to 
much longer than other lobes, not chartaceous or 
brown; standard 5.5-8 mm long, limb slightly wider 
than long, claw 2-2.5 mm long; wings 5-7 mm long, 2 
mm wide, claw 2.5 mm long; keel 5-6.5 mm long, 2.2 
mm wide, generally dark purple distally, claw 2 mm 
long; stamen sheath c. 1.8 mm wide flattened-out; ovary 
6-ovulate; style 2.5-3.5 mm long, slender distally. Pods 
obliquely oblong-elliptic in profile, mostly 16-25 mm 
long, 7-10 mm wide, 1 (or 2)-seeded; valves dotted with 
minute glands. Seeds oblong-ellipsoid, 9-14 mm long, 
4-5 mm wide, brown; aril 1.5-3 mm in diameter, with 
wall crenate to deeply lobate, vertical lobe not evident. 
Selected specimens of c. 40 examined: WESTERN 
AUSTRALIA, c. 12 km S of Menzies, AS. George 2718, 
21. viii.l961 (PERTH); c. 38 km E of the intersection of the 
Mt Jackson-Diemals road and the Diemals-Menzies Rd, P.S. 
Short 2308 & L Haegi, 5.xi.l983 (AD, MEL 1524851, PERTH); 
Goddard Creek, along Transcontinental RIy, RD. Boyce 5567, 
3.X.1956 (CANS); 32 km from Coolgardie towards Kalgoorlie, 
E.M. Canning, 7.ix.l 968 (CANB); 26 km ENE of Cosmo Newbury 
Mission, N. Forde 1385, 14.X.1960 (CANB); 500 m E of Lake 
Raeside, Kirgella Rocks Station, H. Pringle 2402, 13.vii.l989 
(CANB, PERTH); Victoria Desert, Camp 54, R Helms, 1 l.ix.1891 
(MEL 564626); Mt Elvire Station, B.H. Smith s.n„ 23.viii.1981 
(MEL 590013). SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Yellabinna Regional 
Reserve, FJ. Badman 11575, 18.viii.2005 (AD); SW corner of 
Commonwealth Hill Station, c.40 km NWofWynbring railway 
station, D.E Symon //75,2.xii.l960 (AD, DNA);c.6km N of Red 
Lake along roadside,-/.Z Weber 8218,22.X.1983 (AD):Nundroo 
Well, RH. Ashby, 15.xi.l975 (AD);c.46km SofOoldea,P. Wilson 
1830, 23.ix.1960 (AD); SW of Anthony Lake, Commonwealth 
Hill Station, c. 90 km NNW of Tarcoola, B. Lay 64, 3.ix.l970 
(AD); c. 6 km N of Red Lake along roadside, J.Z. Weber 8218, 
22. X.1983 (AD). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in central-western 
Western Australia and central-western South Australia 
(Fig. 4). Grows in various soils including sands and 
calcareous sands, often near lake margins, in woodland, 
shrubland and grassland. 
Flowering period: Flowers winter to early spring. 
£tymo/ogy: The epithet refers to the relatively thick 
branches when compared to T egena (L: incrassotus, 
thickened). 
Notes: Apart from the distinctions given in the key, 
T. incrassata is more often glaucous than I egena, has 
a plumper calyx, a standard petal with a longer claw, 
broader wings and a keel that is usually more purple. 
Further floral distinctions based on a limited survey 
of specimens include greater anther dimorphism, a 
stamen sheath that is more prolonged centrally, and 
filaments shorter beyond the sheath. 
3. Templetonia battii F.Muell., Australas. Cbem. 
Druggist 2{2):3^ (1887) 
Bossioea battii (F.Muell.) Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. 5. 
Australia 65 (1890). 
Type: Western Australia. Eucia, ID.Batt; syn: MEL 
564735; Western Australia. Eucia, J.D.Batt; syn: MEL 
564736. 
60 
Vol 28(1)2010 

Page image

654244 Templetonia Muelleria 28(1): 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689231
Page is part of the work A revision of the leafless species of Templetonia (Fabaceae: Brongniartieae), doi:10.5962/p.337572

Page text

Thompson 
in Daviesia Sm. and soon after in Bossiaea Vent, by 
Mueller. 6oss/aea ross/7 was described in 1862. Bentham, 
in Flora Australiensis, transferred most of these taxa to 
Templetonia, but Bossiaea rossii F.Muell. was instead 
treated as a synonym of Templetonia sulcata. In 
1887 Templetonia battii was described. Much later, a 
revision by Ross (1982) maintained the long-standing 
recognition of three species. However, soon after, Ross 
(1984) described T. smithiano, an entity he segregated 
from T sulcata. 
The need for a revision of the leafless species of 
Templetonia was identified while reviewing the tribe 
Brongniartieae for the Flora of Australia project. The 
pattern of morphological variation elucidated by the 
author in this study called for the number of leafless 
species of Templetonia to be increased from four to 
seven. 
Methods 
The pattern of morphological variation in the leafless 
group in Templetonia, as reflected in the taxonomy 
presented below, wasdetermined through examination 
of herbarium material with the aid of a dissecting 
microscope. Assessment of floral morphology was 
aided by the reconstitution of dried flowers in hot 
water with added detergent. Specimens from AD, BRI, 
CANB, DNA, MEL and PERTH were examined. 
Taxonomically useful characters recognised in this 
study include: the thickness, spinescence, degree of 
divergence, surface texture, waxiness, and depth of 
grooves of branches; the degree of development and 
persistence of rudimentary leaves; the presence of 
stipules; the length of pedicels; the scaliness and apical 
morphology of the bracteoles; the ovule number 
and length and stoutness of the style; the size and 
glandularity of pods; the size of seeds; and the size, 
lobation and dissection of the aril. 
Taxonomy 
Templetonia R.Br., in W.T.Aiton, Hortus Kew., 
4:269(1812) 
Type: Templetonia retusa (Vent.) R.Br. 
The six leafy species of Templetonia develop either 
petiolate simple leaves with a green lamina more than 
5 mm long and more than 1 mm wide, or they develop 
compound leaves with leaflets > 5 mm long. Other 
features which distinguish them from the leafless 
taxa include the longer flowers and pedicels, and the 
parallel-sided, more numerous-seeded, and mostly 
internally partitioned pods. Templetonia aculeata 
(F.Muell.) Benth. occasionally loses all of its leaves, 
but is recognised as a species in the leafy group by 
the features described above and by its conspicuous 
pungent stipules and its hairiness. 
A circumscription of the leafless species of 
Templetonia 
Shrubs to c. 3 m high, mostly as wide as or wider 
than high, generally much-branched, glabrous apart 
from ciliolate margins on bracts, bracteoles and calyces. 
Branches longitudinally ridged or angular, terete or 
flattened, sometimes slightly flexuose, sometimes 
tapering terminally and then sometimes spine-like; 
axils containing abundant reddish glandular material. 
Leaves rudimentary, developed at most nodes, most 
often withering and falling; stipules triangular, to c. 
1 mm long, variably chartaceous, typically eroding 
to their base; a scale sometimes developed instead 
of a leaf and stipules. Inflorescences axillary, with 
flowering branches bearing flowers at several to 
numerous consecutive nodes, with 1 or 2 flowers per 
node, flowers opening ±simultaneously; bract basal, 
commonly brown, chartaceous; bracteoles inserted 
near base of calyx, often shortly connate, overlapping 
calyx tube, broad-ovate, orbicular or oblate, convex 
abaxially, herbaceous basally abruptly transitional to 
a chartaceous portion of varying extent, and which is 
predominantly brown but transparent distally. Calyx 
with tube equal to or longer than lobes; upper lip 
tapering; lower medial lobe the longest, straight or 
incurved, sometimes chartaceous distally; standard 
slightlylongerthanwingsand keel, limb mostly cuneate, 
yellow with an inner purple-brown zone encircling a 
pale throat, wings with various proportions of purple- 
brown and yellow; keel pale throughout or purplish 
distally; stamens monadelphous, anthers dimorphic 
with dorsifixed anthers alternating with the longer 
basifixed anthers; ovary glabrous, 2-7-ovulate; style 2- 
4 mm long; stigma capitate. Pods almost spreading or 
more often suberect, short-stipitate, elliptic to oblong- 
elliptic in profile, 7-28 mm long, slightly to moderately 
54 
Vol 28(1)2010 

Page image

654250 Templetonia rossii Muelleria 28(1): 63-64, Fig. 4

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 63-64, Fig. 4".

654249 Templetonia smithiana Muelleria 28(1): 63, Fig. 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689222
Page is part of the work A revision of the leafless species of Templetonia (Fabaceae: Brongniartieae), doi:10.5962/p.337572

Page text

Templetonia 
grow as large as T. smithiana, its branches are generally 
narrower, and the rudimentary leaves are often better 
developed and more persistent. The branch surface is 
sometimes minutely papillose unlike the consistently 
smooth surface in T. smithiana. Bracteoles of T. sulcata 
andlsm/f/i/anahaveadistinctivetricolourappearance, 
with bands green proximally, light brown centrally, and 
whitish-translucent distally.The distal portion tends to 
become quite ragged through splitting. 
Templetonia sulcata can be distinguished from T. 
rossii by branch-tip and bracteole features, as given in 
the key, and by its plumper seeds with an aril crenate 
rather than frilly and with a lower, broader lobe, and 
by the pods which are narrower but deeper and have 
a longer beak. 
Chromosome numbers given in Sands (1975) under 
T. sulcata are all referrable to other species (see T. 
ceracea, T. smithiana and T. rossii). 
5. Templetonia smithiana J.H.Ross, Muelleria 
5:278(1984) 
Type: Western Australia. Doodarding, No. 2 Rabbit 
fence, 0.25 mile (c. 0.4 km) N of gate 44,3 TO! 'S, 117“ 12' 
E, B.H. Smith 204, 13.xii.1982; holo: MEL 626707; iso: K, 
PERTH, both n.v. 
Erect shrubs to c. 1.5 m high; flowering branches 
moderately divergent to almost spreading, often 
flexuose, 3-6(-7) mm wide, strongly compressed, 
with ridges often sharply defined, smooth, tapering 
terminally to form a dark, spine-like apex, with tip 
0.1-0.2 mm wide; new growth 2.5-3 mm wide. Leaf 
rudiments and stipules developed at nodes; leaf 
rudiments to 3 mm long. Ped/ce/s 1-1.5 mm long; bract 
c. 0.5 mm long; bracteoles 1 -1.5 mm long, free or nearly 
so, chartaceous in distal half to two-thirds, apex often 
splitting and or becoming ragged. Flower buds with 
apex rounded; calyx 3-4 mm long, tube 2-3 mm long, 
sinus of upper lip c. 0.5 mm deep, with apices separated; 
lower medial lobe moderately longer than other lobes, 
not chartaceous; standard 6-8 mm long, limb c. as wide 
as long, 5-7 mm wide, claw 1.5 mm long; wings 1.8 mm 
wide, claw 2.3 mm long; keel 1.5 mm wide, with claw 
c. 2 mm long, dark purple distally; stamen sheath 1.8 
mm wide flattened out; ovary 5-ovu!ate, style 3-4 mm 
long. Pods elliptic in profile, 15-28 mm long, 9-12 mm 
wide, 1-seeded; valves with glands sometimes faintly 
detectable. Seeds compressed ellipsoid, 9-16 mm long; 
aril 1 mm in diameter, wall entire or slightly crenate, 
vertical lobe c. 0.4 mm high. 
Selected specimens of c. 60 examined: WESTERN 
AUSTRALIA. Mt Hardy, 11 km from York on road to 
Quairading, J.H. floss 2773 (CANB, MEL 626714); Doodarding, 
c. 0.4 km N of 44 gate, no. 2 rabbit fence, B.H. Smith 1346 (BRI, 
MEL 1587441, PERTH); 28 km N of Bullfinch on Bullfinch- 
Evanston Rd, L.A. Craven 4555 & B.J. Lepschi, 6.xi.2000 (CANB, 
PERTH); c. 11 km E of Winchester, C Chapman, 25.xi.1972 
(PERTH); Mt Gibson Station, S. van Vreeswyk3858. 27.viii.l 993 
(PERTH). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in far south¬ 
western Western Australia mostly north of 32“15'S (Fig. 
4). Grows on sandy-loam rises, often near salt lakes. 
Chromosome number: 2n = 16 (Sands 1975; 
collection no. 637.4.1 PERTH 02900556, as T. sulcata). 
Flowering period: Flowers August to October. 
Notes: Closely related to T. sulcata, with which it is 
partly sympatric, having more or less identical floral 
and bracteole morphology and in having similarly 
spinescent branches, but markedly different in branch 
width and in dimensions of fruits and seeds. Branches 
are similar to those of T. rossii in terms of width and 
colour (at least when dry). However, branches of T. rossii 
are not spiny and the surface of branches are generally 
minutely granular (most easily detected along the 
hyaline edge of the branch at xl0-x20). In T, smithiana 
more so than other species, there is a tendency for the 
funicle and placenta to detach with the seed. 
A collection from Koorda NW of Merredin [Blackall 
PERTH 02900610) has relatively short internodes and 
shows evidence of being atypically succulent. 
6. Templetonia rossii (F.Muell.) I.Thomps., 
comb, nov. 
Bossiaea rossU F.Muell., Fragm. 3:94 (1862). 
Type: Victoria. Avoca River, IF. Mueller; lecto: MEL 
20342, fide J.H. Ross, Muelleria 5:27 (1982). 
Erect shrubs to c. 1.5 m high; flowering branches 
moderately divergent, ±straight, 2-7 mm wide, 
moderately compressed, mildly ridged, smooth or 
more often minutely granular, sometimes glaucous, 
tapering terminally but not spine-like and not 
becoming terete (apex c. 0.5 mm wide); new growth 
2-3 mm wide. Leaf rudiments and stipules developed 
Muelleria 
63 

Page image

654248 Templetonia sulcata Muelleria 28(1): 62-63, Fig. 4

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1): 62-63, Fig. 4".

974661 White Muelleria 28(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(1)".

886581 Ziziphus pomaderroides Muelleria 28(1): 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59689277
Page is part of the work A revision of Alphitonia (Rhamnaceae) for Australia, doi:10.5962/p.337568

Page text

Bean 
others that are nearer to the typical form of the species. 
The Cape York Peninsula form of A exceba is very similar 
to specimens of A. philippinensis from the Philippines, 
but the latter has smaller endocarpids with a long 
apiculum, and conspicuous radial furrows on the disc. 
Fruits of A exceba are consistently globose. There is a 
predominance of flowers with 2-locular ovaries and 2- 
fid styles, but some flowers with 3-fid styles can usually 
be found on any given plant or flowering specimen. 
Alphitonia exceba, in contrast to some other 
Australian species, has ascending primary branches 
and more-or-less evenly distributed leaf canopy. This 
canopy type is consistent even for those forms that 
occur in rainforest environments. 
The relationship between A exceba and A oblata 
In Northern Territory and Western Australia requires 
further study. In 1994, K.Thiele determined all Kimberley 
specimens of Alphitonia at BRl as A incano, while 
Wheeler (1992) included only A. exceba for this region. 
According to Booth etol. (2001), A exceba and A 'incana' 
(i.e. A oblata) intergrade in the Darwin area, and this 
may account for differing names applied in the Northern 
Territory and Kimberley region of Western Australia. 
Alphitonia exceba is the food plant for the larvae of the 
Small Green-banded blue butterfly {Psychonotis caelius). 
The timber has a density of 770 kg/m^ and has been used 
for fencing and ornamental panelling. It is pale when cut, 
but upon exposure turns to a bright red (Fairbairn 1999). 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 1 
km E of Mitchell Falls, Mitchell Plateau, 30.V.1992, D. Halford 
Q1431 (BRl, DNA, PERTH); Morgan River, near old 'Theda' 
homestead, 24.vii.1977, I.R. Telford 6102 & G. Butler (BRl, 
CANB). NORTHERN TERRITORY. Elcho Island, 2.vii.1975, J.R. 
Moconochie2094 (BRl, CANB, K, L); Waldunga road/Old Plains 
track junction, Murgenella, 10.vii.l 984, G. Wightmon 2004 (BRl, 
CANB, DNA); 1 km SE of Angurugu, Groote Eyiandt, 7.iii.l988, 
J. Russell-Smith 5136 & D. Lucas (BRl, DNA). QUEENSLAND. 
BURKE: c. 5 km S of Lake Moondarra, Just 2.5 km off the Mt Isa 
to Lake Moondarra Road, 23.viii.2001, D.7; Kelman DTKW&J.E. 
Kelman (BRI).COOK: Olive River, 72.9 km NNW of Lockhart River 
community, 26.iv.1994, D.6. Fell DGF4235 (BRl, DNA, NSW). 
NORTH KENNEDY: 40 Mile Scrub N.P., 1.6 km N of Mt Surprise 
road junction, 1 l.iii.1987, J.R. Clarkson 6878 & W.J. McDonald 
(BRl, L, QRS, PERTH). SOUTH KENNEDY: Keswick Island, Basil 
Bay, 6.ix.l 996, GM Batianoff9609172eto!. (AD, BRl, CANB, DNA, 
MEL, NSW). MITCHELL: 1.5 km NW of Betanga on Capricorn 
Hwy E of Jericho, 31 .iii.l 992, E.J. Thompson JER5 & B.K. Simon 
(AD, BRl, DNA, PERTH). LEICHHARDT: c. 20 miles [32 km] ESE Cf 
Rolleston, 30.viii.l961, M. Lazarides & R. Story 110 (BRl, CAN^). 
PORT CURTIS: Shoalwater Bay Military Reserve, 2 km W of 
Sabina Point, 13.vii. 1977, J.R. Clarkson 1088&T.D. Stanley {BR}]. 
BURNETT: northern slopes of Mulgildie Plateau, SSE of Monto, 
n.ii.l996, AR. Bean 9744 (BRl, MEL). WIDE BAY: Waddy Poirit, 
S of Orchid Village, Fraser Island, 14.i.l973, T Whaite3504 
J. Whaite (BRl). MARANOA: c. 89 km W of Condamine toward 
Surat, near Back Creek crossing, 13.X.1983, E.M. Canning 5952 
&B. Rimes (BRl, NSW). DARLING DOWNS: Leichhardt Hwy, c. 23 
km N of Miles, 17.V.1988. P.CJobson266 (BRl, MEL). MORETON: 
Mt Mellum, Glasshouse Mountains, 10.xii.l987, D.E. Albrecht 
3457 (BRl, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES. Pike's Gap, Denman to 
Sandy Hollow road, 1 l.ix.l948, E.F. Constable NSW 121556 (BRl, 
NSW); Yellow Rock Creek road, c. 4 miles [6 km] SW of Albioh 
Park, 28.ii.1967, M. Evans 2585 (AD, BRl, CANB, NSW);'Lowry', 
above Namoi River, Namoi River road, 13.i.1992, J.R. Masking 
467 (BRl, NSW). 
2. Alphitonia pomaderroides (FenzI) A.R.Bean/ 
Austrobaileya 7:377 (2006) 
Ziziphus pomaderroides FenzI in Endl., Enum. PI. 
[Endlicher]20 0S37). 
Type; [Queensland] Cape Van Diemen, December 1802, 
f. Bauer s.n. (holotype W, photo at BRl). 
Alphitonia obtusifolio Braid, Bull. Mbc Inform. Kew 182 
(1925). 
Caenothoides obtusifolia R.Br., nom. nud. 
Type: [Queensland] 'Carpentaria', undated [17- 
27.xi.1802], R. Brown [Bennett No. 5364] (holotype K, 
image!; isotype BM, BRl [AQ 317590]). 
Alphitonia obtusifolia var. tenuis Braid, Bull. Mbc Inform. 
Kew 183 (1925). Type: [Queensland] 'North Coast', 
[xi.l802], R. Brown (syntype K, image!). 
Shrub ortree to 7 m high. Bark persistent, tessellated 
and dark at base of large trees; otherwise smooth, 
dappled white and grey. Primary branches ascending, 
with secondary and tertiary branches on various 
planes. Branchlets not noticeably ridged near growing 
point; stipules 3-6 mm long, juvenile stem/ndumenfum 
and Juvenile leaves unknown. Adult stem indumentum 
dense, with abundant pale brown to creamy-white 
crisped hairs c. 0.1 mm high, and infrequent straight 
or curved patent hairs to 0.3 mm high. Adult leaves 
2-ranked, ovate to elliptical, 5.6-15.5 x 3.2-8.0 cm (L/B 
ratio 1.4-2.4); apex obtuse, acute or retuse; base obtuse 
to cuneate, symmetrical; newly expanding leaves dark 
8 
Vol 28(1)2010 

Page image

659948 Adansonia gregorii Muelleria 28(2): 165
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649336
Page is part of the work Australian type material in the Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, doi:10.5962/p.292505

Page text

Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew 
which is accessible only within Kew. I did not have time 
to examine all the Australian material - it would take 
many weeks to do this. It is likely that there is more 
material from type collections, but some may be in the 
form of products such as resin, fibre etc. 
My conclusion that these are or may be type 
material is based on the data accompanying them, 
i.e. botanical name, locality, date (or date of receipt at 
Kew), collector (or Mueller as donor), and comparison 
with equivalent data in the protologue. 
The speciesare listed in alphabetical order undertheir 
originally published names. The place of publication 
is cited, with the type citation (from the protologue), 
the location of herbarium sheets of type material, 
and comments on the collectors. References are cited 
for other information on types and collectors. Data 
documented for each sample are the Economic Botany 
Collection (EBC) catalogue number, the Museum Entry 
Book number, name of donor, date of receipt, transcript 
of any extant labels, and brief description of material. A 
photograph of each sample is included. 
1 . Adansonia gregorii F, Muell., Hooker's J. Bot 
Kew Card. Misc, 9:14 (1857) (Bombacaceae) 
Type citation: 'In planitiebus orariis et ripariis ad 
flumina Victoria et Fitzmaurice, ad promontorium 
Point Pearce alibique'. 
A collection in MEL (MEL 229658), made by Mueller 
from the Victoria River was selected as lectotype by D. 
Baum (1995), with possible isotypes at BM and GH. 
EBC Catalogue no. 65247; Entry Book no. 126.1857. 
From the North Australian Exploring Expedition which, 
led by Augustus Gregory with Ferdinand Mueller 
as botanical collector, explored northern Australia 
in 1855-56 (Gregory & Gregory 1884). Received at 
Kew 1857. Two fruit, one cut transversely, the other 
lengthwise, both with the seed mass extant (Fig. 2). 
The Collection also has a wood sample from the same 
expedition, EBC Catalogue no. 2445. 
2. Casuarina decaisneana F. MuelL, Fragm, 1: 
61 (1858) 
basionym for Allocasuarina decaisneana (F.Muell.) 
L.Johnson, 1 Adelaide Bot. Card. 6; 74 (1982) 
(Casuarinaceae) 
Type citation: 'Rara in eremo arenoso Australiae 
centralis; e.c. juxta Mount Mueller'. 
The type was collected by Mueller on the North 
Australian Exploring Expedition. Mount Mueller 
{19®52'S, 127°46'E) was named after him by Gregory 
on 2 March 1856 (Gregory & Gregory 1884). Nine 
days later, as the party was returning up Sturt Creek, 
Gregory mentioned the hill again and noted that'we 
passed through a patch of casuarina forest, which was 
remarkable, as they are the only trees of this genus we 
had seen on the coast since landing at the Victoria'. This 
implies that they had not seen them on the outward 
trip, and it was probably on this day when Mueller 
made his collection. Wilson and Johnson (1989) stated 
that they had not found any type material at MEL, and 
that an isotype at K was vegetative only. 
EBC Catalogue no. 42524; Entry Book no. 126.1857. 
Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1857. Three 
fruit, one cut lengthways. Fig. 3. 
3. Eucalyptus dichromophloia F. Muell., J. Proc. 
Linn. Soc., Bot. 3:89 (1859) 
basionym for Corymbia dichromophloia (F.Muell.) 
K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson, Telopea 6: 295 (1995) 
(Myrtaceae) 
Type citation: 'In locis minus fertilibus sterilibusve 
Australiae intratropicae passim, Anth. Apr., Mai'. 
Mueller collected this species three times while on the 
North Australian Exploring Expedition. Blake (1953) 
chose the MEL collection of October 1855 from the 
Fitzmaurice Ranges as lectotype; there are duplicates 
in K and NSW. 
EBC Catalogue no. 55185; no record in Entry Book. 
Received at Kew in 1857. Donated by F. Mueller. A 
single fruit, a twig and a leaf, but the box also contains 
four fruits of the south-western Australian Eucalyptus 
pleurocarpa Schauer, clearly an admixture. A typed 
label gives 'North Australia' and a comparison with 
the three Mueller collections of £ dichromophloia is 
required to determine if this material can be matched 
with one of them. Fig. 4. 
4. Eucalyptus megacarpa F. Muell., Fragm. 2: 
70 (1860) (Myrtaceae) 
Type citatiom'ad sinum Wilson's Inlet ...juxta flumina 
Franklin River et Deep River'. 
Muelleria 
165 

Page image

892799 Baccharis lepidophylla Muelleria 28(2): 118
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649288
Page is part of the work Phenetic analyses of Ozothamnus hookeri Sond. (Asteraceae), with the recognition of a new species, O. cupressoides, doi:10.5962/p.292501

Page text

Ohisen, Puttock and Walsh 
grassland and heath and common near bogs and 
drainage lines. Occasionally in the margins of open 
Eucalyptus pauciflora Sieber ex Spreng. woodland. 
Soils are usually peats developed on sedimentary, 
metamorphic, granitic or occasionally basaltic parent 
material. 
Phenology: Flowers December-February. Fruits 
March-April. 
Vernacular names: Scaly Everlasting, Lattice 
Everlasting 
Notes: The new species differs from Ozothamnus 
hooker! by its longer (1.2-3.8 mm) leaves that are less 
densely arranged on branchlets, the short pedunculate 
capitula, and by the more numerous capitula, (3-) 
5-15(-35) per synflorescence. Puttock (1999, p. 739) 
described this species as Ozothamnus. sp.1 and 
mentioned them possessing 1-3 receptacular bracts 
(paleae). In this treatment the inner ring of bracts 
not subtending a floret are considered as paleae or 
receptacular bracts. There are usually six inner bracts, 
however, there are often fewer florets. 
The capitula are borne on very short peduncles in 
this species. In most cases they are only visible with 
the aid of a hand lens or microscope. The peduncles 
are long enough to allow separation of capitula from 
synflorescences in herbarium specimens using fine 
forceps without causing any damage to the capitulum, 
c.f. O. hooker! where the capitula disintegrate when 
attempting to separate them from the synflorescence 
in herbarium material. 
Ozothamnus hooker! Sond., Linnaea 25:509 
(1853); Hooker.f.F/. Tasman. 201, pi. LV (1856); 
J.B. Kirkpatrick, Alpine Tasmania 23 (1997). 
Helichrysum hooker! (Sond) Druce, Rep. Bot. Soc. Exch. 
Club Bht Isles 1916: 626 (1917); W.T. Curtis, Students 
flora of Tasmania 2:337 (1963). 
Basionym: Baccharis lepidophylla DC., Prodr. 5: 427 
(1836); Ozothamnus lepidophyllus (DC.) Hook.f., London 
J. Bot 6:120 (1847), nom. ///eg. non Steetz in Lehmann, 
PI. Prelss. 1:468 (1845). Hellchrysum lepidophyllum (DC.) 
Tovey & P.F./Vlorris, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 35:195 (1923) 
nom. illeg., non H. lepidophyllum (Steetz) F.Muell. ex 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3:633 (1867). 
Type: Tasmania. Van-Diemen prope Hobart- Town ad 
summitatem frigidam montis Wellington ait. 4100 ped 
angl. Supra mare legit cl. A. Cunningham (holo: G-DC!, 
iso: K!). 
Hellchrysum baccharoides (DC.) F.Muell. ex Benth. FI. 
Austral. 3:633 (1867), superfl. nom. nov. 
Illustration; J.D. Hooker FI. Tasman, pi. 55 (1856). 
Erect shrub, 0.5-1 (-2) m tall; to 0.7 m diam.; main 
lateral branches many; upper branches with an 
indumentum of very dense, loose mat of white cottony 
hairs, glandular hairs absent; synflorescence shoots 
many, 40-60 mm long. Leaves erect and appressed to 
stem, sessile, not amplexicaul nor decurrent; lamina 
ovate, 0.5-1.5(-2.5) mm long, 0.5-1.0(-1.8) mm wide, 
strongly revolute, curled to the midvein; base cordate; 
apex rounded, not mucronate; adaxial surface viscid, 
cottony hairs absent; glandular hairs sparse; scabrous 
uni- or biseriate hairs absent; abaxial surface with very 
dense, loosely matted, cottony hairs on lamina and 
midvein; glandular hairs sparse. Synflorescences dense 
umbellate heads 4.5-5.5 mm long, 6-9 mm diam., 
with (3-)4-6(-10) sessile capitula. Capitula in bud dull 
yellow, at anthesis cylindrical, 3.0-4.5 mm long, 1.2-1.3 
mm wide, viscid. Receptacular axis 0.5-0.6 mm long, 
0.3-0.4 mm wide; apex small, flat to slightly elongate. 
Involucral bracts 14-19, 5-6 inner involucral bracts 
subtending florets or several and 1-2 paleae without 
florets; outermost bracts cream, ovate 6-9,2.2-2.9 mm 
long, 0.8-1.0 mm wide, glossy; cottony hairs sparse, 
loosely matted; stereome 1.8-2.2 mm long; innermost 
bracts spathulate, 7-10, 3.7-4.4 mm long, 0.6-0.8 
mm wide; stereome 2.2-2.8 mm long; lamina deltoid, 
0.9-1.3 mm long, 0.7-1.0 mm wide, sub-erect, plicate, 
white and occasionally with purple immediately 
adjacent to the stereome; margin irregular; paleae 
(when present) slightly narrower than the innermost 
bracts. Female florets 0; hermaphrodite florets (2-)3- 
6(-7), 3.0-3.9(-4.4) mm long; ovary cylindrical, 0.5-0.9 
mm long. Pappus of 26-36 flattened bristles, 2.8-3.4 
mm long, barbed throughout; apex narrow clavate. 
Corolla white, very narrow crateriform, 2.7-3.5 mm 
long. Cypsela narrow ovoid, 1.2-1.3 mm long, 0.4-0.5 
mm diam., brown; duplex hairs moderately dense; 
globular hairs absent; pappus persistent. 
Specimens used for phenetic analyses: TASMANIA. Mt 
Barrow, on switchback just before plateau surface. 27.ii.2006, 
118 
Vol 28(2) 2010 

Page image

659949 Casuarina decaisneana Muelleria 28(2): 165
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649336
Page is part of the work Australian type material in the Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, doi:10.5962/p.292505

Page text

Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew 
which is accessible only within Kew. I did not have time 
to examine all the Australian material - it would take 
many weeks to do this. It is likely that there is more 
material from type collections, but some may be in the 
form of products such as resin, fibre etc. 
My conclusion that these are or may be type 
material is based on the data accompanying them, 
i.e. botanical name, locality, date (or date of receipt at 
Kew), collector (or Mueller as donor), and comparison 
with equivalent data in the protologue. 
The speciesare listed in alphabetical order undertheir 
originally published names. The place of publication 
is cited, with the type citation (from the protologue), 
the location of herbarium sheets of type material, 
and comments on the collectors. References are cited 
for other information on types and collectors. Data 
documented for each sample are the Economic Botany 
Collection (EBC) catalogue number, the Museum Entry 
Book number, name of donor, date of receipt, transcript 
of any extant labels, and brief description of material. A 
photograph of each sample is included. 
1 . Adansonia gregorii F, Muell., Hooker's J. Bot 
Kew Card. Misc, 9:14 (1857) (Bombacaceae) 
Type citation: 'In planitiebus orariis et ripariis ad 
flumina Victoria et Fitzmaurice, ad promontorium 
Point Pearce alibique'. 
A collection in MEL (MEL 229658), made by Mueller 
from the Victoria River was selected as lectotype by D. 
Baum (1995), with possible isotypes at BM and GH. 
EBC Catalogue no. 65247; Entry Book no. 126.1857. 
From the North Australian Exploring Expedition which, 
led by Augustus Gregory with Ferdinand Mueller 
as botanical collector, explored northern Australia 
in 1855-56 (Gregory & Gregory 1884). Received at 
Kew 1857. Two fruit, one cut transversely, the other 
lengthwise, both with the seed mass extant (Fig. 2). 
The Collection also has a wood sample from the same 
expedition, EBC Catalogue no. 2445. 
2. Casuarina decaisneana F. MuelL, Fragm, 1: 
61 (1858) 
basionym for Allocasuarina decaisneana (F.Muell.) 
L.Johnson, 1 Adelaide Bot. Card. 6; 74 (1982) 
(Casuarinaceae) 
Type citation: 'Rara in eremo arenoso Australiae 
centralis; e.c. juxta Mount Mueller'. 
The type was collected by Mueller on the North 
Australian Exploring Expedition. Mount Mueller 
{19®52'S, 127°46'E) was named after him by Gregory 
on 2 March 1856 (Gregory & Gregory 1884). Nine 
days later, as the party was returning up Sturt Creek, 
Gregory mentioned the hill again and noted that'we 
passed through a patch of casuarina forest, which was 
remarkable, as they are the only trees of this genus we 
had seen on the coast since landing at the Victoria'. This 
implies that they had not seen them on the outward 
trip, and it was probably on this day when Mueller 
made his collection. Wilson and Johnson (1989) stated 
that they had not found any type material at MEL, and 
that an isotype at K was vegetative only. 
EBC Catalogue no. 42524; Entry Book no. 126.1857. 
Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1857. Three 
fruit, one cut lengthways. Fig. 3. 
3. Eucalyptus dichromophloia F. Muell., J. Proc. 
Linn. Soc., Bot. 3:89 (1859) 
basionym for Corymbia dichromophloia (F.Muell.) 
K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson, Telopea 6: 295 (1995) 
(Myrtaceae) 
Type citation: 'In locis minus fertilibus sterilibusve 
Australiae intratropicae passim, Anth. Apr., Mai'. 
Mueller collected this species three times while on the 
North Australian Exploring Expedition. Blake (1953) 
chose the MEL collection of October 1855 from the 
Fitzmaurice Ranges as lectotype; there are duplicates 
in K and NSW. 
EBC Catalogue no. 55185; no record in Entry Book. 
Received at Kew in 1857. Donated by F. Mueller. A 
single fruit, a twig and a leaf, but the box also contains 
four fruits of the south-western Australian Eucalyptus 
pleurocarpa Schauer, clearly an admixture. A typed 
label gives 'North Australia' and a comparison with 
the three Mueller collections of £ dichromophloia is 
required to determine if this material can be matched 
with one of them. Fig. 4. 
4. Eucalyptus megacarpa F. Muell., Fragm. 2: 
70 (1860) (Myrtaceae) 
Type citatiom'ad sinum Wilson's Inlet ...juxta flumina 
Franklin River et Deep River'. 
Muelleria 
165 

Page image

659950 Eucalyptus dichromophloia Muelleria 28(2): 165
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649336
Page is part of the work Australian type material in the Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, doi:10.5962/p.292505

Page text

Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew 
which is accessible only within Kew. I did not have time 
to examine all the Australian material - it would take 
many weeks to do this. It is likely that there is more 
material from type collections, but some may be in the 
form of products such as resin, fibre etc. 
My conclusion that these are or may be type 
material is based on the data accompanying them, 
i.e. botanical name, locality, date (or date of receipt at 
Kew), collector (or Mueller as donor), and comparison 
with equivalent data in the protologue. 
The speciesare listed in alphabetical order undertheir 
originally published names. The place of publication 
is cited, with the type citation (from the protologue), 
the location of herbarium sheets of type material, 
and comments on the collectors. References are cited 
for other information on types and collectors. Data 
documented for each sample are the Economic Botany 
Collection (EBC) catalogue number, the Museum Entry 
Book number, name of donor, date of receipt, transcript 
of any extant labels, and brief description of material. A 
photograph of each sample is included. 
1 . Adansonia gregorii F, Muell., Hooker's J. Bot 
Kew Card. Misc, 9:14 (1857) (Bombacaceae) 
Type citation: 'In planitiebus orariis et ripariis ad 
flumina Victoria et Fitzmaurice, ad promontorium 
Point Pearce alibique'. 
A collection in MEL (MEL 229658), made by Mueller 
from the Victoria River was selected as lectotype by D. 
Baum (1995), with possible isotypes at BM and GH. 
EBC Catalogue no. 65247; Entry Book no. 126.1857. 
From the North Australian Exploring Expedition which, 
led by Augustus Gregory with Ferdinand Mueller 
as botanical collector, explored northern Australia 
in 1855-56 (Gregory & Gregory 1884). Received at 
Kew 1857. Two fruit, one cut transversely, the other 
lengthwise, both with the seed mass extant (Fig. 2). 
The Collection also has a wood sample from the same 
expedition, EBC Catalogue no. 2445. 
2. Casuarina decaisneana F. MuelL, Fragm, 1: 
61 (1858) 
basionym for Allocasuarina decaisneana (F.Muell.) 
L.Johnson, 1 Adelaide Bot. Card. 6; 74 (1982) 
(Casuarinaceae) 
Type citation: 'Rara in eremo arenoso Australiae 
centralis; e.c. juxta Mount Mueller'. 
The type was collected by Mueller on the North 
Australian Exploring Expedition. Mount Mueller 
{19®52'S, 127°46'E) was named after him by Gregory 
on 2 March 1856 (Gregory & Gregory 1884). Nine 
days later, as the party was returning up Sturt Creek, 
Gregory mentioned the hill again and noted that'we 
passed through a patch of casuarina forest, which was 
remarkable, as they are the only trees of this genus we 
had seen on the coast since landing at the Victoria'. This 
implies that they had not seen them on the outward 
trip, and it was probably on this day when Mueller 
made his collection. Wilson and Johnson (1989) stated 
that they had not found any type material at MEL, and 
that an isotype at K was vegetative only. 
EBC Catalogue no. 42524; Entry Book no. 126.1857. 
Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1857. Three 
fruit, one cut lengthways. Fig. 3. 
3. Eucalyptus dichromophloia F. Muell., J. Proc. 
Linn. Soc., Bot. 3:89 (1859) 
basionym for Corymbia dichromophloia (F.Muell.) 
K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson, Telopea 6: 295 (1995) 
(Myrtaceae) 
Type citation: 'In locis minus fertilibus sterilibusve 
Australiae intratropicae passim, Anth. Apr., Mai'. 
Mueller collected this species three times while on the 
North Australian Exploring Expedition. Blake (1953) 
chose the MEL collection of October 1855 from the 
Fitzmaurice Ranges as lectotype; there are duplicates 
in K and NSW. 
EBC Catalogue no. 55185; no record in Entry Book. 
Received at Kew in 1857. Donated by F. Mueller. A 
single fruit, a twig and a leaf, but the box also contains 
four fruits of the south-western Australian Eucalyptus 
pleurocarpa Schauer, clearly an admixture. A typed 
label gives 'North Australia' and a comparison with 
the three Mueller collections of £ dichromophloia is 
required to determine if this material can be matched 
with one of them. Fig. 4. 
4. Eucalyptus megacarpa F. Muell., Fragm. 2: 
70 (1860) (Myrtaceae) 
Type citatiom'ad sinum Wilson's Inlet ...juxta flumina 
Franklin River et Deep River'. 
Muelleria 
165 

Page image

659951 Eucalyptus megacarpa Muelleria 28(2): 165-166

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 165-166".

659952 Eucalyptus ptychocarpa Muelleria 28(2): 166
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649337
Page is part of the work Australian type material in the Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, doi:10.5962/p.292505

Page text

George 
4 
Figure 2: Adansonia gregorii EBC65247 © Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 
Figure 3: Casuarina decoisneano EBC42524 © Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 
Figure 4; Eucalyptus dichromophloia EBC55185 ® Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 
Figure 5: Eucalyptus megacarpa EBC55250 © Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 
Chippendale (1988) cited a collection by George 
Maxwell at Wilson Inlet in 1858 as the type (two 
syntype sheets at MEL, one at PERTH). Maxwell was a 
collector for Mueller (George 2009). Since there is no 
other collection of the species this early, the material 
at EBC is probably part of the same gathering. There is 
no matching herbarium sheet at K. 
EBC Catalogue no. 55250; Entry Book no. 141.1861. 
Received at Kew in 1861, Donated by F.Mueller. A twig, 
three leaves and nine fruits. This has a label in Mueller's 
hand; 'for Sir Will Hooker Blue Gum Eucalyptus 
megacarpa ferd Mueller S.W.Australia' This is one of 
several eucalypts called Blue Gum by early settlers in 
Western Australia. Fig. 5. 
5. Eucalyptus ptychocarpa F. Muell., J. Proc, 
Linn, Soc, Bot, 3:90 (1859) 
basionym for Corymbia ptychocarpa (F.Muell.) K.D.Hill & 
L.A.SJohnson, Telopea 6:250 (1995) (Myrtaceae) 
Type citation: 'Ad rivulos rupestres necnon secus 
amnes exsiccantes versus originem fluviorum 
Wentworth, Wickham et Limmen Bight River. Anth. 
Mart, April'. 
The holotype collection by Mueller from the Gulf 
of Carpentaria was made on 22 July 1856 and is at K 
(Blake 1953; Chippendale 1988). 
EBC Catalogue no. 55280; no record in Entry Book. 
Received at Kew in 1859. Donated by F. Mueller. 
Two large and four small fruit, one of the larger 
cut lengthways. This has a label in Mueller's hand: 
'Eucalyptus ptychocarpa ferd Mueller Box-Stringybark 
tree of Gulf of Carpentaria, ferd. Mueller'. Fig. 6. 
166 
Vol 28(2) 2010 

Page image

892802 Helichrysum albicans Muelleria 28(2): 130
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649263
Page is part of the work A revision of the Leucochrysum albicans (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292502

Page text

Dennis and Walsh 
Figure 7: Images of the glandular trichomes on the (a) dorsal surface of a leaf from L albicans subsp. albicans var. buffaloensis 
viewed through a light microscope; (b) ventral surface of a leaf from L albicans subsp. albicans var. fr/co/or viewed using SEM. 
Scale bars are 20 pm. 
in both the dendrogram and ordination to be as great 
or greater than either L molle or L graminifoHum from 
'core'/., albicans and it is proposed that it be recognised 
similarly at species rank. 
The following key serves to distinguish the members 
of the complex. 
Taxonomy and ecology 
For full synonymy of the following names, see Wilson 
(1992). 
Leucochrysum albicans (A.Cunn,) Paul 
G.Wilson, Nuytsia 8:442 (1992) 
Helichrysum albicans A.Cunn. in Field, Geog. Mem. 
New South Wales 359 (1825). Type: Forest Land, Cox's 
River, 9 Oct. 1822, A Cunningham 71 (lecto: K; isolecto 
MEL2068831) fide Wilson 1960. 
Leucochrysum albicans var. albicans 
Leucochrysum albicans var. buffaloensis (Paul G.Wilson) 
Paul G.Wilson, Nuytstia 8:443 (1992); Helipterum 
albicans var. buffaloensis Paul G.Wilson, Trans. Roy. Soc. 
South Australia 83:170 (1960). Type: Mt Buffalo, Victoria, 
Key to taxa 
1 Leaves spathulate to broadly obovate, densely woolly; margin flat; apex lacking an obvious mucro 
or callus tip. Inner involucral bracts lanceolate to ovate, white, outer involucral bracts purplish to 
brown (especially apparent in early stages of capitulum development). L. alpinum 
^: Leaves obovate to filiform, cobwebbed to cottony or glabrescent; margin gently recurved to tightly 
revolute, apex with short glabrous mucro or callus tip. Inner involucral bracts suborbicular to broadly 
ovate or ovate, lanceolate to elliptic, white or yellow.2. 
2 Annual herb; leaves lightly cobwebbed, obovate to oblancolate. Inner involucral bracts suborbicular 
to broadly ovate, rounded or truncate at base of lamina, yellow.1. moUe 
2: Perennial (although sometimes short-lived); leaves cottony or glabrescent, obovate to oblanceolate 
or linear to filiform. Inner involucral bracts obovate to ovate to lanceolate, white or yellow.3 
3 Leaves filiform, glabrescent; margin tightly revolute. Involucral bracts narrow-elliptic. L. graminifoHum 
3: Leaves obovate to oblanceolate or linear, cottony; margin recurved to revolute. Inner involucral 
bracts ovate to lanceolate, white or yellow...4 (£.. albicans) 
4 Inner involucral bracts yellow. L. albicans var, albicans 
4: Inner involucral bracts white. L. albicans var, tricolor 
130 
Vol 28(2) 2010 

Page image

892817 Helichrysum baccharoides Muelleria 28(2): 118
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649288
Page is part of the work Phenetic analyses of Ozothamnus hookeri Sond. (Asteraceae), with the recognition of a new species, O. cupressoides, doi:10.5962/p.292501

Page text

Ohisen, Puttock and Walsh 
grassland and heath and common near bogs and 
drainage lines. Occasionally in the margins of open 
Eucalyptus pauciflora Sieber ex Spreng. woodland. 
Soils are usually peats developed on sedimentary, 
metamorphic, granitic or occasionally basaltic parent 
material. 
Phenology: Flowers December-February. Fruits 
March-April. 
Vernacular names: Scaly Everlasting, Lattice 
Everlasting 
Notes: The new species differs from Ozothamnus 
hooker! by its longer (1.2-3.8 mm) leaves that are less 
densely arranged on branchlets, the short pedunculate 
capitula, and by the more numerous capitula, (3-) 
5-15(-35) per synflorescence. Puttock (1999, p. 739) 
described this species as Ozothamnus. sp.1 and 
mentioned them possessing 1-3 receptacular bracts 
(paleae). In this treatment the inner ring of bracts 
not subtending a floret are considered as paleae or 
receptacular bracts. There are usually six inner bracts, 
however, there are often fewer florets. 
The capitula are borne on very short peduncles in 
this species. In most cases they are only visible with 
the aid of a hand lens or microscope. The peduncles 
are long enough to allow separation of capitula from 
synflorescences in herbarium specimens using fine 
forceps without causing any damage to the capitulum, 
c.f. O. hooker! where the capitula disintegrate when 
attempting to separate them from the synflorescence 
in herbarium material. 
Ozothamnus hooker! Sond., Linnaea 25:509 
(1853); Hooker.f.F/. Tasman. 201, pi. LV (1856); 
J.B. Kirkpatrick, Alpine Tasmania 23 (1997). 
Helichrysum hooker! (Sond) Druce, Rep. Bot. Soc. Exch. 
Club Bht Isles 1916: 626 (1917); W.T. Curtis, Students 
flora of Tasmania 2:337 (1963). 
Basionym: Baccharis lepidophylla DC., Prodr. 5: 427 
(1836); Ozothamnus lepidophyllus (DC.) Hook.f., London 
J. Bot 6:120 (1847), nom. ///eg. non Steetz in Lehmann, 
PI. Prelss. 1:468 (1845). Hellchrysum lepidophyllum (DC.) 
Tovey & P.F./Vlorris, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 35:195 (1923) 
nom. illeg., non H. lepidophyllum (Steetz) F.Muell. ex 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3:633 (1867). 
Type: Tasmania. Van-Diemen prope Hobart- Town ad 
summitatem frigidam montis Wellington ait. 4100 ped 
angl. Supra mare legit cl. A. Cunningham (holo: G-DC!, 
iso: K!). 
Hellchrysum baccharoides (DC.) F.Muell. ex Benth. FI. 
Austral. 3:633 (1867), superfl. nom. nov. 
Illustration; J.D. Hooker FI. Tasman, pi. 55 (1856). 
Erect shrub, 0.5-1 (-2) m tall; to 0.7 m diam.; main 
lateral branches many; upper branches with an 
indumentum of very dense, loose mat of white cottony 
hairs, glandular hairs absent; synflorescence shoots 
many, 40-60 mm long. Leaves erect and appressed to 
stem, sessile, not amplexicaul nor decurrent; lamina 
ovate, 0.5-1.5(-2.5) mm long, 0.5-1.0(-1.8) mm wide, 
strongly revolute, curled to the midvein; base cordate; 
apex rounded, not mucronate; adaxial surface viscid, 
cottony hairs absent; glandular hairs sparse; scabrous 
uni- or biseriate hairs absent; abaxial surface with very 
dense, loosely matted, cottony hairs on lamina and 
midvein; glandular hairs sparse. Synflorescences dense 
umbellate heads 4.5-5.5 mm long, 6-9 mm diam., 
with (3-)4-6(-10) sessile capitula. Capitula in bud dull 
yellow, at anthesis cylindrical, 3.0-4.5 mm long, 1.2-1.3 
mm wide, viscid. Receptacular axis 0.5-0.6 mm long, 
0.3-0.4 mm wide; apex small, flat to slightly elongate. 
Involucral bracts 14-19, 5-6 inner involucral bracts 
subtending florets or several and 1-2 paleae without 
florets; outermost bracts cream, ovate 6-9,2.2-2.9 mm 
long, 0.8-1.0 mm wide, glossy; cottony hairs sparse, 
loosely matted; stereome 1.8-2.2 mm long; innermost 
bracts spathulate, 7-10, 3.7-4.4 mm long, 0.6-0.8 
mm wide; stereome 2.2-2.8 mm long; lamina deltoid, 
0.9-1.3 mm long, 0.7-1.0 mm wide, sub-erect, plicate, 
white and occasionally with purple immediately 
adjacent to the stereome; margin irregular; paleae 
(when present) slightly narrower than the innermost 
bracts. Female florets 0; hermaphrodite florets (2-)3- 
6(-7), 3.0-3.9(-4.4) mm long; ovary cylindrical, 0.5-0.9 
mm long. Pappus of 26-36 flattened bristles, 2.8-3.4 
mm long, barbed throughout; apex narrow clavate. 
Corolla white, very narrow crateriform, 2.7-3.5 mm 
long. Cypsela narrow ovoid, 1.2-1.3 mm long, 0.4-0.5 
mm diam., brown; duplex hairs moderately dense; 
globular hairs absent; pappus persistent. 
Specimens used for phenetic analyses: TASMANIA. Mt 
Barrow, on switchback just before plateau surface. 27.ii.2006, 
118 
Vol 28(2) 2010 

Page image

892792 Helichrysum hookeri Muelleria 28(2): 116
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649290
Page is part of the work Phenetic analyses of Ozothamnus hookeri Sond. (Asteraceae), with the recognition of a new species, O. cupressoides, doi:10.5962/p.292501

Page text

Ohisen, Puttock and Walsh 
However, in all other characters the mean values of the 
characters in the Baw Baw Plateau specimens are more 
similar to specimens of the other mainland regions. 
Discussion 
All analyses recognise that the mainland and 
Tasmanian specimens belong to distinct groups.This is 
largely duetothe character/.L, which shows no overlap 
in the mean character values, and the pedunculate 
capitula of all the mainland specimens contrasting 
with the consistently sessile capitula of the Tasmanian 
specimens (Fig. 6). These characters would therefore 
be useful for discriminating between mainland and 
Tasmanian specimens. The overlap in the (QR of the 
characters NL and A/C is caused by the specimens from 
the Baw Baw Plateau. A more pronounced difference is 
seen between these characters for all other regions of 
the mainland and Tasmania as was noted by Puttock 
(1999) for the character NC. Despite the specimens 
from the Baw Baw Plateau approaching those from 
Tasmania in terms of the characters NL and NC (Fig. 5), 
in all other characters analysed, their values are more 
typical of other mainland specimens. In common with 
all other mainland specimens they share the diagnostic 
characters {LL and pedunculate capitula) separating 
the mainland and Tasmanian groups. 
None of the analyses employed support the 
recognition of groups within the mainland or 
Tasmanian entities. Despite some groups such as 
Baw Baw Plateau being clustered closely together, 
the variation they possess in the characters measured 
is also possessed by other regions as indicated by 
considerable overlap in the ordinations and clustering 
among other groups in the UPGMA.This demonstrates 
that they are not a discrete group and they could not 
be acknowledged as a separate taxonomic entity. The 
lack of distinctiveness between Tasmanian groups 
is perhaps surprising given the recognition of major 
differences in the vegetation composition between 
the western mountains and the eastern mountains 
in Tasmania according to classification systems of 
Australian alpine vegetation (Kirkpatrick 1986,1997). 
Due to the several characters that consistently differ 
between the mainland and Tasmanian specimens, 
reflected by the large distance separating clusters in 
ordination space and the high dissimilarity between 
Figure 6: Branchlet and synflorescences of 
mainland Ozothamnus cupressoides {\eft) and 
Tasmanian 0. hookeri (right). Scalebar = 2 mm. 
such clusters in the UPGMA, it is here proposed that all 
mainland plants formerly included within Ozothamnus 
hookeri be recognised as a separate species, O. 
cupresso/des Puttock & D.Ohlsen. This name has already 
been applied to many specimens in Australian herbaria 
and databased with that name in Australia's Virtual 
Herbarium (AVH 2009; Puttock/nscfied.). 
The following description of Ozothamnus 
cupressoides and recircumscription of 0. hookeri are 
based on measurements used in the phenetic analyses 
as described above, augmented with measurements 
from all specimens in Australian herbaria (Puttock, 
unpubl. data). Outlying measurements are bracketed. 
Taxonomy 
Ozothamnus cupressoides Puttock & D.Ohlsen 
sp. nov. 
O. cupressoides Puttock in sched.. 
Helichrysum hookeri non (Sond.) Druce; Burbidge 
(1958); 281, Fig, 11; N.T. Burbidge and M. Gray, Flora of 
the ACT 385 (1970); J.H. Willis, Handbook to plants in 
Victoria 2:7^8 0973), 
Ozothamnus hookeri non Sond.; Everett (1992). 
Ozothamnus sp.l. C.F. Puttock in N.G. Walsh and T.J. 
Entwisle (eds) Flora of Victoria 4; 739, Fig. 144e (1999); 
M.G. Corrick and B.A. Fuhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria 35 
(2000); Ozothamnus sp. {aff. hookeri) Sond. A. Costin, M. 
Gray, C. Totterdell and D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko alpine 
flora, pp. 205,344 (2000). 
116 
Vol 28(2) 2010 

Page image

892793 Helichrysum hookeri Muelleria 28(2): 116
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649290
Page is part of the work Phenetic analyses of Ozothamnus hookeri Sond. (Asteraceae), with the recognition of a new species, O. cupressoides, doi:10.5962/p.292501

Page text

Ohisen, Puttock and Walsh 
However, in all other characters the mean values of the 
characters in the Baw Baw Plateau specimens are more 
similar to specimens of the other mainland regions. 
Discussion 
All analyses recognise that the mainland and 
Tasmanian specimens belong to distinct groups.This is 
largely duetothe character/.L, which shows no overlap 
in the mean character values, and the pedunculate 
capitula of all the mainland specimens contrasting 
with the consistently sessile capitula of the Tasmanian 
specimens (Fig. 6). These characters would therefore 
be useful for discriminating between mainland and 
Tasmanian specimens. The overlap in the (QR of the 
characters NL and A/C is caused by the specimens from 
the Baw Baw Plateau. A more pronounced difference is 
seen between these characters for all other regions of 
the mainland and Tasmania as was noted by Puttock 
(1999) for the character NC. Despite the specimens 
from the Baw Baw Plateau approaching those from 
Tasmania in terms of the characters NL and NC (Fig. 5), 
in all other characters analysed, their values are more 
typical of other mainland specimens. In common with 
all other mainland specimens they share the diagnostic 
characters {LL and pedunculate capitula) separating 
the mainland and Tasmanian groups. 
None of the analyses employed support the 
recognition of groups within the mainland or 
Tasmanian entities. Despite some groups such as 
Baw Baw Plateau being clustered closely together, 
the variation they possess in the characters measured 
is also possessed by other regions as indicated by 
considerable overlap in the ordinations and clustering 
among other groups in the UPGMA.This demonstrates 
that they are not a discrete group and they could not 
be acknowledged as a separate taxonomic entity. The 
lack of distinctiveness between Tasmanian groups 
is perhaps surprising given the recognition of major 
differences in the vegetation composition between 
the western mountains and the eastern mountains 
in Tasmania according to classification systems of 
Australian alpine vegetation (Kirkpatrick 1986,1997). 
Due to the several characters that consistently differ 
between the mainland and Tasmanian specimens, 
reflected by the large distance separating clusters in 
ordination space and the high dissimilarity between 
Figure 6: Branchlet and synflorescences of 
mainland Ozothamnus cupressoides {\eft) and 
Tasmanian 0. hookeri (right). Scalebar = 2 mm. 
such clusters in the UPGMA, it is here proposed that all 
mainland plants formerly included within Ozothamnus 
hookeri be recognised as a separate species, O. 
cupresso/des Puttock & D.Ohlsen. This name has already 
been applied to many specimens in Australian herbaria 
and databased with that name in Australia's Virtual 
Herbarium (AVH 2009; Puttock/nscfied.). 
The following description of Ozothamnus 
cupressoides and recircumscription of 0. hookeri are 
based on measurements used in the phenetic analyses 
as described above, augmented with measurements 
from all specimens in Australian herbaria (Puttock, 
unpubl. data). Outlying measurements are bracketed. 
Taxonomy 
Ozothamnus cupressoides Puttock & D.Ohlsen 
sp. nov. 
O. cupressoides Puttock in sched.. 
Helichrysum hookeri non (Sond.) Druce; Burbidge 
(1958); 281, Fig, 11; N.T. Burbidge and M. Gray, Flora of 
the ACT 385 (1970); J.H. Willis, Handbook to plants in 
Victoria 2:7^8 0973), 
Ozothamnus hookeri non Sond.; Everett (1992). 
Ozothamnus sp.l. C.F. Puttock in N.G. Walsh and T.J. 
Entwisle (eds) Flora of Victoria 4; 739, Fig. 144e (1999); 
M.G. Corrick and B.A. Fuhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria 35 
(2000); Ozothamnus sp. {aff. hookeri) Sond. A. Costin, M. 
Gray, C. Totterdell and D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko alpine 
flora, pp. 205,344 (2000). 
116 
Vol 28(2) 2010 

Page image

892794 Helichrysum hookeri Muelleria 28(2): 116
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649290
Page is part of the work Phenetic analyses of Ozothamnus hookeri Sond. (Asteraceae), with the recognition of a new species, O. cupressoides, doi:10.5962/p.292501

Page text

Ohisen, Puttock and Walsh 
However, in all other characters the mean values of the 
characters in the Baw Baw Plateau specimens are more 
similar to specimens of the other mainland regions. 
Discussion 
All analyses recognise that the mainland and 
Tasmanian specimens belong to distinct groups.This is 
largely duetothe character/.L, which shows no overlap 
in the mean character values, and the pedunculate 
capitula of all the mainland specimens contrasting 
with the consistently sessile capitula of the Tasmanian 
specimens (Fig. 6). These characters would therefore 
be useful for discriminating between mainland and 
Tasmanian specimens. The overlap in the (QR of the 
characters NL and A/C is caused by the specimens from 
the Baw Baw Plateau. A more pronounced difference is 
seen between these characters for all other regions of 
the mainland and Tasmania as was noted by Puttock 
(1999) for the character NC. Despite the specimens 
from the Baw Baw Plateau approaching those from 
Tasmania in terms of the characters NL and NC (Fig. 5), 
in all other characters analysed, their values are more 
typical of other mainland specimens. In common with 
all other mainland specimens they share the diagnostic 
characters {LL and pedunculate capitula) separating 
the mainland and Tasmanian groups. 
None of the analyses employed support the 
recognition of groups within the mainland or 
Tasmanian entities. Despite some groups such as 
Baw Baw Plateau being clustered closely together, 
the variation they possess in the characters measured 
is also possessed by other regions as indicated by 
considerable overlap in the ordinations and clustering 
among other groups in the UPGMA.This demonstrates 
that they are not a discrete group and they could not 
be acknowledged as a separate taxonomic entity. The 
lack of distinctiveness between Tasmanian groups 
is perhaps surprising given the recognition of major 
differences in the vegetation composition between 
the western mountains and the eastern mountains 
in Tasmania according to classification systems of 
Australian alpine vegetation (Kirkpatrick 1986,1997). 
Due to the several characters that consistently differ 
between the mainland and Tasmanian specimens, 
reflected by the large distance separating clusters in 
ordination space and the high dissimilarity between 
Figure 6: Branchlet and synflorescences of 
mainland Ozothamnus cupressoides {\eft) and 
Tasmanian 0. hookeri (right). Scalebar = 2 mm. 
such clusters in the UPGMA, it is here proposed that all 
mainland plants formerly included within Ozothamnus 
hookeri be recognised as a separate species, O. 
cupresso/des Puttock & D.Ohlsen. This name has already 
been applied to many specimens in Australian herbaria 
and databased with that name in Australia's Virtual 
Herbarium (AVH 2009; Puttock/nscfied.). 
The following description of Ozothamnus 
cupressoides and recircumscription of 0. hookeri are 
based on measurements used in the phenetic analyses 
as described above, augmented with measurements 
from all specimens in Australian herbaria (Puttock, 
unpubl. data). Outlying measurements are bracketed. 
Taxonomy 
Ozothamnus cupressoides Puttock & D.Ohlsen 
sp. nov. 
O. cupressoides Puttock in sched.. 
Helichrysum hookeri non (Sond.) Druce; Burbidge 
(1958); 281, Fig, 11; N.T. Burbidge and M. Gray, Flora of 
the ACT 385 (1970); J.H. Willis, Handbook to plants in 
Victoria 2:7^8 0973), 
Ozothamnus hookeri non Sond.; Everett (1992). 
Ozothamnus sp.l. C.F. Puttock in N.G. Walsh and T.J. 
Entwisle (eds) Flora of Victoria 4; 739, Fig. 144e (1999); 
M.G. Corrick and B.A. Fuhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria 35 
(2000); Ozothamnus sp. {aff. hookeri) Sond. A. Costin, M. 
Gray, C. Totterdell and D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko alpine 
flora, pp. 205,344 (2000). 
116 
Vol 28(2) 2010 

Page image

892798 Helichrysum hookeri Muelleria 28(2): 118
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649288
Page is part of the work Phenetic analyses of Ozothamnus hookeri Sond. (Asteraceae), with the recognition of a new species, O. cupressoides, doi:10.5962/p.292501

Page text

Ohisen, Puttock and Walsh 
grassland and heath and common near bogs and 
drainage lines. Occasionally in the margins of open 
Eucalyptus pauciflora Sieber ex Spreng. woodland. 
Soils are usually peats developed on sedimentary, 
metamorphic, granitic or occasionally basaltic parent 
material. 
Phenology: Flowers December-February. Fruits 
March-April. 
Vernacular names: Scaly Everlasting, Lattice 
Everlasting 
Notes: The new species differs from Ozothamnus 
hooker! by its longer (1.2-3.8 mm) leaves that are less 
densely arranged on branchlets, the short pedunculate 
capitula, and by the more numerous capitula, (3-) 
5-15(-35) per synflorescence. Puttock (1999, p. 739) 
described this species as Ozothamnus. sp.1 and 
mentioned them possessing 1-3 receptacular bracts 
(paleae). In this treatment the inner ring of bracts 
not subtending a floret are considered as paleae or 
receptacular bracts. There are usually six inner bracts, 
however, there are often fewer florets. 
The capitula are borne on very short peduncles in 
this species. In most cases they are only visible with 
the aid of a hand lens or microscope. The peduncles 
are long enough to allow separation of capitula from 
synflorescences in herbarium specimens using fine 
forceps without causing any damage to the capitulum, 
c.f. O. hooker! where the capitula disintegrate when 
attempting to separate them from the synflorescence 
in herbarium material. 
Ozothamnus hooker! Sond., Linnaea 25:509 
(1853); Hooker.f.F/. Tasman. 201, pi. LV (1856); 
J.B. Kirkpatrick, Alpine Tasmania 23 (1997). 
Helichrysum hooker! (Sond) Druce, Rep. Bot. Soc. Exch. 
Club Bht Isles 1916: 626 (1917); W.T. Curtis, Students 
flora of Tasmania 2:337 (1963). 
Basionym: Baccharis lepidophylla DC., Prodr. 5: 427 
(1836); Ozothamnus lepidophyllus (DC.) Hook.f., London 
J. Bot 6:120 (1847), nom. ///eg. non Steetz in Lehmann, 
PI. Prelss. 1:468 (1845). Hellchrysum lepidophyllum (DC.) 
Tovey & P.F./Vlorris, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 35:195 (1923) 
nom. illeg., non H. lepidophyllum (Steetz) F.Muell. ex 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3:633 (1867). 
Type: Tasmania. Van-Diemen prope Hobart- Town ad 
summitatem frigidam montis Wellington ait. 4100 ped 
angl. Supra mare legit cl. A. Cunningham (holo: G-DC!, 
iso: K!). 
Hellchrysum baccharoides (DC.) F.Muell. ex Benth. FI. 
Austral. 3:633 (1867), superfl. nom. nov. 
Illustration; J.D. Hooker FI. Tasman, pi. 55 (1856). 
Erect shrub, 0.5-1 (-2) m tall; to 0.7 m diam.; main 
lateral branches many; upper branches with an 
indumentum of very dense, loose mat of white cottony 
hairs, glandular hairs absent; synflorescence shoots 
many, 40-60 mm long. Leaves erect and appressed to 
stem, sessile, not amplexicaul nor decurrent; lamina 
ovate, 0.5-1.5(-2.5) mm long, 0.5-1.0(-1.8) mm wide, 
strongly revolute, curled to the midvein; base cordate; 
apex rounded, not mucronate; adaxial surface viscid, 
cottony hairs absent; glandular hairs sparse; scabrous 
uni- or biseriate hairs absent; abaxial surface with very 
dense, loosely matted, cottony hairs on lamina and 
midvein; glandular hairs sparse. Synflorescences dense 
umbellate heads 4.5-5.5 mm long, 6-9 mm diam., 
with (3-)4-6(-10) sessile capitula. Capitula in bud dull 
yellow, at anthesis cylindrical, 3.0-4.5 mm long, 1.2-1.3 
mm wide, viscid. Receptacular axis 0.5-0.6 mm long, 
0.3-0.4 mm wide; apex small, flat to slightly elongate. 
Involucral bracts 14-19, 5-6 inner involucral bracts 
subtending florets or several and 1-2 paleae without 
florets; outermost bracts cream, ovate 6-9,2.2-2.9 mm 
long, 0.8-1.0 mm wide, glossy; cottony hairs sparse, 
loosely matted; stereome 1.8-2.2 mm long; innermost 
bracts spathulate, 7-10, 3.7-4.4 mm long, 0.6-0.8 
mm wide; stereome 2.2-2.8 mm long; lamina deltoid, 
0.9-1.3 mm long, 0.7-1.0 mm wide, sub-erect, plicate, 
white and occasionally with purple immediately 
adjacent to the stereome; margin irregular; paleae 
(when present) slightly narrower than the innermost 
bracts. Female florets 0; hermaphrodite florets (2-)3- 
6(-7), 3.0-3.9(-4.4) mm long; ovary cylindrical, 0.5-0.9 
mm long. Pappus of 26-36 flattened bristles, 2.8-3.4 
mm long, barbed throughout; apex narrow clavate. 
Corolla white, very narrow crateriform, 2.7-3.5 mm 
long. Cypsela narrow ovoid, 1.2-1.3 mm long, 0.4-0.5 
mm diam., brown; duplex hairs moderately dense; 
globular hairs absent; pappus persistent. 
Specimens used for phenetic analyses: TASMANIA. Mt 
Barrow, on switchback just before plateau surface. 27.ii.2006, 
118 
Vol 28(2) 2010 

Page image

892801 Helichrysum lepidophyllum Muelleria 28(2): 118
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649288
Page is part of the work Phenetic analyses of Ozothamnus hookeri Sond. (Asteraceae), with the recognition of a new species, O. cupressoides, doi:10.5962/p.292501

Page text

Ohisen, Puttock and Walsh 
grassland and heath and common near bogs and 
drainage lines. Occasionally in the margins of open 
Eucalyptus pauciflora Sieber ex Spreng. woodland. 
Soils are usually peats developed on sedimentary, 
metamorphic, granitic or occasionally basaltic parent 
material. 
Phenology: Flowers December-February. Fruits 
March-April. 
Vernacular names: Scaly Everlasting, Lattice 
Everlasting 
Notes: The new species differs from Ozothamnus 
hooker! by its longer (1.2-3.8 mm) leaves that are less 
densely arranged on branchlets, the short pedunculate 
capitula, and by the more numerous capitula, (3-) 
5-15(-35) per synflorescence. Puttock (1999, p. 739) 
described this species as Ozothamnus. sp.1 and 
mentioned them possessing 1-3 receptacular bracts 
(paleae). In this treatment the inner ring of bracts 
not subtending a floret are considered as paleae or 
receptacular bracts. There are usually six inner bracts, 
however, there are often fewer florets. 
The capitula are borne on very short peduncles in 
this species. In most cases they are only visible with 
the aid of a hand lens or microscope. The peduncles 
are long enough to allow separation of capitula from 
synflorescences in herbarium specimens using fine 
forceps without causing any damage to the capitulum, 
c.f. O. hooker! where the capitula disintegrate when 
attempting to separate them from the synflorescence 
in herbarium material. 
Ozothamnus hooker! Sond., Linnaea 25:509 
(1853); Hooker.f.F/. Tasman. 201, pi. LV (1856); 
J.B. Kirkpatrick, Alpine Tasmania 23 (1997). 
Helichrysum hooker! (Sond) Druce, Rep. Bot. Soc. Exch. 
Club Bht Isles 1916: 626 (1917); W.T. Curtis, Students 
flora of Tasmania 2:337 (1963). 
Basionym: Baccharis lepidophylla DC., Prodr. 5: 427 
(1836); Ozothamnus lepidophyllus (DC.) Hook.f., London 
J. Bot 6:120 (1847), nom. ///eg. non Steetz in Lehmann, 
PI. Prelss. 1:468 (1845). Hellchrysum lepidophyllum (DC.) 
Tovey & P.F./Vlorris, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 35:195 (1923) 
nom. illeg., non H. lepidophyllum (Steetz) F.Muell. ex 
Benth., FI. Austral. 3:633 (1867). 
Type: Tasmania. Van-Diemen prope Hobart- Town ad 
summitatem frigidam montis Wellington ait. 4100 ped 
angl. Supra mare legit cl. A. Cunningham (holo: G-DC!, 
iso: K!). 
Hellchrysum baccharoides (DC.) F.Muell. ex Benth. FI. 
Austral. 3:633 (1867), superfl. nom. nov. 
Illustration; J.D. Hooker FI. Tasman, pi. 55 (1856). 
Erect shrub, 0.5-1 (-2) m tall; to 0.7 m diam.; main 
lateral branches many; upper branches with an 
indumentum of very dense, loose mat of white cottony 
hairs, glandular hairs absent; synflorescence shoots 
many, 40-60 mm long. Leaves erect and appressed to 
stem, sessile, not amplexicaul nor decurrent; lamina 
ovate, 0.5-1.5(-2.5) mm long, 0.5-1.0(-1.8) mm wide, 
strongly revolute, curled to the midvein; base cordate; 
apex rounded, not mucronate; adaxial surface viscid, 
cottony hairs absent; glandular hairs sparse; scabrous 
uni- or biseriate hairs absent; abaxial surface with very 
dense, loosely matted, cottony hairs on lamina and 
midvein; glandular hairs sparse. Synflorescences dense 
umbellate heads 4.5-5.5 mm long, 6-9 mm diam., 
with (3-)4-6(-10) sessile capitula. Capitula in bud dull 
yellow, at anthesis cylindrical, 3.0-4.5 mm long, 1.2-1.3 
mm wide, viscid. Receptacular axis 0.5-0.6 mm long, 
0.3-0.4 mm wide; apex small, flat to slightly elongate. 
Involucral bracts 14-19, 5-6 inner involucral bracts 
subtending florets or several and 1-2 paleae without 
florets; outermost bracts cream, ovate 6-9,2.2-2.9 mm 
long, 0.8-1.0 mm wide, glossy; cottony hairs sparse, 
loosely matted; stereome 1.8-2.2 mm long; innermost 
bracts spathulate, 7-10, 3.7-4.4 mm long, 0.6-0.8 
mm wide; stereome 2.2-2.8 mm long; lamina deltoid, 
0.9-1.3 mm long, 0.7-1.0 mm wide, sub-erect, plicate, 
white and occasionally with purple immediately 
adjacent to the stereome; margin irregular; paleae 
(when present) slightly narrower than the innermost 
bracts. Female florets 0; hermaphrodite florets (2-)3- 
6(-7), 3.0-3.9(-4.4) mm long; ovary cylindrical, 0.5-0.9 
mm long. Pappus of 26-36 flattened bristles, 2.8-3.4 
mm long, barbed throughout; apex narrow clavate. 
Corolla white, very narrow crateriform, 2.7-3.5 mm 
long. Cypsela narrow ovoid, 1.2-1.3 mm long, 0.4-0.5 
mm diam., brown; duplex hairs moderately dense; 
globular hairs absent; pappus persistent. 
Specimens used for phenetic analyses: TASMANIA. Mt 
Barrow, on switchback just before plateau surface. 27.ii.2006, 
118 
Vol 28(2) 2010 

Page image

892808 Helichrysum molle Muelleria 28(2): 134
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649267
Page is part of the work A revision of the Leucochrysum albicans (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292502

Page text

Dennis and Walsh 
Figure 10 continued. Distribution maps using geocode data 
records from MEL, AD, CANB and HO for the species 
(c) L alpinum; (d) L. molle; (e) L graminifoHum. 
Beauglebole22494 {MEL1505274); Bogong High Plains, i.l928, 
AJ. Tadgell s.n, (MEL2162252); Mt Hotham, i.l888, C Walter 
s.n. (MEL2162253); Mt Hotham, AJ. Tadgell 75 (MEL2162255); 
Summit, Mt Nelse North, 25.i.1997,-/.Gre/g s.n. (MEL2339317); 
Bogong High Plains, c. 100 m SSW of Mt Nelse summit, J.A. 
Jeanes 1640 (CANB, K, MEL2296401, NSW)*. 
Leucochrysum molle (A.Cunn. ex DC,) Paul 
G.Wilson, Wuyts/o 8:445 (1992). 
Helichrysum molle A.Cunn. ex DC., Prodr. 6:194 (1838). 
Type: Molie's Plains, Lachlan River, New South Wales, July 
1817, A Cunningham (lecto: G-DC) fide Wilson {I960). 
A species of semi-arid grasslands, open shrublands 
or woodlands, commonly with Acacia spp. or Atripfex 
spp. as emergents. Soils vary from sands, gibber to 
fertile clay-loams. Altitude range c. 100-200 m a.s.l. SA, 
Old, NSW, Vic. (Fig.lOd) 
Representative specimens (specimens marked with 
asterisk used for 5EM studies): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 3 km S 
of Pimba, K. Watanabe 326 (AD, MEL2027398, Tl); Blinman, 
Rumball 1402 (MEL2160709). QUEENSLAND. 5 km SW of 
Eromanga, P.S. Short 3618 (MEL220237); 58.2 km from Quilpie 
toward Charleville, E.M. Canning 6244 (BRI, CANB, MEL714977, 
PERTH, 5, US); E of Thargomindah, 1885, G.L Spencer s.n. 
(MEL2160712). NEW SOUTH WALES. Steam Plains, c. 42 km 
NW of Jerilderie, r James 377 (MEL291999. NSW); Sturt NP, 5 
of Olive Downs, W. Greater 18506 (MEL1543002); 2 km W of 
Cobar, P.S. Short 3077 (MEL1556462); Tibooburra-Noccundra, 
134 
Vol 28(2) 2010 

Page image

659953 Helicia sayeriana Muelleria 28(2): 167
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649338
Page is part of the work Australian type material in the Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, doi:10.5962/p.292505

Page text

Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew 
Figure 6. Eucalyptus ptychocarpa EBC55280 
© Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 
6. Helicia sayeriana F. Muell., Viet Naturalist 3: 
93(1886) 
basionym for Hollandaea sayeriana (F.Muell.) LS.Sm., 
Proc. Roy. Soc Queensland 67:39 (1956) (Proteaceae) 
Type citation: 'On the Russell-River, W. Sayer' 
Hyland (1995) gave the locality as [Mt] Bellenden 
Ker and cited the holotype at MEL The Russell River 
rises on the southern side of Bellenden Ker. There is an 
isotype at K consisting of a specimen in leaf and flower. 
William Sayer collected plants for Mueller in north 
Queensland in 1886-88 (George 2009). 
EBC Catalogue no. 45009; Entry Book no. 87.1887. 
Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1887. Two 
dehisced fruit. A label states:' Hollandaea Saveri Near 
entrance of the Russell River 1887'. Fig. 7. 
7. Hicksbeachia pinnatifolia F, Muell., S. Sci. 
Rec, 3:33 (1883) (Proteaceae) 
Type c/rof/on:'Near the Tweed; C. Fawcett, Esq' 
Weston (1995) stated that he had not found the 
type. H. Charles Fawcett collected for Mueller in N.S.W. 
from 1875 to 1885. He was at the Tweed R. in 1883 
(George 2009). 
EBC Catalogue no. 45001; Entry Book no. 67.1884. 
Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1884. 
Fourteen fruits, one cut in half. Three slips in Mueller's 
hand accompany this collection: 1, 'A large and 
two small fruit of Hicksbeachia, the former fit for 
germination Fresh April 1883"Nut tree Tweed March 
1883 C. Fawcett'; 2, apparently only part of a note: 'as 
the autochthons eat this fruit Hicksbeachia pinnatifolia 
F V M1884Tweed'; 3,'too dry for sowing; fit for museum'. 
These indicate that Mueller included fruits from more 
than one collection. Further, the part of the Southern 
Science Record in which the species was described was 
published in February 1883. It may be impossible to 
determine if any of the fruits are type material. Fig. 8. 
8. Kentia belmoreana C. Moore & F. Muell., 
Fragm. 7:99(1870) 
basionym for Grisebachia belmoreana (C.Moore 
& F.Muell.) Drude & H.Wendl., Nachr. Konigl. Ges. 
Wiss. Georg-Augusts-Univ. 1875: 58 (1875); Howea 
belmoreana (C.Moore & F.Muell.) Becc., Molesia 1: 66 
(1877) (Arecaceae) 
Typecitationi'ln insula Lord Howe's Island frequens, sed 
vix ultra altitudinem 10OO'reperienda; Moore & Carron'. 
The holotype is in MEL (Green 1994) and there is an 
isotype at BO (John Dowe, pers. comm.). Charles Moore 
and William Carron (with Robert D. Fitzgerald) visited 
Lord Howe Island in May-June 1869 (George 2009). 
EBC Catalogue nos 35692, 35693; Entry Book no. 
95.1876 (received as a single sample). Donated by F. 
Mueller. Received at Kew in 1876. No. 35693 (Fig. 9) 
has 10 fruit, and no. 35692 (Fig. 10) eight, as well as one 
cut open. No. 35692 has a label with the annotation 
'Kentia Belmoreana' in a hand that I don't recognise 
and, in another hand, 'Perhaps K. Forsterianum Lord 
Howe's Island'. 
9. Kentia canterburyana C. Moore & F. Muell., 
Frogm. 7:101 (1870) 
basionym for Veitchia canterburyana (C.Moore & 
F.Muell.) H.Wendl. ex Anon., Gord. Chron. 32:327 (1872); 
Hedyscepe canterburyana (C.Moore & F.Muell.) H.Wendl. 
& Drude, Linnaea 39:204 (1875) (Arecaceae) 
Type citation: 'In regionibus altioribus insulae Lord 
Muelleria 
167 

Page image

892804 Helipterum albicans buffaloensis Muelleria 28(2): 130
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649263
Page is part of the work A revision of the Leucochrysum albicans (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292502
892809 Helipterum albicans graminifolium Muelleria 28(2): 135
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649268
Page is part of the work A revision of the Leucochrysum albicans (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292502
892806 Helipterum incanum alpinum Muelleria 28(2): 133
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649266
Page is part of the work A revision of the Leucochrysum albicans (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292502
892805 Helipterum incanum tricolor Muelleria 28(2): 132
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649265
Page is part of the work A revision of the Leucochrysum albicans (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292502
659954 Hicksbeachia pinnatifolia Muelleria 28(2): 167
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649338
Page is part of the work Australian type material in the Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, doi:10.5962/p.292505

Page text

Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew 
Figure 6. Eucalyptus ptychocarpa EBC55280 
© Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 
6. Helicia sayeriana F. Muell., Viet Naturalist 3: 
93(1886) 
basionym for Hollandaea sayeriana (F.Muell.) LS.Sm., 
Proc. Roy. Soc Queensland 67:39 (1956) (Proteaceae) 
Type citation: 'On the Russell-River, W. Sayer' 
Hyland (1995) gave the locality as [Mt] Bellenden 
Ker and cited the holotype at MEL The Russell River 
rises on the southern side of Bellenden Ker. There is an 
isotype at K consisting of a specimen in leaf and flower. 
William Sayer collected plants for Mueller in north 
Queensland in 1886-88 (George 2009). 
EBC Catalogue no. 45009; Entry Book no. 87.1887. 
Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1887. Two 
dehisced fruit. A label states:' Hollandaea Saveri Near 
entrance of the Russell River 1887'. Fig. 7. 
7. Hicksbeachia pinnatifolia F, Muell., S. Sci. 
Rec, 3:33 (1883) (Proteaceae) 
Type c/rof/on:'Near the Tweed; C. Fawcett, Esq' 
Weston (1995) stated that he had not found the 
type. H. Charles Fawcett collected for Mueller in N.S.W. 
from 1875 to 1885. He was at the Tweed R. in 1883 
(George 2009). 
EBC Catalogue no. 45001; Entry Book no. 67.1884. 
Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1884. 
Fourteen fruits, one cut in half. Three slips in Mueller's 
hand accompany this collection: 1, 'A large and 
two small fruit of Hicksbeachia, the former fit for 
germination Fresh April 1883"Nut tree Tweed March 
1883 C. Fawcett'; 2, apparently only part of a note: 'as 
the autochthons eat this fruit Hicksbeachia pinnatifolia 
F V M1884Tweed'; 3,'too dry for sowing; fit for museum'. 
These indicate that Mueller included fruits from more 
than one collection. Further, the part of the Southern 
Science Record in which the species was described was 
published in February 1883. It may be impossible to 
determine if any of the fruits are type material. Fig. 8. 
8. Kentia belmoreana C. Moore & F. Muell., 
Fragm. 7:99(1870) 
basionym for Grisebachia belmoreana (C.Moore 
& F.Muell.) Drude & H.Wendl., Nachr. Konigl. Ges. 
Wiss. Georg-Augusts-Univ. 1875: 58 (1875); Howea 
belmoreana (C.Moore & F.Muell.) Becc., Molesia 1: 66 
(1877) (Arecaceae) 
Typecitationi'ln insula Lord Howe's Island frequens, sed 
vix ultra altitudinem 10OO'reperienda; Moore & Carron'. 
The holotype is in MEL (Green 1994) and there is an 
isotype at BO (John Dowe, pers. comm.). Charles Moore 
and William Carron (with Robert D. Fitzgerald) visited 
Lord Howe Island in May-June 1869 (George 2009). 
EBC Catalogue nos 35692, 35693; Entry Book no. 
95.1876 (received as a single sample). Donated by F. 
Mueller. Received at Kew in 1876. No. 35693 (Fig. 9) 
has 10 fruit, and no. 35692 (Fig. 10) eight, as well as one 
cut open. No. 35692 has a label with the annotation 
'Kentia Belmoreana' in a hand that I don't recognise 
and, in another hand, 'Perhaps K. Forsterianum Lord 
Howe's Island'. 
9. Kentia canterburyana C. Moore & F. Muell., 
Frogm. 7:101 (1870) 
basionym for Veitchia canterburyana (C.Moore & 
F.Muell.) H.Wendl. ex Anon., Gord. Chron. 32:327 (1872); 
Hedyscepe canterburyana (C.Moore & F.Muell.) H.Wendl. 
& Drude, Linnaea 39:204 (1875) (Arecaceae) 
Type citation: 'In regionibus altioribus insulae Lord 
Muelleria 
167 

Page image

659917 Kelita Muelleria 28(2): 105
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649301
Page is part of the work Kelita (Amaranthaceae), a new genus from Queensland, Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292500

Page text

Kelita (Amaranthaceae), a new 
genus from Queensland, Australia 
A.R. Bean 
Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha road,Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia; 
e-mail: tony.beantaderm.qld.gov.au 
Introduction 
Amaranthaceae is well represented in Australia. The largest genera are 
Ptilotus R.Br. (c. 100 species), Gomphrena L (31 indigenous species), 
Amaranthus L (11 indigenous species) and Alternonthera L (c. 6 
indigenous species). There is no recent revisionary account for Ptilotus 
or Alternonthera, but Gomphrena (Palmer 1998) and Amaranthus 
(Palmer 2009) have recent treatments for Australian species. There 
are only three existing endemic Australian genera, namely Hemichroa 
R.Br. (3 species), Nyssanthes R.Br. (2 species) and the recently named 
monotypic genus Omegandra G.J. Leach & CC.Towns. 
Thegenusdescribed here belongstotheSubfamilyAmaranthoideae 
(based on the bilocular anthers), and the Subtribe Aervinae Endl. 
(based on the pendulous ovule). It Is closely allied to both Ptilotus and 
Omegandra. Some of the distinctive features of the new genus are the 
denticulate leaves, the zygomorphic flowers and the uncinate awns 
present on all tepals. 
Townsend (1993) provided an excellent synopsis of the family 
worldwide, including a brief description of all genera, a key to the 
genera, and a discussion of the major characters used to distinguish 
the genera, subtribes and tribes. 
Taxonomy 
Kelita A.R.Bean gen. nov. 
a Ptiloto fJoribuszygomorphis tepalis undnatis etstaminibusperfectis duobus 
tantum, ab Omegandra fJoribus zygomorphis tepalis quinque undnatis et ob 
ambobus foliis denticulatis et fructibus porietibus crassis dignoscendo. 
Annual herbs; stems prostrate, longitudinally striate. Leaves 
alternate, exstipulate. Inflorescences axillary, spicate. Flowers solitary 
in bract, bibracteolate, all fertile, hermaphrodite, zygomorphic; 
tepals 5, all similar, densely lanate on outer surface. Fertile stamens 
2, pseudostaminodes absent; anthers bilocular (4-locellate). Ovary 
superior, unilocular, uniovulate, placentation basal, ovule pendulous. 
Style simple, centrally attached; stigma not lobed, not capitate. Fruits 
indehiscent, hard, thick-walled. 
Type: Kelita uncinella A.R.Bean 
Abstract 
A new genus in the family 
Amaranthaceae, Kelita A.R.Bean is 
described. The new genus belongs to 
Subtribe Aerw'nae Endl. and is related 
to Ptilotus R.Br. and Omegandra 
G.J. Leach & CC. Towns. It differs from 
these genera by the denticulate leaf 
margins,.the zygomorphic flowers, 
the uncinate awns on the tepals, and 
the thick-walled fruits. The genus 
comprises one species, K. uncinella 
A.R.Bean, which is described and 
illustrated. It is highly geographically 
restricted, and a conservation status of 
'Endangered'is recommended. 
Keywords: taxonomy, Australian flora, 
endangered species. 
Muelleria 28(2): 105-109 (2010) 
IU>yal 
Botanic 
(lardcns 
Melbourne 
Muelleria 
105 

Page image

659918 Kelita uncinella Muelleria 28(2): 106-109, Figs 1, 2
659955 Kentia belmoreana Muelleria 28(2): 167
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649338
Page is part of the work Australian type material in the Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, doi:10.5962/p.292505

Page text

Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew 
Figure 6. Eucalyptus ptychocarpa EBC55280 
© Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 
6. Helicia sayeriana F. Muell., Viet Naturalist 3: 
93(1886) 
basionym for Hollandaea sayeriana (F.Muell.) LS.Sm., 
Proc. Roy. Soc Queensland 67:39 (1956) (Proteaceae) 
Type citation: 'On the Russell-River, W. Sayer' 
Hyland (1995) gave the locality as [Mt] Bellenden 
Ker and cited the holotype at MEL The Russell River 
rises on the southern side of Bellenden Ker. There is an 
isotype at K consisting of a specimen in leaf and flower. 
William Sayer collected plants for Mueller in north 
Queensland in 1886-88 (George 2009). 
EBC Catalogue no. 45009; Entry Book no. 87.1887. 
Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1887. Two 
dehisced fruit. A label states:' Hollandaea Saveri Near 
entrance of the Russell River 1887'. Fig. 7. 
7. Hicksbeachia pinnatifolia F, Muell., S. Sci. 
Rec, 3:33 (1883) (Proteaceae) 
Type c/rof/on:'Near the Tweed; C. Fawcett, Esq' 
Weston (1995) stated that he had not found the 
type. H. Charles Fawcett collected for Mueller in N.S.W. 
from 1875 to 1885. He was at the Tweed R. in 1883 
(George 2009). 
EBC Catalogue no. 45001; Entry Book no. 67.1884. 
Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1884. 
Fourteen fruits, one cut in half. Three slips in Mueller's 
hand accompany this collection: 1, 'A large and 
two small fruit of Hicksbeachia, the former fit for 
germination Fresh April 1883"Nut tree Tweed March 
1883 C. Fawcett'; 2, apparently only part of a note: 'as 
the autochthons eat this fruit Hicksbeachia pinnatifolia 
F V M1884Tweed'; 3,'too dry for sowing; fit for museum'. 
These indicate that Mueller included fruits from more 
than one collection. Further, the part of the Southern 
Science Record in which the species was described was 
published in February 1883. It may be impossible to 
determine if any of the fruits are type material. Fig. 8. 
8. Kentia belmoreana C. Moore & F. Muell., 
Fragm. 7:99(1870) 
basionym for Grisebachia belmoreana (C.Moore 
& F.Muell.) Drude & H.Wendl., Nachr. Konigl. Ges. 
Wiss. Georg-Augusts-Univ. 1875: 58 (1875); Howea 
belmoreana (C.Moore & F.Muell.) Becc., Molesia 1: 66 
(1877) (Arecaceae) 
Typecitationi'ln insula Lord Howe's Island frequens, sed 
vix ultra altitudinem 10OO'reperienda; Moore & Carron'. 
The holotype is in MEL (Green 1994) and there is an 
isotype at BO (John Dowe, pers. comm.). Charles Moore 
and William Carron (with Robert D. Fitzgerald) visited 
Lord Howe Island in May-June 1869 (George 2009). 
EBC Catalogue nos 35692, 35693; Entry Book no. 
95.1876 (received as a single sample). Donated by F. 
Mueller. Received at Kew in 1876. No. 35693 (Fig. 9) 
has 10 fruit, and no. 35692 (Fig. 10) eight, as well as one 
cut open. No. 35692 has a label with the annotation 
'Kentia Belmoreana' in a hand that I don't recognise 
and, in another hand, 'Perhaps K. Forsterianum Lord 
Howe's Island'. 
9. Kentia canterburyana C. Moore & F. Muell., 
Frogm. 7:101 (1870) 
basionym for Veitchia canterburyana (C.Moore & 
F.Muell.) H.Wendl. ex Anon., Gord. Chron. 32:327 (1872); 
Hedyscepe canterburyana (C.Moore & F.Muell.) H.Wendl. 
& Drude, Linnaea 39:204 (1875) (Arecaceae) 
Type citation: 'In regionibus altioribus insulae Lord 
Muelleria 
167 

Page image

659956 Kentia canterburyana Muelleria 28(2): 167-168

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 167-168".

659957 Kentia mooreana Muelleria 28(2): 168
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649339
Page is part of the work Australian type material in the Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, doi:10.5962/p.292505

Page text

George 
8 
Figure 7. Helicia sayeriana E6C45009 ® Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 
Figure 8. Hicksbeachia pinnatifolia EBC45001 © Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 
Howe's Island, nempe altitudine 1000-2000' Moore et 
Fitzgerald' 
The holotype is in MEL {Green 1994) and there is an 
isotype at BO (John Dowe, pers. comm.). Charles Moore 
and Robert D. Fitzgerald (with William Carton) visited 
Lord Howe Island in May-June 1869 (George 2009). 
EBC Catalogue no. 35690; Entry Book no. 95.1876. 
Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1876. Eight 
fruits, one cut transversely to reveal seed. A label 
states:'Kentia Canterburyana Howe's Island'. Fig. 11. 
10. Kentia mooreana F.MuelL, Fragm, 7 :101 
(1870) 
basionym for Oinostigma mooreana (F.Muell.) 
F.MuelL, Fragm. 8: 235 (1874); Clinostigmo mooreanum 
(F.Muell.) H.Wendl. & Drude, Linnaea 39: 218 (1875); 
Lepdiorrhachis mooreana (F.Muell.) O.F.Cook,7. Heredity 
18:408 (1927) (Arecaceae) 
Type citation: 'In cacumine mentis Gower insulae 
Lord Howe's Island, altitudine 2500 pedum'. 
The holotype is at MEL, collected by C. Moore (Green 
1994). The collector was Charles Moore, who (with 
William Carron and Robert D. Fitzgerald) visited Lord 
Howe Island in May-June 1869 and climbed Mt Gower 
(George 2009). 
EBC Catalogue no. 35702; Entry Book no. 95.1876. 
Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1876. 26 
fruits, one cut open. A label states:'Kentia Moorei Lord 
Howe's Island'. Fig. 12. 
n. L/V/sfona alfredii F.Muell., Victorian Nat 9: 
112(1892) (Arecaceae) 
EBC Catalogue no. 35756; Entry Book no. 121.1888. 
Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1888. Three 
fruit and one seed. This has a blue'Phytologic Museum 
of Melbourne'label but not in Mueller's hand:'Livistona 
Mariae F. v. M. West Australia' Fig. 13. 
This collection is labelled as Uvistona mariae but it 
appears to be Uvistona alfredii. The fruits are 22-24 mm 
diam., approaching the size given by Rodd for L alfredii, 
25-35(-c. 40) mm, whereas those of L mariae are 13-17 
mm diam. (Rodd 1998). Uvistona mariae, described by 
F. Mueller, Fragm. 8: 283 (1874), is endemic in a single 
gorge in the Northern Territory, where it was discovered 
by Ernest Giles in 1872. The year of receipt of this 
collection at Kew, the location 'West Australia'and the 
168 
Vol 28(2) 2010 

Page image

975028 Lattice Muelleria 28(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2)".

659929 Leucochrysum albicans Muelleria 28(2): 130
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649263
Page is part of the work A revision of the Leucochrysum albicans (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292502

Page text

Dennis and Walsh 
Figure 7: Images of the glandular trichomes on the (a) dorsal surface of a leaf from L albicans subsp. albicans var. buffaloensis 
viewed through a light microscope; (b) ventral surface of a leaf from L albicans subsp. albicans var. fr/co/or viewed using SEM. 
Scale bars are 20 pm. 
in both the dendrogram and ordination to be as great 
or greater than either L molle or L graminifoHum from 
'core'/., albicans and it is proposed that it be recognised 
similarly at species rank. 
The following key serves to distinguish the members 
of the complex. 
Taxonomy and ecology 
For full synonymy of the following names, see Wilson 
(1992). 
Leucochrysum albicans (A.Cunn,) Paul 
G.Wilson, Nuytsia 8:442 (1992) 
Helichrysum albicans A.Cunn. in Field, Geog. Mem. 
New South Wales 359 (1825). Type: Forest Land, Cox's 
River, 9 Oct. 1822, A Cunningham 71 (lecto: K; isolecto 
MEL2068831) fide Wilson 1960. 
Leucochrysum albicans var. albicans 
Leucochrysum albicans var. buffaloensis (Paul G.Wilson) 
Paul G.Wilson, Nuytstia 8:443 (1992); Helipterum 
albicans var. buffaloensis Paul G.Wilson, Trans. Roy. Soc. 
South Australia 83:170 (1960). Type: Mt Buffalo, Victoria, 
Key to taxa 
1 Leaves spathulate to broadly obovate, densely woolly; margin flat; apex lacking an obvious mucro 
or callus tip. Inner involucral bracts lanceolate to ovate, white, outer involucral bracts purplish to 
brown (especially apparent in early stages of capitulum development). L. alpinum 
^: Leaves obovate to filiform, cobwebbed to cottony or glabrescent; margin gently recurved to tightly 
revolute, apex with short glabrous mucro or callus tip. Inner involucral bracts suborbicular to broadly 
ovate or ovate, lanceolate to elliptic, white or yellow.2. 
2 Annual herb; leaves lightly cobwebbed, obovate to oblancolate. Inner involucral bracts suborbicular 
to broadly ovate, rounded or truncate at base of lamina, yellow.1. moUe 
2: Perennial (although sometimes short-lived); leaves cottony or glabrescent, obovate to oblanceolate 
or linear to filiform. Inner involucral bracts obovate to ovate to lanceolate, white or yellow.3 
3 Leaves filiform, glabrescent; margin tightly revolute. Involucral bracts narrow-elliptic. L. graminifoHum 
3: Leaves obovate to oblanceolate or linear, cottony; margin recurved to revolute. Inner involucral 
bracts ovate to lanceolate, white or yellow...4 (£.. albicans) 
4 Inner involucral bracts yellow. L. albicans var, albicans 
4: Inner involucral bracts white. L. albicans var, tricolor 
130 
Vol 28(2) 2010 

Page image

659930 Leucochrysum albicans albicans Muelleria 28(2): 130-131

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 130-131".

892807 Leucochrysum albicans alpinum Muelleria 28(2): 133
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649266
Page is part of the work A revision of the Leucochrysum albicans (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292502
892803 Leucochrysum albicans buffaloensis Muelleria 28(2): 130
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649263
Page is part of the work A revision of the Leucochrysum albicans (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292502
659931 Leucochrysum albicans tricolor Muelleria 28(2): 132-133, Fig. 10b (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 132-133, Fig. 10b (map)".

659932 Leucochrysum alpinum Muelleria 28(2): 133-134, Fig. 10c (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 133-134, Fig. 10c (map)".

659934 Leucochrysum graminifolium Muelleria 28(2): 135, Fig. 10e (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649268
Page is part of the work A revision of the Leucochrysum albicans (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292502

Page text

Leucochrysum albicans 
195.8 km from Tibooburra, E Salkin 762 {MEL2084703); 
Southern Barrier Range, 1893, H. Deane s.n. (MEL2160681); 
Warrego River, E Betche 51 (MEL2160683); Evelyn Ck, N of 
Barrier Range, 1887, A. King s.n. (MEL2160685); Between the 
Bogan and the Darling, 1877, W.L Morton s.n. (MEL2160686); 
Darling River, 14.X.1860, H. Beckler s.n. {MEL2160689); 
Between the Lachland and Darling river, x.1885, J. Buckner 
s.n. (MEL2160691); Lachlan River, G. Tucker 26 (MEL2160692); 
Silverton, xi.l884, Harris, s.n. (MEL2160693); Lower Edwards 
River, G.A. Mein s.n., s.d. (MEL2160695); Wilcannia, 1885, M.B. 
Kennedy s.n. (MEL2160698); Byrock, E Betche 7 (MEL2160699); 
Mossgiel, 1885, J. Brueckner s.n. {MEL2160701); Barrier Range, 
1889, If. Irvine s.n. (MEL2160702); Booligal, ix.1887, A Bell 
s.n. (MEL2160706); Yandarlo via Wilcannia, M.B. Kennedy 
27 (MEL2160708); Deniliquin, 21,ix.l968, fJ.C Rogers s.n. 
(MEL2231783). VICTORIA. Kerang Mitiamo Rd, 22.xi.2005, D. 
Marshall s.n. (MEL2293160)*. 
Leucochrysum graminifolium (Paul G.Wilson) 
Paul G.Wilson, A/uyts/a 8:444 (1992). 
Helipterum albicans var. graminifolium Paul G.Wilson, 
Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia 83:171 (1960). Type: 
Clarence-Wolgan Rd, New South Wales, 26 Feb. 1939, 
W.f Blakely, J. & W.J. Buckingham 3306 (holo: NSW; iso: 
AD, MEL). 
A localised endemic growing on sandstone- 
ironstone outcrops (known locally as'pagodas') in the 
Newnes-Capertee Valley area. Altitude range c. 800- 
1000 m a.s.l. NSW only. (Fig, lOe) 
ffepresenfaf/Vespecimen5:NEWSOUTHWALES.CIarence- 
Wolgan Rd, 31.xii.1939, W.F. Blakely, J. & W.J. Buckingham s.n., 
(MEL, NSW);Wolgan Gap, 12.iv.1953, LA.S. Johnson s.n. (NSW); 
Newnes Plateau, J. Porter et al. 20119 (MEL291446, NSW); 
Glowworm Tunnel Rd, Wollemi National Park, M. Kennedy et 
a/. 59 (NSW). 
Acknowledgements 
The morphometric analysis for this study was carried 
out as part of the Esma Salkin summer studentship at 
the Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne. Thanks to the 
former Australian Daisy Study Group for their funding 
and support throughout this project. Further thanks 
to colleages at the Melbourne Royal Botanic Gardens, 
in particular, Chris Jenek and Meg Hirst for assistance 
with germination and propagation, Alison Vaughan 
for assistance with mapping, and Neils Klazenga 
for assistance with PATN operation. Thanks also to 
Keith McDougall (NSW Department of Environment 
and Climate Change) for provision of specimens, 
and to Simon Crawford (Botany School, University of 
Melbourne) for help with SEM work. 
References 
Belbin, L. (2004) PATN, paffem analysis package. Blatant 
Fabrications Pty Ltd.: Tasmania. 
Bessey, C.E. (1889) Botany: for High Schools and Colleges; from 
the American Science Series Advance course. Henery Holt 
and Co.: New York. 
Boyde, A. and Wood, C. (1969) Preparation of animal tissue 
for surface scanning electron microscopy, J. Microsc. 90, 
221-249. 
Bremer, K. (1994) Asteraceae; cladistics and classification, 
Timber Press: Portland, Oregon, pp: 339-349. 
Drury, D.G. and Watson, L. (1966) Taxonomic implications of a 
comparative anatomical study of Inuloideae-Compositae, 
Amer.J.Bot.,53, 828-833. 
Harden, GJ. (1992) Flora of New South Wales, UNSW Press Ltd, 
pp: 227-228. 
Hess, R. (1938) Vergleichende Unteruschungen uber die 
Zwillinghaare der Compositen, Bot Jarb. Syst. 68,435-496. 
Lindley, J. (1836) A natural system of botany, edn 2. Longman, 
London. 
Short, P.S. (1999) Leucochrysum. In Walsh, N.G. & Entwisle,T.J. 
(eds). Flora of Victoria vol. 4. Inkata Press, Melbourne, pp: 
789-792. 
Sundberg, S. (1985) Micromorphological characters as generic 
markers In the Asteraceae, Taxon, 34,31-37. 
Wilson, P.G (1960) A consideration of the species previously 
included within Helipterum albicans {A.Cum.) DC, Translations 
of The Royal Society of South Australia. 82,163-177. 
Wilson, P.G. (1989) A revision of the genus Hyalosperma 
(Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae), Nuytsia 7,75-101. 
Wilson, P.G. (1992) The classification of Australian species 
currently included in Helipterum (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae): 
Part 2 Leucochrysum, Nuytsia 8,439-446. 
Muelleria 
135 

Page image

659933 Leucochrysum molle Muelleria 28(2): 134-135, Fig. 10d (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 134-135, Fig. 10d (map)".

659958 Livistona alfredii Muelleria 28(2): 168-169

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 168-169".

659959 Musa banksii Muelleria 28(2): 169
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649340
Page is part of the work Australian type material in the Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, doi:10.5962/p.292505

Page text

Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew 
9 
Figure 9: Kentia belmoreana EBC335693 © Board ofTrustees 
of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 
Figure 10: Kentia belmoreana EBC35692 © Board ofTrustees 
of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 
present determination indicate that it is not from central 
Australia. Livistona alfredii is endemic in north-western 
Australia on the upper Ashburton and Fortescue Rivers, 
with a disjunct outlier in the Cape Range. 
Although the holotype collection of L olfrediiat MEL 
has been attributed to John Forrest, collected in 1878 
(Mueller 1878; Rodd 1998), it seems more likely that it 
was collected by his brother Alexander Forrest. John 
never explored the Hamersley Range area, whereas 
Alexander did extensive survey work there in 1878. At 
MEL there are two other collections from this period, 
one attributed to Forrest, collected in 1879, the other 
collected by McRae (probably Alexander Joseph) in 
1879 and labelled Nickol Bay, where McRae lived at 
the time (George 2009). Until Mueller named L alfredii, 
the species from the Hamersley Range was known as 
L marioe. In the protologue, Mueller (1892) cited no 
specific type collection, mentioning its discovery'fully 
thirty years ago ... on the Millstream ... Mr Beresford 
records this palm now also from the Fortescue-River 
and its tributaries, from the sources of the Robe-River, 
and from Cave's Creek.' No collection by Beresford is 
known. The'thirty years ago'given by Mueller probably 
refers to a sighting by Francis Gregory on the Fortescue 
R. on 6 June 1861 (Gregory & Gregory 1884). For the 
present it is not possible to decide which of the early 
collections the material at Kew represents or if it is part 
of the type. 
The type citation for L marioe is 'Celeber Australiae 
centralis geographus Ernestus Giles palmam fortasse 
conspecificam in valle "Glen of Palms" montium Gillii 
detexit'. Rodd (1998) selected as lectotype a sheet at 
MEL labelled'Gills Range, Giles'and discussed a second 
sheet labelled'Gills (Macdonells) Range, E. Giles'(which 
is probably an isolectotype though not specified as 
such by Rodd). The locality on these sheets may not 
be correct, since the species grows only in Palm Valley 
where the Finke River cuts through the Krichauff Range. 
Giles discovered the palms there in September 1872. 
He was in the George Gill Range, which lies to the west, 
late in 1873.There is no locality named Mount Gill. 
12. Musa banksii F.Muell., Fragm. 4:132 (1864) 
(Musaceae) 
Typedtotion:‘\n vallibus silvarum ad montem Elliot. 
Fitzalan' 
The holotype is at MEL and an isotype BM (Ross 
1987). Eugene Fitzalan collected widely for Mueller in 
Queensland between 1860 and 1882 (George 2009). 
No date is recorded for this collection but, in a letter 
to August Petermann dated 26 August 1864, Mueller 
mentioned having recently received Musa from north¬ 
eastern Australia (Home etol, 2002). 
EBC Catalogue no. 29543; Entry Book no. 61.1873. 
Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1873. A 
hand of five fruit. There are no collection details with 
the specimen but there are no other collections this 
early. Fig. 14. 
13. Paederota densifolia F. Muell., Trans 
Philosoph. Soc, Victoria 1:107 (1855) 
basionym for Veronica densifolia (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 
2: 137 (1861); Chionohebe densifolia (F.Muell.) Briggs & 
Ehrendorfer, Contr. Herb. Australiense 25:2 (1976) 
Muelleria 
169 

Page image

659927 Ozothamnus cupressoides Muelleria 28(2): 116-118, Figs 1 (map), 6
892791 Ozothamnus cupressoides Muelleria 28(2): 116
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649290
Page is part of the work Phenetic analyses of Ozothamnus hookeri Sond. (Asteraceae), with the recognition of a new species, O. cupressoides, doi:10.5962/p.292501

Page text

Ohisen, Puttock and Walsh 
However, in all other characters the mean values of the 
characters in the Baw Baw Plateau specimens are more 
similar to specimens of the other mainland regions. 
Discussion 
All analyses recognise that the mainland and 
Tasmanian specimens belong to distinct groups.This is 
largely duetothe character/.L, which shows no overlap 
in the mean character values, and the pedunculate 
capitula of all the mainland specimens contrasting 
with the consistently sessile capitula of the Tasmanian 
specimens (Fig. 6). These characters would therefore 
be useful for discriminating between mainland and 
Tasmanian specimens. The overlap in the (QR of the 
characters NL and A/C is caused by the specimens from 
the Baw Baw Plateau. A more pronounced difference is 
seen between these characters for all other regions of 
the mainland and Tasmania as was noted by Puttock 
(1999) for the character NC. Despite the specimens 
from the Baw Baw Plateau approaching those from 
Tasmania in terms of the characters NL and NC (Fig. 5), 
in all other characters analysed, their values are more 
typical of other mainland specimens. In common with 
all other mainland specimens they share the diagnostic 
characters {LL and pedunculate capitula) separating 
the mainland and Tasmanian groups. 
None of the analyses employed support the 
recognition of groups within the mainland or 
Tasmanian entities. Despite some groups such as 
Baw Baw Plateau being clustered closely together, 
the variation they possess in the characters measured 
is also possessed by other regions as indicated by 
considerable overlap in the ordinations and clustering 
among other groups in the UPGMA.This demonstrates 
that they are not a discrete group and they could not 
be acknowledged as a separate taxonomic entity. The 
lack of distinctiveness between Tasmanian groups 
is perhaps surprising given the recognition of major 
differences in the vegetation composition between 
the western mountains and the eastern mountains 
in Tasmania according to classification systems of 
Australian alpine vegetation (Kirkpatrick 1986,1997). 
Due to the several characters that consistently differ 
between the mainland and Tasmanian specimens, 
reflected by the large distance separating clusters in 
ordination space and the high dissimilarity between 
Figure 6: Branchlet and synflorescences of 
mainland Ozothamnus cupressoides {\eft) and 
Tasmanian 0. hookeri (right). Scalebar = 2 mm. 
such clusters in the UPGMA, it is here proposed that all 
mainland plants formerly included within Ozothamnus 
hookeri be recognised as a separate species, O. 
cupresso/des Puttock & D.Ohlsen. This name has already 
been applied to many specimens in Australian herbaria 
and databased with that name in Australia's Virtual 
Herbarium (AVH 2009; Puttock/nscfied.). 
The following description of Ozothamnus 
cupressoides and recircumscription of 0. hookeri are 
based on measurements used in the phenetic analyses 
as described above, augmented with measurements 
from all specimens in Australian herbaria (Puttock, 
unpubl. data). Outlying measurements are bracketed. 
Taxonomy 
Ozothamnus cupressoides Puttock & D.Ohlsen 
sp. nov. 
O. cupressoides Puttock in sched.. 
Helichrysum hookeri non (Sond.) Druce; Burbidge 
(1958); 281, Fig, 11; N.T. Burbidge and M. Gray, Flora of 
the ACT 385 (1970); J.H. Willis, Handbook to plants in 
Victoria 2:7^8 0973), 
Ozothamnus hookeri non Sond.; Everett (1992). 
Ozothamnus sp.l. C.F. Puttock in N.G. Walsh and T.J. 
Entwisle (eds) Flora of Victoria 4; 739, Fig. 144e (1999); 
M.G. Corrick and B.A. Fuhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria 35 
(2000); Ozothamnus sp. {aff. hookeri) Sond. A. Costin, M. 
Gray, C. Totterdell and D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko alpine 
flora, pp. 205,344 (2000). 
116 
Vol 28(2) 2010 

Page image

892795 Ozothamnus hookeri Muelleria 28(2): 116
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649290
Page is part of the work Phenetic analyses of Ozothamnus hookeri Sond. (Asteraceae), with the recognition of a new species, O. cupressoides, doi:10.5962/p.292501

Page text

Ohisen, Puttock and Walsh 
However, in all other characters the mean values of the 
characters in the Baw Baw Plateau specimens are more 
similar to specimens of the other mainland regions. 
Discussion 
All analyses recognise that the mainland and 
Tasmanian specimens belong to distinct groups.This is 
largely duetothe character/.L, which shows no overlap 
in the mean character values, and the pedunculate 
capitula of all the mainland specimens contrasting 
with the consistently sessile capitula of the Tasmanian 
specimens (Fig. 6). These characters would therefore 
be useful for discriminating between mainland and 
Tasmanian specimens. The overlap in the (QR of the 
characters NL and A/C is caused by the specimens from 
the Baw Baw Plateau. A more pronounced difference is 
seen between these characters for all other regions of 
the mainland and Tasmania as was noted by Puttock 
(1999) for the character NC. Despite the specimens 
from the Baw Baw Plateau approaching those from 
Tasmania in terms of the characters NL and NC (Fig. 5), 
in all other characters analysed, their values are more 
typical of other mainland specimens. In common with 
all other mainland specimens they share the diagnostic 
characters {LL and pedunculate capitula) separating 
the mainland and Tasmanian groups. 
None of the analyses employed support the 
recognition of groups within the mainland or 
Tasmanian entities. Despite some groups such as 
Baw Baw Plateau being clustered closely together, 
the variation they possess in the characters measured 
is also possessed by other regions as indicated by 
considerable overlap in the ordinations and clustering 
among other groups in the UPGMA.This demonstrates 
that they are not a discrete group and they could not 
be acknowledged as a separate taxonomic entity. The 
lack of distinctiveness between Tasmanian groups 
is perhaps surprising given the recognition of major 
differences in the vegetation composition between 
the western mountains and the eastern mountains 
in Tasmania according to classification systems of 
Australian alpine vegetation (Kirkpatrick 1986,1997). 
Due to the several characters that consistently differ 
between the mainland and Tasmanian specimens, 
reflected by the large distance separating clusters in 
ordination space and the high dissimilarity between 
Figure 6: Branchlet and synflorescences of 
mainland Ozothamnus cupressoides {\eft) and 
Tasmanian 0. hookeri (right). Scalebar = 2 mm. 
such clusters in the UPGMA, it is here proposed that all 
mainland plants formerly included within Ozothamnus 
hookeri be recognised as a separate species, O. 
cupresso/des Puttock & D.Ohlsen. This name has already 
been applied to many specimens in Australian herbaria 
and databased with that name in Australia's Virtual 
Herbarium (AVH 2009; Puttock/nscfied.). 
The following description of Ozothamnus 
cupressoides and recircumscription of 0. hookeri are 
based on measurements used in the phenetic analyses 
as described above, augmented with measurements 
from all specimens in Australian herbaria (Puttock, 
unpubl. data). Outlying measurements are bracketed. 
Taxonomy 
Ozothamnus cupressoides Puttock & D.Ohlsen 
sp. nov. 
O. cupressoides Puttock in sched.. 
Helichrysum hookeri non (Sond.) Druce; Burbidge 
(1958); 281, Fig, 11; N.T. Burbidge and M. Gray, Flora of 
the ACT 385 (1970); J.H. Willis, Handbook to plants in 
Victoria 2:7^8 0973), 
Ozothamnus hookeri non Sond.; Everett (1992). 
Ozothamnus sp.l. C.F. Puttock in N.G. Walsh and T.J. 
Entwisle (eds) Flora of Victoria 4; 739, Fig. 144e (1999); 
M.G. Corrick and B.A. Fuhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria 35 
(2000); Ozothamnus sp. {aff. hookeri) Sond. A. Costin, M. 
Gray, C. Totterdell and D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko alpine 
flora, pp. 205,344 (2000). 
116 
Vol 28(2) 2010 

Page image

659928 Ozothamnus hookeri Muelleria 28(2): 118-119, Figs 1 (map), 6
892800 Ozothamnus lepidophyllus Muelleria 28(2): 118
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649288
Page is part of the work Phenetic analyses of Ozothamnus hookeri Sond. (Asteraceae), with the recognition of a new species, O. cupressoides, doi:10.5962/p.292501
892796 Ozothamnus sp. 1 Muelleria 28(2): 116
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649290
Page is part of the work Phenetic analyses of Ozothamnus hookeri Sond. (Asteraceae), with the recognition of a new species, O. cupressoides, doi:10.5962/p.292501

Page text

Ohisen, Puttock and Walsh 
However, in all other characters the mean values of the 
characters in the Baw Baw Plateau specimens are more 
similar to specimens of the other mainland regions. 
Discussion 
All analyses recognise that the mainland and 
Tasmanian specimens belong to distinct groups.This is 
largely duetothe character/.L, which shows no overlap 
in the mean character values, and the pedunculate 
capitula of all the mainland specimens contrasting 
with the consistently sessile capitula of the Tasmanian 
specimens (Fig. 6). These characters would therefore 
be useful for discriminating between mainland and 
Tasmanian specimens. The overlap in the (QR of the 
characters NL and A/C is caused by the specimens from 
the Baw Baw Plateau. A more pronounced difference is 
seen between these characters for all other regions of 
the mainland and Tasmania as was noted by Puttock 
(1999) for the character NC. Despite the specimens 
from the Baw Baw Plateau approaching those from 
Tasmania in terms of the characters NL and NC (Fig. 5), 
in all other characters analysed, their values are more 
typical of other mainland specimens. In common with 
all other mainland specimens they share the diagnostic 
characters {LL and pedunculate capitula) separating 
the mainland and Tasmanian groups. 
None of the analyses employed support the 
recognition of groups within the mainland or 
Tasmanian entities. Despite some groups such as 
Baw Baw Plateau being clustered closely together, 
the variation they possess in the characters measured 
is also possessed by other regions as indicated by 
considerable overlap in the ordinations and clustering 
among other groups in the UPGMA.This demonstrates 
that they are not a discrete group and they could not 
be acknowledged as a separate taxonomic entity. The 
lack of distinctiveness between Tasmanian groups 
is perhaps surprising given the recognition of major 
differences in the vegetation composition between 
the western mountains and the eastern mountains 
in Tasmania according to classification systems of 
Australian alpine vegetation (Kirkpatrick 1986,1997). 
Due to the several characters that consistently differ 
between the mainland and Tasmanian specimens, 
reflected by the large distance separating clusters in 
ordination space and the high dissimilarity between 
Figure 6: Branchlet and synflorescences of 
mainland Ozothamnus cupressoides {\eft) and 
Tasmanian 0. hookeri (right). Scalebar = 2 mm. 
such clusters in the UPGMA, it is here proposed that all 
mainland plants formerly included within Ozothamnus 
hookeri be recognised as a separate species, O. 
cupresso/des Puttock & D.Ohlsen. This name has already 
been applied to many specimens in Australian herbaria 
and databased with that name in Australia's Virtual 
Herbarium (AVH 2009; Puttock/nscfied.). 
The following description of Ozothamnus 
cupressoides and recircumscription of 0. hookeri are 
based on measurements used in the phenetic analyses 
as described above, augmented with measurements 
from all specimens in Australian herbaria (Puttock, 
unpubl. data). Outlying measurements are bracketed. 
Taxonomy 
Ozothamnus cupressoides Puttock & D.Ohlsen 
sp. nov. 
O. cupressoides Puttock in sched.. 
Helichrysum hookeri non (Sond.) Druce; Burbidge 
(1958); 281, Fig, 11; N.T. Burbidge and M. Gray, Flora of 
the ACT 385 (1970); J.H. Willis, Handbook to plants in 
Victoria 2:7^8 0973), 
Ozothamnus hookeri non Sond.; Everett (1992). 
Ozothamnus sp.l. C.F. Puttock in N.G. Walsh and T.J. 
Entwisle (eds) Flora of Victoria 4; 739, Fig. 144e (1999); 
M.G. Corrick and B.A. Fuhrer, Wildflowers of Victoria 35 
(2000); Ozothamnus sp. {aff. hookeri) Sond. A. Costin, M. 
Gray, C. Totterdell and D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko alpine 
flora, pp. 205,344 (2000). 
116 
Vol 28(2) 2010 

Page image

892797 Ozothamnus sp. (aff. hookeri) Muelleria 28(2): 116
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649290
Page is part of the work Phenetic analyses of Ozothamnus hookeri Sond. (Asteraceae), with the recognition of a new species, O. cupressoides, doi:10.5962/p.292501
659960 Paederota densifolia Muelleria 28(2): 169, 171
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649340
Page is part of the work Australian type material in the Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, doi:10.5962/p.292505

Page text

Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew 
9 
Figure 9: Kentia belmoreana EBC335693 © Board ofTrustees 
of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 
Figure 10: Kentia belmoreana EBC35692 © Board ofTrustees 
of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 
present determination indicate that it is not from central 
Australia. Livistona alfredii is endemic in north-western 
Australia on the upper Ashburton and Fortescue Rivers, 
with a disjunct outlier in the Cape Range. 
Although the holotype collection of L olfrediiat MEL 
has been attributed to John Forrest, collected in 1878 
(Mueller 1878; Rodd 1998), it seems more likely that it 
was collected by his brother Alexander Forrest. John 
never explored the Hamersley Range area, whereas 
Alexander did extensive survey work there in 1878. At 
MEL there are two other collections from this period, 
one attributed to Forrest, collected in 1879, the other 
collected by McRae (probably Alexander Joseph) in 
1879 and labelled Nickol Bay, where McRae lived at 
the time (George 2009). Until Mueller named L alfredii, 
the species from the Hamersley Range was known as 
L marioe. In the protologue, Mueller (1892) cited no 
specific type collection, mentioning its discovery'fully 
thirty years ago ... on the Millstream ... Mr Beresford 
records this palm now also from the Fortescue-River 
and its tributaries, from the sources of the Robe-River, 
and from Cave's Creek.' No collection by Beresford is 
known. The'thirty years ago'given by Mueller probably 
refers to a sighting by Francis Gregory on the Fortescue 
R. on 6 June 1861 (Gregory & Gregory 1884). For the 
present it is not possible to decide which of the early 
collections the material at Kew represents or if it is part 
of the type. 
The type citation for L marioe is 'Celeber Australiae 
centralis geographus Ernestus Giles palmam fortasse 
conspecificam in valle "Glen of Palms" montium Gillii 
detexit'. Rodd (1998) selected as lectotype a sheet at 
MEL labelled'Gills Range, Giles'and discussed a second 
sheet labelled'Gills (Macdonells) Range, E. Giles'(which 
is probably an isolectotype though not specified as 
such by Rodd). The locality on these sheets may not 
be correct, since the species grows only in Palm Valley 
where the Finke River cuts through the Krichauff Range. 
Giles discovered the palms there in September 1872. 
He was in the George Gill Range, which lies to the west, 
late in 1873.There is no locality named Mount Gill. 
12. Musa banksii F.Muell., Fragm. 4:132 (1864) 
(Musaceae) 
Typedtotion:‘\n vallibus silvarum ad montem Elliot. 
Fitzalan' 
The holotype is at MEL and an isotype BM (Ross 
1987). Eugene Fitzalan collected widely for Mueller in 
Queensland between 1860 and 1882 (George 2009). 
No date is recorded for this collection but, in a letter 
to August Petermann dated 26 August 1864, Mueller 
mentioned having recently received Musa from north¬ 
eastern Australia (Home etol, 2002). 
EBC Catalogue no. 29543; Entry Book no. 61.1873. 
Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1873. A 
hand of five fruit. There are no collection details with 
the specimen but there are no other collections this 
early. Fig. 14. 
13. Paederota densifolia F. Muell., Trans 
Philosoph. Soc, Victoria 1:107 (1855) 
basionym for Veronica densifolia (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 
2: 137 (1861); Chionohebe densifolia (F.Muell.) Briggs & 
Ehrendorfer, Contr. Herb. Australiense 25:2 (1976) 
Muelleria 
169 

Page image

659961 Pandanus forsteri Muelleria 28(2): 171
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649342
Page is part of the work Australian type material in the Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, doi:10.5962/p.292505

Page text

Economic Botany Collection, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew 
Type citation: 'On the highest rocky summits of the 
Munyang Mtns (6-6,500 feet)' 
Briggs and Ehrendorfer (2006) selected as lectotype 
a collection from Munyang Mountains by Mueller in 
January 1855. They cited a further sheet at MEL and 
three at K as residual syntypes, with a further sheet at 
MEL a possible syntype. Munyang Mountains was an 
early name for Mt Kosciuszko, which Mueller climbed 
in the summer of 1854-55. 
EBC Catalogue no. 47910; no record in Entry Book. 
Date of receipt at Kew not given. There are several 
dried pieces, one probably with a few fruit. A label in a 
hand that I don't recognise states:'Paederota densifolia 
Mueller Australian Alps Alt. 6000 feet Dr. Mueller' Fig. 15. 
14. Pandanus forsteri C Moore & F, Muell., 
Fragm. 8:220 (1874) (Pandanaceae) 
Type citation: 'In insula Howei a litore marino ad 
altitudinem 2000' monies adscendens, ubi omnibus 
ob res scientiae proficiscentibus observatus'. 
No collector was cited directly in the protologue, 
but habit notes from both Charles Moore and James 
Fullagar were given. Green (1994) cited a collection 
by both Moore and Fullagar as syntype, represented 
at K and MEL, but it is more likely that there were two 
collections. Moore (with William Carron and Robert D. 
Fitzgerald) visited Lord Howe Island in May-June 1869, 
and Fullagar (with Lind, whose initials I have never 
seen) collected there in 1872-73 (George 2009). The 
sheet at MEL gives only Fullagar. 
EBC Catalogue no. 34726; Entry Book no. 95.1876. 
Donated by F. Mueller. Received at Kew in 1876. One 
fruit. A label states: 'Pandanus Forsteri F.Muell Lord 
Howe's Island Fullagar F.Mueller 1876'and annotated 
'Rec^ Aug. 1876.'Fig. 16. 
Acknowledgements 
I am grateful to Julia Steele, while Collections Manager 
of the Economic Botany Collection at Kew, for her 
assistance in locating and arranging for photographs 
of these collections. Mark Nesbitt, the present Curator, 
arranged for further images and assisted with historical 
information on the Collection. John Dowe, James Cook 
University, advised on the palm specimens, and Peter 
Weston, National Herbarium of New South Wales, 
on Hicksbeachia. My term as Australian Botanical 
Liaison Officer at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, was 
supported by a grant from the Australian Biological 
Resources Study, Canberra. 
References 
Baum, D. (1995). A systematic revision of Adansonia 
(Bombacaceae). Anno/s of the Missouri Botanical Garden 82, 
440-470. 
Blake, S.T. (1953). Botanical contributions of the Northern 
Australia Regional Survey. Australian Journal of Botany 1, 
185-352, pis 1-36. 
Briggs, B.G. and Ehrendorfer, F. (2006). New Australian species 
and typifications in Veronica sens. lat. (Plantaginaceae). 
Te/opea 11,276-292. 
Chippendale, G.M. (1988). Eucalyptus, Angophora. In Flora 
of Australia vol. 19. Australian Government Publishing 
Service: Canberra. 
Desmond, R. (1995). Kew: The History of the Royal Botanic 
Gardens.The Harvill Press: London, with the Royal Botanic 
Gardens, Kew. 
George, A.S. (2006). An Australian convict-made travelling 
desk from 1805. Australiana 28,24-27. 
George, A.S. (2009). Australian Botanist's Companion. Four 
Gables Press: Kardinya. 
Green, P.S. (1994). Howea. In Flora of Australia vol. 49,408-410. 
AGPS Press: Canberra. 
Gregory, A.C. and Gregory, F.T (1884), Journals of Australian 
Explorations. James C. Beal: Brisbane; Australiana Facsimile 
Editions no. 14, State Library of South Australia: Adelaide, 
1969. 
Home, R.W., Lucas, A.M., Maroske, S., Sinkora, D.M. and Voigt, 
J.H. (eds) (1998). Regardfully Yours: Selected Correspondence 
of Ferdinand von Mueller, vol. 1, 1840-1859. Peter Lang: 
Bern. 
Hyland, B.P.M. (1995). Hollandaea. In Flora of Australia vol. 16, 
391 -393. CSIRO Australia: Melbourne. 
Mueller, F. (1878). Pa\mae. Fragmenta 11, 54-58. 
Rodd, A.N. (1998). Revision of Livistona (Arecaceae) in 
Australia. Telopeo 8,49-153. 
Ross, E.M. (1987). Musa In Flora of Australia vol. 45, 16-19. 
Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra. 
Weston, P.H. (1995). Hicksbeachia. In Flora of Australia vol. 16, 
410-413. CSiRO Australia: Melbourne. 
Wilson, K.L and Johnson, LA.S. (1989). Casuarinaceae. Flora 
of Australia 3,100-174. Australian Government Publishing 
Service: Canberra. 
Muelleria 
171 

Page image

659935 Pomaderris briagolensis Muelleria 28(2): 141-143, Fig. 5 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 141-143, Fig. 5 (map)".

975027 Scaly Muelleria 28(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2)".

659936 Lobelia archeri Muelleria 28(2): 146-148, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 146-148, Fig. 1".

659937 Lobelia fissiflora Muelleria 28(2): 148-150, Fig. 2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 148-150, Fig. 2".

659938 Lobelia heterophylla Muelleria 28(2): 150-151

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 150-151".

659939 Lobelia heterophylla heterophylla Muelleria 28(2): 151
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649284
Page is part of the work Notes and new taxa in Lobelia sect. Holopogon (Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae), doi:10.5962/p.292504
892810 Lobelia heterophylla subsp Muelleria 28(2): 151
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649284
Page is part of the work Notes and new taxa in Lobelia sect. Holopogon (Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae), doi:10.5962/p.292504

Page text

Lobelia sect. Holopogon 
to c. 45 mm in fruit), a bracteole 2-20 mm long present 
near halfway along pedicel. Hypanthium glabrous 
or sparsely (rarely densely) shortly hispid, truncate- 
obovoid to ellipsoid, 3-7 mm long, 2-5 mm wide. Calyx- 
lobes erect, narrowly triangular or ±linear, 3-7 mm long. 
Corolla 13-20(-25) mm long, sky-blue through lilac and 
mauve to deep purple, yellow in throat {often yellowish 
externally in bud); tubular part of corolla 8-15 mm 
long, slit dorsally to, or very nearly to, the hypanthium, 
externally glabrous (rarely sparsely hairy), internally 
sparsely hairy; upper 2 lobes scalpelliform to weakly 
arcuate, entire, 3-5 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide; lower 3 
lobes spreading, central lobe oblanceolate to obovate, 
4.5-10(-16) mm long, 2-10(-16) mm wide, subacute 
to obtuse, sometimes apiculate, lateral lobes broadly 
falcate, 4.5-13 mm long, 2-12 mm wide, subacute; 
staminal filaments 5-9 mm long, glabrous, distally 
connate for 1-4.5 mm, basally free or adnate to corolla 
for up to 1 mm, anther tube 2.5-4.5 mm long, glabrous 
except for minute, even hairs at orifice 0.2-0.4 mm long, 
rarely extending as 2 short bands on dorsal surface. 
Capsule obovoid, ellipsoid or nearly globose, 6-15 mm 
long, 4-10 mm diam. Seeds ±ellipsoid in outline, acutely 
trigonous 0.8-2 mm long, 0.7-1.5 mm wide, including 
a 0.1-0.5 mm wing arising from each of the 3 angles, 
very rarely the wing vestigial, or the seed biconvex and 
2- winged; testa smooth, shining, mid-brown. 
Three subspecies are recognised. 
3a. Lobelia heterophylla subsp. heterophylla 
Erect or ascending herb, 5-40(-60) cm high, glabrous 
to shortly hispid. Leaves entire, shallowly toothed or 
pinnatifid, 10-30(-40) mm long, 1 -6 mm wide, with up 
to 4 teeth or narrow lobes along each margin, usually 
somewhat thick-textured and conspicuously glaucous. 
Pedicels 8-25 mm long (to 35 mm in fruit). Hypanthium 
3- 6 mm long, 2-5 mm wide. Calyx-lobes 3-7 mm long. 
Corolla 15-22(-25) mm long; tubular part of corolla 
10-15 mm long; central lobe 6.5-9.5 mm long, 6-8.5{- 
11) mm wide, lateral lobes 6-9 mm long, 3-5 mm wide. 
Capsule 8-15 mm long, 5-9 mm diam. Seeds 0.8-1.2 
mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide. 
Flowering period: Flowers and fruits October to 
December. 
Selected specimens examined (total >250): WESTERN 
AUSTRALIA. 26.5 km NNE Mt Heywood W.R. Archer 14129113 
(MEL2019294); Eastern side of Barker Inlet, W.R. Archer 
2021011 (MEL); King George 3'“* Sound, 1802, R. Brown s.n. (BM, 
MEL),-28 km S from Billabong, H. Demarz8607 (KPBG); East Mt 
Barren, A.5. George 554 (PERTH); Near Lake Lefroy, c. 25 km SE 
Kalgoorlie, xi.l891, R. Helms s.n. (AD); 80 km E of Lake King, G.J. 
Keighery 412 (KPBG); Cockleshell Gully, L.SJ. Sweedman 6017 
(PERTH); 4 miles [6.4 km] W of Zanthus, R.D. Royce 5273 (PERTH); 
Geraldton-Mt Magnet Rd, 1.6 km E of Pindar, N.G. Walsh 5438 
(IND, MEL2104929, 2104930, PERTH); North Twin Peak Island, 
Recherche Archipelago, 20.xi.1 950, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL2261467). 
Distribution: Endemic to Western Australia, 
occurring widely from near the Gascoyne River south 
to Esperance, east to Zanthus area, and up to c. 300 km 
inland e.g. near Kalgoorlie, but commoner nearer the 
coast. IBRA regions CAR, COO, ESP, GS, JF, MUL, MUR, 
SWA, WAR, YAL (DEWHA 2009-). 
Habitat Occurs through a wide range of habitats (e.g. 
Eucalyptus and Acacia woodlands with Triodia, heath, 
shrubland), on a range of substrates (e.g. sand, loam, 
granitic and lateritic gravels, limestone-derived soils). 
Notes: The commonest of the subspecies. Even 
with the segregation of Lobelia cleistogamoides 
N.G.Walsh & Albr. (Walsh & Albrecht 2007) and the 
other two subspecies described below, this remains a 
very variable entity in degrees of hairiness and degree 
of division of the foliage, glaucescence, degree of 
branching etc. At the northern limit of its range there 
is some approach to subsp. piiborensis, but the stouter 
overall aspect of plants of subsp. heterophylla and their 
typically pronounced glaucescence usually allows 
ready separation. 
Conservation status: It is regarded as of Least 
Concern (LC) applying the criteria of the lUCN Red List 
Categories (lUCN 2001). 
3b. Lobelia heterophylla subsp. centralis 
N.G.Walsh subsp. nov. 
Ab alii subspecie lobo medio corollae angustiore, 
seminibus mojoribus, foliis glabris integris vel vix dentatis 
et habitatione desertorum differt. 
Type: Northern Territory. KataJuta-Docker R. Rd, 56 km 
WSW of KataJuta t/o, 28.ix.2001, D.E. Albrecht 10008 
(holotype: NT!; isotype: MEL2263334) 
Lobelia heterophylla subsp. Central Australia (A.S. George 
8132) sensii Western Australian Herbarium (2009). 
Erect or ascending herb, 10-40 cm high, glabrous. 
Muelleria 
151 

Page image

659940 Lobelia heterophylla centralis Muelleria 28(2): 151-152, Fig. 3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 151-152, Fig. 3".

892811 Lobelia heterophylla subsp Muelleria 28(2): 152
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649285
Page is part of the work Notes and new taxa in Lobelia sect. Holopogon (Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae), doi:10.5962/p.292504

Page text

Walsh, Albrecht and Knox 
Leaves linear to narrowly elliptic, 10-60 mm long, 1-7 
mm wide, entire, or occasionally with 1-3 teeth to c. 2 
mm long along each margin, often glaucous. Pedicels 
7-35 mm long (to 45 mm in fruit). Hypanthium 3.5-6 
mm long, 2-3.5 mm wide. Calyx-lobes 3-5 mm long. 
Corolla 13-20 mm long); tubular part of corolla 8-12 
mm long; central lobe 4.5-7 mm long, 2-4(-5) mm 
wide, lateral lobes 4.5-7 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide. 
Capsule 6-13 mm long, 4-8 mm diam. Seeds 1.3-1.5 
mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide (not including wing). Fig. 3. 
Flowering period: Flowers and fruits September to 
November. 
Selected specimens (total 38): WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 21 
km E of Terhan Rockhole on Warburton Rd, AS. George 8132 
(PERTH); Little Sandy Desert, 8.2 km NW of Cooma Well, S. van 
Leeuwen 2861 (MEL, PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY. 45 km 
SSE Docker R settlement, P.K. Latz 980 (NT); Muranji Rockhole, 
Mt Winter, B.G. Thomson 1580 (NT); East Lake, Amadeus Basin, 
PX Latz 5701 (NT); Between Mt Olga and Barrow Range, 
1873/4, W.E.P G/7gs(MEL 2261133);28 km NNW Kings Canyon, 
G. Leach 1166 (DNA, NSW, NT); Near Mt Connor, 18.X.1960, 
G. Chippendale s.n. (DNA, NT); 62 km NE of Charlotte Waters, 
13.X.1957, G. Chippendale s.n. (AD, NT); NW Simpson Desert 
A/.M. Henry 1001 (BRI, NT, PERTH);. SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Great 
Victoria Desert, Connie Sue Hwy, c. 40 km W of Yokes Hill 
Junction, D.E. Symon 12496 (AD); Musgrave Ranges, Mt Harriet 
Rd, c. 35 km S of Musgrave Park Stn, J.Z. Weber 130 (AD, AK, 
COLO, NCU); Simpsons Desert, via Purnia and Mokari Bores 
78.4 km in from W edge, D.E. Symon 9466 (AD). 
Distribution: Occurs principally in central Australia, 
from the Western Australian border near Docker River 
east to the western part of the Simpson Desert and south 
to near Oodnadatta. Isolated specimens from the Little 
Sandy Desert and Terhan Rockhole in central Western 
Australia suggests that it is likely to occur in other areas 
between there and the Northern Territory border. IBRA 
regions CR, FIN, GD, GSD, GVD, MAC, SSD (DEWHA 2009-). 
Habitat: Commonly associated with Triodia 
hummock grasslands and associated Allocasuarino 
decaisneana and Acacia spp. woodlands in sand dune 
country. Some collectors' notes refer to sites having 
been burntand it is likelythat germination is enhanced 
by recent fires. 
Etymology: The epithet, from the Latin, refers to 
the distribution of this subspecies, which is principally 
central Australia. 
Conservation status: Despite only 38 known 
collections, the occurrence of this subspecies in the 
largely unmodified and scantily collected Central 
Australian region suggests it is not at risk and is more 
widespread than current information indicates. 
Notes: Likely to be locally abundant, but perhaps 
not germinating annually and possibly dependent on 
suitable conditions (e.g. fire, rainfall). It is distinguished 
from the other two subspecies by the wholly and 
consistently glabrous vegetative parts, the entire or 
nearly entire leaves, and the generally smaller flowers 
that have a distinctly narrower mid-lobe. The seeds are 
slightly larger than those of the other two subspecies 
(although this is based on a limited number of fruiting 
specimens). 
3c. Lobelia heterophylla subsp. pilbarensis 
N.G.Walsh subsp. nov. 
Ab alii subspecie foliis latioribus, membraneis, copsulis 
globosis velsubglobosis ethabitationeplerumque in locis 
saxosis ferratis differt. 
Type: Western Australia, Pilbara, Mt Nameless, c. 
1 km S from summit, 22.ix.2006, N.G. Walsh 6482, D. 
Halford&D. Mallinson (holotype: MEL2296073; isotype: 
IND!, K!, PERTH!) 
Lobelia heterophylla subsp. Pilbara (/?. Meissner & Y. 
Caruso 1) sensu FloraBase (2009). 
Decumbent, sprawling, or ascending to erect herb, 
10-100 cm high, glabrous or stems, hypanthia and 
leaves sometimes invested with short fine erect hairs. 
Leaves oblong, elliptic, lanceolate, oblanceolate, ovate 
or obovate, c. 14-70 mm long, 3-30 mm wide, entire, 
irregularly toothed or shallowly lacerate with up to 
6 teeth or lobes to c. 8 mm long along each margin, 
rather thin-textured and not conspicuously glaucous. 
Pedicels 5-15 mm long (to 40 mm in fruit). Hypanthium 
3-7 mm long, 3-5 mm wide. Calyx-lobes 5.5-9 mm 
long. Corolla 16-22 mm long; tubular part of corolla 
8-11 mm long; central lobe 8-16 mm long, 6-16 mm 
wide, lateral lobes 7-13 mm long, 7-12 mm wide. 
Capsule 8-10 mm long, 7-20 mm diam. Seeds 1-1.2 
mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide (not including wing). Fig. 4. 
Flowering period: Flowers and fruits August to 
November. 
Selected specimens examined (total 26): WESTERN 
AUSTRALIA. Ca 27 km N Brockman Stn homestead, W.R. 
Archer 309941 (MEL); 23 miles W of Wyloo, H. Demarz 2475 
(KPBG); Diamond Drillers Hill, WIttenoom, Lullfitz2743 (KPPG); 
152 
Vol 28(2) 2010 

Page image

659943 Lobelia heterophylla pilbarensis Muelleria 28(2): 152-153, Fig. 4

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 152-153, Fig. 4".

659944 Lobelia simulans Muelleria 28(2): 153-155, Fig. 5

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 28(2): 153-155, Fig. 5".

659945 Lobelia tenuior Muelleria 28(2): 155, 158
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649326
Page is part of the work Notes and new taxa in Lobelia sect. Holopogon (Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae), doi:10.5962/p.292504

Page text

Lobelia sect. Holopogon 
weakly anastomosing, ventrally with 2 shallow pits 
bordering the raised central rib; testa dull, smooth to 
minutely colliculate. Fig. 5. 
Flowering period: Flowers and fruits August- 
November. 
Specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. SE of of 
Coolcalalaya Station, AH. Burbidge 4511 (PERTH); 38 km S of Mt 
Magnet, W. Greater22609 (PERTH); Gascoyne Junction - Pimbee 
Rd intersection, GJ.Keighery&N. Gibson 7440 (PERTH); 30 km SE 
Mt Keith, Wanjarri Native Reserve, GJ. Keighery 13016 (PERTH); 
452 miles [732 km from Perth] near Billabong on Carnarvon 
Rd, F. Lullfitz, 4269 (CANS, PERTH); 56 km from Meekatharra 
toward Wiluna, A Strid 20207 (PERTH); 11.8 km W Yamarna, L5J. 
Sweedman 2987 (KPBG); 45 km on Gascoyne Jn Rd East, LSJ. 
Sweedman 51232 (KPBG); 35.7 km N of Mullewa Rd on Vermin 
Fence, LSJ. Sweedman 52437 (KPBG); Great Northern Hwy, 36- 
36.5 km S of Mt Magnet, N.G. Walsh 6359 (CANB, MEL2295997, 
2295998, PERTH). 
Distribution: Endemic in VYestern Australia and 
occurring from near Gascoyne Junction south to near 
Paynes Find, and approaching the Great Victoria Desert 
near Yamarna at the south-east of its known range. 
IBRA regions CAR, GAS, MUR, YAL (DEWHA 2009-). 
Habitat Recorded mostly from sandy substrates 
supporting e.g. Triodia grassland, Eucalyptus 
gongylocarpa, E. loxophleba, £ leptopoda-Acacia 
roycei mailee associations, Acacia ramulosa~A. aneura 
shrublands. Also noted from sandstone breakaway 
country, and red loam soils over granite. 
Etymoiogy: The epithet, from the Latin simulans = 
imitating or resembling, refers to the resemblance of L. 
simulans to L winifrediae. 
Conservation status: Considering the restricted 
range and relative paucity of collections (a total of 
only n known from herbaria) of this species. Lobelia 
simulans is provisionally regarded as Vulnerable (VU) 
applying the criteria of the lUCN (2001), although 
targeted surveys may prove this to be an overly 
precautionary assessment. 
Notes: Lobelia simulans appears to be most closely 
related to L. rhytidosperma and L. winifrediae on the 
basis of the strongly wrinkled, adaxially pitted seeds 
(which are unique in section Holopogon) and general 
habit. In its short, semi-succulent habit, it often strongly 
resembles L winifrediae and has been named as such in 
most herbarium collections. It is readily distinguished 
from that species by the absence of the falcate or 
thumb-shaped lobe on each ofthe dorsal petals. Lobelia 
rhytidosperma is usually a much lankier plant, and 
lacks succulence, has a corolla that is less deeply cleft 
dorsally, seeds that are smaller and relatively narrower 
with a testa that is usually microscopically tuberculate 
(as well as the larger scale rugose texturing). Like L 
winifrediae, plants of L. simulans retain moisture in a 
plant press for days or weeks, and often continue to 
grow therein whereas specimens of L rhytidosperma 
wither soon after picking and dry conventionally in a 
press without further growth. 
5. Lobelia tenuior R.Br., Prodr. 564 (1810). 
Type: Western Australia. King George's Sound, Dec. 
1801, R. Brown (R. Brown, Dec 1801), lecto (here 
chosen): BM!; isolecto: BM! CANB (photo seen)! 
Erect annual, (10-)15-40 cm high, arising from a 
short taproot. Plants usually branched from the base 
or above, rarely simple. Stems glabrous to hispid or 
pilose, rarely densely so, terete to weakly angular, not 
succulent and withering soon after being uprooted. 
Lower leaves mainly cauline, obovate or spathulate in 
outline, becoming linear toward inflorescence, (4-)8- 
60 mm long, (l-)5-40 mm wide, (bi)pinnatissect, lobed 
or toothed, rarely entire (except near inflorescence) 
with up to 4 linear or narrowly obovate lobes or teeth 
on each side, glabrous, hispid or pilose, acute or obtuse 
at apex, concolorous or the lower surface paler, usually 
the midvein and lateral veins apparent. Inflorescence 
cymose or single-flowered, pedicels to c. 11 cm long, 
with a reduced, leaf-like bracteole at about (usually 
slightly above) midway. Hypanthium glabrous to pilose 
or hispid, rarely densely so, narrowly obconical to 
narrowly obovoid or nearly narrowly ellipsoid, (3-)4-7 
mm long, 2-3 mm wide. Calyx-lobes erect, narrowly 
triangular, (3-)5-8 mm long. Corolla (8-)18-26 mm 
long, blue, mauve or purple, white and/or yellow in 
throat, extending for a short distance on the central or 
all 3 ventral lobes; tubular part of corolla (3-)6-10 mm 
long, slit dorsally to within 0.5 mm of the hypanthium, 
glabrous externally, sparsely pilose within; upper 
2 lobes reflexed, oblanceolate-arcuate, 2.5-4 mm 
long, entire, margins (and often apical lamina) lightly 
fringed, not or weakly clasped over the anther tube; 
lower 3 lobes spreading, central lobe broadly obovate, 
broadly spathulate or obcordate, (6-)10-15 mm long. 
Muelleria 
155 

Page image

659946 Lobelia tenuior tenuior Muelleria 28(2): 158, 160, Fig. 6a
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649329
Page is part of the work Notes and new taxa in Lobelia sect. Holopogon (Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae), doi:10.5962/p.292504
659947 Lobelia tenuior dictyosperma Muelleria 28(2): 160, Figs 6b, 7
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649331
Page is part of the work Notes and new taxa in Lobelia sect. Holopogon (Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae), doi:10.5962/p.292504
662999 Lobelia winifrediae Muelleria 28(2): 155, 162
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649326
Page is part of the work Notes and new taxa in Lobelia sect. Holopogon (Campanulaceae: Lobelioideae), doi:10.5962/p.292504
668100 Arthonia banksiae Muelleria 29(1): 29, Figs 1, 2-5 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649380
Page is part of the work Arthonia banksiae (lichenised ascomycetes) and its synonyms, doi:10.5962/p.292509

Page text

Arthonia banksiae 
of two separate parts glued together, with the number 
'885' attached to a specimen and card also bearing 
the inscription 'Wilson n. 175'. Two years later, Muller 
(1895) described Asteroporum rimole, also basing it on 
Wilson's no. 885 collection in G,'pr.p' albeit a different 
fragment of bark in a different packet, as well as on 
two specimens from New South Wales collected by 
Charles Knight. Wilson's no. 885 is a rich collection with 
duplicates housed in the National Herbarium ofVictoria 
(MEL) (Fig. 2) and the National Herbarium of New 
South Wales (NSW). We have not located or studied 
the Knight specimens, but Muller (1895) referred to 
them being originally identified by the collector as 
Mycoporum, a genus of pyrenocarpous lichens with 
no relationship to Arthonia. In the same paper and 
on the basis of a further specimen, also numbered 
'885 pr.p', Muller (1895) then described Mycoporellum 
microspermum. This specimen had been previously 
cited as Arthonia microspermo (Fee) Nyl. in an earlier 
paper (MOIIer 1893: p. 59). This record is the source 
of the inclusion of A. microsperma in Australian lichen 
lists. When MOIIer changed his mind and described 
the same specimen as Mycoporellum microspermum, 
on the label he just wrote the new determination over 
the old one. The type of Mycoporellum microspermum 
has rounded, typically arthonioid ascomata but, on 
the basis of anatomy, it is conspecific with Arthonia 
banksiae. 
Curiously, the description of A. rimaie makes no 
reference to A. banksiae, even though it comments 
on other related or similar species. It is impossible to 
unravel the reasons for this convoluted taxonomy, but 
the key issue is that Arthonia banksiae is a valid name 
for a conspicuous species in the Victorian flora, and that 
Asteroporum rimaie and Mycoporellum microspermum 
are its synonyms. To avoid the confusion surrounding 
Wilson's specimen no. 885, it is his no. 1585 that is 
selected as the lectotype of A. banksiae. A detailed 
description of the species follows. 
Taxonomy 
Arthonia banksiae Mull. Arg., Bull. Herb. 
Bo/ss/er 1:59 (1893) 
Type: "Corticola ad ramos Banksiae serratae, 
Mordialloc: Wilson n. 885, Lakes Entrance: Wilson 1585, 
et prope Cheltenham: Wilson n. 885 pr.p."; lectotype. 
here designated: Lakes Entrance, Victoria, on Banksio 
serrata, 1892, Rev. F.R.M. Wilson 1585, G!; syntype: 
Mordialloc, Victoria, on Banksia serrata, 1892, F.R.M. 
Wilson 885, G!. 
Asteroporum rimaie Mull. Arg„ Bull. Herb. 
Boissier3: 324(1895) 
Type:"Corticola, New South-Wales: Knight n. 6 et 26 
... et in prov. Victoria ad Cheltenham: Rev. Wilson n.885 
pr.p."; lectotype, here designated; Cheltenham, near 
the sea, Victoria, F.R.M. Wilson 8S5p.p., G!; isolectotypes, 
MEL!, NSW. 
Mycoporellum microspermum Mull. Arg., Bull. 
Herb. Boissier 3:325 (1895) 
Type: "Corticola ad truncos Banksiae ad Cheltenham 
prope mare in prov. Victoria: Wilson n. 885 pr.p."; 
holotype: Cheltenham, near the sea, Victoria, F.R.M. 
Wilson 885 p.p., Gl; isotype: "on Banksia. Cheltenham, 
Victoria. F.R.M.Wilson s.n.", MELI. 
Thallus crustose, smooth, pale pink-brown to cream, 
not delimited, ecorticate, very thin, mostly to 10-20 
pm, but barely differentiated from underlying bark 
cells, apparently not lichenised; photobiont absent 
but occasionally a few coccoid green cells present. 
Ascomata very variable, irregularly roundish, most 
commonly elongate, curved, flexuose or stellate, 
0.3-1.5 mm long, 0.2-0.4 mm wide, blackish brown to 
black, often with a thin, darker margin and appearing 
lirelliform, in section 40-60 pm thick and with a 
well-developed, lateral, exciple-like zone, 10-20 pm 
thick, dull olive-green, intensifying in K, composed 
of conglutinated pigmented hyphae 3-5 pm wide. 
Hypothecium colourless, poorly differentiated from the 
hymenium, c. 10-20 pm thick. Hymenium 30-50 pm 
thick, mainly colourless but diffusely olive-greenish in 
the upper part or with the pigment in a discrete layer 
and ± continuous with the exciple, l-t- red, K/\+ blue; 
paraphysoids highly branched and anastomosing, 
rather knobbly and of uneven thickness, 1.5-2.5(-3) 
pm thick, with apices usually pigmented greyish 
green; asci 25-36 x 17-25 pm, of the Arthonia-type: 
broadly ovate to globose, mostly with a short 'foot' at 
the base and a well-developed tholus I-, KI-, lacking 
or at best with a barely discernible, faintly amyloid 
ring-structure; apex of ascoplasm variable with age. 
Muelleria 
29 

Page image

668107 Asteroporum rimale Muelleria 29(1): 29, Fig. 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649380
Page is part of the work Arthonia banksiae (lichenised ascomycetes) and its synonyms, doi:10.5962/p.292509

Page text

Arthonia banksiae 
of two separate parts glued together, with the number 
'885' attached to a specimen and card also bearing 
the inscription 'Wilson n. 175'. Two years later, Muller 
(1895) described Asteroporum rimole, also basing it on 
Wilson's no. 885 collection in G,'pr.p' albeit a different 
fragment of bark in a different packet, as well as on 
two specimens from New South Wales collected by 
Charles Knight. Wilson's no. 885 is a rich collection with 
duplicates housed in the National Herbarium ofVictoria 
(MEL) (Fig. 2) and the National Herbarium of New 
South Wales (NSW). We have not located or studied 
the Knight specimens, but Muller (1895) referred to 
them being originally identified by the collector as 
Mycoporum, a genus of pyrenocarpous lichens with 
no relationship to Arthonia. In the same paper and 
on the basis of a further specimen, also numbered 
'885 pr.p', Muller (1895) then described Mycoporellum 
microspermum. This specimen had been previously 
cited as Arthonia microspermo (Fee) Nyl. in an earlier 
paper (MOIIer 1893: p. 59). This record is the source 
of the inclusion of A. microsperma in Australian lichen 
lists. When MOIIer changed his mind and described 
the same specimen as Mycoporellum microspermum, 
on the label he just wrote the new determination over 
the old one. The type of Mycoporellum microspermum 
has rounded, typically arthonioid ascomata but, on 
the basis of anatomy, it is conspecific with Arthonia 
banksiae. 
Curiously, the description of A. rimaie makes no 
reference to A. banksiae, even though it comments 
on other related or similar species. It is impossible to 
unravel the reasons for this convoluted taxonomy, but 
the key issue is that Arthonia banksiae is a valid name 
for a conspicuous species in the Victorian flora, and that 
Asteroporum rimaie and Mycoporellum microspermum 
are its synonyms. To avoid the confusion surrounding 
Wilson's specimen no. 885, it is his no. 1585 that is 
selected as the lectotype of A. banksiae. A detailed 
description of the species follows. 
Taxonomy 
Arthonia banksiae Mull. Arg., Bull. Herb. 
Bo/ss/er 1:59 (1893) 
Type: "Corticola ad ramos Banksiae serratae, 
Mordialloc: Wilson n. 885, Lakes Entrance: Wilson 1585, 
et prope Cheltenham: Wilson n. 885 pr.p."; lectotype. 
here designated: Lakes Entrance, Victoria, on Banksio 
serrata, 1892, Rev. F.R.M. Wilson 1585, G!; syntype: 
Mordialloc, Victoria, on Banksia serrata, 1892, F.R.M. 
Wilson 885, G!. 
Asteroporum rimaie Mull. Arg„ Bull. Herb. 
Boissier3: 324(1895) 
Type:"Corticola, New South-Wales: Knight n. 6 et 26 
... et in prov. Victoria ad Cheltenham: Rev. Wilson n.885 
pr.p."; lectotype, here designated; Cheltenham, near 
the sea, Victoria, F.R.M. Wilson 8S5p.p., G!; isolectotypes, 
MEL!, NSW. 
Mycoporellum microspermum Mull. Arg., Bull. 
Herb. Boissier 3:325 (1895) 
Type: "Corticola ad truncos Banksiae ad Cheltenham 
prope mare in prov. Victoria: Wilson n. 885 pr.p."; 
holotype: Cheltenham, near the sea, Victoria, F.R.M. 
Wilson 885 p.p., Gl; isotype: "on Banksia. Cheltenham, 
Victoria. F.R.M.Wilson s.n.", MELI. 
Thallus crustose, smooth, pale pink-brown to cream, 
not delimited, ecorticate, very thin, mostly to 10-20 
pm, but barely differentiated from underlying bark 
cells, apparently not lichenised; photobiont absent 
but occasionally a few coccoid green cells present. 
Ascomata very variable, irregularly roundish, most 
commonly elongate, curved, flexuose or stellate, 
0.3-1.5 mm long, 0.2-0.4 mm wide, blackish brown to 
black, often with a thin, darker margin and appearing 
lirelliform, in section 40-60 pm thick and with a 
well-developed, lateral, exciple-like zone, 10-20 pm 
thick, dull olive-green, intensifying in K, composed 
of conglutinated pigmented hyphae 3-5 pm wide. 
Hypothecium colourless, poorly differentiated from the 
hymenium, c. 10-20 pm thick. Hymenium 30-50 pm 
thick, mainly colourless but diffusely olive-greenish in 
the upper part or with the pigment in a discrete layer 
and ± continuous with the exciple, l-t- red, K/\+ blue; 
paraphysoids highly branched and anastomosing, 
rather knobbly and of uneven thickness, 1.5-2.5(-3) 
pm thick, with apices usually pigmented greyish 
green; asci 25-36 x 17-25 pm, of the Arthonia-type: 
broadly ovate to globose, mostly with a short 'foot' at 
the base and a well-developed tholus I-, KI-, lacking 
or at best with a barely discernible, faintly amyloid 
ring-structure; apex of ascoplasm variable with age. 
Muelleria 
29 

Page image

898617 Cadetia clausa Muelleria 29(1): 64
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649415
Page is part of the work New combinations in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292511

Page text

Schuiteman and Adams 
{Cadetia) 
Dendrobium collinsii (Lavarack) Schuit. & 
P.B.Adams, comb, nov, 
Basionym: Cadetia coHinsii Lavarack, Austrobaileya 1: 
381 {1981). 
Distribution: Australia (Queensland). 
Dendrobium microphyton L.O.Williams, Bot 
Mus. ieafl.5:47{1937). 
Cadetia microphyton (L.O.Williams) Christenson, 
Lindieyana 7:89 (1992). 
Cadetia siewhongii P.O'Byrne, Malayan Orchid Rev. 30: 
73 {1996),sya nov. 
Distribution: Philippines, Sulawesi. 
Note.We have seen a living specimen of C siev/hongii 
(Hortus botanicus Leiden cult. 970708) and compared 
this with the type material of D. microphyton. They are 
undoubtedly the same species. 
Dendrobium obreniforme Schuit. & P.B.Adams, 
nom, nov, 
Basionym: Cadetia finisterrae Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. 
Regni Veg. Beih. 1:436 (1912). 
Dendrobium finisterrae (Schltr.) J.J.Sm., Bull. Jard. Bot. 
Buitenzorg, ser. 2,8:18 (1912) {nom. Hleg.). 
Not Dendrobium finisterrae Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. 
/?egn/\/eg. Beih. 1:495(1912). 
Distribution: New Guinea. 
Note-.The specific epithet refers to the shape of the 
mid-lobe of the lip. 
Dendrobium reconditum Schuit. & P.B.Adams, 
nom, nov, 
Basionym: Cadetia clausa D.L.Jones & M.A.CIem., 
Australian Orchid Res. 5:4 (2006). 
Not Dendrobium clausum Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. 
Regni Veg. Beih. 1:607(1912). 
Distribution: Australia (Moa Island). 
Wofe:The specific epithet refers tothecleistogamous 
flowers {reconditum: 'concealed.') 
[Cadetia similis Blume, Rumphia 4:39 (1849).] 
Dendrobium simile (Blume) J.J.Sm., Nova Guinea 8,1:53 
(1909) {nom. ///eg.). 
Not Dendrobium simile Schltr., in K.Schum. & Lauterb., 
Nachtr. FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Sudsee 175 (1905). 
Not Dendrobium simile Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni 
Veg. 3:80 (1906) (nom. ///eg.). 
Distribution: New Guinea. 
Note: Blume's description is insufficiently detailed. 
Unless type material is found, this species, which is related 
to D. umbellatum (Gaudich.) Rchb.f., will probably remain 
obscure. For that reason we refrain from proposing a new 
epithet under Dendrobium for this taxon. 
Dendrobium vanuatuense Schuit. & 
P.B.Adams, nom, nov, 
Basionym: Cadetia quadrongularis RJ.Cribb & B.A.Lewis, 
Orchid Rev. 97: 251 (1989). 
Not Dendrobium quadrangulare Parish & Rchb.f., Flora 
69:553 (1886). 
Distribution: Vanuatu. 
/Vote: The specific epithet refers to the area of origin 
of this species. 
[Diplocaulobium] 
Dendrobium ancipitum (P.O'Byrne & J.J.Verm.) 
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb, nov, 
Basionym: Diplocaulobium ancipitum P.O'Byrne & 
JJ.Verm., Malesian Orchid J. 3:44 (2009). 
Distribution: Sulawesi, 
Dendrobium anisobuibon Schuit. & P.B.Adams, 
nom, nov, 
Basionym: Dendrobium hliforme J.J.Sm., Icon. Bogor. 2: 
73 (1903) (nom. ///eg.). 
Diplocaulobium anisobuibon P.O'Byrne & J.J.Verm., 
Malesian Orchid J. 3:46 (2009) (nom. superfl.). 
Diplocaulobium Mforme KraenzI., in Engl., Pfianzenr. IV. 
50.11. B. 21:341 (1910). 
Not Dendrobium fiZ/forme Wight, Icon. PI. Ind. Or. 5:5 (1852). 
Distribution: Sulawesi. 
Note: By article 58.1 of the International Code 
of Botanical Nomenclature (McNeill et al. 2006) the 
combination Diplocaulobium hliforme, based on the 
illegitimate name Dendrobium filiforme J.J.Sm., is 
legitimate if treated as a new name. This makes the 
new name Diplocaulobium anisobuibon proposed 
for Diplocaulobium filiforme superfluous, hence 
illegitimate. However, the epithet anisobuibon is still 
available in Dendrobium, therefore the combination 
64 
Vol 29(1)2011 

Page image

898614 Cadetia collinsii Muelleria 29(1): 64
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649415
Page is part of the work New combinations in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292511

Page text

Schuiteman and Adams 
{Cadetia) 
Dendrobium collinsii (Lavarack) Schuit. & 
P.B.Adams, comb, nov, 
Basionym: Cadetia coHinsii Lavarack, Austrobaileya 1: 
381 {1981). 
Distribution: Australia (Queensland). 
Dendrobium microphyton L.O.Williams, Bot 
Mus. ieafl.5:47{1937). 
Cadetia microphyton (L.O.Williams) Christenson, 
Lindieyana 7:89 (1992). 
Cadetia siewhongii P.O'Byrne, Malayan Orchid Rev. 30: 
73 {1996),sya nov. 
Distribution: Philippines, Sulawesi. 
Note.We have seen a living specimen of C siev/hongii 
(Hortus botanicus Leiden cult. 970708) and compared 
this with the type material of D. microphyton. They are 
undoubtedly the same species. 
Dendrobium obreniforme Schuit. & P.B.Adams, 
nom, nov, 
Basionym: Cadetia finisterrae Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. 
Regni Veg. Beih. 1:436 (1912). 
Dendrobium finisterrae (Schltr.) J.J.Sm., Bull. Jard. Bot. 
Buitenzorg, ser. 2,8:18 (1912) {nom. Hleg.). 
Not Dendrobium finisterrae Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. 
/?egn/\/eg. Beih. 1:495(1912). 
Distribution: New Guinea. 
Note-.The specific epithet refers to the shape of the 
mid-lobe of the lip. 
Dendrobium reconditum Schuit. & P.B.Adams, 
nom, nov, 
Basionym: Cadetia clausa D.L.Jones & M.A.CIem., 
Australian Orchid Res. 5:4 (2006). 
Not Dendrobium clausum Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. 
Regni Veg. Beih. 1:607(1912). 
Distribution: Australia (Moa Island). 
Wofe:The specific epithet refers tothecleistogamous 
flowers {reconditum: 'concealed.') 
[Cadetia similis Blume, Rumphia 4:39 (1849).] 
Dendrobium simile (Blume) J.J.Sm., Nova Guinea 8,1:53 
(1909) {nom. ///eg.). 
Not Dendrobium simile Schltr., in K.Schum. & Lauterb., 
Nachtr. FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Sudsee 175 (1905). 
Not Dendrobium simile Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni 
Veg. 3:80 (1906) (nom. ///eg.). 
Distribution: New Guinea. 
Note: Blume's description is insufficiently detailed. 
Unless type material is found, this species, which is related 
to D. umbellatum (Gaudich.) Rchb.f., will probably remain 
obscure. For that reason we refrain from proposing a new 
epithet under Dendrobium for this taxon. 
Dendrobium vanuatuense Schuit. & 
P.B.Adams, nom, nov, 
Basionym: Cadetia quadrongularis RJ.Cribb & B.A.Lewis, 
Orchid Rev. 97: 251 (1989). 
Not Dendrobium quadrangulare Parish & Rchb.f., Flora 
69:553 (1886). 
Distribution: Vanuatu. 
/Vote: The specific epithet refers to the area of origin 
of this species. 
[Diplocaulobium] 
Dendrobium ancipitum (P.O'Byrne & J.J.Verm.) 
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb, nov, 
Basionym: Diplocaulobium ancipitum P.O'Byrne & 
JJ.Verm., Malesian Orchid J. 3:44 (2009). 
Distribution: Sulawesi, 
Dendrobium anisobuibon Schuit. & P.B.Adams, 
nom, nov, 
Basionym: Dendrobium hliforme J.J.Sm., Icon. Bogor. 2: 
73 (1903) (nom. ///eg.). 
Diplocaulobium anisobuibon P.O'Byrne & J.J.Verm., 
Malesian Orchid J. 3:46 (2009) (nom. superfl.). 
Diplocaulobium Mforme KraenzI., in Engl., Pfianzenr. IV. 
50.11. B. 21:341 (1910). 
Not Dendrobium fiZ/forme Wight, Icon. PI. Ind. Or. 5:5 (1852). 
Distribution: Sulawesi. 
Note: By article 58.1 of the International Code 
of Botanical Nomenclature (McNeill et al. 2006) the 
combination Diplocaulobium hliforme, based on the 
illegitimate name Dendrobium filiforme J.J.Sm., is 
legitimate if treated as a new name. This makes the 
new name Diplocaulobium anisobuibon proposed 
for Diplocaulobium filiforme superfluous, hence 
illegitimate. However, the epithet anisobuibon is still 
available in Dendrobium, therefore the combination 
64 
Vol 29(1)2011 

Page image

898642 Callista tetragona Muelleria 29(1): 77
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649428
Page is part of the work New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292512

Page text

The Dendrobium tetragonum complex 
Brief neotype diagnosis: 
Plants epiphytic; pseudobulbs (canes) tetragonal, 
except basally where fusiform and wiry; racemes with 
1-4 stellate, large flowers (5.0-13.2 cm long x 2.4-7.1 cm 
wide), variously coloured yellow-green with few darker 
markings, or with prominent red-purple-brown spots 
and blotches, or with wide areas of brown and red- 
purple on tepals; lobellum white with prominent red- 
purple markings and three callus ridges; lateral lobes 
forming a narrow to more commonly broad tunnel, 
narrow to very wide (0.6-1.85 cm when flattened); 
midlobe relatively small (0.45-0.75 cm) when flattened, 
and long, acuminate and reflexed at apex, with from 
inconspicuous to prominent filiform hairs. 
Classification of the Dendrobium 
tetragonum A.Cunn. complex 
The complex is classified as set out below, on the 
basis of detailed distribution studies, morphological 
characteristics of the six taxa and molecular analyses. 
Three subspecies are established, with northern, 
central and southern distributions. 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van tetragonum 
Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. in Edwards 
Botanical Register 25, misc. 33 (1839); Callisto tetragona 
(Cunn.) KCintze, Revis Gen PI 2: 655 (1891); Dendrocoryne 
tetragona (Cunn.) Brieg., Schlechter, Die Orchideen 3: 
716 (1981) (nom. invalid.); TropiHs tetragona (Cunn.) 
Butzin, Willdenowia 12: 250 (1982); Tropilis tetragona 
(Cunn.) Rauschert, Feddes Repert 94: 471 (1983) (nom. 
illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum Cunn. van hayesianum 
RA.Gilbert, P.A.Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 2: 20 
(1937); Tetrobaculum tetragonum (A. Cunn) M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones, M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13: 
485-497 (2002). 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones 
Basionym: Dendrobium melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 57 (1989); 
Tetrobaculum melaleucaphilum (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones), 
M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van serpentis P.B.Adams 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
cataractarum P.B.Adams, S.D.Lawson & 
G.A.Paterson 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
giganteum (Leaney) P.B.Adams van giganteum 
Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van 
giganteum Leaney, Orchidologico Zeylanica 1: 
73 (1934); Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van 
giganteum P.A. Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 7: 
36 (1942) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum A. 
Cunn. van tomentosum, Australian Orchid Review 7: 40 
(1942); Dendrobium capitisyork M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, 
Australian Orchid Research 1: 49 (1989); Tetrobaculum 
capitisyork (M.A.Clem. & D.LJones) M.A.Clem. & 
D.LJones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). 
Key to subspecies of Dendrobium tetragonum 
1 Midlobe of labellum much narrower than the lateral lobes, and usually sparsely-densely tomentose. 
Plants occurring from Carmila to Iron Range, Queensland.subspecies giganteum 
1: Midlobe of labellum approximately the same width or greater than the lateral lobes, and not 
conspicuously tomentose. Plants occurring from Nowra, New South Wales, to just south of Carmila, Queensland .2 
2 Flowers yellow-green usually with red-purple-brown on sepal margins; sepals robust, thickened at base; 
labellum pale cream with red-purple markings; midlobe very large, 9-12 mm wide, flat, angled forwards, 
not recurving at apex until flowers age. Plants occurring spasmodically between Marlborough and 
North Clairview, Queensland.subspecies cataractarum 
2: Flowers yellow-green-pale bronze with red-purple markings, either star-like with pronounced red-purple 
sepal margins, or elongated with sepals tending to twist and reflex; labellum white to cream with red-purple 
markings; midlobe usually less than 9 mm wide, and strongly recurving at apex. Plants occurring south 
of Clairview, Queensland.subspecies fetragonum 
Muelleria 
77 

Page image

898656 Dendrobium cacatua Muelleria 29(1): 78
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649429
Page is part of the work New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292512

Page text

Adams 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
giganteum (Leaney) P.B.Adams van cacatua 
A/I.A.CIem. & D.LJones 
Basionym: Dendrobium cacatua MACIem. & D.LJones, 
Australian Orchid Research 1: 48 (1989); Tetrabaculum 
cacatua (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones) M.A.CIem. & D.LJones, 
Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). 
Discussion 
The Dendrobium tetragonum complex has been 
interpreted as a group of closely related varieties that 
do not warrant specific status (Dockrill 1992; Lavarack 
etal. 2000; Adams etal 2006; Burke etal. 2008). Variation 
is on the basis of size of parts and colour patterns. 
Further, internal transcribed spacer of nuclear DNA 
(ITS-DNA) studies do not provide any contributing 
evidence (Burke ef ai. 2008) for reclassification of 
the complex as a separate genus Tetrabaculum as 
proposed by Clements and Jones (2002). The DNA 
studies suggest a molecular similarity between the 
two northern varieties, var. giganteum and var. cacatua, 
which are morphologically distinct (see key), except 
for intermediates where the two taxa overlap at some 
locations between 700 and 850 m of altitude, e.g. in 
the Crediton area. Similarly var. tetragonum and var. 
melaleucaphilum are also distinctive except where 
the two co-exist and intermediate forms are seen 
(Adams etal. 2006), e.g. in the Coffs Harbour area.This 
is contrary to the notes of Clements and Jones (1990) 
that both occasionally grow together and hybrids are 
unknown, and that the four varieties are biologically 
and geographically distinct. 
Two options were considered for assigning rank 
at infraspecific level. The first and simplest was to 
continue use of the taxon variety for all previously 
described taxa and forthe two new variants.The second 
option was to use recently available molecular data 
and morphology, which lead to a more complex two 
ranked system of subspecies and varieties. The latter 
option was chosen, as it provides more information 
about relationships, without a change of established 
varietal names.The nomenclature may be abbreviated, 
except for subspecies cotaractarum, to the simple use 
of varieties, old and new, providing ongoing stability. 
Distribution, morphological characters and molecular 
evidence support the establishment of three 
subspecies. Principal co-ordinate analysis (Adams ef 
al. 2006) and ITS-DNA results (Burke etal. 2008) clearly 
indicate a northern lineage, subspecies giganteum, 
consisting of var. giganteum and var. cacatua, and 
a southern lineage, subspecies tetragonum, with 
three varieties. Midlobe labellar features separate 
the northern subspecies giganteum from the other 
Key to varieties of Dendrobium tetragonum subspecies giganteum 
1 Flowers with long filamentous, pale green segments, occasionally with a few red-purple fine markings; 
labellum white, usually with no markings; lateral lobes larger than midlobe, which ends in a short apiculum. 
Plants usually above 750m altitude. var. cacatua 
1: Flowers usually strongly marked with red-purple-brown, occasionally yellow or green with very few, 
darker markings; labellum white with red-purple markings, lateral lobes usually huge compared with 
midlobe, which ends in a long apiculum. Plants usually below 750m altitude .. var. giganteum 
Key to varieties of Dendrobium tetragonum subspecies tetragonum 
1 Flowers opening green, later turning yellow, tepals with few or no red-purple markings; segments filamentous; 
midlobe prominent, cordiform, white-pale cream with red-purple markings, and recurving with age. 
Flower buds markedly twisted in the distal half. Plants of Blackdown Tableland, Queensland. var. serpentis 
1: Flowers and distribution not as above...2 
2 Flowers yellow-light green-light bronze, usually with reddish purple markings on sepals, not star-like, 
usually > 7.5 cm in vertical height; labellum cream-pale yellow with red- purple markings, broadly 
dilated and strongly recurving soon after opening. var. melaleucophilum 
2: Flowers yellow-green-light bronze, usually with very deep red-brown sepal markings, starlike, 
usually < 7.5 cm in vertical height; labellum white with red-purple markings; midlobe not broadly dilated, 
recurving soon after opening. var. tetragonum 
78 
Vol 29(1)2011 

Page image

898632 Dendrobium capitisyork Muelleria 29(1): 75
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649426
Page is part of the work New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292512

Page text

The Dendrobium tetragonum complex 
prominent purple-brown on margins and distal areas; 
labellum very large and widely spreading, pale cream 
with red-purple spots and barring usually more intense 
on lateral lobes; peduncle c. 0.7-2.1 cm long x 0.8-1.2 
mm wide, linear, green-yellow with several brown 
bracts c. 9 mm long x 2-3 mm wide, with acuminate 
apices; pedicel and ovary c,^ 2-23 cm long x 1 mm wide, 
curved, pale yellow-green; ovary c. 8 mm long x 2 mm 
wide, linear, yellow-green with a few fine purple-brown 
spots; dorsal sepal 40-63 mm long x 4.0-6.0 mm wide, 
erect, twisting once or nil, not angulating along the 
length, apices acuminate; lateral sepals 36-58 mm long 
X 4.0-7.5 mm wide, symmetrical, falcate, wide (dilated) 
at base then subulate, apices long-acuminate, usually 
twisting onceand not angulated;pew/s 18-35 mm long 
X 1.2-1.7 mm wide, divergent, held at angles 45-80° to 
the dorsal sepal, not usually recurving, linear, narrowing 
to acuminate apices; labellum 13-19 mm long x 8.0-11 
mm wide, trilobed on a short claw, narrow at base and 
very broad anteriorly, lateral lobes gently incurved to 
form a channel 4-6 mm wide, partially enclosing the 
column, width less than midlobe when flattened, c. 
9.0-10 mm; midlohe angled forwards, flat, presentation 
width 9.5-12 mm, apex small, apiculate and slightly 
recurved; callus with 3 prominent ridges fused at base, 
extending a short distance onto midlobe, white-pale 
cream with fine purple-brown spots and bars; mentum 
c. 8 mm X 4 mm, curved, pale yellow; column c. 7 mm 
X 3 mm, curved, porrect, pale yellow; anther white-pale 
yellow, enclosing pollinia; stigma concave, apical, wet, 
oval shaped;capsu/egreen c.25 mm x 14 mm (Figs. 3,4). 
Distribution and habitat: Restricted to Connors 
Range, central Queensland and very localised. Occurs 
along rainforest creeks, found in the canopy, on trunks 
and at bases of various small rainforest trees including 
Austromyrtus, Ficus, Syzygium, Planchonella, and 
Euroschinus. 
Etymology: Named with reference to its occurrence, 
restricted to creeks with waterfalls. 
Flowering period: August-September 
Conservation status: 2V. Vulnerable due to extreme 
localization in very small populations. Plants occur in 
remote sites in mostly inaccessible terrain. 
Notes: Plants were studied using several collections 
made between 1993 and 2010. Dendrobium 
tetragonum subsp. cataroctarum is found at a few 
very remote sites along creeks in the Connors Range 
between Marlborough and Carmila, at elevations of 
30-400 m.The full extent of distribution and variation 
is approximately determined, as many parts of the area 
are inaccessible. Populations are small, and restricted 
to places where there is semi-permanent water and 
sufficient humidity. There is a wide range of small 
and larger rainforest tree hosts with plants growing 
at various levels, often low down and on their bases. 
There is no geographical overlap with other described 
varieties. 
Compared to var. serpentis, the dimensions of the 
labellum, flower width, sepal length and width, and 
petal width tend to be greater, contributing to a more 
robust flower. The sepals are wide distally and usually 
do not reflex in the manner of var. serpentis. Most 
flowers have prominent brown-purple markings on 
the sepal margins and distal third. 
This taxon differs from var. melaleucaphilum in 
having a very showy, wide and flat labellum that 
reflexes at the apex only to a small extent.The labellum 
only partially encloses the column, obscuring only a 
part of it in lateral view. Unlike var. melaleucaphilum, 
the flattened lateral lobes are not as wide as the 
flattened width of the midlobe. In subsp. cataractarum 
there are no hairs or projections on the labellum at 
magnification x 10. Like var. serpentis, the relatively 
small size of the plants and radiating habit of the 
pseudobulbs in various directions is likely to be the 
result of marginal habitat quality. 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
giganteum (Leaney) P.B.Adams stat. nov. 
Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. var. 
giganteum Leaney, Orchidologia Zeylanica 1:73 (1934). 
Neotype (here chosen): Queensland. Cook District: 
South of Atherton, 10/5/2010,P.RAdoms 27 (holo:MEL; 
iso: BRI). 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. var. giganteum P.A. 
Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 7:36 (1942) (nom. 
illeg.). Dendrobium capitisyork M.A.CIem. & D.L.Jones, 
Australian Orchid Research 1:49 (1989), syn. nov.; 
Tetrabaculum capitisyork (M.A.CIem. & D.L.Jones) 
M.A.CIem. & D.L.Jones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002), 
syn. nov. 
Muelleria 
75 

Page image

898654 Dendrobium capitisyork Muelleria 29(1): 77
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649428
Page is part of the work New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292512

Page text

The Dendrobium tetragonum complex 
Brief neotype diagnosis: 
Plants epiphytic; pseudobulbs (canes) tetragonal, 
except basally where fusiform and wiry; racemes with 
1-4 stellate, large flowers (5.0-13.2 cm long x 2.4-7.1 cm 
wide), variously coloured yellow-green with few darker 
markings, or with prominent red-purple-brown spots 
and blotches, or with wide areas of brown and red- 
purple on tepals; lobellum white with prominent red- 
purple markings and three callus ridges; lateral lobes 
forming a narrow to more commonly broad tunnel, 
narrow to very wide (0.6-1.85 cm when flattened); 
midlobe relatively small (0.45-0.75 cm) when flattened, 
and long, acuminate and reflexed at apex, with from 
inconspicuous to prominent filiform hairs. 
Classification of the Dendrobium 
tetragonum A.Cunn. complex 
The complex is classified as set out below, on the 
basis of detailed distribution studies, morphological 
characteristics of the six taxa and molecular analyses. 
Three subspecies are established, with northern, 
central and southern distributions. 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van tetragonum 
Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. in Edwards 
Botanical Register 25, misc. 33 (1839); Callisto tetragona 
(Cunn.) KCintze, Revis Gen PI 2: 655 (1891); Dendrocoryne 
tetragona (Cunn.) Brieg., Schlechter, Die Orchideen 3: 
716 (1981) (nom. invalid.); TropiHs tetragona (Cunn.) 
Butzin, Willdenowia 12: 250 (1982); Tropilis tetragona 
(Cunn.) Rauschert, Feddes Repert 94: 471 (1983) (nom. 
illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum Cunn. van hayesianum 
RA.Gilbert, P.A.Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 2: 20 
(1937); Tetrobaculum tetragonum (A. Cunn) M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones, M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13: 
485-497 (2002). 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones 
Basionym: Dendrobium melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 57 (1989); 
Tetrobaculum melaleucaphilum (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones), 
M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van serpentis P.B.Adams 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
cataractarum P.B.Adams, S.D.Lawson & 
G.A.Paterson 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
giganteum (Leaney) P.B.Adams van giganteum 
Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van 
giganteum Leaney, Orchidologico Zeylanica 1: 
73 (1934); Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van 
giganteum P.A. Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 7: 
36 (1942) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum A. 
Cunn. van tomentosum, Australian Orchid Review 7: 40 
(1942); Dendrobium capitisyork M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, 
Australian Orchid Research 1: 49 (1989); Tetrobaculum 
capitisyork (M.A.Clem. & D.LJones) M.A.Clem. & 
D.LJones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). 
Key to subspecies of Dendrobium tetragonum 
1 Midlobe of labellum much narrower than the lateral lobes, and usually sparsely-densely tomentose. 
Plants occurring from Carmila to Iron Range, Queensland.subspecies giganteum 
1: Midlobe of labellum approximately the same width or greater than the lateral lobes, and not 
conspicuously tomentose. Plants occurring from Nowra, New South Wales, to just south of Carmila, Queensland .2 
2 Flowers yellow-green usually with red-purple-brown on sepal margins; sepals robust, thickened at base; 
labellum pale cream with red-purple markings; midlobe very large, 9-12 mm wide, flat, angled forwards, 
not recurving at apex until flowers age. Plants occurring spasmodically between Marlborough and 
North Clairview, Queensland.subspecies cataractarum 
2: Flowers yellow-green-pale bronze with red-purple markings, either star-like with pronounced red-purple 
sepal margins, or elongated with sepals tending to twist and reflex; labellum white to cream with red-purple 
markings; midlobe usually less than 9 mm wide, and strongly recurving at apex. Plants occurring south 
of Clairview, Queensland.subspecies fetragonum 
Muelleria 
77 

Page image

668120 Dendrobium collinsii Muelleria 29(1): 64
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649415
Page is part of the work New combinations in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292511

Page text

Schuiteman and Adams 
{Cadetia) 
Dendrobium collinsii (Lavarack) Schuit. & 
P.B.Adams, comb, nov, 
Basionym: Cadetia coHinsii Lavarack, Austrobaileya 1: 
381 {1981). 
Distribution: Australia (Queensland). 
Dendrobium microphyton L.O.Williams, Bot 
Mus. ieafl.5:47{1937). 
Cadetia microphyton (L.O.Williams) Christenson, 
Lindieyana 7:89 (1992). 
Cadetia siewhongii P.O'Byrne, Malayan Orchid Rev. 30: 
73 {1996),sya nov. 
Distribution: Philippines, Sulawesi. 
Note.We have seen a living specimen of C siev/hongii 
(Hortus botanicus Leiden cult. 970708) and compared 
this with the type material of D. microphyton. They are 
undoubtedly the same species. 
Dendrobium obreniforme Schuit. & P.B.Adams, 
nom, nov, 
Basionym: Cadetia finisterrae Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. 
Regni Veg. Beih. 1:436 (1912). 
Dendrobium finisterrae (Schltr.) J.J.Sm., Bull. Jard. Bot. 
Buitenzorg, ser. 2,8:18 (1912) {nom. Hleg.). 
Not Dendrobium finisterrae Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. 
/?egn/\/eg. Beih. 1:495(1912). 
Distribution: New Guinea. 
Note-.The specific epithet refers to the shape of the 
mid-lobe of the lip. 
Dendrobium reconditum Schuit. & P.B.Adams, 
nom, nov, 
Basionym: Cadetia clausa D.L.Jones & M.A.CIem., 
Australian Orchid Res. 5:4 (2006). 
Not Dendrobium clausum Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. 
Regni Veg. Beih. 1:607(1912). 
Distribution: Australia (Moa Island). 
Wofe:The specific epithet refers tothecleistogamous 
flowers {reconditum: 'concealed.') 
[Cadetia similis Blume, Rumphia 4:39 (1849).] 
Dendrobium simile (Blume) J.J.Sm., Nova Guinea 8,1:53 
(1909) {nom. ///eg.). 
Not Dendrobium simile Schltr., in K.Schum. & Lauterb., 
Nachtr. FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Sudsee 175 (1905). 
Not Dendrobium simile Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni 
Veg. 3:80 (1906) (nom. ///eg.). 
Distribution: New Guinea. 
Note: Blume's description is insufficiently detailed. 
Unless type material is found, this species, which is related 
to D. umbellatum (Gaudich.) Rchb.f., will probably remain 
obscure. For that reason we refrain from proposing a new 
epithet under Dendrobium for this taxon. 
Dendrobium vanuatuense Schuit. & 
P.B.Adams, nom, nov, 
Basionym: Cadetia quadrongularis RJ.Cribb & B.A.Lewis, 
Orchid Rev. 97: 251 (1989). 
Not Dendrobium quadrangulare Parish & Rchb.f., Flora 
69:553 (1886). 
Distribution: Vanuatu. 
/Vote: The specific epithet refers to the area of origin 
of this species. 
[Diplocaulobium] 
Dendrobium ancipitum (P.O'Byrne & J.J.Verm.) 
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb, nov, 
Basionym: Diplocaulobium ancipitum P.O'Byrne & 
JJ.Verm., Malesian Orchid J. 3:44 (2009). 
Distribution: Sulawesi, 
Dendrobium anisobuibon Schuit. & P.B.Adams, 
nom, nov, 
Basionym: Dendrobium hliforme J.J.Sm., Icon. Bogor. 2: 
73 (1903) (nom. ///eg.). 
Diplocaulobium anisobuibon P.O'Byrne & J.J.Verm., 
Malesian Orchid J. 3:46 (2009) (nom. superfl.). 
Diplocaulobium Mforme KraenzI., in Engl., Pfianzenr. IV. 
50.11. B. 21:341 (1910). 
Not Dendrobium fiZ/forme Wight, Icon. PI. Ind. Or. 5:5 (1852). 
Distribution: Sulawesi. 
Note: By article 58.1 of the International Code 
of Botanical Nomenclature (McNeill et al. 2006) the 
combination Diplocaulobium hliforme, based on the 
illegitimate name Dendrobium filiforme J.J.Sm., is 
legitimate if treated as a new name. This makes the 
new name Diplocaulobium anisobuibon proposed 
for Diplocaulobium filiforme superfluous, hence 
illegitimate. However, the epithet anisobuibon is still 
available in Dendrobium, therefore the combination 
64 
Vol 29(1)2011 

Page image

668128 Dendrobium comatum Muelleria 29(1): 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649418
Page is part of the work New combinations in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292511

Page text

new combinations in Dendrobium 
Dendrobium chiengmaiense Schuit. & 
P.B.Adams, nom. nov. 
Basionym: Flickmgeria parishii Seidenf., Donsk Bot. Ark. 
34,1:29(1980). 
Not DendrobiumporishiiRchb.i, BotZeitung (Berlin) 21: 
236(1863). 
Distribution: Burma, Thailand. 
Note: The specific epithet refers to the area of origin 
of this species, the region around Chieng Mai inThailand. 
Dendrobium comatum (Blume) Lindl., Gen. Sp, 
Orch/d. PL: 76 (1830). 
Dendrobium comatum (Blume) Lindl. van papuanum 
J.J.Sm., Nova Guinea 8,3:551 (1911). 
Dendrobium criniferum Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg.: Misc. 
(1844)41. 
Dendrobium scopa Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. Misc. 55 
(1842). 
Dendrobium thysanochilum Schltn, in K.Schum. & Lauterb., 
Nachtr. FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Sudsee 152 (1905). 
Flickingeria clementsii D.L.Jones, Orchodion 14 (8: 
Scientific Suppl.) ix (2004), syn. nov. 
Distribution.Taman, Peninsular Malaysia, Sumatra, 
Java, Borneo, Sulawesi, Moluccas, ?Lesser Sunda Islands, 
Philippines, New Guinea, Australia (Queensland), 
Solomon Islands, Vanuatu, New Caledonia, Fiji, Samoa. 
/Vote: We do not see significant differences between 
Australian specimens of D. comatum (described as F. 
clementsii) and those found elsewhere. 
Dendrobium compressibulbum Schuit. & 
P.B.Adams, nom. nov. 
Basionym: Flickingeria compressa Seidenf., Dansk Bot. 
Ar/c.34,1:31 (1980). 
Not Dendrobium compressum Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 
Misc. 63(1842). 
D/str/6uf/o/i:Thailand. 
Note: The specific epithet refers to the laterally 
flattened pseudobulbs, 
Dendrobium concolor (Z.H.Tsi & S.C.Chen) 
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Flickingeria concolor Z.H.Tsi & S.C.Chen, Acta 
Phytotax. Sin. 33: 204 (1995). 
Distribution: China (Yunnan). 
Dendrobium hesperis (Seidenf.) Schuit. & 
P.B.Adams, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Flickingeria hesperis Seidenf., Nordic J. Bot. 2: 
16(1982). 
Distribution: India. 
Dendrobium junctilobum (Fessel & Lueckel) 
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Flickingeria JunctHoba Fessel & Lueckel, 
Orch/dee 49:254 (1998). 
Distribution: Philippines. 
Dendrobium nazaretii (P.O'Byrne & J.J.Verm.) 
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb, nov. 
Basionym: Flickingeria nazaretii P.O'Byrne & j.J.Verm., 
Malayan Orchid Rev. 37:92 (2003). 
Distribution: Sulawesi. 
Dendrobium omissum Schuit. & P.B.Adams, 
nom. nov. 
Flickingeria praetermissa W.Suarez & Cootes, Philipp. 
Orchid Rev. ^5{2):^9 {2007). 
Not Dendrobium praetermissum Seidenf., Contrib. 
Orchid FI. Thailand XIII 34 (1997). 
Distribution: Philippines. 
Note: The specific epithet [omissum: 'disregarded') 
conveys the same meaning as that of the basionym 
praetermissa: 'overlooked.' 
Dendrobium phuketense Schuit. & P.B.Adams, 
nom. nov. 
Basionym; Flickingeria insularis Seidenf., Dansk Bot. Ark. 
34,1:31 (1980). 
Not Dendrobium insulore Steud., Nomencl. Bot., ed. 2,2; 
489(1841). 
Distribution: Thailand. 
Afote:The specific epithet refers to the type locality. 
Dendrobium shihfuanum (T.P.Lin & Kuo 
Huang) Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Flickingeria shihfuana T.P.Lin & Kuo Huang, 
Taiwania 50:292 (2005). 
D/str/buf/on: Taiwan. 
Muelleria 
67 

Page image

51426235 Dendrobium criniferum Muelleria 29(1): 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649418
Page is part of the work New combinations in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292511

Page text

new combinations in Dendrobium 
Dendrobium chiengmaiense Schuit. & 
P.B.Adams, nom. nov. 
Basionym: Flickmgeria parishii Seidenf., Donsk Bot. Ark. 
34,1:29(1980). 
Not DendrobiumporishiiRchb.i, BotZeitung (Berlin) 21: 
236(1863). 
Distribution: Burma, Thailand. 
Note: The specific epithet refers to the area of origin 
of this species, the region around Chieng Mai inThailand. 
Dendrobium comatum (Blume) Lindl., Gen. Sp, 
Orch/d. PL: 76 (1830). 
Dendrobium comatum (Blume) Lindl. van papuanum 
J.J.Sm., Nova Guinea 8,3:551 (1911). 
Dendrobium criniferum Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg.: Misc. 
(1844)41. 
Dendrobium scopa Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. Misc. 55 
(1842). 
Dendrobium thysanochilum Schltn, in K.Schum. & Lauterb., 
Nachtr. FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Sudsee 152 (1905). 
Flickingeria clementsii D.L.Jones, Orchodion 14 (8: 
Scientific Suppl.) ix (2004), syn. nov. 
Distribution.Taman, Peninsular Malaysia, Sumatra, 
Java, Borneo, Sulawesi, Moluccas, ?Lesser Sunda Islands, 
Philippines, New Guinea, Australia (Queensland), 
Solomon Islands, Vanuatu, New Caledonia, Fiji, Samoa. 
/Vote: We do not see significant differences between 
Australian specimens of D. comatum (described as F. 
clementsii) and those found elsewhere. 
Dendrobium compressibulbum Schuit. & 
P.B.Adams, nom. nov. 
Basionym: Flickingeria compressa Seidenf., Dansk Bot. 
Ar/c.34,1:31 (1980). 
Not Dendrobium compressum Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 
Misc. 63(1842). 
D/str/6uf/o/i:Thailand. 
Note: The specific epithet refers to the laterally 
flattened pseudobulbs, 
Dendrobium concolor (Z.H.Tsi & S.C.Chen) 
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Flickingeria concolor Z.H.Tsi & S.C.Chen, Acta 
Phytotax. Sin. 33: 204 (1995). 
Distribution: China (Yunnan). 
Dendrobium hesperis (Seidenf.) Schuit. & 
P.B.Adams, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Flickingeria hesperis Seidenf., Nordic J. Bot. 2: 
16(1982). 
Distribution: India. 
Dendrobium junctilobum (Fessel & Lueckel) 
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Flickingeria JunctHoba Fessel & Lueckel, 
Orch/dee 49:254 (1998). 
Distribution: Philippines. 
Dendrobium nazaretii (P.O'Byrne & J.J.Verm.) 
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb, nov. 
Basionym: Flickingeria nazaretii P.O'Byrne & j.J.Verm., 
Malayan Orchid Rev. 37:92 (2003). 
Distribution: Sulawesi. 
Dendrobium omissum Schuit. & P.B.Adams, 
nom. nov. 
Flickingeria praetermissa W.Suarez & Cootes, Philipp. 
Orchid Rev. ^5{2):^9 {2007). 
Not Dendrobium praetermissum Seidenf., Contrib. 
Orchid FI. Thailand XIII 34 (1997). 
Distribution: Philippines. 
Note: The specific epithet [omissum: 'disregarded') 
conveys the same meaning as that of the basionym 
praetermissa: 'overlooked.' 
Dendrobium phuketense Schuit. & P.B.Adams, 
nom. nov. 
Basionym; Flickingeria insularis Seidenf., Dansk Bot. Ark. 
34,1:31 (1980). 
Not Dendrobium insulore Steud., Nomencl. Bot., ed. 2,2; 
489(1841). 
Distribution: Thailand. 
Afote:The specific epithet refers to the type locality. 
Dendrobium shihfuanum (T.P.Lin & Kuo 
Huang) Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Flickingeria shihfuana T.P.Lin & Kuo Huang, 
Taiwania 50:292 (2005). 
D/str/buf/on: Taiwan. 
Muelleria 
67 

Page image

898637 Dendrobium melaleucaphilum Muelleria 29(1): 77
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649428
Page is part of the work New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292512

Page text

The Dendrobium tetragonum complex 
Brief neotype diagnosis: 
Plants epiphytic; pseudobulbs (canes) tetragonal, 
except basally where fusiform and wiry; racemes with 
1-4 stellate, large flowers (5.0-13.2 cm long x 2.4-7.1 cm 
wide), variously coloured yellow-green with few darker 
markings, or with prominent red-purple-brown spots 
and blotches, or with wide areas of brown and red- 
purple on tepals; lobellum white with prominent red- 
purple markings and three callus ridges; lateral lobes 
forming a narrow to more commonly broad tunnel, 
narrow to very wide (0.6-1.85 cm when flattened); 
midlobe relatively small (0.45-0.75 cm) when flattened, 
and long, acuminate and reflexed at apex, with from 
inconspicuous to prominent filiform hairs. 
Classification of the Dendrobium 
tetragonum A.Cunn. complex 
The complex is classified as set out below, on the 
basis of detailed distribution studies, morphological 
characteristics of the six taxa and molecular analyses. 
Three subspecies are established, with northern, 
central and southern distributions. 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van tetragonum 
Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. in Edwards 
Botanical Register 25, misc. 33 (1839); Callisto tetragona 
(Cunn.) KCintze, Revis Gen PI 2: 655 (1891); Dendrocoryne 
tetragona (Cunn.) Brieg., Schlechter, Die Orchideen 3: 
716 (1981) (nom. invalid.); TropiHs tetragona (Cunn.) 
Butzin, Willdenowia 12: 250 (1982); Tropilis tetragona 
(Cunn.) Rauschert, Feddes Repert 94: 471 (1983) (nom. 
illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum Cunn. van hayesianum 
RA.Gilbert, P.A.Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 2: 20 
(1937); Tetrobaculum tetragonum (A. Cunn) M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones, M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13: 
485-497 (2002). 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones 
Basionym: Dendrobium melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 57 (1989); 
Tetrobaculum melaleucaphilum (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones), 
M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van serpentis P.B.Adams 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
cataractarum P.B.Adams, S.D.Lawson & 
G.A.Paterson 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
giganteum (Leaney) P.B.Adams van giganteum 
Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van 
giganteum Leaney, Orchidologico Zeylanica 1: 
73 (1934); Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van 
giganteum P.A. Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 7: 
36 (1942) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum A. 
Cunn. van tomentosum, Australian Orchid Review 7: 40 
(1942); Dendrobium capitisyork M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, 
Australian Orchid Research 1: 49 (1989); Tetrobaculum 
capitisyork (M.A.Clem. & D.LJones) M.A.Clem. & 
D.LJones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). 
Key to subspecies of Dendrobium tetragonum 
1 Midlobe of labellum much narrower than the lateral lobes, and usually sparsely-densely tomentose. 
Plants occurring from Carmila to Iron Range, Queensland.subspecies giganteum 
1: Midlobe of labellum approximately the same width or greater than the lateral lobes, and not 
conspicuously tomentose. Plants occurring from Nowra, New South Wales, to just south of Carmila, Queensland .2 
2 Flowers yellow-green usually with red-purple-brown on sepal margins; sepals robust, thickened at base; 
labellum pale cream with red-purple markings; midlobe very large, 9-12 mm wide, flat, angled forwards, 
not recurving at apex until flowers age. Plants occurring spasmodically between Marlborough and 
North Clairview, Queensland.subspecies cataractarum 
2: Flowers yellow-green-pale bronze with red-purple markings, either star-like with pronounced red-purple 
sepal margins, or elongated with sepals tending to twist and reflex; labellum white to cream with red-purple 
markings; midlobe usually less than 9 mm wide, and strongly recurving at apex. Plants occurring south 
of Clairview, Queensland.subspecies fetragonum 
Muelleria 
77 

Page image

668126 Dendrobium reconditum Muelleria 29(1): 64
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649415
Page is part of the work New combinations in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292511

Page text

Schuiteman and Adams 
{Cadetia) 
Dendrobium collinsii (Lavarack) Schuit. & 
P.B.Adams, comb, nov, 
Basionym: Cadetia coHinsii Lavarack, Austrobaileya 1: 
381 {1981). 
Distribution: Australia (Queensland). 
Dendrobium microphyton L.O.Williams, Bot 
Mus. ieafl.5:47{1937). 
Cadetia microphyton (L.O.Williams) Christenson, 
Lindieyana 7:89 (1992). 
Cadetia siewhongii P.O'Byrne, Malayan Orchid Rev. 30: 
73 {1996),sya nov. 
Distribution: Philippines, Sulawesi. 
Note.We have seen a living specimen of C siev/hongii 
(Hortus botanicus Leiden cult. 970708) and compared 
this with the type material of D. microphyton. They are 
undoubtedly the same species. 
Dendrobium obreniforme Schuit. & P.B.Adams, 
nom, nov, 
Basionym: Cadetia finisterrae Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. 
Regni Veg. Beih. 1:436 (1912). 
Dendrobium finisterrae (Schltr.) J.J.Sm., Bull. Jard. Bot. 
Buitenzorg, ser. 2,8:18 (1912) {nom. Hleg.). 
Not Dendrobium finisterrae Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. 
/?egn/\/eg. Beih. 1:495(1912). 
Distribution: New Guinea. 
Note-.The specific epithet refers to the shape of the 
mid-lobe of the lip. 
Dendrobium reconditum Schuit. & P.B.Adams, 
nom, nov, 
Basionym: Cadetia clausa D.L.Jones & M.A.CIem., 
Australian Orchid Res. 5:4 (2006). 
Not Dendrobium clausum Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. 
Regni Veg. Beih. 1:607(1912). 
Distribution: Australia (Moa Island). 
Wofe:The specific epithet refers tothecleistogamous 
flowers {reconditum: 'concealed.') 
[Cadetia similis Blume, Rumphia 4:39 (1849).] 
Dendrobium simile (Blume) J.J.Sm., Nova Guinea 8,1:53 
(1909) {nom. ///eg.). 
Not Dendrobium simile Schltr., in K.Schum. & Lauterb., 
Nachtr. FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Sudsee 175 (1905). 
Not Dendrobium simile Schltr., Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni 
Veg. 3:80 (1906) (nom. ///eg.). 
Distribution: New Guinea. 
Note: Blume's description is insufficiently detailed. 
Unless type material is found, this species, which is related 
to D. umbellatum (Gaudich.) Rchb.f., will probably remain 
obscure. For that reason we refrain from proposing a new 
epithet under Dendrobium for this taxon. 
Dendrobium vanuatuense Schuit. & 
P.B.Adams, nom, nov, 
Basionym: Cadetia quadrongularis RJ.Cribb & B.A.Lewis, 
Orchid Rev. 97: 251 (1989). 
Not Dendrobium quadrangulare Parish & Rchb.f., Flora 
69:553 (1886). 
Distribution: Vanuatu. 
/Vote: The specific epithet refers to the area of origin 
of this species. 
[Diplocaulobium] 
Dendrobium ancipitum (P.O'Byrne & J.J.Verm.) 
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb, nov, 
Basionym: Diplocaulobium ancipitum P.O'Byrne & 
JJ.Verm., Malesian Orchid J. 3:44 (2009). 
Distribution: Sulawesi, 
Dendrobium anisobuibon Schuit. & P.B.Adams, 
nom, nov, 
Basionym: Dendrobium hliforme J.J.Sm., Icon. Bogor. 2: 
73 (1903) (nom. ///eg.). 
Diplocaulobium anisobuibon P.O'Byrne & J.J.Verm., 
Malesian Orchid J. 3:46 (2009) (nom. superfl.). 
Diplocaulobium Mforme KraenzI., in Engl., Pfianzenr. IV. 
50.11. B. 21:341 (1910). 
Not Dendrobium fiZ/forme Wight, Icon. PI. Ind. Or. 5:5 (1852). 
Distribution: Sulawesi. 
Note: By article 58.1 of the International Code 
of Botanical Nomenclature (McNeill et al. 2006) the 
combination Diplocaulobium hliforme, based on the 
illegitimate name Dendrobium filiforme J.J.Sm., is 
legitimate if treated as a new name. This makes the 
new name Diplocaulobium anisobuibon proposed 
for Diplocaulobium filiforme superfluous, hence 
illegitimate. However, the epithet anisobuibon is still 
available in Dendrobium, therefore the combination 
64 
Vol 29(1)2011 

Page image

51426236 Dendrobium scopa Muelleria 29(1): 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649418
Page is part of the work New combinations in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292511

Page text

new combinations in Dendrobium 
Dendrobium chiengmaiense Schuit. & 
P.B.Adams, nom. nov. 
Basionym: Flickmgeria parishii Seidenf., Donsk Bot. Ark. 
34,1:29(1980). 
Not DendrobiumporishiiRchb.i, BotZeitung (Berlin) 21: 
236(1863). 
Distribution: Burma, Thailand. 
Note: The specific epithet refers to the area of origin 
of this species, the region around Chieng Mai inThailand. 
Dendrobium comatum (Blume) Lindl., Gen. Sp, 
Orch/d. PL: 76 (1830). 
Dendrobium comatum (Blume) Lindl. van papuanum 
J.J.Sm., Nova Guinea 8,3:551 (1911). 
Dendrobium criniferum Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg.: Misc. 
(1844)41. 
Dendrobium scopa Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. Misc. 55 
(1842). 
Dendrobium thysanochilum Schltn, in K.Schum. & Lauterb., 
Nachtr. FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Sudsee 152 (1905). 
Flickingeria clementsii D.L.Jones, Orchodion 14 (8: 
Scientific Suppl.) ix (2004), syn. nov. 
Distribution.Taman, Peninsular Malaysia, Sumatra, 
Java, Borneo, Sulawesi, Moluccas, ?Lesser Sunda Islands, 
Philippines, New Guinea, Australia (Queensland), 
Solomon Islands, Vanuatu, New Caledonia, Fiji, Samoa. 
/Vote: We do not see significant differences between 
Australian specimens of D. comatum (described as F. 
clementsii) and those found elsewhere. 
Dendrobium compressibulbum Schuit. & 
P.B.Adams, nom. nov. 
Basionym: Flickingeria compressa Seidenf., Dansk Bot. 
Ar/c.34,1:31 (1980). 
Not Dendrobium compressum Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 
Misc. 63(1842). 
D/str/6uf/o/i:Thailand. 
Note: The specific epithet refers to the laterally 
flattened pseudobulbs, 
Dendrobium concolor (Z.H.Tsi & S.C.Chen) 
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Flickingeria concolor Z.H.Tsi & S.C.Chen, Acta 
Phytotax. Sin. 33: 204 (1995). 
Distribution: China (Yunnan). 
Dendrobium hesperis (Seidenf.) Schuit. & 
P.B.Adams, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Flickingeria hesperis Seidenf., Nordic J. Bot. 2: 
16(1982). 
Distribution: India. 
Dendrobium junctilobum (Fessel & Lueckel) 
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Flickingeria JunctHoba Fessel & Lueckel, 
Orch/dee 49:254 (1998). 
Distribution: Philippines. 
Dendrobium nazaretii (P.O'Byrne & J.J.Verm.) 
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb, nov. 
Basionym: Flickingeria nazaretii P.O'Byrne & j.J.Verm., 
Malayan Orchid Rev. 37:92 (2003). 
Distribution: Sulawesi. 
Dendrobium omissum Schuit. & P.B.Adams, 
nom. nov. 
Flickingeria praetermissa W.Suarez & Cootes, Philipp. 
Orchid Rev. ^5{2):^9 {2007). 
Not Dendrobium praetermissum Seidenf., Contrib. 
Orchid FI. Thailand XIII 34 (1997). 
Distribution: Philippines. 
Note: The specific epithet [omissum: 'disregarded') 
conveys the same meaning as that of the basionym 
praetermissa: 'overlooked.' 
Dendrobium phuketense Schuit. & P.B.Adams, 
nom. nov. 
Basionym; Flickingeria insularis Seidenf., Dansk Bot. Ark. 
34,1:31 (1980). 
Not Dendrobium insulore Steud., Nomencl. Bot., ed. 2,2; 
489(1841). 
Distribution: Thailand. 
Afote:The specific epithet refers to the type locality. 
Dendrobium shihfuanum (T.P.Lin & Kuo 
Huang) Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Flickingeria shihfuana T.P.Lin & Kuo Huang, 
Taiwania 50:292 (2005). 
D/str/buf/on: Taiwan. 
Muelleria 
67 

Page image

668195 Dendrobium speciosum speciosum Muelleria 29(1): 81-82

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(1): 81-82".

898658 Dendrobium speciosum speciosum Muelleria 29(1): 81
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649432
Page is part of the work A new hierarchy conserving nomenclature for the Dendrobium speciosum complex (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae), doi:10.5962/p.292513
668203 Dendrobium speciosum pedunculatum Muelleria 29(1): 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649434
Page is part of the work A new hierarchy conserving nomenclature for the Dendrobium speciosum complex (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae), doi:10.5962/p.292513
668199 Dendrobium speciosum blackdownense Muelleria 29(1): 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649433
Page is part of the work A new hierarchy conserving nomenclature for the Dendrobium speciosum complex (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae), doi:10.5962/p.292513
668204 Dendrobium speciosum boreale Muelleria 29(1): 83-84

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(1): 83-84".

668198 Dendrobium speciosum capricornicum Muelleria 29(1): 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649433
Page is part of the work A new hierarchy conserving nomenclature for the Dendrobium speciosum complex (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae), doi:10.5962/p.292513
668200 Dendrobium speciosum carnarvonense Muelleria 29(1): 82-83

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(1): 82-83".

668201 Dendrobium speciosum curvicaule Muelleria 29(1): 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649434
Page is part of the work A new hierarchy conserving nomenclature for the Dendrobium speciosum complex (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae), doi:10.5962/p.292513
668197 Dendrobium speciosum grandiflorum Muelleria 29(1): 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649433
Page is part of the work A new hierarchy conserving nomenclature for the Dendrobium speciosum complex (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae), doi:10.5962/p.292513
668196 Dendrobium speciosum hillii Muelleria 29(1): 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649433
Page is part of the work A new hierarchy conserving nomenclature for the Dendrobium speciosum complex (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae), doi:10.5962/p.292513
898668 Dendrobium speciosum pedunculatum Muelleria 29(1): 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649434
Page is part of the work A new hierarchy conserving nomenclature for the Dendrobium speciosum complex (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae), doi:10.5962/p.292513
898641 Dendrobium tetragonum Muelleria 29(1): 77
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649428
Page is part of the work New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292512

Page text

The Dendrobium tetragonum complex 
Brief neotype diagnosis: 
Plants epiphytic; pseudobulbs (canes) tetragonal, 
except basally where fusiform and wiry; racemes with 
1-4 stellate, large flowers (5.0-13.2 cm long x 2.4-7.1 cm 
wide), variously coloured yellow-green with few darker 
markings, or with prominent red-purple-brown spots 
and blotches, or with wide areas of brown and red- 
purple on tepals; lobellum white with prominent red- 
purple markings and three callus ridges; lateral lobes 
forming a narrow to more commonly broad tunnel, 
narrow to very wide (0.6-1.85 cm when flattened); 
midlobe relatively small (0.45-0.75 cm) when flattened, 
and long, acuminate and reflexed at apex, with from 
inconspicuous to prominent filiform hairs. 
Classification of the Dendrobium 
tetragonum A.Cunn. complex 
The complex is classified as set out below, on the 
basis of detailed distribution studies, morphological 
characteristics of the six taxa and molecular analyses. 
Three subspecies are established, with northern, 
central and southern distributions. 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van tetragonum 
Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. in Edwards 
Botanical Register 25, misc. 33 (1839); Callisto tetragona 
(Cunn.) KCintze, Revis Gen PI 2: 655 (1891); Dendrocoryne 
tetragona (Cunn.) Brieg., Schlechter, Die Orchideen 3: 
716 (1981) (nom. invalid.); TropiHs tetragona (Cunn.) 
Butzin, Willdenowia 12: 250 (1982); Tropilis tetragona 
(Cunn.) Rauschert, Feddes Repert 94: 471 (1983) (nom. 
illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum Cunn. van hayesianum 
RA.Gilbert, P.A.Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 2: 20 
(1937); Tetrobaculum tetragonum (A. Cunn) M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones, M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13: 
485-497 (2002). 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones 
Basionym: Dendrobium melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 57 (1989); 
Tetrobaculum melaleucaphilum (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones), 
M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van serpentis P.B.Adams 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
cataractarum P.B.Adams, S.D.Lawson & 
G.A.Paterson 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
giganteum (Leaney) P.B.Adams van giganteum 
Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van 
giganteum Leaney, Orchidologico Zeylanica 1: 
73 (1934); Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van 
giganteum P.A. Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 7: 
36 (1942) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum A. 
Cunn. van tomentosum, Australian Orchid Review 7: 40 
(1942); Dendrobium capitisyork M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, 
Australian Orchid Research 1: 49 (1989); Tetrobaculum 
capitisyork (M.A.Clem. & D.LJones) M.A.Clem. & 
D.LJones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). 
Key to subspecies of Dendrobium tetragonum 
1 Midlobe of labellum much narrower than the lateral lobes, and usually sparsely-densely tomentose. 
Plants occurring from Carmila to Iron Range, Queensland.subspecies giganteum 
1: Midlobe of labellum approximately the same width or greater than the lateral lobes, and not 
conspicuously tomentose. Plants occurring from Nowra, New South Wales, to just south of Carmila, Queensland .2 
2 Flowers yellow-green usually with red-purple-brown on sepal margins; sepals robust, thickened at base; 
labellum pale cream with red-purple markings; midlobe very large, 9-12 mm wide, flat, angled forwards, 
not recurving at apex until flowers age. Plants occurring spasmodically between Marlborough and 
North Clairview, Queensland.subspecies cataractarum 
2: Flowers yellow-green-pale bronze with red-purple markings, either star-like with pronounced red-purple 
sepal margins, or elongated with sepals tending to twist and reflex; labellum white to cream with red-purple 
markings; midlobe usually less than 9 mm wide, and strongly recurving at apex. Plants occurring south 
of Clairview, Queensland.subspecies fetragonum 
Muelleria 
77 

Page image

668144 Dendrobium tetragonum tetragonum Muelleria 29(1): 73
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649424
Page is part of the work New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292512
668179 Dendrobium tetragonum tetragonum Muelleria 29(1): 77
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649428
Page is part of the work New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292512
668142 Dendrobium tetragonum cataractarum Muelleria 29(1): 73-74, Figs 3, 4
668145 Dendrobium tetragonum giganteum Muelleria 29(1): 75, 77
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649426
Page is part of the work New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292512
668193 Dendrobium tetragonum cacatua Muelleria 29(1): 78
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649429
Page is part of the work New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292512
50058170 Dendrobium tetragonum giganteum Muelleria 29(1): 75
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649426
Page is part of the work New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292512
668146 Dendrobium tetragonum giganteum Muelleria 29(1): 75, 77
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649426
Page is part of the work New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292512
898631 Dendrobium tetragonum giganteum Muelleria 29(1): 75
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649426
Page is part of the work New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292512
898652 Dendrobium tetragonum giganteum Muelleria 29(1): 77
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649428
Page is part of the work New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292512
898645 Dendrobium tetragonum hayesianum Muelleria 29(1): 77
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649428
Page is part of the work New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292512
668153 Dendrobium tetragonum melaleucaphilum Muelleria 29(1): 77
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649428
Page is part of the work New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292512
51344756 Dendrobium tetragonum melaleucophilum Muelleria 29(1): 77
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649428
Page is part of the work New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292512
668138 Dendrobium tetragonum serpentis Muelleria 29(1): 70-73, Figs 1, 2
898653 Dendrobium tetragonum tomentosum Muelleria 29(1): 77
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649428
Page is part of the work New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292512
51426237 Dendrobium thysanochilum Muelleria 29(1): 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649418
Page is part of the work New combinations in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292511
898643 Dendrocoryne tetragonum Muelleria 29(1): 77
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649428
Page is part of the work New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292512
781591 Eucalyptus baueriana baueriana Muelleria 29(1): 12
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649363
Page is part of the work Six new infraspecific taxa in Eucalyptus (Myrtaceae) for Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292507
667996 Eucalyptus baueriana deddickensis Muelleria 29(1): 13-14, Fig. 1 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(1): 13-14, Fig. 1 (map)".

667994 Eucalyptus baueriana thalassina Muelleria 29(1): 12-13, Fig. 1 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(1): 12-13, Fig. 1 (map)".

51288918 Eucalyptus forresterae Muelleria 29(1): 22-25, Figs 2 (map), 3
667986 Eucalyptus goniocalyx fallax Muelleria 29(1): 11-12, Fig. 1 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(1): 11-12, Fig. 1 (map)".

667980 Eucalyptus goniocalyx laxa Muelleria 29(1): 9-11, Fig. 1 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(1): 9-11, Fig. 1 (map)".

667975 Eucalyptus goniocalyx viridissima Muelleria 29(1): 8-9, Fig. 1 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(1): 8-9, Fig. 1 (map)".

51289584 Eucalyptus ornans Muelleria 29(1): 18-21, Fig 1 (map), 2
667972 Eucalyptus Muelleria 29(1): 7-Aug

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(1): 7-Aug".

667992 Eucalyptus Muelleria 29(1): 12
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649363
Page is part of the work Six new infraspecific taxa in Eucalyptus (Myrtaceae) for Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292507

Page text

Rule 
mature trees, being light grey, thin and scaly. The 
bark of the new subspecies is not only an aberration 
within £ goniocalyx but distinctive within the Section 
Maidenaria LD.Pryor & LA.SJohnson of which it is a 
member. 
Series Heterophloiae Blakely 
BLUE BOXS' 
Eucalyptus baueriana Schauer sens. lat. grows in well- 
watered, fertile soils near the coast and in adjacent 
foothills scattered from north-west of Sydney to the 
Latrobe Valley in the Gippsland region of Victoria, with 
a disjunct occurrence to the west of Melbourne in 
the Bacchus Marsh area. Its features include a robust, 
spreading habit to 20 m tall, orbicular, emarginate, 
blue-green juvenile leaves (to 8 cm long and wide), 
which may be present in the mature canopy, sub- 
lustrous, light green adult leaves (6-9 cm long, 2.5-7 
cm wide), buds borne on pedicels (2-6 mm long) and 
conical or funnel-shaped fruits (6-7 mm long, 4-6 mm 
diam). Eucalyptus magnificata LA.S-Johnson & K.D.Hill 
was segregated from £ baueriana in 1990 to cater for 
glaucous, large-fruited blue box populations occurring 
in northern New South Wales and south-eastern 
Queensland. 
The disjunct populations of blue box occurring 
to the west of Melbourne in the Werribee River 
catchment have been long-regarded by local 
observers as being morphologically different to the 
typical form of £ baueriana. A second morphologically 
different blue box occurring along the Deddick River 
in East Gippsland was brought to the attention of MEL 
about six years ago. My investigations of both of these 
forms have confirmed that they worthy of taxonomic 
recognition and, hence, they are treated here as two 
new subspecies of £ baueriana. 
Eucalyptus baueriana Schauer subsp. 
thalassina Rule subsp. nov. 
Eucalyptus baueriana subsp. tha\ass\na: A subspeciebus 
aliis habitu minoribus^ folHs juvenilibus minoribus, 
foliis adultis minoribus hebetibus dneraceis vel 
glaucescentibus et fructibus minoribus differt. 
Type: Victoria: Diggers Rest-Coidamai Road at the 
Djerriwahrr Creek crossing 37“ 37'07"S. 144° 31'42" E. 
16 iii 2005 K. Rule 2005, MEL 2324023 (Isotypes: CANB, 
NSW). 
Robust, depauperate frees or rarely spreading mallees, 
3-12 m tall. Bark grey-brown, box-like, often flaky and 
loose, persisting to major branches. Seedling leaves 
ovate to orbicular, shortly petiolate, green, opposite 
for a few pairs. Juven/Ze/eaves obcordate, sub-orbicular 
or orbicular, usually emarginate, disjunct, dull, blue- 
green, 2-4 cm long, 2-4 cm wide; petioles slender, 
non-pruinose, 2.4-3.6 cm long. Intermediate leaves sub- 
orbicular or broadly ovate, wider than both juvenile and 
adult leaves, dull, blue-green, dominating the canopies 
of saplings and young trees and often persisting in the 
canopies of mature trees. Adult leaves broadly ovate 
or broadly lanceolate, dull, blue-green to blue-grey, 
soft-textured (0.15-0.25 mm thick), 3-5 cm long, 2-4 
cm wide; petioles 1.5-3 cm long; venation densely 
reticulate with conspicuous lateral veins and crowded, 
unbroken veinlets; intramarginal veins looped, 2-3 mm 
from the margin; oil glands irregular, small, island or 
intersectional; summer outer canopy dominated by 
new leaves that are initially light green and develop a 
bluish tinge as they mature. Inflorescences 7-flowered, 
within leafless, branched, terminal panicles; peduncles 
slender, 7-12 mm long. Floral buds clavate, pedicellate, 
scarred (outer operculum shed in early bud 
development), non-pruinose, burnished, 4-5 mm long. 
Key for the subspecies of E. baueriana 
1 Medium trees to 20 m tall; adult leaves sub-lustrous, light green; buds borne on pedicels 2-6 mm long; 
fruits obconical to funnel-shaped, 6-7 mm long, 4-6 mm diam.subsp. baueriana 
1: Small trees or mallees to 12 m tall; adult leaves blue-grey to blue-green or sub-glaucous to glaucous; 
pedicels 0-3 mm long; fruits obconical to slightly cupular, 3-5 mm long, 3-5 mm diam.2 
2 Adult leaves sub-glaucous to glaucous, 5-7 cm long, 4-6 cm wide; fruits 3-4(-5) mm long, 
3-4 mm diam.subsp. deddickensis 
2: Adult leaves blue-green to blue-grey, 3-5 cm long, 2-4 cm wide; fruits 4-5 mm long 4-5 diam.subsp. thalassina 
12 
Vol 29(1)2011 

Page image

668038 Eucalyptus Muelleria 29(1): 21-22

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(1): 21-22".

667998 Eucalyptus Muelleria 29(1): 16-18

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(1): 16-18".

667961 Eucalyptus Muelleria 29(1): 3-May

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(1): 3-May".

667966 Eucalyptus viminalis siliceana Muelleria 29(1): 5-7, Fig. 1 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(1): 5-7, Fig. 1 (map)".

898620 Flickingeria clementsii Muelleria 29(1): 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649418
Page is part of the work New combinations in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292511

Page text

new combinations in Dendrobium 
Dendrobium chiengmaiense Schuit. & 
P.B.Adams, nom. nov. 
Basionym: Flickmgeria parishii Seidenf., Donsk Bot. Ark. 
34,1:29(1980). 
Not DendrobiumporishiiRchb.i, BotZeitung (Berlin) 21: 
236(1863). 
Distribution: Burma, Thailand. 
Note: The specific epithet refers to the area of origin 
of this species, the region around Chieng Mai inThailand. 
Dendrobium comatum (Blume) Lindl., Gen. Sp, 
Orch/d. PL: 76 (1830). 
Dendrobium comatum (Blume) Lindl. van papuanum 
J.J.Sm., Nova Guinea 8,3:551 (1911). 
Dendrobium criniferum Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg.: Misc. 
(1844)41. 
Dendrobium scopa Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. Misc. 55 
(1842). 
Dendrobium thysanochilum Schltn, in K.Schum. & Lauterb., 
Nachtr. FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Sudsee 152 (1905). 
Flickingeria clementsii D.L.Jones, Orchodion 14 (8: 
Scientific Suppl.) ix (2004), syn. nov. 
Distribution.Taman, Peninsular Malaysia, Sumatra, 
Java, Borneo, Sulawesi, Moluccas, ?Lesser Sunda Islands, 
Philippines, New Guinea, Australia (Queensland), 
Solomon Islands, Vanuatu, New Caledonia, Fiji, Samoa. 
/Vote: We do not see significant differences between 
Australian specimens of D. comatum (described as F. 
clementsii) and those found elsewhere. 
Dendrobium compressibulbum Schuit. & 
P.B.Adams, nom. nov. 
Basionym: Flickingeria compressa Seidenf., Dansk Bot. 
Ar/c.34,1:31 (1980). 
Not Dendrobium compressum Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 
Misc. 63(1842). 
D/str/6uf/o/i:Thailand. 
Note: The specific epithet refers to the laterally 
flattened pseudobulbs, 
Dendrobium concolor (Z.H.Tsi & S.C.Chen) 
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Flickingeria concolor Z.H.Tsi & S.C.Chen, Acta 
Phytotax. Sin. 33: 204 (1995). 
Distribution: China (Yunnan). 
Dendrobium hesperis (Seidenf.) Schuit. & 
P.B.Adams, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Flickingeria hesperis Seidenf., Nordic J. Bot. 2: 
16(1982). 
Distribution: India. 
Dendrobium junctilobum (Fessel & Lueckel) 
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Flickingeria JunctHoba Fessel & Lueckel, 
Orch/dee 49:254 (1998). 
Distribution: Philippines. 
Dendrobium nazaretii (P.O'Byrne & J.J.Verm.) 
Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb, nov. 
Basionym: Flickingeria nazaretii P.O'Byrne & j.J.Verm., 
Malayan Orchid Rev. 37:92 (2003). 
Distribution: Sulawesi. 
Dendrobium omissum Schuit. & P.B.Adams, 
nom. nov. 
Flickingeria praetermissa W.Suarez & Cootes, Philipp. 
Orchid Rev. ^5{2):^9 {2007). 
Not Dendrobium praetermissum Seidenf., Contrib. 
Orchid FI. Thailand XIII 34 (1997). 
Distribution: Philippines. 
Note: The specific epithet [omissum: 'disregarded') 
conveys the same meaning as that of the basionym 
praetermissa: 'overlooked.' 
Dendrobium phuketense Schuit. & P.B.Adams, 
nom. nov. 
Basionym; Flickingeria insularis Seidenf., Dansk Bot. Ark. 
34,1:31 (1980). 
Not Dendrobium insulore Steud., Nomencl. Bot., ed. 2,2; 
489(1841). 
Distribution: Thailand. 
Afote:The specific epithet refers to the type locality. 
Dendrobium shihfuanum (T.P.Lin & Kuo 
Huang) Schuit. & P.B.Adams, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Flickingeria shihfuana T.P.Lin & Kuo Huang, 
Taiwania 50:292 (2005). 
D/str/buf/on: Taiwan. 
Muelleria 
67 

Page image

668111 Mycoporellum microspermum Muelleria 29(1): 29-32, Fig. 3, 4
898657 Tetrabaculum cacatua Muelleria 29(1): 78
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649429
Page is part of the work New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292512
898633 Tetrabaculum capitisyork Muelleria 29(1): 75
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649426
Page is part of the work New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292512

Page text

The Dendrobium tetragonum complex 
prominent purple-brown on margins and distal areas; 
labellum very large and widely spreading, pale cream 
with red-purple spots and barring usually more intense 
on lateral lobes; peduncle c. 0.7-2.1 cm long x 0.8-1.2 
mm wide, linear, green-yellow with several brown 
bracts c. 9 mm long x 2-3 mm wide, with acuminate 
apices; pedicel and ovary c,^ 2-23 cm long x 1 mm wide, 
curved, pale yellow-green; ovary c. 8 mm long x 2 mm 
wide, linear, yellow-green with a few fine purple-brown 
spots; dorsal sepal 40-63 mm long x 4.0-6.0 mm wide, 
erect, twisting once or nil, not angulating along the 
length, apices acuminate; lateral sepals 36-58 mm long 
X 4.0-7.5 mm wide, symmetrical, falcate, wide (dilated) 
at base then subulate, apices long-acuminate, usually 
twisting onceand not angulated;pew/s 18-35 mm long 
X 1.2-1.7 mm wide, divergent, held at angles 45-80° to 
the dorsal sepal, not usually recurving, linear, narrowing 
to acuminate apices; labellum 13-19 mm long x 8.0-11 
mm wide, trilobed on a short claw, narrow at base and 
very broad anteriorly, lateral lobes gently incurved to 
form a channel 4-6 mm wide, partially enclosing the 
column, width less than midlobe when flattened, c. 
9.0-10 mm; midlohe angled forwards, flat, presentation 
width 9.5-12 mm, apex small, apiculate and slightly 
recurved; callus with 3 prominent ridges fused at base, 
extending a short distance onto midlobe, white-pale 
cream with fine purple-brown spots and bars; mentum 
c. 8 mm X 4 mm, curved, pale yellow; column c. 7 mm 
X 3 mm, curved, porrect, pale yellow; anther white-pale 
yellow, enclosing pollinia; stigma concave, apical, wet, 
oval shaped;capsu/egreen c.25 mm x 14 mm (Figs. 3,4). 
Distribution and habitat: Restricted to Connors 
Range, central Queensland and very localised. Occurs 
along rainforest creeks, found in the canopy, on trunks 
and at bases of various small rainforest trees including 
Austromyrtus, Ficus, Syzygium, Planchonella, and 
Euroschinus. 
Etymology: Named with reference to its occurrence, 
restricted to creeks with waterfalls. 
Flowering period: August-September 
Conservation status: 2V. Vulnerable due to extreme 
localization in very small populations. Plants occur in 
remote sites in mostly inaccessible terrain. 
Notes: Plants were studied using several collections 
made between 1993 and 2010. Dendrobium 
tetragonum subsp. cataroctarum is found at a few 
very remote sites along creeks in the Connors Range 
between Marlborough and Carmila, at elevations of 
30-400 m.The full extent of distribution and variation 
is approximately determined, as many parts of the area 
are inaccessible. Populations are small, and restricted 
to places where there is semi-permanent water and 
sufficient humidity. There is a wide range of small 
and larger rainforest tree hosts with plants growing 
at various levels, often low down and on their bases. 
There is no geographical overlap with other described 
varieties. 
Compared to var. serpentis, the dimensions of the 
labellum, flower width, sepal length and width, and 
petal width tend to be greater, contributing to a more 
robust flower. The sepals are wide distally and usually 
do not reflex in the manner of var. serpentis. Most 
flowers have prominent brown-purple markings on 
the sepal margins and distal third. 
This taxon differs from var. melaleucaphilum in 
having a very showy, wide and flat labellum that 
reflexes at the apex only to a small extent.The labellum 
only partially encloses the column, obscuring only a 
part of it in lateral view. Unlike var. melaleucaphilum, 
the flattened lateral lobes are not as wide as the 
flattened width of the midlobe. In subsp. cataractarum 
there are no hairs or projections on the labellum at 
magnification x 10. Like var. serpentis, the relatively 
small size of the plants and radiating habit of the 
pseudobulbs in various directions is likely to be the 
result of marginal habitat quality. 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
giganteum (Leaney) P.B.Adams stat. nov. 
Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. var. 
giganteum Leaney, Orchidologia Zeylanica 1:73 (1934). 
Neotype (here chosen): Queensland. Cook District: 
South of Atherton, 10/5/2010,P.RAdoms 27 (holo:MEL; 
iso: BRI). 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. var. giganteum P.A. 
Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 7:36 (1942) (nom. 
illeg.). Dendrobium capitisyork M.A.CIem. & D.L.Jones, 
Australian Orchid Research 1:49 (1989), syn. nov.; 
Tetrabaculum capitisyork (M.A.CIem. & D.L.Jones) 
M.A.CIem. & D.L.Jones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002), 
syn. nov. 
Muelleria 
75 

Page image

898655 Tetrabaculum capitisyork Muelleria 29(1): 77
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649428
Page is part of the work New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292512

Page text

The Dendrobium tetragonum complex 
Brief neotype diagnosis: 
Plants epiphytic; pseudobulbs (canes) tetragonal, 
except basally where fusiform and wiry; racemes with 
1-4 stellate, large flowers (5.0-13.2 cm long x 2.4-7.1 cm 
wide), variously coloured yellow-green with few darker 
markings, or with prominent red-purple-brown spots 
and blotches, or with wide areas of brown and red- 
purple on tepals; lobellum white with prominent red- 
purple markings and three callus ridges; lateral lobes 
forming a narrow to more commonly broad tunnel, 
narrow to very wide (0.6-1.85 cm when flattened); 
midlobe relatively small (0.45-0.75 cm) when flattened, 
and long, acuminate and reflexed at apex, with from 
inconspicuous to prominent filiform hairs. 
Classification of the Dendrobium 
tetragonum A.Cunn. complex 
The complex is classified as set out below, on the 
basis of detailed distribution studies, morphological 
characteristics of the six taxa and molecular analyses. 
Three subspecies are established, with northern, 
central and southern distributions. 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van tetragonum 
Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. in Edwards 
Botanical Register 25, misc. 33 (1839); Callisto tetragona 
(Cunn.) KCintze, Revis Gen PI 2: 655 (1891); Dendrocoryne 
tetragona (Cunn.) Brieg., Schlechter, Die Orchideen 3: 
716 (1981) (nom. invalid.); TropiHs tetragona (Cunn.) 
Butzin, Willdenowia 12: 250 (1982); Tropilis tetragona 
(Cunn.) Rauschert, Feddes Repert 94: 471 (1983) (nom. 
illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum Cunn. van hayesianum 
RA.Gilbert, P.A.Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 2: 20 
(1937); Tetrobaculum tetragonum (A. Cunn) M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones, M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13: 
485-497 (2002). 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones 
Basionym: Dendrobium melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 57 (1989); 
Tetrobaculum melaleucaphilum (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones), 
M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van serpentis P.B.Adams 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
cataractarum P.B.Adams, S.D.Lawson & 
G.A.Paterson 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
giganteum (Leaney) P.B.Adams van giganteum 
Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van 
giganteum Leaney, Orchidologico Zeylanica 1: 
73 (1934); Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van 
giganteum P.A. Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 7: 
36 (1942) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum A. 
Cunn. van tomentosum, Australian Orchid Review 7: 40 
(1942); Dendrobium capitisyork M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, 
Australian Orchid Research 1: 49 (1989); Tetrobaculum 
capitisyork (M.A.Clem. & D.LJones) M.A.Clem. & 
D.LJones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). 
Key to subspecies of Dendrobium tetragonum 
1 Midlobe of labellum much narrower than the lateral lobes, and usually sparsely-densely tomentose. 
Plants occurring from Carmila to Iron Range, Queensland.subspecies giganteum 
1: Midlobe of labellum approximately the same width or greater than the lateral lobes, and not 
conspicuously tomentose. Plants occurring from Nowra, New South Wales, to just south of Carmila, Queensland .2 
2 Flowers yellow-green usually with red-purple-brown on sepal margins; sepals robust, thickened at base; 
labellum pale cream with red-purple markings; midlobe very large, 9-12 mm wide, flat, angled forwards, 
not recurving at apex until flowers age. Plants occurring spasmodically between Marlborough and 
North Clairview, Queensland.subspecies cataractarum 
2: Flowers yellow-green-pale bronze with red-purple markings, either star-like with pronounced red-purple 
sepal margins, or elongated with sepals tending to twist and reflex; labellum white to cream with red-purple 
markings; midlobe usually less than 9 mm wide, and strongly recurving at apex. Plants occurring south 
of Clairview, Queensland.subspecies fetragonum 
Muelleria 
77 

Page image

898638 Tetrabaculum melaleucaphilum Muelleria 29(1): 77
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649428
Page is part of the work New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292512

Page text

The Dendrobium tetragonum complex 
Brief neotype diagnosis: 
Plants epiphytic; pseudobulbs (canes) tetragonal, 
except basally where fusiform and wiry; racemes with 
1-4 stellate, large flowers (5.0-13.2 cm long x 2.4-7.1 cm 
wide), variously coloured yellow-green with few darker 
markings, or with prominent red-purple-brown spots 
and blotches, or with wide areas of brown and red- 
purple on tepals; lobellum white with prominent red- 
purple markings and three callus ridges; lateral lobes 
forming a narrow to more commonly broad tunnel, 
narrow to very wide (0.6-1.85 cm when flattened); 
midlobe relatively small (0.45-0.75 cm) when flattened, 
and long, acuminate and reflexed at apex, with from 
inconspicuous to prominent filiform hairs. 
Classification of the Dendrobium 
tetragonum A.Cunn. complex 
The complex is classified as set out below, on the 
basis of detailed distribution studies, morphological 
characteristics of the six taxa and molecular analyses. 
Three subspecies are established, with northern, 
central and southern distributions. 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van tetragonum 
Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. in Edwards 
Botanical Register 25, misc. 33 (1839); Callisto tetragona 
(Cunn.) KCintze, Revis Gen PI 2: 655 (1891); Dendrocoryne 
tetragona (Cunn.) Brieg., Schlechter, Die Orchideen 3: 
716 (1981) (nom. invalid.); TropiHs tetragona (Cunn.) 
Butzin, Willdenowia 12: 250 (1982); Tropilis tetragona 
(Cunn.) Rauschert, Feddes Repert 94: 471 (1983) (nom. 
illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum Cunn. van hayesianum 
RA.Gilbert, P.A.Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 2: 20 
(1937); Tetrobaculum tetragonum (A. Cunn) M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones, M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13: 
485-497 (2002). 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones 
Basionym: Dendrobium melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 57 (1989); 
Tetrobaculum melaleucaphilum (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones), 
M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van serpentis P.B.Adams 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
cataractarum P.B.Adams, S.D.Lawson & 
G.A.Paterson 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
giganteum (Leaney) P.B.Adams van giganteum 
Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van 
giganteum Leaney, Orchidologico Zeylanica 1: 
73 (1934); Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van 
giganteum P.A. Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 7: 
36 (1942) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum A. 
Cunn. van tomentosum, Australian Orchid Review 7: 40 
(1942); Dendrobium capitisyork M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, 
Australian Orchid Research 1: 49 (1989); Tetrobaculum 
capitisyork (M.A.Clem. & D.LJones) M.A.Clem. & 
D.LJones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). 
Key to subspecies of Dendrobium tetragonum 
1 Midlobe of labellum much narrower than the lateral lobes, and usually sparsely-densely tomentose. 
Plants occurring from Carmila to Iron Range, Queensland.subspecies giganteum 
1: Midlobe of labellum approximately the same width or greater than the lateral lobes, and not 
conspicuously tomentose. Plants occurring from Nowra, New South Wales, to just south of Carmila, Queensland .2 
2 Flowers yellow-green usually with red-purple-brown on sepal margins; sepals robust, thickened at base; 
labellum pale cream with red-purple markings; midlobe very large, 9-12 mm wide, flat, angled forwards, 
not recurving at apex until flowers age. Plants occurring spasmodically between Marlborough and 
North Clairview, Queensland.subspecies cataractarum 
2: Flowers yellow-green-pale bronze with red-purple markings, either star-like with pronounced red-purple 
sepal margins, or elongated with sepals tending to twist and reflex; labellum white to cream with red-purple 
markings; midlobe usually less than 9 mm wide, and strongly recurving at apex. Plants occurring south 
of Clairview, Queensland.subspecies fetragonum 
Muelleria 
77 

Page image

898648 Tetrabaculum tetragonum Muelleria 29(1): 77
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649428
Page is part of the work New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292512

Page text

The Dendrobium tetragonum complex 
Brief neotype diagnosis: 
Plants epiphytic; pseudobulbs (canes) tetragonal, 
except basally where fusiform and wiry; racemes with 
1-4 stellate, large flowers (5.0-13.2 cm long x 2.4-7.1 cm 
wide), variously coloured yellow-green with few darker 
markings, or with prominent red-purple-brown spots 
and blotches, or with wide areas of brown and red- 
purple on tepals; lobellum white with prominent red- 
purple markings and three callus ridges; lateral lobes 
forming a narrow to more commonly broad tunnel, 
narrow to very wide (0.6-1.85 cm when flattened); 
midlobe relatively small (0.45-0.75 cm) when flattened, 
and long, acuminate and reflexed at apex, with from 
inconspicuous to prominent filiform hairs. 
Classification of the Dendrobium 
tetragonum A.Cunn. complex 
The complex is classified as set out below, on the 
basis of detailed distribution studies, morphological 
characteristics of the six taxa and molecular analyses. 
Three subspecies are established, with northern, 
central and southern distributions. 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van tetragonum 
Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. in Edwards 
Botanical Register 25, misc. 33 (1839); Callisto tetragona 
(Cunn.) KCintze, Revis Gen PI 2: 655 (1891); Dendrocoryne 
tetragona (Cunn.) Brieg., Schlechter, Die Orchideen 3: 
716 (1981) (nom. invalid.); TropiHs tetragona (Cunn.) 
Butzin, Willdenowia 12: 250 (1982); Tropilis tetragona 
(Cunn.) Rauschert, Feddes Repert 94: 471 (1983) (nom. 
illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum Cunn. van hayesianum 
RA.Gilbert, P.A.Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 2: 20 
(1937); Tetrobaculum tetragonum (A. Cunn) M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones, M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13: 
485-497 (2002). 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones 
Basionym: Dendrobium melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 57 (1989); 
Tetrobaculum melaleucaphilum (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones), 
M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van serpentis P.B.Adams 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
cataractarum P.B.Adams, S.D.Lawson & 
G.A.Paterson 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
giganteum (Leaney) P.B.Adams van giganteum 
Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van 
giganteum Leaney, Orchidologico Zeylanica 1: 
73 (1934); Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van 
giganteum P.A. Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 7: 
36 (1942) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum A. 
Cunn. van tomentosum, Australian Orchid Review 7: 40 
(1942); Dendrobium capitisyork M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, 
Australian Orchid Research 1: 49 (1989); Tetrobaculum 
capitisyork (M.A.Clem. & D.LJones) M.A.Clem. & 
D.LJones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). 
Key to subspecies of Dendrobium tetragonum 
1 Midlobe of labellum much narrower than the lateral lobes, and usually sparsely-densely tomentose. 
Plants occurring from Carmila to Iron Range, Queensland.subspecies giganteum 
1: Midlobe of labellum approximately the same width or greater than the lateral lobes, and not 
conspicuously tomentose. Plants occurring from Nowra, New South Wales, to just south of Carmila, Queensland .2 
2 Flowers yellow-green usually with red-purple-brown on sepal margins; sepals robust, thickened at base; 
labellum pale cream with red-purple markings; midlobe very large, 9-12 mm wide, flat, angled forwards, 
not recurving at apex until flowers age. Plants occurring spasmodically between Marlborough and 
North Clairview, Queensland.subspecies cataractarum 
2: Flowers yellow-green-pale bronze with red-purple markings, either star-like with pronounced red-purple 
sepal margins, or elongated with sepals tending to twist and reflex; labellum white to cream with red-purple 
markings; midlobe usually less than 9 mm wide, and strongly recurving at apex. Plants occurring south 
of Clairview, Queensland.subspecies fetragonum 
Muelleria 
77 

Page image

898671 Thelychiton biconvexus Muelleria 29(1): 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649434
Page is part of the work A new hierarchy conserving nomenclature for the Dendrobium speciosum complex (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae), doi:10.5962/p.292513
898663 Thelychiton capricornicus Muelleria 29(1): 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649433
Page is part of the work A new hierarchy conserving nomenclature for the Dendrobium speciosum complex (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae), doi:10.5962/p.292513

Page text

Adams, Burke and Lawson 
Distribution: Genoa {eastern Victoria) north to 
Bulahdelah and Barrington Tops, New South Wales, 
and inland to Munghorn Gap, New South Wales. 
Intergrades with var. hUlii north of the Hunter River, 
New South Wales. 
D. speciosum var. hillii Masters, Gardeners 
Chronicle (new series) p. 112, f. 18. (1877). 
Syn. Thelychiton tarberi (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones) 
M.A.CIem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 13,492 (2002). 
Typical plants large, medium to tall epiphytes or 
lithophytes, forming very large clumps in dense 
rainforest; often with well developed aerial roots; 
pseudobulbs erect to 75 cm long, virtually non¬ 
tapering; large leaves up to 30 cm long; racemes short 
to long (26-70 cm), 45-240 flowered; flowers mainly 
small, occasionally medium sized, vertical height 3.4- 
5.2 cm, horizontal width 2.9-5.3 cm, white to cream or 
occasionally pale yellow flowers, from well spaced on 
racemes to densely packed in crowded 'foxtails' with 
the most flowers per raceme in the species. 
Flowering: August to October 
Distribution: South of the Hawkesbury River, New 
South Wales, to Mt. Mee - Crows Nest in southern 
Queensland where it intergrades with var. grand/fforum. 
D. speciosum Sm. var. grandiflorum F.M.Bailey, 
Botany Bulletin, Department Agriculture, 
Queensland 14,12 (1896). 
Syn. Thelychiton rex (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones) M.A.CIem. 
& D.L.Jones, Orchadion 13,492 (2002). 
Plants very variable, epiphytic or lithophytic, larger 
rainforest forms epiphytic with well developed aerial 
roots; pseudobulbs erect, very long (up to 95 cm); 
leaves medium to large, up to 37 cm; racemes short to 
very long, 25-80 cm, 40-125 flowered; flower density 
from openly spaced to densely clustered; flowers small 
to some of the largest in the species, vertical height 
4.7-8.2 cm, horizontal width 4.8-8.1 cm, from pale 
yellow to deep gold, occasionally bicoloured, rarely 
white, often with a very long dorsal sepal. 
Flowering: August to October 
Distribution: From Mt. Mee - Crows Nest in southern 
Queensland to Mt. Morgan in Queensland, and inland 
to Monto and Cania Gorge. Merges with var. hUlii in the 
south, where flowers are smaller. 
D. speciosum Sm. var. capricornicum 
Clemesha, Orchadian 7,103 (1982). 
Syn. Thelychiton capricornicus (Clemesha) M.A.CIem. & 
D.LJones, Orchadian 13,491 (2002). 
Plants very variable, many different forms on volcanic 
plugs and in forested areas; usually lithophytic without 
aerial roots, often short, compact and set in rock crevices; 
pseudobulbs to 19 cm long, usually cylindrical, curved 
with rigid, sometimes channelled leaves; racemes 
17-50 cm, 11-68 flowered, with open to clustered 
arrangement; flowers small to medium sized, vertical 
height 3.4-5.9 cm, horizontal width 3.9-5.6 cm, white to 
deep gold, presenting from cupped to widely opened. 
Flowering: May to August 
Distribution: Just north of Mt. Morgan to Byfield 
and west to Berserker Range, Queensland. 
D. speciosum Sm. var. blackdownense 
P.B.Adams, le/opeo 11,195 (2006). 
Syn. Thelychiton corioceus, D.LJones & M.A.CIem., 
Australian Orchid Research 5,37 (2006), in part. 
Plants very variable in size and shape; pseudobulbs 
to 30 cm long; leaves, racemes and flowers variable; 
racemes 23-60 cm long, 14-115 flowered; flower 
density varying from openly spaced to densely 
clustered, forming a brush; flowers small to medium 
sized, vertical height 3.5-5.4 cm, horizontal width 3.9- 
5.4 cm, off white to deep gold, usually opening widely; 
some similarities to var. capricornicum, but flowers 
later; usually less robust plants and flowers than is 
found in var. carnarvonense. 
Flowering time: August to September 
Distribution: Disjunct, from Expedition Range, 
Queensland to the northern limit of Blackdown 
Tableland, Queensland. 
D. speciosum Sm. var, carnarvonense 
P.B.Adams, Telopea 11,195 (2006). 
Syn. Thelychiton corioceus, D.LJones & M.A.CIem., 
Australian Orchid Research 5,37 (2006) in part. 
Robust plants, usually lithophytic, often urn shaped, 
often but not always with wide based pseudobulbs 
to 33 cm long, tapering towards the apex; occasional 
aerial roots; rigid leaves similar to var. speciosum; 
racemes rather short, 20-50 cm, 25-87 flowered; 
82 
Vol 29(1)2011 

Page image

898664 Thelychiton coriaceus Muelleria 29(1): 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649433
Page is part of the work A new hierarchy conserving nomenclature for the Dendrobium speciosum complex (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae), doi:10.5962/p.292513

Page text

Adams, Burke and Lawson 
Distribution: Genoa {eastern Victoria) north to 
Bulahdelah and Barrington Tops, New South Wales, 
and inland to Munghorn Gap, New South Wales. 
Intergrades with var. hUlii north of the Hunter River, 
New South Wales. 
D. speciosum var. hillii Masters, Gardeners 
Chronicle (new series) p. 112, f. 18. (1877). 
Syn. Thelychiton tarberi (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones) 
M.A.CIem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 13,492 (2002). 
Typical plants large, medium to tall epiphytes or 
lithophytes, forming very large clumps in dense 
rainforest; often with well developed aerial roots; 
pseudobulbs erect to 75 cm long, virtually non¬ 
tapering; large leaves up to 30 cm long; racemes short 
to long (26-70 cm), 45-240 flowered; flowers mainly 
small, occasionally medium sized, vertical height 3.4- 
5.2 cm, horizontal width 2.9-5.3 cm, white to cream or 
occasionally pale yellow flowers, from well spaced on 
racemes to densely packed in crowded 'foxtails' with 
the most flowers per raceme in the species. 
Flowering: August to October 
Distribution: South of the Hawkesbury River, New 
South Wales, to Mt. Mee - Crows Nest in southern 
Queensland where it intergrades with var. grand/fforum. 
D. speciosum Sm. var. grandiflorum F.M.Bailey, 
Botany Bulletin, Department Agriculture, 
Queensland 14,12 (1896). 
Syn. Thelychiton rex (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones) M.A.CIem. 
& D.L.Jones, Orchadion 13,492 (2002). 
Plants very variable, epiphytic or lithophytic, larger 
rainforest forms epiphytic with well developed aerial 
roots; pseudobulbs erect, very long (up to 95 cm); 
leaves medium to large, up to 37 cm; racemes short to 
very long, 25-80 cm, 40-125 flowered; flower density 
from openly spaced to densely clustered; flowers small 
to some of the largest in the species, vertical height 
4.7-8.2 cm, horizontal width 4.8-8.1 cm, from pale 
yellow to deep gold, occasionally bicoloured, rarely 
white, often with a very long dorsal sepal. 
Flowering: August to October 
Distribution: From Mt. Mee - Crows Nest in southern 
Queensland to Mt. Morgan in Queensland, and inland 
to Monto and Cania Gorge. Merges with var. hUlii in the 
south, where flowers are smaller. 
D. speciosum Sm. var. capricornicum 
Clemesha, Orchadian 7,103 (1982). 
Syn. Thelychiton capricornicus (Clemesha) M.A.CIem. & 
D.LJones, Orchadian 13,491 (2002). 
Plants very variable, many different forms on volcanic 
plugs and in forested areas; usually lithophytic without 
aerial roots, often short, compact and set in rock crevices; 
pseudobulbs to 19 cm long, usually cylindrical, curved 
with rigid, sometimes channelled leaves; racemes 
17-50 cm, 11-68 flowered, with open to clustered 
arrangement; flowers small to medium sized, vertical 
height 3.4-5.9 cm, horizontal width 3.9-5.6 cm, white to 
deep gold, presenting from cupped to widely opened. 
Flowering: May to August 
Distribution: Just north of Mt. Morgan to Byfield 
and west to Berserker Range, Queensland. 
D. speciosum Sm. var. blackdownense 
P.B.Adams, le/opeo 11,195 (2006). 
Syn. Thelychiton corioceus, D.LJones & M.A.CIem., 
Australian Orchid Research 5,37 (2006), in part. 
Plants very variable in size and shape; pseudobulbs 
to 30 cm long; leaves, racemes and flowers variable; 
racemes 23-60 cm long, 14-115 flowered; flower 
density varying from openly spaced to densely 
clustered, forming a brush; flowers small to medium 
sized, vertical height 3.5-5.4 cm, horizontal width 3.9- 
5.4 cm, off white to deep gold, usually opening widely; 
some similarities to var. capricornicum, but flowers 
later; usually less robust plants and flowers than is 
found in var. carnarvonense. 
Flowering time: August to September 
Distribution: Disjunct, from Expedition Range, 
Queensland to the northern limit of Blackdown 
Tableland, Queensland. 
D. speciosum Sm. var, carnarvonense 
P.B.Adams, Telopea 11,195 (2006). 
Syn. Thelychiton corioceus, D.LJones & M.A.CIem., 
Australian Orchid Research 5,37 (2006) in part. 
Robust plants, usually lithophytic, often urn shaped, 
often but not always with wide based pseudobulbs 
to 33 cm long, tapering towards the apex; occasional 
aerial roots; rigid leaves similar to var. speciosum; 
racemes rather short, 20-50 cm, 25-87 flowered; 
82 
Vol 29(1)2011 

Page image

898665 Thelychiton coriaceus Muelleria 29(1): 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649433
Page is part of the work A new hierarchy conserving nomenclature for the Dendrobium speciosum complex (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae), doi:10.5962/p.292513

Page text

Adams, Burke and Lawson 
Distribution: Genoa {eastern Victoria) north to 
Bulahdelah and Barrington Tops, New South Wales, 
and inland to Munghorn Gap, New South Wales. 
Intergrades with var. hUlii north of the Hunter River, 
New South Wales. 
D. speciosum var. hillii Masters, Gardeners 
Chronicle (new series) p. 112, f. 18. (1877). 
Syn. Thelychiton tarberi (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones) 
M.A.CIem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 13,492 (2002). 
Typical plants large, medium to tall epiphytes or 
lithophytes, forming very large clumps in dense 
rainforest; often with well developed aerial roots; 
pseudobulbs erect to 75 cm long, virtually non¬ 
tapering; large leaves up to 30 cm long; racemes short 
to long (26-70 cm), 45-240 flowered; flowers mainly 
small, occasionally medium sized, vertical height 3.4- 
5.2 cm, horizontal width 2.9-5.3 cm, white to cream or 
occasionally pale yellow flowers, from well spaced on 
racemes to densely packed in crowded 'foxtails' with 
the most flowers per raceme in the species. 
Flowering: August to October 
Distribution: South of the Hawkesbury River, New 
South Wales, to Mt. Mee - Crows Nest in southern 
Queensland where it intergrades with var. grand/fforum. 
D. speciosum Sm. var. grandiflorum F.M.Bailey, 
Botany Bulletin, Department Agriculture, 
Queensland 14,12 (1896). 
Syn. Thelychiton rex (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones) M.A.CIem. 
& D.L.Jones, Orchadion 13,492 (2002). 
Plants very variable, epiphytic or lithophytic, larger 
rainforest forms epiphytic with well developed aerial 
roots; pseudobulbs erect, very long (up to 95 cm); 
leaves medium to large, up to 37 cm; racemes short to 
very long, 25-80 cm, 40-125 flowered; flower density 
from openly spaced to densely clustered; flowers small 
to some of the largest in the species, vertical height 
4.7-8.2 cm, horizontal width 4.8-8.1 cm, from pale 
yellow to deep gold, occasionally bicoloured, rarely 
white, often with a very long dorsal sepal. 
Flowering: August to October 
Distribution: From Mt. Mee - Crows Nest in southern 
Queensland to Mt. Morgan in Queensland, and inland 
to Monto and Cania Gorge. Merges with var. hUlii in the 
south, where flowers are smaller. 
D. speciosum Sm. var. capricornicum 
Clemesha, Orchadian 7,103 (1982). 
Syn. Thelychiton capricornicus (Clemesha) M.A.CIem. & 
D.LJones, Orchadian 13,491 (2002). 
Plants very variable, many different forms on volcanic 
plugs and in forested areas; usually lithophytic without 
aerial roots, often short, compact and set in rock crevices; 
pseudobulbs to 19 cm long, usually cylindrical, curved 
with rigid, sometimes channelled leaves; racemes 
17-50 cm, 11-68 flowered, with open to clustered 
arrangement; flowers small to medium sized, vertical 
height 3.4-5.9 cm, horizontal width 3.9-5.6 cm, white to 
deep gold, presenting from cupped to widely opened. 
Flowering: May to August 
Distribution: Just north of Mt. Morgan to Byfield 
and west to Berserker Range, Queensland. 
D. speciosum Sm. var. blackdownense 
P.B.Adams, le/opeo 11,195 (2006). 
Syn. Thelychiton corioceus, D.LJones & M.A.CIem., 
Australian Orchid Research 5,37 (2006), in part. 
Plants very variable in size and shape; pseudobulbs 
to 30 cm long; leaves, racemes and flowers variable; 
racemes 23-60 cm long, 14-115 flowered; flower 
density varying from openly spaced to densely 
clustered, forming a brush; flowers small to medium 
sized, vertical height 3.5-5.4 cm, horizontal width 3.9- 
5.4 cm, off white to deep gold, usually opening widely; 
some similarities to var. capricornicum, but flowers 
later; usually less robust plants and flowers than is 
found in var. carnarvonense. 
Flowering time: August to September 
Distribution: Disjunct, from Expedition Range, 
Queensland to the northern limit of Blackdown 
Tableland, Queensland. 
D. speciosum Sm. var, carnarvonense 
P.B.Adams, Telopea 11,195 (2006). 
Syn. Thelychiton corioceus, D.LJones & M.A.CIem., 
Australian Orchid Research 5,37 (2006) in part. 
Robust plants, usually lithophytic, often urn shaped, 
often but not always with wide based pseudobulbs 
to 33 cm long, tapering towards the apex; occasional 
aerial roots; rigid leaves similar to var. speciosum; 
racemes rather short, 20-50 cm, 25-87 flowered; 
82 
Vol 29(1)2011 

Page image

898672 Thelychiton curvicaulis Muelleria 29(1): 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649434
Page is part of the work A new hierarchy conserving nomenclature for the Dendrobium speciosum complex (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae), doi:10.5962/p.292513

Page text

A new hierarchy for the Dendrobium speciosum 
flowers of heavy substance, moderate size, vertical 
height 5.1 -6.6 cm, horizontal width 5.5-6.3 cm, cream 
to gold, often cupped; similar to van speciosum and 
some forms of van boreale in northern Queensland. 
Flowering: August to September 
Distribution: Disjunct, in the gorges of the 
Carnarvon region, Queensland. 
D. speciosum Sm. van curvicaule F.M.Bailey, 
Botany Bulletin, Department Agriculture, 
Queensland 14,12 (1896). 
Syn. Thelychiton spectabilis D.LJones & M.A.CIem., 
Austrolion Orchid Research 5,42 (2006). 
Plants very variable, pseudobulbs to 55 cm long, 
curved, fusiform or linear, sometimes with prominent 
edges in distal centimetres; aerial roots absent to 
prominent; racemes 20-65 cm long. 20-135 flowered, 
with open to closely spaced arrangement; flowers 
small to large, vertical height 4-7.2 cm, horizontal 
width 4.1-7.1 cm, white or cream to yellow, with some 
of the widest floral segments in the species. 
Flowering: August to September 
Distribution: St. Lawrence to Mt. Dryander, north of 
Prosperine and the Whitsunday Islands, Queensland. 
Intermediates between van curvicaule and var. 
copricornicum occur south of Sarina. 
Dendrobium speciosum Sm. subsp. 
pedunculatum (Clemesha) D.P.Banks 
& Clemesha 
D. speciosum Sm. var. pedunculatum 
Clemesha. Orchod/on 6,261 (1981). 
Syn. Thelychiton pedunculotus (Clemesha) M.A.CIem. & 
D.LJones, Orchadian 13,491 (2002). 
Plants lithophytic, or infrequently found on bases of 
trees, short, compact; pseudobulbs to 36 cm long, 
often stout, erect or mildly curving; without aerial roots; 
leaves very coriaceous, often with purple pigmentation 
associated with high light exposure; racemes 16-60 
cm, 9-72 flowered; peduncles often longer than the 
rachis, but may be considerably shorter; flowers small 
to medium sized, vertical height 2.8-4.5 cm, horizontal 
width 3,l-4.7 cm, off-white to yellow, open widely or 
cupped, well spaced or clustered forming a brush. 
Flowering: July to September 
Distribution: Lumholz National Park, south of 
Atherton Tableland, to Parker River headwaters, 
Queensland. This represents a narrow strip of open 
forest and rocky hillsides. Habitat, with intergrading 
forms between var. pedunculatum and var. boreale, has 
been much reduced by land clearance on theTableland. 
D. speciosum Sm. var. boreale P.B.Adams, 
J.M.Burke and S.D.Lawson, Australian 
Systematic Botany 19,259 (2006). 
Syn. Thelychiton rupicola D.L.jones & M.A.CIem., 
Australian Orchid Research 5, 40 (2006); Thelychiton 
biconvexus D.L.Jones & M.A.CIem., Australian Orchid 
Research 5,36 (2006); Thelychiton curvicaulis (F.M.Bailey) 
M.A.CIem. & D.LJones, Orchodian 13,491 (2002). 
A very variable taxon in shape, habitat, pseudobulb 
shape and size; epiphytic and lithophytic; pseudobulbs 
from slender in southern part of range to broad, and 
tall, to 70 cm long and robust in northern part, variably 
curved, some northern forms sharply edged in distal 
half; racemes 18-80 cm long, 10-125 flowered; flowers 
small to medium sized, vertical height 3.1-5.2 cm, 
horizontal width 3.3-5.5 cm, white to pale yellow, 
usually well spaced, widely open and circular (star- 
like) in outline due to approximately equal vertical and 
horizontal presenting dimensions. Intergrades occur 
with var. pedunculatum, with peduncles of various 
lengths making identification difficult. 
Key to subspecies of Dendrobium speciosum 
1 Plants lithophytic, variable, leaf-bearing axes 5-71 cm long, peduncles shorter, equal or longer 
than the rachis, racemes with 10-125 flowers, white, cream, occasionally pale yellow, vertical 
height 2.8-5 cm, horizontal width 3.1-5.5 cm, usually presenting with approximately equal 
vertical and horizontal dimensions when flowers are well open. Plants of northern Queensland 
from Mt. Elliot to Cape Melville.....subspecies pedunculatum 
1: Plants epiphytic or lithophytic, variable, leaf-bearing axes 10-95 cm long, peduncles shorter than 
the rachis, racemes with 11-240 flowers, white, cream, yellow to deep gold, vertical height 3.4-8.1 cm, 
horizontal width 2.9-8.0 cm, usually presenting with vertical dimensions greater than the 
horizontal. Plants occurring from eastern Victoria to Proserpine area, Queensland.subspecies spec/osum 
Muelleria 
83 

Page image

898660 Thelychiton epiphyticus Muelleria 29(1): 81
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649432
Page is part of the work A new hierarchy conserving nomenclature for the Dendrobium speciosum complex (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae), doi:10.5962/p.292513

Page text

a a<oM«'S3 
A new hierarchy conserving nomenclature 
for the Dendrobium speciosum Sm. 
complex (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) 
P. B. Adams,J.M. Burke’ and S.D. Lawson^ 
1. School of Botany, The University of Melbourne, Victoria 3010, Australia; e-mail; gallangowan@optusnet.com 
2. National Herbarium ofVictoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria 3141, Australia 
Introduction 
The taxonomic history of the Dendrobium speciosum (Orchidaceae 
sect. Dendrocoryne) complex has been reviewed (Adams etal. 2006a), 
and three new taxa described and analysed numerically (Adams etal. 
2006ab). On the basis of these studies and a biological review (Adams 
1991) nine varieties have been established, including the description of 
the type by Smith (1804). 
Considering published results, primarily morphology and principal 
co-ordinate analysis (Adams etal. 2006 abc), and the internal transcribed 
spacer of nuclear DNA (ITS-DNA) (Burke et ol. 2008), we recognise 
a northern subspecies pedunculatum, and a southern subspecies 
speciosum as indicated in the following classification. A new hierarchy 
is presented, with accompanying major characteristics for typical and 
commonly occurring forms, and distributions for each taxon. More 
detailed descriptions and distribution maps are provided in Adams ef 
af. (2006 abc), and full synonomy and information concerning types is 
listed in Clements (1989). 
Abstract 
A new hierarchy with two sub species 
is presented for the Dendrobium 
speciosum Sm. complex, considering 
previously published distributional, 
morphological, principal coordinate 
and ITS-DNA analyses. There are seven 
varieties in the southern subspecies 
speciosum, and two in the northern 
subspecies pedunculatum. 
Keywords: Taxonomy, classification, 
species complex, Dendrocoryne 
Muelleria 290): -86 (2011) 
Dendrobium speciosum Sm. subsp. speciosum 
Dendrobium speciosum Sm. var. speciosum, Exotic Botany 
1:17, t.10(1804) 
Syn. Thelychiton speciosus (Sm.) M.A.CIem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 
13, 492 (2002) in part; Thelychiton epiphyticus D.LJones & M.A.CIem, 
Australian Orchid Research 5,39 (2006) in part. 
Large robust plants, mainly lithophytic, occasionally epiphytic in 
rainforest habitat e.g. Kangaroo Valley, New South Wales; occasional 
plants with aerial roots, pseudobulbs to 50 cm long, wide at the base 
and tapering towards apex; racemes 15-60 cm long, 18-115 flowered; 
flowers relatively large, vertical height 4.2-8.0 cm, horizontal width 
4.3-7.8 cm, well spaced, pure white to yellow. 
Flowering: August to October. 
f 
Kiiyil 
Botanic 
(tardcns 
Muelleria 
81 

Page image

898669 Thelychiton pedunculatus Muelleria 29(1): 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649434
Page is part of the work A new hierarchy conserving nomenclature for the Dendrobium speciosum complex (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae), doi:10.5962/p.292513
898662 Thelychiton rex Muelleria 29(1): 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649433
Page is part of the work A new hierarchy conserving nomenclature for the Dendrobium speciosum complex (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae), doi:10.5962/p.292513

Page text

Adams, Burke and Lawson 
Distribution: Genoa {eastern Victoria) north to 
Bulahdelah and Barrington Tops, New South Wales, 
and inland to Munghorn Gap, New South Wales. 
Intergrades with var. hUlii north of the Hunter River, 
New South Wales. 
D. speciosum var. hillii Masters, Gardeners 
Chronicle (new series) p. 112, f. 18. (1877). 
Syn. Thelychiton tarberi (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones) 
M.A.CIem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 13,492 (2002). 
Typical plants large, medium to tall epiphytes or 
lithophytes, forming very large clumps in dense 
rainforest; often with well developed aerial roots; 
pseudobulbs erect to 75 cm long, virtually non¬ 
tapering; large leaves up to 30 cm long; racemes short 
to long (26-70 cm), 45-240 flowered; flowers mainly 
small, occasionally medium sized, vertical height 3.4- 
5.2 cm, horizontal width 2.9-5.3 cm, white to cream or 
occasionally pale yellow flowers, from well spaced on 
racemes to densely packed in crowded 'foxtails' with 
the most flowers per raceme in the species. 
Flowering: August to October 
Distribution: South of the Hawkesbury River, New 
South Wales, to Mt. Mee - Crows Nest in southern 
Queensland where it intergrades with var. grand/fforum. 
D. speciosum Sm. var. grandiflorum F.M.Bailey, 
Botany Bulletin, Department Agriculture, 
Queensland 14,12 (1896). 
Syn. Thelychiton rex (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones) M.A.CIem. 
& D.L.Jones, Orchadion 13,492 (2002). 
Plants very variable, epiphytic or lithophytic, larger 
rainforest forms epiphytic with well developed aerial 
roots; pseudobulbs erect, very long (up to 95 cm); 
leaves medium to large, up to 37 cm; racemes short to 
very long, 25-80 cm, 40-125 flowered; flower density 
from openly spaced to densely clustered; flowers small 
to some of the largest in the species, vertical height 
4.7-8.2 cm, horizontal width 4.8-8.1 cm, from pale 
yellow to deep gold, occasionally bicoloured, rarely 
white, often with a very long dorsal sepal. 
Flowering: August to October 
Distribution: From Mt. Mee - Crows Nest in southern 
Queensland to Mt. Morgan in Queensland, and inland 
to Monto and Cania Gorge. Merges with var. hUlii in the 
south, where flowers are smaller. 
D. speciosum Sm. var. capricornicum 
Clemesha, Orchadian 7,103 (1982). 
Syn. Thelychiton capricornicus (Clemesha) M.A.CIem. & 
D.LJones, Orchadian 13,491 (2002). 
Plants very variable, many different forms on volcanic 
plugs and in forested areas; usually lithophytic without 
aerial roots, often short, compact and set in rock crevices; 
pseudobulbs to 19 cm long, usually cylindrical, curved 
with rigid, sometimes channelled leaves; racemes 
17-50 cm, 11-68 flowered, with open to clustered 
arrangement; flowers small to medium sized, vertical 
height 3.4-5.9 cm, horizontal width 3.9-5.6 cm, white to 
deep gold, presenting from cupped to widely opened. 
Flowering: May to August 
Distribution: Just north of Mt. Morgan to Byfield 
and west to Berserker Range, Queensland. 
D. speciosum Sm. var. blackdownense 
P.B.Adams, le/opeo 11,195 (2006). 
Syn. Thelychiton corioceus, D.LJones & M.A.CIem., 
Australian Orchid Research 5,37 (2006), in part. 
Plants very variable in size and shape; pseudobulbs 
to 30 cm long; leaves, racemes and flowers variable; 
racemes 23-60 cm long, 14-115 flowered; flower 
density varying from openly spaced to densely 
clustered, forming a brush; flowers small to medium 
sized, vertical height 3.5-5.4 cm, horizontal width 3.9- 
5.4 cm, off white to deep gold, usually opening widely; 
some similarities to var. capricornicum, but flowers 
later; usually less robust plants and flowers than is 
found in var. carnarvonense. 
Flowering time: August to September 
Distribution: Disjunct, from Expedition Range, 
Queensland to the northern limit of Blackdown 
Tableland, Queensland. 
D. speciosum Sm. var, carnarvonense 
P.B.Adams, Telopea 11,195 (2006). 
Syn. Thelychiton corioceus, D.LJones & M.A.CIem., 
Australian Orchid Research 5,37 (2006) in part. 
Robust plants, usually lithophytic, often urn shaped, 
often but not always with wide based pseudobulbs 
to 33 cm long, tapering towards the apex; occasional 
aerial roots; rigid leaves similar to var. speciosum; 
racemes rather short, 20-50 cm, 25-87 flowered; 
82 
Vol 29(1)2011 

Page image

898670 Thelychiton rupicola Muelleria 29(1): 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649434
Page is part of the work A new hierarchy conserving nomenclature for the Dendrobium speciosum complex (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae), doi:10.5962/p.292513

Page text

A new hierarchy for the Dendrobium speciosum 
flowers of heavy substance, moderate size, vertical 
height 5.1 -6.6 cm, horizontal width 5.5-6.3 cm, cream 
to gold, often cupped; similar to van speciosum and 
some forms of van boreale in northern Queensland. 
Flowering: August to September 
Distribution: Disjunct, in the gorges of the 
Carnarvon region, Queensland. 
D. speciosum Sm. van curvicaule F.M.Bailey, 
Botany Bulletin, Department Agriculture, 
Queensland 14,12 (1896). 
Syn. Thelychiton spectabilis D.LJones & M.A.CIem., 
Austrolion Orchid Research 5,42 (2006). 
Plants very variable, pseudobulbs to 55 cm long, 
curved, fusiform or linear, sometimes with prominent 
edges in distal centimetres; aerial roots absent to 
prominent; racemes 20-65 cm long. 20-135 flowered, 
with open to closely spaced arrangement; flowers 
small to large, vertical height 4-7.2 cm, horizontal 
width 4.1-7.1 cm, white or cream to yellow, with some 
of the widest floral segments in the species. 
Flowering: August to September 
Distribution: St. Lawrence to Mt. Dryander, north of 
Prosperine and the Whitsunday Islands, Queensland. 
Intermediates between van curvicaule and var. 
copricornicum occur south of Sarina. 
Dendrobium speciosum Sm. subsp. 
pedunculatum (Clemesha) D.P.Banks 
& Clemesha 
D. speciosum Sm. var. pedunculatum 
Clemesha. Orchod/on 6,261 (1981). 
Syn. Thelychiton pedunculotus (Clemesha) M.A.CIem. & 
D.LJones, Orchadian 13,491 (2002). 
Plants lithophytic, or infrequently found on bases of 
trees, short, compact; pseudobulbs to 36 cm long, 
often stout, erect or mildly curving; without aerial roots; 
leaves very coriaceous, often with purple pigmentation 
associated with high light exposure; racemes 16-60 
cm, 9-72 flowered; peduncles often longer than the 
rachis, but may be considerably shorter; flowers small 
to medium sized, vertical height 2.8-4.5 cm, horizontal 
width 3,l-4.7 cm, off-white to yellow, open widely or 
cupped, well spaced or clustered forming a brush. 
Flowering: July to September 
Distribution: Lumholz National Park, south of 
Atherton Tableland, to Parker River headwaters, 
Queensland. This represents a narrow strip of open 
forest and rocky hillsides. Habitat, with intergrading 
forms between var. pedunculatum and var. boreale, has 
been much reduced by land clearance on theTableland. 
D. speciosum Sm. var. boreale P.B.Adams, 
J.M.Burke and S.D.Lawson, Australian 
Systematic Botany 19,259 (2006). 
Syn. Thelychiton rupicola D.L.jones & M.A.CIem., 
Australian Orchid Research 5, 40 (2006); Thelychiton 
biconvexus D.L.Jones & M.A.CIem., Australian Orchid 
Research 5,36 (2006); Thelychiton curvicaulis (F.M.Bailey) 
M.A.CIem. & D.LJones, Orchodian 13,491 (2002). 
A very variable taxon in shape, habitat, pseudobulb 
shape and size; epiphytic and lithophytic; pseudobulbs 
from slender in southern part of range to broad, and 
tall, to 70 cm long and robust in northern part, variably 
curved, some northern forms sharply edged in distal 
half; racemes 18-80 cm long, 10-125 flowered; flowers 
small to medium sized, vertical height 3.1-5.2 cm, 
horizontal width 3.3-5.5 cm, white to pale yellow, 
usually well spaced, widely open and circular (star- 
like) in outline due to approximately equal vertical and 
horizontal presenting dimensions. Intergrades occur 
with var. pedunculatum, with peduncles of various 
lengths making identification difficult. 
Key to subspecies of Dendrobium speciosum 
1 Plants lithophytic, variable, leaf-bearing axes 5-71 cm long, peduncles shorter, equal or longer 
than the rachis, racemes with 10-125 flowers, white, cream, occasionally pale yellow, vertical 
height 2.8-5 cm, horizontal width 3.1-5.5 cm, usually presenting with approximately equal 
vertical and horizontal dimensions when flowers are well open. Plants of northern Queensland 
from Mt. Elliot to Cape Melville.....subspecies pedunculatum 
1: Plants epiphytic or lithophytic, variable, leaf-bearing axes 10-95 cm long, peduncles shorter than 
the rachis, racemes with 11-240 flowers, white, cream, yellow to deep gold, vertical height 3.4-8.1 cm, 
horizontal width 2.9-8.0 cm, usually presenting with vertical dimensions greater than the 
horizontal. Plants occurring from eastern Victoria to Proserpine area, Queensland.subspecies spec/osum 
Muelleria 
83 

Page image

898659 Thelychiton speciosus Muelleria 29(1): 81
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649432
Page is part of the work A new hierarchy conserving nomenclature for the Dendrobium speciosum complex (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae), doi:10.5962/p.292513

Page text

a a<oM«'S3 
A new hierarchy conserving nomenclature 
for the Dendrobium speciosum Sm. 
complex (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) 
P. B. Adams,J.M. Burke’ and S.D. Lawson^ 
1. School of Botany, The University of Melbourne, Victoria 3010, Australia; e-mail; gallangowan@optusnet.com 
2. National Herbarium ofVictoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria 3141, Australia 
Introduction 
The taxonomic history of the Dendrobium speciosum (Orchidaceae 
sect. Dendrocoryne) complex has been reviewed (Adams etal. 2006a), 
and three new taxa described and analysed numerically (Adams etal. 
2006ab). On the basis of these studies and a biological review (Adams 
1991) nine varieties have been established, including the description of 
the type by Smith (1804). 
Considering published results, primarily morphology and principal 
co-ordinate analysis (Adams etal. 2006 abc), and the internal transcribed 
spacer of nuclear DNA (ITS-DNA) (Burke et ol. 2008), we recognise 
a northern subspecies pedunculatum, and a southern subspecies 
speciosum as indicated in the following classification. A new hierarchy 
is presented, with accompanying major characteristics for typical and 
commonly occurring forms, and distributions for each taxon. More 
detailed descriptions and distribution maps are provided in Adams ef 
af. (2006 abc), and full synonomy and information concerning types is 
listed in Clements (1989). 
Abstract 
A new hierarchy with two sub species 
is presented for the Dendrobium 
speciosum Sm. complex, considering 
previously published distributional, 
morphological, principal coordinate 
and ITS-DNA analyses. There are seven 
varieties in the southern subspecies 
speciosum, and two in the northern 
subspecies pedunculatum. 
Keywords: Taxonomy, classification, 
species complex, Dendrocoryne 
Muelleria 290): -86 (2011) 
Dendrobium speciosum Sm. subsp. speciosum 
Dendrobium speciosum Sm. var. speciosum, Exotic Botany 
1:17, t.10(1804) 
Syn. Thelychiton speciosus (Sm.) M.A.CIem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 
13, 492 (2002) in part; Thelychiton epiphyticus D.LJones & M.A.CIem, 
Australian Orchid Research 5,39 (2006) in part. 
Large robust plants, mainly lithophytic, occasionally epiphytic in 
rainforest habitat e.g. Kangaroo Valley, New South Wales; occasional 
plants with aerial roots, pseudobulbs to 50 cm long, wide at the base 
and tapering towards apex; racemes 15-60 cm long, 18-115 flowered; 
flowers relatively large, vertical height 4.2-8.0 cm, horizontal width 
4.3-7.8 cm, well spaced, pure white to yellow. 
Flowering: August to October. 
f 
Kiiyil 
Botanic 
(tardcns 
Muelleria 
81 

Page image

898666 Thelychiton spectabilis Muelleria 29(1): 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649434
Page is part of the work A new hierarchy conserving nomenclature for the Dendrobium speciosum complex (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae), doi:10.5962/p.292513

Page text

A new hierarchy for the Dendrobium speciosum 
flowers of heavy substance, moderate size, vertical 
height 5.1 -6.6 cm, horizontal width 5.5-6.3 cm, cream 
to gold, often cupped; similar to van speciosum and 
some forms of van boreale in northern Queensland. 
Flowering: August to September 
Distribution: Disjunct, in the gorges of the 
Carnarvon region, Queensland. 
D. speciosum Sm. van curvicaule F.M.Bailey, 
Botany Bulletin, Department Agriculture, 
Queensland 14,12 (1896). 
Syn. Thelychiton spectabilis D.LJones & M.A.CIem., 
Austrolion Orchid Research 5,42 (2006). 
Plants very variable, pseudobulbs to 55 cm long, 
curved, fusiform or linear, sometimes with prominent 
edges in distal centimetres; aerial roots absent to 
prominent; racemes 20-65 cm long. 20-135 flowered, 
with open to closely spaced arrangement; flowers 
small to large, vertical height 4-7.2 cm, horizontal 
width 4.1-7.1 cm, white or cream to yellow, with some 
of the widest floral segments in the species. 
Flowering: August to September 
Distribution: St. Lawrence to Mt. Dryander, north of 
Prosperine and the Whitsunday Islands, Queensland. 
Intermediates between van curvicaule and var. 
copricornicum occur south of Sarina. 
Dendrobium speciosum Sm. subsp. 
pedunculatum (Clemesha) D.P.Banks 
& Clemesha 
D. speciosum Sm. var. pedunculatum 
Clemesha. Orchod/on 6,261 (1981). 
Syn. Thelychiton pedunculotus (Clemesha) M.A.CIem. & 
D.LJones, Orchadian 13,491 (2002). 
Plants lithophytic, or infrequently found on bases of 
trees, short, compact; pseudobulbs to 36 cm long, 
often stout, erect or mildly curving; without aerial roots; 
leaves very coriaceous, often with purple pigmentation 
associated with high light exposure; racemes 16-60 
cm, 9-72 flowered; peduncles often longer than the 
rachis, but may be considerably shorter; flowers small 
to medium sized, vertical height 2.8-4.5 cm, horizontal 
width 3,l-4.7 cm, off-white to yellow, open widely or 
cupped, well spaced or clustered forming a brush. 
Flowering: July to September 
Distribution: Lumholz National Park, south of 
Atherton Tableland, to Parker River headwaters, 
Queensland. This represents a narrow strip of open 
forest and rocky hillsides. Habitat, with intergrading 
forms between var. pedunculatum and var. boreale, has 
been much reduced by land clearance on theTableland. 
D. speciosum Sm. var. boreale P.B.Adams, 
J.M.Burke and S.D.Lawson, Australian 
Systematic Botany 19,259 (2006). 
Syn. Thelychiton rupicola D.L.jones & M.A.CIem., 
Australian Orchid Research 5, 40 (2006); Thelychiton 
biconvexus D.L.Jones & M.A.CIem., Australian Orchid 
Research 5,36 (2006); Thelychiton curvicaulis (F.M.Bailey) 
M.A.CIem. & D.LJones, Orchodian 13,491 (2002). 
A very variable taxon in shape, habitat, pseudobulb 
shape and size; epiphytic and lithophytic; pseudobulbs 
from slender in southern part of range to broad, and 
tall, to 70 cm long and robust in northern part, variably 
curved, some northern forms sharply edged in distal 
half; racemes 18-80 cm long, 10-125 flowered; flowers 
small to medium sized, vertical height 3.1-5.2 cm, 
horizontal width 3.3-5.5 cm, white to pale yellow, 
usually well spaced, widely open and circular (star- 
like) in outline due to approximately equal vertical and 
horizontal presenting dimensions. Intergrades occur 
with var. pedunculatum, with peduncles of various 
lengths making identification difficult. 
Key to subspecies of Dendrobium speciosum 
1 Plants lithophytic, variable, leaf-bearing axes 5-71 cm long, peduncles shorter, equal or longer 
than the rachis, racemes with 10-125 flowers, white, cream, occasionally pale yellow, vertical 
height 2.8-5 cm, horizontal width 3.1-5.5 cm, usually presenting with approximately equal 
vertical and horizontal dimensions when flowers are well open. Plants of northern Queensland 
from Mt. Elliot to Cape Melville.....subspecies pedunculatum 
1: Plants epiphytic or lithophytic, variable, leaf-bearing axes 10-95 cm long, peduncles shorter than 
the rachis, racemes with 11-240 flowers, white, cream, yellow to deep gold, vertical height 3.4-8.1 cm, 
horizontal width 2.9-8.0 cm, usually presenting with vertical dimensions greater than the 
horizontal. Plants occurring from eastern Victoria to Proserpine area, Queensland.subspecies spec/osum 
Muelleria 
83 

Page image

898661 Thelychiton tarberi Muelleria 29(1): 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649433
Page is part of the work A new hierarchy conserving nomenclature for the Dendrobium speciosum complex (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae), doi:10.5962/p.292513

Page text

Adams, Burke and Lawson 
Distribution: Genoa {eastern Victoria) north to 
Bulahdelah and Barrington Tops, New South Wales, 
and inland to Munghorn Gap, New South Wales. 
Intergrades with var. hUlii north of the Hunter River, 
New South Wales. 
D. speciosum var. hillii Masters, Gardeners 
Chronicle (new series) p. 112, f. 18. (1877). 
Syn. Thelychiton tarberi (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones) 
M.A.CIem. & D.LJones, Orchadian 13,492 (2002). 
Typical plants large, medium to tall epiphytes or 
lithophytes, forming very large clumps in dense 
rainforest; often with well developed aerial roots; 
pseudobulbs erect to 75 cm long, virtually non¬ 
tapering; large leaves up to 30 cm long; racemes short 
to long (26-70 cm), 45-240 flowered; flowers mainly 
small, occasionally medium sized, vertical height 3.4- 
5.2 cm, horizontal width 2.9-5.3 cm, white to cream or 
occasionally pale yellow flowers, from well spaced on 
racemes to densely packed in crowded 'foxtails' with 
the most flowers per raceme in the species. 
Flowering: August to October 
Distribution: South of the Hawkesbury River, New 
South Wales, to Mt. Mee - Crows Nest in southern 
Queensland where it intergrades with var. grand/fforum. 
D. speciosum Sm. var. grandiflorum F.M.Bailey, 
Botany Bulletin, Department Agriculture, 
Queensland 14,12 (1896). 
Syn. Thelychiton rex (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones) M.A.CIem. 
& D.L.Jones, Orchadion 13,492 (2002). 
Plants very variable, epiphytic or lithophytic, larger 
rainforest forms epiphytic with well developed aerial 
roots; pseudobulbs erect, very long (up to 95 cm); 
leaves medium to large, up to 37 cm; racemes short to 
very long, 25-80 cm, 40-125 flowered; flower density 
from openly spaced to densely clustered; flowers small 
to some of the largest in the species, vertical height 
4.7-8.2 cm, horizontal width 4.8-8.1 cm, from pale 
yellow to deep gold, occasionally bicoloured, rarely 
white, often with a very long dorsal sepal. 
Flowering: August to October 
Distribution: From Mt. Mee - Crows Nest in southern 
Queensland to Mt. Morgan in Queensland, and inland 
to Monto and Cania Gorge. Merges with var. hUlii in the 
south, where flowers are smaller. 
D. speciosum Sm. var. capricornicum 
Clemesha, Orchadian 7,103 (1982). 
Syn. Thelychiton capricornicus (Clemesha) M.A.CIem. & 
D.LJones, Orchadian 13,491 (2002). 
Plants very variable, many different forms on volcanic 
plugs and in forested areas; usually lithophytic without 
aerial roots, often short, compact and set in rock crevices; 
pseudobulbs to 19 cm long, usually cylindrical, curved 
with rigid, sometimes channelled leaves; racemes 
17-50 cm, 11-68 flowered, with open to clustered 
arrangement; flowers small to medium sized, vertical 
height 3.4-5.9 cm, horizontal width 3.9-5.6 cm, white to 
deep gold, presenting from cupped to widely opened. 
Flowering: May to August 
Distribution: Just north of Mt. Morgan to Byfield 
and west to Berserker Range, Queensland. 
D. speciosum Sm. var. blackdownense 
P.B.Adams, le/opeo 11,195 (2006). 
Syn. Thelychiton corioceus, D.LJones & M.A.CIem., 
Australian Orchid Research 5,37 (2006), in part. 
Plants very variable in size and shape; pseudobulbs 
to 30 cm long; leaves, racemes and flowers variable; 
racemes 23-60 cm long, 14-115 flowered; flower 
density varying from openly spaced to densely 
clustered, forming a brush; flowers small to medium 
sized, vertical height 3.5-5.4 cm, horizontal width 3.9- 
5.4 cm, off white to deep gold, usually opening widely; 
some similarities to var. capricornicum, but flowers 
later; usually less robust plants and flowers than is 
found in var. carnarvonense. 
Flowering time: August to September 
Distribution: Disjunct, from Expedition Range, 
Queensland to the northern limit of Blackdown 
Tableland, Queensland. 
D. speciosum Sm. var, carnarvonense 
P.B.Adams, Telopea 11,195 (2006). 
Syn. Thelychiton corioceus, D.LJones & M.A.CIem., 
Australian Orchid Research 5,37 (2006) in part. 
Robust plants, usually lithophytic, often urn shaped, 
often but not always with wide based pseudobulbs 
to 33 cm long, tapering towards the apex; occasional 
aerial roots; rigid leaves similar to var. speciosum; 
racemes rather short, 20-50 cm, 25-87 flowered; 
82 
Vol 29(1)2011 

Page image

898644 Tropilis tetragona Muelleria 29(1): 77
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649428
Page is part of the work New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292512

Page text

The Dendrobium tetragonum complex 
Brief neotype diagnosis: 
Plants epiphytic; pseudobulbs (canes) tetragonal, 
except basally where fusiform and wiry; racemes with 
1-4 stellate, large flowers (5.0-13.2 cm long x 2.4-7.1 cm 
wide), variously coloured yellow-green with few darker 
markings, or with prominent red-purple-brown spots 
and blotches, or with wide areas of brown and red- 
purple on tepals; lobellum white with prominent red- 
purple markings and three callus ridges; lateral lobes 
forming a narrow to more commonly broad tunnel, 
narrow to very wide (0.6-1.85 cm when flattened); 
midlobe relatively small (0.45-0.75 cm) when flattened, 
and long, acuminate and reflexed at apex, with from 
inconspicuous to prominent filiform hairs. 
Classification of the Dendrobium 
tetragonum A.Cunn. complex 
The complex is classified as set out below, on the 
basis of detailed distribution studies, morphological 
characteristics of the six taxa and molecular analyses. 
Three subspecies are established, with northern, 
central and southern distributions. 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van tetragonum 
Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. in Edwards 
Botanical Register 25, misc. 33 (1839); Callisto tetragona 
(Cunn.) KCintze, Revis Gen PI 2: 655 (1891); Dendrocoryne 
tetragona (Cunn.) Brieg., Schlechter, Die Orchideen 3: 
716 (1981) (nom. invalid.); TropiHs tetragona (Cunn.) 
Butzin, Willdenowia 12: 250 (1982); Tropilis tetragona 
(Cunn.) Rauschert, Feddes Repert 94: 471 (1983) (nom. 
illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum Cunn. van hayesianum 
RA.Gilbert, P.A.Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 2: 20 
(1937); Tetrobaculum tetragonum (A. Cunn) M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones, M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13: 
485-497 (2002). 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones 
Basionym: Dendrobium melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 57 (1989); 
Tetrobaculum melaleucaphilum (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones), 
M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van serpentis P.B.Adams 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
cataractarum P.B.Adams, S.D.Lawson & 
G.A.Paterson 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
giganteum (Leaney) P.B.Adams van giganteum 
Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van 
giganteum Leaney, Orchidologico Zeylanica 1: 
73 (1934); Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van 
giganteum P.A. Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 7: 
36 (1942) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum A. 
Cunn. van tomentosum, Australian Orchid Review 7: 40 
(1942); Dendrobium capitisyork M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, 
Australian Orchid Research 1: 49 (1989); Tetrobaculum 
capitisyork (M.A.Clem. & D.LJones) M.A.Clem. & 
D.LJones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). 
Key to subspecies of Dendrobium tetragonum 
1 Midlobe of labellum much narrower than the lateral lobes, and usually sparsely-densely tomentose. 
Plants occurring from Carmila to Iron Range, Queensland.subspecies giganteum 
1: Midlobe of labellum approximately the same width or greater than the lateral lobes, and not 
conspicuously tomentose. Plants occurring from Nowra, New South Wales, to just south of Carmila, Queensland .2 
2 Flowers yellow-green usually with red-purple-brown on sepal margins; sepals robust, thickened at base; 
labellum pale cream with red-purple markings; midlobe very large, 9-12 mm wide, flat, angled forwards, 
not recurving at apex until flowers age. Plants occurring spasmodically between Marlborough and 
North Clairview, Queensland.subspecies cataractarum 
2: Flowers yellow-green-pale bronze with red-purple markings, either star-like with pronounced red-purple 
sepal margins, or elongated with sepals tending to twist and reflex; labellum white to cream with red-purple 
markings; midlobe usually less than 9 mm wide, and strongly recurving at apex. Plants occurring south 
of Clairview, Queensland.subspecies fetragonum 
Muelleria 
77 

Page image

898650 Tropilis tetragona Muelleria 29(1): 77
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59649428
Page is part of the work New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae: Epidendroideae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.292512

Page text

The Dendrobium tetragonum complex 
Brief neotype diagnosis: 
Plants epiphytic; pseudobulbs (canes) tetragonal, 
except basally where fusiform and wiry; racemes with 
1-4 stellate, large flowers (5.0-13.2 cm long x 2.4-7.1 cm 
wide), variously coloured yellow-green with few darker 
markings, or with prominent red-purple-brown spots 
and blotches, or with wide areas of brown and red- 
purple on tepals; lobellum white with prominent red- 
purple markings and three callus ridges; lateral lobes 
forming a narrow to more commonly broad tunnel, 
narrow to very wide (0.6-1.85 cm when flattened); 
midlobe relatively small (0.45-0.75 cm) when flattened, 
and long, acuminate and reflexed at apex, with from 
inconspicuous to prominent filiform hairs. 
Classification of the Dendrobium 
tetragonum A.Cunn. complex 
The complex is classified as set out below, on the 
basis of detailed distribution studies, morphological 
characteristics of the six taxa and molecular analyses. 
Three subspecies are established, with northern, 
central and southern distributions. 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van tetragonum 
Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. in Edwards 
Botanical Register 25, misc. 33 (1839); Callisto tetragona 
(Cunn.) KCintze, Revis Gen PI 2: 655 (1891); Dendrocoryne 
tetragona (Cunn.) Brieg., Schlechter, Die Orchideen 3: 
716 (1981) (nom. invalid.); TropiHs tetragona (Cunn.) 
Butzin, Willdenowia 12: 250 (1982); Tropilis tetragona 
(Cunn.) Rauschert, Feddes Repert 94: 471 (1983) (nom. 
illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum Cunn. van hayesianum 
RA.Gilbert, P.A.Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 2: 20 
(1937); Tetrobaculum tetragonum (A. Cunn) M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones, M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13: 
485-497 (2002). 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones 
Basionym: Dendrobium melaieucophilum M.A.Clem. 
& D.LJones, Australian Orchid Research 1: 57 (1989); 
Tetrobaculum melaleucaphilum (M.A.CIem. & D.LJones), 
M.A. Clements & D.L. Jones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
tetragonum van serpentis P.B.Adams 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
cataractarum P.B.Adams, S.D.Lawson & 
G.A.Paterson 
Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. subsp. 
giganteum (Leaney) P.B.Adams van giganteum 
Basionym: Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van 
giganteum Leaney, Orchidologico Zeylanica 1: 
73 (1934); Dendrobium tetragonum A.Cunn. van 
giganteum P.A. Gilbert, Australian Orchid Review 7: 
36 (1942) (nom. illeg.); Dendrobium tetragonum A. 
Cunn. van tomentosum, Australian Orchid Review 7: 40 
(1942); Dendrobium capitisyork M.A.Clem. & D.LJones, 
Australian Orchid Research 1: 49 (1989); Tetrobaculum 
capitisyork (M.A.Clem. & D.LJones) M.A.Clem. & 
D.LJones, Orchadian 13:485-497 (2002). 
Key to subspecies of Dendrobium tetragonum 
1 Midlobe of labellum much narrower than the lateral lobes, and usually sparsely-densely tomentose. 
Plants occurring from Carmila to Iron Range, Queensland.subspecies giganteum 
1: Midlobe of labellum approximately the same width or greater than the lateral lobes, and not 
conspicuously tomentose. Plants occurring from Nowra, New South Wales, to just south of Carmila, Queensland .2 
2 Flowers yellow-green usually with red-purple-brown on sepal margins; sepals robust, thickened at base; 
labellum pale cream with red-purple markings; midlobe very large, 9-12 mm wide, flat, angled forwards, 
not recurving at apex until flowers age. Plants occurring spasmodically between Marlborough and 
North Clairview, Queensland.subspecies cataractarum 
2: Flowers yellow-green-pale bronze with red-purple markings, either star-like with pronounced red-purple 
sepal margins, or elongated with sepals tending to twist and reflex; labellum white to cream with red-purple 
markings; midlobe usually less than 9 mm wide, and strongly recurving at apex. Plants occurring south 
of Clairview, Queensland.subspecies fetragonum 
Muelleria 
77 

Page image

707556 Aenictophyton anomalum Muelleria 29(2): 185-186, Fig. 7

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 185-186, Fig. 7".

707555 Aenictophyton Muelleria 29(2): 184-185

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 184-185".

707557 Aenictophyton reconditum Muelleria 29(2): 186-187

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 186-187".

707558 Aenictophyton reconditum reconditum Muelleria 29(2): 187, Figs 7, 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650578
Page is part of the work A revision of Muelleranthus, Ptychosema and Aenictophyton (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292522
707559 Aenictophyton reconditum macrophyllum Muelleria 29(2): 187-189, Figs 8, 9
914448 Biatora cerarufa Muelleria 29(2): 101
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650492

Page text

The lichen genera Japewia and Japewiella in Australia 
general appearance of the photobiont, and the anatomy 
of the asci, excipulum, paraphyses and ascospores 
are startling. The main difference is that species of the 
Mycoblastus dissimulans group have black (or at least 
dark) apothecia containing greenish or violet pigments 
that react in KOH and HN0 3 , typically contain perlatolic 
acid and have incrementally larger ascospores. 
Japewiella pruinosula (Miill. Arg.) Kantvilas 
comb. nov. 
Lecidea pruinosula Mull.Arg., Flora 65: 486 (1882); 
Lecidella pruinosula (Mull. Arg.) Kantvilas & Elix, Pap. & 
Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 142:53 (2008). 
Type: Australia, New South Wales, corticola ad 
Twofold Bay, T. White (holotype: G!). 
Biatora cerarufa Shirley, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 
1893: 217 (1894); Lecidea cerarufa (Shirley) Zahlbr., Cat. 
Lich. Univ. 3:746 (1925). 
Type: Australia, Tasmania, on bark, Bower Track, Mt 
Wellington, W.A. Weymouth 141 (holotype: BRI!). 
Thallus crustose, effuse, creamish white, smooth, 
cracked or somewhat scurfy, ecorticate, continuous or 
rather patchy, 30—100(—200) pm thick, forming irregular, 
undelimited patches to c. 4 cm wide. Photobiont a 
unicellular green alga with ± globose cells 5-12 pm 
wide. Apothecia biatorine, sessile, basally constricted, 
0.3-1 mm wide; disc pale pink, orange or reddish brown, 
occasionally dark brown, often whitish grey pruinose, at 
least when young, typically persistently plane. Proper 
excipulum well developed, persistent, mostly elevated 
above the level of the disc, with the rim pale orange- 
brown to brown and the sides much paler, sometimes 
appearing almost lecanorine, in section cupular (or 
almost so), 30-100 pm thick, hyaline within, diffusely 
pale red-brown, K± dirty brown near the outer edge, 
usually densely inspersed with crystals that fluoresce in 
polarised light but do not dissolve in KOH, composed of 
radiating, branched and anastomosing hyphae c. 1 pm 
thick in a gelatinous matrix. Hypothecium (30—)40—110 
pm thick, hyaline to pale yellowish. Hymenium 70-110 
pm thick, hyaline, KI+ blue, overlain by a diffusely 
reddish brown, K+ dirty brown epithecial layer 5-10 pm 
thick, composed chiefly of granules that do not dissolve 
in KOH. Asci clavate, 55-70 x 14-24 pm, eight-spored but 
frequently with up to 4 spores aborted, approximating 
the Lecidella- type: tholus well-developed, intensely 
amyloid, with a ± barrel-shaped, rather fuzzy, weakly 
amyloid masse axiale with a rounded apex; ocular 
chamber poorly developed. Paraphyses simple to 
sparingly branched, 1-2 pm thick, sometimes with 
swollen, oily vacuoles to 5 pm wide Coil paraphyses'); 
apices unpigmented and only occasionally swollen to 
2.5 pm. Ascospores simple, hyaline, broadly ellipsoid, 
ovate to subglobose, often squashed and deformed 
when in the ascus, (10—) 12— 75.4—20(—21) x 8-70.6-14 
pm; wall single-layered, to 0.8 pm thick. Conidiomata 
unknown. Fig 1 A-B. 
Figure 1. A. Japewiella pruinosula habit ( Bratt et al. 76/444). Scale = 1 mm; B. Japewiella pruinosula anatomy: asci with amyloid 
parts stippled and ascospores ( Kantvilas 7 14/86). Scale = 20 pm. 
Muelleria 
101 

Page image

707564 Dendrobium tetragonum cacatua Muelleria 29(2): 201
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650592
707563 Dendrobium tetragonum melaleucaphilum Muelleria 29(2): 201
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650592
707560 Digitaria divaricatissima divaricatissima Muelleria 29(2): 197-198

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 197-198".

914475 Digitaria divaricatissima dasyantha Muelleria 29(2): 197
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650588
Page is part of the work A morphological comparison between Digitaria coenicola and D. divaricatissima (Poaceae: Paniceae), doi:10.5962/p.292523
707561 Digitaria divaricatissima macractinia Muelleria 29(2): 198-199

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 198-199".

914484 Digitaria macractinia Muelleria 29(2): 199
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650590
Page is part of the work A morphological comparison between Digitaria coenicola and D. divaricatissima (Poaceae: Paniceae), doi:10.5962/p.292523
914479 Digitaria macractinia leichhardtiana Muelleria 29(2): 197
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650588
Page is part of the work A morphological comparison between Digitaria coenicola and D. divaricatissima (Poaceae: Paniceae), doi:10.5962/p.292523
914483 Digitaria macractinia muelleriana Muelleria 29(2): 199
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650590
Page is part of the work A morphological comparison between Digitaria coenicola and D. divaricatissima (Poaceae: Paniceae), doi:10.5962/p.292523
914480 Digitaria macractinia nudiflora Muelleria 29(2): 197
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650588
Page is part of the work A morphological comparison between Digitaria coenicola and D. divaricatissima (Poaceae: Paniceae), doi:10.5962/p.292523
760053 Eucalyptus forresterae Muelleria 29(2): 201
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650592

Page text

Corrigendum 
Muelleria 29 ( 1 ) 
K. Rule and W.M. Molyneux (2011). Two new mallee Eucalypts (Myrtaceae) from 
Gippsland, Victoria. Muelleria 29(1 ):16-26. 
Declaration of holotypes and isotypes clarified. 
PI 8. Eucalyptus ornans Molyneux & Rule sp. nov. 
Type: VICTORIA. Avon Channels, 37° 48'20"S 146° 52'34"E, 14.iv.2005, K. Rule 3805 (holotype MEL 2328846; isotypes 
AD, CANB, NSW). 
P22. Eucalyptus forresterae Molyneux & Rule sp. nov. 
Type: VICTORIA. 6.2 km along Brumby PointTrack from Diggers Hole Spur Road, 37 o 03'30" S 148 o 04'33 M E, 15.xi.2008, 
W. Molyneux &S. Forrester s.n., (holotype MEL 2828603; isotypes AD, CANB, HO, NSW). 
P.B. Adams (2011). New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa 
in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae:Epidendroideae) complex. 
Muelleria 29(1): 69-80. 
Authorship of certain taxa clarified. 
P.77. D. tetragonum A. Cunn. subsp. tetragonum var. meleucophilum (M.A. Clem. & D.L. Jones) Dockrill 
P.78. D. tetragonum A. Cunn. subsp. giganteum (Leaney) P.B. Adams varcacatua (M.A. Clem. & D.L. Jones) Dockrill. 
Muelleria 
201 

Page image

760076 Eucalyptus ornans Muelleria 29(2): 201
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650592

Page text

Corrigendum 
Muelleria 29 ( 1 ) 
K. Rule and W.M. Molyneux (2011). Two new mallee Eucalypts (Myrtaceae) from 
Gippsland, Victoria. Muelleria 29(1 ):16-26. 
Declaration of holotypes and isotypes clarified. 
PI 8. Eucalyptus ornans Molyneux & Rule sp. nov. 
Type: VICTORIA. Avon Channels, 37° 48'20"S 146° 52'34"E, 14.iv.2005, K. Rule 3805 (holotype MEL 2328846; isotypes 
AD, CANB, NSW). 
P22. Eucalyptus forresterae Molyneux & Rule sp. nov. 
Type: VICTORIA. 6.2 km along Brumby PointTrack from Diggers Hole Spur Road, 37 o 03'30" S 148 o 04'33 M E, 15.xi.2008, 
W. Molyneux &S. Forrester s.n., (holotype MEL 2828603; isotypes AD, CANB, HO, NSW). 
P.B. Adams (2011). New combinations and two new central Queensland taxa 
in the Dendrobium tetragonum (Orchidaceae:Epidendroideae) complex. 
Muelleria 29(1): 69-80. 
Authorship of certain taxa clarified. 
P.77. D. tetragonum A. Cunn. subsp. tetragonum var. meleucophilum (M.A. Clem. & D.L. Jones) Dockrill 
P.78. D. tetragonum A. Cunn. subsp. giganteum (Leaney) P.B. Adams varcacatua (M.A. Clem. & D.L. Jones) Dockrill. 
Muelleria 
201 

Page image

914451 Goodia latifolia Muelleria 29(2): 145
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650536
Page is part of the work A revision of Goodia (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292520

Page text

A revision of Goodia 
The different degrees of arching of the vertical lobe of 
the aril in these examples is not significant; this feature 
varies within species. 
1. Goodia lotifolia Salisb., Porod. Londin. 1: t. 41 
(1806) 
Type : Cult. Seed collecting locality unknown 
[possibly Arthurs Seat in Victoria in April 1802], P.Good, 
1802; icono: t. 41 ,loc. cit. 
Goodia latifolia as given by Colla in Hortus Ripulensis 
1: 62 (1824) is probably an orthographical error for G. 
lotifolia. 
Shrubs to c. 4 m high, with a sparse appressed 
pubescence on new growth, becoming glabrous or 
very sparsely hairy; hairs ±appressed, to 0.3 mm long. 
Stipules early caducous, narrow-lanceolate, 1-8 mm 
long, 1-1.5 mm wide. Leaves : petiole 30-70% of total 
length; rachis to c. 10 mm long; lamina of terminal leaflet 
elliptic to obovate, 10-30 mm long, 6-30 mm wide, 
3-10 times length of rachis, with l:w ratio mostly 1-1.5; 
apex rounded, truncate or emarginate, with apiculum 
minute or to c. 1 mm long; upper surface glabrous; 
lower surface soon glabrescent or short appressed 
hairs somewhat persistent. Inflorescence axes to c. 14 
cm long; bracts 1.5-5 mm long; pedicels 3-12 mm long; 
bracteoles 1-3 mm long. Calyx 3.5-7 mm long, glabrous 
or sparsely hairy; upper lip with sinus broadly obtuse to 
acute, or occasionally subtruncate, mostly 0.5-1.5 mm 
deep, 1-2.5 mm wide, lower lobes (1.5—)2.5—3.5 mm 
long, with median lobe sometimes longer; standard 10- 
16 mm long, 12-18 mm wide; claw 3-6 mm long; limb 
c. circular or oblate; adaxial and abaxial surfaces bright 
yellow except for a red flare to 2 mm wide surrounding 
throat or as patches at sides of throat, purple-brown 
pigment absent or in small amounts; throat 1-3 mm 
wide, squarish; wings 8-14 mm long, 3-5 mm wide, 
yellow throughout, or variously marked red basally, 
purple-brown or grey-brown basally and centrally; keel 
7-12 mm long, 3-5 mm wide, yellow-green throughout 
or flushed red at apex or more extensively; anthers 0.6- 
1 mm long; ovary (1-)2-4(-5)-ovulate, style 2.5-4 mm 
long. Pods : stipe 5-15 mm long; body rhomboid-elliptic, 
obovate, or occasionally oblong in profile, 15-35 mm 
long, 7-13 mm wide, mid-brown or dark reddish-brown, 
1-4-seeded; upper suture with a ridge or wing to c. 1.5 
mm high; apex rounded to acute, with beak 1-3 mm 
long; outer valve surface with venation conspicuously 
raised when dry, inner valve surface with suture zone 
1 -2 mm wide, undulate when 3 or more-ovulate; funicle 
slightly curved. Seeds 3-5 mm long; aril 1.2-2.5 mm 
long, 1.2-2 mm high, with base 1.2-2.5 mm long; lobe 
not usually overhanging base, with tip mildly curved. 
Selected specimens from c. 300 examined: QUEENSLAND: 
First Creek towards Mackenzies [near Kilcoy], L.Leichhardt , 1843 
(NSW); Harland Rd, Mt Glorious, A.R.Bean 2159, 18.viii.1990 
(BRI, MEL1597059); 0.3 km along K break, Mt Mee State Forest, 
near Mt Mee, A.R.Bean 14394, 3.xii.1998 (BRI). NEW SOUTH 
WALES: The Scrub picnic area off the Colongon Fire trail, c. 18 
km SE of Tenterfield, R.G.Coveny 16588 & AJ.Whalen, 15.X.1993 
(AD, BRI, CANB, HO, MEL281231, NSW); Giro State Forest on 
the Walcha-Gloucester Rd, A.R.Bean 11469, 10.xii.1996 (BRI, 
MEL249368, NSW); Road to TV telecommunication towers, 
c. 7 km W by road from Princes Hwy, Middle Brother National 
Park, I.R.Thompson 1349, 26.xi.2010 (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL); c. 
500 m up steep slope from Marble Arch, Deua National Park, 
TR.Lally 171, 24.X.1993 (CANB, NE, NSW); Mt Cambewarra, 
E.F.Constable s.n., 7.xii.1950 (NSW); 0.5 km E of junction of 
Mellion Ck and Tuross R., M.D.Crisp 2190, 25.ix.1976 (AD, 
CANB); 0.5 km S of Mt Armour, Kanangra-Boyd National 
Park via Oberon, A.R.Bean 17142, 19.xii.2000 (BRI); NE of Mt 
Armour, Armour Range, J.Pickard 402 & S.Pickard, 21.ix.1969 
(NSW); Bendethera Caves fire trail, 63 km SSW of Braidwood, 
R.G.Coveny 5970 & A.N.Rodd, 15.1.1975 (MEL2090167, NSW); 
Tallaganda State Forest, road to Parkers Gap from Captains 
Flat, A.M.Lyne 1606, 29.X.1995 (CANB, MEL2090170, NSW). 
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: Slopes of Mt Tidbinbilla 
on path to Kangaroo Gap, N.T.Burbidge 5593, 17.iii.1957 
(CANB, MEL). VICTORIA: Warburton, J.C.H.Adler, 21.ix.1921 
(MEL663881); near the Latrobe R. between Neerim and Fumina, 
A.H.A.Beetham, xii.1950 (MEL1058073); Mt Oberon, Wilsons 
Promontory, J.Galbraith, 20.iii.1957 (MEL594055); Burgess Rd, 
6.4 km E of junction with Link Rd, Bunyip State Park, P.CJobson 
3727 &J.C.Reid, 7.ix.1995 (AD, BRI, CANB, MEL2027089, NSW); 
Wait-a-while track, SE of Lavers Hill, K.Macfarlane 178, 9.X.1996 
(AD, CANB, HO, MEL2034975, NSW). TASMANIA: Cape Barren 
Island, J.S.Whinray 618, 27.X.1973 (MEL529377); Road into Great 
Musselroe R., S section of "The Branches", M.Visoiu 416, 1212008 
(CANB, HO); Road to Jetty, Bridport, D.M.Paton, 6.ix.1948 (HO); 
Mt Wellington, Lower Valley, LRodway 173, xii.1927 (HO); 
Deceitful Cove, George Town, A.M.Buchanan 13442, 28.ix.1993 
(HO). 
Flowering period: Flowers mostly late winter to mid 
spring. 
Muelleria 
145 

Page image

707498 Goodia lotifolia Muelleria 29(2): 145-146, Figs 2, 3
914452 Goodia lotifolia pubescens Muelleria 29(2): 148
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650539
Page is part of the work A revision of Goodia (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292520
707499 Goodia macrocarpa Muelleria 29(2): 146-148, Figs 3, 4
707502 Goodia medicaginea Muelleria 29(2): 149-150, Figs 2, 5
707511 Goodia parviflora Muelleria 29(2): 151-152, Figs, 2, 5, 7
707500 Goodia pubescens Muelleria 29(2): 148, Figs 2, 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650539
Page is part of the work A revision of Goodia (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292520

Page text

Thompson 
/Votes: The only other species of Goodia with a similar 
indumentum to that of G. macrocarpo is G. pubescens. 
These two species are separated by over 1000 km. 
Goodia macrocarpa has the largest fruit in the genus 
and is the only species with wings that have bright 
red markings rather than purple-brown or grey-brown 
(Fig. 1c). The pubescence is not obvious to the naked 
eye except on new growth, but examination under 
low power shows that the indumentum is significantly 
denser than ever seen in G. lotifolia. Stipule persistence 
also distinguishes Goodia macrocarpa from G. lotifolia, 
G. pubescens and G. medicaginea. Compared to all 
other species of Goodia, the stipules are relatively short, 
narrow and hairy. Goodia macrocarpa occurs in similar 
habitats to that of G. lotifolia. Some features of the 
morphology of G. macrocarpa are presented in figure 4. 
3. Goodia pubescens Sims, Bot. Mag. 32:1.1310 
(1810). 
Goodia lotifolia var. pubescens (Sims) H.B.Will., in A.Ewart, 
FI. Victoria 658(1931) 
Type: Tasmania. Locality unknown, iconotype: 1.1310 
loc. cit. 
Goodia subpubescens Sweet, Hort. Brit. 110 (1826), 
nom. nud. 
Shrubs to c. 2 m high, with a moderately dense to 
dense, persistent pubescence on current season's growth; 
hairs spreading to appressed, 0.3-0.5 mm long. Stipules 
early caducous, oblong-lanceolate, 3-7 mm long, c. 1 
mm wide. Leaves: petiole 40-50% of total length; rachis 
to c. 8 mm long, sometimes not developed in smaller 
leaves; lamina of terminal leaflet narrow-elliptic to elliptic 
or narrow-obovate to obovate, 10-40 mm long, 6-20 
mm wide, 4-12 times length of rachis (or rachis hardly 
developed), with l:w ratio 1.4-2.5; apex rounded, truncate 
or retuse, with apiculum absent or minute; upper surface 
glabrous or with sparse to scattered, loosely appressed 
to antrorse divergent hairs; lower surface with scattered 
appressed hairs. Inflorescence axes to c. 9 cm long; bracts 
2-3 mm long; pedicels 3-8 mm long; bracteoles c. 2 
mm long. Calyx 4-6.5 mm long, moderately hairy, with 
hairs appressed; upper lip with sinus acute, 0.8-1.2 mm 
deep, 1-1.5 mm wide; lower lobes 2-4 mm long, with 
median lobe generally distinctly longer than lateral 
lobes; standard 9-12 mm long, 10-14 mm wide; claw 
3-4 mm long; limb orbicular to oblate, adaxial and 
abaxial surfaces bright yellow with a red flare to c. 2 mm 
wide mostly surrounding throat, purple-brown pigment 
present in flare in moderate amounts and radiating 
a short distance along nerves; throat c. 2.5 mm wide, 
squarish; wings 8-10 mm long; 3-4 mm wide, purple- 
brown in proximal half, yellow in distal half; keel 7-8 mm 
long, c. 3 mm wide, red nearly throughout; anthers c. 0.7 
mm long; ovary mostly 2-ovulate, style 2.5-3 mm long. 
Pods: stipe 3-10 mm long; body narrow-elliptic to elliptic, 
10-20 mm long, 9-11 mm wide, reddish-brown, mostly 
2-seeded; upper suture usually with a ridge to c. 1 mm 
high; apex obtuse to subacute, with beak 1 -2 mm long; 
outer valve surface with veins generally obscure when 
dry, inner valve surface with suture zone c. 1 mm wide, 
not undulate; funicle slightly curved. Seeds c. 4 mm long; 
aril 1.5-2 mm long, 1.5-2 mm high, with base 1.2-2 mm 
long; lobe not overhanging, mildly curved. 
Selected specimens of c. 70 examined : VICTORIA: 
Junction of Acheron Way and Marysville Rd, 10 km SW of 
Marysville, P.CJobson 3279, A.W.Douglas & J.H.Ross, 27.x. 1994 
(MEL2037933, NSW); Halls Gap-Mt Victory Rd, 3 km SW of Halls 
Gap, Grampians National Park, J.H.Ross 3799, 22.ix.1996 (AD, 
HO, MEL2034885); Kaanglang Rd, 6 km SSE of Forrest, S.G.Harris 
72, IO.x.1985 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL2090174, NSW); Along the 
Mt Richmond to Greenwald Rd, S of the Surry R., c. 1.5 km E 
of Wrights Swamp, H.I.Aston 748, 22.X.1960 (MEL720961); 
Redmans Rd, 12 km SE of Halls Gap, A.C.Beauglehole 67076, 
7.xii.1979 (MEL646800). TASMANIA: Archers Sugarloaf, 
AMoscal 12499, 25.ii.1986 (HO, MEL722665); Cataract Gorge, 
Launceston, F.E.Burbury, 15.ix.1911 (HO); Kingston-Longley 
Rd, F.H.Long 965, 2.xi.1931 (HO); Woods Lake, Central Plateau, 
AMoscal 719, 10.iii.1981 (HO, MEL596697); Cummings Creek, 
East Arm, East Tamar, A.M.Buchanan 16744, 20.ix.2007 (HO). 
Flowering period: Flowers in spring. 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in southern Victoria 
and Tasmania (Fig. 3). Grows in forest. 
Notes: Apart from features indicated in the key, 
G. pubescens can often be distinguished from G. 
macrocarpa and G. lotifolia by the relatively short rachis 
and relatively narrow leaflets of its leaves, by the hairs 
that sometimes persist on the upper surface of leaves, 
by the median calyx-lobe which is longer than the 
lateral ones by a greater amount, and by the pods which 
are less prominently ridged along the upper margin. In 
Tasmania, plants generally have smaller leaves, flowers 
and seeds, and the pods have a shorter stipe. 
148 
Vol 29(2) 2011 

Page image

707497 Goodia Muelleria 29(2): 142-145

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 142-145".

707504 Goodia stenocarpa Muelleria 29(2): 150-151, Figs 2, 5, 6
914453 Goodia subpubescens Muelleria 29(2): 148
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650539
Page is part of the work A revision of Goodia (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292520

Page text

Thompson 
/Votes: The only other species of Goodia with a similar 
indumentum to that of G. macrocarpo is G. pubescens. 
These two species are separated by over 1000 km. 
Goodia macrocarpa has the largest fruit in the genus 
and is the only species with wings that have bright 
red markings rather than purple-brown or grey-brown 
(Fig. 1c). The pubescence is not obvious to the naked 
eye except on new growth, but examination under 
low power shows that the indumentum is significantly 
denser than ever seen in G. lotifolia. Stipule persistence 
also distinguishes Goodia macrocarpa from G. lotifolia, 
G. pubescens and G. medicaginea. Compared to all 
other species of Goodia, the stipules are relatively short, 
narrow and hairy. Goodia macrocarpa occurs in similar 
habitats to that of G. lotifolia. Some features of the 
morphology of G. macrocarpa are presented in figure 4. 
3. Goodia pubescens Sims, Bot. Mag. 32:1.1310 
(1810). 
Goodia lotifolia var. pubescens (Sims) H.B.Will., in A.Ewart, 
FI. Victoria 658(1931) 
Type: Tasmania. Locality unknown, iconotype: 1.1310 
loc. cit. 
Goodia subpubescens Sweet, Hort. Brit. 110 (1826), 
nom. nud. 
Shrubs to c. 2 m high, with a moderately dense to 
dense, persistent pubescence on current season's growth; 
hairs spreading to appressed, 0.3-0.5 mm long. Stipules 
early caducous, oblong-lanceolate, 3-7 mm long, c. 1 
mm wide. Leaves: petiole 40-50% of total length; rachis 
to c. 8 mm long, sometimes not developed in smaller 
leaves; lamina of terminal leaflet narrow-elliptic to elliptic 
or narrow-obovate to obovate, 10-40 mm long, 6-20 
mm wide, 4-12 times length of rachis (or rachis hardly 
developed), with l:w ratio 1.4-2.5; apex rounded, truncate 
or retuse, with apiculum absent or minute; upper surface 
glabrous or with sparse to scattered, loosely appressed 
to antrorse divergent hairs; lower surface with scattered 
appressed hairs. Inflorescence axes to c. 9 cm long; bracts 
2-3 mm long; pedicels 3-8 mm long; bracteoles c. 2 
mm long. Calyx 4-6.5 mm long, moderately hairy, with 
hairs appressed; upper lip with sinus acute, 0.8-1.2 mm 
deep, 1-1.5 mm wide; lower lobes 2-4 mm long, with 
median lobe generally distinctly longer than lateral 
lobes; standard 9-12 mm long, 10-14 mm wide; claw 
3-4 mm long; limb orbicular to oblate, adaxial and 
abaxial surfaces bright yellow with a red flare to c. 2 mm 
wide mostly surrounding throat, purple-brown pigment 
present in flare in moderate amounts and radiating 
a short distance along nerves; throat c. 2.5 mm wide, 
squarish; wings 8-10 mm long; 3-4 mm wide, purple- 
brown in proximal half, yellow in distal half; keel 7-8 mm 
long, c. 3 mm wide, red nearly throughout; anthers c. 0.7 
mm long; ovary mostly 2-ovulate, style 2.5-3 mm long. 
Pods: stipe 3-10 mm long; body narrow-elliptic to elliptic, 
10-20 mm long, 9-11 mm wide, reddish-brown, mostly 
2-seeded; upper suture usually with a ridge to c. 1 mm 
high; apex obtuse to subacute, with beak 1 -2 mm long; 
outer valve surface with veins generally obscure when 
dry, inner valve surface with suture zone c. 1 mm wide, 
not undulate; funicle slightly curved. Seeds c. 4 mm long; 
aril 1.5-2 mm long, 1.5-2 mm high, with base 1.2-2 mm 
long; lobe not overhanging, mildly curved. 
Selected specimens of c. 70 examined : VICTORIA: 
Junction of Acheron Way and Marysville Rd, 10 km SW of 
Marysville, P.CJobson 3279, A.W.Douglas & J.H.Ross, 27.x. 1994 
(MEL2037933, NSW); Halls Gap-Mt Victory Rd, 3 km SW of Halls 
Gap, Grampians National Park, J.H.Ross 3799, 22.ix.1996 (AD, 
HO, MEL2034885); Kaanglang Rd, 6 km SSE of Forrest, S.G.Harris 
72, IO.x.1985 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL2090174, NSW); Along the 
Mt Richmond to Greenwald Rd, S of the Surry R., c. 1.5 km E 
of Wrights Swamp, H.I.Aston 748, 22.X.1960 (MEL720961); 
Redmans Rd, 12 km SE of Halls Gap, A.C.Beauglehole 67076, 
7.xii.1979 (MEL646800). TASMANIA: Archers Sugarloaf, 
AMoscal 12499, 25.ii.1986 (HO, MEL722665); Cataract Gorge, 
Launceston, F.E.Burbury, 15.ix.1911 (HO); Kingston-Longley 
Rd, F.H.Long 965, 2.xi.1931 (HO); Woods Lake, Central Plateau, 
AMoscal 719, 10.iii.1981 (HO, MEL596697); Cummings Creek, 
East Arm, East Tamar, A.M.Buchanan 16744, 20.ix.2007 (HO). 
Flowering period: Flowers in spring. 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in southern Victoria 
and Tasmania (Fig. 3). Grows in forest. 
Notes: Apart from features indicated in the key, 
G. pubescens can often be distinguished from G. 
macrocarpa and G. lotifolia by the relatively short rachis 
and relatively narrow leaflets of its leaves, by the hairs 
that sometimes persist on the upper surface of leaves, 
by the median calyx-lobe which is longer than the 
lateral ones by a greater amount, and by the pods which 
are less prominently ridged along the upper margin. In 
Tasmania, plants generally have smaller leaves, flowers 
and seeds, and the pods have a shorter stipe. 
148 
Vol 29(2) 2011 

Page image

707396 Japewia subaurifera Muelleria 29(2): 100-101

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 100-101".

707398 Japewiella pruinosula Muelleria 29(2): 101-103, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 101-103, Fig. 1".

914449 Lecidea cerarufa Muelleria 29(2): 101
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650492

Page text

The lichen genera Japewia and Japewiella in Australia 
general appearance of the photobiont, and the anatomy 
of the asci, excipulum, paraphyses and ascospores 
are startling. The main difference is that species of the 
Mycoblastus dissimulans group have black (or at least 
dark) apothecia containing greenish or violet pigments 
that react in KOH and HN0 3 , typically contain perlatolic 
acid and have incrementally larger ascospores. 
Japewiella pruinosula (Miill. Arg.) Kantvilas 
comb. nov. 
Lecidea pruinosula Mull.Arg., Flora 65: 486 (1882); 
Lecidella pruinosula (Mull. Arg.) Kantvilas & Elix, Pap. & 
Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 142:53 (2008). 
Type: Australia, New South Wales, corticola ad 
Twofold Bay, T. White (holotype: G!). 
Biatora cerarufa Shirley, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 
1893: 217 (1894); Lecidea cerarufa (Shirley) Zahlbr., Cat. 
Lich. Univ. 3:746 (1925). 
Type: Australia, Tasmania, on bark, Bower Track, Mt 
Wellington, W.A. Weymouth 141 (holotype: BRI!). 
Thallus crustose, effuse, creamish white, smooth, 
cracked or somewhat scurfy, ecorticate, continuous or 
rather patchy, 30—100(—200) pm thick, forming irregular, 
undelimited patches to c. 4 cm wide. Photobiont a 
unicellular green alga with ± globose cells 5-12 pm 
wide. Apothecia biatorine, sessile, basally constricted, 
0.3-1 mm wide; disc pale pink, orange or reddish brown, 
occasionally dark brown, often whitish grey pruinose, at 
least when young, typically persistently plane. Proper 
excipulum well developed, persistent, mostly elevated 
above the level of the disc, with the rim pale orange- 
brown to brown and the sides much paler, sometimes 
appearing almost lecanorine, in section cupular (or 
almost so), 30-100 pm thick, hyaline within, diffusely 
pale red-brown, K± dirty brown near the outer edge, 
usually densely inspersed with crystals that fluoresce in 
polarised light but do not dissolve in KOH, composed of 
radiating, branched and anastomosing hyphae c. 1 pm 
thick in a gelatinous matrix. Hypothecium (30—)40—110 
pm thick, hyaline to pale yellowish. Hymenium 70-110 
pm thick, hyaline, KI+ blue, overlain by a diffusely 
reddish brown, K+ dirty brown epithecial layer 5-10 pm 
thick, composed chiefly of granules that do not dissolve 
in KOH. Asci clavate, 55-70 x 14-24 pm, eight-spored but 
frequently with up to 4 spores aborted, approximating 
the Lecidella- type: tholus well-developed, intensely 
amyloid, with a ± barrel-shaped, rather fuzzy, weakly 
amyloid masse axiale with a rounded apex; ocular 
chamber poorly developed. Paraphyses simple to 
sparingly branched, 1-2 pm thick, sometimes with 
swollen, oily vacuoles to 5 pm wide Coil paraphyses'); 
apices unpigmented and only occasionally swollen to 
2.5 pm. Ascospores simple, hyaline, broadly ellipsoid, 
ovate to subglobose, often squashed and deformed 
when in the ascus, (10—) 12— 75.4—20(—21) x 8-70.6-14 
pm; wall single-layered, to 0.8 pm thick. Conidiomata 
unknown. Fig 1 A-B. 
Figure 1. A. Japewiella pruinosula habit ( Bratt et al. 76/444). Scale = 1 mm; B. Japewiella pruinosula anatomy: asci with amyloid 
parts stippled and ascospores ( Kantvilas 7 14/86). Scale = 20 pm. 
Muelleria 
101 

Page image

914446 Lecidea pruinosula Muelleria 29(2): 101
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650492

Page text

The lichen genera Japewia and Japewiella in Australia 
general appearance of the photobiont, and the anatomy 
of the asci, excipulum, paraphyses and ascospores 
are startling. The main difference is that species of the 
Mycoblastus dissimulans group have black (or at least 
dark) apothecia containing greenish or violet pigments 
that react in KOH and HN0 3 , typically contain perlatolic 
acid and have incrementally larger ascospores. 
Japewiella pruinosula (Miill. Arg.) Kantvilas 
comb. nov. 
Lecidea pruinosula Mull.Arg., Flora 65: 486 (1882); 
Lecidella pruinosula (Mull. Arg.) Kantvilas & Elix, Pap. & 
Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 142:53 (2008). 
Type: Australia, New South Wales, corticola ad 
Twofold Bay, T. White (holotype: G!). 
Biatora cerarufa Shirley, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 
1893: 217 (1894); Lecidea cerarufa (Shirley) Zahlbr., Cat. 
Lich. Univ. 3:746 (1925). 
Type: Australia, Tasmania, on bark, Bower Track, Mt 
Wellington, W.A. Weymouth 141 (holotype: BRI!). 
Thallus crustose, effuse, creamish white, smooth, 
cracked or somewhat scurfy, ecorticate, continuous or 
rather patchy, 30—100(—200) pm thick, forming irregular, 
undelimited patches to c. 4 cm wide. Photobiont a 
unicellular green alga with ± globose cells 5-12 pm 
wide. Apothecia biatorine, sessile, basally constricted, 
0.3-1 mm wide; disc pale pink, orange or reddish brown, 
occasionally dark brown, often whitish grey pruinose, at 
least when young, typically persistently plane. Proper 
excipulum well developed, persistent, mostly elevated 
above the level of the disc, with the rim pale orange- 
brown to brown and the sides much paler, sometimes 
appearing almost lecanorine, in section cupular (or 
almost so), 30-100 pm thick, hyaline within, diffusely 
pale red-brown, K± dirty brown near the outer edge, 
usually densely inspersed with crystals that fluoresce in 
polarised light but do not dissolve in KOH, composed of 
radiating, branched and anastomosing hyphae c. 1 pm 
thick in a gelatinous matrix. Hypothecium (30—)40—110 
pm thick, hyaline to pale yellowish. Hymenium 70-110 
pm thick, hyaline, KI+ blue, overlain by a diffusely 
reddish brown, K+ dirty brown epithecial layer 5-10 pm 
thick, composed chiefly of granules that do not dissolve 
in KOH. Asci clavate, 55-70 x 14-24 pm, eight-spored but 
frequently with up to 4 spores aborted, approximating 
the Lecidella- type: tholus well-developed, intensely 
amyloid, with a ± barrel-shaped, rather fuzzy, weakly 
amyloid masse axiale with a rounded apex; ocular 
chamber poorly developed. Paraphyses simple to 
sparingly branched, 1-2 pm thick, sometimes with 
swollen, oily vacuoles to 5 pm wide Coil paraphyses'); 
apices unpigmented and only occasionally swollen to 
2.5 pm. Ascospores simple, hyaline, broadly ellipsoid, 
ovate to subglobose, often squashed and deformed 
when in the ascus, (10—) 12— 75.4—20(—21) x 8-70.6-14 
pm; wall single-layered, to 0.8 pm thick. Conidiomata 
unknown. Fig 1 A-B. 
Figure 1. A. Japewiella pruinosula habit ( Bratt et al. 76/444). Scale = 1 mm; B. Japewiella pruinosula anatomy: asci with amyloid 
parts stippled and ascospores ( Kantvilas 7 14/86). Scale = 20 pm. 
Muelleria 
101 

Page image

914447 Lecidella pruinosula Muelleria 29(2): 101
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650492

Page text

The lichen genera Japewia and Japewiella in Australia 
general appearance of the photobiont, and the anatomy 
of the asci, excipulum, paraphyses and ascospores 
are startling. The main difference is that species of the 
Mycoblastus dissimulans group have black (or at least 
dark) apothecia containing greenish or violet pigments 
that react in KOH and HN0 3 , typically contain perlatolic 
acid and have incrementally larger ascospores. 
Japewiella pruinosula (Miill. Arg.) Kantvilas 
comb. nov. 
Lecidea pruinosula Mull.Arg., Flora 65: 486 (1882); 
Lecidella pruinosula (Mull. Arg.) Kantvilas & Elix, Pap. & 
Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 142:53 (2008). 
Type: Australia, New South Wales, corticola ad 
Twofold Bay, T. White (holotype: G!). 
Biatora cerarufa Shirley, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 
1893: 217 (1894); Lecidea cerarufa (Shirley) Zahlbr., Cat. 
Lich. Univ. 3:746 (1925). 
Type: Australia, Tasmania, on bark, Bower Track, Mt 
Wellington, W.A. Weymouth 141 (holotype: BRI!). 
Thallus crustose, effuse, creamish white, smooth, 
cracked or somewhat scurfy, ecorticate, continuous or 
rather patchy, 30—100(—200) pm thick, forming irregular, 
undelimited patches to c. 4 cm wide. Photobiont a 
unicellular green alga with ± globose cells 5-12 pm 
wide. Apothecia biatorine, sessile, basally constricted, 
0.3-1 mm wide; disc pale pink, orange or reddish brown, 
occasionally dark brown, often whitish grey pruinose, at 
least when young, typically persistently plane. Proper 
excipulum well developed, persistent, mostly elevated 
above the level of the disc, with the rim pale orange- 
brown to brown and the sides much paler, sometimes 
appearing almost lecanorine, in section cupular (or 
almost so), 30-100 pm thick, hyaline within, diffusely 
pale red-brown, K± dirty brown near the outer edge, 
usually densely inspersed with crystals that fluoresce in 
polarised light but do not dissolve in KOH, composed of 
radiating, branched and anastomosing hyphae c. 1 pm 
thick in a gelatinous matrix. Hypothecium (30—)40—110 
pm thick, hyaline to pale yellowish. Hymenium 70-110 
pm thick, hyaline, KI+ blue, overlain by a diffusely 
reddish brown, K+ dirty brown epithecial layer 5-10 pm 
thick, composed chiefly of granules that do not dissolve 
in KOH. Asci clavate, 55-70 x 14-24 pm, eight-spored but 
frequently with up to 4 spores aborted, approximating 
the Lecidella- type: tholus well-developed, intensely 
amyloid, with a ± barrel-shaped, rather fuzzy, weakly 
amyloid masse axiale with a rounded apex; ocular 
chamber poorly developed. Paraphyses simple to 
sparingly branched, 1-2 pm thick, sometimes with 
swollen, oily vacuoles to 5 pm wide Coil paraphyses'); 
apices unpigmented and only occasionally swollen to 
2.5 pm. Ascospores simple, hyaline, broadly ellipsoid, 
ovate to subglobose, often squashed and deformed 
when in the ascus, (10—) 12— 75.4—20(—21) x 8-70.6-14 
pm; wall single-layered, to 0.8 pm thick. Conidiomata 
unknown. Fig 1 A-B. 
Figure 1. A. Japewiella pruinosula habit ( Bratt et al. 76/444). Scale = 1 mm; B. Japewiella pruinosula anatomy: asci with amyloid 
parts stippled and ascospores ( Kantvilas 7 14/86). Scale = 20 pm. 
Muelleria 
101 

Page image

914478 Leptoloma coenicola Muelleria 29(2): 197
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650588
Page is part of the work A morphological comparison between Digitaria coenicola and D. divaricatissima (Poaceae: Paniceae), doi:10.5962/p.292523
914472 Leptoloma divaricatissima Muelleria 29(2): 197
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650588
Page is part of the work A morphological comparison between Digitaria coenicola and D. divaricatissima (Poaceae: Paniceae), doi:10.5962/p.292523
914464 Muelleranthus crenulatus Muelleria 29(2): 175
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650566
Page is part of the work A revision of Muelleranthus, Ptychosema and Aenictophyton (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292522
707548 Muelleranthus Muelleria 29(2): 177
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650568
Page is part of the work A revision of Muelleranthus, Ptychosema and Aenictophyton (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292522

Page text

A revision of Muelleronthus, Ptychosema and Aenictophyton 
glabrous, not or hardly winged. Aril small or absent. 
Notes: The petal markings in this group have two 
components, one that gives a red colour (reddish when 
petal dry) and the other which produces a purple-brown 
colour (purple when dried). The red pigmentation is 
commonly present each sideofthethroatofthe standard 
flare and also at the apex of the keel. Microscopic 
examination shows this colour to be uniformly infused 
in the petal tissue. The purple-brown pigmentation is 
more widely distributed, and is commonly extensive 
over the abaxial surface of the standard. It can be present 
on all petals and is responsible for the characteristic 
stripes and flecks seen in petals of species in this group. 
Microscopic examination shows that this marking is 
created by minute densely pigmented dots. 
2. Muelleranthus Hutch., Gen. FI. PI. 1 : 
361 ( 1964 ) 
Type: M. trifoliolatus (F.Muell.) Hutch, ex A.T.Lee 
Prostrate herbaceous perennials, to c. 3 cm high, with 
a vertical rootstock (unknown if horizontal rhizome 
present); above-ground parts glabrous or variously 
pubescent; stems to c. 60 cm long, to c. 1 mm in 
diameter. Stipules broad-ovate to lanceolate, slightly 
fleshy, green. Leaves digitately 3-foliolate, to c. 40 mm 
long, petiole slender, not herbaceous, longer than the 
leaflets; leaflets broad-cuneate, obcordate or obovate, 
flat, concave or conduplicate, somewhat fleshy; upper 
surface gland-dotted; lower surface with secondary 
veins generally not raised. Inflorescences pseudoaxillary 
(leaf-opposed), determinate, 1-3-flowered; bracts and 
bracteoles generally persistent; bracteoles inserted 
distally on pedicel. Flower-buds with a rounded apex; 
hypanthium short, obconical, generally with raised 
nerves; hypanthium and calyx lacking longitudinal 
stripes; calyx-lobes equal to or longer than tube, with 
apices not filiform; upper lobes fused for Vi or more of 
length; lower lobes oblong-ovate; standard shorter 
than, equal to or longer than other petals; wings equal to 
or shorter than keel; standard with red-brown markings 
only, wings and keel variously marked red-brown; 
keel-apex c. rounded, sometimes marked red; anther 
connective moderately broad; ovary 5-12-ovulate; 
stigma small. Pods with stipe mostly shorter than calyx; 
body generally narrow-oblong in profile, rarely minutely 
winged, with a beak to c. 1 mm long; valves sometimes 
maculate. Seeds: aril small, with lobe strongly curved, or 
not developed. 
2a. Muelleranthus trifoliolatus (F.Muell.) Hutch, 
ex A.T.Lee, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 
4(7): 418 (1973) 
Ptychosema trifoliolatum F.Muell., 5. Sci. Rec. 2; 72 
(1882). 
Type: Western Australia. Upper Murchison River, Gale, 
1881; holotype: MEL26470. 
Plants with sparse to scattered appressed or 
occasionally spreading hairs c. 0.3 mm long. Stipules 
narrow-ovate to broad-ovate or c. orbicular, 2-5 mm 
long, 1.5-4 mm wide, with midrib generally distinct. 
Leaves: lamina of leaflets cuneate to obcordate, 2-8 
mm long, 2-8 mm wide, with l:w ratio 0.8-1.2; apex 
truncate, retuse or bilobed, with apiculum absent or 
minute; margin entire; upper surface green, sometimes 
with glands dark, glabrous or hairy; lower surface with 
secondary veins often faintly evident. Inflorescences 1,2- 
or rarely 3-flowered; peduncle to 3.5 cm long; bract 2-4 
mm long, 1-2 mm wide; pedicel 1.5-5 mm long, with 
spreading hairs; bracteoles 2-3 mm long, 0.7-1 mm 
wide, inserted c. 1 mm below receptacle. Hypanthium 
0.5-1 mm long; calyx 3-5.5 mm long, glabrous, with 
lobes slightly longer than tube; upper lobes fused for 
most of length; standard 8-15 mm long, 8-12 mm 
wide, with flare broad, not or only slightly red-brown 
beyond flare abaxially; wings 7-12 mm long, 2-3 mm 
wide, variably red-brown in proximal 7* yellow apically; 
keel 7-12 mm long, 3.5-5 mm wide, patchily to entirely 
red-brown, generally with a distinct red apex (drying 
pink); anthers c. 0.5 mm long; ovary 8-12-ovulate, style 
c. 3 mm long. Pods: stipe 2-3 mm long, body narrow- 
oblong, 15-25 mm long, 3.5-5.5 mm wide; upper 
suture not winged; valves usually with dark red-brown 
blotches. Seeds ellipsoid, 2-2.5 mm long, red-brown, 
mottled blackish; aril 0.2 mm long, 0.2 mm high, with 
aril-lobe curved. 
Selected specimens of c. 40 examined: WESTERN 
AUSTRALIA: W of homestead, Mt Narryer Station, A.S.George 
17553 , 19.viii.1999 (CANB, DNA, PERTH); c. 43 km NW of Belele 
Homestead, N.H.Speck646, 5.ix.1957 (CANB, PERTH); 13 km W of 
Muelleria 
177 

Page image

707550 Muelleranthus obovatus Muelleria 29(2): 178-179, Figs 3, 4d

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 178-179, Figs 3, 4d".

707551 Muelleranthus parvalatus Muelleria 29(2): 179-80, Fig. 3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 179-80, Fig. 3".

707552 Muelleranthus stipularis Muelleria 29(2): 180-183, Figs 3, 4l-m

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 180-183, Figs 3, 4l-m".

707549 Muelleranthus trifoliolatus Muelleria 29(2): 177-178, Fig. 3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 177-178, Fig. 3".

914467 Muelleranthus trifoliolatus Muelleria 29(2): 180
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650571
Page is part of the work A revision of Muelleranthus, Ptychosema and Aenictophyton (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292522

Page text

Thompson 
Plants very sparsely haired with appressed hairs c. 0.2 
mm long. Stipules narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 1.5-3 mm 
long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, with midrib generally distinct. 
Leaves : lamina of leaflets cuneate-obovate or obcordate, 
3-6 mm long, 2-5 mm wide, with l:w ratio 1-1.4; apex 
truncate, retuse or bilobed, not apiculate; upper surface 
sometimes with dark glands, glabrous; lower surface 
with secondary veins not evident. Inflorescences 1 (or 
2)-flowered; peduncle 1-3 cm long; bract 1-2 mm 
long, 0.7 mm wide; pedicel 1-3 mm long, glabrous or 
with appressed hairs; bracteoles 1-2 mm long, 0.3 mm 
wide, inserted c. 1 mm below receptacle. Hypanthium 
c. 0.5 mm long; calyx 3-4 mm long, glabrous, with 
lobes longer than tube; upper lobes fused for c. half of 
length; sta ndard 6-10 mm long, 6-8 mm wide, with 
flare narrow, usually flecked red-brown abaxially; wings 
4.5-7 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, all yellow or with a red- 
brown patch proximally; keel 7-12 mm long, 4-5 mm 
wide, usually with red-brown flecks throughout; anthers 
c. 0.6 mm long; ovary 8-12-ovulate, style 2.5-3 mm long. 
Pods: stipe 2-3 mm long, body narrow-oblong, 15-25 
mm long, 3.5-4.5 mm wide; upper sutures not winged; 
valves sometimes faintly spotted. Seeds irregularly 
ellipsoid, 2-2.8 mm long, red-brown, sometimes lightly 
mottled, aril minute but with lobe distinct. 
Selected specimens of c. 20 examined : NORTHERN 
TERRITORY: Curlew Waterhole, Lander R., c. 100 km NW of 
Willowra homestead, G.Chippendale 4805, 31 .vii.1958 (AD, 
CANB, DNA, NSW, PERTH); c. 3 km E of Wycliffe Creek crossing, 
Stuart Hwy, DJ.Nelson 692, 30.iv.1963 (AD, CANB, DNA, NSW); 
7 km WSW No. 3 Bore, Manners Creek Station, D.E.AIbrecht 
6318, 21 .iii.l995 (DNA, MEL279975); Stirling Swamp, P.K.Latz 
5605, 3.vii.1974 (CANB, BRI, DNA); 10 km from Warrabri 
Aboriginal Settlement towards “Murray Downs", N.OIIerenshaw 
575, 27.L1982 (CANB); Around Parnta outstation, 35 km S of 
Lajamanu, K.G.Brennan 6007, 10x2003 (DNA). QUEENSLAND: 
Mulligans River, W.A.Cornish, 1885 (MEL26469). 
Flowering period: Flowers most times of year in 
response to rainfall. 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in the Northern 
Territory and in far south-western Queensland (Fig. 3). 
Grows adjacent to watercourses and swamps. 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the relatively 
small wing petals (From Latin: parvus, small and alatus, 
winged). 
Notes.The keel of M. parvalatus, and to a lesser extent 
the standard, are distinctively speckled purple-brown, 
and the wings are relatively short and entirely or mostly 
yellow (Fig. 4j). The standard claw is conspicuously 
cuneateas is the limb. Muelleranthusparvalatus is similar 
to M. trifoliolatus but, in addition to the differences 
indicated in the key, has a lower proportion of 2-flowered 
racemes, shorter pedicels, and pod valves that lack 
maculations. Glabrous forms of M. stipularis vegetatively 
resemble M. parvalatus. Muelleranthus parvalatus can 
be distinguished in the fruiting period by the persistent 
style and stamens, which are shorter. 
Muelleranthus trifoliolatus, M. obovatus and M. 
parvalatus form a group based on similarities in 
floral structure and aril development. The seed of M. 
parvalatus is shown in figure 4k and habit is shown in 
figure 4i. 
The illustrations and much of the description of M. 
trifoliolatus in Flora of Central Australia (Crisp 1981) 
correspond to M. parvalatus. 
2d. Muelleranthus stipularis (J.M.BIack) A.T.Lee, 
Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 4(7): 418 
(1973) 
Ptychosema stipulare J.M.BIack, Trans. Roy. Soc. South 
Australia 62(1): 103 (1938). 
Type: Northern Territory. Bundooma, J.B.CIeland, 
8.viii.1936; holotype: AD97221313; isotype: 
AD95830040, MEL26465, K000278104, image seen on¬ 
line. 
Muelleranthus trifoliolatus sensu A.T.Lee, Contr. New 
South Wales Natl. Herb. 4(7): 418 (1973), pro parte; sensu 
T.AJames (1991, 2002 revised edn), as M. trifoliatus, in 
GJ.Harden (ed.), FI. New South Wales 2: 511-512, pro 
parte. 
Prostrate to weakly erect plants with a dense 
indumentum of spreading or subappressed hairs to c. 
1 mm long, or with a sparse to scattered indumentum 
of appressed hairs 0.3-0.7 mm long, or plants quite 
glabrous. Stipules narrow-ovate to broad-ovate, elliptic 
or c. orbicular, 2-6 mm long, 1 -6 mm wide, with abaxial 
venation generally indistinct, usually with 2 or more 
veins evident proximally. Leaves: lamina of leaflets 
cuneate, slightly obcordate or obovate, 2-10 mm long, 
2-7 mm wide, with l:w ratio 1 -1.7; apex broadly rounded, 
truncate or slightly retuse, apiculum absent or small; 
180 
Vol 29(2) 2011 

Page image

914468 Muelleranthus trifoliolatus Muelleria 29(2): 180
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650571
Page is part of the work A revision of Muelleranthus, Ptychosema and Aenictophyton (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292522

Page text

Thompson 
Plants very sparsely haired with appressed hairs c. 0.2 
mm long. Stipules narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 1.5-3 mm 
long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, with midrib generally distinct. 
Leaves : lamina of leaflets cuneate-obovate or obcordate, 
3-6 mm long, 2-5 mm wide, with l:w ratio 1-1.4; apex 
truncate, retuse or bilobed, not apiculate; upper surface 
sometimes with dark glands, glabrous; lower surface 
with secondary veins not evident. Inflorescences 1 (or 
2)-flowered; peduncle 1-3 cm long; bract 1-2 mm 
long, 0.7 mm wide; pedicel 1-3 mm long, glabrous or 
with appressed hairs; bracteoles 1-2 mm long, 0.3 mm 
wide, inserted c. 1 mm below receptacle. Hypanthium 
c. 0.5 mm long; calyx 3-4 mm long, glabrous, with 
lobes longer than tube; upper lobes fused for c. half of 
length; sta ndard 6-10 mm long, 6-8 mm wide, with 
flare narrow, usually flecked red-brown abaxially; wings 
4.5-7 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, all yellow or with a red- 
brown patch proximally; keel 7-12 mm long, 4-5 mm 
wide, usually with red-brown flecks throughout; anthers 
c. 0.6 mm long; ovary 8-12-ovulate, style 2.5-3 mm long. 
Pods: stipe 2-3 mm long, body narrow-oblong, 15-25 
mm long, 3.5-4.5 mm wide; upper sutures not winged; 
valves sometimes faintly spotted. Seeds irregularly 
ellipsoid, 2-2.8 mm long, red-brown, sometimes lightly 
mottled, aril minute but with lobe distinct. 
Selected specimens of c. 20 examined : NORTHERN 
TERRITORY: Curlew Waterhole, Lander R., c. 100 km NW of 
Willowra homestead, G.Chippendale 4805, 31 .vii.1958 (AD, 
CANB, DNA, NSW, PERTH); c. 3 km E of Wycliffe Creek crossing, 
Stuart Hwy, DJ.Nelson 692, 30.iv.1963 (AD, CANB, DNA, NSW); 
7 km WSW No. 3 Bore, Manners Creek Station, D.E.AIbrecht 
6318, 21 .iii.l995 (DNA, MEL279975); Stirling Swamp, P.K.Latz 
5605, 3.vii.1974 (CANB, BRI, DNA); 10 km from Warrabri 
Aboriginal Settlement towards “Murray Downs", N.OIIerenshaw 
575, 27.L1982 (CANB); Around Parnta outstation, 35 km S of 
Lajamanu, K.G.Brennan 6007, 10x2003 (DNA). QUEENSLAND: 
Mulligans River, W.A.Cornish, 1885 (MEL26469). 
Flowering period: Flowers most times of year in 
response to rainfall. 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in the Northern 
Territory and in far south-western Queensland (Fig. 3). 
Grows adjacent to watercourses and swamps. 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the relatively 
small wing petals (From Latin: parvus, small and alatus, 
winged). 
Notes.The keel of M. parvalatus, and to a lesser extent 
the standard, are distinctively speckled purple-brown, 
and the wings are relatively short and entirely or mostly 
yellow (Fig. 4j). The standard claw is conspicuously 
cuneateas is the limb. Muelleranthusparvalatus is similar 
to M. trifoliolatus but, in addition to the differences 
indicated in the key, has a lower proportion of 2-flowered 
racemes, shorter pedicels, and pod valves that lack 
maculations. Glabrous forms of M. stipularis vegetatively 
resemble M. parvalatus. Muelleranthus parvalatus can 
be distinguished in the fruiting period by the persistent 
style and stamens, which are shorter. 
Muelleranthus trifoliolatus, M. obovatus and M. 
parvalatus form a group based on similarities in 
floral structure and aril development. The seed of M. 
parvalatus is shown in figure 4k and habit is shown in 
figure 4i. 
The illustrations and much of the description of M. 
trifoliolatus in Flora of Central Australia (Crisp 1981) 
correspond to M. parvalatus. 
2d. Muelleranthus stipularis (J.M.BIack) A.T.Lee, 
Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 4(7): 418 
(1973) 
Ptychosema stipulare J.M.BIack, Trans. Roy. Soc. South 
Australia 62(1): 103 (1938). 
Type: Northern Territory. Bundooma, J.B.CIeland, 
8.viii.1936; holotype: AD97221313; isotype: 
AD95830040, MEL26465, K000278104, image seen on¬ 
line. 
Muelleranthus trifoliolatus sensu A.T.Lee, Contr. New 
South Wales Natl. Herb. 4(7): 418 (1973), pro parte; sensu 
T.AJames (1991, 2002 revised edn), as M. trifoliatus, in 
GJ.Harden (ed.), FI. New South Wales 2: 511-512, pro 
parte. 
Prostrate to weakly erect plants with a dense 
indumentum of spreading or subappressed hairs to c. 
1 mm long, or with a sparse to scattered indumentum 
of appressed hairs 0.3-0.7 mm long, or plants quite 
glabrous. Stipules narrow-ovate to broad-ovate, elliptic 
or c. orbicular, 2-6 mm long, 1 -6 mm wide, with abaxial 
venation generally indistinct, usually with 2 or more 
veins evident proximally. Leaves: lamina of leaflets 
cuneate, slightly obcordate or obovate, 2-10 mm long, 
2-7 mm wide, with l:w ratio 1 -1.7; apex broadly rounded, 
truncate or slightly retuse, apiculum absent or small; 
180 
Vol 29(2) 2011 

Page image

914469 Muelleranthus trifoliolatus Muelleria 29(2): 180
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650571
Page is part of the work A revision of Muelleranthus, Ptychosema and Aenictophyton (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292522

Page text

Thompson 
Plants very sparsely haired with appressed hairs c. 0.2 
mm long. Stipules narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 1.5-3 mm 
long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, with midrib generally distinct. 
Leaves : lamina of leaflets cuneate-obovate or obcordate, 
3-6 mm long, 2-5 mm wide, with l:w ratio 1-1.4; apex 
truncate, retuse or bilobed, not apiculate; upper surface 
sometimes with dark glands, glabrous; lower surface 
with secondary veins not evident. Inflorescences 1 (or 
2)-flowered; peduncle 1-3 cm long; bract 1-2 mm 
long, 0.7 mm wide; pedicel 1-3 mm long, glabrous or 
with appressed hairs; bracteoles 1-2 mm long, 0.3 mm 
wide, inserted c. 1 mm below receptacle. Hypanthium 
c. 0.5 mm long; calyx 3-4 mm long, glabrous, with 
lobes longer than tube; upper lobes fused for c. half of 
length; sta ndard 6-10 mm long, 6-8 mm wide, with 
flare narrow, usually flecked red-brown abaxially; wings 
4.5-7 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, all yellow or with a red- 
brown patch proximally; keel 7-12 mm long, 4-5 mm 
wide, usually with red-brown flecks throughout; anthers 
c. 0.6 mm long; ovary 8-12-ovulate, style 2.5-3 mm long. 
Pods: stipe 2-3 mm long, body narrow-oblong, 15-25 
mm long, 3.5-4.5 mm wide; upper sutures not winged; 
valves sometimes faintly spotted. Seeds irregularly 
ellipsoid, 2-2.8 mm long, red-brown, sometimes lightly 
mottled, aril minute but with lobe distinct. 
Selected specimens of c. 20 examined : NORTHERN 
TERRITORY: Curlew Waterhole, Lander R., c. 100 km NW of 
Willowra homestead, G.Chippendale 4805, 31 .vii.1958 (AD, 
CANB, DNA, NSW, PERTH); c. 3 km E of Wycliffe Creek crossing, 
Stuart Hwy, DJ.Nelson 692, 30.iv.1963 (AD, CANB, DNA, NSW); 
7 km WSW No. 3 Bore, Manners Creek Station, D.E.AIbrecht 
6318, 21 .iii.l995 (DNA, MEL279975); Stirling Swamp, P.K.Latz 
5605, 3.vii.1974 (CANB, BRI, DNA); 10 km from Warrabri 
Aboriginal Settlement towards “Murray Downs", N.OIIerenshaw 
575, 27.L1982 (CANB); Around Parnta outstation, 35 km S of 
Lajamanu, K.G.Brennan 6007, 10x2003 (DNA). QUEENSLAND: 
Mulligans River, W.A.Cornish, 1885 (MEL26469). 
Flowering period: Flowers most times of year in 
response to rainfall. 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in the Northern 
Territory and in far south-western Queensland (Fig. 3). 
Grows adjacent to watercourses and swamps. 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the relatively 
small wing petals (From Latin: parvus, small and alatus, 
winged). 
Notes.The keel of M. parvalatus, and to a lesser extent 
the standard, are distinctively speckled purple-brown, 
and the wings are relatively short and entirely or mostly 
yellow (Fig. 4j). The standard claw is conspicuously 
cuneateas is the limb. Muelleranthusparvalatus is similar 
to M. trifoliolatus but, in addition to the differences 
indicated in the key, has a lower proportion of 2-flowered 
racemes, shorter pedicels, and pod valves that lack 
maculations. Glabrous forms of M. stipularis vegetatively 
resemble M. parvalatus. Muelleranthus parvalatus can 
be distinguished in the fruiting period by the persistent 
style and stamens, which are shorter. 
Muelleranthus trifoliolatus, M. obovatus and M. 
parvalatus form a group based on similarities in 
floral structure and aril development. The seed of M. 
parvalatus is shown in figure 4k and habit is shown in 
figure 4i. 
The illustrations and much of the description of M. 
trifoliolatus in Flora of Central Australia (Crisp 1981) 
correspond to M. parvalatus. 
2d. Muelleranthus stipularis (J.M.BIack) A.T.Lee, 
Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 4(7): 418 
(1973) 
Ptychosema stipulare J.M.BIack, Trans. Roy. Soc. South 
Australia 62(1): 103 (1938). 
Type: Northern Territory. Bundooma, J.B.CIeland, 
8.viii.1936; holotype: AD97221313; isotype: 
AD95830040, MEL26465, K000278104, image seen on¬ 
line. 
Muelleranthus trifoliolatus sensu A.T.Lee, Contr. New 
South Wales Natl. Herb. 4(7): 418 (1973), pro parte; sensu 
T.AJames (1991, 2002 revised edn), as M. trifoliatus, in 
GJ.Harden (ed.), FI. New South Wales 2: 511-512, pro 
parte. 
Prostrate to weakly erect plants with a dense 
indumentum of spreading or subappressed hairs to c. 
1 mm long, or with a sparse to scattered indumentum 
of appressed hairs 0.3-0.7 mm long, or plants quite 
glabrous. Stipules narrow-ovate to broad-ovate, elliptic 
or c. orbicular, 2-6 mm long, 1 -6 mm wide, with abaxial 
venation generally indistinct, usually with 2 or more 
veins evident proximally. Leaves: lamina of leaflets 
cuneate, slightly obcordate or obovate, 2-10 mm long, 
2-7 mm wide, with l:w ratio 1 -1.7; apex broadly rounded, 
truncate or slightly retuse, apiculum absent or small; 
180 
Vol 29(2) 2011 

Page image

914477 Panicum coenicola Muelleria 29(2): 197
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650588
Page is part of the work A morphological comparison between Digitaria coenicola and D. divaricatissima (Poaceae: Paniceae), doi:10.5962/p.292523
914471 Panicum divaricatissimum Muelleria 29(2): 197
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650588
Page is part of the work A morphological comparison between Digitaria coenicola and D. divaricatissima (Poaceae: Paniceae), doi:10.5962/p.292523
707562 Panicum divaricatissimum glaberrimum Muelleria 29(2): 197
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650588
Page is part of the work A morphological comparison between Digitaria coenicola and D. divaricatissima (Poaceae: Paniceae), doi:10.5962/p.292523
914473 Panicum divaricatissimum glaberrimum Muelleria 29(2): 197
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650588
Page is part of the work A morphological comparison between Digitaria coenicola and D. divaricatissima (Poaceae: Paniceae), doi:10.5962/p.292523
914482 Panicum divaricatissimum macractinium Muelleria 29(2): 198
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650589
Page is part of the work A morphological comparison between Digitaria coenicola and D. divaricatissima (Poaceae: Paniceae), doi:10.5962/p.292523
914474 Panicum divaricatissimum normale Muelleria 29(2): 197
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650588
Page is part of the work A morphological comparison between Digitaria coenicola and D. divaricatissima (Poaceae: Paniceae), doi:10.5962/p.292523
914481 Panicum macractinium Muelleria 29(2): 198
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650589
Page is part of the work A morphological comparison between Digitaria coenicola and D. divaricatissima (Poaceae: Paniceae), doi:10.5962/p.292523

Page text

Stewart and Walsh 
Figure 9. Typical spikelet of Digitaria divaricatissima var. macractinia (590214) with the upper glume removed. 
D. divaricatissima (R.Br.) Hughes var. dasyantha Henrard, 
Monogr. Digitaria 199 (1950). T: Austr: haud rara, Hugel 
s.n.; syn: ?W; in Australia tropica, Bauers.n:, syn: ?W. 
Panicum tenuissimum var. polychaeton Domin, Bibl. 
Bot. 85: 296 (1915). T: Siid-Queensland: Tambourine 
Mountains, in den Regenwaldern, K.Domin s.n., Mar. 
1910; holo: PR.. 
Panicum coenicola F.Muell., Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Victoria 1:45 (1855) as coenicolum; Leptoloma coenicola 
(F.Muell.) Chase, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 19: 192 (1906). T: 
towards Morunde, and near Cudnaka, S.A., F.Muellers.n.; 
holo; MEL!; iso: BRI, K. 
D. macractinia (Benth.) Hughes subsp. leichhardtiana 
Henrard, Monogr. Digitaria 830 (1950). T: in railway 
enclosure, Blair Athol, Leichhardt District, Qld, 16 Mar. 
1935, S.T.BIake8091 p.p:, holo: L, iso: BRI, K. 
D. macractinia (Benth.) Hughes var. nudiflora Henrard, 
Monogr. Digitaria 831 (1950). T: near Rockhampton on 
mid slopes of Mt Berserker, Qld, 6 Mar. 1937, S.T.BIake 
12721 p.p.; holo: L; iso: BRI, K. 
Shortly rhizomatous, more or less caespitose, 
perennial. Culms erect to decumbent, 20-70 cm tall, 
2-7 noded. Leaves: sheaths hairy or glabrous; ligule 0.8- 
3.7 mm long; blades flat, 2-22 cm long, 2-7 mm wide, 
hairy or glabrous, scabrous. Primary branch axil with 
fine to dense hairs. Racemes 4-10, usually devoid of 
spikelets at base, long and rigid, simple, 5-36 cm long. 
Central axis 2-9 cm long. Pedicels 0.3-8.3 mm long, 
apices cupuliform. Spikelets 8-30 on a typical lowermost 
primary branch, hairy, paired, lanceolate or elliptical, 
3.4-5.1 mm long, 0.9-1.4 mm wide; lower glume 0.4- 
1.6 mm long, ovate oblong, elliptical or triangular, 
0-1 nerved, membranous, smooth, glabrous, acute to 
obtuse or rounded to cleft rounded; upper glume 1.7-5 
mm long, as long as spikelet, triangular or lanceolate, 
3-7 nerved, with ciliate or non-ciliate margins and 
sub-margins, hairy, villous, rounded, acuminate, or 
acute. Lower floret; lemma 3-5 mm long, hairy, with 
indumentum shorter than the spikelet, without hair 
tufts, with a hairy or glabrous first internerve space, with 
the first internerve space wider than the second or equal 
to the second, with margins or submargins glabrous, 5-7 
nerved; palea vestigial, or absent. Upper floret shorter 
or subequal to the lower floret; lemma 2.9-5 mm long, 
brown, cartilaginous to indurate, muricate, lanceolate, 
acute to acuminate, mucronate, lanceolate, apiculate. 
Umbrella Grass or Finger Panic Grass. 
Habitat and Distribution : Arid, semi-arid and drier 
temperate areas of all mainland States, but apparently 
rare in Western Australia. 
Note on type : Bentham included O'Shanesy 1441 as 
a type of P. divaricatissimum var glaberrimum. We include 
this specimen in P. divaricatissima var macractinia. 
Digitaria divaricatissima var. macractinia 
(Benth.) Heather L.Stewart & N.G.Walsh, 
comb. nov. 
Panicum macractinium Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 468 (1878); 
Leptoloma macractinia (Benth.) Chase, Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Wash. 19: 192 (1906); Panicum divaricatissimum R.Br. 
var. macractinium (Benth.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 85: 293 
198 
Vol 29(2) 2011 

Page image

914476 Panicum tenuissimum polychaeton Muelleria 29(2): 197
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650588
Page is part of the work A morphological comparison between Digitaria coenicola and D. divaricatissima (Poaceae: Paniceae), doi:10.5962/p.292523
707547 Paragoodia crenulata Muelleria 29(2): 175-176, Figs 1, 2
707542 Paragoodia Muelleria 29(2): 174-175

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 174-175".

707539 Platylobium alternifolium Muelleria 29(2): 171-172, Fig. 6

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 171-172, Fig. 6".

707517 Platylobium formosum Muelleria 29(2): 162-163, Fig. 3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 162-163, Fig. 3".

914461 Platylobium formosum parviflorum Muelleria 29(2): 163
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650554
Page is part of the work A revision of Platylobium (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292521
914463 Platylobium formosum cordifolium Muelleria 29(2): 167
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650558
Page is part of the work A revision of Platylobium (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292521
914460 Platylobium formosum parviflorum Muelleria 29(2): 163
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650554
Page is part of the work A revision of Platylobium (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292521
914459 Platylobium formosum typicum Muelleria 29(2): 162
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650553
Page is part of the work A revision of Platylobium (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292521
707533 Platylobium infecundum Muelleria 29(2): 168, Fig. 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650559
Page is part of the work A revision of Platylobium (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292521

Page text

Thompson 
body 20-40 mm long, 8-12 mm wide, including wing 
0.6-2 mm wide, dark grey, mostly 3-8-seeded; sutures 
hairy, valves with sparse to scattered long spreading 
hairs concentrated medially; funicles c. 1 mm long. Seeds 
2.5-3 mm long, 1.5-1.8 mm wide, mid to dark brown 
or blackish, sometimes speckled; aril 1.5 mm long, c. 1 
mm high, with base 1.2 mm long; lobe not or slightly 
overhanging base. 
Selected specimens of c. 50 examined: VICTORIA: Tarago 
Rd, 5.3 km W of Tarago River Crossing, 7 km WNW of Neerim, 
N.G.Walsh s.n., 3.ix.1983 (MEL644429); c. 16 km from Noojee 
toward Powelltown, EJ.Carroll, 20.xii.1965 (CANB); Dandenong, 
CWalter ; no date (NSW); Launching Place, K.Cowle, no date 
(MEL); SW of Powelltown on Torbert Rd, just W of its junction 
with Gilderoy Rd, M.G.Corrick 8633, 22.ix.1983 (MEL644969); 
Intersection of Gembrook Rd and Mt Eirene Rd, c. 3 km S 
of Gembrook, I.R.Thompson 1132, 20.xii.2008 (CANB, MEL); 
Chappie Vale-Lavers Hill Rd c. 4.5 km SE of turnoff from 
Chappie Vale-Kennedys Creek Rd, I.CCIarke 2157, 1 .xii.1992 
(BRI, CANB, MEL2017973); c. 6 km S of Lavers Hill on road to 
Glen Aire, B.G.Briggs2965, 23.X.1969 (NSW); Between Lavers Hill 
and Apollo Bay, DJ.E.Whibley 84, 22x1957 (AD). 
Flowering period : Flowers spring. 
Distribution and habitat Occurs in the Otway 
Ranges in south-western Victoria and between the 
Dandenong Ranges and Fumina in south-central 
Victoria where locally very common (Fig. 6). A specimen 
at AD ( E.Ashby , xi.1937) with a few flowers and a single 
pod is labelled as occurring in the Grampians. Although 
this locality is feasible, the labelling is considered to 
be in error unless evidence of the existence of the 
species in the Grampians is confirmed. The appressed 
indumentum of pedicels and calyx of this specimen 
is suggestive of the Otway Ranges form of P. reflexum. 
Grows in tall open forest. 
Etymology. The epithet refers to the bracteoles 
which are commonly conspicuously reflexed (From 
Latin: reflexus, reflexed). 
Notes: The shape of the leaflet-lamina of P. reflexum 
is similar to that of P. formosum but its leaves can be 
distinguished from the latter by the presence of a 
distinct ridge at the petiole-petiolule articulation (Fig. 
1b). Platylobium montanum subsp. montanum has 
similar leaf morphology and the two species can be 
difficult to distinguish in the absence of reproductive 
structures. In P. montanum subsp. montanum the petiole 
is generally slightly longer and the leaf-base is more 
deeply cordate but these features will not consistently 
distinguish the two taxa. Bracteoles of P. reflexum have a 
distinct herbaceous patch at the base and this is another 
way in which this species differs from P. montanum. A 
typical example of the reflexed bracteoles of P. reflexum 
is shown in figure 2a. Platylobium infecundum q.v. 
has similarly shaped and reflexed bracteoles except 
that they are generally significantly smaller. Reflexed 
bracteoles also occur variably in P. formosum and P. 
triangulare; however, because of their smaller size and 
lower length:width ratio, the feature is less conspicuous. 
Plants in the Otway Ranges in south-western Victoria 
have an indumentum of short appressed hairs on the 
pedicels and calyces, whereas in south-central Victoria 
hairs on these structures are almost always long and 
spreading. 
7. Platylobium infecundum l.Thomps., sp. nov. 
A P. reflexo l.Thomps. foliis saepe a Item is, petiolo 
longiore, bracteolis minoribus differt; a P. montano 
l.Thomps. petiolo longiore plerumque, pilis longioribus, 
pedicellis longioribus, bracteolis minoribus recurvatis 
differt. 
Type: Victoria. H.E. Parker Reserve, Heathmont, 
I.R.Thompson 1104, 4.X.2008; holotyp e: MEL. 
Prostrate shrubs, rooting at nodes. Stipules 3-6 mm 
long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide. Leaves alternate and opposite 
in various proportions; petiole (2—)5—25 mm long; 
petiole-petiolule articulation distinct; lamina broad- 
ovate, triangular-ovate or rotund, mostly to c. 40 mm 
long, to c. 40 mm wide, with l:w ratio 0.9-1.6; baso- 
lateral points not developed; base mostly slightly 
cordate to truncate; margin mostly flat to slightly 
recurved, sometimes revolute; apex rounded to 
subacute or occasionally acute, with apiculum to c. 1 
mm long, not pungent, mostly brittle; upper surface 
mildly tuberculate; secondary veins angled forward at 
30-45° at widest part of leaf; lower surface glabrescent; 
midrib c. 0.4 mm wide. Inflorescences 1 -3 per axil; scales 
6-10, glabrous; scale-bract cluster 5-6 mm long, or 
occasionally with distalmost scale inserted several 
mm from cluster; bract 3-5 mm long; pedicels mostly 
15-40 mm long; bracteoles inserted 0.5-5 mm below 
receptacle, 2-5 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide, ±flat, mostly 
168 
Vol 29(2) 2011 

Page image

914454 Platylobium macrocalyx Muelleria 29(2): 159
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650550
Page is part of the work A revision of Platylobium (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292521
707519 Platylobium montanum Muelleria 29(2): 164-165

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 164-165".

707524 Platylobium montanum montanum Muelleria 29(2): 165-166, Figs 3, 4
707527 Platylobium montanum prostratum Muelleria 29(2): 166-167, Figs 3, 4
707513 Platylobium obtusangulum Muelleria 29(2): 159-160, Figs 2, 3
914455 Platylobium obtusangulum spinulosum Muelleria 29(2): 159
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650550
Page is part of the work A revision of Platylobium (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292521
914462 Platylobium ovatum Muelleria 29(2): 163
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650554
Page is part of the work A revision of Platylobium (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292521
707518 Platylobium parviflorum Muelleria 29(2): 163-164, Figs 1, 2, 3
707531 Platylobium reflexum Muelleria 29(2): 167-168, Fig. 6

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 167-168, Fig. 6".

707536 Platylobium rotundum Muelleria 29(2): 170-171, Figs 5, 6
707512 Platylobium Muelleria 29(2): 155-159

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 155-159".

914456 Platylobium triangulare Muelleria 29(2): 159
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650550
Page is part of the work A revision of Platylobium (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292521
914457 Platylobium triangulare Muelleria 29(2): 159
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650550
Page is part of the work A revision of Platylobium (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292521
914470 Ptychosema anomalum Muelleria 29(2): 185
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650576
Page is part of the work A revision of Muelleranthus, Ptychosema and Aenictophyton (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292522

Page text

A revision of Muelleronthus, Ptychosema and Aenictophyton 
racemes; primary raceme mostly several-flowered; 
secondary racemes shorter, fewer-flowered; flowers 
developing progressively; bract and bracteoles variably 
persistent; bracteoles inserted proximally to distally on 
pedicel. Flower-buds with apex pointed; hypanthium c. 
cylindrical, with nerves raised; hypanthium and calyx 
red-striped longitudinally; calyx-lobes c. equal to or 
longer than tube, subulate; upper lobes fused for V 3 to 
Vi of length; lower lobes triangular; standard and wings 
slightly longer than keel; standard with red-brown 
stripes abaxially, wings and keel variously streaked 
reddish; keel c. right angled between apex and upper 
margin; anther connective slender; ovary 6-10-ovulate; 
stigma small. Pods with stipe subequal to or longer than 
calyx; body elliptic or oblong-elliptic in profile, lacking 
pigmented patches. Seeds: aril small, with lobe slightly 
to moderately curved or rudimentary. 
Notes: Aenictophyton is a genus of two species 
extending from far north-western Australia ESE through 
central Australia and into far north-western New South 
Wales. The genus is characterised by a shrubby habit, 
terminal, several-flowered indeterminate inflorescences, 
a long cylindrical hypanthium, a striped hypanthium 
and calyx, and a keel with an angular apex. Its closest 
relative is likely to be Ptychosema q.v. 
4a. Aenictophyton anomalum (F.Muell.) 
I.Thomps., comb. nov. 
Ptychosema anomalum F.Muell., Fragm. 9:62 (1875) 
Type: Northern Territory. Mt Olga, E.Giles, 1873-4; 
lectotype: MEL26461, fide A.T.Lee, Contr. New South Wales 
Natl. Flerb. 4(7): 416 (1973); isolectotype: MEL26462. 
Plants to c. 30 cm high, with fine appressed or 
spreading hairs 0.2-0.5 mm long. Stipules lanceolate, 
mostly 1 -2 mm long, 0.4-0.8 mm wide, to 4 mm long on 
lower stems, herbaceous. Leaves mostly 7—15-foliolate, 
to c. 50 mm long; petiole base pulvinate, most of 
petiole and rachis herbaceous, fleshy, branch-like; 
leaflets opposite or occasionally a small proportion 
alternate, elliptic, broad-elliptic, obovate or cuneate, 
narrow-oblong to c. linear when folded, 2-10 mm long; 
apex rounded to truncate, apiculate; upper surface 
green, variably glabrescent. Primary inflorescences few 
to several-flowered; bract 1-2.5 mm long; pedicels 
2-4 mm long, not green, hairy, becoming recurved; 
bracteoles 0.8-2 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide, inserted 
1-2 mm below receptacle. Hypanthium 1.5-3 mm long; 
calyx 3-4.5 mm long, with a sparse indumentum of 
short appressed hairs; lobes shorter than tube; standard 
7-9 mm long, 6-7 mm wide; wings 5-9 mm long, c. 2 
mm wide; keel 5-7 mm long, c. 3 mm wide; anthers c. 0.3 
mm long; style c. 2 mm long. Pods with stipe equal to or 
shortly exceeding calyx; body elliptic, 10-20 mm long, 
4-6 mm wide, sometimes with red-brown blotches or 
speckles, mostly 1- or 2-seeded. Seeds 3 mm long; aril 
minute, with a vestigial lobe. 
Selected specimens of c. 30 examined : WESTERN 
AUSTRALIA: Walter James Range, road toTjukurla, H.P.Vonow 
3114 & V.T.CIarke (AD, PERTH). NORTHERN TERRITORY: 27 km 
E of Docker Settlement, J.R.Maconochie 1849, 26.viii.1973 (AD, 
BRI, CANB, MEL2093328, NSW, PERTH); c. 3 km NE of Ayers 
Rock, NMHenry 469 (AD, DNA, MEL2093327, PERTH); 7 km 
SW of Reedy Rockhole, P.K.Latz 8772, 13.viii1981 (CANB, DNA). 
SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Birksgate Range, near Atuti Hill, W of Mt 
Lindsay, P.D.CantyBS23-39296 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES:Nulty 
Springs', Enngonia, c. 60 km NE of Bourke, G.M.Cunningham & 
P.L.Milthorpe4165, 20.xi.1975 (NSW);'Burrawantie', W.E.Mulham 
1107, 18.viii.1977 (CANB, NSW); c. 6 km NE of Cumborah 
on Lightning Ridge Rd, G.M.Cunningham & P.Mulham 1962, 
17.iii.1974 (NSW); Lednapper Crossing Rd, 900 m from 'Beulah' 
entrance towards Bourke, B.A.Bell 128&S.Donaldson, 29.ix.1999 
(CANB). 
Flowering period: Flowers late winter to spring. 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in two widely 
disjunct zones, one in far south-western Northern 
Territory and adjacent parts of Western Australia and far 
north-western South Australia, the other in far northern 
New South Wales (Fig. 7). Grows in red sand on dunes 
associated with Triodia pungens. 
Notes: Leaflets are variable in shape and often have 
raised pinnate, forward-angled secondary venation. 
Pairs of leaflets are inserted quite close together towards 
the upper midline of the rachis rather than at the sides 
(Fig. 8a). In a specimen from near Uluru (Ayers Rock), in 
the Northern Territory ( Lazarides & Palmer 293 CANB), a 
small proportion of leaves have alternate lateral leaflets. 
A specimen from Cumborah in New South Wales 
(Cunningham & Mulham 4162 NSW) differs from other 
specimens in being virtually glabrous and having longer 
leaflets.This form warrants further investigation. 
Aenictophyton anomalum is transferred here from 
Muelleria 
185 

Page image

707553 Ptychosema Muelleria 29(2): 183
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650574
Page is part of the work A revision of Muelleranthus, Ptychosema and Aenictophyton (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292522

Page text

A revision of Muelleranthus, Ptychosemo and Aenictophyton 
M. parvalatus in central Australia and M. trifoliolatus 
in central Western Australia. Lee (1973) placed 
specimens of M. stipularis with a sparse indumentum 
from Queensland, New South Wales and the Northern 
Territory in M. trifoliolatus, and this has subsequently 
caused some confusion in identification. 
Lee (1973) incorrectly designated AD 95830040 as 
the holotype of P. anomalum. This material came from 
the herbarium of the collector J.B. Cleland and was 
unlikely to have been used by Black when describing 
the new species. Lee appears not to have been aware of 
the existence of the material used by Black which is now 
mounted on sheet AD 97221313. 
3. Ptychosema Benth., in J.Lindley, 
Edwards's Bot. Reg., app. to vols 1 -23, xvi 
(1839) 
Type : P. pusillum Benth. 
Dwarf herbaceous perennials to c. 8 cm high, with 
underground stems rising vertically from deep horizontal 
rhizomes; above-ground parts sparsely pubescent; 
branches to c. 0.7 mm in diameter. Stipules narrow- 
lanceolate, fleshy, green. Leaves imparipinnate, with 
petiole and rachis sub-herbaceous, not fleshy; petiole 
generally longer than leaflets but shorter than rachis; 
leaflets generally much longer than broad; upper surface 
not dotted with glands; lower surface with secondary 
veins raised. Inflorescences of a solitary terminal flower; a 
rudimentary axis-terminus sometimes evident opposite 
bract; bract and bracteoles persistent; bracteoles inserted 
c. mid-pedicel or more distally. Flower-buds not or only 
minutely pointed at apex; hypanthium obconical, with 
nerves obscure; hypanthium and calyx not striped; 
calyx-lobes c. equal to tube, with apices often shortly 
filiform; upper lobes fused for most of length; lower 
lobes ±triangular; standard clearly longer than wings, 
wings longer than keel; standard with red-brown stripes 
abaxially, wings and keel variously marked reddish; keel 
c. rounded at apex; anther connective slender; ovary 
glabrous, ovules per ovary unknown; stigma large. Pods 
and seeds unknown. 
Notes : There have been three taxa included with P. 
pusillum in Ptychosema since the genus was erected. 
Two of these, Ptychosema trifoliolatum and P. stipulare, 
Figure 5. Distribution of Ptychosema pusillum (shown by black 
dots; grey circle added to highlight their whereabouts). 
were transferred to Muelleranthus in 1973, while in this 
paper P. anomalum is transferred to Aenictophyton. Thus, 
P. pusillum has been returned to its original status as a 
monotypic genus. Ptychosema is likely to be most closely 
related to Aenictophyton based on the herbaceous 
petiole and rachis of the leaves and its growth from 
deep horizontal rhizomes. The last of these characters 
has not been recorded in Muelleranthus and Paragoodia, 
but there is insufficient knowlege of underground parts 
of these genera to rule out their presence. 
Ptychosema pusillum Benth., in J.Lindley, 
Edwards's Bot. Reg., app. to vols 1-23, xvi (1839) 
Type : Western Australia. Swan River, J.Drummond 
s.n.; holotype: K000278107 n.v., image seen in Kew 
herbarium catalogue on-line. 
Plants to c. 3 cm high excluding inflorescences, 
with scattered appressed or spreading coarse hairs 
mostly 0.5-1 mm long; stems to c. 0.7 mm in diameter. 
Stipules narrow-lanceolate to linear, 1-2.5 mm long, 
0.1-0.4 mm wide. Leaves 5-13-foliolate, to c. 40 mm 
long; petiole 5-10 mm long, not thicker than pulvinus; 
rachis slightly green, 0.3-0.4 mm in diameter, not 
fleshy; leaflets occasionally sub-opposite, obovate to 
narrow-oblanceolate, narrow-cuneate or appearing 
narrow-oblong to linear when folded, 4-10 mm long; 
upper surface glabrous; lower surface with secondary 
veins conspicuously raised. Flowers solitary; peduncle 
20-50 mm long; bract narrow-ovate, 2 mm long, c. 
1 mm wide; pedicels 10-12 mm long; bracteoles c. 2 
Muelieria 
183 

Page image

707554 Ptychosema pusillum Muelleria 29(2): 183-184, Figs 5, 6
914466 Ptychosema stipulare Muelleria 29(2): 180
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650571
Page is part of the work A revision of Muelleranthus, Ptychosema and Aenictophyton (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292522

Page text

Thompson 
Plants very sparsely haired with appressed hairs c. 0.2 
mm long. Stipules narrow-ovate to lanceolate, 1.5-3 mm 
long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, with midrib generally distinct. 
Leaves : lamina of leaflets cuneate-obovate or obcordate, 
3-6 mm long, 2-5 mm wide, with l:w ratio 1-1.4; apex 
truncate, retuse or bilobed, not apiculate; upper surface 
sometimes with dark glands, glabrous; lower surface 
with secondary veins not evident. Inflorescences 1 (or 
2)-flowered; peduncle 1-3 cm long; bract 1-2 mm 
long, 0.7 mm wide; pedicel 1-3 mm long, glabrous or 
with appressed hairs; bracteoles 1-2 mm long, 0.3 mm 
wide, inserted c. 1 mm below receptacle. Hypanthium 
c. 0.5 mm long; calyx 3-4 mm long, glabrous, with 
lobes longer than tube; upper lobes fused for c. half of 
length; sta ndard 6-10 mm long, 6-8 mm wide, with 
flare narrow, usually flecked red-brown abaxially; wings 
4.5-7 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, all yellow or with a red- 
brown patch proximally; keel 7-12 mm long, 4-5 mm 
wide, usually with red-brown flecks throughout; anthers 
c. 0.6 mm long; ovary 8-12-ovulate, style 2.5-3 mm long. 
Pods: stipe 2-3 mm long, body narrow-oblong, 15-25 
mm long, 3.5-4.5 mm wide; upper sutures not winged; 
valves sometimes faintly spotted. Seeds irregularly 
ellipsoid, 2-2.8 mm long, red-brown, sometimes lightly 
mottled, aril minute but with lobe distinct. 
Selected specimens of c. 20 examined : NORTHERN 
TERRITORY: Curlew Waterhole, Lander R., c. 100 km NW of 
Willowra homestead, G.Chippendale 4805, 31 .vii.1958 (AD, 
CANB, DNA, NSW, PERTH); c. 3 km E of Wycliffe Creek crossing, 
Stuart Hwy, DJ.Nelson 692, 30.iv.1963 (AD, CANB, DNA, NSW); 
7 km WSW No. 3 Bore, Manners Creek Station, D.E.AIbrecht 
6318, 21 .iii.l995 (DNA, MEL279975); Stirling Swamp, P.K.Latz 
5605, 3.vii.1974 (CANB, BRI, DNA); 10 km from Warrabri 
Aboriginal Settlement towards “Murray Downs", N.OIIerenshaw 
575, 27.L1982 (CANB); Around Parnta outstation, 35 km S of 
Lajamanu, K.G.Brennan 6007, 10x2003 (DNA). QUEENSLAND: 
Mulligans River, W.A.Cornish, 1885 (MEL26469). 
Flowering period: Flowers most times of year in 
response to rainfall. 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in the Northern 
Territory and in far south-western Queensland (Fig. 3). 
Grows adjacent to watercourses and swamps. 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the relatively 
small wing petals (From Latin: parvus, small and alatus, 
winged). 
Notes.The keel of M. parvalatus, and to a lesser extent 
the standard, are distinctively speckled purple-brown, 
and the wings are relatively short and entirely or mostly 
yellow (Fig. 4j). The standard claw is conspicuously 
cuneateas is the limb. Muelleranthusparvalatus is similar 
to M. trifoliolatus but, in addition to the differences 
indicated in the key, has a lower proportion of 2-flowered 
racemes, shorter pedicels, and pod valves that lack 
maculations. Glabrous forms of M. stipularis vegetatively 
resemble M. parvalatus. Muelleranthus parvalatus can 
be distinguished in the fruiting period by the persistent 
style and stamens, which are shorter. 
Muelleranthus trifoliolatus, M. obovatus and M. 
parvalatus form a group based on similarities in 
floral structure and aril development. The seed of M. 
parvalatus is shown in figure 4k and habit is shown in 
figure 4i. 
The illustrations and much of the description of M. 
trifoliolatus in Flora of Central Australia (Crisp 1981) 
correspond to M. parvalatus. 
2d. Muelleranthus stipularis (J.M.BIack) A.T.Lee, 
Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 4(7): 418 
(1973) 
Ptychosema stipulare J.M.BIack, Trans. Roy. Soc. South 
Australia 62(1): 103 (1938). 
Type: Northern Territory. Bundooma, J.B.CIeland, 
8.viii.1936; holotype: AD97221313; isotype: 
AD95830040, MEL26465, K000278104, image seen on¬ 
line. 
Muelleranthus trifoliolatus sensu A.T.Lee, Contr. New 
South Wales Natl. Herb. 4(7): 418 (1973), pro parte; sensu 
T.AJames (1991, 2002 revised edn), as M. trifoliatus, in 
GJ.Harden (ed.), FI. New South Wales 2: 511-512, pro 
parte. 
Prostrate to weakly erect plants with a dense 
indumentum of spreading or subappressed hairs to c. 
1 mm long, or with a sparse to scattered indumentum 
of appressed hairs 0.3-0.7 mm long, or plants quite 
glabrous. Stipules narrow-ovate to broad-ovate, elliptic 
or c. orbicular, 2-6 mm long, 1 -6 mm wide, with abaxial 
venation generally indistinct, usually with 2 or more 
veins evident proximally. Leaves: lamina of leaflets 
cuneate, slightly obcordate or obovate, 2-10 mm long, 
2-7 mm wide, with l:w ratio 1 -1.7; apex broadly rounded, 
truncate or slightly retuse, apiculum absent or small; 
180 
Vol 29(2) 2011 

Page image

914465 Ptychosema trifoliolatum Muelleria 29(2): 177
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650568
Page is part of the work A revision of Muelleranthus, Ptychosema and Aenictophyton (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292522
707494 Thelymitra adorata Muelleria 29(2): 122-123, Figs 3a, 4a, 6d-f

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 122-123, Figs 3a, 4a, 6d-f".

707492 Thelymitra aristata Muelleria 29(2): 119-120, Figs 1c, 2c, 5g-i
707490 Thelymitra epipactoides Muelleria 29(2): 115-117, Figs 1a, 2a, 5a-c

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 115-117, Figs 1a, 2a, 5a-c".

707493 Thelymitra grandiflora Muelleria 29(2): 120-121, Figs 1d, 2d, 6a-c

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 120-121, Figs 1d, 2d, 6a-c".

707495 Thelymitra kangaloonica Muelleria 29(2): 123-125, Figs 3b, 4b, 6g-i

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 123-125, Figs 3b, 4b, 6g-i".

914450 Thelymitra murdochiae Muelleria 29(2): 119
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650510
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Thelymitra aristata (Orchidaceae) complex of south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292518

Page text

Resolution of the Thelymitra aristata (Orchidaceae) complex 
Notes: On Clarke Island, T. silena grows sympatrically 
with T. aristata and the two are obviously closely related. 
The latter can be readily distinguished by its darker blue 
flowers that open more readily, its more or less flat, 
strap-like post-anther lobe on the column, longer lateral 
lobes with many hairs in dense tufts and a more basal 
anther.The South Australian species T. grandifiora is also 
related to T. silena , but the former has darker blue, pale 
purplish to lilac flowers, a less globose post-anther lobe, 
longer lateral lobes with many more hairs and a more 
basal anther. 
L. Rodway collected T. silena on Clarke Island in 
late November 1895, and sent a specimen to Baron 
Ferdinand von Mueller in Melbourne. The specimen 
was accompanied by the note "The enclosed Thelymitra 
from Clarke Island has a total absence of lateral lobes 
to the column wing. Otherwise it does not differ from 
robust forms of T. aristata Lind. The short anther and 
papillose termination to the column wing being exactly 
in accord. I thought it might interest you. I will endeavour 
to find out if it is a mere sport next season." At the time 
of collection the specimen was past anthesis and had 
splitting seed capsules. By the time the plants flowered 
again in the following season, Mueller was probably 
already dead, and there is no evidence that Rodway 
returned to Clarke Island to collect more specimens 
as he had intended. The species was apparently not 
collected again until November 1979, by J.S Whinray. 
A collection of this species, housed at AD, reputedly 
originating from Wilsons Promontory in Victoria is in 
need of confirmation. 
3. Thelymitra aristata Lindl., Gen . Sp. Orch. Pl. 
521 (1840). 
Type: Tasmania, Welcome River near Woolnorth, 
xi. 1837, R. Gunn 939 (lectotype K!); Residual syntypes: 
Tasmania, Circular Head, xii. 1837, R. Gunn 941 (BM!,K!,P!). 
Thelymitra murdochiae Nicholls, Victorian Naturalist 
50:219, t. 35 (1934). Type: Victoria, Wonthaggi, 7 xi. 1933, 
E.H. Homann s.n. (holotype MEL651736!, MEL2039622!). 
(as T. Murdochae) 
Illustrations: Nicholls (1969) plates 33 & 34 (as T. 
grandifiora ); Jones (1988) pages 286, 288 & 289; Bates 
& Weber (1990) plate 198; Weber & Entwisle (1994) fig. 
179 a-c; Backhouse & Jeanes (1995) page 330; Jones et 
al. (1999) pages 260 & 265; Jeanes & Backhouse (2006) 
page 199; Jones (2006) 239. 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-4 cm long, 
5-20 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 
10-40 cm long, 5-40 mm wide, erect, canaliculate, 
fleshy, dark or light green with a purplish base, ribbed 
abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute. Inflorescence 
20-100 cm tall. Scape 2-9 mm diam., slender to stout, 
straight, green or purplish. Sterile bracts 1-4, linear 
to lanceolate, 3-15 cm long, 5-25 mm wide, closely 
sheathing, dark green with a purplish base, acute, 
lower ones leaf-like. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to 
obovate-acuminate, 7-35 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, 
closely sheathing the pedicel, green or purplish. Pedicels 
4-25 mm long, slender. Ovary cylindric to narrowly 
obovoid, 8-20 mm long, 2-5 mm wide. Flowers 2-40, 
15-45 mm across, usually blue to violet, opening 
moderately freely in warm weather. Perianth segments 
10-25 mm long, 4-10 mm wide, concave to almost flat, 
shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate to lanceolate, acute; 
lateral sepals ovate to lanceolate, acute; petals ovate to 
lanceolate, acute; labellum ovate to lanceolate, acute, 
often narrow than other segments. Column erect from 
the end of ovary, 5.5-8 mm long, 2-3.5 mm wide, white, 
pale blue or greenish; post-anther lobe not hooding the 
anther, 2-3 mm long, 1.5-2.2 mm wide; post-anther lobe 
extension 1.5-2.5 mm long, more or less flat, strap-like, 
straight or gently curved, apex often shallowly bilobed, 
lobes toothed or incised, yellow with a dark purplish 
collar; auxiliary lobes absent; lateral lobes converging, 
1.5-2.5 mm long, digitiform, obliquely erect, each with a 
more or less terminal short toothbrush-like tuft of white 
to pale yellow hairs, the individual hairs 1-1.7 mm long. 
Anther inserted at base of column, mostly obscured 
behind stigma, ovoid to almost spherical, 1.8-2.6 mm 
long, 1.4-2.2 mm wide, warty, connective produced 
into an obtuse beak to c. 0.4 mm long; pollinarium 1.4- 
2.2 mm long; viscidium circular to reniform, c. 0.5 mm 
long; pollinia coherent, white. Stigma situated at base of 
column, ovate-quadrate, 1.5-2.5 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm 
wide, margins irregular. Capsules obovoid, 10-20 mm 
long, 5-6 mm wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 1 c, Fig. 5 g-i) 
Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA: South 
East: Mt Burr, ll.x.1973, RJ. Bates s.n. (AD 97722494). NEW 
SOUTH WALES: Roadside near Eden, 4x1987, RJ. Bates 10535 
Muelleria 
119 

Page image

707496 Thelymitra planicola Muelleria 29(2): 125, 127-128, Figs 3c, 4c, 7a-c
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59650516
Page is part of the work Resolution of the Thelymitra aristata (Orchidaceae) complex of south-eastern Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292518

Page text

Resolution of the Thelymitra aristata (Orchidaceae) complex 
18108 (holotype CANB 633110; isotypes MEL 2172091, 
NSW, BRI). 
Illustrations : Bishop (2000) plate 59 (as T. aristata ); Jones 
(2006) 239. 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers not seen. Leaf linearto 
linear-lanceolate, 10-35 cm long, 5-20 mm wide, erect, 
canaliculate, fleshy, green with a purplish base, ribbed 
abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute. Inflorescence 
20-56 cm tall. Scape 1 . 5-3.5 mm diam., straight, green 
or purplish. Sterile bracts usually 3, occasionally 2, linear 
to lanceolate, 1.5-11 cm long, 3-14 mm wide, green to 
purplish, lower ones closely sheathing and sometimes 
leaf-like, upper one usually only half encircling the 
scape and mostly free, acute to acuminate. Fertile 
bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 6-20 
mm long, 3-6 mm wide, closely sheathing the pedicel, 
green or purplish. Pedicels 2-10 mm long, slender. Ovary 
cylindric to narrowly obovoid, 6-11 mm long, 1.5-3 
mm wide. Flowers 2-15, 15-32 mm across, dark blue 
with darker longitudinal veins, opening moderately 
freely in warm weather. Perianth segments 8-18 mm 
long, 4-8 mm wide, concave, shortly apiculate; dorsal 
sepal ovate, obtuse to subacute; lateral sepals ovate 
to lanceolate, slightly asymmetric, acute; petals ovate, 
obtuse to subacute; labellum ovate to lanceolate, acute, 
slightly smaller than other segments. Column erect 
from the end of ovary, 5.5-6.5 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm 
wide, white to mauve; post-anther lobe not hooding the 
anther, 2-2.5 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide; post-anther lobe 
extension 1.5-2 mm long, more or less flat, strap-like, 
gently curved, yellow with a dark purplish collar, apex 
decurved, often shallowly bilobed, lobes toothed or 
incised; auxiliary lobes absent; lateral lobes converging, 
1.5-2.3 mm long, digitiform, obliquely erect, each with 
a more or less terminal short toothbrush-like tuft of 
white hairs, the individual hairs 1-1.6 mm long. Anther 
inserted at base of column, mostly obscured behind 
stigma, ovoid to almost spherical, 2-2.5 mm long, 
1.7-2.2 mm wide, warty, connective produced into an 
obtuse beak to c. 0.3 mm long; pollinarium 1.7-2.2 mm 
long; viscidium circular to transverse-elliptic, 0.5-0.6 mm 
long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide; pollinia friable, mealy, white. 
Stigma situated at base of column, ovate-quadrate, 1.6- 
2 mm long, 1.8-2 mm wide, margins irregular, hardly 
bilobed at apex. Capsules obovoid, 8-12 mm long, 4-6 
mm wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 3 b, Fig. 6 g-i) 
Specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: Central Coast: East 
Kangaloon, Molly Morgan Swamp, 9.xi.1969, B. Whitehead 2350, 
2348,2349,2306 (CANB 8104568, CANB 8104431, CANB 8104432 
& CANB 8104433); Central Coast: East Kangaloon, 16.xi.1970, B. 
Whitehead2437 (CANB 8104567); NE of East Kangaloon, 9.xi.1969, 
B. Whitehead s.n. (NSW 88618); Central Coast: Tourist Road, E of 
Bowral, 22.xi.1998, M.A. Clements 9805 (CANB 611740); Central 
Tablelands: Fitzroy Falls, 15.xi.1992, AD. Bishop J245/7-12 (NSW 
430838); Central Coast: Robertson, swamp near Tourist Road, 
22.x.1986, RG. Tunstall 174 (CANB 8605737). 
Distribution and habitat: Apparently endemic to 
the Central Tablelands (Harden 1993) of New South 
Wales, in the Fitzroy Falls/Robertson/Kangaloon area. 
Grows in seasonally swampy sedgeland on grey silty 
clay loam. Altitude: 600-700 m. (Fig. 4 b) 
Conservation status: Locally common, but with a 
very restricted range and probably endangered. Drying 
of its swampy habitat by a proposed borefield appears 
to be the main immediate threat facing this species. 
Suggest 2E by criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1996) and 
Endangered (E) by criteria of IUCN (2001). 
Flowering period: Late October and November 
Pollination biology: The friable, mealy pollen 
and the high degree of capsule development would 
suggest that this species is facultatively autogamous. 
The moderately large, freely opening flowers with a 
strong spicy fragrance and the functional viscidium 
indicate that this species is at least sometimes capable 
of entomophily. 
Notes: Thelymitra kangaloonica is closely related 
to T. aristata , but the latter grows in lower altitude 
heathlands and heathy woodlands, is a generally more 
robust species often with a larger leaf, larger sterile and 
fertile bracts, longer pedicels and larger flowers that 
generally appear earlier in the season. 
Etymology: From the township of Kangaloon in the 
Central Tablelands (Harden 1993) district of New South 
Wales. The type collection and most other preserved 
specimens came from this general area. 
7. Thelymitra planicola Jeanes, Muelleria 14:94 
( 2000 ). 
Type: Victoria. Golden Beach. SE edge of Lake Reeve, c. 
200 m NE of causeway and adjacent to rare plant reserve, 
26 x. 1999, J.A. Jeanes 608 (holotype spirit MEL2069957!, 
isotypes MEL2069958!, CANB!). 
Muelleria 
125 

Page image

707491 Thelymitra silena Muelleria 29(2): 117-119, Figs 1b, 2b, 5d-f

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 29(2): 117-119, Figs 1b, 2b, 5d-f".

1000464 Butterfly spyridium Muelleria 30(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1)".

747354 Callistemon hemistictus Muelleria 30(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605030
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240

Page text

Udovicic and Spencer 
morphologically and, given the homoplasious nature 
of the morphological characters surveyed in their study, 
the situation appears no closer to resolution. 
Edwards etal. (2010) justify the sinking of Collistemon 
on the basis of non-monophyly demonstrated by 
cpDNA alone. A decision based on this evidence seems 
premature, especially as their combined analysis, with 
morphology included, and studies based on nuclear 
DNA (Ladiges etal. 1999; Brown etal. 2001), recovered 
a monophyletic Australian Callistemon. The analysis of 
Edwards etal (2010) contained relatively few samples 
of Callistemon and GenBank accession numbers were 
given for only a small proportion of taxa in that study 
precluding the independent verification of ndhf 
sequences and their resulting phylogenies. We therefore 
concur with Brown etal. (2001) that, Australian species 
should be retained in Callistemon , and that monophyletic 
groups may need to be formally recognised within 
Melaleuca , preferably with morphological characters to 
diagnose the main clades. 
If all genera of the Melaleuceae are subsumed within 
Melaleuca then this aggregate genus would itself 
have no morphological characters to uniquely define 
it, thereby failing a major criterion used to justify the 
proposed synonymy. Further, the conclusion that, '... 
current species-poor genera may retain recognition 
at the subgeneric level' (Edwards et al. 2010), simply 
transfers this difficulty to a lower rank, raising the 
possibility of a polyphyletic subgenus Melaleuca that 
cannot be morphologically defined. 
We consider that, in spite of clear difficulties in 
resolving these issues, current evidence is insufficient 
to justify the proposal to synonymise all genera of 
Melaleuceae, and more molecular and morphological 
evidence is required. Accordingly, the following new 
combinations are provided for Australian species of 
Callistemon currently placed in Melaleuca. For readers' 
reference we have listed phrase names recognised in the 
Australian Plant Name Index (APNI 2011) as synonyms. 
Full synonymy is available in Craven (2009). 
Taxonomy 
Callistemon hemistictus (S.T.BIake ex Craven) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca hemisticta S.T.BIake ex Craven, 
Novon 19:444-445 (2009). 
Callistemon lazaridis (Craven) Udovicic & 
R. D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca lazaridis Craven, Novon 19:445- 
446 (2009). 
Callistemon megalongensis (Craven & S.M.Douglas) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca megalongensis Craven & 
S. M.Douglas, Novon 19:446-447 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon sp. Megalong Valley (Craven, 
Mallison & Douglas 10442) NSW Herbarium 
Callistemon montis-zamiae (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca montis-zamiae Craven, Novon 
19:447 (2009). 
Callistemon phratra (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, 
comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca phratra Craven, Novon 19: 447- 
448 (2009). 
Callistemon pungens Lumley & R.D.Spencer 
Synonym: Melaleuca williamsii Craven 
Callistemon pungens subsp. pungens 
Callistemon pungens subsp. fletcheri (Craven) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. fletcheri 
Craven, Novon 19:451-452 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon pungens subsp. Fletcheri 
(P.F.Lumley 1120) Australian National Herbarium 
Callistemon pungens subsp. synoriensis 
(Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. synoriensis 
Craven, Novon 19:452-453 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon sp. Gibraltar Range 
(RJohnstone 1738) NSW Herbarium 
24 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747355 Callistemon lazaridis Muelleria 30(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605030
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240

Page text

Udovicic and Spencer 
morphologically and, given the homoplasious nature 
of the morphological characters surveyed in their study, 
the situation appears no closer to resolution. 
Edwards etal. (2010) justify the sinking of Collistemon 
on the basis of non-monophyly demonstrated by 
cpDNA alone. A decision based on this evidence seems 
premature, especially as their combined analysis, with 
morphology included, and studies based on nuclear 
DNA (Ladiges etal. 1999; Brown etal. 2001), recovered 
a monophyletic Australian Callistemon. The analysis of 
Edwards etal (2010) contained relatively few samples 
of Callistemon and GenBank accession numbers were 
given for only a small proportion of taxa in that study 
precluding the independent verification of ndhf 
sequences and their resulting phylogenies. We therefore 
concur with Brown etal. (2001) that, Australian species 
should be retained in Callistemon , and that monophyletic 
groups may need to be formally recognised within 
Melaleuca , preferably with morphological characters to 
diagnose the main clades. 
If all genera of the Melaleuceae are subsumed within 
Melaleuca then this aggregate genus would itself 
have no morphological characters to uniquely define 
it, thereby failing a major criterion used to justify the 
proposed synonymy. Further, the conclusion that, '... 
current species-poor genera may retain recognition 
at the subgeneric level' (Edwards et al. 2010), simply 
transfers this difficulty to a lower rank, raising the 
possibility of a polyphyletic subgenus Melaleuca that 
cannot be morphologically defined. 
We consider that, in spite of clear difficulties in 
resolving these issues, current evidence is insufficient 
to justify the proposal to synonymise all genera of 
Melaleuceae, and more molecular and morphological 
evidence is required. Accordingly, the following new 
combinations are provided for Australian species of 
Callistemon currently placed in Melaleuca. For readers' 
reference we have listed phrase names recognised in the 
Australian Plant Name Index (APNI 2011) as synonyms. 
Full synonymy is available in Craven (2009). 
Taxonomy 
Callistemon hemistictus (S.T.BIake ex Craven) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca hemisticta S.T.BIake ex Craven, 
Novon 19:444-445 (2009). 
Callistemon lazaridis (Craven) Udovicic & 
R. D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca lazaridis Craven, Novon 19:445- 
446 (2009). 
Callistemon megalongensis (Craven & S.M.Douglas) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca megalongensis Craven & 
S. M.Douglas, Novon 19:446-447 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon sp. Megalong Valley (Craven, 
Mallison & Douglas 10442) NSW Herbarium 
Callistemon montis-zamiae (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca montis-zamiae Craven, Novon 
19:447 (2009). 
Callistemon phratra (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, 
comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca phratra Craven, Novon 19: 447- 
448 (2009). 
Callistemon pungens Lumley & R.D.Spencer 
Synonym: Melaleuca williamsii Craven 
Callistemon pungens subsp. pungens 
Callistemon pungens subsp. fletcheri (Craven) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. fletcheri 
Craven, Novon 19:451-452 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon pungens subsp. Fletcheri 
(P.F.Lumley 1120) Australian National Herbarium 
Callistemon pungens subsp. synoriensis 
(Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. synoriensis 
Craven, Novon 19:452-453 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon sp. Gibraltar Range 
(RJohnstone 1738) NSW Herbarium 
24 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747356 Callistemon megalongensis Muelleria 30(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605030
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240
747357 Callistemon montis-zamia Muelleria 30(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605030
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240
4525017 Callistemon montis-zamiae Muelleria 30(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605030
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240
747358 Callistemon phratra Muelleria 30(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605030
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240

Page text

Udovicic and Spencer 
morphologically and, given the homoplasious nature 
of the morphological characters surveyed in their study, 
the situation appears no closer to resolution. 
Edwards etal. (2010) justify the sinking of Collistemon 
on the basis of non-monophyly demonstrated by 
cpDNA alone. A decision based on this evidence seems 
premature, especially as their combined analysis, with 
morphology included, and studies based on nuclear 
DNA (Ladiges etal. 1999; Brown etal. 2001), recovered 
a monophyletic Australian Callistemon. The analysis of 
Edwards etal (2010) contained relatively few samples 
of Callistemon and GenBank accession numbers were 
given for only a small proportion of taxa in that study 
precluding the independent verification of ndhf 
sequences and their resulting phylogenies. We therefore 
concur with Brown etal. (2001) that, Australian species 
should be retained in Callistemon , and that monophyletic 
groups may need to be formally recognised within 
Melaleuca , preferably with morphological characters to 
diagnose the main clades. 
If all genera of the Melaleuceae are subsumed within 
Melaleuca then this aggregate genus would itself 
have no morphological characters to uniquely define 
it, thereby failing a major criterion used to justify the 
proposed synonymy. Further, the conclusion that, '... 
current species-poor genera may retain recognition 
at the subgeneric level' (Edwards et al. 2010), simply 
transfers this difficulty to a lower rank, raising the 
possibility of a polyphyletic subgenus Melaleuca that 
cannot be morphologically defined. 
We consider that, in spite of clear difficulties in 
resolving these issues, current evidence is insufficient 
to justify the proposal to synonymise all genera of 
Melaleuceae, and more molecular and morphological 
evidence is required. Accordingly, the following new 
combinations are provided for Australian species of 
Callistemon currently placed in Melaleuca. For readers' 
reference we have listed phrase names recognised in the 
Australian Plant Name Index (APNI 2011) as synonyms. 
Full synonymy is available in Craven (2009). 
Taxonomy 
Callistemon hemistictus (S.T.BIake ex Craven) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca hemisticta S.T.BIake ex Craven, 
Novon 19:444-445 (2009). 
Callistemon lazaridis (Craven) Udovicic & 
R. D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca lazaridis Craven, Novon 19:445- 
446 (2009). 
Callistemon megalongensis (Craven & S.M.Douglas) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca megalongensis Craven & 
S. M.Douglas, Novon 19:446-447 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon sp. Megalong Valley (Craven, 
Mallison & Douglas 10442) NSW Herbarium 
Callistemon montis-zamiae (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca montis-zamiae Craven, Novon 
19:447 (2009). 
Callistemon phratra (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, 
comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca phratra Craven, Novon 19: 447- 
448 (2009). 
Callistemon pungens Lumley & R.D.Spencer 
Synonym: Melaleuca williamsii Craven 
Callistemon pungens subsp. pungens 
Callistemon pungens subsp. fletcheri (Craven) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. fletcheri 
Craven, Novon 19:451-452 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon pungens subsp. Fletcheri 
(P.F.Lumley 1120) Australian National Herbarium 
Callistemon pungens subsp. synoriensis 
(Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. synoriensis 
Craven, Novon 19:452-453 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon sp. Gibraltar Range 
(RJohnstone 1738) NSW Herbarium 
24 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747359 Callistemon pungens Muelleria 30(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605030
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240

Page text

Udovicic and Spencer 
morphologically and, given the homoplasious nature 
of the morphological characters surveyed in their study, 
the situation appears no closer to resolution. 
Edwards etal. (2010) justify the sinking of Collistemon 
on the basis of non-monophyly demonstrated by 
cpDNA alone. A decision based on this evidence seems 
premature, especially as their combined analysis, with 
morphology included, and studies based on nuclear 
DNA (Ladiges etal. 1999; Brown etal. 2001), recovered 
a monophyletic Australian Callistemon. The analysis of 
Edwards etal (2010) contained relatively few samples 
of Callistemon and GenBank accession numbers were 
given for only a small proportion of taxa in that study 
precluding the independent verification of ndhf 
sequences and their resulting phylogenies. We therefore 
concur with Brown etal. (2001) that, Australian species 
should be retained in Callistemon , and that monophyletic 
groups may need to be formally recognised within 
Melaleuca , preferably with morphological characters to 
diagnose the main clades. 
If all genera of the Melaleuceae are subsumed within 
Melaleuca then this aggregate genus would itself 
have no morphological characters to uniquely define 
it, thereby failing a major criterion used to justify the 
proposed synonymy. Further, the conclusion that, '... 
current species-poor genera may retain recognition 
at the subgeneric level' (Edwards et al. 2010), simply 
transfers this difficulty to a lower rank, raising the 
possibility of a polyphyletic subgenus Melaleuca that 
cannot be morphologically defined. 
We consider that, in spite of clear difficulties in 
resolving these issues, current evidence is insufficient 
to justify the proposal to synonymise all genera of 
Melaleuceae, and more molecular and morphological 
evidence is required. Accordingly, the following new 
combinations are provided for Australian species of 
Callistemon currently placed in Melaleuca. For readers' 
reference we have listed phrase names recognised in the 
Australian Plant Name Index (APNI 2011) as synonyms. 
Full synonymy is available in Craven (2009). 
Taxonomy 
Callistemon hemistictus (S.T.BIake ex Craven) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca hemisticta S.T.BIake ex Craven, 
Novon 19:444-445 (2009). 
Callistemon lazaridis (Craven) Udovicic & 
R. D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca lazaridis Craven, Novon 19:445- 
446 (2009). 
Callistemon megalongensis (Craven & S.M.Douglas) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca megalongensis Craven & 
S. M.Douglas, Novon 19:446-447 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon sp. Megalong Valley (Craven, 
Mallison & Douglas 10442) NSW Herbarium 
Callistemon montis-zamiae (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca montis-zamiae Craven, Novon 
19:447 (2009). 
Callistemon phratra (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, 
comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca phratra Craven, Novon 19: 447- 
448 (2009). 
Callistemon pungens Lumley & R.D.Spencer 
Synonym: Melaleuca williamsii Craven 
Callistemon pungens subsp. pungens 
Callistemon pungens subsp. fletcheri (Craven) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. fletcheri 
Craven, Novon 19:451-452 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon pungens subsp. Fletcheri 
(P.F.Lumley 1120) Australian National Herbarium 
Callistemon pungens subsp. synoriensis 
(Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. synoriensis 
Craven, Novon 19:452-453 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon sp. Gibraltar Range 
(RJohnstone 1738) NSW Herbarium 
24 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747361 Callistemon pungens pungens Muelleria 30(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605030
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240
747360 Callistemon pungens fletcheri Muelleria 30(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605030
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240
933174 Callistemon pungens subsp Muelleria 30(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605030
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240
747362 Callistemon pungens synoriensis Muelleria 30(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605030
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240
747363 Callistemon pyramidalis Muelleria 30(1): 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605031
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240

Page text

New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae) 
Callistemon pyramidalis (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca pyramidalis Craven, Novon 19: 
448-449 (2009). 
Callistemon quercinus (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca quercina Craven, Novon 19: 449 
(2009). 
Callistemon sabrina (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, 
comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca sabrina Craven, Novon 19: 449- 
450 (2009). 
Callistemon serpentinus (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca serpentina Craven, Novon 19: 
450-451 (2009). 
Callistemon viminalis (Solander ex Gaertner) G.Don 
Callistemon viminalis subsp. viminalis 
Callistemon viminalis subsp. rhododendron 
(Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca viminalis subsp. 
rhododendron Craven, Novon 19:451 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon viminalis subsp. 
Rhododendron (W.Stanford s.n. CANB 780382) 
Australian National Herbarium 
Acknowledgements 
Wayne Gebert, Neville Walsh and reviewers are thanked 
for constructive comments on the manuscript. 
References 
APC (2011). Australian Plant Census, IBIS database. Centre for 
Plant Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads of Australasian 
Herbaria. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/ 
chah/apc]. 
APNI (2011). Australian Plant Name Index, IBIS database. Centre 
for Plant Biodiversity Research, Canberra. Accessed 23 June, 
2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/cgi-bin/apni]. 
Briggs, B.G. and Johnson, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in the 
Myrtaceae-evidence from inflorescence structure. 
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Series 
2 102,157-256. 
Brown, G.K., Udovicic, F. and Ladiges, P.Y. (2001). Molecular 
phylogeny and biogeography of Melaleuca, Callistemon and 
related genera (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 14, 
565-585. 
Craven, L.A. (2006). New combinations in Melaleuca for 
Australian species of Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Novon: A 
Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 16,468-475. 
Craven, L.A. (2009). Melaleuca (Myrtaceae) from Australia. 
Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 19,444-453. 
Edwards, R.D., Craven, L.A., Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2010). 
Melaleuca revisited: cpDNA and morphological data confirm 
that Melaleuca L. (Myrtaceae) is not monophyletic. Taxon 59, 
744-754. 
Gravolin, M. (1997). Stigmas, stamens and systematics: floral 
morphology of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae). BSc 
(Hons) Thesis, School of Botany, The University of Melbourne. 
Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1983). 'Myrtaceae'. In B.D. 
Morley and H.R.Toelken (eds), Flowering Plants in Australia, 
pp. 175-185. Rigby: Adelaide. 
Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1984). Myrtales and Myrtaceae 
- A phylogenetic analysis. Annals of the Missouri Botanical 
Garden 71,700-756. 
Ladiges, P.Y., McFadden, G.I., Middleton, N., Orlovich, D.A., 
Treloar, N. and Udovicic, F. (1999). Phylogeny of Melaleuca, 
Callistemon, and related genera of the Beaufortia suballiance 
(Myrtaceae) based on 5S and ITS-1 spacer regions of nrDNA. 
Cladisties 15,151-172. 
O'Brien, M.M., Quinn, CJ. and Wilson, P.G. (2000). Molecular 
systematics of the Leptospermum suballiance (Myrtaceae). 
Australian Journal of Botany 48,621-628. 
Orlovich, D.A., Drinnan, A.N. and Ladiges, P.Y. (1999). Floral 
development in Melaleuca and Callistemon (Myrtaceae). 
Australian Systematic Botany 11,689-710. 
Wilson, P.G., O'Brien, M.M., Heslewood, M.M. and Quinn, CJ. 
(2005). Relationships within Myrtaceae sensu lato based on 
a matK phylogeny. Plant Systematics and Evolution 251,3-19. 
Muelleria 
25 

Page image

747364 Callistemon quercinus Muelleria 30(1): 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605031
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240

Page text

New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae) 
Callistemon pyramidalis (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca pyramidalis Craven, Novon 19: 
448-449 (2009). 
Callistemon quercinus (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca quercina Craven, Novon 19: 449 
(2009). 
Callistemon sabrina (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, 
comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca sabrina Craven, Novon 19: 449- 
450 (2009). 
Callistemon serpentinus (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca serpentina Craven, Novon 19: 
450-451 (2009). 
Callistemon viminalis (Solander ex Gaertner) G.Don 
Callistemon viminalis subsp. viminalis 
Callistemon viminalis subsp. rhododendron 
(Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca viminalis subsp. 
rhododendron Craven, Novon 19:451 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon viminalis subsp. 
Rhododendron (W.Stanford s.n. CANB 780382) 
Australian National Herbarium 
Acknowledgements 
Wayne Gebert, Neville Walsh and reviewers are thanked 
for constructive comments on the manuscript. 
References 
APC (2011). Australian Plant Census, IBIS database. Centre for 
Plant Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads of Australasian 
Herbaria. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/ 
chah/apc]. 
APNI (2011). Australian Plant Name Index, IBIS database. Centre 
for Plant Biodiversity Research, Canberra. Accessed 23 June, 
2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/cgi-bin/apni]. 
Briggs, B.G. and Johnson, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in the 
Myrtaceae-evidence from inflorescence structure. 
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Series 
2 102,157-256. 
Brown, G.K., Udovicic, F. and Ladiges, P.Y. (2001). Molecular 
phylogeny and biogeography of Melaleuca, Callistemon and 
related genera (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 14, 
565-585. 
Craven, L.A. (2006). New combinations in Melaleuca for 
Australian species of Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Novon: A 
Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 16,468-475. 
Craven, L.A. (2009). Melaleuca (Myrtaceae) from Australia. 
Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 19,444-453. 
Edwards, R.D., Craven, L.A., Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2010). 
Melaleuca revisited: cpDNA and morphological data confirm 
that Melaleuca L. (Myrtaceae) is not monophyletic. Taxon 59, 
744-754. 
Gravolin, M. (1997). Stigmas, stamens and systematics: floral 
morphology of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae). BSc 
(Hons) Thesis, School of Botany, The University of Melbourne. 
Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1983). 'Myrtaceae'. In B.D. 
Morley and H.R.Toelken (eds), Flowering Plants in Australia, 
pp. 175-185. Rigby: Adelaide. 
Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1984). Myrtales and Myrtaceae 
- A phylogenetic analysis. Annals of the Missouri Botanical 
Garden 71,700-756. 
Ladiges, P.Y., McFadden, G.I., Middleton, N., Orlovich, D.A., 
Treloar, N. and Udovicic, F. (1999). Phylogeny of Melaleuca, 
Callistemon, and related genera of the Beaufortia suballiance 
(Myrtaceae) based on 5S and ITS-1 spacer regions of nrDNA. 
Cladisties 15,151-172. 
O'Brien, M.M., Quinn, CJ. and Wilson, P.G. (2000). Molecular 
systematics of the Leptospermum suballiance (Myrtaceae). 
Australian Journal of Botany 48,621-628. 
Orlovich, D.A., Drinnan, A.N. and Ladiges, P.Y. (1999). Floral 
development in Melaleuca and Callistemon (Myrtaceae). 
Australian Systematic Botany 11,689-710. 
Wilson, P.G., O'Brien, M.M., Heslewood, M.M. and Quinn, CJ. 
(2005). Relationships within Myrtaceae sensu lato based on 
a matK phylogeny. Plant Systematics and Evolution 251,3-19. 
Muelleria 
25 

Page image

747365 Callistemon sabrina Muelleria 30(1): 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605031
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240

Page text

New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae) 
Callistemon pyramidalis (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca pyramidalis Craven, Novon 19: 
448-449 (2009). 
Callistemon quercinus (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca quercina Craven, Novon 19: 449 
(2009). 
Callistemon sabrina (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, 
comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca sabrina Craven, Novon 19: 449- 
450 (2009). 
Callistemon serpentinus (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca serpentina Craven, Novon 19: 
450-451 (2009). 
Callistemon viminalis (Solander ex Gaertner) G.Don 
Callistemon viminalis subsp. viminalis 
Callistemon viminalis subsp. rhododendron 
(Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca viminalis subsp. 
rhododendron Craven, Novon 19:451 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon viminalis subsp. 
Rhododendron (W.Stanford s.n. CANB 780382) 
Australian National Herbarium 
Acknowledgements 
Wayne Gebert, Neville Walsh and reviewers are thanked 
for constructive comments on the manuscript. 
References 
APC (2011). Australian Plant Census, IBIS database. Centre for 
Plant Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads of Australasian 
Herbaria. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/ 
chah/apc]. 
APNI (2011). Australian Plant Name Index, IBIS database. Centre 
for Plant Biodiversity Research, Canberra. Accessed 23 June, 
2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/cgi-bin/apni]. 
Briggs, B.G. and Johnson, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in the 
Myrtaceae-evidence from inflorescence structure. 
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Series 
2 102,157-256. 
Brown, G.K., Udovicic, F. and Ladiges, P.Y. (2001). Molecular 
phylogeny and biogeography of Melaleuca, Callistemon and 
related genera (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 14, 
565-585. 
Craven, L.A. (2006). New combinations in Melaleuca for 
Australian species of Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Novon: A 
Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 16,468-475. 
Craven, L.A. (2009). Melaleuca (Myrtaceae) from Australia. 
Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 19,444-453. 
Edwards, R.D., Craven, L.A., Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2010). 
Melaleuca revisited: cpDNA and morphological data confirm 
that Melaleuca L. (Myrtaceae) is not monophyletic. Taxon 59, 
744-754. 
Gravolin, M. (1997). Stigmas, stamens and systematics: floral 
morphology of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae). BSc 
(Hons) Thesis, School of Botany, The University of Melbourne. 
Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1983). 'Myrtaceae'. In B.D. 
Morley and H.R.Toelken (eds), Flowering Plants in Australia, 
pp. 175-185. Rigby: Adelaide. 
Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1984). Myrtales and Myrtaceae 
- A phylogenetic analysis. Annals of the Missouri Botanical 
Garden 71,700-756. 
Ladiges, P.Y., McFadden, G.I., Middleton, N., Orlovich, D.A., 
Treloar, N. and Udovicic, F. (1999). Phylogeny of Melaleuca, 
Callistemon, and related genera of the Beaufortia suballiance 
(Myrtaceae) based on 5S and ITS-1 spacer regions of nrDNA. 
Cladisties 15,151-172. 
O'Brien, M.M., Quinn, CJ. and Wilson, P.G. (2000). Molecular 
systematics of the Leptospermum suballiance (Myrtaceae). 
Australian Journal of Botany 48,621-628. 
Orlovich, D.A., Drinnan, A.N. and Ladiges, P.Y. (1999). Floral 
development in Melaleuca and Callistemon (Myrtaceae). 
Australian Systematic Botany 11,689-710. 
Wilson, P.G., O'Brien, M.M., Heslewood, M.M. and Quinn, CJ. 
(2005). Relationships within Myrtaceae sensu lato based on 
a matK phylogeny. Plant Systematics and Evolution 251,3-19. 
Muelleria 
25 

Page image

747366 Callistemon serpentinus Muelleria 30(1): 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605031
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240

Page text

New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae) 
Callistemon pyramidalis (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca pyramidalis Craven, Novon 19: 
448-449 (2009). 
Callistemon quercinus (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca quercina Craven, Novon 19: 449 
(2009). 
Callistemon sabrina (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, 
comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca sabrina Craven, Novon 19: 449- 
450 (2009). 
Callistemon serpentinus (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca serpentina Craven, Novon 19: 
450-451 (2009). 
Callistemon viminalis (Solander ex Gaertner) G.Don 
Callistemon viminalis subsp. viminalis 
Callistemon viminalis subsp. rhododendron 
(Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca viminalis subsp. 
rhododendron Craven, Novon 19:451 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon viminalis subsp. 
Rhododendron (W.Stanford s.n. CANB 780382) 
Australian National Herbarium 
Acknowledgements 
Wayne Gebert, Neville Walsh and reviewers are thanked 
for constructive comments on the manuscript. 
References 
APC (2011). Australian Plant Census, IBIS database. Centre for 
Plant Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads of Australasian 
Herbaria. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/ 
chah/apc]. 
APNI (2011). Australian Plant Name Index, IBIS database. Centre 
for Plant Biodiversity Research, Canberra. Accessed 23 June, 
2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/cgi-bin/apni]. 
Briggs, B.G. and Johnson, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in the 
Myrtaceae-evidence from inflorescence structure. 
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Series 
2 102,157-256. 
Brown, G.K., Udovicic, F. and Ladiges, P.Y. (2001). Molecular 
phylogeny and biogeography of Melaleuca, Callistemon and 
related genera (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 14, 
565-585. 
Craven, L.A. (2006). New combinations in Melaleuca for 
Australian species of Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Novon: A 
Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 16,468-475. 
Craven, L.A. (2009). Melaleuca (Myrtaceae) from Australia. 
Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 19,444-453. 
Edwards, R.D., Craven, L.A., Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2010). 
Melaleuca revisited: cpDNA and morphological data confirm 
that Melaleuca L. (Myrtaceae) is not monophyletic. Taxon 59, 
744-754. 
Gravolin, M. (1997). Stigmas, stamens and systematics: floral 
morphology of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae). BSc 
(Hons) Thesis, School of Botany, The University of Melbourne. 
Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1983). 'Myrtaceae'. In B.D. 
Morley and H.R.Toelken (eds), Flowering Plants in Australia, 
pp. 175-185. Rigby: Adelaide. 
Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1984). Myrtales and Myrtaceae 
- A phylogenetic analysis. Annals of the Missouri Botanical 
Garden 71,700-756. 
Ladiges, P.Y., McFadden, G.I., Middleton, N., Orlovich, D.A., 
Treloar, N. and Udovicic, F. (1999). Phylogeny of Melaleuca, 
Callistemon, and related genera of the Beaufortia suballiance 
(Myrtaceae) based on 5S and ITS-1 spacer regions of nrDNA. 
Cladisties 15,151-172. 
O'Brien, M.M., Quinn, CJ. and Wilson, P.G. (2000). Molecular 
systematics of the Leptospermum suballiance (Myrtaceae). 
Australian Journal of Botany 48,621-628. 
Orlovich, D.A., Drinnan, A.N. and Ladiges, P.Y. (1999). Floral 
development in Melaleuca and Callistemon (Myrtaceae). 
Australian Systematic Botany 11,689-710. 
Wilson, P.G., O'Brien, M.M., Heslewood, M.M. and Quinn, CJ. 
(2005). Relationships within Myrtaceae sensu lato based on 
a matK phylogeny. Plant Systematics and Evolution 251,3-19. 
Muelleria 
25 

Page image

933176 Callistemon sp. Gibraltar Range (R.Johnstone 1738) NSW Herbarium Muelleria 30(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605030
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240
933169 Callistemon sp. Megalong Valley (Craven, Mallinson & Douglas 10442) NSW Herbarium Muelleria 30(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605030
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240
747367 Callistemon viminalis Muelleria 30(1): 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605031
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240

Page text

New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae) 
Callistemon pyramidalis (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca pyramidalis Craven, Novon 19: 
448-449 (2009). 
Callistemon quercinus (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca quercina Craven, Novon 19: 449 
(2009). 
Callistemon sabrina (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, 
comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca sabrina Craven, Novon 19: 449- 
450 (2009). 
Callistemon serpentinus (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca serpentina Craven, Novon 19: 
450-451 (2009). 
Callistemon viminalis (Solander ex Gaertner) G.Don 
Callistemon viminalis subsp. viminalis 
Callistemon viminalis subsp. rhododendron 
(Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca viminalis subsp. 
rhododendron Craven, Novon 19:451 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon viminalis subsp. 
Rhododendron (W.Stanford s.n. CANB 780382) 
Australian National Herbarium 
Acknowledgements 
Wayne Gebert, Neville Walsh and reviewers are thanked 
for constructive comments on the manuscript. 
References 
APC (2011). Australian Plant Census, IBIS database. Centre for 
Plant Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads of Australasian 
Herbaria. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/ 
chah/apc]. 
APNI (2011). Australian Plant Name Index, IBIS database. Centre 
for Plant Biodiversity Research, Canberra. Accessed 23 June, 
2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/cgi-bin/apni]. 
Briggs, B.G. and Johnson, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in the 
Myrtaceae-evidence from inflorescence structure. 
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Series 
2 102,157-256. 
Brown, G.K., Udovicic, F. and Ladiges, P.Y. (2001). Molecular 
phylogeny and biogeography of Melaleuca, Callistemon and 
related genera (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 14, 
565-585. 
Craven, L.A. (2006). New combinations in Melaleuca for 
Australian species of Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Novon: A 
Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 16,468-475. 
Craven, L.A. (2009). Melaleuca (Myrtaceae) from Australia. 
Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 19,444-453. 
Edwards, R.D., Craven, L.A., Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2010). 
Melaleuca revisited: cpDNA and morphological data confirm 
that Melaleuca L. (Myrtaceae) is not monophyletic. Taxon 59, 
744-754. 
Gravolin, M. (1997). Stigmas, stamens and systematics: floral 
morphology of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae). BSc 
(Hons) Thesis, School of Botany, The University of Melbourne. 
Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1983). 'Myrtaceae'. In B.D. 
Morley and H.R.Toelken (eds), Flowering Plants in Australia, 
pp. 175-185. Rigby: Adelaide. 
Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1984). Myrtales and Myrtaceae 
- A phylogenetic analysis. Annals of the Missouri Botanical 
Garden 71,700-756. 
Ladiges, P.Y., McFadden, G.I., Middleton, N., Orlovich, D.A., 
Treloar, N. and Udovicic, F. (1999). Phylogeny of Melaleuca, 
Callistemon, and related genera of the Beaufortia suballiance 
(Myrtaceae) based on 5S and ITS-1 spacer regions of nrDNA. 
Cladisties 15,151-172. 
O'Brien, M.M., Quinn, CJ. and Wilson, P.G. (2000). Molecular 
systematics of the Leptospermum suballiance (Myrtaceae). 
Australian Journal of Botany 48,621-628. 
Orlovich, D.A., Drinnan, A.N. and Ladiges, P.Y. (1999). Floral 
development in Melaleuca and Callistemon (Myrtaceae). 
Australian Systematic Botany 11,689-710. 
Wilson, P.G., O'Brien, M.M., Heslewood, M.M. and Quinn, CJ. 
(2005). Relationships within Myrtaceae sensu lato based on 
a matK phylogeny. Plant Systematics and Evolution 251,3-19. 
Muelleria 
25 

Page image

747368 Callistemon viminalis viminalis Muelleria 30(1): 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605031
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240
747369 Callistemon viminalis rhododendron Muelleria 30(1): 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605031
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240
933182 Callistemon viminalis subsp Muelleria 30(1): 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605031
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240

Page text

New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae) 
Callistemon pyramidalis (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca pyramidalis Craven, Novon 19: 
448-449 (2009). 
Callistemon quercinus (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca quercina Craven, Novon 19: 449 
(2009). 
Callistemon sabrina (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, 
comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca sabrina Craven, Novon 19: 449- 
450 (2009). 
Callistemon serpentinus (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca serpentina Craven, Novon 19: 
450-451 (2009). 
Callistemon viminalis (Solander ex Gaertner) G.Don 
Callistemon viminalis subsp. viminalis 
Callistemon viminalis subsp. rhododendron 
(Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca viminalis subsp. 
rhododendron Craven, Novon 19:451 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon viminalis subsp. 
Rhododendron (W.Stanford s.n. CANB 780382) 
Australian National Herbarium 
Acknowledgements 
Wayne Gebert, Neville Walsh and reviewers are thanked 
for constructive comments on the manuscript. 
References 
APC (2011). Australian Plant Census, IBIS database. Centre for 
Plant Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads of Australasian 
Herbaria. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/ 
chah/apc]. 
APNI (2011). Australian Plant Name Index, IBIS database. Centre 
for Plant Biodiversity Research, Canberra. Accessed 23 June, 
2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/cgi-bin/apni]. 
Briggs, B.G. and Johnson, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in the 
Myrtaceae-evidence from inflorescence structure. 
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Series 
2 102,157-256. 
Brown, G.K., Udovicic, F. and Ladiges, P.Y. (2001). Molecular 
phylogeny and biogeography of Melaleuca, Callistemon and 
related genera (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 14, 
565-585. 
Craven, L.A. (2006). New combinations in Melaleuca for 
Australian species of Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Novon: A 
Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 16,468-475. 
Craven, L.A. (2009). Melaleuca (Myrtaceae) from Australia. 
Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 19,444-453. 
Edwards, R.D., Craven, L.A., Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2010). 
Melaleuca revisited: cpDNA and morphological data confirm 
that Melaleuca L. (Myrtaceae) is not monophyletic. Taxon 59, 
744-754. 
Gravolin, M. (1997). Stigmas, stamens and systematics: floral 
morphology of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae). BSc 
(Hons) Thesis, School of Botany, The University of Melbourne. 
Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1983). 'Myrtaceae'. In B.D. 
Morley and H.R.Toelken (eds), Flowering Plants in Australia, 
pp. 175-185. Rigby: Adelaide. 
Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1984). Myrtales and Myrtaceae 
- A phylogenetic analysis. Annals of the Missouri Botanical 
Garden 71,700-756. 
Ladiges, P.Y., McFadden, G.I., Middleton, N., Orlovich, D.A., 
Treloar, N. and Udovicic, F. (1999). Phylogeny of Melaleuca, 
Callistemon, and related genera of the Beaufortia suballiance 
(Myrtaceae) based on 5S and ITS-1 spacer regions of nrDNA. 
Cladisties 15,151-172. 
O'Brien, M.M., Quinn, CJ. and Wilson, P.G. (2000). Molecular 
systematics of the Leptospermum suballiance (Myrtaceae). 
Australian Journal of Botany 48,621-628. 
Orlovich, D.A., Drinnan, A.N. and Ladiges, P.Y. (1999). Floral 
development in Melaleuca and Callistemon (Myrtaceae). 
Australian Systematic Botany 11,689-710. 
Wilson, P.G., O'Brien, M.M., Heslewood, M.M. and Quinn, CJ. 
(2005). Relationships within Myrtaceae sensu lato based on 
a matK phylogeny. Plant Systematics and Evolution 251,3-19. 
Muelleria 
25 

Page image

933193 Cryptandra bifida Muelleria 30(1): 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605044
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
hairs, becoming more sparsely so when old, base with 
denser long hairs. Sepals 0.7-0.8 mm long, longer than 
hypanthium tube, densely covered with long stellate or 
simple hairs; sepaktube ratio 2-3:1. Petals 0.3-0.4 mm 
long, cucullate, very shortly clawed, cream to yellow; 
limb:claw ratio c. 8:1. Stamens subequal to the petals, 
c. 0.4 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, 
carpels 3, summit covered with long erect stellate hairs; 
style 0.5-0.7 mm long, minutely 3-lobed. Infructescence 
expanding as it matures; bracts in layers, appearing 
tiled. Fruits ellipsoid to obovoid, 2-2.2 mm long, 1.2-1.8 
mm wide, dark brown, consisting of 3 papery fruitlets, 
torus apical, externally glabrous or with a few hairs; 
seeds flattened obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long, 0.8-0.9 mm 
wide, light brown or brown with a few dark spots and 
a darkened base; aril small, easily detached. Fig. li-l, 
Fig. 3b-c. 
Distribution & habitat: The species occurs in 
Eucalyptus diversifolia Bonpl. open shrubland, on light 
brown sand, usually over partially exposed limestone. It 
is restricted to an area near Woods Well, S.A. (Fig. 2). 
Phenology: Flowering and fruiting material has been 
collected in Oct. 
Affinities: The species shares with 5. furculentum 
the less stellate indumentum on the upper side of the 
leaves. It is close to 5. halmaturinum and S. furculentum 
in its coarser type of stellate hairs which are not as 
evenly distributed. The leaf shape, however, resembles 
that of S. coactilifolium , but leaves in S. fontis-woodii are 
much smaller. 
Conservation : Location details indicate that the 
species is likely to be confined to one population, 
despite its taxonomic and conservation significance 
being known for over 30 years. It occurs in an 
unreserved area of paddocks and roadside, which has 
been extensively cleared and is under threat from crop 
and invasive plants, and road use and maintainance. 
The population is estimated to number well over 20 
plants, but is unlikely to be more than 50 plants {W.R. 
Barker 7611 etal.). As a result it is recommended that it 
should be treated as 'Critically Endangered' under the 
IUCN criteria used in State conservation assessments 
(NPWC 2003). 
Etymology: The specific epithet, a substantive 
in genetive form, is derived from the name of the 
neighbouring locality Woods Well, which was 
named by Thomas Burr, Deputy Surveyor-General of 
South Australia, on 18. June 1844 after a 'Mr Wood' 
(Geographical Names Unit 2000-).The Latin fons means 
well or spring. 
Specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. SOUTH EAST: 
[Precise locality information withheld] W of Woods Well, 19 
May 1973, M. Crisp 472 (AD); Road near Woodwell [Woods Well], 
22 Sep. 1973, L. Haegi 540 (AD); Road near Woods Well, N side 
of road, 15 Dec. 2007, 1 Kellermann 441 etal. (AD); Road near 
Woods Well, N side, roadside cutting, 30 Jan. 2006, H.P. Vonow 
2875, DJ. Duval&M.K. Jones (AD); Road near Woods Well, 7 Nov. 
1983, C.E. Woolcock 1323 (AD); Road near Woods Well, 15 Oct. 
1984, C.E & D.T. Woolcocks.n. (MEL). 
3. Spyridium furculentum W.R.Barker & 
Kellermann, sp. nov. 
A Spyridio halmaturino (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth. foliis 
bifidis profunde emarginatis, indumento superficiali 
sparso et vertice ovario dense pubescente diagnoscenda. 
Holotypus: VICTORIA. [Precise locality information 
withheld for conservation reasons] Cooack Settlement Rd, 
S of Little Desert N.P. boundary, 21 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 
7606, R.M. Barker & E Kuzmanov (AD 173231). Isotypi: AD, 
B, BM, CANB, K, MEL, MO, NSW, NY, PERTH, SI, W. 
Spyridium sp. nov. (Little Desert) sensu J.H.Ross, Census 
Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 5, 103 (1996) — Spyridium sp. 1 
sensu N.G.Walsh in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, FI. Victoria 4: 
119 (1999). J.H.Ross, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 6, 107 
(2000); N.G.Walsh & Stajsic, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 
8, 120 (2007). — Spyridium sp. (Little Desert) (SPRAT 
database). — Spyridium sp. Little Desert ( N.G.Walsh 4767) 
(Austral. PI. Census database). 
Cryptandra bifida auct. non F.Muell.: St.E.D'Alton, Viet. 
Naturalist 30:68,75 (1913), pro parte. 
Spyridium bifidum auct. non. (F.Muell.) Benth.: J.H.Willis, 
Handb. PI. Victoria 2: 370 (1973), pro parte; N.G.Walsh in 
SJ.Forbes etal., Census Vase. PI. Victoria 75 (1984), pro 
parte; J.H.Ross, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 4, 96 (1993), 
pro parte. 
Illustrations: N.G. Walsh in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle, 
Flora of Victoria 4:118, fig. 20h (1999); M.G. Corrick & B.A. 
Fuhrer, Wild flowers of Victoria and adjoining areas 200, 
fig. 700 (2000), photo. 
Shrub to c. 1.6 m high, not resinous; young branchlets 
densely pubescent with stellate (and possibly long 
38 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933205 Cryptandra bifida Muelleria 30(1): 46
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605052
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
Key to subspecies 
1. Leaf lamina Y-shaped, cuneate to obcordate, deeply emarginate.7a. subsp. bifidum 
1: Leaf lamina narrowly oblanceolate or narrowly oblong or linear, entire, rarely emarginate at apex.7b. subsp. wanillae 
as long as hypanthium tube, with an indumentum of 
mainly short simple hairs; sepaktube ratio 1.2:1. Petals 
(0.3-) 0.4-0.5 mm long, cucullate, clawed; limb:claw 
ratio c. 2:1. Stamens subequal to the petals, c. 0.4 mm 
long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 3, 
summit with dense erect stellate hairs; style 0.5-0.8 mm 
long, minutely 3-lobed. Infructescence expanding as 
it matures, so tiled bracts are visible. Fruits ellipsoid to 
obovoid, c 2.5 mm long, 1.5-1.8 mm wide, dark brown, 
consisting of 3 papery fruitlets, torus apical, externally 
± glabrous; seeds flattened obovoid 1.4-1.6 mm long, 
1-1.1 mm wide, light brown with black mottles and a 
darkened base. Fig. 4m-p, Fig. 5d. 
Distribution & habitat: The taxon is endemic to 
Kangaroo Island, S.A., and occurs mainly along the 
northwest coast near Cape Borda with a few scattered 
records further inland. It grows in coastal mallee heath, 
shrubland and eucalypt forests in shallow sand over 
limestone and on limestone cliffs; few records are from 
ironstone (Fig. 2). 
English name: Flinders Chase spyridium (Biological 
Survey 2004). 
Phenology: Flowering in Sep.-Nov.; fruits recorded in Sep. 
Affinities: The species was previously a variety of 
S. halmaturinum. Important characters that distinguish 
S. coalitum are simple leaves, fused stipules and the 
dense indumentum on the ovary surface. 
Notes: Although stellate hairs are usually present on 
the upper leaf-surface of S. coalitum, some specimens 
also have simple or bifid hairs. 
Typification: Only one specimen of this taxon is 
known from Black's herbarium at AD. This is here 
designated as the lectotype. 
Conservation: Most populations of the species are in 
Flinders Chase National Park or the Ravines des Casoars 
Wilderness Protection Area, and are well conserved. 
Etymology: The epithet is derived from the Latin 
coalitus, united by growth, in reference to the stipules of 
the species that are united and fused together for about 
half of their length. This is in contrast S. halmaturinum, 
which has free stipules. 
Selected specimens examined (40 seen): SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. KANGAROO ISLAND: Snug Cove, 2 Nov. 1986, 
RJ. Bates 7701 (AD); Flinders Chase N.P., West Coast Rd, c. 3.5 
km by road N of West Bay turnoff, c. 3 km direct NE of West 
Bay, 7 Oct. 1982, W.R. Barker 4500 & L Haegi (AD, MEL); Cape 
Borda Lighthouse; 50-100 m W of houses, 29 Sep. 1995, W.R. 
Barker 7543 & F. Udovicic (AD); 100 m W of Scott Cove lookout, 
29 Sep. 2995, W.R. Barker 7557 & F Udovicic (AD); 0.9 km WSW 
of Cape Borda Lighthouse, 8 Nov. 1989, D. Canty & G. Ashman 
NPKI 10085 (AD); Flinders Chase, 2 Feb. 1948, J.B .Cleland s.n. 
(AD); Flinders Chase N.P., clay pan c. 4 km ESE by road from car 
park at West Bay, more NW of 2 day pans in area, 23 Aug. 1982, 
E. N.S. Jackson 4432 (AD, IBSC, LJU, LSU); Cape Borda, Cliff Top 
Hike N of lighthouse, 15 Oct. 2009, J. Kellermann 519-521 (AD); 
Cape Borda, 29 Aug. 1964, M.E. Phillips 420 (AD, CBG, L); 8 miles 
[12.8km] from Rocky River, SE towards Cape Borda, 29 Sep. 
1965, M.E. Phillips 1017 { CANB, MEL); 2.65 km SW of Snug Cove, 
10 Nov. 1989, A. Robinson & C. Halstead NPK110181 (AD); 1 km 
E of Snake Lagoon, 7 Nov. 1989, A. Robinson & C. Halstead NPKI 
10620 (AD, MEL); Flinders Chase, c. 24 km along the West Bay 
Track from Rocky River Homestead, 21 Oct. 1968, J.R. Wheeler 
1300 [AD). 
7. Spyridium bifidum (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex 
Benth., FI. Austral. 1:432 (1863). 
M.R.Schomb., FI. 5. Australia 37 (1875); F.Muell., pro 
parte; Fragm. 9:136 (1875), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & Proc. 
Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880), pro parte; 
J.M.BIack, FI. S. Australia 3: 369 (1926), pro parte; ed. 2, 3: 
550 (1952), pro parte; E.M.Canning in Jessop &Toelken, FI. 
S. Austral. 2:817 (1986), pro parte; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide 
Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1: 90 (2005), pro parte. — Trymalium 
bifidum F.Muell., Defin. Austral. PI. 42 (1855); Trans. & Proc. 
Victorian Inst. Advancem. Sci. 1: 121 (1855); Hooker's J. 
Bot. & Kew Gard. Misc. 8:40 (1856). — Trymalium bifidum 
F. Muell. emend. Reissek, Linnaea 29: 282 (1858). — 
Cryptandra bifida (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Sysf. Census. Austral. 
PI. 6] (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 104 
(1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South 
Australia 12: 94 (1889), pro parte; Handb. FI. Extratrop. 
S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. — Type citation: 'In the 
Marble Ranges and on the coast of Spencer's Gulf, at 
Boston Point. C. Wilhelmi'. — Lectotype (here designated): 
46 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933231 Cryptandra bifida Muelleria 30(1): 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605058
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
Typification : A specimen with Black's annotations 
from his herbarium at AD is selected as lectotype. On 
this sheet he notes that a duplicate of this collection 
was forwarded by him to AJ. Ewart in Melbourne as "no. 
12"; this specimen is now at MEL A specimen labelled as 
"Marble Ra."is a residual syntype, which was presumably 
collected more at the S end of the Range, towards 
Wanilla. 
Conservation: The taxon is listed as 'Vulnerable' in 
South Australia, with some populations reserved in 
Wanilla Conservation Park (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as 
S. bifidum var. Wanilla). 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the location of the 
taxon, Wanilla, which is applied to the Hundred 1 and 
one of the towns to the west. It is treated as a noun in 
genitive form. 
Selected specimens examined (22 seen): SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information 
withheld for conservation reasons] E of township of Wanilla, NW 
of Port Lincoln, Hundred of Wanilla, 6 July 1965, C.R. Alcock s.n. 
(AD); Nicho's Nooky, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7604 & RM Barker 
(AD);Wanilla C.P., 7 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7586, F. Udovicic & R.M. 
Barker (AD); Hills S of Ungarra, 19 July 1994, ft Bates 37251 (AD, 
MEL); W of Wanilla, 1 June 1982, K. Clipstone88 (AD); Adjacent 
Wanilla C.P., 26 Oct. 1989, D. Hopton 232-234 (AD, CANB);"E side 
of Marble Ra.", Oct. 1993, J. Smyth 2 (AD); Wanilla-North Shields 
Rd, 3 Mar. 1993, N.G. Walsh 4002 (AD, MEL); E of Wanilla, 30 Aug 
1976, DIE. Whibley5712 (AD, UWM). 
8. Spyridium stenophyllum (Reissek) 
Kellermann & W.R.Barker, comb. nov. 
Trymalium stenophyllum Reissek, Linnaea 29:282 (1858). 
— Type citation: 'Boston Point (Wilhelmi).' — Lectotype 
(here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Boston Point, 
C. Wilhelmi s.n . (MEL 233425, ex Herb. Reissek; Fig. 5). 
Isolectotype: MEL 233426 (ex Herb. Sonder). Residual 
syntypes: "Boston Point Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi 
s.n. (K 356451 n.v., photo at MEL 2664224, right hand 
specimen); "Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (BM 793990 
n.v., photo at MEL 2264225, left hand specimen);"Marble 
Ra.", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (MEL 233424). 
Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex 
Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 432 (1863); Schomb., FI. 
1. S.A. is traditionally divided into Counties, Hundreds and 
Sections (see Landbeater 2006-). 
S. Austral. 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. 
South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 
3: 369 (1926), pro parte, ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952), pro parte ; 
E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 5. Austral. 2: 815 
(1986), pro parte ; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 
1:90 (2005), pro parte. 
Cryptandra bifida auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell.: F.Muell., 
Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. 
Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & 
Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889), pro parte; 
Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. 
Shrubs to 1.2 m high, resinous; young stems densely 
pubescent with stellate hairs, especially on young 
stipules and bracts. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to 
narrowly ovate, 2-3.8 (-6) mm long, fused for more than 
half of their length, reddish-brown, glabrous, with hairs 
along midrib and cilia towards apex; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm 
long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; lamina narrowly 
Y-shaped to narrowly cuneate, (3.4-) 3.8-7.S (-9.5) mm 
long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, base cuneate, margins revolute, 
apex deeply to shallowly emarginate or bilobed, upper 
surface green, lower surface with dense to medium 
dense indumentum of stellate hairs, midrib with long 
simple hairs. Floral leaves usually 3-5: broader than 
stem-leaves, 3.2-7 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, covered 
with a very dense, white felty stellate indumentum, 
often interspersed longer simple hairs. Inflorescence a 
globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 
6-11 (-12) mm diameter; bracts in fused pairs, broadly 
ovate, 2-3 mm long, with long cilia. Flowers white to 
cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.5 (-0.8) mm long, (1.2-) 
1.4-1.7 mm diameter, tube pubescent or glabrous, base 
densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying 
long hairs, often flexuous. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long with 
an indumentum of mainly short simple or stellate hairs, 
especially towards tip. Petals 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, 
cucullate, clawed. Stamens subequal to the petals, 
0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, 
carpels 2, summit with dense stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 
(-1) mm long, minutely bilobed. Infructescence slightly 
expanding, but no tiled bracts visible. Fruits obovoid to 
ellipsoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, light brown, 
consisting of 1-2 papery fruitlets, torus apical, fruit wall 
densely pubescent; seeds 1-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm 
wide, brown with a darkened red-brown base. 
52 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933232 Cryptandra bifida Muelleria 30(1): 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605058
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
Typification : A specimen with Black's annotations 
from his herbarium at AD is selected as lectotype. On 
this sheet he notes that a duplicate of this collection 
was forwarded by him to AJ. Ewart in Melbourne as "no. 
12"; this specimen is now at MEL A specimen labelled as 
"Marble Ra."is a residual syntype, which was presumably 
collected more at the S end of the Range, towards 
Wanilla. 
Conservation: The taxon is listed as 'Vulnerable' in 
South Australia, with some populations reserved in 
Wanilla Conservation Park (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as 
S. bifidum var. Wanilla). 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the location of the 
taxon, Wanilla, which is applied to the Hundred 1 and 
one of the towns to the west. It is treated as a noun in 
genitive form. 
Selected specimens examined (22 seen): SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information 
withheld for conservation reasons] E of township of Wanilla, NW 
of Port Lincoln, Hundred of Wanilla, 6 July 1965, C.R. Alcock s.n. 
(AD); Nicho's Nooky, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7604 & RM Barker 
(AD);Wanilla C.P., 7 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7586, F. Udovicic & R.M. 
Barker (AD); Hills S of Ungarra, 19 July 1994, ft Bates 37251 (AD, 
MEL); W of Wanilla, 1 June 1982, K. Clipstone88 (AD); Adjacent 
Wanilla C.P., 26 Oct. 1989, D. Hopton 232-234 (AD, CANB);"E side 
of Marble Ra.", Oct. 1993, J. Smyth 2 (AD); Wanilla-North Shields 
Rd, 3 Mar. 1993, N.G. Walsh 4002 (AD, MEL); E of Wanilla, 30 Aug 
1976, DIE. Whibley5712 (AD, UWM). 
8. Spyridium stenophyllum (Reissek) 
Kellermann & W.R.Barker, comb. nov. 
Trymalium stenophyllum Reissek, Linnaea 29:282 (1858). 
— Type citation: 'Boston Point (Wilhelmi).' — Lectotype 
(here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Boston Point, 
C. Wilhelmi s.n . (MEL 233425, ex Herb. Reissek; Fig. 5). 
Isolectotype: MEL 233426 (ex Herb. Sonder). Residual 
syntypes: "Boston Point Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi 
s.n. (K 356451 n.v., photo at MEL 2664224, right hand 
specimen); "Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (BM 793990 
n.v., photo at MEL 2264225, left hand specimen);"Marble 
Ra.", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (MEL 233424). 
Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex 
Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 432 (1863); Schomb., FI. 
1. S.A. is traditionally divided into Counties, Hundreds and 
Sections (see Landbeater 2006-). 
S. Austral. 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. 
South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 
3: 369 (1926), pro parte, ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952), pro parte ; 
E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 5. Austral. 2: 815 
(1986), pro parte ; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 
1:90 (2005), pro parte. 
Cryptandra bifida auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell.: F.Muell., 
Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. 
Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & 
Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889), pro parte; 
Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. 
Shrubs to 1.2 m high, resinous; young stems densely 
pubescent with stellate hairs, especially on young 
stipules and bracts. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to 
narrowly ovate, 2-3.8 (-6) mm long, fused for more than 
half of their length, reddish-brown, glabrous, with hairs 
along midrib and cilia towards apex; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm 
long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; lamina narrowly 
Y-shaped to narrowly cuneate, (3.4-) 3.8-7.S (-9.5) mm 
long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, base cuneate, margins revolute, 
apex deeply to shallowly emarginate or bilobed, upper 
surface green, lower surface with dense to medium 
dense indumentum of stellate hairs, midrib with long 
simple hairs. Floral leaves usually 3-5: broader than 
stem-leaves, 3.2-7 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, covered 
with a very dense, white felty stellate indumentum, 
often interspersed longer simple hairs. Inflorescence a 
globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 
6-11 (-12) mm diameter; bracts in fused pairs, broadly 
ovate, 2-3 mm long, with long cilia. Flowers white to 
cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.5 (-0.8) mm long, (1.2-) 
1.4-1.7 mm diameter, tube pubescent or glabrous, base 
densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying 
long hairs, often flexuous. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long with 
an indumentum of mainly short simple or stellate hairs, 
especially towards tip. Petals 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, 
cucullate, clawed. Stamens subequal to the petals, 
0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, 
carpels 2, summit with dense stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 
(-1) mm long, minutely bilobed. Infructescence slightly 
expanding, but no tiled bracts visible. Fruits obovoid to 
ellipsoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, light brown, 
consisting of 1-2 papery fruitlets, torus apical, fruit wall 
densely pubescent; seeds 1-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm 
wide, brown with a darkened red-brown base. 
52 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933233 Cryptandra bifida Muelleria 30(1): 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605058
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
Typification : A specimen with Black's annotations 
from his herbarium at AD is selected as lectotype. On 
this sheet he notes that a duplicate of this collection 
was forwarded by him to AJ. Ewart in Melbourne as "no. 
12"; this specimen is now at MEL A specimen labelled as 
"Marble Ra."is a residual syntype, which was presumably 
collected more at the S end of the Range, towards 
Wanilla. 
Conservation: The taxon is listed as 'Vulnerable' in 
South Australia, with some populations reserved in 
Wanilla Conservation Park (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as 
S. bifidum var. Wanilla). 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the location of the 
taxon, Wanilla, which is applied to the Hundred 1 and 
one of the towns to the west. It is treated as a noun in 
genitive form. 
Selected specimens examined (22 seen): SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information 
withheld for conservation reasons] E of township of Wanilla, NW 
of Port Lincoln, Hundred of Wanilla, 6 July 1965, C.R. Alcock s.n. 
(AD); Nicho's Nooky, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7604 & RM Barker 
(AD);Wanilla C.P., 7 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7586, F. Udovicic & R.M. 
Barker (AD); Hills S of Ungarra, 19 July 1994, ft Bates 37251 (AD, 
MEL); W of Wanilla, 1 June 1982, K. Clipstone88 (AD); Adjacent 
Wanilla C.P., 26 Oct. 1989, D. Hopton 232-234 (AD, CANB);"E side 
of Marble Ra.", Oct. 1993, J. Smyth 2 (AD); Wanilla-North Shields 
Rd, 3 Mar. 1993, N.G. Walsh 4002 (AD, MEL); E of Wanilla, 30 Aug 
1976, DIE. Whibley5712 (AD, UWM). 
8. Spyridium stenophyllum (Reissek) 
Kellermann & W.R.Barker, comb. nov. 
Trymalium stenophyllum Reissek, Linnaea 29:282 (1858). 
— Type citation: 'Boston Point (Wilhelmi).' — Lectotype 
(here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Boston Point, 
C. Wilhelmi s.n . (MEL 233425, ex Herb. Reissek; Fig. 5). 
Isolectotype: MEL 233426 (ex Herb. Sonder). Residual 
syntypes: "Boston Point Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi 
s.n. (K 356451 n.v., photo at MEL 2664224, right hand 
specimen); "Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (BM 793990 
n.v., photo at MEL 2264225, left hand specimen);"Marble 
Ra.", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (MEL 233424). 
Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex 
Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 432 (1863); Schomb., FI. 
1. S.A. is traditionally divided into Counties, Hundreds and 
Sections (see Landbeater 2006-). 
S. Austral. 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. 
South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 
3: 369 (1926), pro parte, ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952), pro parte ; 
E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 5. Austral. 2: 815 
(1986), pro parte ; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 
1:90 (2005), pro parte. 
Cryptandra bifida auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell.: F.Muell., 
Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. 
Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & 
Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889), pro parte; 
Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. 
Shrubs to 1.2 m high, resinous; young stems densely 
pubescent with stellate hairs, especially on young 
stipules and bracts. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to 
narrowly ovate, 2-3.8 (-6) mm long, fused for more than 
half of their length, reddish-brown, glabrous, with hairs 
along midrib and cilia towards apex; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm 
long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; lamina narrowly 
Y-shaped to narrowly cuneate, (3.4-) 3.8-7.S (-9.5) mm 
long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, base cuneate, margins revolute, 
apex deeply to shallowly emarginate or bilobed, upper 
surface green, lower surface with dense to medium 
dense indumentum of stellate hairs, midrib with long 
simple hairs. Floral leaves usually 3-5: broader than 
stem-leaves, 3.2-7 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, covered 
with a very dense, white felty stellate indumentum, 
often interspersed longer simple hairs. Inflorescence a 
globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 
6-11 (-12) mm diameter; bracts in fused pairs, broadly 
ovate, 2-3 mm long, with long cilia. Flowers white to 
cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.5 (-0.8) mm long, (1.2-) 
1.4-1.7 mm diameter, tube pubescent or glabrous, base 
densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying 
long hairs, often flexuous. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long with 
an indumentum of mainly short simple or stellate hairs, 
especially towards tip. Petals 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, 
cucullate, clawed. Stamens subequal to the petals, 
0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, 
carpels 2, summit with dense stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 
(-1) mm long, minutely bilobed. Infructescence slightly 
expanding, but no tiled bracts visible. Fruits obovoid to 
ellipsoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, light brown, 
consisting of 1-2 papery fruitlets, torus apical, fruit wall 
densely pubescent; seeds 1-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm 
wide, brown with a darkened red-brown base. 
52 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933234 Cryptandra bifida Muelleria 30(1): 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605058
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
Typification : A specimen with Black's annotations 
from his herbarium at AD is selected as lectotype. On 
this sheet he notes that a duplicate of this collection 
was forwarded by him to AJ. Ewart in Melbourne as "no. 
12"; this specimen is now at MEL A specimen labelled as 
"Marble Ra."is a residual syntype, which was presumably 
collected more at the S end of the Range, towards 
Wanilla. 
Conservation: The taxon is listed as 'Vulnerable' in 
South Australia, with some populations reserved in 
Wanilla Conservation Park (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as 
S. bifidum var. Wanilla). 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the location of the 
taxon, Wanilla, which is applied to the Hundred 1 and 
one of the towns to the west. It is treated as a noun in 
genitive form. 
Selected specimens examined (22 seen): SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information 
withheld for conservation reasons] E of township of Wanilla, NW 
of Port Lincoln, Hundred of Wanilla, 6 July 1965, C.R. Alcock s.n. 
(AD); Nicho's Nooky, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7604 & RM Barker 
(AD);Wanilla C.P., 7 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7586, F. Udovicic & R.M. 
Barker (AD); Hills S of Ungarra, 19 July 1994, ft Bates 37251 (AD, 
MEL); W of Wanilla, 1 June 1982, K. Clipstone88 (AD); Adjacent 
Wanilla C.P., 26 Oct. 1989, D. Hopton 232-234 (AD, CANB);"E side 
of Marble Ra.", Oct. 1993, J. Smyth 2 (AD); Wanilla-North Shields 
Rd, 3 Mar. 1993, N.G. Walsh 4002 (AD, MEL); E of Wanilla, 30 Aug 
1976, DIE. Whibley5712 (AD, UWM). 
8. Spyridium stenophyllum (Reissek) 
Kellermann & W.R.Barker, comb. nov. 
Trymalium stenophyllum Reissek, Linnaea 29:282 (1858). 
— Type citation: 'Boston Point (Wilhelmi).' — Lectotype 
(here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Boston Point, 
C. Wilhelmi s.n . (MEL 233425, ex Herb. Reissek; Fig. 5). 
Isolectotype: MEL 233426 (ex Herb. Sonder). Residual 
syntypes: "Boston Point Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi 
s.n. (K 356451 n.v., photo at MEL 2664224, right hand 
specimen); "Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (BM 793990 
n.v., photo at MEL 2264225, left hand specimen);"Marble 
Ra.", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (MEL 233424). 
Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex 
Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 432 (1863); Schomb., FI. 
1. S.A. is traditionally divided into Counties, Hundreds and 
Sections (see Landbeater 2006-). 
S. Austral. 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. 
South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 
3: 369 (1926), pro parte, ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952), pro parte ; 
E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 5. Austral. 2: 815 
(1986), pro parte ; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 
1:90 (2005), pro parte. 
Cryptandra bifida auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell.: F.Muell., 
Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. 
Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & 
Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889), pro parte; 
Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. 
Shrubs to 1.2 m high, resinous; young stems densely 
pubescent with stellate hairs, especially on young 
stipules and bracts. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to 
narrowly ovate, 2-3.8 (-6) mm long, fused for more than 
half of their length, reddish-brown, glabrous, with hairs 
along midrib and cilia towards apex; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm 
long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; lamina narrowly 
Y-shaped to narrowly cuneate, (3.4-) 3.8-7.S (-9.5) mm 
long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, base cuneate, margins revolute, 
apex deeply to shallowly emarginate or bilobed, upper 
surface green, lower surface with dense to medium 
dense indumentum of stellate hairs, midrib with long 
simple hairs. Floral leaves usually 3-5: broader than 
stem-leaves, 3.2-7 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, covered 
with a very dense, white felty stellate indumentum, 
often interspersed longer simple hairs. Inflorescence a 
globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 
6-11 (-12) mm diameter; bracts in fused pairs, broadly 
ovate, 2-3 mm long, with long cilia. Flowers white to 
cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.5 (-0.8) mm long, (1.2-) 
1.4-1.7 mm diameter, tube pubescent or glabrous, base 
densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying 
long hairs, often flexuous. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long with 
an indumentum of mainly short simple or stellate hairs, 
especially towards tip. Petals 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, 
cucullate, clawed. Stamens subequal to the petals, 
0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, 
carpels 2, summit with dense stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 
(-1) mm long, minutely bilobed. Infructescence slightly 
expanding, but no tiled bracts visible. Fruits obovoid to 
ellipsoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, light brown, 
consisting of 1-2 papery fruitlets, torus apical, fruit wall 
densely pubescent; seeds 1-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm 
wide, brown with a darkened red-brown base. 
52 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933183 Cryptandra coactilifolia Muelleria 30(1): 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605038
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
on young branches; narrow leaves, which are Y-shaped 
and bear long simple antrorse hairs in most taxa; and 
the petal limb approximately twice as long as the claw. 
Fused stipules occur in only a few species of 
Spyridium and these are potentially related to taxa of the 
5. bifidum group: 5. oligocephalum (Turcz.) Benth. and 
5. polycephalum (Turcz.) Benth. from W.A.; S. waterhousei 
from Kangaroo Island; Eyre Peninsula endemics 
5. erymnoclodum and 5. leucopogon (F.Muell. ex Reissek) 
F.Muell.; the more widespread S. phylicoides Reissek, 
S. subochreatum (F.Muell.) Reissek and 5. eriocephalum 
Fenzl. Of these, 5. erymnocladum and 5. leucopogon 
also have fruits covered with simple hairs and are 
geographically close. Spyridium leucopogon somewhat 
resembles S. bifidum subsp. wanillae, but is a smaller 
shrub with smaller flower heads and shorter, glabrous 
leaves. Leaves of both 5. leucopogon and 5. stenophyllum 
subsp. stenophyllum are glabrous and have a recurved 
mucronate apex, but are much longer and Y-shaped in 
5. stenophyllum.The relationship of all species with fused 
stipules and the usefulness of this character within the 
genus is currently under investigation. 
The 5. holmaturinum group is defined as having: free, 
overlapping stipules; almost glabrous, brown to black 
fruits; a more or less rusty brown indumentum on young 
shoots; leaves in a variety of shapes, but generally 
broader and bearing an indumentum of stellate hairs 
in most taxa; hairs with a distinct swollen base that 
remains on the leaf as a tubercle (if the hair arms are 
deciduous); and in some species a petal limb up to eight 
times longer than the claw. 
Some species of Spyridium carry an indumentum 
of stellate hairs on the upper surface of the leaves 
[e.g. 5. cinereum N.A.Wakef. from Victoria and N.S.W, 
typical forms of 5. majoranifolium (Fenzl) Rye from 
W.A., or the widespread S. subochreatum), but these 
are in most instances small, dense stellate hairs, unlike 
the larger stellate hairs with swollen bases, as seen 
in S. holmaturinum and related species. Occasionally, 
densely hairy upper leaf surfaces are also seen in plants 
of species that generally have glabrous or sparsely hairy 
leaves, such as the widespread south-eastern Australian 
S. parvifolium or S. globulosum from W.A. Spyridium 
polycephalum from W.A. has more similar, larger stellate 
hairs that sit on a tubercle, similar to the swollen bases of 
S. holmaturinum, but the species differs in the presence 
of fused stipules (see above). 
Methods 
Descriptions were compiled from herbarium 
specimen from the following herbaria: AD, BM, CANB, 
K, MEL, NSW. Taxa were also observed in the field. 
Measurements of flower parts are made from rehydrated 
material. The indumentum of the leaves of some species 
was examined with SEM, but more detailed results will 
be published elsewhere. 
Flower terminology in this and other papers 
(Kellermann 2006a, b, c) differs from that of Rye (1995a, b, 
1996,2008) and Barker (Barker 1995; Barker & Rye 1993) 
in the following points: hypanthium tube is used for Rye's 
free tube and Barker's flower tube, and (hypanthium) base 
instead of Rye's adnate tube and Barker's ovary. 
To avoid future confusion, we have chosen not to 
retain the varietal epithet 'integrifolium' attributed to 
three unrelated taxa in this complex when raising these 
varieties to subspecies or species level. 
Identification slips with superseded manuscript 
names were placed on returned loans and during 
herbarium visits to MEL and CANB a few years ago. 
These affect S. furculentum, S. fontis-woodii and 
S. bifidum subsp. renovatum. The replaced names are 
not presented here to avoid unnecessary publication of 
nomina nuda. 
For conservation reasons exact locality information 
was removed for taxa listed as 'Rare' and 'Vulnerable' 
(NPWC 2003; Walsh & Stajsic 2007). 
Taxonomy 
I. Spyridium coactilifolium Reissek, Linnaea 29: 
291 (1858). 
Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 431 (1863); M.R.Schomb., FI. S 
Australia 37 (1875); F.Muell., Fragm. 9: 136 (1875); Tate, 
Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880); 
J. M.BIack, FI. S. Austral. 3:368 (1926); ed. 2, 3:549 (1952); 
H.Eichler, FI. S. Austral. Suppl. 218 (1965); E.M.Canning in 
Jessop & Toelken, Suppl. J.M.BIack's FI. S. Austral. 2: 815 
(1 986); RJ.-P.Davies, Threatened PI. Species Mt Lofty Ra. & 
Kangaroo Is. Region 74-76 (1986); W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide 
Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1 : 90 (2005). — Cryptandra coactilifolia 
(Reissek) F.Muell., Syst. Census Austral. PI. 61 (1882). 
F.Muell., Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889); Tate, 
Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889); 
Flandb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 97 (1890). — Pomaderris 
32 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933198 Cryptandra halmaturina Muelleria 30(1): 40
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605046
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
Little Desert, W of Nhill-Gymbowen road, 1 Nov. 1975, M.G. 
Corrick5372 (AD, MEL); Cooack, private property, 21 Sep. 2005, 
J.A. Jeanes 1499, N.G. Walsh & H. Rommelaar (MEL, AD); Cooack 
Settlement Rd, reserve between road and property fence, 16 
Aug. 2001, J. Kellermann 134, N.G. Walsh & I.R. Thompson (AD); 
About midway along an approx, straight line connecting 
Goroke and Dimboola, 28 Aug. 1972, 0. Thompson & A. Lindner 
s.n. (MEL); NE of Nurcoung Public Hall, Cooack Settlement Rd, 
24 Feb. 1999, D.R. Venn s.n. (MEL); Cooack fire access road, NNW 
of Mitre, 6 Aug. 1998, N.G. Walsh 4767 (AD, MEL). 
4 .Spyridium halmaturinum (F.Muell.) F.Muell. 
ex Benth., FI. Austral. 1:432 (1863). 
M.R.Schomb., FI. 5 Australia 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. 
Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880); Trans. & Proc. 
Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 6: 158 (1883); J.M.Black, FI. 
S. Australia 3: 369 (1926); ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952); H.Eichler, 
Suppl. J.M.BIack's FI. S. Austral. 218(1965); E.M.Canning in 
Jessop & Toelken, FI. S. Austral. 2: 815 (1986); W.R.Barker, 
J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1; 90 (2005), — Trymalium 
halmaturinum F.Muell., Defin. Austral. PI. 42 (1855); Trans. 
&Proc. Victorian Inst. Advancem.Sci. 1:121 (1855); Hooker's 
J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8: 40 (1856). Reissek, Linnaea 29: 
283 (1858). — Cryptandra halmaturina (F.Muell.) F.Muell., 
Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882). Tepper, Trans. & Proc. 
Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 10: 288 (1888); Tate, Trans. 
& Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12: 94 (1889); 
Second Syst. Census. Austral. PI. 104 (1889); Tate, Handb. 
FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 97 (1890). — Type citation: 'On 
sandy ridges of Kangaroo Island and Encounter Bay'. 
— Lectotype (here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 
Kangaroo Island, F. Mueller (MEL 2104215). Isolectotype: 
K (ex Herb. Hookerianum, sheet with loan stamp and 
number: H/1310/73 20/76). Residual syntypes: Sandy 
scrub, Waterhouse (K ex Herb. Hookerianum, sheet with 
loan stamp and number: H/1310/73 21/76); all syntypes 
of 5. coactilifolium (q.v.; seeTypification below). 
Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F. Muell.) F. Muell. ex 
Benth.: F.Muell., Fragm. 9:136 (1875), pro parte. 
Illustrations: E.M. Canning in J.P. Jessop & H.R. Toelken, 
Flora of South Australia 2: 816, fig. 429D (1986); 
A. Prescott, It's blue with five petals: Kangaroo Island 
field guide 51, fig. 9 (1995); both as S. halmaturinum var. 
halmaturinum. 
Shrubs 0.3-2 m high, resinous, especially on stipules 
and bracts; young stems densely pubescent with light 
brown stellate and long simple hairs, later becoming 
greyish. Leaves alternate: stipules ovate to broadly 
ovate, (1-) 1.8-2.7 (-3.8) mm long, free, reddish-brown, 
overlapping behind petiole, glabrous on both sides, a 
few cilia or apical hairs, sometimes hairs along midrib; 
petiole (0.8-) 1.5-2 mm long, densely stellate pubescent; 
lamina broadly obcordate to broadly cuneate or broadly 
oblong or Y-shaped, (2.7-) 5.5-10 mm long, (2.5-) 
4.2- 6 (-8) mm wide, base obtuse, margins recurved to 
revolute, apex shallowly to deeply emarginate, often 
tridentate, upper surface grey-green, covered with a 
medium to dense white to greyish indumentum of 
coarse stalked stellate hairs (some hairs bifid or simple), 
with hairs breaking off when older so that the hair- 
bases remain, lower surface with a similar, but usually 
denser indumentum, hairs on midrib sometimes 
reddish brown when young. Floral leaves usually 5 or 
6: (2-) 4.2-57 (-9) mm long, (1.8-) 2.8-5.5 (-6.3) mm 
wide, covered with a very dense, white velvety stellate 
indumentum. Inflorescence a dense head of cymosely 
arranged ± sessile flowers, (3.5-) 7-11 mm diameter; 
bracts broadly ovate, 1.2-2 mm long, with long cilia 
and few hairs outside on midrib and lower half. Flowers 
white to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm 
long, 1-1.4 (-1.8) mm diameter, with a few long woolly 
hairs, base with long hairs. Sepals 0.6-0.8 mm long, 
about as long as hypanthium tube, moderately covered 
with woolly stellate and simple hairs; sepaktube ratio 
1-1.5:1. Petals 0.4-0.5 mm long, cucullate, very shortly 
clawed; limb:claw ratio c. 8:1. Stamens subequal to the 
petals, 0.3-0.4 (-0.5) mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. 
Ovary inferior, carpels 3, summit glabrous or with very 
few erect stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 mm long, minutely 
3-lobed. Infructescence not or hardly expanding as it 
matures. Fruits ellipsoid to obovoid, 1.7-2.2 mm long, 
1.2- 1.5 mm wide, dark brown, consisting of 3 papery 
fruitlets, of which frequently only one develops fully, 
torus apical, externally glabrous or with a few hairs; 
seeds flattened obovoid, 1.1-1.5 mm long, 0.8-1 mm 
wide, light brown with dark spots and a darkened base. 
Fig. 4a-e, Fig.5a-b. 
English name: Kangaroo Island spyridium (Canning 
1986). 
40 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747386 Cryptandra scabrida Muelleria 30(1): 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605049
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Revision of the Spyridium bifidum - 5. halmoturinum complex 
5. Spyridium scabridum (Tate) Kellermann & 
W.R.Barker, comb. nov. 
Cryptandro scabrido Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. 
S. Australia 12:129 (1889) & 12: 62, 94 (1889), nomen (see 
notes below); Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 
(1890). — Spyridium halmaturinum var. scabridum (Tate) 
J.M. Black, FI. S. Australia 3:369 (1926); ed. 2, 3:550 (1952); 
E.M. Canning in Jessop&Toelken, FI. S. Austral. 2:817 (1986); 
W.R. Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1: 91 (2005). — 
Spyridium scabridum Tate, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Australia 
12:129 (1889), nom. inval. pro syn. — Type citation: 'By the 
Eleanor River, and at Karatta, on the Stun'sailboom River, 
Kangaroo Island {R.T., January 24, 1883)'. — Lectotype 
(designated here): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Kangaroo Island, 
24 Jan. 1883, R. Tates.n. (MEL 2104209, ex Herb. Adelaide 
Univ.). Isolectotype: Kangaroo Island, Jan 1883, [R. Tates.n .] 
(MEL 2104264, right specimen). Residual syntype: Eleanor 
R., Kangaroo Island, 23 Jan. 1883, [R. Tates.n.] (AD 98132274, 
ex Herb. R.Tate). 
Illustrations: A. Prescott, It's blue with five petals: 
Kangaroo Island field guide 51, fig. 9 (1995), leaf only, as 
5. halmaturinum var. scabridum. 
Erect, slender mostly single stemmed shrubs or small 
trees to 3 m high, very resinous, especially stipules, 
bracts, flowers and fruits; young stems densely villous 
with light brown long stellate and simple hairs, later 
becoming greyish; mature shrubs with foliage in upper 
quarter only. Leaves alternate: stipules ovate, (2-) 3-3.5 
(-4.6) mm long, free, abutting or slightly overlapping, 
often sticking together and appearing fused due to the 
high resin content, reddish-brown, glabrous, some with 
hairs along midrib and ciliate, and/or with hairs at apex; 
petiole 1.5-2 mm long, densely long-stellate pubescent; 
lamina oblong to narrowly obovate, 5-11 mm long, 
1.5-2.8 mm wide, base obtuse, margins recurved to 
revolute, apex slightly emarginate to bilobed with a 
recurved tip, upper surface greyish-green, with a sparse 
to medium, villous to scabrous cover of simple hairs, 
sometimes becoming glabrous and tuberculate (from 
remaining leaf-bases) when older, lower surface with 
dense to medium indumentum of felted stalked stellate 
hairs, midrib and sometimes margins with medium to 
dense long simple hairs, reddish brown when young. 
Floral leaves usually 4-7: obovate, 4-7.3 mm long, 2-4.3 
mm wide, covered with a very dense, white felty stellate 
indumentum with interspersed longer simple hairs. 
Inflorescence loose, compound, consisting of 1-several 
heads with cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 5-12 
mm diameter; bracts broadly ovate, 23-2.8 mm long, 
with long cilia and long hairs along midrib. Flowers white 
to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.5-0.7 mm long, c 1-1.2 
(-1.4) mm diameter, with sparse long simple hairs, base 
with long hairs. Sepals 0.6-0.7 (-0.9) mm long, as long as 
hypanthium tube, indumentum similar to hypanthium; 
sepaktube ratio 1:1. Petals 0.4-0.5 (-0.6) mm long, 
cucullate, clawed; limb:claw ratio c. 4:1. Stamens 
subequal to the petals, 0.4-0.5 mm long; anthers c. 
0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 3, summit with 
dense erect stellate hairs; style (0.5-) 0.6-0.8 mm long, 
minutely 3-lobed. Infructescence slightly expanding, 
often breaking up into smaller unit inflorescences, tiled 
bracts present. Fruits obovoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.2-1.5 
mm wide, dark brown to black, consisting of 3 papery 
fruitlets, torus apical, externally glabrous or with a few 
hairs; seeds flattened obovoid 1.2-1.4 mm long, 0.7-0.8 
mm wide, light brown to yellow with black mottles and 
a darkened base. Fig. 4g-l, Fig. 5c. 
Distribution & habitat: The taxon is endemic to 
Kangaroo Island, S.A., and occurs mainly in the interior 
of the island in heathlands, where it can become a 
dominant part of the overstorey, and open mallee 
scrubland on sand over ironstone (Fig. 2). 
English name: Rough spyridium (NPWC 2003). 
Phenology: Flowering in Sep.-Nov.; fruits recorded 
in Sep. 
Notes: The species was previously treated as a variety 
of 5. halmaturinum; however it is separable by its oblong 
leaves with recurved emarginated tip, the scabrous 
upper surface resulting from the deciduous stellate 
hairs, which are represented on older leaves by their 
tuberculate bases. The loose cymose inflorescences 
are also diagnostic, being unique in the S. bifidum - 
S. halmaturinum complex; they are not condensed 
into heads, but are more open, and similar to those of 
5. waterhousei or 5. parvifolium. The species is very 
resinous and sticky, especially on bracts and stipules. 
The name C. scabrida is mentioned in two other 
articles by Tate (1889a, c) that appear in the same volume 
of the Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. S. Australia before the 
description of the species, but since the whole volume 
was published at the same date this does not pose any 
Muelleria 
43 

Page image

933200 Cryptandra scabrida Muelleria 30(1): 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605049
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Revision of the Spyridium bifidum - 5. halmoturinum complex 
5. Spyridium scabridum (Tate) Kellermann & 
W.R.Barker, comb. nov. 
Cryptandro scabrido Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. 
S. Australia 12:129 (1889) & 12: 62, 94 (1889), nomen (see 
notes below); Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 
(1890). — Spyridium halmaturinum var. scabridum (Tate) 
J.M. Black, FI. S. Australia 3:369 (1926); ed. 2, 3:550 (1952); 
E.M. Canning in Jessop&Toelken, FI. S. Austral. 2:817 (1986); 
W.R. Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1: 91 (2005). — 
Spyridium scabridum Tate, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Australia 
12:129 (1889), nom. inval. pro syn. — Type citation: 'By the 
Eleanor River, and at Karatta, on the Stun'sailboom River, 
Kangaroo Island {R.T., January 24, 1883)'. — Lectotype 
(designated here): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Kangaroo Island, 
24 Jan. 1883, R. Tates.n. (MEL 2104209, ex Herb. Adelaide 
Univ.). Isolectotype: Kangaroo Island, Jan 1883, [R. Tates.n .] 
(MEL 2104264, right specimen). Residual syntype: Eleanor 
R., Kangaroo Island, 23 Jan. 1883, [R. Tates.n.] (AD 98132274, 
ex Herb. R.Tate). 
Illustrations: A. Prescott, It's blue with five petals: 
Kangaroo Island field guide 51, fig. 9 (1995), leaf only, as 
5. halmaturinum var. scabridum. 
Erect, slender mostly single stemmed shrubs or small 
trees to 3 m high, very resinous, especially stipules, 
bracts, flowers and fruits; young stems densely villous 
with light brown long stellate and simple hairs, later 
becoming greyish; mature shrubs with foliage in upper 
quarter only. Leaves alternate: stipules ovate, (2-) 3-3.5 
(-4.6) mm long, free, abutting or slightly overlapping, 
often sticking together and appearing fused due to the 
high resin content, reddish-brown, glabrous, some with 
hairs along midrib and ciliate, and/or with hairs at apex; 
petiole 1.5-2 mm long, densely long-stellate pubescent; 
lamina oblong to narrowly obovate, 5-11 mm long, 
1.5-2.8 mm wide, base obtuse, margins recurved to 
revolute, apex slightly emarginate to bilobed with a 
recurved tip, upper surface greyish-green, with a sparse 
to medium, villous to scabrous cover of simple hairs, 
sometimes becoming glabrous and tuberculate (from 
remaining leaf-bases) when older, lower surface with 
dense to medium indumentum of felted stalked stellate 
hairs, midrib and sometimes margins with medium to 
dense long simple hairs, reddish brown when young. 
Floral leaves usually 4-7: obovate, 4-7.3 mm long, 2-4.3 
mm wide, covered with a very dense, white felty stellate 
indumentum with interspersed longer simple hairs. 
Inflorescence loose, compound, consisting of 1-several 
heads with cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 5-12 
mm diameter; bracts broadly ovate, 23-2.8 mm long, 
with long cilia and long hairs along midrib. Flowers white 
to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.5-0.7 mm long, c 1-1.2 
(-1.4) mm diameter, with sparse long simple hairs, base 
with long hairs. Sepals 0.6-0.7 (-0.9) mm long, as long as 
hypanthium tube, indumentum similar to hypanthium; 
sepaktube ratio 1:1. Petals 0.4-0.5 (-0.6) mm long, 
cucullate, clawed; limb:claw ratio c. 4:1. Stamens 
subequal to the petals, 0.4-0.5 mm long; anthers c. 
0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 3, summit with 
dense erect stellate hairs; style (0.5-) 0.6-0.8 mm long, 
minutely 3-lobed. Infructescence slightly expanding, 
often breaking up into smaller unit inflorescences, tiled 
bracts present. Fruits obovoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.2-1.5 
mm wide, dark brown to black, consisting of 3 papery 
fruitlets, torus apical, externally glabrous or with a few 
hairs; seeds flattened obovoid 1.2-1.4 mm long, 0.7-0.8 
mm wide, light brown to yellow with black mottles and 
a darkened base. Fig. 4g-l, Fig. 5c. 
Distribution & habitat: The taxon is endemic to 
Kangaroo Island, S.A., and occurs mainly in the interior 
of the island in heathlands, where it can become a 
dominant part of the overstorey, and open mallee 
scrubland on sand over ironstone (Fig. 2). 
English name: Rough spyridium (NPWC 2003). 
Phenology: Flowering in Sep.-Nov.; fruits recorded 
in Sep. 
Notes: The species was previously treated as a variety 
of 5. halmaturinum; however it is separable by its oblong 
leaves with recurved emarginated tip, the scabrous 
upper surface resulting from the deciduous stellate 
hairs, which are represented on older leaves by their 
tuberculate bases. The loose cymose inflorescences 
are also diagnostic, being unique in the S. bifidum - 
S. halmaturinum complex; they are not condensed 
into heads, but are more open, and similar to those of 
5. waterhousei or 5. parvifolium. The species is very 
resinous and sticky, especially on bracts and stipules. 
The name C. scabrida is mentioned in two other 
articles by Tate (1889a, c) that appear in the same volume 
of the Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. S. Australia before the 
description of the species, but since the whole volume 
was published at the same date this does not pose any 
Muelleria 
43 

Page image

747231 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605010
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Schuiteman 
Kraenzl. Presumably, when taking Article 10.2 into 
consideration, Article 22.6 only applies to species 
mentioned in the protologue by the original author 
of the subdivision. The extent to which an epithet 
can be termed 'derived' is not entirely obvious, 
since in Example 7 to Article 22.6, Plantago sect. 
Oliganthos is said to be derived from P. pauciflora, 
as the epithets share the same meaning. Does this 
imply that Dendrobium subsect. Camptocentra is 
derived from D. homatum ? Or is Dendrobium sect. 
Angustifolia derived from D. bambusifolium ? In both, 
and similar, cases, I have decided that the derivation 
is not obvious enough, but there is clearly room for 
debate over this. 
Over the years, most infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium 
have been typified. Sometimes the typifications 
were in conflict with these provisions, as for example 
when Brieger (1981) typified Dendrobium section 
Eleutheroglossum Schltr. with Dendrobium conoliculatum 
R.Br., while by Article 22.6 he should have chosen 
D. eleutheroglossum Schltr. Such mistakes are mostly 
easily remedied, however.There still remain some 35 taxa 
that have never been typified and where typification is 
not automatic. As at least some of these taxa are clearly 
polyphyletic according to current insights, typification 
is necessary to prevent nomenclatural problems in the 
future. The typifications that are proposed below were 
made with the following principle in mind: 
Wherever possible and desirable , a type is to be chosen 
such that the newly typified taxon (NTT) will have the 
same type as an earlier taxon at the same rank. This is to 
ensure that the NTT will be an easily recognised synonym, 
and will not take precedence over another, later taxon, 
which may be or may have been in common use. 
For instance, I have typified Dendrobium sect. 
Onychium Blume with Onychium japonicum Blume (= 
D. mon Hi forme (L.) Sw.). As a resu It, sect. Onychium red uces 
to a synonym of Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium , because 
D. moniliforme is the type species of Dendrobium. Had I 
chosen Onychium crumenatum (Sw.) Blume as the type 
species, then sect. Onychium would have gained priority 
over the frequently used later section name Crumenata. 
In the same way, another choice could have caused 
either sect. Calcarifera, sect. Distichophyllae or sect. 
Platycaulon to become a synonym of sect. Onychium. 
A well-supported infrageneric classification 
of Dendrobium is not yet available. Below I have 
indicated, between square brackets, the dispositions 
of the infrageneric taxa in question according to the 
forthcoming treatment in Genera Orchidacearum vol. 6 
(Pridgeon etal., in prep.), which is still to a considerable 
extent tentative and likely to be modified in light of 
future studies. In this treatment, a broad view of the 
genus is taken; DNA evidence indicates that in this view 
Dendrobium is a monophyletic group (Adams 2011; 
Schuiteman 2011; Schuiteman and Adams 2010). It is 
outside the scope of this article to circumscribe the 
sections adopted here; I refer to Genera Orchidacearum. 
In a few cases where the content of the sections differs 
significantly from traditional usage this is indicated 
in a note. 
It will be seen that all names listed below are reduced 
to synonymy. However, some of the taxa at the rank of 
subsection may well become relevant in the future, as 
they will have priority at that rank. 
This paper contains no new synonyms at species level. 
Species synonymy follows Govaerts (2011). 
Typifications 
Dendrobium sect. Angustifolia Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 165 (1910). Type species: 
Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense 
(Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Grastidium Blume] 
Note - Kraenzlin cited this section as 'Angustifolia s. 
[= sive] Bambusacea'. Possibly, the epithet Bambusacea 
is a misspelling of Ridley's section Bambusifoliae. 
Dendrobium sect. Bambusifoliae Ridl., Mat. FI. Malay 
Penins. 1: 31 (1907) (as t Bambusaefoliae r ). Type 
species: Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. 
(p.p.) (= D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl.) (here chosen; see 
note) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] 
Notes - In the protologue Ridley did not list 
D. bambusifolium Parish & Rchb.f. (a synonym of 
D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl.) among the species that he 
included in this section, although he may have had this 
species in mind when he invented the name. Section 
names like Bambusifoliae , Foliosae, Distichophyllae , 
etc., are not to be altered to Bambusifolia, Foliosa , etc, 
as they are not declensions of Bambusifolium, etc. (in 
which case they would be contrary to ICBN Article 21.2), 
4 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747235 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 4-May

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 4-May".

747237 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605011
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) 
but rather arbitrarily composed names in the sense of 
ICBN Article 20.1. As noted by Holttum (1953), Ridley 
misapplied the name D. gemellum Lindl. to the species 
now called D. solaccense (Blume) Lindl., as well as to the 
closely related D. indragiriense Schltr. This is probably 
due to the fact that Lindley himself had mistakenly 
identified specimens of D. salaccense in his herbarium 
as D. gemellum. The true D. gemellum, which was based 
on Pedilonum biflorum Blume, does not belong in this 
section, but to sect. Pedilonum (or sect. Colcarifero in 
older classifications). 
Dendrobium sect. Brachyanthe Schltr., Repert. Spec. 
Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 446 (1912). Type species: 
Dendrobium bicomeratum Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Brachycentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium minahassae Kraenzl. 
(= D. heterocorpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Calvae 
Lindl.,./. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3:14 (1859). Type species: 
Dendrobium breviflorum Lindl. (= D. bicomeratum Lindl.) 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Camptocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 
(1910).Type species: Dendrobium epidendropsis Kraenzl. 
(= D. ionopus Rchb.f.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Pedilonum Blume] 
Notes - The type species of this subsection is a synonym 
of the type of subsect. Macrocentra. Section Pedilonum 
is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in 
Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no 
means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. 
Calcarifera, such as D. ionopus. See also the note under 
sect. Capitata. 
Dendrobium sect. Capitata Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 130 (1910). Type species: 
Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Blume] 
Note - Section Calyptrochilus is here taken in the 
expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, 
which includes many, but by no means all, species 
formerly treated as members of sect. Pedilonum , such 
as O. purpureum. See also the note under subsect. 
Camptocentra. 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. 
Chrysostachya Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. 
Pfanzenfam. II, 6:173 (1889). Type species: Dendrobium 
hmbriatum Hook, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. 
Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum (nom. rej.). Type 
species: Desmotrichum angulatum Blume = Dendrobium 
barbatum Breda (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Crinifera Pfitzer] 
Note - Since Desmotrichum (Blume) Blume is a nomen 
rejiciendum (ICBN Article 56.1), its implicit basionym 
(ICBN Article 33.3) Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum 
Blume, is also a nomen rejiciendum. 
Dendrobium sect. Dianthe Schltr. in K.Schum. & 
Lauterb., Nachtr . FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Siidsee 150 
(1905). Type species: Dendrobium gemellum auct. non 
Lindl.: Ridl. (p.p.) (= D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl.) (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] 
Note - Schlechter (l.c.) writes that his section Dianthe 
could be regarded as an expanded version of Ridley's 
section Gemella. I have been unable to find a publication 
by Ridley in which that section is mentioned, and 
consider it a manuscript name. However, this reference 
to a section Gemella demonstrates that Schlechter 
included Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. in 
his section Dianthe, and this species is also mentioned 
in the protologue as D. gemellum Lindl. Evidently, 
Schlechter, like Ridley, at that time misinterpreted 
D. gemellum (see note under sect. Bambusifoliae). 
Dendrobium sect. Stachyobium subsect. Elatiores 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 (1883). Type species: 
Dendrobium barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight = 
Dendrobium ovatum (L.) Kraenzl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Fytchianthe Schltr.] 
Note - Hooker (1890) listed D. barbatulum auct. non 
Batem.: Wight as a synonym under D. chlorops Lindl., 
which, in turn, is a synonym of D. ovatum. 
Muelleria 
5 

Page image

747268 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605011
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) 
but rather arbitrarily composed names in the sense of 
ICBN Article 20.1. As noted by Holttum (1953), Ridley 
misapplied the name D. gemellum Lindl. to the species 
now called D. solaccense (Blume) Lindl., as well as to the 
closely related D. indragiriense Schltr. This is probably 
due to the fact that Lindley himself had mistakenly 
identified specimens of D. salaccense in his herbarium 
as D. gemellum. The true D. gemellum, which was based 
on Pedilonum biflorum Blume, does not belong in this 
section, but to sect. Pedilonum (or sect. Colcarifero in 
older classifications). 
Dendrobium sect. Brachyanthe Schltr., Repert. Spec. 
Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 446 (1912). Type species: 
Dendrobium bicomeratum Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Brachycentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium minahassae Kraenzl. 
(= D. heterocorpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Calvae 
Lindl.,./. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3:14 (1859). Type species: 
Dendrobium breviflorum Lindl. (= D. bicomeratum Lindl.) 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Camptocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 
(1910).Type species: Dendrobium epidendropsis Kraenzl. 
(= D. ionopus Rchb.f.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Pedilonum Blume] 
Notes - The type species of this subsection is a synonym 
of the type of subsect. Macrocentra. Section Pedilonum 
is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in 
Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no 
means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. 
Calcarifera, such as D. ionopus. See also the note under 
sect. Capitata. 
Dendrobium sect. Capitata Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 130 (1910). Type species: 
Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Blume] 
Note - Section Calyptrochilus is here taken in the 
expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, 
which includes many, but by no means all, species 
formerly treated as members of sect. Pedilonum , such 
as O. purpureum. See also the note under subsect. 
Camptocentra. 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. 
Chrysostachya Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. 
Pfanzenfam. II, 6:173 (1889). Type species: Dendrobium 
hmbriatum Hook, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. 
Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum (nom. rej.). Type 
species: Desmotrichum angulatum Blume = Dendrobium 
barbatum Breda (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Crinifera Pfitzer] 
Note - Since Desmotrichum (Blume) Blume is a nomen 
rejiciendum (ICBN Article 56.1), its implicit basionym 
(ICBN Article 33.3) Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum 
Blume, is also a nomen rejiciendum. 
Dendrobium sect. Dianthe Schltr. in K.Schum. & 
Lauterb., Nachtr . FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Siidsee 150 
(1905). Type species: Dendrobium gemellum auct. non 
Lindl.: Ridl. (p.p.) (= D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl.) (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] 
Note - Schlechter (l.c.) writes that his section Dianthe 
could be regarded as an expanded version of Ridley's 
section Gemella. I have been unable to find a publication 
by Ridley in which that section is mentioned, and 
consider it a manuscript name. However, this reference 
to a section Gemella demonstrates that Schlechter 
included Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. in 
his section Dianthe, and this species is also mentioned 
in the protologue as D. gemellum Lindl. Evidently, 
Schlechter, like Ridley, at that time misinterpreted 
D. gemellum (see note under sect. Bambusifoliae). 
Dendrobium sect. Stachyobium subsect. Elatiores 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 (1883). Type species: 
Dendrobium barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight = 
Dendrobium ovatum (L.) Kraenzl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Fytchianthe Schltr.] 
Note - Hooker (1890) listed D. barbatulum auct. non 
Batem.: Wight as a synonym under D. chlorops Lindl., 
which, in turn, is a synonym of D. ovatum. 
Muelleria 
5 

Page image

747270 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605011
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) 
but rather arbitrarily composed names in the sense of 
ICBN Article 20.1. As noted by Holttum (1953), Ridley 
misapplied the name D. gemellum Lindl. to the species 
now called D. solaccense (Blume) Lindl., as well as to the 
closely related D. indragiriense Schltr. This is probably 
due to the fact that Lindley himself had mistakenly 
identified specimens of D. salaccense in his herbarium 
as D. gemellum. The true D. gemellum, which was based 
on Pedilonum biflorum Blume, does not belong in this 
section, but to sect. Pedilonum (or sect. Colcarifero in 
older classifications). 
Dendrobium sect. Brachyanthe Schltr., Repert. Spec. 
Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 446 (1912). Type species: 
Dendrobium bicomeratum Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Brachycentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium minahassae Kraenzl. 
(= D. heterocorpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Calvae 
Lindl.,./. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3:14 (1859). Type species: 
Dendrobium breviflorum Lindl. (= D. bicomeratum Lindl.) 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Camptocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 
(1910).Type species: Dendrobium epidendropsis Kraenzl. 
(= D. ionopus Rchb.f.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Pedilonum Blume] 
Notes - The type species of this subsection is a synonym 
of the type of subsect. Macrocentra. Section Pedilonum 
is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in 
Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no 
means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. 
Calcarifera, such as D. ionopus. See also the note under 
sect. Capitata. 
Dendrobium sect. Capitata Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 130 (1910). Type species: 
Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Blume] 
Note - Section Calyptrochilus is here taken in the 
expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, 
which includes many, but by no means all, species 
formerly treated as members of sect. Pedilonum , such 
as O. purpureum. See also the note under subsect. 
Camptocentra. 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. 
Chrysostachya Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. 
Pfanzenfam. II, 6:173 (1889). Type species: Dendrobium 
hmbriatum Hook, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. 
Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum (nom. rej.). Type 
species: Desmotrichum angulatum Blume = Dendrobium 
barbatum Breda (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Crinifera Pfitzer] 
Note - Since Desmotrichum (Blume) Blume is a nomen 
rejiciendum (ICBN Article 56.1), its implicit basionym 
(ICBN Article 33.3) Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum 
Blume, is also a nomen rejiciendum. 
Dendrobium sect. Dianthe Schltr. in K.Schum. & 
Lauterb., Nachtr . FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Siidsee 150 
(1905). Type species: Dendrobium gemellum auct. non 
Lindl.: Ridl. (p.p.) (= D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl.) (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] 
Note - Schlechter (l.c.) writes that his section Dianthe 
could be regarded as an expanded version of Ridley's 
section Gemella. I have been unable to find a publication 
by Ridley in which that section is mentioned, and 
consider it a manuscript name. However, this reference 
to a section Gemella demonstrates that Schlechter 
included Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. in 
his section Dianthe, and this species is also mentioned 
in the protologue as D. gemellum Lindl. Evidently, 
Schlechter, like Ridley, at that time misinterpreted 
D. gemellum (see note under sect. Bambusifoliae). 
Dendrobium sect. Stachyobium subsect. Elatiores 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 (1883). Type species: 
Dendrobium barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight = 
Dendrobium ovatum (L.) Kraenzl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Fytchianthe Schltr.] 
Note - Hooker (1890) listed D. barbatulum auct. non 
Batem.: Wight as a synonym under D. chlorops Lindl., 
which, in turn, is a synonym of D. ovatum. 
Muelleria 
5 

Page image

747271 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605011
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) 
but rather arbitrarily composed names in the sense of 
ICBN Article 20.1. As noted by Holttum (1953), Ridley 
misapplied the name D. gemellum Lindl. to the species 
now called D. solaccense (Blume) Lindl., as well as to the 
closely related D. indragiriense Schltr. This is probably 
due to the fact that Lindley himself had mistakenly 
identified specimens of D. salaccense in his herbarium 
as D. gemellum. The true D. gemellum, which was based 
on Pedilonum biflorum Blume, does not belong in this 
section, but to sect. Pedilonum (or sect. Colcarifero in 
older classifications). 
Dendrobium sect. Brachyanthe Schltr., Repert. Spec. 
Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 446 (1912). Type species: 
Dendrobium bicomeratum Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Brachycentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium minahassae Kraenzl. 
(= D. heterocorpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Calvae 
Lindl.,./. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3:14 (1859). Type species: 
Dendrobium breviflorum Lindl. (= D. bicomeratum Lindl.) 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Camptocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 
(1910).Type species: Dendrobium epidendropsis Kraenzl. 
(= D. ionopus Rchb.f.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Pedilonum Blume] 
Notes - The type species of this subsection is a synonym 
of the type of subsect. Macrocentra. Section Pedilonum 
is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in 
Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no 
means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. 
Calcarifera, such as D. ionopus. See also the note under 
sect. Capitata. 
Dendrobium sect. Capitata Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 130 (1910). Type species: 
Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Blume] 
Note - Section Calyptrochilus is here taken in the 
expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, 
which includes many, but by no means all, species 
formerly treated as members of sect. Pedilonum , such 
as O. purpureum. See also the note under subsect. 
Camptocentra. 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. 
Chrysostachya Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. 
Pfanzenfam. II, 6:173 (1889). Type species: Dendrobium 
hmbriatum Hook, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. 
Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum (nom. rej.). Type 
species: Desmotrichum angulatum Blume = Dendrobium 
barbatum Breda (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Crinifera Pfitzer] 
Note - Since Desmotrichum (Blume) Blume is a nomen 
rejiciendum (ICBN Article 56.1), its implicit basionym 
(ICBN Article 33.3) Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum 
Blume, is also a nomen rejiciendum. 
Dendrobium sect. Dianthe Schltr. in K.Schum. & 
Lauterb., Nachtr . FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Siidsee 150 
(1905). Type species: Dendrobium gemellum auct. non 
Lindl.: Ridl. (p.p.) (= D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl.) (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] 
Note - Schlechter (l.c.) writes that his section Dianthe 
could be regarded as an expanded version of Ridley's 
section Gemella. I have been unable to find a publication 
by Ridley in which that section is mentioned, and 
consider it a manuscript name. However, this reference 
to a section Gemella demonstrates that Schlechter 
included Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. in 
his section Dianthe, and this species is also mentioned 
in the protologue as D. gemellum Lindl. Evidently, 
Schlechter, like Ridley, at that time misinterpreted 
D. gemellum (see note under sect. Bambusifoliae). 
Dendrobium sect. Stachyobium subsect. Elatiores 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 (1883). Type species: 
Dendrobium barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight = 
Dendrobium ovatum (L.) Kraenzl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Fytchianthe Schltr.] 
Note - Hooker (1890) listed D. barbatulum auct. non 
Batem.: Wight as a synonym under D. chlorops Lindl., 
which, in turn, is a synonym of D. ovatum. 
Muelleria 
5 

Page image

747273 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605012
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Schuiteman 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. 
Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). 
Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN 
Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = 
Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) 
Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section 
Eugrastidium. 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: 
Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: 
Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense 
(Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Grastidium Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia 
Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. 
invalid.). 
Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is 
required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both 
belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. 
Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: 
Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium 
aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium 
sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: 
Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) 
Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this 
subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). 
Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: 
Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile 
(Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria 
(Blume) Miq.] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] 
Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] 
Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. 
Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type 
species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. 
Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: 
Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. 
in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type 
species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum 
Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. 
Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile 
Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). 
Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 
6 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747274 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605012
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Schuiteman 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. 
Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). 
Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN 
Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = 
Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) 
Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section 
Eugrastidium. 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: 
Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: 
Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense 
(Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Grastidium Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia 
Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. 
invalid.). 
Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is 
required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both 
belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. 
Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: 
Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium 
aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium 
sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: 
Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) 
Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this 
subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). 
Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: 
Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile 
(Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria 
(Blume) Miq.] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] 
Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] 
Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. 
Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type 
species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. 
Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: 
Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. 
in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type 
species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum 
Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. 
Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile 
Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). 
Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 
6 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747278 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605012
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Schuiteman 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. 
Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). 
Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN 
Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = 
Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) 
Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section 
Eugrastidium. 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: 
Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: 
Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense 
(Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Grastidium Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia 
Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. 
invalid.). 
Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is 
required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both 
belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. 
Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: 
Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium 
aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium 
sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: 
Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) 
Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this 
subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). 
Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: 
Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile 
(Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria 
(Blume) Miq.] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] 
Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] 
Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. 
Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type 
species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. 
Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: 
Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. 
in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type 
species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum 
Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. 
Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile 
Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). 
Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 
6 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747279 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605012
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Schuiteman 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. 
Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). 
Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN 
Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = 
Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) 
Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section 
Eugrastidium. 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: 
Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: 
Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense 
(Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Grastidium Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia 
Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. 
invalid.). 
Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is 
required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both 
belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. 
Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: 
Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium 
aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium 
sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: 
Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) 
Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this 
subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). 
Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: 
Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile 
(Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria 
(Blume) Miq.] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] 
Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] 
Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. 
Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type 
species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. 
Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: 
Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. 
in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type 
species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum 
Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. 
Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile 
Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). 
Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 
6 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747281 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605012
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Schuiteman 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. 
Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). 
Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN 
Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = 
Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) 
Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section 
Eugrastidium. 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: 
Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: 
Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense 
(Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Grastidium Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia 
Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. 
invalid.). 
Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is 
required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both 
belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. 
Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: 
Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium 
aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium 
sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: 
Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) 
Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this 
subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). 
Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: 
Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile 
(Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria 
(Blume) Miq.] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] 
Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] 
Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. 
Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type 
species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. 
Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: 
Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. 
in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type 
species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum 
Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. 
Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile 
Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). 
Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 
6 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747287 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605012
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Schuiteman 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. 
Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). 
Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN 
Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = 
Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) 
Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section 
Eugrastidium. 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: 
Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: 
Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense 
(Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Grastidium Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia 
Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. 
invalid.). 
Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is 
required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both 
belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. 
Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: 
Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium 
aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium 
sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: 
Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) 
Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this 
subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). 
Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: 
Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile 
(Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria 
(Blume) Miq.] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] 
Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] 
Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. 
Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type 
species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. 
Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: 
Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. 
in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type 
species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum 
Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. 
Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile 
Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). 
Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 
6 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747290 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 7
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605013
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) 
affine (Decne.) Steud. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Phalaenanthe Schltr.] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. 
Pycnostachyae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 
(1883). Type species: Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] 
Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. 
Dendrobium sect. Rhopalanthe Schltr., Repert. 
Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 449 (1912). Type 
species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Note - Section Crumenata, of which sect. Rhopalanthe 
is a homotypic synonym, is in Pridgeon et al. (in prep.) 
included in a broadly defined sect. Aporum. 
Dendrobium sect. Strongyle Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 
1: 134 (1850-51). Type species: Onychium subulatum 
Blume =Dendrobium subulatum (Blume) Lindl. (lectotype 
chosen by Brieger (1981), who mistakenly wrote 
'Onychium undulatum', a name which does not exist; 
Onychium subulatum is the only species of Onychium 
which belongs to sect. Strongyle) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Subcylindracea 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:41 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium chrysanthum Lindl. (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium ] 
Dendrobium sect. Superbientia Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 257 (1910). Type species: 
Dendrobium johnsoniae F.Muell. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] 
Note - Dendrobium x superbiens Rchb.f. cannot be 
considered the type species in the sense of ICBN Art. 
22.6, as it is a hybrid, not a species, even though Kraenzlin 
considered it as such. He listed several other species in 
this ill-defined section, including members of section 
Phalaenanthe but also of sections Latouria, Formosae 
and even Pedilonum. Choosing one of the Phalaenanthe 
species would have given sect. Superbientia priority over 
sect. Phalaenanthe. 
Dendrobium sect. Trachytheca Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 243 (1910). Type species: 
Dendrobium macrophyllum A.Rich. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Trilobata 
Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfianzenfam. 2, 6: 174 
(1889). Type species: Dendrobium maccarthiaeVr\\Na\tes 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Virgatae Hook.f., FI. Brit. Ind. 5: 
711 (1890). Type species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Note - See note under sect. Rhopalanthe. 
Acknowledgement 
I would like to thank two anonymous reviewers for 
helpful comments. 
References 
Adams, P.B. (2011). Systematics of Dendrobiinae (Orchidaceae), 
with special reference to Australian taxa. Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 166, 
105-126. 
Brieger, F.G. (1981). Subtribus Dendrobiinae. In R. Schlechter 
(F.G. Brieger, R. Maatsch, and K. Senghas, eds), DieOrchideen, 
3rd edn, Vol. 1 (11-12), 636-752. Parey: Berlin. 
Govaerts, R. (2011). World Checklist of Selected Plant Families. 
The Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 
Published on the Internet; http://www.kew.org/wcsp/ 
(accessed 20 June 2011). 
Holttum, R.E. (1953). Orchids of Malaya. Government Printing 
Office: Singapore. 
Hooker, J.D. (1890) The Flora of British India, Vol. 5. L. Reeve & 
Co.: London. 
McNeillJ., Barrie, F. R., Burdet, H. M., Demoulin, V., Hawksworlh, 
D. L., Marhold, K., Nicolson, D. H., Prado, J., Silva, P. C., Skog, J. 
E. , Wiersema, J. H., and Turland, N. J. (eds) (2006). International 
Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code), adopted 
by the Seventeenth International Botanical Congress 
Vienna, Austria, July 2005. A. R. G. Gantner Verlag, Ruggell: 
Liechtenstein. [Regnum Veg. 146]. 
Pridgeon, A.M., Cribb, PJ., Chase, M.W., and Rasmussen, F.N. 
(in prep.). Genera Orchidacearum, Vol. 6. Oxford University 
Press: Oxford. 
Schuiteman, A. (2011). Dendrobium (Orchidaceae): to split or 
not to split. Gard. Bull. Singapore 63(1 &2), 247-259. 
Schuiteman, A. and Adams, P.B. (2010). A broad look at 
Dendrobium. Orchadian 16,447-459. 
Muelleria 
7 

Page image

747291 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 7
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605013
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) 
affine (Decne.) Steud. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Phalaenanthe Schltr.] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. 
Pycnostachyae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 
(1883). Type species: Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] 
Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. 
Dendrobium sect. Rhopalanthe Schltr., Repert. 
Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 449 (1912). Type 
species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Note - Section Crumenata, of which sect. Rhopalanthe 
is a homotypic synonym, is in Pridgeon et al. (in prep.) 
included in a broadly defined sect. Aporum. 
Dendrobium sect. Strongyle Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 
1: 134 (1850-51). Type species: Onychium subulatum 
Blume =Dendrobium subulatum (Blume) Lindl. (lectotype 
chosen by Brieger (1981), who mistakenly wrote 
'Onychium undulatum', a name which does not exist; 
Onychium subulatum is the only species of Onychium 
which belongs to sect. Strongyle) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Subcylindracea 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:41 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium chrysanthum Lindl. (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium ] 
Dendrobium sect. Superbientia Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 257 (1910). Type species: 
Dendrobium johnsoniae F.Muell. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] 
Note - Dendrobium x superbiens Rchb.f. cannot be 
considered the type species in the sense of ICBN Art. 
22.6, as it is a hybrid, not a species, even though Kraenzlin 
considered it as such. He listed several other species in 
this ill-defined section, including members of section 
Phalaenanthe but also of sections Latouria, Formosae 
and even Pedilonum. Choosing one of the Phalaenanthe 
species would have given sect. Superbientia priority over 
sect. Phalaenanthe. 
Dendrobium sect. Trachytheca Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 243 (1910). Type species: 
Dendrobium macrophyllum A.Rich. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Trilobata 
Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfianzenfam. 2, 6: 174 
(1889). Type species: Dendrobium maccarthiaeVr\\Na\tes 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Virgatae Hook.f., FI. Brit. Ind. 5: 
711 (1890). Type species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Note - See note under sect. Rhopalanthe. 
Acknowledgement 
I would like to thank two anonymous reviewers for 
helpful comments. 
References 
Adams, P.B. (2011). Systematics of Dendrobiinae (Orchidaceae), 
with special reference to Australian taxa. Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 166, 
105-126. 
Brieger, F.G. (1981). Subtribus Dendrobiinae. In R. Schlechter 
(F.G. Brieger, R. Maatsch, and K. Senghas, eds), DieOrchideen, 
3rd edn, Vol. 1 (11-12), 636-752. Parey: Berlin. 
Govaerts, R. (2011). World Checklist of Selected Plant Families. 
The Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 
Published on the Internet; http://www.kew.org/wcsp/ 
(accessed 20 June 2011). 
Holttum, R.E. (1953). Orchids of Malaya. Government Printing 
Office: Singapore. 
Hooker, J.D. (1890) The Flora of British India, Vol. 5. L. Reeve & 
Co.: London. 
McNeillJ., Barrie, F. R., Burdet, H. M., Demoulin, V., Hawksworlh, 
D. L., Marhold, K., Nicolson, D. H., Prado, J., Silva, P. C., Skog, J. 
E. , Wiersema, J. H., and Turland, N. J. (eds) (2006). International 
Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code), adopted 
by the Seventeenth International Botanical Congress 
Vienna, Austria, July 2005. A. R. G. Gantner Verlag, Ruggell: 
Liechtenstein. [Regnum Veg. 146]. 
Pridgeon, A.M., Cribb, PJ., Chase, M.W., and Rasmussen, F.N. 
(in prep.). Genera Orchidacearum, Vol. 6. Oxford University 
Press: Oxford. 
Schuiteman, A. (2011). Dendrobium (Orchidaceae): to split or 
not to split. Gard. Bull. Singapore 63(1 &2), 247-259. 
Schuiteman, A. and Adams, P.B. (2010). A broad look at 
Dendrobium. Orchadian 16,447-459. 
Muelleria 
7 

Page image

747296 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 7
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605013
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) 
affine (Decne.) Steud. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Phalaenanthe Schltr.] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. 
Pycnostachyae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 
(1883). Type species: Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] 
Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. 
Dendrobium sect. Rhopalanthe Schltr., Repert. 
Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 449 (1912). Type 
species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Note - Section Crumenata, of which sect. Rhopalanthe 
is a homotypic synonym, is in Pridgeon et al. (in prep.) 
included in a broadly defined sect. Aporum. 
Dendrobium sect. Strongyle Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 
1: 134 (1850-51). Type species: Onychium subulatum 
Blume =Dendrobium subulatum (Blume) Lindl. (lectotype 
chosen by Brieger (1981), who mistakenly wrote 
'Onychium undulatum', a name which does not exist; 
Onychium subulatum is the only species of Onychium 
which belongs to sect. Strongyle) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Subcylindracea 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:41 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium chrysanthum Lindl. (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium ] 
Dendrobium sect. Superbientia Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 257 (1910). Type species: 
Dendrobium johnsoniae F.Muell. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] 
Note - Dendrobium x superbiens Rchb.f. cannot be 
considered the type species in the sense of ICBN Art. 
22.6, as it is a hybrid, not a species, even though Kraenzlin 
considered it as such. He listed several other species in 
this ill-defined section, including members of section 
Phalaenanthe but also of sections Latouria, Formosae 
and even Pedilonum. Choosing one of the Phalaenanthe 
species would have given sect. Superbientia priority over 
sect. Phalaenanthe. 
Dendrobium sect. Trachytheca Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 243 (1910). Type species: 
Dendrobium macrophyllum A.Rich. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Trilobata 
Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfianzenfam. 2, 6: 174 
(1889). Type species: Dendrobium maccarthiaeVr\\Na\tes 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Virgatae Hook.f., FI. Brit. Ind. 5: 
711 (1890). Type species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Note - See note under sect. Rhopalanthe. 
Acknowledgement 
I would like to thank two anonymous reviewers for 
helpful comments. 
References 
Adams, P.B. (2011). Systematics of Dendrobiinae (Orchidaceae), 
with special reference to Australian taxa. Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 166, 
105-126. 
Brieger, F.G. (1981). Subtribus Dendrobiinae. In R. Schlechter 
(F.G. Brieger, R. Maatsch, and K. Senghas, eds), DieOrchideen, 
3rd edn, Vol. 1 (11-12), 636-752. Parey: Berlin. 
Govaerts, R. (2011). World Checklist of Selected Plant Families. 
The Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 
Published on the Internet; http://www.kew.org/wcsp/ 
(accessed 20 June 2011). 
Holttum, R.E. (1953). Orchids of Malaya. Government Printing 
Office: Singapore. 
Hooker, J.D. (1890) The Flora of British India, Vol. 5. L. Reeve & 
Co.: London. 
McNeillJ., Barrie, F. R., Burdet, H. M., Demoulin, V., Hawksworlh, 
D. L., Marhold, K., Nicolson, D. H., Prado, J., Silva, P. C., Skog, J. 
E. , Wiersema, J. H., and Turland, N. J. (eds) (2006). International 
Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code), adopted 
by the Seventeenth International Botanical Congress 
Vienna, Austria, July 2005. A. R. G. Gantner Verlag, Ruggell: 
Liechtenstein. [Regnum Veg. 146]. 
Pridgeon, A.M., Cribb, PJ., Chase, M.W., and Rasmussen, F.N. 
(in prep.). Genera Orchidacearum, Vol. 6. Oxford University 
Press: Oxford. 
Schuiteman, A. (2011). Dendrobium (Orchidaceae): to split or 
not to split. Gard. Bull. Singapore 63(1 &2), 247-259. 
Schuiteman, A. and Adams, P.B. (2010). A broad look at 
Dendrobium. Orchadian 16,447-459. 
Muelleria 
7 

Page image

747297 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 7
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605013
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) 
affine (Decne.) Steud. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Phalaenanthe Schltr.] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. 
Pycnostachyae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 
(1883). Type species: Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] 
Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. 
Dendrobium sect. Rhopalanthe Schltr., Repert. 
Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 449 (1912). Type 
species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Note - Section Crumenata, of which sect. Rhopalanthe 
is a homotypic synonym, is in Pridgeon et al. (in prep.) 
included in a broadly defined sect. Aporum. 
Dendrobium sect. Strongyle Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 
1: 134 (1850-51). Type species: Onychium subulatum 
Blume =Dendrobium subulatum (Blume) Lindl. (lectotype 
chosen by Brieger (1981), who mistakenly wrote 
'Onychium undulatum', a name which does not exist; 
Onychium subulatum is the only species of Onychium 
which belongs to sect. Strongyle) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Subcylindracea 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:41 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium chrysanthum Lindl. (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium ] 
Dendrobium sect. Superbientia Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 257 (1910). Type species: 
Dendrobium johnsoniae F.Muell. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] 
Note - Dendrobium x superbiens Rchb.f. cannot be 
considered the type species in the sense of ICBN Art. 
22.6, as it is a hybrid, not a species, even though Kraenzlin 
considered it as such. He listed several other species in 
this ill-defined section, including members of section 
Phalaenanthe but also of sections Latouria, Formosae 
and even Pedilonum. Choosing one of the Phalaenanthe 
species would have given sect. Superbientia priority over 
sect. Phalaenanthe. 
Dendrobium sect. Trachytheca Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 243 (1910). Type species: 
Dendrobium macrophyllum A.Rich. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Trilobata 
Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfianzenfam. 2, 6: 174 
(1889). Type species: Dendrobium maccarthiaeVr\\Na\tes 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Virgatae Hook.f., FI. Brit. Ind. 5: 
711 (1890). Type species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Note - See note under sect. Rhopalanthe. 
Acknowledgement 
I would like to thank two anonymous reviewers for 
helpful comments. 
References 
Adams, P.B. (2011). Systematics of Dendrobiinae (Orchidaceae), 
with special reference to Australian taxa. Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 166, 
105-126. 
Brieger, F.G. (1981). Subtribus Dendrobiinae. In R. Schlechter 
(F.G. Brieger, R. Maatsch, and K. Senghas, eds), DieOrchideen, 
3rd edn, Vol. 1 (11-12), 636-752. Parey: Berlin. 
Govaerts, R. (2011). World Checklist of Selected Plant Families. 
The Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 
Published on the Internet; http://www.kew.org/wcsp/ 
(accessed 20 June 2011). 
Holttum, R.E. (1953). Orchids of Malaya. Government Printing 
Office: Singapore. 
Hooker, J.D. (1890) The Flora of British India, Vol. 5. L. Reeve & 
Co.: London. 
McNeillJ., Barrie, F. R., Burdet, H. M., Demoulin, V., Hawksworlh, 
D. L., Marhold, K., Nicolson, D. H., Prado, J., Silva, P. C., Skog, J. 
E. , Wiersema, J. H., and Turland, N. J. (eds) (2006). International 
Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code), adopted 
by the Seventeenth International Botanical Congress 
Vienna, Austria, July 2005. A. R. G. Gantner Verlag, Ruggell: 
Liechtenstein. [Regnum Veg. 146]. 
Pridgeon, A.M., Cribb, PJ., Chase, M.W., and Rasmussen, F.N. 
(in prep.). Genera Orchidacearum, Vol. 6. Oxford University 
Press: Oxford. 
Schuiteman, A. (2011). Dendrobium (Orchidaceae): to split or 
not to split. Gard. Bull. Singapore 63(1 &2), 247-259. 
Schuiteman, A. and Adams, P.B. (2010). A broad look at 
Dendrobium. Orchadian 16,447-459. 
Muelleria 
7 

Page image

747299 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 7
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605013
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) 
affine (Decne.) Steud. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Phalaenanthe Schltr.] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. 
Pycnostachyae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 
(1883). Type species: Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] 
Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. 
Dendrobium sect. Rhopalanthe Schltr., Repert. 
Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 449 (1912). Type 
species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Note - Section Crumenata, of which sect. Rhopalanthe 
is a homotypic synonym, is in Pridgeon et al. (in prep.) 
included in a broadly defined sect. Aporum. 
Dendrobium sect. Strongyle Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 
1: 134 (1850-51). Type species: Onychium subulatum 
Blume =Dendrobium subulatum (Blume) Lindl. (lectotype 
chosen by Brieger (1981), who mistakenly wrote 
'Onychium undulatum', a name which does not exist; 
Onychium subulatum is the only species of Onychium 
which belongs to sect. Strongyle) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Subcylindracea 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:41 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium chrysanthum Lindl. (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium ] 
Dendrobium sect. Superbientia Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 257 (1910). Type species: 
Dendrobium johnsoniae F.Muell. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] 
Note - Dendrobium x superbiens Rchb.f. cannot be 
considered the type species in the sense of ICBN Art. 
22.6, as it is a hybrid, not a species, even though Kraenzlin 
considered it as such. He listed several other species in 
this ill-defined section, including members of section 
Phalaenanthe but also of sections Latouria, Formosae 
and even Pedilonum. Choosing one of the Phalaenanthe 
species would have given sect. Superbientia priority over 
sect. Phalaenanthe. 
Dendrobium sect. Trachytheca Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 243 (1910). Type species: 
Dendrobium macrophyllum A.Rich. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Trilobata 
Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfianzenfam. 2, 6: 174 
(1889). Type species: Dendrobium maccarthiaeVr\\Na\tes 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Virgatae Hook.f., FI. Brit. Ind. 5: 
711 (1890). Type species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Note - See note under sect. Rhopalanthe. 
Acknowledgement 
I would like to thank two anonymous reviewers for 
helpful comments. 
References 
Adams, P.B. (2011). Systematics of Dendrobiinae (Orchidaceae), 
with special reference to Australian taxa. Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 166, 
105-126. 
Brieger, F.G. (1981). Subtribus Dendrobiinae. In R. Schlechter 
(F.G. Brieger, R. Maatsch, and K. Senghas, eds), DieOrchideen, 
3rd edn, Vol. 1 (11-12), 636-752. Parey: Berlin. 
Govaerts, R. (2011). World Checklist of Selected Plant Families. 
The Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 
Published on the Internet; http://www.kew.org/wcsp/ 
(accessed 20 June 2011). 
Holttum, R.E. (1953). Orchids of Malaya. Government Printing 
Office: Singapore. 
Hooker, J.D. (1890) The Flora of British India, Vol. 5. L. Reeve & 
Co.: London. 
McNeillJ., Barrie, F. R., Burdet, H. M., Demoulin, V., Hawksworlh, 
D. L., Marhold, K., Nicolson, D. H., Prado, J., Silva, P. C., Skog, J. 
E. , Wiersema, J. H., and Turland, N. J. (eds) (2006). International 
Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code), adopted 
by the Seventeenth International Botanical Congress 
Vienna, Austria, July 2005. A. R. G. Gantner Verlag, Ruggell: 
Liechtenstein. [Regnum Veg. 146]. 
Pridgeon, A.M., Cribb, PJ., Chase, M.W., and Rasmussen, F.N. 
(in prep.). Genera Orchidacearum, Vol. 6. Oxford University 
Press: Oxford. 
Schuiteman, A. (2011). Dendrobium (Orchidaceae): to split or 
not to split. Gard. Bull. Singapore 63(1 &2), 247-259. 
Schuiteman, A. and Adams, P.B. (2010). A broad look at 
Dendrobium. Orchadian 16,447-459. 
Muelleria 
7 

Page image

747239 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605011
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) 
but rather arbitrarily composed names in the sense of 
ICBN Article 20.1. As noted by Holttum (1953), Ridley 
misapplied the name D. gemellum Lindl. to the species 
now called D. solaccense (Blume) Lindl., as well as to the 
closely related D. indragiriense Schltr. This is probably 
due to the fact that Lindley himself had mistakenly 
identified specimens of D. salaccense in his herbarium 
as D. gemellum. The true D. gemellum, which was based 
on Pedilonum biflorum Blume, does not belong in this 
section, but to sect. Pedilonum (or sect. Colcarifero in 
older classifications). 
Dendrobium sect. Brachyanthe Schltr., Repert. Spec. 
Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 446 (1912). Type species: 
Dendrobium bicomeratum Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Brachycentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium minahassae Kraenzl. 
(= D. heterocorpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Calvae 
Lindl.,./. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3:14 (1859). Type species: 
Dendrobium breviflorum Lindl. (= D. bicomeratum Lindl.) 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Camptocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 
(1910).Type species: Dendrobium epidendropsis Kraenzl. 
(= D. ionopus Rchb.f.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Pedilonum Blume] 
Notes - The type species of this subsection is a synonym 
of the type of subsect. Macrocentra. Section Pedilonum 
is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in 
Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no 
means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. 
Calcarifera, such as D. ionopus. See also the note under 
sect. Capitata. 
Dendrobium sect. Capitata Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 130 (1910). Type species: 
Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Blume] 
Note - Section Calyptrochilus is here taken in the 
expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, 
which includes many, but by no means all, species 
formerly treated as members of sect. Pedilonum , such 
as O. purpureum. See also the note under subsect. 
Camptocentra. 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. 
Chrysostachya Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. 
Pfanzenfam. II, 6:173 (1889). Type species: Dendrobium 
hmbriatum Hook, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. 
Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum (nom. rej.). Type 
species: Desmotrichum angulatum Blume = Dendrobium 
barbatum Breda (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Crinifera Pfitzer] 
Note - Since Desmotrichum (Blume) Blume is a nomen 
rejiciendum (ICBN Article 56.1), its implicit basionym 
(ICBN Article 33.3) Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum 
Blume, is also a nomen rejiciendum. 
Dendrobium sect. Dianthe Schltr. in K.Schum. & 
Lauterb., Nachtr . FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Siidsee 150 
(1905). Type species: Dendrobium gemellum auct. non 
Lindl.: Ridl. (p.p.) (= D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl.) (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] 
Note - Schlechter (l.c.) writes that his section Dianthe 
could be regarded as an expanded version of Ridley's 
section Gemella. I have been unable to find a publication 
by Ridley in which that section is mentioned, and 
consider it a manuscript name. However, this reference 
to a section Gemella demonstrates that Schlechter 
included Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. in 
his section Dianthe, and this species is also mentioned 
in the protologue as D. gemellum Lindl. Evidently, 
Schlechter, like Ridley, at that time misinterpreted 
D. gemellum (see note under sect. Bambusifoliae). 
Dendrobium sect. Stachyobium subsect. Elatiores 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 (1883). Type species: 
Dendrobium barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight = 
Dendrobium ovatum (L.) Kraenzl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Fytchianthe Schltr.] 
Note - Hooker (1890) listed D. barbatulum auct. non 
Batem.: Wight as a synonym under D. chlorops Lindl., 
which, in turn, is a synonym of D. ovatum. 
Muelleria 
5 

Page image

747240 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605011
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) 
but rather arbitrarily composed names in the sense of 
ICBN Article 20.1. As noted by Holttum (1953), Ridley 
misapplied the name D. gemellum Lindl. to the species 
now called D. solaccense (Blume) Lindl., as well as to the 
closely related D. indragiriense Schltr. This is probably 
due to the fact that Lindley himself had mistakenly 
identified specimens of D. salaccense in his herbarium 
as D. gemellum. The true D. gemellum, which was based 
on Pedilonum biflorum Blume, does not belong in this 
section, but to sect. Pedilonum (or sect. Colcarifero in 
older classifications). 
Dendrobium sect. Brachyanthe Schltr., Repert. Spec. 
Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 446 (1912). Type species: 
Dendrobium bicomeratum Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Brachycentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium minahassae Kraenzl. 
(= D. heterocorpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Calvae 
Lindl.,./. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3:14 (1859). Type species: 
Dendrobium breviflorum Lindl. (= D. bicomeratum Lindl.) 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Camptocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 
(1910).Type species: Dendrobium epidendropsis Kraenzl. 
(= D. ionopus Rchb.f.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Pedilonum Blume] 
Notes - The type species of this subsection is a synonym 
of the type of subsect. Macrocentra. Section Pedilonum 
is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in 
Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no 
means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. 
Calcarifera, such as D. ionopus. See also the note under 
sect. Capitata. 
Dendrobium sect. Capitata Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 130 (1910). Type species: 
Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Blume] 
Note - Section Calyptrochilus is here taken in the 
expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, 
which includes many, but by no means all, species 
formerly treated as members of sect. Pedilonum , such 
as O. purpureum. See also the note under subsect. 
Camptocentra. 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. 
Chrysostachya Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. 
Pfanzenfam. II, 6:173 (1889). Type species: Dendrobium 
hmbriatum Hook, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. 
Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum (nom. rej.). Type 
species: Desmotrichum angulatum Blume = Dendrobium 
barbatum Breda (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Crinifera Pfitzer] 
Note - Since Desmotrichum (Blume) Blume is a nomen 
rejiciendum (ICBN Article 56.1), its implicit basionym 
(ICBN Article 33.3) Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum 
Blume, is also a nomen rejiciendum. 
Dendrobium sect. Dianthe Schltr. in K.Schum. & 
Lauterb., Nachtr . FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Siidsee 150 
(1905). Type species: Dendrobium gemellum auct. non 
Lindl.: Ridl. (p.p.) (= D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl.) (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] 
Note - Schlechter (l.c.) writes that his section Dianthe 
could be regarded as an expanded version of Ridley's 
section Gemella. I have been unable to find a publication 
by Ridley in which that section is mentioned, and 
consider it a manuscript name. However, this reference 
to a section Gemella demonstrates that Schlechter 
included Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. in 
his section Dianthe, and this species is also mentioned 
in the protologue as D. gemellum Lindl. Evidently, 
Schlechter, like Ridley, at that time misinterpreted 
D. gemellum (see note under sect. Bambusifoliae). 
Dendrobium sect. Stachyobium subsect. Elatiores 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 (1883). Type species: 
Dendrobium barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight = 
Dendrobium ovatum (L.) Kraenzl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Fytchianthe Schltr.] 
Note - Hooker (1890) listed D. barbatulum auct. non 
Batem.: Wight as a synonym under D. chlorops Lindl., 
which, in turn, is a synonym of D. ovatum. 
Muelleria 
5 

Page image

747267 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605011
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) 
but rather arbitrarily composed names in the sense of 
ICBN Article 20.1. As noted by Holttum (1953), Ridley 
misapplied the name D. gemellum Lindl. to the species 
now called D. solaccense (Blume) Lindl., as well as to the 
closely related D. indragiriense Schltr. This is probably 
due to the fact that Lindley himself had mistakenly 
identified specimens of D. salaccense in his herbarium 
as D. gemellum. The true D. gemellum, which was based 
on Pedilonum biflorum Blume, does not belong in this 
section, but to sect. Pedilonum (or sect. Colcarifero in 
older classifications). 
Dendrobium sect. Brachyanthe Schltr., Repert. Spec. 
Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 446 (1912). Type species: 
Dendrobium bicomeratum Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Brachycentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium minahassae Kraenzl. 
(= D. heterocorpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Calvae 
Lindl.,./. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3:14 (1859). Type species: 
Dendrobium breviflorum Lindl. (= D. bicomeratum Lindl.) 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Camptocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 
(1910).Type species: Dendrobium epidendropsis Kraenzl. 
(= D. ionopus Rchb.f.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Pedilonum Blume] 
Notes - The type species of this subsection is a synonym 
of the type of subsect. Macrocentra. Section Pedilonum 
is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in 
Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no 
means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. 
Calcarifera, such as D. ionopus. See also the note under 
sect. Capitata. 
Dendrobium sect. Capitata Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 130 (1910). Type species: 
Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Blume] 
Note - Section Calyptrochilus is here taken in the 
expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, 
which includes many, but by no means all, species 
formerly treated as members of sect. Pedilonum , such 
as O. purpureum. See also the note under subsect. 
Camptocentra. 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. 
Chrysostachya Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. 
Pfanzenfam. II, 6:173 (1889). Type species: Dendrobium 
hmbriatum Hook, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. 
Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum (nom. rej.). Type 
species: Desmotrichum angulatum Blume = Dendrobium 
barbatum Breda (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Crinifera Pfitzer] 
Note - Since Desmotrichum (Blume) Blume is a nomen 
rejiciendum (ICBN Article 56.1), its implicit basionym 
(ICBN Article 33.3) Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum 
Blume, is also a nomen rejiciendum. 
Dendrobium sect. Dianthe Schltr. in K.Schum. & 
Lauterb., Nachtr . FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Siidsee 150 
(1905). Type species: Dendrobium gemellum auct. non 
Lindl.: Ridl. (p.p.) (= D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl.) (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] 
Note - Schlechter (l.c.) writes that his section Dianthe 
could be regarded as an expanded version of Ridley's 
section Gemella. I have been unable to find a publication 
by Ridley in which that section is mentioned, and 
consider it a manuscript name. However, this reference 
to a section Gemella demonstrates that Schlechter 
included Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. in 
his section Dianthe, and this species is also mentioned 
in the protologue as D. gemellum Lindl. Evidently, 
Schlechter, like Ridley, at that time misinterpreted 
D. gemellum (see note under sect. Bambusifoliae). 
Dendrobium sect. Stachyobium subsect. Elatiores 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 (1883). Type species: 
Dendrobium barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight = 
Dendrobium ovatum (L.) Kraenzl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Fytchianthe Schltr.] 
Note - Hooker (1890) listed D. barbatulum auct. non 
Batem.: Wight as a synonym under D. chlorops Lindl., 
which, in turn, is a synonym of D. ovatum. 
Muelleria 
5 

Page image

747269 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605011
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) 
but rather arbitrarily composed names in the sense of 
ICBN Article 20.1. As noted by Holttum (1953), Ridley 
misapplied the name D. gemellum Lindl. to the species 
now called D. solaccense (Blume) Lindl., as well as to the 
closely related D. indragiriense Schltr. This is probably 
due to the fact that Lindley himself had mistakenly 
identified specimens of D. salaccense in his herbarium 
as D. gemellum. The true D. gemellum, which was based 
on Pedilonum biflorum Blume, does not belong in this 
section, but to sect. Pedilonum (or sect. Colcarifero in 
older classifications). 
Dendrobium sect. Brachyanthe Schltr., Repert. Spec. 
Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 446 (1912). Type species: 
Dendrobium bicomeratum Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Brachycentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium minahassae Kraenzl. 
(= D. heterocorpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Calvae 
Lindl.,./. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3:14 (1859). Type species: 
Dendrobium breviflorum Lindl. (= D. bicomeratum Lindl.) 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Camptocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 
(1910).Type species: Dendrobium epidendropsis Kraenzl. 
(= D. ionopus Rchb.f.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Pedilonum Blume] 
Notes - The type species of this subsection is a synonym 
of the type of subsect. Macrocentra. Section Pedilonum 
is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in 
Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no 
means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. 
Calcarifera, such as D. ionopus. See also the note under 
sect. Capitata. 
Dendrobium sect. Capitata Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 130 (1910). Type species: 
Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Blume] 
Note - Section Calyptrochilus is here taken in the 
expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, 
which includes many, but by no means all, species 
formerly treated as members of sect. Pedilonum , such 
as O. purpureum. See also the note under subsect. 
Camptocentra. 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. 
Chrysostachya Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. 
Pfanzenfam. II, 6:173 (1889). Type species: Dendrobium 
hmbriatum Hook, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. 
Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum (nom. rej.). Type 
species: Desmotrichum angulatum Blume = Dendrobium 
barbatum Breda (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Crinifera Pfitzer] 
Note - Since Desmotrichum (Blume) Blume is a nomen 
rejiciendum (ICBN Article 56.1), its implicit basionym 
(ICBN Article 33.3) Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum 
Blume, is also a nomen rejiciendum. 
Dendrobium sect. Dianthe Schltr. in K.Schum. & 
Lauterb., Nachtr . FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Siidsee 150 
(1905). Type species: Dendrobium gemellum auct. non 
Lindl.: Ridl. (p.p.) (= D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl.) (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] 
Note - Schlechter (l.c.) writes that his section Dianthe 
could be regarded as an expanded version of Ridley's 
section Gemella. I have been unable to find a publication 
by Ridley in which that section is mentioned, and 
consider it a manuscript name. However, this reference 
to a section Gemella demonstrates that Schlechter 
included Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. in 
his section Dianthe, and this species is also mentioned 
in the protologue as D. gemellum Lindl. Evidently, 
Schlechter, like Ridley, at that time misinterpreted 
D. gemellum (see note under sect. Bambusifoliae). 
Dendrobium sect. Stachyobium subsect. Elatiores 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 (1883). Type species: 
Dendrobium barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight = 
Dendrobium ovatum (L.) Kraenzl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Fytchianthe Schltr.] 
Note - Hooker (1890) listed D. barbatulum auct. non 
Batem.: Wight as a synonym under D. chlorops Lindl., 
which, in turn, is a synonym of D. ovatum. 
Muelleria 
5 

Page image

747272 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605011
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) 
but rather arbitrarily composed names in the sense of 
ICBN Article 20.1. As noted by Holttum (1953), Ridley 
misapplied the name D. gemellum Lindl. to the species 
now called D. solaccense (Blume) Lindl., as well as to the 
closely related D. indragiriense Schltr. This is probably 
due to the fact that Lindley himself had mistakenly 
identified specimens of D. salaccense in his herbarium 
as D. gemellum. The true D. gemellum, which was based 
on Pedilonum biflorum Blume, does not belong in this 
section, but to sect. Pedilonum (or sect. Colcarifero in 
older classifications). 
Dendrobium sect. Brachyanthe Schltr., Repert. Spec. 
Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 446 (1912). Type species: 
Dendrobium bicomeratum Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Brachycentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium minahassae Kraenzl. 
(= D. heterocorpum Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Calvae 
Lindl.,./. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3:14 (1859). Type species: 
Dendrobium breviflorum Lindl. (= D. bicomeratum Lindl.) 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Camptocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 101 
(1910).Type species: Dendrobium epidendropsis Kraenzl. 
(= D. ionopus Rchb.f.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Pedilonum Blume] 
Notes - The type species of this subsection is a synonym 
of the type of subsect. Macrocentra. Section Pedilonum 
is here taken in the expanded sense as adopted in 
Genera Orchidacearum, which includes many, but by no 
means all, species formerly treated as members of sect. 
Calcarifera, such as D. ionopus. See also the note under 
sect. Capitata. 
Dendrobium sect. Capitata Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 130 (1910). Type species: 
Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Blume] 
Note - Section Calyptrochilus is here taken in the 
expanded sense as adopted in Genera Orchidacearum, 
which includes many, but by no means all, species 
formerly treated as members of sect. Pedilonum , such 
as O. purpureum. See also the note under subsect. 
Camptocentra. 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. 
Chrysostachya Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. 
Pfanzenfam. II, 6:173 (1889). Type species: Dendrobium 
hmbriatum Hook, (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. 
Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum (nom. rej.). Type 
species: Desmotrichum angulatum Blume = Dendrobium 
barbatum Breda (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Crinifera Pfitzer] 
Note - Since Desmotrichum (Blume) Blume is a nomen 
rejiciendum (ICBN Article 56.1), its implicit basionym 
(ICBN Article 33.3) Dendrobium sect. Desmotrichum 
Blume, is also a nomen rejiciendum. 
Dendrobium sect. Dianthe Schltr. in K.Schum. & 
Lauterb., Nachtr . FI. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Siidsee 150 
(1905). Type species: Dendrobium gemellum auct. non 
Lindl.: Ridl. (p.p.) (= D. salaccense (Blume) Lindl.) (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] 
Note - Schlechter (l.c.) writes that his section Dianthe 
could be regarded as an expanded version of Ridley's 
section Gemella. I have been unable to find a publication 
by Ridley in which that section is mentioned, and 
consider it a manuscript name. However, this reference 
to a section Gemella demonstrates that Schlechter 
included Dendrobium gemellum auct. non Lindl.: Ridl. in 
his section Dianthe, and this species is also mentioned 
in the protologue as D. gemellum Lindl. Evidently, 
Schlechter, like Ridley, at that time misinterpreted 
D. gemellum (see note under sect. Bambusifoliae). 
Dendrobium sect. Stachyobium subsect. Elatiores 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 (1883). Type species: 
Dendrobium barbatulum auct. non Batem.: Wight = 
Dendrobium ovatum (L.) Kraenzl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Fytchianthe Schltr.] 
Note - Hooker (1890) listed D. barbatulum auct. non 
Batem.: Wight as a synonym under D. chlorops Lindl., 
which, in turn, is a synonym of D. ovatum. 
Muelleria 
5 

Page image

747275 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605012
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Schuiteman 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. 
Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). 
Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN 
Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = 
Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) 
Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section 
Eugrastidium. 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: 
Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: 
Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense 
(Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Grastidium Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia 
Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. 
invalid.). 
Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is 
required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both 
belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. 
Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: 
Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium 
aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium 
sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: 
Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) 
Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this 
subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). 
Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: 
Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile 
(Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria 
(Blume) Miq.] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] 
Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] 
Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. 
Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type 
species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. 
Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: 
Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. 
in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type 
species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum 
Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. 
Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile 
Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). 
Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 
6 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747276 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605012
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Schuiteman 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. 
Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). 
Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN 
Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = 
Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) 
Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section 
Eugrastidium. 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: 
Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: 
Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense 
(Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Grastidium Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia 
Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. 
invalid.). 
Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is 
required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both 
belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. 
Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: 
Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium 
aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium 
sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: 
Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) 
Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this 
subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). 
Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: 
Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile 
(Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria 
(Blume) Miq.] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] 
Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] 
Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. 
Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type 
species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. 
Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: 
Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. 
in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type 
species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum 
Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. 
Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile 
Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). 
Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 
6 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747244 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605012
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Schuiteman 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. 
Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). 
Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN 
Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = 
Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) 
Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section 
Eugrastidium. 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: 
Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: 
Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense 
(Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Grastidium Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia 
Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. 
invalid.). 
Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is 
required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both 
belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. 
Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: 
Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium 
aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium 
sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: 
Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) 
Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this 
subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). 
Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: 
Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile 
(Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria 
(Blume) Miq.] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] 
Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] 
Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. 
Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type 
species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. 
Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: 
Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. 
in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type 
species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum 
Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. 
Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile 
Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). 
Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 
6 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747277 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605012
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Schuiteman 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. 
Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). 
Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN 
Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = 
Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) 
Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section 
Eugrastidium. 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: 
Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: 
Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense 
(Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Grastidium Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia 
Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. 
invalid.). 
Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is 
required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both 
belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. 
Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: 
Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium 
aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium 
sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: 
Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) 
Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this 
subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). 
Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: 
Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile 
(Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria 
(Blume) Miq.] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] 
Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] 
Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. 
Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type 
species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. 
Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: 
Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. 
in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type 
species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum 
Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. 
Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile 
Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). 
Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 
6 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747280 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605012
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Schuiteman 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. 
Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). 
Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN 
Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = 
Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) 
Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section 
Eugrastidium. 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: 
Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: 
Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense 
(Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Grastidium Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia 
Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. 
invalid.). 
Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is 
required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both 
belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. 
Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: 
Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium 
aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium 
sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: 
Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) 
Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this 
subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). 
Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: 
Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile 
(Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria 
(Blume) Miq.] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] 
Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] 
Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. 
Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type 
species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. 
Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: 
Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. 
in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type 
species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum 
Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. 
Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile 
Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). 
Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 
6 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747282 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605012
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Schuiteman 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. 
Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). 
Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN 
Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = 
Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) 
Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section 
Eugrastidium. 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: 
Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: 
Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense 
(Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Grastidium Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia 
Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. 
invalid.). 
Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is 
required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both 
belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. 
Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: 
Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium 
aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium 
sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: 
Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) 
Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this 
subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). 
Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: 
Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile 
(Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria 
(Blume) Miq.] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] 
Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] 
Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. 
Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type 
species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. 
Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: 
Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. 
in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type 
species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum 
Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. 
Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile 
Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). 
Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 
6 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747283 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605012
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Schuiteman 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. 
Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). 
Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN 
Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = 
Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) 
Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section 
Eugrastidium. 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: 
Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: 
Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense 
(Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Grastidium Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia 
Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. 
invalid.). 
Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is 
required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both 
belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. 
Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: 
Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium 
aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium 
sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: 
Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) 
Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this 
subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). 
Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: 
Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile 
(Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria 
(Blume) Miq.] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] 
Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] 
Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. 
Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type 
species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. 
Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: 
Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. 
in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type 
species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum 
Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. 
Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile 
Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). 
Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 
6 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747286 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605012
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Schuiteman 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. 
Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). 
Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN 
Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = 
Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) 
Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section 
Eugrastidium. 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: 
Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: 
Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense 
(Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Grastidium Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia 
Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. 
invalid.). 
Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is 
required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both 
belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. 
Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: 
Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium 
aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium 
sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: 
Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) 
Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this 
subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). 
Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: 
Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile 
(Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria 
(Blume) Miq.] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] 
Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] 
Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. 
Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type 
species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. 
Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: 
Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. 
in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type 
species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum 
Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. 
Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile 
Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). 
Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 
6 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747288 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 6-Jul

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 6-Jul".

747289 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 7
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605013
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) 
affine (Decne.) Steud. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Phalaenanthe Schltr.] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. 
Pycnostachyae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 
(1883). Type species: Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] 
Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. 
Dendrobium sect. Rhopalanthe Schltr., Repert. 
Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 449 (1912). Type 
species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Note - Section Crumenata, of which sect. Rhopalanthe 
is a homotypic synonym, is in Pridgeon et al. (in prep.) 
included in a broadly defined sect. Aporum. 
Dendrobium sect. Strongyle Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 
1: 134 (1850-51). Type species: Onychium subulatum 
Blume =Dendrobium subulatum (Blume) Lindl. (lectotype 
chosen by Brieger (1981), who mistakenly wrote 
'Onychium undulatum', a name which does not exist; 
Onychium subulatum is the only species of Onychium 
which belongs to sect. Strongyle) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Subcylindracea 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:41 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium chrysanthum Lindl. (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium ] 
Dendrobium sect. Superbientia Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 257 (1910). Type species: 
Dendrobium johnsoniae F.Muell. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] 
Note - Dendrobium x superbiens Rchb.f. cannot be 
considered the type species in the sense of ICBN Art. 
22.6, as it is a hybrid, not a species, even though Kraenzlin 
considered it as such. He listed several other species in 
this ill-defined section, including members of section 
Phalaenanthe but also of sections Latouria, Formosae 
and even Pedilonum. Choosing one of the Phalaenanthe 
species would have given sect. Superbientia priority over 
sect. Phalaenanthe. 
Dendrobium sect. Trachytheca Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 243 (1910). Type species: 
Dendrobium macrophyllum A.Rich. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Trilobata 
Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfianzenfam. 2, 6: 174 
(1889). Type species: Dendrobium maccarthiaeVr\\Na\tes 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Virgatae Hook.f., FI. Brit. Ind. 5: 
711 (1890). Type species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Note - See note under sect. Rhopalanthe. 
Acknowledgement 
I would like to thank two anonymous reviewers for 
helpful comments. 
References 
Adams, P.B. (2011). Systematics of Dendrobiinae (Orchidaceae), 
with special reference to Australian taxa. Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 166, 
105-126. 
Brieger, F.G. (1981). Subtribus Dendrobiinae. In R. Schlechter 
(F.G. Brieger, R. Maatsch, and K. Senghas, eds), DieOrchideen, 
3rd edn, Vol. 1 (11-12), 636-752. Parey: Berlin. 
Govaerts, R. (2011). World Checklist of Selected Plant Families. 
The Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 
Published on the Internet; http://www.kew.org/wcsp/ 
(accessed 20 June 2011). 
Holttum, R.E. (1953). Orchids of Malaya. Government Printing 
Office: Singapore. 
Hooker, J.D. (1890) The Flora of British India, Vol. 5. L. Reeve & 
Co.: London. 
McNeillJ., Barrie, F. R., Burdet, H. M., Demoulin, V., Hawksworlh, 
D. L., Marhold, K., Nicolson, D. H., Prado, J., Silva, P. C., Skog, J. 
E. , Wiersema, J. H., and Turland, N. J. (eds) (2006). International 
Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code), adopted 
by the Seventeenth International Botanical Congress 
Vienna, Austria, July 2005. A. R. G. Gantner Verlag, Ruggell: 
Liechtenstein. [Regnum Veg. 146]. 
Pridgeon, A.M., Cribb, PJ., Chase, M.W., and Rasmussen, F.N. 
(in prep.). Genera Orchidacearum, Vol. 6. Oxford University 
Press: Oxford. 
Schuiteman, A. (2011). Dendrobium (Orchidaceae): to split or 
not to split. Gard. Bull. Singapore 63(1 &2), 247-259. 
Schuiteman, A. and Adams, P.B. (2010). A broad look at 
Dendrobium. Orchadian 16,447-459. 
Muelleria 
7 

Page image

747294 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 7
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605013
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) 
affine (Decne.) Steud. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Phalaenanthe Schltr.] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. 
Pycnostachyae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 
(1883). Type species: Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] 
Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. 
Dendrobium sect. Rhopalanthe Schltr., Repert. 
Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 449 (1912). Type 
species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Note - Section Crumenata, of which sect. Rhopalanthe 
is a homotypic synonym, is in Pridgeon et al. (in prep.) 
included in a broadly defined sect. Aporum. 
Dendrobium sect. Strongyle Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 
1: 134 (1850-51). Type species: Onychium subulatum 
Blume =Dendrobium subulatum (Blume) Lindl. (lectotype 
chosen by Brieger (1981), who mistakenly wrote 
'Onychium undulatum', a name which does not exist; 
Onychium subulatum is the only species of Onychium 
which belongs to sect. Strongyle) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Subcylindracea 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:41 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium chrysanthum Lindl. (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium ] 
Dendrobium sect. Superbientia Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 257 (1910). Type species: 
Dendrobium johnsoniae F.Muell. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] 
Note - Dendrobium x superbiens Rchb.f. cannot be 
considered the type species in the sense of ICBN Art. 
22.6, as it is a hybrid, not a species, even though Kraenzlin 
considered it as such. He listed several other species in 
this ill-defined section, including members of section 
Phalaenanthe but also of sections Latouria, Formosae 
and even Pedilonum. Choosing one of the Phalaenanthe 
species would have given sect. Superbientia priority over 
sect. Phalaenanthe. 
Dendrobium sect. Trachytheca Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 243 (1910). Type species: 
Dendrobium macrophyllum A.Rich. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Trilobata 
Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfianzenfam. 2, 6: 174 
(1889). Type species: Dendrobium maccarthiaeVr\\Na\tes 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Virgatae Hook.f., FI. Brit. Ind. 5: 
711 (1890). Type species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Note - See note under sect. Rhopalanthe. 
Acknowledgement 
I would like to thank two anonymous reviewers for 
helpful comments. 
References 
Adams, P.B. (2011). Systematics of Dendrobiinae (Orchidaceae), 
with special reference to Australian taxa. Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 166, 
105-126. 
Brieger, F.G. (1981). Subtribus Dendrobiinae. In R. Schlechter 
(F.G. Brieger, R. Maatsch, and K. Senghas, eds), DieOrchideen, 
3rd edn, Vol. 1 (11-12), 636-752. Parey: Berlin. 
Govaerts, R. (2011). World Checklist of Selected Plant Families. 
The Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 
Published on the Internet; http://www.kew.org/wcsp/ 
(accessed 20 June 2011). 
Holttum, R.E. (1953). Orchids of Malaya. Government Printing 
Office: Singapore. 
Hooker, J.D. (1890) The Flora of British India, Vol. 5. L. Reeve & 
Co.: London. 
McNeillJ., Barrie, F. R., Burdet, H. M., Demoulin, V., Hawksworlh, 
D. L., Marhold, K., Nicolson, D. H., Prado, J., Silva, P. C., Skog, J. 
E. , Wiersema, J. H., and Turland, N. J. (eds) (2006). International 
Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code), adopted 
by the Seventeenth International Botanical Congress 
Vienna, Austria, July 2005. A. R. G. Gantner Verlag, Ruggell: 
Liechtenstein. [Regnum Veg. 146]. 
Pridgeon, A.M., Cribb, PJ., Chase, M.W., and Rasmussen, F.N. 
(in prep.). Genera Orchidacearum, Vol. 6. Oxford University 
Press: Oxford. 
Schuiteman, A. (2011). Dendrobium (Orchidaceae): to split or 
not to split. Gard. Bull. Singapore 63(1 &2), 247-259. 
Schuiteman, A. and Adams, P.B. (2010). A broad look at 
Dendrobium. Orchadian 16,447-459. 
Muelleria 
7 

Page image

747298 Dendrobium Muelleria 30(1): 7
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605013
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae) 
affine (Decne.) Steud. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Phalaenanthe Schltr.] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. 
Pycnostachyae Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 500 
(1883). Type species: Dendrobium purpureum Roxb. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] 
Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. 
Dendrobium sect. Rhopalanthe Schltr., Repert. 
Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1: 449 (1912). Type 
species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Note - Section Crumenata, of which sect. Rhopalanthe 
is a homotypic synonym, is in Pridgeon et al. (in prep.) 
included in a broadly defined sect. Aporum. 
Dendrobium sect. Strongyle Lindl., Paxton's FI. Gard. 
1: 134 (1850-51). Type species: Onychium subulatum 
Blume =Dendrobium subulatum (Blume) Lindl. (lectotype 
chosen by Brieger (1981), who mistakenly wrote 
'Onychium undulatum', a name which does not exist; 
Onychium subulatum is the only species of Onychium 
which belongs to sect. Strongyle) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Subcylindracea 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:41 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium chrysanthum Lindl. (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium ] 
Dendrobium sect. Superbientia Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 257 (1910). Type species: 
Dendrobium johnsoniae F.Muell. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] 
Note - Dendrobium x superbiens Rchb.f. cannot be 
considered the type species in the sense of ICBN Art. 
22.6, as it is a hybrid, not a species, even though Kraenzlin 
considered it as such. He listed several other species in 
this ill-defined section, including members of section 
Phalaenanthe but also of sections Latouria, Formosae 
and even Pedilonum. Choosing one of the Phalaenanthe 
species would have given sect. Superbientia priority over 
sect. Phalaenanthe. 
Dendrobium sect. Trachytheca Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 243 (1910). Type species: 
Dendrobium macrophyllum A.Rich. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Latouria (Blume) Miq.] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Trilobata 
Pfitzer in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfianzenfam. 2, 6: 174 
(1889). Type species: Dendrobium maccarthiaeVr\\Na\tes 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Virgatae Hook.f., FI. Brit. Ind. 5: 
711 (1890). Type species: Dendrobium crumenatum Sw. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Note - See note under sect. Rhopalanthe. 
Acknowledgement 
I would like to thank two anonymous reviewers for 
helpful comments. 
References 
Adams, P.B. (2011). Systematics of Dendrobiinae (Orchidaceae), 
with special reference to Australian taxa. Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 166, 
105-126. 
Brieger, F.G. (1981). Subtribus Dendrobiinae. In R. Schlechter 
(F.G. Brieger, R. Maatsch, and K. Senghas, eds), DieOrchideen, 
3rd edn, Vol. 1 (11-12), 636-752. Parey: Berlin. 
Govaerts, R. (2011). World Checklist of Selected Plant Families. 
The Board of Trustees of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 
Published on the Internet; http://www.kew.org/wcsp/ 
(accessed 20 June 2011). 
Holttum, R.E. (1953). Orchids of Malaya. Government Printing 
Office: Singapore. 
Hooker, J.D. (1890) The Flora of British India, Vol. 5. L. Reeve & 
Co.: London. 
McNeillJ., Barrie, F. R., Burdet, H. M., Demoulin, V., Hawksworlh, 
D. L., Marhold, K., Nicolson, D. H., Prado, J., Silva, P. C., Skog, J. 
E. , Wiersema, J. H., and Turland, N. J. (eds) (2006). International 
Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Vienna Code), adopted 
by the Seventeenth International Botanical Congress 
Vienna, Austria, July 2005. A. R. G. Gantner Verlag, Ruggell: 
Liechtenstein. [Regnum Veg. 146]. 
Pridgeon, A.M., Cribb, PJ., Chase, M.W., and Rasmussen, F.N. 
(in prep.). Genera Orchidacearum, Vol. 6. Oxford University 
Press: Oxford. 
Schuiteman, A. (2011). Dendrobium (Orchidaceae): to split or 
not to split. Gard. Bull. Singapore 63(1 &2), 247-259. 
Schuiteman, A. and Adams, P.B. (2010). A broad look at 
Dendrobium. Orchadian 16,447-459. 
Muelleria 
7 

Page image

933122 Epiblema grandiflorum Muelleria 30(1): 14
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605020
Page is part of the work Two new rare species in the Thelymitra venosa complex (Orchidaceae) from south-eastern mainland Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292239

Page text

Jeanes 
Figure 2. Distribution maps of: a. Thelymitra venoso ; b. Thelymitra cyaneo 
(1996) and Near Threatened (NT) by criteria of IUCN 
( 2011 ). 
Flowering period: October to January. 
Pollination biology: The large, easily opening 
flowers, functional viscidium and sporadic capsule 
production would suggest that this species is most likely 
entomophilous. 
Typification: The type sheet contains five specimens 
from two different collections. The two specimens on 
the right appear to have been collected at Port Jackson 
in 1803 by Robert Brown and one of these (a) was 
selected by Clements (1989) as the lectotype. The three 
specimens on the left appear to be of the same taxon 
but were collected much later by Robert Fitzgerald. 
Notes: Thelymitra venosa is closely related to T. cyanea 
(mostly from high altitude parts of south-eastern 
Australia and New Zealand), but the latter has generally 
fewer, smaller flowers and the lateral lobes have fewer, 
looser twists and lobed apices. 
The ease with which the flowers of T. venosa open, 
and their propensity to stay open at night, are unusual 
for the genus. 
2. Thelymitra cyanea (Lindl.) Benth., FI. Austral. 
6:323(1873). 
Macdonaldia cyanea Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. appendix 
to vols 1 -23 [Sketch Veg. Swan RJ: 50 (1839-40). Thelymitra 
venosa R.Br. var. cyanea (Lindl.) Hatch, Trans. & Proc Roy. 
Soc. New Zealand 79: 391 (1952). Type: Tasmania, Circular 
Head, xii.1837, ft Gunn 938 (lectotype specimen 12a Kl, fide 
Clements 1989; isolectotypes BM!, FI!, K, P!, NSW!). Syntypes: 
Tasmania, Rocky Cape, xii.1837, R. Gunn 944 (K!). 
Thelymitra uniflora Hook.f., FI. Antarct. 1: 70 (1844). 
Type: Lord Aukland's Group; on the bare ground and 
growing in tufts of moss, Forstera, &c., on bleak hills, J.D. 
Hooker s.n. (holotype K). 
Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. cedricsmithii Hatch, Trans. 
& Proc. Roy Soc. New Zealand 79:390 (1952), nom. nud. 
Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. typica Hatch, Trans. & Proc. 
Roy Soc. New Zealand 79:390 (1952), nom. illeg. 
Epiblema grandiflorum Buchanan, Trans. & Proc. New 
Zealand Inst. 14:356 (1882), non R.Br. (1810). 
Thelymitra venosa auct., non R.Br. (1810); T.F. 
Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand FI. 343 (1925); J.H. Willis, 
Handb. PI. Victoria , 1: 352 (1962); W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. 
Tasmania 4A: 48 (1979). 
Illustrations: Nicholls (1969) plate 50, figs b-i. (as 
Thelymitra venosa ); Jones (1988) page 294; Backhouse 
and Jeanes (1995) page 336; St George etal. (1996) page 
104; St George (1999) page 139; Bishop (2000) plate 48; 
Jones (2006) page 250. 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-3 cm long, 
5-12 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear, 10—25(—37) cm long, 
3-8 mm wide, erect, canaliculate, pale to dark green, 
ribbed abaxially, fleshy, sheathing at base, apex acute. 
Scape 15-55 cm tall, 1-2.5 mm diam., slender, wiry, 
pale green to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 
or 3, linear-lanceolate, 18-55 mm long, 3-9 mm wide, 
closely sheathing, lower one often partially enclosed by 
leaf, acute to acuminate, green to purplish. Fertile bracts 
ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 5-20 mm 
long, 3-7 mm wide, sheathing the pedicels, green or 
purplish. Pedicels 2-15 mm long, slender. Ovary cylindric 
14 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

1000468 Flinders Muelleria 30(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1)".

1000465 Forked spyridium Muelleria 30(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1)".

1000466 Kangaroo Muelleria 30(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1)".

933114 Macdonaldia cyanea Muelleria 30(1): 14
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605020
Page is part of the work Two new rare species in the Thelymitra venosa complex (Orchidaceae) from south-eastern mainland Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292239

Page text

Jeanes 
Figure 2. Distribution maps of: a. Thelymitra venoso ; b. Thelymitra cyaneo 
(1996) and Near Threatened (NT) by criteria of IUCN 
( 2011 ). 
Flowering period: October to January. 
Pollination biology: The large, easily opening 
flowers, functional viscidium and sporadic capsule 
production would suggest that this species is most likely 
entomophilous. 
Typification: The type sheet contains five specimens 
from two different collections. The two specimens on 
the right appear to have been collected at Port Jackson 
in 1803 by Robert Brown and one of these (a) was 
selected by Clements (1989) as the lectotype. The three 
specimens on the left appear to be of the same taxon 
but were collected much later by Robert Fitzgerald. 
Notes: Thelymitra venosa is closely related to T. cyanea 
(mostly from high altitude parts of south-eastern 
Australia and New Zealand), but the latter has generally 
fewer, smaller flowers and the lateral lobes have fewer, 
looser twists and lobed apices. 
The ease with which the flowers of T. venosa open, 
and their propensity to stay open at night, are unusual 
for the genus. 
2. Thelymitra cyanea (Lindl.) Benth., FI. Austral. 
6:323(1873). 
Macdonaldia cyanea Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. appendix 
to vols 1 -23 [Sketch Veg. Swan RJ: 50 (1839-40). Thelymitra 
venosa R.Br. var. cyanea (Lindl.) Hatch, Trans. & Proc Roy. 
Soc. New Zealand 79: 391 (1952). Type: Tasmania, Circular 
Head, xii.1837, ft Gunn 938 (lectotype specimen 12a Kl, fide 
Clements 1989; isolectotypes BM!, FI!, K, P!, NSW!). Syntypes: 
Tasmania, Rocky Cape, xii.1837, R. Gunn 944 (K!). 
Thelymitra uniflora Hook.f., FI. Antarct. 1: 70 (1844). 
Type: Lord Aukland's Group; on the bare ground and 
growing in tufts of moss, Forstera, &c., on bleak hills, J.D. 
Hooker s.n. (holotype K). 
Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. cedricsmithii Hatch, Trans. 
& Proc. Roy Soc. New Zealand 79:390 (1952), nom. nud. 
Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. typica Hatch, Trans. & Proc. 
Roy Soc. New Zealand 79:390 (1952), nom. illeg. 
Epiblema grandiflorum Buchanan, Trans. & Proc. New 
Zealand Inst. 14:356 (1882), non R.Br. (1810). 
Thelymitra venosa auct., non R.Br. (1810); T.F. 
Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand FI. 343 (1925); J.H. Willis, 
Handb. PI. Victoria , 1: 352 (1962); W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. 
Tasmania 4A: 48 (1979). 
Illustrations: Nicholls (1969) plate 50, figs b-i. (as 
Thelymitra venosa ); Jones (1988) page 294; Backhouse 
and Jeanes (1995) page 336; St George etal. (1996) page 
104; St George (1999) page 139; Bishop (2000) plate 48; 
Jones (2006) page 250. 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-3 cm long, 
5-12 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear, 10—25(—37) cm long, 
3-8 mm wide, erect, canaliculate, pale to dark green, 
ribbed abaxially, fleshy, sheathing at base, apex acute. 
Scape 15-55 cm tall, 1-2.5 mm diam., slender, wiry, 
pale green to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 
or 3, linear-lanceolate, 18-55 mm long, 3-9 mm wide, 
closely sheathing, lower one often partially enclosed by 
leaf, acute to acuminate, green to purplish. Fertile bracts 
ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 5-20 mm 
long, 3-7 mm wide, sheathing the pedicels, green or 
purplish. Pedicels 2-15 mm long, slender. Ovary cylindric 
14 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933111 Macdonaldia venosa Muelleria 30(1): 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605017
Page is part of the work Two new rare species in the Thelymitra venosa complex (Orchidaceae) from south-eastern mainland Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292239

Page text

New species in the Thelymitra venosa complex (Orchidaceae) 
Auxiliary lobes (accessory lobes or side lobules): 
Several species of Thelymitra have a pair of distinct lobes 
between the post-anther lobe and the lateral lobes. 
These have no vascular strand and are most accurately 
described as being part of a tripartite post-anther lobe. 
They tend to be fleshy with irregularly jagged margins 
and sometimes have small surface tubercles. In the 
T. venosa complex they are completely absent. 
Anther. In Thelymitra, the anther is usually small, 
ovoid, and situated entirely between the column wings. 
The connective extends beyond the pollinia into an 
apical beak-like projection of varying size. The anther 
may be entirely above the stigma or variously obscured 
behind it. In the T. venosa complex the anther is inserted 
towards the apex of the column at anthesis. The dorsal 
surface is papillose and the anther beak is moderately 
large and may be entire or bifid at the apex. 
Pollinia : Members of the genus Thelymitra contain 
four pollinia in two groups of two. In the T. venosa 
complex the pollen grains may be tightly bound with 
the pollinarium being removed by insects as a single 
unit (in T. venosa), or, more usually, the pollen is friable 
leading to autogamy. 
Stigma: The stigma in Thelymitra is more or less 
bilobed at the apex, usually quadrate or transverse- 
elliptic in shape and located at the base of the column 
on a thick stalk. 
Materials and methods 
This paper is the result of a qualitative and quantitative 
study of the pertinent type material (or photographic 
reproductions thereof), all the available herbarium 
specimens (both dry and spirit-preserved) from AD, BM, 
BRI, CANB, E, HO, MEL, NSW, P, PERTH, QRS, SUNIV and 
WELT, and freshly collected specimens of all taxa except 
T. venosa, which were vouchered and deposited at the 
relevant herbaria. Orchid taxa in general, and Thelymitra 
taxa in particular, are much more readily identified from 
fresh living material where characters of the perianth, 
the column, flower colour and fragrance are still intact. 
Familiarity with the taxa gained from field study and 
the study of freshly collected specimens sent to me by 
field operatives has made the identification of dried 
and spirit-preserved herbarium material (including type 
specimens) much easier. 
When collecting Thelymitra for study it is essential that 
the entire above ground parts of the plant be taken, with 
the majority of the material being preserved in spirit. 
Plants preserved in the pressed state are often difficult 
to identify to species level in the absence of additional 
information. Spirit-preserved specimens on the other 
hand, are generally much more easily identified to 
species level. The observation of plants growing in-situ 
is the ideal method of study for Thelymitra in general, 
and often it is only by this method that cryptic new 
species can be identified. For this reason the importance 
of field work in the study of species complexes within 
Thelymitra cannot be overstated and should form an 
integral part of any future studies of the group or its 
individual members. 
Taxonomy 
1. Thelymitra venosa R.Br., Prodr. 314(1810). 
Type: Port Jackson; marshes towards Botany Bay, 
x-xi.1803, R. Brown s.n. (lectotype'a' BM!, fide Clements 
1989; isolectotype BM!). 
Macdonaldia venosa (R.Br.) Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 
appendix to vols 1-23 [Sketch Veg. Swan RJ: 50 (1839— 
40). 
Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. speciosa Nicholls, Orchidol. 
Zeylanica 2:157 (1935), nom. inval. 
Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. magnifica Rupp, Austral. 
Orchid Rev. 4: 81 (1939). Type: Wentworth Falls, xi.l 916, 
H.M.R. Rupp s.n. (lectotype NSW! fide J.Z. Weber 1988 
in sched:, isolectotype AD!); Syntypes: Laura, xi.l 926, 
E.Stephen s.n. (AD!) 
Illustrations: Bauer (1803) colour drawing; Nicholls (1969) 
plate 50, fig. a (as T. venosa var. magnifica); Bishop (2000) 
plate 49; Jones (2006) page 250. 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1.5-4 cm 
long, 5-15 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear, 10-30 cm 
long, 5-10 mm wide, erect, canaliculate, pale to dark 
green, ribbed abaxially, fleshy, sheathing at base, apex 
acute. Scape 25-70 cm tall, 1.5-3 mm diam., slender, 
wiry, pale green to purplish. Sterile bracts 1 or 2, rarely 
3, linear-lanceolate, 1.8-4 cm long, 3-9 mm wide, 
closely sheathing, acute to shortly acuminate, green 
to purplish. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate- 
acuminate, 5-20 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, sheathing 
the pedicels, green or purplish. Pedicels 8-16 mm long, 
slender. Ovary cylindric to narrow-obovoid, 5-13 mm 
Muelleria 
11 

Page image

1000469 Marble Muelleria 30(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1)".

933166 Melaleuca hemisticta Muelleria 30(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605030
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240

Page text

Udovicic and Spencer 
morphologically and, given the homoplasious nature 
of the morphological characters surveyed in their study, 
the situation appears no closer to resolution. 
Edwards etal. (2010) justify the sinking of Collistemon 
on the basis of non-monophyly demonstrated by 
cpDNA alone. A decision based on this evidence seems 
premature, especially as their combined analysis, with 
morphology included, and studies based on nuclear 
DNA (Ladiges etal. 1999; Brown etal. 2001), recovered 
a monophyletic Australian Callistemon. The analysis of 
Edwards etal (2010) contained relatively few samples 
of Callistemon and GenBank accession numbers were 
given for only a small proportion of taxa in that study 
precluding the independent verification of ndhf 
sequences and their resulting phylogenies. We therefore 
concur with Brown etal. (2001) that, Australian species 
should be retained in Callistemon , and that monophyletic 
groups may need to be formally recognised within 
Melaleuca , preferably with morphological characters to 
diagnose the main clades. 
If all genera of the Melaleuceae are subsumed within 
Melaleuca then this aggregate genus would itself 
have no morphological characters to uniquely define 
it, thereby failing a major criterion used to justify the 
proposed synonymy. Further, the conclusion that, '... 
current species-poor genera may retain recognition 
at the subgeneric level' (Edwards et al. 2010), simply 
transfers this difficulty to a lower rank, raising the 
possibility of a polyphyletic subgenus Melaleuca that 
cannot be morphologically defined. 
We consider that, in spite of clear difficulties in 
resolving these issues, current evidence is insufficient 
to justify the proposal to synonymise all genera of 
Melaleuceae, and more molecular and morphological 
evidence is required. Accordingly, the following new 
combinations are provided for Australian species of 
Callistemon currently placed in Melaleuca. For readers' 
reference we have listed phrase names recognised in the 
Australian Plant Name Index (APNI 2011) as synonyms. 
Full synonymy is available in Craven (2009). 
Taxonomy 
Callistemon hemistictus (S.T.BIake ex Craven) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca hemisticta S.T.BIake ex Craven, 
Novon 19:444-445 (2009). 
Callistemon lazaridis (Craven) Udovicic & 
R. D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca lazaridis Craven, Novon 19:445- 
446 (2009). 
Callistemon megalongensis (Craven & S.M.Douglas) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca megalongensis Craven & 
S. M.Douglas, Novon 19:446-447 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon sp. Megalong Valley (Craven, 
Mallison & Douglas 10442) NSW Herbarium 
Callistemon montis-zamiae (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca montis-zamiae Craven, Novon 
19:447 (2009). 
Callistemon phratra (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, 
comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca phratra Craven, Novon 19: 447- 
448 (2009). 
Callistemon pungens Lumley & R.D.Spencer 
Synonym: Melaleuca williamsii Craven 
Callistemon pungens subsp. pungens 
Callistemon pungens subsp. fletcheri (Craven) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. fletcheri 
Craven, Novon 19:451-452 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon pungens subsp. Fletcheri 
(P.F.Lumley 1120) Australian National Herbarium 
Callistemon pungens subsp. synoriensis 
(Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. synoriensis 
Craven, Novon 19:452-453 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon sp. Gibraltar Range 
(RJohnstone 1738) NSW Herbarium 
24 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933167 Melaleuca lazaridis Muelleria 30(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605030
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240

Page text

Udovicic and Spencer 
morphologically and, given the homoplasious nature 
of the morphological characters surveyed in their study, 
the situation appears no closer to resolution. 
Edwards etal. (2010) justify the sinking of Collistemon 
on the basis of non-monophyly demonstrated by 
cpDNA alone. A decision based on this evidence seems 
premature, especially as their combined analysis, with 
morphology included, and studies based on nuclear 
DNA (Ladiges etal. 1999; Brown etal. 2001), recovered 
a monophyletic Australian Callistemon. The analysis of 
Edwards etal (2010) contained relatively few samples 
of Callistemon and GenBank accession numbers were 
given for only a small proportion of taxa in that study 
precluding the independent verification of ndhf 
sequences and their resulting phylogenies. We therefore 
concur with Brown etal. (2001) that, Australian species 
should be retained in Callistemon , and that monophyletic 
groups may need to be formally recognised within 
Melaleuca , preferably with morphological characters to 
diagnose the main clades. 
If all genera of the Melaleuceae are subsumed within 
Melaleuca then this aggregate genus would itself 
have no morphological characters to uniquely define 
it, thereby failing a major criterion used to justify the 
proposed synonymy. Further, the conclusion that, '... 
current species-poor genera may retain recognition 
at the subgeneric level' (Edwards et al. 2010), simply 
transfers this difficulty to a lower rank, raising the 
possibility of a polyphyletic subgenus Melaleuca that 
cannot be morphologically defined. 
We consider that, in spite of clear difficulties in 
resolving these issues, current evidence is insufficient 
to justify the proposal to synonymise all genera of 
Melaleuceae, and more molecular and morphological 
evidence is required. Accordingly, the following new 
combinations are provided for Australian species of 
Callistemon currently placed in Melaleuca. For readers' 
reference we have listed phrase names recognised in the 
Australian Plant Name Index (APNI 2011) as synonyms. 
Full synonymy is available in Craven (2009). 
Taxonomy 
Callistemon hemistictus (S.T.BIake ex Craven) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca hemisticta S.T.BIake ex Craven, 
Novon 19:444-445 (2009). 
Callistemon lazaridis (Craven) Udovicic & 
R. D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca lazaridis Craven, Novon 19:445- 
446 (2009). 
Callistemon megalongensis (Craven & S.M.Douglas) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca megalongensis Craven & 
S. M.Douglas, Novon 19:446-447 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon sp. Megalong Valley (Craven, 
Mallison & Douglas 10442) NSW Herbarium 
Callistemon montis-zamiae (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca montis-zamiae Craven, Novon 
19:447 (2009). 
Callistemon phratra (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, 
comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca phratra Craven, Novon 19: 447- 
448 (2009). 
Callistemon pungens Lumley & R.D.Spencer 
Synonym: Melaleuca williamsii Craven 
Callistemon pungens subsp. pungens 
Callistemon pungens subsp. fletcheri (Craven) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. fletcheri 
Craven, Novon 19:451-452 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon pungens subsp. Fletcheri 
(P.F.Lumley 1120) Australian National Herbarium 
Callistemon pungens subsp. synoriensis 
(Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. synoriensis 
Craven, Novon 19:452-453 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon sp. Gibraltar Range 
(RJohnstone 1738) NSW Herbarium 
24 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933168 Melaleuca megalongensis Muelleria 30(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605030
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240

Page text

Udovicic and Spencer 
morphologically and, given the homoplasious nature 
of the morphological characters surveyed in their study, 
the situation appears no closer to resolution. 
Edwards etal. (2010) justify the sinking of Collistemon 
on the basis of non-monophyly demonstrated by 
cpDNA alone. A decision based on this evidence seems 
premature, especially as their combined analysis, with 
morphology included, and studies based on nuclear 
DNA (Ladiges etal. 1999; Brown etal. 2001), recovered 
a monophyletic Australian Callistemon. The analysis of 
Edwards etal (2010) contained relatively few samples 
of Callistemon and GenBank accession numbers were 
given for only a small proportion of taxa in that study 
precluding the independent verification of ndhf 
sequences and their resulting phylogenies. We therefore 
concur with Brown etal. (2001) that, Australian species 
should be retained in Callistemon , and that monophyletic 
groups may need to be formally recognised within 
Melaleuca , preferably with morphological characters to 
diagnose the main clades. 
If all genera of the Melaleuceae are subsumed within 
Melaleuca then this aggregate genus would itself 
have no morphological characters to uniquely define 
it, thereby failing a major criterion used to justify the 
proposed synonymy. Further, the conclusion that, '... 
current species-poor genera may retain recognition 
at the subgeneric level' (Edwards et al. 2010), simply 
transfers this difficulty to a lower rank, raising the 
possibility of a polyphyletic subgenus Melaleuca that 
cannot be morphologically defined. 
We consider that, in spite of clear difficulties in 
resolving these issues, current evidence is insufficient 
to justify the proposal to synonymise all genera of 
Melaleuceae, and more molecular and morphological 
evidence is required. Accordingly, the following new 
combinations are provided for Australian species of 
Callistemon currently placed in Melaleuca. For readers' 
reference we have listed phrase names recognised in the 
Australian Plant Name Index (APNI 2011) as synonyms. 
Full synonymy is available in Craven (2009). 
Taxonomy 
Callistemon hemistictus (S.T.BIake ex Craven) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca hemisticta S.T.BIake ex Craven, 
Novon 19:444-445 (2009). 
Callistemon lazaridis (Craven) Udovicic & 
R. D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca lazaridis Craven, Novon 19:445- 
446 (2009). 
Callistemon megalongensis (Craven & S.M.Douglas) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca megalongensis Craven & 
S. M.Douglas, Novon 19:446-447 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon sp. Megalong Valley (Craven, 
Mallison & Douglas 10442) NSW Herbarium 
Callistemon montis-zamiae (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca montis-zamiae Craven, Novon 
19:447 (2009). 
Callistemon phratra (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, 
comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca phratra Craven, Novon 19: 447- 
448 (2009). 
Callistemon pungens Lumley & R.D.Spencer 
Synonym: Melaleuca williamsii Craven 
Callistemon pungens subsp. pungens 
Callistemon pungens subsp. fletcheri (Craven) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. fletcheri 
Craven, Novon 19:451-452 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon pungens subsp. Fletcheri 
(P.F.Lumley 1120) Australian National Herbarium 
Callistemon pungens subsp. synoriensis 
(Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. synoriensis 
Craven, Novon 19:452-453 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon sp. Gibraltar Range 
(RJohnstone 1738) NSW Herbarium 
24 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933170 Melaleuca montis-zamia Muelleria 30(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605030
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240

Page text

Udovicic and Spencer 
morphologically and, given the homoplasious nature 
of the morphological characters surveyed in their study, 
the situation appears no closer to resolution. 
Edwards etal. (2010) justify the sinking of Collistemon 
on the basis of non-monophyly demonstrated by 
cpDNA alone. A decision based on this evidence seems 
premature, especially as their combined analysis, with 
morphology included, and studies based on nuclear 
DNA (Ladiges etal. 1999; Brown etal. 2001), recovered 
a monophyletic Australian Callistemon. The analysis of 
Edwards etal (2010) contained relatively few samples 
of Callistemon and GenBank accession numbers were 
given for only a small proportion of taxa in that study 
precluding the independent verification of ndhf 
sequences and their resulting phylogenies. We therefore 
concur with Brown etal. (2001) that, Australian species 
should be retained in Callistemon , and that monophyletic 
groups may need to be formally recognised within 
Melaleuca , preferably with morphological characters to 
diagnose the main clades. 
If all genera of the Melaleuceae are subsumed within 
Melaleuca then this aggregate genus would itself 
have no morphological characters to uniquely define 
it, thereby failing a major criterion used to justify the 
proposed synonymy. Further, the conclusion that, '... 
current species-poor genera may retain recognition 
at the subgeneric level' (Edwards et al. 2010), simply 
transfers this difficulty to a lower rank, raising the 
possibility of a polyphyletic subgenus Melaleuca that 
cannot be morphologically defined. 
We consider that, in spite of clear difficulties in 
resolving these issues, current evidence is insufficient 
to justify the proposal to synonymise all genera of 
Melaleuceae, and more molecular and morphological 
evidence is required. Accordingly, the following new 
combinations are provided for Australian species of 
Callistemon currently placed in Melaleuca. For readers' 
reference we have listed phrase names recognised in the 
Australian Plant Name Index (APNI 2011) as synonyms. 
Full synonymy is available in Craven (2009). 
Taxonomy 
Callistemon hemistictus (S.T.BIake ex Craven) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca hemisticta S.T.BIake ex Craven, 
Novon 19:444-445 (2009). 
Callistemon lazaridis (Craven) Udovicic & 
R. D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca lazaridis Craven, Novon 19:445- 
446 (2009). 
Callistemon megalongensis (Craven & S.M.Douglas) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca megalongensis Craven & 
S. M.Douglas, Novon 19:446-447 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon sp. Megalong Valley (Craven, 
Mallison & Douglas 10442) NSW Herbarium 
Callistemon montis-zamiae (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca montis-zamiae Craven, Novon 
19:447 (2009). 
Callistemon phratra (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, 
comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca phratra Craven, Novon 19: 447- 
448 (2009). 
Callistemon pungens Lumley & R.D.Spencer 
Synonym: Melaleuca williamsii Craven 
Callistemon pungens subsp. pungens 
Callistemon pungens subsp. fletcheri (Craven) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. fletcheri 
Craven, Novon 19:451-452 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon pungens subsp. Fletcheri 
(P.F.Lumley 1120) Australian National Herbarium 
Callistemon pungens subsp. synoriensis 
(Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. synoriensis 
Craven, Novon 19:452-453 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon sp. Gibraltar Range 
(RJohnstone 1738) NSW Herbarium 
24 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933171 Melaleuca phratra Muelleria 30(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605030
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240

Page text

Udovicic and Spencer 
morphologically and, given the homoplasious nature 
of the morphological characters surveyed in their study, 
the situation appears no closer to resolution. 
Edwards etal. (2010) justify the sinking of Collistemon 
on the basis of non-monophyly demonstrated by 
cpDNA alone. A decision based on this evidence seems 
premature, especially as their combined analysis, with 
morphology included, and studies based on nuclear 
DNA (Ladiges etal. 1999; Brown etal. 2001), recovered 
a monophyletic Australian Callistemon. The analysis of 
Edwards etal (2010) contained relatively few samples 
of Callistemon and GenBank accession numbers were 
given for only a small proportion of taxa in that study 
precluding the independent verification of ndhf 
sequences and their resulting phylogenies. We therefore 
concur with Brown etal. (2001) that, Australian species 
should be retained in Callistemon , and that monophyletic 
groups may need to be formally recognised within 
Melaleuca , preferably with morphological characters to 
diagnose the main clades. 
If all genera of the Melaleuceae are subsumed within 
Melaleuca then this aggregate genus would itself 
have no morphological characters to uniquely define 
it, thereby failing a major criterion used to justify the 
proposed synonymy. Further, the conclusion that, '... 
current species-poor genera may retain recognition 
at the subgeneric level' (Edwards et al. 2010), simply 
transfers this difficulty to a lower rank, raising the 
possibility of a polyphyletic subgenus Melaleuca that 
cannot be morphologically defined. 
We consider that, in spite of clear difficulties in 
resolving these issues, current evidence is insufficient 
to justify the proposal to synonymise all genera of 
Melaleuceae, and more molecular and morphological 
evidence is required. Accordingly, the following new 
combinations are provided for Australian species of 
Callistemon currently placed in Melaleuca. For readers' 
reference we have listed phrase names recognised in the 
Australian Plant Name Index (APNI 2011) as synonyms. 
Full synonymy is available in Craven (2009). 
Taxonomy 
Callistemon hemistictus (S.T.BIake ex Craven) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca hemisticta S.T.BIake ex Craven, 
Novon 19:444-445 (2009). 
Callistemon lazaridis (Craven) Udovicic & 
R. D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca lazaridis Craven, Novon 19:445- 
446 (2009). 
Callistemon megalongensis (Craven & S.M.Douglas) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca megalongensis Craven & 
S. M.Douglas, Novon 19:446-447 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon sp. Megalong Valley (Craven, 
Mallison & Douglas 10442) NSW Herbarium 
Callistemon montis-zamiae (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca montis-zamiae Craven, Novon 
19:447 (2009). 
Callistemon phratra (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, 
comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca phratra Craven, Novon 19: 447- 
448 (2009). 
Callistemon pungens Lumley & R.D.Spencer 
Synonym: Melaleuca williamsii Craven 
Callistemon pungens subsp. pungens 
Callistemon pungens subsp. fletcheri (Craven) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. fletcheri 
Craven, Novon 19:451-452 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon pungens subsp. Fletcheri 
(P.F.Lumley 1120) Australian National Herbarium 
Callistemon pungens subsp. synoriensis 
(Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. synoriensis 
Craven, Novon 19:452-453 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon sp. Gibraltar Range 
(RJohnstone 1738) NSW Herbarium 
24 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933177 Melaleuca pyramidalis Muelleria 30(1): 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605031
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240

Page text

New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae) 
Callistemon pyramidalis (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca pyramidalis Craven, Novon 19: 
448-449 (2009). 
Callistemon quercinus (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca quercina Craven, Novon 19: 449 
(2009). 
Callistemon sabrina (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, 
comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca sabrina Craven, Novon 19: 449- 
450 (2009). 
Callistemon serpentinus (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca serpentina Craven, Novon 19: 
450-451 (2009). 
Callistemon viminalis (Solander ex Gaertner) G.Don 
Callistemon viminalis subsp. viminalis 
Callistemon viminalis subsp. rhododendron 
(Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca viminalis subsp. 
rhododendron Craven, Novon 19:451 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon viminalis subsp. 
Rhododendron (W.Stanford s.n. CANB 780382) 
Australian National Herbarium 
Acknowledgements 
Wayne Gebert, Neville Walsh and reviewers are thanked 
for constructive comments on the manuscript. 
References 
APC (2011). Australian Plant Census, IBIS database. Centre for 
Plant Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads of Australasian 
Herbaria. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/ 
chah/apc]. 
APNI (2011). Australian Plant Name Index, IBIS database. Centre 
for Plant Biodiversity Research, Canberra. Accessed 23 June, 
2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/cgi-bin/apni]. 
Briggs, B.G. and Johnson, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in the 
Myrtaceae-evidence from inflorescence structure. 
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Series 
2 102,157-256. 
Brown, G.K., Udovicic, F. and Ladiges, P.Y. (2001). Molecular 
phylogeny and biogeography of Melaleuca, Callistemon and 
related genera (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 14, 
565-585. 
Craven, L.A. (2006). New combinations in Melaleuca for 
Australian species of Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Novon: A 
Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 16,468-475. 
Craven, L.A. (2009). Melaleuca (Myrtaceae) from Australia. 
Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 19,444-453. 
Edwards, R.D., Craven, L.A., Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2010). 
Melaleuca revisited: cpDNA and morphological data confirm 
that Melaleuca L. (Myrtaceae) is not monophyletic. Taxon 59, 
744-754. 
Gravolin, M. (1997). Stigmas, stamens and systematics: floral 
morphology of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae). BSc 
(Hons) Thesis, School of Botany, The University of Melbourne. 
Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1983). 'Myrtaceae'. In B.D. 
Morley and H.R.Toelken (eds), Flowering Plants in Australia, 
pp. 175-185. Rigby: Adelaide. 
Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1984). Myrtales and Myrtaceae 
- A phylogenetic analysis. Annals of the Missouri Botanical 
Garden 71,700-756. 
Ladiges, P.Y., McFadden, G.I., Middleton, N., Orlovich, D.A., 
Treloar, N. and Udovicic, F. (1999). Phylogeny of Melaleuca, 
Callistemon, and related genera of the Beaufortia suballiance 
(Myrtaceae) based on 5S and ITS-1 spacer regions of nrDNA. 
Cladisties 15,151-172. 
O'Brien, M.M., Quinn, CJ. and Wilson, P.G. (2000). Molecular 
systematics of the Leptospermum suballiance (Myrtaceae). 
Australian Journal of Botany 48,621-628. 
Orlovich, D.A., Drinnan, A.N. and Ladiges, P.Y. (1999). Floral 
development in Melaleuca and Callistemon (Myrtaceae). 
Australian Systematic Botany 11,689-710. 
Wilson, P.G., O'Brien, M.M., Heslewood, M.M. and Quinn, CJ. 
(2005). Relationships within Myrtaceae sensu lato based on 
a matK phylogeny. Plant Systematics and Evolution 251,3-19. 
Muelleria 
25 

Page image

933178 Melaleuca quercina Muelleria 30(1): 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605031
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240

Page text

New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae) 
Callistemon pyramidalis (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca pyramidalis Craven, Novon 19: 
448-449 (2009). 
Callistemon quercinus (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca quercina Craven, Novon 19: 449 
(2009). 
Callistemon sabrina (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, 
comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca sabrina Craven, Novon 19: 449- 
450 (2009). 
Callistemon serpentinus (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca serpentina Craven, Novon 19: 
450-451 (2009). 
Callistemon viminalis (Solander ex Gaertner) G.Don 
Callistemon viminalis subsp. viminalis 
Callistemon viminalis subsp. rhododendron 
(Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca viminalis subsp. 
rhododendron Craven, Novon 19:451 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon viminalis subsp. 
Rhododendron (W.Stanford s.n. CANB 780382) 
Australian National Herbarium 
Acknowledgements 
Wayne Gebert, Neville Walsh and reviewers are thanked 
for constructive comments on the manuscript. 
References 
APC (2011). Australian Plant Census, IBIS database. Centre for 
Plant Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads of Australasian 
Herbaria. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/ 
chah/apc]. 
APNI (2011). Australian Plant Name Index, IBIS database. Centre 
for Plant Biodiversity Research, Canberra. Accessed 23 June, 
2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/cgi-bin/apni]. 
Briggs, B.G. and Johnson, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in the 
Myrtaceae-evidence from inflorescence structure. 
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Series 
2 102,157-256. 
Brown, G.K., Udovicic, F. and Ladiges, P.Y. (2001). Molecular 
phylogeny and biogeography of Melaleuca, Callistemon and 
related genera (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 14, 
565-585. 
Craven, L.A. (2006). New combinations in Melaleuca for 
Australian species of Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Novon: A 
Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 16,468-475. 
Craven, L.A. (2009). Melaleuca (Myrtaceae) from Australia. 
Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 19,444-453. 
Edwards, R.D., Craven, L.A., Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2010). 
Melaleuca revisited: cpDNA and morphological data confirm 
that Melaleuca L. (Myrtaceae) is not monophyletic. Taxon 59, 
744-754. 
Gravolin, M. (1997). Stigmas, stamens and systematics: floral 
morphology of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae). BSc 
(Hons) Thesis, School of Botany, The University of Melbourne. 
Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1983). 'Myrtaceae'. In B.D. 
Morley and H.R.Toelken (eds), Flowering Plants in Australia, 
pp. 175-185. Rigby: Adelaide. 
Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1984). Myrtales and Myrtaceae 
- A phylogenetic analysis. Annals of the Missouri Botanical 
Garden 71,700-756. 
Ladiges, P.Y., McFadden, G.I., Middleton, N., Orlovich, D.A., 
Treloar, N. and Udovicic, F. (1999). Phylogeny of Melaleuca, 
Callistemon, and related genera of the Beaufortia suballiance 
(Myrtaceae) based on 5S and ITS-1 spacer regions of nrDNA. 
Cladisties 15,151-172. 
O'Brien, M.M., Quinn, CJ. and Wilson, P.G. (2000). Molecular 
systematics of the Leptospermum suballiance (Myrtaceae). 
Australian Journal of Botany 48,621-628. 
Orlovich, D.A., Drinnan, A.N. and Ladiges, P.Y. (1999). Floral 
development in Melaleuca and Callistemon (Myrtaceae). 
Australian Systematic Botany 11,689-710. 
Wilson, P.G., O'Brien, M.M., Heslewood, M.M. and Quinn, CJ. 
(2005). Relationships within Myrtaceae sensu lato based on 
a matK phylogeny. Plant Systematics and Evolution 251,3-19. 
Muelleria 
25 

Page image

933179 Melaleuca sabrina Muelleria 30(1): 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605031
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240

Page text

New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae) 
Callistemon pyramidalis (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca pyramidalis Craven, Novon 19: 
448-449 (2009). 
Callistemon quercinus (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca quercina Craven, Novon 19: 449 
(2009). 
Callistemon sabrina (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, 
comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca sabrina Craven, Novon 19: 449- 
450 (2009). 
Callistemon serpentinus (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca serpentina Craven, Novon 19: 
450-451 (2009). 
Callistemon viminalis (Solander ex Gaertner) G.Don 
Callistemon viminalis subsp. viminalis 
Callistemon viminalis subsp. rhododendron 
(Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca viminalis subsp. 
rhododendron Craven, Novon 19:451 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon viminalis subsp. 
Rhododendron (W.Stanford s.n. CANB 780382) 
Australian National Herbarium 
Acknowledgements 
Wayne Gebert, Neville Walsh and reviewers are thanked 
for constructive comments on the manuscript. 
References 
APC (2011). Australian Plant Census, IBIS database. Centre for 
Plant Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads of Australasian 
Herbaria. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/ 
chah/apc]. 
APNI (2011). Australian Plant Name Index, IBIS database. Centre 
for Plant Biodiversity Research, Canberra. Accessed 23 June, 
2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/cgi-bin/apni]. 
Briggs, B.G. and Johnson, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in the 
Myrtaceae-evidence from inflorescence structure. 
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Series 
2 102,157-256. 
Brown, G.K., Udovicic, F. and Ladiges, P.Y. (2001). Molecular 
phylogeny and biogeography of Melaleuca, Callistemon and 
related genera (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 14, 
565-585. 
Craven, L.A. (2006). New combinations in Melaleuca for 
Australian species of Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Novon: A 
Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 16,468-475. 
Craven, L.A. (2009). Melaleuca (Myrtaceae) from Australia. 
Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 19,444-453. 
Edwards, R.D., Craven, L.A., Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2010). 
Melaleuca revisited: cpDNA and morphological data confirm 
that Melaleuca L. (Myrtaceae) is not monophyletic. Taxon 59, 
744-754. 
Gravolin, M. (1997). Stigmas, stamens and systematics: floral 
morphology of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae). BSc 
(Hons) Thesis, School of Botany, The University of Melbourne. 
Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1983). 'Myrtaceae'. In B.D. 
Morley and H.R.Toelken (eds), Flowering Plants in Australia, 
pp. 175-185. Rigby: Adelaide. 
Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1984). Myrtales and Myrtaceae 
- A phylogenetic analysis. Annals of the Missouri Botanical 
Garden 71,700-756. 
Ladiges, P.Y., McFadden, G.I., Middleton, N., Orlovich, D.A., 
Treloar, N. and Udovicic, F. (1999). Phylogeny of Melaleuca, 
Callistemon, and related genera of the Beaufortia suballiance 
(Myrtaceae) based on 5S and ITS-1 spacer regions of nrDNA. 
Cladisties 15,151-172. 
O'Brien, M.M., Quinn, CJ. and Wilson, P.G. (2000). Molecular 
systematics of the Leptospermum suballiance (Myrtaceae). 
Australian Journal of Botany 48,621-628. 
Orlovich, D.A., Drinnan, A.N. and Ladiges, P.Y. (1999). Floral 
development in Melaleuca and Callistemon (Myrtaceae). 
Australian Systematic Botany 11,689-710. 
Wilson, P.G., O'Brien, M.M., Heslewood, M.M. and Quinn, CJ. 
(2005). Relationships within Myrtaceae sensu lato based on 
a matK phylogeny. Plant Systematics and Evolution 251,3-19. 
Muelleria 
25 

Page image

933180 Melaleuca serpentina Muelleria 30(1): 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605031
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240

Page text

New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae) 
Callistemon pyramidalis (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca pyramidalis Craven, Novon 19: 
448-449 (2009). 
Callistemon quercinus (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca quercina Craven, Novon 19: 449 
(2009). 
Callistemon sabrina (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, 
comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca sabrina Craven, Novon 19: 449- 
450 (2009). 
Callistemon serpentinus (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca serpentina Craven, Novon 19: 
450-451 (2009). 
Callistemon viminalis (Solander ex Gaertner) G.Don 
Callistemon viminalis subsp. viminalis 
Callistemon viminalis subsp. rhododendron 
(Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca viminalis subsp. 
rhododendron Craven, Novon 19:451 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon viminalis subsp. 
Rhododendron (W.Stanford s.n. CANB 780382) 
Australian National Herbarium 
Acknowledgements 
Wayne Gebert, Neville Walsh and reviewers are thanked 
for constructive comments on the manuscript. 
References 
APC (2011). Australian Plant Census, IBIS database. Centre for 
Plant Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads of Australasian 
Herbaria. Accessed 23 June, 2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/ 
chah/apc]. 
APNI (2011). Australian Plant Name Index, IBIS database. Centre 
for Plant Biodiversity Research, Canberra. Accessed 23 June, 
2011. [http://www.anbg.gov.au/cgi-bin/apni]. 
Briggs, B.G. and Johnson, L.A.S. (1979). Evolution in the 
Myrtaceae-evidence from inflorescence structure. 
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Series 
2 102,157-256. 
Brown, G.K., Udovicic, F. and Ladiges, P.Y. (2001). Molecular 
phylogeny and biogeography of Melaleuca, Callistemon and 
related genera (Myrtaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 14, 
565-585. 
Craven, L.A. (2006). New combinations in Melaleuca for 
Australian species of Callistemon (Myrtaceae). Novon: A 
Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 16,468-475. 
Craven, L.A. (2009). Melaleuca (Myrtaceae) from Australia. 
Novon: A Journal for Botanical Nomenclature 19,444-453. 
Edwards, R.D., Craven, L.A., Crisp, M.D. and Cook, L.G. (2010). 
Melaleuca revisited: cpDNA and morphological data confirm 
that Melaleuca L. (Myrtaceae) is not monophyletic. Taxon 59, 
744-754. 
Gravolin, M. (1997). Stigmas, stamens and systematics: floral 
morphology of the Beaufortia suballiance (Myrtaceae). BSc 
(Hons) Thesis, School of Botany, The University of Melbourne. 
Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1983). 'Myrtaceae'. In B.D. 
Morley and H.R.Toelken (eds), Flowering Plants in Australia, 
pp. 175-185. Rigby: Adelaide. 
Johnson, L.A.S. and Briggs, B.G. (1984). Myrtales and Myrtaceae 
- A phylogenetic analysis. Annals of the Missouri Botanical 
Garden 71,700-756. 
Ladiges, P.Y., McFadden, G.I., Middleton, N., Orlovich, D.A., 
Treloar, N. and Udovicic, F. (1999). Phylogeny of Melaleuca, 
Callistemon, and related genera of the Beaufortia suballiance 
(Myrtaceae) based on 5S and ITS-1 spacer regions of nrDNA. 
Cladisties 15,151-172. 
O'Brien, M.M., Quinn, CJ. and Wilson, P.G. (2000). Molecular 
systematics of the Leptospermum suballiance (Myrtaceae). 
Australian Journal of Botany 48,621-628. 
Orlovich, D.A., Drinnan, A.N. and Ladiges, P.Y. (1999). Floral 
development in Melaleuca and Callistemon (Myrtaceae). 
Australian Systematic Botany 11,689-710. 
Wilson, P.G., O'Brien, M.M., Heslewood, M.M. and Quinn, CJ. 
(2005). Relationships within Myrtaceae sensu lato based on 
a matK phylogeny. Plant Systematics and Evolution 251,3-19. 
Muelleria 
25 

Page image

933181 Melaleuca viminalis rhododendron Muelleria 30(1): 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605031
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240
933172 Melaleuca williamsii Muelleria 30(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605030
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240

Page text

Udovicic and Spencer 
morphologically and, given the homoplasious nature 
of the morphological characters surveyed in their study, 
the situation appears no closer to resolution. 
Edwards etal. (2010) justify the sinking of Collistemon 
on the basis of non-monophyly demonstrated by 
cpDNA alone. A decision based on this evidence seems 
premature, especially as their combined analysis, with 
morphology included, and studies based on nuclear 
DNA (Ladiges etal. 1999; Brown etal. 2001), recovered 
a monophyletic Australian Callistemon. The analysis of 
Edwards etal (2010) contained relatively few samples 
of Callistemon and GenBank accession numbers were 
given for only a small proportion of taxa in that study 
precluding the independent verification of ndhf 
sequences and their resulting phylogenies. We therefore 
concur with Brown etal. (2001) that, Australian species 
should be retained in Callistemon , and that monophyletic 
groups may need to be formally recognised within 
Melaleuca , preferably with morphological characters to 
diagnose the main clades. 
If all genera of the Melaleuceae are subsumed within 
Melaleuca then this aggregate genus would itself 
have no morphological characters to uniquely define 
it, thereby failing a major criterion used to justify the 
proposed synonymy. Further, the conclusion that, '... 
current species-poor genera may retain recognition 
at the subgeneric level' (Edwards et al. 2010), simply 
transfers this difficulty to a lower rank, raising the 
possibility of a polyphyletic subgenus Melaleuca that 
cannot be morphologically defined. 
We consider that, in spite of clear difficulties in 
resolving these issues, current evidence is insufficient 
to justify the proposal to synonymise all genera of 
Melaleuceae, and more molecular and morphological 
evidence is required. Accordingly, the following new 
combinations are provided for Australian species of 
Callistemon currently placed in Melaleuca. For readers' 
reference we have listed phrase names recognised in the 
Australian Plant Name Index (APNI 2011) as synonyms. 
Full synonymy is available in Craven (2009). 
Taxonomy 
Callistemon hemistictus (S.T.BIake ex Craven) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca hemisticta S.T.BIake ex Craven, 
Novon 19:444-445 (2009). 
Callistemon lazaridis (Craven) Udovicic & 
R. D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca lazaridis Craven, Novon 19:445- 
446 (2009). 
Callistemon megalongensis (Craven & S.M.Douglas) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca megalongensis Craven & 
S. M.Douglas, Novon 19:446-447 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon sp. Megalong Valley (Craven, 
Mallison & Douglas 10442) NSW Herbarium 
Callistemon montis-zamiae (Craven) Udovicic & 
R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca montis-zamiae Craven, Novon 
19:447 (2009). 
Callistemon phratra (Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, 
comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca phratra Craven, Novon 19: 447- 
448 (2009). 
Callistemon pungens Lumley & R.D.Spencer 
Synonym: Melaleuca williamsii Craven 
Callistemon pungens subsp. pungens 
Callistemon pungens subsp. fletcheri (Craven) 
Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. fletcheri 
Craven, Novon 19:451-452 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon pungens subsp. Fletcheri 
(P.F.Lumley 1120) Australian National Herbarium 
Callistemon pungens subsp. synoriensis 
(Craven) Udovicic & R.D.Spencer, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Melaleuca williamsii subsp. synoriensis 
Craven, Novon 19:452-453 (2009). 
Synonym: Callistemon sp. Gibraltar Range 
(RJohnstone 1738) NSW Herbarium 
24 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933173 Melaleuca williamsii fletcheri Muelleria 30(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605030
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240
933175 Melaleuca williamsii synoriensis Muelleria 30(1): 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605030
Page is part of the work New combinations in Callistemon (Myrtaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292240
747285 Onychium Muelleria 30(1): 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605012
Page is part of the work Typification of infrageneric taxa in Dendrobium (Orchidaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292238

Page text

Schuiteman 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium Lindl., Paxton's FI. 
Gard. 1: 134 (1850-51) (nom. illeg.; ICBN Art. 21.3). 
Type species: Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eugrastidium Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr . IV. 50. II. B. 21:188 (1910) (nom. illeg.; ICBN 
Art. 21.3). Type species: Grastidium rugosum Blume = 
Dendrobium rugosum (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Grastidium Blume] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not include D. salaccense (Blume) 
Lindl., the type species of sect. Grastidium, in his section 
Eugrastidium. 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Fasciculata 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3:501 (1883). Type species: 
Epidendrum moniliforme L. = Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Fimbrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium devonianum Paxton, (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Foliosae 
Benth. & Hook.f., Gen. PI. 3: 501 (1883). Type species: 
Grastidium salaccense Blume = Dendrobium salaccense 
(Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Grastidium Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Eudendrobium subsect. Grandia 
Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 532 (1853) (nom. 
invalid.). 
Note - As this is a nomen nudum, no typification is 
required. The two species listed by Reichenbach both 
belong to Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium. 
Dendrobium sect. Hemiphylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21; 201 (1910). Type species: 
Macrostomium aloifolium Blume = Dendrobium 
aloifolium (Blume) Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium 
sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Holophylla Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 201 (1910). Type species: 
Aporum lobatum Blume = Dendrobium lobatum (Blume) 
Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Aporum Blume] 
Dendrobium sect. Nobilia subsect. Integrilabia 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:27 (1910). 
Type species: Dendrobium nobile Lindl. (here chosen) [= 
Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Note - Kraenzlin did not use Nobilia as the name of this 
subsection, nor was he required to do so (ICBN Art. 22.1). 
Dendrobium sect. Leiotheca Kraenzl. in Engl., 
Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 250 (1910). Type species: 
Latouria spectabilis Blume = Dendrobium spectabile 
(Blume) Miq. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Latouria 
(Blume) Miq.] 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Macrocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 103 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium ionopus Rchb.f. (here 
chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Pedilonum Blume] 
Notes - See the notes under subsect. Camptocentra. 
Dendrobium sect. Glomerata subsect. Mesocentra 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 102 
(1910). Type species: Dendrobium glomeratum Rolfe. 
(here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Calyptrochilus Schltr.] 
Note - See the note under sect. Capitata. 
Onychium (Blume) Blume, Bijdr. 323 (1825). Type 
species: Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium 
moniliforme (L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Onychium Blume, Tab. PI. Jav. 
Orchid. (1825) in Clavis Generum. Type species: 
Onychium japonicum Blume (= Dendrobium moniliforme 
(L.) Sw.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Aurea subsect. Percnochila Kraenzl. 
in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21: 40 (1910). Type 
species: Dendrobium aureum Lindl. (= D. heterocarpum 
Wall, ex Lindl.) (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. 
Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Planifolia Rchb.f. in Walp., Ann. Bot. 
Syst. 6: 282 (1861). Type species: Dendrobium nobile 
Lindl. (here chosen) [= Dendrobium sect. Dendrobium] 
Dendrobium sect. Ceratobium subsect. Platypetala 
Kraenzl. in Engl., Pflanzenr. IV. 50. II. B. 21:139 (1910). 
Type species: Onychium affine Decne. = Dendrobium 
6 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933184 Pomaderris coactilifolia Muelleria 30(1): 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605038
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241
1000467 Rough spyridium Muelleria 30(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1)".

933185 Spyridium bifidum Muelleria 30(1): 33
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605039
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Revision of the Spyridium bifidum - 5. halmaturinum complex 
coactilifolia F.Muell. ex Reissek, Linnaea 29: 291 (1858), 
nom. inval. pro syn. — Type citation : 'Encounter Bay (Dr. 
F. Muller)'. Lectotype (here designated): Encounter Bay, 
s.dat., s.coil. (MEL 233432, ex Herb. Reissek). Isolectotypes: 
MEL 233435; K (ex Herb. Hookerianum, top three 
branchlets on sheet with loan stamp and number: 
H/1310/95 15/76). 
Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex 
Benth.: F.Muell., Fragm. 9:136 (1875), pro parte. 
Illustrations: E.M. Canning in J.P. Jessop & H.R. Toelken, 
Flora of South Australia 2: 816, fig. 429B (1986); RJ.-P. 
Davies, Threatened plant species of the Mount Lofty 
Ranges and Kangaroo Island regions of South Australia 74 
(1986); A. Prescott, It's blue with five petals: wild flowers of 
the Adelaide region 143, fig. 6 & 145, fig. 3 (1988); G.R.M. 
Dashorst & J.P Jessop, Plants of the Adelaide Plains & Hills , 
ed. 3,101, pi. 43.6 (1990). 
Spreading, usually rounded shrubs 0.3-1.8 m high, 
not resinous; young stems densely pubescent with 
stellate and long simple hairs, first rusty to dark brown, 
later becoming greyish. Leaves alternate: stipules free, 
1.5-2.5 mm long, reddish brown, overlapping behind 
Key to species and subspecies of the Spyridium bifidum - S. halmaturinum complex 
1 . Leaves distinctly Y-shaped ('bifid leaves'), the basal part of the blade narrower than the spread of the lobes. 2 
1: Leaves entire, shortly lobed or emarginate, the basal part of the blade broader or as broad as the 
distal lobes when present.5 
2. Upper surface of leaves with stellate hairs; stipules free; fruits almost glabrous; Victoria. 3. S. furculentum 
2: Upper surface of leaves with simple hairs or glabrous; stipules fused; fruits densely hairy; South Australia. 3 
3. Style 2-fid; ovary 2-locular (rarely some 3-locular flowers with 3-fid stigmas present); leaves 1.2-2.8 mm wide; inflorescences 
8-11 (-12) mm in diameter... 4 
3: Style 3-fid; ovary 3-locular; leaves 1.9-5 mm wide; inflorescences 10-12 mm diameter. 7a. 5. bifidum subsp. bifidum 
4. Upper surface of leaves glabrous; leaf-lobes mucronulate, with a recurved apex .. 8a. S. stenophyllum subsp. stenophyllum 
4: Upper leaf surface with simple, antrorse hairs; leaf-lobes with a ± obtuse apex hidden by a tuft of hairs. 
.8b. 5. stenophyllum subsp. renovatum 
5. Leaves narrowly oblong to narrowly elliptic or narrowly obovate.6 
5: Leaves broad, obovate to obcordate or cuneate or elliptic to oblong.8 
6. Upper surface of leaves with stellate hairs, rarely some simple hairs. 6. S. coalitum 
6: Upper surface of leaves with simple hairs only.7 
7. Leaves narrowly oblong with an acute, sometimes recurved mucro; stipules fused; hairs on upper leaf surface short, 
± appressed, antrorse; inflorescence a compact globular head of sessile flowers. 7b. S. bifidum subsp. wanillae 
7: Leaves narrowly obovate to narrowly oblong, apex emarginate with a recurved tip, but not mucronate; 
stipules free or abutting; hairs on upper surface long, antrorse to spreading; inflorescence elongated, 
a loosely arranged cyme with sessile flowers .5. S. scabridum 
8. Leaves round to elliptic or broadly oblong; margin ± flat; indumentum on upper surface dense, consisting 
of evenly spaced stellate hairs (with usually 8 or more arms).1. S. coactilifolium 
8: Leaves obovate to obcordate, cuneate; margin recurved to strongly revolute; indumentum on upper surface 
sparse to medium dense, sometimes glabrescent, consisting of stellate hairs, bifid and simple hairs.9 
9. Leaves cuneate, obovate to obcordate, rarely Y-shaped, (2.7-) 5.5-10 mm long; indumentum on upper leaf surface 
of mostly stellate hairs....4.5. halmaturinum 
9: Leaf broadly obovate, 4-8.8 mm long; indumentum on upper leaf surface of some stellate (with up to 6 arms), 
but mostly bifid and simple hairs.2.5. fontis-woodii 
Muelleria 
33 

Page image

933194 Spyridium bifidum Muelleria 30(1): 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605044
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
hairs, becoming more sparsely so when old, base with 
denser long hairs. Sepals 0.7-0.8 mm long, longer than 
hypanthium tube, densely covered with long stellate or 
simple hairs; sepaktube ratio 2-3:1. Petals 0.3-0.4 mm 
long, cucullate, very shortly clawed, cream to yellow; 
limb:claw ratio c. 8:1. Stamens subequal to the petals, 
c. 0.4 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, 
carpels 3, summit covered with long erect stellate hairs; 
style 0.5-0.7 mm long, minutely 3-lobed. Infructescence 
expanding as it matures; bracts in layers, appearing 
tiled. Fruits ellipsoid to obovoid, 2-2.2 mm long, 1.2-1.8 
mm wide, dark brown, consisting of 3 papery fruitlets, 
torus apical, externally glabrous or with a few hairs; 
seeds flattened obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long, 0.8-0.9 mm 
wide, light brown or brown with a few dark spots and 
a darkened base; aril small, easily detached. Fig. li-l, 
Fig. 3b-c. 
Distribution & habitat: The species occurs in 
Eucalyptus diversifolia Bonpl. open shrubland, on light 
brown sand, usually over partially exposed limestone. It 
is restricted to an area near Woods Well, S.A. (Fig. 2). 
Phenology: Flowering and fruiting material has been 
collected in Oct. 
Affinities: The species shares with 5. furculentum 
the less stellate indumentum on the upper side of the 
leaves. It is close to 5. halmaturinum and S. furculentum 
in its coarser type of stellate hairs which are not as 
evenly distributed. The leaf shape, however, resembles 
that of S. coactilifolium , but leaves in S. fontis-woodii are 
much smaller. 
Conservation : Location details indicate that the 
species is likely to be confined to one population, 
despite its taxonomic and conservation significance 
being known for over 30 years. It occurs in an 
unreserved area of paddocks and roadside, which has 
been extensively cleared and is under threat from crop 
and invasive plants, and road use and maintainance. 
The population is estimated to number well over 20 
plants, but is unlikely to be more than 50 plants {W.R. 
Barker 7611 etal.). As a result it is recommended that it 
should be treated as 'Critically Endangered' under the 
IUCN criteria used in State conservation assessments 
(NPWC 2003). 
Etymology: The specific epithet, a substantive 
in genetive form, is derived from the name of the 
neighbouring locality Woods Well, which was 
named by Thomas Burr, Deputy Surveyor-General of 
South Australia, on 18. June 1844 after a 'Mr Wood' 
(Geographical Names Unit 2000-).The Latin fons means 
well or spring. 
Specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. SOUTH EAST: 
[Precise locality information withheld] W of Woods Well, 19 
May 1973, M. Crisp 472 (AD); Road near Woodwell [Woods Well], 
22 Sep. 1973, L. Haegi 540 (AD); Road near Woods Well, N side 
of road, 15 Dec. 2007, 1 Kellermann 441 etal. (AD); Road near 
Woods Well, N side, roadside cutting, 30 Jan. 2006, H.P. Vonow 
2875, DJ. Duval&M.K. Jones (AD); Road near Woods Well, 7 Nov. 
1983, C.E. Woolcock 1323 (AD); Road near Woods Well, 15 Oct. 
1984, C.E & D.T. Woolcocks.n. (MEL). 
3. Spyridium furculentum W.R.Barker & 
Kellermann, sp. nov. 
A Spyridio halmaturino (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth. foliis 
bifidis profunde emarginatis, indumento superficiali 
sparso et vertice ovario dense pubescente diagnoscenda. 
Holotypus: VICTORIA. [Precise locality information 
withheld for conservation reasons] Cooack Settlement Rd, 
S of Little Desert N.P. boundary, 21 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 
7606, R.M. Barker & E Kuzmanov (AD 173231). Isotypi: AD, 
B, BM, CANB, K, MEL, MO, NSW, NY, PERTH, SI, W. 
Spyridium sp. nov. (Little Desert) sensu J.H.Ross, Census 
Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 5, 103 (1996) — Spyridium sp. 1 
sensu N.G.Walsh in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, FI. Victoria 4: 
119 (1999). J.H.Ross, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 6, 107 
(2000); N.G.Walsh & Stajsic, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 
8, 120 (2007). — Spyridium sp. (Little Desert) (SPRAT 
database). — Spyridium sp. Little Desert ( N.G.Walsh 4767) 
(Austral. PI. Census database). 
Cryptandra bifida auct. non F.Muell.: St.E.D'Alton, Viet. 
Naturalist 30:68,75 (1913), pro parte. 
Spyridium bifidum auct. non. (F.Muell.) Benth.: J.H.Willis, 
Handb. PI. Victoria 2: 370 (1973), pro parte; N.G.Walsh in 
SJ.Forbes etal., Census Vase. PI. Victoria 75 (1984), pro 
parte; J.H.Ross, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 4, 96 (1993), 
pro parte. 
Illustrations: N.G. Walsh in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle, 
Flora of Victoria 4:118, fig. 20h (1999); M.G. Corrick & B.A. 
Fuhrer, Wild flowers of Victoria and adjoining areas 200, 
fig. 700 (2000), photo. 
Shrub to c. 1.6 m high, not resinous; young branchlets 
densely pubescent with stellate (and possibly long 
38 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933195 Spyridium bifidum Muelleria 30(1): 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605044
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
hairs, becoming more sparsely so when old, base with 
denser long hairs. Sepals 0.7-0.8 mm long, longer than 
hypanthium tube, densely covered with long stellate or 
simple hairs; sepaktube ratio 2-3:1. Petals 0.3-0.4 mm 
long, cucullate, very shortly clawed, cream to yellow; 
limb:claw ratio c. 8:1. Stamens subequal to the petals, 
c. 0.4 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, 
carpels 3, summit covered with long erect stellate hairs; 
style 0.5-0.7 mm long, minutely 3-lobed. Infructescence 
expanding as it matures; bracts in layers, appearing 
tiled. Fruits ellipsoid to obovoid, 2-2.2 mm long, 1.2-1.8 
mm wide, dark brown, consisting of 3 papery fruitlets, 
torus apical, externally glabrous or with a few hairs; 
seeds flattened obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long, 0.8-0.9 mm 
wide, light brown or brown with a few dark spots and 
a darkened base; aril small, easily detached. Fig. li-l, 
Fig. 3b-c. 
Distribution & habitat: The species occurs in 
Eucalyptus diversifolia Bonpl. open shrubland, on light 
brown sand, usually over partially exposed limestone. It 
is restricted to an area near Woods Well, S.A. (Fig. 2). 
Phenology: Flowering and fruiting material has been 
collected in Oct. 
Affinities: The species shares with 5. furculentum 
the less stellate indumentum on the upper side of the 
leaves. It is close to 5. halmaturinum and S. furculentum 
in its coarser type of stellate hairs which are not as 
evenly distributed. The leaf shape, however, resembles 
that of S. coactilifolium , but leaves in S. fontis-woodii are 
much smaller. 
Conservation : Location details indicate that the 
species is likely to be confined to one population, 
despite its taxonomic and conservation significance 
being known for over 30 years. It occurs in an 
unreserved area of paddocks and roadside, which has 
been extensively cleared and is under threat from crop 
and invasive plants, and road use and maintainance. 
The population is estimated to number well over 20 
plants, but is unlikely to be more than 50 plants {W.R. 
Barker 7611 etal.). As a result it is recommended that it 
should be treated as 'Critically Endangered' under the 
IUCN criteria used in State conservation assessments 
(NPWC 2003). 
Etymology: The specific epithet, a substantive 
in genetive form, is derived from the name of the 
neighbouring locality Woods Well, which was 
named by Thomas Burr, Deputy Surveyor-General of 
South Australia, on 18. June 1844 after a 'Mr Wood' 
(Geographical Names Unit 2000-).The Latin fons means 
well or spring. 
Specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. SOUTH EAST: 
[Precise locality information withheld] W of Woods Well, 19 
May 1973, M. Crisp 472 (AD); Road near Woodwell [Woods Well], 
22 Sep. 1973, L. Haegi 540 (AD); Road near Woods Well, N side 
of road, 15 Dec. 2007, 1 Kellermann 441 etal. (AD); Road near 
Woods Well, N side, roadside cutting, 30 Jan. 2006, H.P. Vonow 
2875, DJ. Duval&M.K. Jones (AD); Road near Woods Well, 7 Nov. 
1983, C.E. Woolcock 1323 (AD); Road near Woods Well, 15 Oct. 
1984, C.E & D.T. Woolcocks.n. (MEL). 
3. Spyridium furculentum W.R.Barker & 
Kellermann, sp. nov. 
A Spyridio halmaturino (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth. foliis 
bifidis profunde emarginatis, indumento superficiali 
sparso et vertice ovario dense pubescente diagnoscenda. 
Holotypus: VICTORIA. [Precise locality information 
withheld for conservation reasons] Cooack Settlement Rd, 
S of Little Desert N.P. boundary, 21 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 
7606, R.M. Barker & E Kuzmanov (AD 173231). Isotypi: AD, 
B, BM, CANB, K, MEL, MO, NSW, NY, PERTH, SI, W. 
Spyridium sp. nov. (Little Desert) sensu J.H.Ross, Census 
Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 5, 103 (1996) — Spyridium sp. 1 
sensu N.G.Walsh in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, FI. Victoria 4: 
119 (1999). J.H.Ross, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 6, 107 
(2000); N.G.Walsh & Stajsic, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 
8, 120 (2007). — Spyridium sp. (Little Desert) (SPRAT 
database). — Spyridium sp. Little Desert ( N.G.Walsh 4767) 
(Austral. PI. Census database). 
Cryptandra bifida auct. non F.Muell.: St.E.D'Alton, Viet. 
Naturalist 30:68,75 (1913), pro parte. 
Spyridium bifidum auct. non. (F.Muell.) Benth.: J.H.Willis, 
Handb. PI. Victoria 2: 370 (1973), pro parte; N.G.Walsh in 
SJ.Forbes etal., Census Vase. PI. Victoria 75 (1984), pro 
parte; J.H.Ross, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 4, 96 (1993), 
pro parte. 
Illustrations: N.G. Walsh in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle, 
Flora of Victoria 4:118, fig. 20h (1999); M.G. Corrick & B.A. 
Fuhrer, Wild flowers of Victoria and adjoining areas 200, 
fig. 700 (2000), photo. 
Shrub to c. 1.6 m high, not resinous; young branchlets 
densely pubescent with stellate (and possibly long 
38 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933196 Spyridium bifidum Muelleria 30(1): 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605044
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
hairs, becoming more sparsely so when old, base with 
denser long hairs. Sepals 0.7-0.8 mm long, longer than 
hypanthium tube, densely covered with long stellate or 
simple hairs; sepaktube ratio 2-3:1. Petals 0.3-0.4 mm 
long, cucullate, very shortly clawed, cream to yellow; 
limb:claw ratio c. 8:1. Stamens subequal to the petals, 
c. 0.4 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, 
carpels 3, summit covered with long erect stellate hairs; 
style 0.5-0.7 mm long, minutely 3-lobed. Infructescence 
expanding as it matures; bracts in layers, appearing 
tiled. Fruits ellipsoid to obovoid, 2-2.2 mm long, 1.2-1.8 
mm wide, dark brown, consisting of 3 papery fruitlets, 
torus apical, externally glabrous or with a few hairs; 
seeds flattened obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long, 0.8-0.9 mm 
wide, light brown or brown with a few dark spots and 
a darkened base; aril small, easily detached. Fig. li-l, 
Fig. 3b-c. 
Distribution & habitat: The species occurs in 
Eucalyptus diversifolia Bonpl. open shrubland, on light 
brown sand, usually over partially exposed limestone. It 
is restricted to an area near Woods Well, S.A. (Fig. 2). 
Phenology: Flowering and fruiting material has been 
collected in Oct. 
Affinities: The species shares with 5. furculentum 
the less stellate indumentum on the upper side of the 
leaves. It is close to 5. halmaturinum and S. furculentum 
in its coarser type of stellate hairs which are not as 
evenly distributed. The leaf shape, however, resembles 
that of S. coactilifolium , but leaves in S. fontis-woodii are 
much smaller. 
Conservation : Location details indicate that the 
species is likely to be confined to one population, 
despite its taxonomic and conservation significance 
being known for over 30 years. It occurs in an 
unreserved area of paddocks and roadside, which has 
been extensively cleared and is under threat from crop 
and invasive plants, and road use and maintainance. 
The population is estimated to number well over 20 
plants, but is unlikely to be more than 50 plants {W.R. 
Barker 7611 etal.). As a result it is recommended that it 
should be treated as 'Critically Endangered' under the 
IUCN criteria used in State conservation assessments 
(NPWC 2003). 
Etymology: The specific epithet, a substantive 
in genetive form, is derived from the name of the 
neighbouring locality Woods Well, which was 
named by Thomas Burr, Deputy Surveyor-General of 
South Australia, on 18. June 1844 after a 'Mr Wood' 
(Geographical Names Unit 2000-).The Latin fons means 
well or spring. 
Specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. SOUTH EAST: 
[Precise locality information withheld] W of Woods Well, 19 
May 1973, M. Crisp 472 (AD); Road near Woodwell [Woods Well], 
22 Sep. 1973, L. Haegi 540 (AD); Road near Woods Well, N side 
of road, 15 Dec. 2007, 1 Kellermann 441 etal. (AD); Road near 
Woods Well, N side, roadside cutting, 30 Jan. 2006, H.P. Vonow 
2875, DJ. Duval&M.K. Jones (AD); Road near Woods Well, 7 Nov. 
1983, C.E. Woolcock 1323 (AD); Road near Woods Well, 15 Oct. 
1984, C.E & D.T. Woolcocks.n. (MEL). 
3. Spyridium furculentum W.R.Barker & 
Kellermann, sp. nov. 
A Spyridio halmaturino (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth. foliis 
bifidis profunde emarginatis, indumento superficiali 
sparso et vertice ovario dense pubescente diagnoscenda. 
Holotypus: VICTORIA. [Precise locality information 
withheld for conservation reasons] Cooack Settlement Rd, 
S of Little Desert N.P. boundary, 21 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 
7606, R.M. Barker & E Kuzmanov (AD 173231). Isotypi: AD, 
B, BM, CANB, K, MEL, MO, NSW, NY, PERTH, SI, W. 
Spyridium sp. nov. (Little Desert) sensu J.H.Ross, Census 
Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 5, 103 (1996) — Spyridium sp. 1 
sensu N.G.Walsh in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, FI. Victoria 4: 
119 (1999). J.H.Ross, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 6, 107 
(2000); N.G.Walsh & Stajsic, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 
8, 120 (2007). — Spyridium sp. (Little Desert) (SPRAT 
database). — Spyridium sp. Little Desert ( N.G.Walsh 4767) 
(Austral. PI. Census database). 
Cryptandra bifida auct. non F.Muell.: St.E.D'Alton, Viet. 
Naturalist 30:68,75 (1913), pro parte. 
Spyridium bifidum auct. non. (F.Muell.) Benth.: J.H.Willis, 
Handb. PI. Victoria 2: 370 (1973), pro parte; N.G.Walsh in 
SJ.Forbes etal., Census Vase. PI. Victoria 75 (1984), pro 
parte; J.H.Ross, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 4, 96 (1993), 
pro parte. 
Illustrations: N.G. Walsh in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle, 
Flora of Victoria 4:118, fig. 20h (1999); M.G. Corrick & B.A. 
Fuhrer, Wild flowers of Victoria and adjoining areas 200, 
fig. 700 (2000), photo. 
Shrub to c. 1.6 m high, not resinous; young branchlets 
densely pubescent with stellate (and possibly long 
38 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933199 Spyridium bifidum Muelleria 30(1): 40
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605046
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
Little Desert, W of Nhill-Gymbowen road, 1 Nov. 1975, M.G. 
Corrick5372 (AD, MEL); Cooack, private property, 21 Sep. 2005, 
J.A. Jeanes 1499, N.G. Walsh & H. Rommelaar (MEL, AD); Cooack 
Settlement Rd, reserve between road and property fence, 16 
Aug. 2001, J. Kellermann 134, N.G. Walsh & I.R. Thompson (AD); 
About midway along an approx, straight line connecting 
Goroke and Dimboola, 28 Aug. 1972, 0. Thompson & A. Lindner 
s.n. (MEL); NE of Nurcoung Public Hall, Cooack Settlement Rd, 
24 Feb. 1999, D.R. Venn s.n. (MEL); Cooack fire access road, NNW 
of Mitre, 6 Aug. 1998, N.G. Walsh 4767 (AD, MEL). 
4 .Spyridium halmaturinum (F.Muell.) F.Muell. 
ex Benth., FI. Austral. 1:432 (1863). 
M.R.Schomb., FI. 5 Australia 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. 
Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880); Trans. & Proc. 
Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 6: 158 (1883); J.M.Black, FI. 
S. Australia 3: 369 (1926); ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952); H.Eichler, 
Suppl. J.M.BIack's FI. S. Austral. 218(1965); E.M.Canning in 
Jessop & Toelken, FI. S. Austral. 2: 815 (1986); W.R.Barker, 
J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1; 90 (2005), — Trymalium 
halmaturinum F.Muell., Defin. Austral. PI. 42 (1855); Trans. 
&Proc. Victorian Inst. Advancem.Sci. 1:121 (1855); Hooker's 
J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8: 40 (1856). Reissek, Linnaea 29: 
283 (1858). — Cryptandra halmaturina (F.Muell.) F.Muell., 
Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882). Tepper, Trans. & Proc. 
Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 10: 288 (1888); Tate, Trans. 
& Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12: 94 (1889); 
Second Syst. Census. Austral. PI. 104 (1889); Tate, Handb. 
FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 97 (1890). — Type citation: 'On 
sandy ridges of Kangaroo Island and Encounter Bay'. 
— Lectotype (here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 
Kangaroo Island, F. Mueller (MEL 2104215). Isolectotype: 
K (ex Herb. Hookerianum, sheet with loan stamp and 
number: H/1310/73 20/76). Residual syntypes: Sandy 
scrub, Waterhouse (K ex Herb. Hookerianum, sheet with 
loan stamp and number: H/1310/73 21/76); all syntypes 
of 5. coactilifolium (q.v.; seeTypification below). 
Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F. Muell.) F. Muell. ex 
Benth.: F.Muell., Fragm. 9:136 (1875), pro parte. 
Illustrations: E.M. Canning in J.P. Jessop & H.R. Toelken, 
Flora of South Australia 2: 816, fig. 429D (1986); 
A. Prescott, It's blue with five petals: Kangaroo Island 
field guide 51, fig. 9 (1995); both as S. halmaturinum var. 
halmaturinum. 
Shrubs 0.3-2 m high, resinous, especially on stipules 
and bracts; young stems densely pubescent with light 
brown stellate and long simple hairs, later becoming 
greyish. Leaves alternate: stipules ovate to broadly 
ovate, (1-) 1.8-2.7 (-3.8) mm long, free, reddish-brown, 
overlapping behind petiole, glabrous on both sides, a 
few cilia or apical hairs, sometimes hairs along midrib; 
petiole (0.8-) 1.5-2 mm long, densely stellate pubescent; 
lamina broadly obcordate to broadly cuneate or broadly 
oblong or Y-shaped, (2.7-) 5.5-10 mm long, (2.5-) 
4.2- 6 (-8) mm wide, base obtuse, margins recurved to 
revolute, apex shallowly to deeply emarginate, often 
tridentate, upper surface grey-green, covered with a 
medium to dense white to greyish indumentum of 
coarse stalked stellate hairs (some hairs bifid or simple), 
with hairs breaking off when older so that the hair- 
bases remain, lower surface with a similar, but usually 
denser indumentum, hairs on midrib sometimes 
reddish brown when young. Floral leaves usually 5 or 
6: (2-) 4.2-57 (-9) mm long, (1.8-) 2.8-5.5 (-6.3) mm 
wide, covered with a very dense, white velvety stellate 
indumentum. Inflorescence a dense head of cymosely 
arranged ± sessile flowers, (3.5-) 7-11 mm diameter; 
bracts broadly ovate, 1.2-2 mm long, with long cilia 
and few hairs outside on midrib and lower half. Flowers 
white to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm 
long, 1-1.4 (-1.8) mm diameter, with a few long woolly 
hairs, base with long hairs. Sepals 0.6-0.8 mm long, 
about as long as hypanthium tube, moderately covered 
with woolly stellate and simple hairs; sepaktube ratio 
1-1.5:1. Petals 0.4-0.5 mm long, cucullate, very shortly 
clawed; limb:claw ratio c. 8:1. Stamens subequal to the 
petals, 0.3-0.4 (-0.5) mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. 
Ovary inferior, carpels 3, summit glabrous or with very 
few erect stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 mm long, minutely 
3-lobed. Infructescence not or hardly expanding as it 
matures. Fruits ellipsoid to obovoid, 1.7-2.2 mm long, 
1.2- 1.5 mm wide, dark brown, consisting of 3 papery 
fruitlets, of which frequently only one develops fully, 
torus apical, externally glabrous or with a few hairs; 
seeds flattened obovoid, 1.1-1.5 mm long, 0.8-1 mm 
wide, light brown with dark spots and a darkened base. 
Fig. 4a-e, Fig.5a-b. 
English name: Kangaroo Island spyridium (Canning 
1986). 
40 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747389 Spyridium bifidum Muelleria 30(1): 46-48

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 46-48".

933224 Spyridium bifidum Muelleria 30(1): 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605058
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
Typification : A specimen with Black's annotations 
from his herbarium at AD is selected as lectotype. On 
this sheet he notes that a duplicate of this collection 
was forwarded by him to AJ. Ewart in Melbourne as "no. 
12"; this specimen is now at MEL A specimen labelled as 
"Marble Ra."is a residual syntype, which was presumably 
collected more at the S end of the Range, towards 
Wanilla. 
Conservation: The taxon is listed as 'Vulnerable' in 
South Australia, with some populations reserved in 
Wanilla Conservation Park (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as 
S. bifidum var. Wanilla). 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the location of the 
taxon, Wanilla, which is applied to the Hundred 1 and 
one of the towns to the west. It is treated as a noun in 
genitive form. 
Selected specimens examined (22 seen): SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information 
withheld for conservation reasons] E of township of Wanilla, NW 
of Port Lincoln, Hundred of Wanilla, 6 July 1965, C.R. Alcock s.n. 
(AD); Nicho's Nooky, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7604 & RM Barker 
(AD);Wanilla C.P., 7 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7586, F. Udovicic & R.M. 
Barker (AD); Hills S of Ungarra, 19 July 1994, ft Bates 37251 (AD, 
MEL); W of Wanilla, 1 June 1982, K. Clipstone88 (AD); Adjacent 
Wanilla C.P., 26 Oct. 1989, D. Hopton 232-234 (AD, CANB);"E side 
of Marble Ra.", Oct. 1993, J. Smyth 2 (AD); Wanilla-North Shields 
Rd, 3 Mar. 1993, N.G. Walsh 4002 (AD, MEL); E of Wanilla, 30 Aug 
1976, DIE. Whibley5712 (AD, UWM). 
8. Spyridium stenophyllum (Reissek) 
Kellermann & W.R.Barker, comb. nov. 
Trymalium stenophyllum Reissek, Linnaea 29:282 (1858). 
— Type citation: 'Boston Point (Wilhelmi).' — Lectotype 
(here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Boston Point, 
C. Wilhelmi s.n . (MEL 233425, ex Herb. Reissek; Fig. 5). 
Isolectotype: MEL 233426 (ex Herb. Sonder). Residual 
syntypes: "Boston Point Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi 
s.n. (K 356451 n.v., photo at MEL 2664224, right hand 
specimen); "Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (BM 793990 
n.v., photo at MEL 2264225, left hand specimen);"Marble 
Ra.", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (MEL 233424). 
Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex 
Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 432 (1863); Schomb., FI. 
1. S.A. is traditionally divided into Counties, Hundreds and 
Sections (see Landbeater 2006-). 
S. Austral. 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. 
South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 
3: 369 (1926), pro parte, ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952), pro parte ; 
E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 5. Austral. 2: 815 
(1986), pro parte ; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 
1:90 (2005), pro parte. 
Cryptandra bifida auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell.: F.Muell., 
Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. 
Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & 
Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889), pro parte; 
Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. 
Shrubs to 1.2 m high, resinous; young stems densely 
pubescent with stellate hairs, especially on young 
stipules and bracts. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to 
narrowly ovate, 2-3.8 (-6) mm long, fused for more than 
half of their length, reddish-brown, glabrous, with hairs 
along midrib and cilia towards apex; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm 
long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; lamina narrowly 
Y-shaped to narrowly cuneate, (3.4-) 3.8-7.S (-9.5) mm 
long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, base cuneate, margins revolute, 
apex deeply to shallowly emarginate or bilobed, upper 
surface green, lower surface with dense to medium 
dense indumentum of stellate hairs, midrib with long 
simple hairs. Floral leaves usually 3-5: broader than 
stem-leaves, 3.2-7 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, covered 
with a very dense, white felty stellate indumentum, 
often interspersed longer simple hairs. Inflorescence a 
globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 
6-11 (-12) mm diameter; bracts in fused pairs, broadly 
ovate, 2-3 mm long, with long cilia. Flowers white to 
cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.5 (-0.8) mm long, (1.2-) 
1.4-1.7 mm diameter, tube pubescent or glabrous, base 
densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying 
long hairs, often flexuous. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long with 
an indumentum of mainly short simple or stellate hairs, 
especially towards tip. Petals 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, 
cucullate, clawed. Stamens subequal to the petals, 
0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, 
carpels 2, summit with dense stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 
(-1) mm long, minutely bilobed. Infructescence slightly 
expanding, but no tiled bracts visible. Fruits obovoid to 
ellipsoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, light brown, 
consisting of 1-2 papery fruitlets, torus apical, fruit wall 
densely pubescent; seeds 1-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm 
wide, brown with a darkened red-brown base. 
52 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933225 Spyridium bifidum Muelleria 30(1): 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605058
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
Typification : A specimen with Black's annotations 
from his herbarium at AD is selected as lectotype. On 
this sheet he notes that a duplicate of this collection 
was forwarded by him to AJ. Ewart in Melbourne as "no. 
12"; this specimen is now at MEL A specimen labelled as 
"Marble Ra."is a residual syntype, which was presumably 
collected more at the S end of the Range, towards 
Wanilla. 
Conservation: The taxon is listed as 'Vulnerable' in 
South Australia, with some populations reserved in 
Wanilla Conservation Park (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as 
S. bifidum var. Wanilla). 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the location of the 
taxon, Wanilla, which is applied to the Hundred 1 and 
one of the towns to the west. It is treated as a noun in 
genitive form. 
Selected specimens examined (22 seen): SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information 
withheld for conservation reasons] E of township of Wanilla, NW 
of Port Lincoln, Hundred of Wanilla, 6 July 1965, C.R. Alcock s.n. 
(AD); Nicho's Nooky, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7604 & RM Barker 
(AD);Wanilla C.P., 7 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7586, F. Udovicic & R.M. 
Barker (AD); Hills S of Ungarra, 19 July 1994, ft Bates 37251 (AD, 
MEL); W of Wanilla, 1 June 1982, K. Clipstone88 (AD); Adjacent 
Wanilla C.P., 26 Oct. 1989, D. Hopton 232-234 (AD, CANB);"E side 
of Marble Ra.", Oct. 1993, J. Smyth 2 (AD); Wanilla-North Shields 
Rd, 3 Mar. 1993, N.G. Walsh 4002 (AD, MEL); E of Wanilla, 30 Aug 
1976, DIE. Whibley5712 (AD, UWM). 
8. Spyridium stenophyllum (Reissek) 
Kellermann & W.R.Barker, comb. nov. 
Trymalium stenophyllum Reissek, Linnaea 29:282 (1858). 
— Type citation: 'Boston Point (Wilhelmi).' — Lectotype 
(here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Boston Point, 
C. Wilhelmi s.n . (MEL 233425, ex Herb. Reissek; Fig. 5). 
Isolectotype: MEL 233426 (ex Herb. Sonder). Residual 
syntypes: "Boston Point Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi 
s.n. (K 356451 n.v., photo at MEL 2664224, right hand 
specimen); "Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (BM 793990 
n.v., photo at MEL 2264225, left hand specimen);"Marble 
Ra.", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (MEL 233424). 
Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex 
Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 432 (1863); Schomb., FI. 
1. S.A. is traditionally divided into Counties, Hundreds and 
Sections (see Landbeater 2006-). 
S. Austral. 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. 
South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 
3: 369 (1926), pro parte, ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952), pro parte ; 
E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 5. Austral. 2: 815 
(1986), pro parte ; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 
1:90 (2005), pro parte. 
Cryptandra bifida auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell.: F.Muell., 
Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. 
Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & 
Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889), pro parte; 
Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. 
Shrubs to 1.2 m high, resinous; young stems densely 
pubescent with stellate hairs, especially on young 
stipules and bracts. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to 
narrowly ovate, 2-3.8 (-6) mm long, fused for more than 
half of their length, reddish-brown, glabrous, with hairs 
along midrib and cilia towards apex; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm 
long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; lamina narrowly 
Y-shaped to narrowly cuneate, (3.4-) 3.8-7.S (-9.5) mm 
long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, base cuneate, margins revolute, 
apex deeply to shallowly emarginate or bilobed, upper 
surface green, lower surface with dense to medium 
dense indumentum of stellate hairs, midrib with long 
simple hairs. Floral leaves usually 3-5: broader than 
stem-leaves, 3.2-7 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, covered 
with a very dense, white felty stellate indumentum, 
often interspersed longer simple hairs. Inflorescence a 
globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 
6-11 (-12) mm diameter; bracts in fused pairs, broadly 
ovate, 2-3 mm long, with long cilia. Flowers white to 
cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.5 (-0.8) mm long, (1.2-) 
1.4-1.7 mm diameter, tube pubescent or glabrous, base 
densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying 
long hairs, often flexuous. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long with 
an indumentum of mainly short simple or stellate hairs, 
especially towards tip. Petals 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, 
cucullate, clawed. Stamens subequal to the petals, 
0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, 
carpels 2, summit with dense stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 
(-1) mm long, minutely bilobed. Infructescence slightly 
expanding, but no tiled bracts visible. Fruits obovoid to 
ellipsoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, light brown, 
consisting of 1-2 papery fruitlets, torus apical, fruit wall 
densely pubescent; seeds 1-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm 
wide, brown with a darkened red-brown base. 
52 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933226 Spyridium bifidum Muelleria 30(1): 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605058
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
Typification : A specimen with Black's annotations 
from his herbarium at AD is selected as lectotype. On 
this sheet he notes that a duplicate of this collection 
was forwarded by him to AJ. Ewart in Melbourne as "no. 
12"; this specimen is now at MEL A specimen labelled as 
"Marble Ra."is a residual syntype, which was presumably 
collected more at the S end of the Range, towards 
Wanilla. 
Conservation: The taxon is listed as 'Vulnerable' in 
South Australia, with some populations reserved in 
Wanilla Conservation Park (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as 
S. bifidum var. Wanilla). 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the location of the 
taxon, Wanilla, which is applied to the Hundred 1 and 
one of the towns to the west. It is treated as a noun in 
genitive form. 
Selected specimens examined (22 seen): SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information 
withheld for conservation reasons] E of township of Wanilla, NW 
of Port Lincoln, Hundred of Wanilla, 6 July 1965, C.R. Alcock s.n. 
(AD); Nicho's Nooky, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7604 & RM Barker 
(AD);Wanilla C.P., 7 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7586, F. Udovicic & R.M. 
Barker (AD); Hills S of Ungarra, 19 July 1994, ft Bates 37251 (AD, 
MEL); W of Wanilla, 1 June 1982, K. Clipstone88 (AD); Adjacent 
Wanilla C.P., 26 Oct. 1989, D. Hopton 232-234 (AD, CANB);"E side 
of Marble Ra.", Oct. 1993, J. Smyth 2 (AD); Wanilla-North Shields 
Rd, 3 Mar. 1993, N.G. Walsh 4002 (AD, MEL); E of Wanilla, 30 Aug 
1976, DIE. Whibley5712 (AD, UWM). 
8. Spyridium stenophyllum (Reissek) 
Kellermann & W.R.Barker, comb. nov. 
Trymalium stenophyllum Reissek, Linnaea 29:282 (1858). 
— Type citation: 'Boston Point (Wilhelmi).' — Lectotype 
(here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Boston Point, 
C. Wilhelmi s.n . (MEL 233425, ex Herb. Reissek; Fig. 5). 
Isolectotype: MEL 233426 (ex Herb. Sonder). Residual 
syntypes: "Boston Point Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi 
s.n. (K 356451 n.v., photo at MEL 2664224, right hand 
specimen); "Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (BM 793990 
n.v., photo at MEL 2264225, left hand specimen);"Marble 
Ra.", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (MEL 233424). 
Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex 
Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 432 (1863); Schomb., FI. 
1. S.A. is traditionally divided into Counties, Hundreds and 
Sections (see Landbeater 2006-). 
S. Austral. 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. 
South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 
3: 369 (1926), pro parte, ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952), pro parte ; 
E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 5. Austral. 2: 815 
(1986), pro parte ; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 
1:90 (2005), pro parte. 
Cryptandra bifida auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell.: F.Muell., 
Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. 
Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & 
Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889), pro parte; 
Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. 
Shrubs to 1.2 m high, resinous; young stems densely 
pubescent with stellate hairs, especially on young 
stipules and bracts. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to 
narrowly ovate, 2-3.8 (-6) mm long, fused for more than 
half of their length, reddish-brown, glabrous, with hairs 
along midrib and cilia towards apex; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm 
long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; lamina narrowly 
Y-shaped to narrowly cuneate, (3.4-) 3.8-7.S (-9.5) mm 
long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, base cuneate, margins revolute, 
apex deeply to shallowly emarginate or bilobed, upper 
surface green, lower surface with dense to medium 
dense indumentum of stellate hairs, midrib with long 
simple hairs. Floral leaves usually 3-5: broader than 
stem-leaves, 3.2-7 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, covered 
with a very dense, white felty stellate indumentum, 
often interspersed longer simple hairs. Inflorescence a 
globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 
6-11 (-12) mm diameter; bracts in fused pairs, broadly 
ovate, 2-3 mm long, with long cilia. Flowers white to 
cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.5 (-0.8) mm long, (1.2-) 
1.4-1.7 mm diameter, tube pubescent or glabrous, base 
densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying 
long hairs, often flexuous. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long with 
an indumentum of mainly short simple or stellate hairs, 
especially towards tip. Petals 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, 
cucullate, clawed. Stamens subequal to the petals, 
0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, 
carpels 2, summit with dense stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 
(-1) mm long, minutely bilobed. Infructescence slightly 
expanding, but no tiled bracts visible. Fruits obovoid to 
ellipsoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, light brown, 
consisting of 1-2 papery fruitlets, torus apical, fruit wall 
densely pubescent; seeds 1-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm 
wide, brown with a darkened red-brown base. 
52 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933227 Spyridium bifidum Muelleria 30(1): 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605058
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
Typification : A specimen with Black's annotations 
from his herbarium at AD is selected as lectotype. On 
this sheet he notes that a duplicate of this collection 
was forwarded by him to AJ. Ewart in Melbourne as "no. 
12"; this specimen is now at MEL A specimen labelled as 
"Marble Ra."is a residual syntype, which was presumably 
collected more at the S end of the Range, towards 
Wanilla. 
Conservation: The taxon is listed as 'Vulnerable' in 
South Australia, with some populations reserved in 
Wanilla Conservation Park (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as 
S. bifidum var. Wanilla). 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the location of the 
taxon, Wanilla, which is applied to the Hundred 1 and 
one of the towns to the west. It is treated as a noun in 
genitive form. 
Selected specimens examined (22 seen): SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information 
withheld for conservation reasons] E of township of Wanilla, NW 
of Port Lincoln, Hundred of Wanilla, 6 July 1965, C.R. Alcock s.n. 
(AD); Nicho's Nooky, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7604 & RM Barker 
(AD);Wanilla C.P., 7 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7586, F. Udovicic & R.M. 
Barker (AD); Hills S of Ungarra, 19 July 1994, ft Bates 37251 (AD, 
MEL); W of Wanilla, 1 June 1982, K. Clipstone88 (AD); Adjacent 
Wanilla C.P., 26 Oct. 1989, D. Hopton 232-234 (AD, CANB);"E side 
of Marble Ra.", Oct. 1993, J. Smyth 2 (AD); Wanilla-North Shields 
Rd, 3 Mar. 1993, N.G. Walsh 4002 (AD, MEL); E of Wanilla, 30 Aug 
1976, DIE. Whibley5712 (AD, UWM). 
8. Spyridium stenophyllum (Reissek) 
Kellermann & W.R.Barker, comb. nov. 
Trymalium stenophyllum Reissek, Linnaea 29:282 (1858). 
— Type citation: 'Boston Point (Wilhelmi).' — Lectotype 
(here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Boston Point, 
C. Wilhelmi s.n . (MEL 233425, ex Herb. Reissek; Fig. 5). 
Isolectotype: MEL 233426 (ex Herb. Sonder). Residual 
syntypes: "Boston Point Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi 
s.n. (K 356451 n.v., photo at MEL 2664224, right hand 
specimen); "Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (BM 793990 
n.v., photo at MEL 2264225, left hand specimen);"Marble 
Ra.", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (MEL 233424). 
Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex 
Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 432 (1863); Schomb., FI. 
1. S.A. is traditionally divided into Counties, Hundreds and 
Sections (see Landbeater 2006-). 
S. Austral. 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. 
South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 
3: 369 (1926), pro parte, ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952), pro parte ; 
E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 5. Austral. 2: 815 
(1986), pro parte ; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 
1:90 (2005), pro parte. 
Cryptandra bifida auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell.: F.Muell., 
Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. 
Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & 
Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889), pro parte; 
Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. 
Shrubs to 1.2 m high, resinous; young stems densely 
pubescent with stellate hairs, especially on young 
stipules and bracts. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to 
narrowly ovate, 2-3.8 (-6) mm long, fused for more than 
half of their length, reddish-brown, glabrous, with hairs 
along midrib and cilia towards apex; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm 
long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; lamina narrowly 
Y-shaped to narrowly cuneate, (3.4-) 3.8-7.S (-9.5) mm 
long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, base cuneate, margins revolute, 
apex deeply to shallowly emarginate or bilobed, upper 
surface green, lower surface with dense to medium 
dense indumentum of stellate hairs, midrib with long 
simple hairs. Floral leaves usually 3-5: broader than 
stem-leaves, 3.2-7 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, covered 
with a very dense, white felty stellate indumentum, 
often interspersed longer simple hairs. Inflorescence a 
globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 
6-11 (-12) mm diameter; bracts in fused pairs, broadly 
ovate, 2-3 mm long, with long cilia. Flowers white to 
cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.5 (-0.8) mm long, (1.2-) 
1.4-1.7 mm diameter, tube pubescent or glabrous, base 
densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying 
long hairs, often flexuous. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long with 
an indumentum of mainly short simple or stellate hairs, 
especially towards tip. Petals 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, 
cucullate, clawed. Stamens subequal to the petals, 
0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, 
carpels 2, summit with dense stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 
(-1) mm long, minutely bilobed. Infructescence slightly 
expanding, but no tiled bracts visible. Fruits obovoid to 
ellipsoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, light brown, 
consisting of 1-2 papery fruitlets, torus apical, fruit wall 
densely pubescent; seeds 1-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm 
wide, brown with a darkened red-brown base. 
52 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933228 Spyridium bifidum Muelleria 30(1): 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605058
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
Typification : A specimen with Black's annotations 
from his herbarium at AD is selected as lectotype. On 
this sheet he notes that a duplicate of this collection 
was forwarded by him to AJ. Ewart in Melbourne as "no. 
12"; this specimen is now at MEL A specimen labelled as 
"Marble Ra."is a residual syntype, which was presumably 
collected more at the S end of the Range, towards 
Wanilla. 
Conservation: The taxon is listed as 'Vulnerable' in 
South Australia, with some populations reserved in 
Wanilla Conservation Park (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as 
S. bifidum var. Wanilla). 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the location of the 
taxon, Wanilla, which is applied to the Hundred 1 and 
one of the towns to the west. It is treated as a noun in 
genitive form. 
Selected specimens examined (22 seen): SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information 
withheld for conservation reasons] E of township of Wanilla, NW 
of Port Lincoln, Hundred of Wanilla, 6 July 1965, C.R. Alcock s.n. 
(AD); Nicho's Nooky, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7604 & RM Barker 
(AD);Wanilla C.P., 7 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7586, F. Udovicic & R.M. 
Barker (AD); Hills S of Ungarra, 19 July 1994, ft Bates 37251 (AD, 
MEL); W of Wanilla, 1 June 1982, K. Clipstone88 (AD); Adjacent 
Wanilla C.P., 26 Oct. 1989, D. Hopton 232-234 (AD, CANB);"E side 
of Marble Ra.", Oct. 1993, J. Smyth 2 (AD); Wanilla-North Shields 
Rd, 3 Mar. 1993, N.G. Walsh 4002 (AD, MEL); E of Wanilla, 30 Aug 
1976, DIE. Whibley5712 (AD, UWM). 
8. Spyridium stenophyllum (Reissek) 
Kellermann & W.R.Barker, comb. nov. 
Trymalium stenophyllum Reissek, Linnaea 29:282 (1858). 
— Type citation: 'Boston Point (Wilhelmi).' — Lectotype 
(here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Boston Point, 
C. Wilhelmi s.n . (MEL 233425, ex Herb. Reissek; Fig. 5). 
Isolectotype: MEL 233426 (ex Herb. Sonder). Residual 
syntypes: "Boston Point Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi 
s.n. (K 356451 n.v., photo at MEL 2664224, right hand 
specimen); "Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (BM 793990 
n.v., photo at MEL 2264225, left hand specimen);"Marble 
Ra.", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (MEL 233424). 
Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex 
Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 432 (1863); Schomb., FI. 
1. S.A. is traditionally divided into Counties, Hundreds and 
Sections (see Landbeater 2006-). 
S. Austral. 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. 
South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 
3: 369 (1926), pro parte, ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952), pro parte ; 
E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 5. Austral. 2: 815 
(1986), pro parte ; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 
1:90 (2005), pro parte. 
Cryptandra bifida auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell.: F.Muell., 
Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. 
Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & 
Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889), pro parte; 
Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. 
Shrubs to 1.2 m high, resinous; young stems densely 
pubescent with stellate hairs, especially on young 
stipules and bracts. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to 
narrowly ovate, 2-3.8 (-6) mm long, fused for more than 
half of their length, reddish-brown, glabrous, with hairs 
along midrib and cilia towards apex; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm 
long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; lamina narrowly 
Y-shaped to narrowly cuneate, (3.4-) 3.8-7.S (-9.5) mm 
long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, base cuneate, margins revolute, 
apex deeply to shallowly emarginate or bilobed, upper 
surface green, lower surface with dense to medium 
dense indumentum of stellate hairs, midrib with long 
simple hairs. Floral leaves usually 3-5: broader than 
stem-leaves, 3.2-7 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, covered 
with a very dense, white felty stellate indumentum, 
often interspersed longer simple hairs. Inflorescence a 
globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 
6-11 (-12) mm diameter; bracts in fused pairs, broadly 
ovate, 2-3 mm long, with long cilia. Flowers white to 
cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.5 (-0.8) mm long, (1.2-) 
1.4-1.7 mm diameter, tube pubescent or glabrous, base 
densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying 
long hairs, often flexuous. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long with 
an indumentum of mainly short simple or stellate hairs, 
especially towards tip. Petals 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, 
cucullate, clawed. Stamens subequal to the petals, 
0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, 
carpels 2, summit with dense stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 
(-1) mm long, minutely bilobed. Infructescence slightly 
expanding, but no tiled bracts visible. Fruits obovoid to 
ellipsoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, light brown, 
consisting of 1-2 papery fruitlets, torus apical, fruit wall 
densely pubescent; seeds 1-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm 
wide, brown with a darkened red-brown base. 
52 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933229 Spyridium bifidum Muelleria 30(1): 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605058
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
Typification : A specimen with Black's annotations 
from his herbarium at AD is selected as lectotype. On 
this sheet he notes that a duplicate of this collection 
was forwarded by him to AJ. Ewart in Melbourne as "no. 
12"; this specimen is now at MEL A specimen labelled as 
"Marble Ra."is a residual syntype, which was presumably 
collected more at the S end of the Range, towards 
Wanilla. 
Conservation: The taxon is listed as 'Vulnerable' in 
South Australia, with some populations reserved in 
Wanilla Conservation Park (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as 
S. bifidum var. Wanilla). 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the location of the 
taxon, Wanilla, which is applied to the Hundred 1 and 
one of the towns to the west. It is treated as a noun in 
genitive form. 
Selected specimens examined (22 seen): SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information 
withheld for conservation reasons] E of township of Wanilla, NW 
of Port Lincoln, Hundred of Wanilla, 6 July 1965, C.R. Alcock s.n. 
(AD); Nicho's Nooky, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7604 & RM Barker 
(AD);Wanilla C.P., 7 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7586, F. Udovicic & R.M. 
Barker (AD); Hills S of Ungarra, 19 July 1994, ft Bates 37251 (AD, 
MEL); W of Wanilla, 1 June 1982, K. Clipstone88 (AD); Adjacent 
Wanilla C.P., 26 Oct. 1989, D. Hopton 232-234 (AD, CANB);"E side 
of Marble Ra.", Oct. 1993, J. Smyth 2 (AD); Wanilla-North Shields 
Rd, 3 Mar. 1993, N.G. Walsh 4002 (AD, MEL); E of Wanilla, 30 Aug 
1976, DIE. Whibley5712 (AD, UWM). 
8. Spyridium stenophyllum (Reissek) 
Kellermann & W.R.Barker, comb. nov. 
Trymalium stenophyllum Reissek, Linnaea 29:282 (1858). 
— Type citation: 'Boston Point (Wilhelmi).' — Lectotype 
(here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Boston Point, 
C. Wilhelmi s.n . (MEL 233425, ex Herb. Reissek; Fig. 5). 
Isolectotype: MEL 233426 (ex Herb. Sonder). Residual 
syntypes: "Boston Point Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi 
s.n. (K 356451 n.v., photo at MEL 2664224, right hand 
specimen); "Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (BM 793990 
n.v., photo at MEL 2264225, left hand specimen);"Marble 
Ra.", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (MEL 233424). 
Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex 
Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 432 (1863); Schomb., FI. 
1. S.A. is traditionally divided into Counties, Hundreds and 
Sections (see Landbeater 2006-). 
S. Austral. 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. 
South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 
3: 369 (1926), pro parte, ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952), pro parte ; 
E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 5. Austral. 2: 815 
(1986), pro parte ; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 
1:90 (2005), pro parte. 
Cryptandra bifida auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell.: F.Muell., 
Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. 
Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & 
Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889), pro parte; 
Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. 
Shrubs to 1.2 m high, resinous; young stems densely 
pubescent with stellate hairs, especially on young 
stipules and bracts. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to 
narrowly ovate, 2-3.8 (-6) mm long, fused for more than 
half of their length, reddish-brown, glabrous, with hairs 
along midrib and cilia towards apex; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm 
long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; lamina narrowly 
Y-shaped to narrowly cuneate, (3.4-) 3.8-7.S (-9.5) mm 
long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, base cuneate, margins revolute, 
apex deeply to shallowly emarginate or bilobed, upper 
surface green, lower surface with dense to medium 
dense indumentum of stellate hairs, midrib with long 
simple hairs. Floral leaves usually 3-5: broader than 
stem-leaves, 3.2-7 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, covered 
with a very dense, white felty stellate indumentum, 
often interspersed longer simple hairs. Inflorescence a 
globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 
6-11 (-12) mm diameter; bracts in fused pairs, broadly 
ovate, 2-3 mm long, with long cilia. Flowers white to 
cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.5 (-0.8) mm long, (1.2-) 
1.4-1.7 mm diameter, tube pubescent or glabrous, base 
densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying 
long hairs, often flexuous. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long with 
an indumentum of mainly short simple or stellate hairs, 
especially towards tip. Petals 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, 
cucullate, clawed. Stamens subequal to the petals, 
0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, 
carpels 2, summit with dense stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 
(-1) mm long, minutely bilobed. Infructescence slightly 
expanding, but no tiled bracts visible. Fruits obovoid to 
ellipsoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, light brown, 
consisting of 1-2 papery fruitlets, torus apical, fruit wall 
densely pubescent; seeds 1-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm 
wide, brown with a darkened red-brown base. 
52 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933230 Spyridium bifidum Muelleria 30(1): 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605058
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
Typification : A specimen with Black's annotations 
from his herbarium at AD is selected as lectotype. On 
this sheet he notes that a duplicate of this collection 
was forwarded by him to AJ. Ewart in Melbourne as "no. 
12"; this specimen is now at MEL A specimen labelled as 
"Marble Ra."is a residual syntype, which was presumably 
collected more at the S end of the Range, towards 
Wanilla. 
Conservation: The taxon is listed as 'Vulnerable' in 
South Australia, with some populations reserved in 
Wanilla Conservation Park (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as 
S. bifidum var. Wanilla). 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the location of the 
taxon, Wanilla, which is applied to the Hundred 1 and 
one of the towns to the west. It is treated as a noun in 
genitive form. 
Selected specimens examined (22 seen): SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information 
withheld for conservation reasons] E of township of Wanilla, NW 
of Port Lincoln, Hundred of Wanilla, 6 July 1965, C.R. Alcock s.n. 
(AD); Nicho's Nooky, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7604 & RM Barker 
(AD);Wanilla C.P., 7 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7586, F. Udovicic & R.M. 
Barker (AD); Hills S of Ungarra, 19 July 1994, ft Bates 37251 (AD, 
MEL); W of Wanilla, 1 June 1982, K. Clipstone88 (AD); Adjacent 
Wanilla C.P., 26 Oct. 1989, D. Hopton 232-234 (AD, CANB);"E side 
of Marble Ra.", Oct. 1993, J. Smyth 2 (AD); Wanilla-North Shields 
Rd, 3 Mar. 1993, N.G. Walsh 4002 (AD, MEL); E of Wanilla, 30 Aug 
1976, DIE. Whibley5712 (AD, UWM). 
8. Spyridium stenophyllum (Reissek) 
Kellermann & W.R.Barker, comb. nov. 
Trymalium stenophyllum Reissek, Linnaea 29:282 (1858). 
— Type citation: 'Boston Point (Wilhelmi).' — Lectotype 
(here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Boston Point, 
C. Wilhelmi s.n . (MEL 233425, ex Herb. Reissek; Fig. 5). 
Isolectotype: MEL 233426 (ex Herb. Sonder). Residual 
syntypes: "Boston Point Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi 
s.n. (K 356451 n.v., photo at MEL 2664224, right hand 
specimen); "Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (BM 793990 
n.v., photo at MEL 2264225, left hand specimen);"Marble 
Ra.", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (MEL 233424). 
Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex 
Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 432 (1863); Schomb., FI. 
1. S.A. is traditionally divided into Counties, Hundreds and 
Sections (see Landbeater 2006-). 
S. Austral. 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. 
South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 
3: 369 (1926), pro parte, ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952), pro parte ; 
E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 5. Austral. 2: 815 
(1986), pro parte ; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 
1:90 (2005), pro parte. 
Cryptandra bifida auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell.: F.Muell., 
Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. 
Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & 
Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889), pro parte; 
Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. 
Shrubs to 1.2 m high, resinous; young stems densely 
pubescent with stellate hairs, especially on young 
stipules and bracts. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to 
narrowly ovate, 2-3.8 (-6) mm long, fused for more than 
half of their length, reddish-brown, glabrous, with hairs 
along midrib and cilia towards apex; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm 
long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; lamina narrowly 
Y-shaped to narrowly cuneate, (3.4-) 3.8-7.S (-9.5) mm 
long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, base cuneate, margins revolute, 
apex deeply to shallowly emarginate or bilobed, upper 
surface green, lower surface with dense to medium 
dense indumentum of stellate hairs, midrib with long 
simple hairs. Floral leaves usually 3-5: broader than 
stem-leaves, 3.2-7 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, covered 
with a very dense, white felty stellate indumentum, 
often interspersed longer simple hairs. Inflorescence a 
globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 
6-11 (-12) mm diameter; bracts in fused pairs, broadly 
ovate, 2-3 mm long, with long cilia. Flowers white to 
cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.5 (-0.8) mm long, (1.2-) 
1.4-1.7 mm diameter, tube pubescent or glabrous, base 
densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying 
long hairs, often flexuous. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long with 
an indumentum of mainly short simple or stellate hairs, 
especially towards tip. Petals 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, 
cucullate, clawed. Stamens subequal to the petals, 
0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, 
carpels 2, summit with dense stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 
(-1) mm long, minutely bilobed. Infructescence slightly 
expanding, but no tiled bracts visible. Fruits obovoid to 
ellipsoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, light brown, 
consisting of 1-2 papery fruitlets, torus apical, fruit wall 
densely pubescent; seeds 1-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm 
wide, brown with a darkened red-brown base. 
52 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747391 Spyridium bifidum bifidum Muelleria 30(1): 48, Figs 2 (map), 6a-e, 8a-b
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605054
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241
747392 Spyridium bifidum wanillae Muelleria 30(1): 48, 51-52, Figs 2 (map), 6f-h, 8c
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605054
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241
747393 Spyridium bifidum integrifolium Muelleria 30(1): 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605054
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241
933207 Spyridium bifidum integrifolium Muelleria 30(1): 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605054
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241
933206 Spyridium bifidum var Muelleria 30(1): 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605054
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
to distinguish between 5. stenophyllum and 5. bifidum. 
Since the lectotype does not have any flowers, a recently 
collected flowering specimen is designated as epitype 
to clearly fix the name S. bifidum. 
Etymology: The epithet is Latin and refers to the 
forked leaves of the species. 
7a .Spyridium bifidum subsp. bifidum 
Spyridium bifidum var. Marble Range (W.R.Barker7601) 
W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1:90 (2005). 
Slender, erect shrubs to 2 m high, not resinous; young 
stems densely pubescent with white dense intertwined 
stellate and simple hairs, later becoming greyish. Leaves 
alternate: stipules triangular to narrowly ovate, (1.5-) 
2-3 mm long, fused for 1/2 to 3/4 of their length, ciliate 
towards apex, midrib with long simple hairs, glabrescent 
with age; petfo/e 0.7-1.5 (-1.7) mm long, densely stellate 
pubescent, soon glabrous; lamina Y-shaped, cuneate 
to narrowly obcordate, 3.2-10 mm long, 1.9-5 mm 
wide, base cuneate, margins ± revolute, apex deeply 
emarginate for up to 1/2 of leaf's length, upper surface 
green, covered with a medium dense white to greyish 
indumentum of long antrorse simple hairs, lower surface 
sparsely to densely covered with small stalked stellate 
hairs, midrib also with simple antrorse hairs. Floral leaves 
usually 5-8: broader than stem leaves, 3-10 mm long, 
2.2-6 mm wide, covered with a very dense, white felted 
stellate indumentum. Inflorescence a dense globular 
head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, (8-) 10-12 
(-15) mm diameter, often several heads are crowded 
together and appear even larger; bracts in fused pairs, 
ovate to broadly ovate, 1.7-3 mm long, with long cilia, 
long hairs along midrib, and fewer hairs outside. Flowers 
white, covered in dense long simple hairs overlying 
fewer stellate hairs. Flypanthium tube 0.6-0.8 mm long, 
(1.5-) 1.7-2 mm diameter with sparse simple hairs, base 
densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying 
long simple hairs. Sepals 0.7-0.9 mm long, about as long 
as hypanthium tube, with dense tufts of simple hairs at 
apices; sepaktube ratio 1:1.2. Petals 0.5-0.6 mm long, 
cucullate, long-clawed; limb:claw ratio c. 2:1. Stamens 
subequal to the petals, c. 0.6 mm long; anthers 0.2-0.3 
mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 3, summit densely 
pubescent with stellate hairs; style 0.7-0.8 mm long, 
stigma 3-lobed. Infructescence globular, expanding up 
to 20 mm diam.; bracts not tiled. Fruits obovoid, 2.4-2.5 
mm long, 1.2-1.4 mm wide, light brown, consisting of 
3 papery fruitlets, of which usually only one develops 
fully, torus ± apical, fruit wall densely pubescent; seeds 
flattened obovoid, 1.6-1.7 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, light 
brown with a darkened base. Fig. 6a-e., Fig. 8a-b. 
English name: Marble Range spyridium (NPWC 2003). 
Distribution & habitat: The typical subspecies is 
endemic to the Marble Range, Eyre Peninsula (Fig. 2), 
where it occurs in open mallee shrubland on quartzite 
and sometimes on sand over laterite. 
Phenology: Flowering in June-Sep.; fruits recorded 
in Oct. 
Notes: Black (1926, 1952) recognised the 
distinctiveness of Marble Range populations, referring 
to it as the "large leaved form of S. bifidum from Marble 
Range". 
Conservation: The taxon is restricted to a localised 
line of hills, the Marble Range. It is listed as 'Vulnerable' 
in South Australia (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as S. bifidum 
var. Marble Range). 
Selected specimens examined (30 seen): SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information 
withheld for conservation reasons] N Block of Marble Range, 26 
Jun. 1966, A.Ainslies.n. (AD); Marble Range, Hundred ofWarrow, 
25 Aug. 1967, C.R. Alcock 1401 (AD); Population nearest top of 
saddle of N/S blocks, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7602 & R.M. Barker 
(AD); E of Marble Range, Sep. 1982, RJ. Bates 2284 (AD); W of 
Edillilie, 26 Oct. 1988, D. Hopton 243 (AD, CANB); SSE of Coulta, 
Site: BS128-MAR00601, Patchid: 20218, 9 Sep. 2004, PJ. Lang, 
P.D. Canty &R.S. Johnson BS128-3156 (AD); Marble Ra., E face, 30 
Sep. 1979, D.E. Symon 11665 (AD, BH, LG); Marble Ra., 30 Sep. 
1979, J.Z. Weber 6029 (AD, CAL, DUH); 6 km W of Edillilie, 15 June 
1975, L.D. Williams 6694 (AD). 
7b. Spyridium bifidum subsp. wanillae 
Kellermann & W.R.Barker, nom. & stat. nov. 
Spyridium bifidum var. integrifolium J.M. Black, Trans. 
& Proc. Roy. Soc. 5. Australia 49: 273 (1925). J.M. Black, FI. 
S. Australia 3:369 (1926); ed. 2,3:550 (1952); E.M. Canning 
in Jessop & Toelken, FI. S. Austral. 2: 817 (1986). — Type 
citation: 'Port Lincoln to Marble Range, E.R '—Lectotype 
(here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Port Lincoln, 10 
Oct. 1909, H.H.D. Griffith s.n. (AD 96820287, ex Herb. J.M. 
Black). Isolectotype: MEL 2104812 [J.M. Black 12]. Residual 
syntype: Marble Range, s.coll. (AD 97610493, ex Herb. R. 
Tate, determined by J.M. Black). 
48 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747371 Spyridium coactilifolium Muelleria 30(1): 32-37, Figs 1a-h, 2 (map),3a

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 32-37, Figs 1a-h, 2 (map),3a".

933188 Spyridium coactilifolium Muelleria 30(1): 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605043
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241
747387 Spyridium coalitum Muelleria 30(1): 45-46, Figs 2 (map), 4m-p, 5d

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 45-46, Figs 2 (map), 4m-p, 5d".

747373 Spyridium fontis-woodii Muelleria 30(1): 37-38, Figs 1i-l, 2 (map), 3b-c

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 37-38, Figs 1i-l, 2 (map), 3b-c".

747376 Spyridium furculentum Muelleria 30(1): 38-40, Figs 1m-q, 2 (map), 3d-e

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 38-40, Figs 1m-q, 2 (map), 3d-e".

747383 Spyridium halmaturinum Muelleria 30(1): 40-41, Figs 4a-e, 2 (map), 5a-b,

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 40-41, Figs 4a-e, 2 (map), 5a-b,".

933186 Spyridium halmaturinum halmaturinum Muelleria 30(1): 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605043
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241
933187 Spyridium halmaturinum halmaturinum Muelleria 30(1): 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605043
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241
747388 Spyridium halmaturinum integrifolium Muelleria 30(1): 45
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605051
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241
933203 Spyridium halmaturinum integrifolium Muelleria 30(1): 45
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605051
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241
933201 Spyridium halmaturinum scabridum Muelleria 30(1): 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605049
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241
933202 Spyridium scabridum Muelleria 30(1): 43
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605049
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Revision of the Spyridium bifidum - 5. halmoturinum complex 
5. Spyridium scabridum (Tate) Kellermann & 
W.R.Barker, comb. nov. 
Cryptandro scabrido Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. 
S. Australia 12:129 (1889) & 12: 62, 94 (1889), nomen (see 
notes below); Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 
(1890). — Spyridium halmaturinum var. scabridum (Tate) 
J.M. Black, FI. S. Australia 3:369 (1926); ed. 2, 3:550 (1952); 
E.M. Canning in Jessop&Toelken, FI. S. Austral. 2:817 (1986); 
W.R. Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1: 91 (2005). — 
Spyridium scabridum Tate, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Australia 
12:129 (1889), nom. inval. pro syn. — Type citation: 'By the 
Eleanor River, and at Karatta, on the Stun'sailboom River, 
Kangaroo Island {R.T., January 24, 1883)'. — Lectotype 
(designated here): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Kangaroo Island, 
24 Jan. 1883, R. Tates.n. (MEL 2104209, ex Herb. Adelaide 
Univ.). Isolectotype: Kangaroo Island, Jan 1883, [R. Tates.n .] 
(MEL 2104264, right specimen). Residual syntype: Eleanor 
R., Kangaroo Island, 23 Jan. 1883, [R. Tates.n.] (AD 98132274, 
ex Herb. R.Tate). 
Illustrations: A. Prescott, It's blue with five petals: 
Kangaroo Island field guide 51, fig. 9 (1995), leaf only, as 
5. halmaturinum var. scabridum. 
Erect, slender mostly single stemmed shrubs or small 
trees to 3 m high, very resinous, especially stipules, 
bracts, flowers and fruits; young stems densely villous 
with light brown long stellate and simple hairs, later 
becoming greyish; mature shrubs with foliage in upper 
quarter only. Leaves alternate: stipules ovate, (2-) 3-3.5 
(-4.6) mm long, free, abutting or slightly overlapping, 
often sticking together and appearing fused due to the 
high resin content, reddish-brown, glabrous, some with 
hairs along midrib and ciliate, and/or with hairs at apex; 
petiole 1.5-2 mm long, densely long-stellate pubescent; 
lamina oblong to narrowly obovate, 5-11 mm long, 
1.5-2.8 mm wide, base obtuse, margins recurved to 
revolute, apex slightly emarginate to bilobed with a 
recurved tip, upper surface greyish-green, with a sparse 
to medium, villous to scabrous cover of simple hairs, 
sometimes becoming glabrous and tuberculate (from 
remaining leaf-bases) when older, lower surface with 
dense to medium indumentum of felted stalked stellate 
hairs, midrib and sometimes margins with medium to 
dense long simple hairs, reddish brown when young. 
Floral leaves usually 4-7: obovate, 4-7.3 mm long, 2-4.3 
mm wide, covered with a very dense, white felty stellate 
indumentum with interspersed longer simple hairs. 
Inflorescence loose, compound, consisting of 1-several 
heads with cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 5-12 
mm diameter; bracts broadly ovate, 23-2.8 mm long, 
with long cilia and long hairs along midrib. Flowers white 
to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.5-0.7 mm long, c 1-1.2 
(-1.4) mm diameter, with sparse long simple hairs, base 
with long hairs. Sepals 0.6-0.7 (-0.9) mm long, as long as 
hypanthium tube, indumentum similar to hypanthium; 
sepaktube ratio 1:1. Petals 0.4-0.5 (-0.6) mm long, 
cucullate, clawed; limb:claw ratio c. 4:1. Stamens 
subequal to the petals, 0.4-0.5 mm long; anthers c. 
0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 3, summit with 
dense erect stellate hairs; style (0.5-) 0.6-0.8 mm long, 
minutely 3-lobed. Infructescence slightly expanding, 
often breaking up into smaller unit inflorescences, tiled 
bracts present. Fruits obovoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.2-1.5 
mm wide, dark brown to black, consisting of 3 papery 
fruitlets, torus apical, externally glabrous or with a few 
hairs; seeds flattened obovoid 1.2-1.4 mm long, 0.7-0.8 
mm wide, light brown to yellow with black mottles and 
a darkened base. Fig. 4g-l, Fig. 5c. 
Distribution & habitat: The taxon is endemic to 
Kangaroo Island, S.A., and occurs mainly in the interior 
of the island in heathlands, where it can become a 
dominant part of the overstorey, and open mallee 
scrubland on sand over ironstone (Fig. 2). 
English name: Rough spyridium (NPWC 2003). 
Phenology: Flowering in Sep.-Nov.; fruits recorded 
in Sep. 
Notes: The species was previously treated as a variety 
of 5. halmaturinum; however it is separable by its oblong 
leaves with recurved emarginated tip, the scabrous 
upper surface resulting from the deciduous stellate 
hairs, which are represented on older leaves by their 
tuberculate bases. The loose cymose inflorescences 
are also diagnostic, being unique in the S. bifidum - 
S. halmaturinum complex; they are not condensed 
into heads, but are more open, and similar to those of 
5. waterhousei or 5. parvifolium. The species is very 
resinous and sticky, especially on bracts and stipules. 
The name C. scabrida is mentioned in two other 
articles by Tate (1889a, c) that appear in the same volume 
of the Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. S. Australia before the 
description of the species, but since the whole volume 
was published at the same date this does not pose any 
Muelleria 
43 

Page image

747385 Spyridium scabridum Muelleria 30(1): 43-45, Figs 4g-i, 2 (map), 5c

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 43-45, Figs 4g-i, 2 (map), 5c".

933190 Spyridium sp. 1 Muelleria 30(1): 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605044
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
hairs, becoming more sparsely so when old, base with 
denser long hairs. Sepals 0.7-0.8 mm long, longer than 
hypanthium tube, densely covered with long stellate or 
simple hairs; sepaktube ratio 2-3:1. Petals 0.3-0.4 mm 
long, cucullate, very shortly clawed, cream to yellow; 
limb:claw ratio c. 8:1. Stamens subequal to the petals, 
c. 0.4 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, 
carpels 3, summit covered with long erect stellate hairs; 
style 0.5-0.7 mm long, minutely 3-lobed. Infructescence 
expanding as it matures; bracts in layers, appearing 
tiled. Fruits ellipsoid to obovoid, 2-2.2 mm long, 1.2-1.8 
mm wide, dark brown, consisting of 3 papery fruitlets, 
torus apical, externally glabrous or with a few hairs; 
seeds flattened obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long, 0.8-0.9 mm 
wide, light brown or brown with a few dark spots and 
a darkened base; aril small, easily detached. Fig. li-l, 
Fig. 3b-c. 
Distribution & habitat: The species occurs in 
Eucalyptus diversifolia Bonpl. open shrubland, on light 
brown sand, usually over partially exposed limestone. It 
is restricted to an area near Woods Well, S.A. (Fig. 2). 
Phenology: Flowering and fruiting material has been 
collected in Oct. 
Affinities: The species shares with 5. furculentum 
the less stellate indumentum on the upper side of the 
leaves. It is close to 5. halmaturinum and S. furculentum 
in its coarser type of stellate hairs which are not as 
evenly distributed. The leaf shape, however, resembles 
that of S. coactilifolium , but leaves in S. fontis-woodii are 
much smaller. 
Conservation : Location details indicate that the 
species is likely to be confined to one population, 
despite its taxonomic and conservation significance 
being known for over 30 years. It occurs in an 
unreserved area of paddocks and roadside, which has 
been extensively cleared and is under threat from crop 
and invasive plants, and road use and maintainance. 
The population is estimated to number well over 20 
plants, but is unlikely to be more than 50 plants {W.R. 
Barker 7611 etal.). As a result it is recommended that it 
should be treated as 'Critically Endangered' under the 
IUCN criteria used in State conservation assessments 
(NPWC 2003). 
Etymology: The specific epithet, a substantive 
in genetive form, is derived from the name of the 
neighbouring locality Woods Well, which was 
named by Thomas Burr, Deputy Surveyor-General of 
South Australia, on 18. June 1844 after a 'Mr Wood' 
(Geographical Names Unit 2000-).The Latin fons means 
well or spring. 
Specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. SOUTH EAST: 
[Precise locality information withheld] W of Woods Well, 19 
May 1973, M. Crisp 472 (AD); Road near Woodwell [Woods Well], 
22 Sep. 1973, L. Haegi 540 (AD); Road near Woods Well, N side 
of road, 15 Dec. 2007, 1 Kellermann 441 etal. (AD); Road near 
Woods Well, N side, roadside cutting, 30 Jan. 2006, H.P. Vonow 
2875, DJ. Duval&M.K. Jones (AD); Road near Woods Well, 7 Nov. 
1983, C.E. Woolcock 1323 (AD); Road near Woods Well, 15 Oct. 
1984, C.E & D.T. Woolcocks.n. (MEL). 
3. Spyridium furculentum W.R.Barker & 
Kellermann, sp. nov. 
A Spyridio halmaturino (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth. foliis 
bifidis profunde emarginatis, indumento superficiali 
sparso et vertice ovario dense pubescente diagnoscenda. 
Holotypus: VICTORIA. [Precise locality information 
withheld for conservation reasons] Cooack Settlement Rd, 
S of Little Desert N.P. boundary, 21 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 
7606, R.M. Barker & E Kuzmanov (AD 173231). Isotypi: AD, 
B, BM, CANB, K, MEL, MO, NSW, NY, PERTH, SI, W. 
Spyridium sp. nov. (Little Desert) sensu J.H.Ross, Census 
Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 5, 103 (1996) — Spyridium sp. 1 
sensu N.G.Walsh in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, FI. Victoria 4: 
119 (1999). J.H.Ross, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 6, 107 
(2000); N.G.Walsh & Stajsic, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 
8, 120 (2007). — Spyridium sp. (Little Desert) (SPRAT 
database). — Spyridium sp. Little Desert ( N.G.Walsh 4767) 
(Austral. PI. Census database). 
Cryptandra bifida auct. non F.Muell.: St.E.D'Alton, Viet. 
Naturalist 30:68,75 (1913), pro parte. 
Spyridium bifidum auct. non. (F.Muell.) Benth.: J.H.Willis, 
Handb. PI. Victoria 2: 370 (1973), pro parte; N.G.Walsh in 
SJ.Forbes etal., Census Vase. PI. Victoria 75 (1984), pro 
parte; J.H.Ross, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 4, 96 (1993), 
pro parte. 
Illustrations: N.G. Walsh in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle, 
Flora of Victoria 4:118, fig. 20h (1999); M.G. Corrick & B.A. 
Fuhrer, Wild flowers of Victoria and adjoining areas 200, 
fig. 700 (2000), photo. 
Shrub to c. 1.6 m high, not resinous; young branchlets 
densely pubescent with stellate (and possibly long 
38 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933191 Spyridium sp. (Little Desert) Muelleria 30(1): 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605044
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
hairs, becoming more sparsely so when old, base with 
denser long hairs. Sepals 0.7-0.8 mm long, longer than 
hypanthium tube, densely covered with long stellate or 
simple hairs; sepaktube ratio 2-3:1. Petals 0.3-0.4 mm 
long, cucullate, very shortly clawed, cream to yellow; 
limb:claw ratio c. 8:1. Stamens subequal to the petals, 
c. 0.4 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, 
carpels 3, summit covered with long erect stellate hairs; 
style 0.5-0.7 mm long, minutely 3-lobed. Infructescence 
expanding as it matures; bracts in layers, appearing 
tiled. Fruits ellipsoid to obovoid, 2-2.2 mm long, 1.2-1.8 
mm wide, dark brown, consisting of 3 papery fruitlets, 
torus apical, externally glabrous or with a few hairs; 
seeds flattened obovoid, 1.2-1.5 mm long, 0.8-0.9 mm 
wide, light brown or brown with a few dark spots and 
a darkened base; aril small, easily detached. Fig. li-l, 
Fig. 3b-c. 
Distribution & habitat: The species occurs in 
Eucalyptus diversifolia Bonpl. open shrubland, on light 
brown sand, usually over partially exposed limestone. It 
is restricted to an area near Woods Well, S.A. (Fig. 2). 
Phenology: Flowering and fruiting material has been 
collected in Oct. 
Affinities: The species shares with 5. furculentum 
the less stellate indumentum on the upper side of the 
leaves. It is close to 5. halmaturinum and S. furculentum 
in its coarser type of stellate hairs which are not as 
evenly distributed. The leaf shape, however, resembles 
that of S. coactilifolium , but leaves in S. fontis-woodii are 
much smaller. 
Conservation : Location details indicate that the 
species is likely to be confined to one population, 
despite its taxonomic and conservation significance 
being known for over 30 years. It occurs in an 
unreserved area of paddocks and roadside, which has 
been extensively cleared and is under threat from crop 
and invasive plants, and road use and maintainance. 
The population is estimated to number well over 20 
plants, but is unlikely to be more than 50 plants {W.R. 
Barker 7611 etal.). As a result it is recommended that it 
should be treated as 'Critically Endangered' under the 
IUCN criteria used in State conservation assessments 
(NPWC 2003). 
Etymology: The specific epithet, a substantive 
in genetive form, is derived from the name of the 
neighbouring locality Woods Well, which was 
named by Thomas Burr, Deputy Surveyor-General of 
South Australia, on 18. June 1844 after a 'Mr Wood' 
(Geographical Names Unit 2000-).The Latin fons means 
well or spring. 
Specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. SOUTH EAST: 
[Precise locality information withheld] W of Woods Well, 19 
May 1973, M. Crisp 472 (AD); Road near Woodwell [Woods Well], 
22 Sep. 1973, L. Haegi 540 (AD); Road near Woods Well, N side 
of road, 15 Dec. 2007, 1 Kellermann 441 etal. (AD); Road near 
Woods Well, N side, roadside cutting, 30 Jan. 2006, H.P. Vonow 
2875, DJ. Duval&M.K. Jones (AD); Road near Woods Well, 7 Nov. 
1983, C.E. Woolcock 1323 (AD); Road near Woods Well, 15 Oct. 
1984, C.E & D.T. Woolcocks.n. (MEL). 
3. Spyridium furculentum W.R.Barker & 
Kellermann, sp. nov. 
A Spyridio halmaturino (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex Benth. foliis 
bifidis profunde emarginatis, indumento superficiali 
sparso et vertice ovario dense pubescente diagnoscenda. 
Holotypus: VICTORIA. [Precise locality information 
withheld for conservation reasons] Cooack Settlement Rd, 
S of Little Desert N.P. boundary, 21 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 
7606, R.M. Barker & E Kuzmanov (AD 173231). Isotypi: AD, 
B, BM, CANB, K, MEL, MO, NSW, NY, PERTH, SI, W. 
Spyridium sp. nov. (Little Desert) sensu J.H.Ross, Census 
Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 5, 103 (1996) — Spyridium sp. 1 
sensu N.G.Walsh in N.G.Walsh & Entwisle, FI. Victoria 4: 
119 (1999). J.H.Ross, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 6, 107 
(2000); N.G.Walsh & Stajsic, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 
8, 120 (2007). — Spyridium sp. (Little Desert) (SPRAT 
database). — Spyridium sp. Little Desert ( N.G.Walsh 4767) 
(Austral. PI. Census database). 
Cryptandra bifida auct. non F.Muell.: St.E.D'Alton, Viet. 
Naturalist 30:68,75 (1913), pro parte. 
Spyridium bifidum auct. non. (F.Muell.) Benth.: J.H.Willis, 
Handb. PI. Victoria 2: 370 (1973), pro parte; N.G.Walsh in 
SJ.Forbes etal., Census Vase. PI. Victoria 75 (1984), pro 
parte; J.H.Ross, Census Vase. PI. Victoria, ed. 4, 96 (1993), 
pro parte. 
Illustrations: N.G. Walsh in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle, 
Flora of Victoria 4:118, fig. 20h (1999); M.G. Corrick & B.A. 
Fuhrer, Wild flowers of Victoria and adjoining areas 200, 
fig. 700 (2000), photo. 
Shrub to c. 1.6 m high, not resinous; young branchlets 
densely pubescent with stellate (and possibly long 
38 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933192 Spyridium sp. Little Desert (N.G.Walsh 4767) Vic. Herbarium Muelleria 30(1): 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605044
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241
933189 Spyridium sp. nov. (Little Desert) Muelleria 30(1): 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605044
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241
747394 Spyridium stenophyllum Muelleria 30(1): 52-54

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 52-54".

747396 Spyridium stenophyllum stenophyllum Muelleria 30(1): 54-55

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 54-55".

747397 Spyridium stenophyllum renovatum Muelleria 30(1): 55-56, Figs 2 (map), 6n-p, 8d

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 55-56, Figs 2 (map), 6n-p, 8d".

747312 Thelymitra alpicola Muelleria 30(1): 18-20, Figs 1d, 3b (map), 4d

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 18-20, Figs 1d, 3b (map), 4d".

747303 Thelymitra cyanea Muelleria 30(1): 14-16, Figs 1b, 2b (map), 4b

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 14-16, Figs 1b, 2b (map), 4b".

933124 Thelymitra cyanea Muelleria 30(1): 16
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605022
Page is part of the work Two new rare species in the Thelymitra venosa complex (Orchidaceae) from south-eastern mainland Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292239

Page text

Jeanes 
NEW ZEALAND: North Island: Waimarino, i.1921, H.B. Matthews 
s.n. (NSW 182877, NSW 182874, AD 97721005); North Island: 
Near Frankton Junction, Auckland District, 18.xii.1919, H.B. 
Matthews s.n. (AD 97721010); South Island: Invercargill, 
T. Kirk 961 (AD 97605032); Tangiwai, 6.11945, E.D. Hatch s.n. 
(AD 97633356); North Island: Tangiwai, i.1945, E.D. Hatch s.n. 
(NSW 182878, AD 98615076); North Island: Near Ruapehu, 
i.1918 , H.B. Matthews s.n. (AD 97721008); Hoe-te Lainui Road, 
Waikato, 6.xii.1 958, R. Mason and NT. Moar6770 (CANB 530997); 
Tangiwui, i.1945, E.D. Hatch 410 (CANB 536423); South Island: 
W of Chasm Creek, Seddonville, West Coast, 19.i.1946, H. 
Powell s.n. (NSW 190503); Rukuhia, 1924, H.B. Matthews s.n. 
(NSW 182873); Stewart Island: Freshwater Landing, ii.1947, 
C. Smith s.n. (NSW 3958); Chatham Island, 11 .xii.1909, W.R.B. 
Oliver s.n. (WELT 3764, WELT 7274); Stewart Island: Mason Plain, 
29.xii.1959, S. Natusch s.n. (WELT 78182). 
Distribution and habitat: South Australia, New South 
Wales, Australian Capital Territory, Victoria, Tasmania 
and New Zealand. Grows in moist sub-alpine herbfield, 
sphagnum bogs, in heathland along streams and in 
soaks, in perennially moist substrates such as sphagnum 
moss, peaty soils and sandy loams. Altitude: 10-1800 m. 
(Fig. 2b) 
Conservation status: Widespread and reasonably 
common and well conserved throughout much of high 
altitude south-eastern Australia, but far less common at 
lower altitudes. 
Flowering period: Mostly November to March. 
Pollination biology: This species is facultatively 
autogamous. 
Typification: The type sheet contains eight 
specimens, apparently of the same taxon, with three 
separate labels. The four specimens on the left (R. Gunn 
938), collected at Circular Head in 1837, were selected 
by Clements (1989) as the lectotype. The group of two 
specimens in the centre (R. Gunn s.n.) and the group of 
two specimens on the right (R. Gunn 944), both collected 
at Rocky Cape in 1837, are syntypes. Two rudimentary 
line drawings in the lower left hand corner of the sheet, 
probably executed by Lindley, depict a column from the 
side and rear. The drawing on the left shows the anther 
beak to be bifid at the apex. Both drawings show the 
lateral lobes to be incurved (not twisted) and erose at 
the apex, features not typical of T. cyanea and likely to 
have contributed to later confusion between T. cyanea 
and T. erosa. 
Notes: Thelymitra cyanea is closely related to T. venosa 
from central eastern New South Wales, but the latter is 
a more robust species that can have as many as eight, 
generally larger, more freely opening flowers with 
longer lateral lobes on the column that have more, 
tighter twists. 
3. Thelymitra erosa D.L Jones and M.A.CIem., 
Contr. Tasman. Orchid.-8, ( Austral . Orchid Res. 
3)184(1998). 
Type: Tasmania, Burwood Drive area, Blackmans Bay, 
17.xi.1994, J.E. Wapstra ORG57 and A. Wapstra (holotype 
CANB!; isotypes AD, HO, MEL2089287!, NSW). 
Thelymitra cyanea auct., non (Lindl.) Benth.: L. Rodway. 
Tasmanian FI., 189 (1903); W.M. Curtis. Student's FI. 
Tasmania 4 A: 49 (1979). 
Illustrations: Firth (1965) page 38, fig. 12 (as I cyanea); 
Curtis (1979) fig. 5, E (as T. cyanea); Jones and Clements 
(1998) fig. 8.1, a, b and c; Jones etal. (1999) pages 260 
and 270; Jones (2006) page 250. 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-3 cm long, 
5-13 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 
15-30 cm long, 4-10 mm wide, erect, canaliculate 
to conduplicate, fleshy to leathery, dark green with 
purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing at base, apex 
acute. Scape 20-50 cm tall, 1.8-3.7 mm diam., slender 
to somewhat stout, straw-coloured to purplish. Sterile 
bracts usually 2, rarely 1 or 3, linear-lanceolate, 2.5-7 
cm long, 5-11 mm wide, closely sheathing, acute to 
acuminate, green and purplish. Fertile bracts ovate- 
acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 7-23 mm long, 3-10 
mm wide, sheathing the pedicel, green or purplish. 
Pedicels 2-24 mm long, slender. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 
4-14 mm long, 2-4 mm wide. Flowers 1-8, (14-) 18-30 
(-40) mm across, mid-blue to pale purplish or pink with 
variable darker longitudinal striations, opening freely 
in warm weather. Perianth segments (6—)8—15(—19) mm 
long, 3-10 mm wide, concave, shortly apiculate; dorsal 
sepal ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; lateral sepals 
ovate-lanceolate, asymmetric, acute to acuminate; 
petals ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; 
labellum obovate to oblanceolate, often slightly broader 
than petals, acute to obtuse. Column erect from the end 
of ovary, 4.5-6.5 mm long, 2.5-4 mm wide, broadly 
winged, white or pale blue; post-anther lobe slightly 
hooding the anther, 1-2.5 mm long, 1.5-2.8 mm wide, 
reddish brown to almost black, often bilobed, margin 
16 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933125 Thelymitra cyanea Muelleria 30(1): 16
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605022
Page is part of the work Two new rare species in the Thelymitra venosa complex (Orchidaceae) from south-eastern mainland Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292239

Page text

Jeanes 
NEW ZEALAND: North Island: Waimarino, i.1921, H.B. Matthews 
s.n. (NSW 182877, NSW 182874, AD 97721005); North Island: 
Near Frankton Junction, Auckland District, 18.xii.1919, H.B. 
Matthews s.n. (AD 97721010); South Island: Invercargill, 
T. Kirk 961 (AD 97605032); Tangiwai, 6.11945, E.D. Hatch s.n. 
(AD 97633356); North Island: Tangiwai, i.1945, E.D. Hatch s.n. 
(NSW 182878, AD 98615076); North Island: Near Ruapehu, 
i.1918 , H.B. Matthews s.n. (AD 97721008); Hoe-te Lainui Road, 
Waikato, 6.xii.1 958, R. Mason and NT. Moar6770 (CANB 530997); 
Tangiwui, i.1945, E.D. Hatch 410 (CANB 536423); South Island: 
W of Chasm Creek, Seddonville, West Coast, 19.i.1946, H. 
Powell s.n. (NSW 190503); Rukuhia, 1924, H.B. Matthews s.n. 
(NSW 182873); Stewart Island: Freshwater Landing, ii.1947, 
C. Smith s.n. (NSW 3958); Chatham Island, 11 .xii.1909, W.R.B. 
Oliver s.n. (WELT 3764, WELT 7274); Stewart Island: Mason Plain, 
29.xii.1959, S. Natusch s.n. (WELT 78182). 
Distribution and habitat: South Australia, New South 
Wales, Australian Capital Territory, Victoria, Tasmania 
and New Zealand. Grows in moist sub-alpine herbfield, 
sphagnum bogs, in heathland along streams and in 
soaks, in perennially moist substrates such as sphagnum 
moss, peaty soils and sandy loams. Altitude: 10-1800 m. 
(Fig. 2b) 
Conservation status: Widespread and reasonably 
common and well conserved throughout much of high 
altitude south-eastern Australia, but far less common at 
lower altitudes. 
Flowering period: Mostly November to March. 
Pollination biology: This species is facultatively 
autogamous. 
Typification: The type sheet contains eight 
specimens, apparently of the same taxon, with three 
separate labels. The four specimens on the left (R. Gunn 
938), collected at Circular Head in 1837, were selected 
by Clements (1989) as the lectotype. The group of two 
specimens in the centre (R. Gunn s.n.) and the group of 
two specimens on the right (R. Gunn 944), both collected 
at Rocky Cape in 1837, are syntypes. Two rudimentary 
line drawings in the lower left hand corner of the sheet, 
probably executed by Lindley, depict a column from the 
side and rear. The drawing on the left shows the anther 
beak to be bifid at the apex. Both drawings show the 
lateral lobes to be incurved (not twisted) and erose at 
the apex, features not typical of T. cyanea and likely to 
have contributed to later confusion between T. cyanea 
and T. erosa. 
Notes: Thelymitra cyanea is closely related to T. venosa 
from central eastern New South Wales, but the latter is 
a more robust species that can have as many as eight, 
generally larger, more freely opening flowers with 
longer lateral lobes on the column that have more, 
tighter twists. 
3. Thelymitra erosa D.L Jones and M.A.CIem., 
Contr. Tasman. Orchid.-8, ( Austral . Orchid Res. 
3)184(1998). 
Type: Tasmania, Burwood Drive area, Blackmans Bay, 
17.xi.1994, J.E. Wapstra ORG57 and A. Wapstra (holotype 
CANB!; isotypes AD, HO, MEL2089287!, NSW). 
Thelymitra cyanea auct., non (Lindl.) Benth.: L. Rodway. 
Tasmanian FI., 189 (1903); W.M. Curtis. Student's FI. 
Tasmania 4 A: 49 (1979). 
Illustrations: Firth (1965) page 38, fig. 12 (as I cyanea); 
Curtis (1979) fig. 5, E (as T. cyanea); Jones and Clements 
(1998) fig. 8.1, a, b and c; Jones etal. (1999) pages 260 
and 270; Jones (2006) page 250. 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-3 cm long, 
5-13 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 
15-30 cm long, 4-10 mm wide, erect, canaliculate 
to conduplicate, fleshy to leathery, dark green with 
purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing at base, apex 
acute. Scape 20-50 cm tall, 1.8-3.7 mm diam., slender 
to somewhat stout, straw-coloured to purplish. Sterile 
bracts usually 2, rarely 1 or 3, linear-lanceolate, 2.5-7 
cm long, 5-11 mm wide, closely sheathing, acute to 
acuminate, green and purplish. Fertile bracts ovate- 
acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 7-23 mm long, 3-10 
mm wide, sheathing the pedicel, green or purplish. 
Pedicels 2-24 mm long, slender. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 
4-14 mm long, 2-4 mm wide. Flowers 1-8, (14-) 18-30 
(-40) mm across, mid-blue to pale purplish or pink with 
variable darker longitudinal striations, opening freely 
in warm weather. Perianth segments (6—)8—15(—19) mm 
long, 3-10 mm wide, concave, shortly apiculate; dorsal 
sepal ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; lateral sepals 
ovate-lanceolate, asymmetric, acute to acuminate; 
petals ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; 
labellum obovate to oblanceolate, often slightly broader 
than petals, acute to obtuse. Column erect from the end 
of ovary, 4.5-6.5 mm long, 2.5-4 mm wide, broadly 
winged, white or pale blue; post-anther lobe slightly 
hooding the anther, 1-2.5 mm long, 1.5-2.8 mm wide, 
reddish brown to almost black, often bilobed, margin 
16 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933159 Thelymitra cyanea Muelleria 30(1): 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605024
Page is part of the work Two new rare species in the Thelymitra venosa complex (Orchidaceae) from south-eastern mainland Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292239

Page text

Jeanes 
narrow throughout and with irregularly erose but not 
deeply incised margins. 
Thelymitra erosa has been confused with T. cyaneo 
but the latter grows in wetter habitats, has a strongly 
differentiated labellum, the lateral lobes of the column 
are spirally twisted and lack erose margins and the 
anther beak is much more obviously bifid at the apex. 
4. Thelymitra alpicola Jeanes sp. nov. 
Type: Victoria. Snowfields Region: Rocky Plain, c. 
20km NW ofWulgulmerang, 23.xii.2000, D. Rouse JAJ986 
(holotype MEL 2096100; isotypes MEL 2096101 spirit, 
CANB). 
Thelymitra cyanea auct., non (Lindl.) Benth.: J.H. Willis. 
Handb. PI. Victoria , 1: 352 (1962) p.p.; W.H. Nicholls. 
Orchids of Australia. 12 (1969) p.p. 
Thelymitra pulchella auct., non Hook.f.: M.A. Clements. 
Catalogue of Australian Orchida ceae, Austral. Orchid Res. 
1, 142 (1989); J.Z. Weber and TJ. Entwisle in N.G. Walsh 
and TJ. Entwisle eds, Flora of Victoria, 2: 853 (1994); 
G.N. Backhouse and J.A. Jeanes. The Orchids of Victoria. 
357(1995). 
Illustrations: Nicholls (1951) plate 50 (as T. cyanea); 
Nicholls (1969) plate 51 (as I cyanea); Bernhardt (1993) 
page 151 (as I pulchella); Weber and Entwisle (1994) 
fig. 179, o and p (as T. pulchella); Backhouse and Jeanes 
(1995) page 357 (as T. pulchella); Bishop (2000) plate 
47; Jeanes and Backhouse (2000) page 161 (as T. sp. 
aff. erosa); Jeanes and Backhouse (2006) page 197 (as 
T. erosa ssp. 2); Jones (2006) page 249. 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1 -3 cm long, 5-13 
mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 6-25 cm 
long, 4-13 mm wide, erect, canaliculate to conduplicate, 
fleshy to leathery, dark green with purplish base, ribbed 
abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 15-50 
cm tall, 1-3.7 mm diam., slender to somewhat stout, 
straw-coloured to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, 
rarely 1 or 3, linear-lanceolate, 1.5-8.5 cm long, 3-12 
mm wide, closely sheathing, acute to acuminate, green 
and purplish. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate- 
acuminate, 6.5-25 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, sheathing 
the pedicel, green or purplish. Pedicels 3-18 mm long, 
slender. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 5-13 mm long, 1.5-4 
mm wide. Flowers 1-6, (15—) 18—30(—34) mm across, 
deep purplish blue with darker longitudinal striations, 
opening freely in warm weather. Perianth segments 
(7—)8—14(—16) mm long, 3-8 mm wide, concave, shortly 
apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; 
lateral sepals ovate-lanceolate, asymmetric, acute to 
acuminate; petals ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute to 
obtuse; labellum obovate to oblanceolate, often slightly 
broader than petals, acute to obtuse. Column erect 
from the end of ovary, 4.5-6.5 mm long, 2.5-3.7 mm 
wide, broadly winged, purplish; post-anther lobe slightly 
hooding the anther, 1-2.5 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, 
reddish brown to almost black, often bilobed, margin 
irregular, sometimes with a central tooth, somewhat 
sinuate, dorsal surface rugulose, apex yellow or pinkish; 
auxiliary lobes absent; lateral lobes parallel or weakly 
incurved at the apices, 1-2.2 mm long, 0.3-1.1 mm 
wide, fleshy, obliquely erect or porrect, pink or brownish 
at base, faces smooth, margins often shallowly and 
irregularly erose, apex cream to yellow. Anther inserted 
towards apex of column, ovoid, 23-3.7 mm long, 1.5- 
2.5 mm wide, mostly green, connective produced into 
an entire or emarginate beak 0.5-1.3 mm long, rugulose; 
pollinarium 1.5-2.7 mm long; viscidium more or less 
circular, 0.3-0.5 mm diam.; pollinia white, friable, mealy. 
Stigma situated at base of column, ovate-quadrate, 
1.5-2.5 mm long, 1.7-2.5 mm wide, concave, margins 
irregular. Capsules obovoid, 10-18 mm long, 4-8 mm 
wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 1 d; 4d) 
Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: 
Providence Portal turnoff on Snowy Mountains Highway, 
N side, 19.xii.l 991, A.D. Bishop J182/21-28 (NSW 430475); 
Approx. 1.5 km E of Numeralla-Braidwood Road. N edge 
of Badja Swamps Nature Reserve, 16.xii.1991, A.D. Bishop 
J181/9-16 (NSW 430049); Southern Tablelands: 10 km W 
of Adaminaby, 23.xi.1981, J. Taylor 1392 (CANB 8200984); 
Southern Tablelands: c. 15 miles from Braidwood on road to 
Batemans Bay, 28.xii.1966, R. Nash s.n. (CANB 8109628); Badja, 
6.i.l950 r E. Gauba s.n. (CANB 14374); Clyde Mountain, top of 
pass on Batemans Bay-Braidwood Road, 28.xii.1966, R. Nash s.n. 
(CANB 176756); Southern Tablelands: Kosciusko National Park; 
Providence Portal turnoff on track to Kiandra from Adaminaby, 
21.xii.1985, M.A. Clements 3929 (CANB 8585581); Boggy Creek 
Plains, xii.1987, RJ. Bates 13492 (AD RJB13492); Kanangra Boyd 
National Park. Kowmung River Trail, 9.xii.2000, D. Rouse and J. 
Riley JAJ823 (MEL 2172985); Oberon-Jenolan Caves Road, c. 0.7 
km W of Goulburn turnoff and c. 3.7 km W of Kanangra Walls 
Road, 9.xii.2000, D. Rouse and J. Riley JAJ825 (MEL 2172973). 
18 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933160 Thelymitra cyanea Muelleria 30(1): 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605024
Page is part of the work Two new rare species in the Thelymitra venosa complex (Orchidaceae) from south-eastern mainland Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292239

Page text

Jeanes 
narrow throughout and with irregularly erose but not 
deeply incised margins. 
Thelymitra erosa has been confused with T. cyaneo 
but the latter grows in wetter habitats, has a strongly 
differentiated labellum, the lateral lobes of the column 
are spirally twisted and lack erose margins and the 
anther beak is much more obviously bifid at the apex. 
4. Thelymitra alpicola Jeanes sp. nov. 
Type: Victoria. Snowfields Region: Rocky Plain, c. 
20km NW ofWulgulmerang, 23.xii.2000, D. Rouse JAJ986 
(holotype MEL 2096100; isotypes MEL 2096101 spirit, 
CANB). 
Thelymitra cyanea auct., non (Lindl.) Benth.: J.H. Willis. 
Handb. PI. Victoria , 1: 352 (1962) p.p.; W.H. Nicholls. 
Orchids of Australia. 12 (1969) p.p. 
Thelymitra pulchella auct., non Hook.f.: M.A. Clements. 
Catalogue of Australian Orchida ceae, Austral. Orchid Res. 
1, 142 (1989); J.Z. Weber and TJ. Entwisle in N.G. Walsh 
and TJ. Entwisle eds, Flora of Victoria, 2: 853 (1994); 
G.N. Backhouse and J.A. Jeanes. The Orchids of Victoria. 
357(1995). 
Illustrations: Nicholls (1951) plate 50 (as T. cyanea); 
Nicholls (1969) plate 51 (as I cyanea); Bernhardt (1993) 
page 151 (as I pulchella); Weber and Entwisle (1994) 
fig. 179, o and p (as T. pulchella); Backhouse and Jeanes 
(1995) page 357 (as T. pulchella); Bishop (2000) plate 
47; Jeanes and Backhouse (2000) page 161 (as T. sp. 
aff. erosa); Jeanes and Backhouse (2006) page 197 (as 
T. erosa ssp. 2); Jones (2006) page 249. 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1 -3 cm long, 5-13 
mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 6-25 cm 
long, 4-13 mm wide, erect, canaliculate to conduplicate, 
fleshy to leathery, dark green with purplish base, ribbed 
abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 15-50 
cm tall, 1-3.7 mm diam., slender to somewhat stout, 
straw-coloured to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, 
rarely 1 or 3, linear-lanceolate, 1.5-8.5 cm long, 3-12 
mm wide, closely sheathing, acute to acuminate, green 
and purplish. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate- 
acuminate, 6.5-25 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, sheathing 
the pedicel, green or purplish. Pedicels 3-18 mm long, 
slender. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 5-13 mm long, 1.5-4 
mm wide. Flowers 1-6, (15—) 18—30(—34) mm across, 
deep purplish blue with darker longitudinal striations, 
opening freely in warm weather. Perianth segments 
(7—)8—14(—16) mm long, 3-8 mm wide, concave, shortly 
apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; 
lateral sepals ovate-lanceolate, asymmetric, acute to 
acuminate; petals ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute to 
obtuse; labellum obovate to oblanceolate, often slightly 
broader than petals, acute to obtuse. Column erect 
from the end of ovary, 4.5-6.5 mm long, 2.5-3.7 mm 
wide, broadly winged, purplish; post-anther lobe slightly 
hooding the anther, 1-2.5 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, 
reddish brown to almost black, often bilobed, margin 
irregular, sometimes with a central tooth, somewhat 
sinuate, dorsal surface rugulose, apex yellow or pinkish; 
auxiliary lobes absent; lateral lobes parallel or weakly 
incurved at the apices, 1-2.2 mm long, 0.3-1.1 mm 
wide, fleshy, obliquely erect or porrect, pink or brownish 
at base, faces smooth, margins often shallowly and 
irregularly erose, apex cream to yellow. Anther inserted 
towards apex of column, ovoid, 23-3.7 mm long, 1.5- 
2.5 mm wide, mostly green, connective produced into 
an entire or emarginate beak 0.5-1.3 mm long, rugulose; 
pollinarium 1.5-2.7 mm long; viscidium more or less 
circular, 0.3-0.5 mm diam.; pollinia white, friable, mealy. 
Stigma situated at base of column, ovate-quadrate, 
1.5-2.5 mm long, 1.7-2.5 mm wide, concave, margins 
irregular. Capsules obovoid, 10-18 mm long, 4-8 mm 
wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 1 d; 4d) 
Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: 
Providence Portal turnoff on Snowy Mountains Highway, 
N side, 19.xii.l 991, A.D. Bishop J182/21-28 (NSW 430475); 
Approx. 1.5 km E of Numeralla-Braidwood Road. N edge 
of Badja Swamps Nature Reserve, 16.xii.1991, A.D. Bishop 
J181/9-16 (NSW 430049); Southern Tablelands: 10 km W 
of Adaminaby, 23.xi.1981, J. Taylor 1392 (CANB 8200984); 
Southern Tablelands: c. 15 miles from Braidwood on road to 
Batemans Bay, 28.xii.1966, R. Nash s.n. (CANB 8109628); Badja, 
6.i.l950 r E. Gauba s.n. (CANB 14374); Clyde Mountain, top of 
pass on Batemans Bay-Braidwood Road, 28.xii.1966, R. Nash s.n. 
(CANB 176756); Southern Tablelands: Kosciusko National Park; 
Providence Portal turnoff on track to Kiandra from Adaminaby, 
21.xii.1985, M.A. Clements 3929 (CANB 8585581); Boggy Creek 
Plains, xii.1987, RJ. Bates 13492 (AD RJB13492); Kanangra Boyd 
National Park. Kowmung River Trail, 9.xii.2000, D. Rouse and J. 
Riley JAJ823 (MEL 2172985); Oberon-Jenolan Caves Road, c. 0.7 
km W of Goulburn turnoff and c. 3.7 km W of Kanangra Walls 
Road, 9.xii.2000, D. Rouse and J. Riley JAJ825 (MEL 2172973). 
18 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933164 Thelymitra cyanea Muelleria 30(1): 20
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605026
Page is part of the work Two new rare species in the Thelymitra venosa complex (Orchidaceae) from south-eastern mainland Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292239

Page text

Jeanes 
VICTORIA: Bidwell, 211943, W. Hunter s.n. (MEL 1532509, MEL 
1532516, MEL 2098522); East Gippsland. Rocky Plain, 611971, 
AC. Beauglehole 35889 and K.C. Rogers (MEL 652440); Bidwell 
Creek, i.1943, W. Hunter s.n. (NSW 415957); Bidwell, Bendoc, 
i.1943, W. Hunter s.n. (NSW 465642); Rocky Plain, c. 20 km NW of 
Wulgulmerang, 23.xii.2000, D. Rouse JAJ986 (MEL 2096100, MEL 
2096101); Darlimurla near Mirboo North, Gippsland, 29.X.1999, 
J.A. Jeanes 635 (MEL 2173009); Darlimurla near Mirboo North, 
Gippsland, 8.xi.2000, J.A. Jeanes 938 (MEL 2172983); Long Flat, 
opposite the start of Forlorn Hope Track, 23.xii.2000, D. Rouse 
JAJ987 (MEL 2173007); Dingo Flat at Wombargo Saddle, c. 
20 km NW of Wulgulmerang, 611991, J.A. Jeanes 715 (MEL 
2173008). 
Distribution and habitat: New South Wales and 
Victoria. Grows in alpine and montane heathlands, 
in moist areas around the edges of sphagnum bogs, 
beside streams or in soaks and swamps. A population 
in the Strzelecki Ranges Victoria is noteworthy for its 
disjunction and low altitude. Soils are generally dark 
sandy, clayey or peaty loams. Altitude: (200—)1000— 
1700 m. (Fig. 3b). 
Conservation status: Widespread and sometimes 
locally common but overall vulnerable. Suggest 3VC by 
criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1996) and Vulnerable (VU) 
by criteria of IUCN (2011). 
Flowering period: Late October to January. 
Pollination biology: This species is facultatively 
autogamous. Most flowers usually have pollen grains on 
the stigma even before they open. 
Notes: Thelymitra alpicola can be distinguished from 
T. erosa and T. incurva by its deep purplish blue, strongly 
striated perianth and more or less parallel (sometimes 
incurved at apices), often narrow, shallowly erose, lateral 
lobes on the column. 
Etymology: Latin alpinus, of the alps; cola, dweller; in 
reference to the alpine or sub-alpine habitats where this 
species is most often found. 
5. Thelymitra incurva Jeanes sp. nov. 
Type: Victoria. East Gippsland Region: East Wingan 
Road c. 1.3 km from the Princes Highway, 11.xi.2004, 
J.A. Jeanes 1451 (holotype MEL 2265101; isotype MEL 
2265104 spirit). 
Thelymitra cyanea auct., non (Lindl.) Benth.: J.H. Willis. 
Handb. PI. Victoria, 1: 352 (1962) p.p.; W.H. Nicholls. 
Orchids of Australia. 12 (1969) p.p. 
Illustrations: Weber and Entwisle (1994) fig. 179, q (as 
T. pulchella); Backhouse and Jeanes (1995) page 358 (as 
T. sp. aff. pulchella); Jeanes and Backhouse (2000) page 
161 (as T. erosa); Jeanes and Backhouse (2006) page 197 
(as T. erosa ssp. 1); Jones (2006) page 250. 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-3 cm long, 
5-13 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 
10-20 cm long, 4-9 mm wide, erect, canaliculate 
to conduplicate, fleshy to leathery, dark green with 
purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing at base, apex 
acute. Scape 20-65 cm tall, 1.2-3 mm diam., slender 
to somewhat stout, straw-coloured to purplish. Sterile 
bracts usually 2, rarely 1 or 3, linear-lanceolate, 2.5-10 
cm long, 4-10 mm wide, closely sheathing, acute to 
acuminate, green and purplish. Fertile bracts ovate- 
acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 5-21 mm long, 3-7 
mm wide, sheathing the pedicel, green or purplish. 
Pedicels 2-10 mm long, slender. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 
5-10 mm long, 2-3.5 mm wide. Flowers 1-7, (15—)18— 
25 mm across, pale blue or rarely pink, lacking obvious 
darker longitudinal striations, opening freely in warm 
weather. Perianth segments (7-)8-12 mm long, 3-7 
mm wide, concave, shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal 
ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; lateral sepals ovate- 
lanceolate, asymmetric, acute to acuminate; petals 
ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; labellum 
obovate to oblanceolate, often slightly broader than 
Figure 5. Distribution map of Thelymitra incurva sp. nov. 
20 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933165 Thelymitra cyanea Muelleria 30(1): 20
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605026
Page is part of the work Two new rare species in the Thelymitra venosa complex (Orchidaceae) from south-eastern mainland Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292239

Page text

Jeanes 
VICTORIA: Bidwell, 211943, W. Hunter s.n. (MEL 1532509, MEL 
1532516, MEL 2098522); East Gippsland. Rocky Plain, 611971, 
AC. Beauglehole 35889 and K.C. Rogers (MEL 652440); Bidwell 
Creek, i.1943, W. Hunter s.n. (NSW 415957); Bidwell, Bendoc, 
i.1943, W. Hunter s.n. (NSW 465642); Rocky Plain, c. 20 km NW of 
Wulgulmerang, 23.xii.2000, D. Rouse JAJ986 (MEL 2096100, MEL 
2096101); Darlimurla near Mirboo North, Gippsland, 29.X.1999, 
J.A. Jeanes 635 (MEL 2173009); Darlimurla near Mirboo North, 
Gippsland, 8.xi.2000, J.A. Jeanes 938 (MEL 2172983); Long Flat, 
opposite the start of Forlorn Hope Track, 23.xii.2000, D. Rouse 
JAJ987 (MEL 2173007); Dingo Flat at Wombargo Saddle, c. 
20 km NW of Wulgulmerang, 611991, J.A. Jeanes 715 (MEL 
2173008). 
Distribution and habitat: New South Wales and 
Victoria. Grows in alpine and montane heathlands, 
in moist areas around the edges of sphagnum bogs, 
beside streams or in soaks and swamps. A population 
in the Strzelecki Ranges Victoria is noteworthy for its 
disjunction and low altitude. Soils are generally dark 
sandy, clayey or peaty loams. Altitude: (200—)1000— 
1700 m. (Fig. 3b). 
Conservation status: Widespread and sometimes 
locally common but overall vulnerable. Suggest 3VC by 
criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1996) and Vulnerable (VU) 
by criteria of IUCN (2011). 
Flowering period: Late October to January. 
Pollination biology: This species is facultatively 
autogamous. Most flowers usually have pollen grains on 
the stigma even before they open. 
Notes: Thelymitra alpicola can be distinguished from 
T. erosa and T. incurva by its deep purplish blue, strongly 
striated perianth and more or less parallel (sometimes 
incurved at apices), often narrow, shallowly erose, lateral 
lobes on the column. 
Etymology: Latin alpinus, of the alps; cola, dweller; in 
reference to the alpine or sub-alpine habitats where this 
species is most often found. 
5. Thelymitra incurva Jeanes sp. nov. 
Type: Victoria. East Gippsland Region: East Wingan 
Road c. 1.3 km from the Princes Highway, 11.xi.2004, 
J.A. Jeanes 1451 (holotype MEL 2265101; isotype MEL 
2265104 spirit). 
Thelymitra cyanea auct., non (Lindl.) Benth.: J.H. Willis. 
Handb. PI. Victoria, 1: 352 (1962) p.p.; W.H. Nicholls. 
Orchids of Australia. 12 (1969) p.p. 
Illustrations: Weber and Entwisle (1994) fig. 179, q (as 
T. pulchella); Backhouse and Jeanes (1995) page 358 (as 
T. sp. aff. pulchella); Jeanes and Backhouse (2000) page 
161 (as T. erosa); Jeanes and Backhouse (2006) page 197 
(as T. erosa ssp. 1); Jones (2006) page 250. 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-3 cm long, 
5-13 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 
10-20 cm long, 4-9 mm wide, erect, canaliculate 
to conduplicate, fleshy to leathery, dark green with 
purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing at base, apex 
acute. Scape 20-65 cm tall, 1.2-3 mm diam., slender 
to somewhat stout, straw-coloured to purplish. Sterile 
bracts usually 2, rarely 1 or 3, linear-lanceolate, 2.5-10 
cm long, 4-10 mm wide, closely sheathing, acute to 
acuminate, green and purplish. Fertile bracts ovate- 
acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 5-21 mm long, 3-7 
mm wide, sheathing the pedicel, green or purplish. 
Pedicels 2-10 mm long, slender. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 
5-10 mm long, 2-3.5 mm wide. Flowers 1-7, (15—)18— 
25 mm across, pale blue or rarely pink, lacking obvious 
darker longitudinal striations, opening freely in warm 
weather. Perianth segments (7-)8-12 mm long, 3-7 
mm wide, concave, shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal 
ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; lateral sepals ovate- 
lanceolate, asymmetric, acute to acuminate; petals 
ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; labellum 
obovate to oblanceolate, often slightly broader than 
Figure 5. Distribution map of Thelymitra incurva sp. nov. 
20 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747311 Thelymitra erosa Muelleria 30(1): 16-18, Figs 1c, 3a (map), 4c
747353 Thelymitra incurva Muelleria 30(1): 20-21, Figs 1e, 4e, 5 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 20-21, Figs 1e, 4e, 5 (map)".

933161 Thelymitra pulchella Muelleria 30(1): 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605024
Page is part of the work Two new rare species in the Thelymitra venosa complex (Orchidaceae) from south-eastern mainland Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292239

Page text

Jeanes 
narrow throughout and with irregularly erose but not 
deeply incised margins. 
Thelymitra erosa has been confused with T. cyaneo 
but the latter grows in wetter habitats, has a strongly 
differentiated labellum, the lateral lobes of the column 
are spirally twisted and lack erose margins and the 
anther beak is much more obviously bifid at the apex. 
4. Thelymitra alpicola Jeanes sp. nov. 
Type: Victoria. Snowfields Region: Rocky Plain, c. 
20km NW ofWulgulmerang, 23.xii.2000, D. Rouse JAJ986 
(holotype MEL 2096100; isotypes MEL 2096101 spirit, 
CANB). 
Thelymitra cyanea auct., non (Lindl.) Benth.: J.H. Willis. 
Handb. PI. Victoria , 1: 352 (1962) p.p.; W.H. Nicholls. 
Orchids of Australia. 12 (1969) p.p. 
Thelymitra pulchella auct., non Hook.f.: M.A. Clements. 
Catalogue of Australian Orchida ceae, Austral. Orchid Res. 
1, 142 (1989); J.Z. Weber and TJ. Entwisle in N.G. Walsh 
and TJ. Entwisle eds, Flora of Victoria, 2: 853 (1994); 
G.N. Backhouse and J.A. Jeanes. The Orchids of Victoria. 
357(1995). 
Illustrations: Nicholls (1951) plate 50 (as T. cyanea); 
Nicholls (1969) plate 51 (as I cyanea); Bernhardt (1993) 
page 151 (as I pulchella); Weber and Entwisle (1994) 
fig. 179, o and p (as T. pulchella); Backhouse and Jeanes 
(1995) page 357 (as T. pulchella); Bishop (2000) plate 
47; Jeanes and Backhouse (2000) page 161 (as T. sp. 
aff. erosa); Jeanes and Backhouse (2006) page 197 (as 
T. erosa ssp. 2); Jones (2006) page 249. 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1 -3 cm long, 5-13 
mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 6-25 cm 
long, 4-13 mm wide, erect, canaliculate to conduplicate, 
fleshy to leathery, dark green with purplish base, ribbed 
abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 15-50 
cm tall, 1-3.7 mm diam., slender to somewhat stout, 
straw-coloured to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, 
rarely 1 or 3, linear-lanceolate, 1.5-8.5 cm long, 3-12 
mm wide, closely sheathing, acute to acuminate, green 
and purplish. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate- 
acuminate, 6.5-25 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, sheathing 
the pedicel, green or purplish. Pedicels 3-18 mm long, 
slender. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 5-13 mm long, 1.5-4 
mm wide. Flowers 1-6, (15—) 18—30(—34) mm across, 
deep purplish blue with darker longitudinal striations, 
opening freely in warm weather. Perianth segments 
(7—)8—14(—16) mm long, 3-8 mm wide, concave, shortly 
apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; 
lateral sepals ovate-lanceolate, asymmetric, acute to 
acuminate; petals ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute to 
obtuse; labellum obovate to oblanceolate, often slightly 
broader than petals, acute to obtuse. Column erect 
from the end of ovary, 4.5-6.5 mm long, 2.5-3.7 mm 
wide, broadly winged, purplish; post-anther lobe slightly 
hooding the anther, 1-2.5 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, 
reddish brown to almost black, often bilobed, margin 
irregular, sometimes with a central tooth, somewhat 
sinuate, dorsal surface rugulose, apex yellow or pinkish; 
auxiliary lobes absent; lateral lobes parallel or weakly 
incurved at the apices, 1-2.2 mm long, 0.3-1.1 mm 
wide, fleshy, obliquely erect or porrect, pink or brownish 
at base, faces smooth, margins often shallowly and 
irregularly erose, apex cream to yellow. Anther inserted 
towards apex of column, ovoid, 23-3.7 mm long, 1.5- 
2.5 mm wide, mostly green, connective produced into 
an entire or emarginate beak 0.5-1.3 mm long, rugulose; 
pollinarium 1.5-2.7 mm long; viscidium more or less 
circular, 0.3-0.5 mm diam.; pollinia white, friable, mealy. 
Stigma situated at base of column, ovate-quadrate, 
1.5-2.5 mm long, 1.7-2.5 mm wide, concave, margins 
irregular. Capsules obovoid, 10-18 mm long, 4-8 mm 
wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 1 d; 4d) 
Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: 
Providence Portal turnoff on Snowy Mountains Highway, 
N side, 19.xii.l 991, A.D. Bishop J182/21-28 (NSW 430475); 
Approx. 1.5 km E of Numeralla-Braidwood Road. N edge 
of Badja Swamps Nature Reserve, 16.xii.1991, A.D. Bishop 
J181/9-16 (NSW 430049); Southern Tablelands: 10 km W 
of Adaminaby, 23.xi.1981, J. Taylor 1392 (CANB 8200984); 
Southern Tablelands: c. 15 miles from Braidwood on road to 
Batemans Bay, 28.xii.1966, R. Nash s.n. (CANB 8109628); Badja, 
6.i.l950 r E. Gauba s.n. (CANB 14374); Clyde Mountain, top of 
pass on Batemans Bay-Braidwood Road, 28.xii.1966, R. Nash s.n. 
(CANB 176756); Southern Tablelands: Kosciusko National Park; 
Providence Portal turnoff on track to Kiandra from Adaminaby, 
21.xii.1985, M.A. Clements 3929 (CANB 8585581); Boggy Creek 
Plains, xii.1987, RJ. Bates 13492 (AD RJB13492); Kanangra Boyd 
National Park. Kowmung River Trail, 9.xii.2000, D. Rouse and J. 
Riley JAJ823 (MEL 2172985); Oberon-Jenolan Caves Road, c. 0.7 
km W of Goulburn turnoff and c. 3.7 km W of Kanangra Walls 
Road, 9.xii.2000, D. Rouse and J. Riley JAJ825 (MEL 2172973). 
18 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933162 Thelymitra pulchella Muelleria 30(1): 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605024
Page is part of the work Two new rare species in the Thelymitra venosa complex (Orchidaceae) from south-eastern mainland Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292239

Page text

Jeanes 
narrow throughout and with irregularly erose but not 
deeply incised margins. 
Thelymitra erosa has been confused with T. cyaneo 
but the latter grows in wetter habitats, has a strongly 
differentiated labellum, the lateral lobes of the column 
are spirally twisted and lack erose margins and the 
anther beak is much more obviously bifid at the apex. 
4. Thelymitra alpicola Jeanes sp. nov. 
Type: Victoria. Snowfields Region: Rocky Plain, c. 
20km NW ofWulgulmerang, 23.xii.2000, D. Rouse JAJ986 
(holotype MEL 2096100; isotypes MEL 2096101 spirit, 
CANB). 
Thelymitra cyanea auct., non (Lindl.) Benth.: J.H. Willis. 
Handb. PI. Victoria , 1: 352 (1962) p.p.; W.H. Nicholls. 
Orchids of Australia. 12 (1969) p.p. 
Thelymitra pulchella auct., non Hook.f.: M.A. Clements. 
Catalogue of Australian Orchida ceae, Austral. Orchid Res. 
1, 142 (1989); J.Z. Weber and TJ. Entwisle in N.G. Walsh 
and TJ. Entwisle eds, Flora of Victoria, 2: 853 (1994); 
G.N. Backhouse and J.A. Jeanes. The Orchids of Victoria. 
357(1995). 
Illustrations: Nicholls (1951) plate 50 (as T. cyanea); 
Nicholls (1969) plate 51 (as I cyanea); Bernhardt (1993) 
page 151 (as I pulchella); Weber and Entwisle (1994) 
fig. 179, o and p (as T. pulchella); Backhouse and Jeanes 
(1995) page 357 (as T. pulchella); Bishop (2000) plate 
47; Jeanes and Backhouse (2000) page 161 (as T. sp. 
aff. erosa); Jeanes and Backhouse (2006) page 197 (as 
T. erosa ssp. 2); Jones (2006) page 249. 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1 -3 cm long, 5-13 
mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 6-25 cm 
long, 4-13 mm wide, erect, canaliculate to conduplicate, 
fleshy to leathery, dark green with purplish base, ribbed 
abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 15-50 
cm tall, 1-3.7 mm diam., slender to somewhat stout, 
straw-coloured to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, 
rarely 1 or 3, linear-lanceolate, 1.5-8.5 cm long, 3-12 
mm wide, closely sheathing, acute to acuminate, green 
and purplish. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate- 
acuminate, 6.5-25 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, sheathing 
the pedicel, green or purplish. Pedicels 3-18 mm long, 
slender. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 5-13 mm long, 1.5-4 
mm wide. Flowers 1-6, (15—) 18—30(—34) mm across, 
deep purplish blue with darker longitudinal striations, 
opening freely in warm weather. Perianth segments 
(7—)8—14(—16) mm long, 3-8 mm wide, concave, shortly 
apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; 
lateral sepals ovate-lanceolate, asymmetric, acute to 
acuminate; petals ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute to 
obtuse; labellum obovate to oblanceolate, often slightly 
broader than petals, acute to obtuse. Column erect 
from the end of ovary, 4.5-6.5 mm long, 2.5-3.7 mm 
wide, broadly winged, purplish; post-anther lobe slightly 
hooding the anther, 1-2.5 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, 
reddish brown to almost black, often bilobed, margin 
irregular, sometimes with a central tooth, somewhat 
sinuate, dorsal surface rugulose, apex yellow or pinkish; 
auxiliary lobes absent; lateral lobes parallel or weakly 
incurved at the apices, 1-2.2 mm long, 0.3-1.1 mm 
wide, fleshy, obliquely erect or porrect, pink or brownish 
at base, faces smooth, margins often shallowly and 
irregularly erose, apex cream to yellow. Anther inserted 
towards apex of column, ovoid, 23-3.7 mm long, 1.5- 
2.5 mm wide, mostly green, connective produced into 
an entire or emarginate beak 0.5-1.3 mm long, rugulose; 
pollinarium 1.5-2.7 mm long; viscidium more or less 
circular, 0.3-0.5 mm diam.; pollinia white, friable, mealy. 
Stigma situated at base of column, ovate-quadrate, 
1.5-2.5 mm long, 1.7-2.5 mm wide, concave, margins 
irregular. Capsules obovoid, 10-18 mm long, 4-8 mm 
wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 1 d; 4d) 
Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: 
Providence Portal turnoff on Snowy Mountains Highway, 
N side, 19.xii.l 991, A.D. Bishop J182/21-28 (NSW 430475); 
Approx. 1.5 km E of Numeralla-Braidwood Road. N edge 
of Badja Swamps Nature Reserve, 16.xii.1991, A.D. Bishop 
J181/9-16 (NSW 430049); Southern Tablelands: 10 km W 
of Adaminaby, 23.xi.1981, J. Taylor 1392 (CANB 8200984); 
Southern Tablelands: c. 15 miles from Braidwood on road to 
Batemans Bay, 28.xii.1966, R. Nash s.n. (CANB 8109628); Badja, 
6.i.l950 r E. Gauba s.n. (CANB 14374); Clyde Mountain, top of 
pass on Batemans Bay-Braidwood Road, 28.xii.1966, R. Nash s.n. 
(CANB 176756); Southern Tablelands: Kosciusko National Park; 
Providence Portal turnoff on track to Kiandra from Adaminaby, 
21.xii.1985, M.A. Clements 3929 (CANB 8585581); Boggy Creek 
Plains, xii.1987, RJ. Bates 13492 (AD RJB13492); Kanangra Boyd 
National Park. Kowmung River Trail, 9.xii.2000, D. Rouse and J. 
Riley JAJ823 (MEL 2172985); Oberon-Jenolan Caves Road, c. 0.7 
km W of Goulburn turnoff and c. 3.7 km W of Kanangra Walls 
Road, 9.xii.2000, D. Rouse and J. Riley JAJ825 (MEL 2172973). 
18 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933163 Thelymitra pulchella Muelleria 30(1): 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605024
Page is part of the work Two new rare species in the Thelymitra venosa complex (Orchidaceae) from south-eastern mainland Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292239

Page text

Jeanes 
narrow throughout and with irregularly erose but not 
deeply incised margins. 
Thelymitra erosa has been confused with T. cyaneo 
but the latter grows in wetter habitats, has a strongly 
differentiated labellum, the lateral lobes of the column 
are spirally twisted and lack erose margins and the 
anther beak is much more obviously bifid at the apex. 
4. Thelymitra alpicola Jeanes sp. nov. 
Type: Victoria. Snowfields Region: Rocky Plain, c. 
20km NW ofWulgulmerang, 23.xii.2000, D. Rouse JAJ986 
(holotype MEL 2096100; isotypes MEL 2096101 spirit, 
CANB). 
Thelymitra cyanea auct., non (Lindl.) Benth.: J.H. Willis. 
Handb. PI. Victoria , 1: 352 (1962) p.p.; W.H. Nicholls. 
Orchids of Australia. 12 (1969) p.p. 
Thelymitra pulchella auct., non Hook.f.: M.A. Clements. 
Catalogue of Australian Orchida ceae, Austral. Orchid Res. 
1, 142 (1989); J.Z. Weber and TJ. Entwisle in N.G. Walsh 
and TJ. Entwisle eds, Flora of Victoria, 2: 853 (1994); 
G.N. Backhouse and J.A. Jeanes. The Orchids of Victoria. 
357(1995). 
Illustrations: Nicholls (1951) plate 50 (as T. cyanea); 
Nicholls (1969) plate 51 (as I cyanea); Bernhardt (1993) 
page 151 (as I pulchella); Weber and Entwisle (1994) 
fig. 179, o and p (as T. pulchella); Backhouse and Jeanes 
(1995) page 357 (as T. pulchella); Bishop (2000) plate 
47; Jeanes and Backhouse (2000) page 161 (as T. sp. 
aff. erosa); Jeanes and Backhouse (2006) page 197 (as 
T. erosa ssp. 2); Jones (2006) page 249. 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1 -3 cm long, 5-13 
mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 6-25 cm 
long, 4-13 mm wide, erect, canaliculate to conduplicate, 
fleshy to leathery, dark green with purplish base, ribbed 
abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 15-50 
cm tall, 1-3.7 mm diam., slender to somewhat stout, 
straw-coloured to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, 
rarely 1 or 3, linear-lanceolate, 1.5-8.5 cm long, 3-12 
mm wide, closely sheathing, acute to acuminate, green 
and purplish. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate- 
acuminate, 6.5-25 mm long, 3-10 mm wide, sheathing 
the pedicel, green or purplish. Pedicels 3-18 mm long, 
slender. Ovary narrow-obovoid, 5-13 mm long, 1.5-4 
mm wide. Flowers 1-6, (15—) 18—30(—34) mm across, 
deep purplish blue with darker longitudinal striations, 
opening freely in warm weather. Perianth segments 
(7—)8—14(—16) mm long, 3-8 mm wide, concave, shortly 
apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate-lanceolate, acute to obtuse; 
lateral sepals ovate-lanceolate, asymmetric, acute to 
acuminate; petals ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute to 
obtuse; labellum obovate to oblanceolate, often slightly 
broader than petals, acute to obtuse. Column erect 
from the end of ovary, 4.5-6.5 mm long, 2.5-3.7 mm 
wide, broadly winged, purplish; post-anther lobe slightly 
hooding the anther, 1-2.5 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, 
reddish brown to almost black, often bilobed, margin 
irregular, sometimes with a central tooth, somewhat 
sinuate, dorsal surface rugulose, apex yellow or pinkish; 
auxiliary lobes absent; lateral lobes parallel or weakly 
incurved at the apices, 1-2.2 mm long, 0.3-1.1 mm 
wide, fleshy, obliquely erect or porrect, pink or brownish 
at base, faces smooth, margins often shallowly and 
irregularly erose, apex cream to yellow. Anther inserted 
towards apex of column, ovoid, 23-3.7 mm long, 1.5- 
2.5 mm wide, mostly green, connective produced into 
an entire or emarginate beak 0.5-1.3 mm long, rugulose; 
pollinarium 1.5-2.7 mm long; viscidium more or less 
circular, 0.3-0.5 mm diam.; pollinia white, friable, mealy. 
Stigma situated at base of column, ovate-quadrate, 
1.5-2.5 mm long, 1.7-2.5 mm wide, concave, margins 
irregular. Capsules obovoid, 10-18 mm long, 4-8 mm 
wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 1 d; 4d) 
Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES: 
Providence Portal turnoff on Snowy Mountains Highway, 
N side, 19.xii.l 991, A.D. Bishop J182/21-28 (NSW 430475); 
Approx. 1.5 km E of Numeralla-Braidwood Road. N edge 
of Badja Swamps Nature Reserve, 16.xii.1991, A.D. Bishop 
J181/9-16 (NSW 430049); Southern Tablelands: 10 km W 
of Adaminaby, 23.xi.1981, J. Taylor 1392 (CANB 8200984); 
Southern Tablelands: c. 15 miles from Braidwood on road to 
Batemans Bay, 28.xii.1966, R. Nash s.n. (CANB 8109628); Badja, 
6.i.l950 r E. Gauba s.n. (CANB 14374); Clyde Mountain, top of 
pass on Batemans Bay-Braidwood Road, 28.xii.1966, R. Nash s.n. 
(CANB 176756); Southern Tablelands: Kosciusko National Park; 
Providence Portal turnoff on track to Kiandra from Adaminaby, 
21.xii.1985, M.A. Clements 3929 (CANB 8585581); Boggy Creek 
Plains, xii.1987, RJ. Bates 13492 (AD RJB13492); Kanangra Boyd 
National Park. Kowmung River Trail, 9.xii.2000, D. Rouse and J. 
Riley JAJ823 (MEL 2172985); Oberon-Jenolan Caves Road, c. 0.7 
km W of Goulburn turnoff and c. 3.7 km W of Kanangra Walls 
Road, 9.xii.2000, D. Rouse and J. Riley JAJ825 (MEL 2172973). 
18 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933119 Thelymitra uniflora Muelleria 30(1): 14
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605020
Page is part of the work Two new rare species in the Thelymitra venosa complex (Orchidaceae) from south-eastern mainland Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292239

Page text

Jeanes 
Figure 2. Distribution maps of: a. Thelymitra venoso ; b. Thelymitra cyaneo 
(1996) and Near Threatened (NT) by criteria of IUCN 
( 2011 ). 
Flowering period: October to January. 
Pollination biology: The large, easily opening 
flowers, functional viscidium and sporadic capsule 
production would suggest that this species is most likely 
entomophilous. 
Typification: The type sheet contains five specimens 
from two different collections. The two specimens on 
the right appear to have been collected at Port Jackson 
in 1803 by Robert Brown and one of these (a) was 
selected by Clements (1989) as the lectotype. The three 
specimens on the left appear to be of the same taxon 
but were collected much later by Robert Fitzgerald. 
Notes: Thelymitra venosa is closely related to T. cyanea 
(mostly from high altitude parts of south-eastern 
Australia and New Zealand), but the latter has generally 
fewer, smaller flowers and the lateral lobes have fewer, 
looser twists and lobed apices. 
The ease with which the flowers of T. venosa open, 
and their propensity to stay open at night, are unusual 
for the genus. 
2. Thelymitra cyanea (Lindl.) Benth., FI. Austral. 
6:323(1873). 
Macdonaldia cyanea Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. appendix 
to vols 1 -23 [Sketch Veg. Swan RJ: 50 (1839-40). Thelymitra 
venosa R.Br. var. cyanea (Lindl.) Hatch, Trans. & Proc Roy. 
Soc. New Zealand 79: 391 (1952). Type: Tasmania, Circular 
Head, xii.1837, ft Gunn 938 (lectotype specimen 12a Kl, fide 
Clements 1989; isolectotypes BM!, FI!, K, P!, NSW!). Syntypes: 
Tasmania, Rocky Cape, xii.1837, R. Gunn 944 (K!). 
Thelymitra uniflora Hook.f., FI. Antarct. 1: 70 (1844). 
Type: Lord Aukland's Group; on the bare ground and 
growing in tufts of moss, Forstera, &c., on bleak hills, J.D. 
Hooker s.n. (holotype K). 
Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. cedricsmithii Hatch, Trans. 
& Proc. Roy Soc. New Zealand 79:390 (1952), nom. nud. 
Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. typica Hatch, Trans. & Proc. 
Roy Soc. New Zealand 79:390 (1952), nom. illeg. 
Epiblema grandiflorum Buchanan, Trans. & Proc. New 
Zealand Inst. 14:356 (1882), non R.Br. (1810). 
Thelymitra venosa auct., non R.Br. (1810); T.F. 
Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand FI. 343 (1925); J.H. Willis, 
Handb. PI. Victoria , 1: 352 (1962); W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. 
Tasmania 4A: 48 (1979). 
Illustrations: Nicholls (1969) plate 50, figs b-i. (as 
Thelymitra venosa ); Jones (1988) page 294; Backhouse 
and Jeanes (1995) page 336; St George etal. (1996) page 
104; St George (1999) page 139; Bishop (2000) plate 48; 
Jones (2006) page 250. 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-3 cm long, 
5-12 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear, 10—25(—37) cm long, 
3-8 mm wide, erect, canaliculate, pale to dark green, 
ribbed abaxially, fleshy, sheathing at base, apex acute. 
Scape 15-55 cm tall, 1-2.5 mm diam., slender, wiry, 
pale green to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 
or 3, linear-lanceolate, 18-55 mm long, 3-9 mm wide, 
closely sheathing, lower one often partially enclosed by 
leaf, acute to acuminate, green to purplish. Fertile bracts 
ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 5-20 mm 
long, 3-7 mm wide, sheathing the pedicels, green or 
purplish. Pedicels 2-15 mm long, slender. Ovary cylindric 
14 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747300 Thelymitra venosa Muelleria 30(1): 11-14, Figs 1a, 4a, 2a (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 11-14, Figs 1a, 4a, 2a (map)".

933116 Thelymitra venosa Muelleria 30(1): 14
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605020
Page is part of the work Two new rare species in the Thelymitra venosa complex (Orchidaceae) from south-eastern mainland Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292239

Page text

Jeanes 
Figure 2. Distribution maps of: a. Thelymitra venoso ; b. Thelymitra cyaneo 
(1996) and Near Threatened (NT) by criteria of IUCN 
( 2011 ). 
Flowering period: October to January. 
Pollination biology: The large, easily opening 
flowers, functional viscidium and sporadic capsule 
production would suggest that this species is most likely 
entomophilous. 
Typification: The type sheet contains five specimens 
from two different collections. The two specimens on 
the right appear to have been collected at Port Jackson 
in 1803 by Robert Brown and one of these (a) was 
selected by Clements (1989) as the lectotype. The three 
specimens on the left appear to be of the same taxon 
but were collected much later by Robert Fitzgerald. 
Notes: Thelymitra venosa is closely related to T. cyanea 
(mostly from high altitude parts of south-eastern 
Australia and New Zealand), but the latter has generally 
fewer, smaller flowers and the lateral lobes have fewer, 
looser twists and lobed apices. 
The ease with which the flowers of T. venosa open, 
and their propensity to stay open at night, are unusual 
for the genus. 
2. Thelymitra cyanea (Lindl.) Benth., FI. Austral. 
6:323(1873). 
Macdonaldia cyanea Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. appendix 
to vols 1 -23 [Sketch Veg. Swan RJ: 50 (1839-40). Thelymitra 
venosa R.Br. var. cyanea (Lindl.) Hatch, Trans. & Proc Roy. 
Soc. New Zealand 79: 391 (1952). Type: Tasmania, Circular 
Head, xii.1837, ft Gunn 938 (lectotype specimen 12a Kl, fide 
Clements 1989; isolectotypes BM!, FI!, K, P!, NSW!). Syntypes: 
Tasmania, Rocky Cape, xii.1837, R. Gunn 944 (K!). 
Thelymitra uniflora Hook.f., FI. Antarct. 1: 70 (1844). 
Type: Lord Aukland's Group; on the bare ground and 
growing in tufts of moss, Forstera, &c., on bleak hills, J.D. 
Hooker s.n. (holotype K). 
Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. cedricsmithii Hatch, Trans. 
& Proc. Roy Soc. New Zealand 79:390 (1952), nom. nud. 
Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. typica Hatch, Trans. & Proc. 
Roy Soc. New Zealand 79:390 (1952), nom. illeg. 
Epiblema grandiflorum Buchanan, Trans. & Proc. New 
Zealand Inst. 14:356 (1882), non R.Br. (1810). 
Thelymitra venosa auct., non R.Br. (1810); T.F. 
Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand FI. 343 (1925); J.H. Willis, 
Handb. PI. Victoria , 1: 352 (1962); W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. 
Tasmania 4A: 48 (1979). 
Illustrations: Nicholls (1969) plate 50, figs b-i. (as 
Thelymitra venosa ); Jones (1988) page 294; Backhouse 
and Jeanes (1995) page 336; St George etal. (1996) page 
104; St George (1999) page 139; Bishop (2000) plate 48; 
Jones (2006) page 250. 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-3 cm long, 
5-12 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear, 10—25(—37) cm long, 
3-8 mm wide, erect, canaliculate, pale to dark green, 
ribbed abaxially, fleshy, sheathing at base, apex acute. 
Scape 15-55 cm tall, 1-2.5 mm diam., slender, wiry, 
pale green to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 
or 3, linear-lanceolate, 18-55 mm long, 3-9 mm wide, 
closely sheathing, lower one often partially enclosed by 
leaf, acute to acuminate, green to purplish. Fertile bracts 
ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 5-20 mm 
long, 3-7 mm wide, sheathing the pedicels, green or 
purplish. Pedicels 2-15 mm long, slender. Ovary cylindric 
14 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933117 Thelymitra venosa Muelleria 30(1): 14
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605020
Page is part of the work Two new rare species in the Thelymitra venosa complex (Orchidaceae) from south-eastern mainland Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292239

Page text

Jeanes 
Figure 2. Distribution maps of: a. Thelymitra venoso ; b. Thelymitra cyaneo 
(1996) and Near Threatened (NT) by criteria of IUCN 
( 2011 ). 
Flowering period: October to January. 
Pollination biology: The large, easily opening 
flowers, functional viscidium and sporadic capsule 
production would suggest that this species is most likely 
entomophilous. 
Typification: The type sheet contains five specimens 
from two different collections. The two specimens on 
the right appear to have been collected at Port Jackson 
in 1803 by Robert Brown and one of these (a) was 
selected by Clements (1989) as the lectotype. The three 
specimens on the left appear to be of the same taxon 
but were collected much later by Robert Fitzgerald. 
Notes: Thelymitra venosa is closely related to T. cyanea 
(mostly from high altitude parts of south-eastern 
Australia and New Zealand), but the latter has generally 
fewer, smaller flowers and the lateral lobes have fewer, 
looser twists and lobed apices. 
The ease with which the flowers of T. venosa open, 
and their propensity to stay open at night, are unusual 
for the genus. 
2. Thelymitra cyanea (Lindl.) Benth., FI. Austral. 
6:323(1873). 
Macdonaldia cyanea Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. appendix 
to vols 1 -23 [Sketch Veg. Swan RJ: 50 (1839-40). Thelymitra 
venosa R.Br. var. cyanea (Lindl.) Hatch, Trans. & Proc Roy. 
Soc. New Zealand 79: 391 (1952). Type: Tasmania, Circular 
Head, xii.1837, ft Gunn 938 (lectotype specimen 12a Kl, fide 
Clements 1989; isolectotypes BM!, FI!, K, P!, NSW!). Syntypes: 
Tasmania, Rocky Cape, xii.1837, R. Gunn 944 (K!). 
Thelymitra uniflora Hook.f., FI. Antarct. 1: 70 (1844). 
Type: Lord Aukland's Group; on the bare ground and 
growing in tufts of moss, Forstera, &c., on bleak hills, J.D. 
Hooker s.n. (holotype K). 
Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. cedricsmithii Hatch, Trans. 
& Proc. Roy Soc. New Zealand 79:390 (1952), nom. nud. 
Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. typica Hatch, Trans. & Proc. 
Roy Soc. New Zealand 79:390 (1952), nom. illeg. 
Epiblema grandiflorum Buchanan, Trans. & Proc. New 
Zealand Inst. 14:356 (1882), non R.Br. (1810). 
Thelymitra venosa auct., non R.Br. (1810); T.F. 
Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand FI. 343 (1925); J.H. Willis, 
Handb. PI. Victoria , 1: 352 (1962); W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. 
Tasmania 4A: 48 (1979). 
Illustrations: Nicholls (1969) plate 50, figs b-i. (as 
Thelymitra venosa ); Jones (1988) page 294; Backhouse 
and Jeanes (1995) page 336; St George etal. (1996) page 
104; St George (1999) page 139; Bishop (2000) plate 48; 
Jones (2006) page 250. 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-3 cm long, 
5-12 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear, 10—25(—37) cm long, 
3-8 mm wide, erect, canaliculate, pale to dark green, 
ribbed abaxially, fleshy, sheathing at base, apex acute. 
Scape 15-55 cm tall, 1-2.5 mm diam., slender, wiry, 
pale green to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 
or 3, linear-lanceolate, 18-55 mm long, 3-9 mm wide, 
closely sheathing, lower one often partially enclosed by 
leaf, acute to acuminate, green to purplish. Fertile bracts 
ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 5-20 mm 
long, 3-7 mm wide, sheathing the pedicels, green or 
purplish. Pedicels 2-15 mm long, slender. Ovary cylindric 
14 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933123 Thelymitra venosa Muelleria 30(1): 14
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605020
Page is part of the work Two new rare species in the Thelymitra venosa complex (Orchidaceae) from south-eastern mainland Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292239

Page text

Jeanes 
Figure 2. Distribution maps of: a. Thelymitra venoso ; b. Thelymitra cyaneo 
(1996) and Near Threatened (NT) by criteria of IUCN 
( 2011 ). 
Flowering period: October to January. 
Pollination biology: The large, easily opening 
flowers, functional viscidium and sporadic capsule 
production would suggest that this species is most likely 
entomophilous. 
Typification: The type sheet contains five specimens 
from two different collections. The two specimens on 
the right appear to have been collected at Port Jackson 
in 1803 by Robert Brown and one of these (a) was 
selected by Clements (1989) as the lectotype. The three 
specimens on the left appear to be of the same taxon 
but were collected much later by Robert Fitzgerald. 
Notes: Thelymitra venosa is closely related to T. cyanea 
(mostly from high altitude parts of south-eastern 
Australia and New Zealand), but the latter has generally 
fewer, smaller flowers and the lateral lobes have fewer, 
looser twists and lobed apices. 
The ease with which the flowers of T. venosa open, 
and their propensity to stay open at night, are unusual 
for the genus. 
2. Thelymitra cyanea (Lindl.) Benth., FI. Austral. 
6:323(1873). 
Macdonaldia cyanea Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. appendix 
to vols 1 -23 [Sketch Veg. Swan RJ: 50 (1839-40). Thelymitra 
venosa R.Br. var. cyanea (Lindl.) Hatch, Trans. & Proc Roy. 
Soc. New Zealand 79: 391 (1952). Type: Tasmania, Circular 
Head, xii.1837, ft Gunn 938 (lectotype specimen 12a Kl, fide 
Clements 1989; isolectotypes BM!, FI!, K, P!, NSW!). Syntypes: 
Tasmania, Rocky Cape, xii.1837, R. Gunn 944 (K!). 
Thelymitra uniflora Hook.f., FI. Antarct. 1: 70 (1844). 
Type: Lord Aukland's Group; on the bare ground and 
growing in tufts of moss, Forstera, &c., on bleak hills, J.D. 
Hooker s.n. (holotype K). 
Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. cedricsmithii Hatch, Trans. 
& Proc. Roy Soc. New Zealand 79:390 (1952), nom. nud. 
Thelymitra venosa R.Br. var. typica Hatch, Trans. & Proc. 
Roy Soc. New Zealand 79:390 (1952), nom. illeg. 
Epiblema grandiflorum Buchanan, Trans. & Proc. New 
Zealand Inst. 14:356 (1882), non R.Br. (1810). 
Thelymitra venosa auct., non R.Br. (1810); T.F. 
Cheeseman, Man. New Zealand FI. 343 (1925); J.H. Willis, 
Handb. PI. Victoria , 1: 352 (1962); W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. 
Tasmania 4A: 48 (1979). 
Illustrations: Nicholls (1969) plate 50, figs b-i. (as 
Thelymitra venosa ); Jones (1988) page 294; Backhouse 
and Jeanes (1995) page 336; St George etal. (1996) page 
104; St George (1999) page 139; Bishop (2000) plate 48; 
Jones (2006) page 250. 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-3 cm long, 
5-12 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear, 10—25(—37) cm long, 
3-8 mm wide, erect, canaliculate, pale to dark green, 
ribbed abaxially, fleshy, sheathing at base, apex acute. 
Scape 15-55 cm tall, 1-2.5 mm diam., slender, wiry, 
pale green to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 
or 3, linear-lanceolate, 18-55 mm long, 3-9 mm wide, 
closely sheathing, lower one often partially enclosed by 
leaf, acute to acuminate, green to purplish. Fertile bracts 
ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 5-20 mm 
long, 3-7 mm wide, sheathing the pedicels, green or 
purplish. Pedicels 2-15 mm long, slender. Ovary cylindric 
14 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933120 Thelymitra venosa cedricsmithii Muelleria 30(1): 14
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605020
Page is part of the work Two new rare species in the Thelymitra venosa complex (Orchidaceae) from south-eastern mainland Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292239
933115 Thelymitra venosa cyanea Muelleria 30(1): 14
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605020
Page is part of the work Two new rare species in the Thelymitra venosa complex (Orchidaceae) from south-eastern mainland Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292239
933113 Thelymitra venosa magnifica Muelleria 30(1): 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605017
Page is part of the work Two new rare species in the Thelymitra venosa complex (Orchidaceae) from south-eastern mainland Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292239
933112 Thelymitra venosa speciosa Muelleria 30(1): 11
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605017
Page is part of the work Two new rare species in the Thelymitra venosa complex (Orchidaceae) from south-eastern mainland Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292239
933121 Thelymitra venosa typica Muelleria 30(1): 14
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605020
Page is part of the work Two new rare species in the Thelymitra venosa complex (Orchidaceae) from south-eastern mainland Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292239
933204 Trymalium bifidum Muelleria 30(1): 46
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605052
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
Key to subspecies 
1. Leaf lamina Y-shaped, cuneate to obcordate, deeply emarginate.7a. subsp. bifidum 
1: Leaf lamina narrowly oblanceolate or narrowly oblong or linear, entire, rarely emarginate at apex.7b. subsp. wanillae 
as long as hypanthium tube, with an indumentum of 
mainly short simple hairs; sepaktube ratio 1.2:1. Petals 
(0.3-) 0.4-0.5 mm long, cucullate, clawed; limb:claw 
ratio c. 2:1. Stamens subequal to the petals, c. 0.4 mm 
long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, carpels 3, 
summit with dense erect stellate hairs; style 0.5-0.8 mm 
long, minutely 3-lobed. Infructescence expanding as 
it matures, so tiled bracts are visible. Fruits ellipsoid to 
obovoid, c 2.5 mm long, 1.5-1.8 mm wide, dark brown, 
consisting of 3 papery fruitlets, torus apical, externally 
± glabrous; seeds flattened obovoid 1.4-1.6 mm long, 
1-1.1 mm wide, light brown with black mottles and a 
darkened base. Fig. 4m-p, Fig. 5d. 
Distribution & habitat: The taxon is endemic to 
Kangaroo Island, S.A., and occurs mainly along the 
northwest coast near Cape Borda with a few scattered 
records further inland. It grows in coastal mallee heath, 
shrubland and eucalypt forests in shallow sand over 
limestone and on limestone cliffs; few records are from 
ironstone (Fig. 2). 
English name: Flinders Chase spyridium (Biological 
Survey 2004). 
Phenology: Flowering in Sep.-Nov.; fruits recorded in Sep. 
Affinities: The species was previously a variety of 
S. halmaturinum. Important characters that distinguish 
S. coalitum are simple leaves, fused stipules and the 
dense indumentum on the ovary surface. 
Notes: Although stellate hairs are usually present on 
the upper leaf-surface of S. coalitum, some specimens 
also have simple or bifid hairs. 
Typification: Only one specimen of this taxon is 
known from Black's herbarium at AD. This is here 
designated as the lectotype. 
Conservation: Most populations of the species are in 
Flinders Chase National Park or the Ravines des Casoars 
Wilderness Protection Area, and are well conserved. 
Etymology: The epithet is derived from the Latin 
coalitus, united by growth, in reference to the stipules of 
the species that are united and fused together for about 
half of their length. This is in contrast S. halmaturinum, 
which has free stipules. 
Selected specimens examined (40 seen): SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. KANGAROO ISLAND: Snug Cove, 2 Nov. 1986, 
RJ. Bates 7701 (AD); Flinders Chase N.P., West Coast Rd, c. 3.5 
km by road N of West Bay turnoff, c. 3 km direct NE of West 
Bay, 7 Oct. 1982, W.R. Barker 4500 & L Haegi (AD, MEL); Cape 
Borda Lighthouse; 50-100 m W of houses, 29 Sep. 1995, W.R. 
Barker 7543 & F. Udovicic (AD); 100 m W of Scott Cove lookout, 
29 Sep. 2995, W.R. Barker 7557 & F Udovicic (AD); 0.9 km WSW 
of Cape Borda Lighthouse, 8 Nov. 1989, D. Canty & G. Ashman 
NPKI 10085 (AD); Flinders Chase, 2 Feb. 1948, J.B .Cleland s.n. 
(AD); Flinders Chase N.P., clay pan c. 4 km ESE by road from car 
park at West Bay, more NW of 2 day pans in area, 23 Aug. 1982, 
E. N.S. Jackson 4432 (AD, IBSC, LJU, LSU); Cape Borda, Cliff Top 
Hike N of lighthouse, 15 Oct. 2009, J. Kellermann 519-521 (AD); 
Cape Borda, 29 Aug. 1964, M.E. Phillips 420 (AD, CBG, L); 8 miles 
[12.8km] from Rocky River, SE towards Cape Borda, 29 Sep. 
1965, M.E. Phillips 1017 { CANB, MEL); 2.65 km SW of Snug Cove, 
10 Nov. 1989, A. Robinson & C. Halstead NPK110181 (AD); 1 km 
E of Snake Lagoon, 7 Nov. 1989, A. Robinson & C. Halstead NPKI 
10620 (AD, MEL); Flinders Chase, c. 24 km along the West Bay 
Track from Rocky River Homestead, 21 Oct. 1968, J.R. Wheeler 
1300 [AD). 
7. Spyridium bifidum (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex 
Benth., FI. Austral. 1:432 (1863). 
M.R.Schomb., FI. 5. Australia 37 (1875); F.Muell., pro 
parte; Fragm. 9:136 (1875), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & Proc. 
Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880), pro parte; 
J.M.BIack, FI. S. Australia 3: 369 (1926), pro parte; ed. 2, 3: 
550 (1952), pro parte; E.M.Canning in Jessop &Toelken, FI. 
S. Austral. 2:817 (1986), pro parte; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide 
Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1: 90 (2005), pro parte. — Trymalium 
bifidum F.Muell., Defin. Austral. PI. 42 (1855); Trans. & Proc. 
Victorian Inst. Advancem. Sci. 1: 121 (1855); Hooker's J. 
Bot. & Kew Gard. Misc. 8:40 (1856). — Trymalium bifidum 
F. Muell. emend. Reissek, Linnaea 29: 282 (1858). — 
Cryptandra bifida (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Sysf. Census. Austral. 
PI. 6] (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. Census Austral. PI. 104 
(1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South 
Australia 12: 94 (1889), pro parte; Handb. FI. Extratrop. 
S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. — Type citation: 'In the 
Marble Ranges and on the coast of Spencer's Gulf, at 
Boston Point. C. Wilhelmi'. — Lectotype (here designated): 
46 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747390 Trymalium bifidum Muelleria 30(1): 46-47

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1): 46-47".

747384 Trymalium halmaturinum Muelleria 30(1): 40
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605046
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
Little Desert, W of Nhill-Gymbowen road, 1 Nov. 1975, M.G. 
Corrick5372 (AD, MEL); Cooack, private property, 21 Sep. 2005, 
J.A. Jeanes 1499, N.G. Walsh & H. Rommelaar (MEL, AD); Cooack 
Settlement Rd, reserve between road and property fence, 16 
Aug. 2001, J. Kellermann 134, N.G. Walsh & I.R. Thompson (AD); 
About midway along an approx, straight line connecting 
Goroke and Dimboola, 28 Aug. 1972, 0. Thompson & A. Lindner 
s.n. (MEL); NE of Nurcoung Public Hall, Cooack Settlement Rd, 
24 Feb. 1999, D.R. Venn s.n. (MEL); Cooack fire access road, NNW 
of Mitre, 6 Aug. 1998, N.G. Walsh 4767 (AD, MEL). 
4 .Spyridium halmaturinum (F.Muell.) F.Muell. 
ex Benth., FI. Austral. 1:432 (1863). 
M.R.Schomb., FI. 5 Australia 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. 
Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880); Trans. & Proc. 
Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 6: 158 (1883); J.M.Black, FI. 
S. Australia 3: 369 (1926); ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952); H.Eichler, 
Suppl. J.M.BIack's FI. S. Austral. 218(1965); E.M.Canning in 
Jessop & Toelken, FI. S. Austral. 2: 815 (1986); W.R.Barker, 
J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1; 90 (2005), — Trymalium 
halmaturinum F.Muell., Defin. Austral. PI. 42 (1855); Trans. 
&Proc. Victorian Inst. Advancem.Sci. 1:121 (1855); Hooker's 
J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8: 40 (1856). Reissek, Linnaea 29: 
283 (1858). — Cryptandra halmaturina (F.Muell.) F.Muell., 
Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882). Tepper, Trans. & Proc. 
Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 10: 288 (1888); Tate, Trans. 
& Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12: 94 (1889); 
Second Syst. Census. Austral. PI. 104 (1889); Tate, Handb. 
FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 97 (1890). — Type citation: 'On 
sandy ridges of Kangaroo Island and Encounter Bay'. 
— Lectotype (here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 
Kangaroo Island, F. Mueller (MEL 2104215). Isolectotype: 
K (ex Herb. Hookerianum, sheet with loan stamp and 
number: H/1310/73 20/76). Residual syntypes: Sandy 
scrub, Waterhouse (K ex Herb. Hookerianum, sheet with 
loan stamp and number: H/1310/73 21/76); all syntypes 
of 5. coactilifolium (q.v.; seeTypification below). 
Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F. Muell.) F. Muell. ex 
Benth.: F.Muell., Fragm. 9:136 (1875), pro parte. 
Illustrations: E.M. Canning in J.P. Jessop & H.R. Toelken, 
Flora of South Australia 2: 816, fig. 429D (1986); 
A. Prescott, It's blue with five petals: Kangaroo Island 
field guide 51, fig. 9 (1995); both as S. halmaturinum var. 
halmaturinum. 
Shrubs 0.3-2 m high, resinous, especially on stipules 
and bracts; young stems densely pubescent with light 
brown stellate and long simple hairs, later becoming 
greyish. Leaves alternate: stipules ovate to broadly 
ovate, (1-) 1.8-2.7 (-3.8) mm long, free, reddish-brown, 
overlapping behind petiole, glabrous on both sides, a 
few cilia or apical hairs, sometimes hairs along midrib; 
petiole (0.8-) 1.5-2 mm long, densely stellate pubescent; 
lamina broadly obcordate to broadly cuneate or broadly 
oblong or Y-shaped, (2.7-) 5.5-10 mm long, (2.5-) 
4.2- 6 (-8) mm wide, base obtuse, margins recurved to 
revolute, apex shallowly to deeply emarginate, often 
tridentate, upper surface grey-green, covered with a 
medium to dense white to greyish indumentum of 
coarse stalked stellate hairs (some hairs bifid or simple), 
with hairs breaking off when older so that the hair- 
bases remain, lower surface with a similar, but usually 
denser indumentum, hairs on midrib sometimes 
reddish brown when young. Floral leaves usually 5 or 
6: (2-) 4.2-57 (-9) mm long, (1.8-) 2.8-5.5 (-6.3) mm 
wide, covered with a very dense, white velvety stellate 
indumentum. Inflorescence a dense head of cymosely 
arranged ± sessile flowers, (3.5-) 7-11 mm diameter; 
bracts broadly ovate, 1.2-2 mm long, with long cilia 
and few hairs outside on midrib and lower half. Flowers 
white to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm 
long, 1-1.4 (-1.8) mm diameter, with a few long woolly 
hairs, base with long hairs. Sepals 0.6-0.8 mm long, 
about as long as hypanthium tube, moderately covered 
with woolly stellate and simple hairs; sepaktube ratio 
1-1.5:1. Petals 0.4-0.5 mm long, cucullate, very shortly 
clawed; limb:claw ratio c. 8:1. Stamens subequal to the 
petals, 0.3-0.4 (-0.5) mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. 
Ovary inferior, carpels 3, summit glabrous or with very 
few erect stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 mm long, minutely 
3-lobed. Infructescence not or hardly expanding as it 
matures. Fruits ellipsoid to obovoid, 1.7-2.2 mm long, 
1.2- 1.5 mm wide, dark brown, consisting of 3 papery 
fruitlets, of which frequently only one develops fully, 
torus apical, externally glabrous or with a few hairs; 
seeds flattened obovoid, 1.1-1.5 mm long, 0.8-1 mm 
wide, light brown with dark spots and a darkened base. 
Fig. 4a-e, Fig.5a-b. 
English name: Kangaroo Island spyridium (Canning 
1986). 
40 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933197 Trymalium halmaturinum Muelleria 30(1): 40
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605046
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
Little Desert, W of Nhill-Gymbowen road, 1 Nov. 1975, M.G. 
Corrick5372 (AD, MEL); Cooack, private property, 21 Sep. 2005, 
J.A. Jeanes 1499, N.G. Walsh & H. Rommelaar (MEL, AD); Cooack 
Settlement Rd, reserve between road and property fence, 16 
Aug. 2001, J. Kellermann 134, N.G. Walsh & I.R. Thompson (AD); 
About midway along an approx, straight line connecting 
Goroke and Dimboola, 28 Aug. 1972, 0. Thompson & A. Lindner 
s.n. (MEL); NE of Nurcoung Public Hall, Cooack Settlement Rd, 
24 Feb. 1999, D.R. Venn s.n. (MEL); Cooack fire access road, NNW 
of Mitre, 6 Aug. 1998, N.G. Walsh 4767 (AD, MEL). 
4 .Spyridium halmaturinum (F.Muell.) F.Muell. 
ex Benth., FI. Austral. 1:432 (1863). 
M.R.Schomb., FI. 5 Australia 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. 
Rep. Roy Soc. South Australia 3: 66 (1880); Trans. & Proc. 
Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 6: 158 (1883); J.M.Black, FI. 
S. Australia 3: 369 (1926); ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952); H.Eichler, 
Suppl. J.M.BIack's FI. S. Austral. 218(1965); E.M.Canning in 
Jessop & Toelken, FI. S. Austral. 2: 815 (1986); W.R.Barker, 
J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 1; 90 (2005), — Trymalium 
halmaturinum F.Muell., Defin. Austral. PI. 42 (1855); Trans. 
&Proc. Victorian Inst. Advancem.Sci. 1:121 (1855); Hooker's 
J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8: 40 (1856). Reissek, Linnaea 29: 
283 (1858). — Cryptandra halmaturina (F.Muell.) F.Muell., 
Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882). Tepper, Trans. & Proc. 
Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 10: 288 (1888); Tate, Trans. 
& Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12: 94 (1889); 
Second Syst. Census. Austral. PI. 104 (1889); Tate, Handb. 
FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 97 (1890). — Type citation: 'On 
sandy ridges of Kangaroo Island and Encounter Bay'. 
— Lectotype (here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 
Kangaroo Island, F. Mueller (MEL 2104215). Isolectotype: 
K (ex Herb. Hookerianum, sheet with loan stamp and 
number: H/1310/73 20/76). Residual syntypes: Sandy 
scrub, Waterhouse (K ex Herb. Hookerianum, sheet with 
loan stamp and number: H/1310/73 21/76); all syntypes 
of 5. coactilifolium (q.v.; seeTypification below). 
Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F. Muell.) F. Muell. ex 
Benth.: F.Muell., Fragm. 9:136 (1875), pro parte. 
Illustrations: E.M. Canning in J.P. Jessop & H.R. Toelken, 
Flora of South Australia 2: 816, fig. 429D (1986); 
A. Prescott, It's blue with five petals: Kangaroo Island 
field guide 51, fig. 9 (1995); both as S. halmaturinum var. 
halmaturinum. 
Shrubs 0.3-2 m high, resinous, especially on stipules 
and bracts; young stems densely pubescent with light 
brown stellate and long simple hairs, later becoming 
greyish. Leaves alternate: stipules ovate to broadly 
ovate, (1-) 1.8-2.7 (-3.8) mm long, free, reddish-brown, 
overlapping behind petiole, glabrous on both sides, a 
few cilia or apical hairs, sometimes hairs along midrib; 
petiole (0.8-) 1.5-2 mm long, densely stellate pubescent; 
lamina broadly obcordate to broadly cuneate or broadly 
oblong or Y-shaped, (2.7-) 5.5-10 mm long, (2.5-) 
4.2- 6 (-8) mm wide, base obtuse, margins recurved to 
revolute, apex shallowly to deeply emarginate, often 
tridentate, upper surface grey-green, covered with a 
medium to dense white to greyish indumentum of 
coarse stalked stellate hairs (some hairs bifid or simple), 
with hairs breaking off when older so that the hair- 
bases remain, lower surface with a similar, but usually 
denser indumentum, hairs on midrib sometimes 
reddish brown when young. Floral leaves usually 5 or 
6: (2-) 4.2-57 (-9) mm long, (1.8-) 2.8-5.5 (-6.3) mm 
wide, covered with a very dense, white velvety stellate 
indumentum. Inflorescence a dense head of cymosely 
arranged ± sessile flowers, (3.5-) 7-11 mm diameter; 
bracts broadly ovate, 1.2-2 mm long, with long cilia 
and few hairs outside on midrib and lower half. Flowers 
white to cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm 
long, 1-1.4 (-1.8) mm diameter, with a few long woolly 
hairs, base with long hairs. Sepals 0.6-0.8 mm long, 
about as long as hypanthium tube, moderately covered 
with woolly stellate and simple hairs; sepaktube ratio 
1-1.5:1. Petals 0.4-0.5 mm long, cucullate, very shortly 
clawed; limb:claw ratio c. 8:1. Stamens subequal to the 
petals, 0.3-0.4 (-0.5) mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. 
Ovary inferior, carpels 3, summit glabrous or with very 
few erect stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 mm long, minutely 
3-lobed. Infructescence not or hardly expanding as it 
matures. Fruits ellipsoid to obovoid, 1.7-2.2 mm long, 
1.2- 1.5 mm wide, dark brown, consisting of 3 papery 
fruitlets, of which frequently only one develops fully, 
torus apical, externally glabrous or with a few hairs; 
seeds flattened obovoid, 1.1-1.5 mm long, 0.8-1 mm 
wide, light brown with dark spots and a darkened base. 
Fig. 4a-e, Fig.5a-b. 
English name: Kangaroo Island spyridium (Canning 
1986). 
40 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

747395 Trymalium stenophyllum Muelleria 30(1): 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605058
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
Typification : A specimen with Black's annotations 
from his herbarium at AD is selected as lectotype. On 
this sheet he notes that a duplicate of this collection 
was forwarded by him to AJ. Ewart in Melbourne as "no. 
12"; this specimen is now at MEL A specimen labelled as 
"Marble Ra."is a residual syntype, which was presumably 
collected more at the S end of the Range, towards 
Wanilla. 
Conservation: The taxon is listed as 'Vulnerable' in 
South Australia, with some populations reserved in 
Wanilla Conservation Park (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as 
S. bifidum var. Wanilla). 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the location of the 
taxon, Wanilla, which is applied to the Hundred 1 and 
one of the towns to the west. It is treated as a noun in 
genitive form. 
Selected specimens examined (22 seen): SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information 
withheld for conservation reasons] E of township of Wanilla, NW 
of Port Lincoln, Hundred of Wanilla, 6 July 1965, C.R. Alcock s.n. 
(AD); Nicho's Nooky, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7604 & RM Barker 
(AD);Wanilla C.P., 7 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7586, F. Udovicic & R.M. 
Barker (AD); Hills S of Ungarra, 19 July 1994, ft Bates 37251 (AD, 
MEL); W of Wanilla, 1 June 1982, K. Clipstone88 (AD); Adjacent 
Wanilla C.P., 26 Oct. 1989, D. Hopton 232-234 (AD, CANB);"E side 
of Marble Ra.", Oct. 1993, J. Smyth 2 (AD); Wanilla-North Shields 
Rd, 3 Mar. 1993, N.G. Walsh 4002 (AD, MEL); E of Wanilla, 30 Aug 
1976, DIE. Whibley5712 (AD, UWM). 
8. Spyridium stenophyllum (Reissek) 
Kellermann & W.R.Barker, comb. nov. 
Trymalium stenophyllum Reissek, Linnaea 29:282 (1858). 
— Type citation: 'Boston Point (Wilhelmi).' — Lectotype 
(here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Boston Point, 
C. Wilhelmi s.n . (MEL 233425, ex Herb. Reissek; Fig. 5). 
Isolectotype: MEL 233426 (ex Herb. Sonder). Residual 
syntypes: "Boston Point Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi 
s.n. (K 356451 n.v., photo at MEL 2664224, right hand 
specimen); "Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (BM 793990 
n.v., photo at MEL 2264225, left hand specimen);"Marble 
Ra.", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (MEL 233424). 
Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex 
Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 432 (1863); Schomb., FI. 
1. S.A. is traditionally divided into Counties, Hundreds and 
Sections (see Landbeater 2006-). 
S. Austral. 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. 
South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 
3: 369 (1926), pro parte, ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952), pro parte ; 
E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 5. Austral. 2: 815 
(1986), pro parte ; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 
1:90 (2005), pro parte. 
Cryptandra bifida auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell.: F.Muell., 
Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. 
Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & 
Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889), pro parte; 
Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. 
Shrubs to 1.2 m high, resinous; young stems densely 
pubescent with stellate hairs, especially on young 
stipules and bracts. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to 
narrowly ovate, 2-3.8 (-6) mm long, fused for more than 
half of their length, reddish-brown, glabrous, with hairs 
along midrib and cilia towards apex; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm 
long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; lamina narrowly 
Y-shaped to narrowly cuneate, (3.4-) 3.8-7.S (-9.5) mm 
long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, base cuneate, margins revolute, 
apex deeply to shallowly emarginate or bilobed, upper 
surface green, lower surface with dense to medium 
dense indumentum of stellate hairs, midrib with long 
simple hairs. Floral leaves usually 3-5: broader than 
stem-leaves, 3.2-7 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, covered 
with a very dense, white felty stellate indumentum, 
often interspersed longer simple hairs. Inflorescence a 
globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 
6-11 (-12) mm diameter; bracts in fused pairs, broadly 
ovate, 2-3 mm long, with long cilia. Flowers white to 
cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.5 (-0.8) mm long, (1.2-) 
1.4-1.7 mm diameter, tube pubescent or glabrous, base 
densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying 
long hairs, often flexuous. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long with 
an indumentum of mainly short simple or stellate hairs, 
especially towards tip. Petals 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, 
cucullate, clawed. Stamens subequal to the petals, 
0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, 
carpels 2, summit with dense stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 
(-1) mm long, minutely bilobed. Infructescence slightly 
expanding, but no tiled bracts visible. Fruits obovoid to 
ellipsoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, light brown, 
consisting of 1-2 papery fruitlets, torus apical, fruit wall 
densely pubescent; seeds 1-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm 
wide, brown with a darkened red-brown base. 
52 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

933208 Trymalium stenophyllum Muelleria 30(1): 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59605058
Page is part of the work Revision of the Spyridium bifidum – S. halmaturinum complex (Rhamnaceae: Pomaderreae) from South Australia and Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.292241

Page text

Kellermann and Barker 
Typification : A specimen with Black's annotations 
from his herbarium at AD is selected as lectotype. On 
this sheet he notes that a duplicate of this collection 
was forwarded by him to AJ. Ewart in Melbourne as "no. 
12"; this specimen is now at MEL A specimen labelled as 
"Marble Ra."is a residual syntype, which was presumably 
collected more at the S end of the Range, towards 
Wanilla. 
Conservation: The taxon is listed as 'Vulnerable' in 
South Australia, with some populations reserved in 
Wanilla Conservation Park (NPWC 2003, Barker 2005; as 
S. bifidum var. Wanilla). 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the location of the 
taxon, Wanilla, which is applied to the Hundred 1 and 
one of the towns to the west. It is treated as a noun in 
genitive form. 
Selected specimens examined (22 seen): SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. EYRE PENINSULA: [Precise locality information 
withheld for conservation reasons] E of township of Wanilla, NW 
of Port Lincoln, Hundred of Wanilla, 6 July 1965, C.R. Alcock s.n. 
(AD); Nicho's Nooky, 8 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7604 & RM Barker 
(AD);Wanilla C.P., 7 Oct. 1995, W.R. Barker 7586, F. Udovicic & R.M. 
Barker (AD); Hills S of Ungarra, 19 July 1994, ft Bates 37251 (AD, 
MEL); W of Wanilla, 1 June 1982, K. Clipstone88 (AD); Adjacent 
Wanilla C.P., 26 Oct. 1989, D. Hopton 232-234 (AD, CANB);"E side 
of Marble Ra.", Oct. 1993, J. Smyth 2 (AD); Wanilla-North Shields 
Rd, 3 Mar. 1993, N.G. Walsh 4002 (AD, MEL); E of Wanilla, 30 Aug 
1976, DIE. Whibley5712 (AD, UWM). 
8. Spyridium stenophyllum (Reissek) 
Kellermann & W.R.Barker, comb. nov. 
Trymalium stenophyllum Reissek, Linnaea 29:282 (1858). 
— Type citation: 'Boston Point (Wilhelmi).' — Lectotype 
(here designated): SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Boston Point, 
C. Wilhelmi s.n . (MEL 233425, ex Herb. Reissek; Fig. 5). 
Isolectotype: MEL 233426 (ex Herb. Sonder). Residual 
syntypes: "Boston Point Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi 
s.n. (K 356451 n.v., photo at MEL 2664224, right hand 
specimen); "Marble Range", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (BM 793990 
n.v., photo at MEL 2264225, left hand specimen);"Marble 
Ra.", C. Wilhelmi s.n. (MEL 233424). 
Spyridium bifidum auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell. ex 
Benth.: Benth., FI. Austral. 1: 432 (1863); Schomb., FI. 
1. S.A. is traditionally divided into Counties, Hundreds and 
Sections (see Landbeater 2006-). 
S. Austral. 37 (1875); Tate, Trans. & Proc. Rep. Roy Soc. 
South Australia 3: 66 (1880); J.M.Black, FI. S. Australia 
3: 369 (1926), pro parte, ed. 2, 3: 550 (1952), pro parte ; 
E.M.Canning in Jessop & Toelken, FI. 5. Austral. 2: 815 
(1986), pro parte ; W.R.Barker, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. Suppl. 
1:90 (2005), pro parte. 
Cryptandra bifida auct. non (F.Muell.) F.Muell.: F.Muell., 
Sysf. Census. Austral. PI. 61 (1882), pro parte. Second Syst. 
Census Austral. PI. 104 (1889), pro parte; Tate, Trans. & 
Proc. Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 12:94 (1889), pro parte; 
Tate, Handb. FI. Extratrop. S. Australia 98 (1890), pro parte. 
Shrubs to 1.2 m high, resinous; young stems densely 
pubescent with stellate hairs, especially on young 
stipules and bracts. Leaves alternate: stipules triangular to 
narrowly ovate, 2-3.8 (-6) mm long, fused for more than 
half of their length, reddish-brown, glabrous, with hairs 
along midrib and cilia towards apex; petiole 0.9-2.2 mm 
long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; lamina narrowly 
Y-shaped to narrowly cuneate, (3.4-) 3.8-7.S (-9.5) mm 
long, 1.2-2.8 mm wide, base cuneate, margins revolute, 
apex deeply to shallowly emarginate or bilobed, upper 
surface green, lower surface with dense to medium 
dense indumentum of stellate hairs, midrib with long 
simple hairs. Floral leaves usually 3-5: broader than 
stem-leaves, 3.2-7 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm wide, covered 
with a very dense, white felty stellate indumentum, 
often interspersed longer simple hairs. Inflorescence a 
globular head of cymosely arranged ± sessile flowers, 
6-11 (-12) mm diameter; bracts in fused pairs, broadly 
ovate, 2-3 mm long, with long cilia. Flowers white to 
cream. Hypanthium tube 0.4-0.5 (-0.8) mm long, (1.2-) 
1.4-1.7 mm diameter, tube pubescent or glabrous, base 
densely pubescent with short stellate and overlying 
long hairs, often flexuous. Sepals 0.5-1 mm long with 
an indumentum of mainly short simple or stellate hairs, 
especially towards tip. Petals 0.4-0.7 (-0.8) mm long, 
cucullate, clawed. Stamens subequal to the petals, 
0.3-0.6 mm long; anthers c. 0.2 mm long. Ovary inferior, 
carpels 2, summit with dense stellate hairs; style 0.6-0.8 
(-1) mm long, minutely bilobed. Infructescence slightly 
expanding, but no tiled bracts visible. Fruits obovoid to 
ellipsoid, 1.7-2 mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, light brown, 
consisting of 1-2 papery fruitlets, torus apical, fruit wall 
densely pubescent; seeds 1-1.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm 
wide, brown with a darkened red-brown base. 
52 
Vol 30(1)2012 

Page image

1000470 Wanilla spyridium Muelleria 30(1)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(1)".

938388 Boissiaea Muelleria 30(2): 113
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608876
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Eastern Bossiaea 
{B. prostrata R.Br. pressed). In the former, the standard is 
yellow adaxially (internally) except for a red flare around 
the throat. Wings are flushed reddish or brownish 
abaxially over much of their length, and the keel is a 
darker purple-red distally. On the standard a red band 
sometimes runs vertically through the throat to divide 
it in two. The throat also commonly has red flecks at the 
base. The abaxial (outer) surface of the standard mostly 
has some degree of pink to red colouring. Sometimes, 
as is shown in Figure 8d, pale lines corresponding to 
the course of veins radiate from the flare and interrupt 
an otherwise red surface. Wings are sometimes entirely 
yellow except for some pink markings towards the base. 
Five species, B. arenicofa and the four species in Group A, 
always have entirely yellow petals, while three species 
in the Scortechinii subgroup, especially B. scortechinii, 
are typically yellow or with relatively little red marking. 
Yellow-petalled mutant plants are occasionally recorded 
for species that normally have red markings. 
PODS: The upper margin of pods is variable in 
thickness and in the degree of development of vertical 
ridges. Sometimes the ridge is restricted to the suture 
line only, and there may be a sulcus formed each 
side of this ridge. If the ridge is much higher than 
wide it approaches the dimensions of a wing, as the 
ridge is generally referred to in Platylobium. Pods of 
B. carinalis could almost be described as having wings 
(Fig. 10k). Pods with thickened valves and broadened 
upper margins are only seen in Group E and in a few 
species in Group F. In most groups the upper margin is 
0.5-1 mm wide, whereas it ranges from 1 to 3 mm wide 
in species in Group E. Extremes in the range of widths of 
the upper margin are shown in Figure lOg with a pod of 
6. rhombifolio placed beside a pod of R buxifolia. 
The outer surface of valves commonly has slightly 
raised transverse venation evident with magnification; 
however, in species in Group B the venation is usually 
indistinct. The inner surface of pod valves is mostly 
smooth and glabrous; however, in several species in 
Group E spongiose tissue forms between valves creating 
a partition between the seeds (Fig. lOf). 
There appears to be some variation in the degree of 
revolute rolling of valves post-dehiscence. The rolling 
appears to gradually develop post-dehiscence. In some 
species the valves persist on the plant post-fruiting and 
are present in the next flowering period as cylinders 
with the exposed inner surface being silvery. 
SEEDS (Figs 1 c & 4g-i): Seeds are relatively uniform in 
shape and they range in length from 2 to 6 mm. Mature 
seeds are brown to blackish and are commonly mottled 
(Figs 4g-i, 10c). Seeds become considerably shorter but 
plumper just prior to maturity. When examining seeds 
of herbarium records it may be difficult to tell if that final 
change of shape had occurred. Some measurements of 
seed length may turn out to be excessively long for this 
reason.The aril is also fairly uniform in shape and relative 
size. There is some variation in the length of its base and 
the degree of overhang and curvature of the lobe. The 
oblique arching or asymmetry of the recurved margins 
of the lobe, which is a normal feature, is evident in Figure 
4h. The aril of B. walkeri is unusual in being slightly 
knobbly and with the gap between lobe and base being 
hidden when viewed from one side. 
Taxonomy 
In the descriptions below, species are ordered according 
to morphological similarity and, to further emphasise 
points of similarity, they have also been placed in six 
informal groups and 16 subgroups (Table 2).The groups 
are in some instances somewhat weakly defined, 
whereas the subgroups are well-defined and likely 
to reflect close relationships between members. The 
epithet of the most familiar or most widespread species 
in a subgroup is adopted for the name of the subgroup, 
eg.,The Prostrata subgroup is named after R prostrafa. 
Bossiaea Vent., Descr. PI. Nouv. 1:7(1800) 
Type: Bossiaea heterophylla Vent. 
Bossieua, orth, var. Pers. 
Boissiaea, orth. var. Lem. 
Scottia R.Br., in W.T.Aiton, Hortus Kew., edn 2, 4: 268 
(1812). Type: 5. dentata R.Br. = R dentata (R.Br.) Benth. 
Lalage Lindl., in J.Lindley, Edwards's Bot. Reg. 20:1.1722 
(1834). Type: L ornato Lindl. = B. ornata (Lindl.) Benth. 
[All taxa historically placed in either Scoff/a or Lalage 
are endemic to Western Australia.] 
A circumscription of Eastern Australian species 
Subshrubs, shrubs or small trees, sometimes leafless, 
sometimes rhizomatous. Indumentum commonly 
developed but variably persistent on branchlets and 
leaves, sometimes developed on pedicels and ovaries 
Muelleria 
113 

Page image

753316 Bossiaea alpina Muelleria 30(2): 120-121, Figs 2, 3 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 120-121, Figs 2, 3 (map)".

753343 Bossiaea arenicola Muelleria 30(2): 157-158, Figs 10, 11 (map)
753350 Bossiaea armitii Muelleria 30(2): 163-164, Fig. 13 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 163-164, Fig. 13 (map)".

753354 Bossiaea bombayensis Muelleria 30(2): 167-168, Figs 12, 14 (map)
753357 Bossiaea bracteosa Muelleria 30(2): 169-171, Fig. 14 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 169-171, Fig. 14 (map)".

753341 Bossiaea brownii Muelleria 30(2): 155-156, Figs 10, 11 (map)
938399 Bossiaea buxifolia Muelleria 30(2): 132
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608895
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Thompson 
enlarged upper calyx-lobes, are reminiscent of species 
in the genus Platylobium. 
Mature seeds have only been seen from a few 
collections. The aril-lobe is relatively slender and 
relatively strongly rotated laterally as it arches over. As is 
typical of the group the lobe is strongly curved and the 
apex often reaches to the seed surface, 
Baron Ferdinand von Mueller cited the name 
B. horizontalis in First General Report of the Government 
Botanist on the Vegetation of the Colony in 1853, 
but it appears that the name R horizontalis was never 
published. The name appears on several labels of 
specimens of R cordigera at MEL suggesting that 
Mueller was planning to describe it himself, in which 
case Hooker was named as the future author in the 
report by mistake, or he was expecting J.D.Hooker to 
name the undescribed species as R horizontalis rather 
than R cordigera. In 1862, Mueller wrote a description 
of R cordigera in Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae 
without making any reference to R horizontalis. 
Typification: From a number of similarly suitable 
possibilities, K 000278235 is selected here as the 
lectotype of R cordigera. It is a large single piece in 
the upper right of the sheet, and bears flowers and 
immature fruit. 
The Buxifolia subgroup 
11. Bossiaea decumbens F.Muell., Fragm, 1 (i): 
9(1858) 
Type: [Protologue: 'Mount Macedon. Dallachi. In 
collibus ad amnem Delatite'. Translation: Hills beside 
the Delatite River.] Victoria. Mount Macedon, J.DG//achy, 
viii.l 849; lectotype (here selected): MEL 18885. 
Residual syntypes: Victoria. Mount Macedon, collector 
unknown, date unknown: MEL 18886; Victoria. Delatite 
River, F.Mueller, 18.iii.l853: MEL 18887, MEL 18888, MEL 
18889. 
Bossiaea buxifolia sensu G.Bentham, FI. Austral. 2:163 
(1864) and subsequent Australian authors, pro parte, 
non sensu stricto. 
Prostrate to sprawling shrubs to c. 0.3 m high, with 
inflorescences typically borne on a regular series of 
short side-branchlets; branchlets erecto-patent to 
almost spreading, terete, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, mostly 
sparsely hairy; hairs 0.2-0.3 mm long; epicuticular wax 
not developed. Stipules narrow-triangular, 0.5-2 mm 
long, erect or becoming incurved or recurved distally, 
red-brown, glabrous, with venation obscure; stipule- 
petiole angle 60-90“. Leaves alternate; petiole 0.3 mm 
long; articulation obscure; lamina elliptic to broad- 
elliptic, 2-5 mm long, 1.5-4 mm wide, with l:w ratio 
Figure 7. Distributions of species in Group C. a. Bossiaea lenticularis; b. B. cordigera; c. B. decumbens; d. B. buxifolia; e. R neoangiica. 
132 
Vol 30(2) 2012 

Page image

753326 Bossiaea buxifolia Muelleria 30(2): 133-134, Figs 6, 7 (map) 10

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 133-134, Figs 6, 7 (map) 10".

753339 Bossiaea carinalis Muelleria 30(2): 153-154, Figs 10, 11 (map)
753317 Bossiaea cinerea Muelleria 30(2): 123-124, Figs 4, 5 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 123-124, Figs 4, 5 (map)".

938397 Bossiaea cinerea Muelleria 30(2): 126
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608889
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Thompson 
as probable isotype by Alex George in 2005. The date 
on the label is a mistake as the year of Mitchell's third 
expedition was 1836. The origin of another piece on the 
same sheet, K 000278330 is unclear from the label. 
Hybridisation: Probable hybrids between 6 . dnerea 
and B. rosmarinifolia have been recorded from the 
Grampians Ranges in south-western Victoria {J.Westaway 
263 MEL; H.Williamson, xi.1902 NSW; M.Corrick 5317 AD, 
MEL). 
7. Bossiaea cordifolia Sweet, FL Australas, 
(Sweet): 20, pi. 20 (1827) 
Type: not designated. [Protologue:'... raised from seed, 
sent by Mr. Henchman's Collector, Mr. William Baxter, 
who collected them on the south coast of New Holland 
.1] Holotype: pi. 20 in FL Australas. (Sweet): 20 (1827). 
Epitype (here selected): New South Wales. Pambula, 
H.Forde, x.1905: NSW 43671. 
Bossiaea dnerea sensu G.Bentham, FL Austral. 2: 160 
(1864), and subsequent Australian authors, pro parte, 
non sensu stricto. 
Erect shrubs to c. 3 m high, with inflorescences borne 
usually on longer branchlets rather than a regular series 
of short side-branchlets; branchlets erecto-patent to 
almost spreading, terete, c. 0.5 mm wide, with hairs 
0.3-0.8 mm long; epicuticular wax not developed. 
Stipules narrow-triangular to filiform, 1-3 mm long, 
recurved or deflexed, reddish, hairy at first, with 
venation obscure; stipule-pair somewhat adjacent, 
forming an angle of c. 30-140° with each other; 
stipule-petiole angle not generally measurable due to 
deflexing. Leaves variously arranged along a branch, 
mostly alternate, but also c. opposite or in whorls; 
petiole 0.3-0.8 mm long; articulation obscure; lamina 
triangular-ovate, 5-12 mm long, 2-7 mm wide, with 
l:w ratio mostly 1.2-2, but occasionally up to 4, convex 
laterally, markedly discolorous; base symmetrical, 
cordate, truncate or broadly rounded; margin recurved 
or slightly revolute, often undulate, occasionally with 
a few hairs; apex narrowly acute; apiculum 1-2 mm 
long, pungent, not downcurved; upper surface smooth 
or minutely tuberculate, with venation generally 
slightly raised, glabrous or sparsely hairy; lower surface 
commonly glabrous except for veins, sometimes 
hairy throughout. Inflorescences: axes contracted or to 
c. 2 mm long; hairy; bract c. 0.5 mm long, c. 0.3 mm 
wide, slightly convex; pedicel 3-15 mm long, glabrous, 
or occasionally sparsely hairy proximally; bracteoles 
persistent, variously shaped, 0.3-0.6 mm long, with l:w 
ratio 0.5-1, ±appressed, inserted in distal third mostly, 
slightly convex, with apex flat or slightly recurved, with 
venation obscure, glabrous, dull brown. Calyx 3-4 mm 
long, glabrous, with tube longer than upper lobes; 
upper lobes 1.5-2.5 mm long, 2.5-3.2 mm wide, often 
expanded beyond lateral angle by up to c. 0.5 mm; 
lateral angle acuminate; sinus c. 1 mm deep; lower lobes 
c. 1 mm long, c. 0.6 mm wide, with lateral lobes ±flat; 
standard to c. 11 mm long, slightly longer than wings 
and keel, adaxially yellow with a red flare, abaxially often 
red over much of surface; wings c. 2.5 mm wide, yellow, 
sometimes with a small red mark proximally; keel 
3-3.5 mm wide, red ±throughout: anthers 0.5-0.6 mm 
long post-dehiscence; ovary glabrous, 3- or 4-ovulate; 
style 3-4 mm long. Pods: stipe 3-7 mm long; body 
c. elliptic, 15-20 mm long, 5-7 mm wide, glabrous; 
upper margin c. 0.8 mm wide, with ridge 0.5 mm high. 
Seeds 3-4 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide; aril 1-2 mm long, 
1-1.5 mm high, with base c. 1.2 mm long, with lobe 
curving 60-120° (Fig. 4b, f-h). 
Selected specimens from c. 50 examined: NEW SOUTH 
WALES: c. 2 km W by track from Leonards Island, NE of Eden, 
D.FAIbrecht 998, 26.ix.1984 (MEL, CANB); opposite aerodrome, 
Merimbula, E.F.Constable 5494, 3>i.1964 (CANB, NSW); 3 km 
N of Merimbula, on Merimbula-Tathra road, T.B.Muir 5091, 
26.viii.1973 (MEL); junction of Chipmill Rd and road to Boyd's 
Tower, M.G.Corrick6030, 18.ix.l 978 (CANB, HO, MEL). VICTORIA: 
5 km WNW of Lavers Hill PO,A.C.Beouglehole67375, 19.xii.1979 
(MEL); c. 5 km 5 of Chappie Vale, H.IAston 814, 16.xi.l 960 (MEL); 
Black Range, EAshby, xi.1937 (AD). TASMANIA: Rocky Cape, 
L.Richley, 13.X.1975 (HO); Exploration Creek, Newhaven Track, 
AM.Buchanan 15452, 29.vi.1999 (HO); Lake Ashwood, 6 km 
NE of Strahan, A.E.Orchard 5739, 6.xii.1981 (AD, HO); 5 km S of 
Marrawah, AMBuchanan 14003, 4.X.1995 (CANB, HO). 
Flowering period: Flowers from late winter to early 
summer. 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in far south-eastern 
New South Wales, the Otway Ranges of south-western 
Victoria and in western Tasmania (Fig. 5c). Grows in open 
forest and heathland. 
Notes: Bossiaea cordifolia has a distinctive stipule 
orientation. Stipules are inserted somewhat adjacent to 
one another, rather than on opposite sides of the leaf 
126 
Vol 30(2) 2012 

Page image

938404 Bossiaea cinerea rigida Muelleria 30(2): 144
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608907
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246
938395 Bossiaea cinerea rosmarinifolia Muelleria 30(2): 125
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608888
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246
938393 Bossiaea coccinea Muelleria 30(2): 123
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608886
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Eastern Bossiaeo 
identified by leaf and bracteole morphology. Species 
in Group B occur in south-eastern New South Wales, 
southern Victoria, far south-eastern South Australia, and 
Tasmania (Fig. 5). 
The Cinerea subgroup (species 5-7) is well-defined. 
The three members have irregular phyllotaxy, with the 
arrangement varying from alternate to opposite to 
whorled on a plant, and all have long, slender pedicels 
and small, distally inserted bracteoles, Bossiaeakiomensis 
(8) forms a subgroup on its own and is placed in Group 
A because of similarities to the Cinerea subgroup in 
leaf and pod morphology. In other respects, notably its 
opposite leaves, it is closer to the Cordigera subgroup 
of Group C. 
The Cinerea subgroup 
5. Bossiaea cinerea R.Br., in W.T.Aiton, Hortus 
Kew., 2nd edn, 4:268 (1812) 
Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'Native of Van 
Diemen's Island, Robert Brown, Esq. Introd. 1805'.] 
Tasmania. Port Dalrymple, R.Brown, 1.i.1804; lectotype 
(here selected): BM 000885933, image seen in JSTOR 
Plant Science. 
Residual syntypes; Tasmania. Derwent River, R.Brown, 
1802-05: BM 000885939, MEL 1528714, MEL 1528715, 
MEL 1528716; possible residual syntype: Tasmania. 
Locality unknown: CANB 00278253 (see discussion 
below). 
Bossiaea coccinea Bonpl., in A.Bonpland, Descr. PL 
Malmaison 128, t. 52 (1813). Type: not designated. 
[Protologue:‘Habitat in Nova Hollandia' Described from 
a plant presumably cultivated at Jardin de la Malmaison, 
Paris, France.] Holotype: t. 52 in Bonpland, Descr. PL 
Malmaison 128 (1813). 
Bossiaea tenuicauHs Graham, Edinburgh New Philos. 
J. 29: 171 (1840); B. cinerea van tenuicauHs (Graham) 
J.M.Black, FL S. Australia 2: 304 (1929). Type: not 
designated. [Protologue: 'This plant was raised at the 
Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, from Van Diemen's Land 
seeds sent by Mr Cooper, Wentworth House, in Apr. 
1836'.] 
Erect shrubs to c. 2 m high, with inflorescences borne 
typically on longer branchlets rather than a regular 
series of short side-branchlets; branchlets erecto- 
patent, c. terete or angular, 0.5-1 mm wide, with hairs 
0.3-0.8 mm long; epicuticular wax generally absent. 
Stipules narrow-triangular to filiform, 1-3 mm long, 
erect or more often becoming markedly recurved, 
reddish, hairy, with venation obscure; stipule-petiole 
angle mostly 30-60°. Leaves alternate, sub-opposite, 
opposite or in whorls of 3 in varying proportions on a 
single plant; petiole 0.2-0.5 mm long; articulation not 
geniculate, obscure except when marked by a spur 
0.1-1 mm long; spur present on most leaves, or rarely 
uncommon on a plant; lamina narrow-ovate to narrow- 
lanceolate or narrow-triangular, 10-20 mm long, 1.5-6 
mm wide, with l:w ratio mostly 3-8, slightly convex 
each side of midrib, becoming strongly convex laterally, 
markedly discolorous; base symmetrical, - broadly 
rounded or truncate; margin recurved or revolute, 
occasionally undulate, sometimes with a few persistent 
hairs; apex narrowly acute; apiculum 0.4-1.2(-2) mm 
long, sometimes pungent, sometimes somewhat brittle^ 
pointing forward or slightly dov^n; upper surface smooth 
or tuberculate, with venation commonly raised, with 
gland-dotting not evident, glabrescent; lower surface 
usually hairy. Inflorescences: axes contracted or rarely 
to c. 1 mm long; bract c. 1 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, 
slightly convex; pedicel 2-11 mm long, mostly sparsely 
hairy; bracteoles persistent, mostly broad-ovate, 0.2-1 
mm long, with l:w ratio c. 1, appressed, inserted in 
middle or more often distal third, slightly convex, ±flat 
towards apex, faintly 1 -nerved or with venation obscure, 
glabrous or with a few hairs distally, dull brown. Calyx 
2.5- 4.5 mm long, glabrous or less often hairy, with tube 
equal to or slightly longer than upper lobes; upper lobes 
1.5- 2 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm wide, expanded beyond 
lateral angle by 0.3-1 mm; lateral angle acute or 
acuminate; sinus 1-1.5 mm deep; lower lobes 0.6-1 mm 
long, c. 0.6 mm wide, with lateral lobes flat; standard 
to c. 12 mm long, slightly longer than wings and keel; 
adaxially yellow with a red flare, with throat generally 
not or not fully bisected, abaxially reddish almost 
throughout; wings c. as long as keel, c. 2.5 mm wide, 
purplish brown, sometimes yellowish near apex, also 
variously streaked red proximaily and ventrally; keel 
c. 3 mm wide, red throughout; anthers c 0.4 mm long 
post-dehiscence; ovary glabrous or rarely with hairs 
along lower suture, commonly 4-ovulate; style 3-4 mm 
long. Pods: stipe 3-5 mm long; body c. elliptic, 10-16 
mm long, 6-9 mm wide, glabrous or rarely sparsely hairy 
along lower suture; upper margin c. 0.8 mm wide, with 
Muelleria 
123 

Page image

753338 Bossiaea concolor Muelleria 30(2): 152-153, Figs 10, 11 (map)
753319 Bossiaea cordifolia Muelleria 30(2): 126-127, Figs 4, 5 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 126-127, Figs 4, 5 (map)".

753323 Bossiaea cordigera Muelleria 30(2): 130-132, Figs 6, 7 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 130-132, Figs 6, 7 (map)".

753330 Bossiaea dasycarpa Muelleria 30(2): 140-142, Fig. 9 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 140-142, Fig. 9 (map)".

753324 Bossiaea decumbens Muelleria 30(2): 132-133, Figs 6, 7 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 132-133, Figs 6, 7 (map)".

753306 Bossiaea distichoclada Muelleria 30(2): 117-119, Figs 2, 3 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 117-119, Figs 2, 3 (map)".

753344 Bossiaea ensata Muelleria 30(2): 159-161, Fig. 13 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 159-161, Fig. 13 (map)".

938420 Bossiaea ensata Muelleria 30(2): 162
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608925
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Thompson 
bearing cladodes mostly sub-erect, mostly 3-12 
mm wide, with no recession and sometimes a slight 
widening below nodes, glabrous or sparsely hairy on 
margins; marginal ridges ±smooth; new growth linear in 
profile; epicuticular wax not developing, with cladodes 
green at flowering. Scales 1-2 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm 
wide from midrib to margin, greenish between pale 
midrib and pale margin, sometimes few-nerved apart 
from midrib, with margin glabrous. Leaves occasionally 
developed and persistent towards base of stems; lamina 
elliptic, to c. 25 mm long. Inflorescences: axes contracted; 
scales 2, 0.5-1 mm long; bract persistent. 1.5-2.5 mm 
long, 0.8 mm wide, strongly convex; pedicel 2-3 mm 
long, glabrous; bracteoles persistent, narrow-ovate, 
narrow-elliptic or narrow-oblong, 1.5-2.5 mm long, 
with I:w ratio 1.5-3, appressed, inserted in proximal half, 
strongly convex, usually obscurely nerved apart from 
ridged midline, glabrous, slightly fleshy, brown to dark 
brown. Calyx 4-7 mm long, glabrous, often with dark 
stripes, with tube equal to or slightly longer than lobes; 
upper lobes broadening slightly from base, 2-3 mm 
long, 2.6-3.5 mm wide, sometimes slightly expanded 
beyond lateral angle; lateral angle acute or acuminate; 
sinus 0.5-1 mm deep; lower lobes 1.5-2.5 mm long, 
1 -1.3 mm wide; lateral lobes ±flat; standard to c. 15 mm 
long, a few mm longer than wings and keel, adaxially 
yellow with a red flare, abaxially reddish grading to 
purplish throughout except for pale radiating bands 
medially extending partway to margins; wings 3-4 mm 
wide, purplish-brown throughout or at least in distal 
half; keel 3-4 mm wide, pale greenish-yellow, with hairs 
at distal end effusion zone; anthers c. 0.3 mm long post¬ 
dehiscence; ovary glabrous, 10-ovulate; style 3-3.5 mm 
long. Pods: stipe 1 -4 mm long; body narrow-oblong, 30- 
45 mm long, 10-12 mm wide; upper margin 1.5-2 mm 
wide, with a low rounded ridge; valves with transverse 
venation not or hardly raised. Seeds 3-4 mm long, 2-3 
mm wide; aril 1-1.8 mm long, 1 -1.5 mm high, with base 
1 -1.8 mm long, with lobe curving c. 90° (Fig. 12b). 
Selected specimens from c. 150 examined: NEW SOUTH 
WALES: Greenmans Valley Rd, W of Mt White, R.Coveny 11221, 
10.viii.1983 (CANB, NSW); Muogamarra Nature Reserve, c. 3 km 
S of the Hawkesbury River, BJlepschi 3971, 6j(ii.l998 (CANB); 
21 km from Tomerong on Turpentine Rd, N side of the road, 
F.W.Howe69. 12.ix.l983 (CANB, MEL, NSW); Ku-Ring-Gai Chase, 
c. 25 km N of Sydney, T.R.Nlothian, 24.viii.1952 (AD); Maroota 
Forest, W of Old Northern Rd, 2 km S of Forest Glen, R.G.Coveny 
15495, 22.viii.1991 (AD, CANB, HO, MEL, PERTH). 
Flowering period: Flowers in spring. 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in near-coastal 
areas of central and southern New South Wales (Fig. 
13b). Grows predominantly on sandstone, in heathland 
and forest. 
Notes: Bossiaea scolopendrio is similar to B. ensata 
q.v. and there is some overlap in their distributions. 
These two species differ from the other two species 
in the Ensata subgroup by having bracteoles inserted 
more proximally on the pedicel. Bossiaea scolopendrio 
typically develops very long straight cladodes bearing 
numerous, often 10-30, flowers. The cladode margin 
of B. scolopendrio often has a distinct cellular pattern 
which is discernible under moderate magnification. 
The midline of cladode scales of B. scolopendrio and B. 
ensata is more or less a continuation of the marginal 
ridge of cladodes, and is thus more prominent than in 
other leafless species. The scales of B. scolopendrio and 
B. ensata are reminiscent of the stipules of R rhombifolia 
and R heterophylla. 
Typification: The holotype illustration shows a 
good general likeness to R scolopendrio but cannot be 
considered diagnostic. Furthermore, it is strange that 
the ovary is drawn with hairs on margins as neither R 
scolopendrio nor any other similar species such as R 
ensata have been seen to develop hairs on the ovary. 
An epitype, CSurgess, 29.vii.1963, CANB 0006531, to 
the holotype illustration of R scolopendrio is therefore 
selected here to aid the application of the name. 
32. Bossiaea peninsularis I.Thomps., sp. nov. 
A R ensata DC. squamis longioribus, indumento axillaris 
densioribus, bracteolis pedicello in medio insertis differt. 
Type: South Australia. 10 km E of Karkoo on the 
south side of Mount Isabella Rd, PJuckers.n., 1 l.x.2000; 
holotype: AD 110381. 
Bossiaea ensata sensu J.Z.Weber, FI. S. Australia 4'^ edn 
2:689(1986). 
Erect rhizomatous leafless shrubs to c. 0.5 m high, with 
cladodes to c. 14 mm wide, with inflorescences borne on 
both long and shorter branchlets; inflorescence-bearing 
cladodes erecto-patent, 2-5 mm wide, not recessed at 
nodes and sometimes slightly dilating below scale, 
glabrous except for hairs on margins above scale-axils; 
marginal ridges mostly with occasional tubercles; new 
162 
Vol 30(2) 2012 

Page image

753304 Bossiaea foliosa Muelleria 30(2): 115-117, Fig. 2, 3 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 115-117, Fig. 2, 3 (map)".

938391 Bossiaea foliosa Muelleria 30(2): 117
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608880
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Eastern Bossiaea 
Track, Burrinjuck Nature Reserve, KJ.Fitzgerald 75, 8.xi.1997 
(CANB, HO, MEL, NSW). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY: 
Old Boboyan Rd (south), 1.2 km W of turn-off from Canberra- 
Adaminaby road, M.D.Cnsp 9285 & LG.Cook, 4.xiL2000 (CANB, 
NSW); between Canberra and Lake George, E.Gauba, 30.X.1949 
(CANB). VICTORIA: Craigie Bog Road S of New South Wales 
border, A.CBeauglehole 34822, 23j<i.l970 (MEL); Limestone 
Creek, J.Stirling, 1.xii.l882 (MEL); source of Mitta Mitta River, 
J.Stirling,}8B2 (AD). 
Flowering period: Flowers from Octoberto December. 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in the central and 
southern tablelands of New South Wales and in far 
eastern Victoria at altitudes of about 800-1200 metres 
a.s.l. (Fig. 3a). Grows in often stony soils in open forest 
and woodland. 
Notes: Bossiaea foliosa is distinguishable from other 
species of the group by a combination of leaflet-shape, 
texture of the upper surface and indumentum of the 
lowersurfaceof leaflets, small bracteoles with somewhat 
rounded apices, hairy calyces, and glabrous pedicels. 
The leaflets are commonly ovate because margins 
are revolute distolaterally. The leaflets of members of 
Group A are compared in Figure 2e-f. The bract and 
bracteoles of B. foliosa are inserted close together 
and are divergent; this creates a cupular arrangement 
from which the pedicel emerges and generally clearly 
exceeds. The bract is often trifid, an uncommon shape 
for bracts but commonly seen in inflorescence scales. 
Bossiaea foliosa and B. distichodada have leaflets with 
a pale lower surface. Under magnification, this pallor is 
seen to be due to minute white rings closely crowded 
over the surface. 
Hybridisation: A specimen collected from Haydons 
Bog near Delegate, in far eastern Victoria {Bauerlen, 1899 
NSW) may be a hybrid between B. sericea I.Thomps, and 
B. foliosa A. Cunn. 
Typificot/on: There are two sheets at K with probable 
type material of B. foliosa. Although the collector's 
name is not specified for some pieces, I consider that all 
pieces were collected by Cunningham on his expedition 
from Port Jackson to Bathurst in 1822-1823, and were 
probably all from a single gathering near Bathurst. 
On one sheet a piece coded as K 278308 is labelled 
'Brushy forest land near Bathurst' and so matches the 
description in the protologue. A.B. Court annotated 
this piece as 'the type' in 1967, but Lee (1970) while 
discussing 'the Holotype' did not clearly indicate 
whether she was referring to this piece. All pieces are of 
similar diagnostic value, but I here formally designate K 
278308 as the lectotype of B. foliosa based on the close 
correspondence between the label and the protologue. 
The contents of a small envelope on the sheet near the 
lectotype have not been seen. On the same sheet, the 
piece in the top right hand corner K 278307 is labelled 
as a Cunningham collection, Cunningham 730/1822, 
while for the two pieces of K 278309, the collector is 
not indicated. Both are probable isolectotypes. The 
second sheet at K bearing probable type material, 
coded as K 278306, has three pieces and is a duplicate 
of K 278307 based on similarities in the labelling, and 
so also probably an isolectotype. At the time of writing, 
the catalogue had incorrectly identified the collection 
number for this specimen as Cunningham 136. The 
number 130 is written on the label but a comma from 
the line above has caused it to appear like 136. 
2. Bossiaea distichodada F.Muell., Trans. Phil. 
Soc. Victoria 1:39 (1855) 
Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'In the Australian 
Alps from the Mitta Mitta to the tributaries of the Snowy 
River'.] Victoria. Bogong Mountains, F.Mueller, date 
unknown (probably 1854); lectotype (here selected): 
MEL 20321. 
Residual syntypes: Victoria. Mitta Mitta, F.Mueller, 
i.l854: MEL 20323, MEL 20326, MEL 20327 (all 
B. distichodada): Victoria. Upper Avon, Gippsland, 
F.Mueller, xi.l854, MEL 20320 (mixed sheet of 
6. distichodada and B. a/p/no); Victoria/New South Wales. 
Snowy Mountains, F.Mueller, possibly i.1855: MEL 20322 
(mixed sheet of B. distichodada and B. alpina; locality 
given is possibly an error); Victoria. Locality unknown, 
F.Mueller. MEL 20324; Victoria. Mt Wellington, F.Mueller, 
xi.1854: MEL 20325 (mixed sheet of B. sericea and 
B. alpina). 
Bossiaea foliosa sensu G.Bentham, FI. Austral. 2: 160 
(1864), and subsequent Australian authors, pro parte, 
non sensu stricto. 
Erect shrubs to c. 1 m high, with inflorescences borne 
typically on a ±regular series of short side-branchlets; 
branchlets sub-erect to erecto-patent, c. 0.6 mm 
wide, with a dense indumentum of straightish hairs 
c. 0.3 mm long; epicuticular wax not developed. Stipules 
Muelleria 
117 

Page image

938392 Bossiaea foliosa Muelleria 30(2): 119
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608882
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Eastern Bossioea 
Bogong High Plains in north-eastern Victoria [IH.Ross 
3635-7, 3640, all MEL) and further east at Limestone 
Creek {N.G.Walsh 2867 CmS, MEL, NSW). 
ryp/ficat/on; There are eight sheets at MEL, according 
to Lee (1970), which Mueller may have used when 
describing the species. Several of them have multiple 
pieces and are mixed collections. The majority of pieces 
conform to Mueller's description, but several pieces 
do not, and are in fact specimens of 6. alpina, or in one 
case, B. sericea, Lectotypification is therefore required for 
B. distichoclada, and MEL 20321 is here selected. The 
sheet contains a single piece with pods, and was labelled 
as B. distichoclada Ferd Mueller by the author. 
3. Bossiaea sericea I.Thomps., sp. nov. 
A B. foiiosa A.Cunn. folioHs non ovatis laevibus superne 
sericeis inferne, leguminibus majoribus, seminibus 
majoribusdiffert. 
Type: Victoria. 11.8 km by road from Rocky Valley 
Dam wall towards Omeo, R.OMokinson 920, 3.xii.1991; 
holotype: MEL 234474; isotype: BRI, CANB 9106346. 
Bossiaea foiiosa sensu G.Bentham, FI. Austral. 2; 160 
(1864), and subsequent Australian authors, pro parte, 
non sensu stricto. 
Erect shrubs to c. 2 m high, with inflorescences borne 
typically on a ±regular series of short side-branchlets; 
branchlets erecto-patent, c. 0.5 mm wide, with a 
dense indumentum of straightish hairs c. 0.3 mm long; 
epicuticular wax not developed. Stipules triangular, 
0.7-2 mm long, erect, brown, glabrous, 4-10-nerved; 
stipule-petiole angle 30-60® Leaves: petiole 0,5-1.5 
mm long; articulation slightly to strongly geniculate, 
not ridged; lamina c. circular, oblate, obcordate, broadly 
obovate, or broadly quadrangular, (1.5-)2-4 mm long, 
1.5-5 mm wide, with l:w ratio mostly 0.8-1.0, flat to 
moderately folded, with each lamina half flat to slightly 
convex, markedly discolorous; base symmetrical, 
truncate to slightly cordate; margin flat to moderately 
recurved, smooth or tuberculate, with a pale rim; apex 
broadly rounded, truncate or emarginate; apiculum 
minute, generally pointing slightly down; upper surface 
smooth throughout or tuberculate at margins (visible 
in abaxial and sometimes adaxial view), with venation 
obscure, with gland-dotting not evident, glabrous; 
lower surface evenly sericeous, sometimes densely, or 
with indumentum sparser near margins; indumentum 
usually somewhat persistent. Inflorescences: axes 
contracted; bract 0.7-2.2 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, 
strongly convex; pedicel 1-3.5 mm long, glabrous or 
hairy; bracteoles persistent, ovate, narrow-ovate or 
oblong, 0.7-2.5 mm long, with l:w ratio 1-3, mildly 
divergent, inserted near base, strongly convex, with 
venation mostly obscure, glabrous or with hairs towards 
apex, brown. Calyx 2-3.5 mm long, hairy throughout or 
glabrous except for lobes, with tube equal to or slightly 
longer than lobes; upper lobes 0.9-1.5 mm long, 0.8 
mm wide; sinus 0.5-1 mm deep; lower lobes 0.5-1 
mm long, 0.6 mm wide, flat; petals all similar in length, 
all entirely yellow (sometimes with pink tinges on 
margins); standard to c. 8 mm long, with limb as long as 
broad; wings 1.5-2 mm wide; keel 2-2.5 mm wide; ovary 
hairy, 2- or 3-ovulate; style 2.5-4 mm long. Pods: stipe 
1-2.5 mm long; body broad-elliptic, 6-10 mm long, 
4-8mmwide,withrustyhairsoramixtureofpaleand rusty 
hairs c. 1 mm long throughout; upper margin c. 0.5 mm 
wide, with ridge to c. 0.2 mm high. Seeds often reniform, 
(2.5-)3-4 mm long, c. 2 mm wide; aril 1.5-2 mm long, 
1-1.2 mm high, with base 0.7-1.2 mm long, with lobe 
curving 90-140° (Fig. 2c, e, f). 
Selected specimens from c. 200 examined: AUSTRALIAN 
CAPITAL TERRITORY: Mt Gingera, Brindabella Range, M.Evans 
2565, 29.xi.1966 (AD,BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW); Mt Franklin, c. 0.5 
km from chalet in direction of peak, T.R.LaHy & B.Lafoy 452, 
23.xi.l 994 (CANB, NSW); 22 km S of Picadilly Junction, W.Bishop 
584, 29J<ii.l987 (CANB, MEL, NSW); lower slope of Mt Ginini, 
Brindabella Range, H.Coveny T1549 & P.Hind, 19.i.l983 (CANB, 
MEL, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Coolamon Plains, G.Singh, 
29.xi.1979 (CANB); W side of Port Philip Fire Trail, 0.7 km from 
Long Plain Rd, 3.1 km N of Rules Point, P.CJobson 5439 & 
P.H.Weston,2^^.^99S (NSW); 16.7 km along Geehi Dam Rdfrom 
the Alpine Way, Kosciusko National Park, RJohnstone 1523 & 
AE.Orme, 20.i.2005 (NSW); 9 km along Cascade Trail from the 
Alpine Way, Kosciusko National Park, AJ.Whalen 293, 14.xii.1998 
(CANB, NSW); Maragle Range, Mt Black Jack, F.E.Davies 479 
&S.Walton, 21.i.1988 (CANB, MEL, NSW); Constance's hut site, 
Burrungubugge River, Kosciusko National Park, AMLyne 230, 
28.i.1991 (CANB, MEL, NSW); near Eucumbene Lookout, Snowy 
ms, R.A.Goode520, 17.xi.l961 (NSW); Mt Kosciusko, J.M.Curran, 
i.1896 (NSW); near Tooma Pond, Kosciusko National Park, 
AM.Ashby37l8 ,21 j<i.l 970 (AD). VICTORIA: Delegate River Fen, 
near Old Bendoc-Bonang road, E.A.Chesterfield 42, 13.xi.1983 
(CANB, MEL); Mt Bogong, G.Weindorfer, xii.1903 (MEL); Wall of 
Death, Hotham Heights, D.E.AIbrecht 4948, 8.iv.l992 (CANB, 
Muelleria 
119 

Page image

753352 Bossiaea fragrans Muelleria 30(2): 166, Fig. 14 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608929
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Thompson 
The Fragrans subgroup 
35. Bossiaea fragrans K.L.McDougall, Telopea 
12(3): 356 (2009) 
Type: New South Wales. Central Tablelands: 
Abercrombie Karst Conservation Area, K.LMcDougaH 
1268, 21 .ix.2007; holotype: NSW 785656; isotypes: CANB 
766110, MEL 2318267. 
Erect rhizomatous leafless shrubs to c 2.5 m high, with 
cladodes to c 20 mm wide, with inflorescences borne 
on both long and short branchlets, but not generally on 
a regular series of short side-branchlets; inflorescence¬ 
bearing cladodes erecto-patent, mostly 5-10 mm wide, 
with recession at nodes 0.5-1 mm deep, glabrous; 
marginal ridges well-defined, minutely uneven or 
tuberculate; new growth somewhat elliptic in profile, 
sparsely hairy on margins; epicuticular wax developing, 
lifting in small flakes, with cladodes typically greyish 
at flowering. Scales 1-2.5 mm long, 0.3-0.7 mm wide 
from midrib to margin, coppery-brown, obscurely few- 
nerved. Inflorescences: axes contracted; scales 4 or6, with 
largest c. 1 mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide, with scale-cluster 
1 -1.5 mm long; bract caducous or persistent, 1 -1.3 mm 
long, 0.8 mm wide, moderately convex; pedicel 1-2.5 
mm long, glabrous; bracteoles caducous before or after 
anthesis, oblong-elliptic, 1 -1,3 mm long, with I:w ratio c. 
2, divergent, inserted near base, strongly convex, with 
venation obscure, glabrous, orange-brown. Calyx 3-45 
mm long, glabrous, with tube much longer than lobes; 
upper lobes 0.8-1 mm long, 1.2-1.6 mm wide, not or 
hardly expanded beyond lateral angle; lateral angle 
acute; sinus 0.5-0.8 mm deep; lower lobes 0.7-1 mm 
long, not or hardly chartaceous distally; lateral lobes 0.8 
mm wide, ±flat but with a medial ridge; median lobe 
similar to laterals; standard to c. 12 mm long, similar 
in length to wings and keel, adaxially yellow with red 
marks at sides of throat, abaxially yellow, sometimes 
with a red medial stripe; wings 2.5-3 mm wide, yellow; 
keel c. 3 mm wide, ±red throughout; anthers c. 0.5 mm 
long post-dehiscence; ovary glabrous, 5- or 6-ovuIate; 
style 2.5-4 mm long. Pods: (based on McDougall 2010) 
stipe 2.5-3.5 mm long; body narrow-oblong, 24-38 mm 
long, 8-10 mm wide, glabrous. Seeds c. 3 mm long, c. 2 
mm wide; aril not seen mature. 
Selected specimens from 3 examined: NEW SOUTI-| 
WALES: Abercrombie Caves, E of Grove Creek, K.LMcDougalt 
999, 25.X.2001 (MEL); Abercrombie Caves, E of Grove Creek. 
P.Carmen309, l.x.2006(CANB). 
Flowering period: Flowers from September to 
October. 
Distribution and habitat Occurs in the vicinity of 
Abercrombie Karst Conservation Area, south of Bathurst 
in central-eastern New South Wales (Fig. 14a). Rare, 
and listed as a critically endangered species under the 
Threatened Species Conservation Act of New South 
Wales. Grows on slate and volcanic substrates in White 
Box woodland. 
Notes: Bossiaea fragrans is similar to B. milesiaeq.v.The 
vexillary stamen of B. fragrans is free at flowering, based 
on the few samples examined.This feature has not been 
recorded in other species of eastern Australian Bossiaea. 
36. Bossiaea milesiae K.L.McDougall, Telopea 
12(3): 356 (2009) 
Type: New South Wales. South Coast, Brogo River, c. 
25 km NNW of Bega (c. 1 km downstream from Brogo 
Dam), KlMcDougall 1193, J.Miles & PJeuch, 12.ix.2006; 
holotype: NSW 785654; isotype: CANB, MEL 2318264. 
Erect rhizomatous leafless shrubs to c. 2 m high, with 
cladodes to c. 10 mm wide, with inflorescences borne 
mostly on short side-branchlets; inflorescence-bearing 
cladodes sub-erect to erecto-patent, mostly 4-8 
mm wide, with recession at nodes 0.5-0.8 mm deep, 
glabrous or sometimes with hairs on margins somewhat 
persistent, especially in scale-axils; marginal ridges well- 
defined, minutely uneven; new growth slightly elliptic 
in profile, sparsely hairy on margins; epicuticular wax 
not developing, with cladodes green at flowering. Scales 
1.5-2 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide from midrib to margin, 
red-brown, obscurely few-nerved. Inflorescences: axes 
contracted; occasionally 2 or 3 inflorescences arising 
from a single axil; scales 4-8, with largest c. 1 mm long, 
0.7-1 mm wide; scale-cluster 1.5-2.2 mm long; bract 
caducous or persistent until anthesis, 1.3-1.5 mm 
long, c. 0.8 mm wide, moderately convex; pedicel 2-4 
mm long, glabrous, becoming stout in fruit; bracteoles 
caducous, often before anthesis, oblong-elliptic, 1.5-2 
mm long, with l:w ratio c 2, loosely appressed, inserted 
166 
Vol 30(2) 2012 

Page image

753355 Bossiaea grayi Muelleria 30(2): 168, Figs. 12, 14 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608931
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Thompson 
direct NNW of Braidwood, I.RJhompson 1327, 24.xi.2010 (CANB, 
HO, MEL); Shoalhaven River, Little Bombay, K.LMcDougall 1198, 
21.ix.2006 (NSW). 
Flowering period: Flowers in September and October. 
Distribution and habitat Occurs north-west of 
Braidwood in far south-eastern New South Wales 
(Fig. 14c). Rare, and listed as vulnerable under the 
Threatened Species Conservation Act of New South 
Wales. Grows in riparian woodland. 
Notes: Bossiaea bombayensis has the typical 
inflorescence-scale, bract, bracteole and calyx features 
of the Bracteosa subgroup, but has more slender 
cladodes and more slender pods than the other species. 
38. Bossiaea grayi K.L.McDougall, Telopea 
12(3): 354 (2009) 
Type: Australian Capital Territory. Murrumbidgee 
River, 1 km downstream from Kambah Pool, I.RJelford 
8553, ix.l980; holotype: CANB 8007070; isotypes: CANB 
8007070 (sheet 2); MEL 641512, NSW 567291. 
Erect rhizomatous leafless shrubs to c. 1.5 m high, with 
cladodes to c 8 mm wide, with inflorescences borne on 
long or short cladodes, but not generally on a regular 
series of short side-branchlets; inflorescence-bearing 
cladodes typically sub-erect, mostly 3-5 mm wide, 
not recessed at nodes or with recession to c. 0.5 mm 
deep, glabrous except for a few hairs often persisting 
in axils; marginal ridges generally smooth; new growth 
generally linear in outline, glabrous except for scattered 
hairs on margins adjacent to scales; epicuticular wax 
developing, lifting in small flakes, with cladodes grey- 
green at flowering. Scales 1.3-2(-2.2) mm long, 0.5-0.8 
mm wide from midrib to margin, appressed, red-brown 
with pale margins, faintly 1-3-nerved. Inflorescences: 
axes contracted; scales 4-8(-l 2), with largest 1.5-2 mm 
long, c. 1.5 mm wide; scale-cluster 2.5-3.5 mm long; 
bract variably persistent at anthesis, 3-3.5 mm long, 1.5- 
1.8 mm wide, strongly convex; pedicel 2-2.5 mm long, 
glabrous; bracteoles mostly caducous before anthesis, 
3-3.5 mm long, with l:w ratio c. 2, appressed, inserted 
near base, strongly convex, with venation obscure, 
glabrous, brown. Calyx 4.5-5.5 mm long, glabrous, 
with tube equal to or slightly longer than lobes; upper 
lobes triangular, 1.5-2 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, acute, 
chartaceous distally; sinus 1.5-2 mm deep; lower lobes 
2-2.5 mm long, chartaceous distally; lateral lobes 1.2 
mm wide, flat, with medially ridge distally; median lobe 
slightly longer, broader and more convex than laterals; 
standard to c. 11 mm long, similar in length to wings and 
keel, adaxially yellow with a red flare, abaxially partly 
flushed red with pale radiating nerves; wings c. 2 mm 
wide, reddish proximally, yellow distally; keel c. 3 mm 
wide, grading from pale to pink to red; anthers c. 0.5 mm 
long post-dehiscence; ovary glabrous, c. 6-ovulate; style 
4-5 mm long. Pods: stipe 2-4 mm long; narrow-oblong, 
20-30 mm long, 6-9 mm wide; upper margin c. 0.7 mm 
wide, not ridged. Seeds c. 3 mm long, c. 1.8 mm wide; aril 
c. 1 mm long, c. 0.7 mm high, with base c. 0.6 mm long, 
with lobe curving c. 150° (Fig. 12e). 
Selected specimens from c. 8 examined: AUSTRALIAN 
CAPITAL TERRITORY: Cotter Pumping Station, E.Gauba, 
29.ix.1953 (CANB); Paddy's River, LPryor, 1937 (CANB); 
Molonglo River, directly S of Lower Molonglo Sewage 
Treatment Plant, N.Taws 310, 18.xii.l993 (CANB, MEL); 
Murrumbidgee and Cotter Rivers junction, R.Cambage 
2990, 5.xi.l911 (NSW). VICTORIA: Limestone Track, 
c. 1.2 km from the Benambra-Wulgulmerang Rd, JAJeanes 
2336, 03.ii.2010 (CANB, MEL). 
Flowering period: Flowers in spring. 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in the Australian 
Capital Territory along the banks of the Murrumbidgee 
River and its tributaries, and in far north-eastern Victoria 
(Fig. 14d). Rare, and listed as an endangered species 
in the Australian Capital Territory. Grows in woodland, 
with most records describing it as growing in sand or 
amongst boulders on river banks. 
Notes: Bossiaea grayi is very similar to B. vombata q.v. 
The record given for Victoria is tentatively identified as 
B. grayi based on vegetative features as it lacks flowers 
and fruit. In this specimen, galls (which appear to be 
replacing flowers) are formed at nodes, and these are 
subtended by normal inflorescence scales that are 
typical of B. grayi. The pattern of epicuticular wax on 
cladodes is also typical of B. grayi. 
39. Bossiaea vombata J.H.Ross, Muelleria 26: 
54 (2008) 
Type: Victoria. Wombat State Forest, Farm Rd, 3.9 km 
from Junction of Back Settlement Rd and the Ballan- 
Daylesford Rd at Korweinguboora, J.H.Ross 3647, 
26.X.1 995; holotype: MEL 2043441. 
168 
Vol 30(2) 2012 

Page image

938398 Bossiaea hendersonii Muelleria 30(2): 131
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608894
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Eastern Bossiaea 
Residual syntypes (all in Tasmania); Locality unknown, 
R.Gunn [171]: K 000278226; Patricks River, R.Gunn [171], 
14.xii.1844: K 000278230; York Town, R.Gunn [171], 
25.i.1844: K 000278231; George Town, R.Gunn [171], 
1842: K 000278232; Lake Arthur, Western Mts, Lawrence: 
K 000278236; Circular Head, R.Gunn [171], 1842: 
K 000278237; Locality unknown, R.Gunn s.n.: 
MEL 651106 (possibly). 
Bossiaea hendersonii Regel, Gartenflora 15: 322, pi. 
523, 3d, e (1866), as Henderson!. Type: not designated. 
[Protologue: Translated from German as 'Cultivated 
from the garden of James Booth and Sons, Hamburg, 
Germany'.] Holotype: pi. 523,3d, e in Gartenflora 15:322 
(1866). 
Erect or sprawling shrubs to c. 1.5 m high, with 
inflorescences borne on a regular series of very short 
side-branchlets which in turn are produced along a 
regular series of spreading side-branches; branchlets 
spreading, terete, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, sparsely to 
moderately hairy; hairs c. 0.2 mm long, wavy to curly: 
epicuticular wax not developed. Stipules narrow- 
triangular, 0.5-2 mm long, erect, brown, glabrous, 
1-nerved or venation obscure; stipule-petiole angle 
30-70° Leaves opposite; petiole 1-2 mm long, very 
slender; articulation slightly to moderately geniculate, 
ridged; lamina ovate to broad-ovate, occasionally 
c. circular, 2.5-6 mm long, 2.5-6 mm wide, with l:w 
ratio mostly 0.9-1.0, flat or slightly convex laterally, 
markedly discolorous; base symmetrical, cordate or 
less often broad-cuneate to truncate; margin slightly 
recurved, sometimes with hairs persisting, ±smooth; 
apex subacute to rounded; apiculum to c. 0.2 mm long, 
downcurved, or not developed; upper surface smooth, 
with venation obscure, glabrous; lower surface glabrous 
or with hairs on midrib. Inflorescences: axes contracted 
or to c. 3 mm long, hairy, with a small leaf and stipules 
often developed instead of scales, occasionally with 2 or 
more nodes below the flower; bract 0.5-1 mm long, c. 
0.5 mm wide, slightly convex; pedicel 15-30 mm long, 
hairy; bracteoles persistent, ovate, 0.5-1 mm long, with 
l:w ratio 1-1.5, ±appressed, inserted at or more often 
beyond mid-pedicel, convex, apex nearly flat, 1-nerved, 
glabrous, light brown. Calyx 5-6 mm long, glabrous, 
with tube shorter than upper lobes; upper lobes 2.5-3.5 
mm long, 3-3.5 mm wide, expanded beyond lateral 
angle by 2-3 mm; lateral angle acuminate; sinus 2 mm 
deep; lower lobes 1-1.7 mm long, c 0.8 mm wide, with 
lateral lobes flat; standard to c. 12 mm long, similar in 
length to wings and keel, adaxially yellow with red flare, 
abaxially brownish-red except towards margins; wings 
3- 3.5 mm wide, mostly brownish-red, sometimes yellow 
distally; keel c. 4 mm wide, pale proximally, red distally; 
anthers c. 0.7 mm long post-dehiscence; ovary glabrous, 
4- 8-ovulate; style 3-4 mm long. Pods: stipe 5-8 mm 
long: body narrow-oblong, 15-30 mm long, 5-6 mm 
wide, glabrous; upper margin c. 0.7 mm wide, hardly 
ridged. Seeds 2-2.5 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide; aril 1-1.2 
mm long, c. 0.5 mm high, with base c. 0.7 mm long, with 
lobe curving 120-160° (Fig. 6e). 
Selected specimens from c. 80 examined: VICTORIA: Farm 
Rd, 0.8 km from Morgan Track, Wombat State Forest, J.H.Ross 
3693, 13.xii.l995 (CANB, HO, MEL); Buangor Forest Park, 27 km 
E of Ararat PO, A.C.Beauglehole 61498, 10.xi.l978 (MEL); Boiler 
Swamp Rd, Portland district, €3/ D.Woolcock 1537, 28.xi.1983 
(MEL); Lyonville, H.B.WilHamson, i.l916 (MEL); Benwerrin, 
Otway Ranges, A.C.F.Gates, xi.1922 (MEL); Domino Rd, c. 6 km 
WSW ofTrentham, I.RJhompson 1470, 19.i.2012 (CANB, MEL). 
TASMANIA: Tomahawk River, D.LMorris 8171, 12.X.1981 (HO, 
MEL); Picketts Plains, A.Moscal 3998, 12.xi.1983 (HO, MEL); 
Cradle Mountain Reserve, AM.OIsen, 3.1.1937 (HO); Port Sorell, 
W.M.Curtis. x.1944 (AD, HO, MEL); Penstock, A.V.Giblin, xii.1929 
(HO). 
Flowering period: Flowers in spring and early summer. 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in south-western 
and south-central Victoria from Portland east to 
Healesville and in northern two-thirds of Tasmania 
(Fig. 7b). Categorised as rare in Victoria (Walsh & Stajsic 
2007). Grows in open forest, often beside streams or in 
damp environments. 
Notes: Bossiaea cordigera is mostly closely related 
to B. lenticularis q.v. It is readily distinguished from the 
other species in Group C by the combination of its 
sparse, short and mostly curly hairs, opposite leaves, 
ovate, cordate-based leaflets, long pedicels and long 
pod-stipes. Calyx-lobes become strongly deflexed 
after flowering. A yellow-flowered mutant has been 
recorded from Wombat State Forest SE of Daylesford in 
south-central Victoria. Several features of 6 . cordigera, 
especially the opposite, ovate leaves and the greatly 
Muelleria 
131 

Page image

938413 Bossiaea heterophylla stenoclada Muelleria 30(2): 149
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608912
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246
753336 Bossiaea heterophylla Muelleria 30(2): 149-150, Figs 10, 11 (map)
51336162 Bossiaea horizontalis Muelleria 30(2): 132
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608895
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246
753359 Bossiaea humilis Muelleria 30(2): 172
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608935
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Thompson 
hairy pod-margins, and seeds with a knobbly aril. Bracts 
and bracteoles are distinctively striate, and margins of 
these and inflorescence scales are relatively long-ciliate. 
It is the only species of Bossiaea in eastern Australia to 
occupy arid regions. 
The closest relative amongst the eastern leafless 
species to B. walkeri is unclear. From the Riparia 
subgroup, Bossiaea riparia is similar in having cladodes 
with hairy faces, while B. peninsularis is similar in terms 
of its striate bracts and bracteoles. However, in terms 
of caducous bracts and bracteoles and numbers of 
inflorescence scales, B. walkeri is closer to the Bracteosa 
subgroup. 
Names of uncertain application 
Bossiaea humilis Meisn., in J.G.C.Lehmann, 
Plantae Preissianae 1 (1): 85, adnot. (1844) 
Type: [Protologue: 'Circa Sydney, ora orient., legit 
Anderson, n. 78 (v. s. in Herb. Shuttleworth.)',] New South 
Wales. Sydney region, Anderson 78, 1837; holotype: BM 
939751, image seen MEL 
The type specimen does not match any other material 
seen in the course of this revision. It may be a hybrid as 
it appears to be somewhat intermediate between B. 
stephensonii q.v, and several other species that occur in 
the Sydney region, including B. obcordota, B. nummularia 
and B. prostrata. 
Bossiaea linnaeoides G.Don, Gen. Hist 2:129 
(1832) 
Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'Native of New 
Holland'.] There is insufficient information from the 
protologue to identify this taxon and there is no known 
type material. 
Bossiaea plumosa Hort. ex Har., Diet Hort [Bois] 
1(7): 195 (1893) 
Type: not designated. [Protologue has no locality or 
collector information.] There is insufficient information 
from the protologue to identify this taxon and there is 
no known type material. 
Acknowledgements 
I am grateful to Collections staff at the Royal Botanic 
Gardens Melbourne for their assistance with mapping, 
loan requests and processing, to Dr Lachlan Copeland 
for making some valuable field collections, and to 
AD, BRl, CANB, HO, MEL, NE and NSW for making their 
collections available for study. This study was funded 
by Australian Biological Resources Study (ABRS Grant 
no. 207-01), which is a program within the Department 
of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and 
Communities. 
References 
Bentham,G. (1864).'Bo5s/oe(3'. In G.Bentham, Flora Australiensis, 
Vol. 2, pp. 154-168. Lovell Reeve & Co.: London. 
Lee, A.T. (1970).Taxonomic Notes on Platylobium, Bossiaea and 
Templetonia in New South Wales. Contributions from the New 
South Wales National Herbarium 4(3), 96-105. 
Lee, A.T. (1981). Bossiaea oligosperma A. Lee, sp. nov. (Fabaceae: 
Bossiaeeae). Telopea 2(2), 215-217. 
Lee, A.T. and Thompson, J. (1984).'Fabaceae, Part 2' In Flora of 
New South Wales. National Herbarium of New South Wales, 
pp. 93-178. V.C.N.BIight, Government Printer: New South 
Wales. 
McDougall, K.L. (2009). Four new species related to Bossiaea 
bracteosa F.Muell. ex Benth. in south-eastern Australia. 
Te/opeo 12(3), 347-360. 
Ross J.H. (1991). Bossiaea arenicolo (Fabaceae), a new species 
from northern Queensland. Muelleria 7(3), 371 -374. 
Ross, J.H. (2006). A conspectus of the Western Australian 
Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae). Muelleria 23, 15- 
143. 
Ross, J.H. (2008). A new species of Bossiaea (Fabaceae: 
Bossiaeeae) from Victoria. Muelleria 26(2), 54-56. 
Thompson, I.R. (20na). A revision of Goodia (Fabaceae: 
Bossiaeeae). Mue//er/a 29(2), 141-153. 
Thompson, I.R. (2011b). A revision of Platylobium (Fabaceae: 
Bossiaeeae). Muelleria 29(2), 154-172. 
Thompson, I.R. (2011 c). A revision of Muelleranthus, Ptychosema 
and Aenictophyton (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae). Muelleria 29(2), 
173-189. 
Walsh, N.G. and Stajsic, V. (2007). A census of the vascular plants 
of Victoria, 8"' edn. National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal 
Botanic Gardens Melbourne: South Yarra. 
172 
Vol 30(2) 2012 

Page image

753321 Bossiaea kiamensis Muelleria 30(2): 127-128, Figs 4, 5 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 127-128, Figs 4, 5 (map)".

938410 Bossiaea lanceolata Muelleria 30(2): 149
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608912
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Eastern Bossiaea 
discolorous; base symmetrical, rounded to truncate; 
margin flat to recurved, usually knobbly and pale; apex 
acuminate, tapering into an apiculum; apiculum to 
c. 0.1 mm long, generally pointing slightly down; upper 
surface smooth or slightly tuberculate, with venation 
raised, brochidodromous, with gland-dotting generally 
evident, glabrescent; lower surface glabrescent. 
Inflorescences: axes contracted; bract persistent, 2 mm 
long, c. 1 mm wide, convex; pedicel 3-10 mm long, 
glabrous; bracteoles persistent until flowering, narrow- 
oblong or narrow-elliptic, 2-2.5 mm long, with l;w ratio 
2.5-3, appressed, inserted near base of pedicel, strongly 
convex, 3-8-nerved, glabrous, red-brown. Calyx 3-4 mm 
long, glabrous, with tube equal to or longer than lobes; 
upper lobes 1.2-1.8 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide; lateral 
angle acuminate; sinus 1-1.5 mm deep; lower lobes 
1-1.8 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, with lateral lobes flat; 
standard to c. 12 mm long, similar in length to or slightly 
longer than wings and keel (shorter before opening), 
adaxially yellow with a red flare, with throat bisected; 
abaxially reddish interrupted by pale radiating nerves; 
wings c. equal to keel, c. 2 mm wide, reddish proximally, 
generally yellow in distal half; keel c. 3 mm wide, pink 
grading to dark red; anthers c. 0.3 mm long post¬ 
dehiscence; ovary glabrous, 4-6-ovulate; style 3-4 mm 
long. Pods: stipe 3-4 mm long; body narrow-oblong, 
15-25 mm long, 6-9 mm wide, glabrous, without 
spongy tissue internally; upper margin 1-1.5 mm wide, 
with a ridge to c. 0.5 mm high, sometimes ridged along 
suture only. Seeds 2.5-3 mm long, 1.5-1.8 mm wide; aril 
0.8-1.2 mm long, c. 0.8 mm high, with base 0.7-1.2 mm 
long, with lobe curving c. 90° (Fig. 1 Oj), 
Selected specimens from c. 50 examined: NEW SOUTH 
WALES; Port Macquarie, E.R.Brown, ii.l897 (NSW); Gan Gan 
Hill, Nelsons Bay, R.Payne 2/3, viii.1993 (NSW); outskirts of 
Gateshead near Newcastle, RStory 6570, 8.viii.1959 (CANB, 
MEL); Morisset, J.LBoorman, x.1899 (NSW); Caley Range, Blue 
Mountains National Park, W.A.CherryS76, 5.xi.2004 (NSW); Royal 
National Park, just E of Engadine Railway Station, M.D.Crisp 
7167, 4.X.1983 (AD, CANB, MEL); Scouters Mountain, Heathcote 
National Park, R.Coveny 11607& W.Bishop, 1 .ix.l 983 (MEL, NSW). 
Flowering period: Flowers in winter and spring. Most 
flowers opening more or less simultaneously. 
Distribution and habitat Occurs near the coast in 
north-eastern and central-eastern New South Wales 
from Port Macquarie in the north to Wollongong in 
the south (Fig. 11a). Grows in open forest, woodland 
and heathland, often in sandy soils on sandstone, but 
sometimes also in clay soils. 
Notes: Bossiaea stephensonii is readily identified 
by its large, erect, green stipules, narrowly winged 
branchlets, and long hairs. It approaches species in 
Group D in terms of the relative length of lower calyx- 
lobes, the relatively large, erect stipules, thin pods, long 
petioles and geniculate leaflet-articulation. The bracts 
and bracteoles are similar in size and colour to those of 
B. prostrata. 
Hybridisation: The type specimen of B. humilis Meisn. 
(see under Names of uncertain application) is possibly a 
hybrid involving B. stephensonii. Bossiaea obcordata is a 
likely candidate as the other parent. 
The Heterophylla subgroup 
22. Bossiaea heterophylla Vent., Descr. PI. Nouv. 
1:7,t.7(1800) 
Type: not designated. [Protologue: '... originate de 
Botany-Bay, introduit chez Cels en 1792, Cultivated 
plant, grown, presumably, from seeds collected at 
Botany Bay, New South Wales.] Holotype; t. 7 in Descr. PL 
/Vouv. 1:7 (1800). 
Platylobium lanceolatum Andrews, Bot Repos. 3: pi. 205 
(1802); Bossiaea lanceolata (Andrews) Sm., Bot. Mag. 28: 
1144, 1 .1144 (1808). Type: not designated. [Protologue: 
'Our drawing was made in November 1801, at the 
Nursery of Messrs. Le[e] and Kennedy, Hammersmith, 
by whom it was first raised in 1792'.] Holotype: pi. 205 in 
Sot. Repos. 3(1802). 
Platylobium ovatum Andrews, Bot. Repos. 4: pi. 266 
(1802); Bossiaea ovata (Andrews) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. 
London 9: 303 (1808). Type: not designated. [Protologue: 
'No locality information for source of seeds provided. 
Cultivated at Nursery of Messr. Lee & Kennedy, 
Hammersmith'.] Holotype: pi. 266 in Sot. Repos. 4: (1802). 
Bossiaea heterophylla var. stenocloda Domin, Biblioth. 
Bot. 22(89): 728 (1928). Type: [Protologue: 'N. S. Wales: 
in der Nahe von Leura in den Blue Mts. (Domin IV. 
1910)'. Near Leura, Blue Mountains, New South Wales.] 
Holotype; possibly PR, n.v. 
Semi-prostrate to erect shrubs to c. 2 m high, with 
inflorescences typically borne on longer branchlets 
rather than a regular series of short side-branchlets; 
branchlets sub-erect to erecto-patent, moderately 
Muelleria 
149 

Page image

938415 Bossiaea lenticularis Muelleria 30(2): 150
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608913
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246
753322 Bossiaea lenticularis Muelleria 30(2): 129-130, Figs 6, 7 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 129-130, Figs 6, 7 (map)".

753360 Bossiaea linnaeoides Muelleria 30(2): 172
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608935
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Thompson 
hairy pod-margins, and seeds with a knobbly aril. Bracts 
and bracteoles are distinctively striate, and margins of 
these and inflorescence scales are relatively long-ciliate. 
It is the only species of Bossiaea in eastern Australia to 
occupy arid regions. 
The closest relative amongst the eastern leafless 
species to B. walkeri is unclear. From the Riparia 
subgroup, Bossiaea riparia is similar in having cladodes 
with hairy faces, while B. peninsularis is similar in terms 
of its striate bracts and bracteoles. However, in terms 
of caducous bracts and bracteoles and numbers of 
inflorescence scales, B. walkeri is closer to the Bracteosa 
subgroup. 
Names of uncertain application 
Bossiaea humilis Meisn., in J.G.C.Lehmann, 
Plantae Preissianae 1 (1): 85, adnot. (1844) 
Type: [Protologue: 'Circa Sydney, ora orient., legit 
Anderson, n. 78 (v. s. in Herb. Shuttleworth.)',] New South 
Wales. Sydney region, Anderson 78, 1837; holotype: BM 
939751, image seen MEL 
The type specimen does not match any other material 
seen in the course of this revision. It may be a hybrid as 
it appears to be somewhat intermediate between B. 
stephensonii q.v, and several other species that occur in 
the Sydney region, including B. obcordota, B. nummularia 
and B. prostrata. 
Bossiaea linnaeoides G.Don, Gen. Hist 2:129 
(1832) 
Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'Native of New 
Holland'.] There is insufficient information from the 
protologue to identify this taxon and there is no known 
type material. 
Bossiaea plumosa Hort. ex Har., Diet Hort [Bois] 
1(7): 195 (1893) 
Type: not designated. [Protologue has no locality or 
collector information.] There is insufficient information 
from the protologue to identify this taxon and there is 
no known type material. 
Acknowledgements 
I am grateful to Collections staff at the Royal Botanic 
Gardens Melbourne for their assistance with mapping, 
loan requests and processing, to Dr Lachlan Copeland 
for making some valuable field collections, and to 
AD, BRl, CANB, HO, MEL, NE and NSW for making their 
collections available for study. This study was funded 
by Australian Biological Resources Study (ABRS Grant 
no. 207-01), which is a program within the Department 
of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and 
Communities. 
References 
Bentham,G. (1864).'Bo5s/oe(3'. In G.Bentham, Flora Australiensis, 
Vol. 2, pp. 154-168. Lovell Reeve & Co.: London. 
Lee, A.T. (1970).Taxonomic Notes on Platylobium, Bossiaea and 
Templetonia in New South Wales. Contributions from the New 
South Wales National Herbarium 4(3), 96-105. 
Lee, A.T. (1981). Bossiaea oligosperma A. Lee, sp. nov. (Fabaceae: 
Bossiaeeae). Telopea 2(2), 215-217. 
Lee, A.T. and Thompson, J. (1984).'Fabaceae, Part 2' In Flora of 
New South Wales. National Herbarium of New South Wales, 
pp. 93-178. V.C.N.BIight, Government Printer: New South 
Wales. 
McDougall, K.L. (2009). Four new species related to Bossiaea 
bracteosa F.Muell. ex Benth. in south-eastern Australia. 
Te/opeo 12(3), 347-360. 
Ross J.H. (1991). Bossiaea arenicolo (Fabaceae), a new species 
from northern Queensland. Muelleria 7(3), 371 -374. 
Ross, J.H. (2006). A conspectus of the Western Australian 
Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae). Muelleria 23, 15- 
143. 
Ross, J.H. (2008). A new species of Bossiaea (Fabaceae: 
Bossiaeeae) from Victoria. Muelleria 26(2), 54-56. 
Thompson, I.R. (20na). A revision of Goodia (Fabaceae: 
Bossiaeeae). Mue//er/a 29(2), 141-153. 
Thompson, I.R. (2011b). A revision of Platylobium (Fabaceae: 
Bossiaeeae). Muelleria 29(2), 154-172. 
Thompson, I.R. (2011 c). A revision of Muelleranthus, Ptychosema 
and Aenictophyton (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae). Muelleria 29(2), 
173-189. 
Walsh, N.G. and Stajsic, V. (2007). A census of the vascular plants 
of Victoria, 8"' edn. National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal 
Botanic Gardens Melbourne: South Yarra. 
172 
Vol 30(2) 2012 

Page image

938408 Bossiaea microphylla Muelleria 30(2): 145
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608908
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Eastern Bossiaea 
7.IV.2002 (HO); Rocks near New Norfolk, LRodway, xii.1898 (HO); 
Rossarden Rd, Mangara, Tleoman s.n., 8.xii.2010 (MEL). 
Flowering period: Flowers in November and 
December. 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in north-eastern 
Tasmania near Mathinna, and in south-eastern Tasmania 
south of Oatlands. Originally collected from New Norfolk 
west of Hobart but not currently known from this locality 
(Fig. 9g). Rare, and likely to warrant recognition as a 
threatened species. Grows in loamy, gravelly or skeletal 
soils derived from mudstone, in forest and woodland. 
Etymology: In raising B. cinerea var, rigida to species 
rank, the epithet rigido could not be used as the name 
Bossiaea rigida Turcz. had already been published. The 
new epithet reflects the fact that the species is endemic 
to Tasmania, and B. tasmanica is in fact Tasmania's only 
endemic species of Bossiaea. 
Notes: Bossiaea tasmanica appears to be more closely 
related than B. obcordata to other species in Group D. 
It can be distinguished from B. obcordata by its more 
prostrate habit, more wax-encrusted branchlets with 
obscure decurrencies, blunter, branchlets that are hardly 
spinous, relatively narrower leaves, narrower bracteoles, 
hairy calyx and hairy pods, longer petal claws and 
different petal colours.The leaves are similar in shape to 
those of B. obovata of the Scortechinii subgroup. 
Specimens of B. tasmanica from the type locality of 
New Norfolk near Hobart in south-eastern Tasmania 
have a denser indumentum than is seen in other 
collections. The Rocks' as given in the protologue is 
thought likely to be Derbyshire Rocks. 
20. Bossiaea obcordata (Vent.) Druce, Rep, Bot. 
Soc, Exch, Club Brit Isles 1916, suppl. 2:610 
(1917) 
Platylobium obcordatum Vent., Jard. Malmaison: subt. 31 
(1803) 
Type: not designated. [Cultivated in Le Jardin de 
la Malmaison, France from seed collected during the 
voyage of Baudin, 1802.] Holotype: G, image seen in 
Geneva Herbarium Catalogue. 
Platylobium microphyllum Sims, Bot. Mag. 22: 863, 
pi. 863 (1805); Bossiaea microphylla (Sims) Sm., Trans. 
Linn. Soc. London 9: 303 (1808). Type: not designated. 
[Protologue: No information about the provenance 
of seeds. Cultivated in a private garden in Berkshire, 
England.] Holotype: pi. 863 in Sims, Bot. Mag. 22: 863 
(1805). 
Erect shrubs to c. 1 m high, with inflorescences typically 
borne on a regular series of very short, side-branchlets 
which in turn are produced along a regular series of 
short erecto-patent side-branches; branchlets erecto- 
patent, mildly compressed, 0.5-1 mm wide, with well- 
developed decurrent ridges, spine-tipped, with spine 
glabrous, orange-brown, sparsely to moderately hairy; 
hairs to c. 0.5 mm long; epicuticular wax sometimes 
developed. Stipules narrow-triangular, 1-2 mm long, 
±erect, brown, sparsely hairy, glabrescent, 3-nerved; 
stipule-petiole angle c. 30-60°. Leaves: petiole 0.5-1.5 
mm long; articulation strongly geniculate, with ridge 
absent or obscure; lamina broad-obovate, obcordate 
or circular, 3-6 mm long, 2-6 mm wide, with l:w ratio 
0.9-1.3, flat or gently convex each side of midrib, mostly 
markedly discolorous; base symmetrical, rounded to 
cuneate; margin recurved, glabrescent, ±smooth; apex 
rounded, truncate or emarginate, sometimes slightly 
downcurved; apiculum not or hardly developed; upper 
surface smooth, with venation generally raised, with 
gland-dotting sometimes evident, glabrescent; lower 
surface glabrescent. Inflorescences: axes contracted 
or to c. 1 mm long; bract caducous, c. 0.8 mm long, 
0.6 mm wide, strongly convex; pedicel 2-4 mm long, 
glabrous or sparsely hairy proximaily; bracteoles 
caducous or sometimes persisting to anthesis, elliptic 
to obovate, 1-1.5 mm long, with l:w ratio 1.5-2, loosely 
appressed, inserted in middle or proximal thirds, slightly 
to moderately convex, 3- to 5-nerved, glabrous, red- 
brown. Calyx 2.5-4,5 mm long, glabrous, or occasionally 
very sparsely hairy, with tube slightly to much longer 
than lobes; upper lobes 1-2 mm long, 1.2-2 mm wide; 
lateral angle acute; sinus 0.5-1 mm deep; lower lobes 
1-1.5 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide, with lateral lobes flat; 
standard to 10 mrn long, slightly longer than wings and 
keel, adaxially yellow with a red flare, and with throat 
bisected, abaxially red, mainly medially; wings 0.5-1 
mm shorter than keel, c. 2,5 mm wide, purplish-brown 
throughout or sometimes dirty yellow distally; keel 3-4 
mm wide, pinkish grading to darker red; anthers c. 0.4 
mm long post-dehiscence; ovary glabrous or sparsely 
hairy along upper margin, 4-ovulate; style 3-4 mm long. 
Pods: stipe 2-3 mm long; body elliptic or rhomboid- 
Muelleria 
145 

Page image

753353 Bossiaea milesiae Muelleria 30(2): 166-167, Fig. 12, 14 (map)
753327 Bossiaea neoanglica Muelleria 30(2): 134-135, Figs 6, 7 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 134-135, Figs 6, 7 (map)".

753328 Bossiaea nummularia Muelleria 30(2): 137-138, Figs 8, 9 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 137-138, Figs 8, 9 (map)".

938405 Bossiaea obcordata Muelleria 30(2): 144
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608907
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Thompson 
LPedley 5560, 15.X.1990 {BRI); Wyberba, D.Hockings, x.1963 
(BRI); c. 1.6 km W of Jollys Falls, c 8 km N of Stanthorpe, LPedley 
1525, 30.X.1963 (BRI); Girraween National Park, CE.Wookock, 
3.xi.l983 (MEU. NEW SOUTH WALES: Burra Swamp, c 35 km 
SE of Tenterfield via Spirabo Way in Forestland State Forest, 
P.CJobson 5255 & S.A.Mills, 27x1997 (NSW); Wellingrove area, 
M.Gray 2879, 12.iii.l954 (CANB, NSW); 11 km from Torrington 
along road to Silent Grove, M.D.Crisp 7347 & I.R.Telford, 
29.ix.1984 (AD, CANB, MEL); c. 1.5 km E of Cobcrofts Rd along 
Mesa Management Trail, Werrikimbe National Park, LCopeland 
4474, 2.xi.2010 (BRI, CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). 
Flowering period: Flowers from Octoberto December, 
occasionally also in autumn. 
Distribution and habitat Occurs in south-eastern 
Queensland, in the Stanthorpe district and also west of 
Gympie, and in north-eastern New South Wales as far 
south as Werrikimbe National Park, south-east ofWalcha 
{Fig. 9e). Grows in sandy soils on granite, in open forest 
and woodland. 
Efymo/ogy: The epithet refers to the typical shape of 
the leaflet lamina. 
Notes: Bossiaea obovata differs from the other two 
species in the Scortechinii subgroup by having obovate 
leaves, short pedicels and pod-valves with spreading 
hairs. Specimens of B. obovata have in the past been 
assigned to B. scortechinii. 
The Obcordata subgroup 
19. Bossiaea tasmanica I.Thomps., nom, etstat 
nov, 
Bossiaea cinerea var. rigida Rodway, The Tasmanian Flora: 
36(1903). 
Type: [Protologue: The Rocks, near New Norfolk'.] 
Tasmania. The Rocks, near New Norfolk, LRodway 168, 
X.1 895; holotype: HO 1 2753. 
Bossiaea obcordata sensu W.M.Curtis & D.I.Morris, 
Student's FI. Tasmania, 2nd edn, 1:148 (1975). 
Prostrate or decumbent shrubs to c. 0.3 m high, generally 
densely and irregularly branched, with inflorescences 
mostly borne on short side-branchlets; branchlets 
erecto-patent to almost spreading, often recurving, 
mildly compressed or c terete, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, with 
decurrent ridges mostly obscure, tapering distally, 
spinescent or with apex blunt, sparsely to moderately 
hairy, glabrescent; hairs 0.3-0.5 mm long; epicuticular 
wax commonly developed. Stipules narrow-triangular 
or subulate, 0.8-1.5 mm long, erect, divergent or slightly 
recurved distally, orange-brown or slightly greenish 
at first, soon withering to red-brown, glabrous, faintly 
1- nerved; stipule-petiole angle 0-60°. Leaves: petiole 
c. 0.5 mm long; articulation strongly geniculate, 
sometimes ridged; lamina elliptic to obovate, 3-7 mm 
long, 2-5 mm wide, with l:w ratio mostly 1.2-2, flat or 
concave grading to more strongly concave or somewhat 
folded distally, mildly discolorous; base symmetrical, 
rounded-cuneate; margin flat or more often recurved, 
with scattered hairs, glabrescent, scarcely tuberculate; 
apex subacute to truncate, commonly recurved; 
apiculum to c 0.2 mm long, pointing down; upper 
surface smooth, with venation sometimes slightly raised, 
with gland-dotting generally evident, glabrescent; lower 
surface glabrescent. Inflorescences: axes contracted; 
stipules and small leaves sometimes developed instead 
of scales; bract 1-1.3 mm long, strongly convex; pedicel 
2- 3(-6) mm long, glabrous or sparsely hairy, glabrescent; 
bracteoles commonly caducous by anthesis, narrow- 
elliptic, narrow-oblong, narrow-obovate or narrow- 
spathulate, 1-1.5 mm long, with l:w ratio 2-4, divergent, 
inserted in proximal half, abaxial surface moderately 
convex, 1-3-nerved, glabrous or sparsely hairy distally, 
red-brown. Calyx 2.5-4 mm long, hairy, sometimes 
sparsely so, with tube slightly longer than lobes; upper 
lobes 1.5-2 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide; lateral angle acute 
or acuminate; sinus 0.5-1 mm deep; lower lobes 1.2-2.5 
mm long, 0.8 mm wide, with lateral lobes flat; standard 
to c. 10 mm long, c. as long as keel, adaxially yellow 
with a red flare, abaxially largely brownish-red except 
for pale radiating lines; wings slightly shorter than keel, 
2-2.5 mm wide, purplish-brown throughout or in distal 
half; keel c. 3 mm wide, pale grading to greenish-yellow, 
sometimes pink-tinged at apex; anthers c. 0.6 mm long 
post-dehiscence; ovary hairy, 4-ovulate; style c. 3 mm 
long. Pods: stipe 1-2 mm long; body ±oblong, 15 mm 
long, 6 mm wide, with hairs to 1.5 mm long on valves 
and sutures; upper margin c. 0.7 mm wide, with ridge to 
c. 0.3 mm high. Seeds 2.5-3 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide; aril 
c. 0.8 mm long, c. 0.8 mm high, with base c. 0.4 mm long, 
with lobe curving 150-180° (Fig. 8h, j). 
Selected specimens from c. 14 examined: TASMANIA: Devil 
Creek headwaters, R.Barnes, 15.xi.2004 (HO); Tower Hill Rd, 
M.Neyland, 12.xi.1991 (HO); 4 km S of Tunnack, B.French 628, 
144 
Vol 30(2) 2012 

Page image

753334 Bossiaea obcordata Muelleria 30(2): 145-146, Figs 8, 9 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 145-146, Figs 8, 9 (map)".

753332 Bossiaea obovata Muelleria 30(2): 143-144, Figs 8, 9 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 143-144, Figs 8, 9 (map)".

753342 Bossiaea oligosperma Muelleria 30(2): 157, Figs 10, 11 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608920
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Eastern Bossiaea 
28. Bossiaea otigosperma A.T.Lee, Telopea 2(2): 
215(1981) 
Type: New South Wales.Tonalli River landing towards 
Byrnes Creek, Warragamba, Al.Mitchell 434, 20.ix.1966; 
holotype: NSW 285041; isotypes: BRI 278956, CANB 
306843, MEL 596958. 
Bossiaea sp. A sensu S.W.LJacobs & J.Pickard, Plants of 
New South Wales ( 1981 ). 
Erect shrubs to c. 1 m high, with inflorescences borne 
typically on a tregular series of short side-branches; 
branchlets erecto-patent to almost spreading, terete, 
0.7-1 mm wide, without decurrent ridges, densely hairy; 
hairs to c. 0.8 mm long, straight or wavy; epicuticular 
wax not developed. Stipules narrow-triangular, 1-2 
mm long, flat, erect or recurving, with thinner margins 
generally not recurved, brown or red-brown, glabrous 
except near base, 1-nerved or with venation obscure; 
stipule-petiole angle 60-90°. Leaves alternate; petiole 
0.3-0.8 mm long; articulation slightly geniculate, ridged, 
often obscured by hair; lamina c. circular, mostly 3-6 
mm long, 3-6 mm wide, with l:w ratio mostly c. 1, ±flat 
or becoming concave distally, slightly discolorous; base 
c symmetrical, rounded to truncate; margin flat, hairy, 
±smooth, with a pale rim; apex rounded to truncate, 
or abruptly recurved and acuminate; apiculum to c. 
0.1 mm long; upper surface smooth, with venation 
sometimes slightly raised, with gland dotting generally 
obscure, generally soon glabrescent; lower surface with 
somewhat persistent hairs, often moderately dense. 
Inflorescences: axes contracted; bract persistent, 1 mm 
long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, slightly to moderately convex; 
pedicel 1.5-3 mm long, glabrous; bracteoles persistent, 
ovate, 1-1.5 mm long, with l;w ratio 1.5-2, loosely 
appressed or divergent, inserted near base of pedicel, 
moderately convex, 1-nerved or venation obscure, 
glabrous, orange-brown. Calyx 3-4 mm long, glabrous, 
sometimes slightly glaucous, with tube slightly longer 
than lobes; upper lobes 1.2-1.8 mm long, 1.5-2 mm 
wide, not expanded beyond lateral angle; lateral angle 
acute or minutely acuminate; sinus c. 0.5 mm deep; 
lower lobes 1-1.3 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide at base, with 
lateral lobes ±flat but with a distal ridge; standard to c. 
10 mm long, slightly longer than keel (shorter prior to 
opening); adaxially yellow with a red flare, with throat 
bisected, abaxially flushed red medially; wings c. 1 mm 
shorter than keel, 2.5-3 mm wide, flushed purple-brown 
throughout or mainly yellow apically; keel c. 3.5-4 mm 
wide, pink grading to dark red; anther c. 0.4 mm long 
post-dehiscence; ovary glabrous, 2-ovulate; style 3-4 
mm long. Pods: stipe 4-5 mm long; body c. elliptic, 
10-12 mm long, 7-8 mm wide, glabrous; upper margin 
1-1.3 mm wide, with ridge to c. 0.8 mm high; valves 
with transverse venation raised, without spongy tissue 
internally. Seeds 3-3.5 mm long, c. 2 mm wide; aril 1.5-2 
mm long, c. 1.2 mm high, with base c. 1 mm long, with 
lobe curving c. 180° (Fig. 101, m). 
Selected specimens from c. 20 examined: NEW SOUTH 
WALES: 2.5 km S along Claypit Rd from Windellama to Nerriga 
Rd, RJohnstone2477SfA.E.Orme, 8.xm.2008 (MEL, NSW); Araluen 
Valley, Mr & Mrs Shoobridge, ix.l 964 (CANB); corner of Oellen 
Ford & Jacqua Rds, LRJhompson 1333, 24j<i.2010 (MEL); Tonalli 
River Landing, towards Byrnes Creek, Warragamba, Al.Mitchell 
277,17.xi.l964 {CANB, NSW). 
Flowering period: Flowers mostly from late winter to 
spring. 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in central-eastern 
and south-eastern New South Wales, between 
Warragamba in the north and Araluen Valley, NE 
of Moruya in the south (Fig. Hi). Rare, and listed as 
vulnerable under the Threatened Species Conservation 
Act of New South Wales. Grows in sand and loam, 
sometimes in shallow stony soils, in dry sclerophyll 
forest. 
Notes: Bossiaea oligosperma is characterised by a 
moderately dense indumentum on branchlets and 
leaves, circular leaves, and short, few-ovulate pods. 
Unlike other members of the Brownii subgroup, 
B. oligosperma does not develop spongiose tissue inside 
pods. This is probably at least partly associated with the 
fact that pods are only 2-ovulate. It appears to be most 
closely related to B. brownii. 
The Arenicola subgroup 
29. Bossiaea arenicola J.H.Ross, Muelleria 7(3): 
371 (1991) 
Type: Queensland. Cook District, 4.3 km E of the 
Hopevale-Starke road on the track to the Mclvor River 
mouth, IR.CIarkson 5322, 14.vi.1984; holotype: MEL 
665930; isotypes: MEL 1576791, NSW 787940. Also 
designated as being in BRI, CANB, DNA, K, PERTH, QRS 
but these n.v. 
Muelleria 
157 

Page image

938412 Bossiaea ovata Muelleria 30(2): 149
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608912
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Eastern Bossiaea 
discolorous; base symmetrical, rounded to truncate; 
margin flat to recurved, usually knobbly and pale; apex 
acuminate, tapering into an apiculum; apiculum to 
c. 0.1 mm long, generally pointing slightly down; upper 
surface smooth or slightly tuberculate, with venation 
raised, brochidodromous, with gland-dotting generally 
evident, glabrescent; lower surface glabrescent. 
Inflorescences: axes contracted; bract persistent, 2 mm 
long, c. 1 mm wide, convex; pedicel 3-10 mm long, 
glabrous; bracteoles persistent until flowering, narrow- 
oblong or narrow-elliptic, 2-2.5 mm long, with l;w ratio 
2.5-3, appressed, inserted near base of pedicel, strongly 
convex, 3-8-nerved, glabrous, red-brown. Calyx 3-4 mm 
long, glabrous, with tube equal to or longer than lobes; 
upper lobes 1.2-1.8 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide; lateral 
angle acuminate; sinus 1-1.5 mm deep; lower lobes 
1-1.8 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, with lateral lobes flat; 
standard to c. 12 mm long, similar in length to or slightly 
longer than wings and keel (shorter before opening), 
adaxially yellow with a red flare, with throat bisected; 
abaxially reddish interrupted by pale radiating nerves; 
wings c. equal to keel, c. 2 mm wide, reddish proximally, 
generally yellow in distal half; keel c. 3 mm wide, pink 
grading to dark red; anthers c. 0.3 mm long post¬ 
dehiscence; ovary glabrous, 4-6-ovulate; style 3-4 mm 
long. Pods: stipe 3-4 mm long; body narrow-oblong, 
15-25 mm long, 6-9 mm wide, glabrous, without 
spongy tissue internally; upper margin 1-1.5 mm wide, 
with a ridge to c. 0.5 mm high, sometimes ridged along 
suture only. Seeds 2.5-3 mm long, 1.5-1.8 mm wide; aril 
0.8-1.2 mm long, c. 0.8 mm high, with base 0.7-1.2 mm 
long, with lobe curving c. 90° (Fig. 1 Oj), 
Selected specimens from c. 50 examined: NEW SOUTH 
WALES; Port Macquarie, E.R.Brown, ii.l897 (NSW); Gan Gan 
Hill, Nelsons Bay, R.Payne 2/3, viii.1993 (NSW); outskirts of 
Gateshead near Newcastle, RStory 6570, 8.viii.1959 (CANB, 
MEL); Morisset, J.LBoorman, x.1899 (NSW); Caley Range, Blue 
Mountains National Park, W.A.CherryS76, 5.xi.2004 (NSW); Royal 
National Park, just E of Engadine Railway Station, M.D.Crisp 
7167, 4.X.1983 (AD, CANB, MEL); Scouters Mountain, Heathcote 
National Park, R.Coveny 11607& W.Bishop, 1 .ix.l 983 (MEL, NSW). 
Flowering period: Flowers in winter and spring. Most 
flowers opening more or less simultaneously. 
Distribution and habitat Occurs near the coast in 
north-eastern and central-eastern New South Wales 
from Port Macquarie in the north to Wollongong in 
the south (Fig. 11a). Grows in open forest, woodland 
and heathland, often in sandy soils on sandstone, but 
sometimes also in clay soils. 
Notes: Bossiaea stephensonii is readily identified 
by its large, erect, green stipules, narrowly winged 
branchlets, and long hairs. It approaches species in 
Group D in terms of the relative length of lower calyx- 
lobes, the relatively large, erect stipules, thin pods, long 
petioles and geniculate leaflet-articulation. The bracts 
and bracteoles are similar in size and colour to those of 
B. prostrata. 
Hybridisation: The type specimen of B. humilis Meisn. 
(see under Names of uncertain application) is possibly a 
hybrid involving B. stephensonii. Bossiaea obcordata is a 
likely candidate as the other parent. 
The Heterophylla subgroup 
22. Bossiaea heterophylla Vent., Descr. PI. Nouv. 
1:7,t.7(1800) 
Type: not designated. [Protologue: '... originate de 
Botany-Bay, introduit chez Cels en 1792, Cultivated 
plant, grown, presumably, from seeds collected at 
Botany Bay, New South Wales.] Holotype; t. 7 in Descr. PL 
/Vouv. 1:7 (1800). 
Platylobium lanceolatum Andrews, Bot Repos. 3: pi. 205 
(1802); Bossiaea lanceolata (Andrews) Sm., Bot. Mag. 28: 
1144, 1 .1144 (1808). Type: not designated. [Protologue: 
'Our drawing was made in November 1801, at the 
Nursery of Messrs. Le[e] and Kennedy, Hammersmith, 
by whom it was first raised in 1792'.] Holotype: pi. 205 in 
Sot. Repos. 3(1802). 
Platylobium ovatum Andrews, Bot. Repos. 4: pi. 266 
(1802); Bossiaea ovata (Andrews) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. 
London 9: 303 (1808). Type: not designated. [Protologue: 
'No locality information for source of seeds provided. 
Cultivated at Nursery of Messr. Lee & Kennedy, 
Hammersmith'.] Holotype: pi. 266 in Sot. Repos. 4: (1802). 
Bossiaea heterophylla var. stenocloda Domin, Biblioth. 
Bot. 22(89): 728 (1928). Type: [Protologue: 'N. S. Wales: 
in der Nahe von Leura in den Blue Mts. (Domin IV. 
1910)'. Near Leura, Blue Mountains, New South Wales.] 
Holotype; possibly PR, n.v. 
Semi-prostrate to erect shrubs to c. 2 m high, with 
inflorescences typically borne on longer branchlets 
rather than a regular series of short side-branchlets; 
branchlets sub-erect to erecto-patent, moderately 
Muelleria 
149 

Page image

753348 Bossiaea peninsularis Muelleria 30(2): 162-163, Figs 12, 13 (map)
753361 Bossiaea plumosa Muelleria 30(2): 172
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608935
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Thompson 
hairy pod-margins, and seeds with a knobbly aril. Bracts 
and bracteoles are distinctively striate, and margins of 
these and inflorescence scales are relatively long-ciliate. 
It is the only species of Bossiaea in eastern Australia to 
occupy arid regions. 
The closest relative amongst the eastern leafless 
species to B. walkeri is unclear. From the Riparia 
subgroup, Bossiaea riparia is similar in having cladodes 
with hairy faces, while B. peninsularis is similar in terms 
of its striate bracts and bracteoles. However, in terms 
of caducous bracts and bracteoles and numbers of 
inflorescence scales, B. walkeri is closer to the Bracteosa 
subgroup. 
Names of uncertain application 
Bossiaea humilis Meisn., in J.G.C.Lehmann, 
Plantae Preissianae 1 (1): 85, adnot. (1844) 
Type: [Protologue: 'Circa Sydney, ora orient., legit 
Anderson, n. 78 (v. s. in Herb. Shuttleworth.)',] New South 
Wales. Sydney region, Anderson 78, 1837; holotype: BM 
939751, image seen MEL 
The type specimen does not match any other material 
seen in the course of this revision. It may be a hybrid as 
it appears to be somewhat intermediate between B. 
stephensonii q.v, and several other species that occur in 
the Sydney region, including B. obcordota, B. nummularia 
and B. prostrata. 
Bossiaea linnaeoides G.Don, Gen. Hist 2:129 
(1832) 
Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'Native of New 
Holland'.] There is insufficient information from the 
protologue to identify this taxon and there is no known 
type material. 
Bossiaea plumosa Hort. ex Har., Diet Hort [Bois] 
1(7): 195 (1893) 
Type: not designated. [Protologue has no locality or 
collector information.] There is insufficient information 
from the protologue to identify this taxon and there is 
no known type material. 
Acknowledgements 
I am grateful to Collections staff at the Royal Botanic 
Gardens Melbourne for their assistance with mapping, 
loan requests and processing, to Dr Lachlan Copeland 
for making some valuable field collections, and to 
AD, BRl, CANB, HO, MEL, NE and NSW for making their 
collections available for study. This study was funded 
by Australian Biological Resources Study (ABRS Grant 
no. 207-01), which is a program within the Department 
of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and 
Communities. 
References 
Bentham,G. (1864).'Bo5s/oe(3'. In G.Bentham, Flora Australiensis, 
Vol. 2, pp. 154-168. Lovell Reeve & Co.: London. 
Lee, A.T. (1970).Taxonomic Notes on Platylobium, Bossiaea and 
Templetonia in New South Wales. Contributions from the New 
South Wales National Herbarium 4(3), 96-105. 
Lee, A.T. (1981). Bossiaea oligosperma A. Lee, sp. nov. (Fabaceae: 
Bossiaeeae). Telopea 2(2), 215-217. 
Lee, A.T. and Thompson, J. (1984).'Fabaceae, Part 2' In Flora of 
New South Wales. National Herbarium of New South Wales, 
pp. 93-178. V.C.N.BIight, Government Printer: New South 
Wales. 
McDougall, K.L. (2009). Four new species related to Bossiaea 
bracteosa F.Muell. ex Benth. in south-eastern Australia. 
Te/opeo 12(3), 347-360. 
Ross J.H. (1991). Bossiaea arenicolo (Fabaceae), a new species 
from northern Queensland. Muelleria 7(3), 371 -374. 
Ross, J.H. (2006). A conspectus of the Western Australian 
Bossiaea species (Bossiaeeae: Fabaceae). Muelleria 23, 15- 
143. 
Ross, J.H. (2008). A new species of Bossiaea (Fabaceae: 
Bossiaeeae) from Victoria. Muelleria 26(2), 54-56. 
Thompson, I.R. (20na). A revision of Goodia (Fabaceae: 
Bossiaeeae). Mue//er/a 29(2), 141-153. 
Thompson, I.R. (2011b). A revision of Platylobium (Fabaceae: 
Bossiaeeae). Muelleria 29(2), 154-172. 
Thompson, I.R. (2011 c). A revision of Muelleranthus, Ptychosema 
and Aenictophyton (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae). Muelleria 29(2), 
173-189. 
Walsh, N.G. and Stajsic, V. (2007). A census of the vascular plants 
of Victoria, 8"' edn. National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal 
Botanic Gardens Melbourne: South Yarra. 
172 
Vol 30(2) 2012 

Page image

938400 Bossiaea prostrata Muelleria 30(2): 137
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608900
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Eastern Bossioea 
The Obcordata subgroup (species 19 & 20) is 
distinguished from all other eastern species by its 
spinescent or subspinescent branchlets* There are 
several Western Australian species of Bossiaea with 
spinescent branchlets, and there is generally not a lot 
of difference, with the exception perhaps of their woolly 
keel-apices and more setaceous stipules, between these 
western and eastern species, Bossiaea tasmanica has 
more features in common with the other subgroups of 
Group D, while B. obcordata has more features that link 
it to Group E. The branching pattern in B. obcordata is 
also similar to that seen in the Cordigera subgroup of 
Group C. 
The Prostrata subgroup 
14. Bossiaea nummularia Endl., in S.L.Endlicher 
& E.FenzI, Nov. Stirp. Dec. 3:22 (1839) 
Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'Colitur in horto 
Hugeliano'. Translation; Cultivated in gardens of C. von 
Hugel, Vienna, Austria.] Probable holotype: W 0031366, 
image seen in Naturhistorisches Museum Wien, Virtual 
Herbaria. 
Bossiaea prostrata pro parte sensu A.T.Lee, Contr. 
New South Wales Natl Herb. 4(3): 102 (1970); A.T.Lee & 
J.Thompson, FI. New South Woles 101(2): 106 (1984); 
T.AJames & GJ.Harden, FI. New South Woles, rev. edn 2: 
515(2002). 
Prostrate or decumbent subshrubs to c. 0.2 m high, with 
inflorescences borne on branchlets of various lengths, 
sometimes on a regular series of short side-branchlets; 
branchlets erecto-patent, slightly to moderately 
compressed, 0.6-1 mm wide, without decurrent ridges, 
moderately hairy; hairs c. 0.3 mm long; epicuticular 
wax sometimes developed. Stipules narrow-triangular, 
sometimes filiform distally, 1-2.5 mm long, erect or 
slightly divergent, sometimes partly herbaceous at 
first, becoming brown, glabrous or hairy, 1-nerved; 
stipule-petiole angle 45-90°. Leaves: petiole 0.5-1 mm 
long; articulation slightly to moderately geniculate, 
sometimes obscure, not ridged; lamina broad-elliptic, 
or less often suborbicular or slightly broad-ovate, 
2-12 mm long, 2-6 mm wide, with l:w ratio mostly 
1-2, ±f]at, mildly discolorous; base symmetrical, 
broadly rounded to slightly cordate; margin flat or 
Key to Group D 
1 Branchlets not spinescent.2 
1: Branchlets spinescent or subspinescent (tapering to a blunt point).6 
2 Ovaries and pods with hairs restricted to sutures (rarely with hairs all over in B. prostrata); leaflet margin 
nearly flat; standard extensively marked red abaxially; stipules generally brown;.3 
2: Ovaries and pods with hairs all over; leaflet margin recurved to revolute; standard yellow or flushed pink 
abaxially; stipules commonly substantially green; (northern New South Wales and Queensland).4 
3 Petioles £ 1 mm long; bracteoles generally persistent, mostly inserted in middle third of pedicel; 
standard-limb ± solidly red abaxially.-. nummularia 
3: Longest petioles > 1 mm long; bracteoles generally caducous, inserted in proximal third of pedicel; 
standard-limb with long pale streaks interrupting the red markings abaxially. 1 5. B. prostrata 
4 Leaflets predominantly obovate; pedicels mostly < 5 mm long.18* obovata 
4: Leaflets predominantly narrow-oblong to narrow-elliptic; pedicels mostly > 5 mm long.5 
5 Petioles > 1 mm long; leaflets with l:w ratio mostly < 3; bracteoles narrow-elliptic; pods 6-8 mm wide.16. B. dasycarpa 
5: Petioles £ 1 mm long; leaflets with l;w ratio mostly > 3; bracteoles very narrow-oblong; 
pods 4-5.5 mm wide. .. B.scortechinii 
6 Prostrate or low-growing shrubs; calyx hairy; keel-apex greenish-yellow, sometimes tinged pink; 
pod valves hairy (Tasmania).19. B. tasmanica 
6: Erect shrubs; calyx glabrous or nearly so; keel-apex dark red; pod valves glabrous (mainland states).20. fi. obcordata 
Muelleria 
137 

Page image

938401 Bossiaea prostrata Muelleria 30(2): 137
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608900
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Eastern Bossioea 
The Obcordata subgroup (species 19 & 20) is 
distinguished from all other eastern species by its 
spinescent or subspinescent branchlets* There are 
several Western Australian species of Bossiaea with 
spinescent branchlets, and there is generally not a lot 
of difference, with the exception perhaps of their woolly 
keel-apices and more setaceous stipules, between these 
western and eastern species, Bossiaea tasmanica has 
more features in common with the other subgroups of 
Group D, while B. obcordata has more features that link 
it to Group E. The branching pattern in B. obcordata is 
also similar to that seen in the Cordigera subgroup of 
Group C. 
The Prostrata subgroup 
14. Bossiaea nummularia Endl., in S.L.Endlicher 
& E.FenzI, Nov. Stirp. Dec. 3:22 (1839) 
Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'Colitur in horto 
Hugeliano'. Translation; Cultivated in gardens of C. von 
Hugel, Vienna, Austria.] Probable holotype: W 0031366, 
image seen in Naturhistorisches Museum Wien, Virtual 
Herbaria. 
Bossiaea prostrata pro parte sensu A.T.Lee, Contr. 
New South Wales Natl Herb. 4(3): 102 (1970); A.T.Lee & 
J.Thompson, FI. New South Woles 101(2): 106 (1984); 
T.AJames & GJ.Harden, FI. New South Woles, rev. edn 2: 
515(2002). 
Prostrate or decumbent subshrubs to c. 0.2 m high, with 
inflorescences borne on branchlets of various lengths, 
sometimes on a regular series of short side-branchlets; 
branchlets erecto-patent, slightly to moderately 
compressed, 0.6-1 mm wide, without decurrent ridges, 
moderately hairy; hairs c. 0.3 mm long; epicuticular 
wax sometimes developed. Stipules narrow-triangular, 
sometimes filiform distally, 1-2.5 mm long, erect or 
slightly divergent, sometimes partly herbaceous at 
first, becoming brown, glabrous or hairy, 1-nerved; 
stipule-petiole angle 45-90°. Leaves: petiole 0.5-1 mm 
long; articulation slightly to moderately geniculate, 
sometimes obscure, not ridged; lamina broad-elliptic, 
or less often suborbicular or slightly broad-ovate, 
2-12 mm long, 2-6 mm wide, with l:w ratio mostly 
1-2, ±f]at, mildly discolorous; base symmetrical, 
broadly rounded to slightly cordate; margin flat or 
Key to Group D 
1 Branchlets not spinescent.2 
1: Branchlets spinescent or subspinescent (tapering to a blunt point).6 
2 Ovaries and pods with hairs restricted to sutures (rarely with hairs all over in B. prostrata); leaflet margin 
nearly flat; standard extensively marked red abaxially; stipules generally brown;.3 
2: Ovaries and pods with hairs all over; leaflet margin recurved to revolute; standard yellow or flushed pink 
abaxially; stipules commonly substantially green; (northern New South Wales and Queensland).4 
3 Petioles £ 1 mm long; bracteoles generally persistent, mostly inserted in middle third of pedicel; 
standard-limb ± solidly red abaxially.-. nummularia 
3: Longest petioles > 1 mm long; bracteoles generally caducous, inserted in proximal third of pedicel; 
standard-limb with long pale streaks interrupting the red markings abaxially. 1 5. B. prostrata 
4 Leaflets predominantly obovate; pedicels mostly < 5 mm long.18* obovata 
4: Leaflets predominantly narrow-oblong to narrow-elliptic; pedicels mostly > 5 mm long.5 
5 Petioles > 1 mm long; leaflets with l:w ratio mostly < 3; bracteoles narrow-elliptic; pods 6-8 mm wide.16. B. dasycarpa 
5: Petioles £ 1 mm long; leaflets with l;w ratio mostly > 3; bracteoles very narrow-oblong; 
pods 4-5.5 mm wide. .. B.scortechinii 
6 Prostrate or low-growing shrubs; calyx hairy; keel-apex greenish-yellow, sometimes tinged pink; 
pod valves hairy (Tasmania).19. B. tasmanica 
6: Erect shrubs; calyx glabrous or nearly so; keel-apex dark red; pod valves glabrous (mainland states).20. fi. obcordata 
Muelleria 
137 

Page image

938402 Bossiaea prostrata Muelleria 30(2): 137
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608900
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Eastern Bossioea 
The Obcordata subgroup (species 19 & 20) is 
distinguished from all other eastern species by its 
spinescent or subspinescent branchlets* There are 
several Western Australian species of Bossiaea with 
spinescent branchlets, and there is generally not a lot 
of difference, with the exception perhaps of their woolly 
keel-apices and more setaceous stipules, between these 
western and eastern species, Bossiaea tasmanica has 
more features in common with the other subgroups of 
Group D, while B. obcordata has more features that link 
it to Group E. The branching pattern in B. obcordata is 
also similar to that seen in the Cordigera subgroup of 
Group C. 
The Prostrata subgroup 
14. Bossiaea nummularia Endl., in S.L.Endlicher 
& E.FenzI, Nov. Stirp. Dec. 3:22 (1839) 
Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'Colitur in horto 
Hugeliano'. Translation; Cultivated in gardens of C. von 
Hugel, Vienna, Austria.] Probable holotype: W 0031366, 
image seen in Naturhistorisches Museum Wien, Virtual 
Herbaria. 
Bossiaea prostrata pro parte sensu A.T.Lee, Contr. 
New South Wales Natl Herb. 4(3): 102 (1970); A.T.Lee & 
J.Thompson, FI. New South Woles 101(2): 106 (1984); 
T.AJames & GJ.Harden, FI. New South Woles, rev. edn 2: 
515(2002). 
Prostrate or decumbent subshrubs to c. 0.2 m high, with 
inflorescences borne on branchlets of various lengths, 
sometimes on a regular series of short side-branchlets; 
branchlets erecto-patent, slightly to moderately 
compressed, 0.6-1 mm wide, without decurrent ridges, 
moderately hairy; hairs c. 0.3 mm long; epicuticular 
wax sometimes developed. Stipules narrow-triangular, 
sometimes filiform distally, 1-2.5 mm long, erect or 
slightly divergent, sometimes partly herbaceous at 
first, becoming brown, glabrous or hairy, 1-nerved; 
stipule-petiole angle 45-90°. Leaves: petiole 0.5-1 mm 
long; articulation slightly to moderately geniculate, 
sometimes obscure, not ridged; lamina broad-elliptic, 
or less often suborbicular or slightly broad-ovate, 
2-12 mm long, 2-6 mm wide, with l:w ratio mostly 
1-2, ±f]at, mildly discolorous; base symmetrical, 
broadly rounded to slightly cordate; margin flat or 
Key to Group D 
1 Branchlets not spinescent.2 
1: Branchlets spinescent or subspinescent (tapering to a blunt point).6 
2 Ovaries and pods with hairs restricted to sutures (rarely with hairs all over in B. prostrata); leaflet margin 
nearly flat; standard extensively marked red abaxially; stipules generally brown;.3 
2: Ovaries and pods with hairs all over; leaflet margin recurved to revolute; standard yellow or flushed pink 
abaxially; stipules commonly substantially green; (northern New South Wales and Queensland).4 
3 Petioles £ 1 mm long; bracteoles generally persistent, mostly inserted in middle third of pedicel; 
standard-limb ± solidly red abaxially.-. nummularia 
3: Longest petioles > 1 mm long; bracteoles generally caducous, inserted in proximal third of pedicel; 
standard-limb with long pale streaks interrupting the red markings abaxially. 1 5. B. prostrata 
4 Leaflets predominantly obovate; pedicels mostly < 5 mm long.18* obovata 
4: Leaflets predominantly narrow-oblong to narrow-elliptic; pedicels mostly > 5 mm long.5 
5 Petioles > 1 mm long; leaflets with l:w ratio mostly < 3; bracteoles narrow-elliptic; pods 6-8 mm wide.16. B. dasycarpa 
5: Petioles £ 1 mm long; leaflets with l;w ratio mostly > 3; bracteoles very narrow-oblong; 
pods 4-5.5 mm wide. .. B.scortechinii 
6 Prostrate or low-growing shrubs; calyx hairy; keel-apex greenish-yellow, sometimes tinged pink; 
pod valves hairy (Tasmania).19. B. tasmanica 
6: Erect shrubs; calyx glabrous or nearly so; keel-apex dark red; pod valves glabrous (mainland states).20. fi. obcordata 
Muelleria 
137 

Page image

753329 Bossiaea prostrata Muelleria 30(2): 138-140, Figs 8, 9 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 138-140, Figs 8, 9 (map)".

51373030 Bossiaea prostrata var Muelleria 30(2): 140
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608903
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Thompson 
distinguished from all other species in Group D by its 
broad bracts and relatively proximally inserted and 
caducous bracteoles, and, except for B. dasycarpa, by 
its longer petioles. Two-flowered inflorescences are 
more common than in other species, and occasionally 
appear to be arranged in paniculate conflorescences 
due to reduction or absence of subtending leaves. The 
two inflorescence scales are relatively large and entire 
in B. prostrata, i.e., they more closely resemble the 
bract than in other species. In many species of Bossiaea 
inflorescence scales are trifid rather than entire. 
Although the vast majority of collections show the 
faces of ovaries/valves of fruit to be glabrous, some 
specimens with hairs throughout have been collected, 
e.g., from Strathewen in south-central Victoria {Kilgour 
466 MEL), the Grampians in south-western Victoria 
{DSymon 1771 AD) and the Southern Lofty region of 
South Australia (eg., Blaylock SG34 AD). The first two 
of these records are in multi-piece collections and the 
atypical indumentum was only present in some of the 
pieces. Occasional collections with very short pedicels, 
eg., Orbost, in south-eastern Victoria {Shoobridge CANB) 
are thought to be aberrant development rather than 
being typical of the population. 
Hybridisation: A probable hybrid between 
B. prostrata and B. ensata has been recorded from near 
Bermagui {N.Schultz 132 CANB). It is leafy throughout 
and has winged branchlets approaching the width of 
those of 6 . ensata. A small sterile plant collected from 
an unknown locality (Australia felix) in Victoria {F.Mueller 
MEL 668111) is possibly a hybrid between Bossiaea 
sericea and B. prostrata. 
The Scortechinii subgroup 
16. Bossiaea dasycarpa I.Thomps., sp. nov. 
A. B. scortechinii F.Muell. petiolo longiore, foUolis ad 
marginem minus recurvatis, leguminibus latioribus differt; 
a B. prostrata R.Br. stipulis latioribus, foliolis ad marginem 
recurvatis, bracteis angustioribus, bracteolis pedicello 
in medio insertis persistentibus, valvis leguminis semper 
hirsutis differt. 
Type: Queensland. Barrett's Rd, c. 200 m N of Bruce 
Highway, K.M.Sparshott 666 & K.Earnshaw, 3.xi.1995; 
holotype: BRI640339; isotype: MEL 2087102. 
Bossiaea prostrata var. Tuan Creek {M.S.CIemens 
AQ22827). 
Prostrate or decumbent subshrubs to c. 0.4 m high, with 
inflorescences mostly borne on longer branchlets 
rather than a regular series of short side-branchlets; 
branchlets erecto-patent, mildly compressed, 0.5-0.8 
mm wide, with decurrent ridges sometimes distinct, 
sparsely hairy; hairs 0.3-0.5 mm long; epicuticular 
wax sometimes present. Stipules triangular to narrow- 
triangular, 1.5-3 mm long, with I:w ratio 2-3, erect, 
herbaceous, glabrous, 1 -3-nerved; stipule-petiole angle 
45-90° Leaves: petiole 1.5-4 mm long; articulation 
strongly geniculate, not ridged; lamina narrow- 
oblong, narrow oblong-elliptic or slightly obovate, 
10-20 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, with Inv ratio mostly 
1.5-3.5, flat or slightly convex each side of midrib, 
mildly discolorous; base symmetrical, slightly cordate 
to rounded; margin recurved to revolute, variably hairy 
and tuberculate; apex truncate to subacute, sometimes 
minutely acuminate with acuminate region recurved; 
apiculum variably distinct, to c. 0.3 long, often brittle, 
pointing down; upper surface smooth, with venation 
usually raised, with gland-dotting evident, soon 
glabrescent; lower surface glabrescent. Inflorescences: 
axes contracted or short, sometimes multinoded, 
sometimes with a leaf and stipules developed instead 
of scales; inflorescences sometimes of a few flowers 
in a raceme-like arrangement, with a rudimentary or 
a leafy axis beyond flowers, or sometimes a solitary 
axillary flower subtended by a leaf or scale arising along 
a leafy branch; bract 1-1.5 mm long, 0.6-1 mm wide, 
strongly convex; pedicel mostly 5-30 mm long, hairy; 
bracteoles persistent or sometimes caducous at or 
soon after anthesis, very narrow-elliptic, very-narrow 
oblong, or lanceolate, 2-3 mm long, with l:w ratio 2-6, 
mostly loosely appressed, inserted mostly in middle 
third, convex, with apex nearly flat, 1-3-nerved, usually 
sparsely hairy, orange-brown. Calyx A-5 mm long, hairy, 
with tube c. equal to lobes; upper lobes 2-2.5 mm long, 
2 mm wide, abruptly broadening at apex; lateral angle 
acuminate; sinus 1.5-2 mm deep; lower lobes 2-3 mm 
long, filiform distally, c. 1 mm wide, with lateral lobes flat; 
standard to c. 10 mm long, slightly longer than wings 
and keel, adaxially yellow with a narrow flare, abaxially 
often flushed red; wings c. as long as keel, c. 2 mm 
wide, mainly yellow: keel c. 3 mm wide, pale proximally, 
usually red in distal third; anthers c. 0.5 mm long post¬ 
dehiscence; ovary hairy, 8-10-ovulate; style 3-4 mm 
long. Pods: stipe 1-2 mm long; body narrow-oblong, 
140 
Vol 30(2) 2012 

Page image

753337 Bossiaea rhombifolia Muelleria 30(2): 150-151, Figs 10, 11 (map)
938416 Bossiaea rhombifolia concolor Muelleria 30(2): 152
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608915
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246
938417 Bossiaea rhombifolia concolor Muelleria 30(2): 152
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608915
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246
753351 Bossiaea riparia Muelleria 30(2): 164-165, Figs 12, 13 (map)
753318 Bossiaea rosmarinifolia Muelleria 30(2): 125-126, Figs 4, 5 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 125-126, Figs 4, 5 (map)".

938414 Bossiaea rotundifolia Muelleria 30(2): 150
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608913
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246
753340 Bossiaea rupicola Muelleria 30(2): 154-155, Figs 10, 11 (map)
753345 Bossiaea scolopendria Muelleria 30(2): 161-162, Figs 12, 13 (map)
753331 Bossiaea scortechinii Muelleria 30(2): 142-143, Figs. 8, 9 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 142-143, Figs. 8, 9 (map)".

753308 Bossiaea sericea Muelleria 30(2): 119-120, Figs 2, 3 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 119-120, Figs 2, 3 (map)".

938418 Bossiaea sp. A Muelleria 30(2): 157
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608920
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Eastern Bossiaea 
28. Bossiaea otigosperma A.T.Lee, Telopea 2(2): 
215(1981) 
Type: New South Wales.Tonalli River landing towards 
Byrnes Creek, Warragamba, Al.Mitchell 434, 20.ix.1966; 
holotype: NSW 285041; isotypes: BRI 278956, CANB 
306843, MEL 596958. 
Bossiaea sp. A sensu S.W.LJacobs & J.Pickard, Plants of 
New South Wales ( 1981 ). 
Erect shrubs to c. 1 m high, with inflorescences borne 
typically on a tregular series of short side-branches; 
branchlets erecto-patent to almost spreading, terete, 
0.7-1 mm wide, without decurrent ridges, densely hairy; 
hairs to c. 0.8 mm long, straight or wavy; epicuticular 
wax not developed. Stipules narrow-triangular, 1-2 
mm long, flat, erect or recurving, with thinner margins 
generally not recurved, brown or red-brown, glabrous 
except near base, 1-nerved or with venation obscure; 
stipule-petiole angle 60-90°. Leaves alternate; petiole 
0.3-0.8 mm long; articulation slightly geniculate, ridged, 
often obscured by hair; lamina c. circular, mostly 3-6 
mm long, 3-6 mm wide, with l:w ratio mostly c. 1, ±flat 
or becoming concave distally, slightly discolorous; base 
c symmetrical, rounded to truncate; margin flat, hairy, 
±smooth, with a pale rim; apex rounded to truncate, 
or abruptly recurved and acuminate; apiculum to c. 
0.1 mm long; upper surface smooth, with venation 
sometimes slightly raised, with gland dotting generally 
obscure, generally soon glabrescent; lower surface with 
somewhat persistent hairs, often moderately dense. 
Inflorescences: axes contracted; bract persistent, 1 mm 
long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, slightly to moderately convex; 
pedicel 1.5-3 mm long, glabrous; bracteoles persistent, 
ovate, 1-1.5 mm long, with l;w ratio 1.5-2, loosely 
appressed or divergent, inserted near base of pedicel, 
moderately convex, 1-nerved or venation obscure, 
glabrous, orange-brown. Calyx 3-4 mm long, glabrous, 
sometimes slightly glaucous, with tube slightly longer 
than lobes; upper lobes 1.2-1.8 mm long, 1.5-2 mm 
wide, not expanded beyond lateral angle; lateral angle 
acute or minutely acuminate; sinus c. 0.5 mm deep; 
lower lobes 1-1.3 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide at base, with 
lateral lobes ±flat but with a distal ridge; standard to c. 
10 mm long, slightly longer than keel (shorter prior to 
opening); adaxially yellow with a red flare, with throat 
bisected, abaxially flushed red medially; wings c. 1 mm 
shorter than keel, 2.5-3 mm wide, flushed purple-brown 
throughout or mainly yellow apically; keel c. 3.5-4 mm 
wide, pink grading to dark red; anther c. 0.4 mm long 
post-dehiscence; ovary glabrous, 2-ovulate; style 3-4 
mm long. Pods: stipe 4-5 mm long; body c. elliptic, 
10-12 mm long, 7-8 mm wide, glabrous; upper margin 
1-1.3 mm wide, with ridge to c. 0.8 mm high; valves 
with transverse venation raised, without spongy tissue 
internally. Seeds 3-3.5 mm long, c. 2 mm wide; aril 1.5-2 
mm long, c. 1.2 mm high, with base c. 1 mm long, with 
lobe curving c. 180° (Fig. 101, m). 
Selected specimens from c. 20 examined: NEW SOUTH 
WALES: 2.5 km S along Claypit Rd from Windellama to Nerriga 
Rd, RJohnstone2477SfA.E.Orme, 8.xm.2008 (MEL, NSW); Araluen 
Valley, Mr & Mrs Shoobridge, ix.l 964 (CANB); corner of Oellen 
Ford & Jacqua Rds, LRJhompson 1333, 24j<i.2010 (MEL); Tonalli 
River Landing, towards Byrnes Creek, Warragamba, Al.Mitchell 
277,17.xi.l964 {CANB, NSW). 
Flowering period: Flowers mostly from late winter to 
spring. 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in central-eastern 
and south-eastern New South Wales, between 
Warragamba in the north and Araluen Valley, NE 
of Moruya in the south (Fig. Hi). Rare, and listed as 
vulnerable under the Threatened Species Conservation 
Act of New South Wales. Grows in sand and loam, 
sometimes in shallow stony soils, in dry sclerophyll 
forest. 
Notes: Bossiaea oligosperma is characterised by a 
moderately dense indumentum on branchlets and 
leaves, circular leaves, and short, few-ovulate pods. 
Unlike other members of the Brownii subgroup, 
B. oligosperma does not develop spongiose tissue inside 
pods. This is probably at least partly associated with the 
fact that pods are only 2-ovulate. It appears to be most 
closely related to B. brownii. 
The Arenicola subgroup 
29. Bossiaea arenicola J.H.Ross, Muelleria 7(3): 
371 (1991) 
Type: Queensland. Cook District, 4.3 km E of the 
Hopevale-Starke road on the track to the Mclvor River 
mouth, IR.CIarkson 5322, 14.vi.1984; holotype: MEL 
665930; isotypes: MEL 1576791, NSW 787940. Also 
designated as being in BRI, CANB, DNA, K, PERTH, QRS 
but these n.v. 
Muelleria 
157 

Page image

753335 Bossiaea stephensonii Muelleria 30(2): 148-149, Figs 10, 11 (map)
753333 Bossiaea tasmanica Muelleria 30(2): 144-145, Fig. 8, 9 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 144-145, Fig. 8, 9 (map)".

938394 Bossiaea tenuicaulis Muelleria 30(2): 123
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608886
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Eastern Bossiaeo 
identified by leaf and bracteole morphology. Species 
in Group B occur in south-eastern New South Wales, 
southern Victoria, far south-eastern South Australia, and 
Tasmania (Fig. 5). 
The Cinerea subgroup (species 5-7) is well-defined. 
The three members have irregular phyllotaxy, with the 
arrangement varying from alternate to opposite to 
whorled on a plant, and all have long, slender pedicels 
and small, distally inserted bracteoles, Bossiaeakiomensis 
(8) forms a subgroup on its own and is placed in Group 
A because of similarities to the Cinerea subgroup in 
leaf and pod morphology. In other respects, notably its 
opposite leaves, it is closer to the Cordigera subgroup 
of Group C. 
The Cinerea subgroup 
5. Bossiaea cinerea R.Br., in W.T.Aiton, Hortus 
Kew., 2nd edn, 4:268 (1812) 
Type: not designated. [Protologue: 'Native of Van 
Diemen's Island, Robert Brown, Esq. Introd. 1805'.] 
Tasmania. Port Dalrymple, R.Brown, 1.i.1804; lectotype 
(here selected): BM 000885933, image seen in JSTOR 
Plant Science. 
Residual syntypes; Tasmania. Derwent River, R.Brown, 
1802-05: BM 000885939, MEL 1528714, MEL 1528715, 
MEL 1528716; possible residual syntype: Tasmania. 
Locality unknown: CANB 00278253 (see discussion 
below). 
Bossiaea coccinea Bonpl., in A.Bonpland, Descr. PL 
Malmaison 128, t. 52 (1813). Type: not designated. 
[Protologue:‘Habitat in Nova Hollandia' Described from 
a plant presumably cultivated at Jardin de la Malmaison, 
Paris, France.] Holotype: t. 52 in Bonpland, Descr. PL 
Malmaison 128 (1813). 
Bossiaea tenuicauHs Graham, Edinburgh New Philos. 
J. 29: 171 (1840); B. cinerea van tenuicauHs (Graham) 
J.M.Black, FL S. Australia 2: 304 (1929). Type: not 
designated. [Protologue: 'This plant was raised at the 
Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, from Van Diemen's Land 
seeds sent by Mr Cooper, Wentworth House, in Apr. 
1836'.] 
Erect shrubs to c. 2 m high, with inflorescences borne 
typically on longer branchlets rather than a regular 
series of short side-branchlets; branchlets erecto- 
patent, c. terete or angular, 0.5-1 mm wide, with hairs 
0.3-0.8 mm long; epicuticular wax generally absent. 
Stipules narrow-triangular to filiform, 1-3 mm long, 
erect or more often becoming markedly recurved, 
reddish, hairy, with venation obscure; stipule-petiole 
angle mostly 30-60°. Leaves alternate, sub-opposite, 
opposite or in whorls of 3 in varying proportions on a 
single plant; petiole 0.2-0.5 mm long; articulation not 
geniculate, obscure except when marked by a spur 
0.1-1 mm long; spur present on most leaves, or rarely 
uncommon on a plant; lamina narrow-ovate to narrow- 
lanceolate or narrow-triangular, 10-20 mm long, 1.5-6 
mm wide, with l:w ratio mostly 3-8, slightly convex 
each side of midrib, becoming strongly convex laterally, 
markedly discolorous; base symmetrical, - broadly 
rounded or truncate; margin recurved or revolute, 
occasionally undulate, sometimes with a few persistent 
hairs; apex narrowly acute; apiculum 0.4-1.2(-2) mm 
long, sometimes pungent, sometimes somewhat brittle^ 
pointing forward or slightly dov^n; upper surface smooth 
or tuberculate, with venation commonly raised, with 
gland-dotting not evident, glabrescent; lower surface 
usually hairy. Inflorescences: axes contracted or rarely 
to c. 1 mm long; bract c. 1 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, 
slightly convex; pedicel 2-11 mm long, mostly sparsely 
hairy; bracteoles persistent, mostly broad-ovate, 0.2-1 
mm long, with l:w ratio c. 1, appressed, inserted in 
middle or more often distal third, slightly convex, ±flat 
towards apex, faintly 1 -nerved or with venation obscure, 
glabrous or with a few hairs distally, dull brown. Calyx 
2.5- 4.5 mm long, glabrous or less often hairy, with tube 
equal to or slightly longer than upper lobes; upper lobes 
1.5- 2 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm wide, expanded beyond 
lateral angle by 0.3-1 mm; lateral angle acute or 
acuminate; sinus 1-1.5 mm deep; lower lobes 0.6-1 mm 
long, c. 0.6 mm wide, with lateral lobes flat; standard 
to c. 12 mm long, slightly longer than wings and keel; 
adaxially yellow with a red flare, with throat generally 
not or not fully bisected, abaxially reddish almost 
throughout; wings c. as long as keel, c. 2.5 mm wide, 
purplish brown, sometimes yellowish near apex, also 
variously streaked red proximaily and ventrally; keel 
c. 3 mm wide, red throughout; anthers c 0.4 mm long 
post-dehiscence; ovary glabrous or rarely with hairs 
along lower suture, commonly 4-ovulate; style 3-4 mm 
long. Pods: stipe 3-5 mm long; body c. elliptic, 10-16 
mm long, 6-9 mm wide, glabrous or rarely sparsely hairy 
along lower suture; upper margin c. 0.8 mm wide, with 
Muelleria 
123 

Page image

753303 Bossiaea Muelleria 30(2): 113
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608876
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Eastern Bossiaea 
{B. prostrata R.Br. pressed). In the former, the standard is 
yellow adaxially (internally) except for a red flare around 
the throat. Wings are flushed reddish or brownish 
abaxially over much of their length, and the keel is a 
darker purple-red distally. On the standard a red band 
sometimes runs vertically through the throat to divide 
it in two. The throat also commonly has red flecks at the 
base. The abaxial (outer) surface of the standard mostly 
has some degree of pink to red colouring. Sometimes, 
as is shown in Figure 8d, pale lines corresponding to 
the course of veins radiate from the flare and interrupt 
an otherwise red surface. Wings are sometimes entirely 
yellow except for some pink markings towards the base. 
Five species, B. arenicofa and the four species in Group A, 
always have entirely yellow petals, while three species 
in the Scortechinii subgroup, especially B. scortechinii, 
are typically yellow or with relatively little red marking. 
Yellow-petalled mutant plants are occasionally recorded 
for species that normally have red markings. 
PODS: The upper margin of pods is variable in 
thickness and in the degree of development of vertical 
ridges. Sometimes the ridge is restricted to the suture 
line only, and there may be a sulcus formed each 
side of this ridge. If the ridge is much higher than 
wide it approaches the dimensions of a wing, as the 
ridge is generally referred to in Platylobium. Pods of 
B. carinalis could almost be described as having wings 
(Fig. 10k). Pods with thickened valves and broadened 
upper margins are only seen in Group E and in a few 
species in Group F. In most groups the upper margin is 
0.5-1 mm wide, whereas it ranges from 1 to 3 mm wide 
in species in Group E. Extremes in the range of widths of 
the upper margin are shown in Figure lOg with a pod of 
6. rhombifolio placed beside a pod of R buxifolia. 
The outer surface of valves commonly has slightly 
raised transverse venation evident with magnification; 
however, in species in Group B the venation is usually 
indistinct. The inner surface of pod valves is mostly 
smooth and glabrous; however, in several species in 
Group E spongiose tissue forms between valves creating 
a partition between the seeds (Fig. lOf). 
There appears to be some variation in the degree of 
revolute rolling of valves post-dehiscence. The rolling 
appears to gradually develop post-dehiscence. In some 
species the valves persist on the plant post-fruiting and 
are present in the next flowering period as cylinders 
with the exposed inner surface being silvery. 
SEEDS (Figs 1 c & 4g-i): Seeds are relatively uniform in 
shape and they range in length from 2 to 6 mm. Mature 
seeds are brown to blackish and are commonly mottled 
(Figs 4g-i, 10c). Seeds become considerably shorter but 
plumper just prior to maturity. When examining seeds 
of herbarium records it may be difficult to tell if that final 
change of shape had occurred. Some measurements of 
seed length may turn out to be excessively long for this 
reason.The aril is also fairly uniform in shape and relative 
size. There is some variation in the length of its base and 
the degree of overhang and curvature of the lobe. The 
oblique arching or asymmetry of the recurved margins 
of the lobe, which is a normal feature, is evident in Figure 
4h. The aril of B. walkeri is unusual in being slightly 
knobbly and with the gap between lobe and base being 
hidden when viewed from one side. 
Taxonomy 
In the descriptions below, species are ordered according 
to morphological similarity and, to further emphasise 
points of similarity, they have also been placed in six 
informal groups and 16 subgroups (Table 2).The groups 
are in some instances somewhat weakly defined, 
whereas the subgroups are well-defined and likely 
to reflect close relationships between members. The 
epithet of the most familiar or most widespread species 
in a subgroup is adopted for the name of the subgroup, 
eg.,The Prostrata subgroup is named after R prostrafa. 
Bossiaea Vent., Descr. PI. Nouv. 1:7(1800) 
Type: Bossiaea heterophylla Vent. 
Bossieua, orth, var. Pers. 
Boissiaea, orth. var. Lem. 
Scottia R.Br., in W.T.Aiton, Hortus Kew., edn 2, 4: 268 
(1812). Type: 5. dentata R.Br. = R dentata (R.Br.) Benth. 
Lalage Lindl., in J.Lindley, Edwards's Bot. Reg. 20:1.1722 
(1834). Type: L ornato Lindl. = B. ornata (Lindl.) Benth. 
[All taxa historically placed in either Scoff/a or Lalage 
are endemic to Western Australia.] 
A circumscription of Eastern Australian species 
Subshrubs, shrubs or small trees, sometimes leafless, 
sometimes rhizomatous. Indumentum commonly 
developed but variably persistent on branchlets and 
leaves, sometimes developed on pedicels and ovaries 
Muelleria 
113 

Page image

753356 Bossiaea vombata Muelleria 30(2): 168-169, Figs 12, 14 (map)
753358 Bossiaea walkeri Muelleria 30(2): 171-172, Fig. 14 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 171-172, Fig. 14 (map)".

938387 Bossieua Muelleria 30(2): 113
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608876
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Eastern Bossiaea 
{B. prostrata R.Br. pressed). In the former, the standard is 
yellow adaxially (internally) except for a red flare around 
the throat. Wings are flushed reddish or brownish 
abaxially over much of their length, and the keel is a 
darker purple-red distally. On the standard a red band 
sometimes runs vertically through the throat to divide 
it in two. The throat also commonly has red flecks at the 
base. The abaxial (outer) surface of the standard mostly 
has some degree of pink to red colouring. Sometimes, 
as is shown in Figure 8d, pale lines corresponding to 
the course of veins radiate from the flare and interrupt 
an otherwise red surface. Wings are sometimes entirely 
yellow except for some pink markings towards the base. 
Five species, B. arenicofa and the four species in Group A, 
always have entirely yellow petals, while three species 
in the Scortechinii subgroup, especially B. scortechinii, 
are typically yellow or with relatively little red marking. 
Yellow-petalled mutant plants are occasionally recorded 
for species that normally have red markings. 
PODS: The upper margin of pods is variable in 
thickness and in the degree of development of vertical 
ridges. Sometimes the ridge is restricted to the suture 
line only, and there may be a sulcus formed each 
side of this ridge. If the ridge is much higher than 
wide it approaches the dimensions of a wing, as the 
ridge is generally referred to in Platylobium. Pods of 
B. carinalis could almost be described as having wings 
(Fig. 10k). Pods with thickened valves and broadened 
upper margins are only seen in Group E and in a few 
species in Group F. In most groups the upper margin is 
0.5-1 mm wide, whereas it ranges from 1 to 3 mm wide 
in species in Group E. Extremes in the range of widths of 
the upper margin are shown in Figure lOg with a pod of 
6. rhombifolio placed beside a pod of R buxifolia. 
The outer surface of valves commonly has slightly 
raised transverse venation evident with magnification; 
however, in species in Group B the venation is usually 
indistinct. The inner surface of pod valves is mostly 
smooth and glabrous; however, in several species in 
Group E spongiose tissue forms between valves creating 
a partition between the seeds (Fig. lOf). 
There appears to be some variation in the degree of 
revolute rolling of valves post-dehiscence. The rolling 
appears to gradually develop post-dehiscence. In some 
species the valves persist on the plant post-fruiting and 
are present in the next flowering period as cylinders 
with the exposed inner surface being silvery. 
SEEDS (Figs 1 c & 4g-i): Seeds are relatively uniform in 
shape and they range in length from 2 to 6 mm. Mature 
seeds are brown to blackish and are commonly mottled 
(Figs 4g-i, 10c). Seeds become considerably shorter but 
plumper just prior to maturity. When examining seeds 
of herbarium records it may be difficult to tell if that final 
change of shape had occurred. Some measurements of 
seed length may turn out to be excessively long for this 
reason.The aril is also fairly uniform in shape and relative 
size. There is some variation in the length of its base and 
the degree of overhang and curvature of the lobe. The 
oblique arching or asymmetry of the recurved margins 
of the lobe, which is a normal feature, is evident in Figure 
4h. The aril of B. walkeri is unusual in being slightly 
knobbly and with the gap between lobe and base being 
hidden when viewed from one side. 
Taxonomy 
In the descriptions below, species are ordered according 
to morphological similarity and, to further emphasise 
points of similarity, they have also been placed in six 
informal groups and 16 subgroups (Table 2).The groups 
are in some instances somewhat weakly defined, 
whereas the subgroups are well-defined and likely 
to reflect close relationships between members. The 
epithet of the most familiar or most widespread species 
in a subgroup is adopted for the name of the subgroup, 
eg.,The Prostrata subgroup is named after R prostrafa. 
Bossiaea Vent., Descr. PI. Nouv. 1:7(1800) 
Type: Bossiaea heterophylla Vent. 
Bossieua, orth, var. Pers. 
Boissiaea, orth. var. Lem. 
Scottia R.Br., in W.T.Aiton, Hortus Kew., edn 2, 4: 268 
(1812). Type: 5. dentata R.Br. = R dentata (R.Br.) Benth. 
Lalage Lindl., in J.Lindley, Edwards's Bot. Reg. 20:1.1722 
(1834). Type: L ornato Lindl. = B. ornata (Lindl.) Benth. 
[All taxa historically placed in either Scoff/a or Lalage 
are endemic to Western Australia.] 
A circumscription of Eastern Australian species 
Subshrubs, shrubs or small trees, sometimes leafless, 
sometimes rhizomatous. Indumentum commonly 
developed but variably persistent on branchlets and 
leaves, sometimes developed on pedicels and ovaries 
Muelleria 
113 

Page image

1001160 Brown Muelleria 30(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2)".

753362 Cyclosorus interruptus Muelleria 30(2): 183-187, Figs 1-2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 183-187, Figs 1-2".

753302 Eucalyptus aurifodina Muelleria 30(2): 101-104, Fig. 6

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 101-104, Fig. 6".

753294 Eucalyptus bunyip Muelleria 30(2): 84-88, Fig. 2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 84-88, Fig. 2".

753298 Eucalyptus carolaniae Muelleria 30(2): 93-95, Fig. 4

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 93-95, Fig. 4".

753296 Eucalyptus conferta Muelleria 30(2): 89-91, Fig. 3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 89-91, Fig. 3".

753295 Eucalyptus Muelleria 30(2): 88-89

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 88-89".

753299 Eucalyptus Muelleria 30(2): 95-97

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 95-97".

753293 Eucalyptus Muelleria 30(2): 83-84

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 83-84".

753297 Eucalyptus Muelleria 30(2): 91-93

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 91-93".

753301 Eucalyptus Muelleria 30(2): 100-101

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 100-101".

753300 Eucalyptus yarriambiack Muelleria 30(2): 97-100, Fig. 5

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2): 97-100, Fig. 5".

938390 Lalage Muelleria 30(2): 113
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608876
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Eastern Bossiaea 
{B. prostrata R.Br. pressed). In the former, the standard is 
yellow adaxially (internally) except for a red flare around 
the throat. Wings are flushed reddish or brownish 
abaxially over much of their length, and the keel is a 
darker purple-red distally. On the standard a red band 
sometimes runs vertically through the throat to divide 
it in two. The throat also commonly has red flecks at the 
base. The abaxial (outer) surface of the standard mostly 
has some degree of pink to red colouring. Sometimes, 
as is shown in Figure 8d, pale lines corresponding to 
the course of veins radiate from the flare and interrupt 
an otherwise red surface. Wings are sometimes entirely 
yellow except for some pink markings towards the base. 
Five species, B. arenicofa and the four species in Group A, 
always have entirely yellow petals, while three species 
in the Scortechinii subgroup, especially B. scortechinii, 
are typically yellow or with relatively little red marking. 
Yellow-petalled mutant plants are occasionally recorded 
for species that normally have red markings. 
PODS: The upper margin of pods is variable in 
thickness and in the degree of development of vertical 
ridges. Sometimes the ridge is restricted to the suture 
line only, and there may be a sulcus formed each 
side of this ridge. If the ridge is much higher than 
wide it approaches the dimensions of a wing, as the 
ridge is generally referred to in Platylobium. Pods of 
B. carinalis could almost be described as having wings 
(Fig. 10k). Pods with thickened valves and broadened 
upper margins are only seen in Group E and in a few 
species in Group F. In most groups the upper margin is 
0.5-1 mm wide, whereas it ranges from 1 to 3 mm wide 
in species in Group E. Extremes in the range of widths of 
the upper margin are shown in Figure lOg with a pod of 
6. rhombifolio placed beside a pod of R buxifolia. 
The outer surface of valves commonly has slightly 
raised transverse venation evident with magnification; 
however, in species in Group B the venation is usually 
indistinct. The inner surface of pod valves is mostly 
smooth and glabrous; however, in several species in 
Group E spongiose tissue forms between valves creating 
a partition between the seeds (Fig. lOf). 
There appears to be some variation in the degree of 
revolute rolling of valves post-dehiscence. The rolling 
appears to gradually develop post-dehiscence. In some 
species the valves persist on the plant post-fruiting and 
are present in the next flowering period as cylinders 
with the exposed inner surface being silvery. 
SEEDS (Figs 1 c & 4g-i): Seeds are relatively uniform in 
shape and they range in length from 2 to 6 mm. Mature 
seeds are brown to blackish and are commonly mottled 
(Figs 4g-i, 10c). Seeds become considerably shorter but 
plumper just prior to maturity. When examining seeds 
of herbarium records it may be difficult to tell if that final 
change of shape had occurred. Some measurements of 
seed length may turn out to be excessively long for this 
reason.The aril is also fairly uniform in shape and relative 
size. There is some variation in the length of its base and 
the degree of overhang and curvature of the lobe. The 
oblique arching or asymmetry of the recurved margins 
of the lobe, which is a normal feature, is evident in Figure 
4h. The aril of B. walkeri is unusual in being slightly 
knobbly and with the gap between lobe and base being 
hidden when viewed from one side. 
Taxonomy 
In the descriptions below, species are ordered according 
to morphological similarity and, to further emphasise 
points of similarity, they have also been placed in six 
informal groups and 16 subgroups (Table 2).The groups 
are in some instances somewhat weakly defined, 
whereas the subgroups are well-defined and likely 
to reflect close relationships between members. The 
epithet of the most familiar or most widespread species 
in a subgroup is adopted for the name of the subgroup, 
eg.,The Prostrata subgroup is named after R prostrafa. 
Bossiaea Vent., Descr. PI. Nouv. 1:7(1800) 
Type: Bossiaea heterophylla Vent. 
Bossieua, orth, var. Pers. 
Boissiaea, orth. var. Lem. 
Scottia R.Br., in W.T.Aiton, Hortus Kew., edn 2, 4: 268 
(1812). Type: 5. dentata R.Br. = R dentata (R.Br.) Benth. 
Lalage Lindl., in J.Lindley, Edwards's Bot. Reg. 20:1.1722 
(1834). Type: L ornato Lindl. = B. ornata (Lindl.) Benth. 
[All taxa historically placed in either Scoff/a or Lalage 
are endemic to Western Australia.] 
A circumscription of Eastern Australian species 
Subshrubs, shrubs or small trees, sometimes leafless, 
sometimes rhizomatous. Indumentum commonly 
developed but variably persistent on branchlets and 
leaves, sometimes developed on pedicels and ovaries 
Muelleria 
113 

Page image

1001159 Mallee-boxes Muelleria 30(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2)".

1001158 Mountain Muelleria 30(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2)".

938409 Platylobium lanceolatum Muelleria 30(2): 149
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608912
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Eastern Bossiaea 
discolorous; base symmetrical, rounded to truncate; 
margin flat to recurved, usually knobbly and pale; apex 
acuminate, tapering into an apiculum; apiculum to 
c. 0.1 mm long, generally pointing slightly down; upper 
surface smooth or slightly tuberculate, with venation 
raised, brochidodromous, with gland-dotting generally 
evident, glabrescent; lower surface glabrescent. 
Inflorescences: axes contracted; bract persistent, 2 mm 
long, c. 1 mm wide, convex; pedicel 3-10 mm long, 
glabrous; bracteoles persistent until flowering, narrow- 
oblong or narrow-elliptic, 2-2.5 mm long, with l;w ratio 
2.5-3, appressed, inserted near base of pedicel, strongly 
convex, 3-8-nerved, glabrous, red-brown. Calyx 3-4 mm 
long, glabrous, with tube equal to or longer than lobes; 
upper lobes 1.2-1.8 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide; lateral 
angle acuminate; sinus 1-1.5 mm deep; lower lobes 
1-1.8 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, with lateral lobes flat; 
standard to c. 12 mm long, similar in length to or slightly 
longer than wings and keel (shorter before opening), 
adaxially yellow with a red flare, with throat bisected; 
abaxially reddish interrupted by pale radiating nerves; 
wings c. equal to keel, c. 2 mm wide, reddish proximally, 
generally yellow in distal half; keel c. 3 mm wide, pink 
grading to dark red; anthers c. 0.3 mm long post¬ 
dehiscence; ovary glabrous, 4-6-ovulate; style 3-4 mm 
long. Pods: stipe 3-4 mm long; body narrow-oblong, 
15-25 mm long, 6-9 mm wide, glabrous, without 
spongy tissue internally; upper margin 1-1.5 mm wide, 
with a ridge to c. 0.5 mm high, sometimes ridged along 
suture only. Seeds 2.5-3 mm long, 1.5-1.8 mm wide; aril 
0.8-1.2 mm long, c. 0.8 mm high, with base 0.7-1.2 mm 
long, with lobe curving c. 90° (Fig. 1 Oj), 
Selected specimens from c. 50 examined: NEW SOUTH 
WALES; Port Macquarie, E.R.Brown, ii.l897 (NSW); Gan Gan 
Hill, Nelsons Bay, R.Payne 2/3, viii.1993 (NSW); outskirts of 
Gateshead near Newcastle, RStory 6570, 8.viii.1959 (CANB, 
MEL); Morisset, J.LBoorman, x.1899 (NSW); Caley Range, Blue 
Mountains National Park, W.A.CherryS76, 5.xi.2004 (NSW); Royal 
National Park, just E of Engadine Railway Station, M.D.Crisp 
7167, 4.X.1983 (AD, CANB, MEL); Scouters Mountain, Heathcote 
National Park, R.Coveny 11607& W.Bishop, 1 .ix.l 983 (MEL, NSW). 
Flowering period: Flowers in winter and spring. Most 
flowers opening more or less simultaneously. 
Distribution and habitat Occurs near the coast in 
north-eastern and central-eastern New South Wales 
from Port Macquarie in the north to Wollongong in 
the south (Fig. 11a). Grows in open forest, woodland 
and heathland, often in sandy soils on sandstone, but 
sometimes also in clay soils. 
Notes: Bossiaea stephensonii is readily identified 
by its large, erect, green stipules, narrowly winged 
branchlets, and long hairs. It approaches species in 
Group D in terms of the relative length of lower calyx- 
lobes, the relatively large, erect stipules, thin pods, long 
petioles and geniculate leaflet-articulation. The bracts 
and bracteoles are similar in size and colour to those of 
B. prostrata. 
Hybridisation: The type specimen of B. humilis Meisn. 
(see under Names of uncertain application) is possibly a 
hybrid involving B. stephensonii. Bossiaea obcordata is a 
likely candidate as the other parent. 
The Heterophylla subgroup 
22. Bossiaea heterophylla Vent., Descr. PI. Nouv. 
1:7,t.7(1800) 
Type: not designated. [Protologue: '... originate de 
Botany-Bay, introduit chez Cels en 1792, Cultivated 
plant, grown, presumably, from seeds collected at 
Botany Bay, New South Wales.] Holotype; t. 7 in Descr. PL 
/Vouv. 1:7 (1800). 
Platylobium lanceolatum Andrews, Bot Repos. 3: pi. 205 
(1802); Bossiaea lanceolata (Andrews) Sm., Bot. Mag. 28: 
1144, 1 .1144 (1808). Type: not designated. [Protologue: 
'Our drawing was made in November 1801, at the 
Nursery of Messrs. Le[e] and Kennedy, Hammersmith, 
by whom it was first raised in 1792'.] Holotype: pi. 205 in 
Sot. Repos. 3(1802). 
Platylobium ovatum Andrews, Bot. Repos. 4: pi. 266 
(1802); Bossiaea ovata (Andrews) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. 
London 9: 303 (1808). Type: not designated. [Protologue: 
'No locality information for source of seeds provided. 
Cultivated at Nursery of Messr. Lee & Kennedy, 
Hammersmith'.] Holotype: pi. 266 in Sot. Repos. 4: (1802). 
Bossiaea heterophylla var. stenocloda Domin, Biblioth. 
Bot. 22(89): 728 (1928). Type: [Protologue: 'N. S. Wales: 
in der Nahe von Leura in den Blue Mts. (Domin IV. 
1910)'. Near Leura, Blue Mountains, New South Wales.] 
Holotype; possibly PR, n.v. 
Semi-prostrate to erect shrubs to c. 2 m high, with 
inflorescences typically borne on longer branchlets 
rather than a regular series of short side-branchlets; 
branchlets sub-erect to erecto-patent, moderately 
Muelleria 
149 

Page image

938407 Platylobium microphyllum Muelleria 30(2): 145
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608908
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246
938406 Platylobium obcordatum Muelleria 30(2): 145
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608908
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Eastern Bossiaea 
7.IV.2002 (HO); Rocks near New Norfolk, LRodway, xii.1898 (HO); 
Rossarden Rd, Mangara, Tleoman s.n., 8.xii.2010 (MEL). 
Flowering period: Flowers in November and 
December. 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in north-eastern 
Tasmania near Mathinna, and in south-eastern Tasmania 
south of Oatlands. Originally collected from New Norfolk 
west of Hobart but not currently known from this locality 
(Fig. 9g). Rare, and likely to warrant recognition as a 
threatened species. Grows in loamy, gravelly or skeletal 
soils derived from mudstone, in forest and woodland. 
Etymology: In raising B. cinerea var, rigida to species 
rank, the epithet rigido could not be used as the name 
Bossiaea rigida Turcz. had already been published. The 
new epithet reflects the fact that the species is endemic 
to Tasmania, and B. tasmanica is in fact Tasmania's only 
endemic species of Bossiaea. 
Notes: Bossiaea tasmanica appears to be more closely 
related than B. obcordata to other species in Group D. 
It can be distinguished from B. obcordata by its more 
prostrate habit, more wax-encrusted branchlets with 
obscure decurrencies, blunter, branchlets that are hardly 
spinous, relatively narrower leaves, narrower bracteoles, 
hairy calyx and hairy pods, longer petal claws and 
different petal colours.The leaves are similar in shape to 
those of B. obovata of the Scortechinii subgroup. 
Specimens of B. tasmanica from the type locality of 
New Norfolk near Hobart in south-eastern Tasmania 
have a denser indumentum than is seen in other 
collections. The Rocks' as given in the protologue is 
thought likely to be Derbyshire Rocks. 
20. Bossiaea obcordata (Vent.) Druce, Rep, Bot. 
Soc, Exch, Club Brit Isles 1916, suppl. 2:610 
(1917) 
Platylobium obcordatum Vent., Jard. Malmaison: subt. 31 
(1803) 
Type: not designated. [Cultivated in Le Jardin de 
la Malmaison, France from seed collected during the 
voyage of Baudin, 1802.] Holotype: G, image seen in 
Geneva Herbarium Catalogue. 
Platylobium microphyllum Sims, Bot. Mag. 22: 863, 
pi. 863 (1805); Bossiaea microphylla (Sims) Sm., Trans. 
Linn. Soc. London 9: 303 (1808). Type: not designated. 
[Protologue: No information about the provenance 
of seeds. Cultivated in a private garden in Berkshire, 
England.] Holotype: pi. 863 in Sims, Bot. Mag. 22: 863 
(1805). 
Erect shrubs to c. 1 m high, with inflorescences typically 
borne on a regular series of very short, side-branchlets 
which in turn are produced along a regular series of 
short erecto-patent side-branches; branchlets erecto- 
patent, mildly compressed, 0.5-1 mm wide, with well- 
developed decurrent ridges, spine-tipped, with spine 
glabrous, orange-brown, sparsely to moderately hairy; 
hairs to c. 0.5 mm long; epicuticular wax sometimes 
developed. Stipules narrow-triangular, 1-2 mm long, 
±erect, brown, sparsely hairy, glabrescent, 3-nerved; 
stipule-petiole angle c. 30-60°. Leaves: petiole 0.5-1.5 
mm long; articulation strongly geniculate, with ridge 
absent or obscure; lamina broad-obovate, obcordate 
or circular, 3-6 mm long, 2-6 mm wide, with l:w ratio 
0.9-1.3, flat or gently convex each side of midrib, mostly 
markedly discolorous; base symmetrical, rounded to 
cuneate; margin recurved, glabrescent, ±smooth; apex 
rounded, truncate or emarginate, sometimes slightly 
downcurved; apiculum not or hardly developed; upper 
surface smooth, with venation generally raised, with 
gland-dotting sometimes evident, glabrescent; lower 
surface glabrescent. Inflorescences: axes contracted 
or to c. 1 mm long; bract caducous, c. 0.8 mm long, 
0.6 mm wide, strongly convex; pedicel 2-4 mm long, 
glabrous or sparsely hairy proximaily; bracteoles 
caducous or sometimes persisting to anthesis, elliptic 
to obovate, 1-1.5 mm long, with l:w ratio 1.5-2, loosely 
appressed, inserted in middle or proximal thirds, slightly 
to moderately convex, 3- to 5-nerved, glabrous, red- 
brown. Calyx 2.5-4,5 mm long, glabrous, or occasionally 
very sparsely hairy, with tube slightly to much longer 
than lobes; upper lobes 1-2 mm long, 1.2-2 mm wide; 
lateral angle acute; sinus 0.5-1 mm deep; lower lobes 
1-1.5 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide, with lateral lobes flat; 
standard to 10 mrn long, slightly longer than wings and 
keel, adaxially yellow with a red flare, and with throat 
bisected, abaxially red, mainly medially; wings 0.5-1 
mm shorter than keel, c. 2,5 mm wide, purplish-brown 
throughout or sometimes dirty yellow distally; keel 3-4 
mm wide, pinkish grading to darker red; anthers c. 0.4 
mm long post-dehiscence; ovary glabrous or sparsely 
hairy along upper margin, 4-ovulate; style 3-4 mm long. 
Pods: stipe 2-3 mm long; body elliptic or rhomboid- 
Muelleria 
145 

Page image

938411 Platylobium ovatum Muelleria 30(2): 149
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608912
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Eastern Bossiaea 
discolorous; base symmetrical, rounded to truncate; 
margin flat to recurved, usually knobbly and pale; apex 
acuminate, tapering into an apiculum; apiculum to 
c. 0.1 mm long, generally pointing slightly down; upper 
surface smooth or slightly tuberculate, with venation 
raised, brochidodromous, with gland-dotting generally 
evident, glabrescent; lower surface glabrescent. 
Inflorescences: axes contracted; bract persistent, 2 mm 
long, c. 1 mm wide, convex; pedicel 3-10 mm long, 
glabrous; bracteoles persistent until flowering, narrow- 
oblong or narrow-elliptic, 2-2.5 mm long, with l;w ratio 
2.5-3, appressed, inserted near base of pedicel, strongly 
convex, 3-8-nerved, glabrous, red-brown. Calyx 3-4 mm 
long, glabrous, with tube equal to or longer than lobes; 
upper lobes 1.2-1.8 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide; lateral 
angle acuminate; sinus 1-1.5 mm deep; lower lobes 
1-1.8 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, with lateral lobes flat; 
standard to c. 12 mm long, similar in length to or slightly 
longer than wings and keel (shorter before opening), 
adaxially yellow with a red flare, with throat bisected; 
abaxially reddish interrupted by pale radiating nerves; 
wings c. equal to keel, c. 2 mm wide, reddish proximally, 
generally yellow in distal half; keel c. 3 mm wide, pink 
grading to dark red; anthers c. 0.3 mm long post¬ 
dehiscence; ovary glabrous, 4-6-ovulate; style 3-4 mm 
long. Pods: stipe 3-4 mm long; body narrow-oblong, 
15-25 mm long, 6-9 mm wide, glabrous, without 
spongy tissue internally; upper margin 1-1.5 mm wide, 
with a ridge to c. 0.5 mm high, sometimes ridged along 
suture only. Seeds 2.5-3 mm long, 1.5-1.8 mm wide; aril 
0.8-1.2 mm long, c. 0.8 mm high, with base 0.7-1.2 mm 
long, with lobe curving c. 90° (Fig. 1 Oj), 
Selected specimens from c. 50 examined: NEW SOUTH 
WALES; Port Macquarie, E.R.Brown, ii.l897 (NSW); Gan Gan 
Hill, Nelsons Bay, R.Payne 2/3, viii.1993 (NSW); outskirts of 
Gateshead near Newcastle, RStory 6570, 8.viii.1959 (CANB, 
MEL); Morisset, J.LBoorman, x.1899 (NSW); Caley Range, Blue 
Mountains National Park, W.A.CherryS76, 5.xi.2004 (NSW); Royal 
National Park, just E of Engadine Railway Station, M.D.Crisp 
7167, 4.X.1983 (AD, CANB, MEL); Scouters Mountain, Heathcote 
National Park, R.Coveny 11607& W.Bishop, 1 .ix.l 983 (MEL, NSW). 
Flowering period: Flowers in winter and spring. Most 
flowers opening more or less simultaneously. 
Distribution and habitat Occurs near the coast in 
north-eastern and central-eastern New South Wales 
from Port Macquarie in the north to Wollongong in 
the south (Fig. 11a). Grows in open forest, woodland 
and heathland, often in sandy soils on sandstone, but 
sometimes also in clay soils. 
Notes: Bossiaea stephensonii is readily identified 
by its large, erect, green stipules, narrowly winged 
branchlets, and long hairs. It approaches species in 
Group D in terms of the relative length of lower calyx- 
lobes, the relatively large, erect stipules, thin pods, long 
petioles and geniculate leaflet-articulation. The bracts 
and bracteoles are similar in size and colour to those of 
B. prostrata. 
Hybridisation: The type specimen of B. humilis Meisn. 
(see under Names of uncertain application) is possibly a 
hybrid involving B. stephensonii. Bossiaea obcordata is a 
likely candidate as the other parent. 
The Heterophylla subgroup 
22. Bossiaea heterophylla Vent., Descr. PI. Nouv. 
1:7,t.7(1800) 
Type: not designated. [Protologue: '... originate de 
Botany-Bay, introduit chez Cels en 1792, Cultivated 
plant, grown, presumably, from seeds collected at 
Botany Bay, New South Wales.] Holotype; t. 7 in Descr. PL 
/Vouv. 1:7 (1800). 
Platylobium lanceolatum Andrews, Bot Repos. 3: pi. 205 
(1802); Bossiaea lanceolata (Andrews) Sm., Bot. Mag. 28: 
1144, 1 .1144 (1808). Type: not designated. [Protologue: 
'Our drawing was made in November 1801, at the 
Nursery of Messrs. Le[e] and Kennedy, Hammersmith, 
by whom it was first raised in 1792'.] Holotype: pi. 205 in 
Sot. Repos. 3(1802). 
Platylobium ovatum Andrews, Bot. Repos. 4: pi. 266 
(1802); Bossiaea ovata (Andrews) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. 
London 9: 303 (1808). Type: not designated. [Protologue: 
'No locality information for source of seeds provided. 
Cultivated at Nursery of Messr. Lee & Kennedy, 
Hammersmith'.] Holotype: pi. 266 in Sot. Repos. 4: (1802). 
Bossiaea heterophylla var. stenocloda Domin, Biblioth. 
Bot. 22(89): 728 (1928). Type: [Protologue: 'N. S. Wales: 
in der Nahe von Leura in den Blue Mts. (Domin IV. 
1910)'. Near Leura, Blue Mountains, New South Wales.] 
Holotype; possibly PR, n.v. 
Semi-prostrate to erect shrubs to c. 2 m high, with 
inflorescences typically borne on longer branchlets 
rather than a regular series of short side-branchlets; 
branchlets sub-erect to erecto-patent, moderately 
Muelleria 
149 

Page image

753347 Platylobium scolopendrium Muelleria 30(2): 161
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608924
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Eastern Bossiaea 
not recessed at nodes and sometimes slightly widening, 
±glabrous; marginal ridges well-defined, smooth or 
with occasional tubercles; new growth ±linear in profile, 
glabrous or sparsely hairy on margins; epicuticular wax 
sometimes weakly developing, shed in smallish flakes, 
with cladodes green at flowering. Scales 0.6-1.5 mm 
long, 03-0.5 mm wide from midrib to margin, greenish 
apart from midrib and margins, sometimes few-nerved 
apart from midrib, glabrous or with a few hairs along 
midrib, with margin glabrous. Leaves occasionally 
developed and persisting towards base of stems; lamina 
nearly circular, to 12 mm long. Inflorescences: axes 
contracted; scales 2, 0.6-1 mm long; bract persistent, 
1-1.5(-2) mm long, 0.3-0.6 mm wide, strongly convex; 
pedicel 2-6 mm long, glabrous; bracteoles persistent, 
ovate to narrow-ovate or narrow-oblong, 0.8-1.5(-2) 
mm long, with l:w ratio 1.5-3, appressed, inserted 
in proximal half, strongly convex, few-nerved, with 
venation often obscure, glabrous, commonly slightly 
fleshy, dark-brown. Calyx 3-4.5 mm long, glabrous, 
often with dark stripes, with tube longer than lobes; 
upper lobes sometimes broadening slightly from base, 
1.5- 2.2 mm long, 1.5-2.4 mm wide; lateral angle acute 
or acuminate; sinus 0.5-1.4 mm deep; lower lobes 1-1.8 
mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide; lateral lobes flat or convex; 
standard to c. 11 mm long, a few mm longer than wings 
and keel, adaxially yellow with a red flare, abaxially 
largely reddish, with pale radiating bands in medial 
third; wings c. as long as keel, 2-2.5 mm wide, yellow, 
sometimes also tinged red; keel c. 2.5 mm wide, pale 
greenish-yellow, sometimes tinged pink apically, often 
with hairs at distal end of fusion zone; anthers c. 0.3 mm 
long post-dehiscence; ovary glabrous, 6-8-ovulate; style 
2.5- 3 mm long. Pods: stipe 3-5 mm long; body narrow- 
oblong, 30-40 mm long, 7-11 mm wide; upper margin 
c. 1 mm wide, with ridge 0.3-0.6(-l) mm high; valves 
with transverse venation hardly raised. Seeds 3-3.5 mm 
long, 2-2.5 mm wide; aril 1.5-1.8 mm long, c. 1 mm high, 
with base 0.8-1 mm long, with lobe curving 90-180°. 
Selected specimens from c, 150 examined: QUEENSLAND: 
Between Lake Benaroon and Lake Boemingen, Fraser Island, 
DASmith, 15.viii.l971 (BRI); Noosa, CT.White. 21.viii.1949 (BRI); 
Little Canalpin Swamp, North Stradbroke Island, KMStephens 
07030713, 7.iii.2007 (BRI, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: C. 1.5 km 
N of Lake Cathie, near Port Macquarie, D.l/erdon /57,17.viii.1969 
(CANS); Anzac Pde, Matraville, R.Coveny 11290, 15.ix.l982 (MEL, 
NSW); Jervis Bay, Canberra Botanic Gardens annexe, near Lake 
McKenzie, CJyrrel 168, 6.X.1978 (CANB); track to Green Cape, 
M£.Phillips 83, 8x1961 (CANB);Tarougra Forest Rd, 2 km E of 
Bodalla along Potato Point Rd, E.Mullins 708, 6.X.1986 (CANB, 
MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: entry to tip on Betka Rd, Mallacoota, 
SJIorbes 2884, 14.ix.1985 (CANB, MEL); Mario Racecourse 
Reserve, cl 2 km SE of Orbost, W.Hunter22, x.l 951 (MEL); c 0.5 
km N of the mouth of Seal Creek, D.EAlbrecht 4844, 22.X.1991 
(CANB, MEL, HO). 
Flowering period: Flowers in spring. 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in near-coastal 
areas of south-eastern Queensland, New South Wales 
and far eastern Victoria (Fig. 13a). Categorised as rare in 
Victoria (Walsh & Stajsic 2007). Grows in sandy soils in 
heathland and open forest. 
Notes: The bracts and bracteoles of R ensata and 
R scolopendria usually appear less scarious than those 
of most other species, and are sometimes slightly fleshy 
medially (drying blackish). Bossiaea ensata is closest to 
R scolopendria but compared to that species has smaller 
and generally fewer flowers, shorter bracteoles, wing- 
petals that are largely yellow, and pods that are thinner 
and with the upper margin more angular. The calyx 
morphology of R ensata and R scolopendria is similar to 
that of species in Group E. A mutant with pure yellow 
flowers has been recorded from Mororo in northern 
New South Wales {Fenshom 4923 BRI). 
Hybridisation: A probable hybrid between 
R prostrato and B. ensata has been recorded from near 
Bermagui {N.Schultz 132 CANB). It is leafy throughout 
and has winged branchlets approaching the width of 
those of B. ensata. 
31. Bossiaea scolopendria (Andrews) Sm., 
Trans. Linn. Soc. London 9 :303 (1808) 
Platylobium scolopendrium Andrews, Bot. Repos. 3: pi. 
191 (1801), as scolopendrum. 
Type: not designated. [Protologue: No locality or 
collection details for seeds. A cultivated plant in the 
Hibbertian collection'.] Holotype: pi. 191 in Bot. Repos. 
3 (1801); epitype (here selected): New South Wales, St 
Ives, CBurgess, 29.vii.1963: CANB 0006531. 
Erect rhizomotous leafless shrubs to c. 1 m high, with 
cladodes to c. 25 mm wide, with inflorescences borne 
predominantly on long branchlets, occasionally on a 
regular series of short side-branchlets; inflorescence- 
Muelleria 
161 

Page image

938419 Platylobium scolopendrium Muelleria 30(2): 161
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608924
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Eastern Bossiaea 
not recessed at nodes and sometimes slightly widening, 
±glabrous; marginal ridges well-defined, smooth or 
with occasional tubercles; new growth ±linear in profile, 
glabrous or sparsely hairy on margins; epicuticular wax 
sometimes weakly developing, shed in smallish flakes, 
with cladodes green at flowering. Scales 0.6-1.5 mm 
long, 03-0.5 mm wide from midrib to margin, greenish 
apart from midrib and margins, sometimes few-nerved 
apart from midrib, glabrous or with a few hairs along 
midrib, with margin glabrous. Leaves occasionally 
developed and persisting towards base of stems; lamina 
nearly circular, to 12 mm long. Inflorescences: axes 
contracted; scales 2, 0.6-1 mm long; bract persistent, 
1-1.5(-2) mm long, 0.3-0.6 mm wide, strongly convex; 
pedicel 2-6 mm long, glabrous; bracteoles persistent, 
ovate to narrow-ovate or narrow-oblong, 0.8-1.5(-2) 
mm long, with l:w ratio 1.5-3, appressed, inserted 
in proximal half, strongly convex, few-nerved, with 
venation often obscure, glabrous, commonly slightly 
fleshy, dark-brown. Calyx 3-4.5 mm long, glabrous, 
often with dark stripes, with tube longer than lobes; 
upper lobes sometimes broadening slightly from base, 
1.5- 2.2 mm long, 1.5-2.4 mm wide; lateral angle acute 
or acuminate; sinus 0.5-1.4 mm deep; lower lobes 1-1.8 
mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide; lateral lobes flat or convex; 
standard to c. 11 mm long, a few mm longer than wings 
and keel, adaxially yellow with a red flare, abaxially 
largely reddish, with pale radiating bands in medial 
third; wings c. as long as keel, 2-2.5 mm wide, yellow, 
sometimes also tinged red; keel c. 2.5 mm wide, pale 
greenish-yellow, sometimes tinged pink apically, often 
with hairs at distal end of fusion zone; anthers c. 0.3 mm 
long post-dehiscence; ovary glabrous, 6-8-ovulate; style 
2.5- 3 mm long. Pods: stipe 3-5 mm long; body narrow- 
oblong, 30-40 mm long, 7-11 mm wide; upper margin 
c. 1 mm wide, with ridge 0.3-0.6(-l) mm high; valves 
with transverse venation hardly raised. Seeds 3-3.5 mm 
long, 2-2.5 mm wide; aril 1.5-1.8 mm long, c. 1 mm high, 
with base 0.8-1 mm long, with lobe curving 90-180°. 
Selected specimens from c, 150 examined: QUEENSLAND: 
Between Lake Benaroon and Lake Boemingen, Fraser Island, 
DASmith, 15.viii.l971 (BRI); Noosa, CT.White. 21.viii.1949 (BRI); 
Little Canalpin Swamp, North Stradbroke Island, KMStephens 
07030713, 7.iii.2007 (BRI, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: C. 1.5 km 
N of Lake Cathie, near Port Macquarie, D.l/erdon /57,17.viii.1969 
(CANS); Anzac Pde, Matraville, R.Coveny 11290, 15.ix.l982 (MEL, 
NSW); Jervis Bay, Canberra Botanic Gardens annexe, near Lake 
McKenzie, CJyrrel 168, 6.X.1978 (CANB); track to Green Cape, 
M£.Phillips 83, 8x1961 (CANB);Tarougra Forest Rd, 2 km E of 
Bodalla along Potato Point Rd, E.Mullins 708, 6.X.1986 (CANB, 
MEL, NSW). VICTORIA: entry to tip on Betka Rd, Mallacoota, 
SJIorbes 2884, 14.ix.1985 (CANB, MEL); Mario Racecourse 
Reserve, cl 2 km SE of Orbost, W.Hunter22, x.l 951 (MEL); c 0.5 
km N of the mouth of Seal Creek, D.EAlbrecht 4844, 22.X.1991 
(CANB, MEL, HO). 
Flowering period: Flowers in spring. 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in near-coastal 
areas of south-eastern Queensland, New South Wales 
and far eastern Victoria (Fig. 13a). Categorised as rare in 
Victoria (Walsh & Stajsic 2007). Grows in sandy soils in 
heathland and open forest. 
Notes: The bracts and bracteoles of R ensata and 
R scolopendria usually appear less scarious than those 
of most other species, and are sometimes slightly fleshy 
medially (drying blackish). Bossiaea ensata is closest to 
R scolopendria but compared to that species has smaller 
and generally fewer flowers, shorter bracteoles, wing- 
petals that are largely yellow, and pods that are thinner 
and with the upper margin more angular. The calyx 
morphology of R ensata and R scolopendria is similar to 
that of species in Group E. A mutant with pure yellow 
flowers has been recorded from Mororo in northern 
New South Wales {Fenshom 4923 BRI). 
Hybridisation: A probable hybrid between 
R prostrato and B. ensata has been recorded from near 
Bermagui {N.Schultz 132 CANB). It is leafy throughout 
and has winged branchlets approaching the width of 
those of B. ensata. 
31. Bossiaea scolopendria (Andrews) Sm., 
Trans. Linn. Soc. London 9 :303 (1808) 
Platylobium scolopendrium Andrews, Bot. Repos. 3: pi. 
191 (1801), as scolopendrum. 
Type: not designated. [Protologue: No locality or 
collection details for seeds. A cultivated plant in the 
Hibbertian collection'.] Holotype: pi. 191 in Bot. Repos. 
3 (1801); epitype (here selected): New South Wales, St 
Ives, CBurgess, 29.vii.1963: CANB 0006531. 
Erect rhizomotous leafless shrubs to c. 1 m high, with 
cladodes to c. 25 mm wide, with inflorescences borne 
predominantly on long branchlets, occasionally on a 
regular series of short side-branchlets; inflorescence- 
Muelleria 
161 

Page image

1001157 Scentbark Muelleria 30(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2)".

938389 Scottia Muelleria 30(2): 113
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608876
Page is part of the work A revision of eastern Australian Bossiaea (Fabaceae: Bossiaeeae), doi:10.5962/p.292246

Page text

Eastern Bossiaea 
{B. prostrata R.Br. pressed). In the former, the standard is 
yellow adaxially (internally) except for a red flare around 
the throat. Wings are flushed reddish or brownish 
abaxially over much of their length, and the keel is a 
darker purple-red distally. On the standard a red band 
sometimes runs vertically through the throat to divide 
it in two. The throat also commonly has red flecks at the 
base. The abaxial (outer) surface of the standard mostly 
has some degree of pink to red colouring. Sometimes, 
as is shown in Figure 8d, pale lines corresponding to 
the course of veins radiate from the flare and interrupt 
an otherwise red surface. Wings are sometimes entirely 
yellow except for some pink markings towards the base. 
Five species, B. arenicofa and the four species in Group A, 
always have entirely yellow petals, while three species 
in the Scortechinii subgroup, especially B. scortechinii, 
are typically yellow or with relatively little red marking. 
Yellow-petalled mutant plants are occasionally recorded 
for species that normally have red markings. 
PODS: The upper margin of pods is variable in 
thickness and in the degree of development of vertical 
ridges. Sometimes the ridge is restricted to the suture 
line only, and there may be a sulcus formed each 
side of this ridge. If the ridge is much higher than 
wide it approaches the dimensions of a wing, as the 
ridge is generally referred to in Platylobium. Pods of 
B. carinalis could almost be described as having wings 
(Fig. 10k). Pods with thickened valves and broadened 
upper margins are only seen in Group E and in a few 
species in Group F. In most groups the upper margin is 
0.5-1 mm wide, whereas it ranges from 1 to 3 mm wide 
in species in Group E. Extremes in the range of widths of 
the upper margin are shown in Figure lOg with a pod of 
6. rhombifolio placed beside a pod of R buxifolia. 
The outer surface of valves commonly has slightly 
raised transverse venation evident with magnification; 
however, in species in Group B the venation is usually 
indistinct. The inner surface of pod valves is mostly 
smooth and glabrous; however, in several species in 
Group E spongiose tissue forms between valves creating 
a partition between the seeds (Fig. lOf). 
There appears to be some variation in the degree of 
revolute rolling of valves post-dehiscence. The rolling 
appears to gradually develop post-dehiscence. In some 
species the valves persist on the plant post-fruiting and 
are present in the next flowering period as cylinders 
with the exposed inner surface being silvery. 
SEEDS (Figs 1 c & 4g-i): Seeds are relatively uniform in 
shape and they range in length from 2 to 6 mm. Mature 
seeds are brown to blackish and are commonly mottled 
(Figs 4g-i, 10c). Seeds become considerably shorter but 
plumper just prior to maturity. When examining seeds 
of herbarium records it may be difficult to tell if that final 
change of shape had occurred. Some measurements of 
seed length may turn out to be excessively long for this 
reason.The aril is also fairly uniform in shape and relative 
size. There is some variation in the length of its base and 
the degree of overhang and curvature of the lobe. The 
oblique arching or asymmetry of the recurved margins 
of the lobe, which is a normal feature, is evident in Figure 
4h. The aril of B. walkeri is unusual in being slightly 
knobbly and with the gap between lobe and base being 
hidden when viewed from one side. 
Taxonomy 
In the descriptions below, species are ordered according 
to morphological similarity and, to further emphasise 
points of similarity, they have also been placed in six 
informal groups and 16 subgroups (Table 2).The groups 
are in some instances somewhat weakly defined, 
whereas the subgroups are well-defined and likely 
to reflect close relationships between members. The 
epithet of the most familiar or most widespread species 
in a subgroup is adopted for the name of the subgroup, 
eg.,The Prostrata subgroup is named after R prostrafa. 
Bossiaea Vent., Descr. PI. Nouv. 1:7(1800) 
Type: Bossiaea heterophylla Vent. 
Bossieua, orth, var. Pers. 
Boissiaea, orth. var. Lem. 
Scottia R.Br., in W.T.Aiton, Hortus Kew., edn 2, 4: 268 
(1812). Type: 5. dentata R.Br. = R dentata (R.Br.) Benth. 
Lalage Lindl., in J.Lindley, Edwards's Bot. Reg. 20:1.1722 
(1834). Type: L ornato Lindl. = B. ornata (Lindl.) Benth. 
[All taxa historically placed in either Scoff/a or Lalage 
are endemic to Western Australia.] 
A circumscription of Eastern Australian species 
Subshrubs, shrubs or small trees, sometimes leafless, 
sometimes rhizomatous. Indumentum commonly 
developed but variably persistent on branchlets and 
leaves, sometimes developed on pedicels and ovaries 
Muelleria 
113 

Page image

1001156 Swamp Muelleria 30(2)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 30(2)".

1003834 Brumby Muelleria 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49819899 49819901
Page is part of the work Studies in Antarctic lichens I: Notes on Caloplaca citrina (Hoffm.) Th.Fr. and Physcia caesia (Hoffm.) Hampe, doi:10.5962/p.171912
Page is part of the work Studies in Antarctic lichens I: Notes on Caloplaca citrina (Hoffm.) Th.Fr. and Physcia caesia (Hoffm.) Hampe, doi:10.5962/p.171912
763070 Eucalyptus phoenix Muelleria 31: 66-68, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 66-68, Fig. 1".

942903 Lecidea stigmatea Muelleria 31: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717437
Page is part of the work The lichen genus Lecidella (Lecanoraceae), with special reference to the Tasmanian species, doi:10.5962/p.295675
942901 Lecidea sublapicida Muelleria 31: 42
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717438
Page is part of the work The lichen genus Lecidella (Lecanoraceae), with special reference to the Tasmanian species, doi:10.5962/p.295675

Page text

Kantvilas and Elix 
species studied, Lecidella stigmatea shares a colourless 
hypothecium with L granulosula, but that species differs 
by its granular thallus containing xanthones (C+ orange) 
and by its smaller apothecia. It differs starkly from L 
sublapicida, which has a brownish hypothecium and 
also contains xanthones. 
Distribution and ecology: Lecidella stigmatea is a very 
widespread species in both hemispheres, occurring 
mainly on calcareous substrates. Its Tasmanian 
distribution ranges from limestone outcrops in natural 
vegetation to concrete in a suburban garden. Several 
collections are also from dolerite, a siliceous rock type, 
in sites subject to nutrient enrichment, such as boulders 
in rough sheep-grazing land. Associated species include 
Lecanora dispersa (Pers.) Sommerf., Candelariella aurella 
(Hoffm.) Zahlbr., C. vitellina (Hoffm.) Mull.Arg. and 
species of Caloplaca. It was first reported for Tasmania 
by Hertel (1989). 
Specimens examined: TASMANIA. Lune River Lagoon 
mouth, 43°26'S 146°55'E, 1968, G.C. Bratt 68/523 (HO); Glen 
Morey Saltpan near Tunbridge, 42°09'S 147°29'E, 175 m alt., 
1984, A. Moscal 8793 (HO); Giblin River, c. 7 km SW of Hardwood 
Hill, 70 m alt., 1985, G. Kantvilas 182/85 (HO); Cascades, Hobart, 
42°54'S 147°17'E, 130 m alt., 1998, G. Kantvilas 168/98 (HO); 
Bisdee Tier, 42°26'S 147°17'E, 640 m alt., 2009, G. Kantvilas 
171/09 (HO). AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY. Brindabella 
Range, summit of Mt Aggie, 35°28'S 148°46'E, 22.xi.1989, W.H. 
Ewers 461 0(CANB). 
7. Lecidella sublapicida (C. Knight) Hertel 
Mitt. Bot. Munchen 19:444 (1983); Lecidea sublapicida C. 
Knight, Trans. N.Z. Inst. 8:316 (1876). 
Thallus rimose-areolate to rather granular-verruculose, 
continuous or dispersed, pale pinkish brown, cream- 
grey to grey-brown, undelimited, sometimes very thin 
to absent, lacking a prothallus, esorediate, forming 
irregular patches to c. 10 cm wide. Apothecia 0.2-0.8 
mm wide, scattered or crowded together, sessile, basally 
constricted; disc mostly persistently plane, sometimes 
a little undulate but only rarely convex, black, matt to 
glossy, epruinose. Properexcipulum black, matt to glossy, 
entire to a little flexuose, mostly persistent or becoming 
inconspicuous and excluded, especially in more convex 
apothecia, in section 15-50 pm thick, opaque red- 
brown within, unchanged in K, N+ intensifying orange- 
brown, also with additional blue-green, N+ crimson 
pigment, particularly at the edges, rarely ± entirely dee& 
blue-green. Hypothecium 20-100 pm thick, yellow, 
brown to deep brown, intensifying yellow-orange in K 
and N, typically subtended by a darker red-brown layer 
continuous with the excipulum. Hymenium 55-90 pm 
thick, separating easily in K, in the upper part intensely 
greenish blue, K ± grey-green to blue-green, N+ crimson, 
towards the base mostly colourless, occasionally 
overlain by brownish granules that dissolve in K. Ascj 
40-60 x 12-20 pm. Paraphyses 1-2 pm thick, simply 
to sparsely branched; apices unpigmented and only 
slightly expanded to 2-2.5 pm wide or, more commonly, 
with an external, blue-green, N+ crimson cap 2-4 pm 
wide. Ascospores broadly ellipsoid to ovate, (9-)10- 
72.3-15(-17) X (4.5—)6—6.9—8(—9) pm. Conidiomata not 
observed. Fig. 2A 
Chemical composition: vicanicin, 2,5,7-trichlorO' 
3-O-methylnorlichexanthone, 5,7-dichloro-3-0' 
methylnorlichexanthone, isoarthothelin (minor), 
arthothelin (± minor), atranorin (± minor), vicanicin 
methyl ether (± minor), 5,7-dichlorolichexanthone 
(± minor), 3-O-methylasemone (± minor), 
3-O-methylthiophanic acid (± minor), thiophanic acid (± 
minor), 2,5,7-trichlorolichexanthone (± minor); thallus 
K-, KC-, C+ orange, P-. The suite of xanthones present 
is highly variable and not easily detected by thin-layer 
chromatography; however, vicanicin is inevitably 
present. In specimens where the thallus is extremely 
thin to absent, thin-layer chromatography may not 
detect any substances. 
Remarks: Lecidella sublapicida is recognised by its 
often rather granular thallus, and abundant, black, 
usually persistently marginate apothecia with a red' 
brown to yellow-brown hypothecium. Unlike in most 
other Lecidella species studied, the excipulum appears 
to be cupular or almost so, and extends continuously 
beneath the hymenial and subhypothecial layers, 
forming a secondary, deeper brown layer of tissue. Also 
characteristic is the presence of vicanicin together with 
a suite of xanthones. The dark hypothecium is unique 
to Lecidella in Tasmania and the presence of vicanicin is 
diagnostic. 
This species is very closely related to the widespread, 
chiefly Northern Hemisphere taxon, L. carpathica 
Korb., which has an identical habitat ecology, a 
42 
Vol 31,2013 

Page image

942904 Lecidea xylogena Muelleria 31: 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717440
Page is part of the work The lichen genus Lecidella (Lecanoraceae), with special reference to the Tasmanian species, doi:10.5962/p.295675
763039 Lecidella destituta Muelleria 31: 33-36, Figs 1A

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 33-36, Figs 1A".

763040 Lecidella elaeochroma Muelleria 31: 36-37, Fig. 1B

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 36-37, Fig. 1B".

763041 Lecidella flavovirens Muelleria 31: 37-38, Fig. 1C

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 37-38, Fig. 1C".

763042 Lecidella granulosula Muelleria 31: 38-40, Figs 1D

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 38-40, Figs 1D".

763043 Lecidella montana Muelleria 31: 40-41, Fig. 1E

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 40-41, Fig. 1E".

763044 Lecidella stigmatea Muelleria 31: 41-42, Fig. 1F

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 41-42, Fig. 1F".

763045 Lecidella sublapicida Muelleria 31: 42-44, Fig. 2A

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 42-44, Fig. 2A".

763046 Lecidella xylogena Muelleria 31: 44-46, Fig. 2B-C

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 44-46, Fig. 2B-C".

763069 Maireana obrienii Muelleria 31: 61-64, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 61-64, Fig. 1".

763068 Nitella micklei Muelleria 31: 55, 58, Fig. 2
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717451
Page is part of the work Two new species of Nitella (Characeae, Charophyceae) from arid-zone claypan wetlands in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.295677

Page text

Two new species of Nitella (Characeae, Charophyceae) 
or more x furcate, but sometimes the development of 
segments is suppressed and the terminal segments 
appear to be pluricelluate (up to 5 cells long including 
the end cell). Dactyls are essentially bicellulate, to 1.5 
mm long. Accessory branchlets where present are 0 x 
furcate (i.e. dactyls). End cells short, conical and acute, 
the end of the penultimate cell distinctly narrowed so 
that the base of the end cell is confluent with it. Fertile 
parts without mucus, whorls on the female plant 
somewhat contracted, on the male plant in distinct 
heads. Fertile branchlets 6 in a whorl, 2 x furcate, 
oogonia from 0.4 to 0.6 mm long, at first and second 
branchlet furcations, antheridia terminal, to 400 pm in 
diameter. Oospores 290-350 pm long x 250-290 pm 
wide, with 4-5 striae of low flanges, dark to chestnut 
brown. The shape differs from all other species seen so 
far, rather than being a flattened sphere, oospores of this 
species appear twisted. Oospore wall ornamentation is 
coarsely reticulate, with walls of the reticulum c. 8 pm 
wide, 3-4 meshes across the fossa. In mature oospores 
minute, sparse papillae occur on the walls and cavities 
of the reticulum. Antheridia to 0.4 mm in diameter. 
Chromosome number not known. (Fig. 1) 
Additional specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES. 
Claypan 17, Nocoleche Nature Reserve, J.L . Porter 264, spirit 
preserved (p650), MEL. Woolshed Swamp, Nocoleche Nature 
Reserve, J.L Porter s.n., spirit preserved, MEL. 
Distribution and habitat: Claypan wetlands in the 
Paroo region of north-western New South Wales and 
south-western Queensland. Small mid- to bright-green 
plants lacking mucus, with spindly whorls of branchlets 
terminated with open groups of dactyls; antheridia 
more prominent than oogonia. Found on heavy clay 
substrates, often in water so turbid they cannot be 
located visually (Secchi transparency < 5 cm). Apparently 
capable of rapid growth and may be short lived. 
Associated species: Wetlands fringed by Eucalyptus 
ochrophloia F.Muell., E. largiflorens F.Muell., Eremophila 
sturtii R.Br., Dodonaea angustifolia Lf. and Senna spp., 
Babbagia sp. Chenopodium sp. and Scleroleana sp with 
an understorey of Duma florulenta (Meisn.) T.M.Schust, 
Acacia stenophylla A.Cunn. ex Benth. and/or Maireana 
brevifolia (R.Br.) Paul G.Wilson. Herbaceous species can 
include Eleocharis plana S.T.BIake, Marsilea angustifolia 
R.Br., M. drummondii A.Braun, Alternanthera denticulata 
R.Br., Cyperus gilesii Benth., Aponogeton queenslandicus 
H.Bruggen and Eragrostis australasicus (Steud.) 
C.E.Hubb; submerged species include the charophytes 
Chara braunii CC.Gmelin, Nitella sonderi A.Braun and 
Nitella cristata A.Braun. 
Etymology: parooensis means 'of the Paroo'. This 
species has not been collected in any other place. 
Conservation status: This species has been listed on 
the New South Wales endangered species list as Nitella 
'parooensis'. 
2. Nitella micklei M.T.Casanova, sp. nov. 
Plantae dioeciae, homeoclemae, ad 10 cm altum, axes 
crassi, ramuli 1-vel 2-furcati, , 5-7 in quoque verticillo, 
dactyli inflati, bicellularis. Oosporae 200 pm x 170 pm, 
ornatio leniter reticulata, alveolae laeves 1 vel 2 trans 
fossam. Antheridia ad 500 pm diametrum. 
Type: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Pilbara Survey Wetland 
040, Mulga Downs Outcamp Claypan, 3 km West of 
Cowra Line Camp Homestead, Mulga Downs Station, 
67.5 km ESE of Wittenoom (S 22.3618, E 118.9774) 
17.viii.2006, MX Casanova PBS17:R114 (holotype: MEL). 
Plants dioecious, homeoclemous, to 90 mm tall, 
internodes to 35 mm long. Axes stout, to 650 pm in 
diameter. Sterile branchlets 6 in a whorl, to 18 mm in 
total, 1(-2) x furcate, primary segments to 6 mm long, 
2-3 secondary segments, to 2 mm long, rarely 2-3 
tertiary segments, to 2 mm long. Dactyl cells swollen 
or inflated 1-2 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, sometimes 
narrowing distally to be confluent with the mucronate 
end cell, 75 pm long x 30-40 pm wide at the base. 
Fertile branchlets 5-6 in a whorl, to 2 mm long, 1-2 
x furcate. Primary segments to 1.5 mm long, 2-3 
secondary segments to 1.2 mm long, rarely 2-3 tertiary 
segments to 0.5 mm long. Fertile dactyls as for sterile, 
individual segments can be less inflated on male plants. 
Gametangia on separate plants in contracted whorls. 
Oogonia to 230 pm long, 190 pm wide, coronula to 18 
pm high, 6-7 convolutions. Oospores 200 pm long, 170 
pm wide, 6-7 striae of thick ridges, uniting in a small 
apical crest. Oospore membrane shallowly reticulate 
with (o-) i -2 smooth meshes across the fossa. Antheridia 
to 450-470 pm in diameter. Chromosomes n=9. (Fig. 2) 
Additional specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 
PSW005 Koodjeepindawarranna Pool 19.viii.2006, M.T. 
Casanova PBS40: t254 (MEL). PSW005 Koodjeepindawarranna 
Muelleria 
55 

Page image

763067 Nitella parooensis Muelleria 31: 54-55, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 54-55, Fig. 1".

942906 Oligochaetochilus linguus Muelleria 31: 73
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717469
Page is part of the work An examination of Pterostylis xerophila (Orchidaceae) and the confirmation of P. lingua as a new species in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.295680
942905 Oligochaetochilus xerophilus Muelleria 31: 72
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717468
Page is part of the work An examination of Pterostylis xerophila (Orchidaceae) and the confirmation of P. lingua as a new species in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.295680
763066 Phylloblastia blechnicola Muelleria 31: 49-52, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 49-52, Fig. 1".

763072 Pterostylis lingua Muelleria 31: 73-74, Figs 2 (map), 3
942908 Pterostylis squamata Muelleria 31: 73
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717469
Page is part of the work An examination of Pterostylis xerophila (Orchidaceae) and the confirmation of P. lingua as a new species in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.295680

Page text

An examination of Pterostylisxerophila 
Specimen examined: VICTORIA. About 7 km SW of Millewa 
South Bore, 16.X.2005, A Pritchard s.n. [J.A. Jeanes 1380 ] 
(MEL2296294). 
Notes: The treatment of this species in Flora of 
Victoria by Jones (1994) included in the distribution 
map some collections that we have now identified as P. 
lingua. However, the accompanying illustrations are 
of P. xerophila. Jones (1994) described flower colour as 
'reddish brown or brown' but we observed Victorian 
plants to be green. 
2. Pterostylis lingua M.A.CIem., Austral. Orch. Res. 
1:123, fig. 5A-D (1989) 
Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. S end of Cocopara 
National Park, near Mt. Caley on Barry Scenic Drive, 12 
Oct. 1986, R.G.Tunstall 94 (holo CANB!; iso K!, NSW!). 
Oligochaetochilus linguus (M.A.CIem.) Szlach., Polish 
Bot. J. 46(1): 24 (2001). 
[Pterostylis squamata auct. non R.Br.: Fitzg., Austral, 
orch. 1 (6): [t.6] (1880).] 
[Pterostylis xerophila auct. non M.A.CIem.: D.L. Jones, 
FI. Victoria 2:828 (1994) pro parte.] 
Deciduous herbaceous perennial geophyte. 
Vegetatively glabrous, with leaves withered at flowering 
time (Fig. la). Roots filamentous with tubers fleshy 
and globose. Flowering stem simple, erect, 10-30 cm 
high, with 4-8 sheathing bracts. Rosette stalk 1-3 cm 
long, leaves 3-12, linear ovate, size extremely variable, 
margins entire, surface of leaves becoming rugose 
with age. Flowers 2-8, erect, 1.5-2.5 cm wide, 2-3 cm 
long, light to dark brown, occasionally dull green with 
white opaque striping on the galea (Figs 1b, 1c). Buds 
initially green, later turning brown just before anthesis. 
Sheathing bracts 4-10, 1-2 cm long. Column (Figs Id, 
Figure 2. Known distribution in Victoria of Pterostylis lingua 
(rectangle) and P. xerophila (triangle) 
Figure 3. Labellum of a. Pterostylis xerophila from Murray-Sunset National Park and b. P. lingua from Mallanbool FFR 
Muelleria 
73 

Page image

763071 Pterostylis xerophila Muelleria 31: 72-73, Fig. 2 (map), 3
942907 Pterostylis xerophila Muelleria 31: 73
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717469
Page is part of the work An examination of Pterostylis xerophila (Orchidaceae) and the confirmation of P. lingua as a new species in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.295680

Page text

An examination of Pterostylisxerophila 
Specimen examined: VICTORIA. About 7 km SW of Millewa 
South Bore, 16.X.2005, A Pritchard s.n. [J.A. Jeanes 1380 ] 
(MEL2296294). 
Notes: The treatment of this species in Flora of 
Victoria by Jones (1994) included in the distribution 
map some collections that we have now identified as P. 
lingua. However, the accompanying illustrations are 
of P. xerophila. Jones (1994) described flower colour as 
'reddish brown or brown' but we observed Victorian 
plants to be green. 
2. Pterostylis lingua M.A.CIem., Austral. Orch. Res. 
1:123, fig. 5A-D (1989) 
Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. S end of Cocopara 
National Park, near Mt. Caley on Barry Scenic Drive, 12 
Oct. 1986, R.G.Tunstall 94 (holo CANB!; iso K!, NSW!). 
Oligochaetochilus linguus (M.A.CIem.) Szlach., Polish 
Bot. J. 46(1): 24 (2001). 
[Pterostylis squamata auct. non R.Br.: Fitzg., Austral, 
orch. 1 (6): [t.6] (1880).] 
[Pterostylis xerophila auct. non M.A.CIem.: D.L. Jones, 
FI. Victoria 2:828 (1994) pro parte.] 
Deciduous herbaceous perennial geophyte. 
Vegetatively glabrous, with leaves withered at flowering 
time (Fig. la). Roots filamentous with tubers fleshy 
and globose. Flowering stem simple, erect, 10-30 cm 
high, with 4-8 sheathing bracts. Rosette stalk 1-3 cm 
long, leaves 3-12, linear ovate, size extremely variable, 
margins entire, surface of leaves becoming rugose 
with age. Flowers 2-8, erect, 1.5-2.5 cm wide, 2-3 cm 
long, light to dark brown, occasionally dull green with 
white opaque striping on the galea (Figs 1b, 1c). Buds 
initially green, later turning brown just before anthesis. 
Sheathing bracts 4-10, 1-2 cm long. Column (Figs Id, 
Figure 2. Known distribution in Victoria of Pterostylis lingua 
(rectangle) and P. xerophila (triangle) 
Figure 3. Labellum of a. Pterostylis xerophila from Murray-Sunset National Park and b. P. lingua from Mallanbool FFR 
Muelleria 
73 

Page image

763074 Teucrium racemosum Muelleria 31: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717476
Page is part of the work Gynodioecy in Teucrium racemosum (Lamiaceae), doi:10.5962/p.295681

Page text

Walsh and O'Brien 
hermaphroditic state, rather than being derived from, 
or giving rise to dioecy (e.g. Lewis 1942). However, Ross 
(1978) proposed mechanisms whereby gynodioecy may 
be transitional toward dioecy from the conventional 
hermaphroditic condition, albeit via more complex 
genetic processes. 
Several studies across a wide range of families 
suggest that the female plants may compensate for 
the absence of male function by possessing traits that, 
for example, increase floral longevity (Petterson 1992), 
reduce likelihood of inbreeding depression (Lloyd 1975; 
Charlesworth & Charlesworth 1987) or elevate levels of 
seed production (Lewis 1941; Lloyd 1976). Observation 
suggests that the latter trait is being expressed at the 
Avoca Plain site at least. 
Taxonomy 
Teucrium racemosum R.Br. Prodr. 504 (1810) 
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Spencers Gulf, 1802, R. 
Brown (holo: BM; iso: CANB). 
Teucrium racemosum var. polymorphum Tovey & 
P.Morris, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria new ser. 35,89 (1922). Type: 
Victoria. Kerang, Sept. 1920, EJ. Semmens (holo: MEL!). 
Teucrium racemosum var. triflorum J.M. Black, FI. South 
Australia 3: 486 (1926). Type: South Australia: Eringa 
near Lindsay Creek, 3.X.1913, Whites.n. (holo: AD, photo 
seen). 
Teucrium sp. B. sensu Jacobs, S.W.L.& Pickard, J. (1981), 
Plants of New South Wales, fide Conn (2012), 
Specimens seen: ('var. polymorphum' form = female- 
flowered plants): WESTERN AUSTRALIA. (Geraldton 
Sandplains, sensu IBRA 2012) 10 mile (16.1 km) peg along 
main road to Kalbarri from North West Coastal Highway, 
December 1918, £ Officer 9/19 (CANB, MEL, NSW). NORTHERN 
TERRITORY. (Finke, sensu IBRA 2012) Jimmys Dam, 23 km ESE 
Erldunda Homestead, 26.vi.2000, P.K. Latz 16361 (MEL, NT). 
NEW SOUTH WALES. (Nandewar, sensu IBRA 2012) Red Bobs 
Reserve, c. 40 km SW of Gunnedah, 30.L2005, J.R. Hosking 2580 
(CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). VICTORIA. (Riverina, sensu IBRA 2012) 
Kerang, Victoria, September 1920, EJ. Semmens 72 (MEL - type 
of var. polymorphum); 26.5 km due W from Kerang, 29.iv.2012, 
N.G. Walsh 7557, J.P. Walsh & E. O'Brien (AD, CANB, MEL, PAL); 
(Murray Darling Depression) 17.9 km SW of Birchip, 5x2011, 
M. Argali s.n. (MEL). 
Note: Cunningham etal. (1992) report occurrences in 
south-western New South Wales in the Hay, Wanganella 
and Jerilderie districts, all within the Riverina region 
(sensu IBRA 2012). 
Acknowledgements 
We are grateful to Teresa Lebel (MEL) for assistance 
with microphotography, to staff at AD for locating and 
providing an image of the type of Teucrium racemosum 
var. triflorum , to John Hosking (TARCH) for information 
on occurrences of the male-sterile form in New South 
Wales, and to two anonymous referees who made 
helpful suggestions on the manuscript. 
References 
Charlesworth, D. and Charlesworth, B. (1987). Inbreeding 
depression and its evolutionary consequences. Annual 
Review of Ecology and Systematics 18,237-268. 
Conn, BJ. (1999). Teucriumf in N.G. Walsh and TJ. Entwisle (eds), 
Flora of Victoria 4, pp. 456-459. Inkata Press: Port Melbourne. 
Conn, BJ. (2012). Teucrium racemosum in PlantNET - The Plant 
Information Network System of The Royal Botanic Gardens 
and Domain Trust: Sydney, Australia (version 2.0, accessed 
20.vi.2012). <http://plantnet.rbgsyd.nsw.gov.au> 
Cunningham, G.M., Mulham, W.E., Milthorpe, P.L. and Leigh, J.H. 
(1992). Plants of Western New South Wales. Inkata Press: Port 
Melbourne. 
Darwin, C.R. (1877). The different forms of flowers on plants of 
the same species, ed. J. Murray. University of Chicago Press: 
London. 
Delph, LF. (1996). 'Flower size dimorphism in plants with 
unisexual flowers' in D.G. Lloyd and S.C.H. Barrett (eds), Floral 
biology: studies on floral evolution in animal-pollinated plants, 
pp. 217-237. Chapman and Hall: York. 
IBRA (2012) Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia 
(version 6.1, accessed 20.vi.2012). http://www.environment. 
gov.au/parks/nrs/science/bioregion-framework/ibra/index. 
html 
Lewis, D. (1941). Male sterility in natural populations of 
hermaphroditic plants. NewPhytologist 40, 56-63. 
Lewis, D. (1942). The evolution of sex in flowering plants. 
Biological Reviews 17,46-67. 
Lloyd, D.G. (1975). The maintenance of gynodioecy and 
androdioecy in angiosperms. Genetica45, 325-339. 
Lloyd, D.G. (1976). The transmission of genes via pollen and 
ovules in gynodioecious angiosperms. Theoretical Population 
Biology 9,299-316. 
Orellana, M.R., Blanche, C. and Bosch, M. (2005). Pollination and 
reproductive success in the gynodioecious endemic Thymus 
loscosii (Lamiaceae). Canadian Journal of Botany 83, 183-193. 
Petterson, M.W. (1992). Advantages of being a specialist female 
in gynodioecious Silene vulgaris S.L. (Caryophyllaceae). 
American Journal of Botany 79, 1389-1395. 
Ross, M.D. (1978). The evolution of gynodioecy and subdioecy. 
Evolution 32,174-188. 
Toelken, H.R. (1985). Notes on Teucrium L. (Labiata e). Journal of 
the Adelaide Botanic Garden 7, 295-300. 
Tovey, J.R. and Morris, P.F. (1922). Contributions from the 
National Herbarium of Victoria 2. Proceedings of the Royal 
Society of Victoria n.s. 35,89. 
Weigel, D. and Meyerowitz, E.M. (1993). Activation of floral 
homeotic genes in Arabidopsis. Science 261, 1723-1727. 
80 
Vol 31,2013 

Page image

942909 Teucrium racemosum polymorphum Muelleria 31: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717476
Page is part of the work Gynodioecy in Teucrium racemosum (Lamiaceae), doi:10.5962/p.295681
942910 Teucrium racemosum triflorum Muelleria 31: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717476
Page is part of the work Gynodioecy in Teucrium racemosum (Lamiaceae), doi:10.5962/p.295681
942911 Teucrium sp. B Muelleria 31: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717476
Page is part of the work Gynodioecy in Teucrium racemosum (Lamiaceae), doi:10.5962/p.295681

Page text

Walsh and O'Brien 
hermaphroditic state, rather than being derived from, 
or giving rise to dioecy (e.g. Lewis 1942). However, Ross 
(1978) proposed mechanisms whereby gynodioecy may 
be transitional toward dioecy from the conventional 
hermaphroditic condition, albeit via more complex 
genetic processes. 
Several studies across a wide range of families 
suggest that the female plants may compensate for 
the absence of male function by possessing traits that, 
for example, increase floral longevity (Petterson 1992), 
reduce likelihood of inbreeding depression (Lloyd 1975; 
Charlesworth & Charlesworth 1987) or elevate levels of 
seed production (Lewis 1941; Lloyd 1976). Observation 
suggests that the latter trait is being expressed at the 
Avoca Plain site at least. 
Taxonomy 
Teucrium racemosum R.Br. Prodr. 504 (1810) 
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Spencers Gulf, 1802, R. 
Brown (holo: BM; iso: CANB). 
Teucrium racemosum var. polymorphum Tovey & 
P.Morris, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria new ser. 35,89 (1922). Type: 
Victoria. Kerang, Sept. 1920, EJ. Semmens (holo: MEL!). 
Teucrium racemosum var. triflorum J.M. Black, FI. South 
Australia 3: 486 (1926). Type: South Australia: Eringa 
near Lindsay Creek, 3.X.1913, Whites.n. (holo: AD, photo 
seen). 
Teucrium sp. B. sensu Jacobs, S.W.L.& Pickard, J. (1981), 
Plants of New South Wales, fide Conn (2012), 
Specimens seen: ('var. polymorphum' form = female- 
flowered plants): WESTERN AUSTRALIA. (Geraldton 
Sandplains, sensu IBRA 2012) 10 mile (16.1 km) peg along 
main road to Kalbarri from North West Coastal Highway, 
December 1918, £ Officer 9/19 (CANB, MEL, NSW). NORTHERN 
TERRITORY. (Finke, sensu IBRA 2012) Jimmys Dam, 23 km ESE 
Erldunda Homestead, 26.vi.2000, P.K. Latz 16361 (MEL, NT). 
NEW SOUTH WALES. (Nandewar, sensu IBRA 2012) Red Bobs 
Reserve, c. 40 km SW of Gunnedah, 30.L2005, J.R. Hosking 2580 
(CANB, MEL, NE, NSW). VICTORIA. (Riverina, sensu IBRA 2012) 
Kerang, Victoria, September 1920, EJ. Semmens 72 (MEL - type 
of var. polymorphum); 26.5 km due W from Kerang, 29.iv.2012, 
N.G. Walsh 7557, J.P. Walsh & E. O'Brien (AD, CANB, MEL, PAL); 
(Murray Darling Depression) 17.9 km SW of Birchip, 5x2011, 
M. Argali s.n. (MEL). 
Note: Cunningham etal. (1992) report occurrences in 
south-western New South Wales in the Hay, Wanganella 
and Jerilderie districts, all within the Riverina region 
(sensu IBRA 2012). 
Acknowledgements 
We are grateful to Teresa Lebel (MEL) for assistance 
with microphotography, to staff at AD for locating and 
providing an image of the type of Teucrium racemosum 
var. triflorum , to John Hosking (TARCH) for information 
on occurrences of the male-sterile form in New South 
Wales, and to two anonymous referees who made 
helpful suggestions on the manuscript. 
References 
Charlesworth, D. and Charlesworth, B. (1987). Inbreeding 
depression and its evolutionary consequences. Annual 
Review of Ecology and Systematics 18,237-268. 
Conn, BJ. (1999). Teucriumf in N.G. Walsh and TJ. Entwisle (eds), 
Flora of Victoria 4, pp. 456-459. Inkata Press: Port Melbourne. 
Conn, BJ. (2012). Teucrium racemosum in PlantNET - The Plant 
Information Network System of The Royal Botanic Gardens 
and Domain Trust: Sydney, Australia (version 2.0, accessed 
20.vi.2012). <http://plantnet.rbgsyd.nsw.gov.au> 
Cunningham, G.M., Mulham, W.E., Milthorpe, P.L. and Leigh, J.H. 
(1992). Plants of Western New South Wales. Inkata Press: Port 
Melbourne. 
Darwin, C.R. (1877). The different forms of flowers on plants of 
the same species, ed. J. Murray. University of Chicago Press: 
London. 
Delph, LF. (1996). 'Flower size dimorphism in plants with 
unisexual flowers' in D.G. Lloyd and S.C.H. Barrett (eds), Floral 
biology: studies on floral evolution in animal-pollinated plants, 
pp. 217-237. Chapman and Hall: York. 
IBRA (2012) Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation for Australia 
(version 6.1, accessed 20.vi.2012). http://www.environment. 
gov.au/parks/nrs/science/bioregion-framework/ibra/index. 
html 
Lewis, D. (1941). Male sterility in natural populations of 
hermaphroditic plants. NewPhytologist 40, 56-63. 
Lewis, D. (1942). The evolution of sex in flowering plants. 
Biological Reviews 17,46-67. 
Lloyd, D.G. (1975). The maintenance of gynodioecy and 
androdioecy in angiosperms. Genetica45, 325-339. 
Lloyd, D.G. (1976). The transmission of genes via pollen and 
ovules in gynodioecious angiosperms. Theoretical Population 
Biology 9,299-316. 
Orellana, M.R., Blanche, C. and Bosch, M. (2005). Pollination and 
reproductive success in the gynodioecious endemic Thymus 
loscosii (Lamiaceae). Canadian Journal of Botany 83, 183-193. 
Petterson, M.W. (1992). Advantages of being a specialist female 
in gynodioecious Silene vulgaris S.L. (Caryophyllaceae). 
American Journal of Botany 79, 1389-1395. 
Ross, M.D. (1978). The evolution of gynodioecy and subdioecy. 
Evolution 32,174-188. 
Toelken, H.R. (1985). Notes on Teucrium L. (Labiata e). Journal of 
the Adelaide Botanic Garden 7, 295-300. 
Tovey, J.R. and Morris, P.F. (1922). Contributions from the 
National Herbarium of Victoria 2. Proceedings of the Royal 
Society of Victoria n.s. 35,89. 
Weigel, D. and Meyerowitz, E.M. (1993). Activation of floral 
homeotic genes in Arabidopsis. Science 261, 1723-1727. 
80 
Vol 31,2013 

Page image

942868 Thelymitra aff. holmesii Muelleria 31: 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717403
Page is part of the work An overview of the Thelymitra nuda (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia including the description of six new species, doi:10.5962/p.295674

Page text

Thelymitra nuda (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-3 cm long, 
5-13 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 
15-30 cm long, 5-18 mm wide, erect, canaliculate, 
fleshy, light green with a purplish base, ribbed abaxially, 
sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 15-60 cm tall, 
1.5- 3 mm diam., slender, straight, light green, straw- 
coloured or purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, linear to 
linear-lanceolate, 2.5-8 cm long, 4-8 mm wide, closely 
sheathing, acute to acuminate, green or purplish. Fertile 
bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 5-20 
mm long, 3-7 mm wide, sheathing the pedicel, green or 
purplish. Pedicels 2-12 mm long, stout to slender. Ovary 
cylindric to narrow-obovoid, 4-10 mm long, 1.5-4 mm 
wide. Flowers 3-15, (19—)25—35 mm across, usually pale 
purplish blue, opening freely in warm weather. Perianth 
segments (8—)12—20 mm long, 5-10 mm wide, concave, 
imbricate in open flowers, apex acute to obtuse, often 
shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate; lateral sepals 
lanceolate to ovate, slightly asymmetric; petals ovate; 
labellum elliptic to oblanceolate, often stalked, usually 
narrower than other segments. Column erect from the 
end of ovary, 5-7 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm wide, pale blue 
to pinkish; post-anther lobe hooding the anther, 3-3.5 
mm long, 1.8-2.2 mm wide, tubular, inflated, gently 
curved, brown or brownish orange with a narrow blue 
collar, apex v-notched, yellow, lobes toothed; auxiliary 
lobes often present as 2 tiny incurved spurs on the 
lower apical margin of the post-anther lobe; lateral lobes 
converging, 1.5-2 mm long, digitiform, porrect at base, 
curved sharply upwards, each with a dense toothbrush¬ 
like tuft of white hairs, the individual hairs 0.7-1 mm 
long. Anther inserted towards apex of column, ovoid, 
2.5- 3.2 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, the connective 
produced into a beak 0.5-0.6 mm long; pollinarium 
2-2.6 mm long; viscidium more or less circular, c. 0.5 
mm diam.; pollinia white with coherent pollen. Stigma 
situated at base of column, ovate-quadrate, c. 2.5 mm 
long, c. 2 mm wide, margins irregular. Capsules obovoid, 
10-15 mm long, 4.5-6 mm wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 3b) 
Selected specimens examined: TASMANIA. Howrah Hills, 
26x1998, D. Randalls.n. (HO 500013);Conara, Midland Highway 
near church, 18.xi.1998, H. & A. Wapstra s.n. (HO 500102); 
Conara, track to old church, 18.xi.1998, J.E. Wapstra ORG1945 
&A. Wapstra (CANB 610454); Conara Junction, 18.xi.1998, J.E. 
Wapstra ORG1830 (CANB 610402); Conara, just north of railway 
crossing, 27.xi.1996, H. &A. Wapstra s.n. (HO 329537); Campbell 
Town Golf Course, 28.xi.1995, H. & A. Wapstra s.n. (HO 500107); 
Campbell Town Golf Course, 21.xi.1995, H. Wapstra DU14685 
(CANB 9609758); Campbell Town Golf Course, 5.xi.1998, D.L 
Jones 16181 & M. Garratt (CANB 605821); Conara, Midland 
Highway, 27.xi.1996, J.E. Wapstra ORG460 (CANB 610405 & HO 
500101); Maranoa Heights, Kingston, 11 .xi. 1996, J.E. Wapstra 
ORG441 (CANB 610404); Conara, 14.xi.1999, H. & A. Wapstra 
JAJ692 (MEL 2172980); Campbell Town Golf Course, 8.xi.2000, 
H. Wapstra JAJ945 (MEL 2087452 & MEL 2089307). 
Distribution and habitat: Northern and eastern 
Tasmania from Circular Head to near Hobart, with most 
recent collections coming from the Midlands Region in 
the vicinity of Campbell Town. Grows in heathy open 
forest, scrubland or grassland on well-drained sand and 
sandy loams. Altitude: 0-200 m. (Fig. 4b) 
Conservation status: Not recorded for any biological 
reserves and poorly known overall. Recommend 3K by 
criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1996) and Data Deficient 
(DD) by criteria of IUCN (2011). 
Flowering period: Late October to early December. 
Pollination biology: The large, freely opening flowers 
and sporadic production of seed capsules would 
suggest that this species is most likely entomophilous. 
Notes: Thelymitra imbricata has been confused with T. 
nuda from which it can be distinguished by its generally 
stockier appearance, often longer, broader leaf and the 
usually larger flowers with broader, more overlapping 
perianth segments. 
9. Thelymitra paludosa Jeanes, sp. nov. 
Type: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Eyre District: Mt 
Merivale, 20 km E of Esperance, 7.xi.1995, B. Archer 178 
(holotype MEL 2032843; isotypes MEL 2032844, PERTH 
4433432) 
Illustrations: Hoffman & Brown (1998) page 267 (as 
Thelymitra aff. holmesii ); Brown etal. (2008) page 331, A; 
Hoffman & Brown (2011) page 323. 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-3 cm long, 
5-15 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear, 14—30(—50) cm long, 
5—10(—15) mm wide, erect, canaliculate, leathery, dark 
green with a purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing 
at base, apex acute. Scape 20—50(—90) cm tall, 1.5-5 
mm diam., straight, green to purplish. Sterile bracts 
usually 2 or 3, rarely 1, linear to linear-lanceolate, 2-10 
cm long, 4-12 mm wide, lower bracts closely sheathing 
throughout, acuminate, when 3 bracts present upper 
Muelleria 
17 

Page image

942858 Thelymitra aff. macrophylla Muelleria 31: 10
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717396
Page is part of the work An overview of the Thelymitra nuda (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia including the description of six new species, doi:10.5962/p.295674

Page text

Jeanes 
Illustrations : Jones & Clements (1998a) page 328; 
Hoffman & Brown (1998) page 264; Jones (2006) page 
235; Brown etal. (2008) page 329, C; Hoffman & Brown 
(2011) page 318. 
Glabrous, usually clumping, terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid 
to obloid, 1-2 cm long, 5-8 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear- 
lanceolate, 7-15 cm long, 5-13 mm wide, erect at base, 
strongly curved away from inflorescence, canaliculate, 
fleshy, dark green to purplish with a purplish base, ribbed 
abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 6-20 cm 
tall, 1.5-3 mm diam., stout, straight, often pruinose, 
green or purplish. Sterile bracts 1-3, linear-lanceolate, 
2-6.5 cm long, 4-9 mm wide, closely sheathing, acute 
to acuminate, green to purplish, often pruinose. Fertile 
bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 5-30 
mm long, 3-8 mm wide, sheathing the pedicel, green to 
purplish, often pruinose. Pedicels 3-9 mm long, slender. 
Ovary narrow-obovoid, 5-10 mm long, 1.5-3.5 mm 
wide. Flowers 2-8,17-35 mm across, usually pale blue or 
white, opening only in hot weather. Perianth segments 
7-17 mm long, 2-5 mm wide, concave, sometimes 
shortly apiculate, distal margins often incurved; dorsal 
sepal narrowly oblong-ovate, acute; lateral sepals 
narrowly oblong-ovate, slightly asymmetric, acute to 
acuminate; petals narrowly oblong-obovate, acute; 
labellum narrowly oblong-obovate, acute, often slightly 
smaller than other segments. Column erect from the end 
of ovary, 6-7.5 mm long, 2.5-3 mm wide, white to pale 
blue; post-anther lobe hooding the anther, 1.5-2.5 mm 
long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, tubular, slightly inflated, more or 
less erect at base, gently curved, narrowed at base where 
dark blue, expanded distally into a rounded hood, apex 
shallowly bilobed, yellow; auxiliary lobes absent; lateral 
lobes converging, 1.3-1.8 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide at 
base, narrowing and digitiform in the distal two-thirds, 
erect or porrect at base, curved upwards, each with a 
dense toothbrush-like arrangement of white hairs along 
upper V 2 to 3 /4 of their length, the individual hairs 0.8-1 
mm long. Anther inserted about midway along column, 
ovoid, 2.5-3 mm long, 1.3-2 mm wide, connective 
produced into a beak 0.6-0.8 mm long; pollinarium 1.8- 
2.2 mm long; viscidium elliptic, c. 0.3 mm long; pollinia 
white with friable, mealy pollen. Stigma situated at base 
of column, quadrate, c. 2.5 mm long, c. 2.5 mm wide, 
margins entire or slightly irregular. Capsules obovoid, 
10-16 mm long, 4-6 mm wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 1 c) 
Specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Cape 
Leeuwin, 2.X.1982, GJ. Keighery 5356 (PERTH 271977); Eyre 
District: Coastal granite headlands overlooking mouth of 
the Thomas River, 15.ix.1996, CJ. French 281 (CANB 627194); 
South Coast. Recherche Archipelago. Pasco Island, 12.xi.1950, 
J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL 114557); Summit of Mt Belches on Duke of 
Orleans Bay, c. 42 miles (67 km) E of Esperance, 30.xi.1950, J.H. 
Willis s.n. (MEL 1549685); Cape Leeuwin near old waterwheel, 
22x2000, J.A. Jeanes 867 & C. French (MEL 2093582, MEL 
2093583 & PERTH); Darling District: 12.9 km SW from Boyup 
Brook on road to Bridgetown, 9x1991, D.L. Jones 8276 (CANB 
610411); Nature Reserve on Highway # 1 c. 0.9 km E of Tindale 
Road; c. 34 km W of Denmark by road, 4x2001, J.A. Jeanes 1165 
& S.A. Jeanes (MEL 2172938, MEL 2172939 & PERTH). 
Distribution and habitat: South-western Western 
Australia mostly in a near-coastal strip between 
Margaret River and Israelite Bay, with disjunct more 
inland occurrences near Pinjarra and Boyup Brook. 
Grows in shallow soil in pockets and crevices of granite 
outcrops on coastal headlands or rarely further inland. 
Soils are dark loams and gravelly loams derived from 
granite. Altitude: 10-50 m. (Fig. 2c) 
Conservation status : Widespread, sometimes locally 
common and conserved. 
Flowering period: September to October. 
Pollination biology: This species is apparently 
facultatively autogamous. 
Notes: Thelymitra granitora is characterised by 
its clumping habit, short curved leaves, short stout 
inflorescence and relatively large white to pale blue 
flowers that open tardily. 
4. Thelymitra petrophila Jeanes, sp. nov. 
Type: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Coolgardie District: 
Ularring Rock, SW of Menzies on road to Mulline, 
26.ix.1991, D.L. Jones 7945 , C.H. Broers, M.A. Clements 
& B.E. Jones (holotype CANB 9609547; isotypes AD 
99642411, BRI 660020, MEL 250472, PERTH 4563697 & 
NSW!). 
Illustrations: Hoffman & Brown (1998) page 268 (as 
Thelymitra aff. macrophylla); Brown et al. (2008) page 
333, A; Hoffman & Brown (2011) page 324. 
Solitary or clumping, glabrous, terrestrial herb. Tubers 
ovoid, 1-2.5 cm long, 5-10 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear 
to linear-lanceolate, 10—30(—60) cm long, 4-8(-12) mm 
10 
Vol 31,2013 

Page image

763018 Thelymitra aggericola Muelleria 31: 9, Figs 1b, 2b (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717395
Page is part of the work An overview of the Thelymitra nuda (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia including the description of six new species, doi:10.5962/p.295674

Page text

Thelymitra nuda (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia 
2. Thelymitra aggericola D.LJones, Orchadian 
12(11): 517 (1999) 
Type: TASMANIA. Just 5 of Rebecca Ck, nearTemma, 
4.xi.1998, D.L. Jones 16160, M. Garratt, L Rubenach, J.E. & 
A. Wapstra (holotype CANB 605802, isotypes CANB!, AD, 
HO!, MEL 2089289). 
Illustrations : Jones et al. (1999) pages 260 & 262; Jones 
(2006) page 229. 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid to obloid, 6-20 
mm long, 3-6 mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear- 
lanceolate, 7—20(—30) cm long, 4—10(—15) mm wide, 
erect, curved, thin-textured to fleshy, canaliculate, dark 
green with a purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing 
at base, apex acute. Scape 5-15(—30) cm tall, 1.2-2.8 mm 
diam., straight, green or purplish. Sterile bract usually 
solitary, rarely 2, linear-lanceolate, 1.5—3(—6) cm long, 
4-7 mm wide, closely sheathing, green or purplish, 
acute to acuminate. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate to 
obovate-acuminate, 5-15(-20) mm long, 3-7 mm wide, 
green or purplish, sheathing the pedicels. Pedicels 1.5-6 
mm long, stout to slender. Ovary cylindric to narrow- 
obovoid, 5-10 mm long, 2-3.5 mm wide. Flowers 
1 —7(—10), 20-30 mm across, usually white to pale blue, 
opening freely in warm weather. Perianth segments 8-14 
mm long, 3.5-9 mm wide, concave, apex acute to obtuse, 
often shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate; lateral sepals 
lanceolate to ovate, slightly asymmetric; petals ovate; 
labellum elliptic to oblanceolate, often shortly stalked, 
usually narrower than other segments. Column erect 
from the end of ovary, 4.5-6 mm long, 2-3.5 mm wide, 
white to pale blue or pink; post-anther lobe hooding 
the anther, 2.5-3 mm long, 1.3-2.5 mm wide, tubular, 
slightly inflated, gently curved through c. 90°, brownish, 
apex yellow or occasionally bright orange, shallowly 
bilobed, lobes irregular; auxiliary lobes often present as 
2 tiny incurved spurs on the lower apical margin of the 
post-anther lobe; lateral lobes converging, 1.3-2 mm 
long, digitiform, porrect at base, curved upwards, each 
with a toothbrush-like arrangement of white hairs along 
most of their length, the individual hairs 0.7-1 mm long. 
Anther inserted towards apex of column, ovoid, 2-2.8 
mm long, 1.3-2 mm wide, the connective produced 
into a beak 0.5-0.7 mm long; pollinarium c. 2 mm long; 
viscidium more or less circular, c. 0.6 mm diam.; pollinia 
white with mealy, friable pollen. Stigma situated at base 
of column, ovate-quadrate, c. 2 mm long, c. 2 mm wide, 
margins irregular. Capsules obovoid, 10-15 mm long, 
4-6 mm wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 1 b) 
Selected specimens examined: TASMANIA. Arthur River, 
Rebecca Lagoon, 4.xi.1998, H. & A. Wapstra (HO 500051); 
Arthur River Road, Little Sundown Creek, 3.xi.1999, H. & A. 
Wapstra JAJ675 (MEL 2172982); 11.2 km S of Arthur River, 
towards Temma, 4.xi.1998, D.L Jones 16149 &M. Garrett (CANB 
6057911); 10.7 km S of Arthur River, just S of Nelsons Bay River, 
4.xi.1998, D.LJones 16143 &M. Garrett (CANB 6057851); 8.7 km 
S of Arthur River Bridge, towards Temma, 4.xi.1998, D.L. Jones 
16134, M. Garrett, H. Wapstra; A. Wapstra & L. Rubenach (CANB 
6057761 ); Rebecca Creek, 5.xi.1990, D.L Jones 7033 & C.H. Broers 
(CANB 9614130); c. 3 km E of West Point, 5.xi.1990, D.L Jones 
6995 &C.H. Broers (CANB 9614092); Mount Brown, Storm Bay, 
4.xii.1983, A. Moscal 4627 (HO 401913); Tasman Peninsula, 
Mt Brown Reserve, 14.xii.1995, H. Wapstra DU14738 (CANB 
9609811); Recherche, xii.1901, FA Rodway8573 (AD 99405117). 
Distribution and habitat: Apparently endemic 
to Tasmania, mostly in the north-western region 
near Arthur River, but also with a couple of disjunct 
collections from near-coastal areas of the south-east. 
Grows in shallow soil in pockets and crevices of rocky 
outcrops in low heathland, or occasionally in open 
heathland on shallow dark sandy loams. Altitude: 3-180 
m. (Fig. 2b) 
Conservation status: Rare overall but sometimes 
locally common and conserved. Suggest 3RC by criteria 
of Briggs and Leigh (1996) and NearThreatened (NT) by 
criteria of IUCN (2011). 
Flowering period: October to December. 
Pollination biology: In spite of the freely opening 
flowers, the abundance of seed capsules produced 
by this species would suggest that it is facultatively 
autogamous. 
Notes: Thelymitra aggericola is readily distinguished 
from all other related species by a combination of 
features including its generally short stature, strongly 
curved leaf that is often as long as or longer than the 
inflorescence and the rather small, pale-coloured, freely 
opening flowers. 
3. Thelymitra granitora D.LJones & M.A.CIem., 
Orchadian 12(7): 326 (1998) 
Type: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Near Torbay Hill, 
Torbay, 18.X.1988, D.L. Jones 3250, M.A. Clements & R. 
Heberle (holotype CANB 8806912, isotype PERTH!). 
Muelleria 
9 

Page image

763024 Thelymitra alcockiae Muelleria 31: 15-16, Figs 3a, 4a (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 15-16, Figs 3a, 4a (map)".

763034 Thelymitra alpina Muelleria 31: 26-27, Figs 5b, 6b (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 26-27, Figs 5b, 6b (map)".

51385093 Thelymitra angustifolia Muelleria 31: 19
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717405
Page is part of the work An overview of the Thelymitra nuda (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia including the description of six new species, doi:10.5962/p.295674

Page text

Thelymitro nuda (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia 
Thelymitra angustifolia sensu Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 2: 5 
(1858), non R.Br.(1810). 
Thelymitra grandis F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 6:319 
(1873), nom. nud. 
Illustrations: Backhouse & Jeanes (1995) page 356 (as 
T. pauciflora ); Jones et al. (1999) page 281; Jeanes & 
Backhouse (2006) page 206, A & B; Jones (2006) page 
231. 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1 -3 cm long, 5-12 
mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 10-25 
cm long, 5-12 mm wide, erect, fleshy, canaliculate, dark 
green with a purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing 
at base, apex acute to acuminate. Scape 15-50 cm tall, 
1.2-3.5 mm diam., slender to moderately stout, straight, 
green to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 or 3, 
linear to linear-lanceolate, 1.4-7 cm long, 3-9 mm 
Figure 3. a. Thelymitra a/cock/ae,Tintinara, SA (photograph by J.A. Jeanes); b. T. imbricata, Campbelltown,Tas. (photograph by J.A. 
Jeanes); c. T. paludosa, Denmark, WA (photograph by A.P. Brown); d. T. nuda, Eaglehawk Neck, Tas. (photograph by J.A. Jeanes); e. T. 
graminea, Darling Ranges, WA (photograph by A.P. Brown); f. T. glaucophylla, Spring Gully C.P., SA (photograph by J.A. Jeanes) 
Muelleria 
19 

Page image

942873 Thelymitra aristata Muelleria 31: 26
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717412
Page is part of the work An overview of the Thelymitra nuda (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia including the description of six new species, doi:10.5962/p.295674

Page text

Jeanes 
poorly known today due to the presence of several 
superficially similar taxa, both in Western Australia and 
in the eastern states. 
Thelymitra macrophylla has been confused with T. 
paludosa, but the latter usually flowers later (although 
there is some overlap), grows in wetter habitats, has a 
less robust habit, a generally narrower leaf and fewer, 
somewhat smaller flowers. 
Plants similar to T. macrophylla from north of 
Geraldton and near Beacon (Hoffman & Brown 2011) are 
in need of study. 
Thelymitra macrophylla apparently hybridises with 
Thelymitra flexuosa Endl., Thelymitra crinita Lindl., 
Thelymitra vulgaris Jeanes and T. antennifera the latter 
giving rise to plants with flowers very similar to the 
eastern Australian T. xmacmillanii (Hoffman & Brown 
1998; Jones 2006; Brown etal. 2008). 
14. Thelymitra alpina Jeanes, sp. nov. 
Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Southern Tablelands. 
Kosciuszko National Park, c. 5.3 km along Tantangara 
Dam Road, 13.xii.1997, D.LJones 15642 & B.E. Jones 
(holotype CANB 9908940; isotype CANB). 
Illustrations : Nicholls (1969), plate 28 (as Thelymitra 
aristata ); Backhouse & Jeanes (1995), page 354 (as T. 
nuda); Jeanes & Backhouse (2006), page 218, A-D (as 
Thelymitra sp. aff. megcalyptra 2); Jones (2006) page 229. 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1-3 cm long, 
0.5-1.5 cm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear-lanceolate to 
lanceolate, 10-32 cm long, 5-15 mm wide, erect, 
canaliculate, fleshy, dark green with a purplish base, 
ribbed abaxially, sheathing at base, apex acute. Scape 
15-45(-80) cm tall, 1.5-4.5 mm diam., slender to 
stout, straight, green to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 
2, sometimes 3, linear to linear-lanceolate, 2—7(—12) 
cm long, 4-10 mm wide, closely sheathing, green 
to purplish, acute to acuminate. Fertile bracts ovate- 
acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 5-20(-30) mm long, 
3-7 mm wide, sheathing the pedicels, green to purplish. 
Pedicels 1 —12(—25) mm long, slender. Ovary cylindric to 
narrow-obovoid, 5-14 mm long, 1 -3.5 mm wide. Flowers 
2—10(—20), (20-)25-40 mm across, usually blue to 
purplish, occasionally lilac, pink or white, opening freely 
in warm weather. Perianth segments (9—)15—20(—25) 
mm long, 3-11 mm wide, concave, somewhat stalked 
to spathulate, apex acute to obtuse, often shortly 
apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate; lateral sepals lanceolate to 
ovate, slightly asymmetric; petals ovate; labellum elliptic 
to oblanceolate, usually narrower than other segments. 
Column erect from the end of ovary, 5.5-7 mm long, 3-4 
mm wide, pale blue to pinkish; post-anther lobe hooding 
the anther, 3.5-5 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, tubular, very 
inflated, often somewhat compressed dorsally, gently 
curved through c. 90°, pale to dark brown, apex yellow, 
bilobed, lobes irregular, toe 1.5 mm long, distal margin 
irregularly toothed, usually also with two prominent 
forward-pointing horn-like teeth, orifice small; auxiliary 
lobes often present as 2 tiny incurved spurs on the 
lower apical margin of the post-anther lobe; lateral 
lobes converging, 1-2 mm long, digitiform, porrect 
at base, curved upwards, each with a toothbrush-like 
arrangement of white or pinkish hairs along the upper 
Vi to 3 A of their length, the individual hairs 0.8-1.2 mm 
long. Anther inserted about mid-way along column, 
ovoid, 2.5-3.5 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, connective 
produced into a beak 0.4-1 mm long; pollinarium 2-2.6 
mm long; viscidium more or less circular, c. 0.6 mm diam.; 
pollinia white with coherent pollen. Stigma situated at 
base of column, ovate-quadrate, 2-3 mm long, 2-3 mm 
wide, margins irregular. Capsules obovoid, 10-20 mm 
long, 4.5-8 mm wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 5b) 
Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES. 
Southern Tablelands: c. 5 km along Tantangara Dam Road, 
2.xii.1990, D.L Jones 7260 (CANB 9016526); Southern 
Tablelands: Kosciuszko National Park, c. 4 km along Tantangara 
Dam Road, 10.xii.1994, D.L. Jones 13759 & B.E. Jones (CANB 
609326); Tantangara Dam, 29.xi.1987, RJ. Bates s.n. (AD 
98746537); Southern Tablelands: Kosciuszko National Park, 
south side of Cave Creek, 1.5 km downstream of Blue 
Waterholes, 9.xii.1998, N.G. Walsh 4881 & K.L. McDougall (MEL 
2054134); Southern Tablelands: c. 6.5 km by road WSW of 
Kiandra, 28.xii.1994, J.A. Jeanes 132 (MEL 2025003); Southern 
Tablelands: between Kiandra and Cabramurra; top of the 
Great Dividing Range at 3 Mile Dam, 21 .xii.l 985, M.A. Clements 
3932 (CANB 8505584); Southern Tablelands: Brindabella area 
towards Tumut, 8.xii.1985, M.A. Clements 3899 (CANB 8505551); 
Southern Tablelands: Gold Seekers Trail, 3 Mile Dam area, Mt 
Selwyn, 14.L1993, D.LJones 11190&C.H. Broers (CANB 609327); 
Brindabella Range, Coree Flat, 28.xi.l 968, E.M. CanningEMC1328 
(CANB 068431); Southern Tablelands: Kosciuszko National 
Park, 2.2 km up Ravine Road from Snowy Mountains Highway, 
14.xii.2001, D. Rouse JAJ1286 (MEL 2172092 & MEL 2172093). 
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY. Bendora Dam Road, c. 10 
km from Bulls Head, 2.xii.1989, D.L. Jones 5445& B.E. Jones (CANB 
26 
Vol 31,2013 

Page image

942876 Thelymitra aristata megcalyptra Muelleria 31: 27
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717413
Page is part of the work An overview of the Thelymitra nuda (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia including the description of six new species, doi:10.5962/p.295674
763022 Thelymitra fragrans Muelleria 31: 13-14, Figs 1e, 2e (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 13-14, Figs 1e, 2e (map)".

763032 Thelymitra glaucophylla Muelleria 31: 23-24, Figs 3f, 4f (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 23-24, Figs 3f, 4f (map)".

763031 Thelymitra graminea Muelleria 31: 22-23, Figs 3e, 4e (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 22-23, Figs 3e, 4e (map)".

942870 Thelymitra grandis Muelleria 31: 19
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717405
Page is part of the work An overview of the Thelymitra nuda (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia including the description of six new species, doi:10.5962/p.295674

Page text

Thelymitro nuda (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia 
Thelymitra angustifolia sensu Hook.f., FI. Tasman. 2: 5 
(1858), non R.Br.(1810). 
Thelymitra grandis F.Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral. 6:319 
(1873), nom. nud. 
Illustrations: Backhouse & Jeanes (1995) page 356 (as 
T. pauciflora ); Jones et al. (1999) page 281; Jeanes & 
Backhouse (2006) page 206, A & B; Jones (2006) page 
231. 
Glabrous terrestrial herb. Tubers ovoid, 1 -3 cm long, 5-12 
mm wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 10-25 
cm long, 5-12 mm wide, erect, fleshy, canaliculate, dark 
green with a purplish base, ribbed abaxially, sheathing 
at base, apex acute to acuminate. Scape 15-50 cm tall, 
1.2-3.5 mm diam., slender to moderately stout, straight, 
green to purplish. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 or 3, 
linear to linear-lanceolate, 1.4-7 cm long, 3-9 mm 
Figure 3. a. Thelymitra a/cock/ae,Tintinara, SA (photograph by J.A. Jeanes); b. T. imbricata, Campbelltown,Tas. (photograph by J.A. 
Jeanes); c. T. paludosa, Denmark, WA (photograph by A.P. Brown); d. T. nuda, Eaglehawk Neck, Tas. (photograph by J.A. Jeanes); e. T. 
graminea, Darling Ranges, WA (photograph by A.P. Brown); f. T. glaucophylla, Spring Gully C.P., SA (photograph by J.A. Jeanes) 
Muelleria 
19 

Page image

763019 Thelymitra granitora Muelleria 31: 9-10, Figs 1c, 2c (map)
763000 Thelymitra gregaria Muelleria 31: 6, 8, Figs 1a, 2a (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717429
Page is part of the work An overview of the Thelymitra nuda (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia including the description of six new species, doi:10.5962/p.295674

Page text

Jeanes 
inserted about halfway along the column at anthesis 
and is most often entirely above the stigma. 
Pollinarium: In Thelymitra the pollinarium consists of 
four pollinia (in two groups of two) attached directly, or 
by a short caudicle, to a terminal viscidium. 
Pollinia: In Thelymitra the pollinia consists of pollen 
grains in monads or tetrads. In the T. nuda complex 
the pollen grains are usually bound tightly and the 
pollinarium is removed as a single unit by pollinators. 
Stigma: The stigma in Thelymitra is more or less bi- 
lobed at the apex, usually quadrate or transverse-elliptic 
in shape and located at the base of the column on a 
thick stalk. 
Materials and methods 
This paper is the result of a qualitative and quantitative 
study of the pertinent type material (or photographic 
reproductions thereof), all the available herbarium 
specimens (both dry and spirit-preserved) from AD, BM, 
BRI, CANB, E, HO, MEL, NSW, P, PERTH, QRS, SUNIV and 
WELT, and freshly collected specimens of all taxa except 
T. queenslandica, which were vouchered and deposited 
at the relevant herbaria. Orchid taxa in general, and 
Thelymitra taxa in particular, are much more readily 
identified from fresh living material where characters of 
the perianth, the column, flower colour and fragrance 
are still intact. Familiarity with the taxa gained from field 
study and the study of freshly collected specimens sent 
to me by field operatives has made the identification 
of dried and spirit-preserved herbarium material 
(including type specimens) much easier. 
When collecting Thelymitra for study it is essential 
that the entire above ground parts of the plant be 
taken, with the majority of the material being preserved 
in spirit (a good preserving medium is ethanol, water 
and glycerol in the ratio 1750:750:125). Plants preserved 
in the pressed state are often difficult to identify to 
species level in the absence of additional information. 
To aid identification it is recommended that one or two 
flowers on each specimen have the perianth removed 
before pressing so that the column is not obscured. 
Spirit-preserved specimens, on the other hand, are 
generally much more easily identified to species level. 
The observation of plants growing in-situ is the ideal 
method of study for Thelymitra in general, and often 
it is only by this method that cryptic new species 
can be identified. For this reason the importance of 
field work in the study of species complexes within 
Thelymitra cannot be overstated and should form an 
integral part of any future studies of the group or its 
individual members. It is likely that other taxa worthy of 
recognition exist within this large and diverse complex, 
but adequate information and collections of these are 
lacking at present. 
Taxonomy 
1. Thelymitra gregaria D.LJones & M.A.CIem., 
Orchadian 12(7): 327(1998) 
Type: VICTORIA. Chatsworth Rd, Derrinallum, 11.x. 
1997, D.LJones 15585&E. Foster (holotype CANB 990888; 
isotypes AD, MEL 2089285, MEL 2089286, NSW!). 
Illustrations: Backhouse & Jeanes (1995) page 355 (as 
Thelymitra sp. aff. nuda); Jeanes & Backhouse (2006) 
page 207; Jones (2006) page 230. 
Glabrous terrestrial herb , usually growing in dense 
clumps. Tubers ovoid to obloid, 1-2 cm long, 8-10 mm 
wide, fleshy. Leaf linear to linear-lanceolate, 5—12(—18) 
cm long, 5-12 mm wide, erect, canaliculate, fleshy, 
dark green to yellowish with a purplish base, ribbed 
abaxially, sheathing at base, lower margins minutely 
denticulate, apex acute. Scape 9-20 cm tall, 1-2.5 mm 
diam., moderately stout, straight, usually purplish, 
often pruinose. Sterile bracts usually 2, rarely 1 or 3, 
linear-lanceolate, 13-45 mm long, 3-8 mm wide, 
closely sheathing, acute to acuminate, green and 
purplish, often pruinose. Fertile bracts ovate-acuminate 
to obovate-acuminate, 5-24 mm long, 3-7 mm wide, 
closely sheathing the pedicels, green and purplish, 
often pruinose. Pedicels 4-10 mm long, slender. 
Ovary cylindric to narrow-obovoid, 3-10 mm long, 
1.5-4 mm wide. Flowers 1-6, 20-40 mm across, dark 
violet-blue to purple with darker longitudinal veins, 
opening freely on mild to warm days, scented. Perianth 
segments 10-20 mm long, 5-10 mm wide, concave, 
often shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal ovate to elliptic, 
often cucullate, obtuse; lateral sepals ovate to lanceolate, 
obtuse to acute; petals ovate to elliptic, obtuse; labellum 
obovate, acute to obtuse. Column erect from the end 
of ovary, 5-7 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm wide, pink, blue or 
purplish; post-anther lobe hooding the anther, 2-3.3 mm 
6 
Vol 31,2013 

Page image

763027 Thelymitra imbricata Muelleria 31: 16-17, Fig. 3b, 4b (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 16-17, Fig. 3b, 4b (map)".

763033 Thelymitra macrophylla Muelleria 31: 24-26, Figs 5a, 6a (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 24-26, Figs 5a, 6a (map)".

942867 Thelymitra megcalyptra Muelleria 31: 16
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717402
Page is part of the work An overview of the Thelymitra nuda (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia including the description of six new species, doi:10.5962/p.295674

Page text

Jeanes 
upper Vi to Va of their length, the individual hairs 0.5-1 
mm long. Anther inserted about mid-way along column, 
ovoid, 2-3 mm long, .1.5-2 mm wide, connective 
produced into a beak0.3-0.5 mm long ;pollinarium 2-2.5 
mm long; viscidium more or less circulate 0.6 mm diam.; 
pollinia white with coherent pollen. Stigma situated at 
base of column, ovate-quadrate, 2-2.5 mm long, 2-2.5 
mm wide, margins irregular. Capsules obovoid, 10-20 
mm long, 4-7 mm wide, erect, ribbed. (Fig. 3a) 
Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 
Northern Eyre Peninsula. Gawler Range; Yandinga Gorge, 
c. 37 km NNE of Minnipa, 26.ix.1969, A£ Orchard 2222 (AD 
96947076); Northern Flinders Range. Wilpena Pound; c 40 km 
NNE of Hawker, 11.ix.1957, H. Goldsack 808 (AD 97631551); 90 
Mile Desert, Mt Shaugh National Park, 2x1977, C.R.AIcock5655 
(AD 98563933); Yorke Peninsula. Muloowurtie Conservation 
Reserve, 2.ix.1999, D.L Jones 16612 & M. Garratt (CANB 
607203); Yorke Peninsula. 34 miles from Yorketown towards 
Stenhouse Bay, 18x1966, M.E . Phillips s.n . (CANB 039911); 
Yorke Peninsula. Innes National Park, 21x1976, A. Robinson 
s.n. (AD 97648014); Lower Murray Mallee. MacDonald Reserve, 
Chaunceys Line, c. 20 km SW of Murray Bridge, 21.ix.1963, J.B. 
Cleland s.n. (AD 97311233); Northern Eyre Peninsula. Gawler 
Range c. 190 km W of Port Augusta, 13.ix.1938, EH. Ising s.n. 
(AD 96935207); Eyre Peninsula. Hundred of Koppio, c. 30 km 
N of Port Lincoln, 18.ix.1964, M.G. Clarke s.n. (AD 98839126); 
Eyre Peninsula. Hundred of Blesing, c. 8 km S of Bascombe 
Well Homestead, 5x1967, N.N. Donner 2264 (AD 96817141); 
Kangaroo Island. 4.1 km SW of Penneshaw P.O., 13.xi.1989, P. 
Canty, S. Kinnear&B. Overton NPKI40527 (AD 99009001); 90 Mile 
Desert, environs of Comet Bore, 3x1977, C.R. Alcock 5728 (AD 
98563513). VICTORIA. Mallee. 15 km SW of Rainbow, just to 
NW of Lake Hindmarsh, 14x1970, J.B. Muir 4844 (MEL 518813, 
MEL 2039680 & CANB 330129); Little Desert. By main N-S track 
2.5 km S of Little Desert National Park and 27 km S of Kiata, 
4.xi.1978, T.B. Muir 6315 (MEL 565910); Sunset Country. 28 miles 
W of the road junction 14 miles N of Birthday Tank, 25.ix.1965, 
R. Filson 7436 (MEL 114562); Sunset Country. Rock Hole Bore, 
ix. 1963, N. Wettenhall 12 (MEL 593647); Mallee. Sea Lake 
district, x.1912, J.C. Goudies.n. (AD 97725201 & AD 97725193); 
Mallee. Wyperfeld, x.1965, P. Holland W28 (CANB 176787); Little 
Desert, between Booroopki and Kaniva, 2.xi.1971, M.E Phillips 
420 (CANB 048586); Mallee. W side of hill, on E side of Calder 
Highway, between 317 & 318 mile posts, 25.viii.1951, £ Ramsay 
s.n. (MEL 1532669); Little Desert. Near fringe SE of Kaniva, 
x. 1949, A.C. Beauglehole 18785 (MEL 1530150); Wimmera, 1893, 
W.E Matthews s.n. (MEL 114405 & MEL 114391); North-west 
Victoria, 1895, M. Kentish s.n. (MEL 1549678). 
Distribution and habitat: Found mostly in South 
Australia in the Eyre Peninsula, Yorke Peninsula, Flinders 
Ranges, Northern Lofty, Southern Lofty, Kangaroo 
Island, Murray Basin and South East Regions, but also 
extending to the Victorian Murray Mallee, Lowan Mallee 
and Wimmera Regions (Conn 1993). Grows in dry 
lowland areas, often in woodlands or mallee scrublands. 
Soils are usually well drained sands or sandy loams often 
over limestone. Altitude: 5-200 m. (Fig. 4a) 
Conservation status : Widespread, sometimes locally 
common and well conserved. 
Flowering period: Late August to October. 
Pollination biology: The scented flowers, readily 
spreading perianth, functional viscidium, coherent 
pollen and sporadic production of seed capsules would 
suggest that this species is entomophilous. 
Notes: The great variation displayed by Thelymitra 
alcockiae over its range, as well as its wide choice of 
habitats, is suggestive of there being more than one 
taxon involved. However, based on the preserved 
specimens, there would appear to be nearly as much 
variation within populations as between them. 
Segregate taxa cannot be isolated at this time as 
there is no apparent consistent correlation between 
morphology, plant size, flowering time and habitat over 
the range of the species. 
Etymology: Named after Kath Alcock (1925-), 
botanical artist and field naturalist with an extraordinary 
knowledge of the natural history of the Australian 
bush. Kath has assisted me considerably in my work 
on Thelymitra, and collected the type material of this 
species. 
8. Thelymitra imbricata D.LJones & M.A.CIem., 
Contributions to Tasmanian Orchidology-8, 
Austral. Orchid Res. 3:186-7 (1998) 
Basionym: Thelymitra nuda R.Br. var. grandiflora Lindl., 
Gen. sp. orchid, pi. 520 (1840). 
Type: TASMANIA. Circular Head, xi.1837, R. Gunn 
940 (lectotype specimen 20b, K-L!, fide Clements 1989; 
isolectotype BM!, K!, FI!, P!). 
Thelymitra megcalyptra sensu W.M. Curtis, Student's FI. 
Tasmania 4A 43 (1979), non Fitzg. 
Illustrations: Jones et al. (1999) page 273; Jones (2006) 
page 230. 
16 
Vol 31,2013 

Page image

763038 Thelymitra megcalyptra Muelleria 31: 27-30, Figs 5c, 6c (map)
942863 Thelymitra nuda Muelleria 31: 14
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717400
Page is part of the work An overview of the Thelymitra nuda (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia including the description of six new species, doi:10.5962/p.295674
763029 Thelymitra nuda Muelleria 31: 18-22, Figs 3d, 4d (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 18-22, Figs 3d, 4d (map)".

942874 Thelymitra nuda Muelleria 31: 26
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717412
Page is part of the work An overview of the Thelymitra nuda (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia including the description of six new species, doi:10.5962/p.295674
942866 Thelymitra nuda grandiflora Muelleria 31: 16
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717402
Page is part of the work An overview of the Thelymitra nuda (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia including the description of six new species, doi:10.5962/p.295674
763028 Thelymitra paludosa Muelleria 31: 17-18, Figs 3c, 4c (map)
763020 Thelymitra petrophila Muelleria 31: 10-13, Figs 1d, 2d (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 10-13, Figs 1d, 2d (map)".

763023 Thelymitra queenslandica Muelleria 31: 14-15, Figs 1f, 2f (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 31: 14-15, Figs 1f, 2f (map)".

942865 Thelymitra sp. aff. megcalyptra Muelleria 31: 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717401
Page is part of the work An overview of the Thelymitra nuda (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia including the description of six new species, doi:10.5962/p.295674
942875 Thelymitra sp. aff. megcalyptra Muelleria 31: 26
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717412
Page is part of the work An overview of the Thelymitra nuda (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia including the description of six new species, doi:10.5962/p.295674
942869 Thelymitra versicolor Muelleria 31: 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59717404
Page is part of the work An overview of the Thelymitra nuda (Orchidaceae) complex in Australia including the description of six new species, doi:10.5962/p.295674

Page text

Jeanes 
one often more or less free with the base only half 
encircling the inflorescence, green to purplish. Fertile 
bracts ovate-acuminate to obovate-acuminate, 5-32 
mm long, 3-9 mm wide, sheathing the pedicels, green 
to purplish. Pedicels 0.5-18 mm long, slender. Ovary 
cylindric to narrow-obovoid, 4-12 mm long, 1-4 mm 
wide. Flowers 2-10(-18), 18-30(-45) mm across, blue to 
violet, occasionally pink or white, often strongly scented, 
opening freely in warm weather. Perianth segments 
8-18(-20) mm long, 4-10 mm wide, concave, sometimes 
stalked to spathulate, often shortly apiculate; dorsal sepal 
ovate, acute to obtuse; lateral sepals lanceolate to ovate, 
slightly asymmetric, acute; petals ovate, acute to obtuse; 
labellum elliptic to oblanceolate, usually slightly smaller 
than other segments, acute. Column erect from the end 
of ovary, (5—)6—8.5 mm long, (2—)3—5 mm wide, pale blue 
to pinkish; post-anther lobe hooding the anther, 3.S-4.5 
mm long, 1.5-3 mm wide, tubular, hardly inflated, 
gently curved through c. 90°, dark brown to almost 
black, apex dorsally compressed, yellow, emarginate to 
shallowly v-notched, distal margin irregularly toothed; 
auxiliary lobes often present as 2 tiny incurved spurs on 
the lower apical margin of the post-anther lobe; lateral 
lobes converging, 1-2 mm long, digitiform, porrect at 
base, bent upwards at c. 90° near the middle, each with 
a toothbrush-like arrangement of white hairs along the 
upper Vi to Va of their length, the individual hairs 0.6-1.2 
mm long. Anther inserted about mid-way along column, 
ovoid, 2.3-3.3 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, connective 
produced into a beak 0.3-0.9 mm long; pollinarium 
1.7-2.6 mm long; viscidium more or less circular, 0.4-0.8 
mm diam.; pollinia white with coherent pollen. Stigma 
situated at base of column, ovate-quadrate, 2-3 mm 
long, 1.8-2.5 mm wide, margins irregular. Capsules 
obovoid, 10-20 mm long, 5-8 mm wide, erect, ribbed. 
(Fig. 3c) 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 
Walpole Nornalup National Park, 13 km WSW of Walpole, 
30.xi.1988, G. Wardell-Johnson W123 (PERTH 2661160 & PERTH 
2661179); Darling District: Reserve 1167, Site 6, Map 2031 
Bunbury, Dardarnup, 20x1997, S. Fisher 137 (PERTH 5001501); 
12 km SW of Pemberton, 8x1.1988, AR. Annels 511 (PERTH 
2661195); Pingerup Road, 2.5 km NE of Chesapeake Road 
junction, near Broke Inlet, 16.xi.1991, N. Gibson & M. Lyons 
1138 (PERTH 3133478); Links Road, SE of Mt Barker, 16.xi.l 993, 
A.R. Annels ARA4171 (PERTH 4572289); SW of Manjimup near 
Jardee and Deanmill, 15.xi.1968, G.S. McCutcheon 122 (PERTH 
306452); Walpole Nornalup National Park, Conspicuous 
Beach, 9.xi.1988, A.R. Annels 447 (PERTH 2661209); Ambergate 
Reserve, 9 km S of Busselton, 7.xi.1992, BJ. Keighery&N. Gibson 
789 (PERTH 4496469); 12 km ENE of Denmark, E of Sunny 
Glen Road, 5xi.1993, A.R. Annels ARA4327 (PERTH 4587499); 
Mount Barker-Denmark Rd, c. 1 km NE of Harvey Rd, 19x2000, 
J.A. Jeanes 852 (MEL 2087466, MEL 2087467 & PERTH); North 
Walpole Rd, near Walpole, 4.xii.2001, W. Jackson JAJ1127 (MEL 
2172996); Mt Chudalup, lower slope of dome adjacent to 
boardwalk, 1 .xi.1994, A.R. Annels & R.W. Hearn ARA4773 (PERTH 
4125843). 
Distribution and habitat: Western Australia. Found 
in higher rainfall near-coastal regions of the south, from 
near Bunbury to just east of Esperance. Usually grows 
around the margins of winter-wet swamps. Altitude: 
10-100 m. (Fig. 4c) 
Conservation status: Widespread, sometimes locally 
common and well conserved. 
Flowering period: Mid-October to December. 
Pollination biology: The easily spreading perianth, 
scented flowers, functional viscidium, coherent pollen 
and sporadic production of seed capsules would 
suggest that this species is entomophilous. 
Notes: Thelymitra paludosa is closely related to, and 
often confused with, T. macrophylla, but the latter usually 
flowers earlier (although there is some overlap), grows 
in drier habitats, has a more robust habit, a generally 
broader leaf and more, somewhat larger flowers. Earlier 
flowering (September to October) plants of similar 
appearance to T. paludosa from swamps between Perth 
and Bunbury (Hoffman & Brown 2011) need further 
study. Similar looking sympatric plants from drier, well- 
drained sites that flower from late October to December 
also need further study (Andrew Brown pers. comm. 
2012 ). 
Etymology: Latin paludosa , boggy, marshy; a 
reference to the preferred habitat of this species. 
10. Thelymitra nuda R.Br., Prodr. 314 (1810) 
Type: TASMANIA. In pratis dipritis prope Western Arm 
Port Dalrymple (Tasmania. Near the Western Arm of Port 
Dalrymple), 5.L1804, R. Brown s.n. (lectotype specimen 
(a) BM!, fide Clements 1989; isolectotypes BM!, El, FI, P). 
Syntype: Port Dalrymple, 1805, R. Brown s.n. (BM!, K!, AD!) 
Thelymitra versicolor Lindl., Gen. sp. orchid pi. 520 
(1840). Type: Tasmania, Circular Head, xii.1837, R. Gunn 
943 (holotype P!); Syntype: Tasmania, R. Gunn 943 (BM!). 
18 
Vol 31,2013 

Page image

957194 Aster adenophorus Muelleria 32: 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718932
Page is part of the work Notes on Olearia (Asteraceae: Astereae) in south-east Australia: O. tenuifolia, O. adenophora and description of a new species endemic to eastern Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.295686

Page text

Walsh 
tenuifolia at MEL collected prior to 1887, 18 years 
after Mueller's description of E. adenophora, further 
suggesting that Mueller had no previous access to 
material of that name. 
Taxonomy 
Olearia tenuifolia (DC.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 
(1867) 
Eurybia tenuifolia DC., Prodr. 5:269 (1836) 
Type : NEW SOUTH WALES. Among dense shrubs 
investing the base of a pine ( Callitris ) range in the 
country on the north of the Cageegang [Cudgegong] 
River, A. Cunningham 4, May 1825 (lecto, here selected: 
G-DC, photo seen). 
Eurybia tenuifolia var. bathurstiana DC., Prodr. 5:269 
(1836). Type: New South Wales. ... in barren scrub near 
Bathurst, A. Cunningham 13, 13 April 1817. (holo: G-DC, 
photo seen). 
Eurybia adenophora F.Muell., Fragm. 1:111 (1859). 
Type: Victoria. 'Ad latera montium petraeorum juxta 
flumen McAllister alt. 2-3000', Jan 1859, F. Mueller s.n. 
(holo: MEL 681752; iso: K, photo seen). 
Aster adenophorus (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 
(1865) 
Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 
(1865), nom. inval., (name appears in synonymy only) 
Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 
(1867) 
Olearia rupicola J.H.Willis, nom. inval., (unpubl. name 
on herbarium sheet only) 
Olearia curticoma N.G.Walsh sp. nov. 
Type : VICTORIA. Mitchell River National Park, 
Billygoat Bend, N.G.Walsh 7813, J.P. Walsh & RJ. Bilney 
(holo: MEL 2369577; iso: CANB, K, NSW, PERTH, S). 
Differs from O. tenuifolia in the glabrous leaves and 
stems, leaves without a recurved margin in vivo, capitula 
with white ray florets, and conspicuously shorter 
pappus bristles which are not or barely longer than the 
ripe cypsela. 
Erect shrub to c. 3.5 m high; branchlets glabrous, viscid 
from a copious exudate, slightly ridged from decurrencies 
extending from leaf midrib and margins. Leaves 
alternate, sessile, linear, 11-22 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm 
wide, acute, glabrous except for a few very fine, simple 
eglandular hairs on margins and abaxial midrib wh$n 
young, but these soon caducous; lamina slightly 
discolorous, paler beneath; margin entire, plane in vivo, 
but appearing thickened or recurved on drying. Capitula 
18-25 mm diam., solitary, terminal or subterminal 
on bracteate peduncles 8-25 mm long, lower bracts 
resembling leaves, upper bracts grading to those of 
the involucre; involucre ±conical, 5-7 mm long; bracts 
irregularly 3-4-seriate, graduating, the outermost c 2 
mm long, the innermost c. 5 mm long, all subulate, c 1 
mm wide, glabrous, viscid with sessile glands. Receptacle 
with fine erect ridges between florets. Ray florets 10-16, 
white, ligules 9-12 mm long; disc florets about twice as 
many as ray florets, yellow. Cypsela icylindrical, c. 2.5-3 
mm long, with 5 or 6 prominent pale ribs at maturity, 
sericeous; pappus bristles scabrous, the longest equal 
to, or slightly longer than body of cypsela, to 3 mm long, 
pale or slightly rufescent. Flowers December-May (5 
records). (Figs 1-3). 
Specimens examined: (all from type locality) 16.xii.1972, 
K. C. Rogers s.n. (MEL); 17.v.1975, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL, ?NSW); AC. 
Beauglehole 41739 (LTB, MEL); J. Turner 1077 (MEL). 
Distribution and habitat: Olearia curticoma occurs 
in dry open forest dominated by Eucalyptus sieberi 
L. A.SJohnson with other common components 
being Cassinia longifolia R.Br, Dodonaea viscosa subsp. 
Figure 1. Flowering stem of Olearia curticoma 
(photograph J.Eichler) 
36 
Vol 32,2014 

Page image

783755 Coronidium densifolium Muelleria 32: 30-32, Figs 8, 9a (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 32: 30-32, Figs 8, 9a (map)".

783743 Coronidium gunnianum Muelleria 32: 20-21, Figs 2-4, 9b (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 32: 20-21, Figs 2-4, 9b (map)".

783747 Coronidium monticola Muelleria 32: 21, 25, Figs 5, 9c (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718917
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685

Page text

A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides complex 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs through south¬ 
eastern Australia from central-eastern New South 
Wales, north-eastern to south-western Victoria, south¬ 
eastern South Australia and eastern Tasmania. A solitary 
collection apparently from Glen Innes in north-eastern 
New South Wales ( Rupps.n ., NSW 597121) is an isolated 
outlier. Principally a species of grasslands and riverine 
woodlands (under Eucalyptus camaldulensis Dehnh.) 
on soils that are prone to inundation. Mostly at low 
elevations (under c. 100 m a.s.L), but many populations 
on the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales and the 
Australian Capital Territory are from elevations above 
700 m, and the Glen Innes collection was probably from 
around 1000 m. (Fig. 9b) 
Notes: A few collections from the higher-altitude 
parts of the range of C. gunnianum such as Cave Ck 
near Kiandra, New South Wales (e.g. A.N. Rodd 1655 
(NSW)), Cobungra and Wulgulmerang areas in eastern 
Victoria, (e.g .Jobson 1920 (MEL), Wakefield s.n., 21.v. 1969 
(MEL) respectively) combine features of C. gunnianum 
and C. monticola in having brightly coloured capitula 
and broader leaves with more indumentum adaxially 
than is typical for C. gunnianum. These specimens are 
morphologically and ecologically intermediate between 
the two species, typically recorded from treeless 'frost 
hollows'surrounded by subalpine woodland. 
There are some forms of C. gunnianum that are 
somewhat distinctive and a more rigorous study might 
formally recognise these. One is a short-leaved form 
with small capitula from grasslands of e.g. the Monaro 
tableland NSW (e.g. Crawford 3707 (CANB, NSW), Taws 
948 (CANB, NSW), Fig. 4), but similar plants occur on the 
Gippsland plain in Victoria at low altitude, and here are 
sympatric with the more commonly encountered form 
with longer leaves and broader capitula (e.g. Platt 113 
(MEL), Fig. 3). Plants of intermediate form occur through 
at least the latter region and occasional specimens may 
be found with both leaf types. This variation may in part 
be seasonal. The type represents a form with relatively 
small capitula and slightly broader leaves than both the 
above forms (Fig. 2). It occurs in Tasmania and along the 
Murray River floodplain in Victoria and New South Wales 
and is linked, geographically (e.g. in the Grampians 
region, western Victoria) and morphologically with the 
other forms. 
The name Helichrysum semipapposum var. gunnianum 
DC., based on a different type, is synonymous with C. 
scorpioides (see below). 
Conservation status: This is a relatively infrequently 
encountered species and, like the lowland grassland 
communities with which it is commonly associated, it 
is undoubtedly much reduced from its former range, 
and is considered vulnerable in Victoria (DSE 2005). This 
is likely to be an appropriate assessment of its status 
throughout its range. Many of the southern New South 
Wales occurrences are from travelling stock routes 
which are refuges of many rare and/or depleted species. 
3. Coronidum monticola N.G.Walsh sp. nov. 
Type: VICTORIA. Mt Stirling, eastern slopes near The 
Monument, M.G.Corrick 7992 (holotype: MEL 602607; 
isotypes MEL 602593, NSW 686900). (Fig. 5) 
Helichrysum scorpioides var. pygmaeum F.Muell., 
Monthly Notices, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania for 
1870: 14 (1871). Type: Tasmania. 'Alpine summit of Mt 
Wellington', s.d., Abbott & F. Mueller s.n. (lectotype here 
chosen: MEL2161165!). 
W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p.; 
N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 383 (1970) p.p.; A. Costin, 
M. Gray, C.Totterdell & D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko Alpine FI. 
210,343 (2000); J. Murphy & B. Dowling, PI. Victorian High 
Country , 50 (2012); all as Helichrysum scorpioides. 
G.R. Cochrane, B.A. Fuhrer, E.R. Rotherham, J.H. Willis, 
J. & M. Simmons, FI. PI. Victoria & Tasmania 102 (1980); J. 
Everett in GJ. Harden, FI. New South Wales 3:232 (1992) 
p.p.; J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. 
Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; M.G. Corrick & B.A. Fuhrer, 
Wildfl. Victoria 23 (2000); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis 
Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Alps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic 
(2007), pp. 57, 209. 
Coronidium sp. Alps (L.A.Craven 2141) Vic. Herbarium 
sensu CHAH (2011). 
Coronidium sp. Foothills (M.G.Corrick 7095) Vic. 
Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). 
Illustrations . Cochrane et al. loc cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. 
p. 786, Fig. 156b, p.p. as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Costin 
et al. loc cit. p. 201 as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Murphy 
& Dowling loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides; Corrick & 
Fuhrer loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides. 
Ascending to erect, rhizomatous perennial, to c. 35 cm 
high, often freely branched above base, occasionally 
Muelleria 
21 

Page image

783742 Coronidium rutidolepis Muelleria 32: 17-20, Figs 1, 9a (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 32: 17-20, Figs 1, 9a (map)".

783753 Coronidium scorpioides Muelleria 32: 25, 27-30, Figs 6, 7, 9d (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718921
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685

Page text

A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides complex 
simple. Stems densely cottony, glands present but 
usually obscured. Leaves obovate to oblanceolate, 
20-50 mm long, 3-12 mm wide, attenuate at base, 
±concolorous or at least, not strongly discolorous, firm- 
textured; upper surface smooth, cottony, often densely 
so, lower surface cottony to densely woolly, with many 
glands, but these mostly obscured by indumentum; 
apex obtuse to acute, shortly mucronate (mucro 0.5-1 
mm long); margins recurved, rarely flat. Peduncles erect, 
mostly c. 1.5 mm diam. below capitulum; uppermost 
bracts overlapping base of involucre. Capitula solitary, 
depressed-hemispherical, 18-30 mm diam. Involucral 
bracts in c. 7-10 series, bright golden yellow to 
orange, transversely wrinkled, the intermediate ones 
oblanceolate to spathulate, 10-13 mm long, 2.5-3 
mm wide; claws cottony-ciliate proximally. Florets with 
corollas 4-5.5 mm long, the outer 2-4 series of female- 
only florets. Cypselas narrowly cylindrical, 2-2.5 mm 
long, 4-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus subequal to or slightly 
exceeding corolla. Pappus of female florets complete 
or somewhat reduced centrifugally. Flowers Jan.-Mar. 
(-Apr.). (Fig. 5) 
Selected specimens (from c. 170) examined: NEW SOUTH 
WALES. 3.5 km SW from Charlottes Pass, M. Ito 96042 & T. 
Nishino, Y. Kita (MEL, NSW); Bombala River, c. 17 km NE of 
Bibbenluke, I. Crawford 825 (CANB, MEL); 10 km N of Ingebyra 
on road to Jindabyne, L Haegi 2730 (AD, NSW); Gudgenby, 
Queanbeyan, 1 4.i.191 2, R.H. Cambage s.n. (NSW). AUSTRALIAN 
CAPITALTERRITORY.Ginini Flat, Brindabella Range, T.G. Hartley 
13646 (CANB, NSW). VICTORIA. Panorama Hill, Falls Creek, D.E 
Albrecht 251 (AD, MEL); Clover Flat, 47 km NE of Licola, P.C. 
Jobson 1982 (MEL); Mt Buller, R. Melville 3215 (K, MEL); Near 
Sassafras Pass, G.W. Carr 5794 (MEL). TASMANIA. Headwaters 
of Mountain River, Mount Wellington, A.E. Orchard 5206 (HO, 
MEL); Ben Lomond National Park, near Ranger Headquarters, 
M.G. Noble 28428 (HO, MEL); Quamby Bluff summit, A. Moscal 
12597 (HO, MEL); Pine Lake, A.E. Orchard 5821 (HO); Mt Barrow, 
A.C. Rozefelds 170 (HO) 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs through higher 
parts of the Great Dividing Range and adjacent outliers 
from c. Braidwood, New South Wales, through the 
Australian Capital Territory to Mt Buller and Mt Useful 
areas, Victoria. In Tasmania, it occurs in the north-east 
mountains (Mt Barrow, Ben Lomond), the Central 
Plateau area and on and near Mt Wellington near 
Hobart. It appears to be absent from south-western 
mountains. The altitude range is from about 1000 m, 
where associated with montane forests of e.g. Eucalyptus 
delegatensis R.T.Baker, up to and beyond the treeline to 
c. 2100 m near the summit of Mt Kosciuszko. Soils are 
often gravelly or rocky and usually well-drained. (Fig. 9c) 
Notes: In general, plants at higher altitudes are more 
densely cottony, often appearing grey-white overall, 
and usually of reduced stature and less branched 
compared to those at the lower part of the range. The 
type of Helichrysum scorpioides var. pygmaeum F.Muell. 
is of an extremely reduced form from Mt Wellington, 
Tasmania. From herbarium collections, this form seems 
to be particularly prevalent on that mountain, but 
similar plants are found on other exposed summits (e.g. 
Mt Kosciuszko, New South Wales and Mt Feathertop, 
Victoria). 
Mueller labelled a collection of his from 'summit of 
Mt Timbertop' (MEL 1517347) as Helichrysum scorpioides 
var. montanum F.Muell., but this name does not appear 
to have been published. This specimen is of the lower- 
altitude form of the species - i.e. with leaves having 
relatively light indumentum on adaxial surfaces. 
See notes under C. rutidolepis, C. gunnianum and C. 
scorpioides relating to plants of somewhat intermediate 
character. 
The type specimen has been selected to represent the 
commonest, most widespread form (in my experience), 
rather than the very reduced, woolly tomentose form 
encountered on exposed summits. 
Conservation status: Widespread in montane to 
alpine areas through its range and well represented in 
national parks and other reserves. It is not regarded as 
rare or threatened. 
Etymology: From the Latin mons - mountain and cola 
- a dweller, referring to its habitat. 
4. Coronidium scorpioides (Labill.) Paul G.Wilson, 
Nuytsio 18:326 (2008) 
Helichrysum scorpioides Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. Sp. 2:45, t. 
191 (1806); N.C.W. Beadle et al., Handb. Vase. PI. Sydney 
Dist. 386 (1962); W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328,329 
(1963) p.p.; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI.A.C.T. 383 (1970); 
N.C.W. Beadle et al., FI. Sydney Region 475 (1963, 1972); 
L. Haegi in J.P. Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 
3:1529 1986); A. Fairley & P. Moore, Native PI. Sydney 
District 317 (1989); G.R.A. Dashorst & J.P. Jessop, PI. 
Adelaide Plains & Hills 150, 151 (1990); L. Robinson, Field 
Muelleria 
25 

Page image

957185 Coronidium sp. Alps (L.A.Craven 2141) Vic. Herbarium Muelleria 32: 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718917
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685
957186 Coronidium sp. Foothills (M.G.Corrick 7095) Vic. Herbarium Muelleria 32: 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718917
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685
957171 Coronidium sp. Lowland Swamps (V.Stajsic 4226) Vic. Herbarium Muelleria 32: 20
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718916
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685

Page text

Walsh 
which is known to occur in the general area. A specimen 
from Ellenborough Falls, nearTaree (L Haegi 1490, NSW) 
is also unusually tomentose. 
The holotype at G-DC is clearly labelled in 
Cunningham's hand 'Grassy spots on the banks of 
creeks near Port Jackson, April 1824', however, Curry 
et al. (2001) suggest that in April, Cunningham was 
some distance from Port Jackson and heading south 
toward the Monaro district. An April 1824 collection 
by Cunningham of Blechnum cartilagineum Sw. from 
Stone Quarry Creek near Picton (MEL 2149090) suggests 
he may have not have been too remote from Port 
Jackson, at least at the beginning of that month, and 
perhaps made a small error in dating the collection of C. 
rutidolepis. The description of the habitat and locality is 
very consistent with its known occurrences. 
Conservation status: Although of limited geographic 
extent, Coronidium rutidolepis appears to be locally 
common, is well represented in reserves and hence is 
not considered threatened. 
2. Coronidium gunnianum (Hook.) N.G.Walsh 
comb. nov. 
Helichrysum gunnianum Hook., Icon. PI. t. 320 (1841); 
Gnaphalium gunnianum (Hook.) Sch.Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 
172(1845). 
Type : TASMANIA. R. Gunn 502 (holotype K 910320, 
photo at MEL!; isotype MEL 2161044!). (Fig. 2) 
W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p. 
as Helichrysum scorpioides; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. 
A.C.T. 415 (1970); G.M. Cunningham, W.E. Mulham, P.L. 
Milthorpe & J.H. Leigh, PI. Western New South Wales 702 
(1981); L. Haegi, in J.P. Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. 
Australia 3:1531; 
SGAP, FI. Melbourne edn 1,114 (1991); J.A. Jeanes in 
N.G. Walsh &TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) 
p.p.; D. & B. Jones, Native PI. Melbourne and adjoining 
areas 132 (1999); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. 
Helichrysum erosum Schldtdl., Linnaea 20:595 (1847). 
Type: South Australia. H. Behrs.n., 1844 or 1845 (holotype 
HAL 98323, photo seen JSTOFT 2000-2013). 
Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Lowland Swamps) sensu 
Walsh & Stajsic 2007, pp. 57.209. 
Coronidium sp. Lowland Swamps ( V.Stajsic 4226) Vic. 
Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). 
Illustrations. G.M. Cunningham et al. loc. cit.; L. Haegi 
loc. cit. p. 1529, fig. 694 G; SGAP loc. cit.; D. & B. Jones loc. 
cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, fig 156b p.p.; all as Helichrysum 
rutidolepis. 
Erect rhizomatous perennial, to c. 50 cm high, sparingly 
branched. Stems appressed-cottony. Leaves linear to 
oblanceolate, attenuate at base, (15—)20—65 mm long, 
1 —4(—9) mm wide, discolorous, firm-textured; upper 
surface smooth, glabrous or with sparse, appressed 
cottony hairs, sometimes with scattered glands; lamina 
or lower surface ±obscured by appressed cottony 
indumentum, with abundant sessile glands; apex 
acuminate, slightly thickened but not mucronate; 
margins recurved to revolute. Peduncles erect, mostly 
>1 mm diam., with reduced leaves/bracts extending to 
capitula and overlapping bases of the involucral bracts. 
Capitula solitary, subglobular to depressed-turbinate 
(10-)13-20(-25) mm diam. Involucral bracts in 5-8 series, 
pale yellow to brownish-yellow, transversely wrinkled, 
only the intermediate ones with significantly developed 
lamina, 6-10.5 mm long, (1 —)1.5—2(—3) mm wide; claw 
cottony-ciliate proximally. Florets with corollas 3.5-5 
mm long, the outer series containing some female-only 
florets. Cypselas ±cylindrical, 1.3-1.9 mm long, glabrous, 
obscurely 4-ribbed. Pappus slightly shorter to slightly 
longer than florets. Female florets usually with a pappus 
but this sometimes reduced or lacking. Flowers (Nov.-) 
Feb. -Apr.( -Jun.). (Figs 2-4) 
Selected specimens (from c. 200) examined: SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. Honans Scrub Reserve, R. Bates 4811 (AD);Thomas 
Gully, Mt Bold Reservoir, T.S. Te 915 & DJ. Duval, M.C. O'Leary 
(HO, MEL, NSW); St Johns Bushland Park, Lobethal, A.G. Spooner 
11008 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Glenn Innes, February 1914, 
H.M.R. Rupp s.n. (NSW); Travelling Stock Route, 4.5 km N of 
Binda, N. Taws 198 (CANB, NSW); Chatsbury Travelling Stock 
Reserve, c. 30.5 km NNE of Goulburn, /. Crawford 7630 (CANB, 
MEL, NSW); Vi mile [1 km] south of Albury, EJ. McBarron 
4630; Sunnyside Rd, Rocky Hall, 19.ii.2001, J. Miles s.n. (NSW). 
VICTORIA. East of Burns Rd, Laverton North, SJ. Platt 113 (MEL); 
Rocky Plains, Suggan Buggan, 21.V.1969, N.A. Wakefield s.n. 
(MEL);Parolus Bridge Track, adjacent to Ovens River, 13.iii.1991, 
N.T. Rossiter s.n. (MEL); Grampians, east side of Victoria Range, 
A.C. Beauglehole 30247 (MEL); Jack Smith Lake Wildlife Reserve, 
A.C. Beauglehole 74758 (MEL); 9 km W of Omeo, P.C. Jobson 1920 
(MEL). TASMANIA.'Forsterville', Campbell Town, L. Gilfedderl67 
(HO); Clyne Vale, A. Simson 491 (HO); Seven Mile Beach Rd, AM 
Buchanan 15527 (HO); Verwood Rd, Forest Lagoon, A. Brown 169 
(AD, AK, CHR, MEL, HO, NSW, RSA, NT) 
20 
Vol 32.2014 

Page image

957193 Eurybia adenophora Muelleria 32: 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718932
Page is part of the work Notes on Olearia (Asteraceae: Astereae) in south-east Australia: O. tenuifolia, O. adenophora and description of a new species endemic to eastern Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.295686

Page text

Walsh 
tenuifolia at MEL collected prior to 1887, 18 years 
after Mueller's description of E. adenophora, further 
suggesting that Mueller had no previous access to 
material of that name. 
Taxonomy 
Olearia tenuifolia (DC.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 
(1867) 
Eurybia tenuifolia DC., Prodr. 5:269 (1836) 
Type : NEW SOUTH WALES. Among dense shrubs 
investing the base of a pine ( Callitris ) range in the 
country on the north of the Cageegang [Cudgegong] 
River, A. Cunningham 4, May 1825 (lecto, here selected: 
G-DC, photo seen). 
Eurybia tenuifolia var. bathurstiana DC., Prodr. 5:269 
(1836). Type: New South Wales. ... in barren scrub near 
Bathurst, A. Cunningham 13, 13 April 1817. (holo: G-DC, 
photo seen). 
Eurybia adenophora F.Muell., Fragm. 1:111 (1859). 
Type: Victoria. 'Ad latera montium petraeorum juxta 
flumen McAllister alt. 2-3000', Jan 1859, F. Mueller s.n. 
(holo: MEL 681752; iso: K, photo seen). 
Aster adenophorus (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 
(1865) 
Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 
(1865), nom. inval., (name appears in synonymy only) 
Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 
(1867) 
Olearia rupicola J.H.Willis, nom. inval., (unpubl. name 
on herbarium sheet only) 
Olearia curticoma N.G.Walsh sp. nov. 
Type : VICTORIA. Mitchell River National Park, 
Billygoat Bend, N.G.Walsh 7813, J.P. Walsh & RJ. Bilney 
(holo: MEL 2369577; iso: CANB, K, NSW, PERTH, S). 
Differs from O. tenuifolia in the glabrous leaves and 
stems, leaves without a recurved margin in vivo, capitula 
with white ray florets, and conspicuously shorter 
pappus bristles which are not or barely longer than the 
ripe cypsela. 
Erect shrub to c. 3.5 m high; branchlets glabrous, viscid 
from a copious exudate, slightly ridged from decurrencies 
extending from leaf midrib and margins. Leaves 
alternate, sessile, linear, 11-22 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm 
wide, acute, glabrous except for a few very fine, simple 
eglandular hairs on margins and abaxial midrib wh$n 
young, but these soon caducous; lamina slightly 
discolorous, paler beneath; margin entire, plane in vivo, 
but appearing thickened or recurved on drying. Capitula 
18-25 mm diam., solitary, terminal or subterminal 
on bracteate peduncles 8-25 mm long, lower bracts 
resembling leaves, upper bracts grading to those of 
the involucre; involucre ±conical, 5-7 mm long; bracts 
irregularly 3-4-seriate, graduating, the outermost c 2 
mm long, the innermost c. 5 mm long, all subulate, c 1 
mm wide, glabrous, viscid with sessile glands. Receptacle 
with fine erect ridges between florets. Ray florets 10-16, 
white, ligules 9-12 mm long; disc florets about twice as 
many as ray florets, yellow. Cypsela icylindrical, c. 2.5-3 
mm long, with 5 or 6 prominent pale ribs at maturity, 
sericeous; pappus bristles scabrous, the longest equal 
to, or slightly longer than body of cypsela, to 3 mm long, 
pale or slightly rufescent. Flowers December-May (5 
records). (Figs 1-3). 
Specimens examined: (all from type locality) 16.xii.1972, 
K. C. Rogers s.n. (MEL); 17.v.1975, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL, ?NSW); AC. 
Beauglehole 41739 (LTB, MEL); J. Turner 1077 (MEL). 
Distribution and habitat: Olearia curticoma occurs 
in dry open forest dominated by Eucalyptus sieberi 
L. A.SJohnson with other common components 
being Cassinia longifolia R.Br, Dodonaea viscosa subsp. 
Figure 1. Flowering stem of Olearia curticoma 
(photograph J.Eichler) 
36 
Vol 32,2014 

Page image

783757 Eurybia tenuifolia Muelleria 32: 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718932
Page is part of the work Notes on Olearia (Asteraceae: Astereae) in south-east Australia: O. tenuifolia, O. adenophora and description of a new species endemic to eastern Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.295686

Page text

Walsh 
tenuifolia at MEL collected prior to 1887, 18 years 
after Mueller's description of E. adenophora, further 
suggesting that Mueller had no previous access to 
material of that name. 
Taxonomy 
Olearia tenuifolia (DC.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 
(1867) 
Eurybia tenuifolia DC., Prodr. 5:269 (1836) 
Type : NEW SOUTH WALES. Among dense shrubs 
investing the base of a pine ( Callitris ) range in the 
country on the north of the Cageegang [Cudgegong] 
River, A. Cunningham 4, May 1825 (lecto, here selected: 
G-DC, photo seen). 
Eurybia tenuifolia var. bathurstiana DC., Prodr. 5:269 
(1836). Type: New South Wales. ... in barren scrub near 
Bathurst, A. Cunningham 13, 13 April 1817. (holo: G-DC, 
photo seen). 
Eurybia adenophora F.Muell., Fragm. 1:111 (1859). 
Type: Victoria. 'Ad latera montium petraeorum juxta 
flumen McAllister alt. 2-3000', Jan 1859, F. Mueller s.n. 
(holo: MEL 681752; iso: K, photo seen). 
Aster adenophorus (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 
(1865) 
Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 
(1865), nom. inval., (name appears in synonymy only) 
Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 
(1867) 
Olearia rupicola J.H.Willis, nom. inval., (unpubl. name 
on herbarium sheet only) 
Olearia curticoma N.G.Walsh sp. nov. 
Type : VICTORIA. Mitchell River National Park, 
Billygoat Bend, N.G.Walsh 7813, J.P. Walsh & RJ. Bilney 
(holo: MEL 2369577; iso: CANB, K, NSW, PERTH, S). 
Differs from O. tenuifolia in the glabrous leaves and 
stems, leaves without a recurved margin in vivo, capitula 
with white ray florets, and conspicuously shorter 
pappus bristles which are not or barely longer than the 
ripe cypsela. 
Erect shrub to c. 3.5 m high; branchlets glabrous, viscid 
from a copious exudate, slightly ridged from decurrencies 
extending from leaf midrib and margins. Leaves 
alternate, sessile, linear, 11-22 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm 
wide, acute, glabrous except for a few very fine, simple 
eglandular hairs on margins and abaxial midrib wh$n 
young, but these soon caducous; lamina slightly 
discolorous, paler beneath; margin entire, plane in vivo, 
but appearing thickened or recurved on drying. Capitula 
18-25 mm diam., solitary, terminal or subterminal 
on bracteate peduncles 8-25 mm long, lower bracts 
resembling leaves, upper bracts grading to those of 
the involucre; involucre ±conical, 5-7 mm long; bracts 
irregularly 3-4-seriate, graduating, the outermost c 2 
mm long, the innermost c. 5 mm long, all subulate, c 1 
mm wide, glabrous, viscid with sessile glands. Receptacle 
with fine erect ridges between florets. Ray florets 10-16, 
white, ligules 9-12 mm long; disc florets about twice as 
many as ray florets, yellow. Cypsela icylindrical, c. 2.5-3 
mm long, with 5 or 6 prominent pale ribs at maturity, 
sericeous; pappus bristles scabrous, the longest equal 
to, or slightly longer than body of cypsela, to 3 mm long, 
pale or slightly rufescent. Flowers December-May (5 
records). (Figs 1-3). 
Specimens examined: (all from type locality) 16.xii.1972, 
K. C. Rogers s.n. (MEL); 17.v.1975, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL, ?NSW); AC. 
Beauglehole 41739 (LTB, MEL); J. Turner 1077 (MEL). 
Distribution and habitat: Olearia curticoma occurs 
in dry open forest dominated by Eucalyptus sieberi 
L. A.SJohnson with other common components 
being Cassinia longifolia R.Br, Dodonaea viscosa subsp. 
Figure 1. Flowering stem of Olearia curticoma 
(photograph J.Eichler) 
36 
Vol 32,2014 

Page image

957191 Eurybia tenuifolia Muelleria 32: 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718932
Page is part of the work Notes on Olearia (Asteraceae: Astereae) in south-east Australia: O. tenuifolia, O. adenophora and description of a new species endemic to eastern Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.295686

Page text

Walsh 
tenuifolia at MEL collected prior to 1887, 18 years 
after Mueller's description of E. adenophora, further 
suggesting that Mueller had no previous access to 
material of that name. 
Taxonomy 
Olearia tenuifolia (DC.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 
(1867) 
Eurybia tenuifolia DC., Prodr. 5:269 (1836) 
Type : NEW SOUTH WALES. Among dense shrubs 
investing the base of a pine ( Callitris ) range in the 
country on the north of the Cageegang [Cudgegong] 
River, A. Cunningham 4, May 1825 (lecto, here selected: 
G-DC, photo seen). 
Eurybia tenuifolia var. bathurstiana DC., Prodr. 5:269 
(1836). Type: New South Wales. ... in barren scrub near 
Bathurst, A. Cunningham 13, 13 April 1817. (holo: G-DC, 
photo seen). 
Eurybia adenophora F.Muell., Fragm. 1:111 (1859). 
Type: Victoria. 'Ad latera montium petraeorum juxta 
flumen McAllister alt. 2-3000', Jan 1859, F. Mueller s.n. 
(holo: MEL 681752; iso: K, photo seen). 
Aster adenophorus (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 
(1865) 
Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 
(1865), nom. inval., (name appears in synonymy only) 
Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 
(1867) 
Olearia rupicola J.H.Willis, nom. inval., (unpubl. name 
on herbarium sheet only) 
Olearia curticoma N.G.Walsh sp. nov. 
Type : VICTORIA. Mitchell River National Park, 
Billygoat Bend, N.G.Walsh 7813, J.P. Walsh & RJ. Bilney 
(holo: MEL 2369577; iso: CANB, K, NSW, PERTH, S). 
Differs from O. tenuifolia in the glabrous leaves and 
stems, leaves without a recurved margin in vivo, capitula 
with white ray florets, and conspicuously shorter 
pappus bristles which are not or barely longer than the 
ripe cypsela. 
Erect shrub to c. 3.5 m high; branchlets glabrous, viscid 
from a copious exudate, slightly ridged from decurrencies 
extending from leaf midrib and margins. Leaves 
alternate, sessile, linear, 11-22 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm 
wide, acute, glabrous except for a few very fine, simple 
eglandular hairs on margins and abaxial midrib wh$n 
young, but these soon caducous; lamina slightly 
discolorous, paler beneath; margin entire, plane in vivo, 
but appearing thickened or recurved on drying. Capitula 
18-25 mm diam., solitary, terminal or subterminal 
on bracteate peduncles 8-25 mm long, lower bracts 
resembling leaves, upper bracts grading to those of 
the involucre; involucre ±conical, 5-7 mm long; bracts 
irregularly 3-4-seriate, graduating, the outermost c 2 
mm long, the innermost c. 5 mm long, all subulate, c 1 
mm wide, glabrous, viscid with sessile glands. Receptacle 
with fine erect ridges between florets. Ray florets 10-16, 
white, ligules 9-12 mm long; disc florets about twice as 
many as ray florets, yellow. Cypsela icylindrical, c. 2.5-3 
mm long, with 5 or 6 prominent pale ribs at maturity, 
sericeous; pappus bristles scabrous, the longest equal 
to, or slightly longer than body of cypsela, to 3 mm long, 
pale or slightly rufescent. Flowers December-May (5 
records). (Figs 1-3). 
Specimens examined: (all from type locality) 16.xii.1972, 
K. C. Rogers s.n. (MEL); 17.v.1975, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL, ?NSW); AC. 
Beauglehole 41739 (LTB, MEL); J. Turner 1077 (MEL). 
Distribution and habitat: Olearia curticoma occurs 
in dry open forest dominated by Eucalyptus sieberi 
L. A.SJohnson with other common components 
being Cassinia longifolia R.Br, Dodonaea viscosa subsp. 
Figure 1. Flowering stem of Olearia curticoma 
(photograph J.Eichler) 
36 
Vol 32,2014 

Page image

957192 Eurybia tenuifolia bathurstiana Muelleria 32: 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718932
Page is part of the work Notes on Olearia (Asteraceae: Astereae) in south-east Australia: O. tenuifolia, O. adenophora and description of a new species endemic to eastern Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.295686
957167 Gnaphalium gunnianum Muelleria 32: 20
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718916
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685

Page text

Walsh 
which is known to occur in the general area. A specimen 
from Ellenborough Falls, nearTaree (L Haegi 1490, NSW) 
is also unusually tomentose. 
The holotype at G-DC is clearly labelled in 
Cunningham's hand 'Grassy spots on the banks of 
creeks near Port Jackson, April 1824', however, Curry 
et al. (2001) suggest that in April, Cunningham was 
some distance from Port Jackson and heading south 
toward the Monaro district. An April 1824 collection 
by Cunningham of Blechnum cartilagineum Sw. from 
Stone Quarry Creek near Picton (MEL 2149090) suggests 
he may have not have been too remote from Port 
Jackson, at least at the beginning of that month, and 
perhaps made a small error in dating the collection of C. 
rutidolepis. The description of the habitat and locality is 
very consistent with its known occurrences. 
Conservation status: Although of limited geographic 
extent, Coronidium rutidolepis appears to be locally 
common, is well represented in reserves and hence is 
not considered threatened. 
2. Coronidium gunnianum (Hook.) N.G.Walsh 
comb. nov. 
Helichrysum gunnianum Hook., Icon. PI. t. 320 (1841); 
Gnaphalium gunnianum (Hook.) Sch.Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 
172(1845). 
Type : TASMANIA. R. Gunn 502 (holotype K 910320, 
photo at MEL!; isotype MEL 2161044!). (Fig. 2) 
W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p. 
as Helichrysum scorpioides; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. 
A.C.T. 415 (1970); G.M. Cunningham, W.E. Mulham, P.L. 
Milthorpe & J.H. Leigh, PI. Western New South Wales 702 
(1981); L. Haegi, in J.P. Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. 
Australia 3:1531; 
SGAP, FI. Melbourne edn 1,114 (1991); J.A. Jeanes in 
N.G. Walsh &TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) 
p.p.; D. & B. Jones, Native PI. Melbourne and adjoining 
areas 132 (1999); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. 
Helichrysum erosum Schldtdl., Linnaea 20:595 (1847). 
Type: South Australia. H. Behrs.n., 1844 or 1845 (holotype 
HAL 98323, photo seen JSTOFT 2000-2013). 
Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Lowland Swamps) sensu 
Walsh & Stajsic 2007, pp. 57.209. 
Coronidium sp. Lowland Swamps ( V.Stajsic 4226) Vic. 
Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). 
Illustrations. G.M. Cunningham et al. loc. cit.; L. Haegi 
loc. cit. p. 1529, fig. 694 G; SGAP loc. cit.; D. & B. Jones loc. 
cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, fig 156b p.p.; all as Helichrysum 
rutidolepis. 
Erect rhizomatous perennial, to c. 50 cm high, sparingly 
branched. Stems appressed-cottony. Leaves linear to 
oblanceolate, attenuate at base, (15—)20—65 mm long, 
1 —4(—9) mm wide, discolorous, firm-textured; upper 
surface smooth, glabrous or with sparse, appressed 
cottony hairs, sometimes with scattered glands; lamina 
or lower surface ±obscured by appressed cottony 
indumentum, with abundant sessile glands; apex 
acuminate, slightly thickened but not mucronate; 
margins recurved to revolute. Peduncles erect, mostly 
>1 mm diam., with reduced leaves/bracts extending to 
capitula and overlapping bases of the involucral bracts. 
Capitula solitary, subglobular to depressed-turbinate 
(10-)13-20(-25) mm diam. Involucral bracts in 5-8 series, 
pale yellow to brownish-yellow, transversely wrinkled, 
only the intermediate ones with significantly developed 
lamina, 6-10.5 mm long, (1 —)1.5—2(—3) mm wide; claw 
cottony-ciliate proximally. Florets with corollas 3.5-5 
mm long, the outer series containing some female-only 
florets. Cypselas ±cylindrical, 1.3-1.9 mm long, glabrous, 
obscurely 4-ribbed. Pappus slightly shorter to slightly 
longer than florets. Female florets usually with a pappus 
but this sometimes reduced or lacking. Flowers (Nov.-) 
Feb. -Apr.( -Jun.). (Figs 2-4) 
Selected specimens (from c. 200) examined: SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. Honans Scrub Reserve, R. Bates 4811 (AD);Thomas 
Gully, Mt Bold Reservoir, T.S. Te 915 & DJ. Duval, M.C. O'Leary 
(HO, MEL, NSW); St Johns Bushland Park, Lobethal, A.G. Spooner 
11008 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Glenn Innes, February 1914, 
H.M.R. Rupp s.n. (NSW); Travelling Stock Route, 4.5 km N of 
Binda, N. Taws 198 (CANB, NSW); Chatsbury Travelling Stock 
Reserve, c. 30.5 km NNE of Goulburn, /. Crawford 7630 (CANB, 
MEL, NSW); Vi mile [1 km] south of Albury, EJ. McBarron 
4630; Sunnyside Rd, Rocky Hall, 19.ii.2001, J. Miles s.n. (NSW). 
VICTORIA. East of Burns Rd, Laverton North, SJ. Platt 113 (MEL); 
Rocky Plains, Suggan Buggan, 21.V.1969, N.A. Wakefield s.n. 
(MEL);Parolus Bridge Track, adjacent to Ovens River, 13.iii.1991, 
N.T. Rossiter s.n. (MEL); Grampians, east side of Victoria Range, 
A.C. Beauglehole 30247 (MEL); Jack Smith Lake Wildlife Reserve, 
A.C. Beauglehole 74758 (MEL); 9 km W of Omeo, P.C. Jobson 1920 
(MEL). TASMANIA.'Forsterville', Campbell Town, L. Gilfedderl67 
(HO); Clyne Vale, A. Simson 491 (HO); Seven Mile Beach Rd, AM 
Buchanan 15527 (HO); Verwood Rd, Forest Lagoon, A. Brown 169 
(AD, AK, CHR, MEL, HO, NSW, RSA, NT) 
20 
Vol 32.2014 

Page image

957165 Gnaphalium rutidolepis Muelleria 32: 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718913
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685

Page text

A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides complex 
branching and the true roots that emanate from the 
rhizomes. Coronidium sp. Many Peaks (I.R.Telford 12309) 
is treated as a synonym of C. scorpioides by CHAH (2011), 
but as indicated by Wilson (2008, p. 309), Telford 12309 
(CANB) represents C lanosum Paul G.Wilson, or a close 
relative and is not part of the C. scorpioides complex. 
After examining all material at AD, NSW, HO and 
MEL that had been determined as either Helichrysum 
scorpioides or H. rutidolepis, it became apparent that 
H. rutidolepis sens, str., with the type from the Port 
Jackson area, is endemic to central-eastern New South 
Wales, distinguished inter alia by the much-branched, 
spreading habit, consistently small capitula, narrow 
involucral bracts and subamplexicaul leaves - the 
latter noted as a diagnostic feature by de Candolle 
(1838). A combination for this distinct taxon is provided 
below (as Coronidium rutidolepis). Entities that had 
been associated with C. rutidolepis from other states or 
regions generally included plants with smaller capitula 
than those determined as C. scorpioides, but the foliage 
and habit generally appeared closer to C. scorpioides 
as represented by its type (from coastal south-eastern 
Tasmania). Segregation of C. rutidolepis from the 
complex still leaves the remainder of C. scorpioides sens, 
lat. as a diverse entity, but one that is, to a greater or lesser 
degree, morphologically and ecologically tractable. A 
very localised entity on the Fleurieu Peninsula, South 
Australia, has a number of unique features and is readily 
recognisable (admittedly from a very few herbarium 
sheets). It is perhaps now extinct due to land clearance 
and modification. Two other entities can be segregated 
from C. scorpioides sens. str. and, while a few puzzling 
specimens exist, they are generally readily distinguished 
morphologically and both have a strong ecological 
signal. The informally-named taxa listed by Ross and 
Walsh (2003) and Walsh and Stajsic (2007) are commonly 
accepted as distinct entities in botanical surveys, and, to 
some extent at least, have been separated in herbaria. 
They are here formally named as new species. 
Taxonomy 
The following key and descriptions serve to distinguish 
members of the complex. In 'overlap zones' (typically 
montane, forested areas, or forested floodplains 
of major river systems) occasional specimens may 
possess features, to varying degrees, intermediate 
between Coronidium scorpioides, C. gunnianum (Hook.) 
N.G.Walsh and C. monticola N.G.Walsh. Whether these 
are true hybrids rather than intermediate forms of 
an incompletely speciated 'superspecies' can only be 
speculated upon. Herbarium specimens from AD, CANB, 
MEL and NSW regarded as intermediates have been 
indicated as such on determinavit slips, but generally 
assigned to the species of best fit. 
Capitulum measurements are based on pressed 
herbarium specimens and these are probably slightly 
more expanded than fresh, unpressed specimens. The 
order of species reflects the inferred order of relatedness 
based on morphology. 
1 .Coronidium rutidolepis (DC.) N.G.Walsh 
comb. nov. 
Helichrysum rutidolepis DC. Prodr. 6:194 (1838); N.C.W. 
Beadle et al., Handb. Vase. PI. Sydney District 386 (1962); 
N.C.W. Beadle et al., FI. Sydney Region 475 (1963, 1972); 
A. Fairley & P. Moore, Native PI. Sydney District 317 (1989); 
L. Robinson, Field Guide Native PI. Sydney Region 139 
(1991); R.C. Carolin & M.D.Tindale, FI. Sydney Region, 4th 
edn, 554 (1994), 5th edn 470 (2009); J. Everett in GJ. 
Harden (ed.), FI. New South Wales 3:232; pi. 13 (1992). 
Gnaphalium rutidolepis (DC.) Sch.Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3:171 
(1845). 
Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. 'Grassy spots on the 
banks of Creek, near Port Jackson', New South Wales, 
Apr. 1824, A. Cunningham (holotype G-DC (photo seen)). 
Illustration: Fairley & Moore, loc. cit. 317 (1989); 
Robinson, loc. cit. 139 (1991); Everett, loc. cit. p. 232, pi. 
13; all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. 
Decumbent to ascending rhizomatous perennial to c. 50 
cm high, freely branched. Stems cottony with scattered 
glands. Leaves narrow-elliptic to oblanceolate, 25- 
50(-70) mm long, 1.5—8(—15) mm wide, lamplexicaul, 
sometimes auriculate, ±concolorous, papery; upper 
surface scabridulous with scattered glands, otherwise 
glabrous or sparsely (rarely to moderately) cottony; 
lower surface smooth, with abundant sessile glands; 
apex acute to acuminate, rarely obtuse, mostly tapering 
evenly to a fine weak mucro to 1.5 mm long; margins 
flat to revolute. Peduncles more or less erect, slender 
(mostly <0.8 mm diam.) with reduced leaves/bracts 
extending to within c. 1-4 cm of capitulum and not or 
rarely overlapping base of involucre. Capitula solitary, 
Muelleria 
17 

Page image

957188 Gnaphalium scorpioides Muelleria 32: 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718921
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685
957184 Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Alps) Muelleria 32: 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718917
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685
957174 Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Lowland Swamps) Muelleria 32: 20
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718916
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685
957170 Helichrysum erosum Muelleria 32: 20
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718916
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685

Page text

Walsh 
which is known to occur in the general area. A specimen 
from Ellenborough Falls, nearTaree (L Haegi 1490, NSW) 
is also unusually tomentose. 
The holotype at G-DC is clearly labelled in 
Cunningham's hand 'Grassy spots on the banks of 
creeks near Port Jackson, April 1824', however, Curry 
et al. (2001) suggest that in April, Cunningham was 
some distance from Port Jackson and heading south 
toward the Monaro district. An April 1824 collection 
by Cunningham of Blechnum cartilagineum Sw. from 
Stone Quarry Creek near Picton (MEL 2149090) suggests 
he may have not have been too remote from Port 
Jackson, at least at the beginning of that month, and 
perhaps made a small error in dating the collection of C. 
rutidolepis. The description of the habitat and locality is 
very consistent with its known occurrences. 
Conservation status: Although of limited geographic 
extent, Coronidium rutidolepis appears to be locally 
common, is well represented in reserves and hence is 
not considered threatened. 
2. Coronidium gunnianum (Hook.) N.G.Walsh 
comb. nov. 
Helichrysum gunnianum Hook., Icon. PI. t. 320 (1841); 
Gnaphalium gunnianum (Hook.) Sch.Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 
172(1845). 
Type : TASMANIA. R. Gunn 502 (holotype K 910320, 
photo at MEL!; isotype MEL 2161044!). (Fig. 2) 
W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p. 
as Helichrysum scorpioides; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. 
A.C.T. 415 (1970); G.M. Cunningham, W.E. Mulham, P.L. 
Milthorpe & J.H. Leigh, PI. Western New South Wales 702 
(1981); L. Haegi, in J.P. Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. 
Australia 3:1531; 
SGAP, FI. Melbourne edn 1,114 (1991); J.A. Jeanes in 
N.G. Walsh &TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) 
p.p.; D. & B. Jones, Native PI. Melbourne and adjoining 
areas 132 (1999); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. 
Helichrysum erosum Schldtdl., Linnaea 20:595 (1847). 
Type: South Australia. H. Behrs.n., 1844 or 1845 (holotype 
HAL 98323, photo seen JSTOFT 2000-2013). 
Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Lowland Swamps) sensu 
Walsh & Stajsic 2007, pp. 57.209. 
Coronidium sp. Lowland Swamps ( V.Stajsic 4226) Vic. 
Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). 
Illustrations. G.M. Cunningham et al. loc. cit.; L. Haegi 
loc. cit. p. 1529, fig. 694 G; SGAP loc. cit.; D. & B. Jones loc. 
cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, fig 156b p.p.; all as Helichrysum 
rutidolepis. 
Erect rhizomatous perennial, to c. 50 cm high, sparingly 
branched. Stems appressed-cottony. Leaves linear to 
oblanceolate, attenuate at base, (15—)20—65 mm long, 
1 —4(—9) mm wide, discolorous, firm-textured; upper 
surface smooth, glabrous or with sparse, appressed 
cottony hairs, sometimes with scattered glands; lamina 
or lower surface ±obscured by appressed cottony 
indumentum, with abundant sessile glands; apex 
acuminate, slightly thickened but not mucronate; 
margins recurved to revolute. Peduncles erect, mostly 
>1 mm diam., with reduced leaves/bracts extending to 
capitula and overlapping bases of the involucral bracts. 
Capitula solitary, subglobular to depressed-turbinate 
(10-)13-20(-25) mm diam. Involucral bracts in 5-8 series, 
pale yellow to brownish-yellow, transversely wrinkled, 
only the intermediate ones with significantly developed 
lamina, 6-10.5 mm long, (1 —)1.5—2(—3) mm wide; claw 
cottony-ciliate proximally. Florets with corollas 3.5-5 
mm long, the outer series containing some female-only 
florets. Cypselas ±cylindrical, 1.3-1.9 mm long, glabrous, 
obscurely 4-ribbed. Pappus slightly shorter to slightly 
longer than florets. Female florets usually with a pappus 
but this sometimes reduced or lacking. Flowers (Nov.-) 
Feb. -Apr.( -Jun.). (Figs 2-4) 
Selected specimens (from c. 200) examined: SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. Honans Scrub Reserve, R. Bates 4811 (AD);Thomas 
Gully, Mt Bold Reservoir, T.S. Te 915 & DJ. Duval, M.C. O'Leary 
(HO, MEL, NSW); St Johns Bushland Park, Lobethal, A.G. Spooner 
11008 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Glenn Innes, February 1914, 
H.M.R. Rupp s.n. (NSW); Travelling Stock Route, 4.5 km N of 
Binda, N. Taws 198 (CANB, NSW); Chatsbury Travelling Stock 
Reserve, c. 30.5 km NNE of Goulburn, /. Crawford 7630 (CANB, 
MEL, NSW); Vi mile [1 km] south of Albury, EJ. McBarron 
4630; Sunnyside Rd, Rocky Hall, 19.ii.2001, J. Miles s.n. (NSW). 
VICTORIA. East of Burns Rd, Laverton North, SJ. Platt 113 (MEL); 
Rocky Plains, Suggan Buggan, 21.V.1969, N.A. Wakefield s.n. 
(MEL);Parolus Bridge Track, adjacent to Ovens River, 13.iii.1991, 
N.T. Rossiter s.n. (MEL); Grampians, east side of Victoria Range, 
A.C. Beauglehole 30247 (MEL); Jack Smith Lake Wildlife Reserve, 
A.C. Beauglehole 74758 (MEL); 9 km W of Omeo, P.C. Jobson 1920 
(MEL). TASMANIA.'Forsterville', Campbell Town, L. Gilfedderl67 
(HO); Clyne Vale, A. Simson 491 (HO); Seven Mile Beach Rd, AM 
Buchanan 15527 (HO); Verwood Rd, Forest Lagoon, A. Brown 169 
(AD, AK, CHR, MEL, HO, NSW, RSA, NT) 
20 
Vol 32.2014 

Page image

7029930 Helichrysum erosum Muelleria 32: 20
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718916
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685

Page text

Walsh 
which is known to occur in the general area. A specimen 
from Ellenborough Falls, nearTaree (L Haegi 1490, NSW) 
is also unusually tomentose. 
The holotype at G-DC is clearly labelled in 
Cunningham's hand 'Grassy spots on the banks of 
creeks near Port Jackson, April 1824', however, Curry 
et al. (2001) suggest that in April, Cunningham was 
some distance from Port Jackson and heading south 
toward the Monaro district. An April 1824 collection 
by Cunningham of Blechnum cartilagineum Sw. from 
Stone Quarry Creek near Picton (MEL 2149090) suggests 
he may have not have been too remote from Port 
Jackson, at least at the beginning of that month, and 
perhaps made a small error in dating the collection of C. 
rutidolepis. The description of the habitat and locality is 
very consistent with its known occurrences. 
Conservation status: Although of limited geographic 
extent, Coronidium rutidolepis appears to be locally 
common, is well represented in reserves and hence is 
not considered threatened. 
2. Coronidium gunnianum (Hook.) N.G.Walsh 
comb. nov. 
Helichrysum gunnianum Hook., Icon. PI. t. 320 (1841); 
Gnaphalium gunnianum (Hook.) Sch.Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 
172(1845). 
Type : TASMANIA. R. Gunn 502 (holotype K 910320, 
photo at MEL!; isotype MEL 2161044!). (Fig. 2) 
W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p. 
as Helichrysum scorpioides; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. 
A.C.T. 415 (1970); G.M. Cunningham, W.E. Mulham, P.L. 
Milthorpe & J.H. Leigh, PI. Western New South Wales 702 
(1981); L. Haegi, in J.P. Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. 
Australia 3:1531; 
SGAP, FI. Melbourne edn 1,114 (1991); J.A. Jeanes in 
N.G. Walsh &TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) 
p.p.; D. & B. Jones, Native PI. Melbourne and adjoining 
areas 132 (1999); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. 
Helichrysum erosum Schldtdl., Linnaea 20:595 (1847). 
Type: South Australia. H. Behrs.n., 1844 or 1845 (holotype 
HAL 98323, photo seen JSTOFT 2000-2013). 
Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Lowland Swamps) sensu 
Walsh & Stajsic 2007, pp. 57.209. 
Coronidium sp. Lowland Swamps ( V.Stajsic 4226) Vic. 
Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). 
Illustrations. G.M. Cunningham et al. loc. cit.; L. Haegi 
loc. cit. p. 1529, fig. 694 G; SGAP loc. cit.; D. & B. Jones loc. 
cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, fig 156b p.p.; all as Helichrysum 
rutidolepis. 
Erect rhizomatous perennial, to c. 50 cm high, sparingly 
branched. Stems appressed-cottony. Leaves linear to 
oblanceolate, attenuate at base, (15—)20—65 mm long, 
1 —4(—9) mm wide, discolorous, firm-textured; upper 
surface smooth, glabrous or with sparse, appressed 
cottony hairs, sometimes with scattered glands; lamina 
or lower surface ±obscured by appressed cottony 
indumentum, with abundant sessile glands; apex 
acuminate, slightly thickened but not mucronate; 
margins recurved to revolute. Peduncles erect, mostly 
>1 mm diam., with reduced leaves/bracts extending to 
capitula and overlapping bases of the involucral bracts. 
Capitula solitary, subglobular to depressed-turbinate 
(10-)13-20(-25) mm diam. Involucral bracts in 5-8 series, 
pale yellow to brownish-yellow, transversely wrinkled, 
only the intermediate ones with significantly developed 
lamina, 6-10.5 mm long, (1 —)1.5—2(—3) mm wide; claw 
cottony-ciliate proximally. Florets with corollas 3.5-5 
mm long, the outer series containing some female-only 
florets. Cypselas ±cylindrical, 1.3-1.9 mm long, glabrous, 
obscurely 4-ribbed. Pappus slightly shorter to slightly 
longer than florets. Female florets usually with a pappus 
but this sometimes reduced or lacking. Flowers (Nov.-) 
Feb. -Apr.( -Jun.). (Figs 2-4) 
Selected specimens (from c. 200) examined: SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. Honans Scrub Reserve, R. Bates 4811 (AD);Thomas 
Gully, Mt Bold Reservoir, T.S. Te 915 & DJ. Duval, M.C. O'Leary 
(HO, MEL, NSW); St Johns Bushland Park, Lobethal, A.G. Spooner 
11008 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Glenn Innes, February 1914, 
H.M.R. Rupp s.n. (NSW); Travelling Stock Route, 4.5 km N of 
Binda, N. Taws 198 (CANB, NSW); Chatsbury Travelling Stock 
Reserve, c. 30.5 km NNE of Goulburn, /. Crawford 7630 (CANB, 
MEL, NSW); Vi mile [1 km] south of Albury, EJ. McBarron 
4630; Sunnyside Rd, Rocky Hall, 19.ii.2001, J. Miles s.n. (NSW). 
VICTORIA. East of Burns Rd, Laverton North, SJ. Platt 113 (MEL); 
Rocky Plains, Suggan Buggan, 21.V.1969, N.A. Wakefield s.n. 
(MEL);Parolus Bridge Track, adjacent to Ovens River, 13.iii.1991, 
N.T. Rossiter s.n. (MEL); Grampians, east side of Victoria Range, 
A.C. Beauglehole 30247 (MEL); Jack Smith Lake Wildlife Reserve, 
A.C. Beauglehole 74758 (MEL); 9 km W of Omeo, P.C. Jobson 1920 
(MEL). TASMANIA.'Forsterville', Campbell Town, L. Gilfedderl67 
(HO); Clyne Vale, A. Simson 491 (HO); Seven Mile Beach Rd, AM 
Buchanan 15527 (HO); Verwood Rd, Forest Lagoon, A. Brown 169 
(AD, AK, CHR, MEL, HO, NSW, RSA, NT) 
20 
Vol 32.2014 

Page image

957166 Helichrysum gunnianum Muelleria 32: 20
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718916
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685

Page text

Walsh 
which is known to occur in the general area. A specimen 
from Ellenborough Falls, nearTaree (L Haegi 1490, NSW) 
is also unusually tomentose. 
The holotype at G-DC is clearly labelled in 
Cunningham's hand 'Grassy spots on the banks of 
creeks near Port Jackson, April 1824', however, Curry 
et al. (2001) suggest that in April, Cunningham was 
some distance from Port Jackson and heading south 
toward the Monaro district. An April 1824 collection 
by Cunningham of Blechnum cartilagineum Sw. from 
Stone Quarry Creek near Picton (MEL 2149090) suggests 
he may have not have been too remote from Port 
Jackson, at least at the beginning of that month, and 
perhaps made a small error in dating the collection of C. 
rutidolepis. The description of the habitat and locality is 
very consistent with its known occurrences. 
Conservation status: Although of limited geographic 
extent, Coronidium rutidolepis appears to be locally 
common, is well represented in reserves and hence is 
not considered threatened. 
2. Coronidium gunnianum (Hook.) N.G.Walsh 
comb. nov. 
Helichrysum gunnianum Hook., Icon. PI. t. 320 (1841); 
Gnaphalium gunnianum (Hook.) Sch.Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 
172(1845). 
Type : TASMANIA. R. Gunn 502 (holotype K 910320, 
photo at MEL!; isotype MEL 2161044!). (Fig. 2) 
W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p. 
as Helichrysum scorpioides; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. 
A.C.T. 415 (1970); G.M. Cunningham, W.E. Mulham, P.L. 
Milthorpe & J.H. Leigh, PI. Western New South Wales 702 
(1981); L. Haegi, in J.P. Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. 
Australia 3:1531; 
SGAP, FI. Melbourne edn 1,114 (1991); J.A. Jeanes in 
N.G. Walsh &TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) 
p.p.; D. & B. Jones, Native PI. Melbourne and adjoining 
areas 132 (1999); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. 
Helichrysum erosum Schldtdl., Linnaea 20:595 (1847). 
Type: South Australia. H. Behrs.n., 1844 or 1845 (holotype 
HAL 98323, photo seen JSTOFT 2000-2013). 
Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Lowland Swamps) sensu 
Walsh & Stajsic 2007, pp. 57.209. 
Coronidium sp. Lowland Swamps ( V.Stajsic 4226) Vic. 
Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). 
Illustrations. G.M. Cunningham et al. loc. cit.; L. Haegi 
loc. cit. p. 1529, fig. 694 G; SGAP loc. cit.; D. & B. Jones loc. 
cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, fig 156b p.p.; all as Helichrysum 
rutidolepis. 
Erect rhizomatous perennial, to c. 50 cm high, sparingly 
branched. Stems appressed-cottony. Leaves linear to 
oblanceolate, attenuate at base, (15—)20—65 mm long, 
1 —4(—9) mm wide, discolorous, firm-textured; upper 
surface smooth, glabrous or with sparse, appressed 
cottony hairs, sometimes with scattered glands; lamina 
or lower surface ±obscured by appressed cottony 
indumentum, with abundant sessile glands; apex 
acuminate, slightly thickened but not mucronate; 
margins recurved to revolute. Peduncles erect, mostly 
>1 mm diam., with reduced leaves/bracts extending to 
capitula and overlapping bases of the involucral bracts. 
Capitula solitary, subglobular to depressed-turbinate 
(10-)13-20(-25) mm diam. Involucral bracts in 5-8 series, 
pale yellow to brownish-yellow, transversely wrinkled, 
only the intermediate ones with significantly developed 
lamina, 6-10.5 mm long, (1 —)1.5—2(—3) mm wide; claw 
cottony-ciliate proximally. Florets with corollas 3.5-5 
mm long, the outer series containing some female-only 
florets. Cypselas ±cylindrical, 1.3-1.9 mm long, glabrous, 
obscurely 4-ribbed. Pappus slightly shorter to slightly 
longer than florets. Female florets usually with a pappus 
but this sometimes reduced or lacking. Flowers (Nov.-) 
Feb. -Apr.( -Jun.). (Figs 2-4) 
Selected specimens (from c. 200) examined: SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. Honans Scrub Reserve, R. Bates 4811 (AD);Thomas 
Gully, Mt Bold Reservoir, T.S. Te 915 & DJ. Duval, M.C. O'Leary 
(HO, MEL, NSW); St Johns Bushland Park, Lobethal, A.G. Spooner 
11008 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Glenn Innes, February 1914, 
H.M.R. Rupp s.n. (NSW); Travelling Stock Route, 4.5 km N of 
Binda, N. Taws 198 (CANB, NSW); Chatsbury Travelling Stock 
Reserve, c. 30.5 km NNE of Goulburn, /. Crawford 7630 (CANB, 
MEL, NSW); Vi mile [1 km] south of Albury, EJ. McBarron 
4630; Sunnyside Rd, Rocky Hall, 19.ii.2001, J. Miles s.n. (NSW). 
VICTORIA. East of Burns Rd, Laverton North, SJ. Platt 113 (MEL); 
Rocky Plains, Suggan Buggan, 21.V.1969, N.A. Wakefield s.n. 
(MEL);Parolus Bridge Track, adjacent to Ovens River, 13.iii.1991, 
N.T. Rossiter s.n. (MEL); Grampians, east side of Victoria Range, 
A.C. Beauglehole 30247 (MEL); Jack Smith Lake Wildlife Reserve, 
A.C. Beauglehole 74758 (MEL); 9 km W of Omeo, P.C. Jobson 1920 
(MEL). TASMANIA.'Forsterville', Campbell Town, L. Gilfedderl67 
(HO); Clyne Vale, A. Simson 491 (HO); Seven Mile Beach Rd, AM 
Buchanan 15527 (HO); Verwood Rd, Forest Lagoon, A. Brown 169 
(AD, AK, CHR, MEL, HO, NSW, RSA, NT) 
20 
Vol 32.2014 

Page image

957164 Helichrysum rutidolepis Muelleria 32: 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718913
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685

Page text

A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides complex 
branching and the true roots that emanate from the 
rhizomes. Coronidium sp. Many Peaks (I.R.Telford 12309) 
is treated as a synonym of C. scorpioides by CHAH (2011), 
but as indicated by Wilson (2008, p. 309), Telford 12309 
(CANB) represents C lanosum Paul G.Wilson, or a close 
relative and is not part of the C. scorpioides complex. 
After examining all material at AD, NSW, HO and 
MEL that had been determined as either Helichrysum 
scorpioides or H. rutidolepis, it became apparent that 
H. rutidolepis sens, str., with the type from the Port 
Jackson area, is endemic to central-eastern New South 
Wales, distinguished inter alia by the much-branched, 
spreading habit, consistently small capitula, narrow 
involucral bracts and subamplexicaul leaves - the 
latter noted as a diagnostic feature by de Candolle 
(1838). A combination for this distinct taxon is provided 
below (as Coronidium rutidolepis). Entities that had 
been associated with C. rutidolepis from other states or 
regions generally included plants with smaller capitula 
than those determined as C. scorpioides, but the foliage 
and habit generally appeared closer to C. scorpioides 
as represented by its type (from coastal south-eastern 
Tasmania). Segregation of C. rutidolepis from the 
complex still leaves the remainder of C. scorpioides sens, 
lat. as a diverse entity, but one that is, to a greater or lesser 
degree, morphologically and ecologically tractable. A 
very localised entity on the Fleurieu Peninsula, South 
Australia, has a number of unique features and is readily 
recognisable (admittedly from a very few herbarium 
sheets). It is perhaps now extinct due to land clearance 
and modification. Two other entities can be segregated 
from C. scorpioides sens. str. and, while a few puzzling 
specimens exist, they are generally readily distinguished 
morphologically and both have a strong ecological 
signal. The informally-named taxa listed by Ross and 
Walsh (2003) and Walsh and Stajsic (2007) are commonly 
accepted as distinct entities in botanical surveys, and, to 
some extent at least, have been separated in herbaria. 
They are here formally named as new species. 
Taxonomy 
The following key and descriptions serve to distinguish 
members of the complex. In 'overlap zones' (typically 
montane, forested areas, or forested floodplains 
of major river systems) occasional specimens may 
possess features, to varying degrees, intermediate 
between Coronidium scorpioides, C. gunnianum (Hook.) 
N.G.Walsh and C. monticola N.G.Walsh. Whether these 
are true hybrids rather than intermediate forms of 
an incompletely speciated 'superspecies' can only be 
speculated upon. Herbarium specimens from AD, CANB, 
MEL and NSW regarded as intermediates have been 
indicated as such on determinavit slips, but generally 
assigned to the species of best fit. 
Capitulum measurements are based on pressed 
herbarium specimens and these are probably slightly 
more expanded than fresh, unpressed specimens. The 
order of species reflects the inferred order of relatedness 
based on morphology. 
1 .Coronidium rutidolepis (DC.) N.G.Walsh 
comb. nov. 
Helichrysum rutidolepis DC. Prodr. 6:194 (1838); N.C.W. 
Beadle et al., Handb. Vase. PI. Sydney District 386 (1962); 
N.C.W. Beadle et al., FI. Sydney Region 475 (1963, 1972); 
A. Fairley & P. Moore, Native PI. Sydney District 317 (1989); 
L. Robinson, Field Guide Native PI. Sydney Region 139 
(1991); R.C. Carolin & M.D.Tindale, FI. Sydney Region, 4th 
edn, 554 (1994), 5th edn 470 (2009); J. Everett in GJ. 
Harden (ed.), FI. New South Wales 3:232; pi. 13 (1992). 
Gnaphalium rutidolepis (DC.) Sch.Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3:171 
(1845). 
Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. 'Grassy spots on the 
banks of Creek, near Port Jackson', New South Wales, 
Apr. 1824, A. Cunningham (holotype G-DC (photo seen)). 
Illustration: Fairley & Moore, loc. cit. 317 (1989); 
Robinson, loc. cit. 139 (1991); Everett, loc. cit. p. 232, pi. 
13; all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. 
Decumbent to ascending rhizomatous perennial to c. 50 
cm high, freely branched. Stems cottony with scattered 
glands. Leaves narrow-elliptic to oblanceolate, 25- 
50(-70) mm long, 1.5—8(—15) mm wide, lamplexicaul, 
sometimes auriculate, ±concolorous, papery; upper 
surface scabridulous with scattered glands, otherwise 
glabrous or sparsely (rarely to moderately) cottony; 
lower surface smooth, with abundant sessile glands; 
apex acute to acuminate, rarely obtuse, mostly tapering 
evenly to a fine weak mucro to 1.5 mm long; margins 
flat to revolute. Peduncles more or less erect, slender 
(mostly <0.8 mm diam.) with reduced leaves/bracts 
extending to within c. 1-4 cm of capitulum and not or 
rarely overlapping base of involucre. Capitula solitary, 
Muelleria 
17 

Page image

957169 Helichrysum rutidolepis Muelleria 32: 20
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718916
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685

Page text

Walsh 
which is known to occur in the general area. A specimen 
from Ellenborough Falls, nearTaree (L Haegi 1490, NSW) 
is also unusually tomentose. 
The holotype at G-DC is clearly labelled in 
Cunningham's hand 'Grassy spots on the banks of 
creeks near Port Jackson, April 1824', however, Curry 
et al. (2001) suggest that in April, Cunningham was 
some distance from Port Jackson and heading south 
toward the Monaro district. An April 1824 collection 
by Cunningham of Blechnum cartilagineum Sw. from 
Stone Quarry Creek near Picton (MEL 2149090) suggests 
he may have not have been too remote from Port 
Jackson, at least at the beginning of that month, and 
perhaps made a small error in dating the collection of C. 
rutidolepis. The description of the habitat and locality is 
very consistent with its known occurrences. 
Conservation status: Although of limited geographic 
extent, Coronidium rutidolepis appears to be locally 
common, is well represented in reserves and hence is 
not considered threatened. 
2. Coronidium gunnianum (Hook.) N.G.Walsh 
comb. nov. 
Helichrysum gunnianum Hook., Icon. PI. t. 320 (1841); 
Gnaphalium gunnianum (Hook.) Sch.Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 
172(1845). 
Type : TASMANIA. R. Gunn 502 (holotype K 910320, 
photo at MEL!; isotype MEL 2161044!). (Fig. 2) 
W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p. 
as Helichrysum scorpioides; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. 
A.C.T. 415 (1970); G.M. Cunningham, W.E. Mulham, P.L. 
Milthorpe & J.H. Leigh, PI. Western New South Wales 702 
(1981); L. Haegi, in J.P. Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. 
Australia 3:1531; 
SGAP, FI. Melbourne edn 1,114 (1991); J.A. Jeanes in 
N.G. Walsh &TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) 
p.p.; D. & B. Jones, Native PI. Melbourne and adjoining 
areas 132 (1999); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. 
Helichrysum erosum Schldtdl., Linnaea 20:595 (1847). 
Type: South Australia. H. Behrs.n., 1844 or 1845 (holotype 
HAL 98323, photo seen JSTOFT 2000-2013). 
Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Lowland Swamps) sensu 
Walsh & Stajsic 2007, pp. 57.209. 
Coronidium sp. Lowland Swamps ( V.Stajsic 4226) Vic. 
Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). 
Illustrations. G.M. Cunningham et al. loc. cit.; L. Haegi 
loc. cit. p. 1529, fig. 694 G; SGAP loc. cit.; D. & B. Jones loc. 
cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, fig 156b p.p.; all as Helichrysum 
rutidolepis. 
Erect rhizomatous perennial, to c. 50 cm high, sparingly 
branched. Stems appressed-cottony. Leaves linear to 
oblanceolate, attenuate at base, (15—)20—65 mm long, 
1 —4(—9) mm wide, discolorous, firm-textured; upper 
surface smooth, glabrous or with sparse, appressed 
cottony hairs, sometimes with scattered glands; lamina 
or lower surface ±obscured by appressed cottony 
indumentum, with abundant sessile glands; apex 
acuminate, slightly thickened but not mucronate; 
margins recurved to revolute. Peduncles erect, mostly 
>1 mm diam., with reduced leaves/bracts extending to 
capitula and overlapping bases of the involucral bracts. 
Capitula solitary, subglobular to depressed-turbinate 
(10-)13-20(-25) mm diam. Involucral bracts in 5-8 series, 
pale yellow to brownish-yellow, transversely wrinkled, 
only the intermediate ones with significantly developed 
lamina, 6-10.5 mm long, (1 —)1.5—2(—3) mm wide; claw 
cottony-ciliate proximally. Florets with corollas 3.5-5 
mm long, the outer series containing some female-only 
florets. Cypselas ±cylindrical, 1.3-1.9 mm long, glabrous, 
obscurely 4-ribbed. Pappus slightly shorter to slightly 
longer than florets. Female florets usually with a pappus 
but this sometimes reduced or lacking. Flowers (Nov.-) 
Feb. -Apr.( -Jun.). (Figs 2-4) 
Selected specimens (from c. 200) examined: SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. Honans Scrub Reserve, R. Bates 4811 (AD);Thomas 
Gully, Mt Bold Reservoir, T.S. Te 915 & DJ. Duval, M.C. O'Leary 
(HO, MEL, NSW); St Johns Bushland Park, Lobethal, A.G. Spooner 
11008 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Glenn Innes, February 1914, 
H.M.R. Rupp s.n. (NSW); Travelling Stock Route, 4.5 km N of 
Binda, N. Taws 198 (CANB, NSW); Chatsbury Travelling Stock 
Reserve, c. 30.5 km NNE of Goulburn, /. Crawford 7630 (CANB, 
MEL, NSW); Vi mile [1 km] south of Albury, EJ. McBarron 
4630; Sunnyside Rd, Rocky Hall, 19.ii.2001, J. Miles s.n. (NSW). 
VICTORIA. East of Burns Rd, Laverton North, SJ. Platt 113 (MEL); 
Rocky Plains, Suggan Buggan, 21.V.1969, N.A. Wakefield s.n. 
(MEL);Parolus Bridge Track, adjacent to Ovens River, 13.iii.1991, 
N.T. Rossiter s.n. (MEL); Grampians, east side of Victoria Range, 
A.C. Beauglehole 30247 (MEL); Jack Smith Lake Wildlife Reserve, 
A.C. Beauglehole 74758 (MEL); 9 km W of Omeo, P.C. Jobson 1920 
(MEL). TASMANIA.'Forsterville', Campbell Town, L. Gilfedderl67 
(HO); Clyne Vale, A. Simson 491 (HO); Seven Mile Beach Rd, AM 
Buchanan 15527 (HO); Verwood Rd, Forest Lagoon, A. Brown 169 
(AD, AK, CHR, MEL, HO, NSW, RSA, NT) 
20 
Vol 32.2014 

Page image

957172 Helichrysum rutidolepis Muelleria 32: 20
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718916
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685

Page text

Walsh 
which is known to occur in the general area. A specimen 
from Ellenborough Falls, nearTaree (L Haegi 1490, NSW) 
is also unusually tomentose. 
The holotype at G-DC is clearly labelled in 
Cunningham's hand 'Grassy spots on the banks of 
creeks near Port Jackson, April 1824', however, Curry 
et al. (2001) suggest that in April, Cunningham was 
some distance from Port Jackson and heading south 
toward the Monaro district. An April 1824 collection 
by Cunningham of Blechnum cartilagineum Sw. from 
Stone Quarry Creek near Picton (MEL 2149090) suggests 
he may have not have been too remote from Port 
Jackson, at least at the beginning of that month, and 
perhaps made a small error in dating the collection of C. 
rutidolepis. The description of the habitat and locality is 
very consistent with its known occurrences. 
Conservation status: Although of limited geographic 
extent, Coronidium rutidolepis appears to be locally 
common, is well represented in reserves and hence is 
not considered threatened. 
2. Coronidium gunnianum (Hook.) N.G.Walsh 
comb. nov. 
Helichrysum gunnianum Hook., Icon. PI. t. 320 (1841); 
Gnaphalium gunnianum (Hook.) Sch.Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 
172(1845). 
Type : TASMANIA. R. Gunn 502 (holotype K 910320, 
photo at MEL!; isotype MEL 2161044!). (Fig. 2) 
W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p. 
as Helichrysum scorpioides; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. 
A.C.T. 415 (1970); G.M. Cunningham, W.E. Mulham, P.L. 
Milthorpe & J.H. Leigh, PI. Western New South Wales 702 
(1981); L. Haegi, in J.P. Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. 
Australia 3:1531; 
SGAP, FI. Melbourne edn 1,114 (1991); J.A. Jeanes in 
N.G. Walsh &TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) 
p.p.; D. & B. Jones, Native PI. Melbourne and adjoining 
areas 132 (1999); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. 
Helichrysum erosum Schldtdl., Linnaea 20:595 (1847). 
Type: South Australia. H. Behrs.n., 1844 or 1845 (holotype 
HAL 98323, photo seen JSTOFT 2000-2013). 
Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Lowland Swamps) sensu 
Walsh & Stajsic 2007, pp. 57.209. 
Coronidium sp. Lowland Swamps ( V.Stajsic 4226) Vic. 
Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). 
Illustrations. G.M. Cunningham et al. loc. cit.; L. Haegi 
loc. cit. p. 1529, fig. 694 G; SGAP loc. cit.; D. & B. Jones loc. 
cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, fig 156b p.p.; all as Helichrysum 
rutidolepis. 
Erect rhizomatous perennial, to c. 50 cm high, sparingly 
branched. Stems appressed-cottony. Leaves linear to 
oblanceolate, attenuate at base, (15—)20—65 mm long, 
1 —4(—9) mm wide, discolorous, firm-textured; upper 
surface smooth, glabrous or with sparse, appressed 
cottony hairs, sometimes with scattered glands; lamina 
or lower surface ±obscured by appressed cottony 
indumentum, with abundant sessile glands; apex 
acuminate, slightly thickened but not mucronate; 
margins recurved to revolute. Peduncles erect, mostly 
>1 mm diam., with reduced leaves/bracts extending to 
capitula and overlapping bases of the involucral bracts. 
Capitula solitary, subglobular to depressed-turbinate 
(10-)13-20(-25) mm diam. Involucral bracts in 5-8 series, 
pale yellow to brownish-yellow, transversely wrinkled, 
only the intermediate ones with significantly developed 
lamina, 6-10.5 mm long, (1 —)1.5—2(—3) mm wide; claw 
cottony-ciliate proximally. Florets with corollas 3.5-5 
mm long, the outer series containing some female-only 
florets. Cypselas ±cylindrical, 1.3-1.9 mm long, glabrous, 
obscurely 4-ribbed. Pappus slightly shorter to slightly 
longer than florets. Female florets usually with a pappus 
but this sometimes reduced or lacking. Flowers (Nov.-) 
Feb. -Apr.( -Jun.). (Figs 2-4) 
Selected specimens (from c. 200) examined: SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. Honans Scrub Reserve, R. Bates 4811 (AD);Thomas 
Gully, Mt Bold Reservoir, T.S. Te 915 & DJ. Duval, M.C. O'Leary 
(HO, MEL, NSW); St Johns Bushland Park, Lobethal, A.G. Spooner 
11008 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Glenn Innes, February 1914, 
H.M.R. Rupp s.n. (NSW); Travelling Stock Route, 4.5 km N of 
Binda, N. Taws 198 (CANB, NSW); Chatsbury Travelling Stock 
Reserve, c. 30.5 km NNE of Goulburn, /. Crawford 7630 (CANB, 
MEL, NSW); Vi mile [1 km] south of Albury, EJ. McBarron 
4630; Sunnyside Rd, Rocky Hall, 19.ii.2001, J. Miles s.n. (NSW). 
VICTORIA. East of Burns Rd, Laverton North, SJ. Platt 113 (MEL); 
Rocky Plains, Suggan Buggan, 21.V.1969, N.A. Wakefield s.n. 
(MEL);Parolus Bridge Track, adjacent to Ovens River, 13.iii.1991, 
N.T. Rossiter s.n. (MEL); Grampians, east side of Victoria Range, 
A.C. Beauglehole 30247 (MEL); Jack Smith Lake Wildlife Reserve, 
A.C. Beauglehole 74758 (MEL); 9 km W of Omeo, P.C. Jobson 1920 
(MEL). TASMANIA.'Forsterville', Campbell Town, L. Gilfedderl67 
(HO); Clyne Vale, A. Simson 491 (HO); Seven Mile Beach Rd, AM 
Buchanan 15527 (HO); Verwood Rd, Forest Lagoon, A. Brown 169 
(AD, AK, CHR, MEL, HO, NSW, RSA, NT) 
20 
Vol 32.2014 

Page image

957173 Helichrysum rutidolepis Muelleria 32: 20
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718916
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685

Page text

Walsh 
which is known to occur in the general area. A specimen 
from Ellenborough Falls, nearTaree (L Haegi 1490, NSW) 
is also unusually tomentose. 
The holotype at G-DC is clearly labelled in 
Cunningham's hand 'Grassy spots on the banks of 
creeks near Port Jackson, April 1824', however, Curry 
et al. (2001) suggest that in April, Cunningham was 
some distance from Port Jackson and heading south 
toward the Monaro district. An April 1824 collection 
by Cunningham of Blechnum cartilagineum Sw. from 
Stone Quarry Creek near Picton (MEL 2149090) suggests 
he may have not have been too remote from Port 
Jackson, at least at the beginning of that month, and 
perhaps made a small error in dating the collection of C. 
rutidolepis. The description of the habitat and locality is 
very consistent with its known occurrences. 
Conservation status: Although of limited geographic 
extent, Coronidium rutidolepis appears to be locally 
common, is well represented in reserves and hence is 
not considered threatened. 
2. Coronidium gunnianum (Hook.) N.G.Walsh 
comb. nov. 
Helichrysum gunnianum Hook., Icon. PI. t. 320 (1841); 
Gnaphalium gunnianum (Hook.) Sch.Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 
172(1845). 
Type : TASMANIA. R. Gunn 502 (holotype K 910320, 
photo at MEL!; isotype MEL 2161044!). (Fig. 2) 
W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p. 
as Helichrysum scorpioides; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. 
A.C.T. 415 (1970); G.M. Cunningham, W.E. Mulham, P.L. 
Milthorpe & J.H. Leigh, PI. Western New South Wales 702 
(1981); L. Haegi, in J.P. Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. 
Australia 3:1531; 
SGAP, FI. Melbourne edn 1,114 (1991); J.A. Jeanes in 
N.G. Walsh &TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) 
p.p.; D. & B. Jones, Native PI. Melbourne and adjoining 
areas 132 (1999); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. 
Helichrysum erosum Schldtdl., Linnaea 20:595 (1847). 
Type: South Australia. H. Behrs.n., 1844 or 1845 (holotype 
HAL 98323, photo seen JSTOFT 2000-2013). 
Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Lowland Swamps) sensu 
Walsh & Stajsic 2007, pp. 57.209. 
Coronidium sp. Lowland Swamps ( V.Stajsic 4226) Vic. 
Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). 
Illustrations. G.M. Cunningham et al. loc. cit.; L. Haegi 
loc. cit. p. 1529, fig. 694 G; SGAP loc. cit.; D. & B. Jones loc. 
cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, fig 156b p.p.; all as Helichrysum 
rutidolepis. 
Erect rhizomatous perennial, to c. 50 cm high, sparingly 
branched. Stems appressed-cottony. Leaves linear to 
oblanceolate, attenuate at base, (15—)20—65 mm long, 
1 —4(—9) mm wide, discolorous, firm-textured; upper 
surface smooth, glabrous or with sparse, appressed 
cottony hairs, sometimes with scattered glands; lamina 
or lower surface ±obscured by appressed cottony 
indumentum, with abundant sessile glands; apex 
acuminate, slightly thickened but not mucronate; 
margins recurved to revolute. Peduncles erect, mostly 
>1 mm diam., with reduced leaves/bracts extending to 
capitula and overlapping bases of the involucral bracts. 
Capitula solitary, subglobular to depressed-turbinate 
(10-)13-20(-25) mm diam. Involucral bracts in 5-8 series, 
pale yellow to brownish-yellow, transversely wrinkled, 
only the intermediate ones with significantly developed 
lamina, 6-10.5 mm long, (1 —)1.5—2(—3) mm wide; claw 
cottony-ciliate proximally. Florets with corollas 3.5-5 
mm long, the outer series containing some female-only 
florets. Cypselas ±cylindrical, 1.3-1.9 mm long, glabrous, 
obscurely 4-ribbed. Pappus slightly shorter to slightly 
longer than florets. Female florets usually with a pappus 
but this sometimes reduced or lacking. Flowers (Nov.-) 
Feb. -Apr.( -Jun.). (Figs 2-4) 
Selected specimens (from c. 200) examined: SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. Honans Scrub Reserve, R. Bates 4811 (AD);Thomas 
Gully, Mt Bold Reservoir, T.S. Te 915 & DJ. Duval, M.C. O'Leary 
(HO, MEL, NSW); St Johns Bushland Park, Lobethal, A.G. Spooner 
11008 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Glenn Innes, February 1914, 
H.M.R. Rupp s.n. (NSW); Travelling Stock Route, 4.5 km N of 
Binda, N. Taws 198 (CANB, NSW); Chatsbury Travelling Stock 
Reserve, c. 30.5 km NNE of Goulburn, /. Crawford 7630 (CANB, 
MEL, NSW); Vi mile [1 km] south of Albury, EJ. McBarron 
4630; Sunnyside Rd, Rocky Hall, 19.ii.2001, J. Miles s.n. (NSW). 
VICTORIA. East of Burns Rd, Laverton North, SJ. Platt 113 (MEL); 
Rocky Plains, Suggan Buggan, 21.V.1969, N.A. Wakefield s.n. 
(MEL);Parolus Bridge Track, adjacent to Ovens River, 13.iii.1991, 
N.T. Rossiter s.n. (MEL); Grampians, east side of Victoria Range, 
A.C. Beauglehole 30247 (MEL); Jack Smith Lake Wildlife Reserve, 
A.C. Beauglehole 74758 (MEL); 9 km W of Omeo, P.C. Jobson 1920 
(MEL). TASMANIA.'Forsterville', Campbell Town, L. Gilfedderl67 
(HO); Clyne Vale, A. Simson 491 (HO); Seven Mile Beach Rd, AM 
Buchanan 15527 (HO); Verwood Rd, Forest Lagoon, A. Brown 169 
(AD, AK, CHR, MEL, HO, NSW, RSA, NT) 
20 
Vol 32.2014 

Page image

957180 Helichrysum rutidolepis Muelleria 32: 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718917
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685

Page text

A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides complex 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs through south¬ 
eastern Australia from central-eastern New South 
Wales, north-eastern to south-western Victoria, south¬ 
eastern South Australia and eastern Tasmania. A solitary 
collection apparently from Glen Innes in north-eastern 
New South Wales ( Rupps.n ., NSW 597121) is an isolated 
outlier. Principally a species of grasslands and riverine 
woodlands (under Eucalyptus camaldulensis Dehnh.) 
on soils that are prone to inundation. Mostly at low 
elevations (under c. 100 m a.s.L), but many populations 
on the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales and the 
Australian Capital Territory are from elevations above 
700 m, and the Glen Innes collection was probably from 
around 1000 m. (Fig. 9b) 
Notes: A few collections from the higher-altitude 
parts of the range of C. gunnianum such as Cave Ck 
near Kiandra, New South Wales (e.g. A.N. Rodd 1655 
(NSW)), Cobungra and Wulgulmerang areas in eastern 
Victoria, (e.g .Jobson 1920 (MEL), Wakefield s.n., 21.v. 1969 
(MEL) respectively) combine features of C. gunnianum 
and C. monticola in having brightly coloured capitula 
and broader leaves with more indumentum adaxially 
than is typical for C. gunnianum. These specimens are 
morphologically and ecologically intermediate between 
the two species, typically recorded from treeless 'frost 
hollows'surrounded by subalpine woodland. 
There are some forms of C. gunnianum that are 
somewhat distinctive and a more rigorous study might 
formally recognise these. One is a short-leaved form 
with small capitula from grasslands of e.g. the Monaro 
tableland NSW (e.g. Crawford 3707 (CANB, NSW), Taws 
948 (CANB, NSW), Fig. 4), but similar plants occur on the 
Gippsland plain in Victoria at low altitude, and here are 
sympatric with the more commonly encountered form 
with longer leaves and broader capitula (e.g. Platt 113 
(MEL), Fig. 3). Plants of intermediate form occur through 
at least the latter region and occasional specimens may 
be found with both leaf types. This variation may in part 
be seasonal. The type represents a form with relatively 
small capitula and slightly broader leaves than both the 
above forms (Fig. 2). It occurs in Tasmania and along the 
Murray River floodplain in Victoria and New South Wales 
and is linked, geographically (e.g. in the Grampians 
region, western Victoria) and morphologically with the 
other forms. 
The name Helichrysum semipapposum var. gunnianum 
DC., based on a different type, is synonymous with C. 
scorpioides (see below). 
Conservation status: This is a relatively infrequently 
encountered species and, like the lowland grassland 
communities with which it is commonly associated, it 
is undoubtedly much reduced from its former range, 
and is considered vulnerable in Victoria (DSE 2005). This 
is likely to be an appropriate assessment of its status 
throughout its range. Many of the southern New South 
Wales occurrences are from travelling stock routes 
which are refuges of many rare and/or depleted species. 
3. Coronidum monticola N.G.Walsh sp. nov. 
Type: VICTORIA. Mt Stirling, eastern slopes near The 
Monument, M.G.Corrick 7992 (holotype: MEL 602607; 
isotypes MEL 602593, NSW 686900). (Fig. 5) 
Helichrysum scorpioides var. pygmaeum F.Muell., 
Monthly Notices, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania for 
1870: 14 (1871). Type: Tasmania. 'Alpine summit of Mt 
Wellington', s.d., Abbott & F. Mueller s.n. (lectotype here 
chosen: MEL2161165!). 
W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p.; 
N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 383 (1970) p.p.; A. Costin, 
M. Gray, C.Totterdell & D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko Alpine FI. 
210,343 (2000); J. Murphy & B. Dowling, PI. Victorian High 
Country , 50 (2012); all as Helichrysum scorpioides. 
G.R. Cochrane, B.A. Fuhrer, E.R. Rotherham, J.H. Willis, 
J. & M. Simmons, FI. PI. Victoria & Tasmania 102 (1980); J. 
Everett in GJ. Harden, FI. New South Wales 3:232 (1992) 
p.p.; J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. 
Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; M.G. Corrick & B.A. Fuhrer, 
Wildfl. Victoria 23 (2000); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis 
Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Alps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic 
(2007), pp. 57, 209. 
Coronidium sp. Alps (L.A.Craven 2141) Vic. Herbarium 
sensu CHAH (2011). 
Coronidium sp. Foothills (M.G.Corrick 7095) Vic. 
Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). 
Illustrations . Cochrane et al. loc cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. 
p. 786, Fig. 156b, p.p. as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Costin 
et al. loc cit. p. 201 as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Murphy 
& Dowling loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides; Corrick & 
Fuhrer loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides. 
Ascending to erect, rhizomatous perennial, to c. 35 cm 
high, often freely branched above base, occasionally 
Muelleria 
21 

Page image

957181 Helichrysum rutidolepis Muelleria 32: 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718917
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685

Page text

A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides complex 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs through south¬ 
eastern Australia from central-eastern New South 
Wales, north-eastern to south-western Victoria, south¬ 
eastern South Australia and eastern Tasmania. A solitary 
collection apparently from Glen Innes in north-eastern 
New South Wales ( Rupps.n ., NSW 597121) is an isolated 
outlier. Principally a species of grasslands and riverine 
woodlands (under Eucalyptus camaldulensis Dehnh.) 
on soils that are prone to inundation. Mostly at low 
elevations (under c. 100 m a.s.L), but many populations 
on the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales and the 
Australian Capital Territory are from elevations above 
700 m, and the Glen Innes collection was probably from 
around 1000 m. (Fig. 9b) 
Notes: A few collections from the higher-altitude 
parts of the range of C. gunnianum such as Cave Ck 
near Kiandra, New South Wales (e.g. A.N. Rodd 1655 
(NSW)), Cobungra and Wulgulmerang areas in eastern 
Victoria, (e.g .Jobson 1920 (MEL), Wakefield s.n., 21.v. 1969 
(MEL) respectively) combine features of C. gunnianum 
and C. monticola in having brightly coloured capitula 
and broader leaves with more indumentum adaxially 
than is typical for C. gunnianum. These specimens are 
morphologically and ecologically intermediate between 
the two species, typically recorded from treeless 'frost 
hollows'surrounded by subalpine woodland. 
There are some forms of C. gunnianum that are 
somewhat distinctive and a more rigorous study might 
formally recognise these. One is a short-leaved form 
with small capitula from grasslands of e.g. the Monaro 
tableland NSW (e.g. Crawford 3707 (CANB, NSW), Taws 
948 (CANB, NSW), Fig. 4), but similar plants occur on the 
Gippsland plain in Victoria at low altitude, and here are 
sympatric with the more commonly encountered form 
with longer leaves and broader capitula (e.g. Platt 113 
(MEL), Fig. 3). Plants of intermediate form occur through 
at least the latter region and occasional specimens may 
be found with both leaf types. This variation may in part 
be seasonal. The type represents a form with relatively 
small capitula and slightly broader leaves than both the 
above forms (Fig. 2). It occurs in Tasmania and along the 
Murray River floodplain in Victoria and New South Wales 
and is linked, geographically (e.g. in the Grampians 
region, western Victoria) and morphologically with the 
other forms. 
The name Helichrysum semipapposum var. gunnianum 
DC., based on a different type, is synonymous with C. 
scorpioides (see below). 
Conservation status: This is a relatively infrequently 
encountered species and, like the lowland grassland 
communities with which it is commonly associated, it 
is undoubtedly much reduced from its former range, 
and is considered vulnerable in Victoria (DSE 2005). This 
is likely to be an appropriate assessment of its status 
throughout its range. Many of the southern New South 
Wales occurrences are from travelling stock routes 
which are refuges of many rare and/or depleted species. 
3. Coronidum monticola N.G.Walsh sp. nov. 
Type: VICTORIA. Mt Stirling, eastern slopes near The 
Monument, M.G.Corrick 7992 (holotype: MEL 602607; 
isotypes MEL 602593, NSW 686900). (Fig. 5) 
Helichrysum scorpioides var. pygmaeum F.Muell., 
Monthly Notices, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania for 
1870: 14 (1871). Type: Tasmania. 'Alpine summit of Mt 
Wellington', s.d., Abbott & F. Mueller s.n. (lectotype here 
chosen: MEL2161165!). 
W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p.; 
N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 383 (1970) p.p.; A. Costin, 
M. Gray, C.Totterdell & D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko Alpine FI. 
210,343 (2000); J. Murphy & B. Dowling, PI. Victorian High 
Country , 50 (2012); all as Helichrysum scorpioides. 
G.R. Cochrane, B.A. Fuhrer, E.R. Rotherham, J.H. Willis, 
J. & M. Simmons, FI. PI. Victoria & Tasmania 102 (1980); J. 
Everett in GJ. Harden, FI. New South Wales 3:232 (1992) 
p.p.; J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. 
Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; M.G. Corrick & B.A. Fuhrer, 
Wildfl. Victoria 23 (2000); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis 
Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Alps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic 
(2007), pp. 57, 209. 
Coronidium sp. Alps (L.A.Craven 2141) Vic. Herbarium 
sensu CHAH (2011). 
Coronidium sp. Foothills (M.G.Corrick 7095) Vic. 
Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). 
Illustrations . Cochrane et al. loc cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. 
p. 786, Fig. 156b, p.p. as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Costin 
et al. loc cit. p. 201 as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Murphy 
& Dowling loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides; Corrick & 
Fuhrer loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides. 
Ascending to erect, rhizomatous perennial, to c. 35 cm 
high, often freely branched above base, occasionally 
Muelleria 
21 

Page image

957182 Helichrysum rutidolepis Muelleria 32: 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718917
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685

Page text

A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides complex 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs through south¬ 
eastern Australia from central-eastern New South 
Wales, north-eastern to south-western Victoria, south¬ 
eastern South Australia and eastern Tasmania. A solitary 
collection apparently from Glen Innes in north-eastern 
New South Wales ( Rupps.n ., NSW 597121) is an isolated 
outlier. Principally a species of grasslands and riverine 
woodlands (under Eucalyptus camaldulensis Dehnh.) 
on soils that are prone to inundation. Mostly at low 
elevations (under c. 100 m a.s.L), but many populations 
on the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales and the 
Australian Capital Territory are from elevations above 
700 m, and the Glen Innes collection was probably from 
around 1000 m. (Fig. 9b) 
Notes: A few collections from the higher-altitude 
parts of the range of C. gunnianum such as Cave Ck 
near Kiandra, New South Wales (e.g. A.N. Rodd 1655 
(NSW)), Cobungra and Wulgulmerang areas in eastern 
Victoria, (e.g .Jobson 1920 (MEL), Wakefield s.n., 21.v. 1969 
(MEL) respectively) combine features of C. gunnianum 
and C. monticola in having brightly coloured capitula 
and broader leaves with more indumentum adaxially 
than is typical for C. gunnianum. These specimens are 
morphologically and ecologically intermediate between 
the two species, typically recorded from treeless 'frost 
hollows'surrounded by subalpine woodland. 
There are some forms of C. gunnianum that are 
somewhat distinctive and a more rigorous study might 
formally recognise these. One is a short-leaved form 
with small capitula from grasslands of e.g. the Monaro 
tableland NSW (e.g. Crawford 3707 (CANB, NSW), Taws 
948 (CANB, NSW), Fig. 4), but similar plants occur on the 
Gippsland plain in Victoria at low altitude, and here are 
sympatric with the more commonly encountered form 
with longer leaves and broader capitula (e.g. Platt 113 
(MEL), Fig. 3). Plants of intermediate form occur through 
at least the latter region and occasional specimens may 
be found with both leaf types. This variation may in part 
be seasonal. The type represents a form with relatively 
small capitula and slightly broader leaves than both the 
above forms (Fig. 2). It occurs in Tasmania and along the 
Murray River floodplain in Victoria and New South Wales 
and is linked, geographically (e.g. in the Grampians 
region, western Victoria) and morphologically with the 
other forms. 
The name Helichrysum semipapposum var. gunnianum 
DC., based on a different type, is synonymous with C. 
scorpioides (see below). 
Conservation status: This is a relatively infrequently 
encountered species and, like the lowland grassland 
communities with which it is commonly associated, it 
is undoubtedly much reduced from its former range, 
and is considered vulnerable in Victoria (DSE 2005). This 
is likely to be an appropriate assessment of its status 
throughout its range. Many of the southern New South 
Wales occurrences are from travelling stock routes 
which are refuges of many rare and/or depleted species. 
3. Coronidum monticola N.G.Walsh sp. nov. 
Type: VICTORIA. Mt Stirling, eastern slopes near The 
Monument, M.G.Corrick 7992 (holotype: MEL 602607; 
isotypes MEL 602593, NSW 686900). (Fig. 5) 
Helichrysum scorpioides var. pygmaeum F.Muell., 
Monthly Notices, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania for 
1870: 14 (1871). Type: Tasmania. 'Alpine summit of Mt 
Wellington', s.d., Abbott & F. Mueller s.n. (lectotype here 
chosen: MEL2161165!). 
W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p.; 
N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 383 (1970) p.p.; A. Costin, 
M. Gray, C.Totterdell & D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko Alpine FI. 
210,343 (2000); J. Murphy & B. Dowling, PI. Victorian High 
Country , 50 (2012); all as Helichrysum scorpioides. 
G.R. Cochrane, B.A. Fuhrer, E.R. Rotherham, J.H. Willis, 
J. & M. Simmons, FI. PI. Victoria & Tasmania 102 (1980); J. 
Everett in GJ. Harden, FI. New South Wales 3:232 (1992) 
p.p.; J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. 
Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; M.G. Corrick & B.A. Fuhrer, 
Wildfl. Victoria 23 (2000); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis 
Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Alps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic 
(2007), pp. 57, 209. 
Coronidium sp. Alps (L.A.Craven 2141) Vic. Herbarium 
sensu CHAH (2011). 
Coronidium sp. Foothills (M.G.Corrick 7095) Vic. 
Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). 
Illustrations . Cochrane et al. loc cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. 
p. 786, Fig. 156b, p.p. as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Costin 
et al. loc cit. p. 201 as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Murphy 
& Dowling loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides; Corrick & 
Fuhrer loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides. 
Ascending to erect, rhizomatous perennial, to c. 35 cm 
high, often freely branched above base, occasionally 
Muelleria 
21 

Page image

957183 Helichrysum rutidolepis Muelleria 32: 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718917
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685

Page text

A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides complex 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs through south¬ 
eastern Australia from central-eastern New South 
Wales, north-eastern to south-western Victoria, south¬ 
eastern South Australia and eastern Tasmania. A solitary 
collection apparently from Glen Innes in north-eastern 
New South Wales ( Rupps.n ., NSW 597121) is an isolated 
outlier. Principally a species of grasslands and riverine 
woodlands (under Eucalyptus camaldulensis Dehnh.) 
on soils that are prone to inundation. Mostly at low 
elevations (under c. 100 m a.s.L), but many populations 
on the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales and the 
Australian Capital Territory are from elevations above 
700 m, and the Glen Innes collection was probably from 
around 1000 m. (Fig. 9b) 
Notes: A few collections from the higher-altitude 
parts of the range of C. gunnianum such as Cave Ck 
near Kiandra, New South Wales (e.g. A.N. Rodd 1655 
(NSW)), Cobungra and Wulgulmerang areas in eastern 
Victoria, (e.g .Jobson 1920 (MEL), Wakefield s.n., 21.v. 1969 
(MEL) respectively) combine features of C. gunnianum 
and C. monticola in having brightly coloured capitula 
and broader leaves with more indumentum adaxially 
than is typical for C. gunnianum. These specimens are 
morphologically and ecologically intermediate between 
the two species, typically recorded from treeless 'frost 
hollows'surrounded by subalpine woodland. 
There are some forms of C. gunnianum that are 
somewhat distinctive and a more rigorous study might 
formally recognise these. One is a short-leaved form 
with small capitula from grasslands of e.g. the Monaro 
tableland NSW (e.g. Crawford 3707 (CANB, NSW), Taws 
948 (CANB, NSW), Fig. 4), but similar plants occur on the 
Gippsland plain in Victoria at low altitude, and here are 
sympatric with the more commonly encountered form 
with longer leaves and broader capitula (e.g. Platt 113 
(MEL), Fig. 3). Plants of intermediate form occur through 
at least the latter region and occasional specimens may 
be found with both leaf types. This variation may in part 
be seasonal. The type represents a form with relatively 
small capitula and slightly broader leaves than both the 
above forms (Fig. 2). It occurs in Tasmania and along the 
Murray River floodplain in Victoria and New South Wales 
and is linked, geographically (e.g. in the Grampians 
region, western Victoria) and morphologically with the 
other forms. 
The name Helichrysum semipapposum var. gunnianum 
DC., based on a different type, is synonymous with C. 
scorpioides (see below). 
Conservation status: This is a relatively infrequently 
encountered species and, like the lowland grassland 
communities with which it is commonly associated, it 
is undoubtedly much reduced from its former range, 
and is considered vulnerable in Victoria (DSE 2005). This 
is likely to be an appropriate assessment of its status 
throughout its range. Many of the southern New South 
Wales occurrences are from travelling stock routes 
which are refuges of many rare and/or depleted species. 
3. Coronidum monticola N.G.Walsh sp. nov. 
Type: VICTORIA. Mt Stirling, eastern slopes near The 
Monument, M.G.Corrick 7992 (holotype: MEL 602607; 
isotypes MEL 602593, NSW 686900). (Fig. 5) 
Helichrysum scorpioides var. pygmaeum F.Muell., 
Monthly Notices, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania for 
1870: 14 (1871). Type: Tasmania. 'Alpine summit of Mt 
Wellington', s.d., Abbott & F. Mueller s.n. (lectotype here 
chosen: MEL2161165!). 
W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p.; 
N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 383 (1970) p.p.; A. Costin, 
M. Gray, C.Totterdell & D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko Alpine FI. 
210,343 (2000); J. Murphy & B. Dowling, PI. Victorian High 
Country , 50 (2012); all as Helichrysum scorpioides. 
G.R. Cochrane, B.A. Fuhrer, E.R. Rotherham, J.H. Willis, 
J. & M. Simmons, FI. PI. Victoria & Tasmania 102 (1980); J. 
Everett in GJ. Harden, FI. New South Wales 3:232 (1992) 
p.p.; J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. 
Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; M.G. Corrick & B.A. Fuhrer, 
Wildfl. Victoria 23 (2000); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis 
Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Alps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic 
(2007), pp. 57, 209. 
Coronidium sp. Alps (L.A.Craven 2141) Vic. Herbarium 
sensu CHAH (2011). 
Coronidium sp. Foothills (M.G.Corrick 7095) Vic. 
Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). 
Illustrations . Cochrane et al. loc cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. 
p. 786, Fig. 156b, p.p. as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Costin 
et al. loc cit. p. 201 as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Murphy 
& Dowling loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides; Corrick & 
Fuhrer loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides. 
Ascending to erect, rhizomatous perennial, to c. 35 cm 
high, often freely branched above base, occasionally 
Muelleria 
21 

Page image

957168 Helichrysum scorpioides Muelleria 32: 20
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718916
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685

Page text

Walsh 
which is known to occur in the general area. A specimen 
from Ellenborough Falls, nearTaree (L Haegi 1490, NSW) 
is also unusually tomentose. 
The holotype at G-DC is clearly labelled in 
Cunningham's hand 'Grassy spots on the banks of 
creeks near Port Jackson, April 1824', however, Curry 
et al. (2001) suggest that in April, Cunningham was 
some distance from Port Jackson and heading south 
toward the Monaro district. An April 1824 collection 
by Cunningham of Blechnum cartilagineum Sw. from 
Stone Quarry Creek near Picton (MEL 2149090) suggests 
he may have not have been too remote from Port 
Jackson, at least at the beginning of that month, and 
perhaps made a small error in dating the collection of C. 
rutidolepis. The description of the habitat and locality is 
very consistent with its known occurrences. 
Conservation status: Although of limited geographic 
extent, Coronidium rutidolepis appears to be locally 
common, is well represented in reserves and hence is 
not considered threatened. 
2. Coronidium gunnianum (Hook.) N.G.Walsh 
comb. nov. 
Helichrysum gunnianum Hook., Icon. PI. t. 320 (1841); 
Gnaphalium gunnianum (Hook.) Sch.Bip., Bot. Zeitung 3: 
172(1845). 
Type : TASMANIA. R. Gunn 502 (holotype K 910320, 
photo at MEL!; isotype MEL 2161044!). (Fig. 2) 
W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p. 
as Helichrysum scorpioides; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. 
A.C.T. 415 (1970); G.M. Cunningham, W.E. Mulham, P.L. 
Milthorpe & J.H. Leigh, PI. Western New South Wales 702 
(1981); L. Haegi, in J.P. Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. 
Australia 3:1531; 
SGAP, FI. Melbourne edn 1,114 (1991); J.A. Jeanes in 
N.G. Walsh &TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. Victoria 4:785 (1999) 
p.p.; D. & B. Jones, Native PI. Melbourne and adjoining 
areas 132 (1999); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis. 
Helichrysum erosum Schldtdl., Linnaea 20:595 (1847). 
Type: South Australia. H. Behrs.n., 1844 or 1845 (holotype 
HAL 98323, photo seen JSTOFT 2000-2013). 
Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Lowland Swamps) sensu 
Walsh & Stajsic 2007, pp. 57.209. 
Coronidium sp. Lowland Swamps ( V.Stajsic 4226) Vic. 
Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). 
Illustrations. G.M. Cunningham et al. loc. cit.; L. Haegi 
loc. cit. p. 1529, fig. 694 G; SGAP loc. cit.; D. & B. Jones loc. 
cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. p. 786, fig 156b p.p.; all as Helichrysum 
rutidolepis. 
Erect rhizomatous perennial, to c. 50 cm high, sparingly 
branched. Stems appressed-cottony. Leaves linear to 
oblanceolate, attenuate at base, (15—)20—65 mm long, 
1 —4(—9) mm wide, discolorous, firm-textured; upper 
surface smooth, glabrous or with sparse, appressed 
cottony hairs, sometimes with scattered glands; lamina 
or lower surface ±obscured by appressed cottony 
indumentum, with abundant sessile glands; apex 
acuminate, slightly thickened but not mucronate; 
margins recurved to revolute. Peduncles erect, mostly 
>1 mm diam., with reduced leaves/bracts extending to 
capitula and overlapping bases of the involucral bracts. 
Capitula solitary, subglobular to depressed-turbinate 
(10-)13-20(-25) mm diam. Involucral bracts in 5-8 series, 
pale yellow to brownish-yellow, transversely wrinkled, 
only the intermediate ones with significantly developed 
lamina, 6-10.5 mm long, (1 —)1.5—2(—3) mm wide; claw 
cottony-ciliate proximally. Florets with corollas 3.5-5 
mm long, the outer series containing some female-only 
florets. Cypselas ±cylindrical, 1.3-1.9 mm long, glabrous, 
obscurely 4-ribbed. Pappus slightly shorter to slightly 
longer than florets. Female florets usually with a pappus 
but this sometimes reduced or lacking. Flowers (Nov.-) 
Feb. -Apr.( -Jun.). (Figs 2-4) 
Selected specimens (from c. 200) examined: SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. Honans Scrub Reserve, R. Bates 4811 (AD);Thomas 
Gully, Mt Bold Reservoir, T.S. Te 915 & DJ. Duval, M.C. O'Leary 
(HO, MEL, NSW); St Johns Bushland Park, Lobethal, A.G. Spooner 
11008 (AD). NEW SOUTH WALES. Glenn Innes, February 1914, 
H.M.R. Rupp s.n. (NSW); Travelling Stock Route, 4.5 km N of 
Binda, N. Taws 198 (CANB, NSW); Chatsbury Travelling Stock 
Reserve, c. 30.5 km NNE of Goulburn, /. Crawford 7630 (CANB, 
MEL, NSW); Vi mile [1 km] south of Albury, EJ. McBarron 
4630; Sunnyside Rd, Rocky Hall, 19.ii.2001, J. Miles s.n. (NSW). 
VICTORIA. East of Burns Rd, Laverton North, SJ. Platt 113 (MEL); 
Rocky Plains, Suggan Buggan, 21.V.1969, N.A. Wakefield s.n. 
(MEL);Parolus Bridge Track, adjacent to Ovens River, 13.iii.1991, 
N.T. Rossiter s.n. (MEL); Grampians, east side of Victoria Range, 
A.C. Beauglehole 30247 (MEL); Jack Smith Lake Wildlife Reserve, 
A.C. Beauglehole 74758 (MEL); 9 km W of Omeo, P.C. Jobson 1920 
(MEL). TASMANIA.'Forsterville', Campbell Town, L. Gilfedderl67 
(HO); Clyne Vale, A. Simson 491 (HO); Seven Mile Beach Rd, AM 
Buchanan 15527 (HO); Verwood Rd, Forest Lagoon, A. Brown 169 
(AD, AK, CHR, MEL, HO, NSW, RSA, NT) 
20 
Vol 32.2014 

Page image

957176 Helichrysum scorpioides Muelleria 32: 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718917
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685

Page text

A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides complex 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs through south¬ 
eastern Australia from central-eastern New South 
Wales, north-eastern to south-western Victoria, south¬ 
eastern South Australia and eastern Tasmania. A solitary 
collection apparently from Glen Innes in north-eastern 
New South Wales ( Rupps.n ., NSW 597121) is an isolated 
outlier. Principally a species of grasslands and riverine 
woodlands (under Eucalyptus camaldulensis Dehnh.) 
on soils that are prone to inundation. Mostly at low 
elevations (under c. 100 m a.s.L), but many populations 
on the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales and the 
Australian Capital Territory are from elevations above 
700 m, and the Glen Innes collection was probably from 
around 1000 m. (Fig. 9b) 
Notes: A few collections from the higher-altitude 
parts of the range of C. gunnianum such as Cave Ck 
near Kiandra, New South Wales (e.g. A.N. Rodd 1655 
(NSW)), Cobungra and Wulgulmerang areas in eastern 
Victoria, (e.g .Jobson 1920 (MEL), Wakefield s.n., 21.v. 1969 
(MEL) respectively) combine features of C. gunnianum 
and C. monticola in having brightly coloured capitula 
and broader leaves with more indumentum adaxially 
than is typical for C. gunnianum. These specimens are 
morphologically and ecologically intermediate between 
the two species, typically recorded from treeless 'frost 
hollows'surrounded by subalpine woodland. 
There are some forms of C. gunnianum that are 
somewhat distinctive and a more rigorous study might 
formally recognise these. One is a short-leaved form 
with small capitula from grasslands of e.g. the Monaro 
tableland NSW (e.g. Crawford 3707 (CANB, NSW), Taws 
948 (CANB, NSW), Fig. 4), but similar plants occur on the 
Gippsland plain in Victoria at low altitude, and here are 
sympatric with the more commonly encountered form 
with longer leaves and broader capitula (e.g. Platt 113 
(MEL), Fig. 3). Plants of intermediate form occur through 
at least the latter region and occasional specimens may 
be found with both leaf types. This variation may in part 
be seasonal. The type represents a form with relatively 
small capitula and slightly broader leaves than both the 
above forms (Fig. 2). It occurs in Tasmania and along the 
Murray River floodplain in Victoria and New South Wales 
and is linked, geographically (e.g. in the Grampians 
region, western Victoria) and morphologically with the 
other forms. 
The name Helichrysum semipapposum var. gunnianum 
DC., based on a different type, is synonymous with C. 
scorpioides (see below). 
Conservation status: This is a relatively infrequently 
encountered species and, like the lowland grassland 
communities with which it is commonly associated, it 
is undoubtedly much reduced from its former range, 
and is considered vulnerable in Victoria (DSE 2005). This 
is likely to be an appropriate assessment of its status 
throughout its range. Many of the southern New South 
Wales occurrences are from travelling stock routes 
which are refuges of many rare and/or depleted species. 
3. Coronidum monticola N.G.Walsh sp. nov. 
Type: VICTORIA. Mt Stirling, eastern slopes near The 
Monument, M.G.Corrick 7992 (holotype: MEL 602607; 
isotypes MEL 602593, NSW 686900). (Fig. 5) 
Helichrysum scorpioides var. pygmaeum F.Muell., 
Monthly Notices, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania for 
1870: 14 (1871). Type: Tasmania. 'Alpine summit of Mt 
Wellington', s.d., Abbott & F. Mueller s.n. (lectotype here 
chosen: MEL2161165!). 
W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p.; 
N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 383 (1970) p.p.; A. Costin, 
M. Gray, C.Totterdell & D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko Alpine FI. 
210,343 (2000); J. Murphy & B. Dowling, PI. Victorian High 
Country , 50 (2012); all as Helichrysum scorpioides. 
G.R. Cochrane, B.A. Fuhrer, E.R. Rotherham, J.H. Willis, 
J. & M. Simmons, FI. PI. Victoria & Tasmania 102 (1980); J. 
Everett in GJ. Harden, FI. New South Wales 3:232 (1992) 
p.p.; J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. 
Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; M.G. Corrick & B.A. Fuhrer, 
Wildfl. Victoria 23 (2000); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis 
Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Alps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic 
(2007), pp. 57, 209. 
Coronidium sp. Alps (L.A.Craven 2141) Vic. Herbarium 
sensu CHAH (2011). 
Coronidium sp. Foothills (M.G.Corrick 7095) Vic. 
Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). 
Illustrations . Cochrane et al. loc cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. 
p. 786, Fig. 156b, p.p. as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Costin 
et al. loc cit. p. 201 as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Murphy 
& Dowling loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides; Corrick & 
Fuhrer loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides. 
Ascending to erect, rhizomatous perennial, to c. 35 cm 
high, often freely branched above base, occasionally 
Muelleria 
21 

Page image

957177 Helichrysum scorpioides Muelleria 32: 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718917
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685

Page text

A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides complex 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs through south¬ 
eastern Australia from central-eastern New South 
Wales, north-eastern to south-western Victoria, south¬ 
eastern South Australia and eastern Tasmania. A solitary 
collection apparently from Glen Innes in north-eastern 
New South Wales ( Rupps.n ., NSW 597121) is an isolated 
outlier. Principally a species of grasslands and riverine 
woodlands (under Eucalyptus camaldulensis Dehnh.) 
on soils that are prone to inundation. Mostly at low 
elevations (under c. 100 m a.s.L), but many populations 
on the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales and the 
Australian Capital Territory are from elevations above 
700 m, and the Glen Innes collection was probably from 
around 1000 m. (Fig. 9b) 
Notes: A few collections from the higher-altitude 
parts of the range of C. gunnianum such as Cave Ck 
near Kiandra, New South Wales (e.g. A.N. Rodd 1655 
(NSW)), Cobungra and Wulgulmerang areas in eastern 
Victoria, (e.g .Jobson 1920 (MEL), Wakefield s.n., 21.v. 1969 
(MEL) respectively) combine features of C. gunnianum 
and C. monticola in having brightly coloured capitula 
and broader leaves with more indumentum adaxially 
than is typical for C. gunnianum. These specimens are 
morphologically and ecologically intermediate between 
the two species, typically recorded from treeless 'frost 
hollows'surrounded by subalpine woodland. 
There are some forms of C. gunnianum that are 
somewhat distinctive and a more rigorous study might 
formally recognise these. One is a short-leaved form 
with small capitula from grasslands of e.g. the Monaro 
tableland NSW (e.g. Crawford 3707 (CANB, NSW), Taws 
948 (CANB, NSW), Fig. 4), but similar plants occur on the 
Gippsland plain in Victoria at low altitude, and here are 
sympatric with the more commonly encountered form 
with longer leaves and broader capitula (e.g. Platt 113 
(MEL), Fig. 3). Plants of intermediate form occur through 
at least the latter region and occasional specimens may 
be found with both leaf types. This variation may in part 
be seasonal. The type represents a form with relatively 
small capitula and slightly broader leaves than both the 
above forms (Fig. 2). It occurs in Tasmania and along the 
Murray River floodplain in Victoria and New South Wales 
and is linked, geographically (e.g. in the Grampians 
region, western Victoria) and morphologically with the 
other forms. 
The name Helichrysum semipapposum var. gunnianum 
DC., based on a different type, is synonymous with C. 
scorpioides (see below). 
Conservation status: This is a relatively infrequently 
encountered species and, like the lowland grassland 
communities with which it is commonly associated, it 
is undoubtedly much reduced from its former range, 
and is considered vulnerable in Victoria (DSE 2005). This 
is likely to be an appropriate assessment of its status 
throughout its range. Many of the southern New South 
Wales occurrences are from travelling stock routes 
which are refuges of many rare and/or depleted species. 
3. Coronidum monticola N.G.Walsh sp. nov. 
Type: VICTORIA. Mt Stirling, eastern slopes near The 
Monument, M.G.Corrick 7992 (holotype: MEL 602607; 
isotypes MEL 602593, NSW 686900). (Fig. 5) 
Helichrysum scorpioides var. pygmaeum F.Muell., 
Monthly Notices, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania for 
1870: 14 (1871). Type: Tasmania. 'Alpine summit of Mt 
Wellington', s.d., Abbott & F. Mueller s.n. (lectotype here 
chosen: MEL2161165!). 
W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p.; 
N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 383 (1970) p.p.; A. Costin, 
M. Gray, C.Totterdell & D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko Alpine FI. 
210,343 (2000); J. Murphy & B. Dowling, PI. Victorian High 
Country , 50 (2012); all as Helichrysum scorpioides. 
G.R. Cochrane, B.A. Fuhrer, E.R. Rotherham, J.H. Willis, 
J. & M. Simmons, FI. PI. Victoria & Tasmania 102 (1980); J. 
Everett in GJ. Harden, FI. New South Wales 3:232 (1992) 
p.p.; J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. 
Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; M.G. Corrick & B.A. Fuhrer, 
Wildfl. Victoria 23 (2000); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis 
Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Alps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic 
(2007), pp. 57, 209. 
Coronidium sp. Alps (L.A.Craven 2141) Vic. Herbarium 
sensu CHAH (2011). 
Coronidium sp. Foothills (M.G.Corrick 7095) Vic. 
Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). 
Illustrations . Cochrane et al. loc cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. 
p. 786, Fig. 156b, p.p. as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Costin 
et al. loc cit. p. 201 as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Murphy 
& Dowling loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides; Corrick & 
Fuhrer loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides. 
Ascending to erect, rhizomatous perennial, to c. 35 cm 
high, often freely branched above base, occasionally 
Muelleria 
21 

Page image

957178 Helichrysum scorpioides Muelleria 32: 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718917
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685

Page text

A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides complex 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs through south¬ 
eastern Australia from central-eastern New South 
Wales, north-eastern to south-western Victoria, south¬ 
eastern South Australia and eastern Tasmania. A solitary 
collection apparently from Glen Innes in north-eastern 
New South Wales ( Rupps.n ., NSW 597121) is an isolated 
outlier. Principally a species of grasslands and riverine 
woodlands (under Eucalyptus camaldulensis Dehnh.) 
on soils that are prone to inundation. Mostly at low 
elevations (under c. 100 m a.s.L), but many populations 
on the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales and the 
Australian Capital Territory are from elevations above 
700 m, and the Glen Innes collection was probably from 
around 1000 m. (Fig. 9b) 
Notes: A few collections from the higher-altitude 
parts of the range of C. gunnianum such as Cave Ck 
near Kiandra, New South Wales (e.g. A.N. Rodd 1655 
(NSW)), Cobungra and Wulgulmerang areas in eastern 
Victoria, (e.g .Jobson 1920 (MEL), Wakefield s.n., 21.v. 1969 
(MEL) respectively) combine features of C. gunnianum 
and C. monticola in having brightly coloured capitula 
and broader leaves with more indumentum adaxially 
than is typical for C. gunnianum. These specimens are 
morphologically and ecologically intermediate between 
the two species, typically recorded from treeless 'frost 
hollows'surrounded by subalpine woodland. 
There are some forms of C. gunnianum that are 
somewhat distinctive and a more rigorous study might 
formally recognise these. One is a short-leaved form 
with small capitula from grasslands of e.g. the Monaro 
tableland NSW (e.g. Crawford 3707 (CANB, NSW), Taws 
948 (CANB, NSW), Fig. 4), but similar plants occur on the 
Gippsland plain in Victoria at low altitude, and here are 
sympatric with the more commonly encountered form 
with longer leaves and broader capitula (e.g. Platt 113 
(MEL), Fig. 3). Plants of intermediate form occur through 
at least the latter region and occasional specimens may 
be found with both leaf types. This variation may in part 
be seasonal. The type represents a form with relatively 
small capitula and slightly broader leaves than both the 
above forms (Fig. 2). It occurs in Tasmania and along the 
Murray River floodplain in Victoria and New South Wales 
and is linked, geographically (e.g. in the Grampians 
region, western Victoria) and morphologically with the 
other forms. 
The name Helichrysum semipapposum var. gunnianum 
DC., based on a different type, is synonymous with C. 
scorpioides (see below). 
Conservation status: This is a relatively infrequently 
encountered species and, like the lowland grassland 
communities with which it is commonly associated, it 
is undoubtedly much reduced from its former range, 
and is considered vulnerable in Victoria (DSE 2005). This 
is likely to be an appropriate assessment of its status 
throughout its range. Many of the southern New South 
Wales occurrences are from travelling stock routes 
which are refuges of many rare and/or depleted species. 
3. Coronidum monticola N.G.Walsh sp. nov. 
Type: VICTORIA. Mt Stirling, eastern slopes near The 
Monument, M.G.Corrick 7992 (holotype: MEL 602607; 
isotypes MEL 602593, NSW 686900). (Fig. 5) 
Helichrysum scorpioides var. pygmaeum F.Muell., 
Monthly Notices, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania for 
1870: 14 (1871). Type: Tasmania. 'Alpine summit of Mt 
Wellington', s.d., Abbott & F. Mueller s.n. (lectotype here 
chosen: MEL2161165!). 
W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p.; 
N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 383 (1970) p.p.; A. Costin, 
M. Gray, C.Totterdell & D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko Alpine FI. 
210,343 (2000); J. Murphy & B. Dowling, PI. Victorian High 
Country , 50 (2012); all as Helichrysum scorpioides. 
G.R. Cochrane, B.A. Fuhrer, E.R. Rotherham, J.H. Willis, 
J. & M. Simmons, FI. PI. Victoria & Tasmania 102 (1980); J. 
Everett in GJ. Harden, FI. New South Wales 3:232 (1992) 
p.p.; J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. 
Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; M.G. Corrick & B.A. Fuhrer, 
Wildfl. Victoria 23 (2000); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis 
Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Alps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic 
(2007), pp. 57, 209. 
Coronidium sp. Alps (L.A.Craven 2141) Vic. Herbarium 
sensu CHAH (2011). 
Coronidium sp. Foothills (M.G.Corrick 7095) Vic. 
Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). 
Illustrations . Cochrane et al. loc cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. 
p. 786, Fig. 156b, p.p. as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Costin 
et al. loc cit. p. 201 as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Murphy 
& Dowling loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides; Corrick & 
Fuhrer loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides. 
Ascending to erect, rhizomatous perennial, to c. 35 cm 
high, often freely branched above base, occasionally 
Muelleria 
21 

Page image

957179 Helichrysum scorpioides Muelleria 32: 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718917
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685

Page text

A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides complex 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs through south¬ 
eastern Australia from central-eastern New South 
Wales, north-eastern to south-western Victoria, south¬ 
eastern South Australia and eastern Tasmania. A solitary 
collection apparently from Glen Innes in north-eastern 
New South Wales ( Rupps.n ., NSW 597121) is an isolated 
outlier. Principally a species of grasslands and riverine 
woodlands (under Eucalyptus camaldulensis Dehnh.) 
on soils that are prone to inundation. Mostly at low 
elevations (under c. 100 m a.s.L), but many populations 
on the Southern Tablelands of New South Wales and the 
Australian Capital Territory are from elevations above 
700 m, and the Glen Innes collection was probably from 
around 1000 m. (Fig. 9b) 
Notes: A few collections from the higher-altitude 
parts of the range of C. gunnianum such as Cave Ck 
near Kiandra, New South Wales (e.g. A.N. Rodd 1655 
(NSW)), Cobungra and Wulgulmerang areas in eastern 
Victoria, (e.g .Jobson 1920 (MEL), Wakefield s.n., 21.v. 1969 
(MEL) respectively) combine features of C. gunnianum 
and C. monticola in having brightly coloured capitula 
and broader leaves with more indumentum adaxially 
than is typical for C. gunnianum. These specimens are 
morphologically and ecologically intermediate between 
the two species, typically recorded from treeless 'frost 
hollows'surrounded by subalpine woodland. 
There are some forms of C. gunnianum that are 
somewhat distinctive and a more rigorous study might 
formally recognise these. One is a short-leaved form 
with small capitula from grasslands of e.g. the Monaro 
tableland NSW (e.g. Crawford 3707 (CANB, NSW), Taws 
948 (CANB, NSW), Fig. 4), but similar plants occur on the 
Gippsland plain in Victoria at low altitude, and here are 
sympatric with the more commonly encountered form 
with longer leaves and broader capitula (e.g. Platt 113 
(MEL), Fig. 3). Plants of intermediate form occur through 
at least the latter region and occasional specimens may 
be found with both leaf types. This variation may in part 
be seasonal. The type represents a form with relatively 
small capitula and slightly broader leaves than both the 
above forms (Fig. 2). It occurs in Tasmania and along the 
Murray River floodplain in Victoria and New South Wales 
and is linked, geographically (e.g. in the Grampians 
region, western Victoria) and morphologically with the 
other forms. 
The name Helichrysum semipapposum var. gunnianum 
DC., based on a different type, is synonymous with C. 
scorpioides (see below). 
Conservation status: This is a relatively infrequently 
encountered species and, like the lowland grassland 
communities with which it is commonly associated, it 
is undoubtedly much reduced from its former range, 
and is considered vulnerable in Victoria (DSE 2005). This 
is likely to be an appropriate assessment of its status 
throughout its range. Many of the southern New South 
Wales occurrences are from travelling stock routes 
which are refuges of many rare and/or depleted species. 
3. Coronidum monticola N.G.Walsh sp. nov. 
Type: VICTORIA. Mt Stirling, eastern slopes near The 
Monument, M.G.Corrick 7992 (holotype: MEL 602607; 
isotypes MEL 602593, NSW 686900). (Fig. 5) 
Helichrysum scorpioides var. pygmaeum F.Muell., 
Monthly Notices, Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania for 
1870: 14 (1871). Type: Tasmania. 'Alpine summit of Mt 
Wellington', s.d., Abbott & F. Mueller s.n. (lectotype here 
chosen: MEL2161165!). 
W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328, 329 (1963) p.p.; 
N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI. A.C.T. 383 (1970) p.p.; A. Costin, 
M. Gray, C.Totterdell & D. Wimbush, Kosciuszko Alpine FI. 
210,343 (2000); J. Murphy & B. Dowling, PI. Victorian High 
Country , 50 (2012); all as Helichrysum scorpioides. 
G.R. Cochrane, B.A. Fuhrer, E.R. Rotherham, J.H. Willis, 
J. & M. Simmons, FI. PI. Victoria & Tasmania 102 (1980); J. 
Everett in GJ. Harden, FI. New South Wales 3:232 (1992) 
p.p.; J.A. Jeanes in N.G. Walsh & TJ. Entwisle (eds), FI. 
Victoria 4:785 (1999) p.p.; M.G. Corrick & B.A. Fuhrer, 
Wildfl. Victoria 23 (2000); all as Helichrysum rutidolepis 
Helichrysum aff. rutidolepis (Alps) sensu Walsh & Stajsic 
(2007), pp. 57, 209. 
Coronidium sp. Alps (L.A.Craven 2141) Vic. Herbarium 
sensu CHAH (2011). 
Coronidium sp. Foothills (M.G.Corrick 7095) Vic. 
Herbarium sensu CHAH (2011). 
Illustrations . Cochrane et al. loc cit.; Jeanes loc. cit. 
p. 786, Fig. 156b, p.p. as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Costin 
et al. loc cit. p. 201 as Helichrysum rutidolepis; Murphy 
& Dowling loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides; Corrick & 
Fuhrer loc. cit. as Helichrysum scorpioides. 
Ascending to erect, rhizomatous perennial, to c. 35 cm 
high, often freely branched above base, occasionally 
Muelleria 
21 

Page image

957187 Helichrysum scorpioides Muelleria 32: 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718921
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685

Page text

A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides complex 
simple. Stems densely cottony, glands present but 
usually obscured. Leaves obovate to oblanceolate, 
20-50 mm long, 3-12 mm wide, attenuate at base, 
±concolorous or at least, not strongly discolorous, firm- 
textured; upper surface smooth, cottony, often densely 
so, lower surface cottony to densely woolly, with many 
glands, but these mostly obscured by indumentum; 
apex obtuse to acute, shortly mucronate (mucro 0.5-1 
mm long); margins recurved, rarely flat. Peduncles erect, 
mostly c. 1.5 mm diam. below capitulum; uppermost 
bracts overlapping base of involucre. Capitula solitary, 
depressed-hemispherical, 18-30 mm diam. Involucral 
bracts in c. 7-10 series, bright golden yellow to 
orange, transversely wrinkled, the intermediate ones 
oblanceolate to spathulate, 10-13 mm long, 2.5-3 
mm wide; claws cottony-ciliate proximally. Florets with 
corollas 4-5.5 mm long, the outer 2-4 series of female- 
only florets. Cypselas narrowly cylindrical, 2-2.5 mm 
long, 4-ribbed, glabrous. Pappus subequal to or slightly 
exceeding corolla. Pappus of female florets complete 
or somewhat reduced centrifugally. Flowers Jan.-Mar. 
(-Apr.). (Fig. 5) 
Selected specimens (from c. 170) examined: NEW SOUTH 
WALES. 3.5 km SW from Charlottes Pass, M. Ito 96042 & T. 
Nishino, Y. Kita (MEL, NSW); Bombala River, c. 17 km NE of 
Bibbenluke, I. Crawford 825 (CANB, MEL); 10 km N of Ingebyra 
on road to Jindabyne, L Haegi 2730 (AD, NSW); Gudgenby, 
Queanbeyan, 1 4.i.191 2, R.H. Cambage s.n. (NSW). AUSTRALIAN 
CAPITALTERRITORY.Ginini Flat, Brindabella Range, T.G. Hartley 
13646 (CANB, NSW). VICTORIA. Panorama Hill, Falls Creek, D.E 
Albrecht 251 (AD, MEL); Clover Flat, 47 km NE of Licola, P.C. 
Jobson 1982 (MEL); Mt Buller, R. Melville 3215 (K, MEL); Near 
Sassafras Pass, G.W. Carr 5794 (MEL). TASMANIA. Headwaters 
of Mountain River, Mount Wellington, A.E. Orchard 5206 (HO, 
MEL); Ben Lomond National Park, near Ranger Headquarters, 
M.G. Noble 28428 (HO, MEL); Quamby Bluff summit, A. Moscal 
12597 (HO, MEL); Pine Lake, A.E. Orchard 5821 (HO); Mt Barrow, 
A.C. Rozefelds 170 (HO) 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs through higher 
parts of the Great Dividing Range and adjacent outliers 
from c. Braidwood, New South Wales, through the 
Australian Capital Territory to Mt Buller and Mt Useful 
areas, Victoria. In Tasmania, it occurs in the north-east 
mountains (Mt Barrow, Ben Lomond), the Central 
Plateau area and on and near Mt Wellington near 
Hobart. It appears to be absent from south-western 
mountains. The altitude range is from about 1000 m, 
where associated with montane forests of e.g. Eucalyptus 
delegatensis R.T.Baker, up to and beyond the treeline to 
c. 2100 m near the summit of Mt Kosciuszko. Soils are 
often gravelly or rocky and usually well-drained. (Fig. 9c) 
Notes: In general, plants at higher altitudes are more 
densely cottony, often appearing grey-white overall, 
and usually of reduced stature and less branched 
compared to those at the lower part of the range. The 
type of Helichrysum scorpioides var. pygmaeum F.Muell. 
is of an extremely reduced form from Mt Wellington, 
Tasmania. From herbarium collections, this form seems 
to be particularly prevalent on that mountain, but 
similar plants are found on other exposed summits (e.g. 
Mt Kosciuszko, New South Wales and Mt Feathertop, 
Victoria). 
Mueller labelled a collection of his from 'summit of 
Mt Timbertop' (MEL 1517347) as Helichrysum scorpioides 
var. montanum F.Muell., but this name does not appear 
to have been published. This specimen is of the lower- 
altitude form of the species - i.e. with leaves having 
relatively light indumentum on adaxial surfaces. 
See notes under C. rutidolepis, C. gunnianum and C. 
scorpioides relating to plants of somewhat intermediate 
character. 
The type specimen has been selected to represent the 
commonest, most widespread form (in my experience), 
rather than the very reduced, woolly tomentose form 
encountered on exposed summits. 
Conservation status: Widespread in montane to 
alpine areas through its range and well represented in 
national parks and other reserves. It is not regarded as 
rare or threatened. 
Etymology: From the Latin mons - mountain and cola 
- a dweller, referring to its habitat. 
4. Coronidium scorpioides (Labill.) Paul G.Wilson, 
Nuytsio 18:326 (2008) 
Helichrysum scorpioides Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. Sp. 2:45, t. 
191 (1806); N.C.W. Beadle et al., Handb. Vase. PI. Sydney 
Dist. 386 (1962); W.M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tasmania 2:328,329 
(1963) p.p.; N.T. Burbidge & M. Gray, FI.A.C.T. 383 (1970); 
N.C.W. Beadle et al., FI. Sydney Region 475 (1963, 1972); 
L. Haegi in J.P. Jessop & H.R.Toelken (eds), FI. S. Australia 
3:1529 1986); A. Fairley & P. Moore, Native PI. Sydney 
District 317 (1989); G.R.A. Dashorst & J.P. Jessop, PI. 
Adelaide Plains & Hills 150, 151 (1990); L. Robinson, Field 
Muelleria 
25 

Page image

783748 Helichrysum scorpioides pygmaea Muelleria 32: 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718917
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685
957175 Helichrysum scorpioides pygmaea Muelleria 32: 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718917
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685
957190 Helichrysum semipapposum gunnianum Muelleria 32: 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718921
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685
783754 Helichrysum semipapposum gunnianum Muelleria 32: 27
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718923
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685
957195 Olearia adenophora Muelleria 32: 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718932
Page is part of the work Notes on Olearia (Asteraceae: Astereae) in south-east Australia: O. tenuifolia, O. adenophora and description of a new species endemic to eastern Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.295686

Page text

Walsh 
tenuifolia at MEL collected prior to 1887, 18 years 
after Mueller's description of E. adenophora, further 
suggesting that Mueller had no previous access to 
material of that name. 
Taxonomy 
Olearia tenuifolia (DC.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 
(1867) 
Eurybia tenuifolia DC., Prodr. 5:269 (1836) 
Type : NEW SOUTH WALES. Among dense shrubs 
investing the base of a pine ( Callitris ) range in the 
country on the north of the Cageegang [Cudgegong] 
River, A. Cunningham 4, May 1825 (lecto, here selected: 
G-DC, photo seen). 
Eurybia tenuifolia var. bathurstiana DC., Prodr. 5:269 
(1836). Type: New South Wales. ... in barren scrub near 
Bathurst, A. Cunningham 13, 13 April 1817. (holo: G-DC, 
photo seen). 
Eurybia adenophora F.Muell., Fragm. 1:111 (1859). 
Type: Victoria. 'Ad latera montium petraeorum juxta 
flumen McAllister alt. 2-3000', Jan 1859, F. Mueller s.n. 
(holo: MEL 681752; iso: K, photo seen). 
Aster adenophorus (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 
(1865) 
Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 
(1865), nom. inval., (name appears in synonymy only) 
Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 
(1867) 
Olearia rupicola J.H.Willis, nom. inval., (unpubl. name 
on herbarium sheet only) 
Olearia curticoma N.G.Walsh sp. nov. 
Type : VICTORIA. Mitchell River National Park, 
Billygoat Bend, N.G.Walsh 7813, J.P. Walsh & RJ. Bilney 
(holo: MEL 2369577; iso: CANB, K, NSW, PERTH, S). 
Differs from O. tenuifolia in the glabrous leaves and 
stems, leaves without a recurved margin in vivo, capitula 
with white ray florets, and conspicuously shorter 
pappus bristles which are not or barely longer than the 
ripe cypsela. 
Erect shrub to c. 3.5 m high; branchlets glabrous, viscid 
from a copious exudate, slightly ridged from decurrencies 
extending from leaf midrib and margins. Leaves 
alternate, sessile, linear, 11-22 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm 
wide, acute, glabrous except for a few very fine, simple 
eglandular hairs on margins and abaxial midrib wh$n 
young, but these soon caducous; lamina slightly 
discolorous, paler beneath; margin entire, plane in vivo, 
but appearing thickened or recurved on drying. Capitula 
18-25 mm diam., solitary, terminal or subterminal 
on bracteate peduncles 8-25 mm long, lower bracts 
resembling leaves, upper bracts grading to those of 
the involucre; involucre ±conical, 5-7 mm long; bracts 
irregularly 3-4-seriate, graduating, the outermost c 2 
mm long, the innermost c. 5 mm long, all subulate, c 1 
mm wide, glabrous, viscid with sessile glands. Receptacle 
with fine erect ridges between florets. Ray florets 10-16, 
white, ligules 9-12 mm long; disc florets about twice as 
many as ray florets, yellow. Cypsela icylindrical, c. 2.5-3 
mm long, with 5 or 6 prominent pale ribs at maturity, 
sericeous; pappus bristles scabrous, the longest equal 
to, or slightly longer than body of cypsela, to 3 mm long, 
pale or slightly rufescent. Flowers December-May (5 
records). (Figs 1-3). 
Specimens examined: (all from type locality) 16.xii.1972, 
K. C. Rogers s.n. (MEL); 17.v.1975, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL, ?NSW); AC. 
Beauglehole 41739 (LTB, MEL); J. Turner 1077 (MEL). 
Distribution and habitat: Olearia curticoma occurs 
in dry open forest dominated by Eucalyptus sieberi 
L. A.SJohnson with other common components 
being Cassinia longifolia R.Br, Dodonaea viscosa subsp. 
Figure 1. Flowering stem of Olearia curticoma 
(photograph J.Eichler) 
36 
Vol 32,2014 

Page image

957196 Olearia adenophora Muelleria 32: 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718932
Page is part of the work Notes on Olearia (Asteraceae: Astereae) in south-east Australia: O. tenuifolia, O. adenophora and description of a new species endemic to eastern Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.295686

Page text

Walsh 
tenuifolia at MEL collected prior to 1887, 18 years 
after Mueller's description of E. adenophora, further 
suggesting that Mueller had no previous access to 
material of that name. 
Taxonomy 
Olearia tenuifolia (DC.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 
(1867) 
Eurybia tenuifolia DC., Prodr. 5:269 (1836) 
Type : NEW SOUTH WALES. Among dense shrubs 
investing the base of a pine ( Callitris ) range in the 
country on the north of the Cageegang [Cudgegong] 
River, A. Cunningham 4, May 1825 (lecto, here selected: 
G-DC, photo seen). 
Eurybia tenuifolia var. bathurstiana DC., Prodr. 5:269 
(1836). Type: New South Wales. ... in barren scrub near 
Bathurst, A. Cunningham 13, 13 April 1817. (holo: G-DC, 
photo seen). 
Eurybia adenophora F.Muell., Fragm. 1:111 (1859). 
Type: Victoria. 'Ad latera montium petraeorum juxta 
flumen McAllister alt. 2-3000', Jan 1859, F. Mueller s.n. 
(holo: MEL 681752; iso: K, photo seen). 
Aster adenophorus (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 
(1865) 
Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 
(1865), nom. inval., (name appears in synonymy only) 
Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 
(1867) 
Olearia rupicola J.H.Willis, nom. inval., (unpubl. name 
on herbarium sheet only) 
Olearia curticoma N.G.Walsh sp. nov. 
Type : VICTORIA. Mitchell River National Park, 
Billygoat Bend, N.G.Walsh 7813, J.P. Walsh & RJ. Bilney 
(holo: MEL 2369577; iso: CANB, K, NSW, PERTH, S). 
Differs from O. tenuifolia in the glabrous leaves and 
stems, leaves without a recurved margin in vivo, capitula 
with white ray florets, and conspicuously shorter 
pappus bristles which are not or barely longer than the 
ripe cypsela. 
Erect shrub to c. 3.5 m high; branchlets glabrous, viscid 
from a copious exudate, slightly ridged from decurrencies 
extending from leaf midrib and margins. Leaves 
alternate, sessile, linear, 11-22 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm 
wide, acute, glabrous except for a few very fine, simple 
eglandular hairs on margins and abaxial midrib wh$n 
young, but these soon caducous; lamina slightly 
discolorous, paler beneath; margin entire, plane in vivo, 
but appearing thickened or recurved on drying. Capitula 
18-25 mm diam., solitary, terminal or subterminal 
on bracteate peduncles 8-25 mm long, lower bracts 
resembling leaves, upper bracts grading to those of 
the involucre; involucre ±conical, 5-7 mm long; bracts 
irregularly 3-4-seriate, graduating, the outermost c 2 
mm long, the innermost c. 5 mm long, all subulate, c 1 
mm wide, glabrous, viscid with sessile glands. Receptacle 
with fine erect ridges between florets. Ray florets 10-16, 
white, ligules 9-12 mm long; disc florets about twice as 
many as ray florets, yellow. Cypsela icylindrical, c. 2.5-3 
mm long, with 5 or 6 prominent pale ribs at maturity, 
sericeous; pappus bristles scabrous, the longest equal 
to, or slightly longer than body of cypsela, to 3 mm long, 
pale or slightly rufescent. Flowers December-May (5 
records). (Figs 1-3). 
Specimens examined: (all from type locality) 16.xii.1972, 
K. C. Rogers s.n. (MEL); 17.v.1975, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL, ?NSW); AC. 
Beauglehole 41739 (LTB, MEL); J. Turner 1077 (MEL). 
Distribution and habitat: Olearia curticoma occurs 
in dry open forest dominated by Eucalyptus sieberi 
L. A.SJohnson with other common components 
being Cassinia longifolia R.Br, Dodonaea viscosa subsp. 
Figure 1. Flowering stem of Olearia curticoma 
(photograph J.Eichler) 
36 
Vol 32,2014 

Page image

783759 Olearia curticoma Muelleria 32: 36-38, Fig 1-3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 32: 36-38, Fig 1-3".

783756 Olearia tenuifolia Muelleria 32: 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718932
Page is part of the work Notes on Olearia (Asteraceae: Astereae) in south-east Australia: O. tenuifolia, O. adenophora and description of a new species endemic to eastern Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.295686

Page text

Walsh 
tenuifolia at MEL collected prior to 1887, 18 years 
after Mueller's description of E. adenophora, further 
suggesting that Mueller had no previous access to 
material of that name. 
Taxonomy 
Olearia tenuifolia (DC.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 
(1867) 
Eurybia tenuifolia DC., Prodr. 5:269 (1836) 
Type : NEW SOUTH WALES. Among dense shrubs 
investing the base of a pine ( Callitris ) range in the 
country on the north of the Cageegang [Cudgegong] 
River, A. Cunningham 4, May 1825 (lecto, here selected: 
G-DC, photo seen). 
Eurybia tenuifolia var. bathurstiana DC., Prodr. 5:269 
(1836). Type: New South Wales. ... in barren scrub near 
Bathurst, A. Cunningham 13, 13 April 1817. (holo: G-DC, 
photo seen). 
Eurybia adenophora F.Muell., Fragm. 1:111 (1859). 
Type: Victoria. 'Ad latera montium petraeorum juxta 
flumen McAllister alt. 2-3000', Jan 1859, F. Mueller s.n. 
(holo: MEL 681752; iso: K, photo seen). 
Aster adenophorus (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 
(1865) 
Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) F.Muell., Fragm. 5: 78 
(1865), nom. inval., (name appears in synonymy only) 
Olearia adenophora (F.Muell.) Benth., FI. Austral. 3:486 
(1867) 
Olearia rupicola J.H.Willis, nom. inval., (unpubl. name 
on herbarium sheet only) 
Olearia curticoma N.G.Walsh sp. nov. 
Type : VICTORIA. Mitchell River National Park, 
Billygoat Bend, N.G.Walsh 7813, J.P. Walsh & RJ. Bilney 
(holo: MEL 2369577; iso: CANB, K, NSW, PERTH, S). 
Differs from O. tenuifolia in the glabrous leaves and 
stems, leaves without a recurved margin in vivo, capitula 
with white ray florets, and conspicuously shorter 
pappus bristles which are not or barely longer than the 
ripe cypsela. 
Erect shrub to c. 3.5 m high; branchlets glabrous, viscid 
from a copious exudate, slightly ridged from decurrencies 
extending from leaf midrib and margins. Leaves 
alternate, sessile, linear, 11-22 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm 
wide, acute, glabrous except for a few very fine, simple 
eglandular hairs on margins and abaxial midrib wh$n 
young, but these soon caducous; lamina slightly 
discolorous, paler beneath; margin entire, plane in vivo, 
but appearing thickened or recurved on drying. Capitula 
18-25 mm diam., solitary, terminal or subterminal 
on bracteate peduncles 8-25 mm long, lower bracts 
resembling leaves, upper bracts grading to those of 
the involucre; involucre ±conical, 5-7 mm long; bracts 
irregularly 3-4-seriate, graduating, the outermost c 2 
mm long, the innermost c. 5 mm long, all subulate, c 1 
mm wide, glabrous, viscid with sessile glands. Receptacle 
with fine erect ridges between florets. Ray florets 10-16, 
white, ligules 9-12 mm long; disc florets about twice as 
many as ray florets, yellow. Cypsela icylindrical, c. 2.5-3 
mm long, with 5 or 6 prominent pale ribs at maturity, 
sericeous; pappus bristles scabrous, the longest equal 
to, or slightly longer than body of cypsela, to 3 mm long, 
pale or slightly rufescent. Flowers December-May (5 
records). (Figs 1-3). 
Specimens examined: (all from type locality) 16.xii.1972, 
K. C. Rogers s.n. (MEL); 17.v.1975, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL, ?NSW); AC. 
Beauglehole 41739 (LTB, MEL); J. Turner 1077 (MEL). 
Distribution and habitat: Olearia curticoma occurs 
in dry open forest dominated by Eucalyptus sieberi 
L. A.SJohnson with other common components 
being Cassinia longifolia R.Br, Dodonaea viscosa subsp. 
Figure 1. Flowering stem of Olearia curticoma 
(photograph J.Eichler) 
36 
Vol 32,2014 

Page image

783760 Picris hieracioides Muelleria 32: 39-47, Figs 1, 2
783741 Pluchea macdonnellensis Muelleria 32: 4-7, Figs 1, 2 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 32: 4-7, Figs 1, 2 (map)".

957163 Pluchea sp. Ormiston (H.D.V.Prendegast 66) Albr. Muelleria 32: 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718900
Page is part of the work A new herbaceous species of Pluchea (Asteraceae: Plucheinae) from central Australia, doi:10.5962/p.295683
957189 Xeranthemum scorpioides Muelleria 32: 25
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59718921
Page is part of the work A revision of the Coronidium scorpioides (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.295685
3678315 Alpine Muelleria 33: 64
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609019
Page is part of the work Description of a new species allied to Podolepis robusta (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) from the south-eastern Australian Alps, doi:10.5962/p.292252

Page text

Frood 
upper part, 2.5-3.0 mm long. (Figs 1 b, 3 ). AlpinePodolepis, 
Cattleman's Lettuce, Mountain Lettuce. 
Selected specimens (from c. 165) examined: NEW SOUTH 
WALES. 6 miles [10 km] east of Kiandra, 26.ii.1952, N.T. Burbidge 
3805 (CANB); Approx. 300 m from Charlottes Pass on track to 
Blue Lake, Kosciusko National Park, 15.iii.1977, D. Verdon 2649, 
B. Barnsley & D. Young (CANB); Schlink Pass Road, Spur above 
descent to Geehi, Kosciusko National Park, 3011964, ALE 
Phillips s.n. (CBG 41240); 3.2 km from Grey Mare Track turnoff, 
along Happy Jacks Road, towards Happy Jacks Pondage, Snowy 
Mountains, 17.i.1966, EJ. Carrol 126 (CANB); One mile [1.6 km] 
from Beacon Hill Track towards Happys Hut, Happy Jacks Plains, 
Snowy Mountains, 20.i.1966, EM Canning s.n. (CBG 14455). 
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY. Between Pryors Hut and 
Mt Ginini, Brindabella Range, 19.L1983, R. Coveny 11541 & 
P. Hind (CANB); Ginini Flats just north of Mt Ginini, 1 l.ii.1975, 
T.A. Halliday 318 (CANB). VICTORIA. Snow plain at base of Mt 
McLeod, Mt Buffalo National Park, 27J.1982, P.5. Short 1385 
(CANB, MEL); Snowy Plains, 1 .ii.1982, E.A. Chesterfield 1603 
(MEL); Lost Plain, 44 km NE of Licola, 7.iii.1993, PCJobson 1993 
(MEL); Mt Buller, between peak and Little Mt Buller, 29.L1983, 
C.W. Higgins 71 (MEL); Mt Stirling, near summit, 3011982, M.G. 
Corrick 7948 {MEL). 
Distribution and habitat: Reasonably common 
and widespread throughout the Australian Alps 
Biogeographic Region (Commonwealth of Australia 
2012), from Mt Ginini (Namadgi National Park, Australian 
Capital Territory), through the Snowy Mountains (New 
South Wales) and virtually throughout the Victorian alps 
and subalps as far south as the Baw Baw Plateau. 
Podolepis robusta usually occurs above the ( Eucalyptus 
pauciflora) treeline (or below where the treeline is 
Figure 2. Podolepis laciniata, Big River Fire Trail, Bogong High Plains, Victoria (photograph N. Walsh) 
64 
Vol 33 

Page image

3678326 Black Muelleria 33: 70
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609025
Page is part of the work Eucalyptus ambigua is not the correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.292253

Page text

Salas and Gray 
possibility that G00131709 was collected from just such 
a clinal population between the two species, exhibiting 
characters from both parents. 
In conclusion, the type of £ ambigua is not consistent 
with the range of morphological variation encountered 
in £ nitida. Its fruit size is within the range of £ tenuiramis, 
however the lack of any glaucous character strongly 
indicates a degree of introgression with another 
peppermint, most likely £ nitida. The type of £ ambigua 
was collected in an area of Tasmania where clinal forms 
between the two species are known to occur. Due to 
the taxonomic uncertainty regarding its type, and the 
possibility of its clinal origin, the name £ ambigua DC. 
should not be taken up. Eucalyptus ambigua is certainly 
not applicable to the Smithton Peppermint, which we 
reinstate as £ nitida. It may be prudent to formally reject 
the name £ ambigua so that its identity no longer needs 
to be considered and the name cannot be applied to 
any species of Eucalyptus. 
Taxonomy 
Eucalyptus ambigua DC., Prodr. [A. P. de Candolle] 
3:219(1828) 
Type: TASMANIA. New Holland [SE Tasmania], 
JJ.H. Labillardiere s.n., s.d. [1792-1793] (lecto: G-DC 
[G000131709] fide Bean (2009)). 
Identity doubtful, most likely a clinal form between 
Eucalyptus nitida and £ tenuiramis. 
Eucalyptus amygdalina La bill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2:14 
t.154 (1806) 
Type: TASMANIA, 'in capite Van-Diemen'. 
Eucalyptus salicifolia Cav., Icon. PI. 4(1): 24 (1797) (as 
'salicifolius'). Type not cited. 
Eucalyptus glandulosa Desf., Catalogus Plantarum 
Horti Regii Parisiensis, ed. 3, 284, 408 (1829). 7ype:'H. p. 
N. Holl. Temp'. 
Common name: Black Peppermint. 
80 
70 
60 
50 
cr 
<u 
40 
30 
20 
10 
J 
<3- LO LD LO <£> 
^ in 
in 
ID 
X 
□ 
m oo in cn 
oo 
in 
CD 
o in 
o 
o , 
in rM 
Fruit diameter (mm) 
□ £ tenuiramis 
■ £. nitida 
X £. ambigua 
Figure 2. Histogram showing frequency of occurrence of fruit diameters for Eucalyptus nitida and £ tenuiramis (measured from 
three separate fruits in 96 specimens of each) along with the same measurement for the type of £ ambigua 
70 
Vol 33 

Page image

3678316 Cattleman Muelleria 33: 63
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609018
Page is part of the work Description of a new species allied to Podolepis robusta (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) from the south-eastern Australian Alps, doi:10.5962/p.292252
3678321 Eucalyptus ambigua Muelleria 33: 70
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609025
Page is part of the work Eucalyptus ambigua is not the correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.292253

Page text

Salas and Gray 
possibility that G00131709 was collected from just such 
a clinal population between the two species, exhibiting 
characters from both parents. 
In conclusion, the type of £ ambigua is not consistent 
with the range of morphological variation encountered 
in £ nitida. Its fruit size is within the range of £ tenuiramis, 
however the lack of any glaucous character strongly 
indicates a degree of introgression with another 
peppermint, most likely £ nitida. The type of £ ambigua 
was collected in an area of Tasmania where clinal forms 
between the two species are known to occur. Due to 
the taxonomic uncertainty regarding its type, and the 
possibility of its clinal origin, the name £ ambigua DC. 
should not be taken up. Eucalyptus ambigua is certainly 
not applicable to the Smithton Peppermint, which we 
reinstate as £ nitida. It may be prudent to formally reject 
the name £ ambigua so that its identity no longer needs 
to be considered and the name cannot be applied to 
any species of Eucalyptus. 
Taxonomy 
Eucalyptus ambigua DC., Prodr. [A. P. de Candolle] 
3:219(1828) 
Type: TASMANIA. New Holland [SE Tasmania], 
JJ.H. Labillardiere s.n., s.d. [1792-1793] (lecto: G-DC 
[G000131709] fide Bean (2009)). 
Identity doubtful, most likely a clinal form between 
Eucalyptus nitida and £ tenuiramis. 
Eucalyptus amygdalina La bill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2:14 
t.154 (1806) 
Type: TASMANIA, 'in capite Van-Diemen'. 
Eucalyptus salicifolia Cav., Icon. PI. 4(1): 24 (1797) (as 
'salicifolius'). Type not cited. 
Eucalyptus glandulosa Desf., Catalogus Plantarum 
Horti Regii Parisiensis, ed. 3, 284, 408 (1829). 7ype:'H. p. 
N. Holl. Temp'. 
Common name: Black Peppermint. 
80 
70 
60 
50 
cr 
<u 
40 
30 
20 
10 
J 
<3- LO LD LO <£> 
^ in 
in 
ID 
X 
□ 
m oo in cn 
oo 
in 
CD 
o in 
o 
o , 
in rM 
Fruit diameter (mm) 
□ £ tenuiramis 
■ £. nitida 
X £. ambigua 
Figure 2. Histogram showing frequency of occurrence of fruit diameters for Eucalyptus nitida and £ tenuiramis (measured from 
three separate fruits in 96 specimens of each) along with the same measurement for the type of £ ambigua 
70 
Vol 33 

Page image

3678323 Eucalyptus amygdalina Muelleria 33: 70
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609025
Page is part of the work Eucalyptus ambigua is not the correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.292253

Page text

Salas and Gray 
possibility that G00131709 was collected from just such 
a clinal population between the two species, exhibiting 
characters from both parents. 
In conclusion, the type of £ ambigua is not consistent 
with the range of morphological variation encountered 
in £ nitida. Its fruit size is within the range of £ tenuiramis, 
however the lack of any glaucous character strongly 
indicates a degree of introgression with another 
peppermint, most likely £ nitida. The type of £ ambigua 
was collected in an area of Tasmania where clinal forms 
between the two species are known to occur. Due to 
the taxonomic uncertainty regarding its type, and the 
possibility of its clinal origin, the name £ ambigua DC. 
should not be taken up. Eucalyptus ambigua is certainly 
not applicable to the Smithton Peppermint, which we 
reinstate as £ nitida. It may be prudent to formally reject 
the name £ ambigua so that its identity no longer needs 
to be considered and the name cannot be applied to 
any species of Eucalyptus. 
Taxonomy 
Eucalyptus ambigua DC., Prodr. [A. P. de Candolle] 
3:219(1828) 
Type: TASMANIA. New Holland [SE Tasmania], 
JJ.H. Labillardiere s.n., s.d. [1792-1793] (lecto: G-DC 
[G000131709] fide Bean (2009)). 
Identity doubtful, most likely a clinal form between 
Eucalyptus nitida and £ tenuiramis. 
Eucalyptus amygdalina La bill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2:14 
t.154 (1806) 
Type: TASMANIA, 'in capite Van-Diemen'. 
Eucalyptus salicifolia Cav., Icon. PI. 4(1): 24 (1797) (as 
'salicifolius'). Type not cited. 
Eucalyptus glandulosa Desf., Catalogus Plantarum 
Horti Regii Parisiensis, ed. 3, 284, 408 (1829). 7ype:'H. p. 
N. Holl. Temp'. 
Common name: Black Peppermint. 
80 
70 
60 
50 
cr 
<u 
40 
30 
20 
10 
J 
<3- LO LD LO <£> 
^ in 
in 
ID 
X 
□ 
m oo in cn 
oo 
in 
CD 
o in 
o 
o , 
in rM 
Fruit diameter (mm) 
□ £ tenuiramis 
■ £. nitida 
X £. ambigua 
Figure 2. Histogram showing frequency of occurrence of fruit diameters for Eucalyptus nitida and £ tenuiramis (measured from 
three separate fruits in 96 specimens of each) along with the same measurement for the type of £ ambigua 
70 
Vol 33 

Page image

3678329 Eucalyptus amygdalina nitida Muelleria 33: 73
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609028
Page is part of the work Eucalyptus ambigua is not the correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.292253
3678330 Eucalyptus australiana nitida Muelleria 33: 73
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609028
Page is part of the work Eucalyptus ambigua is not the correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.292253
3678327 Eucalyptus glandulosa Muelleria 33: 70
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609025
Page is part of the work Eucalyptus ambigua is not the correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.292253

Page text

Salas and Gray 
possibility that G00131709 was collected from just such 
a clinal population between the two species, exhibiting 
characters from both parents. 
In conclusion, the type of £ ambigua is not consistent 
with the range of morphological variation encountered 
in £ nitida. Its fruit size is within the range of £ tenuiramis, 
however the lack of any glaucous character strongly 
indicates a degree of introgression with another 
peppermint, most likely £ nitida. The type of £ ambigua 
was collected in an area of Tasmania where clinal forms 
between the two species are known to occur. Due to 
the taxonomic uncertainty regarding its type, and the 
possibility of its clinal origin, the name £ ambigua DC. 
should not be taken up. Eucalyptus ambigua is certainly 
not applicable to the Smithton Peppermint, which we 
reinstate as £ nitida. It may be prudent to formally reject 
the name £ ambigua so that its identity no longer needs 
to be considered and the name cannot be applied to 
any species of Eucalyptus. 
Taxonomy 
Eucalyptus ambigua DC., Prodr. [A. P. de Candolle] 
3:219(1828) 
Type: TASMANIA. New Holland [SE Tasmania], 
JJ.H. Labillardiere s.n., s.d. [1792-1793] (lecto: G-DC 
[G000131709] fide Bean (2009)). 
Identity doubtful, most likely a clinal form between 
Eucalyptus nitida and £ tenuiramis. 
Eucalyptus amygdalina La bill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2:14 
t.154 (1806) 
Type: TASMANIA, 'in capite Van-Diemen'. 
Eucalyptus salicifolia Cav., Icon. PI. 4(1): 24 (1797) (as 
'salicifolius'). Type not cited. 
Eucalyptus glandulosa Desf., Catalogus Plantarum 
Horti Regii Parisiensis, ed. 3, 284, 408 (1829). 7ype:'H. p. 
N. Holl. Temp'. 
Common name: Black Peppermint. 
80 
70 
60 
50 
cr 
<u 
40 
30 
20 
10 
J 
<3- LO LD LO <£> 
^ in 
in 
ID 
X 
□ 
m oo in cn 
oo 
in 
CD 
o in 
o 
o , 
in rM 
Fruit diameter (mm) 
□ £ tenuiramis 
■ £. nitida 
X £. ambigua 
Figure 2. Histogram showing frequency of occurrence of fruit diameters for Eucalyptus nitida and £ tenuiramis (measured from 
three separate fruits in 96 specimens of each) along with the same measurement for the type of £ ambigua 
70 
Vol 33 

Page image

3678328 Eucalyptus nitida Muelleria 33: 73
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609028
Page is part of the work Eucalyptus ambigua is not the correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.292253

Page text

The correct name for the Smithton Peppermint 
Eucalyptus nitida Hook.f., Bot. Antarct. Voy. III. (FI. 
Tasman.) 1:137, t. 29(1856) 
Eucalyptus amygdalina var. nitida (Hook.f.) Benth., FI. 
Austral. 3: 203 (1867); £ australiana var. nitida (Hook.f.) 
Ewart, FI. Victoria 833 (1931). Type: Tasmania. Circular 
Head, R.C. Gunn 808, 21 Jan 1837 (lecto: K [K000279983], 
fide Chippendale (1988)). 
Eucalyptus simmondsii Maiden, Crit. Rev. Eucalyptus 6 : 
344 (1923). 7ype: Tasmania. Smithton, J.FI. Simmondss.n., 
27 May 1921 (syntypes: NSW [NSW337342, 337343]). 
Common name: Smithton Peppermint. 
Eucalyptus tenuiramis Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 
128(1856) 
Type: TASMANIA. Van Diemensland [?near Southport 
(Chippendale 1988)], C. Stuart 1 l.s.d. [1842-1857] (Holo: 
U [U0004997]). 
Eucalyptus tasmanica Blakely, Key Eucalypts 225 (1934) 
p.p. (description only, see Gray 1976). 
Common name: Silver Peppermint. 
Acknowledgements 
The authors would like to thank Dr Gintaras Kantvilas 
(Tasmanian Herbarium), Dean Nicolle (Currency Creek 
Arboretum) and Professor Brad Potts (University of 
Tasmania) for discussions and feedback on this work. 
References 
Bean, A.R. (2009). Eucalyptus ambigua DC. (Myrtaceae), the 
correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania. 
Muelleria 27,227-229. 
Bentham, G. (1867).' Eucalyptus ', in Flora Australiensis 3, 185— 
261. L. Reeve & Co.: London. 
Blakely, W.F. (1934). A key to the eucalypts. The Worker Trustees: 
Sydney. 
Candolle, A.P. de (1828). 'Myrtaceae', in A.P. de Candolle (ed.), 
Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabili 3,207-296. 
Chippendale, G.M. (1988).' Eucalyptus', in A.S. George (ed.), Flora 
of Australia 19, 191-192. Australian Government Publishing 
Service: Canberra. 
Duncan, F. (1989). Systematic affinities, hybridisation and clinal 
variation within Tasmanian eucalypts. Tasforests 1,13-26. 
Gray, A.M. (1976). A note on the relationship of Eucalyptus 
risdonii Hook.f. var. elata Benth. to Eucalyptus delegatensis 
R.T.Baker. Muelleria 3,197-198 
Hooker, J.D. (1856). The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. 
Discovery ships Erebus and Terror. III. Flora Tasmaniae. Reeve 
& Co.: London 
Labillardiere, JJ.H. (1806). Novae Hollandiae Plantaruni 
Specimen 2, 14. Ex typographia Domiae Huzard: Paris. 
Maiden, J.H. (1905). IX. 'Eucalyptus amygdalina Labile in A 
critical revision of the genus Eucalyptus 1, 149-167. William 
Applegate Gullick, Government Printer: Sydney. 
Miquel, F.A.W. (1856). Stirpes novo-Hollandas a Ferd. Mullero 
collectas. Nederlandsch Kruidkundig Archief A, 97-150. 
Muelleria 
73 

Page image

3678324 Eucalyptus salicifolia Muelleria 33: 70
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609025
Page is part of the work Eucalyptus ambigua is not the correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.292253

Page text

Salas and Gray 
possibility that G00131709 was collected from just such 
a clinal population between the two species, exhibiting 
characters from both parents. 
In conclusion, the type of £ ambigua is not consistent 
with the range of morphological variation encountered 
in £ nitida. Its fruit size is within the range of £ tenuiramis, 
however the lack of any glaucous character strongly 
indicates a degree of introgression with another 
peppermint, most likely £ nitida. The type of £ ambigua 
was collected in an area of Tasmania where clinal forms 
between the two species are known to occur. Due to 
the taxonomic uncertainty regarding its type, and the 
possibility of its clinal origin, the name £ ambigua DC. 
should not be taken up. Eucalyptus ambigua is certainly 
not applicable to the Smithton Peppermint, which we 
reinstate as £ nitida. It may be prudent to formally reject 
the name £ ambigua so that its identity no longer needs 
to be considered and the name cannot be applied to 
any species of Eucalyptus. 
Taxonomy 
Eucalyptus ambigua DC., Prodr. [A. P. de Candolle] 
3:219(1828) 
Type: TASMANIA. New Holland [SE Tasmania], 
JJ.H. Labillardiere s.n., s.d. [1792-1793] (lecto: G-DC 
[G000131709] fide Bean (2009)). 
Identity doubtful, most likely a clinal form between 
Eucalyptus nitida and £ tenuiramis. 
Eucalyptus amygdalina La bill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2:14 
t.154 (1806) 
Type: TASMANIA, 'in capite Van-Diemen'. 
Eucalyptus salicifolia Cav., Icon. PI. 4(1): 24 (1797) (as 
'salicifolius'). Type not cited. 
Eucalyptus glandulosa Desf., Catalogus Plantarum 
Horti Regii Parisiensis, ed. 3, 284, 408 (1829). 7ype:'H. p. 
N. Holl. Temp'. 
Common name: Black Peppermint. 
80 
70 
60 
50 
cr 
<u 
40 
30 
20 
10 
J 
<3- LO LD LO <£> 
^ in 
in 
ID 
X 
□ 
m oo in cn 
oo 
in 
CD 
o in 
o 
o , 
in rM 
Fruit diameter (mm) 
□ £ tenuiramis 
■ £. nitida 
X £. ambigua 
Figure 2. Histogram showing frequency of occurrence of fruit diameters for Eucalyptus nitida and £ tenuiramis (measured from 
three separate fruits in 96 specimens of each) along with the same measurement for the type of £ ambigua 
70 
Vol 33 

Page image

3678325 Eucalyptus salicifolius Muelleria 33: 70
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609025
Page is part of the work Eucalyptus ambigua is not the correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.292253

Page text

Salas and Gray 
possibility that G00131709 was collected from just such 
a clinal population between the two species, exhibiting 
characters from both parents. 
In conclusion, the type of £ ambigua is not consistent 
with the range of morphological variation encountered 
in £ nitida. Its fruit size is within the range of £ tenuiramis, 
however the lack of any glaucous character strongly 
indicates a degree of introgression with another 
peppermint, most likely £ nitida. The type of £ ambigua 
was collected in an area of Tasmania where clinal forms 
between the two species are known to occur. Due to 
the taxonomic uncertainty regarding its type, and the 
possibility of its clinal origin, the name £ ambigua DC. 
should not be taken up. Eucalyptus ambigua is certainly 
not applicable to the Smithton Peppermint, which we 
reinstate as £ nitida. It may be prudent to formally reject 
the name £ ambigua so that its identity no longer needs 
to be considered and the name cannot be applied to 
any species of Eucalyptus. 
Taxonomy 
Eucalyptus ambigua DC., Prodr. [A. P. de Candolle] 
3:219(1828) 
Type: TASMANIA. New Holland [SE Tasmania], 
JJ.H. Labillardiere s.n., s.d. [1792-1793] (lecto: G-DC 
[G000131709] fide Bean (2009)). 
Identity doubtful, most likely a clinal form between 
Eucalyptus nitida and £ tenuiramis. 
Eucalyptus amygdalina La bill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2:14 
t.154 (1806) 
Type: TASMANIA, 'in capite Van-Diemen'. 
Eucalyptus salicifolia Cav., Icon. PI. 4(1): 24 (1797) (as 
'salicifolius'). Type not cited. 
Eucalyptus glandulosa Desf., Catalogus Plantarum 
Horti Regii Parisiensis, ed. 3, 284, 408 (1829). 7ype:'H. p. 
N. Holl. Temp'. 
Common name: Black Peppermint. 
80 
70 
60 
50 
cr 
<u 
40 
30 
20 
10 
J 
<3- LO LD LO <£> 
^ in 
in 
ID 
X 
□ 
m oo in cn 
oo 
in 
CD 
o in 
o 
o , 
in rM 
Fruit diameter (mm) 
□ £ tenuiramis 
■ £. nitida 
X £. ambigua 
Figure 2. Histogram showing frequency of occurrence of fruit diameters for Eucalyptus nitida and £ tenuiramis (measured from 
three separate fruits in 96 specimens of each) along with the same measurement for the type of £ ambigua 
70 
Vol 33 

Page image

3678331 Eucalyptus simmondsii Muelleria 33: 73
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609028
Page is part of the work Eucalyptus ambigua is not the correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.292253

Page text

The correct name for the Smithton Peppermint 
Eucalyptus nitida Hook.f., Bot. Antarct. Voy. III. (FI. 
Tasman.) 1:137, t. 29(1856) 
Eucalyptus amygdalina var. nitida (Hook.f.) Benth., FI. 
Austral. 3: 203 (1867); £ australiana var. nitida (Hook.f.) 
Ewart, FI. Victoria 833 (1931). Type: Tasmania. Circular 
Head, R.C. Gunn 808, 21 Jan 1837 (lecto: K [K000279983], 
fide Chippendale (1988)). 
Eucalyptus simmondsii Maiden, Crit. Rev. Eucalyptus 6 : 
344 (1923). 7ype: Tasmania. Smithton, J.FI. Simmondss.n., 
27 May 1921 (syntypes: NSW [NSW337342, 337343]). 
Common name: Smithton Peppermint. 
Eucalyptus tenuiramis Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 
128(1856) 
Type: TASMANIA. Van Diemensland [?near Southport 
(Chippendale 1988)], C. Stuart 1 l.s.d. [1842-1857] (Holo: 
U [U0004997]). 
Eucalyptus tasmanica Blakely, Key Eucalypts 225 (1934) 
p.p. (description only, see Gray 1976). 
Common name: Silver Peppermint. 
Acknowledgements 
The authors would like to thank Dr Gintaras Kantvilas 
(Tasmanian Herbarium), Dean Nicolle (Currency Creek 
Arboretum) and Professor Brad Potts (University of 
Tasmania) for discussions and feedback on this work. 
References 
Bean, A.R. (2009). Eucalyptus ambigua DC. (Myrtaceae), the 
correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania. 
Muelleria 27,227-229. 
Bentham, G. (1867).' Eucalyptus ', in Flora Australiensis 3, 185— 
261. L. Reeve & Co.: London. 
Blakely, W.F. (1934). A key to the eucalypts. The Worker Trustees: 
Sydney. 
Candolle, A.P. de (1828). 'Myrtaceae', in A.P. de Candolle (ed.), 
Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabili 3,207-296. 
Chippendale, G.M. (1988).' Eucalyptus', in A.S. George (ed.), Flora 
of Australia 19, 191-192. Australian Government Publishing 
Service: Canberra. 
Duncan, F. (1989). Systematic affinities, hybridisation and clinal 
variation within Tasmanian eucalypts. Tasforests 1,13-26. 
Gray, A.M. (1976). A note on the relationship of Eucalyptus 
risdonii Hook.f. var. elata Benth. to Eucalyptus delegatensis 
R.T.Baker. Muelleria 3,197-198 
Hooker, J.D. (1856). The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. 
Discovery ships Erebus and Terror. III. Flora Tasmaniae. Reeve 
& Co.: London 
Labillardiere, JJ.H. (1806). Novae Hollandiae Plantaruni 
Specimen 2, 14. Ex typographia Domiae Huzard: Paris. 
Maiden, J.H. (1905). IX. 'Eucalyptus amygdalina Labile in A 
critical revision of the genus Eucalyptus 1, 149-167. William 
Applegate Gullick, Government Printer: Sydney. 
Miquel, F.A.W. (1856). Stirpes novo-Hollandas a Ferd. Mullero 
collectas. Nederlandsch Kruidkundig Archief A, 97-150. 
Muelleria 
73 

Page image

3678333 Eucalyptus tasmanica Muelleria 33: 73
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609028
Page is part of the work Eucalyptus ambigua is not the correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.292253

Page text

The correct name for the Smithton Peppermint 
Eucalyptus nitida Hook.f., Bot. Antarct. Voy. III. (FI. 
Tasman.) 1:137, t. 29(1856) 
Eucalyptus amygdalina var. nitida (Hook.f.) Benth., FI. 
Austral. 3: 203 (1867); £ australiana var. nitida (Hook.f.) 
Ewart, FI. Victoria 833 (1931). Type: Tasmania. Circular 
Head, R.C. Gunn 808, 21 Jan 1837 (lecto: K [K000279983], 
fide Chippendale (1988)). 
Eucalyptus simmondsii Maiden, Crit. Rev. Eucalyptus 6 : 
344 (1923). 7ype: Tasmania. Smithton, J.FI. Simmondss.n., 
27 May 1921 (syntypes: NSW [NSW337342, 337343]). 
Common name: Smithton Peppermint. 
Eucalyptus tenuiramis Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 
128(1856) 
Type: TASMANIA. Van Diemensland [?near Southport 
(Chippendale 1988)], C. Stuart 1 l.s.d. [1842-1857] (Holo: 
U [U0004997]). 
Eucalyptus tasmanica Blakely, Key Eucalypts 225 (1934) 
p.p. (description only, see Gray 1976). 
Common name: Silver Peppermint. 
Acknowledgements 
The authors would like to thank Dr Gintaras Kantvilas 
(Tasmanian Herbarium), Dean Nicolle (Currency Creek 
Arboretum) and Professor Brad Potts (University of 
Tasmania) for discussions and feedback on this work. 
References 
Bean, A.R. (2009). Eucalyptus ambigua DC. (Myrtaceae), the 
correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania. 
Muelleria 27,227-229. 
Bentham, G. (1867).' Eucalyptus ', in Flora Australiensis 3, 185— 
261. L. Reeve & Co.: London. 
Blakely, W.F. (1934). A key to the eucalypts. The Worker Trustees: 
Sydney. 
Candolle, A.P. de (1828). 'Myrtaceae', in A.P. de Candolle (ed.), 
Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabili 3,207-296. 
Chippendale, G.M. (1988).' Eucalyptus', in A.S. George (ed.), Flora 
of Australia 19, 191-192. Australian Government Publishing 
Service: Canberra. 
Duncan, F. (1989). Systematic affinities, hybridisation and clinal 
variation within Tasmanian eucalypts. Tasforests 1,13-26. 
Gray, A.M. (1976). A note on the relationship of Eucalyptus 
risdonii Hook.f. var. elata Benth. to Eucalyptus delegatensis 
R.T.Baker. Muelleria 3,197-198 
Hooker, J.D. (1856). The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. 
Discovery ships Erebus and Terror. III. Flora Tasmaniae. Reeve 
& Co.: London 
Labillardiere, JJ.H. (1806). Novae Hollandiae Plantaruni 
Specimen 2, 14. Ex typographia Domiae Huzard: Paris. 
Maiden, J.H. (1905). IX. 'Eucalyptus amygdalina Labile in A 
critical revision of the genus Eucalyptus 1, 149-167. William 
Applegate Gullick, Government Printer: Sydney. 
Miquel, F.A.W. (1856). Stirpes novo-Hollandas a Ferd. Mullero 
collectas. Nederlandsch Kruidkundig Archief A, 97-150. 
Muelleria 
73 

Page image

3678332 Eucalyptus tenuiramis Muelleria 33: 73
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609028
Page is part of the work Eucalyptus ambigua is not the correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.292253

Page text

The correct name for the Smithton Peppermint 
Eucalyptus nitida Hook.f., Bot. Antarct. Voy. III. (FI. 
Tasman.) 1:137, t. 29(1856) 
Eucalyptus amygdalina var. nitida (Hook.f.) Benth., FI. 
Austral. 3: 203 (1867); £ australiana var. nitida (Hook.f.) 
Ewart, FI. Victoria 833 (1931). Type: Tasmania. Circular 
Head, R.C. Gunn 808, 21 Jan 1837 (lecto: K [K000279983], 
fide Chippendale (1988)). 
Eucalyptus simmondsii Maiden, Crit. Rev. Eucalyptus 6 : 
344 (1923). 7ype: Tasmania. Smithton, J.FI. Simmondss.n., 
27 May 1921 (syntypes: NSW [NSW337342, 337343]). 
Common name: Smithton Peppermint. 
Eucalyptus tenuiramis Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 
128(1856) 
Type: TASMANIA. Van Diemensland [?near Southport 
(Chippendale 1988)], C. Stuart 1 l.s.d. [1842-1857] (Holo: 
U [U0004997]). 
Eucalyptus tasmanica Blakely, Key Eucalypts 225 (1934) 
p.p. (description only, see Gray 1976). 
Common name: Silver Peppermint. 
Acknowledgements 
The authors would like to thank Dr Gintaras Kantvilas 
(Tasmanian Herbarium), Dean Nicolle (Currency Creek 
Arboretum) and Professor Brad Potts (University of 
Tasmania) for discussions and feedback on this work. 
References 
Bean, A.R. (2009). Eucalyptus ambigua DC. (Myrtaceae), the 
correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania. 
Muelleria 27,227-229. 
Bentham, G. (1867).' Eucalyptus ', in Flora Australiensis 3, 185— 
261. L. Reeve & Co.: London. 
Blakely, W.F. (1934). A key to the eucalypts. The Worker Trustees: 
Sydney. 
Candolle, A.P. de (1828). 'Myrtaceae', in A.P. de Candolle (ed.), 
Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabili 3,207-296. 
Chippendale, G.M. (1988).' Eucalyptus', in A.S. George (ed.), Flora 
of Australia 19, 191-192. Australian Government Publishing 
Service: Canberra. 
Duncan, F. (1989). Systematic affinities, hybridisation and clinal 
variation within Tasmanian eucalypts. Tasforests 1,13-26. 
Gray, A.M. (1976). A note on the relationship of Eucalyptus 
risdonii Hook.f. var. elata Benth. to Eucalyptus delegatensis 
R.T.Baker. Muelleria 3,197-198 
Hooker, J.D. (1856). The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. 
Discovery ships Erebus and Terror. III. Flora Tasmaniae. Reeve 
& Co.: London 
Labillardiere, JJ.H. (1806). Novae Hollandiae Plantaruni 
Specimen 2, 14. Ex typographia Domiae Huzard: Paris. 
Maiden, J.H. (1905). IX. 'Eucalyptus amygdalina Labile in A 
critical revision of the genus Eucalyptus 1, 149-167. William 
Applegate Gullick, Government Printer: Sydney. 
Miquel, F.A.W. (1856). Stirpes novo-Hollandas a Ferd. Mullero 
collectas. Nederlandsch Kruidkundig Archief A, 97-150. 
Muelleria 
73 

Page image

3678318 Mountain Muelleria 33: 64
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609019
Page is part of the work Description of a new species allied to Podolepis robusta (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) from the south-eastern Australian Alps, doi:10.5962/p.292252

Page text

Frood 
upper part, 2.5-3.0 mm long. (Figs 1 b, 3 ). AlpinePodolepis, 
Cattleman's Lettuce, Mountain Lettuce. 
Selected specimens (from c. 165) examined: NEW SOUTH 
WALES. 6 miles [10 km] east of Kiandra, 26.ii.1952, N.T. Burbidge 
3805 (CANB); Approx. 300 m from Charlottes Pass on track to 
Blue Lake, Kosciusko National Park, 15.iii.1977, D. Verdon 2649, 
B. Barnsley & D. Young (CANB); Schlink Pass Road, Spur above 
descent to Geehi, Kosciusko National Park, 3011964, ALE 
Phillips s.n. (CBG 41240); 3.2 km from Grey Mare Track turnoff, 
along Happy Jacks Road, towards Happy Jacks Pondage, Snowy 
Mountains, 17.i.1966, EJ. Carrol 126 (CANB); One mile [1.6 km] 
from Beacon Hill Track towards Happys Hut, Happy Jacks Plains, 
Snowy Mountains, 20.i.1966, EM Canning s.n. (CBG 14455). 
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY. Between Pryors Hut and 
Mt Ginini, Brindabella Range, 19.L1983, R. Coveny 11541 & 
P. Hind (CANB); Ginini Flats just north of Mt Ginini, 1 l.ii.1975, 
T.A. Halliday 318 (CANB). VICTORIA. Snow plain at base of Mt 
McLeod, Mt Buffalo National Park, 27J.1982, P.5. Short 1385 
(CANB, MEL); Snowy Plains, 1 .ii.1982, E.A. Chesterfield 1603 
(MEL); Lost Plain, 44 km NE of Licola, 7.iii.1993, PCJobson 1993 
(MEL); Mt Buller, between peak and Little Mt Buller, 29.L1983, 
C.W. Higgins 71 (MEL); Mt Stirling, near summit, 3011982, M.G. 
Corrick 7948 {MEL). 
Distribution and habitat: Reasonably common 
and widespread throughout the Australian Alps 
Biogeographic Region (Commonwealth of Australia 
2012), from Mt Ginini (Namadgi National Park, Australian 
Capital Territory), through the Snowy Mountains (New 
South Wales) and virtually throughout the Victorian alps 
and subalps as far south as the Baw Baw Plateau. 
Podolepis robusta usually occurs above the ( Eucalyptus 
pauciflora) treeline (or below where the treeline is 
Figure 2. Podolepis laciniata, Big River Fire Trail, Bogong High Plains, Victoria (photograph N. Walsh) 
64 
Vol 33 

Page image

3661021 Podolepis acuminata Muelleria 33: 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608979
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Jeanes 
Taxonomy 
1. Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Voss, Vilm. 
Blumengartn. ed. 3,1:536 (1894) 
Basionym: Scalia jaceoides Sims, Bot. Mag. 24: t. 956 
(1806); Podolepis acuminata R.Br., Hortus Kew. edn 2, 5: 
82 (1813), nom. illeg. (the earlier Scalia jaceoides is cited 
in synonymy); Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Druce, Rep. Bot. 
Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles, Suppl. 2. 641 (1917), isonym; 
Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89): 
1230(1930), isonym. 
Type: CULTIVATED. 'A native of New South Wales,... 
Introduced by Mr. Loddiges of Hackney/ (cultivated in 
England), not located (lectotype, illustration in Bot. Mag. 
24: t. 956 (1806)!, here designated). 
Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Pepin, Ann. FI. Pomone 2: 
88 (1833); Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, Ann. FI. 
Pomone 3: 213 (1835) isonym. Type : 'Cultivated in the 
Jardin des Plantes, Paris, France', no locality, no date, no 
collector (neotype P, fide Mabberley (1999), n.v.). 
Podolepis contorta Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 24: 
p. 64 misc. (1838). Type:'A native of Van Diemen's Land, 
whence seeds of it were sent to the Horticultural Society 
by Mr. J. Bunce', not located. 
Podolepis simplicicaulis F.Muell. Second Rep. Gov. Bot. 
Veg. Colony 12 (1854), nom. nud. 
Podolepis papillosa Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 65: 
46 (1918), nom. illeg. non R.Br. ex Pepin (1833). Type: 
'Australia, N.S. Wales ad Warrumbungle Range [Forsyth!), 
Victoria {Walter!)': New South Wales, Warrumbungle 
Ranges, x.1899, W. Forsyth s.n. (lectotype, LY 0000142, 
fide McGillivray (1973), photo!, isolectotype, NSW 25486, 
photo!, JSTOR Global Plants); NW Victoria, x.1900, C. 
Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo! (= P. aristata 
subsp. affinis)). 
Illustrations: Sims (1806) No. 956; Cunningham et al. 
(1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 D; Everett (1992) 
p. 264. 
Flerb to 50 cm tall, renewed annually from perennial 
rootstock. Stems 1-several, produced annually from a 
thickened persistent rootstock, erect, unbranched or 
sparingly branched, variously woolly or cobwebbed, 
sometimes glabrescent. Leaves covered sparsely to 
densely with flattened elongate to coiled multicellular 
hairs, sometimes glabrescent, margins ±flat to revolute, 
entire; basal leaves several in a sparse rosette, usually 
lanceolate to oblanceolate, rarely linear, 3—15(—20) 
cm long and 5—15(—20) mm wide, petiolate, base 
amplexicaul covering an inconspicuous adaxial tuft of 
long hairs (white on dried specimens); cauline leaves 
alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, usually linear to linear- 
lanceolate, 1—10(—20) cm long and 2—10(—15) mm wide, 
apex acuminate. Peduncles 4-15 cm long, with several 
scarious scale leaves below the involucre passing into 
the leafy stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 20-40 
mm diam., solitary or a few in loose cymes. Involucral 
bracts many-seriate, with linear glandular claws, unequal 
(outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina 
scarious, virtually flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in 
dry specimens), smooth, shiny, ±ovate; intermediate 
bracts 10-18 mm long, apex acute to acuminate, often 
slightly asymmetric and twisted, claw c. 1 mm wide at 
the narrowest point and shorter than, to about as long 
as, the lamina; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina. 
Florets bright yellow; ray florets female, 20-50, ligules 
linear, 15-30 mm long, 3(-5)-toothed, teeth to 5 mm 
long, to c. 1 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous. 
Cypselas 2-3 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, papillose; pappus 
bristles 20-40, barbellate, shortly connate at base, 6-10 
mm long. (Figs la, 2) 
Selected specimens examined : SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 
Hindmarsh Island. 17.X.1930, E.H. Ising 3853 (AD 97410208); 
Naracoorte, 3.xi.1945, N.S. Tiver 14304 (AD 98672218); Mt 
Graham, 21.xi.1882, Tate s.n. (AD 97631670); Flinders Chase 
National Park, beside Cape du Couedic road, 21x1985, J.H. 
Willis s.n. (MEL 2119203); Swamps near Mt Benson, 1895, Dr 
Englehart s.n. (MEL 544018); Kingston - Lucindale railway 
corridor, 23x2006, DJ. Duval 621 (AD 201366); Lake Bonney, 
1882, C. Wehls.n. (MEL 716639); Mt Gambier (MEL 716727); 4.5 
km direct ESE of Maitland, 20.ix.1994, R.L. Taplin & D.E. Murfet 
BS63-496 (AD 99705368); Freeling Cemetery, 23x1966, D.N. 
Kraehenbuehl 1799 (AD 96713047); Sandergrove, c. 10 km 
SW of Strathalbyn, 2.xi.1926, J.B. Cleland s.n. (AD 95830060); 
Biscuit Flat c. 8 km SW of Conmurra, xi.1969, K.M. Alcock 188 
(AD 97041036). QUEENSLAND. Rockhampton, A Dietrich 1796, 
259, 268, 1454 (MEL 544019, MEL 568369, MEL 568370, MEL 
544020, AD 97943570); Terrick Terrick, 20.ix.1960, S.L Everist 
6337 (AD 98619303, BRI 406093); Longreach, x.1913, E. Jarvis 
s.n. (BRI 365445);'Burenda', Augathella,x.1998, M.Pedons.n. (BRI 
664025); Mitchell Highway, 98 km S of Cunnamulla, 18.ix.2004, 
A.R. Bean 23137 (BRI 697235); 'Woolga', Tambo, 28.ix.1950, G.A. 
Morrison s.n. (BRI 365444); 12 km E of Capella, 8.iii.1995, R.J. 
Fensham 2801 (BRI 639616); 8 km N of Clermont, 7.ix.1997, 
RJ. Fensham 3315 (BRI 657938); South Galway, about 40 miles 
SW of Windorah, 2.viii.1963, S.L. Everist 7418 (BRI 41211); 2 
24 
Vol 33 

Page image

3674847 Podolepis affinis Muelleria 33: 39
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608994
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Studies in Podolepis 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 
In interior a sinu regis George III (Inland, bay of King George 
III (King George Sound)), 8.xi.1840, L Preiss 60 (MEL 696434, 
MEL 696443); c. 15.5 km west of Mullewa along the road to 
Geraldton, l.ix.1982, P.S. Short 1603 (MEL 618683 (Fig. 13)); 
Bindoon Road, c. 2 km NE of Bullsbrook East, 25.X.1977, J.H. 
Willis s.n. (MEL 2118777); c. 10 km S of Three Springs on main 
road to Carnamah, 9.ix.1986, P.5. Short 2810 (MEL 1555592, 
PERTH, AD, CANB); c. 3 km SW of Ardingly along road to 
Geraldton, 20x1983, P.S. Short 2142 (MEL 1524324, PERTH); 
One mile south-west of Manmanning, 18.ix.1989, B.H. Smith 
1219 (MEL 1588721, PERTH, CBG 9204175, BRI, CHR, E); No. 2 
Rabbit Proof Fence, c. 6 km SE of Kirwan, 18.ix.1985, BJ. Conn 
2227 (MEL 1586880, PERTH, NY, E); Kalbarri National Park, S of 
township between Red Bluff and park boundary, 21.ix.1982, 
M.G.Corrick8121 (MEL 644316); c. 18 km E of Jurien along main 
road to Brand Highway, 30x1995, P.S. Short4514 [MEL 2027979, 
PERTH, Tl); Dingo Rock, 24x1995, PS. Short4453 (MEL 2027918, 
Tl); 14.8 km SW ofWongan Hills on Wilding Road, 15x1997,7.4. 
Vaganiance 153 (MEL 2146279); c. 2 km S of Binnu, 27x1995, 
P.S. Short 4494 (MEL 2027959). 
Distribution and habitat: Confined to Western 
Australia where scattered between Esperance and 
Exmouth and found in a wide range of habitats including 
woodlands, open forests and mallee scrub. (Fig. 17d) 
Conservation status: Widespread, common and well 
represented in conservation reserves. 
Flowering period: Mostly August to November. 
Notes: This subspecies is apparently confined to 
Western Australia although some specimens of the 
subsp. affinis from South Australia (including the 
lectotype) with flat laminas on the involucral bracts 
could easily be mistaken for it. These specimens may 
have acute to shortly acuminate apices to the involucral 
bract laminas, but lack the aristate apices of subsp. 
aristata. 
9b. Podolepis aristata subsp. affinis (Sond.) 
Jeanes, comb, et stat. nov. 
Basionym: Podolepis affinis Sond., Linnaea 25: 507 
(1853); Podolepis canescens A.Cunn. ex DC. var. affinis 
(Sond.) F.Muell. & Tate, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South 
Australia 16:366(1896). 
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 'Murray. Port Lincoln. 
Dombey-bay (= Tumby Bay)': Dombey-bay, no date, 
? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (lectotype, MEL 696474!, here 
designated, isolectotype, MEL 696425!); Murray, no date, 
F. Mueller s.n. (residual syntypes, MEL 2160921!, MEL 
2160924!, MEL 696466!, MEL 1517389!, MEL 2160878!, 
MEL 696461!, MEL 696464!, GH 11351 (four right-hand 
specimens only) photo! JSTOR Global Plants); Port 
Lincoln, no date, ? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (residual syntypes, 
MEL 696476!, MEL 696463!). 
Podolepis canescens sensu Lander (1987), Cooke 
(1986), Everett (1992) p.p., Jeanes (1999) non A.Cunn. ex 
DC. 
Podolepis papillosa sensu NW Victoria, x.1900, C.Walter 
s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo!) non Gand. 
Illustrations : Grieve & Blackall (1975) p. 791; 
Cunningham et al. (1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 
A; Everett (1992) p. 264; Jeanes (1999) fig. 154d (all as 
P. canescens). 
Annual herb to 40 cm tall. Involucral bracts many-seriate, 
with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost 
Table 4. A summary of the diagnostic characters and distribution of the subspecies of Podolepis aristata 
P. aristata subsp. affinis 
P. aristata subsp. aristata 
P. aristata subsp. auriculata 
Leaf indumentum 
woolly below, sparsely woolly 
and often glabrescent above 
cobwebbed below, less 
densely cobwebbed above 
woolly to cobwebbed below, 
less densely above 
Shape of intermediate 
involucral bract lamina 
ovate, base obtuse 
ttriangular, base truncate 
triangular to ovate, base 
truncate 
Apex of intermediate 
involucral bracts 
obtuse or acute to shortly 
acuminate 
aristate 
aristate 
Surface of intermediate 
involucral bracts 
virtually flat and smooth to 
deeply transversely rugose in 
apical half 
virtually flat and smooth 
(often slightly wrinkled in dry 
specimens) 
deeply to shallowly 
transversely rugose in apical 
half 
Distribution 
southern half of the continent 
from central Queensland to 
Shark Bay 
Western Australia from 
Israelite Bay to Shark Bay 
inland areas from central 
Queensland to Shark Bay 
Muelleria 
39 

Page image

3674849 Podolepis affinis Muelleria 33: 39
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608994
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Studies in Podolepis 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 
In interior a sinu regis George III (Inland, bay of King George 
III (King George Sound)), 8.xi.1840, L Preiss 60 (MEL 696434, 
MEL 696443); c. 15.5 km west of Mullewa along the road to 
Geraldton, l.ix.1982, P.S. Short 1603 (MEL 618683 (Fig. 13)); 
Bindoon Road, c. 2 km NE of Bullsbrook East, 25.X.1977, J.H. 
Willis s.n. (MEL 2118777); c. 10 km S of Three Springs on main 
road to Carnamah, 9.ix.1986, P.5. Short 2810 (MEL 1555592, 
PERTH, AD, CANB); c. 3 km SW of Ardingly along road to 
Geraldton, 20x1983, P.S. Short 2142 (MEL 1524324, PERTH); 
One mile south-west of Manmanning, 18.ix.1989, B.H. Smith 
1219 (MEL 1588721, PERTH, CBG 9204175, BRI, CHR, E); No. 2 
Rabbit Proof Fence, c. 6 km SE of Kirwan, 18.ix.1985, BJ. Conn 
2227 (MEL 1586880, PERTH, NY, E); Kalbarri National Park, S of 
township between Red Bluff and park boundary, 21.ix.1982, 
M.G.Corrick8121 (MEL 644316); c. 18 km E of Jurien along main 
road to Brand Highway, 30x1995, P.S. Short4514 [MEL 2027979, 
PERTH, Tl); Dingo Rock, 24x1995, PS. Short4453 (MEL 2027918, 
Tl); 14.8 km SW ofWongan Hills on Wilding Road, 15x1997,7.4. 
Vaganiance 153 (MEL 2146279); c. 2 km S of Binnu, 27x1995, 
P.S. Short 4494 (MEL 2027959). 
Distribution and habitat: Confined to Western 
Australia where scattered between Esperance and 
Exmouth and found in a wide range of habitats including 
woodlands, open forests and mallee scrub. (Fig. 17d) 
Conservation status: Widespread, common and well 
represented in conservation reserves. 
Flowering period: Mostly August to November. 
Notes: This subspecies is apparently confined to 
Western Australia although some specimens of the 
subsp. affinis from South Australia (including the 
lectotype) with flat laminas on the involucral bracts 
could easily be mistaken for it. These specimens may 
have acute to shortly acuminate apices to the involucral 
bract laminas, but lack the aristate apices of subsp. 
aristata. 
9b. Podolepis aristata subsp. affinis (Sond.) 
Jeanes, comb, et stat. nov. 
Basionym: Podolepis affinis Sond., Linnaea 25: 507 
(1853); Podolepis canescens A.Cunn. ex DC. var. affinis 
(Sond.) F.Muell. & Tate, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South 
Australia 16:366(1896). 
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 'Murray. Port Lincoln. 
Dombey-bay (= Tumby Bay)': Dombey-bay, no date, 
? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (lectotype, MEL 696474!, here 
designated, isolectotype, MEL 696425!); Murray, no date, 
F. Mueller s.n. (residual syntypes, MEL 2160921!, MEL 
2160924!, MEL 696466!, MEL 1517389!, MEL 2160878!, 
MEL 696461!, MEL 696464!, GH 11351 (four right-hand 
specimens only) photo! JSTOR Global Plants); Port 
Lincoln, no date, ? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (residual syntypes, 
MEL 696476!, MEL 696463!). 
Podolepis canescens sensu Lander (1987), Cooke 
(1986), Everett (1992) p.p., Jeanes (1999) non A.Cunn. ex 
DC. 
Podolepis papillosa sensu NW Victoria, x.1900, C.Walter 
s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo!) non Gand. 
Illustrations : Grieve & Blackall (1975) p. 791; 
Cunningham et al. (1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 
A; Everett (1992) p. 264; Jeanes (1999) fig. 154d (all as 
P. canescens). 
Annual herb to 40 cm tall. Involucral bracts many-seriate, 
with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost 
Table 4. A summary of the diagnostic characters and distribution of the subspecies of Podolepis aristata 
P. aristata subsp. affinis 
P. aristata subsp. aristata 
P. aristata subsp. auriculata 
Leaf indumentum 
woolly below, sparsely woolly 
and often glabrescent above 
cobwebbed below, less 
densely cobwebbed above 
woolly to cobwebbed below, 
less densely above 
Shape of intermediate 
involucral bract lamina 
ovate, base obtuse 
ttriangular, base truncate 
triangular to ovate, base 
truncate 
Apex of intermediate 
involucral bracts 
obtuse or acute to shortly 
acuminate 
aristate 
aristate 
Surface of intermediate 
involucral bracts 
virtually flat and smooth to 
deeply transversely rugose in 
apical half 
virtually flat and smooth 
(often slightly wrinkled in dry 
specimens) 
deeply to shallowly 
transversely rugose in apical 
half 
Distribution 
southern half of the continent 
from central Queensland to 
Shark Bay 
Western Australia from 
Israelite Bay to Shark Bay 
inland areas from central 
Queensland to Shark Bay 
Muelleria 
39 

Page image

3677154 Podolepis aff. jaceoides Muelleria 33: 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608984
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251
3672537 Podolepis aristata Muelleria 33: 37-38

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 37-38".

3673691 Podolepis aristata aristata Muelleria 33: 38-39, Figs 1l, 13, 17d (map)
3674846 Podolepis aristata affinis Muelleria 33: 39-40, Figs 1m, 1n, 14, 17e (map)
3676006 Podolepis aristata auriculata Muelleria 33: 41, Figs 1o, 15, 17f (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608996
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251
3678337 Podolepis aristata chrysantha Muelleria 33: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608993
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251
3678341 Podolepis aristata minor Muelleria 33: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608993
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251
3676007 Podolepis auriculata Muelleria 33: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608996
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Studies in Podolepis 
9c. Podolepis aristata subsp. auriculata (DC.) 
Jeanes, comb, et stat. nov. 
Basionym: Podolepis auriculata DC., Prodr. 6: 162 
(1838). 
Type: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 'In Nova-Hollandid ad 
canum marinorum sinum legit cl. Gaudichaud et mecum 
comm . (v.s!, Shark Bay, 1830, M. Gaudichaud s.n. 
(lectotype, G 1092, fide G.L. Davis (1957), photo!, MEL 
2280346!, photo of lectotype). 
Podolepis pallida Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes 
Moscou 24(2): 78 (1851). Type: Western Australia.'Drum, 
coll. v. n. 387', Nova Hollandia, no date, Drummond 387 
(holotype, KW 1001501, photo! JSTOR Global Plants, 
isotypes, BM 810531 (three right-hand specimens only), 
G 301390, A 11354, GH 11353, photos! JSTOR Global 
Plants, MEL 2280273!, PERTH 1182498!). 
Podolepis canescens var. affinis sensu F.Muell. & Tate 
p.p. (in respect to Helms s.n. (MEL 2165350!)) non (Sond.) 
F.Muell. & Tate. 
Podolepis canescens sensu Jessop (1981) non A.Cunn 
ex DC. 
Illustrations: Davis (1957) figs 58-64; Grieve & Blackall 
(1975) p. 791 (both as P. auriculata). 
Annual herb to 50 cm tall. Involucral bracts many-seriate, 
with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost 
shortest, intermediate longest); lamina scarious, straw- 
coloured to golden brown, transversely rugose in distal 
half, rarely almost flat, shiny; intermediate bracts 7-12 
mm long, apex aristate, claw c. 0.25 mm wide at the 
narrowest point and shorter than the lamina, lamina 
5-10 mm long, ± triangular to ovate, base truncate; 
inner bracts with claw longer than lamina. (Figs 1 o, 15) 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA, c. 
14 km SE of Carnarvon, along the North West Coastal Highway, 
12.X.1983, P.S. Short 2033 (MEL 1523259 (Fig. 15), PERTH, AD); 
Geraldton-Mt Magnet road, 15 mis E of Wurago & c. 66 mis E 
of Mullewa S, 10.ix.1966, R.V. Smith 66/429 (MEL 1514572); 42 
miles N of Gascoyne Junction, 24.viii.1965, B.L Turner 5406 
(MEL 602408); Shark Bay. 76 km W of Overlander Roadhouse 
on Denham Road, 30.X.1989, B. Nordenstam & A. Anderberg 209 
(MEL 1598544, S); c. 8 km S of Wooramel Roadhouse along 
NW Coastal Highway, 6.ix.1995, PS. Short 4344 (MEL 2027787, 
PERTH, AD, Tl); Yaringa North Station, east side of Shark Bay, 
8.viii.1964, J. Galbraith WA233 (MEL 2165346); 100 miles S 
of Carnarvon, 26.viii.1965, B.L. Turner 5422 (MEL 602788). 
NORTHERN TERRITORY. Walara, ll.x.1978, E.A. Chesterfield 
s.n. (MEL 2312459, MEL2312460); Ooraminna Range, 6x1993, 
P.K. Latz 13417 (MEL 278961); 20 km S of Alice Springs on Old 
South Road, 11.viii.1988, G. Leach 2069 (MEL 295327); Wallara 
Ranch road 13 km W of Stuart Highway at Meteorite Craters, 
14.viii.1979, A. Morton 273 (MEL 559434); c. 36 miles south 
of Alice Springs on sandplain south of Ooraminna Range, 
5.viii.1979, A. Morton 73 (MEL 1516415); 49 km along road to 
Kings Canyon (turn off from Lasseter Highway), 12x1996, K. 
Watanabe 679 (MEL 2034792, DNA, Tl); 29 km E of Horseshoe 
Bend Homestead, 9.XI.1993, P.K. Latz 13493 (MEL 725492, DNA); 
George Gill Range, Penny Springs, 14.vii.1968, A.C. Beauglehole 
26789 (MEL 1578337); 25 km W of Henley Craters; Ernest 
Giles Road, 25.viii.1998, D.E. Albrecht 8784 (NT 96167). SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. 18 m W of Welbourn Hill, W of Oodnadatta, 
26.vi.1967, A.C. Beauglehole 22742 (MEL 1578546); 15 km S of 
NT border on Tarcoola-Alice Springs railway line, 20.viii.1979, B. 
Lay 1237 (MEL 591157); Great Victoria Desert, N.C.S.S.A. Survey. 
3 km E of Camp 5 and 3 km S along seismic line, 23.viii.1980, 
C.R. Alcock8174 (MEL 222436, AD); Koodnanie Creek, Birdsville 
Track, 30.ix.1960, R. Filson 3307 (MEL 646045); Mt Caroline, 
northwest Reserve, ix.1966, H. Shrley 12 (DNA 22114); 85 km 
N ofTallaringa Well, 20.ix.1988, A.C. Robinson 578 (DNA 56470, 
AD); 45 km NE of Welbourn Hill, 20.ix.1978, J.C. Cardale s.n. 
(CANB 278051); 46 km S of Kulgera along Stuart Highway, 
4.viii.1988, P.S. Short 3126 (MEL 115531). QUEENSLAND. 60 
miles E of Quilpie, viii.1971, M. Cameron s.n. (DNA 33540); 
Stoneleigh Lease, northern section ofThylungra, 31 .viii.2010, -/. 
SilcockJLS675 (DNA 216437, BRI); Georgina River, 1889,4. Henry 
s.n. (MEL 716812, MEL 716225). NEW SOUTH WALES. Lake 
Cobham, ix.1887, Bauerlen s.n. (MEL 716206); From Duroodoo 
to Nangarna, 28.xii.1860, Becklers.n. (MEL 696406). 
Distribution and habitat: Widespread across inland 
parts of Australia from Shark Bay to western New South 
Wales and south-western Queensland. Found in mallee, 
chenopod scrubland, heathland and grassland. (Fig. 17f) 
Conservation status: Widespread, common and well 
represented in conservation reserves. 
Flowering period: Mostly August to November. 
Notes: In most cases identified readily by the deeply 
transversely rugose involucral bract laminas that are 
aristate at the apex. Towards the eastern end of its 
range the involucral bracts on some specimens are 
less obviously aristate at the apex and the laminas less 
deeply rugose. These specimens can be difficult to 
differentiate from Podolepis aristata subsp. affinis. 
Muelleria 
41 

Page image

3670229 Podolepis canescens Muelleria 33: 34-35, Figs 1i, 10, 17a (map)
3699437 Podolepis canescens Muelleria 33: 39
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608994
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Studies in Podolepis 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 
In interior a sinu regis George III (Inland, bay of King George 
III (King George Sound)), 8.xi.1840, L Preiss 60 (MEL 696434, 
MEL 696443); c. 15.5 km west of Mullewa along the road to 
Geraldton, l.ix.1982, P.S. Short 1603 (MEL 618683 (Fig. 13)); 
Bindoon Road, c. 2 km NE of Bullsbrook East, 25.X.1977, J.H. 
Willis s.n. (MEL 2118777); c. 10 km S of Three Springs on main 
road to Carnamah, 9.ix.1986, P.5. Short 2810 (MEL 1555592, 
PERTH, AD, CANB); c. 3 km SW of Ardingly along road to 
Geraldton, 20x1983, P.S. Short 2142 (MEL 1524324, PERTH); 
One mile south-west of Manmanning, 18.ix.1989, B.H. Smith 
1219 (MEL 1588721, PERTH, CBG 9204175, BRI, CHR, E); No. 2 
Rabbit Proof Fence, c. 6 km SE of Kirwan, 18.ix.1985, BJ. Conn 
2227 (MEL 1586880, PERTH, NY, E); Kalbarri National Park, S of 
township between Red Bluff and park boundary, 21.ix.1982, 
M.G.Corrick8121 (MEL 644316); c. 18 km E of Jurien along main 
road to Brand Highway, 30x1995, P.S. Short4514 [MEL 2027979, 
PERTH, Tl); Dingo Rock, 24x1995, PS. Short4453 (MEL 2027918, 
Tl); 14.8 km SW ofWongan Hills on Wilding Road, 15x1997,7.4. 
Vaganiance 153 (MEL 2146279); c. 2 km S of Binnu, 27x1995, 
P.S. Short 4494 (MEL 2027959). 
Distribution and habitat: Confined to Western 
Australia where scattered between Esperance and 
Exmouth and found in a wide range of habitats including 
woodlands, open forests and mallee scrub. (Fig. 17d) 
Conservation status: Widespread, common and well 
represented in conservation reserves. 
Flowering period: Mostly August to November. 
Notes: This subspecies is apparently confined to 
Western Australia although some specimens of the 
subsp. affinis from South Australia (including the 
lectotype) with flat laminas on the involucral bracts 
could easily be mistaken for it. These specimens may 
have acute to shortly acuminate apices to the involucral 
bract laminas, but lack the aristate apices of subsp. 
aristata. 
9b. Podolepis aristata subsp. affinis (Sond.) 
Jeanes, comb, et stat. nov. 
Basionym: Podolepis affinis Sond., Linnaea 25: 507 
(1853); Podolepis canescens A.Cunn. ex DC. var. affinis 
(Sond.) F.Muell. & Tate, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South 
Australia 16:366(1896). 
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 'Murray. Port Lincoln. 
Dombey-bay (= Tumby Bay)': Dombey-bay, no date, 
? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (lectotype, MEL 696474!, here 
designated, isolectotype, MEL 696425!); Murray, no date, 
F. Mueller s.n. (residual syntypes, MEL 2160921!, MEL 
2160924!, MEL 696466!, MEL 1517389!, MEL 2160878!, 
MEL 696461!, MEL 696464!, GH 11351 (four right-hand 
specimens only) photo! JSTOR Global Plants); Port 
Lincoln, no date, ? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (residual syntypes, 
MEL 696476!, MEL 696463!). 
Podolepis canescens sensu Lander (1987), Cooke 
(1986), Everett (1992) p.p., Jeanes (1999) non A.Cunn. ex 
DC. 
Podolepis papillosa sensu NW Victoria, x.1900, C.Walter 
s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo!) non Gand. 
Illustrations : Grieve & Blackall (1975) p. 791; 
Cunningham et al. (1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 
A; Everett (1992) p. 264; Jeanes (1999) fig. 154d (all as 
P. canescens). 
Annual herb to 40 cm tall. Involucral bracts many-seriate, 
with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost 
Table 4. A summary of the diagnostic characters and distribution of the subspecies of Podolepis aristata 
P. aristata subsp. affinis 
P. aristata subsp. aristata 
P. aristata subsp. auriculata 
Leaf indumentum 
woolly below, sparsely woolly 
and often glabrescent above 
cobwebbed below, less 
densely cobwebbed above 
woolly to cobwebbed below, 
less densely above 
Shape of intermediate 
involucral bract lamina 
ovate, base obtuse 
ttriangular, base truncate 
triangular to ovate, base 
truncate 
Apex of intermediate 
involucral bracts 
obtuse or acute to shortly 
acuminate 
aristate 
aristate 
Surface of intermediate 
involucral bracts 
virtually flat and smooth to 
deeply transversely rugose in 
apical half 
virtually flat and smooth 
(often slightly wrinkled in dry 
specimens) 
deeply to shallowly 
transversely rugose in apical 
half 
Distribution 
southern half of the continent 
from central Queensland to 
Shark Bay 
Western Australia from 
Israelite Bay to Shark Bay 
inland areas from central 
Queensland to Shark Bay 
Muelleria 
39 

Page image

3699438 Podolepis canescens Muelleria 33: 39
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608994
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Studies in Podolepis 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 
In interior a sinu regis George III (Inland, bay of King George 
III (King George Sound)), 8.xi.1840, L Preiss 60 (MEL 696434, 
MEL 696443); c. 15.5 km west of Mullewa along the road to 
Geraldton, l.ix.1982, P.S. Short 1603 (MEL 618683 (Fig. 13)); 
Bindoon Road, c. 2 km NE of Bullsbrook East, 25.X.1977, J.H. 
Willis s.n. (MEL 2118777); c. 10 km S of Three Springs on main 
road to Carnamah, 9.ix.1986, P.5. Short 2810 (MEL 1555592, 
PERTH, AD, CANB); c. 3 km SW of Ardingly along road to 
Geraldton, 20x1983, P.S. Short 2142 (MEL 1524324, PERTH); 
One mile south-west of Manmanning, 18.ix.1989, B.H. Smith 
1219 (MEL 1588721, PERTH, CBG 9204175, BRI, CHR, E); No. 2 
Rabbit Proof Fence, c. 6 km SE of Kirwan, 18.ix.1985, BJ. Conn 
2227 (MEL 1586880, PERTH, NY, E); Kalbarri National Park, S of 
township between Red Bluff and park boundary, 21.ix.1982, 
M.G.Corrick8121 (MEL 644316); c. 18 km E of Jurien along main 
road to Brand Highway, 30x1995, P.S. Short4514 [MEL 2027979, 
PERTH, Tl); Dingo Rock, 24x1995, PS. Short4453 (MEL 2027918, 
Tl); 14.8 km SW ofWongan Hills on Wilding Road, 15x1997,7.4. 
Vaganiance 153 (MEL 2146279); c. 2 km S of Binnu, 27x1995, 
P.S. Short 4494 (MEL 2027959). 
Distribution and habitat: Confined to Western 
Australia where scattered between Esperance and 
Exmouth and found in a wide range of habitats including 
woodlands, open forests and mallee scrub. (Fig. 17d) 
Conservation status: Widespread, common and well 
represented in conservation reserves. 
Flowering period: Mostly August to November. 
Notes: This subspecies is apparently confined to 
Western Australia although some specimens of the 
subsp. affinis from South Australia (including the 
lectotype) with flat laminas on the involucral bracts 
could easily be mistaken for it. These specimens may 
have acute to shortly acuminate apices to the involucral 
bract laminas, but lack the aristate apices of subsp. 
aristata. 
9b. Podolepis aristata subsp. affinis (Sond.) 
Jeanes, comb, et stat. nov. 
Basionym: Podolepis affinis Sond., Linnaea 25: 507 
(1853); Podolepis canescens A.Cunn. ex DC. var. affinis 
(Sond.) F.Muell. & Tate, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South 
Australia 16:366(1896). 
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 'Murray. Port Lincoln. 
Dombey-bay (= Tumby Bay)': Dombey-bay, no date, 
? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (lectotype, MEL 696474!, here 
designated, isolectotype, MEL 696425!); Murray, no date, 
F. Mueller s.n. (residual syntypes, MEL 2160921!, MEL 
2160924!, MEL 696466!, MEL 1517389!, MEL 2160878!, 
MEL 696461!, MEL 696464!, GH 11351 (four right-hand 
specimens only) photo! JSTOR Global Plants); Port 
Lincoln, no date, ? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (residual syntypes, 
MEL 696476!, MEL 696463!). 
Podolepis canescens sensu Lander (1987), Cooke 
(1986), Everett (1992) p.p., Jeanes (1999) non A.Cunn. ex 
DC. 
Podolepis papillosa sensu NW Victoria, x.1900, C.Walter 
s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo!) non Gand. 
Illustrations : Grieve & Blackall (1975) p. 791; 
Cunningham et al. (1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 
A; Everett (1992) p. 264; Jeanes (1999) fig. 154d (all as 
P. canescens). 
Annual herb to 40 cm tall. Involucral bracts many-seriate, 
with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost 
Table 4. A summary of the diagnostic characters and distribution of the subspecies of Podolepis aristata 
P. aristata subsp. affinis 
P. aristata subsp. aristata 
P. aristata subsp. auriculata 
Leaf indumentum 
woolly below, sparsely woolly 
and often glabrescent above 
cobwebbed below, less 
densely cobwebbed above 
woolly to cobwebbed below, 
less densely above 
Shape of intermediate 
involucral bract lamina 
ovate, base obtuse 
ttriangular, base truncate 
triangular to ovate, base 
truncate 
Apex of intermediate 
involucral bracts 
obtuse or acute to shortly 
acuminate 
aristate 
aristate 
Surface of intermediate 
involucral bracts 
virtually flat and smooth to 
deeply transversely rugose in 
apical half 
virtually flat and smooth 
(often slightly wrinkled in dry 
specimens) 
deeply to shallowly 
transversely rugose in apical 
half 
Distribution 
southern half of the continent 
from central Queensland to 
Shark Bay 
Western Australia from 
Israelite Bay to Shark Bay 
inland areas from central 
Queensland to Shark Bay 
Muelleria 
39 

Page image

3699439 Podolepis canescens Muelleria 33: 39
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608994
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Studies in Podolepis 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 
In interior a sinu regis George III (Inland, bay of King George 
III (King George Sound)), 8.xi.1840, L Preiss 60 (MEL 696434, 
MEL 696443); c. 15.5 km west of Mullewa along the road to 
Geraldton, l.ix.1982, P.S. Short 1603 (MEL 618683 (Fig. 13)); 
Bindoon Road, c. 2 km NE of Bullsbrook East, 25.X.1977, J.H. 
Willis s.n. (MEL 2118777); c. 10 km S of Three Springs on main 
road to Carnamah, 9.ix.1986, P.5. Short 2810 (MEL 1555592, 
PERTH, AD, CANB); c. 3 km SW of Ardingly along road to 
Geraldton, 20x1983, P.S. Short 2142 (MEL 1524324, PERTH); 
One mile south-west of Manmanning, 18.ix.1989, B.H. Smith 
1219 (MEL 1588721, PERTH, CBG 9204175, BRI, CHR, E); No. 2 
Rabbit Proof Fence, c. 6 km SE of Kirwan, 18.ix.1985, BJ. Conn 
2227 (MEL 1586880, PERTH, NY, E); Kalbarri National Park, S of 
township between Red Bluff and park boundary, 21.ix.1982, 
M.G.Corrick8121 (MEL 644316); c. 18 km E of Jurien along main 
road to Brand Highway, 30x1995, P.S. Short4514 [MEL 2027979, 
PERTH, Tl); Dingo Rock, 24x1995, PS. Short4453 (MEL 2027918, 
Tl); 14.8 km SW ofWongan Hills on Wilding Road, 15x1997,7.4. 
Vaganiance 153 (MEL 2146279); c. 2 km S of Binnu, 27x1995, 
P.S. Short 4494 (MEL 2027959). 
Distribution and habitat: Confined to Western 
Australia where scattered between Esperance and 
Exmouth and found in a wide range of habitats including 
woodlands, open forests and mallee scrub. (Fig. 17d) 
Conservation status: Widespread, common and well 
represented in conservation reserves. 
Flowering period: Mostly August to November. 
Notes: This subspecies is apparently confined to 
Western Australia although some specimens of the 
subsp. affinis from South Australia (including the 
lectotype) with flat laminas on the involucral bracts 
could easily be mistaken for it. These specimens may 
have acute to shortly acuminate apices to the involucral 
bract laminas, but lack the aristate apices of subsp. 
aristata. 
9b. Podolepis aristata subsp. affinis (Sond.) 
Jeanes, comb, et stat. nov. 
Basionym: Podolepis affinis Sond., Linnaea 25: 507 
(1853); Podolepis canescens A.Cunn. ex DC. var. affinis 
(Sond.) F.Muell. & Tate, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South 
Australia 16:366(1896). 
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 'Murray. Port Lincoln. 
Dombey-bay (= Tumby Bay)': Dombey-bay, no date, 
? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (lectotype, MEL 696474!, here 
designated, isolectotype, MEL 696425!); Murray, no date, 
F. Mueller s.n. (residual syntypes, MEL 2160921!, MEL 
2160924!, MEL 696466!, MEL 1517389!, MEL 2160878!, 
MEL 696461!, MEL 696464!, GH 11351 (four right-hand 
specimens only) photo! JSTOR Global Plants); Port 
Lincoln, no date, ? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (residual syntypes, 
MEL 696476!, MEL 696463!). 
Podolepis canescens sensu Lander (1987), Cooke 
(1986), Everett (1992) p.p., Jeanes (1999) non A.Cunn. ex 
DC. 
Podolepis papillosa sensu NW Victoria, x.1900, C.Walter 
s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo!) non Gand. 
Illustrations : Grieve & Blackall (1975) p. 791; 
Cunningham et al. (1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 
A; Everett (1992) p. 264; Jeanes (1999) fig. 154d (all as 
P. canescens). 
Annual herb to 40 cm tall. Involucral bracts many-seriate, 
with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost 
Table 4. A summary of the diagnostic characters and distribution of the subspecies of Podolepis aristata 
P. aristata subsp. affinis 
P. aristata subsp. aristata 
P. aristata subsp. auriculata 
Leaf indumentum 
woolly below, sparsely woolly 
and often glabrescent above 
cobwebbed below, less 
densely cobwebbed above 
woolly to cobwebbed below, 
less densely above 
Shape of intermediate 
involucral bract lamina 
ovate, base obtuse 
ttriangular, base truncate 
triangular to ovate, base 
truncate 
Apex of intermediate 
involucral bracts 
obtuse or acute to shortly 
acuminate 
aristate 
aristate 
Surface of intermediate 
involucral bracts 
virtually flat and smooth to 
deeply transversely rugose in 
apical half 
virtually flat and smooth 
(often slightly wrinkled in dry 
specimens) 
deeply to shallowly 
transversely rugose in apical 
half 
Distribution 
southern half of the continent 
from central Queensland to 
Shark Bay 
Western Australia from 
Israelite Bay to Shark Bay 
inland areas from central 
Queensland to Shark Bay 
Muelleria 
39 

Page image

3699440 Podolepis canescens Muelleria 33: 39
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608994
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Studies in Podolepis 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 
In interior a sinu regis George III (Inland, bay of King George 
III (King George Sound)), 8.xi.1840, L Preiss 60 (MEL 696434, 
MEL 696443); c. 15.5 km west of Mullewa along the road to 
Geraldton, l.ix.1982, P.S. Short 1603 (MEL 618683 (Fig. 13)); 
Bindoon Road, c. 2 km NE of Bullsbrook East, 25.X.1977, J.H. 
Willis s.n. (MEL 2118777); c. 10 km S of Three Springs on main 
road to Carnamah, 9.ix.1986, P.5. Short 2810 (MEL 1555592, 
PERTH, AD, CANB); c. 3 km SW of Ardingly along road to 
Geraldton, 20x1983, P.S. Short 2142 (MEL 1524324, PERTH); 
One mile south-west of Manmanning, 18.ix.1989, B.H. Smith 
1219 (MEL 1588721, PERTH, CBG 9204175, BRI, CHR, E); No. 2 
Rabbit Proof Fence, c. 6 km SE of Kirwan, 18.ix.1985, BJ. Conn 
2227 (MEL 1586880, PERTH, NY, E); Kalbarri National Park, S of 
township between Red Bluff and park boundary, 21.ix.1982, 
M.G.Corrick8121 (MEL 644316); c. 18 km E of Jurien along main 
road to Brand Highway, 30x1995, P.S. Short4514 [MEL 2027979, 
PERTH, Tl); Dingo Rock, 24x1995, PS. Short4453 (MEL 2027918, 
Tl); 14.8 km SW ofWongan Hills on Wilding Road, 15x1997,7.4. 
Vaganiance 153 (MEL 2146279); c. 2 km S of Binnu, 27x1995, 
P.S. Short 4494 (MEL 2027959). 
Distribution and habitat: Confined to Western 
Australia where scattered between Esperance and 
Exmouth and found in a wide range of habitats including 
woodlands, open forests and mallee scrub. (Fig. 17d) 
Conservation status: Widespread, common and well 
represented in conservation reserves. 
Flowering period: Mostly August to November. 
Notes: This subspecies is apparently confined to 
Western Australia although some specimens of the 
subsp. affinis from South Australia (including the 
lectotype) with flat laminas on the involucral bracts 
could easily be mistaken for it. These specimens may 
have acute to shortly acuminate apices to the involucral 
bract laminas, but lack the aristate apices of subsp. 
aristata. 
9b. Podolepis aristata subsp. affinis (Sond.) 
Jeanes, comb, et stat. nov. 
Basionym: Podolepis affinis Sond., Linnaea 25: 507 
(1853); Podolepis canescens A.Cunn. ex DC. var. affinis 
(Sond.) F.Muell. & Tate, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South 
Australia 16:366(1896). 
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 'Murray. Port Lincoln. 
Dombey-bay (= Tumby Bay)': Dombey-bay, no date, 
? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (lectotype, MEL 696474!, here 
designated, isolectotype, MEL 696425!); Murray, no date, 
F. Mueller s.n. (residual syntypes, MEL 2160921!, MEL 
2160924!, MEL 696466!, MEL 1517389!, MEL 2160878!, 
MEL 696461!, MEL 696464!, GH 11351 (four right-hand 
specimens only) photo! JSTOR Global Plants); Port 
Lincoln, no date, ? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (residual syntypes, 
MEL 696476!, MEL 696463!). 
Podolepis canescens sensu Lander (1987), Cooke 
(1986), Everett (1992) p.p., Jeanes (1999) non A.Cunn. ex 
DC. 
Podolepis papillosa sensu NW Victoria, x.1900, C.Walter 
s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo!) non Gand. 
Illustrations : Grieve & Blackall (1975) p. 791; 
Cunningham et al. (1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 
A; Everett (1992) p. 264; Jeanes (1999) fig. 154d (all as 
P. canescens). 
Annual herb to 40 cm tall. Involucral bracts many-seriate, 
with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost 
Table 4. A summary of the diagnostic characters and distribution of the subspecies of Podolepis aristata 
P. aristata subsp. affinis 
P. aristata subsp. aristata 
P. aristata subsp. auriculata 
Leaf indumentum 
woolly below, sparsely woolly 
and often glabrescent above 
cobwebbed below, less 
densely cobwebbed above 
woolly to cobwebbed below, 
less densely above 
Shape of intermediate 
involucral bract lamina 
ovate, base obtuse 
ttriangular, base truncate 
triangular to ovate, base 
truncate 
Apex of intermediate 
involucral bracts 
obtuse or acute to shortly 
acuminate 
aristate 
aristate 
Surface of intermediate 
involucral bracts 
virtually flat and smooth to 
deeply transversely rugose in 
apical half 
virtually flat and smooth 
(often slightly wrinkled in dry 
specimens) 
deeply to shallowly 
transversely rugose in apical 
half 
Distribution 
southern half of the continent 
from central Queensland to 
Shark Bay 
Western Australia from 
Israelite Bay to Shark Bay 
inland areas from central 
Queensland to Shark Bay 
Muelleria 
39 

Page image

3699442 Podolepis canescens Muelleria 33: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608996
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Studies in Podolepis 
9c. Podolepis aristata subsp. auriculata (DC.) 
Jeanes, comb, et stat. nov. 
Basionym: Podolepis auriculata DC., Prodr. 6: 162 
(1838). 
Type: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 'In Nova-Hollandid ad 
canum marinorum sinum legit cl. Gaudichaud et mecum 
comm . (v.s!, Shark Bay, 1830, M. Gaudichaud s.n. 
(lectotype, G 1092, fide G.L. Davis (1957), photo!, MEL 
2280346!, photo of lectotype). 
Podolepis pallida Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes 
Moscou 24(2): 78 (1851). Type: Western Australia.'Drum, 
coll. v. n. 387', Nova Hollandia, no date, Drummond 387 
(holotype, KW 1001501, photo! JSTOR Global Plants, 
isotypes, BM 810531 (three right-hand specimens only), 
G 301390, A 11354, GH 11353, photos! JSTOR Global 
Plants, MEL 2280273!, PERTH 1182498!). 
Podolepis canescens var. affinis sensu F.Muell. & Tate 
p.p. (in respect to Helms s.n. (MEL 2165350!)) non (Sond.) 
F.Muell. & Tate. 
Podolepis canescens sensu Jessop (1981) non A.Cunn 
ex DC. 
Illustrations: Davis (1957) figs 58-64; Grieve & Blackall 
(1975) p. 791 (both as P. auriculata). 
Annual herb to 50 cm tall. Involucral bracts many-seriate, 
with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost 
shortest, intermediate longest); lamina scarious, straw- 
coloured to golden brown, transversely rugose in distal 
half, rarely almost flat, shiny; intermediate bracts 7-12 
mm long, apex aristate, claw c. 0.25 mm wide at the 
narrowest point and shorter than the lamina, lamina 
5-10 mm long, ± triangular to ovate, base truncate; 
inner bracts with claw longer than lamina. (Figs 1 o, 15) 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA, c. 
14 km SE of Carnarvon, along the North West Coastal Highway, 
12.X.1983, P.S. Short 2033 (MEL 1523259 (Fig. 15), PERTH, AD); 
Geraldton-Mt Magnet road, 15 mis E of Wurago & c. 66 mis E 
of Mullewa S, 10.ix.1966, R.V. Smith 66/429 (MEL 1514572); 42 
miles N of Gascoyne Junction, 24.viii.1965, B.L Turner 5406 
(MEL 602408); Shark Bay. 76 km W of Overlander Roadhouse 
on Denham Road, 30.X.1989, B. Nordenstam & A. Anderberg 209 
(MEL 1598544, S); c. 8 km S of Wooramel Roadhouse along 
NW Coastal Highway, 6.ix.1995, PS. Short 4344 (MEL 2027787, 
PERTH, AD, Tl); Yaringa North Station, east side of Shark Bay, 
8.viii.1964, J. Galbraith WA233 (MEL 2165346); 100 miles S 
of Carnarvon, 26.viii.1965, B.L. Turner 5422 (MEL 602788). 
NORTHERN TERRITORY. Walara, ll.x.1978, E.A. Chesterfield 
s.n. (MEL 2312459, MEL2312460); Ooraminna Range, 6x1993, 
P.K. Latz 13417 (MEL 278961); 20 km S of Alice Springs on Old 
South Road, 11.viii.1988, G. Leach 2069 (MEL 295327); Wallara 
Ranch road 13 km W of Stuart Highway at Meteorite Craters, 
14.viii.1979, A. Morton 273 (MEL 559434); c. 36 miles south 
of Alice Springs on sandplain south of Ooraminna Range, 
5.viii.1979, A. Morton 73 (MEL 1516415); 49 km along road to 
Kings Canyon (turn off from Lasseter Highway), 12x1996, K. 
Watanabe 679 (MEL 2034792, DNA, Tl); 29 km E of Horseshoe 
Bend Homestead, 9.XI.1993, P.K. Latz 13493 (MEL 725492, DNA); 
George Gill Range, Penny Springs, 14.vii.1968, A.C. Beauglehole 
26789 (MEL 1578337); 25 km W of Henley Craters; Ernest 
Giles Road, 25.viii.1998, D.E. Albrecht 8784 (NT 96167). SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. 18 m W of Welbourn Hill, W of Oodnadatta, 
26.vi.1967, A.C. Beauglehole 22742 (MEL 1578546); 15 km S of 
NT border on Tarcoola-Alice Springs railway line, 20.viii.1979, B. 
Lay 1237 (MEL 591157); Great Victoria Desert, N.C.S.S.A. Survey. 
3 km E of Camp 5 and 3 km S along seismic line, 23.viii.1980, 
C.R. Alcock8174 (MEL 222436, AD); Koodnanie Creek, Birdsville 
Track, 30.ix.1960, R. Filson 3307 (MEL 646045); Mt Caroline, 
northwest Reserve, ix.1966, H. Shrley 12 (DNA 22114); 85 km 
N ofTallaringa Well, 20.ix.1988, A.C. Robinson 578 (DNA 56470, 
AD); 45 km NE of Welbourn Hill, 20.ix.1978, J.C. Cardale s.n. 
(CANB 278051); 46 km S of Kulgera along Stuart Highway, 
4.viii.1988, P.S. Short 3126 (MEL 115531). QUEENSLAND. 60 
miles E of Quilpie, viii.1971, M. Cameron s.n. (DNA 33540); 
Stoneleigh Lease, northern section ofThylungra, 31 .viii.2010, -/. 
SilcockJLS675 (DNA 216437, BRI); Georgina River, 1889,4. Henry 
s.n. (MEL 716812, MEL 716225). NEW SOUTH WALES. Lake 
Cobham, ix.1887, Bauerlen s.n. (MEL 716206); From Duroodoo 
to Nangarna, 28.xii.1860, Becklers.n. (MEL 696406). 
Distribution and habitat: Widespread across inland 
parts of Australia from Shark Bay to western New South 
Wales and south-western Queensland. Found in mallee, 
chenopod scrubland, heathland and grassland. (Fig. 17f) 
Conservation status: Widespread, common and well 
represented in conservation reserves. 
Flowering period: Mostly August to November. 
Notes: In most cases identified readily by the deeply 
transversely rugose involucral bract laminas that are 
aristate at the apex. Towards the eastern end of its 
range the involucral bracts on some specimens are 
less obviously aristate at the apex and the laminas less 
deeply rugose. These specimens can be difficult to 
differentiate from Podolepis aristata subsp. affinis. 
Muelleria 
41 

Page image

3678339 Podolepis canescens minor Muelleria 33: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608993
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251
3671379 Podolepis canescens affinis Muelleria 33: 35
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608990
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251
3674848 Podolepis canescens affinis Muelleria 33: 39
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608994
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251
3699441 Podolepis canescens affinis Muelleria 33: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608996
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251
51289574 Podolepis centauroides Muelleria 33: 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608987
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Jeanes 
the Eyre Highway, 15.ix.1960, P. Wilson 1665 (AD 96140057); 
5 miles W of Nundroo on Eyre Highway, 16.xi.1968, J.W. Wrigley 
s.n. (CBG 32875). VICTORIA. Mouth of the Glenelg, W.AIIitts.n. 
(MEL 222521); In Victoria on the Glenelg River, 1857, F. Mueller 
s.n. (MEL 2165850); Nelson Bay Coastal Reserve, 2.X.1982, A.C. 
Beauglehole 71146 (MEL 1579763); Portland, W. Allitt s.n. (MEL 
222522). 
Distribution and habitat: Scattered across the 
southern part of Western Australia and South Australia 
as far east as the Portland district of south-west Victoria, 
in a range of habitats including mallee, chenopod 
scrubland, grassland, woodland and coastal dune 
scrubland. (Fig. 16e) 
Conservation status: Widespread, moderately 
common and well represented in conservation reserves. 
Flowering period: August to November. 
Notes: Some specimens from coastal areas of Western 
Australia (e.g. Cape le Grande, Oldfield River mouth) 
approach subsp. littoralis in overall appearance, but 
they have the woolly leaves and stems of subsp. rugata. 
Apparent hybrids between Podolepis rugata subsp. 
rugata and P. decipiens have been collected at Gorae 
West near Portland, Victoria. The overall appearance of 
these plants and the size and shape of the involucral 
bracts suggests determination as P. decipiens , but the 
bracts are shallowly transversely rugose, which is a 
character found in P. rugata. 
5b. Podolepis rugata subsp. glabrata Jeanes, 
subsp. nov. 
Type: VICTORIA. Murray-Sunset National Park. Near 
the intersection of Nowingi Line Track and Rocket 
Lake Track, 24.xi.2011, J.A. Jeanes 2744 (holotype, MEL 
2356596! (Fig. 7), isotypes CANB!, S!, PAL!). 
Podolepis centauroides F.Muell. in sched., nom. nud. 
(MEL 222507). 
Illustration: Jeanes (1999) fig. 154e (as P. rugata var. 
rugata). 
Erect herb to 50 cm tall. Stems 1-several, erect, 
unbranched or sparingly branched, more or less 
glabrous. Leaves more or less glabrous, thin-textured; 
basal leaves several in a sparse rosette, soon withering; 
cauline leaves usually linear to linear-lanceolate, 1—10(— 
12) cm long and 2—5(—10) mm wide. Capitula solitary 
or a few in loose cymes, 12-25 mm diam. Involucral 
bracts with lamina scarious, often golden-brown, deeply 
transversely rugose, ±ovate, apex obtuse. (Figs If, 7) 
Specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Hambidge 
Conservation Park, 4.8 km SW of Prominent Hill, 29.ix.1983, 
J.D. Briggs 1275 (MEL 678056, AD 98721203, CBG 8315971); 
Swan Reach, 5 km from Nildottie, 27.X.1995, E. Salkin 165 (MEL 
2070952); 7 km E ofTailem Bend on Route 12 (Mallee Highway), 
17x1996, K. Watanabe 696 (MEL 2034808, AD 99741233); 
About 10 km west of Walker Flat, 24.ix.1979, A.G. Spooner 
6513 (AD 98041248); Billiat Conservation Park, 29.xi.1984, 
R.V. Southcott 8932 (AD 98513273); Willaston, c. 40 km NNE 
of Adelaide, 5.ix.1957, D. Krahenbuehl 2722 (AD 97712595); 
Moonta Bay, Marine Parade, 3.xi.1982, DJ.E. Whibley8411 (AD 
98313124); Crown lands WNW of Kimba, 5.X.1981, C.R. Alcock 
8851 (AD 98152128); 4 miles W of Stenhouse Bay, 19x1966, M.E. 
Phillips s.n. (CBG 28318). VICTORIA. Big Desert S.F. - south of 
Danyo, 10.xii.2003, 1.R.K. Sluiter04-08 (MEL 2236277); Big Desert. 
Archibold Track 8.7 km S of Nine Mile Square Track, 21 .xi.1986, 
G.R. Lucas 394 (MEL 113771); Wyperfeld National Park-Dattuck 
Track, 7.xi.1979, A. Morton 439 (MEL 2165848); Sunset Country. 
Berrook Track 25.8 km W of Sunset Tank, 14x1986, G.R. Lucas 
296 (MEL 690575, CBG 8905075); Murray-Sunset National Park. 
Bambill South Track, 5.8 km S of Settlement Road, 25.xi.2011, 
J.L. Birch 446 (MEL 2355902); Underbool Track about 10.9 
km south of Pheeneys Track, 8x2008, J.A. Jeanes 1976 (MEL 
2325541, CANB 709602); 33 km south of Murray ville, 21 .xi.1981, 
E.&G. Gardiner s.n. (AD 98151048); 60 km SW of Mildura, 1 km S 
of Rocket Lake eastern end, 9x1977, B. Barnsley 079, M.D. Crisp 
s.n. & D.J. Cummings s.n. (CBG 7706684). 
Distribution and habitat: Scattered across South 
Australia, east from the Eyre Peninsula, and into north¬ 
eastern Victoria in mallee scrublands, woodlands and 
open forests. (Fig. 16f) 
Conservation status: Widespread, moderately 
common and well represented in conservation reserves. 
Flowering period: September to November. 
Notes: Subspecies glabrata is similar in overall 
appearance to subsp. rugata , but is usually quite 
glabrous or at least early-glabrescent. 
Etymology: From the Latin glabrata = almost without 
hairs; the plants of this subspecies are more or less 
hairless. 
5c. Podolepis rugata subsp. littoralis (G.L.Davis) 
Jeanes, stat. nov. 
Basionym: Podolepis rugata Labill. var. littoralis 
G.L.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 81: 267-268, 
figs 73-74 (1957). 
32 
Vol 33 

Page image

51289576 Podolepis centauroides Muelleria 33: 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608987
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Jeanes 
the Eyre Highway, 15.ix.1960, P. Wilson 1665 (AD 96140057); 
5 miles W of Nundroo on Eyre Highway, 16.xi.1968, J.W. Wrigley 
s.n. (CBG 32875). VICTORIA. Mouth of the Glenelg, W.AIIitts.n. 
(MEL 222521); In Victoria on the Glenelg River, 1857, F. Mueller 
s.n. (MEL 2165850); Nelson Bay Coastal Reserve, 2.X.1982, A.C. 
Beauglehole 71146 (MEL 1579763); Portland, W. Allitt s.n. (MEL 
222522). 
Distribution and habitat: Scattered across the 
southern part of Western Australia and South Australia 
as far east as the Portland district of south-west Victoria, 
in a range of habitats including mallee, chenopod 
scrubland, grassland, woodland and coastal dune 
scrubland. (Fig. 16e) 
Conservation status: Widespread, moderately 
common and well represented in conservation reserves. 
Flowering period: August to November. 
Notes: Some specimens from coastal areas of Western 
Australia (e.g. Cape le Grande, Oldfield River mouth) 
approach subsp. littoralis in overall appearance, but 
they have the woolly leaves and stems of subsp. rugata. 
Apparent hybrids between Podolepis rugata subsp. 
rugata and P. decipiens have been collected at Gorae 
West near Portland, Victoria. The overall appearance of 
these plants and the size and shape of the involucral 
bracts suggests determination as P. decipiens , but the 
bracts are shallowly transversely rugose, which is a 
character found in P. rugata. 
5b. Podolepis rugata subsp. glabrata Jeanes, 
subsp. nov. 
Type: VICTORIA. Murray-Sunset National Park. Near 
the intersection of Nowingi Line Track and Rocket 
Lake Track, 24.xi.2011, J.A. Jeanes 2744 (holotype, MEL 
2356596! (Fig. 7), isotypes CANB!, S!, PAL!). 
Podolepis centauroides F.Muell. in sched., nom. nud. 
(MEL 222507). 
Illustration: Jeanes (1999) fig. 154e (as P. rugata var. 
rugata). 
Erect herb to 50 cm tall. Stems 1-several, erect, 
unbranched or sparingly branched, more or less 
glabrous. Leaves more or less glabrous, thin-textured; 
basal leaves several in a sparse rosette, soon withering; 
cauline leaves usually linear to linear-lanceolate, 1—10(— 
12) cm long and 2—5(—10) mm wide. Capitula solitary 
or a few in loose cymes, 12-25 mm diam. Involucral 
bracts with lamina scarious, often golden-brown, deeply 
transversely rugose, ±ovate, apex obtuse. (Figs If, 7) 
Specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Hambidge 
Conservation Park, 4.8 km SW of Prominent Hill, 29.ix.1983, 
J.D. Briggs 1275 (MEL 678056, AD 98721203, CBG 8315971); 
Swan Reach, 5 km from Nildottie, 27.X.1995, E. Salkin 165 (MEL 
2070952); 7 km E ofTailem Bend on Route 12 (Mallee Highway), 
17x1996, K. Watanabe 696 (MEL 2034808, AD 99741233); 
About 10 km west of Walker Flat, 24.ix.1979, A.G. Spooner 
6513 (AD 98041248); Billiat Conservation Park, 29.xi.1984, 
R.V. Southcott 8932 (AD 98513273); Willaston, c. 40 km NNE 
of Adelaide, 5.ix.1957, D. Krahenbuehl 2722 (AD 97712595); 
Moonta Bay, Marine Parade, 3.xi.1982, DJ.E. Whibley8411 (AD 
98313124); Crown lands WNW of Kimba, 5.X.1981, C.R. Alcock 
8851 (AD 98152128); 4 miles W of Stenhouse Bay, 19x1966, M.E. 
Phillips s.n. (CBG 28318). VICTORIA. Big Desert S.F. - south of 
Danyo, 10.xii.2003, 1.R.K. Sluiter04-08 (MEL 2236277); Big Desert. 
Archibold Track 8.7 km S of Nine Mile Square Track, 21 .xi.1986, 
G.R. Lucas 394 (MEL 113771); Wyperfeld National Park-Dattuck 
Track, 7.xi.1979, A. Morton 439 (MEL 2165848); Sunset Country. 
Berrook Track 25.8 km W of Sunset Tank, 14x1986, G.R. Lucas 
296 (MEL 690575, CBG 8905075); Murray-Sunset National Park. 
Bambill South Track, 5.8 km S of Settlement Road, 25.xi.2011, 
J.L. Birch 446 (MEL 2355902); Underbool Track about 10.9 
km south of Pheeneys Track, 8x2008, J.A. Jeanes 1976 (MEL 
2325541, CANB 709602); 33 km south of Murray ville, 21 .xi.1981, 
E.&G. Gardiner s.n. (AD 98151048); 60 km SW of Mildura, 1 km S 
of Rocket Lake eastern end, 9x1977, B. Barnsley 079, M.D. Crisp 
s.n. & D.J. Cummings s.n. (CBG 7706684). 
Distribution and habitat: Scattered across South 
Australia, east from the Eyre Peninsula, and into north¬ 
eastern Victoria in mallee scrublands, woodlands and 
open forests. (Fig. 16f) 
Conservation status: Widespread, moderately 
common and well represented in conservation reserves. 
Flowering period: September to November. 
Notes: Subspecies glabrata is similar in overall 
appearance to subsp. rugata , but is usually quite 
glabrous or at least early-glabrescent. 
Etymology: From the Latin glabrata = almost without 
hairs; the plants of this subspecies are more or less 
hairless. 
5c. Podolepis rugata subsp. littoralis (G.L.Davis) 
Jeanes, stat. nov. 
Basionym: Podolepis rugata Labill. var. littoralis 
G.L.Davis, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 81: 267-268, 
figs 73-74 (1957). 
32 
Vol 33 

Page image

3678336 Podolepis chrysantha Muelleria 33: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608993
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Jeanes 
Key to the subspecies of Podolepis aristata 
1 Lamina of the intermediate involucral bracts more or less flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in dry specimens).—.„. 2 
1: Lamina of the intermediate involucral bracts shallowly to deeply transversely rugose. 3 
2 Apex of intermediate involucral bracts acuminate to aristate. 9a. P. aristata subsp. aristata 
2: Apex of intermediate involucral bracts obtuse to acute.... 9b. P. aristata subsp. affinis 
3 Apex of intermediate involucral bracts acuminate to aristate. 9c. P. aristata subsp. auriculata 
3: Apex of intermediate involucral bracts obtuse to acute. 9b. P. aristata subsp. affinis 
1-6 cm long, with several scarious scale leaves below 
the involucre passing into the leafy stem. Capitula 
hemispherical, mostly 10—20(—25) mm diam., many 
in loose cymes, rarely solitary. Involucral bracts many- 
seriate, with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal 
(outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina 
scarious, straw-coloured to golden brown, virtually 
flat to deeply transversely rugose, shiny; intermediate 
bracts 6-12 mm long, apex obtuse, acute, acuminate 
or aristate, claw c. 0.25 mm wide at the narrowest point 
and shorter than the lamina, lamina 4-10 mm long, 
±triangular, base truncate; inner bracts with claw longer 
than lamina. Florets yellow; ray florets female, 20-30, 
ligules linear, 10-20 mm long, 3(-5)-toothed, teeth 
to 3 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, 
numerous. Cypselas terete, 1.5-2 mm long, c. 0.5 mm 
wide, papillose; pappus bristles 15-20, barbellate, 
virtually free, 4-8 mm long. Chromosome numbers: 
n=10,2/7=20; /7=11. 
Cytology: Chromosome numbers of n= 10, 2n=20 
were reported by Turner (1967), Short (1986) and 
Watanabe et al. (1999) under the name Podolepis 
canescens. The voucher cited by Turner (Turner 5422) in 
this study corresponds to P. aristata subsp. auriculata, 
while voucher Turner 5345 refers to P. aristata subsp. 
aristata. The voucher cited by Short (Short 1271) here 
refers to P. aristata subsp. affinis. Vouchers cited by 
Watanabe et al. (1999) as Short 4421, Watanabe 159 
and Watanabe 355 here refer to P. aristata subsp. affinis, 
while Short4319 belongs to P. aristata subsp. aristata (all 
n=10).The chromosome number determination of n=11 
reported by Turner (1967) under the name P auriculata, 
voucher Turner 5406, here corresponds to P aristata 
subsp. auriculata. 
Typification: In the protologue of Podolepis aristata, 
Bentham described the involucral bracts (involucri 
squamis) as 'acutissimis aristatis aureofuscis non rugosis' 
meaning Very acute, aristate, yellow-brown and not 
rugose'. The holotype is housed at the Vienna Herbarium 
(W). There is a possible syntype at MEL, from the Steetz 
herbarium, but this specimen lacks locality information 
and, although Hugel's name appears on the label, it is 
uncertain if he made the collection. 
9a. Podolepis aristata subsp. aristata 
Podolepis chrysantha Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:458 
(1843); Podolepis aristata var. chrysantha (Endl.) Steetz, 
PI. Preiss. 1 (3): 466 (1845). Type: Western Australia.'Nova 
Hollandia austro-occidentalis': Canning River, Preiss 
52 (syntype, MEL 696485!); Western Australia, Preiss 52 
(syntype, MEL 696433!). 
Podolepis subulata Steetz, PI. Preiss. 1(3): 465 (1845); 
Podolepis canescens A.Cunn. ex DC., f. minor Siebert 
& Voss Vilm. Blumengartn. ed. 3, 1(1): 536 (1894). Type: 
Western Australia. 'In solo sublimoso districtus Vasse', 
xii.1839, Preiss 54 (lectotype, S S-G-4947, here designated, 
photo! JSTOR Global Plants, isolectotypes, LD 1054916, 
photo! JSTOR Global Plants, MEL 242521!, MEL 696475!); 
'In col. Swan River,' 1843, Preiss 54 (syntype, G 301392, 
photo! JSTOR Global Plants). 
Podolepis aristata Benth. var. minor Benth., FI. austral. 
3:605 (1867). Type: Western Australia.'Vasse river, Preiss, 
n. 54; between Moore and Murchison rivers, Drummond, 
6 th Coll. n. 155': Vasse River, no date, Preiss 54 (syntypes, 
MEL 242521!, MEL 696475!); no location, no date, 
J. Drummond 155 (syntype, MEL 2166262!). 
Annual herb to 50 cm tall. Involucral bracts many-seriate, 
with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost 
shortest, intermediate longest); lamina scarious, straw- 
coloured, virtually flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in 
dry specimens), shiny; intermediate bracts 7-12 mm 
long, apex long-acuminate or aristate, claw c. 0.25 mm 
wide at the narrowest point and shorter than the lamina, 
lamina 4-10 mm long, ± triangular, base truncate; inner 
bracts with claw longer than lamina. (Figs 11,13) 
38 
Vol 33 

Page image

3661033 Podolepis contorta Muelleria 33: 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608979
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Jeanes 
Taxonomy 
1. Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Voss, Vilm. 
Blumengartn. ed. 3,1:536 (1894) 
Basionym: Scalia jaceoides Sims, Bot. Mag. 24: t. 956 
(1806); Podolepis acuminata R.Br., Hortus Kew. edn 2, 5: 
82 (1813), nom. illeg. (the earlier Scalia jaceoides is cited 
in synonymy); Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Druce, Rep. Bot. 
Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles, Suppl. 2. 641 (1917), isonym; 
Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89): 
1230(1930), isonym. 
Type: CULTIVATED. 'A native of New South Wales,... 
Introduced by Mr. Loddiges of Hackney/ (cultivated in 
England), not located (lectotype, illustration in Bot. Mag. 
24: t. 956 (1806)!, here designated). 
Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Pepin, Ann. FI. Pomone 2: 
88 (1833); Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, Ann. FI. 
Pomone 3: 213 (1835) isonym. Type : 'Cultivated in the 
Jardin des Plantes, Paris, France', no locality, no date, no 
collector (neotype P, fide Mabberley (1999), n.v.). 
Podolepis contorta Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 24: 
p. 64 misc. (1838). Type:'A native of Van Diemen's Land, 
whence seeds of it were sent to the Horticultural Society 
by Mr. J. Bunce', not located. 
Podolepis simplicicaulis F.Muell. Second Rep. Gov. Bot. 
Veg. Colony 12 (1854), nom. nud. 
Podolepis papillosa Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 65: 
46 (1918), nom. illeg. non R.Br. ex Pepin (1833). Type: 
'Australia, N.S. Wales ad Warrumbungle Range [Forsyth!), 
Victoria {Walter!)': New South Wales, Warrumbungle 
Ranges, x.1899, W. Forsyth s.n. (lectotype, LY 0000142, 
fide McGillivray (1973), photo!, isolectotype, NSW 25486, 
photo!, JSTOR Global Plants); NW Victoria, x.1900, C. 
Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo! (= P. aristata 
subsp. affinis)). 
Illustrations: Sims (1806) No. 956; Cunningham et al. 
(1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 D; Everett (1992) 
p. 264. 
Flerb to 50 cm tall, renewed annually from perennial 
rootstock. Stems 1-several, produced annually from a 
thickened persistent rootstock, erect, unbranched or 
sparingly branched, variously woolly or cobwebbed, 
sometimes glabrescent. Leaves covered sparsely to 
densely with flattened elongate to coiled multicellular 
hairs, sometimes glabrescent, margins ±flat to revolute, 
entire; basal leaves several in a sparse rosette, usually 
lanceolate to oblanceolate, rarely linear, 3—15(—20) 
cm long and 5—15(—20) mm wide, petiolate, base 
amplexicaul covering an inconspicuous adaxial tuft of 
long hairs (white on dried specimens); cauline leaves 
alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, usually linear to linear- 
lanceolate, 1—10(—20) cm long and 2—10(—15) mm wide, 
apex acuminate. Peduncles 4-15 cm long, with several 
scarious scale leaves below the involucre passing into 
the leafy stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 20-40 
mm diam., solitary or a few in loose cymes. Involucral 
bracts many-seriate, with linear glandular claws, unequal 
(outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina 
scarious, virtually flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in 
dry specimens), smooth, shiny, ±ovate; intermediate 
bracts 10-18 mm long, apex acute to acuminate, often 
slightly asymmetric and twisted, claw c. 1 mm wide at 
the narrowest point and shorter than, to about as long 
as, the lamina; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina. 
Florets bright yellow; ray florets female, 20-50, ligules 
linear, 15-30 mm long, 3(-5)-toothed, teeth to 5 mm 
long, to c. 1 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous. 
Cypselas 2-3 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, papillose; pappus 
bristles 20-40, barbellate, shortly connate at base, 6-10 
mm long. (Figs la, 2) 
Selected specimens examined : SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 
Hindmarsh Island. 17.X.1930, E.H. Ising 3853 (AD 97410208); 
Naracoorte, 3.xi.1945, N.S. Tiver 14304 (AD 98672218); Mt 
Graham, 21.xi.1882, Tate s.n. (AD 97631670); Flinders Chase 
National Park, beside Cape du Couedic road, 21x1985, J.H. 
Willis s.n. (MEL 2119203); Swamps near Mt Benson, 1895, Dr 
Englehart s.n. (MEL 544018); Kingston - Lucindale railway 
corridor, 23x2006, DJ. Duval 621 (AD 201366); Lake Bonney, 
1882, C. Wehls.n. (MEL 716639); Mt Gambier (MEL 716727); 4.5 
km direct ESE of Maitland, 20.ix.1994, R.L. Taplin & D.E. Murfet 
BS63-496 (AD 99705368); Freeling Cemetery, 23x1966, D.N. 
Kraehenbuehl 1799 (AD 96713047); Sandergrove, c. 10 km 
SW of Strathalbyn, 2.xi.1926, J.B. Cleland s.n. (AD 95830060); 
Biscuit Flat c. 8 km SW of Conmurra, xi.1969, K.M. Alcock 188 
(AD 97041036). QUEENSLAND. Rockhampton, A Dietrich 1796, 
259, 268, 1454 (MEL 544019, MEL 568369, MEL 568370, MEL 
544020, AD 97943570); Terrick Terrick, 20.ix.1960, S.L Everist 
6337 (AD 98619303, BRI 406093); Longreach, x.1913, E. Jarvis 
s.n. (BRI 365445);'Burenda', Augathella,x.1998, M.Pedons.n. (BRI 
664025); Mitchell Highway, 98 km S of Cunnamulla, 18.ix.2004, 
A.R. Bean 23137 (BRI 697235); 'Woolga', Tambo, 28.ix.1950, G.A. 
Morrison s.n. (BRI 365444); 12 km E of Capella, 8.iii.1995, R.J. 
Fensham 2801 (BRI 639616); 8 km N of Clermont, 7.ix.1997, 
RJ. Fensham 3315 (BRI 657938); South Galway, about 40 miles 
SW of Windorah, 2.viii.1963, S.L. Everist 7418 (BRI 41211); 2 
24 
Vol 33 

Page image

3663323 Podolepis decipiens Muelleria 33: 26-28, Figs 1b, 3, 16b (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 26-28, Figs 1b, 3, 16b (map)".

3671377 Podolepis eremaea Muelleria 33: 35-36, Figs 1j, 11, 17b (map)
3670230 Podolepis inundata Muelleria 33: 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608989
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Jeanes 
Notes: Podolepis rugata subsp. trullata has been 
confused with P. rugata subsp. littoralis, but in the latter 
the laminas of the involucral bracts are ovate to oblong, 
deeply transversely rugose and apically obtuse. 
Etymology: From the Latin trullata = shaped like a 
brick-layer's trowel; this is the shape of the lamina on the 
intermediate involucral bracts. 
6. Podolepis canescens A.Cunn. ex DC., Prodr. 6: 
163(1838) 
Type: NEW SOUTH WALES, 'in collibus rupestribus 
circa Croker's range in Nova-Hollandia ad occid. Vallis 
Wellingtoniae nov. flor. legit cl. Cunningham... (v.s. comm, 
a cl. inv.)': Croker's Range, xi.l 825, A. Cunningham 39 
(lectotype, BRI-AQ354837, fide G.L. Davis (1957), photo! 
JSTOR Global Plants, isolectotype, MEL 696480!); Rocky 
hills near Croker's Range in the country lying W from 
Wellington valley, xi.l 825, A. Cunningham 127 (possible 
isolectotype, MEL 2280347!); Exposed rocky sides of 
hills, Croker's Range, xi.l825, A. Cunningham 1763 
(possible isolectotype, BM 810533, photo! JSTOR Global 
Plants); Hills of Croker's Range, 1825, A. Cunningham 
s.n. (residual syntype, BM 810534, photo! JSTOR Global 
Plants). 
Podolepis inundata A.Cunn. ex DC., Prodr. 6: 163 
(1838). Type: New South Wales, 'in inundatis adripas flum. 
Lachlan in Nova-Holl. (v.s. comm, a cl. invent.)': Inundated 
parts of L. R., no date, A. Cunningham s.n. (lectotype, 
K 000899338, here designated, photo! JSTOR Global 
Plants); Damp banks (liable to inundation) of the Lachlan 
River N. S. Wales, 29.iv.1817, A. Cunningham 47 (probable 
isolectotype, K 000899337, photo! JSTOR Global Plants). 
Podolepis rubida Maiden & R.T.Baker, Proc. Linn. Soc. 
New South Wales 10:587 (1895). Type: New South Wales. 
Bathurst, 20.xi.1895, W.J.C. Ross s.n. (holotype, MEL 
716219!). 
Annual herb to 60 cm tall. Stems 1 -several, erect, usually 
branched, sparsely woolly, often glabrescent, reddish. 
Leaves woolly below, sparsely woolly above and often 
glabrescent, margins ± revolute, entire; basal leaves 
often few in a sparse rosette, not always present at 
anthesis, usually linear-oblanceolate, 5-8 cm long 
and 2-7 mm wide, petiolate, base amplexicaul, apex 
acute; cauline leaves alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, 
decurrent, usually linear, 1 -5 cm long and 2-4 mm wide, 
apex acute. Peduncles 1 -4 cm long, with several scarious 
scale leaves below the involucre passing into the leafy 
stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 5—8(—10) mm 
diam., many in loose cymes, rarely solitary. Involucral 
bracts many-seriate, with slender linear, glandular claws, 
unequal (outermost shortest, intermediate longest); 
lamina scarious, straw-coloured to golden brown, 
shallowly transversely rugose at least distally, shiny; 
intermediate bracts 2-6 mm long, apex acute or shortly 
acuminate, claw c. 0.25 mm wide at the narrowest point 
and often longer than the lamina, lamina lanceolate to 
ovate, 1-2.5 mm long, base truncate to obtuse; inner 
bracts with claw much longer than lamina. Florets 
yellow; ray florets female, 20-30, ligules linear, 6-10 
mm long, usually 3-toothed, teeth to 3 mm long, to c. 
O. 5 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous. Cypselas 
terete, c. 1.5 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, papillose; pappus 
bristles 15-20, barbellate, virtually free, 3-4 mm long. 
(Figs 1 i, 10) 
Specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES. 1.9 km west of 
Glen Alice on road towards Rylstone, 15.xii.2005, R. Johnstone 
1711 (MEL 2264178 (Fig. 10), NSW 493723, K); 1.7 km SSE along 
Charlton Road from the Windsor-Singleton Road, c. 3 km NE 
of Bulga, 27.ix.2009, R.G. Coveny 19387 (MEL 2340151, NSW 
592543, BRI, CANB, NE); Hill End, x.1885, Dr.J. Lauterer31 (MEL 
696402); N. S. Wales, A. Cunningham s.n. (MEL 2160879 part A); 
Dubbo, vii.1883, Betche 63 (MEL 696403); Dubbo, 14.ix.1883, 
Betche 60 (MEL 716218); c. 2 km west of Glen Alice on road 
to Rylstone, 4.xii.2007, R. Johnstone 2286 & A.E. Orme (CANB 
712079, NSW 759349, K). 
Distribution and habitat: Found mostly in the 
Central Tablelands and Central Western Slopes of New 
South Wales. Habitats include open forests, woodlands 
and grassy woodlands. (Fig. 17a) 
Conservation status: The paucity of collections, 
particularly recent ones, in Australian herbaria suggests 
that this species is probably quite rare and possibly 
threatened. Suggest Poorly Known (K-) by criteria of 
Briggs and Leigh (1996) and Near Threatened (NT) by 
criteria of IUCN (2013). 
Flowering period: Mostly August to November. 
Cytology: No data available. 
Notes: Distinguished from other Podolepis species 
by a combination of characters including its upright 
twiggy habit, small capitula and tiny, transversely 
rugose involucral bract laminas. In overall appearance, 
P. canescens resembles P. eremaea, but that species 
has virtually flat involucral bract laminas (sometimes 
34 
Vol 33 

Page image

3661023 Podolepis jaceoides Muelleria 33: 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608979
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Jeanes 
Taxonomy 
1. Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Voss, Vilm. 
Blumengartn. ed. 3,1:536 (1894) 
Basionym: Scalia jaceoides Sims, Bot. Mag. 24: t. 956 
(1806); Podolepis acuminata R.Br., Hortus Kew. edn 2, 5: 
82 (1813), nom. illeg. (the earlier Scalia jaceoides is cited 
in synonymy); Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Druce, Rep. Bot. 
Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles, Suppl. 2. 641 (1917), isonym; 
Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89): 
1230(1930), isonym. 
Type: CULTIVATED. 'A native of New South Wales,... 
Introduced by Mr. Loddiges of Hackney/ (cultivated in 
England), not located (lectotype, illustration in Bot. Mag. 
24: t. 956 (1806)!, here designated). 
Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Pepin, Ann. FI. Pomone 2: 
88 (1833); Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, Ann. FI. 
Pomone 3: 213 (1835) isonym. Type : 'Cultivated in the 
Jardin des Plantes, Paris, France', no locality, no date, no 
collector (neotype P, fide Mabberley (1999), n.v.). 
Podolepis contorta Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 24: 
p. 64 misc. (1838). Type:'A native of Van Diemen's Land, 
whence seeds of it were sent to the Horticultural Society 
by Mr. J. Bunce', not located. 
Podolepis simplicicaulis F.Muell. Second Rep. Gov. Bot. 
Veg. Colony 12 (1854), nom. nud. 
Podolepis papillosa Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 65: 
46 (1918), nom. illeg. non R.Br. ex Pepin (1833). Type: 
'Australia, N.S. Wales ad Warrumbungle Range [Forsyth!), 
Victoria {Walter!)': New South Wales, Warrumbungle 
Ranges, x.1899, W. Forsyth s.n. (lectotype, LY 0000142, 
fide McGillivray (1973), photo!, isolectotype, NSW 25486, 
photo!, JSTOR Global Plants); NW Victoria, x.1900, C. 
Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo! (= P. aristata 
subsp. affinis)). 
Illustrations: Sims (1806) No. 956; Cunningham et al. 
(1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 D; Everett (1992) 
p. 264. 
Flerb to 50 cm tall, renewed annually from perennial 
rootstock. Stems 1-several, produced annually from a 
thickened persistent rootstock, erect, unbranched or 
sparingly branched, variously woolly or cobwebbed, 
sometimes glabrescent. Leaves covered sparsely to 
densely with flattened elongate to coiled multicellular 
hairs, sometimes glabrescent, margins ±flat to revolute, 
entire; basal leaves several in a sparse rosette, usually 
lanceolate to oblanceolate, rarely linear, 3—15(—20) 
cm long and 5—15(—20) mm wide, petiolate, base 
amplexicaul covering an inconspicuous adaxial tuft of 
long hairs (white on dried specimens); cauline leaves 
alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, usually linear to linear- 
lanceolate, 1—10(—20) cm long and 2—10(—15) mm wide, 
apex acuminate. Peduncles 4-15 cm long, with several 
scarious scale leaves below the involucre passing into 
the leafy stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 20-40 
mm diam., solitary or a few in loose cymes. Involucral 
bracts many-seriate, with linear glandular claws, unequal 
(outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina 
scarious, virtually flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in 
dry specimens), smooth, shiny, ±ovate; intermediate 
bracts 10-18 mm long, apex acute to acuminate, often 
slightly asymmetric and twisted, claw c. 1 mm wide at 
the narrowest point and shorter than, to about as long 
as, the lamina; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina. 
Florets bright yellow; ray florets female, 20-50, ligules 
linear, 15-30 mm long, 3(-5)-toothed, teeth to 5 mm 
long, to c. 1 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous. 
Cypselas 2-3 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, papillose; pappus 
bristles 20-40, barbellate, shortly connate at base, 6-10 
mm long. (Figs la, 2) 
Selected specimens examined : SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 
Hindmarsh Island. 17.X.1930, E.H. Ising 3853 (AD 97410208); 
Naracoorte, 3.xi.1945, N.S. Tiver 14304 (AD 98672218); Mt 
Graham, 21.xi.1882, Tate s.n. (AD 97631670); Flinders Chase 
National Park, beside Cape du Couedic road, 21x1985, J.H. 
Willis s.n. (MEL 2119203); Swamps near Mt Benson, 1895, Dr 
Englehart s.n. (MEL 544018); Kingston - Lucindale railway 
corridor, 23x2006, DJ. Duval 621 (AD 201366); Lake Bonney, 
1882, C. Wehls.n. (MEL 716639); Mt Gambier (MEL 716727); 4.5 
km direct ESE of Maitland, 20.ix.1994, R.L. Taplin & D.E. Murfet 
BS63-496 (AD 99705368); Freeling Cemetery, 23x1966, D.N. 
Kraehenbuehl 1799 (AD 96713047); Sandergrove, c. 10 km 
SW of Strathalbyn, 2.xi.1926, J.B. Cleland s.n. (AD 95830060); 
Biscuit Flat c. 8 km SW of Conmurra, xi.1969, K.M. Alcock 188 
(AD 97041036). QUEENSLAND. Rockhampton, A Dietrich 1796, 
259, 268, 1454 (MEL 544019, MEL 568369, MEL 568370, MEL 
544020, AD 97943570); Terrick Terrick, 20.ix.1960, S.L Everist 
6337 (AD 98619303, BRI 406093); Longreach, x.1913, E. Jarvis 
s.n. (BRI 365445);'Burenda', Augathella,x.1998, M.Pedons.n. (BRI 
664025); Mitchell Highway, 98 km S of Cunnamulla, 18.ix.2004, 
A.R. Bean 23137 (BRI 697235); 'Woolga', Tambo, 28.ix.1950, G.A. 
Morrison s.n. (BRI 365444); 12 km E of Capella, 8.iii.1995, R.J. 
Fensham 2801 (BRI 639616); 8 km N of Clermont, 7.ix.1997, 
RJ. Fensham 3315 (BRI 657938); South Galway, about 40 miles 
SW of Windorah, 2.viii.1963, S.L. Everist 7418 (BRI 41211); 2 
24 
Vol 33 

Page image

3661022 Podolepis jaceoides Muelleria 33: 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608979
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Jeanes 
Taxonomy 
1. Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Voss, Vilm. 
Blumengartn. ed. 3,1:536 (1894) 
Basionym: Scalia jaceoides Sims, Bot. Mag. 24: t. 956 
(1806); Podolepis acuminata R.Br., Hortus Kew. edn 2, 5: 
82 (1813), nom. illeg. (the earlier Scalia jaceoides is cited 
in synonymy); Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Druce, Rep. Bot. 
Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles, Suppl. 2. 641 (1917), isonym; 
Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89): 
1230(1930), isonym. 
Type: CULTIVATED. 'A native of New South Wales,... 
Introduced by Mr. Loddiges of Hackney/ (cultivated in 
England), not located (lectotype, illustration in Bot. Mag. 
24: t. 956 (1806)!, here designated). 
Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Pepin, Ann. FI. Pomone 2: 
88 (1833); Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, Ann. FI. 
Pomone 3: 213 (1835) isonym. Type : 'Cultivated in the 
Jardin des Plantes, Paris, France', no locality, no date, no 
collector (neotype P, fide Mabberley (1999), n.v.). 
Podolepis contorta Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 24: 
p. 64 misc. (1838). Type:'A native of Van Diemen's Land, 
whence seeds of it were sent to the Horticultural Society 
by Mr. J. Bunce', not located. 
Podolepis simplicicaulis F.Muell. Second Rep. Gov. Bot. 
Veg. Colony 12 (1854), nom. nud. 
Podolepis papillosa Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 65: 
46 (1918), nom. illeg. non R.Br. ex Pepin (1833). Type: 
'Australia, N.S. Wales ad Warrumbungle Range [Forsyth!), 
Victoria {Walter!)': New South Wales, Warrumbungle 
Ranges, x.1899, W. Forsyth s.n. (lectotype, LY 0000142, 
fide McGillivray (1973), photo!, isolectotype, NSW 25486, 
photo!, JSTOR Global Plants); NW Victoria, x.1900, C. 
Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo! (= P. aristata 
subsp. affinis)). 
Illustrations: Sims (1806) No. 956; Cunningham et al. 
(1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 D; Everett (1992) 
p. 264. 
Flerb to 50 cm tall, renewed annually from perennial 
rootstock. Stems 1-several, produced annually from a 
thickened persistent rootstock, erect, unbranched or 
sparingly branched, variously woolly or cobwebbed, 
sometimes glabrescent. Leaves covered sparsely to 
densely with flattened elongate to coiled multicellular 
hairs, sometimes glabrescent, margins ±flat to revolute, 
entire; basal leaves several in a sparse rosette, usually 
lanceolate to oblanceolate, rarely linear, 3—15(—20) 
cm long and 5—15(—20) mm wide, petiolate, base 
amplexicaul covering an inconspicuous adaxial tuft of 
long hairs (white on dried specimens); cauline leaves 
alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, usually linear to linear- 
lanceolate, 1—10(—20) cm long and 2—10(—15) mm wide, 
apex acuminate. Peduncles 4-15 cm long, with several 
scarious scale leaves below the involucre passing into 
the leafy stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 20-40 
mm diam., solitary or a few in loose cymes. Involucral 
bracts many-seriate, with linear glandular claws, unequal 
(outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina 
scarious, virtually flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in 
dry specimens), smooth, shiny, ±ovate; intermediate 
bracts 10-18 mm long, apex acute to acuminate, often 
slightly asymmetric and twisted, claw c. 1 mm wide at 
the narrowest point and shorter than, to about as long 
as, the lamina; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina. 
Florets bright yellow; ray florets female, 20-50, ligules 
linear, 15-30 mm long, 3(-5)-toothed, teeth to 5 mm 
long, to c. 1 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous. 
Cypselas 2-3 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, papillose; pappus 
bristles 20-40, barbellate, shortly connate at base, 6-10 
mm long. (Figs la, 2) 
Selected specimens examined : SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 
Hindmarsh Island. 17.X.1930, E.H. Ising 3853 (AD 97410208); 
Naracoorte, 3.xi.1945, N.S. Tiver 14304 (AD 98672218); Mt 
Graham, 21.xi.1882, Tate s.n. (AD 97631670); Flinders Chase 
National Park, beside Cape du Couedic road, 21x1985, J.H. 
Willis s.n. (MEL 2119203); Swamps near Mt Benson, 1895, Dr 
Englehart s.n. (MEL 544018); Kingston - Lucindale railway 
corridor, 23x2006, DJ. Duval 621 (AD 201366); Lake Bonney, 
1882, C. Wehls.n. (MEL 716639); Mt Gambier (MEL 716727); 4.5 
km direct ESE of Maitland, 20.ix.1994, R.L. Taplin & D.E. Murfet 
BS63-496 (AD 99705368); Freeling Cemetery, 23x1966, D.N. 
Kraehenbuehl 1799 (AD 96713047); Sandergrove, c. 10 km 
SW of Strathalbyn, 2.xi.1926, J.B. Cleland s.n. (AD 95830060); 
Biscuit Flat c. 8 km SW of Conmurra, xi.1969, K.M. Alcock 188 
(AD 97041036). QUEENSLAND. Rockhampton, A Dietrich 1796, 
259, 268, 1454 (MEL 544019, MEL 568369, MEL 568370, MEL 
544020, AD 97943570); Terrick Terrick, 20.ix.1960, S.L Everist 
6337 (AD 98619303, BRI 406093); Longreach, x.1913, E. Jarvis 
s.n. (BRI 365445);'Burenda', Augathella,x.1998, M.Pedons.n. (BRI 
664025); Mitchell Highway, 98 km S of Cunnamulla, 18.ix.2004, 
A.R. Bean 23137 (BRI 697235); 'Woolga', Tambo, 28.ix.1950, G.A. 
Morrison s.n. (BRI 365444); 12 km E of Capella, 8.iii.1995, R.J. 
Fensham 2801 (BRI 639616); 8 km N of Clermont, 7.ix.1997, 
RJ. Fensham 3315 (BRI 657938); South Galway, about 40 miles 
SW of Windorah, 2.viii.1963, S.L. Everist 7418 (BRI 41211); 2 
24 
Vol 33 

Page image

3661019 Podolepis jaceoides Muelleria 33: 24-26, Figs 1a, 2, 16a (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 24-26, Figs 1a, 2, 16a (map)".

3663326 Podolepis jaceoides Muelleria 33: 26
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608981
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Jeanes 
Typification: There is a specimen at MEL with an 
original label in Brown's hand, which reads'R. Brown Iter 
Australiense 2258 Podotepis acuminata Br' but with no 
locality information. A later worker has annotated the 
sheet'Co-type material Podolepis acuminata R.Br. Robert 
Brown No. 2258 (Port Jackson, N.S.W.) 1802-5'. There is a 
duplicate of this collection (also numbered 2258) at the 
Natural History Museum, London (BM) with an original 
label in Brown's hand with the provenance given as Port 
Dalrymple (Launceston, Tasmania). It appears that both 
the MEL and the BM specimens were collected at Port 
Dalrymple (not Port Jackson) and hence are not type 
material of P. acuminata.Th\s is further borne out by the 
fact that the involucral bract apices are not acuminate 
in these specimens. Unfortunately no herbarium 
specimens can be located that are type material of either 
P. jaceoides or P. acuminata, but it is clear that this species 
has at least some, if not all, of the involucral bracts ovate 
with acuminate apices. 
The identity of P. contorta Lindl. from 'Van Diemen's 
Land' remains a mystery. The taxon was described as 
having acuminate involucral bracts (Lindley 1838), but 
I have seen no specimens from theTasmanian mainland 
with bracts that match that description except for an old 
Gunn collection at MEL simply labelled V.D.L. However, 
P. jaceoides has been collected more recently on Flinders 
Island, so perhaps the type material (if any exists) had its 
origins there. Without any firm evidence to the contrary 
it is prudent to regard P. contorta as an unusual floral 
form of P. jaceoides. For additional commentary on 
synonomy of P. jaceoides, including P. papillosa R.Br. ex 
Pepin, P. papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, P. papillosa Gand., see 
Mabberley (1999). 
2. Podolepis decipiens Jeanes, sp. nov. 
Type: VICTORIA. SW of Mt Langi Ghiran between 
Western Highway and railway line, 2.xi.l 981, M.G.Corrick 
7528 (holotype MEL 606866! (Fig. 3), isotypes, AD 
98316202!, CBG 329381!, HO 58964!). 
Podolepis macrocephala F.Muell. First Rep. Gov. Bot. 
Veg. Colony 14 (1853) nom. nud. 
Podolepis laevigata sensu Victoria, Keilor Plains, 
ix.1900, C. Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY 0000144, 
photo!); Victoria, Mentone, 6.X.1907, J.R. Tovey s.n. 
(excluded syntype, LY 0000145, photo!) non Gand. 
Podolepis jaceoides sensu Davis (1957), Cooke (1986), 
Everett (1992), Jeanes (1999) p.p . non (Sims) Voss. 
Illustrations: Davis (1957) figs 2-7; Beadle (1980) fig. 
292 A1-A5; Jeanes (1999) fig. 154h (all as P. jaceoides). 
Table 1. A summary of the diagnostic characters and habitat information of Podolepis jaceoides and similar species. Length and 
width measurements are abbreviated as L and W respectively. 
P. decipiens 
P. jaceoides 
P. laevigata 
P. lineari folia 
Leaf indumentum 
woolly to scabrous with 
flattened multicellular 
hairs or glabrescent 
woolly to scabrous 
with flattened 
multicellular hairs or 
glabrescent 
± glabrous 
glabrous or with fine 
hairs on midrib below 
and on margins 
Basal leaf shape 
lanceolate to 
oblanceolate or ovate to 
obovate 
lanceolate or 
oblanceolate, rarely 
linear 
linear 
linear 
Basal leaf size 
30-200 mm Lx 5-25 
mm W 
30-200 mm L x 5-20 
mm W 
50-130mm Lx 1-5 
mm W 
50-170 mm L x 
3—6(—10) mm W 
Hair tufts at base of 
basal leaves 
hidden by leaf bases 
hidden by leaf bases 
conspicuous 
hidden by leaf bases 
Cauline leaf shape 
linear to linear-lanceolate 
linear-lanceolate 
linear 
linear 
Cauline leaf size 
10-100mm Lx2-15 
mm W 
10-200mm Lx 2-15 
mm W 
10-80mm Lx 1-3 
mm W 
10-80 mm Lx 1-4 
mm W 
Apex of intermediate 
involucral bracts 
retuse to obtuse 
broadly acute, to 
acuminate, often 
twisted 
retuse to obtuse 
usually long-acuminate 
oraristate 
Habitat 
lowland to alpine forests, 
grasslands and herbfields 
lowland forests, grassy 
woodlands and mallee 
scrubs 
probably Buloke/ 
Grey Box woodlands 
mostly grassland 
26 
Vol 33 

Page image

3699434 Podolepis jaceoides Muelleria 33: 26
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608981
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Jeanes 
Typification: There is a specimen at MEL with an 
original label in Brown's hand, which reads'R. Brown Iter 
Australiense 2258 Podotepis acuminata Br' but with no 
locality information. A later worker has annotated the 
sheet'Co-type material Podolepis acuminata R.Br. Robert 
Brown No. 2258 (Port Jackson, N.S.W.) 1802-5'. There is a 
duplicate of this collection (also numbered 2258) at the 
Natural History Museum, London (BM) with an original 
label in Brown's hand with the provenance given as Port 
Dalrymple (Launceston, Tasmania). It appears that both 
the MEL and the BM specimens were collected at Port 
Dalrymple (not Port Jackson) and hence are not type 
material of P. acuminata.Th\s is further borne out by the 
fact that the involucral bract apices are not acuminate 
in these specimens. Unfortunately no herbarium 
specimens can be located that are type material of either 
P. jaceoides or P. acuminata, but it is clear that this species 
has at least some, if not all, of the involucral bracts ovate 
with acuminate apices. 
The identity of P. contorta Lindl. from 'Van Diemen's 
Land' remains a mystery. The taxon was described as 
having acuminate involucral bracts (Lindley 1838), but 
I have seen no specimens from theTasmanian mainland 
with bracts that match that description except for an old 
Gunn collection at MEL simply labelled V.D.L. However, 
P. jaceoides has been collected more recently on Flinders 
Island, so perhaps the type material (if any exists) had its 
origins there. Without any firm evidence to the contrary 
it is prudent to regard P. contorta as an unusual floral 
form of P. jaceoides. For additional commentary on 
synonomy of P. jaceoides, including P. papillosa R.Br. ex 
Pepin, P. papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, P. papillosa Gand., see 
Mabberley (1999). 
2. Podolepis decipiens Jeanes, sp. nov. 
Type: VICTORIA. SW of Mt Langi Ghiran between 
Western Highway and railway line, 2.xi.l 981, M.G.Corrick 
7528 (holotype MEL 606866! (Fig. 3), isotypes, AD 
98316202!, CBG 329381!, HO 58964!). 
Podolepis macrocephala F.Muell. First Rep. Gov. Bot. 
Veg. Colony 14 (1853) nom. nud. 
Podolepis laevigata sensu Victoria, Keilor Plains, 
ix.1900, C. Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY 0000144, 
photo!); Victoria, Mentone, 6.X.1907, J.R. Tovey s.n. 
(excluded syntype, LY 0000145, photo!) non Gand. 
Podolepis jaceoides sensu Davis (1957), Cooke (1986), 
Everett (1992), Jeanes (1999) p.p . non (Sims) Voss. 
Illustrations: Davis (1957) figs 2-7; Beadle (1980) fig. 
292 A1-A5; Jeanes (1999) fig. 154h (all as P. jaceoides). 
Table 1. A summary of the diagnostic characters and habitat information of Podolepis jaceoides and similar species. Length and 
width measurements are abbreviated as L and W respectively. 
P. decipiens 
P. jaceoides 
P. laevigata 
P. lineari folia 
Leaf indumentum 
woolly to scabrous with 
flattened multicellular 
hairs or glabrescent 
woolly to scabrous 
with flattened 
multicellular hairs or 
glabrescent 
± glabrous 
glabrous or with fine 
hairs on midrib below 
and on margins 
Basal leaf shape 
lanceolate to 
oblanceolate or ovate to 
obovate 
lanceolate or 
oblanceolate, rarely 
linear 
linear 
linear 
Basal leaf size 
30-200 mm Lx 5-25 
mm W 
30-200 mm L x 5-20 
mm W 
50-130mm Lx 1-5 
mm W 
50-170 mm L x 
3—6(—10) mm W 
Hair tufts at base of 
basal leaves 
hidden by leaf bases 
hidden by leaf bases 
conspicuous 
hidden by leaf bases 
Cauline leaf shape 
linear to linear-lanceolate 
linear-lanceolate 
linear 
linear 
Cauline leaf size 
10-100mm Lx2-15 
mm W 
10-200mm Lx 2-15 
mm W 
10-80mm Lx 1-3 
mm W 
10-80 mm Lx 1-4 
mm W 
Apex of intermediate 
involucral bracts 
retuse to obtuse 
broadly acute, to 
acuminate, often 
twisted 
retuse to obtuse 
usually long-acuminate 
oraristate 
Habitat 
lowland to alpine forests, 
grasslands and herbfields 
lowland forests, grassy 
woodlands and mallee 
scrubs 
probably Buloke/ 
Grey Box woodlands 
mostly grassland 
26 
Vol 33 

Page image

3699435 Podolepis jaceoides Muelleria 33: 26
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608981
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Jeanes 
Typification: There is a specimen at MEL with an 
original label in Brown's hand, which reads'R. Brown Iter 
Australiense 2258 Podotepis acuminata Br' but with no 
locality information. A later worker has annotated the 
sheet'Co-type material Podolepis acuminata R.Br. Robert 
Brown No. 2258 (Port Jackson, N.S.W.) 1802-5'. There is a 
duplicate of this collection (also numbered 2258) at the 
Natural History Museum, London (BM) with an original 
label in Brown's hand with the provenance given as Port 
Dalrymple (Launceston, Tasmania). It appears that both 
the MEL and the BM specimens were collected at Port 
Dalrymple (not Port Jackson) and hence are not type 
material of P. acuminata.Th\s is further borne out by the 
fact that the involucral bract apices are not acuminate 
in these specimens. Unfortunately no herbarium 
specimens can be located that are type material of either 
P. jaceoides or P. acuminata, but it is clear that this species 
has at least some, if not all, of the involucral bracts ovate 
with acuminate apices. 
The identity of P. contorta Lindl. from 'Van Diemen's 
Land' remains a mystery. The taxon was described as 
having acuminate involucral bracts (Lindley 1838), but 
I have seen no specimens from theTasmanian mainland 
with bracts that match that description except for an old 
Gunn collection at MEL simply labelled V.D.L. However, 
P. jaceoides has been collected more recently on Flinders 
Island, so perhaps the type material (if any exists) had its 
origins there. Without any firm evidence to the contrary 
it is prudent to regard P. contorta as an unusual floral 
form of P. jaceoides. For additional commentary on 
synonomy of P. jaceoides, including P. papillosa R.Br. ex 
Pepin, P. papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, P. papillosa Gand., see 
Mabberley (1999). 
2. Podolepis decipiens Jeanes, sp. nov. 
Type: VICTORIA. SW of Mt Langi Ghiran between 
Western Highway and railway line, 2.xi.l 981, M.G.Corrick 
7528 (holotype MEL 606866! (Fig. 3), isotypes, AD 
98316202!, CBG 329381!, HO 58964!). 
Podolepis macrocephala F.Muell. First Rep. Gov. Bot. 
Veg. Colony 14 (1853) nom. nud. 
Podolepis laevigata sensu Victoria, Keilor Plains, 
ix.1900, C. Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY 0000144, 
photo!); Victoria, Mentone, 6.X.1907, J.R. Tovey s.n. 
(excluded syntype, LY 0000145, photo!) non Gand. 
Podolepis jaceoides sensu Davis (1957), Cooke (1986), 
Everett (1992), Jeanes (1999) p.p . non (Sims) Voss. 
Illustrations: Davis (1957) figs 2-7; Beadle (1980) fig. 
292 A1-A5; Jeanes (1999) fig. 154h (all as P. jaceoides). 
Table 1. A summary of the diagnostic characters and habitat information of Podolepis jaceoides and similar species. Length and 
width measurements are abbreviated as L and W respectively. 
P. decipiens 
P. jaceoides 
P. laevigata 
P. lineari folia 
Leaf indumentum 
woolly to scabrous with 
flattened multicellular 
hairs or glabrescent 
woolly to scabrous 
with flattened 
multicellular hairs or 
glabrescent 
± glabrous 
glabrous or with fine 
hairs on midrib below 
and on margins 
Basal leaf shape 
lanceolate to 
oblanceolate or ovate to 
obovate 
lanceolate or 
oblanceolate, rarely 
linear 
linear 
linear 
Basal leaf size 
30-200 mm Lx 5-25 
mm W 
30-200 mm L x 5-20 
mm W 
50-130mm Lx 1-5 
mm W 
50-170 mm L x 
3—6(—10) mm W 
Hair tufts at base of 
basal leaves 
hidden by leaf bases 
hidden by leaf bases 
conspicuous 
hidden by leaf bases 
Cauline leaf shape 
linear to linear-lanceolate 
linear-lanceolate 
linear 
linear 
Cauline leaf size 
10-100mm Lx2-15 
mm W 
10-200mm Lx 2-15 
mm W 
10-80mm Lx 1-3 
mm W 
10-80 mm Lx 1-4 
mm W 
Apex of intermediate 
involucral bracts 
retuse to obtuse 
broadly acute, to 
acuminate, often 
twisted 
retuse to obtuse 
usually long-acuminate 
oraristate 
Habitat 
lowland to alpine forests, 
grasslands and herbfields 
lowland forests, grassy 
woodlands and mallee 
scrubs 
probably Buloke/ 
Grey Box woodlands 
mostly grassland 
26 
Vol 33 

Page image

3699436 Podolepis jaceoides Muelleria 33: 26
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608981
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Jeanes 
Typification: There is a specimen at MEL with an 
original label in Brown's hand, which reads'R. Brown Iter 
Australiense 2258 Podotepis acuminata Br' but with no 
locality information. A later worker has annotated the 
sheet'Co-type material Podolepis acuminata R.Br. Robert 
Brown No. 2258 (Port Jackson, N.S.W.) 1802-5'. There is a 
duplicate of this collection (also numbered 2258) at the 
Natural History Museum, London (BM) with an original 
label in Brown's hand with the provenance given as Port 
Dalrymple (Launceston, Tasmania). It appears that both 
the MEL and the BM specimens were collected at Port 
Dalrymple (not Port Jackson) and hence are not type 
material of P. acuminata.Th\s is further borne out by the 
fact that the involucral bract apices are not acuminate 
in these specimens. Unfortunately no herbarium 
specimens can be located that are type material of either 
P. jaceoides or P. acuminata, but it is clear that this species 
has at least some, if not all, of the involucral bracts ovate 
with acuminate apices. 
The identity of P. contorta Lindl. from 'Van Diemen's 
Land' remains a mystery. The taxon was described as 
having acuminate involucral bracts (Lindley 1838), but 
I have seen no specimens from theTasmanian mainland 
with bracts that match that description except for an old 
Gunn collection at MEL simply labelled V.D.L. However, 
P. jaceoides has been collected more recently on Flinders 
Island, so perhaps the type material (if any exists) had its 
origins there. Without any firm evidence to the contrary 
it is prudent to regard P. contorta as an unusual floral 
form of P. jaceoides. For additional commentary on 
synonomy of P. jaceoides, including P. papillosa R.Br. ex 
Pepin, P. papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, P. papillosa Gand., see 
Mabberley (1999). 
2. Podolepis decipiens Jeanes, sp. nov. 
Type: VICTORIA. SW of Mt Langi Ghiran between 
Western Highway and railway line, 2.xi.l 981, M.G.Corrick 
7528 (holotype MEL 606866! (Fig. 3), isotypes, AD 
98316202!, CBG 329381!, HO 58964!). 
Podolepis macrocephala F.Muell. First Rep. Gov. Bot. 
Veg. Colony 14 (1853) nom. nud. 
Podolepis laevigata sensu Victoria, Keilor Plains, 
ix.1900, C. Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY 0000144, 
photo!); Victoria, Mentone, 6.X.1907, J.R. Tovey s.n. 
(excluded syntype, LY 0000145, photo!) non Gand. 
Podolepis jaceoides sensu Davis (1957), Cooke (1986), 
Everett (1992), Jeanes (1999) p.p . non (Sims) Voss. 
Illustrations: Davis (1957) figs 2-7; Beadle (1980) fig. 
292 A1-A5; Jeanes (1999) fig. 154h (all as P. jaceoides). 
Table 1. A summary of the diagnostic characters and habitat information of Podolepis jaceoides and similar species. Length and 
width measurements are abbreviated as L and W respectively. 
P. decipiens 
P. jaceoides 
P. laevigata 
P. lineari folia 
Leaf indumentum 
woolly to scabrous with 
flattened multicellular 
hairs or glabrescent 
woolly to scabrous 
with flattened 
multicellular hairs or 
glabrescent 
± glabrous 
glabrous or with fine 
hairs on midrib below 
and on margins 
Basal leaf shape 
lanceolate to 
oblanceolate or ovate to 
obovate 
lanceolate or 
oblanceolate, rarely 
linear 
linear 
linear 
Basal leaf size 
30-200 mm Lx 5-25 
mm W 
30-200 mm L x 5-20 
mm W 
50-130mm Lx 1-5 
mm W 
50-170 mm L x 
3—6(—10) mm W 
Hair tufts at base of 
basal leaves 
hidden by leaf bases 
hidden by leaf bases 
conspicuous 
hidden by leaf bases 
Cauline leaf shape 
linear to linear-lanceolate 
linear-lanceolate 
linear 
linear 
Cauline leaf size 
10-100mm Lx2-15 
mm W 
10-200mm Lx 2-15 
mm W 
10-80mm Lx 1-3 
mm W 
10-80 mm Lx 1-4 
mm W 
Apex of intermediate 
involucral bracts 
retuse to obtuse 
broadly acute, to 
acuminate, often 
twisted 
retuse to obtuse 
usually long-acuminate 
oraristate 
Habitat 
lowland to alpine forests, 
grasslands and herbfields 
lowland forests, grassy 
woodlands and mallee 
scrubs 
probably Buloke/ 
Grey Box woodlands 
mostly grassland 
26 
Vol 33 

Page image

3677147 Podolepis jaceoides Muelleria 33: 28
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608983
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Jeanes 
532637); Waverley Flora Park, 4.xi.2007, M. Wopstra 270 (HO 
551947); Vale of Belvoir, 14.iii.2010, AM. Buchanan 17372 (HO 
555869); Pieman River heads, 23.ii.1930, H.F. Comber2116 (HO 
14529). 
Distribution and habitat: Found in South Australia, 
Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania. 
Most collections are from a wide range of non-arid 
habitats including near coastal, alpine, sub-alpine and 
plains country grasslands, woodlands and open forests. 
In Queensland, known only from a single collection near 
Stanthorpe. (Fig. 16b) 
Conservation status: Reasonably common, 
widespread and present in conservation reserves. 
Flowering period: Mostly August to February, 
depending upon altitude. 
Cytology: No data available. 
Notes: Podolepis decipiens shows considerable 
variation across its range, but from the specimens 
available there appear to be no readily definable 
segregate taxa. Plants from alpine areas usually have 
a well-developed rosette of ovate to obovate leaves, 
relatively short unbranched stems, large capitula, often 
orange florets and the apex of the claws of the involucral 
bracts are usually reddish. All of these features can be 
observed in lowland plants, but rarely in combination. 
Some plants from grasslands near Melbourne have 
long, broad claws on the intermediate involucral bracts, 
sometimes exceeding the lamina and reminiscent of 
those of P. hieracioides F.Muell. 
Apparent hybrids between P. decipiens and P. rugata 
Labill. subsp. rugata have been collected at Gorae West 
near Portland, Victoria (see notes under P. rugata subsp. 
rugata). 
Etymology : From the Latin decipiens = deceiving; 
this species is similar to, and has been confused with, 
Podolepis jaceoides. 
3. Podolepis laevigata Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 
65:46(1918) 
Type: VICTORIA. 'Australia, Victoria ad Wimmera 
( ReaderI), Keilor Plains (Walter!) et Mentone ( Tovey'!)': 
Pastures, Wimmera, 7.X.1892, F.M. Readers.n. (lectotype, 
LY 0000143, fide McGillivray (1973), photo! (Fig. 4)); 
Keilor Plains, ix.1900, C. Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, 
LY 0000144, photo!); Mentone, 6.X.1907, J.R. Tovey s.n. 
(excluded syntype, LY 0000145, photo!). Both excluded 
syntypes are P. decipiens. 
Podolepis jaceoides sensu McGillivray (1973) non (Sims) 
Voss. 
Herb to 40 cm tall, possibly renewed annually 
from perennial rootstock. Stems several, produced 
annually from a thickened persistent rootstock, erect, 
unbranched, glabrous or glabrescent. Leaves virtually 
glabrous, margins ±flat to revolute, entire; basal leaves 
several in a sparse rosette, ± linear, 5-13 cm long and 
1-5 mm wide, petiolate, base amplexicaul with a 
conspicuous adaxial tuft of long hairs (brown or white 
on dried specimens); cauline leaves alternate, sessile, 
linear, mostly 1-8 cm long and 1-3 mm wide, apex 
acuminate. Peduncles 4-8 cm long, with several scarious 
scale leaves below the involucre passing into the leafy 
stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 15-25 mm diam., 
usually solitary. Involucral bracts many-seriate, with 
linear glandular claws, unequal (outermost shortest, 
intermediate longest); lamina scarious, virtually flat 
(sometimes slightly wrinkled in dry specimens), smooth, 
shiny, ±ovate; intermediate bracts 7-12 mm long, apex 
retuse to obtuse, claw c. 1 mm wide at the narrowest 
point and shorter than, to about as long as, the lamina; 
inner bracts with claw longer than lamina. Florets bright 
yellow; ray florets female, 20-30, ligules linear, 10-20 
mm long, 3(-5)-toothed, teeth to 4 mm long, 0.5-1 mm 
wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous. Cypselas 2-2.5 
mm long, c. 1 mm wide, papillose; pappus bristles 20- 
40, barbellate, shortly connate at base, 5-8 mm long. 
(Figs 1c, 4) 
Specimens examined: VICTORIA. Charlton, x.1917, W.W. 
Watts s.n. (MEL 624730); Wimmera, Australia Felix, s.dat., Anon, 
s.n. (MEL 716596); NW of Horsham (MEL 716640); Daylesford, 
1878, R. Wallace 139 (MEL 274872); North-central. Nathalia, 
10.x.1932, J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL 2165118); The Wimmera. Nhill, 
St E D'Alton 46 (MEL 716644); Wimmera, Dallachy s.n. (MEL 
716656); Carrs Plain, C. Walter s.n. (MEL 2165537); Wycheproof, 
ix.1917, W.W. Watts 411 (MEL 624729); Wimmera, Dallachy s.n. 
(MEL 2165119); Warracknabeal, 10.xi.1891, J.G.O. Teppers.n. (AD 
97704546); Coromby, x.1889, J.G.O. Teppers.n. (AD 97704575); 
Murray River, 1895, H. Hawthorne s.n. (MEL 1508132). 
Distribution and habitat: Apparently endemic to 
Victoria where it is found in the Wimmera, Riverina and 
Midlands Natural Regions (Conn 1993). Most of the 
collections are old and the labels contain no information 
on habitat. However, given the known distribution, it 
is possibly found mainly in Allocasuarina luehmannii/ 
28 
Vol 33 

Page image

3678309 Podolepis laciniata Muelleria 33: 62-63, Figs 1a, 2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 62-63, Figs 1a, 2".

3863078 Podolepis laevigata Muelleria 33: 26
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608981
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Jeanes 
Typification: There is a specimen at MEL with an 
original label in Brown's hand, which reads'R. Brown Iter 
Australiense 2258 Podotepis acuminata Br' but with no 
locality information. A later worker has annotated the 
sheet'Co-type material Podolepis acuminata R.Br. Robert 
Brown No. 2258 (Port Jackson, N.S.W.) 1802-5'. There is a 
duplicate of this collection (also numbered 2258) at the 
Natural History Museum, London (BM) with an original 
label in Brown's hand with the provenance given as Port 
Dalrymple (Launceston, Tasmania). It appears that both 
the MEL and the BM specimens were collected at Port 
Dalrymple (not Port Jackson) and hence are not type 
material of P. acuminata.Th\s is further borne out by the 
fact that the involucral bract apices are not acuminate 
in these specimens. Unfortunately no herbarium 
specimens can be located that are type material of either 
P. jaceoides or P. acuminata, but it is clear that this species 
has at least some, if not all, of the involucral bracts ovate 
with acuminate apices. 
The identity of P. contorta Lindl. from 'Van Diemen's 
Land' remains a mystery. The taxon was described as 
having acuminate involucral bracts (Lindley 1838), but 
I have seen no specimens from theTasmanian mainland 
with bracts that match that description except for an old 
Gunn collection at MEL simply labelled V.D.L. However, 
P. jaceoides has been collected more recently on Flinders 
Island, so perhaps the type material (if any exists) had its 
origins there. Without any firm evidence to the contrary 
it is prudent to regard P. contorta as an unusual floral 
form of P. jaceoides. For additional commentary on 
synonomy of P. jaceoides, including P. papillosa R.Br. ex 
Pepin, P. papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, P. papillosa Gand., see 
Mabberley (1999). 
2. Podolepis decipiens Jeanes, sp. nov. 
Type: VICTORIA. SW of Mt Langi Ghiran between 
Western Highway and railway line, 2.xi.l 981, M.G.Corrick 
7528 (holotype MEL 606866! (Fig. 3), isotypes, AD 
98316202!, CBG 329381!, HO 58964!). 
Podolepis macrocephala F.Muell. First Rep. Gov. Bot. 
Veg. Colony 14 (1853) nom. nud. 
Podolepis laevigata sensu Victoria, Keilor Plains, 
ix.1900, C. Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY 0000144, 
photo!); Victoria, Mentone, 6.X.1907, J.R. Tovey s.n. 
(excluded syntype, LY 0000145, photo!) non Gand. 
Podolepis jaceoides sensu Davis (1957), Cooke (1986), 
Everett (1992), Jeanes (1999) p.p . non (Sims) Voss. 
Illustrations: Davis (1957) figs 2-7; Beadle (1980) fig. 
292 A1-A5; Jeanes (1999) fig. 154h (all as P. jaceoides). 
Table 1. A summary of the diagnostic characters and habitat information of Podolepis jaceoides and similar species. Length and 
width measurements are abbreviated as L and W respectively. 
P. decipiens 
P. jaceoides 
P. laevigata 
P. lineari folia 
Leaf indumentum 
woolly to scabrous with 
flattened multicellular 
hairs or glabrescent 
woolly to scabrous 
with flattened 
multicellular hairs or 
glabrescent 
± glabrous 
glabrous or with fine 
hairs on midrib below 
and on margins 
Basal leaf shape 
lanceolate to 
oblanceolate or ovate to 
obovate 
lanceolate or 
oblanceolate, rarely 
linear 
linear 
linear 
Basal leaf size 
30-200 mm Lx 5-25 
mm W 
30-200 mm L x 5-20 
mm W 
50-130mm Lx 1-5 
mm W 
50-170 mm L x 
3—6(—10) mm W 
Hair tufts at base of 
basal leaves 
hidden by leaf bases 
hidden by leaf bases 
conspicuous 
hidden by leaf bases 
Cauline leaf shape 
linear to linear-lanceolate 
linear-lanceolate 
linear 
linear 
Cauline leaf size 
10-100mm Lx2-15 
mm W 
10-200mm Lx 2-15 
mm W 
10-80mm Lx 1-3 
mm W 
10-80 mm Lx 1-4 
mm W 
Apex of intermediate 
involucral bracts 
retuse to obtuse 
broadly acute, to 
acuminate, often 
twisted 
retuse to obtuse 
usually long-acuminate 
oraristate 
Habitat 
lowland to alpine forests, 
grasslands and herbfields 
lowland forests, grassy 
woodlands and mallee 
scrubs 
probably Buloke/ 
Grey Box woodlands 
mostly grassland 
26 
Vol 33 

Page image

3663328 Podolepis laevigata Muelleria 33: 28-29, Figs 1c, 4, 16c (map)
3664472 Podolepis linearifolia Muelleria 33: 29-30, Figs 1d, 5, 16d (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 29-30, Figs 1d, 5, 16d (map)".

3663325 Podolepis macrocephala Muelleria 33: 26
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608981
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Jeanes 
Typification: There is a specimen at MEL with an 
original label in Brown's hand, which reads'R. Brown Iter 
Australiense 2258 Podotepis acuminata Br' but with no 
locality information. A later worker has annotated the 
sheet'Co-type material Podolepis acuminata R.Br. Robert 
Brown No. 2258 (Port Jackson, N.S.W.) 1802-5'. There is a 
duplicate of this collection (also numbered 2258) at the 
Natural History Museum, London (BM) with an original 
label in Brown's hand with the provenance given as Port 
Dalrymple (Launceston, Tasmania). It appears that both 
the MEL and the BM specimens were collected at Port 
Dalrymple (not Port Jackson) and hence are not type 
material of P. acuminata.Th\s is further borne out by the 
fact that the involucral bract apices are not acuminate 
in these specimens. Unfortunately no herbarium 
specimens can be located that are type material of either 
P. jaceoides or P. acuminata, but it is clear that this species 
has at least some, if not all, of the involucral bracts ovate 
with acuminate apices. 
The identity of P. contorta Lindl. from 'Van Diemen's 
Land' remains a mystery. The taxon was described as 
having acuminate involucral bracts (Lindley 1838), but 
I have seen no specimens from theTasmanian mainland 
with bracts that match that description except for an old 
Gunn collection at MEL simply labelled V.D.L. However, 
P. jaceoides has been collected more recently on Flinders 
Island, so perhaps the type material (if any exists) had its 
origins there. Without any firm evidence to the contrary 
it is prudent to regard P. contorta as an unusual floral 
form of P. jaceoides. For additional commentary on 
synonomy of P. jaceoides, including P. papillosa R.Br. ex 
Pepin, P. papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, P. papillosa Gand., see 
Mabberley (1999). 
2. Podolepis decipiens Jeanes, sp. nov. 
Type: VICTORIA. SW of Mt Langi Ghiran between 
Western Highway and railway line, 2.xi.l 981, M.G.Corrick 
7528 (holotype MEL 606866! (Fig. 3), isotypes, AD 
98316202!, CBG 329381!, HO 58964!). 
Podolepis macrocephala F.Muell. First Rep. Gov. Bot. 
Veg. Colony 14 (1853) nom. nud. 
Podolepis laevigata sensu Victoria, Keilor Plains, 
ix.1900, C. Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY 0000144, 
photo!); Victoria, Mentone, 6.X.1907, J.R. Tovey s.n. 
(excluded syntype, LY 0000145, photo!) non Gand. 
Podolepis jaceoides sensu Davis (1957), Cooke (1986), 
Everett (1992), Jeanes (1999) p.p . non (Sims) Voss. 
Illustrations: Davis (1957) figs 2-7; Beadle (1980) fig. 
292 A1-A5; Jeanes (1999) fig. 154h (all as P. jaceoides). 
Table 1. A summary of the diagnostic characters and habitat information of Podolepis jaceoides and similar species. Length and 
width measurements are abbreviated as L and W respectively. 
P. decipiens 
P. jaceoides 
P. laevigata 
P. lineari folia 
Leaf indumentum 
woolly to scabrous with 
flattened multicellular 
hairs or glabrescent 
woolly to scabrous 
with flattened 
multicellular hairs or 
glabrescent 
± glabrous 
glabrous or with fine 
hairs on midrib below 
and on margins 
Basal leaf shape 
lanceolate to 
oblanceolate or ovate to 
obovate 
lanceolate or 
oblanceolate, rarely 
linear 
linear 
linear 
Basal leaf size 
30-200 mm Lx 5-25 
mm W 
30-200 mm L x 5-20 
mm W 
50-130mm Lx 1-5 
mm W 
50-170 mm L x 
3—6(—10) mm W 
Hair tufts at base of 
basal leaves 
hidden by leaf bases 
hidden by leaf bases 
conspicuous 
hidden by leaf bases 
Cauline leaf shape 
linear to linear-lanceolate 
linear-lanceolate 
linear 
linear 
Cauline leaf size 
10-100mm Lx2-15 
mm W 
10-200mm Lx 2-15 
mm W 
10-80mm Lx 1-3 
mm W 
10-80 mm Lx 1-4 
mm W 
Apex of intermediate 
involucral bracts 
retuse to obtuse 
broadly acute, to 
acuminate, often 
twisted 
retuse to obtuse 
usually long-acuminate 
oraristate 
Habitat 
lowland to alpine forests, 
grasslands and herbfields 
lowland forests, grassy 
woodlands and mallee 
scrubs 
probably Buloke/ 
Grey Box woodlands 
mostly grassland 
26 
Vol 33 

Page image

3676008 Podolepis pallida Muelleria 33: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608996
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Studies in Podolepis 
9c. Podolepis aristata subsp. auriculata (DC.) 
Jeanes, comb, et stat. nov. 
Basionym: Podolepis auriculata DC., Prodr. 6: 162 
(1838). 
Type: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 'In Nova-Hollandid ad 
canum marinorum sinum legit cl. Gaudichaud et mecum 
comm . (v.s!, Shark Bay, 1830, M. Gaudichaud s.n. 
(lectotype, G 1092, fide G.L. Davis (1957), photo!, MEL 
2280346!, photo of lectotype). 
Podolepis pallida Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturalistes 
Moscou 24(2): 78 (1851). Type: Western Australia.'Drum, 
coll. v. n. 387', Nova Hollandia, no date, Drummond 387 
(holotype, KW 1001501, photo! JSTOR Global Plants, 
isotypes, BM 810531 (three right-hand specimens only), 
G 301390, A 11354, GH 11353, photos! JSTOR Global 
Plants, MEL 2280273!, PERTH 1182498!). 
Podolepis canescens var. affinis sensu F.Muell. & Tate 
p.p. (in respect to Helms s.n. (MEL 2165350!)) non (Sond.) 
F.Muell. & Tate. 
Podolepis canescens sensu Jessop (1981) non A.Cunn 
ex DC. 
Illustrations: Davis (1957) figs 58-64; Grieve & Blackall 
(1975) p. 791 (both as P. auriculata). 
Annual herb to 50 cm tall. Involucral bracts many-seriate, 
with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost 
shortest, intermediate longest); lamina scarious, straw- 
coloured to golden brown, transversely rugose in distal 
half, rarely almost flat, shiny; intermediate bracts 7-12 
mm long, apex aristate, claw c. 0.25 mm wide at the 
narrowest point and shorter than the lamina, lamina 
5-10 mm long, ± triangular to ovate, base truncate; 
inner bracts with claw longer than lamina. (Figs 1 o, 15) 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA, c. 
14 km SE of Carnarvon, along the North West Coastal Highway, 
12.X.1983, P.S. Short 2033 (MEL 1523259 (Fig. 15), PERTH, AD); 
Geraldton-Mt Magnet road, 15 mis E of Wurago & c. 66 mis E 
of Mullewa S, 10.ix.1966, R.V. Smith 66/429 (MEL 1514572); 42 
miles N of Gascoyne Junction, 24.viii.1965, B.L Turner 5406 
(MEL 602408); Shark Bay. 76 km W of Overlander Roadhouse 
on Denham Road, 30.X.1989, B. Nordenstam & A. Anderberg 209 
(MEL 1598544, S); c. 8 km S of Wooramel Roadhouse along 
NW Coastal Highway, 6.ix.1995, PS. Short 4344 (MEL 2027787, 
PERTH, AD, Tl); Yaringa North Station, east side of Shark Bay, 
8.viii.1964, J. Galbraith WA233 (MEL 2165346); 100 miles S 
of Carnarvon, 26.viii.1965, B.L. Turner 5422 (MEL 602788). 
NORTHERN TERRITORY. Walara, ll.x.1978, E.A. Chesterfield 
s.n. (MEL 2312459, MEL2312460); Ooraminna Range, 6x1993, 
P.K. Latz 13417 (MEL 278961); 20 km S of Alice Springs on Old 
South Road, 11.viii.1988, G. Leach 2069 (MEL 295327); Wallara 
Ranch road 13 km W of Stuart Highway at Meteorite Craters, 
14.viii.1979, A. Morton 273 (MEL 559434); c. 36 miles south 
of Alice Springs on sandplain south of Ooraminna Range, 
5.viii.1979, A. Morton 73 (MEL 1516415); 49 km along road to 
Kings Canyon (turn off from Lasseter Highway), 12x1996, K. 
Watanabe 679 (MEL 2034792, DNA, Tl); 29 km E of Horseshoe 
Bend Homestead, 9.XI.1993, P.K. Latz 13493 (MEL 725492, DNA); 
George Gill Range, Penny Springs, 14.vii.1968, A.C. Beauglehole 
26789 (MEL 1578337); 25 km W of Henley Craters; Ernest 
Giles Road, 25.viii.1998, D.E. Albrecht 8784 (NT 96167). SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA. 18 m W of Welbourn Hill, W of Oodnadatta, 
26.vi.1967, A.C. Beauglehole 22742 (MEL 1578546); 15 km S of 
NT border on Tarcoola-Alice Springs railway line, 20.viii.1979, B. 
Lay 1237 (MEL 591157); Great Victoria Desert, N.C.S.S.A. Survey. 
3 km E of Camp 5 and 3 km S along seismic line, 23.viii.1980, 
C.R. Alcock8174 (MEL 222436, AD); Koodnanie Creek, Birdsville 
Track, 30.ix.1960, R. Filson 3307 (MEL 646045); Mt Caroline, 
northwest Reserve, ix.1966, H. Shrley 12 (DNA 22114); 85 km 
N ofTallaringa Well, 20.ix.1988, A.C. Robinson 578 (DNA 56470, 
AD); 45 km NE of Welbourn Hill, 20.ix.1978, J.C. Cardale s.n. 
(CANB 278051); 46 km S of Kulgera along Stuart Highway, 
4.viii.1988, P.S. Short 3126 (MEL 115531). QUEENSLAND. 60 
miles E of Quilpie, viii.1971, M. Cameron s.n. (DNA 33540); 
Stoneleigh Lease, northern section ofThylungra, 31 .viii.2010, -/. 
SilcockJLS675 (DNA 216437, BRI); Georgina River, 1889,4. Henry 
s.n. (MEL 716812, MEL 716225). NEW SOUTH WALES. Lake 
Cobham, ix.1887, Bauerlen s.n. (MEL 716206); From Duroodoo 
to Nangarna, 28.xii.1860, Becklers.n. (MEL 696406). 
Distribution and habitat: Widespread across inland 
parts of Australia from Shark Bay to western New South 
Wales and south-western Queensland. Found in mallee, 
chenopod scrubland, heathland and grassland. (Fig. 17f) 
Conservation status: Widespread, common and well 
represented in conservation reserves. 
Flowering period: Mostly August to November. 
Notes: In most cases identified readily by the deeply 
transversely rugose involucral bract laminas that are 
aristate at the apex. Towards the eastern end of its 
range the involucral bracts on some specimens are 
less obviously aristate at the apex and the laminas less 
deeply rugose. These specimens can be difficult to 
differentiate from Podolepis aristata subsp. affinis. 
Muelleria 
41 

Page image

3661035 Podolepis papillosa Muelleria 33: 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608979
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Jeanes 
Taxonomy 
1. Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Voss, Vilm. 
Blumengartn. ed. 3,1:536 (1894) 
Basionym: Scalia jaceoides Sims, Bot. Mag. 24: t. 956 
(1806); Podolepis acuminata R.Br., Hortus Kew. edn 2, 5: 
82 (1813), nom. illeg. (the earlier Scalia jaceoides is cited 
in synonymy); Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Druce, Rep. Bot. 
Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles, Suppl. 2. 641 (1917), isonym; 
Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89): 
1230(1930), isonym. 
Type: CULTIVATED. 'A native of New South Wales,... 
Introduced by Mr. Loddiges of Hackney/ (cultivated in 
England), not located (lectotype, illustration in Bot. Mag. 
24: t. 956 (1806)!, here designated). 
Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Pepin, Ann. FI. Pomone 2: 
88 (1833); Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, Ann. FI. 
Pomone 3: 213 (1835) isonym. Type : 'Cultivated in the 
Jardin des Plantes, Paris, France', no locality, no date, no 
collector (neotype P, fide Mabberley (1999), n.v.). 
Podolepis contorta Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 24: 
p. 64 misc. (1838). Type:'A native of Van Diemen's Land, 
whence seeds of it were sent to the Horticultural Society 
by Mr. J. Bunce', not located. 
Podolepis simplicicaulis F.Muell. Second Rep. Gov. Bot. 
Veg. Colony 12 (1854), nom. nud. 
Podolepis papillosa Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 65: 
46 (1918), nom. illeg. non R.Br. ex Pepin (1833). Type: 
'Australia, N.S. Wales ad Warrumbungle Range [Forsyth!), 
Victoria {Walter!)': New South Wales, Warrumbungle 
Ranges, x.1899, W. Forsyth s.n. (lectotype, LY 0000142, 
fide McGillivray (1973), photo!, isolectotype, NSW 25486, 
photo!, JSTOR Global Plants); NW Victoria, x.1900, C. 
Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo! (= P. aristata 
subsp. affinis)). 
Illustrations: Sims (1806) No. 956; Cunningham et al. 
(1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 D; Everett (1992) 
p. 264. 
Flerb to 50 cm tall, renewed annually from perennial 
rootstock. Stems 1-several, produced annually from a 
thickened persistent rootstock, erect, unbranched or 
sparingly branched, variously woolly or cobwebbed, 
sometimes glabrescent. Leaves covered sparsely to 
densely with flattened elongate to coiled multicellular 
hairs, sometimes glabrescent, margins ±flat to revolute, 
entire; basal leaves several in a sparse rosette, usually 
lanceolate to oblanceolate, rarely linear, 3—15(—20) 
cm long and 5—15(—20) mm wide, petiolate, base 
amplexicaul covering an inconspicuous adaxial tuft of 
long hairs (white on dried specimens); cauline leaves 
alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, usually linear to linear- 
lanceolate, 1—10(—20) cm long and 2—10(—15) mm wide, 
apex acuminate. Peduncles 4-15 cm long, with several 
scarious scale leaves below the involucre passing into 
the leafy stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 20-40 
mm diam., solitary or a few in loose cymes. Involucral 
bracts many-seriate, with linear glandular claws, unequal 
(outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina 
scarious, virtually flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in 
dry specimens), smooth, shiny, ±ovate; intermediate 
bracts 10-18 mm long, apex acute to acuminate, often 
slightly asymmetric and twisted, claw c. 1 mm wide at 
the narrowest point and shorter than, to about as long 
as, the lamina; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina. 
Florets bright yellow; ray florets female, 20-50, ligules 
linear, 15-30 mm long, 3(-5)-toothed, teeth to 5 mm 
long, to c. 1 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous. 
Cypselas 2-3 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, papillose; pappus 
bristles 20-40, barbellate, shortly connate at base, 6-10 
mm long. (Figs la, 2) 
Selected specimens examined : SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 
Hindmarsh Island. 17.X.1930, E.H. Ising 3853 (AD 97410208); 
Naracoorte, 3.xi.1945, N.S. Tiver 14304 (AD 98672218); Mt 
Graham, 21.xi.1882, Tate s.n. (AD 97631670); Flinders Chase 
National Park, beside Cape du Couedic road, 21x1985, J.H. 
Willis s.n. (MEL 2119203); Swamps near Mt Benson, 1895, Dr 
Englehart s.n. (MEL 544018); Kingston - Lucindale railway 
corridor, 23x2006, DJ. Duval 621 (AD 201366); Lake Bonney, 
1882, C. Wehls.n. (MEL 716639); Mt Gambier (MEL 716727); 4.5 
km direct ESE of Maitland, 20.ix.1994, R.L. Taplin & D.E. Murfet 
BS63-496 (AD 99705368); Freeling Cemetery, 23x1966, D.N. 
Kraehenbuehl 1799 (AD 96713047); Sandergrove, c. 10 km 
SW of Strathalbyn, 2.xi.1926, J.B. Cleland s.n. (AD 95830060); 
Biscuit Flat c. 8 km SW of Conmurra, xi.1969, K.M. Alcock 188 
(AD 97041036). QUEENSLAND. Rockhampton, A Dietrich 1796, 
259, 268, 1454 (MEL 544019, MEL 568369, MEL 568370, MEL 
544020, AD 97943570); Terrick Terrick, 20.ix.1960, S.L Everist 
6337 (AD 98619303, BRI 406093); Longreach, x.1913, E. Jarvis 
s.n. (BRI 365445);'Burenda', Augathella,x.1998, M.Pedons.n. (BRI 
664025); Mitchell Highway, 98 km S of Cunnamulla, 18.ix.2004, 
A.R. Bean 23137 (BRI 697235); 'Woolga', Tambo, 28.ix.1950, G.A. 
Morrison s.n. (BRI 365444); 12 km E of Capella, 8.iii.1995, R.J. 
Fensham 2801 (BRI 639616); 8 km N of Clermont, 7.ix.1997, 
RJ. Fensham 3315 (BRI 657938); South Galway, about 40 miles 
SW of Windorah, 2.viii.1963, S.L. Everist 7418 (BRI 41211); 2 
24 
Vol 33 

Page image

3863079 Podolepis papillosa Muelleria 33: 39
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608994
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Studies in Podolepis 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 
In interior a sinu regis George III (Inland, bay of King George 
III (King George Sound)), 8.xi.1840, L Preiss 60 (MEL 696434, 
MEL 696443); c. 15.5 km west of Mullewa along the road to 
Geraldton, l.ix.1982, P.S. Short 1603 (MEL 618683 (Fig. 13)); 
Bindoon Road, c. 2 km NE of Bullsbrook East, 25.X.1977, J.H. 
Willis s.n. (MEL 2118777); c. 10 km S of Three Springs on main 
road to Carnamah, 9.ix.1986, P.5. Short 2810 (MEL 1555592, 
PERTH, AD, CANB); c. 3 km SW of Ardingly along road to 
Geraldton, 20x1983, P.S. Short 2142 (MEL 1524324, PERTH); 
One mile south-west of Manmanning, 18.ix.1989, B.H. Smith 
1219 (MEL 1588721, PERTH, CBG 9204175, BRI, CHR, E); No. 2 
Rabbit Proof Fence, c. 6 km SE of Kirwan, 18.ix.1985, BJ. Conn 
2227 (MEL 1586880, PERTH, NY, E); Kalbarri National Park, S of 
township between Red Bluff and park boundary, 21.ix.1982, 
M.G.Corrick8121 (MEL 644316); c. 18 km E of Jurien along main 
road to Brand Highway, 30x1995, P.S. Short4514 [MEL 2027979, 
PERTH, Tl); Dingo Rock, 24x1995, PS. Short4453 (MEL 2027918, 
Tl); 14.8 km SW ofWongan Hills on Wilding Road, 15x1997,7.4. 
Vaganiance 153 (MEL 2146279); c. 2 km S of Binnu, 27x1995, 
P.S. Short 4494 (MEL 2027959). 
Distribution and habitat: Confined to Western 
Australia where scattered between Esperance and 
Exmouth and found in a wide range of habitats including 
woodlands, open forests and mallee scrub. (Fig. 17d) 
Conservation status: Widespread, common and well 
represented in conservation reserves. 
Flowering period: Mostly August to November. 
Notes: This subspecies is apparently confined to 
Western Australia although some specimens of the 
subsp. affinis from South Australia (including the 
lectotype) with flat laminas on the involucral bracts 
could easily be mistaken for it. These specimens may 
have acute to shortly acuminate apices to the involucral 
bract laminas, but lack the aristate apices of subsp. 
aristata. 
9b. Podolepis aristata subsp. affinis (Sond.) 
Jeanes, comb, et stat. nov. 
Basionym: Podolepis affinis Sond., Linnaea 25: 507 
(1853); Podolepis canescens A.Cunn. ex DC. var. affinis 
(Sond.) F.Muell. & Tate, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. South 
Australia 16:366(1896). 
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 'Murray. Port Lincoln. 
Dombey-bay (= Tumby Bay)': Dombey-bay, no date, 
? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (lectotype, MEL 696474!, here 
designated, isolectotype, MEL 696425!); Murray, no date, 
F. Mueller s.n. (residual syntypes, MEL 2160921!, MEL 
2160924!, MEL 696466!, MEL 1517389!, MEL 2160878!, 
MEL 696461!, MEL 696464!, GH 11351 (four right-hand 
specimens only) photo! JSTOR Global Plants); Port 
Lincoln, no date, ? J.F.C. Wilhelmi s.n. (residual syntypes, 
MEL 696476!, MEL 696463!). 
Podolepis canescens sensu Lander (1987), Cooke 
(1986), Everett (1992) p.p., Jeanes (1999) non A.Cunn. ex 
DC. 
Podolepis papillosa sensu NW Victoria, x.1900, C.Walter 
s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo!) non Gand. 
Illustrations : Grieve & Blackall (1975) p. 791; 
Cunningham et al. (1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 
A; Everett (1992) p. 264; Jeanes (1999) fig. 154d (all as 
P. canescens). 
Annual herb to 40 cm tall. Involucral bracts many-seriate, 
with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost 
Table 4. A summary of the diagnostic characters and distribution of the subspecies of Podolepis aristata 
P. aristata subsp. affinis 
P. aristata subsp. aristata 
P. aristata subsp. auriculata 
Leaf indumentum 
woolly below, sparsely woolly 
and often glabrescent above 
cobwebbed below, less 
densely cobwebbed above 
woolly to cobwebbed below, 
less densely above 
Shape of intermediate 
involucral bract lamina 
ovate, base obtuse 
ttriangular, base truncate 
triangular to ovate, base 
truncate 
Apex of intermediate 
involucral bracts 
obtuse or acute to shortly 
acuminate 
aristate 
aristate 
Surface of intermediate 
involucral bracts 
virtually flat and smooth to 
deeply transversely rugose in 
apical half 
virtually flat and smooth 
(often slightly wrinkled in dry 
specimens) 
deeply to shallowly 
transversely rugose in apical 
half 
Distribution 
southern half of the continent 
from central Queensland to 
Shark Bay 
Western Australia from 
Israelite Bay to Shark Bay 
inland areas from central 
Queensland to Shark Bay 
Muelleria 
39 

Page image

3661032 Podolepis papillosa Muelleria 33: 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608979
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Jeanes 
Taxonomy 
1. Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Voss, Vilm. 
Blumengartn. ed. 3,1:536 (1894) 
Basionym: Scalia jaceoides Sims, Bot. Mag. 24: t. 956 
(1806); Podolepis acuminata R.Br., Hortus Kew. edn 2, 5: 
82 (1813), nom. illeg. (the earlier Scalia jaceoides is cited 
in synonymy); Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Druce, Rep. Bot. 
Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles, Suppl. 2. 641 (1917), isonym; 
Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89): 
1230(1930), isonym. 
Type: CULTIVATED. 'A native of New South Wales,... 
Introduced by Mr. Loddiges of Hackney/ (cultivated in 
England), not located (lectotype, illustration in Bot. Mag. 
24: t. 956 (1806)!, here designated). 
Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Pepin, Ann. FI. Pomone 2: 
88 (1833); Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, Ann. FI. 
Pomone 3: 213 (1835) isonym. Type : 'Cultivated in the 
Jardin des Plantes, Paris, France', no locality, no date, no 
collector (neotype P, fide Mabberley (1999), n.v.). 
Podolepis contorta Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 24: 
p. 64 misc. (1838). Type:'A native of Van Diemen's Land, 
whence seeds of it were sent to the Horticultural Society 
by Mr. J. Bunce', not located. 
Podolepis simplicicaulis F.Muell. Second Rep. Gov. Bot. 
Veg. Colony 12 (1854), nom. nud. 
Podolepis papillosa Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 65: 
46 (1918), nom. illeg. non R.Br. ex Pepin (1833). Type: 
'Australia, N.S. Wales ad Warrumbungle Range [Forsyth!), 
Victoria {Walter!)': New South Wales, Warrumbungle 
Ranges, x.1899, W. Forsyth s.n. (lectotype, LY 0000142, 
fide McGillivray (1973), photo!, isolectotype, NSW 25486, 
photo!, JSTOR Global Plants); NW Victoria, x.1900, C. 
Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo! (= P. aristata 
subsp. affinis)). 
Illustrations: Sims (1806) No. 956; Cunningham et al. 
(1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 D; Everett (1992) 
p. 264. 
Flerb to 50 cm tall, renewed annually from perennial 
rootstock. Stems 1-several, produced annually from a 
thickened persistent rootstock, erect, unbranched or 
sparingly branched, variously woolly or cobwebbed, 
sometimes glabrescent. Leaves covered sparsely to 
densely with flattened elongate to coiled multicellular 
hairs, sometimes glabrescent, margins ±flat to revolute, 
entire; basal leaves several in a sparse rosette, usually 
lanceolate to oblanceolate, rarely linear, 3—15(—20) 
cm long and 5—15(—20) mm wide, petiolate, base 
amplexicaul covering an inconspicuous adaxial tuft of 
long hairs (white on dried specimens); cauline leaves 
alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, usually linear to linear- 
lanceolate, 1—10(—20) cm long and 2—10(—15) mm wide, 
apex acuminate. Peduncles 4-15 cm long, with several 
scarious scale leaves below the involucre passing into 
the leafy stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 20-40 
mm diam., solitary or a few in loose cymes. Involucral 
bracts many-seriate, with linear glandular claws, unequal 
(outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina 
scarious, virtually flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in 
dry specimens), smooth, shiny, ±ovate; intermediate 
bracts 10-18 mm long, apex acute to acuminate, often 
slightly asymmetric and twisted, claw c. 1 mm wide at 
the narrowest point and shorter than, to about as long 
as, the lamina; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina. 
Florets bright yellow; ray florets female, 20-50, ligules 
linear, 15-30 mm long, 3(-5)-toothed, teeth to 5 mm 
long, to c. 1 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous. 
Cypselas 2-3 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, papillose; pappus 
bristles 20-40, barbellate, shortly connate at base, 6-10 
mm long. (Figs la, 2) 
Selected specimens examined : SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 
Hindmarsh Island. 17.X.1930, E.H. Ising 3853 (AD 97410208); 
Naracoorte, 3.xi.1945, N.S. Tiver 14304 (AD 98672218); Mt 
Graham, 21.xi.1882, Tate s.n. (AD 97631670); Flinders Chase 
National Park, beside Cape du Couedic road, 21x1985, J.H. 
Willis s.n. (MEL 2119203); Swamps near Mt Benson, 1895, Dr 
Englehart s.n. (MEL 544018); Kingston - Lucindale railway 
corridor, 23x2006, DJ. Duval 621 (AD 201366); Lake Bonney, 
1882, C. Wehls.n. (MEL 716639); Mt Gambier (MEL 716727); 4.5 
km direct ESE of Maitland, 20.ix.1994, R.L. Taplin & D.E. Murfet 
BS63-496 (AD 99705368); Freeling Cemetery, 23x1966, D.N. 
Kraehenbuehl 1799 (AD 96713047); Sandergrove, c. 10 km 
SW of Strathalbyn, 2.xi.1926, J.B. Cleland s.n. (AD 95830060); 
Biscuit Flat c. 8 km SW of Conmurra, xi.1969, K.M. Alcock 188 
(AD 97041036). QUEENSLAND. Rockhampton, A Dietrich 1796, 
259, 268, 1454 (MEL 544019, MEL 568369, MEL 568370, MEL 
544020, AD 97943570); Terrick Terrick, 20.ix.1960, S.L Everist 
6337 (AD 98619303, BRI 406093); Longreach, x.1913, E. Jarvis 
s.n. (BRI 365445);'Burenda', Augathella,x.1998, M.Pedons.n. (BRI 
664025); Mitchell Highway, 98 km S of Cunnamulla, 18.ix.2004, 
A.R. Bean 23137 (BRI 697235); 'Woolga', Tambo, 28.ix.1950, G.A. 
Morrison s.n. (BRI 365444); 12 km E of Capella, 8.iii.1995, R.J. 
Fensham 2801 (BRI 639616); 8 km N of Clermont, 7.ix.1997, 
RJ. Fensham 3315 (BRI 657938); South Galway, about 40 miles 
SW of Windorah, 2.viii.1963, S.L. Everist 7418 (BRI 41211); 2 
24 
Vol 33 

Page image

3662180 Podolepis papillosa Muelleria 33: 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608979
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Jeanes 
Taxonomy 
1. Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Voss, Vilm. 
Blumengartn. ed. 3,1:536 (1894) 
Basionym: Scalia jaceoides Sims, Bot. Mag. 24: t. 956 
(1806); Podolepis acuminata R.Br., Hortus Kew. edn 2, 5: 
82 (1813), nom. illeg. (the earlier Scalia jaceoides is cited 
in synonymy); Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Druce, Rep. Bot. 
Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles, Suppl. 2. 641 (1917), isonym; 
Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89): 
1230(1930), isonym. 
Type: CULTIVATED. 'A native of New South Wales,... 
Introduced by Mr. Loddiges of Hackney/ (cultivated in 
England), not located (lectotype, illustration in Bot. Mag. 
24: t. 956 (1806)!, here designated). 
Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Pepin, Ann. FI. Pomone 2: 
88 (1833); Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, Ann. FI. 
Pomone 3: 213 (1835) isonym. Type : 'Cultivated in the 
Jardin des Plantes, Paris, France', no locality, no date, no 
collector (neotype P, fide Mabberley (1999), n.v.). 
Podolepis contorta Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 24: 
p. 64 misc. (1838). Type:'A native of Van Diemen's Land, 
whence seeds of it were sent to the Horticultural Society 
by Mr. J. Bunce', not located. 
Podolepis simplicicaulis F.Muell. Second Rep. Gov. Bot. 
Veg. Colony 12 (1854), nom. nud. 
Podolepis papillosa Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 65: 
46 (1918), nom. illeg. non R.Br. ex Pepin (1833). Type: 
'Australia, N.S. Wales ad Warrumbungle Range [Forsyth!), 
Victoria {Walter!)': New South Wales, Warrumbungle 
Ranges, x.1899, W. Forsyth s.n. (lectotype, LY 0000142, 
fide McGillivray (1973), photo!, isolectotype, NSW 25486, 
photo!, JSTOR Global Plants); NW Victoria, x.1900, C. 
Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo! (= P. aristata 
subsp. affinis)). 
Illustrations: Sims (1806) No. 956; Cunningham et al. 
(1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 D; Everett (1992) 
p. 264. 
Flerb to 50 cm tall, renewed annually from perennial 
rootstock. Stems 1-several, produced annually from a 
thickened persistent rootstock, erect, unbranched or 
sparingly branched, variously woolly or cobwebbed, 
sometimes glabrescent. Leaves covered sparsely to 
densely with flattened elongate to coiled multicellular 
hairs, sometimes glabrescent, margins ±flat to revolute, 
entire; basal leaves several in a sparse rosette, usually 
lanceolate to oblanceolate, rarely linear, 3—15(—20) 
cm long and 5—15(—20) mm wide, petiolate, base 
amplexicaul covering an inconspicuous adaxial tuft of 
long hairs (white on dried specimens); cauline leaves 
alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, usually linear to linear- 
lanceolate, 1—10(—20) cm long and 2—10(—15) mm wide, 
apex acuminate. Peduncles 4-15 cm long, with several 
scarious scale leaves below the involucre passing into 
the leafy stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 20-40 
mm diam., solitary or a few in loose cymes. Involucral 
bracts many-seriate, with linear glandular claws, unequal 
(outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina 
scarious, virtually flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in 
dry specimens), smooth, shiny, ±ovate; intermediate 
bracts 10-18 mm long, apex acute to acuminate, often 
slightly asymmetric and twisted, claw c. 1 mm wide at 
the narrowest point and shorter than, to about as long 
as, the lamina; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina. 
Florets bright yellow; ray florets female, 20-50, ligules 
linear, 15-30 mm long, 3(-5)-toothed, teeth to 5 mm 
long, to c. 1 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous. 
Cypselas 2-3 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, papillose; pappus 
bristles 20-40, barbellate, shortly connate at base, 6-10 
mm long. (Figs la, 2) 
Selected specimens examined : SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 
Hindmarsh Island. 17.X.1930, E.H. Ising 3853 (AD 97410208); 
Naracoorte, 3.xi.1945, N.S. Tiver 14304 (AD 98672218); Mt 
Graham, 21.xi.1882, Tate s.n. (AD 97631670); Flinders Chase 
National Park, beside Cape du Couedic road, 21x1985, J.H. 
Willis s.n. (MEL 2119203); Swamps near Mt Benson, 1895, Dr 
Englehart s.n. (MEL 544018); Kingston - Lucindale railway 
corridor, 23x2006, DJ. Duval 621 (AD 201366); Lake Bonney, 
1882, C. Wehls.n. (MEL 716639); Mt Gambier (MEL 716727); 4.5 
km direct ESE of Maitland, 20.ix.1994, R.L. Taplin & D.E. Murfet 
BS63-496 (AD 99705368); Freeling Cemetery, 23x1966, D.N. 
Kraehenbuehl 1799 (AD 96713047); Sandergrove, c. 10 km 
SW of Strathalbyn, 2.xi.1926, J.B. Cleland s.n. (AD 95830060); 
Biscuit Flat c. 8 km SW of Conmurra, xi.1969, K.M. Alcock 188 
(AD 97041036). QUEENSLAND. Rockhampton, A Dietrich 1796, 
259, 268, 1454 (MEL 544019, MEL 568369, MEL 568370, MEL 
544020, AD 97943570); Terrick Terrick, 20.ix.1960, S.L Everist 
6337 (AD 98619303, BRI 406093); Longreach, x.1913, E. Jarvis 
s.n. (BRI 365445);'Burenda', Augathella,x.1998, M.Pedons.n. (BRI 
664025); Mitchell Highway, 98 km S of Cunnamulla, 18.ix.2004, 
A.R. Bean 23137 (BRI 697235); 'Woolga', Tambo, 28.ix.1950, G.A. 
Morrison s.n. (BRI 365444); 12 km E of Capella, 8.iii.1995, R.J. 
Fensham 2801 (BRI 639616); 8 km N of Clermont, 7.ix.1997, 
RJ. Fensham 3315 (BRI 657938); South Galway, about 40 miles 
SW of Windorah, 2.viii.1963, S.L. Everist 7418 (BRI 41211); 2 
24 
Vol 33 

Page image

3672530 Podolepis remota Muelleria 33: 37, Figs 1k, 12, 17c (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608992
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251
3678314 Podolepis robusta Muelleria 33: 63-65, Figs 1b, 3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 63-65, Figs 1b, 3".

3670231 Podolepis rubida Muelleria 33: 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608989
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Jeanes 
Notes: Podolepis rugata subsp. trullata has been 
confused with P. rugata subsp. littoralis, but in the latter 
the laminas of the involucral bracts are ovate to oblong, 
deeply transversely rugose and apically obtuse. 
Etymology: From the Latin trullata = shaped like a 
brick-layer's trowel; this is the shape of the lamina on the 
intermediate involucral bracts. 
6. Podolepis canescens A.Cunn. ex DC., Prodr. 6: 
163(1838) 
Type: NEW SOUTH WALES, 'in collibus rupestribus 
circa Croker's range in Nova-Hollandia ad occid. Vallis 
Wellingtoniae nov. flor. legit cl. Cunningham... (v.s. comm, 
a cl. inv.)': Croker's Range, xi.l 825, A. Cunningham 39 
(lectotype, BRI-AQ354837, fide G.L. Davis (1957), photo! 
JSTOR Global Plants, isolectotype, MEL 696480!); Rocky 
hills near Croker's Range in the country lying W from 
Wellington valley, xi.l 825, A. Cunningham 127 (possible 
isolectotype, MEL 2280347!); Exposed rocky sides of 
hills, Croker's Range, xi.l825, A. Cunningham 1763 
(possible isolectotype, BM 810533, photo! JSTOR Global 
Plants); Hills of Croker's Range, 1825, A. Cunningham 
s.n. (residual syntype, BM 810534, photo! JSTOR Global 
Plants). 
Podolepis inundata A.Cunn. ex DC., Prodr. 6: 163 
(1838). Type: New South Wales, 'in inundatis adripas flum. 
Lachlan in Nova-Holl. (v.s. comm, a cl. invent.)': Inundated 
parts of L. R., no date, A. Cunningham s.n. (lectotype, 
K 000899338, here designated, photo! JSTOR Global 
Plants); Damp banks (liable to inundation) of the Lachlan 
River N. S. Wales, 29.iv.1817, A. Cunningham 47 (probable 
isolectotype, K 000899337, photo! JSTOR Global Plants). 
Podolepis rubida Maiden & R.T.Baker, Proc. Linn. Soc. 
New South Wales 10:587 (1895). Type: New South Wales. 
Bathurst, 20.xi.1895, W.J.C. Ross s.n. (holotype, MEL 
716219!). 
Annual herb to 60 cm tall. Stems 1 -several, erect, usually 
branched, sparsely woolly, often glabrescent, reddish. 
Leaves woolly below, sparsely woolly above and often 
glabrescent, margins ± revolute, entire; basal leaves 
often few in a sparse rosette, not always present at 
anthesis, usually linear-oblanceolate, 5-8 cm long 
and 2-7 mm wide, petiolate, base amplexicaul, apex 
acute; cauline leaves alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, 
decurrent, usually linear, 1 -5 cm long and 2-4 mm wide, 
apex acute. Peduncles 1 -4 cm long, with several scarious 
scale leaves below the involucre passing into the leafy 
stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 5—8(—10) mm 
diam., many in loose cymes, rarely solitary. Involucral 
bracts many-seriate, with slender linear, glandular claws, 
unequal (outermost shortest, intermediate longest); 
lamina scarious, straw-coloured to golden brown, 
shallowly transversely rugose at least distally, shiny; 
intermediate bracts 2-6 mm long, apex acute or shortly 
acuminate, claw c. 0.25 mm wide at the narrowest point 
and often longer than the lamina, lamina lanceolate to 
ovate, 1-2.5 mm long, base truncate to obtuse; inner 
bracts with claw much longer than lamina. Florets 
yellow; ray florets female, 20-30, ligules linear, 6-10 
mm long, usually 3-toothed, teeth to 3 mm long, to c. 
O. 5 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous. Cypselas 
terete, c. 1.5 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, papillose; pappus 
bristles 15-20, barbellate, virtually free, 3-4 mm long. 
(Figs 1 i, 10) 
Specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES. 1.9 km west of 
Glen Alice on road towards Rylstone, 15.xii.2005, R. Johnstone 
1711 (MEL 2264178 (Fig. 10), NSW 493723, K); 1.7 km SSE along 
Charlton Road from the Windsor-Singleton Road, c. 3 km NE 
of Bulga, 27.ix.2009, R.G. Coveny 19387 (MEL 2340151, NSW 
592543, BRI, CANB, NE); Hill End, x.1885, Dr.J. Lauterer31 (MEL 
696402); N. S. Wales, A. Cunningham s.n. (MEL 2160879 part A); 
Dubbo, vii.1883, Betche 63 (MEL 696403); Dubbo, 14.ix.1883, 
Betche 60 (MEL 716218); c. 2 km west of Glen Alice on road 
to Rylstone, 4.xii.2007, R. Johnstone 2286 & A.E. Orme (CANB 
712079, NSW 759349, K). 
Distribution and habitat: Found mostly in the 
Central Tablelands and Central Western Slopes of New 
South Wales. Habitats include open forests, woodlands 
and grassy woodlands. (Fig. 17a) 
Conservation status: The paucity of collections, 
particularly recent ones, in Australian herbaria suggests 
that this species is probably quite rare and possibly 
threatened. Suggest Poorly Known (K-) by criteria of 
Briggs and Leigh (1996) and Near Threatened (NT) by 
criteria of IUCN (2013). 
Flowering period: Mostly August to November. 
Cytology: No data available. 
Notes: Distinguished from other Podolepis species 
by a combination of characters including its upright 
twiggy habit, small capitula and tiny, transversely 
rugose involucral bract laminas. In overall appearance, 
P. canescens resembles P. eremaea, but that species 
has virtually flat involucral bract laminas (sometimes 
34 
Vol 33 

Page image

3664478 Podolepis rugata Muelleria 33: 30-31

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 30-31".

3665627 Podolepis rugata rugata Muelleria 33: 31-32, Figs 1e, 6, 16e (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 31-32, Figs 1e, 6, 16e (map)".

3666776 Podolepis rugata glabrata Muelleria 33: 32, Figs 1f, 7, 16f (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608987
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251
3669073 Podolepis rugata littoralis Muelleria 33: 32-33, Figs 1g, 8, 16g (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 32-33, Figs 1g, 8, 16g (map)".

3670226 Podolepis rugata trullata Muelleria 33: 33-34, Figs 1h, 9, 16H (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 33-34, Figs 1h, 9, 16H (map)".

3669074 Podolepis rugata littoralis Muelleria 33: 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608987
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251
3661034 Podolepis simplicicaulis Muelleria 33: 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608979
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251
3677155 Podolepis sp. Muelleria 33: 35
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608990
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Studies in Podolepis 
slightly wrinkled in dry specimens) and favours more 
arid habitats. 
Typification: The type locality of Podolepis canescens 
is the Crokers Range about 70 kilometres south-west of 
Wellington in New South Wales. Excellent type material 
is available that shows the plants to be tall and slender 
with linear leaves and small capitula (mostly < 8 mm 
diameter). The intermediate involucral bracts have tiny 
(~ 3 mm long) ovate-acuminate, shallowly transversely 
rugose laminas on long slender claws often exceeding 
the lamina. Plants fitting this description are found from 
the Central Tablelands and Central Western Slopes of 
New South Wales. 
All the type specimens bar one are designated 
as having been collected in November 1825, and 
all were from, or near, the Croker's Range. Although 
these specimens are numbered differently, it is unclear 
whether these are shipping numbers associated with 
specimen dispersal by Cunningham to the British 
Museum and to de Candolle, or collection numbers 
(Orchard 2012; Orchard & Orchard 2013). Hence, despite 
differing numbers, it is possible that at least two of the 
residual syntypes could in fact be isolectotypes. 
The type sheet of Podolepis inundata in the Herbarium 
Hookerianum at Kew Botanic Gardens contains five 
elements, all of the same taxon and probably part of 
the same gathering. The sheet has been split rather 
arbitrarily into two parts, each part with a separate 
collecting label and a different herbarium number. The 
two elements on the right hand side (K 000899338) 
have been selected as the lectotype as they are more 
complete and in better condition than the three 
elements on the left (K 000899337). 
7. Podolepis eremaea Jeanes, sp. nov. 
Type: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Ashburton Botanical 
District. Rocky slope c. 17 km SW of Kumarina, 
27.viii.1995, PS. Short4247 (holotype MEL 2027659! (Fig. 
11), isotypes AD!, BRI!, CANB!, K!, NSW!, PERTH!, S!,TI!). 
Podolepis canescens var. affinis sensu F.Muell. & Tate 
p.p. (in respect to Helms s.n. (MEL 2160903!)) non (Sond.) 
F.Muell. & Tate. 
Podolepis sp. sensu Watanabe et al. (1999: Kumarina 
W.A. P.S. Short 4247). 
Podolepis sp. Carnarvon Range (DJ. Edinger Nats 33) 
WA Herbarium sensu APNI (2014). 
Podolepis sp. Great Victoria Desert (A.S. George 8219) 
WA Herbarium sensu APNI (2014). 
Podolepis sp. Wollunga Well (D.E. Albrecht 8794) NT 
Herbarium sensu APNI (2014). 
Annual herb to 70 cm tall. Stems 1-several, ± erect, 
usually branched, woolly to cobwebbed below and 
near leaf axils, otherwise often glabrescent, brown 
Table 3. A summary of the diagnostic characters of Podolepis canescens and similar species. Length and width measurements are 
abbreviated as L and W respectively. 
P. canescens 
P. eremaea 
P. remota 
Leaf indumentum 
woolly below, sparsely woolly 
and often glabrescent above 
woolly to cobwebbed below, 
less densely woolly above 
woolly to cobwebbed below, 
less densely woolly above 
Basal leaf shape 
linear-oblanceolate 
oblanceolate 
linear 
Basal leaf size 
50-80 mm L x 2-7 mm W 
30-120 mm Lx3-12mmW 
20-50 mm L x 2-4 mm W 
Cauline leaf shape 
linear 
linear-lanceolate 
linear 
Cauline leaf size 
10-50 mm L x 2-4 mm W 
10-100 mm L x 3-10 mm W 
10-50 mm L x 2-4 mm W 
Diameter of capitula 
5-8(—10) mm 
5-10 mm 
10-15 mm 
Shape of intermediate 
involucral bract lamina 
ovate, base truncate to 
obtuse 
ovate, base obtuse 
broad-ovate to sub-orbicular 
Length of intermediate 
involucral bract lamina 
1-2.5 mm 
2-3(-4) mm 
3-4 mm 
Apex of intermediate 
involucral bract lamina 
acute to acuminate 
acute to acuminate 
±obtuse 
Surface of intermediate 
involucral bract lamina 
shallowly transversely rugose 
in apical half 
virtually flat and smooth 
(often slightly wrinkled in dry 
specimens) 
slightly concavo-convex 
Muelleria 
35 

Page image

3664475 Podolepis sp. 1 Muelleria 33: 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608984
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Studies in Podolepis 
Eucalyptus microcarpa woodland on heavy non- 
calcareous soils. (Fig. 16c) 
Conservation status: There are few collections of this 
species, the most recent of which was made in 1986. 
It appears that it may have always been localised and 
occurs in Buloke/Grey Box woodlands, which have been 
extensively cleared. There is no evidence that it occurs 
in any biological reserves. Recommend Endangered 
(3E) by criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1996) and Critically 
Endangered (CR) by criteria of IUCN (2013). 
Flowering period: September to November. 
Cytology: No data available. 
Typification: In the protologue of Podolepis laevigata, 
Gandoger provided the following Latin description: 
Glaberrima, folia glaucescentia linearia, phylla involucri 
obtusa albida flosculis multo breviora, pappus niveus (= 
very glabrous, leaves glaucous linear, involucral leaves 
(= bracts) obtuse whitish much shorter than the florets, 
pappus snowy white). As noted above, I consider the 
three syntype specimens to be representative of two 
species (P. decipiens and P. laevigata). McGillivray's 
(1973) selection of the Reader specimen as the lectotype 
is appropriate as it most closely matches Gandoger's 
description (1918). 
Notes: In general appearance this species resembles 
Podolepis linearifolia, but differs mainly in the 
intermediate involucral bracts having an obtuse apex 
and broader claws, and the rosette leaves having 
conspicuous tufts of axillary basal hairs. The two species 
also grow in different habitats. 
4. Podolepis linearifolia Jeanes, sp. nov. 
Type: VICTORIA. Old RAAF Base Laverton, northwest 
corner of base, 10.xii.2007, J.A. Jeanes 1805 (holotype, 
MEL 2296546! (Fig. 5), isotypes, CANB 699493!, NSW 
832116!, K!). 
Podolepis sp. aff. jaceoides (Basalt Plains) sensu Ross 
(1993). 
Podolepis aff. jaceoides sensu Watanabe et. al. (1999). 
Podolepis sp. 1 sensu Jeanes (1999). 
Podolepis sp. Basalt Plain (V.Stajsic 2244) Vic. 
Herbarium sensu APNI (2014). 
Illustration: Jeanes (1999) fig. 154i (as Podolepis sp. 1). 
Herb to 60 cm tall, renewed annually from perennial 
rootstock. Stems usually several, produced annually 
from a thickened persistent rootstock, erect, usually 
unbranched, usually sparsely woolly or hispid, 
glabrescent with age. Leaves virtually glabrous, but 
often with fine hairs on abaxial midrib and on margins, 
margins ±flat to revolute, entire; basal leaves rosetted, 
numerous,± linear, 5-17 cm long and 3—6(—10) mm wide, 
petiolate, base amplexicaul covering an inconspicuous 
adaxial tuft of long hairs (white on dried specimens); 
cauline leaves alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, linear, 
mostly 1-8 cm long and 1-4 mm wide, apex acute to 
acuminate. Peduncles 2-8 cm long, with several scarious 
scale leaves below the involucre passing into the 
leafy stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 20-30 mm 
diam., solitary or a few in loose cymes. Involucral bracts 
many-seriate, with linear glandular claws, unequal 
(outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina 
scarious, virtually flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in 
dry specimens), smooth, shiny, ±ovate; intermediate 
bracts 7-15 mm long, apex usually long-acuminate to 
aristate, claw slender, c. 0.5 mm wide at the narrowest 
point and shorter than, to about as long as, the lamina; 
inner bracts with claw longer than lamina. Florets bright 
yellow or orange; ray florets female, 20-40, ligules linear, 
10-30 mm long, 3(-5)-toothed, teeth to 5mm long, to 
c. 1mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous. Cypselas 
2-3 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, papillose; pappus bristles 
20-40, barbellate, shortly connate at base, 6-9 mm long. 
(Figs 1 d, 5) Chromosome numbers: n=10,2n=20. 
Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 10 
km SW of Burra on Adelaide-Peterborough road, 19.X.1981, 
N.N. Donner 8166 (AD 98210352, CBG 350200, HO 63478); 
Button Grass swamp near Mt Burr, 30.X.1977, R. Bates 4009 (AD 
97748024); Hynum and Robertson, 3.xi.1945, N.S. Tivers.n. (AD 
98672181). NEW SOUTH WALES. Berrigan, 29.X.1923, J.L Sones 
s.n. (CBG 339068). VICTORIA. RAAF Air Base, Laverton, 5.xi.1 996, 
N.G. Walsh 4637 (MEL 2051250); About 3.5 km north of Rowsley, 
28. X.2000, V. Stajsic 2698 & 2699 (MEL 2135003, MEL 2135004, 
HO 523357, CANB 554769); Derrimut Grasslands, above 
northern edge of Andersons Swamp, 10.xi.1995, P.5. Short 4574 
(MEL 2028052); 15 km west of Maryborough P.O.,22.xi.1979, A.C. 
Beauglehole 66600 (MEL 1580243); Near Omeo, 1893, D. Sullivan 
7 (MEL 716537); Immediately SW from Deer Park Railway 
Station on the Ballarat line, 14.xii.1992, V. Stajsic 2244 (MEL 
2102870); Deer Park, corner of Fitzgerald and Boundary Roads, 
29. X.1 991 , R. Robinson s.n. (MEL 201 1 738); Railway easement 4.5 
km west of Glenrowan, southern verge, 30.xi.2003, R. Thomas 
779 (MEL 2220642); Intersection of Dingee-Rochester Road and 
Bendigo-Tennyson Road, x.2003 ,D. Marshall s.n. (MEL 2236280); 
Muelleria 
29 

Page image

3664474 Podolepis sp. aff. jaceoides (Basalt Plains) Muelleria 33: 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608984
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251
3678311 Podolepis sp. aff. robusta (N.E. Alps) Muelleria 33: 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609017
Page is part of the work Description of a new species allied to Podolepis robusta (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) from the south-eastern Australian Alps, doi:10.5962/p.292252
3664476 Podolepis sp. Basalt Plain (V.Stajsic 2244) Vic. Herbarium Muelleria 33: 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608984
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251
3671380 Podolepis sp. Carnarvon Range (D.J.Edinger Nats 33) WA Herbarium Muelleria 33: 35
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608990
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251
3671381 Podolepis sp. Great Victoria Desert (A.S.George 8219) WA Herbarium Muelleria 33: 35
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608990
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Studies in Podolepis 
slightly wrinkled in dry specimens) and favours more 
arid habitats. 
Typification: The type locality of Podolepis canescens 
is the Crokers Range about 70 kilometres south-west of 
Wellington in New South Wales. Excellent type material 
is available that shows the plants to be tall and slender 
with linear leaves and small capitula (mostly < 8 mm 
diameter). The intermediate involucral bracts have tiny 
(~ 3 mm long) ovate-acuminate, shallowly transversely 
rugose laminas on long slender claws often exceeding 
the lamina. Plants fitting this description are found from 
the Central Tablelands and Central Western Slopes of 
New South Wales. 
All the type specimens bar one are designated 
as having been collected in November 1825, and 
all were from, or near, the Croker's Range. Although 
these specimens are numbered differently, it is unclear 
whether these are shipping numbers associated with 
specimen dispersal by Cunningham to the British 
Museum and to de Candolle, or collection numbers 
(Orchard 2012; Orchard & Orchard 2013). Hence, despite 
differing numbers, it is possible that at least two of the 
residual syntypes could in fact be isolectotypes. 
The type sheet of Podolepis inundata in the Herbarium 
Hookerianum at Kew Botanic Gardens contains five 
elements, all of the same taxon and probably part of 
the same gathering. The sheet has been split rather 
arbitrarily into two parts, each part with a separate 
collecting label and a different herbarium number. The 
two elements on the right hand side (K 000899338) 
have been selected as the lectotype as they are more 
complete and in better condition than the three 
elements on the left (K 000899337). 
7. Podolepis eremaea Jeanes, sp. nov. 
Type: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Ashburton Botanical 
District. Rocky slope c. 17 km SW of Kumarina, 
27.viii.1995, PS. Short4247 (holotype MEL 2027659! (Fig. 
11), isotypes AD!, BRI!, CANB!, K!, NSW!, PERTH!, S!,TI!). 
Podolepis canescens var. affinis sensu F.Muell. & Tate 
p.p. (in respect to Helms s.n. (MEL 2160903!)) non (Sond.) 
F.Muell. & Tate. 
Podolepis sp. sensu Watanabe et al. (1999: Kumarina 
W.A. P.S. Short 4247). 
Podolepis sp. Carnarvon Range (DJ. Edinger Nats 33) 
WA Herbarium sensu APNI (2014). 
Podolepis sp. Great Victoria Desert (A.S. George 8219) 
WA Herbarium sensu APNI (2014). 
Podolepis sp. Wollunga Well (D.E. Albrecht 8794) NT 
Herbarium sensu APNI (2014). 
Annual herb to 70 cm tall. Stems 1-several, ± erect, 
usually branched, woolly to cobwebbed below and 
near leaf axils, otherwise often glabrescent, brown 
Table 3. A summary of the diagnostic characters of Podolepis canescens and similar species. Length and width measurements are 
abbreviated as L and W respectively. 
P. canescens 
P. eremaea 
P. remota 
Leaf indumentum 
woolly below, sparsely woolly 
and often glabrescent above 
woolly to cobwebbed below, 
less densely woolly above 
woolly to cobwebbed below, 
less densely woolly above 
Basal leaf shape 
linear-oblanceolate 
oblanceolate 
linear 
Basal leaf size 
50-80 mm L x 2-7 mm W 
30-120 mm Lx3-12mmW 
20-50 mm L x 2-4 mm W 
Cauline leaf shape 
linear 
linear-lanceolate 
linear 
Cauline leaf size 
10-50 mm L x 2-4 mm W 
10-100 mm L x 3-10 mm W 
10-50 mm L x 2-4 mm W 
Diameter of capitula 
5-8(—10) mm 
5-10 mm 
10-15 mm 
Shape of intermediate 
involucral bract lamina 
ovate, base truncate to 
obtuse 
ovate, base obtuse 
broad-ovate to sub-orbicular 
Length of intermediate 
involucral bract lamina 
1-2.5 mm 
2-3(-4) mm 
3-4 mm 
Apex of intermediate 
involucral bract lamina 
acute to acuminate 
acute to acuminate 
±obtuse 
Surface of intermediate 
involucral bract lamina 
shallowly transversely rugose 
in apical half 
virtually flat and smooth 
(often slightly wrinkled in dry 
specimens) 
slightly concavo-convex 
Muelleria 
35 

Page image

3678312 Podolepis sp. N.E. Alps (N.G.Walsh 5964) Vic. Herbarium Muelleria 33: 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609017
Page is part of the work Description of a new species allied to Podolepis robusta (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) from the south-eastern Australian Alps, doi:10.5962/p.292252
3671382 Podolepis sp. Wollunga Well (D.E.Albrecht 8794) NT Herbarium Muelleria 33: 35
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608990
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Studies in Podolepis 
slightly wrinkled in dry specimens) and favours more 
arid habitats. 
Typification: The type locality of Podolepis canescens 
is the Crokers Range about 70 kilometres south-west of 
Wellington in New South Wales. Excellent type material 
is available that shows the plants to be tall and slender 
with linear leaves and small capitula (mostly < 8 mm 
diameter). The intermediate involucral bracts have tiny 
(~ 3 mm long) ovate-acuminate, shallowly transversely 
rugose laminas on long slender claws often exceeding 
the lamina. Plants fitting this description are found from 
the Central Tablelands and Central Western Slopes of 
New South Wales. 
All the type specimens bar one are designated 
as having been collected in November 1825, and 
all were from, or near, the Croker's Range. Although 
these specimens are numbered differently, it is unclear 
whether these are shipping numbers associated with 
specimen dispersal by Cunningham to the British 
Museum and to de Candolle, or collection numbers 
(Orchard 2012; Orchard & Orchard 2013). Hence, despite 
differing numbers, it is possible that at least two of the 
residual syntypes could in fact be isolectotypes. 
The type sheet of Podolepis inundata in the Herbarium 
Hookerianum at Kew Botanic Gardens contains five 
elements, all of the same taxon and probably part of 
the same gathering. The sheet has been split rather 
arbitrarily into two parts, each part with a separate 
collecting label and a different herbarium number. The 
two elements on the right hand side (K 000899338) 
have been selected as the lectotype as they are more 
complete and in better condition than the three 
elements on the left (K 000899337). 
7. Podolepis eremaea Jeanes, sp. nov. 
Type: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Ashburton Botanical 
District. Rocky slope c. 17 km SW of Kumarina, 
27.viii.1995, PS. Short4247 (holotype MEL 2027659! (Fig. 
11), isotypes AD!, BRI!, CANB!, K!, NSW!, PERTH!, S!,TI!). 
Podolepis canescens var. affinis sensu F.Muell. & Tate 
p.p. (in respect to Helms s.n. (MEL 2160903!)) non (Sond.) 
F.Muell. & Tate. 
Podolepis sp. sensu Watanabe et al. (1999: Kumarina 
W.A. P.S. Short 4247). 
Podolepis sp. Carnarvon Range (DJ. Edinger Nats 33) 
WA Herbarium sensu APNI (2014). 
Podolepis sp. Great Victoria Desert (A.S. George 8219) 
WA Herbarium sensu APNI (2014). 
Podolepis sp. Wollunga Well (D.E. Albrecht 8794) NT 
Herbarium sensu APNI (2014). 
Annual herb to 70 cm tall. Stems 1-several, ± erect, 
usually branched, woolly to cobwebbed below and 
near leaf axils, otherwise often glabrescent, brown 
Table 3. A summary of the diagnostic characters of Podolepis canescens and similar species. Length and width measurements are 
abbreviated as L and W respectively. 
P. canescens 
P. eremaea 
P. remota 
Leaf indumentum 
woolly below, sparsely woolly 
and often glabrescent above 
woolly to cobwebbed below, 
less densely woolly above 
woolly to cobwebbed below, 
less densely woolly above 
Basal leaf shape 
linear-oblanceolate 
oblanceolate 
linear 
Basal leaf size 
50-80 mm L x 2-7 mm W 
30-120 mm Lx3-12mmW 
20-50 mm L x 2-4 mm W 
Cauline leaf shape 
linear 
linear-lanceolate 
linear 
Cauline leaf size 
10-50 mm L x 2-4 mm W 
10-100 mm L x 3-10 mm W 
10-50 mm L x 2-4 mm W 
Diameter of capitula 
5-8(—10) mm 
5-10 mm 
10-15 mm 
Shape of intermediate 
involucral bract lamina 
ovate, base truncate to 
obtuse 
ovate, base obtuse 
broad-ovate to sub-orbicular 
Length of intermediate 
involucral bract lamina 
1-2.5 mm 
2-3(-4) mm 
3-4 mm 
Apex of intermediate 
involucral bract lamina 
acute to acuminate 
acute to acuminate 
±obtuse 
Surface of intermediate 
involucral bract lamina 
shallowly transversely rugose 
in apical half 
virtually flat and smooth 
(often slightly wrinkled in dry 
specimens) 
slightly concavo-convex 
Muelleria 
35 

Page image

3678338 Podolepis subulata Muelleria 33: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608993
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Jeanes 
Key to the subspecies of Podolepis aristata 
1 Lamina of the intermediate involucral bracts more or less flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in dry specimens).—.„. 2 
1: Lamina of the intermediate involucral bracts shallowly to deeply transversely rugose. 3 
2 Apex of intermediate involucral bracts acuminate to aristate. 9a. P. aristata subsp. aristata 
2: Apex of intermediate involucral bracts obtuse to acute.... 9b. P. aristata subsp. affinis 
3 Apex of intermediate involucral bracts acuminate to aristate. 9c. P. aristata subsp. auriculata 
3: Apex of intermediate involucral bracts obtuse to acute. 9b. P. aristata subsp. affinis 
1-6 cm long, with several scarious scale leaves below 
the involucre passing into the leafy stem. Capitula 
hemispherical, mostly 10—20(—25) mm diam., many 
in loose cymes, rarely solitary. Involucral bracts many- 
seriate, with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal 
(outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina 
scarious, straw-coloured to golden brown, virtually 
flat to deeply transversely rugose, shiny; intermediate 
bracts 6-12 mm long, apex obtuse, acute, acuminate 
or aristate, claw c. 0.25 mm wide at the narrowest point 
and shorter than the lamina, lamina 4-10 mm long, 
±triangular, base truncate; inner bracts with claw longer 
than lamina. Florets yellow; ray florets female, 20-30, 
ligules linear, 10-20 mm long, 3(-5)-toothed, teeth 
to 3 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, 
numerous. Cypselas terete, 1.5-2 mm long, c. 0.5 mm 
wide, papillose; pappus bristles 15-20, barbellate, 
virtually free, 4-8 mm long. Chromosome numbers: 
n=10,2/7=20; /7=11. 
Cytology: Chromosome numbers of n= 10, 2n=20 
were reported by Turner (1967), Short (1986) and 
Watanabe et al. (1999) under the name Podolepis 
canescens. The voucher cited by Turner (Turner 5422) in 
this study corresponds to P. aristata subsp. auriculata, 
while voucher Turner 5345 refers to P. aristata subsp. 
aristata. The voucher cited by Short (Short 1271) here 
refers to P. aristata subsp. affinis. Vouchers cited by 
Watanabe et al. (1999) as Short 4421, Watanabe 159 
and Watanabe 355 here refer to P. aristata subsp. affinis, 
while Short4319 belongs to P. aristata subsp. aristata (all 
n=10).The chromosome number determination of n=11 
reported by Turner (1967) under the name P auriculata, 
voucher Turner 5406, here corresponds to P aristata 
subsp. auriculata. 
Typification: In the protologue of Podolepis aristata, 
Bentham described the involucral bracts (involucri 
squamis) as 'acutissimis aristatis aureofuscis non rugosis' 
meaning Very acute, aristate, yellow-brown and not 
rugose'. The holotype is housed at the Vienna Herbarium 
(W). There is a possible syntype at MEL, from the Steetz 
herbarium, but this specimen lacks locality information 
and, although Hugel's name appears on the label, it is 
uncertain if he made the collection. 
9a. Podolepis aristata subsp. aristata 
Podolepis chrysantha Endl., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin) 1:458 
(1843); Podolepis aristata var. chrysantha (Endl.) Steetz, 
PI. Preiss. 1 (3): 466 (1845). Type: Western Australia.'Nova 
Hollandia austro-occidentalis': Canning River, Preiss 
52 (syntype, MEL 696485!); Western Australia, Preiss 52 
(syntype, MEL 696433!). 
Podolepis subulata Steetz, PI. Preiss. 1(3): 465 (1845); 
Podolepis canescens A.Cunn. ex DC., f. minor Siebert 
& Voss Vilm. Blumengartn. ed. 3, 1(1): 536 (1894). Type: 
Western Australia. 'In solo sublimoso districtus Vasse', 
xii.1839, Preiss 54 (lectotype, S S-G-4947, here designated, 
photo! JSTOR Global Plants, isolectotypes, LD 1054916, 
photo! JSTOR Global Plants, MEL 242521!, MEL 696475!); 
'In col. Swan River,' 1843, Preiss 54 (syntype, G 301392, 
photo! JSTOR Global Plants). 
Podolepis aristata Benth. var. minor Benth., FI. austral. 
3:605 (1867). Type: Western Australia.'Vasse river, Preiss, 
n. 54; between Moore and Murchison rivers, Drummond, 
6 th Coll. n. 155': Vasse River, no date, Preiss 54 (syntypes, 
MEL 242521!, MEL 696475!); no location, no date, 
J. Drummond 155 (syntype, MEL 2166262!). 
Annual herb to 50 cm tall. Involucral bracts many-seriate, 
with slender linear, glandular claws, unequal (outermost 
shortest, intermediate longest); lamina scarious, straw- 
coloured, virtually flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in 
dry specimens), shiny; intermediate bracts 7-12 mm 
long, apex long-acuminate or aristate, claw c. 0.25 mm 
wide at the narrowest point and shorter than the lamina, 
lamina 4-10 mm long, ± triangular, base truncate; inner 
bracts with claw longer than lamina. (Figs 11,13) 
38 
Vol 33 

Page image

3661020 Scalia jaceoides Muelleria 33: 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608979
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Jeanes 
Taxonomy 
1. Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Voss, Vilm. 
Blumengartn. ed. 3,1:536 (1894) 
Basionym: Scalia jaceoides Sims, Bot. Mag. 24: t. 956 
(1806); Podolepis acuminata R.Br., Hortus Kew. edn 2, 5: 
82 (1813), nom. illeg. (the earlier Scalia jaceoides is cited 
in synonymy); Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Druce, Rep. Bot. 
Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles, Suppl. 2. 641 (1917), isonym; 
Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89): 
1230(1930), isonym. 
Type: CULTIVATED. 'A native of New South Wales,... 
Introduced by Mr. Loddiges of Hackney/ (cultivated in 
England), not located (lectotype, illustration in Bot. Mag. 
24: t. 956 (1806)!, here designated). 
Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Pepin, Ann. FI. Pomone 2: 
88 (1833); Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, Ann. FI. 
Pomone 3: 213 (1835) isonym. Type : 'Cultivated in the 
Jardin des Plantes, Paris, France', no locality, no date, no 
collector (neotype P, fide Mabberley (1999), n.v.). 
Podolepis contorta Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 24: 
p. 64 misc. (1838). Type:'A native of Van Diemen's Land, 
whence seeds of it were sent to the Horticultural Society 
by Mr. J. Bunce', not located. 
Podolepis simplicicaulis F.Muell. Second Rep. Gov. Bot. 
Veg. Colony 12 (1854), nom. nud. 
Podolepis papillosa Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 65: 
46 (1918), nom. illeg. non R.Br. ex Pepin (1833). Type: 
'Australia, N.S. Wales ad Warrumbungle Range [Forsyth!), 
Victoria {Walter!)': New South Wales, Warrumbungle 
Ranges, x.1899, W. Forsyth s.n. (lectotype, LY 0000142, 
fide McGillivray (1973), photo!, isolectotype, NSW 25486, 
photo!, JSTOR Global Plants); NW Victoria, x.1900, C. 
Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo! (= P. aristata 
subsp. affinis)). 
Illustrations: Sims (1806) No. 956; Cunningham et al. 
(1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 D; Everett (1992) 
p. 264. 
Flerb to 50 cm tall, renewed annually from perennial 
rootstock. Stems 1-several, produced annually from a 
thickened persistent rootstock, erect, unbranched or 
sparingly branched, variously woolly or cobwebbed, 
sometimes glabrescent. Leaves covered sparsely to 
densely with flattened elongate to coiled multicellular 
hairs, sometimes glabrescent, margins ±flat to revolute, 
entire; basal leaves several in a sparse rosette, usually 
lanceolate to oblanceolate, rarely linear, 3—15(—20) 
cm long and 5—15(—20) mm wide, petiolate, base 
amplexicaul covering an inconspicuous adaxial tuft of 
long hairs (white on dried specimens); cauline leaves 
alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, usually linear to linear- 
lanceolate, 1—10(—20) cm long and 2—10(—15) mm wide, 
apex acuminate. Peduncles 4-15 cm long, with several 
scarious scale leaves below the involucre passing into 
the leafy stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 20-40 
mm diam., solitary or a few in loose cymes. Involucral 
bracts many-seriate, with linear glandular claws, unequal 
(outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina 
scarious, virtually flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in 
dry specimens), smooth, shiny, ±ovate; intermediate 
bracts 10-18 mm long, apex acute to acuminate, often 
slightly asymmetric and twisted, claw c. 1 mm wide at 
the narrowest point and shorter than, to about as long 
as, the lamina; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina. 
Florets bright yellow; ray florets female, 20-50, ligules 
linear, 15-30 mm long, 3(-5)-toothed, teeth to 5 mm 
long, to c. 1 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous. 
Cypselas 2-3 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, papillose; pappus 
bristles 20-40, barbellate, shortly connate at base, 6-10 
mm long. (Figs la, 2) 
Selected specimens examined : SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 
Hindmarsh Island. 17.X.1930, E.H. Ising 3853 (AD 97410208); 
Naracoorte, 3.xi.1945, N.S. Tiver 14304 (AD 98672218); Mt 
Graham, 21.xi.1882, Tate s.n. (AD 97631670); Flinders Chase 
National Park, beside Cape du Couedic road, 21x1985, J.H. 
Willis s.n. (MEL 2119203); Swamps near Mt Benson, 1895, Dr 
Englehart s.n. (MEL 544018); Kingston - Lucindale railway 
corridor, 23x2006, DJ. Duval 621 (AD 201366); Lake Bonney, 
1882, C. Wehls.n. (MEL 716639); Mt Gambier (MEL 716727); 4.5 
km direct ESE of Maitland, 20.ix.1994, R.L. Taplin & D.E. Murfet 
BS63-496 (AD 99705368); Freeling Cemetery, 23x1966, D.N. 
Kraehenbuehl 1799 (AD 96713047); Sandergrove, c. 10 km 
SW of Strathalbyn, 2.xi.1926, J.B. Cleland s.n. (AD 95830060); 
Biscuit Flat c. 8 km SW of Conmurra, xi.1969, K.M. Alcock 188 
(AD 97041036). QUEENSLAND. Rockhampton, A Dietrich 1796, 
259, 268, 1454 (MEL 544019, MEL 568369, MEL 568370, MEL 
544020, AD 97943570); Terrick Terrick, 20.ix.1960, S.L Everist 
6337 (AD 98619303, BRI 406093); Longreach, x.1913, E. Jarvis 
s.n. (BRI 365445);'Burenda', Augathella,x.1998, M.Pedons.n. (BRI 
664025); Mitchell Highway, 98 km S of Cunnamulla, 18.ix.2004, 
A.R. Bean 23137 (BRI 697235); 'Woolga', Tambo, 28.ix.1950, G.A. 
Morrison s.n. (BRI 365444); 12 km E of Capella, 8.iii.1995, R.J. 
Fensham 2801 (BRI 639616); 8 km N of Clermont, 7.ix.1997, 
RJ. Fensham 3315 (BRI 657938); South Galway, about 40 miles 
SW of Windorah, 2.viii.1963, S.L. Everist 7418 (BRI 41211); 2 
24 
Vol 33 

Page image

3661030 Scalia jaceoides Muelleria 33: 24
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608979
Page is part of the work Studies in Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292251

Page text

Jeanes 
Taxonomy 
1. Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Voss, Vilm. 
Blumengartn. ed. 3,1:536 (1894) 
Basionym: Scalia jaceoides Sims, Bot. Mag. 24: t. 956 
(1806); Podolepis acuminata R.Br., Hortus Kew. edn 2, 5: 
82 (1813), nom. illeg. (the earlier Scalia jaceoides is cited 
in synonymy); Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Druce, Rep. Bot. 
Exch. Club Soc. Brit. Isles, Suppl. 2. 641 (1917), isonym; 
Podolepis jaceoides (Sims) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 22(89): 
1230(1930), isonym. 
Type: CULTIVATED. 'A native of New South Wales,... 
Introduced by Mr. Loddiges of Hackney/ (cultivated in 
England), not located (lectotype, illustration in Bot. Mag. 
24: t. 956 (1806)!, here designated). 
Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Pepin, Ann. FI. Pomone 2: 
88 (1833); Podolepis papillosa R.Br. ex Jacques, Ann. FI. 
Pomone 3: 213 (1835) isonym. Type : 'Cultivated in the 
Jardin des Plantes, Paris, France', no locality, no date, no 
collector (neotype P, fide Mabberley (1999), n.v.). 
Podolepis contorta Lindl., Edwards's Bot. Reg. 24: 
p. 64 misc. (1838). Type:'A native of Van Diemen's Land, 
whence seeds of it were sent to the Horticultural Society 
by Mr. J. Bunce', not located. 
Podolepis simplicicaulis F.Muell. Second Rep. Gov. Bot. 
Veg. Colony 12 (1854), nom. nud. 
Podolepis papillosa Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 65: 
46 (1918), nom. illeg. non R.Br. ex Pepin (1833). Type: 
'Australia, N.S. Wales ad Warrumbungle Range [Forsyth!), 
Victoria {Walter!)': New South Wales, Warrumbungle 
Ranges, x.1899, W. Forsyth s.n. (lectotype, LY 0000142, 
fide McGillivray (1973), photo!, isolectotype, NSW 25486, 
photo!, JSTOR Global Plants); NW Victoria, x.1900, C. 
Walter s.n. (excluded syntype, LY, photo! (= P. aristata 
subsp. affinis)). 
Illustrations: Sims (1806) No. 956; Cunningham et al. 
(1981) p. 664; Cooke (1986) fig. 710 D; Everett (1992) 
p. 264. 
Flerb to 50 cm tall, renewed annually from perennial 
rootstock. Stems 1-several, produced annually from a 
thickened persistent rootstock, erect, unbranched or 
sparingly branched, variously woolly or cobwebbed, 
sometimes glabrescent. Leaves covered sparsely to 
densely with flattened elongate to coiled multicellular 
hairs, sometimes glabrescent, margins ±flat to revolute, 
entire; basal leaves several in a sparse rosette, usually 
lanceolate to oblanceolate, rarely linear, 3—15(—20) 
cm long and 5—15(—20) mm wide, petiolate, base 
amplexicaul covering an inconspicuous adaxial tuft of 
long hairs (white on dried specimens); cauline leaves 
alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, usually linear to linear- 
lanceolate, 1—10(—20) cm long and 2—10(—15) mm wide, 
apex acuminate. Peduncles 4-15 cm long, with several 
scarious scale leaves below the involucre passing into 
the leafy stem. Capitula hemispherical, mostly 20-40 
mm diam., solitary or a few in loose cymes. Involucral 
bracts many-seriate, with linear glandular claws, unequal 
(outermost shortest, intermediate longest); lamina 
scarious, virtually flat (sometimes slightly wrinkled in 
dry specimens), smooth, shiny, ±ovate; intermediate 
bracts 10-18 mm long, apex acute to acuminate, often 
slightly asymmetric and twisted, claw c. 1 mm wide at 
the narrowest point and shorter than, to about as long 
as, the lamina; inner bracts with claw longer than lamina. 
Florets bright yellow; ray florets female, 20-50, ligules 
linear, 15-30 mm long, 3(-5)-toothed, teeth to 5 mm 
long, to c. 1 mm wide; disc florets bisexual, numerous. 
Cypselas 2-3 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, papillose; pappus 
bristles 20-40, barbellate, shortly connate at base, 6-10 
mm long. (Figs la, 2) 
Selected specimens examined : SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 
Hindmarsh Island. 17.X.1930, E.H. Ising 3853 (AD 97410208); 
Naracoorte, 3.xi.1945, N.S. Tiver 14304 (AD 98672218); Mt 
Graham, 21.xi.1882, Tate s.n. (AD 97631670); Flinders Chase 
National Park, beside Cape du Couedic road, 21x1985, J.H. 
Willis s.n. (MEL 2119203); Swamps near Mt Benson, 1895, Dr 
Englehart s.n. (MEL 544018); Kingston - Lucindale railway 
corridor, 23x2006, DJ. Duval 621 (AD 201366); Lake Bonney, 
1882, C. Wehls.n. (MEL 716639); Mt Gambier (MEL 716727); 4.5 
km direct ESE of Maitland, 20.ix.1994, R.L. Taplin & D.E. Murfet 
BS63-496 (AD 99705368); Freeling Cemetery, 23x1966, D.N. 
Kraehenbuehl 1799 (AD 96713047); Sandergrove, c. 10 km 
SW of Strathalbyn, 2.xi.1926, J.B. Cleland s.n. (AD 95830060); 
Biscuit Flat c. 8 km SW of Conmurra, xi.1969, K.M. Alcock 188 
(AD 97041036). QUEENSLAND. Rockhampton, A Dietrich 1796, 
259, 268, 1454 (MEL 544019, MEL 568369, MEL 568370, MEL 
544020, AD 97943570); Terrick Terrick, 20.ix.1960, S.L Everist 
6337 (AD 98619303, BRI 406093); Longreach, x.1913, E. Jarvis 
s.n. (BRI 365445);'Burenda', Augathella,x.1998, M.Pedons.n. (BRI 
664025); Mitchell Highway, 98 km S of Cunnamulla, 18.ix.2004, 
A.R. Bean 23137 (BRI 697235); 'Woolga', Tambo, 28.ix.1950, G.A. 
Morrison s.n. (BRI 365444); 12 km E of Capella, 8.iii.1995, R.J. 
Fensham 2801 (BRI 639616); 8 km N of Clermont, 7.ix.1997, 
RJ. Fensham 3315 (BRI 657938); South Galway, about 40 miles 
SW of Windorah, 2.viii.1963, S.L. Everist 7418 (BRI 41211); 2 
24 
Vol 33 

Page image

3678334 Silver Muelleria 33: 73
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609028
Page is part of the work Eucalyptus ambigua is not the correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.292253

Page text

The correct name for the Smithton Peppermint 
Eucalyptus nitida Hook.f., Bot. Antarct. Voy. III. (FI. 
Tasman.) 1:137, t. 29(1856) 
Eucalyptus amygdalina var. nitida (Hook.f.) Benth., FI. 
Austral. 3: 203 (1867); £ australiana var. nitida (Hook.f.) 
Ewart, FI. Victoria 833 (1931). Type: Tasmania. Circular 
Head, R.C. Gunn 808, 21 Jan 1837 (lecto: K [K000279983], 
fide Chippendale (1988)). 
Eucalyptus simmondsii Maiden, Crit. Rev. Eucalyptus 6 : 
344 (1923). 7ype: Tasmania. Smithton, J.FI. Simmondss.n., 
27 May 1921 (syntypes: NSW [NSW337342, 337343]). 
Common name: Smithton Peppermint. 
Eucalyptus tenuiramis Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 
128(1856) 
Type: TASMANIA. Van Diemensland [?near Southport 
(Chippendale 1988)], C. Stuart 1 l.s.d. [1842-1857] (Holo: 
U [U0004997]). 
Eucalyptus tasmanica Blakely, Key Eucalypts 225 (1934) 
p.p. (description only, see Gray 1976). 
Common name: Silver Peppermint. 
Acknowledgements 
The authors would like to thank Dr Gintaras Kantvilas 
(Tasmanian Herbarium), Dean Nicolle (Currency Creek 
Arboretum) and Professor Brad Potts (University of 
Tasmania) for discussions and feedback on this work. 
References 
Bean, A.R. (2009). Eucalyptus ambigua DC. (Myrtaceae), the 
correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania. 
Muelleria 27,227-229. 
Bentham, G. (1867).' Eucalyptus ', in Flora Australiensis 3, 185— 
261. L. Reeve & Co.: London. 
Blakely, W.F. (1934). A key to the eucalypts. The Worker Trustees: 
Sydney. 
Candolle, A.P. de (1828). 'Myrtaceae', in A.P. de Candolle (ed.), 
Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabili 3,207-296. 
Chippendale, G.M. (1988).' Eucalyptus', in A.S. George (ed.), Flora 
of Australia 19, 191-192. Australian Government Publishing 
Service: Canberra. 
Duncan, F. (1989). Systematic affinities, hybridisation and clinal 
variation within Tasmanian eucalypts. Tasforests 1,13-26. 
Gray, A.M. (1976). A note on the relationship of Eucalyptus 
risdonii Hook.f. var. elata Benth. to Eucalyptus delegatensis 
R.T.Baker. Muelleria 3,197-198 
Hooker, J.D. (1856). The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. 
Discovery ships Erebus and Terror. III. Flora Tasmaniae. Reeve 
& Co.: London 
Labillardiere, JJ.H. (1806). Novae Hollandiae Plantaruni 
Specimen 2, 14. Ex typographia Domiae Huzard: Paris. 
Maiden, J.H. (1905). IX. 'Eucalyptus amygdalina Labile in A 
critical revision of the genus Eucalyptus 1, 149-167. William 
Applegate Gullick, Government Printer: Sydney. 
Miquel, F.A.W. (1856). Stirpes novo-Hollandas a Ferd. Mullero 
collectas. Nederlandsch Kruidkundig Archief A, 97-150. 
Muelleria 
73 

Page image

3678335 Smithton Muelleria 33: 73
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609028
Page is part of the work Eucalyptus ambigua is not the correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.292253

Page text

The correct name for the Smithton Peppermint 
Eucalyptus nitida Hook.f., Bot. Antarct. Voy. III. (FI. 
Tasman.) 1:137, t. 29(1856) 
Eucalyptus amygdalina var. nitida (Hook.f.) Benth., FI. 
Austral. 3: 203 (1867); £ australiana var. nitida (Hook.f.) 
Ewart, FI. Victoria 833 (1931). Type: Tasmania. Circular 
Head, R.C. Gunn 808, 21 Jan 1837 (lecto: K [K000279983], 
fide Chippendale (1988)). 
Eucalyptus simmondsii Maiden, Crit. Rev. Eucalyptus 6 : 
344 (1923). 7ype: Tasmania. Smithton, J.FI. Simmondss.n., 
27 May 1921 (syntypes: NSW [NSW337342, 337343]). 
Common name: Smithton Peppermint. 
Eucalyptus tenuiramis Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 
128(1856) 
Type: TASMANIA. Van Diemensland [?near Southport 
(Chippendale 1988)], C. Stuart 1 l.s.d. [1842-1857] (Holo: 
U [U0004997]). 
Eucalyptus tasmanica Blakely, Key Eucalypts 225 (1934) 
p.p. (description only, see Gray 1976). 
Common name: Silver Peppermint. 
Acknowledgements 
The authors would like to thank Dr Gintaras Kantvilas 
(Tasmanian Herbarium), Dean Nicolle (Currency Creek 
Arboretum) and Professor Brad Potts (University of 
Tasmania) for discussions and feedback on this work. 
References 
Bean, A.R. (2009). Eucalyptus ambigua DC. (Myrtaceae), the 
correct name for the Smithton Peppermint of Tasmania. 
Muelleria 27,227-229. 
Bentham, G. (1867).' Eucalyptus ', in Flora Australiensis 3, 185— 
261. L. Reeve & Co.: London. 
Blakely, W.F. (1934). A key to the eucalypts. The Worker Trustees: 
Sydney. 
Candolle, A.P. de (1828). 'Myrtaceae', in A.P. de Candolle (ed.), 
Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabili 3,207-296. 
Chippendale, G.M. (1988).' Eucalyptus', in A.S. George (ed.), Flora 
of Australia 19, 191-192. Australian Government Publishing 
Service: Canberra. 
Duncan, F. (1989). Systematic affinities, hybridisation and clinal 
variation within Tasmanian eucalypts. Tasforests 1,13-26. 
Gray, A.M. (1976). A note on the relationship of Eucalyptus 
risdonii Hook.f. var. elata Benth. to Eucalyptus delegatensis 
R.T.Baker. Muelleria 3,197-198 
Hooker, J.D. (1856). The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H.M. 
Discovery ships Erebus and Terror. III. Flora Tasmaniae. Reeve 
& Co.: London 
Labillardiere, JJ.H. (1806). Novae Hollandiae Plantaruni 
Specimen 2, 14. Ex typographia Domiae Huzard: Paris. 
Maiden, J.H. (1905). IX. 'Eucalyptus amygdalina Labile in A 
critical revision of the genus Eucalyptus 1, 149-167. William 
Applegate Gullick, Government Printer: Sydney. 
Miquel, F.A.W. (1856). Stirpes novo-Hollandas a Ferd. Mullero 
collectas. Nederlandsch Kruidkundig Archief A, 97-150. 
Muelleria 
73 

Page image

4275741 African Muelleria 33: 98
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609053
Page is part of the work Naturalised species of Psoralea (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292256

Page text

Stirton, Stajsic and Bello 
Materials and methods 
A comparative morphological study was undertaken 
of available spirit and herbarium specimens (AD, BOL, 
CANB, BM, HO, K, MEL, NBG, NSW, PERTH, PRU, NH and 
NU (acronyms follow Index Herbariorum (Thiers 2015))). 
Species treatment 
1. Psoralea pinnata L, Sp. PL 2:1074 (1762) 
Type: Collector unknown (Hort. Cliff. 370). When the 
lectotypification was made (Stirton in Taxon 41: 568, 
1992), only'Hort. Cliff. 370, Dorycnium 1, BM'was cited. 
However, Dorycnium 1 consists of two sheets, annotated 
A and B, and neither was specified. Under Art. 9.17 it is 
possible to designate oneofthese sheets in a subsequent 
lectotypification. We choose Dorycnium 1A accordingly. 
Dorycnium IB (BM000646706) is a sterile specimen 
and does not match the protologue. Lectotype, here 
designated, Dorycnium 1A (BM000646705!). 
Thunb., Prodr. 136 (1800); Poir. in Lam., Encycl. 5: 690 
(1804); Dietr., Lex. Gart. Bot. 7:612 (1807); DC., Prodr. 2:216 
(1825); Eckl. & Zeyh., Enum. 224 (1836); E. Mey., Comm. 82 
(1836); Reichenb., Ic. Descr. PI. Cult, t.97, f.1 (1823); Harv. 
in Harv. & Sond. FI. Cap. 2: 144 (1862); Forbes in Bothalia 
3:125 (1930); Salter in Adamson & Salter, FI. Cape Penins. 
485 (1950); Kidd, Wild Flow. Cape Penins. t. 81.12 (1972); 
Pitman and Palmer, Trees S. Afr. 2: 920 (1972); Bond & 
Goldblatt, PI. Cape Flora 296 (1984); Gibbs Russell et al., 
Mem. Bot. Surv. 5. Afr. 56: 88 (1987). For fuller synonymy 
see Stirton and Muasya (unpublished manuscript 2015). 
For Australian treatments and records of naturalisation 
see: Hooker (1859); Blakely (1923); Gardner (1925); 
Beadle, Evans and Carolin (1962); Curtis (1975); Weber 
(1986); Jeanes (1996 p.p., not fig. 138a); Grieve (1998); 
Blood (2001); and Norris and Harden (2002). For New 
Zealand see Kirk (1870); Cheeseman (1883,1885); Allan 
(1937); Webb, Sykes and Garnock-Jones (1988). 
Vernacular names: Australia: African Scurf-pea, 
Blue Butterfly Bush, Blue Psoralea, Taylorina. Western 
Australia: Albany Broom, Blue Broom. New Zealand: 
Dally Pine. South Africa: Bloukeur, Fonteinbos, Fountain 
Bush, Penwortel, Pinnate-leaved Psoralea. 
Much-branched shrub to small tree up to 5 m tall. Stems 
erect, 1(2), yellowish tan with storied white lenticels 
when young, becoming grey with age. Branches and 
twigs angular, sparsely hairy when immature. Stipules 
fused for most of their length, subulate, with incurled 
margins, hairy, overlapping like short stacked planks, 
becoming woody with age. Leaves 7-9-foliolate, 
imparipinnate, 25 mm long, 45-50 mm wide, villoso- 
pubescent, terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, 
petiolate. Leaflets linear or linear-lanceolate, 20-45 mm 
long, 0.8-2.0 mm wide, acute to acuminate, dark green, 
glandular. Petiole 4-7 mm long, rachis 10-15 mm long. 
Inflorescences hidden within leaves, borne on short 
shootlets which are spread along the length of 
seasonal shoots, pseudo-spicate or pseudo-capitate, 
axillary, weakly scented or odourless. Flowers 14-18 
mm long, pale mauve to blue, axillary, sessile or 
subsessile, 1-6 per axil, subtended by a pinnate leaf; 
bracts a fused trifid cupulate structure situated at 
apex of a 2-5 mm long pedicel, overlapping the 
base of the calyx, carinal tooth longer than other 
two teeth, sparsely white hairy, margins ciliate with few 
black hairs. Calyx 8-9 mm long, glabrescent, mainly 
white-haired but also with black hairs on margins, or 
a mixture of black and white hairs, teeth dark green, 
shorter than yellowish green tube; ovate-acute to 
triangular. Standard petal 15—16(-18) mm long, 11 mm 
wide, obovate, white suffused with pale mauve in the 
central area and with a single purple 3-4 mm long flash 
situated between and above the free swollen callosities 
at the top rim of the claw; veins hyaline. Wing petals 
13-14 mm long, 4 mm wide, longer than keel petals; 
white to pale mauve, blade folded and puckered along 
the mid-line; sculpturing present. Keel 12 mm long, 
3.5-4.0 mm wide; white to pale mauve, shorter than 
wings. Androecium 6-7 mm long. Pistil 12 mm long; 
ovary 2 mm long, covered in club-shaped glands; style 
filamentous but thickened at point of flexure, stigma 
penicillate. Fruits 4-5 mm long, 2.5-3.0 mm wide. Seeds 
1.2-4 mm long, dark brown to black. (Fig. 1) 
Specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Albany, 
x.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 116942A); Yanchep, Loch McNess, 
ix.1966, AJ. & J.A. McComb McC 211 (PERTH, UWA); Lesmurdie 
Falls, 12.xii.1947, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH 04510208); Inlet Drive, 
Denmark, 11.U984, GJ. Keighery 6512 (PERTH); Mount Barker 
Hill, 100 m N of Sothard Road, 5 km S of Mount Barker, 7.xii.1987, 
GJ. Keighery 9271 (CANB, PERTH); 3.8 km NE of Bakers Junction 
on road to Jerramungup, 15.xi.1995, BJ. Lepschi & TJ. Lolly 
2327 (AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEL NSW, NY, PERTH); From Wheatly 
Coast Road turn right into Lanepool Road, right side of road, 
98 
Vol 33 

Page image

4273004 Agrostis aequata Muelleria 33: 91
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609046
Page is part of the work Nomenclature, variation and hybridisation in Rough Blown-grass (Poaceae: Lachnagrostis), doi:10.5962/p.292255

Page text

Rough-blown Grass ( Lachnagrostis) 
Agrostis wallichiana Steud. Synopsis Plontarum 
Glumacearum 174 (1854); Calamagrostis pilosula var. 
wallichiana (Steud.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. Hooker] 
7(22): 264 (1896); Agrostis pilosula var. wallichiana 
(Steud.) Bor., Notes on Asiatic Grasses: XVIII. Indian species 
of Agrostis collected by Royle. Kew Bulletin 9(3): 459 (1954). 
Type: 'India', R. Blinkworth for N. Wallich 3775a; holotype: 
K000032351-53 photos seen; isotypes: E00393883, 
E00393884, E00393885, W0026800 photos seen for all. 
Notes: Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis neesii 
Steud. are not superfluous names for Lachnagrostis 
scabra Nees ex Steud. as the name 'scabra' was already 
occupied by Agrostis scabra Willd. and Calamagrostis 
scabra J.Presl., respectively. 
In regard to typification, after extensive examination 
of Agrostis specimens collected in India by John Forbes 
Royle, Bor (1954) concluded that Royle 72 is the type 
for L scabra Nees ex Steud. However, Hooker (1896), in 
discussion under C. pilosula (Trin.) Hook.f., incorrectly 
regarded Wallich 3775a as the type for A pilosula Trin. 
while also specifically listing this collection under C. 
pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook.f. (of which it is 
indeed the type). In addition, Hooker (1896) introduced 
C. pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) Hook.f., under 
which is listed L scabra Nees ex Steud. (upon which the 
name C. pilosula is ultimately based). Following Article 
26.2, it is possible that one or more of these names for 
infraspecific taxa of C. pilosula as introduced by Hooker 
(1896) are invalid, because the infraspecific taxon that 
includes the type should have been denoted as the 
autonym, in this case: C. pilosula var. pilosula. However, it 
is beyond the scope of the present paper to resolve this 
issue, and, in addition, the nomenclatural status of these 
infraspecific taxa has no bearing on the correct name for 
the Australian material here placed under L rudis. 
This is not a complete synonymy of this high- 
elevation, variable Asian grass. Consult Bor (1954) for 
further information concerning the confusing array 
of associated taxa (many based on collections by J.F. 
Royle on the Indian sub-continent and in the Himalayas 
during the 1820s). 
Misapplied: Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. 
sensu. S.W.LJacobs, (2002), A.J.Br. (2006) and 
S.W.LJacobs & AJ.Br. (2009) as Lachnagrostis scabra '(P. 
Beauv.) Nees ex Steud.' [Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.)Trin.]. 
Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., Reliq. Haenk. 1 (4-5): 
234(1830) 
Deyeuxia preslii Kunth., Enum. PI. [Kunth] 1: 243-244 
(1833) non Deyeuxia scabra Kunth (1829) nom. nov. for 
Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl.; Calamagrostis canadensis 
(Michx.) P.Beauv. var. scabra (J.Presl) Hitchc., Amer. J. Bot. 
21(3): 135 (1934). 
Type: CANADA. 'Archapelago Montgrave' 'Hab. In 
Sinu Nootka' [Vancouver Island], T. Haenke; holotype: PR, 
isotypes: US-865764 n.v. 
Note: This is not a complete synonymy of this 
subarctic-arctic grass. 
Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Fund. 
Agrost. 128 (1820), as '(Br.) Trin.' 
Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) nom. illeg. 
non Willd. (1797); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., 
Syst. Veg. 2: 360 (1817); Deyeuxia scabra Kunth, Revis. 
Gramin. 1: 77 (1829) nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. 
(1810) non. Willd. (1797); Calamagrostis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2nd edn, 1: 251 (1840- 
41); Deyeuxia scabra Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 583 (1878) 
superfluous nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. 
Willd. (1797); Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. 
S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(4): 837 (2002) as Lachnagrostis 
scabra (P.Beauv.) Nees ex Steud. 
Type: no location, Anon.; holotype: BM! (reverse of 
type sheet has pencilled 'Van Diemens Land - Adventure 
Bay'but noted in Brown (1810) as'J.D'[Port Jackson, Van 
Diemens Land], whereas Brown (2006) concluded that 
Port Dalrymple,Tasmania was the probable location). 
Agrostis aequata Nees in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 2: 
412 (1843); Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benth., FI. Austral. 
7: 578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M.BIack, 
FI. S. Australia 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) 
S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(3): 445 (2001). Type: Van Diemens 
Land, 18.L1838, Gunn 1005 ; holotype: CGE n.v., probable 
isotype: K!, syntype: MEL2273954! 
Lachnagrostis scabra subsp. curviseta AJ.Br. Muelleria 
24: 127 (2006). Type: VICTORIA. Sherbrooke River, Port 
Campbell National Park, 6.ix.1966, Beauglehole andFinke 
21182; holotype: MEL 1584733! 
Note: Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. is not listed in the above 
synonymy, because it is not considered to be based 
on Agrostis scabra R.Br. nom. illeg., but rather is a new 
combination for A scabra Willd., which is the earlier and 
legitimate name. 
Muelleria 
91 

Page image

4272994 Agrostis hyemalis Muelleria 33: 90
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609045
Page is part of the work Nomenclature, variation and hybridisation in Rough Blown-grass (Poaceae: Lachnagrostis), doi:10.5962/p.292255

Page text

Brown 
standard deviation for repeated flow-cytometry analysis 
on 26 Lachnogrostis samples reported by Brown (2013) 
is calculated to be 1.4 pg and indicates that the 2C-value 
difference between the L rudis accessions is significant. 
Brown (2013) made 2n chromosome counts of 42 or 49 
for the Moleside Creek accession, equating to ploidy 
levels of 6x (hexaploid) or 7x (heptaploid) and calculated 
mean genome sizes of 2.14 or 2.50 pg. If it is assumed 
that the genome size (i.e. additive chromosome size) 
for the two accessions is the same, the ploidy level 
of the Camerons Inlet accession is calculated to be 
19/15x6 = 7.6 pg or 8x (octoploid) or 19/15x7 = 8.87 
pg or 9x (nonaploid). Stable fertility is more likely in the 
hexaploid (Moleside Creek) and octoploid (Camerons 
Inlet) scenarios. Brown (2006) did not segregate the 
dwarf form of L rudis due to the overlapping ranges in 
morphological measurements between plants of the 
Bass Strait Islands and the mainland. However, there 
does appear to be sufficient evidence for segregation 
of a smaller set of populations, largely, if not exclusively 
restricted to Flinders Island. Future field and cytological 
work may elucidate a wider distribution. On the basis of 
this evidence, a new subspecies is described below as 
Lachnogrostis rudis subsp. nana A J.Br. 
Taxonomy 
In order to clarify the nomenclature of the Australian 
taxon Lachnogrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin, the 
nomenclature of some extra-Australian species ( Agrostis 
scabra Willd., Agrostis hyemalis (Walter) Britton, Stern 
& Poggenb., Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis 
scabra J.Presl.) is presented first. 
Agrostis scabra Willd., Sp. PL, ed. 4 [Willdenow] 
1(1): 370 (1797) 
Vilfascabra (Willd.) P.Beauv., Ess.Agrostogr. 1 6 , 148,182 
(1812); Agrostis hyemalis var. scabra (Willd.) H.L.BIomq. 
The Grasses of North Carolina 82 (1948). 
Type: 'America borealis'; holotype: Anon., S-G-270 
(chosen by Willd.), photo seen; isotype: Canada, T 
Haenkes.n., MO-123101, photo seen. 
Notes:Th\s is not a complete synonymy of this taxon. 
Some authors regard Agrostis scabra as a synonym of A. 
hyemalis (Walter) Britton, Sterns & Poggenb. but most 
treat it as a separate taxon. 
Agrostis scabra Willd. was not definitively designated 
as the basionym for Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. by Palisot de 
Beauvois, who either included A. scabra R.Br. as an 
alternative possible basionym or considered the two 
taxa to be synonymous. However, A. scabra Willd. is 
treated here as the basionym for V. scabra P.Beauv. as it 
is the earlier name. 
Agrostis hyemalis (Walter) Britton, Sterns & 
Poggenb., Prelim. Cat 68 (1888) 
Cornucopiae hyemalis Walter, FI. Carol. [Walter] 73 
(1788); Agrostis canina var. hyemalis (Walter) Kuntze, 
Revis. Gen. PI. 3(3): 338 (1898). 
Type: holotype: Anon; S-G-256 (small fragment of 
inflorescence), photo seen; neotype (designated by 
Ward 2007; verified by Walter 1788): Charleston, South 
Carolina, B.L. Robinson 97, 27.iv.1912, GH00247993 
photo seen; isoneotypes: BH n.v., US-866901 n.v. 
Note :This is not a complete synonymy for this taxon. 
The orthographic variant' hiemalis ' was used in many 
North American publications, but also by Vickery 
(1941) who included 'with some hesitation'a range of 
Australian specimens in the 'widespread and variable 
American species, Agrostis hiemalis'. Such Australian 
specimens have since been segregated into a number 
of new endemic Agrostis taxa by Jacobs (2001). 
Agrostis pilosula Trin., Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci.St.- 
Petersbourg, Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. 5c/. Nat. 
6, 4(3-4): 372 (1841) [reprinted as Agrostidea, 
II. Callo Rotundo, (Agrostea), Typis Academiae 
Caesareae Scientiarum 126 (1841)] nom. nov. for 
Lachnogrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. non Agrostis 
scabra Willd. (1797) 
Calamagrostis pilosula (Trin.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. 
Hooker] 7 (22): 263-264 (1896); Lachnogrostis scabra Nees 
ex Steud., Nomencl. Bot. [Steudel], ed. 2. 1: 250 (1840); 
Calamagrostis pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) 
Hook.f., FI. Brit. India 7(22): 264 (1896); Calamagrostis 
neesii Steud., Nomencl. Bot. [Steudel], ed. 2. 1:250 (1840) 
nom. nov. for Lachnogrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. non 
Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl. (1830). 
Type: 'Ind. orient, reg. mont. super', Royle 72 fide. 
Chase and Niles (1962); holotype: LE n.v., isotype: 
Roylean Herb. LIVn.v. 
90 
Vol 33 

Page image

4272999 Agrostis rudis Muelleria 33: 91
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609046
Page is part of the work Nomenclature, variation and hybridisation in Rough Blown-grass (Poaceae: Lachnagrostis), doi:10.5962/p.292255

Page text

Rough-blown Grass ( Lachnagrostis) 
Agrostis wallichiana Steud. Synopsis Plontarum 
Glumacearum 174 (1854); Calamagrostis pilosula var. 
wallichiana (Steud.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. Hooker] 
7(22): 264 (1896); Agrostis pilosula var. wallichiana 
(Steud.) Bor., Notes on Asiatic Grasses: XVIII. Indian species 
of Agrostis collected by Royle. Kew Bulletin 9(3): 459 (1954). 
Type: 'India', R. Blinkworth for N. Wallich 3775a; holotype: 
K000032351-53 photos seen; isotypes: E00393883, 
E00393884, E00393885, W0026800 photos seen for all. 
Notes: Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis neesii 
Steud. are not superfluous names for Lachnagrostis 
scabra Nees ex Steud. as the name 'scabra' was already 
occupied by Agrostis scabra Willd. and Calamagrostis 
scabra J.Presl., respectively. 
In regard to typification, after extensive examination 
of Agrostis specimens collected in India by John Forbes 
Royle, Bor (1954) concluded that Royle 72 is the type 
for L scabra Nees ex Steud. However, Hooker (1896), in 
discussion under C. pilosula (Trin.) Hook.f., incorrectly 
regarded Wallich 3775a as the type for A pilosula Trin. 
while also specifically listing this collection under C. 
pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook.f. (of which it is 
indeed the type). In addition, Hooker (1896) introduced 
C. pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) Hook.f., under 
which is listed L scabra Nees ex Steud. (upon which the 
name C. pilosula is ultimately based). Following Article 
26.2, it is possible that one or more of these names for 
infraspecific taxa of C. pilosula as introduced by Hooker 
(1896) are invalid, because the infraspecific taxon that 
includes the type should have been denoted as the 
autonym, in this case: C. pilosula var. pilosula. However, it 
is beyond the scope of the present paper to resolve this 
issue, and, in addition, the nomenclatural status of these 
infraspecific taxa has no bearing on the correct name for 
the Australian material here placed under L rudis. 
This is not a complete synonymy of this high- 
elevation, variable Asian grass. Consult Bor (1954) for 
further information concerning the confusing array 
of associated taxa (many based on collections by J.F. 
Royle on the Indian sub-continent and in the Himalayas 
during the 1820s). 
Misapplied: Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. 
sensu. S.W.LJacobs, (2002), A.J.Br. (2006) and 
S.W.LJacobs & AJ.Br. (2009) as Lachnagrostis scabra '(P. 
Beauv.) Nees ex Steud.' [Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.)Trin.]. 
Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., Reliq. Haenk. 1 (4-5): 
234(1830) 
Deyeuxia preslii Kunth., Enum. PI. [Kunth] 1: 243-244 
(1833) non Deyeuxia scabra Kunth (1829) nom. nov. for 
Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl.; Calamagrostis canadensis 
(Michx.) P.Beauv. var. scabra (J.Presl) Hitchc., Amer. J. Bot. 
21(3): 135 (1934). 
Type: CANADA. 'Archapelago Montgrave' 'Hab. In 
Sinu Nootka' [Vancouver Island], T. Haenke; holotype: PR, 
isotypes: US-865764 n.v. 
Note: This is not a complete synonymy of this 
subarctic-arctic grass. 
Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Fund. 
Agrost. 128 (1820), as '(Br.) Trin.' 
Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) nom. illeg. 
non Willd. (1797); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., 
Syst. Veg. 2: 360 (1817); Deyeuxia scabra Kunth, Revis. 
Gramin. 1: 77 (1829) nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. 
(1810) non. Willd. (1797); Calamagrostis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2nd edn, 1: 251 (1840- 
41); Deyeuxia scabra Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 583 (1878) 
superfluous nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. 
Willd. (1797); Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. 
S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(4): 837 (2002) as Lachnagrostis 
scabra (P.Beauv.) Nees ex Steud. 
Type: no location, Anon.; holotype: BM! (reverse of 
type sheet has pencilled 'Van Diemens Land - Adventure 
Bay'but noted in Brown (1810) as'J.D'[Port Jackson, Van 
Diemens Land], whereas Brown (2006) concluded that 
Port Dalrymple,Tasmania was the probable location). 
Agrostis aequata Nees in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 2: 
412 (1843); Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benth., FI. Austral. 
7: 578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M.BIack, 
FI. S. Australia 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) 
S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(3): 445 (2001). Type: Van Diemens 
Land, 18.L1838, Gunn 1005 ; holotype: CGE n.v., probable 
isotype: K!, syntype: MEL2273954! 
Lachnagrostis scabra subsp. curviseta AJ.Br. Muelleria 
24: 127 (2006). Type: VICTORIA. Sherbrooke River, Port 
Campbell National Park, 6.ix.1966, Beauglehole andFinke 
21182; holotype: MEL 1584733! 
Note: Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. is not listed in the above 
synonymy, because it is not considered to be based 
on Agrostis scabra R.Br. nom. illeg., but rather is a new 
combination for A scabra Willd., which is the earlier and 
legitimate name. 
Muelleria 
91 

Page image

4272998 Agrostis scabra Muelleria 33: 91
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609046
Page is part of the work Nomenclature, variation and hybridisation in Rough Blown-grass (Poaceae: Lachnagrostis), doi:10.5962/p.292255

Page text

Rough-blown Grass ( Lachnagrostis) 
Agrostis wallichiana Steud. Synopsis Plontarum 
Glumacearum 174 (1854); Calamagrostis pilosula var. 
wallichiana (Steud.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. Hooker] 
7(22): 264 (1896); Agrostis pilosula var. wallichiana 
(Steud.) Bor., Notes on Asiatic Grasses: XVIII. Indian species 
of Agrostis collected by Royle. Kew Bulletin 9(3): 459 (1954). 
Type: 'India', R. Blinkworth for N. Wallich 3775a; holotype: 
K000032351-53 photos seen; isotypes: E00393883, 
E00393884, E00393885, W0026800 photos seen for all. 
Notes: Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis neesii 
Steud. are not superfluous names for Lachnagrostis 
scabra Nees ex Steud. as the name 'scabra' was already 
occupied by Agrostis scabra Willd. and Calamagrostis 
scabra J.Presl., respectively. 
In regard to typification, after extensive examination 
of Agrostis specimens collected in India by John Forbes 
Royle, Bor (1954) concluded that Royle 72 is the type 
for L scabra Nees ex Steud. However, Hooker (1896), in 
discussion under C. pilosula (Trin.) Hook.f., incorrectly 
regarded Wallich 3775a as the type for A pilosula Trin. 
while also specifically listing this collection under C. 
pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook.f. (of which it is 
indeed the type). In addition, Hooker (1896) introduced 
C. pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) Hook.f., under 
which is listed L scabra Nees ex Steud. (upon which the 
name C. pilosula is ultimately based). Following Article 
26.2, it is possible that one or more of these names for 
infraspecific taxa of C. pilosula as introduced by Hooker 
(1896) are invalid, because the infraspecific taxon that 
includes the type should have been denoted as the 
autonym, in this case: C. pilosula var. pilosula. However, it 
is beyond the scope of the present paper to resolve this 
issue, and, in addition, the nomenclatural status of these 
infraspecific taxa has no bearing on the correct name for 
the Australian material here placed under L rudis. 
This is not a complete synonymy of this high- 
elevation, variable Asian grass. Consult Bor (1954) for 
further information concerning the confusing array 
of associated taxa (many based on collections by J.F. 
Royle on the Indian sub-continent and in the Himalayas 
during the 1820s). 
Misapplied: Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. 
sensu. S.W.LJacobs, (2002), A.J.Br. (2006) and 
S.W.LJacobs & AJ.Br. (2009) as Lachnagrostis scabra '(P. 
Beauv.) Nees ex Steud.' [Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.)Trin.]. 
Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., Reliq. Haenk. 1 (4-5): 
234(1830) 
Deyeuxia preslii Kunth., Enum. PI. [Kunth] 1: 243-244 
(1833) non Deyeuxia scabra Kunth (1829) nom. nov. for 
Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl.; Calamagrostis canadensis 
(Michx.) P.Beauv. var. scabra (J.Presl) Hitchc., Amer. J. Bot. 
21(3): 135 (1934). 
Type: CANADA. 'Archapelago Montgrave' 'Hab. In 
Sinu Nootka' [Vancouver Island], T. Haenke; holotype: PR, 
isotypes: US-865764 n.v. 
Note: This is not a complete synonymy of this 
subarctic-arctic grass. 
Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Fund. 
Agrost. 128 (1820), as '(Br.) Trin.' 
Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) nom. illeg. 
non Willd. (1797); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., 
Syst. Veg. 2: 360 (1817); Deyeuxia scabra Kunth, Revis. 
Gramin. 1: 77 (1829) nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. 
(1810) non. Willd. (1797); Calamagrostis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2nd edn, 1: 251 (1840- 
41); Deyeuxia scabra Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 583 (1878) 
superfluous nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. 
Willd. (1797); Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. 
S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(4): 837 (2002) as Lachnagrostis 
scabra (P.Beauv.) Nees ex Steud. 
Type: no location, Anon.; holotype: BM! (reverse of 
type sheet has pencilled 'Van Diemens Land - Adventure 
Bay'but noted in Brown (1810) as'J.D'[Port Jackson, Van 
Diemens Land], whereas Brown (2006) concluded that 
Port Dalrymple,Tasmania was the probable location). 
Agrostis aequata Nees in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 2: 
412 (1843); Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benth., FI. Austral. 
7: 578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M.BIack, 
FI. S. Australia 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) 
S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(3): 445 (2001). Type: Van Diemens 
Land, 18.L1838, Gunn 1005 ; holotype: CGE n.v., probable 
isotype: K!, syntype: MEL2273954! 
Lachnagrostis scabra subsp. curviseta AJ.Br. Muelleria 
24: 127 (2006). Type: VICTORIA. Sherbrooke River, Port 
Campbell National Park, 6.ix.1966, Beauglehole andFinke 
21182; holotype: MEL 1584733! 
Note: Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. is not listed in the above 
synonymy, because it is not considered to be based 
on Agrostis scabra R.Br. nom. illeg., but rather is a new 
combination for A scabra Willd., which is the earlier and 
legitimate name. 
Muelleria 
91 

Page image

4272992 Agrostis scabra Muelleria 33: 90
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609045
Page is part of the work Nomenclature, variation and hybridisation in Rough Blown-grass (Poaceae: Lachnagrostis), doi:10.5962/p.292255

Page text

Brown 
standard deviation for repeated flow-cytometry analysis 
on 26 Lachnogrostis samples reported by Brown (2013) 
is calculated to be 1.4 pg and indicates that the 2C-value 
difference between the L rudis accessions is significant. 
Brown (2013) made 2n chromosome counts of 42 or 49 
for the Moleside Creek accession, equating to ploidy 
levels of 6x (hexaploid) or 7x (heptaploid) and calculated 
mean genome sizes of 2.14 or 2.50 pg. If it is assumed 
that the genome size (i.e. additive chromosome size) 
for the two accessions is the same, the ploidy level 
of the Camerons Inlet accession is calculated to be 
19/15x6 = 7.6 pg or 8x (octoploid) or 19/15x7 = 8.87 
pg or 9x (nonaploid). Stable fertility is more likely in the 
hexaploid (Moleside Creek) and octoploid (Camerons 
Inlet) scenarios. Brown (2006) did not segregate the 
dwarf form of L rudis due to the overlapping ranges in 
morphological measurements between plants of the 
Bass Strait Islands and the mainland. However, there 
does appear to be sufficient evidence for segregation 
of a smaller set of populations, largely, if not exclusively 
restricted to Flinders Island. Future field and cytological 
work may elucidate a wider distribution. On the basis of 
this evidence, a new subspecies is described below as 
Lachnogrostis rudis subsp. nana A J.Br. 
Taxonomy 
In order to clarify the nomenclature of the Australian 
taxon Lachnogrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin, the 
nomenclature of some extra-Australian species ( Agrostis 
scabra Willd., Agrostis hyemalis (Walter) Britton, Stern 
& Poggenb., Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis 
scabra J.Presl.) is presented first. 
Agrostis scabra Willd., Sp. PL, ed. 4 [Willdenow] 
1(1): 370 (1797) 
Vilfascabra (Willd.) P.Beauv., Ess.Agrostogr. 1 6 , 148,182 
(1812); Agrostis hyemalis var. scabra (Willd.) H.L.BIomq. 
The Grasses of North Carolina 82 (1948). 
Type: 'America borealis'; holotype: Anon., S-G-270 
(chosen by Willd.), photo seen; isotype: Canada, T 
Haenkes.n., MO-123101, photo seen. 
Notes:Th\s is not a complete synonymy of this taxon. 
Some authors regard Agrostis scabra as a synonym of A. 
hyemalis (Walter) Britton, Sterns & Poggenb. but most 
treat it as a separate taxon. 
Agrostis scabra Willd. was not definitively designated 
as the basionym for Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. by Palisot de 
Beauvois, who either included A. scabra R.Br. as an 
alternative possible basionym or considered the two 
taxa to be synonymous. However, A. scabra Willd. is 
treated here as the basionym for V. scabra P.Beauv. as it 
is the earlier name. 
Agrostis hyemalis (Walter) Britton, Sterns & 
Poggenb., Prelim. Cat 68 (1888) 
Cornucopiae hyemalis Walter, FI. Carol. [Walter] 73 
(1788); Agrostis canina var. hyemalis (Walter) Kuntze, 
Revis. Gen. PI. 3(3): 338 (1898). 
Type: holotype: Anon; S-G-256 (small fragment of 
inflorescence), photo seen; neotype (designated by 
Ward 2007; verified by Walter 1788): Charleston, South 
Carolina, B.L. Robinson 97, 27.iv.1912, GH00247993 
photo seen; isoneotypes: BH n.v., US-866901 n.v. 
Note :This is not a complete synonymy for this taxon. 
The orthographic variant' hiemalis ' was used in many 
North American publications, but also by Vickery 
(1941) who included 'with some hesitation'a range of 
Australian specimens in the 'widespread and variable 
American species, Agrostis hiemalis'. Such Australian 
specimens have since been segregated into a number 
of new endemic Agrostis taxa by Jacobs (2001). 
Agrostis pilosula Trin., Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci.St.- 
Petersbourg, Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. 5c/. Nat. 
6, 4(3-4): 372 (1841) [reprinted as Agrostidea, 
II. Callo Rotundo, (Agrostea), Typis Academiae 
Caesareae Scientiarum 126 (1841)] nom. nov. for 
Lachnogrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. non Agrostis 
scabra Willd. (1797) 
Calamagrostis pilosula (Trin.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. 
Hooker] 7 (22): 263-264 (1896); Lachnogrostis scabra Nees 
ex Steud., Nomencl. Bot. [Steudel], ed. 2. 1: 250 (1840); 
Calamagrostis pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) 
Hook.f., FI. Brit. India 7(22): 264 (1896); Calamagrostis 
neesii Steud., Nomencl. Bot. [Steudel], ed. 2. 1:250 (1840) 
nom. nov. for Lachnogrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. non 
Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl. (1830). 
Type: 'Ind. orient, reg. mont. super', Royle 72 fide. 
Chase and Niles (1962); holotype: LE n.v., isotype: 
Roylean Herb. LIVn.v. 
90 
Vol 33 

Page image

4275748 Albany Muelleria 33: 98
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609053
Page is part of the work Naturalised species of Psoralea (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292256

Page text

Stirton, Stajsic and Bello 
Materials and methods 
A comparative morphological study was undertaken 
of available spirit and herbarium specimens (AD, BOL, 
CANB, BM, HO, K, MEL, NBG, NSW, PERTH, PRU, NH and 
NU (acronyms follow Index Herbariorum (Thiers 2015))). 
Species treatment 
1. Psoralea pinnata L, Sp. PL 2:1074 (1762) 
Type: Collector unknown (Hort. Cliff. 370). When the 
lectotypification was made (Stirton in Taxon 41: 568, 
1992), only'Hort. Cliff. 370, Dorycnium 1, BM'was cited. 
However, Dorycnium 1 consists of two sheets, annotated 
A and B, and neither was specified. Under Art. 9.17 it is 
possible to designate oneofthese sheets in a subsequent 
lectotypification. We choose Dorycnium 1A accordingly. 
Dorycnium IB (BM000646706) is a sterile specimen 
and does not match the protologue. Lectotype, here 
designated, Dorycnium 1A (BM000646705!). 
Thunb., Prodr. 136 (1800); Poir. in Lam., Encycl. 5: 690 
(1804); Dietr., Lex. Gart. Bot. 7:612 (1807); DC., Prodr. 2:216 
(1825); Eckl. & Zeyh., Enum. 224 (1836); E. Mey., Comm. 82 
(1836); Reichenb., Ic. Descr. PI. Cult, t.97, f.1 (1823); Harv. 
in Harv. & Sond. FI. Cap. 2: 144 (1862); Forbes in Bothalia 
3:125 (1930); Salter in Adamson & Salter, FI. Cape Penins. 
485 (1950); Kidd, Wild Flow. Cape Penins. t. 81.12 (1972); 
Pitman and Palmer, Trees S. Afr. 2: 920 (1972); Bond & 
Goldblatt, PI. Cape Flora 296 (1984); Gibbs Russell et al., 
Mem. Bot. Surv. 5. Afr. 56: 88 (1987). For fuller synonymy 
see Stirton and Muasya (unpublished manuscript 2015). 
For Australian treatments and records of naturalisation 
see: Hooker (1859); Blakely (1923); Gardner (1925); 
Beadle, Evans and Carolin (1962); Curtis (1975); Weber 
(1986); Jeanes (1996 p.p., not fig. 138a); Grieve (1998); 
Blood (2001); and Norris and Harden (2002). For New 
Zealand see Kirk (1870); Cheeseman (1883,1885); Allan 
(1937); Webb, Sykes and Garnock-Jones (1988). 
Vernacular names: Australia: African Scurf-pea, 
Blue Butterfly Bush, Blue Psoralea, Taylorina. Western 
Australia: Albany Broom, Blue Broom. New Zealand: 
Dally Pine. South Africa: Bloukeur, Fonteinbos, Fountain 
Bush, Penwortel, Pinnate-leaved Psoralea. 
Much-branched shrub to small tree up to 5 m tall. Stems 
erect, 1(2), yellowish tan with storied white lenticels 
when young, becoming grey with age. Branches and 
twigs angular, sparsely hairy when immature. Stipules 
fused for most of their length, subulate, with incurled 
margins, hairy, overlapping like short stacked planks, 
becoming woody with age. Leaves 7-9-foliolate, 
imparipinnate, 25 mm long, 45-50 mm wide, villoso- 
pubescent, terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, 
petiolate. Leaflets linear or linear-lanceolate, 20-45 mm 
long, 0.8-2.0 mm wide, acute to acuminate, dark green, 
glandular. Petiole 4-7 mm long, rachis 10-15 mm long. 
Inflorescences hidden within leaves, borne on short 
shootlets which are spread along the length of 
seasonal shoots, pseudo-spicate or pseudo-capitate, 
axillary, weakly scented or odourless. Flowers 14-18 
mm long, pale mauve to blue, axillary, sessile or 
subsessile, 1-6 per axil, subtended by a pinnate leaf; 
bracts a fused trifid cupulate structure situated at 
apex of a 2-5 mm long pedicel, overlapping the 
base of the calyx, carinal tooth longer than other 
two teeth, sparsely white hairy, margins ciliate with few 
black hairs. Calyx 8-9 mm long, glabrescent, mainly 
white-haired but also with black hairs on margins, or 
a mixture of black and white hairs, teeth dark green, 
shorter than yellowish green tube; ovate-acute to 
triangular. Standard petal 15—16(-18) mm long, 11 mm 
wide, obovate, white suffused with pale mauve in the 
central area and with a single purple 3-4 mm long flash 
situated between and above the free swollen callosities 
at the top rim of the claw; veins hyaline. Wing petals 
13-14 mm long, 4 mm wide, longer than keel petals; 
white to pale mauve, blade folded and puckered along 
the mid-line; sculpturing present. Keel 12 mm long, 
3.5-4.0 mm wide; white to pale mauve, shorter than 
wings. Androecium 6-7 mm long. Pistil 12 mm long; 
ovary 2 mm long, covered in club-shaped glands; style 
filamentous but thickened at point of flexure, stigma 
penicillate. Fruits 4-5 mm long, 2.5-3.0 mm wide. Seeds 
1.2-4 mm long, dark brown to black. (Fig. 1) 
Specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Albany, 
x.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 116942A); Yanchep, Loch McNess, 
ix.1966, AJ. & J.A. McComb McC 211 (PERTH, UWA); Lesmurdie 
Falls, 12.xii.1947, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH 04510208); Inlet Drive, 
Denmark, 11.U984, GJ. Keighery 6512 (PERTH); Mount Barker 
Hill, 100 m N of Sothard Road, 5 km S of Mount Barker, 7.xii.1987, 
GJ. Keighery 9271 (CANB, PERTH); 3.8 km NE of Bakers Junction 
on road to Jerramungup, 15.xi.1995, BJ. Lepschi & TJ. Lolly 
2327 (AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEL NSW, NY, PERTH); From Wheatly 
Coast Road turn right into Lanepool Road, right side of road, 
98 
Vol 33 

Page image

4269718 Argentina anserina Muelleria 33: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609035
Page is part of the work Notes on Potentilla (Rosaceae) and related genera in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292254

Page text

Bean 
P. tucumanensis A.Castagnaro & M.Arias, a species 
endemic to northern Argentina. It had, since 1900, been 
identified as P. norvegica, a European species. 
Pofenf/7/anonopefa/aishereregardedasanindigenous 
and endemic Australian species. A label attached to one 
of the herbarium specimens of P. nanopetalo {Bates 
47347) says 'The ephemeral Australian] desert plants 
are probably an endemic form, R. Bates, Dec 98'. It meets 
a majority of the ecological criteria of Bean (2007); it is 
not persistently invasive; geographical discontinuities 
are related to soil type and habitat, rather than human 
settlement patterns; it consistently occurs in intact 
unmodified habitat - no human disturbance is noted 
on any of the specimen labels, nor are any weeds listed. 
At the site visited by the present author, the habitat was 
absolutely weed free and there was no evident human 
disturbance. 
Potentilla crantzii (Crantz) Beck ex Fritsch 
This species is recorded as being naturalised in South 
Australia (APC 2014). This record is based on a single 
specimen at AD (Bates27409). However, my examination 
of this specimen revealed that it was misidentified.The 
specimen is in fact Potentilla argentea L. Therefore, the 
name P. crantzii can be removed from Australian flora 
lists. 
Argentina Hill, Brit. Herb. (Hill) 6 (1756) 
Type: A. vulgaris Hill 
Potentilla sect. Pentaphylloides Tausch, Hort. Canal. 1: 
sub P. ornithopoda (1823). Type: P. fruticosa L. 
Argentina was described by Hill in 1756, for the 
species that Linnaeus described as Potentilla anserina. 
Rydberg (1908) accepted the genus as distinct and 
described several species of Argentina and transferred a 
few species from Potentilla , but for the last century the 
genus has been included in synonymy with Potentilla. 
A molecular phylogenetic study by Eriksson et al. 
(2003) showed that P. anserina and a few other species 
formed a separate clade from all other Potentilla species, 
but was based on limited taxon sampling. The more 
comprehensive sampling of Dobes and Paule (2010) has 
reinforced the distinctiveness of the Argentina- clade, 
and they recommended the acceptance of Argentina 
as a distinct genus. Sojak (2010) made the required 
combinations. 
Argentina comprises 64 species, mainly in the 
Himalayan region of Asia and in alpine New Guinea. 
There is one species in Australia, and one species in New 
Zealand. 
Argentina anserina (L.) Rydb., Mem. Dept. Bot. 
Columbia Coll. 2:159(1898) 
Potentilla anserina L., Sp. PI. 1:495 (1753). 
Type: Lectotype: Herb. Clifford: 193, Potentilla 1 (BM- 
000628646), fide Rousi in Ann. Bot. Fenn. 2:101(1965). 
Distribution and habitat: In Australia, Argentina 
anserina occurs in Tasmania, southern Victoria, southern 
New South Wales, and south-eastern South Australia. 
According to Barker et al. (2005), Potentilla anserina is 
extinct in the'Southern Lofty'region of South Australia, 
judging by available herbarium specimens, with the 
most recent collections being in the 1880s. It has not 
been collected in New South Wales since 1959 (AVH 
2014). It is apparently stable in Victoria and Tasmania, 
as there are some recent collections from those states. 
There is a single record on Australia's Virtual Herbarium 
(AVH 2014) from the far south-west of Western 
Australia, but that record is erroneous, the result of a 
misidentification. The specimen involved ( W.R. Barker 
2317) is in fact Hibbertia grossulariifolia (Salisb.) Salisb. 
Notes: Sojak (1994) published a key to Potentilla sect. 
Pentaphylloides Tausch, as a precursor to an intended 
revision of the group. However, that revision did not 
occur. The key included a few nomina nuda for taxa he 
intended to describe or combinations that he intended 
to make, including P. anserina subsp. australiensis Sojak 
nom. inval., for the form of Potentilla anserina (=Argentina 
anserina) that occurs in Australia. The differences cited 
by Sojak for subsp. australiensis (erect hairs on the 
petioles, and carpels usually hairy) are not consistent 
and Sojak later stated (in litt., MEL596484) that he did 
not proceed with the naming of the subspecies after 
having seen additional Australian material. 
Argentina anserina (as Potentilla anserina) has been 
regarded as an alien species in Australia (Jeanes & 
Jobson 1996; Barker et al. 2005; Walsh & Stajsic 2008; 
Baker & de Salas 2012). However, it was collected 
by Robert Brown in 1804 from northern Tasmania 
(Bentham 1864), just months after the arrival there of 
European settlers, and its apparent diminution in the 
wild (based on the lack of recent herbarium collections 
80 
Vol 33 

Page image

4269520 Argentina Muelleria 33: 80`

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 80`".

4275756 Bloukeur Muelleria 33: 98
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609053
Page is part of the work Naturalised species of Psoralea (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292256

Page text

Stirton, Stajsic and Bello 
Materials and methods 
A comparative morphological study was undertaken 
of available spirit and herbarium specimens (AD, BOL, 
CANB, BM, HO, K, MEL, NBG, NSW, PERTH, PRU, NH and 
NU (acronyms follow Index Herbariorum (Thiers 2015))). 
Species treatment 
1. Psoralea pinnata L, Sp. PL 2:1074 (1762) 
Type: Collector unknown (Hort. Cliff. 370). When the 
lectotypification was made (Stirton in Taxon 41: 568, 
1992), only'Hort. Cliff. 370, Dorycnium 1, BM'was cited. 
However, Dorycnium 1 consists of two sheets, annotated 
A and B, and neither was specified. Under Art. 9.17 it is 
possible to designate oneofthese sheets in a subsequent 
lectotypification. We choose Dorycnium 1A accordingly. 
Dorycnium IB (BM000646706) is a sterile specimen 
and does not match the protologue. Lectotype, here 
designated, Dorycnium 1A (BM000646705!). 
Thunb., Prodr. 136 (1800); Poir. in Lam., Encycl. 5: 690 
(1804); Dietr., Lex. Gart. Bot. 7:612 (1807); DC., Prodr. 2:216 
(1825); Eckl. & Zeyh., Enum. 224 (1836); E. Mey., Comm. 82 
(1836); Reichenb., Ic. Descr. PI. Cult, t.97, f.1 (1823); Harv. 
in Harv. & Sond. FI. Cap. 2: 144 (1862); Forbes in Bothalia 
3:125 (1930); Salter in Adamson & Salter, FI. Cape Penins. 
485 (1950); Kidd, Wild Flow. Cape Penins. t. 81.12 (1972); 
Pitman and Palmer, Trees S. Afr. 2: 920 (1972); Bond & 
Goldblatt, PI. Cape Flora 296 (1984); Gibbs Russell et al., 
Mem. Bot. Surv. 5. Afr. 56: 88 (1987). For fuller synonymy 
see Stirton and Muasya (unpublished manuscript 2015). 
For Australian treatments and records of naturalisation 
see: Hooker (1859); Blakely (1923); Gardner (1925); 
Beadle, Evans and Carolin (1962); Curtis (1975); Weber 
(1986); Jeanes (1996 p.p., not fig. 138a); Grieve (1998); 
Blood (2001); and Norris and Harden (2002). For New 
Zealand see Kirk (1870); Cheeseman (1883,1885); Allan 
(1937); Webb, Sykes and Garnock-Jones (1988). 
Vernacular names: Australia: African Scurf-pea, 
Blue Butterfly Bush, Blue Psoralea, Taylorina. Western 
Australia: Albany Broom, Blue Broom. New Zealand: 
Dally Pine. South Africa: Bloukeur, Fonteinbos, Fountain 
Bush, Penwortel, Pinnate-leaved Psoralea. 
Much-branched shrub to small tree up to 5 m tall. Stems 
erect, 1(2), yellowish tan with storied white lenticels 
when young, becoming grey with age. Branches and 
twigs angular, sparsely hairy when immature. Stipules 
fused for most of their length, subulate, with incurled 
margins, hairy, overlapping like short stacked planks, 
becoming woody with age. Leaves 7-9-foliolate, 
imparipinnate, 25 mm long, 45-50 mm wide, villoso- 
pubescent, terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, 
petiolate. Leaflets linear or linear-lanceolate, 20-45 mm 
long, 0.8-2.0 mm wide, acute to acuminate, dark green, 
glandular. Petiole 4-7 mm long, rachis 10-15 mm long. 
Inflorescences hidden within leaves, borne on short 
shootlets which are spread along the length of 
seasonal shoots, pseudo-spicate or pseudo-capitate, 
axillary, weakly scented or odourless. Flowers 14-18 
mm long, pale mauve to blue, axillary, sessile or 
subsessile, 1-6 per axil, subtended by a pinnate leaf; 
bracts a fused trifid cupulate structure situated at 
apex of a 2-5 mm long pedicel, overlapping the 
base of the calyx, carinal tooth longer than other 
two teeth, sparsely white hairy, margins ciliate with few 
black hairs. Calyx 8-9 mm long, glabrescent, mainly 
white-haired but also with black hairs on margins, or 
a mixture of black and white hairs, teeth dark green, 
shorter than yellowish green tube; ovate-acute to 
triangular. Standard petal 15—16(-18) mm long, 11 mm 
wide, obovate, white suffused with pale mauve in the 
central area and with a single purple 3-4 mm long flash 
situated between and above the free swollen callosities 
at the top rim of the claw; veins hyaline. Wing petals 
13-14 mm long, 4 mm wide, longer than keel petals; 
white to pale mauve, blade folded and puckered along 
the mid-line; sculpturing present. Keel 12 mm long, 
3.5-4.0 mm wide; white to pale mauve, shorter than 
wings. Androecium 6-7 mm long. Pistil 12 mm long; 
ovary 2 mm long, covered in club-shaped glands; style 
filamentous but thickened at point of flexure, stigma 
penicillate. Fruits 4-5 mm long, 2.5-3.0 mm wide. Seeds 
1.2-4 mm long, dark brown to black. (Fig. 1) 
Specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Albany, 
x.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 116942A); Yanchep, Loch McNess, 
ix.1966, AJ. & J.A. McComb McC 211 (PERTH, UWA); Lesmurdie 
Falls, 12.xii.1947, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH 04510208); Inlet Drive, 
Denmark, 11.U984, GJ. Keighery 6512 (PERTH); Mount Barker 
Hill, 100 m N of Sothard Road, 5 km S of Mount Barker, 7.xii.1987, 
GJ. Keighery 9271 (CANB, PERTH); 3.8 km NE of Bakers Junction 
on road to Jerramungup, 15.xi.1995, BJ. Lepschi & TJ. Lolly 
2327 (AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEL NSW, NY, PERTH); From Wheatly 
Coast Road turn right into Lanepool Road, right side of road, 
98 
Vol 33 

Page image

4275749 Blue Muelleria 33: 98
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609053
Page is part of the work Naturalised species of Psoralea (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292256

Page text

Stirton, Stajsic and Bello 
Materials and methods 
A comparative morphological study was undertaken 
of available spirit and herbarium specimens (AD, BOL, 
CANB, BM, HO, K, MEL, NBG, NSW, PERTH, PRU, NH and 
NU (acronyms follow Index Herbariorum (Thiers 2015))). 
Species treatment 
1. Psoralea pinnata L, Sp. PL 2:1074 (1762) 
Type: Collector unknown (Hort. Cliff. 370). When the 
lectotypification was made (Stirton in Taxon 41: 568, 
1992), only'Hort. Cliff. 370, Dorycnium 1, BM'was cited. 
However, Dorycnium 1 consists of two sheets, annotated 
A and B, and neither was specified. Under Art. 9.17 it is 
possible to designate oneofthese sheets in a subsequent 
lectotypification. We choose Dorycnium 1A accordingly. 
Dorycnium IB (BM000646706) is a sterile specimen 
and does not match the protologue. Lectotype, here 
designated, Dorycnium 1A (BM000646705!). 
Thunb., Prodr. 136 (1800); Poir. in Lam., Encycl. 5: 690 
(1804); Dietr., Lex. Gart. Bot. 7:612 (1807); DC., Prodr. 2:216 
(1825); Eckl. & Zeyh., Enum. 224 (1836); E. Mey., Comm. 82 
(1836); Reichenb., Ic. Descr. PI. Cult, t.97, f.1 (1823); Harv. 
in Harv. & Sond. FI. Cap. 2: 144 (1862); Forbes in Bothalia 
3:125 (1930); Salter in Adamson & Salter, FI. Cape Penins. 
485 (1950); Kidd, Wild Flow. Cape Penins. t. 81.12 (1972); 
Pitman and Palmer, Trees S. Afr. 2: 920 (1972); Bond & 
Goldblatt, PI. Cape Flora 296 (1984); Gibbs Russell et al., 
Mem. Bot. Surv. 5. Afr. 56: 88 (1987). For fuller synonymy 
see Stirton and Muasya (unpublished manuscript 2015). 
For Australian treatments and records of naturalisation 
see: Hooker (1859); Blakely (1923); Gardner (1925); 
Beadle, Evans and Carolin (1962); Curtis (1975); Weber 
(1986); Jeanes (1996 p.p., not fig. 138a); Grieve (1998); 
Blood (2001); and Norris and Harden (2002). For New 
Zealand see Kirk (1870); Cheeseman (1883,1885); Allan 
(1937); Webb, Sykes and Garnock-Jones (1988). 
Vernacular names: Australia: African Scurf-pea, 
Blue Butterfly Bush, Blue Psoralea, Taylorina. Western 
Australia: Albany Broom, Blue Broom. New Zealand: 
Dally Pine. South Africa: Bloukeur, Fonteinbos, Fountain 
Bush, Penwortel, Pinnate-leaved Psoralea. 
Much-branched shrub to small tree up to 5 m tall. Stems 
erect, 1(2), yellowish tan with storied white lenticels 
when young, becoming grey with age. Branches and 
twigs angular, sparsely hairy when immature. Stipules 
fused for most of their length, subulate, with incurled 
margins, hairy, overlapping like short stacked planks, 
becoming woody with age. Leaves 7-9-foliolate, 
imparipinnate, 25 mm long, 45-50 mm wide, villoso- 
pubescent, terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, 
petiolate. Leaflets linear or linear-lanceolate, 20-45 mm 
long, 0.8-2.0 mm wide, acute to acuminate, dark green, 
glandular. Petiole 4-7 mm long, rachis 10-15 mm long. 
Inflorescences hidden within leaves, borne on short 
shootlets which are spread along the length of 
seasonal shoots, pseudo-spicate or pseudo-capitate, 
axillary, weakly scented or odourless. Flowers 14-18 
mm long, pale mauve to blue, axillary, sessile or 
subsessile, 1-6 per axil, subtended by a pinnate leaf; 
bracts a fused trifid cupulate structure situated at 
apex of a 2-5 mm long pedicel, overlapping the 
base of the calyx, carinal tooth longer than other 
two teeth, sparsely white hairy, margins ciliate with few 
black hairs. Calyx 8-9 mm long, glabrescent, mainly 
white-haired but also with black hairs on margins, or 
a mixture of black and white hairs, teeth dark green, 
shorter than yellowish green tube; ovate-acute to 
triangular. Standard petal 15—16(-18) mm long, 11 mm 
wide, obovate, white suffused with pale mauve in the 
central area and with a single purple 3-4 mm long flash 
situated between and above the free swollen callosities 
at the top rim of the claw; veins hyaline. Wing petals 
13-14 mm long, 4 mm wide, longer than keel petals; 
white to pale mauve, blade folded and puckered along 
the mid-line; sculpturing present. Keel 12 mm long, 
3.5-4.0 mm wide; white to pale mauve, shorter than 
wings. Androecium 6-7 mm long. Pistil 12 mm long; 
ovary 2 mm long, covered in club-shaped glands; style 
filamentous but thickened at point of flexure, stigma 
penicillate. Fruits 4-5 mm long, 2.5-3.0 mm wide. Seeds 
1.2-4 mm long, dark brown to black. (Fig. 1) 
Specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Albany, 
x.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 116942A); Yanchep, Loch McNess, 
ix.1966, AJ. & J.A. McComb McC 211 (PERTH, UWA); Lesmurdie 
Falls, 12.xii.1947, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH 04510208); Inlet Drive, 
Denmark, 11.U984, GJ. Keighery 6512 (PERTH); Mount Barker 
Hill, 100 m N of Sothard Road, 5 km S of Mount Barker, 7.xii.1987, 
GJ. Keighery 9271 (CANB, PERTH); 3.8 km NE of Bakers Junction 
on road to Jerramungup, 15.xi.1995, BJ. Lepschi & TJ. Lolly 
2327 (AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEL NSW, NY, PERTH); From Wheatly 
Coast Road turn right into Lanepool Road, right side of road, 
98 
Vol 33 

Page image

4275747 Blue Muelleria 33: 98
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609053
Page is part of the work Naturalised species of Psoralea (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292256

Page text

Stirton, Stajsic and Bello 
Materials and methods 
A comparative morphological study was undertaken 
of available spirit and herbarium specimens (AD, BOL, 
CANB, BM, HO, K, MEL, NBG, NSW, PERTH, PRU, NH and 
NU (acronyms follow Index Herbariorum (Thiers 2015))). 
Species treatment 
1. Psoralea pinnata L, Sp. PL 2:1074 (1762) 
Type: Collector unknown (Hort. Cliff. 370). When the 
lectotypification was made (Stirton in Taxon 41: 568, 
1992), only'Hort. Cliff. 370, Dorycnium 1, BM'was cited. 
However, Dorycnium 1 consists of two sheets, annotated 
A and B, and neither was specified. Under Art. 9.17 it is 
possible to designate oneofthese sheets in a subsequent 
lectotypification. We choose Dorycnium 1A accordingly. 
Dorycnium IB (BM000646706) is a sterile specimen 
and does not match the protologue. Lectotype, here 
designated, Dorycnium 1A (BM000646705!). 
Thunb., Prodr. 136 (1800); Poir. in Lam., Encycl. 5: 690 
(1804); Dietr., Lex. Gart. Bot. 7:612 (1807); DC., Prodr. 2:216 
(1825); Eckl. & Zeyh., Enum. 224 (1836); E. Mey., Comm. 82 
(1836); Reichenb., Ic. Descr. PI. Cult, t.97, f.1 (1823); Harv. 
in Harv. & Sond. FI. Cap. 2: 144 (1862); Forbes in Bothalia 
3:125 (1930); Salter in Adamson & Salter, FI. Cape Penins. 
485 (1950); Kidd, Wild Flow. Cape Penins. t. 81.12 (1972); 
Pitman and Palmer, Trees S. Afr. 2: 920 (1972); Bond & 
Goldblatt, PI. Cape Flora 296 (1984); Gibbs Russell et al., 
Mem. Bot. Surv. 5. Afr. 56: 88 (1987). For fuller synonymy 
see Stirton and Muasya (unpublished manuscript 2015). 
For Australian treatments and records of naturalisation 
see: Hooker (1859); Blakely (1923); Gardner (1925); 
Beadle, Evans and Carolin (1962); Curtis (1975); Weber 
(1986); Jeanes (1996 p.p., not fig. 138a); Grieve (1998); 
Blood (2001); and Norris and Harden (2002). For New 
Zealand see Kirk (1870); Cheeseman (1883,1885); Allan 
(1937); Webb, Sykes and Garnock-Jones (1988). 
Vernacular names: Australia: African Scurf-pea, 
Blue Butterfly Bush, Blue Psoralea, Taylorina. Western 
Australia: Albany Broom, Blue Broom. New Zealand: 
Dally Pine. South Africa: Bloukeur, Fonteinbos, Fountain 
Bush, Penwortel, Pinnate-leaved Psoralea. 
Much-branched shrub to small tree up to 5 m tall. Stems 
erect, 1(2), yellowish tan with storied white lenticels 
when young, becoming grey with age. Branches and 
twigs angular, sparsely hairy when immature. Stipules 
fused for most of their length, subulate, with incurled 
margins, hairy, overlapping like short stacked planks, 
becoming woody with age. Leaves 7-9-foliolate, 
imparipinnate, 25 mm long, 45-50 mm wide, villoso- 
pubescent, terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, 
petiolate. Leaflets linear or linear-lanceolate, 20-45 mm 
long, 0.8-2.0 mm wide, acute to acuminate, dark green, 
glandular. Petiole 4-7 mm long, rachis 10-15 mm long. 
Inflorescences hidden within leaves, borne on short 
shootlets which are spread along the length of 
seasonal shoots, pseudo-spicate or pseudo-capitate, 
axillary, weakly scented or odourless. Flowers 14-18 
mm long, pale mauve to blue, axillary, sessile or 
subsessile, 1-6 per axil, subtended by a pinnate leaf; 
bracts a fused trifid cupulate structure situated at 
apex of a 2-5 mm long pedicel, overlapping the 
base of the calyx, carinal tooth longer than other 
two teeth, sparsely white hairy, margins ciliate with few 
black hairs. Calyx 8-9 mm long, glabrescent, mainly 
white-haired but also with black hairs on margins, or 
a mixture of black and white hairs, teeth dark green, 
shorter than yellowish green tube; ovate-acute to 
triangular. Standard petal 15—16(-18) mm long, 11 mm 
wide, obovate, white suffused with pale mauve in the 
central area and with a single purple 3-4 mm long flash 
situated between and above the free swollen callosities 
at the top rim of the claw; veins hyaline. Wing petals 
13-14 mm long, 4 mm wide, longer than keel petals; 
white to pale mauve, blade folded and puckered along 
the mid-line; sculpturing present. Keel 12 mm long, 
3.5-4.0 mm wide; white to pale mauve, shorter than 
wings. Androecium 6-7 mm long. Pistil 12 mm long; 
ovary 2 mm long, covered in club-shaped glands; style 
filamentous but thickened at point of flexure, stigma 
penicillate. Fruits 4-5 mm long, 2.5-3.0 mm wide. Seeds 
1.2-4 mm long, dark brown to black. (Fig. 1) 
Specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Albany, 
x.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 116942A); Yanchep, Loch McNess, 
ix.1966, AJ. & J.A. McComb McC 211 (PERTH, UWA); Lesmurdie 
Falls, 12.xii.1947, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH 04510208); Inlet Drive, 
Denmark, 11.U984, GJ. Keighery 6512 (PERTH); Mount Barker 
Hill, 100 m N of Sothard Road, 5 km S of Mount Barker, 7.xii.1987, 
GJ. Keighery 9271 (CANB, PERTH); 3.8 km NE of Bakers Junction 
on road to Jerramungup, 15.xi.1995, BJ. Lepschi & TJ. Lolly 
2327 (AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEL NSW, NY, PERTH); From Wheatly 
Coast Road turn right into Lanepool Road, right side of road, 
98 
Vol 33 

Page image

4275742 Blue Muelleria 33: 98
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609053
Page is part of the work Naturalised species of Psoralea (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292256

Page text

Stirton, Stajsic and Bello 
Materials and methods 
A comparative morphological study was undertaken 
of available spirit and herbarium specimens (AD, BOL, 
CANB, BM, HO, K, MEL, NBG, NSW, PERTH, PRU, NH and 
NU (acronyms follow Index Herbariorum (Thiers 2015))). 
Species treatment 
1. Psoralea pinnata L, Sp. PL 2:1074 (1762) 
Type: Collector unknown (Hort. Cliff. 370). When the 
lectotypification was made (Stirton in Taxon 41: 568, 
1992), only'Hort. Cliff. 370, Dorycnium 1, BM'was cited. 
However, Dorycnium 1 consists of two sheets, annotated 
A and B, and neither was specified. Under Art. 9.17 it is 
possible to designate oneofthese sheets in a subsequent 
lectotypification. We choose Dorycnium 1A accordingly. 
Dorycnium IB (BM000646706) is a sterile specimen 
and does not match the protologue. Lectotype, here 
designated, Dorycnium 1A (BM000646705!). 
Thunb., Prodr. 136 (1800); Poir. in Lam., Encycl. 5: 690 
(1804); Dietr., Lex. Gart. Bot. 7:612 (1807); DC., Prodr. 2:216 
(1825); Eckl. & Zeyh., Enum. 224 (1836); E. Mey., Comm. 82 
(1836); Reichenb., Ic. Descr. PI. Cult, t.97, f.1 (1823); Harv. 
in Harv. & Sond. FI. Cap. 2: 144 (1862); Forbes in Bothalia 
3:125 (1930); Salter in Adamson & Salter, FI. Cape Penins. 
485 (1950); Kidd, Wild Flow. Cape Penins. t. 81.12 (1972); 
Pitman and Palmer, Trees S. Afr. 2: 920 (1972); Bond & 
Goldblatt, PI. Cape Flora 296 (1984); Gibbs Russell et al., 
Mem. Bot. Surv. 5. Afr. 56: 88 (1987). For fuller synonymy 
see Stirton and Muasya (unpublished manuscript 2015). 
For Australian treatments and records of naturalisation 
see: Hooker (1859); Blakely (1923); Gardner (1925); 
Beadle, Evans and Carolin (1962); Curtis (1975); Weber 
(1986); Jeanes (1996 p.p., not fig. 138a); Grieve (1998); 
Blood (2001); and Norris and Harden (2002). For New 
Zealand see Kirk (1870); Cheeseman (1883,1885); Allan 
(1937); Webb, Sykes and Garnock-Jones (1988). 
Vernacular names: Australia: African Scurf-pea, 
Blue Butterfly Bush, Blue Psoralea, Taylorina. Western 
Australia: Albany Broom, Blue Broom. New Zealand: 
Dally Pine. South Africa: Bloukeur, Fonteinbos, Fountain 
Bush, Penwortel, Pinnate-leaved Psoralea. 
Much-branched shrub to small tree up to 5 m tall. Stems 
erect, 1(2), yellowish tan with storied white lenticels 
when young, becoming grey with age. Branches and 
twigs angular, sparsely hairy when immature. Stipules 
fused for most of their length, subulate, with incurled 
margins, hairy, overlapping like short stacked planks, 
becoming woody with age. Leaves 7-9-foliolate, 
imparipinnate, 25 mm long, 45-50 mm wide, villoso- 
pubescent, terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, 
petiolate. Leaflets linear or linear-lanceolate, 20-45 mm 
long, 0.8-2.0 mm wide, acute to acuminate, dark green, 
glandular. Petiole 4-7 mm long, rachis 10-15 mm long. 
Inflorescences hidden within leaves, borne on short 
shootlets which are spread along the length of 
seasonal shoots, pseudo-spicate or pseudo-capitate, 
axillary, weakly scented or odourless. Flowers 14-18 
mm long, pale mauve to blue, axillary, sessile or 
subsessile, 1-6 per axil, subtended by a pinnate leaf; 
bracts a fused trifid cupulate structure situated at 
apex of a 2-5 mm long pedicel, overlapping the 
base of the calyx, carinal tooth longer than other 
two teeth, sparsely white hairy, margins ciliate with few 
black hairs. Calyx 8-9 mm long, glabrescent, mainly 
white-haired but also with black hairs on margins, or 
a mixture of black and white hairs, teeth dark green, 
shorter than yellowish green tube; ovate-acute to 
triangular. Standard petal 15—16(-18) mm long, 11 mm 
wide, obovate, white suffused with pale mauve in the 
central area and with a single purple 3-4 mm long flash 
situated between and above the free swollen callosities 
at the top rim of the claw; veins hyaline. Wing petals 
13-14 mm long, 4 mm wide, longer than keel petals; 
white to pale mauve, blade folded and puckered along 
the mid-line; sculpturing present. Keel 12 mm long, 
3.5-4.0 mm wide; white to pale mauve, shorter than 
wings. Androecium 6-7 mm long. Pistil 12 mm long; 
ovary 2 mm long, covered in club-shaped glands; style 
filamentous but thickened at point of flexure, stigma 
penicillate. Fruits 4-5 mm long, 2.5-3.0 mm wide. Seeds 
1.2-4 mm long, dark brown to black. (Fig. 1) 
Specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Albany, 
x.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 116942A); Yanchep, Loch McNess, 
ix.1966, AJ. & J.A. McComb McC 211 (PERTH, UWA); Lesmurdie 
Falls, 12.xii.1947, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH 04510208); Inlet Drive, 
Denmark, 11.U984, GJ. Keighery 6512 (PERTH); Mount Barker 
Hill, 100 m N of Sothard Road, 5 km S of Mount Barker, 7.xii.1987, 
GJ. Keighery 9271 (CANB, PERTH); 3.8 km NE of Bakers Junction 
on road to Jerramungup, 15.xi.1995, BJ. Lepschi & TJ. Lolly 
2327 (AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEL NSW, NY, PERTH); From Wheatly 
Coast Road turn right into Lanepool Road, right side of road, 
98 
Vol 33 

Page image

4273006 Calamagrostis aequata Muelleria 33: 91
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609046
Page is part of the work Nomenclature, variation and hybridisation in Rough Blown-grass (Poaceae: Lachnagrostis), doi:10.5962/p.292255

Page text

Rough-blown Grass ( Lachnagrostis) 
Agrostis wallichiana Steud. Synopsis Plontarum 
Glumacearum 174 (1854); Calamagrostis pilosula var. 
wallichiana (Steud.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. Hooker] 
7(22): 264 (1896); Agrostis pilosula var. wallichiana 
(Steud.) Bor., Notes on Asiatic Grasses: XVIII. Indian species 
of Agrostis collected by Royle. Kew Bulletin 9(3): 459 (1954). 
Type: 'India', R. Blinkworth for N. Wallich 3775a; holotype: 
K000032351-53 photos seen; isotypes: E00393883, 
E00393884, E00393885, W0026800 photos seen for all. 
Notes: Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis neesii 
Steud. are not superfluous names for Lachnagrostis 
scabra Nees ex Steud. as the name 'scabra' was already 
occupied by Agrostis scabra Willd. and Calamagrostis 
scabra J.Presl., respectively. 
In regard to typification, after extensive examination 
of Agrostis specimens collected in India by John Forbes 
Royle, Bor (1954) concluded that Royle 72 is the type 
for L scabra Nees ex Steud. However, Hooker (1896), in 
discussion under C. pilosula (Trin.) Hook.f., incorrectly 
regarded Wallich 3775a as the type for A pilosula Trin. 
while also specifically listing this collection under C. 
pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook.f. (of which it is 
indeed the type). In addition, Hooker (1896) introduced 
C. pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) Hook.f., under 
which is listed L scabra Nees ex Steud. (upon which the 
name C. pilosula is ultimately based). Following Article 
26.2, it is possible that one or more of these names for 
infraspecific taxa of C. pilosula as introduced by Hooker 
(1896) are invalid, because the infraspecific taxon that 
includes the type should have been denoted as the 
autonym, in this case: C. pilosula var. pilosula. However, it 
is beyond the scope of the present paper to resolve this 
issue, and, in addition, the nomenclatural status of these 
infraspecific taxa has no bearing on the correct name for 
the Australian material here placed under L rudis. 
This is not a complete synonymy of this high- 
elevation, variable Asian grass. Consult Bor (1954) for 
further information concerning the confusing array 
of associated taxa (many based on collections by J.F. 
Royle on the Indian sub-continent and in the Himalayas 
during the 1820s). 
Misapplied: Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. 
sensu. S.W.LJacobs, (2002), A.J.Br. (2006) and 
S.W.LJacobs & AJ.Br. (2009) as Lachnagrostis scabra '(P. 
Beauv.) Nees ex Steud.' [Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.)Trin.]. 
Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., Reliq. Haenk. 1 (4-5): 
234(1830) 
Deyeuxia preslii Kunth., Enum. PI. [Kunth] 1: 243-244 
(1833) non Deyeuxia scabra Kunth (1829) nom. nov. for 
Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl.; Calamagrostis canadensis 
(Michx.) P.Beauv. var. scabra (J.Presl) Hitchc., Amer. J. Bot. 
21(3): 135 (1934). 
Type: CANADA. 'Archapelago Montgrave' 'Hab. In 
Sinu Nootka' [Vancouver Island], T. Haenke; holotype: PR, 
isotypes: US-865764 n.v. 
Note: This is not a complete synonymy of this 
subarctic-arctic grass. 
Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Fund. 
Agrost. 128 (1820), as '(Br.) Trin.' 
Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) nom. illeg. 
non Willd. (1797); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., 
Syst. Veg. 2: 360 (1817); Deyeuxia scabra Kunth, Revis. 
Gramin. 1: 77 (1829) nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. 
(1810) non. Willd. (1797); Calamagrostis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2nd edn, 1: 251 (1840- 
41); Deyeuxia scabra Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 583 (1878) 
superfluous nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. 
Willd. (1797); Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. 
S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(4): 837 (2002) as Lachnagrostis 
scabra (P.Beauv.) Nees ex Steud. 
Type: no location, Anon.; holotype: BM! (reverse of 
type sheet has pencilled 'Van Diemens Land - Adventure 
Bay'but noted in Brown (1810) as'J.D'[Port Jackson, Van 
Diemens Land], whereas Brown (2006) concluded that 
Port Dalrymple,Tasmania was the probable location). 
Agrostis aequata Nees in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 2: 
412 (1843); Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benth., FI. Austral. 
7: 578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M.BIack, 
FI. S. Australia 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) 
S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(3): 445 (2001). Type: Van Diemens 
Land, 18.L1838, Gunn 1005 ; holotype: CGE n.v., probable 
isotype: K!, syntype: MEL2273954! 
Lachnagrostis scabra subsp. curviseta AJ.Br. Muelleria 
24: 127 (2006). Type: VICTORIA. Sherbrooke River, Port 
Campbell National Park, 6.ix.1966, Beauglehole andFinke 
21182; holotype: MEL 1584733! 
Note: Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. is not listed in the above 
synonymy, because it is not considered to be based 
on Agrostis scabra R.Br. nom. illeg., but rather is a new 
combination for A scabra Willd., which is the earlier and 
legitimate name. 
Muelleria 
91 

Page image

4273001 Calamagrostis rudis Muelleria 33: 91
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609046
Page is part of the work Nomenclature, variation and hybridisation in Rough Blown-grass (Poaceae: Lachnagrostis), doi:10.5962/p.292255

Page text

Rough-blown Grass ( Lachnagrostis) 
Agrostis wallichiana Steud. Synopsis Plontarum 
Glumacearum 174 (1854); Calamagrostis pilosula var. 
wallichiana (Steud.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. Hooker] 
7(22): 264 (1896); Agrostis pilosula var. wallichiana 
(Steud.) Bor., Notes on Asiatic Grasses: XVIII. Indian species 
of Agrostis collected by Royle. Kew Bulletin 9(3): 459 (1954). 
Type: 'India', R. Blinkworth for N. Wallich 3775a; holotype: 
K000032351-53 photos seen; isotypes: E00393883, 
E00393884, E00393885, W0026800 photos seen for all. 
Notes: Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis neesii 
Steud. are not superfluous names for Lachnagrostis 
scabra Nees ex Steud. as the name 'scabra' was already 
occupied by Agrostis scabra Willd. and Calamagrostis 
scabra J.Presl., respectively. 
In regard to typification, after extensive examination 
of Agrostis specimens collected in India by John Forbes 
Royle, Bor (1954) concluded that Royle 72 is the type 
for L scabra Nees ex Steud. However, Hooker (1896), in 
discussion under C. pilosula (Trin.) Hook.f., incorrectly 
regarded Wallich 3775a as the type for A pilosula Trin. 
while also specifically listing this collection under C. 
pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook.f. (of which it is 
indeed the type). In addition, Hooker (1896) introduced 
C. pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) Hook.f., under 
which is listed L scabra Nees ex Steud. (upon which the 
name C. pilosula is ultimately based). Following Article 
26.2, it is possible that one or more of these names for 
infraspecific taxa of C. pilosula as introduced by Hooker 
(1896) are invalid, because the infraspecific taxon that 
includes the type should have been denoted as the 
autonym, in this case: C. pilosula var. pilosula. However, it 
is beyond the scope of the present paper to resolve this 
issue, and, in addition, the nomenclatural status of these 
infraspecific taxa has no bearing on the correct name for 
the Australian material here placed under L rudis. 
This is not a complete synonymy of this high- 
elevation, variable Asian grass. Consult Bor (1954) for 
further information concerning the confusing array 
of associated taxa (many based on collections by J.F. 
Royle on the Indian sub-continent and in the Himalayas 
during the 1820s). 
Misapplied: Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. 
sensu. S.W.LJacobs, (2002), A.J.Br. (2006) and 
S.W.LJacobs & AJ.Br. (2009) as Lachnagrostis scabra '(P. 
Beauv.) Nees ex Steud.' [Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.)Trin.]. 
Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., Reliq. Haenk. 1 (4-5): 
234(1830) 
Deyeuxia preslii Kunth., Enum. PI. [Kunth] 1: 243-244 
(1833) non Deyeuxia scabra Kunth (1829) nom. nov. for 
Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl.; Calamagrostis canadensis 
(Michx.) P.Beauv. var. scabra (J.Presl) Hitchc., Amer. J. Bot. 
21(3): 135 (1934). 
Type: CANADA. 'Archapelago Montgrave' 'Hab. In 
Sinu Nootka' [Vancouver Island], T. Haenke; holotype: PR, 
isotypes: US-865764 n.v. 
Note: This is not a complete synonymy of this 
subarctic-arctic grass. 
Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Fund. 
Agrost. 128 (1820), as '(Br.) Trin.' 
Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) nom. illeg. 
non Willd. (1797); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., 
Syst. Veg. 2: 360 (1817); Deyeuxia scabra Kunth, Revis. 
Gramin. 1: 77 (1829) nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. 
(1810) non. Willd. (1797); Calamagrostis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2nd edn, 1: 251 (1840- 
41); Deyeuxia scabra Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 583 (1878) 
superfluous nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. 
Willd. (1797); Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. 
S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(4): 837 (2002) as Lachnagrostis 
scabra (P.Beauv.) Nees ex Steud. 
Type: no location, Anon.; holotype: BM! (reverse of 
type sheet has pencilled 'Van Diemens Land - Adventure 
Bay'but noted in Brown (1810) as'J.D'[Port Jackson, Van 
Diemens Land], whereas Brown (2006) concluded that 
Port Dalrymple,Tasmania was the probable location). 
Agrostis aequata Nees in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 2: 
412 (1843); Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benth., FI. Austral. 
7: 578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M.BIack, 
FI. S. Australia 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) 
S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(3): 445 (2001). Type: Van Diemens 
Land, 18.L1838, Gunn 1005 ; holotype: CGE n.v., probable 
isotype: K!, syntype: MEL2273954! 
Lachnagrostis scabra subsp. curviseta AJ.Br. Muelleria 
24: 127 (2006). Type: VICTORIA. Sherbrooke River, Port 
Campbell National Park, 6.ix.1966, Beauglehole andFinke 
21182; holotype: MEL 1584733! 
Note: Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. is not listed in the above 
synonymy, because it is not considered to be based 
on Agrostis scabra R.Br. nom. illeg., but rather is a new 
combination for A scabra Willd., which is the earlier and 
legitimate name. 
Muelleria 
91 

Page image

4272996 Calamagrostis scabra Muelleria 33: 91
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609046
Page is part of the work Nomenclature, variation and hybridisation in Rough Blown-grass (Poaceae: Lachnagrostis), doi:10.5962/p.292255

Page text

Rough-blown Grass ( Lachnagrostis) 
Agrostis wallichiana Steud. Synopsis Plontarum 
Glumacearum 174 (1854); Calamagrostis pilosula var. 
wallichiana (Steud.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. Hooker] 
7(22): 264 (1896); Agrostis pilosula var. wallichiana 
(Steud.) Bor., Notes on Asiatic Grasses: XVIII. Indian species 
of Agrostis collected by Royle. Kew Bulletin 9(3): 459 (1954). 
Type: 'India', R. Blinkworth for N. Wallich 3775a; holotype: 
K000032351-53 photos seen; isotypes: E00393883, 
E00393884, E00393885, W0026800 photos seen for all. 
Notes: Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis neesii 
Steud. are not superfluous names for Lachnagrostis 
scabra Nees ex Steud. as the name 'scabra' was already 
occupied by Agrostis scabra Willd. and Calamagrostis 
scabra J.Presl., respectively. 
In regard to typification, after extensive examination 
of Agrostis specimens collected in India by John Forbes 
Royle, Bor (1954) concluded that Royle 72 is the type 
for L scabra Nees ex Steud. However, Hooker (1896), in 
discussion under C. pilosula (Trin.) Hook.f., incorrectly 
regarded Wallich 3775a as the type for A pilosula Trin. 
while also specifically listing this collection under C. 
pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook.f. (of which it is 
indeed the type). In addition, Hooker (1896) introduced 
C. pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) Hook.f., under 
which is listed L scabra Nees ex Steud. (upon which the 
name C. pilosula is ultimately based). Following Article 
26.2, it is possible that one or more of these names for 
infraspecific taxa of C. pilosula as introduced by Hooker 
(1896) are invalid, because the infraspecific taxon that 
includes the type should have been denoted as the 
autonym, in this case: C. pilosula var. pilosula. However, it 
is beyond the scope of the present paper to resolve this 
issue, and, in addition, the nomenclatural status of these 
infraspecific taxa has no bearing on the correct name for 
the Australian material here placed under L rudis. 
This is not a complete synonymy of this high- 
elevation, variable Asian grass. Consult Bor (1954) for 
further information concerning the confusing array 
of associated taxa (many based on collections by J.F. 
Royle on the Indian sub-continent and in the Himalayas 
during the 1820s). 
Misapplied: Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. 
sensu. S.W.LJacobs, (2002), A.J.Br. (2006) and 
S.W.LJacobs & AJ.Br. (2009) as Lachnagrostis scabra '(P. 
Beauv.) Nees ex Steud.' [Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.)Trin.]. 
Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., Reliq. Haenk. 1 (4-5): 
234(1830) 
Deyeuxia preslii Kunth., Enum. PI. [Kunth] 1: 243-244 
(1833) non Deyeuxia scabra Kunth (1829) nom. nov. for 
Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl.; Calamagrostis canadensis 
(Michx.) P.Beauv. var. scabra (J.Presl) Hitchc., Amer. J. Bot. 
21(3): 135 (1934). 
Type: CANADA. 'Archapelago Montgrave' 'Hab. In 
Sinu Nootka' [Vancouver Island], T. Haenke; holotype: PR, 
isotypes: US-865764 n.v. 
Note: This is not a complete synonymy of this 
subarctic-arctic grass. 
Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Fund. 
Agrost. 128 (1820), as '(Br.) Trin.' 
Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) nom. illeg. 
non Willd. (1797); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., 
Syst. Veg. 2: 360 (1817); Deyeuxia scabra Kunth, Revis. 
Gramin. 1: 77 (1829) nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. 
(1810) non. Willd. (1797); Calamagrostis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2nd edn, 1: 251 (1840- 
41); Deyeuxia scabra Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 583 (1878) 
superfluous nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. 
Willd. (1797); Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. 
S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(4): 837 (2002) as Lachnagrostis 
scabra (P.Beauv.) Nees ex Steud. 
Type: no location, Anon.; holotype: BM! (reverse of 
type sheet has pencilled 'Van Diemens Land - Adventure 
Bay'but noted in Brown (1810) as'J.D'[Port Jackson, Van 
Diemens Land], whereas Brown (2006) concluded that 
Port Dalrymple,Tasmania was the probable location). 
Agrostis aequata Nees in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 2: 
412 (1843); Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benth., FI. Austral. 
7: 578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M.BIack, 
FI. S. Australia 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) 
S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(3): 445 (2001). Type: Van Diemens 
Land, 18.L1838, Gunn 1005 ; holotype: CGE n.v., probable 
isotype: K!, syntype: MEL2273954! 
Lachnagrostis scabra subsp. curviseta AJ.Br. Muelleria 
24: 127 (2006). Type: VICTORIA. Sherbrooke River, Port 
Campbell National Park, 6.ix.1966, Beauglehole andFinke 
21182; holotype: MEL 1584733! 
Note: Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. is not listed in the above 
synonymy, because it is not considered to be based 
on Agrostis scabra R.Br. nom. illeg., but rather is a new 
combination for A scabra Willd., which is the earlier and 
legitimate name. 
Muelleria 
91 

Page image

4272995 Cornucopiae hyemalis Muelleria 33: 90
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609045
Page is part of the work Nomenclature, variation and hybridisation in Rough Blown-grass (Poaceae: Lachnagrostis), doi:10.5962/p.292255

Page text

Brown 
standard deviation for repeated flow-cytometry analysis 
on 26 Lachnogrostis samples reported by Brown (2013) 
is calculated to be 1.4 pg and indicates that the 2C-value 
difference between the L rudis accessions is significant. 
Brown (2013) made 2n chromosome counts of 42 or 49 
for the Moleside Creek accession, equating to ploidy 
levels of 6x (hexaploid) or 7x (heptaploid) and calculated 
mean genome sizes of 2.14 or 2.50 pg. If it is assumed 
that the genome size (i.e. additive chromosome size) 
for the two accessions is the same, the ploidy level 
of the Camerons Inlet accession is calculated to be 
19/15x6 = 7.6 pg or 8x (octoploid) or 19/15x7 = 8.87 
pg or 9x (nonaploid). Stable fertility is more likely in the 
hexaploid (Moleside Creek) and octoploid (Camerons 
Inlet) scenarios. Brown (2006) did not segregate the 
dwarf form of L rudis due to the overlapping ranges in 
morphological measurements between plants of the 
Bass Strait Islands and the mainland. However, there 
does appear to be sufficient evidence for segregation 
of a smaller set of populations, largely, if not exclusively 
restricted to Flinders Island. Future field and cytological 
work may elucidate a wider distribution. On the basis of 
this evidence, a new subspecies is described below as 
Lachnogrostis rudis subsp. nana A J.Br. 
Taxonomy 
In order to clarify the nomenclature of the Australian 
taxon Lachnogrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin, the 
nomenclature of some extra-Australian species ( Agrostis 
scabra Willd., Agrostis hyemalis (Walter) Britton, Stern 
& Poggenb., Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis 
scabra J.Presl.) is presented first. 
Agrostis scabra Willd., Sp. PL, ed. 4 [Willdenow] 
1(1): 370 (1797) 
Vilfascabra (Willd.) P.Beauv., Ess.Agrostogr. 1 6 , 148,182 
(1812); Agrostis hyemalis var. scabra (Willd.) H.L.BIomq. 
The Grasses of North Carolina 82 (1948). 
Type: 'America borealis'; holotype: Anon., S-G-270 
(chosen by Willd.), photo seen; isotype: Canada, T 
Haenkes.n., MO-123101, photo seen. 
Notes:Th\s is not a complete synonymy of this taxon. 
Some authors regard Agrostis scabra as a synonym of A. 
hyemalis (Walter) Britton, Sterns & Poggenb. but most 
treat it as a separate taxon. 
Agrostis scabra Willd. was not definitively designated 
as the basionym for Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. by Palisot de 
Beauvois, who either included A. scabra R.Br. as an 
alternative possible basionym or considered the two 
taxa to be synonymous. However, A. scabra Willd. is 
treated here as the basionym for V. scabra P.Beauv. as it 
is the earlier name. 
Agrostis hyemalis (Walter) Britton, Sterns & 
Poggenb., Prelim. Cat 68 (1888) 
Cornucopiae hyemalis Walter, FI. Carol. [Walter] 73 
(1788); Agrostis canina var. hyemalis (Walter) Kuntze, 
Revis. Gen. PI. 3(3): 338 (1898). 
Type: holotype: Anon; S-G-256 (small fragment of 
inflorescence), photo seen; neotype (designated by 
Ward 2007; verified by Walter 1788): Charleston, South 
Carolina, B.L. Robinson 97, 27.iv.1912, GH00247993 
photo seen; isoneotypes: BH n.v., US-866901 n.v. 
Note :This is not a complete synonymy for this taxon. 
The orthographic variant' hiemalis ' was used in many 
North American publications, but also by Vickery 
(1941) who included 'with some hesitation'a range of 
Australian specimens in the 'widespread and variable 
American species, Agrostis hiemalis'. Such Australian 
specimens have since been segregated into a number 
of new endemic Agrostis taxa by Jacobs (2001). 
Agrostis pilosula Trin., Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci.St.- 
Petersbourg, Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. 5c/. Nat. 
6, 4(3-4): 372 (1841) [reprinted as Agrostidea, 
II. Callo Rotundo, (Agrostea), Typis Academiae 
Caesareae Scientiarum 126 (1841)] nom. nov. for 
Lachnogrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. non Agrostis 
scabra Willd. (1797) 
Calamagrostis pilosula (Trin.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. 
Hooker] 7 (22): 263-264 (1896); Lachnogrostis scabra Nees 
ex Steud., Nomencl. Bot. [Steudel], ed. 2. 1: 250 (1840); 
Calamagrostis pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) 
Hook.f., FI. Brit. India 7(22): 264 (1896); Calamagrostis 
neesii Steud., Nomencl. Bot. [Steudel], ed. 2. 1:250 (1840) 
nom. nov. for Lachnogrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. non 
Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl. (1830). 
Type: 'Ind. orient, reg. mont. super', Royle 72 fide. 
Chase and Niles (1962); holotype: LE n.v., isotype: 
Roylean Herb. LIVn.v. 
90 
Vol 33 

Page image

4273005 Deyeuxia aequata Muelleria 33: 91
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609046
Page is part of the work Nomenclature, variation and hybridisation in Rough Blown-grass (Poaceae: Lachnagrostis), doi:10.5962/p.292255

Page text

Rough-blown Grass ( Lachnagrostis) 
Agrostis wallichiana Steud. Synopsis Plontarum 
Glumacearum 174 (1854); Calamagrostis pilosula var. 
wallichiana (Steud.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. Hooker] 
7(22): 264 (1896); Agrostis pilosula var. wallichiana 
(Steud.) Bor., Notes on Asiatic Grasses: XVIII. Indian species 
of Agrostis collected by Royle. Kew Bulletin 9(3): 459 (1954). 
Type: 'India', R. Blinkworth for N. Wallich 3775a; holotype: 
K000032351-53 photos seen; isotypes: E00393883, 
E00393884, E00393885, W0026800 photos seen for all. 
Notes: Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis neesii 
Steud. are not superfluous names for Lachnagrostis 
scabra Nees ex Steud. as the name 'scabra' was already 
occupied by Agrostis scabra Willd. and Calamagrostis 
scabra J.Presl., respectively. 
In regard to typification, after extensive examination 
of Agrostis specimens collected in India by John Forbes 
Royle, Bor (1954) concluded that Royle 72 is the type 
for L scabra Nees ex Steud. However, Hooker (1896), in 
discussion under C. pilosula (Trin.) Hook.f., incorrectly 
regarded Wallich 3775a as the type for A pilosula Trin. 
while also specifically listing this collection under C. 
pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook.f. (of which it is 
indeed the type). In addition, Hooker (1896) introduced 
C. pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) Hook.f., under 
which is listed L scabra Nees ex Steud. (upon which the 
name C. pilosula is ultimately based). Following Article 
26.2, it is possible that one or more of these names for 
infraspecific taxa of C. pilosula as introduced by Hooker 
(1896) are invalid, because the infraspecific taxon that 
includes the type should have been denoted as the 
autonym, in this case: C. pilosula var. pilosula. However, it 
is beyond the scope of the present paper to resolve this 
issue, and, in addition, the nomenclatural status of these 
infraspecific taxa has no bearing on the correct name for 
the Australian material here placed under L rudis. 
This is not a complete synonymy of this high- 
elevation, variable Asian grass. Consult Bor (1954) for 
further information concerning the confusing array 
of associated taxa (many based on collections by J.F. 
Royle on the Indian sub-continent and in the Himalayas 
during the 1820s). 
Misapplied: Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. 
sensu. S.W.LJacobs, (2002), A.J.Br. (2006) and 
S.W.LJacobs & AJ.Br. (2009) as Lachnagrostis scabra '(P. 
Beauv.) Nees ex Steud.' [Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.)Trin.]. 
Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., Reliq. Haenk. 1 (4-5): 
234(1830) 
Deyeuxia preslii Kunth., Enum. PI. [Kunth] 1: 243-244 
(1833) non Deyeuxia scabra Kunth (1829) nom. nov. for 
Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl.; Calamagrostis canadensis 
(Michx.) P.Beauv. var. scabra (J.Presl) Hitchc., Amer. J. Bot. 
21(3): 135 (1934). 
Type: CANADA. 'Archapelago Montgrave' 'Hab. In 
Sinu Nootka' [Vancouver Island], T. Haenke; holotype: PR, 
isotypes: US-865764 n.v. 
Note: This is not a complete synonymy of this 
subarctic-arctic grass. 
Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Fund. 
Agrost. 128 (1820), as '(Br.) Trin.' 
Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) nom. illeg. 
non Willd. (1797); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., 
Syst. Veg. 2: 360 (1817); Deyeuxia scabra Kunth, Revis. 
Gramin. 1: 77 (1829) nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. 
(1810) non. Willd. (1797); Calamagrostis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2nd edn, 1: 251 (1840- 
41); Deyeuxia scabra Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 583 (1878) 
superfluous nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. 
Willd. (1797); Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. 
S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(4): 837 (2002) as Lachnagrostis 
scabra (P.Beauv.) Nees ex Steud. 
Type: no location, Anon.; holotype: BM! (reverse of 
type sheet has pencilled 'Van Diemens Land - Adventure 
Bay'but noted in Brown (1810) as'J.D'[Port Jackson, Van 
Diemens Land], whereas Brown (2006) concluded that 
Port Dalrymple,Tasmania was the probable location). 
Agrostis aequata Nees in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 2: 
412 (1843); Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benth., FI. Austral. 
7: 578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M.BIack, 
FI. S. Australia 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) 
S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(3): 445 (2001). Type: Van Diemens 
Land, 18.L1838, Gunn 1005 ; holotype: CGE n.v., probable 
isotype: K!, syntype: MEL2273954! 
Lachnagrostis scabra subsp. curviseta AJ.Br. Muelleria 
24: 127 (2006). Type: VICTORIA. Sherbrooke River, Port 
Campbell National Park, 6.ix.1966, Beauglehole andFinke 
21182; holotype: MEL 1584733! 
Note: Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. is not listed in the above 
synonymy, because it is not considered to be based 
on Agrostis scabra R.Br. nom. illeg., but rather is a new 
combination for A scabra Willd., which is the earlier and 
legitimate name. 
Muelleria 
91 

Page image

4273000 Deyeuxia scabra Muelleria 33: 91
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609046
Page is part of the work Nomenclature, variation and hybridisation in Rough Blown-grass (Poaceae: Lachnagrostis), doi:10.5962/p.292255

Page text

Rough-blown Grass ( Lachnagrostis) 
Agrostis wallichiana Steud. Synopsis Plontarum 
Glumacearum 174 (1854); Calamagrostis pilosula var. 
wallichiana (Steud.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. Hooker] 
7(22): 264 (1896); Agrostis pilosula var. wallichiana 
(Steud.) Bor., Notes on Asiatic Grasses: XVIII. Indian species 
of Agrostis collected by Royle. Kew Bulletin 9(3): 459 (1954). 
Type: 'India', R. Blinkworth for N. Wallich 3775a; holotype: 
K000032351-53 photos seen; isotypes: E00393883, 
E00393884, E00393885, W0026800 photos seen for all. 
Notes: Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis neesii 
Steud. are not superfluous names for Lachnagrostis 
scabra Nees ex Steud. as the name 'scabra' was already 
occupied by Agrostis scabra Willd. and Calamagrostis 
scabra J.Presl., respectively. 
In regard to typification, after extensive examination 
of Agrostis specimens collected in India by John Forbes 
Royle, Bor (1954) concluded that Royle 72 is the type 
for L scabra Nees ex Steud. However, Hooker (1896), in 
discussion under C. pilosula (Trin.) Hook.f., incorrectly 
regarded Wallich 3775a as the type for A pilosula Trin. 
while also specifically listing this collection under C. 
pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook.f. (of which it is 
indeed the type). In addition, Hooker (1896) introduced 
C. pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) Hook.f., under 
which is listed L scabra Nees ex Steud. (upon which the 
name C. pilosula is ultimately based). Following Article 
26.2, it is possible that one or more of these names for 
infraspecific taxa of C. pilosula as introduced by Hooker 
(1896) are invalid, because the infraspecific taxon that 
includes the type should have been denoted as the 
autonym, in this case: C. pilosula var. pilosula. However, it 
is beyond the scope of the present paper to resolve this 
issue, and, in addition, the nomenclatural status of these 
infraspecific taxa has no bearing on the correct name for 
the Australian material here placed under L rudis. 
This is not a complete synonymy of this high- 
elevation, variable Asian grass. Consult Bor (1954) for 
further information concerning the confusing array 
of associated taxa (many based on collections by J.F. 
Royle on the Indian sub-continent and in the Himalayas 
during the 1820s). 
Misapplied: Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. 
sensu. S.W.LJacobs, (2002), A.J.Br. (2006) and 
S.W.LJacobs & AJ.Br. (2009) as Lachnagrostis scabra '(P. 
Beauv.) Nees ex Steud.' [Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.)Trin.]. 
Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., Reliq. Haenk. 1 (4-5): 
234(1830) 
Deyeuxia preslii Kunth., Enum. PI. [Kunth] 1: 243-244 
(1833) non Deyeuxia scabra Kunth (1829) nom. nov. for 
Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl.; Calamagrostis canadensis 
(Michx.) P.Beauv. var. scabra (J.Presl) Hitchc., Amer. J. Bot. 
21(3): 135 (1934). 
Type: CANADA. 'Archapelago Montgrave' 'Hab. In 
Sinu Nootka' [Vancouver Island], T. Haenke; holotype: PR, 
isotypes: US-865764 n.v. 
Note: This is not a complete synonymy of this 
subarctic-arctic grass. 
Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Fund. 
Agrost. 128 (1820), as '(Br.) Trin.' 
Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) nom. illeg. 
non Willd. (1797); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., 
Syst. Veg. 2: 360 (1817); Deyeuxia scabra Kunth, Revis. 
Gramin. 1: 77 (1829) nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. 
(1810) non. Willd. (1797); Calamagrostis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2nd edn, 1: 251 (1840- 
41); Deyeuxia scabra Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 583 (1878) 
superfluous nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. 
Willd. (1797); Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. 
S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(4): 837 (2002) as Lachnagrostis 
scabra (P.Beauv.) Nees ex Steud. 
Type: no location, Anon.; holotype: BM! (reverse of 
type sheet has pencilled 'Van Diemens Land - Adventure 
Bay'but noted in Brown (1810) as'J.D'[Port Jackson, Van 
Diemens Land], whereas Brown (2006) concluded that 
Port Dalrymple,Tasmania was the probable location). 
Agrostis aequata Nees in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 2: 
412 (1843); Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benth., FI. Austral. 
7: 578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M.BIack, 
FI. S. Australia 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) 
S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(3): 445 (2001). Type: Van Diemens 
Land, 18.L1838, Gunn 1005 ; holotype: CGE n.v., probable 
isotype: K!, syntype: MEL2273954! 
Lachnagrostis scabra subsp. curviseta AJ.Br. Muelleria 
24: 127 (2006). Type: VICTORIA. Sherbrooke River, Port 
Campbell National Park, 6.ix.1966, Beauglehole andFinke 
21182; holotype: MEL 1584733! 
Note: Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. is not listed in the above 
synonymy, because it is not considered to be based 
on Agrostis scabra R.Br. nom. illeg., but rather is a new 
combination for A scabra Willd., which is the earlier and 
legitimate name. 
Muelleria 
91 

Page image

4273002 Deyeuxia scabra Muelleria 33: 91
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609046
Page is part of the work Nomenclature, variation and hybridisation in Rough Blown-grass (Poaceae: Lachnagrostis), doi:10.5962/p.292255

Page text

Rough-blown Grass ( Lachnagrostis) 
Agrostis wallichiana Steud. Synopsis Plontarum 
Glumacearum 174 (1854); Calamagrostis pilosula var. 
wallichiana (Steud.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. Hooker] 
7(22): 264 (1896); Agrostis pilosula var. wallichiana 
(Steud.) Bor., Notes on Asiatic Grasses: XVIII. Indian species 
of Agrostis collected by Royle. Kew Bulletin 9(3): 459 (1954). 
Type: 'India', R. Blinkworth for N. Wallich 3775a; holotype: 
K000032351-53 photos seen; isotypes: E00393883, 
E00393884, E00393885, W0026800 photos seen for all. 
Notes: Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis neesii 
Steud. are not superfluous names for Lachnagrostis 
scabra Nees ex Steud. as the name 'scabra' was already 
occupied by Agrostis scabra Willd. and Calamagrostis 
scabra J.Presl., respectively. 
In regard to typification, after extensive examination 
of Agrostis specimens collected in India by John Forbes 
Royle, Bor (1954) concluded that Royle 72 is the type 
for L scabra Nees ex Steud. However, Hooker (1896), in 
discussion under C. pilosula (Trin.) Hook.f., incorrectly 
regarded Wallich 3775a as the type for A pilosula Trin. 
while also specifically listing this collection under C. 
pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook.f. (of which it is 
indeed the type). In addition, Hooker (1896) introduced 
C. pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) Hook.f., under 
which is listed L scabra Nees ex Steud. (upon which the 
name C. pilosula is ultimately based). Following Article 
26.2, it is possible that one or more of these names for 
infraspecific taxa of C. pilosula as introduced by Hooker 
(1896) are invalid, because the infraspecific taxon that 
includes the type should have been denoted as the 
autonym, in this case: C. pilosula var. pilosula. However, it 
is beyond the scope of the present paper to resolve this 
issue, and, in addition, the nomenclatural status of these 
infraspecific taxa has no bearing on the correct name for 
the Australian material here placed under L rudis. 
This is not a complete synonymy of this high- 
elevation, variable Asian grass. Consult Bor (1954) for 
further information concerning the confusing array 
of associated taxa (many based on collections by J.F. 
Royle on the Indian sub-continent and in the Himalayas 
during the 1820s). 
Misapplied: Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. 
sensu. S.W.LJacobs, (2002), A.J.Br. (2006) and 
S.W.LJacobs & AJ.Br. (2009) as Lachnagrostis scabra '(P. 
Beauv.) Nees ex Steud.' [Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.)Trin.]. 
Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., Reliq. Haenk. 1 (4-5): 
234(1830) 
Deyeuxia preslii Kunth., Enum. PI. [Kunth] 1: 243-244 
(1833) non Deyeuxia scabra Kunth (1829) nom. nov. for 
Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl.; Calamagrostis canadensis 
(Michx.) P.Beauv. var. scabra (J.Presl) Hitchc., Amer. J. Bot. 
21(3): 135 (1934). 
Type: CANADA. 'Archapelago Montgrave' 'Hab. In 
Sinu Nootka' [Vancouver Island], T. Haenke; holotype: PR, 
isotypes: US-865764 n.v. 
Note: This is not a complete synonymy of this 
subarctic-arctic grass. 
Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Fund. 
Agrost. 128 (1820), as '(Br.) Trin.' 
Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) nom. illeg. 
non Willd. (1797); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., 
Syst. Veg. 2: 360 (1817); Deyeuxia scabra Kunth, Revis. 
Gramin. 1: 77 (1829) nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. 
(1810) non. Willd. (1797); Calamagrostis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2nd edn, 1: 251 (1840- 
41); Deyeuxia scabra Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 583 (1878) 
superfluous nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. 
Willd. (1797); Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. 
S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(4): 837 (2002) as Lachnagrostis 
scabra (P.Beauv.) Nees ex Steud. 
Type: no location, Anon.; holotype: BM! (reverse of 
type sheet has pencilled 'Van Diemens Land - Adventure 
Bay'but noted in Brown (1810) as'J.D'[Port Jackson, Van 
Diemens Land], whereas Brown (2006) concluded that 
Port Dalrymple,Tasmania was the probable location). 
Agrostis aequata Nees in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 2: 
412 (1843); Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benth., FI. Austral. 
7: 578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M.BIack, 
FI. S. Australia 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) 
S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(3): 445 (2001). Type: Van Diemens 
Land, 18.L1838, Gunn 1005 ; holotype: CGE n.v., probable 
isotype: K!, syntype: MEL2273954! 
Lachnagrostis scabra subsp. curviseta AJ.Br. Muelleria 
24: 127 (2006). Type: VICTORIA. Sherbrooke River, Port 
Campbell National Park, 6.ix.1966, Beauglehole andFinke 
21182; holotype: MEL 1584733! 
Note: Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. is not listed in the above 
synonymy, because it is not considered to be based 
on Agrostis scabra R.Br. nom. illeg., but rather is a new 
combination for A scabra Willd., which is the earlier and 
legitimate name. 
Muelleria 
91 

Page image

4275767 Eucalyptus aurifodina Muelleria 33: 111
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609066
Page is part of the work Correction to the type citations of some Eucalyptus from Victoria in Rule (2012), Muelleria 30, pp. 83–105, doi:10.5962/p.292258

Page text

Muelleria 
33:111 
Published online in advance of the print edition, 21 April 2015. 
£ 
Royal _ 
Botanic 
Gardens 
Melbourne 
Correction to the type citations of some Eucalyptus 
from Victoria in Rule (2012), Muelleria 30, pp. 83-105 
K. Rule 
c/o National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, 3141, Australia 
Correction 
Rule (2012) published five new endemic species of 
Eucalyptus L'Her. from Victoria.Type material of several of 
these species was provided to the National Herbarium of 
Victoria (MEL) with duplicates assigned to other herbaria. 
However, for two species {Eucalyptus yarriambiack Rule 
and Eucalypus aurifodina Rule) the duplicates were not 
all referred to in the final publication. In addition, for 
one species, Eucalyptus conferta Rule, a collection was 
lodged at MEL annotated by the author as'Type', but this 
collection (Rule 0410, MEL 2369265) is not the collection 
cited in the protologue as the type. The type as cited in 
the protologue (Rule 0210) is lodged in MEL; however, 
it was indicated in Rule (2012) as having isotypes at 
three other herbaria - whereas in fact there is but one 
isotype at CANB.The three names as published are all 
valid, but the new information provided in Table 1 will 
assist herbarium curators in correctly labelling type 
material. Minor corrections are also provided for some 
geographic coordinates and dates. Type citations 
of the other two species published by Rule (2012), 
Eucalyptus bunyip Rule and Eucalyptus carolaniae Rule, 
are correct in the original publication. 
Reference 
Rule, K. (2012). Five new endemic eucalypts for Victoria. 
Muelleria 30,83-105. 
Table 1. Corrections to type specimen citation for three of the species of Eucalyptus published by Rule (2012) 
Species 
Type specimen citation in original publication 
Correct citation 
Eucalyptus yarriambiack 
Victoria: Henty Highway, 1.6 km N of Brim, 36° 03'41"S, 142° 
25' 13" E, K. Rule2605, 18.iii.2005. HOLO: MEL. 
[...] 36°03'45"S [...] 
HOLO: MEL 2369263. ISO: AD, 
CANB, NSW. 
Eucalypus aurifodina 
Victoria: Maldon Historical Reserve, c. 200 m N of Smiths Reef 
Track along Tatt Town Track, 37° 0 V 04" S, 144° 06' 02" E, K. Rule 
3905 &E. Perkins, 30.iv.2005. HOLO: MEL. 
[...] 37° or 00" S, 144° 06’ 03" E 
[...] 03.V.2005. 
HOLO: MEL 2369266. ISO: AD, 
CANB, K, NSW, S. 
Eucalyptus conferta 
Victoria: Fryers Range, Vaughan Springs Road, c 700 m S of 
intersection with Green Gully Road, 37°12'53"S, 144°14'32" 
E, K. Rule 0210, 7.iv.2010. HOLO: MEL; ISO: AD, CANB, NSW. 
HOLO: MEL 2375889. ISO: CANB. 
© Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne 2015 
ISSN: 0077-1813 (print) • ISSN: 2204-2032 (online) 

Page image

4275769 Eucalyptus conferta Muelleria 33: 111
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609066
Page is part of the work Correction to the type citations of some Eucalyptus from Victoria in Rule (2012), Muelleria 30, pp. 83–105, doi:10.5962/p.292258

Page text

Muelleria 
33:111 
Published online in advance of the print edition, 21 April 2015. 
£ 
Royal _ 
Botanic 
Gardens 
Melbourne 
Correction to the type citations of some Eucalyptus 
from Victoria in Rule (2012), Muelleria 30, pp. 83-105 
K. Rule 
c/o National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, 3141, Australia 
Correction 
Rule (2012) published five new endemic species of 
Eucalyptus L'Her. from Victoria.Type material of several of 
these species was provided to the National Herbarium of 
Victoria (MEL) with duplicates assigned to other herbaria. 
However, for two species {Eucalyptus yarriambiack Rule 
and Eucalypus aurifodina Rule) the duplicates were not 
all referred to in the final publication. In addition, for 
one species, Eucalyptus conferta Rule, a collection was 
lodged at MEL annotated by the author as'Type', but this 
collection (Rule 0410, MEL 2369265) is not the collection 
cited in the protologue as the type. The type as cited in 
the protologue (Rule 0210) is lodged in MEL; however, 
it was indicated in Rule (2012) as having isotypes at 
three other herbaria - whereas in fact there is but one 
isotype at CANB.The three names as published are all 
valid, but the new information provided in Table 1 will 
assist herbarium curators in correctly labelling type 
material. Minor corrections are also provided for some 
geographic coordinates and dates. Type citations 
of the other two species published by Rule (2012), 
Eucalyptus bunyip Rule and Eucalyptus carolaniae Rule, 
are correct in the original publication. 
Reference 
Rule, K. (2012). Five new endemic eucalypts for Victoria. 
Muelleria 30,83-105. 
Table 1. Corrections to type specimen citation for three of the species of Eucalyptus published by Rule (2012) 
Species 
Type specimen citation in original publication 
Correct citation 
Eucalyptus yarriambiack 
Victoria: Henty Highway, 1.6 km N of Brim, 36° 03'41"S, 142° 
25' 13" E, K. Rule2605, 18.iii.2005. HOLO: MEL. 
[...] 36°03'45"S [...] 
HOLO: MEL 2369263. ISO: AD, 
CANB, NSW. 
Eucalypus aurifodina 
Victoria: Maldon Historical Reserve, c. 200 m N of Smiths Reef 
Track along Tatt Town Track, 37° 0 V 04" S, 144° 06' 02" E, K. Rule 
3905 &E. Perkins, 30.iv.2005. HOLO: MEL. 
[...] 37° or 00" S, 144° 06’ 03" E 
[...] 03.V.2005. 
HOLO: MEL 2369266. ISO: AD, 
CANB, K, NSW, S. 
Eucalyptus conferta 
Victoria: Fryers Range, Vaughan Springs Road, c 700 m S of 
intersection with Green Gully Road, 37°12'53"S, 144°14'32" 
E, K. Rule 0210, 7.iv.2010. HOLO: MEL; ISO: AD, CANB, NSW. 
HOLO: MEL 2375889. ISO: CANB. 
© Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne 2015 
ISSN: 0077-1813 (print) • ISSN: 2204-2032 (online) 

Page image

4275765 Eucalyptus yarriambiack Muelleria 33: 111
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609066
Page is part of the work Correction to the type citations of some Eucalyptus from Victoria in Rule (2012), Muelleria 30, pp. 83–105, doi:10.5962/p.292258

Page text

Muelleria 
33:111 
Published online in advance of the print edition, 21 April 2015. 
£ 
Royal _ 
Botanic 
Gardens 
Melbourne 
Correction to the type citations of some Eucalyptus 
from Victoria in Rule (2012), Muelleria 30, pp. 83-105 
K. Rule 
c/o National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, 3141, Australia 
Correction 
Rule (2012) published five new endemic species of 
Eucalyptus L'Her. from Victoria.Type material of several of 
these species was provided to the National Herbarium of 
Victoria (MEL) with duplicates assigned to other herbaria. 
However, for two species {Eucalyptus yarriambiack Rule 
and Eucalypus aurifodina Rule) the duplicates were not 
all referred to in the final publication. In addition, for 
one species, Eucalyptus conferta Rule, a collection was 
lodged at MEL annotated by the author as'Type', but this 
collection (Rule 0410, MEL 2369265) is not the collection 
cited in the protologue as the type. The type as cited in 
the protologue (Rule 0210) is lodged in MEL; however, 
it was indicated in Rule (2012) as having isotypes at 
three other herbaria - whereas in fact there is but one 
isotype at CANB.The three names as published are all 
valid, but the new information provided in Table 1 will 
assist herbarium curators in correctly labelling type 
material. Minor corrections are also provided for some 
geographic coordinates and dates. Type citations 
of the other two species published by Rule (2012), 
Eucalyptus bunyip Rule and Eucalyptus carolaniae Rule, 
are correct in the original publication. 
Reference 
Rule, K. (2012). Five new endemic eucalypts for Victoria. 
Muelleria 30,83-105. 
Table 1. Corrections to type specimen citation for three of the species of Eucalyptus published by Rule (2012) 
Species 
Type specimen citation in original publication 
Correct citation 
Eucalyptus yarriambiack 
Victoria: Henty Highway, 1.6 km N of Brim, 36° 03'41"S, 142° 
25' 13" E, K. Rule2605, 18.iii.2005. HOLO: MEL. 
[...] 36°03'45"S [...] 
HOLO: MEL 2369263. ISO: AD, 
CANB, NSW. 
Eucalypus aurifodina 
Victoria: Maldon Historical Reserve, c. 200 m N of Smiths Reef 
Track along Tatt Town Track, 37° 0 V 04" S, 144° 06' 02" E, K. Rule 
3905 &E. Perkins, 30.iv.2005. HOLO: MEL. 
[...] 37° or 00" S, 144° 06’ 03" E 
[...] 03.V.2005. 
HOLO: MEL 2369266. ISO: AD, 
CANB, K, NSW, S. 
Eucalyptus conferta 
Victoria: Fryers Range, Vaughan Springs Road, c 700 m S of 
intersection with Green Gully Road, 37°12'53"S, 144°14'32" 
E, K. Rule 0210, 7.iv.2010. HOLO: MEL; ISO: AD, CANB, NSW. 
HOLO: MEL 2375889. ISO: CANB. 
© Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne 2015 
ISSN: 0077-1813 (print) • ISSN: 2204-2032 (online) 

Page image

4275763 Fonteinbos Muelleria 33: 101
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609056
Page is part of the work Naturalised species of Psoralea (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292256

Page text

Naturalised species of Psoralea 
Monkey beetles (Tribe Hopliini) feed on flower parts 
and can cause extensive damage to inflorescences. It 
should be noted that the Hopliini can be serious pests 
of cultivated crops and lawns. Xylocopid bees use 
old wood as nesting sites and the Rooibos Longhorn 
Beetle ( Ceroplesis aethiops (Fabricius, 1775)) deposits 
its eggs on old wood (Stirton pers. obs.). Black aphids 
can be found on young shoots. Scale insects, such as 
Icerya purchasi Maskell, 1878 (Cottony Cushion Scale), 
can be common in some areas and are protected by 
ants ( Camponotus niveosetosus Mayr, 1862: see Rebelo 
(2012)). Underground root-feeding pink aphids have 
also been found (Stirton pers. obs.). 
Biocontrol specialists might want to know that there 
are a number of distinct ecotypes in South Africa. Along 
Chapman's Peak Drive and in the Silvermine Nature 
Reserve area on the Cape Peninsula and at Betty's Bay 
and in the Kogelberg the plants form small trees 4-5 m 
tall; elsewhere they tend to be shorter untidy shrubs to 
about 2 m tall. 
Note: The treatment of Psoralea pinnata in Jeanes 
(1996) includes a description which is consistent with 
that species. However, the illustration is clearly of P. 
arborea, as is apparent from the flowers being exerted 
beyond the leaves, and was confirmed by examination 
of the voucher ( Lyne 446). 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the pinnate leaves 
(from Latin: pinnatus, feathered, winged). 
2. Psoralea arborea Sims, Bot. Mag. 46: t. 2090 
(1819) 
Type: Bot. Mag. 46: t. 2090 (holo.). No herbarium 
material has been found that matches the protologue. 
The painting was made from a cultivated specimen in 
James Vere's Garden in Kensington that was grown from 
seed from the Cape of Good Hope. No mention is made 
of either preserved material or of Sims having seen any 
other specimens. However, two cultivated specimens 
in K (both on same sheet) could be considered as 
candidates for typification. One of these (K000392612) 
was accessioned on 1st May 1889 after publication 
of the species and is discounted. The other specimen 
(K000392611) has been annotated by the author of 
the species, Sims. He wrote that There is no doubt that 
this is "P arborescens ")'. Further research is needed to 
ascertain when this specimen was accessioned at Kew. 
DC., Prodr. 2: 216 (1825); G. Don., Gen. Syst. 2: 201 
(1832); E. Mey., Comm. 82 (1836); Walp., Repert. 1: 655 
(1842); Lock, Leg. Afr. Check-list: 458 (1989); Jeanes (1996 
as P pinnata p.p., specifically fig. 138a, the voucher of 
which is Lyne 446); non Eckl. & Zeyh. (1836) nec Sesse & 
Mocino (1889). 
Psoralea pinnata L. var. quinquijuga Eckl. & Zeyh., 
Enum. 224 (1836). Type: "in humidis (altit. Ill) laterum 
montis Duyvelsberg supra Geele Klee (Cap.)", Ecklon & 
Zeyhers.n. Walpers (1839) synonymised this taxon under 
Psoralea arborea but the type has not yet been found. 
Psoralea pinnata sensu Palmer & Pitman, Trees of 
Southern Africa 2:918-919 (1976). 
Psoralea affinis sensu Hutchinson, Bot. Mag. 136: 
t. 8331 (1910), non Eckl. & Zeyh. (1836). 
Verdcourt (2000) refers to this species in the Flora 
Zambesiaca but his species is P latifolia (Harv.) C.H.Stirt. 
(see note under distribution). 
Vernacular names: South Africa: Fonteinbos. 
Large slender shrub to small tree, 3—5(—10) m tall. Stems 
erect, 1(2), rigid, diameter up to 50 cm, greenish 
grey when young, becoming grey when old with 
scattered white lenticels. Stipules fused for part of 
their length, persistent, shorter than petiole, margins 
inrolled, narrowly subulate, hairy, rapidly senescent. 
Leaves 7-9-foliolate, imparipinnate, 25-30 mm long, 45 
mm wide, glabrescent above, wispily hairy below, 
petiolate. Leaflets 30-45 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, 
terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, linear or 
linear lanceolate, acute, green, glandular. Petiole 4-5 
mm long, shorter on younger leaves, rachis 10-12 mm 
long. Inflorescences well exerted from leaves, in upper 
Key to species of Psoralea naturalised in Australia 
1 Leaflets villoso-pubescent on both surfaces; flowers hidden within leaves, pale mauve to light blue, 
scentless or faintly scented; pedicels 2-5 mm long terminating in a trifid cupulate bract; calyces mainly 
white-haired but also with black hairs on the margins, or a mixture of black and white hairs. P* pinnata 
1: Leaflets glabrescent above, wispily hairy below; flowers exerted beyond leaves, deep blue to purple, 
strongly sweet scented; pedicels 11-35 mm long terminating in a bifid cupulate bract; calyces mainly 
black-haired (with or without occasional white hairs mainly near base), or mostly black haired with a 
mixture of black and white hairs on the margins of the lobes.P* arborea 
Muelleria 
101 

Page image

4275757 Fonteinbos Muelleria 33: 98
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609053
Page is part of the work Naturalised species of Psoralea (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292256

Page text

Stirton, Stajsic and Bello 
Materials and methods 
A comparative morphological study was undertaken 
of available spirit and herbarium specimens (AD, BOL, 
CANB, BM, HO, K, MEL, NBG, NSW, PERTH, PRU, NH and 
NU (acronyms follow Index Herbariorum (Thiers 2015))). 
Species treatment 
1. Psoralea pinnata L, Sp. PL 2:1074 (1762) 
Type: Collector unknown (Hort. Cliff. 370). When the 
lectotypification was made (Stirton in Taxon 41: 568, 
1992), only'Hort. Cliff. 370, Dorycnium 1, BM'was cited. 
However, Dorycnium 1 consists of two sheets, annotated 
A and B, and neither was specified. Under Art. 9.17 it is 
possible to designate oneofthese sheets in a subsequent 
lectotypification. We choose Dorycnium 1A accordingly. 
Dorycnium IB (BM000646706) is a sterile specimen 
and does not match the protologue. Lectotype, here 
designated, Dorycnium 1A (BM000646705!). 
Thunb., Prodr. 136 (1800); Poir. in Lam., Encycl. 5: 690 
(1804); Dietr., Lex. Gart. Bot. 7:612 (1807); DC., Prodr. 2:216 
(1825); Eckl. & Zeyh., Enum. 224 (1836); E. Mey., Comm. 82 
(1836); Reichenb., Ic. Descr. PI. Cult, t.97, f.1 (1823); Harv. 
in Harv. & Sond. FI. Cap. 2: 144 (1862); Forbes in Bothalia 
3:125 (1930); Salter in Adamson & Salter, FI. Cape Penins. 
485 (1950); Kidd, Wild Flow. Cape Penins. t. 81.12 (1972); 
Pitman and Palmer, Trees S. Afr. 2: 920 (1972); Bond & 
Goldblatt, PI. Cape Flora 296 (1984); Gibbs Russell et al., 
Mem. Bot. Surv. 5. Afr. 56: 88 (1987). For fuller synonymy 
see Stirton and Muasya (unpublished manuscript 2015). 
For Australian treatments and records of naturalisation 
see: Hooker (1859); Blakely (1923); Gardner (1925); 
Beadle, Evans and Carolin (1962); Curtis (1975); Weber 
(1986); Jeanes (1996 p.p., not fig. 138a); Grieve (1998); 
Blood (2001); and Norris and Harden (2002). For New 
Zealand see Kirk (1870); Cheeseman (1883,1885); Allan 
(1937); Webb, Sykes and Garnock-Jones (1988). 
Vernacular names: Australia: African Scurf-pea, 
Blue Butterfly Bush, Blue Psoralea, Taylorina. Western 
Australia: Albany Broom, Blue Broom. New Zealand: 
Dally Pine. South Africa: Bloukeur, Fonteinbos, Fountain 
Bush, Penwortel, Pinnate-leaved Psoralea. 
Much-branched shrub to small tree up to 5 m tall. Stems 
erect, 1(2), yellowish tan with storied white lenticels 
when young, becoming grey with age. Branches and 
twigs angular, sparsely hairy when immature. Stipules 
fused for most of their length, subulate, with incurled 
margins, hairy, overlapping like short stacked planks, 
becoming woody with age. Leaves 7-9-foliolate, 
imparipinnate, 25 mm long, 45-50 mm wide, villoso- 
pubescent, terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, 
petiolate. Leaflets linear or linear-lanceolate, 20-45 mm 
long, 0.8-2.0 mm wide, acute to acuminate, dark green, 
glandular. Petiole 4-7 mm long, rachis 10-15 mm long. 
Inflorescences hidden within leaves, borne on short 
shootlets which are spread along the length of 
seasonal shoots, pseudo-spicate or pseudo-capitate, 
axillary, weakly scented or odourless. Flowers 14-18 
mm long, pale mauve to blue, axillary, sessile or 
subsessile, 1-6 per axil, subtended by a pinnate leaf; 
bracts a fused trifid cupulate structure situated at 
apex of a 2-5 mm long pedicel, overlapping the 
base of the calyx, carinal tooth longer than other 
two teeth, sparsely white hairy, margins ciliate with few 
black hairs. Calyx 8-9 mm long, glabrescent, mainly 
white-haired but also with black hairs on margins, or 
a mixture of black and white hairs, teeth dark green, 
shorter than yellowish green tube; ovate-acute to 
triangular. Standard petal 15—16(-18) mm long, 11 mm 
wide, obovate, white suffused with pale mauve in the 
central area and with a single purple 3-4 mm long flash 
situated between and above the free swollen callosities 
at the top rim of the claw; veins hyaline. Wing petals 
13-14 mm long, 4 mm wide, longer than keel petals; 
white to pale mauve, blade folded and puckered along 
the mid-line; sculpturing present. Keel 12 mm long, 
3.5-4.0 mm wide; white to pale mauve, shorter than 
wings. Androecium 6-7 mm long. Pistil 12 mm long; 
ovary 2 mm long, covered in club-shaped glands; style 
filamentous but thickened at point of flexure, stigma 
penicillate. Fruits 4-5 mm long, 2.5-3.0 mm wide. Seeds 
1.2-4 mm long, dark brown to black. (Fig. 1) 
Specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Albany, 
x.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 116942A); Yanchep, Loch McNess, 
ix.1966, AJ. & J.A. McComb McC 211 (PERTH, UWA); Lesmurdie 
Falls, 12.xii.1947, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH 04510208); Inlet Drive, 
Denmark, 11.U984, GJ. Keighery 6512 (PERTH); Mount Barker 
Hill, 100 m N of Sothard Road, 5 km S of Mount Barker, 7.xii.1987, 
GJ. Keighery 9271 (CANB, PERTH); 3.8 km NE of Bakers Junction 
on road to Jerramungup, 15.xi.1995, BJ. Lepschi & TJ. Lolly 
2327 (AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEL NSW, NY, PERTH); From Wheatly 
Coast Road turn right into Lanepool Road, right side of road, 
98 
Vol 33 

Page image

4275758 Fountain Muelleria 33: 98
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609053
Page is part of the work Naturalised species of Psoralea (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292256

Page text

Stirton, Stajsic and Bello 
Materials and methods 
A comparative morphological study was undertaken 
of available spirit and herbarium specimens (AD, BOL, 
CANB, BM, HO, K, MEL, NBG, NSW, PERTH, PRU, NH and 
NU (acronyms follow Index Herbariorum (Thiers 2015))). 
Species treatment 
1. Psoralea pinnata L, Sp. PL 2:1074 (1762) 
Type: Collector unknown (Hort. Cliff. 370). When the 
lectotypification was made (Stirton in Taxon 41: 568, 
1992), only'Hort. Cliff. 370, Dorycnium 1, BM'was cited. 
However, Dorycnium 1 consists of two sheets, annotated 
A and B, and neither was specified. Under Art. 9.17 it is 
possible to designate oneofthese sheets in a subsequent 
lectotypification. We choose Dorycnium 1A accordingly. 
Dorycnium IB (BM000646706) is a sterile specimen 
and does not match the protologue. Lectotype, here 
designated, Dorycnium 1A (BM000646705!). 
Thunb., Prodr. 136 (1800); Poir. in Lam., Encycl. 5: 690 
(1804); Dietr., Lex. Gart. Bot. 7:612 (1807); DC., Prodr. 2:216 
(1825); Eckl. & Zeyh., Enum. 224 (1836); E. Mey., Comm. 82 
(1836); Reichenb., Ic. Descr. PI. Cult, t.97, f.1 (1823); Harv. 
in Harv. & Sond. FI. Cap. 2: 144 (1862); Forbes in Bothalia 
3:125 (1930); Salter in Adamson & Salter, FI. Cape Penins. 
485 (1950); Kidd, Wild Flow. Cape Penins. t. 81.12 (1972); 
Pitman and Palmer, Trees S. Afr. 2: 920 (1972); Bond & 
Goldblatt, PI. Cape Flora 296 (1984); Gibbs Russell et al., 
Mem. Bot. Surv. 5. Afr. 56: 88 (1987). For fuller synonymy 
see Stirton and Muasya (unpublished manuscript 2015). 
For Australian treatments and records of naturalisation 
see: Hooker (1859); Blakely (1923); Gardner (1925); 
Beadle, Evans and Carolin (1962); Curtis (1975); Weber 
(1986); Jeanes (1996 p.p., not fig. 138a); Grieve (1998); 
Blood (2001); and Norris and Harden (2002). For New 
Zealand see Kirk (1870); Cheeseman (1883,1885); Allan 
(1937); Webb, Sykes and Garnock-Jones (1988). 
Vernacular names: Australia: African Scurf-pea, 
Blue Butterfly Bush, Blue Psoralea, Taylorina. Western 
Australia: Albany Broom, Blue Broom. New Zealand: 
Dally Pine. South Africa: Bloukeur, Fonteinbos, Fountain 
Bush, Penwortel, Pinnate-leaved Psoralea. 
Much-branched shrub to small tree up to 5 m tall. Stems 
erect, 1(2), yellowish tan with storied white lenticels 
when young, becoming grey with age. Branches and 
twigs angular, sparsely hairy when immature. Stipules 
fused for most of their length, subulate, with incurled 
margins, hairy, overlapping like short stacked planks, 
becoming woody with age. Leaves 7-9-foliolate, 
imparipinnate, 25 mm long, 45-50 mm wide, villoso- 
pubescent, terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, 
petiolate. Leaflets linear or linear-lanceolate, 20-45 mm 
long, 0.8-2.0 mm wide, acute to acuminate, dark green, 
glandular. Petiole 4-7 mm long, rachis 10-15 mm long. 
Inflorescences hidden within leaves, borne on short 
shootlets which are spread along the length of 
seasonal shoots, pseudo-spicate or pseudo-capitate, 
axillary, weakly scented or odourless. Flowers 14-18 
mm long, pale mauve to blue, axillary, sessile or 
subsessile, 1-6 per axil, subtended by a pinnate leaf; 
bracts a fused trifid cupulate structure situated at 
apex of a 2-5 mm long pedicel, overlapping the 
base of the calyx, carinal tooth longer than other 
two teeth, sparsely white hairy, margins ciliate with few 
black hairs. Calyx 8-9 mm long, glabrescent, mainly 
white-haired but also with black hairs on margins, or 
a mixture of black and white hairs, teeth dark green, 
shorter than yellowish green tube; ovate-acute to 
triangular. Standard petal 15—16(-18) mm long, 11 mm 
wide, obovate, white suffused with pale mauve in the 
central area and with a single purple 3-4 mm long flash 
situated between and above the free swollen callosities 
at the top rim of the claw; veins hyaline. Wing petals 
13-14 mm long, 4 mm wide, longer than keel petals; 
white to pale mauve, blade folded and puckered along 
the mid-line; sculpturing present. Keel 12 mm long, 
3.5-4.0 mm wide; white to pale mauve, shorter than 
wings. Androecium 6-7 mm long. Pistil 12 mm long; 
ovary 2 mm long, covered in club-shaped glands; style 
filamentous but thickened at point of flexure, stigma 
penicillate. Fruits 4-5 mm long, 2.5-3.0 mm wide. Seeds 
1.2-4 mm long, dark brown to black. (Fig. 1) 
Specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Albany, 
x.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 116942A); Yanchep, Loch McNess, 
ix.1966, AJ. & J.A. McComb McC 211 (PERTH, UWA); Lesmurdie 
Falls, 12.xii.1947, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH 04510208); Inlet Drive, 
Denmark, 11.U984, GJ. Keighery 6512 (PERTH); Mount Barker 
Hill, 100 m N of Sothard Road, 5 km S of Mount Barker, 7.xii.1987, 
GJ. Keighery 9271 (CANB, PERTH); 3.8 km NE of Bakers Junction 
on road to Jerramungup, 15.xi.1995, BJ. Lepschi & TJ. Lolly 
2327 (AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEL NSW, NY, PERTH); From Wheatly 
Coast Road turn right into Lanepool Road, right side of road, 
98 
Vol 33 

Page image

4269728 Fragaria chiloensis ananassa Muelleria 33: 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609037
Page is part of the work Notes on Potentilla (Rosaceae) and related genera in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292254
4269726 Fragaria Muelleria 33: 81-82

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 81-82".

4269730 Fragaria vesca Muelleria 33: 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609037
Page is part of the work Notes on Potentilla (Rosaceae) and related genera in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292254

Page text

Bean 
Duchesnea Sm., on the other hand, is deeply nested 
within Potentilla s. str. (Eriksson et al. 2003). 
All of these recent systematic studies have shown that 
Fragaria cannot be subsumed into Potentilla without 
expanding the boundaries of the latter genus to an 
excessive degree. To maintain monophyly, a merger 
between Fragaria and Potentilla would necessitate 
the sinking of all genera in the subtribe Fragariinae, 
including several other well-known and speciose 
genera, e.g. Alchemilla L, Aphanes L., Sibbaldia L. and 
Drymocallis Fourr. ex Rydb.This is an option that none of 
the above authors support.Therefore it is recommended 
here that Potentilla x ananassa (Weston) Mabb. and P 
vesca, naturalised in Australia, be reinstated to Fragaria, 
as outlined below. 
Fragaria x ananassa (Weston) Duchesne ex 
Rozier, Cours Compl. Agric. 5:52 (1785) 
Fragaria chiloensis var. ananassa Weston, Bot. Univ. 
2: 329 (1771); Potentilla x ananassa (Weston) Mabb., 
Telopea 9:796 (2002), syn. nov. 
Fragaria vesca L., 5p. PL 1:494 (1753) 
Potentilla vesca (L.) Scop., FI. Carniol. ed. 2, 1: 363 
(1771). 
Acknowledgements 
I thank the Directors of AD, CANB, NSW and MEL for the 
loan of specimens, and Helen Vonow (AD) for sending 
extra specimens for my examination. Will Smith (BRI) 
provided the illustrations and distribution map. Gordon 
Guymer and two anonymous referees made helpful 
comments on earlier drafts of this paper. 
References 
APC (2014).' Potentilla', in Australian Plant Census, IBIS database. 
Centre for Australian National Biodiversity Research, Council 
of Heads of Australasian Herbaria. Accessed 30 August 2014. 
<http:7Avww.anbg.gov.au/chah/apc/index.html> 
AVH (2014). Australia's Virtual Herbarium, Council of Heads of 
Australasian Herbaria. Accessed 29 September 2014. <http7/ 
avh.chah.org.au> 
Baker, M.L and de Salas, M.F. (2012). A census of the vascular 
plants of Tasmania, 2012 edition. Tasmanian Herbarium, 
Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery: Hobart. Accessed 4 
April 2014. <http://www.tmag.tas.gov.au/_data/assets/ 
pdf_file/0008/66797/2012_Census_of_Tasmanian_ 
Vascular_Plants.pdf> 
Ball, P.W., Pawlowski, B. and Walters, S.M. (1968). 'Potentilla', 
in T.G. Tutin, V.H. Heywood, N.A. Burges, D.M. Moore, D.H. 
Valentine, S.M. Walters and D.A. Webb (eds), Flora Europaea 
2, 36-47. Cambridge University Press: London. 
Barker, B., Barker, R., Jessop, J. and Vonow, H. (eds) (2005). Census 
of South Australian vascular plants, 5th edn. J. Adelaide Bot. 
Gardens Supplement 1. Botanic Gardens of Adelaide & State 
Herbarium: Adelaide. 
Bean, A.R. (2007). A new system for determining which plant 
species are indigenous in Australia. Australian Systematic 
Botany 20,1-43. 
Bentham, G. (1864). 'Potentilla', in Flora Australiensis 2, 429. L. 
Reeve & Co.: London. 
Castagnaro, A., Diaz Ricci, J., Arias, M. and Albornoz, P. (1998). A 
new Southern Hemisphere species of Potentilla (Rosaceae). 
Novon 8,333-336. 
Chaoluan, L., Ikeda, H. and Ohba, H. (2003). 'Potentilla', in 
Z.V. Wu, P.H. Raven and D.Y. Hong (eds), Flora of China 9, 
Pittosporaceae through Connaraceae, 291-328. Missouri 
Botanical Garden Press: St Louis. 
DobeS, C. and Paule, J. (2010). A comprehensive chloroplast 
DNA-based phylogeny of the genus Potentilla (Rosaceae): 
implications for its geographic origin, phylogeography 
and generic circumscription. Molecular Phylogenetics and 
Evolution 56,156-175. 
Eriksson, T., Donoghue, MJ. and Hibbs, M.S. (1998). 
Phylogenetic analysis of Potentilla using DNA sequences of 
nuclear ribosomal internal transcribed spacer (ITS), and its 
implications for the classification of Rosoideae (Rosaceae). 
Plant Systematics and Evolution 11,155-179. 
Eriksson, T., Hibbs, M.S., Voder, A.D., Delwiche, C.F. and 
Donoghue, MJ. (2003). The phylogeny of Rosoideae 
(Rosaceae) based on sequences of the internal transcribed 
spacers (ITS) of nuclear ribosomal DNA and the trnUE region 
of chloroplast DNA. International Journal of Plant Sciences 
164,197-211. 
Fedorov, A.A., Komarov, V.L., Kostina, K.F., Kovalev, N.V., 
Krishtofovich, A.N., Linchevskii, I.A., Poyarkova, A.I. and 
Yuzepchuk, S.V. (1971). Flora of the U.S.S.R. X, Rosaceae- 
Rosoideae, Prunoideae (V.L. Komarov, ed.). Israel Program for 
Scientific Translations: Jerusalem. 
Harden, GJ. and Rodd, A.N. (1990). 'Potentilla', in GJ. Harden 
(ed.), Flora of New South Wales 1, 536. New South Wales 
University Press: Sydney. 
IUCN (2012). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria, version 
3.1, 2nd edn. International Union for the Conservation of 
Nature: Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK. Accessed 
29 September 2014. <https://portals.iucn.org/library/efiles/ 
documents/RL-2001*001-2nd.pdf> 
Jacobs, S.W.L. and Pickard, J. (1981). Plants in New South Wales. 
New South Wales Government Printer: Sydney. 
Jeanes, J.A. and Jobson, PC. (1996).'Rosaceae', in N.G. Walsh and 
TJ. Entwisle (eds), Flora of Victoria 3, 556-585. Inkata Press: 
Melbourne. 
Kew Catalogue (2015). The Herbarium Catalogue. Royal Botanic 
Gardens, Kew. Accessed 1 January 2015. <http://www.kew. 
org/herbcat> 
82 
Vol 33 

Page image

4269727 Fragaria ×ananassa Muelleria 33: 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609037
Page is part of the work Notes on Potentilla (Rosaceae) and related genera in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292254

Page text

Bean 
Duchesnea Sm., on the other hand, is deeply nested 
within Potentilla s. str. (Eriksson et al. 2003). 
All of these recent systematic studies have shown that 
Fragaria cannot be subsumed into Potentilla without 
expanding the boundaries of the latter genus to an 
excessive degree. To maintain monophyly, a merger 
between Fragaria and Potentilla would necessitate 
the sinking of all genera in the subtribe Fragariinae, 
including several other well-known and speciose 
genera, e.g. Alchemilla L, Aphanes L., Sibbaldia L. and 
Drymocallis Fourr. ex Rydb.This is an option that none of 
the above authors support.Therefore it is recommended 
here that Potentilla x ananassa (Weston) Mabb. and P 
vesca, naturalised in Australia, be reinstated to Fragaria, 
as outlined below. 
Fragaria x ananassa (Weston) Duchesne ex 
Rozier, Cours Compl. Agric. 5:52 (1785) 
Fragaria chiloensis var. ananassa Weston, Bot. Univ. 
2: 329 (1771); Potentilla x ananassa (Weston) Mabb., 
Telopea 9:796 (2002), syn. nov. 
Fragaria vesca L., 5p. PL 1:494 (1753) 
Potentilla vesca (L.) Scop., FI. Carniol. ed. 2, 1: 363 
(1771). 
Acknowledgements 
I thank the Directors of AD, CANB, NSW and MEL for the 
loan of specimens, and Helen Vonow (AD) for sending 
extra specimens for my examination. Will Smith (BRI) 
provided the illustrations and distribution map. Gordon 
Guymer and two anonymous referees made helpful 
comments on earlier drafts of this paper. 
References 
APC (2014).' Potentilla', in Australian Plant Census, IBIS database. 
Centre for Australian National Biodiversity Research, Council 
of Heads of Australasian Herbaria. Accessed 30 August 2014. 
<http:7Avww.anbg.gov.au/chah/apc/index.html> 
AVH (2014). Australia's Virtual Herbarium, Council of Heads of 
Australasian Herbaria. Accessed 29 September 2014. <http7/ 
avh.chah.org.au> 
Baker, M.L and de Salas, M.F. (2012). A census of the vascular 
plants of Tasmania, 2012 edition. Tasmanian Herbarium, 
Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery: Hobart. Accessed 4 
April 2014. <http://www.tmag.tas.gov.au/_data/assets/ 
pdf_file/0008/66797/2012_Census_of_Tasmanian_ 
Vascular_Plants.pdf> 
Ball, P.W., Pawlowski, B. and Walters, S.M. (1968). 'Potentilla', 
in T.G. Tutin, V.H. Heywood, N.A. Burges, D.M. Moore, D.H. 
Valentine, S.M. Walters and D.A. Webb (eds), Flora Europaea 
2, 36-47. Cambridge University Press: London. 
Barker, B., Barker, R., Jessop, J. and Vonow, H. (eds) (2005). Census 
of South Australian vascular plants, 5th edn. J. Adelaide Bot. 
Gardens Supplement 1. Botanic Gardens of Adelaide & State 
Herbarium: Adelaide. 
Bean, A.R. (2007). A new system for determining which plant 
species are indigenous in Australia. Australian Systematic 
Botany 20,1-43. 
Bentham, G. (1864). 'Potentilla', in Flora Australiensis 2, 429. L. 
Reeve & Co.: London. 
Castagnaro, A., Diaz Ricci, J., Arias, M. and Albornoz, P. (1998). A 
new Southern Hemisphere species of Potentilla (Rosaceae). 
Novon 8,333-336. 
Chaoluan, L., Ikeda, H. and Ohba, H. (2003). 'Potentilla', in 
Z.V. Wu, P.H. Raven and D.Y. Hong (eds), Flora of China 9, 
Pittosporaceae through Connaraceae, 291-328. Missouri 
Botanical Garden Press: St Louis. 
DobeS, C. and Paule, J. (2010). A comprehensive chloroplast 
DNA-based phylogeny of the genus Potentilla (Rosaceae): 
implications for its geographic origin, phylogeography 
and generic circumscription. Molecular Phylogenetics and 
Evolution 56,156-175. 
Eriksson, T., Donoghue, MJ. and Hibbs, M.S. (1998). 
Phylogenetic analysis of Potentilla using DNA sequences of 
nuclear ribosomal internal transcribed spacer (ITS), and its 
implications for the classification of Rosoideae (Rosaceae). 
Plant Systematics and Evolution 11,155-179. 
Eriksson, T., Hibbs, M.S., Voder, A.D., Delwiche, C.F. and 
Donoghue, MJ. (2003). The phylogeny of Rosoideae 
(Rosaceae) based on sequences of the internal transcribed 
spacers (ITS) of nuclear ribosomal DNA and the trnUE region 
of chloroplast DNA. International Journal of Plant Sciences 
164,197-211. 
Fedorov, A.A., Komarov, V.L., Kostina, K.F., Kovalev, N.V., 
Krishtofovich, A.N., Linchevskii, I.A., Poyarkova, A.I. and 
Yuzepchuk, S.V. (1971). Flora of the U.S.S.R. X, Rosaceae- 
Rosoideae, Prunoideae (V.L. Komarov, ed.). Israel Program for 
Scientific Translations: Jerusalem. 
Harden, GJ. and Rodd, A.N. (1990). 'Potentilla', in GJ. Harden 
(ed.), Flora of New South Wales 1, 536. New South Wales 
University Press: Sydney. 
IUCN (2012). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria, version 
3.1, 2nd edn. International Union for the Conservation of 
Nature: Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK. Accessed 
29 September 2014. <https://portals.iucn.org/library/efiles/ 
documents/RL-2001*001-2nd.pdf> 
Jacobs, S.W.L. and Pickard, J. (1981). Plants in New South Wales. 
New South Wales Government Printer: Sydney. 
Jeanes, J.A. and Jobson, PC. (1996).'Rosaceae', in N.G. Walsh and 
TJ. Entwisle (eds), Flora of Victoria 3, 556-585. Inkata Press: 
Melbourne. 
Kew Catalogue (2015). The Herbarium Catalogue. Royal Botanic 
Gardens, Kew. Accessed 1 January 2015. <http://www.kew. 
org/herbcat> 
82 
Vol 33 

Page image

3622020 Kelleria bogongensis Muelleria 33: 8-9, Figs 5, 6
3621824 Kelleria dieffenbachii Muelleria 33: 7
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608962
Page is part of the work Taxonomic reassessment of Kelleria (Thymelaeaceae) in Australia and recognition of a new endemic Victorian species, doi:10.5962/p.292249

Page text

Taxonomic reassessment of Kelleria in Australia 
To test whether the binary character 'presence of 
vegetative buds in the inflorescence' (character 18) 
might have been masking the influence of some other 
characters, the agglomerative hierarchical analysis 
was re-run without this character. The groups in the 
dendrogram still mainly hold together (Fig. 4) with New 
Zealand K. laxa being most distantly separated from 
Bogong specimens rather than being nearest as in the 
initial classification. Group A comprises mostly Bogong 
specimens and Group B incorporates New South Wales, 
Tasmanian and New Zealand K. dieffenbachii. Group C 
is mostly New Zealand K. dieffenbachii and Group D is 
mostly New Zealand K. laxa. It is interesting to note that 
without this key character, the Bogong group is more 
closely linked to the K. dieffenbachii group that contains 
the other Australian specimens rather than to New 
Zealand plants of either species, and of these, it is most 
remotely linked to K. laxa. 
Taxonomic implications 
Kelleria dieffenbachii: On morphological evidence 
Kelleria dieffenbachii was found to be a distinct taxon. 
All K. dieffenbachii specimens grouped together in 
the multivariate analyses and there was no significant 
separation of specimens from distinctly different 
geographic regions, i.e. Tasmania, New South Wales 
and New Zealand, that suggested distinct taxonomic 
recognition was warranted. 
Kelleria laxa: In the multivariate analyses, specimens 
were placed into two distinct groups-the Bogong group 
and the New Zealand group. Leaf size, leaf shape and 
flower size were important characters that separated 
them. The most important character shared by both 
groups in separating them from K. dieffenbachii was the 
presence of vegetative buds in the inflorescence. When 
this character was removed from the data set, the groups 
still largely held together, however the Bogong group 
aligned more closely with the K. dieffenbachii group 
in the classification. The presence of vegetative buds 
in the inflorescence changes the growth pattern and 
thus the architecture of the plant. Kelleria dieffenbachii 
plants have a clear long shoot/short shoot morphology 
where orthotropic short shoots, each bearing a terminal 
inflorescence, are borne on a plagiotropic runner that 
also produces adventitious roots. Kelleria laxa also has 
a long shoot/short shoot morphology, but one that is 
Figure 4. Dendrogram produced as in Fig.l, but with character 
18 removed 
!_l_l_1_l_! 
0.028 0.136 0.245 0.354 0.462 0.571 
Relative distance 
Kelleria laxa- Victoria 
— K. laxa - New Zealand 
— K. dieffenbachii - New Zealand 
K. dieffenbachii - Tasmania 
— K. dieffenbachii -NSW 
modified when the vegetative buds grow through the 
inflorescences. Heads (1990b) argued that the growth 
habit of K. laxa is of a form close to the boundary 
between monopodial and sympodial development. 
Vegetative buds are also produced in the inflorescence 
of the New Zealand species K. lyallii, K. paludosa and very 
occasionally K. multiflora (Heads 1990b). 
There is a continuum of architectural modifications 
in Kelleria and Drapetes including suppression of 
Muelleria 
7 

Page image

4606058 Kelleria laxa Muelleria 33: 7
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59608962
Page is part of the work Taxonomic reassessment of Kelleria (Thymelaeaceae) in Australia and recognition of a new endemic Victorian species, doi:10.5962/p.292249

Page text

Taxonomic reassessment of Kelleria in Australia 
To test whether the binary character 'presence of 
vegetative buds in the inflorescence' (character 18) 
might have been masking the influence of some other 
characters, the agglomerative hierarchical analysis 
was re-run without this character. The groups in the 
dendrogram still mainly hold together (Fig. 4) with New 
Zealand K. laxa being most distantly separated from 
Bogong specimens rather than being nearest as in the 
initial classification. Group A comprises mostly Bogong 
specimens and Group B incorporates New South Wales, 
Tasmanian and New Zealand K. dieffenbachii. Group C 
is mostly New Zealand K. dieffenbachii and Group D is 
mostly New Zealand K. laxa. It is interesting to note that 
without this key character, the Bogong group is more 
closely linked to the K. dieffenbachii group that contains 
the other Australian specimens rather than to New 
Zealand plants of either species, and of these, it is most 
remotely linked to K. laxa. 
Taxonomic implications 
Kelleria dieffenbachii: On morphological evidence 
Kelleria dieffenbachii was found to be a distinct taxon. 
All K. dieffenbachii specimens grouped together in 
the multivariate analyses and there was no significant 
separation of specimens from distinctly different 
geographic regions, i.e. Tasmania, New South Wales 
and New Zealand, that suggested distinct taxonomic 
recognition was warranted. 
Kelleria laxa: In the multivariate analyses, specimens 
were placed into two distinct groups-the Bogong group 
and the New Zealand group. Leaf size, leaf shape and 
flower size were important characters that separated 
them. The most important character shared by both 
groups in separating them from K. dieffenbachii was the 
presence of vegetative buds in the inflorescence. When 
this character was removed from the data set, the groups 
still largely held together, however the Bogong group 
aligned more closely with the K. dieffenbachii group 
in the classification. The presence of vegetative buds 
in the inflorescence changes the growth pattern and 
thus the architecture of the plant. Kelleria dieffenbachii 
plants have a clear long shoot/short shoot morphology 
where orthotropic short shoots, each bearing a terminal 
inflorescence, are borne on a plagiotropic runner that 
also produces adventitious roots. Kelleria laxa also has 
a long shoot/short shoot morphology, but one that is 
Figure 4. Dendrogram produced as in Fig.l, but with character 
18 removed 
!_l_l_1_l_! 
0.028 0.136 0.245 0.354 0.462 0.571 
Relative distance 
Kelleria laxa- Victoria 
— K. laxa - New Zealand 
— K. dieffenbachii - New Zealand 
K. dieffenbachii - Tasmania 
— K. dieffenbachii -NSW 
modified when the vegetative buds grow through the 
inflorescences. Heads (1990b) argued that the growth 
habit of K. laxa is of a form close to the boundary 
between monopodial and sympodial development. 
Vegetative buds are also produced in the inflorescence 
of the New Zealand species K. lyallii, K. paludosa and very 
occasionally K. multiflora (Heads 1990b). 
There is a continuum of architectural modifications 
in Kelleria and Drapetes including suppression of 
Muelleria 
7 

Page image

3621825 Kelleria laxa Muelleria 33: 7-Aug

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 7-Aug".

4273007 Lachnagrostis aequata Muelleria 33: 91
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609046
Page is part of the work Nomenclature, variation and hybridisation in Rough Blown-grass (Poaceae: Lachnagrostis), doi:10.5962/p.292255

Page text

Rough-blown Grass ( Lachnagrostis) 
Agrostis wallichiana Steud. Synopsis Plontarum 
Glumacearum 174 (1854); Calamagrostis pilosula var. 
wallichiana (Steud.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. Hooker] 
7(22): 264 (1896); Agrostis pilosula var. wallichiana 
(Steud.) Bor., Notes on Asiatic Grasses: XVIII. Indian species 
of Agrostis collected by Royle. Kew Bulletin 9(3): 459 (1954). 
Type: 'India', R. Blinkworth for N. Wallich 3775a; holotype: 
K000032351-53 photos seen; isotypes: E00393883, 
E00393884, E00393885, W0026800 photos seen for all. 
Notes: Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis neesii 
Steud. are not superfluous names for Lachnagrostis 
scabra Nees ex Steud. as the name 'scabra' was already 
occupied by Agrostis scabra Willd. and Calamagrostis 
scabra J.Presl., respectively. 
In regard to typification, after extensive examination 
of Agrostis specimens collected in India by John Forbes 
Royle, Bor (1954) concluded that Royle 72 is the type 
for L scabra Nees ex Steud. However, Hooker (1896), in 
discussion under C. pilosula (Trin.) Hook.f., incorrectly 
regarded Wallich 3775a as the type for A pilosula Trin. 
while also specifically listing this collection under C. 
pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook.f. (of which it is 
indeed the type). In addition, Hooker (1896) introduced 
C. pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) Hook.f., under 
which is listed L scabra Nees ex Steud. (upon which the 
name C. pilosula is ultimately based). Following Article 
26.2, it is possible that one or more of these names for 
infraspecific taxa of C. pilosula as introduced by Hooker 
(1896) are invalid, because the infraspecific taxon that 
includes the type should have been denoted as the 
autonym, in this case: C. pilosula var. pilosula. However, it 
is beyond the scope of the present paper to resolve this 
issue, and, in addition, the nomenclatural status of these 
infraspecific taxa has no bearing on the correct name for 
the Australian material here placed under L rudis. 
This is not a complete synonymy of this high- 
elevation, variable Asian grass. Consult Bor (1954) for 
further information concerning the confusing array 
of associated taxa (many based on collections by J.F. 
Royle on the Indian sub-continent and in the Himalayas 
during the 1820s). 
Misapplied: Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. 
sensu. S.W.LJacobs, (2002), A.J.Br. (2006) and 
S.W.LJacobs & AJ.Br. (2009) as Lachnagrostis scabra '(P. 
Beauv.) Nees ex Steud.' [Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.)Trin.]. 
Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., Reliq. Haenk. 1 (4-5): 
234(1830) 
Deyeuxia preslii Kunth., Enum. PI. [Kunth] 1: 243-244 
(1833) non Deyeuxia scabra Kunth (1829) nom. nov. for 
Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl.; Calamagrostis canadensis 
(Michx.) P.Beauv. var. scabra (J.Presl) Hitchc., Amer. J. Bot. 
21(3): 135 (1934). 
Type: CANADA. 'Archapelago Montgrave' 'Hab. In 
Sinu Nootka' [Vancouver Island], T. Haenke; holotype: PR, 
isotypes: US-865764 n.v. 
Note: This is not a complete synonymy of this 
subarctic-arctic grass. 
Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Fund. 
Agrost. 128 (1820), as '(Br.) Trin.' 
Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) nom. illeg. 
non Willd. (1797); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., 
Syst. Veg. 2: 360 (1817); Deyeuxia scabra Kunth, Revis. 
Gramin. 1: 77 (1829) nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. 
(1810) non. Willd. (1797); Calamagrostis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2nd edn, 1: 251 (1840- 
41); Deyeuxia scabra Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 583 (1878) 
superfluous nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. 
Willd. (1797); Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. 
S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(4): 837 (2002) as Lachnagrostis 
scabra (P.Beauv.) Nees ex Steud. 
Type: no location, Anon.; holotype: BM! (reverse of 
type sheet has pencilled 'Van Diemens Land - Adventure 
Bay'but noted in Brown (1810) as'J.D'[Port Jackson, Van 
Diemens Land], whereas Brown (2006) concluded that 
Port Dalrymple,Tasmania was the probable location). 
Agrostis aequata Nees in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 2: 
412 (1843); Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benth., FI. Austral. 
7: 578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M.BIack, 
FI. S. Australia 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) 
S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(3): 445 (2001). Type: Van Diemens 
Land, 18.L1838, Gunn 1005 ; holotype: CGE n.v., probable 
isotype: K!, syntype: MEL2273954! 
Lachnagrostis scabra subsp. curviseta AJ.Br. Muelleria 
24: 127 (2006). Type: VICTORIA. Sherbrooke River, Port 
Campbell National Park, 6.ix.1966, Beauglehole andFinke 
21182; holotype: MEL 1584733! 
Note: Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. is not listed in the above 
synonymy, because it is not considered to be based 
on Agrostis scabra R.Br. nom. illeg., but rather is a new 
combination for A scabra Willd., which is the earlier and 
legitimate name. 
Muelleria 
91 

Page image

4272997 Lachnagrostis rudis Muelleria 33: 91-92

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 91-92".

4273916 Lachnagrostis rudis rudis Muelleria 33: 92-93, Fig. 2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 92-93, Fig. 2".

4274826 Lachnagrostis rudis nana Muelleria 33: 93-94, Fig. 2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 93-94, Fig. 2".

4273003 Lachnagrostis scabra Muelleria 33: 91
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609046
Page is part of the work Nomenclature, variation and hybridisation in Rough Blown-grass (Poaceae: Lachnagrostis), doi:10.5962/p.292255

Page text

Rough-blown Grass ( Lachnagrostis) 
Agrostis wallichiana Steud. Synopsis Plontarum 
Glumacearum 174 (1854); Calamagrostis pilosula var. 
wallichiana (Steud.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. Hooker] 
7(22): 264 (1896); Agrostis pilosula var. wallichiana 
(Steud.) Bor., Notes on Asiatic Grasses: XVIII. Indian species 
of Agrostis collected by Royle. Kew Bulletin 9(3): 459 (1954). 
Type: 'India', R. Blinkworth for N. Wallich 3775a; holotype: 
K000032351-53 photos seen; isotypes: E00393883, 
E00393884, E00393885, W0026800 photos seen for all. 
Notes: Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis neesii 
Steud. are not superfluous names for Lachnagrostis 
scabra Nees ex Steud. as the name 'scabra' was already 
occupied by Agrostis scabra Willd. and Calamagrostis 
scabra J.Presl., respectively. 
In regard to typification, after extensive examination 
of Agrostis specimens collected in India by John Forbes 
Royle, Bor (1954) concluded that Royle 72 is the type 
for L scabra Nees ex Steud. However, Hooker (1896), in 
discussion under C. pilosula (Trin.) Hook.f., incorrectly 
regarded Wallich 3775a as the type for A pilosula Trin. 
while also specifically listing this collection under C. 
pilosula var. wallichiana (Steud.) Hook.f. (of which it is 
indeed the type). In addition, Hooker (1896) introduced 
C. pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) Hook.f., under 
which is listed L scabra Nees ex Steud. (upon which the 
name C. pilosula is ultimately based). Following Article 
26.2, it is possible that one or more of these names for 
infraspecific taxa of C. pilosula as introduced by Hooker 
(1896) are invalid, because the infraspecific taxon that 
includes the type should have been denoted as the 
autonym, in this case: C. pilosula var. pilosula. However, it 
is beyond the scope of the present paper to resolve this 
issue, and, in addition, the nomenclatural status of these 
infraspecific taxa has no bearing on the correct name for 
the Australian material here placed under L rudis. 
This is not a complete synonymy of this high- 
elevation, variable Asian grass. Consult Bor (1954) for 
further information concerning the confusing array 
of associated taxa (many based on collections by J.F. 
Royle on the Indian sub-continent and in the Himalayas 
during the 1820s). 
Misapplied: Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. 
sensu. S.W.LJacobs, (2002), A.J.Br. (2006) and 
S.W.LJacobs & AJ.Br. (2009) as Lachnagrostis scabra '(P. 
Beauv.) Nees ex Steud.' [Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.)Trin.]. 
Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl., Reliq. Haenk. 1 (4-5): 
234(1830) 
Deyeuxia preslii Kunth., Enum. PI. [Kunth] 1: 243-244 
(1833) non Deyeuxia scabra Kunth (1829) nom. nov. for 
Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl.; Calamagrostis canadensis 
(Michx.) P.Beauv. var. scabra (J.Presl) Hitchc., Amer. J. Bot. 
21(3): 135 (1934). 
Type: CANADA. 'Archapelago Montgrave' 'Hab. In 
Sinu Nootka' [Vancouver Island], T. Haenke; holotype: PR, 
isotypes: US-865764 n.v. 
Note: This is not a complete synonymy of this 
subarctic-arctic grass. 
Lachnagrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Fund. 
Agrost. 128 (1820), as '(Br.) Trin.' 
Agrostis scabra R.Br., Prodr. 172 (1810) nom. illeg. 
non Willd. (1797); Agrostis rudis Roem. & Schult., 
Syst. Veg. 2: 360 (1817); Deyeuxia scabra Kunth, Revis. 
Gramin. 1: 77 (1829) nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. 
(1810) non. Willd. (1797); Calamagrostis rudis (Roem. & 
Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2nd edn, 1: 251 (1840- 
41); Deyeuxia scabra Benth., FI. Austral. 7: 583 (1878) 
superfluous nom. nov. for Agrostis scabra R.Br. (1810) non. 
Willd. (1797); Lachnagrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. sensu. 
S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(4): 837 (2002) as Lachnagrostis 
scabra (P.Beauv.) Nees ex Steud. 
Type: no location, Anon.; holotype: BM! (reverse of 
type sheet has pencilled 'Van Diemens Land - Adventure 
Bay'but noted in Brown (1810) as'J.D'[Port Jackson, Van 
Diemens Land], whereas Brown (2006) concluded that 
Port Dalrymple,Tasmania was the probable location). 
Agrostis aequata Nees in WJ.Hooker, London J. Bot. 2: 
412 (1843); Deyeuxia aequata (Nees) Benth., FI. Austral. 
7: 578 (1878); Calamagrostis aequata (Nees) J.M.BIack, 
FI. S. Australia 1:70 (1922); Lachnagrostis aequata (Nees) 
S.W.LJacobs, Telopea 9(3): 445 (2001). Type: Van Diemens 
Land, 18.L1838, Gunn 1005 ; holotype: CGE n.v., probable 
isotype: K!, syntype: MEL2273954! 
Lachnagrostis scabra subsp. curviseta AJ.Br. Muelleria 
24: 127 (2006). Type: VICTORIA. Sherbrooke River, Port 
Campbell National Park, 6.ix.1966, Beauglehole andFinke 
21182; holotype: MEL 1584733! 
Note: Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. is not listed in the above 
synonymy, because it is not considered to be based 
on Agrostis scabra R.Br. nom. illeg., but rather is a new 
combination for A scabra Willd., which is the earlier and 
legitimate name. 
Muelleria 
91 

Page image

4275735 Lachnagrostis ×ripulae Muelleria 33: 94-95, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 94-95, Fig. 1".

4275771 Olearia curticoma Muelleria 33: 115
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609070
Page is part of the work Correction to synonymy of Olearia tenuifolia in Walsh (2014), Muelleria 32, pp. 34–38, doi:10.5962/p.292260
4275772 Olearia rupicola Muelleria 33: 115
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609070
Page is part of the work Correction to synonymy of Olearia tenuifolia in Walsh (2014), Muelleria 32, pp. 34–38, doi:10.5962/p.292260

Page text

Muelleria 
33:115 
Published online in advance of the print edition, 21 April 2015. 
£ 
Royal_ 
Botanic 
Gardens 
Melbourne 
Correction to synonymy of Olearia tenuifolia in Walsh 
(2014), Muelleria 32, pp. 34-38 
Neville Walsh 
National Herbarium of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens, Private Bag 2000, Birdwood Ave, South Yarra, Victoria 3141, 
Australia; e-mail: neville.walsh@rbg.vic.gov.au 
Correction 
In Walsh (2014, p. 36), the name Olearia rupicola J.H.Willis 
(nom. inval.) was mistakenly included in the synonymy 
for Olearia tenuifolia (DC.) Benth.This unpublished name 
should appear as a synonym of O. curticoma N.G.Walsh, 
published on the same page of the article. 
Acknowledgement 
I'm grateful to Tony Bean (BRI) for pointing out this error. 
Reference 
Walsh, N.G. (2014). Notes on Olearia (Asteraceae: Astereae) 
in south-east Australia: O. tenuifolia, O. adenophora and 
description of a new species endemic to eastern Victoria. 
Muelleria 32, 34-38. 
© Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne 2015 
ISSN: 0077-1813 (print) • ISSN: 2204-2032 (online) 

Page image

4275759 Penwortel Muelleria 33: 98
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609053
Page is part of the work Naturalised species of Psoralea (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292256

Page text

Stirton, Stajsic and Bello 
Materials and methods 
A comparative morphological study was undertaken 
of available spirit and herbarium specimens (AD, BOL, 
CANB, BM, HO, K, MEL, NBG, NSW, PERTH, PRU, NH and 
NU (acronyms follow Index Herbariorum (Thiers 2015))). 
Species treatment 
1. Psoralea pinnata L, Sp. PL 2:1074 (1762) 
Type: Collector unknown (Hort. Cliff. 370). When the 
lectotypification was made (Stirton in Taxon 41: 568, 
1992), only'Hort. Cliff. 370, Dorycnium 1, BM'was cited. 
However, Dorycnium 1 consists of two sheets, annotated 
A and B, and neither was specified. Under Art. 9.17 it is 
possible to designate oneofthese sheets in a subsequent 
lectotypification. We choose Dorycnium 1A accordingly. 
Dorycnium IB (BM000646706) is a sterile specimen 
and does not match the protologue. Lectotype, here 
designated, Dorycnium 1A (BM000646705!). 
Thunb., Prodr. 136 (1800); Poir. in Lam., Encycl. 5: 690 
(1804); Dietr., Lex. Gart. Bot. 7:612 (1807); DC., Prodr. 2:216 
(1825); Eckl. & Zeyh., Enum. 224 (1836); E. Mey., Comm. 82 
(1836); Reichenb., Ic. Descr. PI. Cult, t.97, f.1 (1823); Harv. 
in Harv. & Sond. FI. Cap. 2: 144 (1862); Forbes in Bothalia 
3:125 (1930); Salter in Adamson & Salter, FI. Cape Penins. 
485 (1950); Kidd, Wild Flow. Cape Penins. t. 81.12 (1972); 
Pitman and Palmer, Trees S. Afr. 2: 920 (1972); Bond & 
Goldblatt, PI. Cape Flora 296 (1984); Gibbs Russell et al., 
Mem. Bot. Surv. 5. Afr. 56: 88 (1987). For fuller synonymy 
see Stirton and Muasya (unpublished manuscript 2015). 
For Australian treatments and records of naturalisation 
see: Hooker (1859); Blakely (1923); Gardner (1925); 
Beadle, Evans and Carolin (1962); Curtis (1975); Weber 
(1986); Jeanes (1996 p.p., not fig. 138a); Grieve (1998); 
Blood (2001); and Norris and Harden (2002). For New 
Zealand see Kirk (1870); Cheeseman (1883,1885); Allan 
(1937); Webb, Sykes and Garnock-Jones (1988). 
Vernacular names: Australia: African Scurf-pea, 
Blue Butterfly Bush, Blue Psoralea, Taylorina. Western 
Australia: Albany Broom, Blue Broom. New Zealand: 
Dally Pine. South Africa: Bloukeur, Fonteinbos, Fountain 
Bush, Penwortel, Pinnate-leaved Psoralea. 
Much-branched shrub to small tree up to 5 m tall. Stems 
erect, 1(2), yellowish tan with storied white lenticels 
when young, becoming grey with age. Branches and 
twigs angular, sparsely hairy when immature. Stipules 
fused for most of their length, subulate, with incurled 
margins, hairy, overlapping like short stacked planks, 
becoming woody with age. Leaves 7-9-foliolate, 
imparipinnate, 25 mm long, 45-50 mm wide, villoso- 
pubescent, terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, 
petiolate. Leaflets linear or linear-lanceolate, 20-45 mm 
long, 0.8-2.0 mm wide, acute to acuminate, dark green, 
glandular. Petiole 4-7 mm long, rachis 10-15 mm long. 
Inflorescences hidden within leaves, borne on short 
shootlets which are spread along the length of 
seasonal shoots, pseudo-spicate or pseudo-capitate, 
axillary, weakly scented or odourless. Flowers 14-18 
mm long, pale mauve to blue, axillary, sessile or 
subsessile, 1-6 per axil, subtended by a pinnate leaf; 
bracts a fused trifid cupulate structure situated at 
apex of a 2-5 mm long pedicel, overlapping the 
base of the calyx, carinal tooth longer than other 
two teeth, sparsely white hairy, margins ciliate with few 
black hairs. Calyx 8-9 mm long, glabrescent, mainly 
white-haired but also with black hairs on margins, or 
a mixture of black and white hairs, teeth dark green, 
shorter than yellowish green tube; ovate-acute to 
triangular. Standard petal 15—16(-18) mm long, 11 mm 
wide, obovate, white suffused with pale mauve in the 
central area and with a single purple 3-4 mm long flash 
situated between and above the free swollen callosities 
at the top rim of the claw; veins hyaline. Wing petals 
13-14 mm long, 4 mm wide, longer than keel petals; 
white to pale mauve, blade folded and puckered along 
the mid-line; sculpturing present. Keel 12 mm long, 
3.5-4.0 mm wide; white to pale mauve, shorter than 
wings. Androecium 6-7 mm long. Pistil 12 mm long; 
ovary 2 mm long, covered in club-shaped glands; style 
filamentous but thickened at point of flexure, stigma 
penicillate. Fruits 4-5 mm long, 2.5-3.0 mm wide. Seeds 
1.2-4 mm long, dark brown to black. (Fig. 1) 
Specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Albany, 
x.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 116942A); Yanchep, Loch McNess, 
ix.1966, AJ. & J.A. McComb McC 211 (PERTH, UWA); Lesmurdie 
Falls, 12.xii.1947, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH 04510208); Inlet Drive, 
Denmark, 11.U984, GJ. Keighery 6512 (PERTH); Mount Barker 
Hill, 100 m N of Sothard Road, 5 km S of Mount Barker, 7.xii.1987, 
GJ. Keighery 9271 (CANB, PERTH); 3.8 km NE of Bakers Junction 
on road to Jerramungup, 15.xi.1995, BJ. Lepschi & TJ. Lolly 
2327 (AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEL NSW, NY, PERTH); From Wheatly 
Coast Road turn right into Lanepool Road, right side of road, 
98 
Vol 33 

Page image

4275760 Pinnate-leaved Muelleria 33: 98
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609053
Page is part of the work Naturalised species of Psoralea (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292256

Page text

Stirton, Stajsic and Bello 
Materials and methods 
A comparative morphological study was undertaken 
of available spirit and herbarium specimens (AD, BOL, 
CANB, BM, HO, K, MEL, NBG, NSW, PERTH, PRU, NH and 
NU (acronyms follow Index Herbariorum (Thiers 2015))). 
Species treatment 
1. Psoralea pinnata L, Sp. PL 2:1074 (1762) 
Type: Collector unknown (Hort. Cliff. 370). When the 
lectotypification was made (Stirton in Taxon 41: 568, 
1992), only'Hort. Cliff. 370, Dorycnium 1, BM'was cited. 
However, Dorycnium 1 consists of two sheets, annotated 
A and B, and neither was specified. Under Art. 9.17 it is 
possible to designate oneofthese sheets in a subsequent 
lectotypification. We choose Dorycnium 1A accordingly. 
Dorycnium IB (BM000646706) is a sterile specimen 
and does not match the protologue. Lectotype, here 
designated, Dorycnium 1A (BM000646705!). 
Thunb., Prodr. 136 (1800); Poir. in Lam., Encycl. 5: 690 
(1804); Dietr., Lex. Gart. Bot. 7:612 (1807); DC., Prodr. 2:216 
(1825); Eckl. & Zeyh., Enum. 224 (1836); E. Mey., Comm. 82 
(1836); Reichenb., Ic. Descr. PI. Cult, t.97, f.1 (1823); Harv. 
in Harv. & Sond. FI. Cap. 2: 144 (1862); Forbes in Bothalia 
3:125 (1930); Salter in Adamson & Salter, FI. Cape Penins. 
485 (1950); Kidd, Wild Flow. Cape Penins. t. 81.12 (1972); 
Pitman and Palmer, Trees S. Afr. 2: 920 (1972); Bond & 
Goldblatt, PI. Cape Flora 296 (1984); Gibbs Russell et al., 
Mem. Bot. Surv. 5. Afr. 56: 88 (1987). For fuller synonymy 
see Stirton and Muasya (unpublished manuscript 2015). 
For Australian treatments and records of naturalisation 
see: Hooker (1859); Blakely (1923); Gardner (1925); 
Beadle, Evans and Carolin (1962); Curtis (1975); Weber 
(1986); Jeanes (1996 p.p., not fig. 138a); Grieve (1998); 
Blood (2001); and Norris and Harden (2002). For New 
Zealand see Kirk (1870); Cheeseman (1883,1885); Allan 
(1937); Webb, Sykes and Garnock-Jones (1988). 
Vernacular names: Australia: African Scurf-pea, 
Blue Butterfly Bush, Blue Psoralea, Taylorina. Western 
Australia: Albany Broom, Blue Broom. New Zealand: 
Dally Pine. South Africa: Bloukeur, Fonteinbos, Fountain 
Bush, Penwortel, Pinnate-leaved Psoralea. 
Much-branched shrub to small tree up to 5 m tall. Stems 
erect, 1(2), yellowish tan with storied white lenticels 
when young, becoming grey with age. Branches and 
twigs angular, sparsely hairy when immature. Stipules 
fused for most of their length, subulate, with incurled 
margins, hairy, overlapping like short stacked planks, 
becoming woody with age. Leaves 7-9-foliolate, 
imparipinnate, 25 mm long, 45-50 mm wide, villoso- 
pubescent, terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, 
petiolate. Leaflets linear or linear-lanceolate, 20-45 mm 
long, 0.8-2.0 mm wide, acute to acuminate, dark green, 
glandular. Petiole 4-7 mm long, rachis 10-15 mm long. 
Inflorescences hidden within leaves, borne on short 
shootlets which are spread along the length of 
seasonal shoots, pseudo-spicate or pseudo-capitate, 
axillary, weakly scented or odourless. Flowers 14-18 
mm long, pale mauve to blue, axillary, sessile or 
subsessile, 1-6 per axil, subtended by a pinnate leaf; 
bracts a fused trifid cupulate structure situated at 
apex of a 2-5 mm long pedicel, overlapping the 
base of the calyx, carinal tooth longer than other 
two teeth, sparsely white hairy, margins ciliate with few 
black hairs. Calyx 8-9 mm long, glabrescent, mainly 
white-haired but also with black hairs on margins, or 
a mixture of black and white hairs, teeth dark green, 
shorter than yellowish green tube; ovate-acute to 
triangular. Standard petal 15—16(-18) mm long, 11 mm 
wide, obovate, white suffused with pale mauve in the 
central area and with a single purple 3-4 mm long flash 
situated between and above the free swollen callosities 
at the top rim of the claw; veins hyaline. Wing petals 
13-14 mm long, 4 mm wide, longer than keel petals; 
white to pale mauve, blade folded and puckered along 
the mid-line; sculpturing present. Keel 12 mm long, 
3.5-4.0 mm wide; white to pale mauve, shorter than 
wings. Androecium 6-7 mm long. Pistil 12 mm long; 
ovary 2 mm long, covered in club-shaped glands; style 
filamentous but thickened at point of flexure, stigma 
penicillate. Fruits 4-5 mm long, 2.5-3.0 mm wide. Seeds 
1.2-4 mm long, dark brown to black. (Fig. 1) 
Specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Albany, 
x.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 116942A); Yanchep, Loch McNess, 
ix.1966, AJ. & J.A. McComb McC 211 (PERTH, UWA); Lesmurdie 
Falls, 12.xii.1947, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH 04510208); Inlet Drive, 
Denmark, 11.U984, GJ. Keighery 6512 (PERTH); Mount Barker 
Hill, 100 m N of Sothard Road, 5 km S of Mount Barker, 7.xii.1987, 
GJ. Keighery 9271 (CANB, PERTH); 3.8 km NE of Bakers Junction 
on road to Jerramungup, 15.xi.1995, BJ. Lepschi & TJ. Lolly 
2327 (AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEL NSW, NY, PERTH); From Wheatly 
Coast Road turn right into Lanepool Road, right side of road, 
98 
Vol 33 

Page image

4269723 Potentilla anserina Muelleria 33: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609035
Page is part of the work Notes on Potentilla (Rosaceae) and related genera in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292254

Page text

Bean 
P. tucumanensis A.Castagnaro & M.Arias, a species 
endemic to northern Argentina. It had, since 1900, been 
identified as P. norvegica, a European species. 
Pofenf/7/anonopefa/aishereregardedasanindigenous 
and endemic Australian species. A label attached to one 
of the herbarium specimens of P. nanopetalo {Bates 
47347) says 'The ephemeral Australian] desert plants 
are probably an endemic form, R. Bates, Dec 98'. It meets 
a majority of the ecological criteria of Bean (2007); it is 
not persistently invasive; geographical discontinuities 
are related to soil type and habitat, rather than human 
settlement patterns; it consistently occurs in intact 
unmodified habitat - no human disturbance is noted 
on any of the specimen labels, nor are any weeds listed. 
At the site visited by the present author, the habitat was 
absolutely weed free and there was no evident human 
disturbance. 
Potentilla crantzii (Crantz) Beck ex Fritsch 
This species is recorded as being naturalised in South 
Australia (APC 2014). This record is based on a single 
specimen at AD (Bates27409). However, my examination 
of this specimen revealed that it was misidentified.The 
specimen is in fact Potentilla argentea L. Therefore, the 
name P. crantzii can be removed from Australian flora 
lists. 
Argentina Hill, Brit. Herb. (Hill) 6 (1756) 
Type: A. vulgaris Hill 
Potentilla sect. Pentaphylloides Tausch, Hort. Canal. 1: 
sub P. ornithopoda (1823). Type: P. fruticosa L. 
Argentina was described by Hill in 1756, for the 
species that Linnaeus described as Potentilla anserina. 
Rydberg (1908) accepted the genus as distinct and 
described several species of Argentina and transferred a 
few species from Potentilla , but for the last century the 
genus has been included in synonymy with Potentilla. 
A molecular phylogenetic study by Eriksson et al. 
(2003) showed that P. anserina and a few other species 
formed a separate clade from all other Potentilla species, 
but was based on limited taxon sampling. The more 
comprehensive sampling of Dobes and Paule (2010) has 
reinforced the distinctiveness of the Argentina- clade, 
and they recommended the acceptance of Argentina 
as a distinct genus. Sojak (2010) made the required 
combinations. 
Argentina comprises 64 species, mainly in the 
Himalayan region of Asia and in alpine New Guinea. 
There is one species in Australia, and one species in New 
Zealand. 
Argentina anserina (L.) Rydb., Mem. Dept. Bot. 
Columbia Coll. 2:159(1898) 
Potentilla anserina L., Sp. PI. 1:495 (1753). 
Type: Lectotype: Herb. Clifford: 193, Potentilla 1 (BM- 
000628646), fide Rousi in Ann. Bot. Fenn. 2:101(1965). 
Distribution and habitat: In Australia, Argentina 
anserina occurs in Tasmania, southern Victoria, southern 
New South Wales, and south-eastern South Australia. 
According to Barker et al. (2005), Potentilla anserina is 
extinct in the'Southern Lofty'region of South Australia, 
judging by available herbarium specimens, with the 
most recent collections being in the 1880s. It has not 
been collected in New South Wales since 1959 (AVH 
2014). It is apparently stable in Victoria and Tasmania, 
as there are some recent collections from those states. 
There is a single record on Australia's Virtual Herbarium 
(AVH 2014) from the far south-west of Western 
Australia, but that record is erroneous, the result of a 
misidentification. The specimen involved ( W.R. Barker 
2317) is in fact Hibbertia grossulariifolia (Salisb.) Salisb. 
Notes: Sojak (1994) published a key to Potentilla sect. 
Pentaphylloides Tausch, as a precursor to an intended 
revision of the group. However, that revision did not 
occur. The key included a few nomina nuda for taxa he 
intended to describe or combinations that he intended 
to make, including P. anserina subsp. australiensis Sojak 
nom. inval., for the form of Potentilla anserina (=Argentina 
anserina) that occurs in Australia. The differences cited 
by Sojak for subsp. australiensis (erect hairs on the 
petioles, and carpels usually hairy) are not consistent 
and Sojak later stated (in litt., MEL596484) that he did 
not proceed with the naming of the subspecies after 
having seen additional Australian material. 
Argentina anserina (as Potentilla anserina) has been 
regarded as an alien species in Australia (Jeanes & 
Jobson 1996; Barker et al. 2005; Walsh & Stajsic 2008; 
Baker & de Salas 2012). However, it was collected 
by Robert Brown in 1804 from northern Tasmania 
(Bentham 1864), just months after the arrival there of 
European settlers, and its apparent diminution in the 
wild (based on the lack of recent herbarium collections 
80 
Vol 33 

Page image

4269322 Potentilla argentea Muelleria 33: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609035
Page is part of the work Notes on Potentilla (Rosaceae) and related genera in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292254

Page text

Bean 
P. tucumanensis A.Castagnaro & M.Arias, a species 
endemic to northern Argentina. It had, since 1900, been 
identified as P. norvegica, a European species. 
Pofenf/7/anonopefa/aishereregardedasanindigenous 
and endemic Australian species. A label attached to one 
of the herbarium specimens of P. nanopetalo {Bates 
47347) says 'The ephemeral Australian] desert plants 
are probably an endemic form, R. Bates, Dec 98'. It meets 
a majority of the ecological criteria of Bean (2007); it is 
not persistently invasive; geographical discontinuities 
are related to soil type and habitat, rather than human 
settlement patterns; it consistently occurs in intact 
unmodified habitat - no human disturbance is noted 
on any of the specimen labels, nor are any weeds listed. 
At the site visited by the present author, the habitat was 
absolutely weed free and there was no evident human 
disturbance. 
Potentilla crantzii (Crantz) Beck ex Fritsch 
This species is recorded as being naturalised in South 
Australia (APC 2014). This record is based on a single 
specimen at AD (Bates27409). However, my examination 
of this specimen revealed that it was misidentified.The 
specimen is in fact Potentilla argentea L. Therefore, the 
name P. crantzii can be removed from Australian flora 
lists. 
Argentina Hill, Brit. Herb. (Hill) 6 (1756) 
Type: A. vulgaris Hill 
Potentilla sect. Pentaphylloides Tausch, Hort. Canal. 1: 
sub P. ornithopoda (1823). Type: P. fruticosa L. 
Argentina was described by Hill in 1756, for the 
species that Linnaeus described as Potentilla anserina. 
Rydberg (1908) accepted the genus as distinct and 
described several species of Argentina and transferred a 
few species from Potentilla , but for the last century the 
genus has been included in synonymy with Potentilla. 
A molecular phylogenetic study by Eriksson et al. 
(2003) showed that P. anserina and a few other species 
formed a separate clade from all other Potentilla species, 
but was based on limited taxon sampling. The more 
comprehensive sampling of Dobes and Paule (2010) has 
reinforced the distinctiveness of the Argentina- clade, 
and they recommended the acceptance of Argentina 
as a distinct genus. Sojak (2010) made the required 
combinations. 
Argentina comprises 64 species, mainly in the 
Himalayan region of Asia and in alpine New Guinea. 
There is one species in Australia, and one species in New 
Zealand. 
Argentina anserina (L.) Rydb., Mem. Dept. Bot. 
Columbia Coll. 2:159(1898) 
Potentilla anserina L., Sp. PI. 1:495 (1753). 
Type: Lectotype: Herb. Clifford: 193, Potentilla 1 (BM- 
000628646), fide Rousi in Ann. Bot. Fenn. 2:101(1965). 
Distribution and habitat: In Australia, Argentina 
anserina occurs in Tasmania, southern Victoria, southern 
New South Wales, and south-eastern South Australia. 
According to Barker et al. (2005), Potentilla anserina is 
extinct in the'Southern Lofty'region of South Australia, 
judging by available herbarium specimens, with the 
most recent collections being in the 1880s. It has not 
been collected in New South Wales since 1959 (AVH 
2014). It is apparently stable in Victoria and Tasmania, 
as there are some recent collections from those states. 
There is a single record on Australia's Virtual Herbarium 
(AVH 2014) from the far south-west of Western 
Australia, but that record is erroneous, the result of a 
misidentification. The specimen involved ( W.R. Barker 
2317) is in fact Hibbertia grossulariifolia (Salisb.) Salisb. 
Notes: Sojak (1994) published a key to Potentilla sect. 
Pentaphylloides Tausch, as a precursor to an intended 
revision of the group. However, that revision did not 
occur. The key included a few nomina nuda for taxa he 
intended to describe or combinations that he intended 
to make, including P. anserina subsp. australiensis Sojak 
nom. inval., for the form of Potentilla anserina (=Argentina 
anserina) that occurs in Australia. The differences cited 
by Sojak for subsp. australiensis (erect hairs on the 
petioles, and carpels usually hairy) are not consistent 
and Sojak later stated (in litt., MEL596484) that he did 
not proceed with the naming of the subspecies after 
having seen additional Australian material. 
Argentina anserina (as Potentilla anserina) has been 
regarded as an alien species in Australia (Jeanes & 
Jobson 1996; Barker et al. 2005; Walsh & Stajsic 2008; 
Baker & de Salas 2012). However, it was collected 
by Robert Brown in 1804 from northern Tasmania 
(Bentham 1864), just months after the arrival there of 
European settlers, and its apparent diminution in the 
wild (based on the lack of recent herbarium collections 
80 
Vol 33 

Page image

4269319 Potentilla crantzii Muelleria 33: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609035
Page is part of the work Notes on Potentilla (Rosaceae) and related genera in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292254

Page text

Bean 
P. tucumanensis A.Castagnaro & M.Arias, a species 
endemic to northern Argentina. It had, since 1900, been 
identified as P. norvegica, a European species. 
Pofenf/7/anonopefa/aishereregardedasanindigenous 
and endemic Australian species. A label attached to one 
of the herbarium specimens of P. nanopetalo {Bates 
47347) says 'The ephemeral Australian] desert plants 
are probably an endemic form, R. Bates, Dec 98'. It meets 
a majority of the ecological criteria of Bean (2007); it is 
not persistently invasive; geographical discontinuities 
are related to soil type and habitat, rather than human 
settlement patterns; it consistently occurs in intact 
unmodified habitat - no human disturbance is noted 
on any of the specimen labels, nor are any weeds listed. 
At the site visited by the present author, the habitat was 
absolutely weed free and there was no evident human 
disturbance. 
Potentilla crantzii (Crantz) Beck ex Fritsch 
This species is recorded as being naturalised in South 
Australia (APC 2014). This record is based on a single 
specimen at AD (Bates27409). However, my examination 
of this specimen revealed that it was misidentified.The 
specimen is in fact Potentilla argentea L. Therefore, the 
name P. crantzii can be removed from Australian flora 
lists. 
Argentina Hill, Brit. Herb. (Hill) 6 (1756) 
Type: A. vulgaris Hill 
Potentilla sect. Pentaphylloides Tausch, Hort. Canal. 1: 
sub P. ornithopoda (1823). Type: P. fruticosa L. 
Argentina was described by Hill in 1756, for the 
species that Linnaeus described as Potentilla anserina. 
Rydberg (1908) accepted the genus as distinct and 
described several species of Argentina and transferred a 
few species from Potentilla , but for the last century the 
genus has been included in synonymy with Potentilla. 
A molecular phylogenetic study by Eriksson et al. 
(2003) showed that P. anserina and a few other species 
formed a separate clade from all other Potentilla species, 
but was based on limited taxon sampling. The more 
comprehensive sampling of Dobes and Paule (2010) has 
reinforced the distinctiveness of the Argentina- clade, 
and they recommended the acceptance of Argentina 
as a distinct genus. Sojak (2010) made the required 
combinations. 
Argentina comprises 64 species, mainly in the 
Himalayan region of Asia and in alpine New Guinea. 
There is one species in Australia, and one species in New 
Zealand. 
Argentina anserina (L.) Rydb., Mem. Dept. Bot. 
Columbia Coll. 2:159(1898) 
Potentilla anserina L., Sp. PI. 1:495 (1753). 
Type: Lectotype: Herb. Clifford: 193, Potentilla 1 (BM- 
000628646), fide Rousi in Ann. Bot. Fenn. 2:101(1965). 
Distribution and habitat: In Australia, Argentina 
anserina occurs in Tasmania, southern Victoria, southern 
New South Wales, and south-eastern South Australia. 
According to Barker et al. (2005), Potentilla anserina is 
extinct in the'Southern Lofty'region of South Australia, 
judging by available herbarium specimens, with the 
most recent collections being in the 1880s. It has not 
been collected in New South Wales since 1959 (AVH 
2014). It is apparently stable in Victoria and Tasmania, 
as there are some recent collections from those states. 
There is a single record on Australia's Virtual Herbarium 
(AVH 2014) from the far south-west of Western 
Australia, but that record is erroneous, the result of a 
misidentification. The specimen involved ( W.R. Barker 
2317) is in fact Hibbertia grossulariifolia (Salisb.) Salisb. 
Notes: Sojak (1994) published a key to Potentilla sect. 
Pentaphylloides Tausch, as a precursor to an intended 
revision of the group. However, that revision did not 
occur. The key included a few nomina nuda for taxa he 
intended to describe or combinations that he intended 
to make, including P. anserina subsp. australiensis Sojak 
nom. inval., for the form of Potentilla anserina (=Argentina 
anserina) that occurs in Australia. The differences cited 
by Sojak for subsp. australiensis (erect hairs on the 
petioles, and carpels usually hairy) are not consistent 
and Sojak later stated (in litt., MEL596484) that he did 
not proceed with the naming of the subspecies after 
having seen additional Australian material. 
Argentina anserina (as Potentilla anserina) has been 
regarded as an alien species in Australia (Jeanes & 
Jobson 1996; Barker et al. 2005; Walsh & Stajsic 2008; 
Baker & de Salas 2012). However, it was collected 
by Robert Brown in 1804 from northern Tasmania 
(Bentham 1864), just months after the arrival there of 
European settlers, and its apparent diminution in the 
wild (based on the lack of recent herbarium collections 
80 
Vol 33 

Page image

4269323 Potentilla crantzii Muelleria 33: 80
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609035
Page is part of the work Notes on Potentilla (Rosaceae) and related genera in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292254

Page text

Bean 
P. tucumanensis A.Castagnaro & M.Arias, a species 
endemic to northern Argentina. It had, since 1900, been 
identified as P. norvegica, a European species. 
Pofenf/7/anonopefa/aishereregardedasanindigenous 
and endemic Australian species. A label attached to one 
of the herbarium specimens of P. nanopetalo {Bates 
47347) says 'The ephemeral Australian] desert plants 
are probably an endemic form, R. Bates, Dec 98'. It meets 
a majority of the ecological criteria of Bean (2007); it is 
not persistently invasive; geographical discontinuities 
are related to soil type and habitat, rather than human 
settlement patterns; it consistently occurs in intact 
unmodified habitat - no human disturbance is noted 
on any of the specimen labels, nor are any weeds listed. 
At the site visited by the present author, the habitat was 
absolutely weed free and there was no evident human 
disturbance. 
Potentilla crantzii (Crantz) Beck ex Fritsch 
This species is recorded as being naturalised in South 
Australia (APC 2014). This record is based on a single 
specimen at AD (Bates27409). However, my examination 
of this specimen revealed that it was misidentified.The 
specimen is in fact Potentilla argentea L. Therefore, the 
name P. crantzii can be removed from Australian flora 
lists. 
Argentina Hill, Brit. Herb. (Hill) 6 (1756) 
Type: A. vulgaris Hill 
Potentilla sect. Pentaphylloides Tausch, Hort. Canal. 1: 
sub P. ornithopoda (1823). Type: P. fruticosa L. 
Argentina was described by Hill in 1756, for the 
species that Linnaeus described as Potentilla anserina. 
Rydberg (1908) accepted the genus as distinct and 
described several species of Argentina and transferred a 
few species from Potentilla , but for the last century the 
genus has been included in synonymy with Potentilla. 
A molecular phylogenetic study by Eriksson et al. 
(2003) showed that P. anserina and a few other species 
formed a separate clade from all other Potentilla species, 
but was based on limited taxon sampling. The more 
comprehensive sampling of Dobes and Paule (2010) has 
reinforced the distinctiveness of the Argentina- clade, 
and they recommended the acceptance of Argentina 
as a distinct genus. Sojak (2010) made the required 
combinations. 
Argentina comprises 64 species, mainly in the 
Himalayan region of Asia and in alpine New Guinea. 
There is one species in Australia, and one species in New 
Zealand. 
Argentina anserina (L.) Rydb., Mem. Dept. Bot. 
Columbia Coll. 2:159(1898) 
Potentilla anserina L., Sp. PI. 1:495 (1753). 
Type: Lectotype: Herb. Clifford: 193, Potentilla 1 (BM- 
000628646), fide Rousi in Ann. Bot. Fenn. 2:101(1965). 
Distribution and habitat: In Australia, Argentina 
anserina occurs in Tasmania, southern Victoria, southern 
New South Wales, and south-eastern South Australia. 
According to Barker et al. (2005), Potentilla anserina is 
extinct in the'Southern Lofty'region of South Australia, 
judging by available herbarium specimens, with the 
most recent collections being in the 1880s. It has not 
been collected in New South Wales since 1959 (AVH 
2014). It is apparently stable in Victoria and Tasmania, 
as there are some recent collections from those states. 
There is a single record on Australia's Virtual Herbarium 
(AVH 2014) from the far south-west of Western 
Australia, but that record is erroneous, the result of a 
misidentification. The specimen involved ( W.R. Barker 
2317) is in fact Hibbertia grossulariifolia (Salisb.) Salisb. 
Notes: Sojak (1994) published a key to Potentilla sect. 
Pentaphylloides Tausch, as a precursor to an intended 
revision of the group. However, that revision did not 
occur. The key included a few nomina nuda for taxa he 
intended to describe or combinations that he intended 
to make, including P. anserina subsp. australiensis Sojak 
nom. inval., for the form of Potentilla anserina (=Argentina 
anserina) that occurs in Australia. The differences cited 
by Sojak for subsp. australiensis (erect hairs on the 
petioles, and carpels usually hairy) are not consistent 
and Sojak later stated (in litt., MEL596484) that he did 
not proceed with the naming of the subspecies after 
having seen additional Australian material. 
Argentina anserina (as Potentilla anserina) has been 
regarded as an alien species in Australia (Jeanes & 
Jobson 1996; Barker et al. 2005; Walsh & Stajsic 2008; 
Baker & de Salas 2012). However, it was collected 
by Robert Brown in 1804 from northern Tasmania 
(Bentham 1864), just months after the arrival there of 
European settlers, and its apparent diminution in the 
wild (based on the lack of recent herbarium collections 
80 
Vol 33 

Page image

4269311 Potentilla nanopetala Muelleria 33: 76-80, Figs 1, 2 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 76-80, Figs 1, 2 (map)".

4269313 Potentilla supina Muelleria 33: 76
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609031
Page is part of the work Notes on Potentilla (Rosaceae) and related genera in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292254

Page text

Bean 
Materials and methods 
This study is based on an examination of herbarium 
specimens from AD, BRI, CANB, MEL and NSW, 
including more than 60 specimens of Potentilla supina 
L, 50 specimens of P. anserina and one specimen of P. 
heynii Roth. In addition, several high-quality images of 
herbarium specimens of P. heynii have been examined, 
originating from the Museum National d' Histoire 
Naturelle (P). Images of type specimens of P supina and 
P. anserina have been viewed. Measurements of petals, 
stamens and carpels are based on material preserved 
in spirit, or reconstituted with boiling water; all other 
measurements were made from dried herbarium 
specimens. Potentilla nanopetala has been examined in 
the field by the author. 
Taxonomy 
Potentilla nanopetala A.R.Bean, sp. nov. 
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Burlieburlie Waterhole off 
the Strzelecki Track, S of Innamincka, 27° 48'S 140° 43'E, 
23 October 2007, IS. Te 205, DJ. Duval, PJ. Lang & MJ. 
Thorpe (holo: AD 213898; iso: K, n.v.). 
With affinity to P. heynii, but differing by the terminal 
leaflet and lateral leaflets not deeply incised, the stem 
indumentum with two classes of hairs, the often shorter 
fruiting pedicels, and the consistently and conspicuously 
ribbed achenes. 
[P. supina auct. non L.; Jacobs & Pickard (1981), Harden 
& Rodd (1990), Barker etal. (2005), APC (2014)] 
Decumbent, suberect or erect annual herb to 20 cm 
high and 30 cm across, runners absent. Leaf rosettes 
absent from fertile plants. Stems and petioles terete, 
with two distinct indumentum types; pilose hairs, 
moderately dense to dense, spreading, seemingly 
unicellular, cylindrical in transverse section, 0.5-1.4 mm 
long; and curved to flexuose hairs, uniseriate, 2-5-celled, 
segments flattened, each segment at right angles to the 
adjacent one, 0.15-0.4 mm long. Leaves all ternate (some 
plants), or mostly ternate, with some of the lower leaves 
pinnate, with 5 leaflets (some plants); stipules adnate to 
base of petiole, oblong to elliptical, 2.0-3.5 mm long, 
0.8-1.0 mm wide, green, pilose throughout, margins 
entire, apex obtuse. Petioles 3.5-18 mm long, the longer 
ones towards the base of the plant; lamina 5.0-14.0 mm 
long; terminal leaflet broadly obovate, 4.5-9.0 mm long, 
shortly petiolulate, with 7-9 obtuse lobes, incised about 
halfway to midrib; lateral leaflets opposite or slightly 
disjunct, obovate, 2.5-6.0 mm long, sessile, with 3-6 
obtuse lobes incised about halfway to midrib; petioles 
and leaves with numerous unicellular pilose hairs on 
both surfaces, multicellular hairs absent. Flowers axillary, 
solitary, 3.2-5.0 mm diameter, 5-merous; pedicels 1.3- 
2.1 mm long. Epicalyx segments elliptical, 1.3-2.5 mm 
long, 0.5-0.9 mm wide, slightly shorter than sepals, with 
numerous antrorse unicellular hairs on both surfaces, 
margins entire, apex obtuse; sepals triangular, 1.6-3.0 
mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide at base, with numerous 
antrorse unicellular hairs on outer surface, apex acute. 
Petals elliptical to spathulate, 1.0-1.2 mm long, 0.5-0.6 
mm wide, much shorter than sepals, glabrous, yellow, 
apex obtuse. Stamens 14-16 in two whorls; anthers 
basifixed, 2-locular, 0.15-0.2 mm long; shorter filaments 
0.25-0.4 mm long, longer filaments 0.6-0.7 mm 
long; staminal filaments surrounded by erect, dense, 
transparent, unicellular hairs, c. 0.6 mm long. Carpels 
glabrous, c. 50 per flower; torus subglobose, glabrous or 
with scattered patent hairs. Style slender, subterminal, 
sparsely glandular, 0.3-0.5 mm long, width uniform 
for much of its length, but tapering near the apex. Fruit 
enclosed by epicalyx and sepals; fruiting pedicels erect, 
1.8-7 mm long; achenes 0.6-0.7 mm long, 0.45-0.5 mm 
diameter, ovoid, pale brown to black, glabrous, with a 
few conspicuous longitudinal ribs. (Fig. 1) 
Specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES. Billabong 
of Darling River, 10 km SW of Wilcannia, 31° 38'S 143° 18'E, 
16.V.1979, K. Paijmans 2766 (CANB); Billabong of Darling River, 
10 km SW of Wilcannia, 31 ° 38'S 143° 18'E, 8.vi.1979, K. Paijmans 
2809 (CANB, NSW); Narran Lakes Nature Reserve, c. 71 km by 
road ENE of Brewarrina, 29° 4 VS 147°27'E, 15.ix.2004, Aft Bean 
22942 (BRI, NSW); On edge of Cavendilla Creek, WSW of picnic 
area, Kinchega N.P., 32° 24'S 142° 14'E, 20.iii.1997, A.D. Auld 
410 (NSW). SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Near King's grave (S of the 
Cooper), 27° 45'S 140°44'E, 8.vii.1997, R. Bates 4734 7 (AD); Near 
King's grave (S of the Cooper), 27° 45'S 140° 44'E, 8.vii.1997, R. 
Bates 47347 ( AD). 
Distribution and habitat: Potentilla nanopetala is 
known from near Innamincka in the far north-east of 
South Australia, and in north-western New South Wales 
(Fig. 2). It is not recorded from Queensland, but as the 
South Australian records are just 30 km from the border, 
it is highly likely that it will be found there. At most sites 
it is recorded from edges of billabongs, with associated 
76 
Vol 33 

Page image

4269314 Potentilla supina Muelleria 33: 76
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609031
Page is part of the work Notes on Potentilla (Rosaceae) and related genera in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292254

Page text

Bean 
Materials and methods 
This study is based on an examination of herbarium 
specimens from AD, BRI, CANB, MEL and NSW, 
including more than 60 specimens of Potentilla supina 
L, 50 specimens of P. anserina and one specimen of P. 
heynii Roth. In addition, several high-quality images of 
herbarium specimens of P. heynii have been examined, 
originating from the Museum National d' Histoire 
Naturelle (P). Images of type specimens of P supina and 
P. anserina have been viewed. Measurements of petals, 
stamens and carpels are based on material preserved 
in spirit, or reconstituted with boiling water; all other 
measurements were made from dried herbarium 
specimens. Potentilla nanopetala has been examined in 
the field by the author. 
Taxonomy 
Potentilla nanopetala A.R.Bean, sp. nov. 
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Burlieburlie Waterhole off 
the Strzelecki Track, S of Innamincka, 27° 48'S 140° 43'E, 
23 October 2007, IS. Te 205, DJ. Duval, PJ. Lang & MJ. 
Thorpe (holo: AD 213898; iso: K, n.v.). 
With affinity to P. heynii, but differing by the terminal 
leaflet and lateral leaflets not deeply incised, the stem 
indumentum with two classes of hairs, the often shorter 
fruiting pedicels, and the consistently and conspicuously 
ribbed achenes. 
[P. supina auct. non L.; Jacobs & Pickard (1981), Harden 
& Rodd (1990), Barker etal. (2005), APC (2014)] 
Decumbent, suberect or erect annual herb to 20 cm 
high and 30 cm across, runners absent. Leaf rosettes 
absent from fertile plants. Stems and petioles terete, 
with two distinct indumentum types; pilose hairs, 
moderately dense to dense, spreading, seemingly 
unicellular, cylindrical in transverse section, 0.5-1.4 mm 
long; and curved to flexuose hairs, uniseriate, 2-5-celled, 
segments flattened, each segment at right angles to the 
adjacent one, 0.15-0.4 mm long. Leaves all ternate (some 
plants), or mostly ternate, with some of the lower leaves 
pinnate, with 5 leaflets (some plants); stipules adnate to 
base of petiole, oblong to elliptical, 2.0-3.5 mm long, 
0.8-1.0 mm wide, green, pilose throughout, margins 
entire, apex obtuse. Petioles 3.5-18 mm long, the longer 
ones towards the base of the plant; lamina 5.0-14.0 mm 
long; terminal leaflet broadly obovate, 4.5-9.0 mm long, 
shortly petiolulate, with 7-9 obtuse lobes, incised about 
halfway to midrib; lateral leaflets opposite or slightly 
disjunct, obovate, 2.5-6.0 mm long, sessile, with 3-6 
obtuse lobes incised about halfway to midrib; petioles 
and leaves with numerous unicellular pilose hairs on 
both surfaces, multicellular hairs absent. Flowers axillary, 
solitary, 3.2-5.0 mm diameter, 5-merous; pedicels 1.3- 
2.1 mm long. Epicalyx segments elliptical, 1.3-2.5 mm 
long, 0.5-0.9 mm wide, slightly shorter than sepals, with 
numerous antrorse unicellular hairs on both surfaces, 
margins entire, apex obtuse; sepals triangular, 1.6-3.0 
mm long, 1.3-1.5 mm wide at base, with numerous 
antrorse unicellular hairs on outer surface, apex acute. 
Petals elliptical to spathulate, 1.0-1.2 mm long, 0.5-0.6 
mm wide, much shorter than sepals, glabrous, yellow, 
apex obtuse. Stamens 14-16 in two whorls; anthers 
basifixed, 2-locular, 0.15-0.2 mm long; shorter filaments 
0.25-0.4 mm long, longer filaments 0.6-0.7 mm 
long; staminal filaments surrounded by erect, dense, 
transparent, unicellular hairs, c. 0.6 mm long. Carpels 
glabrous, c. 50 per flower; torus subglobose, glabrous or 
with scattered patent hairs. Style slender, subterminal, 
sparsely glandular, 0.3-0.5 mm long, width uniform 
for much of its length, but tapering near the apex. Fruit 
enclosed by epicalyx and sepals; fruiting pedicels erect, 
1.8-7 mm long; achenes 0.6-0.7 mm long, 0.45-0.5 mm 
diameter, ovoid, pale brown to black, glabrous, with a 
few conspicuous longitudinal ribs. (Fig. 1) 
Specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES. Billabong 
of Darling River, 10 km SW of Wilcannia, 31° 38'S 143° 18'E, 
16.V.1979, K. Paijmans 2766 (CANB); Billabong of Darling River, 
10 km SW of Wilcannia, 31 ° 38'S 143° 18'E, 8.vi.1979, K. Paijmans 
2809 (CANB, NSW); Narran Lakes Nature Reserve, c. 71 km by 
road ENE of Brewarrina, 29° 4 VS 147°27'E, 15.ix.2004, Aft Bean 
22942 (BRI, NSW); On edge of Cavendilla Creek, WSW of picnic 
area, Kinchega N.P., 32° 24'S 142° 14'E, 20.iii.1997, A.D. Auld 
410 (NSW). SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Near King's grave (S of the 
Cooper), 27° 45'S 140°44'E, 8.vii.1997, R. Bates 4734 7 (AD); Near 
King's grave (S of the Cooper), 27° 45'S 140° 44'E, 8.vii.1997, R. 
Bates 47347 ( AD). 
Distribution and habitat: Potentilla nanopetala is 
known from near Innamincka in the far north-east of 
South Australia, and in north-western New South Wales 
(Fig. 2). It is not recorded from Queensland, but as the 
South Australian records are just 30 km from the border, 
it is highly likely that it will be found there. At most sites 
it is recorded from edges of billabongs, with associated 
76 
Vol 33 

Page image

4269731 Potentilla vesca Muelleria 33: 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609037
Page is part of the work Notes on Potentilla (Rosaceae) and related genera in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292254

Page text

Bean 
Duchesnea Sm., on the other hand, is deeply nested 
within Potentilla s. str. (Eriksson et al. 2003). 
All of these recent systematic studies have shown that 
Fragaria cannot be subsumed into Potentilla without 
expanding the boundaries of the latter genus to an 
excessive degree. To maintain monophyly, a merger 
between Fragaria and Potentilla would necessitate 
the sinking of all genera in the subtribe Fragariinae, 
including several other well-known and speciose 
genera, e.g. Alchemilla L, Aphanes L., Sibbaldia L. and 
Drymocallis Fourr. ex Rydb.This is an option that none of 
the above authors support.Therefore it is recommended 
here that Potentilla x ananassa (Weston) Mabb. and P 
vesca, naturalised in Australia, be reinstated to Fragaria, 
as outlined below. 
Fragaria x ananassa (Weston) Duchesne ex 
Rozier, Cours Compl. Agric. 5:52 (1785) 
Fragaria chiloensis var. ananassa Weston, Bot. Univ. 
2: 329 (1771); Potentilla x ananassa (Weston) Mabb., 
Telopea 9:796 (2002), syn. nov. 
Fragaria vesca L., 5p. PL 1:494 (1753) 
Potentilla vesca (L.) Scop., FI. Carniol. ed. 2, 1: 363 
(1771). 
Acknowledgements 
I thank the Directors of AD, CANB, NSW and MEL for the 
loan of specimens, and Helen Vonow (AD) for sending 
extra specimens for my examination. Will Smith (BRI) 
provided the illustrations and distribution map. Gordon 
Guymer and two anonymous referees made helpful 
comments on earlier drafts of this paper. 
References 
APC (2014).' Potentilla', in Australian Plant Census, IBIS database. 
Centre for Australian National Biodiversity Research, Council 
of Heads of Australasian Herbaria. Accessed 30 August 2014. 
<http:7Avww.anbg.gov.au/chah/apc/index.html> 
AVH (2014). Australia's Virtual Herbarium, Council of Heads of 
Australasian Herbaria. Accessed 29 September 2014. <http7/ 
avh.chah.org.au> 
Baker, M.L and de Salas, M.F. (2012). A census of the vascular 
plants of Tasmania, 2012 edition. Tasmanian Herbarium, 
Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery: Hobart. Accessed 4 
April 2014. <http://www.tmag.tas.gov.au/_data/assets/ 
pdf_file/0008/66797/2012_Census_of_Tasmanian_ 
Vascular_Plants.pdf> 
Ball, P.W., Pawlowski, B. and Walters, S.M. (1968). 'Potentilla', 
in T.G. Tutin, V.H. Heywood, N.A. Burges, D.M. Moore, D.H. 
Valentine, S.M. Walters and D.A. Webb (eds), Flora Europaea 
2, 36-47. Cambridge University Press: London. 
Barker, B., Barker, R., Jessop, J. and Vonow, H. (eds) (2005). Census 
of South Australian vascular plants, 5th edn. J. Adelaide Bot. 
Gardens Supplement 1. Botanic Gardens of Adelaide & State 
Herbarium: Adelaide. 
Bean, A.R. (2007). A new system for determining which plant 
species are indigenous in Australia. Australian Systematic 
Botany 20,1-43. 
Bentham, G. (1864). 'Potentilla', in Flora Australiensis 2, 429. L. 
Reeve & Co.: London. 
Castagnaro, A., Diaz Ricci, J., Arias, M. and Albornoz, P. (1998). A 
new Southern Hemisphere species of Potentilla (Rosaceae). 
Novon 8,333-336. 
Chaoluan, L., Ikeda, H. and Ohba, H. (2003). 'Potentilla', in 
Z.V. Wu, P.H. Raven and D.Y. Hong (eds), Flora of China 9, 
Pittosporaceae through Connaraceae, 291-328. Missouri 
Botanical Garden Press: St Louis. 
DobeS, C. and Paule, J. (2010). A comprehensive chloroplast 
DNA-based phylogeny of the genus Potentilla (Rosaceae): 
implications for its geographic origin, phylogeography 
and generic circumscription. Molecular Phylogenetics and 
Evolution 56,156-175. 
Eriksson, T., Donoghue, MJ. and Hibbs, M.S. (1998). 
Phylogenetic analysis of Potentilla using DNA sequences of 
nuclear ribosomal internal transcribed spacer (ITS), and its 
implications for the classification of Rosoideae (Rosaceae). 
Plant Systematics and Evolution 11,155-179. 
Eriksson, T., Hibbs, M.S., Voder, A.D., Delwiche, C.F. and 
Donoghue, MJ. (2003). The phylogeny of Rosoideae 
(Rosaceae) based on sequences of the internal transcribed 
spacers (ITS) of nuclear ribosomal DNA and the trnUE region 
of chloroplast DNA. International Journal of Plant Sciences 
164,197-211. 
Fedorov, A.A., Komarov, V.L., Kostina, K.F., Kovalev, N.V., 
Krishtofovich, A.N., Linchevskii, I.A., Poyarkova, A.I. and 
Yuzepchuk, S.V. (1971). Flora of the U.S.S.R. X, Rosaceae- 
Rosoideae, Prunoideae (V.L. Komarov, ed.). Israel Program for 
Scientific Translations: Jerusalem. 
Harden, GJ. and Rodd, A.N. (1990). 'Potentilla', in GJ. Harden 
(ed.), Flora of New South Wales 1, 536. New South Wales 
University Press: Sydney. 
IUCN (2012). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria, version 
3.1, 2nd edn. International Union for the Conservation of 
Nature: Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK. Accessed 
29 September 2014. <https://portals.iucn.org/library/efiles/ 
documents/RL-2001*001-2nd.pdf> 
Jacobs, S.W.L. and Pickard, J. (1981). Plants in New South Wales. 
New South Wales Government Printer: Sydney. 
Jeanes, J.A. and Jobson, PC. (1996).'Rosaceae', in N.G. Walsh and 
TJ. Entwisle (eds), Flora of Victoria 3, 556-585. Inkata Press: 
Melbourne. 
Kew Catalogue (2015). The Herbarium Catalogue. Royal Botanic 
Gardens, Kew. Accessed 1 January 2015. <http://www.kew. 
org/herbcat> 
82 
Vol 33 

Page image

4269729 Potentilla ×ananassa Muelleria 33: 82
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609037
Page is part of the work Notes on Potentilla (Rosaceae) and related genera in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292254
50414830 Psoralea affinis Muelleria 33: 101
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609056
Page is part of the work Naturalised species of Psoralea (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292256

Page text

Naturalised species of Psoralea 
Monkey beetles (Tribe Hopliini) feed on flower parts 
and can cause extensive damage to inflorescences. It 
should be noted that the Hopliini can be serious pests 
of cultivated crops and lawns. Xylocopid bees use 
old wood as nesting sites and the Rooibos Longhorn 
Beetle ( Ceroplesis aethiops (Fabricius, 1775)) deposits 
its eggs on old wood (Stirton pers. obs.). Black aphids 
can be found on young shoots. Scale insects, such as 
Icerya purchasi Maskell, 1878 (Cottony Cushion Scale), 
can be common in some areas and are protected by 
ants ( Camponotus niveosetosus Mayr, 1862: see Rebelo 
(2012)). Underground root-feeding pink aphids have 
also been found (Stirton pers. obs.). 
Biocontrol specialists might want to know that there 
are a number of distinct ecotypes in South Africa. Along 
Chapman's Peak Drive and in the Silvermine Nature 
Reserve area on the Cape Peninsula and at Betty's Bay 
and in the Kogelberg the plants form small trees 4-5 m 
tall; elsewhere they tend to be shorter untidy shrubs to 
about 2 m tall. 
Note: The treatment of Psoralea pinnata in Jeanes 
(1996) includes a description which is consistent with 
that species. However, the illustration is clearly of P. 
arborea, as is apparent from the flowers being exerted 
beyond the leaves, and was confirmed by examination 
of the voucher ( Lyne 446). 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the pinnate leaves 
(from Latin: pinnatus, feathered, winged). 
2. Psoralea arborea Sims, Bot. Mag. 46: t. 2090 
(1819) 
Type: Bot. Mag. 46: t. 2090 (holo.). No herbarium 
material has been found that matches the protologue. 
The painting was made from a cultivated specimen in 
James Vere's Garden in Kensington that was grown from 
seed from the Cape of Good Hope. No mention is made 
of either preserved material or of Sims having seen any 
other specimens. However, two cultivated specimens 
in K (both on same sheet) could be considered as 
candidates for typification. One of these (K000392612) 
was accessioned on 1st May 1889 after publication 
of the species and is discounted. The other specimen 
(K000392611) has been annotated by the author of 
the species, Sims. He wrote that There is no doubt that 
this is "P arborescens ")'. Further research is needed to 
ascertain when this specimen was accessioned at Kew. 
DC., Prodr. 2: 216 (1825); G. Don., Gen. Syst. 2: 201 
(1832); E. Mey., Comm. 82 (1836); Walp., Repert. 1: 655 
(1842); Lock, Leg. Afr. Check-list: 458 (1989); Jeanes (1996 
as P pinnata p.p., specifically fig. 138a, the voucher of 
which is Lyne 446); non Eckl. & Zeyh. (1836) nec Sesse & 
Mocino (1889). 
Psoralea pinnata L. var. quinquijuga Eckl. & Zeyh., 
Enum. 224 (1836). Type: "in humidis (altit. Ill) laterum 
montis Duyvelsberg supra Geele Klee (Cap.)", Ecklon & 
Zeyhers.n. Walpers (1839) synonymised this taxon under 
Psoralea arborea but the type has not yet been found. 
Psoralea pinnata sensu Palmer & Pitman, Trees of 
Southern Africa 2:918-919 (1976). 
Psoralea affinis sensu Hutchinson, Bot. Mag. 136: 
t. 8331 (1910), non Eckl. & Zeyh. (1836). 
Verdcourt (2000) refers to this species in the Flora 
Zambesiaca but his species is P latifolia (Harv.) C.H.Stirt. 
(see note under distribution). 
Vernacular names: South Africa: Fonteinbos. 
Large slender shrub to small tree, 3—5(—10) m tall. Stems 
erect, 1(2), rigid, diameter up to 50 cm, greenish 
grey when young, becoming grey when old with 
scattered white lenticels. Stipules fused for part of 
their length, persistent, shorter than petiole, margins 
inrolled, narrowly subulate, hairy, rapidly senescent. 
Leaves 7-9-foliolate, imparipinnate, 25-30 mm long, 45 
mm wide, glabrescent above, wispily hairy below, 
petiolate. Leaflets 30-45 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, 
terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, linear or 
linear lanceolate, acute, green, glandular. Petiole 4-5 
mm long, shorter on younger leaves, rachis 10-12 mm 
long. Inflorescences well exerted from leaves, in upper 
Key to species of Psoralea naturalised in Australia 
1 Leaflets villoso-pubescent on both surfaces; flowers hidden within leaves, pale mauve to light blue, 
scentless or faintly scented; pedicels 2-5 mm long terminating in a trifid cupulate bract; calyces mainly 
white-haired but also with black hairs on the margins, or a mixture of black and white hairs. P* pinnata 
1: Leaflets glabrescent above, wispily hairy below; flowers exerted beyond leaves, deep blue to purple, 
strongly sweet scented; pedicels 11-35 mm long terminating in a bifid cupulate bract; calyces mainly 
black-haired (with or without occasional white hairs mainly near base), or mostly black haired with a 
mixture of black and white hairs on the margins of the lobes.P* arborea 
Muelleria 
101 

Page image

4275762 Psoralea arborea Muelleria 33: 101-104, Figs 2, 3-4 (maps)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 101-104, Figs 2, 3-4 (maps)".

50412601 Psoralea pinnata Muelleria 33: 101
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609056
Page is part of the work Naturalised species of Psoralea (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292256

Page text

Naturalised species of Psoralea 
Monkey beetles (Tribe Hopliini) feed on flower parts 
and can cause extensive damage to inflorescences. It 
should be noted that the Hopliini can be serious pests 
of cultivated crops and lawns. Xylocopid bees use 
old wood as nesting sites and the Rooibos Longhorn 
Beetle ( Ceroplesis aethiops (Fabricius, 1775)) deposits 
its eggs on old wood (Stirton pers. obs.). Black aphids 
can be found on young shoots. Scale insects, such as 
Icerya purchasi Maskell, 1878 (Cottony Cushion Scale), 
can be common in some areas and are protected by 
ants ( Camponotus niveosetosus Mayr, 1862: see Rebelo 
(2012)). Underground root-feeding pink aphids have 
also been found (Stirton pers. obs.). 
Biocontrol specialists might want to know that there 
are a number of distinct ecotypes in South Africa. Along 
Chapman's Peak Drive and in the Silvermine Nature 
Reserve area on the Cape Peninsula and at Betty's Bay 
and in the Kogelberg the plants form small trees 4-5 m 
tall; elsewhere they tend to be shorter untidy shrubs to 
about 2 m tall. 
Note: The treatment of Psoralea pinnata in Jeanes 
(1996) includes a description which is consistent with 
that species. However, the illustration is clearly of P. 
arborea, as is apparent from the flowers being exerted 
beyond the leaves, and was confirmed by examination 
of the voucher ( Lyne 446). 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the pinnate leaves 
(from Latin: pinnatus, feathered, winged). 
2. Psoralea arborea Sims, Bot. Mag. 46: t. 2090 
(1819) 
Type: Bot. Mag. 46: t. 2090 (holo.). No herbarium 
material has been found that matches the protologue. 
The painting was made from a cultivated specimen in 
James Vere's Garden in Kensington that was grown from 
seed from the Cape of Good Hope. No mention is made 
of either preserved material or of Sims having seen any 
other specimens. However, two cultivated specimens 
in K (both on same sheet) could be considered as 
candidates for typification. One of these (K000392612) 
was accessioned on 1st May 1889 after publication 
of the species and is discounted. The other specimen 
(K000392611) has been annotated by the author of 
the species, Sims. He wrote that There is no doubt that 
this is "P arborescens ")'. Further research is needed to 
ascertain when this specimen was accessioned at Kew. 
DC., Prodr. 2: 216 (1825); G. Don., Gen. Syst. 2: 201 
(1832); E. Mey., Comm. 82 (1836); Walp., Repert. 1: 655 
(1842); Lock, Leg. Afr. Check-list: 458 (1989); Jeanes (1996 
as P pinnata p.p., specifically fig. 138a, the voucher of 
which is Lyne 446); non Eckl. & Zeyh. (1836) nec Sesse & 
Mocino (1889). 
Psoralea pinnata L. var. quinquijuga Eckl. & Zeyh., 
Enum. 224 (1836). Type: "in humidis (altit. Ill) laterum 
montis Duyvelsberg supra Geele Klee (Cap.)", Ecklon & 
Zeyhers.n. Walpers (1839) synonymised this taxon under 
Psoralea arborea but the type has not yet been found. 
Psoralea pinnata sensu Palmer & Pitman, Trees of 
Southern Africa 2:918-919 (1976). 
Psoralea affinis sensu Hutchinson, Bot. Mag. 136: 
t. 8331 (1910), non Eckl. & Zeyh. (1836). 
Verdcourt (2000) refers to this species in the Flora 
Zambesiaca but his species is P latifolia (Harv.) C.H.Stirt. 
(see note under distribution). 
Vernacular names: South Africa: Fonteinbos. 
Large slender shrub to small tree, 3—5(—10) m tall. Stems 
erect, 1(2), rigid, diameter up to 50 cm, greenish 
grey when young, becoming grey when old with 
scattered white lenticels. Stipules fused for part of 
their length, persistent, shorter than petiole, margins 
inrolled, narrowly subulate, hairy, rapidly senescent. 
Leaves 7-9-foliolate, imparipinnate, 25-30 mm long, 45 
mm wide, glabrescent above, wispily hairy below, 
petiolate. Leaflets 30-45 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, 
terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, linear or 
linear lanceolate, acute, green, glandular. Petiole 4-5 
mm long, shorter on younger leaves, rachis 10-12 mm 
long. Inflorescences well exerted from leaves, in upper 
Key to species of Psoralea naturalised in Australia 
1 Leaflets villoso-pubescent on both surfaces; flowers hidden within leaves, pale mauve to light blue, 
scentless or faintly scented; pedicels 2-5 mm long terminating in a trifid cupulate bract; calyces mainly 
white-haired but also with black hairs on the margins, or a mixture of black and white hairs. P* pinnata 
1: Leaflets glabrescent above, wispily hairy below; flowers exerted beyond leaves, deep blue to purple, 
strongly sweet scented; pedicels 11-35 mm long terminating in a bifid cupulate bract; calyces mainly 
black-haired (with or without occasional white hairs mainly near base), or mostly black haired with a 
mixture of black and white hairs on the margins of the lobes.P* arborea 
Muelleria 
101 

Page image

50414089 Psoralea pinnata Muelleria 33: 101
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609056
Page is part of the work Naturalised species of Psoralea (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292256

Page text

Naturalised species of Psoralea 
Monkey beetles (Tribe Hopliini) feed on flower parts 
and can cause extensive damage to inflorescences. It 
should be noted that the Hopliini can be serious pests 
of cultivated crops and lawns. Xylocopid bees use 
old wood as nesting sites and the Rooibos Longhorn 
Beetle ( Ceroplesis aethiops (Fabricius, 1775)) deposits 
its eggs on old wood (Stirton pers. obs.). Black aphids 
can be found on young shoots. Scale insects, such as 
Icerya purchasi Maskell, 1878 (Cottony Cushion Scale), 
can be common in some areas and are protected by 
ants ( Camponotus niveosetosus Mayr, 1862: see Rebelo 
(2012)). Underground root-feeding pink aphids have 
also been found (Stirton pers. obs.). 
Biocontrol specialists might want to know that there 
are a number of distinct ecotypes in South Africa. Along 
Chapman's Peak Drive and in the Silvermine Nature 
Reserve area on the Cape Peninsula and at Betty's Bay 
and in the Kogelberg the plants form small trees 4-5 m 
tall; elsewhere they tend to be shorter untidy shrubs to 
about 2 m tall. 
Note: The treatment of Psoralea pinnata in Jeanes 
(1996) includes a description which is consistent with 
that species. However, the illustration is clearly of P. 
arborea, as is apparent from the flowers being exerted 
beyond the leaves, and was confirmed by examination 
of the voucher ( Lyne 446). 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the pinnate leaves 
(from Latin: pinnatus, feathered, winged). 
2. Psoralea arborea Sims, Bot. Mag. 46: t. 2090 
(1819) 
Type: Bot. Mag. 46: t. 2090 (holo.). No herbarium 
material has been found that matches the protologue. 
The painting was made from a cultivated specimen in 
James Vere's Garden in Kensington that was grown from 
seed from the Cape of Good Hope. No mention is made 
of either preserved material or of Sims having seen any 
other specimens. However, two cultivated specimens 
in K (both on same sheet) could be considered as 
candidates for typification. One of these (K000392612) 
was accessioned on 1st May 1889 after publication 
of the species and is discounted. The other specimen 
(K000392611) has been annotated by the author of 
the species, Sims. He wrote that There is no doubt that 
this is "P arborescens ")'. Further research is needed to 
ascertain when this specimen was accessioned at Kew. 
DC., Prodr. 2: 216 (1825); G. Don., Gen. Syst. 2: 201 
(1832); E. Mey., Comm. 82 (1836); Walp., Repert. 1: 655 
(1842); Lock, Leg. Afr. Check-list: 458 (1989); Jeanes (1996 
as P pinnata p.p., specifically fig. 138a, the voucher of 
which is Lyne 446); non Eckl. & Zeyh. (1836) nec Sesse & 
Mocino (1889). 
Psoralea pinnata L. var. quinquijuga Eckl. & Zeyh., 
Enum. 224 (1836). Type: "in humidis (altit. Ill) laterum 
montis Duyvelsberg supra Geele Klee (Cap.)", Ecklon & 
Zeyhers.n. Walpers (1839) synonymised this taxon under 
Psoralea arborea but the type has not yet been found. 
Psoralea pinnata sensu Palmer & Pitman, Trees of 
Southern Africa 2:918-919 (1976). 
Psoralea affinis sensu Hutchinson, Bot. Mag. 136: 
t. 8331 (1910), non Eckl. & Zeyh. (1836). 
Verdcourt (2000) refers to this species in the Flora 
Zambesiaca but his species is P latifolia (Harv.) C.H.Stirt. 
(see note under distribution). 
Vernacular names: South Africa: Fonteinbos. 
Large slender shrub to small tree, 3—5(—10) m tall. Stems 
erect, 1(2), rigid, diameter up to 50 cm, greenish 
grey when young, becoming grey when old with 
scattered white lenticels. Stipules fused for part of 
their length, persistent, shorter than petiole, margins 
inrolled, narrowly subulate, hairy, rapidly senescent. 
Leaves 7-9-foliolate, imparipinnate, 25-30 mm long, 45 
mm wide, glabrescent above, wispily hairy below, 
petiolate. Leaflets 30-45 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, 
terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, linear or 
linear lanceolate, acute, green, glandular. Petiole 4-5 
mm long, shorter on younger leaves, rachis 10-12 mm 
long. Inflorescences well exerted from leaves, in upper 
Key to species of Psoralea naturalised in Australia 
1 Leaflets villoso-pubescent on both surfaces; flowers hidden within leaves, pale mauve to light blue, 
scentless or faintly scented; pedicels 2-5 mm long terminating in a trifid cupulate bract; calyces mainly 
white-haired but also with black hairs on the margins, or a mixture of black and white hairs. P* pinnata 
1: Leaflets glabrescent above, wispily hairy below; flowers exerted beyond leaves, deep blue to purple, 
strongly sweet scented; pedicels 11-35 mm long terminating in a bifid cupulate bract; calyces mainly 
black-haired (with or without occasional white hairs mainly near base), or mostly black haired with a 
mixture of black and white hairs on the margins of the lobes.P* arborea 
Muelleria 
101 

Page image

4275739 Psoralea pinnata Muelleria 33: 98-101, Figs 1, 3-4 (maps)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 33: 98-101, Figs 1, 3-4 (maps)".

50414084 Psoralea pinnata quinquejuga Muelleria 33: 101
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609056
Page is part of the work Naturalised species of Psoralea (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292256
4275743 Taylorina Muelleria 33: 98
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609053
Page is part of the work Naturalised species of Psoralea (Fabaceae: Psoraleeae) in Australia, doi:10.5962/p.292256

Page text

Stirton, Stajsic and Bello 
Materials and methods 
A comparative morphological study was undertaken 
of available spirit and herbarium specimens (AD, BOL, 
CANB, BM, HO, K, MEL, NBG, NSW, PERTH, PRU, NH and 
NU (acronyms follow Index Herbariorum (Thiers 2015))). 
Species treatment 
1. Psoralea pinnata L, Sp. PL 2:1074 (1762) 
Type: Collector unknown (Hort. Cliff. 370). When the 
lectotypification was made (Stirton in Taxon 41: 568, 
1992), only'Hort. Cliff. 370, Dorycnium 1, BM'was cited. 
However, Dorycnium 1 consists of two sheets, annotated 
A and B, and neither was specified. Under Art. 9.17 it is 
possible to designate oneofthese sheets in a subsequent 
lectotypification. We choose Dorycnium 1A accordingly. 
Dorycnium IB (BM000646706) is a sterile specimen 
and does not match the protologue. Lectotype, here 
designated, Dorycnium 1A (BM000646705!). 
Thunb., Prodr. 136 (1800); Poir. in Lam., Encycl. 5: 690 
(1804); Dietr., Lex. Gart. Bot. 7:612 (1807); DC., Prodr. 2:216 
(1825); Eckl. & Zeyh., Enum. 224 (1836); E. Mey., Comm. 82 
(1836); Reichenb., Ic. Descr. PI. Cult, t.97, f.1 (1823); Harv. 
in Harv. & Sond. FI. Cap. 2: 144 (1862); Forbes in Bothalia 
3:125 (1930); Salter in Adamson & Salter, FI. Cape Penins. 
485 (1950); Kidd, Wild Flow. Cape Penins. t. 81.12 (1972); 
Pitman and Palmer, Trees S. Afr. 2: 920 (1972); Bond & 
Goldblatt, PI. Cape Flora 296 (1984); Gibbs Russell et al., 
Mem. Bot. Surv. 5. Afr. 56: 88 (1987). For fuller synonymy 
see Stirton and Muasya (unpublished manuscript 2015). 
For Australian treatments and records of naturalisation 
see: Hooker (1859); Blakely (1923); Gardner (1925); 
Beadle, Evans and Carolin (1962); Curtis (1975); Weber 
(1986); Jeanes (1996 p.p., not fig. 138a); Grieve (1998); 
Blood (2001); and Norris and Harden (2002). For New 
Zealand see Kirk (1870); Cheeseman (1883,1885); Allan 
(1937); Webb, Sykes and Garnock-Jones (1988). 
Vernacular names: Australia: African Scurf-pea, 
Blue Butterfly Bush, Blue Psoralea, Taylorina. Western 
Australia: Albany Broom, Blue Broom. New Zealand: 
Dally Pine. South Africa: Bloukeur, Fonteinbos, Fountain 
Bush, Penwortel, Pinnate-leaved Psoralea. 
Much-branched shrub to small tree up to 5 m tall. Stems 
erect, 1(2), yellowish tan with storied white lenticels 
when young, becoming grey with age. Branches and 
twigs angular, sparsely hairy when immature. Stipules 
fused for most of their length, subulate, with incurled 
margins, hairy, overlapping like short stacked planks, 
becoming woody with age. Leaves 7-9-foliolate, 
imparipinnate, 25 mm long, 45-50 mm wide, villoso- 
pubescent, terminal leaflet shortest, basal pair longest, 
petiolate. Leaflets linear or linear-lanceolate, 20-45 mm 
long, 0.8-2.0 mm wide, acute to acuminate, dark green, 
glandular. Petiole 4-7 mm long, rachis 10-15 mm long. 
Inflorescences hidden within leaves, borne on short 
shootlets which are spread along the length of 
seasonal shoots, pseudo-spicate or pseudo-capitate, 
axillary, weakly scented or odourless. Flowers 14-18 
mm long, pale mauve to blue, axillary, sessile or 
subsessile, 1-6 per axil, subtended by a pinnate leaf; 
bracts a fused trifid cupulate structure situated at 
apex of a 2-5 mm long pedicel, overlapping the 
base of the calyx, carinal tooth longer than other 
two teeth, sparsely white hairy, margins ciliate with few 
black hairs. Calyx 8-9 mm long, glabrescent, mainly 
white-haired but also with black hairs on margins, or 
a mixture of black and white hairs, teeth dark green, 
shorter than yellowish green tube; ovate-acute to 
triangular. Standard petal 15—16(-18) mm long, 11 mm 
wide, obovate, white suffused with pale mauve in the 
central area and with a single purple 3-4 mm long flash 
situated between and above the free swollen callosities 
at the top rim of the claw; veins hyaline. Wing petals 
13-14 mm long, 4 mm wide, longer than keel petals; 
white to pale mauve, blade folded and puckered along 
the mid-line; sculpturing present. Keel 12 mm long, 
3.5-4.0 mm wide; white to pale mauve, shorter than 
wings. Androecium 6-7 mm long. Pistil 12 mm long; 
ovary 2 mm long, covered in club-shaped glands; style 
filamentous but thickened at point of flexure, stigma 
penicillate. Fruits 4-5 mm long, 2.5-3.0 mm wide. Seeds 
1.2-4 mm long, dark brown to black. (Fig. 1) 
Specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. Albany, 
x.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL 116942A); Yanchep, Loch McNess, 
ix.1966, AJ. & J.A. McComb McC 211 (PERTH, UWA); Lesmurdie 
Falls, 12.xii.1947, C.A. Gardner s.n. (PERTH 04510208); Inlet Drive, 
Denmark, 11.U984, GJ. Keighery 6512 (PERTH); Mount Barker 
Hill, 100 m N of Sothard Road, 5 km S of Mount Barker, 7.xii.1987, 
GJ. Keighery 9271 (CANB, PERTH); 3.8 km NE of Bakers Junction 
on road to Jerramungup, 15.xi.1995, BJ. Lepschi & TJ. Lolly 
2327 (AD, BRI, CANB, K, MEL NSW, NY, PERTH); From Wheatly 
Coast Road turn right into Lanepool Road, right side of road, 
98 
Vol 33 

Page image

4272993 Vilfa scabra Muelleria 33: 90
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59609045
Page is part of the work Nomenclature, variation and hybridisation in Rough Blown-grass (Poaceae: Lachnagrostis), doi:10.5962/p.292255

Page text

Brown 
standard deviation for repeated flow-cytometry analysis 
on 26 Lachnogrostis samples reported by Brown (2013) 
is calculated to be 1.4 pg and indicates that the 2C-value 
difference between the L rudis accessions is significant. 
Brown (2013) made 2n chromosome counts of 42 or 49 
for the Moleside Creek accession, equating to ploidy 
levels of 6x (hexaploid) or 7x (heptaploid) and calculated 
mean genome sizes of 2.14 or 2.50 pg. If it is assumed 
that the genome size (i.e. additive chromosome size) 
for the two accessions is the same, the ploidy level 
of the Camerons Inlet accession is calculated to be 
19/15x6 = 7.6 pg or 8x (octoploid) or 19/15x7 = 8.87 
pg or 9x (nonaploid). Stable fertility is more likely in the 
hexaploid (Moleside Creek) and octoploid (Camerons 
Inlet) scenarios. Brown (2006) did not segregate the 
dwarf form of L rudis due to the overlapping ranges in 
morphological measurements between plants of the 
Bass Strait Islands and the mainland. However, there 
does appear to be sufficient evidence for segregation 
of a smaller set of populations, largely, if not exclusively 
restricted to Flinders Island. Future field and cytological 
work may elucidate a wider distribution. On the basis of 
this evidence, a new subspecies is described below as 
Lachnogrostis rudis subsp. nana A J.Br. 
Taxonomy 
In order to clarify the nomenclature of the Australian 
taxon Lachnogrostis rudis (Roem. & Schult.) Trin, the 
nomenclature of some extra-Australian species ( Agrostis 
scabra Willd., Agrostis hyemalis (Walter) Britton, Stern 
& Poggenb., Agrostis pilosula Trin. and Calamagrostis 
scabra J.Presl.) is presented first. 
Agrostis scabra Willd., Sp. PL, ed. 4 [Willdenow] 
1(1): 370 (1797) 
Vilfascabra (Willd.) P.Beauv., Ess.Agrostogr. 1 6 , 148,182 
(1812); Agrostis hyemalis var. scabra (Willd.) H.L.BIomq. 
The Grasses of North Carolina 82 (1948). 
Type: 'America borealis'; holotype: Anon., S-G-270 
(chosen by Willd.), photo seen; isotype: Canada, T 
Haenkes.n., MO-123101, photo seen. 
Notes:Th\s is not a complete synonymy of this taxon. 
Some authors regard Agrostis scabra as a synonym of A. 
hyemalis (Walter) Britton, Sterns & Poggenb. but most 
treat it as a separate taxon. 
Agrostis scabra Willd. was not definitively designated 
as the basionym for Vilfa scabra P.Beauv. by Palisot de 
Beauvois, who either included A. scabra R.Br. as an 
alternative possible basionym or considered the two 
taxa to be synonymous. However, A. scabra Willd. is 
treated here as the basionym for V. scabra P.Beauv. as it 
is the earlier name. 
Agrostis hyemalis (Walter) Britton, Sterns & 
Poggenb., Prelim. Cat 68 (1888) 
Cornucopiae hyemalis Walter, FI. Carol. [Walter] 73 
(1788); Agrostis canina var. hyemalis (Walter) Kuntze, 
Revis. Gen. PI. 3(3): 338 (1898). 
Type: holotype: Anon; S-G-256 (small fragment of 
inflorescence), photo seen; neotype (designated by 
Ward 2007; verified by Walter 1788): Charleston, South 
Carolina, B.L. Robinson 97, 27.iv.1912, GH00247993 
photo seen; isoneotypes: BH n.v., US-866901 n.v. 
Note :This is not a complete synonymy for this taxon. 
The orthographic variant' hiemalis ' was used in many 
North American publications, but also by Vickery 
(1941) who included 'with some hesitation'a range of 
Australian specimens in the 'widespread and variable 
American species, Agrostis hiemalis'. Such Australian 
specimens have since been segregated into a number 
of new endemic Agrostis taxa by Jacobs (2001). 
Agrostis pilosula Trin., Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci.St.- 
Petersbourg, Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde Pt. 5c/. Nat. 
6, 4(3-4): 372 (1841) [reprinted as Agrostidea, 
II. Callo Rotundo, (Agrostea), Typis Academiae 
Caesareae Scientiarum 126 (1841)] nom. nov. for 
Lachnogrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. non Agrostis 
scabra Willd. (1797) 
Calamagrostis pilosula (Trin.) Hook, f., FI. Bri. India [J.D. 
Hooker] 7 (22): 263-264 (1896); Lachnogrostis scabra Nees 
ex Steud., Nomencl. Bot. [Steudel], ed. 2. 1: 250 (1840); 
Calamagrostis pilosula var. scabra (Nees ex Steud.) 
Hook.f., FI. Brit. India 7(22): 264 (1896); Calamagrostis 
neesii Steud., Nomencl. Bot. [Steudel], ed. 2. 1:250 (1840) 
nom. nov. for Lachnogrostis scabra Nees ex Steud. non 
Calamagrostis scabra J.Presl. (1830). 
Type: 'Ind. orient, reg. mont. super', Royle 72 fide. 
Chase and Niles (1962); holotype: LE n.v., isotype: 
Roylean Herb. LIVn.v. 
90 
Vol 33 

Page image

4434050 Adamson Muelleria 34: 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59597072
Page is part of the work Subspeciation in Lachnagrostis adamsonii (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292263

Page text

Brawn 
awn arising from upper half of lemma length, 1.2-6 
mm long, straight, slightly curved or gently sinuate but 
never strongly geniculate; palea subequal to the lemma 
or shorter by up to 0.6 mm, shortly bifid; stamens 3, 
dehisced anthers (0.4-)0.5-1 mm long; caryopsis 
broadly ellipsoid giving the spikelet a distinct swollen 
appearance. 
Common name; Adamson's Blown-grass. 
Lachnagrostis adamsonii subsp. adamsonii 
Annual or short-lived perennial; culms 1-1.5 mm wide, 
unbranched, teaf blades usually 1 mm wide or less when 
unflattened. Spikelets 2.5-3.5(-3.7) mm long, green to 
purplish-green; rachilla extension 0.8-1.7(-2) mm long; 
lemma 2-2.5(-2.8) mm long, entire or toothed with 
minute setae to 0.2 mm long, back and laterals glabrous 
except for the callus, or with occasional to some hairs 0.3 
mm long; awn arising from 65-95% of the lemma length 
from its base, 1.2-3(-3.3) mm long; dehisced anthers 
(0.4-)0.5-0.7 mm long. Fig. la-e. 
Notes; The observation of scattered hairs on the 
backs of the lemmas in about half the populations of 
Lachnagrostis adamsonii subsp. adamsonii is contrary 
to the original description of the taxon, where the 
lemmas were stated to be glabrous (Vickery 1941). 
Apart from this feature, morphological characteristics 
of inflorescences and spikelets between glabrous- 
and hairy-lemma populations are not significantly 
different. Populations with hairs on the lemmas are 
more prevalent in the western part of the taxon's range 
while those with completely glabrous lemmas are most 
common in the east. 
Only at Mailmans Track, Skipton, do some plants 
(approximately 20% of those measured) show spikelets 
slightly exceeding 3.5 mm length, lemmas slightly 
exceeding 2.5 mm length and awns slightly exceeding 
3.0 mm, and, in these respects, they approach L 
adamsonii subsp. ampia. However, these plants differ 
from subsp. ampia in having generally narrower culms 
and leaves, glabrous or near-glabrous lemmas and 
anthers 0.5-0.7 mm length. One collection at Mailmans 
Track (AJ. Brown 2225), growing in water in a roadside 
ditch, with spikelets to 4.3 mm length, hairy lemmas to 
3.1 mm length, awns to 4.2 mm length, awn insertion 
of 65% of the lemma length and anthers of 1 mm 
length, conforms to subsp. ampia. The nearest known 
population of subsp. ampia to Mailmans Track is 8.5 
km to the west, on the corner of Millers Road and the 
Gleneig Highway. 
Distribution: Endemic to western Victoria between 
Portarlington on the Bellarine Peninsula in the east and 
around Cavendish to the west of the Grampians. 
Habitat: Largely confined to areas with average 
annual rainfall of 500-700 mm, where it is only found 
on moderately to severely saline, ephemeral swamps, 
depressions and drainage lines, in association with a 
range of highly salt-tolerant grasses and forbs. Does 
not tolerate prolonged inundation. Rarely found in 
association with Lachnagrostis adamsonii subsp. limosa. 
Selected specimens examined: VICTORIA. 7 km ESE 
of Glenthompson on the Gleneig Highway, 17.xi.1987, AJ. 
Brown 332 (MEL); 6 km SW of Glenthompson on Van Renens 
Lane, 10.i.1994, A.J. Brown B29 (AD, NSW, CANB, MEL); 3 km S 
of Skipton, Mailmans Track, 11.i.1994, AJ. Brown 864 (MEL); 
Caramut on the Warrnambool-Caramut Rd just S of town, 
7j<ii.l995, AJ. Brown 1013 (MEL); 3 km E of Beeac on the 
Mingawalla Rd, 7j<ii.199S, AJ. Brown 1017 (MEL); 7 km W of 
Wickliffe on Williamson’s Rd, 7j(ii.1995, AJ. Brown 1023 (MEL); 
5 km E of Willaura, Hopkins River flats on Delacombe Way, 
21.xii.1995, AJ. Brown 1103 (MEL); 4 km W of Barunah on the 
Cressy-Shelford Rd, on the Mia Mia Ck, 21j<ii.1995, AJ. Brown 
1113 (MEL); 0.5 km E of Moorabool at Cowies Ck crossing of 
Warner's Rd, 4.i.1996, AJ. Brown 1144 (MEL); 4 km W of Mount 
Mercer on the Mount Mercer-Dereel Rd, 4.1.1996, AJ. Brown 
1145 (MEL); 4 km N of Lismore, cnr of Linton and Graham Rds, 
5.i.1996, AJ. Brown 1147 (MEL); 5 km N of Bushy Ck on Yarrock 
Rd, 5.i.1996,AJ. Brown 1151 (MEL); Lake Goldsmith off Skipton 
Rd, 6j(ii. 1996, A. J. Brown // 8 S(MEL );1 km EofMelville Forest on 
the Cavendish-Coleraine Rd, 31 J<ii.1996, AJ. Brown 1267 (MEL); 
3 km N of Haddon on the Ross Ck-Haddon Rd, 10j(i.l997, AJ. 
Brown 1326 (MEL); 6 km N of Bulart, 12j(ii.1997, AJ. Brown 1432 
(MEL); Moyston-Great Western Rd, between Rhymney Reef and 
Rhymney, 11.xi.2CI03, A.J. Brown 2337 (CANB, MEL); 2 km S of 
WarrakontheBuangor-Ben Nevis Rd,20.xi.2003, A J. Brown 1776 
(MEL); easement opposite Black Rock Rd, Breamlea, 23.ii.2004, 
AJ. Brown 1729 (MEL); 1 km from Geelong Rd on Point Richards 
Rd, Portarlington, 17.i.2008, A J. Brown 1893 (MEL). 
Lachnagrostis adamsonii subsp. ampia A.J.Br., 
subsp. nov. 
Differs from subsp. adamsonii in its more robust culms 
and general growth and in its usually longer glumes, 
lemmas, awns and anthers. 
18 
Vol 34 

Page image

4434048 Agrostis adamsonii Muelleria 34: 17
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59597073
Page is part of the work Subspeciation in Lachnagrostis adamsonii (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292263

Page text

Subspeciation in Lachnagrostis adamsonii 
Key to Lachnagrostis adamsonii subspecies 
1 Lemma awn usually 3 mm long or less; spikelet usually 3.5 mm long or less; culm usually 
1.5 mm wide or less; leaves usually 1 mm wide or less (plants of highly saline, short-term 
inundated sites). L. adamsonii subsp. adamsonii 
1: Lemma awn usually greater than 3 mm long; spikelet usually 3.5 mm long or more; culm usually 
1.5 mm wide or more; leaves usually 1 mm wide or more.2 
2 Lemma awn less than 4.5 mm long, inserted at 60% of the lemma back or higher; anthers usually 
0.7 mm long or more; leaves usually 1.5 mm wide or more; mature non-senesced inflorescence 
partly enclosed by leaf-sheath and semi-contracted (plants of saline, long-term 
inundated sites) .... L. adamsonii subsp. ampla 
2: Lemma awn usually 4.5 mm long or more, inserted at less than 60% of the lemma back; anthers 
0.7 mm long or less; leaves usually 1.5 mm wide or less; mature non-senesced inflorescence 
more or less exserted and spreading (plants of slightly saline sites). L. adamsonii subsp. limosa 
statistical support, while the remaining five samples 
of subsp. adamsonii did not cluster together (albeit 
with low statistical support for some placements). 
Further analysis of a wider range of populations across 
an expanded set of molecular markers would be 
instructive, particularly in respect of variation within 
subsp. adamsonii. For the moment, the combination 
of morphological and molecular (RAPD, AFLP) data 
supports recognition of subspecies ampla and limosa as 
separate to the type subspecies. 
Examination of individual plants within any one 
of almost all of the 80-odd known populations of L 
adamsonii shows most to be of uniform morphology. 
Only in a handful of cases (Lake Goldsmith; Dashwood 
Station, Barunah; Corunnun, Lake Corangamite; 
Mt Weejort; and Mailmans Track, Skipton) is there 
some evidence of possible integration between the 
morphological types, described as subspecies below. 
Furthermore, nursery-grown plants have retained 
the characters of their populations, reinforcing the 
entrenched genetic differences between them. On the 
other hand, full species recognition in the face of some 
integration of characters is probably not justified. 
Taxonomy 
Lachnagrostis adamsonii (Vickery) S.W.L.Jacobs, 
Telopea 9:445 (2001) 
Agrostis adamsonii Vickery. Contr. New South Wales 
Natl. Herb. ^ :^07 (1941). 
Type; VICTORIA. 'Melbourne', EM. Adamson 226, 
12.xi.1853; holotype (K). [exact location unknown but, 
given its current distribution, is likely to have been a 
saline environment to the west of the City of Melbourne]. 
Caespitose or rarely shortly stoloniferous, glabrous, 
annual or short-lived perennial, to 90(-120) cm tall 
including inflorescences; culms erect to geniculate, 
1-4 mm wide, usually unbranched, 4- or 5-noded; 
nodes glabrous, light brown and commonly hidden 
by leaf sheaths; internodes smooth or scabridulous; 
leaf sheaths often inflated at lower nodes and 
becoming loose from the culm above, striate, smooth 
or scabridulous between the nerves. Leaf blades dull 
green to bluish-green when fresh, shallowly grooved, 
involute (although basal leaves becoming flattened 
with senescence), smooth, sometimes scabridulous on 
exposed margins, up to 2 mm wide (unflattened), basal 
to mid culm leaf blades 10-50 cm long, upper culm leaf 
blades less than 10 cm long; ligules membranous, acute, 
becoming laciniate, (2-)4-6(-7) mm long. Inflorescence 
an open panicle, 15-25(-55) cm long and 15-25(-30) 
cm wide, becoming shortly exserted with maturity, 
peduncle and rachis retrorsely strigose to scabridulous, 
abscising at maturity; primary branches clustered 
(commonly 4-7 at lowest whorls), spreading, antrorsely 
scabridulous; secondary branching not occurring within 
at least the basal third of the length of lower branches; 
spikelets slightly overlapping towards the ultimate 
branch terminals. Spikelets 2.5-4 mm long, green to 
purplish-green; pedicel subclavate, scaberulous; rachilla 
extension present, 0.8-2.3 mm long including hairs; 
glumes not widely diverging, subequal or commonly 
the upper longer by up to 0.5 mm, scabrous on the keels, 
smooth on the lateral faces, entire to ciliolate on the 
upper margins; lemma 2-3.3 mm long, 5-nerved, entire 
or 2-4-toothed, callus with a dense tuft of hairs 0.5-0.7 
mm long, back and/or laterals glabrous or with sparsely 
scattered hairs confined to the mid-third region, awned; 
Muelleria 
17 

Page image

4434046 Helipterum incanum tricolor Muelleria 34: 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59597077
Page is part of the work Elevation of rank for Leucochrysum albicans var. tricolor (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292262
4435869 Lachnagrostis adamsonii ampla Muelleria 34: 18-20, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 34: 18-20, Fig. 1".

4436782 Lachnagrostis adamsonii limosa Muelleria 34: 20-21

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 34: 20-21".

4434047 Lachnagrostis adamsonii Muelleria 34: 17-18

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 34: 17-18".

4434959 Lachnagrostis adamsonii adamsonii Muelleria 34: 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59597072
Page is part of the work Subspeciation in Lachnagrostis adamsonii (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.292263
4434045 Leucochrysum albicans tricolor Muelleria 34: 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59597077
Page is part of the work Elevation of rank for Leucochrysum albicans var. tricolor (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292262
7515903 Leucochrysum albicans tricolor Muelleria 34: 13
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59597077
Page is part of the work Elevation of rank for Leucochrysum albicans var. tricolor (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), doi:10.5962/p.292262
4432936 Podolepis neglecta Muelleria 34: 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59597086
Page is part of the work A new species of Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) from New South Wales, doi:10.5962/p.292261

Page text

Jeanes 
study, but other characters such as indumentum, leaf 
morphology and capitulum size and shape often also 
prove useful. Furthermore, some species are apparently 
habitat specific. 
In a recent paper (Jeanes 2015) I redefined Podolepis s. 
str. using a combination of morphological and molecular 
data. While researching this paper the name Podolepis 
sp. Warrabah, J.R. Hosking 1862, NSW Herbarium (APNI 
2014), came to my attention. After an initial consultation 
with my colleague J.R. Hosking and the subsequent 
examination ofherbarium specimens, it became obvious 
that this was a discrete taxon previously confused 
with P. neglecta (Fig. 1). Some herbarium specimens 
were already segregated as P. sp. Warrabah (formally 
described below as P. omissa Jeanes), but most could 
still be found stored as P. neglecta, P. jaceoides (Sims) Voss 
or Podolepis indeterminate. Podolepis omissa is likely to 
be part of Podolepis s. str. based on the long limbs of its 
ray florets and on its apparent close relationship with P. 
neglecta. 
Taxonomy 
Podolepis omissa Jeanes, sp. nov. 
Type; NEW SOUTH WALES. Warrabah National Park, 
27.iv.2000, J.R. Hosking 1862 (holotype, MEL 2131971! 
(Fig. 2), isotypes, TARCH 6097, CANB 539182!, NSW 
447127, NE 72206). 
Podolepis neglecta sensu G.M. Cunningham et al. 
(1981) non G.L. Davis. 
Podolepis neglecta sensu J. Everett (1992) p.p,. non G.L. 
Davis. 
Podolepis sp. Warrabah {J.R. Hosking 1862) NSW 
Herbarium sensu APNI (2014). 
Illustrations: Everett (1992) page 264 (as P. neglecta): 
J.R. Hosking unpublished image (see Fig. 3 this paper). 
Perennial herb 30-70(-130) cm tall. Stems 1-several, 
erect, often sparingly branched, variously woolly 
or glabrescent. Leaves covered sparsely to densely 
with flattened elongate to coiled, multicellular 
hairs, sometimes glabrescent, margins recurved to 
±flat, entire; basal leaves several in a sparse rosette, 
oblanceolate, 5-10 cm long and 5-10 mm wide, 
petiolate, base amplexicaul, often withering early; 
cauline leaves alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, usually 
linear to linear-oblanceolate, mostly 1-10(-18) cm 
long and 2-10(-18) mm wide, apex acuminate. 
Capitulescences simple or paniculiform. Peduncles 1-10 
cm long, with several scarious scale leaves below the 
involucre passing into the leafy stem. Capitula 1 -several, 
hemispherical, mostly 10-20 mm diam., 10-12 mm 
long. Involucral bracts multiseriate, with slender linear 
claws, unequal (outermost shortest, intermediate 
longest); claw stiff, glandular, shiny, straw-coloured, 
with an elongate central depressed green section on 
the stereome, most prominent towards the apex; lamina 
scarious; intermediate bracts 5-8 mm long, claw c. 1 mm 
wide at the narrowest point, lamina ovate to triangular, 
to c. 3 mm wide, extending to c. 4 mm beyond apex 
of claw, base attenuate and continuous with upper 
margins of claw, apex acuminate. Florets bright yellow; 
ray florets female, 35-50, lamina linear, 10-20 mm long, 
3(-4)-toothed, teeth to 2 mm long, to c. 1 mm wide; 
disc florets bisexual, c. 10 mm long, numerous. Cypselas 
c. 2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, papillose; pappus bristles 
15-30, barbellate, shortly connate at base, 6-8 mm long. 
(Fig. 4) 
Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES. 
Warrumbungle National Park, Wambelong Camp area. 15.V.1980, 
J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL 575040); Grounds of “Wagon Wheel” Motel, 
southern edge of Coonabarabran, 12.xii.1998, BJ. Lepschi 4126 
&J.R. Connors (MEL 2253130, CANB 626730, NSW, US); 31 km SW 
of Uralla on the New England Highway, 4.11.1996, M. Ito 96002, T. 
Nishino & I'. Kita (MEL 2030350, NSW, Tl); Forbes region. 1.4 km 
from N entrance gate to Mandagery State Forest, E side of track, 
14.xii.1990, S.M. Probersji. (CANB 00492321); 6 miles |9.7 km) north 
of Bundarra G.P.O. on Inverell road, 9.iii.1954, R.W. Jessup & M. Gray 
572 (CANB 97675); Burble Creek, Warrumbungle Range, 29 km W of 
Coonabarabran, 6x11.1973, H. Streimann s.n. (CBG 53893, NSW); 18 
km from Uralla on Kingstown road, 7x11.1989, D.L Jones 5549 & C.H. 
Broers (CBG 8914078); 14.4 km W of Baldersleigh, between Armidale 
and Bundarra, 28x11.2008, A.R. Bean 28415 (BRIAQ820428). 
Distribution and habitat: Endemic to New South 
Wales where it is distributed in the Brigalow Belt 
South, Nandewar, New England Tablelands, NSW South 
Western Slopes and Sydney Basin Regions (sensu 
IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia 2012). Reports 
of this species from the Hillston-Cobar, Enngonia 
and Paroo River areas of western New South Wales 
(Cunningham etal. 1981 as Podolepis neglecta) appear 
to be unsupported by voucher specimens and require 
further investigation. Found mostly on sandy soils, but 
also on skeletal soils in volcanic areas (J.R. Hosking pers. 
4 
Vol 34 

Page image

4432937 Podolepis neglecta Muelleria 34: 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59597086
Page is part of the work A new species of Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) from New South Wales, doi:10.5962/p.292261

Page text

Jeanes 
study, but other characters such as indumentum, leaf 
morphology and capitulum size and shape often also 
prove useful. Furthermore, some species are apparently 
habitat specific. 
In a recent paper (Jeanes 2015) I redefined Podolepis s. 
str. using a combination of morphological and molecular 
data. While researching this paper the name Podolepis 
sp. Warrabah, J.R. Hosking 1862, NSW Herbarium (APNI 
2014), came to my attention. After an initial consultation 
with my colleague J.R. Hosking and the subsequent 
examination ofherbarium specimens, it became obvious 
that this was a discrete taxon previously confused 
with P. neglecta (Fig. 1). Some herbarium specimens 
were already segregated as P. sp. Warrabah (formally 
described below as P. omissa Jeanes), but most could 
still be found stored as P. neglecta, P. jaceoides (Sims) Voss 
or Podolepis indeterminate. Podolepis omissa is likely to 
be part of Podolepis s. str. based on the long limbs of its 
ray florets and on its apparent close relationship with P. 
neglecta. 
Taxonomy 
Podolepis omissa Jeanes, sp. nov. 
Type; NEW SOUTH WALES. Warrabah National Park, 
27.iv.2000, J.R. Hosking 1862 (holotype, MEL 2131971! 
(Fig. 2), isotypes, TARCH 6097, CANB 539182!, NSW 
447127, NE 72206). 
Podolepis neglecta sensu G.M. Cunningham et al. 
(1981) non G.L. Davis. 
Podolepis neglecta sensu J. Everett (1992) p.p,. non G.L. 
Davis. 
Podolepis sp. Warrabah {J.R. Hosking 1862) NSW 
Herbarium sensu APNI (2014). 
Illustrations: Everett (1992) page 264 (as P. neglecta): 
J.R. Hosking unpublished image (see Fig. 3 this paper). 
Perennial herb 30-70(-130) cm tall. Stems 1-several, 
erect, often sparingly branched, variously woolly 
or glabrescent. Leaves covered sparsely to densely 
with flattened elongate to coiled, multicellular 
hairs, sometimes glabrescent, margins recurved to 
±flat, entire; basal leaves several in a sparse rosette, 
oblanceolate, 5-10 cm long and 5-10 mm wide, 
petiolate, base amplexicaul, often withering early; 
cauline leaves alternate, sessile, stem-clasping, usually 
linear to linear-oblanceolate, mostly 1-10(-18) cm 
long and 2-10(-18) mm wide, apex acuminate. 
Capitulescences simple or paniculiform. Peduncles 1-10 
cm long, with several scarious scale leaves below the 
involucre passing into the leafy stem. Capitula 1 -several, 
hemispherical, mostly 10-20 mm diam., 10-12 mm 
long. Involucral bracts multiseriate, with slender linear 
claws, unequal (outermost shortest, intermediate 
longest); claw stiff, glandular, shiny, straw-coloured, 
with an elongate central depressed green section on 
the stereome, most prominent towards the apex; lamina 
scarious; intermediate bracts 5-8 mm long, claw c. 1 mm 
wide at the narrowest point, lamina ovate to triangular, 
to c. 3 mm wide, extending to c. 4 mm beyond apex 
of claw, base attenuate and continuous with upper 
margins of claw, apex acuminate. Florets bright yellow; 
ray florets female, 35-50, lamina linear, 10-20 mm long, 
3(-4)-toothed, teeth to 2 mm long, to c. 1 mm wide; 
disc florets bisexual, c. 10 mm long, numerous. Cypselas 
c. 2 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, papillose; pappus bristles 
15-30, barbellate, shortly connate at base, 6-8 mm long. 
(Fig. 4) 
Selected specimens examined: NEW SOUTH WALES. 
Warrumbungle National Park, Wambelong Camp area. 15.V.1980, 
J.H. Willis s.n. (MEL 575040); Grounds of “Wagon Wheel” Motel, 
southern edge of Coonabarabran, 12.xii.1998, BJ. Lepschi 4126 
&J.R. Connors (MEL 2253130, CANB 626730, NSW, US); 31 km SW 
of Uralla on the New England Highway, 4.11.1996, M. Ito 96002, T. 
Nishino & I'. Kita (MEL 2030350, NSW, Tl); Forbes region. 1.4 km 
from N entrance gate to Mandagery State Forest, E side of track, 
14.xii.1990, S.M. Probersji. (CANB 00492321); 6 miles |9.7 km) north 
of Bundarra G.P.O. on Inverell road, 9.iii.1954, R.W. Jessup & M. Gray 
572 (CANB 97675); Burble Creek, Warrumbungle Range, 29 km W of 
Coonabarabran, 6x11.1973, H. Streimann s.n. (CBG 53893, NSW); 18 
km from Uralla on Kingstown road, 7x11.1989, D.L Jones 5549 & C.H. 
Broers (CBG 8914078); 14.4 km W of Baldersleigh, between Armidale 
and Bundarra, 28x11.2008, A.R. Bean 28415 (BRIAQ820428). 
Distribution and habitat: Endemic to New South 
Wales where it is distributed in the Brigalow Belt 
South, Nandewar, New England Tablelands, NSW South 
Western Slopes and Sydney Basin Regions (sensu 
IBRA7, Commonwealth of Australia 2012). Reports 
of this species from the Hillston-Cobar, Enngonia 
and Paroo River areas of western New South Wales 
(Cunningham etal. 1981 as Podolepis neglecta) appear 
to be unsupported by voucher specimens and require 
further investigation. Found mostly on sandy soils, but 
also on skeletal soils in volcanic areas (J.R. Hosking pers. 
4 
Vol 34 

Page image

4432934 Podolepis omissa Muelleria 34: 4-7, Figs 1-4

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 34: 4-7, Figs 1-4".

4432938 Podolepis sp. Warrabah (J.R.Hosking 1862) NSW Herbarium Muelleria 34: 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59597086
Page is part of the work A new species of Podolepis (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae) from New South Wales, doi:10.5962/p.292261
5441948 Grevillea burrowa Muelleria 34: 51-54, Figs 1, 2 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 34: 51-54, Figs 1, 2 (map)".

6814086 Asterolasia trymalioides Muelleria 34: 73, 75
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59597096
Page is part of the work Recognition of subspecies in Asterolasia trymalioides (Rutaceae: Rutoideae), doi:10.5962/p.292269
6814516 Asterolasia trymalioides trymalioides Muelleria 34: 75-77, Figs 3, 4
6814947 Asterolasia trymalioides areniticola Muelleria 34: 77-78, Figs 3, 5
6815380 Asterolasia trymalioides villosa Muelleria 34: 78-79, Figs 3, 6
6814079 Microderis walteri Muelleria 34: 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59597052
Page is part of the work A name for Murnong (Microseris: Asteraceae: Cichorioideae), doi:10.5962/p.292268

Page text

A name for Murnong 
numerous examples in the field and the mature root 
system of these appears uniform. 
While based primarily on Victorian specimens, the 
key, based on herbarium specimens at MEL, appears to 
be applicable to Australia generally, notwithstanding 
Sneddon's note about a 'variant' from lowland sites in 
Tasmania that has unusually short {c. 3 mm long) pappus 
scales. While discussed under M. lanceolata, Sneddon 
notes this variant 'may be closer to M. scapigera'. It is 
clearly not part of what is here resurrected as M. walteri. 
Taxonomy 
Microseris walteri Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 
65:52 (1918) (as MIcroderis walteri) 
T: Victoria, Sandringham, Sept. 1900, C.Walter s.n.-, holo; 
LY (photo seen). 
Microseris forsteri var. subplumosa Benth. FI. Austral. 
3:676 (1867). T: W. Australia, J.Drummond 5"' Coll., 366) 
holo: K (photo seen); ?iso: MEL (2 sheets). 
Microseris sp. 3 sens. J.AJeanes in N.G.Walsh & 
TJ.Entwisle (eds). Flora of Victoria, vol. 4,702 (1999). 
Microseris aff. lanceolata (Foothills) sens. J.H.Ross, Census 
Vase. PI. Victoria, edn 5, pp. 49,185 (1996). 
Acknowledgements 
1 am most grateful to Gaetan Guignard, curator at 
Universite Claude Bernard, Lyon, France (LY) for provision 
of photographs of early Australasian collections at LY 
and for permission to reproduce the photograph of 
the type of M. walteri. Andre Messina assisted with the 
compilation of Fig. 1. 
References 
Blackburn, A., Blay, J. & Dorrough, A. (2015). 'AWAY on the 
Bundian Way', in N.S.G.Williams, A.Marshall, & J.W.Morgan 
(eds). Land of sweeping plains, pp. 14, 15. CSIRO Publishing, 
Melbourne. 
CHAH (2011). Australian Plant Name Index/Australian Plant 
Census httpsy/biodiversity.org.au/nsl/services/api/instance/ 
apni/923178 - accessed 11 May 2015). 
Clark I.D. (1998). The journals of George Augustus Robinson. 
Fleritage Matters, Melbourne. 
Gandoger, M.M. (1918). Sertum plantarum novum. Pars prima. 
Bulletin de la Sociite Botanique de France, 24-69. 
Gott, B (1983).'Use of Victorian plants by Koories’in D.B.Foreman 
and N.G.Walsh, Flora of Victoria vol. 1,195-211. Inkata Press, 
Melbourne. 
Jeanes, J.A. {'\999).'Microseris', in N.G.Walsh &TJ.Entwisle, Flora 
of Victoria vol. 4, pp. 701,702. 
Lloyd, G.T. (1862). Thirty-three years in Tasmania and Victoria: 
being the actual experience of the author interspersed with 
historic jottings, narratives and counsel to emigrants. Moulston 
& Wright, London. 
McNeill, J., Barrie, F.R., Buck, W.R., Demoulin V., Greuter W., 
Flawksworth D.L, Herendeen P.S., Knapp 5., Marhold K., Prado 
J., Prud'homme van Reine W.F., Smith G.F., Wiersema J.H. & 
Turland N.J. (2012). International code of nomenclature for 
algae, fungi, and plants (Melbourne Code). Koeltz Scientific 
Books Konigstein, Germany 
Mitchell, T.L. (1839). Three expeditions into the interior of 
Australia.T. Si W. Boone, London. 
Hoss,i.H.(]990). AcensusofthevascularplantsofVictoria. Edn 3. 
National Herbarium ofVictoria. 
Ross, J.H. (1993). A census of the vascular plants ofVictoria. Edn 4. 
Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne. 
Smyth, R.B. (1876) The Aborigines of Victoria, Victorian 
Government Printer Vol. 2. 
Sneddon, B.V, (2015). 'Microseris', in A.Wilson (ed.). Flora of 
Austra/io, vol. 37,125-127. ABRS,Canberra/CSIRO Publishing, 
Melbourne. 
Walsh, N.G. & Stajsic, V. (2007). A census of the vascular plants of 
Victoria. Edn 8. Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne. 
Wilson, A. (ed.), (2015). Flora of Australia, vol. 37, Asteraceae 1. 
ABRS, Canberra/CSIRO Publishing, Melbourne. 
Muelleria 
67 

Page image

6814082 Microseris aff. lanceolata (Foothills) Muelleria 34: 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59597052
Page is part of the work A name for Murnong (Microseris: Asteraceae: Cichorioideae), doi:10.5962/p.292268
6814080 Microseris forsteri subplumosa Muelleria 34: 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59597052
Page is part of the work A name for Murnong (Microseris: Asteraceae: Cichorioideae), doi:10.5962/p.292268
6814081 Microseris sp. 3 Muelleria 34: 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59597052
Page is part of the work A name for Murnong (Microseris: Asteraceae: Cichorioideae), doi:10.5962/p.292268

Page text

A name for Murnong 
numerous examples in the field and the mature root 
system of these appears uniform. 
While based primarily on Victorian specimens, the 
key, based on herbarium specimens at MEL, appears to 
be applicable to Australia generally, notwithstanding 
Sneddon's note about a 'variant' from lowland sites in 
Tasmania that has unusually short {c. 3 mm long) pappus 
scales. While discussed under M. lanceolata, Sneddon 
notes this variant 'may be closer to M. scapigera'. It is 
clearly not part of what is here resurrected as M. walteri. 
Taxonomy 
Microseris walteri Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 
65:52 (1918) (as MIcroderis walteri) 
T: Victoria, Sandringham, Sept. 1900, C.Walter s.n.-, holo; 
LY (photo seen). 
Microseris forsteri var. subplumosa Benth. FI. Austral. 
3:676 (1867). T: W. Australia, J.Drummond 5"' Coll., 366) 
holo: K (photo seen); ?iso: MEL (2 sheets). 
Microseris sp. 3 sens. J.AJeanes in N.G.Walsh & 
TJ.Entwisle (eds). Flora of Victoria, vol. 4,702 (1999). 
Microseris aff. lanceolata (Foothills) sens. J.H.Ross, Census 
Vase. PI. Victoria, edn 5, pp. 49,185 (1996). 
Acknowledgements 
1 am most grateful to Gaetan Guignard, curator at 
Universite Claude Bernard, Lyon, France (LY) for provision 
of photographs of early Australasian collections at LY 
and for permission to reproduce the photograph of 
the type of M. walteri. Andre Messina assisted with the 
compilation of Fig. 1. 
References 
Blackburn, A., Blay, J. & Dorrough, A. (2015). 'AWAY on the 
Bundian Way', in N.S.G.Williams, A.Marshall, & J.W.Morgan 
(eds). Land of sweeping plains, pp. 14, 15. CSIRO Publishing, 
Melbourne. 
CHAH (2011). Australian Plant Name Index/Australian Plant 
Census httpsy/biodiversity.org.au/nsl/services/api/instance/ 
apni/923178 - accessed 11 May 2015). 
Clark I.D. (1998). The journals of George Augustus Robinson. 
Fleritage Matters, Melbourne. 
Gandoger, M.M. (1918). Sertum plantarum novum. Pars prima. 
Bulletin de la Sociite Botanique de France, 24-69. 
Gott, B (1983).'Use of Victorian plants by Koories’in D.B.Foreman 
and N.G.Walsh, Flora of Victoria vol. 1,195-211. Inkata Press, 
Melbourne. 
Jeanes, J.A. {'\999).'Microseris', in N.G.Walsh &TJ.Entwisle, Flora 
of Victoria vol. 4, pp. 701,702. 
Lloyd, G.T. (1862). Thirty-three years in Tasmania and Victoria: 
being the actual experience of the author interspersed with 
historic jottings, narratives and counsel to emigrants. Moulston 
& Wright, London. 
McNeill, J., Barrie, F.R., Buck, W.R., Demoulin V., Greuter W., 
Flawksworth D.L, Herendeen P.S., Knapp 5., Marhold K., Prado 
J., Prud'homme van Reine W.F., Smith G.F., Wiersema J.H. & 
Turland N.J. (2012). International code of nomenclature for 
algae, fungi, and plants (Melbourne Code). Koeltz Scientific 
Books Konigstein, Germany 
Mitchell, T.L. (1839). Three expeditions into the interior of 
Australia.T. Si W. Boone, London. 
Hoss,i.H.(]990). AcensusofthevascularplantsofVictoria. Edn 3. 
National Herbarium ofVictoria. 
Ross, J.H. (1993). A census of the vascular plants ofVictoria. Edn 4. 
Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne. 
Smyth, R.B. (1876) The Aborigines of Victoria, Victorian 
Government Printer Vol. 2. 
Sneddon, B.V, (2015). 'Microseris', in A.Wilson (ed.). Flora of 
Austra/io, vol. 37,125-127. ABRS,Canberra/CSIRO Publishing, 
Melbourne. 
Walsh, N.G. & Stajsic, V. (2007). A census of the vascular plants of 
Victoria. Edn 8. Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne. 
Wilson, A. (ed.), (2015). Flora of Australia, vol. 37, Asteraceae 1. 
ABRS, Canberra/CSIRO Publishing, Melbourne. 
Muelleria 
67 

Page image

6814078 Microseris walteri Muelleria 34: 67
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59597052
Page is part of the work A name for Murnong (Microseris: Asteraceae: Cichorioideae), doi:10.5962/p.292268

Page text

A name for Murnong 
numerous examples in the field and the mature root 
system of these appears uniform. 
While based primarily on Victorian specimens, the 
key, based on herbarium specimens at MEL, appears to 
be applicable to Australia generally, notwithstanding 
Sneddon's note about a 'variant' from lowland sites in 
Tasmania that has unusually short {c. 3 mm long) pappus 
scales. While discussed under M. lanceolata, Sneddon 
notes this variant 'may be closer to M. scapigera'. It is 
clearly not part of what is here resurrected as M. walteri. 
Taxonomy 
Microseris walteri Gand., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 
65:52 (1918) (as MIcroderis walteri) 
T: Victoria, Sandringham, Sept. 1900, C.Walter s.n.-, holo; 
LY (photo seen). 
Microseris forsteri var. subplumosa Benth. FI. Austral. 
3:676 (1867). T: W. Australia, J.Drummond 5"' Coll., 366) 
holo: K (photo seen); ?iso: MEL (2 sheets). 
Microseris sp. 3 sens. J.AJeanes in N.G.Walsh & 
TJ.Entwisle (eds). Flora of Victoria, vol. 4,702 (1999). 
Microseris aff. lanceolata (Foothills) sens. J.H.Ross, Census 
Vase. PI. Victoria, edn 5, pp. 49,185 (1996). 
Acknowledgements 
1 am most grateful to Gaetan Guignard, curator at 
Universite Claude Bernard, Lyon, France (LY) for provision 
of photographs of early Australasian collections at LY 
and for permission to reproduce the photograph of 
the type of M. walteri. Andre Messina assisted with the 
compilation of Fig. 1. 
References 
Blackburn, A., Blay, J. & Dorrough, A. (2015). 'AWAY on the 
Bundian Way', in N.S.G.Williams, A.Marshall, & J.W.Morgan 
(eds). Land of sweeping plains, pp. 14, 15. CSIRO Publishing, 
Melbourne. 
CHAH (2011). Australian Plant Name Index/Australian Plant 
Census httpsy/biodiversity.org.au/nsl/services/api/instance/ 
apni/923178 - accessed 11 May 2015). 
Clark I.D. (1998). The journals of George Augustus Robinson. 
Fleritage Matters, Melbourne. 
Gandoger, M.M. (1918). Sertum plantarum novum. Pars prima. 
Bulletin de la Sociite Botanique de France, 24-69. 
Gott, B (1983).'Use of Victorian plants by Koories’in D.B.Foreman 
and N.G.Walsh, Flora of Victoria vol. 1,195-211. Inkata Press, 
Melbourne. 
Jeanes, J.A. {'\999).'Microseris', in N.G.Walsh &TJ.Entwisle, Flora 
of Victoria vol. 4, pp. 701,702. 
Lloyd, G.T. (1862). Thirty-three years in Tasmania and Victoria: 
being the actual experience of the author interspersed with 
historic jottings, narratives and counsel to emigrants. Moulston 
& Wright, London. 
McNeill, J., Barrie, F.R., Buck, W.R., Demoulin V., Greuter W., 
Flawksworth D.L, Herendeen P.S., Knapp 5., Marhold K., Prado 
J., Prud'homme van Reine W.F., Smith G.F., Wiersema J.H. & 
Turland N.J. (2012). International code of nomenclature for 
algae, fungi, and plants (Melbourne Code). Koeltz Scientific 
Books Konigstein, Germany 
Mitchell, T.L. (1839). Three expeditions into the interior of 
Australia.T. Si W. Boone, London. 
Hoss,i.H.(]990). AcensusofthevascularplantsofVictoria. Edn 3. 
National Herbarium ofVictoria. 
Ross, J.H. (1993). A census of the vascular plants ofVictoria. Edn 4. 
Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne. 
Smyth, R.B. (1876) The Aborigines of Victoria, Victorian 
Government Printer Vol. 2. 
Sneddon, B.V, (2015). 'Microseris', in A.Wilson (ed.). Flora of 
Austra/io, vol. 37,125-127. ABRS,Canberra/CSIRO Publishing, 
Melbourne. 
Walsh, N.G. & Stajsic, V. (2007). A census of the vascular plants of 
Victoria. Edn 8. Royal Botanic Gardens Melbourne. 
Wilson, A. (ed.), (2015). Flora of Australia, vol. 37, Asteraceae 1. 
ABRS, Canberra/CSIRO Publishing, Melbourne. 
Muelleria 
67 

Page image

8296258 Hibiscus forsteri Muelleria 35: 11-13, Fig. 1a-c

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 35: 11-13, Fig. 1a-c".

8295662 Hibiscus forsteri Muelleria 35: 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529237
Page is part of the work Three new species and one new combination in Hibiscus (Malvaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291981

Page text

Craven, Barrett and Barrett 
column. Stigmas entire, capitate. Ovary glabrous. Calyx 
in fruit not distinctly inflated or accrescent. Fruits dry, 
dehiscent capsule. Capsules 15-18 mm long, glabrous, 
capsule beak present. Seeds glabrous, striate and 
minutely pectinate-pubescent, angular, subreniform, c. 
4 mm long. (Fig. 2) 
Diagnostic characters: This species is distinguished 
from all species of Australian sect. Furcaria by its 
glaucous leaves, glabrous branchlets and capsule, 9-10 
short epicalyx lobes, and yellow corolla. 
Additional specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 
Morgan River, 15.ii.2005, M.D. Barrett 1589 (PERTH); Cultivated 
in a CSIRO greenhouse, Canberra, ex: Morgan River, Kimberley, 
(coll. R.L. & M.D. Barrett), iii.2005, LA. Craven 15049 (CANB 
875441); Morgan River, 28.iv.2008, M.D. Barrett & R.L. Barrett 
MDB 2144 (PERTH 08103062); Morgan River, 17.V.2011, M.D. 
Barrett 3730 (PERTH). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs on two large 
sandstone pavements 15 km apart near the Morgan 
River on Theda Station. Each pavement is 0.9-1.2 km 
long and c. 300 m wide, however, the Hibiscus kirstyae 
populations occupy only a portion of each pavement. 
Hibiscus kirstyae is restricted to ridges away from the 
pavement margins, presumably to afford them some 
degree of protection from fire. The type population 
consists of around 200 individuals that are estimated to 
live for 3-6 years between fire periods. 
Notes: Considerable effort has been undertaken 
to locate additional populations in the region over a 
period of 12 years, including extensive observations 
by helicopter, but no further populations have been 
located to date. 
The glabrous capsule is unusual amongst Australian 
indigenous species, shared only with Hibiscus 
meraukensis Hochr. H. meraukensis is distinguished from 
H. kirstyae by having deeply 2-3-lobed leaves, longer 
epicalyx lobes more than half as long as the calyx lobes, 
and white petals. 
Flowering observed between January and April. 
Plants are obligate seeders, being killed by fire. 
From a distance the glaucous leaves, yellow flowers 
and tall shrub habit have the appearance of a Calotropis 
R.Br. with yellow deciduous leaves, which are noxious 
weeds elsewhere in the Kimberley. 
Conservation status: Hibiscus kirstyae is rare. Listed 
as Priority One under Department of Parks and Wildlife 
Conservation Codes for Western Australian Flora as 
Hibiscus sp.Theda (M.D. Barrett & R.L. Barrett MDB 2144) 
(Jones 2015), and the IUCN category Vulnerable (VU 
D1 +2) is considered appropriate (IUCN 2012). 
Etymology: This species is named in honour of 
Christine (Kirsty) L. Craven, wife of Lyn Craven, in 
recognition of her many years of support and patience 
during many family 'holidays' undertaken to collect 
plants. 
Hibiscus forsteri species complex 
Wilson and Craven (1995: 442) noted that Paul Forster 
(pers. comm. 1994) recognised that at least two forms 
were included under their concept of Hibiscus forsteri, 
but, at that time, the available material was insufficient 
to define additional taxon boundaries. The specimens 
noted by Forster to differ from typical H. forsteri are 
herein described as H. sankowskyorum. Growing a range 
of specimens under common conditions allowed for 
critical comparison and recognition of three species. 
Hibiscus forsteri and H. sankowskyorum occur in relatively 
close proximity to each other, but have not been noted 
to co-occur, growing on different substrates. A revised 
key to all Queensland and New South Wales species of 
Hibiscus sect. Furcaria is presented to distinguish the 
two new species from H. forsteri and includes H. zonatus 
F.Muell., which has been recorded from NW Queensland 
(since Craven et al. 2003). 
Hibiscus sankowskyorum Craven, sp. nov. 
Type: QUEENSLAND. Cook District: Brown Creek 
crossing on the road to Iron Range, on levee of the 
stream in Eucalyptus tetrodonta-E. nesophila woodland, 
9.viii.l987,T.R Clarkson 7341 (holotype: CANB 572995.1, 
572995.2 (mounted on two sheets); isotypes: BRI, L, QRS, 
all n.v.). 
Hibiscus forsteri auct. non F.D.Wilson: F.D.Wilson & 
Craven, Austrobaileya 4(3): 439-442 (1995), p.p., as to 
S.T. Blake 23449; J. Brass 19181; J.R. Clarkson 7341; J.R. 
Clarkson 9078 & VJ. Neldner, R. Coveny & P. Hind 7100; 
Cummings 100; P.l. Forster4249; P.i. Forster 9040; J. Wrigley 
&l. Telford NQ1386. 
Shrub, or free, apparently evergreen, often multistemmed 
from ground level, perhaps as a response to fire, 2-3(- 
10) m tall, dbh up to 20 cm. Branchlets hairy, with stellate 
6 
Vol 35 

Page image

8296256 Hibiscus forsteri Muelleria 35: 9
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529240
Page is part of the work Three new species and one new combination in Hibiscus (Malvaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291981

Page text

New species in Hibiscus 
along distal c. 25 mm of the column, inserted singly. 
Anthers dark red. Pollen dark red. Style one, 5-branched, 
branches c. 4 mm long, exserted c. 14 mm beyond apex 
of staminal column. Stigmas entire, capitate. Ovary hairy. 
Calyx in fruit not distinctly inflated or accrescent. Fruits 
dry, dehiscent, a capsule. Capsules ovoid, c. 20 mm long 
with ascending dense hairs, capsule beak present. Seeds 
glabrous. (Figs Id-f, 3) 
Diagnostic characters: Distinguished from Australian 
members of Hibiscus section Furcaria by the following 
combination of characters: evergreen large shrub 
or small tree; flattened, often spathulate epicalyx 
segments; sparse, small aculei tipped by short stellate 
hairs and otherwise short, very dense indumentum on 
the branchlets and leaves. 
Specimens examined: QUEENSLAND. Cook District: 53 km 
from Cooktown on Old Mdver Road, 6 km from Hope Vale Turn 
Off, 21 .v.1970, S.T. Blake 23449 (BRI, n.v., CANB 310413); Brown's 
[Brown] Creek, Pascoe River, Cape York Peninsula, 13.vi.1948, 
LJ. Brass 19181 (CANB 192489); 9.2 km north of the Lockhart 
River Road on the track to Wattle Hill, 8.viii.1991, J.R. Clarkson 
9078 & VJ. Neldner (BRI, n.v., CANB 572996, QRS, n.v.); 49.6 km 
(by road) N of Cooktown, on the Cooktown Mclvor River Road, 
5.3 km N of southern turnoff to Hopevale Mission, 31.v.1992, 
BJ. Conn 3595, EA Brown & A.N.L Doust (NSW, 256566, n.v., 
QRS 114277); CSIRO glasshouse, Canberra, ex: 27 miles from 
Cooktown on Mclvor River road, 9.vi.1983 LA. Craven s.n. 
(CANB 332429); From cuttings, G. Sankowsky’s garden, Tolga, 
Atherton Tableland, ex: Browns Creek, Iron Range road, (coll. G. 
Sankowsky) 25x1997, LA. Craven, G. Sankowsky, J.A. Matarczyk 
10012 (CANB 498126); CSIRO glasshouse, Canberra, ex: 9.2 
km north of the Lockhart River, (coll. Clarkson 9078) 2001, LA. 
Craven 10466 (CANB 875439); CSIRO glasshouse, Canberra, ex: 
9.2 km north of the Lockhart River, (coll. Clarkson 9078), i.1998, 
LA. Craven 15051 (CANB 875443); CSIRO glasshouse, Canberra, 
ex 27 miles NW of Cooktown along Mclvor road, (coll. Wrigley 
& Telford NQ1386), i.1998, LA. Craven 15052 (CANB 875444); 
Canberra Botanic Gardens, ex: Mclvor River road, as cuttings 
722449 (Coll. I.R. Telford & J. W. Wrigley NQ 1386), 17.ii.1977, 
DJ. Cummings 100 (CBG 67595); Yuruga, Atherton Tablelands, 
Walkamin ex Heathlands, factually from Brown's Creek] 
6.viii.1996, S. Donaldson 955, I.R. Telford & L.W. Cayzer (CBG 
9612927); Garraway Hill, southern slopes, 17.vii.1991, Rl. Forster 
9040 (BRI, n.v., CANB 573001); 33 miles [53 km] from Wenlock 
on the Iron Range road [Portland Roads road], vii.1968, C.H. 
Cittins 1796 (CANB 743794); Claudie River, 26.vi.1972, A.K. Irvine 
213 (CANB 690231, QRS, n.v.); Iron Range Road, E of crossing 
over Pascoe River, 15.V.2003, D.L Jones 18865 & B. Gray (CANB 
598258, QRS, n.v.); Brown’s Creek, ii.2003, Sankowsky s.n. 
(CANB 875445); Canberra Botanic Gardens, ex: 27 miles NW of 
Cooktown along Mclvor River road, i.1 974, I.R. Telford s.n. (CBG 
67473); 27 miles [43km] NW of Cooktown along Mclvor River 
road, 18.vi.1972,7. Wrigley NQ1386&l. Telford (CBG 48220). 
Distribution and habitat: Occurs in far north 
Queensland, in the Cooktown and Lockhart River 
areas, where it has been recorded growing on granite 
substrates. 
Conservation status: Restricted in distribution but 
population sizes are not well documented so the IUCN 
category Data Deficient (DD) is considered appropriate 
(IUCN 2012). 
Etymology: The epithet honours Garry and Nada 
Sankowsky for their many collections and efforts in 
cultivating Malvaceae, including this species, provided 
to LC for study over a period of many years. 
Notes: The epicalyx in Clarkson & Neldner 9078 in part 
is quite short and it may be that a population of this 
species may occasionally contain plants with a reduced 
epicalyx as occurs, for example in Hibiscuszonatus. 
The holotype is mounted on two sheets marked 
as sheets 1 and 2. As plants are quite large, a single 
sheet is not sufficient to incorporate all the relevant 
morphological features and variation present. 
Hibiscus townsvillensis Craven, sp. nov. 
Type: CULTIVATED. CSIRO glasshouse, Black 
Mountain, Australian Capital Territory, xii.2003, LA. 
Craven 10469 (holotype: CANB 875440.1, 875440.2, 
875440.3, 875440.4, 875440.5, 975440.6 (mounted on 6 
sheets); isotypes: A, ASU, B, BISH, BRI, CNS, G, K, L, MEL, 
NY, P, US). 
Hibiscus forsteri auct. non F.D.Wilson: F.D.Wilson & 
Craven, Austrobaileya 4(3): 439-442 (1995), p.p., as to B. 
Hyland 5916. 
Tree up to 10 m tall, apparently evergreen. Branchlets 
hairy, with scattered tubercle-based aculei c. 2 mm 
long and scattered to moderately dense tubercle-based 
stellate indumentum of two hair size classes: fine short 
hairs, 0.2-0.3 mm long and coarse tubercle-based hairs, 
0.5-0.7 mm long. Stipules caducous, hairy, filiform, 
or subulate, unlobed, 6 mm long, with stellate hairs. 
Petioles 65-90 mm long; climax leaves with the petiole 
indumentum dissimilar to that of branchlet (often 
lacking aculei and coarse stellate hairs). Leaves pinnately- 
veined (approaching palmate in trilobed leaves). Lamina 
Muelleria 
9 

Page image

8295067 Hibiscus kirstyae Muelleria 35: 4-6, Fig. 2

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 35: 4-6, Fig. 2".

8295660 Hibiscus sankowskyorum Muelleria 35: 6-9, Figs 1d-f, 3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 35: 6-9, Figs 1d-f, 3".

8295069 Hibiscus sp. Theda (M.D.Barrett & R.L.Barrett MDB 2144) WA Herbarium Muelleria 35: 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529235
Page is part of the work Three new species and one new combination in Hibiscus (Malvaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291981
8296254 Hibiscus townsvillensis Muelleria 35: 9-10, Figs 1g-i, 4

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 35: 9-10, Figs 1g-i, 4".

8297917 Pimelea leiophylla Muelleria 35: 16-21, Figs 1, 2, 3 (map)
8298396 Pimelea sp. Freycinet (A.M.Buchanan 15902) Tas. Herbarium Muelleria 35: 16
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529247
Page is part of the work Pimelea leiophylla (Thymelaeaceae): a new endemic species from Tasmania's east coast, doi:10.5962/p.291982

Page text

Gray and Baker 
surfaces (e.g. presence and/or absence of hairs), 
hypanthium dehiscence (e.g. above or below the ovary) 
and indumentum, and characters of the fruit (e.g. naked 
or enclosed in the ovary section of the hypanthium and/ 
or the fruit being dry or fleshy). 
In 1989, A.M. Buchanan collected several samples 
of an unknown species of Pimelea from The Hazards 
mountain range, Freycinet National Park, and 
determined each as 'Pimelea sp.'. Soon after, in 1991, 
J. Pannell collected a specimen from Callitris Creek on 
the southern Freycinet Peninsula, which he determined 
as P. nivea Labill., an endemic montane to lowland 
species that is widely distributed throughout the state 
especially in the central and eastern regions. One of us 
(A.M. Gray) examined this specimen in 2003 noting that 
'the [leaf] indumentum in no way matched that of P. 
nivea but, rather, it was more typical of that of P. sericea 1 .'. 
Pimelea sericea R.Br. is an endemic Tasmanian species of 
montane habitats on dolerite mountains of the Central 
Plateau, southern ranges and north-eastern highlands. 
For it to be growing at the Freycinet Peninsula was 
considered odd due to its being far removed from its 
known distribution, and growing on Devonian granite 
substrates, the dominant geological formation of 
the Freycinet Peninsula. This sheet, and some others, 
including one determined as 'Pimelea' by Buchanan 
in 2001, were later examined and annotated by Gray 
as Pimelea sp. nov. In 2000, its range was extended by 
collections from the granite hills of Schouten Island, 
located off the southern tip of the Freycinet Peninsula 
and part of the Freycinet National Park. During the 
course of our study, a specimen collected by Canning 
and Telford from The Hazards in 1969, and identified 
as P. sericea, was examined and is regarded as the first 
collection of this putative new species. 
Although not common throughout its range, it is 
somewhat surprising that this rather showy-flowered 
novelty should have remained unnamed for so long. 
We here recognise this taxon as a new species closely 
related to P. sericea, differing chiefly by the indumentum 
oftheadaxial leaf surface and its phyllotaxy, and formally 
describe it as Pimelea leiophylla A.M.Gray & M.Baker. 
Materials and methods 
The study is based on wild-collected material by the 
authors and on collections held in the Tasmanian 
Herbarium (HO). Two specimens held at the Australian 
National Herbarium (CANB) and the National Herbarium 
of Victoria (MEL) were also included. Due to the 
scarcity of fruiting material on herbarium specimens, 
measurements and characteristics of fruits and seeds 
were made from specimens of plants in cultivation at 
the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens in Hobart. 
Taxonomy 
Pimelea leiophylla A.M.Gray & M.Baker, sp. nov. 
Type: TASMANIA. The Hazards, saddle between Mt 
Parsons and Mt Dove, 29.xii.1989, A.M.Buchanan 11570 
(holotype: HO 121035 (Fig. 1); isotype: MEL 2383961 A). 
Pimelea sp. Freycinet (A.M. Buchanan 15902) Tas. 
Herbarium sensu Baker & Duretto (2011). 
Similar to Pimelea sericea but differing in its sparsely 
branched open habit, its opposite-decussate leaves and 
the presence of sparse, silky-villous hairs on the adaxial 
leaf surfaces. 
Small shrubs, 0.3-1.5 m high. Branches sparse, slender, 
erect to spreading, ± arranged dichotomously, initiating 
immediately below the previous season's floral 
receptacle, appressed silky-hairy, glabrescent; leaf scars 
prominent; bark tough, stringy. Leaves 5-15 mm long, 
3-10 mm wide, pale to mid-green, opposite, decussate, 
spreading to loosely appressed, often crowded on 
younger branches; petiole c. 1 mm long; lamina broadly 
ovate to elliptic, flat; adaxial surface sparsely appressed 
silky-hairy, glabrescent with age; abaxial surface 
densely appressed villous to silky-hairy, soft, with the 
hairs extending beyond the margin; margin fimbriate; 
apex acute or minutely apiculate. Inflorescence an 
erect, compact terminal head of (10—)15—25+ 
flowers; receptacle densely hairy, ± convex; involucral 
bracts 4 or 8, a little broader but otherwise scarcely 
differentiated from subtending leaves. Flowers female 
or hermaphrodite, protandrous; pedicels very short, 
obscured by long, dense hairs. Hypanthium bright white, 
occasionally pink, drying pale creamy-yellow, fusiform- 
tubular; style portion 8-15 mm long, circumcissile 
immediately above the ovary; ovary portion 4-6 mm 
long, persisting briefly post-anthesis; adaxial surface 
glabrous; abaxial surface densely appressed-hairy. 
Sepals 4, 3-5 mm long, spreading or slightly recurved, 
two sepals somewhat larger, often ± cucullate, with a 
central, raised ridge; apices of lobes with a distinctive 
16 
Vol 35 

Page image

9690681 Nicotiana Muelleria 36: 18, Figs 1(d), 2, 4, 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529469
Page is part of the work Nicotiana maritima (not) in Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.291972

Page text

Walsh 
Table 1. Morphological observations of Nicotiana maritima and Nicotiana'Cape Schanck' 
Character 
Nicotiana maritima 
Nicotiana 'Cape Schanck' 
Habit (Fig. 2) 
Loosely rosetted (early growth); cauline leaves 
abundant, more or less regularly arranged 
along stems and extending into inflorescence 
Strongly rosetted (early growth); cauline leaves 
few, or restricted to near base of plant and often 
clustered, not extending into inflorescences 
Indumentum (vegetative 
surfaces, Figs 3,4) 
Villous to pubescent throughout; leaf abaxial 
surface with 5-c. 20 hairs per sq. mm 
Glabrous, glabrescent, sometimes pubescent, 
then usually only on lower stem and abaxial 
surface of leaves; leaf abaxial surface with 0-2 
hairs per sq.mm 
Leaf shape (Fig. 5) 
Spathulate or ovate to broad-ovate and 
tapered abruptly to a distinct winged, petiole¬ 
like base, up to as long as the expanded upper 
part, usually shortly decurrent along stem 
Ovate, tapered more or less evenly to base, 
sessile or with a short, unwinged petiole, not or 
barely decurrent along stem 
Leaf margin (Fig. 5) 
Strongly and more or less evenly undulate 
Plane or weakly and irregularly undulate 
Leaf lamina 3D (Fig. 5) 
Lamina usually'puckered’ 
Lamina plane 
Calyx length 
(6—)9—12(—16) mm 
(8—)9—14(—26) mm 
Corolla length 
(13—)15—19(—30) mm 
(17—)22—35(—55) mm 
Corolla/calyx ratio 
1.5-2 
2.5-3.5 
Corolla tube shape (Fig. 1) 
Cylindric, shortly expanded then contracted 
just below limb 
Clyindricto elongate-obconical, neither 
expanded nor contracted below limb 
Corolla colour (Fig. 1) 
Pale yellowish, tinged purple 
Cream to white, tinged green 
Limb diameter 
(7.5—)11—20(—24) mm 
(14-)22-28(-44) mm 
Limb dissection (Fig. 5) 
Lobes distinctly notched apically, free for c. half 
diameter of limb 
Lobes barely notched apically, free for distinctly 
less than half diameter of limb 
of indumentum is at least partly under environmental 
control in this population. 
While the density of indumentum is persuasive, the 
indumentum type of both species is essentially the 
same: a mixture of long, simple, multicellular, eglandular 
hairs and short, multicellular, gland-tipped hairs, some 
of which are larger and have the lower cells distinctly 
inflated.The latter type, with inflated basal cells, tend to 
be restricted to the pedicels and calyces of both species. 
The various hair types are well illustrated in Marks et al. 
(2011), figs 7,8. 
As mentioned above, current keys including 
N. maritima and N. suaveolens focus on differences 
of indumentum. Having plants in vivo at all stages of 
development enabled close comparison of features and 
offered the opportunity to establish more critical bases 
for their distinction. 
Results 
Measurements and observations from the living plants 
are given in Table 1. Bracketed values for calyx and 
corolla length and limb diameter were the extremes 
for those features as reported in accounts of the genus 
in Australia (Wheeler 1935; Horton 1981; Symon 1982). 
Vouchers for each seedlot are: Nicotiana maritima — N.G. 
Walsh 8477 (MEL 2404759, MEL 2404760, MEL 2404761); 
N. ‘CapeSchanck 1 —N.G. Walsh 8476 (MEL 2404757, MEL 
2404758). 
In re-examining the various published accounts 
(Wheeler 1935; Horton 1981; Symon 1982; Jeanes 
1999) in light of these observations, it is clear that 
the Cape Schanck plants conform to N. suaveolens, 
as redeterminations at MEL had suggested. Further, 
the detailed account of Wheeler (1935) in particular, 
was shown to be very perceptive, describing all of the 
differences noted in Table 1, although not drawing 
particular attention to them as discriminatory features. 
Subsequent accounts were less detailed. Wheeler's key 
to species separated N. maritima from N. suaveolens by 
the shorter corolla and the smaller corolla-calyx ratio 
with no mention of indumentum, in contrast to the 
more recent treatments.The reliance on indumentum in 
these three recent treatments seems to be cause for the 
confusion around the identification of the Studley Park 
and Cape Schanck populations. 
To the key characters employed by Wheeler, I would 
recommend adding, as a decisive feature, the shape 
of the corolla tube just below the limb (Fig. 1) and 
arrangement of the corolla lobes of the limb (Fig. 1). 
18 
Vol 36 

Page image

9689376 Nicotiana maritima Muelleria 36: 18-21, Figs 1(a-b), 2-3, 5

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 36: 18-21, Figs 1(a-b), 2-3, 5".

9689371 Prasophyllum abblittiorum Muelleria 36: 5-7, Figs 1-3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 36: 5-7, Figs 1-3".

50684638 Drosera gunniana Muelleria 36: 97-106

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 36: 97-106".

50688838 Drosera hookeri Muelleria 36: 102
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529553
Page is part of the work Drosera gunniana comb. et stat. nov., a species in the Drosera peltata (Droseraceae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.291978
50684640 Drosera peltata Muelleria 36: 102
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529553
Page is part of the work Drosera gunniana comb. et stat. nov., a species in the Drosera peltata (Droseraceae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.291978

Page text

de Salas 
lunate, not peltate. All cauline leaves yellow-green; 
petiole 5-11 mm long; lamina 3-6 mm in diameter, 
crescentic, auriculate or occasionally the auriculate 
lobes absent. Inflorescence often subtended by only 
one or two vegetative internodes, 1-several branched, 
branching from the base, each branch terminating in a 
short raceme, resulting in a growth habit with flowers 
and leaves mixed along much of the plant's height; 
bracts linear-lanceolate, fimbriate, c. 2.5 mm long. 
Flower buds longer than wide. Sepals green, 2.5-3 mm 
long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, appressed to the capsule after 
anthesis, margin ciliate, apex obtuse, often fimbriate; 
indumentum sparse, hairs 0.3-0.6 mm long, semi- 
appressed to appressed, longer on the margins and 
paler than sepal lamina. Petals white, 4-5 mm long, 
obovate, drying cream or white. Seeds black, cylindrical 
with a short neck, 0.6-0.7 mm long and c. 0.25 mm in 
diameter, surface reticulated. 
Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 
Glen Shera Swamp by top pump shed, RJ. Bates 60238 
(MEL2375311); 11.4 km direct NNE of Warrow, PJ. Lang 
BS128-3096 (ADI 75805); Mt. Lofty, ca. 15 km south-east of 
Adelaide, s.c., s.n. (AD97618569); Kangaroo Island, 5 km NE 
of Cape Younghusband, P. Copley NPKI 20270 (AD99026185); 
Bordertown edge of recreation lake reserve, D.E. Murfet 7517 
(AD259213); Berkins Scrub Native Forest Reserve, D.E. Murfet 
4581 (ADI56394). TASMANIA. Kelso & George Town, N. Tas., 
23.X.1844, R.C. Gunn 1027 (H03412);'Formosa', Cressy, 4.xi.l 844, 
R.C. Gunn s.n. (HO3407); Little Musselroe Bay, A. Moscal 2971 
(HO70161); Fingal Valley Road, F. Duncan s.n. (H0326475); 
Campbell Town Golf Course, H.&A. Wapstra s.n. (H0515933); 
Conara Park ('paddock'), H.&A. Wapstra s.n. (H0528561);'Forest 
Hall’, Cleveland, H.&A. Wapstra s.n. (H0528559); Valleyfield Road 
just W of Macquarie Road intersection, N side of road, M.F. de 
Salas 276 (H0568007); Exeter, junction of West Tamar Highway 
and Beaton Street, north Side of Beaton Street, west side of 
highway, in mowed area in front of houses, M.F. de Salas 394 
(HO571066); Fingal. Mangana Road, approximately 500 m SW 
ofMathinna Road and Bridge over South Esk River , M.F. de Salas 
1043 (H0575876). VICTORIA. Volcanic Plain. E side of Forest 
Lane, 10.1 km SW of Dunkeld, P.C. Jobson 3954 (MEL2028326); 
Dookie Agricultural College Reserve (hill 4 km S of Mt Major), 
I. Crawford 1928 (MEL274583); Western Port, French Island, 
Albions Point, C. Gordes 103A (MEL2011809, specimens marked 
'A'only). 
Distribution and ecology: Grassland, grassy 
woodland and open, grassy habitats such as mowed 
lawns, in Victoria, South Australia and Tasmania, at low 
to mid elevations. Flowering Sep.-Nov. and dormant 
during the summer months. 
Drosera gunniana (Planch.) de Salas, comb, 
et stat. nov. 
Basionym: Drosera peltata var. gunniana Planch. Ann. 
Sci. Nat. ser 3,9:297(1848). 
Drosera peltata Thunb. sensu J.D. Hooker, Bot. Antarct. 
Voy. III. (FI. Tasman.). 1(1): 30 (1855); W.M. Curtis & D.l. 
Morris, The Student’s Flora of Tasmania ed. 2, 1: 188 
(1975) p.p.; Marchant et al., FI. South Australia Ed. 4, 1: 
363 (1986) p.p.; N.G. Marchant FI- Australia 8: 22 (1982) 
p.p.; D.l. Morris, Flora of Tasmania Online (2009, accessed 
12 Jan 2018); Electronic Flora of South Australia (accessed 
12 Jan 2018) p. p. Drosera peltata subsp. peltata sensu B J. 
Conn, J. Adelaide Bot. Card. 3(1): 97 (1981) p.p. D. peltata 
var. peltata sensu G. Bentham, FI. Austral. 2: 465 (1864) 
p.p.; L. Rodway, Tasman. FI. 48 (1903) p.p. 
Type: TASMANIA, "...in insula Van Diemen, locis dictis: 
Formosa, Penquite, New Norfolk; Gunn. n° 448 in herb. 
Hook." (lectotype here chosen: Formosa [Cressy], 4 Nov. 
1843, R.C.Gunn 448 (K 215594, lower leftmost specimen 
on sheet as indicated in Fig. 4, photo!. Residual syntypes: 
Penquite, 9 Nov. 1843, R.C. Gunn 448 (K000215595 
photo!, HO3405!); New Norfolk, 2 Nov. 1839, R.C. Gunn 
448 (K000215593 photo!) 
D. hookeri R.P.Gibson, BJ.Conn & Conran sensu R.P. 
Gibson et al.. Austral. Syst. Bot. 25: 66 (2012) p.p.; 
A. Messina, Vicflora (2015, accessed 12 Jan 2018) p.p. 
Tuberous perennial herb to 30 cm tall, forming loose 
colonies. Tubers pink or red externally. Stems erect, 
simple or branched from the upper nodes, occasionally 
branched from the base but generally with one 
clearly dominant main stem, green to red, often 
suffused orange or red near the base. Basal rosette 
leaves moderately well-developed, usually present at 
flowering; petiole flattened, 3-14 mm long, lamina 5-10 
mm in diameter, semi-orbicular-lunate, not peltate. 
Lower cauline leaves sometimes reduced to a petiole 
with a minute unexpanded lamina; upper cauline leaves 
yellow-green, sometimes reddish; petiole 7-10 mm 
long; lamina crescent-shaped, auriculate, peltate, 5-6 
mm in diameter. Inflorescence subtended by several 
vegetative internodes, (5—)8—22(—30+) mm high,yellow- 
102 
Vol 36 

Page image

50688833 Drosera peltata Muelleria 36: 102
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529553
Page is part of the work Drosera gunniana comb. et stat. nov., a species in the Drosera peltata (Droseraceae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.291978

Page text

de Salas 
lunate, not peltate. All cauline leaves yellow-green; 
petiole 5-11 mm long; lamina 3-6 mm in diameter, 
crescentic, auriculate or occasionally the auriculate 
lobes absent. Inflorescence often subtended by only 
one or two vegetative internodes, 1-several branched, 
branching from the base, each branch terminating in a 
short raceme, resulting in a growth habit with flowers 
and leaves mixed along much of the plant's height; 
bracts linear-lanceolate, fimbriate, c. 2.5 mm long. 
Flower buds longer than wide. Sepals green, 2.5-3 mm 
long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, appressed to the capsule after 
anthesis, margin ciliate, apex obtuse, often fimbriate; 
indumentum sparse, hairs 0.3-0.6 mm long, semi- 
appressed to appressed, longer on the margins and 
paler than sepal lamina. Petals white, 4-5 mm long, 
obovate, drying cream or white. Seeds black, cylindrical 
with a short neck, 0.6-0.7 mm long and c. 0.25 mm in 
diameter, surface reticulated. 
Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 
Glen Shera Swamp by top pump shed, RJ. Bates 60238 
(MEL2375311); 11.4 km direct NNE of Warrow, PJ. Lang 
BS128-3096 (ADI 75805); Mt. Lofty, ca. 15 km south-east of 
Adelaide, s.c., s.n. (AD97618569); Kangaroo Island, 5 km NE 
of Cape Younghusband, P. Copley NPKI 20270 (AD99026185); 
Bordertown edge of recreation lake reserve, D.E. Murfet 7517 
(AD259213); Berkins Scrub Native Forest Reserve, D.E. Murfet 
4581 (ADI56394). TASMANIA. Kelso & George Town, N. Tas., 
23.X.1844, R.C. Gunn 1027 (H03412);'Formosa', Cressy, 4.xi.l 844, 
R.C. Gunn s.n. (HO3407); Little Musselroe Bay, A. Moscal 2971 
(HO70161); Fingal Valley Road, F. Duncan s.n. (H0326475); 
Campbell Town Golf Course, H.&A. Wapstra s.n. (H0515933); 
Conara Park ('paddock'), H.&A. Wapstra s.n. (H0528561);'Forest 
Hall’, Cleveland, H.&A. Wapstra s.n. (H0528559); Valleyfield Road 
just W of Macquarie Road intersection, N side of road, M.F. de 
Salas 276 (H0568007); Exeter, junction of West Tamar Highway 
and Beaton Street, north Side of Beaton Street, west side of 
highway, in mowed area in front of houses, M.F. de Salas 394 
(HO571066); Fingal. Mangana Road, approximately 500 m SW 
ofMathinna Road and Bridge over South Esk River , M.F. de Salas 
1043 (H0575876). VICTORIA. Volcanic Plain. E side of Forest 
Lane, 10.1 km SW of Dunkeld, P.C. Jobson 3954 (MEL2028326); 
Dookie Agricultural College Reserve (hill 4 km S of Mt Major), 
I. Crawford 1928 (MEL274583); Western Port, French Island, 
Albions Point, C. Gordes 103A (MEL2011809, specimens marked 
'A'only). 
Distribution and ecology: Grassland, grassy 
woodland and open, grassy habitats such as mowed 
lawns, in Victoria, South Australia and Tasmania, at low 
to mid elevations. Flowering Sep.-Nov. and dormant 
during the summer months. 
Drosera gunniana (Planch.) de Salas, comb, 
et stat. nov. 
Basionym: Drosera peltata var. gunniana Planch. Ann. 
Sci. Nat. ser 3,9:297(1848). 
Drosera peltata Thunb. sensu J.D. Hooker, Bot. Antarct. 
Voy. III. (FI. Tasman.). 1(1): 30 (1855); W.M. Curtis & D.l. 
Morris, The Student’s Flora of Tasmania ed. 2, 1: 188 
(1975) p.p.; Marchant et al., FI. South Australia Ed. 4, 1: 
363 (1986) p.p.; N.G. Marchant FI- Australia 8: 22 (1982) 
p.p.; D.l. Morris, Flora of Tasmania Online (2009, accessed 
12 Jan 2018); Electronic Flora of South Australia (accessed 
12 Jan 2018) p. p. Drosera peltata subsp. peltata sensu B J. 
Conn, J. Adelaide Bot. Card. 3(1): 97 (1981) p.p. D. peltata 
var. peltata sensu G. Bentham, FI. Austral. 2: 465 (1864) 
p.p.; L. Rodway, Tasman. FI. 48 (1903) p.p. 
Type: TASMANIA, "...in insula Van Diemen, locis dictis: 
Formosa, Penquite, New Norfolk; Gunn. n° 448 in herb. 
Hook." (lectotype here chosen: Formosa [Cressy], 4 Nov. 
1843, R.C.Gunn 448 (K 215594, lower leftmost specimen 
on sheet as indicated in Fig. 4, photo!. Residual syntypes: 
Penquite, 9 Nov. 1843, R.C. Gunn 448 (K000215595 
photo!, HO3405!); New Norfolk, 2 Nov. 1839, R.C. Gunn 
448 (K000215593 photo!) 
D. hookeri R.P.Gibson, BJ.Conn & Conran sensu R.P. 
Gibson et al.. Austral. Syst. Bot. 25: 66 (2012) p.p.; 
A. Messina, Vicflora (2015, accessed 12 Jan 2018) p.p. 
Tuberous perennial herb to 30 cm tall, forming loose 
colonies. Tubers pink or red externally. Stems erect, 
simple or branched from the upper nodes, occasionally 
branched from the base but generally with one 
clearly dominant main stem, green to red, often 
suffused orange or red near the base. Basal rosette 
leaves moderately well-developed, usually present at 
flowering; petiole flattened, 3-14 mm long, lamina 5-10 
mm in diameter, semi-orbicular-lunate, not peltate. 
Lower cauline leaves sometimes reduced to a petiole 
with a minute unexpanded lamina; upper cauline leaves 
yellow-green, sometimes reddish; petiole 7-10 mm 
long; lamina crescent-shaped, auriculate, peltate, 5-6 
mm in diameter. Inflorescence subtended by several 
vegetative internodes, (5—)8—22(—30+) mm high,yellow- 
102 
Vol 36 

Page image

50688834 Drosera peltata Muelleria 36: 102
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529553
Page is part of the work Drosera gunniana comb. et stat. nov., a species in the Drosera peltata (Droseraceae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.291978

Page text

de Salas 
lunate, not peltate. All cauline leaves yellow-green; 
petiole 5-11 mm long; lamina 3-6 mm in diameter, 
crescentic, auriculate or occasionally the auriculate 
lobes absent. Inflorescence often subtended by only 
one or two vegetative internodes, 1-several branched, 
branching from the base, each branch terminating in a 
short raceme, resulting in a growth habit with flowers 
and leaves mixed along much of the plant's height; 
bracts linear-lanceolate, fimbriate, c. 2.5 mm long. 
Flower buds longer than wide. Sepals green, 2.5-3 mm 
long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, appressed to the capsule after 
anthesis, margin ciliate, apex obtuse, often fimbriate; 
indumentum sparse, hairs 0.3-0.6 mm long, semi- 
appressed to appressed, longer on the margins and 
paler than sepal lamina. Petals white, 4-5 mm long, 
obovate, drying cream or white. Seeds black, cylindrical 
with a short neck, 0.6-0.7 mm long and c. 0.25 mm in 
diameter, surface reticulated. 
Selected specimens examined: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 
Glen Shera Swamp by top pump shed, RJ. Bates 60238 
(MEL2375311); 11.4 km direct NNE of Warrow, PJ. Lang 
BS128-3096 (ADI 75805); Mt. Lofty, ca. 15 km south-east of 
Adelaide, s.c., s.n. (AD97618569); Kangaroo Island, 5 km NE 
of Cape Younghusband, P. Copley NPKI 20270 (AD99026185); 
Bordertown edge of recreation lake reserve, D.E. Murfet 7517 
(AD259213); Berkins Scrub Native Forest Reserve, D.E. Murfet 
4581 (ADI56394). TASMANIA. Kelso & George Town, N. Tas., 
23.X.1844, R.C. Gunn 1027 (H03412);'Formosa', Cressy, 4.xi.l 844, 
R.C. Gunn s.n. (HO3407); Little Musselroe Bay, A. Moscal 2971 
(HO70161); Fingal Valley Road, F. Duncan s.n. (H0326475); 
Campbell Town Golf Course, H.&A. Wapstra s.n. (H0515933); 
Conara Park ('paddock'), H.&A. Wapstra s.n. (H0528561);'Forest 
Hall’, Cleveland, H.&A. Wapstra s.n. (H0528559); Valleyfield Road 
just W of Macquarie Road intersection, N side of road, M.F. de 
Salas 276 (H0568007); Exeter, junction of West Tamar Highway 
and Beaton Street, north Side of Beaton Street, west side of 
highway, in mowed area in front of houses, M.F. de Salas 394 
(HO571066); Fingal. Mangana Road, approximately 500 m SW 
ofMathinna Road and Bridge over South Esk River , M.F. de Salas 
1043 (H0575876). VICTORIA. Volcanic Plain. E side of Forest 
Lane, 10.1 km SW of Dunkeld, P.C. Jobson 3954 (MEL2028326); 
Dookie Agricultural College Reserve (hill 4 km S of Mt Major), 
I. Crawford 1928 (MEL274583); Western Port, French Island, 
Albions Point, C. Gordes 103A (MEL2011809, specimens marked 
'A'only). 
Distribution and ecology: Grassland, grassy 
woodland and open, grassy habitats such as mowed 
lawns, in Victoria, South Australia and Tasmania, at low 
to mid elevations. Flowering Sep.-Nov. and dormant 
during the summer months. 
Drosera gunniana (Planch.) de Salas, comb, 
et stat. nov. 
Basionym: Drosera peltata var. gunniana Planch. Ann. 
Sci. Nat. ser 3,9:297(1848). 
Drosera peltata Thunb. sensu J.D. Hooker, Bot. Antarct. 
Voy. III. (FI. Tasman.). 1(1): 30 (1855); W.M. Curtis & D.l. 
Morris, The Student’s Flora of Tasmania ed. 2, 1: 188 
(1975) p.p.; Marchant et al., FI. South Australia Ed. 4, 1: 
363 (1986) p.p.; N.G. Marchant FI- Australia 8: 22 (1982) 
p.p.; D.l. Morris, Flora of Tasmania Online (2009, accessed 
12 Jan 2018); Electronic Flora of South Australia (accessed 
12 Jan 2018) p. p. Drosera peltata subsp. peltata sensu B J. 
Conn, J. Adelaide Bot. Card. 3(1): 97 (1981) p.p. D. peltata 
var. peltata sensu G. Bentham, FI. Austral. 2: 465 (1864) 
p.p.; L. Rodway, Tasman. FI. 48 (1903) p.p. 
Type: TASMANIA, "...in insula Van Diemen, locis dictis: 
Formosa, Penquite, New Norfolk; Gunn. n° 448 in herb. 
Hook." (lectotype here chosen: Formosa [Cressy], 4 Nov. 
1843, R.C.Gunn 448 (K 215594, lower leftmost specimen 
on sheet as indicated in Fig. 4, photo!. Residual syntypes: 
Penquite, 9 Nov. 1843, R.C. Gunn 448 (K000215595 
photo!, HO3405!); New Norfolk, 2 Nov. 1839, R.C. Gunn 
448 (K000215593 photo!) 
D. hookeri R.P.Gibson, BJ.Conn & Conran sensu R.P. 
Gibson et al.. Austral. Syst. Bot. 25: 66 (2012) p.p.; 
A. Messina, Vicflora (2015, accessed 12 Jan 2018) p.p. 
Tuberous perennial herb to 30 cm tall, forming loose 
colonies. Tubers pink or red externally. Stems erect, 
simple or branched from the upper nodes, occasionally 
branched from the base but generally with one 
clearly dominant main stem, green to red, often 
suffused orange or red near the base. Basal rosette 
leaves moderately well-developed, usually present at 
flowering; petiole flattened, 3-14 mm long, lamina 5-10 
mm in diameter, semi-orbicular-lunate, not peltate. 
Lower cauline leaves sometimes reduced to a petiole 
with a minute unexpanded lamina; upper cauline leaves 
yellow-green, sometimes reddish; petiole 7-10 mm 
long; lamina crescent-shaped, auriculate, peltate, 5-6 
mm in diameter. Inflorescence subtended by several 
vegetative internodes, (5—)8—22(—30+) mm high,yellow- 
102 
Vol 36 

Page image

50688835 Drosera peltata peltata Muelleria 36: 102
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529553
Page is part of the work Drosera gunniana comb. et stat. nov., a species in the Drosera peltata (Droseraceae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.291978
50688836 Drosera peltata peltata Muelleria 36: 102
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529553
Page is part of the work Drosera gunniana comb. et stat. nov., a species in the Drosera peltata (Droseraceae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.291978
50684639 Drosera peltata gunniana Muelleria 36: 102
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529553
Page is part of the work Drosera gunniana comb. et stat. nov., a species in the Drosera peltata (Droseraceae) complex, doi:10.5962/p.291978
50683083 Eucalyptus aff. cinerea (Beechworth) Muelleria 36: 87
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529538
Page is part of the work Two new subspecific taxa within the Eucalyptus Series Argyrophyllae for Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.291976

Page text

New subspecific taxa within the Eucalyptus Series Argyrophyllae 
Notes: Morphological, geographical and, to a large 
extent, ecological grounds support the erection of 
£ conspicua subsp. dispara as a distinct taxon. During 
the course of our investigations we examined 
populations to the north-west of Seaton and to the west 
of Mt. Hedrick, along the valley of Freestone Creek near 
Briagolong, and in the Mitchell River National Park. All 
these populations occur in forest communities in rather 
stony soils thinly overlaying Ordovician sediments in 
hilly country to the north of the western extremity of 
the range of typical £ conspicua. In contrast, the type 
subspecies tends to favour sandy soils associated with 
swamps, watercourses and at least seasonally moist 
depressions where it is usually associated with wet, 
heathy vegetation. An occurrence at Bullumwaal, 
about 20 km north of Bairnsdale, represented by a 
sheet at MEL (2369564, Norris s.n. 14.ix.2012) appears 
to be of hybrid origin or intermediate between subsp. 
dispara and subsp. conspicua. Despite most plants 
being 3-flowered, we found 7-flowered individuals, as 
well as obvious variation in habit and subtle variation 
in peduncle length, bud structure, fruit size, pedicel 
length and crown structure, all of which we regarded 
as being intermediate between the two entities. A 
population of £ conspicua occurring to the north-east of 
Bruthen, which Brooker et al. (1995) noted as containing 
some trees with 3-flowered inflorescences, was also 
visited. The trees observed were consistent with subsp. 
conspicua in all characters and no trees with 3-flowered 
inflorescences were located by us, although a specimen 
at MEL (0258592, J.D.Briggs 2652, 28.vii.1992) supports 
Brooker's observation. This population may represent a 
similar situation to that at Bullumwaal. 
Brooker et al. (1995) recognised the 3-flowered 
form's distinctiveness and, while alluding to its possible 
links with £ cinerea, chose to include it with the 
typical 7-flowered £ conspicua. With reference to the 
population to the north-west of Seaton, they noted 
that, while some trees are completely neotenous, others 
possess crowns with a mixture of juvenile and falcate, 
attenuate adult leaves. However, we have surveyed this 
population and, whilst we located very few trees with 
crowns containing what could be construed as adult 
leaves, we found an overwhelming number of trees 
with crowns consisting entirely of sessile, cordate or 
sub-orbicular juvenile leaves. At the other sites where 
the new taxon occurs, only completely neotenous trees 
were observed. While we concur with Brooker et al. that 
the new taxon is closer to £ conspicua than £ cinerea we 
contend that it as distinctive in a range of other adult 
characters and, thus, worthy of taxonomic recognition. 
The strength of our case for the erection of the 
new taxon is based on its distinctive spindly habit, its 
sparse, neotenous crown, its predominately 3-flowered 
inflorescences, its short peduncles and its tightly sessile 
fruits. However, we also believe that it is appropriate to 
place it as a subspecies within £ conspicua as its saplings 
are inseparable from those of typical £ conspicua, as it 
has a distribution adjacent to the western extremity of 
typical £ conspicua and that small numbers of 7-flowered 
inflorescences occur in some of its populations. In 
making our taxonomic decision that the new taxon 
is a part of £ conspicua we concede that future (e.g. 
molecular) studies may further clarify its relationships. 
£ conspicua subsp. dispara, being predominantly 
3-flowered has obvious links with £ cinerea and its 
subspecies, all of which occur on the inland side of 
the Great Dividing Range. The typical subspecies of 
£ cinerea, which occurs between Bathurst and Tumut 
in the Central and Southern Tablelands of New South 
Wales, differs from £ conspicua subsp. dispara by being 
a spreading robust, large-trunked tree with a crown 
dominated by smaller, densely packed pre-adult leaves 
and inflorescences that are completely 3-flowered. The 
Beechworth occurrence of £ cinerea (described below 
as a new subspecies) differs from this new subspecies by 
its taller habit, it dense crown with outer adult leaves, its 
consistent three-flowered inflorescences and its smaller 
buds and fruits (see Table 1). 
Eucalyptus cinerea subsp. victoriensis Rule & 
N.G.Walsh subsp. nov. 
Type: VICTORIA: NNE of Beechworth, McFeeter's Road, 
E of Beechworth-Chiltern Road, adjacent to the turn¬ 
off to Woolshed Falls, K.Rule 0315, 16.V.2015 (holo: MEL 
2418187; iso:CANB, NSW). 
Eucalyptus aff. cinerea (Beechworth) sensu VicFlora 
(VicFlora (2016). Flora of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens 
Victoria, <https://vicflora.rbg.vic.gov.au>, last accessed 
7 Mar. 2018). 
Eucalyptus cinerea subsp. Beechworth (J.D. Briggs 
2607) sensu APC (CHAH (2006), Australian Plant Census 
https://id.biodiversity.org.au/reference/apni/42942, last 
accessed 7 Mar. 2018). 
Muelleria 
87 

Page image

50683084 Eucalyptus cinerea subsp Muelleria 36: 87
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529538
Page is part of the work Two new subspecific taxa within the Eucalyptus Series Argyrophyllae for Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.291976

Page text

New subspecific taxa within the Eucalyptus Series Argyrophyllae 
Notes: Morphological, geographical and, to a large 
extent, ecological grounds support the erection of 
£ conspicua subsp. dispara as a distinct taxon. During 
the course of our investigations we examined 
populations to the north-west of Seaton and to the west 
of Mt. Hedrick, along the valley of Freestone Creek near 
Briagolong, and in the Mitchell River National Park. All 
these populations occur in forest communities in rather 
stony soils thinly overlaying Ordovician sediments in 
hilly country to the north of the western extremity of 
the range of typical £ conspicua. In contrast, the type 
subspecies tends to favour sandy soils associated with 
swamps, watercourses and at least seasonally moist 
depressions where it is usually associated with wet, 
heathy vegetation. An occurrence at Bullumwaal, 
about 20 km north of Bairnsdale, represented by a 
sheet at MEL (2369564, Norris s.n. 14.ix.2012) appears 
to be of hybrid origin or intermediate between subsp. 
dispara and subsp. conspicua. Despite most plants 
being 3-flowered, we found 7-flowered individuals, as 
well as obvious variation in habit and subtle variation 
in peduncle length, bud structure, fruit size, pedicel 
length and crown structure, all of which we regarded 
as being intermediate between the two entities. A 
population of £ conspicua occurring to the north-east of 
Bruthen, which Brooker et al. (1995) noted as containing 
some trees with 3-flowered inflorescences, was also 
visited. The trees observed were consistent with subsp. 
conspicua in all characters and no trees with 3-flowered 
inflorescences were located by us, although a specimen 
at MEL (0258592, J.D.Briggs 2652, 28.vii.1992) supports 
Brooker's observation. This population may represent a 
similar situation to that at Bullumwaal. 
Brooker et al. (1995) recognised the 3-flowered 
form's distinctiveness and, while alluding to its possible 
links with £ cinerea, chose to include it with the 
typical 7-flowered £ conspicua. With reference to the 
population to the north-west of Seaton, they noted 
that, while some trees are completely neotenous, others 
possess crowns with a mixture of juvenile and falcate, 
attenuate adult leaves. However, we have surveyed this 
population and, whilst we located very few trees with 
crowns containing what could be construed as adult 
leaves, we found an overwhelming number of trees 
with crowns consisting entirely of sessile, cordate or 
sub-orbicular juvenile leaves. At the other sites where 
the new taxon occurs, only completely neotenous trees 
were observed. While we concur with Brooker et al. that 
the new taxon is closer to £ conspicua than £ cinerea we 
contend that it as distinctive in a range of other adult 
characters and, thus, worthy of taxonomic recognition. 
The strength of our case for the erection of the 
new taxon is based on its distinctive spindly habit, its 
sparse, neotenous crown, its predominately 3-flowered 
inflorescences, its short peduncles and its tightly sessile 
fruits. However, we also believe that it is appropriate to 
place it as a subspecies within £ conspicua as its saplings 
are inseparable from those of typical £ conspicua, as it 
has a distribution adjacent to the western extremity of 
typical £ conspicua and that small numbers of 7-flowered 
inflorescences occur in some of its populations. In 
making our taxonomic decision that the new taxon 
is a part of £ conspicua we concede that future (e.g. 
molecular) studies may further clarify its relationships. 
£ conspicua subsp. dispara, being predominantly 
3-flowered has obvious links with £ cinerea and its 
subspecies, all of which occur on the inland side of 
the Great Dividing Range. The typical subspecies of 
£ cinerea, which occurs between Bathurst and Tumut 
in the Central and Southern Tablelands of New South 
Wales, differs from £ conspicua subsp. dispara by being 
a spreading robust, large-trunked tree with a crown 
dominated by smaller, densely packed pre-adult leaves 
and inflorescences that are completely 3-flowered. The 
Beechworth occurrence of £ cinerea (described below 
as a new subspecies) differs from this new subspecies by 
its taller habit, it dense crown with outer adult leaves, its 
consistent three-flowered inflorescences and its smaller 
buds and fruits (see Table 1). 
Eucalyptus cinerea subsp. victoriensis Rule & 
N.G.Walsh subsp. nov. 
Type: VICTORIA: NNE of Beechworth, McFeeter's Road, 
E of Beechworth-Chiltern Road, adjacent to the turn¬ 
off to Woolshed Falls, K.Rule 0315, 16.V.2015 (holo: MEL 
2418187; iso:CANB, NSW). 
Eucalyptus aff. cinerea (Beechworth) sensu VicFlora 
(VicFlora (2016). Flora of Victoria, Royal Botanic Gardens 
Victoria, <https://vicflora.rbg.vic.gov.au>, last accessed 
7 Mar. 2018). 
Eucalyptus cinerea subsp. Beechworth (J.D. Briggs 
2607) sensu APC (CHAH (2006), Australian Plant Census 
https://id.biodiversity.org.au/reference/apni/42942, last 
accessed 7 Mar. 2018). 
Muelleria 
87 

Page image

50683081 Eucalyptus cinerea victoriensis Muelleria 36: 87-90, Figs 2 (map), 3 a-c

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 36: 87-90, Figs 2 (map), 3 a-c".

51381128 Eucalyptus conspicua conspicua Muelleria 36: 85
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529536
Page is part of the work Two new subspecific taxa within the Eucalyptus Series Argyrophyllae for Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.291976
50677512 Eucalyptus conspicua dispara Muelleria 36: 85
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59529536
Page is part of the work Two new subspecific taxa within the Eucalyptus Series Argyrophyllae for Victoria, doi:10.5962/p.291976
50721809 Eucalyptus conspicua dispar Muelleria 36: 85-87, Figs 1 a-c, 2 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 36: 85-87, Figs 1 a-c, 2 (map)".

50684232 Poa mireniana Muelleria 36: 92-96, Figs 1, 2
50695845 Viola curtisiae Muelleria: 109, Fig. 1

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria: 109, Fig. 1".

50696159 Viola hederacea subsp Muelleria: 109

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria: 109".

50697599 Viola hederacea curtisiae Muelleria: 109

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria: 109".

50696872 Viola serpentinicola Muelleria 36: 113-114, Figs 1 (map), 2, 3 A-D
51252145 Acacia boormanii boormanii Muelleria 37: 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527049
Page is part of the work Examining the Acacia boormanii complex (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae); recognition of a new subspecies, doi:10.5962/p.291960
51251694 Acacia boormanii gibba Muelleria 37: 29-32, Figs 1 (map), 5-6

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 29-32, Figs 1 (map), 5-6".

51251712 Acacia boormanii var Muelleria 37: 29
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527049
Page is part of the work Examining the Acacia boormanii complex (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae); recognition of a new subspecies, doi:10.5962/p.291960

Page text

Acacia boormanii 
iso: BM, C, CANB, K, MEL (all '27.ix.1913') and NSW166408 
('ix.1913')). 
Acacia hunteriana N.A.Wakef., Victorian Nat. 72: 92 
(1956). T: Victoria: banks of Snowy River, near Deddick, 
8.ix.1955, N.A. Wakefield 4810 (holo: MEL 1508588; iso: 
BRI, CANB). 
Foiiose shrub to 4 m high; branchlets glabrous or 
sparsely and minutely hirsute, often pruinose at 
extremities. Phyllodes spreading to erect or deflexed, 
narrowly linear to narrowly oblanceolate, (1 —)3—6(—7.5) 
cm long and 1.5-2(-4.6) mm wide, straight or slightly 
falcate, not rigid, glabrous except for adaxial side of 
pulvinus which is often sparsely hairy, green to grey- 
green or pruinose, at least when young, narrowed at 
base, normally obliquely and eccentrically mucronate; 
midrib and lateral veins indistinct; gland not prominent, 
2-14 mm above pulvinus. Racemes with rachis (7—) 10— 
20(—33) mm long, slender, straight to flexuose, glabrous 
to subglabrous, often pruinose; peduncles 2-4 mm 
long, slender, glabrous to subglabrous; heads prolific, 
globular, 3-5 mm diam., 5-11-flowered, yellow. Flowers 
5-merous; sepals united. Pods linear, 3-9 cm long, 4-6 
mm wide, firmly chartaceous, dehiscing unilaterally, 
glabrous; seeds mostly 3-11 per pod, longitudinal, 
oblong-elliptic, 3.8-5.6 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, 
somewhat shiny, black, aril half to two-thirds the length 
of seed. Flowers Aug.-Oct. 
Acacia boormanii subsp. boormanii 
Shrubs commonly suckering from roots. Phyllodes often 
deflexed below inflorescence, linear, 1.5—2(—2.5) mm 
wide, margin not or very indistinctly indented around 
gland; apex acute (rarely rounded), not pruinose, or 
sparsely to moderately pruinose. 
Occurs disjunctly from Macanally Mtn, near Cooma 
New South Wales to south ofThredbo Village, New South 
Wales, and south to Buchan, Victoria, with an outlying 
occurrence at Gapsted in north-eastern Victoria. 
Acacia boormanii subsp. gibba K J.Tucker 
subsp. nov. 
Acacia boormanii var. Mount Typo (F.E. Bienvenu 11) 
Vic. Herbarium sensu CHAH (2006); Maslin (2013). 
Type: VICTORIA. Mt Typo, just south of saddle crossed 
by vehicular track, 0.8 km N of summit, 22 km SE from 
Figure 5. Flowering specimen of Acacia boormanii subsp. gibba. (photo N.A.F. Gibb, Sept. 2013) 
Muelleria 
29 

Page image

51251688 Asplenium excisum Muelleria 37: 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527057
Page is part of the work A new combination for an Australian fern: Hymenasplenium wildii (Aspleniaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291959

Page text

Hymenasplenium wildii (Aspleniaceae) 
A chloroplast DNA phylogeny of Australian 
Aspleniaceae included A. wildii and both of the other 
Australian Hymenasplenium (Ohlsen et al. 2014). 
That phylogeny demonstrated the distinctiveness 
of A. wildii from H. unilaterale because A. wildii was 
resolved as sister to a clade of H. unilaterale and 
H. excisum (both represented by multiple accessions 
and forming monophyletic groups), rather than nesting 
in H. unilaterale .The phylogeny also clearly showed that 
A. wildii is placed with strong support (Bayesian posterior 
probability of 1; maximum likelihood bootstrap support 
of 100%) in the Hymenasplenium clade and, thus, should 
be classified in that genus. A new combination for 
A. wildii in Hymenasplenium is made here accordingly. 
Taxonomy 
The following species of Hymenasplenium are 
recognized as occurring in Australia: 
Hymenasplenium unilaterale (Lam.) Hayata, 
Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 41:712 (1927) 
Asplenium unilaterale Lam., Encycl. 2 :305 (1786). 
Type: MAURITIUS, P. Commerson: n.v. 
Hymenasplenium excisum (C.PresI) S.Linds., 
Thai Forest Bull. Bot. 37:69 (2009) 
Asplenium excisum C.PresI, Epimel. Bot. 74 ('1849') [1851], 
Type: PHILIPPINES, Luzon, H. Cuming 110; syntypes: 
BM, K, PRC. 
Hymenasplenium wildii (F.M.Bailey) 
DJ.Ohlsen comb. nov. 
Basionym: Asplenium wildii F.M.Bailey, Bot. Bull. Dept. 
Agric. Queensland 4:20, tt. 1 -2 (1891). 
Type: Queensland: on rocks, Daintree River, 1891, CJ. 
Wild (lectotype: BRI AQ0144732 image!; isolectotypes: 
BM 001045316 image!, P 00642905 image!). 
This species has been thoroughly described and 
illustrated by Andrews (1990) and Brownsey (1998) and 
a further illustration is provided by Bailey (1892). 
D/sfr/buf/o/irCapeTribulation and Daintree areas, 
north-east Queensland. 
Three holdings (at BRI, BM and P) exist for the type 
but Bailey did not designate a holding that would serve 
as the holotype and technically the three holdings 
were originally syntypes. Brownsey (1998) listed the BRI 
specimen as the holotype, and as such inadvertently 
lectotypified the BRI specimen, rendering the BM and 
P specimens as isolectotypes (see Prado et al. 2015). 
The BRI specimen is from Bailey's home institution and 
includes one of the fronds illustrated in the protologue 
(in contrast to the BM and P sheets that were not 
illustrated). 
Acknowledgements 
We thank the two anonymous reviewers for their helpful 
feedback. 
References 
Andrews S.B. (1990). 'Aspleniaceae', in Ferns of Queensland. 
pp. 47-71, 383-384, 385-389. Queensland Department of 
Primary Industries: Brisbane. 
APC (2018). Australian Plant Census IBIS Database. Centre for 
Australian National Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads 
of Australasian Herbaria, viewed 28 January 2018, <http:// 
www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html> 
Bailey, F.M. (1892). Lithograms of the ferns of Queensland. 
Queensland Department of Agriculture: Brisbane. 
Brownsey, PJ. (1998).'Aspleniaceae'in P.M. McCarthy (ed.) Flora 
of Australia 48: Ferns, Gymnosperms and Allied Groups, pp 
295-327. ABRS/CSIRO: Australia. 
Brownsey, PJ. and Perrie, L.R. (2011). A revised checklist of Fijian 
ferns and lycophytes. Telopea 13,513-562. 
Cheng, X. and Murakami, N. (1998). Cytotaxonomic study of 
genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae) in Xishuangbanna, 
southwestern China. Journal of Plant Research 111,495-500. 
DuPuy, DJ. (1993). 'Aspleniaceae' in A.S. George and A.E. 
Orchard (eds) Flora of Australia 50: Oceanic Islands 2, pp.554- 
558. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra. 
Gabancho, L.R. and Prada, C. (2011 ).The genus Hymenasplenium 
(Aspleniaceae) in Cuba, including new combinations for the 
neotropical species. American Fern Journal 101,265-281. 
Green, P.S. (1994). 'Aspleniaceae' in AJ.G. Wilson (ed.) Flora 
of Australia 49: Oceanic Islands 1, pp. 591-597. Australian 
Government Publishing Service: Canberra. 
Jones, D.L (1996). A new species of Asplenium L. section 
Thamnopteris CPresI (Aspleniaceae) from Lord Howe Island. 
Muelleria 9:37-40. 
Kramer, K.U. and Viane, R. (1990).'Aspleniaceae’ in K.U., Kramer 
and P.S., Green (eds) The Families and Genera of Vascular 
Plants, vol. 1: Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms, pp. 52-57. 
(Springer-Verlag: Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, London, 
Paris). 
Mitui, K„ Murakami, N. and Iwatsuki, K. (1989). Chromosomes 
and systematics of Asplenium sect. Hymenasplenium 
(Aspleniaceae). American Journal of Botany 76,1689-1697. 
Murakami, N. (1995). Systematics and evolutionary biology of 
the fern genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae). Journal of 
Plant Research 108,257-268. 
Muelleria 
21 

Page image

51352027 Asplenium excisum Muelleria 37: 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527057
Page is part of the work A new combination for an Australian fern: Hymenasplenium wildii (Aspleniaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291959

Page text

Hymenasplenium wildii (Aspleniaceae) 
A chloroplast DNA phylogeny of Australian 
Aspleniaceae included A. wildii and both of the other 
Australian Hymenasplenium (Ohlsen et al. 2014). 
That phylogeny demonstrated the distinctiveness 
of A. wildii from H. unilaterale because A. wildii was 
resolved as sister to a clade of H. unilaterale and 
H. excisum (both represented by multiple accessions 
and forming monophyletic groups), rather than nesting 
in H. unilaterale .The phylogeny also clearly showed that 
A. wildii is placed with strong support (Bayesian posterior 
probability of 1; maximum likelihood bootstrap support 
of 100%) in the Hymenasplenium clade and, thus, should 
be classified in that genus. A new combination for 
A. wildii in Hymenasplenium is made here accordingly. 
Taxonomy 
The following species of Hymenasplenium are 
recognized as occurring in Australia: 
Hymenasplenium unilaterale (Lam.) Hayata, 
Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 41:712 (1927) 
Asplenium unilaterale Lam., Encycl. 2 :305 (1786). 
Type: MAURITIUS, P. Commerson: n.v. 
Hymenasplenium excisum (C.PresI) S.Linds., 
Thai Forest Bull. Bot. 37:69 (2009) 
Asplenium excisum C.PresI, Epimel. Bot. 74 ('1849') [1851], 
Type: PHILIPPINES, Luzon, H. Cuming 110; syntypes: 
BM, K, PRC. 
Hymenasplenium wildii (F.M.Bailey) 
DJ.Ohlsen comb. nov. 
Basionym: Asplenium wildii F.M.Bailey, Bot. Bull. Dept. 
Agric. Queensland 4:20, tt. 1 -2 (1891). 
Type: Queensland: on rocks, Daintree River, 1891, CJ. 
Wild (lectotype: BRI AQ0144732 image!; isolectotypes: 
BM 001045316 image!, P 00642905 image!). 
This species has been thoroughly described and 
illustrated by Andrews (1990) and Brownsey (1998) and 
a further illustration is provided by Bailey (1892). 
D/sfr/buf/o/irCapeTribulation and Daintree areas, 
north-east Queensland. 
Three holdings (at BRI, BM and P) exist for the type 
but Bailey did not designate a holding that would serve 
as the holotype and technically the three holdings 
were originally syntypes. Brownsey (1998) listed the BRI 
specimen as the holotype, and as such inadvertently 
lectotypified the BRI specimen, rendering the BM and 
P specimens as isolectotypes (see Prado et al. 2015). 
The BRI specimen is from Bailey's home institution and 
includes one of the fronds illustrated in the protologue 
(in contrast to the BM and P sheets that were not 
illustrated). 
Acknowledgements 
We thank the two anonymous reviewers for their helpful 
feedback. 
References 
Andrews S.B. (1990). 'Aspleniaceae', in Ferns of Queensland. 
pp. 47-71, 383-384, 385-389. Queensland Department of 
Primary Industries: Brisbane. 
APC (2018). Australian Plant Census IBIS Database. Centre for 
Australian National Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads 
of Australasian Herbaria, viewed 28 January 2018, <http:// 
www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html> 
Bailey, F.M. (1892). Lithograms of the ferns of Queensland. 
Queensland Department of Agriculture: Brisbane. 
Brownsey, PJ. (1998).'Aspleniaceae'in P.M. McCarthy (ed.) Flora 
of Australia 48: Ferns, Gymnosperms and Allied Groups, pp 
295-327. ABRS/CSIRO: Australia. 
Brownsey, PJ. and Perrie, L.R. (2011). A revised checklist of Fijian 
ferns and lycophytes. Telopea 13,513-562. 
Cheng, X. and Murakami, N. (1998). Cytotaxonomic study of 
genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae) in Xishuangbanna, 
southwestern China. Journal of Plant Research 111,495-500. 
DuPuy, DJ. (1993). 'Aspleniaceae' in A.S. George and A.E. 
Orchard (eds) Flora of Australia 50: Oceanic Islands 2, pp.554- 
558. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra. 
Gabancho, L.R. and Prada, C. (2011 ).The genus Hymenasplenium 
(Aspleniaceae) in Cuba, including new combinations for the 
neotropical species. American Fern Journal 101,265-281. 
Green, P.S. (1994). 'Aspleniaceae' in AJ.G. Wilson (ed.) Flora 
of Australia 49: Oceanic Islands 1, pp. 591-597. Australian 
Government Publishing Service: Canberra. 
Jones, D.L (1996). A new species of Asplenium L. section 
Thamnopteris CPresI (Aspleniaceae) from Lord Howe Island. 
Muelleria 9:37-40. 
Kramer, K.U. and Viane, R. (1990).'Aspleniaceae’ in K.U., Kramer 
and P.S., Green (eds) The Families and Genera of Vascular 
Plants, vol. 1: Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms, pp. 52-57. 
(Springer-Verlag: Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, London, 
Paris). 
Mitui, K„ Murakami, N. and Iwatsuki, K. (1989). Chromosomes 
and systematics of Asplenium sect. Hymenasplenium 
(Aspleniaceae). American Journal of Botany 76,1689-1697. 
Murakami, N. (1995). Systematics and evolutionary biology of 
the fern genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae). Journal of 
Plant Research 108,257-268. 
Muelleria 
21 

Page image

51251687 Asplenium unilaterale Muelleria 37: 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527057
Page is part of the work A new combination for an Australian fern: Hymenasplenium wildii (Aspleniaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291959

Page text

Hymenasplenium wildii (Aspleniaceae) 
A chloroplast DNA phylogeny of Australian 
Aspleniaceae included A. wildii and both of the other 
Australian Hymenasplenium (Ohlsen et al. 2014). 
That phylogeny demonstrated the distinctiveness 
of A. wildii from H. unilaterale because A. wildii was 
resolved as sister to a clade of H. unilaterale and 
H. excisum (both represented by multiple accessions 
and forming monophyletic groups), rather than nesting 
in H. unilaterale .The phylogeny also clearly showed that 
A. wildii is placed with strong support (Bayesian posterior 
probability of 1; maximum likelihood bootstrap support 
of 100%) in the Hymenasplenium clade and, thus, should 
be classified in that genus. A new combination for 
A. wildii in Hymenasplenium is made here accordingly. 
Taxonomy 
The following species of Hymenasplenium are 
recognized as occurring in Australia: 
Hymenasplenium unilaterale (Lam.) Hayata, 
Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 41:712 (1927) 
Asplenium unilaterale Lam., Encycl. 2 :305 (1786). 
Type: MAURITIUS, P. Commerson: n.v. 
Hymenasplenium excisum (C.PresI) S.Linds., 
Thai Forest Bull. Bot. 37:69 (2009) 
Asplenium excisum C.PresI, Epimel. Bot. 74 ('1849') [1851], 
Type: PHILIPPINES, Luzon, H. Cuming 110; syntypes: 
BM, K, PRC. 
Hymenasplenium wildii (F.M.Bailey) 
DJ.Ohlsen comb. nov. 
Basionym: Asplenium wildii F.M.Bailey, Bot. Bull. Dept. 
Agric. Queensland 4:20, tt. 1 -2 (1891). 
Type: Queensland: on rocks, Daintree River, 1891, CJ. 
Wild (lectotype: BRI AQ0144732 image!; isolectotypes: 
BM 001045316 image!, P 00642905 image!). 
This species has been thoroughly described and 
illustrated by Andrews (1990) and Brownsey (1998) and 
a further illustration is provided by Bailey (1892). 
D/sfr/buf/o/irCapeTribulation and Daintree areas, 
north-east Queensland. 
Three holdings (at BRI, BM and P) exist for the type 
but Bailey did not designate a holding that would serve 
as the holotype and technically the three holdings 
were originally syntypes. Brownsey (1998) listed the BRI 
specimen as the holotype, and as such inadvertently 
lectotypified the BRI specimen, rendering the BM and 
P specimens as isolectotypes (see Prado et al. 2015). 
The BRI specimen is from Bailey's home institution and 
includes one of the fronds illustrated in the protologue 
(in contrast to the BM and P sheets that were not 
illustrated). 
Acknowledgements 
We thank the two anonymous reviewers for their helpful 
feedback. 
References 
Andrews S.B. (1990). 'Aspleniaceae', in Ferns of Queensland. 
pp. 47-71, 383-384, 385-389. Queensland Department of 
Primary Industries: Brisbane. 
APC (2018). Australian Plant Census IBIS Database. Centre for 
Australian National Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads 
of Australasian Herbaria, viewed 28 January 2018, <http:// 
www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html> 
Bailey, F.M. (1892). Lithograms of the ferns of Queensland. 
Queensland Department of Agriculture: Brisbane. 
Brownsey, PJ. (1998).'Aspleniaceae'in P.M. McCarthy (ed.) Flora 
of Australia 48: Ferns, Gymnosperms and Allied Groups, pp 
295-327. ABRS/CSIRO: Australia. 
Brownsey, PJ. and Perrie, L.R. (2011). A revised checklist of Fijian 
ferns and lycophytes. Telopea 13,513-562. 
Cheng, X. and Murakami, N. (1998). Cytotaxonomic study of 
genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae) in Xishuangbanna, 
southwestern China. Journal of Plant Research 111,495-500. 
DuPuy, DJ. (1993). 'Aspleniaceae' in A.S. George and A.E. 
Orchard (eds) Flora of Australia 50: Oceanic Islands 2, pp.554- 
558. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra. 
Gabancho, L.R. and Prada, C. (2011 ).The genus Hymenasplenium 
(Aspleniaceae) in Cuba, including new combinations for the 
neotropical species. American Fern Journal 101,265-281. 
Green, P.S. (1994). 'Aspleniaceae' in AJ.G. Wilson (ed.) Flora 
of Australia 49: Oceanic Islands 1, pp. 591-597. Australian 
Government Publishing Service: Canberra. 
Jones, D.L (1996). A new species of Asplenium L. section 
Thamnopteris CPresI (Aspleniaceae) from Lord Howe Island. 
Muelleria 9:37-40. 
Kramer, K.U. and Viane, R. (1990).'Aspleniaceae’ in K.U., Kramer 
and P.S., Green (eds) The Families and Genera of Vascular 
Plants, vol. 1: Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms, pp. 52-57. 
(Springer-Verlag: Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, London, 
Paris). 
Mitui, K„ Murakami, N. and Iwatsuki, K. (1989). Chromosomes 
and systematics of Asplenium sect. Hymenasplenium 
(Aspleniaceae). American Journal of Botany 76,1689-1697. 
Murakami, N. (1995). Systematics and evolutionary biology of 
the fern genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae). Journal of 
Plant Research 108,257-268. 
Muelleria 
21 

Page image

51251684 Asplenium wildii Muelleria 37: 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527057
Page is part of the work A new combination for an Australian fern: Hymenasplenium wildii (Aspleniaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291959

Page text

Hymenasplenium wildii (Aspleniaceae) 
A chloroplast DNA phylogeny of Australian 
Aspleniaceae included A. wildii and both of the other 
Australian Hymenasplenium (Ohlsen et al. 2014). 
That phylogeny demonstrated the distinctiveness 
of A. wildii from H. unilaterale because A. wildii was 
resolved as sister to a clade of H. unilaterale and 
H. excisum (both represented by multiple accessions 
and forming monophyletic groups), rather than nesting 
in H. unilaterale .The phylogeny also clearly showed that 
A. wildii is placed with strong support (Bayesian posterior 
probability of 1; maximum likelihood bootstrap support 
of 100%) in the Hymenasplenium clade and, thus, should 
be classified in that genus. A new combination for 
A. wildii in Hymenasplenium is made here accordingly. 
Taxonomy 
The following species of Hymenasplenium are 
recognized as occurring in Australia: 
Hymenasplenium unilaterale (Lam.) Hayata, 
Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 41:712 (1927) 
Asplenium unilaterale Lam., Encycl. 2 :305 (1786). 
Type: MAURITIUS, P. Commerson: n.v. 
Hymenasplenium excisum (C.PresI) S.Linds., 
Thai Forest Bull. Bot. 37:69 (2009) 
Asplenium excisum C.PresI, Epimel. Bot. 74 ('1849') [1851], 
Type: PHILIPPINES, Luzon, H. Cuming 110; syntypes: 
BM, K, PRC. 
Hymenasplenium wildii (F.M.Bailey) 
DJ.Ohlsen comb. nov. 
Basionym: Asplenium wildii F.M.Bailey, Bot. Bull. Dept. 
Agric. Queensland 4:20, tt. 1 -2 (1891). 
Type: Queensland: on rocks, Daintree River, 1891, CJ. 
Wild (lectotype: BRI AQ0144732 image!; isolectotypes: 
BM 001045316 image!, P 00642905 image!). 
This species has been thoroughly described and 
illustrated by Andrews (1990) and Brownsey (1998) and 
a further illustration is provided by Bailey (1892). 
D/sfr/buf/o/irCapeTribulation and Daintree areas, 
north-east Queensland. 
Three holdings (at BRI, BM and P) exist for the type 
but Bailey did not designate a holding that would serve 
as the holotype and technically the three holdings 
were originally syntypes. Brownsey (1998) listed the BRI 
specimen as the holotype, and as such inadvertently 
lectotypified the BRI specimen, rendering the BM and 
P specimens as isolectotypes (see Prado et al. 2015). 
The BRI specimen is from Bailey's home institution and 
includes one of the fronds illustrated in the protologue 
(in contrast to the BM and P sheets that were not 
illustrated). 
Acknowledgements 
We thank the two anonymous reviewers for their helpful 
feedback. 
References 
Andrews S.B. (1990). 'Aspleniaceae', in Ferns of Queensland. 
pp. 47-71, 383-384, 385-389. Queensland Department of 
Primary Industries: Brisbane. 
APC (2018). Australian Plant Census IBIS Database. Centre for 
Australian National Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads 
of Australasian Herbaria, viewed 28 January 2018, <http:// 
www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html> 
Bailey, F.M. (1892). Lithograms of the ferns of Queensland. 
Queensland Department of Agriculture: Brisbane. 
Brownsey, PJ. (1998).'Aspleniaceae'in P.M. McCarthy (ed.) Flora 
of Australia 48: Ferns, Gymnosperms and Allied Groups, pp 
295-327. ABRS/CSIRO: Australia. 
Brownsey, PJ. and Perrie, L.R. (2011). A revised checklist of Fijian 
ferns and lycophytes. Telopea 13,513-562. 
Cheng, X. and Murakami, N. (1998). Cytotaxonomic study of 
genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae) in Xishuangbanna, 
southwestern China. Journal of Plant Research 111,495-500. 
DuPuy, DJ. (1993). 'Aspleniaceae' in A.S. George and A.E. 
Orchard (eds) Flora of Australia 50: Oceanic Islands 2, pp.554- 
558. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra. 
Gabancho, L.R. and Prada, C. (2011 ).The genus Hymenasplenium 
(Aspleniaceae) in Cuba, including new combinations for the 
neotropical species. American Fern Journal 101,265-281. 
Green, P.S. (1994). 'Aspleniaceae' in AJ.G. Wilson (ed.) Flora 
of Australia 49: Oceanic Islands 1, pp. 591-597. Australian 
Government Publishing Service: Canberra. 
Jones, D.L (1996). A new species of Asplenium L. section 
Thamnopteris CPresI (Aspleniaceae) from Lord Howe Island. 
Muelleria 9:37-40. 
Kramer, K.U. and Viane, R. (1990).'Aspleniaceae’ in K.U., Kramer 
and P.S., Green (eds) The Families and Genera of Vascular 
Plants, vol. 1: Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms, pp. 52-57. 
(Springer-Verlag: Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, London, 
Paris). 
Mitui, K„ Murakami, N. and Iwatsuki, K. (1989). Chromosomes 
and systematics of Asplenium sect. Hymenasplenium 
(Aspleniaceae). American Journal of Botany 76,1689-1697. 
Murakami, N. (1995). Systematics and evolutionary biology of 
the fern genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae). Journal of 
Plant Research 108,257-268. 
Muelleria 
21 

Page image

51352029 Asplenium wildii Muelleria 37: 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527057
Page is part of the work A new combination for an Australian fern: Hymenasplenium wildii (Aspleniaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291959

Page text

Hymenasplenium wildii (Aspleniaceae) 
A chloroplast DNA phylogeny of Australian 
Aspleniaceae included A. wildii and both of the other 
Australian Hymenasplenium (Ohlsen et al. 2014). 
That phylogeny demonstrated the distinctiveness 
of A. wildii from H. unilaterale because A. wildii was 
resolved as sister to a clade of H. unilaterale and 
H. excisum (both represented by multiple accessions 
and forming monophyletic groups), rather than nesting 
in H. unilaterale .The phylogeny also clearly showed that 
A. wildii is placed with strong support (Bayesian posterior 
probability of 1; maximum likelihood bootstrap support 
of 100%) in the Hymenasplenium clade and, thus, should 
be classified in that genus. A new combination for 
A. wildii in Hymenasplenium is made here accordingly. 
Taxonomy 
The following species of Hymenasplenium are 
recognized as occurring in Australia: 
Hymenasplenium unilaterale (Lam.) Hayata, 
Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 41:712 (1927) 
Asplenium unilaterale Lam., Encycl. 2 :305 (1786). 
Type: MAURITIUS, P. Commerson: n.v. 
Hymenasplenium excisum (C.PresI) S.Linds., 
Thai Forest Bull. Bot. 37:69 (2009) 
Asplenium excisum C.PresI, Epimel. Bot. 74 ('1849') [1851], 
Type: PHILIPPINES, Luzon, H. Cuming 110; syntypes: 
BM, K, PRC. 
Hymenasplenium wildii (F.M.Bailey) 
DJ.Ohlsen comb. nov. 
Basionym: Asplenium wildii F.M.Bailey, Bot. Bull. Dept. 
Agric. Queensland 4:20, tt. 1 -2 (1891). 
Type: Queensland: on rocks, Daintree River, 1891, CJ. 
Wild (lectotype: BRI AQ0144732 image!; isolectotypes: 
BM 001045316 image!, P 00642905 image!). 
This species has been thoroughly described and 
illustrated by Andrews (1990) and Brownsey (1998) and 
a further illustration is provided by Bailey (1892). 
D/sfr/buf/o/irCapeTribulation and Daintree areas, 
north-east Queensland. 
Three holdings (at BRI, BM and P) exist for the type 
but Bailey did not designate a holding that would serve 
as the holotype and technically the three holdings 
were originally syntypes. Brownsey (1998) listed the BRI 
specimen as the holotype, and as such inadvertently 
lectotypified the BRI specimen, rendering the BM and 
P specimens as isolectotypes (see Prado et al. 2015). 
The BRI specimen is from Bailey's home institution and 
includes one of the fronds illustrated in the protologue 
(in contrast to the BM and P sheets that were not 
illustrated). 
Acknowledgements 
We thank the two anonymous reviewers for their helpful 
feedback. 
References 
Andrews S.B. (1990). 'Aspleniaceae', in Ferns of Queensland. 
pp. 47-71, 383-384, 385-389. Queensland Department of 
Primary Industries: Brisbane. 
APC (2018). Australian Plant Census IBIS Database. Centre for 
Australian National Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads 
of Australasian Herbaria, viewed 28 January 2018, <http:// 
www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html> 
Bailey, F.M. (1892). Lithograms of the ferns of Queensland. 
Queensland Department of Agriculture: Brisbane. 
Brownsey, PJ. (1998).'Aspleniaceae'in P.M. McCarthy (ed.) Flora 
of Australia 48: Ferns, Gymnosperms and Allied Groups, pp 
295-327. ABRS/CSIRO: Australia. 
Brownsey, PJ. and Perrie, L.R. (2011). A revised checklist of Fijian 
ferns and lycophytes. Telopea 13,513-562. 
Cheng, X. and Murakami, N. (1998). Cytotaxonomic study of 
genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae) in Xishuangbanna, 
southwestern China. Journal of Plant Research 111,495-500. 
DuPuy, DJ. (1993). 'Aspleniaceae' in A.S. George and A.E. 
Orchard (eds) Flora of Australia 50: Oceanic Islands 2, pp.554- 
558. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra. 
Gabancho, L.R. and Prada, C. (2011 ).The genus Hymenasplenium 
(Aspleniaceae) in Cuba, including new combinations for the 
neotropical species. American Fern Journal 101,265-281. 
Green, P.S. (1994). 'Aspleniaceae' in AJ.G. Wilson (ed.) Flora 
of Australia 49: Oceanic Islands 1, pp. 591-597. Australian 
Government Publishing Service: Canberra. 
Jones, D.L (1996). A new species of Asplenium L. section 
Thamnopteris CPresI (Aspleniaceae) from Lord Howe Island. 
Muelleria 9:37-40. 
Kramer, K.U. and Viane, R. (1990).'Aspleniaceae’ in K.U., Kramer 
and P.S., Green (eds) The Families and Genera of Vascular 
Plants, vol. 1: Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms, pp. 52-57. 
(Springer-Verlag: Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, London, 
Paris). 
Mitui, K„ Murakami, N. and Iwatsuki, K. (1989). Chromosomes 
and systematics of Asplenium sect. Hymenasplenium 
(Aspleniaceae). American Journal of Botany 76,1689-1697. 
Murakami, N. (1995). Systematics and evolutionary biology of 
the fern genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae). Journal of 
Plant Research 108,257-268. 
Muelleria 
21 

Page image

51251685 Hymenasplenium excisum Muelleria 37: 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527057
Page is part of the work A new combination for an Australian fern: Hymenasplenium wildii (Aspleniaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291959

Page text

Hymenasplenium wildii (Aspleniaceae) 
A chloroplast DNA phylogeny of Australian 
Aspleniaceae included A. wildii and both of the other 
Australian Hymenasplenium (Ohlsen et al. 2014). 
That phylogeny demonstrated the distinctiveness 
of A. wildii from H. unilaterale because A. wildii was 
resolved as sister to a clade of H. unilaterale and 
H. excisum (both represented by multiple accessions 
and forming monophyletic groups), rather than nesting 
in H. unilaterale .The phylogeny also clearly showed that 
A. wildii is placed with strong support (Bayesian posterior 
probability of 1; maximum likelihood bootstrap support 
of 100%) in the Hymenasplenium clade and, thus, should 
be classified in that genus. A new combination for 
A. wildii in Hymenasplenium is made here accordingly. 
Taxonomy 
The following species of Hymenasplenium are 
recognized as occurring in Australia: 
Hymenasplenium unilaterale (Lam.) Hayata, 
Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 41:712 (1927) 
Asplenium unilaterale Lam., Encycl. 2 :305 (1786). 
Type: MAURITIUS, P. Commerson: n.v. 
Hymenasplenium excisum (C.PresI) S.Linds., 
Thai Forest Bull. Bot. 37:69 (2009) 
Asplenium excisum C.PresI, Epimel. Bot. 74 ('1849') [1851], 
Type: PHILIPPINES, Luzon, H. Cuming 110; syntypes: 
BM, K, PRC. 
Hymenasplenium wildii (F.M.Bailey) 
DJ.Ohlsen comb. nov. 
Basionym: Asplenium wildii F.M.Bailey, Bot. Bull. Dept. 
Agric. Queensland 4:20, tt. 1 -2 (1891). 
Type: Queensland: on rocks, Daintree River, 1891, CJ. 
Wild (lectotype: BRI AQ0144732 image!; isolectotypes: 
BM 001045316 image!, P 00642905 image!). 
This species has been thoroughly described and 
illustrated by Andrews (1990) and Brownsey (1998) and 
a further illustration is provided by Bailey (1892). 
D/sfr/buf/o/irCapeTribulation and Daintree areas, 
north-east Queensland. 
Three holdings (at BRI, BM and P) exist for the type 
but Bailey did not designate a holding that would serve 
as the holotype and technically the three holdings 
were originally syntypes. Brownsey (1998) listed the BRI 
specimen as the holotype, and as such inadvertently 
lectotypified the BRI specimen, rendering the BM and 
P specimens as isolectotypes (see Prado et al. 2015). 
The BRI specimen is from Bailey's home institution and 
includes one of the fronds illustrated in the protologue 
(in contrast to the BM and P sheets that were not 
illustrated). 
Acknowledgements 
We thank the two anonymous reviewers for their helpful 
feedback. 
References 
Andrews S.B. (1990). 'Aspleniaceae', in Ferns of Queensland. 
pp. 47-71, 383-384, 385-389. Queensland Department of 
Primary Industries: Brisbane. 
APC (2018). Australian Plant Census IBIS Database. Centre for 
Australian National Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads 
of Australasian Herbaria, viewed 28 January 2018, <http:// 
www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html> 
Bailey, F.M. (1892). Lithograms of the ferns of Queensland. 
Queensland Department of Agriculture: Brisbane. 
Brownsey, PJ. (1998).'Aspleniaceae'in P.M. McCarthy (ed.) Flora 
of Australia 48: Ferns, Gymnosperms and Allied Groups, pp 
295-327. ABRS/CSIRO: Australia. 
Brownsey, PJ. and Perrie, L.R. (2011). A revised checklist of Fijian 
ferns and lycophytes. Telopea 13,513-562. 
Cheng, X. and Murakami, N. (1998). Cytotaxonomic study of 
genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae) in Xishuangbanna, 
southwestern China. Journal of Plant Research 111,495-500. 
DuPuy, DJ. (1993). 'Aspleniaceae' in A.S. George and A.E. 
Orchard (eds) Flora of Australia 50: Oceanic Islands 2, pp.554- 
558. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra. 
Gabancho, L.R. and Prada, C. (2011 ).The genus Hymenasplenium 
(Aspleniaceae) in Cuba, including new combinations for the 
neotropical species. American Fern Journal 101,265-281. 
Green, P.S. (1994). 'Aspleniaceae' in AJ.G. Wilson (ed.) Flora 
of Australia 49: Oceanic Islands 1, pp. 591-597. Australian 
Government Publishing Service: Canberra. 
Jones, D.L (1996). A new species of Asplenium L. section 
Thamnopteris CPresI (Aspleniaceae) from Lord Howe Island. 
Muelleria 9:37-40. 
Kramer, K.U. and Viane, R. (1990).'Aspleniaceae’ in K.U., Kramer 
and P.S., Green (eds) The Families and Genera of Vascular 
Plants, vol. 1: Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms, pp. 52-57. 
(Springer-Verlag: Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, London, 
Paris). 
Mitui, K„ Murakami, N. and Iwatsuki, K. (1989). Chromosomes 
and systematics of Asplenium sect. Hymenasplenium 
(Aspleniaceae). American Journal of Botany 76,1689-1697. 
Murakami, N. (1995). Systematics and evolutionary biology of 
the fern genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae). Journal of 
Plant Research 108,257-268. 
Muelleria 
21 

Page image

51251686 Hymenasplenium unilaterale Muelleria 37: 21
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527057
Page is part of the work A new combination for an Australian fern: Hymenasplenium wildii (Aspleniaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291959

Page text

Hymenasplenium wildii (Aspleniaceae) 
A chloroplast DNA phylogeny of Australian 
Aspleniaceae included A. wildii and both of the other 
Australian Hymenasplenium (Ohlsen et al. 2014). 
That phylogeny demonstrated the distinctiveness 
of A. wildii from H. unilaterale because A. wildii was 
resolved as sister to a clade of H. unilaterale and 
H. excisum (both represented by multiple accessions 
and forming monophyletic groups), rather than nesting 
in H. unilaterale .The phylogeny also clearly showed that 
A. wildii is placed with strong support (Bayesian posterior 
probability of 1; maximum likelihood bootstrap support 
of 100%) in the Hymenasplenium clade and, thus, should 
be classified in that genus. A new combination for 
A. wildii in Hymenasplenium is made here accordingly. 
Taxonomy 
The following species of Hymenasplenium are 
recognized as occurring in Australia: 
Hymenasplenium unilaterale (Lam.) Hayata, 
Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 41:712 (1927) 
Asplenium unilaterale Lam., Encycl. 2 :305 (1786). 
Type: MAURITIUS, P. Commerson: n.v. 
Hymenasplenium excisum (C.PresI) S.Linds., 
Thai Forest Bull. Bot. 37:69 (2009) 
Asplenium excisum C.PresI, Epimel. Bot. 74 ('1849') [1851], 
Type: PHILIPPINES, Luzon, H. Cuming 110; syntypes: 
BM, K, PRC. 
Hymenasplenium wildii (F.M.Bailey) 
DJ.Ohlsen comb. nov. 
Basionym: Asplenium wildii F.M.Bailey, Bot. Bull. Dept. 
Agric. Queensland 4:20, tt. 1 -2 (1891). 
Type: Queensland: on rocks, Daintree River, 1891, CJ. 
Wild (lectotype: BRI AQ0144732 image!; isolectotypes: 
BM 001045316 image!, P 00642905 image!). 
This species has been thoroughly described and 
illustrated by Andrews (1990) and Brownsey (1998) and 
a further illustration is provided by Bailey (1892). 
D/sfr/buf/o/irCapeTribulation and Daintree areas, 
north-east Queensland. 
Three holdings (at BRI, BM and P) exist for the type 
but Bailey did not designate a holding that would serve 
as the holotype and technically the three holdings 
were originally syntypes. Brownsey (1998) listed the BRI 
specimen as the holotype, and as such inadvertently 
lectotypified the BRI specimen, rendering the BM and 
P specimens as isolectotypes (see Prado et al. 2015). 
The BRI specimen is from Bailey's home institution and 
includes one of the fronds illustrated in the protologue 
(in contrast to the BM and P sheets that were not 
illustrated). 
Acknowledgements 
We thank the two anonymous reviewers for their helpful 
feedback. 
References 
Andrews S.B. (1990). 'Aspleniaceae', in Ferns of Queensland. 
pp. 47-71, 383-384, 385-389. Queensland Department of 
Primary Industries: Brisbane. 
APC (2018). Australian Plant Census IBIS Database. Centre for 
Australian National Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads 
of Australasian Herbaria, viewed 28 January 2018, <http:// 
www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html> 
Bailey, F.M. (1892). Lithograms of the ferns of Queensland. 
Queensland Department of Agriculture: Brisbane. 
Brownsey, PJ. (1998).'Aspleniaceae'in P.M. McCarthy (ed.) Flora 
of Australia 48: Ferns, Gymnosperms and Allied Groups, pp 
295-327. ABRS/CSIRO: Australia. 
Brownsey, PJ. and Perrie, L.R. (2011). A revised checklist of Fijian 
ferns and lycophytes. Telopea 13,513-562. 
Cheng, X. and Murakami, N. (1998). Cytotaxonomic study of 
genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae) in Xishuangbanna, 
southwestern China. Journal of Plant Research 111,495-500. 
DuPuy, DJ. (1993). 'Aspleniaceae' in A.S. George and A.E. 
Orchard (eds) Flora of Australia 50: Oceanic Islands 2, pp.554- 
558. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra. 
Gabancho, L.R. and Prada, C. (2011 ).The genus Hymenasplenium 
(Aspleniaceae) in Cuba, including new combinations for the 
neotropical species. American Fern Journal 101,265-281. 
Green, P.S. (1994). 'Aspleniaceae' in AJ.G. Wilson (ed.) Flora 
of Australia 49: Oceanic Islands 1, pp. 591-597. Australian 
Government Publishing Service: Canberra. 
Jones, D.L (1996). A new species of Asplenium L. section 
Thamnopteris CPresI (Aspleniaceae) from Lord Howe Island. 
Muelleria 9:37-40. 
Kramer, K.U. and Viane, R. (1990).'Aspleniaceae’ in K.U., Kramer 
and P.S., Green (eds) The Families and Genera of Vascular 
Plants, vol. 1: Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms, pp. 52-57. 
(Springer-Verlag: Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, London, 
Paris). 
Mitui, K„ Murakami, N. and Iwatsuki, K. (1989). Chromosomes 
and systematics of Asplenium sect. Hymenasplenium 
(Aspleniaceae). American Journal of Botany 76,1689-1697. 
Murakami, N. (1995). Systematics and evolutionary biology of 
the fern genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae). Journal of 
Plant Research 108,257-268. 
Muelleria 
21 

Page image

51251678 Hymenasplenium wildii Muelleria 37: 21, Fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527057
Page is part of the work A new combination for an Australian fern: Hymenasplenium wildii (Aspleniaceae), doi:10.5962/p.291959

Page text

Hymenasplenium wildii (Aspleniaceae) 
A chloroplast DNA phylogeny of Australian 
Aspleniaceae included A. wildii and both of the other 
Australian Hymenasplenium (Ohlsen et al. 2014). 
That phylogeny demonstrated the distinctiveness 
of A. wildii from H. unilaterale because A. wildii was 
resolved as sister to a clade of H. unilaterale and 
H. excisum (both represented by multiple accessions 
and forming monophyletic groups), rather than nesting 
in H. unilaterale .The phylogeny also clearly showed that 
A. wildii is placed with strong support (Bayesian posterior 
probability of 1; maximum likelihood bootstrap support 
of 100%) in the Hymenasplenium clade and, thus, should 
be classified in that genus. A new combination for 
A. wildii in Hymenasplenium is made here accordingly. 
Taxonomy 
The following species of Hymenasplenium are 
recognized as occurring in Australia: 
Hymenasplenium unilaterale (Lam.) Hayata, 
Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 41:712 (1927) 
Asplenium unilaterale Lam., Encycl. 2 :305 (1786). 
Type: MAURITIUS, P. Commerson: n.v. 
Hymenasplenium excisum (C.PresI) S.Linds., 
Thai Forest Bull. Bot. 37:69 (2009) 
Asplenium excisum C.PresI, Epimel. Bot. 74 ('1849') [1851], 
Type: PHILIPPINES, Luzon, H. Cuming 110; syntypes: 
BM, K, PRC. 
Hymenasplenium wildii (F.M.Bailey) 
DJ.Ohlsen comb. nov. 
Basionym: Asplenium wildii F.M.Bailey, Bot. Bull. Dept. 
Agric. Queensland 4:20, tt. 1 -2 (1891). 
Type: Queensland: on rocks, Daintree River, 1891, CJ. 
Wild (lectotype: BRI AQ0144732 image!; isolectotypes: 
BM 001045316 image!, P 00642905 image!). 
This species has been thoroughly described and 
illustrated by Andrews (1990) and Brownsey (1998) and 
a further illustration is provided by Bailey (1892). 
D/sfr/buf/o/irCapeTribulation and Daintree areas, 
north-east Queensland. 
Three holdings (at BRI, BM and P) exist for the type 
but Bailey did not designate a holding that would serve 
as the holotype and technically the three holdings 
were originally syntypes. Brownsey (1998) listed the BRI 
specimen as the holotype, and as such inadvertently 
lectotypified the BRI specimen, rendering the BM and 
P specimens as isolectotypes (see Prado et al. 2015). 
The BRI specimen is from Bailey's home institution and 
includes one of the fronds illustrated in the protologue 
(in contrast to the BM and P sheets that were not 
illustrated). 
Acknowledgements 
We thank the two anonymous reviewers for their helpful 
feedback. 
References 
Andrews S.B. (1990). 'Aspleniaceae', in Ferns of Queensland. 
pp. 47-71, 383-384, 385-389. Queensland Department of 
Primary Industries: Brisbane. 
APC (2018). Australian Plant Census IBIS Database. Centre for 
Australian National Biodiversity Research, Council of Heads 
of Australasian Herbaria, viewed 28 January 2018, <http:// 
www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html> 
Bailey, F.M. (1892). Lithograms of the ferns of Queensland. 
Queensland Department of Agriculture: Brisbane. 
Brownsey, PJ. (1998).'Aspleniaceae'in P.M. McCarthy (ed.) Flora 
of Australia 48: Ferns, Gymnosperms and Allied Groups, pp 
295-327. ABRS/CSIRO: Australia. 
Brownsey, PJ. and Perrie, L.R. (2011). A revised checklist of Fijian 
ferns and lycophytes. Telopea 13,513-562. 
Cheng, X. and Murakami, N. (1998). Cytotaxonomic study of 
genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae) in Xishuangbanna, 
southwestern China. Journal of Plant Research 111,495-500. 
DuPuy, DJ. (1993). 'Aspleniaceae' in A.S. George and A.E. 
Orchard (eds) Flora of Australia 50: Oceanic Islands 2, pp.554- 
558. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra. 
Gabancho, L.R. and Prada, C. (2011 ).The genus Hymenasplenium 
(Aspleniaceae) in Cuba, including new combinations for the 
neotropical species. American Fern Journal 101,265-281. 
Green, P.S. (1994). 'Aspleniaceae' in AJ.G. Wilson (ed.) Flora 
of Australia 49: Oceanic Islands 1, pp. 591-597. Australian 
Government Publishing Service: Canberra. 
Jones, D.L (1996). A new species of Asplenium L. section 
Thamnopteris CPresI (Aspleniaceae) from Lord Howe Island. 
Muelleria 9:37-40. 
Kramer, K.U. and Viane, R. (1990).'Aspleniaceae’ in K.U., Kramer 
and P.S., Green (eds) The Families and Genera of Vascular 
Plants, vol. 1: Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms, pp. 52-57. 
(Springer-Verlag: Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, London, 
Paris). 
Mitui, K„ Murakami, N. and Iwatsuki, K. (1989). Chromosomes 
and systematics of Asplenium sect. Hymenasplenium 
(Aspleniaceae). American Journal of Botany 76,1689-1697. 
Murakami, N. (1995). Systematics and evolutionary biology of 
the fern genus Hymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae). Journal of 
Plant Research 108,257-268. 
Muelleria 
21 

Page image

51252146 Oncinocalyx betchei Muelleria 37: 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527073
Page is part of the work A conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) in Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.291958

Page text

Conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) 
Taxonomy 
Teucrium argutum R.Br., Prodr. 504 (1810) 
T. argutum R.Br. var. argutum, FI. Austral. 5: 135 (1870). 
Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Hawkesbury, undated, 
R. Brown s.n. (Bennett Number 2390) (lecto: BM 001040994, 
here designated; isolecto: BM 001040995, CANB 278995, 
K 000881573, MEL 2294209, MEL 2294211). 
Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 144 
Distribution and habitat: Extending from just south 
of Sydney, Central Coast, New South Wales, to Lakeland 
Downs (near Cooktown) in Queensland. It grows in 
forest and woodland in loamy or clay-loam soils, mainly 
on hillsides. 
Typification: The specimen chosen as the lectotype 
comprises several plants, all very similar in appearance 
and all in full flower. There is a label in Brown's 
handwriting, and another label displaying the number 
assigned by Bennett. 
Teucrium betchei (F.Muell.) Kattari and 
Salmaki, Taxon 65:818 (2016) 
Oncinocalyx betchei F.Muell., S. Sci. Rec. 3:70 (1883). Type: 
NEW SOUTH WALES. Namoi River near Gunnedah, 
January 1883, £ Betche s.n. (lecto: MEL 583547, fide 
Munir (1991); isolecto: NSW145058). 
Distribution and habitat: Confined to the southern 
Darling Downs area Queensland, but widespread on the 
north-western slopes of New South Wales. It grows on 
grassy flats in eucalypt woodland. 
Teucrium corymbosum R.Br., Prodr. 504 
(1810) 
Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Port Jackson, undated, 
R. Brown s.n. (Bennett Number 2389) (lecto:BM 001040992, 
here designated; isolecto: BM 001040993, CANB 278996, 
K 000881583, K 000881584, MEL 2294212). 
Illustrations: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 481 
Distribution and habitat: Scattered in the south¬ 
eastern part of Queensland, extending as far north 
as Cudmore National Park, north-west of Alpha. 
Widespread in New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and 
South Australia. It inhabits eucalypt woodland or open 
forest on deep red-brown soils or shallow sandy soils on 
stony hills. 
Typification: The specimen chosen as the lectotype 
bears a label in Robert Brown's handwriting, and a blue 
label with the number'2389'. It is a flowering specimen 
in good condition, and it is in accord with the description 
in the protologue. 
Teucrium daucoides A.R. Bean sp. nov. 
Type: QUEENSLAND. DARLING DOWNS DISTRICT: 
Pittsworth-Milmerran road, at Elsden Road turnoff, 
20.L2002, A.R. Bean 18338 (holo: BRI AQ553327 (1 sheet 
+ spirit); iso: K, MEL 2280551, NSW). 
With affinity to T. argutum, but differing by the usually 
glandular hairy leaves and branchlets, the deeply 
divided leaves, the winged petioles and the generally 
longer calyces. 
Teucrium argutum var. incisum Benth., FI. Austral. 5:135 
(1870). Type: QUEENSLAND. Dawson River, undated 
[1856], F. Mueller s.n. (syn: K 000881577); Darling Downs, 
undated, FI. Lau (syn: K 000881575); Armadilla, undated 
[1867-1871], W. Barton s.n. (syn: MEL 2241834). 
Teucrium sp. (Pittsworth A.R. Bean 18338), in Bean and 
Forster (2016). Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 144, as 
Teucrium sp. aff. argutum 
Erect shrub 0.2-0.4 m high, often with several stems from 
ground level. Branchlets quadrangular, faces grooved; 
indumentum very dense with patent glandular hairs 
0.10-0.25(-0.40) mm long, and moderately dense, 
simple, retrorse, eglandular, ± transparent hairs, 0.05- 
0.20 mm long; sessile glands sparse. Leaves opposite, 
petiolate. Lamina discolorous, dark green above, 
broadly-ovate in outline, pinnatifid, pinnatisect or 
bipinnatifid, the largest leaves 11-41 x 7.5-20 mm, 
1.1-1.8 times longer than broad; apex acute; base 
broadly cuneate; venation obscure. Upper surface not 
bullate, with dense indumentum of patent glandular 
hairs and retrorse eglandular hairs (as per branchlets), 
rarely glabrous. Lower surface pale green, with raised 
venation, with dense indumentum of patent glandular 
hairs and retrorse eglandular hairs (as per branchlets), 
rarely glabrous; sessile glands abundant throughout. 
Petioles 2.5-15 mm long, 24-47% of the lamina length, 
winged. Inflorescences terminal, spicate or racemose, 
spikes 4-11 cm long; bracts opposite, narrowly elliptic to 
elliptic, sometimes toothed, 6-14 mm long, persistent, 
apex acute. Pedicel (1.0—)1.5—3.0 mm long. Calyx 
campanulate, 10-veined, with 5 subequal deltate lobes; 
Muelleria 
5 

Page image

51252151 Spartothamnella juncea Muelleria 37: 12
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527066
Page is part of the work A conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) in Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.291958

Page text

Bean 
Distribution and habitat: Endemic to Queensland. 
The type was collected from Table Mountain, near the 
railway siding ofKabra, about 25 km SWof Rockhampton 
(Figure 6), where it grows in semi-evergreen vine thicket 
dominated by Strychnos, Gyrocarpus, Archidendropsis 
and Planchonella cotinifolia var. pubescens P.Royen, on 
a steep southerly slope with granite rocks. The 'Table 
Mountain'of Edward Bowman is 12-14 km to the south¬ 
east of this, near the present town of Bouldercombe 
(A.R. Bean, unpublished data). 
Phenology: Flowers and fruits are recorded for 
February, April and August. 
Affinities: Teucrium irroratum is apparently related to 
T. corymbosum R.Br. The latter is a very widespread and 
highly variable species, in need of taxonomic revision. 
Such a task is beyond the scope of this paper. For this 
reason, comparisons have been made only with the 
Queensland populations of I corymbosum. From these 
populations, I irroratum differs in several respects. The 
branchlets are more or less terete (strongly quadrangular 
for T. corymbosum)-, the longest branchlet hairs 0.4-1.2 mm 
long (0.15-025 mm long for I corymbosum ); branchlets 
withamixtureofglandularandeglandularhairs(eglandular 
only for T. corymbosum); the broader leaves, 2.1-2.8 times 
longer than wide (leaves narrower, 4-6 times longer than 
wide for T. corymbosum); the fruiting calyx lobes 3.2-4.1 
mm long (2.0-2.7 mm long for I corymbosum); the interior 
surface of calyx lobes with scattered sessile glands and 
short glandular hairs (glabrous for I corymbosum); and the 
mericarps with eglandular hairs and sessile glands (sessile 
glands only for T. corymbosum). 
Conservation status: Currently known only from 
a single population, although a field search may yet 
rediscover populations documented by Bowman and 
O'Shanesy in the 1860s. A status of Endangered (EN 
B2ab(ii)(iii); C2a(ii)), based on the Red-list criteria (IUCN 
2012), is recommended. The species is threatened by 
land clearing and weed incursion. 
Etymology: The epithet is from the Latin irroratus 
meaning 'bedewed, with dew drops'. This is in reference 
to the abundant glands and glandular hairs on most 
parts of the plant, resembling droplets of dew. 
Notes: The indumentum pattern of T. irroratum is 
similar to T. thieleanum BJ.Conn, a Victorian species 
(Conn 2006), but T. irroratum differs by the shorter 
petioles, longer peduncles, and mericarps with a 
smooth or faintly ridged surface. 
Teucrium junceum (A.Cunn. ex Walp.) Kattari 
and Heubl., Taxon 65:818 (2016) 
Spartothamnus junceus A.Cunn. ex Walp., Rep. Bot. Syst. 
6:694 (1847); Spartothamnella juncea (A.Cunn. ex Walp.) 
Briq. in Engl, and Prantl., Pflanz. 4(3a): 161 (1895). Type: 
QUEENSLAND. MORETON DISTRICT: Brisbane River, 
x.1824, A. Cunningham 78 (lecto: K 000881359), fide 
Munir (1976). 
Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 374, as 
Spartothamnella juncea. 
Distribution and habitat: A very widespread species 
in eastern Queensland as far north as the Mount 
Surprise district. It is also common in New South Wales 
as far south as the Sydney hinterland (Central Coast) and 
Condobolin (South Western Plains). It usually grows in 
Brigalow or vine thicket communities in clayey soil. 
Teucrium micranthum BJ.Conn, Telopea 9(4): 
803 (2002). 
Type: QUEENSLAND. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: 
Carnarvon National Park (Ka Ka Mundi Section), Tom's 
Tank, 3.4 km E of Park Boundary, 25.V.1999, BJ. Conn 
4146, E.A. Brown andN.A. Leist (holo: NSW428108; iso: BRI 
AQ781651). 
Distribution and habitat: A species of restricted 
distribution between Springsure and Charleville in 
central-southern Queensland. It commonly grows 
in communities dominated by Brigalow ( Acacia 
harpophylla), but also in eucalypt woodland dominated 
by Eucalyptus orgadophila, £ cambageana Maiden or £ 
populnea F.Muell. Soil is invariably clayey. 
Teucrium modestum A.R. Bean sp. nov. 
Type: QUEENSLAND. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: 
Melaleuca Creek Scrub, Rookwood, grid ref. 8851- 
823292,20.iv.1991, P.l. Forster PIF7964 and W.J. McDonald 
(holo: BRI AQ504874 (2 sheets + spirit); iso: AD, BISH, BM, 
CANB, CNS, DNA, E, HO, K, L, MEL, MO, NE, NSW, P, PERTH, 
PRE, US, Z), to be distributed. 
Teucrium sp. (Ormeau G.Leiper AQ 476858), in Bean and 
Forster (2016). Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 374, as 
Teucrium sp. Ormeau 
Erect shrub 0.4-1.5 m high, well branched. Branchlets 
quadrangular; hairs moderately dense to dense, simple, 
12 
Vol 37 

Page image

51288076 Spartothamnus junceus Muelleria 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 49942815
Page is part of the work Grevillea willisii (Proteaceae), a new Victorian species, doi:10.5962/p.238393
51377564 Spartothamnus junceus puberulus Muelleria 37: 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527063
Page is part of the work A conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) in Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.291958
51251743 Teucrium argutum Muelleria 37: 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527073
Page is part of the work A conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) in Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.291958

Page text

Conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) 
Taxonomy 
Teucrium argutum R.Br., Prodr. 504 (1810) 
T. argutum R.Br. var. argutum, FI. Austral. 5: 135 (1870). 
Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Hawkesbury, undated, 
R. Brown s.n. (Bennett Number 2390) (lecto: BM 001040994, 
here designated; isolecto: BM 001040995, CANB 278995, 
K 000881573, MEL 2294209, MEL 2294211). 
Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 144 
Distribution and habitat: Extending from just south 
of Sydney, Central Coast, New South Wales, to Lakeland 
Downs (near Cooktown) in Queensland. It grows in 
forest and woodland in loamy or clay-loam soils, mainly 
on hillsides. 
Typification: The specimen chosen as the lectotype 
comprises several plants, all very similar in appearance 
and all in full flower. There is a label in Brown's 
handwriting, and another label displaying the number 
assigned by Bennett. 
Teucrium betchei (F.Muell.) Kattari and 
Salmaki, Taxon 65:818 (2016) 
Oncinocalyx betchei F.Muell., S. Sci. Rec. 3:70 (1883). Type: 
NEW SOUTH WALES. Namoi River near Gunnedah, 
January 1883, £ Betche s.n. (lecto: MEL 583547, fide 
Munir (1991); isolecto: NSW145058). 
Distribution and habitat: Confined to the southern 
Darling Downs area Queensland, but widespread on the 
north-western slopes of New South Wales. It grows on 
grassy flats in eucalypt woodland. 
Teucrium corymbosum R.Br., Prodr. 504 
(1810) 
Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Port Jackson, undated, 
R. Brown s.n. (Bennett Number 2389) (lecto:BM 001040992, 
here designated; isolecto: BM 001040993, CANB 278996, 
K 000881583, K 000881584, MEL 2294212). 
Illustrations: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 481 
Distribution and habitat: Scattered in the south¬ 
eastern part of Queensland, extending as far north 
as Cudmore National Park, north-west of Alpha. 
Widespread in New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and 
South Australia. It inhabits eucalypt woodland or open 
forest on deep red-brown soils or shallow sandy soils on 
stony hills. 
Typification: The specimen chosen as the lectotype 
bears a label in Robert Brown's handwriting, and a blue 
label with the number'2389'. It is a flowering specimen 
in good condition, and it is in accord with the description 
in the protologue. 
Teucrium daucoides A.R. Bean sp. nov. 
Type: QUEENSLAND. DARLING DOWNS DISTRICT: 
Pittsworth-Milmerran road, at Elsden Road turnoff, 
20.L2002, A.R. Bean 18338 (holo: BRI AQ553327 (1 sheet 
+ spirit); iso: K, MEL 2280551, NSW). 
With affinity to T. argutum, but differing by the usually 
glandular hairy leaves and branchlets, the deeply 
divided leaves, the winged petioles and the generally 
longer calyces. 
Teucrium argutum var. incisum Benth., FI. Austral. 5:135 
(1870). Type: QUEENSLAND. Dawson River, undated 
[1856], F. Mueller s.n. (syn: K 000881577); Darling Downs, 
undated, FI. Lau (syn: K 000881575); Armadilla, undated 
[1867-1871], W. Barton s.n. (syn: MEL 2241834). 
Teucrium sp. (Pittsworth A.R. Bean 18338), in Bean and 
Forster (2016). Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 144, as 
Teucrium sp. aff. argutum 
Erect shrub 0.2-0.4 m high, often with several stems from 
ground level. Branchlets quadrangular, faces grooved; 
indumentum very dense with patent glandular hairs 
0.10-0.25(-0.40) mm long, and moderately dense, 
simple, retrorse, eglandular, ± transparent hairs, 0.05- 
0.20 mm long; sessile glands sparse. Leaves opposite, 
petiolate. Lamina discolorous, dark green above, 
broadly-ovate in outline, pinnatifid, pinnatisect or 
bipinnatifid, the largest leaves 11-41 x 7.5-20 mm, 
1.1-1.8 times longer than broad; apex acute; base 
broadly cuneate; venation obscure. Upper surface not 
bullate, with dense indumentum of patent glandular 
hairs and retrorse eglandular hairs (as per branchlets), 
rarely glabrous. Lower surface pale green, with raised 
venation, with dense indumentum of patent glandular 
hairs and retrorse eglandular hairs (as per branchlets), 
rarely glabrous; sessile glands abundant throughout. 
Petioles 2.5-15 mm long, 24-47% of the lamina length, 
winged. Inflorescences terminal, spicate or racemose, 
spikes 4-11 cm long; bracts opposite, narrowly elliptic to 
elliptic, sometimes toothed, 6-14 mm long, persistent, 
apex acute. Pedicel (1.0—)1.5—3.0 mm long. Calyx 
campanulate, 10-veined, with 5 subequal deltate lobes; 
Muelleria 
5 

Page image

51251757 Teucrium argutum argutum Muelleria 37: 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527073
Page is part of the work A conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) in Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.291958
51251801 Teucrium argutum incisum Muelleria 37: 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527073
Page is part of the work A conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) in Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.291958
51251771 Teucrium betchei Muelleria 37: 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527073
Page is part of the work A conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) in Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.291958

Page text

Conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) 
Taxonomy 
Teucrium argutum R.Br., Prodr. 504 (1810) 
T. argutum R.Br. var. argutum, FI. Austral. 5: 135 (1870). 
Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Hawkesbury, undated, 
R. Brown s.n. (Bennett Number 2390) (lecto: BM 001040994, 
here designated; isolecto: BM 001040995, CANB 278995, 
K 000881573, MEL 2294209, MEL 2294211). 
Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 144 
Distribution and habitat: Extending from just south 
of Sydney, Central Coast, New South Wales, to Lakeland 
Downs (near Cooktown) in Queensland. It grows in 
forest and woodland in loamy or clay-loam soils, mainly 
on hillsides. 
Typification: The specimen chosen as the lectotype 
comprises several plants, all very similar in appearance 
and all in full flower. There is a label in Brown's 
handwriting, and another label displaying the number 
assigned by Bennett. 
Teucrium betchei (F.Muell.) Kattari and 
Salmaki, Taxon 65:818 (2016) 
Oncinocalyx betchei F.Muell., S. Sci. Rec. 3:70 (1883). Type: 
NEW SOUTH WALES. Namoi River near Gunnedah, 
January 1883, £ Betche s.n. (lecto: MEL 583547, fide 
Munir (1991); isolecto: NSW145058). 
Distribution and habitat: Confined to the southern 
Darling Downs area Queensland, but widespread on the 
north-western slopes of New South Wales. It grows on 
grassy flats in eucalypt woodland. 
Teucrium corymbosum R.Br., Prodr. 504 
(1810) 
Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Port Jackson, undated, 
R. Brown s.n. (Bennett Number 2389) (lecto:BM 001040992, 
here designated; isolecto: BM 001040993, CANB 278996, 
K 000881583, K 000881584, MEL 2294212). 
Illustrations: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 481 
Distribution and habitat: Scattered in the south¬ 
eastern part of Queensland, extending as far north 
as Cudmore National Park, north-west of Alpha. 
Widespread in New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and 
South Australia. It inhabits eucalypt woodland or open 
forest on deep red-brown soils or shallow sandy soils on 
stony hills. 
Typification: The specimen chosen as the lectotype 
bears a label in Robert Brown's handwriting, and a blue 
label with the number'2389'. It is a flowering specimen 
in good condition, and it is in accord with the description 
in the protologue. 
Teucrium daucoides A.R. Bean sp. nov. 
Type: QUEENSLAND. DARLING DOWNS DISTRICT: 
Pittsworth-Milmerran road, at Elsden Road turnoff, 
20.L2002, A.R. Bean 18338 (holo: BRI AQ553327 (1 sheet 
+ spirit); iso: K, MEL 2280551, NSW). 
With affinity to T. argutum, but differing by the usually 
glandular hairy leaves and branchlets, the deeply 
divided leaves, the winged petioles and the generally 
longer calyces. 
Teucrium argutum var. incisum Benth., FI. Austral. 5:135 
(1870). Type: QUEENSLAND. Dawson River, undated 
[1856], F. Mueller s.n. (syn: K 000881577); Darling Downs, 
undated, FI. Lau (syn: K 000881575); Armadilla, undated 
[1867-1871], W. Barton s.n. (syn: MEL 2241834). 
Teucrium sp. (Pittsworth A.R. Bean 18338), in Bean and 
Forster (2016). Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 144, as 
Teucrium sp. aff. argutum 
Erect shrub 0.2-0.4 m high, often with several stems from 
ground level. Branchlets quadrangular, faces grooved; 
indumentum very dense with patent glandular hairs 
0.10-0.25(-0.40) mm long, and moderately dense, 
simple, retrorse, eglandular, ± transparent hairs, 0.05- 
0.20 mm long; sessile glands sparse. Leaves opposite, 
petiolate. Lamina discolorous, dark green above, 
broadly-ovate in outline, pinnatifid, pinnatisect or 
bipinnatifid, the largest leaves 11-41 x 7.5-20 mm, 
1.1-1.8 times longer than broad; apex acute; base 
broadly cuneate; venation obscure. Upper surface not 
bullate, with dense indumentum of patent glandular 
hairs and retrorse eglandular hairs (as per branchlets), 
rarely glabrous. Lower surface pale green, with raised 
venation, with dense indumentum of patent glandular 
hairs and retrorse eglandular hairs (as per branchlets), 
rarely glabrous; sessile glands abundant throughout. 
Petioles 2.5-15 mm long, 24-47% of the lamina length, 
winged. Inflorescences terminal, spicate or racemose, 
spikes 4-11 cm long; bracts opposite, narrowly elliptic to 
elliptic, sometimes toothed, 6-14 mm long, persistent, 
apex acute. Pedicel (1.0—)1.5—3.0 mm long. Calyx 
campanulate, 10-veined, with 5 subequal deltate lobes; 
Muelleria 
5 

Page image

51251777 Teucrium corymbosum Muelleria 37: 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527073
Page is part of the work A conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) in Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.291958

Page text

Conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) 
Taxonomy 
Teucrium argutum R.Br., Prodr. 504 (1810) 
T. argutum R.Br. var. argutum, FI. Austral. 5: 135 (1870). 
Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Hawkesbury, undated, 
R. Brown s.n. (Bennett Number 2390) (lecto: BM 001040994, 
here designated; isolecto: BM 001040995, CANB 278995, 
K 000881573, MEL 2294209, MEL 2294211). 
Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 144 
Distribution and habitat: Extending from just south 
of Sydney, Central Coast, New South Wales, to Lakeland 
Downs (near Cooktown) in Queensland. It grows in 
forest and woodland in loamy or clay-loam soils, mainly 
on hillsides. 
Typification: The specimen chosen as the lectotype 
comprises several plants, all very similar in appearance 
and all in full flower. There is a label in Brown's 
handwriting, and another label displaying the number 
assigned by Bennett. 
Teucrium betchei (F.Muell.) Kattari and 
Salmaki, Taxon 65:818 (2016) 
Oncinocalyx betchei F.Muell., S. Sci. Rec. 3:70 (1883). Type: 
NEW SOUTH WALES. Namoi River near Gunnedah, 
January 1883, £ Betche s.n. (lecto: MEL 583547, fide 
Munir (1991); isolecto: NSW145058). 
Distribution and habitat: Confined to the southern 
Darling Downs area Queensland, but widespread on the 
north-western slopes of New South Wales. It grows on 
grassy flats in eucalypt woodland. 
Teucrium corymbosum R.Br., Prodr. 504 
(1810) 
Type: NEW SOUTH WALES. Port Jackson, undated, 
R. Brown s.n. (Bennett Number 2389) (lecto:BM 001040992, 
here designated; isolecto: BM 001040993, CANB 278996, 
K 000881583, K 000881584, MEL 2294212). 
Illustrations: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 481 
Distribution and habitat: Scattered in the south¬ 
eastern part of Queensland, extending as far north 
as Cudmore National Park, north-west of Alpha. 
Widespread in New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and 
South Australia. It inhabits eucalypt woodland or open 
forest on deep red-brown soils or shallow sandy soils on 
stony hills. 
Typification: The specimen chosen as the lectotype 
bears a label in Robert Brown's handwriting, and a blue 
label with the number'2389'. It is a flowering specimen 
in good condition, and it is in accord with the description 
in the protologue. 
Teucrium daucoides A.R. Bean sp. nov. 
Type: QUEENSLAND. DARLING DOWNS DISTRICT: 
Pittsworth-Milmerran road, at Elsden Road turnoff, 
20.L2002, A.R. Bean 18338 (holo: BRI AQ553327 (1 sheet 
+ spirit); iso: K, MEL 2280551, NSW). 
With affinity to T. argutum, but differing by the usually 
glandular hairy leaves and branchlets, the deeply 
divided leaves, the winged petioles and the generally 
longer calyces. 
Teucrium argutum var. incisum Benth., FI. Austral. 5:135 
(1870). Type: QUEENSLAND. Dawson River, undated 
[1856], F. Mueller s.n. (syn: K 000881577); Darling Downs, 
undated, FI. Lau (syn: K 000881575); Armadilla, undated 
[1867-1871], W. Barton s.n. (syn: MEL 2241834). 
Teucrium sp. (Pittsworth A.R. Bean 18338), in Bean and 
Forster (2016). Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 144, as 
Teucrium sp. aff. argutum 
Erect shrub 0.2-0.4 m high, often with several stems from 
ground level. Branchlets quadrangular, faces grooved; 
indumentum very dense with patent glandular hairs 
0.10-0.25(-0.40) mm long, and moderately dense, 
simple, retrorse, eglandular, ± transparent hairs, 0.05- 
0.20 mm long; sessile glands sparse. Leaves opposite, 
petiolate. Lamina discolorous, dark green above, 
broadly-ovate in outline, pinnatifid, pinnatisect or 
bipinnatifid, the largest leaves 11-41 x 7.5-20 mm, 
1.1-1.8 times longer than broad; apex acute; base 
broadly cuneate; venation obscure. Upper surface not 
bullate, with dense indumentum of patent glandular 
hairs and retrorse eglandular hairs (as per branchlets), 
rarely glabrous. Lower surface pale green, with raised 
venation, with dense indumentum of patent glandular 
hairs and retrorse eglandular hairs (as per branchlets), 
rarely glabrous; sessile glands abundant throughout. 
Petioles 2.5-15 mm long, 24-47% of the lamina length, 
winged. Inflorescences terminal, spicate or racemose, 
spikes 4-11 cm long; bracts opposite, narrowly elliptic to 
elliptic, sometimes toothed, 6-14 mm long, persistent, 
apex acute. Pedicel (1.0—)1.5—3.0 mm long. Calyx 
campanulate, 10-veined, with 5 subequal deltate lobes; 
Muelleria 
5 

Page image

51251790 Teucrium daucoides Muelleria 37: 5-6, Figs 1, 6 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 5-6, Figs 1, 6 (map)".

51251805 Teucrium fallax Muelleria 37: 7-9, Figs 2, 6 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 7-9, Figs 2, 6 (map)".

51251808 Teucrium integrifolium Muelleria 37: 10
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527068
Page is part of the work A conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) in Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.291958

Page text

Bean 
Note: Conn (2002), in the protologue of T. micranthum, 
cited some specimens here regarded as T. fallax. 
However, his description appears to be based solely on 
material of T. micranthum. 
Teucrium integrifolium Benth., FI. Austral. 5: 
133(1870). 
Type: QUEENSLAND. BURKE DISTRICT: Flinders River, 
undated, J. Sutherland 84 (lecto, here designated: MEL 
2294216). 
Distribution and habitat: Widespread in Queensland 
except in the far north and coastal areas, found from 
Thurulgoonia (S of Cunnamulla) to Gregory Downs (N 
of Mount Isa), and east as far as Biloela and Dalby. Also 
widely distributed in the Northern Territory. It inhabits 
plains and alluvial systems on black cracking clay soils. 
It may be associated with Mitchell grass ( Astrebla spp.) 
in grassland communities, or as a component of open 
woodland dominated by Eucalyptus coolabah Blakely 
and Jacobs, £ orgadophila Maiden and Blakely or Acacia 
harpophyiia commonly associated with the shrub Duma 
florulenta (Meisn.) T.M.Schust. 
Typification: The specimen chosen as the lectotype 
is one of the specimens cited by Bentham in the 
protologue. It is a good quality flowering specimen, and 
it is in accord with the description in the protologue. 
Note: This species has not been recorded for 
New South Wales, but as there is an occurrence at 
Thurulgoonia, S of Cunnamulla, about 30 km from the 
New South Wales border, its occurrence in that state is 
highly likely. 
Teucrium irroratum A.R. Bean sp. nov. 
Type: QUEENSLAND. PORT CURTIS DISTRICT: Table 
Mountain, 6 km S of Kabra, 8.ii.l 997, P.l. ForsterPIF20299 
and M. Watson (holo: BRI AQ652787; iso: NSW, to be 
distributed). 
Erect shrub 0.5 m high. Branchiets almost terete, not 
markedly quadrangular; with moderately dense, simple, 
patent, eglandular, multicellular, ± transparent hairs 
0.4-1.2 mm long; and abundant glistening patent 
glandular hairs, mostly <0.1 mm long, but with some 
up to 0.5 mm. Leaves opposite or in whorls of three; 
petioles 1-2 mm long, 1-4% of lamina length; lamina 
discolorous, dark green above, elliptic to ovate, the 
largest ones 39-51 x 15-21 mm, 2.1-2.8 times longer 
than broad; margins serrate, with 6-8 pairs of lobes, 
confined to the distal half of the lamina; apex acute; base 
narrowly cuneate; venation penninerved, veins obscure 
on upper surface, obvious on lower surface. Upper 
surface smooth except for sunken major veins, with 
moderately dense indumentum of patent transparent 
eglandular hairs, 0.2-0.8 mm long. Lower surface with 
raised veins, eglandular hairs sparse to moderately 
dense, 0.25-0.60 mm long, mainly along veins; sessile 
glistening glands and glandular hairs (to 0.15 mm 
long) abundant throughout. Inflorescences axillary, 
cymose, 4-9-flowered, dichasial; bracts opposite, elliptic 
to ovate, 3-4 mm long, persistent. Pedicel 4.5-7.0 
mm long; inflorescence branches similar in length to 
pedicel; peduncle 17-28 mm long. Calyx campanulate 
10-veined, with 5 subequal deltate lobes; indumentum 
on peduncles, pedicels and exterior surface calyx 
comprising dense patent glandular hairs 0.05-0.40 mm 
long, and some patent eglandular hairs to 0.6 mm long; 
interior surface of lobes with scattered sessile glands and 
short glandular hairs, interior surface of tube glabrous; 
calyx tube 2.0-2.3 mm long at anthesis, 2.0-2.4 mm long 
in fruit; calyx lobes 1.8-2.1 mm long at anthesis, 3.2-4.1 
mm long in fruit, 1.5-3.0 times longer than wide. Corolla 
1-lipped, 5-lobed, white (fide O'Shanesy), outer surface 
with scattered glandular and eglandular hairs, inner 
surface tube with eglandular hairs on the tube only; 
terminal lobe broadly ovate, 2.5-3.2 mm long, lateral 
lobes ovate, 1.8-2.2 mm long, basal lobes ovate, 25-3.2 
mm long; tube 3.5-4.0 mm long. Stamens attached 
midway along length of corolla tube, 3.5-5.0 mm long; 
filaments with some glandular hairs on the distal half; 
anthers 4, cells medifixed, 0.7-0.8 mm long, with dense 
glands around attachment point of filament; style 
glabrous, 7.5-9.0 mm long; stigma 2-fid, the lobes c. 0.5 
mm long. Mericarps 4, dark brown, ellipsoid, 1.6-2.0 mm 
long, surface smooth to faintly ridged, apical one-third 
with patent eglandular hairs 0.10-0.15 mm long and 
numerous sessile and subsessile glands; ventral surface 
with large areole 0.9-1.1 mm long, glabrous. (Figure 3) 
Specimens examined: QUEENSLAND. PORT CURTIS 
DISTRICT: Table Mountain, undated [1866-67], E.M. Bowman 66 
(MEL 63753); Table Mountain, iv.1867, E.M. Bowman 88 (MEL 
2242919); near Rockhampton, 20.viii.1868, P. O'Shanesy No. 16, 
ser. 12 (MEL 2242907). 
10 
Vol 37 

Page image

51251817 Teucrium irroratum Muelleria 37: 10-12, Figs 3, 6 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 10-12, Figs 3, 6 (map)".

51251943 Teucrium junceum Muelleria 37: 12
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527066
Page is part of the work A conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) in Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.291958

Page text

Bean 
Distribution and habitat: Endemic to Queensland. 
The type was collected from Table Mountain, near the 
railway siding ofKabra, about 25 km SWof Rockhampton 
(Figure 6), where it grows in semi-evergreen vine thicket 
dominated by Strychnos, Gyrocarpus, Archidendropsis 
and Planchonella cotinifolia var. pubescens P.Royen, on 
a steep southerly slope with granite rocks. The 'Table 
Mountain'of Edward Bowman is 12-14 km to the south¬ 
east of this, near the present town of Bouldercombe 
(A.R. Bean, unpublished data). 
Phenology: Flowers and fruits are recorded for 
February, April and August. 
Affinities: Teucrium irroratum is apparently related to 
T. corymbosum R.Br. The latter is a very widespread and 
highly variable species, in need of taxonomic revision. 
Such a task is beyond the scope of this paper. For this 
reason, comparisons have been made only with the 
Queensland populations of I corymbosum. From these 
populations, I irroratum differs in several respects. The 
branchlets are more or less terete (strongly quadrangular 
for T. corymbosum)-, the longest branchlet hairs 0.4-1.2 mm 
long (0.15-025 mm long for I corymbosum ); branchlets 
withamixtureofglandularandeglandularhairs(eglandular 
only for T. corymbosum); the broader leaves, 2.1-2.8 times 
longer than wide (leaves narrower, 4-6 times longer than 
wide for T. corymbosum); the fruiting calyx lobes 3.2-4.1 
mm long (2.0-2.7 mm long for I corymbosum); the interior 
surface of calyx lobes with scattered sessile glands and 
short glandular hairs (glabrous for I corymbosum); and the 
mericarps with eglandular hairs and sessile glands (sessile 
glands only for T. corymbosum). 
Conservation status: Currently known only from 
a single population, although a field search may yet 
rediscover populations documented by Bowman and 
O'Shanesy in the 1860s. A status of Endangered (EN 
B2ab(ii)(iii); C2a(ii)), based on the Red-list criteria (IUCN 
2012), is recommended. The species is threatened by 
land clearing and weed incursion. 
Etymology: The epithet is from the Latin irroratus 
meaning 'bedewed, with dew drops'. This is in reference 
to the abundant glands and glandular hairs on most 
parts of the plant, resembling droplets of dew. 
Notes: The indumentum pattern of T. irroratum is 
similar to T. thieleanum BJ.Conn, a Victorian species 
(Conn 2006), but T. irroratum differs by the shorter 
petioles, longer peduncles, and mericarps with a 
smooth or faintly ridged surface. 
Teucrium junceum (A.Cunn. ex Walp.) Kattari 
and Heubl., Taxon 65:818 (2016) 
Spartothamnus junceus A.Cunn. ex Walp., Rep. Bot. Syst. 
6:694 (1847); Spartothamnella juncea (A.Cunn. ex Walp.) 
Briq. in Engl, and Prantl., Pflanz. 4(3a): 161 (1895). Type: 
QUEENSLAND. MORETON DISTRICT: Brisbane River, 
x.1824, A. Cunningham 78 (lecto: K 000881359), fide 
Munir (1976). 
Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 374, as 
Spartothamnella juncea. 
Distribution and habitat: A very widespread species 
in eastern Queensland as far north as the Mount 
Surprise district. It is also common in New South Wales 
as far south as the Sydney hinterland (Central Coast) and 
Condobolin (South Western Plains). It usually grows in 
Brigalow or vine thicket communities in clayey soil. 
Teucrium micranthum BJ.Conn, Telopea 9(4): 
803 (2002). 
Type: QUEENSLAND. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: 
Carnarvon National Park (Ka Ka Mundi Section), Tom's 
Tank, 3.4 km E of Park Boundary, 25.V.1999, BJ. Conn 
4146, E.A. Brown andN.A. Leist (holo: NSW428108; iso: BRI 
AQ781651). 
Distribution and habitat: A species of restricted 
distribution between Springsure and Charleville in 
central-southern Queensland. It commonly grows 
in communities dominated by Brigalow ( Acacia 
harpophylla), but also in eucalypt woodland dominated 
by Eucalyptus orgadophila, £ cambageana Maiden or £ 
populnea F.Muell. Soil is invariably clayey. 
Teucrium modestum A.R. Bean sp. nov. 
Type: QUEENSLAND. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: 
Melaleuca Creek Scrub, Rookwood, grid ref. 8851- 
823292,20.iv.1991, P.l. Forster PIF7964 and W.J. McDonald 
(holo: BRI AQ504874 (2 sheets + spirit); iso: AD, BISH, BM, 
CANB, CNS, DNA, E, HO, K, L, MEL, MO, NE, NSW, P, PERTH, 
PRE, US, Z), to be distributed. 
Teucrium sp. (Ormeau G.Leiper AQ 476858), in Bean and 
Forster (2016). Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 374, as 
Teucrium sp. Ormeau 
Erect shrub 0.4-1.5 m high, well branched. Branchlets 
quadrangular; hairs moderately dense to dense, simple, 
12 
Vol 37 

Page image

51251945 Teucrium micranthum Muelleria 37: 12
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527066
Page is part of the work A conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) in Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.291958

Page text

Bean 
Distribution and habitat: Endemic to Queensland. 
The type was collected from Table Mountain, near the 
railway siding ofKabra, about 25 km SWof Rockhampton 
(Figure 6), where it grows in semi-evergreen vine thicket 
dominated by Strychnos, Gyrocarpus, Archidendropsis 
and Planchonella cotinifolia var. pubescens P.Royen, on 
a steep southerly slope with granite rocks. The 'Table 
Mountain'of Edward Bowman is 12-14 km to the south¬ 
east of this, near the present town of Bouldercombe 
(A.R. Bean, unpublished data). 
Phenology: Flowers and fruits are recorded for 
February, April and August. 
Affinities: Teucrium irroratum is apparently related to 
T. corymbosum R.Br. The latter is a very widespread and 
highly variable species, in need of taxonomic revision. 
Such a task is beyond the scope of this paper. For this 
reason, comparisons have been made only with the 
Queensland populations of I corymbosum. From these 
populations, I irroratum differs in several respects. The 
branchlets are more or less terete (strongly quadrangular 
for T. corymbosum)-, the longest branchlet hairs 0.4-1.2 mm 
long (0.15-025 mm long for I corymbosum ); branchlets 
withamixtureofglandularandeglandularhairs(eglandular 
only for T. corymbosum); the broader leaves, 2.1-2.8 times 
longer than wide (leaves narrower, 4-6 times longer than 
wide for T. corymbosum); the fruiting calyx lobes 3.2-4.1 
mm long (2.0-2.7 mm long for I corymbosum); the interior 
surface of calyx lobes with scattered sessile glands and 
short glandular hairs (glabrous for I corymbosum); and the 
mericarps with eglandular hairs and sessile glands (sessile 
glands only for T. corymbosum). 
Conservation status: Currently known only from 
a single population, although a field search may yet 
rediscover populations documented by Bowman and 
O'Shanesy in the 1860s. A status of Endangered (EN 
B2ab(ii)(iii); C2a(ii)), based on the Red-list criteria (IUCN 
2012), is recommended. The species is threatened by 
land clearing and weed incursion. 
Etymology: The epithet is from the Latin irroratus 
meaning 'bedewed, with dew drops'. This is in reference 
to the abundant glands and glandular hairs on most 
parts of the plant, resembling droplets of dew. 
Notes: The indumentum pattern of T. irroratum is 
similar to T. thieleanum BJ.Conn, a Victorian species 
(Conn 2006), but T. irroratum differs by the shorter 
petioles, longer peduncles, and mericarps with a 
smooth or faintly ridged surface. 
Teucrium junceum (A.Cunn. ex Walp.) Kattari 
and Heubl., Taxon 65:818 (2016) 
Spartothamnus junceus A.Cunn. ex Walp., Rep. Bot. Syst. 
6:694 (1847); Spartothamnella juncea (A.Cunn. ex Walp.) 
Briq. in Engl, and Prantl., Pflanz. 4(3a): 161 (1895). Type: 
QUEENSLAND. MORETON DISTRICT: Brisbane River, 
x.1824, A. Cunningham 78 (lecto: K 000881359), fide 
Munir (1976). 
Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 374, as 
Spartothamnella juncea. 
Distribution and habitat: A very widespread species 
in eastern Queensland as far north as the Mount 
Surprise district. It is also common in New South Wales 
as far south as the Sydney hinterland (Central Coast) and 
Condobolin (South Western Plains). It usually grows in 
Brigalow or vine thicket communities in clayey soil. 
Teucrium micranthum BJ.Conn, Telopea 9(4): 
803 (2002). 
Type: QUEENSLAND. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: 
Carnarvon National Park (Ka Ka Mundi Section), Tom's 
Tank, 3.4 km E of Park Boundary, 25.V.1999, BJ. Conn 
4146, E.A. Brown andN.A. Leist (holo: NSW428108; iso: BRI 
AQ781651). 
Distribution and habitat: A species of restricted 
distribution between Springsure and Charleville in 
central-southern Queensland. It commonly grows 
in communities dominated by Brigalow ( Acacia 
harpophylla), but also in eucalypt woodland dominated 
by Eucalyptus orgadophila, £ cambageana Maiden or £ 
populnea F.Muell. Soil is invariably clayey. 
Teucrium modestum A.R. Bean sp. nov. 
Type: QUEENSLAND. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: 
Melaleuca Creek Scrub, Rookwood, grid ref. 8851- 
823292,20.iv.1991, P.l. Forster PIF7964 and W.J. McDonald 
(holo: BRI AQ504874 (2 sheets + spirit); iso: AD, BISH, BM, 
CANB, CNS, DNA, E, HO, K, L, MEL, MO, NE, NSW, P, PERTH, 
PRE, US, Z), to be distributed. 
Teucrium sp. (Ormeau G.Leiper AQ 476858), in Bean and 
Forster (2016). Illustration: Leiper et al. 2017 p. 374, as 
Teucrium sp. Ormeau 
Erect shrub 0.4-1.5 m high, well branched. Branchlets 
quadrangular; hairs moderately dense to dense, simple, 
12 
Vol 37 

Page image

51251843 Teucrium modestum Muelleria 37: 12-15, Figs 4, 6 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 12-15, Figs 4, 6 (map)".

51251851 Teucrium puberulum Muelleria 37: 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527063
Page is part of the work A conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) in Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.291958

Page text

Conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) 
meaning 'mild' or 'modest'. This is in reference to the 
inconspicuous nature of the plant and its relatively small 
flower clusters. 
Note: Teucrium modestum exhibits extraordinary 
variation in leaf size. The leaves on any given specimen 
are more or less uniform, but some specimens have 
far larger leaves than others. The largest leaves are 
possessed by populations in the northern part of its 
range, but small-leaved populations also occur there. 
The variation in leaf size does not appear to correlate 
with any other morphological character. 
Teucrium puberulum (F.Muell.) Kattari and 
Brauchler, Taxon 65:818 (2016) 
Spartothamnus junceus var. puberulus F.Muell., S. Sci. 
Rec. 2: 55 (1882); Spartothamnus puberulus (F.Muell.) 
F.Muell., Second Systematic Census Aust. PI. 171 (1889); 
Spartothamnella puberula (F.Muell.) Maiden and Betche, 
Census N.S.W. PI. 177 (1916). Type: QUEENSLAND. Near 
the Suttor River, 1856, F. Mueller s.n. (lecto: MEL 68872; 
isolecto: K 000881361), fide Munir (1976). 
Illustration: Cunningham et al. 2011 p. 571, as 
Spartothamnella puberula. 
Distribution and habitat: This species is distributed 
in a continuous zone from central New South Wales to 
Charters Towers in Queensland, and there is a disjunct 
area of distribution in the southern Northern Territory. 
It grows in sandy or loamy soils on hills or plains, in 
association with a wide range of Eucalyptus spp. and 
Acacia spp. 
Teucrium racemosum R.Br., Prodr. 504 (1810) 
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Spencer's Gulf, 10.iii.1802, 
R. Brown s.n. (Bennett Number 2388) (lecto: 
BM001040990, here chosen; isolecto: BM001040991, 
CANB278997, K000881587). 
Illustrations: Alexander 2005 p. 298; Cunningham 
et al. 2011 p. 577. 
Distribution and habitat: Widespread in south-west 
Queensland, as far north as Boulia and east to Roma (with 
one record further east at Tara). Widely distributed in all 
other mainland states. It grows on a wide range of soils 
from brown clays to red sandy loams, on plains or along 
watercourses. Associated species include Eucalyptus 
coolabah, Acacia cambagei R.T.Baker, A. stenophylla 
A.Cunn. ex Benth. and Chenopodium auricomum Lindl. 
Typification: The specimen chosen as the lectotype 
bears a label in Robert Brown's handwriting. It is a good 
quality flowering specimen, and it is in accord with the 
description in the protologue. 
Teucrium sagittatum A.R. Bean sp. nov. 
Type: QUEENSLAND. DARLING DOWNS DISTRICT: 
'Riverside', near Chinchilla, 30.xii.l 979, V. Hondo 127 
(holo:BRIAQ319746). 
With affinity to T. daucoides, but differing by the 
slender sagittate leaves, the shorter bracts, the shorter 
calyx tube, the branchlets glabrous or with retrorse 
eglandular hairs only, and the shorter stamens. 
Teucrium sp. 1 in Stanley and Ross (1986:385). 
Erect shrub 0.1-0.3 m high, sparsely branched. Branchlets 
quadrangular; glabrous or with sparse, simple, antrorse, 
eglandular, ± transparent, up to 0.1 mm long; glands 
sparse. Leaves opposite; petioles 1-7 mm long, 7-24% 
of the lamina length, winged; lamina discolorous, dark 
green above, linear to sagittate, the largest 12-33 x 
1-6 mm, 5-12 times longer than broad; with a single 
pair of basal lobes, rarely entire or with 2-5 pairs of 
shallow lobes; apex acute; base broadly cuneate; 
venation obscure. Upper surface not bullate, glabrous 
or with sparse indumentum of patent glandular hairs 
0.1-0.3 mm long. Lower surface pale green, with raised 
midvein; eglandular hairs sparse to moderately dense, 
restricted to midvein (lamina otherwise glabrous), 0.05- 
0.20 mm long; sessile glands abundant throughout. 
Inflorescences terminal, spicate or racemose, spikes 
3-10 cm long; bracts opposite, elliptic, 1.3-3.5 mm long, 
persistent, apex acute. Pedicel 0.9-1.4 mm long. Calyx 
campanulate, 5-veined or veins obscure, with 5 subequal 
deltate lobes; indumentum on exterior surface of dense 
patent glandular hairs 0.10-0.25 mm long, eglandular 
hairs absent, sessile glands absent; interior surface with 
moderately dense glandular hairs; calyx tube 1.7-2.2 
mm long at anthesis, 1.7-2.2 mm long in fruit; calyx 
lobes 0.9-1.3 mm long at anthesis, 1.1-1.4 mm long in 
fruit, 0.8-1.5 times longer than wide. Corolla 1-lipped, 
5-lobed, mauve; outer surface with eglandular hairs and 
glandular hairs; inner surface with scattered eglandular 
hairs and abundant vesicular hairs, mainly towards 
terminal portion of corolla; terminal lobe broadly elliptic, 
2.0-2.4 mm long, slightly concave; lateral lobes elliptic. 
Muelleria 
15 

Page image

51251867 Teucrium racemosum Muelleria 37: 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527063
Page is part of the work A conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) in Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.291958

Page text

Conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) 
meaning 'mild' or 'modest'. This is in reference to the 
inconspicuous nature of the plant and its relatively small 
flower clusters. 
Note: Teucrium modestum exhibits extraordinary 
variation in leaf size. The leaves on any given specimen 
are more or less uniform, but some specimens have 
far larger leaves than others. The largest leaves are 
possessed by populations in the northern part of its 
range, but small-leaved populations also occur there. 
The variation in leaf size does not appear to correlate 
with any other morphological character. 
Teucrium puberulum (F.Muell.) Kattari and 
Brauchler, Taxon 65:818 (2016) 
Spartothamnus junceus var. puberulus F.Muell., S. Sci. 
Rec. 2: 55 (1882); Spartothamnus puberulus (F.Muell.) 
F.Muell., Second Systematic Census Aust. PI. 171 (1889); 
Spartothamnella puberula (F.Muell.) Maiden and Betche, 
Census N.S.W. PI. 177 (1916). Type: QUEENSLAND. Near 
the Suttor River, 1856, F. Mueller s.n. (lecto: MEL 68872; 
isolecto: K 000881361), fide Munir (1976). 
Illustration: Cunningham et al. 2011 p. 571, as 
Spartothamnella puberula. 
Distribution and habitat: This species is distributed 
in a continuous zone from central New South Wales to 
Charters Towers in Queensland, and there is a disjunct 
area of distribution in the southern Northern Territory. 
It grows in sandy or loamy soils on hills or plains, in 
association with a wide range of Eucalyptus spp. and 
Acacia spp. 
Teucrium racemosum R.Br., Prodr. 504 (1810) 
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Spencer's Gulf, 10.iii.1802, 
R. Brown s.n. (Bennett Number 2388) (lecto: 
BM001040990, here chosen; isolecto: BM001040991, 
CANB278997, K000881587). 
Illustrations: Alexander 2005 p. 298; Cunningham 
et al. 2011 p. 577. 
Distribution and habitat: Widespread in south-west 
Queensland, as far north as Boulia and east to Roma (with 
one record further east at Tara). Widely distributed in all 
other mainland states. It grows on a wide range of soils 
from brown clays to red sandy loams, on plains or along 
watercourses. Associated species include Eucalyptus 
coolabah, Acacia cambagei R.T.Baker, A. stenophylla 
A.Cunn. ex Benth. and Chenopodium auricomum Lindl. 
Typification: The specimen chosen as the lectotype 
bears a label in Robert Brown's handwriting. It is a good 
quality flowering specimen, and it is in accord with the 
description in the protologue. 
Teucrium sagittatum A.R. Bean sp. nov. 
Type: QUEENSLAND. DARLING DOWNS DISTRICT: 
'Riverside', near Chinchilla, 30.xii.l 979, V. Hondo 127 
(holo:BRIAQ319746). 
With affinity to T. daucoides, but differing by the 
slender sagittate leaves, the shorter bracts, the shorter 
calyx tube, the branchlets glabrous or with retrorse 
eglandular hairs only, and the shorter stamens. 
Teucrium sp. 1 in Stanley and Ross (1986:385). 
Erect shrub 0.1-0.3 m high, sparsely branched. Branchlets 
quadrangular; glabrous or with sparse, simple, antrorse, 
eglandular, ± transparent, up to 0.1 mm long; glands 
sparse. Leaves opposite; petioles 1-7 mm long, 7-24% 
of the lamina length, winged; lamina discolorous, dark 
green above, linear to sagittate, the largest 12-33 x 
1-6 mm, 5-12 times longer than broad; with a single 
pair of basal lobes, rarely entire or with 2-5 pairs of 
shallow lobes; apex acute; base broadly cuneate; 
venation obscure. Upper surface not bullate, glabrous 
or with sparse indumentum of patent glandular hairs 
0.1-0.3 mm long. Lower surface pale green, with raised 
midvein; eglandular hairs sparse to moderately dense, 
restricted to midvein (lamina otherwise glabrous), 0.05- 
0.20 mm long; sessile glands abundant throughout. 
Inflorescences terminal, spicate or racemose, spikes 
3-10 cm long; bracts opposite, elliptic, 1.3-3.5 mm long, 
persistent, apex acute. Pedicel 0.9-1.4 mm long. Calyx 
campanulate, 5-veined or veins obscure, with 5 subequal 
deltate lobes; indumentum on exterior surface of dense 
patent glandular hairs 0.10-0.25 mm long, eglandular 
hairs absent, sessile glands absent; interior surface with 
moderately dense glandular hairs; calyx tube 1.7-2.2 
mm long at anthesis, 1.7-2.2 mm long in fruit; calyx 
lobes 0.9-1.3 mm long at anthesis, 1.1-1.4 mm long in 
fruit, 0.8-1.5 times longer than wide. Corolla 1-lipped, 
5-lobed, mauve; outer surface with eglandular hairs and 
glandular hairs; inner surface with scattered eglandular 
hairs and abundant vesicular hairs, mainly towards 
terminal portion of corolla; terminal lobe broadly elliptic, 
2.0-2.4 mm long, slightly concave; lateral lobes elliptic. 
Muelleria 
15 

Page image

51251856 Teucrium sagittatum Muelleria 37: 15-18, Figs 5, 6 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 15-18, Figs 5, 6 (map)".

51251859 Teucrium sp. 1 Muelleria 37: 15
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527063
Page is part of the work A conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) in Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.291958

Page text

Conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) 
meaning 'mild' or 'modest'. This is in reference to the 
inconspicuous nature of the plant and its relatively small 
flower clusters. 
Note: Teucrium modestum exhibits extraordinary 
variation in leaf size. The leaves on any given specimen 
are more or less uniform, but some specimens have 
far larger leaves than others. The largest leaves are 
possessed by populations in the northern part of its 
range, but small-leaved populations also occur there. 
The variation in leaf size does not appear to correlate 
with any other morphological character. 
Teucrium puberulum (F.Muell.) Kattari and 
Brauchler, Taxon 65:818 (2016) 
Spartothamnus junceus var. puberulus F.Muell., S. Sci. 
Rec. 2: 55 (1882); Spartothamnus puberulus (F.Muell.) 
F.Muell., Second Systematic Census Aust. PI. 171 (1889); 
Spartothamnella puberula (F.Muell.) Maiden and Betche, 
Census N.S.W. PI. 177 (1916). Type: QUEENSLAND. Near 
the Suttor River, 1856, F. Mueller s.n. (lecto: MEL 68872; 
isolecto: K 000881361), fide Munir (1976). 
Illustration: Cunningham et al. 2011 p. 571, as 
Spartothamnella puberula. 
Distribution and habitat: This species is distributed 
in a continuous zone from central New South Wales to 
Charters Towers in Queensland, and there is a disjunct 
area of distribution in the southern Northern Territory. 
It grows in sandy or loamy soils on hills or plains, in 
association with a wide range of Eucalyptus spp. and 
Acacia spp. 
Teucrium racemosum R.Br., Prodr. 504 (1810) 
Type: SOUTH AUSTRALIA. Spencer's Gulf, 10.iii.1802, 
R. Brown s.n. (Bennett Number 2388) (lecto: 
BM001040990, here chosen; isolecto: BM001040991, 
CANB278997, K000881587). 
Illustrations: Alexander 2005 p. 298; Cunningham 
et al. 2011 p. 577. 
Distribution and habitat: Widespread in south-west 
Queensland, as far north as Boulia and east to Roma (with 
one record further east at Tara). Widely distributed in all 
other mainland states. It grows on a wide range of soils 
from brown clays to red sandy loams, on plains or along 
watercourses. Associated species include Eucalyptus 
coolabah, Acacia cambagei R.T.Baker, A. stenophylla 
A.Cunn. ex Benth. and Chenopodium auricomum Lindl. 
Typification: The specimen chosen as the lectotype 
bears a label in Robert Brown's handwriting. It is a good 
quality flowering specimen, and it is in accord with the 
description in the protologue. 
Teucrium sagittatum A.R. Bean sp. nov. 
Type: QUEENSLAND. DARLING DOWNS DISTRICT: 
'Riverside', near Chinchilla, 30.xii.l 979, V. Hondo 127 
(holo:BRIAQ319746). 
With affinity to T. daucoides, but differing by the 
slender sagittate leaves, the shorter bracts, the shorter 
calyx tube, the branchlets glabrous or with retrorse 
eglandular hairs only, and the shorter stamens. 
Teucrium sp. 1 in Stanley and Ross (1986:385). 
Erect shrub 0.1-0.3 m high, sparsely branched. Branchlets 
quadrangular; glabrous or with sparse, simple, antrorse, 
eglandular, ± transparent, up to 0.1 mm long; glands 
sparse. Leaves opposite; petioles 1-7 mm long, 7-24% 
of the lamina length, winged; lamina discolorous, dark 
green above, linear to sagittate, the largest 12-33 x 
1-6 mm, 5-12 times longer than broad; with a single 
pair of basal lobes, rarely entire or with 2-5 pairs of 
shallow lobes; apex acute; base broadly cuneate; 
venation obscure. Upper surface not bullate, glabrous 
or with sparse indumentum of patent glandular hairs 
0.1-0.3 mm long. Lower surface pale green, with raised 
midvein; eglandular hairs sparse to moderately dense, 
restricted to midvein (lamina otherwise glabrous), 0.05- 
0.20 mm long; sessile glands abundant throughout. 
Inflorescences terminal, spicate or racemose, spikes 
3-10 cm long; bracts opposite, elliptic, 1.3-3.5 mm long, 
persistent, apex acute. Pedicel 0.9-1.4 mm long. Calyx 
campanulate, 5-veined or veins obscure, with 5 subequal 
deltate lobes; indumentum on exterior surface of dense 
patent glandular hairs 0.10-0.25 mm long, eglandular 
hairs absent, sessile glands absent; interior surface with 
moderately dense glandular hairs; calyx tube 1.7-2.2 
mm long at anthesis, 1.7-2.2 mm long in fruit; calyx 
lobes 0.9-1.3 mm long at anthesis, 1.1-1.4 mm long in 
fruit, 0.8-1.5 times longer than wide. Corolla 1-lipped, 
5-lobed, mauve; outer surface with eglandular hairs and 
glandular hairs; inner surface with scattered eglandular 
hairs and abundant vesicular hairs, mainly towards 
terminal portion of corolla; terminal lobe broadly elliptic, 
2.0-2.4 mm long, slightly concave; lateral lobes elliptic. 
Muelleria 
15 

Page image

51363993 Teucrium sp. (Ormeau G.Leiper AQ476858) Muelleria 37: 12
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527066
Page is part of the work A conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) in Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.291958
51376360 Teucrium sp. (Pittsworth A.R.Bean 18338) Muelleria 37: 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527073
Page is part of the work A conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) in Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.291958
51251871 Teucrium teucriiflorum Muelleria 37: 18
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527060
Page is part of the work A conspectus of Teucrium (Lamiaceae) in Queensland, doi:10.5962/p.291958

Page text

Bean 
It perhaps would appear only after heavy rain or 
wildfire, although this remains to be confirmed. A 
status of Critically Endangered (CR B2b(i)(ii)(iii)(iv)c(iv)) 
is recommended based on the Red-list criteria (IUCN 
2012). The species is threatened by land clearing, 
cropping, bovine grazing and weed incursion. 
Etymology: The epithet refers to the sagittate or 
arrow-shaped leaves possessed by this species. 
Note: Hando (1988) stated that the corolla is mauve 
in colour. 
Teucrium teucriiflorum (F.Muell.) Kattari and 
Salmaki, Taxon 65:818 (2016) 
Spartothamnus teucriiflorus F.Muell., 5. Sci. Rec. 2: 55 
(1882); Spartothamnella teucriiflora (F.Muell.) Moldenke, 
Phytologia 1:430 (1940). Type: NORTHERN TERRITORY. 
Near the Finke River, 1882, H. Kempe 438 (lector MEL 
68887), fide Munir (1976). 
Distribution and habitat: Found in the south¬ 
west quarter of Queensland. It also occurs in Western 
Australia, Northern Territory and South Australia. It 
inhabits arid or semi-arid woodlands and shrublands. 
Acknowledgements 
I am grateful to Will Smith (BRI), who produced the 
illustrations and edited the distribution map, and 
the Director of the National Flerbarium of Victoria for 
allowing me to examine specimens held there. 
References 
Alexander, R. (2005). A field guide to plants of the Channel 
Country, western Queensland. Channel Landcare Group Inc. 
Bean, A.R. and Forster, P.l. (2016). Lamiaceae. In P.D. Bostock 
and A.E. Holland (eds). Census of the Queensland Flora 
2016. Queensland Department of Science, Information 
Technology and Innovation: Brisbane, https://data.qld.gov. 
au/dataset/census-of-the-queensland-flora-2016 Accessed 
17 August 2017. 
Conn, BJ. (1984). A taxonomic revision of Prostanthera Labill. 
sect. Klanderia (F.v.Muell.) Benth. (Labiatae). Journal of the 
Adelaide Botanic Gardens 6(3), 207-348. 
Conn, BJ. (2002). Teucrium micranthum (Labiatae), a new 
species from Queensland, Australia. Telopea 9(4), 803-806. 
Conn, BJ. (2006). Teucrium thieleanum (Labiatae), a new species 
from Victoria, Australia. Telopea 11,135-140. 
Cunningham, G.M., Mulham, W.E., Milthorpe, P.L. and Leigh, 
J.H. (2011). Plants of western New South Wales. CSIRO 
Publishing: Collingwood. 
Hando, V. (1988). 'Plants of the western Darling Downs, 
Barakula-Gurulmundi and south-west Burnett', in R. Hando 
(ed.). Going Bush with Chinchilla Nats, pp. 96-166. Chinchilla 
Field Naturalists Club Inc.: Chinchilla. 
IUCN (2012). International Union for the Conservation of 
Nature. IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria, version 3.1, 
2 nd ed. https://portals.iucn.org/library/efiles/documents/RL- 
2001-001-2nd.pdf Accessed 10 August 2017. 
JSTOR (2017). JSTOR Global Plants, http://plants.jstor.org/ 
Accessed 11 October 2017. 
Leiper, G., Glazebrook, J, Cox, D and Rathie, K. (2017). 
Mangroves to mountains, 2" d edition. Logan River branch 
SGAP (Qld Region) Inc.: Logan. 
Li, X. and Hedge, I.C. (2017). 'Lamiaceae) in Flora of China 17: 
56-61. Missouri Botanical Garden: St Louis. http://www. 
efloras.org/florataxon.aspx?f!ora_id=2andtaxonjd=10476 
Accessed 10 August 2017. 
Munir, A.A. (1976). A taxonomic revision of the genus 
Spartothamnella (Chloanthaceae). Journal of the Adelaide 
Botanic Gardens 1(1), 3-25. 
Munir, A.A. (1991). A taxonomic revision of the genus 
Oncinocalyx F.Muell. (Verbenaceae). Journal of the Adelaide 
Botanic Gardens 14(1), 77-84. 
Salmaki, Y, Kattari, S., Heubl, G. and Brauchler, C. (2016). 
Phylogeny of non-monophyietic Teucrium (Lamiaceae: 
Ajugoldeae): Implications for character evolution and 
taxonomy. Taxon 65(4), 805-822. 
Shepherd, K.A. and Thiele, K.R. (2017). Teucrium disjunctum, 
a new name for Spartothamnella canescens (Lamiaceae). 
Nuytsia 28,139-140. 
Stanley, T.D. and Ross, E.M. (1986). Flora of South eastern 
Queensland, Volume 2. Department of Primary Industries: 
Brisbane. 
Stevens, P.F. (2001 onwards). Angiosperm Phylogeny Website. 
Version 12, July 2012 [and more or less continuously 
updated since). http://www.mobot.org/MOBOT/research/ 
APweb/ Accessed 19 August 2017. 
Toelken, H.R. (1985). Notes on Teucrium L. (Labiatae). Journal of 
the Adelaide Botanic Garden 7,295-300. 
Toelken, H.R. and Cunningham, D.D. (2008). Teucrium reidii 
(Labiatae): a new species from north-western South 
Australia. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Garden 22,97-100. 
Walsh, N.G. and O'Brien, E. (2013). Gynodioecy in Teucrium 
racemosum (Lamiaceae). Muelleria 31,77-80. 
18 
Vol 37 

Page image

51263399 Erigeron ambiguus Muelleria 37: 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527044
Page is part of the work A review of lotasperma (Asteraceae: Astereae), doi:10.5962/p.291961

Page text

Bean 
Materials and methods 
The paper is based on a morphological examination 
of specimens at BRI, specimens received on loan from 
MEL, NT, DNA and PERTH, specimens examined at NSW 
in January 2018, images of a specimen at CANB, and an 
image of a type from K (Herbarium Catalogue 2018). 
All measurements are based on dried material, except 
for the florets, which were measured from material 
reconstituted in boiling water. 
Taxonomy 
lotasperma G.L.Nesom, Phytologia 76:144 
(1994). 
Type; I. australiense. 
Annual herbs. Stems ± terete, but with faint longitudinal 
ridges extending from the base of each leaf, sessile 
oil glands absent. Leaves alternate, sessile. Capitula 
terminal, in corymbose or paniculate clusters, 
pedunculate, peduncle with a few leaf-like bracts along 
its length. Involucral bracts entire, outer bracts green, 
inner bracts white to pale yellow. Receptacle flat to 
slightly convex, without paleae. Ray florets multiseriate, 
female, corolla tube glabrous; ligules tightly coiled on 
dried material. Disc florets bisexual, yellow; corolla tube 
glabrous; anthers not basally caudate. Anthers strongly 
flattened, with broad glabrous thickened lateral ribs; 
surface with numerous antrorse transparent twin-hairs 
throughout; carpopodium conspicuous. Pappus a single 
whorl of barbellate bristles, fused at the base. 
1. lotasperma australiense G.LNesom, 
Phytologia 76:146 (1994), as 'australiensis' 
Erigeron ambiguus F.Muell., Trans. Proc. Philos. Inst. 
Victoria 3:58 (1859), nom. illeg.non Nuttall (1818). Type: 
QUEENSLAND. Gilbert River, 1856, F. Mueller (lecto: MEL 
1553030, here chosen; isolecto: K 000890331). 
Erect herb to45 cm high. Stems with sparse indumentum 
of patent eglandular hairs to 03-0.5 mm long, and a 
dense covering of shorter gland-tipped hairs. Leaves 
elliptic to lanceolate or oblanceolate, 9-36 mm long, 
2-11 mm wide, oil glands absent; apex acute; base 
cuneate; margins entire or sparsely dentate, with teeth 
0.2-2.0 mm long; venation obscure or faintly visible 
throughout, mostly penninerved, but parallel-veined 
near base; dense indumentum of patent glandular 
hairs on both surfaces. Capitula 4-5 mm long, 6-8 
mm diameter. Peduncles 12-32 mm long, with dense 
glandular hairs 0.05-0.10 mm long. Involucral bracts 
30-40, graduated in length, 3-5-seriate; outer bracts 
linear to narrowly-lanceolate, 2.1-2.8 x 0.3-0.4 mm, 
with many short glandular hairs on outer surface, apex 
acute to acuminate; inner bracts linear, 3.5-37 x 0.3-0.4 
mm, sparely glandular on outer surface, apex ciliate. 
Receptacle 23-3.6 mm across. Ray florets 60-100, corolla 
tube 1.9-2.1 mm long; ligules 0.8-1.4 mm long, white, 
apex obtuse. Disc florets 7-10, corolla tube 2.2-2.4 mm 
long, corolla lobes c. 0.25 mm long, acute. Achenes 
narrowly obovate in outline, 0.9-1.0 mm long, 0.35-0.40 
mm wide. Pappus bristles 14-20, each 2.2-23 mm long; 
barbellae c. 0.05 mm long. (Figure 1 a-c). 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 
Kimberley. King River road, 7.8 km N of Gibb River road, El 
Questro, 19.vi.2008, G. Byrne 3410 (PERTH); between Picaninny 
car park and Western Creek, 13.vi.1993, /. Solomon 804 (PERTH); 
1 km SW of camp at Diversion Dam, Kingston Rest, 16.vii.2001, 
D. Edinger DJE2595 (PERTH); Mount Elizabeth track to Munja, 
28.vii.1996, K.F. Kenneally 11816 (PERTH); Bungle Bungles; 
massive above Picaninny Gorge, S.vii.l 989, K. Menkhorst 463 
(DNA, PERTH); New Cockatoo sand site, CSIRO Kununurra, 
7.vii.l978, MM. Andrew 94 (CANB, DNA, NT). NORTHERN 
TERRITORY. 3.4 km along Edith Falls road, NW of Katherine, 
28.V.2005, A.R. Bean 23918 (BRI, DNA); 20 miles [32 km] W of 
Borroloola Station, 26.vii.1948, R.A. Perry 1773 (BRI, DNA); Cox 
River station, 23.vii.1977, P.K. Latz 7214 (DNA, NT); Spirit Hills 
Conservation area, N of Nancy's Gorge, 25.viii.1996, /. Cowie 
7238 & C. Boehme (DNA, MEL); Limmen N.P., Billengarah block, 
in valley at W edge of Tawallah Range, 6.viii.2009, B.M. Stuckey 
437 (DNA); west side of Skull Island, Pellew Islands, 10.viii.2009, 
J. Westaway 3066 (DNA); Keep River N.P., 14.viii.2008, K.G. 
Brennan 7798 (DNA). QUEENSLAND. Burke District: Adels 
Key to the species of lotasperma 
1 Leaf bases cuneate; upper leaves usually entire; receptacle 23-3.6 mm across; 
peduncle with short glandular hairs only..... J. australiense 
1: Leaf bases amplexicaule or obtuse; upper leaves toothed; receptacle 4.5-7.0 mm across; 
peduncle with predominantly long eglandular hairs, and some short glandular hairs./. sessilifolium 
34 
Vol 37 

Page image

51263923 Erigeron ambiguus Muelleria 37: 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527044
Page is part of the work A review of lotasperma (Asteraceae: Astereae), doi:10.5962/p.291961

Page text

Bean 
Materials and methods 
The paper is based on a morphological examination 
of specimens at BRI, specimens received on loan from 
MEL, NT, DNA and PERTH, specimens examined at NSW 
in January 2018, images of a specimen at CANB, and an 
image of a type from K (Herbarium Catalogue 2018). 
All measurements are based on dried material, except 
for the florets, which were measured from material 
reconstituted in boiling water. 
Taxonomy 
lotasperma G.L.Nesom, Phytologia 76:144 
(1994). 
Type; I. australiense. 
Annual herbs. Stems ± terete, but with faint longitudinal 
ridges extending from the base of each leaf, sessile 
oil glands absent. Leaves alternate, sessile. Capitula 
terminal, in corymbose or paniculate clusters, 
pedunculate, peduncle with a few leaf-like bracts along 
its length. Involucral bracts entire, outer bracts green, 
inner bracts white to pale yellow. Receptacle flat to 
slightly convex, without paleae. Ray florets multiseriate, 
female, corolla tube glabrous; ligules tightly coiled on 
dried material. Disc florets bisexual, yellow; corolla tube 
glabrous; anthers not basally caudate. Anthers strongly 
flattened, with broad glabrous thickened lateral ribs; 
surface with numerous antrorse transparent twin-hairs 
throughout; carpopodium conspicuous. Pappus a single 
whorl of barbellate bristles, fused at the base. 
1. lotasperma australiense G.LNesom, 
Phytologia 76:146 (1994), as 'australiensis' 
Erigeron ambiguus F.Muell., Trans. Proc. Philos. Inst. 
Victoria 3:58 (1859), nom. illeg.non Nuttall (1818). Type: 
QUEENSLAND. Gilbert River, 1856, F. Mueller (lecto: MEL 
1553030, here chosen; isolecto: K 000890331). 
Erect herb to45 cm high. Stems with sparse indumentum 
of patent eglandular hairs to 03-0.5 mm long, and a 
dense covering of shorter gland-tipped hairs. Leaves 
elliptic to lanceolate or oblanceolate, 9-36 mm long, 
2-11 mm wide, oil glands absent; apex acute; base 
cuneate; margins entire or sparsely dentate, with teeth 
0.2-2.0 mm long; venation obscure or faintly visible 
throughout, mostly penninerved, but parallel-veined 
near base; dense indumentum of patent glandular 
hairs on both surfaces. Capitula 4-5 mm long, 6-8 
mm diameter. Peduncles 12-32 mm long, with dense 
glandular hairs 0.05-0.10 mm long. Involucral bracts 
30-40, graduated in length, 3-5-seriate; outer bracts 
linear to narrowly-lanceolate, 2.1-2.8 x 0.3-0.4 mm, 
with many short glandular hairs on outer surface, apex 
acute to acuminate; inner bracts linear, 3.5-37 x 0.3-0.4 
mm, sparely glandular on outer surface, apex ciliate. 
Receptacle 23-3.6 mm across. Ray florets 60-100, corolla 
tube 1.9-2.1 mm long; ligules 0.8-1.4 mm long, white, 
apex obtuse. Disc florets 7-10, corolla tube 2.2-2.4 mm 
long, corolla lobes c. 0.25 mm long, acute. Achenes 
narrowly obovate in outline, 0.9-1.0 mm long, 0.35-0.40 
mm wide. Pappus bristles 14-20, each 2.2-23 mm long; 
barbellae c. 0.05 mm long. (Figure 1 a-c). 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 
Kimberley. King River road, 7.8 km N of Gibb River road, El 
Questro, 19.vi.2008, G. Byrne 3410 (PERTH); between Picaninny 
car park and Western Creek, 13.vi.1993, /. Solomon 804 (PERTH); 
1 km SW of camp at Diversion Dam, Kingston Rest, 16.vii.2001, 
D. Edinger DJE2595 (PERTH); Mount Elizabeth track to Munja, 
28.vii.1996, K.F. Kenneally 11816 (PERTH); Bungle Bungles; 
massive above Picaninny Gorge, S.vii.l 989, K. Menkhorst 463 
(DNA, PERTH); New Cockatoo sand site, CSIRO Kununurra, 
7.vii.l978, MM. Andrew 94 (CANB, DNA, NT). NORTHERN 
TERRITORY. 3.4 km along Edith Falls road, NW of Katherine, 
28.V.2005, A.R. Bean 23918 (BRI, DNA); 20 miles [32 km] W of 
Borroloola Station, 26.vii.1948, R.A. Perry 1773 (BRI, DNA); Cox 
River station, 23.vii.1977, P.K. Latz 7214 (DNA, NT); Spirit Hills 
Conservation area, N of Nancy's Gorge, 25.viii.1996, /. Cowie 
7238 & C. Boehme (DNA, MEL); Limmen N.P., Billengarah block, 
in valley at W edge of Tawallah Range, 6.viii.2009, B.M. Stuckey 
437 (DNA); west side of Skull Island, Pellew Islands, 10.viii.2009, 
J. Westaway 3066 (DNA); Keep River N.P., 14.viii.2008, K.G. 
Brennan 7798 (DNA). QUEENSLAND. Burke District: Adels 
Key to the species of lotasperma 
1 Leaf bases cuneate; upper leaves usually entire; receptacle 23-3.6 mm across; 
peduncle with short glandular hairs only..... J. australiense 
1: Leaf bases amplexicaule or obtuse; upper leaves toothed; receptacle 4.5-7.0 mm across; 
peduncle with predominantly long eglandular hairs, and some short glandular hairs./. sessilifolium 
34 
Vol 37 

Page image

51263404 Erigeron ambiguus Muelleria 37: 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527042
Page is part of the work A review of lotasperma (Asteraceae: Astereae), doi:10.5962/p.291961

Page text

Bean 
Grove, via Camooweal, 22.vi.1950, A. de Lestang 481 (BRI); 
Bowthorn Station, 7.vi.2009, R. Booth LH15-18 & D. Kelman 
(BRI). Cook District: 28.9 km by road W of Wakooka Outstation, 
27x2006, K.R. McDonald 5932 et at. (BRI); Horseshoe Lagoon 
entrance road, Lakefield N.R, 24.vii.2010, K.R. McDonald 9661 & 
J. Covacevich (BRI); Kutchera Station, c. 70 km NE of Croydon, 
21.ix.2006, R. Cumming 24470 (BRI). North Kennedy District: 
Sawpit Creek, White Mountains N.P., 23.vii.1992, A.R. Bean 4820 
(BRI). South Kennedy District: c. 35 km E of Lake Buchanan, 
17.vi.1998, EJ. Thompson BUC2064 & G.P. Turpin (BRI). 
Distribution and habitat: Endemic to Australia. 
Occurring in the Kimberley region of Western Australia, 
the "Top End” of the Northern Territory, and northern 
Queensland, as far east as Lake Buchanan (Figure 2). It 
grows on sandy soils in open eucalypt woodland. Sites 
are typically seasonally damp, but not swampy. 
Phenology: Flowering and fruiting specimens have 
been collected from May to September. 
Conservation status: A very widespread species. A 
conservation coding of Least Concern is recommended 
(IUCN2012). 
Notes: Apart from the differences cited in the key 
below, I. australiense differs from I. sessilifolium by the 
inner involucral bracts 0.3-0.4 mm wide (0.6-0.9 mm 
wide for I. sessilifolium), the 7-10 disc florets (27-36 
for I. sessilifolium), and the narrower achenes, 2.5-3 
times longer than wide (c. 2 times longer than wide for 
1. sessilifolium). 
This species is sometimes misidentified as Blumea 
diffusa R.Br. ex Benth. or B. integrifolia DC., as the plant 
size, capitulum size and involucral bracts are similar. 
However, the female florets of Blumea spp. are not 
ligulate. 
2. lotasperma sessilifolium (F.Muell.) 
G.L.Nesom, Phytologia 76:146 (1994), as 
' sessilifolia' 
Erigeron sessilifolius F.Muell., Fragm. 11:100 (1880). Type: 
NORTHERN TERRITORY. Depot Pool [SW of Mataranka], 
1879, A. Forrest s.n. (lecto, here chosen: MEL1553028; 
isolecto: MEL1553026, NSW569017). 
[Erigeron ambiguus, Lawrence (1992, p. 945), misapplied] 
Illustrations: Jessop 1981, Flora of Central Australia, 
p. 376, fig. 475, as Erigeron sessilifolius; Cooke 1986, Flora 
of South Australia Part 3, p. 1467, as Erigeron sessilifolius; 
Lawrence 1992, figs. 268, 288, as Erigeron ambiguus; 
Nesom 1994, p. 145, as lotasperma australiensis. 
Figure 2. Distribution of lotasperma australiense (circles) and I. sessilifolium (triangles). 
36 
Vol 37 

Page image

51263402 Erigeron sessilifolius Muelleria 37: 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527042
Page is part of the work A review of lotasperma (Asteraceae: Astereae), doi:10.5962/p.291961

Page text

Bean 
Grove, via Camooweal, 22.vi.1950, A. de Lestang 481 (BRI); 
Bowthorn Station, 7.vi.2009, R. Booth LH15-18 & D. Kelman 
(BRI). Cook District: 28.9 km by road W of Wakooka Outstation, 
27x2006, K.R. McDonald 5932 et at. (BRI); Horseshoe Lagoon 
entrance road, Lakefield N.R, 24.vii.2010, K.R. McDonald 9661 & 
J. Covacevich (BRI); Kutchera Station, c. 70 km NE of Croydon, 
21.ix.2006, R. Cumming 24470 (BRI). North Kennedy District: 
Sawpit Creek, White Mountains N.P., 23.vii.1992, A.R. Bean 4820 
(BRI). South Kennedy District: c. 35 km E of Lake Buchanan, 
17.vi.1998, EJ. Thompson BUC2064 & G.P. Turpin (BRI). 
Distribution and habitat: Endemic to Australia. 
Occurring in the Kimberley region of Western Australia, 
the "Top End” of the Northern Territory, and northern 
Queensland, as far east as Lake Buchanan (Figure 2). It 
grows on sandy soils in open eucalypt woodland. Sites 
are typically seasonally damp, but not swampy. 
Phenology: Flowering and fruiting specimens have 
been collected from May to September. 
Conservation status: A very widespread species. A 
conservation coding of Least Concern is recommended 
(IUCN2012). 
Notes: Apart from the differences cited in the key 
below, I. australiense differs from I. sessilifolium by the 
inner involucral bracts 0.3-0.4 mm wide (0.6-0.9 mm 
wide for I. sessilifolium), the 7-10 disc florets (27-36 
for I. sessilifolium), and the narrower achenes, 2.5-3 
times longer than wide (c. 2 times longer than wide for 
1. sessilifolium). 
This species is sometimes misidentified as Blumea 
diffusa R.Br. ex Benth. or B. integrifolia DC., as the plant 
size, capitulum size and involucral bracts are similar. 
However, the female florets of Blumea spp. are not 
ligulate. 
2. lotasperma sessilifolium (F.Muell.) 
G.L.Nesom, Phytologia 76:146 (1994), as 
' sessilifolia' 
Erigeron sessilifolius F.Muell., Fragm. 11:100 (1880). Type: 
NORTHERN TERRITORY. Depot Pool [SW of Mataranka], 
1879, A. Forrest s.n. (lecto, here chosen: MEL1553028; 
isolecto: MEL1553026, NSW569017). 
[Erigeron ambiguus, Lawrence (1992, p. 945), misapplied] 
Illustrations: Jessop 1981, Flora of Central Australia, 
p. 376, fig. 475, as Erigeron sessilifolius; Cooke 1986, Flora 
of South Australia Part 3, p. 1467, as Erigeron sessilifolius; 
Lawrence 1992, figs. 268, 288, as Erigeron ambiguus; 
Nesom 1994, p. 145, as lotasperma australiensis. 
Figure 2. Distribution of lotasperma australiense (circles) and I. sessilifolium (triangles). 
36 
Vol 37 

Page image

51263856 Eucalyptus conspicua dispara Muelleria 37: 75
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527082
51263391 Eucalyptus conspicua dispar Muelleria 37: 75
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527082
51263384 Eucalyptus filiformis Muelleria 37: 62-63

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 62-63".

51263829 Eucalyptus fruticetorum Muelleria 37: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527019
Page is part of the work Eucalyptus wimmerensis revisited and notes on the morphologies and taxonomies of five Victorian mallee-boxes, doi:10.5962/p.291962
51263380 Eucalyptus hawkeri Muelleria 37: 59-60

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 59-60".

51263412 Eucalyptus polybractea Muelleria 37: 54-55

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 54-55".

51263378 Eucalyptus polybractea polybractea Muelleria 37: 55-56, Fig 7

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 55-56, Fig 7".

51263386 Eucalyptus polybractea subcerea Muelleria 37: 56-58, Fig. 8

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 56-58, Fig. 8".

51263381 Eucalyptus silvestris Muelleria 37: 59
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527024
Page is part of the work Eucalyptus wimmerensis revisited and notes on the morphologies and taxonomies of five Victorian mallee-boxes, doi:10.5962/p.291962

Page text

Eucalyptus wimmerensis revisited 
Eucalyptus silvestris 
Eucalyptus silvestris was erected to accommodate 
box-barked, small trees and robust mallees occurring 
in the north-western Wimmera and adjacent areas 
of South Australia in the vicinity of Bordertown. In 
the initial description comparisons were made with 
£ odorata on the basis of these populations having 
been regarded as eastern outliers of that species. In 
its treatment £ silvestris was given as being related to 
£ odorata, not only because of similarities in habit and 
bark, but because of its simple, axillary inflorescences, 
and was given as differing from £ odorata primarily by 
its greener adult leaves and its generally smaller buds 
and fruits. Brooker and Slee (1997) regarded £ silvestris 
as a depauperate, narrow-leaved form of £ microcarpa 
and merged it with that species, despite differences in 
inflorescence structure, those of £ microcarpa being 
terminal panicles. It should be noted that Brooker 
and Slee (1997) in their account of £ microcarpa did 
not acknowledge the distinctiveness of £ silvestris 
by making reference to £ microcarpa only having 
compound, terminal panicles. Their interpretation was 
adopted by EUCLID (2006). Subsequent investigations 
by this author found that the adult leaf venation 
patterns and oil glands of £ silvestris are similar to those 
of £ microcarpa, being densely reticulate with scattered 
intersectional glands, and differing from the moderately 
sparse reticulation with numerous island glands present 
in the adult leaves of £ odorata, as given by Brooker and 
Kleinig (1990). Although £ silvestris appears to be related 
to £ microcarpa on the basis of leaf morphology, it is 
regarded as being different, not only in its inflorescence 
structure but in its smaller, sometimes mallee-like habit, 
its narrower juvenile leaves (1.5-3 cm wide compared 
with 3—6 cm wide) and its narrower, greener, more 
lustrous adult leaves (to 2 cm wide compared with to 3 
cm wide). 
Nicolle (1997), (2006) (2013) and (2015) regarded 
£ silvestris as conspecific with £ odorata without 
addressing any of the differences between the two 
given in the original description by Rule (1994 and 
2012), particularly with regard to adult leaves and fruits. 
Nor did he address the assessment of £ silvestris being a 
form of £ microcarpa given by Brooker and Slee (1997). 
More recent investigations have shown a further 
difference between £ silvestris and £ odorata in their 
adult leaves with regard to the colour and lustre of new 
leaves produced in growing periods. Nicolle (2006) and 
(2013) and Brooker and Kleinig (1990) noted that the 
new adult leaves of £ odorata are dull and bluish and in 
time age to become sub-lustrous and green. In contrast, 
the new leaves of £ silvestris, being similar to those 
of £ microcarpa, are lustrous and green and become 
duller and slightly bluish as they age. This dullness is 
particularly apparent in winter.These differences in leaf 
morphology, along with differences in bud and fruit 
sizes, are considered sufficient to continue to regard 
£ silvestris as separate from and distantly related to 
£ odorata. At the same time, for the reasons given 
above, it is seen as being related to but separate from 
£ microcarpa. 
Within western Victoria, in the Inglewood area, at 
Mt Jeffcott and in the southern part of the Wimmera, 
there are small populations of a grey box with narrow, 
seasonally glossy adult leaves and minute buds and 
fruits which might be interpreted as £ silvestris, or 
even £ odorata. These, however, have paniculate 
inflorescences and, although more or less consistent 
with the recently resurrected £ woollsiana, require more 
study to determine their identity. 
Eucalyptus hawkeri 
Eucalyptus hawkeri Rule (2004) was erected to 
accommodate populations of box-barked trees 
occurring at Mt Arapiles and in the nearby Jane Duff 
Reserve. More recently, however, it has been located in 
many mallee communities in the southern Wimmera. 
The combination of features which distinguish 
£ hawkeri from other box species in the region include 
its slender, erect, tree-like habit, its substantial stocking 
of rough bark, its narrow-lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, 
blue-green or sub-glaucous juvenile leaves, its narrow- 
lanceolate to lanceolate, pendulous adult leaves, which 
when new are lustrous and green with a bluish tinge, 
its simple, axillary inflorescences and its relatively small 
buds and fruits. In the field the species is distinguished 
from related mallee-box taxa by its habit, bark and 
foliage. 
EUCLID (2006) listed £ hawkeri as conspecific with 
£ viridis. This assessment was confusing as the two do 
not even remotely resemble each other in seedling and 
adult characters. Perhaps the authors have confused 
Muelleria 
59 

Page image

51263407 Eucalyptus viridis wimmerensis Muelleria 37: 46
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527011
Page is part of the work Eucalyptus wimmerensis revisited and notes on the morphologies and taxonomies of five Victorian mallee-boxes, doi:10.5962/p.291962
51263383 Eucalyptus walshii Muelleria 37: 61-62

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 61-62".

51263405 Eucalyptus wimmerensis Muelleria 37: 43-46

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 43-46".

51263364 Eucalyptus wimmerensis wimmerensis Muelleria 37: 46-48, Fig 2 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 46-48, Fig 2 (map)".

51263360 Eucalyptus wimmerensis arapilensis Muelleria 37: 48-50, Fig. 3

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 48-50, Fig. 3".

51263374 Eucalyptus wimmerensis grata Muelleria 37: 53-54, Fig. 6

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 53-54, Fig. 6".

51263370 Eucalyptus wimmerensis pallida Muelleria 37: 51-53, Fig. 5

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 51-53, Fig. 5".

51263366 Eucalyptus wimmerensis parviformis Muelleria 37: 50-51, Fig. 4

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 50-51, Fig. 4".

51263382 Eucalyptus yarriambiack Muelleria 37: 60-61

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 60-61".

51263397 Iotasperma australiense Muelleria 37: 34-36, Figs 1 a-c, Fig 2 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 34-36, Figs 1 a-c, Fig 2 (map)".

51263814 Iotasperma australiensis Muelleria 37: 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527044
Page is part of the work A review of lotasperma (Asteraceae: Astereae), doi:10.5962/p.291961
51263396 Iotasperma Muelleria 37: 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527044
Page is part of the work A review of lotasperma (Asteraceae: Astereae), doi:10.5962/p.291961

Page text

Bean 
Materials and methods 
The paper is based on a morphological examination 
of specimens at BRI, specimens received on loan from 
MEL, NT, DNA and PERTH, specimens examined at NSW 
in January 2018, images of a specimen at CANB, and an 
image of a type from K (Herbarium Catalogue 2018). 
All measurements are based on dried material, except 
for the florets, which were measured from material 
reconstituted in boiling water. 
Taxonomy 
lotasperma G.L.Nesom, Phytologia 76:144 
(1994). 
Type; I. australiense. 
Annual herbs. Stems ± terete, but with faint longitudinal 
ridges extending from the base of each leaf, sessile 
oil glands absent. Leaves alternate, sessile. Capitula 
terminal, in corymbose or paniculate clusters, 
pedunculate, peduncle with a few leaf-like bracts along 
its length. Involucral bracts entire, outer bracts green, 
inner bracts white to pale yellow. Receptacle flat to 
slightly convex, without paleae. Ray florets multiseriate, 
female, corolla tube glabrous; ligules tightly coiled on 
dried material. Disc florets bisexual, yellow; corolla tube 
glabrous; anthers not basally caudate. Anthers strongly 
flattened, with broad glabrous thickened lateral ribs; 
surface with numerous antrorse transparent twin-hairs 
throughout; carpopodium conspicuous. Pappus a single 
whorl of barbellate bristles, fused at the base. 
1. lotasperma australiense G.LNesom, 
Phytologia 76:146 (1994), as 'australiensis' 
Erigeron ambiguus F.Muell., Trans. Proc. Philos. Inst. 
Victoria 3:58 (1859), nom. illeg.non Nuttall (1818). Type: 
QUEENSLAND. Gilbert River, 1856, F. Mueller (lecto: MEL 
1553030, here chosen; isolecto: K 000890331). 
Erect herb to45 cm high. Stems with sparse indumentum 
of patent eglandular hairs to 03-0.5 mm long, and a 
dense covering of shorter gland-tipped hairs. Leaves 
elliptic to lanceolate or oblanceolate, 9-36 mm long, 
2-11 mm wide, oil glands absent; apex acute; base 
cuneate; margins entire or sparsely dentate, with teeth 
0.2-2.0 mm long; venation obscure or faintly visible 
throughout, mostly penninerved, but parallel-veined 
near base; dense indumentum of patent glandular 
hairs on both surfaces. Capitula 4-5 mm long, 6-8 
mm diameter. Peduncles 12-32 mm long, with dense 
glandular hairs 0.05-0.10 mm long. Involucral bracts 
30-40, graduated in length, 3-5-seriate; outer bracts 
linear to narrowly-lanceolate, 2.1-2.8 x 0.3-0.4 mm, 
with many short glandular hairs on outer surface, apex 
acute to acuminate; inner bracts linear, 3.5-37 x 0.3-0.4 
mm, sparely glandular on outer surface, apex ciliate. 
Receptacle 23-3.6 mm across. Ray florets 60-100, corolla 
tube 1.9-2.1 mm long; ligules 0.8-1.4 mm long, white, 
apex obtuse. Disc florets 7-10, corolla tube 2.2-2.4 mm 
long, corolla lobes c. 0.25 mm long, acute. Achenes 
narrowly obovate in outline, 0.9-1.0 mm long, 0.35-0.40 
mm wide. Pappus bristles 14-20, each 2.2-23 mm long; 
barbellae c. 0.05 mm long. (Figure 1 a-c). 
Selected specimens examined: WESTERN AUSTRALIA. 
Kimberley. King River road, 7.8 km N of Gibb River road, El 
Questro, 19.vi.2008, G. Byrne 3410 (PERTH); between Picaninny 
car park and Western Creek, 13.vi.1993, /. Solomon 804 (PERTH); 
1 km SW of camp at Diversion Dam, Kingston Rest, 16.vii.2001, 
D. Edinger DJE2595 (PERTH); Mount Elizabeth track to Munja, 
28.vii.1996, K.F. Kenneally 11816 (PERTH); Bungle Bungles; 
massive above Picaninny Gorge, S.vii.l 989, K. Menkhorst 463 
(DNA, PERTH); New Cockatoo sand site, CSIRO Kununurra, 
7.vii.l978, MM. Andrew 94 (CANB, DNA, NT). NORTHERN 
TERRITORY. 3.4 km along Edith Falls road, NW of Katherine, 
28.V.2005, A.R. Bean 23918 (BRI, DNA); 20 miles [32 km] W of 
Borroloola Station, 26.vii.1948, R.A. Perry 1773 (BRI, DNA); Cox 
River station, 23.vii.1977, P.K. Latz 7214 (DNA, NT); Spirit Hills 
Conservation area, N of Nancy's Gorge, 25.viii.1996, /. Cowie 
7238 & C. Boehme (DNA, MEL); Limmen N.P., Billengarah block, 
in valley at W edge of Tawallah Range, 6.viii.2009, B.M. Stuckey 
437 (DNA); west side of Skull Island, Pellew Islands, 10.viii.2009, 
J. Westaway 3066 (DNA); Keep River N.P., 14.viii.2008, K.G. 
Brennan 7798 (DNA). QUEENSLAND. Burke District: Adels 
Key to the species of lotasperma 
1 Leaf bases cuneate; upper leaves usually entire; receptacle 23-3.6 mm across; 
peduncle with short glandular hairs only..... J. australiense 
1: Leaf bases amplexicaule or obtuse; upper leaves toothed; receptacle 4.5-7.0 mm across; 
peduncle with predominantly long eglandular hairs, and some short glandular hairs./. sessilifolium 
34 
Vol 37 

Page image

51263815 Iotasperma sessilifolia Muelleria 37: 36
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527042
Page is part of the work A review of lotasperma (Asteraceae: Astereae), doi:10.5962/p.291961

Page text

Bean 
Grove, via Camooweal, 22.vi.1950, A. de Lestang 481 (BRI); 
Bowthorn Station, 7.vi.2009, R. Booth LH15-18 & D. Kelman 
(BRI). Cook District: 28.9 km by road W of Wakooka Outstation, 
27x2006, K.R. McDonald 5932 et at. (BRI); Horseshoe Lagoon 
entrance road, Lakefield N.R, 24.vii.2010, K.R. McDonald 9661 & 
J. Covacevich (BRI); Kutchera Station, c. 70 km NE of Croydon, 
21.ix.2006, R. Cumming 24470 (BRI). North Kennedy District: 
Sawpit Creek, White Mountains N.P., 23.vii.1992, A.R. Bean 4820 
(BRI). South Kennedy District: c. 35 km E of Lake Buchanan, 
17.vi.1998, EJ. Thompson BUC2064 & G.P. Turpin (BRI). 
Distribution and habitat: Endemic to Australia. 
Occurring in the Kimberley region of Western Australia, 
the "Top End” of the Northern Territory, and northern 
Queensland, as far east as Lake Buchanan (Figure 2). It 
grows on sandy soils in open eucalypt woodland. Sites 
are typically seasonally damp, but not swampy. 
Phenology: Flowering and fruiting specimens have 
been collected from May to September. 
Conservation status: A very widespread species. A 
conservation coding of Least Concern is recommended 
(IUCN2012). 
Notes: Apart from the differences cited in the key 
below, I. australiense differs from I. sessilifolium by the 
inner involucral bracts 0.3-0.4 mm wide (0.6-0.9 mm 
wide for I. sessilifolium), the 7-10 disc florets (27-36 
for I. sessilifolium), and the narrower achenes, 2.5-3 
times longer than wide (c. 2 times longer than wide for 
1. sessilifolium). 
This species is sometimes misidentified as Blumea 
diffusa R.Br. ex Benth. or B. integrifolia DC., as the plant 
size, capitulum size and involucral bracts are similar. 
However, the female florets of Blumea spp. are not 
ligulate. 
2. lotasperma sessilifolium (F.Muell.) 
G.L.Nesom, Phytologia 76:146 (1994), as 
' sessilifolia' 
Erigeron sessilifolius F.Muell., Fragm. 11:100 (1880). Type: 
NORTHERN TERRITORY. Depot Pool [SW of Mataranka], 
1879, A. Forrest s.n. (lecto, here chosen: MEL1553028; 
isolecto: MEL1553026, NSW569017). 
[Erigeron ambiguus, Lawrence (1992, p. 945), misapplied] 
Illustrations: Jessop 1981, Flora of Central Australia, 
p. 376, fig. 475, as Erigeron sessilifolius; Cooke 1986, Flora 
of South Australia Part 3, p. 1467, as Erigeron sessilifolius; 
Lawrence 1992, figs. 268, 288, as Erigeron ambiguus; 
Nesom 1994, p. 145, as lotasperma australiensis. 
Figure 2. Distribution of lotasperma australiense (circles) and I. sessilifolium (triangles). 
36 
Vol 37 

Page image

51263401 Iotasperma sessilifolium Muelleria 37: 36-37, Figs 1 d-f, 2 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 36-37, Figs 1 d-f, 2 (map)".

51306829 Agrostis aemula Muelleria 37: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527090
Page is part of the work Lachnagrostis willdenowii Nees (Poaceae) - the name that never was, doi:10.5962/p.291965

Page text

Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) 
Taxonomy 
To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, 
the following partial synonymies are provided. 
Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. 
Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde 
Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) 
Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 
(& fig-)) 
Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis 
avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non 
Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. 
(1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 
(1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri 
(Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), 
nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., 
Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis 
forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 
250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. 
non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie 
in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 
(1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis 
avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand 
Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. 
(1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' 
Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; 
lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 
02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. 
Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); 
Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 
128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. 
Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta 
(Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis 
retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); 
Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 
1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., 
Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in 
Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). 
Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia 
aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); 
Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd 
edn. 1,249(1840). 
Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 
6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales 
Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). 
Acknowledgements 
Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE 
(particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or 
images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to 
Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi 
and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful 
discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations 
and nomenclatural issues. 
References 
Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land 
Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. 
Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. 
and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand 
Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. 
Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants 
- arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// 
archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed 
October 2017. 
Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the 
Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror 
in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir 
James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. 
Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, 
Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. 
Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of 
the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and 
Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of 
Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. 
II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 
Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of 
Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ 
CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson 
(ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: 
Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue 
Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. 
Muelleria 
83 

Page image

51306883 Agrostis avenacea Muelleria 37: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527090
Page is part of the work Lachnagrostis willdenowii Nees (Poaceae) - the name that never was, doi:10.5962/p.291965

Page text

Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) 
Taxonomy 
To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, 
the following partial synonymies are provided. 
Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. 
Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde 
Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) 
Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 
(& fig-)) 
Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis 
avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non 
Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. 
(1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 
(1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri 
(Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), 
nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., 
Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis 
forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 
250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. 
non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie 
in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 
(1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis 
avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand 
Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. 
(1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' 
Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; 
lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 
02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. 
Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); 
Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 
128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. 
Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta 
(Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis 
retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); 
Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 
1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., 
Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in 
Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). 
Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia 
aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); 
Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd 
edn. 1,249(1840). 
Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 
6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales 
Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). 
Acknowledgements 
Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE 
(particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or 
images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to 
Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi 
and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful 
discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations 
and nomenclatural issues. 
References 
Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land 
Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. 
Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. 
and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand 
Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. 
Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants 
- arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// 
archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed 
October 2017. 
Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the 
Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror 
in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir 
James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. 
Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, 
Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. 
Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of 
the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and 
Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of 
Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. 
II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 
Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of 
Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ 
CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson 
(ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: 
Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue 
Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. 
Muelleria 
83 

Page image

51306989 Agrostis filiformis Muelleria 37: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527090
Page is part of the work Lachnagrostis willdenowii Nees (Poaceae) - the name that never was, doi:10.5962/p.291965

Page text

Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) 
Taxonomy 
To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, 
the following partial synonymies are provided. 
Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. 
Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde 
Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) 
Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 
(& fig-)) 
Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis 
avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non 
Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. 
(1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 
(1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri 
(Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), 
nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., 
Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis 
forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 
250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. 
non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie 
in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 
(1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis 
avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand 
Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. 
(1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' 
Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; 
lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 
02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. 
Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); 
Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 
128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. 
Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta 
(Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis 
retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); 
Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 
1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., 
Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in 
Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). 
Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia 
aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); 
Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd 
edn. 1,249(1840). 
Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 
6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales 
Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). 
Acknowledgements 
Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE 
(particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or 
images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to 
Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi 
and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful 
discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations 
and nomenclatural issues. 
References 
Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land 
Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. 
Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. 
and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand 
Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. 
Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants 
- arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// 
archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed 
October 2017. 
Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the 
Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror 
in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir 
James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. 
Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, 
Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. 
Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of 
the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and 
Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of 
Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. 
II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 
Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of 
Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ 
CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson 
(ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: 
Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue 
Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. 
Muelleria 
83 

Page image

51306815 Agrostis forsteri Muelleria 37: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527090
Page is part of the work Lachnagrostis willdenowii Nees (Poaceae) - the name that never was, doi:10.5962/p.291965

Page text

Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) 
Taxonomy 
To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, 
the following partial synonymies are provided. 
Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. 
Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde 
Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) 
Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 
(& fig-)) 
Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis 
avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non 
Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. 
(1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 
(1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri 
(Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), 
nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., 
Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis 
forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 
250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. 
non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie 
in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 
(1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis 
avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand 
Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. 
(1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' 
Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; 
lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 
02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. 
Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); 
Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 
128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. 
Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta 
(Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis 
retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); 
Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 
1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., 
Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in 
Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). 
Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia 
aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); 
Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd 
edn. 1,249(1840). 
Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 
6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales 
Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). 
Acknowledgements 
Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE 
(particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or 
images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to 
Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi 
and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful 
discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations 
and nomenclatural issues. 
References 
Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land 
Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. 
Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. 
and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand 
Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. 
Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants 
- arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// 
archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed 
October 2017. 
Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the 
Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror 
in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir 
James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. 
Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, 
Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. 
Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of 
the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and 
Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of 
Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. 
II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 
Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of 
Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ 
CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson 
(ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: 
Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue 
Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. 
Muelleria 
83 

Page image

51306822 Agrostis retrofracta Muelleria 37: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527090
Page is part of the work Lachnagrostis willdenowii Nees (Poaceae) - the name that never was, doi:10.5962/p.291965

Page text

Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) 
Taxonomy 
To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, 
the following partial synonymies are provided. 
Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. 
Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde 
Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) 
Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 
(& fig-)) 
Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis 
avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non 
Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. 
(1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 
(1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri 
(Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), 
nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., 
Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis 
forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 
250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. 
non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie 
in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 
(1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis 
avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand 
Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. 
(1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' 
Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; 
lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 
02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. 
Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); 
Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 
128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. 
Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta 
(Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis 
retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); 
Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 
1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., 
Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in 
Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). 
Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia 
aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); 
Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd 
edn. 1,249(1840). 
Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 
6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales 
Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). 
Acknowledgements 
Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE 
(particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or 
images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to 
Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi 
and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful 
discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations 
and nomenclatural issues. 
References 
Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land 
Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. 
Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. 
and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand 
Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. 
Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants 
- arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// 
archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed 
October 2017. 
Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the 
Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror 
in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir 
James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. 
Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, 
Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. 
Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of 
the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and 
Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of 
Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. 
II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 
Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of 
Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ 
CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson 
(ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: 
Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue 
Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. 
Muelleria 
83 

Page image

51306832 Agrostis venusta Muelleria 37: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527090
Page is part of the work Lachnagrostis willdenowii Nees (Poaceae) - the name that never was, doi:10.5962/p.291965

Page text

Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) 
Taxonomy 
To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, 
the following partial synonymies are provided. 
Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. 
Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde 
Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) 
Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 
(& fig-)) 
Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis 
avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non 
Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. 
(1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 
(1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri 
(Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), 
nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., 
Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis 
forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 
250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. 
non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie 
in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 
(1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis 
avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand 
Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. 
(1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' 
Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; 
lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 
02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. 
Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); 
Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 
128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. 
Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta 
(Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis 
retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); 
Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 
1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., 
Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in 
Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). 
Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia 
aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); 
Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd 
edn. 1,249(1840). 
Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 
6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales 
Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). 
Acknowledgements 
Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE 
(particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or 
images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to 
Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi 
and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful 
discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations 
and nomenclatural issues. 
References 
Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land 
Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. 
Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. 
and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand 
Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. 
Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants 
- arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// 
archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed 
October 2017. 
Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the 
Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror 
in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir 
James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. 
Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, 
Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. 
Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of 
the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and 
Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of 
Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. 
II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 
Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of 
Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ 
CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson 
(ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: 
Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue 
Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. 
Muelleria 
83 

Page image

51306814 Avena filiformis Muelleria 37: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527090
Page is part of the work Lachnagrostis willdenowii Nees (Poaceae) - the name that never was, doi:10.5962/p.291965

Page text

Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) 
Taxonomy 
To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, 
the following partial synonymies are provided. 
Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. 
Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde 
Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) 
Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 
(& fig-)) 
Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis 
avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non 
Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. 
(1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 
(1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri 
(Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), 
nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., 
Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis 
forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 
250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. 
non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie 
in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 
(1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis 
avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand 
Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. 
(1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' 
Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; 
lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 
02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. 
Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); 
Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 
128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. 
Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta 
(Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis 
retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); 
Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 
1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., 
Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in 
Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). 
Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia 
aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); 
Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd 
edn. 1,249(1840). 
Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 
6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales 
Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). 
Acknowledgements 
Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE 
(particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or 
images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to 
Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi 
and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful 
discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations 
and nomenclatural issues. 
References 
Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land 
Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. 
Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. 
and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand 
Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. 
Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants 
- arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// 
archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed 
October 2017. 
Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the 
Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror 
in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir 
James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. 
Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, 
Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. 
Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of 
the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and 
Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of 
Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. 
II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 
Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of 
Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ 
CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson 
(ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: 
Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue 
Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. 
Muelleria 
83 

Page image

51306831 Calamagrostis aemula Muelleria 37: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527090
Page is part of the work Lachnagrostis willdenowii Nees (Poaceae) - the name that never was, doi:10.5962/p.291965

Page text

Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) 
Taxonomy 
To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, 
the following partial synonymies are provided. 
Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. 
Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde 
Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) 
Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 
(& fig-)) 
Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis 
avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non 
Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. 
(1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 
(1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri 
(Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), 
nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., 
Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis 
forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 
250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. 
non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie 
in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 
(1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis 
avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand 
Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. 
(1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' 
Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; 
lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 
02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. 
Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); 
Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 
128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. 
Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta 
(Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis 
retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); 
Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 
1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., 
Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in 
Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). 
Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia 
aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); 
Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd 
edn. 1,249(1840). 
Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 
6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales 
Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). 
Acknowledgements 
Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE 
(particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or 
images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to 
Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi 
and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful 
discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations 
and nomenclatural issues. 
References 
Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land 
Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. 
Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. 
and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand 
Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. 
Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants 
- arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// 
archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed 
October 2017. 
Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the 
Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror 
in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir 
James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. 
Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, 
Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. 
Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of 
the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and 
Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of 
Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. 
II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 
Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of 
Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ 
CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson 
(ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: 
Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue 
Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. 
Muelleria 
83 

Page image

51306991 Calamagrostis avenacea Muelleria 37: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527090
Page is part of the work Lachnagrostis willdenowii Nees (Poaceae) - the name that never was, doi:10.5962/p.291965

Page text

Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) 
Taxonomy 
To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, 
the following partial synonymies are provided. 
Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. 
Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde 
Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) 
Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 
(& fig-)) 
Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis 
avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non 
Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. 
(1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 
(1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri 
(Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), 
nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., 
Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis 
forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 
250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. 
non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie 
in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 
(1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis 
avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand 
Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. 
(1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' 
Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; 
lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 
02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. 
Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); 
Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 
128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. 
Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta 
(Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis 
retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); 
Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 
1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., 
Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in 
Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). 
Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia 
aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); 
Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd 
edn. 1,249(1840). 
Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 
6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales 
Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). 
Acknowledgements 
Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE 
(particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or 
images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to 
Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi 
and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful 
discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations 
and nomenclatural issues. 
References 
Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land 
Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. 
Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. 
and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand 
Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. 
Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants 
- arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// 
archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed 
October 2017. 
Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the 
Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror 
in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir 
James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. 
Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, 
Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. 
Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of 
the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and 
Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of 
Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. 
II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 
Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of 
Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ 
CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson 
(ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: 
Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue 
Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. 
Muelleria 
83 

Page image

51306819 Calamagrostis filiformis Muelleria 37: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527090
Page is part of the work Lachnagrostis willdenowii Nees (Poaceae) - the name that never was, doi:10.5962/p.291965

Page text

Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) 
Taxonomy 
To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, 
the following partial synonymies are provided. 
Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. 
Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde 
Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) 
Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 
(& fig-)) 
Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis 
avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non 
Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. 
(1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 
(1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri 
(Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), 
nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., 
Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis 
forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 
250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. 
non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie 
in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 
(1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis 
avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand 
Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. 
(1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' 
Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; 
lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 
02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. 
Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); 
Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 
128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. 
Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta 
(Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis 
retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); 
Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 
1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., 
Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in 
Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). 
Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia 
aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); 
Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd 
edn. 1,249(1840). 
Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 
6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales 
Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). 
Acknowledgements 
Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE 
(particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or 
images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to 
Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi 
and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful 
discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations 
and nomenclatural issues. 
References 
Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land 
Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. 
Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. 
and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand 
Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. 
Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants 
- arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// 
archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed 
October 2017. 
Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the 
Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror 
in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir 
James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. 
Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, 
Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. 
Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of 
the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and 
Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of 
Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. 
II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 
Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of 
Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ 
CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson 
(ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: 
Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue 
Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. 
Muelleria 
83 

Page image

51306818 Calamagrostis forsteri Muelleria 37: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527090
Page is part of the work Lachnagrostis willdenowii Nees (Poaceae) - the name that never was, doi:10.5962/p.291965

Page text

Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) 
Taxonomy 
To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, 
the following partial synonymies are provided. 
Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. 
Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde 
Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) 
Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 
(& fig-)) 
Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis 
avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non 
Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. 
(1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 
(1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri 
(Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), 
nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., 
Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis 
forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 
250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. 
non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie 
in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 
(1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis 
avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand 
Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. 
(1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' 
Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; 
lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 
02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. 
Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); 
Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 
128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. 
Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta 
(Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis 
retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); 
Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 
1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., 
Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in 
Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). 
Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia 
aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); 
Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd 
edn. 1,249(1840). 
Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 
6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales 
Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). 
Acknowledgements 
Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE 
(particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or 
images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to 
Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi 
and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful 
discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations 
and nomenclatural issues. 
References 
Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land 
Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. 
Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. 
and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand 
Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. 
Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants 
- arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// 
archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed 
October 2017. 
Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the 
Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror 
in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir 
James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. 
Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, 
Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. 
Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of 
the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and 
Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of 
Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. 
II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 
Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of 
Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ 
CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson 
(ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: 
Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue 
Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. 
Muelleria 
83 

Page image

51306826 Calamagrostis retrofracta Muelleria 37: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527090
Page is part of the work Lachnagrostis willdenowii Nees (Poaceae) - the name that never was, doi:10.5962/p.291965

Page text

Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) 
Taxonomy 
To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, 
the following partial synonymies are provided. 
Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. 
Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde 
Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) 
Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 
(& fig-)) 
Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis 
avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non 
Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. 
(1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 
(1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri 
(Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), 
nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., 
Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis 
forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 
250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. 
non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie 
in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 
(1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis 
avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand 
Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. 
(1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' 
Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; 
lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 
02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. 
Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); 
Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 
128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. 
Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta 
(Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis 
retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); 
Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 
1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., 
Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in 
Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). 
Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia 
aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); 
Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd 
edn. 1,249(1840). 
Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 
6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales 
Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). 
Acknowledgements 
Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE 
(particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or 
images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to 
Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi 
and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful 
discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations 
and nomenclatural issues. 
References 
Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land 
Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. 
Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. 
and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand 
Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. 
Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants 
- arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// 
archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed 
October 2017. 
Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the 
Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror 
in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir 
James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. 
Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, 
Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. 
Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of 
the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and 
Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of 
Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. 
II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 
Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of 
Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ 
CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson 
(ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: 
Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue 
Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. 
Muelleria 
83 

Page image

51306827 Calamagrostis willdenowii Muelleria 37: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527090
Page is part of the work Lachnagrostis willdenowii Nees (Poaceae) - the name that never was, doi:10.5962/p.291965

Page text

Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) 
Taxonomy 
To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, 
the following partial synonymies are provided. 
Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. 
Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde 
Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) 
Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 
(& fig-)) 
Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis 
avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non 
Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. 
(1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 
(1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri 
(Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), 
nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., 
Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis 
forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 
250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. 
non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie 
in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 
(1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis 
avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand 
Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. 
(1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' 
Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; 
lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 
02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. 
Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); 
Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 
128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. 
Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta 
(Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis 
retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); 
Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 
1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., 
Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in 
Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). 
Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia 
aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); 
Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd 
edn. 1,249(1840). 
Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 
6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales 
Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). 
Acknowledgements 
Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE 
(particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or 
images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to 
Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi 
and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful 
discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations 
and nomenclatural issues. 
References 
Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land 
Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. 
Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. 
and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand 
Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. 
Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants 
- arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// 
archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed 
October 2017. 
Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the 
Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror 
in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir 
James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. 
Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, 
Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. 
Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of 
the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and 
Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of 
Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. 
II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 
Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of 
Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ 
CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson 
(ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: 
Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue 
Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. 
Muelleria 
83 

Page image

51306830 Deyeuxia aemula Muelleria 37: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527090
Page is part of the work Lachnagrostis willdenowii Nees (Poaceae) - the name that never was, doi:10.5962/p.291965

Page text

Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) 
Taxonomy 
To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, 
the following partial synonymies are provided. 
Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. 
Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde 
Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) 
Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 
(& fig-)) 
Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis 
avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non 
Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. 
(1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 
(1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri 
(Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), 
nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., 
Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis 
forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 
250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. 
non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie 
in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 
(1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis 
avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand 
Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. 
(1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' 
Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; 
lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 
02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. 
Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); 
Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 
128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. 
Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta 
(Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis 
retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); 
Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 
1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., 
Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in 
Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). 
Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia 
aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); 
Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd 
edn. 1,249(1840). 
Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 
6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales 
Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). 
Acknowledgements 
Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE 
(particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or 
images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to 
Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi 
and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful 
discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations 
and nomenclatural issues. 
References 
Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land 
Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. 
Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. 
and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand 
Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. 
Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants 
- arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// 
archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed 
October 2017. 
Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the 
Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror 
in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir 
James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. 
Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, 
Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. 
Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of 
the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and 
Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of 
Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. 
II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 
Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of 
Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ 
CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson 
(ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: 
Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue 
Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. 
Muelleria 
83 

Page image

51306820 Deyeuxia filiformis Muelleria 37: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527090
Page is part of the work Lachnagrostis willdenowii Nees (Poaceae) - the name that never was, doi:10.5962/p.291965

Page text

Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) 
Taxonomy 
To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, 
the following partial synonymies are provided. 
Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. 
Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde 
Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) 
Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 
(& fig-)) 
Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis 
avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non 
Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. 
(1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 
(1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri 
(Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), 
nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., 
Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis 
forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 
250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. 
non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie 
in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 
(1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis 
avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand 
Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. 
(1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' 
Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; 
lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 
02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. 
Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); 
Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 
128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. 
Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta 
(Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis 
retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); 
Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 
1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., 
Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in 
Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). 
Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia 
aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); 
Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd 
edn. 1,249(1840). 
Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 
6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales 
Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). 
Acknowledgements 
Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE 
(particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or 
images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to 
Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi 
and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful 
discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations 
and nomenclatural issues. 
References 
Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land 
Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. 
Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. 
and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand 
Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. 
Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants 
- arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// 
archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed 
October 2017. 
Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the 
Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror 
in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir 
James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. 
Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, 
Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. 
Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of 
the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and 
Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of 
Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. 
II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 
Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of 
Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ 
CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson 
(ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: 
Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue 
Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. 
Muelleria 
83 

Page image

51306817 Deyeuxia forsteri Muelleria 37: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527090
Page is part of the work Lachnagrostis willdenowii Nees (Poaceae) - the name that never was, doi:10.5962/p.291965

Page text

Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) 
Taxonomy 
To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, 
the following partial synonymies are provided. 
Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. 
Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde 
Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) 
Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 
(& fig-)) 
Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis 
avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non 
Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. 
(1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 
(1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri 
(Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), 
nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., 
Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis 
forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 
250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. 
non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie 
in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 
(1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis 
avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand 
Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. 
(1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' 
Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; 
lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 
02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. 
Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); 
Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 
128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. 
Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta 
(Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis 
retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); 
Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 
1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., 
Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in 
Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). 
Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia 
aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); 
Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd 
edn. 1,249(1840). 
Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 
6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales 
Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). 
Acknowledgements 
Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE 
(particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or 
images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to 
Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi 
and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful 
discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations 
and nomenclatural issues. 
References 
Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land 
Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. 
Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. 
and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand 
Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. 
Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants 
- arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// 
archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed 
October 2017. 
Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the 
Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror 
in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir 
James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. 
Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, 
Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. 
Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of 
the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and 
Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of 
Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. 
II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 
Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of 
Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ 
CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson 
(ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: 
Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue 
Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. 
Muelleria 
83 

Page image

51306825 Deyeuxia retrofracta Muelleria 37: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527090
Page is part of the work Lachnagrostis willdenowii Nees (Poaceae) - the name that never was, doi:10.5962/p.291965

Page text

Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) 
Taxonomy 
To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, 
the following partial synonymies are provided. 
Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. 
Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde 
Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) 
Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 
(& fig-)) 
Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis 
avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non 
Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. 
(1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 
(1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri 
(Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), 
nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., 
Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis 
forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 
250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. 
non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie 
in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 
(1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis 
avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand 
Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. 
(1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' 
Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; 
lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 
02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. 
Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); 
Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 
128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. 
Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta 
(Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis 
retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); 
Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 
1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., 
Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in 
Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). 
Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia 
aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); 
Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd 
edn. 1,249(1840). 
Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 
6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales 
Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). 
Acknowledgements 
Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE 
(particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or 
images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to 
Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi 
and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful 
discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations 
and nomenclatural issues. 
References 
Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land 
Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. 
Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. 
and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand 
Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. 
Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants 
- arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// 
archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed 
October 2017. 
Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the 
Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror 
in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir 
James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. 
Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, 
Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. 
Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of 
the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and 
Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of 
Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. 
II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 
Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of 
Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ 
CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson 
(ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: 
Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue 
Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. 
Muelleria 
83 

Page image

51306828 Lachnagrostis aemula Muelleria 37: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527090
Page is part of the work Lachnagrostis willdenowii Nees (Poaceae) - the name that never was, doi:10.5962/p.291965

Page text

Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) 
Taxonomy 
To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, 
the following partial synonymies are provided. 
Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. 
Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde 
Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) 
Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 
(& fig-)) 
Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis 
avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non 
Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. 
(1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 
(1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri 
(Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), 
nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., 
Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis 
forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 
250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. 
non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie 
in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 
(1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis 
avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand 
Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. 
(1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' 
Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; 
lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 
02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. 
Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); 
Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 
128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. 
Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta 
(Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis 
retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); 
Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 
1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., 
Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in 
Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). 
Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia 
aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); 
Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd 
edn. 1,249(1840). 
Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 
6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales 
Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). 
Acknowledgements 
Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE 
(particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or 
images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to 
Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi 
and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful 
discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations 
and nomenclatural issues. 
References 
Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land 
Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. 
Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. 
and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand 
Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. 
Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants 
- arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// 
archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed 
October 2017. 
Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the 
Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror 
in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir 
James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. 
Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, 
Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. 
Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of 
the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and 
Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of 
Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. 
II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 
Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of 
Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ 
CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson 
(ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: 
Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue 
Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. 
Muelleria 
83 

Page image

51306992 Lachnagrostis avenacea Muelleria 37: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527090
Page is part of the work Lachnagrostis willdenowii Nees (Poaceae) - the name that never was, doi:10.5962/p.291965

Page text

Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) 
Taxonomy 
To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, 
the following partial synonymies are provided. 
Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. 
Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde 
Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) 
Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 
(& fig-)) 
Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis 
avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non 
Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. 
(1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 
(1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri 
(Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), 
nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., 
Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis 
forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 
250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. 
non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie 
in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 
(1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis 
avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand 
Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. 
(1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' 
Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; 
lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 
02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. 
Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); 
Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 
128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. 
Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta 
(Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis 
retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); 
Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 
1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., 
Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in 
Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). 
Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia 
aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); 
Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd 
edn. 1,249(1840). 
Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 
6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales 
Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). 
Acknowledgements 
Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE 
(particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or 
images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to 
Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi 
and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful 
discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations 
and nomenclatural issues. 
References 
Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land 
Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. 
Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. 
and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand 
Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. 
Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants 
- arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// 
archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed 
October 2017. 
Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the 
Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror 
in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir 
James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. 
Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, 
Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. 
Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of 
the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and 
Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of 
Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. 
II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 
Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of 
Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ 
CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson 
(ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: 
Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue 
Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. 
Muelleria 
83 

Page image

51306813 Lachnagrostis filiformis Muelleria 37: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527090
Page is part of the work Lachnagrostis willdenowii Nees (Poaceae) - the name that never was, doi:10.5962/p.291965

Page text

Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) 
Taxonomy 
To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, 
the following partial synonymies are provided. 
Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. 
Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde 
Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) 
Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 
(& fig-)) 
Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis 
avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non 
Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. 
(1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 
(1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri 
(Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), 
nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., 
Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis 
forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 
250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. 
non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie 
in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 
(1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis 
avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand 
Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. 
(1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' 
Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; 
lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 
02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. 
Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); 
Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 
128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. 
Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta 
(Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis 
retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); 
Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 
1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., 
Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in 
Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). 
Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia 
aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); 
Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd 
edn. 1,249(1840). 
Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 
6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales 
Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). 
Acknowledgements 
Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE 
(particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or 
images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to 
Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi 
and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful 
discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations 
and nomenclatural issues. 
References 
Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land 
Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. 
Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. 
and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand 
Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. 
Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants 
- arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// 
archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed 
October 2017. 
Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the 
Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror 
in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir 
James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. 
Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, 
Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. 
Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of 
the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and 
Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of 
Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. 
II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 
Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of 
Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ 
CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson 
(ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: 
Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue 
Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. 
Muelleria 
83 

Page image

51306816 Lachnagrostis forsteri Muelleria 37: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527090
Page is part of the work Lachnagrostis willdenowii Nees (Poaceae) - the name that never was, doi:10.5962/p.291965

Page text

Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) 
Taxonomy 
To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, 
the following partial synonymies are provided. 
Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. 
Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde 
Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) 
Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 
(& fig-)) 
Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis 
avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non 
Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. 
(1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 
(1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri 
(Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), 
nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., 
Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis 
forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 
250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. 
non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie 
in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 
(1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis 
avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand 
Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. 
(1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' 
Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; 
lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 
02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. 
Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); 
Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 
128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. 
Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta 
(Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis 
retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); 
Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 
1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., 
Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in 
Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). 
Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia 
aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); 
Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd 
edn. 1,249(1840). 
Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 
6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales 
Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). 
Acknowledgements 
Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE 
(particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or 
images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to 
Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi 
and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful 
discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations 
and nomenclatural issues. 
References 
Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land 
Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. 
Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. 
and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand 
Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. 
Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants 
- arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// 
archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed 
October 2017. 
Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the 
Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror 
in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir 
James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. 
Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, 
Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. 
Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of 
the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and 
Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of 
Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. 
II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 
Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of 
Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ 
CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson 
(ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: 
Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue 
Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. 
Muelleria 
83 

Page image

51306823 Lachnagrostis retrofracta Muelleria 37: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527090
Page is part of the work Lachnagrostis willdenowii Nees (Poaceae) - the name that never was, doi:10.5962/p.291965

Page text

Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) 
Taxonomy 
To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, 
the following partial synonymies are provided. 
Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. 
Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde 
Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) 
Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 
(& fig-)) 
Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis 
avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non 
Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. 
(1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 
(1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri 
(Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), 
nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., 
Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis 
forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 
250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. 
non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie 
in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 
(1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis 
avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand 
Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. 
(1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' 
Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; 
lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 
02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. 
Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); 
Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 
128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. 
Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta 
(Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis 
retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); 
Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 
1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., 
Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in 
Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). 
Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia 
aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); 
Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd 
edn. 1,249(1840). 
Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 
6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales 
Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). 
Acknowledgements 
Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE 
(particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or 
images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to 
Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi 
and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful 
discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations 
and nomenclatural issues. 
References 
Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land 
Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. 
Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. 
and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand 
Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. 
Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants 
- arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// 
archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed 
October 2017. 
Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the 
Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror 
in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir 
James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. 
Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, 
Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. 
Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of 
the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and 
Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of 
Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. 
II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 
Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of 
Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ 
CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson 
(ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: 
Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue 
Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. 
Muelleria 
83 

Page image

51306824 Lachnagrostis willdenowii Muelleria 37: 83
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527090
Page is part of the work Lachnagrostis willdenowii Nees (Poaceae) - the name that never was, doi:10.5962/p.291965

Page text

Lachnagrostis willdenowii (Poaceae) 
Taxonomy 
To clarify the taxonomic names discussed in this paper, 
the following partial synonymies are provided. 
Agrostis venusta Trin. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. 
Saint-Petersburg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math., Seconde 
Pt. Sci. Nat. 6, 340 ( 1841 ) 
Type r'Van. Diem. Land.'; holo: V.D.L. (LE—TRIN—1666.01 
(& fig-)) 
Lachnagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Avena filiformis G.Forst. FI. Ins. Austr. 9 (1786); Agrostis 
avenacea J.F.Gmel., Sysf. Nat. 171 (1791) nom. nov. non 
Agrostis filiformis Vill. (1787); Agrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Spreng., Mont. Prom. FI. Hoi. 32 (1807), nom. illeg., non Vill. 
(1787); Agrostis forsteri Roem. & Schult., Sysf. Veg. 2: 359 
(1817), nom. illeg., nom. superfl.; Lachnagrostis forsteri 
(Roem. & Schult.) Trin., Cram. Unifi. Sesquifl. 217 (1824), 
nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Kunth., 
Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis 
forsteri (Roem. & Schult.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd edn. 1, 
250 (1840), nom. illeg.; Calamagrostis filiformis (G.Forst.) 
Cockayne, Rep. Tongariro Natl. Park 35 (1908), nom. illeg. 
non Griseb. (1868); Deyeuxia filiformis (G.Forst.) Petrie 
in C. Chilton (ed.), Subantarctic is. New Zealand 2, 474 
(1909), nom. illeg. non (Griseb.) Hook.f.; Calamagrostis 
avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) W.R.B.Oliv., Trans. & Proc. N. Zealand 
Inst. 49,127 (1917), non Calamagrostis filiformis Griseb. 
(1868); Lachnagrostis avenacea (J.F.Gmel.) Veldkamp,' 
Blumea 37,230 (1992), nom. illeg., nom. superfl. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Zeelandia et insula Paschatis'; 
lecto: Forster s.n. ex herb. Sprengel (B herb. Willdenow 
02208 ) fide E.Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 33,19-20. 
Agrostis retrofracta Willd., Enum. PI. 94 (1809); 
Lachnagrostis retrofracta (Willd.) Trin., Fund. Agrost. 
128 (1820); Lachangrostis willdenowii Trin. Cram. Unifi. 
Sesquifl. 217 (1824), nom. illeg.; Deyeuxia retrofracta 
(Willd.) Kunth. Revis. Gramin. 1,77(1829); Calamagrostis 
retrofracta (Willd.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2, 247 (1833); 
Calamagrostis willdenowii (Trin.) Steud., Syn. PL Glumac. 
1,192 (1854), nom. illeg. 
Type: 'Habitat in Nova Hollandia'; holo; Anon, s.n., 
Cultivated in hort. Bot. Berol. from material collected in 
Australia (B herb. Willdenow 01692). 
Lachnagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Trin. Fund. 
Agrost. 128 ( 1820 ) 
Agrostis aemula R.Br. Prodr. 172 (1810); Deyeuxia 
aemula (R.Br.) Kunth, Revis. Gramin. 1, 77 (1829); 
Calamagrostis aemula (R.Br.) Steud., Nomencl. Bot. 2 nd 
edn. 1,249(1840). 
Type :'Port Jackson and Port Dalrymple'; lecto: Brown 
6219p.p. (BM n.v. fide J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales 
Natl. Herb. 1,115(1941). 
Acknowledgements 
Thanks to the staff of K (particularly Maria Alvarez), CGE 
(particularly Christine Bartram) and MEL for access to, or 
images of, herbarium sheets in their collections, and to 
Neville Walsh and Tom May of MEL and Brendan Lepschi 
and Anna Monro of NRCA, Black Mountain for helpful 
discussions and advice regarding Latin interpretations 
and nomenclatural issues. 
References 
Burns, T.E. and Skemp, J.R. (1961). Van Diemen's Land 
Correspondents. Queen Victoria Museum. 
Edgar, E. (1995). New Zealand species of Deyeuxia P.Beauv. 
and Lachnagrostis Trin. (Gramineae: Aveneae). New Zealand 
Journal of Botany, 33,1-33. 
Gunn, R.C. (ca.1830-1850). A Catalogue of Tasmanian Plants 
- arranged according to the system of De Candolle, http:// 
archival.sl.nsw.gov.au/Details/archive/110576301 accessed 
October 2017. 
Hooker, J.D. (1853). 'Gen. XV. Deyeuxia Clar.' in The botany of the 
Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror 
in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of Captain Sir 
James Clark Ross, Vol. II, Flora Novae-Zealandiae, Part 1. 
Flowering Plants. London: Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, 
Convent Garden, pp. 298-299. 
Hooker, J.D. (1860). ‘Gen. XII. Agrostis L.' in The Botany of 
the Antarctic voyage of H.M. discovery ships Erebus and 
Terror in the Years 1839-1843, under the command of 
Captain Sir James Clark Ross. Part III. Flora Tasmaniae, Vol. 
II. Monocotyledones and Acotyledones. Lovell Reeve, 5 
Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, pp. 113-117. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. (2009). 'Agrostis', in A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of 
Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 163-173. ABRS: Canberra/ 
CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Jacobs, S.W.L. and Brown, AJ. (2009).'Lachnagrostis', in A. Wilson 
(ed.), Flora of Australia 44A, Poaceae 2, pp. 174-190. ABRS: 
Canberra/CSIRO: Melbourne. 
Kunth, C.S. (1829). Revision des Graminees 1. Librairie-Gide, Rue 
Saint-Marc-Feydeau, Paris, No.23. p. 77. 
Muelleria 
83 

Page image

51307019 Olearia aff. ramulosa (Omeo) Muelleria 37: 113
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527120
Page is part of the work Reinstating Olearia stricta (Asteraceae ) for an uncommon shrub from montane regions of SE Australia, and notes on O. ramulosa, doi:10.5962/p.291968
51306781 Olearia ramulosa stricta Muelleria 37: 113
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527120
Page is part of the work Reinstating Olearia stricta (Asteraceae ) for an uncommon shrub from montane regions of SE Australia, and notes on O. ramulosa, doi:10.5962/p.291968
51306893 Olearia ramulosa tomentosa Muelleria 37: 116-117

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 116-117".

51306779 Olearia stricta Muelleria 37: 113,115

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 113,115".

51306800 Olearia stricta stricta Muelleria 37: 115
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527122
Page is part of the work Reinstating Olearia stricta (Asteraceae ) for an uncommon shrub from montane regions of SE Australia, and notes on O. ramulosa, doi:10.5962/p.291968
51306804 Olearia stricta parvilobata Muelleria 37: 116, Fig. 3b
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527123
Page is part of the work Reinstating Olearia stricta (Asteraceae ) for an uncommon shrub from montane regions of SE Australia, and notes on O. ramulosa, doi:10.5962/p.291968
51306836 Pluchea rubelliflora Muelleria 37: 120-121, Figs 1a, 2a-b

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 37: 120-121, Figs 1a, 2a-b".

51306838 Pterocaulon sphacelatum Muelleria 37: 123, Fig. 1b
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59527130
Page is part of the work Pluchea rubelliflora and Pterocaulon sphacelatum (Asteraceae): new to Victoria's semi-arid floodplains, doi:10.5962/p.291969

Page text

Pluchea rubelliflora and Pterocaulon sphacelatum (Asteraceae) 
1991; Alyokhin etal. 2001; Francis 2004; Mossman 2009). 
The seeds of P. odorata may require wet bare soil to 
germinate (Mild 2003) and the pappus of P. carolinensis 
may provide seeds with a temporary buoyancy thus 
facilitating dispersal by water (Francis 2004; Erickson 
and Puttock 2006). Pulchela rubelliflora has been 
noted to be often short-lived and more abundant in 
wet years (Cunningham ef al. 1992). It is unlikely that 
seed from this species was dispersed in floodwaters 
from the Murray-Darling Basin as occurrences in other 
States are predominantly outside the Basin waterways 
(e.g. ALA 2018). Furthermore, the discovery of this 
population represents a large range extension for the 
species (e.g. over 500 km; ALA 2018).The closest known 
occurrence is an 1861 collection from northeast of 
Broken Hill (MEL2165775). Whilst an adventive origin is 
conceivable for such a disjunct occurrence, consistency 
of habitat with that of indigenous occurrences outside 
Victoria suggests that the Victorian occurrence is also 
indigenous. 
Conservation Status: Pluchea rubelliflora is known 
in Victoria from a single population of approximately 
10 plants, with all individuals at the same location with 
an area of c. 225 m 2 .The species is assessed as Critically 
Endangered in Victoria since it qualifies under criterion 
\ 
CR D sensu IUCN (2012) based on its very limited 
population size and, arguably, also criterion CR Blab(iii) 
c(iv)+2ab(iii)c(iv) based on its highly disjunct occurrence 
at a single Victorian location subject to declining 
frequency of middle and higher order flood events, 
observed intense browsing impacts and physical 
damage at the site caused by feral pigs and goats, 
and the reported and inferred seasonal fluctuation in 
population size. 
Pterocaulon sphacelatum (Labill.) F.Muell. 
Biennial or short-lived perennial, strongly aromatic, 
herb or subshrub to 20-100(-120) cm high, and often 
as wide. Stems single or numerous, ascending to erect, 
conspicuously winged from decurrent leaf bases, 
densely lanate and sometimes with occasional globose 
sessile glands; wings entire or sparsely toothed, 0.7- 
2.0 mm wide. Leaves oblanceolate to obovate, 20-65 
mm long, 4-15 mm wide, 33-5.8 times longer than 
wide, margins recurved, denticulate, with 6-14 pairs 
of blunt teeth, apex obtuse or acute; upper surface 
moderately bullate, sparsely to moderately densely 
lanate; lower surface moderately to densely lanate, 
and also with dense, globose, sessile, yellow glands. 
Capitulescences in terminal clusters, globose or ellipsoid, 
10-15 mm long, 1 -1.4 times longer than wide; peduncles 
0-22 mm long. Outer involucral bracts 22-3.7 mm 
long, spathulate, apex acute, with dense spreading 
lanate hairs throughout, glands absent; longest inner 
involucral bracts 3.5-4.6 mm long, linear, apex acute, 
upper margins conspicuously toothed or lacerate. Outer 
florets (i.e. female) 17-30,2.4-3.2 mm long, corolla tube 
filiform, always partly pink or violet, fertile; achenes 0.7- 
1.0 mm long, red-brown with 20-50 twin hairs; pappus 
a single row of barbellate capillary bristles, connate at 
base, persistent. Disc floret (hermaphrodite, functionally 
male), solitary, 2.5-37 mm long, corolla tube cylindrical, 
pink; achenes pale, abortive (Adapted from Bean 2011; 
Bean 2015b; Stajsic 2018d). 
Phenology: Two Victorian plants were collected in 
flower, the first in May 2018 and the second in February 
2019 (Fig. 1 b). Outside Victoria, flowers and fruits occur 
from June to October in northern parts of the range, 
and from August to December in southern parts (Bean 
2011 ). 
Notes: Pterocaulon sphacelatum (Applebush, Fruit 
Salad Plant) is distinctive in having the upper margins 
of the inner involucral bracts often lacerate, and entire 
or sparsely toothed. Secondary heads all terminal, often 
ellipsoid, up to 1.4 times longer than wide; inner bracts 
always partly pink to violet; leaves oblanceolate, with 
the upper surface bullate; corolla lobes of disc floret 
short (Bean 2011). 
Specimens examined: VICTORIA. Murray-Kulkyne Park. 
Approximately 1.6 km NW of the junction of River and 
Goosefoot tracks, 2 km N of Kulkyne Station and 9 km SE of 
Colignan, 14.V.2018, K. Bennetts s.n. (MEL2439614); Murray- 
Sunset National Park, Lindsay Island, eastern end, 26.ii.2019, Ian 
SluiterIRKS 19/68 (MEL). 
Habitat and ecology: A single plant was discovered 
approximately 1.6 km north-west of the junction of 
River and Goosefoot tracks in the Murray-Kulkyne 
Park south-east of Colignan. The plant was found on 
a river terrace in the Intermittent Swampy Woodland 
Ecological Vegetation Class (described above), an area 
that had been flooded within the last year (Fig. 4). The 
second plant, with flowering heads showing at least two 
seasons of growth, was discovered in Murray-Sunset 
Muelleria 
123 

Page image

51339541 Acacia baileyana Muelleria 38: 48-49

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 48-49".

51339570 Adonis microcarpa Muelleria 38: 50
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890507
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
weed in gardens, and in cracks in walls and pots". It is 
not known if the populations at the collection sites 
have persisted. The species is occasionally grown as a 
pot or garden bed herb and used in salads. It readily 
self-sows but has not appeared to have spread beyond 
domestic gardens. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
PRIMULACEAE 
Lysimachia minima (L.) U.Mans & Anderb. 
(kause chaffweed) 
Specimens examined: Rubicon Sanctuary, Port Sorell (FLI), 
14.X.2009, P. Collier 5358 (HO!); Tinderbox, East Coast (TSE), 
17.X.2011 , D.E. Albrechts.n. (HO!). 
Notes: This diminutive annual herb is likely to be 
overlooked and much more widespread in Tasmania 
than indicated by current collections. Collections to 
date have been from a weedy habitat (Tinderbox) or as 
a single plant growing as a weed in a gravel drive. The 
species is widely naturalised on mainland Australia. A 
doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending 
further information on its distribution. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
PROTEACEAE 
Hakea laurina R.Br. (pincushion hakea) 
Specimens examined: University of Tasmania gardens, 
Hobart (cult.), 12.iii.2002, R. Dillon s.n. and GJordan (HO 
528995!); Coningham, 7.V.2005, J. Taylor s.n. (HO 541827!); 
Coningham, 21 .x.2008, R.G. Tyson 906 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: Apart from one collection from cultivation, 
this ornamental shrub is known in Tasmania from two 
specimens from the same site, collected approximately 
three years apart. Here, the species had most likely 
spread from nearby gardens (where it was noted 
as being present) into coastal heathy woodland, 
and occurred as a population of mature and young 
plants. The population was removed in 2008. The 
species is a popular garden plant in Tasmania and 
further naturalised populations are expected to occur. 
However, there is no evidence to suggest it is more 
widely naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and 
naturalised), SA 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Lomatia fraseri R.Br. (tree lomatia) 
Specimens examined: PipelineTrack,ForkCreekCatchment, 
Fern Tree, 12.iii.2002, D. Ziegler 237 (HO!); Pipeline Track, Fern 
Tree, near Browns Road, 25.vi.2009, PA. Tyson 966 (HO!); Fern 
Tree, 30.vi.2009, M.L. Baker 2098 (HO!); Mount Wellington, 
Pipeline Track 30.xi.2010,M Wapstra 1181 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This shrub or small tree is known in Tasmania 
from several specimens from a single localised 
population comprised of several individuals and 
patches of plants growing in wet sclerophyll forest on 
the foothills of Mt Wellington in the State's southeast. 
There has been a concerted effort at removal by a local 
landcare group, but some individuals, presumably 
escaped from garden plantings, are still present. The 
species is native on mainland Australia, where it is a 
widespread and sometimes locally common species in 
wet mountain forests. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (native), Vic. 
(native) 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
RANUNCULACEAE 
Adonis microcarpa DC. (pheasant's eye) 
Specimen examined: Flinders Island, Wybalenna area (FLI), 
1 2.V.1 999, S. Welsh s.n. (HO 444814!). 
Notes: This erect annual herb has only been collected 
once in Tasmania, from a dry, sheep grazing paddock on 
Flinders Island. According to notes accompanying the 
specimen, the population consisted of approximately 
nine plants over an area of 30 m 2 . A doubtfully 
naturalised status is assigned here pending further 
information on its distribution. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Aquilegia vulgaris L. (common columbine) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Poison Hill, 9 km 
E of Woodsdale (TSE), 6.X.1984, A. Moscal 8517 (HO!); Poimena 
"township", Blue Tier (BEL), 28.xii.2006, M. Wapstra 86 (HO!); 
Pipers River, downstream of Lilydale Road crossing (FLI), 
18.xii.2007, M. Wapstra 409 (HO!); North West Bay River (TSE), 
7.xi.2000, AC. Rozefelds 1895 (HO!); River Road, N of Deloraine 
(TNS), 21 .xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1390 (HO!). 
Notes: This commonly cultivated perennial herb 
is known in Tasmania from several widely spread 
populations. Most have been recorded from roadside 
verges or riparian zones, often in close proximity to 
50 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339273 Aegopodium podagraria Muelleria 38: 30-31

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 30-31".

51339453 Aeonium haworthii Muelleria 38: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890498
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Hypericum pulchrum L. (slender St John's 
wort) 
Specimens examined: Underwood, S slope of Browns Hill 
(BEL), 26.xii.1985, AM. Buchanan 7808 (HOI); Underwood, Ryans 
Road (BEL), 12.ii.2009, Ml. Baker 1954 (HOI). 
Notes: This of perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from one small and highly localised population in 
the northeast of the State where it grows on a grassy 
roadside verge. It has persisted at the site for more than 
30 years. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CORNACEAE 
Griselinia littoralis (Raoul) Raoul (New 
Zealand broadleaf) 
Specimens examined: Strahan, W side of Customs House 
(TWE), 1 .xi.2005, T. Rudman s.n. (HO 535554!); Strahan, remnant 
forest behind Post Office (TWE), 21.xi.2005, Ml. Baker 1670 
(HOI); Strahan, Hogarth Falls Peoples Park (TWE), 21.xi.2005, 
Ml. Baker 1666 (HOI); Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens, 
Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 13.L2006, Ml. Baker 1695 (HO!). 
Notes: This evergreen shrub/small tree has a localised 
distribution in Tasmania, having only been collected 
from Strahan on the State's west coast. It occurs in 
disturbed sites throughout the town and on the edges 
of nearby remnant native forest. It is also cultivated in 
the area and this is the likely source of introduction. For 
a discussion of its distribution and habitat in Tasmania 
see Baker (2007). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CRASSULACEAE 
Aeonium haworthii Salm-Dyck ex Webb & 
Berthel. (pinwheel) 
Specimens examined: Tasman Island (TSE), 29.ix.2007, P.A. 
Tyson 582 (HO!); Bellerive, coast side of Victoria Esplanade, SE of 
Abbott Street (TSE) 20.vi.2012, D.E. Albrecht 14139 (HO!). 
Notes: While there are only two formal collections 
of this shrubby succulent ornamental recorded from 
Tasmania, it is recognised that it is more widespread 
and merely poorly-collected in the State (as is the case 
for many succulent taxa due to technicalities in their 
preservation and curation). Notes on the Tasman Island 
collection indicate that it may have been successfully 
eliminated but this needs to be confirmed.The species is 
well-established at some coastal locations in southeast 
Tasmania, often forming large populations on steep, 
inaccessible cliffs. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Crassula muscosa L. var. muscosa (dubmoss 
crassula) 
Specimens examined: Midway Point, Tasman Highway 
(TSE), 31.iii.2006, Ml. Baker 1706 (HO!); Second Bluff, Howrah 
(TSE), 12.xi.2009, M. Wapstra 754 (HO!). 
Notes: This low-growing succulent herb is 
represented by only two Tasmanian collections. 
However, it is recognised that it is more widespread 
but poorly-collected in the State. It was first recorded 
at Midway Point in the State's southeast, where it forms 
dense mats on a small section of roadside verge. At 
this site, it has presumably spread from deliberate 
ornamental plantings. The most recent record consists 
of a population growing in remnant native vegetation 
on a steep cliff near Bellerive Beach. Additional sites 
are known on North Bruny Island, where it is very well- 
established on sandstone cliffs, and near Cambridge on 
a grassy roadside batter. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Crassula natans Thunb. var. minus (Eckl. & 
Zeyh.) G.D.Rowley (floating stonecrop) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Flinders Island, 
Long Point (FLI), 17.viii.1975, J.S. Whinray s.n. (CANB 533240.1 
[n.v.]); Nook Swamps, King Island (KIN), 19.xi.2007, M. Wapstra 
316 (HO!); Curries River Reservoir. Edge of water, W of picnic 
huts (BEL), 14.X.2008, M. Wapstra 538 (HO!); Dartys Corner, S of 
Temma (KIN), 31.X.2008, M. Wapstra 566 (HO!); Epping Forest, 
edge of car park of roadhouse, N end (TNM), l.x.2014, M. 
Wapstra 2030 { HO!). 
Notes: This semi-aquatic annual appears to be 
a relatively recent arrival in Tasmania and is now 
widespread in mainly near-coastal sites. It is most often 
associated with ephemerally wet sites, usually in quite 
disturbed situations. Wapstra (2012) concluded that 
it was most likely "alien" based on the criteria of Bean 
(2007). 
Muelleria 
41 

Page image

51339758 African lovegrass Muelleria 38: 61
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890518
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339111 Agrostis aemula setifolia Muelleria 38: 23
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890527
Page is part of the work Agrostis semibarbata: an old name for Lachnagrostis punicea (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.337578
51339101 Agrostis billardierei filifolia Muelleria 38: 23
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890527
Page is part of the work Agrostis semibarbata: an old name for Lachnagrostis punicea (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.337578
51339515 Agrostis billardierei filifolia Muelleria 38: 23
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890527
Page is part of the work Agrostis semibarbata: an old name for Lachnagrostis punicea (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.337578
51339109 Agrostis billardierei setifolia Muelleria 38: 23
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890527
Page is part of the work Agrostis semibarbata: an old name for Lachnagrostis punicea (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.337578
51339110 Agrostis billardierei setifolia Muelleria 38: 23
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890527
Page is part of the work Agrostis semibarbata: an old name for Lachnagrostis punicea (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.337578
51339112 Agrostis punicea punicea Muelleria 38: 23
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890527
Page is part of the work Agrostis semibarbata: an old name for Lachnagrostis punicea (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.337578
51339102 Agrostis punicea filifolia Muelleria 38: 23
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890527
Page is part of the work Agrostis semibarbata: an old name for Lachnagrostis punicea (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.337578
51339098 Agrostis semibarbata Muelleria 38: 23
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890527
Page is part of the work Agrostis semibarbata: an old name for Lachnagrostis punicea (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.337578

Page text

Agrostis semibarbata 
Taxonomy 
Lachnagrostis semibarbata (Trin.) AJ.Br. 
comb. nov. 
Agrostis semibarbata Trin., Agrostidea, II, Callo Rotunda, 
(Agrostea), 132 (1841). 
Type: s. loc., s. dat., leg. ign. V.D.L.6 (lecto, here 
designated as holotype: LE TRIN—1655.01 (fragm. & 
Figure)). 
Agrostis billardierei var. setifolia Hook.f., FI. Tasman., 3(2): 
115(1860); Agrostis aemula var. setifolia (Hook.f.) Vickery, 
Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1:116(1941); Agrostis 
punicea AJ.Br. & N.G.Walsh var. punicea, Muelleria, 14: 
84-85 (2000); Lachnagrostis punicea (AJ.Br. & N.G.Walsh) 
S.W.LJacobs subsp. punicea, Telopea, 9(4): 837 (2001). 
Type: TASMANIA. New Norfolk, 15.xi.1840, M. 
Ballantine for R.C. Gunn 1446 (lecto: designated by 
J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1:116 
(1941)), K000838251! and K000838252!, a single 
gathering mounted as one preparation with two 
accession numbers; isolecto: H035753!). 
Notes: Soreng etal. (1996) referred to a sheet at LE as 
the 'holotype' of A. semibarbata. However, as this work 
{Catalogue of the C. B. Trinius Herbarium (LE), 2 nd edn) is 
not effectively published under ICN Articles 29 and 30 
(Shenzhen Code, 2018; R. Soreng, pers. comm. 2019), 
this does not constitute effective lectotypification by 
Soreng etal. in accordance with ICN Art. 7.11 (Shenzhen 
Code, 2018), and the name is lectotypified here. 
Vickery (1941) cites the type of the name Agrostis 
billardierei var. setifolia Hook.f. as 'Tasmania: New 
Norfolk, Gunn, No. 1446, 15.11.1849 (Type, K.)'. Jacobs 
and Brown (2009) noted that Gunn 1446 was collected 
by Ballantine, which is the name on the isotype at 
HO in accordance with the initials 'MB' on the original 
Gunn label. 
Hooker (1860) did not specify a type for Agrostis 
billardierei var. setifolia Hook.f., but cited both Gunn 
592 and Gunn 1007 under his concept of A. billardierei. 
Vickery, in using A. billardierei var. setifolia Hook.f. as the 
basionym for A. aemula var. setifolia (Hook.f.) Vickery, 
cited Gunn 1446 (New Norfolk) as the type, even though 
Hooker (1860) made no reference to Gunn 1446 in the 
protologue. However, as both sheets at K bear the 
inscription 'b' as a probable identification by Hooker to 
Hooker's (1860) "Agrostis billardierei var. ft setifolia", both 
specimens can be considered original material under 
Article 9.4a (Shenzhen Code 2018). 
Lachnagrostis semibarbata var. filifolia 
(Vickery) AJ.Br. comb. et. stat. nov. 
Agrostis billardierei var. filifolia Vickery Contr. New South 
Wales Natl Herb. 1, 110 (1941). Agrostis punicea var. 
filifolia (Vickery) AJ.Br. & N.G.Walsh Muelleria, 14, 85-86 
(2000). Lachnagrostis punicea subsp. filifolia (Vickery) 
S.W.LJacobs Telopea 10(4), 840 (2004). 
Type citation: "Hawkesdale, H. B. Williamson, No. K. 
410,12.1901 (Type K.,S.)." 
Type: VICTORIA. Hawkesdale, xii.1901, H.B. 
Williamson K.410 (lecto: designated by AJ.Brown 
& N.G.Walsh, Muelleria 14: 85 (2000): K000838266!; 
isolecto: NSW504501!). 
Notes: Vickery (1941) cites Williamson K4 Was the type 
of the name Agrostis billardierei var. filifolia Vickery, and 
lists syntype material at K and S. Brown & Walsh (2000) 
cite the type of the name Agrostis billardierei var. filifolia 
Vickery as "Victoria, Hawkesdale, Dec. 1901, Williamson 
(holotype K)", and this is here treated as effective 
lectotypification by Brown and Walsh in accordance 
with ICN Art. 7.11 (Shenzhen Code, 2018). As Brown and 
Walsh's citation meets the relevant requirements of ICN 
Art. 7.11, their use of the term 'holotype' is correctable 
under ICN Art. 9.10. Additional material in S, cited by 
Vickery, has not been seen by the present author. A 
further specimen, MEL2022935A (Hawkesdale, Victoria, 
xi.1903, H.B. Williamson s.n) was probably collected 
from the type locality, two years later. The sheet also 
contains MEL2022935B—inflorescence fragments of 
Lachnagrostis billardiereiThn. subsp. billardierei. 
Acknowledgements 
Many thanks are due to the staff of K for the loan of 
specimens, to Robert Soreng of the National Museum of 
Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, for information 
relating to the type of Agrostis semibarbata at LE, and 
to Dr Irina Illarionova and Dr Vladimir Dorofeyev of 
the Komarov Botanical Institute, Saint Petersburg, for 
the excellent images of the type. Thanks also to MEL 
staff: Pina Milne and Catherine Gallagher for assistance 
in corresponding with overseas herbaria, and to 
Neville Walsh and Tom May for helpful discussions 
concerning taxon ranking and nomenclature. Special 
Muelleria 
23 

Page image

51339095 Agrostis semibarbata Muelleria 38: 23, Fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890527
Page is part of the work Agrostis semibarbata: an old name for Lachnagrostis punicea (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.337578

Page text

Agrostis semibarbata 
Taxonomy 
Lachnagrostis semibarbata (Trin.) AJ.Br. 
comb. nov. 
Agrostis semibarbata Trin., Agrostidea, II, Callo Rotunda, 
(Agrostea), 132 (1841). 
Type: s. loc., s. dat., leg. ign. V.D.L.6 (lecto, here 
designated as holotype: LE TRIN—1655.01 (fragm. & 
Figure)). 
Agrostis billardierei var. setifolia Hook.f., FI. Tasman., 3(2): 
115(1860); Agrostis aemula var. setifolia (Hook.f.) Vickery, 
Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1:116(1941); Agrostis 
punicea AJ.Br. & N.G.Walsh var. punicea, Muelleria, 14: 
84-85 (2000); Lachnagrostis punicea (AJ.Br. & N.G.Walsh) 
S.W.LJacobs subsp. punicea, Telopea, 9(4): 837 (2001). 
Type: TASMANIA. New Norfolk, 15.xi.1840, M. 
Ballantine for R.C. Gunn 1446 (lecto: designated by 
J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1:116 
(1941)), K000838251! and K000838252!, a single 
gathering mounted as one preparation with two 
accession numbers; isolecto: H035753!). 
Notes: Soreng etal. (1996) referred to a sheet at LE as 
the 'holotype' of A. semibarbata. However, as this work 
{Catalogue of the C. B. Trinius Herbarium (LE), 2 nd edn) is 
not effectively published under ICN Articles 29 and 30 
(Shenzhen Code, 2018; R. Soreng, pers. comm. 2019), 
this does not constitute effective lectotypification by 
Soreng etal. in accordance with ICN Art. 7.11 (Shenzhen 
Code, 2018), and the name is lectotypified here. 
Vickery (1941) cites the type of the name Agrostis 
billardierei var. setifolia Hook.f. as 'Tasmania: New 
Norfolk, Gunn, No. 1446, 15.11.1849 (Type, K.)'. Jacobs 
and Brown (2009) noted that Gunn 1446 was collected 
by Ballantine, which is the name on the isotype at 
HO in accordance with the initials 'MB' on the original 
Gunn label. 
Hooker (1860) did not specify a type for Agrostis 
billardierei var. setifolia Hook.f., but cited both Gunn 
592 and Gunn 1007 under his concept of A. billardierei. 
Vickery, in using A. billardierei var. setifolia Hook.f. as the 
basionym for A. aemula var. setifolia (Hook.f.) Vickery, 
cited Gunn 1446 (New Norfolk) as the type, even though 
Hooker (1860) made no reference to Gunn 1446 in the 
protologue. However, as both sheets at K bear the 
inscription 'b' as a probable identification by Hooker to 
Hooker's (1860) "Agrostis billardierei var. ft setifolia", both 
specimens can be considered original material under 
Article 9.4a (Shenzhen Code 2018). 
Lachnagrostis semibarbata var. filifolia 
(Vickery) AJ.Br. comb. et. stat. nov. 
Agrostis billardierei var. filifolia Vickery Contr. New South 
Wales Natl Herb. 1, 110 (1941). Agrostis punicea var. 
filifolia (Vickery) AJ.Br. & N.G.Walsh Muelleria, 14, 85-86 
(2000). Lachnagrostis punicea subsp. filifolia (Vickery) 
S.W.LJacobs Telopea 10(4), 840 (2004). 
Type citation: "Hawkesdale, H. B. Williamson, No. K. 
410,12.1901 (Type K.,S.)." 
Type: VICTORIA. Hawkesdale, xii.1901, H.B. 
Williamson K.410 (lecto: designated by AJ.Brown 
& N.G.Walsh, Muelleria 14: 85 (2000): K000838266!; 
isolecto: NSW504501!). 
Notes: Vickery (1941) cites Williamson K4 Was the type 
of the name Agrostis billardierei var. filifolia Vickery, and 
lists syntype material at K and S. Brown & Walsh (2000) 
cite the type of the name Agrostis billardierei var. filifolia 
Vickery as "Victoria, Hawkesdale, Dec. 1901, Williamson 
(holotype K)", and this is here treated as effective 
lectotypification by Brown and Walsh in accordance 
with ICN Art. 7.11 (Shenzhen Code, 2018). As Brown and 
Walsh's citation meets the relevant requirements of ICN 
Art. 7.11, their use of the term 'holotype' is correctable 
under ICN Art. 9.10. Additional material in S, cited by 
Vickery, has not been seen by the present author. A 
further specimen, MEL2022935A (Hawkesdale, Victoria, 
xi.1903, H.B. Williamson s.n) was probably collected 
from the type locality, two years later. The sheet also 
contains MEL2022935B—inflorescence fragments of 
Lachnagrostis billardiereiThn. subsp. billardierei. 
Acknowledgements 
Many thanks are due to the staff of K for the loan of 
specimens, to Robert Soreng of the National Museum of 
Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, for information 
relating to the type of Agrostis semibarbata at LE, and 
to Dr Irina Illarionova and Dr Vladimir Dorofeyev of 
the Komarov Botanical Institute, Saint Petersburg, for 
the excellent images of the type. Thanks also to MEL 
staff: Pina Milne and Catherine Gallagher for assistance 
in corresponding with overseas herbaria, and to 
Neville Walsh and Tom May for helpful discussions 
concerning taxon ranking and nomenclature. Special 
Muelleria 
23 

Page image

51339729 Aira cupaniana Muelleria 38: 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890517
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Highway, near Prospect, Launceston, 30.X.2000, K. Graham s.n. 
(HO 533225!); Bass Highway, near Prospect, Launceston (all 
TNM), 20.vii.2005, M.L. Baker 1588, (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial is known in Tasmania 
from two locations in the Launceston area. Curtis and 
Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat as 
"local, recorded from marshes in two localities in the 
North West". However, there is no evidence to support 
this. It was more recently collected from near Prospect 
(Launceston) where it is locally abundant and persistent 
on a highway verge covering an area of approx. 30 x 
5 m. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
LILIACEAE 
Alstroemeria aurea Graham (Peruvian lily) 
Specimens examined: Waratah Cemetery (TCH), 2.ii.2001, 
A.M. Buchanan 15838 (HOI); 15 m from corner of Huon Road and 
Ridgeway Road (TSE), 4.L2004, M.F. Duretto 1672 (HO!); Haldane 
Reserve, Lenah Valley (TSE), 2.iii.2011, M. Wapstra 1232 (HOI); 
Old town of Guildford (TCH), 2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1814 (HOI). 
Notes: This tuberous perennial is commonly 
cultivated as a garden plant in Tasmania. It appears to be 
naturalised in scattered localities where it forms small, 
localised patches. One record notes that it is naturalising 
in a paddock but does not indicate the extent of the 
population. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Scillaperuviana L. (Cuban lily) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Snake Island, N 
end. D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 18.xi.1984, K. Harris s.n. 
(HO 969891); Don Heads. Between road and lagoon, N of Don 
(FLI), 19.X.1986, D.l. Morris 8649 (HOI); Mersey Bluff, Devonport 
(FLI), 31.X.2002, B. Nuttall s.n. (HO 5202971); Mersey Lighthouse, 
Mersey Bluff (FLI), 22.ix.2005, M.L Baker 1617 (HO!); Railton - 
cleared end of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2012, M. Wapstra 
1417 (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial herb is cultivated in 
Tasmania and is known from several widely separated 
but localised populations. Naturalised populations are 
most likely garden escapes or plants persisting from 
abandoned gardens. It is most suited to dry coastal 
habitats and has been recorded forming large colonies 
consisting of hundreds of plants. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
POACEAE 
Aira cupaniana Guss. (silvery hairgrass) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, xii.1923, A.H.S. Lucas s.n. 
(NSW 551107 [ n.v ;]); Launceston (all TSE), 14.xi.1963, EJ. 
McBarron 8480, (NSW [n.v.]). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
two widely separated populations collected more 
than 50 years ago. Notes accompanying the latest 
collection indicate that it grew in wasteland in the city of 
Launceston. The limited material and associated notes 
make it difficult to accurately assign a naturalised status. 
It is likely to have been overlooked due to its similarity to 
other naturalised species in the genus. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Avellinia michelii (Savi) Pari, (avellinia) 
Specimens examined: Tin Dish Lagoon', Maclains Plain, 
Campbell Town, 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5051751);Tin Dish 
(all TNM), 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5042521). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens that appear to be duplicates of each 
other. The plants were collected from the outer edge of 
a wetland in a Selleria radicans herbfield surrounded by 
native grassland. There are no further details regarding 
the population. The limited material and associated 
collecting notes raise doubt over its naturalised status. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Calamagrostis epigejos (L.) Roth (wood 
smallreed) 
Selected specimens examined (2 of 5): Tanners Creek, 
Arthur Highway, vi.1973, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 568832!);Tanners 
Creek, between Forcett and Copping, Arthur Highway (all TSE), 
1 .iii.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 252221). 
Notes: This large perennial grass is known inTasmania 
from several collections from a roadside ditch on the 
Arthur Highway in the southeast of the State. The origin 
of the species here is unknown. It is believed to have 
been deliberately eradicated and recent surveys have 
failed to re-find it. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Previously naturalised 
60 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339349 Alnus cordata Muelleria 38: 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890491
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Street, Bellerive (TSE), 10.iv.1985, D.l. Morris 8551 (HO!); 15 
Channel Street, Burnie (TNS), 2000, K. Kirkelys.n. (HO 510807!); 
145 Davey Street, Hobart (TSE), 3.V.2001, D.l. Morris 86734, (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental perennial vine was first 
recorded in waste places at Launceston. Subsequent 
collections are from disjunct locations throughout 
the State and are associated with suburban and city 
gardens. There is no evidence of spread from these sites, 
some of which appear to have been eliminated (e.g. HO 
102250, HO 328680), while the current status of others is 
unknown. Curtis (1967) described it as "a garden escape, 
naturalised locally in the north of the State". However, 
there is no evidence to support this. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
BETULACEAE 
Alnus cordata (Loisel.) Duby (Italian alder) 
Specimens examined: St Marys (BEL), viii.1950, H.N. Barber 
s.n. (HO 36203!); Watchorn Street, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 19.V.2004, 
M.F. Duretto 1744 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental deciduous tree is known in 
Tasmania from two widely-spread collections, one from 
a cultivated plant in Hobart and the other from the town 
of St Marys. Curtis (1967) stated that it is "recorded from 
the east coast at St Marys and from river banks near 
New Norfolk". However, no specimens from New Norfolk 
have been seen and there are no notes accompanying 
the specimen from St Marys to indicate its status at the 
site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Alnus glutinosa (L.) Gaertn. (black alder) 
Specimens examined: Huonville, picnic area E of bridge 
(cult.) (TSR), 8.L1984, M. Williams s.n. (HO 76693!); Macquarie 
Street, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 27.V.1988, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 
110455!); Murray Street, 10 m N of Melville Street, Hobart, (cult.) 
(TSE), 19.V.2004, M.F. Duretto 1745 (HO!); Queenstown, CMT 
Industrial Estate (TWE), 9.ii.2007, G. Cordery s.n. (HO 544184!); 
King River Delta, Lettes Bay (TWE), 7.viii.2007, M.L. Baker 1807 
and A. Laird (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous tree is cultivated in Tasmania 
as an ornamental. Two of the five collections appear to 
be from non-cultivated plants. One was a single plant 
growing with Baloskion tetraphyllum on accumulated 
sediment at the mouth of the King River at Lettes Bay, 
Strahan. The other collection, from the Queen River, 
Queenstown, has the following notes attached: "Alnus 
is spreading along Queen River. The extent of alder tree 
dispersion in the Queenstown locale is unknown at 
present; further investigations are required to determine 
populations". Without further evidence it would be 
premature to assign a naturalised status to this species. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
BORAGINACEAE 
Lithospermum officinale L. (gromwell) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): First Basin, 
Launceston, Midlands (TNM), 27.xi.1938, A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 
7842!); Entrance to [Cataract] Gorge, Launceston (TNM), 
xi.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 505445!); Trevallyn Reserve 
(TNM), 11 .iii.2006, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 538846!); Thrower Street, 
Launceston (TNM), 4.xii.2007, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 546890!); 
Launceston (TNM), x, S.G. Hannaford s.n. (HO 7841!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is locally naturalised in 
the Launceston area, particularly near Cataract Gorge, 
where it has persisted for nearly 80 years since it was 
first recorded. Collection notes indicate that it forms 
relatively large and persistent populations. The source 
of the plants is not known. Curtis (1967) described the 
distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste places", 
but there is no evidence that it ever extended beyond 
the Launceston area. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Naturalised 
Symphytum x uplandicum Nyman (Russian 
comfrey) 
Specimens examined: Huon (TSR), 1957, F. Fricke s.n. (HO 
505422! & HO 8014!); Underwood, junction of Underwood 
and Ryans Roads (BEL), 11.ii.2009, M.L Baker 1955 (HO!); Mole 
Creek (TNS), 2.ii.2008, A.M. Buchanan 16859 (HO!); Kingston, old 
'Linden Rise'property (TSE), 14.ii.2013, M. Wapstra 1540 (HO!). 
Notes: This erect perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from several disjunct occurrences. Associated collection 
notes regarding the size and area of the populations 
are limited. However, the Underwood and Kingston 
collections are reported to consist of one and two plants 
respectively. Curtis (1967) noted its distribution in 
Tasmania as "occasional on roadsides as an escape from 
cultivation". 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (sparingly 
established) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
34 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339355 Alnus glutinosa Muelleria 38: 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890491
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Street, Bellerive (TSE), 10.iv.1985, D.l. Morris 8551 (HO!); 15 
Channel Street, Burnie (TNS), 2000, K. Kirkelys.n. (HO 510807!); 
145 Davey Street, Hobart (TSE), 3.V.2001, D.l. Morris 86734, (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental perennial vine was first 
recorded in waste places at Launceston. Subsequent 
collections are from disjunct locations throughout 
the State and are associated with suburban and city 
gardens. There is no evidence of spread from these sites, 
some of which appear to have been eliminated (e.g. HO 
102250, HO 328680), while the current status of others is 
unknown. Curtis (1967) described it as "a garden escape, 
naturalised locally in the north of the State". However, 
there is no evidence to support this. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
BETULACEAE 
Alnus cordata (Loisel.) Duby (Italian alder) 
Specimens examined: St Marys (BEL), viii.1950, H.N. Barber 
s.n. (HO 36203!); Watchorn Street, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 19.V.2004, 
M.F. Duretto 1744 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental deciduous tree is known in 
Tasmania from two widely-spread collections, one from 
a cultivated plant in Hobart and the other from the town 
of St Marys. Curtis (1967) stated that it is "recorded from 
the east coast at St Marys and from river banks near 
New Norfolk". However, no specimens from New Norfolk 
have been seen and there are no notes accompanying 
the specimen from St Marys to indicate its status at the 
site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Alnus glutinosa (L.) Gaertn. (black alder) 
Specimens examined: Huonville, picnic area E of bridge 
(cult.) (TSR), 8.L1984, M. Williams s.n. (HO 76693!); Macquarie 
Street, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 27.V.1988, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 
110455!); Murray Street, 10 m N of Melville Street, Hobart, (cult.) 
(TSE), 19.V.2004, M.F. Duretto 1745 (HO!); Queenstown, CMT 
Industrial Estate (TWE), 9.ii.2007, G. Cordery s.n. (HO 544184!); 
King River Delta, Lettes Bay (TWE), 7.viii.2007, M.L. Baker 1807 
and A. Laird (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous tree is cultivated in Tasmania 
as an ornamental. Two of the five collections appear to 
be from non-cultivated plants. One was a single plant 
growing with Baloskion tetraphyllum on accumulated 
sediment at the mouth of the King River at Lettes Bay, 
Strahan. The other collection, from the Queen River, 
Queenstown, has the following notes attached: "Alnus 
is spreading along Queen River. The extent of alder tree 
dispersion in the Queenstown locale is unknown at 
present; further investigations are required to determine 
populations". Without further evidence it would be 
premature to assign a naturalised status to this species. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
BORAGINACEAE 
Lithospermum officinale L. (gromwell) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): First Basin, 
Launceston, Midlands (TNM), 27.xi.1938, A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 
7842!); Entrance to [Cataract] Gorge, Launceston (TNM), 
xi.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 505445!); Trevallyn Reserve 
(TNM), 11 .iii.2006, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 538846!); Thrower Street, 
Launceston (TNM), 4.xii.2007, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 546890!); 
Launceston (TNM), x, S.G. Hannaford s.n. (HO 7841!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is locally naturalised in 
the Launceston area, particularly near Cataract Gorge, 
where it has persisted for nearly 80 years since it was 
first recorded. Collection notes indicate that it forms 
relatively large and persistent populations. The source 
of the plants is not known. Curtis (1967) described the 
distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste places", 
but there is no evidence that it ever extended beyond 
the Launceston area. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Naturalised 
Symphytum x uplandicum Nyman (Russian 
comfrey) 
Specimens examined: Huon (TSR), 1957, F. Fricke s.n. (HO 
505422! & HO 8014!); Underwood, junction of Underwood 
and Ryans Roads (BEL), 11.ii.2009, M.L Baker 1955 (HO!); Mole 
Creek (TNS), 2.ii.2008, A.M. Buchanan 16859 (HO!); Kingston, old 
'Linden Rise'property (TSE), 14.ii.2013, M. Wapstra 1540 (HO!). 
Notes: This erect perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from several disjunct occurrences. Associated collection 
notes regarding the size and area of the populations 
are limited. However, the Underwood and Kingston 
collections are reported to consist of one and two plants 
respectively. Curtis (1967) noted its distribution in 
Tasmania as "occasional on roadsides as an escape from 
cultivation". 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (sparingly 
established) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
34 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339717 Alstroemeria aurea Muelleria 38: 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890517
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Highway, near Prospect, Launceston, 30.X.2000, K. Graham s.n. 
(HO 533225!); Bass Highway, near Prospect, Launceston (all 
TNM), 20.vii.2005, M.L. Baker 1588, (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial is known in Tasmania 
from two locations in the Launceston area. Curtis and 
Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat as 
"local, recorded from marshes in two localities in the 
North West". However, there is no evidence to support 
this. It was more recently collected from near Prospect 
(Launceston) where it is locally abundant and persistent 
on a highway verge covering an area of approx. 30 x 
5 m. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
LILIACEAE 
Alstroemeria aurea Graham (Peruvian lily) 
Specimens examined: Waratah Cemetery (TCH), 2.ii.2001, 
A.M. Buchanan 15838 (HOI); 15 m from corner of Huon Road and 
Ridgeway Road (TSE), 4.L2004, M.F. Duretto 1672 (HO!); Haldane 
Reserve, Lenah Valley (TSE), 2.iii.2011, M. Wapstra 1232 (HOI); 
Old town of Guildford (TCH), 2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1814 (HOI). 
Notes: This tuberous perennial is commonly 
cultivated as a garden plant in Tasmania. It appears to be 
naturalised in scattered localities where it forms small, 
localised patches. One record notes that it is naturalising 
in a paddock but does not indicate the extent of the 
population. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Scillaperuviana L. (Cuban lily) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Snake Island, N 
end. D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 18.xi.1984, K. Harris s.n. 
(HO 969891); Don Heads. Between road and lagoon, N of Don 
(FLI), 19.X.1986, D.l. Morris 8649 (HOI); Mersey Bluff, Devonport 
(FLI), 31.X.2002, B. Nuttall s.n. (HO 5202971); Mersey Lighthouse, 
Mersey Bluff (FLI), 22.ix.2005, M.L Baker 1617 (HO!); Railton - 
cleared end of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2012, M. Wapstra 
1417 (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial herb is cultivated in 
Tasmania and is known from several widely separated 
but localised populations. Naturalised populations are 
most likely garden escapes or plants persisting from 
abandoned gardens. It is most suited to dry coastal 
habitats and has been recorded forming large colonies 
consisting of hundreds of plants. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
POACEAE 
Aira cupaniana Guss. (silvery hairgrass) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, xii.1923, A.H.S. Lucas s.n. 
(NSW 551107 [ n.v ;]); Launceston (all TSE), 14.xi.1963, EJ. 
McBarron 8480, (NSW [n.v.]). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
two widely separated populations collected more 
than 50 years ago. Notes accompanying the latest 
collection indicate that it grew in wasteland in the city of 
Launceston. The limited material and associated notes 
make it difficult to accurately assign a naturalised status. 
It is likely to have been overlooked due to its similarity to 
other naturalised species in the genus. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Avellinia michelii (Savi) Pari, (avellinia) 
Specimens examined: Tin Dish Lagoon', Maclains Plain, 
Campbell Town, 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5051751);Tin Dish 
(all TNM), 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5042521). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens that appear to be duplicates of each 
other. The plants were collected from the outer edge of 
a wetland in a Selleria radicans herbfield surrounded by 
native grassland. There are no further details regarding 
the population. The limited material and associated 
collecting notes raise doubt over its naturalised status. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Calamagrostis epigejos (L.) Roth (wood 
smallreed) 
Selected specimens examined (2 of 5): Tanners Creek, 
Arthur Highway, vi.1973, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 568832!);Tanners 
Creek, between Forcett and Copping, Arthur Highway (all TSE), 
1 .iii.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 252221). 
Notes: This large perennial grass is known inTasmania 
from several collections from a roadside ditch on the 
Arthur Highway in the southeast of the State. The origin 
of the species here is unknown. It is believed to have 
been deliberately eradicated and recent surveys have 
failed to re-find it. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Previously naturalised 
60 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339270 Amaranthus graecizans silvestris Muelleria 38: 30
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890520
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339272 Amaranthus spinosus Muelleria 38: 30
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890520
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
collecting number, date of collection, location and IBRA 
region (Figure 1). In most cases, specimens other than 
those in the Tasmanian Herbarium (HO) have not been 
seen by the authors (specimens not seen by the authors 
are annotated 'n.v.') and their identity is assumed to 
be correct. They are included here for completeness 
in describing the Tasmanian distribution of those taxa. 
Information from the specimen collection data is also 
provided, along with published accounts of the taxon 
and, where applicable, the authors' observations. 
The extra-Tasmanian distribution is derived from the 
Australian Plant Census (CHAH 2015) and state and 
territory censuses and checklists. It includes those 
jurisdictions where the taxa are considered fully 
naturalised or native. Where a state or territory is listed, 
the taxon is considered to be naturalised unless noted 
otherwise. 
Checklist 
Dicotyledoneae 
AIZOACEAE 
Carpobrotus aequilaterus (Haw.) N.E.Br. 
(angled pigface) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): Roaring [Bay] 
Beach, 6 miles E [of] Dover (TSR), 23X1961, T Whaite 2313 and 
J. Whaite (NSW [n.v.]); Remarkable Cave (TSE), 3.ii.1961,i Gray 
s.n. (CBG 7900 [n.v.]); Cape Frederick Hendrick (TSE), 20.ix.1973, 
D.A. Ratkowsky 405 and A.V. Ratkowsky (NSW [n.v.]); Bellerive 
Bluff foreshore, near Bellerive Yacht Club starting box (TSE), 
24.xi.2005, C. Narkowiczs.n. (HO 540318!). 
Notes: This succulent perennial herb, occasionally 
grown as an ornamental, is known from coastal 
habitats in the southeast of Tasmania. It is likely that the 
populations have arisen from dumped garden refuse or 
spread from deliberate ornamental plantings. It is more 
widespread than indicated by formal collections, with 
plants also known to grow at Taroona Beach and on 
King Island. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Mesembryanthemum cordifolium L.f. [syn. 
Aptenia cordifolia (L.f.) Schwantes] (heartleaf 
iceplant) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Yellow Beach, 
Flinders Island (FLI), 10.xi.1969, J.S. Whinray 1949 (CANB [n.v.]; 
Creek Road, New Town (TSE), 2.V.1978, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 
264631); South of Scamander (FLI), 18.ii.2003, A.M. Buchanan 
15998 (HOI); Near Knights Point, Windermere Bay, Glenorchy 
(TSE), 23.vii.2004, A.M. Gray 1395 (HO!); Porter Hill, Sandy Bay 
Road (TSE), 22.iii.2010, AM Gray 1960 (HOI). 
Notes: This succulent perennial herb, most likely 
introduced to Tasmania as an ornamental garden plant, 
is widespread but uncommon and is known from 
localised populations at Flinders Island, Scamander 
and the greater Hobart region. It has been recorded 
in roadside vegetation, tip sites, high tide zones and 
in bushland adjacent to residential areas, but is as yet 
not considered fully naturalised due to its disjunct and 
usually highly localised occurrence. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
AMARANTHACEAE 
Amaranthus graecizans L. subsp. silvestris 
(Vill.) Brenan (prostrate pigweed) 
Specimen examined: Howick Street, Launceston (TNM), 
6.ii.1981, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 389541). 
Notes: This low-growing, mat-forming annual is 
known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected 
from a residential garden in Launceston. There are no 
notes accompanying the specimen to indicate its status 
at the site, nor any evidence to suggest it is naturalised 
inTasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA,Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Amaranthus spinosus L. (spiny pigweed) 
Specimen examined: Perth Forestry Nursery (TNM), 
15.ii.1995, [collector unknown] (HO 4113611). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single specimen collected from a plant nursery. Its 
status at the site is unknown and there is no evidence to 
suggest it naturalised inTasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld, NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
APIACEAE 
Aegopodium podagraria L. (goutweed) 
Specimens examined: New Town (TSE), 23.xii.1968, D.l. 
Morris s.n. (HO 520911); Hobart, New Town Research Laboratory 
grounds (TSE), 31.xii.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (MEL0532712 [n.v.]); 
30 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339280 angled pigface Muelleria 38: 30
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890520
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
collecting number, date of collection, location and IBRA 
region (Figure 1). In most cases, specimens other than 
those in the Tasmanian Herbarium (HO) have not been 
seen by the authors (specimens not seen by the authors 
are annotated 'n.v.') and their identity is assumed to 
be correct. They are included here for completeness 
in describing the Tasmanian distribution of those taxa. 
Information from the specimen collection data is also 
provided, along with published accounts of the taxon 
and, where applicable, the authors' observations. 
The extra-Tasmanian distribution is derived from the 
Australian Plant Census (CHAH 2015) and state and 
territory censuses and checklists. It includes those 
jurisdictions where the taxa are considered fully 
naturalised or native. Where a state or territory is listed, 
the taxon is considered to be naturalised unless noted 
otherwise. 
Checklist 
Dicotyledoneae 
AIZOACEAE 
Carpobrotus aequilaterus (Haw.) N.E.Br. 
(angled pigface) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): Roaring [Bay] 
Beach, 6 miles E [of] Dover (TSR), 23X1961, T Whaite 2313 and 
J. Whaite (NSW [n.v.]); Remarkable Cave (TSE), 3.ii.1961,i Gray 
s.n. (CBG 7900 [n.v.]); Cape Frederick Hendrick (TSE), 20.ix.1973, 
D.A. Ratkowsky 405 and A.V. Ratkowsky (NSW [n.v.]); Bellerive 
Bluff foreshore, near Bellerive Yacht Club starting box (TSE), 
24.xi.2005, C. Narkowiczs.n. (HO 540318!). 
Notes: This succulent perennial herb, occasionally 
grown as an ornamental, is known from coastal 
habitats in the southeast of Tasmania. It is likely that the 
populations have arisen from dumped garden refuse or 
spread from deliberate ornamental plantings. It is more 
widespread than indicated by formal collections, with 
plants also known to grow at Taroona Beach and on 
King Island. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Mesembryanthemum cordifolium L.f. [syn. 
Aptenia cordifolia (L.f.) Schwantes] (heartleaf 
iceplant) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Yellow Beach, 
Flinders Island (FLI), 10.xi.1969, J.S. Whinray 1949 (CANB [n.v.]; 
Creek Road, New Town (TSE), 2.V.1978, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 
264631); South of Scamander (FLI), 18.ii.2003, A.M. Buchanan 
15998 (HOI); Near Knights Point, Windermere Bay, Glenorchy 
(TSE), 23.vii.2004, A.M. Gray 1395 (HO!); Porter Hill, Sandy Bay 
Road (TSE), 22.iii.2010, AM Gray 1960 (HOI). 
Notes: This succulent perennial herb, most likely 
introduced to Tasmania as an ornamental garden plant, 
is widespread but uncommon and is known from 
localised populations at Flinders Island, Scamander 
and the greater Hobart region. It has been recorded 
in roadside vegetation, tip sites, high tide zones and 
in bushland adjacent to residential areas, but is as yet 
not considered fully naturalised due to its disjunct and 
usually highly localised occurrence. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
AMARANTHACEAE 
Amaranthus graecizans L. subsp. silvestris 
(Vill.) Brenan (prostrate pigweed) 
Specimen examined: Howick Street, Launceston (TNM), 
6.ii.1981, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 389541). 
Notes: This low-growing, mat-forming annual is 
known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected 
from a residential garden in Launceston. There are no 
notes accompanying the specimen to indicate its status 
at the site, nor any evidence to suggest it is naturalised 
inTasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA,Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Amaranthus spinosus L. (spiny pigweed) 
Specimen examined: Perth Forestry Nursery (TNM), 
15.ii.1995, [collector unknown] (HO 4113611). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single specimen collected from a plant nursery. Its 
status at the site is unknown and there is no evidence to 
suggest it naturalised inTasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld, NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
APIACEAE 
Aegopodium podagraria L. (goutweed) 
Specimens examined: New Town (TSE), 23.xii.1968, D.l. 
Morris s.n. (HO 520911); Hobart, New Town Research Laboratory 
grounds (TSE), 31.xii.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (MEL0532712 [n.v.]); 
30 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339698 Anigozanthos flavidus Muelleria 38: 59
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890516
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
area. All but a single plant were collected from 
ornamental plantings or cultivated specimens. The 
only non-cultivated specimen was from a single plant 
growing on the side of a track in a recently developed 
bushland remnant. Curtis and Morris (1994) listed it in 
their flora and stated that it "...could become invasive". 
Little evidence exists to suggest that it is naturalised in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Isolepis hystrix (Thunb.) Nees (awned 
dubsedge) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 9): Powranna Main 
Road, close to gateway of Hummocky Hills track (TNM), 
1 5.xi.1996, AJ. North s.n. (HO 322628!); Freshwater soak just W 
of Calverts Lagoon, South Arm (TSE), 20.xii.2005, M. Visoiu 120 
(HO!); Between George Town and Bell Bay (FLI), 30.X.2006, J.B. 
Davies s.n. (HO 542926!); Perth, lllawarra Road, S side (TNM), 
19.xi.2014, M. Wapstra 2075 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual sedge, although only detected as 
late as 1996, is now known to be locally common and 
widely distributed in Tasmania. It is associated with 
roadside drains, freshwater (and sometimes slightly 
saline) lagoons, herb fields and other moist disturbed 
sites. Although it is highly distinctive, its ephemeral habit 
and small size have possibly led to it being overlooked 
at other similar habitats and locations. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
HAEMODORACEAE 
Anigozanthos flavidus Redoute (evergreen 
kangaroo paw) 
Specimens examined: Binalong Bay Road, Binalong 
Bay (FLI), 1 .viii.1975,7. Robin s.n. (HO 327793!); Creek, 0.8-1 
km N of Binalong Bay (FLI), 5.L2006, M.F. Duretto 2074 (HO!); 
Paddocks adjacent to the Postmans Track Pass (KIN), 23.ii.2005, 
P. Hefferon s.n. (HO 536135!); Binalong Bay, Grants Point Road 
(cult.?) (FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1962 (HO!). 
Notes: This rhizomatous perennial herb is widely 
cultivated in Tasmania and is known from several 
collections that appear to be derived from nearby 
garden plantings. At one location, numerous plants 
were recorded as escaping from cultivation and growing 
on the fringe of the Rocky Cape National Park. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
HYDROCHARITACEAE 
Lagarosiphon major (Ridl.) Moss (oxygen 
weed) 
Specimen examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart (cult.?) 
(TSE), 24.V.1 983, D.l. Morris 8350 (HO!). 
Notes: This rhizomatous aquatic perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania from a single, possibly cultivated, 
specimen from a pond at the Royal Tasmanian Botanical 
Gardens (Hobart). There is no evidence that it has 
persisted or spread from the site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (doubtfully 
naturalised) 
Status: Not naturalised 
IRIDACEAE 
Tritonia gladiolaris (Lam.) Goldblatt & 
J.C.Manning (chiffon lace) 
Specimens examined: S[outh] of Murdunna (TSE), 
19.X.1973, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 58867!); Railton area, S of 
Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2013, M. Wapstra 1396 (HO!); 
Arthur Highway [just WNW of Flinders Bay Road junction] (TSE), 
18.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1474 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from two widely separated locations. Curtis and Morris 
(1994) described its distribution and habitat, based on 
a 1973 collection (as Tritonia lineata (Salisb.) Ker Gawl.), 
as "introduced, recorded only from a sandy bank in light 
Eucalypt forest at Murdunna (East Coast), apparently 
well-established". It was recently collected from 
(presumably) the same site and described as growing in 
several dense patches along an 80 m section of roadside 
verge. It has been detected at one additional site in 
the north of the State, where it was growing on a road 
reserve adjacent to dry eucalypt forest. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
JUNCACEAE 
Juncus microcephalus Kunth (smallhead 
rush) 
Selected specimens examined (3 of 4): S[outh] bank 
of North Esk River, Launceston, just upstream from Charles 
Street Bridge, ii.1 981 , B. Robinson s.n. (NSW 225669 [ n.v .]); Bass 
Muelleria 
59 

Page image

51339344 Anredera cordifolia Muelleria 38: 32-33

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 32-33".

51339645 Antirrhinum majus Muelleria 38: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890511
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is occasionally 
cultivated in Tasmania. It is known from one small 
population where it is thought to have spread via 
vegetative means. The taxon may be more widespread 
as it is easily confused with the common and 
widespread S. x fragilis nothovar. fragilis and S. alba 
var. vitellina. At Westerway, S. xfragilis nothovar. fragilis 
and S. alba var. vitellina are thought to have hybridised, 
producing young plants referable to S. xrubens. For a 
comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution 
and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix x sepulcmlis Simonk. nothovar. chrysocoma 
(Dode) Meikle (golden weeping willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 15): Melton Mowbray 
(TSE), 21.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 36158!); Huonville, Apex 
Park, (cult.) (TSR), 21.X.2003, ML Baker 172 (HO!); Campbell 
Town, Elizabeth River (cult.) (TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 216 
(HO!); Emu River, pumphouse area, Burnie (TNS), 31.X.2003ML 
Baker 248, (HO!); 4.9 km W of Bridport on the Bridport/George 
Town Road (cult.) (FLI), 1212005, ML Baker 1420 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely 
cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered 
on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and ponds, and 
in large parks and gardens. In almost all instances, it 
appears to have been planted and only a small number of 
plants have been observed where their origin may have 
resulted from vegetative spread from nearby trees. For a 
comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and 
status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
SCROPHULARIACEAE 
Antirrhinum majus L. (snapdragon) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): GeorgeTown Waste 
Transfer Station (tip) off Mount George Road (FLI), 1212005, 
ML Baker 1442 (HO!); Launceston tip. Remount Road, near 
Newham Creek (TNM), 1.ii.2005, Ml. Baker 1524 (HO!); Flinders 
Island, WhitemarkTip site off Memana Road (FLI), 17.V.2011, 
ML Baker 2562 (HOI); Tasman Highway, near Cambridge (TSE), 
22.xi.2011, M Wapstra 1315 (HO!); Lyell Highway, just W of 
Granton and Bridgewater Causeway (TSE), 1 .v.2013, M Wapstra 
1627 (HOI). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
seven widespread collections. In most cases no more 
than two plants have been recorded at each of the sites. 
Flowever, at one suburban site in Flobart, it was noted as 
being'occasional'. There is no evidence that plants have 
persisted at these sites. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Kickxia spuria (L.) Dumort. subsp. integrifolia 
(Brot.) R.Fern. (bluntleaf toadflax) 
Specimens examined: Rifle Range, Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), 
R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2095212 [n.v.]); Westbury (TNM), ii.1943, 
J.H. Wilson s.n. (HO 411601!); Selbourne Road, Hagley (TNM), 
181.2000, M Greenhill s.n. (HO 502751!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
three widespread locations. Curtis (1967) described 
the distribution and habitat as "occasional as a weed of 
cultivation". Two of the specimens are noted as being 
weeds of crops, with one growing in a flax crop and the 
other being widespread and sporadic in a pyrethrum 
crop. No evidence exists to suggest that it has persisted 
at any of the sites. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Veronicaperegrina L. (wandering speedwell) 
Specimens examined: V.D.L [Van Diemensland], F. 
Mueller s.n. (MEL2256541!); Woodhall. South Esk Riv[er]. Van 
Diemensland (TNM), i.1849, C. Stuart459, (MEL!). 
Notes:This annual herb is known inTasmania from two 
collections from more than 150 years ago. Inspection of 
these revealed that they are almost certainly duplicates 
of each other. Curtis (1967) described its distribution 
and habitat in Tasmania as "occasional in cultivated 
ground". Flowever, there is no evidence to support 
this statement. No information regarding its habitat, 
abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded 
with the specimens. For a discussion of this species in 
Tasmania see Baker (2016). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
SOLANACEAE 
Hyoscyamus albus L. (white henbane) 
Specimen examined: Near Hobart Town (TSE), xii.1876, 
W.W. Spicer 121 (HO!). 
54 
Vol 38 

Page image

51340151 Aptenia cordifolia Muelleria 38: 30
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890520
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
collecting number, date of collection, location and IBRA 
region (Figure 1). In most cases, specimens other than 
those in the Tasmanian Herbarium (HO) have not been 
seen by the authors (specimens not seen by the authors 
are annotated 'n.v.') and their identity is assumed to 
be correct. They are included here for completeness 
in describing the Tasmanian distribution of those taxa. 
Information from the specimen collection data is also 
provided, along with published accounts of the taxon 
and, where applicable, the authors' observations. 
The extra-Tasmanian distribution is derived from the 
Australian Plant Census (CHAH 2015) and state and 
territory censuses and checklists. It includes those 
jurisdictions where the taxa are considered fully 
naturalised or native. Where a state or territory is listed, 
the taxon is considered to be naturalised unless noted 
otherwise. 
Checklist 
Dicotyledoneae 
AIZOACEAE 
Carpobrotus aequilaterus (Haw.) N.E.Br. 
(angled pigface) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): Roaring [Bay] 
Beach, 6 miles E [of] Dover (TSR), 23X1961, T Whaite 2313 and 
J. Whaite (NSW [n.v.]); Remarkable Cave (TSE), 3.ii.1961,i Gray 
s.n. (CBG 7900 [n.v.]); Cape Frederick Hendrick (TSE), 20.ix.1973, 
D.A. Ratkowsky 405 and A.V. Ratkowsky (NSW [n.v.]); Bellerive 
Bluff foreshore, near Bellerive Yacht Club starting box (TSE), 
24.xi.2005, C. Narkowiczs.n. (HO 540318!). 
Notes: This succulent perennial herb, occasionally 
grown as an ornamental, is known from coastal 
habitats in the southeast of Tasmania. It is likely that the 
populations have arisen from dumped garden refuse or 
spread from deliberate ornamental plantings. It is more 
widespread than indicated by formal collections, with 
plants also known to grow at Taroona Beach and on 
King Island. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Mesembryanthemum cordifolium L.f. [syn. 
Aptenia cordifolia (L.f.) Schwantes] (heartleaf 
iceplant) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Yellow Beach, 
Flinders Island (FLI), 10.xi.1969, J.S. Whinray 1949 (CANB [n.v.]; 
Creek Road, New Town (TSE), 2.V.1978, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 
264631); South of Scamander (FLI), 18.ii.2003, A.M. Buchanan 
15998 (HOI); Near Knights Point, Windermere Bay, Glenorchy 
(TSE), 23.vii.2004, A.M. Gray 1395 (HO!); Porter Hill, Sandy Bay 
Road (TSE), 22.iii.2010, AM Gray 1960 (HOI). 
Notes: This succulent perennial herb, most likely 
introduced to Tasmania as an ornamental garden plant, 
is widespread but uncommon and is known from 
localised populations at Flinders Island, Scamander 
and the greater Hobart region. It has been recorded 
in roadside vegetation, tip sites, high tide zones and 
in bushland adjacent to residential areas, but is as yet 
not considered fully naturalised due to its disjunct and 
usually highly localised occurrence. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
AMARANTHACEAE 
Amaranthus graecizans L. subsp. silvestris 
(Vill.) Brenan (prostrate pigweed) 
Specimen examined: Howick Street, Launceston (TNM), 
6.ii.1981, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 389541). 
Notes: This low-growing, mat-forming annual is 
known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected 
from a residential garden in Launceston. There are no 
notes accompanying the specimen to indicate its status 
at the site, nor any evidence to suggest it is naturalised 
inTasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA,Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Amaranthus spinosus L. (spiny pigweed) 
Specimen examined: Perth Forestry Nursery (TNM), 
15.ii.1995, [collector unknown] (HO 4113611). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single specimen collected from a plant nursery. Its 
status at the site is unknown and there is no evidence to 
suggest it naturalised inTasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld, NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
APIACEAE 
Aegopodium podagraria L. (goutweed) 
Specimens examined: New Town (TSE), 23.xii.1968, D.l. 
Morris s.n. (HO 520911); Hobart, New Town Research Laboratory 
grounds (TSE), 31.xii.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (MEL0532712 [n.v.]); 
30 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339576 Aquilegia vulgaris Muelleria 38: 50-51

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 50-51".

51339471 Arbutus unedo Muelleria 38: 42
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890499
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Crassula tetragona L. subsp. robusta 
(Toelken) (Toelken miniature pine tree) 
Specimen examined: Mt Nelson, edge of University Reserve 
(TSE), 20.L2008, A/M. Buchanan 16846 (HO!). 
Notes: This succulent ornamental is known in 
Tasmania from a single collection from a single 
persistent population that has presumably escaped 
from a nearby garden where it has been deliberately 
planted. It is commonly planted in gardens and 
occurs on several roadside banks and verges, where 
it has persisted and slowly spread. It has been seen 
at numerous other sites (e.g. Bruny Island, Granton 
and St Helens). At present, it is considered sparingly 
naturalised due to the paucity of formal collections, 
but this is likely to change as its distribution is better 
understood. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CUCURBITACEAE 
Ecballium elaterium (L.) A.Rich, (squirting 
cucumber) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): At football pitch 
crossroads, on W side of soccer field. Queens Domain (TSE), 
17.iv.1984, D.l. Morris 8419 (HO!); Between Tasman Bridge and 
Government House, Hobart (TSE), 10.viii.1999, A/M. Buchanan 
15466 (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway and Intercity 
Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 6.ii.2014, M.L. 
Baker 2856 and N.Gill (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway 
and Intercity Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 
23.iii.2017, M.L Baker 3249 (HO!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is locally 
established at The Queens Domain area in Hobart. It has 
been long-persistent at one site between the Tasman 
Bridge and the Cenotaph on a grassy highway verge, 
with only a single plant seen in 2017 after successful 
control measures reduced the number of plants in 
preceding years. The species has not been recorded at 
the upper Domain site since its initial collection and is 
now presumed to be absent there. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CUSCUTACEAE 
Cuscuta suaveolens Ser. (fringed dodder) 
Specimen examined: Paddock 6, Forthside Vegetable 
Research Station (TNS), 23.iv.1999, Botanical Resources Australia 
s.n. (HO 444804!). 
Notes: This parasitic herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single collection that was growing with weeds in a red 
clover research plot in the northwest of the State. It was 
eradicated and has not been recorded since (DPIPWE 
2014). See Figure 4. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Previously naturalised 
ERICACEAE 
Arbutus unedo L. (strawberry tree) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): "Lowana", King 
River Flats, SE of Strahan (TWE), 20.ii.1978, R.C. Halton s.n. (HO 
540325!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 11 .iv.1988, D.l. Morris 
86323 (HO!); Legana, E side of Jetty Road (TNM), 14.vi.2007, G. 
Stewart s.n. (HO 545714!); Legana, Jetty Road (TNM), 29.xi.2011, 
M.L Baker 2614 (HO!); Rosebery, junction Lyell Highway and 
Hollywood Street (TWE), 24.V.2013, M. Wapstra 1640 (HO!); Reid 
Street Reserve, Ulverstone (TNS), v.2014, S. Stallbaum s.n. (HO 
579892!). 
Notes: This ornamental tree is commonly cultivated in 
Tasmania but it is becoming naturalised.The population 
at Legana is comprised of several plants, naturalised in 
Melaleuca ericifolia-Phragmites australis wetland, and is 
thought to have spread from a mature tree in a nearby 
garden. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
EUPHORBIACEAE 
Euphorbia stricta L. (upright spurge) 
Specimen examined: Bridport, Brid River walking track (FLI), 
13.xi.2011,/M.L Baker2621 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single, localised population of mature plants and 
seedlings covering an area of 10 x 10 m on a disturbed 
river bank in Bridport on the State's north coast. The 
plants grow with various exotic herbs and grasses. The 
population was present when re-visited in November 
2017 (M.L. Baker pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
42 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339734 avellinia Muelleria 38: 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890517
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Highway, near Prospect, Launceston, 30.X.2000, K. Graham s.n. 
(HO 533225!); Bass Highway, near Prospect, Launceston (all 
TNM), 20.vii.2005, M.L. Baker 1588, (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial is known in Tasmania 
from two locations in the Launceston area. Curtis and 
Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat as 
"local, recorded from marshes in two localities in the 
North West". However, there is no evidence to support 
this. It was more recently collected from near Prospect 
(Launceston) where it is locally abundant and persistent 
on a highway verge covering an area of approx. 30 x 
5 m. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
LILIACEAE 
Alstroemeria aurea Graham (Peruvian lily) 
Specimens examined: Waratah Cemetery (TCH), 2.ii.2001, 
A.M. Buchanan 15838 (HOI); 15 m from corner of Huon Road and 
Ridgeway Road (TSE), 4.L2004, M.F. Duretto 1672 (HO!); Haldane 
Reserve, Lenah Valley (TSE), 2.iii.2011, M. Wapstra 1232 (HOI); 
Old town of Guildford (TCH), 2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1814 (HOI). 
Notes: This tuberous perennial is commonly 
cultivated as a garden plant in Tasmania. It appears to be 
naturalised in scattered localities where it forms small, 
localised patches. One record notes that it is naturalising 
in a paddock but does not indicate the extent of the 
population. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Scillaperuviana L. (Cuban lily) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Snake Island, N 
end. D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 18.xi.1984, K. Harris s.n. 
(HO 969891); Don Heads. Between road and lagoon, N of Don 
(FLI), 19.X.1986, D.l. Morris 8649 (HOI); Mersey Bluff, Devonport 
(FLI), 31.X.2002, B. Nuttall s.n. (HO 5202971); Mersey Lighthouse, 
Mersey Bluff (FLI), 22.ix.2005, M.L Baker 1617 (HO!); Railton - 
cleared end of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2012, M. Wapstra 
1417 (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial herb is cultivated in 
Tasmania and is known from several widely separated 
but localised populations. Naturalised populations are 
most likely garden escapes or plants persisting from 
abandoned gardens. It is most suited to dry coastal 
habitats and has been recorded forming large colonies 
consisting of hundreds of plants. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
POACEAE 
Aira cupaniana Guss. (silvery hairgrass) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, xii.1923, A.H.S. Lucas s.n. 
(NSW 551107 [ n.v ;]); Launceston (all TSE), 14.xi.1963, EJ. 
McBarron 8480, (NSW [n.v.]). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
two widely separated populations collected more 
than 50 years ago. Notes accompanying the latest 
collection indicate that it grew in wasteland in the city of 
Launceston. The limited material and associated notes 
make it difficult to accurately assign a naturalised status. 
It is likely to have been overlooked due to its similarity to 
other naturalised species in the genus. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Avellinia michelii (Savi) Pari, (avellinia) 
Specimens examined: Tin Dish Lagoon', Maclains Plain, 
Campbell Town, 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5051751);Tin Dish 
(all TNM), 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5042521). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens that appear to be duplicates of each 
other. The plants were collected from the outer edge of 
a wetland in a Selleria radicans herbfield surrounded by 
native grassland. There are no further details regarding 
the population. The limited material and associated 
collecting notes raise doubt over its naturalised status. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Calamagrostis epigejos (L.) Roth (wood 
smallreed) 
Selected specimens examined (2 of 5): Tanners Creek, 
Arthur Highway, vi.1973, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 568832!);Tanners 
Creek, between Forcett and Copping, Arthur Highway (all TSE), 
1 .iii.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 252221). 
Notes: This large perennial grass is known inTasmania 
from several collections from a roadside ditch on the 
Arthur Highway in the southeast of the State. The origin 
of the species here is unknown. It is believed to have 
been deliberately eradicated and recent surveys have 
failed to re-find it. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Previously naturalised 
60 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339732 Avellinia michelii Muelleria 38: 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890517
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Highway, near Prospect, Launceston, 30.X.2000, K. Graham s.n. 
(HO 533225!); Bass Highway, near Prospect, Launceston (all 
TNM), 20.vii.2005, M.L. Baker 1588, (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial is known in Tasmania 
from two locations in the Launceston area. Curtis and 
Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat as 
"local, recorded from marshes in two localities in the 
North West". However, there is no evidence to support 
this. It was more recently collected from near Prospect 
(Launceston) where it is locally abundant and persistent 
on a highway verge covering an area of approx. 30 x 
5 m. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
LILIACEAE 
Alstroemeria aurea Graham (Peruvian lily) 
Specimens examined: Waratah Cemetery (TCH), 2.ii.2001, 
A.M. Buchanan 15838 (HOI); 15 m from corner of Huon Road and 
Ridgeway Road (TSE), 4.L2004, M.F. Duretto 1672 (HO!); Haldane 
Reserve, Lenah Valley (TSE), 2.iii.2011, M. Wapstra 1232 (HOI); 
Old town of Guildford (TCH), 2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1814 (HOI). 
Notes: This tuberous perennial is commonly 
cultivated as a garden plant in Tasmania. It appears to be 
naturalised in scattered localities where it forms small, 
localised patches. One record notes that it is naturalising 
in a paddock but does not indicate the extent of the 
population. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Scillaperuviana L. (Cuban lily) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Snake Island, N 
end. D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 18.xi.1984, K. Harris s.n. 
(HO 969891); Don Heads. Between road and lagoon, N of Don 
(FLI), 19.X.1986, D.l. Morris 8649 (HOI); Mersey Bluff, Devonport 
(FLI), 31.X.2002, B. Nuttall s.n. (HO 5202971); Mersey Lighthouse, 
Mersey Bluff (FLI), 22.ix.2005, M.L Baker 1617 (HO!); Railton - 
cleared end of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2012, M. Wapstra 
1417 (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial herb is cultivated in 
Tasmania and is known from several widely separated 
but localised populations. Naturalised populations are 
most likely garden escapes or plants persisting from 
abandoned gardens. It is most suited to dry coastal 
habitats and has been recorded forming large colonies 
consisting of hundreds of plants. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
POACEAE 
Aira cupaniana Guss. (silvery hairgrass) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, xii.1923, A.H.S. Lucas s.n. 
(NSW 551107 [ n.v ;]); Launceston (all TSE), 14.xi.1963, EJ. 
McBarron 8480, (NSW [n.v.]). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
two widely separated populations collected more 
than 50 years ago. Notes accompanying the latest 
collection indicate that it grew in wasteland in the city of 
Launceston. The limited material and associated notes 
make it difficult to accurately assign a naturalised status. 
It is likely to have been overlooked due to its similarity to 
other naturalised species in the genus. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Avellinia michelii (Savi) Pari, (avellinia) 
Specimens examined: Tin Dish Lagoon', Maclains Plain, 
Campbell Town, 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5051751);Tin Dish 
(all TNM), 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5042521). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens that appear to be duplicates of each 
other. The plants were collected from the outer edge of 
a wetland in a Selleria radicans herbfield surrounded by 
native grassland. There are no further details regarding 
the population. The limited material and associated 
collecting notes raise doubt over its naturalised status. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Calamagrostis epigejos (L.) Roth (wood 
smallreed) 
Selected specimens examined (2 of 5): Tanners Creek, 
Arthur Highway, vi.1973, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 568832!);Tanners 
Creek, between Forcett and Copping, Arthur Highway (all TSE), 
1 .iii.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 252221). 
Notes: This large perennial grass is known inTasmania 
from several collections from a roadside ditch on the 
Arthur Highway in the southeast of the State. The origin 
of the species here is unknown. It is believed to have 
been deliberately eradicated and recent surveys have 
failed to re-find it. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Previously naturalised 
60 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339696 awned clubsedge Muelleria 38: 59
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890516
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339641 basket willow Muelleria 38: 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890510
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
SALICACEAE 
Salixalba L. var. vitellina (L.) Stokes (golden 
upright willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 17): St Peters Pass 
(ca 5 km NE of Oatlands) (TSE), 22.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 
36157!); Penguin-old highway (cult.)(TNS), 31 .x.2003, ML. Baker 
249 (HO!); Riverside, Launceston (TNM), 1.xi.2003, ML Baker 
281 (HO!); 16.4 km from Bridport on Waterhouse Road, Deep 
Water property (FLI), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1310 and A.Gray (HO!); 
Kooyong Glen, Dynnyrne (cult.?) (TSE), 9.xii.2010,7. Gouldthorpe 
11 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely 
cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered 
growing on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and 
ponds, and in large parks and gardens. In almost all 
instances it appears to have been planted, and only a 
small number of plants have been observed where their 
origin may have resulted from vegetative spread from 
nearby trees. For a comprehensive discussion of this 
taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker 
(2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix x calodendron Wimm. (holme willow) 
Specimens examined: Queenstown, bank of Queen River 
(TWE), 13.ix.2006, ML. Baker 1728 (HO!); Coombes Road, 
Longley, (cult.?) (TSE), 22.xi.2006, ML Baker 1771 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is known in 
Tasmania from two disjunct and localised populations. 
In both cases the plants appear to have been planted, 
with only the population at Queenstown showing 
signs of minor vegetative spread. For a comprehensive 
discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in 
Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix matsudana Koidz. "Tortuosa 7 (tortured 
willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Rosny Golf Course 
(cult.) (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML Baker 104 (HO!); Deloraine, Rotary 
Caravan Park, Deloraine (cult.)(TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 230 
(HO!); SW Roseberry, waste transfer station (TWE), 15.ix.2004, 
ML Baker 568 (HO!); Pioneer (BEL), ll.i.2005, ML Baker 1363 
(HO!); Lauderdale, between houses and the 'Lauderdale' 
wetland, (cult.?) (TSE), 24.L2013, M Wapstra 1512 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely 
cultivated throughout Tasmania. In the majority of 
cases, the trees appear to have been planted, with only 
a small number of individuals or small groups of trees 
found growing outside of cultivation in habitats such 
as municipal rubbish tips. A small infestation of plants 
of hybrid parentage (S. matsudana Koidz. 'Tortuosa' 
and S. x fragilis L. nothovar. fragilis) was recorded at 
Fluonville. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's 
distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
A large infestation of hybrid willows at Launceston, in 
the State's north, was recently observed, with some 
plants showing the twisted leaves and stems that are 
characteristic of the tortured willow, suggesting that 
S. matsudana Koidz.'Tortuosa' is a parent. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix purpurea L. (purple osier) 
Specimens examined: Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens 
(cult.) (TSE), 4.iii.2004, Ml. Baker 389 (HO!); Oldina picnic 
area/forest reserve (TNS), 3.xi.2004, Ml. Baker 989 (HO!); Just 
below Winkleigh Bridge (TNS), ii.2005, M Askey-Doran s.n. (HO 
532975!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental shrub has been 
cultivated in Tasmania for stream bank stabilisation 
purposes and as an ornamental. Whether it is naturalised 
in Tasmania or whether all plants have been planted 
is unknown. For example, at the Oldina Forest Reserve 
in the northwest of the State, approximately 400 m of 
creek line is dominated by S. purpurea. It was originally 
planted at this site but it is not known the extent of 
the planting or if vegetative spread has occurred. For a 
comprehensive discussion of its distribution and status 
in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Salix x rubens Schrank (basket willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Nelson River, on 
Lyell Highway, 10 km east-southeast of Gormanston (TWE), 
13.xi.1980, B. Briggs 7084 (NSW 393768 [n.v.]); Kingborough 
Refuse Centre (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML. Baker 106 (HO 532977!); 
Kingborough Refuse Centre (TSE), 2012004, ML. Baker 364 (HO 
525024!); Faggs Gully Creek, Geilston Bay (TSE), 17.ii.2004, ML. 
Baker378 (HO 525022!); Westerway, banks ofTyenna River (TSE), 
16.ii.2005, ML. Baker 1535A. CraneandE. Pope, (HO 532972!). 
Muelleria 
53 

Page image

51339434 Bassia scoparia Muelleria 38: 40
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890497
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Vaccaria hispanica (Mill.) Rauschert (cow 
soapwort) 
Specimen examined: Hobart (TSE), (no other collection 
information recorded. Annotated in Leonard Rodway's 
handwriting), (HO 86471). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single, poorly-annotated collection thought to have 
been collected by Leonard Rodway, although Rodway 
(1903) does not mention it. Curtis (1956) described its 
distribution and habitat (as V. segetalis) as "occasional 
in cultivated ground". However, the basis for this 
observation is not known. From this scant information 
it is difficult to assign a naturalised status with any 
certainty. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, 
Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
CHENOPODIACEAE 
Bassia scoparia (L.) A J.Scott (kochia) 
Specimens examined: Quamby View, near Deloraine, 
Midlands (TNS), 22.ii.1995, A. Allwright s.n. (HO 411060!); 
QuambyView near Deloraine, Midlands (TNS),8.iv.1997, D. Green 
s.n. (HO 12302! & HO 320884!); QuambyView, near Deloraine, 
Midlands (TNS), 08.iv.1997, A. Allwright s.n. (MEL0258971 [n.v.]); 
Winspears Road, Ambleside, East Devonport (FLI), i.1998, A. 
Loane s.n. (HO 324601!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
two locations. The latest record is devoid of useful 
collecting notes that give any indication of its status, 
although the location is predominantly rural land. All 
other records are from a carrot crop at the one site but 
collected over two different years, indicating some 
persistence at the site or a possible reintroduction as a 
contaminant of crop seed. This potentially troublesome 
crop weed has not been collected since and it is 
unknown if it has persisted at the sites. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Chenopodium foliosum (Moench) Asch. 
{-Chenopodium capitatum auct. non (L.) 
Ambrosi sensu Buchanan (2009)) (leafy 
goosefoot) 
Specimens examined: New Town, Hobart, 10 Senator Street 
(TSE), 23.ii.1982, J.E.5. Townrow s.n. (HO 115888!); Lenah Valley, 
S side [of Augusta Road](TSE), 17.ii.2008, M. Wapstra466 (HO!); 
Augusta Road, Lenah Valley, Hobart (TSE), iii.2010, M. Wapstra 
1100 (HO!). 
Notes: The two recent collections of this annual 
herb are from a single plant, noted as growing in a 
suburban drain. The plant persisted into 2009 and 2010, 
despite being virtually uprooted in 2008 (Wapstra 2008 
as C. capitatum). It was eliminated by DPIPWE weed 
management officers in 2010 and has not reappeared 
since (M. Wapstra pers. obs.).The collection from Senator 
Street in the same suburb in 1982 was growing in a 
garden. Searches in the area during 2008-2010 failed to 
detect any plants in the vicinity. Given this information 
it is reasonable to consider that this species was never 
truly naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
CISTACEAE 
Cistus inflatus Pourr. ex Demoly (rock rose) 
Specimens examined: Hadspen near bridge over South Esk 
River (TNM), 7.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15138 (HO!); Hadspen 
(TNM), 19.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15160 (HO!); Hadspen, side of 
road to disused jetty on South Esk River (TNM), 1.xii.2004, M. 
Baker 1141 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental shrub is known only from 
collections from Hadspen in the State's north. It is 
represented by a single localised population that has 
been persistent at the site for almost 20 years since it was 
first recorded. It is presumed that it was once planted 
there as an ornamental. However, it is now common and 
a dominant component of the vegetation along both 
sides of a 200 m section of track verge. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CLUSIACEAE 
Hypericum humifusum L. (creeping St John's 
wort) 
Specimen examined: Don River, Devonport (KIN), 911940, 
A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 411728!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 75 
years ago and with scant notes. Baker (2005) regarded it 
as a taxon of uncertain status and concluded that surveys 
were required to determine its presence in Tasmania. 
40 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339411 bedding lobelia Muelleria 38: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890495
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
CALLITRICHACEAE 
Callitriche brutia Petagna subsp. brutia 
(stalked waterstarwort) 
Specimen examined: Houfes Road, King Island (KIN), 
30.x.1998, A. Woolley s.n. (HO 446766!). 
Notes: This aquatic herb is known in Tasmania from a 
single specimen that was collected from a roadside drain 
on King Island.There is insufficient information to suggest 
that it has become naturalised, but follow-up surveys at 
the site are warranted to check its persistence. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
CAMPANULACEAE 
Campanula rapunculoides L. (creeping 
bellflower) 
Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.), 27.xii.1948, 
[collector unknown] (HO 53435!); Tasmania (cult.), 29.xii.1949, 
[collector unknown] (HO 8173!);Tasmania, 3.xii.1954, [collector 
unknown] (HO 8174!); New Town (TSE), 5.ix.1989, D.l. Morris 
86399 (HO!); Ruth Drive, Lenah Valley (TSE), 20.ii.2012, M. 
Wapstra 1345 (HO!). 
Notes: This cultivated perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from five collections. The three earliest are 
from unknown locations: two are noted as being 
cultivated and the third as a "garden escape". The notes 
associated with these specimens are scant. The recent 
collections were recorded from the base of a retaining 
wall in a residential garden and from a railway line at 
the former New Town railway station. Recent surveys 
in the latter area failed to re-locate it (M. Wapstra pers. 
obs.). Curtis (1963) stated that the species is "persisting 
on roadsides and in waste places near gardens". There is 
insufficient information to suggest that this species has 
become naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld (formally 
naturalised), NSW (Sparingly naturalised) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Lobelia erinus L. (bedding lobelia) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Mt Stuart Road, 
Hobart (TSE), 5.iv.2006, M.F. Duretto 2124 (HO!); Trevallyn 
Nature Recreation Area (TNM), 10.xii.2010, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 
566884!); East of Ansons Bay Road (BEL), 20.xi.2011, R. Skabo 
s.n. (HO 563964!); Mount Nelson, E side of Rialannah Road 
(TSE), 17.iv.2012, M. Wapstra 1357 (HO!); Channel Highway 
[Middleton] (TSE), 4.iii.2013, M. Wapstra 1549 (HO!). 
Notes: This sprawling perennial garden plant, despite 
being represented only by relatively recent collections 
from the 2000s, is widespread in Tasmania. It is most 
often recorded as a few or single plants. However, a 
population from the Channel Highway was noted as 
being locally abundant, with 100s to 1000s of plants 
spread over a hundred metres or so of roadside table 
drain. One population, recorded from a sandstone 
wall that divides Mount Stuart Road, is long-persistent, 
flowers each year and seems to spread further each 
growing season (M. Wapstra pers. obs.). Plants have 
been recorded growing in a number of different 
habitats including roadsides, banks of suburban rivulets 
and grassy woodland. While there are several collections 
from widespread locations and different habitats, the 
species is still considered only sparingly naturalised 
due to its usually localised occurrence. However, the 
propensity for the species to spread is noted and this 
may be an example of a species that will shift category 
in a short timeframe. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CAPRIFOLIACEAE 
Lonicera periclymenum L. (European 
honeysuckle) 
Specimens examined: Old town of Guildford (TCH), 
2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1813 (HO!); Camp Creek, Currie, King Island 
(KIN), 25.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 2054 (HOI); Zeehan, West Coast 
(TWE), 9.xii.1954, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 52083!). 
Notes: This vigorous, evergreen climber is known 
in Tasmania from three widely separated locations. 
The specimens come from an old homestead site at 
Guildford, a roadside at Zeehan and a weedy creek 
bank on King Island. It is possible that there are more 
populations and that it may have been overlooked for 
the widespread and naturalised L japonica Thunb. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Viburnum tinus L. (laurustinus) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Whites Mill Road, 
Lilydale (BEL), 11.ix.1983, A.M. Buchanan 1206 (HOI); Long 
Island (FLI), 1.xii.1986, S. Harris s.n. (HO 104804!); Cataract 
Gorge, Launceston. Cataract walk between Kings Bridge and 
First Basin (N side of river) (TNM), 14.X.2005, M.L. Baker 1692 
(HOI); Mount Wellington, Pipeline Track, above track (TSE), 
38 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339677 Bhutan pine Muelleria 38: 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890514
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Gymnospermae 
PINACEAE 
Pinus wallichiana A.BJacks. (Bhutan pine) 
Specimen examined: Trevallyn Cataract Gorge, track on N 
side of South Esk River between First Basin and Kings Bridge, 
13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1974 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from 
Kings Bridge to Gorge (all TNM), 8.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3393 (HOI). 
Notes: This evergreen conifer is known in Tasmania 
from a single localised population at Launceston's 
Cataract Gorge. The population consists of several plants 
that have most likely spread from nearby cultivated 
plants and includes mature and juvenile plants. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Monocotyledoneae 
ALOEACEAE 
Kniphofici uvaria (L.) Oken (red-hot poker) 
Specimens examined: Balfour (TWE), 12.xii.1984, A. Moscal 
4783 (HOI); Tamar Cut (W of track) (TNM), 1812009, M. Wapstra 
629 (HOI); Gowrie Park, near Wilderness Village (TNS), 14.iii.2010, 
L.H. Cave, 1098 (HOI); Junction Arthur Highway and Kellevie 
Road (TSE), 21.xi.2010, M. Wapstra 1178 (HOI); Encampment 
Cove, Kintail home site, Maria Island (TSE), 8.iii.2011, M.L Baker 
2368 (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial herb is widely cultivated 
throughout the State as a garden and amenity plant. It 
has become naturalised to varying degrees at several 
locations with populations ranging in size from single 
clumps through to numerous individuals. It is most 
often seen growing on roadsides and bushland adjacent 
to urban areas, where it has escaped cultivation or 
arisen from dumped garden refuse. A particularly 
large population, in excess of 250 plants, was recently 
observed at Mt Nelson in the State's south, growing in 
a remnant bushland reserve (A. Muyt pers. comm.). See 
Figure 7. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
CYPERACEAE 
Carex buxbaumii\Nah\enb. (club sedge) 
Specimens examined: Western Mountains [Western Tiers] 
(?TCH), xii.1908, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 971561); Near Bronte Lagoon 
(TSR), 23.xi.2004, AT North s.n. (HO 5332301). 
Notes: This rhizomatous sedge is known in Tasmania 
from two collections. No information regarding its 
abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded 
although the most recent one notes that the plants 
were growing in damp native grassland. Due to the lack 
of notes accompanying the specimens it is difficult to 
determine its status in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carex pilulifera L. (pill sedge) 
Specimen examined: Lynchford, Queenstown (TWE), 
15.xii.1994, A.J. North s.n. (HO 4109511). 
Notes: This densely tufted perennial sedge is known 
in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more 
than 20 years ago from a small population growing 
along a tramline at Lynchford on the State's west coast. 
It is not known if the species is still present at the site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carexscoparia Schkur. ex Willd. (broom 
sedge) 
Specimen examined: Arthur River at Kanunnah Bridge 
(KIN), 23.xii.1983, A Moscal5179 (HOI). 
Notes: This perennial sedge is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen, collected from the Arthur River 
crossing at theTrowutta Forest Reserve. Notes regarding 
the species at the site indicate that it was a rare coloniser 
of alluvial sand. It has not been recorded for more than 
30 years and is considered doubtfully naturalised due to 
the highly dynamic nature of its habitat. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carex testacea Sol. ex Boott (orange sedge) 
Specimens examined: Intersection of Brooker Highway 
and Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 2311987, A.M. Buchanan 
9870 (HOI); Princes Park, Hobart (cult.), 25.V.1988, W.M. Curtis 
s.n. (HO 3278991); Brooker Highway at Burnett Street, Hobart 
(cult.), 9.vi.1989, I/I/./?. Watson s.n. (HO 1149021); Tasmania (cult.), 
30.xi.2002, A. Crane s.n. (HO 5202961); Sandy Bay, track at end 
of Marlborough Street. Hobart 5.xii.2007, M.L Baker 1853 (HO!) 
(all TSE). 
Notes: This tufted perennial sedge is known in 
Tasmania from five collections, all from the Hobart 
Muelleria 
57 

Page image

51339358 black alder Muelleria 38: 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890491
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Street, Bellerive (TSE), 10.iv.1985, D.l. Morris 8551 (HO!); 15 
Channel Street, Burnie (TNS), 2000, K. Kirkelys.n. (HO 510807!); 
145 Davey Street, Hobart (TSE), 3.V.2001, D.l. Morris 86734, (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental perennial vine was first 
recorded in waste places at Launceston. Subsequent 
collections are from disjunct locations throughout 
the State and are associated with suburban and city 
gardens. There is no evidence of spread from these sites, 
some of which appear to have been eliminated (e.g. HO 
102250, HO 328680), while the current status of others is 
unknown. Curtis (1967) described it as "a garden escape, 
naturalised locally in the north of the State". However, 
there is no evidence to support this. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
BETULACEAE 
Alnus cordata (Loisel.) Duby (Italian alder) 
Specimens examined: St Marys (BEL), viii.1950, H.N. Barber 
s.n. (HO 36203!); Watchorn Street, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 19.V.2004, 
M.F. Duretto 1744 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental deciduous tree is known in 
Tasmania from two widely-spread collections, one from 
a cultivated plant in Hobart and the other from the town 
of St Marys. Curtis (1967) stated that it is "recorded from 
the east coast at St Marys and from river banks near 
New Norfolk". However, no specimens from New Norfolk 
have been seen and there are no notes accompanying 
the specimen from St Marys to indicate its status at the 
site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Alnus glutinosa (L.) Gaertn. (black alder) 
Specimens examined: Huonville, picnic area E of bridge 
(cult.) (TSR), 8.L1984, M. Williams s.n. (HO 76693!); Macquarie 
Street, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 27.V.1988, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 
110455!); Murray Street, 10 m N of Melville Street, Hobart, (cult.) 
(TSE), 19.V.2004, M.F. Duretto 1745 (HO!); Queenstown, CMT 
Industrial Estate (TWE), 9.ii.2007, G. Cordery s.n. (HO 544184!); 
King River Delta, Lettes Bay (TWE), 7.viii.2007, M.L. Baker 1807 
and A. Laird (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous tree is cultivated in Tasmania 
as an ornamental. Two of the five collections appear to 
be from non-cultivated plants. One was a single plant 
growing with Baloskion tetraphyllum on accumulated 
sediment at the mouth of the King River at Lettes Bay, 
Strahan. The other collection, from the Queen River, 
Queenstown, has the following notes attached: "Alnus 
is spreading along Queen River. The extent of alder tree 
dispersion in the Queenstown locale is unknown at 
present; further investigations are required to determine 
populations". Without further evidence it would be 
premature to assign a naturalised status to this species. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
BORAGINACEAE 
Lithospermum officinale L. (gromwell) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): First Basin, 
Launceston, Midlands (TNM), 27.xi.1938, A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 
7842!); Entrance to [Cataract] Gorge, Launceston (TNM), 
xi.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 505445!); Trevallyn Reserve 
(TNM), 11 .iii.2006, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 538846!); Thrower Street, 
Launceston (TNM), 4.xii.2007, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 546890!); 
Launceston (TNM), x, S.G. Hannaford s.n. (HO 7841!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is locally naturalised in 
the Launceston area, particularly near Cataract Gorge, 
where it has persisted for nearly 80 years since it was 
first recorded. Collection notes indicate that it forms 
relatively large and persistent populations. The source 
of the plants is not known. Curtis (1967) described the 
distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste places", 
but there is no evidence that it ever extended beyond 
the Launceston area. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Naturalised 
Symphytum x uplandicum Nyman (Russian 
comfrey) 
Specimens examined: Huon (TSR), 1957, F. Fricke s.n. (HO 
505422! & HO 8014!); Underwood, junction of Underwood 
and Ryans Roads (BEL), 11.ii.2009, M.L Baker 1955 (HO!); Mole 
Creek (TNS), 2.ii.2008, A.M. Buchanan 16859 (HO!); Kingston, old 
'Linden Rise'property (TSE), 14.ii.2013, M. Wapstra 1540 (HO!). 
Notes: This erect perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from several disjunct occurrences. Associated collection 
notes regarding the size and area of the populations 
are limited. However, the Underwood and Kingston 
collections are reported to consist of one and two plants 
respectively. Curtis (1967) noted its distribution in 
Tasmania as "occasional on roadsides as an escape from 
cultivation". 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (sparingly 
established) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
34 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339825 blackberry Muelleria 38: 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890509
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
it has been found to be more widespread, including 
Cressy, in the State's midlands, and near Temma, on 
the State's west coast (the latter from a natural site and 
apparently unusual habitat for the species i.e. a coastal 
"marsupial lawn"). The species is also more widespread 
than indicated by formal collections, with additional 
populations being observed at Lillico Beach (FLI region) 
(M. Wapstra pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
ROSACEAE 
Rubus philadelphicus Blanch. (Philadelphia 
blackberry) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 7): Eddie Ck, Piper's 
Brook Rd, 1312000, T. Rudman 27/4 (AD [ n.v ;]); Eddie Ck, 4 km 
W of Pipers River (town) on Bridport Rd, 10.ii.2000, T. Rudman 
TRRB1 (AD [n.v.]); Piper's Brook, 28.iii.2005, D.E. Symon s.n. (AD 
178729 [n.v.]); Pipers Brook, 22.X.2005, D.E. Symon 17176 (AD 
[n.v.]) (all BEL). 
Notes: This deciduous woody shrub, cultivated for 
its edible fruit, is locally naturalised in the Pipers River 
area in the State's northeast. It has also been recorded 
growing as a vigorously-suckering cultivated shrub at 
Forth in the State's northwest (Evans etal. 2007) 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Naturalised 
Rubus rubritinctus W.C.R.Watson 
(blackberry) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Stoney Rise, 
Government] Office Car Park, beside public carpark, Devonport 
(FLI), 812000, T. Rudman 13 (AD [n.v.]); Geeveston tip area (TSR), 
1012000, T. Rudman 22/2 (AD [n.v.]); George Town, Eddie Cr[ee] 
k, Piper's Brook R[oa]d (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 27/8 (AD 
[n.v.]); Lilydale Road (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 30/1 (AD [n.v.]): 
Walpole Street, Franklin, Huon Valley (TSR), 2.iii.2007, KJ. Evans 
107 (HO!). 
Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is known in 
Tasmania from several disjunct locations including the 
northeast, central north, and south of the State. This 
taxon was previously included within the widespread 
and common R. fruticosus L. species-aggregate, a name 
that served as a catch-all for all weedy blackberry in 
Australia. The aggregate was revised by Evans et al. 
(2007), who found it to include R. rubritinctus. The 
species may have been overlooked in Tasmania due to 
its similarity with other taxa related to R. fruticosus. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA 
Status: Naturalised 
Rubus rugosus Sm. (keriberry) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): 61a Salvator Road, 
West Hobart (cult.) (TSE),1 Chraskas.n. (HO 30552!); Coronation 
Road off Fortescue Bay Road (TSE), 15.iv.1976, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 
7440!); Smithton (KIN), 27.iv.1977, J.W. Lees s.n. (HO 569508!); 
Elliott (cult.) (TNS), 1011984, P.A. Regel s.n. (HO 76701!); Arthur 
Highway, c. 1.2 km W Eaglehawk Neck/Blowhole Road (TSE), 
8.V.2013, M Wapstra 162, (HO!). 
Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is grown in 
Tasmania for its edible berries. It is known from several 
cultivated specimens from domestic gardens and 
hedges. In addition, there are several widespread but 
localised collections of non-cultivated plants that were 
growing in waterways and bushland. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
RUBIACEAE 
Galium tricornutum Dandy (rough corn 
bedstraw) 
Specimens examined: Unknown [Hj.?] Eichler 17044 (CANB 
803049.1 [n.v.]); Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), xii.1896, L. Rodway 
s.n. (HO 512698!); Hobart Domain (TSE), [collector unknown] 
(MEL2098143 [n.v.]). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in 
Tasmania from three specimens. Two were collected 
from the Flobart area, whilst the location of the 
third is unknown (Thompson 2009). No information 
regarding the plant's habitat, abundance or degree of 
naturalisation are recorded. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Galium verum L. (yellow bedstraw) 
Specimens examined: Corner of Dairy Plains and Cheshunt 
Roads. (TNS), 1012000, A.M. Buchanan 15656 (HO!); Corner 
of Harwood Road and Dairy Plains Road (TNS), 1 .ii.2008, A.M. 
Buchanan 16852 (HO!). 
Notes: This stoloniferous perennial herb is known 
from two specimens collected from the same general 
vicinity, where it was described as naturalised along a 
short stretch of grassy roadside (Thompson 2009). The 
species has persisted at the site throughout the 2000s. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (formerly naturalised) 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
52 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339650 bluntleaf toadflax Muelleria 38: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890511
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is occasionally 
cultivated in Tasmania. It is known from one small 
population where it is thought to have spread via 
vegetative means. The taxon may be more widespread 
as it is easily confused with the common and 
widespread S. x fragilis nothovar. fragilis and S. alba 
var. vitellina. At Westerway, S. xfragilis nothovar. fragilis 
and S. alba var. vitellina are thought to have hybridised, 
producing young plants referable to S. xrubens. For a 
comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution 
and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix x sepulcmlis Simonk. nothovar. chrysocoma 
(Dode) Meikle (golden weeping willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 15): Melton Mowbray 
(TSE), 21.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 36158!); Huonville, Apex 
Park, (cult.) (TSR), 21.X.2003, ML Baker 172 (HO!); Campbell 
Town, Elizabeth River (cult.) (TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 216 
(HO!); Emu River, pumphouse area, Burnie (TNS), 31.X.2003ML 
Baker 248, (HO!); 4.9 km W of Bridport on the Bridport/George 
Town Road (cult.) (FLI), 1212005, ML Baker 1420 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely 
cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered 
on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and ponds, and 
in large parks and gardens. In almost all instances, it 
appears to have been planted and only a small number of 
plants have been observed where their origin may have 
resulted from vegetative spread from nearby trees. For a 
comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and 
status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
SCROPHULARIACEAE 
Antirrhinum majus L. (snapdragon) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): GeorgeTown Waste 
Transfer Station (tip) off Mount George Road (FLI), 1212005, 
ML Baker 1442 (HO!); Launceston tip. Remount Road, near 
Newham Creek (TNM), 1.ii.2005, Ml. Baker 1524 (HO!); Flinders 
Island, WhitemarkTip site off Memana Road (FLI), 17.V.2011, 
ML Baker 2562 (HOI); Tasman Highway, near Cambridge (TSE), 
22.xi.2011, M Wapstra 1315 (HO!); Lyell Highway, just W of 
Granton and Bridgewater Causeway (TSE), 1 .v.2013, M Wapstra 
1627 (HOI). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
seven widespread collections. In most cases no more 
than two plants have been recorded at each of the sites. 
Flowever, at one suburban site in Flobart, it was noted as 
being'occasional'. There is no evidence that plants have 
persisted at these sites. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Kickxia spuria (L.) Dumort. subsp. integrifolia 
(Brot.) R.Fern. (bluntleaf toadflax) 
Specimens examined: Rifle Range, Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), 
R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2095212 [n.v.]); Westbury (TNM), ii.1943, 
J.H. Wilson s.n. (HO 411601!); Selbourne Road, Hagley (TNM), 
181.2000, M Greenhill s.n. (HO 502751!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
three widespread locations. Curtis (1967) described 
the distribution and habitat as "occasional as a weed of 
cultivation". Two of the specimens are noted as being 
weeds of crops, with one growing in a flax crop and the 
other being widespread and sporadic in a pyrethrum 
crop. No evidence exists to suggest that it has persisted 
at any of the sites. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Veronicaperegrina L. (wandering speedwell) 
Specimens examined: V.D.L [Van Diemensland], F. 
Mueller s.n. (MEL2256541!); Woodhall. South Esk Riv[er]. Van 
Diemensland (TNM), i.1849, C. Stuart459, (MEL!). 
Notes:This annual herb is known inTasmania from two 
collections from more than 150 years ago. Inspection of 
these revealed that they are almost certainly duplicates 
of each other. Curtis (1967) described its distribution 
and habitat in Tasmania as "occasional in cultivated 
ground". Flowever, there is no evidence to support 
this statement. No information regarding its habitat, 
abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded 
with the specimens. For a discussion of this species in 
Tasmania see Baker (2016). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
SOLANACEAE 
Hyoscyamus albus L. (white henbane) 
Specimen examined: Near Hobart Town (TSE), xii.1876, 
W.W. Spicer 121 (HO!). 
54 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339376 Brassica oleracea Muelleria 38: 35, Fig. 3
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890492
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
BRASSICACEAE 
Brassica xjuncea (L.) Czern. (Indian mustard) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, Queens Domain, corner of 
Domain Highway and Botanic Gardens Road (TSE), 3.vi.1998, 
AM Buchanan 15268 (HO!); Hobart, Queens Domain, strip of 
remnant bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain 
Road (TSE), 14.X.2015, ML Baker 3006 and A. Muyt (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a localised population at the Queens Domain, Hobart, 
where it has persisted for nearly 20 years since it 
was first recorded. The population covers an area of 
approximately 30 x 30 m in a weed-infested grassy 
woodland. Its persistence at the site and its ability to 
reproduce and regenerate indicate that it is naturalised 
to some degree. Its localised distribution would suggest 
that it is only sparingly naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Brassica oleracea L. (wild cabbage) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 12): Hobart (TSE), 
xii.1903, L Rodway 32a (HO!); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L 
Rodway 32 (HO!); Sandy Bay, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 17.ii.1952, W.M. 
Curtiss.n. (H015478!); Foreshore,Town Point (TNM), 11 .iii.1961, 
J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15467!); New Year Island (KIN), 20.xi.1987, 
N.P. Brothers s.n. (HO 441808!); Christmas Island off King Island 
(KIN), 3.L2002, K. Medlocks.n. (HO 519030!). 
Notes: This annual herb has been collected widely 
throughout Tasmania and has been recorded from 
most bioregions including some outlying sites such as 
smaller Bass Strait islands. Notes associated with the 
collections do not indicate the abundance or status 
of the plants from these sites. Early collections are 
presumed to have originated from kitchen gardens. 
Curtis (1956) commented that it".. .is found occasionally 
as an escape from cultivation", but did not treat it as 
naturalised. Despite the numerous collections, there is 
little evidence to support even a sparingly naturalised 
status. See Figure 3. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carrichtera annua (L.) DC. (Ward's weed) 
Specimen examined: 'Lomatia Vale', Clarks Road, Lower 
Longley (TSR), 3.xi.1985, AM Gray s.n. (HO 94051!). 
Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen collected from a garden at 
Longley. Notes accompanying the specimen state that 
only a single plant was found and that it was probably 
introduced with fowl feed. Based on this information it 
is difficult to justify any degree of naturalised status for 
the species in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Erucasativa Mill, (purple-vein rocket) 
Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.) (TSE), 5.xii.1971, RJ. 
Hnatiuk s.n. (CANB 246483 [ n.v ;]); Primrose Place, Sandy Bay 
(cult.) (TSE), 11 jcii.1981, W.F. Walker s.n. (HO 46453!); University 
ofTasmania, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1996, R. Wiltshire s.n. (HO 
443113!); Darling Parade, Mt Stuart (TSE), 21.iv.2005, M.F. 
Duretto 1866 (HO!). 
Notes: This edible annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from four collections with notes indicating that they 
were either self-sown in gardens or deliberately 
cultivated. Based on this information it is difficult to 
justify any level of naturalised status for the species in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Lepidium heterophyllum Benth (downy 
peppercress) 
Specimens examined: Cressy (TNS), xii.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. 
(HO 29388!); Cressy Research Farm (TNS), J. Somerville s.n. (HO 
15715!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens collected from Cressy in the State's 
central north. One specimen's collecting information 
states that it was growing on the bank of an irrigation 
ditch but gives no indication of the population size 
or area covered by the species. The other has no 
information regarding its status at the collection site. 
Curtis and Morris (1975) described it as "occasional in 
waste places". In the absence of further collections, and 
the possibility that both collections are from the one 
highly anthropogenic location, there is little support to 
justify any degree of naturalised status for it in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Lunaria annua L. (honesty) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 15): Port Arthur 
(TSE), 1892, J. Bufton A (MEL2233709 [n.v.]); Fern Tree (TSE), 
13.L1983, D.l. Morris 8306 (HO!); Longford (TNM), 13.X.1994, A 
Muelleria 
35 

Page image

51339372 Brassica ×juncea Muelleria 38: 35
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890492
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339689 broom sedge Muelleria 38: 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890514
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Gymnospermae 
PINACEAE 
Pinus wallichiana A.BJacks. (Bhutan pine) 
Specimen examined: Trevallyn Cataract Gorge, track on N 
side of South Esk River between First Basin and Kings Bridge, 
13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1974 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from 
Kings Bridge to Gorge (all TNM), 8.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3393 (HOI). 
Notes: This evergreen conifer is known in Tasmania 
from a single localised population at Launceston's 
Cataract Gorge. The population consists of several plants 
that have most likely spread from nearby cultivated 
plants and includes mature and juvenile plants. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Monocotyledoneae 
ALOEACEAE 
Kniphofici uvaria (L.) Oken (red-hot poker) 
Specimens examined: Balfour (TWE), 12.xii.1984, A. Moscal 
4783 (HOI); Tamar Cut (W of track) (TNM), 1812009, M. Wapstra 
629 (HOI); Gowrie Park, near Wilderness Village (TNS), 14.iii.2010, 
L.H. Cave, 1098 (HOI); Junction Arthur Highway and Kellevie 
Road (TSE), 21.xi.2010, M. Wapstra 1178 (HOI); Encampment 
Cove, Kintail home site, Maria Island (TSE), 8.iii.2011, M.L Baker 
2368 (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial herb is widely cultivated 
throughout the State as a garden and amenity plant. It 
has become naturalised to varying degrees at several 
locations with populations ranging in size from single 
clumps through to numerous individuals. It is most 
often seen growing on roadsides and bushland adjacent 
to urban areas, where it has escaped cultivation or 
arisen from dumped garden refuse. A particularly 
large population, in excess of 250 plants, was recently 
observed at Mt Nelson in the State's south, growing in 
a remnant bushland reserve (A. Muyt pers. comm.). See 
Figure 7. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
CYPERACEAE 
Carex buxbaumii\Nah\enb. (club sedge) 
Specimens examined: Western Mountains [Western Tiers] 
(?TCH), xii.1908, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 971561); Near Bronte Lagoon 
(TSR), 23.xi.2004, AT North s.n. (HO 5332301). 
Notes: This rhizomatous sedge is known in Tasmania 
from two collections. No information regarding its 
abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded 
although the most recent one notes that the plants 
were growing in damp native grassland. Due to the lack 
of notes accompanying the specimens it is difficult to 
determine its status in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carex pilulifera L. (pill sedge) 
Specimen examined: Lynchford, Queenstown (TWE), 
15.xii.1994, A.J. North s.n. (HO 4109511). 
Notes: This densely tufted perennial sedge is known 
in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more 
than 20 years ago from a small population growing 
along a tramline at Lynchford on the State's west coast. 
It is not known if the species is still present at the site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carexscoparia Schkur. ex Willd. (broom 
sedge) 
Specimen examined: Arthur River at Kanunnah Bridge 
(KIN), 23.xii.1983, A Moscal5179 (HOI). 
Notes: This perennial sedge is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen, collected from the Arthur River 
crossing at theTrowutta Forest Reserve. Notes regarding 
the species at the site indicate that it was a rare coloniser 
of alluvial sand. It has not been recorded for more than 
30 years and is considered doubtfully naturalised due to 
the highly dynamic nature of its habitat. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carex testacea Sol. ex Boott (orange sedge) 
Specimens examined: Intersection of Brooker Highway 
and Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 2311987, A.M. Buchanan 
9870 (HOI); Princes Park, Hobart (cult.), 25.V.1988, W.M. Curtis 
s.n. (HO 3278991); Brooker Highway at Burnett Street, Hobart 
(cult.), 9.vi.1989, I/I/./?. Watson s.n. (HO 1149021); Tasmania (cult.), 
30.xi.2002, A. Crane s.n. (HO 5202961); Sandy Bay, track at end 
of Marlborough Street. Hobart 5.xii.2007, M.L Baker 1853 (HO!) 
(all TSE). 
Notes: This tufted perennial sedge is known in 
Tasmania from five collections, all from the Hobart 
Muelleria 
57 

Page image

51339735 Calamagrostis epigejos Muelleria 38: 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890517
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Highway, near Prospect, Launceston, 30.X.2000, K. Graham s.n. 
(HO 533225!); Bass Highway, near Prospect, Launceston (all 
TNM), 20.vii.2005, M.L. Baker 1588, (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial is known in Tasmania 
from two locations in the Launceston area. Curtis and 
Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat as 
"local, recorded from marshes in two localities in the 
North West". However, there is no evidence to support 
this. It was more recently collected from near Prospect 
(Launceston) where it is locally abundant and persistent 
on a highway verge covering an area of approx. 30 x 
5 m. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
LILIACEAE 
Alstroemeria aurea Graham (Peruvian lily) 
Specimens examined: Waratah Cemetery (TCH), 2.ii.2001, 
A.M. Buchanan 15838 (HOI); 15 m from corner of Huon Road and 
Ridgeway Road (TSE), 4.L2004, M.F. Duretto 1672 (HO!); Haldane 
Reserve, Lenah Valley (TSE), 2.iii.2011, M. Wapstra 1232 (HOI); 
Old town of Guildford (TCH), 2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1814 (HOI). 
Notes: This tuberous perennial is commonly 
cultivated as a garden plant in Tasmania. It appears to be 
naturalised in scattered localities where it forms small, 
localised patches. One record notes that it is naturalising 
in a paddock but does not indicate the extent of the 
population. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Scillaperuviana L. (Cuban lily) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Snake Island, N 
end. D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 18.xi.1984, K. Harris s.n. 
(HO 969891); Don Heads. Between road and lagoon, N of Don 
(FLI), 19.X.1986, D.l. Morris 8649 (HOI); Mersey Bluff, Devonport 
(FLI), 31.X.2002, B. Nuttall s.n. (HO 5202971); Mersey Lighthouse, 
Mersey Bluff (FLI), 22.ix.2005, M.L Baker 1617 (HO!); Railton - 
cleared end of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2012, M. Wapstra 
1417 (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial herb is cultivated in 
Tasmania and is known from several widely separated 
but localised populations. Naturalised populations are 
most likely garden escapes or plants persisting from 
abandoned gardens. It is most suited to dry coastal 
habitats and has been recorded forming large colonies 
consisting of hundreds of plants. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
POACEAE 
Aira cupaniana Guss. (silvery hairgrass) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, xii.1923, A.H.S. Lucas s.n. 
(NSW 551107 [ n.v ;]); Launceston (all TSE), 14.xi.1963, EJ. 
McBarron 8480, (NSW [n.v.]). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
two widely separated populations collected more 
than 50 years ago. Notes accompanying the latest 
collection indicate that it grew in wasteland in the city of 
Launceston. The limited material and associated notes 
make it difficult to accurately assign a naturalised status. 
It is likely to have been overlooked due to its similarity to 
other naturalised species in the genus. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Avellinia michelii (Savi) Pari, (avellinia) 
Specimens examined: Tin Dish Lagoon', Maclains Plain, 
Campbell Town, 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5051751);Tin Dish 
(all TNM), 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5042521). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens that appear to be duplicates of each 
other. The plants were collected from the outer edge of 
a wetland in a Selleria radicans herbfield surrounded by 
native grassland. There are no further details regarding 
the population. The limited material and associated 
collecting notes raise doubt over its naturalised status. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Calamagrostis epigejos (L.) Roth (wood 
smallreed) 
Selected specimens examined (2 of 5): Tanners Creek, 
Arthur Highway, vi.1973, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 568832!);Tanners 
Creek, between Forcett and Copping, Arthur Highway (all TSE), 
1 .iii.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 252221). 
Notes: This large perennial grass is known inTasmania 
from several collections from a roadside ditch on the 
Arthur Highway in the southeast of the State. The origin 
of the species here is unknown. It is believed to have 
been deliberately eradicated and recent surveys have 
failed to re-find it. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Previously naturalised 
60 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339403 Callitriche brutia brutia Muelleria 38: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890495
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339406 Campanula rapunculoides Muelleria 38: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890495
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339661 Cape gooseberry Muelleria 38: 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890512
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected 
more than 140 years ago. It is listed in Spicer's A 
Handbook of the Tasmanian Plants (Spicer 1878b as H. 
niger) as introduced but not widely established enough 
to consider it being part of the flora. Curtis (1967) 
described its distribution and habitat as "occasional 
as a weed of cultivation". No information regarding its 
habitat, abundance and degree of naturalisation are 
recorded and there is little evidence to indicate that it 
was ever naturalised in Tasmania. See Figure 6. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Nicotiana sylvestris Speg. (woodland 
tobacco) 
Specimens examined: 61a Salvator Road, West Hobart 
(cult.) (TSE), J. Chraska s.n. (HO 30551!); Stieglitz Tip, St Helens 
(FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1970 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is 
occasionally cultivated as an ornamental garden plant 
in the State. It has been recorded outside of cultivation 
at a disused tip-site on the east coast where it has 
presumably arisen from dumped garden waste. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Physalis peruviana L. (Cape gooseberry) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Boat Harbour, 
Wynyard area (KIN), 1711975, B. Copley 4667 (AD 97508260 
[n.v.]); Suburban garden, Blackmans Bay (TSE), 18.V.1985, PA. 
Collier 534 (HO!); Great Dog Island (cult.) (FLI), 8.xii.1986, S. Harris 
s.n. (H0123909!); Huonville, S side of river (TSR), 16.ii.2006, AM 
Buchanan 16407 (HO!); Lovers Lane, Naracoopa, King Island 
(KIN), 2612015, M. Batey436 andG. Batey (HO!). 
Notes:This short-lived shrub is occasionally cultivated 
in Tasmania as an ornamental and for its edible fruit. 
Outside of cultivation it is known from several disjunct 
locations from weedy habitats, including roadsides, 
tip sites, vegetable gardens and agricultural land, but 
occasionally also in relatively undisturbed bushland. 
Populations are usually restricted to small numbers of 
plants and are thought to have originated from dumped 
garden waste or spread via animals. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Solanum nodiflorum Jacq. (small-flowered 
nightshade) 
Specimen examined: Clarence Point, West Tamar (FLI), 
28.ix.1993, AM. Buchanan 13453 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania from a single collection made in 
1993 from disturbed ground at the edge of a Eucalyptus 
forest in the north of the State. No information regarding 
the plant's abundance and degree of naturalisation are 
recorded, making it difficult to assign any naturalised 
status. It may be mistaken for the widespread and 
commonly naturalised Solanum nigrum L. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld (?native 
and naturalised), NSW (?native and naturalised), Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Solanum triflorum Nutt, (cutleaf nightshade) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Seven Mile Beach, 
3.iv.2000, AM Buchanan 15695 (HO!); Pitt Water, Pittwater Road, 
812004, T. Swan s.n. (HO 527944!); Service Depot, Five Mile 
Beach, 10.iii.2006, A. Crane s.n. (HO 539022!); Tasman Highway, 
Tunnel Hill section, E side, 9.vi.2010, M Wapstra 1115 (HO!); 533 
Pass Road, Mornington, 11.iv.2011, M Moore s.n. (HO 562180!) 
(all TSE). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a small number of localised but well-established 
populations in the State's southeast. It is most often 
recorded growing in sandy soils at low elevations. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
URTICACEAE 
Parietariajudaica L. (wall pellitory) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): 17 Keen Court, 
Kingston, 711998, D.l. Morris 86648 (HO!); 11 Carr Street, North 
Hobart, 30.vi.2008, M.L. Baker 1890 (HO!); lower side (private car 
park), Bathurst Street, Hobart, 30.xi.2012, M Wapstra s.n. (HO 
568271!); Hobart, corner of Collins Street and Barrack Street 
18.ix.2015, M.L Baker 3012 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
a small number of specimens from the State's southeast. 
It has been recorded as a weed in two gardens and 
as single plants growing from the cracks of walls and 
footpaths. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Muelleria 
55 

Page image

51339681 Carex buxbaumii Muelleria 38: 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890514
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Gymnospermae 
PINACEAE 
Pinus wallichiana A.BJacks. (Bhutan pine) 
Specimen examined: Trevallyn Cataract Gorge, track on N 
side of South Esk River between First Basin and Kings Bridge, 
13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1974 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from 
Kings Bridge to Gorge (all TNM), 8.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3393 (HOI). 
Notes: This evergreen conifer is known in Tasmania 
from a single localised population at Launceston's 
Cataract Gorge. The population consists of several plants 
that have most likely spread from nearby cultivated 
plants and includes mature and juvenile plants. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Monocotyledoneae 
ALOEACEAE 
Kniphofici uvaria (L.) Oken (red-hot poker) 
Specimens examined: Balfour (TWE), 12.xii.1984, A. Moscal 
4783 (HOI); Tamar Cut (W of track) (TNM), 1812009, M. Wapstra 
629 (HOI); Gowrie Park, near Wilderness Village (TNS), 14.iii.2010, 
L.H. Cave, 1098 (HOI); Junction Arthur Highway and Kellevie 
Road (TSE), 21.xi.2010, M. Wapstra 1178 (HOI); Encampment 
Cove, Kintail home site, Maria Island (TSE), 8.iii.2011, M.L Baker 
2368 (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial herb is widely cultivated 
throughout the State as a garden and amenity plant. It 
has become naturalised to varying degrees at several 
locations with populations ranging in size from single 
clumps through to numerous individuals. It is most 
often seen growing on roadsides and bushland adjacent 
to urban areas, where it has escaped cultivation or 
arisen from dumped garden refuse. A particularly 
large population, in excess of 250 plants, was recently 
observed at Mt Nelson in the State's south, growing in 
a remnant bushland reserve (A. Muyt pers. comm.). See 
Figure 7. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
CYPERACEAE 
Carex buxbaumii\Nah\enb. (club sedge) 
Specimens examined: Western Mountains [Western Tiers] 
(?TCH), xii.1908, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 971561); Near Bronte Lagoon 
(TSR), 23.xi.2004, AT North s.n. (HO 5332301). 
Notes: This rhizomatous sedge is known in Tasmania 
from two collections. No information regarding its 
abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded 
although the most recent one notes that the plants 
were growing in damp native grassland. Due to the lack 
of notes accompanying the specimens it is difficult to 
determine its status in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carex pilulifera L. (pill sedge) 
Specimen examined: Lynchford, Queenstown (TWE), 
15.xii.1994, A.J. North s.n. (HO 4109511). 
Notes: This densely tufted perennial sedge is known 
in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more 
than 20 years ago from a small population growing 
along a tramline at Lynchford on the State's west coast. 
It is not known if the species is still present at the site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carexscoparia Schkur. ex Willd. (broom 
sedge) 
Specimen examined: Arthur River at Kanunnah Bridge 
(KIN), 23.xii.1983, A Moscal5179 (HOI). 
Notes: This perennial sedge is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen, collected from the Arthur River 
crossing at theTrowutta Forest Reserve. Notes regarding 
the species at the site indicate that it was a rare coloniser 
of alluvial sand. It has not been recorded for more than 
30 years and is considered doubtfully naturalised due to 
the highly dynamic nature of its habitat. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carex testacea Sol. ex Boott (orange sedge) 
Specimens examined: Intersection of Brooker Highway 
and Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 2311987, A.M. Buchanan 
9870 (HOI); Princes Park, Hobart (cult.), 25.V.1988, W.M. Curtis 
s.n. (HO 3278991); Brooker Highway at Burnett Street, Hobart 
(cult.), 9.vi.1989, I/I/./?. Watson s.n. (HO 1149021); Tasmania (cult.), 
30.xi.2002, A. Crane s.n. (HO 5202961); Sandy Bay, track at end 
of Marlborough Street. Hobart 5.xii.2007, M.L Baker 1853 (HO!) 
(all TSE). 
Notes: This tufted perennial sedge is known in 
Tasmania from five collections, all from the Hobart 
Muelleria 
57 

Page image

51339684 Carex pilulifera Muelleria 38: 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890514
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Gymnospermae 
PINACEAE 
Pinus wallichiana A.BJacks. (Bhutan pine) 
Specimen examined: Trevallyn Cataract Gorge, track on N 
side of South Esk River between First Basin and Kings Bridge, 
13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1974 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from 
Kings Bridge to Gorge (all TNM), 8.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3393 (HOI). 
Notes: This evergreen conifer is known in Tasmania 
from a single localised population at Launceston's 
Cataract Gorge. The population consists of several plants 
that have most likely spread from nearby cultivated 
plants and includes mature and juvenile plants. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Monocotyledoneae 
ALOEACEAE 
Kniphofici uvaria (L.) Oken (red-hot poker) 
Specimens examined: Balfour (TWE), 12.xii.1984, A. Moscal 
4783 (HOI); Tamar Cut (W of track) (TNM), 1812009, M. Wapstra 
629 (HOI); Gowrie Park, near Wilderness Village (TNS), 14.iii.2010, 
L.H. Cave, 1098 (HOI); Junction Arthur Highway and Kellevie 
Road (TSE), 21.xi.2010, M. Wapstra 1178 (HOI); Encampment 
Cove, Kintail home site, Maria Island (TSE), 8.iii.2011, M.L Baker 
2368 (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial herb is widely cultivated 
throughout the State as a garden and amenity plant. It 
has become naturalised to varying degrees at several 
locations with populations ranging in size from single 
clumps through to numerous individuals. It is most 
often seen growing on roadsides and bushland adjacent 
to urban areas, where it has escaped cultivation or 
arisen from dumped garden refuse. A particularly 
large population, in excess of 250 plants, was recently 
observed at Mt Nelson in the State's south, growing in 
a remnant bushland reserve (A. Muyt pers. comm.). See 
Figure 7. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
CYPERACEAE 
Carex buxbaumii\Nah\enb. (club sedge) 
Specimens examined: Western Mountains [Western Tiers] 
(?TCH), xii.1908, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 971561); Near Bronte Lagoon 
(TSR), 23.xi.2004, AT North s.n. (HO 5332301). 
Notes: This rhizomatous sedge is known in Tasmania 
from two collections. No information regarding its 
abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded 
although the most recent one notes that the plants 
were growing in damp native grassland. Due to the lack 
of notes accompanying the specimens it is difficult to 
determine its status in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carex pilulifera L. (pill sedge) 
Specimen examined: Lynchford, Queenstown (TWE), 
15.xii.1994, A.J. North s.n. (HO 4109511). 
Notes: This densely tufted perennial sedge is known 
in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more 
than 20 years ago from a small population growing 
along a tramline at Lynchford on the State's west coast. 
It is not known if the species is still present at the site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carexscoparia Schkur. ex Willd. (broom 
sedge) 
Specimen examined: Arthur River at Kanunnah Bridge 
(KIN), 23.xii.1983, A Moscal5179 (HOI). 
Notes: This perennial sedge is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen, collected from the Arthur River 
crossing at theTrowutta Forest Reserve. Notes regarding 
the species at the site indicate that it was a rare coloniser 
of alluvial sand. It has not been recorded for more than 
30 years and is considered doubtfully naturalised due to 
the highly dynamic nature of its habitat. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carex testacea Sol. ex Boott (orange sedge) 
Specimens examined: Intersection of Brooker Highway 
and Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 2311987, A.M. Buchanan 
9870 (HOI); Princes Park, Hobart (cult.), 25.V.1988, W.M. Curtis 
s.n. (HO 3278991); Brooker Highway at Burnett Street, Hobart 
(cult.), 9.vi.1989, I/I/./?. Watson s.n. (HO 1149021); Tasmania (cult.), 
30.xi.2002, A. Crane s.n. (HO 5202961); Sandy Bay, track at end 
of Marlborough Street. Hobart 5.xii.2007, M.L Baker 1853 (HO!) 
(all TSE). 
Notes: This tufted perennial sedge is known in 
Tasmania from five collections, all from the Hobart 
Muelleria 
57 

Page image

51339687 Carex scoparia Muelleria 38: 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890514
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Gymnospermae 
PINACEAE 
Pinus wallichiana A.BJacks. (Bhutan pine) 
Specimen examined: Trevallyn Cataract Gorge, track on N 
side of South Esk River between First Basin and Kings Bridge, 
13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1974 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from 
Kings Bridge to Gorge (all TNM), 8.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3393 (HOI). 
Notes: This evergreen conifer is known in Tasmania 
from a single localised population at Launceston's 
Cataract Gorge. The population consists of several plants 
that have most likely spread from nearby cultivated 
plants and includes mature and juvenile plants. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Monocotyledoneae 
ALOEACEAE 
Kniphofici uvaria (L.) Oken (red-hot poker) 
Specimens examined: Balfour (TWE), 12.xii.1984, A. Moscal 
4783 (HOI); Tamar Cut (W of track) (TNM), 1812009, M. Wapstra 
629 (HOI); Gowrie Park, near Wilderness Village (TNS), 14.iii.2010, 
L.H. Cave, 1098 (HOI); Junction Arthur Highway and Kellevie 
Road (TSE), 21.xi.2010, M. Wapstra 1178 (HOI); Encampment 
Cove, Kintail home site, Maria Island (TSE), 8.iii.2011, M.L Baker 
2368 (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial herb is widely cultivated 
throughout the State as a garden and amenity plant. It 
has become naturalised to varying degrees at several 
locations with populations ranging in size from single 
clumps through to numerous individuals. It is most 
often seen growing on roadsides and bushland adjacent 
to urban areas, where it has escaped cultivation or 
arisen from dumped garden refuse. A particularly 
large population, in excess of 250 plants, was recently 
observed at Mt Nelson in the State's south, growing in 
a remnant bushland reserve (A. Muyt pers. comm.). See 
Figure 7. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
CYPERACEAE 
Carex buxbaumii\Nah\enb. (club sedge) 
Specimens examined: Western Mountains [Western Tiers] 
(?TCH), xii.1908, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 971561); Near Bronte Lagoon 
(TSR), 23.xi.2004, AT North s.n. (HO 5332301). 
Notes: This rhizomatous sedge is known in Tasmania 
from two collections. No information regarding its 
abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded 
although the most recent one notes that the plants 
were growing in damp native grassland. Due to the lack 
of notes accompanying the specimens it is difficult to 
determine its status in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carex pilulifera L. (pill sedge) 
Specimen examined: Lynchford, Queenstown (TWE), 
15.xii.1994, A.J. North s.n. (HO 4109511). 
Notes: This densely tufted perennial sedge is known 
in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more 
than 20 years ago from a small population growing 
along a tramline at Lynchford on the State's west coast. 
It is not known if the species is still present at the site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carexscoparia Schkur. ex Willd. (broom 
sedge) 
Specimen examined: Arthur River at Kanunnah Bridge 
(KIN), 23.xii.1983, A Moscal5179 (HOI). 
Notes: This perennial sedge is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen, collected from the Arthur River 
crossing at theTrowutta Forest Reserve. Notes regarding 
the species at the site indicate that it was a rare coloniser 
of alluvial sand. It has not been recorded for more than 
30 years and is considered doubtfully naturalised due to 
the highly dynamic nature of its habitat. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carex testacea Sol. ex Boott (orange sedge) 
Specimens examined: Intersection of Brooker Highway 
and Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 2311987, A.M. Buchanan 
9870 (HOI); Princes Park, Hobart (cult.), 25.V.1988, W.M. Curtis 
s.n. (HO 3278991); Brooker Highway at Burnett Street, Hobart 
(cult.), 9.vi.1989, I/I/./?. Watson s.n. (HO 1149021); Tasmania (cult.), 
30.xi.2002, A. Crane s.n. (HO 5202961); Sandy Bay, track at end 
of Marlborough Street. Hobart 5.xii.2007, M.L Baker 1853 (HO!) 
(all TSE). 
Notes: This tufted perennial sedge is known in 
Tasmania from five collections, all from the Hobart 
Muelleria 
57 

Page image

51339690 Carex testacea Muelleria 38: 57, 59
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890514
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Gymnospermae 
PINACEAE 
Pinus wallichiana A.BJacks. (Bhutan pine) 
Specimen examined: Trevallyn Cataract Gorge, track on N 
side of South Esk River between First Basin and Kings Bridge, 
13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1974 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from 
Kings Bridge to Gorge (all TNM), 8.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3393 (HOI). 
Notes: This evergreen conifer is known in Tasmania 
from a single localised population at Launceston's 
Cataract Gorge. The population consists of several plants 
that have most likely spread from nearby cultivated 
plants and includes mature and juvenile plants. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Monocotyledoneae 
ALOEACEAE 
Kniphofici uvaria (L.) Oken (red-hot poker) 
Specimens examined: Balfour (TWE), 12.xii.1984, A. Moscal 
4783 (HOI); Tamar Cut (W of track) (TNM), 1812009, M. Wapstra 
629 (HOI); Gowrie Park, near Wilderness Village (TNS), 14.iii.2010, 
L.H. Cave, 1098 (HOI); Junction Arthur Highway and Kellevie 
Road (TSE), 21.xi.2010, M. Wapstra 1178 (HOI); Encampment 
Cove, Kintail home site, Maria Island (TSE), 8.iii.2011, M.L Baker 
2368 (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial herb is widely cultivated 
throughout the State as a garden and amenity plant. It 
has become naturalised to varying degrees at several 
locations with populations ranging in size from single 
clumps through to numerous individuals. It is most 
often seen growing on roadsides and bushland adjacent 
to urban areas, where it has escaped cultivation or 
arisen from dumped garden refuse. A particularly 
large population, in excess of 250 plants, was recently 
observed at Mt Nelson in the State's south, growing in 
a remnant bushland reserve (A. Muyt pers. comm.). See 
Figure 7. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
CYPERACEAE 
Carex buxbaumii\Nah\enb. (club sedge) 
Specimens examined: Western Mountains [Western Tiers] 
(?TCH), xii.1908, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 971561); Near Bronte Lagoon 
(TSR), 23.xi.2004, AT North s.n. (HO 5332301). 
Notes: This rhizomatous sedge is known in Tasmania 
from two collections. No information regarding its 
abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded 
although the most recent one notes that the plants 
were growing in damp native grassland. Due to the lack 
of notes accompanying the specimens it is difficult to 
determine its status in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carex pilulifera L. (pill sedge) 
Specimen examined: Lynchford, Queenstown (TWE), 
15.xii.1994, A.J. North s.n. (HO 4109511). 
Notes: This densely tufted perennial sedge is known 
in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more 
than 20 years ago from a small population growing 
along a tramline at Lynchford on the State's west coast. 
It is not known if the species is still present at the site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carexscoparia Schkur. ex Willd. (broom 
sedge) 
Specimen examined: Arthur River at Kanunnah Bridge 
(KIN), 23.xii.1983, A Moscal5179 (HOI). 
Notes: This perennial sedge is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen, collected from the Arthur River 
crossing at theTrowutta Forest Reserve. Notes regarding 
the species at the site indicate that it was a rare coloniser 
of alluvial sand. It has not been recorded for more than 
30 years and is considered doubtfully naturalised due to 
the highly dynamic nature of its habitat. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carex testacea Sol. ex Boott (orange sedge) 
Specimens examined: Intersection of Brooker Highway 
and Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 2311987, A.M. Buchanan 
9870 (HOI); Princes Park, Hobart (cult.), 25.V.1988, W.M. Curtis 
s.n. (HO 3278991); Brooker Highway at Burnett Street, Hobart 
(cult.), 9.vi.1989, I/I/./?. Watson s.n. (HO 1149021); Tasmania (cult.), 
30.xi.2002, A. Crane s.n. (HO 5202961); Sandy Bay, track at end 
of Marlborough Street. Hobart 5.xii.2007, M.L Baker 1853 (HO!) 
(all TSE). 
Notes: This tufted perennial sedge is known in 
Tasmania from five collections, all from the Hobart 
Muelleria 
57 

Page image

51339267 Carpobrotus aequilaterus Muelleria 38: 30
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890520
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339378 Carrichtera annua Muelleria 38: 35
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890492
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
BRASSICACEAE 
Brassica xjuncea (L.) Czern. (Indian mustard) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, Queens Domain, corner of 
Domain Highway and Botanic Gardens Road (TSE), 3.vi.1998, 
AM Buchanan 15268 (HO!); Hobart, Queens Domain, strip of 
remnant bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain 
Road (TSE), 14.X.2015, ML Baker 3006 and A. Muyt (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a localised population at the Queens Domain, Hobart, 
where it has persisted for nearly 20 years since it 
was first recorded. The population covers an area of 
approximately 30 x 30 m in a weed-infested grassy 
woodland. Its persistence at the site and its ability to 
reproduce and regenerate indicate that it is naturalised 
to some degree. Its localised distribution would suggest 
that it is only sparingly naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Brassica oleracea L. (wild cabbage) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 12): Hobart (TSE), 
xii.1903, L Rodway 32a (HO!); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L 
Rodway 32 (HO!); Sandy Bay, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 17.ii.1952, W.M. 
Curtiss.n. (H015478!); Foreshore,Town Point (TNM), 11 .iii.1961, 
J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15467!); New Year Island (KIN), 20.xi.1987, 
N.P. Brothers s.n. (HO 441808!); Christmas Island off King Island 
(KIN), 3.L2002, K. Medlocks.n. (HO 519030!). 
Notes: This annual herb has been collected widely 
throughout Tasmania and has been recorded from 
most bioregions including some outlying sites such as 
smaller Bass Strait islands. Notes associated with the 
collections do not indicate the abundance or status 
of the plants from these sites. Early collections are 
presumed to have originated from kitchen gardens. 
Curtis (1956) commented that it".. .is found occasionally 
as an escape from cultivation", but did not treat it as 
naturalised. Despite the numerous collections, there is 
little evidence to support even a sparingly naturalised 
status. See Figure 3. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carrichtera annua (L.) DC. (Ward's weed) 
Specimen examined: 'Lomatia Vale', Clarks Road, Lower 
Longley (TSR), 3.xi.1985, AM Gray s.n. (HO 94051!). 
Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen collected from a garden at 
Longley. Notes accompanying the specimen state that 
only a single plant was found and that it was probably 
introduced with fowl feed. Based on this information it 
is difficult to justify any degree of naturalised status for 
the species in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Erucasativa Mill, (purple-vein rocket) 
Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.) (TSE), 5.xii.1971, RJ. 
Hnatiuk s.n. (CANB 246483 [ n.v ;]); Primrose Place, Sandy Bay 
(cult.) (TSE), 11 jcii.1981, W.F. Walker s.n. (HO 46453!); University 
ofTasmania, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1996, R. Wiltshire s.n. (HO 
443113!); Darling Parade, Mt Stuart (TSE), 21.iv.2005, M.F. 
Duretto 1866 (HO!). 
Notes: This edible annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from four collections with notes indicating that they 
were either self-sown in gardens or deliberately 
cultivated. Based on this information it is difficult to 
justify any level of naturalised status for the species in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Lepidium heterophyllum Benth (downy 
peppercress) 
Specimens examined: Cressy (TNS), xii.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. 
(HO 29388!); Cressy Research Farm (TNS), J. Somerville s.n. (HO 
15715!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens collected from Cressy in the State's 
central north. One specimen's collecting information 
states that it was growing on the bank of an irrigation 
ditch but gives no indication of the population size 
or area covered by the species. The other has no 
information regarding its status at the collection site. 
Curtis and Morris (1975) described it as "occasional in 
waste places". In the absence of further collections, and 
the possibility that both collections are from the one 
highly anthropogenic location, there is little support to 
justify any degree of naturalised status for it in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Lunaria annua L. (honesty) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 15): Port Arthur 
(TSE), 1892, J. Bufton A (MEL2233709 [n.v.]); Fern Tree (TSE), 
13.L1983, D.l. Morris 8306 (HO!); Longford (TNM), 13.X.1994, A 
Muelleria 
35 

Page image

51339597 celery buttercup Muelleria 38: 51
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890508
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
towns or old homesteads, presumably arising from 
dumped garden waste, persisting from old plantings or 
escaping from nearby gardens. Several coloured forms 
are present. The number of formal collections does not 
properly reflect its widespread and increasing range. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Ranunculus acris L. subsp. acris (meadow 
buttercup) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Electrona-Snug 
(TSE), 7.xii.1968, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 21139!); Saddle Road, 
Kettering (TSE), xi.1982, Y. Menadue s.n. (HO 91564!); Saddle 
Road, Kettering (TSE), 3.xi.1982, Y. Menadue s.n. (HO 58494!); 
Balfour, Circular Head (TWE), 12.xii.1983, A. Moscal4785 (HO!); 
Saddle Road, Kettering (TSE), I6.xi.2012,/W. Wapstra 7478(HO!). 
Notes: This erect perennial herb is locally naturalised 
in the Snug-Electrona-Kettering area in the State's 
southeast, where it has been present since at least the 
1960s. It remains locally abundant at several sites in 
habitats that include roadside ditches and wet pastures. 
One outlying record is from clearings at the former 
settlement site of Balfour in the State's northwest, 
suggesting a potentially wider distribution. Curtis and 
Morris (1975) described the distribution and habitat as 
"southern Tasmania in a roadside ditch between Snug 
and Electrona". 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Ranunculus arvensis L. (field buttercup) 
Specimen examined: Cressy (TNM), 2.L1974, B.H. Hyde- 
Wyatts.n. (HO 29167!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single record from Cressy in 1974. There are no 
accompanying notes to give any indication of the extent 
or status of the species at the location. As such, there 
is little evidence to indicate it has become naturalised 
in Tasmania. Curtis and Morris (1975) described the 
distribution and habitat as "an occasional weed of 
cultivation in the north", presumably based on the 1974 
record from Cressy. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Ranunculus flammula L. subsp. flammula 
(lesser spearwort) 
Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Nabowla (BEL), 
2.L1980, A.R. Walker s.n. (HO 32340!); Nabowla [grown on from 
seed] (BEL), xi.1984, A.R. Walker s.n. (HO 88873!); Hobart (cult.) 
(TSE), 14.iii.1985, Y. Menadue E37 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
specimens collected in the northeast (Scottsdale and 
Nabowla) and subsequently from cultivated specimens 
collected from these locations. There is no collecting 
information regarding its status and it has not been 
collected for more than 30 years. As such, there is little 
evidence to indicate that it has become naturalised in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Ranunculus sceleratus L. subsp. sceleratus 
(celery buttercup) 
Specimen examined: Hobart (TSE), L. Rodway 10a (HO!). 
Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is 
known inTasmania from a single specimen.The undated 
collection (Leonard Rodway was Tasmania's honorary 
government botanist from 1896-1932) includes no 
notes regarding the plant's habitat or population 
details. It was listed in The Tasmanian Flora without any 
notes about its status (Rodway 1903). Its distribution 
and habitat were subsequently described by Curtis 
(1956) as "occasional in ditches", but no evidence exists 
to substantiate this comment. Based on the scant 
information it is difficult to justify that it was ever truly 
naturalised inTasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, 
Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Ranunculus trilobus Desf. (large annual 
buttercup) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Fenton Forest, 
Gretna (TSE), 15.xi.1971, D.l. Morris s.n. (AD 123349!); Bushy Park 
(TSE),xii.1971, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 29196!); Glenora (TSE),xii.1972, 
D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 29498!); Coastal strip between Richardson 
Point and Dartys Corner, S of Temma (KIN), 31.X.2008, M. 
Wapstra 578 (HO!); Perth, lllawarra Road (TNM), 19.xi.2014, M. 
Wapstra 2074 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
several widespread collections. Curtis and Morris (1975) 
described its distribution as "recorded only from Bushy 
Park, Derwent Valley", from where there are several 
specimens from the 1970s and 1980s, collected mainly 
from wet areas and ditches in farming areas. Since then 
Muelleria 
51 

Page image

51339274 Centaurea calcitrapa Muelleria 38: 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890488
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
New Town Research Laboratories (TSE), l.i.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. 
(HO 25220!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from the grounds of the State agricultural department's 
laboratories in suburban Hobart and from a garden 
nearby. One specimen states 'New introduction 
into Tasmania'. However, there is no information 
accompanying the collections that offers any detail 
regarding its status at these sites and there is insufficient 
evidence to suggest it is naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
ASTERACEAE 
Centaurea calcitrapa L. (star thistle) 
Specimens examined: Southern Tasmania, 1889, J. Fletcher 
s.n. (MEL2157846 [n.v.]); Near Oatlands (TSE), xi.1899, L. Rodway 
445 (HO!); Circular Head (TNS), 12.iv.1913, R.A. Black s.n. 
(MEL2300850 [n.v.]); Sheffield, area school (TNS), 19.ii.1947, MJ. 
Firth s.n. (HO 53308! & HO 10525!). 
Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and 
habitat of this annual or biennial herb as "occasional 
in waste places in the north of the State". It is listed in 
Rodway (1903) but without any notes on its distribution. 
It has not been recorded in Tasmania in more than 
70 years and no contextual details accompany any 
specimens, making a determination of its status difficult. 
The presence of several early records from widely 
separated regions indicates that it may, in the past, have 
been naturalised to some degree. However, it seems 
likely that it no longer occurs in the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Centaurea cyanus L. (cornflower) 
Specimens examined: Launceston (Cultivated?)(TNM), 
23.X.1978, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 586771!); Bothwell, 2 km E 
of town. Lake Highway (TSE), 12.V.2008, ML Baker 1879 (HO!); 
Kettering (TSE), 16.xi.2013, M. Wapstra 1730 (HO!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb 
is known in Tasmania from three widely separated 
records. One is possibly a cultivated plant as it was 
recorded from a garden. The others were collected from 
roadside verges in rural parts of the State. The presence 
of sporadic plants from disjunct regions indicates that it 
may have the potential to become naturalised to some 
degree in the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Centaurea solstitialis L. (St Barnaby's thistle) 
Specimen examined: Meander Valley, near Deloraine (TNS), 
i.1916, L Rodway 444 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb with spiny flower heads is 
known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected 
more than 100 years ago. Curtis (1963) described 
its distribution and habitat as "an occasional weed 
in the north of the State." There is no information 
accompanying the collection that offers any detail 
regarding its status at the site and there is insufficient 
evidence to suggest it naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Cynara cardunculus L. subsp. flavescens 
(Wiklund artichoke thistle) 
Specimens examined: McRobies Gully, Hobart (TSE), 
27.vi.1986, AM Buchanan 8802 (HO!); Bridgewater, near site of 
former Bridgewater Railway Station (TSE), 6.V.2003, ML. Baker 
s.n. (HO 521921!). 
Notes: This spiny thistle, related to the globe 
artichoke (C. cardunculus L. subsp. cardunculus), is 
known in Tasmania from two collections from the 
greater Hobart area. One specimen is noted as possibly 
being a cultivation escapee spreading into vacant land. 
The population was made the target of eradication and 
is considered to have been eradicated (K. Stewart pers. 
comm.). The other specimen is presumed to be from 
dumped garden refuse and has not been recorded since. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Lactuca serriola L. forma integrifolia (Gray) 
S.D.Prince & R.N.Carter (prickly lettuce) 
Specimens examined: Tomahawk Refuse Site (FLI), 
ll.i.2004, ML Baker 1323 (HO!); Blackwood Creek (TNM), 
29.L2011, R. Smith s.n. (HO 561952!). 
Notes: This erect prickly annual herb is known in 
Tasmania from two specimens, one from a weed- 
infested tip site surrounded by coastal bushland in the 
State's northeast, and the other as a crop weed. No 
collection details describing the plants population or 
status at either of the sites are given. The taxon may be 
Muelleria 
31 

Page image

51339275 Centaurea cyanus Muelleria 38: 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890488
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
New Town Research Laboratories (TSE), l.i.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. 
(HO 25220!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from the grounds of the State agricultural department's 
laboratories in suburban Hobart and from a garden 
nearby. One specimen states 'New introduction 
into Tasmania'. However, there is no information 
accompanying the collections that offers any detail 
regarding its status at these sites and there is insufficient 
evidence to suggest it is naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
ASTERACEAE 
Centaurea calcitrapa L. (star thistle) 
Specimens examined: Southern Tasmania, 1889, J. Fletcher 
s.n. (MEL2157846 [n.v.]); Near Oatlands (TSE), xi.1899, L. Rodway 
445 (HO!); Circular Head (TNS), 12.iv.1913, R.A. Black s.n. 
(MEL2300850 [n.v.]); Sheffield, area school (TNS), 19.ii.1947, MJ. 
Firth s.n. (HO 53308! & HO 10525!). 
Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and 
habitat of this annual or biennial herb as "occasional 
in waste places in the north of the State". It is listed in 
Rodway (1903) but without any notes on its distribution. 
It has not been recorded in Tasmania in more than 
70 years and no contextual details accompany any 
specimens, making a determination of its status difficult. 
The presence of several early records from widely 
separated regions indicates that it may, in the past, have 
been naturalised to some degree. However, it seems 
likely that it no longer occurs in the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Centaurea cyanus L. (cornflower) 
Specimens examined: Launceston (Cultivated?)(TNM), 
23.X.1978, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 586771!); Bothwell, 2 km E 
of town. Lake Highway (TSE), 12.V.2008, ML Baker 1879 (HO!); 
Kettering (TSE), 16.xi.2013, M. Wapstra 1730 (HO!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb 
is known in Tasmania from three widely separated 
records. One is possibly a cultivated plant as it was 
recorded from a garden. The others were collected from 
roadside verges in rural parts of the State. The presence 
of sporadic plants from disjunct regions indicates that it 
may have the potential to become naturalised to some 
degree in the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Centaurea solstitialis L. (St Barnaby's thistle) 
Specimen examined: Meander Valley, near Deloraine (TNS), 
i.1916, L Rodway 444 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb with spiny flower heads is 
known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected 
more than 100 years ago. Curtis (1963) described 
its distribution and habitat as "an occasional weed 
in the north of the State." There is no information 
accompanying the collection that offers any detail 
regarding its status at the site and there is insufficient 
evidence to suggest it naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Cynara cardunculus L. subsp. flavescens 
(Wiklund artichoke thistle) 
Specimens examined: McRobies Gully, Hobart (TSE), 
27.vi.1986, AM Buchanan 8802 (HO!); Bridgewater, near site of 
former Bridgewater Railway Station (TSE), 6.V.2003, ML. Baker 
s.n. (HO 521921!). 
Notes: This spiny thistle, related to the globe 
artichoke (C. cardunculus L. subsp. cardunculus), is 
known in Tasmania from two collections from the 
greater Hobart area. One specimen is noted as possibly 
being a cultivation escapee spreading into vacant land. 
The population was made the target of eradication and 
is considered to have been eradicated (K. Stewart pers. 
comm.). The other specimen is presumed to be from 
dumped garden refuse and has not been recorded since. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Lactuca serriola L. forma integrifolia (Gray) 
S.D.Prince & R.N.Carter (prickly lettuce) 
Specimens examined: Tomahawk Refuse Site (FLI), 
ll.i.2004, ML Baker 1323 (HO!); Blackwood Creek (TNM), 
29.L2011, R. Smith s.n. (HO 561952!). 
Notes: This erect prickly annual herb is known in 
Tasmania from two specimens, one from a weed- 
infested tip site surrounded by coastal bushland in the 
State's northeast, and the other as a crop weed. No 
collection details describing the plants population or 
status at either of the sites are given. The taxon may be 
Muelleria 
31 

Page image

51339295 Centaurea solstitialis Muelleria 38: 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890488
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
New Town Research Laboratories (TSE), l.i.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. 
(HO 25220!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from the grounds of the State agricultural department's 
laboratories in suburban Hobart and from a garden 
nearby. One specimen states 'New introduction 
into Tasmania'. However, there is no information 
accompanying the collections that offers any detail 
regarding its status at these sites and there is insufficient 
evidence to suggest it is naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
ASTERACEAE 
Centaurea calcitrapa L. (star thistle) 
Specimens examined: Southern Tasmania, 1889, J. Fletcher 
s.n. (MEL2157846 [n.v.]); Near Oatlands (TSE), xi.1899, L. Rodway 
445 (HO!); Circular Head (TNS), 12.iv.1913, R.A. Black s.n. 
(MEL2300850 [n.v.]); Sheffield, area school (TNS), 19.ii.1947, MJ. 
Firth s.n. (HO 53308! & HO 10525!). 
Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and 
habitat of this annual or biennial herb as "occasional 
in waste places in the north of the State". It is listed in 
Rodway (1903) but without any notes on its distribution. 
It has not been recorded in Tasmania in more than 
70 years and no contextual details accompany any 
specimens, making a determination of its status difficult. 
The presence of several early records from widely 
separated regions indicates that it may, in the past, have 
been naturalised to some degree. However, it seems 
likely that it no longer occurs in the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Centaurea cyanus L. (cornflower) 
Specimens examined: Launceston (Cultivated?)(TNM), 
23.X.1978, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 586771!); Bothwell, 2 km E 
of town. Lake Highway (TSE), 12.V.2008, ML Baker 1879 (HO!); 
Kettering (TSE), 16.xi.2013, M. Wapstra 1730 (HO!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb 
is known in Tasmania from three widely separated 
records. One is possibly a cultivated plant as it was 
recorded from a garden. The others were collected from 
roadside verges in rural parts of the State. The presence 
of sporadic plants from disjunct regions indicates that it 
may have the potential to become naturalised to some 
degree in the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Centaurea solstitialis L. (St Barnaby's thistle) 
Specimen examined: Meander Valley, near Deloraine (TNS), 
i.1916, L Rodway 444 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb with spiny flower heads is 
known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected 
more than 100 years ago. Curtis (1963) described 
its distribution and habitat as "an occasional weed 
in the north of the State." There is no information 
accompanying the collection that offers any detail 
regarding its status at the site and there is insufficient 
evidence to suggest it naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Cynara cardunculus L. subsp. flavescens 
(Wiklund artichoke thistle) 
Specimens examined: McRobies Gully, Hobart (TSE), 
27.vi.1986, AM Buchanan 8802 (HO!); Bridgewater, near site of 
former Bridgewater Railway Station (TSE), 6.V.2003, ML. Baker 
s.n. (HO 521921!). 
Notes: This spiny thistle, related to the globe 
artichoke (C. cardunculus L. subsp. cardunculus), is 
known in Tasmania from two collections from the 
greater Hobart area. One specimen is noted as possibly 
being a cultivation escapee spreading into vacant land. 
The population was made the target of eradication and 
is considered to have been eradicated (K. Stewart pers. 
comm.). The other specimen is presumed to be from 
dumped garden refuse and has not been recorded since. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Lactuca serriola L. forma integrifolia (Gray) 
S.D.Prince & R.N.Carter (prickly lettuce) 
Specimens examined: Tomahawk Refuse Site (FLI), 
ll.i.2004, ML Baker 1323 (HO!); Blackwood Creek (TNM), 
29.L2011, R. Smith s.n. (HO 561952!). 
Notes: This erect prickly annual herb is known in 
Tasmania from two specimens, one from a weed- 
infested tip site surrounded by coastal bushland in the 
State's northeast, and the other as a crop weed. No 
collection details describing the plants population or 
status at either of the sites are given. The taxon may be 
Muelleria 
31 

Page image

51339310 chamomile Muelleria 38: 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890489
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
overlooked for the typical form, which is common and 
widely naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Matricaria chamomilla L. (chamomile) 
Specimens examined: Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 
3.xi.1993, H. Blackburn s.n. (HO 517199!); Scotts Road, Risdon 
Vale (TSE), 29.xi.1993, D.I. Morris s.n. (HO 409495!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb is 
known in Tasmania from two specimens that are likely to 
have been collected from the same site.The collections 
are devoid of useful notes that give any indication of 
the status at the time of collection other than being 
thought to have arisen from bird seed. It is not known if 
the plants have persisted at this site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Onopordum acaulon L. (stemless thistle) 
Specimen examined: 'Charlton Park', near Melton Mowbray, 
North of Mt Mercer trig point (TSE), 6.xii.2002, G. Raphael s.n. 
(HO 520128!). 
Notes: This low-growing, rosette-forming thistle is 
known in Tasmania from a highly localised population 
of fewer than 20 plants that grew where imported cattle 
feed was spread.The population was made the target of 
eradication and is considered to have been eradicated 
(K. Stewart pers. comm.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Pilosella officinarum Vaill. subsp. officinarum 
[syn. Hieracium pilosella L.] (mouse-ear 
hawkweed) 
Specimens examined: 'St Peters Pass', N of Oatlands (TSE), 
6.L2001, A Woolley s.n. (HO 510506!); 'St Peters Pass' property, 
[near Oatlands] (TSE), 31 .i.2001, AM. Buchanan 15829 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from a single population growing on a rural fence line 
between a roadside reserve and pasture. Shortly after 
its discovery, the infestation site was excavated and 
deep buried and eradication was achieved (Rudman & 
Goninon 2002, as H. pilosella). Before it was eradicated, 
it was the dominant component of the vegetation over 
an area of approximately 2,500 m 2 . Monitoring of the 
site until 2006 did not find any further plants (K. Stewart 
pers. comm.). Pilosella officinarum is an invasive weed in 
cool climate areas of North America and New Zealand. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: ACT, NSW (recent 
incursion (P.Turner pers. comm.)) 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Senecio angulatus L.f. (scrambling 
groundsel) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Moonah (TSE), 
24.iv.1982, D. Secomb s.n. (HO 569321!); Kaoota Road, Allens 
Rivulet (TSR), 11 .iii.2001, L.H. Cave s.n. (HO 511532!); Strahan, 
Regatta Point (TWE), 14.ix.2004, M.L. Baker543 (HO!); Whitemark, 
old tip site (FLI), 14.L2007, AM. Buchanan 16638 (HO!); Tasman 
Island, garden of Quarters 3 (TSE), 29.ix.2007 P.A. Tyson 580 
(HO!); South Arm, Blessington Street (TSE), 24.viii.2010, P. Norris 
s.n. (HO 563422!). 
Notes: This vigorous scrambling shrub, occasionally 
grown as an ornamental, is widespread and localised 
throughout the state but is most often encountered 
on the east and southeast coasts. It has been recorded 
smothering native vegetation in a variety of habitats 
including tip sites, roadsides, gullies, sand dunes and 
remnant coastal vegetation; in some cases it dominates 
large areas of c. 1,000 m 2 . It is more widespread than 
indicated by formal collections, with Wapstra et al. 
(2008) reporting populations at Eddystone Point on the 
northeast coast and in the upper Derwent Valley. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Taraxacum kok-saghyz L.E.Rodin (Russian 
dandelion) 
Specimens examined: Cressy Experimental Farm (cult.) 
(TNM), 27.x.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 53346! & HO 15165!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known from two 
collections that appear to be duplicates. Curtis (1963) 
stated that it was "cultivated at Cressy during the war 
of 1939-1945 as a source of latex, a possible substitute 
for rubber; probably persisting locally". It has not been 
recorded since. See Figure 2. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
BASELLACEAE 
Anredera cor difolia (Ten.) Steenis (Madeira 
vine) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Launceston (TNM), 
3.V.1965, [collector unknown] (HO 506475!); Clark Island, near 
original homestead (FLI), ix.1980, 5. Harris 113 (HOI); South 
32 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339312 chamomile Muelleria 38: 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890489
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
overlooked for the typical form, which is common and 
widely naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Matricaria chamomilla L. (chamomile) 
Specimens examined: Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 
3.xi.1993, H. Blackburn s.n. (HO 517199!); Scotts Road, Risdon 
Vale (TSE), 29.xi.1993, D.I. Morris s.n. (HO 409495!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb is 
known in Tasmania from two specimens that are likely to 
have been collected from the same site.The collections 
are devoid of useful notes that give any indication of 
the status at the time of collection other than being 
thought to have arisen from bird seed. It is not known if 
the plants have persisted at this site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Onopordum acaulon L. (stemless thistle) 
Specimen examined: 'Charlton Park', near Melton Mowbray, 
North of Mt Mercer trig point (TSE), 6.xii.2002, G. Raphael s.n. 
(HO 520128!). 
Notes: This low-growing, rosette-forming thistle is 
known in Tasmania from a highly localised population 
of fewer than 20 plants that grew where imported cattle 
feed was spread.The population was made the target of 
eradication and is considered to have been eradicated 
(K. Stewart pers. comm.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Pilosella officinarum Vaill. subsp. officinarum 
[syn. Hieracium pilosella L.] (mouse-ear 
hawkweed) 
Specimens examined: 'St Peters Pass', N of Oatlands (TSE), 
6.L2001, A Woolley s.n. (HO 510506!); 'St Peters Pass' property, 
[near Oatlands] (TSE), 31 .i.2001, AM. Buchanan 15829 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from a single population growing on a rural fence line 
between a roadside reserve and pasture. Shortly after 
its discovery, the infestation site was excavated and 
deep buried and eradication was achieved (Rudman & 
Goninon 2002, as H. pilosella). Before it was eradicated, 
it was the dominant component of the vegetation over 
an area of approximately 2,500 m 2 . Monitoring of the 
site until 2006 did not find any further plants (K. Stewart 
pers. comm.). Pilosella officinarum is an invasive weed in 
cool climate areas of North America and New Zealand. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: ACT, NSW (recent 
incursion (P.Turner pers. comm.)) 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Senecio angulatus L.f. (scrambling 
groundsel) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Moonah (TSE), 
24.iv.1982, D. Secomb s.n. (HO 569321!); Kaoota Road, Allens 
Rivulet (TSR), 11 .iii.2001, L.H. Cave s.n. (HO 511532!); Strahan, 
Regatta Point (TWE), 14.ix.2004, M.L. Baker543 (HO!); Whitemark, 
old tip site (FLI), 14.L2007, AM. Buchanan 16638 (HO!); Tasman 
Island, garden of Quarters 3 (TSE), 29.ix.2007 P.A. Tyson 580 
(HO!); South Arm, Blessington Street (TSE), 24.viii.2010, P. Norris 
s.n. (HO 563422!). 
Notes: This vigorous scrambling shrub, occasionally 
grown as an ornamental, is widespread and localised 
throughout the state but is most often encountered 
on the east and southeast coasts. It has been recorded 
smothering native vegetation in a variety of habitats 
including tip sites, roadsides, gullies, sand dunes and 
remnant coastal vegetation; in some cases it dominates 
large areas of c. 1,000 m 2 . It is more widespread than 
indicated by formal collections, with Wapstra et al. 
(2008) reporting populations at Eddystone Point on the 
northeast coast and in the upper Derwent Valley. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Taraxacum kok-saghyz L.E.Rodin (Russian 
dandelion) 
Specimens examined: Cressy Experimental Farm (cult.) 
(TNM), 27.x.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 53346! & HO 15165!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known from two 
collections that appear to be duplicates. Curtis (1963) 
stated that it was "cultivated at Cressy during the war 
of 1939-1945 as a source of latex, a possible substitute 
for rubber; probably persisting locally". It has not been 
recorded since. See Figure 2. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
BASELLACEAE 
Anredera cor difolia (Ten.) Steenis (Madeira 
vine) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Launceston (TNM), 
3.V.1965, [collector unknown] (HO 506475!); Clark Island, near 
original homestead (FLI), ix.1980, 5. Harris 113 (HOI); South 
32 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339438 Chenopodium capitatum Muelleria 38: 40
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890497
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Vaccaria hispanica (Mill.) Rauschert (cow 
soapwort) 
Specimen examined: Hobart (TSE), (no other collection 
information recorded. Annotated in Leonard Rodway's 
handwriting), (HO 86471). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single, poorly-annotated collection thought to have 
been collected by Leonard Rodway, although Rodway 
(1903) does not mention it. Curtis (1956) described its 
distribution and habitat (as V. segetalis) as "occasional 
in cultivated ground". However, the basis for this 
observation is not known. From this scant information 
it is difficult to assign a naturalised status with any 
certainty. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, 
Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
CHENOPODIACEAE 
Bassia scoparia (L.) A J.Scott (kochia) 
Specimens examined: Quamby View, near Deloraine, 
Midlands (TNS), 22.ii.1995, A. Allwright s.n. (HO 411060!); 
QuambyView near Deloraine, Midlands (TNS),8.iv.1997, D. Green 
s.n. (HO 12302! & HO 320884!); QuambyView, near Deloraine, 
Midlands (TNS), 08.iv.1997, A. Allwright s.n. (MEL0258971 [n.v.]); 
Winspears Road, Ambleside, East Devonport (FLI), i.1998, A. 
Loane s.n. (HO 324601!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
two locations. The latest record is devoid of useful 
collecting notes that give any indication of its status, 
although the location is predominantly rural land. All 
other records are from a carrot crop at the one site but 
collected over two different years, indicating some 
persistence at the site or a possible reintroduction as a 
contaminant of crop seed. This potentially troublesome 
crop weed has not been collected since and it is 
unknown if it has persisted at the sites. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Chenopodium foliosum (Moench) Asch. 
{-Chenopodium capitatum auct. non (L.) 
Ambrosi sensu Buchanan (2009)) (leafy 
goosefoot) 
Specimens examined: New Town, Hobart, 10 Senator Street 
(TSE), 23.ii.1982, J.E.5. Townrow s.n. (HO 115888!); Lenah Valley, 
S side [of Augusta Road](TSE), 17.ii.2008, M. Wapstra466 (HO!); 
Augusta Road, Lenah Valley, Hobart (TSE), iii.2010, M. Wapstra 
1100 (HO!). 
Notes: The two recent collections of this annual 
herb are from a single plant, noted as growing in a 
suburban drain. The plant persisted into 2009 and 2010, 
despite being virtually uprooted in 2008 (Wapstra 2008 
as C. capitatum). It was eliminated by DPIPWE weed 
management officers in 2010 and has not reappeared 
since (M. Wapstra pers. obs.).The collection from Senator 
Street in the same suburb in 1982 was growing in a 
garden. Searches in the area during 2008-2010 failed to 
detect any plants in the vicinity. Given this information 
it is reasonable to consider that this species was never 
truly naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
CISTACEAE 
Cistus inflatus Pourr. ex Demoly (rock rose) 
Specimens examined: Hadspen near bridge over South Esk 
River (TNM), 7.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15138 (HO!); Hadspen 
(TNM), 19.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15160 (HO!); Hadspen, side of 
road to disused jetty on South Esk River (TNM), 1.xii.2004, M. 
Baker 1141 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental shrub is known only from 
collections from Hadspen in the State's north. It is 
represented by a single localised population that has 
been persistent at the site for almost 20 years since it was 
first recorded. It is presumed that it was once planted 
there as an ornamental. However, it is now common and 
a dominant component of the vegetation along both 
sides of a 200 m section of track verge. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CLUSIACEAE 
Hypericum humifusum L. (creeping St John's 
wort) 
Specimen examined: Don River, Devonport (KIN), 911940, 
A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 411728!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 75 
years ago and with scant notes. Baker (2005) regarded it 
as a taxon of uncertain status and concluded that surveys 
were required to determine its presence in Tasmania. 
40 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339437 Chenopodium foliosum Muelleria 38: 40
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890497
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Vaccaria hispanica (Mill.) Rauschert (cow 
soapwort) 
Specimen examined: Hobart (TSE), (no other collection 
information recorded. Annotated in Leonard Rodway's 
handwriting), (HO 86471). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single, poorly-annotated collection thought to have 
been collected by Leonard Rodway, although Rodway 
(1903) does not mention it. Curtis (1956) described its 
distribution and habitat (as V. segetalis) as "occasional 
in cultivated ground". However, the basis for this 
observation is not known. From this scant information 
it is difficult to assign a naturalised status with any 
certainty. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, 
Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
CHENOPODIACEAE 
Bassia scoparia (L.) A J.Scott (kochia) 
Specimens examined: Quamby View, near Deloraine, 
Midlands (TNS), 22.ii.1995, A. Allwright s.n. (HO 411060!); 
QuambyView near Deloraine, Midlands (TNS),8.iv.1997, D. Green 
s.n. (HO 12302! & HO 320884!); QuambyView, near Deloraine, 
Midlands (TNS), 08.iv.1997, A. Allwright s.n. (MEL0258971 [n.v.]); 
Winspears Road, Ambleside, East Devonport (FLI), i.1998, A. 
Loane s.n. (HO 324601!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
two locations. The latest record is devoid of useful 
collecting notes that give any indication of its status, 
although the location is predominantly rural land. All 
other records are from a carrot crop at the one site but 
collected over two different years, indicating some 
persistence at the site or a possible reintroduction as a 
contaminant of crop seed. This potentially troublesome 
crop weed has not been collected since and it is 
unknown if it has persisted at the sites. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Chenopodium foliosum (Moench) Asch. 
{-Chenopodium capitatum auct. non (L.) 
Ambrosi sensu Buchanan (2009)) (leafy 
goosefoot) 
Specimens examined: New Town, Hobart, 10 Senator Street 
(TSE), 23.ii.1982, J.E.5. Townrow s.n. (HO 115888!); Lenah Valley, 
S side [of Augusta Road](TSE), 17.ii.2008, M. Wapstra466 (HO!); 
Augusta Road, Lenah Valley, Hobart (TSE), iii.2010, M. Wapstra 
1100 (HO!). 
Notes: The two recent collections of this annual 
herb are from a single plant, noted as growing in a 
suburban drain. The plant persisted into 2009 and 2010, 
despite being virtually uprooted in 2008 (Wapstra 2008 
as C. capitatum). It was eliminated by DPIPWE weed 
management officers in 2010 and has not reappeared 
since (M. Wapstra pers. obs.).The collection from Senator 
Street in the same suburb in 1982 was growing in a 
garden. Searches in the area during 2008-2010 failed to 
detect any plants in the vicinity. Given this information 
it is reasonable to consider that this species was never 
truly naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
CISTACEAE 
Cistus inflatus Pourr. ex Demoly (rock rose) 
Specimens examined: Hadspen near bridge over South Esk 
River (TNM), 7.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15138 (HO!); Hadspen 
(TNM), 19.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15160 (HO!); Hadspen, side of 
road to disused jetty on South Esk River (TNM), 1.xii.2004, M. 
Baker 1141 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental shrub is known only from 
collections from Hadspen in the State's north. It is 
represented by a single localised population that has 
been persistent at the site for almost 20 years since it was 
first recorded. It is presumed that it was once planted 
there as an ornamental. However, it is now common and 
a dominant component of the vegetation along both 
sides of a 200 m section of track verge. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CLUSIACEAE 
Hypericum humifusum L. (creeping St John's 
wort) 
Specimen examined: Don River, Devonport (KIN), 911940, 
A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 411728!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 75 
years ago and with scant notes. Baker (2005) regarded it 
as a taxon of uncertain status and concluded that surveys 
were required to determine its presence in Tasmania. 
40 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339709 chiffon lace Muelleria 38: 59
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890516
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
area. All but a single plant were collected from 
ornamental plantings or cultivated specimens. The 
only non-cultivated specimen was from a single plant 
growing on the side of a track in a recently developed 
bushland remnant. Curtis and Morris (1994) listed it in 
their flora and stated that it "...could become invasive". 
Little evidence exists to suggest that it is naturalised in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Isolepis hystrix (Thunb.) Nees (awned 
dubsedge) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 9): Powranna Main 
Road, close to gateway of Hummocky Hills track (TNM), 
1 5.xi.1996, AJ. North s.n. (HO 322628!); Freshwater soak just W 
of Calverts Lagoon, South Arm (TSE), 20.xii.2005, M. Visoiu 120 
(HO!); Between George Town and Bell Bay (FLI), 30.X.2006, J.B. 
Davies s.n. (HO 542926!); Perth, lllawarra Road, S side (TNM), 
19.xi.2014, M. Wapstra 2075 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual sedge, although only detected as 
late as 1996, is now known to be locally common and 
widely distributed in Tasmania. It is associated with 
roadside drains, freshwater (and sometimes slightly 
saline) lagoons, herb fields and other moist disturbed 
sites. Although it is highly distinctive, its ephemeral habit 
and small size have possibly led to it being overlooked 
at other similar habitats and locations. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
HAEMODORACEAE 
Anigozanthos flavidus Redoute (evergreen 
kangaroo paw) 
Specimens examined: Binalong Bay Road, Binalong 
Bay (FLI), 1 .viii.1975,7. Robin s.n. (HO 327793!); Creek, 0.8-1 
km N of Binalong Bay (FLI), 5.L2006, M.F. Duretto 2074 (HO!); 
Paddocks adjacent to the Postmans Track Pass (KIN), 23.ii.2005, 
P. Hefferon s.n. (HO 536135!); Binalong Bay, Grants Point Road 
(cult.?) (FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1962 (HO!). 
Notes: This rhizomatous perennial herb is widely 
cultivated in Tasmania and is known from several 
collections that appear to be derived from nearby 
garden plantings. At one location, numerous plants 
were recorded as escaping from cultivation and growing 
on the fringe of the Rocky Cape National Park. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
HYDROCHARITACEAE 
Lagarosiphon major (Ridl.) Moss (oxygen 
weed) 
Specimen examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart (cult.?) 
(TSE), 24.V.1 983, D.l. Morris 8350 (HO!). 
Notes: This rhizomatous aquatic perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania from a single, possibly cultivated, 
specimen from a pond at the Royal Tasmanian Botanical 
Gardens (Hobart). There is no evidence that it has 
persisted or spread from the site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (doubtfully 
naturalised) 
Status: Not naturalised 
IRIDACEAE 
Tritonia gladiolaris (Lam.) Goldblatt & 
J.C.Manning (chiffon lace) 
Specimens examined: S[outh] of Murdunna (TSE), 
19.X.1973, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 58867!); Railton area, S of 
Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2013, M. Wapstra 1396 (HO!); 
Arthur Highway [just WNW of Flinders Bay Road junction] (TSE), 
18.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1474 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from two widely separated locations. Curtis and Morris 
(1994) described its distribution and habitat, based on 
a 1973 collection (as Tritonia lineata (Salisb.) Ker Gawl.), 
as "introduced, recorded only from a sandy bank in light 
Eucalypt forest at Murdunna (East Coast), apparently 
well-established". It was recently collected from 
(presumably) the same site and described as growing in 
several dense patches along an 80 m section of roadside 
verge. It has been detected at one additional site in 
the north of the State, where it was growing on a road 
reserve adjacent to dry eucalypt forest. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
JUNCACEAE 
Juncus microcephalus Kunth (smallhead 
rush) 
Selected specimens examined (3 of 4): S[outh] bank 
of North Esk River, Launceston, just upstream from Charles 
Street Bridge, ii.1 981 , B. Robinson s.n. (NSW 225669 [ n.v .]); Bass 
Muelleria 
59 

Page image

51339441 Cistus inflatus Muelleria 38: 40
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890497
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Vaccaria hispanica (Mill.) Rauschert (cow 
soapwort) 
Specimen examined: Hobart (TSE), (no other collection 
information recorded. Annotated in Leonard Rodway's 
handwriting), (HO 86471). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single, poorly-annotated collection thought to have 
been collected by Leonard Rodway, although Rodway 
(1903) does not mention it. Curtis (1956) described its 
distribution and habitat (as V. segetalis) as "occasional 
in cultivated ground". However, the basis for this 
observation is not known. From this scant information 
it is difficult to assign a naturalised status with any 
certainty. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, 
Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
CHENOPODIACEAE 
Bassia scoparia (L.) A J.Scott (kochia) 
Specimens examined: Quamby View, near Deloraine, 
Midlands (TNS), 22.ii.1995, A. Allwright s.n. (HO 411060!); 
QuambyView near Deloraine, Midlands (TNS),8.iv.1997, D. Green 
s.n. (HO 12302! & HO 320884!); QuambyView, near Deloraine, 
Midlands (TNS), 08.iv.1997, A. Allwright s.n. (MEL0258971 [n.v.]); 
Winspears Road, Ambleside, East Devonport (FLI), i.1998, A. 
Loane s.n. (HO 324601!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
two locations. The latest record is devoid of useful 
collecting notes that give any indication of its status, 
although the location is predominantly rural land. All 
other records are from a carrot crop at the one site but 
collected over two different years, indicating some 
persistence at the site or a possible reintroduction as a 
contaminant of crop seed. This potentially troublesome 
crop weed has not been collected since and it is 
unknown if it has persisted at the sites. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Chenopodium foliosum (Moench) Asch. 
{-Chenopodium capitatum auct. non (L.) 
Ambrosi sensu Buchanan (2009)) (leafy 
goosefoot) 
Specimens examined: New Town, Hobart, 10 Senator Street 
(TSE), 23.ii.1982, J.E.5. Townrow s.n. (HO 115888!); Lenah Valley, 
S side [of Augusta Road](TSE), 17.ii.2008, M. Wapstra466 (HO!); 
Augusta Road, Lenah Valley, Hobart (TSE), iii.2010, M. Wapstra 
1100 (HO!). 
Notes: The two recent collections of this annual 
herb are from a single plant, noted as growing in a 
suburban drain. The plant persisted into 2009 and 2010, 
despite being virtually uprooted in 2008 (Wapstra 2008 
as C. capitatum). It was eliminated by DPIPWE weed 
management officers in 2010 and has not reappeared 
since (M. Wapstra pers. obs.).The collection from Senator 
Street in the same suburb in 1982 was growing in a 
garden. Searches in the area during 2008-2010 failed to 
detect any plants in the vicinity. Given this information 
it is reasonable to consider that this species was never 
truly naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
CISTACEAE 
Cistus inflatus Pourr. ex Demoly (rock rose) 
Specimens examined: Hadspen near bridge over South Esk 
River (TNM), 7.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15138 (HO!); Hadspen 
(TNM), 19.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15160 (HO!); Hadspen, side of 
road to disused jetty on South Esk River (TNM), 1.xii.2004, M. 
Baker 1141 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental shrub is known only from 
collections from Hadspen in the State's north. It is 
represented by a single localised population that has 
been persistent at the site for almost 20 years since it was 
first recorded. It is presumed that it was once planted 
there as an ornamental. However, it is now common and 
a dominant component of the vegetation along both 
sides of a 200 m section of track verge. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CLUSIACEAE 
Hypericum humifusum L. (creeping St John's 
wort) 
Specimen examined: Don River, Devonport (KIN), 911940, 
A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 411728!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 75 
years ago and with scant notes. Baker (2005) regarded it 
as a taxon of uncertain status and concluded that surveys 
were required to determine its presence in Tasmania. 
40 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339556 Claytonia perfoliata Muelleria 38: 49-50

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 49-50".

51339458 clubmoss crassula Muelleria 38: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890498
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339683 club sedge Muelleria 38: 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890514
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Gymnospermae 
PINACEAE 
Pinus wallichiana A.BJacks. (Bhutan pine) 
Specimen examined: Trevallyn Cataract Gorge, track on N 
side of South Esk River between First Basin and Kings Bridge, 
13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1974 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from 
Kings Bridge to Gorge (all TNM), 8.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3393 (HOI). 
Notes: This evergreen conifer is known in Tasmania 
from a single localised population at Launceston's 
Cataract Gorge. The population consists of several plants 
that have most likely spread from nearby cultivated 
plants and includes mature and juvenile plants. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Monocotyledoneae 
ALOEACEAE 
Kniphofici uvaria (L.) Oken (red-hot poker) 
Specimens examined: Balfour (TWE), 12.xii.1984, A. Moscal 
4783 (HOI); Tamar Cut (W of track) (TNM), 1812009, M. Wapstra 
629 (HOI); Gowrie Park, near Wilderness Village (TNS), 14.iii.2010, 
L.H. Cave, 1098 (HOI); Junction Arthur Highway and Kellevie 
Road (TSE), 21.xi.2010, M. Wapstra 1178 (HOI); Encampment 
Cove, Kintail home site, Maria Island (TSE), 8.iii.2011, M.L Baker 
2368 (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial herb is widely cultivated 
throughout the State as a garden and amenity plant. It 
has become naturalised to varying degrees at several 
locations with populations ranging in size from single 
clumps through to numerous individuals. It is most 
often seen growing on roadsides and bushland adjacent 
to urban areas, where it has escaped cultivation or 
arisen from dumped garden refuse. A particularly 
large population, in excess of 250 plants, was recently 
observed at Mt Nelson in the State's south, growing in 
a remnant bushland reserve (A. Muyt pers. comm.). See 
Figure 7. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
CYPERACEAE 
Carex buxbaumii\Nah\enb. (club sedge) 
Specimens examined: Western Mountains [Western Tiers] 
(?TCH), xii.1908, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 971561); Near Bronte Lagoon 
(TSR), 23.xi.2004, AT North s.n. (HO 5332301). 
Notes: This rhizomatous sedge is known in Tasmania 
from two collections. No information regarding its 
abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded 
although the most recent one notes that the plants 
were growing in damp native grassland. Due to the lack 
of notes accompanying the specimens it is difficult to 
determine its status in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carex pilulifera L. (pill sedge) 
Specimen examined: Lynchford, Queenstown (TWE), 
15.xii.1994, A.J. North s.n. (HO 4109511). 
Notes: This densely tufted perennial sedge is known 
in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more 
than 20 years ago from a small population growing 
along a tramline at Lynchford on the State's west coast. 
It is not known if the species is still present at the site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carexscoparia Schkur. ex Willd. (broom 
sedge) 
Specimen examined: Arthur River at Kanunnah Bridge 
(KIN), 23.xii.1983, A Moscal5179 (HOI). 
Notes: This perennial sedge is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen, collected from the Arthur River 
crossing at theTrowutta Forest Reserve. Notes regarding 
the species at the site indicate that it was a rare coloniser 
of alluvial sand. It has not been recorded for more than 
30 years and is considered doubtfully naturalised due to 
the highly dynamic nature of its habitat. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carex testacea Sol. ex Boott (orange sedge) 
Specimens examined: Intersection of Brooker Highway 
and Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 2311987, A.M. Buchanan 
9870 (HOI); Princes Park, Hobart (cult.), 25.V.1988, W.M. Curtis 
s.n. (HO 3278991); Brooker Highway at Burnett Street, Hobart 
(cult.), 9.vi.1989, I/I/./?. Watson s.n. (HO 1149021); Tasmania (cult.), 
30.xi.2002, A. Crane s.n. (HO 5202961); Sandy Bay, track at end 
of Marlborough Street. Hobart 5.xii.2007, M.L Baker 1853 (HO!) 
(all TSE). 
Notes: This tufted perennial sedge is known in 
Tasmania from five collections, all from the Hobart 
Muelleria 
57 

Page image

51339553 Collomia grandiflora Muelleria 38: 49
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890506
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
appear to have been deliberately planted, along with 
several additional non-native Acacia species. The first 
herbarium record in 2002 belies a much longer period of 
naturalisation, which probably began in earnest in the 
1980s (based on the maturity of some stands). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW 
(native and naturalised), ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
ONAGRACEAE 
Epilobium nummulariifolium A.Cunn. 
(creeping willowherb) 
Specimens examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart, c. 
i.1999, [collector unknown] (HO 323677!); 3 Curtis Ave, South 
Hobart, 13.xi.2002, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 520616!); Woodbank 
Nursery, 25.ii.2005, ML Baker 1556 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This mat-forming perennial herb is known 
in Tasmania from a few locations in the southeast of 
the State. There exists insufficient evidence for it to be 
classified as naturalised, with the species only being 
recorded from a domestic garden on the outskirts of 
Hobart, where it is restricted to the garden and the 
immediate surrounds, and from two nurseries: Royal 
Tasmanian Botanic Gardens, as a weed of a propagating 
area, and at Woodbank Nursery, where it was a weed in 
a pot plant and in a garden bed. At present, this species 
is doubtfully naturalised but it has high potential to 
become more widespread and naturalised throughout 
the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Oenothera biennis L. (evening-primrose) 
Specimens examined: Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 
12.L2001, D.l. Morris 86729 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 
28.ii.2001, A.M. Buchanan 15856 (HO!); Bass Highway, 2 km E 
of Irishtown Road junction (KIN) 2.xi.2004, M. Baker 936 and 
M.F.Duretto (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N 
of Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1386 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental biennial herb was first 
collected in Tasmania as a weed of a lily crop. There is 
increasing evidence that it is becoming naturalised in 
various regions, mainly around highly disturbed sites 
such as crops, rubbish tips and roadside verges. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
PLUMBAGINACEAE 
Limonium sinuatum (L.) Mill, (wavyleaf sea- 
lavender) 
Specimens examined: Whitemark (FLI), IO.i.2007, A.M. 
Buchanan 16568 (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, 200 m 
N of Jetsons Road junction (FLI), 1112005, ML Baker 1394 (HO!); 
Glenora Road, Glenora [Bushy Park] (TSE), 2512013, M Wapstra 
1516 (HO!); Anglican Cemetery, Sorell (end of Henry Street) 
(TSE), 51.2013, M Wapstra 1537 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from several widespread collections, mainly 
from highly disturbed sites such as tips and roadside 
verges. It appears to have arisen from dumped garden 
waste or as an escape from ornamental plantings 
(including cemeteries). It is popular in the florist trade 
due to the "everlasting" nature of the cut flowers. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
POLEMONIACEAE 
Collomia grandiflora Douglas ex Lindl. 
(grand collomia) 
Specimen examined: King Island (KIN), vi.1957, L. Smith s.n. 
(HO 19628! & HO 317247!). 
Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and 
habitat of this annual herb as "occasional as a weed of 
cultivated land". No evidence supports this statement 
as the species is known in Tasmania from a single 
collection from a crop of potatoes on King Island sixty 
years ago—it has not been recorded since. Based on this 
evidence, the species cannot be considered naturalised 
to any degree in the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
PORTULACACEAE 
Claytoniaperfoliata Donn ex Willd. (miner's 
lettuce) 
Specimens examined: Fern Tree, East Coast, Domestic 
garden [cult.], 411983, D.l. Morris 8302 (HO!); Fern Tree, 611986, 
D.l. Morris 862 (HO!); Woolton Court, Sandy Bay [Hobart suburb] 
(all TSE), 23.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2105 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a 
few collections from domestic gardens. One collection 
notes that it is "not invasive but behaving as a nuisance 
Muelleria 

Page image

51339579 common columbine Muelleria 38: 50
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890507
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
weed in gardens, and in cracks in walls and pots". It is 
not known if the populations at the collection sites 
have persisted. The species is occasionally grown as a 
pot or garden bed herb and used in salads. It readily 
self-sows but has not appeared to have spread beyond 
domestic gardens. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
PRIMULACEAE 
Lysimachia minima (L.) U.Mans & Anderb. 
(kause chaffweed) 
Specimens examined: Rubicon Sanctuary, Port Sorell (FLI), 
14.X.2009, P. Collier 5358 (HO!); Tinderbox, East Coast (TSE), 
17.X.2011 , D.E. Albrechts.n. (HO!). 
Notes: This diminutive annual herb is likely to be 
overlooked and much more widespread in Tasmania 
than indicated by current collections. Collections to 
date have been from a weedy habitat (Tinderbox) or as 
a single plant growing as a weed in a gravel drive. The 
species is widely naturalised on mainland Australia. A 
doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending 
further information on its distribution. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
PROTEACEAE 
Hakea laurina R.Br. (pincushion hakea) 
Specimens examined: University of Tasmania gardens, 
Hobart (cult.), 12.iii.2002, R. Dillon s.n. and GJordan (HO 
528995!); Coningham, 7.V.2005, J. Taylor s.n. (HO 541827!); 
Coningham, 21 .x.2008, R.G. Tyson 906 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: Apart from one collection from cultivation, 
this ornamental shrub is known in Tasmania from two 
specimens from the same site, collected approximately 
three years apart. Here, the species had most likely 
spread from nearby gardens (where it was noted 
as being present) into coastal heathy woodland, 
and occurred as a population of mature and young 
plants. The population was removed in 2008. The 
species is a popular garden plant in Tasmania and 
further naturalised populations are expected to occur. 
However, there is no evidence to suggest it is more 
widely naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and 
naturalised), SA 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Lomatia fraseri R.Br. (tree lomatia) 
Specimens examined: PipelineTrack,ForkCreekCatchment, 
Fern Tree, 12.iii.2002, D. Ziegler 237 (HO!); Pipeline Track, Fern 
Tree, near Browns Road, 25.vi.2009, PA. Tyson 966 (HO!); Fern 
Tree, 30.vi.2009, M.L. Baker 2098 (HO!); Mount Wellington, 
Pipeline Track 30.xi.2010,M Wapstra 1181 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This shrub or small tree is known in Tasmania 
from several specimens from a single localised 
population comprised of several individuals and 
patches of plants growing in wet sclerophyll forest on 
the foothills of Mt Wellington in the State's southeast. 
There has been a concerted effort at removal by a local 
landcare group, but some individuals, presumably 
escaped from garden plantings, are still present. The 
species is native on mainland Australia, where it is a 
widespread and sometimes locally common species in 
wet mountain forests. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (native), Vic. 
(native) 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
RANUNCULACEAE 
Adonis microcarpa DC. (pheasant's eye) 
Specimen examined: Flinders Island, Wybalenna area (FLI), 
1 2.V.1 999, S. Welsh s.n. (HO 444814!). 
Notes: This erect annual herb has only been collected 
once in Tasmania, from a dry, sheep grazing paddock on 
Flinders Island. According to notes accompanying the 
specimen, the population consisted of approximately 
nine plants over an area of 30 m 2 . A doubtfully 
naturalised status is assigned here pending further 
information on its distribution. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Aquilegia vulgaris L. (common columbine) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Poison Hill, 9 km 
E of Woodsdale (TSE), 6.X.1984, A. Moscal 8517 (HO!); Poimena 
"township", Blue Tier (BEL), 28.xii.2006, M. Wapstra 86 (HO!); 
Pipers River, downstream of Lilydale Road crossing (FLI), 
18.xii.2007, M. Wapstra 409 (HO!); North West Bay River (TSE), 
7.xi.2000, AC. Rozefelds 1895 (HO!); River Road, N of Deloraine 
(TNS), 21 .xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1390 (HO!). 
Notes: This commonly cultivated perennial herb 
is known in Tasmania from several widely spread 
populations. Most have been recorded from roadside 
verges or riparian zones, often in close proximity to 
50 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339522 common fumitory Muelleria 38: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890504
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
woodland. It has been recorded as a cultivated plant 
at the Gardens and at several other locations in and 
around Hobart. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Trifolium uniflorum L. (oneflower clover) 
Specimen examined: Currie Airport, King Island (KIN), 
17.xi.1976, M. Allen s.n. (HO 28028!). 
Notes: This mat-forming perennial is known in 
Tasmania from a single collection from roadside 
gravel on King Island. The lack of collecting details and 
additional records since its collection more than 40 years 
ago suggest that it never became naturalised. Further 
searching in the vicinity of the collection is warranted. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
FUMARIACEAE 
Fumaria officinalis L. subsp. officinalis 
(common fumitory) 
Specimens examined: Georges Bay (FLI), vii.1875, A. Simson 
38 (HO!); Conara (TNM), 20.X.1925, £ Gibson s.n. (MEL2210067 
[n.v.D; Hagley (TNM), 24.xi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 96420!); 
Ulverstone (TNS), IO.i.1956, B.R. Paterson s.n. (NE 22397 [n.v.]); 
Sassafras, near Latrobe (TNS), 28.xii.1980, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. 
(HO 36985!). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb has been recorded 
as an occasional weed of crops in the north of the State 
but may be overlooked and mistaken for the widespread 
and common Fumaria muralis Sond. ex W.DJ.Koch 
subsp. muralis. A very early record (1875) from Georges 
Bay, St Helens, suggests that it was an early introduction. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Pseudofumaria alba (Mill.) Liden subsp. alba 
(white fumitory) 
Specimens examined: Old Customs House, lower Murray 
Street. Near Parliament House, Hobart, 15.xi.1961, W.M. 
Blacklow s.n. (HO 6545!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.), 4.xii.1986, 
D.l. Morris 86141 (HO!); Fern Tree, Hobart, 19.ix.1989, D.l. Morris 
86402 (HO!); 9 Lapoinya Road, Fern Tree (all TSE), 28.xi.1994, D.l. 
Morris 86456 (HO!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania only from the Hobart area, with an 
early (1961) collection from a crack in a wall of a domestic 
garden where it was noted as acting as a nuisance. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
GERANIACEAE 
Erodium malacoides (L.) L'Her. (oval 
heronsbill) 
Specimens examined: Cataract Gorge, Launceston, 
1.xi.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 529453!); Cataract Gorge, 
Launceston (all TNM), 30.X.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 29605! & 
HO 6668!). 
Notes: Specimens of this annual herb have been 
collected in Tasmania on two separate occasions from 
Cataract Gorge, Launceston. Curtis (1956) described 
its distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste 
places". No notes detailing the status accompany the 
specimens and without subsequent collections in more 
than 70 years it is doubtful that the species has become 
naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Geranium yeoi Aedo & Munoz Garm. 
(Madeira cranesbill) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Hobart Rivulet, 250 
m downstream from Wynyard Street (TSE), 1 .xi.2002, A.M. Gray 
1236 (HO!); 17 Keen Court, Kingston (TSE), 18.xi.2002, D.l. Morris 
86773 (HO!); Christmas Hills, Bass Highway (TNS), 2.xi.2004, 
M. Baker 938 and M.F.Duretto (HO!); Hobart, Romilly Street, 
just before bridge (TSE), 27.X.2009, M. Wapstra 984 (HO!); S of 
Boronia Beach (TSE), 7.xi.2009, M. Wapstra 1000 (HO!). 
Notes: This erect biennial herb is locally abundant 
at several sites in the greater Hobart area. It is mainly 
associated with disturbed habitats such as roadside 
verges and banks of rivulets in urban areas. Weedy 
populations are presumed to be garden escapes or have 
arisen from dumped garden waste. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
LAMIACEAE 
Mentha spicata L. (spearmint) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Sandy Bay (TSE), 
i.1908, L Rodway s.n. (HO 7312!); South Arm (TSE), 20.L1912, 
R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2299781 [n.v.]); Mersey River at Croesus Cave 
State Reserve (TCH), 13.V.1983, A. Moscal 2380, (HO!); Black 
Bobs (TSR), 2.H.1981, AE Orchard 5341, (HO!); New Town Rivulet 
(TSE), 10.ii.2008, M. Wapstra 454, (HO!). 
Muelleria 
47 

Page image

51339543 Cootamundra wattle Muelleria 38: 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890505
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Notes: This cultivated perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from several disjunct locations. Curtis (1967) 
described its distribution and habitat as "naturalised in 
damp places", noting that "this species is the one [mint 
species] most commonly cultivated as a pot-herb". While 
it is a widespread species that has been present since at 
least 1908, it is usually only localised and grows mainly 
in riparian situations close to residential areas. Several 
populations have also been recorded in essentially 
undisturbed areas (e.g. Mersey River, Black Bobs). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
LENTIBULARIACEAE 
Utricularia gibba L. (floating bladderwort) 
Specimens examined: Wingara Road, Howden (TSE), 
6.L2012, ME de Salas 109, (HO!); Nabowla,'Dunbarton', Bridport 
Back Road (BEL), v.2015, L Riggalls.n. (HO 585568!). 
Notes: This carnivorous herb is known in Tasmania 
from two disjunct locations. One collection, from 
Howden in the south of the State, was from an artificial 
garden pond. It was not intentionally cultivated 
there and it is thought to have been introduced as a 
contaminant, brought in with other ornamental plants 
in the pond. The Nabowla population was recorded 
growing in a dam/ornamental pond in a rural area of 
the State. The species is under-collected in Tasmania 
and has been observed in ponds and water features 
throughout the State (M. de Salas pers. comm.). It is 
considered native throughout mainland Australia but 
has never been recorded growing in natural habitats in 
Tasmania where it is not considered to be native. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and 
naturalised), NT (native), SA, Qld (native), NSW (native), 
Vic. (native and naturalised) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
MALVACEAE 
Hibiscus trionum L. (bladder ketmia) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Hobart, Royal 
Society Gardens (TSE), iv.1875, W.W. Spicers.n. (H012950!); West 
Tamar (TNS), iii.1974, T.T. Hague s.n. (HO 30940!); 29 Brinsmead 
Road, Mt Nelson (TSE), 26.L2006, AM Buchanan 16399 (HO!); 
Sandfly, 202 Pelverata Road (TSR), 15.iv.2001, J. Town row s.n. 
(HO 512128!); Norwood, 39 Norwood Avenue (TNM), iv.2008, R. 
Hilders.n. (HO 547376!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
several widely-spread locations. Curtis and Morris (1975) 
described its distribution and habitat as "occasional 
as a weed of cultivation". All collections appear to be 
from gardens, either deliberately cultivated or arising 
as a contaminant of vegetable seeds. However, most 
collections are not accompanied by notes indicating the 
status.The species does not appear to have escaped the 
confines of gardens. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld (native 
and naturalised), NSW (native and naturalised), Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Malva pseudolavatera Webb & Berthel. 
(Cretan mallow) 
Specimens examined: Currie, near Department of 
Agriculture, King Island, 29.X.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 36209!); 
Old Currie tip site, Charles Street, King Island, ix.2009, M Batey 
s.n. (HO 556712!); Stanley, Stanley Highway, E side of road, c. 
4.4 km from Bass Highway junction, 24.ix.2010, ML Baker 2336 
(HO!); Stanley, Stanley Highway, 25.X.2010, K. Fenner s.n. (HO 
560413!); King Island, from airport, towards Currie and also 
north (all KIN) 9.xi.2010, A Fergusson s.n. (HO 561569!). 
Notes: This large biennial herb is known to occur in 
the northwest of the State (including King Island) where 
it is primarily a coloniser of roadside verges and is now 
well-established, often locally abundant, and appears to 
be becoming more widespread. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA 
Status: Naturalised 
MIMOSACEAE 
Acacia baileyana F. Muell. (Cootamundra 
wattle) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 8): Southern Outlet 
(A6 N bound) 3 km S of Proctors Saddle (TSE), 19.viii.2002, AM 
Gray 1211 (HO!); Between Acton Road and Single Hill (TSE), 
12.ii.2009, M Wapstra 658 (HO!); Snug Falls Road (O'Briens Road 
junction) (TSE), 26.ix.2009, M Wapstra 945 (HO!); Cethana Road. 
[Claude Road, Gowrie Park, c. 5 km E of Cethana.] (cult.?) (TNS), 
22.xi.2012, S. Pinzon-Navarros.n. (CANB 863868.1 [n.v.]). 
Notes: This commonly cultivated ornamental shrub 
is known in Tasmania from several collections mostly 
from the southeast of the State. It is most commonly 
found naturalised along roadside verges, spreading 
from nearby ornamental and amenity plantings. Some 
sites, such as along the Southern Outlet, Hobart, 
48 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339294 cornflower Muelleria 38: 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890488
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
New Town Research Laboratories (TSE), l.i.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. 
(HO 25220!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from the grounds of the State agricultural department's 
laboratories in suburban Hobart and from a garden 
nearby. One specimen states 'New introduction 
into Tasmania'. However, there is no information 
accompanying the collections that offers any detail 
regarding its status at these sites and there is insufficient 
evidence to suggest it is naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
ASTERACEAE 
Centaurea calcitrapa L. (star thistle) 
Specimens examined: Southern Tasmania, 1889, J. Fletcher 
s.n. (MEL2157846 [n.v.]); Near Oatlands (TSE), xi.1899, L. Rodway 
445 (HO!); Circular Head (TNS), 12.iv.1913, R.A. Black s.n. 
(MEL2300850 [n.v.]); Sheffield, area school (TNS), 19.ii.1947, MJ. 
Firth s.n. (HO 53308! & HO 10525!). 
Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and 
habitat of this annual or biennial herb as "occasional 
in waste places in the north of the State". It is listed in 
Rodway (1903) but without any notes on its distribution. 
It has not been recorded in Tasmania in more than 
70 years and no contextual details accompany any 
specimens, making a determination of its status difficult. 
The presence of several early records from widely 
separated regions indicates that it may, in the past, have 
been naturalised to some degree. However, it seems 
likely that it no longer occurs in the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Centaurea cyanus L. (cornflower) 
Specimens examined: Launceston (Cultivated?)(TNM), 
23.X.1978, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 586771!); Bothwell, 2 km E 
of town. Lake Highway (TSE), 12.V.2008, ML Baker 1879 (HO!); 
Kettering (TSE), 16.xi.2013, M. Wapstra 1730 (HO!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb 
is known in Tasmania from three widely separated 
records. One is possibly a cultivated plant as it was 
recorded from a garden. The others were collected from 
roadside verges in rural parts of the State. The presence 
of sporadic plants from disjunct regions indicates that it 
may have the potential to become naturalised to some 
degree in the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Centaurea solstitialis L. (St Barnaby's thistle) 
Specimen examined: Meander Valley, near Deloraine (TNS), 
i.1916, L Rodway 444 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb with spiny flower heads is 
known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected 
more than 100 years ago. Curtis (1963) described 
its distribution and habitat as "an occasional weed 
in the north of the State." There is no information 
accompanying the collection that offers any detail 
regarding its status at the site and there is insufficient 
evidence to suggest it naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Cynara cardunculus L. subsp. flavescens 
(Wiklund artichoke thistle) 
Specimens examined: McRobies Gully, Hobart (TSE), 
27.vi.1986, AM Buchanan 8802 (HO!); Bridgewater, near site of 
former Bridgewater Railway Station (TSE), 6.V.2003, ML. Baker 
s.n. (HO 521921!). 
Notes: This spiny thistle, related to the globe 
artichoke (C. cardunculus L. subsp. cardunculus), is 
known in Tasmania from two collections from the 
greater Hobart area. One specimen is noted as possibly 
being a cultivation escapee spreading into vacant land. 
The population was made the target of eradication and 
is considered to have been eradicated (K. Stewart pers. 
comm.). The other specimen is presumed to be from 
dumped garden refuse and has not been recorded since. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Lactuca serriola L. forma integrifolia (Gray) 
S.D.Prince & R.N.Carter (prickly lettuce) 
Specimens examined: Tomahawk Refuse Site (FLI), 
ll.i.2004, ML Baker 1323 (HO!); Blackwood Creek (TNM), 
29.L2011, R. Smith s.n. (HO 561952!). 
Notes: This erect prickly annual herb is known in 
Tasmania from two specimens, one from a weed- 
infested tip site surrounded by coastal bushland in the 
State's northeast, and the other as a crop weed. No 
collection details describing the plants population or 
status at either of the sites are given. The taxon may be 
Muelleria 
31 

Page image

51339433 cow soapwort Muelleria 38: 40
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890497
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Vaccaria hispanica (Mill.) Rauschert (cow 
soapwort) 
Specimen examined: Hobart (TSE), (no other collection 
information recorded. Annotated in Leonard Rodway's 
handwriting), (HO 86471). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single, poorly-annotated collection thought to have 
been collected by Leonard Rodway, although Rodway 
(1903) does not mention it. Curtis (1956) described its 
distribution and habitat (as V. segetalis) as "occasional 
in cultivated ground". However, the basis for this 
observation is not known. From this scant information 
it is difficult to assign a naturalised status with any 
certainty. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, 
Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
CHENOPODIACEAE 
Bassia scoparia (L.) A J.Scott (kochia) 
Specimens examined: Quamby View, near Deloraine, 
Midlands (TNS), 22.ii.1995, A. Allwright s.n. (HO 411060!); 
QuambyView near Deloraine, Midlands (TNS),8.iv.1997, D. Green 
s.n. (HO 12302! & HO 320884!); QuambyView, near Deloraine, 
Midlands (TNS), 08.iv.1997, A. Allwright s.n. (MEL0258971 [n.v.]); 
Winspears Road, Ambleside, East Devonport (FLI), i.1998, A. 
Loane s.n. (HO 324601!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
two locations. The latest record is devoid of useful 
collecting notes that give any indication of its status, 
although the location is predominantly rural land. All 
other records are from a carrot crop at the one site but 
collected over two different years, indicating some 
persistence at the site or a possible reintroduction as a 
contaminant of crop seed. This potentially troublesome 
crop weed has not been collected since and it is 
unknown if it has persisted at the sites. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Chenopodium foliosum (Moench) Asch. 
{-Chenopodium capitatum auct. non (L.) 
Ambrosi sensu Buchanan (2009)) (leafy 
goosefoot) 
Specimens examined: New Town, Hobart, 10 Senator Street 
(TSE), 23.ii.1982, J.E.5. Townrow s.n. (HO 115888!); Lenah Valley, 
S side [of Augusta Road](TSE), 17.ii.2008, M. Wapstra466 (HO!); 
Augusta Road, Lenah Valley, Hobart (TSE), iii.2010, M. Wapstra 
1100 (HO!). 
Notes: The two recent collections of this annual 
herb are from a single plant, noted as growing in a 
suburban drain. The plant persisted into 2009 and 2010, 
despite being virtually uprooted in 2008 (Wapstra 2008 
as C. capitatum). It was eliminated by DPIPWE weed 
management officers in 2010 and has not reappeared 
since (M. Wapstra pers. obs.).The collection from Senator 
Street in the same suburb in 1982 was growing in a 
garden. Searches in the area during 2008-2010 failed to 
detect any plants in the vicinity. Given this information 
it is reasonable to consider that this species was never 
truly naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
CISTACEAE 
Cistus inflatus Pourr. ex Demoly (rock rose) 
Specimens examined: Hadspen near bridge over South Esk 
River (TNM), 7.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15138 (HO!); Hadspen 
(TNM), 19.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15160 (HO!); Hadspen, side of 
road to disused jetty on South Esk River (TNM), 1.xii.2004, M. 
Baker 1141 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental shrub is known only from 
collections from Hadspen in the State's north. It is 
represented by a single localised population that has 
been persistent at the site for almost 20 years since it was 
first recorded. It is presumed that it was once planted 
there as an ornamental. However, it is now common and 
a dominant component of the vegetation along both 
sides of a 200 m section of track verge. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CLUSIACEAE 
Hypericum humifusum L. (creeping St John's 
wort) 
Specimen examined: Don River, Devonport (KIN), 911940, 
A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 411728!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 75 
years ago and with scant notes. Baker (2005) regarded it 
as a taxon of uncertain status and concluded that surveys 
were required to determine its presence in Tasmania. 
40 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339743 crabgrass Muelleria 38: 61
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890518
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Dichanthium sericeum (R.Br.) A.Camus subsp. 
sericeum (silky bluegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (1 of 4): Tasman Highway, 
2 km N of Sorell (TSE), 31 .i.1 982, D.l. Morris 8246 (HO!). 
NotesrThis erect perennial grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen (with several duplicates) from 
Sorell in the southeast ofthe State. Details accompanying 
the specimen indicate that the population consisted of 
approx. 20 plants. It has not been recorded since. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NT 
(native), SA (native), Qld (native), NSW (native), ACT 
(native), Vic. (native) 
Status: Not naturalised 
Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koeler (crabgrass) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, v.1895, L. Rodway 6 (HO!); 
Hobart (all TSE), 6.vi.1895, L Rodway 6 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
two specimens from Hobart, collected more than 120 
years ago. There are no notes indicating the plant's 
status at these sites, nor any evidence that it became 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, 
LHI, Nl, ACT 
Status: Not naturalised 
Digitaria ternata (Hochst. Ex A.Rich.) Stapf 
(fingergrass) 
Specimens examined: Nubeena, 6.V.1982, [collector 
unknown] Ex Tasmanian Department of Agriculture Herbarium 
(HO 568826!); Near Nubeena (all TSE), 6.v.1982, W.R. Watson s.n. 
(HO 51390!). 
Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single collection. Curtis and Morris (1994) 
described the distribution and habitat as "recorded from 
a roadside on the Tasman Peninsula", presumably based 
on this specimen. There is no evidence that it became 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Echinochloa oryzoides (Ard.) Fritsch (rice 
barnyardgrass) 
Specimen examined: Triabunna (TSE), 2.ii.1995, D.l. Morris 
86552 (HO!). 
Notes: This tall annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen from a population of 30-40 
plants growing along a roadside ditch on the State's east 
coast.There is no evidence that it became naturalised in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld (doubtfully 
naturalised), NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Eleusineindica (L.) Gaertn. (crowsfoot grass) 
Specimens examined: Bridport, top side of Westwood 
Street, 19.iii.1997, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 320736!); Parkers Ford 
Road, Port Sorell (all FLI), 8.ii.2012, P. Collier 5428 (HO!). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens from roadside verges in the 
north of the State. The collections suggest that it is 
a recent arrival to the State, although the source of 
the introduction is unknown. The species is locally 
persistent at Port Sorell (P. Collier pers. comm.) whereas 
its persistence at Bridport is unknown. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, 
Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Eleusine tristachya (Lam.) Lam. (goosegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 13): Outside of the 
Botanical Gardens [Hobart] (TSE), 17.xi.1979, T. Shea s.n. (HO 
32149!); Hobart. University ofTasmania, football oval (TSE), 
14.iii.1981, RJ. Wilson s.n. (HO 540714!); Midland Highway, N. of 
Perth (TNM), 12.iv.2013, M. Wapstra 1602 (HO!); Lyell Highway, N 
of Dawson Road (Dunrobin) turn-off (TSE), 9.vi.2013, M. Wapstra 
1660 (HO!); Brooker Highway, showgrounds roundabout, 
median strip to north (TSE), 14.iv.2014, M. Wapstra 1853 (HO!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial grass is known in 
Tasmania from numerous locations in the greater Hobart 
area, extending through to the Coal River Valley, the 
lower to middle Derwent Valley, and along the Midland 
Highway as far north as Breadalbane, near Launceston in 
the State's north. Since the first collections, in 1979 from 
outside the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Garden, and in 
1981 from Sandy Bay, it has become a widespread weed 
of roadsides and grasslands and is predicted to continue 
to increase its range throughout the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Eragrostis curvula (Schrad.) Nees (African 
lovegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 16): Woodbury (cult.) 
(TNM), i.1922, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 121170!); Franklin, picnic 
area (TSR), 8.L1967, J.E.S. Townrow s.n. (HO 92647!); Hobart 
Muelleria 
61 

Page image

51339456 Crassula muscosa muscosa Muelleria 38: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890498
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339459 Crassula natans minor Muelleria 38: 41-42

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 41-42".

51339462 Crassula tetragona robusta Muelleria 38: 42
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890499
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339408 creeping bellflower Muelleria 38: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890495
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
CALLITRICHACEAE 
Callitriche brutia Petagna subsp. brutia 
(stalked waterstarwort) 
Specimen examined: Houfes Road, King Island (KIN), 
30.x.1998, A. Woolley s.n. (HO 446766!). 
Notes: This aquatic herb is known in Tasmania from a 
single specimen that was collected from a roadside drain 
on King Island.There is insufficient information to suggest 
that it has become naturalised, but follow-up surveys at 
the site are warranted to check its persistence. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
CAMPANULACEAE 
Campanula rapunculoides L. (creeping 
bellflower) 
Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.), 27.xii.1948, 
[collector unknown] (HO 53435!); Tasmania (cult.), 29.xii.1949, 
[collector unknown] (HO 8173!);Tasmania, 3.xii.1954, [collector 
unknown] (HO 8174!); New Town (TSE), 5.ix.1989, D.l. Morris 
86399 (HO!); Ruth Drive, Lenah Valley (TSE), 20.ii.2012, M. 
Wapstra 1345 (HO!). 
Notes: This cultivated perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from five collections. The three earliest are 
from unknown locations: two are noted as being 
cultivated and the third as a "garden escape". The notes 
associated with these specimens are scant. The recent 
collections were recorded from the base of a retaining 
wall in a residential garden and from a railway line at 
the former New Town railway station. Recent surveys 
in the latter area failed to re-locate it (M. Wapstra pers. 
obs.). Curtis (1963) stated that the species is "persisting 
on roadsides and in waste places near gardens". There is 
insufficient information to suggest that this species has 
become naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld (formally 
naturalised), NSW (Sparingly naturalised) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Lobelia erinus L. (bedding lobelia) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Mt Stuart Road, 
Hobart (TSE), 5.iv.2006, M.F. Duretto 2124 (HO!); Trevallyn 
Nature Recreation Area (TNM), 10.xii.2010, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 
566884!); East of Ansons Bay Road (BEL), 20.xi.2011, R. Skabo 
s.n. (HO 563964!); Mount Nelson, E side of Rialannah Road 
(TSE), 17.iv.2012, M. Wapstra 1357 (HO!); Channel Highway 
[Middleton] (TSE), 4.iii.2013, M. Wapstra 1549 (HO!). 
Notes: This sprawling perennial garden plant, despite 
being represented only by relatively recent collections 
from the 2000s, is widespread in Tasmania. It is most 
often recorded as a few or single plants. However, a 
population from the Channel Highway was noted as 
being locally abundant, with 100s to 1000s of plants 
spread over a hundred metres or so of roadside table 
drain. One population, recorded from a sandstone 
wall that divides Mount Stuart Road, is long-persistent, 
flowers each year and seems to spread further each 
growing season (M. Wapstra pers. obs.). Plants have 
been recorded growing in a number of different 
habitats including roadsides, banks of suburban rivulets 
and grassy woodland. While there are several collections 
from widespread locations and different habitats, the 
species is still considered only sparingly naturalised 
due to its usually localised occurrence. However, the 
propensity for the species to spread is noted and this 
may be an example of a species that will shift category 
in a short timeframe. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CAPRIFOLIACEAE 
Lonicera periclymenum L. (European 
honeysuckle) 
Specimens examined: Old town of Guildford (TCH), 
2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1813 (HO!); Camp Creek, Currie, King Island 
(KIN), 25.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 2054 (HOI); Zeehan, West Coast 
(TWE), 9.xii.1954, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 52083!). 
Notes: This vigorous, evergreen climber is known 
in Tasmania from three widely separated locations. 
The specimens come from an old homestead site at 
Guildford, a roadside at Zeehan and a weedy creek 
bank on King Island. It is possible that there are more 
populations and that it may have been overlooked for 
the widespread and naturalised L japonica Thunb. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Viburnum tinus L. (laurustinus) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Whites Mill Road, 
Lilydale (BEL), 11.ix.1983, A.M. Buchanan 1206 (HOI); Long 
Island (FLI), 1.xii.1986, S. Harris s.n. (HO 104804!); Cataract 
Gorge, Launceston. Cataract walk between Kings Bridge and 
First Basin (N side of river) (TNM), 14.X.2005, M.L. Baker 1692 
(HOI); Mount Wellington, Pipeline Track, above track (TSE), 
38 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339768 creeping fog Muelleria 38: 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890519
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
International Airport (TSE), 1.iv.2008, A. Crane s.n. (HO 547462!); 
Hobart, Flagstaff Gully link road, near North Warrane Sports 
Ground (TSE), 14.iii.2015,ML Baker 3001 (HO!). 
Notes: This tussock-forming perennial grass is known 
in Tasmania from numerous locations in the State where 
it is a widespread and common weed of roadsides. It was 
first recorded from a pasture trial conducted in 1922, 
although it is unknown if it was ever actively promoted 
as a pasture species. At the time of publication of Curtis 
and Morris (1994), it was only known to be naturalised 
at Franklin, on grassy areas adjacent to the Huon River. 
Recent targeted surveys have revealed large increases in 
its range in the State and it is now regarded as common 
and widespread (NBES 2016). It is predicted to continue to 
increase its range even though it has been, and continues 
to be, actively targeted for eradication. See Figure 8. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Eragrostis tenuifolia (A.Rich.) Hochst ex 
Steud. (elastic grass) 
Specimens examined: 30 m west of Llanherne turnoff, 
Cambridge, D. Reece s.n. (HO 128440!); Just before Seven Mile 
Beach turnoff on Cambridge Road, 14.iv.1972, D. Reece s.n. 
(HO 128439!); Tasman Highway, immediately west of Orford, 
25.iii.201 6 , J. Quarmby s.n. (HO 585623!); Orford, between 
highway and Prosser River, c. 300 m W of Charles Street 
intersection, 7.iii.201 8 , Ml. Baker 3462 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from 
two disjunct roadside populations in the southeast of 
the State. The location of the most recent collection 
(Orford) was surveyed in March 2018 and several plants 
were found along a short section of roadside verge with 
other more common naturalised grasses, indicating that 
the taxon is locally established. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld, NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Glyceria plicata (Fri.) Fri. (plicate sweetgrass) 
Specimen examined: Don Heads, Devonport (FLI), 
20.xi.1986, D.l. Morris 86123 (HO!). 
Notes: This rhizomatous perennial grass is known 
in Tasmania from a single specimen from a farm dam 
overflow in the north of the State. Its similarity to 
the more widespread G. declinata Breb. may mean 
that it has been overlooked. On the basis of the 
single collection, it is difficult to assign a naturalised 
status but its perennial nature suggests it could have 
persisted at the site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (as Glyceria notata 
Chevall.) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Holcus mollis L. (creeping fog) 
Specimens examined: Tewkesbury Potato Research Farm 
(TNS), vi.1974, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 103698!); Barcoo Road, S of 
Montagu (KIN), 25.ii.2009, A.M. Buchanan 17092 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from 
two collections from the northwest of the State. The 
most recent record was from a weedy roadside. There 
are no accompanying notes to indicate its extent at 
either location. The species may have been overlooked 
in Tasmania due to its similarity with the widespread 
and common Holcus lanatus L. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Hordeum hystrix Roth (velvet sea 
barleygrass) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 12): West Lagoon, 
Little Hampton (TNM), 2.ii.1952, H.N. Barber s.n. (HO 27918!); 
Big Green Island (FLI), 11.xii.1975, J.S. Whinray 598 (AD [ n.v .]); 
Cambridge Sports Ground (TSE), 21.xi.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 
35213!); Nant Lane, N Bothwell (between Fordell Creek and 
River Clyde) (TSE), 24.L2014, M. Wapstra 1807 (HO!). 
Notes: This erect annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from three widely separated populations. It appears 
to be well-established on the islands of the Furneaux 
Group and at several localities in the dry agricultural 
region of the Midlands. Curtis and Morris (1994) stated 
that it is "occasional in pastures in the Midlands". The 
most recent collection was from grassland in a drainage 
depression where it formed dense patches. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT (doubtfully 
naturalised), SA, Qld, NSW, ACT (formerly naturalised), Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Molineriella minuta (L.) Rouy (small 
hairgrass) 
Specimen examined: Hoggs Ford Road, Campbell Town 
(TNM), 6.x.1 995, J.A. Smith s.n. (HO 316988!). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single collection from a freshwater wetland in 
the State's Midlands region. Collection notes do not give 
any indication of its status at the site. Based on this scant 
62 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339446 creeping St John's wort Muelleria 38: 40
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890497
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339546 creeping willowherb Muelleria 38: 49
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890506
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
appear to have been deliberately planted, along with 
several additional non-native Acacia species. The first 
herbarium record in 2002 belies a much longer period of 
naturalisation, which probably began in earnest in the 
1980s (based on the maturity of some stands). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW 
(native and naturalised), ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
ONAGRACEAE 
Epilobium nummulariifolium A.Cunn. 
(creeping willowherb) 
Specimens examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart, c. 
i.1999, [collector unknown] (HO 323677!); 3 Curtis Ave, South 
Hobart, 13.xi.2002, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 520616!); Woodbank 
Nursery, 25.ii.2005, ML Baker 1556 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This mat-forming perennial herb is known 
in Tasmania from a few locations in the southeast of 
the State. There exists insufficient evidence for it to be 
classified as naturalised, with the species only being 
recorded from a domestic garden on the outskirts of 
Hobart, where it is restricted to the garden and the 
immediate surrounds, and from two nurseries: Royal 
Tasmanian Botanic Gardens, as a weed of a propagating 
area, and at Woodbank Nursery, where it was a weed in 
a pot plant and in a garden bed. At present, this species 
is doubtfully naturalised but it has high potential to 
become more widespread and naturalised throughout 
the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Oenothera biennis L. (evening-primrose) 
Specimens examined: Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 
12.L2001, D.l. Morris 86729 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 
28.ii.2001, A.M. Buchanan 15856 (HO!); Bass Highway, 2 km E 
of Irishtown Road junction (KIN) 2.xi.2004, M. Baker 936 and 
M.F.Duretto (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N 
of Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1386 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental biennial herb was first 
collected in Tasmania as a weed of a lily crop. There is 
increasing evidence that it is becoming naturalised in 
various regions, mainly around highly disturbed sites 
such as crops, rubbish tips and roadside verges. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
PLUMBAGINACEAE 
Limonium sinuatum (L.) Mill, (wavyleaf sea- 
lavender) 
Specimens examined: Whitemark (FLI), IO.i.2007, A.M. 
Buchanan 16568 (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, 200 m 
N of Jetsons Road junction (FLI), 1112005, ML Baker 1394 (HO!); 
Glenora Road, Glenora [Bushy Park] (TSE), 2512013, M Wapstra 
1516 (HO!); Anglican Cemetery, Sorell (end of Henry Street) 
(TSE), 51.2013, M Wapstra 1537 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from several widespread collections, mainly 
from highly disturbed sites such as tips and roadside 
verges. It appears to have arisen from dumped garden 
waste or as an escape from ornamental plantings 
(including cemeteries). It is popular in the florist trade 
due to the "everlasting" nature of the cut flowers. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
POLEMONIACEAE 
Collomia grandiflora Douglas ex Lindl. 
(grand collomia) 
Specimen examined: King Island (KIN), vi.1957, L. Smith s.n. 
(HO 19628! & HO 317247!). 
Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and 
habitat of this annual herb as "occasional as a weed of 
cultivated land". No evidence supports this statement 
as the species is known in Tasmania from a single 
collection from a crop of potatoes on King Island sixty 
years ago—it has not been recorded since. Based on this 
evidence, the species cannot be considered naturalised 
to any degree in the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
PORTULACACEAE 
Claytoniaperfoliata Donn ex Willd. (miner's 
lettuce) 
Specimens examined: Fern Tree, East Coast, Domestic 
garden [cult.], 411983, D.l. Morris 8302 (HO!); Fern Tree, 611986, 
D.l. Morris 862 (HO!); Woolton Court, Sandy Bay [Hobart suburb] 
(all TSE), 23.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2105 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a 
few collections from domestic gardens. One collection 
notes that it is "not invasive but behaving as a nuisance 
Muelleria 

Page image

51339399 creeping yellowcress Muelleria 38: 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890494
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339540 Cretan mallow Muelleria 38: 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890505
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Notes: This cultivated perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from several disjunct locations. Curtis (1967) 
described its distribution and habitat as "naturalised in 
damp places", noting that "this species is the one [mint 
species] most commonly cultivated as a pot-herb". While 
it is a widespread species that has been present since at 
least 1908, it is usually only localised and grows mainly 
in riparian situations close to residential areas. Several 
populations have also been recorded in essentially 
undisturbed areas (e.g. Mersey River, Black Bobs). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
LENTIBULARIACEAE 
Utricularia gibba L. (floating bladderwort) 
Specimens examined: Wingara Road, Howden (TSE), 
6.L2012, ME de Salas 109, (HO!); Nabowla,'Dunbarton', Bridport 
Back Road (BEL), v.2015, L Riggalls.n. (HO 585568!). 
Notes: This carnivorous herb is known in Tasmania 
from two disjunct locations. One collection, from 
Howden in the south of the State, was from an artificial 
garden pond. It was not intentionally cultivated 
there and it is thought to have been introduced as a 
contaminant, brought in with other ornamental plants 
in the pond. The Nabowla population was recorded 
growing in a dam/ornamental pond in a rural area of 
the State. The species is under-collected in Tasmania 
and has been observed in ponds and water features 
throughout the State (M. de Salas pers. comm.). It is 
considered native throughout mainland Australia but 
has never been recorded growing in natural habitats in 
Tasmania where it is not considered to be native. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and 
naturalised), NT (native), SA, Qld (native), NSW (native), 
Vic. (native and naturalised) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
MALVACEAE 
Hibiscus trionum L. (bladder ketmia) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Hobart, Royal 
Society Gardens (TSE), iv.1875, W.W. Spicers.n. (H012950!); West 
Tamar (TNS), iii.1974, T.T. Hague s.n. (HO 30940!); 29 Brinsmead 
Road, Mt Nelson (TSE), 26.L2006, AM Buchanan 16399 (HO!); 
Sandfly, 202 Pelverata Road (TSR), 15.iv.2001, J. Town row s.n. 
(HO 512128!); Norwood, 39 Norwood Avenue (TNM), iv.2008, R. 
Hilders.n. (HO 547376!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
several widely-spread locations. Curtis and Morris (1975) 
described its distribution and habitat as "occasional 
as a weed of cultivation". All collections appear to be 
from gardens, either deliberately cultivated or arising 
as a contaminant of vegetable seeds. However, most 
collections are not accompanied by notes indicating the 
status.The species does not appear to have escaped the 
confines of gardens. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld (native 
and naturalised), NSW (native and naturalised), Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Malva pseudolavatera Webb & Berthel. 
(Cretan mallow) 
Specimens examined: Currie, near Department of 
Agriculture, King Island, 29.X.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 36209!); 
Old Currie tip site, Charles Street, King Island, ix.2009, M Batey 
s.n. (HO 556712!); Stanley, Stanley Highway, E side of road, c. 
4.4 km from Bass Highway junction, 24.ix.2010, ML Baker 2336 
(HO!); Stanley, Stanley Highway, 25.X.2010, K. Fenner s.n. (HO 
560413!); King Island, from airport, towards Currie and also 
north (all KIN) 9.xi.2010, A Fergusson s.n. (HO 561569!). 
Notes: This large biennial herb is known to occur in 
the northwest of the State (including King Island) where 
it is primarily a coloniser of roadside verges and is now 
well-established, often locally abundant, and appears to 
be becoming more widespread. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA 
Status: Naturalised 
MIMOSACEAE 
Acacia baileyana F. Muell. (Cootamundra 
wattle) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 8): Southern Outlet 
(A6 N bound) 3 km S of Proctors Saddle (TSE), 19.viii.2002, AM 
Gray 1211 (HO!); Between Acton Road and Single Hill (TSE), 
12.ii.2009, M Wapstra 658 (HO!); Snug Falls Road (O'Briens Road 
junction) (TSE), 26.ix.2009, M Wapstra 945 (HO!); Cethana Road. 
[Claude Road, Gowrie Park, c. 5 km E of Cethana.] (cult.?) (TNS), 
22.xi.2012, S. Pinzon-Navarros.n. (CANB 863868.1 [n.v.]). 
Notes: This commonly cultivated ornamental shrub 
is known in Tasmania from several collections mostly 
from the southeast of the State. It is most commonly 
found naturalised along roadside verges, spreading 
from nearby ornamental and amenity plantings. Some 
sites, such as along the Southern Outlet, Hobart, 
48 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339506 crown vetch Muelleria 38: 46
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890503
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339752 crowsfoot grass Muelleria 38: 61
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890518
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Dichanthium sericeum (R.Br.) A.Camus subsp. 
sericeum (silky bluegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (1 of 4): Tasman Highway, 
2 km N of Sorell (TSE), 31 .i.1 982, D.l. Morris 8246 (HO!). 
NotesrThis erect perennial grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen (with several duplicates) from 
Sorell in the southeast ofthe State. Details accompanying 
the specimen indicate that the population consisted of 
approx. 20 plants. It has not been recorded since. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NT 
(native), SA (native), Qld (native), NSW (native), ACT 
(native), Vic. (native) 
Status: Not naturalised 
Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koeler (crabgrass) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, v.1895, L. Rodway 6 (HO!); 
Hobart (all TSE), 6.vi.1895, L Rodway 6 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
two specimens from Hobart, collected more than 120 
years ago. There are no notes indicating the plant's 
status at these sites, nor any evidence that it became 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, 
LHI, Nl, ACT 
Status: Not naturalised 
Digitaria ternata (Hochst. Ex A.Rich.) Stapf 
(fingergrass) 
Specimens examined: Nubeena, 6.V.1982, [collector 
unknown] Ex Tasmanian Department of Agriculture Herbarium 
(HO 568826!); Near Nubeena (all TSE), 6.v.1982, W.R. Watson s.n. 
(HO 51390!). 
Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single collection. Curtis and Morris (1994) 
described the distribution and habitat as "recorded from 
a roadside on the Tasman Peninsula", presumably based 
on this specimen. There is no evidence that it became 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Echinochloa oryzoides (Ard.) Fritsch (rice 
barnyardgrass) 
Specimen examined: Triabunna (TSE), 2.ii.1995, D.l. Morris 
86552 (HO!). 
Notes: This tall annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen from a population of 30-40 
plants growing along a roadside ditch on the State's east 
coast.There is no evidence that it became naturalised in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld (doubtfully 
naturalised), NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Eleusineindica (L.) Gaertn. (crowsfoot grass) 
Specimens examined: Bridport, top side of Westwood 
Street, 19.iii.1997, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 320736!); Parkers Ford 
Road, Port Sorell (all FLI), 8.ii.2012, P. Collier 5428 (HO!). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens from roadside verges in the 
north of the State. The collections suggest that it is 
a recent arrival to the State, although the source of 
the introduction is unknown. The species is locally 
persistent at Port Sorell (P. Collier pers. comm.) whereas 
its persistence at Bridport is unknown. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, 
Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Eleusine tristachya (Lam.) Lam. (goosegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 13): Outside of the 
Botanical Gardens [Hobart] (TSE), 17.xi.1979, T. Shea s.n. (HO 
32149!); Hobart. University ofTasmania, football oval (TSE), 
14.iii.1981, RJ. Wilson s.n. (HO 540714!); Midland Highway, N. of 
Perth (TNM), 12.iv.2013, M. Wapstra 1602 (HO!); Lyell Highway, N 
of Dawson Road (Dunrobin) turn-off (TSE), 9.vi.2013, M. Wapstra 
1660 (HO!); Brooker Highway, showgrounds roundabout, 
median strip to north (TSE), 14.iv.2014, M. Wapstra 1853 (HO!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial grass is known in 
Tasmania from numerous locations in the greater Hobart 
area, extending through to the Coal River Valley, the 
lower to middle Derwent Valley, and along the Midland 
Highway as far north as Breadalbane, near Launceston in 
the State's north. Since the first collections, in 1979 from 
outside the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Garden, and in 
1981 from Sandy Bay, it has become a widespread weed 
of roadsides and grasslands and is predicted to continue 
to increase its range throughout the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Eragrostis curvula (Schrad.) Nees (African 
lovegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 16): Woodbury (cult.) 
(TNM), i.1922, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 121170!); Franklin, picnic 
area (TSR), 8.L1967, J.E.S. Townrow s.n. (HO 92647!); Hobart 
Muelleria 
61 

Page image

51339728 Cuban lily Muelleria 38: 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890517
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Highway, near Prospect, Launceston, 30.X.2000, K. Graham s.n. 
(HO 533225!); Bass Highway, near Prospect, Launceston (all 
TNM), 20.vii.2005, M.L. Baker 1588, (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial is known in Tasmania 
from two locations in the Launceston area. Curtis and 
Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat as 
"local, recorded from marshes in two localities in the 
North West". However, there is no evidence to support 
this. It was more recently collected from near Prospect 
(Launceston) where it is locally abundant and persistent 
on a highway verge covering an area of approx. 30 x 
5 m. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
LILIACEAE 
Alstroemeria aurea Graham (Peruvian lily) 
Specimens examined: Waratah Cemetery (TCH), 2.ii.2001, 
A.M. Buchanan 15838 (HOI); 15 m from corner of Huon Road and 
Ridgeway Road (TSE), 4.L2004, M.F. Duretto 1672 (HO!); Haldane 
Reserve, Lenah Valley (TSE), 2.iii.2011, M. Wapstra 1232 (HOI); 
Old town of Guildford (TCH), 2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1814 (HOI). 
Notes: This tuberous perennial is commonly 
cultivated as a garden plant in Tasmania. It appears to be 
naturalised in scattered localities where it forms small, 
localised patches. One record notes that it is naturalising 
in a paddock but does not indicate the extent of the 
population. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Scillaperuviana L. (Cuban lily) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Snake Island, N 
end. D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 18.xi.1984, K. Harris s.n. 
(HO 969891); Don Heads. Between road and lagoon, N of Don 
(FLI), 19.X.1986, D.l. Morris 8649 (HOI); Mersey Bluff, Devonport 
(FLI), 31.X.2002, B. Nuttall s.n. (HO 5202971); Mersey Lighthouse, 
Mersey Bluff (FLI), 22.ix.2005, M.L Baker 1617 (HO!); Railton - 
cleared end of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2012, M. Wapstra 
1417 (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial herb is cultivated in 
Tasmania and is known from several widely separated 
but localised populations. Naturalised populations are 
most likely garden escapes or plants persisting from 
abandoned gardens. It is most suited to dry coastal 
habitats and has been recorded forming large colonies 
consisting of hundreds of plants. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
POACEAE 
Aira cupaniana Guss. (silvery hairgrass) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, xii.1923, A.H.S. Lucas s.n. 
(NSW 551107 [ n.v ;]); Launceston (all TSE), 14.xi.1963, EJ. 
McBarron 8480, (NSW [n.v.]). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
two widely separated populations collected more 
than 50 years ago. Notes accompanying the latest 
collection indicate that it grew in wasteland in the city of 
Launceston. The limited material and associated notes 
make it difficult to accurately assign a naturalised status. 
It is likely to have been overlooked due to its similarity to 
other naturalised species in the genus. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Avellinia michelii (Savi) Pari, (avellinia) 
Specimens examined: Tin Dish Lagoon', Maclains Plain, 
Campbell Town, 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5051751);Tin Dish 
(all TNM), 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5042521). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens that appear to be duplicates of each 
other. The plants were collected from the outer edge of 
a wetland in a Selleria radicans herbfield surrounded by 
native grassland. There are no further details regarding 
the population. The limited material and associated 
collecting notes raise doubt over its naturalised status. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Calamagrostis epigejos (L.) Roth (wood 
smallreed) 
Selected specimens examined (2 of 5): Tanners Creek, 
Arthur Highway, vi.1973, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 568832!);Tanners 
Creek, between Forcett and Copping, Arthur Highway (all TSE), 
1 .iii.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 252221). 
Notes: This large perennial grass is known inTasmania 
from several collections from a roadside ditch on the 
Arthur Highway in the southeast of the State. The origin 
of the species here is unknown. It is believed to have 
been deliberately eradicated and recent surveys have 
failed to re-find it. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Previously naturalised 
60 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339468 Cuscuta suaveolens Muelleria 38: 42, Fig. 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890499
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Crassula tetragona L. subsp. robusta 
(Toelken) (Toelken miniature pine tree) 
Specimen examined: Mt Nelson, edge of University Reserve 
(TSE), 20.L2008, A/M. Buchanan 16846 (HO!). 
Notes: This succulent ornamental is known in 
Tasmania from a single collection from a single 
persistent population that has presumably escaped 
from a nearby garden where it has been deliberately 
planted. It is commonly planted in gardens and 
occurs on several roadside banks and verges, where 
it has persisted and slowly spread. It has been seen 
at numerous other sites (e.g. Bruny Island, Granton 
and St Helens). At present, it is considered sparingly 
naturalised due to the paucity of formal collections, 
but this is likely to change as its distribution is better 
understood. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CUCURBITACEAE 
Ecballium elaterium (L.) A.Rich, (squirting 
cucumber) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): At football pitch 
crossroads, on W side of soccer field. Queens Domain (TSE), 
17.iv.1984, D.l. Morris 8419 (HO!); Between Tasman Bridge and 
Government House, Hobart (TSE), 10.viii.1999, A/M. Buchanan 
15466 (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway and Intercity 
Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 6.ii.2014, M.L. 
Baker 2856 and N.Gill (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway 
and Intercity Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 
23.iii.2017, M.L Baker 3249 (HO!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is locally 
established at The Queens Domain area in Hobart. It has 
been long-persistent at one site between the Tasman 
Bridge and the Cenotaph on a grassy highway verge, 
with only a single plant seen in 2017 after successful 
control measures reduced the number of plants in 
preceding years. The species has not been recorded at 
the upper Domain site since its initial collection and is 
now presumed to be absent there. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CUSCUTACEAE 
Cuscuta suaveolens Ser. (fringed dodder) 
Specimen examined: Paddock 6, Forthside Vegetable 
Research Station (TNS), 23.iv.1999, Botanical Resources Australia 
s.n. (HO 444804!). 
Notes: This parasitic herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single collection that was growing with weeds in a red 
clover research plot in the northwest of the State. It was 
eradicated and has not been recorded since (DPIPWE 
2014). See Figure 4. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Previously naturalised 
ERICACEAE 
Arbutus unedo L. (strawberry tree) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): "Lowana", King 
River Flats, SE of Strahan (TWE), 20.ii.1978, R.C. Halton s.n. (HO 
540325!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 11 .iv.1988, D.l. Morris 
86323 (HO!); Legana, E side of Jetty Road (TNM), 14.vi.2007, G. 
Stewart s.n. (HO 545714!); Legana, Jetty Road (TNM), 29.xi.2011, 
M.L Baker 2614 (HO!); Rosebery, junction Lyell Highway and 
Hollywood Street (TWE), 24.V.2013, M. Wapstra 1640 (HO!); Reid 
Street Reserve, Ulverstone (TNS), v.2014, S. Stallbaum s.n. (HO 
579892!). 
Notes: This ornamental tree is commonly cultivated in 
Tasmania but it is becoming naturalised.The population 
at Legana is comprised of several plants, naturalised in 
Melaleuca ericifolia-Phragmites australis wetland, and is 
thought to have spread from a mature tree in a nearby 
garden. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
EUPHORBIACEAE 
Euphorbia stricta L. (upright spurge) 
Specimen examined: Bridport, Brid River walking track (FLI), 
13.xi.2011,/M.L Baker2621 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single, localised population of mature plants and 
seedlings covering an area of 10 x 10 m on a disturbed 
river bank in Bridport on the State's north coast. The 
plants grow with various exotic herbs and grasses. The 
population was present when re-visited in November 
2017 (M.L. Baker pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
42 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339668 cutleaf nightshade Muelleria 38: 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890512
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected 
more than 140 years ago. It is listed in Spicer's A 
Handbook of the Tasmanian Plants (Spicer 1878b as H. 
niger) as introduced but not widely established enough 
to consider it being part of the flora. Curtis (1967) 
described its distribution and habitat as "occasional 
as a weed of cultivation". No information regarding its 
habitat, abundance and degree of naturalisation are 
recorded and there is little evidence to indicate that it 
was ever naturalised in Tasmania. See Figure 6. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Nicotiana sylvestris Speg. (woodland 
tobacco) 
Specimens examined: 61a Salvator Road, West Hobart 
(cult.) (TSE), J. Chraska s.n. (HO 30551!); Stieglitz Tip, St Helens 
(FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1970 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is 
occasionally cultivated as an ornamental garden plant 
in the State. It has been recorded outside of cultivation 
at a disused tip-site on the east coast where it has 
presumably arisen from dumped garden waste. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Physalis peruviana L. (Cape gooseberry) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Boat Harbour, 
Wynyard area (KIN), 1711975, B. Copley 4667 (AD 97508260 
[n.v.]); Suburban garden, Blackmans Bay (TSE), 18.V.1985, PA. 
Collier 534 (HO!); Great Dog Island (cult.) (FLI), 8.xii.1986, S. Harris 
s.n. (H0123909!); Huonville, S side of river (TSR), 16.ii.2006, AM 
Buchanan 16407 (HO!); Lovers Lane, Naracoopa, King Island 
(KIN), 2612015, M. Batey436 andG. Batey (HO!). 
Notes:This short-lived shrub is occasionally cultivated 
in Tasmania as an ornamental and for its edible fruit. 
Outside of cultivation it is known from several disjunct 
locations from weedy habitats, including roadsides, 
tip sites, vegetable gardens and agricultural land, but 
occasionally also in relatively undisturbed bushland. 
Populations are usually restricted to small numbers of 
plants and are thought to have originated from dumped 
garden waste or spread via animals. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Solanum nodiflorum Jacq. (small-flowered 
nightshade) 
Specimen examined: Clarence Point, West Tamar (FLI), 
28.ix.1993, AM. Buchanan 13453 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania from a single collection made in 
1993 from disturbed ground at the edge of a Eucalyptus 
forest in the north of the State. No information regarding 
the plant's abundance and degree of naturalisation are 
recorded, making it difficult to assign any naturalised 
status. It may be mistaken for the widespread and 
commonly naturalised Solanum nigrum L. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld (?native 
and naturalised), NSW (?native and naturalised), Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Solanum triflorum Nutt, (cutleaf nightshade) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Seven Mile Beach, 
3.iv.2000, AM Buchanan 15695 (HO!); Pitt Water, Pittwater Road, 
812004, T. Swan s.n. (HO 527944!); Service Depot, Five Mile 
Beach, 10.iii.2006, A. Crane s.n. (HO 539022!); Tasman Highway, 
Tunnel Hill section, E side, 9.vi.2010, M Wapstra 1115 (HO!); 533 
Pass Road, Mornington, 11.iv.2011, M Moore s.n. (HO 562180!) 
(all TSE). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a small number of localised but well-established 
populations in the State's southeast. It is most often 
recorded growing in sandy soils at low elevations. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
URTICACEAE 
Parietariajudaica L. (wall pellitory) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): 17 Keen Court, 
Kingston, 711998, D.l. Morris 86648 (HO!); 11 Carr Street, North 
Hobart, 30.vi.2008, M.L. Baker 1890 (HO!); lower side (private car 
park), Bathurst Street, Hobart, 30.xi.2012, M Wapstra s.n. (HO 
568271!); Hobart, corner of Collins Street and Barrack Street 
18.ix.2015, M.L Baker 3012 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
a small number of specimens from the State's southeast. 
It has been recorded as a weed in two gardens and 
as single plants growing from the cracks of walls and 
footpaths. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Muelleria 
55 

Page image

51339297 Cynara cardunculus flavescens Muelleria 38: 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890488
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339738 Dichanthium sericeum sericeum Muelleria 38: 61
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890518
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339741 Digitaria ciliaris Muelleria 38: 61
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890518
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Dichanthium sericeum (R.Br.) A.Camus subsp. 
sericeum (silky bluegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (1 of 4): Tasman Highway, 
2 km N of Sorell (TSE), 31 .i.1 982, D.l. Morris 8246 (HO!). 
NotesrThis erect perennial grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen (with several duplicates) from 
Sorell in the southeast ofthe State. Details accompanying 
the specimen indicate that the population consisted of 
approx. 20 plants. It has not been recorded since. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NT 
(native), SA (native), Qld (native), NSW (native), ACT 
(native), Vic. (native) 
Status: Not naturalised 
Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koeler (crabgrass) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, v.1895, L. Rodway 6 (HO!); 
Hobart (all TSE), 6.vi.1895, L Rodway 6 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
two specimens from Hobart, collected more than 120 
years ago. There are no notes indicating the plant's 
status at these sites, nor any evidence that it became 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, 
LHI, Nl, ACT 
Status: Not naturalised 
Digitaria ternata (Hochst. Ex A.Rich.) Stapf 
(fingergrass) 
Specimens examined: Nubeena, 6.V.1982, [collector 
unknown] Ex Tasmanian Department of Agriculture Herbarium 
(HO 568826!); Near Nubeena (all TSE), 6.v.1982, W.R. Watson s.n. 
(HO 51390!). 
Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single collection. Curtis and Morris (1994) 
described the distribution and habitat as "recorded from 
a roadside on the Tasman Peninsula", presumably based 
on this specimen. There is no evidence that it became 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Echinochloa oryzoides (Ard.) Fritsch (rice 
barnyardgrass) 
Specimen examined: Triabunna (TSE), 2.ii.1995, D.l. Morris 
86552 (HO!). 
Notes: This tall annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen from a population of 30-40 
plants growing along a roadside ditch on the State's east 
coast.There is no evidence that it became naturalised in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld (doubtfully 
naturalised), NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Eleusineindica (L.) Gaertn. (crowsfoot grass) 
Specimens examined: Bridport, top side of Westwood 
Street, 19.iii.1997, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 320736!); Parkers Ford 
Road, Port Sorell (all FLI), 8.ii.2012, P. Collier 5428 (HO!). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens from roadside verges in the 
north of the State. The collections suggest that it is 
a recent arrival to the State, although the source of 
the introduction is unknown. The species is locally 
persistent at Port Sorell (P. Collier pers. comm.) whereas 
its persistence at Bridport is unknown. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, 
Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Eleusine tristachya (Lam.) Lam. (goosegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 13): Outside of the 
Botanical Gardens [Hobart] (TSE), 17.xi.1979, T. Shea s.n. (HO 
32149!); Hobart. University ofTasmania, football oval (TSE), 
14.iii.1981, RJ. Wilson s.n. (HO 540714!); Midland Highway, N. of 
Perth (TNM), 12.iv.2013, M. Wapstra 1602 (HO!); Lyell Highway, N 
of Dawson Road (Dunrobin) turn-off (TSE), 9.vi.2013, M. Wapstra 
1660 (HO!); Brooker Highway, showgrounds roundabout, 
median strip to north (TSE), 14.iv.2014, M. Wapstra 1853 (HO!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial grass is known in 
Tasmania from numerous locations in the greater Hobart 
area, extending through to the Coal River Valley, the 
lower to middle Derwent Valley, and along the Midland 
Highway as far north as Breadalbane, near Launceston in 
the State's north. Since the first collections, in 1979 from 
outside the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Garden, and in 
1981 from Sandy Bay, it has become a widespread weed 
of roadsides and grasslands and is predicted to continue 
to increase its range throughout the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Eragrostis curvula (Schrad.) Nees (African 
lovegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 16): Woodbury (cult.) 
(TNM), i.1922, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 121170!); Franklin, picnic 
area (TSR), 8.L1967, J.E.S. Townrow s.n. (HO 92647!); Hobart 
Muelleria 
61 

Page image

51339744 Digitaria ternata Muelleria 38: 61
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890518
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Dichanthium sericeum (R.Br.) A.Camus subsp. 
sericeum (silky bluegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (1 of 4): Tasman Highway, 
2 km N of Sorell (TSE), 31 .i.1 982, D.l. Morris 8246 (HO!). 
NotesrThis erect perennial grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen (with several duplicates) from 
Sorell in the southeast ofthe State. Details accompanying 
the specimen indicate that the population consisted of 
approx. 20 plants. It has not been recorded since. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NT 
(native), SA (native), Qld (native), NSW (native), ACT 
(native), Vic. (native) 
Status: Not naturalised 
Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koeler (crabgrass) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, v.1895, L. Rodway 6 (HO!); 
Hobart (all TSE), 6.vi.1895, L Rodway 6 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
two specimens from Hobart, collected more than 120 
years ago. There are no notes indicating the plant's 
status at these sites, nor any evidence that it became 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, 
LHI, Nl, ACT 
Status: Not naturalised 
Digitaria ternata (Hochst. Ex A.Rich.) Stapf 
(fingergrass) 
Specimens examined: Nubeena, 6.V.1982, [collector 
unknown] Ex Tasmanian Department of Agriculture Herbarium 
(HO 568826!); Near Nubeena (all TSE), 6.v.1982, W.R. Watson s.n. 
(HO 51390!). 
Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single collection. Curtis and Morris (1994) 
described the distribution and habitat as "recorded from 
a roadside on the Tasman Peninsula", presumably based 
on this specimen. There is no evidence that it became 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Echinochloa oryzoides (Ard.) Fritsch (rice 
barnyardgrass) 
Specimen examined: Triabunna (TSE), 2.ii.1995, D.l. Morris 
86552 (HO!). 
Notes: This tall annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen from a population of 30-40 
plants growing along a roadside ditch on the State's east 
coast.There is no evidence that it became naturalised in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld (doubtfully 
naturalised), NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Eleusineindica (L.) Gaertn. (crowsfoot grass) 
Specimens examined: Bridport, top side of Westwood 
Street, 19.iii.1997, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 320736!); Parkers Ford 
Road, Port Sorell (all FLI), 8.ii.2012, P. Collier 5428 (HO!). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens from roadside verges in the 
north of the State. The collections suggest that it is 
a recent arrival to the State, although the source of 
the introduction is unknown. The species is locally 
persistent at Port Sorell (P. Collier pers. comm.) whereas 
its persistence at Bridport is unknown. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, 
Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Eleusine tristachya (Lam.) Lam. (goosegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 13): Outside of the 
Botanical Gardens [Hobart] (TSE), 17.xi.1979, T. Shea s.n. (HO 
32149!); Hobart. University ofTasmania, football oval (TSE), 
14.iii.1981, RJ. Wilson s.n. (HO 540714!); Midland Highway, N. of 
Perth (TNM), 12.iv.2013, M. Wapstra 1602 (HO!); Lyell Highway, N 
of Dawson Road (Dunrobin) turn-off (TSE), 9.vi.2013, M. Wapstra 
1660 (HO!); Brooker Highway, showgrounds roundabout, 
median strip to north (TSE), 14.iv.2014, M. Wapstra 1853 (HO!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial grass is known in 
Tasmania from numerous locations in the greater Hobart 
area, extending through to the Coal River Valley, the 
lower to middle Derwent Valley, and along the Midland 
Highway as far north as Breadalbane, near Launceston in 
the State's north. Since the first collections, in 1979 from 
outside the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Garden, and in 
1981 from Sandy Bay, it has become a widespread weed 
of roadsides and grasslands and is predicted to continue 
to increase its range throughout the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Eragrostis curvula (Schrad.) Nees (African 
lovegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 16): Woodbury (cult.) 
(TNM), i.1922, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 121170!); Franklin, picnic 
area (TSR), 8.L1967, J.E.S. Townrow s.n. (HO 92647!); Hobart 
Muelleria 
61 

Page image

51339387 downy peppercress Muelleria 38: 35
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890492
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339465 Ecballium elaterium Muelleria 38: 42
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890499
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Crassula tetragona L. subsp. robusta 
(Toelken) (Toelken miniature pine tree) 
Specimen examined: Mt Nelson, edge of University Reserve 
(TSE), 20.L2008, A/M. Buchanan 16846 (HO!). 
Notes: This succulent ornamental is known in 
Tasmania from a single collection from a single 
persistent population that has presumably escaped 
from a nearby garden where it has been deliberately 
planted. It is commonly planted in gardens and 
occurs on several roadside banks and verges, where 
it has persisted and slowly spread. It has been seen 
at numerous other sites (e.g. Bruny Island, Granton 
and St Helens). At present, it is considered sparingly 
naturalised due to the paucity of formal collections, 
but this is likely to change as its distribution is better 
understood. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CUCURBITACEAE 
Ecballium elaterium (L.) A.Rich, (squirting 
cucumber) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): At football pitch 
crossroads, on W side of soccer field. Queens Domain (TSE), 
17.iv.1984, D.l. Morris 8419 (HO!); Between Tasman Bridge and 
Government House, Hobart (TSE), 10.viii.1999, A/M. Buchanan 
15466 (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway and Intercity 
Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 6.ii.2014, M.L. 
Baker 2856 and N.Gill (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway 
and Intercity Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 
23.iii.2017, M.L Baker 3249 (HO!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is locally 
established at The Queens Domain area in Hobart. It has 
been long-persistent at one site between the Tasman 
Bridge and the Cenotaph on a grassy highway verge, 
with only a single plant seen in 2017 after successful 
control measures reduced the number of plants in 
preceding years. The species has not been recorded at 
the upper Domain site since its initial collection and is 
now presumed to be absent there. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CUSCUTACEAE 
Cuscuta suaveolens Ser. (fringed dodder) 
Specimen examined: Paddock 6, Forthside Vegetable 
Research Station (TNS), 23.iv.1999, Botanical Resources Australia 
s.n. (HO 444804!). 
Notes: This parasitic herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single collection that was growing with weeds in a red 
clover research plot in the northwest of the State. It was 
eradicated and has not been recorded since (DPIPWE 
2014). See Figure 4. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Previously naturalised 
ERICACEAE 
Arbutus unedo L. (strawberry tree) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): "Lowana", King 
River Flats, SE of Strahan (TWE), 20.ii.1978, R.C. Halton s.n. (HO 
540325!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 11 .iv.1988, D.l. Morris 
86323 (HO!); Legana, E side of Jetty Road (TNM), 14.vi.2007, G. 
Stewart s.n. (HO 545714!); Legana, Jetty Road (TNM), 29.xi.2011, 
M.L Baker 2614 (HO!); Rosebery, junction Lyell Highway and 
Hollywood Street (TWE), 24.V.2013, M. Wapstra 1640 (HO!); Reid 
Street Reserve, Ulverstone (TNS), v.2014, S. Stallbaum s.n. (HO 
579892!). 
Notes: This ornamental tree is commonly cultivated in 
Tasmania but it is becoming naturalised.The population 
at Legana is comprised of several plants, naturalised in 
Melaleuca ericifolia-Phragmites australis wetland, and is 
thought to have spread from a mature tree in a nearby 
garden. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
EUPHORBIACEAE 
Euphorbia stricta L. (upright spurge) 
Specimen examined: Bridport, Brid River walking track (FLI), 
13.xi.2011,/M.L Baker2621 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single, localised population of mature plants and 
seedlings covering an area of 10 x 10 m on a disturbed 
river bank in Bridport on the State's north coast. The 
plants grow with various exotic herbs and grasses. The 
population was present when re-visited in November 
2017 (M.L. Baker pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
42 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339747 Echinochloa oryzoides Muelleria 38: 61
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890518
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Dichanthium sericeum (R.Br.) A.Camus subsp. 
sericeum (silky bluegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (1 of 4): Tasman Highway, 
2 km N of Sorell (TSE), 31 .i.1 982, D.l. Morris 8246 (HO!). 
NotesrThis erect perennial grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen (with several duplicates) from 
Sorell in the southeast ofthe State. Details accompanying 
the specimen indicate that the population consisted of 
approx. 20 plants. It has not been recorded since. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NT 
(native), SA (native), Qld (native), NSW (native), ACT 
(native), Vic. (native) 
Status: Not naturalised 
Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koeler (crabgrass) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, v.1895, L. Rodway 6 (HO!); 
Hobart (all TSE), 6.vi.1895, L Rodway 6 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
two specimens from Hobart, collected more than 120 
years ago. There are no notes indicating the plant's 
status at these sites, nor any evidence that it became 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, 
LHI, Nl, ACT 
Status: Not naturalised 
Digitaria ternata (Hochst. Ex A.Rich.) Stapf 
(fingergrass) 
Specimens examined: Nubeena, 6.V.1982, [collector 
unknown] Ex Tasmanian Department of Agriculture Herbarium 
(HO 568826!); Near Nubeena (all TSE), 6.v.1982, W.R. Watson s.n. 
(HO 51390!). 
Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single collection. Curtis and Morris (1994) 
described the distribution and habitat as "recorded from 
a roadside on the Tasman Peninsula", presumably based 
on this specimen. There is no evidence that it became 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Echinochloa oryzoides (Ard.) Fritsch (rice 
barnyardgrass) 
Specimen examined: Triabunna (TSE), 2.ii.1995, D.l. Morris 
86552 (HO!). 
Notes: This tall annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen from a population of 30-40 
plants growing along a roadside ditch on the State's east 
coast.There is no evidence that it became naturalised in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld (doubtfully 
naturalised), NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Eleusineindica (L.) Gaertn. (crowsfoot grass) 
Specimens examined: Bridport, top side of Westwood 
Street, 19.iii.1997, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 320736!); Parkers Ford 
Road, Port Sorell (all FLI), 8.ii.2012, P. Collier 5428 (HO!). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens from roadside verges in the 
north of the State. The collections suggest that it is 
a recent arrival to the State, although the source of 
the introduction is unknown. The species is locally 
persistent at Port Sorell (P. Collier pers. comm.) whereas 
its persistence at Bridport is unknown. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, 
Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Eleusine tristachya (Lam.) Lam. (goosegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 13): Outside of the 
Botanical Gardens [Hobart] (TSE), 17.xi.1979, T. Shea s.n. (HO 
32149!); Hobart. University ofTasmania, football oval (TSE), 
14.iii.1981, RJ. Wilson s.n. (HO 540714!); Midland Highway, N. of 
Perth (TNM), 12.iv.2013, M. Wapstra 1602 (HO!); Lyell Highway, N 
of Dawson Road (Dunrobin) turn-off (TSE), 9.vi.2013, M. Wapstra 
1660 (HO!); Brooker Highway, showgrounds roundabout, 
median strip to north (TSE), 14.iv.2014, M. Wapstra 1853 (HO!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial grass is known in 
Tasmania from numerous locations in the greater Hobart 
area, extending through to the Coal River Valley, the 
lower to middle Derwent Valley, and along the Midland 
Highway as far north as Breadalbane, near Launceston in 
the State's north. Since the first collections, in 1979 from 
outside the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Garden, and in 
1981 from Sandy Bay, it has become a widespread weed 
of roadsides and grasslands and is predicted to continue 
to increase its range throughout the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Eragrostis curvula (Schrad.) Nees (African 
lovegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 16): Woodbury (cult.) 
(TNM), i.1922, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 121170!); Franklin, picnic 
area (TSR), 8.L1967, J.E.S. Townrow s.n. (HO 92647!); Hobart 
Muelleria 
61 

Page image

51339761 elastic grass Muelleria 38: 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890519
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
International Airport (TSE), 1.iv.2008, A. Crane s.n. (HO 547462!); 
Hobart, Flagstaff Gully link road, near North Warrane Sports 
Ground (TSE), 14.iii.2015,ML Baker 3001 (HO!). 
Notes: This tussock-forming perennial grass is known 
in Tasmania from numerous locations in the State where 
it is a widespread and common weed of roadsides. It was 
first recorded from a pasture trial conducted in 1922, 
although it is unknown if it was ever actively promoted 
as a pasture species. At the time of publication of Curtis 
and Morris (1994), it was only known to be naturalised 
at Franklin, on grassy areas adjacent to the Huon River. 
Recent targeted surveys have revealed large increases in 
its range in the State and it is now regarded as common 
and widespread (NBES 2016). It is predicted to continue to 
increase its range even though it has been, and continues 
to be, actively targeted for eradication. See Figure 8. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Eragrostis tenuifolia (A.Rich.) Hochst ex 
Steud. (elastic grass) 
Specimens examined: 30 m west of Llanherne turnoff, 
Cambridge, D. Reece s.n. (HO 128440!); Just before Seven Mile 
Beach turnoff on Cambridge Road, 14.iv.1972, D. Reece s.n. 
(HO 128439!); Tasman Highway, immediately west of Orford, 
25.iii.201 6 , J. Quarmby s.n. (HO 585623!); Orford, between 
highway and Prosser River, c. 300 m W of Charles Street 
intersection, 7.iii.201 8 , Ml. Baker 3462 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from 
two disjunct roadside populations in the southeast of 
the State. The location of the most recent collection 
(Orford) was surveyed in March 2018 and several plants 
were found along a short section of roadside verge with 
other more common naturalised grasses, indicating that 
the taxon is locally established. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld, NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Glyceria plicata (Fri.) Fri. (plicate sweetgrass) 
Specimen examined: Don Heads, Devonport (FLI), 
20.xi.1986, D.l. Morris 86123 (HO!). 
Notes: This rhizomatous perennial grass is known 
in Tasmania from a single specimen from a farm dam 
overflow in the north of the State. Its similarity to 
the more widespread G. declinata Breb. may mean 
that it has been overlooked. On the basis of the 
single collection, it is difficult to assign a naturalised 
status but its perennial nature suggests it could have 
persisted at the site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (as Glyceria notata 
Chevall.) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Holcus mollis L. (creeping fog) 
Specimens examined: Tewkesbury Potato Research Farm 
(TNS), vi.1974, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 103698!); Barcoo Road, S of 
Montagu (KIN), 25.ii.2009, A.M. Buchanan 17092 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from 
two collections from the northwest of the State. The 
most recent record was from a weedy roadside. There 
are no accompanying notes to indicate its extent at 
either location. The species may have been overlooked 
in Tasmania due to its similarity with the widespread 
and common Holcus lanatus L. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Hordeum hystrix Roth (velvet sea 
barleygrass) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 12): West Lagoon, 
Little Hampton (TNM), 2.ii.1952, H.N. Barber s.n. (HO 27918!); 
Big Green Island (FLI), 11.xii.1975, J.S. Whinray 598 (AD [ n.v .]); 
Cambridge Sports Ground (TSE), 21.xi.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 
35213!); Nant Lane, N Bothwell (between Fordell Creek and 
River Clyde) (TSE), 24.L2014, M. Wapstra 1807 (HO!). 
Notes: This erect annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from three widely separated populations. It appears 
to be well-established on the islands of the Furneaux 
Group and at several localities in the dry agricultural 
region of the Midlands. Curtis and Morris (1994) stated 
that it is "occasional in pastures in the Midlands". The 
most recent collection was from grassland in a drainage 
depression where it formed dense patches. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT (doubtfully 
naturalised), SA, Qld, NSW, ACT (formerly naturalised), Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Molineriella minuta (L.) Rouy (small 
hairgrass) 
Specimen examined: Hoggs Ford Road, Campbell Town 
(TNM), 6.x.1 995, J.A. Smith s.n. (HO 316988!). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single collection from a freshwater wetland in 
the State's Midlands region. Collection notes do not give 
any indication of its status at the site. Based on this scant 
62 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339750 Eleusine indica Muelleria 38: 61
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890518
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Dichanthium sericeum (R.Br.) A.Camus subsp. 
sericeum (silky bluegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (1 of 4): Tasman Highway, 
2 km N of Sorell (TSE), 31 .i.1 982, D.l. Morris 8246 (HO!). 
NotesrThis erect perennial grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen (with several duplicates) from 
Sorell in the southeast ofthe State. Details accompanying 
the specimen indicate that the population consisted of 
approx. 20 plants. It has not been recorded since. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NT 
(native), SA (native), Qld (native), NSW (native), ACT 
(native), Vic. (native) 
Status: Not naturalised 
Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koeler (crabgrass) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, v.1895, L. Rodway 6 (HO!); 
Hobart (all TSE), 6.vi.1895, L Rodway 6 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
two specimens from Hobart, collected more than 120 
years ago. There are no notes indicating the plant's 
status at these sites, nor any evidence that it became 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, 
LHI, Nl, ACT 
Status: Not naturalised 
Digitaria ternata (Hochst. Ex A.Rich.) Stapf 
(fingergrass) 
Specimens examined: Nubeena, 6.V.1982, [collector 
unknown] Ex Tasmanian Department of Agriculture Herbarium 
(HO 568826!); Near Nubeena (all TSE), 6.v.1982, W.R. Watson s.n. 
(HO 51390!). 
Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single collection. Curtis and Morris (1994) 
described the distribution and habitat as "recorded from 
a roadside on the Tasman Peninsula", presumably based 
on this specimen. There is no evidence that it became 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Echinochloa oryzoides (Ard.) Fritsch (rice 
barnyardgrass) 
Specimen examined: Triabunna (TSE), 2.ii.1995, D.l. Morris 
86552 (HO!). 
Notes: This tall annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen from a population of 30-40 
plants growing along a roadside ditch on the State's east 
coast.There is no evidence that it became naturalised in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld (doubtfully 
naturalised), NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Eleusineindica (L.) Gaertn. (crowsfoot grass) 
Specimens examined: Bridport, top side of Westwood 
Street, 19.iii.1997, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 320736!); Parkers Ford 
Road, Port Sorell (all FLI), 8.ii.2012, P. Collier 5428 (HO!). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens from roadside verges in the 
north of the State. The collections suggest that it is 
a recent arrival to the State, although the source of 
the introduction is unknown. The species is locally 
persistent at Port Sorell (P. Collier pers. comm.) whereas 
its persistence at Bridport is unknown. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, 
Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Eleusine tristachya (Lam.) Lam. (goosegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 13): Outside of the 
Botanical Gardens [Hobart] (TSE), 17.xi.1979, T. Shea s.n. (HO 
32149!); Hobart. University ofTasmania, football oval (TSE), 
14.iii.1981, RJ. Wilson s.n. (HO 540714!); Midland Highway, N. of 
Perth (TNM), 12.iv.2013, M. Wapstra 1602 (HO!); Lyell Highway, N 
of Dawson Road (Dunrobin) turn-off (TSE), 9.vi.2013, M. Wapstra 
1660 (HO!); Brooker Highway, showgrounds roundabout, 
median strip to north (TSE), 14.iv.2014, M. Wapstra 1853 (HO!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial grass is known in 
Tasmania from numerous locations in the greater Hobart 
area, extending through to the Coal River Valley, the 
lower to middle Derwent Valley, and along the Midland 
Highway as far north as Breadalbane, near Launceston in 
the State's north. Since the first collections, in 1979 from 
outside the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Garden, and in 
1981 from Sandy Bay, it has become a widespread weed 
of roadsides and grasslands and is predicted to continue 
to increase its range throughout the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Eragrostis curvula (Schrad.) Nees (African 
lovegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 16): Woodbury (cult.) 
(TNM), i.1922, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 121170!); Franklin, picnic 
area (TSR), 8.L1967, J.E.S. Townrow s.n. (HO 92647!); Hobart 
Muelleria 
61 

Page image

51339753 Eleusine tristachya Muelleria 38: 61
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890518
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Dichanthium sericeum (R.Br.) A.Camus subsp. 
sericeum (silky bluegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (1 of 4): Tasman Highway, 
2 km N of Sorell (TSE), 31 .i.1 982, D.l. Morris 8246 (HO!). 
NotesrThis erect perennial grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen (with several duplicates) from 
Sorell in the southeast ofthe State. Details accompanying 
the specimen indicate that the population consisted of 
approx. 20 plants. It has not been recorded since. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NT 
(native), SA (native), Qld (native), NSW (native), ACT 
(native), Vic. (native) 
Status: Not naturalised 
Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koeler (crabgrass) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, v.1895, L. Rodway 6 (HO!); 
Hobart (all TSE), 6.vi.1895, L Rodway 6 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
two specimens from Hobart, collected more than 120 
years ago. There are no notes indicating the plant's 
status at these sites, nor any evidence that it became 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, 
LHI, Nl, ACT 
Status: Not naturalised 
Digitaria ternata (Hochst. Ex A.Rich.) Stapf 
(fingergrass) 
Specimens examined: Nubeena, 6.V.1982, [collector 
unknown] Ex Tasmanian Department of Agriculture Herbarium 
(HO 568826!); Near Nubeena (all TSE), 6.v.1982, W.R. Watson s.n. 
(HO 51390!). 
Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single collection. Curtis and Morris (1994) 
described the distribution and habitat as "recorded from 
a roadside on the Tasman Peninsula", presumably based 
on this specimen. There is no evidence that it became 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Echinochloa oryzoides (Ard.) Fritsch (rice 
barnyardgrass) 
Specimen examined: Triabunna (TSE), 2.ii.1995, D.l. Morris 
86552 (HO!). 
Notes: This tall annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen from a population of 30-40 
plants growing along a roadside ditch on the State's east 
coast.There is no evidence that it became naturalised in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld (doubtfully 
naturalised), NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Eleusineindica (L.) Gaertn. (crowsfoot grass) 
Specimens examined: Bridport, top side of Westwood 
Street, 19.iii.1997, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 320736!); Parkers Ford 
Road, Port Sorell (all FLI), 8.ii.2012, P. Collier 5428 (HO!). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens from roadside verges in the 
north of the State. The collections suggest that it is 
a recent arrival to the State, although the source of 
the introduction is unknown. The species is locally 
persistent at Port Sorell (P. Collier pers. comm.) whereas 
its persistence at Bridport is unknown. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, 
Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Eleusine tristachya (Lam.) Lam. (goosegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 13): Outside of the 
Botanical Gardens [Hobart] (TSE), 17.xi.1979, T. Shea s.n. (HO 
32149!); Hobart. University ofTasmania, football oval (TSE), 
14.iii.1981, RJ. Wilson s.n. (HO 540714!); Midland Highway, N. of 
Perth (TNM), 12.iv.2013, M. Wapstra 1602 (HO!); Lyell Highway, N 
of Dawson Road (Dunrobin) turn-off (TSE), 9.vi.2013, M. Wapstra 
1660 (HO!); Brooker Highway, showgrounds roundabout, 
median strip to north (TSE), 14.iv.2014, M. Wapstra 1853 (HO!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial grass is known in 
Tasmania from numerous locations in the greater Hobart 
area, extending through to the Coal River Valley, the 
lower to middle Derwent Valley, and along the Midland 
Highway as far north as Breadalbane, near Launceston in 
the State's north. Since the first collections, in 1979 from 
outside the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Garden, and in 
1981 from Sandy Bay, it has become a widespread weed 
of roadsides and grasslands and is predicted to continue 
to increase its range throughout the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Eragrostis curvula (Schrad.) Nees (African 
lovegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 16): Woodbury (cult.) 
(TNM), i.1922, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 121170!); Franklin, picnic 
area (TSR), 8.L1967, J.E.S. Townrow s.n. (HO 92647!); Hobart 
Muelleria 
61 

Page image

51339544 Epilobium nummulariifolium Muelleria 38: 49
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890506
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
appear to have been deliberately planted, along with 
several additional non-native Acacia species. The first 
herbarium record in 2002 belies a much longer period of 
naturalisation, which probably began in earnest in the 
1980s (based on the maturity of some stands). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW 
(native and naturalised), ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
ONAGRACEAE 
Epilobium nummulariifolium A.Cunn. 
(creeping willowherb) 
Specimens examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart, c. 
i.1999, [collector unknown] (HO 323677!); 3 Curtis Ave, South 
Hobart, 13.xi.2002, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 520616!); Woodbank 
Nursery, 25.ii.2005, ML Baker 1556 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This mat-forming perennial herb is known 
in Tasmania from a few locations in the southeast of 
the State. There exists insufficient evidence for it to be 
classified as naturalised, with the species only being 
recorded from a domestic garden on the outskirts of 
Hobart, where it is restricted to the garden and the 
immediate surrounds, and from two nurseries: Royal 
Tasmanian Botanic Gardens, as a weed of a propagating 
area, and at Woodbank Nursery, where it was a weed in 
a pot plant and in a garden bed. At present, this species 
is doubtfully naturalised but it has high potential to 
become more widespread and naturalised throughout 
the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Oenothera biennis L. (evening-primrose) 
Specimens examined: Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 
12.L2001, D.l. Morris 86729 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 
28.ii.2001, A.M. Buchanan 15856 (HO!); Bass Highway, 2 km E 
of Irishtown Road junction (KIN) 2.xi.2004, M. Baker 936 and 
M.F.Duretto (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N 
of Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1386 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental biennial herb was first 
collected in Tasmania as a weed of a lily crop. There is 
increasing evidence that it is becoming naturalised in 
various regions, mainly around highly disturbed sites 
such as crops, rubbish tips and roadside verges. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
PLUMBAGINACEAE 
Limonium sinuatum (L.) Mill, (wavyleaf sea- 
lavender) 
Specimens examined: Whitemark (FLI), IO.i.2007, A.M. 
Buchanan 16568 (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, 200 m 
N of Jetsons Road junction (FLI), 1112005, ML Baker 1394 (HO!); 
Glenora Road, Glenora [Bushy Park] (TSE), 2512013, M Wapstra 
1516 (HO!); Anglican Cemetery, Sorell (end of Henry Street) 
(TSE), 51.2013, M Wapstra 1537 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from several widespread collections, mainly 
from highly disturbed sites such as tips and roadside 
verges. It appears to have arisen from dumped garden 
waste or as an escape from ornamental plantings 
(including cemeteries). It is popular in the florist trade 
due to the "everlasting" nature of the cut flowers. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
POLEMONIACEAE 
Collomia grandiflora Douglas ex Lindl. 
(grand collomia) 
Specimen examined: King Island (KIN), vi.1957, L. Smith s.n. 
(HO 19628! & HO 317247!). 
Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and 
habitat of this annual herb as "occasional as a weed of 
cultivated land". No evidence supports this statement 
as the species is known in Tasmania from a single 
collection from a crop of potatoes on King Island sixty 
years ago—it has not been recorded since. Based on this 
evidence, the species cannot be considered naturalised 
to any degree in the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
PORTULACACEAE 
Claytoniaperfoliata Donn ex Willd. (miner's 
lettuce) 
Specimens examined: Fern Tree, East Coast, Domestic 
garden [cult.], 411983, D.l. Morris 8302 (HO!); Fern Tree, 611986, 
D.l. Morris 862 (HO!); Woolton Court, Sandy Bay [Hobart suburb] 
(all TSE), 23.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2105 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a 
few collections from domestic gardens. One collection 
notes that it is "not invasive but behaving as a nuisance 
Muelleria 

Page image

51339756 Eragrostis curvula Muelleria 38: 61-62, Fig. 8

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 61-62, Fig. 8".

51339759 Eragrostis tenuifolia Muelleria 38: 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890519
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
International Airport (TSE), 1.iv.2008, A. Crane s.n. (HO 547462!); 
Hobart, Flagstaff Gully link road, near North Warrane Sports 
Ground (TSE), 14.iii.2015,ML Baker 3001 (HO!). 
Notes: This tussock-forming perennial grass is known 
in Tasmania from numerous locations in the State where 
it is a widespread and common weed of roadsides. It was 
first recorded from a pasture trial conducted in 1922, 
although it is unknown if it was ever actively promoted 
as a pasture species. At the time of publication of Curtis 
and Morris (1994), it was only known to be naturalised 
at Franklin, on grassy areas adjacent to the Huon River. 
Recent targeted surveys have revealed large increases in 
its range in the State and it is now regarded as common 
and widespread (NBES 2016). It is predicted to continue to 
increase its range even though it has been, and continues 
to be, actively targeted for eradication. See Figure 8. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Eragrostis tenuifolia (A.Rich.) Hochst ex 
Steud. (elastic grass) 
Specimens examined: 30 m west of Llanherne turnoff, 
Cambridge, D. Reece s.n. (HO 128440!); Just before Seven Mile 
Beach turnoff on Cambridge Road, 14.iv.1972, D. Reece s.n. 
(HO 128439!); Tasman Highway, immediately west of Orford, 
25.iii.201 6 , J. Quarmby s.n. (HO 585623!); Orford, between 
highway and Prosser River, c. 300 m W of Charles Street 
intersection, 7.iii.201 8 , Ml. Baker 3462 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from 
two disjunct roadside populations in the southeast of 
the State. The location of the most recent collection 
(Orford) was surveyed in March 2018 and several plants 
were found along a short section of roadside verge with 
other more common naturalised grasses, indicating that 
the taxon is locally established. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld, NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Glyceria plicata (Fri.) Fri. (plicate sweetgrass) 
Specimen examined: Don Heads, Devonport (FLI), 
20.xi.1986, D.l. Morris 86123 (HO!). 
Notes: This rhizomatous perennial grass is known 
in Tasmania from a single specimen from a farm dam 
overflow in the north of the State. Its similarity to 
the more widespread G. declinata Breb. may mean 
that it has been overlooked. On the basis of the 
single collection, it is difficult to assign a naturalised 
status but its perennial nature suggests it could have 
persisted at the site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (as Glyceria notata 
Chevall.) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Holcus mollis L. (creeping fog) 
Specimens examined: Tewkesbury Potato Research Farm 
(TNS), vi.1974, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 103698!); Barcoo Road, S of 
Montagu (KIN), 25.ii.2009, A.M. Buchanan 17092 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from 
two collections from the northwest of the State. The 
most recent record was from a weedy roadside. There 
are no accompanying notes to indicate its extent at 
either location. The species may have been overlooked 
in Tasmania due to its similarity with the widespread 
and common Holcus lanatus L. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Hordeum hystrix Roth (velvet sea 
barleygrass) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 12): West Lagoon, 
Little Hampton (TNM), 2.ii.1952, H.N. Barber s.n. (HO 27918!); 
Big Green Island (FLI), 11.xii.1975, J.S. Whinray 598 (AD [ n.v .]); 
Cambridge Sports Ground (TSE), 21.xi.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 
35213!); Nant Lane, N Bothwell (between Fordell Creek and 
River Clyde) (TSE), 24.L2014, M. Wapstra 1807 (HO!). 
Notes: This erect annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from three widely separated populations. It appears 
to be well-established on the islands of the Furneaux 
Group and at several localities in the dry agricultural 
region of the Midlands. Curtis and Morris (1994) stated 
that it is "occasional in pastures in the Midlands". The 
most recent collection was from grassland in a drainage 
depression where it formed dense patches. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT (doubtfully 
naturalised), SA, Qld, NSW, ACT (formerly naturalised), Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Molineriella minuta (L.) Rouy (small 
hairgrass) 
Specimen examined: Hoggs Ford Road, Campbell Town 
(TNM), 6.x.1 995, J.A. Smith s.n. (HO 316988!). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single collection from a freshwater wetland in 
the State's Midlands region. Collection notes do not give 
any indication of its status at the site. Based on this scant 
62 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339526 Erodium malacoides Muelleria 38: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890504
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
woodland. It has been recorded as a cultivated plant 
at the Gardens and at several other locations in and 
around Hobart. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Trifolium uniflorum L. (oneflower clover) 
Specimen examined: Currie Airport, King Island (KIN), 
17.xi.1976, M. Allen s.n. (HO 28028!). 
Notes: This mat-forming perennial is known in 
Tasmania from a single collection from roadside 
gravel on King Island. The lack of collecting details and 
additional records since its collection more than 40 years 
ago suggest that it never became naturalised. Further 
searching in the vicinity of the collection is warranted. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
FUMARIACEAE 
Fumaria officinalis L. subsp. officinalis 
(common fumitory) 
Specimens examined: Georges Bay (FLI), vii.1875, A. Simson 
38 (HO!); Conara (TNM), 20.X.1925, £ Gibson s.n. (MEL2210067 
[n.v.D; Hagley (TNM), 24.xi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 96420!); 
Ulverstone (TNS), IO.i.1956, B.R. Paterson s.n. (NE 22397 [n.v.]); 
Sassafras, near Latrobe (TNS), 28.xii.1980, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. 
(HO 36985!). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb has been recorded 
as an occasional weed of crops in the north of the State 
but may be overlooked and mistaken for the widespread 
and common Fumaria muralis Sond. ex W.DJ.Koch 
subsp. muralis. A very early record (1875) from Georges 
Bay, St Helens, suggests that it was an early introduction. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Pseudofumaria alba (Mill.) Liden subsp. alba 
(white fumitory) 
Specimens examined: Old Customs House, lower Murray 
Street. Near Parliament House, Hobart, 15.xi.1961, W.M. 
Blacklow s.n. (HO 6545!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.), 4.xii.1986, 
D.l. Morris 86141 (HO!); Fern Tree, Hobart, 19.ix.1989, D.l. Morris 
86402 (HO!); 9 Lapoinya Road, Fern Tree (all TSE), 28.xi.1994, D.l. 
Morris 86456 (HO!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania only from the Hobart area, with an 
early (1961) collection from a crack in a wall of a domestic 
garden where it was noted as acting as a nuisance. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
GERANIACEAE 
Erodium malacoides (L.) L'Her. (oval 
heronsbill) 
Specimens examined: Cataract Gorge, Launceston, 
1.xi.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 529453!); Cataract Gorge, 
Launceston (all TNM), 30.X.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 29605! & 
HO 6668!). 
Notes: Specimens of this annual herb have been 
collected in Tasmania on two separate occasions from 
Cataract Gorge, Launceston. Curtis (1956) described 
its distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste 
places". No notes detailing the status accompany the 
specimens and without subsequent collections in more 
than 70 years it is doubtful that the species has become 
naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Geranium yeoi Aedo & Munoz Garm. 
(Madeira cranesbill) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Hobart Rivulet, 250 
m downstream from Wynyard Street (TSE), 1 .xi.2002, A.M. Gray 
1236 (HO!); 17 Keen Court, Kingston (TSE), 18.xi.2002, D.l. Morris 
86773 (HO!); Christmas Hills, Bass Highway (TNS), 2.xi.2004, 
M. Baker 938 and M.F.Duretto (HO!); Hobart, Romilly Street, 
just before bridge (TSE), 27.X.2009, M. Wapstra 984 (HO!); S of 
Boronia Beach (TSE), 7.xi.2009, M. Wapstra 1000 (HO!). 
Notes: This erect biennial herb is locally abundant 
at several sites in the greater Hobart area. It is mainly 
associated with disturbed habitats such as roadside 
verges and banks of rivulets in urban areas. Weedy 
populations are presumed to be garden escapes or have 
arisen from dumped garden waste. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
LAMIACEAE 
Mentha spicata L. (spearmint) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Sandy Bay (TSE), 
i.1908, L Rodway s.n. (HO 7312!); South Arm (TSE), 20.L1912, 
R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2299781 [n.v.]); Mersey River at Croesus Cave 
State Reserve (TCH), 13.V.1983, A. Moscal 2380, (HO!); Black 
Bobs (TSR), 2.H.1981, AE Orchard 5341, (HO!); New Town Rivulet 
(TSE), 10.ii.2008, M. Wapstra 454, (HO!). 
Muelleria 
47 

Page image

51339382 Eruca sativa Muelleria 38: 35
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890492
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
BRASSICACEAE 
Brassica xjuncea (L.) Czern. (Indian mustard) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, Queens Domain, corner of 
Domain Highway and Botanic Gardens Road (TSE), 3.vi.1998, 
AM Buchanan 15268 (HO!); Hobart, Queens Domain, strip of 
remnant bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain 
Road (TSE), 14.X.2015, ML Baker 3006 and A. Muyt (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a localised population at the Queens Domain, Hobart, 
where it has persisted for nearly 20 years since it 
was first recorded. The population covers an area of 
approximately 30 x 30 m in a weed-infested grassy 
woodland. Its persistence at the site and its ability to 
reproduce and regenerate indicate that it is naturalised 
to some degree. Its localised distribution would suggest 
that it is only sparingly naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Brassica oleracea L. (wild cabbage) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 12): Hobart (TSE), 
xii.1903, L Rodway 32a (HO!); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L 
Rodway 32 (HO!); Sandy Bay, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 17.ii.1952, W.M. 
Curtiss.n. (H015478!); Foreshore,Town Point (TNM), 11 .iii.1961, 
J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15467!); New Year Island (KIN), 20.xi.1987, 
N.P. Brothers s.n. (HO 441808!); Christmas Island off King Island 
(KIN), 3.L2002, K. Medlocks.n. (HO 519030!). 
Notes: This annual herb has been collected widely 
throughout Tasmania and has been recorded from 
most bioregions including some outlying sites such as 
smaller Bass Strait islands. Notes associated with the 
collections do not indicate the abundance or status 
of the plants from these sites. Early collections are 
presumed to have originated from kitchen gardens. 
Curtis (1956) commented that it".. .is found occasionally 
as an escape from cultivation", but did not treat it as 
naturalised. Despite the numerous collections, there is 
little evidence to support even a sparingly naturalised 
status. See Figure 3. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carrichtera annua (L.) DC. (Ward's weed) 
Specimen examined: 'Lomatia Vale', Clarks Road, Lower 
Longley (TSR), 3.xi.1985, AM Gray s.n. (HO 94051!). 
Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen collected from a garden at 
Longley. Notes accompanying the specimen state that 
only a single plant was found and that it was probably 
introduced with fowl feed. Based on this information it 
is difficult to justify any degree of naturalised status for 
the species in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Erucasativa Mill, (purple-vein rocket) 
Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.) (TSE), 5.xii.1971, RJ. 
Hnatiuk s.n. (CANB 246483 [ n.v ;]); Primrose Place, Sandy Bay 
(cult.) (TSE), 11 jcii.1981, W.F. Walker s.n. (HO 46453!); University 
ofTasmania, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1996, R. Wiltshire s.n. (HO 
443113!); Darling Parade, Mt Stuart (TSE), 21.iv.2005, M.F. 
Duretto 1866 (HO!). 
Notes: This edible annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from four collections with notes indicating that they 
were either self-sown in gardens or deliberately 
cultivated. Based on this information it is difficult to 
justify any level of naturalised status for the species in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Lepidium heterophyllum Benth (downy 
peppercress) 
Specimens examined: Cressy (TNS), xii.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. 
(HO 29388!); Cressy Research Farm (TNS), J. Somerville s.n. (HO 
15715!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens collected from Cressy in the State's 
central north. One specimen's collecting information 
states that it was growing on the bank of an irrigation 
ditch but gives no indication of the population size 
or area covered by the species. The other has no 
information regarding its status at the collection site. 
Curtis and Morris (1975) described it as "occasional in 
waste places". In the absence of further collections, and 
the possibility that both collections are from the one 
highly anthropogenic location, there is little support to 
justify any degree of naturalised status for it in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Lunaria annua L. (honesty) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 15): Port Arthur 
(TSE), 1892, J. Bufton A (MEL2233709 [n.v.]); Fern Tree (TSE), 
13.L1983, D.l. Morris 8306 (HO!); Longford (TNM), 13.X.1994, A 
Muelleria 
35 

Page image

51339474 Euphorbia stricta Muelleria 38: 42
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890499
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339414 European honeysuckle Muelleria 38: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890495
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339549 evening-primrose Muelleria 38: 49
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890506
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
appear to have been deliberately planted, along with 
several additional non-native Acacia species. The first 
herbarium record in 2002 belies a much longer period of 
naturalisation, which probably began in earnest in the 
1980s (based on the maturity of some stands). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW 
(native and naturalised), ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
ONAGRACEAE 
Epilobium nummulariifolium A.Cunn. 
(creeping willowherb) 
Specimens examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart, c. 
i.1999, [collector unknown] (HO 323677!); 3 Curtis Ave, South 
Hobart, 13.xi.2002, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 520616!); Woodbank 
Nursery, 25.ii.2005, ML Baker 1556 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This mat-forming perennial herb is known 
in Tasmania from a few locations in the southeast of 
the State. There exists insufficient evidence for it to be 
classified as naturalised, with the species only being 
recorded from a domestic garden on the outskirts of 
Hobart, where it is restricted to the garden and the 
immediate surrounds, and from two nurseries: Royal 
Tasmanian Botanic Gardens, as a weed of a propagating 
area, and at Woodbank Nursery, where it was a weed in 
a pot plant and in a garden bed. At present, this species 
is doubtfully naturalised but it has high potential to 
become more widespread and naturalised throughout 
the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Oenothera biennis L. (evening-primrose) 
Specimens examined: Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 
12.L2001, D.l. Morris 86729 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 
28.ii.2001, A.M. Buchanan 15856 (HO!); Bass Highway, 2 km E 
of Irishtown Road junction (KIN) 2.xi.2004, M. Baker 936 and 
M.F.Duretto (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N 
of Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1386 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental biennial herb was first 
collected in Tasmania as a weed of a lily crop. There is 
increasing evidence that it is becoming naturalised in 
various regions, mainly around highly disturbed sites 
such as crops, rubbish tips and roadside verges. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
PLUMBAGINACEAE 
Limonium sinuatum (L.) Mill, (wavyleaf sea- 
lavender) 
Specimens examined: Whitemark (FLI), IO.i.2007, A.M. 
Buchanan 16568 (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, 200 m 
N of Jetsons Road junction (FLI), 1112005, ML Baker 1394 (HO!); 
Glenora Road, Glenora [Bushy Park] (TSE), 2512013, M Wapstra 
1516 (HO!); Anglican Cemetery, Sorell (end of Henry Street) 
(TSE), 51.2013, M Wapstra 1537 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from several widespread collections, mainly 
from highly disturbed sites such as tips and roadside 
verges. It appears to have arisen from dumped garden 
waste or as an escape from ornamental plantings 
(including cemeteries). It is popular in the florist trade 
due to the "everlasting" nature of the cut flowers. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
POLEMONIACEAE 
Collomia grandiflora Douglas ex Lindl. 
(grand collomia) 
Specimen examined: King Island (KIN), vi.1957, L. Smith s.n. 
(HO 19628! & HO 317247!). 
Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and 
habitat of this annual herb as "occasional as a weed of 
cultivated land". No evidence supports this statement 
as the species is known in Tasmania from a single 
collection from a crop of potatoes on King Island sixty 
years ago—it has not been recorded since. Based on this 
evidence, the species cannot be considered naturalised 
to any degree in the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
PORTULACACEAE 
Claytoniaperfoliata Donn ex Willd. (miner's 
lettuce) 
Specimens examined: Fern Tree, East Coast, Domestic 
garden [cult.], 411983, D.l. Morris 8302 (HO!); Fern Tree, 611986, 
D.l. Morris 862 (HO!); Woolton Court, Sandy Bay [Hobart suburb] 
(all TSE), 23.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2105 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a 
few collections from domestic gardens. One collection 
notes that it is "not invasive but behaving as a nuisance 
Muelleria 

Page image

51339701 evergreen kangaroo paw Muelleria 38: 59
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890516
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339585 field buttercup Muelleria 38: 51
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890508
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
towns or old homesteads, presumably arising from 
dumped garden waste, persisting from old plantings or 
escaping from nearby gardens. Several coloured forms 
are present. The number of formal collections does not 
properly reflect its widespread and increasing range. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Ranunculus acris L. subsp. acris (meadow 
buttercup) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Electrona-Snug 
(TSE), 7.xii.1968, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 21139!); Saddle Road, 
Kettering (TSE), xi.1982, Y. Menadue s.n. (HO 91564!); Saddle 
Road, Kettering (TSE), 3.xi.1982, Y. Menadue s.n. (HO 58494!); 
Balfour, Circular Head (TWE), 12.xii.1983, A. Moscal4785 (HO!); 
Saddle Road, Kettering (TSE), I6.xi.2012,/W. Wapstra 7478(HO!). 
Notes: This erect perennial herb is locally naturalised 
in the Snug-Electrona-Kettering area in the State's 
southeast, where it has been present since at least the 
1960s. It remains locally abundant at several sites in 
habitats that include roadside ditches and wet pastures. 
One outlying record is from clearings at the former 
settlement site of Balfour in the State's northwest, 
suggesting a potentially wider distribution. Curtis and 
Morris (1975) described the distribution and habitat as 
"southern Tasmania in a roadside ditch between Snug 
and Electrona". 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Ranunculus arvensis L. (field buttercup) 
Specimen examined: Cressy (TNM), 2.L1974, B.H. Hyde- 
Wyatts.n. (HO 29167!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single record from Cressy in 1974. There are no 
accompanying notes to give any indication of the extent 
or status of the species at the location. As such, there 
is little evidence to indicate it has become naturalised 
in Tasmania. Curtis and Morris (1975) described the 
distribution and habitat as "an occasional weed of 
cultivation in the north", presumably based on the 1974 
record from Cressy. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Ranunculus flammula L. subsp. flammula 
(lesser spearwort) 
Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Nabowla (BEL), 
2.L1980, A.R. Walker s.n. (HO 32340!); Nabowla [grown on from 
seed] (BEL), xi.1984, A.R. Walker s.n. (HO 88873!); Hobart (cult.) 
(TSE), 14.iii.1985, Y. Menadue E37 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
specimens collected in the northeast (Scottsdale and 
Nabowla) and subsequently from cultivated specimens 
collected from these locations. There is no collecting 
information regarding its status and it has not been 
collected for more than 30 years. As such, there is little 
evidence to indicate that it has become naturalised in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Ranunculus sceleratus L. subsp. sceleratus 
(celery buttercup) 
Specimen examined: Hobart (TSE), L. Rodway 10a (HO!). 
Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is 
known inTasmania from a single specimen.The undated 
collection (Leonard Rodway was Tasmania's honorary 
government botanist from 1896-1932) includes no 
notes regarding the plant's habitat or population 
details. It was listed in The Tasmanian Flora without any 
notes about its status (Rodway 1903). Its distribution 
and habitat were subsequently described by Curtis 
(1956) as "occasional in ditches", but no evidence exists 
to substantiate this comment. Based on the scant 
information it is difficult to justify that it was ever truly 
naturalised inTasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, 
Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Ranunculus trilobus Desf. (large annual 
buttercup) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Fenton Forest, 
Gretna (TSE), 15.xi.1971, D.l. Morris s.n. (AD 123349!); Bushy Park 
(TSE),xii.1971, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 29196!); Glenora (TSE),xii.1972, 
D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 29498!); Coastal strip between Richardson 
Point and Dartys Corner, S of Temma (KIN), 31.X.2008, M. 
Wapstra 578 (HO!); Perth, lllawarra Road (TNM), 19.xi.2014, M. 
Wapstra 2074 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
several widespread collections. Curtis and Morris (1975) 
described its distribution as "recorded only from Bushy 
Park, Derwent Valley", from where there are several 
specimens from the 1970s and 1980s, collected mainly 
from wet areas and ditches in farming areas. Since then 
Muelleria 
51 

Page image

51339746 fingergrass Muelleria 38: 61
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890518
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Dichanthium sericeum (R.Br.) A.Camus subsp. 
sericeum (silky bluegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (1 of 4): Tasman Highway, 
2 km N of Sorell (TSE), 31 .i.1 982, D.l. Morris 8246 (HO!). 
NotesrThis erect perennial grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen (with several duplicates) from 
Sorell in the southeast ofthe State. Details accompanying 
the specimen indicate that the population consisted of 
approx. 20 plants. It has not been recorded since. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NT 
(native), SA (native), Qld (native), NSW (native), ACT 
(native), Vic. (native) 
Status: Not naturalised 
Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koeler (crabgrass) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, v.1895, L. Rodway 6 (HO!); 
Hobart (all TSE), 6.vi.1895, L Rodway 6 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
two specimens from Hobart, collected more than 120 
years ago. There are no notes indicating the plant's 
status at these sites, nor any evidence that it became 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, 
LHI, Nl, ACT 
Status: Not naturalised 
Digitaria ternata (Hochst. Ex A.Rich.) Stapf 
(fingergrass) 
Specimens examined: Nubeena, 6.V.1982, [collector 
unknown] Ex Tasmanian Department of Agriculture Herbarium 
(HO 568826!); Near Nubeena (all TSE), 6.v.1982, W.R. Watson s.n. 
(HO 51390!). 
Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single collection. Curtis and Morris (1994) 
described the distribution and habitat as "recorded from 
a roadside on the Tasman Peninsula", presumably based 
on this specimen. There is no evidence that it became 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Echinochloa oryzoides (Ard.) Fritsch (rice 
barnyardgrass) 
Specimen examined: Triabunna (TSE), 2.ii.1995, D.l. Morris 
86552 (HO!). 
Notes: This tall annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen from a population of 30-40 
plants growing along a roadside ditch on the State's east 
coast.There is no evidence that it became naturalised in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld (doubtfully 
naturalised), NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Eleusineindica (L.) Gaertn. (crowsfoot grass) 
Specimens examined: Bridport, top side of Westwood 
Street, 19.iii.1997, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 320736!); Parkers Ford 
Road, Port Sorell (all FLI), 8.ii.2012, P. Collier 5428 (HO!). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens from roadside verges in the 
north of the State. The collections suggest that it is 
a recent arrival to the State, although the source of 
the introduction is unknown. The species is locally 
persistent at Port Sorell (P. Collier pers. comm.) whereas 
its persistence at Bridport is unknown. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, 
Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Eleusine tristachya (Lam.) Lam. (goosegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 13): Outside of the 
Botanical Gardens [Hobart] (TSE), 17.xi.1979, T. Shea s.n. (HO 
32149!); Hobart. University ofTasmania, football oval (TSE), 
14.iii.1981, RJ. Wilson s.n. (HO 540714!); Midland Highway, N. of 
Perth (TNM), 12.iv.2013, M. Wapstra 1602 (HO!); Lyell Highway, N 
of Dawson Road (Dunrobin) turn-off (TSE), 9.vi.2013, M. Wapstra 
1660 (HO!); Brooker Highway, showgrounds roundabout, 
median strip to north (TSE), 14.iv.2014, M. Wapstra 1853 (HO!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial grass is known in 
Tasmania from numerous locations in the greater Hobart 
area, extending through to the Coal River Valley, the 
lower to middle Derwent Valley, and along the Midland 
Highway as far north as Breadalbane, near Launceston in 
the State's north. Since the first collections, in 1979 from 
outside the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Garden, and in 
1981 from Sandy Bay, it has become a widespread weed 
of roadsides and grasslands and is predicted to continue 
to increase its range throughout the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Eragrostis curvula (Schrad.) Nees (African 
lovegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 16): Woodbury (cult.) 
(TNM), i.1922, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 121170!); Franklin, picnic 
area (TSR), 8.L1967, J.E.S. Townrow s.n. (HO 92647!); Hobart 
Muelleria 
61 

Page image

51339537 floating bladderwort Muelleria 38: 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890505
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Notes: This cultivated perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from several disjunct locations. Curtis (1967) 
described its distribution and habitat as "naturalised in 
damp places", noting that "this species is the one [mint 
species] most commonly cultivated as a pot-herb". While 
it is a widespread species that has been present since at 
least 1908, it is usually only localised and grows mainly 
in riparian situations close to residential areas. Several 
populations have also been recorded in essentially 
undisturbed areas (e.g. Mersey River, Black Bobs). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
LENTIBULARIACEAE 
Utricularia gibba L. (floating bladderwort) 
Specimens examined: Wingara Road, Howden (TSE), 
6.L2012, ME de Salas 109, (HO!); Nabowla,'Dunbarton', Bridport 
Back Road (BEL), v.2015, L Riggalls.n. (HO 585568!). 
Notes: This carnivorous herb is known in Tasmania 
from two disjunct locations. One collection, from 
Howden in the south of the State, was from an artificial 
garden pond. It was not intentionally cultivated 
there and it is thought to have been introduced as a 
contaminant, brought in with other ornamental plants 
in the pond. The Nabowla population was recorded 
growing in a dam/ornamental pond in a rural area of 
the State. The species is under-collected in Tasmania 
and has been observed in ponds and water features 
throughout the State (M. de Salas pers. comm.). It is 
considered native throughout mainland Australia but 
has never been recorded growing in natural habitats in 
Tasmania where it is not considered to be native. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and 
naturalised), NT (native), SA, Qld (native), NSW (native), 
Vic. (native and naturalised) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
MALVACEAE 
Hibiscus trionum L. (bladder ketmia) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Hobart, Royal 
Society Gardens (TSE), iv.1875, W.W. Spicers.n. (H012950!); West 
Tamar (TNS), iii.1974, T.T. Hague s.n. (HO 30940!); 29 Brinsmead 
Road, Mt Nelson (TSE), 26.L2006, AM Buchanan 16399 (HO!); 
Sandfly, 202 Pelverata Road (TSR), 15.iv.2001, J. Town row s.n. 
(HO 512128!); Norwood, 39 Norwood Avenue (TNM), iv.2008, R. 
Hilders.n. (HO 547376!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
several widely-spread locations. Curtis and Morris (1975) 
described its distribution and habitat as "occasional 
as a weed of cultivation". All collections appear to be 
from gardens, either deliberately cultivated or arising 
as a contaminant of vegetable seeds. However, most 
collections are not accompanied by notes indicating the 
status.The species does not appear to have escaped the 
confines of gardens. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld (native 
and naturalised), NSW (native and naturalised), Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Malva pseudolavatera Webb & Berthel. 
(Cretan mallow) 
Specimens examined: Currie, near Department of 
Agriculture, King Island, 29.X.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 36209!); 
Old Currie tip site, Charles Street, King Island, ix.2009, M Batey 
s.n. (HO 556712!); Stanley, Stanley Highway, E side of road, c. 
4.4 km from Bass Highway junction, 24.ix.2010, ML Baker 2336 
(HO!); Stanley, Stanley Highway, 25.X.2010, K. Fenner s.n. (HO 
560413!); King Island, from airport, towards Currie and also 
north (all KIN) 9.xi.2010, A Fergusson s.n. (HO 561569!). 
Notes: This large biennial herb is known to occur in 
the northwest of the State (including King Island) where 
it is primarily a coloniser of roadside verges and is now 
well-established, often locally abundant, and appears to 
be becoming more widespread. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA 
Status: Naturalised 
MIMOSACEAE 
Acacia baileyana F. Muell. (Cootamundra 
wattle) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 8): Southern Outlet 
(A6 N bound) 3 km S of Proctors Saddle (TSE), 19.viii.2002, AM 
Gray 1211 (HO!); Between Acton Road and Single Hill (TSE), 
12.ii.2009, M Wapstra 658 (HO!); Snug Falls Road (O'Briens Road 
junction) (TSE), 26.ix.2009, M Wapstra 945 (HO!); Cethana Road. 
[Claude Road, Gowrie Park, c. 5 km E of Cethana.] (cult.?) (TNS), 
22.xi.2012, S. Pinzon-Navarros.n. (CANB 863868.1 [n.v.]). 
Notes: This commonly cultivated ornamental shrub 
is known in Tasmania from several collections mostly 
from the southeast of the State. It is most commonly 
found naturalised along roadside verges, spreading 
from nearby ornamental and amenity plantings. Some 
sites, such as along the Southern Outlet, Hobart, 
48 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339461 floating stonecrop Muelleria 38: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890498
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Hypericum pulchrum L. (slender St John's 
wort) 
Specimens examined: Underwood, S slope of Browns Hill 
(BEL), 26.xii.1985, AM. Buchanan 7808 (HOI); Underwood, Ryans 
Road (BEL), 12.ii.2009, Ml. Baker 1954 (HOI). 
Notes: This of perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from one small and highly localised population in 
the northeast of the State where it grows on a grassy 
roadside verge. It has persisted at the site for more than 
30 years. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CORNACEAE 
Griselinia littoralis (Raoul) Raoul (New 
Zealand broadleaf) 
Specimens examined: Strahan, W side of Customs House 
(TWE), 1 .xi.2005, T. Rudman s.n. (HO 535554!); Strahan, remnant 
forest behind Post Office (TWE), 21.xi.2005, Ml. Baker 1670 
(HOI); Strahan, Hogarth Falls Peoples Park (TWE), 21.xi.2005, 
Ml. Baker 1666 (HOI); Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens, 
Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 13.L2006, Ml. Baker 1695 (HO!). 
Notes: This evergreen shrub/small tree has a localised 
distribution in Tasmania, having only been collected 
from Strahan on the State's west coast. It occurs in 
disturbed sites throughout the town and on the edges 
of nearby remnant native forest. It is also cultivated in 
the area and this is the likely source of introduction. For 
a discussion of its distribution and habitat in Tasmania 
see Baker (2007). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CRASSULACEAE 
Aeonium haworthii Salm-Dyck ex Webb & 
Berthel. (pinwheel) 
Specimens examined: Tasman Island (TSE), 29.ix.2007, P.A. 
Tyson 582 (HO!); Bellerive, coast side of Victoria Esplanade, SE of 
Abbott Street (TSE) 20.vi.2012, D.E. Albrecht 14139 (HO!). 
Notes: While there are only two formal collections 
of this shrubby succulent ornamental recorded from 
Tasmania, it is recognised that it is more widespread 
and merely poorly-collected in the State (as is the case 
for many succulent taxa due to technicalities in their 
preservation and curation). Notes on the Tasman Island 
collection indicate that it may have been successfully 
eliminated but this needs to be confirmed.The species is 
well-established at some coastal locations in southeast 
Tasmania, often forming large populations on steep, 
inaccessible cliffs. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Crassula muscosa L. var. muscosa (dubmoss 
crassula) 
Specimens examined: Midway Point, Tasman Highway 
(TSE), 31.iii.2006, Ml. Baker 1706 (HO!); Second Bluff, Howrah 
(TSE), 12.xi.2009, M. Wapstra 754 (HO!). 
Notes: This low-growing succulent herb is 
represented by only two Tasmanian collections. 
However, it is recognised that it is more widespread 
but poorly-collected in the State. It was first recorded 
at Midway Point in the State's southeast, where it forms 
dense mats on a small section of roadside verge. At 
this site, it has presumably spread from deliberate 
ornamental plantings. The most recent record consists 
of a population growing in remnant native vegetation 
on a steep cliff near Bellerive Beach. Additional sites 
are known on North Bruny Island, where it is very well- 
established on sandstone cliffs, and near Cambridge on 
a grassy roadside batter. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Crassula natans Thunb. var. minus (Eckl. & 
Zeyh.) G.D.Rowley (floating stonecrop) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Flinders Island, 
Long Point (FLI), 17.viii.1975, J.S. Whinray s.n. (CANB 533240.1 
[n.v.]); Nook Swamps, King Island (KIN), 19.xi.2007, M. Wapstra 
316 (HO!); Curries River Reservoir. Edge of water, W of picnic 
huts (BEL), 14.X.2008, M. Wapstra 538 (HO!); Dartys Corner, S of 
Temma (KIN), 31.X.2008, M. Wapstra 566 (HO!); Epping Forest, 
edge of car park of roadhouse, N end (TNM), l.x.2014, M. 
Wapstra 2030 { HO!). 
Notes: This semi-aquatic annual appears to be 
a relatively recent arrival in Tasmania and is now 
widespread in mainly near-coastal sites. It is most often 
associated with ephemerally wet sites, usually in quite 
disturbed situations. Wapstra (2012) concluded that 
it was most likely "alien" based on the criteria of Bean 
(2007). 
Muelleria 
41 

Page image

51339423 forked catchfly Muelleria 38: 39
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890496
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
16.viii.2009, M. Wapstra 916 (HO!); Prospect, bushland reserve 
between Country Club Avenue and Las Vegas Drive (TNM), 
16.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1456 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from 
Kings Bridge to Gorge (TNM), 7.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3383 (HO!). 
Notes: This commonly cultivated ornamental shrub 
is known in Tasmania from several collections mainly 
from single plants persisting at the sites of abandoned 
gardens. The most recent record notes that several 
juvenile plants were encountered and were probably 
the result of dumped garden refuse. Whether these 
plants have persisted at this site is unknown. The 
species produces copious amounts of fleshy fruit that 
are consumed and dispersed by birds (Karlsson 2005). 
A recently-observed locally naturalised population at 
Cataract Gorge, Launceston, consisted of many plants 
of varying size and age. Cultivated plants of V. tinus at 
an abandoned homestead in bushland in Glenorchy 
were observed to be heavily grazed by ground-dwelling 
marsupials, indicating that it is palatable to wildlife (M. 
Baker pers. obs.). It is thought that browsing of seedlings 
limits the opportunity of this species to naturalise in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CARYOPHYLLACEAE 
Silene conica L. (striated catchfly) 
Specimen examined: King Island, Bass Strait (KIN), 20.ii.1931, 
A.E. Scott s.n. (AD 98664081 [n.v]). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a 
single specimen collected from King Island more than 
85 years ago. With no accompanying notes on habitat or 
population details, there is little evidence to suggest it is 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Silene dichotoma Ehrh. (forked catchfly) 
Specimens examined: Tasmania, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 8561 I); 
Sandy Bay (TSE), iv.1913, L. Rodway 65c (HO!); Queens Domain, 
Hobart, Davies Avenue (near Hobart Aquatic Centre) (TSE), 
5.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2102 (HO!); Cressy Beach, Middle headland 
(TSE), 26.X.2009, M. Wapstra 982 (HO!); Royal Tasmanian 
Botanical Gardens, grassland area at N tip of gardens (TSE), 
26.xi.2010, M.L. Baker 2350 (HOI). 
Notes: This annual or biennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from a small number of small but established 
populations. Two of these occur on the Queens Domain 
in Hobart whilst the third is at Cressy Beach on the State's 
east coast. This species is established in Tasmania but 
the small scale and number of sites suggest it should be 
considered only sparingly naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Silene colorata Poir. {=Silene I on gi caul is auct. 
non Pourr. ex Lag. sensu Buchanan (1995)) 
(pink catchfly) 
Specimens examined: South Arm, 12.ii.1899, F.A. Rodway 
658 (NSW 6764601); South Arm (all TSE), xiLI 905, L. Rodway 65A 
(HOI). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
only two specimens collected from South Arm in the 
State's southeast. The name S. longicaulis was, until 
recently, misapplied to a specimen of S. colorata and 
it was this specimen that led to the species being 
included in the 1995 edition of the Tasmanian Vascular 
Plant Census (Buchanan 1995). Due to the lack of notes 
accompanying the collections it is difficult to determine 
its status in Tasmania. Having not been collected or 
recorded in the State for more than 110 years strongly 
suggests it is no longer present. For a detailed discussion 
of this species in Tasmania see Baker (2016). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Stellaria graminea L. (lesser stitchwort) 
Specimens examined: Tyenna (TSR), 15.xi.1903, L. Rodway 
s.n. (HO 86341); Sea Elephant River, King Island (KIN), 9.L1979, 
D.l. Morris 7964 (HOI). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
two disjunct locations. One specimen was collected 
more than 100 years ago from Tyenna and the other was 
collected nearly 40 years ago from King Island. Whilst 
there is no information indicating the species' status, 
given the two geographically and temporally separated 
records, it is possible it is more widespread but perhaps 
overlooked. Curtis (1956) stated that it is "occasional 
in shaded places and amongst bracken". Given the 
lack of recent collections and informative collecting 
information it is difficult to apply a naturalised status to 
this species with any certainty. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously 
naturalised) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Muelleria 
39 

Page image

51339479 French honeysuckle Muelleria 38: 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890501
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
FABACEAE 
Hedysarum coronarium L. (French 
honeysuckle) 
Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Hobart (cult.) 
(TSE), xii.1902, L Rodway 178 (HO!); Hobart (cult.)(TSE), i.1910, 
L. Rodway 184 (HO!); Botanical Gardens, Hobart (cult.)(TSE), 
24.xii.1946, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 10716!). 
Notes:This short-lived perennial is known inTasmania 
from several pre-1950 collections, all from cultivated 
specimens lacking informative notes. Curtis (1956) 
described its distribution and habitat as"introduced and 
persisting near centres of cultivation". From this scant 
information it is difficult to assign a naturalised status 
with any certainty. See Figure 5. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld 
Status: Not naturalised 
Laburnum anagyroides Medik. (golden chain 
tree) 
Specimens examined: Roadside, Neika (TSE), 12.ii.1997, 
A.M. Buchanan 14409 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (TNM), 
14.X.2005, M.L Baker 1689 (HO!). 
Notes: This small, deciduous ornamental tree is 
known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. The 
most recent was from a population of naturalised 
plants growing on the sides of a steep dolerite gorge at 
Launceston. The species is occasionally seen growing 
on roadsides in southeast Tasmania (e.g. Taroona; 
below Queens Domain, Hobart), suggesting it is more 
widely naturalised than herbarium records indicate (M. 
Wapstra, pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lathyrus nissolia L. (grass vetchling) 
Specimens examined: D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 
ii.1904, L Rodway 176 (HO!); Gordon (TSE), 9.X.1924,5.B. Barker 
s.n. (MEL2298792A [ n.v .]); Taroona Pathway off Oakleigh 
Avenue (TSE), 17.xi.2005, D. Harris s.n. (HO 539383!); Taroona, 
grass strip between Oakleigh Avenue and Cartwright Creek 
(TSE), 17.xi.2005, M.L. Baker 1652 (HO!). 
Notes: Despite being known only from a small 
number of discrete sites in southeast Tasmania, this 
annual herb has been present in Tasmania since at 
least 1904. The most recent collection was from a well- 
established population in an exotic grassland at Taroona 
in the south of the State. Curtis (1956) described its 
distribution and habitat as "rare, in grassy places". 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lotus angustissimus L. (narrowleaf trefoil) 
Specimens examined: Cressy House, Cressy (TNM), 
17.iv.1985, R.S. Smith s.n. (HO 94684!); 5 km S of Wilmot on 
Cradle Mountain Rd (TNS), 13.iii.1995, P.C. Jobson 3465 (NSW 
[n.v.]); Tonganah, site of former clay mine (BEL), 9.L2002, J. 
Findlay s.n. (HO 518972!); Swansea, Rockcliffe property (TSE), 
I. ii.2002, A.M. Buchanan 15918 (HO!); Murphys Flat, Granton 
(TSE), 25.iii.2010, M.L Baker2229 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in 
Tasmania from a small number of widespread records. 
It grows in range of situations, including croplands 
and wetlands. It is expected to be more common and 
widespread and has most likely been overlooked due 
to its close resemblance to other naturalised species of 
Lotus that occur in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lupinus angustifolius L. (narrowleaf lupin) 
Specimens examined: Eaglehawk Neck (TSE), 2411928, 
J. B. Cleland s.n. (AD 966080625 [n.v.]); Sorell (TSE), 24.xi.1976, 
D. Munro and N.Walker s.n. (NSW 456562!); Bass Highway near 
Deloraine (TNM), 20.ix.2007, M. Wapstra 226 (HO!); George 
Town/Bell Bay Road roundabout (FLI), 15.X.2008, M. Wapstra 
532 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known inTasmania from a 
small number of widespread collections. Curtis (1956) 
described its distribution and habitat as "cultivated in 
orchards as a green manure and found occasionally as 
an escape". However, no specimens were available to 
her at the time. More recently, it has been recorded as 
being prevalent on the verge of the Bass Highway (e.g. 
HO 547663) but is now absent there (M. Wapstra, pers. 
obs.). It appears to arise on road verges but not persist; 
for example, a single plant was collected near Epping 
Forest in 2004 (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It is cultivated 
in Tasmania as a grain legume for animal and human 
consumption (Knox etal. 2006). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Medicago arborea L. (tree medick) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Killiecrankie Bay, 
Flinders Island (FLI), 28.vi.1966, IS. Whinray 37 (MEL1021317 
44 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339503 French serradella Muelleria 38: 46
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890503
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
[n.v.]); Currie, King Island (KIN), 31.V.1984, K. Harris s.n. (HO 
84377!); Lighthouse Street, King Island (KIN), 19.X.2008, M. Batey 
s.n. (HO 551270!); Currie, lighthouse street park (KIN), 24.ii.2009, 
M.L Baker 2018 (HO!); Tranmere foreshore (TSE), 24.X.2010, M. 
Wapstra 1148 (HO!). 
Notes: This small ornamental shrub has a disjunct 
distribution in Tasmania. It is restricted to coastal areas 
on Flinders Island and King Island, and at Tranmere on 
the shore of the River Derwent. All populations grow in 
the vicinity of gardens and can be found spreading into 
adjacent pasture, bushland and grasslands. The King 
Island populations are particularly well-established, 
albeit localised, with mature plants and seedlings 
present. This species is established in Tasmania but the 
small scale and number of sites suggest it should be 
considered only sparingly naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld (doubtfully 
naturalised) 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Medicago sativa L. subsp. x varia (Martyn) 
Arcang. ( =Medicago falcata auct. non L. 
sensu Curtis (1956)) 
Specimens examined: Bridgewater (TSE), 5.V.1945, W.M. 
Curtis s.n. (HO 42279!); Macquarie Plains (TSE), 16.ii.1969, B. 
Davidson s.n. (HO 536018!); Bridgewater, old railway yard at NW 
end of Bridgewater Bridge (TSE) 3.iv.2017, M.L. Baker3253 (HO!). 
Notes: This hybrid perennial herb ( M. sativa x M. 
falcata) is known in Tasmania from three collections. 
Recent reappraisal of two of these (previously identified 
as M. falcata) and of newly collected material shows that 
the plants are consistent with taxonomic delimitations 
of the hybrid taxon M. sativa subsp. x varia as proposed 
by Small (2011). No notes accompany the two earlier 
collections, but the most recent collection from a 
localised population at Bridgewater possibly represents 
the same site as one of the early records. Plants from 
this population exhibited a range of corolla colours, 
including white, yellow and pale to deep purple, while 
the plants were mostly prostrate to semi-prostrate in 
habit and had pods with 1.5 to 2 coils. Curtis (1956) 
stated that it is "found occasionally with M. sativa". 
Medicago sativa is common and widely naturalised in 
Tasmania. Whilst there is no evidence to suggest that 
M. falcata is naturalised in Tasmania, the hybrid taxon is 
locally naturalised at one location. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Onobrychis viciifolia Scop, (sainfoin) 
Specimen examined: A little S of Melton Mowbray (TSE), 
9.xi.1942, H.D. Gordon s.n. (HO 42235! & HO 11245!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen, collected more than 70 years 
ago, growing between a road and railway track in 
the Tasmanian Midlands agricultural area. No notes 
accompany the specimen to indicate its status at the 
collection site. Curtis (1956) described its habitat as 
"occasional near areas of cultivation". This statement 
is presumably based on this single record. The species 
may have been intentionally introduced as it is used as 
a fodder plant. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Ornithopus sativus Brot. (French serradella) 
Specimens examined: Waterhouse Road beyond Bridport 
(FLI), 24.X.1979, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 38953!); Mt Pleasant 
[Laboratories](TSE), 14.xii.1965, G.M. Bendall s.n. (HO 535746!); 
Low Head, area between Five Mile Bluff and Beechford (FLI), 
29.xi.2011,7. Davies s.n. (HO 565095!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
two specimens from the northeast coast collected 
several decades apart, suggesting that it has possibly 
persisted in the region.The most recent collection is from 
agricultural land where it was locally common in a 500 
x 200 m area. The 1979 collection was from a site where 
it had persisted from a pasture trial. It is occasionally 
used as a pasture species for its high nutritive value and 
ability to regenerate from seed. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Securigera varia (L.) Lassen (crown vetch) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 17): Near Botanical 
Gardens, [Hobart] (cult.), xi.1906, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 
12313!); Railway Station, Botanic Gardens, [Hobart], i.1949, 
LAS. Johnson s.n. (NSW 642784 [ n.v ;]); Lutana, Hobart (cult.), 
2.i.1985, J.B. Davies s.n. (HO 89327!); Domain Highway, adjacent 
to Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens, Hobart, 17.xii.2008, M. 
Wapstra 631 (HO!); Hobart. Queens Domain - strip of remnant 
bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain Road (all 
TSE), 14.X.2015, M.L Baker 3007and A. Muyt (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb has a localised distribution 
in Tasmania centred around the Royal Tasmanian 
Botanical Gardens, Hobart, where it is locally naturalised 
on railway and roadside verges, and in remnant 
46 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339470 fringed dodder Muelleria 38: 42
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890499
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Crassula tetragona L. subsp. robusta 
(Toelken) (Toelken miniature pine tree) 
Specimen examined: Mt Nelson, edge of University Reserve 
(TSE), 20.L2008, A/M. Buchanan 16846 (HO!). 
Notes: This succulent ornamental is known in 
Tasmania from a single collection from a single 
persistent population that has presumably escaped 
from a nearby garden where it has been deliberately 
planted. It is commonly planted in gardens and 
occurs on several roadside banks and verges, where 
it has persisted and slowly spread. It has been seen 
at numerous other sites (e.g. Bruny Island, Granton 
and St Helens). At present, it is considered sparingly 
naturalised due to the paucity of formal collections, 
but this is likely to change as its distribution is better 
understood. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CUCURBITACEAE 
Ecballium elaterium (L.) A.Rich, (squirting 
cucumber) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): At football pitch 
crossroads, on W side of soccer field. Queens Domain (TSE), 
17.iv.1984, D.l. Morris 8419 (HO!); Between Tasman Bridge and 
Government House, Hobart (TSE), 10.viii.1999, A/M. Buchanan 
15466 (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway and Intercity 
Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 6.ii.2014, M.L. 
Baker 2856 and N.Gill (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway 
and Intercity Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 
23.iii.2017, M.L Baker 3249 (HO!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is locally 
established at The Queens Domain area in Hobart. It has 
been long-persistent at one site between the Tasman 
Bridge and the Cenotaph on a grassy highway verge, 
with only a single plant seen in 2017 after successful 
control measures reduced the number of plants in 
preceding years. The species has not been recorded at 
the upper Domain site since its initial collection and is 
now presumed to be absent there. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CUSCUTACEAE 
Cuscuta suaveolens Ser. (fringed dodder) 
Specimen examined: Paddock 6, Forthside Vegetable 
Research Station (TNS), 23.iv.1999, Botanical Resources Australia 
s.n. (HO 444804!). 
Notes: This parasitic herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single collection that was growing with weeds in a red 
clover research plot in the northwest of the State. It was 
eradicated and has not been recorded since (DPIPWE 
2014). See Figure 4. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Previously naturalised 
ERICACEAE 
Arbutus unedo L. (strawberry tree) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): "Lowana", King 
River Flats, SE of Strahan (TWE), 20.ii.1978, R.C. Halton s.n. (HO 
540325!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 11 .iv.1988, D.l. Morris 
86323 (HO!); Legana, E side of Jetty Road (TNM), 14.vi.2007, G. 
Stewart s.n. (HO 545714!); Legana, Jetty Road (TNM), 29.xi.2011, 
M.L Baker 2614 (HO!); Rosebery, junction Lyell Highway and 
Hollywood Street (TWE), 24.V.2013, M. Wapstra 1640 (HO!); Reid 
Street Reserve, Ulverstone (TNS), v.2014, S. Stallbaum s.n. (HO 
579892!). 
Notes: This ornamental tree is commonly cultivated in 
Tasmania but it is becoming naturalised.The population 
at Legana is comprised of several plants, naturalised in 
Melaleuca ericifolia-Phragmites australis wetland, and is 
thought to have spread from a mature tree in a nearby 
garden. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
EUPHORBIACEAE 
Euphorbia stricta L. (upright spurge) 
Specimen examined: Bridport, Brid River walking track (FLI), 
13.xi.2011,/M.L Baker2621 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single, localised population of mature plants and 
seedlings covering an area of 10 x 10 m on a disturbed 
river bank in Bridport on the State's north coast. The 
plants grow with various exotic herbs and grasses. The 
population was present when re-visited in November 
2017 (M.L. Baker pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
42 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339520 Fumaria officinalis officinalis Muelleria 38: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890504
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339621 Galium tricornutum Muelleria 38: 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890509
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
it has been found to be more widespread, including 
Cressy, in the State's midlands, and near Temma, on 
the State's west coast (the latter from a natural site and 
apparently unusual habitat for the species i.e. a coastal 
"marsupial lawn"). The species is also more widespread 
than indicated by formal collections, with additional 
populations being observed at Lillico Beach (FLI region) 
(M. Wapstra pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
ROSACEAE 
Rubus philadelphicus Blanch. (Philadelphia 
blackberry) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 7): Eddie Ck, Piper's 
Brook Rd, 1312000, T. Rudman 27/4 (AD [ n.v ;]); Eddie Ck, 4 km 
W of Pipers River (town) on Bridport Rd, 10.ii.2000, T. Rudman 
TRRB1 (AD [n.v.]); Piper's Brook, 28.iii.2005, D.E. Symon s.n. (AD 
178729 [n.v.]); Pipers Brook, 22.X.2005, D.E. Symon 17176 (AD 
[n.v.]) (all BEL). 
Notes: This deciduous woody shrub, cultivated for 
its edible fruit, is locally naturalised in the Pipers River 
area in the State's northeast. It has also been recorded 
growing as a vigorously-suckering cultivated shrub at 
Forth in the State's northwest (Evans etal. 2007) 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Naturalised 
Rubus rubritinctus W.C.R.Watson 
(blackberry) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Stoney Rise, 
Government] Office Car Park, beside public carpark, Devonport 
(FLI), 812000, T. Rudman 13 (AD [n.v.]); Geeveston tip area (TSR), 
1012000, T. Rudman 22/2 (AD [n.v.]); George Town, Eddie Cr[ee] 
k, Piper's Brook R[oa]d (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 27/8 (AD 
[n.v.]); Lilydale Road (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 30/1 (AD [n.v.]): 
Walpole Street, Franklin, Huon Valley (TSR), 2.iii.2007, KJ. Evans 
107 (HO!). 
Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is known in 
Tasmania from several disjunct locations including the 
northeast, central north, and south of the State. This 
taxon was previously included within the widespread 
and common R. fruticosus L. species-aggregate, a name 
that served as a catch-all for all weedy blackberry in 
Australia. The aggregate was revised by Evans et al. 
(2007), who found it to include R. rubritinctus. The 
species may have been overlooked in Tasmania due to 
its similarity with other taxa related to R. fruticosus. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA 
Status: Naturalised 
Rubus rugosus Sm. (keriberry) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): 61a Salvator Road, 
West Hobart (cult.) (TSE),1 Chraskas.n. (HO 30552!); Coronation 
Road off Fortescue Bay Road (TSE), 15.iv.1976, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 
7440!); Smithton (KIN), 27.iv.1977, J.W. Lees s.n. (HO 569508!); 
Elliott (cult.) (TNS), 1011984, P.A. Regel s.n. (HO 76701!); Arthur 
Highway, c. 1.2 km W Eaglehawk Neck/Blowhole Road (TSE), 
8.V.2013, M Wapstra 162, (HO!). 
Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is grown in 
Tasmania for its edible berries. It is known from several 
cultivated specimens from domestic gardens and 
hedges. In addition, there are several widespread but 
localised collections of non-cultivated plants that were 
growing in waterways and bushland. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
RUBIACEAE 
Galium tricornutum Dandy (rough corn 
bedstraw) 
Specimens examined: Unknown [Hj.?] Eichler 17044 (CANB 
803049.1 [n.v.]); Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), xii.1896, L. Rodway 
s.n. (HO 512698!); Hobart Domain (TSE), [collector unknown] 
(MEL2098143 [n.v.]). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in 
Tasmania from three specimens. Two were collected 
from the Flobart area, whilst the location of the 
third is unknown (Thompson 2009). No information 
regarding the plant's habitat, abundance or degree of 
naturalisation are recorded. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Galium verum L. (yellow bedstraw) 
Specimens examined: Corner of Dairy Plains and Cheshunt 
Roads. (TNS), 1012000, A.M. Buchanan 15656 (HO!); Corner 
of Harwood Road and Dairy Plains Road (TNS), 1 .ii.2008, A.M. 
Buchanan 16852 (HO!). 
Notes: This stoloniferous perennial herb is known 
from two specimens collected from the same general 
vicinity, where it was described as naturalised along a 
short stretch of grassy roadside (Thompson 2009). The 
species has persisted at the site throughout the 2000s. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (formerly naturalised) 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
52 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339624 Galium verum Muelleria 38: 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890509
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
it has been found to be more widespread, including 
Cressy, in the State's midlands, and near Temma, on 
the State's west coast (the latter from a natural site and 
apparently unusual habitat for the species i.e. a coastal 
"marsupial lawn"). The species is also more widespread 
than indicated by formal collections, with additional 
populations being observed at Lillico Beach (FLI region) 
(M. Wapstra pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
ROSACEAE 
Rubus philadelphicus Blanch. (Philadelphia 
blackberry) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 7): Eddie Ck, Piper's 
Brook Rd, 1312000, T. Rudman 27/4 (AD [ n.v ;]); Eddie Ck, 4 km 
W of Pipers River (town) on Bridport Rd, 10.ii.2000, T. Rudman 
TRRB1 (AD [n.v.]); Piper's Brook, 28.iii.2005, D.E. Symon s.n. (AD 
178729 [n.v.]); Pipers Brook, 22.X.2005, D.E. Symon 17176 (AD 
[n.v.]) (all BEL). 
Notes: This deciduous woody shrub, cultivated for 
its edible fruit, is locally naturalised in the Pipers River 
area in the State's northeast. It has also been recorded 
growing as a vigorously-suckering cultivated shrub at 
Forth in the State's northwest (Evans etal. 2007) 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Naturalised 
Rubus rubritinctus W.C.R.Watson 
(blackberry) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Stoney Rise, 
Government] Office Car Park, beside public carpark, Devonport 
(FLI), 812000, T. Rudman 13 (AD [n.v.]); Geeveston tip area (TSR), 
1012000, T. Rudman 22/2 (AD [n.v.]); George Town, Eddie Cr[ee] 
k, Piper's Brook R[oa]d (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 27/8 (AD 
[n.v.]); Lilydale Road (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 30/1 (AD [n.v.]): 
Walpole Street, Franklin, Huon Valley (TSR), 2.iii.2007, KJ. Evans 
107 (HO!). 
Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is known in 
Tasmania from several disjunct locations including the 
northeast, central north, and south of the State. This 
taxon was previously included within the widespread 
and common R. fruticosus L. species-aggregate, a name 
that served as a catch-all for all weedy blackberry in 
Australia. The aggregate was revised by Evans et al. 
(2007), who found it to include R. rubritinctus. The 
species may have been overlooked in Tasmania due to 
its similarity with other taxa related to R. fruticosus. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA 
Status: Naturalised 
Rubus rugosus Sm. (keriberry) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): 61a Salvator Road, 
West Hobart (cult.) (TSE),1 Chraskas.n. (HO 30552!); Coronation 
Road off Fortescue Bay Road (TSE), 15.iv.1976, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 
7440!); Smithton (KIN), 27.iv.1977, J.W. Lees s.n. (HO 569508!); 
Elliott (cult.) (TNS), 1011984, P.A. Regel s.n. (HO 76701!); Arthur 
Highway, c. 1.2 km W Eaglehawk Neck/Blowhole Road (TSE), 
8.V.2013, M Wapstra 162, (HO!). 
Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is grown in 
Tasmania for its edible berries. It is known from several 
cultivated specimens from domestic gardens and 
hedges. In addition, there are several widespread but 
localised collections of non-cultivated plants that were 
growing in waterways and bushland. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
RUBIACEAE 
Galium tricornutum Dandy (rough corn 
bedstraw) 
Specimens examined: Unknown [Hj.?] Eichler 17044 (CANB 
803049.1 [n.v.]); Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), xii.1896, L. Rodway 
s.n. (HO 512698!); Hobart Domain (TSE), [collector unknown] 
(MEL2098143 [n.v.]). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in 
Tasmania from three specimens. Two were collected 
from the Flobart area, whilst the location of the 
third is unknown (Thompson 2009). No information 
regarding the plant's habitat, abundance or degree of 
naturalisation are recorded. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Galium verum L. (yellow bedstraw) 
Specimens examined: Corner of Dairy Plains and Cheshunt 
Roads. (TNS), 1012000, A.M. Buchanan 15656 (HO!); Corner 
of Harwood Road and Dairy Plains Road (TNS), 1 .ii.2008, A.M. 
Buchanan 16852 (HO!). 
Notes: This stoloniferous perennial herb is known 
from two specimens collected from the same general 
vicinity, where it was described as naturalised along a 
short stretch of grassy roadside (Thompson 2009). The 
species has persisted at the site throughout the 2000s. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (formerly naturalised) 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
52 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339529 Geranium yeoi Muelleria 38: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890504
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
woodland. It has been recorded as a cultivated plant 
at the Gardens and at several other locations in and 
around Hobart. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Trifolium uniflorum L. (oneflower clover) 
Specimen examined: Currie Airport, King Island (KIN), 
17.xi.1976, M. Allen s.n. (HO 28028!). 
Notes: This mat-forming perennial is known in 
Tasmania from a single collection from roadside 
gravel on King Island. The lack of collecting details and 
additional records since its collection more than 40 years 
ago suggest that it never became naturalised. Further 
searching in the vicinity of the collection is warranted. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
FUMARIACEAE 
Fumaria officinalis L. subsp. officinalis 
(common fumitory) 
Specimens examined: Georges Bay (FLI), vii.1875, A. Simson 
38 (HO!); Conara (TNM), 20.X.1925, £ Gibson s.n. (MEL2210067 
[n.v.D; Hagley (TNM), 24.xi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 96420!); 
Ulverstone (TNS), IO.i.1956, B.R. Paterson s.n. (NE 22397 [n.v.]); 
Sassafras, near Latrobe (TNS), 28.xii.1980, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. 
(HO 36985!). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb has been recorded 
as an occasional weed of crops in the north of the State 
but may be overlooked and mistaken for the widespread 
and common Fumaria muralis Sond. ex W.DJ.Koch 
subsp. muralis. A very early record (1875) from Georges 
Bay, St Helens, suggests that it was an early introduction. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Pseudofumaria alba (Mill.) Liden subsp. alba 
(white fumitory) 
Specimens examined: Old Customs House, lower Murray 
Street. Near Parliament House, Hobart, 15.xi.1961, W.M. 
Blacklow s.n. (HO 6545!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.), 4.xii.1986, 
D.l. Morris 86141 (HO!); Fern Tree, Hobart, 19.ix.1989, D.l. Morris 
86402 (HO!); 9 Lapoinya Road, Fern Tree (all TSE), 28.xi.1994, D.l. 
Morris 86456 (HO!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania only from the Hobart area, with an 
early (1961) collection from a crack in a wall of a domestic 
garden where it was noted as acting as a nuisance. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
GERANIACEAE 
Erodium malacoides (L.) L'Her. (oval 
heronsbill) 
Specimens examined: Cataract Gorge, Launceston, 
1.xi.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 529453!); Cataract Gorge, 
Launceston (all TNM), 30.X.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 29605! & 
HO 6668!). 
Notes: Specimens of this annual herb have been 
collected in Tasmania on two separate occasions from 
Cataract Gorge, Launceston. Curtis (1956) described 
its distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste 
places". No notes detailing the status accompany the 
specimens and without subsequent collections in more 
than 70 years it is doubtful that the species has become 
naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Geranium yeoi Aedo & Munoz Garm. 
(Madeira cranesbill) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Hobart Rivulet, 250 
m downstream from Wynyard Street (TSE), 1 .xi.2002, A.M. Gray 
1236 (HO!); 17 Keen Court, Kingston (TSE), 18.xi.2002, D.l. Morris 
86773 (HO!); Christmas Hills, Bass Highway (TNS), 2.xi.2004, 
M. Baker 938 and M.F.Duretto (HO!); Hobart, Romilly Street, 
just before bridge (TSE), 27.X.2009, M. Wapstra 984 (HO!); S of 
Boronia Beach (TSE), 7.xi.2009, M. Wapstra 1000 (HO!). 
Notes: This erect biennial herb is locally abundant 
at several sites in the greater Hobart area. It is mainly 
associated with disturbed habitats such as roadside 
verges and banks of rivulets in urban areas. Weedy 
populations are presumed to be garden escapes or have 
arisen from dumped garden waste. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
LAMIACEAE 
Mentha spicata L. (spearmint) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Sandy Bay (TSE), 
i.1908, L Rodway s.n. (HO 7312!); South Arm (TSE), 20.L1912, 
R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2299781 [n.v.]); Mersey River at Croesus Cave 
State Reserve (TCH), 13.V.1983, A. Moscal 2380, (HO!); Black 
Bobs (TSR), 2.H.1981, AE Orchard 5341, (HO!); New Town Rivulet 
(TSE), 10.ii.2008, M. Wapstra 454, (HO!). 
Muelleria 
47 

Page image

51339762 Glyceria plicata Muelleria 38: 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890519
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
International Airport (TSE), 1.iv.2008, A. Crane s.n. (HO 547462!); 
Hobart, Flagstaff Gully link road, near North Warrane Sports 
Ground (TSE), 14.iii.2015,ML Baker 3001 (HO!). 
Notes: This tussock-forming perennial grass is known 
in Tasmania from numerous locations in the State where 
it is a widespread and common weed of roadsides. It was 
first recorded from a pasture trial conducted in 1922, 
although it is unknown if it was ever actively promoted 
as a pasture species. At the time of publication of Curtis 
and Morris (1994), it was only known to be naturalised 
at Franklin, on grassy areas adjacent to the Huon River. 
Recent targeted surveys have revealed large increases in 
its range in the State and it is now regarded as common 
and widespread (NBES 2016). It is predicted to continue to 
increase its range even though it has been, and continues 
to be, actively targeted for eradication. See Figure 8. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Eragrostis tenuifolia (A.Rich.) Hochst ex 
Steud. (elastic grass) 
Specimens examined: 30 m west of Llanherne turnoff, 
Cambridge, D. Reece s.n. (HO 128440!); Just before Seven Mile 
Beach turnoff on Cambridge Road, 14.iv.1972, D. Reece s.n. 
(HO 128439!); Tasman Highway, immediately west of Orford, 
25.iii.201 6 , J. Quarmby s.n. (HO 585623!); Orford, between 
highway and Prosser River, c. 300 m W of Charles Street 
intersection, 7.iii.201 8 , Ml. Baker 3462 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from 
two disjunct roadside populations in the southeast of 
the State. The location of the most recent collection 
(Orford) was surveyed in March 2018 and several plants 
were found along a short section of roadside verge with 
other more common naturalised grasses, indicating that 
the taxon is locally established. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld, NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Glyceria plicata (Fri.) Fri. (plicate sweetgrass) 
Specimen examined: Don Heads, Devonport (FLI), 
20.xi.1986, D.l. Morris 86123 (HO!). 
Notes: This rhizomatous perennial grass is known 
in Tasmania from a single specimen from a farm dam 
overflow in the north of the State. Its similarity to 
the more widespread G. declinata Breb. may mean 
that it has been overlooked. On the basis of the 
single collection, it is difficult to assign a naturalised 
status but its perennial nature suggests it could have 
persisted at the site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (as Glyceria notata 
Chevall.) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Holcus mollis L. (creeping fog) 
Specimens examined: Tewkesbury Potato Research Farm 
(TNS), vi.1974, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 103698!); Barcoo Road, S of 
Montagu (KIN), 25.ii.2009, A.M. Buchanan 17092 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from 
two collections from the northwest of the State. The 
most recent record was from a weedy roadside. There 
are no accompanying notes to indicate its extent at 
either location. The species may have been overlooked 
in Tasmania due to its similarity with the widespread 
and common Holcus lanatus L. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Hordeum hystrix Roth (velvet sea 
barleygrass) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 12): West Lagoon, 
Little Hampton (TNM), 2.ii.1952, H.N. Barber s.n. (HO 27918!); 
Big Green Island (FLI), 11.xii.1975, J.S. Whinray 598 (AD [ n.v .]); 
Cambridge Sports Ground (TSE), 21.xi.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 
35213!); Nant Lane, N Bothwell (between Fordell Creek and 
River Clyde) (TSE), 24.L2014, M. Wapstra 1807 (HO!). 
Notes: This erect annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from three widely separated populations. It appears 
to be well-established on the islands of the Furneaux 
Group and at several localities in the dry agricultural 
region of the Midlands. Curtis and Morris (1994) stated 
that it is "occasional in pastures in the Midlands". The 
most recent collection was from grassland in a drainage 
depression where it formed dense patches. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT (doubtfully 
naturalised), SA, Qld, NSW, ACT (formerly naturalised), Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Molineriella minuta (L.) Rouy (small 
hairgrass) 
Specimen examined: Hoggs Ford Road, Campbell Town 
(TNM), 6.x.1 995, J.A. Smith s.n. (HO 316988!). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single collection from a freshwater wetland in 
the State's Midlands region. Collection notes do not give 
any indication of its status at the site. Based on this scant 
62 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339482 golden chain tree Muelleria 38: 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890501
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339629 golden upright willow Muelleria 38: 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890510
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339644 golden weeping willow Muelleria 38: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890511
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is occasionally 
cultivated in Tasmania. It is known from one small 
population where it is thought to have spread via 
vegetative means. The taxon may be more widespread 
as it is easily confused with the common and 
widespread S. x fragilis nothovar. fragilis and S. alba 
var. vitellina. At Westerway, S. xfragilis nothovar. fragilis 
and S. alba var. vitellina are thought to have hybridised, 
producing young plants referable to S. xrubens. For a 
comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution 
and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix x sepulcmlis Simonk. nothovar. chrysocoma 
(Dode) Meikle (golden weeping willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 15): Melton Mowbray 
(TSE), 21.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 36158!); Huonville, Apex 
Park, (cult.) (TSR), 21.X.2003, ML Baker 172 (HO!); Campbell 
Town, Elizabeth River (cult.) (TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 216 
(HO!); Emu River, pumphouse area, Burnie (TNS), 31.X.2003ML 
Baker 248, (HO!); 4.9 km W of Bridport on the Bridport/George 
Town Road (cult.) (FLI), 1212005, ML Baker 1420 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely 
cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered 
on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and ponds, and 
in large parks and gardens. In almost all instances, it 
appears to have been planted and only a small number of 
plants have been observed where their origin may have 
resulted from vegetative spread from nearby trees. For a 
comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and 
status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
SCROPHULARIACEAE 
Antirrhinum majus L. (snapdragon) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): GeorgeTown Waste 
Transfer Station (tip) off Mount George Road (FLI), 1212005, 
ML Baker 1442 (HO!); Launceston tip. Remount Road, near 
Newham Creek (TNM), 1.ii.2005, Ml. Baker 1524 (HO!); Flinders 
Island, WhitemarkTip site off Memana Road (FLI), 17.V.2011, 
ML Baker 2562 (HOI); Tasman Highway, near Cambridge (TSE), 
22.xi.2011, M Wapstra 1315 (HO!); Lyell Highway, just W of 
Granton and Bridgewater Causeway (TSE), 1 .v.2013, M Wapstra 
1627 (HOI). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
seven widespread collections. In most cases no more 
than two plants have been recorded at each of the sites. 
Flowever, at one suburban site in Flobart, it was noted as 
being'occasional'. There is no evidence that plants have 
persisted at these sites. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Kickxia spuria (L.) Dumort. subsp. integrifolia 
(Brot.) R.Fern. (bluntleaf toadflax) 
Specimens examined: Rifle Range, Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), 
R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2095212 [n.v.]); Westbury (TNM), ii.1943, 
J.H. Wilson s.n. (HO 411601!); Selbourne Road, Hagley (TNM), 
181.2000, M Greenhill s.n. (HO 502751!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
three widespread locations. Curtis (1967) described 
the distribution and habitat as "occasional as a weed of 
cultivation". Two of the specimens are noted as being 
weeds of crops, with one growing in a flax crop and the 
other being widespread and sporadic in a pyrethrum 
crop. No evidence exists to suggest that it has persisted 
at any of the sites. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Veronicaperegrina L. (wandering speedwell) 
Specimens examined: V.D.L [Van Diemensland], F. 
Mueller s.n. (MEL2256541!); Woodhall. South Esk Riv[er]. Van 
Diemensland (TNM), i.1849, C. Stuart459, (MEL!). 
Notes:This annual herb is known inTasmania from two 
collections from more than 150 years ago. Inspection of 
these revealed that they are almost certainly duplicates 
of each other. Curtis (1967) described its distribution 
and habitat in Tasmania as "occasional in cultivated 
ground". Flowever, there is no evidence to support 
this statement. No information regarding its habitat, 
abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded 
with the specimens. For a discussion of this species in 
Tasmania see Baker (2016). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
SOLANACEAE 
Hyoscyamus albus L. (white henbane) 
Specimen examined: Near Hobart Town (TSE), xii.1876, 
W.W. Spicer 121 (HO!). 
54 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339755 goosegrass Muelleria 38: 61
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890518
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Dichanthium sericeum (R.Br.) A.Camus subsp. 
sericeum (silky bluegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (1 of 4): Tasman Highway, 
2 km N of Sorell (TSE), 31 .i.1 982, D.l. Morris 8246 (HO!). 
NotesrThis erect perennial grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen (with several duplicates) from 
Sorell in the southeast ofthe State. Details accompanying 
the specimen indicate that the population consisted of 
approx. 20 plants. It has not been recorded since. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NT 
(native), SA (native), Qld (native), NSW (native), ACT 
(native), Vic. (native) 
Status: Not naturalised 
Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koeler (crabgrass) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, v.1895, L. Rodway 6 (HO!); 
Hobart (all TSE), 6.vi.1895, L Rodway 6 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
two specimens from Hobart, collected more than 120 
years ago. There are no notes indicating the plant's 
status at these sites, nor any evidence that it became 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, 
LHI, Nl, ACT 
Status: Not naturalised 
Digitaria ternata (Hochst. Ex A.Rich.) Stapf 
(fingergrass) 
Specimens examined: Nubeena, 6.V.1982, [collector 
unknown] Ex Tasmanian Department of Agriculture Herbarium 
(HO 568826!); Near Nubeena (all TSE), 6.v.1982, W.R. Watson s.n. 
(HO 51390!). 
Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single collection. Curtis and Morris (1994) 
described the distribution and habitat as "recorded from 
a roadside on the Tasman Peninsula", presumably based 
on this specimen. There is no evidence that it became 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Echinochloa oryzoides (Ard.) Fritsch (rice 
barnyardgrass) 
Specimen examined: Triabunna (TSE), 2.ii.1995, D.l. Morris 
86552 (HO!). 
Notes: This tall annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen from a population of 30-40 
plants growing along a roadside ditch on the State's east 
coast.There is no evidence that it became naturalised in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld (doubtfully 
naturalised), NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Eleusineindica (L.) Gaertn. (crowsfoot grass) 
Specimens examined: Bridport, top side of Westwood 
Street, 19.iii.1997, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 320736!); Parkers Ford 
Road, Port Sorell (all FLI), 8.ii.2012, P. Collier 5428 (HO!). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens from roadside verges in the 
north of the State. The collections suggest that it is 
a recent arrival to the State, although the source of 
the introduction is unknown. The species is locally 
persistent at Port Sorell (P. Collier pers. comm.) whereas 
its persistence at Bridport is unknown. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, 
Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Eleusine tristachya (Lam.) Lam. (goosegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 13): Outside of the 
Botanical Gardens [Hobart] (TSE), 17.xi.1979, T. Shea s.n. (HO 
32149!); Hobart. University ofTasmania, football oval (TSE), 
14.iii.1981, RJ. Wilson s.n. (HO 540714!); Midland Highway, N. of 
Perth (TNM), 12.iv.2013, M. Wapstra 1602 (HO!); Lyell Highway, N 
of Dawson Road (Dunrobin) turn-off (TSE), 9.vi.2013, M. Wapstra 
1660 (HO!); Brooker Highway, showgrounds roundabout, 
median strip to north (TSE), 14.iv.2014, M. Wapstra 1853 (HO!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial grass is known in 
Tasmania from numerous locations in the greater Hobart 
area, extending through to the Coal River Valley, the 
lower to middle Derwent Valley, and along the Midland 
Highway as far north as Breadalbane, near Launceston in 
the State's north. Since the first collections, in 1979 from 
outside the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Garden, and in 
1981 from Sandy Bay, it has become a widespread weed 
of roadsides and grasslands and is predicted to continue 
to increase its range throughout the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Eragrostis curvula (Schrad.) Nees (African 
lovegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 16): Woodbury (cult.) 
(TNM), i.1922, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 121170!); Franklin, picnic 
area (TSR), 8.L1967, J.E.S. Townrow s.n. (HO 92647!); Hobart 
Muelleria 
61 

Page image

51339288 goutweed Muelleria 38: 30
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890520
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
collecting number, date of collection, location and IBRA 
region (Figure 1). In most cases, specimens other than 
those in the Tasmanian Herbarium (HO) have not been 
seen by the authors (specimens not seen by the authors 
are annotated 'n.v.') and their identity is assumed to 
be correct. They are included here for completeness 
in describing the Tasmanian distribution of those taxa. 
Information from the specimen collection data is also 
provided, along with published accounts of the taxon 
and, where applicable, the authors' observations. 
The extra-Tasmanian distribution is derived from the 
Australian Plant Census (CHAH 2015) and state and 
territory censuses and checklists. It includes those 
jurisdictions where the taxa are considered fully 
naturalised or native. Where a state or territory is listed, 
the taxon is considered to be naturalised unless noted 
otherwise. 
Checklist 
Dicotyledoneae 
AIZOACEAE 
Carpobrotus aequilaterus (Haw.) N.E.Br. 
(angled pigface) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): Roaring [Bay] 
Beach, 6 miles E [of] Dover (TSR), 23X1961, T Whaite 2313 and 
J. Whaite (NSW [n.v.]); Remarkable Cave (TSE), 3.ii.1961,i Gray 
s.n. (CBG 7900 [n.v.]); Cape Frederick Hendrick (TSE), 20.ix.1973, 
D.A. Ratkowsky 405 and A.V. Ratkowsky (NSW [n.v.]); Bellerive 
Bluff foreshore, near Bellerive Yacht Club starting box (TSE), 
24.xi.2005, C. Narkowiczs.n. (HO 540318!). 
Notes: This succulent perennial herb, occasionally 
grown as an ornamental, is known from coastal 
habitats in the southeast of Tasmania. It is likely that the 
populations have arisen from dumped garden refuse or 
spread from deliberate ornamental plantings. It is more 
widespread than indicated by formal collections, with 
plants also known to grow at Taroona Beach and on 
King Island. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Mesembryanthemum cordifolium L.f. [syn. 
Aptenia cordifolia (L.f.) Schwantes] (heartleaf 
iceplant) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Yellow Beach, 
Flinders Island (FLI), 10.xi.1969, J.S. Whinray 1949 (CANB [n.v.]; 
Creek Road, New Town (TSE), 2.V.1978, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 
264631); South of Scamander (FLI), 18.ii.2003, A.M. Buchanan 
15998 (HOI); Near Knights Point, Windermere Bay, Glenorchy 
(TSE), 23.vii.2004, A.M. Gray 1395 (HO!); Porter Hill, Sandy Bay 
Road (TSE), 22.iii.2010, AM Gray 1960 (HOI). 
Notes: This succulent perennial herb, most likely 
introduced to Tasmania as an ornamental garden plant, 
is widespread but uncommon and is known from 
localised populations at Flinders Island, Scamander 
and the greater Hobart region. It has been recorded 
in roadside vegetation, tip sites, high tide zones and 
in bushland adjacent to residential areas, but is as yet 
not considered fully naturalised due to its disjunct and 
usually highly localised occurrence. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
AMARANTHACEAE 
Amaranthus graecizans L. subsp. silvestris 
(Vill.) Brenan (prostrate pigweed) 
Specimen examined: Howick Street, Launceston (TNM), 
6.ii.1981, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 389541). 
Notes: This low-growing, mat-forming annual is 
known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected 
from a residential garden in Launceston. There are no 
notes accompanying the specimen to indicate its status 
at the site, nor any evidence to suggest it is naturalised 
inTasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA,Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Amaranthus spinosus L. (spiny pigweed) 
Specimen examined: Perth Forestry Nursery (TNM), 
15.ii.1995, [collector unknown] (HO 4113611). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single specimen collected from a plant nursery. Its 
status at the site is unknown and there is no evidence to 
suggest it naturalised inTasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld, NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
APIACEAE 
Aegopodium podagraria L. (goutweed) 
Specimens examined: New Town (TSE), 23.xii.1968, D.l. 
Morris s.n. (HO 520911); Hobart, New Town Research Laboratory 
grounds (TSE), 31.xii.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (MEL0532712 [n.v.]); 
30 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339555 grand collomia Muelleria 38: 49
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890506
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
appear to have been deliberately planted, along with 
several additional non-native Acacia species. The first 
herbarium record in 2002 belies a much longer period of 
naturalisation, which probably began in earnest in the 
1980s (based on the maturity of some stands). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW 
(native and naturalised), ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
ONAGRACEAE 
Epilobium nummulariifolium A.Cunn. 
(creeping willowherb) 
Specimens examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart, c. 
i.1999, [collector unknown] (HO 323677!); 3 Curtis Ave, South 
Hobart, 13.xi.2002, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 520616!); Woodbank 
Nursery, 25.ii.2005, ML Baker 1556 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This mat-forming perennial herb is known 
in Tasmania from a few locations in the southeast of 
the State. There exists insufficient evidence for it to be 
classified as naturalised, with the species only being 
recorded from a domestic garden on the outskirts of 
Hobart, where it is restricted to the garden and the 
immediate surrounds, and from two nurseries: Royal 
Tasmanian Botanic Gardens, as a weed of a propagating 
area, and at Woodbank Nursery, where it was a weed in 
a pot plant and in a garden bed. At present, this species 
is doubtfully naturalised but it has high potential to 
become more widespread and naturalised throughout 
the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Oenothera biennis L. (evening-primrose) 
Specimens examined: Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 
12.L2001, D.l. Morris 86729 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 
28.ii.2001, A.M. Buchanan 15856 (HO!); Bass Highway, 2 km E 
of Irishtown Road junction (KIN) 2.xi.2004, M. Baker 936 and 
M.F.Duretto (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N 
of Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1386 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental biennial herb was first 
collected in Tasmania as a weed of a lily crop. There is 
increasing evidence that it is becoming naturalised in 
various regions, mainly around highly disturbed sites 
such as crops, rubbish tips and roadside verges. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
PLUMBAGINACEAE 
Limonium sinuatum (L.) Mill, (wavyleaf sea- 
lavender) 
Specimens examined: Whitemark (FLI), IO.i.2007, A.M. 
Buchanan 16568 (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, 200 m 
N of Jetsons Road junction (FLI), 1112005, ML Baker 1394 (HO!); 
Glenora Road, Glenora [Bushy Park] (TSE), 2512013, M Wapstra 
1516 (HO!); Anglican Cemetery, Sorell (end of Henry Street) 
(TSE), 51.2013, M Wapstra 1537 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from several widespread collections, mainly 
from highly disturbed sites such as tips and roadside 
verges. It appears to have arisen from dumped garden 
waste or as an escape from ornamental plantings 
(including cemeteries). It is popular in the florist trade 
due to the "everlasting" nature of the cut flowers. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
POLEMONIACEAE 
Collomia grandiflora Douglas ex Lindl. 
(grand collomia) 
Specimen examined: King Island (KIN), vi.1957, L. Smith s.n. 
(HO 19628! & HO 317247!). 
Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and 
habitat of this annual herb as "occasional as a weed of 
cultivated land". No evidence supports this statement 
as the species is known in Tasmania from a single 
collection from a crop of potatoes on King Island sixty 
years ago—it has not been recorded since. Based on this 
evidence, the species cannot be considered naturalised 
to any degree in the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
PORTULACACEAE 
Claytoniaperfoliata Donn ex Willd. (miner's 
lettuce) 
Specimens examined: Fern Tree, East Coast, Domestic 
garden [cult.], 411983, D.l. Morris 8302 (HO!); Fern Tree, 611986, 
D.l. Morris 862 (HO!); Woolton Court, Sandy Bay [Hobart suburb] 
(all TSE), 23.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2105 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a 
few collections from domestic gardens. One collection 
notes that it is "not invasive but behaving as a nuisance 
Muelleria 

Page image

51339485 grass vetchling Muelleria 38: 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890501
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
FABACEAE 
Hedysarum coronarium L. (French 
honeysuckle) 
Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Hobart (cult.) 
(TSE), xii.1902, L Rodway 178 (HO!); Hobart (cult.)(TSE), i.1910, 
L. Rodway 184 (HO!); Botanical Gardens, Hobart (cult.)(TSE), 
24.xii.1946, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 10716!). 
Notes:This short-lived perennial is known inTasmania 
from several pre-1950 collections, all from cultivated 
specimens lacking informative notes. Curtis (1956) 
described its distribution and habitat as"introduced and 
persisting near centres of cultivation". From this scant 
information it is difficult to assign a naturalised status 
with any certainty. See Figure 5. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld 
Status: Not naturalised 
Laburnum anagyroides Medik. (golden chain 
tree) 
Specimens examined: Roadside, Neika (TSE), 12.ii.1997, 
A.M. Buchanan 14409 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (TNM), 
14.X.2005, M.L Baker 1689 (HO!). 
Notes: This small, deciduous ornamental tree is 
known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. The 
most recent was from a population of naturalised 
plants growing on the sides of a steep dolerite gorge at 
Launceston. The species is occasionally seen growing 
on roadsides in southeast Tasmania (e.g. Taroona; 
below Queens Domain, Hobart), suggesting it is more 
widely naturalised than herbarium records indicate (M. 
Wapstra, pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lathyrus nissolia L. (grass vetchling) 
Specimens examined: D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 
ii.1904, L Rodway 176 (HO!); Gordon (TSE), 9.X.1924,5.B. Barker 
s.n. (MEL2298792A [ n.v .]); Taroona Pathway off Oakleigh 
Avenue (TSE), 17.xi.2005, D. Harris s.n. (HO 539383!); Taroona, 
grass strip between Oakleigh Avenue and Cartwright Creek 
(TSE), 17.xi.2005, M.L. Baker 1652 (HO!). 
Notes: Despite being known only from a small 
number of discrete sites in southeast Tasmania, this 
annual herb has been present in Tasmania since at 
least 1904. The most recent collection was from a well- 
established population in an exotic grassland at Taroona 
in the south of the State. Curtis (1956) described its 
distribution and habitat as "rare, in grassy places". 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lotus angustissimus L. (narrowleaf trefoil) 
Specimens examined: Cressy House, Cressy (TNM), 
17.iv.1985, R.S. Smith s.n. (HO 94684!); 5 km S of Wilmot on 
Cradle Mountain Rd (TNS), 13.iii.1995, P.C. Jobson 3465 (NSW 
[n.v.]); Tonganah, site of former clay mine (BEL), 9.L2002, J. 
Findlay s.n. (HO 518972!); Swansea, Rockcliffe property (TSE), 
I. ii.2002, A.M. Buchanan 15918 (HO!); Murphys Flat, Granton 
(TSE), 25.iii.2010, M.L Baker2229 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in 
Tasmania from a small number of widespread records. 
It grows in range of situations, including croplands 
and wetlands. It is expected to be more common and 
widespread and has most likely been overlooked due 
to its close resemblance to other naturalised species of 
Lotus that occur in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lupinus angustifolius L. (narrowleaf lupin) 
Specimens examined: Eaglehawk Neck (TSE), 2411928, 
J. B. Cleland s.n. (AD 966080625 [n.v.]); Sorell (TSE), 24.xi.1976, 
D. Munro and N.Walker s.n. (NSW 456562!); Bass Highway near 
Deloraine (TNM), 20.ix.2007, M. Wapstra 226 (HO!); George 
Town/Bell Bay Road roundabout (FLI), 15.X.2008, M. Wapstra 
532 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known inTasmania from a 
small number of widespread collections. Curtis (1956) 
described its distribution and habitat as "cultivated in 
orchards as a green manure and found occasionally as 
an escape". However, no specimens were available to 
her at the time. More recently, it has been recorded as 
being prevalent on the verge of the Bass Highway (e.g. 
HO 547663) but is now absent there (M. Wapstra, pers. 
obs.). It appears to arise on road verges but not persist; 
for example, a single plant was collected near Epping 
Forest in 2004 (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It is cultivated 
in Tasmania as a grain legume for animal and human 
consumption (Knox etal. 2006). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Medicago arborea L. (tree medick) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Killiecrankie Bay, 
Flinders Island (FLI), 28.vi.1966, IS. Whinray 37 (MEL1021317 
44 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339450 Griselinia littoralis Muelleria 38: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890498
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Hypericum pulchrum L. (slender St John's 
wort) 
Specimens examined: Underwood, S slope of Browns Hill 
(BEL), 26.xii.1985, AM. Buchanan 7808 (HOI); Underwood, Ryans 
Road (BEL), 12.ii.2009, Ml. Baker 1954 (HOI). 
Notes: This of perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from one small and highly localised population in 
the northeast of the State where it grows on a grassy 
roadside verge. It has persisted at the site for more than 
30 years. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CORNACEAE 
Griselinia littoralis (Raoul) Raoul (New 
Zealand broadleaf) 
Specimens examined: Strahan, W side of Customs House 
(TWE), 1 .xi.2005, T. Rudman s.n. (HO 535554!); Strahan, remnant 
forest behind Post Office (TWE), 21.xi.2005, Ml. Baker 1670 
(HOI); Strahan, Hogarth Falls Peoples Park (TWE), 21.xi.2005, 
Ml. Baker 1666 (HOI); Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens, 
Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 13.L2006, Ml. Baker 1695 (HO!). 
Notes: This evergreen shrub/small tree has a localised 
distribution in Tasmania, having only been collected 
from Strahan on the State's west coast. It occurs in 
disturbed sites throughout the town and on the edges 
of nearby remnant native forest. It is also cultivated in 
the area and this is the likely source of introduction. For 
a discussion of its distribution and habitat in Tasmania 
see Baker (2007). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CRASSULACEAE 
Aeonium haworthii Salm-Dyck ex Webb & 
Berthel. (pinwheel) 
Specimens examined: Tasman Island (TSE), 29.ix.2007, P.A. 
Tyson 582 (HO!); Bellerive, coast side of Victoria Esplanade, SE of 
Abbott Street (TSE) 20.vi.2012, D.E. Albrecht 14139 (HO!). 
Notes: While there are only two formal collections 
of this shrubby succulent ornamental recorded from 
Tasmania, it is recognised that it is more widespread 
and merely poorly-collected in the State (as is the case 
for many succulent taxa due to technicalities in their 
preservation and curation). Notes on the Tasman Island 
collection indicate that it may have been successfully 
eliminated but this needs to be confirmed.The species is 
well-established at some coastal locations in southeast 
Tasmania, often forming large populations on steep, 
inaccessible cliffs. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Crassula muscosa L. var. muscosa (dubmoss 
crassula) 
Specimens examined: Midway Point, Tasman Highway 
(TSE), 31.iii.2006, Ml. Baker 1706 (HO!); Second Bluff, Howrah 
(TSE), 12.xi.2009, M. Wapstra 754 (HO!). 
Notes: This low-growing succulent herb is 
represented by only two Tasmanian collections. 
However, it is recognised that it is more widespread 
but poorly-collected in the State. It was first recorded 
at Midway Point in the State's southeast, where it forms 
dense mats on a small section of roadside verge. At 
this site, it has presumably spread from deliberate 
ornamental plantings. The most recent record consists 
of a population growing in remnant native vegetation 
on a steep cliff near Bellerive Beach. Additional sites 
are known on North Bruny Island, where it is very well- 
established on sandstone cliffs, and near Cambridge on 
a grassy roadside batter. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Crassula natans Thunb. var. minus (Eckl. & 
Zeyh.) G.D.Rowley (floating stonecrop) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Flinders Island, 
Long Point (FLI), 17.viii.1975, J.S. Whinray s.n. (CANB 533240.1 
[n.v.]); Nook Swamps, King Island (KIN), 19.xi.2007, M. Wapstra 
316 (HO!); Curries River Reservoir. Edge of water, W of picnic 
huts (BEL), 14.X.2008, M. Wapstra 538 (HO!); Dartys Corner, S of 
Temma (KIN), 31.X.2008, M. Wapstra 566 (HO!); Epping Forest, 
edge of car park of roadhouse, N end (TNM), l.x.2014, M. 
Wapstra 2030 { HO!). 
Notes: This semi-aquatic annual appears to be 
a relatively recent arrival in Tasmania and is now 
widespread in mainly near-coastal sites. It is most often 
associated with ephemerally wet sites, usually in quite 
disturbed situations. Wapstra (2012) concluded that 
it was most likely "alien" based on the criteria of Bean 
(2007). 
Muelleria 
41 

Page image

51339362 gromwell Muelleria 38: 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890491
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Street, Bellerive (TSE), 10.iv.1985, D.l. Morris 8551 (HO!); 15 
Channel Street, Burnie (TNS), 2000, K. Kirkelys.n. (HO 510807!); 
145 Davey Street, Hobart (TSE), 3.V.2001, D.l. Morris 86734, (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental perennial vine was first 
recorded in waste places at Launceston. Subsequent 
collections are from disjunct locations throughout 
the State and are associated with suburban and city 
gardens. There is no evidence of spread from these sites, 
some of which appear to have been eliminated (e.g. HO 
102250, HO 328680), while the current status of others is 
unknown. Curtis (1967) described it as "a garden escape, 
naturalised locally in the north of the State". However, 
there is no evidence to support this. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
BETULACEAE 
Alnus cordata (Loisel.) Duby (Italian alder) 
Specimens examined: St Marys (BEL), viii.1950, H.N. Barber 
s.n. (HO 36203!); Watchorn Street, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 19.V.2004, 
M.F. Duretto 1744 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental deciduous tree is known in 
Tasmania from two widely-spread collections, one from 
a cultivated plant in Hobart and the other from the town 
of St Marys. Curtis (1967) stated that it is "recorded from 
the east coast at St Marys and from river banks near 
New Norfolk". However, no specimens from New Norfolk 
have been seen and there are no notes accompanying 
the specimen from St Marys to indicate its status at the 
site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Alnus glutinosa (L.) Gaertn. (black alder) 
Specimens examined: Huonville, picnic area E of bridge 
(cult.) (TSR), 8.L1984, M. Williams s.n. (HO 76693!); Macquarie 
Street, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 27.V.1988, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 
110455!); Murray Street, 10 m N of Melville Street, Hobart, (cult.) 
(TSE), 19.V.2004, M.F. Duretto 1745 (HO!); Queenstown, CMT 
Industrial Estate (TWE), 9.ii.2007, G. Cordery s.n. (HO 544184!); 
King River Delta, Lettes Bay (TWE), 7.viii.2007, M.L. Baker 1807 
and A. Laird (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous tree is cultivated in Tasmania 
as an ornamental. Two of the five collections appear to 
be from non-cultivated plants. One was a single plant 
growing with Baloskion tetraphyllum on accumulated 
sediment at the mouth of the King River at Lettes Bay, 
Strahan. The other collection, from the Queen River, 
Queenstown, has the following notes attached: "Alnus 
is spreading along Queen River. The extent of alder tree 
dispersion in the Queenstown locale is unknown at 
present; further investigations are required to determine 
populations". Without further evidence it would be 
premature to assign a naturalised status to this species. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
BORAGINACEAE 
Lithospermum officinale L. (gromwell) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): First Basin, 
Launceston, Midlands (TNM), 27.xi.1938, A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 
7842!); Entrance to [Cataract] Gorge, Launceston (TNM), 
xi.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 505445!); Trevallyn Reserve 
(TNM), 11 .iii.2006, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 538846!); Thrower Street, 
Launceston (TNM), 4.xii.2007, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 546890!); 
Launceston (TNM), x, S.G. Hannaford s.n. (HO 7841!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is locally naturalised in 
the Launceston area, particularly near Cataract Gorge, 
where it has persisted for nearly 80 years since it was 
first recorded. Collection notes indicate that it forms 
relatively large and persistent populations. The source 
of the plants is not known. Curtis (1967) described the 
distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste places", 
but there is no evidence that it ever extended beyond 
the Launceston area. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Naturalised 
Symphytum x uplandicum Nyman (Russian 
comfrey) 
Specimens examined: Huon (TSR), 1957, F. Fricke s.n. (HO 
505422! & HO 8014!); Underwood, junction of Underwood 
and Ryans Roads (BEL), 11.ii.2009, M.L Baker 1955 (HO!); Mole 
Creek (TNS), 2.ii.2008, A.M. Buchanan 16859 (HO!); Kingston, old 
'Linden Rise'property (TSE), 14.ii.2013, M. Wapstra 1540 (HO!). 
Notes: This erect perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from several disjunct occurrences. Associated collection 
notes regarding the size and area of the populations 
are limited. However, the Underwood and Kingston 
collections are reported to consist of one and two plants 
respectively. Curtis (1967) noted its distribution in 
Tasmania as "occasional on roadsides as an escape from 
cultivation". 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (sparingly 
established) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
34 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339563 Hakea laurina Muelleria 38: 50
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890507
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
weed in gardens, and in cracks in walls and pots". It is 
not known if the populations at the collection sites 
have persisted. The species is occasionally grown as a 
pot or garden bed herb and used in salads. It readily 
self-sows but has not appeared to have spread beyond 
domestic gardens. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
PRIMULACEAE 
Lysimachia minima (L.) U.Mans & Anderb. 
(kause chaffweed) 
Specimens examined: Rubicon Sanctuary, Port Sorell (FLI), 
14.X.2009, P. Collier 5358 (HO!); Tinderbox, East Coast (TSE), 
17.X.2011 , D.E. Albrechts.n. (HO!). 
Notes: This diminutive annual herb is likely to be 
overlooked and much more widespread in Tasmania 
than indicated by current collections. Collections to 
date have been from a weedy habitat (Tinderbox) or as 
a single plant growing as a weed in a gravel drive. The 
species is widely naturalised on mainland Australia. A 
doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending 
further information on its distribution. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
PROTEACEAE 
Hakea laurina R.Br. (pincushion hakea) 
Specimens examined: University of Tasmania gardens, 
Hobart (cult.), 12.iii.2002, R. Dillon s.n. and GJordan (HO 
528995!); Coningham, 7.V.2005, J. Taylor s.n. (HO 541827!); 
Coningham, 21 .x.2008, R.G. Tyson 906 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: Apart from one collection from cultivation, 
this ornamental shrub is known in Tasmania from two 
specimens from the same site, collected approximately 
three years apart. Here, the species had most likely 
spread from nearby gardens (where it was noted 
as being present) into coastal heathy woodland, 
and occurred as a population of mature and young 
plants. The population was removed in 2008. The 
species is a popular garden plant in Tasmania and 
further naturalised populations are expected to occur. 
However, there is no evidence to suggest it is more 
widely naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and 
naturalised), SA 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Lomatia fraseri R.Br. (tree lomatia) 
Specimens examined: PipelineTrack,ForkCreekCatchment, 
Fern Tree, 12.iii.2002, D. Ziegler 237 (HO!); Pipeline Track, Fern 
Tree, near Browns Road, 25.vi.2009, PA. Tyson 966 (HO!); Fern 
Tree, 30.vi.2009, M.L. Baker 2098 (HO!); Mount Wellington, 
Pipeline Track 30.xi.2010,M Wapstra 1181 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This shrub or small tree is known in Tasmania 
from several specimens from a single localised 
population comprised of several individuals and 
patches of plants growing in wet sclerophyll forest on 
the foothills of Mt Wellington in the State's southeast. 
There has been a concerted effort at removal by a local 
landcare group, but some individuals, presumably 
escaped from garden plantings, are still present. The 
species is native on mainland Australia, where it is a 
widespread and sometimes locally common species in 
wet mountain forests. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (native), Vic. 
(native) 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
RANUNCULACEAE 
Adonis microcarpa DC. (pheasant's eye) 
Specimen examined: Flinders Island, Wybalenna area (FLI), 
1 2.V.1 999, S. Welsh s.n. (HO 444814!). 
Notes: This erect annual herb has only been collected 
once in Tasmania, from a dry, sheep grazing paddock on 
Flinders Island. According to notes accompanying the 
specimen, the population consisted of approximately 
nine plants over an area of 30 m 2 . A doubtfully 
naturalised status is assigned here pending further 
information on its distribution. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Aquilegia vulgaris L. (common columbine) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Poison Hill, 9 km 
E of Woodsdale (TSE), 6.X.1984, A. Moscal 8517 (HO!); Poimena 
"township", Blue Tier (BEL), 28.xii.2006, M. Wapstra 86 (HO!); 
Pipers River, downstream of Lilydale Road crossing (FLI), 
18.xii.2007, M. Wapstra 409 (HO!); North West Bay River (TSE), 
7.xi.2000, AC. Rozefelds 1895 (HO!); River Road, N of Deloraine 
(TNS), 21 .xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1390 (HO!). 
Notes: This commonly cultivated perennial herb 
is known in Tasmania from several widely spread 
populations. Most have been recorded from roadside 
verges or riparian zones, often in close proximity to 
50 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339282 heartleaf iceplant Muelleria 38: 30
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890520
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
collecting number, date of collection, location and IBRA 
region (Figure 1). In most cases, specimens other than 
those in the Tasmanian Herbarium (HO) have not been 
seen by the authors (specimens not seen by the authors 
are annotated 'n.v.') and their identity is assumed to 
be correct. They are included here for completeness 
in describing the Tasmanian distribution of those taxa. 
Information from the specimen collection data is also 
provided, along with published accounts of the taxon 
and, where applicable, the authors' observations. 
The extra-Tasmanian distribution is derived from the 
Australian Plant Census (CHAH 2015) and state and 
territory censuses and checklists. It includes those 
jurisdictions where the taxa are considered fully 
naturalised or native. Where a state or territory is listed, 
the taxon is considered to be naturalised unless noted 
otherwise. 
Checklist 
Dicotyledoneae 
AIZOACEAE 
Carpobrotus aequilaterus (Haw.) N.E.Br. 
(angled pigface) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): Roaring [Bay] 
Beach, 6 miles E [of] Dover (TSR), 23X1961, T Whaite 2313 and 
J. Whaite (NSW [n.v.]); Remarkable Cave (TSE), 3.ii.1961,i Gray 
s.n. (CBG 7900 [n.v.]); Cape Frederick Hendrick (TSE), 20.ix.1973, 
D.A. Ratkowsky 405 and A.V. Ratkowsky (NSW [n.v.]); Bellerive 
Bluff foreshore, near Bellerive Yacht Club starting box (TSE), 
24.xi.2005, C. Narkowiczs.n. (HO 540318!). 
Notes: This succulent perennial herb, occasionally 
grown as an ornamental, is known from coastal 
habitats in the southeast of Tasmania. It is likely that the 
populations have arisen from dumped garden refuse or 
spread from deliberate ornamental plantings. It is more 
widespread than indicated by formal collections, with 
plants also known to grow at Taroona Beach and on 
King Island. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Mesembryanthemum cordifolium L.f. [syn. 
Aptenia cordifolia (L.f.) Schwantes] (heartleaf 
iceplant) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Yellow Beach, 
Flinders Island (FLI), 10.xi.1969, J.S. Whinray 1949 (CANB [n.v.]; 
Creek Road, New Town (TSE), 2.V.1978, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 
264631); South of Scamander (FLI), 18.ii.2003, A.M. Buchanan 
15998 (HOI); Near Knights Point, Windermere Bay, Glenorchy 
(TSE), 23.vii.2004, A.M. Gray 1395 (HO!); Porter Hill, Sandy Bay 
Road (TSE), 22.iii.2010, AM Gray 1960 (HOI). 
Notes: This succulent perennial herb, most likely 
introduced to Tasmania as an ornamental garden plant, 
is widespread but uncommon and is known from 
localised populations at Flinders Island, Scamander 
and the greater Hobart region. It has been recorded 
in roadside vegetation, tip sites, high tide zones and 
in bushland adjacent to residential areas, but is as yet 
not considered fully naturalised due to its disjunct and 
usually highly localised occurrence. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
AMARANTHACEAE 
Amaranthus graecizans L. subsp. silvestris 
(Vill.) Brenan (prostrate pigweed) 
Specimen examined: Howick Street, Launceston (TNM), 
6.ii.1981, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 389541). 
Notes: This low-growing, mat-forming annual is 
known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected 
from a residential garden in Launceston. There are no 
notes accompanying the specimen to indicate its status 
at the site, nor any evidence to suggest it is naturalised 
inTasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA,Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Amaranthus spinosus L. (spiny pigweed) 
Specimen examined: Perth Forestry Nursery (TNM), 
15.ii.1995, [collector unknown] (HO 4113611). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single specimen collected from a plant nursery. Its 
status at the site is unknown and there is no evidence to 
suggest it naturalised inTasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld, NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
APIACEAE 
Aegopodium podagraria L. (goutweed) 
Specimens examined: New Town (TSE), 23.xii.1968, D.l. 
Morris s.n. (HO 520911); Hobart, New Town Research Laboratory 
grounds (TSE), 31.xii.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (MEL0532712 [n.v.]); 
30 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339477 Hedysarum coronarium Muelleria 38: 44, Fig. 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890501
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
FABACEAE 
Hedysarum coronarium L. (French 
honeysuckle) 
Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Hobart (cult.) 
(TSE), xii.1902, L Rodway 178 (HO!); Hobart (cult.)(TSE), i.1910, 
L. Rodway 184 (HO!); Botanical Gardens, Hobart (cult.)(TSE), 
24.xii.1946, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 10716!). 
Notes:This short-lived perennial is known inTasmania 
from several pre-1950 collections, all from cultivated 
specimens lacking informative notes. Curtis (1956) 
described its distribution and habitat as"introduced and 
persisting near centres of cultivation". From this scant 
information it is difficult to assign a naturalised status 
with any certainty. See Figure 5. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld 
Status: Not naturalised 
Laburnum anagyroides Medik. (golden chain 
tree) 
Specimens examined: Roadside, Neika (TSE), 12.ii.1997, 
A.M. Buchanan 14409 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (TNM), 
14.X.2005, M.L Baker 1689 (HO!). 
Notes: This small, deciduous ornamental tree is 
known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. The 
most recent was from a population of naturalised 
plants growing on the sides of a steep dolerite gorge at 
Launceston. The species is occasionally seen growing 
on roadsides in southeast Tasmania (e.g. Taroona; 
below Queens Domain, Hobart), suggesting it is more 
widely naturalised than herbarium records indicate (M. 
Wapstra, pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lathyrus nissolia L. (grass vetchling) 
Specimens examined: D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 
ii.1904, L Rodway 176 (HO!); Gordon (TSE), 9.X.1924,5.B. Barker 
s.n. (MEL2298792A [ n.v .]); Taroona Pathway off Oakleigh 
Avenue (TSE), 17.xi.2005, D. Harris s.n. (HO 539383!); Taroona, 
grass strip between Oakleigh Avenue and Cartwright Creek 
(TSE), 17.xi.2005, M.L. Baker 1652 (HO!). 
Notes: Despite being known only from a small 
number of discrete sites in southeast Tasmania, this 
annual herb has been present in Tasmania since at 
least 1904. The most recent collection was from a well- 
established population in an exotic grassland at Taroona 
in the south of the State. Curtis (1956) described its 
distribution and habitat as "rare, in grassy places". 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lotus angustissimus L. (narrowleaf trefoil) 
Specimens examined: Cressy House, Cressy (TNM), 
17.iv.1985, R.S. Smith s.n. (HO 94684!); 5 km S of Wilmot on 
Cradle Mountain Rd (TNS), 13.iii.1995, P.C. Jobson 3465 (NSW 
[n.v.]); Tonganah, site of former clay mine (BEL), 9.L2002, J. 
Findlay s.n. (HO 518972!); Swansea, Rockcliffe property (TSE), 
I. ii.2002, A.M. Buchanan 15918 (HO!); Murphys Flat, Granton 
(TSE), 25.iii.2010, M.L Baker2229 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in 
Tasmania from a small number of widespread records. 
It grows in range of situations, including croplands 
and wetlands. It is expected to be more common and 
widespread and has most likely been overlooked due 
to its close resemblance to other naturalised species of 
Lotus that occur in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lupinus angustifolius L. (narrowleaf lupin) 
Specimens examined: Eaglehawk Neck (TSE), 2411928, 
J. B. Cleland s.n. (AD 966080625 [n.v.]); Sorell (TSE), 24.xi.1976, 
D. Munro and N.Walker s.n. (NSW 456562!); Bass Highway near 
Deloraine (TNM), 20.ix.2007, M. Wapstra 226 (HO!); George 
Town/Bell Bay Road roundabout (FLI), 15.X.2008, M. Wapstra 
532 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known inTasmania from a 
small number of widespread collections. Curtis (1956) 
described its distribution and habitat as "cultivated in 
orchards as a green manure and found occasionally as 
an escape". However, no specimens were available to 
her at the time. More recently, it has been recorded as 
being prevalent on the verge of the Bass Highway (e.g. 
HO 547663) but is now absent there (M. Wapstra, pers. 
obs.). It appears to arise on road verges but not persist; 
for example, a single plant was collected near Epping 
Forest in 2004 (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It is cultivated 
in Tasmania as a grain legume for animal and human 
consumption (Knox etal. 2006). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Medicago arborea L. (tree medick) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Killiecrankie Bay, 
Flinders Island (FLI), 28.vi.1966, IS. Whinray 37 (MEL1021317 
44 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339331 Hieracium pilosella Muelleria 38: 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890489
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
overlooked for the typical form, which is common and 
widely naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Matricaria chamomilla L. (chamomile) 
Specimens examined: Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 
3.xi.1993, H. Blackburn s.n. (HO 517199!); Scotts Road, Risdon 
Vale (TSE), 29.xi.1993, D.I. Morris s.n. (HO 409495!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb is 
known in Tasmania from two specimens that are likely to 
have been collected from the same site.The collections 
are devoid of useful notes that give any indication of 
the status at the time of collection other than being 
thought to have arisen from bird seed. It is not known if 
the plants have persisted at this site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Onopordum acaulon L. (stemless thistle) 
Specimen examined: 'Charlton Park', near Melton Mowbray, 
North of Mt Mercer trig point (TSE), 6.xii.2002, G. Raphael s.n. 
(HO 520128!). 
Notes: This low-growing, rosette-forming thistle is 
known in Tasmania from a highly localised population 
of fewer than 20 plants that grew where imported cattle 
feed was spread.The population was made the target of 
eradication and is considered to have been eradicated 
(K. Stewart pers. comm.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Pilosella officinarum Vaill. subsp. officinarum 
[syn. Hieracium pilosella L.] (mouse-ear 
hawkweed) 
Specimens examined: 'St Peters Pass', N of Oatlands (TSE), 
6.L2001, A Woolley s.n. (HO 510506!); 'St Peters Pass' property, 
[near Oatlands] (TSE), 31 .i.2001, AM. Buchanan 15829 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from a single population growing on a rural fence line 
between a roadside reserve and pasture. Shortly after 
its discovery, the infestation site was excavated and 
deep buried and eradication was achieved (Rudman & 
Goninon 2002, as H. pilosella). Before it was eradicated, 
it was the dominant component of the vegetation over 
an area of approximately 2,500 m 2 . Monitoring of the 
site until 2006 did not find any further plants (K. Stewart 
pers. comm.). Pilosella officinarum is an invasive weed in 
cool climate areas of North America and New Zealand. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: ACT, NSW (recent 
incursion (P.Turner pers. comm.)) 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Senecio angulatus L.f. (scrambling 
groundsel) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Moonah (TSE), 
24.iv.1982, D. Secomb s.n. (HO 569321!); Kaoota Road, Allens 
Rivulet (TSR), 11 .iii.2001, L.H. Cave s.n. (HO 511532!); Strahan, 
Regatta Point (TWE), 14.ix.2004, M.L. Baker543 (HO!); Whitemark, 
old tip site (FLI), 14.L2007, AM. Buchanan 16638 (HO!); Tasman 
Island, garden of Quarters 3 (TSE), 29.ix.2007 P.A. Tyson 580 
(HO!); South Arm, Blessington Street (TSE), 24.viii.2010, P. Norris 
s.n. (HO 563422!). 
Notes: This vigorous scrambling shrub, occasionally 
grown as an ornamental, is widespread and localised 
throughout the state but is most often encountered 
on the east and southeast coasts. It has been recorded 
smothering native vegetation in a variety of habitats 
including tip sites, roadsides, gullies, sand dunes and 
remnant coastal vegetation; in some cases it dominates 
large areas of c. 1,000 m 2 . It is more widespread than 
indicated by formal collections, with Wapstra et al. 
(2008) reporting populations at Eddystone Point on the 
northeast coast and in the upper Derwent Valley. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Taraxacum kok-saghyz L.E.Rodin (Russian 
dandelion) 
Specimens examined: Cressy Experimental Farm (cult.) 
(TNM), 27.x.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 53346! & HO 15165!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known from two 
collections that appear to be duplicates. Curtis (1963) 
stated that it was "cultivated at Cressy during the war 
of 1939-1945 as a source of latex, a possible substitute 
for rubber; probably persisting locally". It has not been 
recorded since. See Figure 2. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
BASELLACEAE 
Anredera cor difolia (Ten.) Steenis (Madeira 
vine) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Launceston (TNM), 
3.V.1965, [collector unknown] (HO 506475!); Clark Island, near 
original homestead (FLI), ix.1980, 5. Harris 113 (HOI); South 
32 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339765 Holcus mollis Muelleria 38: 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890519
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
International Airport (TSE), 1.iv.2008, A. Crane s.n. (HO 547462!); 
Hobart, Flagstaff Gully link road, near North Warrane Sports 
Ground (TSE), 14.iii.2015,ML Baker 3001 (HO!). 
Notes: This tussock-forming perennial grass is known 
in Tasmania from numerous locations in the State where 
it is a widespread and common weed of roadsides. It was 
first recorded from a pasture trial conducted in 1922, 
although it is unknown if it was ever actively promoted 
as a pasture species. At the time of publication of Curtis 
and Morris (1994), it was only known to be naturalised 
at Franklin, on grassy areas adjacent to the Huon River. 
Recent targeted surveys have revealed large increases in 
its range in the State and it is now regarded as common 
and widespread (NBES 2016). It is predicted to continue to 
increase its range even though it has been, and continues 
to be, actively targeted for eradication. See Figure 8. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Eragrostis tenuifolia (A.Rich.) Hochst ex 
Steud. (elastic grass) 
Specimens examined: 30 m west of Llanherne turnoff, 
Cambridge, D. Reece s.n. (HO 128440!); Just before Seven Mile 
Beach turnoff on Cambridge Road, 14.iv.1972, D. Reece s.n. 
(HO 128439!); Tasman Highway, immediately west of Orford, 
25.iii.201 6 , J. Quarmby s.n. (HO 585623!); Orford, between 
highway and Prosser River, c. 300 m W of Charles Street 
intersection, 7.iii.201 8 , Ml. Baker 3462 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from 
two disjunct roadside populations in the southeast of 
the State. The location of the most recent collection 
(Orford) was surveyed in March 2018 and several plants 
were found along a short section of roadside verge with 
other more common naturalised grasses, indicating that 
the taxon is locally established. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld, NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Glyceria plicata (Fri.) Fri. (plicate sweetgrass) 
Specimen examined: Don Heads, Devonport (FLI), 
20.xi.1986, D.l. Morris 86123 (HO!). 
Notes: This rhizomatous perennial grass is known 
in Tasmania from a single specimen from a farm dam 
overflow in the north of the State. Its similarity to 
the more widespread G. declinata Breb. may mean 
that it has been overlooked. On the basis of the 
single collection, it is difficult to assign a naturalised 
status but its perennial nature suggests it could have 
persisted at the site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (as Glyceria notata 
Chevall.) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Holcus mollis L. (creeping fog) 
Specimens examined: Tewkesbury Potato Research Farm 
(TNS), vi.1974, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 103698!); Barcoo Road, S of 
Montagu (KIN), 25.ii.2009, A.M. Buchanan 17092 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from 
two collections from the northwest of the State. The 
most recent record was from a weedy roadside. There 
are no accompanying notes to indicate its extent at 
either location. The species may have been overlooked 
in Tasmania due to its similarity with the widespread 
and common Holcus lanatus L. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Hordeum hystrix Roth (velvet sea 
barleygrass) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 12): West Lagoon, 
Little Hampton (TNM), 2.ii.1952, H.N. Barber s.n. (HO 27918!); 
Big Green Island (FLI), 11.xii.1975, J.S. Whinray 598 (AD [ n.v .]); 
Cambridge Sports Ground (TSE), 21.xi.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 
35213!); Nant Lane, N Bothwell (between Fordell Creek and 
River Clyde) (TSE), 24.L2014, M. Wapstra 1807 (HO!). 
Notes: This erect annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from three widely separated populations. It appears 
to be well-established on the islands of the Furneaux 
Group and at several localities in the dry agricultural 
region of the Midlands. Curtis and Morris (1994) stated 
that it is "occasional in pastures in the Midlands". The 
most recent collection was from grassland in a drainage 
depression where it formed dense patches. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT (doubtfully 
naturalised), SA, Qld, NSW, ACT (formerly naturalised), Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Molineriella minuta (L.) Rouy (small 
hairgrass) 
Specimen examined: Hoggs Ford Road, Campbell Town 
(TNM), 6.x.1 995, J.A. Smith s.n. (HO 316988!). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single collection from a freshwater wetland in 
the State's Midlands region. Collection notes do not give 
any indication of its status at the site. Based on this scant 
62 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339632 holme willow Muelleria 38: 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890510
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
SALICACEAE 
Salixalba L. var. vitellina (L.) Stokes (golden 
upright willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 17): St Peters Pass 
(ca 5 km NE of Oatlands) (TSE), 22.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 
36157!); Penguin-old highway (cult.)(TNS), 31 .x.2003, ML. Baker 
249 (HO!); Riverside, Launceston (TNM), 1.xi.2003, ML Baker 
281 (HO!); 16.4 km from Bridport on Waterhouse Road, Deep 
Water property (FLI), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1310 and A.Gray (HO!); 
Kooyong Glen, Dynnyrne (cult.?) (TSE), 9.xii.2010,7. Gouldthorpe 
11 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely 
cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered 
growing on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and 
ponds, and in large parks and gardens. In almost all 
instances it appears to have been planted, and only a 
small number of plants have been observed where their 
origin may have resulted from vegetative spread from 
nearby trees. For a comprehensive discussion of this 
taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker 
(2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix x calodendron Wimm. (holme willow) 
Specimens examined: Queenstown, bank of Queen River 
(TWE), 13.ix.2006, ML. Baker 1728 (HO!); Coombes Road, 
Longley, (cult.?) (TSE), 22.xi.2006, ML Baker 1771 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is known in 
Tasmania from two disjunct and localised populations. 
In both cases the plants appear to have been planted, 
with only the population at Queenstown showing 
signs of minor vegetative spread. For a comprehensive 
discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in 
Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix matsudana Koidz. "Tortuosa 7 (tortured 
willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Rosny Golf Course 
(cult.) (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML Baker 104 (HO!); Deloraine, Rotary 
Caravan Park, Deloraine (cult.)(TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 230 
(HO!); SW Roseberry, waste transfer station (TWE), 15.ix.2004, 
ML Baker 568 (HO!); Pioneer (BEL), ll.i.2005, ML Baker 1363 
(HO!); Lauderdale, between houses and the 'Lauderdale' 
wetland, (cult.?) (TSE), 24.L2013, M Wapstra 1512 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely 
cultivated throughout Tasmania. In the majority of 
cases, the trees appear to have been planted, with only 
a small number of individuals or small groups of trees 
found growing outside of cultivation in habitats such 
as municipal rubbish tips. A small infestation of plants 
of hybrid parentage (S. matsudana Koidz. 'Tortuosa' 
and S. x fragilis L. nothovar. fragilis) was recorded at 
Fluonville. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's 
distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
A large infestation of hybrid willows at Launceston, in 
the State's north, was recently observed, with some 
plants showing the twisted leaves and stems that are 
characteristic of the tortured willow, suggesting that 
S. matsudana Koidz.'Tortuosa' is a parent. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix purpurea L. (purple osier) 
Specimens examined: Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens 
(cult.) (TSE), 4.iii.2004, Ml. Baker 389 (HO!); Oldina picnic 
area/forest reserve (TNS), 3.xi.2004, Ml. Baker 989 (HO!); Just 
below Winkleigh Bridge (TNS), ii.2005, M Askey-Doran s.n. (HO 
532975!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental shrub has been 
cultivated in Tasmania for stream bank stabilisation 
purposes and as an ornamental. Whether it is naturalised 
in Tasmania or whether all plants have been planted 
is unknown. For example, at the Oldina Forest Reserve 
in the northwest of the State, approximately 400 m of 
creek line is dominated by S. purpurea. It was originally 
planted at this site but it is not known the extent of 
the planting or if vegetative spread has occurred. For a 
comprehensive discussion of its distribution and status 
in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Salix x rubens Schrank (basket willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Nelson River, on 
Lyell Highway, 10 km east-southeast of Gormanston (TWE), 
13.xi.1980, B. Briggs 7084 (NSW 393768 [n.v.]); Kingborough 
Refuse Centre (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML. Baker 106 (HO 532977!); 
Kingborough Refuse Centre (TSE), 2012004, ML. Baker 364 (HO 
525024!); Faggs Gully Creek, Geilston Bay (TSE), 17.ii.2004, ML. 
Baker378 (HO 525022!); Westerway, banks ofTyenna River (TSE), 
16.ii.2005, ML. Baker 1535A. CraneandE. Pope, (HO 532972!). 
Muelleria 
53 

Page image

51339390 honesty Muelleria 38: 35
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890492
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
BRASSICACEAE 
Brassica xjuncea (L.) Czern. (Indian mustard) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, Queens Domain, corner of 
Domain Highway and Botanic Gardens Road (TSE), 3.vi.1998, 
AM Buchanan 15268 (HO!); Hobart, Queens Domain, strip of 
remnant bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain 
Road (TSE), 14.X.2015, ML Baker 3006 and A. Muyt (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a localised population at the Queens Domain, Hobart, 
where it has persisted for nearly 20 years since it 
was first recorded. The population covers an area of 
approximately 30 x 30 m in a weed-infested grassy 
woodland. Its persistence at the site and its ability to 
reproduce and regenerate indicate that it is naturalised 
to some degree. Its localised distribution would suggest 
that it is only sparingly naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Brassica oleracea L. (wild cabbage) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 12): Hobart (TSE), 
xii.1903, L Rodway 32a (HO!); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L 
Rodway 32 (HO!); Sandy Bay, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 17.ii.1952, W.M. 
Curtiss.n. (H015478!); Foreshore,Town Point (TNM), 11 .iii.1961, 
J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15467!); New Year Island (KIN), 20.xi.1987, 
N.P. Brothers s.n. (HO 441808!); Christmas Island off King Island 
(KIN), 3.L2002, K. Medlocks.n. (HO 519030!). 
Notes: This annual herb has been collected widely 
throughout Tasmania and has been recorded from 
most bioregions including some outlying sites such as 
smaller Bass Strait islands. Notes associated with the 
collections do not indicate the abundance or status 
of the plants from these sites. Early collections are 
presumed to have originated from kitchen gardens. 
Curtis (1956) commented that it".. .is found occasionally 
as an escape from cultivation", but did not treat it as 
naturalised. Despite the numerous collections, there is 
little evidence to support even a sparingly naturalised 
status. See Figure 3. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carrichtera annua (L.) DC. (Ward's weed) 
Specimen examined: 'Lomatia Vale', Clarks Road, Lower 
Longley (TSR), 3.xi.1985, AM Gray s.n. (HO 94051!). 
Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen collected from a garden at 
Longley. Notes accompanying the specimen state that 
only a single plant was found and that it was probably 
introduced with fowl feed. Based on this information it 
is difficult to justify any degree of naturalised status for 
the species in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Erucasativa Mill, (purple-vein rocket) 
Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.) (TSE), 5.xii.1971, RJ. 
Hnatiuk s.n. (CANB 246483 [ n.v ;]); Primrose Place, Sandy Bay 
(cult.) (TSE), 11 jcii.1981, W.F. Walker s.n. (HO 46453!); University 
ofTasmania, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1996, R. Wiltshire s.n. (HO 
443113!); Darling Parade, Mt Stuart (TSE), 21.iv.2005, M.F. 
Duretto 1866 (HO!). 
Notes: This edible annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from four collections with notes indicating that they 
were either self-sown in gardens or deliberately 
cultivated. Based on this information it is difficult to 
justify any level of naturalised status for the species in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Lepidium heterophyllum Benth (downy 
peppercress) 
Specimens examined: Cressy (TNS), xii.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. 
(HO 29388!); Cressy Research Farm (TNS), J. Somerville s.n. (HO 
15715!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens collected from Cressy in the State's 
central north. One specimen's collecting information 
states that it was growing on the bank of an irrigation 
ditch but gives no indication of the population size 
or area covered by the species. The other has no 
information regarding its status at the collection site. 
Curtis and Morris (1975) described it as "occasional in 
waste places". In the absence of further collections, and 
the possibility that both collections are from the one 
highly anthropogenic location, there is little support to 
justify any degree of naturalised status for it in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Lunaria annua L. (honesty) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 15): Port Arthur 
(TSE), 1892, J. Bufton A (MEL2233709 [n.v.]); Fern Tree (TSE), 
13.L1983, D.l. Morris 8306 (HO!); Longford (TNM), 13.X.1994, A 
Muelleria 
35 

Page image

51339769 Hordeum hystrix Muelleria 38: 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890519
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
International Airport (TSE), 1.iv.2008, A. Crane s.n. (HO 547462!); 
Hobart, Flagstaff Gully link road, near North Warrane Sports 
Ground (TSE), 14.iii.2015,ML Baker 3001 (HO!). 
Notes: This tussock-forming perennial grass is known 
in Tasmania from numerous locations in the State where 
it is a widespread and common weed of roadsides. It was 
first recorded from a pasture trial conducted in 1922, 
although it is unknown if it was ever actively promoted 
as a pasture species. At the time of publication of Curtis 
and Morris (1994), it was only known to be naturalised 
at Franklin, on grassy areas adjacent to the Huon River. 
Recent targeted surveys have revealed large increases in 
its range in the State and it is now regarded as common 
and widespread (NBES 2016). It is predicted to continue to 
increase its range even though it has been, and continues 
to be, actively targeted for eradication. See Figure 8. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Eragrostis tenuifolia (A.Rich.) Hochst ex 
Steud. (elastic grass) 
Specimens examined: 30 m west of Llanherne turnoff, 
Cambridge, D. Reece s.n. (HO 128440!); Just before Seven Mile 
Beach turnoff on Cambridge Road, 14.iv.1972, D. Reece s.n. 
(HO 128439!); Tasman Highway, immediately west of Orford, 
25.iii.201 6 , J. Quarmby s.n. (HO 585623!); Orford, between 
highway and Prosser River, c. 300 m W of Charles Street 
intersection, 7.iii.201 8 , Ml. Baker 3462 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from 
two disjunct roadside populations in the southeast of 
the State. The location of the most recent collection 
(Orford) was surveyed in March 2018 and several plants 
were found along a short section of roadside verge with 
other more common naturalised grasses, indicating that 
the taxon is locally established. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld, NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Glyceria plicata (Fri.) Fri. (plicate sweetgrass) 
Specimen examined: Don Heads, Devonport (FLI), 
20.xi.1986, D.l. Morris 86123 (HO!). 
Notes: This rhizomatous perennial grass is known 
in Tasmania from a single specimen from a farm dam 
overflow in the north of the State. Its similarity to 
the more widespread G. declinata Breb. may mean 
that it has been overlooked. On the basis of the 
single collection, it is difficult to assign a naturalised 
status but its perennial nature suggests it could have 
persisted at the site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (as Glyceria notata 
Chevall.) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Holcus mollis L. (creeping fog) 
Specimens examined: Tewkesbury Potato Research Farm 
(TNS), vi.1974, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 103698!); Barcoo Road, S of 
Montagu (KIN), 25.ii.2009, A.M. Buchanan 17092 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from 
two collections from the northwest of the State. The 
most recent record was from a weedy roadside. There 
are no accompanying notes to indicate its extent at 
either location. The species may have been overlooked 
in Tasmania due to its similarity with the widespread 
and common Holcus lanatus L. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Hordeum hystrix Roth (velvet sea 
barleygrass) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 12): West Lagoon, 
Little Hampton (TNM), 2.ii.1952, H.N. Barber s.n. (HO 27918!); 
Big Green Island (FLI), 11.xii.1975, J.S. Whinray 598 (AD [ n.v .]); 
Cambridge Sports Ground (TSE), 21.xi.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 
35213!); Nant Lane, N Bothwell (between Fordell Creek and 
River Clyde) (TSE), 24.L2014, M. Wapstra 1807 (HO!). 
Notes: This erect annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from three widely separated populations. It appears 
to be well-established on the islands of the Furneaux 
Group and at several localities in the dry agricultural 
region of the Midlands. Curtis and Morris (1994) stated 
that it is "occasional in pastures in the Midlands". The 
most recent collection was from grassland in a drainage 
depression where it formed dense patches. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT (doubtfully 
naturalised), SA, Qld, NSW, ACT (formerly naturalised), Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Molineriella minuta (L.) Rouy (small 
hairgrass) 
Specimen examined: Hoggs Ford Road, Campbell Town 
(TNM), 6.x.1 995, J.A. Smith s.n. (HO 316988!). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single collection from a freshwater wetland in 
the State's Midlands region. Collection notes do not give 
any indication of its status at the site. Based on this scant 
62 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339654 Hyoscyamus albus Muelleria 38: 54-55, Fig. 6

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 54-55, Fig. 6".

51339444 Hypericum humifusum Muelleria 38: 40-41

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 40-41".

51339447 Hypericum pulchrum Muelleria 38: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890498
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Hypericum pulchrum L. (slender St John's 
wort) 
Specimens examined: Underwood, S slope of Browns Hill 
(BEL), 26.xii.1985, AM. Buchanan 7808 (HOI); Underwood, Ryans 
Road (BEL), 12.ii.2009, Ml. Baker 1954 (HOI). 
Notes: This of perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from one small and highly localised population in 
the northeast of the State where it grows on a grassy 
roadside verge. It has persisted at the site for more than 
30 years. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CORNACEAE 
Griselinia littoralis (Raoul) Raoul (New 
Zealand broadleaf) 
Specimens examined: Strahan, W side of Customs House 
(TWE), 1 .xi.2005, T. Rudman s.n. (HO 535554!); Strahan, remnant 
forest behind Post Office (TWE), 21.xi.2005, Ml. Baker 1670 
(HOI); Strahan, Hogarth Falls Peoples Park (TWE), 21.xi.2005, 
Ml. Baker 1666 (HOI); Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens, 
Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 13.L2006, Ml. Baker 1695 (HO!). 
Notes: This evergreen shrub/small tree has a localised 
distribution in Tasmania, having only been collected 
from Strahan on the State's west coast. It occurs in 
disturbed sites throughout the town and on the edges 
of nearby remnant native forest. It is also cultivated in 
the area and this is the likely source of introduction. For 
a discussion of its distribution and habitat in Tasmania 
see Baker (2007). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CRASSULACEAE 
Aeonium haworthii Salm-Dyck ex Webb & 
Berthel. (pinwheel) 
Specimens examined: Tasman Island (TSE), 29.ix.2007, P.A. 
Tyson 582 (HO!); Bellerive, coast side of Victoria Esplanade, SE of 
Abbott Street (TSE) 20.vi.2012, D.E. Albrecht 14139 (HO!). 
Notes: While there are only two formal collections 
of this shrubby succulent ornamental recorded from 
Tasmania, it is recognised that it is more widespread 
and merely poorly-collected in the State (as is the case 
for many succulent taxa due to technicalities in their 
preservation and curation). Notes on the Tasman Island 
collection indicate that it may have been successfully 
eliminated but this needs to be confirmed.The species is 
well-established at some coastal locations in southeast 
Tasmania, often forming large populations on steep, 
inaccessible cliffs. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Crassula muscosa L. var. muscosa (dubmoss 
crassula) 
Specimens examined: Midway Point, Tasman Highway 
(TSE), 31.iii.2006, Ml. Baker 1706 (HO!); Second Bluff, Howrah 
(TSE), 12.xi.2009, M. Wapstra 754 (HO!). 
Notes: This low-growing succulent herb is 
represented by only two Tasmanian collections. 
However, it is recognised that it is more widespread 
but poorly-collected in the State. It was first recorded 
at Midway Point in the State's southeast, where it forms 
dense mats on a small section of roadside verge. At 
this site, it has presumably spread from deliberate 
ornamental plantings. The most recent record consists 
of a population growing in remnant native vegetation 
on a steep cliff near Bellerive Beach. Additional sites 
are known on North Bruny Island, where it is very well- 
established on sandstone cliffs, and near Cambridge on 
a grassy roadside batter. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Crassula natans Thunb. var. minus (Eckl. & 
Zeyh.) G.D.Rowley (floating stonecrop) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Flinders Island, 
Long Point (FLI), 17.viii.1975, J.S. Whinray s.n. (CANB 533240.1 
[n.v.]); Nook Swamps, King Island (KIN), 19.xi.2007, M. Wapstra 
316 (HO!); Curries River Reservoir. Edge of water, W of picnic 
huts (BEL), 14.X.2008, M. Wapstra 538 (HO!); Dartys Corner, S of 
Temma (KIN), 31.X.2008, M. Wapstra 566 (HO!); Epping Forest, 
edge of car park of roadhouse, N end (TNM), l.x.2014, M. 
Wapstra 2030 { HO!). 
Notes: This semi-aquatic annual appears to be 
a relatively recent arrival in Tasmania and is now 
widespread in mainly near-coastal sites. It is most often 
associated with ephemerally wet sites, usually in quite 
disturbed situations. Wapstra (2012) concluded that 
it was most likely "alien" based on the criteria of Bean 
(2007). 
Muelleria 
41 

Page image

51339373 Indian mustard Muelleria 38: 35
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890492
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
BRASSICACEAE 
Brassica xjuncea (L.) Czern. (Indian mustard) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, Queens Domain, corner of 
Domain Highway and Botanic Gardens Road (TSE), 3.vi.1998, 
AM Buchanan 15268 (HO!); Hobart, Queens Domain, strip of 
remnant bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain 
Road (TSE), 14.X.2015, ML Baker 3006 and A. Muyt (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a localised population at the Queens Domain, Hobart, 
where it has persisted for nearly 20 years since it 
was first recorded. The population covers an area of 
approximately 30 x 30 m in a weed-infested grassy 
woodland. Its persistence at the site and its ability to 
reproduce and regenerate indicate that it is naturalised 
to some degree. Its localised distribution would suggest 
that it is only sparingly naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Brassica oleracea L. (wild cabbage) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 12): Hobart (TSE), 
xii.1903, L Rodway 32a (HO!); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L 
Rodway 32 (HO!); Sandy Bay, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 17.ii.1952, W.M. 
Curtiss.n. (H015478!); Foreshore,Town Point (TNM), 11 .iii.1961, 
J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15467!); New Year Island (KIN), 20.xi.1987, 
N.P. Brothers s.n. (HO 441808!); Christmas Island off King Island 
(KIN), 3.L2002, K. Medlocks.n. (HO 519030!). 
Notes: This annual herb has been collected widely 
throughout Tasmania and has been recorded from 
most bioregions including some outlying sites such as 
smaller Bass Strait islands. Notes associated with the 
collections do not indicate the abundance or status 
of the plants from these sites. Early collections are 
presumed to have originated from kitchen gardens. 
Curtis (1956) commented that it".. .is found occasionally 
as an escape from cultivation", but did not treat it as 
naturalised. Despite the numerous collections, there is 
little evidence to support even a sparingly naturalised 
status. See Figure 3. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carrichtera annua (L.) DC. (Ward's weed) 
Specimen examined: 'Lomatia Vale', Clarks Road, Lower 
Longley (TSR), 3.xi.1985, AM Gray s.n. (HO 94051!). 
Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen collected from a garden at 
Longley. Notes accompanying the specimen state that 
only a single plant was found and that it was probably 
introduced with fowl feed. Based on this information it 
is difficult to justify any degree of naturalised status for 
the species in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Erucasativa Mill, (purple-vein rocket) 
Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.) (TSE), 5.xii.1971, RJ. 
Hnatiuk s.n. (CANB 246483 [ n.v ;]); Primrose Place, Sandy Bay 
(cult.) (TSE), 11 jcii.1981, W.F. Walker s.n. (HO 46453!); University 
ofTasmania, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1996, R. Wiltshire s.n. (HO 
443113!); Darling Parade, Mt Stuart (TSE), 21.iv.2005, M.F. 
Duretto 1866 (HO!). 
Notes: This edible annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from four collections with notes indicating that they 
were either self-sown in gardens or deliberately 
cultivated. Based on this information it is difficult to 
justify any level of naturalised status for the species in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Lepidium heterophyllum Benth (downy 
peppercress) 
Specimens examined: Cressy (TNS), xii.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. 
(HO 29388!); Cressy Research Farm (TNS), J. Somerville s.n. (HO 
15715!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens collected from Cressy in the State's 
central north. One specimen's collecting information 
states that it was growing on the bank of an irrigation 
ditch but gives no indication of the population size 
or area covered by the species. The other has no 
information regarding its status at the collection site. 
Curtis and Morris (1975) described it as "occasional in 
waste places". In the absence of further collections, and 
the possibility that both collections are from the one 
highly anthropogenic location, there is little support to 
justify any degree of naturalised status for it in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Lunaria annua L. (honesty) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 15): Port Arthur 
(TSE), 1892, J. Bufton A (MEL2233709 [n.v.]); Fern Tree (TSE), 
13.L1983, D.l. Morris 8306 (HO!); Longford (TNM), 13.X.1994, A 
Muelleria 
35 

Page image

51339694 Isolepis hystrix Muelleria 38: 59
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890516
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
area. All but a single plant were collected from 
ornamental plantings or cultivated specimens. The 
only non-cultivated specimen was from a single plant 
growing on the side of a track in a recently developed 
bushland remnant. Curtis and Morris (1994) listed it in 
their flora and stated that it "...could become invasive". 
Little evidence exists to suggest that it is naturalised in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Isolepis hystrix (Thunb.) Nees (awned 
dubsedge) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 9): Powranna Main 
Road, close to gateway of Hummocky Hills track (TNM), 
1 5.xi.1996, AJ. North s.n. (HO 322628!); Freshwater soak just W 
of Calverts Lagoon, South Arm (TSE), 20.xii.2005, M. Visoiu 120 
(HO!); Between George Town and Bell Bay (FLI), 30.X.2006, J.B. 
Davies s.n. (HO 542926!); Perth, lllawarra Road, S side (TNM), 
19.xi.2014, M. Wapstra 2075 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual sedge, although only detected as 
late as 1996, is now known to be locally common and 
widely distributed in Tasmania. It is associated with 
roadside drains, freshwater (and sometimes slightly 
saline) lagoons, herb fields and other moist disturbed 
sites. Although it is highly distinctive, its ephemeral habit 
and small size have possibly led to it being overlooked 
at other similar habitats and locations. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
HAEMODORACEAE 
Anigozanthos flavidus Redoute (evergreen 
kangaroo paw) 
Specimens examined: Binalong Bay Road, Binalong 
Bay (FLI), 1 .viii.1975,7. Robin s.n. (HO 327793!); Creek, 0.8-1 
km N of Binalong Bay (FLI), 5.L2006, M.F. Duretto 2074 (HO!); 
Paddocks adjacent to the Postmans Track Pass (KIN), 23.ii.2005, 
P. Hefferon s.n. (HO 536135!); Binalong Bay, Grants Point Road 
(cult.?) (FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1962 (HO!). 
Notes: This rhizomatous perennial herb is widely 
cultivated in Tasmania and is known from several 
collections that appear to be derived from nearby 
garden plantings. At one location, numerous plants 
were recorded as escaping from cultivation and growing 
on the fringe of the Rocky Cape National Park. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
HYDROCHARITACEAE 
Lagarosiphon major (Ridl.) Moss (oxygen 
weed) 
Specimen examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart (cult.?) 
(TSE), 24.V.1 983, D.l. Morris 8350 (HO!). 
Notes: This rhizomatous aquatic perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania from a single, possibly cultivated, 
specimen from a pond at the Royal Tasmanian Botanical 
Gardens (Hobart). There is no evidence that it has 
persisted or spread from the site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (doubtfully 
naturalised) 
Status: Not naturalised 
IRIDACEAE 
Tritonia gladiolaris (Lam.) Goldblatt & 
J.C.Manning (chiffon lace) 
Specimens examined: S[outh] of Murdunna (TSE), 
19.X.1973, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 58867!); Railton area, S of 
Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2013, M. Wapstra 1396 (HO!); 
Arthur Highway [just WNW of Flinders Bay Road junction] (TSE), 
18.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1474 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from two widely separated locations. Curtis and Morris 
(1994) described its distribution and habitat, based on 
a 1973 collection (as Tritonia lineata (Salisb.) Ker Gawl.), 
as "introduced, recorded only from a sandy bank in light 
Eucalypt forest at Murdunna (East Coast), apparently 
well-established". It was recently collected from 
(presumably) the same site and described as growing in 
several dense patches along an 80 m section of roadside 
verge. It has been detected at one additional site in 
the north of the State, where it was growing on a road 
reserve adjacent to dry eucalypt forest. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
JUNCACEAE 
Juncus microcephalus Kunth (smallhead 
rush) 
Selected specimens examined (3 of 4): S[outh] bank 
of North Esk River, Launceston, just upstream from Charles 
Street Bridge, ii.1 981 , B. Robinson s.n. (NSW 225669 [ n.v .]); Bass 
Muelleria 
59 

Page image

51339351 Italian alder Muelleria 38: 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890491
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Street, Bellerive (TSE), 10.iv.1985, D.l. Morris 8551 (HO!); 15 
Channel Street, Burnie (TNS), 2000, K. Kirkelys.n. (HO 510807!); 
145 Davey Street, Hobart (TSE), 3.V.2001, D.l. Morris 86734, (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental perennial vine was first 
recorded in waste places at Launceston. Subsequent 
collections are from disjunct locations throughout 
the State and are associated with suburban and city 
gardens. There is no evidence of spread from these sites, 
some of which appear to have been eliminated (e.g. HO 
102250, HO 328680), while the current status of others is 
unknown. Curtis (1967) described it as "a garden escape, 
naturalised locally in the north of the State". However, 
there is no evidence to support this. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
BETULACEAE 
Alnus cordata (Loisel.) Duby (Italian alder) 
Specimens examined: St Marys (BEL), viii.1950, H.N. Barber 
s.n. (HO 36203!); Watchorn Street, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 19.V.2004, 
M.F. Duretto 1744 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental deciduous tree is known in 
Tasmania from two widely-spread collections, one from 
a cultivated plant in Hobart and the other from the town 
of St Marys. Curtis (1967) stated that it is "recorded from 
the east coast at St Marys and from river banks near 
New Norfolk". However, no specimens from New Norfolk 
have been seen and there are no notes accompanying 
the specimen from St Marys to indicate its status at the 
site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Alnus glutinosa (L.) Gaertn. (black alder) 
Specimens examined: Huonville, picnic area E of bridge 
(cult.) (TSR), 8.L1984, M. Williams s.n. (HO 76693!); Macquarie 
Street, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 27.V.1988, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 
110455!); Murray Street, 10 m N of Melville Street, Hobart, (cult.) 
(TSE), 19.V.2004, M.F. Duretto 1745 (HO!); Queenstown, CMT 
Industrial Estate (TWE), 9.ii.2007, G. Cordery s.n. (HO 544184!); 
King River Delta, Lettes Bay (TWE), 7.viii.2007, M.L. Baker 1807 
and A. Laird (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous tree is cultivated in Tasmania 
as an ornamental. Two of the five collections appear to 
be from non-cultivated plants. One was a single plant 
growing with Baloskion tetraphyllum on accumulated 
sediment at the mouth of the King River at Lettes Bay, 
Strahan. The other collection, from the Queen River, 
Queenstown, has the following notes attached: "Alnus 
is spreading along Queen River. The extent of alder tree 
dispersion in the Queenstown locale is unknown at 
present; further investigations are required to determine 
populations". Without further evidence it would be 
premature to assign a naturalised status to this species. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
BORAGINACEAE 
Lithospermum officinale L. (gromwell) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): First Basin, 
Launceston, Midlands (TNM), 27.xi.1938, A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 
7842!); Entrance to [Cataract] Gorge, Launceston (TNM), 
xi.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 505445!); Trevallyn Reserve 
(TNM), 11 .iii.2006, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 538846!); Thrower Street, 
Launceston (TNM), 4.xii.2007, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 546890!); 
Launceston (TNM), x, S.G. Hannaford s.n. (HO 7841!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is locally naturalised in 
the Launceston area, particularly near Cataract Gorge, 
where it has persisted for nearly 80 years since it was 
first recorded. Collection notes indicate that it forms 
relatively large and persistent populations. The source 
of the plants is not known. Curtis (1967) described the 
distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste places", 
but there is no evidence that it ever extended beyond 
the Launceston area. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Naturalised 
Symphytum x uplandicum Nyman (Russian 
comfrey) 
Specimens examined: Huon (TSR), 1957, F. Fricke s.n. (HO 
505422! & HO 8014!); Underwood, junction of Underwood 
and Ryans Roads (BEL), 11.ii.2009, M.L Baker 1955 (HO!); Mole 
Creek (TNS), 2.ii.2008, A.M. Buchanan 16859 (HO!); Kingston, old 
'Linden Rise'property (TSE), 14.ii.2013, M. Wapstra 1540 (HO!). 
Notes: This erect perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from several disjunct occurrences. Associated collection 
notes regarding the size and area of the populations 
are limited. However, the Underwood and Kingston 
collections are reported to consist of one and two plants 
respectively. Curtis (1967) noted its distribution in 
Tasmania as "occasional on roadsides as an escape from 
cultivation". 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (sparingly 
established) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
34 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339787 Johnson grass Muelleria 38: 64
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890553
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
information, it cannot be considered naturalised but its 
status should remain uncertain pending further surveys. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Panicum capillare L (= Panicum capillare L. 
var. capillare & P. capillare L. var. occidental 
Rydb.) (witchgrass) 
Specimens examined: Gunns Plains (TNS), Colbourne (ex 
herb. Rodway) (HO 27821!); NW Coast, North West (TNS), iii.1956, 
I. Murfet s.n. (HO 27820!); Latrobe Cemetery (FLI), 1.iv.2003, AM 
Buchanan 160001 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
three collections but there is insufficient information to 
justify assigning a naturalised status. Investigation of the 
Latrobe Cemetery site could provide useful information 
in reviewing its status in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Panicum gilvum Launert (sweet panic) 
Specimens examined: Approach to Bailey Bridge, Prince 
of Wales Bay (TSE), 9.vi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 128471! & HO 
55049!); Symmons Plains, highway just S of raceway entrance 
(TNM), 14.iii.2008, M.L. Baker 1875 (HO 547458!). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens collected from widely separated 
locations, both from roadside verges. The most recent 
collection was from a population consisting of several 
plants. The scarcity of collecting information associated 
with the specimens, and the infrequent collections, 
means there is some doubt regarding its status in 
Tasmania. See Figure 9. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld (doubtfully 
naturalised), NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Setariapumila (Poir.) Roem. & Schultz, 
subsp. pumila (pale pigeon-grass) 
Specimen examined: Hill Street, West Hobart (TSE), 
10.iii.2004, M.L. Baker 396 (HO!). 
Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen from an amenity street-tree 
planting in the south of the State. All plants were 
removed and destroyed and a survey of surrounding 
area did not reveal any additional individuals. For a 
discussion of this occurrence see Baker (2005). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Sorghum bicolor (L.) Moench (sorghum) 
Specimens examined: Margate tip, 10.vi.2004, M.L. Baker 
450 (HO!); Risdon Vale, Risdon Vale Creek (all TSE), 5.iv.2007, M.L. 
Baker 1798 (HO!). 
Notes: This robust annual grass, cultivated in tropical 
and subtropical regions of the world for its edible grain, 
is known in Tasmania from only three plants recorded 
in the south of the State. Two were growing in a weed- 
infested urban creek bank and were thought to have 
arisen from discarded bird cage refuse. The other was a 
single plant growing at a municipal tip.The small number 
of plants and its tropical growing requirements suggest 
that it only exists as a transient weed in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, 
Qld, NSW, ACT (doubtfully naturalised) 
Status: Not naturalised 
Sorghum haiepense (L.) Pers. (Johnson grass) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Lindisfarne (TSE), 
29.L1920, J.E. Phillip s.n. (MEL2139750 [n.v.]); Tasmania (cult.) 
(TNM), ii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 105340!); Campbell Town 
(TNM), 7.iii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2139751 [n.v.]); Queens 
Domain, Hobart, Edge of top carpark (TSE), 20.ii.2001, P. 
Bramich s.n. (HO 512572!); Margate Tip (TSE), 10.vi.2004, M. 
Baker 449 (HO!). 
Notes: This robust perennial grass is known in 
Tasmania from a small number of specimens. The 
earlier records are thought to be from plants cultivated 
in pasture trials. The Queens Domain collections are 
thought to have arisen from bird seed that was scattered 
in the area. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Discussion 
Based on this study, the number of naturalised taxa 
in Tasmania recognised in the 2016 edition of the 
Tasmanian Vascular Plant Census (de Salas & Baker 2016) 
should be reduced by 75 because 37 taxa previously 
considered to be naturalised are better regarded as 
never having been naturalised in Tasmania. Based 
on the available evidence, a further 38 taxa are best 
regarded as doubtfully naturalised. 
Of the 150 taxa listed in de Salas and Baker (2016) as 
sparingly naturalised, eight were deemed to be status 
uncertain (Table 1). These species will be the topic 
64 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339710 Juncus microcephalus Muelleria 38: 59-60

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 59-60".

51339561 kause chaffweed Muelleria 38: 50
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890507
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
weed in gardens, and in cracks in walls and pots". It is 
not known if the populations at the collection sites 
have persisted. The species is occasionally grown as a 
pot or garden bed herb and used in salads. It readily 
self-sows but has not appeared to have spread beyond 
domestic gardens. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
PRIMULACEAE 
Lysimachia minima (L.) U.Mans & Anderb. 
(kause chaffweed) 
Specimens examined: Rubicon Sanctuary, Port Sorell (FLI), 
14.X.2009, P. Collier 5358 (HO!); Tinderbox, East Coast (TSE), 
17.X.2011 , D.E. Albrechts.n. (HO!). 
Notes: This diminutive annual herb is likely to be 
overlooked and much more widespread in Tasmania 
than indicated by current collections. Collections to 
date have been from a weedy habitat (Tinderbox) or as 
a single plant growing as a weed in a gravel drive. The 
species is widely naturalised on mainland Australia. A 
doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending 
further information on its distribution. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
PROTEACEAE 
Hakea laurina R.Br. (pincushion hakea) 
Specimens examined: University of Tasmania gardens, 
Hobart (cult.), 12.iii.2002, R. Dillon s.n. and GJordan (HO 
528995!); Coningham, 7.V.2005, J. Taylor s.n. (HO 541827!); 
Coningham, 21 .x.2008, R.G. Tyson 906 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: Apart from one collection from cultivation, 
this ornamental shrub is known in Tasmania from two 
specimens from the same site, collected approximately 
three years apart. Here, the species had most likely 
spread from nearby gardens (where it was noted 
as being present) into coastal heathy woodland, 
and occurred as a population of mature and young 
plants. The population was removed in 2008. The 
species is a popular garden plant in Tasmania and 
further naturalised populations are expected to occur. 
However, there is no evidence to suggest it is more 
widely naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and 
naturalised), SA 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Lomatia fraseri R.Br. (tree lomatia) 
Specimens examined: PipelineTrack,ForkCreekCatchment, 
Fern Tree, 12.iii.2002, D. Ziegler 237 (HO!); Pipeline Track, Fern 
Tree, near Browns Road, 25.vi.2009, PA. Tyson 966 (HO!); Fern 
Tree, 30.vi.2009, M.L. Baker 2098 (HO!); Mount Wellington, 
Pipeline Track 30.xi.2010,M Wapstra 1181 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This shrub or small tree is known in Tasmania 
from several specimens from a single localised 
population comprised of several individuals and 
patches of plants growing in wet sclerophyll forest on 
the foothills of Mt Wellington in the State's southeast. 
There has been a concerted effort at removal by a local 
landcare group, but some individuals, presumably 
escaped from garden plantings, are still present. The 
species is native on mainland Australia, where it is a 
widespread and sometimes locally common species in 
wet mountain forests. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (native), Vic. 
(native) 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
RANUNCULACEAE 
Adonis microcarpa DC. (pheasant's eye) 
Specimen examined: Flinders Island, Wybalenna area (FLI), 
1 2.V.1 999, S. Welsh s.n. (HO 444814!). 
Notes: This erect annual herb has only been collected 
once in Tasmania, from a dry, sheep grazing paddock on 
Flinders Island. According to notes accompanying the 
specimen, the population consisted of approximately 
nine plants over an area of 30 m 2 . A doubtfully 
naturalised status is assigned here pending further 
information on its distribution. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Aquilegia vulgaris L. (common columbine) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Poison Hill, 9 km 
E of Woodsdale (TSE), 6.X.1984, A. Moscal 8517 (HO!); Poimena 
"township", Blue Tier (BEL), 28.xii.2006, M. Wapstra 86 (HO!); 
Pipers River, downstream of Lilydale Road crossing (FLI), 
18.xii.2007, M. Wapstra 409 (HO!); North West Bay River (TSE), 
7.xi.2000, AC. Rozefelds 1895 (HO!); River Road, N of Deloraine 
(TNS), 21 .xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1390 (HO!). 
Notes: This commonly cultivated perennial herb 
is known in Tasmania from several widely spread 
populations. Most have been recorded from roadside 
verges or riparian zones, often in close proximity to 
50 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339620 keriberry Muelleria 38: 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890509
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
it has been found to be more widespread, including 
Cressy, in the State's midlands, and near Temma, on 
the State's west coast (the latter from a natural site and 
apparently unusual habitat for the species i.e. a coastal 
"marsupial lawn"). The species is also more widespread 
than indicated by formal collections, with additional 
populations being observed at Lillico Beach (FLI region) 
(M. Wapstra pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
ROSACEAE 
Rubus philadelphicus Blanch. (Philadelphia 
blackberry) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 7): Eddie Ck, Piper's 
Brook Rd, 1312000, T. Rudman 27/4 (AD [ n.v ;]); Eddie Ck, 4 km 
W of Pipers River (town) on Bridport Rd, 10.ii.2000, T. Rudman 
TRRB1 (AD [n.v.]); Piper's Brook, 28.iii.2005, D.E. Symon s.n. (AD 
178729 [n.v.]); Pipers Brook, 22.X.2005, D.E. Symon 17176 (AD 
[n.v.]) (all BEL). 
Notes: This deciduous woody shrub, cultivated for 
its edible fruit, is locally naturalised in the Pipers River 
area in the State's northeast. It has also been recorded 
growing as a vigorously-suckering cultivated shrub at 
Forth in the State's northwest (Evans etal. 2007) 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Naturalised 
Rubus rubritinctus W.C.R.Watson 
(blackberry) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Stoney Rise, 
Government] Office Car Park, beside public carpark, Devonport 
(FLI), 812000, T. Rudman 13 (AD [n.v.]); Geeveston tip area (TSR), 
1012000, T. Rudman 22/2 (AD [n.v.]); George Town, Eddie Cr[ee] 
k, Piper's Brook R[oa]d (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 27/8 (AD 
[n.v.]); Lilydale Road (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 30/1 (AD [n.v.]): 
Walpole Street, Franklin, Huon Valley (TSR), 2.iii.2007, KJ. Evans 
107 (HO!). 
Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is known in 
Tasmania from several disjunct locations including the 
northeast, central north, and south of the State. This 
taxon was previously included within the widespread 
and common R. fruticosus L. species-aggregate, a name 
that served as a catch-all for all weedy blackberry in 
Australia. The aggregate was revised by Evans et al. 
(2007), who found it to include R. rubritinctus. The 
species may have been overlooked in Tasmania due to 
its similarity with other taxa related to R. fruticosus. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA 
Status: Naturalised 
Rubus rugosus Sm. (keriberry) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): 61a Salvator Road, 
West Hobart (cult.) (TSE),1 Chraskas.n. (HO 30552!); Coronation 
Road off Fortescue Bay Road (TSE), 15.iv.1976, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 
7440!); Smithton (KIN), 27.iv.1977, J.W. Lees s.n. (HO 569508!); 
Elliott (cult.) (TNS), 1011984, P.A. Regel s.n. (HO 76701!); Arthur 
Highway, c. 1.2 km W Eaglehawk Neck/Blowhole Road (TSE), 
8.V.2013, M Wapstra 162, (HO!). 
Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is grown in 
Tasmania for its edible berries. It is known from several 
cultivated specimens from domestic gardens and 
hedges. In addition, there are several widespread but 
localised collections of non-cultivated plants that were 
growing in waterways and bushland. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
RUBIACEAE 
Galium tricornutum Dandy (rough corn 
bedstraw) 
Specimens examined: Unknown [Hj.?] Eichler 17044 (CANB 
803049.1 [n.v.]); Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), xii.1896, L. Rodway 
s.n. (HO 512698!); Hobart Domain (TSE), [collector unknown] 
(MEL2098143 [n.v.]). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in 
Tasmania from three specimens. Two were collected 
from the Flobart area, whilst the location of the 
third is unknown (Thompson 2009). No information 
regarding the plant's habitat, abundance or degree of 
naturalisation are recorded. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Galium verum L. (yellow bedstraw) 
Specimens examined: Corner of Dairy Plains and Cheshunt 
Roads. (TNS), 1012000, A.M. Buchanan 15656 (HO!); Corner 
of Harwood Road and Dairy Plains Road (TNS), 1 .ii.2008, A.M. 
Buchanan 16852 (HO!). 
Notes: This stoloniferous perennial herb is known 
from two specimens collected from the same general 
vicinity, where it was described as naturalised along a 
short stretch of grassy roadside (Thompson 2009). The 
species has persisted at the site throughout the 2000s. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (formerly naturalised) 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
52 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339648 Kickxia spuria integrifolia Muelleria 38: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890511
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339817 Kniphofia uvaria Muelleria 38: 57, Fig. 7
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890514
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339827 kochia Muelleria 38: 40
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890497
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Vaccaria hispanica (Mill.) Rauschert (cow 
soapwort) 
Specimen examined: Hobart (TSE), (no other collection 
information recorded. Annotated in Leonard Rodway's 
handwriting), (HO 86471). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single, poorly-annotated collection thought to have 
been collected by Leonard Rodway, although Rodway 
(1903) does not mention it. Curtis (1956) described its 
distribution and habitat (as V. segetalis) as "occasional 
in cultivated ground". However, the basis for this 
observation is not known. From this scant information 
it is difficult to assign a naturalised status with any 
certainty. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, 
Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
CHENOPODIACEAE 
Bassia scoparia (L.) A J.Scott (kochia) 
Specimens examined: Quamby View, near Deloraine, 
Midlands (TNS), 22.ii.1995, A. Allwright s.n. (HO 411060!); 
QuambyView near Deloraine, Midlands (TNS),8.iv.1997, D. Green 
s.n. (HO 12302! & HO 320884!); QuambyView, near Deloraine, 
Midlands (TNS), 08.iv.1997, A. Allwright s.n. (MEL0258971 [n.v.]); 
Winspears Road, Ambleside, East Devonport (FLI), i.1998, A. 
Loane s.n. (HO 324601!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
two locations. The latest record is devoid of useful 
collecting notes that give any indication of its status, 
although the location is predominantly rural land. All 
other records are from a carrot crop at the one site but 
collected over two different years, indicating some 
persistence at the site or a possible reintroduction as a 
contaminant of crop seed. This potentially troublesome 
crop weed has not been collected since and it is 
unknown if it has persisted at the sites. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Chenopodium foliosum (Moench) Asch. 
{-Chenopodium capitatum auct. non (L.) 
Ambrosi sensu Buchanan (2009)) (leafy 
goosefoot) 
Specimens examined: New Town, Hobart, 10 Senator Street 
(TSE), 23.ii.1982, J.E.5. Townrow s.n. (HO 115888!); Lenah Valley, 
S side [of Augusta Road](TSE), 17.ii.2008, M. Wapstra466 (HO!); 
Augusta Road, Lenah Valley, Hobart (TSE), iii.2010, M. Wapstra 
1100 (HO!). 
Notes: The two recent collections of this annual 
herb are from a single plant, noted as growing in a 
suburban drain. The plant persisted into 2009 and 2010, 
despite being virtually uprooted in 2008 (Wapstra 2008 
as C. capitatum). It was eliminated by DPIPWE weed 
management officers in 2010 and has not reappeared 
since (M. Wapstra pers. obs.).The collection from Senator 
Street in the same suburb in 1982 was growing in a 
garden. Searches in the area during 2008-2010 failed to 
detect any plants in the vicinity. Given this information 
it is reasonable to consider that this species was never 
truly naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
CISTACEAE 
Cistus inflatus Pourr. ex Demoly (rock rose) 
Specimens examined: Hadspen near bridge over South Esk 
River (TNM), 7.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15138 (HO!); Hadspen 
(TNM), 19.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15160 (HO!); Hadspen, side of 
road to disused jetty on South Esk River (TNM), 1.xii.2004, M. 
Baker 1141 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental shrub is known only from 
collections from Hadspen in the State's north. It is 
represented by a single localised population that has 
been persistent at the site for almost 20 years since it was 
first recorded. It is presumed that it was once planted 
there as an ornamental. However, it is now common and 
a dominant component of the vegetation along both 
sides of a 200 m section of track verge. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CLUSIACEAE 
Hypericum humifusum L. (creeping St John's 
wort) 
Specimen examined: Don River, Devonport (KIN), 911940, 
A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 411728!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 75 
years ago and with scant notes. Baker (2005) regarded it 
as a taxon of uncertain status and concluded that surveys 
were required to determine its presence in Tasmania. 
40 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339480 Laburnum anagyroides Muelleria 38: 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890501
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
FABACEAE 
Hedysarum coronarium L. (French 
honeysuckle) 
Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Hobart (cult.) 
(TSE), xii.1902, L Rodway 178 (HO!); Hobart (cult.)(TSE), i.1910, 
L. Rodway 184 (HO!); Botanical Gardens, Hobart (cult.)(TSE), 
24.xii.1946, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 10716!). 
Notes:This short-lived perennial is known inTasmania 
from several pre-1950 collections, all from cultivated 
specimens lacking informative notes. Curtis (1956) 
described its distribution and habitat as"introduced and 
persisting near centres of cultivation". From this scant 
information it is difficult to assign a naturalised status 
with any certainty. See Figure 5. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld 
Status: Not naturalised 
Laburnum anagyroides Medik. (golden chain 
tree) 
Specimens examined: Roadside, Neika (TSE), 12.ii.1997, 
A.M. Buchanan 14409 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (TNM), 
14.X.2005, M.L Baker 1689 (HO!). 
Notes: This small, deciduous ornamental tree is 
known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. The 
most recent was from a population of naturalised 
plants growing on the sides of a steep dolerite gorge at 
Launceston. The species is occasionally seen growing 
on roadsides in southeast Tasmania (e.g. Taroona; 
below Queens Domain, Hobart), suggesting it is more 
widely naturalised than herbarium records indicate (M. 
Wapstra, pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lathyrus nissolia L. (grass vetchling) 
Specimens examined: D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 
ii.1904, L Rodway 176 (HO!); Gordon (TSE), 9.X.1924,5.B. Barker 
s.n. (MEL2298792A [ n.v .]); Taroona Pathway off Oakleigh 
Avenue (TSE), 17.xi.2005, D. Harris s.n. (HO 539383!); Taroona, 
grass strip between Oakleigh Avenue and Cartwright Creek 
(TSE), 17.xi.2005, M.L. Baker 1652 (HO!). 
Notes: Despite being known only from a small 
number of discrete sites in southeast Tasmania, this 
annual herb has been present in Tasmania since at 
least 1904. The most recent collection was from a well- 
established population in an exotic grassland at Taroona 
in the south of the State. Curtis (1956) described its 
distribution and habitat as "rare, in grassy places". 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lotus angustissimus L. (narrowleaf trefoil) 
Specimens examined: Cressy House, Cressy (TNM), 
17.iv.1985, R.S. Smith s.n. (HO 94684!); 5 km S of Wilmot on 
Cradle Mountain Rd (TNS), 13.iii.1995, P.C. Jobson 3465 (NSW 
[n.v.]); Tonganah, site of former clay mine (BEL), 9.L2002, J. 
Findlay s.n. (HO 518972!); Swansea, Rockcliffe property (TSE), 
I. ii.2002, A.M. Buchanan 15918 (HO!); Murphys Flat, Granton 
(TSE), 25.iii.2010, M.L Baker2229 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in 
Tasmania from a small number of widespread records. 
It grows in range of situations, including croplands 
and wetlands. It is expected to be more common and 
widespread and has most likely been overlooked due 
to its close resemblance to other naturalised species of 
Lotus that occur in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lupinus angustifolius L. (narrowleaf lupin) 
Specimens examined: Eaglehawk Neck (TSE), 2411928, 
J. B. Cleland s.n. (AD 966080625 [n.v.]); Sorell (TSE), 24.xi.1976, 
D. Munro and N.Walker s.n. (NSW 456562!); Bass Highway near 
Deloraine (TNM), 20.ix.2007, M. Wapstra 226 (HO!); George 
Town/Bell Bay Road roundabout (FLI), 15.X.2008, M. Wapstra 
532 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known inTasmania from a 
small number of widespread collections. Curtis (1956) 
described its distribution and habitat as "cultivated in 
orchards as a green manure and found occasionally as 
an escape". However, no specimens were available to 
her at the time. More recently, it has been recorded as 
being prevalent on the verge of the Bass Highway (e.g. 
HO 547663) but is now absent there (M. Wapstra, pers. 
obs.). It appears to arise on road verges but not persist; 
for example, a single plant was collected near Epping 
Forest in 2004 (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It is cultivated 
in Tasmania as a grain legume for animal and human 
consumption (Knox etal. 2006). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Medicago arborea L. (tree medick) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Killiecrankie Bay, 
Flinders Island (FLI), 28.vi.1966, IS. Whinray 37 (MEL1021317 
44 
Vol 38 

Page image

51340941 Lachnagrostis punicea punicea Muelleria 38: 23
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890527
Page is part of the work Agrostis semibarbata: an old name for Lachnagrostis punicea (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.337578
51339104 Lachnagrostis punicea filifolia Muelleria 38: 23
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890527
Page is part of the work Agrostis semibarbata: an old name for Lachnagrostis punicea (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.337578
51339097 Lachnagrostis semibarbata Muelleria 38: 23, Fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890527
Page is part of the work Agrostis semibarbata: an old name for Lachnagrostis punicea (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.337578

Page text

Agrostis semibarbata 
Taxonomy 
Lachnagrostis semibarbata (Trin.) AJ.Br. 
comb. nov. 
Agrostis semibarbata Trin., Agrostidea, II, Callo Rotunda, 
(Agrostea), 132 (1841). 
Type: s. loc., s. dat., leg. ign. V.D.L.6 (lecto, here 
designated as holotype: LE TRIN—1655.01 (fragm. & 
Figure)). 
Agrostis billardierei var. setifolia Hook.f., FI. Tasman., 3(2): 
115(1860); Agrostis aemula var. setifolia (Hook.f.) Vickery, 
Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1:116(1941); Agrostis 
punicea AJ.Br. & N.G.Walsh var. punicea, Muelleria, 14: 
84-85 (2000); Lachnagrostis punicea (AJ.Br. & N.G.Walsh) 
S.W.LJacobs subsp. punicea, Telopea, 9(4): 837 (2001). 
Type: TASMANIA. New Norfolk, 15.xi.1840, M. 
Ballantine for R.C. Gunn 1446 (lecto: designated by 
J.W.Vickery, Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb. 1:116 
(1941)), K000838251! and K000838252!, a single 
gathering mounted as one preparation with two 
accession numbers; isolecto: H035753!). 
Notes: Soreng etal. (1996) referred to a sheet at LE as 
the 'holotype' of A. semibarbata. However, as this work 
{Catalogue of the C. B. Trinius Herbarium (LE), 2 nd edn) is 
not effectively published under ICN Articles 29 and 30 
(Shenzhen Code, 2018; R. Soreng, pers. comm. 2019), 
this does not constitute effective lectotypification by 
Soreng etal. in accordance with ICN Art. 7.11 (Shenzhen 
Code, 2018), and the name is lectotypified here. 
Vickery (1941) cites the type of the name Agrostis 
billardierei var. setifolia Hook.f. as 'Tasmania: New 
Norfolk, Gunn, No. 1446, 15.11.1849 (Type, K.)'. Jacobs 
and Brown (2009) noted that Gunn 1446 was collected 
by Ballantine, which is the name on the isotype at 
HO in accordance with the initials 'MB' on the original 
Gunn label. 
Hooker (1860) did not specify a type for Agrostis 
billardierei var. setifolia Hook.f., but cited both Gunn 
592 and Gunn 1007 under his concept of A. billardierei. 
Vickery, in using A. billardierei var. setifolia Hook.f. as the 
basionym for A. aemula var. setifolia (Hook.f.) Vickery, 
cited Gunn 1446 (New Norfolk) as the type, even though 
Hooker (1860) made no reference to Gunn 1446 in the 
protologue. However, as both sheets at K bear the 
inscription 'b' as a probable identification by Hooker to 
Hooker's (1860) "Agrostis billardierei var. ft setifolia", both 
specimens can be considered original material under 
Article 9.4a (Shenzhen Code 2018). 
Lachnagrostis semibarbata var. filifolia 
(Vickery) AJ.Br. comb. et. stat. nov. 
Agrostis billardierei var. filifolia Vickery Contr. New South 
Wales Natl Herb. 1, 110 (1941). Agrostis punicea var. 
filifolia (Vickery) AJ.Br. & N.G.Walsh Muelleria, 14, 85-86 
(2000). Lachnagrostis punicea subsp. filifolia (Vickery) 
S.W.LJacobs Telopea 10(4), 840 (2004). 
Type citation: "Hawkesdale, H. B. Williamson, No. K. 
410,12.1901 (Type K.,S.)." 
Type: VICTORIA. Hawkesdale, xii.1901, H.B. 
Williamson K.410 (lecto: designated by AJ.Brown 
& N.G.Walsh, Muelleria 14: 85 (2000): K000838266!; 
isolecto: NSW504501!). 
Notes: Vickery (1941) cites Williamson K4 Was the type 
of the name Agrostis billardierei var. filifolia Vickery, and 
lists syntype material at K and S. Brown & Walsh (2000) 
cite the type of the name Agrostis billardierei var. filifolia 
Vickery as "Victoria, Hawkesdale, Dec. 1901, Williamson 
(holotype K)", and this is here treated as effective 
lectotypification by Brown and Walsh in accordance 
with ICN Art. 7.11 (Shenzhen Code, 2018). As Brown and 
Walsh's citation meets the relevant requirements of ICN 
Art. 7.11, their use of the term 'holotype' is correctable 
under ICN Art. 9.10. Additional material in S, cited by 
Vickery, has not been seen by the present author. A 
further specimen, MEL2022935A (Hawkesdale, Victoria, 
xi.1903, H.B. Williamson s.n) was probably collected 
from the type locality, two years later. The sheet also 
contains MEL2022935B—inflorescence fragments of 
Lachnagrostis billardiereiThn. subsp. billardierei. 
Acknowledgements 
Many thanks are due to the staff of K for the loan of 
specimens, to Robert Soreng of the National Museum of 
Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, for information 
relating to the type of Agrostis semibarbata at LE, and 
to Dr Irina Illarionova and Dr Vladimir Dorofeyev of 
the Komarov Botanical Institute, Saint Petersburg, for 
the excellent images of the type. Thanks also to MEL 
staff: Pina Milne and Catherine Gallagher for assistance 
in corresponding with overseas herbaria, and to 
Neville Walsh and Tom May for helpful discussions 
concerning taxon ranking and nomenclature. Special 
Muelleria 
23 

Page image

51339189 Lachnagrostis semibarbata semibarbata Muelleria 38: 23
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890527
Page is part of the work Agrostis semibarbata: an old name for Lachnagrostis punicea (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.337578
51339100 Lachnagrostis semibarbata filifolia Muelleria 38: 23
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890527
Page is part of the work Agrostis semibarbata: an old name for Lachnagrostis punicea (Poaceae), doi:10.5962/p.337578
51339303 Lactuca serriola integrifolia Muelleria 38: 31-32

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 31-32".

51339703 Lagarosiphon major Muelleria 38: 59
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890516
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
area. All but a single plant were collected from 
ornamental plantings or cultivated specimens. The 
only non-cultivated specimen was from a single plant 
growing on the side of a track in a recently developed 
bushland remnant. Curtis and Morris (1994) listed it in 
their flora and stated that it "...could become invasive". 
Little evidence exists to suggest that it is naturalised in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Isolepis hystrix (Thunb.) Nees (awned 
dubsedge) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 9): Powranna Main 
Road, close to gateway of Hummocky Hills track (TNM), 
1 5.xi.1996, AJ. North s.n. (HO 322628!); Freshwater soak just W 
of Calverts Lagoon, South Arm (TSE), 20.xii.2005, M. Visoiu 120 
(HO!); Between George Town and Bell Bay (FLI), 30.X.2006, J.B. 
Davies s.n. (HO 542926!); Perth, lllawarra Road, S side (TNM), 
19.xi.2014, M. Wapstra 2075 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual sedge, although only detected as 
late as 1996, is now known to be locally common and 
widely distributed in Tasmania. It is associated with 
roadside drains, freshwater (and sometimes slightly 
saline) lagoons, herb fields and other moist disturbed 
sites. Although it is highly distinctive, its ephemeral habit 
and small size have possibly led to it being overlooked 
at other similar habitats and locations. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
HAEMODORACEAE 
Anigozanthos flavidus Redoute (evergreen 
kangaroo paw) 
Specimens examined: Binalong Bay Road, Binalong 
Bay (FLI), 1 .viii.1975,7. Robin s.n. (HO 327793!); Creek, 0.8-1 
km N of Binalong Bay (FLI), 5.L2006, M.F. Duretto 2074 (HO!); 
Paddocks adjacent to the Postmans Track Pass (KIN), 23.ii.2005, 
P. Hefferon s.n. (HO 536135!); Binalong Bay, Grants Point Road 
(cult.?) (FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1962 (HO!). 
Notes: This rhizomatous perennial herb is widely 
cultivated in Tasmania and is known from several 
collections that appear to be derived from nearby 
garden plantings. At one location, numerous plants 
were recorded as escaping from cultivation and growing 
on the fringe of the Rocky Cape National Park. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
HYDROCHARITACEAE 
Lagarosiphon major (Ridl.) Moss (oxygen 
weed) 
Specimen examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart (cult.?) 
(TSE), 24.V.1 983, D.l. Morris 8350 (HO!). 
Notes: This rhizomatous aquatic perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania from a single, possibly cultivated, 
specimen from a pond at the Royal Tasmanian Botanical 
Gardens (Hobart). There is no evidence that it has 
persisted or spread from the site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (doubtfully 
naturalised) 
Status: Not naturalised 
IRIDACEAE 
Tritonia gladiolaris (Lam.) Goldblatt & 
J.C.Manning (chiffon lace) 
Specimens examined: S[outh] of Murdunna (TSE), 
19.X.1973, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 58867!); Railton area, S of 
Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2013, M. Wapstra 1396 (HO!); 
Arthur Highway [just WNW of Flinders Bay Road junction] (TSE), 
18.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1474 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from two widely separated locations. Curtis and Morris 
(1994) described its distribution and habitat, based on 
a 1973 collection (as Tritonia lineata (Salisb.) Ker Gawl.), 
as "introduced, recorded only from a sandy bank in light 
Eucalypt forest at Murdunna (East Coast), apparently 
well-established". It was recently collected from 
(presumably) the same site and described as growing in 
several dense patches along an 80 m section of roadside 
verge. It has been detected at one additional site in 
the north of the State, where it was growing on a road 
reserve adjacent to dry eucalypt forest. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
JUNCACEAE 
Juncus microcephalus Kunth (smallhead 
rush) 
Selected specimens examined (3 of 4): S[outh] bank 
of North Esk River, Launceston, just upstream from Charles 
Street Bridge, ii.1 981 , B. Robinson s.n. (NSW 225669 [ n.v .]); Bass 
Muelleria 
59 

Page image

51339603 large annual buttercup Muelleria 38: 51
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890508
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339483 Lathyrus nissolia Muelleria 38: 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890501
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
FABACEAE 
Hedysarum coronarium L. (French 
honeysuckle) 
Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Hobart (cult.) 
(TSE), xii.1902, L Rodway 178 (HO!); Hobart (cult.)(TSE), i.1910, 
L. Rodway 184 (HO!); Botanical Gardens, Hobart (cult.)(TSE), 
24.xii.1946, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 10716!). 
Notes:This short-lived perennial is known inTasmania 
from several pre-1950 collections, all from cultivated 
specimens lacking informative notes. Curtis (1956) 
described its distribution and habitat as"introduced and 
persisting near centres of cultivation". From this scant 
information it is difficult to assign a naturalised status 
with any certainty. See Figure 5. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld 
Status: Not naturalised 
Laburnum anagyroides Medik. (golden chain 
tree) 
Specimens examined: Roadside, Neika (TSE), 12.ii.1997, 
A.M. Buchanan 14409 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (TNM), 
14.X.2005, M.L Baker 1689 (HO!). 
Notes: This small, deciduous ornamental tree is 
known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. The 
most recent was from a population of naturalised 
plants growing on the sides of a steep dolerite gorge at 
Launceston. The species is occasionally seen growing 
on roadsides in southeast Tasmania (e.g. Taroona; 
below Queens Domain, Hobart), suggesting it is more 
widely naturalised than herbarium records indicate (M. 
Wapstra, pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lathyrus nissolia L. (grass vetchling) 
Specimens examined: D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 
ii.1904, L Rodway 176 (HO!); Gordon (TSE), 9.X.1924,5.B. Barker 
s.n. (MEL2298792A [ n.v .]); Taroona Pathway off Oakleigh 
Avenue (TSE), 17.xi.2005, D. Harris s.n. (HO 539383!); Taroona, 
grass strip between Oakleigh Avenue and Cartwright Creek 
(TSE), 17.xi.2005, M.L. Baker 1652 (HO!). 
Notes: Despite being known only from a small 
number of discrete sites in southeast Tasmania, this 
annual herb has been present in Tasmania since at 
least 1904. The most recent collection was from a well- 
established population in an exotic grassland at Taroona 
in the south of the State. Curtis (1956) described its 
distribution and habitat as "rare, in grassy places". 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lotus angustissimus L. (narrowleaf trefoil) 
Specimens examined: Cressy House, Cressy (TNM), 
17.iv.1985, R.S. Smith s.n. (HO 94684!); 5 km S of Wilmot on 
Cradle Mountain Rd (TNS), 13.iii.1995, P.C. Jobson 3465 (NSW 
[n.v.]); Tonganah, site of former clay mine (BEL), 9.L2002, J. 
Findlay s.n. (HO 518972!); Swansea, Rockcliffe property (TSE), 
I. ii.2002, A.M. Buchanan 15918 (HO!); Murphys Flat, Granton 
(TSE), 25.iii.2010, M.L Baker2229 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in 
Tasmania from a small number of widespread records. 
It grows in range of situations, including croplands 
and wetlands. It is expected to be more common and 
widespread and has most likely been overlooked due 
to its close resemblance to other naturalised species of 
Lotus that occur in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lupinus angustifolius L. (narrowleaf lupin) 
Specimens examined: Eaglehawk Neck (TSE), 2411928, 
J. B. Cleland s.n. (AD 966080625 [n.v.]); Sorell (TSE), 24.xi.1976, 
D. Munro and N.Walker s.n. (NSW 456562!); Bass Highway near 
Deloraine (TNM), 20.ix.2007, M. Wapstra 226 (HO!); George 
Town/Bell Bay Road roundabout (FLI), 15.X.2008, M. Wapstra 
532 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known inTasmania from a 
small number of widespread collections. Curtis (1956) 
described its distribution and habitat as "cultivated in 
orchards as a green manure and found occasionally as 
an escape". However, no specimens were available to 
her at the time. More recently, it has been recorded as 
being prevalent on the verge of the Bass Highway (e.g. 
HO 547663) but is now absent there (M. Wapstra, pers. 
obs.). It appears to arise on road verges but not persist; 
for example, a single plant was collected near Epping 
Forest in 2004 (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It is cultivated 
in Tasmania as a grain legume for animal and human 
consumption (Knox etal. 2006). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Medicago arborea L. (tree medick) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Killiecrankie Bay, 
Flinders Island (FLI), 28.vi.1966, IS. Whinray 37 (MEL1021317 
44 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339417 laurustinus Muelleria 38: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890495
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339440 leafy goosefoot Muelleria 38: 40
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890497
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339385 Lepidium heterophyllum Muelleria 38: 35
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890492
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
BRASSICACEAE 
Brassica xjuncea (L.) Czern. (Indian mustard) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, Queens Domain, corner of 
Domain Highway and Botanic Gardens Road (TSE), 3.vi.1998, 
AM Buchanan 15268 (HO!); Hobart, Queens Domain, strip of 
remnant bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain 
Road (TSE), 14.X.2015, ML Baker 3006 and A. Muyt (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a localised population at the Queens Domain, Hobart, 
where it has persisted for nearly 20 years since it 
was first recorded. The population covers an area of 
approximately 30 x 30 m in a weed-infested grassy 
woodland. Its persistence at the site and its ability to 
reproduce and regenerate indicate that it is naturalised 
to some degree. Its localised distribution would suggest 
that it is only sparingly naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Brassica oleracea L. (wild cabbage) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 12): Hobart (TSE), 
xii.1903, L Rodway 32a (HO!); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L 
Rodway 32 (HO!); Sandy Bay, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 17.ii.1952, W.M. 
Curtiss.n. (H015478!); Foreshore,Town Point (TNM), 11 .iii.1961, 
J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15467!); New Year Island (KIN), 20.xi.1987, 
N.P. Brothers s.n. (HO 441808!); Christmas Island off King Island 
(KIN), 3.L2002, K. Medlocks.n. (HO 519030!). 
Notes: This annual herb has been collected widely 
throughout Tasmania and has been recorded from 
most bioregions including some outlying sites such as 
smaller Bass Strait islands. Notes associated with the 
collections do not indicate the abundance or status 
of the plants from these sites. Early collections are 
presumed to have originated from kitchen gardens. 
Curtis (1956) commented that it".. .is found occasionally 
as an escape from cultivation", but did not treat it as 
naturalised. Despite the numerous collections, there is 
little evidence to support even a sparingly naturalised 
status. See Figure 3. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carrichtera annua (L.) DC. (Ward's weed) 
Specimen examined: 'Lomatia Vale', Clarks Road, Lower 
Longley (TSR), 3.xi.1985, AM Gray s.n. (HO 94051!). 
Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen collected from a garden at 
Longley. Notes accompanying the specimen state that 
only a single plant was found and that it was probably 
introduced with fowl feed. Based on this information it 
is difficult to justify any degree of naturalised status for 
the species in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Erucasativa Mill, (purple-vein rocket) 
Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.) (TSE), 5.xii.1971, RJ. 
Hnatiuk s.n. (CANB 246483 [ n.v ;]); Primrose Place, Sandy Bay 
(cult.) (TSE), 11 jcii.1981, W.F. Walker s.n. (HO 46453!); University 
ofTasmania, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1996, R. Wiltshire s.n. (HO 
443113!); Darling Parade, Mt Stuart (TSE), 21.iv.2005, M.F. 
Duretto 1866 (HO!). 
Notes: This edible annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from four collections with notes indicating that they 
were either self-sown in gardens or deliberately 
cultivated. Based on this information it is difficult to 
justify any level of naturalised status for the species in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Lepidium heterophyllum Benth (downy 
peppercress) 
Specimens examined: Cressy (TNS), xii.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. 
(HO 29388!); Cressy Research Farm (TNS), J. Somerville s.n. (HO 
15715!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens collected from Cressy in the State's 
central north. One specimen's collecting information 
states that it was growing on the bank of an irrigation 
ditch but gives no indication of the population size 
or area covered by the species. The other has no 
information regarding its status at the collection site. 
Curtis and Morris (1975) described it as "occasional in 
waste places". In the absence of further collections, and 
the possibility that both collections are from the one 
highly anthropogenic location, there is little support to 
justify any degree of naturalised status for it in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Lunaria annua L. (honesty) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 15): Port Arthur 
(TSE), 1892, J. Bufton A (MEL2233709 [n.v.]); Fern Tree (TSE), 
13.L1983, D.l. Morris 8306 (HO!); Longford (TNM), 13.X.1994, A 
Muelleria 
35 

Page image

51339592 lesser spearwort Muelleria 38: 51
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890508
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
towns or old homesteads, presumably arising from 
dumped garden waste, persisting from old plantings or 
escaping from nearby gardens. Several coloured forms 
are present. The number of formal collections does not 
properly reflect its widespread and increasing range. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Ranunculus acris L. subsp. acris (meadow 
buttercup) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Electrona-Snug 
(TSE), 7.xii.1968, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 21139!); Saddle Road, 
Kettering (TSE), xi.1982, Y. Menadue s.n. (HO 91564!); Saddle 
Road, Kettering (TSE), 3.xi.1982, Y. Menadue s.n. (HO 58494!); 
Balfour, Circular Head (TWE), 12.xii.1983, A. Moscal4785 (HO!); 
Saddle Road, Kettering (TSE), I6.xi.2012,/W. Wapstra 7478(HO!). 
Notes: This erect perennial herb is locally naturalised 
in the Snug-Electrona-Kettering area in the State's 
southeast, where it has been present since at least the 
1960s. It remains locally abundant at several sites in 
habitats that include roadside ditches and wet pastures. 
One outlying record is from clearings at the former 
settlement site of Balfour in the State's northwest, 
suggesting a potentially wider distribution. Curtis and 
Morris (1975) described the distribution and habitat as 
"southern Tasmania in a roadside ditch between Snug 
and Electrona". 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Ranunculus arvensis L. (field buttercup) 
Specimen examined: Cressy (TNM), 2.L1974, B.H. Hyde- 
Wyatts.n. (HO 29167!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single record from Cressy in 1974. There are no 
accompanying notes to give any indication of the extent 
or status of the species at the location. As such, there 
is little evidence to indicate it has become naturalised 
in Tasmania. Curtis and Morris (1975) described the 
distribution and habitat as "an occasional weed of 
cultivation in the north", presumably based on the 1974 
record from Cressy. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Ranunculus flammula L. subsp. flammula 
(lesser spearwort) 
Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Nabowla (BEL), 
2.L1980, A.R. Walker s.n. (HO 32340!); Nabowla [grown on from 
seed] (BEL), xi.1984, A.R. Walker s.n. (HO 88873!); Hobart (cult.) 
(TSE), 14.iii.1985, Y. Menadue E37 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
specimens collected in the northeast (Scottsdale and 
Nabowla) and subsequently from cultivated specimens 
collected from these locations. There is no collecting 
information regarding its status and it has not been 
collected for more than 30 years. As such, there is little 
evidence to indicate that it has become naturalised in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Ranunculus sceleratus L. subsp. sceleratus 
(celery buttercup) 
Specimen examined: Hobart (TSE), L. Rodway 10a (HO!). 
Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is 
known inTasmania from a single specimen.The undated 
collection (Leonard Rodway was Tasmania's honorary 
government botanist from 1896-1932) includes no 
notes regarding the plant's habitat or population 
details. It was listed in The Tasmanian Flora without any 
notes about its status (Rodway 1903). Its distribution 
and habitat were subsequently described by Curtis 
(1956) as "occasional in ditches", but no evidence exists 
to substantiate this comment. Based on the scant 
information it is difficult to justify that it was ever truly 
naturalised inTasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, 
Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Ranunculus trilobus Desf. (large annual 
buttercup) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Fenton Forest, 
Gretna (TSE), 15.xi.1971, D.l. Morris s.n. (AD 123349!); Bushy Park 
(TSE),xii.1971, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 29196!); Glenora (TSE),xii.1972, 
D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 29498!); Coastal strip between Richardson 
Point and Dartys Corner, S of Temma (KIN), 31.X.2008, M. 
Wapstra 578 (HO!); Perth, lllawarra Road (TNM), 19.xi.2014, M. 
Wapstra 2074 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
several widespread collections. Curtis and Morris (1975) 
described its distribution as "recorded only from Bushy 
Park, Derwent Valley", from where there are several 
specimens from the 1970s and 1980s, collected mainly 
from wet areas and ditches in farming areas. Since then 
Muelleria 
51 

Page image

51339430 lesser stitchwort Muelleria 38: 39
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890496
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
16.viii.2009, M. Wapstra 916 (HO!); Prospect, bushland reserve 
between Country Club Avenue and Las Vegas Drive (TNM), 
16.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1456 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from 
Kings Bridge to Gorge (TNM), 7.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3383 (HO!). 
Notes: This commonly cultivated ornamental shrub 
is known in Tasmania from several collections mainly 
from single plants persisting at the sites of abandoned 
gardens. The most recent record notes that several 
juvenile plants were encountered and were probably 
the result of dumped garden refuse. Whether these 
plants have persisted at this site is unknown. The 
species produces copious amounts of fleshy fruit that 
are consumed and dispersed by birds (Karlsson 2005). 
A recently-observed locally naturalised population at 
Cataract Gorge, Launceston, consisted of many plants 
of varying size and age. Cultivated plants of V. tinus at 
an abandoned homestead in bushland in Glenorchy 
were observed to be heavily grazed by ground-dwelling 
marsupials, indicating that it is palatable to wildlife (M. 
Baker pers. obs.). It is thought that browsing of seedlings 
limits the opportunity of this species to naturalise in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CARYOPHYLLACEAE 
Silene conica L. (striated catchfly) 
Specimen examined: King Island, Bass Strait (KIN), 20.ii.1931, 
A.E. Scott s.n. (AD 98664081 [n.v]). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a 
single specimen collected from King Island more than 
85 years ago. With no accompanying notes on habitat or 
population details, there is little evidence to suggest it is 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Silene dichotoma Ehrh. (forked catchfly) 
Specimens examined: Tasmania, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 8561 I); 
Sandy Bay (TSE), iv.1913, L. Rodway 65c (HO!); Queens Domain, 
Hobart, Davies Avenue (near Hobart Aquatic Centre) (TSE), 
5.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2102 (HO!); Cressy Beach, Middle headland 
(TSE), 26.X.2009, M. Wapstra 982 (HO!); Royal Tasmanian 
Botanical Gardens, grassland area at N tip of gardens (TSE), 
26.xi.2010, M.L. Baker 2350 (HOI). 
Notes: This annual or biennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from a small number of small but established 
populations. Two of these occur on the Queens Domain 
in Hobart whilst the third is at Cressy Beach on the State's 
east coast. This species is established in Tasmania but 
the small scale and number of sites suggest it should be 
considered only sparingly naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Silene colorata Poir. {=Silene I on gi caul is auct. 
non Pourr. ex Lag. sensu Buchanan (1995)) 
(pink catchfly) 
Specimens examined: South Arm, 12.ii.1899, F.A. Rodway 
658 (NSW 6764601); South Arm (all TSE), xiLI 905, L. Rodway 65A 
(HOI). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
only two specimens collected from South Arm in the 
State's southeast. The name S. longicaulis was, until 
recently, misapplied to a specimen of S. colorata and 
it was this specimen that led to the species being 
included in the 1995 edition of the Tasmanian Vascular 
Plant Census (Buchanan 1995). Due to the lack of notes 
accompanying the collections it is difficult to determine 
its status in Tasmania. Having not been collected or 
recorded in the State for more than 110 years strongly 
suggests it is no longer present. For a detailed discussion 
of this species in Tasmania see Baker (2016). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Stellaria graminea L. (lesser stitchwort) 
Specimens examined: Tyenna (TSR), 15.xi.1903, L. Rodway 
s.n. (HO 86341); Sea Elephant River, King Island (KIN), 9.L1979, 
D.l. Morris 7964 (HOI). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
two disjunct locations. One specimen was collected 
more than 100 years ago from Tyenna and the other was 
collected nearly 40 years ago from King Island. Whilst 
there is no information indicating the species' status, 
given the two geographically and temporally separated 
records, it is possible it is more widespread but perhaps 
overlooked. Curtis (1956) stated that it is "occasional 
in shaded places and amongst bracken". Given the 
lack of recent collections and informative collecting 
information it is difficult to apply a naturalised status to 
this species with any certainty. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously 
naturalised) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Muelleria 
39 

Page image

51339550 Limonium sinuatum Muelleria 38: 49
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890506
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
appear to have been deliberately planted, along with 
several additional non-native Acacia species. The first 
herbarium record in 2002 belies a much longer period of 
naturalisation, which probably began in earnest in the 
1980s (based on the maturity of some stands). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW 
(native and naturalised), ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
ONAGRACEAE 
Epilobium nummulariifolium A.Cunn. 
(creeping willowherb) 
Specimens examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart, c. 
i.1999, [collector unknown] (HO 323677!); 3 Curtis Ave, South 
Hobart, 13.xi.2002, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 520616!); Woodbank 
Nursery, 25.ii.2005, ML Baker 1556 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This mat-forming perennial herb is known 
in Tasmania from a few locations in the southeast of 
the State. There exists insufficient evidence for it to be 
classified as naturalised, with the species only being 
recorded from a domestic garden on the outskirts of 
Hobart, where it is restricted to the garden and the 
immediate surrounds, and from two nurseries: Royal 
Tasmanian Botanic Gardens, as a weed of a propagating 
area, and at Woodbank Nursery, where it was a weed in 
a pot plant and in a garden bed. At present, this species 
is doubtfully naturalised but it has high potential to 
become more widespread and naturalised throughout 
the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Oenothera biennis L. (evening-primrose) 
Specimens examined: Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 
12.L2001, D.l. Morris 86729 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 
28.ii.2001, A.M. Buchanan 15856 (HO!); Bass Highway, 2 km E 
of Irishtown Road junction (KIN) 2.xi.2004, M. Baker 936 and 
M.F.Duretto (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N 
of Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1386 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental biennial herb was first 
collected in Tasmania as a weed of a lily crop. There is 
increasing evidence that it is becoming naturalised in 
various regions, mainly around highly disturbed sites 
such as crops, rubbish tips and roadside verges. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
PLUMBAGINACEAE 
Limonium sinuatum (L.) Mill, (wavyleaf sea- 
lavender) 
Specimens examined: Whitemark (FLI), IO.i.2007, A.M. 
Buchanan 16568 (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, 200 m 
N of Jetsons Road junction (FLI), 1112005, ML Baker 1394 (HO!); 
Glenora Road, Glenora [Bushy Park] (TSE), 2512013, M Wapstra 
1516 (HO!); Anglican Cemetery, Sorell (end of Henry Street) 
(TSE), 51.2013, M Wapstra 1537 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from several widespread collections, mainly 
from highly disturbed sites such as tips and roadside 
verges. It appears to have arisen from dumped garden 
waste or as an escape from ornamental plantings 
(including cemeteries). It is popular in the florist trade 
due to the "everlasting" nature of the cut flowers. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
POLEMONIACEAE 
Collomia grandiflora Douglas ex Lindl. 
(grand collomia) 
Specimen examined: King Island (KIN), vi.1957, L. Smith s.n. 
(HO 19628! & HO 317247!). 
Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and 
habitat of this annual herb as "occasional as a weed of 
cultivated land". No evidence supports this statement 
as the species is known in Tasmania from a single 
collection from a crop of potatoes on King Island sixty 
years ago—it has not been recorded since. Based on this 
evidence, the species cannot be considered naturalised 
to any degree in the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
PORTULACACEAE 
Claytoniaperfoliata Donn ex Willd. (miner's 
lettuce) 
Specimens examined: Fern Tree, East Coast, Domestic 
garden [cult.], 411983, D.l. Morris 8302 (HO!); Fern Tree, 611986, 
D.l. Morris 862 (HO!); Woolton Court, Sandy Bay [Hobart suburb] 
(all TSE), 23.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2105 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a 
few collections from domestic gardens. One collection 
notes that it is "not invasive but behaving as a nuisance 
Muelleria 

Page image

51339361 Lithospermum officinale Muelleria 38: 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890491
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Street, Bellerive (TSE), 10.iv.1985, D.l. Morris 8551 (HO!); 15 
Channel Street, Burnie (TNS), 2000, K. Kirkelys.n. (HO 510807!); 
145 Davey Street, Hobart (TSE), 3.V.2001, D.l. Morris 86734, (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental perennial vine was first 
recorded in waste places at Launceston. Subsequent 
collections are from disjunct locations throughout 
the State and are associated with suburban and city 
gardens. There is no evidence of spread from these sites, 
some of which appear to have been eliminated (e.g. HO 
102250, HO 328680), while the current status of others is 
unknown. Curtis (1967) described it as "a garden escape, 
naturalised locally in the north of the State". However, 
there is no evidence to support this. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
BETULACEAE 
Alnus cordata (Loisel.) Duby (Italian alder) 
Specimens examined: St Marys (BEL), viii.1950, H.N. Barber 
s.n. (HO 36203!); Watchorn Street, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 19.V.2004, 
M.F. Duretto 1744 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental deciduous tree is known in 
Tasmania from two widely-spread collections, one from 
a cultivated plant in Hobart and the other from the town 
of St Marys. Curtis (1967) stated that it is "recorded from 
the east coast at St Marys and from river banks near 
New Norfolk". However, no specimens from New Norfolk 
have been seen and there are no notes accompanying 
the specimen from St Marys to indicate its status at the 
site. Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Alnus glutinosa (L.) Gaertn. (black alder) 
Specimens examined: Huonville, picnic area E of bridge 
(cult.) (TSR), 8.L1984, M. Williams s.n. (HO 76693!); Macquarie 
Street, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 27.V.1988, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 
110455!); Murray Street, 10 m N of Melville Street, Hobart, (cult.) 
(TSE), 19.V.2004, M.F. Duretto 1745 (HO!); Queenstown, CMT 
Industrial Estate (TWE), 9.ii.2007, G. Cordery s.n. (HO 544184!); 
King River Delta, Lettes Bay (TWE), 7.viii.2007, M.L. Baker 1807 
and A. Laird (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous tree is cultivated in Tasmania 
as an ornamental. Two of the five collections appear to 
be from non-cultivated plants. One was a single plant 
growing with Baloskion tetraphyllum on accumulated 
sediment at the mouth of the King River at Lettes Bay, 
Strahan. The other collection, from the Queen River, 
Queenstown, has the following notes attached: "Alnus 
is spreading along Queen River. The extent of alder tree 
dispersion in the Queenstown locale is unknown at 
present; further investigations are required to determine 
populations". Without further evidence it would be 
premature to assign a naturalised status to this species. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
BORAGINACEAE 
Lithospermum officinale L. (gromwell) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): First Basin, 
Launceston, Midlands (TNM), 27.xi.1938, A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 
7842!); Entrance to [Cataract] Gorge, Launceston (TNM), 
xi.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 505445!); Trevallyn Reserve 
(TNM), 11 .iii.2006, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 538846!); Thrower Street, 
Launceston (TNM), 4.xii.2007, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 546890!); 
Launceston (TNM), x, S.G. Hannaford s.n. (HO 7841!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is locally naturalised in 
the Launceston area, particularly near Cataract Gorge, 
where it has persisted for nearly 80 years since it was 
first recorded. Collection notes indicate that it forms 
relatively large and persistent populations. The source 
of the plants is not known. Curtis (1967) described the 
distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste places", 
but there is no evidence that it ever extended beyond 
the Launceston area. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Naturalised 
Symphytum x uplandicum Nyman (Russian 
comfrey) 
Specimens examined: Huon (TSR), 1957, F. Fricke s.n. (HO 
505422! & HO 8014!); Underwood, junction of Underwood 
and Ryans Roads (BEL), 11.ii.2009, M.L Baker 1955 (HO!); Mole 
Creek (TNS), 2.ii.2008, A.M. Buchanan 16859 (HO!); Kingston, old 
'Linden Rise'property (TSE), 14.ii.2013, M. Wapstra 1540 (HO!). 
Notes: This erect perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from several disjunct occurrences. Associated collection 
notes regarding the size and area of the populations 
are limited. However, the Underwood and Kingston 
collections are reported to consist of one and two plants 
respectively. Curtis (1967) noted its distribution in 
Tasmania as "occasional on roadsides as an escape from 
cultivation". 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (sparingly 
established) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
34 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339409 Lobelia erinus Muelleria 38: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890495
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
CALLITRICHACEAE 
Callitriche brutia Petagna subsp. brutia 
(stalked waterstarwort) 
Specimen examined: Houfes Road, King Island (KIN), 
30.x.1998, A. Woolley s.n. (HO 446766!). 
Notes: This aquatic herb is known in Tasmania from a 
single specimen that was collected from a roadside drain 
on King Island.There is insufficient information to suggest 
that it has become naturalised, but follow-up surveys at 
the site are warranted to check its persistence. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
CAMPANULACEAE 
Campanula rapunculoides L. (creeping 
bellflower) 
Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.), 27.xii.1948, 
[collector unknown] (HO 53435!); Tasmania (cult.), 29.xii.1949, 
[collector unknown] (HO 8173!);Tasmania, 3.xii.1954, [collector 
unknown] (HO 8174!); New Town (TSE), 5.ix.1989, D.l. Morris 
86399 (HO!); Ruth Drive, Lenah Valley (TSE), 20.ii.2012, M. 
Wapstra 1345 (HO!). 
Notes: This cultivated perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from five collections. The three earliest are 
from unknown locations: two are noted as being 
cultivated and the third as a "garden escape". The notes 
associated with these specimens are scant. The recent 
collections were recorded from the base of a retaining 
wall in a residential garden and from a railway line at 
the former New Town railway station. Recent surveys 
in the latter area failed to re-locate it (M. Wapstra pers. 
obs.). Curtis (1963) stated that the species is "persisting 
on roadsides and in waste places near gardens". There is 
insufficient information to suggest that this species has 
become naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld (formally 
naturalised), NSW (Sparingly naturalised) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Lobelia erinus L. (bedding lobelia) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Mt Stuart Road, 
Hobart (TSE), 5.iv.2006, M.F. Duretto 2124 (HO!); Trevallyn 
Nature Recreation Area (TNM), 10.xii.2010, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 
566884!); East of Ansons Bay Road (BEL), 20.xi.2011, R. Skabo 
s.n. (HO 563964!); Mount Nelson, E side of Rialannah Road 
(TSE), 17.iv.2012, M. Wapstra 1357 (HO!); Channel Highway 
[Middleton] (TSE), 4.iii.2013, M. Wapstra 1549 (HO!). 
Notes: This sprawling perennial garden plant, despite 
being represented only by relatively recent collections 
from the 2000s, is widespread in Tasmania. It is most 
often recorded as a few or single plants. However, a 
population from the Channel Highway was noted as 
being locally abundant, with 100s to 1000s of plants 
spread over a hundred metres or so of roadside table 
drain. One population, recorded from a sandstone 
wall that divides Mount Stuart Road, is long-persistent, 
flowers each year and seems to spread further each 
growing season (M. Wapstra pers. obs.). Plants have 
been recorded growing in a number of different 
habitats including roadsides, banks of suburban rivulets 
and grassy woodland. While there are several collections 
from widespread locations and different habitats, the 
species is still considered only sparingly naturalised 
due to its usually localised occurrence. However, the 
propensity for the species to spread is noted and this 
may be an example of a species that will shift category 
in a short timeframe. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CAPRIFOLIACEAE 
Lonicera periclymenum L. (European 
honeysuckle) 
Specimens examined: Old town of Guildford (TCH), 
2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1813 (HO!); Camp Creek, Currie, King Island 
(KIN), 25.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 2054 (HOI); Zeehan, West Coast 
(TWE), 9.xii.1954, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 52083!). 
Notes: This vigorous, evergreen climber is known 
in Tasmania from three widely separated locations. 
The specimens come from an old homestead site at 
Guildford, a roadside at Zeehan and a weedy creek 
bank on King Island. It is possible that there are more 
populations and that it may have been overlooked for 
the widespread and naturalised L japonica Thunb. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Viburnum tinus L. (laurustinus) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Whites Mill Road, 
Lilydale (BEL), 11.ix.1983, A.M. Buchanan 1206 (HOI); Long 
Island (FLI), 1.xii.1986, S. Harris s.n. (HO 104804!); Cataract 
Gorge, Launceston. Cataract walk between Kings Bridge and 
First Basin (N side of river) (TNM), 14.X.2005, M.L. Baker 1692 
(HOI); Mount Wellington, Pipeline Track, above track (TSE), 
38 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339567 Lomatia fraseri Muelleria 38: 50
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890507
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
weed in gardens, and in cracks in walls and pots". It is 
not known if the populations at the collection sites 
have persisted. The species is occasionally grown as a 
pot or garden bed herb and used in salads. It readily 
self-sows but has not appeared to have spread beyond 
domestic gardens. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
PRIMULACEAE 
Lysimachia minima (L.) U.Mans & Anderb. 
(kause chaffweed) 
Specimens examined: Rubicon Sanctuary, Port Sorell (FLI), 
14.X.2009, P. Collier 5358 (HO!); Tinderbox, East Coast (TSE), 
17.X.2011 , D.E. Albrechts.n. (HO!). 
Notes: This diminutive annual herb is likely to be 
overlooked and much more widespread in Tasmania 
than indicated by current collections. Collections to 
date have been from a weedy habitat (Tinderbox) or as 
a single plant growing as a weed in a gravel drive. The 
species is widely naturalised on mainland Australia. A 
doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending 
further information on its distribution. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
PROTEACEAE 
Hakea laurina R.Br. (pincushion hakea) 
Specimens examined: University of Tasmania gardens, 
Hobart (cult.), 12.iii.2002, R. Dillon s.n. and GJordan (HO 
528995!); Coningham, 7.V.2005, J. Taylor s.n. (HO 541827!); 
Coningham, 21 .x.2008, R.G. Tyson 906 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: Apart from one collection from cultivation, 
this ornamental shrub is known in Tasmania from two 
specimens from the same site, collected approximately 
three years apart. Here, the species had most likely 
spread from nearby gardens (where it was noted 
as being present) into coastal heathy woodland, 
and occurred as a population of mature and young 
plants. The population was removed in 2008. The 
species is a popular garden plant in Tasmania and 
further naturalised populations are expected to occur. 
However, there is no evidence to suggest it is more 
widely naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and 
naturalised), SA 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Lomatia fraseri R.Br. (tree lomatia) 
Specimens examined: PipelineTrack,ForkCreekCatchment, 
Fern Tree, 12.iii.2002, D. Ziegler 237 (HO!); Pipeline Track, Fern 
Tree, near Browns Road, 25.vi.2009, PA. Tyson 966 (HO!); Fern 
Tree, 30.vi.2009, M.L. Baker 2098 (HO!); Mount Wellington, 
Pipeline Track 30.xi.2010,M Wapstra 1181 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This shrub or small tree is known in Tasmania 
from several specimens from a single localised 
population comprised of several individuals and 
patches of plants growing in wet sclerophyll forest on 
the foothills of Mt Wellington in the State's southeast. 
There has been a concerted effort at removal by a local 
landcare group, but some individuals, presumably 
escaped from garden plantings, are still present. The 
species is native on mainland Australia, where it is a 
widespread and sometimes locally common species in 
wet mountain forests. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (native), Vic. 
(native) 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
RANUNCULACEAE 
Adonis microcarpa DC. (pheasant's eye) 
Specimen examined: Flinders Island, Wybalenna area (FLI), 
1 2.V.1 999, S. Welsh s.n. (HO 444814!). 
Notes: This erect annual herb has only been collected 
once in Tasmania, from a dry, sheep grazing paddock on 
Flinders Island. According to notes accompanying the 
specimen, the population consisted of approximately 
nine plants over an area of 30 m 2 . A doubtfully 
naturalised status is assigned here pending further 
information on its distribution. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Aquilegia vulgaris L. (common columbine) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Poison Hill, 9 km 
E of Woodsdale (TSE), 6.X.1984, A. Moscal 8517 (HO!); Poimena 
"township", Blue Tier (BEL), 28.xii.2006, M. Wapstra 86 (HO!); 
Pipers River, downstream of Lilydale Road crossing (FLI), 
18.xii.2007, M. Wapstra 409 (HO!); North West Bay River (TSE), 
7.xi.2000, AC. Rozefelds 1895 (HO!); River Road, N of Deloraine 
(TNS), 21 .xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1390 (HO!). 
Notes: This commonly cultivated perennial herb 
is known in Tasmania from several widely spread 
populations. Most have been recorded from roadside 
verges or riparian zones, often in close proximity to 
50 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339412 Lonicera periclymenum Muelleria 38: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890495
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
CALLITRICHACEAE 
Callitriche brutia Petagna subsp. brutia 
(stalked waterstarwort) 
Specimen examined: Houfes Road, King Island (KIN), 
30.x.1998, A. Woolley s.n. (HO 446766!). 
Notes: This aquatic herb is known in Tasmania from a 
single specimen that was collected from a roadside drain 
on King Island.There is insufficient information to suggest 
that it has become naturalised, but follow-up surveys at 
the site are warranted to check its persistence. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
CAMPANULACEAE 
Campanula rapunculoides L. (creeping 
bellflower) 
Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.), 27.xii.1948, 
[collector unknown] (HO 53435!); Tasmania (cult.), 29.xii.1949, 
[collector unknown] (HO 8173!);Tasmania, 3.xii.1954, [collector 
unknown] (HO 8174!); New Town (TSE), 5.ix.1989, D.l. Morris 
86399 (HO!); Ruth Drive, Lenah Valley (TSE), 20.ii.2012, M. 
Wapstra 1345 (HO!). 
Notes: This cultivated perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from five collections. The three earliest are 
from unknown locations: two are noted as being 
cultivated and the third as a "garden escape". The notes 
associated with these specimens are scant. The recent 
collections were recorded from the base of a retaining 
wall in a residential garden and from a railway line at 
the former New Town railway station. Recent surveys 
in the latter area failed to re-locate it (M. Wapstra pers. 
obs.). Curtis (1963) stated that the species is "persisting 
on roadsides and in waste places near gardens". There is 
insufficient information to suggest that this species has 
become naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld (formally 
naturalised), NSW (Sparingly naturalised) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Lobelia erinus L. (bedding lobelia) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Mt Stuart Road, 
Hobart (TSE), 5.iv.2006, M.F. Duretto 2124 (HO!); Trevallyn 
Nature Recreation Area (TNM), 10.xii.2010, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 
566884!); East of Ansons Bay Road (BEL), 20.xi.2011, R. Skabo 
s.n. (HO 563964!); Mount Nelson, E side of Rialannah Road 
(TSE), 17.iv.2012, M. Wapstra 1357 (HO!); Channel Highway 
[Middleton] (TSE), 4.iii.2013, M. Wapstra 1549 (HO!). 
Notes: This sprawling perennial garden plant, despite 
being represented only by relatively recent collections 
from the 2000s, is widespread in Tasmania. It is most 
often recorded as a few or single plants. However, a 
population from the Channel Highway was noted as 
being locally abundant, with 100s to 1000s of plants 
spread over a hundred metres or so of roadside table 
drain. One population, recorded from a sandstone 
wall that divides Mount Stuart Road, is long-persistent, 
flowers each year and seems to spread further each 
growing season (M. Wapstra pers. obs.). Plants have 
been recorded growing in a number of different 
habitats including roadsides, banks of suburban rivulets 
and grassy woodland. While there are several collections 
from widespread locations and different habitats, the 
species is still considered only sparingly naturalised 
due to its usually localised occurrence. However, the 
propensity for the species to spread is noted and this 
may be an example of a species that will shift category 
in a short timeframe. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CAPRIFOLIACEAE 
Lonicera periclymenum L. (European 
honeysuckle) 
Specimens examined: Old town of Guildford (TCH), 
2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1813 (HO!); Camp Creek, Currie, King Island 
(KIN), 25.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 2054 (HOI); Zeehan, West Coast 
(TWE), 9.xii.1954, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 52083!). 
Notes: This vigorous, evergreen climber is known 
in Tasmania from three widely separated locations. 
The specimens come from an old homestead site at 
Guildford, a roadside at Zeehan and a weedy creek 
bank on King Island. It is possible that there are more 
populations and that it may have been overlooked for 
the widespread and naturalised L japonica Thunb. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Viburnum tinus L. (laurustinus) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Whites Mill Road, 
Lilydale (BEL), 11.ix.1983, A.M. Buchanan 1206 (HOI); Long 
Island (FLI), 1.xii.1986, S. Harris s.n. (HO 104804!); Cataract 
Gorge, Launceston. Cataract walk between Kings Bridge and 
First Basin (N side of river) (TNM), 14.X.2005, M.L. Baker 1692 
(HOI); Mount Wellington, Pipeline Track, above track (TSE), 
38 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339486 Lotus angustissimus Muelleria 38: 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890501
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
FABACEAE 
Hedysarum coronarium L. (French 
honeysuckle) 
Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Hobart (cult.) 
(TSE), xii.1902, L Rodway 178 (HO!); Hobart (cult.)(TSE), i.1910, 
L. Rodway 184 (HO!); Botanical Gardens, Hobart (cult.)(TSE), 
24.xii.1946, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 10716!). 
Notes:This short-lived perennial is known inTasmania 
from several pre-1950 collections, all from cultivated 
specimens lacking informative notes. Curtis (1956) 
described its distribution and habitat as"introduced and 
persisting near centres of cultivation". From this scant 
information it is difficult to assign a naturalised status 
with any certainty. See Figure 5. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld 
Status: Not naturalised 
Laburnum anagyroides Medik. (golden chain 
tree) 
Specimens examined: Roadside, Neika (TSE), 12.ii.1997, 
A.M. Buchanan 14409 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (TNM), 
14.X.2005, M.L Baker 1689 (HO!). 
Notes: This small, deciduous ornamental tree is 
known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. The 
most recent was from a population of naturalised 
plants growing on the sides of a steep dolerite gorge at 
Launceston. The species is occasionally seen growing 
on roadsides in southeast Tasmania (e.g. Taroona; 
below Queens Domain, Hobart), suggesting it is more 
widely naturalised than herbarium records indicate (M. 
Wapstra, pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lathyrus nissolia L. (grass vetchling) 
Specimens examined: D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 
ii.1904, L Rodway 176 (HO!); Gordon (TSE), 9.X.1924,5.B. Barker 
s.n. (MEL2298792A [ n.v .]); Taroona Pathway off Oakleigh 
Avenue (TSE), 17.xi.2005, D. Harris s.n. (HO 539383!); Taroona, 
grass strip between Oakleigh Avenue and Cartwright Creek 
(TSE), 17.xi.2005, M.L. Baker 1652 (HO!). 
Notes: Despite being known only from a small 
number of discrete sites in southeast Tasmania, this 
annual herb has been present in Tasmania since at 
least 1904. The most recent collection was from a well- 
established population in an exotic grassland at Taroona 
in the south of the State. Curtis (1956) described its 
distribution and habitat as "rare, in grassy places". 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lotus angustissimus L. (narrowleaf trefoil) 
Specimens examined: Cressy House, Cressy (TNM), 
17.iv.1985, R.S. Smith s.n. (HO 94684!); 5 km S of Wilmot on 
Cradle Mountain Rd (TNS), 13.iii.1995, P.C. Jobson 3465 (NSW 
[n.v.]); Tonganah, site of former clay mine (BEL), 9.L2002, J. 
Findlay s.n. (HO 518972!); Swansea, Rockcliffe property (TSE), 
I. ii.2002, A.M. Buchanan 15918 (HO!); Murphys Flat, Granton 
(TSE), 25.iii.2010, M.L Baker2229 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in 
Tasmania from a small number of widespread records. 
It grows in range of situations, including croplands 
and wetlands. It is expected to be more common and 
widespread and has most likely been overlooked due 
to its close resemblance to other naturalised species of 
Lotus that occur in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lupinus angustifolius L. (narrowleaf lupin) 
Specimens examined: Eaglehawk Neck (TSE), 2411928, 
J. B. Cleland s.n. (AD 966080625 [n.v.]); Sorell (TSE), 24.xi.1976, 
D. Munro and N.Walker s.n. (NSW 456562!); Bass Highway near 
Deloraine (TNM), 20.ix.2007, M. Wapstra 226 (HO!); George 
Town/Bell Bay Road roundabout (FLI), 15.X.2008, M. Wapstra 
532 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known inTasmania from a 
small number of widespread collections. Curtis (1956) 
described its distribution and habitat as "cultivated in 
orchards as a green manure and found occasionally as 
an escape". However, no specimens were available to 
her at the time. More recently, it has been recorded as 
being prevalent on the verge of the Bass Highway (e.g. 
HO 547663) but is now absent there (M. Wapstra, pers. 
obs.). It appears to arise on road verges but not persist; 
for example, a single plant was collected near Epping 
Forest in 2004 (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It is cultivated 
in Tasmania as a grain legume for animal and human 
consumption (Knox etal. 2006). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Medicago arborea L. (tree medick) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Killiecrankie Bay, 
Flinders Island (FLI), 28.vi.1966, IS. Whinray 37 (MEL1021317 
44 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339388 Lunaria annua Muelleria 38: 35, 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890492
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
BRASSICACEAE 
Brassica xjuncea (L.) Czern. (Indian mustard) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, Queens Domain, corner of 
Domain Highway and Botanic Gardens Road (TSE), 3.vi.1998, 
AM Buchanan 15268 (HO!); Hobart, Queens Domain, strip of 
remnant bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain 
Road (TSE), 14.X.2015, ML Baker 3006 and A. Muyt (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a localised population at the Queens Domain, Hobart, 
where it has persisted for nearly 20 years since it 
was first recorded. The population covers an area of 
approximately 30 x 30 m in a weed-infested grassy 
woodland. Its persistence at the site and its ability to 
reproduce and regenerate indicate that it is naturalised 
to some degree. Its localised distribution would suggest 
that it is only sparingly naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Brassica oleracea L. (wild cabbage) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 12): Hobart (TSE), 
xii.1903, L Rodway 32a (HO!); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L 
Rodway 32 (HO!); Sandy Bay, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 17.ii.1952, W.M. 
Curtiss.n. (H015478!); Foreshore,Town Point (TNM), 11 .iii.1961, 
J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15467!); New Year Island (KIN), 20.xi.1987, 
N.P. Brothers s.n. (HO 441808!); Christmas Island off King Island 
(KIN), 3.L2002, K. Medlocks.n. (HO 519030!). 
Notes: This annual herb has been collected widely 
throughout Tasmania and has been recorded from 
most bioregions including some outlying sites such as 
smaller Bass Strait islands. Notes associated with the 
collections do not indicate the abundance or status 
of the plants from these sites. Early collections are 
presumed to have originated from kitchen gardens. 
Curtis (1956) commented that it".. .is found occasionally 
as an escape from cultivation", but did not treat it as 
naturalised. Despite the numerous collections, there is 
little evidence to support even a sparingly naturalised 
status. See Figure 3. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carrichtera annua (L.) DC. (Ward's weed) 
Specimen examined: 'Lomatia Vale', Clarks Road, Lower 
Longley (TSR), 3.xi.1985, AM Gray s.n. (HO 94051!). 
Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen collected from a garden at 
Longley. Notes accompanying the specimen state that 
only a single plant was found and that it was probably 
introduced with fowl feed. Based on this information it 
is difficult to justify any degree of naturalised status for 
the species in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Erucasativa Mill, (purple-vein rocket) 
Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.) (TSE), 5.xii.1971, RJ. 
Hnatiuk s.n. (CANB 246483 [ n.v ;]); Primrose Place, Sandy Bay 
(cult.) (TSE), 11 jcii.1981, W.F. Walker s.n. (HO 46453!); University 
ofTasmania, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1996, R. Wiltshire s.n. (HO 
443113!); Darling Parade, Mt Stuart (TSE), 21.iv.2005, M.F. 
Duretto 1866 (HO!). 
Notes: This edible annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from four collections with notes indicating that they 
were either self-sown in gardens or deliberately 
cultivated. Based on this information it is difficult to 
justify any level of naturalised status for the species in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Lepidium heterophyllum Benth (downy 
peppercress) 
Specimens examined: Cressy (TNS), xii.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. 
(HO 29388!); Cressy Research Farm (TNS), J. Somerville s.n. (HO 
15715!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens collected from Cressy in the State's 
central north. One specimen's collecting information 
states that it was growing on the bank of an irrigation 
ditch but gives no indication of the population size 
or area covered by the species. The other has no 
information regarding its status at the collection site. 
Curtis and Morris (1975) described it as "occasional in 
waste places". In the absence of further collections, and 
the possibility that both collections are from the one 
highly anthropogenic location, there is little support to 
justify any degree of naturalised status for it in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Lunaria annua L. (honesty) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 15): Port Arthur 
(TSE), 1892, J. Bufton A (MEL2233709 [n.v.]); Fern Tree (TSE), 
13.L1983, D.l. Morris 8306 (HO!); Longford (TNM), 13.X.1994, A 
Muelleria 
35 

Page image

51339489 Lupinus angustifolius Muelleria 38: 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890501
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
FABACEAE 
Hedysarum coronarium L. (French 
honeysuckle) 
Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Hobart (cult.) 
(TSE), xii.1902, L Rodway 178 (HO!); Hobart (cult.)(TSE), i.1910, 
L. Rodway 184 (HO!); Botanical Gardens, Hobart (cult.)(TSE), 
24.xii.1946, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 10716!). 
Notes:This short-lived perennial is known inTasmania 
from several pre-1950 collections, all from cultivated 
specimens lacking informative notes. Curtis (1956) 
described its distribution and habitat as"introduced and 
persisting near centres of cultivation". From this scant 
information it is difficult to assign a naturalised status 
with any certainty. See Figure 5. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld 
Status: Not naturalised 
Laburnum anagyroides Medik. (golden chain 
tree) 
Specimens examined: Roadside, Neika (TSE), 12.ii.1997, 
A.M. Buchanan 14409 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (TNM), 
14.X.2005, M.L Baker 1689 (HO!). 
Notes: This small, deciduous ornamental tree is 
known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. The 
most recent was from a population of naturalised 
plants growing on the sides of a steep dolerite gorge at 
Launceston. The species is occasionally seen growing 
on roadsides in southeast Tasmania (e.g. Taroona; 
below Queens Domain, Hobart), suggesting it is more 
widely naturalised than herbarium records indicate (M. 
Wapstra, pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lathyrus nissolia L. (grass vetchling) 
Specimens examined: D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 
ii.1904, L Rodway 176 (HO!); Gordon (TSE), 9.X.1924,5.B. Barker 
s.n. (MEL2298792A [ n.v .]); Taroona Pathway off Oakleigh 
Avenue (TSE), 17.xi.2005, D. Harris s.n. (HO 539383!); Taroona, 
grass strip between Oakleigh Avenue and Cartwright Creek 
(TSE), 17.xi.2005, M.L. Baker 1652 (HO!). 
Notes: Despite being known only from a small 
number of discrete sites in southeast Tasmania, this 
annual herb has been present in Tasmania since at 
least 1904. The most recent collection was from a well- 
established population in an exotic grassland at Taroona 
in the south of the State. Curtis (1956) described its 
distribution and habitat as "rare, in grassy places". 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lotus angustissimus L. (narrowleaf trefoil) 
Specimens examined: Cressy House, Cressy (TNM), 
17.iv.1985, R.S. Smith s.n. (HO 94684!); 5 km S of Wilmot on 
Cradle Mountain Rd (TNS), 13.iii.1995, P.C. Jobson 3465 (NSW 
[n.v.]); Tonganah, site of former clay mine (BEL), 9.L2002, J. 
Findlay s.n. (HO 518972!); Swansea, Rockcliffe property (TSE), 
I. ii.2002, A.M. Buchanan 15918 (HO!); Murphys Flat, Granton 
(TSE), 25.iii.2010, M.L Baker2229 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in 
Tasmania from a small number of widespread records. 
It grows in range of situations, including croplands 
and wetlands. It is expected to be more common and 
widespread and has most likely been overlooked due 
to its close resemblance to other naturalised species of 
Lotus that occur in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lupinus angustifolius L. (narrowleaf lupin) 
Specimens examined: Eaglehawk Neck (TSE), 2411928, 
J. B. Cleland s.n. (AD 966080625 [n.v.]); Sorell (TSE), 24.xi.1976, 
D. Munro and N.Walker s.n. (NSW 456562!); Bass Highway near 
Deloraine (TNM), 20.ix.2007, M. Wapstra 226 (HO!); George 
Town/Bell Bay Road roundabout (FLI), 15.X.2008, M. Wapstra 
532 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known inTasmania from a 
small number of widespread collections. Curtis (1956) 
described its distribution and habitat as "cultivated in 
orchards as a green manure and found occasionally as 
an escape". However, no specimens were available to 
her at the time. More recently, it has been recorded as 
being prevalent on the verge of the Bass Highway (e.g. 
HO 547663) but is now absent there (M. Wapstra, pers. 
obs.). It appears to arise on road verges but not persist; 
for example, a single plant was collected near Epping 
Forest in 2004 (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It is cultivated 
in Tasmania as a grain legume for animal and human 
consumption (Knox etal. 2006). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Medicago arborea L. (tree medick) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Killiecrankie Bay, 
Flinders Island (FLI), 28.vi.1966, IS. Whinray 37 (MEL1021317 
44 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339559 Lysimachia minima Muelleria 38: 50
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890507
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
weed in gardens, and in cracks in walls and pots". It is 
not known if the populations at the collection sites 
have persisted. The species is occasionally grown as a 
pot or garden bed herb and used in salads. It readily 
self-sows but has not appeared to have spread beyond 
domestic gardens. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
PRIMULACEAE 
Lysimachia minima (L.) U.Mans & Anderb. 
(kause chaffweed) 
Specimens examined: Rubicon Sanctuary, Port Sorell (FLI), 
14.X.2009, P. Collier 5358 (HO!); Tinderbox, East Coast (TSE), 
17.X.2011 , D.E. Albrechts.n. (HO!). 
Notes: This diminutive annual herb is likely to be 
overlooked and much more widespread in Tasmania 
than indicated by current collections. Collections to 
date have been from a weedy habitat (Tinderbox) or as 
a single plant growing as a weed in a gravel drive. The 
species is widely naturalised on mainland Australia. A 
doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending 
further information on its distribution. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
PROTEACEAE 
Hakea laurina R.Br. (pincushion hakea) 
Specimens examined: University of Tasmania gardens, 
Hobart (cult.), 12.iii.2002, R. Dillon s.n. and GJordan (HO 
528995!); Coningham, 7.V.2005, J. Taylor s.n. (HO 541827!); 
Coningham, 21 .x.2008, R.G. Tyson 906 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: Apart from one collection from cultivation, 
this ornamental shrub is known in Tasmania from two 
specimens from the same site, collected approximately 
three years apart. Here, the species had most likely 
spread from nearby gardens (where it was noted 
as being present) into coastal heathy woodland, 
and occurred as a population of mature and young 
plants. The population was removed in 2008. The 
species is a popular garden plant in Tasmania and 
further naturalised populations are expected to occur. 
However, there is no evidence to suggest it is more 
widely naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and 
naturalised), SA 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Lomatia fraseri R.Br. (tree lomatia) 
Specimens examined: PipelineTrack,ForkCreekCatchment, 
Fern Tree, 12.iii.2002, D. Ziegler 237 (HO!); Pipeline Track, Fern 
Tree, near Browns Road, 25.vi.2009, PA. Tyson 966 (HO!); Fern 
Tree, 30.vi.2009, M.L. Baker 2098 (HO!); Mount Wellington, 
Pipeline Track 30.xi.2010,M Wapstra 1181 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This shrub or small tree is known in Tasmania 
from several specimens from a single localised 
population comprised of several individuals and 
patches of plants growing in wet sclerophyll forest on 
the foothills of Mt Wellington in the State's southeast. 
There has been a concerted effort at removal by a local 
landcare group, but some individuals, presumably 
escaped from garden plantings, are still present. The 
species is native on mainland Australia, where it is a 
widespread and sometimes locally common species in 
wet mountain forests. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (native), Vic. 
(native) 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
RANUNCULACEAE 
Adonis microcarpa DC. (pheasant's eye) 
Specimen examined: Flinders Island, Wybalenna area (FLI), 
1 2.V.1 999, S. Welsh s.n. (HO 444814!). 
Notes: This erect annual herb has only been collected 
once in Tasmania, from a dry, sheep grazing paddock on 
Flinders Island. According to notes accompanying the 
specimen, the population consisted of approximately 
nine plants over an area of 30 m 2 . A doubtfully 
naturalised status is assigned here pending further 
information on its distribution. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Aquilegia vulgaris L. (common columbine) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Poison Hill, 9 km 
E of Woodsdale (TSE), 6.X.1984, A. Moscal 8517 (HO!); Poimena 
"township", Blue Tier (BEL), 28.xii.2006, M. Wapstra 86 (HO!); 
Pipers River, downstream of Lilydale Road crossing (FLI), 
18.xii.2007, M. Wapstra 409 (HO!); North West Bay River (TSE), 
7.xi.2000, AC. Rozefelds 1895 (HO!); River Road, N of Deloraine 
(TNS), 21 .xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1390 (HO!). 
Notes: This commonly cultivated perennial herb 
is known in Tasmania from several widely spread 
populations. Most have been recorded from roadside 
verges or riparian zones, often in close proximity to 
50 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339531 Madeira cranesbill Muelleria 38: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890504
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
woodland. It has been recorded as a cultivated plant 
at the Gardens and at several other locations in and 
around Hobart. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Trifolium uniflorum L. (oneflower clover) 
Specimen examined: Currie Airport, King Island (KIN), 
17.xi.1976, M. Allen s.n. (HO 28028!). 
Notes: This mat-forming perennial is known in 
Tasmania from a single collection from roadside 
gravel on King Island. The lack of collecting details and 
additional records since its collection more than 40 years 
ago suggest that it never became naturalised. Further 
searching in the vicinity of the collection is warranted. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
FUMARIACEAE 
Fumaria officinalis L. subsp. officinalis 
(common fumitory) 
Specimens examined: Georges Bay (FLI), vii.1875, A. Simson 
38 (HO!); Conara (TNM), 20.X.1925, £ Gibson s.n. (MEL2210067 
[n.v.D; Hagley (TNM), 24.xi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 96420!); 
Ulverstone (TNS), IO.i.1956, B.R. Paterson s.n. (NE 22397 [n.v.]); 
Sassafras, near Latrobe (TNS), 28.xii.1980, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. 
(HO 36985!). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb has been recorded 
as an occasional weed of crops in the north of the State 
but may be overlooked and mistaken for the widespread 
and common Fumaria muralis Sond. ex W.DJ.Koch 
subsp. muralis. A very early record (1875) from Georges 
Bay, St Helens, suggests that it was an early introduction. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Pseudofumaria alba (Mill.) Liden subsp. alba 
(white fumitory) 
Specimens examined: Old Customs House, lower Murray 
Street. Near Parliament House, Hobart, 15.xi.1961, W.M. 
Blacklow s.n. (HO 6545!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.), 4.xii.1986, 
D.l. Morris 86141 (HO!); Fern Tree, Hobart, 19.ix.1989, D.l. Morris 
86402 (HO!); 9 Lapoinya Road, Fern Tree (all TSE), 28.xi.1994, D.l. 
Morris 86456 (HO!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania only from the Hobart area, with an 
early (1961) collection from a crack in a wall of a domestic 
garden where it was noted as acting as a nuisance. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
GERANIACEAE 
Erodium malacoides (L.) L'Her. (oval 
heronsbill) 
Specimens examined: Cataract Gorge, Launceston, 
1.xi.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 529453!); Cataract Gorge, 
Launceston (all TNM), 30.X.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 29605! & 
HO 6668!). 
Notes: Specimens of this annual herb have been 
collected in Tasmania on two separate occasions from 
Cataract Gorge, Launceston. Curtis (1956) described 
its distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste 
places". No notes detailing the status accompany the 
specimens and without subsequent collections in more 
than 70 years it is doubtful that the species has become 
naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Geranium yeoi Aedo & Munoz Garm. 
(Madeira cranesbill) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Hobart Rivulet, 250 
m downstream from Wynyard Street (TSE), 1 .xi.2002, A.M. Gray 
1236 (HO!); 17 Keen Court, Kingston (TSE), 18.xi.2002, D.l. Morris 
86773 (HO!); Christmas Hills, Bass Highway (TNS), 2.xi.2004, 
M. Baker 938 and M.F.Duretto (HO!); Hobart, Romilly Street, 
just before bridge (TSE), 27.X.2009, M. Wapstra 984 (HO!); S of 
Boronia Beach (TSE), 7.xi.2009, M. Wapstra 1000 (HO!). 
Notes: This erect biennial herb is locally abundant 
at several sites in the greater Hobart area. It is mainly 
associated with disturbed habitats such as roadside 
verges and banks of rivulets in urban areas. Weedy 
populations are presumed to be garden escapes or have 
arisen from dumped garden waste. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
LAMIACEAE 
Mentha spicata L. (spearmint) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Sandy Bay (TSE), 
i.1908, L Rodway s.n. (HO 7312!); South Arm (TSE), 20.L1912, 
R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2299781 [n.v.]); Mersey River at Croesus Cave 
State Reserve (TCH), 13.V.1983, A. Moscal 2380, (HO!); Black 
Bobs (TSR), 2.H.1981, AE Orchard 5341, (HO!); New Town Rivulet 
(TSE), 10.ii.2008, M. Wapstra 454, (HO!). 
Muelleria 
47 

Page image

51339345 Madeira vine Muelleria 38: 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890489
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
overlooked for the typical form, which is common and 
widely naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Matricaria chamomilla L. (chamomile) 
Specimens examined: Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 
3.xi.1993, H. Blackburn s.n. (HO 517199!); Scotts Road, Risdon 
Vale (TSE), 29.xi.1993, D.I. Morris s.n. (HO 409495!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb is 
known in Tasmania from two specimens that are likely to 
have been collected from the same site.The collections 
are devoid of useful notes that give any indication of 
the status at the time of collection other than being 
thought to have arisen from bird seed. It is not known if 
the plants have persisted at this site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Onopordum acaulon L. (stemless thistle) 
Specimen examined: 'Charlton Park', near Melton Mowbray, 
North of Mt Mercer trig point (TSE), 6.xii.2002, G. Raphael s.n. 
(HO 520128!). 
Notes: This low-growing, rosette-forming thistle is 
known in Tasmania from a highly localised population 
of fewer than 20 plants that grew where imported cattle 
feed was spread.The population was made the target of 
eradication and is considered to have been eradicated 
(K. Stewart pers. comm.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Pilosella officinarum Vaill. subsp. officinarum 
[syn. Hieracium pilosella L.] (mouse-ear 
hawkweed) 
Specimens examined: 'St Peters Pass', N of Oatlands (TSE), 
6.L2001, A Woolley s.n. (HO 510506!); 'St Peters Pass' property, 
[near Oatlands] (TSE), 31 .i.2001, AM. Buchanan 15829 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from a single population growing on a rural fence line 
between a roadside reserve and pasture. Shortly after 
its discovery, the infestation site was excavated and 
deep buried and eradication was achieved (Rudman & 
Goninon 2002, as H. pilosella). Before it was eradicated, 
it was the dominant component of the vegetation over 
an area of approximately 2,500 m 2 . Monitoring of the 
site until 2006 did not find any further plants (K. Stewart 
pers. comm.). Pilosella officinarum is an invasive weed in 
cool climate areas of North America and New Zealand. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: ACT, NSW (recent 
incursion (P.Turner pers. comm.)) 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Senecio angulatus L.f. (scrambling 
groundsel) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Moonah (TSE), 
24.iv.1982, D. Secomb s.n. (HO 569321!); Kaoota Road, Allens 
Rivulet (TSR), 11 .iii.2001, L.H. Cave s.n. (HO 511532!); Strahan, 
Regatta Point (TWE), 14.ix.2004, M.L. Baker543 (HO!); Whitemark, 
old tip site (FLI), 14.L2007, AM. Buchanan 16638 (HO!); Tasman 
Island, garden of Quarters 3 (TSE), 29.ix.2007 P.A. Tyson 580 
(HO!); South Arm, Blessington Street (TSE), 24.viii.2010, P. Norris 
s.n. (HO 563422!). 
Notes: This vigorous scrambling shrub, occasionally 
grown as an ornamental, is widespread and localised 
throughout the state but is most often encountered 
on the east and southeast coasts. It has been recorded 
smothering native vegetation in a variety of habitats 
including tip sites, roadsides, gullies, sand dunes and 
remnant coastal vegetation; in some cases it dominates 
large areas of c. 1,000 m 2 . It is more widespread than 
indicated by formal collections, with Wapstra et al. 
(2008) reporting populations at Eddystone Point on the 
northeast coast and in the upper Derwent Valley. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Taraxacum kok-saghyz L.E.Rodin (Russian 
dandelion) 
Specimens examined: Cressy Experimental Farm (cult.) 
(TNM), 27.x.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 53346! & HO 15165!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known from two 
collections that appear to be duplicates. Curtis (1963) 
stated that it was "cultivated at Cressy during the war 
of 1939-1945 as a source of latex, a possible substitute 
for rubber; probably persisting locally". It has not been 
recorded since. See Figure 2. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
BASELLACEAE 
Anredera cor difolia (Ten.) Steenis (Madeira 
vine) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Launceston (TNM), 
3.V.1965, [collector unknown] (HO 506475!); Clark Island, near 
original homestead (FLI), ix.1980, 5. Harris 113 (HOI); South 
32 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339538 Malva pseudolavatera Muelleria 38: 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890505
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Notes: This cultivated perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from several disjunct locations. Curtis (1967) 
described its distribution and habitat as "naturalised in 
damp places", noting that "this species is the one [mint 
species] most commonly cultivated as a pot-herb". While 
it is a widespread species that has been present since at 
least 1908, it is usually only localised and grows mainly 
in riparian situations close to residential areas. Several 
populations have also been recorded in essentially 
undisturbed areas (e.g. Mersey River, Black Bobs). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
LENTIBULARIACEAE 
Utricularia gibba L. (floating bladderwort) 
Specimens examined: Wingara Road, Howden (TSE), 
6.L2012, ME de Salas 109, (HO!); Nabowla,'Dunbarton', Bridport 
Back Road (BEL), v.2015, L Riggalls.n. (HO 585568!). 
Notes: This carnivorous herb is known in Tasmania 
from two disjunct locations. One collection, from 
Howden in the south of the State, was from an artificial 
garden pond. It was not intentionally cultivated 
there and it is thought to have been introduced as a 
contaminant, brought in with other ornamental plants 
in the pond. The Nabowla population was recorded 
growing in a dam/ornamental pond in a rural area of 
the State. The species is under-collected in Tasmania 
and has been observed in ponds and water features 
throughout the State (M. de Salas pers. comm.). It is 
considered native throughout mainland Australia but 
has never been recorded growing in natural habitats in 
Tasmania where it is not considered to be native. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and 
naturalised), NT (native), SA, Qld (native), NSW (native), 
Vic. (native and naturalised) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
MALVACEAE 
Hibiscus trionum L. (bladder ketmia) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Hobart, Royal 
Society Gardens (TSE), iv.1875, W.W. Spicers.n. (H012950!); West 
Tamar (TNS), iii.1974, T.T. Hague s.n. (HO 30940!); 29 Brinsmead 
Road, Mt Nelson (TSE), 26.L2006, AM Buchanan 16399 (HO!); 
Sandfly, 202 Pelverata Road (TSR), 15.iv.2001, J. Town row s.n. 
(HO 512128!); Norwood, 39 Norwood Avenue (TNM), iv.2008, R. 
Hilders.n. (HO 547376!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
several widely-spread locations. Curtis and Morris (1975) 
described its distribution and habitat as "occasional 
as a weed of cultivation". All collections appear to be 
from gardens, either deliberately cultivated or arising 
as a contaminant of vegetable seeds. However, most 
collections are not accompanied by notes indicating the 
status.The species does not appear to have escaped the 
confines of gardens. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld (native 
and naturalised), NSW (native and naturalised), Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Malva pseudolavatera Webb & Berthel. 
(Cretan mallow) 
Specimens examined: Currie, near Department of 
Agriculture, King Island, 29.X.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 36209!); 
Old Currie tip site, Charles Street, King Island, ix.2009, M Batey 
s.n. (HO 556712!); Stanley, Stanley Highway, E side of road, c. 
4.4 km from Bass Highway junction, 24.ix.2010, ML Baker 2336 
(HO!); Stanley, Stanley Highway, 25.X.2010, K. Fenner s.n. (HO 
560413!); King Island, from airport, towards Currie and also 
north (all KIN) 9.xi.2010, A Fergusson s.n. (HO 561569!). 
Notes: This large biennial herb is known to occur in 
the northwest of the State (including King Island) where 
it is primarily a coloniser of roadside verges and is now 
well-established, often locally abundant, and appears to 
be becoming more widespread. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA 
Status: Naturalised 
MIMOSACEAE 
Acacia baileyana F. Muell. (Cootamundra 
wattle) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 8): Southern Outlet 
(A6 N bound) 3 km S of Proctors Saddle (TSE), 19.viii.2002, AM 
Gray 1211 (HO!); Between Acton Road and Single Hill (TSE), 
12.ii.2009, M Wapstra 658 (HO!); Snug Falls Road (O'Briens Road 
junction) (TSE), 26.ix.2009, M Wapstra 945 (HO!); Cethana Road. 
[Claude Road, Gowrie Park, c. 5 km E of Cethana.] (cult.?) (TNS), 
22.xi.2012, S. Pinzon-Navarros.n. (CANB 863868.1 [n.v.]). 
Notes: This commonly cultivated ornamental shrub 
is known in Tasmania from several collections mostly 
from the southeast of the State. It is most commonly 
found naturalised along roadside verges, spreading 
from nearby ornamental and amenity plantings. Some 
sites, such as along the Southern Outlet, Hobart, 
48 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339307 Matricaria chamomilla Muelleria 38: 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890489
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
overlooked for the typical form, which is common and 
widely naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Matricaria chamomilla L. (chamomile) 
Specimens examined: Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 
3.xi.1993, H. Blackburn s.n. (HO 517199!); Scotts Road, Risdon 
Vale (TSE), 29.xi.1993, D.I. Morris s.n. (HO 409495!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb is 
known in Tasmania from two specimens that are likely to 
have been collected from the same site.The collections 
are devoid of useful notes that give any indication of 
the status at the time of collection other than being 
thought to have arisen from bird seed. It is not known if 
the plants have persisted at this site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Onopordum acaulon L. (stemless thistle) 
Specimen examined: 'Charlton Park', near Melton Mowbray, 
North of Mt Mercer trig point (TSE), 6.xii.2002, G. Raphael s.n. 
(HO 520128!). 
Notes: This low-growing, rosette-forming thistle is 
known in Tasmania from a highly localised population 
of fewer than 20 plants that grew where imported cattle 
feed was spread.The population was made the target of 
eradication and is considered to have been eradicated 
(K. Stewart pers. comm.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Pilosella officinarum Vaill. subsp. officinarum 
[syn. Hieracium pilosella L.] (mouse-ear 
hawkweed) 
Specimens examined: 'St Peters Pass', N of Oatlands (TSE), 
6.L2001, A Woolley s.n. (HO 510506!); 'St Peters Pass' property, 
[near Oatlands] (TSE), 31 .i.2001, AM. Buchanan 15829 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from a single population growing on a rural fence line 
between a roadside reserve and pasture. Shortly after 
its discovery, the infestation site was excavated and 
deep buried and eradication was achieved (Rudman & 
Goninon 2002, as H. pilosella). Before it was eradicated, 
it was the dominant component of the vegetation over 
an area of approximately 2,500 m 2 . Monitoring of the 
site until 2006 did not find any further plants (K. Stewart 
pers. comm.). Pilosella officinarum is an invasive weed in 
cool climate areas of North America and New Zealand. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: ACT, NSW (recent 
incursion (P.Turner pers. comm.)) 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Senecio angulatus L.f. (scrambling 
groundsel) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Moonah (TSE), 
24.iv.1982, D. Secomb s.n. (HO 569321!); Kaoota Road, Allens 
Rivulet (TSR), 11 .iii.2001, L.H. Cave s.n. (HO 511532!); Strahan, 
Regatta Point (TWE), 14.ix.2004, M.L. Baker543 (HO!); Whitemark, 
old tip site (FLI), 14.L2007, AM. Buchanan 16638 (HO!); Tasman 
Island, garden of Quarters 3 (TSE), 29.ix.2007 P.A. Tyson 580 
(HO!); South Arm, Blessington Street (TSE), 24.viii.2010, P. Norris 
s.n. (HO 563422!). 
Notes: This vigorous scrambling shrub, occasionally 
grown as an ornamental, is widespread and localised 
throughout the state but is most often encountered 
on the east and southeast coasts. It has been recorded 
smothering native vegetation in a variety of habitats 
including tip sites, roadsides, gullies, sand dunes and 
remnant coastal vegetation; in some cases it dominates 
large areas of c. 1,000 m 2 . It is more widespread than 
indicated by formal collections, with Wapstra et al. 
(2008) reporting populations at Eddystone Point on the 
northeast coast and in the upper Derwent Valley. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Taraxacum kok-saghyz L.E.Rodin (Russian 
dandelion) 
Specimens examined: Cressy Experimental Farm (cult.) 
(TNM), 27.x.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 53346! & HO 15165!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known from two 
collections that appear to be duplicates. Curtis (1963) 
stated that it was "cultivated at Cressy during the war 
of 1939-1945 as a source of latex, a possible substitute 
for rubber; probably persisting locally". It has not been 
recorded since. See Figure 2. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
BASELLACEAE 
Anredera cor difolia (Ten.) Steenis (Madeira 
vine) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Launceston (TNM), 
3.V.1965, [collector unknown] (HO 506475!); Clark Island, near 
original homestead (FLI), ix.1980, 5. Harris 113 (HOI); South 
32 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339582 meadow buttercup Muelleria 38: 51
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890508
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339492 Medicago arborea Muelleria 38: 44,46

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 44,46".

51339514 Medicago falcata Muelleria 38: 46
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890503
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
[n.v.]); Currie, King Island (KIN), 31.V.1984, K. Harris s.n. (HO 
84377!); Lighthouse Street, King Island (KIN), 19.X.2008, M. Batey 
s.n. (HO 551270!); Currie, lighthouse street park (KIN), 24.ii.2009, 
M.L Baker 2018 (HO!); Tranmere foreshore (TSE), 24.X.2010, M. 
Wapstra 1148 (HO!). 
Notes: This small ornamental shrub has a disjunct 
distribution in Tasmania. It is restricted to coastal areas 
on Flinders Island and King Island, and at Tranmere on 
the shore of the River Derwent. All populations grow in 
the vicinity of gardens and can be found spreading into 
adjacent pasture, bushland and grasslands. The King 
Island populations are particularly well-established, 
albeit localised, with mature plants and seedlings 
present. This species is established in Tasmania but the 
small scale and number of sites suggest it should be 
considered only sparingly naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld (doubtfully 
naturalised) 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Medicago sativa L. subsp. x varia (Martyn) 
Arcang. ( =Medicago falcata auct. non L. 
sensu Curtis (1956)) 
Specimens examined: Bridgewater (TSE), 5.V.1945, W.M. 
Curtis s.n. (HO 42279!); Macquarie Plains (TSE), 16.ii.1969, B. 
Davidson s.n. (HO 536018!); Bridgewater, old railway yard at NW 
end of Bridgewater Bridge (TSE) 3.iv.2017, M.L. Baker3253 (HO!). 
Notes: This hybrid perennial herb ( M. sativa x M. 
falcata) is known in Tasmania from three collections. 
Recent reappraisal of two of these (previously identified 
as M. falcata) and of newly collected material shows that 
the plants are consistent with taxonomic delimitations 
of the hybrid taxon M. sativa subsp. x varia as proposed 
by Small (2011). No notes accompany the two earlier 
collections, but the most recent collection from a 
localised population at Bridgewater possibly represents 
the same site as one of the early records. Plants from 
this population exhibited a range of corolla colours, 
including white, yellow and pale to deep purple, while 
the plants were mostly prostrate to semi-prostrate in 
habit and had pods with 1.5 to 2 coils. Curtis (1956) 
stated that it is "found occasionally with M. sativa". 
Medicago sativa is common and widely naturalised in 
Tasmania. Whilst there is no evidence to suggest that 
M. falcata is naturalised in Tasmania, the hybrid taxon is 
locally naturalised at one location. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Onobrychis viciifolia Scop, (sainfoin) 
Specimen examined: A little S of Melton Mowbray (TSE), 
9.xi.1942, H.D. Gordon s.n. (HO 42235! & HO 11245!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen, collected more than 70 years 
ago, growing between a road and railway track in 
the Tasmanian Midlands agricultural area. No notes 
accompany the specimen to indicate its status at the 
collection site. Curtis (1956) described its habitat as 
"occasional near areas of cultivation". This statement 
is presumably based on this single record. The species 
may have been intentionally introduced as it is used as 
a fodder plant. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Ornithopus sativus Brot. (French serradella) 
Specimens examined: Waterhouse Road beyond Bridport 
(FLI), 24.X.1979, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 38953!); Mt Pleasant 
[Laboratories](TSE), 14.xii.1965, G.M. Bendall s.n. (HO 535746!); 
Low Head, area between Five Mile Bluff and Beechford (FLI), 
29.xi.2011,7. Davies s.n. (HO 565095!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
two specimens from the northeast coast collected 
several decades apart, suggesting that it has possibly 
persisted in the region.The most recent collection is from 
agricultural land where it was locally common in a 500 
x 200 m area. The 1979 collection was from a site where 
it had persisted from a pasture trial. It is occasionally 
used as a pasture species for its high nutritive value and 
ability to regenerate from seed. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Securigera varia (L.) Lassen (crown vetch) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 17): Near Botanical 
Gardens, [Hobart] (cult.), xi.1906, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 
12313!); Railway Station, Botanic Gardens, [Hobart], i.1949, 
LAS. Johnson s.n. (NSW 642784 [ n.v ;]); Lutana, Hobart (cult.), 
2.i.1985, J.B. Davies s.n. (HO 89327!); Domain Highway, adjacent 
to Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens, Hobart, 17.xii.2008, M. 
Wapstra 631 (HO!); Hobart. Queens Domain - strip of remnant 
bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain Road (all 
TSE), 14.X.2015, M.L Baker 3007and A. Muyt (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb has a localised distribution 
in Tasmania centred around the Royal Tasmanian 
Botanical Gardens, Hobart, where it is locally naturalised 
on railway and roadside verges, and in remnant 
46 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339513 Medicago sativa ×varia Muelleria 38: 46
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890503
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339532 Mentha spicata Muelleria 38: 47-48

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 47-48".

51339268 Mesembryanthemum cordifolium Muelleria 38: 30
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890520
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339558 miner's lettuce Muelleria 38: 49
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890506
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
appear to have been deliberately planted, along with 
several additional non-native Acacia species. The first 
herbarium record in 2002 belies a much longer period of 
naturalisation, which probably began in earnest in the 
1980s (based on the maturity of some stands). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW 
(native and naturalised), ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
ONAGRACEAE 
Epilobium nummulariifolium A.Cunn. 
(creeping willowherb) 
Specimens examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart, c. 
i.1999, [collector unknown] (HO 323677!); 3 Curtis Ave, South 
Hobart, 13.xi.2002, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 520616!); Woodbank 
Nursery, 25.ii.2005, ML Baker 1556 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This mat-forming perennial herb is known 
in Tasmania from a few locations in the southeast of 
the State. There exists insufficient evidence for it to be 
classified as naturalised, with the species only being 
recorded from a domestic garden on the outskirts of 
Hobart, where it is restricted to the garden and the 
immediate surrounds, and from two nurseries: Royal 
Tasmanian Botanic Gardens, as a weed of a propagating 
area, and at Woodbank Nursery, where it was a weed in 
a pot plant and in a garden bed. At present, this species 
is doubtfully naturalised but it has high potential to 
become more widespread and naturalised throughout 
the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Oenothera biennis L. (evening-primrose) 
Specimens examined: Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 
12.L2001, D.l. Morris 86729 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 
28.ii.2001, A.M. Buchanan 15856 (HO!); Bass Highway, 2 km E 
of Irishtown Road junction (KIN) 2.xi.2004, M. Baker 936 and 
M.F.Duretto (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N 
of Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1386 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental biennial herb was first 
collected in Tasmania as a weed of a lily crop. There is 
increasing evidence that it is becoming naturalised in 
various regions, mainly around highly disturbed sites 
such as crops, rubbish tips and roadside verges. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
PLUMBAGINACEAE 
Limonium sinuatum (L.) Mill, (wavyleaf sea- 
lavender) 
Specimens examined: Whitemark (FLI), IO.i.2007, A.M. 
Buchanan 16568 (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, 200 m 
N of Jetsons Road junction (FLI), 1112005, ML Baker 1394 (HO!); 
Glenora Road, Glenora [Bushy Park] (TSE), 2512013, M Wapstra 
1516 (HO!); Anglican Cemetery, Sorell (end of Henry Street) 
(TSE), 51.2013, M Wapstra 1537 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from several widespread collections, mainly 
from highly disturbed sites such as tips and roadside 
verges. It appears to have arisen from dumped garden 
waste or as an escape from ornamental plantings 
(including cemeteries). It is popular in the florist trade 
due to the "everlasting" nature of the cut flowers. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
POLEMONIACEAE 
Collomia grandiflora Douglas ex Lindl. 
(grand collomia) 
Specimen examined: King Island (KIN), vi.1957, L. Smith s.n. 
(HO 19628! & HO 317247!). 
Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and 
habitat of this annual herb as "occasional as a weed of 
cultivated land". No evidence supports this statement 
as the species is known in Tasmania from a single 
collection from a crop of potatoes on King Island sixty 
years ago—it has not been recorded since. Based on this 
evidence, the species cannot be considered naturalised 
to any degree in the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
PORTULACACEAE 
Claytoniaperfoliata Donn ex Willd. (miner's 
lettuce) 
Specimens examined: Fern Tree, East Coast, Domestic 
garden [cult.], 411983, D.l. Morris 8302 (HO!); Fern Tree, 611986, 
D.l. Morris 862 (HO!); Woolton Court, Sandy Bay [Hobart suburb] 
(all TSE), 23.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2105 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a 
few collections from domestic gardens. One collection 
notes that it is "not invasive but behaving as a nuisance 
Muelleria 

Page image

51339464 miniature pine tree Muelleria 38: 42
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890499
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Crassula tetragona L. subsp. robusta 
(Toelken) (Toelken miniature pine tree) 
Specimen examined: Mt Nelson, edge of University Reserve 
(TSE), 20.L2008, A/M. Buchanan 16846 (HO!). 
Notes: This succulent ornamental is known in 
Tasmania from a single collection from a single 
persistent population that has presumably escaped 
from a nearby garden where it has been deliberately 
planted. It is commonly planted in gardens and 
occurs on several roadside banks and verges, where 
it has persisted and slowly spread. It has been seen 
at numerous other sites (e.g. Bruny Island, Granton 
and St Helens). At present, it is considered sparingly 
naturalised due to the paucity of formal collections, 
but this is likely to change as its distribution is better 
understood. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CUCURBITACEAE 
Ecballium elaterium (L.) A.Rich, (squirting 
cucumber) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): At football pitch 
crossroads, on W side of soccer field. Queens Domain (TSE), 
17.iv.1984, D.l. Morris 8419 (HO!); Between Tasman Bridge and 
Government House, Hobart (TSE), 10.viii.1999, A/M. Buchanan 
15466 (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway and Intercity 
Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 6.ii.2014, M.L. 
Baker 2856 and N.Gill (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway 
and Intercity Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 
23.iii.2017, M.L Baker 3249 (HO!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is locally 
established at The Queens Domain area in Hobart. It has 
been long-persistent at one site between the Tasman 
Bridge and the Cenotaph on a grassy highway verge, 
with only a single plant seen in 2017 after successful 
control measures reduced the number of plants in 
preceding years. The species has not been recorded at 
the upper Domain site since its initial collection and is 
now presumed to be absent there. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CUSCUTACEAE 
Cuscuta suaveolens Ser. (fringed dodder) 
Specimen examined: Paddock 6, Forthside Vegetable 
Research Station (TNS), 23.iv.1999, Botanical Resources Australia 
s.n. (HO 444804!). 
Notes: This parasitic herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single collection that was growing with weeds in a red 
clover research plot in the northwest of the State. It was 
eradicated and has not been recorded since (DPIPWE 
2014). See Figure 4. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Previously naturalised 
ERICACEAE 
Arbutus unedo L. (strawberry tree) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): "Lowana", King 
River Flats, SE of Strahan (TWE), 20.ii.1978, R.C. Halton s.n. (HO 
540325!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 11 .iv.1988, D.l. Morris 
86323 (HO!); Legana, E side of Jetty Road (TNM), 14.vi.2007, G. 
Stewart s.n. (HO 545714!); Legana, Jetty Road (TNM), 29.xi.2011, 
M.L Baker 2614 (HO!); Rosebery, junction Lyell Highway and 
Hollywood Street (TWE), 24.V.2013, M. Wapstra 1640 (HO!); Reid 
Street Reserve, Ulverstone (TNS), v.2014, S. Stallbaum s.n. (HO 
579892!). 
Notes: This ornamental tree is commonly cultivated in 
Tasmania but it is becoming naturalised.The population 
at Legana is comprised of several plants, naturalised in 
Melaleuca ericifolia-Phragmites australis wetland, and is 
thought to have spread from a mature tree in a nearby 
garden. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
EUPHORBIACEAE 
Euphorbia stricta L. (upright spurge) 
Specimen examined: Bridport, Brid River walking track (FLI), 
13.xi.2011,/M.L Baker2621 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single, localised population of mature plants and 
seedlings covering an area of 10 x 10 m on a disturbed 
river bank in Bridport on the State's north coast. The 
plants grow with various exotic herbs and grasses. The 
population was present when re-visited in November 
2017 (M.L. Baker pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
42 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339772 Molineriella minuta Muelleria 38: 62, 64
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890519
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
International Airport (TSE), 1.iv.2008, A. Crane s.n. (HO 547462!); 
Hobart, Flagstaff Gully link road, near North Warrane Sports 
Ground (TSE), 14.iii.2015,ML Baker 3001 (HO!). 
Notes: This tussock-forming perennial grass is known 
in Tasmania from numerous locations in the State where 
it is a widespread and common weed of roadsides. It was 
first recorded from a pasture trial conducted in 1922, 
although it is unknown if it was ever actively promoted 
as a pasture species. At the time of publication of Curtis 
and Morris (1994), it was only known to be naturalised 
at Franklin, on grassy areas adjacent to the Huon River. 
Recent targeted surveys have revealed large increases in 
its range in the State and it is now regarded as common 
and widespread (NBES 2016). It is predicted to continue to 
increase its range even though it has been, and continues 
to be, actively targeted for eradication. See Figure 8. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Eragrostis tenuifolia (A.Rich.) Hochst ex 
Steud. (elastic grass) 
Specimens examined: 30 m west of Llanherne turnoff, 
Cambridge, D. Reece s.n. (HO 128440!); Just before Seven Mile 
Beach turnoff on Cambridge Road, 14.iv.1972, D. Reece s.n. 
(HO 128439!); Tasman Highway, immediately west of Orford, 
25.iii.201 6 , J. Quarmby s.n. (HO 585623!); Orford, between 
highway and Prosser River, c. 300 m W of Charles Street 
intersection, 7.iii.201 8 , Ml. Baker 3462 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from 
two disjunct roadside populations in the southeast of 
the State. The location of the most recent collection 
(Orford) was surveyed in March 2018 and several plants 
were found along a short section of roadside verge with 
other more common naturalised grasses, indicating that 
the taxon is locally established. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld, NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Glyceria plicata (Fri.) Fri. (plicate sweetgrass) 
Specimen examined: Don Heads, Devonport (FLI), 
20.xi.1986, D.l. Morris 86123 (HO!). 
Notes: This rhizomatous perennial grass is known 
in Tasmania from a single specimen from a farm dam 
overflow in the north of the State. Its similarity to 
the more widespread G. declinata Breb. may mean 
that it has been overlooked. On the basis of the 
single collection, it is difficult to assign a naturalised 
status but its perennial nature suggests it could have 
persisted at the site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (as Glyceria notata 
Chevall.) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Holcus mollis L. (creeping fog) 
Specimens examined: Tewkesbury Potato Research Farm 
(TNS), vi.1974, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 103698!); Barcoo Road, S of 
Montagu (KIN), 25.ii.2009, A.M. Buchanan 17092 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from 
two collections from the northwest of the State. The 
most recent record was from a weedy roadside. There 
are no accompanying notes to indicate its extent at 
either location. The species may have been overlooked 
in Tasmania due to its similarity with the widespread 
and common Holcus lanatus L. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Hordeum hystrix Roth (velvet sea 
barleygrass) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 12): West Lagoon, 
Little Hampton (TNM), 2.ii.1952, H.N. Barber s.n. (HO 27918!); 
Big Green Island (FLI), 11.xii.1975, J.S. Whinray 598 (AD [ n.v .]); 
Cambridge Sports Ground (TSE), 21.xi.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 
35213!); Nant Lane, N Bothwell (between Fordell Creek and 
River Clyde) (TSE), 24.L2014, M. Wapstra 1807 (HO!). 
Notes: This erect annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from three widely separated populations. It appears 
to be well-established on the islands of the Furneaux 
Group and at several localities in the dry agricultural 
region of the Midlands. Curtis and Morris (1994) stated 
that it is "occasional in pastures in the Midlands". The 
most recent collection was from grassland in a drainage 
depression where it formed dense patches. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT (doubtfully 
naturalised), SA, Qld, NSW, ACT (formerly naturalised), Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Molineriella minuta (L.) Rouy (small 
hairgrass) 
Specimen examined: Hoggs Ford Road, Campbell Town 
(TNM), 6.x.1 995, J.A. Smith s.n. (HO 316988!). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single collection from a freshwater wetland in 
the State's Midlands region. Collection notes do not give 
any indication of its status at the site. Based on this scant 
62 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339333 mouse-ear hawkweed Muelleria 38: 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890489
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
overlooked for the typical form, which is common and 
widely naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Matricaria chamomilla L. (chamomile) 
Specimens examined: Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 
3.xi.1993, H. Blackburn s.n. (HO 517199!); Scotts Road, Risdon 
Vale (TSE), 29.xi.1993, D.I. Morris s.n. (HO 409495!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb is 
known in Tasmania from two specimens that are likely to 
have been collected from the same site.The collections 
are devoid of useful notes that give any indication of 
the status at the time of collection other than being 
thought to have arisen from bird seed. It is not known if 
the plants have persisted at this site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Onopordum acaulon L. (stemless thistle) 
Specimen examined: 'Charlton Park', near Melton Mowbray, 
North of Mt Mercer trig point (TSE), 6.xii.2002, G. Raphael s.n. 
(HO 520128!). 
Notes: This low-growing, rosette-forming thistle is 
known in Tasmania from a highly localised population 
of fewer than 20 plants that grew where imported cattle 
feed was spread.The population was made the target of 
eradication and is considered to have been eradicated 
(K. Stewart pers. comm.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Pilosella officinarum Vaill. subsp. officinarum 
[syn. Hieracium pilosella L.] (mouse-ear 
hawkweed) 
Specimens examined: 'St Peters Pass', N of Oatlands (TSE), 
6.L2001, A Woolley s.n. (HO 510506!); 'St Peters Pass' property, 
[near Oatlands] (TSE), 31 .i.2001, AM. Buchanan 15829 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from a single population growing on a rural fence line 
between a roadside reserve and pasture. Shortly after 
its discovery, the infestation site was excavated and 
deep buried and eradication was achieved (Rudman & 
Goninon 2002, as H. pilosella). Before it was eradicated, 
it was the dominant component of the vegetation over 
an area of approximately 2,500 m 2 . Monitoring of the 
site until 2006 did not find any further plants (K. Stewart 
pers. comm.). Pilosella officinarum is an invasive weed in 
cool climate areas of North America and New Zealand. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: ACT, NSW (recent 
incursion (P.Turner pers. comm.)) 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Senecio angulatus L.f. (scrambling 
groundsel) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Moonah (TSE), 
24.iv.1982, D. Secomb s.n. (HO 569321!); Kaoota Road, Allens 
Rivulet (TSR), 11 .iii.2001, L.H. Cave s.n. (HO 511532!); Strahan, 
Regatta Point (TWE), 14.ix.2004, M.L. Baker543 (HO!); Whitemark, 
old tip site (FLI), 14.L2007, AM. Buchanan 16638 (HO!); Tasman 
Island, garden of Quarters 3 (TSE), 29.ix.2007 P.A. Tyson 580 
(HO!); South Arm, Blessington Street (TSE), 24.viii.2010, P. Norris 
s.n. (HO 563422!). 
Notes: This vigorous scrambling shrub, occasionally 
grown as an ornamental, is widespread and localised 
throughout the state but is most often encountered 
on the east and southeast coasts. It has been recorded 
smothering native vegetation in a variety of habitats 
including tip sites, roadsides, gullies, sand dunes and 
remnant coastal vegetation; in some cases it dominates 
large areas of c. 1,000 m 2 . It is more widespread than 
indicated by formal collections, with Wapstra et al. 
(2008) reporting populations at Eddystone Point on the 
northeast coast and in the upper Derwent Valley. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Taraxacum kok-saghyz L.E.Rodin (Russian 
dandelion) 
Specimens examined: Cressy Experimental Farm (cult.) 
(TNM), 27.x.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 53346! & HO 15165!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known from two 
collections that appear to be duplicates. Curtis (1963) 
stated that it was "cultivated at Cressy during the war 
of 1939-1945 as a source of latex, a possible substitute 
for rubber; probably persisting locally". It has not been 
recorded since. See Figure 2. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
BASELLACEAE 
Anredera cor difolia (Ten.) Steenis (Madeira 
vine) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Launceston (TNM), 
3.V.1965, [collector unknown] (HO 506475!); Clark Island, near 
original homestead (FLI), ix.1980, 5. Harris 113 (HOI); South 
32 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339491 narrowleaf lupin Muelleria 38: 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890501
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
FABACEAE 
Hedysarum coronarium L. (French 
honeysuckle) 
Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Hobart (cult.) 
(TSE), xii.1902, L Rodway 178 (HO!); Hobart (cult.)(TSE), i.1910, 
L. Rodway 184 (HO!); Botanical Gardens, Hobart (cult.)(TSE), 
24.xii.1946, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 10716!). 
Notes:This short-lived perennial is known inTasmania 
from several pre-1950 collections, all from cultivated 
specimens lacking informative notes. Curtis (1956) 
described its distribution and habitat as"introduced and 
persisting near centres of cultivation". From this scant 
information it is difficult to assign a naturalised status 
with any certainty. See Figure 5. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld 
Status: Not naturalised 
Laburnum anagyroides Medik. (golden chain 
tree) 
Specimens examined: Roadside, Neika (TSE), 12.ii.1997, 
A.M. Buchanan 14409 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (TNM), 
14.X.2005, M.L Baker 1689 (HO!). 
Notes: This small, deciduous ornamental tree is 
known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. The 
most recent was from a population of naturalised 
plants growing on the sides of a steep dolerite gorge at 
Launceston. The species is occasionally seen growing 
on roadsides in southeast Tasmania (e.g. Taroona; 
below Queens Domain, Hobart), suggesting it is more 
widely naturalised than herbarium records indicate (M. 
Wapstra, pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lathyrus nissolia L. (grass vetchling) 
Specimens examined: D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 
ii.1904, L Rodway 176 (HO!); Gordon (TSE), 9.X.1924,5.B. Barker 
s.n. (MEL2298792A [ n.v .]); Taroona Pathway off Oakleigh 
Avenue (TSE), 17.xi.2005, D. Harris s.n. (HO 539383!); Taroona, 
grass strip between Oakleigh Avenue and Cartwright Creek 
(TSE), 17.xi.2005, M.L. Baker 1652 (HO!). 
Notes: Despite being known only from a small 
number of discrete sites in southeast Tasmania, this 
annual herb has been present in Tasmania since at 
least 1904. The most recent collection was from a well- 
established population in an exotic grassland at Taroona 
in the south of the State. Curtis (1956) described its 
distribution and habitat as "rare, in grassy places". 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lotus angustissimus L. (narrowleaf trefoil) 
Specimens examined: Cressy House, Cressy (TNM), 
17.iv.1985, R.S. Smith s.n. (HO 94684!); 5 km S of Wilmot on 
Cradle Mountain Rd (TNS), 13.iii.1995, P.C. Jobson 3465 (NSW 
[n.v.]); Tonganah, site of former clay mine (BEL), 9.L2002, J. 
Findlay s.n. (HO 518972!); Swansea, Rockcliffe property (TSE), 
I. ii.2002, A.M. Buchanan 15918 (HO!); Murphys Flat, Granton 
(TSE), 25.iii.2010, M.L Baker2229 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in 
Tasmania from a small number of widespread records. 
It grows in range of situations, including croplands 
and wetlands. It is expected to be more common and 
widespread and has most likely been overlooked due 
to its close resemblance to other naturalised species of 
Lotus that occur in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lupinus angustifolius L. (narrowleaf lupin) 
Specimens examined: Eaglehawk Neck (TSE), 2411928, 
J. B. Cleland s.n. (AD 966080625 [n.v.]); Sorell (TSE), 24.xi.1976, 
D. Munro and N.Walker s.n. (NSW 456562!); Bass Highway near 
Deloraine (TNM), 20.ix.2007, M. Wapstra 226 (HO!); George 
Town/Bell Bay Road roundabout (FLI), 15.X.2008, M. Wapstra 
532 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known inTasmania from a 
small number of widespread collections. Curtis (1956) 
described its distribution and habitat as "cultivated in 
orchards as a green manure and found occasionally as 
an escape". However, no specimens were available to 
her at the time. More recently, it has been recorded as 
being prevalent on the verge of the Bass Highway (e.g. 
HO 547663) but is now absent there (M. Wapstra, pers. 
obs.). It appears to arise on road verges but not persist; 
for example, a single plant was collected near Epping 
Forest in 2004 (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It is cultivated 
in Tasmania as a grain legume for animal and human 
consumption (Knox etal. 2006). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Medicago arborea L. (tree medick) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Killiecrankie Bay, 
Flinders Island (FLI), 28.vi.1966, IS. Whinray 37 (MEL1021317 
44 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339488 narrowleaf trefoil Muelleria 38: 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890501
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
FABACEAE 
Hedysarum coronarium L. (French 
honeysuckle) 
Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Hobart (cult.) 
(TSE), xii.1902, L Rodway 178 (HO!); Hobart (cult.)(TSE), i.1910, 
L. Rodway 184 (HO!); Botanical Gardens, Hobart (cult.)(TSE), 
24.xii.1946, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 10716!). 
Notes:This short-lived perennial is known inTasmania 
from several pre-1950 collections, all from cultivated 
specimens lacking informative notes. Curtis (1956) 
described its distribution and habitat as"introduced and 
persisting near centres of cultivation". From this scant 
information it is difficult to assign a naturalised status 
with any certainty. See Figure 5. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld 
Status: Not naturalised 
Laburnum anagyroides Medik. (golden chain 
tree) 
Specimens examined: Roadside, Neika (TSE), 12.ii.1997, 
A.M. Buchanan 14409 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (TNM), 
14.X.2005, M.L Baker 1689 (HO!). 
Notes: This small, deciduous ornamental tree is 
known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. The 
most recent was from a population of naturalised 
plants growing on the sides of a steep dolerite gorge at 
Launceston. The species is occasionally seen growing 
on roadsides in southeast Tasmania (e.g. Taroona; 
below Queens Domain, Hobart), suggesting it is more 
widely naturalised than herbarium records indicate (M. 
Wapstra, pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lathyrus nissolia L. (grass vetchling) 
Specimens examined: D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 
ii.1904, L Rodway 176 (HO!); Gordon (TSE), 9.X.1924,5.B. Barker 
s.n. (MEL2298792A [ n.v .]); Taroona Pathway off Oakleigh 
Avenue (TSE), 17.xi.2005, D. Harris s.n. (HO 539383!); Taroona, 
grass strip between Oakleigh Avenue and Cartwright Creek 
(TSE), 17.xi.2005, M.L. Baker 1652 (HO!). 
Notes: Despite being known only from a small 
number of discrete sites in southeast Tasmania, this 
annual herb has been present in Tasmania since at 
least 1904. The most recent collection was from a well- 
established population in an exotic grassland at Taroona 
in the south of the State. Curtis (1956) described its 
distribution and habitat as "rare, in grassy places". 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lotus angustissimus L. (narrowleaf trefoil) 
Specimens examined: Cressy House, Cressy (TNM), 
17.iv.1985, R.S. Smith s.n. (HO 94684!); 5 km S of Wilmot on 
Cradle Mountain Rd (TNS), 13.iii.1995, P.C. Jobson 3465 (NSW 
[n.v.]); Tonganah, site of former clay mine (BEL), 9.L2002, J. 
Findlay s.n. (HO 518972!); Swansea, Rockcliffe property (TSE), 
I. ii.2002, A.M. Buchanan 15918 (HO!); Murphys Flat, Granton 
(TSE), 25.iii.2010, M.L Baker2229 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in 
Tasmania from a small number of widespread records. 
It grows in range of situations, including croplands 
and wetlands. It is expected to be more common and 
widespread and has most likely been overlooked due 
to its close resemblance to other naturalised species of 
Lotus that occur in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lupinus angustifolius L. (narrowleaf lupin) 
Specimens examined: Eaglehawk Neck (TSE), 2411928, 
J. B. Cleland s.n. (AD 966080625 [n.v.]); Sorell (TSE), 24.xi.1976, 
D. Munro and N.Walker s.n. (NSW 456562!); Bass Highway near 
Deloraine (TNM), 20.ix.2007, M. Wapstra 226 (HO!); George 
Town/Bell Bay Road roundabout (FLI), 15.X.2008, M. Wapstra 
532 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known inTasmania from a 
small number of widespread collections. Curtis (1956) 
described its distribution and habitat as "cultivated in 
orchards as a green manure and found occasionally as 
an escape". However, no specimens were available to 
her at the time. More recently, it has been recorded as 
being prevalent on the verge of the Bass Highway (e.g. 
HO 547663) but is now absent there (M. Wapstra, pers. 
obs.). It appears to arise on road verges but not persist; 
for example, a single plant was collected near Epping 
Forest in 2004 (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It is cultivated 
in Tasmania as a grain legume for animal and human 
consumption (Knox etal. 2006). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Medicago arborea L. (tree medick) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Killiecrankie Bay, 
Flinders Island (FLI), 28.vi.1966, IS. Whinray 37 (MEL1021317 
44 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339391 Nasturtium microphyllum Muelleria 38: 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890494
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Bishop s.n. (HO 323066!); Dover (TSR), 29.X.2002, T. Rudman s.n. 
(HO 520018!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N of 
Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, M.L. Baker 1350 (HO!); Mt 
Wellington (TSE), 25.ix.2006, M. Wapstra22 (HO!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated biennial herb 
is widespread in Tasmania and is common especially 
in and around the greater Hobart region. Naturalised 
populations have been recorded growing in a range of 
habitats, including roadside verges, shorelines, stream 
banks and pasture. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Nasturtium microphyllum Boenn. ex Rchb. 
(one-row watercress) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 13): Near Cataract 
[Gorge], Launceston (TNM), xi.1865, [collector unknown] (NSW 
137706 [n.v.]); At the base of Mount Field East, and at Jones 
River (TSR), i.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL0093363 [n.v.]); Mole Creek 
(TNS), xii.1908, L. Rodway 25a (HO!); Apsley (TSE), 20.xii.1978, 
D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 30970!); Ocean Beach. 5 km W of Strahan 
(TWE), 7.ii.1981, A.E. Orchard 5368 (HO!); South Road coastal 
block, 100 m from coast, King Island (KIN), 1.xii.2009, M. Batey 
99 and G. Batey (HOI). 
Notes: This semi-aquatic perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from several collections spanning a long period 
of time and with a wide distribution. Recent examination 
of material held in theTasmanian Herbarium has identified 
several specimens of N. microphyllum from material 
previously identified as Nasturtium officinale W.T.Aiton. It 
is possible that this it is more widespread in the State as it 
is likely to have been overlooked due to its resemblance to 
the widespread and common N. officinale. To distinguish 
the two species, fertile material with mature fruits is 
required. Curtis and Morris (1975) described its habitat 
as being the same as where N. officinale is found; that is, 
streams and ditches in moving water. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Raphanus maritimus Sm. (sea radish) 
Specimens examined: Bridgewater (TSE), 9.xi.1942, H.D. 
Gordon s.n. (HO 29355!); Wynyard, township (TNS), 18.i.1964, A. 
Colebrook8816 (NSW 641428 [n.v.]). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
two disjunct locations. Information on both suggests 
they were not from cultivated plants. The Bridgewater 
collection is from an "embankment", whereas the 
Wynyard collection is annotated as being "not 
cultivated". It has not been recorded in Tasmania for 
more than 50 years and, without details of the habitat or 
populations at these sites, there is insufficient evidence 
to suggest that it is naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Rorippa sylvestris (L.) Besser (creeping 
yellowcress) 
Specimens examined: Cradoc Hill Road, near Cradoc (TSR), 
4. xii.2000, D.l. Morris 86721 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 
12.L2001, A.M. Buchanan 15825 (HO!); Cradoc Hill Road, Lilium 
farm on W side of road (TSR), 19.L2004, A.M. Buchanan 16093 
(HO!); Mountain River Road, ~1.5km from Grove intersection. 
Mountain River (TSR), 19.L2004, M.L. Baker402 (HO!); Valleyfield, 
New Norfolk (TSE), 23.L2004, M.L Baker 401 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb has a distribution that 
is localised and restricted in southern Tasmania. It is 
well-established and a troublesome weed at several 
sites including Cradoc Hill Road, where it was recorded 
in a weed-infested paddock after it was accidentally 
introduced via imported Lilium bulbs. In April 2018 
many plants were persisting at this site. It has also been 
recorded from a blackcurrant crop at New Norfolk. The 
species does not reproduce by seed and reproduction 
and dispersal is via transport of rhizomes. Based on the 
above evidence, R. sylvestris appears to be sparingly 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Thlaspi arvense L. (penny cress) 
Specimens examined: Togari (KIN), 16.xi.1976, J. Lees s.n. 
(HO 576402!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), 14.X.1991, S. Geard 
s.n. (HO 142638!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), ll.x.1991, 
5. Geard s.n. (HO 142639!). 
Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from two widespread locations: Togari in the State's 
northwest, and Pawtella in the south. The Pawtella 
specimen was from a rape crop, but there is no indication 
of the number of plants or its history or status at the site. 
The collection from Togari is devoid of contextual notes. 
In the absence of information, there is doubt regarding 
its naturalised status in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously 
naturalised) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Muelleria 
37 

Page image

51339452 New Muelleria 38: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890498
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339657 Nicotiana sylvestris Muelleria 38: 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890512
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected 
more than 140 years ago. It is listed in Spicer's A 
Handbook of the Tasmanian Plants (Spicer 1878b as H. 
niger) as introduced but not widely established enough 
to consider it being part of the flora. Curtis (1967) 
described its distribution and habitat as "occasional 
as a weed of cultivation". No information regarding its 
habitat, abundance and degree of naturalisation are 
recorded and there is little evidence to indicate that it 
was ever naturalised in Tasmania. See Figure 6. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Nicotiana sylvestris Speg. (woodland 
tobacco) 
Specimens examined: 61a Salvator Road, West Hobart 
(cult.) (TSE), J. Chraska s.n. (HO 30551!); Stieglitz Tip, St Helens 
(FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1970 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is 
occasionally cultivated as an ornamental garden plant 
in the State. It has been recorded outside of cultivation 
at a disused tip-site on the east coast where it has 
presumably arisen from dumped garden waste. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Physalis peruviana L. (Cape gooseberry) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Boat Harbour, 
Wynyard area (KIN), 1711975, B. Copley 4667 (AD 97508260 
[n.v.]); Suburban garden, Blackmans Bay (TSE), 18.V.1985, PA. 
Collier 534 (HO!); Great Dog Island (cult.) (FLI), 8.xii.1986, S. Harris 
s.n. (H0123909!); Huonville, S side of river (TSR), 16.ii.2006, AM 
Buchanan 16407 (HO!); Lovers Lane, Naracoopa, King Island 
(KIN), 2612015, M. Batey436 andG. Batey (HO!). 
Notes:This short-lived shrub is occasionally cultivated 
in Tasmania as an ornamental and for its edible fruit. 
Outside of cultivation it is known from several disjunct 
locations from weedy habitats, including roadsides, 
tip sites, vegetable gardens and agricultural land, but 
occasionally also in relatively undisturbed bushland. 
Populations are usually restricted to small numbers of 
plants and are thought to have originated from dumped 
garden waste or spread via animals. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Solanum nodiflorum Jacq. (small-flowered 
nightshade) 
Specimen examined: Clarence Point, West Tamar (FLI), 
28.ix.1993, AM. Buchanan 13453 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania from a single collection made in 
1993 from disturbed ground at the edge of a Eucalyptus 
forest in the north of the State. No information regarding 
the plant's abundance and degree of naturalisation are 
recorded, making it difficult to assign any naturalised 
status. It may be mistaken for the widespread and 
commonly naturalised Solanum nigrum L. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld (?native 
and naturalised), NSW (?native and naturalised), Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Solanum triflorum Nutt, (cutleaf nightshade) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Seven Mile Beach, 
3.iv.2000, AM Buchanan 15695 (HO!); Pitt Water, Pittwater Road, 
812004, T. Swan s.n. (HO 527944!); Service Depot, Five Mile 
Beach, 10.iii.2006, A. Crane s.n. (HO 539022!); Tasman Highway, 
Tunnel Hill section, E side, 9.vi.2010, M Wapstra 1115 (HO!); 533 
Pass Road, Mornington, 11.iv.2011, M Moore s.n. (HO 562180!) 
(all TSE). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a small number of localised but well-established 
populations in the State's southeast. It is most often 
recorded growing in sandy soils at low elevations. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
URTICACEAE 
Parietariajudaica L. (wall pellitory) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): 17 Keen Court, 
Kingston, 711998, D.l. Morris 86648 (HO!); 11 Carr Street, North 
Hobart, 30.vi.2008, M.L. Baker 1890 (HO!); lower side (private car 
park), Bathurst Street, Hobart, 30.xi.2012, M Wapstra s.n. (HO 
568271!); Hobart, corner of Collins Street and Barrack Street 
18.ix.2015, M.L Baker 3012 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
a small number of specimens from the State's southeast. 
It has been recorded as a weed in two gardens and 
as single plants growing from the cracks of walls and 
footpaths. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Muelleria 
55 

Page image

51339547 Oenothera biennis Muelleria 38: 49
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890506
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
appear to have been deliberately planted, along with 
several additional non-native Acacia species. The first 
herbarium record in 2002 belies a much longer period of 
naturalisation, which probably began in earnest in the 
1980s (based on the maturity of some stands). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW 
(native and naturalised), ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
ONAGRACEAE 
Epilobium nummulariifolium A.Cunn. 
(creeping willowherb) 
Specimens examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart, c. 
i.1999, [collector unknown] (HO 323677!); 3 Curtis Ave, South 
Hobart, 13.xi.2002, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 520616!); Woodbank 
Nursery, 25.ii.2005, ML Baker 1556 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This mat-forming perennial herb is known 
in Tasmania from a few locations in the southeast of 
the State. There exists insufficient evidence for it to be 
classified as naturalised, with the species only being 
recorded from a domestic garden on the outskirts of 
Hobart, where it is restricted to the garden and the 
immediate surrounds, and from two nurseries: Royal 
Tasmanian Botanic Gardens, as a weed of a propagating 
area, and at Woodbank Nursery, where it was a weed in 
a pot plant and in a garden bed. At present, this species 
is doubtfully naturalised but it has high potential to 
become more widespread and naturalised throughout 
the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Oenothera biennis L. (evening-primrose) 
Specimens examined: Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 
12.L2001, D.l. Morris 86729 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 
28.ii.2001, A.M. Buchanan 15856 (HO!); Bass Highway, 2 km E 
of Irishtown Road junction (KIN) 2.xi.2004, M. Baker 936 and 
M.F.Duretto (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N 
of Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1386 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental biennial herb was first 
collected in Tasmania as a weed of a lily crop. There is 
increasing evidence that it is becoming naturalised in 
various regions, mainly around highly disturbed sites 
such as crops, rubbish tips and roadside verges. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
PLUMBAGINACEAE 
Limonium sinuatum (L.) Mill, (wavyleaf sea- 
lavender) 
Specimens examined: Whitemark (FLI), IO.i.2007, A.M. 
Buchanan 16568 (HO!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, 200 m 
N of Jetsons Road junction (FLI), 1112005, ML Baker 1394 (HO!); 
Glenora Road, Glenora [Bushy Park] (TSE), 2512013, M Wapstra 
1516 (HO!); Anglican Cemetery, Sorell (end of Henry Street) 
(TSE), 51.2013, M Wapstra 1537 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from several widespread collections, mainly 
from highly disturbed sites such as tips and roadside 
verges. It appears to have arisen from dumped garden 
waste or as an escape from ornamental plantings 
(including cemeteries). It is popular in the florist trade 
due to the "everlasting" nature of the cut flowers. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
POLEMONIACEAE 
Collomia grandiflora Douglas ex Lindl. 
(grand collomia) 
Specimen examined: King Island (KIN), vi.1957, L. Smith s.n. 
(HO 19628! & HO 317247!). 
Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and 
habitat of this annual herb as "occasional as a weed of 
cultivated land". No evidence supports this statement 
as the species is known in Tasmania from a single 
collection from a crop of potatoes on King Island sixty 
years ago—it has not been recorded since. Based on this 
evidence, the species cannot be considered naturalised 
to any degree in the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
PORTULACACEAE 
Claytoniaperfoliata Donn ex Willd. (miner's 
lettuce) 
Specimens examined: Fern Tree, East Coast, Domestic 
garden [cult.], 411983, D.l. Morris 8302 (HO!); Fern Tree, 611986, 
D.l. Morris 862 (HO!); Woolton Court, Sandy Bay [Hobart suburb] 
(all TSE), 23.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2105 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a 
few collections from domestic gardens. One collection 
notes that it is "not invasive but behaving as a nuisance 
Muelleria 

Page image

51339519 oneflower clover Muelleria 38: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890504
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
woodland. It has been recorded as a cultivated plant 
at the Gardens and at several other locations in and 
around Hobart. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Trifolium uniflorum L. (oneflower clover) 
Specimen examined: Currie Airport, King Island (KIN), 
17.xi.1976, M. Allen s.n. (HO 28028!). 
Notes: This mat-forming perennial is known in 
Tasmania from a single collection from roadside 
gravel on King Island. The lack of collecting details and 
additional records since its collection more than 40 years 
ago suggest that it never became naturalised. Further 
searching in the vicinity of the collection is warranted. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
FUMARIACEAE 
Fumaria officinalis L. subsp. officinalis 
(common fumitory) 
Specimens examined: Georges Bay (FLI), vii.1875, A. Simson 
38 (HO!); Conara (TNM), 20.X.1925, £ Gibson s.n. (MEL2210067 
[n.v.D; Hagley (TNM), 24.xi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 96420!); 
Ulverstone (TNS), IO.i.1956, B.R. Paterson s.n. (NE 22397 [n.v.]); 
Sassafras, near Latrobe (TNS), 28.xii.1980, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. 
(HO 36985!). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb has been recorded 
as an occasional weed of crops in the north of the State 
but may be overlooked and mistaken for the widespread 
and common Fumaria muralis Sond. ex W.DJ.Koch 
subsp. muralis. A very early record (1875) from Georges 
Bay, St Helens, suggests that it was an early introduction. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Pseudofumaria alba (Mill.) Liden subsp. alba 
(white fumitory) 
Specimens examined: Old Customs House, lower Murray 
Street. Near Parliament House, Hobart, 15.xi.1961, W.M. 
Blacklow s.n. (HO 6545!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.), 4.xii.1986, 
D.l. Morris 86141 (HO!); Fern Tree, Hobart, 19.ix.1989, D.l. Morris 
86402 (HO!); 9 Lapoinya Road, Fern Tree (all TSE), 28.xi.1994, D.l. 
Morris 86456 (HO!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania only from the Hobart area, with an 
early (1961) collection from a crack in a wall of a domestic 
garden where it was noted as acting as a nuisance. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
GERANIACEAE 
Erodium malacoides (L.) L'Her. (oval 
heronsbill) 
Specimens examined: Cataract Gorge, Launceston, 
1.xi.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 529453!); Cataract Gorge, 
Launceston (all TNM), 30.X.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 29605! & 
HO 6668!). 
Notes: Specimens of this annual herb have been 
collected in Tasmania on two separate occasions from 
Cataract Gorge, Launceston. Curtis (1956) described 
its distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste 
places". No notes detailing the status accompany the 
specimens and without subsequent collections in more 
than 70 years it is doubtful that the species has become 
naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Geranium yeoi Aedo & Munoz Garm. 
(Madeira cranesbill) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Hobart Rivulet, 250 
m downstream from Wynyard Street (TSE), 1 .xi.2002, A.M. Gray 
1236 (HO!); 17 Keen Court, Kingston (TSE), 18.xi.2002, D.l. Morris 
86773 (HO!); Christmas Hills, Bass Highway (TNS), 2.xi.2004, 
M. Baker 938 and M.F.Duretto (HO!); Hobart, Romilly Street, 
just before bridge (TSE), 27.X.2009, M. Wapstra 984 (HO!); S of 
Boronia Beach (TSE), 7.xi.2009, M. Wapstra 1000 (HO!). 
Notes: This erect biennial herb is locally abundant 
at several sites in the greater Hobart area. It is mainly 
associated with disturbed habitats such as roadside 
verges and banks of rivulets in urban areas. Weedy 
populations are presumed to be garden escapes or have 
arisen from dumped garden waste. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
LAMIACEAE 
Mentha spicata L. (spearmint) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Sandy Bay (TSE), 
i.1908, L Rodway s.n. (HO 7312!); South Arm (TSE), 20.L1912, 
R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2299781 [n.v.]); Mersey River at Croesus Cave 
State Reserve (TCH), 13.V.1983, A. Moscal 2380, (HO!); Black 
Bobs (TSR), 2.H.1981, AE Orchard 5341, (HO!); New Town Rivulet 
(TSE), 10.ii.2008, M. Wapstra 454, (HO!). 
Muelleria 
47 

Page image

51339393 one-row watercress Muelleria 38: 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890494
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Bishop s.n. (HO 323066!); Dover (TSR), 29.X.2002, T. Rudman s.n. 
(HO 520018!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N of 
Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, M.L. Baker 1350 (HO!); Mt 
Wellington (TSE), 25.ix.2006, M. Wapstra22 (HO!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated biennial herb 
is widespread in Tasmania and is common especially 
in and around the greater Hobart region. Naturalised 
populations have been recorded growing in a range of 
habitats, including roadside verges, shorelines, stream 
banks and pasture. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Nasturtium microphyllum Boenn. ex Rchb. 
(one-row watercress) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 13): Near Cataract 
[Gorge], Launceston (TNM), xi.1865, [collector unknown] (NSW 
137706 [n.v.]); At the base of Mount Field East, and at Jones 
River (TSR), i.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL0093363 [n.v.]); Mole Creek 
(TNS), xii.1908, L. Rodway 25a (HO!); Apsley (TSE), 20.xii.1978, 
D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 30970!); Ocean Beach. 5 km W of Strahan 
(TWE), 7.ii.1981, A.E. Orchard 5368 (HO!); South Road coastal 
block, 100 m from coast, King Island (KIN), 1.xii.2009, M. Batey 
99 and G. Batey (HOI). 
Notes: This semi-aquatic perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from several collections spanning a long period 
of time and with a wide distribution. Recent examination 
of material held in theTasmanian Herbarium has identified 
several specimens of N. microphyllum from material 
previously identified as Nasturtium officinale W.T.Aiton. It 
is possible that this it is more widespread in the State as it 
is likely to have been overlooked due to its resemblance to 
the widespread and common N. officinale. To distinguish 
the two species, fertile material with mature fruits is 
required. Curtis and Morris (1975) described its habitat 
as being the same as where N. officinale is found; that is, 
streams and ditches in moving water. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Raphanus maritimus Sm. (sea radish) 
Specimens examined: Bridgewater (TSE), 9.xi.1942, H.D. 
Gordon s.n. (HO 29355!); Wynyard, township (TNS), 18.i.1964, A. 
Colebrook8816 (NSW 641428 [n.v.]). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
two disjunct locations. Information on both suggests 
they were not from cultivated plants. The Bridgewater 
collection is from an "embankment", whereas the 
Wynyard collection is annotated as being "not 
cultivated". It has not been recorded in Tasmania for 
more than 50 years and, without details of the habitat or 
populations at these sites, there is insufficient evidence 
to suggest that it is naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Rorippa sylvestris (L.) Besser (creeping 
yellowcress) 
Specimens examined: Cradoc Hill Road, near Cradoc (TSR), 
4. xii.2000, D.l. Morris 86721 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 
12.L2001, A.M. Buchanan 15825 (HO!); Cradoc Hill Road, Lilium 
farm on W side of road (TSR), 19.L2004, A.M. Buchanan 16093 
(HO!); Mountain River Road, ~1.5km from Grove intersection. 
Mountain River (TSR), 19.L2004, M.L. Baker402 (HO!); Valleyfield, 
New Norfolk (TSE), 23.L2004, M.L Baker 401 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb has a distribution that 
is localised and restricted in southern Tasmania. It is 
well-established and a troublesome weed at several 
sites including Cradoc Hill Road, where it was recorded 
in a weed-infested paddock after it was accidentally 
introduced via imported Lilium bulbs. In April 2018 
many plants were persisting at this site. It has also been 
recorded from a blackcurrant crop at New Norfolk. The 
species does not reproduce by seed and reproduction 
and dispersal is via transport of rhizomes. Based on the 
above evidence, R. sylvestris appears to be sparingly 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Thlaspi arvense L. (penny cress) 
Specimens examined: Togari (KIN), 16.xi.1976, J. Lees s.n. 
(HO 576402!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), 14.X.1991, S. Geard 
s.n. (HO 142638!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), ll.x.1991, 
5. Geard s.n. (HO 142639!). 
Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from two widespread locations: Togari in the State's 
northwest, and Pawtella in the south. The Pawtella 
specimen was from a rape crop, but there is no indication 
of the number of plants or its history or status at the site. 
The collection from Togari is devoid of contextual notes. 
In the absence of information, there is doubt regarding 
its naturalised status in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously 
naturalised) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Muelleria 
37 

Page image

51339498 Onobrychis viciifolia Muelleria 38: 46
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890503
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
[n.v.]); Currie, King Island (KIN), 31.V.1984, K. Harris s.n. (HO 
84377!); Lighthouse Street, King Island (KIN), 19.X.2008, M. Batey 
s.n. (HO 551270!); Currie, lighthouse street park (KIN), 24.ii.2009, 
M.L Baker 2018 (HO!); Tranmere foreshore (TSE), 24.X.2010, M. 
Wapstra 1148 (HO!). 
Notes: This small ornamental shrub has a disjunct 
distribution in Tasmania. It is restricted to coastal areas 
on Flinders Island and King Island, and at Tranmere on 
the shore of the River Derwent. All populations grow in 
the vicinity of gardens and can be found spreading into 
adjacent pasture, bushland and grasslands. The King 
Island populations are particularly well-established, 
albeit localised, with mature plants and seedlings 
present. This species is established in Tasmania but the 
small scale and number of sites suggest it should be 
considered only sparingly naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld (doubtfully 
naturalised) 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Medicago sativa L. subsp. x varia (Martyn) 
Arcang. ( =Medicago falcata auct. non L. 
sensu Curtis (1956)) 
Specimens examined: Bridgewater (TSE), 5.V.1945, W.M. 
Curtis s.n. (HO 42279!); Macquarie Plains (TSE), 16.ii.1969, B. 
Davidson s.n. (HO 536018!); Bridgewater, old railway yard at NW 
end of Bridgewater Bridge (TSE) 3.iv.2017, M.L. Baker3253 (HO!). 
Notes: This hybrid perennial herb ( M. sativa x M. 
falcata) is known in Tasmania from three collections. 
Recent reappraisal of two of these (previously identified 
as M. falcata) and of newly collected material shows that 
the plants are consistent with taxonomic delimitations 
of the hybrid taxon M. sativa subsp. x varia as proposed 
by Small (2011). No notes accompany the two earlier 
collections, but the most recent collection from a 
localised population at Bridgewater possibly represents 
the same site as one of the early records. Plants from 
this population exhibited a range of corolla colours, 
including white, yellow and pale to deep purple, while 
the plants were mostly prostrate to semi-prostrate in 
habit and had pods with 1.5 to 2 coils. Curtis (1956) 
stated that it is "found occasionally with M. sativa". 
Medicago sativa is common and widely naturalised in 
Tasmania. Whilst there is no evidence to suggest that 
M. falcata is naturalised in Tasmania, the hybrid taxon is 
locally naturalised at one location. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Onobrychis viciifolia Scop, (sainfoin) 
Specimen examined: A little S of Melton Mowbray (TSE), 
9.xi.1942, H.D. Gordon s.n. (HO 42235! & HO 11245!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen, collected more than 70 years 
ago, growing between a road and railway track in 
the Tasmanian Midlands agricultural area. No notes 
accompany the specimen to indicate its status at the 
collection site. Curtis (1956) described its habitat as 
"occasional near areas of cultivation". This statement 
is presumably based on this single record. The species 
may have been intentionally introduced as it is used as 
a fodder plant. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Ornithopus sativus Brot. (French serradella) 
Specimens examined: Waterhouse Road beyond Bridport 
(FLI), 24.X.1979, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 38953!); Mt Pleasant 
[Laboratories](TSE), 14.xii.1965, G.M. Bendall s.n. (HO 535746!); 
Low Head, area between Five Mile Bluff and Beechford (FLI), 
29.xi.2011,7. Davies s.n. (HO 565095!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
two specimens from the northeast coast collected 
several decades apart, suggesting that it has possibly 
persisted in the region.The most recent collection is from 
agricultural land where it was locally common in a 500 
x 200 m area. The 1979 collection was from a site where 
it had persisted from a pasture trial. It is occasionally 
used as a pasture species for its high nutritive value and 
ability to regenerate from seed. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Securigera varia (L.) Lassen (crown vetch) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 17): Near Botanical 
Gardens, [Hobart] (cult.), xi.1906, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 
12313!); Railway Station, Botanic Gardens, [Hobart], i.1949, 
LAS. Johnson s.n. (NSW 642784 [ n.v ;]); Lutana, Hobart (cult.), 
2.i.1985, J.B. Davies s.n. (HO 89327!); Domain Highway, adjacent 
to Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens, Hobart, 17.xii.2008, M. 
Wapstra 631 (HO!); Hobart. Queens Domain - strip of remnant 
bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain Road (all 
TSE), 14.X.2015, M.L Baker 3007and A. Muyt (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb has a localised distribution 
in Tasmania centred around the Royal Tasmanian 
Botanical Gardens, Hobart, where it is locally naturalised 
on railway and roadside verges, and in remnant 
46 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339314 Onopordum acaulon Muelleria 38: 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890489
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
overlooked for the typical form, which is common and 
widely naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Matricaria chamomilla L. (chamomile) 
Specimens examined: Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 
3.xi.1993, H. Blackburn s.n. (HO 517199!); Scotts Road, Risdon 
Vale (TSE), 29.xi.1993, D.I. Morris s.n. (HO 409495!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb is 
known in Tasmania from two specimens that are likely to 
have been collected from the same site.The collections 
are devoid of useful notes that give any indication of 
the status at the time of collection other than being 
thought to have arisen from bird seed. It is not known if 
the plants have persisted at this site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Onopordum acaulon L. (stemless thistle) 
Specimen examined: 'Charlton Park', near Melton Mowbray, 
North of Mt Mercer trig point (TSE), 6.xii.2002, G. Raphael s.n. 
(HO 520128!). 
Notes: This low-growing, rosette-forming thistle is 
known in Tasmania from a highly localised population 
of fewer than 20 plants that grew where imported cattle 
feed was spread.The population was made the target of 
eradication and is considered to have been eradicated 
(K. Stewart pers. comm.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Pilosella officinarum Vaill. subsp. officinarum 
[syn. Hieracium pilosella L.] (mouse-ear 
hawkweed) 
Specimens examined: 'St Peters Pass', N of Oatlands (TSE), 
6.L2001, A Woolley s.n. (HO 510506!); 'St Peters Pass' property, 
[near Oatlands] (TSE), 31 .i.2001, AM. Buchanan 15829 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from a single population growing on a rural fence line 
between a roadside reserve and pasture. Shortly after 
its discovery, the infestation site was excavated and 
deep buried and eradication was achieved (Rudman & 
Goninon 2002, as H. pilosella). Before it was eradicated, 
it was the dominant component of the vegetation over 
an area of approximately 2,500 m 2 . Monitoring of the 
site until 2006 did not find any further plants (K. Stewart 
pers. comm.). Pilosella officinarum is an invasive weed in 
cool climate areas of North America and New Zealand. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: ACT, NSW (recent 
incursion (P.Turner pers. comm.)) 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Senecio angulatus L.f. (scrambling 
groundsel) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Moonah (TSE), 
24.iv.1982, D. Secomb s.n. (HO 569321!); Kaoota Road, Allens 
Rivulet (TSR), 11 .iii.2001, L.H. Cave s.n. (HO 511532!); Strahan, 
Regatta Point (TWE), 14.ix.2004, M.L. Baker543 (HO!); Whitemark, 
old tip site (FLI), 14.L2007, AM. Buchanan 16638 (HO!); Tasman 
Island, garden of Quarters 3 (TSE), 29.ix.2007 P.A. Tyson 580 
(HO!); South Arm, Blessington Street (TSE), 24.viii.2010, P. Norris 
s.n. (HO 563422!). 
Notes: This vigorous scrambling shrub, occasionally 
grown as an ornamental, is widespread and localised 
throughout the state but is most often encountered 
on the east and southeast coasts. It has been recorded 
smothering native vegetation in a variety of habitats 
including tip sites, roadsides, gullies, sand dunes and 
remnant coastal vegetation; in some cases it dominates 
large areas of c. 1,000 m 2 . It is more widespread than 
indicated by formal collections, with Wapstra et al. 
(2008) reporting populations at Eddystone Point on the 
northeast coast and in the upper Derwent Valley. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Taraxacum kok-saghyz L.E.Rodin (Russian 
dandelion) 
Specimens examined: Cressy Experimental Farm (cult.) 
(TNM), 27.x.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 53346! & HO 15165!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known from two 
collections that appear to be duplicates. Curtis (1963) 
stated that it was "cultivated at Cressy during the war 
of 1939-1945 as a source of latex, a possible substitute 
for rubber; probably persisting locally". It has not been 
recorded since. See Figure 2. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
BASELLACEAE 
Anredera cor difolia (Ten.) Steenis (Madeira 
vine) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Launceston (TNM), 
3.V.1965, [collector unknown] (HO 506475!); Clark Island, near 
original homestead (FLI), ix.1980, 5. Harris 113 (HOI); South 
32 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339692 orange sedge Muelleria 38: 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890514
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Gymnospermae 
PINACEAE 
Pinus wallichiana A.BJacks. (Bhutan pine) 
Specimen examined: Trevallyn Cataract Gorge, track on N 
side of South Esk River between First Basin and Kings Bridge, 
13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1974 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from 
Kings Bridge to Gorge (all TNM), 8.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3393 (HOI). 
Notes: This evergreen conifer is known in Tasmania 
from a single localised population at Launceston's 
Cataract Gorge. The population consists of several plants 
that have most likely spread from nearby cultivated 
plants and includes mature and juvenile plants. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Monocotyledoneae 
ALOEACEAE 
Kniphofici uvaria (L.) Oken (red-hot poker) 
Specimens examined: Balfour (TWE), 12.xii.1984, A. Moscal 
4783 (HOI); Tamar Cut (W of track) (TNM), 1812009, M. Wapstra 
629 (HOI); Gowrie Park, near Wilderness Village (TNS), 14.iii.2010, 
L.H. Cave, 1098 (HOI); Junction Arthur Highway and Kellevie 
Road (TSE), 21.xi.2010, M. Wapstra 1178 (HOI); Encampment 
Cove, Kintail home site, Maria Island (TSE), 8.iii.2011, M.L Baker 
2368 (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial herb is widely cultivated 
throughout the State as a garden and amenity plant. It 
has become naturalised to varying degrees at several 
locations with populations ranging in size from single 
clumps through to numerous individuals. It is most 
often seen growing on roadsides and bushland adjacent 
to urban areas, where it has escaped cultivation or 
arisen from dumped garden refuse. A particularly 
large population, in excess of 250 plants, was recently 
observed at Mt Nelson in the State's south, growing in 
a remnant bushland reserve (A. Muyt pers. comm.). See 
Figure 7. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
CYPERACEAE 
Carex buxbaumii\Nah\enb. (club sedge) 
Specimens examined: Western Mountains [Western Tiers] 
(?TCH), xii.1908, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 971561); Near Bronte Lagoon 
(TSR), 23.xi.2004, AT North s.n. (HO 5332301). 
Notes: This rhizomatous sedge is known in Tasmania 
from two collections. No information regarding its 
abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded 
although the most recent one notes that the plants 
were growing in damp native grassland. Due to the lack 
of notes accompanying the specimens it is difficult to 
determine its status in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carex pilulifera L. (pill sedge) 
Specimen examined: Lynchford, Queenstown (TWE), 
15.xii.1994, A.J. North s.n. (HO 4109511). 
Notes: This densely tufted perennial sedge is known 
in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more 
than 20 years ago from a small population growing 
along a tramline at Lynchford on the State's west coast. 
It is not known if the species is still present at the site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carexscoparia Schkur. ex Willd. (broom 
sedge) 
Specimen examined: Arthur River at Kanunnah Bridge 
(KIN), 23.xii.1983, A Moscal5179 (HOI). 
Notes: This perennial sedge is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen, collected from the Arthur River 
crossing at theTrowutta Forest Reserve. Notes regarding 
the species at the site indicate that it was a rare coloniser 
of alluvial sand. It has not been recorded for more than 
30 years and is considered doubtfully naturalised due to 
the highly dynamic nature of its habitat. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carex testacea Sol. ex Boott (orange sedge) 
Specimens examined: Intersection of Brooker Highway 
and Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 2311987, A.M. Buchanan 
9870 (HOI); Princes Park, Hobart (cult.), 25.V.1988, W.M. Curtis 
s.n. (HO 3278991); Brooker Highway at Burnett Street, Hobart 
(cult.), 9.vi.1989, I/I/./?. Watson s.n. (HO 1149021); Tasmania (cult.), 
30.xi.2002, A. Crane s.n. (HO 5202961); Sandy Bay, track at end 
of Marlborough Street. Hobart 5.xii.2007, M.L Baker 1853 (HO!) 
(all TSE). 
Notes: This tufted perennial sedge is known in 
Tasmania from five collections, all from the Hobart 
Muelleria 
57 

Page image

51339501 Ornithopus sativus Muelleria 38: 46
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890503
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
[n.v.]); Currie, King Island (KIN), 31.V.1984, K. Harris s.n. (HO 
84377!); Lighthouse Street, King Island (KIN), 19.X.2008, M. Batey 
s.n. (HO 551270!); Currie, lighthouse street park (KIN), 24.ii.2009, 
M.L Baker 2018 (HO!); Tranmere foreshore (TSE), 24.X.2010, M. 
Wapstra 1148 (HO!). 
Notes: This small ornamental shrub has a disjunct 
distribution in Tasmania. It is restricted to coastal areas 
on Flinders Island and King Island, and at Tranmere on 
the shore of the River Derwent. All populations grow in 
the vicinity of gardens and can be found spreading into 
adjacent pasture, bushland and grasslands. The King 
Island populations are particularly well-established, 
albeit localised, with mature plants and seedlings 
present. This species is established in Tasmania but the 
small scale and number of sites suggest it should be 
considered only sparingly naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld (doubtfully 
naturalised) 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Medicago sativa L. subsp. x varia (Martyn) 
Arcang. ( =Medicago falcata auct. non L. 
sensu Curtis (1956)) 
Specimens examined: Bridgewater (TSE), 5.V.1945, W.M. 
Curtis s.n. (HO 42279!); Macquarie Plains (TSE), 16.ii.1969, B. 
Davidson s.n. (HO 536018!); Bridgewater, old railway yard at NW 
end of Bridgewater Bridge (TSE) 3.iv.2017, M.L. Baker3253 (HO!). 
Notes: This hybrid perennial herb ( M. sativa x M. 
falcata) is known in Tasmania from three collections. 
Recent reappraisal of two of these (previously identified 
as M. falcata) and of newly collected material shows that 
the plants are consistent with taxonomic delimitations 
of the hybrid taxon M. sativa subsp. x varia as proposed 
by Small (2011). No notes accompany the two earlier 
collections, but the most recent collection from a 
localised population at Bridgewater possibly represents 
the same site as one of the early records. Plants from 
this population exhibited a range of corolla colours, 
including white, yellow and pale to deep purple, while 
the plants were mostly prostrate to semi-prostrate in 
habit and had pods with 1.5 to 2 coils. Curtis (1956) 
stated that it is "found occasionally with M. sativa". 
Medicago sativa is common and widely naturalised in 
Tasmania. Whilst there is no evidence to suggest that 
M. falcata is naturalised in Tasmania, the hybrid taxon is 
locally naturalised at one location. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Onobrychis viciifolia Scop, (sainfoin) 
Specimen examined: A little S of Melton Mowbray (TSE), 
9.xi.1942, H.D. Gordon s.n. (HO 42235! & HO 11245!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen, collected more than 70 years 
ago, growing between a road and railway track in 
the Tasmanian Midlands agricultural area. No notes 
accompany the specimen to indicate its status at the 
collection site. Curtis (1956) described its habitat as 
"occasional near areas of cultivation". This statement 
is presumably based on this single record. The species 
may have been intentionally introduced as it is used as 
a fodder plant. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Ornithopus sativus Brot. (French serradella) 
Specimens examined: Waterhouse Road beyond Bridport 
(FLI), 24.X.1979, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 38953!); Mt Pleasant 
[Laboratories](TSE), 14.xii.1965, G.M. Bendall s.n. (HO 535746!); 
Low Head, area between Five Mile Bluff and Beechford (FLI), 
29.xi.2011,7. Davies s.n. (HO 565095!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
two specimens from the northeast coast collected 
several decades apart, suggesting that it has possibly 
persisted in the region.The most recent collection is from 
agricultural land where it was locally common in a 500 
x 200 m area. The 1979 collection was from a site where 
it had persisted from a pasture trial. It is occasionally 
used as a pasture species for its high nutritive value and 
ability to regenerate from seed. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Securigera varia (L.) Lassen (crown vetch) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 17): Near Botanical 
Gardens, [Hobart] (cult.), xi.1906, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 
12313!); Railway Station, Botanic Gardens, [Hobart], i.1949, 
LAS. Johnson s.n. (NSW 642784 [ n.v ;]); Lutana, Hobart (cult.), 
2.i.1985, J.B. Davies s.n. (HO 89327!); Domain Highway, adjacent 
to Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens, Hobart, 17.xii.2008, M. 
Wapstra 631 (HO!); Hobart. Queens Domain - strip of remnant 
bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain Road (all 
TSE), 14.X.2015, M.L Baker 3007and A. Muyt (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb has a localised distribution 
in Tasmania centred around the Royal Tasmanian 
Botanical Gardens, Hobart, where it is locally naturalised 
on railway and roadside verges, and in remnant 
46 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339528 oval heronsbill Muelleria 38: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890504
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339705 oxygen weed Muelleria 38: 59
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890516
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
area. All but a single plant were collected from 
ornamental plantings or cultivated specimens. The 
only non-cultivated specimen was from a single plant 
growing on the side of a track in a recently developed 
bushland remnant. Curtis and Morris (1994) listed it in 
their flora and stated that it "...could become invasive". 
Little evidence exists to suggest that it is naturalised in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Isolepis hystrix (Thunb.) Nees (awned 
dubsedge) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 9): Powranna Main 
Road, close to gateway of Hummocky Hills track (TNM), 
1 5.xi.1996, AJ. North s.n. (HO 322628!); Freshwater soak just W 
of Calverts Lagoon, South Arm (TSE), 20.xii.2005, M. Visoiu 120 
(HO!); Between George Town and Bell Bay (FLI), 30.X.2006, J.B. 
Davies s.n. (HO 542926!); Perth, lllawarra Road, S side (TNM), 
19.xi.2014, M. Wapstra 2075 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual sedge, although only detected as 
late as 1996, is now known to be locally common and 
widely distributed in Tasmania. It is associated with 
roadside drains, freshwater (and sometimes slightly 
saline) lagoons, herb fields and other moist disturbed 
sites. Although it is highly distinctive, its ephemeral habit 
and small size have possibly led to it being overlooked 
at other similar habitats and locations. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
HAEMODORACEAE 
Anigozanthos flavidus Redoute (evergreen 
kangaroo paw) 
Specimens examined: Binalong Bay Road, Binalong 
Bay (FLI), 1 .viii.1975,7. Robin s.n. (HO 327793!); Creek, 0.8-1 
km N of Binalong Bay (FLI), 5.L2006, M.F. Duretto 2074 (HO!); 
Paddocks adjacent to the Postmans Track Pass (KIN), 23.ii.2005, 
P. Hefferon s.n. (HO 536135!); Binalong Bay, Grants Point Road 
(cult.?) (FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1962 (HO!). 
Notes: This rhizomatous perennial herb is widely 
cultivated in Tasmania and is known from several 
collections that appear to be derived from nearby 
garden plantings. At one location, numerous plants 
were recorded as escaping from cultivation and growing 
on the fringe of the Rocky Cape National Park. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
HYDROCHARITACEAE 
Lagarosiphon major (Ridl.) Moss (oxygen 
weed) 
Specimen examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart (cult.?) 
(TSE), 24.V.1 983, D.l. Morris 8350 (HO!). 
Notes: This rhizomatous aquatic perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania from a single, possibly cultivated, 
specimen from a pond at the Royal Tasmanian Botanical 
Gardens (Hobart). There is no evidence that it has 
persisted or spread from the site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (doubtfully 
naturalised) 
Status: Not naturalised 
IRIDACEAE 
Tritonia gladiolaris (Lam.) Goldblatt & 
J.C.Manning (chiffon lace) 
Specimens examined: S[outh] of Murdunna (TSE), 
19.X.1973, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 58867!); Railton area, S of 
Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2013, M. Wapstra 1396 (HO!); 
Arthur Highway [just WNW of Flinders Bay Road junction] (TSE), 
18.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1474 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from two widely separated locations. Curtis and Morris 
(1994) described its distribution and habitat, based on 
a 1973 collection (as Tritonia lineata (Salisb.) Ker Gawl.), 
as "introduced, recorded only from a sandy bank in light 
Eucalypt forest at Murdunna (East Coast), apparently 
well-established". It was recently collected from 
(presumably) the same site and described as growing in 
several dense patches along an 80 m section of roadside 
verge. It has been detected at one additional site in 
the north of the State, where it was growing on a road 
reserve adjacent to dry eucalypt forest. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
JUNCACEAE 
Juncus microcephalus Kunth (smallhead 
rush) 
Selected specimens examined (3 of 4): S[outh] bank 
of North Esk River, Launceston, just upstream from Charles 
Street Bridge, ii.1 981 , B. Robinson s.n. (NSW 225669 [ n.v .]); Bass 
Muelleria 
59 

Page image

51339783 pale pigeon-grass Muelleria 38: 64
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890553
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
information, it cannot be considered naturalised but its 
status should remain uncertain pending further surveys. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Panicum capillare L (= Panicum capillare L. 
var. capillare & P. capillare L. var. occidental 
Rydb.) (witchgrass) 
Specimens examined: Gunns Plains (TNS), Colbourne (ex 
herb. Rodway) (HO 27821!); NW Coast, North West (TNS), iii.1956, 
I. Murfet s.n. (HO 27820!); Latrobe Cemetery (FLI), 1.iv.2003, AM 
Buchanan 160001 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
three collections but there is insufficient information to 
justify assigning a naturalised status. Investigation of the 
Latrobe Cemetery site could provide useful information 
in reviewing its status in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Panicum gilvum Launert (sweet panic) 
Specimens examined: Approach to Bailey Bridge, Prince 
of Wales Bay (TSE), 9.vi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 128471! & HO 
55049!); Symmons Plains, highway just S of raceway entrance 
(TNM), 14.iii.2008, M.L. Baker 1875 (HO 547458!). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens collected from widely separated 
locations, both from roadside verges. The most recent 
collection was from a population consisting of several 
plants. The scarcity of collecting information associated 
with the specimens, and the infrequent collections, 
means there is some doubt regarding its status in 
Tasmania. See Figure 9. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld (doubtfully 
naturalised), NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Setariapumila (Poir.) Roem. & Schultz, 
subsp. pumila (pale pigeon-grass) 
Specimen examined: Hill Street, West Hobart (TSE), 
10.iii.2004, M.L. Baker 396 (HO!). 
Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen from an amenity street-tree 
planting in the south of the State. All plants were 
removed and destroyed and a survey of surrounding 
area did not reveal any additional individuals. For a 
discussion of this occurrence see Baker (2005). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Sorghum bicolor (L.) Moench (sorghum) 
Specimens examined: Margate tip, 10.vi.2004, M.L. Baker 
450 (HO!); Risdon Vale, Risdon Vale Creek (all TSE), 5.iv.2007, M.L. 
Baker 1798 (HO!). 
Notes: This robust annual grass, cultivated in tropical 
and subtropical regions of the world for its edible grain, 
is known in Tasmania from only three plants recorded 
in the south of the State. Two were growing in a weed- 
infested urban creek bank and were thought to have 
arisen from discarded bird cage refuse. The other was a 
single plant growing at a municipal tip.The small number 
of plants and its tropical growing requirements suggest 
that it only exists as a transient weed in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, 
Qld, NSW, ACT (doubtfully naturalised) 
Status: Not naturalised 
Sorghum haiepense (L.) Pers. (Johnson grass) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Lindisfarne (TSE), 
29.L1920, J.E. Phillip s.n. (MEL2139750 [n.v.]); Tasmania (cult.) 
(TNM), ii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 105340!); Campbell Town 
(TNM), 7.iii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2139751 [n.v.]); Queens 
Domain, Hobart, Edge of top carpark (TSE), 20.ii.2001, P. 
Bramich s.n. (HO 512572!); Margate Tip (TSE), 10.vi.2004, M. 
Baker 449 (HO!). 
Notes: This robust perennial grass is known in 
Tasmania from a small number of specimens. The 
earlier records are thought to be from plants cultivated 
in pasture trials. The Queens Domain collections are 
thought to have arisen from bird seed that was scattered 
in the area. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Discussion 
Based on this study, the number of naturalised taxa 
in Tasmania recognised in the 2016 edition of the 
Tasmanian Vascular Plant Census (de Salas & Baker 2016) 
should be reduced by 75 because 37 taxa previously 
considered to be naturalised are better regarded as 
never having been naturalised in Tasmania. Based 
on the available evidence, a further 38 taxa are best 
regarded as doubtfully naturalised. 
Of the 150 taxa listed in de Salas and Baker (2016) as 
sparingly naturalised, eight were deemed to be status 
uncertain (Table 1). These species will be the topic 
64 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339775 Panicum capillare Muelleria 38: 64
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890553
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
information, it cannot be considered naturalised but its 
status should remain uncertain pending further surveys. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Panicum capillare L (= Panicum capillare L. 
var. capillare & P. capillare L. var. occidental 
Rydb.) (witchgrass) 
Specimens examined: Gunns Plains (TNS), Colbourne (ex 
herb. Rodway) (HO 27821!); NW Coast, North West (TNS), iii.1956, 
I. Murfet s.n. (HO 27820!); Latrobe Cemetery (FLI), 1.iv.2003, AM 
Buchanan 160001 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
three collections but there is insufficient information to 
justify assigning a naturalised status. Investigation of the 
Latrobe Cemetery site could provide useful information 
in reviewing its status in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Panicum gilvum Launert (sweet panic) 
Specimens examined: Approach to Bailey Bridge, Prince 
of Wales Bay (TSE), 9.vi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 128471! & HO 
55049!); Symmons Plains, highway just S of raceway entrance 
(TNM), 14.iii.2008, M.L. Baker 1875 (HO 547458!). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens collected from widely separated 
locations, both from roadside verges. The most recent 
collection was from a population consisting of several 
plants. The scarcity of collecting information associated 
with the specimens, and the infrequent collections, 
means there is some doubt regarding its status in 
Tasmania. See Figure 9. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld (doubtfully 
naturalised), NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Setariapumila (Poir.) Roem. & Schultz, 
subsp. pumila (pale pigeon-grass) 
Specimen examined: Hill Street, West Hobart (TSE), 
10.iii.2004, M.L. Baker 396 (HO!). 
Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen from an amenity street-tree 
planting in the south of the State. All plants were 
removed and destroyed and a survey of surrounding 
area did not reveal any additional individuals. For a 
discussion of this occurrence see Baker (2005). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Sorghum bicolor (L.) Moench (sorghum) 
Specimens examined: Margate tip, 10.vi.2004, M.L. Baker 
450 (HO!); Risdon Vale, Risdon Vale Creek (all TSE), 5.iv.2007, M.L. 
Baker 1798 (HO!). 
Notes: This robust annual grass, cultivated in tropical 
and subtropical regions of the world for its edible grain, 
is known in Tasmania from only three plants recorded 
in the south of the State. Two were growing in a weed- 
infested urban creek bank and were thought to have 
arisen from discarded bird cage refuse. The other was a 
single plant growing at a municipal tip.The small number 
of plants and its tropical growing requirements suggest 
that it only exists as a transient weed in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, 
Qld, NSW, ACT (doubtfully naturalised) 
Status: Not naturalised 
Sorghum haiepense (L.) Pers. (Johnson grass) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Lindisfarne (TSE), 
29.L1920, J.E. Phillip s.n. (MEL2139750 [n.v.]); Tasmania (cult.) 
(TNM), ii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 105340!); Campbell Town 
(TNM), 7.iii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2139751 [n.v.]); Queens 
Domain, Hobart, Edge of top carpark (TSE), 20.ii.2001, P. 
Bramich s.n. (HO 512572!); Margate Tip (TSE), 10.vi.2004, M. 
Baker 449 (HO!). 
Notes: This robust perennial grass is known in 
Tasmania from a small number of specimens. The 
earlier records are thought to be from plants cultivated 
in pasture trials. The Queens Domain collections are 
thought to have arisen from bird seed that was scattered 
in the area. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Discussion 
Based on this study, the number of naturalised taxa 
in Tasmania recognised in the 2016 edition of the 
Tasmanian Vascular Plant Census (de Salas & Baker 2016) 
should be reduced by 75 because 37 taxa previously 
considered to be naturalised are better regarded as 
never having been naturalised in Tasmania. Based 
on the available evidence, a further 38 taxa are best 
regarded as doubtfully naturalised. 
Of the 150 taxa listed in de Salas and Baker (2016) as 
sparingly naturalised, eight were deemed to be status 
uncertain (Table 1). These species will be the topic 
64 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339822 Panicum capillare capillare Muelleria 38: 64
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890553
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339823 Panicum capillare occidentale Muelleria 38: 64
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890553
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339778 Panicum gilvum Muelleria 38: 64, Fig. 9
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890553
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
information, it cannot be considered naturalised but its 
status should remain uncertain pending further surveys. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Panicum capillare L (= Panicum capillare L. 
var. capillare & P. capillare L. var. occidental 
Rydb.) (witchgrass) 
Specimens examined: Gunns Plains (TNS), Colbourne (ex 
herb. Rodway) (HO 27821!); NW Coast, North West (TNS), iii.1956, 
I. Murfet s.n. (HO 27820!); Latrobe Cemetery (FLI), 1.iv.2003, AM 
Buchanan 160001 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
three collections but there is insufficient information to 
justify assigning a naturalised status. Investigation of the 
Latrobe Cemetery site could provide useful information 
in reviewing its status in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Panicum gilvum Launert (sweet panic) 
Specimens examined: Approach to Bailey Bridge, Prince 
of Wales Bay (TSE), 9.vi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 128471! & HO 
55049!); Symmons Plains, highway just S of raceway entrance 
(TNM), 14.iii.2008, M.L. Baker 1875 (HO 547458!). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens collected from widely separated 
locations, both from roadside verges. The most recent 
collection was from a population consisting of several 
plants. The scarcity of collecting information associated 
with the specimens, and the infrequent collections, 
means there is some doubt regarding its status in 
Tasmania. See Figure 9. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld (doubtfully 
naturalised), NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Setariapumila (Poir.) Roem. & Schultz, 
subsp. pumila (pale pigeon-grass) 
Specimen examined: Hill Street, West Hobart (TSE), 
10.iii.2004, M.L. Baker 396 (HO!). 
Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen from an amenity street-tree 
planting in the south of the State. All plants were 
removed and destroyed and a survey of surrounding 
area did not reveal any additional individuals. For a 
discussion of this occurrence see Baker (2005). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Sorghum bicolor (L.) Moench (sorghum) 
Specimens examined: Margate tip, 10.vi.2004, M.L. Baker 
450 (HO!); Risdon Vale, Risdon Vale Creek (all TSE), 5.iv.2007, M.L. 
Baker 1798 (HO!). 
Notes: This robust annual grass, cultivated in tropical 
and subtropical regions of the world for its edible grain, 
is known in Tasmania from only three plants recorded 
in the south of the State. Two were growing in a weed- 
infested urban creek bank and were thought to have 
arisen from discarded bird cage refuse. The other was a 
single plant growing at a municipal tip.The small number 
of plants and its tropical growing requirements suggest 
that it only exists as a transient weed in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, 
Qld, NSW, ACT (doubtfully naturalised) 
Status: Not naturalised 
Sorghum haiepense (L.) Pers. (Johnson grass) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Lindisfarne (TSE), 
29.L1920, J.E. Phillip s.n. (MEL2139750 [n.v.]); Tasmania (cult.) 
(TNM), ii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 105340!); Campbell Town 
(TNM), 7.iii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2139751 [n.v.]); Queens 
Domain, Hobart, Edge of top carpark (TSE), 20.ii.2001, P. 
Bramich s.n. (HO 512572!); Margate Tip (TSE), 10.vi.2004, M. 
Baker 449 (HO!). 
Notes: This robust perennial grass is known in 
Tasmania from a small number of specimens. The 
earlier records are thought to be from plants cultivated 
in pasture trials. The Queens Domain collections are 
thought to have arisen from bird seed that was scattered 
in the area. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Discussion 
Based on this study, the number of naturalised taxa 
in Tasmania recognised in the 2016 edition of the 
Tasmanian Vascular Plant Census (de Salas & Baker 2016) 
should be reduced by 75 because 37 taxa previously 
considered to be naturalised are better regarded as 
never having been naturalised in Tasmania. Based 
on the available evidence, a further 38 taxa are best 
regarded as doubtfully naturalised. 
Of the 150 taxa listed in de Salas and Baker (2016) as 
sparingly naturalised, eight were deemed to be status 
uncertain (Table 1). These species will be the topic 
64 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339669 Parietaria judaica Muelleria 38: 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890512
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected 
more than 140 years ago. It is listed in Spicer's A 
Handbook of the Tasmanian Plants (Spicer 1878b as H. 
niger) as introduced but not widely established enough 
to consider it being part of the flora. Curtis (1967) 
described its distribution and habitat as "occasional 
as a weed of cultivation". No information regarding its 
habitat, abundance and degree of naturalisation are 
recorded and there is little evidence to indicate that it 
was ever naturalised in Tasmania. See Figure 6. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Nicotiana sylvestris Speg. (woodland 
tobacco) 
Specimens examined: 61a Salvator Road, West Hobart 
(cult.) (TSE), J. Chraska s.n. (HO 30551!); Stieglitz Tip, St Helens 
(FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1970 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is 
occasionally cultivated as an ornamental garden plant 
in the State. It has been recorded outside of cultivation 
at a disused tip-site on the east coast where it has 
presumably arisen from dumped garden waste. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Physalis peruviana L. (Cape gooseberry) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Boat Harbour, 
Wynyard area (KIN), 1711975, B. Copley 4667 (AD 97508260 
[n.v.]); Suburban garden, Blackmans Bay (TSE), 18.V.1985, PA. 
Collier 534 (HO!); Great Dog Island (cult.) (FLI), 8.xii.1986, S. Harris 
s.n. (H0123909!); Huonville, S side of river (TSR), 16.ii.2006, AM 
Buchanan 16407 (HO!); Lovers Lane, Naracoopa, King Island 
(KIN), 2612015, M. Batey436 andG. Batey (HO!). 
Notes:This short-lived shrub is occasionally cultivated 
in Tasmania as an ornamental and for its edible fruit. 
Outside of cultivation it is known from several disjunct 
locations from weedy habitats, including roadsides, 
tip sites, vegetable gardens and agricultural land, but 
occasionally also in relatively undisturbed bushland. 
Populations are usually restricted to small numbers of 
plants and are thought to have originated from dumped 
garden waste or spread via animals. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Solanum nodiflorum Jacq. (small-flowered 
nightshade) 
Specimen examined: Clarence Point, West Tamar (FLI), 
28.ix.1993, AM. Buchanan 13453 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania from a single collection made in 
1993 from disturbed ground at the edge of a Eucalyptus 
forest in the north of the State. No information regarding 
the plant's abundance and degree of naturalisation are 
recorded, making it difficult to assign any naturalised 
status. It may be mistaken for the widespread and 
commonly naturalised Solanum nigrum L. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld (?native 
and naturalised), NSW (?native and naturalised), Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Solanum triflorum Nutt, (cutleaf nightshade) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Seven Mile Beach, 
3.iv.2000, AM Buchanan 15695 (HO!); Pitt Water, Pittwater Road, 
812004, T. Swan s.n. (HO 527944!); Service Depot, Five Mile 
Beach, 10.iii.2006, A. Crane s.n. (HO 539022!); Tasman Highway, 
Tunnel Hill section, E side, 9.vi.2010, M Wapstra 1115 (HO!); 533 
Pass Road, Mornington, 11.iv.2011, M Moore s.n. (HO 562180!) 
(all TSE). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a small number of localised but well-established 
populations in the State's southeast. It is most often 
recorded growing in sandy soils at low elevations. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
URTICACEAE 
Parietariajudaica L. (wall pellitory) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): 17 Keen Court, 
Kingston, 711998, D.l. Morris 86648 (HO!); 11 Carr Street, North 
Hobart, 30.vi.2008, M.L. Baker 1890 (HO!); lower side (private car 
park), Bathurst Street, Hobart, 30.xi.2012, M Wapstra s.n. (HO 
568271!); Hobart, corner of Collins Street and Barrack Street 
18.ix.2015, M.L Baker 3012 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
a small number of specimens from the State's southeast. 
It has been recorded as a weed in two gardens and 
as single plants growing from the cracks of walls and 
footpaths. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Muelleria 
55 

Page image

51339402 penny cress Muelleria 38: 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890494
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Bishop s.n. (HO 323066!); Dover (TSR), 29.X.2002, T. Rudman s.n. 
(HO 520018!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N of 
Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, M.L. Baker 1350 (HO!); Mt 
Wellington (TSE), 25.ix.2006, M. Wapstra22 (HO!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated biennial herb 
is widespread in Tasmania and is common especially 
in and around the greater Hobart region. Naturalised 
populations have been recorded growing in a range of 
habitats, including roadside verges, shorelines, stream 
banks and pasture. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Nasturtium microphyllum Boenn. ex Rchb. 
(one-row watercress) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 13): Near Cataract 
[Gorge], Launceston (TNM), xi.1865, [collector unknown] (NSW 
137706 [n.v.]); At the base of Mount Field East, and at Jones 
River (TSR), i.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL0093363 [n.v.]); Mole Creek 
(TNS), xii.1908, L. Rodway 25a (HO!); Apsley (TSE), 20.xii.1978, 
D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 30970!); Ocean Beach. 5 km W of Strahan 
(TWE), 7.ii.1981, A.E. Orchard 5368 (HO!); South Road coastal 
block, 100 m from coast, King Island (KIN), 1.xii.2009, M. Batey 
99 and G. Batey (HOI). 
Notes: This semi-aquatic perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from several collections spanning a long period 
of time and with a wide distribution. Recent examination 
of material held in theTasmanian Herbarium has identified 
several specimens of N. microphyllum from material 
previously identified as Nasturtium officinale W.T.Aiton. It 
is possible that this it is more widespread in the State as it 
is likely to have been overlooked due to its resemblance to 
the widespread and common N. officinale. To distinguish 
the two species, fertile material with mature fruits is 
required. Curtis and Morris (1975) described its habitat 
as being the same as where N. officinale is found; that is, 
streams and ditches in moving water. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Raphanus maritimus Sm. (sea radish) 
Specimens examined: Bridgewater (TSE), 9.xi.1942, H.D. 
Gordon s.n. (HO 29355!); Wynyard, township (TNS), 18.i.1964, A. 
Colebrook8816 (NSW 641428 [n.v.]). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
two disjunct locations. Information on both suggests 
they were not from cultivated plants. The Bridgewater 
collection is from an "embankment", whereas the 
Wynyard collection is annotated as being "not 
cultivated". It has not been recorded in Tasmania for 
more than 50 years and, without details of the habitat or 
populations at these sites, there is insufficient evidence 
to suggest that it is naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Rorippa sylvestris (L.) Besser (creeping 
yellowcress) 
Specimens examined: Cradoc Hill Road, near Cradoc (TSR), 
4. xii.2000, D.l. Morris 86721 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 
12.L2001, A.M. Buchanan 15825 (HO!); Cradoc Hill Road, Lilium 
farm on W side of road (TSR), 19.L2004, A.M. Buchanan 16093 
(HO!); Mountain River Road, ~1.5km from Grove intersection. 
Mountain River (TSR), 19.L2004, M.L. Baker402 (HO!); Valleyfield, 
New Norfolk (TSE), 23.L2004, M.L Baker 401 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb has a distribution that 
is localised and restricted in southern Tasmania. It is 
well-established and a troublesome weed at several 
sites including Cradoc Hill Road, where it was recorded 
in a weed-infested paddock after it was accidentally 
introduced via imported Lilium bulbs. In April 2018 
many plants were persisting at this site. It has also been 
recorded from a blackcurrant crop at New Norfolk. The 
species does not reproduce by seed and reproduction 
and dispersal is via transport of rhizomes. Based on the 
above evidence, R. sylvestris appears to be sparingly 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Thlaspi arvense L. (penny cress) 
Specimens examined: Togari (KIN), 16.xi.1976, J. Lees s.n. 
(HO 576402!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), 14.X.1991, S. Geard 
s.n. (HO 142638!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), ll.x.1991, 
5. Geard s.n. (HO 142639!). 
Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from two widespread locations: Togari in the State's 
northwest, and Pawtella in the south. The Pawtella 
specimen was from a rape crop, but there is no indication 
of the number of plants or its history or status at the site. 
The collection from Togari is devoid of contextual notes. 
In the absence of information, there is doubt regarding 
its naturalised status in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously 
naturalised) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Muelleria 
37 

Page image

51339721 Peruvian lily Muelleria 38: 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890517
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Highway, near Prospect, Launceston, 30.X.2000, K. Graham s.n. 
(HO 533225!); Bass Highway, near Prospect, Launceston (all 
TNM), 20.vii.2005, M.L. Baker 1588, (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial is known in Tasmania 
from two locations in the Launceston area. Curtis and 
Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat as 
"local, recorded from marshes in two localities in the 
North West". However, there is no evidence to support 
this. It was more recently collected from near Prospect 
(Launceston) where it is locally abundant and persistent 
on a highway verge covering an area of approx. 30 x 
5 m. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
LILIACEAE 
Alstroemeria aurea Graham (Peruvian lily) 
Specimens examined: Waratah Cemetery (TCH), 2.ii.2001, 
A.M. Buchanan 15838 (HOI); 15 m from corner of Huon Road and 
Ridgeway Road (TSE), 4.L2004, M.F. Duretto 1672 (HO!); Haldane 
Reserve, Lenah Valley (TSE), 2.iii.2011, M. Wapstra 1232 (HOI); 
Old town of Guildford (TCH), 2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1814 (HOI). 
Notes: This tuberous perennial is commonly 
cultivated as a garden plant in Tasmania. It appears to be 
naturalised in scattered localities where it forms small, 
localised patches. One record notes that it is naturalising 
in a paddock but does not indicate the extent of the 
population. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Scillaperuviana L. (Cuban lily) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Snake Island, N 
end. D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 18.xi.1984, K. Harris s.n. 
(HO 969891); Don Heads. Between road and lagoon, N of Don 
(FLI), 19.X.1986, D.l. Morris 8649 (HOI); Mersey Bluff, Devonport 
(FLI), 31.X.2002, B. Nuttall s.n. (HO 5202971); Mersey Lighthouse, 
Mersey Bluff (FLI), 22.ix.2005, M.L Baker 1617 (HO!); Railton - 
cleared end of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2012, M. Wapstra 
1417 (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial herb is cultivated in 
Tasmania and is known from several widely separated 
but localised populations. Naturalised populations are 
most likely garden escapes or plants persisting from 
abandoned gardens. It is most suited to dry coastal 
habitats and has been recorded forming large colonies 
consisting of hundreds of plants. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
POACEAE 
Aira cupaniana Guss. (silvery hairgrass) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, xii.1923, A.H.S. Lucas s.n. 
(NSW 551107 [ n.v ;]); Launceston (all TSE), 14.xi.1963, EJ. 
McBarron 8480, (NSW [n.v.]). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
two widely separated populations collected more 
than 50 years ago. Notes accompanying the latest 
collection indicate that it grew in wasteland in the city of 
Launceston. The limited material and associated notes 
make it difficult to accurately assign a naturalised status. 
It is likely to have been overlooked due to its similarity to 
other naturalised species in the genus. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Avellinia michelii (Savi) Pari, (avellinia) 
Specimens examined: Tin Dish Lagoon', Maclains Plain, 
Campbell Town, 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5051751);Tin Dish 
(all TNM), 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5042521). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens that appear to be duplicates of each 
other. The plants were collected from the outer edge of 
a wetland in a Selleria radicans herbfield surrounded by 
native grassland. There are no further details regarding 
the population. The limited material and associated 
collecting notes raise doubt over its naturalised status. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Calamagrostis epigejos (L.) Roth (wood 
smallreed) 
Selected specimens examined (2 of 5): Tanners Creek, 
Arthur Highway, vi.1973, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 568832!);Tanners 
Creek, between Forcett and Copping, Arthur Highway (all TSE), 
1 .iii.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 252221). 
Notes: This large perennial grass is known inTasmania 
from several collections from a roadside ditch on the 
Arthur Highway in the southeast of the State. The origin 
of the species here is unknown. It is believed to have 
been deliberately eradicated and recent surveys have 
failed to re-find it. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Previously naturalised 
60 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339573 pheasant's eye Muelleria 38: 50
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890507
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
weed in gardens, and in cracks in walls and pots". It is 
not known if the populations at the collection sites 
have persisted. The species is occasionally grown as a 
pot or garden bed herb and used in salads. It readily 
self-sows but has not appeared to have spread beyond 
domestic gardens. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
PRIMULACEAE 
Lysimachia minima (L.) U.Mans & Anderb. 
(kause chaffweed) 
Specimens examined: Rubicon Sanctuary, Port Sorell (FLI), 
14.X.2009, P. Collier 5358 (HO!); Tinderbox, East Coast (TSE), 
17.X.2011 , D.E. Albrechts.n. (HO!). 
Notes: This diminutive annual herb is likely to be 
overlooked and much more widespread in Tasmania 
than indicated by current collections. Collections to 
date have been from a weedy habitat (Tinderbox) or as 
a single plant growing as a weed in a gravel drive. The 
species is widely naturalised on mainland Australia. A 
doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending 
further information on its distribution. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
PROTEACEAE 
Hakea laurina R.Br. (pincushion hakea) 
Specimens examined: University of Tasmania gardens, 
Hobart (cult.), 12.iii.2002, R. Dillon s.n. and GJordan (HO 
528995!); Coningham, 7.V.2005, J. Taylor s.n. (HO 541827!); 
Coningham, 21 .x.2008, R.G. Tyson 906 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: Apart from one collection from cultivation, 
this ornamental shrub is known in Tasmania from two 
specimens from the same site, collected approximately 
three years apart. Here, the species had most likely 
spread from nearby gardens (where it was noted 
as being present) into coastal heathy woodland, 
and occurred as a population of mature and young 
plants. The population was removed in 2008. The 
species is a popular garden plant in Tasmania and 
further naturalised populations are expected to occur. 
However, there is no evidence to suggest it is more 
widely naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and 
naturalised), SA 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Lomatia fraseri R.Br. (tree lomatia) 
Specimens examined: PipelineTrack,ForkCreekCatchment, 
Fern Tree, 12.iii.2002, D. Ziegler 237 (HO!); Pipeline Track, Fern 
Tree, near Browns Road, 25.vi.2009, PA. Tyson 966 (HO!); Fern 
Tree, 30.vi.2009, M.L. Baker 2098 (HO!); Mount Wellington, 
Pipeline Track 30.xi.2010,M Wapstra 1181 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This shrub or small tree is known in Tasmania 
from several specimens from a single localised 
population comprised of several individuals and 
patches of plants growing in wet sclerophyll forest on 
the foothills of Mt Wellington in the State's southeast. 
There has been a concerted effort at removal by a local 
landcare group, but some individuals, presumably 
escaped from garden plantings, are still present. The 
species is native on mainland Australia, where it is a 
widespread and sometimes locally common species in 
wet mountain forests. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (native), Vic. 
(native) 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
RANUNCULACEAE 
Adonis microcarpa DC. (pheasant's eye) 
Specimen examined: Flinders Island, Wybalenna area (FLI), 
1 2.V.1 999, S. Welsh s.n. (HO 444814!). 
Notes: This erect annual herb has only been collected 
once in Tasmania, from a dry, sheep grazing paddock on 
Flinders Island. According to notes accompanying the 
specimen, the population consisted of approximately 
nine plants over an area of 30 m 2 . A doubtfully 
naturalised status is assigned here pending further 
information on its distribution. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Aquilegia vulgaris L. (common columbine) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Poison Hill, 9 km 
E of Woodsdale (TSE), 6.X.1984, A. Moscal 8517 (HO!); Poimena 
"township", Blue Tier (BEL), 28.xii.2006, M. Wapstra 86 (HO!); 
Pipers River, downstream of Lilydale Road crossing (FLI), 
18.xii.2007, M. Wapstra 409 (HO!); North West Bay River (TSE), 
7.xi.2000, AC. Rozefelds 1895 (HO!); River Road, N of Deloraine 
(TNS), 21 .xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1390 (HO!). 
Notes: This commonly cultivated perennial herb 
is known in Tasmania from several widely spread 
populations. Most have been recorded from roadside 
verges or riparian zones, often in close proximity to 
50 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339117 Phebalium graniticola Muelleria 38: 8, 10, Figs 1A, 2, 6 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890542
Page is part of the work Three new species segregated from Phebalium squamulosum subsp. squamulosum (Rutaceae) based on morphological and phytochemical data, doi:10.5962/p.337576

Page text

Telford, Sadgrove and Bruhl 
University of New England. This research project will 
add molecular data as well as more morphological 
and phytochemical data, leading to a comprehensive 
revision of the group as part of systematic study of 
Phebalium in eastern Australia. 
Taxonomy 
In this section, citation of specimens follows regional 
categories used by respective State herbaria, while 
distributional data follow IBRA Bioregions (https://www. 
environment.gov.au/land/nrs/science/ibra). 
Phebalium graniticola I.Telford & J.J.Bruhl, 
sp. nov. 
P. squamulosum subsp. squamulosum auct. non Vent.: 
Wilson (1970,2013) p.p., excluding all populations other 
than those from the Granite Belt of Qld and the North 
Western Slopes and Northern Tablelands (not including 
Barrington Tops) of N.S.W.; Weston & Porteners (1991: 
258) p.p. ibid.; Weston & Harden (2002:303) p.p. ibid. 
Type : NEW SOUTH WALES: Northern Tablelands: 
alongside Blather Creek near Blatherarm Road, 
Torrington State Recreation Area (nowTorrington State 
Conservation Area), J.R. Hosking 1610 & G.R. Hosking, 7 
Oct. 1998; holo: NSW; iso: BRI, CANB, MEL (MEL283130), 
NE (NE68575), NSW. 
Diagnosis: differing from P. squamulosum Vent, 
subsp. squamulosum s. str. in its leaf margins (irregularly 
dentate vs entire), calyx rim (broad triangular lobes 
vs truncate), seed ornamentation (verruculose with 
few longitudinal ridges vs not verruculose and with 
many longitudinal ridges), and its leaf essential oil (the 
absence of squamulosone). Shrubs, stems erect, to 
3 m tall. Bark ±smooth, red-brown to grey-brown with 
paler longitudinal lenticels. Branchlets densely silvery 
and rufous lepidote. Leaves: petiole 1.2-3.5 mm long, 
densely silvery and rufous lepidote; lamina elliptic, 
4.3-27.5 mm long, 2.2-6.0 mm wide, apically rounded 
or truncate, mucronate, margins irregularly dentate, 
±recurved, adaxial surface with midrib impressed, 
silvery lepidote on young leaves, glabrescent, glossy 
green, sparsely scabridulous with remnant bases of 
scales and the epidermis raised into obtuse to acute 
protuberances above the glands, abaxial surface silvery 
and rufous lepidote. Inflorescence terminal, of a single 
(3-)5-8(-13)-flowered umbel, sessile or peduncle to 
I. 5 mm long; pedicels 4.5-7(-15) mm long, densely 
silvery and rufous lepidote. Calyx shallowly cup-shaped, 
0.8-1.0 mm long, 1.6-2.8 mm diam., verruculose and 
lepidote with 5 broadly triangular lobes often obscured 
by lepidote trichomes. Corolla of 5 free petals; petals 
elliptic, 2.8-3.5mm long, 1.3-2.0 mm wide, shortly 
acuminate, adaxial surface glabrous, yellow, abaxial 
surface densely silvery and rufous lepidote. Stamens 10; 
filaments filiform, 5.0-5.8 mm long, glabrous; anthers 
elliptic, c. 1.2 mm long; apical gland minute, globose. 
Ovary subglobose, c. 1 mm diam., of 5 carpels, silvery 
lepidote; style c. 3 mm long, terete, glabrous; stigma 
minutely capitate. Fruit a capsular schizocarp of up to 5 
erect cocci; cocci compressed obovoid, 3-3.5 mm long, 
2-2.4 mm wide, truncate with an apical beak c. 1.5 mm 
long, silvery and ferruginous lepidote. Seeds compressed 
ovoid, 22-2.6 mm long, 1.3-1.6 mm wide, verruculose 
and with few discontinuous, longitudinal ridges on the 
outer face, dull dark grey. (Figs 1 A, 2) 
Specimens examined (selection): QUEENSLAND: Darling 
Downs: Amiens, 10 miles NW of Stanthorpe, L. Pedley 1488A, 
30 Oct. 1963 (BRI); Slopes near summit of Mount Norman, 
Girraween National Park, J.M. Powell 1062 & J.A. Armstrong, 
27 Sep. 1977 (BRI, NSW). NEW SOUTH WALES: Northern 
Tablelands: Bald Rock State Park, 23 km N of Tenterfield, R.G. 
Coveny 5728& N.Lander, 3 Oct. 1974 (CANB, NE, NSW); Roberts 
Range, c. 27 km WNW of Tenterfield, 5 km along track to 
Donnybrook Plateau from Back Creek Road, I.R. Telford 13122, 
J. J. Bruhl, M. Badham & D. Caldwell, 20 Dec. 2006 (BRI, CANB, HO, 
NE, NSW); Jonquil Knob, Torrington State Recreation Area, off 
Duck Creek Trail, P.l. Forster 27439, 12 July 2001 (BRI, MEL, NE, 
NSW); 2.3 km along Blatherarm Road from Torrington to Silent 
Grove road,Torrington State Recreation Area, R. Johnstone 1499 
&A.E. Orme, 31 Dec. 2004 (K, NE, NSW); Bluff Rock, 13 km S of 
Tenterfield, NJ. Sadgrove 303, 28 Oct. 2012; Cathedral Rock, 
10 km N of Ebor, J.B. Williams NE51584, Oct. 1974 (NE); North 
Western Slopes: The Barbs, c. 20 km ESE of Ashford, BJ. Lepschi 
5007& A. Whalen, 15 Sep. 2003 (AUA, CANB, DAO, NE, NSW, NY); 
'Willows', Bonshaw road, c. 43 km WNW of Glen Innes, GJ. White 
NE56114, 19 Aug. 1992 (NE); 'Rockview South' E of Barraba, J.T. 
Hunter s.n. & V.H. Hunter NE105028, 22 Apr. 2017 (BRI, NE, NSW). 
Distribution: Phebalium graniticola is widespread 
through the New England Bioregion from Amiens, NW 
of Stanthorpe, Queensland, south to Cathedral Rock, 
near Ebor, New South Wales, west to near Barraba and 
Inverell, New South Wales. 
Habitat: Phebalium graniticola grows in dry heath 
and Eucalyptus woodland mostly on granite, rarely on 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339137 Phebalium squamulosum squamulosum Muelleria 38: 10
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890540
Page is part of the work Three new species segregated from Phebalium squamulosum subsp. squamulosum (Rutaceae) based on morphological and phytochemical data, doi:10.5962/p.337576
51339138 Phebalium squamulosum squamulosum Muelleria 38: 10
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890540
Page is part of the work Three new species segregated from Phebalium squamulosum subsp. squamulosum (Rutaceae) based on morphological and phytochemical data, doi:10.5962/p.337576
51339139 Phebalium squamulosum squamulosum Muelleria 38: 10
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890540
Page is part of the work Three new species segregated from Phebalium squamulosum subsp. squamulosum (Rutaceae) based on morphological and phytochemical data, doi:10.5962/p.337576
51339236 Phebalium squamulosum squamulosum Muelleria 38: 10
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890540
Page is part of the work Three new species segregated from Phebalium squamulosum subsp. squamulosum (Rutaceae) based on morphological and phytochemical data, doi:10.5962/p.337576
51339133 Phebalium squamulosum squamulosum Muelleria 38: 12
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890538
Page is part of the work Three new species segregated from Phebalium squamulosum subsp. squamulosum (Rutaceae) based on morphological and phytochemical data, doi:10.5962/p.337576
51339134 Phebalium squamulosum squamulosum Muelleria 38: 12
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890538
Page is part of the work Three new species segregated from Phebalium squamulosum subsp. squamulosum (Rutaceae) based on morphological and phytochemical data, doi:10.5962/p.337576
51339135 Phebalium squamulosum squamulosum Muelleria 38: 12
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890538
Page is part of the work Three new species segregated from Phebalium squamulosum subsp. squamulosum (Rutaceae) based on morphological and phytochemical data, doi:10.5962/p.337576
51339136 Phebalium squamulosum squamulosum Muelleria 38: 12
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890538
Page is part of the work Three new species segregated from Phebalium squamulosum subsp. squamulosum (Rutaceae) based on morphological and phytochemical data, doi:10.5962/p.337576
51339182 Phebalium squamulosum squamulosum Muelleria 38: 3–16, Fig. 1B

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 3–16, Fig. 1B".

51339140 Phebalium squamulosum squamulosum Muelleria 38: 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890542
Page is part of the work Three new species segregated from Phebalium squamulosum subsp. squamulosum (Rutaceae) based on morphological and phytochemical data, doi:10.5962/p.337576
51339141 Phebalium squamulosum squamulosum Muelleria 38: 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890542
Page is part of the work Three new species segregated from Phebalium squamulosum subsp. squamulosum (Rutaceae) based on morphological and phytochemical data, doi:10.5962/p.337576
51339142 Phebalium squamulosum squamulosum Muelleria 38: 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890542
Page is part of the work Three new species segregated from Phebalium squamulosum subsp. squamulosum (Rutaceae) based on morphological and phytochemical data, doi:10.5962/p.337576
51339235 Phebalium squamulosum squamulosum Muelleria 38: 8
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890542
Page is part of the work Three new species segregated from Phebalium squamulosum subsp. squamulosum (Rutaceae) based on morphological and phytochemical data, doi:10.5962/p.337576
51339121 Phebalium stellatum Muelleria 38: 10, 12, Figs 1C, 3-4, 6 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890540
Page is part of the work Three new species segregated from Phebalium squamulosum subsp. squamulosum (Rutaceae) based on morphological and phytochemical data, doi:10.5962/p.337576

Page text

Telford, Sadgrove and Bruhl 
metasediments (Donnybrook Plateau, Severn River 
Gorge). This species occurs at 580-1550 m altitude, 
mostly on high rocky sites, following suitable habitats 
near streams to the lower altitudes. Associated 
species include Acacia neriifolia A.Cunn. ex Benth., 
A. torringtonensis Tindale (Torrington only), Callitris 
endlicheri (Pari.) F.M.Bailey, Calytrix tetragona Labill., 
Eucalyptus andrewsii Maiden, E. prava L.A.SJohnson 
& K.D.Hill, £ youmanii Blakely & McKie, Leptospermum 
brevipes F.Muell., L trinervium (Sm.) Joy Thomps., 
Prostanthera petraea BJ.Conn (Bald Rock only) and 
Styphelia triflora Andrews. 
Phenology: Phebalium graniticola flowers August- 
October; fruits December-January. 
Conservation status: The species is widespread and 
common with populations of many individuals and thus 
is considered to be of "Least Concern" (IUCN 2017). It is 
conserved in Girraween National Park in Queensland, 
Bald Rock and Cathedral Rock National Parks, Torrington 
State Conservation Area and Bolivia Hill Nature Reserve 
in New South Wales. 
Etymology: The epithet is from the Latin granitum 
(granite) and -cola (a dweller), referring to the species 
preference for granitic habitats. 
Phebalium stellatum I .Telford & JJ.Bruhl 
sp. nov. 
P. squamulosum subsp. squamulosum auct. non Vent.: 
Wilson (1970; 2013) p.p., excluding all populations 
other than those in the vicinity of Cascade near Dorrigo, 
N.S.W.; Weston & Porteners (1991: 258) p.p. ibid., and all 
illustrations except 2a, right hand leaf only; Weston & 
Harden (2002:303) p.p., ibid. 
Type : NEW SOUTH WALES. North Coast: Wild Cattle 
Creek State Forest, 200 m along Callitris Rd from Morora 
Rd, 2.5 km ENE of Cascade, I.R. Telford 12938&J.J. Bruhl, 
10 Sep. 2006; holo: NSW; iso: BRI, CANB, HO, K, MEL 
(MEL2380142), MO, NE (NE88775), PERTH. 
Diagnosis: differs from P. squamulosum Vent, subsp. 
squamulosum s. str. in the presence of stellate trichomes 
on branchlets and leaves, larger, lanceolate leaves (35— 
117 vs 8-34 mm long), smaller flowers (petals 2.5-3 
vs 3-4 mm long), smaller seeds (2-2.3 vs 2.4-2.6 mm 
long) with fewer longitudinal ridges, and the absence of 
squamulosone from its leaf essential oil. 
Shrubsortrees, stems erect to 8 m tall. Bark grey-brown, 
±smooth roughen slightly by paler lenticels. Branchlets 
densely white lepidote to stellate hairy. Leaves: petioles 
2-5 mm long; laminas narrowly lanceolate, (35-)50-85(- 
117) mm long, (3.5—)7.5—10(-15) mm wide, acute, margin 
straight or shallowly crenate, flat or slightly recurved; 
adaxial surface with midrib impressed, sparsely stellate, 
glabrescent, dull; slightly raised and rounded above 
the glands, abaxial surface densely white stellate hairy 
and rufous lepidote becoming predominately white 
stellate hairy at maturity. Inflorescence terminal, of up 
to five 4-8-flowered umbels, the adjacent upper axils 
with solitary umbels; peduncles 3-10 mm long, densely 
silvery lepidote; pedicels 3-7.4 mm long, densely silvery 
lepidote. Calyx broadly cup-shaped, c. 0.8 mm long, c. 
1.5 mm diam., truncate or scarcely 5-lobed, densely 
silvery lepidote. Corolla of 5 free petals; petals elliptic, 
2.5-3 mm long, 1.2-1.5 mm wide, apiculate, the adaxial 
surface glabrous, cream-pale yellow; abaxial surface 
densely silvery and ferrugineous lepidote. Stamens 10; 
filaments filiform, 3.5-5.5 mm long, glabrous; anthers 
elliptic, c. 0.6 mm long, apical gland minute, globose. 
Ovary subglobose, 1 -1.2 mm diam., of 5 carpels, silvery 
lepidote and stellate hairy; style filiform, c. 3.5 mm long, 
with sparse stellate trichomes towards base; stigma 
truncate. Fruit a capsular schizocarp of up to 5 erect 
cocci; cocci compressed obovoid, 22-2.8 mm long, 
1.8-2.5 mm wide, truncate, silvery and rufous lepidote. 
Seeds compressed obovoid, 2.0-2.3 mm long, 1.3- 
1.5 mm wide, with discontinuous longitudinal ridges 
mainly on the outer face, glossy black. (Figs 1C, 3,4) 
Specimens examined (selection): NEW SOUTH WALES: 
North Coast: Wild Cattle Creek State Forest, Mobong Rd, 2.5 km 
from junction with Measuring Hut Rd, S. Griffith s.n, 3 Sep. 1991 
(BRI, NE, NSW); Wild Cattle Creek State Forest, 8.5 km along 
Moses Rock Rd from Cascade, I.R. Telford 12945 &J.J. Bruhl, 10 
Sep. 2006 (BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NE, NSW, PERTH); Morora Rd, 4.4 
km E of Cascade via Dorrigo, A/?. Bean 16875 ,10 Sep. 2000 (BRI, 
CANB, MEL, NSW); Dorrigo State Forest, hillsides above Wild 
Cattle Creek, C. White 7561 ,4 Oct. 1930 (BRI); Urumbilum River, 
Orara West State Forest [now Bindari National Park], A Floyd s.n., 
9 Sep. 1972 (CFSHB). 
Distribution: Phebalium stellatum is restricted to the 
mountainous country within 20 km of Cascade, N of 
Dorrigo, in the New South Wales North Coast Bioregion, 
New South Wales. 
Phenology: The species flowers August-September; 
fruits December. 
10 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339125 Phebalium sylvaticum Muelleria 38: 12, 15, Figs 1D, 5, 6 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890538
Page is part of the work Three new species segregated from Phebalium squamulosum subsp. squamulosum (Rutaceae) based on morphological and phytochemical data, doi:10.5962/p.337576

Page text

Telford, Sadgrove and Bruhl 
Habitat: Phebalium stellatum grows in wetter open 
forest on clay soils derived from metasediments at 
600-700 m altitude adjacent to closed forest and with a 
dense small tree and shrub understorey. Dominant tree 
species are Eucalyptus saligna Sm v E. microcorys F.Muell., 
E pilularis Sm. and Lophostemon confertus (R.Br.) Peter 
G.Wilson & J.T.Waterh. with an understorey including 
Callicoma serratifolia Andrews, Acacia binervata 
DC., Allocasuarina littoralis (Salisb.) L.A.SJohnson, 
Schizomeria ovata D.Don, Alphitonia excelsa (A.Cunn. 
ex Fenzl) Benth., Archirhodomyrtus beckleri (F.Muell.) 
AJ.Scott, Rubus moluccanus L. and Trimenia moorei (Oliv. 
ex Benth.) W.R.Philipson. 
Conservation status: Six populations have been 
recorded in the area within 20 km of Cascade. The 
population at the type locality consists of hundreds 
of individuals of mixed size classes (pers. obs., 27 May 
2019). At this site, the disturbed roadside site suggests 
regeneration is promoted by opening of the forest 
canopy. Other populations have not been assessed. 
Under the IUCN (2017) risk categories, the species 
must be regarded as "Data Deficient". More detailed 
consideration to its conservation status will be given in 
the broader study under way. The species is conserved 
in Bindari National Park. 
Etymology; The epithet is from the Latin Stella (star), 
in reference to trichome shape of the indumentum 
on branchlets and abaxial leaf surfaces, and the starry 
appearance of the inflorescences. 
Notes: Specimens from the Bucketty to Mogo Creek 
area, Central Coast, New South Wales, possess some 
stellate trichomes, but in other leaf and seed characters 
match neither P. stellatum nor P. squamulosum subsp. 
squamulosum s. str. 
Phebalium sylvaticum I .Telford & JJ.Bruhl 
sp. nov. 
Phebalium squamulosum subsp. squamulosum auct. 
non Vent.: Wilson 82 (1970; 2013) p.p., excluding all 
populations except for North Coast (other than Cascade 
area) and Gibraltar Range, N.S.W.; Weston & Porteners 258 
(1993) p.p., ibid.; Weston & Harden 303 (2002) p.p., ibid. 
Type : NEW SOUTH WALES. Northern Tablelands: 
Gibraltar Range National Park, 2 km north-east of turn¬ 
off to Washpool National Park along Gwydir Highway, 
L.M. Copeland 40846, 6 Sep 2006; holo: NSW; iso: BRI, 
CANB, K, MEL (MEL2380138), MO, NE (NE88815). 
Diagnosis: differs from P. squamulosum Vent. s. str. 
in larger, usually narrowly lanceolate leaves (17—)30— 
70(-80) x (3.5—)5—10 vs 8-34 x 2.5-5.5 mm), seed 
ornamentation (verruculose with few longitudinal 
ridges on outer face vs many longitudinal ridges), and 
the absence of squamulosonefrom its leaf essential oil. 
Shrubs or trees, stems erect to 6 m tall. Bark grey- 
brown, ±smooth roughened slightly by paler lenticels. 
Branchlets densely scaly with rufous lepidote trichomes. 
Leaves: petiole 2-4.5 mm long; lamina narrowly 
lanceolate to narrowly elliptic, (17-)30-70(-80) mm 
long, (3.5-)5-10 mm wide, obtuse to acute, margin 
entire to sinuate, flat to slightly recurved; adaxial surface 
with midrib impressed, glabrous, glossy green, slightly 
raised and rounded above the glands; abaxial surface 
densely silver and silver-rufous lepidote. Inflorescence 
terminal, of up to five 3-6-flowered umbels, the several 
adjacent upper axils with solitary umbels; peduncle 
1.5-4 mm long, silvery lepidote; pedicels 5-10 mm long, 
silvery lepidote. Calyx broadly cup-shaped, c. 1.5 mm 
long, 2.5-2.8 mm diam.; very shallowly 5-lobed, silvery 
and rufous lepidote on abaxial surface. Corolla of 5 
free petals; petals elliptic, 3.5-4.2 mm long, 1.8-2 mm 
wide, obtuse; adaxial surface glabrous, yellow; abaxial 
surface densely rufous lepidote with a narrow glabrous 
margin. Stamens 10; filaments filiform, 3.5-6.5 mm 
long, glabrous; anthers elliptic, 1-1.2 mm long; apical 
gland globose. Ovary subglobose, 1.5-1.8 mm diam., 
of 5 carpels, densely silvery lepidote; style 4-4.5 mm 
long, with stellate trichomes or rarely lepidote on lower 
half; stigma truncate. Fruit a capsular schizocarp of up 
to 5 erect cocci; cocci compressed obovoid, 2.3-3 mm 
long, 1.8-2.5 mm wide, truncate, silvery lepidote. 
Seeds compressed narrowly obovoid, 22-2.7 mm long, 
1.3-1.5 mm wide, with a short reflexed apical beak and 
discontinuous longitudinal ridges appearing more or 
less warty mainly on the outer face, glossy black. (Figs 
ID, 5) 
Specimens examined (selection): QUEENSLAND: Moreton 
District: Mt Ballow, C.T. White 11101, 25 July 1937 (BRI); 
Durrumlee Peak, Mt Ballow area, McPherson Range, P.l. Forster 
PIF7440 & G. Leiper, 19 Sep. 1990 (BRI, CBG, MEL, NSW, PERTH); 
Double Peak, Mt Ballow area, G. Leiper s.n., 18 Aug. 1990 (BRI); 
Mowburra Peak, Mt Barney National Park, D.A. Fialford Q7380, 
10 Sep. 2002 (BRI, MEL). NEW SOUTH WALES: North Coast: 
Unungar State Forest [now Toonumbar National Park], Jones 
s.n. AQ 152704, Oct 1947 (BRI); Toonumbar State Forest [now 
12 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339610 Philadelphia blackberry Muelleria 38: 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890509
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339660 Physalis peruviana Muelleria 38: 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890512
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339686 pill sedge Muelleria 38: 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890514
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Gymnospermae 
PINACEAE 
Pinus wallichiana A.BJacks. (Bhutan pine) 
Specimen examined: Trevallyn Cataract Gorge, track on N 
side of South Esk River between First Basin and Kings Bridge, 
13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1974 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from 
Kings Bridge to Gorge (all TNM), 8.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3393 (HOI). 
Notes: This evergreen conifer is known in Tasmania 
from a single localised population at Launceston's 
Cataract Gorge. The population consists of several plants 
that have most likely spread from nearby cultivated 
plants and includes mature and juvenile plants. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Monocotyledoneae 
ALOEACEAE 
Kniphofici uvaria (L.) Oken (red-hot poker) 
Specimens examined: Balfour (TWE), 12.xii.1984, A. Moscal 
4783 (HOI); Tamar Cut (W of track) (TNM), 1812009, M. Wapstra 
629 (HOI); Gowrie Park, near Wilderness Village (TNS), 14.iii.2010, 
L.H. Cave, 1098 (HOI); Junction Arthur Highway and Kellevie 
Road (TSE), 21.xi.2010, M. Wapstra 1178 (HOI); Encampment 
Cove, Kintail home site, Maria Island (TSE), 8.iii.2011, M.L Baker 
2368 (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial herb is widely cultivated 
throughout the State as a garden and amenity plant. It 
has become naturalised to varying degrees at several 
locations with populations ranging in size from single 
clumps through to numerous individuals. It is most 
often seen growing on roadsides and bushland adjacent 
to urban areas, where it has escaped cultivation or 
arisen from dumped garden refuse. A particularly 
large population, in excess of 250 plants, was recently 
observed at Mt Nelson in the State's south, growing in 
a remnant bushland reserve (A. Muyt pers. comm.). See 
Figure 7. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
CYPERACEAE 
Carex buxbaumii\Nah\enb. (club sedge) 
Specimens examined: Western Mountains [Western Tiers] 
(?TCH), xii.1908, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 971561); Near Bronte Lagoon 
(TSR), 23.xi.2004, AT North s.n. (HO 5332301). 
Notes: This rhizomatous sedge is known in Tasmania 
from two collections. No information regarding its 
abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded 
although the most recent one notes that the plants 
were growing in damp native grassland. Due to the lack 
of notes accompanying the specimens it is difficult to 
determine its status in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carex pilulifera L. (pill sedge) 
Specimen examined: Lynchford, Queenstown (TWE), 
15.xii.1994, A.J. North s.n. (HO 4109511). 
Notes: This densely tufted perennial sedge is known 
in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more 
than 20 years ago from a small population growing 
along a tramline at Lynchford on the State's west coast. 
It is not known if the species is still present at the site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carexscoparia Schkur. ex Willd. (broom 
sedge) 
Specimen examined: Arthur River at Kanunnah Bridge 
(KIN), 23.xii.1983, A Moscal5179 (HOI). 
Notes: This perennial sedge is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen, collected from the Arthur River 
crossing at theTrowutta Forest Reserve. Notes regarding 
the species at the site indicate that it was a rare coloniser 
of alluvial sand. It has not been recorded for more than 
30 years and is considered doubtfully naturalised due to 
the highly dynamic nature of its habitat. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carex testacea Sol. ex Boott (orange sedge) 
Specimens examined: Intersection of Brooker Highway 
and Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 2311987, A.M. Buchanan 
9870 (HOI); Princes Park, Hobart (cult.), 25.V.1988, W.M. Curtis 
s.n. (HO 3278991); Brooker Highway at Burnett Street, Hobart 
(cult.), 9.vi.1989, I/I/./?. Watson s.n. (HO 1149021); Tasmania (cult.), 
30.xi.2002, A. Crane s.n. (HO 5202961); Sandy Bay, track at end 
of Marlborough Street. Hobart 5.xii.2007, M.L Baker 1853 (HO!) 
(all TSE). 
Notes: This tufted perennial sedge is known in 
Tasmania from five collections, all from the Hobart 
Muelleria 
57 

Page image

51339330 Pilosella officinarum officinarum Muelleria 38: 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890489
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339566 pincushion hakea Muelleria 38: 50
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890507
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
weed in gardens, and in cracks in walls and pots". It is 
not known if the populations at the collection sites 
have persisted. The species is occasionally grown as a 
pot or garden bed herb and used in salads. It readily 
self-sows but has not appeared to have spread beyond 
domestic gardens. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
PRIMULACEAE 
Lysimachia minima (L.) U.Mans & Anderb. 
(kause chaffweed) 
Specimens examined: Rubicon Sanctuary, Port Sorell (FLI), 
14.X.2009, P. Collier 5358 (HO!); Tinderbox, East Coast (TSE), 
17.X.2011 , D.E. Albrechts.n. (HO!). 
Notes: This diminutive annual herb is likely to be 
overlooked and much more widespread in Tasmania 
than indicated by current collections. Collections to 
date have been from a weedy habitat (Tinderbox) or as 
a single plant growing as a weed in a gravel drive. The 
species is widely naturalised on mainland Australia. A 
doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending 
further information on its distribution. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
PROTEACEAE 
Hakea laurina R.Br. (pincushion hakea) 
Specimens examined: University of Tasmania gardens, 
Hobart (cult.), 12.iii.2002, R. Dillon s.n. and GJordan (HO 
528995!); Coningham, 7.V.2005, J. Taylor s.n. (HO 541827!); 
Coningham, 21 .x.2008, R.G. Tyson 906 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: Apart from one collection from cultivation, 
this ornamental shrub is known in Tasmania from two 
specimens from the same site, collected approximately 
three years apart. Here, the species had most likely 
spread from nearby gardens (where it was noted 
as being present) into coastal heathy woodland, 
and occurred as a population of mature and young 
plants. The population was removed in 2008. The 
species is a popular garden plant in Tasmania and 
further naturalised populations are expected to occur. 
However, there is no evidence to suggest it is more 
widely naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and 
naturalised), SA 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Lomatia fraseri R.Br. (tree lomatia) 
Specimens examined: PipelineTrack,ForkCreekCatchment, 
Fern Tree, 12.iii.2002, D. Ziegler 237 (HO!); Pipeline Track, Fern 
Tree, near Browns Road, 25.vi.2009, PA. Tyson 966 (HO!); Fern 
Tree, 30.vi.2009, M.L. Baker 2098 (HO!); Mount Wellington, 
Pipeline Track 30.xi.2010,M Wapstra 1181 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This shrub or small tree is known in Tasmania 
from several specimens from a single localised 
population comprised of several individuals and 
patches of plants growing in wet sclerophyll forest on 
the foothills of Mt Wellington in the State's southeast. 
There has been a concerted effort at removal by a local 
landcare group, but some individuals, presumably 
escaped from garden plantings, are still present. The 
species is native on mainland Australia, where it is a 
widespread and sometimes locally common species in 
wet mountain forests. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (native), Vic. 
(native) 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
RANUNCULACEAE 
Adonis microcarpa DC. (pheasant's eye) 
Specimen examined: Flinders Island, Wybalenna area (FLI), 
1 2.V.1 999, S. Welsh s.n. (HO 444814!). 
Notes: This erect annual herb has only been collected 
once in Tasmania, from a dry, sheep grazing paddock on 
Flinders Island. According to notes accompanying the 
specimen, the population consisted of approximately 
nine plants over an area of 30 m 2 . A doubtfully 
naturalised status is assigned here pending further 
information on its distribution. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Aquilegia vulgaris L. (common columbine) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Poison Hill, 9 km 
E of Woodsdale (TSE), 6.X.1984, A. Moscal 8517 (HO!); Poimena 
"township", Blue Tier (BEL), 28.xii.2006, M. Wapstra 86 (HO!); 
Pipers River, downstream of Lilydale Road crossing (FLI), 
18.xii.2007, M. Wapstra 409 (HO!); North West Bay River (TSE), 
7.xi.2000, AC. Rozefelds 1895 (HO!); River Road, N of Deloraine 
(TNS), 21 .xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1390 (HO!). 
Notes: This commonly cultivated perennial herb 
is known in Tasmania from several widely spread 
populations. Most have been recorded from roadside 
verges or riparian zones, often in close proximity to 
50 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339426 pink catchfly Muelleria 38: 39
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890496
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
16.viii.2009, M. Wapstra 916 (HO!); Prospect, bushland reserve 
between Country Club Avenue and Las Vegas Drive (TNM), 
16.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1456 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from 
Kings Bridge to Gorge (TNM), 7.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3383 (HO!). 
Notes: This commonly cultivated ornamental shrub 
is known in Tasmania from several collections mainly 
from single plants persisting at the sites of abandoned 
gardens. The most recent record notes that several 
juvenile plants were encountered and were probably 
the result of dumped garden refuse. Whether these 
plants have persisted at this site is unknown. The 
species produces copious amounts of fleshy fruit that 
are consumed and dispersed by birds (Karlsson 2005). 
A recently-observed locally naturalised population at 
Cataract Gorge, Launceston, consisted of many plants 
of varying size and age. Cultivated plants of V. tinus at 
an abandoned homestead in bushland in Glenorchy 
were observed to be heavily grazed by ground-dwelling 
marsupials, indicating that it is palatable to wildlife (M. 
Baker pers. obs.). It is thought that browsing of seedlings 
limits the opportunity of this species to naturalise in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CARYOPHYLLACEAE 
Silene conica L. (striated catchfly) 
Specimen examined: King Island, Bass Strait (KIN), 20.ii.1931, 
A.E. Scott s.n. (AD 98664081 [n.v]). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a 
single specimen collected from King Island more than 
85 years ago. With no accompanying notes on habitat or 
population details, there is little evidence to suggest it is 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Silene dichotoma Ehrh. (forked catchfly) 
Specimens examined: Tasmania, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 8561 I); 
Sandy Bay (TSE), iv.1913, L. Rodway 65c (HO!); Queens Domain, 
Hobart, Davies Avenue (near Hobart Aquatic Centre) (TSE), 
5.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2102 (HO!); Cressy Beach, Middle headland 
(TSE), 26.X.2009, M. Wapstra 982 (HO!); Royal Tasmanian 
Botanical Gardens, grassland area at N tip of gardens (TSE), 
26.xi.2010, M.L. Baker 2350 (HOI). 
Notes: This annual or biennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from a small number of small but established 
populations. Two of these occur on the Queens Domain 
in Hobart whilst the third is at Cressy Beach on the State's 
east coast. This species is established in Tasmania but 
the small scale and number of sites suggest it should be 
considered only sparingly naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Silene colorata Poir. {=Silene I on gi caul is auct. 
non Pourr. ex Lag. sensu Buchanan (1995)) 
(pink catchfly) 
Specimens examined: South Arm, 12.ii.1899, F.A. Rodway 
658 (NSW 6764601); South Arm (all TSE), xiLI 905, L. Rodway 65A 
(HOI). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
only two specimens collected from South Arm in the 
State's southeast. The name S. longicaulis was, until 
recently, misapplied to a specimen of S. colorata and 
it was this specimen that led to the species being 
included in the 1995 edition of the Tasmanian Vascular 
Plant Census (Buchanan 1995). Due to the lack of notes 
accompanying the collections it is difficult to determine 
its status in Tasmania. Having not been collected or 
recorded in the State for more than 110 years strongly 
suggests it is no longer present. For a detailed discussion 
of this species in Tasmania see Baker (2016). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Stellaria graminea L. (lesser stitchwort) 
Specimens examined: Tyenna (TSR), 15.xi.1903, L. Rodway 
s.n. (HO 86341); Sea Elephant River, King Island (KIN), 9.L1979, 
D.l. Morris 7964 (HOI). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
two disjunct locations. One specimen was collected 
more than 100 years ago from Tyenna and the other was 
collected nearly 40 years ago from King Island. Whilst 
there is no information indicating the species' status, 
given the two geographically and temporally separated 
records, it is possible it is more widespread but perhaps 
overlooked. Curtis (1956) stated that it is "occasional 
in shaded places and amongst bracken". Given the 
lack of recent collections and informative collecting 
information it is difficult to apply a naturalised status to 
this species with any certainty. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously 
naturalised) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Muelleria 
39 

Page image

51339675 Pinus wallichiana Muelleria 38: 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890514
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Gymnospermae 
PINACEAE 
Pinus wallichiana A.BJacks. (Bhutan pine) 
Specimen examined: Trevallyn Cataract Gorge, track on N 
side of South Esk River between First Basin and Kings Bridge, 
13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1974 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from 
Kings Bridge to Gorge (all TNM), 8.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3393 (HOI). 
Notes: This evergreen conifer is known in Tasmania 
from a single localised population at Launceston's 
Cataract Gorge. The population consists of several plants 
that have most likely spread from nearby cultivated 
plants and includes mature and juvenile plants. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Monocotyledoneae 
ALOEACEAE 
Kniphofici uvaria (L.) Oken (red-hot poker) 
Specimens examined: Balfour (TWE), 12.xii.1984, A. Moscal 
4783 (HOI); Tamar Cut (W of track) (TNM), 1812009, M. Wapstra 
629 (HOI); Gowrie Park, near Wilderness Village (TNS), 14.iii.2010, 
L.H. Cave, 1098 (HOI); Junction Arthur Highway and Kellevie 
Road (TSE), 21.xi.2010, M. Wapstra 1178 (HOI); Encampment 
Cove, Kintail home site, Maria Island (TSE), 8.iii.2011, M.L Baker 
2368 (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial herb is widely cultivated 
throughout the State as a garden and amenity plant. It 
has become naturalised to varying degrees at several 
locations with populations ranging in size from single 
clumps through to numerous individuals. It is most 
often seen growing on roadsides and bushland adjacent 
to urban areas, where it has escaped cultivation or 
arisen from dumped garden refuse. A particularly 
large population, in excess of 250 plants, was recently 
observed at Mt Nelson in the State's south, growing in 
a remnant bushland reserve (A. Muyt pers. comm.). See 
Figure 7. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
CYPERACEAE 
Carex buxbaumii\Nah\enb. (club sedge) 
Specimens examined: Western Mountains [Western Tiers] 
(?TCH), xii.1908, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 971561); Near Bronte Lagoon 
(TSR), 23.xi.2004, AT North s.n. (HO 5332301). 
Notes: This rhizomatous sedge is known in Tasmania 
from two collections. No information regarding its 
abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded 
although the most recent one notes that the plants 
were growing in damp native grassland. Due to the lack 
of notes accompanying the specimens it is difficult to 
determine its status in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carex pilulifera L. (pill sedge) 
Specimen examined: Lynchford, Queenstown (TWE), 
15.xii.1994, A.J. North s.n. (HO 4109511). 
Notes: This densely tufted perennial sedge is known 
in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more 
than 20 years ago from a small population growing 
along a tramline at Lynchford on the State's west coast. 
It is not known if the species is still present at the site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carexscoparia Schkur. ex Willd. (broom 
sedge) 
Specimen examined: Arthur River at Kanunnah Bridge 
(KIN), 23.xii.1983, A Moscal5179 (HOI). 
Notes: This perennial sedge is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen, collected from the Arthur River 
crossing at theTrowutta Forest Reserve. Notes regarding 
the species at the site indicate that it was a rare coloniser 
of alluvial sand. It has not been recorded for more than 
30 years and is considered doubtfully naturalised due to 
the highly dynamic nature of its habitat. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carex testacea Sol. ex Boott (orange sedge) 
Specimens examined: Intersection of Brooker Highway 
and Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 2311987, A.M. Buchanan 
9870 (HOI); Princes Park, Hobart (cult.), 25.V.1988, W.M. Curtis 
s.n. (HO 3278991); Brooker Highway at Burnett Street, Hobart 
(cult.), 9.vi.1989, I/I/./?. Watson s.n. (HO 1149021); Tasmania (cult.), 
30.xi.2002, A. Crane s.n. (HO 5202961); Sandy Bay, track at end 
of Marlborough Street. Hobart 5.xii.2007, M.L Baker 1853 (HO!) 
(all TSE). 
Notes: This tufted perennial sedge is known in 
Tasmania from five collections, all from the Hobart 
Muelleria 
57 

Page image

51339455 pinwheel Muelleria 38: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890498
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339764 plicate sweetgrass Muelleria 38: 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890519
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
International Airport (TSE), 1.iv.2008, A. Crane s.n. (HO 547462!); 
Hobart, Flagstaff Gully link road, near North Warrane Sports 
Ground (TSE), 14.iii.2015,ML Baker 3001 (HO!). 
Notes: This tussock-forming perennial grass is known 
in Tasmania from numerous locations in the State where 
it is a widespread and common weed of roadsides. It was 
first recorded from a pasture trial conducted in 1922, 
although it is unknown if it was ever actively promoted 
as a pasture species. At the time of publication of Curtis 
and Morris (1994), it was only known to be naturalised 
at Franklin, on grassy areas adjacent to the Huon River. 
Recent targeted surveys have revealed large increases in 
its range in the State and it is now regarded as common 
and widespread (NBES 2016). It is predicted to continue to 
increase its range even though it has been, and continues 
to be, actively targeted for eradication. See Figure 8. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Eragrostis tenuifolia (A.Rich.) Hochst ex 
Steud. (elastic grass) 
Specimens examined: 30 m west of Llanherne turnoff, 
Cambridge, D. Reece s.n. (HO 128440!); Just before Seven Mile 
Beach turnoff on Cambridge Road, 14.iv.1972, D. Reece s.n. 
(HO 128439!); Tasman Highway, immediately west of Orford, 
25.iii.201 6 , J. Quarmby s.n. (HO 585623!); Orford, between 
highway and Prosser River, c. 300 m W of Charles Street 
intersection, 7.iii.201 8 , Ml. Baker 3462 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from 
two disjunct roadside populations in the southeast of 
the State. The location of the most recent collection 
(Orford) was surveyed in March 2018 and several plants 
were found along a short section of roadside verge with 
other more common naturalised grasses, indicating that 
the taxon is locally established. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld, NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Glyceria plicata (Fri.) Fri. (plicate sweetgrass) 
Specimen examined: Don Heads, Devonport (FLI), 
20.xi.1986, D.l. Morris 86123 (HO!). 
Notes: This rhizomatous perennial grass is known 
in Tasmania from a single specimen from a farm dam 
overflow in the north of the State. Its similarity to 
the more widespread G. declinata Breb. may mean 
that it has been overlooked. On the basis of the 
single collection, it is difficult to assign a naturalised 
status but its perennial nature suggests it could have 
persisted at the site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (as Glyceria notata 
Chevall.) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Holcus mollis L. (creeping fog) 
Specimens examined: Tewkesbury Potato Research Farm 
(TNS), vi.1974, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 103698!); Barcoo Road, S of 
Montagu (KIN), 25.ii.2009, A.M. Buchanan 17092 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial grass is known in Tasmania from 
two collections from the northwest of the State. The 
most recent record was from a weedy roadside. There 
are no accompanying notes to indicate its extent at 
either location. The species may have been overlooked 
in Tasmania due to its similarity with the widespread 
and common Holcus lanatus L. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Hordeum hystrix Roth (velvet sea 
barleygrass) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 12): West Lagoon, 
Little Hampton (TNM), 2.ii.1952, H.N. Barber s.n. (HO 27918!); 
Big Green Island (FLI), 11.xii.1975, J.S. Whinray 598 (AD [ n.v .]); 
Cambridge Sports Ground (TSE), 21.xi.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 
35213!); Nant Lane, N Bothwell (between Fordell Creek and 
River Clyde) (TSE), 24.L2014, M. Wapstra 1807 (HO!). 
Notes: This erect annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from three widely separated populations. It appears 
to be well-established on the islands of the Furneaux 
Group and at several localities in the dry agricultural 
region of the Midlands. Curtis and Morris (1994) stated 
that it is "occasional in pastures in the Midlands". The 
most recent collection was from grassland in a drainage 
depression where it formed dense patches. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT (doubtfully 
naturalised), SA, Qld, NSW, ACT (formerly naturalised), Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Molineriella minuta (L.) Rouy (small 
hairgrass) 
Specimen examined: Hoggs Ford Road, Campbell Town 
(TNM), 6.x.1 995, J.A. Smith s.n. (HO 316988!). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single collection from a freshwater wetland in 
the State's Midlands region. Collection notes do not give 
any indication of its status at the site. Based on this scant 
62 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339306 prickly lettuce Muelleria 38: 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890488
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
New Town Research Laboratories (TSE), l.i.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. 
(HO 25220!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from the grounds of the State agricultural department's 
laboratories in suburban Hobart and from a garden 
nearby. One specimen states 'New introduction 
into Tasmania'. However, there is no information 
accompanying the collections that offers any detail 
regarding its status at these sites and there is insufficient 
evidence to suggest it is naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
ASTERACEAE 
Centaurea calcitrapa L. (star thistle) 
Specimens examined: Southern Tasmania, 1889, J. Fletcher 
s.n. (MEL2157846 [n.v.]); Near Oatlands (TSE), xi.1899, L. Rodway 
445 (HO!); Circular Head (TNS), 12.iv.1913, R.A. Black s.n. 
(MEL2300850 [n.v.]); Sheffield, area school (TNS), 19.ii.1947, MJ. 
Firth s.n. (HO 53308! & HO 10525!). 
Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and 
habitat of this annual or biennial herb as "occasional 
in waste places in the north of the State". It is listed in 
Rodway (1903) but without any notes on its distribution. 
It has not been recorded in Tasmania in more than 
70 years and no contextual details accompany any 
specimens, making a determination of its status difficult. 
The presence of several early records from widely 
separated regions indicates that it may, in the past, have 
been naturalised to some degree. However, it seems 
likely that it no longer occurs in the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Centaurea cyanus L. (cornflower) 
Specimens examined: Launceston (Cultivated?)(TNM), 
23.X.1978, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 586771!); Bothwell, 2 km E 
of town. Lake Highway (TSE), 12.V.2008, ML Baker 1879 (HO!); 
Kettering (TSE), 16.xi.2013, M. Wapstra 1730 (HO!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb 
is known in Tasmania from three widely separated 
records. One is possibly a cultivated plant as it was 
recorded from a garden. The others were collected from 
roadside verges in rural parts of the State. The presence 
of sporadic plants from disjunct regions indicates that it 
may have the potential to become naturalised to some 
degree in the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Centaurea solstitialis L. (St Barnaby's thistle) 
Specimen examined: Meander Valley, near Deloraine (TNS), 
i.1916, L Rodway 444 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb with spiny flower heads is 
known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected 
more than 100 years ago. Curtis (1963) described 
its distribution and habitat as "an occasional weed 
in the north of the State." There is no information 
accompanying the collection that offers any detail 
regarding its status at the site and there is insufficient 
evidence to suggest it naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Cynara cardunculus L. subsp. flavescens 
(Wiklund artichoke thistle) 
Specimens examined: McRobies Gully, Hobart (TSE), 
27.vi.1986, AM Buchanan 8802 (HO!); Bridgewater, near site of 
former Bridgewater Railway Station (TSE), 6.V.2003, ML. Baker 
s.n. (HO 521921!). 
Notes: This spiny thistle, related to the globe 
artichoke (C. cardunculus L. subsp. cardunculus), is 
known in Tasmania from two collections from the 
greater Hobart area. One specimen is noted as possibly 
being a cultivation escapee spreading into vacant land. 
The population was made the target of eradication and 
is considered to have been eradicated (K. Stewart pers. 
comm.). The other specimen is presumed to be from 
dumped garden refuse and has not been recorded since. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Lactuca serriola L. forma integrifolia (Gray) 
S.D.Prince & R.N.Carter (prickly lettuce) 
Specimens examined: Tomahawk Refuse Site (FLI), 
ll.i.2004, ML Baker 1323 (HO!); Blackwood Creek (TNM), 
29.L2011, R. Smith s.n. (HO 561952!). 
Notes: This erect prickly annual herb is known in 
Tasmania from two specimens, one from a weed- 
infested tip site surrounded by coastal bushland in the 
State's northeast, and the other as a crop weed. No 
collection details describing the plants population or 
status at either of the sites are given. The taxon may be 
Muelleria 
31 

Page image

51339284 prostrate pigweed Muelleria 38: 30
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890520
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
collecting number, date of collection, location and IBRA 
region (Figure 1). In most cases, specimens other than 
those in the Tasmanian Herbarium (HO) have not been 
seen by the authors (specimens not seen by the authors 
are annotated 'n.v.') and their identity is assumed to 
be correct. They are included here for completeness 
in describing the Tasmanian distribution of those taxa. 
Information from the specimen collection data is also 
provided, along with published accounts of the taxon 
and, where applicable, the authors' observations. 
The extra-Tasmanian distribution is derived from the 
Australian Plant Census (CHAH 2015) and state and 
territory censuses and checklists. It includes those 
jurisdictions where the taxa are considered fully 
naturalised or native. Where a state or territory is listed, 
the taxon is considered to be naturalised unless noted 
otherwise. 
Checklist 
Dicotyledoneae 
AIZOACEAE 
Carpobrotus aequilaterus (Haw.) N.E.Br. 
(angled pigface) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): Roaring [Bay] 
Beach, 6 miles E [of] Dover (TSR), 23X1961, T Whaite 2313 and 
J. Whaite (NSW [n.v.]); Remarkable Cave (TSE), 3.ii.1961,i Gray 
s.n. (CBG 7900 [n.v.]); Cape Frederick Hendrick (TSE), 20.ix.1973, 
D.A. Ratkowsky 405 and A.V. Ratkowsky (NSW [n.v.]); Bellerive 
Bluff foreshore, near Bellerive Yacht Club starting box (TSE), 
24.xi.2005, C. Narkowiczs.n. (HO 540318!). 
Notes: This succulent perennial herb, occasionally 
grown as an ornamental, is known from coastal 
habitats in the southeast of Tasmania. It is likely that the 
populations have arisen from dumped garden refuse or 
spread from deliberate ornamental plantings. It is more 
widespread than indicated by formal collections, with 
plants also known to grow at Taroona Beach and on 
King Island. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Mesembryanthemum cordifolium L.f. [syn. 
Aptenia cordifolia (L.f.) Schwantes] (heartleaf 
iceplant) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Yellow Beach, 
Flinders Island (FLI), 10.xi.1969, J.S. Whinray 1949 (CANB [n.v.]; 
Creek Road, New Town (TSE), 2.V.1978, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 
264631); South of Scamander (FLI), 18.ii.2003, A.M. Buchanan 
15998 (HOI); Near Knights Point, Windermere Bay, Glenorchy 
(TSE), 23.vii.2004, A.M. Gray 1395 (HO!); Porter Hill, Sandy Bay 
Road (TSE), 22.iii.2010, AM Gray 1960 (HOI). 
Notes: This succulent perennial herb, most likely 
introduced to Tasmania as an ornamental garden plant, 
is widespread but uncommon and is known from 
localised populations at Flinders Island, Scamander 
and the greater Hobart region. It has been recorded 
in roadside vegetation, tip sites, high tide zones and 
in bushland adjacent to residential areas, but is as yet 
not considered fully naturalised due to its disjunct and 
usually highly localised occurrence. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
AMARANTHACEAE 
Amaranthus graecizans L. subsp. silvestris 
(Vill.) Brenan (prostrate pigweed) 
Specimen examined: Howick Street, Launceston (TNM), 
6.ii.1981, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 389541). 
Notes: This low-growing, mat-forming annual is 
known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected 
from a residential garden in Launceston. There are no 
notes accompanying the specimen to indicate its status 
at the site, nor any evidence to suggest it is naturalised 
inTasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA,Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Amaranthus spinosus L. (spiny pigweed) 
Specimen examined: Perth Forestry Nursery (TNM), 
15.ii.1995, [collector unknown] (HO 4113611). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single specimen collected from a plant nursery. Its 
status at the site is unknown and there is no evidence to 
suggest it naturalised inTasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld, NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
APIACEAE 
Aegopodium podagraria L. (goutweed) 
Specimens examined: New Town (TSE), 23.xii.1968, D.l. 
Morris s.n. (HO 520911); Hobart, New Town Research Laboratory 
grounds (TSE), 31.xii.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (MEL0532712 [n.v.]); 
30 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339523 Pseudofumaria alba alba Muelleria 38: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890504
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339638 purple osier Muelleria 38: 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890510
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
SALICACEAE 
Salixalba L. var. vitellina (L.) Stokes (golden 
upright willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 17): St Peters Pass 
(ca 5 km NE of Oatlands) (TSE), 22.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 
36157!); Penguin-old highway (cult.)(TNS), 31 .x.2003, ML. Baker 
249 (HO!); Riverside, Launceston (TNM), 1.xi.2003, ML Baker 
281 (HO!); 16.4 km from Bridport on Waterhouse Road, Deep 
Water property (FLI), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1310 and A.Gray (HO!); 
Kooyong Glen, Dynnyrne (cult.?) (TSE), 9.xii.2010,7. Gouldthorpe 
11 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely 
cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered 
growing on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and 
ponds, and in large parks and gardens. In almost all 
instances it appears to have been planted, and only a 
small number of plants have been observed where their 
origin may have resulted from vegetative spread from 
nearby trees. For a comprehensive discussion of this 
taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker 
(2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix x calodendron Wimm. (holme willow) 
Specimens examined: Queenstown, bank of Queen River 
(TWE), 13.ix.2006, ML. Baker 1728 (HO!); Coombes Road, 
Longley, (cult.?) (TSE), 22.xi.2006, ML Baker 1771 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is known in 
Tasmania from two disjunct and localised populations. 
In both cases the plants appear to have been planted, 
with only the population at Queenstown showing 
signs of minor vegetative spread. For a comprehensive 
discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in 
Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix matsudana Koidz. "Tortuosa 7 (tortured 
willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Rosny Golf Course 
(cult.) (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML Baker 104 (HO!); Deloraine, Rotary 
Caravan Park, Deloraine (cult.)(TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 230 
(HO!); SW Roseberry, waste transfer station (TWE), 15.ix.2004, 
ML Baker 568 (HO!); Pioneer (BEL), ll.i.2005, ML Baker 1363 
(HO!); Lauderdale, between houses and the 'Lauderdale' 
wetland, (cult.?) (TSE), 24.L2013, M Wapstra 1512 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely 
cultivated throughout Tasmania. In the majority of 
cases, the trees appear to have been planted, with only 
a small number of individuals or small groups of trees 
found growing outside of cultivation in habitats such 
as municipal rubbish tips. A small infestation of plants 
of hybrid parentage (S. matsudana Koidz. 'Tortuosa' 
and S. x fragilis L. nothovar. fragilis) was recorded at 
Fluonville. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's 
distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
A large infestation of hybrid willows at Launceston, in 
the State's north, was recently observed, with some 
plants showing the twisted leaves and stems that are 
characteristic of the tortured willow, suggesting that 
S. matsudana Koidz.'Tortuosa' is a parent. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix purpurea L. (purple osier) 
Specimens examined: Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens 
(cult.) (TSE), 4.iii.2004, Ml. Baker 389 (HO!); Oldina picnic 
area/forest reserve (TNS), 3.xi.2004, Ml. Baker 989 (HO!); Just 
below Winkleigh Bridge (TNS), ii.2005, M Askey-Doran s.n. (HO 
532975!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental shrub has been 
cultivated in Tasmania for stream bank stabilisation 
purposes and as an ornamental. Whether it is naturalised 
in Tasmania or whether all plants have been planted 
is unknown. For example, at the Oldina Forest Reserve 
in the northwest of the State, approximately 400 m of 
creek line is dominated by S. purpurea. It was originally 
planted at this site but it is not known the extent of 
the planting or if vegetative spread has occurred. For a 
comprehensive discussion of its distribution and status 
in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Salix x rubens Schrank (basket willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Nelson River, on 
Lyell Highway, 10 km east-southeast of Gormanston (TWE), 
13.xi.1980, B. Briggs 7084 (NSW 393768 [n.v.]); Kingborough 
Refuse Centre (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML. Baker 106 (HO 532977!); 
Kingborough Refuse Centre (TSE), 2012004, ML. Baker 364 (HO 
525024!); Faggs Gully Creek, Geilston Bay (TSE), 17.ii.2004, ML. 
Baker378 (HO 525022!); Westerway, banks ofTyenna River (TSE), 
16.ii.2005, ML. Baker 1535A. CraneandE. Pope, (HO 532972!). 
Muelleria 
53 

Page image

51339384 purple-vein rocket Muelleria 38: 35
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890492
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
BRASSICACEAE 
Brassica xjuncea (L.) Czern. (Indian mustard) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, Queens Domain, corner of 
Domain Highway and Botanic Gardens Road (TSE), 3.vi.1998, 
AM Buchanan 15268 (HO!); Hobart, Queens Domain, strip of 
remnant bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain 
Road (TSE), 14.X.2015, ML Baker 3006 and A. Muyt (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a localised population at the Queens Domain, Hobart, 
where it has persisted for nearly 20 years since it 
was first recorded. The population covers an area of 
approximately 30 x 30 m in a weed-infested grassy 
woodland. Its persistence at the site and its ability to 
reproduce and regenerate indicate that it is naturalised 
to some degree. Its localised distribution would suggest 
that it is only sparingly naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Brassica oleracea L. (wild cabbage) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 12): Hobart (TSE), 
xii.1903, L Rodway 32a (HO!); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L 
Rodway 32 (HO!); Sandy Bay, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 17.ii.1952, W.M. 
Curtiss.n. (H015478!); Foreshore,Town Point (TNM), 11 .iii.1961, 
J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15467!); New Year Island (KIN), 20.xi.1987, 
N.P. Brothers s.n. (HO 441808!); Christmas Island off King Island 
(KIN), 3.L2002, K. Medlocks.n. (HO 519030!). 
Notes: This annual herb has been collected widely 
throughout Tasmania and has been recorded from 
most bioregions including some outlying sites such as 
smaller Bass Strait islands. Notes associated with the 
collections do not indicate the abundance or status 
of the plants from these sites. Early collections are 
presumed to have originated from kitchen gardens. 
Curtis (1956) commented that it".. .is found occasionally 
as an escape from cultivation", but did not treat it as 
naturalised. Despite the numerous collections, there is 
little evidence to support even a sparingly naturalised 
status. See Figure 3. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carrichtera annua (L.) DC. (Ward's weed) 
Specimen examined: 'Lomatia Vale', Clarks Road, Lower 
Longley (TSR), 3.xi.1985, AM Gray s.n. (HO 94051!). 
Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen collected from a garden at 
Longley. Notes accompanying the specimen state that 
only a single plant was found and that it was probably 
introduced with fowl feed. Based on this information it 
is difficult to justify any degree of naturalised status for 
the species in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Erucasativa Mill, (purple-vein rocket) 
Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.) (TSE), 5.xii.1971, RJ. 
Hnatiuk s.n. (CANB 246483 [ n.v ;]); Primrose Place, Sandy Bay 
(cult.) (TSE), 11 jcii.1981, W.F. Walker s.n. (HO 46453!); University 
ofTasmania, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1996, R. Wiltshire s.n. (HO 
443113!); Darling Parade, Mt Stuart (TSE), 21.iv.2005, M.F. 
Duretto 1866 (HO!). 
Notes: This edible annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from four collections with notes indicating that they 
were either self-sown in gardens or deliberately 
cultivated. Based on this information it is difficult to 
justify any level of naturalised status for the species in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Lepidium heterophyllum Benth (downy 
peppercress) 
Specimens examined: Cressy (TNS), xii.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. 
(HO 29388!); Cressy Research Farm (TNS), J. Somerville s.n. (HO 
15715!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens collected from Cressy in the State's 
central north. One specimen's collecting information 
states that it was growing on the bank of an irrigation 
ditch but gives no indication of the population size 
or area covered by the species. The other has no 
information regarding its status at the collection site. 
Curtis and Morris (1975) described it as "occasional in 
waste places". In the absence of further collections, and 
the possibility that both collections are from the one 
highly anthropogenic location, there is little support to 
justify any degree of naturalised status for it in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Lunaria annua L. (honesty) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 15): Port Arthur 
(TSE), 1892, J. Bufton A (MEL2233709 [n.v.]); Fern Tree (TSE), 
13.L1983, D.l. Morris 8306 (HO!); Longford (TNM), 13.X.1994, A 
Muelleria 
35 

Page image

51339580 Ranunculus acris acris Muelleria 38: 51
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890508
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339583 Ranunculus arvensis Muelleria 38: 51
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890508
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
towns or old homesteads, presumably arising from 
dumped garden waste, persisting from old plantings or 
escaping from nearby gardens. Several coloured forms 
are present. The number of formal collections does not 
properly reflect its widespread and increasing range. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Ranunculus acris L. subsp. acris (meadow 
buttercup) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Electrona-Snug 
(TSE), 7.xii.1968, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 21139!); Saddle Road, 
Kettering (TSE), xi.1982, Y. Menadue s.n. (HO 91564!); Saddle 
Road, Kettering (TSE), 3.xi.1982, Y. Menadue s.n. (HO 58494!); 
Balfour, Circular Head (TWE), 12.xii.1983, A. Moscal4785 (HO!); 
Saddle Road, Kettering (TSE), I6.xi.2012,/W. Wapstra 7478(HO!). 
Notes: This erect perennial herb is locally naturalised 
in the Snug-Electrona-Kettering area in the State's 
southeast, where it has been present since at least the 
1960s. It remains locally abundant at several sites in 
habitats that include roadside ditches and wet pastures. 
One outlying record is from clearings at the former 
settlement site of Balfour in the State's northwest, 
suggesting a potentially wider distribution. Curtis and 
Morris (1975) described the distribution and habitat as 
"southern Tasmania in a roadside ditch between Snug 
and Electrona". 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Ranunculus arvensis L. (field buttercup) 
Specimen examined: Cressy (TNM), 2.L1974, B.H. Hyde- 
Wyatts.n. (HO 29167!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single record from Cressy in 1974. There are no 
accompanying notes to give any indication of the extent 
or status of the species at the location. As such, there 
is little evidence to indicate it has become naturalised 
in Tasmania. Curtis and Morris (1975) described the 
distribution and habitat as "an occasional weed of 
cultivation in the north", presumably based on the 1974 
record from Cressy. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Ranunculus flammula L. subsp. flammula 
(lesser spearwort) 
Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Nabowla (BEL), 
2.L1980, A.R. Walker s.n. (HO 32340!); Nabowla [grown on from 
seed] (BEL), xi.1984, A.R. Walker s.n. (HO 88873!); Hobart (cult.) 
(TSE), 14.iii.1985, Y. Menadue E37 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
specimens collected in the northeast (Scottsdale and 
Nabowla) and subsequently from cultivated specimens 
collected from these locations. There is no collecting 
information regarding its status and it has not been 
collected for more than 30 years. As such, there is little 
evidence to indicate that it has become naturalised in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Ranunculus sceleratus L. subsp. sceleratus 
(celery buttercup) 
Specimen examined: Hobart (TSE), L. Rodway 10a (HO!). 
Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is 
known inTasmania from a single specimen.The undated 
collection (Leonard Rodway was Tasmania's honorary 
government botanist from 1896-1932) includes no 
notes regarding the plant's habitat or population 
details. It was listed in The Tasmanian Flora without any 
notes about its status (Rodway 1903). Its distribution 
and habitat were subsequently described by Curtis 
(1956) as "occasional in ditches", but no evidence exists 
to substantiate this comment. Based on the scant 
information it is difficult to justify that it was ever truly 
naturalised inTasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, 
Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Ranunculus trilobus Desf. (large annual 
buttercup) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Fenton Forest, 
Gretna (TSE), 15.xi.1971, D.l. Morris s.n. (AD 123349!); Bushy Park 
(TSE),xii.1971, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 29196!); Glenora (TSE),xii.1972, 
D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 29498!); Coastal strip between Richardson 
Point and Dartys Corner, S of Temma (KIN), 31.X.2008, M. 
Wapstra 578 (HO!); Perth, lllawarra Road (TNM), 19.xi.2014, M. 
Wapstra 2074 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
several widespread collections. Curtis and Morris (1975) 
described its distribution as "recorded only from Bushy 
Park, Derwent Valley", from where there are several 
specimens from the 1970s and 1980s, collected mainly 
from wet areas and ditches in farming areas. Since then 
Muelleria 
51 

Page image

51339589 Ranunculus flammula flammula Muelleria 38: 51
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890508
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339595 Ranunculus sceleratus sceleratus Muelleria 38: 51
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890508
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339600 Ranunculus trilobus Muelleria 38: 51-52

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 51-52".

51339394 Raphanus maritimus Muelleria 38: 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890494
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Bishop s.n. (HO 323066!); Dover (TSR), 29.X.2002, T. Rudman s.n. 
(HO 520018!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N of 
Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, M.L. Baker 1350 (HO!); Mt 
Wellington (TSE), 25.ix.2006, M. Wapstra22 (HO!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated biennial herb 
is widespread in Tasmania and is common especially 
in and around the greater Hobart region. Naturalised 
populations have been recorded growing in a range of 
habitats, including roadside verges, shorelines, stream 
banks and pasture. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Nasturtium microphyllum Boenn. ex Rchb. 
(one-row watercress) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 13): Near Cataract 
[Gorge], Launceston (TNM), xi.1865, [collector unknown] (NSW 
137706 [n.v.]); At the base of Mount Field East, and at Jones 
River (TSR), i.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL0093363 [n.v.]); Mole Creek 
(TNS), xii.1908, L. Rodway 25a (HO!); Apsley (TSE), 20.xii.1978, 
D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 30970!); Ocean Beach. 5 km W of Strahan 
(TWE), 7.ii.1981, A.E. Orchard 5368 (HO!); South Road coastal 
block, 100 m from coast, King Island (KIN), 1.xii.2009, M. Batey 
99 and G. Batey (HOI). 
Notes: This semi-aquatic perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from several collections spanning a long period 
of time and with a wide distribution. Recent examination 
of material held in theTasmanian Herbarium has identified 
several specimens of N. microphyllum from material 
previously identified as Nasturtium officinale W.T.Aiton. It 
is possible that this it is more widespread in the State as it 
is likely to have been overlooked due to its resemblance to 
the widespread and common N. officinale. To distinguish 
the two species, fertile material with mature fruits is 
required. Curtis and Morris (1975) described its habitat 
as being the same as where N. officinale is found; that is, 
streams and ditches in moving water. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Raphanus maritimus Sm. (sea radish) 
Specimens examined: Bridgewater (TSE), 9.xi.1942, H.D. 
Gordon s.n. (HO 29355!); Wynyard, township (TNS), 18.i.1964, A. 
Colebrook8816 (NSW 641428 [n.v.]). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
two disjunct locations. Information on both suggests 
they were not from cultivated plants. The Bridgewater 
collection is from an "embankment", whereas the 
Wynyard collection is annotated as being "not 
cultivated". It has not been recorded in Tasmania for 
more than 50 years and, without details of the habitat or 
populations at these sites, there is insufficient evidence 
to suggest that it is naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Rorippa sylvestris (L.) Besser (creeping 
yellowcress) 
Specimens examined: Cradoc Hill Road, near Cradoc (TSR), 
4. xii.2000, D.l. Morris 86721 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 
12.L2001, A.M. Buchanan 15825 (HO!); Cradoc Hill Road, Lilium 
farm on W side of road (TSR), 19.L2004, A.M. Buchanan 16093 
(HO!); Mountain River Road, ~1.5km from Grove intersection. 
Mountain River (TSR), 19.L2004, M.L. Baker402 (HO!); Valleyfield, 
New Norfolk (TSE), 23.L2004, M.L Baker 401 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb has a distribution that 
is localised and restricted in southern Tasmania. It is 
well-established and a troublesome weed at several 
sites including Cradoc Hill Road, where it was recorded 
in a weed-infested paddock after it was accidentally 
introduced via imported Lilium bulbs. In April 2018 
many plants were persisting at this site. It has also been 
recorded from a blackcurrant crop at New Norfolk. The 
species does not reproduce by seed and reproduction 
and dispersal is via transport of rhizomes. Based on the 
above evidence, R. sylvestris appears to be sparingly 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Thlaspi arvense L. (penny cress) 
Specimens examined: Togari (KIN), 16.xi.1976, J. Lees s.n. 
(HO 576402!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), 14.X.1991, S. Geard 
s.n. (HO 142638!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), ll.x.1991, 
5. Geard s.n. (HO 142639!). 
Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from two widespread locations: Togari in the State's 
northwest, and Pawtella in the south. The Pawtella 
specimen was from a rape crop, but there is no indication 
of the number of plants or its history or status at the site. 
The collection from Togari is devoid of contextual notes. 
In the absence of information, there is doubt regarding 
its naturalised status in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously 
naturalised) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Muelleria 
37 

Page image

51339819 red hot poker Muelleria 38: 57
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890514
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Gymnospermae 
PINACEAE 
Pinus wallichiana A.BJacks. (Bhutan pine) 
Specimen examined: Trevallyn Cataract Gorge, track on N 
side of South Esk River between First Basin and Kings Bridge, 
13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1974 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from 
Kings Bridge to Gorge (all TNM), 8.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3393 (HOI). 
Notes: This evergreen conifer is known in Tasmania 
from a single localised population at Launceston's 
Cataract Gorge. The population consists of several plants 
that have most likely spread from nearby cultivated 
plants and includes mature and juvenile plants. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Monocotyledoneae 
ALOEACEAE 
Kniphofici uvaria (L.) Oken (red-hot poker) 
Specimens examined: Balfour (TWE), 12.xii.1984, A. Moscal 
4783 (HOI); Tamar Cut (W of track) (TNM), 1812009, M. Wapstra 
629 (HOI); Gowrie Park, near Wilderness Village (TNS), 14.iii.2010, 
L.H. Cave, 1098 (HOI); Junction Arthur Highway and Kellevie 
Road (TSE), 21.xi.2010, M. Wapstra 1178 (HOI); Encampment 
Cove, Kintail home site, Maria Island (TSE), 8.iii.2011, M.L Baker 
2368 (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial herb is widely cultivated 
throughout the State as a garden and amenity plant. It 
has become naturalised to varying degrees at several 
locations with populations ranging in size from single 
clumps through to numerous individuals. It is most 
often seen growing on roadsides and bushland adjacent 
to urban areas, where it has escaped cultivation or 
arisen from dumped garden refuse. A particularly 
large population, in excess of 250 plants, was recently 
observed at Mt Nelson in the State's south, growing in 
a remnant bushland reserve (A. Muyt pers. comm.). See 
Figure 7. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
CYPERACEAE 
Carex buxbaumii\Nah\enb. (club sedge) 
Specimens examined: Western Mountains [Western Tiers] 
(?TCH), xii.1908, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 971561); Near Bronte Lagoon 
(TSR), 23.xi.2004, AT North s.n. (HO 5332301). 
Notes: This rhizomatous sedge is known in Tasmania 
from two collections. No information regarding its 
abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded 
although the most recent one notes that the plants 
were growing in damp native grassland. Due to the lack 
of notes accompanying the specimens it is difficult to 
determine its status in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carex pilulifera L. (pill sedge) 
Specimen examined: Lynchford, Queenstown (TWE), 
15.xii.1994, A.J. North s.n. (HO 4109511). 
Notes: This densely tufted perennial sedge is known 
in Tasmania from a single specimen, collected more 
than 20 years ago from a small population growing 
along a tramline at Lynchford on the State's west coast. 
It is not known if the species is still present at the site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carexscoparia Schkur. ex Willd. (broom 
sedge) 
Specimen examined: Arthur River at Kanunnah Bridge 
(KIN), 23.xii.1983, A Moscal5179 (HOI). 
Notes: This perennial sedge is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen, collected from the Arthur River 
crossing at theTrowutta Forest Reserve. Notes regarding 
the species at the site indicate that it was a rare coloniser 
of alluvial sand. It has not been recorded for more than 
30 years and is considered doubtfully naturalised due to 
the highly dynamic nature of its habitat. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carex testacea Sol. ex Boott (orange sedge) 
Specimens examined: Intersection of Brooker Highway 
and Burnett Street, Hobart (cult.), 2311987, A.M. Buchanan 
9870 (HOI); Princes Park, Hobart (cult.), 25.V.1988, W.M. Curtis 
s.n. (HO 3278991); Brooker Highway at Burnett Street, Hobart 
(cult.), 9.vi.1989, I/I/./?. Watson s.n. (HO 1149021); Tasmania (cult.), 
30.xi.2002, A. Crane s.n. (HO 5202961); Sandy Bay, track at end 
of Marlborough Street. Hobart 5.xii.2007, M.L Baker 1853 (HO!) 
(all TSE). 
Notes: This tufted perennial sedge is known in 
Tasmania from five collections, all from the Hobart 
Muelleria 
57 

Page image

51339749 rice barnyardgrass Muelleria 38: 61
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890518
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Dichanthium sericeum (R.Br.) A.Camus subsp. 
sericeum (silky bluegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (1 of 4): Tasman Highway, 
2 km N of Sorell (TSE), 31 .i.1 982, D.l. Morris 8246 (HO!). 
NotesrThis erect perennial grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen (with several duplicates) from 
Sorell in the southeast ofthe State. Details accompanying 
the specimen indicate that the population consisted of 
approx. 20 plants. It has not been recorded since. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NT 
(native), SA (native), Qld (native), NSW (native), ACT 
(native), Vic. (native) 
Status: Not naturalised 
Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koeler (crabgrass) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, v.1895, L. Rodway 6 (HO!); 
Hobart (all TSE), 6.vi.1895, L Rodway 6 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
two specimens from Hobart, collected more than 120 
years ago. There are no notes indicating the plant's 
status at these sites, nor any evidence that it became 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, 
LHI, Nl, ACT 
Status: Not naturalised 
Digitaria ternata (Hochst. Ex A.Rich.) Stapf 
(fingergrass) 
Specimens examined: Nubeena, 6.V.1982, [collector 
unknown] Ex Tasmanian Department of Agriculture Herbarium 
(HO 568826!); Near Nubeena (all TSE), 6.v.1982, W.R. Watson s.n. 
(HO 51390!). 
Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single collection. Curtis and Morris (1994) 
described the distribution and habitat as "recorded from 
a roadside on the Tasman Peninsula", presumably based 
on this specimen. There is no evidence that it became 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Echinochloa oryzoides (Ard.) Fritsch (rice 
barnyardgrass) 
Specimen examined: Triabunna (TSE), 2.ii.1995, D.l. Morris 
86552 (HO!). 
Notes: This tall annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen from a population of 30-40 
plants growing along a roadside ditch on the State's east 
coast.There is no evidence that it became naturalised in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld (doubtfully 
naturalised), NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Eleusineindica (L.) Gaertn. (crowsfoot grass) 
Specimens examined: Bridport, top side of Westwood 
Street, 19.iii.1997, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 320736!); Parkers Ford 
Road, Port Sorell (all FLI), 8.ii.2012, P. Collier 5428 (HO!). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens from roadside verges in the 
north of the State. The collections suggest that it is 
a recent arrival to the State, although the source of 
the introduction is unknown. The species is locally 
persistent at Port Sorell (P. Collier pers. comm.) whereas 
its persistence at Bridport is unknown. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, 
Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Eleusine tristachya (Lam.) Lam. (goosegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 13): Outside of the 
Botanical Gardens [Hobart] (TSE), 17.xi.1979, T. Shea s.n. (HO 
32149!); Hobart. University ofTasmania, football oval (TSE), 
14.iii.1981, RJ. Wilson s.n. (HO 540714!); Midland Highway, N. of 
Perth (TNM), 12.iv.2013, M. Wapstra 1602 (HO!); Lyell Highway, N 
of Dawson Road (Dunrobin) turn-off (TSE), 9.vi.2013, M. Wapstra 
1660 (HO!); Brooker Highway, showgrounds roundabout, 
median strip to north (TSE), 14.iv.2014, M. Wapstra 1853 (HO!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial grass is known in 
Tasmania from numerous locations in the greater Hobart 
area, extending through to the Coal River Valley, the 
lower to middle Derwent Valley, and along the Midland 
Highway as far north as Breadalbane, near Launceston in 
the State's north. Since the first collections, in 1979 from 
outside the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Garden, and in 
1981 from Sandy Bay, it has become a widespread weed 
of roadsides and grasslands and is predicted to continue 
to increase its range throughout the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Eragrostis curvula (Schrad.) Nees (African 
lovegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 16): Woodbury (cult.) 
(TNM), i.1922, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 121170!); Franklin, picnic 
area (TSR), 8.L1967, J.E.S. Townrow s.n. (HO 92647!); Hobart 
Muelleria 
61 

Page image

51339443 rock rose Muelleria 38: 40
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890497
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Vaccaria hispanica (Mill.) Rauschert (cow 
soapwort) 
Specimen examined: Hobart (TSE), (no other collection 
information recorded. Annotated in Leonard Rodway's 
handwriting), (HO 86471). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single, poorly-annotated collection thought to have 
been collected by Leonard Rodway, although Rodway 
(1903) does not mention it. Curtis (1956) described its 
distribution and habitat (as V. segetalis) as "occasional 
in cultivated ground". However, the basis for this 
observation is not known. From this scant information 
it is difficult to assign a naturalised status with any 
certainty. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, 
Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
CHENOPODIACEAE 
Bassia scoparia (L.) A J.Scott (kochia) 
Specimens examined: Quamby View, near Deloraine, 
Midlands (TNS), 22.ii.1995, A. Allwright s.n. (HO 411060!); 
QuambyView near Deloraine, Midlands (TNS),8.iv.1997, D. Green 
s.n. (HO 12302! & HO 320884!); QuambyView, near Deloraine, 
Midlands (TNS), 08.iv.1997, A. Allwright s.n. (MEL0258971 [n.v.]); 
Winspears Road, Ambleside, East Devonport (FLI), i.1998, A. 
Loane s.n. (HO 324601!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
two locations. The latest record is devoid of useful 
collecting notes that give any indication of its status, 
although the location is predominantly rural land. All 
other records are from a carrot crop at the one site but 
collected over two different years, indicating some 
persistence at the site or a possible reintroduction as a 
contaminant of crop seed. This potentially troublesome 
crop weed has not been collected since and it is 
unknown if it has persisted at the sites. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Chenopodium foliosum (Moench) Asch. 
{-Chenopodium capitatum auct. non (L.) 
Ambrosi sensu Buchanan (2009)) (leafy 
goosefoot) 
Specimens examined: New Town, Hobart, 10 Senator Street 
(TSE), 23.ii.1982, J.E.5. Townrow s.n. (HO 115888!); Lenah Valley, 
S side [of Augusta Road](TSE), 17.ii.2008, M. Wapstra466 (HO!); 
Augusta Road, Lenah Valley, Hobart (TSE), iii.2010, M. Wapstra 
1100 (HO!). 
Notes: The two recent collections of this annual 
herb are from a single plant, noted as growing in a 
suburban drain. The plant persisted into 2009 and 2010, 
despite being virtually uprooted in 2008 (Wapstra 2008 
as C. capitatum). It was eliminated by DPIPWE weed 
management officers in 2010 and has not reappeared 
since (M. Wapstra pers. obs.).The collection from Senator 
Street in the same suburb in 1982 was growing in a 
garden. Searches in the area during 2008-2010 failed to 
detect any plants in the vicinity. Given this information 
it is reasonable to consider that this species was never 
truly naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
CISTACEAE 
Cistus inflatus Pourr. ex Demoly (rock rose) 
Specimens examined: Hadspen near bridge over South Esk 
River (TNM), 7.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15138 (HO!); Hadspen 
(TNM), 19.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15160 (HO!); Hadspen, side of 
road to disused jetty on South Esk River (TNM), 1.xii.2004, M. 
Baker 1141 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental shrub is known only from 
collections from Hadspen in the State's north. It is 
represented by a single localised population that has 
been persistent at the site for almost 20 years since it was 
first recorded. It is presumed that it was once planted 
there as an ornamental. However, it is now common and 
a dominant component of the vegetation along both 
sides of a 200 m section of track verge. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CLUSIACEAE 
Hypericum humifusum L. (creeping St John's 
wort) 
Specimen examined: Don River, Devonport (KIN), 911940, 
A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 411728!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 75 
years ago and with scant notes. Baker (2005) regarded it 
as a taxon of uncertain status and concluded that surveys 
were required to determine its presence in Tasmania. 
40 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339397 Rorippa sylvestris Muelleria 38: 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890494
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Bishop s.n. (HO 323066!); Dover (TSR), 29.X.2002, T. Rudman s.n. 
(HO 520018!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N of 
Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, M.L. Baker 1350 (HO!); Mt 
Wellington (TSE), 25.ix.2006, M. Wapstra22 (HO!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated biennial herb 
is widespread in Tasmania and is common especially 
in and around the greater Hobart region. Naturalised 
populations have been recorded growing in a range of 
habitats, including roadside verges, shorelines, stream 
banks and pasture. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Nasturtium microphyllum Boenn. ex Rchb. 
(one-row watercress) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 13): Near Cataract 
[Gorge], Launceston (TNM), xi.1865, [collector unknown] (NSW 
137706 [n.v.]); At the base of Mount Field East, and at Jones 
River (TSR), i.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL0093363 [n.v.]); Mole Creek 
(TNS), xii.1908, L. Rodway 25a (HO!); Apsley (TSE), 20.xii.1978, 
D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 30970!); Ocean Beach. 5 km W of Strahan 
(TWE), 7.ii.1981, A.E. Orchard 5368 (HO!); South Road coastal 
block, 100 m from coast, King Island (KIN), 1.xii.2009, M. Batey 
99 and G. Batey (HOI). 
Notes: This semi-aquatic perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from several collections spanning a long period 
of time and with a wide distribution. Recent examination 
of material held in theTasmanian Herbarium has identified 
several specimens of N. microphyllum from material 
previously identified as Nasturtium officinale W.T.Aiton. It 
is possible that this it is more widespread in the State as it 
is likely to have been overlooked due to its resemblance to 
the widespread and common N. officinale. To distinguish 
the two species, fertile material with mature fruits is 
required. Curtis and Morris (1975) described its habitat 
as being the same as where N. officinale is found; that is, 
streams and ditches in moving water. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Raphanus maritimus Sm. (sea radish) 
Specimens examined: Bridgewater (TSE), 9.xi.1942, H.D. 
Gordon s.n. (HO 29355!); Wynyard, township (TNS), 18.i.1964, A. 
Colebrook8816 (NSW 641428 [n.v.]). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
two disjunct locations. Information on both suggests 
they were not from cultivated plants. The Bridgewater 
collection is from an "embankment", whereas the 
Wynyard collection is annotated as being "not 
cultivated". It has not been recorded in Tasmania for 
more than 50 years and, without details of the habitat or 
populations at these sites, there is insufficient evidence 
to suggest that it is naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Rorippa sylvestris (L.) Besser (creeping 
yellowcress) 
Specimens examined: Cradoc Hill Road, near Cradoc (TSR), 
4. xii.2000, D.l. Morris 86721 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 
12.L2001, A.M. Buchanan 15825 (HO!); Cradoc Hill Road, Lilium 
farm on W side of road (TSR), 19.L2004, A.M. Buchanan 16093 
(HO!); Mountain River Road, ~1.5km from Grove intersection. 
Mountain River (TSR), 19.L2004, M.L. Baker402 (HO!); Valleyfield, 
New Norfolk (TSE), 23.L2004, M.L Baker 401 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb has a distribution that 
is localised and restricted in southern Tasmania. It is 
well-established and a troublesome weed at several 
sites including Cradoc Hill Road, where it was recorded 
in a weed-infested paddock after it was accidentally 
introduced via imported Lilium bulbs. In April 2018 
many plants were persisting at this site. It has also been 
recorded from a blackcurrant crop at New Norfolk. The 
species does not reproduce by seed and reproduction 
and dispersal is via transport of rhizomes. Based on the 
above evidence, R. sylvestris appears to be sparingly 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Thlaspi arvense L. (penny cress) 
Specimens examined: Togari (KIN), 16.xi.1976, J. Lees s.n. 
(HO 576402!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), 14.X.1991, S. Geard 
s.n. (HO 142638!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), ll.x.1991, 
5. Geard s.n. (HO 142639!). 
Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from two widespread locations: Togari in the State's 
northwest, and Pawtella in the south. The Pawtella 
specimen was from a rape crop, but there is no indication 
of the number of plants or its history or status at the site. 
The collection from Togari is devoid of contextual notes. 
In the absence of information, there is doubt regarding 
its naturalised status in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously 
naturalised) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Muelleria 
37 

Page image

51339623 rough corn bedstraw Muelleria 38: 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890509
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
it has been found to be more widespread, including 
Cressy, in the State's midlands, and near Temma, on 
the State's west coast (the latter from a natural site and 
apparently unusual habitat for the species i.e. a coastal 
"marsupial lawn"). The species is also more widespread 
than indicated by formal collections, with additional 
populations being observed at Lillico Beach (FLI region) 
(M. Wapstra pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
ROSACEAE 
Rubus philadelphicus Blanch. (Philadelphia 
blackberry) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 7): Eddie Ck, Piper's 
Brook Rd, 1312000, T. Rudman 27/4 (AD [ n.v ;]); Eddie Ck, 4 km 
W of Pipers River (town) on Bridport Rd, 10.ii.2000, T. Rudman 
TRRB1 (AD [n.v.]); Piper's Brook, 28.iii.2005, D.E. Symon s.n. (AD 
178729 [n.v.]); Pipers Brook, 22.X.2005, D.E. Symon 17176 (AD 
[n.v.]) (all BEL). 
Notes: This deciduous woody shrub, cultivated for 
its edible fruit, is locally naturalised in the Pipers River 
area in the State's northeast. It has also been recorded 
growing as a vigorously-suckering cultivated shrub at 
Forth in the State's northwest (Evans etal. 2007) 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Naturalised 
Rubus rubritinctus W.C.R.Watson 
(blackberry) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Stoney Rise, 
Government] Office Car Park, beside public carpark, Devonport 
(FLI), 812000, T. Rudman 13 (AD [n.v.]); Geeveston tip area (TSR), 
1012000, T. Rudman 22/2 (AD [n.v.]); George Town, Eddie Cr[ee] 
k, Piper's Brook R[oa]d (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 27/8 (AD 
[n.v.]); Lilydale Road (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 30/1 (AD [n.v.]): 
Walpole Street, Franklin, Huon Valley (TSR), 2.iii.2007, KJ. Evans 
107 (HO!). 
Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is known in 
Tasmania from several disjunct locations including the 
northeast, central north, and south of the State. This 
taxon was previously included within the widespread 
and common R. fruticosus L. species-aggregate, a name 
that served as a catch-all for all weedy blackberry in 
Australia. The aggregate was revised by Evans et al. 
(2007), who found it to include R. rubritinctus. The 
species may have been overlooked in Tasmania due to 
its similarity with other taxa related to R. fruticosus. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA 
Status: Naturalised 
Rubus rugosus Sm. (keriberry) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): 61a Salvator Road, 
West Hobart (cult.) (TSE),1 Chraskas.n. (HO 30552!); Coronation 
Road off Fortescue Bay Road (TSE), 15.iv.1976, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 
7440!); Smithton (KIN), 27.iv.1977, J.W. Lees s.n. (HO 569508!); 
Elliott (cult.) (TNS), 1011984, P.A. Regel s.n. (HO 76701!); Arthur 
Highway, c. 1.2 km W Eaglehawk Neck/Blowhole Road (TSE), 
8.V.2013, M Wapstra 162, (HO!). 
Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is grown in 
Tasmania for its edible berries. It is known from several 
cultivated specimens from domestic gardens and 
hedges. In addition, there are several widespread but 
localised collections of non-cultivated plants that were 
growing in waterways and bushland. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
RUBIACEAE 
Galium tricornutum Dandy (rough corn 
bedstraw) 
Specimens examined: Unknown [Hj.?] Eichler 17044 (CANB 
803049.1 [n.v.]); Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), xii.1896, L. Rodway 
s.n. (HO 512698!); Hobart Domain (TSE), [collector unknown] 
(MEL2098143 [n.v.]). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in 
Tasmania from three specimens. Two were collected 
from the Flobart area, whilst the location of the 
third is unknown (Thompson 2009). No information 
regarding the plant's habitat, abundance or degree of 
naturalisation are recorded. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Galium verum L. (yellow bedstraw) 
Specimens examined: Corner of Dairy Plains and Cheshunt 
Roads. (TNS), 1012000, A.M. Buchanan 15656 (HO!); Corner 
of Harwood Road and Dairy Plains Road (TNS), 1 .ii.2008, A.M. 
Buchanan 16852 (HO!). 
Notes: This stoloniferous perennial herb is known 
from two specimens collected from the same general 
vicinity, where it was described as naturalised along a 
short stretch of grassy roadside (Thompson 2009). The 
species has persisted at the site throughout the 2000s. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (formerly naturalised) 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
52 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339606 Rubus philadelphicus Muelleria 38: 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890509
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
it has been found to be more widespread, including 
Cressy, in the State's midlands, and near Temma, on 
the State's west coast (the latter from a natural site and 
apparently unusual habitat for the species i.e. a coastal 
"marsupial lawn"). The species is also more widespread 
than indicated by formal collections, with additional 
populations being observed at Lillico Beach (FLI region) 
(M. Wapstra pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
ROSACEAE 
Rubus philadelphicus Blanch. (Philadelphia 
blackberry) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 7): Eddie Ck, Piper's 
Brook Rd, 1312000, T. Rudman 27/4 (AD [ n.v ;]); Eddie Ck, 4 km 
W of Pipers River (town) on Bridport Rd, 10.ii.2000, T. Rudman 
TRRB1 (AD [n.v.]); Piper's Brook, 28.iii.2005, D.E. Symon s.n. (AD 
178729 [n.v.]); Pipers Brook, 22.X.2005, D.E. Symon 17176 (AD 
[n.v.]) (all BEL). 
Notes: This deciduous woody shrub, cultivated for 
its edible fruit, is locally naturalised in the Pipers River 
area in the State's northeast. It has also been recorded 
growing as a vigorously-suckering cultivated shrub at 
Forth in the State's northwest (Evans etal. 2007) 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Naturalised 
Rubus rubritinctus W.C.R.Watson 
(blackberry) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Stoney Rise, 
Government] Office Car Park, beside public carpark, Devonport 
(FLI), 812000, T. Rudman 13 (AD [n.v.]); Geeveston tip area (TSR), 
1012000, T. Rudman 22/2 (AD [n.v.]); George Town, Eddie Cr[ee] 
k, Piper's Brook R[oa]d (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 27/8 (AD 
[n.v.]); Lilydale Road (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 30/1 (AD [n.v.]): 
Walpole Street, Franklin, Huon Valley (TSR), 2.iii.2007, KJ. Evans 
107 (HO!). 
Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is known in 
Tasmania from several disjunct locations including the 
northeast, central north, and south of the State. This 
taxon was previously included within the widespread 
and common R. fruticosus L. species-aggregate, a name 
that served as a catch-all for all weedy blackberry in 
Australia. The aggregate was revised by Evans et al. 
(2007), who found it to include R. rubritinctus. The 
species may have been overlooked in Tasmania due to 
its similarity with other taxa related to R. fruticosus. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA 
Status: Naturalised 
Rubus rugosus Sm. (keriberry) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): 61a Salvator Road, 
West Hobart (cult.) (TSE),1 Chraskas.n. (HO 30552!); Coronation 
Road off Fortescue Bay Road (TSE), 15.iv.1976, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 
7440!); Smithton (KIN), 27.iv.1977, J.W. Lees s.n. (HO 569508!); 
Elliott (cult.) (TNS), 1011984, P.A. Regel s.n. (HO 76701!); Arthur 
Highway, c. 1.2 km W Eaglehawk Neck/Blowhole Road (TSE), 
8.V.2013, M Wapstra 162, (HO!). 
Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is grown in 
Tasmania for its edible berries. It is known from several 
cultivated specimens from domestic gardens and 
hedges. In addition, there are several widespread but 
localised collections of non-cultivated plants that were 
growing in waterways and bushland. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
RUBIACEAE 
Galium tricornutum Dandy (rough corn 
bedstraw) 
Specimens examined: Unknown [Hj.?] Eichler 17044 (CANB 
803049.1 [n.v.]); Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), xii.1896, L. Rodway 
s.n. (HO 512698!); Hobart Domain (TSE), [collector unknown] 
(MEL2098143 [n.v.]). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in 
Tasmania from three specimens. Two were collected 
from the Flobart area, whilst the location of the 
third is unknown (Thompson 2009). No information 
regarding the plant's habitat, abundance or degree of 
naturalisation are recorded. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Galium verum L. (yellow bedstraw) 
Specimens examined: Corner of Dairy Plains and Cheshunt 
Roads. (TNS), 1012000, A.M. Buchanan 15656 (HO!); Corner 
of Harwood Road and Dairy Plains Road (TNS), 1 .ii.2008, A.M. 
Buchanan 16852 (HO!). 
Notes: This stoloniferous perennial herb is known 
from two specimens collected from the same general 
vicinity, where it was described as naturalised along a 
short stretch of grassy roadside (Thompson 2009). The 
species has persisted at the site throughout the 2000s. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (formerly naturalised) 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
52 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339612 Rubus rubritinctus Muelleria 38: 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890509
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
it has been found to be more widespread, including 
Cressy, in the State's midlands, and near Temma, on 
the State's west coast (the latter from a natural site and 
apparently unusual habitat for the species i.e. a coastal 
"marsupial lawn"). The species is also more widespread 
than indicated by formal collections, with additional 
populations being observed at Lillico Beach (FLI region) 
(M. Wapstra pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
ROSACEAE 
Rubus philadelphicus Blanch. (Philadelphia 
blackberry) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 7): Eddie Ck, Piper's 
Brook Rd, 1312000, T. Rudman 27/4 (AD [ n.v ;]); Eddie Ck, 4 km 
W of Pipers River (town) on Bridport Rd, 10.ii.2000, T. Rudman 
TRRB1 (AD [n.v.]); Piper's Brook, 28.iii.2005, D.E. Symon s.n. (AD 
178729 [n.v.]); Pipers Brook, 22.X.2005, D.E. Symon 17176 (AD 
[n.v.]) (all BEL). 
Notes: This deciduous woody shrub, cultivated for 
its edible fruit, is locally naturalised in the Pipers River 
area in the State's northeast. It has also been recorded 
growing as a vigorously-suckering cultivated shrub at 
Forth in the State's northwest (Evans etal. 2007) 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Naturalised 
Rubus rubritinctus W.C.R.Watson 
(blackberry) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Stoney Rise, 
Government] Office Car Park, beside public carpark, Devonport 
(FLI), 812000, T. Rudman 13 (AD [n.v.]); Geeveston tip area (TSR), 
1012000, T. Rudman 22/2 (AD [n.v.]); George Town, Eddie Cr[ee] 
k, Piper's Brook R[oa]d (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 27/8 (AD 
[n.v.]); Lilydale Road (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 30/1 (AD [n.v.]): 
Walpole Street, Franklin, Huon Valley (TSR), 2.iii.2007, KJ. Evans 
107 (HO!). 
Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is known in 
Tasmania from several disjunct locations including the 
northeast, central north, and south of the State. This 
taxon was previously included within the widespread 
and common R. fruticosus L. species-aggregate, a name 
that served as a catch-all for all weedy blackberry in 
Australia. The aggregate was revised by Evans et al. 
(2007), who found it to include R. rubritinctus. The 
species may have been overlooked in Tasmania due to 
its similarity with other taxa related to R. fruticosus. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA 
Status: Naturalised 
Rubus rugosus Sm. (keriberry) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): 61a Salvator Road, 
West Hobart (cult.) (TSE),1 Chraskas.n. (HO 30552!); Coronation 
Road off Fortescue Bay Road (TSE), 15.iv.1976, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 
7440!); Smithton (KIN), 27.iv.1977, J.W. Lees s.n. (HO 569508!); 
Elliott (cult.) (TNS), 1011984, P.A. Regel s.n. (HO 76701!); Arthur 
Highway, c. 1.2 km W Eaglehawk Neck/Blowhole Road (TSE), 
8.V.2013, M Wapstra 162, (HO!). 
Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is grown in 
Tasmania for its edible berries. It is known from several 
cultivated specimens from domestic gardens and 
hedges. In addition, there are several widespread but 
localised collections of non-cultivated plants that were 
growing in waterways and bushland. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
RUBIACEAE 
Galium tricornutum Dandy (rough corn 
bedstraw) 
Specimens examined: Unknown [Hj.?] Eichler 17044 (CANB 
803049.1 [n.v.]); Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), xii.1896, L. Rodway 
s.n. (HO 512698!); Hobart Domain (TSE), [collector unknown] 
(MEL2098143 [n.v.]). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in 
Tasmania from three specimens. Two were collected 
from the Flobart area, whilst the location of the 
third is unknown (Thompson 2009). No information 
regarding the plant's habitat, abundance or degree of 
naturalisation are recorded. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Galium verum L. (yellow bedstraw) 
Specimens examined: Corner of Dairy Plains and Cheshunt 
Roads. (TNS), 1012000, A.M. Buchanan 15656 (HO!); Corner 
of Harwood Road and Dairy Plains Road (TNS), 1 .ii.2008, A.M. 
Buchanan 16852 (HO!). 
Notes: This stoloniferous perennial herb is known 
from two specimens collected from the same general 
vicinity, where it was described as naturalised along a 
short stretch of grassy roadside (Thompson 2009). The 
species has persisted at the site throughout the 2000s. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (formerly naturalised) 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
52 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339616 Rubus rugosus Muelleria 38: 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890509
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
it has been found to be more widespread, including 
Cressy, in the State's midlands, and near Temma, on 
the State's west coast (the latter from a natural site and 
apparently unusual habitat for the species i.e. a coastal 
"marsupial lawn"). The species is also more widespread 
than indicated by formal collections, with additional 
populations being observed at Lillico Beach (FLI region) 
(M. Wapstra pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
ROSACEAE 
Rubus philadelphicus Blanch. (Philadelphia 
blackberry) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 7): Eddie Ck, Piper's 
Brook Rd, 1312000, T. Rudman 27/4 (AD [ n.v ;]); Eddie Ck, 4 km 
W of Pipers River (town) on Bridport Rd, 10.ii.2000, T. Rudman 
TRRB1 (AD [n.v.]); Piper's Brook, 28.iii.2005, D.E. Symon s.n. (AD 
178729 [n.v.]); Pipers Brook, 22.X.2005, D.E. Symon 17176 (AD 
[n.v.]) (all BEL). 
Notes: This deciduous woody shrub, cultivated for 
its edible fruit, is locally naturalised in the Pipers River 
area in the State's northeast. It has also been recorded 
growing as a vigorously-suckering cultivated shrub at 
Forth in the State's northwest (Evans etal. 2007) 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Naturalised 
Rubus rubritinctus W.C.R.Watson 
(blackberry) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Stoney Rise, 
Government] Office Car Park, beside public carpark, Devonport 
(FLI), 812000, T. Rudman 13 (AD [n.v.]); Geeveston tip area (TSR), 
1012000, T. Rudman 22/2 (AD [n.v.]); George Town, Eddie Cr[ee] 
k, Piper's Brook R[oa]d (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 27/8 (AD 
[n.v.]); Lilydale Road (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 30/1 (AD [n.v.]): 
Walpole Street, Franklin, Huon Valley (TSR), 2.iii.2007, KJ. Evans 
107 (HO!). 
Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is known in 
Tasmania from several disjunct locations including the 
northeast, central north, and south of the State. This 
taxon was previously included within the widespread 
and common R. fruticosus L. species-aggregate, a name 
that served as a catch-all for all weedy blackberry in 
Australia. The aggregate was revised by Evans et al. 
(2007), who found it to include R. rubritinctus. The 
species may have been overlooked in Tasmania due to 
its similarity with other taxa related to R. fruticosus. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA 
Status: Naturalised 
Rubus rugosus Sm. (keriberry) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): 61a Salvator Road, 
West Hobart (cult.) (TSE),1 Chraskas.n. (HO 30552!); Coronation 
Road off Fortescue Bay Road (TSE), 15.iv.1976, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 
7440!); Smithton (KIN), 27.iv.1977, J.W. Lees s.n. (HO 569508!); 
Elliott (cult.) (TNS), 1011984, P.A. Regel s.n. (HO 76701!); Arthur 
Highway, c. 1.2 km W Eaglehawk Neck/Blowhole Road (TSE), 
8.V.2013, M Wapstra 162, (HO!). 
Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is grown in 
Tasmania for its edible berries. It is known from several 
cultivated specimens from domestic gardens and 
hedges. In addition, there are several widespread but 
localised collections of non-cultivated plants that were 
growing in waterways and bushland. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
RUBIACEAE 
Galium tricornutum Dandy (rough corn 
bedstraw) 
Specimens examined: Unknown [Hj.?] Eichler 17044 (CANB 
803049.1 [n.v.]); Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), xii.1896, L. Rodway 
s.n. (HO 512698!); Hobart Domain (TSE), [collector unknown] 
(MEL2098143 [n.v.]). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in 
Tasmania from three specimens. Two were collected 
from the Flobart area, whilst the location of the 
third is unknown (Thompson 2009). No information 
regarding the plant's habitat, abundance or degree of 
naturalisation are recorded. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Galium verum L. (yellow bedstraw) 
Specimens examined: Corner of Dairy Plains and Cheshunt 
Roads. (TNS), 1012000, A.M. Buchanan 15656 (HO!); Corner 
of Harwood Road and Dairy Plains Road (TNS), 1 .ii.2008, A.M. 
Buchanan 16852 (HO!). 
Notes: This stoloniferous perennial herb is known 
from two specimens collected from the same general 
vicinity, where it was described as naturalised along a 
short stretch of grassy roadside (Thompson 2009). The 
species has persisted at the site throughout the 2000s. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (formerly naturalised) 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
52 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339369 Russian comfrey Muelleria 38: 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890491
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339341 Russian dandelion Muelleria 38: 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890489
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339500 sainfoin Muelleria 38: 46
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890503
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
[n.v.]); Currie, King Island (KIN), 31.V.1984, K. Harris s.n. (HO 
84377!); Lighthouse Street, King Island (KIN), 19.X.2008, M. Batey 
s.n. (HO 551270!); Currie, lighthouse street park (KIN), 24.ii.2009, 
M.L Baker 2018 (HO!); Tranmere foreshore (TSE), 24.X.2010, M. 
Wapstra 1148 (HO!). 
Notes: This small ornamental shrub has a disjunct 
distribution in Tasmania. It is restricted to coastal areas 
on Flinders Island and King Island, and at Tranmere on 
the shore of the River Derwent. All populations grow in 
the vicinity of gardens and can be found spreading into 
adjacent pasture, bushland and grasslands. The King 
Island populations are particularly well-established, 
albeit localised, with mature plants and seedlings 
present. This species is established in Tasmania but the 
small scale and number of sites suggest it should be 
considered only sparingly naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld (doubtfully 
naturalised) 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Medicago sativa L. subsp. x varia (Martyn) 
Arcang. ( =Medicago falcata auct. non L. 
sensu Curtis (1956)) 
Specimens examined: Bridgewater (TSE), 5.V.1945, W.M. 
Curtis s.n. (HO 42279!); Macquarie Plains (TSE), 16.ii.1969, B. 
Davidson s.n. (HO 536018!); Bridgewater, old railway yard at NW 
end of Bridgewater Bridge (TSE) 3.iv.2017, M.L. Baker3253 (HO!). 
Notes: This hybrid perennial herb ( M. sativa x M. 
falcata) is known in Tasmania from three collections. 
Recent reappraisal of two of these (previously identified 
as M. falcata) and of newly collected material shows that 
the plants are consistent with taxonomic delimitations 
of the hybrid taxon M. sativa subsp. x varia as proposed 
by Small (2011). No notes accompany the two earlier 
collections, but the most recent collection from a 
localised population at Bridgewater possibly represents 
the same site as one of the early records. Plants from 
this population exhibited a range of corolla colours, 
including white, yellow and pale to deep purple, while 
the plants were mostly prostrate to semi-prostrate in 
habit and had pods with 1.5 to 2 coils. Curtis (1956) 
stated that it is "found occasionally with M. sativa". 
Medicago sativa is common and widely naturalised in 
Tasmania. Whilst there is no evidence to suggest that 
M. falcata is naturalised in Tasmania, the hybrid taxon is 
locally naturalised at one location. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Onobrychis viciifolia Scop, (sainfoin) 
Specimen examined: A little S of Melton Mowbray (TSE), 
9.xi.1942, H.D. Gordon s.n. (HO 42235! & HO 11245!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen, collected more than 70 years 
ago, growing between a road and railway track in 
the Tasmanian Midlands agricultural area. No notes 
accompany the specimen to indicate its status at the 
collection site. Curtis (1956) described its habitat as 
"occasional near areas of cultivation". This statement 
is presumably based on this single record. The species 
may have been intentionally introduced as it is used as 
a fodder plant. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Ornithopus sativus Brot. (French serradella) 
Specimens examined: Waterhouse Road beyond Bridport 
(FLI), 24.X.1979, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 38953!); Mt Pleasant 
[Laboratories](TSE), 14.xii.1965, G.M. Bendall s.n. (HO 535746!); 
Low Head, area between Five Mile Bluff and Beechford (FLI), 
29.xi.2011,7. Davies s.n. (HO 565095!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
two specimens from the northeast coast collected 
several decades apart, suggesting that it has possibly 
persisted in the region.The most recent collection is from 
agricultural land where it was locally common in a 500 
x 200 m area. The 1979 collection was from a site where 
it had persisted from a pasture trial. It is occasionally 
used as a pasture species for its high nutritive value and 
ability to regenerate from seed. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Securigera varia (L.) Lassen (crown vetch) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 17): Near Botanical 
Gardens, [Hobart] (cult.), xi.1906, L. Rodway s.n. (HO 
12313!); Railway Station, Botanic Gardens, [Hobart], i.1949, 
LAS. Johnson s.n. (NSW 642784 [ n.v ;]); Lutana, Hobart (cult.), 
2.i.1985, J.B. Davies s.n. (HO 89327!); Domain Highway, adjacent 
to Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens, Hobart, 17.xii.2008, M. 
Wapstra 631 (HO!); Hobart. Queens Domain - strip of remnant 
bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain Road (all 
TSE), 14.X.2015, M.L Baker 3007and A. Muyt (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb has a localised distribution 
in Tasmania centred around the Royal Tasmanian 
Botanical Gardens, Hobart, where it is locally naturalised 
on railway and roadside verges, and in remnant 
46 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339627 Salix alba vitellina Muelleria 38: 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890510
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339633 Salix matsudana Muelleria 38: 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890510
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
SALICACEAE 
Salixalba L. var. vitellina (L.) Stokes (golden 
upright willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 17): St Peters Pass 
(ca 5 km NE of Oatlands) (TSE), 22.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 
36157!); Penguin-old highway (cult.)(TNS), 31 .x.2003, ML. Baker 
249 (HO!); Riverside, Launceston (TNM), 1.xi.2003, ML Baker 
281 (HO!); 16.4 km from Bridport on Waterhouse Road, Deep 
Water property (FLI), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1310 and A.Gray (HO!); 
Kooyong Glen, Dynnyrne (cult.?) (TSE), 9.xii.2010,7. Gouldthorpe 
11 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely 
cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered 
growing on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and 
ponds, and in large parks and gardens. In almost all 
instances it appears to have been planted, and only a 
small number of plants have been observed where their 
origin may have resulted from vegetative spread from 
nearby trees. For a comprehensive discussion of this 
taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker 
(2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix x calodendron Wimm. (holme willow) 
Specimens examined: Queenstown, bank of Queen River 
(TWE), 13.ix.2006, ML. Baker 1728 (HO!); Coombes Road, 
Longley, (cult.?) (TSE), 22.xi.2006, ML Baker 1771 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is known in 
Tasmania from two disjunct and localised populations. 
In both cases the plants appear to have been planted, 
with only the population at Queenstown showing 
signs of minor vegetative spread. For a comprehensive 
discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in 
Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix matsudana Koidz. "Tortuosa 7 (tortured 
willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Rosny Golf Course 
(cult.) (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML Baker 104 (HO!); Deloraine, Rotary 
Caravan Park, Deloraine (cult.)(TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 230 
(HO!); SW Roseberry, waste transfer station (TWE), 15.ix.2004, 
ML Baker 568 (HO!); Pioneer (BEL), ll.i.2005, ML Baker 1363 
(HO!); Lauderdale, between houses and the 'Lauderdale' 
wetland, (cult.?) (TSE), 24.L2013, M Wapstra 1512 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely 
cultivated throughout Tasmania. In the majority of 
cases, the trees appear to have been planted, with only 
a small number of individuals or small groups of trees 
found growing outside of cultivation in habitats such 
as municipal rubbish tips. A small infestation of plants 
of hybrid parentage (S. matsudana Koidz. 'Tortuosa' 
and S. x fragilis L. nothovar. fragilis) was recorded at 
Fluonville. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's 
distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
A large infestation of hybrid willows at Launceston, in 
the State's north, was recently observed, with some 
plants showing the twisted leaves and stems that are 
characteristic of the tortured willow, suggesting that 
S. matsudana Koidz.'Tortuosa' is a parent. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix purpurea L. (purple osier) 
Specimens examined: Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens 
(cult.) (TSE), 4.iii.2004, Ml. Baker 389 (HO!); Oldina picnic 
area/forest reserve (TNS), 3.xi.2004, Ml. Baker 989 (HO!); Just 
below Winkleigh Bridge (TNS), ii.2005, M Askey-Doran s.n. (HO 
532975!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental shrub has been 
cultivated in Tasmania for stream bank stabilisation 
purposes and as an ornamental. Whether it is naturalised 
in Tasmania or whether all plants have been planted 
is unknown. For example, at the Oldina Forest Reserve 
in the northwest of the State, approximately 400 m of 
creek line is dominated by S. purpurea. It was originally 
planted at this site but it is not known the extent of 
the planting or if vegetative spread has occurred. For a 
comprehensive discussion of its distribution and status 
in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Salix x rubens Schrank (basket willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Nelson River, on 
Lyell Highway, 10 km east-southeast of Gormanston (TWE), 
13.xi.1980, B. Briggs 7084 (NSW 393768 [n.v.]); Kingborough 
Refuse Centre (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML. Baker 106 (HO 532977!); 
Kingborough Refuse Centre (TSE), 2012004, ML. Baker 364 (HO 
525024!); Faggs Gully Creek, Geilston Bay (TSE), 17.ii.2004, ML. 
Baker378 (HO 525022!); Westerway, banks ofTyenna River (TSE), 
16.ii.2005, ML. Baker 1535A. CraneandE. Pope, (HO 532972!). 
Muelleria 
53 

Page image

51339636 Salix purpurea Muelleria 38: 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890510
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
SALICACEAE 
Salixalba L. var. vitellina (L.) Stokes (golden 
upright willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 17): St Peters Pass 
(ca 5 km NE of Oatlands) (TSE), 22.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 
36157!); Penguin-old highway (cult.)(TNS), 31 .x.2003, ML. Baker 
249 (HO!); Riverside, Launceston (TNM), 1.xi.2003, ML Baker 
281 (HO!); 16.4 km from Bridport on Waterhouse Road, Deep 
Water property (FLI), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1310 and A.Gray (HO!); 
Kooyong Glen, Dynnyrne (cult.?) (TSE), 9.xii.2010,7. Gouldthorpe 
11 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely 
cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered 
growing on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and 
ponds, and in large parks and gardens. In almost all 
instances it appears to have been planted, and only a 
small number of plants have been observed where their 
origin may have resulted from vegetative spread from 
nearby trees. For a comprehensive discussion of this 
taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker 
(2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix x calodendron Wimm. (holme willow) 
Specimens examined: Queenstown, bank of Queen River 
(TWE), 13.ix.2006, ML. Baker 1728 (HO!); Coombes Road, 
Longley, (cult.?) (TSE), 22.xi.2006, ML Baker 1771 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is known in 
Tasmania from two disjunct and localised populations. 
In both cases the plants appear to have been planted, 
with only the population at Queenstown showing 
signs of minor vegetative spread. For a comprehensive 
discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in 
Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix matsudana Koidz. "Tortuosa 7 (tortured 
willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Rosny Golf Course 
(cult.) (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML Baker 104 (HO!); Deloraine, Rotary 
Caravan Park, Deloraine (cult.)(TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 230 
(HO!); SW Roseberry, waste transfer station (TWE), 15.ix.2004, 
ML Baker 568 (HO!); Pioneer (BEL), ll.i.2005, ML Baker 1363 
(HO!); Lauderdale, between houses and the 'Lauderdale' 
wetland, (cult.?) (TSE), 24.L2013, M Wapstra 1512 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely 
cultivated throughout Tasmania. In the majority of 
cases, the trees appear to have been planted, with only 
a small number of individuals or small groups of trees 
found growing outside of cultivation in habitats such 
as municipal rubbish tips. A small infestation of plants 
of hybrid parentage (S. matsudana Koidz. 'Tortuosa' 
and S. x fragilis L. nothovar. fragilis) was recorded at 
Fluonville. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's 
distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
A large infestation of hybrid willows at Launceston, in 
the State's north, was recently observed, with some 
plants showing the twisted leaves and stems that are 
characteristic of the tortured willow, suggesting that 
S. matsudana Koidz.'Tortuosa' is a parent. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix purpurea L. (purple osier) 
Specimens examined: Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens 
(cult.) (TSE), 4.iii.2004, Ml. Baker 389 (HO!); Oldina picnic 
area/forest reserve (TNS), 3.xi.2004, Ml. Baker 989 (HO!); Just 
below Winkleigh Bridge (TNS), ii.2005, M Askey-Doran s.n. (HO 
532975!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental shrub has been 
cultivated in Tasmania for stream bank stabilisation 
purposes and as an ornamental. Whether it is naturalised 
in Tasmania or whether all plants have been planted 
is unknown. For example, at the Oldina Forest Reserve 
in the northwest of the State, approximately 400 m of 
creek line is dominated by S. purpurea. It was originally 
planted at this site but it is not known the extent of 
the planting or if vegetative spread has occurred. For a 
comprehensive discussion of its distribution and status 
in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Salix x rubens Schrank (basket willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Nelson River, on 
Lyell Highway, 10 km east-southeast of Gormanston (TWE), 
13.xi.1980, B. Briggs 7084 (NSW 393768 [n.v.]); Kingborough 
Refuse Centre (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML. Baker 106 (HO 532977!); 
Kingborough Refuse Centre (TSE), 2012004, ML. Baker 364 (HO 
525024!); Faggs Gully Creek, Geilston Bay (TSE), 17.ii.2004, ML. 
Baker378 (HO 525022!); Westerway, banks ofTyenna River (TSE), 
16.ii.2005, ML. Baker 1535A. CraneandE. Pope, (HO 532972!). 
Muelleria 
53 

Page image

51339630 Salix ×calodendron Muelleria 38: 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890510
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
SALICACEAE 
Salixalba L. var. vitellina (L.) Stokes (golden 
upright willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 17): St Peters Pass 
(ca 5 km NE of Oatlands) (TSE), 22.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 
36157!); Penguin-old highway (cult.)(TNS), 31 .x.2003, ML. Baker 
249 (HO!); Riverside, Launceston (TNM), 1.xi.2003, ML Baker 
281 (HO!); 16.4 km from Bridport on Waterhouse Road, Deep 
Water property (FLI), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1310 and A.Gray (HO!); 
Kooyong Glen, Dynnyrne (cult.?) (TSE), 9.xii.2010,7. Gouldthorpe 
11 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely 
cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered 
growing on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and 
ponds, and in large parks and gardens. In almost all 
instances it appears to have been planted, and only a 
small number of plants have been observed where their 
origin may have resulted from vegetative spread from 
nearby trees. For a comprehensive discussion of this 
taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker 
(2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix x calodendron Wimm. (holme willow) 
Specimens examined: Queenstown, bank of Queen River 
(TWE), 13.ix.2006, ML. Baker 1728 (HO!); Coombes Road, 
Longley, (cult.?) (TSE), 22.xi.2006, ML Baker 1771 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is known in 
Tasmania from two disjunct and localised populations. 
In both cases the plants appear to have been planted, 
with only the population at Queenstown showing 
signs of minor vegetative spread. For a comprehensive 
discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in 
Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix matsudana Koidz. "Tortuosa 7 (tortured 
willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Rosny Golf Course 
(cult.) (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML Baker 104 (HO!); Deloraine, Rotary 
Caravan Park, Deloraine (cult.)(TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 230 
(HO!); SW Roseberry, waste transfer station (TWE), 15.ix.2004, 
ML Baker 568 (HO!); Pioneer (BEL), ll.i.2005, ML Baker 1363 
(HO!); Lauderdale, between houses and the 'Lauderdale' 
wetland, (cult.?) (TSE), 24.L2013, M Wapstra 1512 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely 
cultivated throughout Tasmania. In the majority of 
cases, the trees appear to have been planted, with only 
a small number of individuals or small groups of trees 
found growing outside of cultivation in habitats such 
as municipal rubbish tips. A small infestation of plants 
of hybrid parentage (S. matsudana Koidz. 'Tortuosa' 
and S. x fragilis L. nothovar. fragilis) was recorded at 
Fluonville. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's 
distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
A large infestation of hybrid willows at Launceston, in 
the State's north, was recently observed, with some 
plants showing the twisted leaves and stems that are 
characteristic of the tortured willow, suggesting that 
S. matsudana Koidz.'Tortuosa' is a parent. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix purpurea L. (purple osier) 
Specimens examined: Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens 
(cult.) (TSE), 4.iii.2004, Ml. Baker 389 (HO!); Oldina picnic 
area/forest reserve (TNS), 3.xi.2004, Ml. Baker 989 (HO!); Just 
below Winkleigh Bridge (TNS), ii.2005, M Askey-Doran s.n. (HO 
532975!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental shrub has been 
cultivated in Tasmania for stream bank stabilisation 
purposes and as an ornamental. Whether it is naturalised 
in Tasmania or whether all plants have been planted 
is unknown. For example, at the Oldina Forest Reserve 
in the northwest of the State, approximately 400 m of 
creek line is dominated by S. purpurea. It was originally 
planted at this site but it is not known the extent of 
the planting or if vegetative spread has occurred. For a 
comprehensive discussion of its distribution and status 
in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Salix x rubens Schrank (basket willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Nelson River, on 
Lyell Highway, 10 km east-southeast of Gormanston (TWE), 
13.xi.1980, B. Briggs 7084 (NSW 393768 [n.v.]); Kingborough 
Refuse Centre (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML. Baker 106 (HO 532977!); 
Kingborough Refuse Centre (TSE), 2012004, ML. Baker 364 (HO 
525024!); Faggs Gully Creek, Geilston Bay (TSE), 17.ii.2004, ML. 
Baker378 (HO 525022!); Westerway, banks ofTyenna River (TSE), 
16.ii.2005, ML. Baker 1535A. CraneandE. Pope, (HO 532972!). 
Muelleria 
53 

Page image

51339639 Salix ×rubens Muelleria 38: 53-54

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 53-54".

51339642 Salix chrysocoma Muelleria 38: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890511
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339726 Scilla peruviana Muelleria 38: 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890517
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Highway, near Prospect, Launceston, 30.X.2000, K. Graham s.n. 
(HO 533225!); Bass Highway, near Prospect, Launceston (all 
TNM), 20.vii.2005, M.L. Baker 1588, (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial is known in Tasmania 
from two locations in the Launceston area. Curtis and 
Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat as 
"local, recorded from marshes in two localities in the 
North West". However, there is no evidence to support 
this. It was more recently collected from near Prospect 
(Launceston) where it is locally abundant and persistent 
on a highway verge covering an area of approx. 30 x 
5 m. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
LILIACEAE 
Alstroemeria aurea Graham (Peruvian lily) 
Specimens examined: Waratah Cemetery (TCH), 2.ii.2001, 
A.M. Buchanan 15838 (HOI); 15 m from corner of Huon Road and 
Ridgeway Road (TSE), 4.L2004, M.F. Duretto 1672 (HO!); Haldane 
Reserve, Lenah Valley (TSE), 2.iii.2011, M. Wapstra 1232 (HOI); 
Old town of Guildford (TCH), 2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1814 (HOI). 
Notes: This tuberous perennial is commonly 
cultivated as a garden plant in Tasmania. It appears to be 
naturalised in scattered localities where it forms small, 
localised patches. One record notes that it is naturalising 
in a paddock but does not indicate the extent of the 
population. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Scillaperuviana L. (Cuban lily) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Snake Island, N 
end. D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 18.xi.1984, K. Harris s.n. 
(HO 969891); Don Heads. Between road and lagoon, N of Don 
(FLI), 19.X.1986, D.l. Morris 8649 (HOI); Mersey Bluff, Devonport 
(FLI), 31.X.2002, B. Nuttall s.n. (HO 5202971); Mersey Lighthouse, 
Mersey Bluff (FLI), 22.ix.2005, M.L Baker 1617 (HO!); Railton - 
cleared end of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2012, M. Wapstra 
1417 (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial herb is cultivated in 
Tasmania and is known from several widely separated 
but localised populations. Naturalised populations are 
most likely garden escapes or plants persisting from 
abandoned gardens. It is most suited to dry coastal 
habitats and has been recorded forming large colonies 
consisting of hundreds of plants. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
POACEAE 
Aira cupaniana Guss. (silvery hairgrass) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, xii.1923, A.H.S. Lucas s.n. 
(NSW 551107 [ n.v ;]); Launceston (all TSE), 14.xi.1963, EJ. 
McBarron 8480, (NSW [n.v.]). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
two widely separated populations collected more 
than 50 years ago. Notes accompanying the latest 
collection indicate that it grew in wasteland in the city of 
Launceston. The limited material and associated notes 
make it difficult to accurately assign a naturalised status. 
It is likely to have been overlooked due to its similarity to 
other naturalised species in the genus. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Avellinia michelii (Savi) Pari, (avellinia) 
Specimens examined: Tin Dish Lagoon', Maclains Plain, 
Campbell Town, 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5051751);Tin Dish 
(all TNM), 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5042521). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens that appear to be duplicates of each 
other. The plants were collected from the outer edge of 
a wetland in a Selleria radicans herbfield surrounded by 
native grassland. There are no further details regarding 
the population. The limited material and associated 
collecting notes raise doubt over its naturalised status. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Calamagrostis epigejos (L.) Roth (wood 
smallreed) 
Selected specimens examined (2 of 5): Tanners Creek, 
Arthur Highway, vi.1973, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 568832!);Tanners 
Creek, between Forcett and Copping, Arthur Highway (all TSE), 
1 .iii.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 252221). 
Notes: This large perennial grass is known inTasmania 
from several collections from a roadside ditch on the 
Arthur Highway in the southeast of the State. The origin 
of the species here is unknown. It is believed to have 
been deliberately eradicated and recent surveys have 
failed to re-find it. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Previously naturalised 
60 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339336 scrambling groundsel Muelleria 38: 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890489
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339396 sea radish Muelleria 38: 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890494
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Bishop s.n. (HO 323066!); Dover (TSR), 29.X.2002, T. Rudman s.n. 
(HO 520018!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N of 
Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, M.L. Baker 1350 (HO!); Mt 
Wellington (TSE), 25.ix.2006, M. Wapstra22 (HO!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated biennial herb 
is widespread in Tasmania and is common especially 
in and around the greater Hobart region. Naturalised 
populations have been recorded growing in a range of 
habitats, including roadside verges, shorelines, stream 
banks and pasture. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Nasturtium microphyllum Boenn. ex Rchb. 
(one-row watercress) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 13): Near Cataract 
[Gorge], Launceston (TNM), xi.1865, [collector unknown] (NSW 
137706 [n.v.]); At the base of Mount Field East, and at Jones 
River (TSR), i.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL0093363 [n.v.]); Mole Creek 
(TNS), xii.1908, L. Rodway 25a (HO!); Apsley (TSE), 20.xii.1978, 
D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 30970!); Ocean Beach. 5 km W of Strahan 
(TWE), 7.ii.1981, A.E. Orchard 5368 (HO!); South Road coastal 
block, 100 m from coast, King Island (KIN), 1.xii.2009, M. Batey 
99 and G. Batey (HOI). 
Notes: This semi-aquatic perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from several collections spanning a long period 
of time and with a wide distribution. Recent examination 
of material held in theTasmanian Herbarium has identified 
several specimens of N. microphyllum from material 
previously identified as Nasturtium officinale W.T.Aiton. It 
is possible that this it is more widespread in the State as it 
is likely to have been overlooked due to its resemblance to 
the widespread and common N. officinale. To distinguish 
the two species, fertile material with mature fruits is 
required. Curtis and Morris (1975) described its habitat 
as being the same as where N. officinale is found; that is, 
streams and ditches in moving water. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Raphanus maritimus Sm. (sea radish) 
Specimens examined: Bridgewater (TSE), 9.xi.1942, H.D. 
Gordon s.n. (HO 29355!); Wynyard, township (TNS), 18.i.1964, A. 
Colebrook8816 (NSW 641428 [n.v.]). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
two disjunct locations. Information on both suggests 
they were not from cultivated plants. The Bridgewater 
collection is from an "embankment", whereas the 
Wynyard collection is annotated as being "not 
cultivated". It has not been recorded in Tasmania for 
more than 50 years and, without details of the habitat or 
populations at these sites, there is insufficient evidence 
to suggest that it is naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Rorippa sylvestris (L.) Besser (creeping 
yellowcress) 
Specimens examined: Cradoc Hill Road, near Cradoc (TSR), 
4. xii.2000, D.l. Morris 86721 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 
12.L2001, A.M. Buchanan 15825 (HO!); Cradoc Hill Road, Lilium 
farm on W side of road (TSR), 19.L2004, A.M. Buchanan 16093 
(HO!); Mountain River Road, ~1.5km from Grove intersection. 
Mountain River (TSR), 19.L2004, M.L. Baker402 (HO!); Valleyfield, 
New Norfolk (TSE), 23.L2004, M.L Baker 401 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb has a distribution that 
is localised and restricted in southern Tasmania. It is 
well-established and a troublesome weed at several 
sites including Cradoc Hill Road, where it was recorded 
in a weed-infested paddock after it was accidentally 
introduced via imported Lilium bulbs. In April 2018 
many plants were persisting at this site. It has also been 
recorded from a blackcurrant crop at New Norfolk. The 
species does not reproduce by seed and reproduction 
and dispersal is via transport of rhizomes. Based on the 
above evidence, R. sylvestris appears to be sparingly 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Thlaspi arvense L. (penny cress) 
Specimens examined: Togari (KIN), 16.xi.1976, J. Lees s.n. 
(HO 576402!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), 14.X.1991, S. Geard 
s.n. (HO 142638!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), ll.x.1991, 
5. Geard s.n. (HO 142639!). 
Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from two widespread locations: Togari in the State's 
northwest, and Pawtella in the south. The Pawtella 
specimen was from a rape crop, but there is no indication 
of the number of plants or its history or status at the site. 
The collection from Togari is devoid of contextual notes. 
In the absence of information, there is doubt regarding 
its naturalised status in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously 
naturalised) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Muelleria 
37 

Page image

51339504 Securigera varia Muelleria 38: 46-47

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 46-47".

51339334 Senecio angulatus Muelleria 38: 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890489
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
overlooked for the typical form, which is common and 
widely naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Matricaria chamomilla L. (chamomile) 
Specimens examined: Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 
3.xi.1993, H. Blackburn s.n. (HO 517199!); Scotts Road, Risdon 
Vale (TSE), 29.xi.1993, D.I. Morris s.n. (HO 409495!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb is 
known in Tasmania from two specimens that are likely to 
have been collected from the same site.The collections 
are devoid of useful notes that give any indication of 
the status at the time of collection other than being 
thought to have arisen from bird seed. It is not known if 
the plants have persisted at this site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Onopordum acaulon L. (stemless thistle) 
Specimen examined: 'Charlton Park', near Melton Mowbray, 
North of Mt Mercer trig point (TSE), 6.xii.2002, G. Raphael s.n. 
(HO 520128!). 
Notes: This low-growing, rosette-forming thistle is 
known in Tasmania from a highly localised population 
of fewer than 20 plants that grew where imported cattle 
feed was spread.The population was made the target of 
eradication and is considered to have been eradicated 
(K. Stewart pers. comm.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Pilosella officinarum Vaill. subsp. officinarum 
[syn. Hieracium pilosella L.] (mouse-ear 
hawkweed) 
Specimens examined: 'St Peters Pass', N of Oatlands (TSE), 
6.L2001, A Woolley s.n. (HO 510506!); 'St Peters Pass' property, 
[near Oatlands] (TSE), 31 .i.2001, AM. Buchanan 15829 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from a single population growing on a rural fence line 
between a roadside reserve and pasture. Shortly after 
its discovery, the infestation site was excavated and 
deep buried and eradication was achieved (Rudman & 
Goninon 2002, as H. pilosella). Before it was eradicated, 
it was the dominant component of the vegetation over 
an area of approximately 2,500 m 2 . Monitoring of the 
site until 2006 did not find any further plants (K. Stewart 
pers. comm.). Pilosella officinarum is an invasive weed in 
cool climate areas of North America and New Zealand. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: ACT, NSW (recent 
incursion (P.Turner pers. comm.)) 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Senecio angulatus L.f. (scrambling 
groundsel) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Moonah (TSE), 
24.iv.1982, D. Secomb s.n. (HO 569321!); Kaoota Road, Allens 
Rivulet (TSR), 11 .iii.2001, L.H. Cave s.n. (HO 511532!); Strahan, 
Regatta Point (TWE), 14.ix.2004, M.L. Baker543 (HO!); Whitemark, 
old tip site (FLI), 14.L2007, AM. Buchanan 16638 (HO!); Tasman 
Island, garden of Quarters 3 (TSE), 29.ix.2007 P.A. Tyson 580 
(HO!); South Arm, Blessington Street (TSE), 24.viii.2010, P. Norris 
s.n. (HO 563422!). 
Notes: This vigorous scrambling shrub, occasionally 
grown as an ornamental, is widespread and localised 
throughout the state but is most often encountered 
on the east and southeast coasts. It has been recorded 
smothering native vegetation in a variety of habitats 
including tip sites, roadsides, gullies, sand dunes and 
remnant coastal vegetation; in some cases it dominates 
large areas of c. 1,000 m 2 . It is more widespread than 
indicated by formal collections, with Wapstra et al. 
(2008) reporting populations at Eddystone Point on the 
northeast coast and in the upper Derwent Valley. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Taraxacum kok-saghyz L.E.Rodin (Russian 
dandelion) 
Specimens examined: Cressy Experimental Farm (cult.) 
(TNM), 27.x.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 53346! & HO 15165!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known from two 
collections that appear to be duplicates. Curtis (1963) 
stated that it was "cultivated at Cressy during the war 
of 1939-1945 as a source of latex, a possible substitute 
for rubber; probably persisting locally". It has not been 
recorded since. See Figure 2. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
BASELLACEAE 
Anredera cor difolia (Ten.) Steenis (Madeira 
vine) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Launceston (TNM), 
3.V.1965, [collector unknown] (HO 506475!); Clark Island, near 
original homestead (FLI), ix.1980, 5. Harris 113 (HOI); South 
32 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339781 Setaria pumila pumila Muelleria 38: 64
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890553
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339424 Silene colorata Muelleria 38: 39
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890496
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
16.viii.2009, M. Wapstra 916 (HO!); Prospect, bushland reserve 
between Country Club Avenue and Las Vegas Drive (TNM), 
16.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1456 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from 
Kings Bridge to Gorge (TNM), 7.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3383 (HO!). 
Notes: This commonly cultivated ornamental shrub 
is known in Tasmania from several collections mainly 
from single plants persisting at the sites of abandoned 
gardens. The most recent record notes that several 
juvenile plants were encountered and were probably 
the result of dumped garden refuse. Whether these 
plants have persisted at this site is unknown. The 
species produces copious amounts of fleshy fruit that 
are consumed and dispersed by birds (Karlsson 2005). 
A recently-observed locally naturalised population at 
Cataract Gorge, Launceston, consisted of many plants 
of varying size and age. Cultivated plants of V. tinus at 
an abandoned homestead in bushland in Glenorchy 
were observed to be heavily grazed by ground-dwelling 
marsupials, indicating that it is palatable to wildlife (M. 
Baker pers. obs.). It is thought that browsing of seedlings 
limits the opportunity of this species to naturalise in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CARYOPHYLLACEAE 
Silene conica L. (striated catchfly) 
Specimen examined: King Island, Bass Strait (KIN), 20.ii.1931, 
A.E. Scott s.n. (AD 98664081 [n.v]). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a 
single specimen collected from King Island more than 
85 years ago. With no accompanying notes on habitat or 
population details, there is little evidence to suggest it is 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Silene dichotoma Ehrh. (forked catchfly) 
Specimens examined: Tasmania, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 8561 I); 
Sandy Bay (TSE), iv.1913, L. Rodway 65c (HO!); Queens Domain, 
Hobart, Davies Avenue (near Hobart Aquatic Centre) (TSE), 
5.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2102 (HO!); Cressy Beach, Middle headland 
(TSE), 26.X.2009, M. Wapstra 982 (HO!); Royal Tasmanian 
Botanical Gardens, grassland area at N tip of gardens (TSE), 
26.xi.2010, M.L. Baker 2350 (HOI). 
Notes: This annual or biennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from a small number of small but established 
populations. Two of these occur on the Queens Domain 
in Hobart whilst the third is at Cressy Beach on the State's 
east coast. This species is established in Tasmania but 
the small scale and number of sites suggest it should be 
considered only sparingly naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Silene colorata Poir. {=Silene I on gi caul is auct. 
non Pourr. ex Lag. sensu Buchanan (1995)) 
(pink catchfly) 
Specimens examined: South Arm, 12.ii.1899, F.A. Rodway 
658 (NSW 6764601); South Arm (all TSE), xiLI 905, L. Rodway 65A 
(HOI). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
only two specimens collected from South Arm in the 
State's southeast. The name S. longicaulis was, until 
recently, misapplied to a specimen of S. colorata and 
it was this specimen that led to the species being 
included in the 1995 edition of the Tasmanian Vascular 
Plant Census (Buchanan 1995). Due to the lack of notes 
accompanying the collections it is difficult to determine 
its status in Tasmania. Having not been collected or 
recorded in the State for more than 110 years strongly 
suggests it is no longer present. For a detailed discussion 
of this species in Tasmania see Baker (2016). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Stellaria graminea L. (lesser stitchwort) 
Specimens examined: Tyenna (TSR), 15.xi.1903, L. Rodway 
s.n. (HO 86341); Sea Elephant River, King Island (KIN), 9.L1979, 
D.l. Morris 7964 (HOI). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
two disjunct locations. One specimen was collected 
more than 100 years ago from Tyenna and the other was 
collected nearly 40 years ago from King Island. Whilst 
there is no information indicating the species' status, 
given the two geographically and temporally separated 
records, it is possible it is more widespread but perhaps 
overlooked. Curtis (1956) stated that it is "occasional 
in shaded places and amongst bracken". Given the 
lack of recent collections and informative collecting 
information it is difficult to apply a naturalised status to 
this species with any certainty. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously 
naturalised) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Muelleria 
39 

Page image

51339418 Silene conica Muelleria 38: 39
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890496
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
16.viii.2009, M. Wapstra 916 (HO!); Prospect, bushland reserve 
between Country Club Avenue and Las Vegas Drive (TNM), 
16.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1456 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from 
Kings Bridge to Gorge (TNM), 7.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3383 (HO!). 
Notes: This commonly cultivated ornamental shrub 
is known in Tasmania from several collections mainly 
from single plants persisting at the sites of abandoned 
gardens. The most recent record notes that several 
juvenile plants were encountered and were probably 
the result of dumped garden refuse. Whether these 
plants have persisted at this site is unknown. The 
species produces copious amounts of fleshy fruit that 
are consumed and dispersed by birds (Karlsson 2005). 
A recently-observed locally naturalised population at 
Cataract Gorge, Launceston, consisted of many plants 
of varying size and age. Cultivated plants of V. tinus at 
an abandoned homestead in bushland in Glenorchy 
were observed to be heavily grazed by ground-dwelling 
marsupials, indicating that it is palatable to wildlife (M. 
Baker pers. obs.). It is thought that browsing of seedlings 
limits the opportunity of this species to naturalise in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CARYOPHYLLACEAE 
Silene conica L. (striated catchfly) 
Specimen examined: King Island, Bass Strait (KIN), 20.ii.1931, 
A.E. Scott s.n. (AD 98664081 [n.v]). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a 
single specimen collected from King Island more than 
85 years ago. With no accompanying notes on habitat or 
population details, there is little evidence to suggest it is 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Silene dichotoma Ehrh. (forked catchfly) 
Specimens examined: Tasmania, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 8561 I); 
Sandy Bay (TSE), iv.1913, L. Rodway 65c (HO!); Queens Domain, 
Hobart, Davies Avenue (near Hobart Aquatic Centre) (TSE), 
5.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2102 (HO!); Cressy Beach, Middle headland 
(TSE), 26.X.2009, M. Wapstra 982 (HO!); Royal Tasmanian 
Botanical Gardens, grassland area at N tip of gardens (TSE), 
26.xi.2010, M.L. Baker 2350 (HOI). 
Notes: This annual or biennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from a small number of small but established 
populations. Two of these occur on the Queens Domain 
in Hobart whilst the third is at Cressy Beach on the State's 
east coast. This species is established in Tasmania but 
the small scale and number of sites suggest it should be 
considered only sparingly naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Silene colorata Poir. {=Silene I on gi caul is auct. 
non Pourr. ex Lag. sensu Buchanan (1995)) 
(pink catchfly) 
Specimens examined: South Arm, 12.ii.1899, F.A. Rodway 
658 (NSW 6764601); South Arm (all TSE), xiLI 905, L. Rodway 65A 
(HOI). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
only two specimens collected from South Arm in the 
State's southeast. The name S. longicaulis was, until 
recently, misapplied to a specimen of S. colorata and 
it was this specimen that led to the species being 
included in the 1995 edition of the Tasmanian Vascular 
Plant Census (Buchanan 1995). Due to the lack of notes 
accompanying the collections it is difficult to determine 
its status in Tasmania. Having not been collected or 
recorded in the State for more than 110 years strongly 
suggests it is no longer present. For a detailed discussion 
of this species in Tasmania see Baker (2016). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Stellaria graminea L. (lesser stitchwort) 
Specimens examined: Tyenna (TSR), 15.xi.1903, L. Rodway 
s.n. (HO 86341); Sea Elephant River, King Island (KIN), 9.L1979, 
D.l. Morris 7964 (HOI). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
two disjunct locations. One specimen was collected 
more than 100 years ago from Tyenna and the other was 
collected nearly 40 years ago from King Island. Whilst 
there is no information indicating the species' status, 
given the two geographically and temporally separated 
records, it is possible it is more widespread but perhaps 
overlooked. Curtis (1956) stated that it is "occasional 
in shaded places and amongst bracken". Given the 
lack of recent collections and informative collecting 
information it is difficult to apply a naturalised status to 
this species with any certainty. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously 
naturalised) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Muelleria 
39 

Page image

51339421 Silene dichotoma Muelleria 38: 39
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890496
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
16.viii.2009, M. Wapstra 916 (HO!); Prospect, bushland reserve 
between Country Club Avenue and Las Vegas Drive (TNM), 
16.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1456 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from 
Kings Bridge to Gorge (TNM), 7.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3383 (HO!). 
Notes: This commonly cultivated ornamental shrub 
is known in Tasmania from several collections mainly 
from single plants persisting at the sites of abandoned 
gardens. The most recent record notes that several 
juvenile plants were encountered and were probably 
the result of dumped garden refuse. Whether these 
plants have persisted at this site is unknown. The 
species produces copious amounts of fleshy fruit that 
are consumed and dispersed by birds (Karlsson 2005). 
A recently-observed locally naturalised population at 
Cataract Gorge, Launceston, consisted of many plants 
of varying size and age. Cultivated plants of V. tinus at 
an abandoned homestead in bushland in Glenorchy 
were observed to be heavily grazed by ground-dwelling 
marsupials, indicating that it is palatable to wildlife (M. 
Baker pers. obs.). It is thought that browsing of seedlings 
limits the opportunity of this species to naturalise in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CARYOPHYLLACEAE 
Silene conica L. (striated catchfly) 
Specimen examined: King Island, Bass Strait (KIN), 20.ii.1931, 
A.E. Scott s.n. (AD 98664081 [n.v]). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a 
single specimen collected from King Island more than 
85 years ago. With no accompanying notes on habitat or 
population details, there is little evidence to suggest it is 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Silene dichotoma Ehrh. (forked catchfly) 
Specimens examined: Tasmania, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 8561 I); 
Sandy Bay (TSE), iv.1913, L. Rodway 65c (HO!); Queens Domain, 
Hobart, Davies Avenue (near Hobart Aquatic Centre) (TSE), 
5.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2102 (HO!); Cressy Beach, Middle headland 
(TSE), 26.X.2009, M. Wapstra 982 (HO!); Royal Tasmanian 
Botanical Gardens, grassland area at N tip of gardens (TSE), 
26.xi.2010, M.L. Baker 2350 (HOI). 
Notes: This annual or biennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from a small number of small but established 
populations. Two of these occur on the Queens Domain 
in Hobart whilst the third is at Cressy Beach on the State's 
east coast. This species is established in Tasmania but 
the small scale and number of sites suggest it should be 
considered only sparingly naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Silene colorata Poir. {=Silene I on gi caul is auct. 
non Pourr. ex Lag. sensu Buchanan (1995)) 
(pink catchfly) 
Specimens examined: South Arm, 12.ii.1899, F.A. Rodway 
658 (NSW 6764601); South Arm (all TSE), xiLI 905, L. Rodway 65A 
(HOI). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
only two specimens collected from South Arm in the 
State's southeast. The name S. longicaulis was, until 
recently, misapplied to a specimen of S. colorata and 
it was this specimen that led to the species being 
included in the 1995 edition of the Tasmanian Vascular 
Plant Census (Buchanan 1995). Due to the lack of notes 
accompanying the collections it is difficult to determine 
its status in Tasmania. Having not been collected or 
recorded in the State for more than 110 years strongly 
suggests it is no longer present. For a detailed discussion 
of this species in Tasmania see Baker (2016). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Stellaria graminea L. (lesser stitchwort) 
Specimens examined: Tyenna (TSR), 15.xi.1903, L. Rodway 
s.n. (HO 86341); Sea Elephant River, King Island (KIN), 9.L1979, 
D.l. Morris 7964 (HOI). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
two disjunct locations. One specimen was collected 
more than 100 years ago from Tyenna and the other was 
collected nearly 40 years ago from King Island. Whilst 
there is no information indicating the species' status, 
given the two geographically and temporally separated 
records, it is possible it is more widespread but perhaps 
overlooked. Curtis (1956) stated that it is "occasional 
in shaded places and amongst bracken". Given the 
lack of recent collections and informative collecting 
information it is difficult to apply a naturalised status to 
this species with any certainty. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously 
naturalised) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Muelleria 
39 

Page image

51339427 Silene longicaulis Muelleria 38: 39
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890496
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339740 silky bluegrass Muelleria 38: 61
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890518
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Dichanthium sericeum (R.Br.) A.Camus subsp. 
sericeum (silky bluegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (1 of 4): Tasman Highway, 
2 km N of Sorell (TSE), 31 .i.1 982, D.l. Morris 8246 (HO!). 
NotesrThis erect perennial grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen (with several duplicates) from 
Sorell in the southeast ofthe State. Details accompanying 
the specimen indicate that the population consisted of 
approx. 20 plants. It has not been recorded since. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NT 
(native), SA (native), Qld (native), NSW (native), ACT 
(native), Vic. (native) 
Status: Not naturalised 
Digitaria ciliaris (Retz.) Koeler (crabgrass) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, v.1895, L. Rodway 6 (HO!); 
Hobart (all TSE), 6.vi.1895, L Rodway 6 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
two specimens from Hobart, collected more than 120 
years ago. There are no notes indicating the plant's 
status at these sites, nor any evidence that it became 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, 
LHI, Nl, ACT 
Status: Not naturalised 
Digitaria ternata (Hochst. Ex A.Rich.) Stapf 
(fingergrass) 
Specimens examined: Nubeena, 6.V.1982, [collector 
unknown] Ex Tasmanian Department of Agriculture Herbarium 
(HO 568826!); Near Nubeena (all TSE), 6.v.1982, W.R. Watson s.n. 
(HO 51390!). 
Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single collection. Curtis and Morris (1994) 
described the distribution and habitat as "recorded from 
a roadside on the Tasman Peninsula", presumably based 
on this specimen. There is no evidence that it became 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Echinochloa oryzoides (Ard.) Fritsch (rice 
barnyardgrass) 
Specimen examined: Triabunna (TSE), 2.ii.1995, D.l. Morris 
86552 (HO!). 
Notes: This tall annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen from a population of 30-40 
plants growing along a roadside ditch on the State's east 
coast.There is no evidence that it became naturalised in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld (doubtfully 
naturalised), NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
Eleusineindica (L.) Gaertn. (crowsfoot grass) 
Specimens examined: Bridport, top side of Westwood 
Street, 19.iii.1997, M.P. Cameron s.n. (HO 320736!); Parkers Ford 
Road, Port Sorell (all FLI), 8.ii.2012, P. Collier 5428 (HO!). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens from roadside verges in the 
north of the State. The collections suggest that it is 
a recent arrival to the State, although the source of 
the introduction is unknown. The species is locally 
persistent at Port Sorell (P. Collier pers. comm.) whereas 
its persistence at Bridport is unknown. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, 
Qld, NSW, LHI, Nl, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Eleusine tristachya (Lam.) Lam. (goosegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 13): Outside of the 
Botanical Gardens [Hobart] (TSE), 17.xi.1979, T. Shea s.n. (HO 
32149!); Hobart. University ofTasmania, football oval (TSE), 
14.iii.1981, RJ. Wilson s.n. (HO 540714!); Midland Highway, N. of 
Perth (TNM), 12.iv.2013, M. Wapstra 1602 (HO!); Lyell Highway, N 
of Dawson Road (Dunrobin) turn-off (TSE), 9.vi.2013, M. Wapstra 
1660 (HO!); Brooker Highway, showgrounds roundabout, 
median strip to north (TSE), 14.iv.2014, M. Wapstra 1853 (HO!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial grass is known in 
Tasmania from numerous locations in the greater Hobart 
area, extending through to the Coal River Valley, the 
lower to middle Derwent Valley, and along the Midland 
Highway as far north as Breadalbane, near Launceston in 
the State's north. Since the first collections, in 1979 from 
outside the Royal Tasmanian Botanical Garden, and in 
1981 from Sandy Bay, it has become a widespread weed 
of roadsides and grasslands and is predicted to continue 
to increase its range throughout the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Eragrostis curvula (Schrad.) Nees (African 
lovegrass) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 16): Woodbury (cult.) 
(TNM), i.1922, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 121170!); Franklin, picnic 
area (TSR), 8.L1967, J.E.S. Townrow s.n. (HO 92647!); Hobart 
Muelleria 
61 

Page image

51339731 silvery hairgrass Muelleria 38: 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890517
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Highway, near Prospect, Launceston, 30.X.2000, K. Graham s.n. 
(HO 533225!); Bass Highway, near Prospect, Launceston (all 
TNM), 20.vii.2005, M.L. Baker 1588, (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial is known in Tasmania 
from two locations in the Launceston area. Curtis and 
Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat as 
"local, recorded from marshes in two localities in the 
North West". However, there is no evidence to support 
this. It was more recently collected from near Prospect 
(Launceston) where it is locally abundant and persistent 
on a highway verge covering an area of approx. 30 x 
5 m. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
LILIACEAE 
Alstroemeria aurea Graham (Peruvian lily) 
Specimens examined: Waratah Cemetery (TCH), 2.ii.2001, 
A.M. Buchanan 15838 (HOI); 15 m from corner of Huon Road and 
Ridgeway Road (TSE), 4.L2004, M.F. Duretto 1672 (HO!); Haldane 
Reserve, Lenah Valley (TSE), 2.iii.2011, M. Wapstra 1232 (HOI); 
Old town of Guildford (TCH), 2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1814 (HOI). 
Notes: This tuberous perennial is commonly 
cultivated as a garden plant in Tasmania. It appears to be 
naturalised in scattered localities where it forms small, 
localised patches. One record notes that it is naturalising 
in a paddock but does not indicate the extent of the 
population. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Scillaperuviana L. (Cuban lily) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Snake Island, N 
end. D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 18.xi.1984, K. Harris s.n. 
(HO 969891); Don Heads. Between road and lagoon, N of Don 
(FLI), 19.X.1986, D.l. Morris 8649 (HOI); Mersey Bluff, Devonport 
(FLI), 31.X.2002, B. Nuttall s.n. (HO 5202971); Mersey Lighthouse, 
Mersey Bluff (FLI), 22.ix.2005, M.L Baker 1617 (HO!); Railton - 
cleared end of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2012, M. Wapstra 
1417 (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial herb is cultivated in 
Tasmania and is known from several widely separated 
but localised populations. Naturalised populations are 
most likely garden escapes or plants persisting from 
abandoned gardens. It is most suited to dry coastal 
habitats and has been recorded forming large colonies 
consisting of hundreds of plants. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
POACEAE 
Aira cupaniana Guss. (silvery hairgrass) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, xii.1923, A.H.S. Lucas s.n. 
(NSW 551107 [ n.v ;]); Launceston (all TSE), 14.xi.1963, EJ. 
McBarron 8480, (NSW [n.v.]). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
two widely separated populations collected more 
than 50 years ago. Notes accompanying the latest 
collection indicate that it grew in wasteland in the city of 
Launceston. The limited material and associated notes 
make it difficult to accurately assign a naturalised status. 
It is likely to have been overlooked due to its similarity to 
other naturalised species in the genus. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Avellinia michelii (Savi) Pari, (avellinia) 
Specimens examined: Tin Dish Lagoon', Maclains Plain, 
Campbell Town, 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5051751);Tin Dish 
(all TNM), 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5042521). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens that appear to be duplicates of each 
other. The plants were collected from the outer edge of 
a wetland in a Selleria radicans herbfield surrounded by 
native grassland. There are no further details regarding 
the population. The limited material and associated 
collecting notes raise doubt over its naturalised status. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Calamagrostis epigejos (L.) Roth (wood 
smallreed) 
Selected specimens examined (2 of 5): Tanners Creek, 
Arthur Highway, vi.1973, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 568832!);Tanners 
Creek, between Forcett and Copping, Arthur Highway (all TSE), 
1 .iii.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 252221). 
Notes: This large perennial grass is known inTasmania 
from several collections from a roadside ditch on the 
Arthur Highway in the southeast of the State. The origin 
of the species here is unknown. It is believed to have 
been deliberately eradicated and recent surveys have 
failed to re-find it. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Previously naturalised 
60 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339449 slender St John's wort Muelleria 38: 41
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890498
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339664 small-flowered nightshade Muelleria 38: 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890512
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339774 small hairgrass Muelleria 38: 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890519
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339712 smallhead rush Muelleria 38: 59
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890516
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
area. All but a single plant were collected from 
ornamental plantings or cultivated specimens. The 
only non-cultivated specimen was from a single plant 
growing on the side of a track in a recently developed 
bushland remnant. Curtis and Morris (1994) listed it in 
their flora and stated that it "...could become invasive". 
Little evidence exists to suggest that it is naturalised in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Isolepis hystrix (Thunb.) Nees (awned 
dubsedge) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 9): Powranna Main 
Road, close to gateway of Hummocky Hills track (TNM), 
1 5.xi.1996, AJ. North s.n. (HO 322628!); Freshwater soak just W 
of Calverts Lagoon, South Arm (TSE), 20.xii.2005, M. Visoiu 120 
(HO!); Between George Town and Bell Bay (FLI), 30.X.2006, J.B. 
Davies s.n. (HO 542926!); Perth, lllawarra Road, S side (TNM), 
19.xi.2014, M. Wapstra 2075 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual sedge, although only detected as 
late as 1996, is now known to be locally common and 
widely distributed in Tasmania. It is associated with 
roadside drains, freshwater (and sometimes slightly 
saline) lagoons, herb fields and other moist disturbed 
sites. Although it is highly distinctive, its ephemeral habit 
and small size have possibly led to it being overlooked 
at other similar habitats and locations. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
HAEMODORACEAE 
Anigozanthos flavidus Redoute (evergreen 
kangaroo paw) 
Specimens examined: Binalong Bay Road, Binalong 
Bay (FLI), 1 .viii.1975,7. Robin s.n. (HO 327793!); Creek, 0.8-1 
km N of Binalong Bay (FLI), 5.L2006, M.F. Duretto 2074 (HO!); 
Paddocks adjacent to the Postmans Track Pass (KIN), 23.ii.2005, 
P. Hefferon s.n. (HO 536135!); Binalong Bay, Grants Point Road 
(cult.?) (FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1962 (HO!). 
Notes: This rhizomatous perennial herb is widely 
cultivated in Tasmania and is known from several 
collections that appear to be derived from nearby 
garden plantings. At one location, numerous plants 
were recorded as escaping from cultivation and growing 
on the fringe of the Rocky Cape National Park. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
HYDROCHARITACEAE 
Lagarosiphon major (Ridl.) Moss (oxygen 
weed) 
Specimen examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart (cult.?) 
(TSE), 24.V.1 983, D.l. Morris 8350 (HO!). 
Notes: This rhizomatous aquatic perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania from a single, possibly cultivated, 
specimen from a pond at the Royal Tasmanian Botanical 
Gardens (Hobart). There is no evidence that it has 
persisted or spread from the site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (doubtfully 
naturalised) 
Status: Not naturalised 
IRIDACEAE 
Tritonia gladiolaris (Lam.) Goldblatt & 
J.C.Manning (chiffon lace) 
Specimens examined: S[outh] of Murdunna (TSE), 
19.X.1973, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 58867!); Railton area, S of 
Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2013, M. Wapstra 1396 (HO!); 
Arthur Highway [just WNW of Flinders Bay Road junction] (TSE), 
18.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1474 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from two widely separated locations. Curtis and Morris 
(1994) described its distribution and habitat, based on 
a 1973 collection (as Tritonia lineata (Salisb.) Ker Gawl.), 
as "introduced, recorded only from a sandy bank in light 
Eucalypt forest at Murdunna (East Coast), apparently 
well-established". It was recently collected from 
(presumably) the same site and described as growing in 
several dense patches along an 80 m section of roadside 
verge. It has been detected at one additional site in 
the north of the State, where it was growing on a road 
reserve adjacent to dry eucalypt forest. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
JUNCACEAE 
Juncus microcephalus Kunth (smallhead 
rush) 
Selected specimens examined (3 of 4): S[outh] bank 
of North Esk River, Launceston, just upstream from Charles 
Street Bridge, ii.1 981 , B. Robinson s.n. (NSW 225669 [ n.v .]); Bass 
Muelleria 
59 

Page image

51339647 snapdragon Muelleria 38: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890511
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is occasionally 
cultivated in Tasmania. It is known from one small 
population where it is thought to have spread via 
vegetative means. The taxon may be more widespread 
as it is easily confused with the common and 
widespread S. x fragilis nothovar. fragilis and S. alba 
var. vitellina. At Westerway, S. xfragilis nothovar. fragilis 
and S. alba var. vitellina are thought to have hybridised, 
producing young plants referable to S. xrubens. For a 
comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution 
and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix x sepulcmlis Simonk. nothovar. chrysocoma 
(Dode) Meikle (golden weeping willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 15): Melton Mowbray 
(TSE), 21.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 36158!); Huonville, Apex 
Park, (cult.) (TSR), 21.X.2003, ML Baker 172 (HO!); Campbell 
Town, Elizabeth River (cult.) (TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 216 
(HO!); Emu River, pumphouse area, Burnie (TNS), 31.X.2003ML 
Baker 248, (HO!); 4.9 km W of Bridport on the Bridport/George 
Town Road (cult.) (FLI), 1212005, ML Baker 1420 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely 
cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered 
on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and ponds, and 
in large parks and gardens. In almost all instances, it 
appears to have been planted and only a small number of 
plants have been observed where their origin may have 
resulted from vegetative spread from nearby trees. For a 
comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and 
status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
SCROPHULARIACEAE 
Antirrhinum majus L. (snapdragon) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): GeorgeTown Waste 
Transfer Station (tip) off Mount George Road (FLI), 1212005, 
ML Baker 1442 (HO!); Launceston tip. Remount Road, near 
Newham Creek (TNM), 1.ii.2005, Ml. Baker 1524 (HO!); Flinders 
Island, WhitemarkTip site off Memana Road (FLI), 17.V.2011, 
ML Baker 2562 (HOI); Tasman Highway, near Cambridge (TSE), 
22.xi.2011, M Wapstra 1315 (HO!); Lyell Highway, just W of 
Granton and Bridgewater Causeway (TSE), 1 .v.2013, M Wapstra 
1627 (HOI). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
seven widespread collections. In most cases no more 
than two plants have been recorded at each of the sites. 
Flowever, at one suburban site in Flobart, it was noted as 
being'occasional'. There is no evidence that plants have 
persisted at these sites. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Kickxia spuria (L.) Dumort. subsp. integrifolia 
(Brot.) R.Fern. (bluntleaf toadflax) 
Specimens examined: Rifle Range, Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), 
R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2095212 [n.v.]); Westbury (TNM), ii.1943, 
J.H. Wilson s.n. (HO 411601!); Selbourne Road, Hagley (TNM), 
181.2000, M Greenhill s.n. (HO 502751!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
three widespread locations. Curtis (1967) described 
the distribution and habitat as "occasional as a weed of 
cultivation". Two of the specimens are noted as being 
weeds of crops, with one growing in a flax crop and the 
other being widespread and sporadic in a pyrethrum 
crop. No evidence exists to suggest that it has persisted 
at any of the sites. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Veronicaperegrina L. (wandering speedwell) 
Specimens examined: V.D.L [Van Diemensland], F. 
Mueller s.n. (MEL2256541!); Woodhall. South Esk Riv[er]. Van 
Diemensland (TNM), i.1849, C. Stuart459, (MEL!). 
Notes:This annual herb is known inTasmania from two 
collections from more than 150 years ago. Inspection of 
these revealed that they are almost certainly duplicates 
of each other. Curtis (1967) described its distribution 
and habitat in Tasmania as "occasional in cultivated 
ground". Flowever, there is no evidence to support 
this statement. No information regarding its habitat, 
abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded 
with the specimens. For a discussion of this species in 
Tasmania see Baker (2016). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
SOLANACEAE 
Hyoscyamus albus L. (white henbane) 
Specimen examined: Near Hobart Town (TSE), xii.1876, 
W.W. Spicer 121 (HO!). 
54 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339662 Solanum nodiflorum Muelleria 38: 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890512
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected 
more than 140 years ago. It is listed in Spicer's A 
Handbook of the Tasmanian Plants (Spicer 1878b as H. 
niger) as introduced but not widely established enough 
to consider it being part of the flora. Curtis (1967) 
described its distribution and habitat as "occasional 
as a weed of cultivation". No information regarding its 
habitat, abundance and degree of naturalisation are 
recorded and there is little evidence to indicate that it 
was ever naturalised in Tasmania. See Figure 6. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Nicotiana sylvestris Speg. (woodland 
tobacco) 
Specimens examined: 61a Salvator Road, West Hobart 
(cult.) (TSE), J. Chraska s.n. (HO 30551!); Stieglitz Tip, St Helens 
(FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1970 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is 
occasionally cultivated as an ornamental garden plant 
in the State. It has been recorded outside of cultivation 
at a disused tip-site on the east coast where it has 
presumably arisen from dumped garden waste. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Physalis peruviana L. (Cape gooseberry) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Boat Harbour, 
Wynyard area (KIN), 1711975, B. Copley 4667 (AD 97508260 
[n.v.]); Suburban garden, Blackmans Bay (TSE), 18.V.1985, PA. 
Collier 534 (HO!); Great Dog Island (cult.) (FLI), 8.xii.1986, S. Harris 
s.n. (H0123909!); Huonville, S side of river (TSR), 16.ii.2006, AM 
Buchanan 16407 (HO!); Lovers Lane, Naracoopa, King Island 
(KIN), 2612015, M. Batey436 andG. Batey (HO!). 
Notes:This short-lived shrub is occasionally cultivated 
in Tasmania as an ornamental and for its edible fruit. 
Outside of cultivation it is known from several disjunct 
locations from weedy habitats, including roadsides, 
tip sites, vegetable gardens and agricultural land, but 
occasionally also in relatively undisturbed bushland. 
Populations are usually restricted to small numbers of 
plants and are thought to have originated from dumped 
garden waste or spread via animals. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Solanum nodiflorum Jacq. (small-flowered 
nightshade) 
Specimen examined: Clarence Point, West Tamar (FLI), 
28.ix.1993, AM. Buchanan 13453 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania from a single collection made in 
1993 from disturbed ground at the edge of a Eucalyptus 
forest in the north of the State. No information regarding 
the plant's abundance and degree of naturalisation are 
recorded, making it difficult to assign any naturalised 
status. It may be mistaken for the widespread and 
commonly naturalised Solanum nigrum L. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld (?native 
and naturalised), NSW (?native and naturalised), Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Solanum triflorum Nutt, (cutleaf nightshade) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Seven Mile Beach, 
3.iv.2000, AM Buchanan 15695 (HO!); Pitt Water, Pittwater Road, 
812004, T. Swan s.n. (HO 527944!); Service Depot, Five Mile 
Beach, 10.iii.2006, A. Crane s.n. (HO 539022!); Tasman Highway, 
Tunnel Hill section, E side, 9.vi.2010, M Wapstra 1115 (HO!); 533 
Pass Road, Mornington, 11.iv.2011, M Moore s.n. (HO 562180!) 
(all TSE). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a small number of localised but well-established 
populations in the State's southeast. It is most often 
recorded growing in sandy soils at low elevations. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
URTICACEAE 
Parietariajudaica L. (wall pellitory) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): 17 Keen Court, 
Kingston, 711998, D.l. Morris 86648 (HO!); 11 Carr Street, North 
Hobart, 30.vi.2008, M.L. Baker 1890 (HO!); lower side (private car 
park), Bathurst Street, Hobart, 30.xi.2012, M Wapstra s.n. (HO 
568271!); Hobart, corner of Collins Street and Barrack Street 
18.ix.2015, M.L Baker 3012 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
a small number of specimens from the State's southeast. 
It has been recorded as a weed in two gardens and 
as single plants growing from the cracks of walls and 
footpaths. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Muelleria 
55 

Page image

51339665 Solanum triflorum Muelleria 38: 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890512
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected 
more than 140 years ago. It is listed in Spicer's A 
Handbook of the Tasmanian Plants (Spicer 1878b as H. 
niger) as introduced but not widely established enough 
to consider it being part of the flora. Curtis (1967) 
described its distribution and habitat as "occasional 
as a weed of cultivation". No information regarding its 
habitat, abundance and degree of naturalisation are 
recorded and there is little evidence to indicate that it 
was ever naturalised in Tasmania. See Figure 6. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Nicotiana sylvestris Speg. (woodland 
tobacco) 
Specimens examined: 61a Salvator Road, West Hobart 
(cult.) (TSE), J. Chraska s.n. (HO 30551!); Stieglitz Tip, St Helens 
(FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1970 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is 
occasionally cultivated as an ornamental garden plant 
in the State. It has been recorded outside of cultivation 
at a disused tip-site on the east coast where it has 
presumably arisen from dumped garden waste. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Physalis peruviana L. (Cape gooseberry) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Boat Harbour, 
Wynyard area (KIN), 1711975, B. Copley 4667 (AD 97508260 
[n.v.]); Suburban garden, Blackmans Bay (TSE), 18.V.1985, PA. 
Collier 534 (HO!); Great Dog Island (cult.) (FLI), 8.xii.1986, S. Harris 
s.n. (H0123909!); Huonville, S side of river (TSR), 16.ii.2006, AM 
Buchanan 16407 (HO!); Lovers Lane, Naracoopa, King Island 
(KIN), 2612015, M. Batey436 andG. Batey (HO!). 
Notes:This short-lived shrub is occasionally cultivated 
in Tasmania as an ornamental and for its edible fruit. 
Outside of cultivation it is known from several disjunct 
locations from weedy habitats, including roadsides, 
tip sites, vegetable gardens and agricultural land, but 
occasionally also in relatively undisturbed bushland. 
Populations are usually restricted to small numbers of 
plants and are thought to have originated from dumped 
garden waste or spread via animals. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Solanum nodiflorum Jacq. (small-flowered 
nightshade) 
Specimen examined: Clarence Point, West Tamar (FLI), 
28.ix.1993, AM. Buchanan 13453 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania from a single collection made in 
1993 from disturbed ground at the edge of a Eucalyptus 
forest in the north of the State. No information regarding 
the plant's abundance and degree of naturalisation are 
recorded, making it difficult to assign any naturalised 
status. It may be mistaken for the widespread and 
commonly naturalised Solanum nigrum L. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld (?native 
and naturalised), NSW (?native and naturalised), Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Solanum triflorum Nutt, (cutleaf nightshade) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Seven Mile Beach, 
3.iv.2000, AM Buchanan 15695 (HO!); Pitt Water, Pittwater Road, 
812004, T. Swan s.n. (HO 527944!); Service Depot, Five Mile 
Beach, 10.iii.2006, A. Crane s.n. (HO 539022!); Tasman Highway, 
Tunnel Hill section, E side, 9.vi.2010, M Wapstra 1115 (HO!); 533 
Pass Road, Mornington, 11.iv.2011, M Moore s.n. (HO 562180!) 
(all TSE). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a small number of localised but well-established 
populations in the State's southeast. It is most often 
recorded growing in sandy soils at low elevations. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
URTICACEAE 
Parietariajudaica L. (wall pellitory) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): 17 Keen Court, 
Kingston, 711998, D.l. Morris 86648 (HO!); 11 Carr Street, North 
Hobart, 30.vi.2008, M.L. Baker 1890 (HO!); lower side (private car 
park), Bathurst Street, Hobart, 30.xi.2012, M Wapstra s.n. (HO 
568271!); Hobart, corner of Collins Street and Barrack Street 
18.ix.2015, M.L Baker 3012 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
a small number of specimens from the State's southeast. 
It has been recorded as a weed in two gardens and 
as single plants growing from the cracks of walls and 
footpaths. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Muelleria 
55 

Page image

51339784 Sorghum bicolor Muelleria 38: 64
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890553
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
information, it cannot be considered naturalised but its 
status should remain uncertain pending further surveys. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Panicum capillare L (= Panicum capillare L. 
var. capillare & P. capillare L. var. occidental 
Rydb.) (witchgrass) 
Specimens examined: Gunns Plains (TNS), Colbourne (ex 
herb. Rodway) (HO 27821!); NW Coast, North West (TNS), iii.1956, 
I. Murfet s.n. (HO 27820!); Latrobe Cemetery (FLI), 1.iv.2003, AM 
Buchanan 160001 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
three collections but there is insufficient information to 
justify assigning a naturalised status. Investigation of the 
Latrobe Cemetery site could provide useful information 
in reviewing its status in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Panicum gilvum Launert (sweet panic) 
Specimens examined: Approach to Bailey Bridge, Prince 
of Wales Bay (TSE), 9.vi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 128471! & HO 
55049!); Symmons Plains, highway just S of raceway entrance 
(TNM), 14.iii.2008, M.L. Baker 1875 (HO 547458!). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens collected from widely separated 
locations, both from roadside verges. The most recent 
collection was from a population consisting of several 
plants. The scarcity of collecting information associated 
with the specimens, and the infrequent collections, 
means there is some doubt regarding its status in 
Tasmania. See Figure 9. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld (doubtfully 
naturalised), NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Setariapumila (Poir.) Roem. & Schultz, 
subsp. pumila (pale pigeon-grass) 
Specimen examined: Hill Street, West Hobart (TSE), 
10.iii.2004, M.L. Baker 396 (HO!). 
Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen from an amenity street-tree 
planting in the south of the State. All plants were 
removed and destroyed and a survey of surrounding 
area did not reveal any additional individuals. For a 
discussion of this occurrence see Baker (2005). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Sorghum bicolor (L.) Moench (sorghum) 
Specimens examined: Margate tip, 10.vi.2004, M.L. Baker 
450 (HO!); Risdon Vale, Risdon Vale Creek (all TSE), 5.iv.2007, M.L. 
Baker 1798 (HO!). 
Notes: This robust annual grass, cultivated in tropical 
and subtropical regions of the world for its edible grain, 
is known in Tasmania from only three plants recorded 
in the south of the State. Two were growing in a weed- 
infested urban creek bank and were thought to have 
arisen from discarded bird cage refuse. The other was a 
single plant growing at a municipal tip.The small number 
of plants and its tropical growing requirements suggest 
that it only exists as a transient weed in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, 
Qld, NSW, ACT (doubtfully naturalised) 
Status: Not naturalised 
Sorghum haiepense (L.) Pers. (Johnson grass) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Lindisfarne (TSE), 
29.L1920, J.E. Phillip s.n. (MEL2139750 [n.v.]); Tasmania (cult.) 
(TNM), ii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 105340!); Campbell Town 
(TNM), 7.iii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2139751 [n.v.]); Queens 
Domain, Hobart, Edge of top carpark (TSE), 20.ii.2001, P. 
Bramich s.n. (HO 512572!); Margate Tip (TSE), 10.vi.2004, M. 
Baker 449 (HO!). 
Notes: This robust perennial grass is known in 
Tasmania from a small number of specimens. The 
earlier records are thought to be from plants cultivated 
in pasture trials. The Queens Domain collections are 
thought to have arisen from bird seed that was scattered 
in the area. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Discussion 
Based on this study, the number of naturalised taxa 
in Tasmania recognised in the 2016 edition of the 
Tasmanian Vascular Plant Census (de Salas & Baker 2016) 
should be reduced by 75 because 37 taxa previously 
considered to be naturalised are better regarded as 
never having been naturalised in Tasmania. Based 
on the available evidence, a further 38 taxa are best 
regarded as doubtfully naturalised. 
Of the 150 taxa listed in de Salas and Baker (2016) as 
sparingly naturalised, eight were deemed to be status 
uncertain (Table 1). These species will be the topic 
64 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339785 Sorghum halepense Muelleria 38: 64
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890553
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
information, it cannot be considered naturalised but its 
status should remain uncertain pending further surveys. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Panicum capillare L (= Panicum capillare L. 
var. capillare & P. capillare L. var. occidental 
Rydb.) (witchgrass) 
Specimens examined: Gunns Plains (TNS), Colbourne (ex 
herb. Rodway) (HO 27821!); NW Coast, North West (TNS), iii.1956, 
I. Murfet s.n. (HO 27820!); Latrobe Cemetery (FLI), 1.iv.2003, AM 
Buchanan 160001 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
three collections but there is insufficient information to 
justify assigning a naturalised status. Investigation of the 
Latrobe Cemetery site could provide useful information 
in reviewing its status in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Panicum gilvum Launert (sweet panic) 
Specimens examined: Approach to Bailey Bridge, Prince 
of Wales Bay (TSE), 9.vi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 128471! & HO 
55049!); Symmons Plains, highway just S of raceway entrance 
(TNM), 14.iii.2008, M.L. Baker 1875 (HO 547458!). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens collected from widely separated 
locations, both from roadside verges. The most recent 
collection was from a population consisting of several 
plants. The scarcity of collecting information associated 
with the specimens, and the infrequent collections, 
means there is some doubt regarding its status in 
Tasmania. See Figure 9. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld (doubtfully 
naturalised), NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Setariapumila (Poir.) Roem. & Schultz, 
subsp. pumila (pale pigeon-grass) 
Specimen examined: Hill Street, West Hobart (TSE), 
10.iii.2004, M.L. Baker 396 (HO!). 
Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen from an amenity street-tree 
planting in the south of the State. All plants were 
removed and destroyed and a survey of surrounding 
area did not reveal any additional individuals. For a 
discussion of this occurrence see Baker (2005). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Sorghum bicolor (L.) Moench (sorghum) 
Specimens examined: Margate tip, 10.vi.2004, M.L. Baker 
450 (HO!); Risdon Vale, Risdon Vale Creek (all TSE), 5.iv.2007, M.L. 
Baker 1798 (HO!). 
Notes: This robust annual grass, cultivated in tropical 
and subtropical regions of the world for its edible grain, 
is known in Tasmania from only three plants recorded 
in the south of the State. Two were growing in a weed- 
infested urban creek bank and were thought to have 
arisen from discarded bird cage refuse. The other was a 
single plant growing at a municipal tip.The small number 
of plants and its tropical growing requirements suggest 
that it only exists as a transient weed in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, 
Qld, NSW, ACT (doubtfully naturalised) 
Status: Not naturalised 
Sorghum haiepense (L.) Pers. (Johnson grass) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Lindisfarne (TSE), 
29.L1920, J.E. Phillip s.n. (MEL2139750 [n.v.]); Tasmania (cult.) 
(TNM), ii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 105340!); Campbell Town 
(TNM), 7.iii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2139751 [n.v.]); Queens 
Domain, Hobart, Edge of top carpark (TSE), 20.ii.2001, P. 
Bramich s.n. (HO 512572!); Margate Tip (TSE), 10.vi.2004, M. 
Baker 449 (HO!). 
Notes: This robust perennial grass is known in 
Tasmania from a small number of specimens. The 
earlier records are thought to be from plants cultivated 
in pasture trials. The Queens Domain collections are 
thought to have arisen from bird seed that was scattered 
in the area. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Discussion 
Based on this study, the number of naturalised taxa 
in Tasmania recognised in the 2016 edition of the 
Tasmanian Vascular Plant Census (de Salas & Baker 2016) 
should be reduced by 75 because 37 taxa previously 
considered to be naturalised are better regarded as 
never having been naturalised in Tasmania. Based 
on the available evidence, a further 38 taxa are best 
regarded as doubtfully naturalised. 
Of the 150 taxa listed in de Salas and Baker (2016) as 
sparingly naturalised, eight were deemed to be status 
uncertain (Table 1). These species will be the topic 
64 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339534 spearmint Muelleria 38: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890504
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
woodland. It has been recorded as a cultivated plant 
at the Gardens and at several other locations in and 
around Hobart. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Trifolium uniflorum L. (oneflower clover) 
Specimen examined: Currie Airport, King Island (KIN), 
17.xi.1976, M. Allen s.n. (HO 28028!). 
Notes: This mat-forming perennial is known in 
Tasmania from a single collection from roadside 
gravel on King Island. The lack of collecting details and 
additional records since its collection more than 40 years 
ago suggest that it never became naturalised. Further 
searching in the vicinity of the collection is warranted. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
FUMARIACEAE 
Fumaria officinalis L. subsp. officinalis 
(common fumitory) 
Specimens examined: Georges Bay (FLI), vii.1875, A. Simson 
38 (HO!); Conara (TNM), 20.X.1925, £ Gibson s.n. (MEL2210067 
[n.v.D; Hagley (TNM), 24.xi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 96420!); 
Ulverstone (TNS), IO.i.1956, B.R. Paterson s.n. (NE 22397 [n.v.]); 
Sassafras, near Latrobe (TNS), 28.xii.1980, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. 
(HO 36985!). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb has been recorded 
as an occasional weed of crops in the north of the State 
but may be overlooked and mistaken for the widespread 
and common Fumaria muralis Sond. ex W.DJ.Koch 
subsp. muralis. A very early record (1875) from Georges 
Bay, St Helens, suggests that it was an early introduction. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Pseudofumaria alba (Mill.) Liden subsp. alba 
(white fumitory) 
Specimens examined: Old Customs House, lower Murray 
Street. Near Parliament House, Hobart, 15.xi.1961, W.M. 
Blacklow s.n. (HO 6545!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.), 4.xii.1986, 
D.l. Morris 86141 (HO!); Fern Tree, Hobart, 19.ix.1989, D.l. Morris 
86402 (HO!); 9 Lapoinya Road, Fern Tree (all TSE), 28.xi.1994, D.l. 
Morris 86456 (HO!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania only from the Hobart area, with an 
early (1961) collection from a crack in a wall of a domestic 
garden where it was noted as acting as a nuisance. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
GERANIACEAE 
Erodium malacoides (L.) L'Her. (oval 
heronsbill) 
Specimens examined: Cataract Gorge, Launceston, 
1.xi.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 529453!); Cataract Gorge, 
Launceston (all TNM), 30.X.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 29605! & 
HO 6668!). 
Notes: Specimens of this annual herb have been 
collected in Tasmania on two separate occasions from 
Cataract Gorge, Launceston. Curtis (1956) described 
its distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste 
places". No notes detailing the status accompany the 
specimens and without subsequent collections in more 
than 70 years it is doubtful that the species has become 
naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Geranium yeoi Aedo & Munoz Garm. 
(Madeira cranesbill) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Hobart Rivulet, 250 
m downstream from Wynyard Street (TSE), 1 .xi.2002, A.M. Gray 
1236 (HO!); 17 Keen Court, Kingston (TSE), 18.xi.2002, D.l. Morris 
86773 (HO!); Christmas Hills, Bass Highway (TNS), 2.xi.2004, 
M. Baker 938 and M.F.Duretto (HO!); Hobart, Romilly Street, 
just before bridge (TSE), 27.X.2009, M. Wapstra 984 (HO!); S of 
Boronia Beach (TSE), 7.xi.2009, M. Wapstra 1000 (HO!). 
Notes: This erect biennial herb is locally abundant 
at several sites in the greater Hobart area. It is mainly 
associated with disturbed habitats such as roadside 
verges and banks of rivulets in urban areas. Weedy 
populations are presumed to be garden escapes or have 
arisen from dumped garden waste. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
LAMIACEAE 
Mentha spicata L. (spearmint) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Sandy Bay (TSE), 
i.1908, L Rodway s.n. (HO 7312!); South Arm (TSE), 20.L1912, 
R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2299781 [n.v.]); Mersey River at Croesus Cave 
State Reserve (TCH), 13.V.1983, A. Moscal 2380, (HO!); Black 
Bobs (TSR), 2.H.1981, AE Orchard 5341, (HO!); New Town Rivulet 
(TSE), 10.ii.2008, M. Wapstra 454, (HO!). 
Muelleria 
47 

Page image

51339286 spiny pigweed Muelleria 38: 30
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890520
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
collecting number, date of collection, location and IBRA 
region (Figure 1). In most cases, specimens other than 
those in the Tasmanian Herbarium (HO) have not been 
seen by the authors (specimens not seen by the authors 
are annotated 'n.v.') and their identity is assumed to 
be correct. They are included here for completeness 
in describing the Tasmanian distribution of those taxa. 
Information from the specimen collection data is also 
provided, along with published accounts of the taxon 
and, where applicable, the authors' observations. 
The extra-Tasmanian distribution is derived from the 
Australian Plant Census (CHAH 2015) and state and 
territory censuses and checklists. It includes those 
jurisdictions where the taxa are considered fully 
naturalised or native. Where a state or territory is listed, 
the taxon is considered to be naturalised unless noted 
otherwise. 
Checklist 
Dicotyledoneae 
AIZOACEAE 
Carpobrotus aequilaterus (Haw.) N.E.Br. 
(angled pigface) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): Roaring [Bay] 
Beach, 6 miles E [of] Dover (TSR), 23X1961, T Whaite 2313 and 
J. Whaite (NSW [n.v.]); Remarkable Cave (TSE), 3.ii.1961,i Gray 
s.n. (CBG 7900 [n.v.]); Cape Frederick Hendrick (TSE), 20.ix.1973, 
D.A. Ratkowsky 405 and A.V. Ratkowsky (NSW [n.v.]); Bellerive 
Bluff foreshore, near Bellerive Yacht Club starting box (TSE), 
24.xi.2005, C. Narkowiczs.n. (HO 540318!). 
Notes: This succulent perennial herb, occasionally 
grown as an ornamental, is known from coastal 
habitats in the southeast of Tasmania. It is likely that the 
populations have arisen from dumped garden refuse or 
spread from deliberate ornamental plantings. It is more 
widespread than indicated by formal collections, with 
plants also known to grow at Taroona Beach and on 
King Island. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Mesembryanthemum cordifolium L.f. [syn. 
Aptenia cordifolia (L.f.) Schwantes] (heartleaf 
iceplant) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Yellow Beach, 
Flinders Island (FLI), 10.xi.1969, J.S. Whinray 1949 (CANB [n.v.]; 
Creek Road, New Town (TSE), 2.V.1978, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 
264631); South of Scamander (FLI), 18.ii.2003, A.M. Buchanan 
15998 (HOI); Near Knights Point, Windermere Bay, Glenorchy 
(TSE), 23.vii.2004, A.M. Gray 1395 (HO!); Porter Hill, Sandy Bay 
Road (TSE), 22.iii.2010, AM Gray 1960 (HOI). 
Notes: This succulent perennial herb, most likely 
introduced to Tasmania as an ornamental garden plant, 
is widespread but uncommon and is known from 
localised populations at Flinders Island, Scamander 
and the greater Hobart region. It has been recorded 
in roadside vegetation, tip sites, high tide zones and 
in bushland adjacent to residential areas, but is as yet 
not considered fully naturalised due to its disjunct and 
usually highly localised occurrence. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
AMARANTHACEAE 
Amaranthus graecizans L. subsp. silvestris 
(Vill.) Brenan (prostrate pigweed) 
Specimen examined: Howick Street, Launceston (TNM), 
6.ii.1981, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 389541). 
Notes: This low-growing, mat-forming annual is 
known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected 
from a residential garden in Launceston. There are no 
notes accompanying the specimen to indicate its status 
at the site, nor any evidence to suggest it is naturalised 
inTasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA,Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Amaranthus spinosus L. (spiny pigweed) 
Specimen examined: Perth Forestry Nursery (TNM), 
15.ii.1995, [collector unknown] (HO 4113611). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single specimen collected from a plant nursery. Its 
status at the site is unknown and there is no evidence to 
suggest it naturalised inTasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld, NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
APIACEAE 
Aegopodium podagraria L. (goutweed) 
Specimens examined: New Town (TSE), 23.xii.1968, D.l. 
Morris s.n. (HO 520911); Hobart, New Town Research Laboratory 
grounds (TSE), 31.xii.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (MEL0532712 [n.v.]); 
30 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339467 squirting cucumber Muelleria 38: 42
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890499
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Crassula tetragona L. subsp. robusta 
(Toelken) (Toelken miniature pine tree) 
Specimen examined: Mt Nelson, edge of University Reserve 
(TSE), 20.L2008, A/M. Buchanan 16846 (HO!). 
Notes: This succulent ornamental is known in 
Tasmania from a single collection from a single 
persistent population that has presumably escaped 
from a nearby garden where it has been deliberately 
planted. It is commonly planted in gardens and 
occurs on several roadside banks and verges, where 
it has persisted and slowly spread. It has been seen 
at numerous other sites (e.g. Bruny Island, Granton 
and St Helens). At present, it is considered sparingly 
naturalised due to the paucity of formal collections, 
but this is likely to change as its distribution is better 
understood. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CUCURBITACEAE 
Ecballium elaterium (L.) A.Rich, (squirting 
cucumber) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): At football pitch 
crossroads, on W side of soccer field. Queens Domain (TSE), 
17.iv.1984, D.l. Morris 8419 (HO!); Between Tasman Bridge and 
Government House, Hobart (TSE), 10.viii.1999, A/M. Buchanan 
15466 (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway and Intercity 
Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 6.ii.2014, M.L. 
Baker 2856 and N.Gill (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway 
and Intercity Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 
23.iii.2017, M.L Baker 3249 (HO!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is locally 
established at The Queens Domain area in Hobart. It has 
been long-persistent at one site between the Tasman 
Bridge and the Cenotaph on a grassy highway verge, 
with only a single plant seen in 2017 after successful 
control measures reduced the number of plants in 
preceding years. The species has not been recorded at 
the upper Domain site since its initial collection and is 
now presumed to be absent there. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CUSCUTACEAE 
Cuscuta suaveolens Ser. (fringed dodder) 
Specimen examined: Paddock 6, Forthside Vegetable 
Research Station (TNS), 23.iv.1999, Botanical Resources Australia 
s.n. (HO 444804!). 
Notes: This parasitic herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single collection that was growing with weeds in a red 
clover research plot in the northwest of the State. It was 
eradicated and has not been recorded since (DPIPWE 
2014). See Figure 4. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Previously naturalised 
ERICACEAE 
Arbutus unedo L. (strawberry tree) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): "Lowana", King 
River Flats, SE of Strahan (TWE), 20.ii.1978, R.C. Halton s.n. (HO 
540325!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 11 .iv.1988, D.l. Morris 
86323 (HO!); Legana, E side of Jetty Road (TNM), 14.vi.2007, G. 
Stewart s.n. (HO 545714!); Legana, Jetty Road (TNM), 29.xi.2011, 
M.L Baker 2614 (HO!); Rosebery, junction Lyell Highway and 
Hollywood Street (TWE), 24.V.2013, M. Wapstra 1640 (HO!); Reid 
Street Reserve, Ulverstone (TNS), v.2014, S. Stallbaum s.n. (HO 
579892!). 
Notes: This ornamental tree is commonly cultivated in 
Tasmania but it is becoming naturalised.The population 
at Legana is comprised of several plants, naturalised in 
Melaleuca ericifolia-Phragmites australis wetland, and is 
thought to have spread from a mature tree in a nearby 
garden. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
EUPHORBIACEAE 
Euphorbia stricta L. (upright spurge) 
Specimen examined: Bridport, Brid River walking track (FLI), 
13.xi.2011,/M.L Baker2621 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single, localised population of mature plants and 
seedlings covering an area of 10 x 10 m on a disturbed 
river bank in Bridport on the State's north coast. The 
plants grow with various exotic herbs and grasses. The 
population was present when re-visited in November 
2017 (M.L. Baker pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
42 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339405 stalked waterstarwort Muelleria 38: 38
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890495
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
CALLITRICHACEAE 
Callitriche brutia Petagna subsp. brutia 
(stalked waterstarwort) 
Specimen examined: Houfes Road, King Island (KIN), 
30.x.1998, A. Woolley s.n. (HO 446766!). 
Notes: This aquatic herb is known in Tasmania from a 
single specimen that was collected from a roadside drain 
on King Island.There is insufficient information to suggest 
that it has become naturalised, but follow-up surveys at 
the site are warranted to check its persistence. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
CAMPANULACEAE 
Campanula rapunculoides L. (creeping 
bellflower) 
Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.), 27.xii.1948, 
[collector unknown] (HO 53435!); Tasmania (cult.), 29.xii.1949, 
[collector unknown] (HO 8173!);Tasmania, 3.xii.1954, [collector 
unknown] (HO 8174!); New Town (TSE), 5.ix.1989, D.l. Morris 
86399 (HO!); Ruth Drive, Lenah Valley (TSE), 20.ii.2012, M. 
Wapstra 1345 (HO!). 
Notes: This cultivated perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from five collections. The three earliest are 
from unknown locations: two are noted as being 
cultivated and the third as a "garden escape". The notes 
associated with these specimens are scant. The recent 
collections were recorded from the base of a retaining 
wall in a residential garden and from a railway line at 
the former New Town railway station. Recent surveys 
in the latter area failed to re-locate it (M. Wapstra pers. 
obs.). Curtis (1963) stated that the species is "persisting 
on roadsides and in waste places near gardens". There is 
insufficient information to suggest that this species has 
become naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld (formally 
naturalised), NSW (Sparingly naturalised) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Lobelia erinus L. (bedding lobelia) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Mt Stuart Road, 
Hobart (TSE), 5.iv.2006, M.F. Duretto 2124 (HO!); Trevallyn 
Nature Recreation Area (TNM), 10.xii.2010, R. Skabo s.n. (HO 
566884!); East of Ansons Bay Road (BEL), 20.xi.2011, R. Skabo 
s.n. (HO 563964!); Mount Nelson, E side of Rialannah Road 
(TSE), 17.iv.2012, M. Wapstra 1357 (HO!); Channel Highway 
[Middleton] (TSE), 4.iii.2013, M. Wapstra 1549 (HO!). 
Notes: This sprawling perennial garden plant, despite 
being represented only by relatively recent collections 
from the 2000s, is widespread in Tasmania. It is most 
often recorded as a few or single plants. However, a 
population from the Channel Highway was noted as 
being locally abundant, with 100s to 1000s of plants 
spread over a hundred metres or so of roadside table 
drain. One population, recorded from a sandstone 
wall that divides Mount Stuart Road, is long-persistent, 
flowers each year and seems to spread further each 
growing season (M. Wapstra pers. obs.). Plants have 
been recorded growing in a number of different 
habitats including roadsides, banks of suburban rivulets 
and grassy woodland. While there are several collections 
from widespread locations and different habitats, the 
species is still considered only sparingly naturalised 
due to its usually localised occurrence. However, the 
propensity for the species to spread is noted and this 
may be an example of a species that will shift category 
in a short timeframe. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CAPRIFOLIACEAE 
Lonicera periclymenum L. (European 
honeysuckle) 
Specimens examined: Old town of Guildford (TCH), 
2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1813 (HO!); Camp Creek, Currie, King Island 
(KIN), 25.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 2054 (HOI); Zeehan, West Coast 
(TWE), 9.xii.1954, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 52083!). 
Notes: This vigorous, evergreen climber is known 
in Tasmania from three widely separated locations. 
The specimens come from an old homestead site at 
Guildford, a roadside at Zeehan and a weedy creek 
bank on King Island. It is possible that there are more 
populations and that it may have been overlooked for 
the widespread and naturalised L japonica Thunb. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Viburnum tinus L. (laurustinus) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Whites Mill Road, 
Lilydale (BEL), 11.ix.1983, A.M. Buchanan 1206 (HOI); Long 
Island (FLI), 1.xii.1986, S. Harris s.n. (HO 104804!); Cataract 
Gorge, Launceston. Cataract walk between Kings Bridge and 
First Basin (N side of river) (TNM), 14.X.2005, M.L. Baker 1692 
(HOI); Mount Wellington, Pipeline Track, above track (TSE), 
38 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339292 star thistle Muelleria 38: 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890488
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
New Town Research Laboratories (TSE), l.i.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. 
(HO 25220!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from the grounds of the State agricultural department's 
laboratories in suburban Hobart and from a garden 
nearby. One specimen states 'New introduction 
into Tasmania'. However, there is no information 
accompanying the collections that offers any detail 
regarding its status at these sites and there is insufficient 
evidence to suggest it is naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
ASTERACEAE 
Centaurea calcitrapa L. (star thistle) 
Specimens examined: Southern Tasmania, 1889, J. Fletcher 
s.n. (MEL2157846 [n.v.]); Near Oatlands (TSE), xi.1899, L. Rodway 
445 (HO!); Circular Head (TNS), 12.iv.1913, R.A. Black s.n. 
(MEL2300850 [n.v.]); Sheffield, area school (TNS), 19.ii.1947, MJ. 
Firth s.n. (HO 53308! & HO 10525!). 
Notes: Curtis (1967) described the distribution and 
habitat of this annual or biennial herb as "occasional 
in waste places in the north of the State". It is listed in 
Rodway (1903) but without any notes on its distribution. 
It has not been recorded in Tasmania in more than 
70 years and no contextual details accompany any 
specimens, making a determination of its status difficult. 
The presence of several early records from widely 
separated regions indicates that it may, in the past, have 
been naturalised to some degree. However, it seems 
likely that it no longer occurs in the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Centaurea cyanus L. (cornflower) 
Specimens examined: Launceston (Cultivated?)(TNM), 
23.X.1978, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. (HO 586771!); Bothwell, 2 km E 
of town. Lake Highway (TSE), 12.V.2008, ML Baker 1879 (HO!); 
Kettering (TSE), 16.xi.2013, M. Wapstra 1730 (HO!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb 
is known in Tasmania from three widely separated 
records. One is possibly a cultivated plant as it was 
recorded from a garden. The others were collected from 
roadside verges in rural parts of the State. The presence 
of sporadic plants from disjunct regions indicates that it 
may have the potential to become naturalised to some 
degree in the State. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Centaurea solstitialis L. (St Barnaby's thistle) 
Specimen examined: Meander Valley, near Deloraine (TNS), 
i.1916, L Rodway 444 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb with spiny flower heads is 
known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected 
more than 100 years ago. Curtis (1963) described 
its distribution and habitat as "an occasional weed 
in the north of the State." There is no information 
accompanying the collection that offers any detail 
regarding its status at the site and there is insufficient 
evidence to suggest it naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Cynara cardunculus L. subsp. flavescens 
(Wiklund artichoke thistle) 
Specimens examined: McRobies Gully, Hobart (TSE), 
27.vi.1986, AM Buchanan 8802 (HO!); Bridgewater, near site of 
former Bridgewater Railway Station (TSE), 6.V.2003, ML. Baker 
s.n. (HO 521921!). 
Notes: This spiny thistle, related to the globe 
artichoke (C. cardunculus L. subsp. cardunculus), is 
known in Tasmania from two collections from the 
greater Hobart area. One specimen is noted as possibly 
being a cultivation escapee spreading into vacant land. 
The population was made the target of eradication and 
is considered to have been eradicated (K. Stewart pers. 
comm.). The other specimen is presumed to be from 
dumped garden refuse and has not been recorded since. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Lactuca serriola L. forma integrifolia (Gray) 
S.D.Prince & R.N.Carter (prickly lettuce) 
Specimens examined: Tomahawk Refuse Site (FLI), 
ll.i.2004, ML Baker 1323 (HO!); Blackwood Creek (TNM), 
29.L2011, R. Smith s.n. (HO 561952!). 
Notes: This erect prickly annual herb is known in 
Tasmania from two specimens, one from a weed- 
infested tip site surrounded by coastal bushland in the 
State's northeast, and the other as a crop weed. No 
collection details describing the plants population or 
status at either of the sites are given. The taxon may be 
Muelleria 
31 

Page image

51339296 St Muelleria 38: 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890488
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339428 Stellaria graminea Muelleria 38: 39
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890496
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
16.viii.2009, M. Wapstra 916 (HO!); Prospect, bushland reserve 
between Country Club Avenue and Las Vegas Drive (TNM), 
16.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1456 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from 
Kings Bridge to Gorge (TNM), 7.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3383 (HO!). 
Notes: This commonly cultivated ornamental shrub 
is known in Tasmania from several collections mainly 
from single plants persisting at the sites of abandoned 
gardens. The most recent record notes that several 
juvenile plants were encountered and were probably 
the result of dumped garden refuse. Whether these 
plants have persisted at this site is unknown. The 
species produces copious amounts of fleshy fruit that 
are consumed and dispersed by birds (Karlsson 2005). 
A recently-observed locally naturalised population at 
Cataract Gorge, Launceston, consisted of many plants 
of varying size and age. Cultivated plants of V. tinus at 
an abandoned homestead in bushland in Glenorchy 
were observed to be heavily grazed by ground-dwelling 
marsupials, indicating that it is palatable to wildlife (M. 
Baker pers. obs.). It is thought that browsing of seedlings 
limits the opportunity of this species to naturalise in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CARYOPHYLLACEAE 
Silene conica L. (striated catchfly) 
Specimen examined: King Island, Bass Strait (KIN), 20.ii.1931, 
A.E. Scott s.n. (AD 98664081 [n.v]). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a 
single specimen collected from King Island more than 
85 years ago. With no accompanying notes on habitat or 
population details, there is little evidence to suggest it is 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Silene dichotoma Ehrh. (forked catchfly) 
Specimens examined: Tasmania, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 8561 I); 
Sandy Bay (TSE), iv.1913, L. Rodway 65c (HO!); Queens Domain, 
Hobart, Davies Avenue (near Hobart Aquatic Centre) (TSE), 
5.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2102 (HO!); Cressy Beach, Middle headland 
(TSE), 26.X.2009, M. Wapstra 982 (HO!); Royal Tasmanian 
Botanical Gardens, grassland area at N tip of gardens (TSE), 
26.xi.2010, M.L. Baker 2350 (HOI). 
Notes: This annual or biennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from a small number of small but established 
populations. Two of these occur on the Queens Domain 
in Hobart whilst the third is at Cressy Beach on the State's 
east coast. This species is established in Tasmania but 
the small scale and number of sites suggest it should be 
considered only sparingly naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Silene colorata Poir. {=Silene I on gi caul is auct. 
non Pourr. ex Lag. sensu Buchanan (1995)) 
(pink catchfly) 
Specimens examined: South Arm, 12.ii.1899, F.A. Rodway 
658 (NSW 6764601); South Arm (all TSE), xiLI 905, L. Rodway 65A 
(HOI). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
only two specimens collected from South Arm in the 
State's southeast. The name S. longicaulis was, until 
recently, misapplied to a specimen of S. colorata and 
it was this specimen that led to the species being 
included in the 1995 edition of the Tasmanian Vascular 
Plant Census (Buchanan 1995). Due to the lack of notes 
accompanying the collections it is difficult to determine 
its status in Tasmania. Having not been collected or 
recorded in the State for more than 110 years strongly 
suggests it is no longer present. For a detailed discussion 
of this species in Tasmania see Baker (2016). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Stellaria graminea L. (lesser stitchwort) 
Specimens examined: Tyenna (TSR), 15.xi.1903, L. Rodway 
s.n. (HO 86341); Sea Elephant River, King Island (KIN), 9.L1979, 
D.l. Morris 7964 (HOI). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
two disjunct locations. One specimen was collected 
more than 100 years ago from Tyenna and the other was 
collected nearly 40 years ago from King Island. Whilst 
there is no information indicating the species' status, 
given the two geographically and temporally separated 
records, it is possible it is more widespread but perhaps 
overlooked. Curtis (1956) stated that it is "occasional 
in shaded places and amongst bracken". Given the 
lack of recent collections and informative collecting 
information it is difficult to apply a naturalised status to 
this species with any certainty. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously 
naturalised) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Muelleria 
39 

Page image

51339321 stemless thistle Muelleria 38: 32
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890489
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
overlooked for the typical form, which is common and 
widely naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Matricaria chamomilla L. (chamomile) 
Specimens examined: Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 
3.xi.1993, H. Blackburn s.n. (HO 517199!); Scotts Road, Risdon 
Vale (TSE), 29.xi.1993, D.I. Morris s.n. (HO 409495!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb is 
known in Tasmania from two specimens that are likely to 
have been collected from the same site.The collections 
are devoid of useful notes that give any indication of 
the status at the time of collection other than being 
thought to have arisen from bird seed. It is not known if 
the plants have persisted at this site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Onopordum acaulon L. (stemless thistle) 
Specimen examined: 'Charlton Park', near Melton Mowbray, 
North of Mt Mercer trig point (TSE), 6.xii.2002, G. Raphael s.n. 
(HO 520128!). 
Notes: This low-growing, rosette-forming thistle is 
known in Tasmania from a highly localised population 
of fewer than 20 plants that grew where imported cattle 
feed was spread.The population was made the target of 
eradication and is considered to have been eradicated 
(K. Stewart pers. comm.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Pilosella officinarum Vaill. subsp. officinarum 
[syn. Hieracium pilosella L.] (mouse-ear 
hawkweed) 
Specimens examined: 'St Peters Pass', N of Oatlands (TSE), 
6.L2001, A Woolley s.n. (HO 510506!); 'St Peters Pass' property, 
[near Oatlands] (TSE), 31 .i.2001, AM. Buchanan 15829 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from a single population growing on a rural fence line 
between a roadside reserve and pasture. Shortly after 
its discovery, the infestation site was excavated and 
deep buried and eradication was achieved (Rudman & 
Goninon 2002, as H. pilosella). Before it was eradicated, 
it was the dominant component of the vegetation over 
an area of approximately 2,500 m 2 . Monitoring of the 
site until 2006 did not find any further plants (K. Stewart 
pers. comm.). Pilosella officinarum is an invasive weed in 
cool climate areas of North America and New Zealand. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: ACT, NSW (recent 
incursion (P.Turner pers. comm.)) 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Senecio angulatus L.f. (scrambling 
groundsel) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Moonah (TSE), 
24.iv.1982, D. Secomb s.n. (HO 569321!); Kaoota Road, Allens 
Rivulet (TSR), 11 .iii.2001, L.H. Cave s.n. (HO 511532!); Strahan, 
Regatta Point (TWE), 14.ix.2004, M.L. Baker543 (HO!); Whitemark, 
old tip site (FLI), 14.L2007, AM. Buchanan 16638 (HO!); Tasman 
Island, garden of Quarters 3 (TSE), 29.ix.2007 P.A. Tyson 580 
(HO!); South Arm, Blessington Street (TSE), 24.viii.2010, P. Norris 
s.n. (HO 563422!). 
Notes: This vigorous scrambling shrub, occasionally 
grown as an ornamental, is widespread and localised 
throughout the state but is most often encountered 
on the east and southeast coasts. It has been recorded 
smothering native vegetation in a variety of habitats 
including tip sites, roadsides, gullies, sand dunes and 
remnant coastal vegetation; in some cases it dominates 
large areas of c. 1,000 m 2 . It is more widespread than 
indicated by formal collections, with Wapstra et al. 
(2008) reporting populations at Eddystone Point on the 
northeast coast and in the upper Derwent Valley. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Taraxacum kok-saghyz L.E.Rodin (Russian 
dandelion) 
Specimens examined: Cressy Experimental Farm (cult.) 
(TNM), 27.x.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 53346! & HO 15165!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known from two 
collections that appear to be duplicates. Curtis (1963) 
stated that it was "cultivated at Cressy during the war 
of 1939-1945 as a source of latex, a possible substitute 
for rubber; probably persisting locally". It has not been 
recorded since. See Figure 2. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
BASELLACEAE 
Anredera cor difolia (Ten.) Steenis (Madeira 
vine) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Launceston (TNM), 
3.V.1965, [collector unknown] (HO 506475!); Clark Island, near 
original homestead (FLI), ix.1980, 5. Harris 113 (HOI); South 
32 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339473 strawberry tree Muelleria 38: 42
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890499
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Crassula tetragona L. subsp. robusta 
(Toelken) (Toelken miniature pine tree) 
Specimen examined: Mt Nelson, edge of University Reserve 
(TSE), 20.L2008, A/M. Buchanan 16846 (HO!). 
Notes: This succulent ornamental is known in 
Tasmania from a single collection from a single 
persistent population that has presumably escaped 
from a nearby garden where it has been deliberately 
planted. It is commonly planted in gardens and 
occurs on several roadside banks and verges, where 
it has persisted and slowly spread. It has been seen 
at numerous other sites (e.g. Bruny Island, Granton 
and St Helens). At present, it is considered sparingly 
naturalised due to the paucity of formal collections, 
but this is likely to change as its distribution is better 
understood. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CUCURBITACEAE 
Ecballium elaterium (L.) A.Rich, (squirting 
cucumber) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): At football pitch 
crossroads, on W side of soccer field. Queens Domain (TSE), 
17.iv.1984, D.l. Morris 8419 (HO!); Between Tasman Bridge and 
Government House, Hobart (TSE), 10.viii.1999, A/M. Buchanan 
15466 (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway and Intercity 
Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 6.ii.2014, M.L. 
Baker 2856 and N.Gill (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway 
and Intercity Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 
23.iii.2017, M.L Baker 3249 (HO!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is locally 
established at The Queens Domain area in Hobart. It has 
been long-persistent at one site between the Tasman 
Bridge and the Cenotaph on a grassy highway verge, 
with only a single plant seen in 2017 after successful 
control measures reduced the number of plants in 
preceding years. The species has not been recorded at 
the upper Domain site since its initial collection and is 
now presumed to be absent there. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CUSCUTACEAE 
Cuscuta suaveolens Ser. (fringed dodder) 
Specimen examined: Paddock 6, Forthside Vegetable 
Research Station (TNS), 23.iv.1999, Botanical Resources Australia 
s.n. (HO 444804!). 
Notes: This parasitic herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single collection that was growing with weeds in a red 
clover research plot in the northwest of the State. It was 
eradicated and has not been recorded since (DPIPWE 
2014). See Figure 4. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Previously naturalised 
ERICACEAE 
Arbutus unedo L. (strawberry tree) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): "Lowana", King 
River Flats, SE of Strahan (TWE), 20.ii.1978, R.C. Halton s.n. (HO 
540325!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 11 .iv.1988, D.l. Morris 
86323 (HO!); Legana, E side of Jetty Road (TNM), 14.vi.2007, G. 
Stewart s.n. (HO 545714!); Legana, Jetty Road (TNM), 29.xi.2011, 
M.L Baker 2614 (HO!); Rosebery, junction Lyell Highway and 
Hollywood Street (TWE), 24.V.2013, M. Wapstra 1640 (HO!); Reid 
Street Reserve, Ulverstone (TNS), v.2014, S. Stallbaum s.n. (HO 
579892!). 
Notes: This ornamental tree is commonly cultivated in 
Tasmania but it is becoming naturalised.The population 
at Legana is comprised of several plants, naturalised in 
Melaleuca ericifolia-Phragmites australis wetland, and is 
thought to have spread from a mature tree in a nearby 
garden. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
EUPHORBIACEAE 
Euphorbia stricta L. (upright spurge) 
Specimen examined: Bridport, Brid River walking track (FLI), 
13.xi.2011,/M.L Baker2621 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single, localised population of mature plants and 
seedlings covering an area of 10 x 10 m on a disturbed 
river bank in Bridport on the State's north coast. The 
plants grow with various exotic herbs and grasses. The 
population was present when re-visited in November 
2017 (M.L. Baker pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
42 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339420 striated catchfly Muelleria 38: 39
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890496
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
16.viii.2009, M. Wapstra 916 (HO!); Prospect, bushland reserve 
between Country Club Avenue and Las Vegas Drive (TNM), 
16.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1456 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, track from 
Kings Bridge to Gorge (TNM), 7.xi.2017, M.L. Baker 3383 (HO!). 
Notes: This commonly cultivated ornamental shrub 
is known in Tasmania from several collections mainly 
from single plants persisting at the sites of abandoned 
gardens. The most recent record notes that several 
juvenile plants were encountered and were probably 
the result of dumped garden refuse. Whether these 
plants have persisted at this site is unknown. The 
species produces copious amounts of fleshy fruit that 
are consumed and dispersed by birds (Karlsson 2005). 
A recently-observed locally naturalised population at 
Cataract Gorge, Launceston, consisted of many plants 
of varying size and age. Cultivated plants of V. tinus at 
an abandoned homestead in bushland in Glenorchy 
were observed to be heavily grazed by ground-dwelling 
marsupials, indicating that it is palatable to wildlife (M. 
Baker pers. obs.). It is thought that browsing of seedlings 
limits the opportunity of this species to naturalise in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CARYOPHYLLACEAE 
Silene conica L. (striated catchfly) 
Specimen examined: King Island, Bass Strait (KIN), 20.ii.1931, 
A.E. Scott s.n. (AD 98664081 [n.v]). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from a 
single specimen collected from King Island more than 
85 years ago. With no accompanying notes on habitat or 
population details, there is little evidence to suggest it is 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Silene dichotoma Ehrh. (forked catchfly) 
Specimens examined: Tasmania, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 8561 I); 
Sandy Bay (TSE), iv.1913, L. Rodway 65c (HO!); Queens Domain, 
Hobart, Davies Avenue (near Hobart Aquatic Centre) (TSE), 
5.X.2009, M.L. Baker 2102 (HO!); Cressy Beach, Middle headland 
(TSE), 26.X.2009, M. Wapstra 982 (HO!); Royal Tasmanian 
Botanical Gardens, grassland area at N tip of gardens (TSE), 
26.xi.2010, M.L. Baker 2350 (HOI). 
Notes: This annual or biennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from a small number of small but established 
populations. Two of these occur on the Queens Domain 
in Hobart whilst the third is at Cressy Beach on the State's 
east coast. This species is established in Tasmania but 
the small scale and number of sites suggest it should be 
considered only sparingly naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Silene colorata Poir. {=Silene I on gi caul is auct. 
non Pourr. ex Lag. sensu Buchanan (1995)) 
(pink catchfly) 
Specimens examined: South Arm, 12.ii.1899, F.A. Rodway 
658 (NSW 6764601); South Arm (all TSE), xiLI 905, L. Rodway 65A 
(HOI). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
only two specimens collected from South Arm in the 
State's southeast. The name S. longicaulis was, until 
recently, misapplied to a specimen of S. colorata and 
it was this specimen that led to the species being 
included in the 1995 edition of the Tasmanian Vascular 
Plant Census (Buchanan 1995). Due to the lack of notes 
accompanying the collections it is difficult to determine 
its status in Tasmania. Having not been collected or 
recorded in the State for more than 110 years strongly 
suggests it is no longer present. For a detailed discussion 
of this species in Tasmania see Baker (2016). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Stellaria graminea L. (lesser stitchwort) 
Specimens examined: Tyenna (TSR), 15.xi.1903, L. Rodway 
s.n. (HO 86341); Sea Elephant River, King Island (KIN), 9.L1979, 
D.l. Morris 7964 (HOI). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
two disjunct locations. One specimen was collected 
more than 100 years ago from Tyenna and the other was 
collected nearly 40 years ago from King Island. Whilst 
there is no information indicating the species' status, 
given the two geographically and temporally separated 
records, it is possible it is more widespread but perhaps 
overlooked. Curtis (1956) stated that it is "occasional 
in shaded places and amongst bracken". Given the 
lack of recent collections and informative collecting 
information it is difficult to apply a naturalised status to 
this species with any certainty. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously 
naturalised) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Muelleria 
39 

Page image

51339780 sweet panic Muelleria 38: 64
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890553
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339365 Symphytum ×uplandicum Muelleria 38: 34
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890491
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339338 Taraxacum kok-saghyz Muelleria 38: 32, Fig. 1
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890489
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
overlooked for the typical form, which is common and 
widely naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Matricaria chamomilla L. (chamomile) 
Specimens examined: Scotts Road, Risdon Vale (TSE), 
3.xi.1993, H. Blackburn s.n. (HO 517199!); Scotts Road, Risdon 
Vale (TSE), 29.xi.1993, D.I. Morris s.n. (HO 409495!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated annual herb is 
known in Tasmania from two specimens that are likely to 
have been collected from the same site.The collections 
are devoid of useful notes that give any indication of 
the status at the time of collection other than being 
thought to have arisen from bird seed. It is not known if 
the plants have persisted at this site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Onopordum acaulon L. (stemless thistle) 
Specimen examined: 'Charlton Park', near Melton Mowbray, 
North of Mt Mercer trig point (TSE), 6.xii.2002, G. Raphael s.n. 
(HO 520128!). 
Notes: This low-growing, rosette-forming thistle is 
known in Tasmania from a highly localised population 
of fewer than 20 plants that grew where imported cattle 
feed was spread.The population was made the target of 
eradication and is considered to have been eradicated 
(K. Stewart pers. comm.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Pilosella officinarum Vaill. subsp. officinarum 
[syn. Hieracium pilosella L.] (mouse-ear 
hawkweed) 
Specimens examined: 'St Peters Pass', N of Oatlands (TSE), 
6.L2001, A Woolley s.n. (HO 510506!); 'St Peters Pass' property, 
[near Oatlands] (TSE), 31 .i.2001, AM. Buchanan 15829 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from a single population growing on a rural fence line 
between a roadside reserve and pasture. Shortly after 
its discovery, the infestation site was excavated and 
deep buried and eradication was achieved (Rudman & 
Goninon 2002, as H. pilosella). Before it was eradicated, 
it was the dominant component of the vegetation over 
an area of approximately 2,500 m 2 . Monitoring of the 
site until 2006 did not find any further plants (K. Stewart 
pers. comm.). Pilosella officinarum is an invasive weed in 
cool climate areas of North America and New Zealand. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: ACT, NSW (recent 
incursion (P.Turner pers. comm.)) 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Senecio angulatus L.f. (scrambling 
groundsel) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 11): Moonah (TSE), 
24.iv.1982, D. Secomb s.n. (HO 569321!); Kaoota Road, Allens 
Rivulet (TSR), 11 .iii.2001, L.H. Cave s.n. (HO 511532!); Strahan, 
Regatta Point (TWE), 14.ix.2004, M.L. Baker543 (HO!); Whitemark, 
old tip site (FLI), 14.L2007, AM. Buchanan 16638 (HO!); Tasman 
Island, garden of Quarters 3 (TSE), 29.ix.2007 P.A. Tyson 580 
(HO!); South Arm, Blessington Street (TSE), 24.viii.2010, P. Norris 
s.n. (HO 563422!). 
Notes: This vigorous scrambling shrub, occasionally 
grown as an ornamental, is widespread and localised 
throughout the state but is most often encountered 
on the east and southeast coasts. It has been recorded 
smothering native vegetation in a variety of habitats 
including tip sites, roadsides, gullies, sand dunes and 
remnant coastal vegetation; in some cases it dominates 
large areas of c. 1,000 m 2 . It is more widespread than 
indicated by formal collections, with Wapstra et al. 
(2008) reporting populations at Eddystone Point on the 
northeast coast and in the upper Derwent Valley. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Taraxacum kok-saghyz L.E.Rodin (Russian 
dandelion) 
Specimens examined: Cressy Experimental Farm (cult.) 
(TNM), 27.x.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 53346! & HO 15165!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known from two 
collections that appear to be duplicates. Curtis (1963) 
stated that it was "cultivated at Cressy during the war 
of 1939-1945 as a source of latex, a possible substitute 
for rubber; probably persisting locally". It has not been 
recorded since. See Figure 2. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
BASELLACEAE 
Anredera cor difolia (Ten.) Steenis (Madeira 
vine) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Launceston (TNM), 
3.V.1965, [collector unknown] (HO 506475!); Clark Island, near 
original homestead (FLI), ix.1980, 5. Harris 113 (HOI); South 
32 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339400 Thlaspi arvense Muelleria 38: 37
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890494
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Bishop s.n. (HO 323066!); Dover (TSR), 29.X.2002, T. Rudman s.n. 
(HO 520018!); Scottsdale tip off Bridport Road, c. 200 m N of 
Jetsons Road junction (BEL), 11 .i.2005, M.L. Baker 1350 (HO!); Mt 
Wellington (TSE), 25.ix.2006, M. Wapstra22 (HO!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated biennial herb 
is widespread in Tasmania and is common especially 
in and around the greater Hobart region. Naturalised 
populations have been recorded growing in a range of 
habitats, including roadside verges, shorelines, stream 
banks and pasture. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Nasturtium microphyllum Boenn. ex Rchb. 
(one-row watercress) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 13): Near Cataract 
[Gorge], Launceston (TNM), xi.1865, [collector unknown] (NSW 
137706 [n.v.]); At the base of Mount Field East, and at Jones 
River (TSR), i.1867, F. Mueller s.n. (MEL0093363 [n.v.]); Mole Creek 
(TNS), xii.1908, L. Rodway 25a (HO!); Apsley (TSE), 20.xii.1978, 
D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 30970!); Ocean Beach. 5 km W of Strahan 
(TWE), 7.ii.1981, A.E. Orchard 5368 (HO!); South Road coastal 
block, 100 m from coast, King Island (KIN), 1.xii.2009, M. Batey 
99 and G. Batey (HOI). 
Notes: This semi-aquatic perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from several collections spanning a long period 
of time and with a wide distribution. Recent examination 
of material held in theTasmanian Herbarium has identified 
several specimens of N. microphyllum from material 
previously identified as Nasturtium officinale W.T.Aiton. It 
is possible that this it is more widespread in the State as it 
is likely to have been overlooked due to its resemblance to 
the widespread and common N. officinale. To distinguish 
the two species, fertile material with mature fruits is 
required. Curtis and Morris (1975) described its habitat 
as being the same as where N. officinale is found; that is, 
streams and ditches in moving water. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Raphanus maritimus Sm. (sea radish) 
Specimens examined: Bridgewater (TSE), 9.xi.1942, H.D. 
Gordon s.n. (HO 29355!); Wynyard, township (TNS), 18.i.1964, A. 
Colebrook8816 (NSW 641428 [n.v.]). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
two disjunct locations. Information on both suggests 
they were not from cultivated plants. The Bridgewater 
collection is from an "embankment", whereas the 
Wynyard collection is annotated as being "not 
cultivated". It has not been recorded in Tasmania for 
more than 50 years and, without details of the habitat or 
populations at these sites, there is insufficient evidence 
to suggest that it is naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Rorippa sylvestris (L.) Besser (creeping 
yellowcress) 
Specimens examined: Cradoc Hill Road, near Cradoc (TSR), 
4. xii.2000, D.l. Morris 86721 (HO!); Valleyfield, New Norfolk (TSE), 
12.L2001, A.M. Buchanan 15825 (HO!); Cradoc Hill Road, Lilium 
farm on W side of road (TSR), 19.L2004, A.M. Buchanan 16093 
(HO!); Mountain River Road, ~1.5km from Grove intersection. 
Mountain River (TSR), 19.L2004, M.L. Baker402 (HO!); Valleyfield, 
New Norfolk (TSE), 23.L2004, M.L Baker 401 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb has a distribution that 
is localised and restricted in southern Tasmania. It is 
well-established and a troublesome weed at several 
sites including Cradoc Hill Road, where it was recorded 
in a weed-infested paddock after it was accidentally 
introduced via imported Lilium bulbs. In April 2018 
many plants were persisting at this site. It has also been 
recorded from a blackcurrant crop at New Norfolk. The 
species does not reproduce by seed and reproduction 
and dispersal is via transport of rhizomes. Based on the 
above evidence, R. sylvestris appears to be sparingly 
naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Thlaspi arvense L. (penny cress) 
Specimens examined: Togari (KIN), 16.xi.1976, J. Lees s.n. 
(HO 576402!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), 14.X.1991, S. Geard 
s.n. (HO 142638!); 'Leamington', Pawtella (TSE), ll.x.1991, 
5. Geard s.n. (HO 142639!). 
Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from two widespread locations: Togari in the State's 
northwest, and Pawtella in the south. The Pawtella 
specimen was from a rape crop, but there is no indication 
of the number of plants or its history or status at the site. 
The collection from Togari is devoid of contextual notes. 
In the absence of information, there is doubt regarding 
its naturalised status in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. (previously 
naturalised) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Muelleria 
37 

Page image

51339635 tortured willow Muelleria 38: 53
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890510
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
SALICACEAE 
Salixalba L. var. vitellina (L.) Stokes (golden 
upright willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 17): St Peters Pass 
(ca 5 km NE of Oatlands) (TSE), 22.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 
36157!); Penguin-old highway (cult.)(TNS), 31 .x.2003, ML. Baker 
249 (HO!); Riverside, Launceston (TNM), 1.xi.2003, ML Baker 
281 (HO!); 16.4 km from Bridport on Waterhouse Road, Deep 
Water property (FLI), 11 .i.2005, ML Baker 1310 and A.Gray (HO!); 
Kooyong Glen, Dynnyrne (cult.?) (TSE), 9.xii.2010,7. Gouldthorpe 
11 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely 
cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered 
growing on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and 
ponds, and in large parks and gardens. In almost all 
instances it appears to have been planted, and only a 
small number of plants have been observed where their 
origin may have resulted from vegetative spread from 
nearby trees. For a comprehensive discussion of this 
taxon's distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker 
(2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix x calodendron Wimm. (holme willow) 
Specimens examined: Queenstown, bank of Queen River 
(TWE), 13.ix.2006, ML. Baker 1728 (HO!); Coombes Road, 
Longley, (cult.?) (TSE), 22.xi.2006, ML Baker 1771 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is known in 
Tasmania from two disjunct and localised populations. 
In both cases the plants appear to have been planted, 
with only the population at Queenstown showing 
signs of minor vegetative spread. For a comprehensive 
discussion of this taxon's distribution and status in 
Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix matsudana Koidz. "Tortuosa 7 (tortured 
willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Rosny Golf Course 
(cult.) (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML Baker 104 (HO!); Deloraine, Rotary 
Caravan Park, Deloraine (cult.)(TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 230 
(HO!); SW Roseberry, waste transfer station (TWE), 15.ix.2004, 
ML Baker 568 (HO!); Pioneer (BEL), ll.i.2005, ML Baker 1363 
(HO!); Lauderdale, between houses and the 'Lauderdale' 
wetland, (cult.?) (TSE), 24.L2013, M Wapstra 1512 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely 
cultivated throughout Tasmania. In the majority of 
cases, the trees appear to have been planted, with only 
a small number of individuals or small groups of trees 
found growing outside of cultivation in habitats such 
as municipal rubbish tips. A small infestation of plants 
of hybrid parentage (S. matsudana Koidz. 'Tortuosa' 
and S. x fragilis L. nothovar. fragilis) was recorded at 
Fluonville. For a comprehensive discussion of this taxon's 
distribution and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
A large infestation of hybrid willows at Launceston, in 
the State's north, was recently observed, with some 
plants showing the twisted leaves and stems that are 
characteristic of the tortured willow, suggesting that 
S. matsudana Koidz.'Tortuosa' is a parent. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix purpurea L. (purple osier) 
Specimens examined: Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens 
(cult.) (TSE), 4.iii.2004, Ml. Baker 389 (HO!); Oldina picnic 
area/forest reserve (TNS), 3.xi.2004, Ml. Baker 989 (HO!); Just 
below Winkleigh Bridge (TNS), ii.2005, M Askey-Doran s.n. (HO 
532975!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental shrub has been 
cultivated in Tasmania for stream bank stabilisation 
purposes and as an ornamental. Whether it is naturalised 
in Tasmania or whether all plants have been planted 
is unknown. For example, at the Oldina Forest Reserve 
in the northwest of the State, approximately 400 m of 
creek line is dominated by S. purpurea. It was originally 
planted at this site but it is not known the extent of 
the planting or if vegetative spread has occurred. For a 
comprehensive discussion of its distribution and status 
in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Salix x rubens Schrank (basket willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Nelson River, on 
Lyell Highway, 10 km east-southeast of Gormanston (TWE), 
13.xi.1980, B. Briggs 7084 (NSW 393768 [n.v.]); Kingborough 
Refuse Centre (TSE), 30.iv.2003, ML. Baker 106 (HO 532977!); 
Kingborough Refuse Centre (TSE), 2012004, ML. Baker 364 (HO 
525024!); Faggs Gully Creek, Geilston Bay (TSE), 17.ii.2004, ML. 
Baker378 (HO 525022!); Westerway, banks ofTyenna River (TSE), 
16.ii.2005, ML. Baker 1535A. CraneandE. Pope, (HO 532972!). 
Muelleria 
53 

Page image

51339569 tree lomatia Muelleria 38: 50
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890507
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
weed in gardens, and in cracks in walls and pots". It is 
not known if the populations at the collection sites 
have persisted. The species is occasionally grown as a 
pot or garden bed herb and used in salads. It readily 
self-sows but has not appeared to have spread beyond 
domestic gardens. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
PRIMULACEAE 
Lysimachia minima (L.) U.Mans & Anderb. 
(kause chaffweed) 
Specimens examined: Rubicon Sanctuary, Port Sorell (FLI), 
14.X.2009, P. Collier 5358 (HO!); Tinderbox, East Coast (TSE), 
17.X.2011 , D.E. Albrechts.n. (HO!). 
Notes: This diminutive annual herb is likely to be 
overlooked and much more widespread in Tasmania 
than indicated by current collections. Collections to 
date have been from a weedy habitat (Tinderbox) or as 
a single plant growing as a weed in a gravel drive. The 
species is widely naturalised on mainland Australia. A 
doubtfully naturalised status is assigned here pending 
further information on its distribution. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
PROTEACEAE 
Hakea laurina R.Br. (pincushion hakea) 
Specimens examined: University of Tasmania gardens, 
Hobart (cult.), 12.iii.2002, R. Dillon s.n. and GJordan (HO 
528995!); Coningham, 7.V.2005, J. Taylor s.n. (HO 541827!); 
Coningham, 21 .x.2008, R.G. Tyson 906 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: Apart from one collection from cultivation, 
this ornamental shrub is known in Tasmania from two 
specimens from the same site, collected approximately 
three years apart. Here, the species had most likely 
spread from nearby gardens (where it was noted 
as being present) into coastal heathy woodland, 
and occurred as a population of mature and young 
plants. The population was removed in 2008. The 
species is a popular garden plant in Tasmania and 
further naturalised populations are expected to occur. 
However, there is no evidence to suggest it is more 
widely naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and 
naturalised), SA 
Status: Previously naturalised 
Lomatia fraseri R.Br. (tree lomatia) 
Specimens examined: PipelineTrack,ForkCreekCatchment, 
Fern Tree, 12.iii.2002, D. Ziegler 237 (HO!); Pipeline Track, Fern 
Tree, near Browns Road, 25.vi.2009, PA. Tyson 966 (HO!); Fern 
Tree, 30.vi.2009, M.L. Baker 2098 (HO!); Mount Wellington, 
Pipeline Track 30.xi.2010,M Wapstra 1181 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This shrub or small tree is known in Tasmania 
from several specimens from a single localised 
population comprised of several individuals and 
patches of plants growing in wet sclerophyll forest on 
the foothills of Mt Wellington in the State's southeast. 
There has been a concerted effort at removal by a local 
landcare group, but some individuals, presumably 
escaped from garden plantings, are still present. The 
species is native on mainland Australia, where it is a 
widespread and sometimes locally common species in 
wet mountain forests. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (native), Vic. 
(native) 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
RANUNCULACEAE 
Adonis microcarpa DC. (pheasant's eye) 
Specimen examined: Flinders Island, Wybalenna area (FLI), 
1 2.V.1 999, S. Welsh s.n. (HO 444814!). 
Notes: This erect annual herb has only been collected 
once in Tasmania, from a dry, sheep grazing paddock on 
Flinders Island. According to notes accompanying the 
specimen, the population consisted of approximately 
nine plants over an area of 30 m 2 . A doubtfully 
naturalised status is assigned here pending further 
information on its distribution. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Aquilegia vulgaris L. (common columbine) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Poison Hill, 9 km 
E of Woodsdale (TSE), 6.X.1984, A. Moscal 8517 (HO!); Poimena 
"township", Blue Tier (BEL), 28.xii.2006, M. Wapstra 86 (HO!); 
Pipers River, downstream of Lilydale Road crossing (FLI), 
18.xii.2007, M. Wapstra 409 (HO!); North West Bay River (TSE), 
7.xi.2000, AC. Rozefelds 1895 (HO!); River Road, N of Deloraine 
(TNS), 21 .xi.2012, M. Wapstra 1390 (HO!). 
Notes: This commonly cultivated perennial herb 
is known in Tasmania from several widely spread 
populations. Most have been recorded from roadside 
verges or riparian zones, often in close proximity to 
50 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339494 tree medick Muelleria 38: 44
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890501
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
FABACEAE 
Hedysarum coronarium L. (French 
honeysuckle) 
Selected specimens examined (3 of 6): Hobart (cult.) 
(TSE), xii.1902, L Rodway 178 (HO!); Hobart (cult.)(TSE), i.1910, 
L. Rodway 184 (HO!); Botanical Gardens, Hobart (cult.)(TSE), 
24.xii.1946, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 10716!). 
Notes:This short-lived perennial is known inTasmania 
from several pre-1950 collections, all from cultivated 
specimens lacking informative notes. Curtis (1956) 
described its distribution and habitat as"introduced and 
persisting near centres of cultivation". From this scant 
information it is difficult to assign a naturalised status 
with any certainty. See Figure 5. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Qld 
Status: Not naturalised 
Laburnum anagyroides Medik. (golden chain 
tree) 
Specimens examined: Roadside, Neika (TSE), 12.ii.1997, 
A.M. Buchanan 14409 (HO!); Cataract Gorge, Launceston (TNM), 
14.X.2005, M.L Baker 1689 (HO!). 
Notes: This small, deciduous ornamental tree is 
known in Tasmania from two disjunct locations. The 
most recent was from a population of naturalised 
plants growing on the sides of a steep dolerite gorge at 
Launceston. The species is occasionally seen growing 
on roadsides in southeast Tasmania (e.g. Taroona; 
below Queens Domain, Hobart), suggesting it is more 
widely naturalised than herbarium records indicate (M. 
Wapstra, pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lathyrus nissolia L. (grass vetchling) 
Specimens examined: D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 
ii.1904, L Rodway 176 (HO!); Gordon (TSE), 9.X.1924,5.B. Barker 
s.n. (MEL2298792A [ n.v .]); Taroona Pathway off Oakleigh 
Avenue (TSE), 17.xi.2005, D. Harris s.n. (HO 539383!); Taroona, 
grass strip between Oakleigh Avenue and Cartwright Creek 
(TSE), 17.xi.2005, M.L. Baker 1652 (HO!). 
Notes: Despite being known only from a small 
number of discrete sites in southeast Tasmania, this 
annual herb has been present in Tasmania since at 
least 1904. The most recent collection was from a well- 
established population in an exotic grassland at Taroona 
in the south of the State. Curtis (1956) described its 
distribution and habitat as "rare, in grassy places". 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lotus angustissimus L. (narrowleaf trefoil) 
Specimens examined: Cressy House, Cressy (TNM), 
17.iv.1985, R.S. Smith s.n. (HO 94684!); 5 km S of Wilmot on 
Cradle Mountain Rd (TNS), 13.iii.1995, P.C. Jobson 3465 (NSW 
[n.v.]); Tonganah, site of former clay mine (BEL), 9.L2002, J. 
Findlay s.n. (HO 518972!); Swansea, Rockcliffe property (TSE), 
I. ii.2002, A.M. Buchanan 15918 (HO!); Murphys Flat, Granton 
(TSE), 25.iii.2010, M.L Baker2229 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in 
Tasmania from a small number of widespread records. 
It grows in range of situations, including croplands 
and wetlands. It is expected to be more common and 
widespread and has most likely been overlooked due 
to its close resemblance to other naturalised species of 
Lotus that occur in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Lupinus angustifolius L. (narrowleaf lupin) 
Specimens examined: Eaglehawk Neck (TSE), 2411928, 
J. B. Cleland s.n. (AD 966080625 [n.v.]); Sorell (TSE), 24.xi.1976, 
D. Munro and N.Walker s.n. (NSW 456562!); Bass Highway near 
Deloraine (TNM), 20.ix.2007, M. Wapstra 226 (HO!); George 
Town/Bell Bay Road roundabout (FLI), 15.X.2008, M. Wapstra 
532 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known inTasmania from a 
small number of widespread collections. Curtis (1956) 
described its distribution and habitat as "cultivated in 
orchards as a green manure and found occasionally as 
an escape". However, no specimens were available to 
her at the time. More recently, it has been recorded as 
being prevalent on the verge of the Bass Highway (e.g. 
HO 547663) but is now absent there (M. Wapstra, pers. 
obs.). It appears to arise on road verges but not persist; 
for example, a single plant was collected near Epping 
Forest in 2004 (M. Wapstra, pers. obs.). It is cultivated 
in Tasmania as a grain legume for animal and human 
consumption (Knox etal. 2006). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Medicago arborea L. (tree medick) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Killiecrankie Bay, 
Flinders Island (FLI), 28.vi.1966, IS. Whinray 37 (MEL1021317 
44 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339517 Trifolium uniflorum Muelleria 38: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890504
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
woodland. It has been recorded as a cultivated plant 
at the Gardens and at several other locations in and 
around Hobart. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Trifolium uniflorum L. (oneflower clover) 
Specimen examined: Currie Airport, King Island (KIN), 
17.xi.1976, M. Allen s.n. (HO 28028!). 
Notes: This mat-forming perennial is known in 
Tasmania from a single collection from roadside 
gravel on King Island. The lack of collecting details and 
additional records since its collection more than 40 years 
ago suggest that it never became naturalised. Further 
searching in the vicinity of the collection is warranted. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
FUMARIACEAE 
Fumaria officinalis L. subsp. officinalis 
(common fumitory) 
Specimens examined: Georges Bay (FLI), vii.1875, A. Simson 
38 (HO!); Conara (TNM), 20.X.1925, £ Gibson s.n. (MEL2210067 
[n.v.D; Hagley (TNM), 24.xi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 96420!); 
Ulverstone (TNS), IO.i.1956, B.R. Paterson s.n. (NE 22397 [n.v.]); 
Sassafras, near Latrobe (TNS), 28.xii.1980, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. 
(HO 36985!). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb has been recorded 
as an occasional weed of crops in the north of the State 
but may be overlooked and mistaken for the widespread 
and common Fumaria muralis Sond. ex W.DJ.Koch 
subsp. muralis. A very early record (1875) from Georges 
Bay, St Helens, suggests that it was an early introduction. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Pseudofumaria alba (Mill.) Liden subsp. alba 
(white fumitory) 
Specimens examined: Old Customs House, lower Murray 
Street. Near Parliament House, Hobart, 15.xi.1961, W.M. 
Blacklow s.n. (HO 6545!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.), 4.xii.1986, 
D.l. Morris 86141 (HO!); Fern Tree, Hobart, 19.ix.1989, D.l. Morris 
86402 (HO!); 9 Lapoinya Road, Fern Tree (all TSE), 28.xi.1994, D.l. 
Morris 86456 (HO!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania only from the Hobart area, with an 
early (1961) collection from a crack in a wall of a domestic 
garden where it was noted as acting as a nuisance. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
GERANIACEAE 
Erodium malacoides (L.) L'Her. (oval 
heronsbill) 
Specimens examined: Cataract Gorge, Launceston, 
1.xi.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 529453!); Cataract Gorge, 
Launceston (all TNM), 30.X.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 29605! & 
HO 6668!). 
Notes: Specimens of this annual herb have been 
collected in Tasmania on two separate occasions from 
Cataract Gorge, Launceston. Curtis (1956) described 
its distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste 
places". No notes detailing the status accompany the 
specimens and without subsequent collections in more 
than 70 years it is doubtful that the species has become 
naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Geranium yeoi Aedo & Munoz Garm. 
(Madeira cranesbill) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Hobart Rivulet, 250 
m downstream from Wynyard Street (TSE), 1 .xi.2002, A.M. Gray 
1236 (HO!); 17 Keen Court, Kingston (TSE), 18.xi.2002, D.l. Morris 
86773 (HO!); Christmas Hills, Bass Highway (TNS), 2.xi.2004, 
M. Baker 938 and M.F.Duretto (HO!); Hobart, Romilly Street, 
just before bridge (TSE), 27.X.2009, M. Wapstra 984 (HO!); S of 
Boronia Beach (TSE), 7.xi.2009, M. Wapstra 1000 (HO!). 
Notes: This erect biennial herb is locally abundant 
at several sites in the greater Hobart area. It is mainly 
associated with disturbed habitats such as roadside 
verges and banks of rivulets in urban areas. Weedy 
populations are presumed to be garden escapes or have 
arisen from dumped garden waste. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
LAMIACEAE 
Mentha spicata L. (spearmint) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Sandy Bay (TSE), 
i.1908, L Rodway s.n. (HO 7312!); South Arm (TSE), 20.L1912, 
R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2299781 [n.v.]); Mersey River at Croesus Cave 
State Reserve (TCH), 13.V.1983, A. Moscal 2380, (HO!); Black 
Bobs (TSR), 2.H.1981, AE Orchard 5341, (HO!); New Town Rivulet 
(TSE), 10.ii.2008, M. Wapstra 454, (HO!). 
Muelleria 
47 

Page image

51339706 Tritonia gladiolaris Muelleria 38: 59
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890516
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
area. All but a single plant were collected from 
ornamental plantings or cultivated specimens. The 
only non-cultivated specimen was from a single plant 
growing on the side of a track in a recently developed 
bushland remnant. Curtis and Morris (1994) listed it in 
their flora and stated that it "...could become invasive". 
Little evidence exists to suggest that it is naturalised in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Isolepis hystrix (Thunb.) Nees (awned 
dubsedge) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 9): Powranna Main 
Road, close to gateway of Hummocky Hills track (TNM), 
1 5.xi.1996, AJ. North s.n. (HO 322628!); Freshwater soak just W 
of Calverts Lagoon, South Arm (TSE), 20.xii.2005, M. Visoiu 120 
(HO!); Between George Town and Bell Bay (FLI), 30.X.2006, J.B. 
Davies s.n. (HO 542926!); Perth, lllawarra Road, S side (TNM), 
19.xi.2014, M. Wapstra 2075 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual sedge, although only detected as 
late as 1996, is now known to be locally common and 
widely distributed in Tasmania. It is associated with 
roadside drains, freshwater (and sometimes slightly 
saline) lagoons, herb fields and other moist disturbed 
sites. Although it is highly distinctive, its ephemeral habit 
and small size have possibly led to it being overlooked 
at other similar habitats and locations. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
HAEMODORACEAE 
Anigozanthos flavidus Redoute (evergreen 
kangaroo paw) 
Specimens examined: Binalong Bay Road, Binalong 
Bay (FLI), 1 .viii.1975,7. Robin s.n. (HO 327793!); Creek, 0.8-1 
km N of Binalong Bay (FLI), 5.L2006, M.F. Duretto 2074 (HO!); 
Paddocks adjacent to the Postmans Track Pass (KIN), 23.ii.2005, 
P. Hefferon s.n. (HO 536135!); Binalong Bay, Grants Point Road 
(cult.?) (FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1962 (HO!). 
Notes: This rhizomatous perennial herb is widely 
cultivated in Tasmania and is known from several 
collections that appear to be derived from nearby 
garden plantings. At one location, numerous plants 
were recorded as escaping from cultivation and growing 
on the fringe of the Rocky Cape National Park. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native), NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
HYDROCHARITACEAE 
Lagarosiphon major (Ridl.) Moss (oxygen 
weed) 
Specimen examined: Royal Botanic Gardens, Hobart (cult.?) 
(TSE), 24.V.1 983, D.l. Morris 8350 (HO!). 
Notes: This rhizomatous aquatic perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania from a single, possibly cultivated, 
specimen from a pond at the Royal Tasmanian Botanical 
Gardens (Hobart). There is no evidence that it has 
persisted or spread from the site. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW (doubtfully 
naturalised) 
Status: Not naturalised 
IRIDACEAE 
Tritonia gladiolaris (Lam.) Goldblatt & 
J.C.Manning (chiffon lace) 
Specimens examined: S[outh] of Murdunna (TSE), 
19.X.1973, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 58867!); Railton area, S of 
Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2013, M. Wapstra 1396 (HO!); 
Arthur Highway [just WNW of Flinders Bay Road junction] (TSE), 
18.X.2013, M. Wapstra 1474 (HO!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from two widely separated locations. Curtis and Morris 
(1994) described its distribution and habitat, based on 
a 1973 collection (as Tritonia lineata (Salisb.) Ker Gawl.), 
as "introduced, recorded only from a sandy bank in light 
Eucalypt forest at Murdunna (East Coast), apparently 
well-established". It was recently collected from 
(presumably) the same site and described as growing in 
several dense patches along an 80 m section of roadside 
verge. It has been detected at one additional site in 
the north of the State, where it was growing on a road 
reserve adjacent to dry eucalypt forest. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
JUNCACEAE 
Juncus microcephalus Kunth (smallhead 
rush) 
Selected specimens examined (3 of 4): S[outh] bank 
of North Esk River, Launceston, just upstream from Charles 
Street Bridge, ii.1 981 , B. Robinson s.n. (NSW 225669 [ n.v .]); Bass 
Muelleria 
59 

Page image

51339476 upright spurge Muelleria 38: 42
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890499
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Crassula tetragona L. subsp. robusta 
(Toelken) (Toelken miniature pine tree) 
Specimen examined: Mt Nelson, edge of University Reserve 
(TSE), 20.L2008, A/M. Buchanan 16846 (HO!). 
Notes: This succulent ornamental is known in 
Tasmania from a single collection from a single 
persistent population that has presumably escaped 
from a nearby garden where it has been deliberately 
planted. It is commonly planted in gardens and 
occurs on several roadside banks and verges, where 
it has persisted and slowly spread. It has been seen 
at numerous other sites (e.g. Bruny Island, Granton 
and St Helens). At present, it is considered sparingly 
naturalised due to the paucity of formal collections, 
but this is likely to change as its distribution is better 
understood. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CUCURBITACEAE 
Ecballium elaterium (L.) A.Rich, (squirting 
cucumber) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): At football pitch 
crossroads, on W side of soccer field. Queens Domain (TSE), 
17.iv.1984, D.l. Morris 8419 (HO!); Between Tasman Bridge and 
Government House, Hobart (TSE), 10.viii.1999, A/M. Buchanan 
15466 (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway and Intercity 
Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 6.ii.2014, M.L. 
Baker 2856 and N.Gill (HO!); Hobart, between Tasman Highway 
and Intercity Cycleway in front of Government House (TSE), 
23.iii.2017, M.L Baker 3249 (HO!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is locally 
established at The Queens Domain area in Hobart. It has 
been long-persistent at one site between the Tasman 
Bridge and the Cenotaph on a grassy highway verge, 
with only a single plant seen in 2017 after successful 
control measures reduced the number of plants in 
preceding years. The species has not been recorded at 
the upper Domain site since its initial collection and is 
now presumed to be absent there. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CUSCUTACEAE 
Cuscuta suaveolens Ser. (fringed dodder) 
Specimen examined: Paddock 6, Forthside Vegetable 
Research Station (TNS), 23.iv.1999, Botanical Resources Australia 
s.n. (HO 444804!). 
Notes: This parasitic herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single collection that was growing with weeds in a red 
clover research plot in the northwest of the State. It was 
eradicated and has not been recorded since (DPIPWE 
2014). See Figure 4. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Previously naturalised 
ERICACEAE 
Arbutus unedo L. (strawberry tree) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): "Lowana", King 
River Flats, SE of Strahan (TWE), 20.ii.1978, R.C. Halton s.n. (HO 
540325!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 11 .iv.1988, D.l. Morris 
86323 (HO!); Legana, E side of Jetty Road (TNM), 14.vi.2007, G. 
Stewart s.n. (HO 545714!); Legana, Jetty Road (TNM), 29.xi.2011, 
M.L Baker 2614 (HO!); Rosebery, junction Lyell Highway and 
Hollywood Street (TWE), 24.V.2013, M. Wapstra 1640 (HO!); Reid 
Street Reserve, Ulverstone (TNS), v.2014, S. Stallbaum s.n. (HO 
579892!). 
Notes: This ornamental tree is commonly cultivated in 
Tasmania but it is becoming naturalised.The population 
at Legana is comprised of several plants, naturalised in 
Melaleuca ericifolia-Phragmites australis wetland, and is 
thought to have spread from a mature tree in a nearby 
garden. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
EUPHORBIACEAE 
Euphorbia stricta L. (upright spurge) 
Specimen examined: Bridport, Brid River walking track (FLI), 
13.xi.2011,/M.L Baker2621 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single, localised population of mature plants and 
seedlings covering an area of 10 x 10 m on a disturbed 
river bank in Bridport on the State's north coast. The 
plants grow with various exotic herbs and grasses. The 
population was present when re-visited in November 
2017 (M.L. Baker pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
42 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339535 Utricularia gibba Muelleria 38: 48
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890505
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Notes: This cultivated perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from several disjunct locations. Curtis (1967) 
described its distribution and habitat as "naturalised in 
damp places", noting that "this species is the one [mint 
species] most commonly cultivated as a pot-herb". While 
it is a widespread species that has been present since at 
least 1908, it is usually only localised and grows mainly 
in riparian situations close to residential areas. Several 
populations have also been recorded in essentially 
undisturbed areas (e.g. Mersey River, Black Bobs). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
LENTIBULARIACEAE 
Utricularia gibba L. (floating bladderwort) 
Specimens examined: Wingara Road, Howden (TSE), 
6.L2012, ME de Salas 109, (HO!); Nabowla,'Dunbarton', Bridport 
Back Road (BEL), v.2015, L Riggalls.n. (HO 585568!). 
Notes: This carnivorous herb is known in Tasmania 
from two disjunct locations. One collection, from 
Howden in the south of the State, was from an artificial 
garden pond. It was not intentionally cultivated 
there and it is thought to have been introduced as a 
contaminant, brought in with other ornamental plants 
in the pond. The Nabowla population was recorded 
growing in a dam/ornamental pond in a rural area of 
the State. The species is under-collected in Tasmania 
and has been observed in ponds and water features 
throughout the State (M. de Salas pers. comm.). It is 
considered native throughout mainland Australia but 
has never been recorded growing in natural habitats in 
Tasmania where it is not considered to be native. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA (native and 
naturalised), NT (native), SA, Qld (native), NSW (native), 
Vic. (native and naturalised) 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
MALVACEAE 
Hibiscus trionum L. (bladder ketmia) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Hobart, Royal 
Society Gardens (TSE), iv.1875, W.W. Spicers.n. (H012950!); West 
Tamar (TNS), iii.1974, T.T. Hague s.n. (HO 30940!); 29 Brinsmead 
Road, Mt Nelson (TSE), 26.L2006, AM Buchanan 16399 (HO!); 
Sandfly, 202 Pelverata Road (TSR), 15.iv.2001, J. Town row s.n. 
(HO 512128!); Norwood, 39 Norwood Avenue (TNM), iv.2008, R. 
Hilders.n. (HO 547376!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
several widely-spread locations. Curtis and Morris (1975) 
described its distribution and habitat as "occasional 
as a weed of cultivation". All collections appear to be 
from gardens, either deliberately cultivated or arising 
as a contaminant of vegetable seeds. However, most 
collections are not accompanied by notes indicating the 
status.The species does not appear to have escaped the 
confines of gardens. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld (native 
and naturalised), NSW (native and naturalised), Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Malva pseudolavatera Webb & Berthel. 
(Cretan mallow) 
Specimens examined: Currie, near Department of 
Agriculture, King Island, 29.X.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 36209!); 
Old Currie tip site, Charles Street, King Island, ix.2009, M Batey 
s.n. (HO 556712!); Stanley, Stanley Highway, E side of road, c. 
4.4 km from Bass Highway junction, 24.ix.2010, ML Baker 2336 
(HO!); Stanley, Stanley Highway, 25.X.2010, K. Fenner s.n. (HO 
560413!); King Island, from airport, towards Currie and also 
north (all KIN) 9.xi.2010, A Fergusson s.n. (HO 561569!). 
Notes: This large biennial herb is known to occur in 
the northwest of the State (including King Island) where 
it is primarily a coloniser of roadside verges and is now 
well-established, often locally abundant, and appears to 
be becoming more widespread. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA 
Status: Naturalised 
MIMOSACEAE 
Acacia baileyana F. Muell. (Cootamundra 
wattle) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 8): Southern Outlet 
(A6 N bound) 3 km S of Proctors Saddle (TSE), 19.viii.2002, AM 
Gray 1211 (HO!); Between Acton Road and Single Hill (TSE), 
12.ii.2009, M Wapstra 658 (HO!); Snug Falls Road (O'Briens Road 
junction) (TSE), 26.ix.2009, M Wapstra 945 (HO!); Cethana Road. 
[Claude Road, Gowrie Park, c. 5 km E of Cethana.] (cult.?) (TNS), 
22.xi.2012, S. Pinzon-Navarros.n. (CANB 863868.1 [n.v.]). 
Notes: This commonly cultivated ornamental shrub 
is known in Tasmania from several collections mostly 
from the southeast of the State. It is most commonly 
found naturalised along roadside verges, spreading 
from nearby ornamental and amenity plantings. Some 
sites, such as along the Southern Outlet, Hobart, 
48 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339431 Vaccaria hispanica Muelleria 38: 40
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890497
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Vaccaria hispanica (Mill.) Rauschert (cow 
soapwort) 
Specimen examined: Hobart (TSE), (no other collection 
information recorded. Annotated in Leonard Rodway's 
handwriting), (HO 86471). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a single, poorly-annotated collection thought to have 
been collected by Leonard Rodway, although Rodway 
(1903) does not mention it. Curtis (1956) described its 
distribution and habitat (as V. segetalis) as "occasional 
in cultivated ground". However, the basis for this 
observation is not known. From this scant information 
it is difficult to assign a naturalised status with any 
certainty. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW, 
Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
CHENOPODIACEAE 
Bassia scoparia (L.) A J.Scott (kochia) 
Specimens examined: Quamby View, near Deloraine, 
Midlands (TNS), 22.ii.1995, A. Allwright s.n. (HO 411060!); 
QuambyView near Deloraine, Midlands (TNS),8.iv.1997, D. Green 
s.n. (HO 12302! & HO 320884!); QuambyView, near Deloraine, 
Midlands (TNS), 08.iv.1997, A. Allwright s.n. (MEL0258971 [n.v.]); 
Winspears Road, Ambleside, East Devonport (FLI), i.1998, A. 
Loane s.n. (HO 324601!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
two locations. The latest record is devoid of useful 
collecting notes that give any indication of its status, 
although the location is predominantly rural land. All 
other records are from a carrot crop at the one site but 
collected over two different years, indicating some 
persistence at the site or a possible reintroduction as a 
contaminant of crop seed. This potentially troublesome 
crop weed has not been collected since and it is 
unknown if it has persisted at the sites. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Chenopodium foliosum (Moench) Asch. 
{-Chenopodium capitatum auct. non (L.) 
Ambrosi sensu Buchanan (2009)) (leafy 
goosefoot) 
Specimens examined: New Town, Hobart, 10 Senator Street 
(TSE), 23.ii.1982, J.E.5. Townrow s.n. (HO 115888!); Lenah Valley, 
S side [of Augusta Road](TSE), 17.ii.2008, M. Wapstra466 (HO!); 
Augusta Road, Lenah Valley, Hobart (TSE), iii.2010, M. Wapstra 
1100 (HO!). 
Notes: The two recent collections of this annual 
herb are from a single plant, noted as growing in a 
suburban drain. The plant persisted into 2009 and 2010, 
despite being virtually uprooted in 2008 (Wapstra 2008 
as C. capitatum). It was eliminated by DPIPWE weed 
management officers in 2010 and has not reappeared 
since (M. Wapstra pers. obs.).The collection from Senator 
Street in the same suburb in 1982 was growing in a 
garden. Searches in the area during 2008-2010 failed to 
detect any plants in the vicinity. Given this information 
it is reasonable to consider that this species was never 
truly naturalised in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
CISTACEAE 
Cistus inflatus Pourr. ex Demoly (rock rose) 
Specimens examined: Hadspen near bridge over South Esk 
River (TNM), 7.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15138 (HO!); Hadspen 
(TNM), 19.iii.1998, A.M. Buchanan 15160 (HO!); Hadspen, side of 
road to disused jetty on South Esk River (TNM), 1.xii.2004, M. 
Baker 1141 (HO!). 
Notes: This ornamental shrub is known only from 
collections from Hadspen in the State's north. It is 
represented by a single localised population that has 
been persistent at the site for almost 20 years since it was 
first recorded. It is presumed that it was once planted 
there as an ornamental. However, it is now common and 
a dominant component of the vegetation along both 
sides of a 200 m section of track verge. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
CLUSIACEAE 
Hypericum humifusum L. (creeping St John's 
wort) 
Specimen examined: Don River, Devonport (KIN), 911940, 
A.M. Olsen s.n. (HO 411728!). 
Notes: This prostrate perennial herb is known in 
Tasmania from a single specimen collected more than 75 
years ago and with scant notes. Baker (2005) regarded it 
as a taxon of uncertain status and concluded that surveys 
were required to determine its presence in Tasmania. 
40 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339771 velvet sea barleygrass Muelleria 38: 62
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890519
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339651 Veronica peregrina Muelleria 38: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890511
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is occasionally 
cultivated in Tasmania. It is known from one small 
population where it is thought to have spread via 
vegetative means. The taxon may be more widespread 
as it is easily confused with the common and 
widespread S. x fragilis nothovar. fragilis and S. alba 
var. vitellina. At Westerway, S. xfragilis nothovar. fragilis 
and S. alba var. vitellina are thought to have hybridised, 
producing young plants referable to S. xrubens. For a 
comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution 
and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix x sepulcmlis Simonk. nothovar. chrysocoma 
(Dode) Meikle (golden weeping willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 15): Melton Mowbray 
(TSE), 21.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 36158!); Huonville, Apex 
Park, (cult.) (TSR), 21.X.2003, ML Baker 172 (HO!); Campbell 
Town, Elizabeth River (cult.) (TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 216 
(HO!); Emu River, pumphouse area, Burnie (TNS), 31.X.2003ML 
Baker 248, (HO!); 4.9 km W of Bridport on the Bridport/George 
Town Road (cult.) (FLI), 1212005, ML Baker 1420 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely 
cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered 
on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and ponds, and 
in large parks and gardens. In almost all instances, it 
appears to have been planted and only a small number of 
plants have been observed where their origin may have 
resulted from vegetative spread from nearby trees. For a 
comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and 
status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
SCROPHULARIACEAE 
Antirrhinum majus L. (snapdragon) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): GeorgeTown Waste 
Transfer Station (tip) off Mount George Road (FLI), 1212005, 
ML Baker 1442 (HO!); Launceston tip. Remount Road, near 
Newham Creek (TNM), 1.ii.2005, Ml. Baker 1524 (HO!); Flinders 
Island, WhitemarkTip site off Memana Road (FLI), 17.V.2011, 
ML Baker 2562 (HOI); Tasman Highway, near Cambridge (TSE), 
22.xi.2011, M Wapstra 1315 (HO!); Lyell Highway, just W of 
Granton and Bridgewater Causeway (TSE), 1 .v.2013, M Wapstra 
1627 (HOI). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
seven widespread collections. In most cases no more 
than two plants have been recorded at each of the sites. 
Flowever, at one suburban site in Flobart, it was noted as 
being'occasional'. There is no evidence that plants have 
persisted at these sites. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Kickxia spuria (L.) Dumort. subsp. integrifolia 
(Brot.) R.Fern. (bluntleaf toadflax) 
Specimens examined: Rifle Range, Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), 
R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2095212 [n.v.]); Westbury (TNM), ii.1943, 
J.H. Wilson s.n. (HO 411601!); Selbourne Road, Hagley (TNM), 
181.2000, M Greenhill s.n. (HO 502751!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
three widespread locations. Curtis (1967) described 
the distribution and habitat as "occasional as a weed of 
cultivation". Two of the specimens are noted as being 
weeds of crops, with one growing in a flax crop and the 
other being widespread and sporadic in a pyrethrum 
crop. No evidence exists to suggest that it has persisted 
at any of the sites. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Veronicaperegrina L. (wandering speedwell) 
Specimens examined: V.D.L [Van Diemensland], F. 
Mueller s.n. (MEL2256541!); Woodhall. South Esk Riv[er]. Van 
Diemensland (TNM), i.1849, C. Stuart459, (MEL!). 
Notes:This annual herb is known inTasmania from two 
collections from more than 150 years ago. Inspection of 
these revealed that they are almost certainly duplicates 
of each other. Curtis (1967) described its distribution 
and habitat in Tasmania as "occasional in cultivated 
ground". Flowever, there is no evidence to support 
this statement. No information regarding its habitat, 
abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded 
with the specimens. For a discussion of this species in 
Tasmania see Baker (2016). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
SOLANACEAE 
Hyoscyamus albus L. (white henbane) 
Specimen examined: Near Hobart Town (TSE), xii.1876, 
W.W. Spicer 121 (HO!). 
54 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339415 Viburnum tinus Muelleria 38: 38-39

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 38-39".

51339672 wall pellitory Muelleria 38: 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890512
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania from a single specimen collected 
more than 140 years ago. It is listed in Spicer's A 
Handbook of the Tasmanian Plants (Spicer 1878b as H. 
niger) as introduced but not widely established enough 
to consider it being part of the flora. Curtis (1967) 
described its distribution and habitat as "occasional 
as a weed of cultivation". No information regarding its 
habitat, abundance and degree of naturalisation are 
recorded and there is little evidence to indicate that it 
was ever naturalised in Tasmania. See Figure 6. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Nicotiana sylvestris Speg. (woodland 
tobacco) 
Specimens examined: 61a Salvator Road, West Hobart 
(cult.) (TSE), J. Chraska s.n. (HO 30551!); Stieglitz Tip, St Helens 
(FLI), 13.ii.2009, M.L. Baker 1970 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is 
occasionally cultivated as an ornamental garden plant 
in the State. It has been recorded outside of cultivation 
at a disused tip-site on the east coast where it has 
presumably arisen from dumped garden waste. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Physalis peruviana L. (Cape gooseberry) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 11): Boat Harbour, 
Wynyard area (KIN), 1711975, B. Copley 4667 (AD 97508260 
[n.v.]); Suburban garden, Blackmans Bay (TSE), 18.V.1985, PA. 
Collier 534 (HO!); Great Dog Island (cult.) (FLI), 8.xii.1986, S. Harris 
s.n. (H0123909!); Huonville, S side of river (TSR), 16.ii.2006, AM 
Buchanan 16407 (HO!); Lovers Lane, Naracoopa, King Island 
(KIN), 2612015, M. Batey436 andG. Batey (HO!). 
Notes:This short-lived shrub is occasionally cultivated 
in Tasmania as an ornamental and for its edible fruit. 
Outside of cultivation it is known from several disjunct 
locations from weedy habitats, including roadsides, 
tip sites, vegetable gardens and agricultural land, but 
occasionally also in relatively undisturbed bushland. 
Populations are usually restricted to small numbers of 
plants and are thought to have originated from dumped 
garden waste or spread via animals. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Solanum nodiflorum Jacq. (small-flowered 
nightshade) 
Specimen examined: Clarence Point, West Tamar (FLI), 
28.ix.1993, AM. Buchanan 13453 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual or short-lived perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania from a single collection made in 
1993 from disturbed ground at the edge of a Eucalyptus 
forest in the north of the State. No information regarding 
the plant's abundance and degree of naturalisation are 
recorded, making it difficult to assign any naturalised 
status. It may be mistaken for the widespread and 
commonly naturalised Solanum nigrum L. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, Qld (?native 
and naturalised), NSW (?native and naturalised), Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Solanum triflorum Nutt, (cutleaf nightshade) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Seven Mile Beach, 
3.iv.2000, AM Buchanan 15695 (HO!); Pitt Water, Pittwater Road, 
812004, T. Swan s.n. (HO 527944!); Service Depot, Five Mile 
Beach, 10.iii.2006, A. Crane s.n. (HO 539022!); Tasman Highway, 
Tunnel Hill section, E side, 9.vi.2010, M Wapstra 1115 (HO!); 533 
Pass Road, Mornington, 11.iv.2011, M Moore s.n. (HO 562180!) 
(all TSE). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a small number of localised but well-established 
populations in the State's southeast. It is most often 
recorded growing in sandy soils at low elevations. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
URTICACEAE 
Parietariajudaica L. (wall pellitory) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 6): 17 Keen Court, 
Kingston, 711998, D.l. Morris 86648 (HO!); 11 Carr Street, North 
Hobart, 30.vi.2008, M.L. Baker 1890 (HO!); lower side (private car 
park), Bathurst Street, Hobart, 30.xi.2012, M Wapstra s.n. (HO 
568271!); Hobart, corner of Collins Street and Barrack Street 
18.ix.2015, M.L Baker 3012 (HO!) (all TSE). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
a small number of specimens from the State's southeast. 
It has been recorded as a weed in two gardens and 
as single plants growing from the cracks of walls and 
footpaths. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Muelleria 
55 

Page image

51339653 wandering speedwell Muelleria 38: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890511
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is occasionally 
cultivated in Tasmania. It is known from one small 
population where it is thought to have spread via 
vegetative means. The taxon may be more widespread 
as it is easily confused with the common and 
widespread S. x fragilis nothovar. fragilis and S. alba 
var. vitellina. At Westerway, S. xfragilis nothovar. fragilis 
and S. alba var. vitellina are thought to have hybridised, 
producing young plants referable to S. xrubens. For a 
comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution 
and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix x sepulcmlis Simonk. nothovar. chrysocoma 
(Dode) Meikle (golden weeping willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 15): Melton Mowbray 
(TSE), 21.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 36158!); Huonville, Apex 
Park, (cult.) (TSR), 21.X.2003, ML Baker 172 (HO!); Campbell 
Town, Elizabeth River (cult.) (TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 216 
(HO!); Emu River, pumphouse area, Burnie (TNS), 31.X.2003ML 
Baker 248, (HO!); 4.9 km W of Bridport on the Bridport/George 
Town Road (cult.) (FLI), 1212005, ML Baker 1420 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely 
cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered 
on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and ponds, and 
in large parks and gardens. In almost all instances, it 
appears to have been planted and only a small number of 
plants have been observed where their origin may have 
resulted from vegetative spread from nearby trees. For a 
comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and 
status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
SCROPHULARIACEAE 
Antirrhinum majus L. (snapdragon) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): GeorgeTown Waste 
Transfer Station (tip) off Mount George Road (FLI), 1212005, 
ML Baker 1442 (HO!); Launceston tip. Remount Road, near 
Newham Creek (TNM), 1.ii.2005, Ml. Baker 1524 (HO!); Flinders 
Island, WhitemarkTip site off Memana Road (FLI), 17.V.2011, 
ML Baker 2562 (HOI); Tasman Highway, near Cambridge (TSE), 
22.xi.2011, M Wapstra 1315 (HO!); Lyell Highway, just W of 
Granton and Bridgewater Causeway (TSE), 1 .v.2013, M Wapstra 
1627 (HOI). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
seven widespread collections. In most cases no more 
than two plants have been recorded at each of the sites. 
Flowever, at one suburban site in Flobart, it was noted as 
being'occasional'. There is no evidence that plants have 
persisted at these sites. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Kickxia spuria (L.) Dumort. subsp. integrifolia 
(Brot.) R.Fern. (bluntleaf toadflax) 
Specimens examined: Rifle Range, Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), 
R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2095212 [n.v.]); Westbury (TNM), ii.1943, 
J.H. Wilson s.n. (HO 411601!); Selbourne Road, Hagley (TNM), 
181.2000, M Greenhill s.n. (HO 502751!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
three widespread locations. Curtis (1967) described 
the distribution and habitat as "occasional as a weed of 
cultivation". Two of the specimens are noted as being 
weeds of crops, with one growing in a flax crop and the 
other being widespread and sporadic in a pyrethrum 
crop. No evidence exists to suggest that it has persisted 
at any of the sites. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Veronicaperegrina L. (wandering speedwell) 
Specimens examined: V.D.L [Van Diemensland], F. 
Mueller s.n. (MEL2256541!); Woodhall. South Esk Riv[er]. Van 
Diemensland (TNM), i.1849, C. Stuart459, (MEL!). 
Notes:This annual herb is known inTasmania from two 
collections from more than 150 years ago. Inspection of 
these revealed that they are almost certainly duplicates 
of each other. Curtis (1967) described its distribution 
and habitat in Tasmania as "occasional in cultivated 
ground". Flowever, there is no evidence to support 
this statement. No information regarding its habitat, 
abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded 
with the specimens. For a discussion of this species in 
Tasmania see Baker (2016). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
SOLANACEAE 
Hyoscyamus albus L. (white henbane) 
Specimen examined: Near Hobart Town (TSE), xii.1876, 
W.W. Spicer 121 (HO!). 
54 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339381 Ward Muelleria 38: 35
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890492
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
BRASSICACEAE 
Brassica xjuncea (L.) Czern. (Indian mustard) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, Queens Domain, corner of 
Domain Highway and Botanic Gardens Road (TSE), 3.vi.1998, 
AM Buchanan 15268 (HO!); Hobart, Queens Domain, strip of 
remnant bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain 
Road (TSE), 14.X.2015, ML Baker 3006 and A. Muyt (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a localised population at the Queens Domain, Hobart, 
where it has persisted for nearly 20 years since it 
was first recorded. The population covers an area of 
approximately 30 x 30 m in a weed-infested grassy 
woodland. Its persistence at the site and its ability to 
reproduce and regenerate indicate that it is naturalised 
to some degree. Its localised distribution would suggest 
that it is only sparingly naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Brassica oleracea L. (wild cabbage) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 12): Hobart (TSE), 
xii.1903, L Rodway 32a (HO!); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L 
Rodway 32 (HO!); Sandy Bay, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 17.ii.1952, W.M. 
Curtiss.n. (H015478!); Foreshore,Town Point (TNM), 11 .iii.1961, 
J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15467!); New Year Island (KIN), 20.xi.1987, 
N.P. Brothers s.n. (HO 441808!); Christmas Island off King Island 
(KIN), 3.L2002, K. Medlocks.n. (HO 519030!). 
Notes: This annual herb has been collected widely 
throughout Tasmania and has been recorded from 
most bioregions including some outlying sites such as 
smaller Bass Strait islands. Notes associated with the 
collections do not indicate the abundance or status 
of the plants from these sites. Early collections are 
presumed to have originated from kitchen gardens. 
Curtis (1956) commented that it".. .is found occasionally 
as an escape from cultivation", but did not treat it as 
naturalised. Despite the numerous collections, there is 
little evidence to support even a sparingly naturalised 
status. See Figure 3. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carrichtera annua (L.) DC. (Ward's weed) 
Specimen examined: 'Lomatia Vale', Clarks Road, Lower 
Longley (TSR), 3.xi.1985, AM Gray s.n. (HO 94051!). 
Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen collected from a garden at 
Longley. Notes accompanying the specimen state that 
only a single plant was found and that it was probably 
introduced with fowl feed. Based on this information it 
is difficult to justify any degree of naturalised status for 
the species in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Erucasativa Mill, (purple-vein rocket) 
Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.) (TSE), 5.xii.1971, RJ. 
Hnatiuk s.n. (CANB 246483 [ n.v ;]); Primrose Place, Sandy Bay 
(cult.) (TSE), 11 jcii.1981, W.F. Walker s.n. (HO 46453!); University 
ofTasmania, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1996, R. Wiltshire s.n. (HO 
443113!); Darling Parade, Mt Stuart (TSE), 21.iv.2005, M.F. 
Duretto 1866 (HO!). 
Notes: This edible annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from four collections with notes indicating that they 
were either self-sown in gardens or deliberately 
cultivated. Based on this information it is difficult to 
justify any level of naturalised status for the species in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Lepidium heterophyllum Benth (downy 
peppercress) 
Specimens examined: Cressy (TNS), xii.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. 
(HO 29388!); Cressy Research Farm (TNS), J. Somerville s.n. (HO 
15715!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens collected from Cressy in the State's 
central north. One specimen's collecting information 
states that it was growing on the bank of an irrigation 
ditch but gives no indication of the population size 
or area covered by the species. The other has no 
information regarding its status at the collection site. 
Curtis and Morris (1975) described it as "occasional in 
waste places". In the absence of further collections, and 
the possibility that both collections are from the one 
highly anthropogenic location, there is little support to 
justify any degree of naturalised status for it in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Lunaria annua L. (honesty) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 15): Port Arthur 
(TSE), 1892, J. Bufton A (MEL2233709 [n.v.]); Fern Tree (TSE), 
13.L1983, D.l. Morris 8306 (HO!); Longford (TNM), 13.X.1994, A 
Muelleria 
35 

Page image

51339552 wavyleaf sea-lavender Muelleria 38: 49
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890506
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339525 white fumitory Muelleria 38: 47
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890504
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
woodland. It has been recorded as a cultivated plant 
at the Gardens and at several other locations in and 
around Hobart. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
Trifolium uniflorum L. (oneflower clover) 
Specimen examined: Currie Airport, King Island (KIN), 
17.xi.1976, M. Allen s.n. (HO 28028!). 
Notes: This mat-forming perennial is known in 
Tasmania from a single collection from roadside 
gravel on King Island. The lack of collecting details and 
additional records since its collection more than 40 years 
ago suggest that it never became naturalised. Further 
searching in the vicinity of the collection is warranted. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
FUMARIACEAE 
Fumaria officinalis L. subsp. officinalis 
(common fumitory) 
Specimens examined: Georges Bay (FLI), vii.1875, A. Simson 
38 (HO!); Conara (TNM), 20.X.1925, £ Gibson s.n. (MEL2210067 
[n.v.D; Hagley (TNM), 24.xi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 96420!); 
Ulverstone (TNS), IO.i.1956, B.R. Paterson s.n. (NE 22397 [n.v.]); 
Sassafras, near Latrobe (TNS), 28.xii.1980, B.H. Hyde-Wyatt s.n. 
(HO 36985!). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb has been recorded 
as an occasional weed of crops in the north of the State 
but may be overlooked and mistaken for the widespread 
and common Fumaria muralis Sond. ex W.DJ.Koch 
subsp. muralis. A very early record (1875) from Georges 
Bay, St Helens, suggests that it was an early introduction. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Pseudofumaria alba (Mill.) Liden subsp. alba 
(white fumitory) 
Specimens examined: Old Customs House, lower Murray 
Street. Near Parliament House, Hobart, 15.xi.1961, W.M. 
Blacklow s.n. (HO 6545!); Fern Tree, Hobart (cult.), 4.xii.1986, 
D.l. Morris 86141 (HO!); Fern Tree, Hobart, 19.ix.1989, D.l. Morris 
86402 (HO!); 9 Lapoinya Road, Fern Tree (all TSE), 28.xi.1994, D.l. 
Morris 86456 (HO!). 
Notes: This occasionally cultivated perennial herb is 
known in Tasmania only from the Hobart area, with an 
early (1961) collection from a crack in a wall of a domestic 
garden where it was noted as acting as a nuisance. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Not naturalised 
GERANIACEAE 
Erodium malacoides (L.) L'Her. (oval 
heronsbill) 
Specimens examined: Cataract Gorge, Launceston, 
1.xi.1943, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 529453!); Cataract Gorge, 
Launceston (all TNM), 30.X.1945, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 29605! & 
HO 6668!). 
Notes: Specimens of this annual herb have been 
collected in Tasmania on two separate occasions from 
Cataract Gorge, Launceston. Curtis (1956) described 
its distribution and habitat as "occasional in waste 
places". No notes detailing the status accompany the 
specimens and without subsequent collections in more 
than 70 years it is doubtful that the species has become 
naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Geranium yeoi Aedo & Munoz Garm. 
(Madeira cranesbill) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Hobart Rivulet, 250 
m downstream from Wynyard Street (TSE), 1 .xi.2002, A.M. Gray 
1236 (HO!); 17 Keen Court, Kingston (TSE), 18.xi.2002, D.l. Morris 
86773 (HO!); Christmas Hills, Bass Highway (TNS), 2.xi.2004, 
M. Baker 938 and M.F.Duretto (HO!); Hobart, Romilly Street, 
just before bridge (TSE), 27.X.2009, M. Wapstra 984 (HO!); S of 
Boronia Beach (TSE), 7.xi.2009, M. Wapstra 1000 (HO!). 
Notes: This erect biennial herb is locally abundant 
at several sites in the greater Hobart area. It is mainly 
associated with disturbed habitats such as roadside 
verges and banks of rivulets in urban areas. Weedy 
populations are presumed to be garden escapes or have 
arisen from dumped garden waste. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
LAMIACEAE 
Mentha spicata L. (spearmint) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): Sandy Bay (TSE), 
i.1908, L Rodway s.n. (HO 7312!); South Arm (TSE), 20.L1912, 
R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2299781 [n.v.]); Mersey River at Croesus Cave 
State Reserve (TCH), 13.V.1983, A. Moscal 2380, (HO!); Black 
Bobs (TSR), 2.H.1981, AE Orchard 5341, (HO!); New Town Rivulet 
(TSE), 10.ii.2008, M. Wapstra 454, (HO!). 
Muelleria 
47 

Page image

51339656 white henbane Muelleria 38: 54
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890511
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is occasionally 
cultivated in Tasmania. It is known from one small 
population where it is thought to have spread via 
vegetative means. The taxon may be more widespread 
as it is easily confused with the common and 
widespread S. x fragilis nothovar. fragilis and S. alba 
var. vitellina. At Westerway, S. xfragilis nothovar. fragilis 
and S. alba var. vitellina are thought to have hybridised, 
producing young plants referable to S. xrubens. For a 
comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution 
and status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Salix x sepulcmlis Simonk. nothovar. chrysocoma 
(Dode) Meikle (golden weeping willow) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 15): Melton Mowbray 
(TSE), 21.ix.1976, W.M. Curtis s.n. (HO 36158!); Huonville, Apex 
Park, (cult.) (TSR), 21.X.2003, ML Baker 172 (HO!); Campbell 
Town, Elizabeth River (cult.) (TNM), 30.X.2003, ML Baker 216 
(HO!); Emu River, pumphouse area, Burnie (TNS), 31.X.2003ML 
Baker 248, (HO!); 4.9 km W of Bridport on the Bridport/George 
Town Road (cult.) (FLI), 1212005, ML Baker 1420 (HO!). 
Notes: This deciduous ornamental tree is widely 
cultivated throughout the State and is often encountered 
on roadsides, the sides of watercourses and ponds, and 
in large parks and gardens. In almost all instances, it 
appears to have been planted and only a small number of 
plants have been observed where their origin may have 
resulted from vegetative spread from nearby trees. For a 
comprehensive discussion of this taxon's distribution and 
status in Tasmania see Baker (2009). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
SCROPHULARIACEAE 
Antirrhinum majus L. (snapdragon) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): GeorgeTown Waste 
Transfer Station (tip) off Mount George Road (FLI), 1212005, 
ML Baker 1442 (HO!); Launceston tip. Remount Road, near 
Newham Creek (TNM), 1.ii.2005, Ml. Baker 1524 (HO!); Flinders 
Island, WhitemarkTip site off Memana Road (FLI), 17.V.2011, 
ML Baker 2562 (HOI); Tasman Highway, near Cambridge (TSE), 
22.xi.2011, M Wapstra 1315 (HO!); Lyell Highway, just W of 
Granton and Bridgewater Causeway (TSE), 1 .v.2013, M Wapstra 
1627 (HOI). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
seven widespread collections. In most cases no more 
than two plants have been recorded at each of the sites. 
Flowever, at one suburban site in Flobart, it was noted as 
being'occasional'. There is no evidence that plants have 
persisted at these sites. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Kickxia spuria (L.) Dumort. subsp. integrifolia 
(Brot.) R.Fern. (bluntleaf toadflax) 
Specimens examined: Rifle Range, Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), 
R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2095212 [n.v.]); Westbury (TNM), ii.1943, 
J.H. Wilson s.n. (HO 411601!); Selbourne Road, Hagley (TNM), 
181.2000, M Greenhill s.n. (HO 502751!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania from 
three widespread locations. Curtis (1967) described 
the distribution and habitat as "occasional as a weed of 
cultivation". Two of the specimens are noted as being 
weeds of crops, with one growing in a flax crop and the 
other being widespread and sporadic in a pyrethrum 
crop. No evidence exists to suggest that it has persisted 
at any of the sites. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Veronicaperegrina L. (wandering speedwell) 
Specimens examined: V.D.L [Van Diemensland], F. 
Mueller s.n. (MEL2256541!); Woodhall. South Esk Riv[er]. Van 
Diemensland (TNM), i.1849, C. Stuart459, (MEL!). 
Notes:This annual herb is known inTasmania from two 
collections from more than 150 years ago. Inspection of 
these revealed that they are almost certainly duplicates 
of each other. Curtis (1967) described its distribution 
and habitat in Tasmania as "occasional in cultivated 
ground". Flowever, there is no evidence to support 
this statement. No information regarding its habitat, 
abundance and degree of naturalisation are recorded 
with the specimens. For a discussion of this species in 
Tasmania see Baker (2016). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA, NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
SOLANACEAE 
Hyoscyamus albus L. (white henbane) 
Specimen examined: Near Hobart Town (TSE), xii.1876, 
W.W. Spicer 121 (HO!). 
54 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339301 Wiklund artichoke thistle Muelleria 38: 31
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890488
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339377 wild cabbage Muelleria 38: 35
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890492
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Lesser-known naturalised plants ofTasmania 
BRASSICACEAE 
Brassica xjuncea (L.) Czern. (Indian mustard) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, Queens Domain, corner of 
Domain Highway and Botanic Gardens Road (TSE), 3.vi.1998, 
AM Buchanan 15268 (HO!); Hobart, Queens Domain, strip of 
remnant bushland between bicycle track and Lower Domain 
Road (TSE), 14.X.2015, ML Baker 3006 and A. Muyt (HO!). 
Notes: This annual herb is known in Tasmania from 
a localised population at the Queens Domain, Hobart, 
where it has persisted for nearly 20 years since it 
was first recorded. The population covers an area of 
approximately 30 x 30 m in a weed-infested grassy 
woodland. Its persistence at the site and its ability to 
reproduce and regenerate indicate that it is naturalised 
to some degree. Its localised distribution would suggest 
that it is only sparingly naturalised. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, Qld, NSW 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Brassica oleracea L. (wild cabbage) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 12): Hobart (TSE), 
xii.1903, L Rodway 32a (HO!); Mole Creek (TNS), xii.1908, L 
Rodway 32 (HO!); Sandy Bay, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), 17.ii.1952, W.M. 
Curtiss.n. (H015478!); Foreshore,Town Point (TNM), 11 .iii.1961, 
J. Somerville s.n. (HO 15467!); New Year Island (KIN), 20.xi.1987, 
N.P. Brothers s.n. (HO 441808!); Christmas Island off King Island 
(KIN), 3.L2002, K. Medlocks.n. (HO 519030!). 
Notes: This annual herb has been collected widely 
throughout Tasmania and has been recorded from 
most bioregions including some outlying sites such as 
smaller Bass Strait islands. Notes associated with the 
collections do not indicate the abundance or status 
of the plants from these sites. Early collections are 
presumed to have originated from kitchen gardens. 
Curtis (1956) commented that it".. .is found occasionally 
as an escape from cultivation", but did not treat it as 
naturalised. Despite the numerous collections, there is 
little evidence to support even a sparingly naturalised 
status. See Figure 3. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Carrichtera annua (L.) DC. (Ward's weed) 
Specimen examined: 'Lomatia Vale', Clarks Road, Lower 
Longley (TSR), 3.xi.1985, AM Gray s.n. (HO 94051!). 
Notes: This erect annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen collected from a garden at 
Longley. Notes accompanying the specimen state that 
only a single plant was found and that it was probably 
introduced with fowl feed. Based on this information it 
is difficult to justify any degree of naturalised status for 
the species in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, NT, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Erucasativa Mill, (purple-vein rocket) 
Specimens examined: Tasmania (cult.) (TSE), 5.xii.1971, RJ. 
Hnatiuk s.n. (CANB 246483 [ n.v ;]); Primrose Place, Sandy Bay 
(cult.) (TSE), 11 jcii.1981, W.F. Walker s.n. (HO 46453!); University 
ofTasmania, Hobart (cult.) (TSE), xii.1996, R. Wiltshire s.n. (HO 
443113!); Darling Parade, Mt Stuart (TSE), 21.iv.2005, M.F. 
Duretto 1866 (HO!). 
Notes: This edible annual herb is known in Tasmania 
from four collections with notes indicating that they 
were either self-sown in gardens or deliberately 
cultivated. Based on this information it is difficult to 
justify any level of naturalised status for the species in 
Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Lepidium heterophyllum Benth (downy 
peppercress) 
Specimens examined: Cressy (TNS), xii.1973, D.l. Morris s.n. 
(HO 29388!); Cressy Research Farm (TNS), J. Somerville s.n. (HO 
15715!). 
Notes: This perennial herb is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens collected from Cressy in the State's 
central north. One specimen's collecting information 
states that it was growing on the bank of an irrigation 
ditch but gives no indication of the population size 
or area covered by the species. The other has no 
information regarding its status at the collection site. 
Curtis and Morris (1975) described it as "occasional in 
waste places". In the absence of further collections, and 
the possibility that both collections are from the one 
highly anthropogenic location, there is little support to 
justify any degree of naturalised status for it in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Not naturalised 
Lunaria annua L. (honesty) 
Selected specimens examined (6 of 15): Port Arthur 
(TSE), 1892, J. Bufton A (MEL2233709 [n.v.]); Fern Tree (TSE), 
13.L1983, D.l. Morris 8306 (HO!); Longford (TNM), 13.X.1994, A 
Muelleria 
35 

Page image

51339777 witchgrass Muelleria 38: 64
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890553
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
information, it cannot be considered naturalised but its 
status should remain uncertain pending further surveys. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Panicum capillare L (= Panicum capillare L. 
var. capillare & P. capillare L. var. occidental 
Rydb.) (witchgrass) 
Specimens examined: Gunns Plains (TNS), Colbourne (ex 
herb. Rodway) (HO 27821!); NW Coast, North West (TNS), iii.1956, 
I. Murfet s.n. (HO 27820!); Latrobe Cemetery (FLI), 1.iv.2003, AM 
Buchanan 160001 (HO!). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
three collections but there is insufficient information to 
justify assigning a naturalised status. Investigation of the 
Latrobe Cemetery site could provide useful information 
in reviewing its status in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Panicum gilvum Launert (sweet panic) 
Specimens examined: Approach to Bailey Bridge, Prince 
of Wales Bay (TSE), 9.vi.1976, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 128471! & HO 
55049!); Symmons Plains, highway just S of raceway entrance 
(TNM), 14.iii.2008, M.L. Baker 1875 (HO 547458!). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens collected from widely separated 
locations, both from roadside verges. The most recent 
collection was from a population consisting of several 
plants. The scarcity of collecting information associated 
with the specimens, and the infrequent collections, 
means there is some doubt regarding its status in 
Tasmania. See Figure 9. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NT, Qld (doubtfully 
naturalised), NSW, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Setariapumila (Poir.) Roem. & Schultz, 
subsp. pumila (pale pigeon-grass) 
Specimen examined: Hill Street, West Hobart (TSE), 
10.iii.2004, M.L. Baker 396 (HO!). 
Notes: This tufted annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from a single specimen from an amenity street-tree 
planting in the south of the State. All plants were 
removed and destroyed and a survey of surrounding 
area did not reveal any additional individuals. For a 
discussion of this occurrence see Baker (2005). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, ACT, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Sorghum bicolor (L.) Moench (sorghum) 
Specimens examined: Margate tip, 10.vi.2004, M.L. Baker 
450 (HO!); Risdon Vale, Risdon Vale Creek (all TSE), 5.iv.2007, M.L. 
Baker 1798 (HO!). 
Notes: This robust annual grass, cultivated in tropical 
and subtropical regions of the world for its edible grain, 
is known in Tasmania from only three plants recorded 
in the south of the State. Two were growing in a weed- 
infested urban creek bank and were thought to have 
arisen from discarded bird cage refuse. The other was a 
single plant growing at a municipal tip.The small number 
of plants and its tropical growing requirements suggest 
that it only exists as a transient weed in Tasmania. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Col, Chi, NT, SA, 
Qld, NSW, ACT (doubtfully naturalised) 
Status: Not naturalised 
Sorghum haiepense (L.) Pers. (Johnson grass) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 7): Lindisfarne (TSE), 
29.L1920, J.E. Phillip s.n. (MEL2139750 [n.v.]); Tasmania (cult.) 
(TNM), ii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (HO 105340!); Campbell Town 
(TNM), 7.iii.1921, R.A. Black s.n. (MEL2139751 [n.v.]); Queens 
Domain, Hobart, Edge of top carpark (TSE), 20.ii.2001, P. 
Bramich s.n. (HO 512572!); Margate Tip (TSE), 10.vi.2004, M. 
Baker 449 (HO!). 
Notes: This robust perennial grass is known in 
Tasmania from a small number of specimens. The 
earlier records are thought to be from plants cultivated 
in pasture trials. The Queens Domain collections are 
thought to have arisen from bird seed that was scattered 
in the area. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Discussion 
Based on this study, the number of naturalised taxa 
in Tasmania recognised in the 2016 edition of the 
Tasmanian Vascular Plant Census (de Salas & Baker 2016) 
should be reduced by 75 because 37 taxa previously 
considered to be naturalised are better regarded as 
never having been naturalised in Tasmania. Based 
on the available evidence, a further 38 taxa are best 
regarded as doubtfully naturalised. 
Of the 150 taxa listed in de Salas and Baker (2016) as 
sparingly naturalised, eight were deemed to be status 
uncertain (Table 1). These species will be the topic 
64 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339659 woodland tobacco Muelleria 38: 55
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890512
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579
51339737 wood smallreed Muelleria 38: 60
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890517
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
Highway, near Prospect, Launceston, 30.X.2000, K. Graham s.n. 
(HO 533225!); Bass Highway, near Prospect, Launceston (all 
TNM), 20.vii.2005, M.L. Baker 1588, (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial is known in Tasmania 
from two locations in the Launceston area. Curtis and 
Morris (1994) described its distribution and habitat as 
"local, recorded from marshes in two localities in the 
North West". However, there is no evidence to support 
this. It was more recently collected from near Prospect 
(Launceston) where it is locally abundant and persistent 
on a highway verge covering an area of approx. 30 x 
5 m. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, Qld, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
LILIACEAE 
Alstroemeria aurea Graham (Peruvian lily) 
Specimens examined: Waratah Cemetery (TCH), 2.ii.2001, 
A.M. Buchanan 15838 (HOI); 15 m from corner of Huon Road and 
Ridgeway Road (TSE), 4.L2004, M.F. Duretto 1672 (HO!); Haldane 
Reserve, Lenah Valley (TSE), 2.iii.2011, M. Wapstra 1232 (HOI); 
Old town of Guildford (TCH), 2.ii.2014, M. Wapstra 1814 (HOI). 
Notes: This tuberous perennial is commonly 
cultivated as a garden plant in Tasmania. It appears to be 
naturalised in scattered localities where it forms small, 
localised patches. One record notes that it is naturalising 
in a paddock but does not indicate the extent of the 
population. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
Scillaperuviana L. (Cuban lily) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 8): Snake Island, N 
end. D'Entrecasteaux Channel (TSE), 18.xi.1984, K. Harris s.n. 
(HO 969891); Don Heads. Between road and lagoon, N of Don 
(FLI), 19.X.1986, D.l. Morris 8649 (HOI); Mersey Bluff, Devonport 
(FLI), 31.X.2002, B. Nuttall s.n. (HO 5202971); Mersey Lighthouse, 
Mersey Bluff (FLI), 22.ix.2005, M.L Baker 1617 (HO!); Railton - 
cleared end of Dulverton Hill Road (TNS), 22.xi.2012, M. Wapstra 
1417 (HOI). 
Notes: This tufted perennial herb is cultivated in 
Tasmania and is known from several widely separated 
but localised populations. Naturalised populations are 
most likely garden escapes or plants persisting from 
abandoned gardens. It is most suited to dry coastal 
habitats and has been recorded forming large colonies 
consisting of hundreds of plants. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
POACEAE 
Aira cupaniana Guss. (silvery hairgrass) 
Specimens examined: Hobart, xii.1923, A.H.S. Lucas s.n. 
(NSW 551107 [ n.v ;]); Launceston (all TSE), 14.xi.1963, EJ. 
McBarron 8480, (NSW [n.v.]). 
Notes: This annual grass is known in Tasmania from 
two widely separated populations collected more 
than 50 years ago. Notes accompanying the latest 
collection indicate that it grew in wasteland in the city of 
Launceston. The limited material and associated notes 
make it difficult to accurately assign a naturalised status. 
It is likely to have been overlooked due to its similarity to 
other naturalised species in the genus. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, Qld, NSW, 
ACT, Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Avellinia michelii (Savi) Pari, (avellinia) 
Specimens examined: Tin Dish Lagoon', Maclains Plain, 
Campbell Town, 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5051751);Tin Dish 
(all TNM), 10.xi.1998,7.A Smith s.n. (HO 5042521). 
Notes: This small annual grass is known in Tasmania 
from two specimens that appear to be duplicates of each 
other. The plants were collected from the outer edge of 
a wetland in a Selleria radicans herbfield surrounded by 
native grassland. There are no further details regarding 
the population. The limited material and associated 
collecting notes raise doubt over its naturalised status. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA,Vic. 
Status: Doubtfully naturalised 
Calamagrostis epigejos (L.) Roth (wood 
smallreed) 
Selected specimens examined (2 of 5): Tanners Creek, 
Arthur Highway, vi.1973, W.R. Watson s.n. (HO 568832!);Tanners 
Creek, between Forcett and Copping, Arthur Highway (all TSE), 
1 .iii.1977, D.l. Morris s.n. (HO 252221). 
Notes: This large perennial grass is known inTasmania 
from several collections from a roadside ditch on the 
Arthur Highway in the southeast of the State. The origin 
of the species here is unknown. It is believed to have 
been deliberately eradicated and recent surveys have 
failed to re-find it. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: None 
Status: Previously naturalised 
60 
Vol 38 

Page image

51339626 yellow bedstraw Muelleria 38: 52
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890509
Page is part of the work An annotated census of the lesser-known naturalised plants of Tasmania, doi:10.5962/p.337579

Page text

Baker, Mark Wapstra and Lawrence 
it has been found to be more widespread, including 
Cressy, in the State's midlands, and near Temma, on 
the State's west coast (the latter from a natural site and 
apparently unusual habitat for the species i.e. a coastal 
"marsupial lawn"). The species is also more widespread 
than indicated by formal collections, with additional 
populations being observed at Lillico Beach (FLI region) 
(M. Wapstra pers. obs.). 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Naturalised 
ROSACEAE 
Rubus philadelphicus Blanch. (Philadelphia 
blackberry) 
Selected specimens examined (4 of 7): Eddie Ck, Piper's 
Brook Rd, 1312000, T. Rudman 27/4 (AD [ n.v ;]); Eddie Ck, 4 km 
W of Pipers River (town) on Bridport Rd, 10.ii.2000, T. Rudman 
TRRB1 (AD [n.v.]); Piper's Brook, 28.iii.2005, D.E. Symon s.n. (AD 
178729 [n.v.]); Pipers Brook, 22.X.2005, D.E. Symon 17176 (AD 
[n.v.]) (all BEL). 
Notes: This deciduous woody shrub, cultivated for 
its edible fruit, is locally naturalised in the Pipers River 
area in the State's northeast. It has also been recorded 
growing as a vigorously-suckering cultivated shrub at 
Forth in the State's northwest (Evans etal. 2007) 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW 
Status: Naturalised 
Rubus rubritinctus W.C.R.Watson 
(blackberry) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 6): Stoney Rise, 
Government] Office Car Park, beside public carpark, Devonport 
(FLI), 812000, T. Rudman 13 (AD [n.v.]); Geeveston tip area (TSR), 
1012000, T. Rudman 22/2 (AD [n.v.]); George Town, Eddie Cr[ee] 
k, Piper's Brook R[oa]d (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 27/8 (AD 
[n.v.]); Lilydale Road (BEL), 1312000, T. Rudman 30/1 (AD [n.v.]): 
Walpole Street, Franklin, Huon Valley (TSR), 2.iii.2007, KJ. Evans 
107 (HO!). 
Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is known in 
Tasmania from several disjunct locations including the 
northeast, central north, and south of the State. This 
taxon was previously included within the widespread 
and common R. fruticosus L. species-aggregate, a name 
that served as a catch-all for all weedy blackberry in 
Australia. The aggregate was revised by Evans et al. 
(2007), who found it to include R. rubritinctus. The 
species may have been overlooked in Tasmania due to 
its similarity with other taxa related to R. fruticosus. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: SA 
Status: Naturalised 
Rubus rugosus Sm. (keriberry) 
Selected specimens examined (5 of 9): 61a Salvator Road, 
West Hobart (cult.) (TSE),1 Chraskas.n. (HO 30552!); Coronation 
Road off Fortescue Bay Road (TSE), 15.iv.1976, A.M. Gray s.n. (HO 
7440!); Smithton (KIN), 27.iv.1977, J.W. Lees s.n. (HO 569508!); 
Elliott (cult.) (TNS), 1011984, P.A. Regel s.n. (HO 76701!); Arthur 
Highway, c. 1.2 km W Eaglehawk Neck/Blowhole Road (TSE), 
8.V.2013, M Wapstra 162, (HO!). 
Notes: This sprawling perennial shrub is grown in 
Tasmania for its edible berries. It is known from several 
cultivated specimens from domestic gardens and 
hedges. In addition, there are several widespread but 
localised collections of non-cultivated plants that were 
growing in waterways and bushland. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: NSW, Vic. 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
RUBIACEAE 
Galium tricornutum Dandy (rough corn 
bedstraw) 
Specimens examined: Unknown [Hj.?] Eichler 17044 (CANB 
803049.1 [n.v.]); Sandy Bay, Hobart (TSE), xii.1896, L. Rodway 
s.n. (HO 512698!); Hobart Domain (TSE), [collector unknown] 
(MEL2098143 [n.v.]). 
Notes: This annual sprawling herb is known in 
Tasmania from three specimens. Two were collected 
from the Flobart area, whilst the location of the 
third is unknown (Thompson 2009). No information 
regarding the plant's habitat, abundance or degree of 
naturalisation are recorded. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: WA, SA, NSW, Vic. 
Status: Not naturalised 
Galium verum L. (yellow bedstraw) 
Specimens examined: Corner of Dairy Plains and Cheshunt 
Roads. (TNS), 1012000, A.M. Buchanan 15656 (HO!); Corner 
of Harwood Road and Dairy Plains Road (TNS), 1 .ii.2008, A.M. 
Buchanan 16852 (HO!). 
Notes: This stoloniferous perennial herb is known 
from two specimens collected from the same general 
vicinity, where it was described as naturalised along a 
short stretch of grassy roadside (Thompson 2009). The 
species has persisted at the site throughout the 2000s. 
Extra Tasmanian distribution: Vic. (formerly naturalised) 
Status: Sparingly naturalised 
52 
Vol 38 

Page image

51350719 Acacia calcicola Muelleria 38: 91, Fig. 4
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890580
Page is part of the work Acacia cineramis (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae), a new species endemic to south-eastern Australia, and an investigation of phyllode nervature in allied species, doi:10.5962/p.337582
51350542 Acacia cineramis Muelleria 38: 94-98, Figs 1 (map), 2-4, 5 A-F, 6

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 94-98, Figs 1 (map), 2-4, 5 A-F, 6".

51350717 Acacia enterocarpa Muelleria 38: 87–99, Fig.4

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 87–99, Fig.4".

51350718 Acacia havilandiorum Muelleria 38: 91-92

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 91-92".

51350715 Acacia rigens Muelleria 38: 87–99, Figs 4, 6
51350842 Acacia sp. aff. rigens (Gerang Gerung) Muelleria 38: 94
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890583
Page is part of the work Acacia cineramis (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae), a new species endemic to south-eastern Australia, and an investigation of phyllode nervature in allied species, doi:10.5962/p.337582
51350841 Acacia sp. Gerang Gerung (M.G.Corrick 6451) Vic. Herbarium Muelleria 38: 94
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890583
Page is part of the work Acacia cineramis (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae), a new species endemic to south-eastern Australia, and an investigation of phyllode nervature in allied species, doi:10.5962/p.337582
51350571 Atriplex stipitata Muelleria 38: 101-109

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 101-109".

51350570 Atriplex stipitata stipitata Muelleria 38: 102, Fig. 5
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890591
Page is part of the work Lectotypification of Atriplex stipitata Benth. (Chenopodiaceae) and recognition of a new subspecies, doi:10.5962/p.337583
51350564 Atriplex stipitata miscella Muelleria 38: 102, 105-107, Figs 2-3, 4 (map)
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890591
Page is part of the work Lectotypification of Atriplex stipitata Benth. (Chenopodiaceae) and recognition of a new subspecies, doi:10.5962/p.337583
51350646 Pimelea curviflora Muelleria 38: 119-120

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 119-120".

51350633 Pimelea curviflora acuta Muelleria 38: 119
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890608
Page is part of the work Notes on Pimelea curviflora and P. micrantha (Thymelaeaceae, Sect. Epallage) and recognition of two new subspecies of P. curviflora, doi:10.5962/p.337584
51350635 Pimelea curviflora divergens Muelleria 38: 119
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890608
Page is part of the work Notes on Pimelea curviflora and P. micrantha (Thymelaeaceae, Sect. Epallage) and recognition of two new subspecies of P. curviflora, doi:10.5962/p.337584
51350622 Pimelea curviflora fusiformis Muelleria 38: 115-116, Figs 1b, 2, 3 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 115-116, Figs 1b, 2, 3 (map)".

51350629 Pimelea curviflora gracilis Muelleria 38: Fig. 1F

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: Fig. 1F".

51350626 Pimelea curviflora planiticola Muelleria 38: 116-118, Figs 1c, 3 (map), 4-5
51350631 Pimelea curviflora sericea Muelleria 38: 119, Fig. 1E
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890608
Page is part of the work Notes on Pimelea curviflora and P. micrantha (Thymelaeaceae, Sect. Epallage) and recognition of two new subspecies of P. curviflora, doi:10.5962/p.337584
51350637 Pimelea curviflora subglabrata Muelleria 38: 119
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890608
Page is part of the work Notes on Pimelea curviflora and P. micrantha (Thymelaeaceae, Sect. Epallage) and recognition of two new subspecies of P. curviflora, doi:10.5962/p.337584
51350639 Pimelea curviflora acuta Muelleria 38: 119
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890608
Page is part of the work Notes on Pimelea curviflora and P. micrantha (Thymelaeaceae, Sect. Epallage) and recognition of two new subspecies of P. curviflora, doi:10.5962/p.337584
51350848 Pimelea curviflora acuta Muelleria 38: 119
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890608
Page is part of the work Notes on Pimelea curviflora and P. micrantha (Thymelaeaceae, Sect. Epallage) and recognition of two new subspecies of P. curviflora, doi:10.5962/p.337584
51350638 Pimelea curviflora divergens Muelleria 38: 119
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890608
Page is part of the work Notes on Pimelea curviflora and P. micrantha (Thymelaeaceae, Sect. Epallage) and recognition of two new subspecies of P. curviflora, doi:10.5962/p.337584
51350850 Pimelea curviflora divergens Muelleria 38: 119
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890608
Page is part of the work Notes on Pimelea curviflora and P. micrantha (Thymelaeaceae, Sect. Epallage) and recognition of two new subspecies of P. curviflora, doi:10.5962/p.337584
51350644 Pimelea curviflora sericea Muelleria 38: 119
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890608
Page is part of the work Notes on Pimelea curviflora and P. micrantha (Thymelaeaceae, Sect. Epallage) and recognition of two new subspecies of P. curviflora, doi:10.5962/p.337584
51350669 Pimelea curviflora sericea Muelleria 38: 120-121

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 38: 120-121".

51350642 Pimelea curviflora subglabrata Muelleria 38: 119
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890608
Page is part of the work Notes on Pimelea curviflora and P. micrantha (Thymelaeaceae, Sect. Epallage) and recognition of two new subspecies of P. curviflora, doi:10.5962/p.337584
51350852 Pimelea curviflora subglabrata Muelleria 38: 119
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890608
Page is part of the work Notes on Pimelea curviflora and P. micrantha (Thymelaeaceae, Sect. Epallage) and recognition of two new subspecies of P. curviflora, doi:10.5962/p.337584
51350628 Pimelea micrantha Muelleria 38: 123, Fig. 1D
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890612
Page is part of the work Notes on Pimelea curviflora and P. micrantha (Thymelaeaceae, Sect. Epallage) and recognition of two new subspecies of P. curviflora, doi:10.5962/p.337584

Page text

Notes on Pimelea curviflora and P. micrantha (Thymelaeaceae, Sect. Epallage) 
typical flower and fruit of P. curviflora. Some of the Sieber 
specimens were in early flower when collected, and it is 
possible that those available to Presl were at this stage 
(although photographs of specimens at PRC appear to 
show curved flowers and fruits and at least two of these 
specimens had been seen by Presl.). The characteristic 
curvature of the flowers of P. curviflora becomes 
particularly apparent at maturity or even after the'style 
portion' abscises to leave the developing falcate fruit. 
Pimelea micrantha F.Muell. ex Meisn., Linnaea 26: 
351 (1854). 
Type: AUSTRALIA. "Ultra Saltcreek, Nov. (Dr.Behr). 
Circa Enfield, Austral, aur. Janr. (Dr. F. Muller)" (lecto here 
designated: Enfield N. Holl. Austr., Jan 1852, F. Mueller 
s.n. (NY photo seen; isolecto: MEL 52308 p.p.!; probable 
isolecto: HBG photo seen; residual syntype: Ultra 
Saltcreek, Nov., Dr.Behr s.n., MEL 51308 p.p.! 
Threlfall cited the Enfield specimen at NY as holotype. 
This is incorrect as two collections were referenced by 
Meisner in the protologue. Meisner's herbarium is at NY 
(Stafleu and Cowan 1976-1988) and the specimen there 
is here nominated as the lectotype. A mixed sheet at MEL 
(MEL51308) has labels for both the localities (Salt Creek 
and Enfield) cited in the protologue. Of the elements 
on the sheet, one resembles that at NY, while one is 
of a smaller-leaved plant - presumably the Salt Creek 
component.The elements matching the lectotype have 
been indicated and are treated as isolectotypes and the 
'mismatching' element is treated as the residual Salt 
Creek syntype. 
Putative types have been imaged on JSTOR (http:// 
plants.jstor.org/, accessed 31 May 2019) from K and 
HBG, but the Kew sheet is labelled 'Murray River, 
J.D.' (undated). The collector is almost certainly John 
Dallachy, who collected for Mueller in north-west 
Victoria. This specimen has no type status. The HBG 
sheet has a 'Plantae Mullerianeae' label, so is probably 
a Mueller collection, and the locality is given as simply 
'Nov. Holland, meridional.' (i.e. South Australia). The 
specimen is a fair match for the Enfield gatherings at 
NY and MEL and is therefore treated here as a likely 
isolectotype. 
Acknowledgements 
We are grateful to Dan Duval, South Australian Seed 
Conservation Centre, for kindly photographing the 
seeds that comprise Figs 1 and 2, Austin Brown, Andre 
Messina and Val Stajsic (all MEL) for assistance in the 
field, and to Andre for assisting with the preparation 
of figures, to Alison Vaughan (MEL) who prepared the 
distribution map of the new subspecies and to Patrik 
Mraz, Curator, Charles University Herbarium, Prague for 
unearthing and arranging photography of type material 
at that institution. 
This study was undertaken as part of the RBGV Jim 
Willis Summer Studentship (awarded to E.S. in 2017). We 
are indebted to the late Roger Riordan AM, and Maggie 
and Max Richards for their generous support of this 
program. 
References 
Bean, A.R. (2017). A taxonomic revision of Pimelea section 
Epallage (Endl.) Benth. (Thymelaeaceae) in Queensland. 
Austrobaileya 10:1 -47. 
Bentham, G.W. (1873). Flora Australinesis vol. 6. L. Reeve & Co, 
London. 
Ducker, S.C. (1990). 'Early Austrian influence on Australian 
botany'. In: Short, RS. (ed.). History of systematic botany in 
Australia, pp. 297-304. Australian Systematic Botany Society 
Inc., Victoria. 
Entwisle, T.J. (1996). Pimelea in N.G. Walsh &TJ. Entwisle (eds), 
Flora of Victoria vol. 3. Inkata Press, Melbourne. 
IUCN (2001). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria version 3.1, 
Gland, Switzerland. 
Muller, B. (2002). Landform mapping and recharge estimations 
from Horsham to Dimboola.Technical Report no. 90, Dept of 
Natural Resources and Environment, Victoria. 
Rye, B.L. (1988). A revision ofWestern Australian Thymelaeaceae. 
Nuytsia 6 (2): 129-278. 
Rye, B.L. (1990). Pimelea in A.S. George (ed.). Flora of Australia 
vol. 18, Podostemaceae to Combretaceae. Australian Govt 
Printing Service, Canberra. 
Stafleu, F.A.; Cowan, R.S. (1976-1988). Taxonomic literature: a 
selective guide to botanical publications and collections 
with dates, commentaries and types: Taxon. Lit., edn 2. 
Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema, Utrecht. 
Threlfall, S. (1983). The genus Pimelea in eastern mainland 
Australia. Brunonia 5:113-201. 
Turland, N. J., Wiersema, J. H., Barrie, F. R., Greuter, W., 
Hawksworth, D. L„ Herendeen, P. S., Knapp, S., Kusber, W.- 
H., Li, D.-Z., Marhold, K., May, T. W., McNeill, J., Monro, A. M., 
Prado, J., Price, M. J. & Smith, G. F. (eds.) 2018. International 
Code of Nomenclature for algae, fungi, and plants (Shenzhen 
Code) adopted by the Nineteenth International Botanical 
Congress Shenzhen, China, July 2017. Regnum Vegetabile 
159. Glashutten: Koeltz Botanical Books. DOI https://doi. 
org/10.12705/Code.2018 
Muelleria 
123 

Page image

51350670 Pimelea muelleri Muelleria 38: 121
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890610
Page is part of the work Notes on Pimelea curviflora and P. micrantha (Thymelaeaceae, Sect. Epallage) and recognition of two new subspecies of P. curviflora, doi:10.5962/p.337584

Page text

Notes on Pimelea curviflora and P. micrantha (Thymelaeaceae, Sect. Epallage) 
Meisn. under P. curviflora var. sericea. No particular 
type was noted, but Threlfall's (1983) lectotypifkation 
of Meisner's name, based on a Cunningham specimen 
at K ('North Bathurst, Nov. 183/1822') is appropriate. 
This is K00900018, but another element is mounted 
on the same sheet 'slender shrub in fertile plain, N of 
Bath 1 ' [Bathurst], as K00900019. It also apparently a 
Cunningham collection (signified by a pencilled 'C') 
and is likely part of the same collection, resembling 
closely K00900018. It is treated here as an isolectotype. 
A Cunningham collection at NY (386352) 'Valleys near 
Bathurst, N.S.Wales, 1822' is almost certainly another 
isolectotype and would have been used by Meisner in 
naming P. propinqua (he may or may not have seen the 
Kew specimens). 
Rye (1990) notes a possible isotype at G-DC, but 
the Cunningham specimen therein, inspected from 
microfiche, has no locality and appears to be dated 
1836, so is not an isolectotype. 
The K sheet with the two pieces (00900018 and 
00900019) has been labelled by Cunningham as 
'Pimelea congesta A.Cunnl This name was never validly 
published, although cited by Bentham as a synonym 
under P. curviflora var. sericea. Threlfall (1983) included 
it as a nomen nudum under P. hirsuta Meisn. (although 
attributed the name to Richard Cunningham (R.Cunn.) 
rather than his brother Alan (A.Cunn.). Bentham (1873) 
had made the note under P. hirsuta, 'P. hirsuta R.Cunn. 
in several herb., not of A.Cunn.' It is not clear which 
herbaria Bentham was referring to here, there being no 
collections identified as P. congesta R.Cunn. encountered 
in the present study. 
Pimelea muelleri Meisn., Linnaea 25:351 
(1854). 
Bentham included Pimelea muelleri in P. curviflora var. 
curviflora rather than var. sericea, but his concept of var. 
curviflora was very broad. Threlfall (1983) synonymised 
P. muelleri under P. curviflora var. sericea which is the 
best fit of currently named taxa. She nominated a G-DC 
specimen collected by Mueller at Holdfast Bay in South 
Australia as the lectotype and other specimens at MEL 
as possible syntypes. There are at MEL five Mueller 
collections of this from Holdfast Bay (MEL 51201, MEL 
51299B, MEL 51321, MEL 59270, MEL 59272) and one at 
NY (1104574), all of similar appearance and presumably 
duplicates. These specimens are either dated 1847 or 
undated - a January 1851 collection is in late fruit and is 
clearly not of the same gathering. The 1847 collections 
are reasonably treated as isolectotypes. Specimens at 
FR (036146, photo seen), G (190897, photo seen) and 
MEL (59271!), labelled simply'Nov. Holland. Meridional.' 
(i.e. South Australia), are of similar appearance to 
the isolectotypes noted above and may also be 
isolectotypes. 
Collections by Behr'inter Gawlertown et Lyndoch Vale' 
were listed by Meisner along with Mueller's Holdfast Bay 
collections, and two specimens of this gathering are at 
MEL (51203 and 51299A) forming the residual syntypes 
of P. muelleri. It is likely that other examples of the Behr 
collections exist, most likely at G and/or NY. 
Pimelea thymifolia C.PresI, Botanische 
Bemerkungen: 107 (1845) 
Type: AUSTRALIA. Novae Hollandiae [Sydney region, 
N.S.W.], 1823, Sieber 205 (lecto: (here chosen): PRC 
456580 photo seen; isolecto: H 1385484 photo seen, H 
1568440 photo seen, MEL 51251 p.p.!, MEL 61290 p.p.!, 
MO 3498383 photo seen, PRC 456577 photo seen, PRC 
456578 photo seen, PRC 456579 photo seen, PR 615838 
photo seen, S 09-20908 photo seen, W 0045017 photo 
seen, W 0045018 photo seen, W 0045019 photo seen, W 
0045239 photo seen), 
Pimelea thymifolia was treated by Threlfall (1983) 
and subsequently others (e.g. Rye 1990; Australian 
Plant Census: http://www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html; 
accessed 4 Jan 2019) as a synonym of P. curviflora. Threlfall 
cited only one specimen (MEL) and treated it as an isotype. 
Subsequently, many further specimens of Sieber 205 
have been located. The specimen from the herbarium at 
Charles University, Prague (PRC), noted as the principal 
'home' of Presl's collections (Stafleu & Cowan 1976-1988), 
has been chosen as the lectotype (Figure 6), but numerous 
isolectotypes exist, a testament to the zealous collecting 
habits of Sieber (see Ducker, 1990). Presumably further 
examples of Sieber205 exist but are yet to be revealed. 
Presl noted his Pimelea thymifolia (based on Sieber 
205 ) differed from P. curviflora in the leaves and the 
perigonium tube (i.e. the hypanthium: 'perigonii ... 
tubo recto'). There are no substantial differences at all 
in the leaves of Sieber 205 and the type of P. curviflora 
at MEL. Specimens of Sieber 205 at MEL showed the 
Muelleria 
121 

Page image

51350671 Pimelea thymifolia Muelleria 38: 121, 123, Fig. 6
Citation matches BHL page(s): 59890610
Page is part of the work Notes on Pimelea curviflora and P. micrantha (Thymelaeaceae, Sect. Epallage) and recognition of two new subspecies of P. curviflora, doi:10.5962/p.337584

Page text

Notes on Pimelea curviflora and P. micrantha (Thymelaeaceae, Sect. Epallage) 
Meisn. under P. curviflora var. sericea. No particular 
type was noted, but Threlfall's (1983) lectotypifkation 
of Meisner's name, based on a Cunningham specimen 
at K ('North Bathurst, Nov. 183/1822') is appropriate. 
This is K00900018, but another element is mounted 
on the same sheet 'slender shrub in fertile plain, N of 
Bath 1 ' [Bathurst], as K00900019. It also apparently a 
Cunningham collection (signified by a pencilled 'C') 
and is likely part of the same collection, resembling 
closely K00900018. It is treated here as an isolectotype. 
A Cunningham collection at NY (386352) 'Valleys near 
Bathurst, N.S.Wales, 1822' is almost certainly another 
isolectotype and would have been used by Meisner in 
naming P. propinqua (he may or may not have seen the 
Kew specimens). 
Rye (1990) notes a possible isotype at G-DC, but 
the Cunningham specimen therein, inspected from 
microfiche, has no locality and appears to be dated 
1836, so is not an isolectotype. 
The K sheet with the two pieces (00900018 and 
00900019) has been labelled by Cunningham as 
'Pimelea congesta A.Cunnl This name was never validly 
published, although cited by Bentham as a synonym 
under P. curviflora var. sericea. Threlfall (1983) included 
it as a nomen nudum under P. hirsuta Meisn. (although 
attributed the name to Richard Cunningham (R.Cunn.) 
rather than his brother Alan (A.Cunn.). Bentham (1873) 
had made the note under P. hirsuta, 'P. hirsuta R.Cunn. 
in several herb., not of A.Cunn.' It is not clear which 
herbaria Bentham was referring to here, there being no 
collections identified as P. congesta R.Cunn. encountered 
in the present study. 
Pimelea muelleri Meisn., Linnaea 25:351 
(1854). 
Bentham included Pimelea muelleri in P. curviflora var. 
curviflora rather than var. sericea, but his concept of var. 
curviflora was very broad. Threlfall (1983) synonymised 
P. muelleri under P. curviflora var. sericea which is the 
best fit of currently named taxa. She nominated a G-DC 
specimen collected by Mueller at Holdfast Bay in South 
Australia as the lectotype and other specimens at MEL 
as possible syntypes. There are at MEL five Mueller 
collections of this from Holdfast Bay (MEL 51201, MEL 
51299B, MEL 51321, MEL 59270, MEL 59272) and one at 
NY (1104574), all of similar appearance and presumably 
duplicates. These specimens are either dated 1847 or 
undated - a January 1851 collection is in late fruit and is 
clearly not of the same gathering. The 1847 collections 
are reasonably treated as isolectotypes. Specimens at 
FR (036146, photo seen), G (190897, photo seen) and 
MEL (59271!), labelled simply'Nov. Holland. Meridional.' 
(i.e. South Australia), are of similar appearance to 
the isolectotypes noted above and may also be 
isolectotypes. 
Collections by Behr'inter Gawlertown et Lyndoch Vale' 
were listed by Meisner along with Mueller's Holdfast Bay 
collections, and two specimens of this gathering are at 
MEL (51203 and 51299A) forming the residual syntypes 
of P. muelleri. It is likely that other examples of the Behr 
collections exist, most likely at G and/or NY. 
Pimelea thymifolia C.PresI, Botanische 
Bemerkungen: 107 (1845) 
Type: AUSTRALIA. Novae Hollandiae [Sydney region, 
N.S.W.], 1823, Sieber 205 (lecto: (here chosen): PRC 
456580 photo seen; isolecto: H 1385484 photo seen, H 
1568440 photo seen, MEL 51251 p.p.!, MEL 61290 p.p.!, 
MO 3498383 photo seen, PRC 456577 photo seen, PRC 
456578 photo seen, PRC 456579 photo seen, PR 615838 
photo seen, S 09-20908 photo seen, W 0045017 photo 
seen, W 0045018 photo seen, W 0045019 photo seen, W 
0045239 photo seen), 
Pimelea thymifolia was treated by Threlfall (1983) 
and subsequently others (e.g. Rye 1990; Australian 
Plant Census: http://www.chah.gov.au/apc/index.html; 
accessed 4 Jan 2019) as a synonym of P. curviflora. Threlfall 
cited only one specimen (MEL) and treated it as an isotype. 
Subsequently, many further specimens of Sieber 205 
have been located. The specimen from the herbarium at 
Charles University, Prague (PRC), noted as the principal 
'home' of Presl's collections (Stafleu & Cowan 1976-1988), 
has been chosen as the lectotype (Figure 6), but numerous 
isolectotypes exist, a testament to the zealous collecting 
habits of Sieber (see Ducker, 1990). Presumably further 
examples of Sieber205 exist but are yet to be revealed. 
Presl noted his Pimelea thymifolia (based on Sieber 
205 ) differed from P. curviflora in the leaves and the 
perigonium tube (i.e. the hypanthium: 'perigonii ... 
tubo recto'). There are no substantial differences at all 
in the leaves of Sieber 205 and the type of P. curviflora 
at MEL. Specimens of Sieber 205 at MEL showed the 
Muelleria 
121 

Page image

51357893 Acacia ureniae Muelleria 39: 4, Figs 1 A–C, 2 A–D
51357898 Afrohybanthus bennettiae Muelleria 39: 15
51357922 Craspedophyllum marginatum Muelleria 39: 11
51357900 Hybanthus bennettiae Muelleria 39: 15
51357903 Hymenophyllum marginatum Muelleria 39: 9–13, Fig. 1 A–D

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 39: 9–13, Fig. 1 A–D".

51358713 Pachyloma marginatum Muelleria 39: 11
51358714 Pachyloma marginatum Muelleria 39: 11
51381287 Pteris epaleata Muelleria 39: 23, Figs 1, 2:A-E
51382389 Abrodictyum brassii Muelleria 39: 77
51382388 Cephalomanes brassii Muelleria 39: 77
51382386 Macroglena brassii Muelleria 39: 77
51382387 Macroglena brassii Muelleria 39: 77
51382385 Trichomanes brassii Muelleria 39: 77, Fig. 1
51392747 Coronidium gnaphalioides Muelleria 39: 109
51392752 Coronidium lanosum Muelleria 39: 109
51392754 Coronidium lanosum Muelleria 39: 109
51392758 Helichrysum sp. (Belyando River V.J.Neldner+ 3459) Muelleria 39: 109
51392409 Helichrysum tepperi Muelleria 39: 87
51392411 Helichrysum tepperi Muelleria 39: 87, Fig. 5
51392695 Helipterum kendallii Muelleria 39: 107
51393085 Helipterum kendallii Muelleria 39: 107
51392346 Panaetia Muelleria 39: 80-81

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 39: 80-81".

51392391 Panaetia davisiana Muelleria 39: 83, Figs 3, 16b (map)
51392761 Panaetia fulva Muelleria 39: 109
51392348 Panaetia lessonii Muelleria 39: 81-83, Figs 2, 16a (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 39: 81-83, Figs 2, 16a (map)".

51392397 Panaetia muelleri Muelleria 39: 85-87, Figs 4, 16c (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 39: 85-87, Figs 4, 16c (map)".

51392408 Panaetia tepperi Muelleria 39: 87, Figs 5, 16d (map)
51392429 Podolepis arachnoidea Muelleria 39: 90-92, Figs 6, 16e (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 39: 90-92, Figs 6, 16e (map)".

51392657 Podolepis capillaris Muelleria 39: 103
51392399 Podolepis cupulata Muelleria 39: 85
51392415 Podolepis cupulata Muelleria 39: 85
51392396 Podolepis davisiana Muelleria 39: 83
51392876 Podolepis davisiana Muelleria 39: 83, Figs 3, 16 B (map)
51392494 Podolepis filiformis Muelleria 39: 94
51392500 Podolepis filiformis Muelleria 39: 94
51392454 Podolepis gardneri Muelleria 39: 92, Figs 7, 16f (map)
51392379 Podolepis gilbertii Muelleria 39: 81
51392413 Podolepis gilbertii Muelleria 39: 81
51392381 Podolepis gilberti Muelleria 39: 81
51392748 Podolepis gnaphalioides Muelleria 39: 109
51392750 Podolepis gnaphalioides Muelleria 39: 109
51392565 Podolepis gracilis alba Muelleria 39: 94
51392567 Podolepis gracilis rosea Muelleria 39: 94
51392569 Podolepis gracilis superba Muelleria 39: 94
51392461 Podolepis gracilis Muelleria 39: 92, 94-96, Figs 8, 17a (map)
51392598 Podolepis hieracioides Muelleria 39: 96
51392786 Podolepis hieracioides Muelleria 39: 96
51392787 Podolepis hieracioides Muelleria 39: 96
51392579 Podolepis hieracioides Muelleria 39: 96-97, 99, Figs 9, 17b

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 39: 96-97, 99, Figs 9, 17b".

51392694 Podolepis kendallii Muelleria 39: 107
51392698 Podolepis kendallii nanus Muelleria 39: 107
51392699 Podolepis kendallii nanus Muelleria 39: 107
51392423 Podolepis Muelleria 39: 87, 90
51392370 Podolepis lessoni Muelleria 39: 81
51393776 Podolepis lessonii Muelleria 39: 85
51393081 Podolepis longipedata Muelleria 39: 99, Figs 10, 17c (map)
51392623 Podolepis lucaeana Muelleria 39: 99
51393083 Podolepis lucaeana Muelleria 39: 99
51393749 Podolepis lucaena Muelleria 39: 99
51392674 Podolepis microcephala Muelleria 39: 105
51392683 Podolepis microcephala Muelleria 39: 105-107

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 39: 105-107".

51392625 Podolepis mitchellii Muelleria 39: 99
51393084 Podolepis mitchellii Muelleria 39: 99
51392628 Podolepis monticola Muelleria 39: 99-101, Figs 11, 17d (map)
51393883 Podolepis muelleri Muelleria 39: 85
51392636 Podolepis nutans Muelleria 39: 101-103, Figs 12, 17e (map)
51392450 Podolepis rhytidochlamys Muelleria 39: 90
51392498 Podolepis rosea Muelleria 39: 94
51392510 Podolepis rosea Muelleria 39: 94
51392517 Podolepis rosea mollissima Muelleria 39: 94
51392561 Podolepis rosea mollissima Muelleria 39: 94
51392451 Podolepis rutidoclamys Muelleria 39: 90
51392664 Podolepis siemssenia Muelleria 39: 103
51392670 Podolepis siemssenia Muelleria 39: 103
51392660 Podolepis siemssenii Muelleria 39: 103
51392570 Podolepis spenceri Muelleria 39: 94
51392571 Podolepis spenceri Muelleria 39: 94
51393057 Podolepis tepperi Muelleria 39: 87
51392792 Rhytidochlamys Muelleria 39: 87
51392447 Rutidochlamys mitchellii Muelleria 39: 90
51392791 Rutidochlamys Muelleria 39: 87
51393078 Rutidosis arachnoidea Muelleria 39: 90
51392439 Rutidosis arachnoidea Muelleria 39: 90, Fig. 6
51392788 Scalia Muelleria 39: 87
51392621 Scaliopsis lucaeana Muelleria 39: 99
51393082 Scaliopsis lucaeana Muelleria 39: 99
51392790 Scaliopsis Muelleria 39: 87
51392650 Siemssenia capillaris Muelleria 39: 103-105, Figs 13, 17f (map)
51392673 Siemssenia microcephala Muelleria 39: 105-107, Figs 14, 18a (map)
51392647 Siemssenia Muelleria 39: 103
51392473 Stylolepis gracilis Muelleria 39: 92, 94
51392487 Stylolepis gracilis Muelleria 39: 94
51392491 Stylolepis gracilis arachnoidea Muelleria 39: 94
51392483 Stylolepis gracilis glabra Muelleria 39: 94
51392789 Stylolepis Muelleria 39: 87
51392689 Walshia Muelleria 39: 107
51392691 Walshia kendallii Muelleria 39: 107-109, Figs 1, 15, 18b (map)
51407022 Acacia cuspidata Muelleria 39: 122
51407027 Acacia cuspidata Muelleria 39: 122
51406865 Acacia cuspidata longifolia Muelleria 39: 123
51406866 Acacia cuspidata longifolia Muelleria 39: 123
51407021 Acacia diffusa Muelleria 39: 122
51407025 Acacia diffusa cuspidata Muelleria 39: 122
51407004 Acacia genistifolia Muelleria 39: 122–123

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 39: 122–123".

51406880 Acacia genistifolia genistifolia Muelleria 39: 123
51406855 Acacia genistifolia attenuata Muelleria 39: 123-124

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 39: 123-124".

51406870 Acacia genistifolia platyphylla Muelleria 39: 124-125

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 39: 124-125".

51406873 Acacia prostrata Muelleria 39: 124
51407212 Agrostis semibarbata Muelleria 39: 135
51406843 Craspedia basaltica Muelleria 39: 130-131, Figs 3 (map), 4-5

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 39: 130-131, Figs 3 (map), 4-5".

51406836 Craspedia sp. 1 Muelleria 39: 39
51406846 Craspedia sp. 2 Muelleria 39: 130
51406847 Craspedia sp. Derrinallum (N.G.Walsh 5591) Vic. Herbarium Muelleria 39: 130
51406837 Craspedia sp. Subalpine (N.G.Walsh 5149) Vic. Herbarium Muelleria 39: 39
51406835 Craspedia sylvestris Muelleria 39: 127-130, Figs 1-2, 3 (map)

Could not parse the citation "Muelleria 39: 127-130, Figs 1-2, 3 (map)".

51408383 Phyllodoce genistaefolia Muelleria 39: 122
51407012 Phyllodoce genistifolia Muelleria 39: 122
51407018 Phyllodoce genistifolia Muelleria 39: 122